From 69b145716cacfa60212bc878727dfc75c964a524 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Odoo Translation Bot Date: Sun, 2 Jun 2024 00:41:38 +0200 Subject: [PATCH] [I18N] Update translation terms from Transifex --- locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po | 433 +- locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po | 970 +- locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po | 4295 ++++- locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 391 +- locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po | 6705 ++++---- locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po | 10095 ++++++++---- locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po | 1885 ++- locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/services.po | 1410 +- locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po | 529 +- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po | 434 +- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po | 1021 +- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po | 4303 ++++- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 439 +- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po | 8019 ++++++---- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po | 11213 ++++++++----- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po | 1887 ++- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po | 887 +- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 1791 ++- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po | 1952 +-- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po | 859 +- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po | 623 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po | 587 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po | 1003 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po | 4454 ++++-- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 501 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po | 8258 +++++----- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po | 11883 ++++++++------ locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po | 1903 ++- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po | 241 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 1884 ++- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/services.po | 1971 +-- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po | 856 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po | 747 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po | 437 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po | 996 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po | 4258 ++++- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 380 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po | 6587 ++++---- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po | 10393 +++++++----- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po | 226 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 1762 +- locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po | 432 +- locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po | 903 +- locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po | 4183 ++++- locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 323 +- locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po | 6587 ++++---- locale/hi/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po | 915 +- locale/hi/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po | 13295 ++++++++++------ locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po | 437 +- locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po | 981 +- locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po | 5050 +++++- locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 319 +- locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po | 6587 ++++---- locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po | 9623 +++++++---- locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po | 1887 ++- locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 1567 +- locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/services.po | 1402 +- locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po | 525 +- locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po | 1163 +- locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po | 987 +- locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po | 4183 ++++- locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 323 +- locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po | 6587 ++++---- locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po | 1887 ++- locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po | 529 +- locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po | 997 +- locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po | 4345 ++++- locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 323 +- locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po | 6587 ++++---- locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po | 11101 ++++++++----- locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po | 236 +- locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 1716 +- locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po | 505 +- locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po | 1118 +- locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po | 4522 +++++- locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 551 +- locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po | 7491 +++++---- locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po | 10352 +++++++----- locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po | 1954 ++- locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po | 305 +- locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 1757 +- locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/services.po | 1662 +- locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po | 747 +- locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po | 585 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po | 437 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po | 901 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po | 4183 ++++- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 430 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po | 6587 ++++---- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po | 9627 +++++++---- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 1574 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po | 529 +- locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po | 906 +- locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 319 +- locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po | 6587 ++++---- locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po | 219 +- locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 1567 +- locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po | 437 +- locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po | 991 +- locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po | 4320 ++++- locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 439 +- locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po | 7056 ++++---- locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po | 12625 ++++++++++----- locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po | 1887 ++- locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po | 242 +- locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 1776 ++- locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po | 434 +- locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po | 907 +- locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po | 4197 ++++- locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 428 +- locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po | 6587 ++++---- locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po | 9764 ++++++++---- locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 1715 +- locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po | 903 +- locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 323 +- locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po | 6587 ++++---- locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po | 9628 +++++++---- locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po | 436 +- locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po | 973 +- locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po | 4413 ++++- locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 434 +- locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po | 8017 +++++----- locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po | 10524 +++++++----- locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po | 240 +- locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 1740 +- locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/services.po | 1863 +-- locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po | 610 +- locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po | 436 +- locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po | 8 +- locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po | 901 +- locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po | 5546 +++++-- locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 366 +- locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po | 6769 ++++---- locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po | 9637 +++++++---- locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po | 1883 ++- locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po | 234 +- locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 1565 +- locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/services.po | 1416 +- locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po | 531 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po | 903 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 319 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po | 6587 ++++---- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po | 9625 +++++++---- locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po | 432 +- locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po | 936 +- locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po | 4183 ++++- locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 319 +- locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po | 6587 ++++---- locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po | 9623 +++++++---- locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po | 1887 ++- locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po | 219 +- locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 1574 +- locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po | 529 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po | 436 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po | 998 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po | 4422 ++++- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 776 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po | 6635 ++++---- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po | 10009 ++++++++---- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po | 2239 ++- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po | 234 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 1838 ++- locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po | 432 +- locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po | 994 +- locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po | 7570 ++++++--- locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 319 +- locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po | 6587 ++++---- locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po | 9627 +++++++---- locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po | 1887 ++- locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po | 219 +- locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 1734 +- locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/services.po | 1404 +- locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po | 529 +- 173 files changed, 331761 insertions(+), 181502 deletions(-) diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index a996979be..a07f53a62 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:55+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -685,11 +685,11 @@ msgstr "" "الدخول` للحساب الذي يتم حذفه. بعد ذلك، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`حذف الحساب` " "لتأكيد الحذف. " -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:36 msgid "Odoo.com account password change" msgstr "تغيير كلمة مرور حساب Odoo.com " -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:38 msgid "" "To change an Odoo.com account password, first login into the Odoo.com user " "account from the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-" @@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ msgstr "" "إلى يمين الشاشة، ثم اضغط على أيقونة :guilabel:`▼ (السهم لأسفل)` بجوار أيقونة" " الملف الشخصي. بعد ذلك، حدد :guilabel:`حسابي`، وستظهر لوحة بيانات البوابة. " -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:41 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:43 msgid "" "To change the Odoo.com password, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security " "Settings` link, below the :menuselection:`Account Security` section. Next, " @@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ msgstr "" " كلمة المرور الجديدة. وأخيراً، اضغط على :guilabel:`تغيير كلمة المرور` لإكمال" " عملية تغيير كلمة المرور. " -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:47 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:49 msgid "" "If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here " "`_." @@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ msgstr "" "إذا أراد عميل تغيير بيانات تسجيل الدخول، تواصل مع فريق الدعم لدى أودو `من " "هنا `_. " -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:53 msgid "" "Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the " "same email address is used." @@ -732,11 +732,11 @@ msgstr "" "تظل كلمات المرور الخاصة بمستخدمي Odoo.com ومستخدمي البوابة منفصلة، حتى في " "حالة استخدام نفس عنوان البريد الإلكتروني. " -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:55 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:57 msgid "Add two-factor authentication" msgstr "قم بإضافة المصادقة ثنائية العوامل " -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:59 msgid "" "To add two-factor authentication, login into the Odoo.com user account from " "the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-right corner of " @@ -750,7 +750,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`أيقونة الملف التعريفي`. بعد ذلك، قم بتحديد خيار " ":guilabel:`حسابي`، وستظهر لوحة بيانات البوابة. " -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:64 msgid "" "If the user would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " "Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below " @@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo.com، قم بالضغط على رابط :guilabel:`تحرير إعدادات الأمان` الموجود أسفل " "قسم :menuselection:`أمن الحساب`. " -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:67 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " "(two-factor authentication)`. Then, confirm the current password in the " @@ -777,7 +777,7 @@ msgstr "" "ثنائية العوامل)` (Google Authenticator، Authy، وما إلى ذلك)، عن طريق مسح " ":guilabel:`QR كود` أو إدخال :guilabel:`رمز التحقق`. " -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:71 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:73 msgid "" "Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete " "the setup." @@ -785,21 +785,21 @@ msgstr "" "وأخيراً، اضغط على :guilabel:`تفعيل المصادقة ثنائية العوامل` لإكمال عملية " "الإعداد. " -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:76 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:" msgstr "" "تحت :guilabel:`حسابي` بإمكان مستخدمي Odoo.com الوصول أيضاً إلى ما يلي: " -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:76 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`" msgstr ":guilabel:`لوحة بيانات وكيلي` " -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" msgstr ":guilabel:`الخدمات الموجودة في التطبيق` " -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`" msgstr ":guilabel:`لوحة بيانات تطبيقاتي` " @@ -6674,15 +6674,260 @@ msgstr "" " " #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:743 -msgid "which will generate a 32 characters pseudorandom printable string." +msgid "which generates a 32-character pseudorandom printable string." msgstr "" -"والذي سيؤدي إلى إنشاء سلسلة شبه عشوائية قابلة للطباعة مكونة من 32 حرف. " #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:746 +msgid "Reset the master password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:748 +msgid "" +"There may be instances where the master password is misplaced, or " +"compromised, and needs to be reset. The following process is for system " +"administrators of an Odoo on-premise database detailing how to manually " +"reset and re-encrypt the master password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:753 +msgid "" +"For more information about changing an Odoo.com account password, see this " +"documentation: :ref:`odoocom/change_password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:756 +msgid "" +"When creating a new on-premise database, a random master password is " +"generated. Odoo recommends using this password to secure the database. This " +"password is implemented by default, so there is a secure master password for" +" any Odoo on-premise deployment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:761 +msgid "" +"When creating an Odoo on-premise database the installation is accessible to " +"anyone on the internet, until this password is set to secure the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:764 +msgid "" +"The master password is specified in the Odoo configuration file (`odoo.conf`" +" or `odoorc` (hidden file)). The Odoo master password is needed to modify, " +"create, or delete a database through the graphical user interface (GUI)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:769 +msgid "Locate configuration file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:771 +msgid "" +"First, open the Odoo configuration file (`odoo.conf` or `odoorc` (hidden " +"file))." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:775 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:148 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:133 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:158 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:180 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:328 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:397 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:460 +msgid "Windows" +msgstr "Windows" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:777 +msgid "" +"The configuration file is located at: " +"`c:\\\\ProgramFiles\\\\Odoo{VERSION}\\\\server\\\\odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:779 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:25 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:152 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:174 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:199 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:228 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:388 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:450 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "Linux" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:781 +msgid "" +"Depending on how Odoo is installed on the Linux machine, the configuration " +"file is located in one of two different places:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:784 +msgid "Package installation: `/etc/odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:785 +msgid "Source installation: `~/.odoorc`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:788 +msgid "Change old password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:790 +msgid "" +"Once the appropriate file has been opened, proceed to modify the old " +"password in the configuration file to a temporary password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:795 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:843 +msgid "Graphical user interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:797 +msgid "" +"After locating the configuration file, open it using a (:abbr:`GUI " +"(graphical user interface)`). This can be achieved by simply double clicking" +" on the file. Then, the device should have a default :abbr:`GUI (graphical " +"user interface)` to open the file with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:801 +msgid "" +"Next, modify the master password line `admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sha…` to " +"`admin_passwd = newpassword1234`, for example. This password can be " +"anything, as long as it is saved temporarily. Make sure to modify all " +"characters after the `=`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:806 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:825 +msgid "" +"The line appears like this: `admin_passwd = " +"$pbkdf2-sh39dji295.59mptrfW.9z6HkA$w9j9AMVmKAP17OosCqDxDv2hjsvzlLpF8Rra8I7p/b573hji540mk/.3ek0lg%kvkol6k983mkf/40fjki79m`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:810 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:829 +msgid "The modified line appears like this: `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:812 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:852 +msgid "Command-line interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:814 +msgid "" +"Modify the master password line using the following Unix command detailed " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:816 +msgid "" +"Connect to the Odoo server's terminal via Secure Shell (SSH) protocol, and " +"edit the configuration file. To modify the configuration file, enter the " +"following command: :command:`sudo nano /etc/odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:820 +msgid "" +"After opening the configuration file, modify the master password line " +"`admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sha…` to `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`. This " +"password can be anything, as long as it is saved temporarily. Make sure to " +"modify all characters after the `=`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:832 +msgid "" +"It is essential that the password is changed to something else, rather than " +"triggering a new password reset by adding a semicolon `;` at the beginning " +"of the line. This ensures the database is secure throughout the entire " +"password reset process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:837 +msgid "Restart Odoo server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:839 +msgid "" +"After setting the temporary password, a restart of the Odoo server is " +"**required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:845 +msgid "" +"To restart the Odoo server, first, type `services` into the Windows " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. Then, select the :guilabel:`Services` application, " +"and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Odoo` service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:849 +msgid "" +"Next, right click on :guilabel:`Odoo`, and select :guilabel:`Start` or " +":guilabel:`Restart`. This action manually restarts the Odoo server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:854 +msgid "" +"Restart the Odoo server by typing the command: :command:`sudo service odoo15" +" restart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:857 +msgid "" +"Change the number after `odoo` to fit the specific version the server is " +"running on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:860 +msgid "Use web interface to re-encrypt password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:862 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to `/web/database/manager` or " +"`http://server_ip:port/web/database/manager` in a browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:866 +msgid "" +"Replace `server_ip` with the IP address of the database. Replace `port` with" +" the numbered port the database is accessible from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:869 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Set Master Password`, and type in the previously-" +"selected temporary password into the :guilabel:`Master Password` field. " +"Following this step, type in a :guilabel:`New Master Password`. The " +":guilabel:`New Master Password` is hashed (or encrypted), once the " +":guilabel:`Continue` button is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:874 +msgid "" +"At this point, the password has been successfully reset, and a hashed " +"version of the new password now appears in the configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:878 +msgid "" +"For more information on Odoo database security, see this documentation: " +":ref:`db_manager_security`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:882 msgid "Supported Browsers" msgstr "المتصفحات المدعومة " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:748 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:884 msgid "" "Odoo supports all the major desktop and mobile browsers available on the " "market, as long as they are supported by their publishers." @@ -6690,27 +6935,27 @@ msgstr "" "يدعم أودو كافة متصفحات سطح المكتب والهاتف المحمول الرئيسية المتوفرة في " "السوق، طالما أنها مدعومة من قبل ناشريها. " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:751 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:887 msgid "Here are the supported browsers:" msgstr "إليك قائمة المتصفحات المدعومة: " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:753 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:889 msgid "Google Chrome" msgstr "Google Chrome" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:754 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:890 msgid "Mozilla Firefox" msgstr "Mozilla Firefox" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:755 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:891 msgid "Microsoft Edge" msgstr "Microsoft Edge" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:756 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:892 msgid "Apple Safari" msgstr "Apple Safari" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:758 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:894 msgid "" "Please make sure your browser is up-to-date and still supported by its " "publisher before filing a bug report." @@ -6718,11 +6963,11 @@ msgstr "" "يرجى التأكد من أن متصفحك محدث ومن أنه لا يزال مدعوماً من قبل ناشره قبل تقديم" " تقرير بالأخطاء. " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:763 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:899 msgid "Since Odoo 13.0, ES6 is supported. Therefore, IE support is dropped." msgstr "ES6 مدعوم منذ إصدار أودو 13.0، ولذلك، تم إسقاط دعم IE. " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:766 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:902 msgid "" "to have multiple Odoo installations use the same PostgreSQL database, or to " "provide more computing resources to both software." @@ -6730,7 +6975,7 @@ msgstr "" "حتى تقوم عدة عمليات تثبيت لأودو باستخدام نفس قاعدة بيانات PostgreSQL، أو " "لتوفير المزيد من موارد الحوسبة لكلا البرنامجين. " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:769 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:905 msgid "" "technically a tool like socat_ can be used to proxy UNIX sockets across " "networks, but that is mostly for software which can only be used over UNIX " @@ -6740,7 +6985,7 @@ msgstr "" "الشبكات، ولكن ذلك مخصص في الغالب للبرامج التي لا يمكن استخدامها إلا عبر " "مقابس توصيل UNIX " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:773 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:909 msgid "" "or be accessible only over an internal packet-switched network, but that " "requires secured switches, protections against `ARP spoofing`_ and precludes" @@ -6982,19 +7227,6 @@ msgstr "" "يتطلب تسجيل الدخول كوكيليل أو عميل محلي يدفع حتى تتمكن من تنزيل حزم أودو " "للمؤسسات. " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:25 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:52 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:129 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:152 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:174 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:199 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:228 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:271 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:384 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:446 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "Linux" - #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:28 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:116 msgid "Prepare" @@ -7040,7 +7272,7 @@ msgstr "" "الأمر التالي لتثبيت خادم PostgreSQL: " #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:57 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:416 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:420 msgid "" "`wkhtmltopdf` is not installed through **pip** and must be installed " "manually in `version 0.12.6 " @@ -7136,19 +7368,6 @@ msgid "" "manager:" msgstr "بمجرد تنزيل الحزمة، يمكن تثبيتها باستخدام مدير حزم 'dnf': " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:148 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:70 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:133 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:158 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:180 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:208 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:239 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:324 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:393 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:456 -msgid "Windows" -msgstr "Windows" - #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:151 msgid "" "Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running " @@ -7318,9 +7537,9 @@ msgstr "الاستنساخ باستخدام SSH " #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:186 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:213 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:253 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:347 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:405 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:467 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:351 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:471 msgid "Mac OS" msgstr "Mac OS" @@ -7506,23 +7725,29 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:280 msgid "" -"For Debian-based systems, the packages are listed in the `debian/control " -"`_ file of the Odoo " -"sources." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:283 -msgid "" "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following commands should install the required " "packages:" msgstr "" "في نظام Debian/Ubuntu، يجب أن تقوم الأوامر التالية بتثبيت الحزم المطلوبة: " +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:287 +msgid "" +"The `setup/debinstall.sh` script will parse the `debian/control " +"`_ file and install " +"the found packages." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:290 msgid "Install with pip" msgstr "التثبيت باستخدام pip " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:292 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Using pip may lead to security issues and broken dependencies; only do this " +"if you know what you are doing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:296 msgid "" "As some of the Python packages need a compilation step, they require system " "libraries to be installed." @@ -7530,7 +7755,7 @@ msgstr "" "نظراً لأن بعض حزم Python تحتاج إلى خطوة تجميع، فإنها تتطلب تثبيت مكتبات " "النظام. " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:295 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:299 msgid "" "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following command should install these required " "libraries:" @@ -7538,7 +7763,7 @@ msgstr "" "في نظام Debian/Ubuntu، يجب أن يقوم الأمر التالي بتثبيت هذه المكتبات " "المطلوبة: " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:301 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:305 msgid "" "Odoo dependencies are listed in the :file:`requirements.txt` file located at" " the root of the Odoo Community directory." @@ -7546,7 +7771,7 @@ msgstr "" "تم إدراج تبعيات أودو في ملف :file:`requirements.txt` الموجود في جذر دليل " "مجتمع أودو. " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:305 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:309 msgid "" "The Python packages in :file:`requirements.txt` are based on their " "stable/LTS Debian/Ubuntu corresponding version at the moment of the Odoo " @@ -7560,9 +7785,9 @@ msgstr "" "و2.6.0 في Ubuntu Focal. يتم بعد ذلك اختيار الإصدار الأدنى في " ":file:`requirements.txt`. " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:312 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:334 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:353 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:357 msgid "" "It can be preferable not to mix Python module packages between different " "instances of Odoo or with the system. However, it is possible to use " @@ -7573,7 +7798,7 @@ msgstr "" "النظام. ومع ذلك، من الممكن استخدام `virtualenv " "`_ لإنشاء بيئات Python معزولة. " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:320 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation " "(:file:`CommunityPath`) and run **pip** on the requirements file to install " @@ -7582,7 +7807,7 @@ msgstr "" "انتقل إلى مسار تثبيت مجتمع أودو (:file:`CommunityPath`) وقم بتشغيل **pip** " "في ملف المتطلبات لتثبيت المتطلبات للمستخدم الحالي. " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:326 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:330 msgid "" "Before installing the dependencies, download and install the `Build Tools " "for Visual Studio `_. Select " @@ -7592,8 +7817,8 @@ msgstr "" "`_. قم بتحديد **أدوات بناء " "C++** في علامة تبويب **ضغط العمل** وقم بتثبيتها عند المطالبة بذلك. " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:330 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:349 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:334 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:353 msgid "" "Odoo dependencies are listed in the `requirements.txt` file located at the " "root of the Odoo Community directory." @@ -7601,7 +7826,7 @@ msgstr "" "يتم إدراج تبعيات أودو في ملف \"requirements.txt\" الموجود في جذر دليل مجتمع " "أودو. " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:342 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " "and run **pip** on the requirements file in a terminal **with Administrator " @@ -7610,7 +7835,7 @@ msgstr "" "انتقل إلى مسار تثبيت مجتمع أودو (`CommunityPath`) وقم بتشغيل **pip** على ملف" " المتطلبات في الوحدة الطرفية **مع امتيازات المسؤول**: " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:357 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:361 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " "and run **pip** on the requirements file:" @@ -7618,7 +7843,7 @@ msgstr "" "انتقل إلى مسار تثبيت مجتمع أودو (`CommunityPath`) وقم بتشغيل **pip** في ملف " "المتطلبات: " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:367 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:371 msgid "" "Non-Python dependencies must be installed with a package manager (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." @@ -7626,15 +7851,15 @@ msgstr "" "يجب تثبيت التبعيات لغير Python باستخدام مدير الحزم (`Homebrew " "`_، `MacPorts `_). " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:370 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:374 msgid "Download and install the **Command Line Tools**:" msgstr "قم بتنزيل وتثبيت **أدوات بند الأمر**: " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:376 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:380 msgid "Use the package manager to install non-Python dependencies." msgstr "استخدم مدير الحزم لتثبيت التبعيات لغير Python. " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:379 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:383 msgid "" "For languages using a **right-to-left interface** (such as Arabic or " "Hebrew), the `rtlcss` package is required." @@ -7642,21 +7867,21 @@ msgstr "" "بالنسبة للغات التي تستخدم **واجهة من اليمين إلى اليسار** (مثل العربية أو " "العبرية)، تكون الحزمة `rtlcss` مطلوبة. " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:386 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:390 msgid "Download and install **nodejs** and **npm** with a package manager." msgstr "قم بتنزيل وتثبيت **nodejs** و**npm** باستخدام مدير الحزم. " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:387 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:396 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:391 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:400 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:413 msgid "Install `rtlcss`:" msgstr "قم بتثبيت `rtlcss`: " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:395 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:399 msgid "Download and install `nodejs `_." msgstr "قم بتنزيل وتثبيت `nodejs `_. " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:402 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:406 msgid "" "Edit the system environment's variable `PATH` to add the folder where " "`rtlcss.cmd` is located (typically: " @@ -7666,7 +7891,7 @@ msgstr "" " (يكون عادةً: " ":file:`C:\\\\Users\\\\\\\\AppData\\\\Roaming\\\\npm\\\\`). " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:407 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:411 msgid "" "Download and install **nodejs** with a package manager (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." @@ -7674,11 +7899,11 @@ msgstr "" "قم بتنزيل **nodejs** وتثبيته باستخدام مدير الحزم (`Homebrew " "`_، `MacPorts `_). " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:424 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:428 msgid "Running Odoo" msgstr "تشغيل أودو " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:426 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:430 msgid "" "Once all dependencies are set up, Odoo can be launched by running `odoo-" "bin`, the command-line interface of the server. It is located at the root of" @@ -7687,7 +7912,7 @@ msgstr "" "بمجرد أن قد تم إعداد كافة التبعيات، يمكن تشغيل أودو عن طريق تشغيل \"odoo-" "bin\"، وهي واجهة بند الأوامر للخادم. وهو موجود في جذر دليل مجتمع أودو. " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:429 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:433 msgid "" "To configure the server, either specify :ref:`command-line arguments " "` or a :ref:`configuration file " @@ -7696,7 +7921,7 @@ msgstr "" "لتهيئة الخادم، حدد إما :ref:`وسائط بند الأوامر ` " "أو :ref:`ملف التهيئة `. " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:433 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:437 msgid "" "For the Enterprise edition, add the path to the `enterprise` add-ons to the " "`addons-path` argument. Note that it must come before the other paths in " @@ -7706,25 +7931,25 @@ msgstr "" "الوسيطة `addons-path`. لاحظ أنه يجب أن يأتي قبل المسارات الأخرى في \"addons-" "path\" حتى يتم تحميل الوظائف الإضافية بشكل صحيح. " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:437 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:441 msgid "Common necessary configurations are:" msgstr "من التهيئات الضرورية الشائعة: " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:439 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:443 msgid "PostgreSQL user and password." msgstr "اسم المستخدم وكلمة المرور لـ PostgreSQL " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:440 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:444 msgid "Custom addon paths beyond the defaults to load custom modules." msgstr "" "مسارات إضافية مخصصة تتجاوز الإعدادات الافتراضية لتحميل الوحدات المخصصة. " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:442 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:446 msgid "A typical way to run the server would be:" msgstr "الطريقة النموذجية لتشغيل الخادم هي: " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:453 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:474 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:457 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:478 msgid "" "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, and " "`mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." @@ -7732,7 +7957,7 @@ msgstr "" "حيث `CommunityPath` هو مسار تثبيت مجتمع أودو، و`mydb` هو اسم قاعدة بيانات " "PostgreSQL. " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:463 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:467 msgid "" "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, " "`dbuser` is the PostgreSQL login, `dbpassword` is the PostgreSQL password, " @@ -7742,7 +7967,7 @@ msgstr "" "PostgreSQL، و`dbpassword` هو كلمة مرور PostgreSQL، و`mydb` هو اسم قاعدة " "بيانات PostgreSQL. " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:477 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:481 msgid "" "After the server has started (the INFO log `odoo.modules.loading: Modules " "loaded.` is printed), open http://localhost:8069 in a web browser and log " @@ -7754,7 +7979,7 @@ msgstr "" "الدخول إلى قاعدة بيانات أودو باستخدام حساب المدير الأساسي: استخدم كلمة " "`admin` كالبريد الإلكتروني، ونفس كلمة `admin` ككلمة المرور. " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:482 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:486 msgid "" "From there, create and manage new :doc:`users " "<../../applications/general/users>`." @@ -7762,7 +7987,7 @@ msgstr "" "من هناك، قم بإنشاء وإدارة :doc:`المستخدمين الجدد " "<../../applications/general/users>`. " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:483 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:487 msgid "" "The user account used to log into Odoo's web interface differs from the " ":option:`--db_user ` CLI argument." @@ -7770,7 +7995,7 @@ msgstr "" "يختلف حساب المستخدِم المستخدَم لتسجيل الدخول إلى واجهة الويب الخاصة بأودو عن" " وسيطة CLI :option:`--db_user `. " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:487 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:491 msgid "" ":doc:`The list of CLI arguments for odoo-bin `" msgstr ":doc:`قائمة وسيطات CLI لـ odoo-bin ` " diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po index ba3a253cf..769155b31 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -31,221 +31,193 @@ msgid "Activities" msgstr "الأنشطة" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database. " -"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " -"chatter thread, kanban view, list view, or activities view of an " -"application." +msgid "*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database." msgstr "" -"*الأنشطة* هي مهام متابعة مرتبطة بسجل في قاعدة بيانات أودو. يمكن جدولة " -"الأنشطة على أي صفحة من قاعدة البيانات التي تحتوي على سلسلة محادثات، أو طريقة" -" عرض كانبان، أو طريقة عرض القائمة، أو طريقة عرض الأنشطة الخاصة بالتطبيق. " -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The icon used to display activities varies depending on the :ref:`activity " +"type `:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:11 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`🕘 (clock)`: the default icon, which appears if nothing is " +"scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 +msgid ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)`: this icon appears if a phone call is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:13 +msgid ":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)`: this icon appears if an email is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:14 +msgid ":guilabel:`✔️ (checkmark)`: this icon appears if a to-do is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:15 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(group of people)`: this icon appears if a meeting is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(arrow pointing up above a line)`: this icon appears if a " +"document is scheduled to be uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(pencil in a box)`: this icon appears if a signature request is " +"scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 msgid "Schedule activities" msgstr "جدولة الأنشطة " -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:23 msgid "" -"One way that activities are created is by clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule " -"Activity` button, located at the top of the *chatter* on any record. On the " -"pop-up window that appears, select an :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the " -"drop-down menu." +"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " +":ref:`chatter ` thread, :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or " +":ref:`activities view ` of an application." msgstr "" -"إحدى الطرق التي يتم من خلالها إنشاء الأنشطة هي الضغط على زر :guilabel:`جدولة" -" نشاط` الموجود أعلى *الدردشة* في أي سجل. في النافذة المنبثقة التي تظهر، قم " -"بتحديد :guilabel:`نوع النشاط` من القائمة المنسدلة. " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Individual applications have a list of *Activity Types* dedicated to that " -"application. For example, to view and edit the activities available for the " -"*CRM* application, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " -"Activity Types`." -msgstr "" -"تحتوي التطبيقات الفردية على قائمة *أنواع الأنشطة* المخصصة لهذا التطبيق. " -"مثال: لعرض الأنشطة المتاحة لتطبيق *إدارة علاقات العملاء* وتحريرها، اذهب إلى " -":menuselection:`تطبيق إدارة علاقات العملاء --> التهيئة --> أنواع الأنشطة`. " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Enter a title for the activity in the :guilabel:`Summary` field, located in " -"the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window." -msgstr "" -"أدخل عنواناً للنشاط في حقل :guilabel:`الملخص`، الموجود في النافذة المنبثقة " -":guilabel:`جدولة نشاط`. " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To assign the activity to a different user, select a name from the " -":guilabel:`Assigned to` drop-down menu. Otherwise, the user creating the " -"activity is automatically assigned." -msgstr "" -"لإسناد النشاط لمستخدم مختلف، قم بتحديد اسم من القائمة المنسدلة " -":guilabel:`مسند إلى`. وإلا، فيتم تعيين المستخدم الذي يقوم بإنشاء النشاط " -"تلقائياً. " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Lastly, feel free to add any additional information in the optional " -":guilabel:`Log a note...` field." -msgstr "" -"وأخيراً، لا تتردد في إضافة أي معلومات إضافية في الحقل الاختياري " -":guilabel:`تسجيل ملاحظة...`. " #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Due Date` field on the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " -"window auto-populates based on the configuration settings for the selected " -":guilabel:`Activity Type`. However, this date can be changed by selecting a " -"day on the calendar in the :guilabel:`Due Date` field." +msgid "Chatter" +msgstr "الدردشة " + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:32 +msgid "Activities can be created from the chatter on any record." msgstr "" -"تتم تعبئة الحقل :guilabel:`تاريخ الاستحقاق` في النافذة المنبثقة " -":guilabel:`جدولة نشاط` تلقائياً بناءً على إعدادات التهيئة لـ :guilabel:`نوع " -"النشاط` المحدد. ومع ذلك، يمكن تغيير هذا التاريخ عن طريق تحديد يوم في التقويم" -" في حقل :guilabel:`تاريخ الاستحقاق`. " #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:34 -msgid "Lastly, click one of the following buttons:" -msgstr "وأخيراً، اضغط على إحدى الأزرار التالية: " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:36 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Schedule`: adds the activity to the chatter under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." +"To schedule a new activity, click the :guilabel:`Activities` button, located" +" at the top of the chatter. In the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " +"window that appears, :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." msgstr "" -"يضيف خيار :guilabel:`الجدولة`: النشاط إلى الدردشة ضمن :guilabel:`الأنشطة " -"المخطط لها`. " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the chatter " -"under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, it is automatically " -"marked as completed." -msgstr "" -"يضيف خيار :guilabel:`التحديد كمنتهي': تفاصيل النشاط إلى الدردشة تحت " -":guilabel:`اليوم`. لم تتم جدولة النشاط، بل يتم تحديده تلقائياً كمكتمل. " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:39 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Done \\& Schedule Next`: adds the task under :guilabel:`Today` " -"marked as done, and opens a new activity window." -msgstr "" -"يقوم خيار :guilabel:`تم وجدولة التالي`: بإضافة المهمة ضمن :guilabel:`اليوم` " -"تم التحديد كمنتهي، ويفتح نافذة نشاط جديدة. " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Discard`: discards any changes made on the pop-up window." -msgstr "" -"يؤدي خيار :guilabel:`إهمال`: بتجاهل أي تغييرات تم إجراؤها على النافذة " -"المنبثقة. " #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "عرض العملاء المهتمين لإدارة علاقات العملاء (CRM) وخيار جدولة النشاط. " +msgid "New activity type form." +msgstr "استمارة نوع نشاط جديد. " -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Depending on the activity type, the :guilabel:`Schedule` button may be " -"replaced by a :guilabel:`Save` button, or an :guilabel:`Open Calendar` " -"button." -msgstr "" -"بناءً على نوع النشاط، يمكن استبدال زر :guilabel:`جدولة` بزر :guilabel:`حفظ`،" -" أو زر :guilabel:`فتح التقويم`. " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Scheduled activities are added to the chatter for the record under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." -msgstr "" -"تتم إضافة الأنشطة المجدولة إلى الدردشة الخاصة بالسجل تحت :guilabel:`الأنشطة " -"المخطط لها`. " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Activities can also be scheduled from the kanban, list, or activities view " -"of an application." -msgstr "" -"يمكن أيضاً جدولة الأنشطة من طريقة عرض كانبان أو القائمة أو الأنشطة الخاصة " -"بالتطبيق. " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:45 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "نافذة عرض كانبان " -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`, and proceed to fill " -"out the pop-up form." +"Another way that activities are created is from the Kanban view in an " +"application." msgstr "" -"قم بتحديد السجل الذي ترغب في جدولة النشاط عليه. اضغط على أيقونة :guilabel:`🕘" -" (الساعة)`، ثم على :guilabel:`جدولة نشاط جديد`، وتابع ملء الاستمارة " -"المنبثقة. " -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "The Kanban icon in the top menu, highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon located at the bottom of " +"an individual record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`+ Schedule An Activity`, then proceed to :ref:`fill out the" +" Schedule Activity form `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 msgid "" "Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." msgstr "عرض كانبان لمخطط سير عمل إدارة علاقات العملاء وخيار جدولة النشاط. " -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If a record already has a scheduled activity, the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon" +" is replaced by the icon that represents the existing scheduled activity. " +"Click on the activity type's icon to schedule another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:70 msgid "List view" msgstr "عرض القائمة" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`. If the record already " -"has an activity scheduled, the clock icon may be replaced by a :guilabel:`📞 " -"(phone)` or an :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:72 +msgid "Activities can also be created from a list view." msgstr "" -"قم بتحديد السجل الذي ترغب في جدولة النشاط عليه. اضغط على أيقونة :guilabel:`🕘" -" (الساعة)`، ثم على :guilabel:`جدولة نشاط`. إذا كان السجل يحتوي بالفعل على " -"نشاط مجدول، فقد يتم استبدال رمز الساعة بأيقونة :guilabel:`📞 (الهاتف)` أو " -":guilabel:`✉️ (الظرف)`. " -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Activities` column is hidden, reveal it using the " +":guilabel:`(additional options toggle)` icon in the far-right of the top " +"row, represented by two horizontal lines with two dots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon for the record the activity is" +" being added to, then click :guilabel:`+ Schedule an activity`. Proceed to " +":ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form ` that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." msgstr "عرض القائمة لمخطط سير عمل إدارة علاقات العملاء وخيار جدولة النشاط. " -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:93 msgid "Activity view" msgstr "نافذة عرض النشاط " -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 msgid "" -"To open the activity view for an application, select the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon from the menu bar anywhere in the database. Select any " -"application from the drop-down menu, and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " -"icon for the desired app." +"Most applications in Odoo have an *Activity* view available. If available, a" +" :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon is visible in the top-right of the main" +" menu bar." msgstr "" -"لفتح نافذة عرض النشاط لأحد التطبيقات، قم بتحديد أيقونة :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(الساعة)` من شريط القائمة في أي مكان في قاعدة البيانات. قم بتحديد أي تطبيق " -"من القائمة المنسدلة، ثم اضغط على أيقونة :guilabel:`🕘 (الساعة)` للتطبيق " -"المطلوب. " -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:98 msgid "" -"Activity menu drop down with focus on where to open activity view for CRM." +"To open the activity view, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon." msgstr "" -"قائمة النشاط المنسدلة مع التركيز على مكان فتح نافذة عرض النشاط لإدارة علاقات" -" العملاء (CRM). " -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Move across the row to " -"find the desired activity type, then click the :guilabel:`＋ (plus sign)`." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "Top-right menu with the Activities icon called out." msgstr "" -"قم بتحديد السجل الذي ترغب في جدولة النشاط عليه. تحرك عبر الصف للعثور على نوع" -" النشاط المطلوب، ثم اضغط على :guilabel:`+ (علامة الجمع)`. " -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:104 msgid "" -"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "عرض النشاط لمخطط سير عمل إدارة علاقات العملاء وخيار جدولة النشاط. " +"In this view, all the available activities are listed in the columns, while " +"the horizontal entries represent all the individual records." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Activities that appear green have a due date in the future, activities that " +"appear orange are due today, while activities appearing red are overdue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Color bars in each column represent records for specific activity types, and" +" display a number indicating how many activities are scheduled for that " +"type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If multiple activity types are scheduled for a record, a number appears in " +"the box, indicating the total number of scheduled activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:117 msgid "" "Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" " throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." @@ -253,101 +225,265 @@ msgstr "" "تكون ألوان الأنشطة وعلاقتها بتاريخ استحقاق النشاط متسقة في نظام أودو بأكمله،" " بغض النظر عن نوع النشاط أو طريقة العرض. " -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:120 msgid "" -"Activities that appear in **green** indicate a due date sometime in the " -"future." +"To schedule an activity for a record, hover over the corresponding field, " +"and a :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` appears. Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)`, and then :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." msgstr "" -"تشير الأنشطة التي تظهر باللون **الأخضر* * إلى أن تاريخ الاستحقاق هو في وقت " -"ما في المستقبل. " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:96 -msgid "**Yellow** indicates that the activity's due date is today." -msgstr "يشير اللون **الأصفر** إلى أن تاريخ استحقاق النشاط هو اليوم. " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Red** indicates that the activity is overdue and the due date has passed." -msgstr "" -"يشير اللون **الأحمر** إلى أن النشاط متأخر وأن تاريخ الاستحقاق قد مر بالفعل. " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:99 -msgid "" -"For example, if an activity is created for a phone call, and the due date " -"passes, the activity appears with a red phone in list view, and a red clock " -"on the kanban view." -msgstr "" -"على سبيل المثال، إذا تم إنشاء نشاط لمكالمة هاتفية، ومر تاريخ الاستحقاق، " -"فسيظهر النشاط بهاتف أحمر في عرض القائمة، وساعة حمراء في عرض كانبان. " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:103 -msgid "View scheduled activities" -msgstr "عرض الإجراءات المجدولة " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:105 -msgid "" -"To view scheduled activities, open either the :menuselection:`Sales app` or " -":menuselection:`CRM app` and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, located " -"to the far-right side of the other view options." -msgstr "" -"لعرض الأنشطة المجدولة، قم إما بفتح :menuselection:`تطبيق المبيعات` أو " -":menuselection:`تطبيق إدارة علاقات العملاء` ثم اضغط على أيقونة :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(الساعة)`، الموجودة أقصى اليمين في خيارات العرض الأخرى. " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Doing so opens the activities menu, showcasing all the scheduled activities " -"for the user, by default. To show all activities for every user, remove the " -":guilabel:`My Pipeline` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." -msgstr "" -"يؤدي القيام بذلك إلى فتح قائمة الأنشطة، والتي تعرض كافة الأنشطة المجدولة " -"للمستخدم بشكل افتراضي. لإظهار كافة الأنشطة لكل مستخدم، قم بإزالة فلتر " -":guilabel:`مخطط سير عملي` من شريط :guilabel:`البحث...`. " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To view a consolidated list of activities separated by the application where" -" they were created, and by deadline, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon on" -" the header menu to see the activities for that specific application in a " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" -"لعرض قائمة موحدة بالأنشطة مفصولة حسب التطبيق الذي تم إنشاؤها فيه والموعد " -"النهائي، قم بالضغط على أيقونة :guilabel:`🕘 (الساعة)` في القائمة الرئيسية " -"لرؤية الأنشطة الخاصة بهذا التطبيق المحدد في القائمة المنسدلة . " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The possibility to :guilabel:`Add new note` and :guilabel:`Request a " -"Document` appear at the bottom of this drop-down menu, when the :guilabel:`🕘" -" (clock)` icon on the header menu is clicked." -msgstr "" -"تظهر إمكانية :guilabel:`إضافة ملاحظة جديدة` و :guilabel:`طلب مستند` في أسفل " -"هذه القائمة المنسدلة، عند الضغط على أيقونة :guilabel:`🕘 (الساعة)` في القائمة" -" الرئيسية. " #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads page emphasizing the activities menu." -msgstr "" -"عرض صفحة العملاء المهتمين لإدارة علاقات العملاء (CRM) مع التركيز على قائمة " -"الأنشطة. " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:123 -msgid "Configure activity types" -msgstr "تهيئة أنواع الأنشطة " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:125 msgid "" -"To configure the types of activities in the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss --> Activities --> Activity Types`." -msgstr "" -"لتهيئة أنواع الأنشطة في قاعدة البيانات، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق " -"الإعدادات --> المناقشة --> الأنشطة --> أنواع الأنشطة`. " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types." -msgstr "عرض صفحة الإعدادات مع التركيز على أنواع أنشطة القائمة. " +"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "عرض النشاط لمخطط سير عمل إدارة علاقات العملاء وخيار جدولة النشاط. " #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 +msgid "Schedule Activity form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Activities can be scheduled from many different places, such as from the " +":ref:`chatter ` of a record, or from one of multiple " +"views in an application, when available: the :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or :ref:`activity " +"view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Activity Type`: select the type of activity from the drop-down " +"menu. The default options are: :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Call`, " +":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`To-Do`. Depending on what other " +"applications are installed, additional options may be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Individual applications have a list of dedicated :ref:`activity types " +"`. For example, installing the *Sales* application makes " +":guilabel:`Order Upsell` available, while installing the *Sign* application " +"makes :guilabel:`Request Signature` available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Summary`: enter a short title for the activity, such as `Discuss " +"Proposal`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date`: using the calendar popover, select the activity's " +"deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assigned to`: by default, the current user populates this field. " +"To assign a different user to the activity, select them from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: add any additional information for the activity in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window is completed, click one" +" of the following buttons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:158 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Open Calendar`: opens the user's calendar to add and schedule the" +" activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Click on the desired date and time for the activity, and a :guilabel:`New " +"Event` pop-up window appears. The summary from the *Schedule Activity* pop-" +"up window populates the :guilabel:`Title` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Enter the information in the :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up window, then click" +" :guilabel:`Save & Close` to schedule it. Once scheduled, the activity is " +"added to the chatter under the :guilabel:`Planned Activities` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Activity Type` is set to either :guilabel:`Call` or " +":guilabel:`Meeting`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: schedules the activity, and adds the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Planned Activities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:174 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule & Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the" +" chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, and is " +"automatically marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next`: adds the details of the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, is " +"automatically marked as done, and a new :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up" +" window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancel`: discards any changes made on the :guilabel:`Schedule " +"Activity` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "عرض العملاء المهتمين لإدارة علاقات العملاء (CRM) وخيار جدولة النشاط. " + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:188 +msgid "All scheduled activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To view a consolidated list of activities, organized by application, click " +"the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon in the header menu, located in the top-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If any activities are scheduled, the number of activities appear in a red " +"bubble on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:196 +msgid "" +"All activities for each application are further divided into subsections, " +"indicating where in the application the activity is to be completed. Each " +"sub-section lists the number of scheduled activities that are " +":guilabel:`Late`, due :guilabel:`Today`, and scheduled in the " +":guilabel:`Future`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:202 +msgid "" +"In the *Time Off* application, one activity is scheduled to be done in the " +"*All Time Off* requests dashboard, and six activities are scheduled to be " +"done in the *Allocations* dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:205 +msgid "" +"These requests appear in two separate lists in the all activities drop-down " +"menu: one labeled `Time Off` and one labeled `Time Off Allocation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list of activities that is accessed from the main menu bar. Two entries for the Time\n" +"Off application are highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:214 +msgid "Request a document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The option to :guilabel:`Request a Document` is available at the bottom of " +"the list of :ref:`all scheduled activities `, the option to " +":guilabel:`Request a Document` appears. Click :guilabel:`Request a " +"Document`, and a :guilabel:`Request a file` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:222 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Name`: enter a name for the document being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request To`: select the user the document is being requested from" +" using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date In`: enter a numerical value indicating when the " +"document is due. Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. " +"Click :guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. " +"Select the desired time-frame option from the list. The options are " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:229 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +":ref:`Workspace ` the document is being uploaded to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any desired tags from the drop-down menu. The " +"available tags displayed are based on the tags configured for the selected " +":guilabel:`Workspace`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message`: enter a message to clarify the document request in this" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:235 +msgid "" +"When all the fields are completed, click :guilabel:`Request` to send the " +"document request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Request a file form, with all fields filled out to request a contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:244 +msgid "Activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured types of activities in the database, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss section --> Activities " +"setting --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activity Types button in the Settings application under the Discuss section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:253 msgid "" "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " "activity types are found." @@ -355,102 +491,110 @@ msgstr "" "يؤدي القيام بذلك إلى ظهور صفحة :guilabel:`أنواع الأنشطة`، حيث توجد أنواع " "الأنشطة الموجودة. " -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To edit an existing activity type, select it from the list, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`. To create a new activity type, click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" -"لتعديل نوع نشاط موجود، قم بتحديده من القائمة، ثم اضغط على :guilabel:`تحرير`." -" لإنشاء نوع نشاط جديد، اضغط على :guilabel:`إنشاء`. " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:136 -msgid "" -"At the top of a blank activity type form, start by choosing a " -":guilabel:`Name` for the new activity type." -msgstr "" -"في الجزء العلوي من استمارة نوع النشاط الفارغة، ابدأ باختيار :guilabel:`اسم` " -"لنوع النشاط الجديد. " - #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "New activity type form." -msgstr "استمارة نوع نشاط جديد. " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:143 -msgid "Activity settings" -msgstr "إعدادات النشاط " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:146 -msgid "Action" -msgstr "إجراء" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:148 -msgid "" -"The *Action* field specifies the intent of the activity. Some actions " -"trigger specific behaviors after an activity is scheduled." +msgid "The list of activity types already configured and available." msgstr "" -"يقوم حقل *الإجراء* بتحديد الغرض من النشاط. تؤدي بعض الإجراءات إلى ظهور " -"سلوكيات معينة بعد جدولة النشاط. " -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected, a link to upload a document is " -"added directly to the planned activity in the chatter." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:260 +msgid "Edit activity types" msgstr "" -"إذا تم تحديد خيار :guilabel:`رفع مستند`، تتم إضافة رابط لرفع المستند مباشرة " -"إلى النشاط المخطط له في الدردشة. " -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:262 msgid "" -"If either :guilabel:`Phonecall` or :guilabel:`Meeting` are selected, users " -"have the option to open their calendar to schedule a time for this activity." +"To edit an existing :ref:`activity type `, click on the " +"activity type, and the activity type form loads." msgstr "" -"إذا تم تحديد :guilabel:`مكالمة هاتفية` أو :guilabel:`اجتماع`، فلدى " -"المستخدمين خيار فتح التقويم لجدولة وقت لهذا النشاط. " -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:265 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Request Signature` is selected, a link is added to the planned" -" activity in the chatter that opens a signature request pop-up window." +"Make any desired changes to the activity type form. The form automatically " +"saves, but it can be saved manually at any time by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Save Manually` option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner of the page." msgstr "" -"إذا تم تحديد خيار :guilabel:`طلب توقيع`، تتم إضافة رابط إلى النشاط المخطط له" -" في الدردشة التي تفتح نافذة منبثقة لطلب التوقيع. " -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:270 +msgid "Create new activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:272 msgid "" -"The actions available to select on an activity type vary, depending on the " -"applications currently installed in the database." +"To create a new :ref:`activity type `, click " +":guilabel:`New` from the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, and a blank " +"activity type form loads." msgstr "" -"تختلف الإجراءات المتاحة لتحديدها في نوع النشاط، بناءً على التطبيقات المثبتة " -"حالياً في قاعدة البيانات. " -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:163 -msgid "Default user" -msgstr "المستخدم الافتراضي " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:275 msgid "" -"To automatically assign this activity to a specific user when this activity " -"type is scheduled, choose a name from the :guilabel:`Default User` drop-down" -" menu. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to the user who" -" creates the activity." +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the activity type at the top of the form, then " +"enter the following information on the form." msgstr "" -"لإسناد هذا النشاط تلقائياً إلى مستخدم معين عندما تتم جدولة نوع النشاط هذا، " -"قم باختيار اسم من القائمة المنسدلة :guilabel:`المستخدم الافتراضي`. إذا تركت " -"هذا الحقل فارغاً، فسيتم إسناد النشاط للمستخدم الذي قام بإنشاء النشاط. " -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:170 -msgid "Default summary" -msgstr "الملخص الافتراضي " +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:279 +msgid "Activity Settings section" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:281 msgid "" -"To include notes whenever this activity type is created, enter them into the" -" :guilabel:`Default Summary` field." +":guilabel:`Action`: using the drop-down menu, select an action associated " +"with this new activity type. Some actions trigger specific behaviors after " +"an activity is scheduled, such as:" msgstr "" -"لتضمين الملاحظات عند إنشاء نوع النشاط هذا، قم بإدخالها في حقل " -":guilabel:`الملخص الافتراضي`. " -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:284 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Upload Document`: if selected, a link to upload a document is " +"automatically added to the planned activity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:286 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Call` or :guilabel:`Meeting`: if selected, users have the option " +"to open their calendar to select a date and time for the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request Signature`: if selected, a link to open a signature " +"request pop-up window is automatically added to the planned activity in the " +"chatter. This requires the Odoo *Sign* application to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Available activity types vary based on the installed applications in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folder`: select a specific :ref:`workspace " +"` folder to save a document to. This field **only** " +"appears if :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Action`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Folder` the document is " +"saved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default User`: select a user from the drop-down menu to " +"automatically assign this activity to the selected user when this activity " +"type is scheduled. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to " +"the user who creates the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Summary`: enter a note to include whenever this activity " +"type is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:307 msgid "" "The information in the :guilabel:`Default User` and :guilabel:`Default " "Summary` fields are included when an activity is created. However, they can " @@ -460,122 +604,86 @@ msgstr "" "و:guilabel:`الملخص الافتراضي` عند إنشاء نشاط ما. ومع ذلك، يمكن تغييرها قبل " "جدولة النشاط أو حفظه. " -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:181 -msgid "Next activity" -msgstr "النشاط التالي " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:311 msgid "" -"To automatically suggest, or trigger, a new activity after an activity has " -"been marked complete, the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` must be set." +":guilabel:`Keep Done`: tick this checkbox to keep activities that have been " +"marked as `Done` visible in the :ref:`activity view `." msgstr "" -"لاقتراح نشاط جديد أو تشغيله تلقائياً بعد تعيين النشاط كمكتمل، يجب تعيين " -":guilabel:`نوع التسلسل`. " -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:187 -msgid "Suggest next activity" -msgstr "اقترح النشاط التالي " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:189 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field, select :guilabel:`Suggest Next " -"Activity`. Upon doing so, the field underneath changes to: " -":guilabel:`Suggest`. Click the :guilabel:`Suggest` field drop-down menu to " -"select any activities to recommend as follow-up tasks to this activity type." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:313 +msgid ":guilabel:`Default Note`: enter any notes to appear with the activity." msgstr "" -"في حقل :guilabel:`نوع التسلسل`، قم بتحديد خيار :guilabel:`اقتراح النشاط " -"التالي`. عند القيام بذلك، يتغير الحقل الموجود أسفله إلى: :guilabel:`اقتراح`." -" اضغط على القائمة المنسدلة لحقل :guilabel:`اقتراح` لتحديد أي أنشطة للتوصية " -"بها كمهام متابعة لهذا النوع من النشاط. " -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Schedule` field, choose a default deadline for these " -"activities. To do so, configure a desired number of :guilabel:`Days`, " -":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, decide if it should occur " -":guilabel:`after completion date` or :guilabel:`after previous activity " -"deadline`." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:316 +msgid "Next Activity section" msgstr "" -"في حقل :guilabel:`الجدولة`، قم بتحديد موعد نهائي افتراضي لهذه الأنشطة. " -"للقيام بذلك، قم بتهيئة العدد المطلوب من :guilabel:`الأيام` أو " -":guilabel:`الأسابيع` أو :guilabel:`الشهور`، ثم قرر ما إذا كان يجب أن يحدث " -"النشاط :guilabel:`بعد تاريخ الإكمال` أو :guilabel:`بعد الموعد النهائي للنشاط" -" السابق`. " -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:198 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:318 msgid "" -"This :guilabel:`Schedule` field information can be altered before the " -"activity is scheduled." -msgstr "يمكن تغيير معلومات حقل :guilabel:`الجدولة` قبل جدولة النشاط. " +"It is possible to have another activity either suggested or triggered. To do" +" so, configure the :guilabel:`Next Activity` section." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:227 -msgid "When all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "عند اكتمال كافة التهيئات، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`حفظ`. " +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:321 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`: select either :guilabel:`Suggest Next Activity` " +"or :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` from the drop-down menu. Depending on " +"the selected option, either the :guilabel:`Suggest` or :guilabel:`Trigger` " +"field is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:326 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field does **not** appear if :guilabel:`Upload" +" Document` is selected for the :guilabel:`Action`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Suggest/Trigger`: depending on what is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`, this field either displays :guilabel:`Suggest` or" +" :guilabel:`Trigger`. Using the drop-down menu, select the activity to " +"recommend or schedule as a follow-up task to the activity type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:332 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: configure when the next activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:334 +msgid "" +"First, enter a numerical value indicating when the activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. Click " +":guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. Select the" +" desired time-frame option from the list. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:340 +msgid "" +"Lastly, using the drop-down menu, select whether the activity is scheduled " +"or triggered either :guilabel:`after previous activity deadline` or " +":guilabel:`after completion date`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "Schedule activity popup with emphasis on recommended activities." -msgstr "النافذة المنبثقة لجدولة النشاط مع التركيز على الأنشطة الموصى بها. " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Suggest " -"Next Activity`, and has activities listed in the :guilabel:`Suggest` field, " -"users are presented with recommendations for activities as next steps." +msgid "A new Activity form with all the fields filled out." msgstr "" -"إذا تم تعيين :guilabel:`نوع التسلسل` كـ :guilabel:`اقتراح النشاط التالي`، " -"وكانت له أنشطة مدرجة في حقل :guilabel:`الاقتراح`، فسيتم تقديم توصيات " -"للمستخدمين للأنشطة كخطوات تالية. " -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:211 -msgid "Trigger next activity" -msgstr "تشغيل النشاط التالي " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Setting the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` to :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` " -"immediately launches the next activity once the previous one is completed." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:348 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss`" msgstr "" -"يؤدي تعيين :guilabel:`نوع التسلسل` إلى :guilabel:`تشغيل النشاط التالي` إلى " -"تشغيل النشاط التالي على الفور بمجرد اكتمال النشاط السابق. " -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` is selected in the :guilabel:`Chaining " -"Type` field, the field beneath changes to: :guilabel:`Trigger`. From the " -":guilabel:`Trigger` field drop-down menu, select the activity that should be" -" launched once this activity is completed." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:349 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss/team_communication`" msgstr "" -"إذا تم تحديد :guilabel:`تشغيل النشاط التالي` في حقل :guilabel:`نوع التسلسل`،" -" يتغير الحقل الموجود أسفله إلى: :guilabel:`تشغيل`. من القائمة المنسدلة لحقل " -":guilabel:`تشغيل`، قم بتحديد النشاط الذي يجب إطلاقه بمجرد اكتمال هذا النشاط." -" " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Schedule new activity popup with emphasis on Done and launch next button." -msgstr "" -"النافذة المنبثقة لجدولة نشاط جديد مع التركيز على زرّي \"تم\" وتشغيل التالي. " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Trigger" -" Next Activity`, marking the activity as `Done` immediately launches the " -"next activity listed in the :guilabel:`Trigger` field." -msgstr "" -"عندما يتم تعيين :guilabel:`نوع التسلسل` لـ :guilabel:`تشغيل النشاط التالي`، " -"فإن وضع علامة على النشاط على أنه `منتهي' يؤدي إلى تشغيل النشاط التالي المدرج" -" في حقل :guilabel:`تشغيل` على الفور. " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:238 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:239 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:3 msgid "Export and import data" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 8bdb881bb..3f02bf49d 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Malaz Abuidris , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 @@ -680,6 +680,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:583 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:701 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 @@ -2316,6 +2317,7 @@ msgstr "واجهة المستخدم لنافذة عرض التسوية لدفت #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:32 msgid "Transactions" msgstr "المعاملات " @@ -2933,7 +2935,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:90 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:432 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:363 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "Customer invoices" @@ -3191,7 +3193,7 @@ msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:169 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:242 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:376 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 @@ -4714,6 +4716,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:38 msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" msgstr ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" @@ -6759,29 +6762,28 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 msgid "" -"This document addresses a specific use case for theoretical purposes. " -"Navigate :ref:`here ` for " -"instructions on how to set up and use |AVCO| in Odoo." +"This document addresses a specific use case for theoretical purposes. For " +"instructions on how to set up and use |AVCO|, refer to the :doc:`inventory " +"valuation configuration " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +" doc." msgstr "" -"يتناول هذا المستند حالة استخدام محددة للأغراض النظرية. اذهب إلى :ref:`هنا " -"` للحصول على إرشادات حول " -"كيفية إعداد واستخدام |AVCO| في أودو. " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:32 -msgid "" -":ref:`Using inventory valuation `" -msgstr "" -":ref:`استخدام تقييم المخزون ` " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 msgid "" +":doc:`Using inventory valuation " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:35 +msgid "" ":ref:`Other inventory valuation methods " "`" msgstr "" ":ref:`طرق تقييم المخزون الأخرى " "` " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:40 msgid "" "To use average cost inventory valuation on a product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and " @@ -6795,19 +6797,17 @@ msgstr "" "التكلفة` إلى `متوسط التكلفة (AVCO)` و :guilabel:`تقييم المخزون` إلى " "`تلقائي`. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:46 msgid "" -":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration " -"`" +":doc:`Inventory valuation configuration " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" msgstr "" -":ref:`تهيئة تقييم المخزون `" -" " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 msgid "Using average cost valuation" msgstr "استخدام تقييم متوسط التكلفة " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "" "The average cost method adjusts the inventory valuation when products are " "received in the warehouse. This section explains how it works, but if the " @@ -6818,11 +6818,11 @@ msgstr "" " يشرح هذا القسم كيفية عمله، ولكن إذا لم تكن بحاجة إلى الشرح، فانتقل إلى قسم " ":ref:`حالة استخدام الإرجاع إلى البائع `. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:59 msgid "Formula" msgstr "الصيغة" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:61 msgid "" "When new products arrive, the new average cost for each product is " "recomputed using the formula:" @@ -6830,7 +6830,7 @@ msgstr "" "عند وصول منتجات جديدة، تتم إعادة احتساب متوسط التكلفة الجديد لكل منتج " "باستخدام الصيغة: " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:63 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{(Old~Qty \\times Old~Avg~Cost) + (Incoming~Qty \\times Purchase~Price)}{Final~Qty}\n" "\n" @@ -6838,12 +6838,12 @@ msgstr "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{(Old~Qty \\times Old~Avg~Cost) + (Incoming~Qty \\times Purchase~Price)}{Final~Qty}\n" "\n" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:66 msgid "**Old Qty**: product count in stock before receiving the new shipment;" msgstr "" "**الكمية القديمة**: كمية المنتج في المخزون قبل استلام الشحنة الجديدة؛ " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:67 msgid "" "**Old Avg Cost**: calculated average cost for a single product from the " "previous inventory valuation;" @@ -6851,11 +6851,11 @@ msgstr "" "**متوسط التكلفة القديم**: متوسط التكلفة المحسوب لمنتج واحد من تقييم المخزون " "السابق؛ " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:69 msgid "**Incoming Qty**: count of products arriving in the new shipment;" msgstr "**الكمية القادمة**: عدد المنتجات التي ستصل في الشحنة الجديدة؛ " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:70 msgid "" "**Purchase Price**: estimated price of products at the reception of products" " (since vendor bills may arrive later). The amount includes not only the " @@ -6869,11 +6869,11 @@ msgstr "" "`. عند استلام فاتورة المورّد، يتم تعديل " "هذا السعر؛ " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:74 msgid "**Final Qty**: quantity of on-hand stock after the stock move." msgstr "**الكمية النهائية**: كمية المخزون الموجود بعد حركة المخزون. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 msgid "" "When products leave the warehouse, the average cost **does not** change. " "Read about why the average cost valuation is **not** adjusted :ref:`here " @@ -6883,11 +6883,11 @@ msgstr "" " عدم تعديل تقييم متوسط التكلفة :ref:`هنا " "`. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:85 msgid "Compute average cost" msgstr "احتساب متوسط التكلفة " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:87 msgid "" "To understand how the average cost of a product changes with each shipment, " "consider the following table of warehouse operations and stock moves. Each " @@ -6897,145 +6897,148 @@ msgstr "" "التالي لعمليات المستودعات وتحركات المخزون، والتي يعد كل منها مثالاً مختلفاً " "لكيفية تأثر متوسط تقييم التكلفة. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Operation" msgstr "العملية" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 msgid "Incoming Value" msgstr "القيمة القادمة " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "قيمة المخزون" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "الكمية الموجودة " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Avg Cost" msgstr "متوسط التكلفة " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:424 msgid "$0" msgstr "$0" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "Receive 8 tables at $10/unit" msgstr "استلم 8 طاولات بسعر $10/للوحدة " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "8 * $10" msgstr "8 * $10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "$80" msgstr "$80" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "8" msgstr "8" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "$10" msgstr "$10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 msgid "Receive 4 tables at $16/unit" msgstr "استلم 4 طاولات بسعر $16/للوحدة " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 msgid "4 * $16" msgstr "4 * $16" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 msgid "$144" msgstr "$144" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "$12" msgstr "$12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 msgid "Deliver 10 tables" msgstr "توصيل 10 طاولات " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 msgid "-10 * $12" msgstr "-10 * $12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "$24" msgstr "$24" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "2" msgstr "2" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:106 msgid "" "Ensure comprehension of the above computations by reviewing the \"Receive 8 " "tables at $10/unit\" example." @@ -7043,11 +7046,11 @@ msgstr "" "تأكد من فهم الحسابات المذكورة أعلاه من خلال مراجعة مثال \"استلام 8 طاولات " "بسعر $10 للوحدة\". " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:109 msgid "Initially, the product stock is 0, so all values are $0." msgstr "مبدئياً، كمية المنتج في المخزون هي 0، لذلك كل القيم تساوي $0. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:111 msgid "" "In the first warehouse operation, `8` tables are received at `$10` each. The" " average cost is calculated using the :ref:`formula " @@ -7056,7 +7059,7 @@ msgstr "" "في عملية المستودع الأولى، يتم استلام `8` طاولات بسعر `$10` للوحدة. يتم " "احتساب متوسط التكلفة باستخدام :ref:`formula `: " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:114 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{0 + 8 \\times $10}{8} = \\frac{$80}{8} = $10\n" "\n" @@ -7064,26 +7067,26 @@ msgstr "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{0 + 8 \\times $10}{8} = \\frac{$80}{8} = $10\n" "\n" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "" "Since the *incoming quantity* of tables is `8` and the *purchase price* for " "each is `$10`," msgstr "" "بما أن *الكمية القادمة* من الطاولات هي `8` و *سعر شراء* كل طاولة هو `$10`، " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:118 msgid "The inventory value in the numerator is evaluated to `$80`;" msgstr "قيمة المخزون في البسط تقدر بـ `$80`؛ " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 msgid "`$80` is divided by the total amount of tables to store, `8`;" msgstr "`$80` مقسمة على إجمالي عدد الطاولات لتخزينها، `8`؛ " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:120 msgid "`$10` is the average cost of a single table from the first shipment." msgstr "`$10` هو متوسط تكلفة الطاولة الواحدة من الشحنة الأولى. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:122 msgid "" "To verify this in Odoo, in the *Purchase* app, order `8` quantities of a new" " product, `Table`, with no previous stock moves, for `$10` each." @@ -7091,7 +7094,7 @@ msgstr "" "للتحقق من صحة ذلك في أودو، في تطبيق *المشتريات*، قم بطلب `8` كميات من المنتج" " الجديد `طاولة`، دون أي حركات مخزون سابقة مقابل `$10` لكل وحدة. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:125 msgid "" "In the table's :guilabel:`Product Category` field in the :guilabel:`General " "Information` tab of the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon," @@ -7105,7 +7108,7 @@ msgstr "" "بتعيين :guilabel:`طريقة التكلفة` كـ `متوسط التكلفة (AVCO)` وعين " ":guilabel:`تقييم المخزون` كـ `مؤتمت`. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "" "Then, return to the purchase order. Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`, and " "click :guilabel:`Receive Products` to confirm receipt." @@ -7113,7 +7116,7 @@ msgstr "" "بعد ذلك، عُد إلى أمر الشراء. اضغط على :guilabel:`تأكيد الأمر`، ثم اضغط على " ":guilabel:`استلام المنتجات` لتأكيد الاستلام. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:133 msgid "" "Next, check the inventory valuation record generated by the product " "reception by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> " @@ -7133,7 +7136,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show inventory valuation of 8 tables in Odoo." msgstr "إظهار تقييم المخزون لـ 8 طاولات في أودو. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "" "When the product category's :guilabel:`Costing Method` is set to " ":guilabel:`AVCO`, then the average cost of a product is also displayed on " @@ -7144,11 +7147,11 @@ msgstr "" "فسيتم عرض متوسط تكلفة المنتج أيضاً في حقل :guilabel:`التكلفة`، تحت علامة " "تبويب :guilabel:`معلومات عامة` الموجودة على صفحة المنتج نفسها. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:149 msgid "Product delivery (use case)" msgstr "توصيل المنتج (حالة استخدام) " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:151 msgid "" "For outgoing shipments, :ref:`outbound products have no effect on the " "average cost valuation `. Although the " @@ -7161,7 +7164,7 @@ msgstr "" "احتساب متوسط تقييم التكلفة، إلا أن قيمة المخزون لا تزال تنخفض بسبب إزالة " "المنتج من المخزون وتوصيله إلى موقع العميل. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:157 msgid "" "To demonstrate that the average cost valuation is not recalculated, examine " "the \"Deliver 10 tables\" example." @@ -7169,7 +7172,7 @@ msgstr "" "لتوضيح أن متوسط تقييم التكلفة لم تتم إعادة احتسابه، ألقِ نظرة على مثال " "\"توصيل 10 طاولات\". " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{12 \\times $12 + (-10) \\times $12}{12-10} = \\frac{24}{2} = $12\n" "\n" @@ -7177,7 +7180,7 @@ msgstr "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{12 \\times $12 + (-10) \\times $12}{12-10} = \\frac{24}{2} = $12\n" "\n" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "" "Because 10 tables are being sent out to customers, the *incoming quantity* " "is `-10`. The previous average cost (`$12`) is used in lieu of a vendor's " @@ -7187,11 +7190,11 @@ msgstr "" "يتم استخدام متوسط التكلفة السابق (`$12`) عوضاً عن *سعر الشراء* الخاص " "بالمورّد؛ " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:165 msgid "The *incoming inventory value* is `-10 * $12 = -$120`;" msgstr "*قيمة المخزون الوارد* هي `-10 * $12 = -$120`؛ " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:166 msgid "" "The old *inventory value* (`$144`) is added to the *incoming inventory " "value* (`-$120`), so `$144 + -$120 = $24`;" @@ -7199,7 +7202,7 @@ msgstr "" "تتم إضافة *قيمة المخزون* القديمة (`$144`) إلى *قيمة المخزون الوارد* " "(`-$120`), وبالتالي `$144 + -$120 = $24`؛ " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:168 msgid "" "Only `2` tables remain after shipping out `10` tables from `12`. So the " "current *inventory value* (`$24`) is divided by the on-hand quantity (`2`);" @@ -7207,12 +7210,12 @@ msgstr "" "تبقى طاولتان فقط بعد شحن 10 طاولات من 12. وبالتالي، يتم تقسيم *قيمة المخزون*" " الحالية (`24`) على الكمية المتوفرة (`2`)؛ " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:170 msgid "" "`$24 / 2 = $12`, which is the same average cost as the previous operation." msgstr "`$24 / 2 = $12`، وهو نفس متوسط تكلفة العملية السابقة. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:172 msgid "" "To verify this in Odoo, sell `10` tables in the *Sales* app, validate the " "delivery, and then review the inventory valuation record by going to in " @@ -7226,7 +7229,7 @@ msgstr "" "التقييم العليا، يؤدي توصيل `10` طاولات إلى تقليل قيمة المنتج بمقدار `-$120`." " " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:177 msgid "" "**Note**: What is not represented in this stock valuation record is the " "revenue made from this sale, so this decrease is not a loss to the company." @@ -7238,11 +7241,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show how deliveries decrease inventory valuation." msgstr "أظهر كيف تقلل عمليات التوصيل من تقييم المخزون. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:187 msgid "Return items to supplier (use case)" msgstr "إرجاع العناصر إلى البائع (حالة استخدام) " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:189 msgid "" "Because the price paid to suppliers can differ from the price the product is" " valued at with the |AVCO| method, Odoo handles returned items in a specific" @@ -7251,43 +7254,43 @@ msgstr "" "لأن السعر المدفوع للبائعين يمكن أن يختلف عن السعر الذي يتم تقييم المنتج به " "لدى |AVCO| بطريقة معينة، يتعامل أودو مع العناصر المرجعة بطريقة محددة. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:192 msgid "" "Products are returned to suppliers at the original purchase price, but;" msgstr "يتم إرجاع المنتجات إلى الباعة بسعر الشراء الأصلي، ولكن؛ " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:193 msgid "The internal cost valuation remains unchanged." msgstr "سيبقى تقييم التكلفة الداخلية كما هو. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 msgid "" "The above :ref:`example table ` is updated as" " follows:" msgstr "" "تم تحديث :ref:`مثال على طاولة ` كما يلي: " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 msgid "Qty*Avg Cost" msgstr "الكمية * متوسط التكلفة " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 msgid "Return 1 table bought at $10" msgstr "إرجاع طاولة واحدة تم شراؤها بسعر $10 " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 msgid "-1 * $12" msgstr "-1 * $12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:242 msgid "1" msgstr "1" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:205 msgid "" "In other words, returns to vendors are perceived by Odoo as another form of " "a product exiting the warehouse. To Odoo, because the table is valued at $12" @@ -7301,7 +7304,7 @@ msgstr "" "إرجاع المنتج؛ سعر الشراء الأولي البالغ `$10` لا علاقة له بمتوسط تكلفة " "الطاولة. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:211 msgid "" "To return a single table that was purchased for `$10`, navigate to the " "receipt in the *Inventory* app for the :ref:`8 tables purchased in Exercise " @@ -7313,7 +7316,7 @@ msgstr "" "` عن طريق الذهاب إلى: guilabel: `نظرة عامة على " "المخزون`، ثم الضغط على :guilabel:`الإيصالات`، واختيار الإيصال المطلوب. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:216 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Return` on the validated delivery order, and modify " "the quantity to `1` in the reverse transfer window. This creates an outgoing" @@ -7324,7 +7327,7 @@ msgstr "" "بتعديل الكمية إلى `1` في نافذة النقل العكسي. يؤدي ذلك إلى إنشاء شحنة صادرة " "للطاولة. قم بتحديد :guilabel:`تصديق` لتأكيد الشحنة الصادرة. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:220 msgid "" "Return to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation` " "to see how the outgoing shipment decreases the inventory value by $12." @@ -7336,11 +7339,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inventory valuation for return." msgstr "تقييم المخزون لعملية إرجاع المنتج. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:230 msgid "Eliminate stock valuation errors in outgoing products" msgstr "إقصاء أخطاء تقييم المخزون لدى المنتجات الصادرة " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:232 msgid "" "Inconsistencies can occur in a company's inventory when the average cost " "valuation is recalculated on outgoing shipments." @@ -7348,7 +7351,7 @@ msgstr "" "يمكن أن تحدث حالات عدم اتساق في مخزون الشركة عند إعادة حساب تقييم متوسط " "التكلفة لدى الشحنات الصادرة. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:235 msgid "" "To demonstrate this error, the table below displays a scenario in which 1 " "table is shipped to a customer and another is returned to a supplier at the " @@ -7357,36 +7360,36 @@ msgstr "" "لتوضيح هذا الخطأ، يعرض الجدول أدناه سيناريو يتم فيه شحن طاولة واحدة إلى " "العميل وإرجاع طاولة أخرى إلى المورد بالسعر الذي تم شراؤها به. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 msgid "Qty*Price" msgstr "الكمية * السعر " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 msgid "Ship 1 product to customer" msgstr "شحن منتج واحد إلى العميل " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 msgid "-1 \\* $12" msgstr "-1 \\* $12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "Return 1 product initially bought at $10" msgstr "إرجاع منتج واحد تم شراؤه في البداية بسعر $10 " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "-1 \\* $10" msgstr "-1 \\* $10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$2**" msgstr "**$2**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "**0**" msgstr "**0**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:248 msgid "" "In the final operation above, the final inventory valuation for the table is" " `$2` even though there are `0` tables left in stock." @@ -7394,11 +7397,11 @@ msgstr "" "في العملية النهائية أعلاه، يكون تقييم المخزون النهائي للطاولة هو `2$' على " "الرغم من وجود `0` طاولات متبقية في المخزون. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:251 msgid "Correct method" msgstr "الطريقة الصحيحة " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:253 msgid "" "Use the average cost to value the return. This does not mean the company " "gets $12 back for a $10 purchase; the item returned for $10 is valued " @@ -7410,11 +7413,11 @@ msgstr "" "تبلغ قيمته داخلياً $12. يمثل تغيير قيمة المخزون منتجاً بقيمة $12 لم يعد يتم " "احتسابه ضمن أصول الشركة. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:258 msgid "Anglo-Saxon accounting" msgstr "المحاسبة الأنجلو-ساكسونية" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:260 msgid "" "In addition to using |AVCO|, companies that use **Anglo-Saxon accounting** " "also keep a holding account that tracks the amount to be paid to vendors. " @@ -7429,7 +7432,7 @@ msgstr "" "المورّد للمنتجات التي دخلت المخزون. تتم إضافة حساب الحجز (المسمى **مدخلات " "المخزون**) ولا تتم تسويته إلا بمجرد استلام فاتورة المورّد. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:266 msgid "" ":ref:`Anglo-Saxon vs. Continental " "`" @@ -7437,7 +7440,7 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`محاسبة Anglo-Saxon مقابل Continental " "`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:268 msgid "" "The table below reflects journal entries and accounts. The *stock input* " "account stores the money intended to pay vendors when the vendor bill has " @@ -7450,71 +7453,71 @@ msgstr "" "بعد. لموازنة الحسابات عند إرجاع المنتجات التي بها فرق سعر بين السعر الذي تم " "**تقييم المنتج به** والسعر الذي تم شراؤه به، يتم إنشاء حساب *فرق السعر*. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Stock Input" msgstr "مدخلات المخزون " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Price Diff" msgstr "فرق السعر " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 msgid "Receive 8 tables at $10" msgstr "استلام 8 طاولات بسعر $10 " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 msgid "($80)" msgstr "($80)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" msgstr "استلام فاتورة المورّد $80 " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 msgid "Receive 4 tables at $16" msgstr "استلام 4 طاولات بسعر $16 " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 msgid "($64)" msgstr "($64)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" msgstr "استلام فاتورة المورّد $64 " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "Deliver 10 tables to customer" msgstr "توصيل 10 طاولات للعميل " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "Return 1 table initially bought at $10" msgstr "إرجاع طاولة واحدة تم شراؤه في البداية بسعر $10 " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$10**" msgstr "**$10**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$12**" msgstr "**$12**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" msgstr "استلام المبالغ المستردة من المورّد $10 " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "$2" msgstr "$2" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:296 msgid "Product reception" msgstr "استلام المنتج " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:299 msgid "Summary" msgstr "الملخص" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:301 msgid "" "At product reception, Odoo ensures companies can pay for goods that were " "purchased by preemptively moving an amount matching the price of received " @@ -7532,7 +7535,7 @@ msgstr "" " هذا الحساب تعني أن الفاتورة قد تم دفعها. تتم تسوية **مدخلات المخزون** بمجرد" " استلام فاتورة المورّد. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:308 msgid "" "Inventory valuation is a method of calculating how much each in-stock " "product is worth internally. Since there is a difference between the price " @@ -7545,15 +7548,15 @@ msgstr "" " به فعلياً**، فإن حساب **تقييم المخزون** لا يرتبط بعمليات الائتمان والخصم " "الخاصة بـ * حساب *مدخلات المخزون**. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:313 msgid "To conceptualize all this, follow the breakdown below." msgstr "لتصور كل هذا، اتبع التوضيح أدناه. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:316 msgid "Accounts balanced at received products" msgstr "تتم تسوية الحسابات عند استلام المنتجات " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:318 msgid "" "In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, `table`, in " "stock. Then, 8 tables are received from the vendor:" @@ -7561,7 +7564,7 @@ msgstr "" "في هذا المثال، تبدأ الشركة بصفر وحدات من المنتج، \"طاولة\"، في المخزون. ثم " "يتم استلام 8 طاولات من المورّد: " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:321 msgid "" "The **Stock Input** account stores `$80` of credit owed to the vendor. The " "amount in this account is unrelated to the inventory value." @@ -7569,14 +7572,14 @@ msgstr "" "يخزن حساب **مدخلات المخزون** `$80` من الائتمان المستحق للمورّد. المبلغ " "الموجود في هذا الحساب ليس له علاقة بقيمة المخزون. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:323 msgid "" "`$80` worth of tables came **in** (**debit** the *Inventory Value* account " "`$80`), and" msgstr "" "وصلت طاولات بقيمة `$80` ** في** (**خصم** من حساب *قيمة المخزون* `$80`)، و " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:324 msgid "" "`$80` must be paid **out** for received goods (**credit** the *Stock Input* " "account `$80`)." @@ -7584,12 +7587,12 @@ msgstr "" "يجب دفع `$80` مقابل البضائع المستلمة (**الائتمان** في حساب *مدخلات المخزون* " "`$80``). " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:324 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:370 msgid "In Odoo" msgstr "في أودو " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:329 msgid "" "Odoo generates an accounting journal entry when shipments that use |AVCO| " "costing method are received. Configure a :guilabel:`Price Difference " @@ -7601,7 +7604,7 @@ msgstr "" "تحديد أيقونة :guilabel:`➡️ (سهم)` بجوار الحقل :guilabel:`فئة المنتج` في صفحة" " المنتج. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:333 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Account Properties`, create a new :guilabel:`Price " "Difference Account` by typing in the name of the account and clicking " @@ -7616,7 +7619,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create price difference account." msgstr "إنشاء حساب فرق السعر. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:341 msgid "" "Then, receive the shipment in the *Purchase* app or *Inventory* app, and " "navigate to the :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal " @@ -7632,7 +7635,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show accounting entry of 8 tables from the list." msgstr "إظهار القيد المحاسبي لـ 8 طاولات من القائمة. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:349 msgid "" "Click on the line for 8 tables. This accounting journal entry shows that " "when the 8 tables were received, the `Stock Valuation` account increased by " @@ -7648,11 +7651,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit stock valuation and credit stock input 80 dollars." msgstr "خصم تقييم المخزون وإضافة 80 دولار إلى مدخلات المخزون. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:358 msgid "Accounts balanced at received vendor bill" msgstr "تتم تسوية الحسابات عند استلام فواتير المورّدين " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:360 msgid "" "In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, table, in " "stock. Then, 8 tables are received from the vendor. When the bill is " @@ -7662,7 +7665,7 @@ msgstr "" " استلام 8 طاولات من المورّد. عندما يتم استلام الفاتورة من المورّد لـ 8 " "طاولات: " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:363 msgid "" "Use `$80` in the **Stock Input** account to pay the bill. This cancels out " "and the account now holds `$0`." @@ -7670,11 +7673,11 @@ msgstr "" "استخدم مبلغ `$80` الموجود في حساب **مدخلات المخزون** لدفع فاتورة المورّد. " "يؤدي ذلك إلى إلغائها وأصبح الحساب يحمل الآن `$0`. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:365 msgid "Debit **Stock Input** `$80` (to reconcile this account)." msgstr "قم بخصم **مدخلات المخزون** `$80` (لتسوية هذا الحساب). " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:366 msgid "" "Credit **Accounts payable** `$80`. This account stores the amount the " "company owes others, so accountants use the amount to write checks to " @@ -7684,7 +7687,7 @@ msgstr "" " تدين به الشركة للآخرين، لذلك يستخدم المحاسبون المبلغ لكتابة الشيكات " "للمورّدين. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:372 msgid "" "Once the vendor requests payment, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Orders --> Purchase` and select the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for " @@ -7695,7 +7698,7 @@ msgstr "" "الطلبات --> الشراء` وحدد :abbr:`PO (أمر الشراء)` لـ 8 طاولات. داخل :abbr:`PO" " (أمر الشراء)`، قم بتحديد :guilabel:`إنشاء فاتورة مورّد`. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:376 msgid "" "Switch to the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view how `$80` is transferred" " from the holding account, `Stock Interim (Received)` to `Accounts Payable`." @@ -7709,11 +7712,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show bill linked to the purchase order for 8 tables." msgstr "إظهار فاتورة المورّد المرتبطة بأمر شراء الـ 8 طاولات. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:385 msgid "On product delivery" msgstr "عند توصيل المنتج " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:387 msgid "" "In the :ref:`above example table `, when 10" " products are delivered to a customer, the **Stock Input** account is " @@ -7723,7 +7726,7 @@ msgstr "" "توصيل 10 منتجات إلى العميل، لا يتم تغيير حساب **مدخلات المخزون** لأنه لا " "توجد منتجات جديدة واردة. ببساطة: " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:391 msgid "" "**Inventory valuation** is credited `$120`. Subtracting from inventory " "valuation represents `$120` worth of products exiting the company." @@ -7731,7 +7734,7 @@ msgstr "" "تتم إضافة `$120` إلى **تقييم المخزون**. يمثل الطرح من تقييم المخزون ما قيمته" " `$120` من المنتجات الخارجة من الشركة. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:393 msgid "Debit **Accounts Receivable** to record revenue from the sale." msgstr "قم بخصم **حسابات المدينين** لتسجيل الإيرادات من البيع. " @@ -7739,7 +7742,7 @@ msgstr "قم بخصم **حسابات المدينين** لتسجيل الإير msgid "Show journal items linked to sale order." msgstr "إظهار عناصر دفتر اليومية المرتبطة بأمر بيع. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:401 msgid "" "In the accounting journal entry invoicing a customer for 10 tables, the " "accounts **Product Sales**, **Tax Received**, and **Accounts Receivable** " @@ -7751,7 +7754,7 @@ msgstr "" " ببيع المنتج. **حسابات المدينين** هي الحسابات الذي سيتم استلام مدفوعات " "العميل فيها. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:405 msgid "" "Anglo-Saxon accounting recognizes the cost of goods sold (COGS) once the " "sale is made. So, up until the product is sold, scrapped, or returned, costs" @@ -7764,11 +7767,11 @@ msgstr "" "تكاليف الاحتفاظ بالمنتج في المخزون. يتم خصم `$120` من حساب **النفقات** " "لتسجيل تكاليف تخزين 10 طاولات خلال هذه الفترة الزمنية. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:411 msgid "On product return" msgstr "عند إرجاع المنتج " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:413 msgid "" "In the :ref:`above example table `, when " "returning 1 product to a vendor purchased at `$10`, a company expects `$10` " @@ -7785,7 +7788,7 @@ msgstr "" "الناقصة في :guilabel:`حساب فرق السعر`، والذي تم إعداده في :guilabel:`فئة " "المنتج`. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:420 msgid "" "Behavior of *price difference accounts* varies from localization. In this " "case, the account is intended to store differences between vendor price and " @@ -7794,11 +7797,11 @@ msgstr "" "يختلف سلوك *حسابات فرق السعر* باختلاف الأقلمة. في هذه الحالة، يهدف الحساب " "إلى تخزين الاختلافات بين سعر المورّد وطرق تقييم المخزون *المؤتمتة*. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:423 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "الملخص:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:425 msgid "" "Debit **Stock Input** account `$10` to move the table from stock to stock " "input. This move is to indicate that the table is to be processed for an " @@ -7808,14 +7811,14 @@ msgstr "" "المخزون. تهدف هذه الخطوة إلى الإشارة إلى أنه ستتم معالجة الطاولة للشحنة " "الصادرة. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:427 msgid "" "Debit **Stock Input** an additional `$2` to account for the **Price " "Difference**." msgstr "" "قم بخصم مبلغ إضافي قدره `$2` من **مدخلات المخزون** لحساب **فرق السعر**. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:428 msgid "" "Credit **Stock Valuation** `$12` because the item is leaving the stock." msgstr "قم بإضافة `$12`إلى **تقييم المخزون** لأن العنصر يغادر المخزون. " @@ -7824,16 +7827,16 @@ msgstr "قم بإضافة `$12`إلى **تقييم المخزون** لأن ال msgid "2 dollar difference expensed in Price Difference account." msgstr "تم تسجيل نفقة بقيمة 2 دولار في حساب فرق السعر. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:434 msgid "Once the vendor's refund is received," msgstr "بمجرد أن يتم استلام المبلغ المسترد من المورّد، " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:436 msgid "" "Credit **Stock Input** account `$10` to reconcile the price of the table." msgstr "قم بإضافة `$10` إلى حساب **مدخلات المخزون** لتسوية سعر الطاولة. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:437 msgid "" "Debit **Accounts Payable** `$10` to have the accountants collect and " "register the payment in their journal." @@ -7849,7 +7852,7 @@ msgstr "قم بالإرجاع لاستعادة الـ 10 دولارات. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:361 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:247 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:258 @@ -8653,6 +8656,7 @@ msgid "Partial payment 2/2" msgstr "الدفع الجزئي 2/2 " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:422 msgid "30" msgstr "30" @@ -8940,7 +8944,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:254 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:278 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 @@ -9141,6 +9145,7 @@ msgid "VAT units tab" msgstr "علامة تبويب الوحدات الضريبية " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:339 msgid "Fiscal position" msgstr "الوضع المالي " @@ -13665,6 +13670,7 @@ msgstr "" "`_. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:32 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "المتطلبات " @@ -13864,6 +13870,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" msgstr ":doc:`../taxes`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:150 msgid ":doc:`../get_started`" msgstr ":doc:`../get_started`" @@ -14153,13 +14160,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:105 msgid "" -"Setting an :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` is **irreversible** and cannot be" -" removed." +"Install the :guilabel:`Irreversible Lock Date` (`account_lock`) module to " +"make the :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` *irreversible* once set." msgstr "" -"تعيين :guilabel:`تاريخ قفل كافة المستخدمين` **لا يمكن التراجع عنه** ولا يمكن" -" إزالته. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:109 msgid "" "A specific year-end closing entry is **optional** in order to close out the " "**profit and loss statement**. The reports are created in real-time, meaning" @@ -14261,7 +14266,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:386 msgid "Tax computation" msgstr "" @@ -14327,6 +14332,7 @@ msgstr "الضريبة" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:397 msgid "Total" msgstr "الإجمالي" @@ -15123,128 +15129,1703 @@ msgstr "" "في السعر، قد تكون الأسعار التي تم حسابها خاطئة. لهذا السبب نوصي الشركات " "عادةً بالعمل باستخدام مرجع عمل واحد فقط. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:3 -msgid "Avatax integration" -msgstr "تكامل Avatax " - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:5 -msgid "Avatax is a tax calculation provider that can be integrated in Odoo." -msgstr "Avatax هو مزود لحساب الضرائب يمكن دمجه في أودو. " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:98 -msgid "Credential configuration" -msgstr "تهيئة بيانات الاعتماد " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To integrate Avatax with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes` and add your Avatax credentials in the" -" :guilabel:`Avatax` section." +msgid "AvaTax integration" msgstr "" -"لدمج Avatax مع أودو، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`المحاسبة --> التهيئة --> " -"الإعدادات --> الضرائب` وأضف بيانات اعتماد Avatax الخاصة بك في القسم " -":guilabel:`Avatax`. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you do not yet have credentials, click on :guilabel:`How to Get " -"Credentials`." +"Avalara's *AvaTax* is a cloud-based tax software. Integrating *AvaTax* with " +"Odoo provides real-time and region-specific tax calculations when users " +"sell, purchase, and invoice items in Odoo. *AvaTax* tax calculation is " +"supported with every United Nations charted country, including inter-border " +"transactions." msgstr "" -"إذا لم تكن لديك بيانات اعتماد بعد، قم بالضغط على :guilabel:`كيفية الحصول على" -" بيانات اعتماد`. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Configure Avatax settings" -msgstr "تهيئة إعدادات Avatax " +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:13 +msgid "" +"*AvaTax* is only available for integration with databases/companies that " +"have locations in the United States, Canada, and Brazil. This means the " +"fiscal position/country of a database can only be set to the United States, " +"Canada, or Brazil. For more information, reference this documentation: " +":ref:`avatax/fiscal_country`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:18 +msgid "" +"*AvaTax* accounts for location-based tax rates for each state, county, and " +"city. It improves remittance accuracy by paying close attention to laws, " +"rules, jurisdiction boundaries, and special circumstances (like, tax " +"holidays, and product exemptions). Companies who integrate with *AvaTax* can" +" maintain control of tax-calculations in-house with this simple :abbr:`API " +"(application programming interface)` integration." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:25 -msgid "Tax mapping" -msgstr "تعيين الضرائب " +msgid "" +"Some limitations exist in Odoo while using *AvaTax* for tax calculation:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:27 msgid "" -"The Avatax integration is available on Sale Orders and Invoices with the " -"included Avatax fiscal position." +"*AvaTax* is **not** supported in Odoo's *Point of Sale* app, because a " +"dynamic tax calculation model is excessive for transactions within a single " +"delivery address, such as stores or restaurants." msgstr "" -"تكامل Avatax متوفر في أوامر البيع والفواتير التي بها الوضع المالي لـ Avatax." -" " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:30 msgid "" -"Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the " -"product categories." +"*AvaTax* and Odoo use the company address and **not** the warehouse address." msgstr "" -"قبل استخدام التكامل، قم بتحديد :guilabel:`فئة Avatax` في فئات المنتجات. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Specify Avatax Category on products" -msgstr "قم بتحديد فئة Avatax في المنتجات " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:31 msgid "" -"Avatax Categories may be overridden or set on individual products as well." +"Exercise tax is **not** supported. This includes tobacco/vape taxes, fuel " +"taxes, and other specific industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Avalara's support documents: `About AvaTax " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:39 +msgid "Set up on AvaTax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To use *AvaTax*, an account with Avalara is required for the setup. If one " +"has not been set up yet, connect with Avalara to purchase a license: " +"`Avalara: Let's Talk `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Upon account setup, take note of the *AvaTax* :guilabel:`Account ID`. This " +"will be needed in the :ref:`Odoo setup `. In Odoo, this " +"number is the :guilabel:`API ID`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Then, `create a basic company profile " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:53 +msgid "Create basic company profile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Collect essential business details for the next step: locations where tax is" +" collected, products/services sold (and their sales locations), and customer" +" tax exemptions, if applicable. Follow the Avalara documentation for " +"creating a basic company profile:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:59 +msgid "" +"`Add company information `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:61 +msgid "" +"`Tell us where the company collects and pays tax " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:63 +msgid "" +"`Verify jurisdictions and activate the company " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Add other company locations for location-based filing " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:67 +msgid "" +"`Add a marketplace to the company profile " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:73 +msgid "Connect to AvaTax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:75 +msgid "" +"After creating the basic company profile in Avalara, connect to *AvaTax*. " +"This step links Odoo and *AvaTax* bidirectionally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox `_" +" or `production `_ environment. This will depend" +" on which type of Avalara account the company would like to integrate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:83 +msgid "" +"`Sandbox vs production environments in Avalara " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Log in to create the :guilabel:`License Key`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> License and API Keys`. Click :guilabel:`Generate License Key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:90 +msgid "" +"A warning appears stating: `If your business app is connected to Avalara " +"solutions, the connection will be broken until you update the app with the " +"new license key. This action cannot be undone.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Generating a new license key breaks the connection with existing business " +"apps using the *AvaTax* integration. Make sure to update these apps with the" +" new license key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If this will be the first :abbr:`API (application programming interface)` " +"integration being made with *AvaTax* and Odoo, then click " +":guilabel:`Generate license key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:100 +msgid "" +"If this is an additional license key, ensure the previous connection can be " +"broken. There is **only** one license key associated with each of the " +"Avalara sandbox and production accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Copy this key to a safe place. It is **strongly encouraged** to backup the " +"license key for future reference. This key cannot be retrieved after leaving" +" this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:108 +msgid "Odoo configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Before using *AvaTax*, there are some additional configurations in Odoo to " +"ensure tax calculations are made accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Verify that the Odoo database contains necessary data. The country initially" +" set up in the database determines the fiscal position, and aids *AvaTax* in" +" calculating accurate tax rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:119 +msgid "Fiscal country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Country`, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Country` " +"feature to :guilabel:`United States`, :guilabel:`Canada`, or " +":guilabel:`Brazil`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:131 +msgid "Company settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:133 +msgid "" +"All companies operating under the Odoo database should have a full and " +"complete address listed in the settings. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Settings app`, and under the :guilabel:`Companies` section, " +"ensure there is only one company operating the Odoo database. Click " +":guilabel:`Update Info` to open a separate page to update company details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:138 +msgid "" +"If there are multiple companies operating in the database, click " +":guilabel:`Manage Companies` to load a list of companies to select from. " +"Update company information by clicking into the specific company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Database administrators should ensure that the :guilabel:`Street...`, " +":guilabel:`Street2...`, :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, " +":guilabel:`ZIP`, and :guilabel:`Country` are all updated for the companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This ensures accurate tax calculations and smooth end-of-year accounting " +"operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:149 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:153 +msgid "Module installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, ensure that the Odoo *AvaTax* module is installed. To do so, navigate " +"to the :menuselection:`Apps application`. In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, " +"type in `avatax`, and press :kbd:`Enter`. The following results populate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "الاسم" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 +msgid "Technical name" +msgstr "الاسم التقني" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "الوصف" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:167 +msgid "`account_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Default *AvaTax* module. This module adds the base *AvaTax* features for tax" +" calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:169 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for geo localization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:170 +msgid "`account_avatax_geolocalize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:171 +msgid "" +"This module includes the features required for integration of *AvaTax* into " +"geo-localization in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:173 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SO`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:174 +msgid "`account_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Includes the information needed for tax calculation on sales orders in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:176 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for Inventory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:177 +msgid "`account_avatax_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:178 +msgid "Includes tax calculation in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:179 +msgid ":guilabel:`Amazon/Avatax Bridge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:180 +msgid "`sale_amazon_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Includes tax calculation features between the *Amazon Connector* and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:182 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:183 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:184 +msgid "Includes information for tax calculation in the Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:185 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:186 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:187 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for tax calculation for services " +"in the Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil Sale for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:190 +msgid "`l10n_br_edi_sale_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:191 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for tax calculation for the sale " +"of services in the Brazil localization. This includes electronic data " +"interchange (EDI)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:193 +msgid ":guilabel:`Test SOs for the Brazilian AvaTax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:194 +msgid "`l10n_br_test_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:195 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for test sales orders in the " +"Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Install` button on the module labeled, " +":guilabel:`Avatax`: `account_avatax`. Doing so installs the following " +"modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:200 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax`: `account_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:201 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SO`: `account_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:202 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for Inventory`: `account_avatax_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Should *AvaTax* be needed for geo-localization, or with the *Amazon " +"Connector*, then install those modules individually by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Install` on :guilabel:`Avatax for geo localization` and " +":guilabel:`Amazon/Avatax Bridge`, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:209 +msgid "" +"For localization specific *AvaTax* instructions, view the following " +":doc:`fiscal localization <../../fiscal_localizations>` documentation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:212 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:217 +msgid "Odoo AvaTax settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To integrate the *AvaTax* :abbr:`API (application programming interface)` " +"with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` section. The :guilabel:`AvaTax` fields in the :guilabel:`Taxes` " +"section is where the *AvaTax* configurations are made, and the credentials " +"are entered in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:224 +msgid "" +"First, tick the checkbox to the left of the :guilabel:`AvaTax` settings, to " +"activate *AvaTax* on the database. This is a quick, convenient way to " +"activate and deactivate *AvaTax* tax calculation on the Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Override product categories as needed" +msgid "Configure AvaTax settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:235 +msgid "" +"First, select the :guilabel:`Environment` in which the company wishes to use" +" *AvaTax* in. It can either be :guilabel:`Sandbox` or " +":guilabel:`Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:239 +msgid "" +"For help determining which *AvaTax* environment to use (either " +":guilabel:`Production` or :guilabel:`Sandbox`), visit: `Sandbox vs " +"Production environments " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:244 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Now, the credentials can be entered in. The *AvaTax* :guilabel:`Account ID` " +"should be entered in the :guilabel:`API ID` field, and the " +":guilabel:`License Key` should be entered in the :guilabel:`API Key` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Account ID` can be found by logging into the *AvaTax* portal " +"(`sandbox `_ or `production " +"`_). In the upper-right corner, click on the " +"initials of the user and :guilabel:`Account`. The :guilabel:`Account ID` is " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To access the :guilabel:`License Key` see this documentation: " +":ref:`avatax/create_avalara_credentials`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:259 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Company Code` field, enter the Avalara company code for " +"the company being configured. Avalara interprets this as `DEFAULT`, if it is" +" not set. The :guilabel:`Company Code` can be accessed in the Avalara " +"management portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:263 +msgid "" +"First, log into the *AvaTax* portal (`sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_). Then, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Manage Companies`. The :guilabel:`Company Code` value is located in the " +"row of the :guilabel:`Company` in the :guilabel:`Company Code` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "AvaTax company code highlighted on the company details page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:273 +msgid "Transaction options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:275 +msgid "" +"There are two transactional settings in the Odoo *AvaTax* settings that can " +"be configured: :guilabel:`Use UPC` and :guilabel:`Commit Transactions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:278 +msgid "" +"If the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Use UPC` is ticked, the transactions will" +" use Universal Product Codes (UPC), instead of custom defined codes in " +"Avalara. Consult a certified public accountant (CPA) for specific guidance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:282 +msgid "" +"Should the :guilabel:`Commit Transactions` checkbox be ticked, then, the " +"transactions in the Odoo database will be committed for reporting in " +"*AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:286 msgid "Address validation" msgstr "تصديق العنوان " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:288 msgid "" -"Manually validate customer addresses by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate " -"address` link in the customer form view." -msgstr "" -"قم بتصديق عناوين العملاء يدوياً عن طريق الضغط على رابط :guilabel:`تصديق " -"العنوان` في نافذة عرض الاستمارة الخاصة بالعميل. " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Validate customer addresses" -msgstr "تصديق عناوين العملاء " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If preferred, choose to keep the newly validated address or the original " -"address in the wizard that pops up." -msgstr "" -"إذا كنت تفضل ذلك، اختر الاحتفاظ بالعناوين التي تم تصديقها حديثاً أو العنوان " -"الأصلي في المعالج الذي يظهر على شكل نافذة منبثقة. " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Address validation wizard" -msgstr "معالج تصديق العنوان " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:64 -msgid "Tax calculation" -msgstr "احتساب الضريبة " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with Avatax by" -" confirming the documents. Alternatively, calculate the taxes manually by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`Compute taxes using Avatax` button while these " -"documents are in draft mode." -msgstr "" -"قم باحتساب الضرائب تلقائياً في عروض أسعار وفواتير أودو باستخدام Avatax عن " -"طريق تأكيد المستندات. كحل بديل، قم باحتساب الضرائب يدوياً عن طريق الضغط على " -"زر :guilabel:`احتساب الضرائب باستخدام Avatax` بينما تلك المستندات في وضع " -"المسودة. " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Code` field that's available on customers, " -"quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and Avatax." +"The *Address Validation* feature ensures that the most up-to-date address by" +" postal standards is set on a contact in Odoo. This is important to provide " +"accurate tax calculations for customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:292 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Address Validation` feature only works with " +"partners/customers in North America." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Additionally, tick the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Address validation` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:297 +msgid "" +"For accurate tax calculations, it is best practice to enter a complete " +"address for the contacts saved in the database. However, *AvaTax* can still " +"function by implementing a best effort attempt using only the " +":guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`State`, and :guilabel:`Zip code`. These are " +"the three minimum required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:302 +msgid ":guilabel:`Save` the settings to implement the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Manually :guilabel:`Validate` the address by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Contacts app`, and selecting a contact. Now that the " +"*AvaTax* module has been configured on the database, a :guilabel:`Validate` " +"button appears directly below the :guilabel:`Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:309 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a pop-up window appears with a " +":guilabel:`Validated Address` and :guilabel:`Original Address` listed. If " +"the :guilabel:`Validated Address` is the correct mailing address for tax " +"purposes, click :guilabel:`Save Validated`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Validate address pop-up window in Odoo with \"Save Validated\" button and \"Validated\n" +"Address\" highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:319 +msgid "" +"All previously-entered addresses for contacts in the Odoo database will need" +" to be validated using the manually validate process outlined above. " +"Addresses are not automatically validated if they were entered previously. " +"This only occurs upon tax calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:324 +msgid "Test connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:326 +msgid "" +"After entering all the above information into the *AvaTax* setup on Odoo, " +"click :guilabel:`Test connection`. This ensures the :guilabel:`API ID` and " +":guilabel:`API KEY` are correct, and a connection is made between Odoo and " +"the *AvaTax* application programming interface (API)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:331 +msgid "Sync parameters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Upon finishing the configuration and settings of the *AvaTax* section, click" +" the :guilabel:`Sync Parameters` button. This action synchronizes the " +"exemption codes from *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:341 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Fiscal Positions`. A :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` is listed " +"named, :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)`. Click it to open " +"*AvaTax's* fiscal position configuration page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:345 +msgid "Here, ensure that the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` checkbox is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the checkbox next to the field labeled: :guilabel:`Detect " +"Automatically`. Should this option be ticked, then, Odoo will automatically " +"apply this :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for transactions in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Enabling :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` also makes specific parameters, " +"such as :guilabel:`VAT required`, :guilabel:`Foreign Tax ID`, " +":guilabel:`Country Group`, :guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`Federal States`, " +"or :guilabel:`Zip Range` appear. Filling these parameters filters the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` usage. Leaving them blank ensures all " +"calculations are made using this :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:358 +msgid "" +"Should the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` checkbox not be ticked, each " +"customer will need to have the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set on their " +":guilabel:`Sales and Purchase` tab of the contact record. To do so, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Order --> Customers`, or " +":menuselection:`Contacts app --> Contacts`. Then, select a customer or " +"contact to set the fiscal position on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:364 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Sales and Purchase` tab, and down to the section " +"labeled, :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`. Set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` " +"field to the fiscal position for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:430 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:372 +msgid "AvaTax accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Upon selecting the checkbox option for :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` a new " +":guilabel:`AvaTax` tab appears. Click into this tab to reveal two different " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:377 +msgid "" +"The first setting is the :guilabel:`AvaTax Invoice Account`, while the " +"second is, :guilabel:`AvaTax Refund Account`. Ensure both accounts are set " +"for smooth end-of-year record keeping. Consult a certified public accountant" +" (CPA) for specific guidance on setting both accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:381 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to implement the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:384 +msgid "Tax mapping" +msgstr "تعيين الضرائب " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:386 +msgid "" +"The *AvaTax* integration is available on sale orders and invoices with the " +"included *AvaTax* fiscal position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:390 +msgid "" +"Additionally, there is a :guilabel:`Tax Mapping` tab and :guilabel:`Account " +"Mapping` tab in the :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)` fiscal " +"position, where mapping for products can also be configured. To access " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Positions` navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Fiscal Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:396 +msgid "Product category mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the " +"product categories. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Product Categories`. Select the product category to add " +"the :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` to. In the :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` " +"field, select a category from the drop-down menu, or :guilabel:`Search " +"More...` to open the complete list of options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "Specify AvaTax Category on products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:409 +msgid "Product mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:411 +msgid "" +"*AvaTax* Categories may be set on individual products, as well. To set the " +":guilabel:`Avatax Category` navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Products --> Products`. Select the product to add the :guilabel:`Avatax " +"Category` to. Under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, on the far-" +"right, is a selector field labeled: :guilabel:`Avatax Category`. Finally, " +"click the drop-down menu, and select a category, or :guilabel:`Search " +"More...` to find one that is not listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:418 +msgid "" +"If both the product, and its category, have an :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` " +"set, the product's :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` takes precedence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "Override product categories as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:426 +msgid "" +"Mapping an :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` on either the *Product* or *Product " +"Category* should be completed for every *Product* or *Product Category*, " +"depending the route that is chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:431 +msgid ":doc:`avatax/avatax_use`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:432 +msgid ":doc:`avatax/avalara_portal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:163 +msgid "" +"`US Tax Compliance: Avatax elearning video " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:6 +msgid "Avalara (Avatax) portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Avalara's (*AvaTax*) management console offers account management options " +"including: viewing/editing the transactions sent from Odoo to *AvaTax*, " +"details on how the taxes are calculated, tax reporting, tax exemption " +"management, and tax return resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:13 +msgid "Avalara is the software developer of the tax software, *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the console, first, navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_ environment. This will depend on which type " +"of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`. Log in to the " +"management console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara dashboard after logging into management portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"For more information see Avalara's documentation: `Activate your " +"Communications Customer Portal account " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To access transactions, click in the :guilabel:`Transactions` link on the " +"main dashboard upon logging into the :ref:`avatax/portal`. To manually " +"access the *Transactions* page, while logged into the Avalara console, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Transactions --> Transactions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara portal with the transactions shortcut highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:43 +msgid "Edit transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click into a transaction to reveal more details about the transaction. These" +" details include sections on :guilabel:`Invoice detail`, " +":guilabel:`Additional info`, and :guilabel:`Customer info`. Click :icon:`fa-" +"pencil` :guilabel:`Edit document details` to make changes to the " +"transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:49 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Discount` can be added to adjust the invoice. This is " +"especially useful in cases where the transaction has already synced with " +"Avalara / *AvaTax*, and changes need to be made afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:55 +msgid "Filter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Filter transactions on the :guilabel:`Transactions` page, by setting the " +":guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields, and configuring other fields to " +"filter by, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Status`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Code`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`Exactly " +"match`, :guilabel:`Starts with`, or :guilabel:`Contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer/Vendor Code`: the customer/vendor code in Odoo (e.g. " +"`Contact18`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: the country this tax was calculated in; this is a text " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: the region of the country, which varies based on the " +":guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Filters` to access the following filter " +"conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Type`: any of the following selections, :guilabel:`All`," +" :guilabel:`Sales Invoice`, :guilabel:`Purchase Invoice`, :guilabel:`Return " +"Invoice`, :guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Inbound Invoice`, " +":guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Outbound Invoice`, or :guilabel:`Customs " +"Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Import ID`: represents the import ID of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:78 +msgid "Sort by" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:80 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Transactions` page, transactions will be listed below, " +"according to the set :ref:`avalara/portal-filter`, located in the top half " +"of the page. The following columns are available by default, to sort by " +"ascending or descending order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc Code`: either of the following options, :guilabel:`Exactly " +"match`, :guilabel:`Starts with`, or :guilabel:`Contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc Status`: either of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cust/Vendor Code` : this is the customer/vendor code in Odoo " +"(e.g. Contact18)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: this is the region of the country, this will vary based " +"on the :guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amount`: the numeric amount of the total amount on the Odoo " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax`: the numeric amount of the tax applied to the total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Transactions page on the Avalara portal with the filter and sort-by options " +"highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:99 +msgid "Customize columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Additional columns can be added by clicking the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Customize columns`. On the resulting popover window, click the " +"drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`column` that should be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The following columns can be added for additional transactional information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`AvaTax calculated`: the amount of tax calculated by *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cust/vendor code`: the customer/vendor code in Odoo (e.g. " +"`Contact18`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Currency`: the standardized abbreviation for the currency the " +"amount total is in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doc date`: the document's date of creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc status`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc type`: any of the following selections, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Sales Invoice`, :guilabel:`Purchase Invoice`, :guilabel:`Return " +"Invoice`, :guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Inbound Invoice`, " +":guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Outbound Invoice`, or :guilabel:`Customs " +"Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last modified`: timestamp of the last time the document was " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location code`: the location code used to calculate the tax, " +"based on the delivery address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:122 +msgid ":guilabel:`PO number`: the purchase order number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference code`: the Odoo reference code (e.g. NV/2024/00003)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: the region of the country,which varies based on the " +":guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson code`: the numeric ID of the user assigned to the " +"sales order in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax date`: the month/day/year of the tax calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax override type`: where an exemption would appear, should there" +" be none, the field populates with :guilabel:`None`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:131 +msgid "To add a new column click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:134 +msgid "" +"For more information on *AvaTax* transactions, refer to this Avalara " +"documentation: `Transactions " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:138 +msgid "Import-export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"While on the :ref:`avalara/portal-transactions`, click :icon:`fa-download` " +":guilabel:`Import transactions` or :icon:`fa-upload` :guilabel:`Export " +"transactions` to import or export transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1019 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:42 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "التقارير" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To access reporting, navigate to the :menuselection:`Reports` link in the " +"top menu of the Avalara management console. Next, select from one of the " +"available reporting tabs: :guilabel:`Transactions reports`, " +":guilabel:`Liability & tax return reports`, or :guilabel:`Exemption " +"reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Additionally, there is a :guilabel:`Favorites` tab and :guilabel:`Downloads`" +" tab. The :guilabel:`Favorites` tab contains any favorited report " +"configurations for the Avalara user. The :guilabel:`Downloads` tab contains " +"a list view where the user can download the high-volume transaction reports " +"created in the last 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Make a selection for the :guilabel:`Report Category`, and the " +":guilabel:`Report Name`, under the :guilabel:`Select a report` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Next, fill out the :guilabel:`Select report details` section. These options " +"will vary based on the tab selected above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Depending on the report size, the following two options are available in the" +" section labeled, :guilabel:`Select the approximate number of transactions " +"for your report`: :guilabel:`Create and download the report instantly` (for " +"small reports) and :guilabel:`Create and download the report in the " +"background` (for larger reports). Select one or the other depending on the " +"volume of transactions in this report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Finally, under the section labeled, :guilabel:`Report preview and export` " +"make a selection of the file type to download. Either a :guilabel:`.PDF` or " +":guilabel:`.XLS` can be chosen. Alternatively, the file can be previewed by " +"selecting the :guilabel:`Preview` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:172 +msgid "" +"After making all the configurations, click :guilabel:`Create report` to " +"download the report. Click :icon:`fa-star-o` :guilabel:`Make this report a " +"favorite` to save the report configuration to the user's favorites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:176 +msgid "" +"After the report is created, click :icon:`fa-download` :guilabel:`Download` " +"to download the file to the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Select a pre-configured report from the :guilabel:`Frequently used reports` " +"section of the reporting dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Access this list by clicking on the :guilabel:`Reports` option in the top " +"menu of the Avalara management console, and scroll to the bottom of the " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"`See Avalara's documentation: Reports in AvaTax " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:191 +msgid "Add more jurisdictions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Additional jurisdictions (tax locations) can be added in the Avalara " +"management console. Navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_ environment. This will depend on which type " +"of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Where you collect tax`. " +"Choose between the three different tabs, depending on the business need. The" +" first tab is :guilabel:`Sales and use tax`, where tax can be collected for " +"the United States. Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add to where you " +"collect sales and use tax` to add another location where the company " +"collects sales and use tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The second option, is the :guilabel:`VAT/GST` tab where the :icon:`fa-plus` " +":guilabel:`Add a country or territory where you collect VAT/GST` can be " +"selected to add another country or territory where the company collects " +"VAT/GST." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Finally, on the far-right, is the :guilabel:`Customs duty` tab, where a " +"country can be added where the company collects customs duty. Simply click " +"on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a country where you calculate customs " +"duty` icon below the tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"AvaTax management console, on the Where you collect tax page, with the add button and\n" +"sales and use tax tab highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:217 +msgid "" +"`See Avalara's documentation: Add local jurisdiction taxes " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:221 +msgid "Tax exemption certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Tax exemption certificates for customers can be added into the Avalara " +"management console, so that *AvaTax* is aware of which customers may be " +"exempt from paying certain taxes. To add an *exception certificate* navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Exemptions --> Customer certificates`. From there, click" +" on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a certificate` to configure an " +"exemption." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:229 +msgid "" +"An Avalara subscription to Exemption Certificate Management (ECM) is " +"required in order to attach certificate images, and to be ready for an " +"audit. For more on subscribing to this add-on, visit `Avalara " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:235 +msgid "End-of-year operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Avalara's services include tax return services, for when it is time to file " +"taxes at the end of the year. To access Avalara's tax services log, into the" +" `management portal `_. Then, from the main " +"dashboard, click :guilabel:`Returns`. Avalara will prompt the Avalara user " +"to log in for security purposes, and redirect the user to the *Returns* " +"portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara portal with the returns shortcut highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Get started` to begin the tax return process. For more " +"information, refer to this Avalara documentation: `About Managed Returns " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, click on the :menuselection:`Returns` button in the top menu " +"of the Avalara management console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:161 +msgid ":doc:`../avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`avatax_use`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:3 +msgid "AvaTax use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:5 +msgid "" +"AvaTax is a tax calculation software that can be integrated with Odoo in the" +" United States and Canada. Once the :doc:`integration setup <../avatax>` is " +"complete, the calculated tax is simple and automatic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:10 +msgid "Tax calculation" +msgstr "احتساب الضريبة " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with AvaTax by" +" confirming the documents during the sales flow. Alternatively, calculate " +"the taxes manually by clicking the :guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button, while " +"these documents are in draft stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button recalculates taxes, if any " +"product lines are edited on the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Sales quotation with the confirm and compute taxes button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The tax calculation is triggered during the following :ref:`automatic " +"trigger ` and :ref:`manual trigger " +"` circumstances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:30 +msgid "Automatic triggers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the sales rep sends the quote by email with :guilabel:`Send by email` " +"button (pop-up)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:33 +msgid "When the customer views the online quote on the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:34 +msgid "When a quote is confirmed and becomes a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:35 +msgid "When the customer views the invoice on the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:36 +msgid "When a draft invoice is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:37 +msgid "When the customer views the subscription in the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:38 +msgid "When a subscription generates an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:39 +msgid "When the customer gets to the last screen of the eCommerce checkout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:44 +msgid "Manual triggers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button at the bottom of the quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button at the top of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:49 +msgid "Use each of these buttons to manually re-calculate the sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Partner Code` field that is available on customer" +" records, quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and " +"AvaTax. This field is located under the :menuselection:`Other info` tab of " +"the sales order or quotation in the :guilabel:`Sales` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:56 +msgid "" +"On the customer record, navigate to *Contacts app* and select a contact. " +"Then open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab and the :guilabel:`Avalara " +"Partner Code` under the :guilabel:`Sales` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)` fiscal position is also " +"applied on those Odoo documents, like subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:165 +msgid ":doc:`../fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:68 +msgid "AvaTax synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Synchronization occurs with AvaTax, when the *invoice* is created in Odoo. " +"This means the sales tax is recorded with Avalara (AvaTax software " +"developer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`. " +"Select a quotation from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:76 +msgid "" +"After confirming a quotation and validating the delivery, click " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice`. Indicate whether it is a :guilabel:`Regular " +"invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or :guilabel:`Down payment " +"(fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Then click :guilabel:`Create and view invoice`. The recorded taxes can be " +"seen in the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab of the invoice. There will be " +"different taxes depending on the location of the :guilabel:`Delivery " +"Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Journal items highlighted on a invoice in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Finally, press the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to complete the invoice and " +"synchronize with the AvaTax portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:92 +msgid "" +"An invoice cannot be :guilabel:`Reset to draft` because this causes de-" +"synchronization with the AvaTax Portal. Instead, click :guilabel:`Add credit" +" note` and state: `Sync with AvaTax Portal`. See this documentation: " +":doc:`../../../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:97 +msgid "Fixed price discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Add a fixed price discount to a valuable customer, by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line` on the customer's invoice. Add the product discount, " +"and set the :guilabel:`Price` to either a positive or negative value. To " +"recalculate the taxes, click :guilabel:`Compute Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Tax calculation can even be done on negative subtotals and credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:107 +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:109 +msgid "" +"It is possible to log Avalara/*AvaTax* actions in Odoo for further analysis," +" or verification of functionality. Logging is accessible through the " +"*AvaTax* settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To start logging *AvaTax* actions, first, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, under the :guilabel:`AvaTax` " +"settings, click :guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Upon starting the log process, Odoo will log all Avalara/*AvaTax* actions " +"performed in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To view the logs, click on :guilabel:`Show logs` to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`. This reveals a detailed list of " +"Avalara/*AvaTax* actions. This list is sortable by the following columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:124 +msgid ":guilabel:`Created on`: timestamp of the *AvaTax* calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`Created by`: numeric value of the user in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Database name`: name of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: two values can be chosen for this field, " +":guilabel:`Server` or :guilabel:`Client`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Avalara service name. In this case, it will be *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:130 +msgid ":guilabel:`Level`: by default, this will be `INFO`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:131 +msgid ":guilabel:`Path`: indicates the path taken to make the calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`Line`: indicates the line the calculation is made on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:133 +msgid ":guilabel:`Function`: indicates the calculation taken on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara logging page with top row of list highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Click into the log line to reveal another field, called :guilabel:`Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:141 +msgid "" +"This field populates a raw transcription of the transaction, which involves " +"the creation (or adjustment) of a sales invoice using the Avalara *AvaTax* " +"API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The transaction includes details, such as addresses for shipping from and " +"to, line items describing the products or services, tax codes, tax amounts, " +"and other relevant information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:147 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Message` contains the calculated taxes for different " +"jurisdictions and confirms the creation (or adjustment) of the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Custom fields can be made using Odoo *Studio*. Click the :icon:`fa-" +"ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(ellipsis)` menu to the far-right of the header row. " +"Then click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add custom field`. This action opens " +"Odoo *Studio*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Studio* requires a *custom* pricing plan. Consult the database's " +"customer success manager for more information on switching plans. Or to see " +"if Odoo *Studio* is included in the database's current pricing plan. See " +"this documentation: :doc:`../../../../studio`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:162 +msgid ":doc:`avalara_portal`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:3 msgid "Cash basis taxes" msgstr "ضرائب الأساس النقدي " @@ -15541,13 +17122,6 @@ msgstr "" " are **two primary schemes**: the **Union OSS** scheme for cross-border " "services and the **Import OSS** scheme for goods valued at or below €150." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1019 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:42 -msgid "Reports" -msgstr "التقارير" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:54 msgid "" "To generate **OSS sales** or **OSS imports** reports and submit them onto " @@ -15934,7 +17508,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:592 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:570 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:700 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:710 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:119 @@ -18849,6 +20423,7 @@ msgstr "" "`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 @@ -18863,73 +20438,6 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " "features of the Argentinean localization:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "الاسم" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 -msgid "Technical name" -msgstr "الاسم التقني" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "الوصف" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:32 msgid ":guilabel:`Argentina - Accounting`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Argentina - Accounting`" @@ -18998,7 +20506,7 @@ msgstr "" "invoices." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:52 @@ -19055,7 +20563,7 @@ msgid "Select Fiscal Localization Package." msgstr "Select Fiscal Localization Package." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:205 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:255 msgid "Configure master data" msgstr "Configure master data" @@ -20896,7 +22404,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:923 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:267 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:181 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:270 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 @@ -22152,6 +23660,7 @@ msgid "`Stripe Terminal `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:150 msgid "Payroll" msgstr "كشوف المرتبات " @@ -22655,6 +24164,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:308 msgid "Pay employees" msgstr "" @@ -22881,11 +24391,19 @@ msgstr "The Employment Hero \"Business ID\" number is in the URL" msgid "You can choose any Odoo journal to post the payslip entries." msgstr "يمكنك اختيار أي دفتر يومية في أودو لترحيل قيود إيصال الدفع. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:908 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:906 +msgid "" +"Configure the tax by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`. Create the necessary taxes for the Employment Hero payslip " +"entries. Fill in the tax code from **Employment Hero** in the " +":guilabel:`Matching Employment Hero Tax` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:911 msgid "How does the API work?" msgstr "كيف تعمل الواجهة البرمجية للتطبيق؟ " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:910 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:913 msgid "" "The API syncs the journal entries from Employment Hero to Odoo and leaves " "them in draft mode. The reference includes the Employment Hero payslip entry" @@ -22903,7 +24421,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Example of a Employment Hero Journal Entry in Odoo Accounting (Australia)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:920 msgid "" "By default, the synchronisation happens once per week. You can fetch the " "records manually by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " @@ -22911,13 +24429,13 @@ msgid "" "option, click on :guilabel:`Fetch Payruns Manually`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:921 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:924 msgid "" "Employment Hero payslip entries also work based on double-entry bookkeeping." msgstr "" "Employment Hero payslip entries also work based on double-entry bookkeeping." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:926 msgid "" "The accounts used by Employment Hero are defined in the section " ":guilabel:`Payroll settings`." @@ -22929,7 +24447,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chart of Accounts menu in Employment Hero" msgstr "Chart of Accounts menu in Employment Hero" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:928 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:931 msgid "" "For the API to work, you need to create the same accounts as the default " "accounts of your Employment Hero business (**same name and same code**) in " @@ -23068,6 +24586,8 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Country`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Country`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:325 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:292 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" @@ -24407,17 +25927,18 @@ msgstr "البرازيل" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:12 msgid "" "With the Brazilian localization, sales taxes can be automatically computed " -"and electronic invoices (NF-e) for goods can be sent using AvaTax (Avalara) " -"through |API| calls. Moreover, taxes for services can be configured." +"and electronic invoices for goods (NF-e) and services (NFS-e) can be sent " +"using AvaTax (Avalara) through |API| calls. Moreover, taxes for services can" +" be configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:16 msgid "" -"For the goods tax computation and electronic invoicing process, you need to " -"configure the :ref:`contacts `, :ref:`company " +"For the goods and services tax computation and electronic invoicing process," +" you need to configure the :ref:`contacts `, :ref:`company " "`, :ref:`products `, and :ref:`create an " -"account in Avatax ` need to be configured in the " -"general settings." +"account in AvaTax ` which needs to be configured in " +"the general settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:21 @@ -24436,92 +25957,160 @@ msgstr "" "The localization also includes taxes and a chart of accounts template that " "can be modified if needed." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:33 msgid "" -"Install the :guilabel:`🇧🇷 Brazil` :ref:`fiscal localization package " -"` to get all the default accounting features " -"of the Brazilian localization, following the :abbr:`IFRS (International " -"Financial Reporting Standards)` rules." +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Brazilian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " -"app and search the name given to your company." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazilian - Accounting`" msgstr "" -"To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " -"app and search the name given to your company." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Company` option at the top of the page. Then, " -"configure the following fields:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_br`" msgstr "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Company` option at the top of the page. Then, " -"configure the following fields:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:245 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`." +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `, " +"which represents having the Generic Brazilian chart of accounts and Taxes, " +"together with document types and identification types." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:246 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Address` (add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip" -" Code`, :guilabel:`Country`)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazil - Accounting Reports`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:49 +msgid "`l10n_br_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:50 +msgid "Accounting reports for Brazil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` & :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:52 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax` & `l10n_br_avatax_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:53 +msgid "Goods and Services tax computation through Avalara." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Brazilian Accounting EDI` & :guilabel:`Brazilian Accounting EDI " +"for services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:55 +msgid "`l10n_br_edi` & `l10n_br_edi_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Provides electronic invoicing for goods and services for Brazil through " +"AvaTax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazil Pix QR codes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:58 +msgid "`l10n_br_pix`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:59 +msgid "Implements Pix QR codes for Brazil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " +"app and search the name given to your company." +msgstr "" +"To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " +"app and search the name given to your company." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Company` option at the top of the page. Then, " +"configure the following fields:" +msgstr "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Company` option at the top of the page. Then, " +"configure the following fields:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1096 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Name`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:314 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip" +" Code`, :guilabel:`Country`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:76 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street name, number, and any " "additional address information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:318 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Street 2` field, enter the neighborhood." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:252 -msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number` (:guilabel:`CNPJ`, :guilabel:`CPF`)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:320 +msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`: :guilabel:`CNPJ` or :guilabel:`CPF`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:253 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID` (associated with the identification type)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:321 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: associated with the identification type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:55 -msgid ":guilabel:`IE` (State registration)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: State registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:56 -msgid ":guilabel:`IM` (Municipal registration)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: Municipal registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:84 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code` (Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " -"add if applicable)." +":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " +"add if applicable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:257 -msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:258 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1097 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:293 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Email`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Company configuration." msgstr "Company configuration." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:91 msgid "" "Configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` within the :guilabel:`Sales and" " Purchase` tab:" @@ -24529,51 +26118,75 @@ msgstr "" "Configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` within the :guilabel:`Sales and" " Purchase` tab:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:104 msgid "" -"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`Avatax Brazil `." msgstr "" -"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`Avatax Brazil `." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:67 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime` (Federal Tax Regime)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:94 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: Federal Tax Regime" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:95 msgid "" -":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type` (indicates ICMS regime, Exempt status, or " -"Non-Taxpayer)." +":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: indicates :guilabel:`ICMS regime`, " +":guilabel:`Exempt status`, or :guilabel:`Non-Taxpayer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:69 -msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:97 +msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Company fiscal configuration." msgstr "Company fiscal configuration." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:74 -msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Configure the following extra :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` if you are " +"going to issue NFS-e:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:350 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`COFINS Details`: :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with " +"rate 0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PIS Details` :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with rate " +"0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:109 +msgid ":guilabel:`CSLL Taxable` If the company is subject to CSLL or not" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Company fiscal configuration for NFSe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:114 +msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:117 msgid "" "If you are a simplified regime, you need to configure the ICMS rate under " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> " -"Avatax Brazil`." +"AvaTax Brazil`." msgstr "" -"If you are a simplified regime, you need to configure the ICMS rate under " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> " -"Avatax Brazil`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:123 msgid "Configure AvaTax integration" msgstr "Configure AvaTax integration" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:125 msgid "" "Avalara AvaTax is a tax calculation and electronic invoicing provider that " "can be integrated in Odoo to automatically compute taxes by taking into " @@ -24582,35 +26195,75 @@ msgid "" " afterward with the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:130 msgid "" "Using this integration requires :doc:`In-App-Purchases (IAPs) " "<../../essentials/in_app_purchase>` to compute the taxes and to send the " -"electronic invoices. Whenever you compute taxes, an |API| call is made using" -" credits from your |IAP| credits balance." +"electronic invoices. Whenever you compute taxes, send an electronic document" +" (NF-e, NFS-e, etc), or perform any electronic flow (NF-e Cancellation, " +"Correction letter, Invalidate invoice number range), an API call is made " +"using credits from your `IAP credits balance `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:137 msgid "Odoo is a certified partner of Avalara Brazil." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:138 +msgid "" +"You can `buy IAP credit on odoo.com `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:141 +msgid "Credential configuration" +msgstr "تهيئة بيانات الاعتماد " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:143 msgid "" "To activate AvaTax in Odoo, you need to create an account. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, and in" " the :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` section, add the administration email address" -" to be used for the AvaTax portal in the :guilabel:`Avatax Portal Email`, " +" to be used for the AvaTax portal in the :guilabel:`AvaTax Portal Email`, " "and then click on :guilabel:`Create account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:149 msgid "" -"When **testing** an :guilabel:`Avatax Portal Email` integration in a testing" -" or sandbox database, use an alternate email address. It is **not** possible" -" to re-use the same email address on the production database." +"When **testing** or **creating a production** :guilabel:`AvaTax Portal " +"Email` integration in a sandbox or production database, use a real email " +"address, as it is needed to log in to the Avalara Portal and set up the " +"certificates, whether you want to test or use it on production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:153 +msgid "" +"There are two different Avalara Portals, one for testing and one for " +"production:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:155 +msgid "Sandbox: https://portal.sandbox.avalarabrasil.com.br/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 +msgid "Production: https://portal.avalarabrasil.com.br/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:158 +msgid "" +"When you create the account from Odoo, be sure to select the right " +"environment. Moreover, the email used to open the account cannot be used to " +"open another account. Save your :guilabel:`API ID` and :guilabel:`API Key` " +"when you create the account from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Transfer API Credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 msgid "" "After you create the account from Odoo, you need to go to the Avalara Portal" " to set up your password:" @@ -24618,22 +26271,22 @@ msgstr "" "After you create the account from Odoo, you need to go to the Avalara Portal" " to set up your password:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 msgid "" "Access the `Avalara portal `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:169 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Meu primeiro acesso`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:170 msgid "" -"Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/Avatax account," +"Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/AvaTax account," " and then click :guilabel:`Solicitar Senha`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:172 msgid "" "You will receive an email with a token and a link to create your password. " "Click on this link and copy-paste the token to allocate your desired " @@ -24643,7 +26296,7 @@ msgstr "" "Click on this link and copy-paste the token to allocate your desired " "password." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:176 msgid "" "You can start using AvaTax in Odoo for tax computation **only** without " "creating a password and accessing the Avalara portal in the Odoo database. " @@ -24652,26 +26305,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 -msgid "Avatax account configuration." -msgstr "Avatax account configuration." +msgid "AvaTax account configuration." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:184 msgid "" "You can transfer |API| credentials. Use this only when you have already " "created an account in another Odoo instance and wish to reuse it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:188 msgid "A1 certificate upload" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:190 msgid "" "In order to issue electronic invoices, a certificate needs to be uploaded to" " the `AvaTax portal `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:193 msgid "" "The certificate will be synchronized with Odoo, as long as the external " "identifier number in the AvaTax portal matches - without special characters " @@ -24679,7 +26332,20 @@ msgid "" " with the CNPJ in AvaTax." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:198 +msgid "" +"To issue NFS-e, some cities require that you link the certificate within the" +" City Portal system before issuing NFS-e from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:201 +msgid "" +"If you receive an error message from the city that says :guilabel:`Your " +"certificate is not linked to the user`, that means this process needs to be " +"done in the city portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:210 msgid "" "The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " "is installed by default as part of the data set included in the localization" @@ -24687,7 +26353,7 @@ msgid "" " and the default account payable and account receivable fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:215 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Brazil is based on the SPED CoA, which gives a " "baseline of the accounts needed in Brazil." @@ -24695,12 +26361,12 @@ msgstr "" "The chart of accounts for Brazil is based on the SPED CoA, which gives a " "baseline of the accounts needed in Brazil." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:218 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." msgstr "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:223 msgid "" "In Brazil, a *series* number is linked to a sequence number range for " "electronic invoices. The series number can be configured in Odoo on a sales " @@ -24709,7 +26375,7 @@ msgid "" "number assigned to it for each series needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:228 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Use Documents` field needs to be selected. When issuing " "electronic and non-electronic invoices, the :guilabel:`Type` field selects " @@ -24722,7 +26388,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Journal configuration with the Use Documents? field checked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 msgid "" "When creating the journal, ensure the field :guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note" " Sequence` is unchecked, as in Brazil, sequences between invoices, credit " @@ -24730,7 +26396,7 @@ msgid "" "journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:244 msgid "" "Taxes are automatically created when installing the Brazilian localization. " "Taxes are already configured, and some of them are used by Avalara when " @@ -24740,7 +26406,7 @@ msgstr "" "Taxes are already configured, and some of them are used by Avalara when " "computing taxes on the sales order or invoice." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:247 msgid "" "Taxes can be edited, or more taxes can be added. For example, some taxes " "used for services need to be manually added and configured, as the rate may " @@ -24750,33 +26416,14 @@ msgstr "" "used for services need to be manually added and configured, as the rate may " "differ depending on the city where you are offering the service." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:252 msgid "" -"Taxes attached to services are not computed by AvaTax. Only goods taxes are " -"computed." +"If you decide to do service taxes manually, you won't be able to issue an " +"NFS-e. To electronically send an NFS-e, you need to compute taxes using " +"Avalara." msgstr "" -"Taxes attached to services are not computed by AvaTax. Only goods taxes are " -"computed." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When configuring a tax used for a service that is included in the final " -"price (when the tax is not added or subtracted on top of the product price)," -" set the :guilabel:`Tax Computation` to :guilabel:`Percentage of Price Tax " -"Included`, and, on the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, check the " -":guilabel:`Included in Price` option." -msgstr "" -"When configuring a tax used for a service that is included in the final " -"price (when the tax is not added or subtracted on top of the product price)," -" set the :guilabel:`Tax Computation` to :guilabel:`Percentage of Price Tax " -"Included`, and, on the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, check the " -":guilabel:`Included in Price` option." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 -msgid "Tax configuration." -msgstr "Tax configuration." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 msgid "" "Do not delete taxes, as they are used for the AvaTax tax computation. If " "deleted, Odoo creates them again when used in an |SO| or invoice and " @@ -24792,52 +26439,56 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Distribution for invoices` and :guilabel:`Distribution for " "refunds` sections." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:262 msgid ":doc:`Taxes functional documentation <../accounting/taxes>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 msgid "" "To use the AvaTax integration on sale orders and invoices, first specify the" -" following information on the product:" -msgstr "" -"To use the AvaTax integration on sale orders and invoices, first specify the" -" following information on the product:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:217 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`CEST Code` (Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution)." +" following information on the product depending on its intended use:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:218 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code` (Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:273 +msgid "E-Invoice for goods (NF-e)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:275 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Source of Origin` (Indicates the origin of the product, which can" +":guilabel:`CEST Code`: Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code`: Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:277 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source of Origin`: Indicates the origin of the product, which can" " be foreign or domestic, among other possible options depending on the " -"specific use case)." +"specific use case" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:279 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type` (Fiscal product type according to SPED " -"list table)." +":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type`: Fiscal product type according to SPED " +"list table" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:296 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Purpose of Use` (Specify the intended purpose of use for this " -"product)." +":guilabel:`Purpose of Use`: Specify the intended purpose of use for this " +"product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Product configuration." msgstr "Product configuration." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:286 msgid "" "Odoo automatically creates three products to be used for transportation " "costs associated with sales. These are named `Freight`, `Insurance`, and " @@ -24847,7 +26498,27 @@ msgid "" "`Insurance`, `Freight`, or `Other Costs`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:293 +msgid "E-Invoice for services (NFS-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Code Origin`: City Service Code where the provider is " +"registered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:298 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Codes`: City Service Code where the service will be " +"provided, if no code is added, the Origin City Code will be used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:300 +msgid ":guilabel:`Labor Assignment`: Defines if your services includes labor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:305 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:282 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:656 @@ -24855,7 +26526,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contacts" msgstr "جهات الاتصال" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:307 msgid "" "Before using the integration, specify the following information on the " "contact:" @@ -24863,11 +26534,11 @@ msgstr "" "Before using the integration, specify the following information on the " "contact:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 msgid "General information about the contact:" msgstr "General information about the contact:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:311 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option for a contact with a tax ID (CNPJ), or" " check :guilabel:`Individual` for a contact with a CPF." @@ -24875,29 +26546,29 @@ msgstr "" "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option for a contact with a tax ID (CNPJ), or" " check :guilabel:`Individual` for a contact with a CPF." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:317 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street, number, and any extra " "address information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:254 -msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:255 -msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipal tax identification number." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:323 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipal tax identification number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 -msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:324 +msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Contact configuration." msgstr "Contact configuration." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:332 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`CPF`, :guilabel:`IE`, :guilabel:`IM`, and :guilabel:`SUFRAMA " "code` fields are are hidden until the :guilabel:`Country` is set to " @@ -24907,29 +26578,30 @@ msgstr "" "code` fields are are hidden until the :guilabel:`Country` is set to " "`Brazil`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:335 msgid "" "Fiscal information about the contact under the :guilabel:`Sales \\& " "Purchase` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position`: add the AvaTax fiscal position to automatically" " compute taxes on sale orders and invoices automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:339 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: federal tax regime" msgstr ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: federal tax regime" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:340 msgid "" ":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: taxpayer type determines if the contact is " -"within the ICMS regime, if it is exempt, or if it is a non-taxpayer" +"within the :guilabel:`ICMS regime`, :guilabel:`Exempt status`, or " +":guilabel:`Non-taxpayer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:342 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`: list of main activity sectors of the " "contact" @@ -24941,128 +26613,144 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contact fiscal configuration." msgstr "Contact fiscal configuration." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:349 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`AvaTax Brazil `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PIS Details`: :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with rate " +"0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:354 +msgid ":guilabel:`CSLL Taxable`: If the company is subject to CSLL or not" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Contact fiscal configuration for NFSe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:362 msgid "Fiscal positions" msgstr "Fiscal positions" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:364 msgid "" "To compute taxes and send electronic invoices on sale orders and invoices, " "both the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` and the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API`" " options need to be enabled in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:368 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the contact or selected" -" when creating a sales order or an invoice." +"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the :ref:`contact " +"` or selected when creating a sales order or an invoice." msgstr "" -"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the contact or selected" -" when creating a sales order or an invoice." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Fiscal position configuration" msgstr "Fiscal position configuration" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:375 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:355 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:311 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "Workflows" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:377 msgid "" "This section provides an overview of the actions that trigger `API calls " -"`_ for tax computation, and how to send " -"an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) for government validation." +"`_ for tax computation, along with " +"instructions on how to send electronic invoices for goods (NF-e) and " +"services (NFS-e) for government validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:382 msgid "" "Please note that each |API| call incurs a cost. Be mindful of the actions " "that trigger these calls to manage costs effectively." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:389 msgid "Tax calculations on quotations and sales orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:391 msgid "" "Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a quotation or sales order " "automatically with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:394 msgid "**Quotation confirmation**" msgstr "**Quotation confirmation**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:395 msgid "Confirm a quotation into a sales order." msgstr "Confirm a quotation into a sales order." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:316 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:412 msgid "**Manual trigger**" msgstr "**Manual trigger**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:317 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using Avatax`." -msgstr "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using Avatax`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:413 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." +msgstr "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:318 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:414 msgid "**Preview**" msgstr "**Preview**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:319 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:415 msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Preview` button." msgstr "Click on the :guilabel:`Preview` button." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:400 msgid "**Email a quotation / sales order**" msgstr "**Email a quotation / sales order**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:401 msgid "Send a quotation or sales order to a customer via email." msgstr "Send a quotation or sales order to a customer via email." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:404 msgid "**Online quotation access**" msgstr "**Online quotation access**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:403 msgid "" "When a customer accesses the quotation online (via the portal view), the " "|API| call is triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:407 msgid "Tax calculations on invoices" msgstr "Tax calculations on invoices" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:409 msgid "" "Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a customer invoice automatically" -" with AvaTax any of the following ways:" +" with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:333 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." -msgstr "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:417 msgid "**Online invoice access**" msgstr "**Online invoice access**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:417 msgid "" "When a customer accesses the invoice online (via the portal view), the |API|" " call is triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:420 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` must be set to `Automatic Tax Mapping " "(Avalara Brazil)` for any of these actions to compute taxes automatically." @@ -25070,75 +26758,70 @@ msgstr "" "The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` must be set to `Automatic Tax Mapping " "(Avalara Brazil)` for any of these actions to compute taxes automatically." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:424 msgid "" ":doc:`Fiscal positions (tax and account mapping) " "<../accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:429 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 msgid "Electronic documents" msgstr "Electronic documents" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:434 msgid "" -"To process an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e), the invoice needs to be " -"confirmed and taxes need to be computed by Avalara. Once that step is done, " -"click on the :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` button in the upper left corner, and" -" a pop-up will appear. Then click on :guilabel:`Process e-invoice` and any " -"of the other options - :guilabel:`Download` or :guilabel:`Email`. Finally, " -"click on :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` to process the invoice against the " -"government." +"To process an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) or services (NFS-e), the " +"invoice needs to be confirmed and taxes need to be computed by Avalara. Once" +" that step is done, click on the :guilabel:`Send & Print` button in the " +"upper left corner. In the pop-up that appears, click on :guilabel:`Process " +"e-invoice` and any of the other options - :guilabel:`Download` or " +":guilabel:`Email`. Finally, click on :guilabel:`Send & Print` to process the" +" invoice with the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:441 msgid "" -"Before sending the electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) some fields need to " -"be filled out on the invoice:" +"Before sending the electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) or services (NFS-e), " +"some fields need to be filled out on the invoice:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:363 -msgid ":guilabel:`Customer` with all the customer information" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:444 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`, with all the customer information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:578 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil` (how the invoice is planned to be paid)" +":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil`: how the invoice is planned to be paid" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:446 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set as the :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping " "(Avalara Brazil)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:447 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Document Type` set as :guilabel:`(55) Electronic Invoice (NF-e)`." -" This is the only" +":guilabel:`Document Type` set as :guilabel:`(55) Electronic Invoice (NF-e)` " +"or :guilabel:`(SE) Electronic Service Invoice (NFS-e)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:367 -msgid "" -"electronic document supported at the moment. Non-electronic invoices can be " -"registered, and other document types can be activated if needed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:450 msgid "" "There are some other optional fields that depend on the nature of the " "transaction. These fields are not required, so no errors will appear from " "the government if these optional fields are not populated for most cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:454 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Freight Model` determines how the goods are planned to be " "transported - domestic" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:455 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` determines who is doing the transportation" msgstr "" @@ -25151,7 +26834,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Process electronic invoice pop-up in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:464 msgid "" "All of the fields available on the invoice used to issue an electronic " "invoice are also available on the sales order, if needed. When creating the " @@ -25159,36 +26842,46 @@ msgid "" " as the first number to be used sequentially for subsequent invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:470 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:595 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "Credit notes" msgstr "Credit notes" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:472 msgid "" "If a sales return needs to be registered, then a credit note can be created " "in Odoo to be sent to the government for validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:476 +msgid "" +"Credit notes are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:479 msgid ":ref:`Issue a credit note `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:482 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:594 msgid "Debit Notes" msgstr "إشعارات مدينة " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:484 msgid "" "If additional information needs to be included, or values need to be " "corrected that were not accurately provided in the original invoice, a debit" " note can be issued." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:488 +msgid "" +"Debit notes are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:490 msgid "" "Only the products included in the original invoice can be part of the debit " "note. While changes can be made to the product's unit price or quantity, " @@ -25197,49 +26890,74 @@ msgid "" "for the same or fewer products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:496 msgid ":ref:`Issue a debit note `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:499 msgid "Invoice cancellation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:501 msgid "" "It is possible to cancel an electronic invoice that was validated by the " "government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:504 msgid "" "Check whether the electronic invoice is still within the cancellation " "deadline, which may vary according to the legislation of each state." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:508 +msgid "E-invoices for goods (NF-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:510 msgid "" -"This can be done in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request Cancel` and adding a" -" cancellation :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. If you want to " -"send this cancellation reason to the customer via email, activate the " -":guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." +"Cancel an e-invoice for goods (NF-e) in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request " +"Cancel` and adding a cancellation :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that " +"appears. If you want to send this cancellation reason to the customer via " +"email, activate the :guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Invoice cancellation reason in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:518 +msgid "" +"This is an electronic cancellation, which means that Odoo will send a " +"request to the government to cancel the NF-e, and it will then consume one " +"|IAP| credit, as an |API| call occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:522 +msgid "E-invoices for services (NFS-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Cancel an e-invoice for services (NFS-e) in Odoo by clicking " +":guilabel:`Request Cancel`. In this case, there is no electronic " +"cancellation process, as not every city has this service available. The user" +" needs to manually cancel this NFS-e on the city portal. Once that step is " +"completed, they can request the cancellation in Odoo, which will cancel the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:530 msgid "Correction letter" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:532 msgid "" -"A correction letter can be created and linked to an electronic invoice that " -"was validated by the government." +"A correction letter can be created and linked to an electronic invoice for " +"goods (NF-e) that was validated by the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:535 msgid "" "This can be done in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Correction Letter` and " "adding a correction :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. To send " @@ -25251,11 +26969,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Correction letter reason in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:543 +msgid "" +"Correction letters are only available for electronic invoices for goods " +"(NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:546 msgid "Invalidate invoice number range" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:548 msgid "" "A range of sequences that are assigned to sales journals can be invalidated " "with the government if they are not currently used, **and** will not be used" @@ -25274,13 +26998,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Number range invalidation wizard in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:562 +msgid "" +"Invalidate invoice number range documents are only available for electronic " +"invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:566 msgid "" "The log of the canceled numbers along with the XML file are recorded in the " "chatter of the journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:572 msgid "" "On the vendor bills side, when receiving an invoice from a supplier, you can" " encode the bill in Odoo by adding all the commercial information together " @@ -25288,31 +27018,28 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`customer invoices `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:576 msgid "These Brazilian specific fields are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:579 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: used by your vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:580 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number`: the invoice number from your supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:581 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil` (how the invoice is planned to be paid)." +":guilabel:`Freight Model`: **NF-e specific** how goods are planned to be " +"transported - domestic" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:472 -msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type` used by your vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:473 -msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number` (the invoice number from your supplier)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:582 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Freight Model` (how goods are planned to be transported - " -"domestic)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:475 -msgid ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` (who is doing the transportation)." +":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil`: **NF-e specific** who is doing the " +"transportation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:3 @@ -25893,20 +27620,6 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Contacts` app to do so and fill in the following fields on a" " new or existing contact form." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1096 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Name`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1097 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:293 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Email`" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:97 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" @@ -33582,113 +35295,1145 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hong Kong" msgstr "هونغ كونغ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:6 -msgid "Add FPS QR codes to invoices" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:8 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get the latest " +"features of the Hong Kong localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:18 +msgid "`l10n_hk`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The base module to manage chart of accounting and localization for Hong " +"Kong." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:20 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:21 +msgid "`l10n_hk_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Enables :ref:`payroll ` specific localization features " +"for Odoo *Payroll* app. This module also installs :guilabel:`Hong Kong - " +"Payroll with Accounting` and :guilabel:`Documents - Hong Kong Payroll`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:26 +msgid "`l10n_hk_hr_payroll_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:27 +msgid "Installs the link between Hong Kong payroll and accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Documents - Hong Kong Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:29 +msgid "`documents_l10n_hk_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:30 +msgid "Integrates employee ir56 forms in the Odoo *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:33 +msgid "FPS QR codes on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:35 msgid "" ":abbr:`FPS (Faster Payment System)` is a payment service platform that " "allows customers to make instant domestic payments to individuals and " "merchants in Hong Kong dollars or Renminbi via online and mobile banking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:12 msgid "Activate QR codes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:42 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " -":guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` " -"feature." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under " +"the :guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, tick the checkbox beside the " +":guilabel:`QR Codes` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:47 msgid "FPS bank account configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:49 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"select the bank account for which you want to activate FPS. Set the " -":guilabel:`Proxy Type` and fill in the :guilabel:`Proxy Value` field " -"depending on the type you chose." +"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts app --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts " +"section --> Bank Accounts`. Then select the bank account for FPS activation." +" Proceed to set the :guilabel:`Proxy Type` and fill in the :guilabel:`Proxy " +"Value` field, depending on the type chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:53 msgid "" -"The account holder's country must be set to Hong Kong on its contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:27 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:27 -msgid "" -"You could also include the invoice number in the QR code by checking the " +"Remember to include the invoice number in the QR code, by ticking the " ":guilabel:`Include Reference` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "FPS bank account configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The account holder's country **must** be set to `Hong Kong` on their contact" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/bank`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:147 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:37 msgid "Bank journal configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:69 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the " -"bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " -":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Journals` and " +"open the bank journal. Then, fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` fields, located in the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 -msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration" +msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:78 msgid "Issue invoices with FPS QR codes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:158 msgid "" "When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" -" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to *EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code*." +" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to :guilabel:`EMV Merchant-Presented QR-" +"code`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 -msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option" +msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:87 msgid "" -"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " -"Odoo uses this field to generate the FPS QR code." +"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is configured, as Odoo uses this " +"field to generate the FPS QR code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Ensure the :guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll` (`l10n_hk_hr_payroll`) module is " +"installed before proceeding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:100 +msgid "Create employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Employees` app and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, " +"configure the following fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:105 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: :guilabel:`HK Standard 40 hours/week` option " +"**must** be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:109 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Surname, Given Name, Name in Chinese`: name of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:112 +msgid ":guilabel:`Private Address`: address of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:113 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bank Account Number`: employee's bank account number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Current Rental`: employee's rental records (if rental allowance " +"is applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Autopay Type`: :guilabel:`BBAN`, :guilabel:`SVID`, " +":guilabel:`EMAL`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Autopay Reference`: autopay reference number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Identification No`: HKID of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Gender`: gender of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:121 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Bank Account Number`, this account should be set as " +":guilabel:`Trusted` before further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:124 +msgid "" +"To achieve this, click on the right-arrow button next to :guilabel:`Bank " +"Account Number` field. Set the :guilabel:`Send Money` to :guilabel:`Trusted`" +" by clicking on the toggle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:128 +msgid "" +"To populate the :guilabel:`Current Rental`, click on the :guilabel:`History`" +" button. Then, click on :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the relevant details and " +"save the rental record. Upon saving the record, the rental contract " +":guilabel:`state` will be visible (at the top-right corner) and can be set " +"to :guilabel:`Running`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:133 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`HR Settings` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Volunteer Contribution Option`: select either :guilabel:`Only " +"Mandatory Contribution`, :guilabel:`With Fixed %VC`, or :guilabel:`Cap 5% " +"VC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:137 +msgid ":guilabel:`MPF Manulife Account`: account number, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:142 +msgid "Manage contracts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once the new employee has been created, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` " +"smart button on the employee record, or navigate to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Employees --> Contracts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Only **one** contract can be active simultaneously per employee, but an " +"employee can be assigned consecutive contracts during their employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:151 +msgid "The following are critical for setting up a contract:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: set as :guilabel:`CAP57: Hong Kong " +"Employee`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:154 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: start date of employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: set as :guilabel:`HK Standard 40 hours/week` " +"(from employee record)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select either :guilabel:`Working Schedule`, " +":guilabel:`Attendances` or :guilabel:`Planning`. This field determines how " +"the work entries are accounted for in the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:160 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: the work entries are generated automatically " +"based on the employee's working schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendances`: the work entries are generated based on the check-" +"in/out period logged in the *Attendances*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: the work entries are generated from planning shifts " +"only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:166 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Salary Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` for Full-time or Part-" +"time employees, or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage` for employees who are paid " +"hourly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:170 +msgid ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: the frequency of payslip issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage`: :guilabel:`Monthly` or :guilabel:`Hourly` depending on the" +" :guilabel:`Wage Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internet Subscription`: this is an **optional** field to provide " +"additional internet allowance on top of the current salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:177 +msgid "Timesheets do **not** impact work entries in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Once all information has been setup, set the contract status to " +":guilabel:`Running` by clicking the :guilabel:`Running` button in the top-" +"right of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong employment contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:189 +msgid "Generate payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Once the employees, and their contracts, are configured, payslips can be " +"generated in the *Payroll* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides **four** different salary structures under CAP57 regulation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:196 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Employees Monthly Pay`: to process the monthly employee " +"salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice`: to process final payment upon " +"contract termination using :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:199 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Long Service Payment`: applicable to employees with more " +"than five years of service upon contract termination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Severance Payment`: applicable to employees with more than" +" two years of service upon contract termination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Before running the payslips, the accounts used in the salary rule can be " +"adjusted by navigating to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> " +"Rules`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Salary Rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Odoo can create pay runs in two ways: via :ref:`batch " +"` or :ref:`individual " +"` payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:217 +msgid "Batch payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:219 +msgid "" +"This method of payslip generation is used for recurring payments, since " +"multiple employee payslips can be managed at once. Go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:514 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Batch Name` (e.g. `2024 - Jan`) and :guilabel:`Period` " +"(e.g. `01/01/2024` - `01/31/2024`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:225 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Generate Payslips`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Choose which :guilabel:`Salary Structure` to use for this batch. The " +"department filter allows the batch to only apply to a specific group of " +"employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:228 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Generate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:229 +msgid "A :guilabel:`Payslips` smart button is created automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` to generate a draft journal entry" +" found in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of each payslip. A " +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears asking :guilabel:`Are you " +"sure you want to proceed?`. Click :guilabel:`Ok` to create the journal " +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:238 +msgid "Individual payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:240 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> All Payslips`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:242 +msgid "" +"This method of payslip generation is commonly used to handle non-recurring " +"payments (e.g. :guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice`, " +":guilabel:`CAP57: Long Service Payment` or :guilabel:`CAP57: Severance " +"Payment`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Select an :guilabel:`Employee`. When selected, the :guilabel:`Contract` is " +"filled out automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:249 +msgid "Add a pay :guilabel:`Period`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Select a salary :guilabel:`Structure` (e.g. :guilabel:`CAP57: Employees " +"Monthly Pay`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Worked Days & Inputs` tab automatically compute the worked " +"days/hours and time off leaves that are applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Additional payslip items can be added at this time (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Commissions`, :guilabel:`Deductions`) under the :guilabel:`Other " +"Inputs` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button to generate the payslip lines. " +"This button updates the :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:259 +msgid "" +"If the work entry for an employee was amended, click the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Recompute Whole Sheet` to " +"refresh the payslip's :guilabel:`Worked Days & Inputs` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:263 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab shows the detailed breakdown of the " +"computation, based on the salary rules configured for each structure type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rent Allowance`: amount derived from the employee's active rental" +" record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Basic Salary`: amount of base salary provided (after rent " +"allowance deduction)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`713 Gross`: net payable amount considering *Commission*, " +"*Internet Allowance*, *Reimbursements*, *Back-pay*, *Deduction*, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:270 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`MPF Gross`: net payable amount from 713 gross after consideration" +" of additional allowances, deductions, and end-of-year payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:272 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Mandatory Contribution`: employee MPF Contribution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:273 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employer Mandatory Contribution`: employer MPF Contribution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gross`: net payable amount from MPF gross after consideration of " +"MPF deductions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:275 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Net Salary`: final payable amount to be paid to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:278 +msgid "" +"There are no MPF contributions for the first month. Both employee and " +"employer contribution starts on second month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Salary computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` section in :guilabel:`Worked Days & " +"Inputs` tab, there are additional manual input types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Back Pay`: additional salary payout can be included under this " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:289 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Commission`: the commission earned during the period can be " +"manually entered here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Global Deduction`: a lump-sum deduction from the entire payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:291 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Global Reimbursement`: a lump-sum reimbursement to the entire " +"payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:292 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referral Fee`: the additional bonus offered for any form of " +"business-related referral." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Moving Daily Wage`: to override the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily " +"Wage)` value used for leaves computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skip Rent Allowance`: if set, the rental allowance is excluded " +"from the current payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Average Monthly Salary`: to override the average monthly " +"salary used for end-of-year payment (rule is only applicable to payslips " +"generated in December)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lieu of Notice Period (Months)`: only applicable to " +":guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice` salary structure. By default, " +"the final payout is set as 1-month. Use the :guilabel:`Count` field under " +"the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` section to set a different notice period " +"duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:304 +msgid "" +"Once the payslips are ready, click on :guilabel:`Compute Sheet`, followed by" +" :guilabel:`Create Draft entry` to generate a draft journal entry found in " +"the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Once the draft journal entries have been posted, the company can now pay the" +" employees. The user can choose between **two** different *payment methods*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:313 +msgid "" +"From the employee's payslip (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> " +"All Payslips`), once the payslip's journal entry has been posted, click " +":guilabel:`Register Payment`. The process is the same as :doc:`paying vendor" +" bills <../accounting/payments>`. Select the desired bank journal and " +"payment method, then later reconcile the payment with the corresponding bank" +" statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:317 +msgid "" +"For batch payments (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`), " +"once all draft journal entries from the batch are confirmed, click " +":guilabel:`Mark as Paid` to post the payment journal entry. Then " +":doc:`create a payment <../accounting/payments>` in the *Accounting* app, " +"and reconcile accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:323 +msgid "Attendances and hourly wage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:325 +msgid "" +"To configure the contract for an employee paid hourly using the " +"*Attendances* app for hours tracking, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll " +"app --> Contracts --> Contracts`. Create a new :ref:`contract " +"`. It is important to remember to set the " +":guilabel:`Work Entry Source` as :guilabel:`Attendances`, and " +":guilabel:`Wage Type` as :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:331 +msgid "To record the hours logged by the employee using *Attendances* app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:333 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Attendances app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:334 +msgid "" +"The employee can check-in/out, via the kiosk mode and the time will be " +"logged automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:335 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Payroll app`, review the attendance work entries " +"generated from :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Work Entries --> Work " +"Entries`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:337 +msgid "" +"Next, generate the :ref:`payslips ` and process " +"the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Attendance Work Entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Attendance Payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:348 +msgid "Time Off with Payroll" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:350 +msgid "" +"The work entry types and time off types are fully integrated between the " +"*Time Off* and *Payroll* apps. There are several default time off types and " +"work entry types specific to Hong Kong which are installed automatically " +"along with the *Hong Kong - Payroll* module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types` " +"and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:356 +msgid "" +"There are two checkboxes to be considered when setting up the work entry " +"type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use 713`: Include this leave type as part of 713 computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:359 +msgid ":guilabel:`Non-full pay`: 80% of the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Work Entry Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:366 +msgid "" +":ref:`Creating and configuring work entry types `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:369 +msgid "Understanding 713 Ordinance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:371 +msgid "" +"The *Hong Kong - Payroll* module is compliant with 713 Ordinance which " +"relates to the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` computation to ensure fair " +"compensation for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:374 +msgid "The ADW computation is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:379 +msgid "Hong Kong ADW Formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:379 +msgid "" +":abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` equals the total wage in a 12-month period," +" minus the wages of non-full pay, divided by the total days in a 12-month " +"period minus the days of non-full pay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:383 +msgid "" +"For 418 compliance, there is no automated allocation of the *Statutory " +"Holiday* entitlement to the employees. As soon as 418 requirements are met, " +"manually allocate the leaves, via the *Time Off* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Before generating payslips, ensure the statuses are :guilabel:`Done` to " +"validate the outcome." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:393 +msgid "Period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:394 +msgid "Days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:395 +msgid "Wage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:396 +msgid "Commission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:398 +msgid "ADW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:399 +msgid "Leave Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:400 +msgid "Jan" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:415 +msgid "31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:409 +msgid "$20200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:405 +msgid "$651.61 ($20200/31)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:413 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:407 +msgid "Feb" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:408 +msgid "28" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:410 +msgid "$5000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:411 +msgid "$25200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:412 +msgid "$769.49 ($45400/59)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:414 +msgid "Mar (One Day Annual Leave)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:418 +msgid "$20324.33" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:419 +msgid "$730.27 ($65724.33/90)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:420 +msgid "$769.49" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:421 +msgid "Apr (One Day 80% Sick Leave)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:423 +msgid "$20117.56" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:427 +msgid "$584.22 ($730.27*0.8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:430 +msgid "Here is an example demonstrating the 713 logic:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:432 +msgid "" +"**Jan**: Generate a payslip with a monthly wage of $20200. The :abbr:`ADW " +"(Average Daily Wage)` is always computed on a cumulative basis of the " +"trailing 12-months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:434 +msgid "" +"**Feb**: Generate a similar payslip, but add an :guilabel:`Other Input Type`" +" for the :guilabel:`Commission`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Mar**: Apply for **one** full-paid annual leave in March. The salary " +"compensation for the leave taken is based on :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily " +"Wage)` thus far." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:0 +msgid "Hong Kong March 713." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:443 +msgid "" +"**Apr**: Apply for a 1-day non-full pay leave in April. Since this is a non-" +"full pay leave, the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` is computed " +"accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:0 +msgid "Hong Kong April 713." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:451 +msgid "" +"The value of :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` is computed in the backend, " +"and not be visible to the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:455 +msgid "" +"`HK 713 Ordinance " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:456 +msgid "" +"`HK 418 Ordinance `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:459 +msgid "Generate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:461 +msgid "" +"Before generating the below reports, setup the following in " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Payroll`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:464 +msgid "Configure the following in the :guilabel:`Accounting` section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:466 +msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`Payroll HSBC Autopay` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:468 +msgid ":guilabel:`Autopay Type`: Set as :guilabel:`H2H Submission`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:469 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Bank Account` to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:471 +msgid "Configure the following in the :guilabel:`HK Localization` section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:473 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employer's Name shows on reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:474 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employer's File Number`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:475 +msgid ":guilabel:`Manulife MPF Scheme`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Payroll Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:482 +msgid "IRD report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:484 +msgid "There are a total of **four** IRD reports available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:486 +msgid ":guilabel:`IR56B`: employer's Return of Remuneration and Pensions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:487 +msgid ":guilabel:`IR56E`: notification of Commencement of Employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:488 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`IR56F`: notification of Ceasation of Employment (remaining in " +"HK)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:489 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`IR56G`: notification of Ceasation of Employment (departing from " +"HK permanently)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:491 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting`, and select one of the " +":guilabel:`IR56B/E/F/G Sheet` options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:495 +msgid "Fill in the relevant information for the IRD report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:496 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Populate`, and the :guilabel:`Eligible Employees` smart " +"button appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:497 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Employee Declarations` status is :guilabel:`Draft` and " +"changed to :guilabel:`Generated PDF` status once the schedule runs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:499 +msgid "Once the PDF is generated, the IRD form may be downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong IR56B report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:506 +msgid "" +"The scheduled action called *Payroll: Generate pdfs* can be manually " +"triggered. It is set by default to run the PDF generation monthly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:510 +msgid "Manulife MPF sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:512 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting --> Manulife MPF Sheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:515 +msgid "" +"Select the relevant :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Month`, and " +":guilabel:`Sequence No.`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:516 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create XLSX`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:517 +msgid "" +"The *Manulife MPF XLSX* file is then generated, and available for download." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Manulife Sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Odoo will not be developing further reports for other MPF trustee as there " +"will soon be an eMPF platform setup by the local government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:528 +msgid "`eMPF `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:531 +msgid "HSBC autopay report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:533 +msgid "" +"If *HSBC Autopay* is selected as the batch payment method, click on " +":guilabel:`Create HSBC Autopay Report`, and fill in the mandatory fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong HSBC Autopay wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:540 +msgid "" +"This creates an :file:`.apc` file format which can be uploaded to the HSCB " +"portal for processing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:3 @@ -42057,6 +44802,15 @@ msgid "" "online and mobile banking." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` " +"feature." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 msgid "PayNow bank account configuration" @@ -42075,10 +44829,44 @@ msgid "" "The account holder's country must be set to Singapore on its contact form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You could also include the invoice number in the QR code by checking the " +":guilabel:`Include Reference` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the " +"bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 +msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:45 msgid "Issue invoices with PayNow QR codes" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" +" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to *EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 +msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:53 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " @@ -43076,13 +45864,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Issue invoices with PromptPay QR code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:158 -msgid "" -"When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" -" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to :guilabel:`EMV Merchant-Presented QR-" -"code`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:164 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " @@ -47012,9 +49793,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:33 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` section, enter your Odoo database URL (e.g., " -"`https://example.odoo.com`) in the field :guilabel:`Invoices paid` and click" -" the :guilabel:`Test and save` button next to it." +"In the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` section, enter your Odoo database's URL, " +"followed by `/payment/xendit/webhook` (e.g., " +"`https://example.odoo.com/payment/xendit/webhook`) in the field " +":guilabel:`Invoices paid` and click the :guilabel:`Test and save` button " +"next to it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:40 diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index e804848f6..81f2d7ba2 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -5,17 +5,17 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Malaz Abuidris , 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Malaz Abuidris , 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -952,7 +952,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:165 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to implement the changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Click :guilabel:`Save` to implement the changes." #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:170 msgid "Create digest emails" @@ -1699,156 +1699,111 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:5 -msgid "Developer Mode (debug mode)" +msgid "Developer mode (debug mode)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:7 msgid "" -"The developer mode (or debug mode) unlocks access to extra and advanced " -"tools in Odoo. There are several ways to activate the developer mode: " -"through the :ref:`settings `, the " -":ref:`browser extension `, through" -" the :ref:`command palette ` or the" -" :ref:`URL `." -msgstr "" -"يتيح وضع المطور (أو وضع التصحيح) إمكانية الوصول إلى أدوات إضافية ومتقدمة في " -"أودو. هناك عدة طرق لتفعيل وضع المطور: من خلال :ref:`settings " -"` أو من خلال :ref:`ملحق المتصفح " -"` أو من خلال :ref:` لوحة الأوامر " -"` أو :ref:`رابط URL " -"`. " - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:17 -msgid "Activate through the Settings" +"The developer mode, also known as debug mode, unlocks access to advanced " +":ref:`tools and settings ` in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:11 msgid "" -"The debug mode can be activated in the Odoo database settings. Go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Developer Tools` and click" -" on :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`. At least one application needs " -"to be installed for the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` section to appear in the" -" :guilabel:`Settings` module." -msgstr "" -"يمكن تفعيل وضع التصحيح في إعدادات قاعدة بيانات أودو. اذهب إلى " -":menuselection:`الإعدادات --> الإعدادات العامة --> أدوات المطور` ثم اضغط على" -" :guilabel:`تفعيل وضع المطور`. يجب تثبيت تطبيق واحد على الأقل حتى يظهر قسم " -":guilabel:`أدوات المطور` في تطبيق :guilabel:`الإعدادات`. " - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of the debug options under settings in Odoo." +"Proceed with caution, as some developer tools and technical settings are " +"considered advanced and may have associated risks. Only use them if you " +"understand the implications and are confident in your actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:16 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with assets)` is used by developers;" -" :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with tests assets)` is used by " -"developers and testers." +"The developer mode is also available with :ref:`assets " +"`, which are used to debug JavaScript " +"code, and with :ref:`tests assets `, " +"which are used to run test tours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:23 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "تنشيط" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To activate it, open the :guilabel:`Settings` app, scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Developer Tools` section, and click :guilabel:`Activate the " +"developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:28 msgid "" "Once activated, the :guilabel:`Deactivate the developer mode` option becomes" " available." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 +msgid "Activating the developer mode in the Settings app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To activate the developer mode **from anywhere in the database**, add " +"`?debug=1` to the URL after `/web` (e.g., " +"`https://example.odoo.com/web?debug=1#action=menu&cids=1`). To deactivate " +"it, use `?debug=0` instead." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:37 -msgid "Activate through the browser extension" +msgid "" +"Use `?debug=assets` to activate the developer mode with assets and " +"`?debug=tests` to activate it with tests assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:41 msgid "" -"Within a web browser, navigate to the browser settings and extensions and " -"search for the `Odoo Debug` extension. Once the extension is installed, a " -"new icon will be shown on the browser's toolbar." +"Open the **command palette** by pressing `Ctrl + K` or `Cmd ⌘ + K`, then " +"type `debug` to activate the developer mode with assets or deactivate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:44 +msgid "Browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:46 msgid "" -"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " -"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" -" a single click." +"The `Odoo Debug `_ browser extension " +"adds an icon to toggle developer mode on or off from the browser's toolbar. " +"It is available on the `Chrome Web Store " +"`_ and `Firefox Add-ons " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:54 +msgid "Developer tools and technical menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once the developer mode is activated, the developer tools can be accessed by" +" clicking the :icon:`fa-bug` :guilabel:`(bug)` icon. The menu contains tools" +" useful for understanding or editing technical data, such as a view's field," +" filters, or actions. The options available depend on where the menu is " +"accessed from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "View of Odoo's debug icon in a Google Chrome toolbar." +msgid "Accessing the developer tools" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:53 -msgid "Activate through the command palette" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:64 msgid "" -"In Odoo, the command palette tool has a command to activate the debug mode. " -"First, open the command palette tool with the keyboard shortcut `ctrl+k` and" -" then type `debug`. A command will show up to activate the debug mode." +"Database administrators can access the technical menu from the " +":guilabel:`Settings` app. It contains advanced database settings, such as " +"ones related to the database structure, security, actions, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Command palette with debug command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:68 -msgid "Activate through the URL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The debug mode can also be activated by adding an extra query string to the " -"database's URL. In the URL, add `?debug=1` or `?debug=true` after `/web`. To" -" deactivate the debug mode, change the value to `?debug=0` instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a URL with the debug mode command added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Additional modes are available for developers: `?debug=assets` enables the " -":ref:`assets mode `, and " -"`?debug=tests` enables the :ref:`tests mode " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:86 -msgid "Locate the developer mode tools" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Once developer mode is activated, the developer mode tools can be accessed " -"from the :guilabel:`Open Developer Tools` button, the bug icon located in " -"the header of the Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a console page and the debug icon being shown in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:95 -msgid "" -"This menu contains additional tools that are useful to understand or edit " -"technical data, such as the views or actions of a page. On a page that has " -"filters, actions, and view options, the developer mode tools contain some " -"useful menu items such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:99 -msgid ":guilabel:`Edit Action`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:100 -msgid ":guilabel:`Manage Filters`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:101 -msgid "Edit the current view (e.g. Kanban, List, Graph, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:102 -msgid "See the :guilabel:`Fields View Get`" +msgid "Accessing the technical menu" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:5 @@ -2746,11 +2701,11 @@ msgid "" "is asked, enter `odoo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 msgid "Check the DMARC policy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:104 msgid "" "The Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance (DMARC) " "record is a protocol that unifies :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` and " @@ -2761,41 +2716,41 @@ msgid "" " and/or :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` check." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 msgid "DMARC: TXT record" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 msgid "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`" msgstr "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:116 msgid "" "There are three :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` policies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 msgid "`p=none`" msgstr "`p=none`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:118 -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 msgid "`p=quarantine`" msgstr "`p=quarantine`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 msgid "`p=reject`" msgstr "`p=reject`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:123 msgid "" "`p=quarantine` and `p=reject` instruct the server that receives an email to " "quarantine that email or ignore it if the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy " "Framework)` and/or :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` check fails." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:127 msgid "" "If the domain name uses :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` and has defined one of these policies, the domain" @@ -2803,7 +2758,7 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:132 msgid "" "Yahoo or AOL are examples of email providers with a :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-" "based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` policy set to " @@ -2817,7 +2772,7 @@ msgstr "" "*@aol.com* لمستخدمي قاعدة البيانات. لن تصل رسائل البريد الإلكتروني هذه أبداً" " إلى مستلميها. " -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:137 msgid "" "`p=none` is used for the domain owner to receive reports about entities " "using their domain. It should not impact the deliverability if the " @@ -2825,7 +2780,7 @@ msgid "" "Conformance)` check fails." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:141 msgid "" ":abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` records are comprised of tags in the form of :abbr:`DNS " @@ -2840,194 +2795,194 @@ msgid "" " too restrictive." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:150 msgid "The following chart displays available tags:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 msgid "Tag Name" msgstr "اسم علامة التصنيف " -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 msgid "Purpose" msgstr "الهدف " -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 msgid "Example" msgstr "مثال " -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 msgid "v" msgstr "v" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 msgid "Protocol version" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 msgid "`v=DMARC1`" msgstr "`v=DMARC1`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 msgid "pct" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 msgid "Percentage of messages subjected to filtering" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 msgid "`pct=20`" msgstr "`pct=20`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 msgid "ruf" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 msgid "Reporting URI for forensic reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 msgid "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" msgstr "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 msgid "rua" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 msgid "Reporting URI of aggregate reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 msgid "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" msgstr "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 msgid "p" msgstr "p" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 msgid "Policy for organizational domain" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 msgid "sp" msgstr "sp" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 msgid "Policy for subdomains of the OD" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 msgid "`sp=reject`" msgstr "`sp=reject`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 msgid "adkim" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 msgid "Alignment mode for DKIM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 msgid "`adkim=s`" msgstr "`adkim=s`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 msgid "aspf" msgstr "aspf" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:181 msgid "Alignment mode for SPF" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 msgid "`aspf=r`" msgstr "`aspf=r`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:184 msgid "" "Check the :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` record of a domain name with a tool like `MXToolbox DMARC " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:188 msgid "" "`DMARC.org is another great resource to learn about DMARC records. " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 msgid "SPF, DKIM & DMARC documentation of common providers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 -msgid "" -"`OVH DNS " -"`_" -msgstr "" -"`OVH DNS " -"`_" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:195 -msgid "" -"`OVH SPF `_" -msgstr "" -"`OVH SPF `_" - #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:196 msgid "" -"`GoDaddy TXT record `_" +"`OVH DNS " +"`_" msgstr "" -"`GoDaddy TXT record `_" +"`OVH DNS " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 -msgid "`GoDaddy SPF `_" -msgstr "`GoDaddy SPF `_" +msgid "" +"`OVH SPF `_" +msgstr "" +"`OVH SPF `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 msgid "" -"`GoDaddy DKIM `_" +"`GoDaddy TXT record `_" msgstr "" -"`GoDaddy DKIM `_" +"`GoDaddy TXT record `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 +msgid "`GoDaddy SPF `_" +msgstr "`GoDaddy SPF `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:200 msgid "" -"`NameCheap " -"`_" +"`GoDaddy DKIM `_" msgstr "" -"`NameCheap " -"`_" +"`GoDaddy DKIM `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:201 msgid "" -"`CloudFlare DNS `_" +"`NameCheap " +"`_" msgstr "" -"`CloudFlare DNS `_" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:202 -msgid "" -"`Google Domains `_" -msgstr "" -"`Google Domains `_" +"`NameCheap " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 msgid "" +"`CloudFlare DNS `_" +msgstr "" +"`CloudFlare DNS `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:204 +msgid "" +"`Google Domains `_" +msgstr "" +"`Google Domains `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 +msgid "" "`Azure DNS `_" msgstr "" "`Azure DNS `_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:207 msgid "" "To fully test the configuration, use the `Mail-Tester `_ tool, which gives a full overview of the content and " @@ -3035,7 +2990,7 @@ msgid "" "records for other, lesser-known providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:212 msgid "" "`Using Mail-Tester to set SPF Records for specific carriers " "`_" @@ -5323,7 +5278,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/google_translate.rst:100 msgid "Odoo configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo configuration" #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/google_translate.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -8434,10 +8389,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 msgid "" "To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation " -"package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download " -"page `_. Next, install and setup the Odoo " -":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " -"start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +"package for Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download page " +"`_. Next, install and setup the Odoo :file:`.exe`" +" file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to start the " +"installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 @@ -8954,10 +8909,22 @@ msgid "" "Odoo uninstall guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:7 msgid "Devices" msgstr "الأجهزة" +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:21 +msgid "" +":doc:`Worldline payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:23 +msgid "" +":doc:`Ingenico payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 msgid "Connect a camera" msgstr "" @@ -10558,9 +10525,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:126 msgid "" "On a form, navigate to any field, and hover over the field name. A box of " -"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Object`" -" name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be" -" added." +"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Model` " +"name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be " +"added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:0 diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 037c03e2e..175d475f2 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Malaz Abuidris , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -26,13 +26,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Human resources" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 msgid "Appraisals" msgstr "التقييمات " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, the *Appraisals* application can be used to evaluate employee " "performance on a recurring basis. Managers can evaluate the performance of " @@ -41,28 +41,28 @@ msgid "" "desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:12 msgid "" "Appraisals give employees valuable feedback, including actionable goals to " "work toward, and measurable skills to improve upon. Additionally, appraisals" " may form the basis for raises, promotions, and other benefits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:16 msgid "" "Regular appraisals are good for both the employees and the company, since " "they can accurately measure performance based on company goals, and show " "employees where they need to improve." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:31 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "التهيئة " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Configuration` menu in the *Appraisals* application is where " "the settings can be configured, feedback templates can be edited, " @@ -70,31 +70,32 @@ msgid "" "feedback can be stored, and goal tags can be viewed/created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 msgid "Settings" msgstr "الإعدادات" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:29 msgid "" "To access the *Settings* menu, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " "application --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 msgid "Feedback templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:35 msgid "" "Feedback templates are form outlines used during an employee appraisal. Any " "edits made to a template are, ultimately, reflected in the appraisals sent " "to employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:38 msgid "" "There are two default templates pre-configured in Odoo *Appraisals*: one for" " employee feedback, and one for manager feedback. Each contains several " @@ -102,25 +103,25 @@ msgid "" " the questions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:42 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`My work`, :guilabel:`My future`, and :guilabel:`My feelings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:45 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`Feedback`, :guilabel:`Evaluation`, and :guilabel:`Improvements`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:48 msgid "" "Any desired changes to the default feedback templates can be made by making " "changes directly in each template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:54 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Appraisals` section of the settings menu determines the " "frequency that appraisals are performed, and if it is possible to request " @@ -133,56 +134,56 @@ msgid "" "enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 msgid "Appraisals plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:66 msgid "" "By default, appraisals are pre-configured to be automatically created six " "months after an employee is hired, with a second appraisal exactly six " "months after that." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:69 msgid "" "Once those two initial appraisals have been completed in the employee's " "first year, following appraisals are only created once a year (every twelve " "months)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:72 msgid "" "To modify this schedule, change the number of months in the blank fields " "under the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:76 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section is modified, **all** empty " ":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Dates` are modified for **all** employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 msgid "360 feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:82 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option can be enabled to allow managers to " "request feedback from other employees using a different survey form, at any " "time, independent of the appraisal schedule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:85 msgid "" "Typically, managers ask for feedback from other people who work with an " "employee they manage. This includes the employee's various managers, peers, " "and direct reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:88 msgid "" "To view the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey, click the :guilabel:`→ Internal" " link` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`Default Template` field. The " @@ -190,13 +191,13 @@ msgid "" " can be made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:92 msgid "" "For more information on how to edit a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:96 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` form is a pre-configured survey within the " "*Surveys* application. In order to use the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option, " @@ -204,11 +205,11 @@ msgid "" " be installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 msgid "Evaluation scale" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:103 msgid "" "On each employee appraisal form, final rating options appear by default. To " "view and edit these options, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " @@ -216,7 +217,7 @@ msgid "" "ratings in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:107 msgid "" "The pre-configured ratings are :guilabel:`Needs Improvement`, " ":guilabel:`Meets Expectations`, :guilabel:`Exceeds Expectations`, and " @@ -224,14 +225,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:111 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`New` button is clicked on the :guilabel:`Evaluation " "Scale` page, a blank line appears at the bottom of the list. Enter the name " "of the rating in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:114 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the ratings, click the :guilabel:`(six small gray " "boxes)` icon to the left of a rating, and drag the rating to the desired " @@ -244,7 +245,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:124 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` section displays information for all the " "surveys currently configured in the *Appraisals* application. To view the " @@ -256,55 +257,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list view of all available surveys in the Appraisals application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:132 msgid "" "Each appraisal (or survey) is presented in its own line on the " ":guilabel:`360 Feedback` page, along with various information related to " "that particular appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 msgid "Each appraisal includes the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:137 msgid ":guilabel:`Survey Name`: the name of the specific survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the employee responsible for the survey, including " "the month and year they were given that designation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Questions`: the number of questions in that particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Duration`: the average time a user spends completing the " "survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Registered`: the number of people who have been sent the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Completed`: the number of people who have completed the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:145 msgid "" "Each appraisal also has two buttons at the end of each line: a " ":guilabel:`Test` button and a :guilabel:`See Results` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:148 msgid "" "To see what an appraisal looks like for the end user (i.e. an employee), " "click the :guilabel:`Test` button, and the appraisal loads in a new browser " @@ -312,14 +313,14 @@ msgid "" "to enter any answers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:152 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`This is a Test Survey. → Edit " "Survey` at the top of the page to be taken to the detail form for that " "particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:155 msgid "" "To view the results from everyone who completed an appraisal, click the " ":guilabel:`See Results` button. This presents all the answers for the survey" @@ -328,13 +329,13 @@ msgid "" "each question are visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:160 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`→ Edit Survey` at the top of " "the page to be taken to the detail form for that particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:163 msgid "" "In addition to viewing the responses from past appraisals and surveys, new " "surveys can also be created from the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` page. Simply " @@ -342,123 +343,77 @@ msgid "" " survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:167 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:171 msgid "" "In previous versions of Odoo, this section was referred to as " ":guilabel:`Surveys`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:172 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "علامات التصنيف " - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 -msgid "" -"An additional feature of the *Appraisals* application is the ability to set " -":ref:`goals ` for employees. On each goal form, there is a" -" field to add tags. The available tags are pulled from a list that is " -"configured from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To view a list of all existing goal tags, and to create new tags, go to the " -":guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, by navigating to :menuselection:`Appraisals " -"application --> Configuration --> Tags`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:181 -msgid "All currently configured tags are presented in a list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:183 -msgid "" -"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " -"all tags need to be added from this list, or directly from the goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 -msgid "" -"To create a new tag from the :guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, click the " -":guilabel:`New` button, and a blank line appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the tag on the line. Then, press the enter key to save the" -" tag, and create a new blank line. Repeat this for all tags that need to be " -"added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:192 -msgid "The list of tags is automatically arranged in alphabetical order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:176 msgid "" "Navigate to the main *Appraisals* dashboard by opening the " ":guilabel:`Appraisals` application. The :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard is " "the default view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:179 msgid "" "To view the dashboard at any point in the application, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Appraisals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:182 msgid "" "All appraisals are displayed on the dashboard in a Kanban view, by default, " "with a list of groupings on the left side of the dashboard, including " ":guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Department`, and :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 msgid "" "Click any grouping option to view appraisals for **only** the chosen " "selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 msgid "" "Only groupings with multiple selections appear in the list. For example, if " "a database only has one company, the :guilabel:`Company` grouping does " "**not** appear, since there is no other company to select." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:193 msgid "Each appraisal card displays the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: the department the employee is associated with." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company the employee works for. This only appears " "in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date`: the date the appraisal was requested, or is scheduled for " "in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activities`: any activities that are scheduled for the appraisal," " such as :guilabel:`Meetings` or :guilabel:`Phone Calls.` If no activities " @@ -466,13 +421,13 @@ msgid "" "icon, located in the bottom-left corner of an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:204 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: the employee's manager, indicated by the profile icon " "in the bottom-right corner of an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:206 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status banner`: the status of the appraisal. A banner appears if " "an appraisal is marked as either :guilabel:`Canceled` or :guilabel:`Done`. " @@ -480,7 +435,7 @@ msgid "" "not been scheduled yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 msgid "" "To view the details of any appraisal, click on the card to open the " "appraisal form." @@ -490,22 +445,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Appraisals dashboard with each appraisal in its own box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 msgid "New appraisal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new appraisal, click the :guilabel:`New` button at the top of " "the :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard to load a blank appraisal form. Then, " "enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:222 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:223 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu. " "The manager is responsible for completing the :guilabel:`Manager's Feedback`" @@ -513,7 +468,7 @@ msgid "" "selected, if they have a manager set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appraisal Date`: the current date is automatically entered in " "this field. This field is automatically updated once the appraisal is " @@ -521,39 +476,39 @@ msgid "" "cancellation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu. This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have" " a department set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:233 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the employee's company from the drop-down menu. " "This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have a " "company set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 msgid "" "The only required fields for the appraisal form are the employee's " ":guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Manager`, and the :guilabel:`Company`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:241 msgid "" "Once the form is complete, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm " "the appraisal request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 msgid "" "Once confirmed, the employee receives an email stating that an appraisal was" " requested, and is then prompted to schedule an appraisal date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:246 msgid "" "The status changes to :guilabel:`Confirmed`, and the :guilabel:`Employee's " "Feedback` section of the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab is grayed out. The " @@ -562,18 +517,18 @@ msgid "" "once the appraisal request is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 msgid "" "If there are any existing appraisals for the employee, an " ":guilabel:`Appraisal` smart button appears at the top of the page, listing " "the total number of appraisals there are for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:255 msgid "Ask for feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:257 msgid "" "As part of the appraisal process, the manager can request feedback on an " "employee from anyone in the company. Feedback is usually requested from co-" @@ -582,43 +537,43 @@ msgid "" "manager's overall assessment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 msgid "" "To request feedback, the appraisal **must** be confirmed. Once confirmed, an" " :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button appears at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:265 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button is clicked, an :guilabel:`Ask " "Feedback` email pop-up form appears, using the :guilabel:`Appraisal: Ask " "Feedback` email template, which sends the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:269 msgid "" "Enter the employees being asked to complete the survey in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field. Multiple employees may be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 msgid "" "The email template has dynamic placeholders to personalize the message. Add " "any additional text to the email, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:275 msgid "If required, an :guilabel:`Answer Deadline` can be added, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:277 msgid "" "If any attachments are needed, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button, and" " a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the file(s), select them, then " "click :guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:280 msgid "When the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send.`" msgstr "" @@ -626,21 +581,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The email pop-up when requesting feedback from other employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:287 msgid "Appraisal form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:289 msgid "" "Once an appraisal is confirmed, the next steps are for the employee to fill " "out the self-assessment, after which the manager completes their assessment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:295 msgid "Employee's feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:297 msgid "" "To complete their portion of feedback, employees should navigate to the main" " :menuselection:`Appraisals application` dashboard, where the only entries " @@ -648,14 +603,14 @@ msgid "" "manage and have to provide manager feedback for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 msgid "" "Click on the appraisal to open the appraisal form. Enter responses in the " ":guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` " "tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:304 msgid "" "When completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to Manager` toggle (the " "default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When clicked, the toggle " @@ -667,24 +622,24 @@ msgid "" "The feedback section for the employee with the toggle button highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:314 msgid "Manager's feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 msgid "" "After the employee has completed the :guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` " "section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab, it is time for the manager to " "fill out the :guilabel:`Manager's Feedback` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:320 msgid "" "The manager enters their responses in the fields in the :ref:`same manner as" " the employee `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:323 msgid "" "When the feedback section is completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to " "Employee` toggle (the default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When " @@ -697,11 +652,12 @@ msgid "" " highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:748 msgid "Skills tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:334 msgid "" "Part of an appraisal is evaluating an employee's skills, and tracking their " "progress over time. The :guilabel:`Skills` tab of the appraisal form auto-" @@ -709,32 +665,32 @@ msgid "" "<../hr/employees/new_employee>`, once an appraisal is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:338 msgid "" "Each skill is grouped with like skills, and the :guilabel:`Skill Level`, " ":guilabel:`Progress`, and :guilabel:`Justification` are displayed for each " "skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 msgid "" "Update any skills, or add any new skills to the :guilabel:`Skills` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:343 msgid "" "If a skill level has increased, a reason for the improved rating can be " "entered into the :guilabel:`Justification` field, such as `took a fluency " "language test` or `received Javascript certification`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:347 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`Create a new employee ` document for " "detailed instructions on adding or updating a skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:350 msgid "" "After an appraisal is completed, and the skills have been updated, the next " "time an appraisal is confirmed, the updated skills populate the " @@ -745,11 +701,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The skills tab of an appraisal form, all filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:358 msgid "Private note tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:360 msgid "" "If managers want to leave notes that are only visible to other managers, " "they can be entered in the :guilabel:`Private Note` tab. The employee being " @@ -757,12 +713,12 @@ msgid "" "appear on their appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:386 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:520 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 msgid "Schedule a meeting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:367 msgid "" "Once both portions of an appraisal are completed (the :ref:`employee " "` and :ref:`manager Appraisals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:377 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, beneath the appraisal date on the " "desired appraisal card, and a :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window " @@ -790,47 +746,47 @@ msgid "" "activity form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Meeting` for the :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the drop-" "down menu. Doing so causes the form to change, so only the " ":guilabel:`Activity Type` and :guilabel:`Summary` fields appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:385 msgid "" "If scheduling an activity other than a meeting, such as a :guilabel:`Call` " "or a :guilabel:`To-Do`, the fields that appear on the :guilabel:`Schedule " "Activity` pop-up form change, accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:389 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon may appear as a number of different icons, " "depending on what, if any, scheduled activities are in place, and the color " "represents their corresponding due dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:392 msgid "" "If no activities are scheduled, that is represented by a gray :guilabel:`🕘 " "(clock)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:394 msgid "" "However, if a specific activity is scheduled, the icon may appear as a " ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon for a phone call, a :guilabel:`👥 (group of " "people)` icon for a meeting, and so on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:397 msgid "" "The color of the icon indicates the status; a green icon means an activity " "is scheduled in the future, and a red icon means the activity is past due." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:400 msgid "" "For more details on activities, refer to the :doc:`../essentials/activities`" " document." @@ -840,46 +796,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The appraisal cards with the various activity icons highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 msgid "" "Enter a brief description in the :guilabel:`Summary` field of the " ":guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window, such as `Annual Appraisal for " "(Employee)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:409 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button. From the calendar page " "that appears, navigate to, and double-click on, the desired date and time " "for the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:412 msgid "" "Doing so opens a :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up form. From this pop-up form, " "make any desired modifications, such as designating a :guilabel:`Start` " "time, or giving a :guilabel:`Name` to the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:416 msgid "" "Add the appraisee in the :guilabel:`Attendees` section, and include anyone " "else who should be in the meeting, if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:419 msgid "" "To make the meeting a video call, instead of an in-person meeting, click " ":guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting`, and a :guilabel:`Videocall URL` link appears in " "the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:422 msgid "" "Once all the desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:424 msgid "" "The meeting now appears on the calendar, and the invited parties are " "informed, via email." @@ -891,183 +847,46 @@ msgid "" "appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 msgid "" "The other way to schedule a meeting is from the individual appraisal form. " "To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Appraisal application` " "dashboard, then click on an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button, and the calendar loads." " Follow the same directions above to create the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 msgid "" -"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button says " +"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button reads " ":guilabel:`No Meeting`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:463 -msgid "Goals" -msgstr "الأهداف" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:465 -msgid "" -"The ability to set goals for employees to work toward is an important " -"feature of Odoo *Appraisals*. Goals are typically set during an appraisal, " -"so the employee knows what they need to work toward before their next " -"appraisal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:469 -msgid "" -"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> " -"Goals`. This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban " -"view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:472 -msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:474 -msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the name of the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:475 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee the goal is assigned to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 -msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:477 -msgid ":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Employee`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is assigned " -"to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:480 -msgid "" -"If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " -"corner of the goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 -msgid "" -"Every individual goal requires its own entry for each employee. If employees" -" have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the list. For " -"example, if both Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " -"appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " -"goal for Sara." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 -msgid "New goal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:495 -msgid "" -"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application -->" -" Goals`, and click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:498 -msgid "" -"Enter the information on the card. The information requested is all the same" -" information that appears on the :ref:`goal card ` in the " -"Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field and a " -":guilabel:`Description` tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:502 -msgid "" -"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field by default, and " -"the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" -" profile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:505 -msgid "" -"Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " -"useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:513 -msgid "Completed goals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:515 -msgid "" -"When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " -"be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " -"dashboard, or from the individual goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:518 -msgid "" -"To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" -" the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the top-right of a goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:522 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon **only** appears when the mouse hovers " -"over the corner of a goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:525 -msgid "" -"Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " -"green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " -"card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:528 -msgid "" -"To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " -"open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " -"the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner " -"appears in the top-right corner of the goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:533 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:526 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:753 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:830 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "إعداد التقارير " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:442 msgid "" "The *Appraisals* application tracks two metrics across two different " "reports: an :ref:`appraisal analysis `, and a " ":ref:`skills evolution `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:448 msgid "Appraisal analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:450 msgid "" "To access the *Appraisal Analysis* report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Appraisal " @@ -1075,7 +894,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted in different colors to represent their status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 msgid "" "Appraisals in yellow are completed, appraisals in orange are in-progress " "(the appraisal is confirmed, but not completed), and appraisals in gray are " @@ -1083,13 +902,13 @@ msgid "" "been confirmed yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 msgid "" "The report displays the whole current year, by default, grouped by " "department." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:460 msgid "" "To change the calendar view presented, change the date settings in the top-" "left of the report. The options to display are :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -1097,13 +916,13 @@ msgid "" " move forward or backward in time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:464 msgid "" "At any point, click the :guilabel:`Today` button to present the calendar to " "include today's date in the view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:467 msgid "" "The report can have other filters and groupings set in the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top." @@ -1113,64 +932,64 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A report showing all the appraisals for the Appraisal Analysis report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 msgid "Skills evolution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 msgid "" "To access the *Skills Evolution* report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Skills Evolution`. " "This displays a report of all skills, grouped by employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:481 msgid "" "All the lines of the report are collapsed, by default. To view the details " "of a line, click on a line to expand the data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:484 msgid "Each skill has the following information listed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:486 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: name of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 msgid ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: the category the skill falls under." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:488 msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the specific, individual skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:489 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Level`: the level the employee had previously " "achieved for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:583 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Progress`: the previous percentage of competency " "achieved for the skill (based on the :guilabel:`Skill Level`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:585 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Skill Level`: the current level the employee has achieved" " for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Skill Progress`: the current percentage of competency " "achieved for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:494 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Justification`: any notes entered on the skill explaining the " "progress." @@ -1180,11 +999,182 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A report showing all the skills grouped by employee." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:501 +msgid ":doc:`appraisals/goals`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:3 +msgid "Goals" +msgstr "الأهداف" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Appraisals* application allows managers to set goals for their " +"employees. That way, employees know what to work toward before their next " +"review." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`. " +"This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:13 +msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:15 +msgid ":guilabel:`Goal`: the name of the goal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:16 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the employee the goal is assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:17 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-clock-o` :guilabel:`(clock)` icon: displays the corresponding " +":doc:`activity icon <../../essentials/activities>` for the record. If no " +"activities are scheduled, the default icon is the :icon:`fa-clock-o` " +":guilabel:`(clock)`. If any activities have been scheduled, the icon " +"represents the activity scheduled soonest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:21 +msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal. The " +"options are :guilabel:`0%`, :guilabel:`25%`, :guilabel:`50%`, " +":guilabel:`75%`, or :guilabel:`100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Icon`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is " +"assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " +"corner of the goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 +msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every individual goal requires its own record for each employee. If multiple" +" employees have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For example, if Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " +"appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " +"goal for Sara." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:40 +msgid "New goal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`," +" and click :guilabel:`New` top-left corner to open a blank goal form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Input the :guilabel:`Goal`, :guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Progress`, and " +":guilabel:`Deadline`, information on the goal card, as discussed in the " +":ref:`goal card ` section of this document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The information requested is all the same information that appears on the " +"goal card in the Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field " +"and a :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " +"all tags need to be added. To add a tag, enter the name of the tag on the " +"line, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(tag)\"`. Repeat this for all tags that" +" need to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field, by default, and " +"the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" +" profile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " +"useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 +msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:68 +msgid "Completed goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:70 +msgid "" +"When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " +"be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " +"dashboard, or from the individual goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" +" the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon in the top-" +"right of a goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon **only** " +"appears when the mouse hovers over the top-right corner of a goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " +"green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " +"open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " +"the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner " +"appears in the top-right corner of the goal form." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:5 msgid "Attendances" msgstr "الحضور" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Attendances* application functions as a time clock. Employees are " "able to check in and out of work using a dedicated device in kiosk mode, " @@ -1194,56 +1184,55 @@ msgid "" " are working overtime, or checking out of work earlier than expected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:16 msgid "Access rights" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:18 msgid "" "It is important to understand how the different access rights affect what " -"users can access in the *Attendances* application." +"options and features users can access in the *Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 msgid "" -"Every user in the database is always able to access their own information on" -" the dashboard and can check in and out directly from the database. Access " -"to all the other features is determined by access rights." +"Every user in the database is able to check in and out directly from the " +"database, without needing access to the *Attendances* application. " +"Additionally, all users can access their own attendance records from their " +"employee form in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Access to both the *Attendances* application, and the various features " +"within the application is determined by access rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:28 msgid "" "To see what access rights a user has, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Settings application --> Users & Companies: Users`, and " -"click on an individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by" -" default. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the " -"setting. For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to " -"leave the field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users & Companies: Users`, and click on an " +"individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by default. " +"Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the setting. " +"For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to leave the " +"field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:34 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Administrator` option is selected, the user has full " "access to the entire *Attendances* application, with no restrictions. They " -"can view all employee attendance records, enter kiosk mode from the " +"can view all employee attendance records, enter *Kiosk mMode* from the " "application, access all reporting metrics, and make modifications to the " -"settings." +"settings. If left blank, the user does **not** have access to the " +"*Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If left blank, the user can only view their own information on the " -"*Attendances* application dashboard and can view their own personal " -"attendance records under the reporting feature. All other attendance records" -" are hidden from view on the report. There is no access to either the kiosk " -"mode or the configuration menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:42 msgid "Approvers" msgstr "المُعتمِدين " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:44 msgid "" "The **only** other scenario where different information may be accessible in" " the *Attendances* application is for approvers. If a user does *not* have " @@ -1256,7 +1245,7 @@ msgid "" "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:52 msgid "" "To see who the attendance approver is for an employee, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Employees application` and click on the specific employee. " @@ -1267,7 +1256,7 @@ msgid "" "reports, and make modifications to their records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:61 msgid "" "Few configurations are needed in the *Attendances* application. Determining " "how employees check in and out, defining how the kiosks function, and " @@ -1276,11 +1265,11 @@ msgid "" "Configuration` to access the configuration menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:67 msgid "Modes" msgstr "الأوضاع " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how an employee " "checks in when using a kiosk. Options are :guilabel:`Barcode/RFID`, " @@ -1288,31 +1277,31 @@ msgid "" "Selection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:76 msgid "" "The *Barcode* application **does not** need to be installed to use one of " "the Barcode/RFID settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances from Backend`: activate this selection to allow users" " to check in and out directly from the Odoo database. If this is not " "activated, users must use a kiosk to check in and out of work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 msgid "Kiosk settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:88 msgid "" "This section only needs to be configured if employees use kiosks for " "checking in and out. If kiosks are **not** being used, modifying any of " "these fields does **not** adversely affect the *Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode Source`: this setting appears **only** if either of the " "two Barcode/RFID selections were configured for the :ref:`Kiosk Mode " @@ -1321,7 +1310,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Front Camera`, or :guilabel:`Back Camera`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:96 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification`: activate this option if employees " "should use a unique PIN to check in. PINs are configured on each individual " @@ -1329,14 +1318,14 @@ msgid "" "documentation for more information on setting up PINs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Time`: set the duration (in seconds) the check in and " "check out confirmation screen remains on the kiosk before going back to the " "main check in screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:101 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendance Kiosk Url`: Odoo generates a unique web address (URL) " "to use a device as a kiosk without having to sign in to the Odoo database. " @@ -1344,7 +1333,7 @@ msgid "" " browser to present the Attendances application kiosk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 msgid "" "These kiosk URLs are **not** secured with any type of access code. Anyone " "who has the URL can access the Attendances application kiosk. If the URL is " @@ -1353,17 +1342,17 @@ msgid "" "generate a new URL and update the kiosk accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:112 msgid "Extra hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:114 msgid "" "This section specifies how extra time is calculated, including when extra " "time is counted and what time is not logged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count of Extra Hours`: enable this box to allow employees to log " "extra hours beyond their set working hours (sometimes referred to as " @@ -1371,14 +1360,14 @@ msgid "" "well. If this is not activated, no other configurations appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start From`: the current date is automatically entered in this " "field. If desired, click on this field and use the calendar selector to " "modify the start date on which extra hours are logged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Company`: enter the amount of time, in" " minutes, that is **not** counted towards an employee's overtime. When an " @@ -1386,7 +1375,7 @@ msgid "" "minutes, the extra time is **not** counted as overtime for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Employee`: enter the amount of time, " "in minutes, that an employee is given, that does **not** adversely affect " @@ -1396,33 +1385,33 @@ msgid "" "they are **not** penalized for their reduced hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 msgid "" "A company sets both of the :guilabel:`Tolerance` fields to `15` minutes, and" " the working hours for the entire company are set from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:138 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:00 AM, and checks out at 5:14 PM, the extra 14" " minutes are **not** counted towards their overtime." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:141 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:05 AM, and checks out at 4:55 PM, even though " "they logged a total of 10 minutes less than their full working hours, they " "are **not** penalized for this discrepancy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Extra Hours`: activate this box to display the extra " "hours logged by an employee when they check out with a kiosk, or when a user" " checks out in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:149 msgid "" "Employees are still able to log overtime hours even if the :guilabel:`Count " "of Extra Hours` option is not activated. The difference is that when " @@ -1431,177 +1420,41 @@ msgid "" "hours>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:164 -msgid "Check in and out via the database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users who are logged into the " -"database to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " -"application, or use a kiosk. For some smaller companies, where every " -"employee is also a user, this feature may be useful." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:170 -msgid "" -"A user can check in and out on the main database dashboard, as well as in " -"any application. In the upper right corner of the top main menu, which is " -"always visible regardless of what application the user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴" -" (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is visible. Click on the " -"colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, enabling the user to check " -"in and/or out." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:180 -msgid "Check in" -msgstr "تسجيل الحضور" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:182 -msgid "" -"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " -"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` and the " -"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:190 -msgid "" -"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 -msgid "" -"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " -"their computer to access their location information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:197 -msgid "" -"If the user has not checked in and out already during the current work day, " -"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " -"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" -" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " -"appears beneath that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:202 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to check in. The :guilabel:`🔴 (red " -"circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget changes appearance" -" as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has checked in, by " -"changing the green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to a yellow " -":guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:207 -msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:210 -msgid "Check out" -msgstr "تسجيل الخروج " - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:212 -msgid "" -"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " -"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" -" populating the time field. Beneath that line, :guilabel:`HH:MM` is " -"displayed, indicating the hours and minutes that have elapsed since checking" -" in. As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes " -"that have passed since the user checked in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:218 -msgid "" -"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " -"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears in addition to " -"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The time displayed in both of " -"these fields are populated with the most recent check in time, and will " -"match. Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously " -"logged hours are displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 -msgid "" -"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " -"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " -"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that will " -"be logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:228 -msgid "" -"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " -":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button. The attendance widget updates again," -" displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the logged time, and the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check " -"in ➡️` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " -"user allows their computer to access this information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:242 -msgid "" -"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " -"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " -"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" -" appears on the dashboard, including check ins and check outs with no time " -"value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:157 msgid "Kiosk mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:159 msgid "" "Some companies may opt to use a dedicated device (a laptop or desktop PC, a " "tablet, or a mobile phone) for employees to check in and check out from. " "Kiosk mode is used for these scenarios." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:163 msgid "" "If users check in and out using either a badge or an RFID, then an " "accessible device in kiosk mode **must** be available to check in and check " "out using these two methods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 msgid "" "Entering kiosk mode is only available for users with specific :ref:`access " "rights `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:169 msgid "Kiosk mode can be activated in three different ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:171 msgid "" "Navigate to the :guilabel:`Attendances` application, and click " ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode` in the top menu. The device then enters kiosk mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:173 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click on the link in the " @@ -1609,7 +1462,7 @@ msgid "" " recommended to close the database tab to keep the database secure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:177 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click :guilabel:`Copy` next to " @@ -1623,7 +1476,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:186 msgid "" "As a security measure, once a device is in kiosk mode, it is not possible to" " exit kiosk mode and go back into the database without signing back in. To " @@ -1632,11 +1485,11 @@ msgid "" "an extra layer of security, preventing anyone from accessing the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:192 msgid "Badge" msgstr "الشارة" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 msgid "" "To check in or out using a badge, tap the :guilabel:`📷 (camera) Tap to scan`" " image in the center of the kiosk. Then, scan the barcode on the badge using" @@ -1652,11 +1505,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Attendances Kiosk view displaying the scan badge image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:206 msgid "RFID" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:208 msgid "" "To check in or out using an RFID key fob, simply scan the fob with an RFID " "reader. Once scanned, the employee is then either checked in or checked out," @@ -1664,11 +1517,11 @@ msgid "" "all the check in or check out information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:213 msgid "Manually" msgstr "يدويًا" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:215 msgid "" "Users who do not have a scannable badge or an RFID fob can manually check in" " and out at a kiosk. Tap the :guilabel:`Identify Manually` button on the " @@ -1678,20 +1531,20 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`confirmation message ` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:221 msgid "" "When a large number of employees appear in the list, making scrolling " "inefficient, there are two ways to quickly find a specific person:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Search...`: tap on the :guilabel:`Search...` field and enter the " "person's name. As the name is typed in, the matching results are displayed " "on the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: to quickly filter the presented employees, tap on a " "department to display only those employees that are part of that department." @@ -1700,11 +1553,11 @@ msgid "" "part of the department, and is displayed when selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:232 msgid "PIN" msgstr "رمز PIN " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:234 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification` option was activated in the " ":ref:`kiosk settings ` section of the " @@ -1712,7 +1565,7 @@ msgid "" "checking in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:238 msgid "" "After the employee is selected, a number pad appears with a message. When " "checking in, :guilabel:`(Employee) Welcome! Please enter your PIN to check " @@ -1721,7 +1574,7 @@ msgid "" "numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:243 msgid "" "Tap in the PIN using the number pad, then tap :guilabel:`OK` when done. The " "employee is then checked in or out, and a :ref:`confirmation message " @@ -1732,11 +1585,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pop-up that appears when prompted to enter a pin." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:253 msgid "Confirmation message" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:255 msgid "" "When an employee checks in or out, a confirmation message appears with all " "the check in or check out information. When checking in, a welcome message " @@ -1748,7 +1601,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 msgid "" "When checking out, the screen displays a goodbye message, with the date and " "time of check out, and the total hours logged for the day. Beneath the " @@ -1760,12 +1613,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The goodbye message with all the employee's check out information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:681 msgid "Overview" msgstr "نظرة عامة" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:273 msgid "" "When entering the *Attendances* application, the :guilabel:`Overview` " "dashboard is presented, containing all the check in and check out " @@ -1776,11 +1629,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:280 msgid "Views" msgstr "أدوات العرض" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:282 msgid "" "To change the view from the default Gantt chart to a list view, click the " ":guilabel:`List` icon in the top right of the dashboard, beneath the user's " @@ -1788,7 +1641,7 @@ msgid "" "button, located next to the :guilabel:`List` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:286 msgid "" "The default view presents the current day's information. To present the " "information for the :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or " @@ -1802,7 +1655,7 @@ msgid "" "dashboard, presenting information containing the current day's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:295 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Day` view, the column for the current hour is highlighted " "in yellow. If the :guilabel:`Week` or :guilabel:`Month` view is selected, " @@ -1816,7 +1669,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:304 msgid "" "Any entries that have errors appear in red, indicating they need to be " "resolved by a user with the proper :ref:`access rights ` that need to be resolved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this filter has a drop-down to further select a " "specific time period. Select the desired time period from the options " "presented, a specific month, quarter, or year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Last 7 days`: this filter presents the attendance data for the " "last seven days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:332 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`: create a custom filter using the pop-up that " "appears when this is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 msgid "Groups" msgstr "المجموعات" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:338 msgid "The default groups that can be selected are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:340 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing the" " following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -1907,13 +1760,13 @@ msgid "" " period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:344 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee`: this group presents the attendance data organized by " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:345 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing " "the following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -1922,7 +1775,7 @@ msgid "" "time period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:349 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`: this option displays a drop-down menu with a " "variety of options to group the attendance data by, including " @@ -1930,53 +1783,53 @@ msgid "" "Address`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:356 msgid "Attendance log details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:358 msgid "" "Odoo captures various time and location details when a user checks in and " "out. The specific details provided are determined by the method the user " "checked in and out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:361 msgid "" "To view the specific check in and/or check out details for an employee, " "click on an individual entry in the overview dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 msgid "" "A detailed attendance log for the user appears in a pop-up window. To close " "the detailed attendance log, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` button in " "the bottom-left corner of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:367 msgid "The detailed attendance log contains the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:370 msgid "Main details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:372 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the name of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 msgid ":guilabel:`Check In`: the date and time the employee checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:374 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: the date and time the employee checked out. This only" " appears if the employee has checked out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:376 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Worked Hours`: the total amount of time the employee logged for " "the day, in an hour and minute format (HH:MM). This value calculates all the" @@ -1984,23 +1837,23 @@ msgid "" "multiple times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Extra Hours`: any extra hours the employee logged that is beyond " "their expected working hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:383 msgid "Check in/check out details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:385 msgid "" "The following information appears for both the :guilabel:`Check In` and " ":guilabel:`Check Out` sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: the method with which the attendance information was " "gathered. :guilabel:`Systray` is displayed if the employee logged in and out" @@ -2009,24 +1862,24 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`using an attendance kiosk `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:392 msgid "" ":guilabel:`IP Address`: the IP address for the computer the employee used to" " log in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:393 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browser`: the web browser the employee used to log in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:394 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Localization`: the city and country associated with the " "computer's IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:395 msgid "" ":guilabel:`GPS Coordinates`: the specific coordinates when the user logged " "in or out. To view the specific coordinates on a map, click the :guilabel:`→" @@ -2038,26 +1891,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The detailed information for an attendance entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:405 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:84 msgid "Errors" msgstr "الأخطاء " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:407 msgid "" "Entries that contain an error appear on the overview dashboard in red. In " "the :guilabel:`Gantt view`, the entry appears with a red background. If in " "the :guilabel:`List view`, the entry text appears in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:411 msgid "" "An error typically occurs when an employee has checked in but has not " "checked out within the last 24 hours, or when an employee has a check in and" " check out period spanning over 16 hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:414 msgid "" "To fix the error, the attendance entry must be modified or deleted. Click on" " the entry to reveal a pop-up containing the details for that particular " @@ -2074,27 +1927,27 @@ msgid "" "selector is shown, and the time selector is highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:426 msgid "" "When all the information on the pop-up is correct, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close`. When the entry no longer has an error, the entry appears in gray " "instead of red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 msgid "" "To delete an entry, click :guilabel:`Remove` on the pop-up instead of making" " modifications to the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:435 msgid "" "To view attendance reports, click :guilabel:`Reporting` in the top menu. The" " default report displays each employee's attendance information for the past" " 3 months, in a :guilabel:`Line Chart`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 msgid "" "The default view is a :guilabel:`Graph`. To view the data in a pivot table, " "click the :guilabel:`Pivot Table` button on the top right of the report. To " @@ -2102,14 +1955,14 @@ msgid "" "next to the :guilabel:`Pivot Table` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 msgid "" "To present different information, adjust the :ref:`filters and groups " "` in the same way as in the :guilabel:`Overview`" " dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:445 msgid "" "The data can be presented in either a :guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line" " Chart`, :guilabel:`Pie Chart`, :guilabel:`Stacked` chart, or in " @@ -2118,13 +1971,13 @@ msgid "" "chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 msgid "" "To change the :guilabel:`Measures`, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button " "and select the desired measure from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:452 msgid "" "The report can also be inserted into a spreadsheet. Click the " ":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button and a pop-up appears. Select the " @@ -2136,6 +1989,151 @@ msgid "" "The default report view, with all the optional view buttons highlighted." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/check_in_check_out`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:461 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/hardware`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:3 +msgid "Check in and out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users, who are logged into the " +"database, to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " +"application, or use a kiosk. For smaller companies, where every employee is " +"also a user, this feature may be useful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A user can check in and/or out on the main database Odoo dashboard, or while" +" inside any application. To do so, in the upper-right corner of the top main" +" header menu, which is always visible regardless of what application the " +"user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is " +"visible. Click on the colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, " +"enabling the user to check in and/or out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:22 +msgid "Check in" +msgstr "تسجيل الحضور" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " +"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)`, and the " +"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in` " +":icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " +"their computer to access their location information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If the user has not already checked in and out during the current work day, " +"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " +"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" +" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " +"appears in that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button to check in. The " +":guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget " +"changes appearance, as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has" +" checked in, by changing the green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` " +"button to a yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:49 +msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:148 +msgid "Check out" +msgstr "تسجيل الخروج " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " +"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" +" populating the time field. Beneath that line, the hours and minutes that " +"have elapsed since checking in are displayed in a :guilabel:`HH:MM` format. " +"As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes that " +"have passed since the user checked in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " +"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears, in addition to " +"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The times displayed in both of " +"these fields match, and are populated with the most recent check in time. " +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously logged " +"time is displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " +"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " +"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that is " +"logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:70 +msgid "" +"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " +":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " +"yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button. The attendance " +"widget updates again, displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the " +"logged time, while the yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` " +"button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " +"user allows their computer to access this information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:85 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " +"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " +"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" +" appears on the main *Attendances* dashboard, including check ins and check " +"outs with no time value." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Hardware" msgstr "جهاز " @@ -2238,6 +2236,305 @@ msgid "" "departments." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:3 +msgid "Departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"All employees in the *Employees* app fall under specific departments within " +"a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:8 +msgid "Create new departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To make a new department, navigate to :menuselection:`Employees app --> " +"Departments`, then click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left to reveal a blank " +"department form. Fill out the following information on the department form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The department for with all fields filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:18 +msgid ":guilabel:`Department Name`: enter a name for the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: using the drop-down menu, select the department " +"manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Parent Department`: if the new department is housed within " +"another department (has a parent department), select the parent department " +"using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates`: if employees in this department " +"require a specific appraisal form that is different from the default " +"appraisal form, tick the checkbox. If this option is activated, an " +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab appears below the form. This field " +"**only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " +"department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Survey`: using the drop-down menu, select the default " +"survey to use for the department when requesting feedback from employees. " +"This field **only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed, **and** " +"the *360 Feedback* option is enabled in the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the department. Click the default " +"white color box to display all the color options. Click on a color to select" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab: this tab **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates` options is activated on the form. " +"Make any desired edits to the appraisal form. The appraisal form is used for" +" appraisals for all employees within this department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:36 +msgid "" +"After the form is completed, click the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon to manually save the changes. When saved, a " +":guilabel:`Department Organization` chart appears in the top-right of the " +"department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The form auto-saves while data is entered, however the :guilabel:`Department" +" Organization` chart does **not** appear until the form is manually saved. " +"If the form is not saved, the :guilabel:`Department Organization` chart is " +"visible upon opening the department card from the :guilabel:`Departments` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:47 +msgid "Refer to the :doc:`../appraisals` documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:50 +msgid "Departments dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured departments, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Departments`. All departments appear in a " +"Kanban view, by default, and are listed in alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The departments dashboard view with all the department cards in a Kanban " +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:175 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "نافذة عرض كانبان " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each department has its own Kanban card on the main :guilabel:`Departments` " +":icon:`oi-view-kanban` :guilabel:`(Kanban)` dashboard view, that can display" +" the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:66 +msgid "Department name: the name of the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:67 +msgid "Company: the company the department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employees`: the number of employees within the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisals`: the number of appraisals scheduled for employees in " +"the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Requests`: the number of unapproved time off requests " +"for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval ` . This **only** appears if there are requests to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allocation Requests`: the number of unapproved allocation " +"requests for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval " +"`. This **only** appears if there are requests " +"to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Applicants`: the number of :ref:`new applicants " +"` for a position in this department. This **only** appears " +"if there are new applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expense Reports`: the number of employees in the department with " +":ref:`open expense reports to approve `. This **only** " +"appears if there are any expense reports waiting for approval." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Absence`: the number of absences for the current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Color bar: the selected color for the department appears as a vertical bar " +"on the left side of the department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click on an alert in a department card, such as :guilabel:`Time Off " +"Requests`, to reveal a list view of the requests to approve. This list " +"includes **all** open requests to approve, not just from the specific " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The default view for the :guilabel:`Departments` dashboard is a Kanban view." +" It is possible to view the departments in two other forms: a list view and " +"a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "عرض القائمة" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a list view, click the :icon:`fa-align-justify` " +":guilabel:`(list)` icon in the top-right corner. The departments appear in a" +" list view, which displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Employees`, " +":guilabel:`Parent Department`, and :guilabel:`Color` for each department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The departments are sorted alphabetically by :guilabel:`Department Name`, by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The departments presented in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When in list view, departments can be managed in batch by selecting one or " +"multiple record's checkbox, then select the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Actions` button to reveal a drop-down menu of actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:113 +msgid "Hierarchy view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a hierarchy view, click the :icon:`fa-share-alt " +"fa-rotate-90` :guilabel:`(hierarchy)` icon in the top-right corner. The " +"departments appear in an organizational chart format, with the highest-level" +" department at the top (typically :guilabel:`Management`), and all other " +"departments beneath it. All child departments of the first-level child " +"departments are folded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Each department card displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, the " +":guilabel:`Manager` (and their profile image), the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Employees` in the department, and the ability to expand the department " +"(:guilabel:`Unfold`) if there are child departments beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Unfold` button on a department card to expand it. Once " +"expanded, the :guilabel:`Unfold` button changes to a :guilabel:`Fold` " +"button. To collapse the department, click the :guilabel:`Fold` button. Only " +"**one** department *per row* can be unfolded at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Click anywhere on a department card to open the department form. Click the " +":guilabel:`(#) Employees` smart button to view a list of all the employees " +"in that department, including all employees in the child departments beneath" +" it, organized by individual department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In the hierarchy view, if the :guilabel:`(2) Employees` button on the " +":guilabel:`Management` card is clicked (the highest-level department card), " +"**all** employees appear in a list view, grouped by department. This is " +"because **all** departments are children of the :guilabel:`Management` " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`(3) Employees` button in the :guilabel:`Sales` department " +"card is clicked, the employees from the :guilabel:`Sales` department, as " +"well as its two child departments (:guilabel:`East Coast Territory` and " +":guilabel:`West Coat Territory`), appear in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "The departments presented in a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list view of employees for the department that was clicked, including all child\n" +"departments." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 msgid "New employees" msgstr "الموظفون الجدد " @@ -2312,7 +2609,6 @@ msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:736 msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "" @@ -2433,7 +2729,8 @@ msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:869 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "السيرة الذاتية " @@ -3672,7 +3969,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:398 msgid "Salary" msgstr "الراتب " @@ -5037,10 +5334,6 @@ msgid "" "different ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 -msgid "List view" -msgstr "عرض القائمة" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:304 msgid "" "The default view of the service records is a list view. This presents all " @@ -5088,11 +5381,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The form automatically saves as data is entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 -msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "نافذة عرض كانبان " - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:331 msgid "" "To view services by their stage, click the :guilabel:`Kanban` button, which " @@ -5178,11 +5466,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:380 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:230 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:889 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:894 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "" @@ -5453,11 +5741,11 @@ msgid "" " pop-up windows close, and the activity now appears on the activity view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 msgid "Frontdesk" msgstr "مكتب الاستقبال " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:7 msgid "" "The Odoo *Frontdesk* application provides a way for visitors to check in to " "a building or location, and alert the person they are meeting about their " @@ -5465,24 +5753,24 @@ msgid "" "brought to them, while they wait." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:11 msgid "" "This application is ideal for businesses that do **not** have someone " "working at a reception desk, locations **without** a designated waiting area" " available to guests and visitors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:17 msgid "" "The first item to configure with the *Frontdesk* application is the station," " followed by any drink selections that might optionally be offered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 msgid "Stations" msgstr "المحطات " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:23 msgid "" "In Odoo's *Frontdesk* application, a *Station* can be thought of as any " "location where someone can sign in and wait for an employee. This is " @@ -5490,35 +5778,35 @@ msgid "" "kiosk where visitors check in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:27 msgid "" "When setting up the *Frontdesk* application, a minimum of one station " "**must** be configured, but there is no limit to how many stations can be " "created and configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:30 msgid "" "To create a station, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Stations`, and click :guilabel:`New`. When clicked, a " "blank frontdesk form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Name`: enter a name for the specific frontdesk " "location. This should be short and easily identifiable, such as `Reception " "Desk` or `Main Lobby`. This field is required in order to create a station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:38 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsibles`: select the person (or persons) who are alerted " "when a visitor checks in using this specific frontdesk. Multiple selections " "can be entered. This field is required in order to create a station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk URL`: this field auto-populates once the frontdesk form is " "saved, with at least the :guilabel:`Frontdesk Name` and " @@ -5526,46 +5814,45 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`(cloud with upward arrow)` icon, located at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:45 msgid "" "Once saved, a URL is generated in the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` field. This URL " "is one way the frontdesk kiosk is accessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:48 msgid "" "To access the kiosk, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at the end of the " "URL, and navigate to that URL in a web browser. This URL opens that specific" " station's frontdesk sign-in page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:52 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a frontdesk form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera" " with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:166 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:184 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to open a file explorer, navigate " "to the desired image/photo file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:58 msgid "" "The image selected for the station photo appears as the background image for" " the station kiosk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:61 msgid "Options tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "شريط الخيارات " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Host Selection`: if the visitor is attending a meeting, this " "option allows the visitor to select the meeting host from a presented list, " @@ -5573,35 +5860,35 @@ msgid "" "detailed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Authenticate Guest`: if additional information is required when a" " guest checks in, enable this option, and select which of the following are " "required:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: select whether the guest's email address is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Phone`: select whether the guest's phone number is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Organization`: select whether the guest's organization is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Theme`: select the color mode of the kiosk. Choose either " ":guilabel:`Light` or :guilabel:`Dark`. The :guilabel:`Light` selection " @@ -5609,7 +5896,7 @@ msgid "" "selection displays a dark gray and black background." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Self Check-In`: enable this option to present a check-in QR code " "on the kiosk. The QR code allows guests to check in using their mobile " @@ -5617,7 +5904,7 @@ msgid "" "kiosk with multiple guests checking in at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Offer Drinks`: enable this option to offer guests a drink upon " "check in. If this option is enabled, it is necessary to :ref:`configure the " @@ -5626,13 +5913,13 @@ msgid "" " are configured, select each drink to be offered using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:90 msgid "" "The following options are only visible in the :guilabel:`Options` tab if the" " :ref:`Host Selection ` option is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by email`: enable this option to have an email sent to the" " person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -5640,20 +5927,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Email Template` selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:97 msgid "" "To change the default email template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`Email Template` field, then select another email template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any edits to the " "template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:102 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by SMS`: enable this option to have an SMS (text) message " "sent to the person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -5661,13 +5948,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk SMS Template` selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:106 msgid "" "To change the default SMS template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`SMS Template` field, and select another SMS template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:109 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any desired edits to the" @@ -5675,7 +5962,7 @@ msgid "" "characters, which fits in 4 SMS (UNICODE) messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by Discuss`: this option is enabled by default when the " ":guilabel:`Host Selection` option is enabled. This option opens a *Discuss* " @@ -5683,28 +5970,28 @@ msgid "" "in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:116 msgid "" "When enabled, a default message appears for the person the guest is " "visiting. The *Discuss* application **must** be installed in order for this " "option to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:120 msgid "" "*Discuss* is installed by default when creating an Odoo database, and does " "not count towards billing. As long as the *Discuss* application is not " "intentionally uninstalled, the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option works." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:125 msgid "" "The default message format for the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option is: " "`(Frontdesk Station) Check-In: (Guest Name) (Guest Phone Number) " "(Organization) to meet (Name of employee).`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:128 msgid "" "An example of how that might appear in a *Discuss* message is: `Main Lobby " "Check-In: John Doe (123-555-1234) (Odoo, Inc.) to meet Marc Demo.`" @@ -5714,11 +6001,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Frontdesk station form with all the information filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 msgid "Side Message tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:138 msgid "" "Enter any desired text to appear on the station kiosk after a guest has " "checked in, such as a welcome greeting or any necessary instructions. The " @@ -5726,11 +6013,12 @@ msgid "" " a guest has completed the check-in process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:112 msgid "Drinks" msgstr "المشروبات " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:147 msgid "" "After a station is created, the next step is to configure the drinks to " "offer visitors, if desired. This step is **not** necessary or required for " @@ -5738,31 +6026,31 @@ msgid "" "drinks are offered to guests." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:151 msgid "" "To add a drink option, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Drinks`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a " "blank drink form to configure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 msgid "Enter the following information on the drink form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Drink Name`: type the name of the drink option in this field. " "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 msgid "" ":guilabel:`People to Notify`: use the drop-down menu in this field to select" " who is notified when the drink is selected. Multiple people can be entered " "in this field. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:159 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a numerical value in this field to indicate " "where in the list of drink options this specific option appears. The lower " @@ -5771,16 +6059,16 @@ msgid "" "first in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:163 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:181 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a drink form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera " "with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:169 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:187 msgid "" "The image selected now appears in the picture field, and is set as the image" " for the drink." @@ -5790,156 +6078,237 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Drink form with the information filled out for an espresso." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:178 msgid "Station dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:192 +msgid "Kiosk setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " +"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " +"tablet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:197 +msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " +":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" +" a new browser tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " +"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" +" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " +"browser tab or window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " +"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " +"accessing the database when checking-in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" +" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " +":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " +"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " +"requests were made for each drink." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:220 +msgid "" +"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " +"other metrics, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`frontdesk/visitors`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:3 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "الزائرين " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:5 msgid "" -"To access a complete list of visitors that are currently checked in, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +"In the Odoo *Frontdesk* application, a *visitor* is defined as any non-" +"employee (e.g., repair person, job candidate, etc.). These visitors can be " +"logged upon arrival and departure for security purposes. This ensures an " +"accurate list of people on the premises." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:196 -msgid "" -"The visitors are listed in a list view, with the following details that were" -" entered when they checked in:" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:12 +msgid "Visitor list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To access a complete list of checked-in visitors, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:18 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Planned or Checked-In` and :guilabel:`Today` " "filters appear in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:21 +msgid "" +"All visitors are presented in a list view, with the following details that " +"were entered upon check in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:24 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the guest's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:25 msgid ":guilabel:`Visitor Company`: the company the guest represents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: the guest's phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 -msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`: the drink the guest requested." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`\\*: the drink the guest requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:28 msgid ":guilabel:`Host`: who the guest is waiting to see." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:29 msgid ":guilabel:`CheckIn`: the date and time the guest checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Checkout`: the date and time the guest checked out. As mentioned," -" in the default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " +":guilabel:`Checkout`\\*: the date and time the guest checked out. In the " +"default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " ":guilabel:`Planned` status are visible. Guests with check-out times are only" " visible if the :guilabel:`Today` filter is not active." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duration`: the amount of time the guest has been checked in for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`Station`: the location of where the guest checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: the status of the guest. The options are " ":guilabel:`Checked-In`, :guilabel:`Planned`, :guilabel:`Checked-Out`, or " -":guilabel:`Canceled`. In the default view, only guests with a " -":guilabel:`Checked-In` or :guilabel:`Planned` status are visible." +":guilabel:`Canceled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: the guest's email address." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`\\*: the guest's email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:39 msgid "" -"To the far right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page is " -"an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +"\\* These fields are not visible in the default :guilabel:`Visitor` list. " +"These must be enabled using the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` " +":guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon in the top-right of the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To the far-right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page, " +"there is an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:46 msgid "" "When a guest leaves, click the available :guilabel:`Check out` button to " "update the guest's record, and log the date and time they left." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:49 msgid "" "If a scheduled guest arrives, and they did not check in using the " "*Frontdesk* kiosk, they can be checked in here, by clicking the available " ":guilabel:`Check in` button to log the date and time they arrived." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:53 msgid "" -"Beside the untitled status column a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button appears," -" but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." +"Beside the untitled status column, a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " +"appears, but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:56 msgid "" "When their drink has been served, click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " "to indicate the drink has been delivered to the guest. Once clicked, that " "button disappears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst-1 msgid "" "The full list of currently checked in visitors, with the drinks to be served" " highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:63 msgid "" "If any column is not visible, or if a visible column is preferred to be " -"hidden, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options (two horizontal lines with " -"dots)` icon, located at the end of the column name list." +"hidden, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(additional " +"options)` icon, located at the end of the column name list. Doing so, " +"reveals a reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or disable. A" +" :icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`(check)` icon indicates the column is visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Clicking that reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or " -"disable. A :guilabel:`✅ (checkmark)` icon indicates the column is visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:69 msgid "Planned visitors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:71 msgid "" -"If a guest is expected to arrive at a future date and time, it is possible " -"to enter their information into the *Frontdesk* application in advance." +"Enter expected guest information in advance by creating a planned guest in " +"the *Frontdesk* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:73 msgid "" "To create a planned guest, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Visitors --> New`. Then, enter the same information as any other " -":ref:`visitor `. The only required fields are the " -"visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the :guilabel:`Station` at which they are " -"expected to arrive." +"Visitors`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, enter the same information as " +"any other :ref:`visitor ` on the guest form that appears. " +"The only required fields are the visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Station` at which they are expected to arrive." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:79 msgid "" "If a guest is planned in advance, they must be checked in from the list on " "the :guilabel:`Visitors` page in the *Frontdesk* application " @@ -5948,96 +6317,71 @@ msgid "" " entry remains listed as :guilabel:`Planned`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:84 msgid "" -"Only when a planned guest is checked in inside the application's visitor " -"list, their :guilabel:`Planned` status changes to :guilabel:`Checked-In`." +"The :guilabel:`Planned` status of a planned guest **only** changes to " +":guilabel:`Checked-In` when they are checked in *inside* the application's " +":guilabel:`Visitors` list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:87 msgid "" "If a guest does check in using a kiosk, ensure all records are current, and " -"the list of currently on-site guests is correct. Be sure to check in and/or " -"check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly reflects who " -"is currently on the premises." +"the list of guests that are currently on-site is correct. Be sure to check " +"in and/or check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly " +"reflects who is currently on the premises." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:91 msgid "" "Ensure planned guests are informed that they should **not** check in using " "the kiosk if they are listed as a planned guest in advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:274 -msgid "Frontdesk flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " -"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " -"tablet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:279 -msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:281 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " -":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" -" a new browser tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:283 -msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " -"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" -" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " -"browser tab or window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:288 -msgid "" -"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " -"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " -"accessing the database when checking-in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:95 msgid "Visitor flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:294 -msgid "" -"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a frontdesk kiosk, and " -"enter their information. The information requested is what was configured " -"for that specific frontdesk station. If any information is required, the " -"field displays a red asterisk (*). The visitor must enter the required " -"information in order to check in." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:98 +msgid "Visitor check in" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a :ref:`Frontdesk kiosk " +"`, and click :guilabel:`Check in`. The information " +"requested from the visitor is what was configured for that specific " +"*Frontdesk* station. If any information is required, the field displays a " +"red asterisk (\\*). The visitor **must** enter the required information in " +"order to check in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:105 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, the visitor taps the :guilabel:`Check " "In` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:108 msgid "" -"If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check " -"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: `Do " -"you want something to drink?`" +"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," +" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check " +"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: " +":guilabel:`Do you want something to drink?`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:117 msgid "" "The visitor can tap either :guilabel:`Yes, please`, or :guilabel:`No, thank " "you`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:119 msgid "" "If they select :guilabel:`Yes, please`, a drink selection screen appears, " "and the pre-configured options are listed. The visitor then taps the desired" @@ -6045,47 +6389,46 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Nothing, thanks` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:123 msgid "" -"If a drink selection was made, a `Thank you for registering! Your drink is " -"on the way.` message appears." +"If a drink selection was made, a :guilabel:`Thank you for registering! Your " +"drink is on the way.` message appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:313 -msgid "" -"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," -" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:127 +msgid "Notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:129 msgid "" "Once the visitor has checked in, the person they are visiting, and any other" -" users who were configured to be notified when checks ins occur at the " -"kiosk, are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a " -"*Discuss* chat, or any combination of those three options." +" users who were configured to be notified when check-ins occur at the kiosk," +" are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a *Discuss*" +" chat, or any combination of those three options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:133 msgid "" "If the visitor requested a drink, the user(s) configured as the " -":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified via the " -"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: `(Visitor Name) just " -"checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" +":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified, via the " +"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: :guilabel:`(Visitor " +"Name) just checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the drink has been delivered to the guest, the person who delivered the" " drink is responsible for marking the drink as delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:140 msgid "" "To mark a drink as delivered, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Stations --> (#) Drinks to serve` on the desired station card." +"Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#) " +"Drinks to serve`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:143 msgid "" "This opens a list of all the visitors checked in at that station, and are " "waiting for a drink. Click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button at the end of" @@ -6093,64 +6436,39 @@ msgid "" "their drink served, the visitor disappears from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:150 msgid "" "Once the visitor has completed their business, and has left the premises, it" " is important to check them out for accurate record keeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:153 msgid "" "To check visitors out properly, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app " -"--> Stations --> (#) On Site`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who" -" are currently checked-in at that station." +"--> Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#)" +" Drinks to serve`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who are " +"currently checked-in at that station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:157 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check Out` button near the end of the line for the " +"Click the :guilabel:`Check out` button near the end of the line for the " "visitor who left. Once they are marked as checked-out, the visitor " "disappears from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:161 msgid "" -"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important to" -" check out visitors for accurate record keeping." +"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important " +"for *Frontdesk* users to check out visitors for accurate record keeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:164 msgid "" "Always have an accurate list of who is on the premises at any given time. " "This is important for security purposes, and in the case of an emergency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:353 -msgid "" -"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " -"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:355 -msgid "" -"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" -" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " -":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:358 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " -"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " -"requests were made for each drink." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:361 -msgid "" -"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " -"other metrics, as well." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:5 msgid "Lunch" msgstr "الغداء" @@ -6658,7 +6976,7 @@ msgid "The category form, with the fields filled out for a Soup category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:280 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:701 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:392 msgid "Alerts" msgstr "التنبيهات" @@ -7875,13 +8193,20 @@ msgid "" "the changes are also reflected in the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To access contract templates, the *Salary Configurator* " +"(`hr_contract_salary`) module **must** be :ref:`installed " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "To view all the current contract templates in the database, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Contracts: Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Contract Templates` page, all current contract templates " "appear in a list view. To view the details of a contract template, click " @@ -7890,40 +8215,40 @@ msgid "" "contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" "To create a new contract template, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Then, " "enter the following information on the blank contract template form that " "appears:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Reference`: enter a brief description for the template. " "This should be clear and easily understood, as this name appears in the " "*Recruitment* application, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: select the desired working schedule the " "contract applies to from the drop-down menu. If a new working schedule is " "needed, create a :ref:`new working schedule `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select how the work entries are generated. " "Choices are either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: work entries are generated based on the " "selected working schedule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "attendance, as they are logged in the *Attendances* application. Refer to " @@ -7931,56 +8256,56 @@ msgid "" "on checking in and out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Planning`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "planning in the *Planning* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select the :ref:`salary structure type " "` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the contract template applies " "to from the drop-down menu. If blank, the template applies to all " "departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Job Position`: select the :ref:`job position ` the contract template applies to from the drop-down menu. If " "blank, the template applies to all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 msgid ":guilabel:`Wage on Payroll`: enter the monthly wage in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Type`: select the type of contract from the drop-down " "menu. This list is the same as the :ref:`Employment Types " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: select the employee responsible for validating " "contracts, using this template, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`: select a default document that a" " new employee has to sign to accept an offer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template`: select a default document " "that a current employee has to sign to update their contract." @@ -7990,18 +8315,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new contract template form, with the fields filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 msgid "Salary information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or " ":guilabel:`Hourly Wage` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: using the drop-down menu, select how often the " "employee is paid. Options include :guilabel:`Annually`, :guilabel:`Semi-" @@ -8010,7 +8335,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Weekly`, or :guilabel:`Daily`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage`: enter the gross wage. The time period presented in this " "field is based on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Scheduled Pay` field. " @@ -8018,21 +8343,21 @@ msgid "" "*first*, since that entry updates this field automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:172 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)`: enter the total yearly cost the employee " "costs the employer. When this value is entered, the :guilabel:`Monthly Cost " "(Real)` is automatically updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Monthly Cost (Real)`: this field is **not** editable. The value " "is automatically populated after the :guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)` is " "entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:178 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Schedule Pay`, :guilabel:`Wage`, and :guilabel:`Yearly Cost " "(Real)` fields are all linked. If any of these fields are updated, the other" @@ -8045,60 +8370,60 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The salary information tab, with the fields filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 msgid "Pre-tax benefits and post-tax deductions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:190 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings set for the company, the entries " "presented in this section either vary, or may not appear at all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "For example, some entries may pertain to retirement accounts, health " "insurance benefits, and commuter benefits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:196 msgid "" "Enter the monetary amounts or percentages to specify how much of the " "employee's salary goes to the various benefits and/or deductions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "Employment types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:204 msgid "" "To view all the pre-configured employment types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll application --> Configuration --> Contracts: " "Employment Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:207 msgid "" "The employment types are presented in a list view on the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:209 msgid "" "The default employment types are :guilabel:`Permanent`, " ":guilabel:`Temporary`, :guilabel:`Seasonal`, :guilabel:`Interim`, " ":guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, and :guilabel:`Permanent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 msgid "" "To make a new employment type, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the " "upper-left corner, and a blank line appears at the bottom of the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:215 msgid "" "On this new blank line, enter the name of the employment type in the " ":guilabel:`Name` column. If the employment type is country-specific, select " @@ -8107,7 +8432,7 @@ msgid "" " specific country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:220 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the employment types, click the :guilabel:`six " "small gray boxes` icon to the left of the employment type :guilabel:`Name`, " @@ -8118,12 +8443,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The employment types in the database by default, in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "قيود العمل " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -8135,15 +8460,15 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`الإجازات المرضية` أو :guilabel:`التدريب` أو :guilabel:`الإجازات " "الرسمية`. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:238 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:241 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "أنواع قيود العمل " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -8155,14 +8480,14 @@ msgstr "" " قيد العمل`. يتم إنشاء قائمة :guilabel:`أنواع قيود العمل` تلقائياً بناءً على" " إعدادات الأقلمة المعدة في قاعدة البيانات. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work " "Entry Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:251 msgid "" "Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." @@ -8174,29 +8499,29 @@ msgid "" "code and color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "نوع قيد عمل جديد. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 msgid "" "To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:730 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:43 msgid "General information section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: the name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:269 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: this code appears with the work entry type on " "timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " @@ -8204,7 +8529,7 @@ msgid "" "department for a code to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:272 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DMFA code`: this code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " "Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding :abbr:`DMFA (De " @@ -8215,50 +8540,50 @@ msgid "" "salaries paid to those employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 msgid "" ":guilabel:`External Code`: this code is used for exporting data to a third-" "party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used to determine " "the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: this code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " "payroll service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the particular work entry type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:285 msgid "Display in payslip section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rounding`: the rounding method selected determines how quantities" " on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: a timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:295 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -8273,11 +8598,11 @@ msgstr "" " تعيين :guilabel:`التقريب` إلى :guilabel:`نصف يوم`، يتم تغيير القيد إلى 4 " "ساعات. إذا تم تعيينه إلى :guilabel:`يوم`، سوف يتم تغييره إلى 8 ساعات. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:301 msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: if the work entry is for work that " "is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " @@ -8286,39 +8611,39 @@ msgid "" " training, or volunteer work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:309 msgid "Valid for advantages section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: if the work entry should count towards a meal " "voucher, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:312 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: if the work entry should count towards " "representation fees, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: if the work entry should count " "towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:318 msgid "Time off options section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off`: check this box if the work entry type can be selected " "for a time off request, or entry, in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field " "appears. This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time" @@ -8326,14 +8651,14 @@ msgid "" "example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "A new type of time off can be entered in the field, if the listed types of " "time off in the drop-down menu do **not** display the type of time off " "needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: this is for Belgian-specific companies " "**only**, and does **not** appear for other localizations. Check this box if" @@ -8344,11 +8669,11 @@ msgid "" "year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:336 msgid "Reporting section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:338 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: if the work entry should be visible on the " "unforeseen absences report, check this box." @@ -8358,11 +8683,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:348 msgid "Working schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 msgid "" "To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " @@ -8370,21 +8695,21 @@ msgid "" "contracts and work entries are found in this list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 msgid "" "Working schedules are company-specific. Each company **must** identify each " "type of working schedule they use. If the database is created for only one " "company, the company column is not available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" "An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " "work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " "that uses the 40-hour standard work week." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "" "A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " "needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." @@ -8396,17 +8721,17 @@ msgid "" "the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "New working schedule" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:373 msgid "" "To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " "enter the information on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -8418,7 +8743,7 @@ msgstr "" "بعد ذلك، قم بإجراء تعديلات على الأيام والأوقات التي تنطبق على وقت العمل " "الجديد. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:380 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -8432,7 +8757,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`العمل من` و :guilabel:`العمل إلى` يتم تعديلها عن طريق كتابة " "الوقت. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:386 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." @@ -8440,10 +8765,10 @@ msgstr "" "يجب أن تكون أوقات :guilabel:`العمل من` و :guilabel:`العمل إلى` بتنسيق الـ 24" " ساعة. على سبيل المثال، `2:00 مساءً` سيتم إدخالها كـ `14:00`. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:389 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top-left. This creates " "entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" @@ -8451,11 +8776,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New working schedule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:403 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "أنواع الهياكل " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -8471,7 +8796,7 @@ msgstr "" "الموظف أجراً وساعات العمل، وإذا كان الأجر مبنياً على راتب (ثابت) أو عدد " "الساعات التي يعملها الموظف (متغير). " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:411 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -8481,73 +8806,77 @@ msgid "" "structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:417 msgid "" "The different :guilabel:`Structure Types` can be seen by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure " -"Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary: Structure Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:420 msgid "" -"There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: " -":guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Worker`. Typically, :guilabel:`Employee`" -" is used for salaried employees, which is why the wage type is " -":guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is typically used for" -" employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +"Two default structure types are configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Employee` and" +" :guilabel:`Worker`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:422 +msgid "" +"Typically, :guilabel:`Employee` is used for salaried employees, which is why" +" the wage type is :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is " +"typically used for employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is " +":guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "New structure type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " "structure type form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 msgid "" "Proceed to enter information in the fields. Most fields are pre-populated, " "but all the fields can be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:441 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Structure Type`: enter the name for the new structure type, such " "as `Employee` or `Worker`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Country`: select the country that the new structure type applies " "to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:445 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select what type of wage the new structure type uses," " either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for salaried employees, who receive the same wage " "every pay period, select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:451 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for employees, who receive wages based on how many" " hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: select the typical pay schedule for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," @@ -8556,7 +8885,7 @@ msgid "" "indicates how often this specific type of structure is paid out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: select the default working hours for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " @@ -8567,13 +8896,13 @@ msgid "" "hours>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: type in the name for the regular pay " "structure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:463 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: select the default type of work entry " "the new structure type falls under from the drop-down menu. The default " @@ -8584,13 +8913,13 @@ msgid "" "Hours`, and :guilabel:`Long Term Time Off`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 msgid "" "To view all the options for the :guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`, click " "the :guilabel:`Search More..` button at the bottom of the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:472 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings, this list may contain more options " "in addition to the default options." @@ -8601,11 +8930,11 @@ msgid "" "New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 msgid "New default working hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:484 msgid "" "To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " "in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " @@ -8615,14 +8944,14 @@ msgid "" "time. When the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: type in the name for the new default working hours. This " "should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " "Hours/Week`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that can use these new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " @@ -8630,7 +8959,7 @@ msgid "" " to have their own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:495 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: the average hours per day field is auto-" "populated, based on the working hours configured in the :guilabel:`Working " @@ -8638,13 +8967,13 @@ msgid "" "hours affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:499 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Timezone`: select the time zone to be used for the new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:501 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: enter the number of hours per week an " "employee would need to work to be considered a full-time employee. " @@ -8653,7 +8982,7 @@ msgid "" "(full-time vs part-time)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:505 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Time Rate`: this percentage is auto-generated based on the " "entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" @@ -8663,7 +8992,7 @@ msgid "" "adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: this tab is where each day's specific working" " hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " @@ -8671,26 +9000,26 @@ msgid "" "with each day divided into three timed sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:513 msgid "" "Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening " "(13:00-17:00) hours configured, using a 24 hour time format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:516 msgid "" "To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field to adjust, and " "make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the specific case of " "the times, type in the desired time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:519 msgid "" "Keep in mind, working hours are company-specific, and cannot be shared " "between companies. Each company needs to have their own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "" "If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " "bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " @@ -8699,11 +9028,11 @@ msgid "" " be adjusted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 msgid "Structures" msgstr "الهياكل " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:531 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." @@ -8711,7 +9040,7 @@ msgstr "" "*هياكل الرواتب* هي الطرق المختلفة التي يتقاضى فيها الموظفون رواتبهم ضمن " "*هيكل* محدد وتكون محددة بواسطة قواعد خاصة مختلفة. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -8722,13 +9051,13 @@ msgstr "" "المختلفة للموظفين وكيفية احتساب رواتبهم. على سبيل المثال، من الهياكل الشائعة" " التي قد تكون مفيدة هي `الحافز`. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:538 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:541 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " @@ -8741,7 +9070,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All available salary structures." msgstr "كافة هياكل الرواتب المتاحة. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:548 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." @@ -8755,12 +9084,12 @@ msgid "" "Rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:551 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:556 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:261 msgid "Rules" msgstr "القواعد" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:558 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " "purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" @@ -8768,35 +9097,35 @@ msgid "" "the creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:562 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " "Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:565 msgid "" "To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " "the following information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 msgid "Top section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:571 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rule Name`: enter a name for the rule. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " "recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " @@ -8804,38 +9133,38 @@ msgid "" "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:577 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a number indicating when this rule is calculated" " in the sequence of all other rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:576 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Active`: enable this toggle, so the rule is available for use. " "Disable the toggle to hide the rule without deleting it in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:583 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appears on payslip`: tick the checkbox to have the rule appear on" " employee payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:584 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Employer Cost Dashboard`: tick the checkbox to have the " "rule appear on the :guilabel:`Employer Cost` report, located on the " "*Payroll* app dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:586 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Payroll Reporting`: tick the checkbox to have the rule " "appear on payroll reports." @@ -8845,15 +9174,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 msgid "General tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:597 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "الشروط" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:599 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: select from the drop-down menu whether the " "rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always applies), a :guilabel:`Range` " @@ -8862,11 +9191,11 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:600 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:605 msgid "Computation" msgstr "احتساب" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:607 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: select from the drop-down menu whether the amount " "is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a :guilabel:`Percentage (%)`, or a " @@ -8874,54 +9203,54 @@ msgid "" "percentage, or Python code needs to be entered next. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:613 msgid "Company contribution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:615 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partner`: if another company financially contributes to this " "rule, select the company from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:614 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:810 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 msgid "Description tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:621 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the rule. " "This tab only appears in the rule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:625 msgid "Accounting tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:627 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Debit Account`: select the debit account from the drop-down menu " "the rule affects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Credit Account`: select the credit account from the drop-down " "menu the rule affects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:624 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:629 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not computed in net accountability`: tick the checkbox to delete " "the value of this rule in the `Net Salary` rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:633 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "معايير القاعدة " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:636 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " @@ -8930,11 +9259,11 @@ msgid "" "has matured to more markets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:642 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "أنواع المدخلات الأخرى " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:644 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " @@ -8948,14 +9277,14 @@ msgid "" "a payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 msgid "" "To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " ":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " "applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:658 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" " :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " @@ -8967,11 +9296,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new Input Type form filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:664 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:669 msgid "Salary attachment types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:671 msgid "" "Salary attachments, also thought of as \"wage garnishments\", are portions " "of earnings taken out of a payslip for something specific. Much like all " @@ -8979,7 +9308,7 @@ msgid "" "**must** be defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:675 msgid "" "To view the currently configured salary attachments, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Salary " @@ -8988,7 +9317,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Child Support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:679 msgid "" "To make a new type of salary attachment, click the :guilabel:`New` button. " "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Code` (used in the salary " @@ -9000,11 +9329,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new salary attachment form filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "أداة تهيئة باقة الراتب " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " "section of the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary " @@ -9014,7 +9344,7 @@ msgid "" "their salary package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:695 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -9023,11 +9353,11 @@ msgid "" "sees, and what is populated, as the applicant enters information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:701 msgid "Benefits" msgstr "الفوائد " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:703 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain benefits " "set in Odoo, in addition to the salary, to make an offer more appealing " @@ -9035,7 +9365,7 @@ msgid "" " or internet, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:707 msgid "" "To view the benefits, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary Package Configurator: Benefits`. Benefits are grouped by " @@ -9047,7 +9377,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list view of all the benefits available for each structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:716 msgid "" "A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " "another labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " @@ -9055,7 +9385,7 @@ msgid "" "structure type has a meal voucher benefit available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:720 msgid "" "A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use the " "company car benefit, but cannot have meal vouchers. A person hired under the" @@ -9063,29 +9393,29 @@ msgid "" "available to them, not the use of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:724 msgid "" "To make a new benefit, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " "information in the fields on the blank benefits form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:722 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 msgid "The various fields for creating a benefit are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:732 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefits`: enter the name for the benefit. This field is " "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:733 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "benefit this is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of cost " "incurred by the company for this specific benefit. The default options are " @@ -9096,7 +9426,7 @@ msgid "" "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:739 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Related Type`: select from the drop-down menu what type of " "benefit it is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -9105,52 +9435,52 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:738 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the specific field" " on the contract the benefit appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select the specific field on the contract that the " "cost of the benefit is linked to, using the drop-down menu. If this field is" " left blank, the cost of the benefit is not computed in the employee budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:748 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Net Salary`: tick the checkbox if the benefit should " "impact the employee's net salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requested Documents`: select any document that is required to be " "submitted for this benefit, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:752 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mandatory Benefits`: using the drop-down menu, select the benefit" " that is required in order for this specific benefit to be offered to the " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 msgid "" "For example, a benefit for car insurance would populate `Company Car` in " "this field. This would allow the car insurance benefit to **only** be " "displayed if the employee has selected/enabled the benefit of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:758 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this benefit applies to. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:760 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select the metric that the benefit is granted, " "using the drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " @@ -9161,17 +9491,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new benefit form filled out for an internet subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:768 msgid "Display section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:770 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show Name`: tick the checkbox to have the benefit name appear in " "the salary package configurator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:767 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: select from the drop-down menu how this benefit is" " displayed. The options are :guilabel:`Always Selected`, " @@ -9180,14 +9510,14 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 msgid "" "Depending on the selection made, additional configurations need to be made. " "For example, if :guilabel:`Radio Buttons` is selected, the individual radio " "buttons must be entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Icon`: an icon from the `Font Awesome 4 library " "`_ can be visible for this benefit. Enter" @@ -9195,43 +9525,43 @@ msgid "" "suitcase icon, the code `fa fa-suitcase` is entered on this line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hide Description`: tick the checkbox to hide the benefit " "description if the benefit is not selected by the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:784 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded`: if the benefit should be folded, or hidden, because it " "is dependant on another benefit selection, tick the checkbox. The following " "fields appear when this is active:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Label`: enter a name for the folded section of the benefit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:783 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:788 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Res Field`: select the contract field this benefit is tied " "to using the drop-down menu. If this field is selected on the contract, then" " this benefit becomes visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:792 msgid "Activity section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the activity type" " that is automatically created when this benefit is selected by the " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:796 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation`: select when the activity is created, either " "when the :guilabel:`Employee signs his contract`, or when the " @@ -9239,7 +9569,7 @@ msgid "" "desired selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:799 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation Type`: select the parameters for when the " "activity is created, either :guilabel:`When the benefit is set` or " @@ -9247,47 +9577,47 @@ msgid "" " desired selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:802 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Assigned to`: select the user the activity is automatically " "assigned to, using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:143 msgid "Sign section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:808 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Template to Sign`: if the employee is required to sign a document" " when selecting this benefit, select the document template from the drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:811 msgid "" "For example, a benefit regarding the use of a company car may require the " "employee to sign a document acknowledging the company's car policies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:812 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the benefit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:820 msgid "Personal info" msgstr "المعلومات الشخصية " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:822 msgid "" "Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " "candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " "information, resume, work information, and documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:826 msgid "" "The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " "section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " @@ -9295,17 +9625,17 @@ msgid "" "hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:825 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:830 msgid "" "To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " "dashboard, and click on the employee's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:829 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:834 msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." msgstr "يمكن اعتبار بطاقة الموظف كملف الموظف. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:836 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Personal Info` section lists all of the fields that are " "available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " @@ -9319,25 +9649,25 @@ msgid "" "enter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:839 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 msgid "" "To edit a personal info entry, select an entry from the list on the " ":guilabel:`Personal Info` page, and modify the personal info on the form " "that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:842 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 msgid "To create a new personal info entry, click the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:849 msgid "" "The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " "are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " ":guilabel:`Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:852 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down menu. " ":guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the :guilabel:`Bank" @@ -9345,7 +9675,7 @@ msgid "" "account, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:851 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from the drop-down menu that best " "describes what kind of personal information this entry is, and where it is " @@ -9354,13 +9684,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address` or :guilabel:`Personal Documents`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:861 msgid "" "The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " "Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:859 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:864 msgid "" "Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required` box makes the field mandatory on the " "employee's card. The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the " @@ -9373,50 +9703,50 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "قيد معلومات شخصية جديد. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:871 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:876 msgid "" "The resumé section, housed within the salary package configurator section of" " the settings menu, is how salary information rules are configured when " "offering a position to potential employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:879 msgid "" "When an offer is sent to a prospective employee, the values for the offer " "are computed from these settings, and appear on the offer page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:877 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:882 msgid "" "To configure this section, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator: Resumé`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:885 msgid "" "By default, there are three :guilabel:`Salary Structure Types` pre-" "configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Worker`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " ":guilabel:`None`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:888 msgid "" "Each :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` has several rules configured. These " "affect how an offer is calculated using that particular :guilabel:`Salary " "Structure Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:886 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " ":guilabel:`Contract Salary Resumé` form loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 msgid ":guilabel:`Information`: type in a name for this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:892 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:897 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select the category this value is housed under, using " "the drop-down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Monthly Salary`, " @@ -9424,11 +9754,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:901 msgid "New categories can be made if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, then enter the name for the new category " "in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, select the :guilabel:`Periodicity` from" @@ -9437,23 +9767,23 @@ msgid "" "appears in the :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` rule list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:908 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Monthly Total`: tick the checkbox if this value is added " "in the monthly total calculation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:911 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select what kind of value this rule is, either " ":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Days`, or :guilabel:`Percent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency` is for a set monetary value, :guilabel:`Days` is for " "compensation in the form of time off, and :guilabel:`Percent` is for a " @@ -9461,13 +9791,13 @@ msgid "" "commissions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:912 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select which :guilabel:`Salary Structure " "Type` this rule is nested under, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:919 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Value Type`: select how the value is computed, using the drop-" "down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Fixed Value`, " @@ -9475,7 +9805,7 @@ msgid "" "Benefits Values`, and :guilabel:`Monthly Total`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:922 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: select the code this rule applies to from the drop-down " "menu." @@ -9486,23 +9816,23 @@ msgid "" "The net wage rule form filled out, with all the information for net pay." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:929 msgid "Jobs" msgstr "الوظائف" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:926 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:931 msgid "" "Since the *Payroll* application is responsible for paying employees for " "specific job positions, the complete list of job positions can be found in " "both the *Payroll* and *Recruitment* applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:937 #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المناصب الوظيفية " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:934 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:939 msgid "" "The job positions listed in the *Payroll* application are identical to the " "job positions listed in the *Recruitment* application. If a new job position" @@ -9510,13 +9840,13 @@ msgid "" "*Payroll* application, and vice versa." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:943 msgid "" "To view the job positions, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Jobs: Job Positions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:941 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:946 msgid "" "A list of all the job positions appear, along with the corresponding " "department, on the :guilabel:`Job Position` page." @@ -9526,38 +9856,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list of all the job positions and corresponding departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 msgid "" "To create a new job description, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a job " "form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:955 msgid "" "Enter the information on the form for the new position. The information is " "identical as to the information entered when creating a new job position in " "the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 msgid "" "Refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation for more details" " on how to fill out this form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:957 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:962 msgid ":doc:`payroll/contracts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:963 msgid ":doc:`payroll/payslips`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:959 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:964 msgid ":doc:`payroll/work_entries`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:965 msgid ":doc:`payroll/reporting`" msgstr "" @@ -12231,8 +12561,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " "steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" " step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," -" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " -"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +" conducting an interview, or sending a job offer, for example. This process " +"is referred to as the 'applicant flow.'" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 @@ -12265,18 +12595,245 @@ msgid "" "positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " "` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " "stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " -"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes are " "visible on all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:37 msgid "" -"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +"Before creating a job position in Odoo, configure the necessary settings for" +" the *Recruitment* app. To view and edit the settings, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Settings`. After any " +"changes are made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the top-left corner " +"to save all the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:43 +msgid "Job posting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Job Posting` section of the *Recruitment* app settings has " +"only one selection to make. If job positions are to be posted to the " +"company's website, enable the :guilabel:`Online Posting` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Online Posting` is only available if the *Website* " +"application is also installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:53 +msgid "Recruitment process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recruitment process` section of the settings page specifies " +"what the database can and cannot do during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:59 +msgid "Send interview survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Odoo is capable of having a survey sent to an applicant to gather more " +"information about them. Surveys can be thought of as exams, or " +"questionnaires, and can be customized in various ways to provide the " +"recruitment team with valuable insights into the applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option to send surveys to " +"applicants. Once enabled, an :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Interview " +"Survey` internal link appears. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`Interview Survey` link to navigate to a list of all created " +"surveys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:70 +msgid "" +"This list includes all surveys that were created in the database, not just " +"surveys used in the *Recruitment* app. If no surveys have been created, the " +"surveys list displays a :guilabel:`No Survey Found` message, and presents " +"options to create a survey from several pre-configured survey templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:76 +msgid "" +"For more detailed information about surveys, refer to the :doc:`survey " +"essentials <../marketing/surveys/create>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Enabling the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option will install the " +"*Surveys* application once the settings are saved, if it is not installed " +"already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:84 +msgid "Send SMS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:86 +msgid "" +"It is possible to send text messages to applicants directly through the " +"*Recruitment* app. To do so, enable the :guilabel:`Send SMS` option. This " +"option requires credits to use, which can be obtained by clicking the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` internal link that emerges " +"when the feature is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For more information, refer to the :doc:`SMS pricing and FAQs " +"<../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:98 +msgid "CV display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When applicants submit an application, one of the default required fields is" +" a resumé, or :abbr:`CV (curriculum vitae)`. All resumés are stored in the " +"*Documents* application, and are accessible on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:104 +msgid "" +"A resumé has the option to appear on the applicant's form, which can be " +"viewed by clicking on the applicant's card. The resumé appears on the right-" +"side of the screen. If this is not enabled, the resumé is accessed via a " +"link in the chatter, where it needs to be clicked to expand and view it, or " +"downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`CV Display` option to show the resumé on the " +"applicant's card by default, and in addition to the document link. When " +"enabled, the resumé appears on the right side of the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"For the resumé to appear on the right-side, the browser window must be in " +"full-screen mode (where the browser spans the entire screen)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the browser window is set to a size smaller than the entire width of the " +"screen (not full-screen), then the resumé does not appear on the right-side." +" Instead, the resumé appears in the :guilabel:`Files` section of the " +"chatter, below the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The resumé on an applicant's card, appearing on the right side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:128 +msgid "CV digitization (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:130 +msgid "" +"When an application is submitted using any of the available methods, such as" +" an online application submission, emailing a resume to the job position " +"alias, or creating an applicant record directly from the database, it is " +"possible to have Odoo extract the applicant's name, phone number, and email " +"address from the resumé and populate the applicant's form. To do so, enable " +"the :guilabel:`CV Digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:136 +msgid "" +"When enabled, additional options appear. Click on the corresponding radio " +"button to select one of the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not digitize`: this option turns off resumé digitization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize on demand only`: this option only digitizes resumes when" +" requested. A :guilabel:`Digitize document` buttons appears on applicant " +"cards. When clicked, the resumé is scanned and the applicant's card is " +"updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize automatically`: this option automatically digitizes all " +"resumés when they are submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Beneath these options are two additional links. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-" +"right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` button to purchase credits for CV " +"digitization. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`View My Services` " +"to view a list of all current services, and their remaining credit balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:151 +msgid "" +"For more information on document digitization and :abbr:`IAP's (in-app " +"purchases)`, refer to the :doc:`In-app purchase (IAP) " +"<../essentials/in_app_purchase>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:155 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option for :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)`" +" at first may seem like a redundancy. It seems to be the same as disabling " +"the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option is enabled, a module is " +"installed so that resumés can be scanned. Disabling this option would " +"uninstall the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If at some point, there is a desire to temporarily stop digitizing resumés, " +"the :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option is selected. The reason this option " +"is available is so that the module is not uninstalled, allowing for " +"digitization to be enabled in the future by selecting one of the other two " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"When sending an offer to an applicant, an expiration date can be set on the " +"offer. Enter the number of days an offer is valid for in the " +":guilabel:`days` field. After the set amount of days has passed, if the " +"applicant has not accepted the offer, the offer is no longer available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To access the Kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " ":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " "opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " -"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " -"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " -"job position." +"Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` smart button on a job position " +"card to navigate to the Kanban view for all the applicants for that " +"particular job position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12284,119 +12841,130 @@ msgid "" "Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:186 msgid "" -"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"Inside the job application, the Kanban stages appear, with all the " "applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" -" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +" are currently in. There are six default stages in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:190 +msgid ":ref:`New `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:191 msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:194 msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:195 msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:197 msgid "" -"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " -"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " -"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " -"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " -"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default. Folded " +"columns appear gray, and the applicants in it are hidden from view. To " +"expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that column, click " +"anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and the column " +"expands, revealing the applicants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:206 msgid "" -"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " -"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, providing status " +"information for the applicant's in that specific stage. The status colors " +"are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:209 +msgid ":guilabel:`Green`: the applicant is ready to move to the next stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:210 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " -"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " -"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " -"stage." +":guilabel:`Red`: the applicant is blocked from moving to the next stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " -"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +":guilabel:`Gray`: the applicant is still in progress in the current stage " +"and is neither ready nor blocked from the next stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " -"which need to be scheduled." +"The status for each card is set manually. To set the status, click on the " +"small circle in the lower-left of the applicant card. A status pop-up window" +" appears. Click on the desired status for the applicant. The status dot on " +"the applicant card as well as the status bar updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The applicant card statuses, and status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:223 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " -"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " -"applicants currently in the stage." +"The names for the three status colors (`In Progress`, `Blocked`, and `Ready " +"for Next Stage`) :ref:`can be modified `, if " +"desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:229 msgid "Customize stages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:231 msgid "" "Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " "particular hiring steps of a business." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:235 msgid "New stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 msgid "" -"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " -"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " -"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" -" the screen to exit the new column creation." +"To create a new stage, click on :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Stage` and a new " +"column appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Stage " +"title` field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and " +"another new stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click" +" anywhere on the screen to exit the new stage creation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgid "The plus sign to click to add a new column to the Kanban stages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:249 msgid "Modify stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:251 msgid "" "To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " -":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " -"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " -"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " -"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " -"when done." +":icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side " +"of the stage. Click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon and a menu" +" appears. Then click on the :guilabel:`Edit` option. An :guilabel:`Edit: " +"(Stage)` form appears. Make any desired modifications to the form, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12405,40 +12973,39 @@ msgid "" "displays when clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 -msgid "Edit column form" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:265 +msgid "Edit stage form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:267 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " -"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" -" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +"The :guilabel:`Edit: (Stage)` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required field is the :guilabel:`Stage Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:272 msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " "drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " -"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"the stage, an email is automatically sent to the applicant using the " "selected template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " "(hidden) at all times in the default view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " "applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " @@ -12446,138 +13013,147 @@ msgid "" "is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:282 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " -"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " -"job positions can be selected." +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to specific job " +"positions, select the job positions from the drop-down menu. Multiple job " +"positions can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" " the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" " referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " ":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " -"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage. The *Referrals* app " +"must be installed in order to use this option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:289 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" -" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" -" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " -"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " -"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured status labels " +"(colored circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These " +"colors are displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the" +" applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the" +" label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " ":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " ":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" " any requirements of the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:298 msgid "Delete stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:300 msgid "" "If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," -" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." -" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " -"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " -":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " -":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` " +"icon appears. First, click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A " +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up warning appears, asking :guilabel:`Are you " +"sure you want to delete this column?` Click :guilabel:`Delete` to delete the" +" column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:307 msgid "" "If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " -"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" -" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" -" before deleting." +"up when attempting to delete the stage. The records currently in the stage " +"to need to be either deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage before" +" the stage can be deleted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:312 msgid "Email templates" msgstr "قوالب البريد الالكتروني" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 msgid "" "To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " "templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " "use them are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " -"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " -"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " -"Interview` stage." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Applicant Acknowledgement`: this template is used to" +" let the applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`New` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:320 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " -"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " -"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Interest`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application caught the recruiter's attention, and " +"they have been shortlisted for either a phone call or an interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:323 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" -" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " -"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview`: this template is used to let " +"the applicant know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial " +"Qualification` stage and they will be contacted to set up an interview with " +"the recruiter. This email is automatically sent out once the applicant is in" +" the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:327 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" -" longer being considered for the position." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when " +"an applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the " +"position, and thanks them for their time and consideration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:330 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " -"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " -"configure their salary package." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is " +"no longer being considered for the position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 msgid "" "Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" " business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " ":doc:`../general/companies/email_template` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:337 msgid "" -"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " -"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " -":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " -"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +"To manually send an email, click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send an email from the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:344 msgid "" -"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " -":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " -"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " -"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +"Click the :icon:`fa-expand` :guilabel:`(expand)` full composer icon in the " +"bottom right corner of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter. A " +":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window loads, with the " +":guilabel:`Recipients` and :guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The " +"applicant's email address is entered in the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and" +" the :guilabel:`Subject` is `(Job Position)`. The email body is empty by " +"default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:350 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the field next to " +":guilabel:`Load template` in the bottom section of the window. Select the " +"email template to use from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 msgid "" -"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " -":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " "Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " "information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" " the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " @@ -12585,47 +13161,55 @@ msgid "" "change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:359 msgid "" -"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " -"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " -"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" -" of available templates." +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model load. There are " +"other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not configured" +" for the recruitment application, they do not appear in the list of " +"available templates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 msgid "" -"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " -"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " -"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " -":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " -"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " -"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " -"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " -"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " -"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button" +" in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the :icon:`fa-" +"close` :guilabel:`(delete)` icon to the right of the attachment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:367 +msgid "" +"If any changes need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If " +"the edits should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved " +"as a new template. Click the :guilabel:`Save Template` button in the bottom." +" To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email is sent to the " +"applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 msgid "Stage flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:375 msgid "" "In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " -"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the Kanban view to the" " desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:379 msgid "" "To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " -"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " -"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " -"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"in the Kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted at the top, above the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 +msgid "" +"Click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " "indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " -"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " -"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +"Kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top-left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12634,104 +13218,137 @@ msgid "" "applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:233 -msgid "Initial qualification" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:643 +msgid "New" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:398 msgid "" "The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " "flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " "recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:402 msgid "" -"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " -"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " -"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " -"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " -":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " -"required when applying for a job position." +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`New` stage, whether submitted online" +" or if the applicant is manually entered by a recruiter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:405 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically populates the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`, the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile` number, and :guilabel:`LinkedIn " +"Profile` on the applicant's card. This information is required when applying" +" for a job position, by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If the website application form is modified, different fields may be " +"populated based on what information is requested on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:414 msgid "" "If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " -"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " -":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " -"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " -"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " -"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " -"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " -"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" -" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +"Introduction` section of the online application, it will populate in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:421 +msgid "" +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé would appear " +"in the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"*Documents* application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the left-" +"hand side. All recruitment documents are stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "" +"If the :ref:`CV Display ` option was enabled in the " +":ref:`Settings ` menu, the resumé appears on the " +"applicant's card, on the right-hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:431 msgid "Send interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:433 msgid "" "At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " "applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " "can be formatted in a variety of ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid "" +"The *Surveys* application is used to send these *interviews*, therefore the " +"*Surveys* application must be installed to send an interview to an " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 msgid "" "Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " "questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " -"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " -"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " -"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " -"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " -"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" -" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" -" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +"be formatted to suit each individual job positions needs. For more " +"information on creating and editing interview forms, refer to the " +":doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 +msgid "" +"A job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form" +" of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:450 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top-left of the " +"applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Send Interview` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Send an " +"interview` pop-up window appears, with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:458 msgid "" "In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" " the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" -" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " -"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " -"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " -"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " -":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, an " +":guilabel:`Edit:(Applicant)` pop-up window appears on top of the " +":guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window. Enter the email address in the " +":guilabel:`email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. Once the " +"applicant's information is saved, the :guilabel:`Edit: (Applicant)` closes " +"and the :guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window remains." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 msgid "" -"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " -"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " -"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +"Email templates use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the " +"applicant and the job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey" +" if more people should receive the email. If an email is in the database as " +"a contact, add that contact in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. If an email" +" should be sent to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they" +" should **not** be added as a contact, add their email in the " +":guilabel:`Additional emails` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:279 -msgid "" -"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " -"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " -"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " -"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " -"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 -msgid "" -"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " -"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " -"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " -"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " -"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " -"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " -"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1066 msgid "" "If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " "button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " @@ -12739,25 +13356,26 @@ msgid "" " and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:475 msgid "" "If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" " for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " "window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " -"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " -"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " -"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +"calendar selector appears. Use the :icon:`fa-chevron-left` " +":guilabel:`(left)` and :icon:`fa-chevron-right` :guilabel:`(right)` arrows " +"on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then click on " +"the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"The :guilabel:`Mail Template` field is pre-populated based on the " "configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" " drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " "template loads in the email body." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 msgid "" "To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " ":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." @@ -12769,11 +13387,11 @@ msgid "" "pre-configured template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:494 msgid "Refuse" msgstr "رفض" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:496 msgid "" "At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " "the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" @@ -12782,95 +13400,265 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refuse`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " -"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " -":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " -"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " -"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " -"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " -"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" -" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " -"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " -"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " -"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Click the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reason` from the presented options. The default refuse " +"reasons in Odoo, and their corresponding email templates, are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:508 +msgid "Email Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:509 +msgid "Refusal Reason" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:510 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Language issues`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Role already fulfilled`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Duplicate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Spam`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:516 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: don't like job`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: better offer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "" +"Additional refusal reasons :ref:`can be created and existing ones can be " +"modified or deleted `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:525 msgid "" "Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " "which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " "example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " -"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" -" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"applicant's name appears anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the " +"email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " "the :doc:`../general/companies/email_template` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 msgid "" -"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " -"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," -" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " -"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" -" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" -" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +"After a :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` is selected, two fields appear below the " +"refusal reason: :guilabel:`Send Email` and :guilabel:`Email Template`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:534 msgid "" -"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"The applicant's email address automatically populates the :guilabel:`Send " +"Email` field; additional email recipients cannot be added. If an email " +"should **not** be sent to the applicant, uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:538 +msgid "" +"The email template associated with the refusal reason populates the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field. If a different email template is desired, " +"select a different template from the :guilabel:`Email Template` drop-down " +"menu. To view the email template, click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon " +"to the right of the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. The email template " +"loads in a :guilabel:`Open: Email Template` pop-up window, and can be " +"modified if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:545 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Refuse`. The " "refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " -"appears on the applicant's card." +"appears on the applicant's card in the top-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top-right " "corner in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 msgid "" "After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " -"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " -"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" -" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " -":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " -"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " -"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +"position's Kanban view. To view the refused applicants only, click the " +":guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the search box, then click " +":guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` section. All applicants " +"that have been refused for the job position appear, in the stage they were " +"when they were refused." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:558 +msgid "" +"To view all applicants that have been refused from all job positions, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All " +"Applications`. Click the :guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the " +"search box, then click :guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"section. All applications for all job positions are presented in a list " +"view, organized by stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "Create or modify refuse reasons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:569 +msgid "" +"To view all currently configured refuse reasons, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Settings --> Applications: Refuse " +"Reasons`. All the refuse reasons appear in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +"To create a new refuse reason, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" +"left corner. A blank line appears at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Description` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +"Type in the new refuse reason in the field. It is recommended to enter a " +"reason that is short and concise, such as `offer expired` or `withdrew " +"application`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, click on the field to reveal " +"a drop-down menu. Select an :guilabel:`Email Template` from the list to be " +"used when this refuse reason is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +"If a new :guilabel:`Email Template` is desired, type in the name for the new" +" template in the field. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` and a " +":guilabel:`Create Email Template` form pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the form and an email :guilabel:`Subject` in " +"the corresponding fields. Enter the email content in the :guilabel:`Content`" +" tab. Make any other desired modifications to the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the template and return to the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reasons` list. The new template appears in the new refuse " +"reason :guilabel:`Email Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +"To make any modifications to a refuse reason, click on the line, and make " +"any desired changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:594 msgid "New applicant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:596 msgid "" "An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " "be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" -" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " -"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " -"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " -"button." +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online) an applicant " +"card can be easily added from the job position Kanban view in one of two " +"ways, using either the :ref:`quick add ` " +"button or the :ref:`New ` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 msgid "Quick add" msgstr "إضافة سريعة" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:607 msgid "" -"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " -"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " -"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"Quickly add a new applicant using the *quick add* button. If not already in " +"the job position Kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by " +"going to :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job " +"Positions`. Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` button on the job " "position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " -"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " -":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +"small :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in the top-right of the " +":guilabel:`New` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:616 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`: Enter the title for the card. Typically " +"this is the applicant's name and job position being applied to, for example:" +" `Laura Smith - HR Manager`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, " +"unless the :guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:671 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:623 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card appears in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:628 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`delete` icon or anywhere on the screen to " +"close the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12879,104 +13667,60 @@ msgid "" "option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 -msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:645 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" -" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " -"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the *New* " +"button. If not already in the Kanban view for the job position to add an " +"applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by going to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job Positions`. " +"Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left of the Kanban view " +"and a blank applicant form loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:389 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:434 -msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " -"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " -"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " -"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:396 -msgid "" -"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " -"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " -"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " -"the card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:400 -msgid "" -"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " -"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " -"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:407 -msgid "Create" -msgstr "إنشاء" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:409 -msgid "" -"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " -":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " -"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," -" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " -"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:651 msgid "" "Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " "the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " "well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" " fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" " configurations, some fields may not be displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:662 msgid "Applicant section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:664 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" " the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +"position being applied to, for example: `John Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, unless the " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " -"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:672 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:673 msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:674 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`LinkedIn Profile`: enter the web address for the applicant's " +"personal profile on LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" " from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " @@ -12986,132 +13730,189 @@ msgid "" " high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:681 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" -" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " -":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " -"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: using the drop-down menu, select the people who " +"will conduct the interview(s). The selected people must have either " "*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " -"in order to appear on the drop-down." +"to appear in the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " "recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " "all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:687 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " -"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Evaluation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for the" +" applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " ":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:690 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source`: using the drop-down menu, select where the applicant " +"learned about the job position. The following options come pre-configured in" +" Odoo: :guilabel:`Search engine`, :guilabel:`Lead Recall`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Monster`, :guilabel:`Glassdoor`, and " +":guilabel:`Craigslist`. To add a new :guilabel:`Source`, type in the source," +" then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new source)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:695 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Medium`: using the drop-down menu, select the method, or " +":guilabel:`Medium`, for the :guilabel:`Source` that the applicant found the " +"job listing with. The pre-configured options are: :guilabel:`Banner`, " +":guilabel:`Direct`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, " +":guilabel:`Google Adwords`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Phone`, " +":guilabel:`Television`, :guilabel:`Twitter` (now known as \"X\"), or " +":guilabel:`Website`. To add a new :guilabel:`Medium`, type in the medium, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new medium)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:701 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " "job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " "the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " -"installed for this to appear." +"installed for this field to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:704 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: select the available start date for the applicant." +" To select a date, click on the field to reveal a calendar. Use the " +":guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrows on either side of the " +"month to navigate to the desired month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to" +" select the date. If no entry is selected that indicates the applicant is " +"ready to begin work immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:709 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, then click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 msgid "Job section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 msgid "" "The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " "long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" " possible, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " "to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:722 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " -"drop-down menu." +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job position is for using the " +"drop-down menu. This field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:726 msgid "Contract section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:728 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " "for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " "The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:731 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" -" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are requested by " +"the applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Expected Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" -" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " -"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are offered to the " +"applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Proposed Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `unlimited sick time` or `retirement plan`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:484 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " -"select the available start date for the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:742 msgid "Application summary tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 msgid "" "Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" " can be typed into this field." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +"Skills can be added to the applicant's card. To add a skill, follow the same" +" steps as outlined in the skills section of the :ref:`Create new employees " +"` document." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:760 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "" +"If an applicant seems to be a good potential candidate, they are moved to " +"the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage. This could be for a number of " +"reasons, such as they have the relevant experience, education, or " +"certifications the position requires." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:766 +msgid "" +"This stage is to quickly sort candidates that have potential, and those that" +" do not meet the requirements. No automatic actions, such as emails, are set" +" for this stage. This stage simply informs the recruitment team to " +"potentially set up a phone call or an interview with the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:773 msgid "First interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:775 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " "they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " -"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +"position Kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" " the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " "the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " "applicant's card." @@ -13119,155 +13920,176 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"An applicant's card moves from one stage to another by using the click and " "drag method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:785 msgid "" -"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" -" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " -"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " -"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " -"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " -"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " -"the chatter." +"The :guilabel:`First Interview` stage can be modified so when the " +"applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an email is" +" automatically sent to the applicant stating an interview is requested. In " +"this pre-configured email template, a link to the recruiting team's calendar" +" appears, allowing the applicant to schedule their interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 msgid "" -"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " -"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " -"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " -"button at the top of the applicant's record." +":ref:`Edit ` the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, " +"and select the :guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` for the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field, to automate this action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 msgid "" -"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " -":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " -"the applicant's card." +"An interview can be scheduled in one of two ways: either manually by the " +"recruitment team, or by the applicant themselves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:802 msgid "" -"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " -"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " -":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " -"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " -":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +"If the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage was modified to send the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` email template when an applicant" +" reaches that stage, the applicant received a link to the recruitment team's" +" calendar, and can schedule the interview on their own. The recruitment " +"team's availability is reflected in the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +msgid "" +"If the interview needs to be scheduled by the recruitment team, they should " +"reach out to the applicant for a date and time that works. When a date and " +"time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and interviewer, the " +"interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, whether a phone or in-" +"person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button at the top of " +"the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button displays :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings are " +"currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage, this is the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:817 +msgid "" +"If there is one meeting already scheduled, the smart button displays " +":guilabel:`1 Meeting`, with the date of the upcoming meeting beneath it. If " +"more than one meeting is scheduled, the button displays :guilabel:`Next " +"Meeting`, with the date of the first upcoming meeting beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:821 msgid "" "Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " "meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " "the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " "right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" " events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " -"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +"hidden. Only the checked attendees are visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:827 msgid "" -"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " -"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " -":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " -"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " -"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " -"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +"The default view is the :guilabel:`Week` view. To change the calendar view, " +"click the :guilabel:`Week` button, then select the desired view from the " +"drop-down menu. The other options are either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:831 +msgid "" +"An option to display or hide weekends is available. Click the " +":guilabel:`Week` button, then click :guilabel:`Show weekends` to deactivate " +"it (the default is to show weekends). If a check mark is next to " +":guilabel:`Show weekends`, weekends are visible. If there is no check mark, " +"weekends are hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:836 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed date range for the calendar, either use the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-left` :guilabel:`(left arrow)`, :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`(Right arrow)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, " +"or click on a date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed " +"calendar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:845 msgid "" -"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " -"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " -"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " -"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " -"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " -"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " -"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +"To add a meeting to the calendar when in the day or week view, click on the " +"start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, to select the date, " +"time, and the length of the meeting. A meeting can also be added in this " +"view by clicking on the day *and* the time slot the meeting is to take " +"place." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:850 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " -"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +"Both methods cause a :ref:`New Event ` pop up window" +" to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:564 -msgid "New event card" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:855 +msgid "New event pop-up window" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:857 msgid "" -"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " -"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " -"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " -"save the changes and create the meeting." +"Enter the information on the form. The only required fields to enter are the" +" :guilabel:`Meeting Title`, and the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` " +"fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to" +" save the changes and create the interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:861 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"The fields available to populate or modify on the :guilabel:`New Event` card" +" are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:863 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Title`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " "clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:866 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End`: select the start and end date and " +"times for the meeting. Click on one of the fields and a calendar pop-up " +"window appears. Select both the start and end date and times, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:869 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all-day interview, check the box. " +"If this box is checked, the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` fields are" +" hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:871 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " "default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " "many other people as desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 -msgid "Meeting details tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:873 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting start time." +":guilabel:`Videocall URL`: if the meeting is virtual, or if there is a " +"virtual option available, click :guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting` and a URL is " +"automatically created for the meeting and populates the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:582 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting end time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:584 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " -":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " -"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " -"duration length." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:587 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " -"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " -":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " -"and end times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:590 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " -"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:876 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " "an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," @@ -13278,42 +14100,109 @@ msgid "" "instructions for each command to complete the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:598 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " -"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" -" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " -"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" -" via the selected option." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:884 +msgid "More options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:886 +msgid "" +"To add additional information to the meeting, click the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button in the lower-right corner of the pop-up window. Enter any of" +" the following additional fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:889 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length. The default length of a meeting is one hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:892 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. Several additional fields appear when this is " +"enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:896 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: using the drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:898 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings " +"repeat. The available options are :guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Yearly`, or :guilabel:`Custom`. If " +":guilabel:`Custom` is selected, a :guilabel:`Repeat Every` field appears " +"beneath it, along with another time frequency parameter (:guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, :guilabel:`Months`, or :guilabel:`Years`). Enter a number" +" in the blank field, then select the time period using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:904 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat on`: if :guilabel:`Weekly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Repeat on` field appears. Click on " +"the corresponding day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:906 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day of Month`: if :guilabel:`Monthly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Day of Month` field appears. Using " +"the drop-down menu, select either :guilabel:`Date of month` or " +":guilabel:`Day of month`. If :guilabel:`Date of month` is selected, enter " +"the date the meeting repeats. If :guilabel:`Day of month` is selected, use " +"the drop-down menus to determine the frequency. Select either " +":guilabel:`First`, :guilabel:`Second`, :guilabel:`Third`, " +":guilabel:`Fourth`, or :guilabel:`Last` for the first drop-down menu, then " +"select the day (:guilabel:`Monday`, :guilabel:`Tuesday`, etc.) in the second" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:913 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Until`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings stop " +"repeating. The available options are :guilabel:`Number of repetitions`, " +":guilabel:`End date`, and :guilabel:`Forever`. If :guilabel:`Number of " +"repetitions` is selected, enter the number of total meetings to occur in the" +" blank field. If :guilabel:`End date` is selected, specify the date using " +"the calendar pop-up window, or type in a date in a XX/XX/XXXX format. " +":guilabel:`Forever` schedules meetings indefinitely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:920 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`الموقع`: أدخل موقع الاجتماع. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " -"in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:921 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " "menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`علامات التصنيف`: قم بتحديد أي علامات تصنيف للاجتماع باستخدام " +"القائمة المنسدلة. لا يوجد حد معين لعدد علامات التصنيف التي يمكنك استخدامها. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:923 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " -"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " -":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " -"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +":guilabel:`Appointment`: if an appointment is associated with this meeting, " +"select it form the drop-down menu, or create a new appointment by typing in " +"the appointment name, then click :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. A " +":guilabel:`Create Appointment` form loads. Enter the information on the " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:613 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:927 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select if the organizer appears either " +":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Busy` for the duration of the meeting, " +"using the drop-down menu. Next, select the visibility of this meeting, using" +" the drop-down menu to the right of the first selection. Options are " ":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " "users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " ":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " @@ -13321,94 +14210,110 @@ msgid "" "the company database to see the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:934 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " -"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" -" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " -"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " -"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " -"attendees at the same time." +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:936 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Default " +"options include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`SMS Text Message`, each with a specific time period before the " +"event (hours, days, etc). The reminder chosen alerts the meeting " +"participants of the meeting via the selected option at the specified time. " +"Multiple reminders can be selected in this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." -msgstr "" +msgstr "تم إنشاء بطاققة اجتماع جديدة بها كافة التفاصيل، جاهزة للحفظ. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:947 msgid "Send meeting to attendees" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إرسال الاجتماع للحاضرين " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:949 msgid "" "Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " -"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message from the " +"expanded :guilabel:`Event Form` (what is seen when the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button is clicked on in the event pop-up window)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:953 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " -"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " -"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" -" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " -"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " -"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " -"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " -"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " -"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +"To send the meeting via email, click the :icon:`fa-envelope` " +":guilabel:`Email` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact" +" Attendees` email configurator pop-up window appears. A pre-formatted email " +"using the default :guilabel:`Calendar: Event Update` email template " +"populates the email body field. The followers of the document (job " +"application), as well as the user who created the meeting are added as " +":guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's email address to the " +"list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make any other desired " +"changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button, navigate to the file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " ":guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." +msgstr "قم بإدخال المعلومات لإرسال الفعالية عن طريق البريد الإلكتروني. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:966 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :icon:`fa-mobile` " +":guilabel:`SMS` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS " +"Text Message` pop-up appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:647 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:969 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " -"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " -"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " -"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." -" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " -"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " -":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +"At the top, a blue box appears if any attendees do not have valid mobile " +"numbers, and lists how many records are invalid. If a contact does not have " +"a valid mobile number listed, click :guilabel:`Close`, and edit the " +"attendee's record, then redo these steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:973 msgid "" -"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " -":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " -"contacts with a valid phone number." +"When no warning message appears, type in the message to be sent to the " +"attendees in the :guilabel:`Message` field. to add any emojis to the " +"message, click the :guilabel:`Add Emoji` icon on the right-side of the pop-" +"up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:658 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:977 msgid "" -"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " -"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" -" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " -"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" -" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " -"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +"Beneath the message field, the number of characters, as well as the amount " +"of text messages required to send the message (according to GSM7 criteria) " +"appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue` to have the text sent later, after " +"any other messages are scheduled, or click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the " +"message immediately." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "إرسال رسالة نصية إلى الحاضرين في الاجتماع. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:669 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:987 msgid "" "Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " "messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " "information on IAP credits and plans, refer to the " ":doc:`../essentials/in_app_purchase` documentation." msgstr "" +"لا يعد إرسال الرسائل النصية إمكانية افتراضية لدى أودو. لإرسال رسائل نصية، " +"تحتاج إلى شراء رصيد. للمزيد من المعلومات حول أرصدة وخطط عمليات الشراء داخل " +"التطبيق، راجع وثائق :doc:`../essentials/in_app_purchase`. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:994 msgid "Second interview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "مقابلة العمل الثانية " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:996 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " "can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " @@ -13416,73 +14321,95 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, or click on the :guilabel:`Second " "Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" +"بعد أن يجتاز مقدم الطلب مرحلة :guilabel:`المقابلة الأولى`، يمكن نقله إلى " +"مرحلة :guilabel:`المقابلة الثانية`. لنقل مقدم الطلب إلى المرحلة التالية، قم " +"بسحب وإفلات بطاقة مقدم الطلب إلى مرحلة :guilabel:`المقابلة الثانية`، أو اضغط" +" على زر مرحلة :guilabel:`المقابلة الثانية` في الجزء العلوي من بطاقة مقدم " +"الطلب الفردي. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1001 msgid "" "When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " -"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " -"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " -":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " -"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage. The " +"recruiter can now :ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the applicant, following the same process as the first " +"interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1009 msgid "Contract proposal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "مقترح العقد " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1011 msgid "" "When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " "be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " "and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" -" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top-right of" " the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1016 msgid "" "The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," " click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " -"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " -"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " -"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " -"is set to `0.00`)." +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. Most fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position. If any necessary fields are blank, enter " +"the relevant information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:705 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1022 msgid "" "Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" "up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " "applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " -"not appear on the pop-up." +"*Fleet* application is not installed, any fields related to vehicles do not " +"appear on the pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1028 msgid "Universal fields" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الحقول الموحدة " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1030 msgid "" "The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " "localization settings." msgstr "" +"تظهر الحقول التالية لكافة العروض المرسلة إلى المتقدمين للوظيفة بغض النظر عن " +"إعدادات الأقلمة. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1032 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " -"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: the template currently being used to populate" +" the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window. To modify the " +"template, click the :guilabel:`Internal link` icon to the right of the drop-" +"down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. A " +"different :guilabel:`Contract Template` can be selected using the drop-down " +"menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1037 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " -"applicant." +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the name of the :guilabel:`Job Position` being " +"offered to the applicant. The selections available in the drop-down menu " +"correspond to the :guilabel:`Job Positions` configured on the main " +"*Recruitment* dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1040 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the specific name of the position being offered to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1041 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the :guilabel:`Department` the job position falls " +"under." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1042 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " "default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" @@ -13490,125 +14417,105 @@ msgid "" "arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then " "click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`تاريخ بدء العقد`: التاريخ الذي ستبدأ فيه مدة سريان العقد. التاريخ" +" الافتراضي هو التاريخ الحالي. لتعديل التاريخ، اضغط على القائمة المنسدلة " +"للكشف عن التقويم. استخدم الأسهم :guilabel:`< (يسار)` و :guilabel:`> (يمين)` " +"على جانبي الشهر للانتقال إلى الشهر المطلوب، ثم اضغط على :guilabel:`اليوم` " +"لتحديد التاريخ. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1046 msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`التكلفة السنوية`: الراتب السنوي المعروض. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1047 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " -"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " -"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " -"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," -" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" -" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " -"application." +":guilabel:`Link Expiration Date`: job offers are only valid for a specific " +"period of time. The default expiration date is 30 days. Modify the " +"expiration date, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:732 -msgid "" -"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " -"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:738 -msgid "" -"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " -"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" -" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:743 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" -" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:746 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " -"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" -" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:749 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " -"the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " -"that will be assigned to the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:752 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " -"for the cafeteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " -"contract that is being offered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " -"sending." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1051 msgid "Send offer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إرسال عرض عمل " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1053 msgid "" -"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" -" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " -"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" -" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " -"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " -"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +"When the information is all updated, click :guilabel:`Send By Email` to send" +" the offer to the applicant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1056 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " -"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" -"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " -"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." -" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " -"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " -":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " -":guilabel:`Send`." +"If the applicant does not have an email address listed on their applicant " +"card, a warning appears in a red box at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window, stating :guilabel:`The" +" applicant does not have a valid email set. The Offer Link won't be able to " +"be completed.` Click :guilabel:`Discard`, enter an email on the applicant's " +"card, then click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1062 +msgid "" +"An email pop-up window loads. The default :guilabel:`Recruitment: Your " +"Salary Package` email template is used, and the :guilabel:`Recipients`, " +":guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-populated based on the email " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1070 +msgid "Once the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1073 msgid "" "To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " "necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " "applicant does not need any software installed." msgstr "" +"لإرسال عرض عمل، تأكد من تثبيت تطبيق *التوقيع الإلكتروني*. يعد ذلك ضرورياً " +"حتى يتمكن مسؤول التوظيف من إرسال عرض العمل إلى مقدم الطلب. لا يحتاج مقدم " +"الطلب إلى تثبيت أي برنامج. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." +msgstr "إرسال بريد إلكتروني لمقدم الطلب يتضمن رابط الراتب المعروض. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1081 +msgid "Configure your package" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1083 +msgid "" +"The email template includes a :guilabel:`Configure your package` button. " +"This link takes the applicant to a webpage where they can modify the " +"proposed salary package, and enter their personal information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1087 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant is hired, the personal information entered on the webpage" +" is imported to their employee record, when created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1090 +msgid "" +"If applicable, the applicant can modify their salary package. This option is" +" not available for all localizations. Depending on where the company is " +"located, this option may not be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1093 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is completed, the applicant accepts the offer by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Review Contract & Sign` button to accept the " +"contract and sign it using the *Sign* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1100 msgid "Contract signed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تم توقيع العقد " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1102 msgid "" "Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " "step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " @@ -13618,42 +14525,48 @@ msgid "" " stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card, and click " ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." msgstr "" +"بمجرد قبول مقدم الطلب لعرض العمل والتوقيع على العقد، فإن الخطوة التالية هي " +"نقل مقدم الطلب إلى مرحلة :guilabel:`تم توقيع العقد`. لنقل مقدم الطلب إلى " +"المرحلة التالية، قم بسحب وإفلات بطاقة مقدم الطلب إلى مرحلة :guilabel:`تم " +"توقيع العقد`، أو اضغط على زر :guilabel:`المزيد` الموجود أعلى بطاقة مقدم " +"الطلب للكشف عن زر مرحلة :guilabel:`تم توقيع العقد` الموجود أعلى بطاقة مقدم " +"الطلب الفردي، ثم اضغط على :guilabel:`تم توقيع العقد`. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:796 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1109 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the Kanban view, but the " "card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1112 msgid "" "Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " -"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"green :guilabel:`HIRED` banner appears in the top-right of the applicant's " "card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." -msgstr "" +msgstr "عارضة \"تم التوظيف\" في الزاوية العلوية إلى اليمين من بطاقة مقدم الطلب. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1120 msgid "Create employee" msgstr "إنشاء موظف" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:809 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1122 msgid "" "Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " "record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " -"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"Employee` button in the top-left. An employee form appears, and any " "information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" " card appears in the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1127 msgid "" "Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" -" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " -":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, the employee" +" record is saved in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:5 @@ -13674,6 +14587,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "View submitted applications by clicking anywhere on a job position card." msgstr "" +"قم بعرض الطلبات المقدمة عن طريق الضغط على أي مكان على بطاقة المنصب الوظيفي. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Main dashboard view of Recruitment app showing all job positions." @@ -13681,7 +14595,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:18 msgid "Create a new job position" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إنشاء منصب وظيفي جديد " #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -13713,7 +14627,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Create a new job position." -msgstr "" +msgstr "إنشاء منصب وظيفي جديد. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -13723,7 +14637,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:43 msgid "Edit a new job position" -msgstr "" +msgstr "قم بتحرير منصب وظيفي جديد " #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -13732,10 +14646,14 @@ msgid "" "corner of the relevant card to reveal several options, and then click " ":guilabel:`Configuration` to edit the details." msgstr "" +"بعد إنشاء المنصب الوظيفي، حان الوقت لإدخال التفاصيل. اضغط على أيقونة " +":guilabel:`⋮ (الثلاث نقاط)` في الزاوية العلوية إلى يمين البطاقة ذات الصلة، " +"للكشف عن العديد من الخيارات، ثم ضغط على زر :guilabel:`التهيئة` لتحرير " +"التفاصيل. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Edit the job position card." -msgstr "" +msgstr "تحرير بطاقة المنصب الوظيفي. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -13753,7 +14671,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:59 msgid "The fields can be filled out as follows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "يمكن تعبئة الحقول كالتالي: " #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -13793,12 +14711,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" ":guilabel:`Target`: enter the number of employees to be hired for this " "position." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`الهدف`: أدخل عدد الموظفين الذين سيتم تعيينهم لهذا المنصب. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:74 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Is Published`: activate this option to publish the job online." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`تم النشر`: قم بتفعيل هذا الخيار لنشر الوظيفة عبر الإنترنت. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:75 msgid ":guilabel:`Website`: select the website the job is published on." @@ -13835,12 +14754,16 @@ msgid "" " timeline and steps for the recruitment process, so they know when to expect" " a reply." msgstr "" +":guilabel: قسم `تفاصيل العملية`: يحتوي هذا القسم على المعلومات التي يتم " +"عرضها عبر الإنترنت للمنصب الوظيفي. يؤدي ذلك إلى إعلام المتقدمين بالخط الزمني" +" وخطوات عملية التوظيف، حتى يكونوا على علم بالوقت الذي قد يصلهم فيه الرد. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:87 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time to Answer`: enter the number of days before the applicant is" " contacted." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`وقت الإجابة`: أدخل عدد الأيام قبل أن يتم التواصل مع مقدم الطلب. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -13853,6 +14776,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Days to get an Offer`: enter the number of days before the " "applicant should expect an offer after the recruitment process has ended." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`عدد الأيام للحصول على عرض العمل`: أدخل عدد الأيام التي يجب أن " +"يتوقع فيها مقدم الطلب عرض العمل بعد انتهاء عملية التوظيف. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -13860,6 +14785,9 @@ msgid "" "typed in rather than selected from a drop-down menu. The text is displayed " "on the website exactly as it appears in this tab." msgstr "" +"قسم :guilabel:`تفاصيل العملية` هو حقل نصي. تتم كتابة كافة الإجابات عوضاً عن " +"تحديدها من القائمة المنسدلة. يتم عرض النص في الموقع الإلكتروني تماماً كما " +"يظهر في علامة التبويب هذه. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:98 msgid "Finally, enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Summary` tab." @@ -13867,11 +14795,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Enter job information details in the recruitment tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "أدخل تفاصيل معلومات الوظيفة في علامة تبويب التوظيف. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:107 msgid "Create interview form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إنشاء استمارة لمقابلة العمل " #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -13880,6 +14808,10 @@ msgid "" "can take the form of a certification, an exam, or a general questionnaire. " "Interview forms are determined by the recruitment team." msgstr "" +"يتم استخدام *استمارة مقابلة العمل* لتحديد ما إذا كان المرشح مناسباً لوظيفة " +"ما أم لا. يمكن أن تكون استمارات مقابلة العمل محددة أو عامة حسب الرغبة، ويمكن" +" أن تأخذ شكل شهادة أو اختبار أو استبيان عام. يتم تحديد استمارات المقابلة من " +"قِبَل فريق التوظيف. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -13921,115 +14853,123 @@ msgid "" "by-step instructions on how to create and configure a survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 msgid "Referrals" msgstr "الإحالات " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " -"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"regarding referrals is housed - from points earned, coworkers hired, and " "rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " -"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " -"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " -"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " -"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" -" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +"and then earn referral points as those people progress through the " +"recruitment pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be " +"exchanged for prizes. The *Referrals* application integrates with the " +"*Employees*, *Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be" +" installed in order for the *Referrals* application to function." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:14 msgid "" -"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " -"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " -"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +"The only configurations needed for the *Referrals* application *after* " +"installation are related to the :ref:`rewards `; " +"everything else is pre-configured when Odoo *Referrals* is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:18 msgid "" -"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " -"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " -"` and configurations menus. For more information on " -"users and access rights, refer to these documents: :doc:`../general/users` " -"and :doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +"Users with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the *Referrals* application. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the :ref:`reporting ` and configurations" +" menus. For more information on users and access rights, refer to these " +"documents: :doc:`../general/users` and " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 msgid "Onboarding" msgstr "تهيئة المتقدمين " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:28 msgid "" "When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" "configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " -"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" -" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"each explaining the different parts of the *Referrals* application. At the " +"top of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " "onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " "Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " "text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 msgid "" "Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " "displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " "advance to the next slide." msgstr "" +"تحتوي كل شريحة من الشرائح التعريفية على صورة تصاحبها رسالة يتم عرضها. بعد " +"قراءة كل رسالة، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`التالي` للتقدم إلى الشريحة التالية. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "النص الذي يظهر في كل شريحة هو كما يلي: " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " "superheroes to save the day!`" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`أوه لا! الأشرار في كل مكان! ساعدنا على إنشاء فريق من الأبطال " +"الخارقين لإنقاذ المدينة!` " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " "or refer friends.`" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`تصفح المناصب الشاغرة وقم بالترويج لها في مواقع التواصل الاجتماعي " +"أو إحالة الأصدقاء والمعارف.` " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`اجمع النقاط واستبدلها بجوائز رائعة في المتجر.` " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " "league!`" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`نافس زملاءك في العمل في إنشاء أفضل فريق من الأبطال الخارقين!` " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:46 msgid "" -"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the *Referrals* application is " "opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " "button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" " :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " -"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +"will begin again when the *Referrals* application is opened. Once the " ":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " -"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the *Referrals* " "application is opened from that point on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:53 msgid "" "At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " -"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main *Referrals* dashboard loads. If " ":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " -"opening the Referrals application." +"opening the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "" "An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." -msgstr "" +msgstr "شريحة توضيحية مع أزرار \"التخطي\" و\"التالي\" مرئية في الأسفل. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:62 msgid "" "If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " "opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " @@ -14037,629 +14977,77 @@ msgid "" "instead of going to the main dashboard, a :ref:`hired ` " "screen appears instead." msgstr "" +"إذا كان هناك أي مرشحين تم تعيينهم وقد قام المستخدم بإحالتهم قبل فتح تطبيق " +"الإحالات (بمعنى أن الشرائح التوضيحية لم تظهر من قبل)، سيؤدي الضغط على زر " +":guilabel:`ابدأ الآن` في نهاية الإعداد عوضاً عن الذهاب إلى لوحة البيانات " +"الرئيسية، ستظهر شاشة :ref:`تم التوظيف ` عوضاً عن ذلك. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تعديل الشرائح التوضيحية " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:70 msgid "" "Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " -"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " -"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " -"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " -"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`." +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* application can " +"modify onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line " +"displays the text for the individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding" +" slide, click on an individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:76 msgid "" -"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " -"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " -"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " -"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " -"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " -"that particular company." +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` field. A " +":guilabel:`Company` may be selected, as well. However, if this field is " +"populated, that slide is *only* displayed for that particular company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:81 msgid "" -"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" -" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " -"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" -" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " -"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " -"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " -"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +"The :guilabel:`Company` field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:83 msgid "" -"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +"The image can be modified, as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the " +"top-right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and " +":guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` " +"icon to change the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the " +"desired image, select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears" +" in the thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage " +"can)` icon, then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "شريحة توضيحية في وضع التحرير، مع تمييز الحقول الرئيسية. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:94 msgid "" -"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " -"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " -"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " -"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " -":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " -"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +"The sequence in which the slides appear can be changed from the *Onboarding*" +" dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`(six small gray boxes)` icon to the left of" +" the the slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "" "The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:103 -msgid "Share job positions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الشرائح التوضيحية في قائمة، مع تمييز أسهم السحب والإفلات. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:105 -msgid "" -"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " -"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " -"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " -"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:113 -msgid "View Jobs" -msgstr "عرض الوظائف " - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:115 -msgid "" -"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " -":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " -"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" -"displayed on the card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:124 -msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:128 -msgid "" -"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " -"of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 -msgid "" -"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " -"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:134 -msgid "" -"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " -"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " -"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " -"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " -":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 -msgid "Refer friends" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:145 -msgid "" -"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " -"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " -"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:149 -msgid "" -"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " -"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:152 -msgid "" -"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " -"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " -"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " -"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" -" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " -"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " -"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " -"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 -msgid "Share a job" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:169 -msgid "" -"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " -"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" -" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " -"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " -"applicants in the Referrals application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 -msgid "Link" -msgstr "الرابط " - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:181 -msgid "" -"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " -":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " -"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " -"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" -" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" -" prospective employee however desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:188 -msgid "Facebook" -msgstr "فيسبوك" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:190 -msgid "" -"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " -"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " -"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " -"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " -"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " -"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" -"in to Facebook first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" -" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" -" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " -"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " -"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " -"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " -"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " -":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " -"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " -"specific activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 -msgid "" -"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " -":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " -":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " -"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" -" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" -"highlighted, as are all the required settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 -msgid "Share to news feed or story" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:218 -msgid "" -"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " -":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " -"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " -":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " -"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," -" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " -"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" -" story, or both." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:225 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " -"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " -"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " -"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " -"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" -" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " -"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " -":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" -" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " -":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:236 -msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " -"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:242 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" -" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " -"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " -"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:246 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:275 -msgid "" -"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " -"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 -msgid "Share in a group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:251 -msgid "" -"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " -"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" -" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " -":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " -"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " -"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " -"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " -"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " -"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:264 -msgid "Share in an event" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:266 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:269 -msgid "" -"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " -"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " -"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" -" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " -"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " -"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 -msgid "Share in a private message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:280 -msgid "" -"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" -" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" -"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " -"Private Message`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:284 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " -"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " -"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " -"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " -"process for each friend to be added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:289 -msgid "" -"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " -"message` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:293 -msgid "X/Twitter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:295 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " -"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " -"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " -"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " -"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" -" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:301 -msgid "The default message is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:303 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" -" Position)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:305 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " -"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " -"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," -" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " -"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " -":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " -"X/Twitter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:312 -msgid "" -"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " -"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " -":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" -" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " -":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " -":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " -"restricts who can reply to the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 -msgid "" -"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " -"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " -"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " -"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:322 -msgid "" -"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" -" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " -"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 -msgid "" -"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" -" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" -"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:336 -msgid "LinkedIn" -msgstr "LinkedIn" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:338 -msgid "" -"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " -"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " -"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " -"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " -"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " -"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:344 -msgid "" -"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " -"message to an individual or group of individuals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 -msgid "Share in a post" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:350 -msgid "" -"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" -" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " -":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " -"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:354 -msgid "" -"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " -"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " -"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " -"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " -":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " -"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " -":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" -" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " -"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " -"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " -"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " -"right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:366 -msgid "" -"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " -"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " -"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " -"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " -":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " -"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " -"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" -" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " -"the far lower right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:375 -msgid "" -"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " -":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " -"post button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:383 -msgid "Send as private message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:385 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " -"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " -"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" -" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" -" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " -"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." -" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " -"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" -" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " -":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " -":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " -"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " -"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " -"browser tab to exit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 -msgid "Email a friend" -msgstr "إرسال بريد إلكتروني إلى صديق " - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:401 -msgid "" -"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " -"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " -"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" -" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " -"Mail` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:406 -msgid "" -"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " -"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" -" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " -"`Job for you`, but can be edited." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:410 -msgid "" -"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " -"appears is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:412 -msgid "`Hello,`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:414 -msgid "" -"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " -"interesting for you`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:416 -msgid "`See Job Offers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:418 -msgid "" -"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " -"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " -"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " -"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " -"message will be sent and the window will close." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:426 msgid "Hired referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:107 msgid "" "When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" " their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:110 msgid "" "After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," " instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " @@ -14667,21 +15055,21 @@ msgid "" "friend!` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 msgid "" "Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " -"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " -"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" -" an available avatar to select it." +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is grayed out, and " +"the name that the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. " +"Click on an available avatar to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:118 msgid "" -"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," -" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " -"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " -"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " -"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the *Referrals* " +"application, after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to " +"select another avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars " +"have been selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible." +" Mouse over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -14690,15 +15078,15 @@ msgid "" "chosen are greyed out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 msgid "Modify friends" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 msgid "" "Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " "` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"rights for the *Recruitment* application can make modifications to friends. " "The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " "avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " @@ -14707,17 +15095,17 @@ msgid "" " dogs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:138 msgid "" "To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" " an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " ":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " "friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" -" else in the Referrals application." +" else in the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " ":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " @@ -14726,65 +15114,66 @@ msgid "" "user's avatar when activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:148 msgid "" "If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " ":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " "replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" -" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " -"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:474 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 msgid "" -"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " -"original information." +"The referral friend form automatically saves, but can be saved manually at " +"any time by clicking the *Save manually* option, represented by a " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel " +"any changes made, click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to " +"delete any changes, and revert to the original content." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A friend form in edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:482 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 msgid "" "It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " "background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " "about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " -"Referrals application." +"*Referrals* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:172 msgid "Referral points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:174 msgid "" "The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " -"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"rewards. On the main *Referrals* application dashboard, the top displays a " "summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " "the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " "available to spend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 msgid "" "To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" " the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:183 msgid "" "The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " "pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " @@ -14794,7 +15183,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 msgid "" "To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " @@ -14802,11 +15191,11 @@ msgid "" "category are displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:194 msgid "My referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 msgid "" "To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " ":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " @@ -14814,26 +15203,31 @@ msgid "" "card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:200 msgid "" -"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " -"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " -"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " -"the top right corner." +"A successful referral displays a green :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the top-" +"right corner of the card. Referrals that are in process display a purple " +":guilabel:`In Progress` banner in the top-right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 msgid "" -"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " -"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " -"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the subject/application " +"title (as it appears on the applicant card in the *Recruitment* app), the " +"name of the job position, the person responsible for filling the role " +"(recruiter), and the points earned. For referrals that have been hired, the " +"selected avatar also appears on the card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two referral cards, one hired and one in-progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:214 msgid "Points" msgstr "النقاط " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 msgid "" "The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " "positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " @@ -14841,14 +15235,14 @@ msgid "" " *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:220 msgid "" "On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " "that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " "points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:224 msgid "" "Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " "points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " @@ -14856,108 +15250,109 @@ msgid "" " the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:229 msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:231 msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:232 msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:235 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 msgid "" "The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " -"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" -" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " -"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage are done in the " +"*Recruitment* application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment " +"` documentation to modify the points for each " +"stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:244 msgid "Rewards" msgstr "المكافآت" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 msgid "Create rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 msgid "" -"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" -" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " -"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " -"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " -"information on the form:" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the " +"*Referrals* application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights " +"for the *Recruitment* application can create or modify rewards. To add " +"rewards, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> " +"Rewards`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and a reward form loads. Enter the " +"following information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:254 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +":guilabel:`Product Name`: enter the name as it should appear for the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" -" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " -"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" -" form." +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" appears for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each company " +"needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the form. " +"This field only appears if in a multi-company environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:259 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: select the person who will be responsible for " "procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " -"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" -" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is bought in the *Referrals* " +"application, so they know when to deliver the reward to the recipient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:263 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +":guilabel:`Description`: type in the description for the reward. This will " "be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +":guilabel:`Photo`: add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " "page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " "(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " -"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" -" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +"(pencil)` icon, and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 msgid "" "The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " -":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +":guilabel:`Company` (if applicable), and :guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 msgid "" "It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " "cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " @@ -14965,31 +15360,31 @@ msgid "" "placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:595 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:283 msgid "Redeem rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 msgid "" "To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " "main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " "individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " -"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +"listed in the top-right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" " purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " "bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " "the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" " instead of a buy button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:292 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " -"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " -"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " -":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears, asking if the user is sure " +"they want to purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item," +" or :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:297 msgid "" "After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " "used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." @@ -15003,27 +15398,27 @@ msgid "" "many more reward points are needed to redeem." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:309 msgid "Levels" msgstr "المستويات " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:311 msgid "" -"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"The *Referrals* application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " "the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " "employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:315 msgid "" "Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" " are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " "participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 msgid "" -"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main *Referrals* " "application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " "X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " "indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " @@ -15032,13 +15427,13 @@ msgid "" "points still needed before they can level up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:636 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:325 msgid "Modify levels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:638 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " "modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " "--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " @@ -15047,48 +15442,58 @@ msgid "" "element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:334 msgid "" "To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " -"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form, then make " +"modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 msgid "" -"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." -" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" -" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " -"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" -" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " -"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +"Type in the name (or number) of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` " +"field. What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main " +"dashboard when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points " +"needed to reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points" +" needed to level up are the total accumulated points earned over the " +"lifetime of the employee, not additional points from the previous level that" +" must be earned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:654 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:343 msgid "" "If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" " to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " -"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " -"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to " "select it." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The level form saves automatically, but can be saved manually at any time by" +" clicking the *save manually* option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel any changes made, " +"click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to delete any changes, " +"and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A level form in edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:671 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:362 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 msgid "Level up" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:369 msgid "" "Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " "user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " @@ -15097,7 +15502,7 @@ msgid "" "level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:374 msgid "" "Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " "text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" @@ -15105,7 +15510,7 @@ msgid "" "the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:687 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:378 msgid "" "Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" " the specified amount of points required." @@ -15117,16 +15522,16 @@ msgid "" "above their image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:387 msgid "" "Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " "accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " "to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:394 msgid "" -"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"In the *Referrals* application, it is possible to post a message, also " "referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " "information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " "banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " @@ -15134,85 +15539,86 @@ msgid "" "an :guilabel:`X`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 msgid "" "Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" " individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " "click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" " alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " -"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +"*Referrals* application for the first time in a new session." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:409 msgid "Create an alert" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " "information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date From`: the date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " "will be visible on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date To`: the date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " "will be hidden from view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:420 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +":guilabel:`Company`: the current company populates this field by default. To" " modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " "from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " -"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"to everyone with access to the *Referrals* application. If a company is " "specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " -"Referrals application) will see the alert." +"*Referrals* application) will see the alert. This field only appears when in" +" a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +":guilabel:`Alert`: enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" " the alert banner on the main dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +":guilabel:`On Click`: there are three options for the alert. Click the radio" " button next to the desired selection. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:739 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:430 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: the alert only displays text, there is no link to" " click." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: the alert contains a link that when clicked, " "navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:433 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: the alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " "when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " "appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." msgstr "" @@ -15221,15 +15627,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:446 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " -"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" -" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " -"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in *Referrals*. To access " +"the reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The" +" main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 msgid "" "In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " "many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " @@ -15239,7 +15645,7 @@ msgid "" "there are no referrals from that particular channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:457 msgid "" "The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " "includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " @@ -15248,7 +15654,7 @@ msgid "" "many points were given for refused applicants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:770 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:462 msgid "" "The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " "new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " @@ -15259,34 +15665,338 @@ msgid "" "in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 msgid "" "The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " -"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " -"option." +"needs to be installed to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:473 +msgid ":doc:`referrals/share_jobs`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:3 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "مشاركة المناصب الوظيفية " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo *Referrals*, users can earn referral points by sharing job positions" +" with potential applicants. Job positions can be shared in several ways, " +"through the :ref:`View Jobs ` button and the " +":ref:`Email A Friend ` button, located at the bottom " +"of the *Referrals* app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Sharing jobs can **only** occur after onboarding slides have been viewed or " +"skipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:16 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "عرض الوظائف " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main *Referrals* dashboard. This " +"presents all job positions, with each individual job presented with its own " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" +"شاشة 'عرض الوظائف' والتي تعرض كافة المناصب الوظيفية الشاغرة حالياً. كافة المعلومات\n" +"معروضة على البطاقة. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:27 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "تحتوي كل بطاقة منصب وظيفي على المعلومات التالية: " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the *Job " +"Position* field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The number of :guilabel:`Open Positions` being recruited. This information " +"is taken from the *Expected New Employees* field of the *Recruitment* tab of" +" the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:33 +msgid "The points a user earns when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the *Job Position* tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" +"لرؤية كافة التفاصيل الخاصة بوظيفة ما، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`المزيد من " +"المعلومات` الموجود على البطاقة المحددة. يؤدي ذلك إلى فتح صفحة ويب المنصب " +"الوظيفي في علامة تبويب متصفح جديدة. هذا ما يراه مقدم الطلب قبل التقدم لوظيفة" +" ما. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions are visible in the *Referrals* app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`../recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:46 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "إحالة الأصدقاء " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Subject` and :guilabel:`Body` are populated using a default " +"template. The :guilabel:`Subject` `Job for you` is present, by default, but " +"can be modified, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position populates the *Job Position* " +"placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the email body is" +" an individualized tracking link to the specific job position listed on the " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When the prospective employee receives the email, the link sends them to the" +" job position page, where they can apply for the position, and the person " +"who referred them is tracked in the *Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" +"نافذة منبثقة للبريد الإلكتروني للإحالة تحتوي على رسالة البريد الإلكتروني " +"بداخلها. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:72 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "قم بمشاركة وظيفة " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Other than sending an email, job positions can be shared, via social media " +"platforms, and by tracking links to the job position. At the bottom of each " +"job position card are four icons, and corresponding tracking links, that can" +" be used to share the job position, keeping track of applicants in the " +"*Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "أيقونات المشاركة المختلفة التي تظهر لكل وظيفة. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:84 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "الرابط " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :icon:`fa-chain` :guilabel:`(link)` " +"icon above it. A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the " +"tracking link. Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is " +"copied, click the :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up window. Next," +" share the link with the prospective employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:93 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "فيسبوك" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :icon:`fa-facebook` :guilabel:`(Facebook)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into Facebook, when the the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button is clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new " +"tab, with the link populated in the main body of the new post in a pop-up " +"window. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads, " +"instead, prompting the user to log-in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, then share the job " +"position using the available options in Facebook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:107 +msgid "X (formerly Twitter)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:109 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X. Click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`(X)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the user is already signed-in to X, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button" +" is clicked, an X page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready" +" to post, in a draft pop-up window. If the user is *not* already signed-in, " +"a sign-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to first sign-in to X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:117 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "الرسالة الافتراضية هي: " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:119 +msgid "" +"`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job " +"Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message, then " +"share using the available options in X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:125 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "LinkedIn" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :icon:`fa-linkedin` :guilabel:`(LinkedIn)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button is clicked, a new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job " +"position at the top. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen" +" loads instead, prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:134 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual (or group of individuals)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message or " +"post, then share using the available options in LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:143 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "إرسال بريد إلكتروني إلى صديق " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions, instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Referrals` main dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`Email a friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Send Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address in the :guilabel:`Email` field. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients by separating each email address with a comma " +"followed by a single space. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +":guilabel:`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The email :guilabel:`Body` is also populated with pre-configured text. The " +"text that appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:156 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:158 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you\\:`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:160 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:162 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of" +" all job positions currently being recruited for. Add any additional text " +"and make any edits to the message body, if necessary. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. This sends the message, and closes " +"the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 msgid "Time Off" msgstr "الإجازات " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Time Off* application serves as a centralized hub for all time-off-" "related information. This application manages requests, balances, " "allocations, approvals, and reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:10 msgid "" -"Users can :ref:`request time off `, and see an " -"overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " +"Users can :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`, and see" +" an overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " ":ref:`allocate time off ` to individuals, teams, or the " "whole company, and :ref:`approve time off requests `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:15 msgid "" "Detailed :ref:`reports ` can be run to see how much time" " off (and what kinds of time off) are being used, :ref:`accrual plans " @@ -15294,45 +16004,45 @@ msgid "" "` can be set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 msgid "" "Be advised, only users with specific access rights can see all aspects of " "the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 msgid "" "All users can access the :guilabel:`My Time Off` and :guilabel:`Overview` " "sections of the *Time Off* application. All other sections require specific " "access rights." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:26 msgid "" "To better understand how access rights affect the *Time Off* application, " "refer to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` document, specifically the " "section about configuring the work information tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to allocate time off to employees, and for employees to request and" " use their time off, the various time off types must be configured first, " "then allocated to employees (if allocation is required)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:40 msgid "Time off types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 msgid "" "To view the currently configured time off types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. The time" " off types are presented in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:45 msgid "" "The *Time Off* application comes with four pre-configured time off types: " ":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, " @@ -15340,25 +16050,25 @@ msgid "" "needs or used as-is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:50 msgid "Create time off type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 msgid "" "To create a new time off type, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Time Off Types`. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button to reveal a blank time off type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:55 msgid "" "Enter the name for the particular type of time off in the blank line at the " "top of the form, such as `Sick Time` or `Vacation`. Then, enter the " "following information on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:59 msgid "" "The only **required** fields on the time off type form are the name of the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, the :guilabel:`Take Time Off In`, and the " @@ -15366,23 +16076,23 @@ msgid "" " and :guilabel:`Allocation Requests` sections **must** be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:65 msgid "Time Off Requests section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select what specific kind of approval is required for " "the time off type. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No Validation`: no approvals are required when requesting this " "type of time off. The time off request is automatically approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Time Off Officer`: only the specified :ref:`Time Off Officer " "`, set on this form in the :guilabel:`Notified " @@ -15390,7 +16100,7 @@ msgid "" "option is selected by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver`: only the employee's specified approver " "for time off, which is set on the *Work Information* tab on the " @@ -15398,7 +16108,7 @@ msgid "" " time off request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver and Time Off Officer`: both the employee's" " :ref:`specified time off approver` and the " @@ -15406,11 +16116,11 @@ msgid "" "the time off request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:83 msgid "Allocation Requests section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requires allocation`: if the time off must be allocated to " "employees, select :guilabel:`Yes`. If the time off can be requested without " @@ -15419,20 +16129,20 @@ msgid "" " form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee Requests`: select :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests " "Allowed` if the employee is able to request more time off than was " "allocated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:92 msgid "" "If employees should **not** be able to make requests for more time off than " "what was allocated, select the :guilabel:`Not Allowed` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:96 msgid "" "Ten days are allocated to the employee for this particular type of time off," " and the :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests Allowed` option is enabled. The " @@ -15441,81 +16151,81 @@ msgid "" "option is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 msgid "" "It is important to note that requesting additional time off does **not** " "guarantee that time off is granted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select the type of approvals required for the " "allocation of this particular time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approved by Time Off Officer` indicates the :ref:`Time Off " "Officer ` set on this form must approve the " "allocation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No validation needed` indicates that no approvals are required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:113 msgid "Configuration section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notified Time Off Officer`: select the person who is notified and" " responsible for approving requests and allocations for this specific type " "of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take Time Off in`: select the format the time off is requested in" " from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 msgid "The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: if time off can only be requested in full day increments (8" " hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:125 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: if time off can only be requested in half day " "increments (4 hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Hours`: if the time off can be taken in hourly increments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Deduct Extra Hours`: enable this option if the time off request " "should factor in any extra time accrued by the employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:134 msgid "" "If an employee works two extra hours for the week, and requests five hours " "of time off, the request would be for three hours, since the two extra " "worked hours are used first, and deducted from the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow To Attach Supporting Document`: enable this option to allow" " the employee to attach documents to the time off request. This is useful in" @@ -15523,7 +16233,7 @@ msgid "" "leave." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kind of Time Off`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "time off this is, either :guilabel:`Worked Time` or :guilabel:`Absence`. " @@ -15532,7 +16242,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Absence` does not count toward any type of accrual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if multiple companies are created in the database, and " "this time off type only applies to one company, select the company from the " @@ -15541,11 +16251,11 @@ msgid "" "company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:151 msgid "Negative Cap section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:153 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option if employees are able to " "request more time off than they currently have, allowing a negative balance." @@ -15553,19 +16263,19 @@ msgid "" " enter the maximum amount of negative time allowed, in days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 msgid "" "Sara currently has three days of the time off type `Vacation`. She is " "planning a trip that requires five days of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 msgid "" "The `Vacation` time off type has the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option " "enabled, and the :guilabel:`Amount in Negative` is set to five." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:164 msgid "" "These settings allow Sara to submit a request for five days of the " "`Vacation` time off type. If approved, her `Vacation` time off balance will " @@ -15578,59 +16288,59 @@ msgid "" "off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:173 msgid "Payroll section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:175 msgid "" "If the time off type should create :doc:`../hr/payroll/work_entries` in the " "*Payroll* application, select the :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` from the drop-" "down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 msgid "Timesheets section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Timesheets` section only appears if the user is in developer " "mode. Refer to the :ref:`developer-mode` document for details on how to " "access the developer mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 msgid "" "When an employee takes time off, and is also using timesheets, Odoo creates " "entries in the *Timesheets* application for the time off. This section " "defines how they are entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:188 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Project`: select the project that the time off type entries " "appear in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:189 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Task`: select the task that appears in the timesheet for this " "time off type. The default options are: :guilabel:`Time Off`, " ":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`Training`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 msgid "Display Option section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:195 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color to be used in the *Time Off* application " "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cover Image`: select an icon to be used in the *Time Off* " "application dashboard." @@ -15642,65 +16352,65 @@ msgid "" "off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:206 msgid "Accrual plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:208 msgid "" "Some time off is earned through an accrual plan, meaning that for every " "specified amount of time an employee works (hour, day, week, etc), they earn" " or *accrue* a specified amount of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:212 msgid "" "If an employee accrues a vacation day for every week they work, they would " "earn 0.2 vacation days for each hour they work. At the end of a forty hour " "work week, they would earn one whole vacation day (8 hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:217 msgid "Create accrual plan" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new accrual plan, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Accrual Plans`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, " "which reveals a blank accrual plan form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the accrual plan name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrued Gain Time`: select when the employee begins to accrue " "time off, either :guilabel:`At the start of the accrual period` or " ":guilabel:`At the end of the accrual period`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry-Over Time`: select when the employee received previously " "earned time. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the start of the year`: select this if the accrual rolls over " "on January 1 of the upcoming year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:232 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the allocation date`: select this if the accrual rolls over as" " soon as time is allocated to the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Other`: select this option if neither of the other two options " "are applicable. When selected, a :guilabel:`Carry-Over Date` field appears. " @@ -15708,14 +16418,14 @@ msgid "" "the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Based on worked time`: enable this option if time off accrual is " "determined by the employee's worked hours. Days **not** considered as worked" " time do **not** contribute to the accrual plan in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:241 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone Transition`: this selection determines when employees " "move up to a new milestone. If they qualify to change milestones in the " @@ -15724,14 +16434,14 @@ msgid "" "the current pay period)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Milestone Transition` field is **only** visible after a " "minimum of two :ref:`rules ` have been configured on the " "accrual plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:250 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " "accrual plan applies to. If left blank, the accrual plan can be used for all" @@ -15742,43 +16452,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An accrual plan form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:263 msgid "" "Rules must be created in order for employees to accrue time off from the " "accrual plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New Milestone` button in the gray" " :guilabel:`Rules` section, and a :guilabel:`Create Milestone` modal form " "appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:268 msgid "Fill out the following fields on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee accrue`: select the parameters for earned time off in " "this section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 msgid "" "First, select either :guilabel:`Days` or :guilabel:`Hours` for the increment" " of accrued time using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 msgid "" "Next, enter the numerical amount of the selected parameter that is accrued. " "The numerical format is `X.XXXX`, so that partial days or hours can also be " "configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:278 msgid "" "Last, select how often the time is accrued using the drop-down menu. The " "default options are :guilabel:`Hourly`, :guilabel:`Daily`, " @@ -15786,64 +16496,64 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Twice a year`, and :guilabel:`Yearly`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 msgid "" "Depending on which option is selected, additional fields may appear. For " "example, if :guilabel:`Twice a month` is selected, two additional fields " "appear, to specify the two days of each month that the milestone occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cap accrued time`: if there is a maximum amount of days the " "employee can accrue with this plan, enable this option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 msgid "" "When enabled, two additional fields appear beneath it. Select the type of " "time period from the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Days` or " ":guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:291 msgid "" "Then, enter a numerical value in the field to specify the maximum amount of " "time that can be accrued." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:293 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone reached`: enter the number and value of the time period" " that must pass before the employee starts to accumulate time off. The first" " value is numerical; enter a number in the first field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:297 msgid "" "Then, select the type of time period using the drop-down menu in the second " "field. The options are: :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Months`, or " ":guilabel:`Years`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over`: select how any unused time off is handled. The " "options are either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None. Accrued time reset to 0`: any unused time off is gone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:302 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All accrued time carried over`: all unused time off is rolled " "over to the next calendar year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over with a maximum`: unused time off is rolled over to the" " next calendar year, but there is a cap. An :guilabel:`Up to` field appears " @@ -15851,7 +16561,7 @@ msgid "" "roll over to the following year. Any time off beyond this parameter is lost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:309 msgid "" "Once the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the form " "and close the modal, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the form and " @@ -15862,72 +16572,72 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A milestone form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:320 msgid "Public holidays" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 msgid "" "To observe public or national holidays, and provide extra days off as " "holidays to employees, configure the observed *public holidays* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 msgid "" "It is important to configure these days in Odoo, so employees are aware of " "the days they have off, and do not request time off on days that are already" " set as a public holiday (non-working days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 msgid "" "Additionally, all public holidays configured in the *Time Off* app are also " "reflected in any app that uses working schedules, such as *Calendar*, " "*Planning*, *Manufacturing*, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:331 msgid "" "Due to Odoo's integration with other apps that use working schedules, it is " "considered best practice to ensure *all* public holidays are configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:335 msgid "Create public holiday" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 msgid "" "To create a public holiday, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Public Holidays`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:340 msgid "All currently configured public holidays appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:342 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a new line appears at the bottom of " "the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:341 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 msgid "Enter the following information on that new line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:346 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the holiday." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:347 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, the current company " "populates this field by default. It is not possible to edit this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:351 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company` field is hidden by default. To view this field, " "click the two dots in the top-right corner of the list, to the far-right of " @@ -15935,7 +16645,7 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:355 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday starts. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -15946,7 +16656,7 @@ msgid "" "company's time zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:360 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday ends. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -15957,33 +16667,33 @@ msgid "" " zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 msgid "" "A company located in San Francisco operates from 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM, with an " "eight hour work day and one hour lunch break." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:370 msgid "" "For a user in New York, with a computer time zone set to Eastern Standard " "Time, a created public holiday displays a start time of 12:00 PM - 9:00 PM, " "accounting for the three hour time zone difference." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 msgid "" "Similarly, a user located in Los Angeles, with a computer time zone set to " "Pacific Standard Time, sees a public holiday time as 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: if the holiday should only apply to employees who" " have a specific set of working hours, select the working hours from the " "drop-down menu. If left blank, the holiday applies to all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:380 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: if using the *Payroll* application, this field " "defines how the :ref:`work entries ` for the holiday " @@ -15994,18 +16704,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The list of public holidays in the configuration menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:389 msgid "Mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 msgid "" "Some companies have special days where specific departments, or the entire " "staff, is required to be present, and time off is not allowed on those " "specific days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:394 msgid "" "These types of days are called *mandatory days* in Odoo. These can be " "configured to be company-wide, or department specific. When configured, " @@ -16013,35 +16723,35 @@ msgid "" "off requests for these mandatory days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:399 msgid "Create mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 msgid "" "No mandatory days are configured in Odoo by default. To create a mandatory " "day, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> " "Mandatory Days`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:404 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner, and a blank line " "appears in the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:408 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the mandatory day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, this field is visible, " "and the current company populates this field by default. Using the drop-down" " menu, select the company the mandatory day is for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:412 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Departments`: this column is hidden by default. First, click the " ":guilabel:`(optional columns)` icon in the top-right corner, next to " @@ -16049,33 +16759,33 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Departments` to reveal that column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 msgid "" "Next, select the desired departments from the drop-down menu. Multiple " "departments can be selected, and there is no limit to the amount of " "departments that can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:419 msgid "" "If this field is left blank, the mandatory day applies to the entire " "company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day starts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:421 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day ends. If creating a single mandatory day, the end date should " "be the same as the start date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: if desired, select a color from the available presented " "options. If no color is desired, select the `No color` option, represented " @@ -16088,11 +16798,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Mandatory Days section with three configured days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:435 msgid "Allocate time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:437 msgid "" "Once time off types and accrual plans have been configured, the next step is" " to allocate, or give, time off to employees. This section is only visible " @@ -16100,44 +16810,44 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 msgid "" "To create a new allocation, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Management --> Allocations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:444 msgid "" "This presents a list of all current allocations, including their respective " "statuses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:446 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`New` to allocate time off, and a blank allocation form " "appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 msgid "" "After entering a name for the allocation on the first blank field of the " "form, enter the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:451 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of time" " off that is being allocated to the employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`: select either :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` or" " :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`. If the allocation is **not** based on an " "accrual plan, select :guilabel:`Regular Allocation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:456 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Plan`: if :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for " "the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, the :guilabel:`Accrual Plan` field appears." @@ -16146,7 +16856,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:460 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period/Start Date`: if :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` is" " selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, this field is labeled " @@ -16155,7 +16865,7 @@ msgid "" "Date`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:465 msgid "" "The current date populates the first date field by default. To select " "another date, click on the pre-populated date to reveal a popover calendar " @@ -16163,20 +16873,20 @@ msgid "" "the date to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:469 msgid "" "If the allocation expires, select the expiration date in the next date " "field. If the time off does *not* expire, leave the second date field blank." " `No Limit` appears in the field if no date is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:473 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation " "Type`, this second field is labeled :guilabel:`Run until`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time that is being allocated to " "the employees. This field displays the time in either :guilabel:`Hours` or " @@ -16184,7 +16894,7 @@ msgid "" "` is configured (in hours or days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:478 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how the allocation is " "assigned. This selection determines who receives the time off allocation. " @@ -16192,32 +16902,32 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Department`, or :guilabel:`By Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 msgid "" "Depending on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Mode`, this following field" " is labeled either: :guilabel:`Employees`, :guilabel:`Company`, " ":guilabel:`Department`, or :guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 msgid "" "Using the drop-down menu, indicate the specific employees, company, " "department, or employee tags who are receiving this time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 msgid "" "Multiple selections can be made for either :guilabel:`Employees` or " ":guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:490 msgid "" "Only one selection can be made for the :guilabel:`Company` or " ":guilabel:`Department`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:491 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: if any description or note is necessary to " "explain the time off allocation, enter it in this field at the bottom of the" @@ -16230,158 +16940,11 @@ msgid "" "granted to all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:499 -msgid "Request time off" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Once an employee has been allocated time off, a request to use the time off " -"can be submitted. Time off can be requested in one of two ways, either from " -"the :ref:`dashboard ` or from the :ref:`My Time Off " -"` view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:505 -msgid "" -"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " -"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " -"Off` list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:509 -msgid "" -"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " -"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" -" form appears in a modal. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` " -"list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:514 -msgid "" -"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " -"form:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:516 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " -"the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:517 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " -"two fields to populate, the start and end dates. Click on either date field " -"and a popover calendar appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 -msgid "" -"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " -"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " -"applicable)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:523 -msgid "" -"If the time off requested is for a single day, click on the start date, then" -" click the same date again for the end date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:526 -msgid "" -"When the correct dates are selected/highlighted, click the :guilabel:`Apply`" -" button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:528 -msgid "" -"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " -"field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 -msgid "" -"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" -" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:533 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, check this " -"box. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " -"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " -"day is being requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:537 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " -"day, check this box. A :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` field appears " -"beneath this option, if selected. Using the drop-down menu, select the start" -" and end time for the time off request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " -":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " -"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " -"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " -"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:545 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " -"should include any details that managers and approvers may need in order to " -"approve the request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:547 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachments of documents. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " -"appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:551 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the desired files to attach, select them, then click the " -":guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off request form." -" Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:554 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:604 -msgid "" -"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " -"request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:557 -msgid "" -"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " -"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " -"be saved manually at any time by clicking the *save manually* button, " -"represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " -"with the flu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:502 msgid "Request allocation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:504 msgid "" "If an employee has used all their time off, or is going to run out of time " "off, they can request an allocation for additional time. Allocations can be " @@ -16390,7 +16953,7 @@ msgid "" " view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:508 msgid "" "To create a new allocation request, click either the :guilabel:`New " "Allocation Request` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the " @@ -16398,7 +16961,7 @@ msgid "" "buttons open a new allocation request form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:513 msgid "" "Both :guilabel:`New` buttons open a :guilabel:`New Allocation` request form," " but when requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, the form appears in a " @@ -16406,20 +16969,20 @@ msgid "" "screen navigates to a new allocation request page, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:518 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Allocation` request " "form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested for " "the allocation from the drop-down menu. After a selection is made, the title" " updates with the time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:522 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period`: this field **only** appears if requesting an " "allocation with a time off type that has the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` " @@ -16428,18 +16991,18 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` field is set to :guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:527 msgid "" "Using the calendar selector, select a start and end date the allocation is " "valid for. By default, the current date populates the first field, and " ":guilabel:`No Limit` populates the second field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 msgid "Adjust both of these dates, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:531 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time being requested in this " "field. The format is presented in either days or hours, depending on how the" @@ -16447,14 +17010,21 @@ msgid "" "allocation request is updated to include the amount of time being requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:535 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: enter a description for the allocation request." " This should include any details that managers and approvers may need in " "order to approve the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:538 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 msgid "" "If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Allocations` list view, the" " information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " @@ -16468,11 +17038,11 @@ msgid "" "sick time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:553 msgid "Management" msgstr "الإدارة" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:555 msgid "" "Time off and allocation requests typically undergo an approval process " "before being granted. Requests either need one or two approvals, if any, " @@ -16481,17 +17051,17 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:560 msgid "" "Only users who can approve allocation and time off requests have the " ":guilabel:`Management` section visible in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:566 msgid "Manage time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 msgid "" "To view time off requests that need approval, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Management --> Time Off`. The only time off" @@ -16500,7 +17070,7 @@ msgid "" "in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:573 msgid "" "The default filter in the :guilabel:`Time Off` list is `Waiting For Me`. " "This only presents time off requests that need to be approved for current " @@ -16508,7 +17078,7 @@ msgid "" " or :guilabel:`Second Approval`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:643 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:577 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented time off requests. Since only time off requests that need to be " @@ -16518,28 +17088,28 @@ msgid "" "appear on the left side of the screen, under :guilabel:`Departments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 msgid "" "If there are no requests that fall under one of the status options or " "departments, that status or department is **not** visible on the left-side " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:587 msgid "" "To display time off requests for specific departments only, click on the " ":guilabel:`Department` on the left-hand side. Only requests within the " "selected department are then presented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:656 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:657 msgid "" "The status column displays the status of each request, with the status " "highlighted in a specific color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` and :guilabel:`Second Approval` requests are " "highlighted in yellow and are the only ones that appear in the list by " @@ -16549,7 +17119,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:665 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:599 msgid "" "To approve a time off request, click the :guilabel:`👍 Approve` button at the" " end of the line. To validate a time off request that has already been " @@ -16564,7 +17134,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:608 msgid "" "For more details, click anywhere on the time off request line (except for " "the :guilabel:`👍 Approve`, :guilabel:`✔️ Validate`, and :guilabel:`✖️ " @@ -16572,24 +17142,24 @@ msgid "" "of the user, changes can be made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:612 msgid "" "To modify the request, make any desired changes to the form. All changes are" " automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:614 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Approve` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button " "to refuse the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:684 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:620 msgid "Manage allocations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:686 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:622 msgid "" "To view allocations that need approval, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off" " app --> Management --> Allocations`. The only allocations visible on this " @@ -16597,7 +17167,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:627 msgid "" "The default filters that are configured to be in place when navigating to " "the :guilabel:`Allocations` list are :guilabel:`My Team` and " @@ -16605,13 +17175,13 @@ msgid "" "team (who they manage) and active employees. Inactive users are not shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented allocation requests." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:635 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Status` options are :guilabel:`To Approve`, " ":guilabel:`Refused`, and :guilabel:`Approved`. Click on a specific " @@ -16619,14 +17189,14 @@ msgid "" "allocation requests, click :guilabel:`All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 msgid "" "It is also possible to display allocation requests by department. Click on " "the :guilabel:`Department` in the left side of the screen to only present " "allocations for that specific department." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:644 msgid "" "The groupings on the left side only present allocation requests that fall " "under the default filters of :guilabel:`My Team` and :guilabel:`Active " @@ -16634,34 +17204,34 @@ msgid "" "filters are presented on the left side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:712 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:648 msgid "" "For example, if there are no requests with a status of :guilabel:`To " "Submit`, that status option does not appear in the left-hand side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:651 msgid "" "All departments for the user's employees appear in the list. If there are no" " allocation requests that fall under that department matching the pre-" "configured filters, the list is blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:654 msgid "" "It is always possible to remove any of the pre-configured filters, by " "clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon on the specific filter to remove " "it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:660 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, " ":guilabel:`Approved` requests are highlighted in green, and the " ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:663 msgid "" "To approve an allocation request, click the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` button at" " the end of the line. To refuse a request, click the :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` " @@ -16673,28 +17243,28 @@ msgid "" "Allocations with the filter, groupings, and status sections highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:670 msgid "" "If more details are needed, click anywhere on the allocation request line " "(except for the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` buttons) to" " view the request in detail." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:673 msgid "" "Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be made to the allocation " "request form that appears. To modify the request, make any desired changes " "to the form. All changes are automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:741 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:677 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Validate` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button" " to refuse the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:683 msgid "" "To view a color-coded schedule of the user's time off, and/or of the team " "managed by them, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Overview`. " @@ -16702,7 +17272,7 @@ msgid "" "view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:687 msgid "" "To change the time period displayed, click on the :guilabel:`Month` button " "to reveal a drop-down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -16710,7 +17280,7 @@ msgid "" "corresponding view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 msgid "" "To navigate forward or backward in time, in the selected increment " "(:guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, etc.), click the :guilabel:`← (left " @@ -16718,44 +17288,44 @@ msgid "" " that specified amount of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:695 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Month` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by" " one month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:697 msgid "" "To return to a view containing the current day, click the :guilabel:`Today` " "button at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 msgid "" "Team members are listed alphabetically on individual lines, and their " "requested time off, regardless of the status (*validated* or *to approve*), " "is visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:766 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:702 msgid "" "Each employee is color-coded. The employee's color is selected at random, " "and does *not* correspond to the type of time off they requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:705 msgid "" "The status of the time off is represented by the color detail of the " "request, either appearing solid (*validated*) or striped (*to approve*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 msgid "" "The number of days or hours requested is written on the request (if there is" " enough space)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:710 msgid "" "At the bottom of the calendar, in the :guilabel:`Total` line, a bar graph " "shows how many people are projected to be out on any given day. The number " @@ -16763,7 +17333,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:778 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:714 msgid "" "Click on a time off entry to view the details for the specific time off " "entry. The total number of hours or days are listed, along with the start " @@ -16775,21 +17345,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview of the user's team, with time off requests shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:723 msgid "My time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:725 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`My Time` section of the *Time Off* application contains the " "time off dashboard, as well as the user's time off requests and allocations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:795 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:731 msgid "Dashboard" msgstr "لوحة البيانات " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:733 msgid "" "All users have access to the time off dashboard, which is the default view " "in the *Time Off* application. The dashboard can also be accessed at any " @@ -16797,38 +17367,38 @@ msgid "" "My Time --> Dashboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 msgid "" "The current year is displayed, and the current day is highlighted in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:739 msgid "" "To change the view, click on the :guilabel:`Year` button to reveal a drop-" "down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, or " ":guilabel:`Month` to present the calendar in that corresponding view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:743 msgid "" "To change the presented dates, click the :guilabel:`← (left arrow)` or " ":guilabel:`→ (right arrow)` icons to the left of the :guilabel:`Year` " "button. The calendar view adjusts in increments of the presented view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:811 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Year` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by " "one year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:813 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:749 msgid "" "To change the view at any point to a view that includes the current date, " "click the :guilabel:`Today` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:816 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:752 msgid "" "Above the calendar view is a summary of the user's time off balances. Every " "time off type that has been allocated appears in its own summary box. Each " @@ -16837,7 +17407,7 @@ msgid "" "applicable)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:757 msgid "" "To view the full details of a time off balance, click the :guilabel:`? " "(question mark)` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`(DAYS/HOURS) AVAILABLE` " @@ -16851,7 +17421,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A view of the complete time off balance details in the popover window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:767 msgid "" "A user is also able to see how much time off they will have accrued in the " "future. On the right side of the time off summary blocks, there is a " @@ -16859,7 +17429,7 @@ msgid "" "selector popover appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:771 msgid "" "The current date is the default date selected. Navigate to the desired date," " and Odoo displays the time off balances the user will have on that date. " @@ -16868,14 +17438,14 @@ msgid "" "of the date field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:840 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:776 msgid "" "On the right side of the calendar, the various time off types are displayed," " with their corresponding colors. The :guilabel:`Legend` explains how the " "various statuses for time off requests are presented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:780 msgid "" "Time off that has been validated appears in a solid color (in the color " "specified in the :guilabel:`Time Off Type` section above the " @@ -16884,19 +17454,19 @@ msgid "" "line through the dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:849 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:785 msgid "" -"New time off requests can be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :ref:`New Time Off" -" ` modal appears." +"New time off requests can be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. Click the " +":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :doc:`New Time Off" +" <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:852 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 msgid "" -"New allocation requests can also be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the dashboard to " -"request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation ` modal appears." +"New allocation requests can also be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard` to request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation " +"` modal appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 @@ -16905,56 +17475,56 @@ msgid "" "buttons highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:863 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:800 msgid "My time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:865 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:802 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`. Here, all time " "off requests, both past and present, appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:868 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:805 msgid "" "The list includes the following information for each request: the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Start Date`, " ":guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and the :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:872 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:809 msgid "" "A new time off request can be made from this view. Click the :guilabel:`New`" -" button to :ref:`request time off `." +" button to :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:878 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:815 msgid "My allocations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:817 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's allocations, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Allocations`. All " "allocations and requested allocations appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:820 msgid "" "The information presented on the :guilabel:`My Allocations` page includes: " "the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Amount`, " ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`, and :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:824 msgid "" "A new allocation request can be made from this view, as well. Click the " ":guilabel:`New` button to :ref:`request an allocation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:895 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:832 msgid "" "The reporting feature allows users to view time off for their team, either " "by employee or type of time off. This allows users to see which employees " @@ -16962,7 +17532,7 @@ msgid "" "types are being used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:899 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:836 msgid "" "Any report can be added to a spreadsheet through the *Insert in Spreadsheet*" " button that appears in the top-left of a report. If the *Documents* " @@ -16970,31 +17540,31 @@ msgid "" "appears. If not, the report can be added to a *Dashboard*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:841 msgid "By employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:843 msgid "" "To view a report of employee time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Employee`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:846 msgid "" "The default report presents the current year's data in a list view, " "displaying all the employees in alphabetical order. Each employee's line is " "collapsed by default. To expand a line, click anywhere on the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:913 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:850 msgid "" "The view expands, and has the time off requests organized by time off type. " "Click anywhere on a time off type line to expand it, and view all the " "individual time off requests that fall under that type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:916 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:853 msgid "" "The information shown in the list includes: the :guilabel:`Employee` name, " ":guilabel:`Number of Days` off requested, the :guilabel:`Start Date`, " @@ -17005,7 +17575,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Report of time off, shown by each employee in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:861 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " @@ -17017,8 +17587,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The various other views highlighted, for the employee time off report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:933 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:870 msgid "" "When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " "particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports and their" @@ -17026,18 +17595,18 @@ msgid "" "documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:875 msgid "By type" msgstr "حسب النوع" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:940 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:877 msgid "" "To view a list of all time off, organized by time off type, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Type`. This shows all time" " off requests in a default bar chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:943 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 msgid "" "Hover over a bar to view the :guilabel:`Duration (Days)` of that specific " "time off type." @@ -17049,13 +17618,13 @@ msgid "" "highlighted in a red box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 msgid "" "Click on a bar to go to a detailed list view of all the time off requests " "for that time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:952 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:889 msgid "" "Each request is listed, with the following information displayed: the " ":guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Request Type`, " @@ -17063,10 +17632,174 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " "way. The various options are a :guilabel:`Graph` (the default view), " ":guilabel:`List`, or :guilabel:`Pivot` table." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:897 +msgid "" +"When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " +"particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports, and " +"their various options, refer to the :doc:`reporting " +"<../essentials/reporting>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:902 +msgid ":doc:`time_off/request_time_off`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Request time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once time off has been allocated to an employee, a request to use it can be " +"submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Time off can be requested in one of two ways: either from the main *Time " +"Off* application :guilabel:`Dashboard` (:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My " +"Time --> Dashboard`), or from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` dashboard view " +"(:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " +"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " +"Off` dashboard, in the default list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " +"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" +" form appears in a pop-up window. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time" +" Off` list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " +"form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " +"the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " +"two fields to populate: the start and end dates. Click on either date field " +"and a popover calendar appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " +"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " +"applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If only requesting time off for a single day, click on the start date, then " +"click the same date again for the end date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the correct dates are selected, click the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" +" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, tick this " +"checkbox. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " +"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " +"day is being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " +"day, tick this checkbox. If selected, a :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` " +"field appears beneath this option. Using the drop-down menu, select the " +"start and end time for the time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " +":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " +"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " +"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " +"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " +"should include any details that managers and approvers may need to approve " +"the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachment of documents. " +"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the desired files that should be attached, select them, then " +"click The :guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off " +"request form. Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information, and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " +"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " +"be saved manually at any time by clicking the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " +"with the flu." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 25fb31472..24b7affe2 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Malaz Abuidris , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory & MRP" -msgstr "المخزون وتخطيط متطلبات التصنيع " +msgid "Supply Chain" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 msgid "Barcode" @@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:20 msgid "Location" msgstr "الموقع " @@ -1697,14 +1697,16 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`المجموعة` في النافذة المنبثقة الت #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:16 @@ -1719,16 +1721,23 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`المجموعة` في النافذة المنبثقة الت #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:26 @@ -4461,6 +4470,8 @@ msgstr "" "علامة تبويب :guilabel:`المخزون` في استمارة المنتج. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:182 msgid "Manual" msgstr "يدوي" @@ -4556,15 +4567,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:214 msgid "" -"The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is four days," -" and the :ref:`purchase security lead time ` is one day." +"The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is " +"four days, and the :ref:`purchase security lead time " +"` is one day." msgstr "" -":ref:`مهلة تسليم المورّد ` هي أربع أيام، و" -" :ref:`مهلة التسليم الاحتياطية ` " -"هي يوم واحد. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:218 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` field of the reordering rule is set to " "zero, the product appears on the replenishment dashboard five days before " @@ -4577,34 +4585,34 @@ msgid "" "Feb 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:226 msgid "" "To see the product on the replenishment dashboard for the current date, " "February 20, set the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` to `7.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:229 msgid "" "To determine the amount of visibility days needed to see a product on the " "replenishment dashboard, subtract *today's date* from the *date the need " "appears* on the replenishment dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:232 msgid "Visibility~days = Need~appears~date - Today's~date" msgstr "Visibility~days = Need~appears~date - Today's~date" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:237 msgid "" "Referring to the example above, today's date is February 20th, and the need " "for the product appears on February 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:240 msgid "(February 27 - February 20 = 7 days)" msgstr "(27 فبراير - 20 فبراير = 7 أيام) " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:242 msgid "" "Incorrectly setting the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` fewer than seven days in" " this case results in the need **not** appearing on the replenishment " @@ -4621,11 +4629,11 @@ msgstr "" "قم بإظهار لوحة بيانات تجديد المخزون مع تعيين أيام الظهور الصحيحة وغير " "الصحيحة. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:252 msgid "Route" msgstr "المسار" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:254 msgid "" "Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected under the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it is possible" @@ -4636,7 +4644,7 @@ msgstr "" "استمارة منتج. على سبيل المثال، من الممكن تحديد كل من :guilabel:`الشراء` و " ":guilabel:`التصنيع`، وبالتالي تمكين وظائف كلا المسارين. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:258 msgid "" "Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering " "rule. This is the route that the rule defaults to, if multiple are selected." @@ -4644,20 +4652,20 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:262 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Route` column is hidden on the " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:264 msgid "" "Reveal the :guilabel:`Route` column by selecting the :guilabel:`(slider)` " "icon to the far-right of the column titles, and checking the " ":guilabel:`Route` option from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:267 msgid "" "Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule, and a drop-down " "menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the " @@ -4670,7 +4678,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down." msgstr "قم بتحديد المسار المفضل من القائمة المنسدلة. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:275 msgid "" "If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set " "for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the selected route " @@ -5551,7 +5559,7 @@ msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "تتبع المنتج " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:100 msgid "Assign serial numbers" msgstr "" @@ -5571,7 +5579,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" @@ -5598,56 +5606,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:21 -msgid "when closing a manufacturing order" +msgid "" +":doc:`during a manufacturing order " +"<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product>` for a " +"product tracked by lot/serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:24 msgid "when making an inventory adjustment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:32 msgid "" "Display the Detailed Operations smart button and bulleted list icon on a " "receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:32 msgid "" "Display the **Detailed Operations** smart button and bulleted list icon on a" " receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:37 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers to products, activate the :guilabel:`Lots and " "Serial Numbers` feature in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " "--> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:40 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of an item's product form, set the " ":guilabel:`Tracking` field to :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:44 msgid "" ":ref:`Enable serial numbers `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:45 msgid "" ":ref:`Track products by serial numbers " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:49 msgid "" "Next, enable creating new serial numbers by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:52 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, select the desired operation " "type (e.g. :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, or " @@ -5660,11 +5671,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show \"Create New\" option is selected on the Receipts operation type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:64 msgid "Detailed Operations" msgstr "العمليات المفصلة " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:66 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned to products when entering stock for the first" " time, from the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` page on the receipt. " @@ -5672,7 +5683,7 @@ msgid "" "Operations --> Receipts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:71 msgid "" "Serial numbers can **not** be assigned to products on a request for " "quotation (RfQ) or purchase order (PO) — **only** on a receipt." @@ -5682,13 +5693,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the purchase order and the Receipt smart button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:78 msgid "" "Screenshot of a \"Purchase Order\" with the \"Receipt\" smart button at the " "top." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:80 msgid "" "To record an item's serial number before receiving the item, follow the " "steps in the next sections to assign serial numbers, but do **not** click " @@ -5696,13 +5707,13 @@ msgid "" "from the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:84 msgid "" "Assign a single serial number to a product by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` smart button on a receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:87 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, manually type in the " "serial number for a single product." @@ -5712,13 +5723,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a line on the Detailed Operations page to assign serial numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:94 msgid "" "When finished, click the receipt's breadcrumbs, and the assigned serial " "numbers are automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:102 msgid "" "To generate new serial numbers in a sequence, click the :guilabel:`+ (plus)`" " icon in the :ref:`product line `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:113 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` pop-up window. The " ":guilabel:`Number of SN` field is auto-filled based on the product quantity " @@ -5750,22 +5761,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show Assign Serial numbers pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:125 msgid "Stock move pop-up window" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:127 msgid "" "For various methods of assigning serial numbers in bulk, click the " ":guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the :ref:`product line " "` of a receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:132 msgid "Add a line" msgstr "إضافة بند" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:134 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window that appears, manually " "input the serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." @@ -5775,11 +5786,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a line on the Stock move pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:142 msgid "Generate Serials" msgstr "إنشاء الأرقام التسلسلية " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:144 msgid "" "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Generate " "Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." @@ -5789,7 +5800,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show generate serials button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:151 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Generate Serial numbers` pop-up window, where " "the first serial number is entered in the :guilabel:`First SN` field to " @@ -5797,36 +5808,36 @@ msgid "" "entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:155 msgid "" "For more details on how to fill in this pop-up window, :ref:`refer to this " "section `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:159 msgid "Import Serials" msgstr "استيراد الأرقام التسلسلية " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:161 msgid "" "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Import " "Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:165 msgid "" "If the button is not visible, ensure the :guilabel:`Create New` option is " "selected in the :ref:`receipt's configuration page " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:168 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window. Enter each serial " "number on a separate line in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:172 msgid "" "Copy/paste serial numbers from an existing excel spreadsheet and add them to" " the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." @@ -5836,7 +5847,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show excel sheet to copy serial numbers from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:179 msgid "" "Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to add serial numbers to " "the list of products, and serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " @@ -5845,25 +5856,26 @@ msgid "" "option unchecked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:146 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Generate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:187 msgid "" "For a receipt with a :guilabel:`Demand` of `3.00` products, one product has " "already been assigned a serial number in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` " "pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:190 msgid "" "So, in the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window, two serial numbers, `124` " "and `125` are assigned to the remaining products by entering the following " "in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` input field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:199 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option is selected to add these two " "serial numbers **in addition** to the serial number, `123`, that has already" @@ -5913,7 +5925,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr ":doc:`lots`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "تمكين أرقام المجموعات والأرقام التسلسلية " @@ -6006,6 +6018,7 @@ msgstr "" "أو أحرف، أو رموز مطبعية، أو مزيج من الأنواع الثلاثة. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:343 msgid "Traceability" msgstr "قابلة التتبع " @@ -6606,6 +6619,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:189 msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" msgstr "" @@ -6648,11 +6662,11 @@ msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." msgstr "" "صفحة التجميع حسب تواريخ انتهاء صلاحية أرقام المجموعات والأرقام التسلسلية. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 msgid "Expiration alerts" msgstr "تنبيهات انتهاء الصلاحية " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 msgid "" "To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." @@ -6660,7 +6674,7 @@ msgstr "" "لررؤية تنبيهات انتهاء الصلاحية، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> " "المنتجات --> أرقام المجموعات/الأرقام التسلسلية`. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:251 msgid "" "Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " "Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " @@ -6672,7 +6686,7 @@ msgstr "" "تفاصيل الرقم التسلسلي، اضغط على علامة تبويب :guilabel:`التواريخ` لرؤية كافة " "معلومات انتهاء الصلاحية المتعلقة بالمنتجات. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:255 msgid "" "To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " "form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " @@ -6682,7 +6696,7 @@ msgstr "" "إلى يسار الاستمارة، ثم قم بتغيير :guilabel:`تاريخ انتهاء الصلاحية` إلى تاريخ" " اليوم (أو قبل ذلك)، ثم اضغط على :guilabel:`حفظ` لحفظ التغييرات. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:259 msgid "" "After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " "Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " @@ -6694,7 +6708,7 @@ msgstr "" "صلاحياتها أو على وشك الانتهاء. من هنا، قم بالضغط للعودة إلى صفحة " ":guilabel:`أرقام المجموعات/الأرقام التسلسلية` (عن طريق آثار التتبع). " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:263 msgid "" "To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " "are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" @@ -6705,7 +6719,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`البحث...` في لوحة بيانات :guilabel:`أرقام المجموعات/الأرقام " "التسلسلية`. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:267 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." msgstr "" @@ -6717,134 +6731,464 @@ msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "تنبيهات انتهاء الصلاحية للمنتجات التي تجاوزت تاريخ انتهاء صلاحياتها. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" -msgstr "استخدم المجموعات لإدارة مجموعات المنتجات " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" -" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " -"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" -" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." +msgid "Lot numbers" msgstr "" -"*المجموعات* هي واحدة من الطريقتين لتعريف وتتبع المنتجات في أودو. تشير " -"المجموعة عادةً إلى دفعة معينة من العنصر الذي تم استلامه أو تخزينه حالياً أو " -"شحنه من أحد المستودعات. ومع ذلك، يمكن أن يتعلق الأمر أيضاً بمجموعة من " -"المنتجات المصنعة داخلياً أيضاً. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:10 msgid "" -"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " -"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " -"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " -"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " -"lifecycles." +"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. They " +"typically represent a specific batch of products that were received, stored," +" shipped, or manufactured in-house." msgstr "" -"يقوم المصنعون بتعيين أرقام المجموعات لمجموعات المنتجات التي تتسم بخصائص " -"مشتركة؛ يمكن أن يؤدي ذلك إلى أن يكون لسلع متعددة نفس رقم المجموعة. يساعد ذلك" -" على تعريف عدد من المنتجات في مجموعة واحدة، ويسمح بالتتبع الشامل لهذه " -"المنتجات خلال كل خطوة في دورات حياتها. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:13 msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " -"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " -"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " -"expiration dates." +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products sharing common " +"properties, facilitating end-to-end traceability through their lifecycles." msgstr "" -"تعتبر المجموعات مفيدة للمنتجات التي يتم تصنيعها أو استلامها بكميات كبيرة " -"(مثل الملابس أو المواد الغذائية)، ويمكن استخدامها لتتبع منتج ما إلى مجموعة، " -"وهو أمر مفيد بشكل خاص عند إدارة عمليات سحب المنتج أو تواريخ انتهاء الصلاحية." -" " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:16 msgid "" -"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " -"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " -"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " -"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " -":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +"Lots are useful for managing large quantities of manufactured or received " +"products, aiding in tracing items back to their group, particularly for " +"product recalls or :doc:`expiration dates `." msgstr "" -"لتتبع المنتجات باستخدام أرقام المجموعات، يجب أن تكون خاصية *أرقام المجموعات " -"والأرقام التسلسلية* مفعلة. اذهب إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> " -"التهيئة--> الإعدادات`، ثم قم بالتمرير لأسفل إلى قسم :guilabel:`قابلية " -"التتبع`، واضغط على المربع المجاور لـ :guilabel:`أرقام المجموعات والأرقام " -"التسلسلية` . بعد ذلك، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`حفظ` لحفظ التغييرات. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 -msgid "Track products by lots" -msgstr "تتبع المنتجات باستخدام الجموعات " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:26 msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " -"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " -"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " -"and choose a product." +"To track products using lots, enable the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature. Go" +" to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and tick the checkbox " +"next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`Tracking expiration dates `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:33 +msgid "" +":ref:`Print GS1 barcodes for lots and serial numbers " +"`" msgstr "" -"بمجرد أن يتم تفعيل إعداد :guilabel:`أرقام المجموعات والأرقام التسلسلية`، " -"سيكون بالإمكان تهيئة المنتجات الفردية ليتم تتبعها باستخدام أرقام المجموعات. " -"للقيام بذلك، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> المنتجات --> " -"المنتجات`، وقم باختيار منتج. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " -"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " -":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " -"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +msgid "Track by lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, configure " +"individual products to be tracked using lots. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and choose a " +"product to configure." msgstr "" -"عندما تكون في استمارة المنتج، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`تحرير` لإجراء التغييرات" -" في الاستمارة. بعد ذلك، اضغط على علامة تبويب :guilabel:`المخزون`. في قسم " -":guilabel:`قابلية التتبع`، اضغط على التتبع :guilabel:`حسب أرقام المجموعات`، " -"ثم اضغط على :guilabel:`حفظ` لحفظ التغييرات. يمكن الآن تعيين الأرقام الموجودة" -" والجديدة للدفعات من هذا المنتج التي تم تصنيعها أو استلامها حديثاً. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:48 msgid "" -"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " -"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" -" lot numbers to the existing stock." +"On the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, select the :guilabel:`By Lots` option in " +"the :guilabel:`Tracking` field. Now, new or existing lot numbers can be " +"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`expiration_dates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, a warning message appears. Use an :doc:`inventory adjustment" +" ` to assign lot numbers to existing products in stock." msgstr "" -"إذا كان المنتج يحتوي على مخزون متاح قبل تفعيل خاصية التتبع حسب أرقام " -"المجموعات أو الأرقام التسلسلية، فقد يلزم إجراء تعديل المخزون لتعيين أرقام " -"المجموعات للمخزون الحالي. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." msgstr "تم تفعيل خاصية التتبع حسب أرقام المجموعات في استمارة المنتج. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 -msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" -msgstr "قم بإنشاء أرقام مجموعات جديدة للمنتجات المتاحة بالفعل في المخزون " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:58 -msgid "" -"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " -"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" -" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " -"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " -"automatically." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:65 +msgid "Assign lots for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -"يمكن إنشاء مجموعات جديدة للمنتجات الموجودة في المخزون بالفعل دون أن يتم " -"تعيين رقم مجموعة. للقيام بذلك، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> " -"المنتجات --> أرقام المجموعات/الأرقام التسلسلية`، ثم اضغط على " -":guilabel:`إنشاء`. يؤدي القيام بذلك إلى الكشف عن صفحة يتم فيها إنشاء " -":guilabel:`رقم المجموعة/الرقم التسلسلي` تلقائياً. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Assign new lot numbers to :ref:`incoming goods " +"` on the receipt form. When " +"shipping :ref:`outgoing goods `, select products with specific lot numbers on the delivery order " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:75 +msgid "On receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Assigning new or existing lot numbers to incoming goods can be done directly" +" on receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To begin, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app to `create and confirm " +"`_ a |PO| for products tracked " +"by lot numbers. Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button that " +"appears at the top of the page to navigate to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to an existing receipt by going to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, clicking the :guilabel:`Receipts` Kanban " +"card, and choosing the desired receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number triggers an " +"error, indicating that a lot number **must** be assigned before validating " +"the receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." +msgstr "" +"إضافة النافذة المنبثقة لخطأ المستخدم للأرقام التسلسلية/أرقام المجموعات. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:96 +msgid "" +"On the receipt form, on the product line in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, " +"select the |list| icon to the right of the product that is tracked by lot " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the bulleted list icon on the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, where the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` and :guilabel:`Quantity` are assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 +msgid "The two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **importing**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:109 +msgid "Manual assignment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"To manually assign lot numbers, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Input the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, :guilabel:`Store To` location for the lot, " +":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Destination Package`, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To assign multiple lot numbers, or store to multiple locations, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and type a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` for " +"additional quantities. Repeat until the total in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"column matches the :guilabel:`Demand` at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgstr "تعيين عدد كبير من العمليات التفصيلية المنبثقة. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:125 +msgid "Import lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:127 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, click :guilabel:`Import " +"Serials/Lots`, then paste the bulk lot numbers, in the " +":guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "قائمة أرقام الكمية المنسوخة على جدول بيانات إكسل. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on *Google* spreadsheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 +msgid "Lot numbers copied to the lot number line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Lot numbers pasted to the \"Lots/Serial numbers\" field, in the **Import " +"Lots** pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to generate *additional* " +"lot numbers in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window. To replace " +"the lot numbers in the list, leave the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option" +" unticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` on the receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:200 +msgid "" +":ref:`Traceability report for lot numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:157 +msgid "On delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Odoo makes it possible to specify which lot numbers for a product are chosen" +" for outgoing shipment on a delivery order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To begin, create or select an existing quotation from the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app. After confirming the |SO|, the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button becomes available. Click the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt form for " +"that specific |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to delivery orders by going to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`" +" kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button opens the the delivery order " +"form, where lot numbers are picked for delivery. In the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab, click the |list| icon to the right of the " +"product that is tracked by lot numbers. Clicking that icon reveals a " +":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, the chosen lot number and its storage location is " +"displayed in the :guilabel:`Pick From` column, with the with the full " +":guilabel:`Quantity` taken from that specific lot (if there is enough stock " +"in that particular lot)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:179 +msgid "" +"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " +":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:183 +msgid "" +"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " +"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It also " +"depends on the ordered quantity, and whether the lot's on-hand quantity is " +"enough to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Repeat the above steps to select enough lots to fulfill the " +":guilabel:`Demand`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. " +"Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button on the |DO| to deliver the " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Popup for source lot number on sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:203 +msgid "Lot management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Manage and view existing lot numbers for products in the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` dashboard by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:208 +msgid "" +"By default, lot numbers are grouped by product, and selecting the drop-down " +"menu for each product displays the existing lot numbers. Select a lot number" +" to :ref:`modify or add details ` " +"linked to the lot. Lot numbers can also be :ref:`created " +"` from this page, by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 +msgid "Show the \"Lot/Serial Number\" dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Display lot numbers, grouped by products, on the **Lot/Serial Number** " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 +msgid "Modify lot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Clicking a lot from the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` dashboard reveals a " +"separate page where additional information can be provided about the lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to follow " +"the most recent number. However, it can be edited, by clicking the line " +"under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and changing the generated " +"number to any desired one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:233 +msgid "On the lot number form, the following fields can be modified:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:235 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: change the lot number linked to the " +":guilabel:`Product`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:236 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internal Reference`: records an alternative lot/serial number " +"used within the warehouse that differs from the one used by the supplier " +"manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company where the lot number is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:239 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: add extra details about the lot or serial number in" +" this text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:242 +msgid "" +"On existing lots, the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"fields **cannot** be modified, as the lot numbers are linked with existing " +"stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the lot number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:250 +msgid ":doc:`Set expiration dates for lots `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:253 +msgid "Add property" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:255 +msgid "" +"To add custom fields to lots for enhanced traceability, there are two " +"methods of adding properties on a lot number form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon at the top-left of the page," +" then select :icon:`fa-cogs` :guilabel:`Add Properties` from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a Property` button, located below " +"the existing fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Name and :doc:`configure the new field " +"<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`. Once finished, enter the " +"property value in the new field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The new property, `Wood type`, is added. The value is recorded as `Cherry " +"wood`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Show the \"Add Properties\" button on a lot number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:273 +msgid "" +":doc:`Configuring custom properties " +"<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 +msgid "Reserve lot number for a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:280 +msgid "" +"To create a lot number for a product, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lot/Serial Numbers`, and " +"click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Creating a lot number reserves it for a product but **does not** assign it. " +"To assign lot numbers, refer to the section on :ref:`assigning lot numbers " +"on receipts `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:289 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " "follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " -"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " -"and changing the generated number." +"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field " +"on the lot form, and changing the generated number." msgstr "" -"يقوم أودو تلقائياً بإنشاء :guilabel:`رقم مجموعة/رقم تسلسلي` ليتبع أحدث رقم، " -"ولكن يمكن تحريره وتغييره لأي رقم تريده عن طريق الضغط على البند الموجود تحت " -"حقل :guilabel:`رقم المجموعة/الرقم التسلسلي`، وتغيير الرقم الذي تم إنشاؤه. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:293 msgid "" "Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " "field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " @@ -6854,457 +7198,66 @@ msgstr "" "الفارغ بجانب :guilabel:`المنتج` لإظهار قائمة منسدلة. من هذه القائمة، قم " "بتحديد المنتج الذي سيتم تعيين هذا الرقم له. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:72 -msgid "" -"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " -"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " -"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " -"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" -"website environment)." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:298 +msgid "The lot number, `000001`, is created for the product, `Drawer Black`." msgstr "" -"تمنحك هذه الاستمارة أيضاً خيار ضبط :guilabel:`الكمية`، وتعيين رقم " -":guilabel:`مرجع داخلي` فريد (لأغراض التتبع)، وتعيين تهيئة هذه المجموعة " -"المحددة أو الرقم التسلسلي لموقع إلكتروني محدد في حقل :guilabel:`الموقع " -"الإلكتروني` (إذا كنت تعمل في بيئة متعددة المواقع). " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 -msgid "" -"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " -"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." -msgstr "" -"يمكن أيضًا إضافة وصف تفصيلي لرقم المجموعة المحددة أو الرقم التسلسلي في علامة" -" تبويب :guilabel:`الوصف` أدناه. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:83 -msgid "" -"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " -"button to save all changes." -msgstr "" -"عند اكتمال كافة التهيئات المطلوبة، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`حفظ` لحفظ كافة " -"التغييرات. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." msgstr "استمارة إنشاء رقم مجموعة جديدة مع المنتج الذي تم تعيينه. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:304 msgid "" "After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " -"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" -" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " -"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." +"product, the lot number is saved as an existing lot number linked to the " +"product, and can be selected when :ref:`assigning lot numbers to products on" +" a receipt `, or when making an " +"inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -"بعد إنشاء رقم مجموعة جديد وحفظه وتعيينه للمنتج المطلوب، انتقل مرة أخرى إلى " -"استمارة المنتج في تطبيق :menuselection:`المخزون`، عن طريق الذهاب إلى " -":menuselection:`المنتجات --> المنتجات`، واختيار المنتج الذي تم تعيين رقم " -"المجموعة الذي تم إنشاؤه حديثاً للتو. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:310 msgid "" -"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " -"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " -"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" -" assigned to it." +"After creating the lot number, `000001` appears as an option for `Drawer " +"Black` when assigning lot numbers on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` " +"page." msgstr "" -"في نموذج تفاصيل هذا المنتج، انقر فوق الزر الذكي :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " -"Numbers` لعرض رقم الدفعة الجديد. عند استلام أو تصنيع كمية إضافية من هذا " -"المنتج، يمكن تحديد رقم الدفعة الجديد هذا وتخصيصه لها. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:95 -msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" -msgstr "إدارة أرقام المجموعات للشحن ولاستلام " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " -"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " -"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " -"order form." -msgstr "" -"يمكن تعيين أرقام الدفعة لكل من البضائع **الواردة** و **الصادرة**. بالنسبة " -"للسلع الواردة، يتم تعيين أرقام الدفعة مباشرةً في نموذج أمر الشراء. بالنسبة " -"للبضائع الصادرة، يتم تعيين أرقام الدفعة مباشرة في نموذج أمر المبيعات. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:104 -msgid "Manage lots on receipts" -msgstr "إدارة أرقام المجموعات في عمليات الاستلام " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " -"purchase order (PO)." -msgstr "" -"يمكن تعيين أرقام المجموعات للبضائع **الواردة** مباشرة من أمر الشراء (PO). " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:108 -msgid "" -"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " -"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." -msgstr "" -"لإنشاء :abbr:`PO (أمر شراء)`، انتقل إلى :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " -"Create`. يؤدي القيام بذلك إلى الكشف عن نموذج طلب عرض أسعار (RFQ) جديد وفارغ." -" " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 -msgid "" -"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " -"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " -"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " -"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." -msgstr "" -"في هذا :abbr:`RFQ (طلب عرض أسعار)`، املأ المعلومات الضرورية عن طريق إضافة " -":guilabel:`Vendor`، وإضافة المنتجات المطلوبة إلى خطوط :guilabel:`Product`، " -"بالنقر فوق :guilabel:` أضف منتجًا (ضمن علامة التبويب :guilabel:`المنتجات`). " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " -"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." -msgstr "" -"اختر الكمية المطلوبة من المنتج للطلب عن طريق تغيير الرقم الموجود في العمود " -":guilabel:`Quantity`. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " -"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " -":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " -"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." -msgstr "" -"بمجرد ملء :abbr:`RFQ (طلب عرض الأسعار)`، انقر فوق :guilabel:`تأكيد الطلب`. " -"عندما يتم تأكيد :abbr:`RFQ (طلب عرض الأسعار)`، يصبح :guilabel:`أمر الشراء`، " -"ويظهر الزر الذكي :guilabel:`إيصال`. انقر فوق الزر الذكي :guilabel:`Receipt` " -"للانتقال إلى نموذج إيصال المستودع. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " -"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" -"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " -":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " -"number being assigned." -msgstr "" -"سيؤدي النقر على :guilabel:`التحقق من الصحة` قبل تعيين رقم الدفعة لكميات " -"المنتج المطلوبة إلى ظهور النافذة المنبثقة :guilabel:`خطأ المستخدم`. تتطلب " -"النافذة المنبثقة إدخال رقم الدفعة أو الرقم التسلسلي للمنتجات المطلوبة. " -":abbr:`RFQ (طلب عرض الأسعار)` **لا يمكن** التحقق من صحته دون تعيين رقم " -"الدفعة. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." -msgstr "" -"إضافة النافذة المنبثقة لخطأ المستخدم للأرقام التسلسلية/أرقام المجموعات. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:133 -msgid "" -"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " -":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " -"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " -"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." -msgstr "" -"من هنا، انقر فوق القائمة :guilabel:`خيارات إضافية`، الممثلة بأيقونة " -":guilabel:`hamburger (أربعة خطوط أفقية)`، الموجودة على يمين العمود " -":guilabel:`وحدة القياس` في :guilabel: علامة التبويب \"العمليات\"). يؤدي " -"النقر فوق هذا الرمز إلى ظهور نافذة منبثقة :guilabel:`Detailed Operations`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:137 -msgid "" -"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " -"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " -"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." -msgstr "" -"في هذه النافذة المنبثقة، قم بتكوين عدد من الحقول المختلفة، بما في ذلك تعيين " -"رقم الدفعة، ضمن العمود :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name`، الموجود في الجزء " -"السفلي من النافذة المنبثقة. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." -msgstr "" -"توجد طريقتان لتعيين أرقام المجموعات: **يدوياً** وعن طريق **النسخ/اللصق**. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 -msgid "" -"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" -" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " -"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " -"quantity." -msgstr "" -"**تعيين أرقام الدفعة يدويًا**: انقر على :guilabel:`أضف سطرًا` واختر الموقع " -"الذي سيتم تخزين المنتجات فيه ضمن العمود :guilabel:`إلى`. ثم اكتب " -":guilabel:`Lot Number Name` الجديد وقم بتعيين الكمية:guilabel:`Done`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 -msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." -msgstr "تعيين عدد كبير من العمليات التفصيلية المنبثقة. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " -":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " -"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " -"the :guilabel:`Demand`." -msgstr "" -"إذا كان يجب معالجة الكميات في مواقع ودفعات متعددة، فانقر فوق :guilabel:`أضف " -"سطرًا` واكتب :guilabel:`اسم رقم الدفعة` الجديد للكميات الإضافية. كرر ذلك حتى" -" يتطابق :guilabel:`Quantity Done` مع :guilabel:`Demand`. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:155 -msgid "" -"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " -"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " -"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" -" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" -" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " -":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " -"entered in each of the lot number lines." -msgstr "" -"**نسخ/لصق أرقام الدفعة من جدول بيانات**: قم بملء جدول بيانات بجميع أرقام " -"الدفعة المستلمة من المورد (أو تم اختيارها يدويًا لتعيينها عند الاستلام). ثم " -"قم بنسخها ولصقها في عمود :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name`. سيقوم Odoo " -"تلقائيًا بإنشاء العدد اللازم من الأسطر بناءً على كمية الأرقام الملصقة في " -"العمود. من هنا، يمكن إدخال الكميات :guilabel:`To` والكميات :guilabel:`Done` " -"يدويًا في كل سطر من سطر أرقام الدفعة. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 -msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." -msgstr "قائمة أرقام الكمية المنسوخة على جدول بيانات إكسل. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." -msgstr "" -"بمجرد تعيين رقم الدفعة لجميع كميات المنتج، انقر فوق :guilabel:`تأكيد` لإغلاق" -" النافذة المنبثقة. ثم انقر فوق :guilabel:`التحقق من الصحة`. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:168 -msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." -" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " -":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " -"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" -" assigned, and more." -msgstr "" -"يظهر الزر الذكي :guilabel:`Traceability` عند التحقق من صحة الإيصال. انقر فوق" -" الزر الذكي :guilabel:`Traceability` لرؤية تحديث :guilabel:`تقرير التتبع`، " -"والذي يتضمن: مستند :guilabel:`مرجع`، و :guilabel:`المنتج` الذي يتم تتبعه، و " -":guilabel:`Lot /المسلسل #` المعين، وأكثر من ذلك. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:174 -msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" -msgstr "إدارة أرقام المجموعات في أوامر التوصيل " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " -"sales order (SO)." -msgstr "" -"يمكن تعيين أرقام الدفعة للبضائع **الصادرة** مباشرة من أمر المبيعات (SO)." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " -"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." -msgstr "" -"لإنشاء :abbr:`SO (أمر مبيعات)`، انتقل إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المبيعات -->" -" إنشاء`. يؤدي القيام بذلك إلى الكشف عن نموذج اقتباس فارغ جديد." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:181 -msgid "" -"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" -" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " -"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." -msgstr "" -"في نموذج عرض الأسعار الفارغ هذا، املأ المعلومات الضرورية عن طريق إضافة " -":guilabel:`العميل`، وإضافة المنتجات إلى خطوط :guilabel:`المنتج` (في علامة " -"التبويب :guilabel:`Order Lines`) بالنقر فوق :guilabel: `إضافة منتج`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:185 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` column." -msgstr "" -"ثم اختر الكمية المطلوبة للبيع عن طريق تغيير الرقم الموجود في العمود " -":guilabel:`Quantity`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" -" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " -":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." -msgstr "" -"بمجرد ملء عرض الأسعار، انقر فوق الزر :guilabel:`Confirm` لتأكيد عرض الأسعار." -" عندما يتم تأكيد عرض الأسعار، يصبح :abbr:`SO (أمر المبيعات)`، ويظهر الزر " -"الذكي :guilabel:`Delivery`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:201 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " -"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." -msgstr "" -"انقر فوق الزر الذكي :guilabel:`Delivery` لعرض نموذج إيصال المستودع الخاص " -"بهذا :abbr:`SO (أمر المبيعات)`. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 -msgid "" -"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " -"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " -":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " -"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." -msgstr "" -"من هنا، انقر فوق القائمة :guilabel:`خيارات إضافية`، الممثلة بأيقونة " -"`hamburger` (أربعة خطوط أفقية، تقع على يمين عمود :guilabel:`وحدة القياس` في " -"علامة التبويب :guilabel:`العمليات` ). يؤدي النقر فوق هذا الرمز إلى ظهور " -"نافذة منبثقة :guilabel:`Detailed Operations`. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:198 -msgid "" -"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " -"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" -" there is enough stock in that particular lot)." -msgstr "" -"في النافذة المنبثقة، سيتم اختيار :guilabel:`الرقم التسلسلي/الرقم التسلسلي` " -"بشكل افتراضي، مع أخذ الكمية الكاملة :guilabel:`المحجوزة` من تلك الكمية " -"المحددة (إذا كان هناك مخزون كافٍ في تلك الكمية المحددة). " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:202 -msgid "" -"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " -":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " -"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " -"total quantity." -msgstr "" -"إذا لم يكن هناك مخزون كافٍ في هذه الدفعة، أو إذا كان يجب أخذ كميات جزئية من " -":guilabel:`Demand` من دفعات متعددة، قم بتغيير الكمية في عمود " -":guilabel:`Done` لتشمل فقط هذا الجزء المحدد من الكمية الإجمالية . " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:207 -msgid "" -"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " -"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " -"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " -"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " -"lot to fulfill the order." -msgstr "" -"تختلف الدفعة المختارة تلقائيًا لأوامر التسليم، اعتمادًا على استراتيجية " -"الإزالة المحددة (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, " -"First Out)`, أو :abbr:`FEFO (انتهاء الصلاحية الأول، يخرج أولاً)`). سيعتمد " -"ذلك أيضًا على الكمية المطلوبة، وما إذا كانت هناك كمية كافية في دفعة واحدة " -"لتلبية الطلب. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:213 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" +msgid "Show how to assign lot numbers on the Inventory Adjustment page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:215 -msgid "" -"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " -"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" -" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." -msgstr "" -"بعد ذلك، انقر فوق :guilabel:`أضف سطرًا`، وحدد إضافيًا " -"(مختلفًا):guilabel:`الرقم التسلسلي/الدفعة`، وقم بتطبيق بقية الكميات " -":guilabel:`تم'، ثم انقر فوق :guilabel:`تأكيد` لـ أغلق النافذة المنبثقة. " -"وأخيرًا، انقر فوق الزر :guilabel:`Validate` لتسليم المنتجات. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." -msgstr "نافذة منبثقة مفصلة للعمليات لرقم الدفعة المصدر في أمر المبيعات. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 -msgid "" -"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " -"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " -":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " -"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " -"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." -msgstr "" -"عند التحقق من صحة أمر التسليم، يظهر الزر الذكي :guilabel:`Traceability`. " -"انقر فوق الزر الذكي :guilabel:`Traceability` لرؤية تحديث :guilabel:`تقرير " -"التتبع`، والذي يتضمن مستند :guilabel:`مرجع`، و :guilabel:`المنتج` الذي يتم " -"تتبعه، و :guilabel:`Date` ، وتم تعيين :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:228 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" -" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " -"the same lot number." -msgstr "" -"يمكن أن يتضمن :guilabel:`تقرير التتبع` أيضًا إيصال :guilabel:`مرجعي` من أمر " -"الشراء السابق، إذا كانت كميات المنتج تشترك في نفس رقم الدفعة." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:318 msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" msgstr "إدارة أرقام المجموعات لأنواع العمليات المختلفة " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:320 msgid "" -"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " -"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " -"be used." +"By default, new lots can only be created when receiving products, and " +"existing lot numbers cannot be used. For sales orders, only existing lot " +"numbers can be utilized, and new ones cannot be created on the delivery " +"order." msgstr "" -"في Odoo، لا يُسمح بإنشاء حصص جديدة إلا عند **استلام** المنتجات من أمر " -"الشراء، بشكل افتراضي. **لا يمكن استخدام أرقام الكمية **الموجودة**. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:237 -msgid "" -"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" -" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." -msgstr "" -"بالنسبة لأوامر المبيعات، يكون العكس هو الصحيح: لا يمكن إنشاء أرقام نصيب " -"جديدة في أمر التسليم، ويمكن استخدام أرقام المجموعات الموجودة فقط. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:324 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " "type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " -"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +"Operations Types`, and select the desired operation type." msgstr "" -"لتغيير القدرة على استخدام أرقام الدفعة الجديدة (أو الموجودة) على أي نوع " -"عملية، انتقل إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> التكوين --> أنواع " -"العمليات`، وحدد :guilabel:`نوع العملية` المطلوب. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:328 msgid "" -"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " -"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " -"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" -" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " -":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" -" to save the changes." +"On the operation type form, under the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"section, tick the :guilabel:`Create New` checkbox to enable new lot numbers " +"to be created during this operation type. Choose :guilabel:`Use Existing " +"ones` if only existing lot numbers can be selected." msgstr "" -"بالنسبة إلى :guilabel:`الإيصالات`، الموجودة في صفحة:menuselection:`أنواع " -"العمليات`، يمكن تمكين خيار :guilabel:`استخدام الكثير/الأرقام التسلسلية " -"الموجودة`، بالنقر فوق :guilabel:`تحرير`، ثم النقر فوق مربع الاختيار الموجود " -"بجانب خيار :guilabel: `استخدام المجموعات/الأرقام التسلسلية الموجودة' (في قسم" -" :guilabel:`إمكانية التتبع`). وأخيرًا، انقر فوق الزر :guilabel:`Save` لحفظ " -"التغييرات. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:249 -msgid "" -"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " -"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " -"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " -"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." -msgstr "" -"بالنسبة لـ :guilabel:`طلبات التسليم`، يمكن تمكين الخيار :guilabel:`إنشاء " -"مجموعات/أرقام مسلسلة جديدة`، بالنقر فوق :guilabel:`تحرير`، والنقر فوق مربع " -"الاختيار الموجود بجوار :guilabel:`إنشاء مجموعات/أرقام مسلسلة جديدة خيار " -"الأرقام تأكد من النقر فوق الزر :guilabel:`Save` لحفظ جميع التغييرات. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." msgstr "تمكين إعداد قابلية التتبع في استمارة نوع العمليات. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:337 msgid "" "For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " "useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" @@ -7314,21 +7267,14 @@ msgstr "" "الدفعات، قد يكون من المفيد تمكين خيار :guilabel: `استخدام الحصص " "الموجودة/الأرقام التسلسلية` لإيصالات المستودعات. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "قابلية تتبع المجموعات " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:345 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " -"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " -"stored, and who (and when) it went to." +"entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from, when it arrived, where it" +" was stored, who it went to (and when)." msgstr "" -"بإمكان المُصنّعين والشركات الاستعانة بتقارير التتبع لرؤية دورة حياة المنتج " -"بأكملها: مثل مصدره (وتاريخ إنتاجه) وأين تم تخزينه والشخص الذي تم إرسال " -"المنتج إليه (ومتى). " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:348 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " @@ -7339,7 +7285,7 @@ msgstr "" "التسلسلية`. يؤدي القيام بذلك إلى ظهور لوحة بيانات :menuselection:`أرقام " "المجموعات/الأرقام التسلسلية`. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:352 msgid "" "From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " @@ -7349,32 +7295,43 @@ msgstr "" "افتراضي، ويمكن أيضاً التوسع فيها حتى تُظهِر المجموعات التي تم تخصيصها لها " "على وجه التحديد. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:355 msgid "" -"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " -"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " -":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " -"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." +"To group by lots, begin by removing any filters in the :guilabel:`Search...`" +" bar. Then, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(caret down)` icon to" +" open a drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` options," +" and :guilabel:`Favorites`. Under the :guilabel:`Group By` section, click " +"the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` option, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"Number` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -"للتجميع حسب أرقام المجموعات (أو الأرقام التسلسلية)، ابدأ بإزالة أي فلاتر " -"موجودة في شريط البحث. بعدها، اضغط على القائمة المنسدلة :guilabel:`التجميع " -"حسب` ثم قم بتحديد خيار :guilabel:`إضافة مجموعة مخصصة`، وقم بتحديد " -":guilabel:`رقم المجموعة/الرقم التسلسلي` من القائمة المنسدلة. بعد ذلك، اضغط " -"على :guilabel:`تطبيق`. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:361 msgid "" -"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " -"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." +"Doing so reorganizes all the records on the page to display all existing " +"lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded to show all quantities of " +"products with that assigned number." msgstr "" -"يؤدي القيام بذلك إلى عرض كافة أرقام المجموعات والأرقام التسلسلية الموجودة، " -"ويمكن توسيعه لعرض كافة كميات المنتجات مع ذلك الرقم المعيّن لها. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "تقرير تتبع أرقام المجموعات والأرقام التسلسلية. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:369 +msgid "Traceability report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To view a full stock moves report for a lot number, select the lot number " +"line from the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Number` dashboard. On the lot number " +"form, click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the Traceability Report for a lot, that displays the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:380 msgid ":doc:`differences`" msgstr "" @@ -8014,6 +7971,144 @@ msgstr "" "لدى أودو. عند استلام المنتجات من الموردين، يؤدي مسح باركود التغليف تلقائياً " "إلى إضافة عدد الوحدات الموجودة في العبوة إلى العدد الداخلي للمنتج. " +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:3 +msgid "Reassign lot/serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Changing a product's tracking settings to use lots or serial numbers, " +"*after* storing products in Odoo without them, can lead to inconsistent " +"records. Follow this documentation to learn how to use an inventory " +"adjustment to assign lot or serial numbers to products that were not " +"originally assigned lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Warning message: products in stock have no lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This document outlines the process of using two inventory adjustments: one " +"to remove incorrect records *without* lot numbers, and another to save the " +"quantities *with* the lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`Set up and use lot numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Set up serial numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Use serial numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:24 +msgid "Change on-hand quantity to zero" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To change the product's settings to track by lots or serial numbers, begin " +"by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and select the intended product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, click the product's :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button to open the " +":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. In the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"column, change the value to zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If the product is stored in multiple locations, make sure the **total** on " +"hand quantity at **all** locations is zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Show the Inventory Adjustments model, highlighting the \"On Hand Quantity\" " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:41 +msgid "Change traceability setting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Return to the product form (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Products`), and switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, change the :guilabel:`Tracking` option " +"from :guilabel:`No Tracking` to :guilabel:`By Lots` or :guilabel:`By Unique " +"Serial Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 +msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:56 +msgid "Restore on-hand quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:58 +msgid "" +"After manually changing the on-hand quantity to zero and changing the " +":guilabel:`Tracking` setting to lots or serial numbers, restore the " +"quantities by clicking the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button from the desired" +" product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:62 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Update Quantity` page, because the on-hand quantity had " +"been previously changed to zero, a :guilabel:`No Stock On Hand` warning " +"appears on the page. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" +"left corner. Doing so reveals a new, modifiable line on the " +":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. Then, input a desired lot number in the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` to its original value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Fill in the \"Lot/Serial Number\" and \"On Hand Quantity\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To find the original quantity, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"accordingly, after assigning a new lot or serial number, click the " +":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon in the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` column. Then, click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` " +"button on the far-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Show the \"History\" button on the Inventory Adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The inventory adjustment that changed the on-hand quantity to zero is " +"displayed in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:0 +msgid "Show the history entry." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "استخدم الأرقام التسلسلية لتتبع المنتجات " @@ -8194,6 +8289,14 @@ msgstr "" "يمكن أيضاً إضافة وصف تفصيلي لرقم المجموعة المحددة/الرقم التسلسلي في علامة " "تبويب :guilabel:`الوصف` أدناه. " +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save all changes." +msgstr "" +"عند اكتمال كافة التهيئات المطلوبة، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`حفظ` لحفظ كافة " +"التغييرات. " + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "رقم تسلسلي جديد تم إنشاؤه لمخزون المنتج المتاح. " @@ -8431,6 +8534,14 @@ msgstr "" " إضافة :guilabel:`العميل`، والمنتجات إلى بنود :guilabel:`المنتج` (في علامة " "تبويب :guilabel:`بنود الطلب`)، بالنقر فوق :guilabel:`إضافة منتج`. " +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" +"ثم اختر الكمية المطلوبة للبيع عن طريق تغيير الرقم الموجود في العمود " +":guilabel:`Quantity`." + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:197 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" @@ -8442,6 +8553,26 @@ msgstr "" "السعر. عندما يتم تأكيد عرض السعر، يتحول عرض السعر إلى :abbr:`SO (أمر بيع)`، " "وسيظهر زر ذكي لـ :guilabel:`التوصيل`. " +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " +"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" +"انقر فوق الزر الذكي :guilabel:`Delivery` لعرض نموذج إيصال المستودع الخاص " +"بهذا :abbr:`SO (أمر المبيعات)`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" +"من هنا، انقر فوق القائمة :guilabel:`خيارات إضافية`، الممثلة بأيقونة " +"`hamburger` (أربعة خطوط أفقية، تقع على يمين عمود :guilabel:`وحدة القياس` في " +"علامة التبويب :guilabel:`العمليات` ). يؤدي النقر فوق هذا الرمز إلى ظهور " +"نافذة منبثقة :guilabel:`Detailed Operations`. " + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:208 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " @@ -8859,6 +8990,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:80 msgid "Create purchase order" msgstr "" @@ -9140,12 +9273,12 @@ msgstr "" "وملصق جديد. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:160 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`الفوترة` " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:161 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" msgstr ":doc:`العبوات المتعددة` " @@ -9356,7 +9489,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:124 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" msgstr ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" @@ -9537,8 +9670,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "Create a sales order" msgstr "" @@ -9600,7 +9731,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Print shipping labels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:8 msgid "" "Integrate Odoo with :doc:`third-party shipping carriers " "<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>` to automatically generate " @@ -9608,7 +9739,7 @@ msgid "" "numbers, and barcodes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:15 msgid "" "To generate labels for a third-party shipping carrier, first :doc:`install " "the third-party shipping connector " @@ -9625,36 +9756,83 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set the \"Get Rate and Create Shipment\" option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:33 +msgid "Labels for multi-step" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"For companies using :doc:`two " +"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or :doc:`three step " +"delivery <../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, labels can be " +"triggered to print after validating the picking or packing operation. To do " +"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations " +"Types`, and choose the desired operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Operation Type` configuration page, tick the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` checkbox. Enabling this feature ensures that the " +"third-party shipping label is printed upon validating this operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:45 +msgid "" +"For :doc:`two-step delivery " +"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, where products are " +"placed directly in packages during picking, companies can print shipping " +"labels during picking instead of delivery. Odoo allows users to enable the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` feature on the `Pick` operation itself to achieve " +"this flexibility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:0 +msgid "Enable the \"Print Label\" feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:55 msgid "Print tracking labels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:57 msgid "" -"Tracking labels are generated after the delivery order (DO) is validated." +"Tracking labels are printed when specific operations are validated. By " +"default, validating a delivery order (DO) generates a tracking label in the " +"chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:61 msgid "" -"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin on the " -":menuselection:`Sales app`, and proceed to the desired quotation to " -":ref:`add the shipping cost `, confirm the sales order, and validate the |DO|." +"For companies using two or three step delivery, refer to the :ref:`printing " +"labels for multi-step delivery ` section to learn how to print the label after validating a picking " +"or packing operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin in the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and proceed to the desired quotation or sales " +"order (SO). There, and :ref:`add the shipping cost " +"` to the order. Then, " +"navigate to the linked |DO| — or another operation type when using multi-" +"step delivery — to validate the operation and print the label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:71 msgid "" "If only the *Inventory* app is installed, create :abbr:`DOs (Delivery " -"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app , :ref:`add the " +"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, :ref:`add the " "third-party carrier ` in " "the :guilabel:`Carrier` field, and validate the |DO|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:79 msgid "Add shipping on quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:81 msgid "" "To generate a tracking label for an order, begin by creating a quotation in " ":menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`, clicking " @@ -9666,15 +9844,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the \"Add Shipping\" button on the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:89 msgid "" "In the resulting pop-up window, select the intended carrier from the " -":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. Clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` " -"displays the shipping cost for the customer, via the third-party carrier in " -"the :guilabel:`Cost` field." +":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Total Order " +"Weight` field is automatically populated, based on the :ref:`weight of " +"products in the order `. " +"Modify this field to overwrite the predicted weight, and use this weight to " +"estimate the cost of shipping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Get Rate` to display the shipping cost for the " +"customer, via the third-party carrier in the :guilabel:`Cost` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 msgid "" "If clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` results in an error, ensure the " ":ref:`warehouse's address ` are properly configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:102 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the cost to the quotation, which is listed as " "the :ref:`configured delivery product " @@ -9695,49 +9881,49 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show \"Get rate\" pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:112 msgid "" -"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, the shipping carrier is" -" specified in a delivery order's :guilabel:`Carrier` field of the " -":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." +"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, specify the " +":guilabel:`Carrier` by going to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, " +"navigating to the |DO|, and going to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:0 msgid "Show the \"Additional Info\" tab of a delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:123 msgid "Validate delivery order" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:125 msgid "" "On a delivery order form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab to" " ensure the third-party shipping carrier has been added to the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:129 msgid "" "If the *Sales* app is not installed, the third-party carrier is set in the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:132 msgid "" "After the items in the order have been packed, click :guilabel:`Validate` to" " get the shipping carrier's tracking number, and generate the shipping " "label." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:136 msgid "" "Create or select an existing delivery order by going to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and selecting the :guilabel:`Delivery " "Orders` card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:139 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` number is generated in the " ":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab of the delivery order. Click the " @@ -9745,7 +9931,7 @@ msgid "" "shipping carrier's website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:143 msgid "The tracking label is found in PDF format in the chatter." msgstr "" @@ -9753,14 +9939,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show generated shipping label in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:150 msgid "" "For multi-package shipping, one label is generated per package. Each label " "appears in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:157 msgid "Sample label generated from Odoo's shipping connector with FedEx." msgstr "" @@ -9947,11 +10133,282 @@ msgid "" "create the first backorder." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:3 +msgid "Printable delivery PDFs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automatically print delivery-related PDFs documents and labels in Odoo, " +"containing package recipient details, contents, or handling instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The following PDFs can be configured to print upon validating an *Inventory*" +" operation (e.g. receipt, picking, delivery orders, quality checks):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:11 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery slip `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`Return slip `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:13 +msgid "" +":ref:`Product labels of items in the order " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:14 +msgid "" +":ref:`Lot and serial number labels `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:15 +msgid "Carrier labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:16 +msgid "Export documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:17 +msgid "Package Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:18 +msgid "Package label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To automatically print these forms, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`, and select the desired " +"operation type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick each of the desired options available " +"in the :guilabel:`Print on Validation` section to download the PDF of those " +"selected documents automatically after validating the :guilabel:`Operation " +"Type`. For details on what each of the checkbox options do, jump to the " +"related section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Print on Validation* option in the \"Pick\" *Operation Type*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:36 +msgid "Delivery slip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A *delivery slip* contains recipient and package details, usually placed " +"inside (or attached to) the package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:42 +msgid ":ref:`Picking list `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`Tracking label `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:45 +msgid "" +"After :ref:`enabling the Delivery Slip setting " +"` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " +"configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " +"operation type downloads a PDF of the delivery slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The delivery slip shows products, quantities, the delivery order reference " +"number, and the total order weight." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Example delivery slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:58 +msgid "Return slip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Print a *return slip* to include in a delivery for customer return packages." +" It identifies the return, links to the sales order, and includes item " +"details and customer information. It can also include specific return " +"instructions for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:64 +msgid "" +"After :ref:`enabling the Return Slip setting " +"` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " +"configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " +"operation type downloads a PDF of the return slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The return slip displays the company's return address, along with barcodes " +"for both the order and the return operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Example return slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:77 +msgid "Product labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Print *product labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " +"information, such as product name, barcode, and price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"After navigating to the intended operation type (:menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`), in the :guilabel:`Hardware` " +"tab, tick the :guilabel:`Product Labels` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Print label as:` drop-down menu visible, where" +" each product label can be printed as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`2 x 7 with price`: PDF displays product name, barcode, and price," +" fitting two rows and seven columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 2 x 7 with price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 7 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price, " +"fitting four rows and seven columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 4 x 7 with price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12`: displays product name and barcode. Fits four rows and " +"twelve columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 4 x 12." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price. " +"Fits four rows and twelve columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels`: prints labels in the Zebra Programming Language " +"(ZPL) containing the product name and barcode. Readable for Zebra printers " +"to automatically print labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels with price`: prints labels in the :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " +"Programming Language)` containing the product name, barcode, and price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Product labels can be manually printed from any delivery order, by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Print Labels` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:128 +msgid "Lot/SN Labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Print *lot/SN labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " +"information, such as product name, lot or serial number, and the barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To automatically print this PDF, navigate to the intended operation type's " +"options page (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations" +" Types`). Then, in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick the :guilabel:`Lot/SN " +"Labels` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per lot/SN`: PDF with labels for unique lot/serial " +"numbers in the order, including product name, lot/serial number, and " +"barcode. Fits four rows and twelve columns per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:150 +msgid "Labels for an order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per unit`: PDF with labels matching the quantity of " +"items, displaying the product name, lot/serial number, and barcode. Fits " +"four rows and twelve columns per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per lot/SN`: prints labels in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " +"Programming Language)`, containing the product name, lot/serial number, and " +"barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per unit`: prints labels with the quantity of " +"items in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming Language)`, containing the product " +"name, lot/serial number, and barcode." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "Scheduled delivery dates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 msgid "" "Accurately forecasting delivery dates is vital for fulfilling customer " "expectations. In Odoo, the *Inventory* app allows for comprehensive lead " @@ -9959,11 +10416,11 @@ msgid "" "orders, deliveries, and receptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:15 msgid "Lead time types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:17 msgid "" "Different lead times for different operations can impact various stages of " "the order fulfillment process. Here's a summary of the types of lead times " @@ -9974,66 +10431,85 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show graphic of all lead times working together." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "" -":ref:`Customer lead time `: The default " -"time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is the " -"number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the date " -"the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as *delivery" -" lead time*." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:24 msgid "" -":ref:`Sales security lead time `: " -"moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of days. " -"This serves as a buffer to allow the team ample time to prepare the outgoing" -" shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " -"process." +":ref:`Customer lead time `: " +"default time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is" +" the number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the " +"date the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as " +"*delivery lead time*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:29 msgid "" -":ref:`Purchase lead time `: the number of " -"days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " +":ref:`Sales security lead time `: moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of " +"days. This serves as a buffer to allow ample time to prepare the outgoing " +"shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 +msgid "" +":ref:`Purchase lead time `: number" +" of days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " "products. It provides insight on the time it takes for products to arrive at" " the warehouse, facilitating effective scheduling and planning of supplier " "deliveries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:39 msgid "" -":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` by a " -"specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders earlier " -"mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products that are" -" set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment report* " -"earlier, according to the specified number of days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:40 -msgid "" -":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: the number " -"of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date of " -"confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in Odoo), " -"and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished good." +":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " +"by a specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders " +"earlier mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products " +"that are set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment " +"report* earlier, according to the specified number of days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:45 msgid "" -":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " -"forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with " -":ref:`replenish to order `, the " +":ref:`Days to Purchase `: " +"days needed for the vendor to receive a request for quotation (RFQ) and " +"confirm it. It advances the deadline to schedule a |RFQ| by a specified " +"number of days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:49 +msgid "" +":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: " +"number of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date " +"of confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in " +"Odoo), and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished" +" good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:54 +msgid "" +":ref:`Days to prepare manufacturing order " +"`: number of days " +"needed to replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the " +"product. Either set one directly on the bill of materials (BoM), or click " +"*Compute* to sum up purchase and manufacturing lead times of components in " +"the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:60 +msgid "" +":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing " +"Order)` forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with" +" :ref:`replenish to order `, the " "security lead time makes the need appear earlier on the replenishment " "report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:69 msgid "Sales lead times" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 msgid "" "Customer lead times and sales security lead times can be configured to " "automatically compute an *expected delivery date* on a :abbr:`SO (Sales " @@ -10041,14 +10517,14 @@ msgid "" "setting for shipments from the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:75 msgid "" "Odoo issues a warning message if the set delivery date is earlier than the " "expected date, as it may not be feasible to fulfill the order by that time, " "which would impact other warehouse operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:79 msgid "" "A :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` containing a `Coconut-scented candle` is " "confirmed on July 11th. The product has a customer lead time of 14 days, and" @@ -10061,17 +10537,17 @@ msgid "" "Set *Delivery Date* in a sales order. Enables delivery lead times feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:87 msgid "" "The following sections demonstrate how to automatically compute expected " "delivery dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:90 msgid "Customer lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:92 msgid "" "Set the customer lead time on each product form, by navigating to the " "products page. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> " @@ -10081,7 +10557,7 @@ msgid "" "order from start to finish." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 msgid "" "Set a 14-day customer lead time for the `Coconut-scented candle` by " "navigating to its product form. Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, type" @@ -10092,31 +10568,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set *Customer Lead Time* on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:109 msgid "Sales security lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:111 msgid "" "*Sales security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:114 msgid "" "On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " "heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales`, and " "click the checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. This security lead time is " "a buffer notifying the team to prepare for outgoing shipments earlier than " "the scheduled date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales` to `1.00` day, pushes " "the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of a delivery order (DO) forward by one day. " @@ -10131,11 +10607,11 @@ msgid "" "settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:131 msgid "Deliver several products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:133 msgid "" "For orders that include multiple products with different lead times, the " "lead times can be configured directly from the quotation itself. On a " @@ -10143,7 +10619,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Policy` to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`As soon as possible` to deliver products as soon as they are " "ready. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " @@ -10151,7 +10627,7 @@ msgid "" "products in the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`When all products are ready` to wait to fulfill the entire order " "at once. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " @@ -10163,14 +10639,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show *Shipping Policy* field in the *Other Info* tab of a quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:150 msgid "" "In a quotation containing 2 products, `Yoga mat` and `Resistance band,` the " "products have a lead time of 8 days and 5 days, respectively. Today's date " "is April 2nd." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:153 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Shipping Policy` is set to :guilabel:`As soon as " "possible`, the scheduled delivery date is 5 days from today: April 7th. On " @@ -10178,17 +10654,17 @@ msgid "" " the scheduled date to be 8 days from today: April 10th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:160 msgid "Purchase lead times" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 msgid "" "Automatically determining the dates on which to place orders from suppliers " "can help simplify the procurement process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 msgid "" "Odoo calculates the supplier shipment *receipt date*, and :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` deadline, based on the required date the product is needed" @@ -10197,7 +10673,7 @@ msgid "" "determine the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` deadline." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 msgid "" "This deadline is the date by which the order should be confirmed, in order " "to ensure timely arrival by the expected receipt date." @@ -10208,24 +10684,24 @@ msgid "" "Visualization of PO deadline and receipt date used with vendor lead times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:178 msgid "" ":ref:`PO scheduling with reordering rules " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:181 msgid "Vendor lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:183 msgid "" "To set a vendor lead time for orders arriving in the warehouse from a vendor" " location, begin by navigating to a product form through " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:186 msgid "" "Next, select the desired product, and switch to the :guilabel:`Purchase` " "tab. In the editable vendor pricelist, click the :guilabel:`Add a line` " @@ -10234,14 +10710,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:192 msgid "" "Multiple vendors and lead times can be added to the vendor pricelist. The " "default vendor and lead time selected will be the entry at the top of the " "list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:196 msgid "" "On the vendor pricelist of the product form, the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " "Time` for the selected vendor is set to `10 days.`" @@ -10251,7 +10727,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add delivery lead times to vendor pricelist on a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:203 msgid "" "By setting the vendor lead time, the expected arrival date of the item is " "automatically determined as the date of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " @@ -10260,7 +10736,7 @@ msgid "" "expected timeframe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 msgid "" "On a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` confirmed on July 11th, for a product " "configured with a 10-day vendor lead time, Odoo automatically sets the " @@ -10279,34 +10755,33 @@ msgid "" "Show expected *Scheduled Date* of arrival of the product from the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:225 msgid "Purchase security lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:227 msgid "" "*Purchase security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:230 msgid "" -"On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " -"heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`, and" -" click the checkbox to enable the feature." +"On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " +"heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in supplier " -"deliveries." +"deliveries. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:237 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase` to `2.00` days, " -"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by one day. In that " +"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by two days. In that " "case, if a product is initially scheduled to arrive on April 6th, with a " "two-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the receipt would be " "April 8th." @@ -10318,18 +10793,35 @@ msgid "" "Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 +msgid "Days to purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To set up the *days to purchase* lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Advanced " +"Scheduling` section, in the :guilabel:`Days to Purchase` field, specify the " +"number of days required for the vendor to confirm a |RFQ| after receiving it" +" from the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Show \"Days to Purchase\" configuration in the Settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 msgid "Manufacturing lead times" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:265 msgid "" "Lead times can help simplify the procurement process for consumable " "materials and components used in manufactured products with bills of " -"materials." +"materials (BoMs)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:268 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the deadline to " "begin the manufacturing process to complete the product by the scheduled " @@ -10343,43 +10835,54 @@ msgid "" "times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 msgid "Manufacturing lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:279 msgid "" -"Configure the manufacturing lead time directly on the product form, by " -"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products`, " -"and select the desired product." +"Manufacturing lead times for products are configured from a product's bill " +"of materials (BoM) form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:281 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product, specify the calendar days " -"needed to the manufacture the product in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead " -"Time` field." +"To add a lead time to a |BoM|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" +" --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM| to edit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:284 msgid "" -"Specify a 14-day :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead Time` for a product directly " -"in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product." +"On the |BoM| form, click the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. Change the value" +" (in days) in the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field to specify the calendar" +" days needed to manufacture the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 -msgid "" -"View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Manuf. Lead Time value specified on a product's Bill of Material form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:292 +msgid "" +"If the selected |BoM| is a multi-level |BoM|, the manufacturing lead times " +"of the components are added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 +msgid "" +"If the |BoM| product is subcontracted, the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` can " +"be used to determine the date at which components should be sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:298 msgid "" "Establish a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, based on the " "*expected delivery date*, indicated in the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field " "of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:301 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field on the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`, is" @@ -10387,31 +10890,32 @@ msgid "" "lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:305 msgid "" "This ensures the manufacturing process begins on time, in order to meet the " "delivery date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:307 msgid "" -"However, it's important to note that lead times are based on calendar days. " -"Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center capacity*" -" (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work center " -"simultaneously`)." +"However, it is important to note that lead times are based on calendar days." +" Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center " +"capacity* (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work " +"center simultaneously`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 -msgid ":ref:`Manufacturing planning `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 msgid "" -":ref:`Configure automatic MO scheduling with reordering rules " -"`" +":doc:`Manufacturing planning <../../../manufacturing/workflows/use_mps>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:313 +msgid "" +":doc:`Schedule MOs with reordering rules " +"<../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 msgid "" "A product's scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " "August 15th. The product requires 14 days to manufacture. So, the latest " @@ -10419,23 +10923,63 @@ msgid "" "date is August 1st." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:324 +msgid "Days to prepare manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Configure the days required to gather components to manufacture a product by" +" going to its |BoM|. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" +" Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:330 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab of the |BoM|, specify the calendar days" +" needed to obtain components of the product in the :guilabel:`Days to " +"prepare Manufacturing Order` field. Doing so creates |MOs| in advance, and " +"ensures there is enough time to either replenish components, or manufacture " +"semi-finished products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Compute`, located next to the :guilabel:`Days to prepare" +" Manufacturing Order` field, calculates the longest lead time among all the " +"components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:339 +msgid "" +"*Purchase security lead times* that impact this specific |BoM| are also " +"added to this value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:343 +msgid "" +"A |BoM| has two components, one has a manufacturing lead time of two days, " +"and the other has a purchase lead time of four days. The :guilabel:`Days to " +"prepare Manufacturing Order` is four days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:350 msgid "Manufacturing security lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:352 msgid "" "*Manufacturing security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the" -" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead " -"Time`, and click the checkbox to enable the feature." +" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security " +"Lead Time`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:356 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in the " -"manufacturing process." +"manufacturing process. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 @@ -10444,7 +10988,7 @@ msgid "" "settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:364 msgid "" "A product has a scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " "set for August 15th. The manufacturing lead time is 7 days, and " @@ -10454,37 +10998,37 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is August 5th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:371 msgid "Global example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:373 msgid "" "See the following example to understand how all the lead times work together" " to ensure timely order fulfillment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:376 msgid "**Sales security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:377 msgid "**Manufacturing security lead time**: 2 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:378 msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**: 3 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:379 msgid "**Purchase security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:380 msgid "**Vendor lead time**: 4 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:382 msgid "" "The customer places an order for a manufactured product on September 1st, " "and the scheduled delivery date from the warehouse is on September 20th. " @@ -10499,24 +11043,24 @@ msgid "" "operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:390 msgid "**September 1st**: Sales order created, confirmed by salesperson." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:392 msgid "" "**September 9th**: Deadline to order components to ensure they arrive in " "time when manufacturing begins (4-day supplier lead time)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:395 msgid "" "**September 13th**: Scheduled date of receipt for components. Initially, it " "was set to 9/14, but the 1-day purchase security lead time pushed the date " "earlier by 1 day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:398 msgid "" "**September 14th**: Deadline to begin manufacturing. Calculated by " "subtracting the manufacturing lead time of 3 days, and the manufacturing " @@ -10524,7 +11068,7 @@ msgid "" "19th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:402 msgid "" "**September 19th**: :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the delivery order form " "indicates the updated expected delivery date, which was originally set as " @@ -10532,7 +11076,7 @@ msgid "" "a day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:406 msgid "" "Odoo's replenishment planning maps a business' order fulfillment process, " "setting pre-determined deadlines and raw material order dates, including " @@ -10573,7 +11117,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings." msgstr "" @@ -10745,557 +11288,536 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in one step" msgstr "معالجة الإيصالات وعمليات التوصيل في خطوة واحدة " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:11 msgid "" -"By default, incoming shipments are configured to be received directly into " -"stock, and outgoing shipments are configured to be delivered directly from " -"stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one " -"step receipts and deliveries." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " +"process in one step, by default. This means purchases will be received " +"directly into stock, and deliveries will be moved directly from stock to " +"customers." msgstr "" -"افتراضياً، تتم تهيئة الشحنات الواردة ليتم استلامها مباشرة في المخزون، وتتم " -"تهيئة الشحنات الصادرة ليتم تسليمها مباشرة من المخزون إلى العميل؛ الإعداد " -"الافتراضي للمستودعات في أودو هو الاستلام والتسليم في خطوة واحدة. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:30 msgid "" -"Incoming and outgoing shipments do not need to be configured with the same " -"steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in " -"three steps." +"Incoming and outgoing shipments do **not** need to be configured with the " +"same amount of steps." msgstr "" -"لا تحتاج الشحنات الواردة والصادرة إلى أن تتم تهيئتها بنفس الخطوات. على سبيل " -"المثال، يمكن استلام المنتجات بخطوة واحدة، ولكن يتم شحنها في ثلاث خطوات. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18 msgid "" -"In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and " -"deliveries." +"For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " +"received directly in one step, and delivered in three steps (pick + pack + " +"ship)." msgstr "" -"في المثال التالي، سيتم استخدام خطوة واحدة لكلتا عمليتَي الاستلام والتوصيل. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20 -msgid "Configure the warehouse" -msgstr "تهيئة المستودع " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:24 msgid "" -"If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they" -" can easily be set back to the one step setting." +"To configure one-step receipts and deliveries for a warehouse, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and select " +"a warehouse to edit." msgstr "" -"إذا تم إعداد التهيئة لعملية استلام أو شحن أخرى في المستودع، يمكن إرجاعها " -"بسهولة إلى الإعداد الذي يتألف من خطوة واحدة. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:27 msgid "" -"Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`, and click on the desired warehouse to edit. Next, on the " -":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, under the :guilabel:`Shipments` " -"section, select :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)` for " -":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " -"step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)`, and set " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " +"step)`." msgstr "" -"ابدأ عن طريق التنقل إلى :menuselection:`المخزون --> التهيئة --> المستودعات`،" -" ثم اضغط على المستودع المطلوب لتحريره. بعد ذلك، في علامة تبويب " -":guilabel:`تهيئة المستودع`، ضمن قسم :guilabel:`الشحنات`، قم بتحديد خيار " -":guilabel:`استلام البضائع مباشرة (خطوة واحدة)` لـ :guilabel:`الشحنات " -"الواردة` و/أو :guilabel: `تسليم البضائع مباشرة (خطوة واحدة)` لـ " -":guilabel:`الشحنات الصادرة`. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one " -"step." +msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to one-step on warehouse form." msgstr "" -"قم بضبط خيارات الشحنات الواردة والصادرة حتى تقوم بالاستلام والتسليم في خطوة " -"واحدة. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Since one-step receipt and delivery is the default for incoming and outgoing" +" shipments in Odoo, the *Multi-Step Routes* feature is *not* required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 +msgid "" +"However, for the :guilabel:`Shipments` settings to appear on a warehouse " +"form, the feature **must** be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick " +"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Doing so also activates the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` " +"feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:50 msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "استلام البضاعة مباشرة (خطوة واحدة)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "Create a purchase order" -msgstr "إنشاء أمر شراء " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:52 msgid "" -"On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making" -" a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, select (or create) a " -":guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` " -"to finalize the quote as a new purchase order." +"When products are received in one step, they will move from the vendor " +"location to warehouse stock in the database immediately upon validation of a" +" purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" -"في لوحة البيانات الرئيسية لتطبيق :menuselection:`المشتريات`، ابدأ بإنشاء عرض" -" سعر جديد عن طريق الضغط على :guilabel:`جديد`. بعد ذلك، حدد (أو أنشئ) " -":guilabel:`المورّد` من الحقل المنسدل، وأضف :guilabel:`منتجاً` قابلاً للتخزين" -" إلى بنود الطلب، ثم اضغط على :guilabel:`تأكيد الطلب` لإتمام عرض السعر كأمر " -"شراء جديد. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:81 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " -"the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " -"receipt for the purchase order." +"To create a |PO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank :guilabel:`Request for Quotation` (RfQ) " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Supplier` field. Then, fill out the various " +"fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." msgstr "" -"سيظهر الزر الذكي :guilabel:`للاستلام` في الزاوية العلوية إلى اليسار من " -"استمارة :abbr:`PO (أمر الشراء)` — اضغط عليه للكشف عن عملية الاستلام المتعلقة" -" بأمر الشراء. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order." -msgstr "يظهر الزر الذكي للإيصال في أمر الشراء المؤكد. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." +msgid "Filled out new request for quotation form." msgstr "" -"ستجد إيصالات أمر الشراء أيضاً في لوحة بيانات تطبيق :menuselection:`المخزون`." -" في لوحة بيانات :guilabel:`النظرة العامة`، اضغط على الزر الذكي :guilabel:`#" -" بانتظار المعالجة` في بطاقة كانبان :guilabel:`الإيصالات`. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." -msgstr "الزر الذكي \"1 للمعالجة\" في بطاقة كانبان الخاصة بالإيصال. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 -msgid "Process the receipt" -msgstr "معالجة الإيصال " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:65 msgid "" -"When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click " -":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt." +"Under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the |RfQ|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This moves the |RfQ| to the " +":guilabel:`Purchase Order` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once the |PO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears at " +"the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse receipt " +"(WH/IN) form." msgstr "" -"عند عرض الإيصال (المرتبط بأمر الشراء أعلاه)، اضغط على :guilabel:`تصديق` " -"لإكمال الإيصال. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button." -msgstr "قم بتصديق أمر الشراء عن طريق الزر الذكي \"تصديق\". " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ " -"(bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon " -"enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows " -"the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n" -"pop-up." +msgid "Receipt smart button on confirmed purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier " -"Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives " -"here, it will be available for manufacturing, sales, etc. Then, the status " -"of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the " -"reception process in one step." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 +msgid "Process receipt" msgstr "" -"بمجرد أن قد تم تصديق الإيصال، يغادر المنتج :guilabel:`موقع المورّد` ويدخل " -":guilabel:`موقع المستودع/المخزون`. بمجرد وصوله إلى هنا، سيكون متاحاً للتصنيع" -" والمبيعات وما إلى ذلك. بعد ذلك، ستتغير حالة المستند إلى :guilabel:`تم " -"الانتهاء`، وبذلك تكتمل عملية الاستلام في خطوة واحدة. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:84 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " +"the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " +"validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validated warehouse receipt in Done stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Click back to the |PO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" +" the |PO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Received` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:99 msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "توصيل البضاعة مباشرة (خطوة واحدة) " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:101 msgid "" -"Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and " -"make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then select (or create) a " -":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down field, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order." +"When products are delivered in one step, they will move from warehouse stock" +" to the customer location in the database immediately upon validation of a " +"sales order (SO)." msgstr "" -"ابدأ بالتنقل إلى لوحة البيانات الرئيسية لتطبيق :menuselection:`المبيعات`، " -"وقم بإنشاء عرض سعر جديد عن طريق الضغط على :guilabel:`جديد`. بعد ذلك، حدد (أو" -" أنشئ) :guilabel:`العميل` من الحقل المنسدل، وأضف :guilabel:`منتجاً` متوفراً " -"وقابلاً للتخزين إلى بنود الطلب، ثم اضغط على :guilabel:`تأكيد` لإتمام عرض " -"السعر كأمر بيع جديد. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:103 -msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " -"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " -"delivery order for the sales order." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:156 +msgid "Create sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:158 +msgid "" +"To create a |SO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales app`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank sales quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field. Then, fill out the various" +" fields on the sales quotation form, as necessary." msgstr "" -"سيظهر الزر الذكي :guilabel:`للتوصيل` في الزاوية العلوية إلى اليسار من " -"استمارة :abbr:`SO (أمر البيع)` — اضغط عليه للكشف عن أمر التوصيل المتعلق بأمر" -" البيع. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed." +msgid "Filled out new sales quotation form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:117 msgid "" -"Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." +"Under the :guilabel:`Product` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" -"ستجد أوامر التوصيل أيضاً في لوحة بيانات تطبيق :menuselection:`المخزون`. في " -"لوحة بيانات :guilabel:`النظرة العامة`، اضغط على الزر الذكي :guilabel:`# " -"بانتظار المعالجة` في بطاقة كانبان :guilabel:`أوامر التوصيل`. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." -msgstr "الزر الذكي \"1 للمعالجة\" في بطاقة كانبان الخاصة بأوامر التوصيل. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:120 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:172 -msgid "Process the delivery" -msgstr "معالجة التوصيل " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:171 msgid "" -"When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), " -"click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. This moves the quotation to the " +":guilabel:`Sales Order` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Once the |SO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears at " +"the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse delivery " +"(WH/OUT) form." msgstr "" -"عند عرض أمر التوصيل (المرتبط بأمر الشراء أعلاه)، اضغط على :guilabel:`تصديق` " -"لإكمال عملية التوصيل. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the delivery order." -msgstr "تصديق أمر التوصيل. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the " -":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers" -" location`. Then, the status of the document will change to " -":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step." +msgid "Delivery smart button on confirmed sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:207 +msgid "Process delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:133 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse delivery form, the products ordered by the customer can " +"be delivered from the warehouse. To deliver the products, change the value " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field to match the ordered quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Demand` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once validated, the delivery order " +"moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validated delivery order in Done stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click back to the |SO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" +" the |SO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Delivered` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:229 +msgid ":doc:`shipments_deliveries`" msgstr "" -"بمجرد أن قد تم تصديق أمر الانتقاء، يغادر المنتج :guilabel:`موقع " -"المستودع/المخزون` وينتقل إلى موقع :guilabel:`الوكلاء/العملاء`. عندها، ستتغير" -" حالة المستند إلى :guilabel:`تم الانتهاء`، وبذلك تكتمل عملية التوصيل في خطوة" -" واحدة. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in two steps" msgstr "معالجة الإيصالات وعمليات التوصيل في خطوتين " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Depending on a company's business processes, multiple steps may be needed " -"before receiving or shipping products. In the two-step receipt process, " -"products are received in an input area, then transferred to stock. Two-step " -"receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as " -"locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves." -msgstr "" -"بناءً على عمليات الأعمال الخاصة بالشركة، قد تكون هناك حاجة إلى خطوات متعددة " -"قبل استلام المنتجات أو شحنها. في عملية الاستلام المكونة من خطوتين، يتم " -"استلام المنتجات في منطقة الإدخال، ثم يتم نقلها إلى المخزون. تعمل الإيصالات " -"المكونة من خطوتين بشكل أفضل عند استخدام مواقع تخزين مختلفة، مثل المناطق " -"المغلقة أو المؤمنة، أو الثلاجات والبرادات، أو الأرفف المختلفة. " - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12 msgid "" +"Depending on a company's needs, receiving and shipping products in and out " +"of the warehouse might require multi-step operations. In Odoo *Inventory*, " +"this can be done using *Multi-Step Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the two-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, " +"then transferred to stock. This kind of process for incoming shipments might" +" be beneficial for warehouses with specific storage locations, such as " +"freezers and refrigerators, secured locked areas, or special aisles and " +"shelves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:19 +msgid "" "Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and " "employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The " -"products are not available for further processing until they are transferred" -" into stock." -msgstr "" -"يمكن فرز المنتجات وفقاً للمكان الذي سيتم تخزينها فيه، وبوسع الموظفين تخزين " -"كافة المنتجات ونقلها إلى موقع محدد. المنتجات غير متاحة للمزيد من المعالجة " -"إلى أن يتم نقلها إلى المخزون. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In the two-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order" -" are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and " -"brought to an output location before being shipped." -msgstr "" -"في عملية التسليم المكونة من خطوتين، يتم انتقاء المنتجات التي تشكل جزءاً من " -"أمر التوصيل من المستودع وفقاً لاستراتيجية الإزالة الخاصة بها، ويتم إحضارها " -"إلى موقع الإخراج قبل شحنها. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:20 -msgid "" -"One situation where this would be useful is when using either a :abbr:`FIFO " -"(First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO " -"(First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, where the products that are " -"being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration " -"date." +"products are *not* available for further processing, until they are " +"transferred into stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:23 msgid "" -"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" -" `, so the settings need to be changed" -" in order to utilize two-step receipts and deliveries. Incoming and outgoing" -" shipments do not need to be set to have the same steps. For example, " -"products can be received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the " -"following example, two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries." +"In the two-step delivery process, products are first picked from their " +"respective location in the warehouse, then transferred to an output location" +" before being shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"This might be beneficial for companies using a First In, First Out (FIFO), " +"Last In, First Out (LIFO), or First Expired, First Out (FEFO) removal " +"strategy." msgstr "" -"تتم تهيئة أودو افتراضياُ :ref:`لاستلام وتوصيل البضائع في خطوة واحدة " -"`، لذلك يلزم تغيير الإعدادات من أجل " -"الاستفادة من عمليات الاستلام والتوصيل المكونة من خطوتين. ليس بالضرورة ضبط " -"الشحنات الواردة والصادرة حتى يكون لديها نفس الخطوات. على سبيل المثال، يمكن " -"استلام المنتجات في خطوتين، ولكن يتم شحنها في خطوة واحدة. في المثال التالي، " -"سيتم استخدام خطوتين لكل من عمليات الاستلام والتوصيل. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "Configure multi-step routes" +msgid "" +"For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " +"received in two steps (input + stock), and delivered in three steps (pick + " +"pack + ship)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:38 msgid "" -"First, make sure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` option is enabled in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " -":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save` " -"the changes." -msgstr "" -"أولاً، تأكد من تمكين خيار :guilabel:`المسارات متعددة الخطوات` في " -":menuselection:`المخزون --> التهيئة --> الإعدادات`، تحت عنوان " -":guilabel:`المخزون`. بعد تمكين الإعداد، قم بـ :guilabel:`حفظ` التغييرات. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " +"process in one step, by default. To change these settings, the *Multi-Step " +"Routes* feature must be enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and " -"deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`, and click on the warehouse to change the warehouse settings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Multi-Step Routes feature in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for" -" :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and " -"then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +"Next, configure a warehouse for two-step receipts and deliveries. Navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and " +"select a warehouse to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)`, " +"and set :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Send goods in output " +"and then deliver (2 steps)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to two-step on warehouse form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:62 msgid "" -"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two " -"steps." +"Selecting two-step receipts and deliveries automatically creates new *Input*" +" and *Output* warehouse locations in the database, named `WH/Input` and " +"`WH/Output`, respectively." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:65 msgid "" -"Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and " -"*output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and " -":guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard." -" To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations`, and select the :guilabel:`Location` to change. On the location " -"form, update the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any other changes (if " -"necessary)." -msgstr "" -"سيؤدي تفعيل عمليات الاستلام والتوصيل المكونة من خطوتين إلى إنشاء مواقع " -"*إدخال* و*إخراج* جديدة، والتي يتم تصنيفها بشكل افتراضي كـ: " -":guilabel:`WH/Input` و :guilabel:`WH/Output`، على التوالي، على :guilabel: " -"لوحة بيانات \"المواقع\". لإعادة تسمية تلك المواقع، اذهب إلى " -":menuselection:`التهيئة --> المواقع`، وحدد :guilabel:`الموقع` الذي ترغب في " -"تغييره. في استمارة الموقع، قم بتحديث :guilabel:`اسم الموقع`، وقم بإجراء أي " -"تغييرات أخرى (إذا لزم الأمر). " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:66 -msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)" +"To rename or edit these locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Locations`, and select the desired location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the location's form, change the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any " +"other necessary changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:72 +msgid "Process receipt in two steps (input + stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When products are received in two steps, they first move from the vendor " +"location to an input location. Then, they move from the input location to " +"warehouse stock in the database, upon validation of a purchase order (PO), " +"and a subsequent internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, fill out the various " +"fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out new Request for Quotation from vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery smart button for validated purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:105 msgid "" "For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step " -"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase " -"Order)` form may need to be specified as the correct *input location* " -"connected to the two-step warehouse, which can be done by selecting the " -"warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at" -" the end of the name." +"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the |PO| form **must** " +"be specified as the correct *input location* connected to the two-step " +"warehouse." msgstr "" -"بالنسبة للشركات التي لديها مستودعات متعددة تحتوي على تهيئات مختلفة للخطوات، " -"قد يلزم تحديد حقل :guilabel:`توصيل إلى` في استمارة :abbr:`PO (أمر الشراء)` " -"باعتباره *موقع الإدخال* الصحيح المتصل بمستودع الخطوتين، والذي يمكن القيام به" -" عن طريق تحديد المستودع من القائمة المنسدلة التي تتضمن عنوان \"الإيصالات\" " -"في نهاية الاسم. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:109 msgid "" -"After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` " -"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` form. " -"Click it to reveal the new receipt (WH/IN) operation." +"This can be done by selecting the warehouse from the drop-down menu that " +"includes the `Receipts` label at the end of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:115 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " +"the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " +"validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage, and the products" +" move to the :guilabel:`WH/Input` location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 -msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." -msgstr "بعد تأكيد أمر شراء، سيظهر زر ذكي للإيصال. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Once the purchase order is confirmed, a receipt is generated and ready to " -"process." +msgid "Receipt form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the " -":guilabel:`Receipts` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " -"dashboard. This reveals a list of all receipts to process." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:128 +msgid "Process internal transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` associated with the purchase order, then " -"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to " -":guilabel:`WH/Input`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Receipt form for product move to WH/Input." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:106 -msgid "Process the internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "" "Once the receipt is validated, an internal transfer is created and ready to " "process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:132 msgid "" -"Click back to the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` in the breadcrumbs, and " -"locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." +"To view the internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app`, and locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:135 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to reveal a list of all internal " -"transfers to process, and select the transfer associated with the previously" -" validated receipt." +"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " +"of all internal transfers to process, and select the transfer associated " +"with the previously validated receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:138 msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product " -"from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move " +"the product from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:141 msgid "" -"Once the transfer is validated, the product enters inventory and is " +"Once the transfer is validated, the products enter inventory, and are " "available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock." +msgid "Internal transfer form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:127 -msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:149 +msgid "Process delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:151 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " -":guilabel:`New`. Select (or create) a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:136 -msgid "" -"After confirming the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart " -"button will appear in the top, above the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal the associated " -"receipt." +"When products are delivered in two steps, they move from warehouse stock to " +"an output location. Then, they move from the output location to a customer " +"location in the database, upon validation of a picking order, and a " +"subsequent delivery order (DO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Delivery smart button on sales order form." +msgid "Filled out new sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168 msgid "" -"Sales order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` Kanban card." +"Under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:150 -msgid "Process the picking" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery smart button on validated sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:182 +msgid "Process picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 msgid "" "Once the sales order is confirmed, a picking order is generated and ready to" " process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:186 msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the " -":guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. " -"This reveals a list of all pickings to process." +"To complete the picking, navigate to the :guilabel:`Inventory app`, and " +"locate the :guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " +"dashboard. Alternatively, the picking order can also be accessed via the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:190 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, click the :guilabel:`# To " +"Process` button on the :guilabel:`Pick` task card. This reveals a list of " +"all pickings to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:193 msgid "" "Click on the picking (WH/PICK) operation associated with the sales order to " "reveal the picking order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Check Availability` on the picking order form. If the " -"product is in stock, Odoo automatically reserves the product. Quantities can" -" also be manually set by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " -"column to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Picking order form for products included in sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:200 msgid "" -"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking and move the " -"product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" +"Manually set the quantity by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"column, to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking, and move the" +" product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Once the picking is validated, a delivery order is created, and ready to " +"process. Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button on the sales order " +"form reveals the newly created delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, to view the delivery order, navigate back to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, via the breadcrumbs, and locate the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` task card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " +"of all delivery orders to process, and select the order associated with the " +"previously validated picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Picking operation form moving product to WH/Output." +msgid "Delivery order form for products ordered by customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:222 msgid "" -"Once the picking has been processed, the delivery order is generated, and " -"can be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Navigate back to the original sales order by going to :menuselection:`Sales " -"app`, and selecting the associated sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:179 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button now indicates there are two transfers." -" Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal each transfer tied to" -" this sales order: the completed picking, and the new delivery (WH/OUT) " -"operation. Click the delivery operation to open the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 -msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Delivery operation form moving product to customer location." +"To deliver the products, change the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field " +"to match the ordered quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:3 @@ -11389,6 +11911,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "إنشاء أمر شراء " + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " @@ -11409,6 +11935,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." +msgstr "بعد تأكيد أمر شراء، سيظهر زر ذكي للإيصال. " + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "" @@ -12881,8 +13411,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo" -msgstr "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo" +msgid "Sendcloud configuration" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -12938,20 +13468,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank" " account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping " -"rules or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " -"required." +"rules, or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " +"**required**." msgstr "" -"Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank" -" account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping " -"rules or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " -"required." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:174 msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "Warehouse configuration" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:39 msgid "" "Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings" " --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse" @@ -12965,7 +13491,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings." msgstr "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:46 msgid "" "To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` " "is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field " @@ -13013,7 +13539,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Company`: `My company (San Francisco)`" msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:63 msgid "" "Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo" " configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same." @@ -13021,11 +13547,11 @@ msgstr "" "Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo" " configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials" msgstr "Generate Sendcloud credentials" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:69 msgid "" "In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo " @@ -13035,7 +13561,7 @@ msgstr "" "Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo " "Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:72 msgid "" "After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and " @@ -13051,7 +13577,7 @@ msgstr "" "CompanyName`, with the user's company name replacing `CompanyName` (e.g. " "`Odoo StealthyWood`)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:77 msgid "" "Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the " "shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public " @@ -13065,35 +13591,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials." msgstr "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:158 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "الإعداد في أودو " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86 -msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module" -msgstr "Install the Sendcloud shipping module" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To ensure seamless Sendcloud integration with Odoo, :ref:`install " +"` and :ref:`link " +"` the Sendcloud shipping" +" connector to the Sendcloud account. Then, :ref:`configure Odoo fields " +"`, so Sendcloud can " +"accurately pull shipping data to generate labels." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +msgid "Install Sendcloud shipping module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 msgid "" "After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure" -" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " -"search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." +" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " +"search for the `Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." msgstr "" -"After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure" -" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " -"search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." msgstr "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:110 msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration" msgstr "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:112 msgid "" "Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The " @@ -13105,7 +13638,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` setting is found under the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:116 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once" @@ -13115,7 +13648,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once" " on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to " @@ -13126,23 +13659,23 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping " "Methods`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 msgid "" "Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:" msgstr "" "Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`." msgstr ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this " "shipping method or create a new product." @@ -13150,7 +13683,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this " "shipping method or create a new product." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`." @@ -13158,7 +13691,7 @@ msgstr "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:131 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`." @@ -13166,7 +13699,7 @@ msgstr "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:146 msgid "" "Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the " @@ -13175,7 +13708,7 @@ msgstr "" "Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:135 msgid "" "After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the " "shipping products:" @@ -13183,7 +13716,7 @@ msgstr "" "After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the " "shipping products:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:137 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New " "Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping " @@ -13193,7 +13726,7 @@ msgstr "" "Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping " "products` link." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:139 msgid "" "Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries " "and returns." @@ -13201,11 +13734,11 @@ msgstr "" "Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries " "and returns." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:140 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "Click :guilabel:`Select`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:143 msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:" msgstr "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:" @@ -13229,7 +13762,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Minimum Weight`: `0.00`" msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`" " `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` " @@ -13274,7 +13807,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Return Countries`: `Belgium` `Netherlands`" msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo." msgstr "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:169 msgid "" "Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a " "package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured " @@ -13286,25 +13819,64 @@ msgstr "" "Sendcloud account will be charged, unless the associated package is canceled" " within 24 hours of creation." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using " "test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used " "to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the " "creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment " -"settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`." +"settings can be toggled back and forth from their respective smart buttons." msgstr "" -"Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using " -"test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used " -"to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the " -"creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment " -"settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166 -msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud" -msgstr "Generate a label with Sendcloud" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:181 +msgid "Shipping information" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 +msgid "" +"To use Sendcloud to generate shipping labels, the following information " +"**must** be filled out accurately and completely in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Customer information**: when creating a quotation, ensure the selected " +":guilabel:`Customer` has a valid phone number, email address, and shipping " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:189 +msgid "" +"To verify, select the :guilabel:`Customer` field to open their contact page." +" Here, add their shipping address in the :guilabel:`Contact` field, along " +"with their :guilabel:`Mobile` number and :guilabel:`Email` address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:193 +msgid "" +"**Product weight**: ensure all products in an order have a specified " +":guilabel:`Weight` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of their product form. " +"Refer to the :ref:`Product weight section " +"` of this article for " +"detailed instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +msgid "" +"**Warehouse address**: ensure the warehouse name and address in Odoo match " +"the :ref:`previously defined warehouse " +"` in the Sendcloud " +"setup. For details on warehouse configuration in Odoo, refer to the " +":ref:`warehouse configuration section " +"` of the third-party " +"shipping documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:204 +msgid "Generate labels with Sendcloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:206 msgid "" "When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud " "shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label " @@ -13316,12 +13888,12 @@ msgstr "" "documents are automatically generated in the chatter, which include the " "following:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:205 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages." msgstr ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for " "returns." @@ -13329,17 +13901,17 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for " "returns." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:212 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214 msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available." msgstr "Additionally, the tracking number is now available." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 msgid "" "When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the " "configured Sendcloud account." @@ -13347,15 +13919,15 @@ msgstr "" "When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the " "configured Sendcloud account." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "الأسئلة الشائعة " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 msgid "Shipment is too heavy" msgstr "Shipment is too heavy" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 msgid "" "If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, " "then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need " @@ -13367,7 +13939,7 @@ msgstr "" "to be put in different :guilabel:`Packages` to :guilabel:`Validate` the " "transfer and generate labels." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping " "methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will " @@ -13379,11 +13951,11 @@ msgstr "" "not apply to the shipping price calculation on the calculation on the sales " "order." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 msgid "Personal carrier contract" msgstr "Personal carrier contract" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:237 msgid "" "Use custom prices from a direct carrier contract, via CSV upload, by first " "logging into Sendcloud, navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Carriers " @@ -13397,7 +13969,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud." msgstr "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:245 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Contract prices` section, click :guilabel:`Download " "CSV` and fill out the contract prices in the :guilabel:`price` column of the" @@ -13407,7 +13979,7 @@ msgstr "" "CSV` and fill out the contract prices in the :guilabel:`price` column of the" " CSV file template." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:249 msgid "" "Ensure the CSV file includes the correct prices to avoid any inaccuracies." msgstr "" @@ -13419,7 +13991,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Show sample contract CSV from Sendcloud, highlighting the price column." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:255 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload` the completed CSV file to Sendcloud, then click " ":guilabel:`Save these prices`." @@ -13427,7 +13999,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Upload` the completed CSV file to Sendcloud, then click " ":guilabel:`Save these prices`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:258 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to upload contract prices with carriers " "`_" @@ -13435,11 +14007,11 @@ msgstr "" "`Sendcloud: How to upload contract prices with carriers " "`_" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:262 msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" msgstr "Measuring volumetric weight" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:264 msgid "" "Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight " "of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* " @@ -13451,7 +14023,7 @@ msgstr "" "(:dfn:`Volumetric weight is the volume that a package occupies when in " "transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:269 msgid "" "Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute" " the volumetric weight." @@ -13459,7 +14031,7 @@ msgstr "" "Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute" " the volumetric weight." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:273 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight " "`_" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:277 msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate" msgstr "Unable to calculate shipping rate" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:279 msgid "" -"First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by " -"the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " +"First, verify that the product being shipped has a weight that is supported " +"by the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " "destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier." " The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the " "carrier." msgstr "" -"First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by " -"the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " -"destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier." -" The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the " -"carrier." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Starshipit shipping" @@ -14882,7 +15449,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:15 msgid "" -":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings `" +":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings " +"`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:17 @@ -16979,7 +17547,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:94 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:160 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is greater than the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **green**. If " @@ -17022,17 +17590,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Applying an inventory adjustment simultaneously creates a :doc:`stock move " +"line (SML) <../reporting/moves_history>` in the *Moves History* report for " +"traceability." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " "specified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:129 msgid "Count products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131 msgid "" "Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is " "complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory " @@ -17040,7 +17615,7 @@ msgid "" "product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135 msgid "" "On each product line, identify whether the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` column recorded in the database matches the newly-counted value. " @@ -17048,7 +17623,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Set` button (target icon) at the far right of the product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:139 msgid "" "Doing so copies the value from the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column over " "to the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and sets the value of the " @@ -17061,7 +17636,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148 msgid "" "If the newly-counted value for a given product does **not** match the value " "in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, instead of " @@ -17069,7 +17644,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152 msgid "" "To do so, click the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column on the " "specific inventory adjustment line for the product whose count is being " @@ -17077,7 +17652,7 @@ msgid "" "`0.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 msgid "" "To change this value, type in a new value that matches the real, newly-" "counted value. Then, click away from the line. Doing so saves the " @@ -17085,7 +17660,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:166 msgid "" "Subsequently, once applied, a move with the difference between the " ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is " @@ -17098,7 +17673,7 @@ msgid "" "moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:174 msgid "" "Sometimes a count occurs, but cannot be applied in the database right away. " "In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, " @@ -17108,11 +17683,11 @@ msgid "" "adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:181 msgid "Change inventory count frequency" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183 msgid "" "By default, the *scheduled date* for inventory adjustments are always " "scheduled for the 31st of December of the current year. However, for some " @@ -17120,7 +17695,7 @@ msgid "" "times. In such cases, the default scheduled date can be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:187 msgid "" "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " @@ -17134,43 +17709,43 @@ msgid "" " setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:195 msgid "" "To change the day, click the :guilabel:`31`, and change it to a day within " "the range `1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:198 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:117 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" "down menu, and select the desired month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:201 msgid "" "Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all " "changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:204 msgid "Plan big inventory counts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:206 msgid "" "To plan big inventory counts, such as a full count of everything currently " "in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->" " Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209 msgid "" "Then, select the desired products to be counted by clicking the checkbox on " "the far left of each product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:213 msgid "" "To request a count of **all** products currently in stock, click the " "checkbox at the very top of the table, in the header row next to the " @@ -17181,7 +17756,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221 msgid "" "Once all desired products have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Request a" " Count` button at the top of the page. This causes a :guilabel:`Request a " @@ -17189,21 +17764,21 @@ msgid "" "information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:225 msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:226 msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" " be accounted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the on-hand quantity of each product line blank," " select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To pre-fill the on-hand quantity of each " @@ -17211,17 +17786,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Set Current Value`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:232 msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 msgid "" "In the Odoo *Barcode* app, users can only view inventory counts that are " "assigned to **them**, and are scheduled for **today** or **earlier**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:239 msgid ":doc:`cycle_counts`" msgstr ":doc:`cycle_counts`" @@ -17230,293 +17805,287 @@ msgid "Create a second warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 msgid "" -"A *warehouse* is a physical building or space where items are stored. In " -"Odoo, it is possible to set up multiple warehouses and transfer stored items" -" between them." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *warehouse* is a physical building or space where " +"items are stored. By default, each Odoo database has one warehouse already " +"pre-configured, with the address set as the company's address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:9 msgid "" -"By default, the Odoo platform has one warehouse that is already configured, " -"with the address set as the company's address. To create a second warehouse," -" select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, then click " -":guilabel:`Create` and configure the form as follows:" +"However, it is possible to set up multiple additional warehouses, and " +"transfer stored items between them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:12 -msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse" -msgstr ":guilabel:`المستودع`: الاسم الكامل للمستودع " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code by which the warehouse is " -"referred to; the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is **WH**" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`الاسم المختصر`: الكود المختصر المستخدم للإشارة إلى المستودع؛ " -"الاسم المختصر للمستودع الافتراضي في أودو هو **WH** " - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:15 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse; this can be set as" -" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " -"vendor" +"To create a second warehouse, the *Storage Locations* feature must be " +"enabled. To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, " +"tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and " +":guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`الشركة`: اسم الشركة التي تملك المستودع؛ يمكن أن يتم إعداده كاسم " -"الشركة التي تملك قاعدة بيانات أودو أو شركة العميل أو المورّد " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:17 -msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located" -msgstr ":guilabel:`العنوان`: العنوان الذي يقع فيه المستودع " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The options below will only appear if the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " -"checkbox is enabled in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` under the" -" :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " -"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." -msgstr "" -"ستظهر الخيارات أدناه فقط إذا كان مربع اختيار :guilabel:`المسارات متعددة " -"الخطوات` مفعلاً في :menuselection:`التهيئة --> الإعدادات` تحت عنوان " -":guilabel:`المستودع`. للمزيد من المعلومات حول المسارات وكيفية عملها في أودو،" -" ألقِ نظرة على :ref:`استخدام المسارات وقواعد السحب/الدفع `." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: select the routes that incoming and" -" outgoing shipments should follow" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`الشحنات الواردة/الصادرة`: قم بتحديد المسارات التي يجب أن تتبعها " -"الشحنات الواردة والصادرة " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:27 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " -"from this warehouse" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`إعادة تزويد المتعاقدين من الباطن`: تتيح للمتعاقدين من الباطن بأن " -"تتم إعادة تزويدهم من هذا المستودع " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:28 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: allow for items to be manufactured in " -"this warehouse" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`التصنيع لإعادة التزويد`: السماح للعناصر بأن يتم تصنيعها في هذا " -"المستودع " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture`: select the route that should be followed when " -"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`التصنيع`: حدد المسار الذي يجب اتباعه عند تصنيع البضائع داخل هذا " -"المستودع " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: check the box to allow for purchased products " -"to be delivered to the warehouse" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`الشراء لإعادة التزويد`: قم بتحديد المربع للسماح للمنتجات التي تم " -"شراؤها بأن يتم توصيلها إلى المستودع " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:33 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Resupply From`: select warehouses that can be used to resupply " -"the warehouse being created" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`إعادة التزويد من`: حدد المستودعات التي يمكن استخدامها لإعادة " -"تزويد المستودع الذي تم إنشاؤه " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "A filled out form for creating a new warehouse." -msgstr "استمارة معبأة لإنشاء مستودع جديد. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:41 msgid "" -"Creating a second warehouse will automatically enable the *Storage " -"Locations* setting, which allows location tracking of products within a " -"warehouse. To toggle this setting, navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings` and click the checkbox under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " -"heading." +"Warning pop-up window for creating a second warehouse before enabling " +"Storage Locations." msgstr "" -"سيؤدي إنشاء مستودع ثانٍ إلى تمكين إعداد *مواقع التخزين* تلقائياً، مما يسمح " -"بتتبع مواقع المنتجات داخل المستودع. لتفعيل ذلك، انتقل إلى " -":menuselection:`التهيئة --> الإعدادات` ثم اضغط على مربع الاختيار تحت ترويسة " -":guilabel:`المستودع`. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:97 msgid "" -"After filling out the form, click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse " -"will be created." +"Creating a second warehouse without first enabling the *Storage Locations* " +"feature triggers a :guilabel:`Warning` pop-up window. It indicates creating " +"a second warehouse automatically activates the *Storage Locations* setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:30 +msgid "Create new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To create a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens a " +"blank warehouse creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:35 +msgid "Fill out the following fields as necessary:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code used to identify the warehouse," +" i.e. `WH2` (the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is `WH`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse. This can be set as" +" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " +"vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located. By default," +" this is set to the company's address in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Filled out warehouse name and address settings on warehouse creation form." msgstr "" -"بعد تعبئة الاستمارة، اضغط على :guilabel:`حفظ` وسيتم إنشاء المستودع الجديد. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:49 -msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" -msgstr "أضف مخزوناً لمستودع جديد " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:51 msgid "" -"If a new warehouse is created that has existing inventory in it, the " -"inventory counts should be added to Odoo so that the stock listed in the " -"Odoo database reflects what is in the physical warehouse. To add inventory " -"to a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations -->" -" Inventory Adjustments`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`. The inventory " -"adjustment form can then be filled out as follows:" +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, configure the warehouse's" +" main workflow in the :guilabel:`Shipments` section, and set available " +"replenishment methods in the :guilabel:`Resupply` section." msgstr "" -"إذا تم إنشاء مستودع جديد به مخزون بالفعل، يجب أن تتم إضافة المخزون إلى أودو " -"حتى تنعكس الكميات المدرجة في قاعدة بيانات أودو على المستودع الفعلي. لإضافة " -"مخزون إلى مستودع جديد، تنقل إلى :menuselection:`المخزون --> العمليات --> " -"تعديلات المخزون`، ثم اضغط على :guilabel:`إنشاء`. يمكن عندها تعبئة استمارة " -"تعديل المخزون كما يلي: " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:54 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: the name or code that the inventory " -"adjustment can be referred to by" +"The :guilabel:`Shipments` and :guilabel:`Resupply` sections only appear if " +"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` checkbox is enabled in " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " +"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`مرجع المخزون`: الاسم أو الكود الذي يمكن استخدامه للإشارة إلى " -"تعديلات المخزون " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Locations`: the location(s) where the inventory is stored; " -"include the new warehouse and any locations within it that inventory will be" -" added to" +"In the :guilabel:`Shipments` section, choose between one, two, or three-step" +" processes for both incoming and outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`المواقع`: الموقع (المواقع) حيث يتم تخزين المخزون؛ قم بتضمين " -"المستودع الجديد وأي مواقع ضمنه قد تتم إضافة المخزون إليها " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:61 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Products`: include all products that will be added to inventory " -"or leave blank to select any product during the next step" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:62 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Resupply` section, edit the following settings:" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`المنتجات`: اشمل كافة المنتجات التي ستتم إضافتها إلى المخزون أو " -"اترك فراغاً لتحديد أي منتجات أثناء الخطوة التالية " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:64 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Include Exhausted Products`: include products with a quantity of " -"zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they " -"have no existing inventory" +":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractors`: enable this feature to coordinate with " +"vendors, and have components dropshipped directly to subcontractors for " +"manufacturing." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`اشمل المنتجات المستهلكة`: اشمل المنتجات التي كميتها صفر؛ لا يؤثر " -"ذلك على تعديلات المخزون للمستودعات الجديدة بما أنه ليس بها مخزون " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:66 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date used by accounting teams for " -"bookkeeping related to the inventory" +":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " +"with goods from this warehouse." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`تاريخ المحاسبة`: التاريخ المستخدم من قِبَل فِرَق المحاسبة لمسك " -"الدفاتر المتعلقة بالمخزون " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:68 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the inventory; can be set as the " -"user's company or as a customer or vendor" +":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: when products are manufactured, they " +"can be delivered to this warehouse." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`الشركة`: الشركة التي تملك المخزون؛ يمكن تعيينها كشركة المستخدم أو" -" كعميل أو مورّد " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Counted Quantities`: choose whether the counted quantities for " -"products being added should default to stock on hand or zero; does not " -"affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing " -"inventory" +":guilabel:`Manufacture`: the route that should be followed when " +"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse. Choose from one, two, and three-" +"step production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: when products are purchased, they can be " +"delivered to this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resupply From`: Check the box next to the other warehouses from " +"which this warehouse can replenish products. If the current warehouse does " +"not have the stock, it can also pull products from these selected warehouses" +" in the database. Automatic resupply routes will be created accordingly." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`الكميات المعدودة`: اختر ما إذا كان يجب اعتبار الكميات المعدودة " -"للكميات التي تتم إضافتها ككمية في اليد بشكل افتراضي أو تعد صفراً؛ لا يؤثر " -"ذلك على تعديلات المخزون للمستودعات الجديدة حيث إنه لا يوجد بها مخزون موجود " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "A filled out form for an inventory adjustment." -msgstr "استمارة معبأة لتعديل المخزون. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:77 msgid "" -"Once the form is properly configured, click on :guilabel:`Start Inventory` " -"to be taken to the next page where products can be added to the inventory " -"adjustment. Add a new product by clicking on :guilabel:`Create` and then " -"fill out the product line as follows:" +"Filled out Warehouse Configuration tab settings on warehouse creation form." msgstr "" -"بمجرد أن قد تمت تهيئة الاستمارة بشكل صحيح، اضغط على :guilabel:`بدء المخزون` " -"للانتقال إلى الصفحة التالية حيث يمكن إضافة المنتجات إلى تعديل المخزون. أضف " -"منتجاً جديداً عن طريق الضغط على :guilabel:`إنشاء` ثم قم بتعبئة بند المنتج " -"كما يلي: " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:81 -msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory" -msgstr ":guilabel:`المنتج`: المنتج الذي تتم إضافته إلى المخزون " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:82 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " -"the new warehouse; this can be set as the overall warehouse or a location " -"within the warehouse" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new warehouse's settings." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`الموقع`: الموقع الذي يتم تخزين المنتج فيه حالياً في المستودع " -"الجديد؛ يمكن تعيينه كالمستودع الكلي أو كموقع داخل المستودع " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:84 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " -"serial number used to identify it" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`رقم المجموعة/الرقم التسلسلي`: المجموعة التي ينتمي إليها المنتج أو" -" الرقم التسلسلي المستخدم لتعريفها " +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:85 +msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" +msgstr "أضف مخزوناً لمستودع جديد " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:87 msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Hand`: the total quantity of the product stored in the " -"location for which inventory is being adjusted; this should be zero for a " -"new location or warehouse" +"If a new warehouse is created to represent a real-world storage location " +"with existing stock, update the warehouse's stock using an inventory " +"adjustment." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`الكمية في اليد`: إجمالي كمية المنتج المخزن في الموقع الذي يتم " -"تعديل المخزون من أجله؛ يجب أن يكون صفراً إذا كان لموقع أو مستودع جديد " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:88 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Counted`: the amount of the product that is being added to " -"inventory" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`الكمية المحسوبة`: كمية المنتج التي تتم إضافتها إلى المخزون " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:89 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the *On Hand* and *Counted* " -"values; this will automatically update to reflect the value entered in the " -":guilabel:`Counted` column" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`الفرق`: الفرق بين القيمتين *الكمية في اليد* و*الكمية المحسوبة*؛ " -"سيتم تحديثها تلقائياً لتعكس القيمة المدخلة في عمود :guilabel:`الكمية " -"المحسوبة` " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:91 -msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for counting the product" -msgstr ":guilabel:`وحدة القياس`: وحدة القياس المستخدمة لحساب المنتج " +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`count_products`" +msgstr ":doc:`count_products`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "Include a line for each product being added to inventory." -msgstr "قم بوضع بند لكل منتج تتم إضافته إلى المخزون. " +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To perform an inventory adjustment, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Operations --> Physical Inventory`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing" +" so adds a new line at the bottom of the list of inventory adjustments." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:97 -msgid "" -"After adding all the products already stored in the new warehouse, click " -":guilabel:`Validate Inventory` to complete the inventory adjustment. The " -"values in the :guilabel:`On Hand` column will update to reflect those in the" -" :guilabel:`Counted` column and the products added will appear in the " -"inventory of the new warehouse." +msgid "Configure the line by filling out the following fields as necessary:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " +"the new warehouse. This can be set as the overall warehouse, or a location " +"within the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " +"serial number used to identify it, if the product is tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the total quantity of the product stored in " +"the location for which inventory is being adjusted. For a new warehouse or " +"location where a count or a prior inventory adjustment has not taken place, " +"this should be set to `0.00`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure (UoM) used for counting the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: the amount of the product being added to " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the on-hand and counted " +"quantities. This automatically updates to reflect the value entered in the " +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date selected for the next inventory count " +"for this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`User`: the user who recorded the inventory adjustment in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out inventory adjustment line for product in new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once each line for the products being added to the new warehouse is " +"configured, click :guilabel:`Apply` on each line to apply the new inventory " +"counts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The values in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column update to reflect " +"those in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and the products added " +"appear in the new warehouse's stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:125 +msgid "" +"If products tracked using a lot number or serial number are added without " +"specifying the tracking number, a :guilabel:`Tracked Products in Inventory " +"Adjustment` pop-up window appears upon clicking :guilabel:`Apply` on that " +"product's line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The pop-up indicates tracked products were added, but the lots/serial " +"numbers were not defined. To apply the adjustment without the numbers, click" +" :guilabel:`Apply`. To add the numbers before applying, click " +":guilabel:`Discard`, and add the numbers. Then, once ready, click " +":guilabel:`Apply` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:0 +msgid "Tracked Products in Inventory Adjustment pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`warehouses_locations`" msgstr "" -"بعد إضافة كافة المنتجات المخزنة بالفعل في المستودع الجديد، اضغط على " -":guilabel:`تصديق المخزون` لإكمال تعديل المخزون. سيتم تحديث القيم الموجودة في" -" عمود :guilabel:`الكمية في اليد` لتنعكس على القيم الموجودة في عمود " -":guilabel:`الكمية المحسوبة` وستظهر المنتجات التي تمت إضافتها في مخزون " -"المستودع الجديد. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:3 msgid "Cycle counts" @@ -17708,10 +18277,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once all necessary changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123 -msgid ":doc:`count_products`" -msgstr ":doc:`count_products`" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`use_locations`" msgstr "" @@ -17861,46 +18426,35 @@ msgstr "إيصال لمخزون تم استلامة في إحدى المستود msgid "Scrap inventory" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:8 msgid "" -"In some cases, a product in inventory may be damaged or found to be " -"defective. If it is not possible to repair or return the product, Odoo " -"*Inventory* allows users to scrap it, ensuring that usable inventory counts " -"remain accurate." +"Sometimes, products in a company's warehouse stock might be found to be " +"damaged or defective, past the point of being reparable. If it is not " +"possible to repair the product, or return the product to a vendor, it can be" +" scrapped." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:12 msgid "" -"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " -"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." +"Odoo *Inventory* allows users to scrap inventory, designating goods or " +"materials that are no longer usable or sellable for disposal (or recycling)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:15 msgid "" -"To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`. Remove the " -":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display " -"virtual locations. Finally, select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` " -"location." +"Scrapping inventory in a database helps stock counts remain accurate, by " +"removing scrapped products from physical inventory, and placing it in a " +"virtual scrap location (*Virtual Locations/Scrap*)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:19 msgid "" -"By default, scrapping a product removes it from physical inventory, and " -"places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual Locations/Scrap*. A virtual " -"location is **not** a physical space, but rather a designation in Odoo that " -"is used to track items that are no longer in physical inventory." +"*Virtual locations* in Odoo are **not** real, physical spaces in a " +"warehouse. Rather, they are designated locations in a database that provide " +"tracking of items that shouldn't be counted in a physical inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:68 -msgid "Learn more" -msgstr "اعرف المزيد " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:25 msgid "" "For more information about virtual locations, see the documentation about " "the different types of :ref:`locations " @@ -17908,119 +18462,174 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:29 -msgid "Scrap from stock" +msgid "" +"To use locations in warehouse, including a virtual scrap location, the " +"*Storage Locations* feature must first be enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:32 msgid "" -"To scrap a product located in inventory, begin by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Scrap`. On the :guilabel:`Scrap" -" Orders` page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new scrap order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:35 -msgid "" -"On the scrap order, select the product being scrapped from the " -":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` field. The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the " -"location where the product is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` " -"defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be " -"changed by selecting a different location from their respective drop-down " -"menus." +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Tick the " +"checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` to enable the feature, and " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "A new scrap order." +msgid "Enabled Storage Locations setting in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:41 +msgid "Scrap from stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:43 msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to scrap the product. The on-hand " -"inventory count for the scrapped product updates to subtract the scrapped " -"quantity." +"To create a new scrap order (SP) for an in-stock product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Scrap`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a new |SP| form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:49 -msgid "Scrap from a receipt, transfer, or delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:46 msgid "" -"It is also possible to scrap products during the receipt, transfer, and " -"delivery operations. This can be necessary if any products are found to be " -"defective when receiving them into inventory, transferring them from one " -"location to another, or preparing them for delivery." +"Click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and select the " +"product that should be scrapped from inventory. In the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"field, change the value to the quantity of the product that should be " +"scrapped (by default, this value is set to `1.00`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To scrap a product during the receipt, transfer, or delivery operations, " -"begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app. On the " -":guilabel:`Overview` page, select the :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the" -" :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`, or " -":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, depending on the type of operation the " -"product is being scrapped from." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out new scrap order form with product details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:54 msgid "" -"For the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card to appear on the " -":menuselection:`Overview` page of the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, the " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next " -"to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading." +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " +"is currently stored. The :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to the " +"designated scrap location (:guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`). Either of " +"these locations can be changed by selecting a different location from their " +"respective drop-down menus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If the scrapping is tied to a specific existing operation, specify the " +"operation in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company` field displays the company whose warehouse this " +"product belongs to. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " +"scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:66 msgid "" -"Alternatively, a list of all delivery orders, receipts, and transfers can be" -" viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> " -"Transfers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Next, open a delivery order, receipt, or transfer from the corresponding " -"page by clicking on it. A :guilabel:`Scrap` button appears at the top of the" -" page. Click it to open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the new |SP|. Once " +"validated, a :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button appears at the top of " +"the form. Click the smart button to view the details of the scrap operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "The scrap pop-up in the Inventory app." +msgid "Product Moves smart button on new scrap order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:75 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Scrap` button will only appear on a receipt that has been " -"validated. This is because Odoo only allows products to be scrapped once " -"they have been entered into inventory." +"To view the all-time total quantities of scrapped items, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Click the " +":guilabel:`x (remove)` button on the :guilabel:`Internal` filter in the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar, to display virtual locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window, select the product being scrapped " -"from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Then, enter the quantity in the" -" :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +"Select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` location. From the " +":guilabel:`Scrap` location's form, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` smart" +" button, at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " -"is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual" -" Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be changed by selecting a " -"different location from their respective drop-down menus." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:82 +msgid "A list of all scrapped products, and their quantities, is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:0 +msgid "Current Stock list of all scrapped products in virtual scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:89 +msgid "Scrap from an existing operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:91 msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the product. After doing so, the " -":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window disappears and a :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " -"button appears in the top right of the page. Click it to view all of the " -"scrap orders created from that operation." +"Scrap orders (SPs) can *also* be created from existing operations, such as " +"receipts, delivery orders, and internal transfers, before they are entered " +"into, or removed from, stock for an operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To scrap a product during an operation, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview`, " +"click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on an operation's task card (i.e. " +"the :guilabel:`Receipts` task card)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "The Scraps smart button." +msgid "# To Process button on Receipts task card on Inventory Overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, select an operation to process from the resulting list of existing " +"orders. Doing so opens that operation's form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon, and select " +":guilabel:`Scrap` from the resulting drop-down menu. This opens a " +":guilabel:`Scrap Products` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Scrap Products pop-up window on operation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:113 +msgid "" +"From this pop-up window, click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product`" +" field, and select the products from the operation that should be scrapped. " +"Adjust the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Product` selected is tracked using a lot or serial number," +" a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial` field appears. Specify the tracking number in that" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` and :guilabel:`Scrap Location` can be " +"changed, if needed. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " +"scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Scrap Products`. A :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " +"button appears at the top of the operation form. Click this smart button to " +"view the details of all scrap orders created from this specific operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Scraps smart button showing all scrap orders from operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:3 @@ -18029,126 +18638,220 @@ msgstr "المواقع " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:5 msgid "" -"A *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. This can be a shelf, " -"room, aisle, etc. There are three types of locations in Odoo:" +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. " +"This can be a shelf, room, aisle, rack, bin, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:8 msgid "" -"*Physical locations* are spaces within a warehouse owned by the user's " -"company. These can be a an area where items are stored like an aisle or " -"shelf, or an area where operations take place, like loading and unloading " -"bays." +"There are also external and virtual locations. For example, customer " +"locations, and locations specifically designated as \"virtual\", instead of " +"real, physical locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:11 msgid "" -"*Partner locations* are the same as physical locations except that they " -"exist within the warehouse of a customer or vendor." +"Locations allow for the storage of products in designated areas of the " +"warehouse, to help track inventory accurately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:17 msgid "" -"*Virtual locations* are locations that do not exist physically, but where " -"items that are not in inventory can be placed. These can be items that have " -"not yet entered inventory, like products that are on the way to a warehouse," -" or items that are no longer in inventory due to loss or other factors." +"To specify storage locations, the *Storage Locations* setting must be " +"enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"section. Tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` to enable " +"the feature, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In order to use locations, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be" -" enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, and enable " -"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:24 -msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Storage Location setting in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:26 msgid "" -"Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations --> Create`. The new location " -"form can then be configured as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location Name`: the name that will be used to reference the " -"location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:30 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Parent Location`: the location or warehouse that the new location" -" exists within" +"Once the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is enabled, two additional " +"internal link options appear below it: :guilabel:`Locations` and " +":guilabel:`Putaway Rules`. Click :guilabel:`Locations` to open a list of all" +" existing locations in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location Type`: choose the category that the location belongs to" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse that the location " -"is inside of" +msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:104 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: check this box to allow for " -"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: check this box to allow products to be " -"returned to this location" +"To create a new location inside a warehouse, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Doing so " +"opens a list of all existing locations. Click :guilabel:`New` to open a new " +"location creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:37 -msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode number assigned to the location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:108 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Removal Strategy`: the :doc:`strategy <../removal_strategies>` " -"for how items should be taken from inventory" +"In the :guilabel:`Location Name` field, assign a name for the new location. " +"In the :guilabel:`Parent Location` field, assign the location that this new " +"location exists in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 -msgid "The form for creating a new location." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:41 +msgid "" +"A new location `Gate 1` is created. Its parent location is `Dispatch Zone`. " +"In the :guilabel:`Parent Location` for `Gate 1`, select `Dispatch Zone`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:48 -msgid "Create location hierarchies" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, fill out the necessary " +"details for the new location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Location Type` field, select which type of location this " +"is. There are seven different types of locations to choose from:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:50 msgid "" -"The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" -" to exist within a warehouse or another location. Every location can serve " -"as a parent location, and every parent location can have multiple locations " -"within it, allowing for the creation of a virtually infinite hierarchical " -"structure." +":guilabel:`Vendor Location`: virtual location representing the source " +"location for products coming from vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:52 msgid "" -"Location hierarchy could be organized so that a shelf is located within an " -"aisle, which is located within a room, which is located within the overall " -"warehouse." +":guilabel:`View`: virtual location used to create a hierarchical structure " +"for a warehouse; aggregates its child locations. **Should not directly " +"contain products**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`Internal Location`: physical location inside a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:55 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer Location`: virtual location representing the destination" +" location for products sent to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Inventory Loss`: virtual location serving as a counterpart for " +"inventory operations. Used to correct stock levels of physical inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:59 msgid "" -"To create the location hierarchy in the example above, set the warehouse as " -"the parent of the room, the room as the parent of the aisle, and the aisle " -"as the parent of the shelf. This can be adapted to a hierarchy of any " -"magnitude." +":guilabel:`Production`: virtual counterpart location for production " +"operations. This location consumes components and produces finished " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transit Location`: counterpart location that should be used in " +"inter-company or inter-warehouse operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Additional Information section of new location creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Configure the remaining fields in the :guilabel:`Additional Information` " +"section as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose warehouse the location is inside of. " +"Leave this field blank if this location is shared between companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow for " +"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow products to " +"be returned to this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode assigned to the location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Replenish Location`: tick this checkbox to get all quantities to " +"replenish at this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Cyclic Counting` section, change the value in the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field from the default `0`, if " +"necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Cyclic Counting section of new location creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When different than `0`, the inventory count dates for products stored at " +"this location are automatically set at the defined frequency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:90 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, in the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` " +"field, click the drop-down menu and select the :doc:`removal strategy " +"<../removal_strategies>` for how items should be removed from this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:97 +msgid "Create location hierarchies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" +" to exist within a warehouse, or below another location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Every location can serve as a parent location, and every parent location can" +" have multiple locations within it, allowing for the creation of a " +"hierarchical structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Location hierarchy could be organized so that a small refrigerator is " +"located on a specific shelf, which is located in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Location hierarchy of small refrigerator, on a shelf in a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To create the location hierarchy in the example above (`WH/Stock/Shelf " +"2/Small Refrigerator`), set the warehouse stock as the parent of the shelf, " +"and the shelf as the parent of the small refrigerator. This can be adapted " +"to a hierarchy of any magnitude." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:5 @@ -18949,6 +19652,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 +msgid "Process the receipt" +msgstr "معالجة الإيصال " + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99 msgid "" "Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for " @@ -19046,147 +19753,160 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations" +msgid "Manage warehouses and locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:9 msgid "Warehouse" msgstr "المستودع " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:15 msgid "" -"In Odoo, a *warehouse* is the actual building/place in which a company's " -"items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user " -"can create moves between warehouses." +"Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo, and stock moves can be created " +"between warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:22 msgid "" -"A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a " -"sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). " -"Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible " -"to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can " -"be configured as needed under one warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:24 -msgid "There are three types of locations:" +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. " +"This can be a shelf, room, aisle, rack, bin, etc. Locations allow for the " +"storage of products in designated areas of the warehouse, to help track " +"inventory accurately." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:26 msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading " -"areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc." +"A location is only part of *one* warehouse, and can **not** be linked to " +"multiple warehouses. As many locations can be configured as needed under one" +" warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:29 +msgid "There are three types of locations in Odoo *Inventory*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:31 msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only " -"difference being that they are not owned by the user's company." +"**Physical Locations**: internal locations within a single warehouse owned " +"by the company. This can include shipping and loading docks, aisles, " +"shelves, storage areas, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:33 msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory " -"Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse " -"(**Procurements**)." +"**Partner Locations**: external locations, such as designated spaces in a " +"customer or vendor's warehouse. They are similar to physical locations, but " +"they are **not** owned by the user's company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:36 msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be " -"structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the " -"organization of the warehouses." +"**Virtual Locations**: this type of location does not exist as a physical " +"space, but products can be \"stored\" here when they are not physically in " +"an inventory yet. *Inventory Loss* and *Procurements* are examples of " +"virtual locations, for products that are lost or in transit to the " +"warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:41 msgid "" -"To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" -" enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"Every location within a warehouse can serve as a parent location, and every " +"parent location can have multiple locations within it, allowing for the " +"creation of a hierarchical structure. This allows for more detailed levels " +"of analysis of the stock operations and the organization of the warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:48 +msgid "" +"For companies with one warehouse, no additional settings are required to " +"activate before editing the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:51 +msgid "" +"For companies with multiple warehouses, and to create locations within a " +"warehouse, the *Storage Locations* feature must be enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:54 msgid "" -"To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable " -":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check " -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes`." +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Tick the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox to enable the feature, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:58 -msgid "Create a new warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " -"Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Storage Locations feature enabled in the Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:63 msgid "" -"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. " -"The short name is five characters maximum." +"To manage warehouse *routes*, such as two-and-three-step receipts and " +"deliveries, enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature from the *Inventory* app " +"settings, as well. For more on routes, see :doc:`use_routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:68 +msgid "Create a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Begin by assigning a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name`, and a :guilabel:`Short " +"Name`. The :guilabel:`Short Name` field is limited to a **five** character " +"maximum." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." +msgid "New warehouse creation form name configuration fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:81 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse " -"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first " -"letters of location]\"." +"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like `WH/[first " +"letters of location]`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:84 msgid "" -"Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations " -"related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently " -"created warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the " -":guilabel:`Locations` setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:85 -msgid "Create a new location" +"For example, a warehouse named `Warehouse #2` might have the " +":guilabel:`Short Name` `WH2` (the short name for the default warehouse in " +"Odoo is `WH`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:87 msgid "" -"To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " -"Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +"Once the warehouse is created, navigate back to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard. New operations for the newly created " +"warehouse are automatically generated there." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:90 msgid "" -"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`" -" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +"For more on creating new warehouses, see :doc:`create_a_second_warehouse`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." +msgid "" +"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfers for the new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:102 +msgid "Create a new location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:111 +msgid "For more on locations, see :doc:`use_locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "New warehouse location creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 msgid "Inventory valuation" msgstr "تقييم المخزون " @@ -19527,7 +20247,7 @@ msgid "" "The Inventory Valuation fields are located on the Product Categories form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 msgid "" "Alternatively, automated inventory valuation is an integrated valuation " "method that updates the inventory value in real-time by creating journal " @@ -19535,7 +20255,7 @@ msgid "" "company's inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:26 msgid "" "Automated inventory valuation is a method recommended for expert " "accountants, given the extra steps involved in journal entry configuration. " @@ -19544,118 +20264,104 @@ msgid "" "basis depending on the needs and priorities of the business." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 msgid "Types of accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 msgid "" "Accounting entries will depend on the accounting mode: *Continental* or " "*Anglo-Saxon*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39 msgid "" "Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and " -"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Then, in the search bar, look for :guilabel:`Anglo-Saxon Accounting`, to see" +" if the feature is enabled. If it is **not** enabled, Continental accounting" +" mode is in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the Anglo-Saxon accounting mode feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 msgid "" "In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported " "when products are sold or delivered. This means that the cost of a good is " -"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. " -"*Interim Stock Accounts* are used for the input and output accounts, and are" -" both *Asset Accounts* in the balance sheet." +"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. So " +"for **manual** valuation method, set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to " +"`Stock Valuation` for the current asset type; for **automatic** valuation " +"method, set the the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to an *Expenses* or a *Cost " +"of Revenue* type (e.g. `Cost of Production`, `Cost of Goods Sold`, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 msgid "" "In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a " -"product is received into stock. Additionally, a single *Expense* account is " -"used for both input and output accounts in the balance sheet." +"product is received into stock. Because of this, the :guilabel:`Expense " +"Account` can be set to **either** *Expenses* or a *Cost of Revenue* type, " +"however, it is more commonly set to an *Expenses* account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 -msgid "Costing methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 msgid "" -"Below are the three costing methods that can be used in Odoo for inventory " -"valuation." +":ref:`Details about configuring Expense and Stock accounts " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Standard Price**: is the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the " -"product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used to " -"compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " -"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Average Cost (AVCO)**: calculates the valuation of a product based on the " -"average cost of that product, divided by the total number of available stock" -" on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and " -"constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**First In First Out (FIFO)**: tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing " -"items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to change the " -"valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the next good " -"sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next inventory " -"lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based on the " -"valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most accurate " -"inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it's highly " -"sensitive to input data and human error." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It's highly" -" recommended to consult an accountant first before making any adjustments " -"here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:78 -msgid "Configure automated inventory valuation in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:67 msgid "" "Make changes to inventory valuation options by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and " -"choose the category/categories where the automated valuation method should " -"apply." +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. In " +"the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` section, select the desired " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:72 msgid "" "It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product " "categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` heading are two labels: " -":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`. Pick the " -"desired :guilabel:`Costing Method` using the drop-down menu (e.g. " -":guilabel:`Standard`, :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`, or :guilabel:`First " -"In First Out (FIFO)`) and switch the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to " -":guilabel:`Automated`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 +msgid "Show inventory valuation configuration options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 -msgid "" -":ref:`Using the inventory " -"valuation`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +msgid "Costing method" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +msgid "" +"From the product category's configuration page, choose the desired " +":guilabel:`Costing Method`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Standard Price`: the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of " +"the product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used " +"to compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " +"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`: calculates the valuation of a product based" +" on the average cost of that product, divided by the total number of " +"available stock on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is " +"*dynamic*, and constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " "Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " @@ -19666,7 +20372,30 @@ msgid "" "validated purchase orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`: tracks the costs of incoming and " +"outgoing items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to " +"change the valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the " +"next good sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next " +"inventory lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based " +"on the valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most " +"accurate inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it is" +" highly sensitive to input data and human error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It is " +"highly recommended to consult an accountant first before making any " +"adjustments here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`using_inventory_valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " "that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " @@ -19677,21 +20406,122 @@ msgid "" "*Inventory Valuation* report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 msgid "" -"On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " -"appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " -"inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" +"Inventory valuation in Odoo can be set to be updated manually or " +"automatically. While *Expense* accounts apply to both, the *Stock Input* and" +" *Stock Output* accounts are only used for automated valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Refer to the :ref:`Expense ` and " +":ref:`Stock input/output ` sections for " +"details on configuring each account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +msgid "Expense account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To configure the *expense account*, go to the :guilabel:`Account Properties`" +" section of the intended product category (:menuselection:`Inventory app -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`). Then, choose an existing account " +"from the :guilabel:`Expense Account` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +msgid "" +"To ensure the chosen account is the correct :guilabel:`Type,` click the " +"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account. Then, set the account type " +"based on the information below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177 +msgid "Automated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +msgid "" +"In Anglo-Saxon accounting for automated inventory valuation, set the " +":guilabel:`Expense Account` to the `Expenses` account. Then, click the " +"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, choose :guilabel:`Expenses` or :guilabel:`Cost of " +"Revenue` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show **Expense Account** field, and external link icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To configure the :guilabel:`Expense Account`, choose :guilabel:`Stock " +"Valuation` from the field's drop-down menu. Verify the account's type by " +"clicking the |right arrow| icon, and then ensure the :guilabel:`Type` is " +":guilabel:`Current Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the **Expense Account** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +msgid "Continental" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to the :guilabel:`Expenses` or " +":guilabel:`Cost of Revenue` account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:190 +msgid "Stock input/output (automated only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:192 +msgid "" +"To configure the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and :guilabel:`Stock Output" +" Account`, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product" +" Categories` and select the desired product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field, select :guilabel:`Automated`. " +"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` section appear. " +"These accounts are defined as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " "products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: accounting journal where entries are " +"automatically posted when a product's inventory valuation changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -19704,7 +20534,7 @@ msgstr "" "تعيينه في الموقع المصدر. هذه هي القيمة الافتراضية لكافة المنتجات في فئة " "معينة، ويمكن أيضاً تعيينها مباشرةً على كل منتج. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:207 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -19717,11 +20547,57 @@ msgstr "" "تم تعيينه في موقع الوجهة. هذه هي القيمة الافتراضية لكافة المنتجات في فئة " "معينة، ويمكن أيضاً تعيينها مباشرةً على كل منتج. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:124 -msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" -msgstr "يمكن من الصول إلى بيانات التقارير المنشأة بواسطة تقييم المخزون " +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:216 +msgid "" +"In Anglo-Saxon accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to *different* :guilabel:`Current " +"Assets` accounts. This way, delivering products and invoicing the customer " +"balance the *Stock Output* account, while receiving products and billing " +"vendors balance the *Stock Input* account." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +msgid "" +"To modify the account type, go to the click the |right arrow| icon to the " +"right of the stock input/output account. In the pop-up window, choose " +":guilabel:`Current Assets` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Display account setup page, highlighting the **Type** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +msgid "" +"The *Stock Input* account is set to `Stock Interim (Received)`, a *Current " +"Asset* account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 +msgid "" +"In Continental accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to **the same** :guilabel:`Current " +"Assets` account. That way, one account can be balanced when items are bought" +" and sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:239 +msgid "" +"The stock input and output accounts are both set to `Stock Interim " +"(Received)`, a :guilabel:`Current Assets` account type. They can also be set" +" to the `Stock Interim (Delivered)`, as long as the input and output " +"accounts are assigned to the **same** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the Stock Input and Output accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 +msgid "Inventory valuation reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." " At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " @@ -19735,7 +20611,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`الخيارات` إلى :guilabel:`كشف الكل` لرؤية كافة البيانات وأحدثها " "مرة واحدة. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 msgid "" "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " @@ -19745,7 +20625,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`حساب تقييم المخزون`، حيث يتم عرض التقييم الإجمالي لجميع المخزون " "الموجود. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 msgid "" "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " "Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " @@ -19809,12 +20689,8 @@ msgstr "" "الثلاثة. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 -msgid "" -":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " -"`" +msgid ":doc:`Set up inventory valuation `" msgstr "" -":ref:`قم بضبط تقييم المخزون " -"` " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -20342,10 +21218,6 @@ msgid "" "& Serial Numbers` to enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:115 msgid "" "Next, ensure the intended product is tracked by lots or serial numbers by " @@ -20360,7 +21232,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "After enabling the features, assign lot or serial numbers to products using " "an :doc:`inventory adjustment ` or " -"during :ref:`product reception `." +"during :ref:`product reception `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:126 @@ -21209,6 +22081,956 @@ msgid "" "The detailed operations shows which lots are being selected for the picking." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory aging report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The inventory aging report evaluates all items in stock, providing insights " +"into potentially sunken purchase costs and delays in profitability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Create customized pivot tables to analyze product, operation types, month, " +"or company breakdowns. This helps identify products in stock that are at " +"risk of passing their expiration or viability dates, or instances of " +"rot/decay for fast-expiring items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The *Reporting* menu in *Inventory* is only accessible to users with " +":doc:`admin access <../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To access the inventory aging report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Reporting --> Inventory Aging`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:24 +msgid "Navigate the inventory aging report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report displays a pivot table, " +"with the month in columns, and product category in rows. The default " +"filters, :guilabel:`Incoming` and :guilabel:`Has Remaining Qty`, show only " +"products from receipts, and are currently in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining Qty` displays the number of on-hand items, and " +":guilabel:`Remaining Value` displays the total cost of purchasing these " +"items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in each column " +"or row reveals options to expand the pivot table and show a detailed " +"breakdown of the :guilabel:`Remaining Qty` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` " +"by :guilabel:`Product`, :guilabel:`Product Category`, :guilabel:`Date`, or " +":guilabel:`Company`. Clicking the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` " +":guilabel:`(minus)` icon collapses it back to its previous state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:43 +msgid "Inventory aging report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Inventory aging report, showing each **Product** in rows and each reception " +"**Date** in columns, to better monitor products with fast expiration dates. " +"Each row shows the the total on-hand quantity and inventory valuation of " +"items purchased on each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Records in the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report are *stock valuation " +"layers* (SVLs), representing product moves that impact stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Inventory adjustments do **not** create |SVLs|; only items purchased from " +"vendors do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:71 +msgid "Generate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After learning how to :ref:`navigate the inventory aging report " +"`, it can be used to create and " +"share different reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Aging` report are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:63 +msgid "Rotating stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To create a report to identify items that have been in stock for a while, " +"follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Aging`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` " +":guilabel:`(caret down)` icon in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to see a " +"drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and " +":guilabel:`Favorite` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Product` under the :guilabel:`Group By` section. Doing so " +"expands the pivot table to show a product in each row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to the left of the " +"date column. Hover over :guilabel:`Date` from the drop-down menu and choose " +":guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, :guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +"or :guilabel:`Day`. Doing so expands the columns to show the " +":guilabel:`Remaining Qty` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` by the selected " +"time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For products that have a longer shelf life, choose longer time periods such " +"as :guilabel:`Month` or :guilabel:`Quarter` when expanding columns by " +":guilabel:`Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 +msgid "Pivot table, highlighting the plus icon to expand columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The report now displays the on-hand stock of items, and their total " +"purchasing cost, for each time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Inventory aging report, with the :guilabel:`Group By`: :guilabel:`Product` " +"option selected, and with the :guilabel:`Date` column set to " +":guilabel:`Day`. It gives insight into how much raw fish sashimi products " +"were purchased on each day, and how much it cost. This informs the business " +"owners how much stock is at risk of rotting in stock, per day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 +msgid "Inventory aging report, showing product row items and day columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:3 +msgid "Locations dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The *Locations* dashboard in the *Inventory* application provides an " +"overview of on-hand storage locations for company products. Use this report " +"to see where stock is stored, identify :ref:`misplaced items " +"`, or view past inventory to see " +"product locations on specific dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To access the locations report, the *Storage Locations* feature must be " +"enabled. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and click :guilabel:`Save`. Then, access the " +"locations dashboard by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:24 +msgid "Navigate the locations dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard lists all on-hand products " +"in stock (in the :guilabel:`Product` column), along with the following " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: current storage location. If a product is stored at " +"`Shelf 1` and `Shelf 2`, the product is listed twice, showing quantities at " +"each location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Package`: the package that the product is stored in, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: if the product has a lot or serial number, it" +" is specified here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: current quantity of products. Click the " +":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand " +"quantity <../inventory_management/count_products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reserved Quantity`: on-hand quantity reserved for operations, " +"such as pickings, delivery orders, or manufacturings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: the unit of measure of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Click the buttons to the right of each row item to access additional " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:42 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the" +" product, displaying information about the quantity and description of why " +"the product was moved from one location to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:47 +msgid "" +"View what the product is reserved for, by clicking the :icon:`fa-history` " +":guilabel:`History` button on the far-right of the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Moves History` page, remove the :icon:`fa-filter` " +":guilabel:`Done` filter. Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar to reveal filter options, and select the " +":guilabel:`To Do` filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Display *Moves History* page of to-do deliveries that reserved the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:58 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering " +"rules <../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>` " +"page to replenish products at the specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In the upper-left corner of the page, click the the :guilabel:`New` button " +"to make an :doc:`inventory adjustment " +"<../inventory_management/count_products>` to record quantities of a certain " +"product at a specific :guilabel:`Location`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To view products, quantities, and their locations for a specified date, " +"click the :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button (also located in the upper-" +"left corner of the page). Select a date and time in the :guilabel:`Inventory" +" at Date` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After learning how to :ref:`navigate the locations dashboard " +"`, it can be used to create " +"and share different reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Locations` " +"dashboard are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:81 +msgid "Dead stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To get list of expired items, also referred to as *dead stock*, follow these" +" steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:143 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to" +" reveal a drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and " +":guilabel:`Favorite` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts` " +"option under the :guilabel:`Filters` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:91 +msgid "The report now displays a list of expired products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:94 +msgid "" +"This report can also be generated from the :ref:`Lot and Serials Numbers " +"` page, accessed by going to" +" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst-1 +msgid "Show a list of products whose expiration dates have exceeded today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:105 +msgid "Stranded inventory report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Businesses using multi-step flows in the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* " +"apps, may have *stranded* items, which are products not in their proper " +"storage locations, due to human error. Use this report to periodically check" +" transfer locations (e.g. *WH/Input*, *WH/Pre-Processing*) to ensure items " +"are moved to their intended storage locations, and accurately recorded in " +"the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To get a list of items that might be sitting idly in storage, follow these " +"steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, begin typing the name of the location " +"where products are intended to be moved to, such as `WH/Input`, or " +"`WH/Packing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Search Location for:` [location name] option from the " +"resulting drop-down menu that appears beneath the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show search result for the location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:124 +msgid "The report now displays a list of products at the transit location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Searching `Input` in :guilabel:`Location` shows a list of products at a " +"*WH/Input* location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The list shows `500` quantities of `Chicken`, which is alarming if not " +"refrigerated soon after reception. The stranded inventory report helps " +"identify items that have been idling in non-storage locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show items stored at a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:138 +msgid "Inventory discrepancy report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:140 +msgid "" +"To generate a report of items that have been moved since the last " +":doc:`inventory audit <../inventory_management/cycle_counts>`, follow these " +"steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Conflicts` option " +"from the :guilabel:`Filters` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The report now displays items whose quantities have changed since the last " +"cycle count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show items from the *Conflicts* filter in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` button to view inventory " +"transfers, including receipts and deliveries, that have occurred since the " +"inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show *Moves History*, showing a delivery that occurred after an inventory " +"adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:3 +msgid "Moves history dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Moves History* report in Odoo *Inventory* provides a detailed record of" +" product movements (containing past and current locations), lot numbers, and" +" reasons for movement. Reports can be generated for any time frame, making " +"this report essential for analyzing stock levels, monitoring inventory " +"turnover, and identifying any discrepancies in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The reporting feature is only accessible to users with :doc:`admin access " +"<../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Moves History`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst-1 +msgid "Display Moves History report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:23 +msgid "Navigate the moves history report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:25 +msgid "In the report, the columns represent:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: calendar date and time of the stock move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: description of the reason for the stock move or " +"quantity change, such as a receipt number (e.g. `WH/IN/00012`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product involved in the move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: specifies the lot or serial number of the " +"tracked product being moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:33 +msgid ":guilabel:`From`: source location of the moved product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`To`: destination location of the moved product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity`: number of products moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: unit of measure of the products moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: indicates the move status, which can be " +":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available` (ready for action), or " +":guilabel:`Partially Available` (insufficient quantities to complete the " +"operation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:66 +msgid "Search options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Use the following search options to customize the :guilabel:`Moves History` " +"report to display relevant information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:70 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Filters` section allows users to search among pre-made and " +"custom filters to find specific stock records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Do`: show stock move records that are in progress. This " +"includes lines with a :guilabel:`Status` column value of " +":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Partially Available`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done`: completed stock moves, with a :guilabel:`Status` of " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Incoming`: displays move records from vendor locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:58 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Outgoing`: displays move records to customer locations, including" +" customer returns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internal`: displays move records from one internal location to " +"another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturing`: shows records where products were produced from " +"the virtual, production :doc:`location " +"<../inventory_management/use_locations>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: select this drop-down menu to access various date filter " +"options and view stock moves from a specific month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last 30 Days`: show records that occurred in the last thirty " +"days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Last 3 Months`: show records from the last three months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:113 +msgid "Group By" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " +"groupings to the search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: group records by product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: group records by the three status types: " +":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available`, and :guilabel:`Partially " +"Available`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: group records by :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, or :guilabel:`Day`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transfers`: group records by operation number, e.g. " +"`WH/OUT/00012`, `WH/MO/00211`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: group records by source location (the :guilabel:`From`" +" column in this report)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: group records by product category. To configure these," +" go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: Product" +" Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Batch Transfer`: group records by :doc:`batch " +"<../advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:125 +msgid "Favorites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To save the current applied filters and groups, so the same information can " +"be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save current " +"search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " +"current view the default filter when opening the :guilabel:`Moves History` " +"report. Or tick the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option " +"available to other users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:134 +msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:137 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../essentials/search`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:3 +msgid "Stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the stock report in Odoo *Inventory* for a detailed list of all stored " +"products, including those reserved, purchased and in transit, as well as " +"those delivered to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Stock`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Show the stock report, accessible by going to Inventory > Reporting > Stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:19 +msgid "Navigate the stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:21 +msgid "" +"On the stock report, the left sidebar includes several groupings to narrow " +"down what is being shown. The default groupings are :guilabel:`Warehouses`," +" which filters products by specific warehouses, and :guilabel:`Category`, " +"which shows products within a selected product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Warehouse` grouping is only available when there are multiple" +" warehouses in the database. Refer to the " +":doc:`../inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse` documentation for " +"more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:30 +msgid "In the report itself, the columns represent:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:32 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unit Cost`: average inventory valuation per unit, adjusted based " +"on the cost to purchase and/or manufacture the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Value`: Total inventory valuation of the product, " +"calculated by multiplying unit cost by on-hand quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:39 +msgid "" +":ref:`Compute average cost inventory valuation per unit " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:40 +msgid "" +":doc:`Inventory valuation methods " +"<../inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand`: current quantity of products. Click the :icon:`fa-" +"pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand quantity " +"<../inventory_management/count_products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Free to Use`: on-hand quantity that are **not** reserved for " +"delivery or manufacturing orders, and are available to sell or use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Incoming`: items expected to arrive at the warehouse. Number of " +"products is based on quantities in confirmed purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Outgoing`: items expected to leave the warehouse or be consumed " +"in manufacturing orders. Number of products is based on quantities in " +"confirmed sales or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the product, " +"displaying information about the quantity and description of why the product" +" was moved from one location to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering rules " +"<../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>` page for " +"the product to create or manage methods of procuring the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Locations`: break down of on-hand quantity at multiple storage " +"locations. Only available when the product is stored in multiple locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forecast`: access the forecasted report to view on-hand, " +"incoming, and outgoing quantities. Report also contains links to confirmed " +"purchase, sales, or manufacturing orders. Only available when there are " +"confirmed sales, purchase, or manufacturing orders for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Published`: display products published on the website. Only " +"available with the *Website* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available in POS`: display products available through the *Point " +"of Sale* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available in Self`: display products available in self order " +"through the *Point of Sale* app. Appears in the search because the " +":guilabel:`Available in Self Order` checkbox was ticked in the " +":guilabel:`Point of Sale` section of a product form's :guilabel:`Sales` tab." +" The option is only available when the :guilabel:`Available in POS` checkbox" +" is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In the Sales tab of a product form, showing *Available in Self Order* " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not available in Self`: display products available in *PoS*, but " +"not available in self order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:91 +msgid "`Configure PoS products `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Sold`: display products that can be sold to customers. " +"Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Sold` checkbox is ticked" +" on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Purchased`: display products that can be bought from " +"vendors. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` " +"checkbox is ticked on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Recurring`: show subscription products, indicated by " +"ticking the :guilabel:`Recurring` checkbox on the product form. Only " +"available with the *Subscription* app activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Rented`: show products that can be loaned to customers for" +" a certain time. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Rented`" +" checkbox was ticked on the product form. Only available with the *Rental* " +"app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Subcontracted`: display products that can be produced by a" +" :doc:`third-party manufacturer " +"<../../../manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic>`. Available " +"only with the *Manufacturing* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Expensed`: show items that can be expensed. Only available" +" with the *Expenses* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`../../product_management/product_tracking/type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " +"groupings to the search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Type`: group items by :doc:`product type " +"<../../product_management/product_tracking/type>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Category`: group items by product category. To configure " +"these, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: " +"Product Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`POS Product Category`: group items by :doc:`point of sale product" +" categories <../../../../sales/point_of_sale/configuration>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To save the current applied filters and groupbys, so the same information " +"can be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save " +"current search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " +"current view the default filter when opening the stock report. Or tick the " +":guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option available to other " +"users." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "الصيانة" @@ -23813,11 +25635,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:94 +msgid "Learn more" +msgstr "اعرف المزيد " + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:32 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to properly configure a new |BOM|, see the " -"documentation on :ref:`creating a bill of materials " -"`." +"documentation on :doc:`creating a bill of materials " +"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:35 @@ -23966,209 +25793,435 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bill of materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:9 msgid "" -"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " -"quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " -"It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines " -"needed to complete a production process." -msgstr "" -"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " -"quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " -"It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines " -"needed to complete a production process." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " -"linked to each product, so even product variants can have their own tailored" -" :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." +"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) documents specific components, " +"along with their respective quantities, that are needed to produce or repair" +" a product. In Odoo, |BoMs| as blueprints for manufactured goods and kits, " +"and often include production operations and step-by-step guidelines, as " +"well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " -"manufacturing process and save time." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:15 +msgid "BoM setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:18 -msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To create a |BOM|, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> " +"Bills of Materials` and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" -"The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" -" or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " -"managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." +"Next, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type` to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " -":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " -"of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the " -":guilabel:`Product`." +"Then, specify :ref:`required components ` and, if necessary, define any :ref:`manufacturing operations " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:26 msgid "" -"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " -"product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." +"Individual |BOMs| can also be quickly accessed or created by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on any product form, as " +"accessible through the *Sales*, *Inventory*, and *Manufacturing* apps, as " +"well as through any internal links where a product is referenced (such as in" +" a field or a line item)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:31 -msgid "" -"For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" -" to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" -" to specify the various components that make up the production of the final " -"product and their respective quantities. New components can be created " -"quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created " -"beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> " -"Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "Show BoM for a product, with components listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "BoM for `Drawer`, displaying the **Components** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:38 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/kit_shipping`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`../subcontracting/subcontracting_basic`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:44 +msgid "Components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Components` tab of a |BOM|, specify components used to " +"manufacture the product by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the " +":guilabel:`Components` drop-down menu, select from existing products or " +"create a new product by typing the name and selecting either the " +":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option to quickly add the line item, or the " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` option to add the component and continue to " +"its configuration form." msgstr "" -"For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" -" to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" -" to specify the various components that make up the production of the final " -"product and their respective quantities. New components can be created " -"quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created " -"beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> " -"Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." +msgid "Add a component by selecting it from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:43 -msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:56 msgid "" -":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " -"Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." +"Optionally, access additional fields by clicking the :icon:`oi-settings-" +"adjust` :guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon to the far-right of the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab. Tick the checkboxes for the following features " +"to enable these columns:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:60 msgid "" -"In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " -"the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " -"form." +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify which :doc:`product variant " +"<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>` each component is used in. " +"When the field is left blank, the component is used in all product variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:66 msgid "" -"The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " -"variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" -" :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master " -":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and " -"specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply " -"on Variants` column." -msgstr "" -"The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " -"variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" -" :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master " -":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and " -"specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply " -"on Variants` column." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." +":guilabel:`Consumed in Operation`: specify the operation using the " +"component. Useful for determining :ref:`manufacturing readiness " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:62 -msgid "Set up operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:68 msgid "" -"Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" -" instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" -" this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Operations`." +":guilabel:`Manual Consumption`: tick the checkbox to force operators to " +"check the :guilabel:`Consumed` checkbox on a manufacturing order (MO)." msgstr "" -"Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" -" instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" -" this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Operations`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show a manufacturing order, highlighting the *Consumed* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:75 msgid "" -"Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " -":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " -"operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a " -"name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like " -"components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the " -":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that " -"variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +"Not doing so triggers the :guilabel:`Consumption Warning` error message, " +"where the consumed component quantity must be manually inputted. Otherwise, " +"the operation cannot be completed." msgstr "" -"Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " -":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " -"operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a " -"name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like " -"components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the " -":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that " -"variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " -":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" -" new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing " -"Operations` feature." -msgstr "" -"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " -":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" -" new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing " -"Operations` feature." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show the consumption warning error message." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:85 -msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" +msgid "Operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" -"A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " -"addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " -"the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)`." -msgstr "" -"A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " -"addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " -"the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " -":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." +"Add an *operation* to a |BOM| to specify instructions for production and " +"register time spent on an operation. To use this feature, first enable the " +"*Work Orders* feature by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the" +" :guilabel:`Work Orders` checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " -"of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " -":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which " -"operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in " -"Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "\"Work Orders\" feature in the Settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the |BOM| by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app " +"--> Products --> Bill of Materials` and selecting the desired |BOM|. To add " +"a new operation, go to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, and click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window, where the " +"various fields of the operation are configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: name of the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: select existing locations to perform the operation," +" or create a new work center by typing the name and selecting the " +":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify if this operation is only available " +"for certain product variants. If the operation applies to all product " +"variants, leave this field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Configuring BoMs for product variants " +"<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration Computation`: choose how time spent on the operation is " +"tracked. Opt for :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` to use the " +"operation's time tracker or :guilabel:`Set duration manually` if operators " +"can record and modify time themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Choosing the :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` option enables the " +":guilabel:`Based on last __ work orders` option, which automatically " +"estimates the time to complete this operation based on the last few " +"operations. Choosing :guilabel:`Set duration manually` enables the " +":guilabel:`Default Duration` field instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Duration`: estimated amount of time to complete the " +"operation; used for `planning manufacturing orders " +"`_ and determining `work center" +" availability `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company the |BOM| is available in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Include operation details in the :guilabel:`Work Sheet` tab. Choose " +":guilabel:`PDF` to attach a file or :guilabel:`Google Slide` with *public* " +"access to share a link. Select :guilabel:`Text` to type instructions in the " +":guilabel:`Description` text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Type `/` for a list of formatting options and features, including ChatGPT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show ChatGPT feature to generate instructions for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Fill out the Create Operations pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save \\& Close` to close the pop-up window. To add" +" more operations, click :guilabel:`Save & New` and repeat the same steps " +"above to configure another operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +"After creating an operation, click the :guilabel:`Copy Existing Operations` " +"button to choose an operation to duplicate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show Operation tab, highlighting the \"Copy Existing Operations\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:158 +msgid "Instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To add detailed instructions to operations, the *Quality* app must be " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add specific instructions to an existing operation by clicking the " +"operation's :icon:`fa-list-ul` :guilabel:`(list)` icon in the " +":guilabel:`Instructions` column. The number in the :guilabel:`Instructions` " +"column shows the number of existing detailed instructions there are for the " +"operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the Instructions column, and list icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:172 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Steps` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank " +"quality control point form where the new manufacturing step can be created. " +"Here, give the specific instruction a :guilabel:`Title` and set the " +":guilabel:`Type` to :guilabel:`Instructions`. In the " +":guilabel:`Instructions` tab of the form, write out the directions for the " +"step in the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Further customizations can be made here on this form, beyond ordinary " +"instructions, to also include specific types of quality control points that " +"carry specific (or complex) conditions. For more details about quality " +"control points refer the :doc:`Instruction check " +"<../../quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the page to add a quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:188 +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab contains more |BoM| configurations to " +"customize procurement, calculate costs, and define how components are " +"consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturing Readiness`: choosing :guilabel:`When components for" +" the 1st operation are available` shows the :guilabel:`Component Status` as " +"a **green** :guilabel:`Not Available`, when only the components that are " +"consumed in the first operation are in stock. This indicates that although " +"not all components are available, operators can at least begin with the " +"first operation. Choosing :guilabel:`When all components are available` " +"displays a **red** :guilabel:`Not Available` component status unless all " +"components are in available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Specify which operation consumes each component on the |BoM| in the " +":ref:`Manual Consumption field `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show the *Component Status* field on the manufacturing order dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:210 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Version`: displays the current |BoM| version, visible with the " +"Odoo *PLM* app installed for managing |BoM| changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:212 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Flexible Consumption`: specifies if components used can deviate " +"from the quantity defined on the |BoM|. Choose :guilabel:`Blocked` if " +"operators **must** adhere strictly to the |BoM| quantity. Otherwise, choose " +":guilabel:`Allowed` or :guilabel:`Allowed with Warning`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:215 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Routing`: select the preferred warehouse's manufacturing " +"operation type for products produced in multiple warehouses. If left blank, " +"this warehouse's `Manufacturing` operation type is used by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:218 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: select pre-created :doc:`analytic " +"distribution models " +"<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>` from the list " +"to automatically record the cost of manufacturing products in the chosen " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:221 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manuf Lead Time`: define the number of days needed to complete a " +"|MO| from the date of confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to prepare Manufacturing Order`: number of days needed to " +"replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +":doc:`Analytic distribution " +"<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:228 +msgid "" +":doc:`Lead times " +"<../../inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Miscellaneous* tab of the BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:236 +msgid "Add by-products to BoMs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:238 +msgid "" +"A *by-product* is a residual product that is created during production in " +"addition to the main product of a |BOM|. Unlike the primary product, there " +"can be more than one by-product on a |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To add by-products to a |BOM|, first enable the *By-Products* feature in " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`By-" +"Products` to enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "\"By Products\" feature in the settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, add by-products to a |BOM| by clicking the " +":guilabel:`By-products` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and fill in the " +":guilabel:`By-product`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Unit of " +"Measure`. Optionally, specify a :guilabel:`Produced in Operation` for the " +"by-product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The by-product, `Mush`, is created in the `Grind grapes` operation when " +"producing `Red Wine`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show sample by-product in the BoM." msgstr "" -"Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " -"of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " -":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which " -"operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in " -"Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" @@ -24218,18 +26271,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 +msgid "Lot/serial number tracking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The assignment of lots or serial numbers to newly manufactured products is " +"optional. To optionally :doc:`assign lots or serial numbers " +"<../../inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn>` to newly " +"manufactured products, go to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section in the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the :guilabel:`Tracking` field, select " +":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Doing so enables the *Lot/Serial Number* field on a manufacturing order, or " +"the *Register Production* instruction on a work order card in the *Shop " +"Floor* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 +msgid "\"Lot/Serial Number\" field on the MO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 +msgid "**Lot/Serial Number** field on the MO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Register Production** option to generate lot/serial number on a work order" +" card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:54 msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:56 msgid "" "Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " "manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" " manufacture a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " @@ -24247,14 +26336,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 msgid "" "On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." " In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" " produces." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 msgid "" "Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" " clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " @@ -24272,7 +26361,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:79 msgid "" "Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " "and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " @@ -24283,7 +26372,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:86 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " "setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " @@ -24295,14 +26384,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:96 msgid "" "The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " "allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " "exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " "For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " -"to :ref:`create a bill of materials `." +"to :doc:`create a bill of materials `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:3 @@ -25370,6 +27458,2033 @@ msgid "" "of the |MO| itself." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "Subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a " +"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" +" then sold by the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting " +"company and the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide " +"variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in" +" and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the " +"manufacturing themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:19 +msgid "" +"This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, " +"as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with " +"subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they " +"are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized " +"work to subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors " +"to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as " +"profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain " +"arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which " +"projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a " +"variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what" +" happens to finished products once they are manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " +":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst-1 +msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:62 +msgid "" +"With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in " +"Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:64 +msgid "" +"On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a " +"*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates" +" the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that" +" it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the " +"Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can " +"be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product " +"pages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:72 +msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:75 +msgid "Subcontracting workflows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference " +"between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully " +"responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the " +":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_basic` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " +"sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This " +"workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " +"purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to " +"the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the " +":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary " +"to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to" +" products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:94 +msgid "" +"In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are " +"to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:97 +msgid "" +"In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can " +"either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an " +"end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured" +" to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are " +"outlined in their respective documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:104 +msgid "Subcontracted product valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different " +"variables:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;" +" from here on referred to as `C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them " +"shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor" +" to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred " +"to as `x`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be " +"represented by the following equation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"P = C + M + S + D + x\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:124 +msgid "" +"It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will " +"include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not " +"dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost" +" of dropshipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Basic subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " +"certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " +"purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " +"the product's vendor to delivery the product to the purchasing company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For subcontracted products specifically, delivery lead times can be " +"configured to take into account the amount of time required for the " +"subcontractor to manufacture a product. Doing so allows the contracting " +"company to better predict the delivery dates of subcontracted products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Like all lead times in Odoo, lead times for subcontracted products are only " +"an estimate, and are based on how long actions are *expected* to take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " +"means that lead times should not be viewed as guarantees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`basic subcontracting ` workflow " +"to manufacture a product, a company is not responsible for supplying the " +"subcontractor with the necessary components. This means that the only " +"factors affecting the delivery date of a product are the amount of time it " +"takes the subcontractor to manufacture and deliver it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time that considers " +"both of these factors, the *Expected Arrival* date displayed on purchase " +"orders (POs) for the product more accurately reflects the amount of time " +"required for both manufacturing and delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 +msgid "Product delivery lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " +"subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has been added, enter the number of days it takes " +"them to manufacture and deliver the product, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead" +" Time` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Delivery Lead Time field for a subcontractor, on the Purchase tab of a " +"product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Multiple subcontractors can be added to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a " +"product's page, and a different :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` can be set " +"for each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:57 +msgid "Lead time workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 +msgid "" +"After setting a delivery lead time for a product's vendor, create an |RfQ| " +"by navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase " +"Orders`, and clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Specify the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the " +"product in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and " +"adding a quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once a product has been added, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field on the" +" |RfQ| auto-populates with a date that reflects the vendor's delivery lead " +"time, as specified on the product's page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If the date needs to be adjusted, click on the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` " +"field to open a calendar popover, and select the desired date. Make sure not" +" to choose a date sooner than the one that was auto-populated, unless the " +"subcontractor has confirmed that they are able to deliver the product by " +"that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` on the |RfQ| to turn it into a " +"|PO|. At this point, the subcontractor should begin manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, before delivering it to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Tricycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends requires three days to manufacture a tricycle, plus" +" an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " +"tricycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " +"two days for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:88 +msgid "" +"On May 3rd, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| to purchase one tricycle from Bike " +"Friends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date listed on the |PO| is May 8th, five " +"days after the :guilabel:`Confirmation Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Expected Arrival date on a PO for a subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Bike Friends begins manufacturing the tricycle on May 3rd — the day that the" +" |PO| is confirmed — and finishes on May 6th, three days later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The tricycle is then shipped to Mike's Bikes the same day, and they receive " +"it on May 8th, two days later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " +"certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " +"purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " +"the product's vendor to deliver the product to the purchasing company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Certain subcontracted products require the contracting company to supply the" +" subcontractor with manufacturing components. In this case, a *manufacturing" +" lead time* can be used, in addition to the delivery lead time, to generate " +"the date on which the subcontractor must receive the required components, in" +" order to manufacture the product and deliver it on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In cases where components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, an " +"additional delivery lead time can be set for each component. This should be " +"set to the amount of time it takes the vendor to deliver components to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once a delivery lead time has been set on a component, dropship orders for " +"the component display the date by which the order must be confirmed, so that" +" it can be dropshipped to the subcontractor by the date on which " +"manufacturing must begin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order " +"` route, a company is responsible for purchasing " +"the necessary components from a vendor, and having them dropshipped directly" +" to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 +msgid "" +"This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, it is also necessary " +"to consider how long it takes the component vendor to dropship the " +"components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:48 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a *delivery lead time*, specifying a " +"*manufacturing lead time* on the product's BoM, and assigning the vendor of " +"the components an additional *delivery lead time*, *Dropship Subcontractor* " +"orders for the product's components display the deadline for confirming a " +"dropship order to send the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " +":guilabel:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:61 +msgid "Product manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a BoM" +" from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 +msgid "" +"On the |BoM|, select the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the same number of days that was " +"entered in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` field of the |BoM|'s product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Manuf. Lead Time field on a product's BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 +msgid "" +"While not all of these days are actually used for manufacturing by the " +"subcontractor, setting the same number of days in each field tells Odoo that" +" the subcontractor must receive the components and begin production by the " +"start of the product's delivery lead time. This gives the subcontractor " +"enough time to both manufacture and deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 +msgid "Component delivery lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:92 +msgid "" +"From the product's BoM, navigate to each component by clicking on the " +"component in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and then clicking the " +":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` button to the right of the " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:96 +msgid "" +"On the product page for each component, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab." +" If the vendor has not already been added, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor has been added, enter the number of days it takes them to " +"dropship the product to the subcontractor, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " +"Time` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:104 +msgid "Dropship subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Create a request for quotation (RfQ) for the product by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`, and " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Specify the subcontractor in :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the product" +" in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, " +"selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and specifying a " +"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:113 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" +" time for the component vendor to dropship the components, and the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " +"auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " +"of the product. However, this does not consider the time it takes to " +"dropship the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:121 +msgid "" +"When purchasing a product subcontracted using the *Dropship Subcontractor on" +" Order* route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " +"extra time needed for the components to be delivered to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Since production does not begin until they receive the components, leaving " +"the date as is results in the finished product arriving *after* the date " +"listed on the |RfQ|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " +"so creates a second |RfQ| to purchase the components from the dropshipper, " +"and have them sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for " +"Quotation`, and select the |RfQ| that lists the dropshipper in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 +msgid "" +"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field lists the date on which" +" the subcontractor must receive the components, in order to deliver the " +"finished product by the *Expected Arrival* date listed on the subcontractor " +"|PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Order Deadline` field lists the latest date on which the " +"|RfQ| can be confirmed, in order for the dropshipper to deliver the " +"components to the subcontractor by the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|, and confirm " +"the purchase of the components from the dropshipper. Doing so causes a " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to appear at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to open the dropship order. This" +" order can also be accessed from the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button that " +"now appears on the subcontractor |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:149 +msgid "" +"After the dropshipper has delivered the components to the subcontractor, " +"click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the dropship order to " +"confirm that the subcontractor has received the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor receives the components, they begin manufacturing the" +" component, before delivering it to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Bicycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes must purchase the required components from vendor Bike World, " +"and have them dropshipped to Bike Friends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:164 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each bicycle, plus " +"an addition two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:167 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for bicycle" +" manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus two days " +"for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:170 +msgid "" +"On the bicycle's BoM, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days as " +"well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered to " +"the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:173 +msgid "" +"On the product pages for each of the bicycle's components, they assign Bike " +"World a delivery lead time of two days. This is the amount of time it takes " +"Bike World to dropship each component directly to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:177 +msgid "" +"On May 10th, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| for one bicycle, with an expected " +"delivery date of May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:180 +msgid "" +"The |RfQ| for purchasing the components from Bike World and having them " +"dropshipped to Bike Friends has an Expected Arrival date of May 12th, and a " +"Deadline of May 10th. The |RfQ| must be confirmed by the deadline in order " +"for Bike Friends to receive the components by the Expected Arrival date, " +"giving them enough time to deliver the finished bicycle to Mike's Bikes by " +"May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Order Deadline and Expected Arrival dates on a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes confirms the |RfQ| on May 10th, and Bike World delivers the " +"components to Bike Friends on May 12th. Bike Friends manufactures the " +"bicycle, and delivers it to Mike's Bikes on May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " +"means that lead times should **not** be viewed as guarantees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order " +"` route, a company is responsible for supplying the" +" subcontractor with the necessary components. As a result, the subcontractor" +" cannot begin manufacturing until the components have been received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, the date they receive " +"the components must also be considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:39 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time, and specifying " +"a manufacturing lead time on the product's bill of materials (BoM), " +"*Resupply Subcontractor* orders for the product's components display the " +"deadline by which the subcontractor must receive the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " +"subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a " +"|BoM| from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:80 +msgid "Resupply subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" +" time for the subcontractor to receive the components, manufacture the " +"product, and deliver it back to the subcontracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " +"auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " +"of the product. However, this does **not** consider the time it takes to " +"ship the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:98 +msgid "" +"When purchasing a product subcontracted using the Resupply Subcontractor on " +"Order route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " +"extra time needed for the components to be shipped to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " +"so causes a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to appear at the top of the " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to open the resupply " +"subcontractor order, which is the order created to send components to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Deadline` field on the resupply subcontractor order shows the" +" deadline for the subcontractor to receive the components, in order for them" +" to have enough time to manufacture and deliver the finished product by the " +"Expected Arrival date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field should display the latest date on which" +" components can be shipped, while still arriving to the subcontractor by the" +" :guilabel:`Deadline`. However, by default, the date displayed is the same " +"as the date in the :guilabel:`Deadline` field, and must be updated to take " +"into account the time required for shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field to open a calendar popover " +"from which a date can be selected. Select a date that allows for the " +"components to be delivered by the :guilabel:`Deadline` on the resupply " +"subcontractor order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:124 +msgid "" +"After the components are shipped, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at " +"the top of the order to confirm they have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Unicycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes must supply Bike Friends with the necessary components for " +"manufacturing the unicycles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:137 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each unicycle, plus" +" an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:140 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " +"unicycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " +"two days for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:143 +msgid "" +"On the unicycle's |BoM|, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days, " +"as well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered " +"to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 +msgid "" +"They confirm a |PO| for one unicycle, with an expected arrival date of May " +"30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The resupply subcontractor order for shipping the components to the " +"subcontractor shows a *Deadline* of May 25th. The subcontractor must receive" +" the components by this date, in order to have enough time to manufacture " +"the unicycle, and deliver it by May 30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:152 +msgid "" +"It takes Mike's Bikes two days to deliver the components, so they update the" +" *Scheduled Date* field on the resupply subcontractor order to May 23rd, two" +" days before the Deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Scheduled Date and Deadline fields on a resupply subcontractor order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes ships the components to Bike Friends on the scheduled date of " +"May 23rd, and they arrive on the deadline of May 25th. This gives Bike " +"Friends enough time to manufacture the unicycle, and ship it back to Mike's " +"Bikes by the expected arrival date of May 30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:3 +msgid "Basic subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a " +"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" +" then sold by the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the " +"necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to " +"worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic " +"subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-" +"subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that " +"subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted " +"products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be " +"manufactured by them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " +":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary" +" to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53 +msgid "Configure product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the " +"product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, " +"selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and " +"entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`" +" field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished " +"product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " +"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " +"subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83 +msgid "Configure BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " +"--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials " +"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` " +"option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the " +":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using" +" subcontracting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when " +"calculating the product's expected arrival date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:81 +msgid "" +"When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for " +"manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:86 +msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:88 +msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " +"|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a receipt order or a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, " +"**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" +" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " +"product is shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted " +"product is being purchased from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " +"with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer," +" or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process " +"starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169 +msgid "Create SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171 +msgid "" +"It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased" +" from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being " +"purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " +"Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a " +"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a" +" quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens" +" the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:128 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough " +"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates" +" a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193 +msgid "" +"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " +"end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is " +"enough stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197 +msgid "Process PO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:140 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to " +":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the " +"|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to " +"the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a " +"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the " +"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:153 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic " +"subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and " +"can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 +msgid "" +"A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " +"top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 +msgid "" +"PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " +"top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242 +msgid "Process receipt or dropship order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " +"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " +"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251 +msgid "" +"If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, " +"once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " +"Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the" +" :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the " +"receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter" +" the product into inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260 +msgid "Process dropship order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262 +msgid "" +"If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select" +" the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open " +"the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order " +"to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270 +msgid "Process delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " +"finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " +"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" +" the customer, and process the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " +"the product has been shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship to subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the" +" necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have " +"them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order " +"(PO) for that product is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " +"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and " +"*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve " +"dropshipping, they are used for different purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have " +"them shipped directly to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components " +"from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By " +"default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the " +"contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33 +msgid "" +"However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship " +"Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In " +"this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then " +"ships the finished product directly to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37 +msgid "" +"This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the " +":ref:`workflow section ` of" +" this doc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " +"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " +"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the " +"components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as " +"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in " +"the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the " +":guilabel:`Price` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that " +"determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been " +"manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock " +"on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " +"subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73 +msgid "Configure bill of materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click " +"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " +"select the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and" +" specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97 +msgid "Configure Components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " +"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " +"arrow)` button to the right of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106 +msgid "" +"On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add " +"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in " +"the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the" +" subcontractor, once they are purchased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the " +":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119 +msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " +"*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the" +" vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so " +"creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the " +"components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" +" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" +" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " +"product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " +"with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, " +"or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts " +"with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148 +msgid "Create an SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the " +"product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is " +"the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted " +"product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the " +"*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** " +"there is no stock of the product on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead " +"create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172 +msgid "" +"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " +"end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, " +"even if there is stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176 +msgid "Process subcontractor PO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178 +msgid "" +"If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`," +" and clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a" +" new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* " +"|PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components" +" to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, " +"and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" +"button at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from " +"the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** " +"automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship " +"Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* " +"|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205 +msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. " +"Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` " +"field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after " +"confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212 +msgid "" +"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship " +"Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of" +" the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and " +"confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, " +"and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the " +"*subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" +"Dropship smart button at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227 +msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" +" *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, " +"respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the " +":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the " +"subcontractor has received the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" +" *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the " +"product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of" +" the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the" +" *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the " +":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship " +"order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the " +"product to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product " +"has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the " +"necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each " +"time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " +"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping" +" it to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply " +"Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24 +msgid "" +"While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components " +"required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are " +"sourced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from " +"the warehouse of the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from " +"a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of " +"the subcontracting company and their subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36 +msgid "" +"See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of " +"the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " +"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " +"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of " +"materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`" +" tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the " +"subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68 +msgid "" +"This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other " +"elements, like the cost of the product's components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " +"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click " +"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " +"select the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107 +msgid "Configure components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " +"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " +"arrow)` button to the right of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116 +msgid "" +"On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and " +"select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the " +":guilabel:`Routes` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122 +msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to " +"purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a" +" dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the " +"subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" +" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149 +msgid "" +"While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to " +"automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is " +"also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful " +"when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply " +"Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking" +" :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom " +"the components should be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` " +"drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the " +"components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` " +"to confirm that the order has been sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough " +"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead" +" creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase " +"app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a " +"subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically " +"created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the " +"required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed " +"from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top " +"of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 +msgid "" +"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n" +"buttons at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 +msgid "" +"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and " +"Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227 +msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the " +"subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " +"Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open" +" the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` " +"card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " +"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " +"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " +"finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " +"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" +" the customer, and process the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " +"the product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows.rst:5 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "Workflows" @@ -25651,6 +29766,13 @@ msgid "" "only after closing the associated |MO|." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " +"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29 msgid "" "To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " @@ -25915,1355 +30037,6 @@ msgid "" "and *WH/MO/00010*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontracting overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:7 -msgid "" -"In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a " -"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" -" then sold by the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting " -"company and the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:13 -msgid "" -"For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide " -"variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in" -" and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the " -"manufacturing themselves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:17 -msgid "" -"This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, " -"as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with " -"subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they " -"are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized " -"work to subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:22 -msgid "" -"On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors " -"to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as " -"profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain " -"arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which " -"projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a " -"variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what" -" happens to finished products once they are manufactured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " -"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " -":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " -"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst-1 -msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:42 -msgid "" -"With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in " -"Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a " -"*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates" -" the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that" -" it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the " -"Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can " -"be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product " -"pages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:51 -msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:52 -msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:55 -msgid "Subcontracting workflows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:57 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference " -"between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully " -"responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the " -":doc:`subcontracting_basic` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " -"sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This " -"workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting_resupply` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " -"purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to " -"the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the " -":doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:69 -msgid "" -"In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary " -"to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to" -" products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are " -"to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can " -"either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an " -"end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured" -" to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are " -"outlined in their respective documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:83 -msgid "Subcontracted product valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different " -"variables:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;" -" from here on referred to as `C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "" -"The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them " -"shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:93 -msgid "" -"The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor" -" to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred " -"to as `x`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be " -"represented by the following equation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:100 -msgid "" -"P = C + M + S + D + x\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:103 -msgid "" -"It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will " -"include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not " -"dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost" -" of dropshipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:3 -msgid "Basic subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a " -"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" -" then sold by the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the " -"necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to " -"worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic " -"subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-" -"subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that " -"subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted " -"products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be " -"manufactured by them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" -" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " -":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " -"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary" -" to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53 -msgid "Configure product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " -"product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the " -"product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, " -"selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and " -"entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`" -" field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished " -"product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " -"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " -"subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83 -msgid "Configure BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " -"Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " -"--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92 -msgid "" -"For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials " -"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` " -"option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the " -":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using" -" subcontracting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " -":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the " -"subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when " -"calculating the product's expected arrival date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:81 -msgid "" -"When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the " -":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for " -"manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:86 -msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:88 -msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " -"|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a receipt order or a dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, " -"**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" -" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " -"product is shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138 -msgid "" -"The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted " -"product is being purchased from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " -"with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer," -" or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process " -"starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into " -"inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169 -msgid "Create SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:112 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171 -msgid "" -"It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased" -" from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being " -"purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next " -"step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175 -msgid "" -"To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " -"Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178 -msgid "" -"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a " -"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a" -" quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:123 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens" -" the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:128 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough " -"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates" -" a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:134 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193 -msgid "" -"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " -"end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is " -"enough stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197 -msgid "Process PO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:140 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to " -":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the " -"|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to " -"the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:145 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking " -":guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:148 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a " -"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the " -"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:153 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic " -"subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and " -"can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 -msgid "" -"A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " -"top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 -msgid "" -"PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " -"top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:164 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242 -msgid "Process receipt or dropship order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " -"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " -"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 -msgid "Process receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:173 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251 -msgid "" -"If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, " -"once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " -"Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:177 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the" -" :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the " -"receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter" -" the product into inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260 -msgid "Process dropship order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:184 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262 -msgid "" -"If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select" -" the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:187 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open " -"the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order " -"to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270 -msgid "Process delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " -"finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " -"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" -" the customer, and process the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:198 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " -"the product has been shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3 -msgid "Dropship to subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the" -" necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have " -"them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order " -"(PO) for that product is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " -"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23 -msgid "" -"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and " -"*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve " -"dropshipping, they are used for different purposes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have " -"them shipped directly to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components " -"from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By " -"default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the " -"contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33 -msgid "" -"However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship " -"Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In " -"this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then " -"ships the finished product directly to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37 -msgid "" -"This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the " -":ref:`workflow section ` of" -" this doc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " -"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " -":guilabel:`Operations` heading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " -"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the " -"components listed on the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " -"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as " -"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in " -"the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the " -":guilabel:`Price` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that " -"determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been " -"manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock " -"on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " -"subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73 -msgid "Configure bill of materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click " -"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " -"select the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the " -":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a " -"line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and" -" specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97 -msgid "Configure Components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99 -msgid "" -"To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " -"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " -"arrow)` button to the right of the name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " -"component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106 -msgid "" -"On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add " -"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in " -"the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the" -" subcontractor, once they are purchased." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the " -":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " -"section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119 -msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121 -msgid "" -"The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " -"*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the" -" vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so " -"creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the " -"components to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" -" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" -" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " -"product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " -"with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, " -"or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts " -"with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148 -msgid "Create an SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the " -"product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in " -"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is " -"the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted " -"product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the " -"*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** " -"there is no stock of the product on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169 -msgid "" -"If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead " -"create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172 -msgid "" -"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " -"end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, " -"even if there is stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176 -msgid "Process subcontractor PO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by" -" navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`," -" and clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a" -" new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the " -":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* " -"|PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components" -" to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, " -"and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" -"button at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198 -msgid "" -"In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from " -"the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** " -"automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201 -msgid "" -"Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship " -"Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* " -"|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205 -msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207 -msgid "" -"To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. " -"Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` " -"field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after " -"confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212 -msgid "" -"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship " -"Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of" -" the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and " -"confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, " -"and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the " -"*subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" -"Dropship smart button at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227 -msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229 -msgid "" -"Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" -" *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, " -"respectively." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the " -":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the " -"subcontractor has received the components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" -" *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the " -"product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of" -" the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into " -"inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the" -" *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the " -"receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the " -":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship " -"order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the " -"product to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product " -"has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3 -msgid "Resupply subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the " -"necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each " -"time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " -"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping" -" it to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21 -msgid "" -"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply " -"Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24 -msgid "" -"While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components " -"required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are " -"sourced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from " -"the warehouse of the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from " -"a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of " -"the subcontracting company and their subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36 -msgid "" -"See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of " -"the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " -"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " -":guilabel:`Operations` heading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " -"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of " -"materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " -"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`" -" tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the " -"subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68 -msgid "" -"This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other " -"elements, like the cost of the product's components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " -"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click " -"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " -"select the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107 -msgid "Configure components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109 -msgid "" -"To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " -"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " -"arrow)` button to the right of the name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116 -msgid "" -"On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and " -"select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the " -":guilabel:`Routes` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122 -msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124 -msgid "" -"The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to " -"purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a" -" dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the " -"subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" -" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149 -msgid "" -"While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to " -"automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is " -"also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful " -"when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154 -msgid "" -"To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply " -"Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking" -" :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom " -"the components should be sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking " -":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` " -"drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the " -"components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` " -"to confirm that the order has been sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough " -"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190 -msgid "" -"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead" -" creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase " -"app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a " -"subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically " -"created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214 -msgid "" -"In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the " -"required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed " -"from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top " -"of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 -msgid "" -"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n" -"buttons at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 -msgid "" -"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and " -"Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227 -msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the " -"subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " -"Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open" -" the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to " -"confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the " -":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` " -"card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " -"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " -"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " -"finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " -"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" -" the customer, and process the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " -"the product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:3 msgid "Unbuild orders" msgstr "" @@ -28026,8 +30799,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:12 msgid "" "Utilize *engineering change orders* (*ECOs*) to track, implement, and revert" -" change versions made to products, and :ref:`bills of materials " -"`." +" change versions made to products, and :doc:`bills of materials " +"<../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:15 @@ -29466,6 +32239,354 @@ msgid "" "export it as an Excel file." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:3 +msgid "Procurement expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:12 +msgid "" +"With the *Purchase* application, users can monitor procurement expenses over" +" time. This report helps companies track and analyze spending, identify " +"cost-saving opportunities, and ensure efficient budget management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:17 +msgid "Create procurement expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To create a |per|, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " +"Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:22 +msgid "" +"By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` (POs) with a " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of Requests for " +"Quotation (RFQs) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent*, or *Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:25 +msgid "Add filters and groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the top-right, click the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot)` icon " +"to switch to pivot view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:32 +msgid "" +"While the |per| can also be :ref:`viewed ` as a " +":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " +":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`, " +"the pivot view provides the most detailed view of the data, and is the " +"recommended starting point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Remove any default filters from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. Then, click " +"the |caret| to open the drop-down menu that contains the " +":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and :guilabel:`Favorites` " +"columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Unless otherwise specified, the report displays data from both |RFQs| and " +"|POs|. This can be changed by selecting either :guilabel:`Requests for " +"Quotation` or :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a time frame to use for " +"comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " +"|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " +"Then, select :guilabel:`Product Category`, which is also located in the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The selections under the :guilabel:`Group By` heading can be altered, " +"depending on the needs of the individual company. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Product`, instead of :guilabel:`Product Category`, provides a " +"more in depth look at the performance of specific items, in place of an " +"entire category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading that " +"appears. These options are only available after the date range is selected " +"under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " +":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " +"as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " +"time period from the previous year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:60 +msgid "" +"While multiple time-based filters can be added at once, only one comparison " +"can be selected at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the procurement expenses\n" +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The filter for Q2, comparison for **Previous Period**, and group-by for " +"**Vendor** and **Product Category** were selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:68 +msgid "Add measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:70 +msgid "" +"After selecting the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group by`, and " +":guilabel:`Comparison` settings, click out of the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:82 +msgid "" +"By default, the report displays data with the following measures: " +":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " +":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " +"drop-down list of available measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click the following specific measures to include additional columns for the " +"procurement expenses report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total` and :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`: can include one or both " +"measures. These are included for overall spending analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:91 +msgid ":guilabel:`Average Cost`: included to evaluate cost efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to Confirm` and :guilabel:`Days to Receive`: used to assess " +"supplier performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Qty Ordered` and :guilabel:`Qty Received`: used to understand " +"order efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Qty Billed` and :guilabel:`Qty to be Billed`: used to track order" +" accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Additional measures can be included in the report, if desired, to provide " +"additional insights. For example, :guilabel:`Gross Weight` and " +":guilabel:`Volume` may be included for further logistics and management " +"analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:101 +msgid "" +"After selecting all necessary measures, click out of the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:85 +msgid "View results" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:108 +msgid "" +"After all of the filters and measures have been selected, the report " +"generates in the selected view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst-1 +msgid "A sample version of the procurement expenses report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " +"editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is **only** available if the " +"*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The |per| is also available in graph view. Click the :icon:`fa-area-chart` " +":guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view. Click the " +"corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a :icon:`fa-bar-" +"chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` :guilabel:`(line " +"chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:107 +msgid "To save this report as a *favorite*, see :ref:`search/favorites`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor costs report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With the *Purchase* application, users can track the fluctuation of vendor " +"costs over time. This allows users to identify the most expensive vendors, " +"and track seasonal changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:14 +msgid "Create vendor costs reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To create a vendor costs report, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase " +"app --> Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` " +"dashboard. By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of POs (Purchase Orders) with a " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of RFQs (Requests " +"for Quotation) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent, or *Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a date range to use for " +"comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " +"|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " +"Then, select :guilabel:`Product`, which is also located in the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Product` is **not** required for this report. However, " +"it is recommended, as it provides additional insight into the performance of" +" individual vendors. Additional selections can be made under the " +":guilabel:`Group by` heading as well, including :guilabel:`Product " +"Category`, :guilabel:`Status`, and :guilabel:`Purchase Representative`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To ensure the report is generated correctly, make sure that " +":guilabel:`Vendor` is the **first** selection made under the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading. These " +"options are only available after the date range is selected under the " +":guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " +":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " +"as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " +"time period from the previous year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the " +"vendor costs report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"By default, the report displays with the following measures: " +":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " +":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " +"drop-down list of available measures. Click :guilabel:`Average Cost` to add " +"it to the report. Select any additional measures to add to the report, or " +"click on any of the already selected measures to remove them, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:80 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to run the report with at least :guilabel:`Average Cost`, " +":guilabel:`Total`, or :guilabel:`Untaxed Total` selected from the " +":guilabel:`Measures` list. Additional measures, such as :guilabel:`Days to " +"Receive`, can be added to provide additional insights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:87 +msgid "" +"After all of the :ref:`filters and measures have been selected " +"`, the report generates in the pivot " +"view. Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " +"editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is only available if the " +"*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A sample of a vendor costs report with the measures set as total and average" +" costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The vendor costs report is also available in *graph* view. Click the " +":icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view." +" Click the corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a " +":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " +":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5 msgid "Manage deals" msgstr "" @@ -30679,9 +33800,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51 msgid "" "To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> " -"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, check" -" the box next to :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and " -"bills`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, tick " +"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`3-way matching`, and click :guilabel:`Save` " +"to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56 @@ -30690,15 +33811,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 -msgid "Activated three-way matching feature in purchase settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:60 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:62 msgid "" "When products are received into a company's warehouse, receipts are created." " Once the company processes the received quantities, they can choose to " @@ -30707,11 +33824,11 @@ msgid "" "completed at different steps of the procurement process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:68 msgid "With the bill control policy set to ordered quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:70 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *ordered quantities*" " bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " @@ -30720,42 +33837,42 @@ msgid "" "Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:75 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new request for quotation (RFQ). Doing so reveals a blank " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 msgid "" "On the blank detail form, add a vendor to the :abbr:`RFQ (request for " "quotation)` in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the " ":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 msgid "" "Then, confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` button above the detail form. Doing so turns the " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a vendor bill for " "the purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:88 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button reveals the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill` page for the purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:91 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button to modify " "the bill, and add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field. If needed," @@ -30763,21 +33880,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 msgid "" "Next, confirm the bill by clicking the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *ordered quantities*, the draft bill" " can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:175 msgid "" "On the new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` number," " which can be used to match the bill with additional documents (such as the " @@ -30788,7 +33905,7 @@ msgid "" "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:108 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " @@ -30801,7 +33918,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Vendor bill form for ordered quantities control policy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:118 msgid "" "Each vendor bill provides the option to either :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " "or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note`. A *credit note* is typically issued when a " @@ -30810,11 +33927,11 @@ msgid "" "returned from the customer/buyer to the vendor or supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:124 msgid "With the bill control policy set to received quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:127 msgid "" "If the creation of a vendor bill is attempted without receiving any " "quantities of a product (while using the *received quantities* bill control " @@ -30822,7 +33939,7 @@ msgid "" "proceeding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *received " "quantities* bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " @@ -30831,38 +33948,38 @@ msgid "" "Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:136 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`. Doing so reveals a " "blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a bill for the " "purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:151 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Create Bill` before any products have been received will" -" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to appear. The :guilabel:`Purchase " -"Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity of the items " -"included on the order to create a vendor bill." +" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up message to appear. The " +":guilabel:`Purchase Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity" +" of the items included on the order to create a vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:159 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the warehouse " "receipt form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:161 msgid "" "On the warehouse receipt form, click :menuselection:`Validate --> Apply` to " "mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities. Then, navigate back to the " @@ -30870,7 +33987,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Bill` button on the purchase order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 msgid "" "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Draft Bill` for the purchase order. On the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and add a " @@ -30878,20 +33995,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:172 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *received quantities*, the draft " "bill can **only** be confirmed when at least some of the quantities are " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:181 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " @@ -30900,11 +34017,11 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:187 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills in Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:189 msgid "" "Vendor bills can also be created directly from the *Accounting* app, " "**without** having to create a purchase order first. To do this, go to " @@ -30912,7 +34029,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a blank vendor bill detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 msgid "" "On this blank vendor bill detail form, add a vendor in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " @@ -30922,27 +34039,27 @@ msgid "" "the bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:198 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view (or change) the " ":guilabel:`Account` journals that were populated based on the configuration " "on the corresponding :guilabel:`Vendor` and :guilabel:`Product` forms." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` to add" " credit or debit notes to the bill. Or, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` " "number (while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:205 msgid "" "Then, when ready, click :menuselection:`Register Payment --> Create Payment`" " to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 msgid "" "To tie the draft bill to an existing purchase order, click the drop-down " "menu next to :guilabel:`Auto-Complete`, and select a :abbr:`PO (purchase " @@ -30954,17 +34071,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Auto-complete drop-down list on draft vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:218 msgid "Batch billing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:220 msgid "" "Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 msgid "" "To do this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. " "Then, click the :guilabel:`checkbox` at the top left of the page, beside the" @@ -30973,7 +34090,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Draft` :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:227 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon to export, delete, or send" " & print the bills; click the :guilabel:`Print` icon to print the invoices " @@ -30981,7 +34098,7 @@ msgid "" "payments for multiple vendor bills at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Register Payment` is selected, a pop-up appears. In this " "pop-up window, select the appropriate journal in the :guilabel:`Journal` " @@ -30990,7 +34107,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Group Payments` on this pop-up, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:236 msgid "" "When ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button, which creates a " "list of journal entries on a separate page. This list of journal entries are" @@ -30998,21 +34115,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 -msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up." +msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:244 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Register Payment` option for vendor bills in batches will " "only work for journal entries whose :guilabel:`Status` is set to " ":guilabel:`Posted`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:252 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 +msgid ":doc:`control_bills`" msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5 msgid "Products" @@ -31405,16 +34520,16 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" +msgid "Purchase units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" -" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " -"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " -"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " -"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." +" unit of measure than when it is sold. This can cause confusion between " +"sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to convert " +"measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your product once" +" and let Odoo handle the conversion." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 @@ -31521,21 +34636,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "" -"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." +"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, click into " +"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure Category` field and enter a name for the " +"category. Then, under the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:77 msgid "" "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" -" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" -" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" -" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " -"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " -"Odoo is always a multiple of this value." +" to other units of measure inside the category. Name the unit, and select " +"the units of measure category you just created. For the *Type*, select " +"*Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter the *Rounding " +"Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by Odoo is always a " +"multiple of this value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:83 msgid "" "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " "fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." @@ -31545,7 +34662,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "" "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " "appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " @@ -31557,35 +34674,31 @@ msgid "" "0.00001, set *Digits* to 5." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:97 msgid "" "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" " measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " "*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:101 msgid "" "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " "*Smaller*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:103 msgid "" "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " "second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " "than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:107 msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 -msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:109 msgid "" "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " "units of measure." diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 654c79a2d..9895e0243 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -44,11 +44,11 @@ msgid "" "marketing-essentials-989?fullscreen=1>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:38 msgid "Email marketing dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:40 msgid "" "After installing the application, click the :menuselection:`Email Marketing`" " app icon from the main Odoo dashboard. Doing so reveals the main " @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the main dashboard of the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:47 msgid "" "In the search bar, the default filter of :guilabel:`My Mailings` is present " "to show all the mailings related to the current user. To remove that filter," @@ -67,101 +67,101 @@ msgid "" "bar. Doing so reveals all the mailings in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:51 msgid "" "The information on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard has four different " "view options, located in the upper-right corner as individual icons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:54 msgid "The view options, from left-to-right, are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:56 msgid ":ref:`List ` (default view)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:57 msgid ":ref:`Kanban `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:58 msgid ":ref:`Calendar `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:59 msgid ":ref:`Graph `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:61 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:733 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:736 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:420 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:145 msgid "List view" msgstr "عرض القائمة" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:66 msgid "" "The list view, represented by the :guilabel:`☰ (horizontal lines)` icon in " "the upper-right corner, is the default view of the :guilabel:`Mailings` " "dashboard in the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:69 msgid "" "While in list view, there are columns dedicated to different aspects of " "information related to the listed emails. Those columns are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:72 msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: the date the email was sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Subject`: the subject of the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the user who created the email, or the user who has" " been assigned to the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Sent`: how many times the email has been sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:77 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivered (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been " "successfully delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Opened (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been opened by " "the recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been clicked by" " the recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replied (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been replied to" " by the recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: the status of the email (:guilabel:`Draft`, " ":guilabel:`In Queue`, or :guilabel:`Sent`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:84 msgid "" "To add or remove columns, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options (two " "horizontal lines with dots)` icon, located to the far-right of the column " @@ -169,13 +169,13 @@ msgid "" "options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:706 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:709 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:391 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "نافذة عرض كانبان " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:93 msgid "" "The Kanban view, represented by the :guilabel:`(inverted bar graph)` icon, " "can be accessed in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Mailings` " @@ -187,50 +187,50 @@ msgid "" "Kanban view of the main dashboard of the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:100 msgid "" "While in Kanban view, the email information is displayed in the various " "stages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:102 msgid "" "The stages are: :guilabel:`Draft`, :guilabel:`In Queue`, " ":guilabel:`Sending`, and :guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Draft`: the email is still being written/created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`In Queue`: the email is scheduled to be sent at a later date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:106 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sending`: the email is currently being sent to its recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:107 msgid ":guilabel:`Sent`: the email has already been sent to its recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:109 msgid "" "In each stage, there are drag-and-drop cards representing the emails that " "have been created/sent, and the stage they are in represents the current " "status of that mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:112 msgid "" "Each card on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard provides key information " "related to that specific email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:115 msgid "" "When the cursor hovers over the upper-right corner of an email campaign " "card, a :guilabel:`⋮ (three vertical dots)` icon appears. When clicked, a " @@ -244,19 +244,19 @@ msgid "" "View of the three-dot drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:404 msgid "Calendar view" msgstr "نافذة عرض التقويم " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:129 msgid "" "The calendar view, represented by a :guilabel:`📆 (calendar)` icon, can be " "accessed in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in " "the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:132 msgid "" "While in calendar view, a monthly calendar (by default), shows when the " "mailings have been sent or are scheduled to be sent." @@ -267,26 +267,26 @@ msgid "" "Calendar view of the mailings dashboard in the Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:139 msgid "" "The current date is represented by a :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` icon over " "the date on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:141 msgid "" "To the right of the calendar, the options to filter the results by " ":guilabel:`Responsible` and/or :guilabel:`Status` are available, via " "checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:145 msgid "" "To hide the right sidebar, click the :guilabel:`(panel-right)` icon, located" " above the sidebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:147 msgid "" "In the top-left corner, above the calendar, the option to change the time " "period being displayed is available via a drop-down menu, which shows " @@ -296,35 +296,35 @@ msgid "" "default)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:152 msgid "" "Clicking any of those options changes the calendar display to reflect that " "desired amount of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:154 msgid "" "Clicking either :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` icon or :guilabel:`➡️ (right " "arrow)` icon changes the calendar to a previous or future time, depending on" " what is clicked, based on the chosen amount of time being represented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:158 msgid "To jump back to the current date, click the :guilabel:`Today` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:163 msgid "Graph view" msgstr "أداة عرض الرسم البياني " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:165 msgid "" "The graph view, represented by a :guilabel:`(line graph)` icon, can be " "accessed in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in " "the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:168 msgid "" "While in graph view, the status of the emails on the :guilabel:`Mailings` " "page is represented in a bar graph, but other graph view options can be " @@ -335,20 +335,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the Graph view appears in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:175 msgid "" "In the upper-left corner, above the graph, there is a :guilabel:`Measures` " "drop-down menu. When clicked, different filter options become available to " "further customize the graph views." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:178 msgid "" "Those :guilabel:`Measures` options are: :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage` " "and :guilabel:`Count` (default)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:181 msgid "" "To the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu is an " ":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button, if the *Documents* application is " @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ msgid "" "add the graph to a spreadsheet or dashboard becomes available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:185 msgid "" "Beside the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu and :guilabel:`Insert in " "Spreadsheet` button are different graph view options. From left-to-right, " @@ -364,17 +364,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`(line chart)`, and :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:190 msgid "" "Each graph view option provides its own series of additional view options, " "which appear to the right of the selected graph view option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:194 msgid "Search options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:196 msgid "" "Regardless of the view chosen for the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in the " ":guilabel:`Email Marketing` app, the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group " @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ msgid "" "customize the information being displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:200 msgid "" "To access those options, click the :guilabel:`(downward arrow)` icon, " "located to the right of the search bar. Doing so reveals a drop-down mega " @@ -395,17 +395,17 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:207 msgid "" "These options provide various ways to specify and organize the information " "seen on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:212 msgid "Filters" msgstr "عوامل التصفية " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:214 msgid "" "This section of the drop-down mega menu provides different ways to filter " "email results being shown on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in the " @@ -418,14 +418,14 @@ msgid "" "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:221 msgid "" "The options are: :guilabel:`My Mailings`, :guilabel:`Sent Date`, " ":guilabel:`A/B Tests`, :guilabel:`A/B Tests to review`, " ":guilabel:`Archived`, and :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:224 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` is selected, Odoo reveals a pop-up window, " "with three customizable fields to fill in, in order to create custom filter " @@ -437,11 +437,11 @@ msgid "" "Add custom filter pop-up window that appears in Odoo Email Marketing app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:232 msgid "Group By" msgstr "تجميع حسب" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:234 msgid "" "This section of the drop-down mega menu provides different ways to group " "email results being shown on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in the " @@ -453,13 +453,13 @@ msgid "" "View of the Group By drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:241 msgid "" "Using this section, the data can be grouped by the messages' " ":guilabel:`Status`, or who it was :guilabel:`Sent By`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:244 msgid "" "There is also the option to group the data by :guilabel:`Sent Period`, which" " has its own sub-menu of options to choose from. The :guilabel:`Sent Period`" @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Week`, and :guilabel:`Day`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:248 msgid "" "If none of the above :guilabel:`Group By` options deliver the desired " "results, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` at the bottom of the " @@ -476,11 +476,11 @@ msgid "" " data that may be desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:253 msgid "Favorites" msgstr "المفضلات" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:255 msgid "" "This section provides the opportunity to save custom filters and/or " "groupings for future use. To utilize this section, click the :guilabel:`Save" @@ -493,31 +493,31 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:263 msgid "" "Give the favorited filter/grouping a title on the blank line above the " "checkboxes for :guilabel:`Default filter` and :guilabel:`Shared`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:266 msgid "" "Ticking the box for :guilabel:`Default filter` makes this favorited " "filter/grouping the default option. Ticking the box for :guilabel:`Shared` " "allows other users to see and use this favorited filter/grouping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:270 msgid "" "When all desired options are configured, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the " "filter/grouping in the :guilabel:`Favorites` section of the mega drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:274 msgid "Settings" msgstr "الإعدادات" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:276 msgid "" "To view and modify the *Email Marketing* settings, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ msgid "" "Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:283 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, there are four features available." msgstr "" @@ -537,23 +537,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the Settings page in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:289 msgid "The features are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:291 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns`: enables the option to manage mass mailing " "campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing`: allows recipients to " "blacklist themselves from future mailings during the unsubscribing process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dedicated Server`: provides the option to utilize a separate, " "dedicated server for mailings. When enabled, Odoo reveals a new field (and " @@ -561,24 +561,24 @@ msgid "" " for it to connect properly to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:297 msgid "" ":guilabel:`24H Stat Mailing Reports`: allows users to check how well " "mailings have performed a day after it has been sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:303 msgid "Create an email" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:305 msgid "" "To create an email, open the :menuselection:`Email Marketing` application, " "and click the :guilabel:`New` button in the upper-left corner of the " ":guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:308 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`New` reveals a blank email form." msgstr "" @@ -586,38 +586,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of a blank email detail form in Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:314 msgid "" "On the email form, there are fields for the :ref:`Subject " "` and :ref:`Recipients " "` of the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:317 msgid "" "Beneath that, there are three tabs: :ref:`Mail Body " "`, :ref:`A/B Tests `, " "and :ref:`Settings `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:323 msgid "Subject" msgstr "الموضوع " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:325 msgid "" "First, enter a :guilabel:`Subject` to the email. The :guilabel:`Subject` is " "visible in the recipients' inbox, allowing them to quickly see what the " "message is about." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:329 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Subject` field is mandatory. An email can **not** be sent " "without a :guilabel:`Subject`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:332 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`(smiley face with a plus sign)` icon at the end of the " ":guilabel:`Subject` field represents emojis that can be added to the " @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ msgid "" "emojis that can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:336 msgid "" "Beside the :guilabel:`(smiley face with a plus sign)` icon at the end of the" " :guilabel:`Subject` field is an empty :guilabel:`(star)` icon. When " @@ -634,11 +634,11 @@ msgid "" "future." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:344 msgid "Recipients" msgstr "المستلمين" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:346 msgid "" "Beneath the :guilabel:`Subject` field on the email form is the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field. In this field, select the recipients of the " @@ -646,30 +646,30 @@ msgid "" "clicking the field reveals a drop-down menu of other recipient options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:350 msgid "" "With the default :guilabel:`Mailing List` option selected, a specific " "mailing list **must** be chosen from the adjacent :guilabel:`Select mailing " "lists` field drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:354 msgid "" "More than one mailing list can be chosen from the :guilabel:`Select mailing " "lists` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:356 msgid "" "Odoo then sends the email to contacts on that specific mailing list(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:356 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:822 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:825 msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/mailing_lists`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:361 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Recipients` field is clicked, a drop-down menu of other " "options is revealed. Each option provides different ways Odoo can create a " @@ -681,26 +681,26 @@ msgid "" "View of recipients drop-down menu in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:368 msgid "" "Those options (excluding the default :guilabel:`Mailing List`) provide the " "option to create a more specified recipient filter, in an equation-like " "format, which appears beneath the :guilabel:`Recipients` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:372 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Recipients` field options, other than the default " ":guilabel:`Mailing List` option, are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:375 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: ties specifically to the *Contacts* app, and includes " "all the contacts entered in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:377 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Event Registration`: ties specifically to the *Events* app, and " "provides opportunities to interact with event registrants, in order to " @@ -708,14 +708,14 @@ msgid "" "valuable actions, such as post-event surveys, purchases, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:380 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`: ties specifically to records in the *CRM* " "application, which opens up a number of opportunities to influence sales or " "purchase decisions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:382 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mailing Contact`: ties specifically to the *Email Marketing* app," " and focuses on specific mailing contacts that have been entered in that " @@ -726,17 +726,17 @@ msgid "" "Contacts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:387 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sales Order`: ties specifically to the *Sales* app, and focuses " "on a specific sales orders in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:391 msgid "Add recipient filter" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:393 msgid "" "To add a more specific recipient filter to any :guilabel:`Recipient` option," " select any recipient option (other than :guilabel:`Mailing List`), and " @@ -745,14 +745,14 @@ msgid "" "formatted like an equation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:398 msgid "" "It is highly recommended that users implement detailed targeting criteria " "for the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. Typically, a single line of targeting " "logic is not sufficient enough for an email campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:402 msgid "" "While the :guilabel:`Mailing List` option is adequate for the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field, the :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity` and " @@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ msgid "" "criteria, which can be added on top of those seed sources." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:407 msgid "" "For example, with the :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity` option chosen in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field, users can add various custom criteria related " @@ -775,57 +775,57 @@ msgid "" "View of how recipient filters can be customized in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:416 msgid "" "To reveal the sub-menu options within the filter rule fields, click each " "field, and make the desired selections, until the preferred configuration " "has been achieved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:419 msgid "" "The number of :guilabel:`records` in the database that match the configured " "rule(s) are indicated beneath the configured filter rule(s), in green." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:427 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:191 msgid "" "Some sub-menu options in the first rule field allow for a second choice to " "provide even more specificity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:430 msgid "" "To the right of each rule, there are three additional options, represented " "by :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)`, :guilabel:`(sitemap)`, and :guilabel:`🗑️ " "(trash)` icons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:433 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon adds a new node (line) to the overall " "targeting logic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:434 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`(sitemap)` icon adds a branch to the node. A branch contains " "two additional, indented sub-nodes that are related to that specific rule, " "providing even more specificity to the parent line above it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:437 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon deletes a specific node (line) in the array " "of logic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:442 msgid "Mail Body tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:444 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab, there are a number of pre-configured " "message templates to choose from." @@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:451 msgid "" "Select the desired template, and proceed to modify every element of its " "design details with Odoo's drag-and-drop building blocks, which appear on " @@ -850,14 +850,14 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:455 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:458 msgid "" "The features on the sidebar used to create and customize emails are " "separated into three sections: :guilabel:`Blocks`, :guilabel:`Customize`, " "and :guilabel:`Design`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:461 msgid "" "Each building block provides unique features and professional design " "elements. To use a building block, drag-and-drop the desired block element " @@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ msgid "" " building block can be customized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:466 msgid "" "To build an email from the ground up, without any building block elements, " "select the :guilabel:`Plain Text` template. When selected, Odoo provides a " @@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ msgid "" "commands." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:471 msgid "" "When `/` is typed into the blank body of the email, while using a " ":guilabel:`Plain Text` template, a drop-down menu of various design elements" @@ -887,24 +887,24 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:482 msgid "A/B Tests tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:484 msgid "" "Initially, when the :guilabel:`A/B Tests` tab is opened on an email form, " "the only option available is :guilabel:`Allow A/B Testing`. This is **not** " "a required option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:487 msgid "" "If this option is enabled, recipients are only mailed *once* for the " "entirety of the campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:489 msgid "" "This allows the user to send different versions of the same mailing to " "randomly selected recipients to gauge the effectiveness of various designs, " @@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ msgid "" " sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:493 msgid "" "When the checkbox beside :guilabel:`Allow A/B Testing` is ticked, an " ":guilabel:`on (%)` field appears, in which the user determines the " @@ -920,70 +920,70 @@ msgid "" "current version of the mailing as part of the test." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:498 msgid "" "The default figure in the :guilabel:`on (%)` field is `10`, but that figure " "can be changed at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:501 msgid "Beneath that, two additional fields appear:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:503 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Winner Selection` field provides a drop-down menu of options," " wherein the user decides what criteria should be used to determine the " "\"winning\" version of the email tests that are sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:507 msgid "The options in the :guilabel:`Winner Selection` field are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manual`: allows the user to determine the \"winning\" version of " "the mailing. This option removes the :guilabel:`Send Final On` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:511 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Highest Open Rate` (default): the mailing with the highest open " "rate is determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:513 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Highest Click Rate`: the mailing with the highest click rate is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:515 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Highest Reply Rate`: the mailing with the highest reply rate is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:517 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Leads`: the mailing with the most leads generated is determined " "to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:516 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:519 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quotations`: the mailing with the most quotations generated is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:521 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Revenues`: the mailing with the most revenue generated is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:524 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Send Final On` field allows users to choose a date that is " "used to know *when* Odoo should determine the \"winning\" email, and " @@ -994,25 +994,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the A/B Tests tab in Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:532 msgid "" "To the right of those fields is a :guilabel:`Create an Alternative Version` " "button. When clicked, Odoo presents a new :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab for the " "user to create an alternate version of the email to test." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:539 msgid "Settings tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:541 msgid "" "The options present in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of the mail form are " "divided into two sections: :guilabel:`Email Content` and " ":guilabel:`Tracking`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:545 msgid "" "The options available in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab vary depending on if " "the *Mailing Campaigns* feature is activated in :menuselection:`Email " @@ -1020,7 +1020,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`email_marketing/mailing-campaigns` for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:549 msgid "" "Without the *Mailing Campaigns* feature activated, the :guilabel:`Settings` " "tab on the email form only contains the :guilabel:`Preview Text`, " @@ -1034,11 +1034,11 @@ msgid "" "activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:558 msgid "Email content" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:560 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preview Text`: allows the user to enter a preview sentence to " "encourage recipients to open the email. In most inboxes, this is displayed " @@ -1047,36 +1047,36 @@ msgid "" "available, as well, via the :guilabel:`(smiley face with a plus sign)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:564 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send From`: designate an email alias that displays as the sender " "of this particular email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:563 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:566 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Reply To`: designate an email alias to whom all the replies of " "this particular email are sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:565 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:568 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attach a file`: if any specific files are required (or helpful) " "for this email, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button, and upload the " "desired file(s) to the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:572 msgid "Tracking" msgstr "التتبع" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:574 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: designate a user in the database to be responsible " "for this particular email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:578 msgid "" "If the *Mailing Campaign* feature *is* activated, an additional " ":guilabel:`Campaign` field appears in the :guilabel:`Tracking` section of " @@ -1089,31 +1089,31 @@ msgid "" "activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:585 msgid "" "The additional :guilabel:`Campaign` field allows users to attach this " "particular email to a mailing campaign, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:585 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:588 msgid "" "If the desired campaign is not available in the initial drop-down menu, " "select :guilabel:`Search More` to reveal a complete list of all mailing " "campaigns in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:591 msgid "" "Or, type the name of the desired mailing campaign in the " ":guilabel:`Campaign` field, until Odoo reveals the desired campaign in the " "drop-down menu. Then, select the desired campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:595 msgid "Send, schedule, test" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:597 msgid "" "Once the mailing is finalized, the following options can be utilized, via " "buttons located in the upper-left corner of the email form: :ref:`Send " @@ -1121,11 +1121,11 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Test `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:604 msgid "Send" msgstr "إرسال" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:603 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:606 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Send` button reveals a :guilabel:`Ready to unleash emails?` " "pop-up window." @@ -1137,18 +1137,18 @@ msgid "" "clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:609 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:612 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Send to all` button is clicked, Odoo sends the email to " "the desired recipients. Once Odoo has sent the mailing, the status changes " "to :guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:615 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:618 msgid "Schedule" msgstr "جدولة " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:617 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:620 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Schedule` button reveals a :guilabel:`When do you want to " "send your mailing?` pop-up window." @@ -1161,13 +1161,13 @@ msgid "" " is clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:624 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:627 msgid "" "In this pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Send on` field to reveal a " "calendar pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:630 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:633 msgid "" "From the calendar pop-up window, select the future date and time for Odoo to" " send this email. Then, click :guilabel:`✔️ Apply`. When a date and time are" @@ -1175,11 +1175,11 @@ msgid "" "mailing changes to :guilabel:`In Queue`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:640 msgid "Test" msgstr "اختبار" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:642 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Test` button reveals a :guilabel:`Test Mailing` pop-up " "window." @@ -1191,20 +1191,20 @@ msgid "" "clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:648 msgid "" "From this pop-up window, enter the email addresses of the contacts to whom " "Odoo should send this test email in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. " "Multiple contacts can be added in this field, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:649 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:652 msgid "" "Once all the desired email addresses have been entered in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field, click the :guilabel:`Send Test` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:656 msgid "" "By default, there's a daily limit applied for **all emails** sent throughout" " **all applications**. So, if there are remaining emails to be sent after a " @@ -1213,17 +1213,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Retry`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:661 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:664 msgid "Mailing campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:663 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:666 msgid "" "The *Email Marketing* application provides users with the ability to build " "mailing campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:665 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:668 msgid "" "In order to create and customize mailing campaigns, the *Mailing Campaigns* " "feature **must** be activated in the *Settings* page of the *Email " @@ -1236,13 +1236,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign feature setting in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:677 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature is activated, a new " ":guilabel:`Campaigns` menu option appears in the header." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:677 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:680 msgid "" "When that is clicked, Odoo reveals a separate :guilabel:`Campaigns` page, " "displaying all the mailing campaigns in the database, and the current stage " @@ -1253,19 +1253,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign page in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:688 msgid "" "This information can also be viewed in a list, by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ " "(horizontal lines)` icon in the upper-right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:691 msgid "" "Clicking any campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page reveals that " "campaign's form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:693 msgid "" "There are two different ways to create and customize campaigns in the *Email" " Marketing* application, either directly from the :ref:`Campaigns page " @@ -1273,24 +1273,24 @@ msgid "" "` on an email form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:697 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:700 msgid "Create mailing campaign (from campaigns page)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:699 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:702 msgid "" "When the *Mailing Campaigns* feature is activated, a new *Campaigns* option " "appears in the header of the *Email Marketing* application. Campaigns can be" " created directly on the *Campaigns* page in the *Email Marketing* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:706 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Campaigns " "--> New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:711 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`New` button is clicked in the default Kanban view on the" " :guilabel:`Campaigns` page, a Kanban card appears in the :guilabel:`New` " @@ -1301,42 +1301,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign pop-up kanban in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:718 msgid "" "New campaign cards can also be made by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " "sign)` at the top of any Kanban stage on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:721 msgid "" "When the new campaign Kanban card appears, the options to enter a " ":guilabel:`Campaign Name`, a :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` " "become readily available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:724 msgid "" "To add the campaign to the Kanban stage, click the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:726 msgid "To delete the campaign, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:728 msgid "" "To further customize the campaign, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, which " "reveals the campaign form for additional modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:732 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Campaign Name` **must** be entered in the Kanban card, in order" " for the :guilabel:`Edit` button to reveal the campaign form for further " "modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:735 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:738 msgid "" "To enter the list view on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page, click the " ":guilabel:`☰ (horizontal lines)` icon in the upper-right corner. Doing so " @@ -1347,7 +1347,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign page in list view in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:745 msgid "" "To create a campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page while in list view," " click the :guilabel:`New` button. Doing so reveals a blank campaign form." @@ -1357,13 +1357,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the blank campaign form in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:749 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:752 msgid "" "From this campaign form, a :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, a " ":guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:752 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:755 msgid "" "At the top of the form, various metric-related smart buttons can be seen " "that showcase specific analytics related to the campaign. Those smart " @@ -1371,23 +1371,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Opportunities`, and :guilabel:`Clicks`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:757 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:760 msgid "" "Once a :guilabel:`Campaign Name` is entered and saved, additional buttons " "appear at the top of the campaign form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:760 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:763 msgid "" "Those additional buttons are: :guilabel:`Send Mailing` and :guilabel:`Send " "SMS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:766 msgid "Campaign form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:768 msgid "" "On the campaign form (after clicking :guilabel:`Edit` from the Kanban card, " "or selecting an existing campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page) there" @@ -1398,7 +1398,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign form in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:775 msgid "" "At the top of the form, various smart buttons can be seen that showcase " "specific analytics related to the campaign. Those smart buttons are: " @@ -1406,30 +1406,30 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Clicks`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:776 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:779 msgid "" "There are also buttons to :guilabel:`Send Mailing`, :guilabel:`Send SMS`, " ":guilabel:`Add Post`, and :guilabel:`Add Push` (push notification)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:780 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:783 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Send Mailing` and :guilabel:`Send SMS` buttons are not " "readily available, enter a :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, then save (either " "manually or automatically). Doing so reveals those buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:784 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:787 msgid "" "The status of the campaign can be viewed in the upper-right corner of the " "campaign form, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:792 msgid "Create mailing campaign (from settings tab)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:794 msgid "" "To create a new campaign from the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of a mailing " "form, click the :guilabel:`Campaign` field, and start typing the name of the" @@ -1442,13 +1442,13 @@ msgid "" "View of the mailing campaign creation in the Settings tab of an email form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:800 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:803 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Create` to add this new mailing campaign to the database, " "and modify its settings in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:806 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Create and Edit...` to add this new mailing campaign to " "the database, and reveal a :guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up window." @@ -1460,39 +1460,244 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:810 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:813 msgid "" "Here, the new mailing campaign can be further customized. Users can adjust " "the :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, assign a :guilabel:`Responsible`, and add " ":guilabel:`Tags`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:813 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:816 msgid "" "Buttons to :guilabel:`Add Post` or :guilabel:`Send Push` (push " "notifications) are also available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:815 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:818 msgid "" "There is also a status located in the upper-right corner of the " ":guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:818 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:821 msgid "" "When all modifications are ready to be finalized, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close`. To delete the entire campaign, click :guilabel:`Discard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:823 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:826 msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/unsubscriptions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:824 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:827 msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/lost_leads_email`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:828 +msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/analyze_metrics`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to properly understand the success or failure of an email marketing" +" campaign, it is necessary to monitor several key metrics. The insights " +"gained from these metrics can then be used to optimize future campaigns. " +"Odoo's *Email Marketing* application tracks several :ref:`key metrics " +"`, that can be interpreted to improve future " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:13 +msgid "View metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:15 +msgid "" +"After a mass mail has been sent, the results for that particular mailing are" +" displayed in multiple locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To access the metrics for an individual mailing, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Mailings`. Locate the specific " +"mailing in the list view, and use the column headings to view the results " +"for that mailing. Click on one of the mailings in the list to open the " +"record. At the top of the record, detailed metrics are displayed as smart " +"buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The smart buttons on a mass mailing, displaying the results of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Click on the smart buttons to see the recipient records for each metric." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:33 +msgid "Opened rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The *Opened* rate measures the percentage of emails opened by recipients " +"against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A high open rate may indicate that the subject line was timely, compelling, " +"and successfully prompted the recipients to view the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"A low open rate may indicate the subject line failed to capture the " +"recipients' interest. It could also indicate the email ended up in a spam or" +" junk folder due to having a poor sender reputation or failing to " +":doc:`configure the proper DNS records " +"<../../general/email_communication/email_domain>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:46 +msgid "Replied rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The *Replied* rate measures the percentage of recipients who responded to " +"the email directly against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:51 +msgid "" +"A high replied rate may indicate the email resonated with recipients, " +"prompting them to take action or provide feedback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:54 +msgid "" +"A low replied rate may suggest that the message lacked relevance or did not " +"contain a clear call to action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:58 +msgid "Clicked rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The *Clicked* through rate (CTR), measures the percentage of recipients who " +"clicked on a link within the email against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A high |CTR| may indicate the email content was relevant and appropriately " +"targeted. Recipients were motivated to click the links provided, and likely " +"found the content engaging." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:66 +msgid "" +"A low |CTR| may indicate issues with either the targeting, or the content " +"itself. Recipients may have been unmotivated by the calls to action, if " +"there were any, or the message itself may have been directed toward the " +"wrong audience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "Received rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The *Received* rate measures the percentage of emails that were successfully" +" delivered against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:76 +msgid "" +"A high received rate can indicate that the mailing list used is up to date " +"and the sender authentication is trusted by email providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:79 +msgid "" +"A low received rate may indicate issues either with the mailing list used " +"for the mailing or with the sender authentication. View the :ref:`email-" +"marketing/deliverability-issues` section for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:84 +msgid "Bounced rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The *Bounced* rate measures the percentage of emails that were " +"unsuccessfully delivered, against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:89 +msgid "" +"A high bounce rate could indicate issues either with the mailing list used " +"for the mailing or with the sender authentication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:92 +msgid "" +"A low bounce rate may indicate that the mailing list used is up to date and " +"the sender authentication is trusted by email providers. View the " +":ref:`email-marketing/deliverability-issues` section for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:99 +msgid "Deliverability issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The following define possible reasons for a high bounce rate or low received" +" rate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Using a mailing list that contains outdated contact information, or " +"malformed email addresses are likely to result in a high bounce rate and/or " +"a low received rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Mailings sent using a *From* email address that differs from the sender's " +"domain are likely to bounce with certain email providers due to failing " +":ref:`DMARC authentication `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Failing to :doc:`configure the proper DNS records " +"<../../general/email_communication/email_domain>` can also result in a high " +"bounce rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:112 +msgid ":ref:`Mailing campaigns `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:113 +msgid ":doc:`Manage unsubscriptions `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:3 msgid "Lost leads reactivation email" msgstr "" @@ -2834,6 +3039,835 @@ msgstr "الفعاليات" msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Events `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:3 +msgid "Create events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With the *Events* application, event organizers can create and configure in-" +"person or online-only events in Odoo. Each new event contains a number of " +"customizable options that are geared around specific event logistics, as " +"needed per event, such as ticket sales and registration desk, booths, " +"tracks, sponsors, rooms, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Events can be manually created from scratch or built off of pre-made " +"templates. Once launched, the *Events* application then integrates with the " +"*Website* app for the front-end promotion and registration of the event for " +"attendees, the *Sales* app for the purchasing ability of paid tickets, as " +"well the *CRM* application through customizable lead generation rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:16 +msgid "New event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To create a new event, begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Events " +"app` to land on the default :guilabel:`Events` dashboard, in the :icon:`oi-" +"view-kanban` :guilabel:`Kanban` view. From there, or alternatively from the " +":icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`List` or :icon:`fa-tasks` :guilabel:`Gantt` " +"views, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the upper-left corner of the " +"dashboard to open up a new event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "Typical event template in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If certain fields do not readily appear on the event form, that means an " +"additional application needs to be installed, or the database is not " +"operating in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For example, the :guilabel:`Twitter Wall` field **only** appears if the " +"*Social Marketing* app is installed, and the :guilabel:`Company` field " +"**only** appears if the database is working in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:36 +msgid "" +"These are just *additional* elements that can be used for an event. They are" +" **not** required to create, host, and manage an event with Odoo *Events*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:40 +msgid "Event form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:42 +msgid "" +"At the top of the event form are a series of smart buttons related to " +"various event metrics, which will autopopulate with pertinent data once " +"attendees begin to register, booths and sponsors sign on for the event, the " +"event takes place, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Beneath the smart buttons is the event form, which contains various fields " +"and clickable tabs that serve to configure the initial, necessary details of" +" the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:49 +msgid "The following are fields found on an event form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Event Name`: the title of the event. This field is **required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: when the event is scheduled to take place. This field is " +"auto-populated, but modifiable, and is **required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: the corresponding timezone related to the event. This " +"field is auto-populated, but modifiable, and is **required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Language`: designate a specific language for all event " +"communications to be translated into, if necessary. This field is blank, by " +"default, so if event-related communications are being sent to recipients who" +" speak a different language, be sure to configure this field properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Twitter Wall`: creates a separate page on the event website to " +"feature specific social posts on X (formerly Twitter) that contain pre-" +"determined desired elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To create and customize a :guilabel:`Twitter Wall`, type the name of the " +"desired wall into the field, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from " +"the resulting drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:66 +msgid "Doing so reveals :guilabel:`Create Twitter Wall` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:0 +msgid "The Twitter Wall pop-up window in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:72 +msgid "" +"From this window, enter a :guilabel:`Wall Name`. Then, select a certain word" +" or hashtag for Odoo to search for on X, like `#WoodWorkingExpo24`, for " +"example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Next, determine the :guilabel:`Type of tweets` Odoo should showcase with " +"that predetermined criteria. The choices in this field are: " +":guilabel:`Recent`, :guilabel:`Popular`, or :guilabel:`Mixed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Users also have the option to add a brief :guilabel:`Description` to the " +"wall, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the greyed-out, non-modifiable :guilabel:`Website URL` field will " +"autopopulate with the full URL needed to access the document through the " +"event website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:84 +msgid "" +"An image can also be added to the wall by clicking the :icon:`fa-pencil` " +":guilabel:`(pencil)` icon that appears when the cursor hovers over the " +":guilabel:`(camera)` placeholder image in the upper-right corner of the pop-" +"up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, from the resulting file explorer window, select the desired image to " +"be added to the wall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:91 +msgid "" +"This :guilabel:`Twitter Wall` field **only** appears on the event form if " +"the *Social Marketing* app is installed, and an X account has been added as " +"a stream on the application. To learn more, check out the :doc:`Social " +"marketing essentials <../social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials>` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Template`: choose a pre-configured event template from the " +"resulting drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Or, create a new one directly from this field, by typing in the name of the " +"new template, and selecting either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:101 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create` (which creates the template, and can be edited later) or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` (which creates the template, and reveals a " +"separate template page to configure the template in greater detail)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: add any corresponding tags to briefly describe the event " +"(e.g. `Online`, `Conference`, etc.). Multiple tags can be added per event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Tags can be displayed on events that are listed on the website by enabling " +"the *Show on Website* checkbox from :menuselection:`Events app --> " +"Configuration --> Event Tag Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: designate the organizer of the event (a company, " +"contact, or employee)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:113 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: designate a user in the database to be responsible " +"for this event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: designate which company in the database to which this " +"event is related. This field **only** appears if working in a multi-company " +"environment. This field is auto-populated, but modifiable, and is " +"**required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: choose to restrict the publishing of this event to a " +"specific website created in Odoo. If this field is left blank, the event can" +" be published on *all* websites in the database. To learn more, refer to the" +" :doc:`Multiple websites " +"<../../websites/website/configuration/multi_website>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Venue`: enter the pertinent event venue details in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Exhibition Map`: if desired, click the :guilabel:`Upload your " +"file` button to upload an image of the event venue map." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Registrations`: if this checkbox is ticked, a limit to the " +"amount of registrations is added to the event, and that desired limit amount" +" **must** be entered in the blank field before :guilabel:`Attendees`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge Dimension`: select a desired paper format dimension for " +"event badges. The options are: :guilabel:`A4 foldable`, :guilabel:`A6`, or " +":guilabel:`4 per sheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge Background`: if desired, click the :guilabel:`Upload your " +"file` button to upload a custom background image for event badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:132 +msgid "" +"When the above fields in the event form have been adequately filled in, move" +" on to the four tabs at the bottom of the event form for further " +"customization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Those tabs are: :ref:`Tickets `, :ref:`Communication " +"`, :ref:`Questions `, " +"and :ref:`Notes `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:142 +msgid "Tickets tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Create custom tickets (and ticket tiers) for events in the " +":guilabel:`Tickets` tab of an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "A typical tickets tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:150 +msgid "" +"To create a ticket, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Tickets` " +"tab. Then, enter a name for the ticket (e.g. `Basic Ticket` or `VIP`) in the" +" :guilabel:`Name` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:153 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Product` field, either select the pre-configured " +":guilabel:`Event Registration` product, or create a new one by typing in the" +" name of the new event registration product, and then select either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the resulting " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Upon installing Odoo *Events*, a new product type, *Event Ticket*, becomes " +"available on product forms (:menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> " +"Products`). In order for an event registration product to be selectable in " +"the *Tickets* tab, the event registration :guilabel:`Product Type` **must** " +"be set to :guilabel:`Event Ticket`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Existing event registration products can be modified directly from this " +"field, as well, by clicking the :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right " +"arrow)` icon, located beside the event registration product. Doing so " +"reveals that product's form. If the *Inventory* application is installed, " +"additional choices are available to customize for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Next, set the registration cost of the ticket in the :guilabel:`Price` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:173 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Price* defined on the event registration product's product form " +"sets the default cost of a ticket. Modifying the :guilabel:`Price` of a " +"ticket in the :guilabel:`Tickets` tab, sets a new registration cost of the " +"ticket for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Next, determine a :guilabel:`Sales Start` and :guilabel:`Sales End` date in " +"their respective fields. To do that, click into the blank field to reveal a " +"calendar popover. From there, select the desired date and time, then click " +":icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Then, if desired, designate a :guilabel:`Maximum` amount of that specific " +"ticket that can be sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:183 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Taken` column populates with the number of tickets that are " +"sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Optionally, in the :guilabel:`Color` column, add a custom color to " +"differentiate ticket badges. The selected color displays on ticket badges " +"when printed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To delete any tickets from the :guilabel:`Tickets` tab, click the :icon:`fa-" +"trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` icon on the corresponding line for the " +"ticket that should be deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:192 +msgid "" +"To add an optional :guilabel:`Description` column to the :guilabel:`Tickets`" +" tab, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(additional options)` " +"drop-down menu, located to the far-right of the column titles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Then, tick the checkbox beside :guilabel:`Description` from the resulting " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:198 +msgid "" +"When added, the option to add brief descriptions for each event ticket " +"appears, which can be used to inform attendees of any perks or amenities " +"that may coincide with specific ticket purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:204 +msgid "Communication tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:206 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Communication` tab of an event form, create various " +"marketing communications that can be scheduled to be sent at specific " +"intervals leading up to, and following, the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Typical communication tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:214 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo provides three separate pre-configured communications on " +"every new event form. One is an email sent after each registration to " +"confirm the purchase with the attendee. The other two are email event " +"reminders that are scheduled to be sent at different time intervals leading " +"up to the event to remind the recipient of the upcoming event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To add a communication in the :guilabel:`Communication` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, select the desired type of communication in " +"the :guilabel:`Send` field. The options are: :guilabel:`Mail`, " +":guilabel:`SMS`, :guilabel:`Social Post`, or :guilabel:`WhatsApp`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:223 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the number of communications that can be added in the " +":guilabel:`Communication` tab of an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:226 +msgid "" +"To delete a communication from the :guilabel:`Communication` tab, click the " +":icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` icon on the corresponding " +"communication line. Doing so removes the communication from the event " +"entirely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:231 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Social Post` option **only** appears if the *Social " +"Marketing* application is installed. The :guilabel:`WhatsApp` option " +"**only** appears if the *WhatsApp Integration* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:235 +msgid "" +":doc:`WhatsApp <../../productivity/whatsapp>` templates **cannot** be edited" +" during active configuration. A separate approval from *Meta* is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:239 +msgid "Mail" +msgstr "البريد الإلكتروني " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:241 +msgid "" +"Select an existing email template from the :guilabel:`Template` drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:243 +msgid "" +"Next, define the :guilabel:`Interval`, :guilabel:`Unit`, and " +":guilabel:`Trigger` from their respective drop-down fields, letting Odoo " +"know when the communication should be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Unit` options are: :guilabel:`Immediately`, " +":guilabel:`Hours`, :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, and " +":guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Then, select an option from the :guilabel:`Trigger` drop-down menu. The " +"options are: :guilabel:`After each registration`, :guilabel:`Before the " +"event`, and :guilabel:`After the event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:252 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Sent` column populates with the number of sent " +"communications. And, beside the number are different icons that appear, " +"depending on the status of that particular communication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The status of *Running* is represented by a :icon:`fa-cogs` " +":guilabel:`(three gears)` icon. The status of *Sent* is represented by a " +":icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`(checkmark)` icon. And, the status of " +"*Scheduled* is represented by an :icon:`fa-hourglass-half` " +":guilabel:`(hourglass)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:260 +msgid "" +"To send a confirmation email an hour after an attendee registers for an " +"event, configure the following communication:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:263 +msgid ":guilabel:`Interval`: `1`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:264 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: :guilabel:`Hours`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:265 +msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: :guilabel:`After each registration`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Existing email templates can be modified directly from the " +":guilabel:`Template` drop-down menu, if necessary, by clicking the " +":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` icon next to the template " +"name. Doing so reveals a separate page where users can edit the " +":guilabel:`Content`, :guilabel:`Email Configuration`, and " +":guilabel:`Settings` of that particular email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:273 +msgid "" +"To view and manage all email templates, activate :ref:`developer-mode` and " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email: Email " +"Templates`. Modify with caution as email templates effect all communications" +" where the template is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:20 +msgid "Questions tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:282 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab of an event form, users can create brief " +"questionnaires for registrants to interact with, and respond to, after they " +"register for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:285 +msgid "" +"These questions can be focused on gathering basic information about the " +"attendee, learning about their preferences, expectations, and other things " +"of that nature. This information can also be used to create more detailed " +"reporting metrics, in addition to being utilized to create specific lead " +"generation rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "Typical questions tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:295 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo provides three questions in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab " +"for every event form. The default questions require the registrant(s) to " +"provide their :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Email`, and make it optional " +"to include their :guilabel:`Phone` number, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:299 +msgid "" +"The information gathered from the :guilabel:`Questions` tab can be found on " +"the :guilabel:`Attendees` dashboard, accessible via the :icon:`fa-users` " +":guilabel:`Attendees` smart button. Odoo populates individual records that " +"contain basic information about the registrant(s), as well as their " +"preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:304 +msgid "" +"To add a question in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Question` pop-up window. From " +"here, users can create and configure their question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Question pop-up window that appears in the Odoo Events " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:311 +msgid "" +"First, enter the question in the field at the top of the form. Then, decide " +"if the question should require a :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer` and/or if Odoo" +" should :guilabel:`Ask once per order`, by ticking their respective boxes, " +"if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Ask once per order` checkbox is ticked, the question will " +"only be asked once, and its value is propogated to every attendee in the " +"order (if multiple tickets are purchased at once). If the checkbox is *not* " +"ticked for this setting, Odoo will present the question for every attendee " +"that is connected to that registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:320 +msgid "Next, select a :guilabel:`Question Type` option:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:322 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Selection`: provide answer options to the question for " +"registrants to choose from. Selectable answer options can be managed in the " +":guilabel:`Answers` column at the bottom of the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:325 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Text Input`: lets the users enter a custom response to the " +"question in a text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:326 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter their " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:327 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter their" +" email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:328 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Phone`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter their" +" phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter a " +"company they are associated with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:332 +msgid "" +"Once all the desired configurations have been entered, either click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the question, and return to the " +":guilabel:`Questions` tab on the event form, or click :guilabel:`Save & New`" +" to save the question and immediately create a new question on a new " +":guilabel:`Create Question` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:337 +msgid "" +"As questions are added to the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, the informative " +"columns showcase the configurations of each question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:340 +msgid "The informative columns are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:342 +msgid ":guilabel:`Title`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:343 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mandatory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:344 +msgid ":guilabel:`Once per Order`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:345 +msgid ":guilabel:`Type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:346 +msgid ":guilabel:`Answers` (if applicable)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:348 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Selection` and :guilabel:`Text Input` types, a :icon:`fa-bar-" +"chart` :guilabel:`Stats` button appears on the right side of the question " +"line. When clicked, Odoo reveals a separate page, showcasing the response " +"metrics to that specific question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:352 +msgid "" +"To delete any question from the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click the " +":icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` icon on the corresponding " +"question line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:355 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the number of questions that can be added in the " +":guilabel:`Questions` tab of an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:361 +msgid "Notes tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:363 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Notes` tab of an event form, users can leave detailed " +"internal notes and/or event-related instructions/information for attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "Typical notes tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:370 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Note` field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, users can leave " +"internal notes for other event employees, like \"to-do\" lists, contact " +"information, instructions, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:373 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Ticket Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, " +"users can leave specific instructions for people attending the event that " +"appear on the attendees ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:266 +msgid "Publish events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:379 +msgid "" +"Once all configurations and modifications are complete on the event form, it" +" is time to publish the event on the website. Doing so makes the event " +"visible to website visitors, and makes it possible for people to register " +"for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:383 +msgid "" +"To publish an event after all the customizations are complete, click the " +":icon:`fa-globe` :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button at the top of the " +"event form. Doing so reveals the event's web page, which can be customized " +"like any other web page on the site, via the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:388 +msgid "" +"To learn more about website design functionality and options, consult the " +":doc:`Building block <../../websites/website/web_design/building_blocks>` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:391 +msgid "" +"Once the event website is ready to be shared, click the red " +":guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch in the header menu, changing it to a " +"green :guilabel:`Published` switch. At this point, the event web page is " +"published, and viewable/accessible by all website visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:396 +msgid "Send event invites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:398 +msgid "" +"To send event invites to potential attendees, navigate to the desired event " +"form, via :menuselection:`Events app --> Events`, and click into the desired" +" event. Following this, click the :guilabel:`Invite` button in the upper-" +"left corner of the event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:402 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a blank email form to fill out, as desired. To learn more " +"about how to create and customize emails like this, refer to the " +":ref:`Create an email ` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:406 +msgid "" +"Proceed to create and customize an email message to send as an invite to " +"potential attendees. Remember to include a link to the registration page on " +"the event website, allowing interested recipients to quickly register." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Sending emails from Odoo is subject to a daily limit, which, by default, is " +"200. To learn more about daily limits, visit the " +":ref:`email_communication/daily_limit_mail` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:217 +msgid ":doc:`event_essentials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:416 +msgid ":doc:`track_manage_talks`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:3 msgid "Event essentials" msgstr "" @@ -3306,10 +4340,6 @@ msgid "" " all function the same way for both :guilabel:`Mailing Type` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:266 -msgid "Publish events" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:268 msgid "" "Until an event is published, it will remain hidden from public view on the " @@ -3341,6 +4371,424 @@ msgid "" "View of a website page and the option to publish the event in Odoo Events." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:3 +msgid "Event templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Events* application provides the ability to customize and " +"configure event templates, which can be used to expedite the event-creation " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:8 +msgid "" +"These templates can be created and personalized in the application, and then" +" selected from an event form, in order to quickly apply a series of settings" +" and elements to the new event, all of which can be further modified, if " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:13 +msgid "Event templates page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo *Events* application, event templates can quickly be created and" +" modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To begin, navigate to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Event" +" Templates`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Event Templates` page. Here, " +"find all the existing event templates in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "The Event Templates page in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo provides three pre-configured event templates: " +":guilabel:`Exhibition`, :guilabel:`Training`, and :guilabel:`Sport`, which " +"all have their own unique customizations applied to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To change how these event templates appear on the *Template* drop-down field" +" on an event form, drag-and-drop them into any desired order, using the " +":icon:`oi-draggable` :guilabel:`(draggable)` icon, located to the left of " +"each event template line on the :guilabel:`Event Templates` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To learn more about event forms, refer to the :doc:`create_events` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:37 +msgid "Create event template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:39 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to create and configure an event template in Odoo " +"*Events*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**On the dashboard**, by navigating to :menuselection:`Events app --> " +"Configuration --> Event Templates` and clicking the :guilabel:`New` button " +"in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank event template form that " +"can be customized in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**On an event form itself**. Start by typing the name of a new event " +"template in the *Template* field, and click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` " +"from the resulting drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a *Create Template* pop-" +"up window, featuring all the same configurable fields and elements found on " +"a standard event template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create \"[template name]\"` from the resulting drop-down" +" menu, via the *Template* field on an event form creates the event template " +"in the database, but does **not** present the user with the *Create " +"Template* pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The event template would have to be modified, by selecting it on the *Event " +"Templates* page (:menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Event " +"Templates`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:58 +msgid "Event template form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:60 +msgid "" +"All the fields on a standard :guilabel:`Event Template` form are *also* on " +"the *Create Template* pop-up window, accessible via the *Template* field on " +"an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "A standard event template form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Start by providing the event template with a name in the :guilabel:`Event " +"Template` field, located at the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Beneath that field, there is a series of selectable checkboxes, all of which" +" are related to how the event menu will be displayed on the event web page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website Submenu`: enables a submenu on the event's website. When " +"this checkbox is ticked, every other checkbox in this series is " +"automatically ticked, as well. Then, choose to untick (deselect) any of the " +"checkbox options, as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tracks Menu Item`: adds a submenu item to navigate to a page " +"displaying all planned tracks for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Track Proposals Menu Item`: adds a submenu item to navigate to a " +"page, in which visitors can fill out a form to propose a track (talk, " +"lecture, presentation, etc.) to happen during the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Booth Menu Item`: adds a submenu item that takes visitors to a " +"separate page, where an event booth can be purchased. Event booths can be " +"customized and configured in the :guilabel:`Booths` tab of the event " +"template form, from the *Booth Categories* page (:menuselection:`Events app " +"--> Configuration --> Booth Categories`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:87 +msgid "" +"First, users **must** create a booth product with the required *Event Booth*" +" option set as the :guilabel:`Product Type` on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Exhibitors Menu Item`: adds a submenu item that takes visitors to" +" a separate page, showcasing all the exhibitors related to that specific " +"event. Icons representing those exhibitors are also found on the footer of " +"every event-specific web page, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Community`: adds a submenu item allowing attendees to access pre-" +"configured virtual community rooms to meet with other attendees, and discuss" +" various topics related to the event. When this checkbox is ticked, the " +":guilabel:`Allow Room Creation` feature becomes available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allow Room Creation`: allow visitors to create community rooms of" +" their own." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Register Button`: adds a button at the end of the event submenu " +"that takes visitors to the event-specific registration page when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Once the desired checkboxes have been ticked, select an appropriate " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the event from the available drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, for organizational purposes, there is the option to add " +":guilabel:`Tags` to this event template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to :guilabel:`Limit Registrations` to this specific" +" event template by ticking that checkbox. If ticked, proceed to enter the " +"number of :guilabel:`Attendees` this template should be limited to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Beneath those general information fields at the top of the event template " +"form, there are five tabs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:112 +msgid ":ref:`Tickets `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:113 +msgid ":ref:`Communication `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:114 +msgid ":ref:`Booths `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:115 +msgid ":ref:`Questions `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:116 +msgid ":ref:`Notes `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:121 +msgid "Booths tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:123 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Booths` tab on an event template form is the only tab that " +"differentiates itself from a standard event form, where the other tabs " +"(:guilabel:`Tickets`, :guilabel:`Communication`, :guilabel:`Questions`, and " +":guilabel:`Notes`) are present and configured using the same process. For " +"more information about those tabs, refer to the :doc:`create_events` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To create a booth or booth category, an event booth product **must** be " +"created in the database first, with the *Product Type* set to *Event Booth*." +" **Only** products with that specific configuration can be selected in the " +"required *Product* field of a booth or booth category form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Event booths can be created and customized in two ways in the Odoo *Events* " +"application. Either in the :guilabel:`Booths` tab of an event template form," +" or by navigating to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Booth " +"Categories`, and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To add a booth from the :guilabel:`Booths` tab of an event template form, " +"click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create " +"Booths` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "A Create Booths pop-up window in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Start by providing a :guilabel:`Name` for this booth in the corresponding " +"field at the top of the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Then, select an appropriate :guilabel:`Booth Category` from the drop-down " +"field below. Booth categories can be created and modified from the *Booth " +"Categories* page in the *Events* application, which is accessible by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Booth " +"Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:154 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Booth Category` can be created directly from this field on the " +":guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-up window. To accomplish that, type the name " +"of the new booth category in the :guilabel:`Booth Category` field, and " +"select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the " +"resulting drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` merely creates the category, which can (and " +"should be) customized at a later date. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and " +"edit...` reveals a new :guilabel:`Create Booth Category` pop-up window, from" +" which the category can be configured in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Booth Category pop-up window in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:167 +msgid "" +"From this pop-up window, proceed to name the :guilabel:`Booth Category`, " +"modify its :guilabel:`Booth Details` settings, configure its " +":guilabel:`Sponsorship` options (if applicable), and leave an optional " +":guilabel:`Description` to explain any pertinent details related to this " +"specific category of booths." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:172 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to add a photo/visual representation of the booth " +"category, via the :guilabel:`(camera)` icon in the upper-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:175 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The same configurations and options are available by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Booth Categories`, and " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Once the desired :guilabel:`Booth Category` is selected, the remaining " +"fields on the :guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-up window (:guilabel:`Currency`," +" :guilabel:`Product`, and :guilabel:`Price`) autopopulate, based on " +"information configured for that selected :guilabel:`Booth Category`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:186 +msgid "" +"These fields **cannot** be modified from the :guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-" +"up window. They can only be modified from the specific booth category form " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:189 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`" +" to save the booth, and return to the event template form. Or, click " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to save the booth, and start creating another booth " +"on a fresh :guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-up window. Click " +":guilabel:`Discard` to remove all changes, and return to the event template " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Once the booth has been saved, it appears in the :guilabel:`Booths` tab on " +"the event template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:197 +msgid "Use event templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Once an event template is complete, it is accessible on all event forms in " +"the Odoo *Events* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:202 +msgid "" +"To use an event template, navigate to the :menuselection:`Events app` and " +"click :guilabel:`New` to open a new event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:205 +msgid "" +"From the event form, click the :guilabel:`Template` field to reveal all the " +"existing event templates in the database. They appear in the same order as " +"they are listed in on the *Event Templates* page (:menuselection:`Events app" +" --> Configuration --> Event Templates`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Select the desired event template from the :guilabel:`Template` drop-down " +"field on the event form. Pre-configured settings automatically populate the " +"event form, saving time during the event creation process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Any of these pre-configured settings related to the selected event template " +"chosen in the :guilabel:`Template` field on an event form can be modified, " +"as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:218 +msgid ":doc:`create_events`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:3 msgid "Sell tickets" msgstr "" @@ -9537,11 +10985,6 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Options`, :guilabel:`Description`, and :guilabel:`End Message`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:20 -msgid "Questions tab" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:52 msgid "" "View, access, add, and/or delete questions and sections to the survey in the" @@ -9654,7 +11097,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/live_session.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:207 msgid "Options tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "شريط الخيارات " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:110 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index e61bf01ed..3548f1d41 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Malaz Abuidris , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -232,11 +232,421 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Plan intervention from helpdesk tickets in Odoo Helpdesk" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:7 msgid "Helpdesk" msgstr "مكتب المساعدة" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* is a ticketing-based customer support application. Multiple " +"teams can be configured and managed in one dashboard, each with their own " +"pipeline for tickets submitted by customers. Pipelines are organized in " +"customizable stages that enable teams to track, prioritize, and solve " +"customer issues quickly and efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:15 +msgid "Create a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To view or modify *Helpdesk* teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. To create a new team, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button in the top-left of the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "View of the Helpdesk teams page in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:25 +msgid "" +"On the blank Helpdesk team form, enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the new team. " +"Then, enter a description of the team in the field below the team name, if " +"desired. To change the company this team is assigned to, select it from the " +":guilabel:`Company` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The team description is published on the public facing :doc:`website form " +"`, where customers and portal users " +"submit tickets. The description included in this field should **not** " +"include any information that is for internal use only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:0 +msgid "" +"View of a Helpdesk team's website form displaying the team description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:40 +msgid "Visibility & Assignment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The *Visibility* settings alter which internal users and portal users have " +"access to this team and its tickets. The *Assignment* settings alter how " +"users are assigned to handle each ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:46 +msgid "Determine team visibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Visibility` section, select one of the following " +"options to determine who can view this team and its tickets:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invited internal users (private)`: internal users can access the " +"team and the tickets they are following. This access can be modified on each" +" ticket individually by adding or removing the user as a follower. Internal " +"users are considered *invited* once they are added as followers to an " +"individual ticket, or :ref:`to the team itself `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:55 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All internal users (company)`: all internal users can access the " +"team and all of its tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)`: all " +"internal users can access the team and all of its tickets. Portal users can " +"only access the tickets they are following." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:61 +msgid "" +"A `Customer Support` team, meant to handle general shipping and product " +"issues, would have the visibility set on :guilabel:`Invited portal users and" +" all internal users`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:64 +msgid "" +"At the same time, a `Financial Services` team handling tickets related to " +"accounting or tax information would only need to be visible to " +":guilabel:`Invited internal users`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A team's visibility can be altered after the initial configuration. However," +" if the team changes from public access to either private or company-only " +"access, portal users are removed as followers from both the team, and from " +"individual tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:75 +msgid "Follow all team's tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If a user should be notified about any updates regarding tickets for this " +"team, select their name from the :guilabel:`Followers` drop-down menu, " +"located in the :guilabel:`Follow All Team's Tickets` field. Multiple users " +"can be selected to follow a single team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:82 +msgid "" +"External contacts can be selected in the :guilabel:`Followers` field. If the" +" team's visibility is set to :guilabel:`Invited internal users (private)`, " +"followers are notified about updates to the team's tickets, but are **not** " +"able to view them in the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:87 +msgid "Automatically assign new tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:89 +msgid "" +"When tickets are received, they need to be assigned to a member of the team." +" This is done either manually on each ticket individually, or through " +":guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`. Check the :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`" +" checkbox to enable this feature for the team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a Helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the automatic assignment features in Odoo\n" +"Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:98 +msgid "" +"As soon as :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment` has been enabled, additional " +"fields appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Select one of the following assignment methods, based on how the workload " +"should be allocated across the team:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Each user is assigned an equal number of tickets`: tickets are " +"assigned to team members based on total ticket count, regardless of the " +"number of open or closed tickets they are currently assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Each user has an equal number of open tickets`: tickets are " +"assigned to team members based on how many open tickets they are currently " +"assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:110 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Each user is assigned an equal number of tickets` is " +"selected, the overall number of tickets assigned to team members is the " +"same, but it does **not** consider the current workload." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Each user has an equal number of open tickets` is selected, " +"it ensures a balanced workload among team members, as it takes the current " +"number of active tickets into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Finally, add the :guilabel:`Team Members` who are to be assigned tickets for" +" this team. Leave the field empty to include all employees who have the " +"proper assignments and access rights configured in their user account " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If an employee has time off scheduled in the *Time Off* application, they " +"are **not** assigned tickets during that time. If no employees are " +"available, the system looks ahead until there is a match." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:127 +msgid ":ref:`Manage users `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`Access rights <../general/users/access_rights>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:131 +msgid "Create or modify stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:133 +msgid "" +"*Stages* are used to organize the *Helpdesk* pipeline and track the progress" +" of tickets. Stages are customizable, and can be renamed to fit the needs of" +" each team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:137 +msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be activated to access the " +"stages menu. To activate developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Settings app " +"--> General Settings --> Developer Tools`, and click :guilabel:`Activate the" +" developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:141 +msgid "" +"To view or modify *Helpdesk* stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " +"Configuration --> Stages`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The default list view on the :guilabel:`Stages` page displays the stages " +"currently available in *Helpdesk*. They are listed in the order they appear " +"in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To change the order of the stages, click the :guilabel:`(six square)` icon, " +"to the left of the stage name, and drag it to the desired place on the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the stage list page emphasizing the buttons used to change the order the stages\n" +"appear in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Change the stage order on the Kanban view of a *Helpdesk* team's pipeline by" +" dragging and dropping individual columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click the :guilabel:`New` button at the top-left of " +"the stage list. Doing so reveals a blank stage form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Choose a :guilabel:`Name` for the new stage, and add a description, if " +"desired. Then, proceed to fill out the remaining fields following the steps " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "View of a stage's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:170 +msgid "Add email and SMS templates to stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When an :guilabel:`Email Template` is added to a stage, an email is " +"automatically sent to the customer when a ticket reaches that specific stage" +" in the pipeline. Likewise, adding an :guilabel:`SMS Template` triggers an " +"SMS text message to send to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:177 +msgid "" +"SMS Text Messaging is an :doc:`In-App Purchase (IAP) " +"` service that requires prepaid " +"credits to work. Refer to `SMS Pricing FAQ `_ for additional information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To select an existing email template, select it from the :guilabel:`Email " +"Template` field. Click on the :guilabel:`→ (Internal Link)` icon to the " +"right of the field to edit the chosen template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:184 +msgid "" +"To create a new template, click the field, and enter a title for the new " +"template. Then, select :guilabel:`Create and edit` from the drop-down menu " +"that appears, and complete the form details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Follow the same steps to select, edit, or create an :guilabel:`SMS " +"Template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "View of an SMS template setup page in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/companies/email_template`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:197 +msgid "Assign stages to a team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Make a selection in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk Teams` field on the " +":guilabel:`Stages` form. More than one team may be selected, since the same " +"stage can be assigned to multiple teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:203 +msgid "Fold a stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:205 +msgid "" +"By default, stages are unfolded in the Kanban view of either tickets " +"dashboard: :guilabel:`My Tickets` (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets " +"--> My Tickets`) or :guilabel:`All Tickets` (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app " +"--> Tickets --> All Tickets`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Tickets in an unfolded stage are visible in the pipeline under the stage " +"name, and are considered *open*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Stages can be configured to be folded in the Kanban view of a tickets page " +"(:guilabel:`My Tickets` or :guilabel:`All Tickets`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:215 +msgid "" +"The name of the folded stages are still visible, though the tickets in the " +"stage are no longer immediately visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:218 +msgid "" +"To fold a stage, check the :guilabel:`Folded in Kanban` box on the " +":guilabel:`Stages` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Tickets that reach a *folded* stage are considered *closed*. Closing a " +"ticket before the work is completed can result in reporting and " +"communication issues. This setting should **only** be enabled for stages " +"that are considered *closing* stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Stages can be temporarily folded in the Kanban view of the tickets pipeline," +" as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:227 +msgid "" +"View a specific team's pipeline by navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk " +"app`, and clicking the team's Kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Select a stage to fold temporarily, then click the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` " +"icon, and select :guilabel:`Fold`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Kanban view of a Helpdesk stage, with the temporary fold option emphasized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Manually folding a stage from the Kanban view is temporary and does **not** " +"close the tickets in the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:242 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Helpdesk `_" msgstr "" @@ -1097,7 +1507,7 @@ msgid "" "To view and enable the *Track & Bill Time* features on a *Helpdesk* team, " "first navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> " "Helpdesk Teams`. Then, select a team from the list, or create a :doc:`new " -"one <../overview/getting_started>`. This reveals a team's settings page." +"one <../../helpdesk>`. This reveals a team's settings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:31 @@ -1520,422 +1930,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview" msgstr "نظرة عامة" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo *Helpdesk* is a ticketing-based customer support application. Multiple " -"teams can be configured and managed in one dashboard, each with their own " -"pipeline for tickets submitted by customers. Pipelines are organized in " -"customizable stages that enable teams to track, prioritize, and solve " -"customer issues quickly and efficiently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:11 -msgid "Create a Helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To view or modify *Helpdesk* teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. To create a new team, click the " -":guilabel:`New` button in the top-left of the dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of the Helpdesk teams page in Odoo Helpdesk." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "" -"On the blank Helpdesk team form, enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the new team. " -"Then, enter a description of the team in the field below the team name, if " -"desired. To change the company this team is assigned to, select it from the " -":guilabel:`Company` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The team description is published on the public facing :doc:`website form " -"`, where customers and portal users submit tickets. The " -"description included in this field should **not** include any information " -"that is for internal use only." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:0 -msgid "" -"View of a Helpdesk team's website form displaying the team description." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:35 -msgid "Visibility & Assignment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The *Visibility* settings alter which internal users and portal users have " -"access to this team and its tickets. The *Assignment* settings alter how " -"users are assigned to handle each ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:41 -msgid "Determine team visibility" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Visibility` section, select one of the following " -"options to determine who can view this team and its tickets:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Invited internal users (private)`: internal users can access the " -"team and the tickets they are following. This access can be modified on each" -" ticket individually by adding or removing the user as a follower. Internal " -"users are considered *invited* once they are added as followers to an " -"individual ticket, or :ref:`to the team itself " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:50 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`All internal users (company)`: all internal users can access the " -"team and all of its tickets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:52 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)`: all " -"internal users can access the team and all of its tickets. Portal users can " -"only access the tickets they are following." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:56 -msgid "" -"A `Customer Support` team, meant to handle general shipping and product " -"issues, would have the visibility set on :guilabel:`Invited portal users and" -" all internal users`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:59 -msgid "" -"At the same time, a `Financial Services` team handling tickets related to " -"accounting or tax information would only need to be visible to " -":guilabel:`Invited internal users`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:63 -msgid "" -"A team's visibility can be altered after the initial configuration. However," -" if the team changes from public access to either private or company-only " -"access, portal users are removed as followers from both the team, and from " -"individual tickets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:70 -msgid "Follow all team's tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:72 -msgid "" -"If a user should be notified about any updates regarding tickets for this " -"team, select their name from the :guilabel:`Followers` drop-down menu, " -"located in the :guilabel:`Follow All Team's Tickets` field. Multiple users " -"can be selected to follow a single team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:77 -msgid "" -"External contacts can be selected in the :guilabel:`Followers` field. If the" -" team's visibility is set to :guilabel:`Invited internal users (private)`, " -"followers are notified about updates to the team's tickets, but are **not** " -"able to view them in the portal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:82 -msgid "Automatically assign new tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:84 -msgid "" -"When tickets are received, they need to be assigned to a member of the team." -" This is done either manually on each ticket individually, or through " -":guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`. Check the :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`" -" checkbox to enable this feature for the team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a Helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the automatic assignment features in Odoo\n" -"Helpdesk." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:93 -msgid "" -"As soon as :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment` has been enabled, additional " -"fields appear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Select one of the following assignment methods, based on how the workload " -"should be allocated across the team:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:98 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Each user is assigned an equal number of tickets`: tickets are " -"assigned to team members based on total ticket count, regardless of the " -"number of open or closed tickets they are currently assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:101 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Each user has an equal number of open tickets`: tickets are " -"assigned to team members based on how many open tickets they are currently " -"assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:105 -msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Each user is assigned an equal number of tickets` is " -"selected, the overall number of tickets assigned to team members is the " -"same, but it does **not** consider the current workload." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:109 -msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Each user has an equal number of open tickets` is selected, " -"it ensures a balanced workload among team members, as it takes the current " -"number of active tickets into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Finally, add the :guilabel:`Team Members` who are to be assigned tickets for" -" this team. Leave the field empty to include all employees who have the " -"proper assignments and access rights configured in their user account " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:117 -msgid "" -"If an employee has time off scheduled in the *Time Off* application, they " -"are **not** assigned tickets during that time. If no employees are " -"available, the system looks ahead until there is a match." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:122 -msgid ":ref:`Manage users `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid ":doc:`Access rights <../../../general/users/access_rights>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:126 -msgid "Create or modify stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:128 -msgid "" -"*Stages* are used to organize the *Helpdesk* pipeline and track the progress" -" of tickets. Stages are customizable, and can be renamed to fit the needs of" -" each team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:132 -msgid "" -":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be activated to access the " -"stages menu. To activate developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Settings app " -"--> General Settings --> Developer Tools`, and click :guilabel:`Activate the" -" developer mode`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:136 -msgid "" -"To view or modify *Helpdesk* stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " -"Configuration --> Stages`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:139 -msgid "" -"The default list view on the :guilabel:`Stages` page displays the stages " -"currently available in *Helpdesk*. They are listed in the order they appear " -"in the pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:142 -msgid "" -"To change the order of the stages, click the :guilabel:`(six square)` icon, " -"to the left of the stage name, and drag it to the desired place on the list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the stage list page emphasizing the buttons used to change the order the stages\n" -"appear in the list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Change the stage order on the Kanban view of a *Helpdesk* team's pipeline by" -" dragging and dropping individual columns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:154 -msgid "" -"To create a new stage, click the :guilabel:`New` button at the top-left of " -"the stage list. Doing so reveals a blank stage form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Choose a :guilabel:`Name` for the new stage, and add a description, if " -"desired. Then, proceed to fill out the remaining fields following the steps " -"below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of a stage's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:165 -msgid "Add email and SMS templates to stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:167 -msgid "" -"When an :guilabel:`Email Template` is added to a stage, an email is " -"automatically sent to the customer when a ticket reaches that specific stage" -" in the pipeline. Likewise, adding an :guilabel:`SMS Template` triggers an " -"SMS text message to send to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:172 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is an :doc:`In-App Purchase (IAP) " -"` service that requires prepaid " -"credits to work. Refer to `SMS Pricing FAQ `_ for additional information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:176 -msgid "" -"To select an existing email template, select it from the :guilabel:`Email " -"Template` field. Click on the :guilabel:`→ (Internal Link)` icon to the " -"right of the field to edit the chosen template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:179 -msgid "" -"To create a new template, click the field, and enter a title for the new " -"template. Then, select :guilabel:`Create and edit` from the drop-down menu " -"that appears, and complete the form details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Follow the same steps to select, edit, or create an :guilabel:`SMS " -"Template`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of an SMS template setup page in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/companies/email_template`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:192 -msgid "Assign stages to a team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Make a selection in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk Teams` field on the " -":guilabel:`Stages` form. More than one team may be selected, since the same " -"stage can be assigned to multiple teams." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:198 -msgid "Fold a stage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:200 -msgid "" -"By default, stages are unfolded in the Kanban view of either tickets " -"dashboard: :guilabel:`My Tickets` (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets " -"--> My Tickets`) or :guilabel:`All Tickets` (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app " -"--> Tickets --> All Tickets`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:204 -msgid "" -"Tickets in an unfolded stage are visible in the pipeline under the stage " -"name, and are considered *open*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:207 -msgid "" -"Stages can be configured to be folded in the Kanban view of a tickets page " -"(:guilabel:`My Tickets` or :guilabel:`All Tickets`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:210 -msgid "" -"The name of the folded stages are still visible, though the tickets in the " -"stage are no longer immediately visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:213 -msgid "" -"To fold a stage, check the :guilabel:`Folded in Kanban` box on the " -":guilabel:`Stages` form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Tickets that reach a *folded* stage are considered *closed*. Closing a " -"ticket before the work is completed can result in reporting and " -"communication issues. This setting should **only** be enabled for stages " -"that are considered *closing* stages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:220 -msgid "" -"Stages can be temporarily folded in the Kanban view of the tickets pipeline," -" as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:222 -msgid "" -"View a specific team's pipeline by navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk " -"app`, and clicking the team's Kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Select a stage to fold temporarily, then click the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` " -"icon, and select :guilabel:`Fold`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Kanban view of a Helpdesk stage, with the temporary fold option emphasized." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Manually folding a stage from the Kanban view is temporary and does **not** " -"close the tickets in the stage." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3 msgid "Help Center" msgstr "مركز المساعدة" @@ -1959,8 +1953,8 @@ msgid "" "To activate any *Help Center* features (*Forums*, *eLearning*, or " "*Knowledge*) on a *Helpdesk* team, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and select a team, or create a :doc:`new " -"one `. Verify the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team is set" -" to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)` in the " +"one <../../helpdesk>`. Verify the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team is set " +"to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)` in the " ":guilabel:`Visibility & Assignment` section." msgstr "" @@ -1987,7 +1981,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`Getting Started `" +msgid ":doc:`Helpdesk Overview <../../helpdesk>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:38 @@ -2014,7 +2008,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To enable the *Knowledge* feature on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " ":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one `." +"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one <../../helpdesk>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:54 @@ -2264,7 +2258,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To enable :guilabel:`Community Forums` on a *Helpdesk* team, start by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk " -"Teams` and select a team, or create a :doc:`new one `." +"Teams` and select a team, or create a :doc:`new one <../../helpdesk>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:197 @@ -2363,7 +2357,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To enable *eLearning* courses on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " ":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one `." +"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one <../../helpdesk>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:249 @@ -2546,21 +2540,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Asking customers to rate the support they received from a *Helpdesk* team " "provides an opportunity to gauge team performance and track customer " -"satisfaction. Ratings can be published to the portal, providing customers " +"satisfaction. Ratings can be published on the portal, providing customers " "with a general overview of the team's performance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 -msgid "Enable customer ratings on a Helpdesk team" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "Enable customer ratings on Helpdesk teams" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:14 msgid "" -"To enable *customer ratings* on a helpdesk team by going to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams`. Select a team from " -"the list and navigate to the settings page. Scroll to the " -":guilabel:`Performance` section, and check the box for :guilabel:`Customer " -"Ratings`." +"To enable *customer ratings* on a helpdesk team, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select a" +" team from the list and click on it to open the settings page. Scroll to the" +" :guilabel:`Performance` section, and tick the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst-1 @@ -2569,84 +2563,83 @@ msgid "" "in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:25 msgid "Set a ratings request email template on a stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:27 msgid "" "To automatically request ratings from customers once their tickets have " "closed, an email template should be added to the appropriate stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:30 msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` setting has been enabled on the team's" -" settings page, (see above) click the :guilabel:`Set an Email Template on " -"Stages` link. Select a stage from the list, or click :guilabel:`New` to " -"create a new stage." +"After the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` :ref:`setting has been enabled " +"` on the team's settings page, click the " +":guilabel:`Set an Email Template on Stages` link. Select a stage from the " +"list, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 msgid "" "Customers should only be asked to rate tickets once an issue has been " -"resolved and their ticket is closed. Therefore, a *ratings request* email " -"should only be added to a stage that is **folded** in the kanban, as tickets" +"resolved and their ticket is *closed*. Therefore, a *ratings request* email " +"should **only** be added to a stage that is folded in the Kanban, as tickets" " in a *folded stage* are considered closed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 msgid "" -"On the stage's settings page, select `Helpdesk: Ticket Rating Request` in " -"the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. This template has been pre-configured " -"with ratings customers can use to provide feedback. To view the template, " -"click the arrow button to the right of the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the template has been added to the stage, it will automatically send a " -"message when a ticket is moved to that stage. Customers will be asked to " -"rate the support they received with colored icons." +"On the stage's settings page, select the template, `Helpdesk: Ticket Rating " +"Request` in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. This template has been " +"preconfigured with ratings customers can use to provide feedback. To view " +"the template, click the arrow button to the right of the field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:43 +msgid "" +"After the template is added to the stage, it automatically sends a message " +"when a ticket is moved to that stage. Customers are then asked to rate the " +"support they received with colored icons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:46 msgid "*Green smiling face* - Satisfied" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:47 msgid "*Yellow neutral face* - Okay" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:48 msgid "*Red frowning face* - Dissatisfied" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a standard helpdesk customer review email template for Odoo " -"Helpdesk." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:50 msgid "" "After selecting a rating, customers are taken to a webpage where they can " -"provide specific written feedback to support their rating. Once a rating is " -"submitted, it is added to the chatter on the ticket." +"provide specific written feedback to support their rating. The rating is " +"then submitted, and the rating, as well as any additional comments, are " +"added to the chatter on the ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:55 msgid "" "Customer ratings can also be viewed through the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings`" -" report. To view this report, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting " -"--> Customer Ratings`." +" report. To view this report, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " +"Reporting --> Customer Ratings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/companies/email_template`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:62 msgid "Publish ratings on the customer portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:64 msgid "" "After enabling the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` setting, an option to " "publish ratings on the team's website appears. Enabling this setting " @@ -2655,23 +2648,26 @@ msgid "" "only statistics of the team's performance will be visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:70 msgid "" -"In order to display ratings on the customer portal, a team has to have their" -" visibility setting set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal " -"users`. This setting is found on the team's settings page under " -":guilabel:`Visibility`." +"To display ratings on the customer portal, a team **must** have their " +"visibility setting set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal " +"users (public)`. To enable this setting, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select a" +" team from the list and click on it to open the settings page. Scroll to the" +" :guilabel:`Visibility & Assignment` section, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:77 msgid "" -"Next, to publish the ratings, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Teams` and select a team. Scroll to " -":guilabel:`Performance` and enable :guilabel:`Publish this team's ratings on" -" your website`." +"Next, to publish the ratings, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app--> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and select a team. Scroll to " +":guilabel:`Performance` and tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Publish this " +"team's ratings on your website`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:81 msgid "" "To view the ratings for a team, a customer will log into the portal and " "navigate to one of their tickets. After clicking on the team name in the " @@ -2684,51 +2680,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the ratings performance overview from the customer portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:88 -msgid "Manually hide individual ratings" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Individual ratings can be manually hidden from the portal. This allows for " -"specific ratings to be kept out of the performance metrics that are shown to" -" customers." +msgid ":doc:`Portal access <../../../general/users/portal>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:93 +msgid "Manually hide individual ratings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Individual ratings can be manually hidden from the portal. This allows for " +"specific ratings to be kept out of the performance metrics shared with " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:98 msgid "" "To make a rating visible only to internal users, navigate to the page for a " "rating. This can be done in one of the following ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:101 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` and click" -" on one of the kanban cards for an individual rating." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` and " +"click on one of the Kanban cards for an individual rating." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:103 msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Tickets --> All Tickets` and remove" -" the :guilabel:`Open` filter from the search bar. Then filter by " +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app--> Tickets --> All Tickets` and " +"remove the :guilabel:`Open` filter from the search bar. Then filter by " ":guilabel:`Satisfied`, :guilabel:`Okay` and/or :guilabel:`Dissatisfied`. " "Select a ticket from the results. Click the :guilabel:`Rating` smart button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:108 msgid "" "Once on the rating details page, check the :guilabel:`Visible Internally " "Only` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:350 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets`" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports`" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`reports`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 msgid "Receiving tickets" @@ -2751,7 +2750,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, " "and choose an existing team, or click :guilabel:`New` to :doc:`create a new " -"team `." +"team <../../helpdesk>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:16 @@ -2957,7 +2956,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:133 msgid "Options tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "شريط الخيارات " #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -3358,6 +3357,10 @@ msgid "" "Level Agreement)` deadline." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:350 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets`" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:351 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" @@ -3370,49 +3373,49 @@ msgstr ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat`" msgid "Reporting" msgstr "إعداد التقارير " -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:8 msgid "" -"Odoo *Helpdesk* includes several reports that provide the opportunity to " -"track trends for customer support tickets, identify areas for improvement, " -"manage employee workloads, and confirm when customer expectations are met." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 -msgid "Available reports" +"Reports in Odoo *Helpdesk* provide the opportunity to manage employee " +"workloads, identify areas for improvement, and confirm if customer " +"expectations are being met." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 +msgid "Available reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 msgid "" "Details about the reports available in Odoo *Helpdesk* can be found below. " -"To view the different reports, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Reporting`." +"To view the different reports, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " +"Reporting`, and select one of the following: :guilabel:`Tickets Analysis`, " +":guilabel:`SLA Status Analysis`, or :guilabel:`Customer Ratings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:16 -msgid "Ticket Analysis" -msgstr "تحليل التذكرة" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The *Ticket Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> " -"Ticket Analysis`) provides an overview of every customer support ticket in " -"the database. This includes the number of tickets assigned among teams and " -"individual users." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 +msgid "Tickets Analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:21 msgid "" -"This report is useful in identifying where teams are spending the most time," -" and helps determine if there is an uneven workload distribution among the " -"support staff. The default report counts the number of tickets per team and " -"groups them by stage." +"The *Tickets Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Reporting " +"--> Tickets Analysis`) provides an overview of every customer support ticket" +" in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"This report is useful for identifying where teams are spending the most " +"time, and helps determine if there is an uneven workload distribution among " +"the support staff. The default report counts the number of tickets per team " +"and groups them by stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 msgid "View of Ticket Analysis report default view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:32 msgid "" "Alternative measures can be selected to track where the most time is spent " "at different points in the workflow. To change the measures used for the " @@ -3421,199 +3424,158 @@ msgid "" "down menu:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Hours to Respond`: average number of working hours " "between a message sent from the customer and the response from the support " -"team. *This is does not include messages sent when the ticket was in a " -"folded stage*" +"team. *This does not include messages sent when the ticket was in a folded " +"stage.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:40 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hours Open`: number of hours between the date the ticket was " "created and the closed date. If there is no closed date on the ticket, the " -"current date is used. **This measure is not specific to working hours**" +"current date is used. **This measure is not specific to working hours.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hours Spent`: number of *Timesheet* hours logged on a ticket. " "*This measure is only available if Timesheets are enabled on a team, and the" -" current user has the access rights to view them*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:44 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the date on " -"which the ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team member" +" current user has the access rights to view them.*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:46 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date on " -"which the ticket was created and the date it was closed" +":guilabel:`Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the date the " +"ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team member." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hours to First Response`: number of working hours between the " -"date on which the ticket was received and the date one which the first " -"message was sent. *This does not include email sent automatically when a " -"ticket reaches a stage*" +":guilabel:`Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date the " +"ticket was created and the date it was closed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hours to SLA Deadline`: number of working hours remaining to " -"reach the last :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` deadline on a ticket" +":guilabel:`Hours to First Response`: number of working hours between the " +"date the ticket was received and the date on which the first message was " +"sent. *This does not include email sent automatically when a ticket reaches " +"a stage.*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:53 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Rating /5`: number valued assigned to the rating received from a " -"customer (Dissatisfied = 1, Okay/Neutral = 3, Satisfied = 5)" +":guilabel:`Hours until SLA Deadline`: number of working hours remaining to " +"reach the last |SLA| deadline on a ticket." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:99 -msgid ":guilabel:`Count`: number of tickets in total" +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rating (/5)`: number out of five to represent customer feedback " +"(Dissatisfied = 1, Okay/Neutral = 3, Satisfied = 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining Hours on SO`: hours remaining on a linked sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Count`: number of tickets in total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:61 msgid "" "*Working hours* are calculated based on the default working calendar. To " "view or change the working calendar, go to the :menuselection:`Settings` " "application and select :menuselection:`Employees --> Company Working Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:66 msgid "SLA Status Analysis" msgstr "تحليل حالة اتفاقية مستوى الخدمة " -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:68 msgid "" -"The *SLA Status Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting -->" -" SLA Status Analysis`) tracks how quickly an SLA (Service Level Agreement) " -"is fulfilled, as well as the success rate of individual policies." +"The *SLA Status Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Reporting" +" --> SLA Status Analysis`) :ref:`analyzes the performance ` of individual SLA (Service Level Agreement) policies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:72 msgid "" -"By default, this report is filtered to show the number of :abbr:`SLAs " -"(Service Level Agreements)` failed, as well as the failure rate over the " -"last 30 days, grouped by team." +"By default, this report is filtered to show the number of |SLAs| failed, in " +"progress, and the number that have been successful. The results are grouped " +"by teams." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 msgid "View of Group by options of Ticket Analysis report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:79 msgid "" "To change the measures used for the report that is currently displayed, or " "to add more, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button, and select one or more " "options from the drop-down menu:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:82 msgid "" -":guilabel:`% of Failed SLA`: percentage of tickets that have failed at least" -" one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`" +":guilabel:`Number of SLA Failed`: number of tickets that have failed at " +"least one |SLA|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:83 msgid "" -":guilabel:`% of SLA in Progress`: percentage of tickets that have at least " -"one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` still in progress, and have not " -"failed any :abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:84 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`% of Successful SLA`: percentage of tickets where all :abbr:`SLAs" -" (Service Level Agreements)` have been successful" +":guilabel:`Rating (/5)`: number value representing customer feedback " +"(Dissatisfied = 1, Okay/Neutral = 3, Satisfied = 5)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:86 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Number of SLA Failed`: number of tickets that have failed at " -"least one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`" +":guilabel:`Working Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the " +"date the ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team member." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:88 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Number of SLA Successful`: number of tickets where all " -":abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)` have been successful" +":guilabel:`Working Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date" +" the ticket was created and the date it was closed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:90 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Number of SLA in Progress`: number of tickets that have at least " -"one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` still in progress, and have not " -"failed any :abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:93 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Working Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the " -"date on which the ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team " -"member" +":guilabel:`Working Hours to Reach SLA`: number of working hours between the " +"date the ticket was created and the date the |SLA| was satisfied." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:95 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Working Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date" -" on which the ticket was created and the date it was closed" +msgid ":doc:`Service Level Agreements (SLA) `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:97 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Working Hours to Reach SLA`: number of working hours between the " -"date on which the ticket was created and the date the :abbr:`SLA (Service " -"Level Agreement)` was satisfied" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:102 -msgid "" -"To see the number of tickets that were able to achieve the stated :abbr:`SLA" -" (Service Level Agreement)` objectives, and track the amount of time it took" -" to achieve those objectives, click :menuselection:`Measures --> Number of " -"SLA Successful` and :menuselection:`Measures --> Working Hours to Reach " -"SLA`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:107 -msgid "" -"To sort these results by the team members assigned to the tickets, select " -":menuselection:`Total --> Assigned to`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:111 -msgid "" -":doc:`Service Level Agreements (SLA) " -"`" -msgstr "" -":doc:`Service Level Agreements (SLA) " -"`" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:98 msgid "Customer Ratings" msgstr "تقييمات العميل" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:100 msgid "" -"The *Customer Ratings* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting -- " -"Customer Ratings`) displays an overview of the ratings received on " +"The *Customer Ratings* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app--> Reporting -->" +" Customer Ratings`) displays an overview of the ratings received on " "individual support tickets, as well as any additional comments submitted " "with the rating." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 -msgid "View of the kanban display in the Customer Ratings report." +msgid "View of the Kanban display in the Customer Ratings report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:108 msgid "" "Click on an individual rating to see additional details about the rating " "submitted by the customer, including a link to the original ticket." @@ -3623,87 +3585,88 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the details of an individual customer rating." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:116 msgid "" -"On the rating's details page, select the :guilabel:`Visible Internally Only`" -" option to hide the rating from the customer portal." +"On the rating's details page, tick the :guilabel:`Visible Internally Only` " +"checkbox to hide the rating from the customer portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:119 msgid "" -"The *Customer Ratings* report is displayed in a kanban view by default, but " +"The *Customer Ratings* report is displayed in a Kanban view by default, but " "can also be displayed in graph, list, or pivot view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:139 -msgid ":doc:`Ratings `" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`Ratings `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:126 msgid "View and filter options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:128 msgid "" "On any Odoo report, the view and filter options vary, depending on what data" " is being analyzed, measured, and grouped. See below for additional " "information on the available views for the *Helpdesk* reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:133 msgid "" "Only one measure may be selected at a time for graphs, but pivot tables can " "include multiple measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:153 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:141 msgid "Pivot view" msgstr "نافذة عرض Pivot " -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:139 msgid "" "The *pivot* view presents data in an interactive manner. All three " "*Helpdesk* reports are available in pivot view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:142 msgid "" -"The pivot view can be accessed on any report by selecting the " -":guilabel:`grid icon` at the top right of the screen." +"The pivot view can be accessed on any report by selecting the :icon:`oi-" +"view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot)` icon at the top-right of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:151 msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:149 msgid "" -"To add a group to a row or column to the pivot view, click the :guilabel:`➕ " -"(plus sign)` next to :guilabel:`Total`, and then select one of the groups. " -"To remove one, click the :guilabel:`➖ (minus sign)` and de-select the " -"appropriate option." +"To add a group to a row or column to the pivot view, click the :icon:`fa-" +"plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon next to :guilabel:`Total`, and then " +"select one of the groups. To remove one, click the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o`" +" :guilabel:`(minus)` icon, and de-select the appropriate option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:170 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:173 msgid "Graph view" msgstr "أداة عرض الرسم البياني " -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:156 msgid "" "The *graph* view presents data in either a *bar*, *line*, or *pie* chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:158 msgid "" -"Switch to the graph view by selecting the :guilabel:`line chart icon` at the" -" top right of the screen. To switch between the different charts, select the" -" *related icon* at the top left of the chart, while in graph view." +"Switch to the graph view by selecting the :icon:`fa-area-chart` " +":guilabel:`(area chart)` icon at the top-right of the screen. To switch " +"between the different charts, select the *related icon* at the top-left of " +"the chart, while in graph view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:164 msgid "Bar chart" msgstr "الرسم البياني الشريطي " @@ -3712,7 +3675,7 @@ msgstr "الرسم البياني الشريطي " msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in bar view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:170 msgid "Line chart" msgstr "الرسم البياني الخطي " @@ -3720,7 +3683,7 @@ msgstr "الرسم البياني الخطي " msgid "View of the Customer Ratings report in line view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:176 msgid "Pie chart" msgstr "رسم بياني دائري " @@ -3728,58 +3691,69 @@ msgstr "رسم بياني دائري " msgid "View of the Ticket analysis report in pie chart view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:183 msgid "" "Both the *bar chart* and *line chart* can utilize the *stacked* view option." -" This presents two (or more) groups of data on top of each other, instead of" -" next to each other, making it easier to compare data." +" This presents two or more groups of data on top of each other, instead of " +"next to each other, making it easier to compare data. While viewing either a" +" bar chart or line chart, click the :icon:`fa-database` " +":guilabel:`(stacked)` icon to toggle the stacked view option on or off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:189 msgid "Save and share a favorite search" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:191 msgid "" "The *Favorites* feature found on *Helpdesk* reports allows users to save " -"their most commonly used filters without having to reconstruct them every " +"their most commonly used filters, without having to reconstruct them every " "time they are needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:194 msgid "" -"To create and save new *Favorites* on a report, follow the steps below:" +"To create and save a new *Favorites* configuration on a report, follow the " +"steps below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:196 msgid "" "Set the necessary parameters using the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group" " By` and :guilabel:`Measures` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:213 -msgid "Click :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:214 -msgid "Rename the search." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:198 msgid "" -"Select :guilabel:`Use by default` to have these filter settings " +"Click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(down)` icon next to the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar to open the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Favorites` heading, click :guilabel:`Save current " +"search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:201 +msgid "If desired, enter a new name for the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Default Filter` checkbox to have these filter settings " "automatically displayed when the report is opened. Otherwise, leave it " "blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:204 msgid "" -"Select :guilabel:`Share with all users` to make this filter available to all" -" other database users. If this box is not checked, it will only be available" -" to the user who creates it." +"Tick the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make this filter configuration " +"available to all other database users. If this checkbox is not ticked, only " +"the user who creates the filter can access it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:207 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to preserve the configuration for future use." msgstr "" @@ -3787,14 +3761,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the save favorites option in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:226 -msgid "" -":doc:`Start receiving tickets " -"`" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:214 +msgid ":doc:`Start receiving tickets `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:227 -msgid ":doc:`Odoo reporting `" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:215 +msgid ":doc:`Odoo reporting <../../../essentials/reporting>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 @@ -4032,11 +4004,11 @@ msgid "" "View of a ticket's form with a failing and passing SLA in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:133 msgid "Analyze SLA performance" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:135 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`SLA Status Analysis` report tracks how quickly an :abbr:`SLA " "(Service Level Agreement)` is fulfilled, as well as the performance of " @@ -4045,7 +4017,7 @@ msgid "" " Analysis`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:143 msgid "" "By default, the report displays in a :guilabel:`Pivot` view. Any :abbr:`SLA " "(Service Level Agreement)` policies in the database with tickets that failed" @@ -4053,20 +4025,20 @@ msgid "" "listed. By default, they are grouped by team and ticket count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:151 msgid "" "The pivot view aggregates data, which can be manipulated by adding measures " "and filters." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:153 msgid "" "To change the display, or add additional measurements, click the " ":guilabel:`Measures` button to reveal a drop-down menu of reporting " "criteria, and choose from the options available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:156 msgid "" "Whenever a measurement is picked, a :guilabel:`✔️ (checkmark)` icon appears " "in the drop-down menu to indicate that the measurement is included, and a " @@ -4078,7 +4050,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the available measures in the SLA status analysis report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:164 msgid "" "To add a group to a row or column, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` icon next " "to the policy name and then select one of the groups. To remove one, click " @@ -4090,7 +4062,7 @@ msgid "" "View of the available group by options in the SLA status analysis report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:175 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`SLA Status Analysis` report can also be viewed as a " ":guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line Chart`, or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`. " @@ -4099,17 +4071,17 @@ msgid "" "at the top-left of the graph." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:182 msgid "Bar Chart" msgstr "مخطط شريطي" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:188 msgid "" "A bar chart can deal with larger data sets and compare data across several " "categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:190 msgid "Line Chart" msgstr "رسم بياني خطي" @@ -4117,11 +4089,11 @@ msgstr "رسم بياني خطي" msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in line view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:196 msgid "A line chart can visualize data trends or changes over time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:198 msgid "Pie Chart" msgstr "مخطط بياني دائري " @@ -4129,11 +4101,11 @@ msgstr "مخطط بياني دائري " msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in pie chart view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:204 msgid "A pie chart compares data among a small number of categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:207 msgid "" "Both the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` and :guilabel:`Line Chart` views can be " ":guilabel:`Stacked` by selecting the :guilabel:`Stacked` icon. This displays" @@ -4145,11 +4117,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in bar view, stacked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:216 msgid "Cohort view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:218 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Cohort` view is used to track the changes in data over a " "period of time. To display the :guilabel:`SLA Status Analysis` report in a " @@ -4158,19 +4130,19 @@ msgid "" "next to the other view options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:227 msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in cohort view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:227 msgid "The cohort view examines the life cycle of data over time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:230 msgid ":ref:`Reporting views `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:231 msgid "" ":doc:`Allow customers to close their tickets " "`" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 796018772..c3d6fb083 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -963,7 +963,7 @@ msgid "eCommerce management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:124 msgid "Customer accounts" msgstr "" @@ -1457,7 +1457,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:147 msgid "Analytics" msgstr "التحليلات" @@ -2506,8 +2506,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:168 msgid "" -"The file is then available after checkout in the **purchase order** section " -"found on the customer's portal." +"The file is then available after checkout in the :guilabel:`Sales Orders` " +"section, found on the customer's portal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:172 @@ -2903,7 +2903,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:94 msgid "Options tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "شريط الخيارات " #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -6081,8 +6081,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:156 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started`" +msgid ":doc:`../../services/helpdesk`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:161 msgid "Canned responses" @@ -7451,7 +7451,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:11 msgid "" "Each website can be designed and configured independently with its own " -":doc:`domain name `, theme, pages, menus, :doc:`languages " +":doc:`domain name `, :doc:`theme <../web_design/themes>`, " +":doc:`pages <../pages>`, :doc:`menus <../pages/menus>`, :doc:`languages " "`, :doc:`products <../../ecommerce/managing_products/products>`, " "assigned sales team, etc. They can also :ref:`share content and pages " "`." @@ -7472,7 +7473,7 @@ msgid "To create a new website, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:136 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" @@ -7529,21 +7530,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:55 msgid "" -"When you switch websites, you are redirected to the other website, to the " -"same page (URL) as the current one. If the page you are currently viewing " -"does not exist on the other website, you are redirected to a 404 error page." -" Once redirected, click :guilabel:`Create page` to create the page." +"When you switch websites, you are redirected to the homepage of the other " +"website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:0 -msgid "Create a page from a 404 error page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:58 msgid "Website-specific configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:60 msgid "" "Most website settings are website-specific, which means they can be " "enabled/disabled per website. To adapt the settings for a website, go to " @@ -7553,13 +7548,13 @@ msgid "" " for that specific website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:67 msgid "" "Websites are created with the default settings; the settings are not copied " "from one website to the other." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:69 msgid "" "In a :doc:`multi-company environment `, " "each website can be linked to a specific company in your database so that " @@ -7568,11 +7563,11 @@ msgid "" " the :guilabel:`Company` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:77 msgid "Content availability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:79 msgid "" "By default, pages, products, events, etc. created from the frontend (using " "the :guilabel:`+New` button) are only available on the website from which it" @@ -7588,39 +7583,39 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Website field in Forum form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:92 msgid "Records and features can be made available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:94 msgid "On all websites: leave the :guilabel:`Website` field empty;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:95 msgid "Only on one website: set the :guilabel:`Website` field accordingly;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:96 msgid "" "On some websites: in this case, you should duplicate the item and set the " ":guilabel:`Website` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:100 msgid "Website pages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:102 msgid "" "To modify the website on which a page is to be published, proceed as " "follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:104 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:105 msgid "" "Open the search panel and select the website on which the page is currently " "published." @@ -7630,34 +7625,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Display pages per website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:110 msgid "Tick the check box next to the page(s) you want to change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:111 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Website` field and select the website, or empty it to " "publish the page on all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:115 msgid "" "Each website must have its own homepage; you may not use the same homepage " "for several websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:118 msgid "eCommerce features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:120 msgid "" "eCommerce features such as products, eCommerce categories, pricelists, " "discounts, payment providers, etc. can be restricted to :ref:`a specific " "website `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:126 msgid "" "You can :doc:`allow your customers to use the same account " "<../../ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts>` on all of your " @@ -7665,41 +7660,41 @@ msgid "" "the website settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:131 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "التسعير" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:133 msgid "" "Products can be priced differently based on the website using " ":ref:`pricelists `. The following configuration is " "required:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:137 msgid "" "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section and select the " ":guilabel:`Pricelists` option :guilabel:`Multiple prices per product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:139 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Pricelists` to define new pricelists or edit existing ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:140 msgid "" "Select the pricelist or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new one, then " "select the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and set the :guilabel:`Website` " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting.rst:5 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "إعداد التقارير " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:149 msgid "" "Each website has its own :ref:`analytics `. To switch " "between websites, click the buttons in the upper right corner." @@ -7709,11 +7704,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Switch websites in analytics" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:156 msgid "Other reporting data" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:158 msgid "" "Other reporting data such as eCommerce dashboard data, online sales analyses" " and visitors can be grouped by website if necessary. Open the search panel " @@ -7734,69 +7729,66 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Cloudflare Turnstile is recommended** as it is possible to add an " -"interactive check if the automated check fails. Also, Google reCAPTCHA v3 is" -" limited to `1 million assessments per month per domain " -"`_." +"We recommend using **Cloudflare Turnstile** as reCAPTCHA v3 may not be " +"compliant with local data protection regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:14 msgid "" "All pages using the :guilabel:`Form`, :guilabel:`Newsletter Block`, " ":guilabel:`Newsletter Popup` snippets, and the eCommerce :guilabel:`Extra " "Step During Checkout` form are protected by both tools." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:19 msgid "" "`Cloudflare Turnstile's documentation " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:20 msgid "" "`Google's reCAPTCHA v3 guide " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:25 msgid "Cloudflare Turnstile configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:28 msgid "On Cloudflare" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:30 msgid "" "`Create `_ a Cloudflare account or use " "an existing one and `log in `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:32 msgid "On the dashboard navigation sidebar, click :guilabel:`Turnstile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:33 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Turnstile Sites` page, click :guilabel:`Add Site`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:34 msgid "Add a :guilabel:`Site name` to identify it easily." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:35 msgid "" "Enter or select the website's :guilabel:`Domain` (e.g., *example.com* or " "*subdomain.example.com*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:36 msgid "Select a :guilabel:`Widget Mode`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:38 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Managed` mode is **recommended**, as visitors can be prompted" " to check a box confirming they are human if deemed necessary by Turnstile." @@ -7806,7 +7798,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Cloudflare Turnstile human verification widget" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:44 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Non-interactive` and :guilabel:`Invisible` modes, " "visitors are never prompted to interact. In :guilabel:`Non-interactive` " @@ -7814,7 +7806,7 @@ msgid "" "protects the form; however, the widget is not supported by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:49 msgid "" "If the Turnstile check fails, visitors are not able to submit the form, and " "the following error message is displayed:" @@ -7824,8 +7816,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Cloudflare Turnstile verification error message" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:28 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" @@ -7833,82 +7825,87 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding a website to Cloudflare Turnstile" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:60 msgid "" "The generated keys are then displayed. Leave the page open for convenience, " "as copying the keys in Odoo is required next." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:111 msgid "On Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:66 msgid "" "From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " ":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`Cloudflare Turnstile` and click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:68 msgid "" "Open the Cloudflare Turnstile page, copy the :guilabel:`Site Key`, and paste" " it into the :guilabel:`CF Site Key` field in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:70 msgid "" "Open the Cloudflare Turnstile page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret Key`, and " "paste it into the :guilabel:`CF Secret Key` field in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:75 msgid "" "Navigate to Turnstile on your Cloudflare account to view the solve rates and" " access more settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:81 msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:85 -msgid "On Google" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:84 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 may not be compliant with local data protection regulations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:87 +msgid "On Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:89 msgid "" "Open `the reCAPTCHA website registration page " "`_. Log in or create a Google" " account if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:92 msgid "On the website registration page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:94 msgid "Give the website a :guilabel:`Label`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:95 msgid "Leave the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA type` on :guilabel:`Score based (v3)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:96 msgid "" "Enter one or more :guilabel:`Domains` (e.g., *example.com* or " "*subdomain.example.com*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:97 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform`, a project is automatically selected" " if one was already created with the logged-in Google account. If not, one " @@ -7916,11 +7913,11 @@ msgid "" "a project yourself or rename the automatically created project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:101 msgid "Agree to the terms of service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:102 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit`." msgstr "" @@ -7928,45 +7925,45 @@ msgstr "" msgid "reCAPTCHA website registration example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:107 msgid "" "A new page with the generated keys is then displayed. Leave it open for " "convenience, as copying the keys to Odoo is required next." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:113 msgid "" "From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " ":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:117 msgid "" "Do not disable the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` feature or uninstall the " ":guilabel:`Google reCAPTCHA integration` module, as many other modules would" " also be removed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:120 msgid "" "Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Site key`, and paste it " "into the :guilabel:`Site Key` field in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:122 msgid "" "Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret key`, and paste " "it into the :guilabel:`Secret Key` field in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:124 msgid "" "Change the default :guilabel:`Minimum score` (`0.50`) if necessary, using a " "value between `1.00` and `0.00`. The higher the threshold is, the more " "difficult it is to pass the reCAPTCHA, and vice versa." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:129 msgid "" "You can notify visitors that reCAPTCHA protects a form. To do so, open the " "website editor and navigate to the form. Then, click somewhere on the form, " @@ -7978,7 +7975,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "reCAPTCHA policy message displayed on a form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:138 msgid "" "If the reCAPTCHA check fails, the following error message is displayed:" msgstr "" @@ -7987,7 +7984,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Google reCAPTCHA verification error message" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:144 msgid "" "Analytics and additional settings are available on `Google's reCAPTCHA " "administration page `_. For " @@ -8430,72 +8427,72 @@ msgid "" " and appearance to your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:12 msgid "" -"*Static* pages are pages that have stable content, such as the homepage. You" -" can manually create new ones, define their URL, adapt their " -":ref:`properties `, etc. *Dynamic* pages, on the " -"other hand, are generated dynamically. All pages generated automatically by " -"Odoo, for example when you install an app or module (e.g., `/shop` or " -"`/blog`) or publish a new product or blog post, are dynamic pages and are " -"therefore managed differently." +"**Static** pages have stable content, such as the homepage. You can manually" +" create new ones, define their URLs, adapt their :ref:`properties " +"`, etc. **Dynamic** pages, on the other hand, are " +"generated dynamically. All pages generated automatically by Odoo, for " +"example, when you install an app or module (e.g., `/shop` or `/blog`) or " +"publish a new product or blog post, are dynamic pages and are therefore " +"managed differently." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:19 msgid "Page creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:21 msgid "" "Website pages can be created from the **frontend** and the **backend**. To " "create a new website page, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:24 msgid "" "Either open the **Website** app, click :guilabel:`+ New` in the top-right " "corner, then select :guilabel:`Page`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:26 msgid "" "Or go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages` and click " ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:27 msgid "" -"Enter a :guilabel:`Page Title`; this title is used in the menu, as well as " -"in the page's URL." +"Enter a :guilabel:`Page Title`; this title is used in the menu and the " +"page's URL." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:29 msgid "" "Customize the page's content and appearance using the website builder, then " "click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:31 msgid ":ref:`Publish ` the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:34 msgid "" "Disable :guilabel:`Add to menu` if the page should not appear in the menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:37 msgid "Page management" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:42 msgid "Publishing/unpublishing pages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:44 msgid "" "Pages need to be published to make them accessible to website visitors. To " -"publish or unpublish a page, access it, then toggle the switch in the upper-" +"publish or unpublish a page, access it and toggle the switch in the upper-" "right corner from :guilabel:`Unpublished` to :guilabel:`Published`, or vice " "versa." msgstr "" @@ -8504,63 +8501,63 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Unpublished/Published toggle" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:52 msgid "It is also possible to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:54 msgid "" "publish/unpublish a page from the :ref:`page properties " "`, where you can define a publishing date and/or " "restrict the page's visibility if needed;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:56 msgid "" "publish/unpublish several pages at once: go to :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Site --> Pages`, select the pages, then, click :guilabel:`Action` and select" -" :guilabel:`Publish` or :guilabel:`Unpublish`." +"Site --> Pages`, select the pages, then click :guilabel:`Action` and select " +":guilabel:`Publish` or :guilabel:`Unpublish`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:61 msgid "Homepage" msgstr "الصفحة الرئيسية" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:63 msgid "" -"By default, when you create a website, Odoo creates a dedicated " -":guilabel:`Home` page, but you can define any website page as your homepage." -" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, " -"then, in the :guilabel:`Website info` section, define the URL of the desired" -" page in the field :guilabel:`Homepage URL` (e.g., `/shop`)." +"When you create a website, Odoo creates a dedicated :guilabel:`Home` page by" +" default, but you can define any website page as your homepage. To do so, go" +" to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, then, in the " +":guilabel:`Website info` section, define the URL of the desired page in the " +"field :guilabel:`Homepage URL` (e.g., `/shop`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:68 msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can define any static page as your homepage by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Properties`. Select the " -":guilabel:`Publish` tab and enable :guilabel:`Use as Homepage`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:73 -msgid "Page properties" +"Alternatively, you can define any :ref:`static page ` as " +"your homepage by going to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Properties`. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Publish` tab and enable :guilabel:`Use as Homepage`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To modify a static page's properties, access the page you wish to modify, " -"then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties`." +msgid "Page properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:78 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Name` tab allows you to:" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To modify a :ref:`static page's ` properties, access the " +"page you wish to modify, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:80 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Name` tab allows you to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:82 msgid "rename the page using the :guilabel:`Page Name` field;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:83 msgid "" "modify the :guilabel:`Page URL`. In this case, you can redirect the old URL " "to the new one if needed. To do so, enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old URL`, " @@ -8568,11 +8565,11 @@ msgid "" "redirection>`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`301 Moved permanently`: to redirect the page permanently;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`302 Moved temporarily`: to redirect the page temporarily." msgstr "" @@ -8580,76 +8577,76 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Redirect old URL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:93 msgid "" "You can further adapt the page's properties in the :guilabel:`Publish` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:95 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show in Top Menu`: Disable if you don't want the page to appear " "in the menu;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:96 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use as Homepage`: Enable if you want the page to be the homepage " "of your website;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:97 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Indexed`: Disable if you don't want the page to be shown in " "search engine results;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:98 msgid ":guilabel:`Published`: Enable to publish the page;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Publishing Date`: To publish the page at a specific moment, " "select the date, click the clock icon to set the time, then click the green " "check mark to validate your selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:101 msgid ":guilabel:`Visibility`: Select who can access the page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:103 msgid ":guilabel:`All`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Signed In`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Restricted Group`: Select the :doc:`user access group(s) " "` in the :guilabel:`Authorized " "group` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`With Password`: Enter the password in the :guilabel:`Password` " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:110 msgid "" "*Some* of these properties can also be modified from :menuselection:`Website" " --> Site --> Pages`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:113 msgid "Duplicating pages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:115 msgid "" "To duplicate a page, access the page, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> " "Properties` and click :guilabel:`Duplicate Page`. Enter a :guilabel:`Page " @@ -8658,21 +8655,21 @@ msgid "" "change its position using the :doc:`menu editor `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:123 msgid "Deleting pages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:125 msgid "To delete a page, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:127 msgid "" "Access the page, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties` and click " ":guilabel:`Delete Page`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:129 msgid "" "A pop-up window appears on the screen with all links referring to the page " "you want to delete, organized by category. To ensure website visitors don't " @@ -8682,131 +8679,137 @@ msgid "" "` for the deleted page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:134 msgid "" "Once you have updated the links (or set up a :ref:`redirection `), select the :guilabel:`I am sure about this` check box, then " "click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:138 -msgid "URL redirects" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Redirecting URLs consists in sending visitors and search engines to a URL " -"that is different from the one they originally requested. This technique is " -"used, for example, to prevent broken links when you :ref:`delete a page " -"`, :ref:`modify its URL `, or " -"move your site to a new :doc:`domain `. It can " -"also be used to improve :doc:`pages/seo`." +msgid "URL redirect mapping" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:142 +msgid "" +"URL redirect mapping consists in sending visitors and search engines to a " +"URL different from the one they initially requested. This technique is used," +" for example, to prevent broken links when you :ref:`delete a page " +"`, :ref:`modify its URL `, or " +"migrate your site from another platform to an Odoo :doc:`domain " +"`. It can also be used to improve " +":doc:`pages/seo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:148 msgid "" "To access existing URL redirections and create new ones, :doc:`activate the " "developer mode ` and go to " ":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Redirects`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:151 -msgid "" -"A record is added automatically every time you :ref:`modify a page's URL " -"` and enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old URL`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:153 -msgid "You can set up redirections for static and dynamic pages." +msgid "" +"A redirect record is added automatically every time you :ref:`modify a " +"page's URL ` and enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old " +"URL`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:155 msgid "" +"You can set up redirections for :ref:`static and dynamic pages " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:157 +msgid "" "To create a new redirection, click the :guilabel:`New` button, then fill in " "the fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:159 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name to identify the redirect." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:158 -msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: Select the type of redirection:" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:160 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`404 Not found`: visitors are redirected to a 404 error page when " -"they try to access the page." +msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: Select the type of redirection:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:162 msgid "" -":guilabel:`301 Moved Permanently`: for permanent redirections of static " -"pages; the new URL is shown in search engine results and the redirect is " -"cached by browsers." +":guilabel:`404 Not found`: visitors are redirected to a 404 error page when " +"they try to access an unpublished or deleted page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:164 msgid "" -":guilabel:`302 Moved Temporarily`: for short-term redirections, for example," -" if you are redesigning or updating the page. The new URL is neither cached " -"by browsers, nor shown in search engine results." +":guilabel:`301 Moved Permanently`: for permanent redirections of unpublished" +" or deleted :ref:`static pages `. The new URL is shown in" +" search engine results, and the redirect is cached by browsers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:167 msgid "" -":guilabel:`308 Redirect / Rewrite`: for permanent redirections of dynamic " -"pages; the new URL is shown in search engine results and the redirect is " -"cached by browsers. Use this redirect type to rename a dynamic page, for " -"example, if you wish to rename `/shop` into `/market`." +":guilabel:`302 Moved Temporarily`: for short-term redirections, for example," +" if you are redesigning or updating a page. The new URL is neither cached by" +" browsers nor shown in search engine results." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:170 msgid "" -":guilabel:`URL from`: Enter the URL to be redirected (e.g., `/about-the-" -"company`) or search for the desired dynamic page and select it from the " -"list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:173 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`URL to`: For 301, 302 and 308 redirects, enter the URL to be " -"redirected to. If you want to redirect to an external URL, make sure to " -"include the protocol (e.g., `https://`)." +":guilabel:`308 Redirect/Rewrite`: for permanent redirections of existing " +":ref:`dynamic pages `. The URL is renamed; the new name " +"is shown in search engine results and is cached by browsers. Use this " +"redirect type to rename a dynamic page, for example, if you wish to rename " +"`/shop` into `/market`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:175 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL from`: Enter the URL to be redirected (e.g., `/about-the-" +"company`) or search for the desired :ref:`dynamic page ` " +"and select it from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:177 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL to`: For 301, 302, and 308 redirects, enter the URL to be " +"redirected to. If you want to redirect to an external URL, include the " +"protocol (e.g., `https://`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:179 msgid ":guilabel:`Website`: Select a specific website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:180 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sequence`: to define the order in which redirections are " +":guilabel:`Sequence`: To define the order in which redirections are " "performed, e.g., in the case of redirect chains (i.e., a series of redirects" " where one URL is redirected to another one, which is itself further " "redirected to another URL)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:184 msgid "Toggle the :guilabel:`Activate` switch to deactivate the redirection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:187 msgid "" -"404, 301 and 302 redirections only work if the original page has been " +"404, 301, and 302 redirections are meant to migrate traffic from " ":ref:`unpublished ` or :ref:`deleted " -"`." +"` pages to *new* pages, while the 308 redirect is used " +"for *permanent* redirections of *existing* pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:192 msgid "" "`Google documentation on redirects and search " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:193 msgid ":doc:`pages/seo`" msgstr ":doc:`pages/seo`" @@ -9551,36 +9554,46 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`GTM (Google Tag Manager)` is a tag management system that allows you " "to easily update measurement codes and related code fragments, collectively " "known as tags on your website or mobile app, directly through the code " -"injector. To use GTM, proceed as follows:" +"injector." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Google Tag Manager may not be compliant with local data protection " +"regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:142 +msgid "To use GTM, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:144 msgid "" "Create or sign in to a Google account by going to " "https://tagmanager.google.com/." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:146 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Accounts` tab, click :guilabel:`Create account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:148 msgid "" "Enter an :guilabel:`Account Name` and select the account's " ":guilabel:`Country`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:150 msgid "" "Enter your website's URL in the :guilabel:`Container name` field and select " "the :guilabel:`Target platform`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:153 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create` and agree to the Terms of Service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:155 msgid "" "Copy the `` and `` codes from the popup window. Then, go to your" " website, click :guilabel:`Edit`, go to the :guilabel:`Themes` tab, scroll " @@ -9592,7 +9605,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Install Google Tag Manager" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:164 msgid "" "The data is collected in the marketing tools used to monitor the website " "(e.g., Google Analytics, Plausible, Facebook Pixel), not in Odoo." @@ -9977,6 +9990,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/dynamic_content.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/inner_content.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -10135,6 +10149,59 @@ msgid "" "enter the code, replacing the code used to show the block's instructions." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:3 +msgid "Features" +msgstr "الخصائص" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Features` :doc:`building blocks <../building_blocks>` allow " +"you to list multiple items next to each other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The :ref:`Table of Content ` and the :ref:`Call " +"to Action ` blocks are presented below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:20 +msgid "Table of content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Table of Content` block is used to list many different items " +"grouped under several headings. A clickable index is available to navigate " +"quickly between the different categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst-1 +msgid "The default Table of Content block" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:29 +msgid "Call to action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Call to Action` block is used to prompt visitors to take a " +"specific action, such as signing up for a newsletter or contacting you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst-1 +msgid "The default Call to Action block" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To change the button's link, select it, go to the :guilabel:`Customize` " +"tab's :guilabel:`Inline Text` section and replace `/contactus` with another " +"URL." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/inner_content.rst:3 msgid "Inner content" msgstr "المحتوى الداخلي " @@ -10203,10 +10270,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The default banner block" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:29 -msgid "Call to action" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:31 msgid "" "The call to action button encourages visitors to take a specific action, for" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 1d504fc53..81ab62668 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:55+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2024\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -716,11 +716,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delete Account` button to confirm the deletion." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:36 msgid "Odoo.com account password change" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:38 msgid "" "To change an Odoo.com account password, first login into the Odoo.com user " "account from the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-" @@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ msgid "" "dashboard appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:41 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:43 msgid "" "To change the Odoo.com password, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security " "Settings` link, below the :menuselection:`Account Security` section. Next, " @@ -738,23 +738,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Change Password` to complete the password change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:47 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:49 msgid "" "If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:53 msgid "" "Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the " "same email address is used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:55 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:57 msgid "Add two-factor authentication" msgstr "Zwei-Faktor-Authentifizierung hinzufügen" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:59 msgid "" "To add two-factor authentication, login into the Odoo.com user account from " "the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-right corner of " @@ -763,14 +763,14 @@ msgid "" "dashboard appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:64 msgid "" "If the user would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " "Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below " "the :menuselection:`Account Security` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:67 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " "(two-factor authentication)`. Then, confirm the current password in the " @@ -781,26 +781,26 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Verification Code`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:71 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:73 msgid "" "Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete " "the setup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:76 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:76 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`" msgstr "" @@ -6941,14 +6941,260 @@ msgstr "" "Es sollte sicher gespeichert werden und zufällig generiert werden, wie z. B." #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:743 -msgid "which will generate a 32 characters pseudorandom printable string." -msgstr "was eine 32-stellige pseudozufällige druckbare Zeichenkette erzeugt." +msgid "which generates a 32-character pseudorandom printable string." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:746 +msgid "Reset the master password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:748 +msgid "" +"There may be instances where the master password is misplaced, or " +"compromised, and needs to be reset. The following process is for system " +"administrators of an Odoo on-premise database detailing how to manually " +"reset and re-encrypt the master password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:753 +msgid "" +"For more information about changing an Odoo.com account password, see this " +"documentation: :ref:`odoocom/change_password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:756 +msgid "" +"When creating a new on-premise database, a random master password is " +"generated. Odoo recommends using this password to secure the database. This " +"password is implemented by default, so there is a secure master password for" +" any Odoo on-premise deployment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:761 +msgid "" +"When creating an Odoo on-premise database the installation is accessible to " +"anyone on the internet, until this password is set to secure the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:764 +msgid "" +"The master password is specified in the Odoo configuration file (`odoo.conf`" +" or `odoorc` (hidden file)). The Odoo master password is needed to modify, " +"create, or delete a database through the graphical user interface (GUI)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:769 +msgid "Locate configuration file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:771 +msgid "" +"First, open the Odoo configuration file (`odoo.conf` or `odoorc` (hidden " +"file))." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:775 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:148 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:133 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:158 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:180 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:328 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:397 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:460 +msgid "Windows" +msgstr "Windows" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:777 +msgid "" +"The configuration file is located at: " +"`c:\\\\ProgramFiles\\\\Odoo{VERSION}\\\\server\\\\odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:779 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:25 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:152 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:174 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:199 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:228 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:388 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:450 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "Linux" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:781 +msgid "" +"Depending on how Odoo is installed on the Linux machine, the configuration " +"file is located in one of two different places:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:784 +msgid "Package installation: `/etc/odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:785 +msgid "Source installation: `~/.odoorc`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:788 +msgid "Change old password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:790 +msgid "" +"Once the appropriate file has been opened, proceed to modify the old " +"password in the configuration file to a temporary password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:795 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:843 +msgid "Graphical user interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:797 +msgid "" +"After locating the configuration file, open it using a (:abbr:`GUI " +"(graphical user interface)`). This can be achieved by simply double clicking" +" on the file. Then, the device should have a default :abbr:`GUI (graphical " +"user interface)` to open the file with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:801 +msgid "" +"Next, modify the master password line `admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sha…` to " +"`admin_passwd = newpassword1234`, for example. This password can be " +"anything, as long as it is saved temporarily. Make sure to modify all " +"characters after the `=`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:806 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:825 +msgid "" +"The line appears like this: `admin_passwd = " +"$pbkdf2-sh39dji295.59mptrfW.9z6HkA$w9j9AMVmKAP17OosCqDxDv2hjsvzlLpF8Rra8I7p/b573hji540mk/.3ek0lg%kvkol6k983mkf/40fjki79m`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:810 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:829 +msgid "The modified line appears like this: `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:812 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:852 +msgid "Command-line interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:814 +msgid "" +"Modify the master password line using the following Unix command detailed " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:816 +msgid "" +"Connect to the Odoo server's terminal via Secure Shell (SSH) protocol, and " +"edit the configuration file. To modify the configuration file, enter the " +"following command: :command:`sudo nano /etc/odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:820 +msgid "" +"After opening the configuration file, modify the master password line " +"`admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sha…` to `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`. This " +"password can be anything, as long as it is saved temporarily. Make sure to " +"modify all characters after the `=`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:832 +msgid "" +"It is essential that the password is changed to something else, rather than " +"triggering a new password reset by adding a semicolon `;` at the beginning " +"of the line. This ensures the database is secure throughout the entire " +"password reset process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:837 +msgid "Restart Odoo server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:839 +msgid "" +"After setting the temporary password, a restart of the Odoo server is " +"**required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:845 +msgid "" +"To restart the Odoo server, first, type `services` into the Windows " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. Then, select the :guilabel:`Services` application, " +"and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Odoo` service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:849 +msgid "" +"Next, right click on :guilabel:`Odoo`, and select :guilabel:`Start` or " +":guilabel:`Restart`. This action manually restarts the Odoo server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:854 +msgid "" +"Restart the Odoo server by typing the command: :command:`sudo service odoo15" +" restart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:857 +msgid "" +"Change the number after `odoo` to fit the specific version the server is " +"running on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:860 +msgid "Use web interface to re-encrypt password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:862 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to `/web/database/manager` or " +"`http://server_ip:port/web/database/manager` in a browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:866 +msgid "" +"Replace `server_ip` with the IP address of the database. Replace `port` with" +" the numbered port the database is accessible from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:869 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Set Master Password`, and type in the previously-" +"selected temporary password into the :guilabel:`Master Password` field. " +"Following this step, type in a :guilabel:`New Master Password`. The " +":guilabel:`New Master Password` is hashed (or encrypted), once the " +":guilabel:`Continue` button is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:874 +msgid "" +"At this point, the password has been successfully reset, and a hashed " +"version of the new password now appears in the configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:878 +msgid "" +"For more information on Odoo database security, see this documentation: " +":ref:`db_manager_security`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:882 msgid "Supported Browsers" msgstr "Unterstützte Browser" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:748 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:884 msgid "" "Odoo supports all the major desktop and mobile browsers available on the " "market, as long as they are supported by their publishers." @@ -6956,27 +7202,27 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo unterstützt alle wichtigen Desktop- und Handy-Browser, die auf dem " "Markt erhältlich sind, sofern sie von ihren Herausgebern unterstützt werden." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:751 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:887 msgid "Here are the supported browsers:" msgstr "Das sind die unterstützten Browser:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:753 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:889 msgid "Google Chrome" msgstr "Google Chrome" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:754 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:890 msgid "Mozilla Firefox" msgstr "Mozilla Firefox" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:755 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:891 msgid "Microsoft Edge" msgstr "Microsoft Edge" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:756 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:892 msgid "Apple Safari" msgstr "Apple Safari" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:758 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:894 msgid "" "Please make sure your browser is up-to-date and still supported by its " "publisher before filing a bug report." @@ -6985,12 +7231,12 @@ msgstr "" " noch von seinem Herausgeber unterstützt wird, bevor Sie einen Fehlerbericht" " einreichen." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:763 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:899 msgid "Since Odoo 13.0, ES6 is supported. Therefore, IE support is dropped." msgstr "" "Seit Odoo 13.0 wird ES6 unterstützt. Daher entfällt die IE-Unterstützung." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:766 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:902 msgid "" "to have multiple Odoo installations use the same PostgreSQL database, or to " "provide more computing resources to both software." @@ -6999,7 +7245,7 @@ msgstr "" "zu lassen, oder um beiden Programmen mehr Rechenressourcen zur Verfügung zu " "stellen." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:769 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:905 msgid "" "technically a tool like socat_ can be used to proxy UNIX sockets across " "networks, but that is mostly for software which can only be used over UNIX " @@ -7009,7 +7255,7 @@ msgstr "" " über Netzwerke zu projizieren, aber das ist hauptsächlich für Software, die" " nur über UNIX-Sockets verwendet werden kann" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:773 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:909 msgid "" "or be accessible only over an internal packet-switched network, but that " "requires secured switches, protections against `ARP spoofing`_ and precludes" @@ -7250,19 +7496,6 @@ msgid "" " download the Enterprise packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:25 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:52 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:129 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:152 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:174 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:199 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:228 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:271 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:384 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:446 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "Linux" - #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:28 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:116 msgid "Prepare" @@ -7309,7 +7542,7 @@ msgstr "" "Server zu installieren:" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:57 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:416 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:420 msgid "" "`wkhtmltopdf` is not installed through **pip** and must be installed " "manually in `version 0.12.6 " @@ -7407,19 +7640,6 @@ msgstr "" "Nach dem Herunterladen können Sie das Paket mit dem „dnf“-Paketmanager " "installieren:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:148 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:70 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:133 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:158 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:180 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:208 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:239 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:324 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:393 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:456 -msgid "Windows" -msgstr "Windows" - #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:151 msgid "" "Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running " @@ -7596,9 +7816,9 @@ msgstr "Mit SSH klonen" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:186 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:213 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:253 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:347 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:405 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:467 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:351 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:471 msgid "Mac OS" msgstr "Mac OS" @@ -7805,24 +8025,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:280 msgid "" -"For Debian-based systems, the packages are listed in the `debian/control " -"`_ file of the Odoo " -"sources." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:283 -msgid "" "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following commands should install the required " "packages:" msgstr "" "Unter Debian/Ubuntu sollten die folgenden Befehle die erforderlichen Pakete " "installieren:" +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:287 +msgid "" +"The `setup/debinstall.sh` script will parse the `debian/control " +"`_ file and install " +"the found packages." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:290 msgid "Install with pip" msgstr "Mit pip installieren" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:292 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Using pip may lead to security issues and broken dependencies; only do this " +"if you know what you are doing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:296 msgid "" "As some of the Python packages need a compilation step, they require system " "libraries to be installed." @@ -7830,7 +8056,7 @@ msgstr "" "Da einige der Python-Pakete einen Kompilierungsschritt benötigen, müssen die" " Systembibliotheken installiert werden." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:295 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:299 msgid "" "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following command should install these required " "libraries:" @@ -7838,7 +8064,7 @@ msgstr "" "Unter Debian/Ubuntu sollte der folgende Befehl die erforderlichen " "Bibliotheken installieren:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:301 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:305 msgid "" "Odoo dependencies are listed in the :file:`requirements.txt` file located at" " the root of the Odoo Community directory." @@ -7846,7 +8072,7 @@ msgstr "" "Die Abhängigkeiten von Odoo sind in der Datei `requirements.txt` aufgeführt," " die sich im Stammverzeichnis von Odoo Community befindet." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:305 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:309 msgid "" "The Python packages in :file:`requirements.txt` are based on their " "stable/LTS Debian/Ubuntu corresponding version at the moment of the Odoo " @@ -7860,9 +8086,9 @@ msgstr "" "`python3-babel` 2.8.0 in Debian Bullseye und 2.6.0 in Ubuntu Focal. Die " "niedrigste Version wird dann in der :file:`requirements.txt` ausgewählt." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:312 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:334 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:353 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:357 msgid "" "It can be preferable not to mix Python module packages between different " "instances of Odoo or with the system. However, it is possible to use " @@ -7874,7 +8100,7 @@ msgstr "" "können `virtualenv `_ verwenden, um " "isolierte Python-Umgebungen zu erstellen." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:320 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation " "(:file:`CommunityPath`) and run **pip** on the requirements file to install " @@ -7884,7 +8110,7 @@ msgstr "" "(:file:`CommunityPath`) und führen Sie **pip** auf die Anforderungsdatei " "aus, um die Anforderungen für den aktuellen Benutzer zu installieren." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:326 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:330 msgid "" "Before installing the dependencies, download and install the `Build Tools " "for Visual Studio `_. Select " @@ -7896,8 +8122,8 @@ msgstr "" "build tools** (Build-Tools C++) im Reiter **Workloads** und installieren Sie" " sie, wenn Sie dazu aufgefordert werden." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:330 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:349 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:334 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:353 msgid "" "Odoo dependencies are listed in the `requirements.txt` file located at the " "root of the Odoo Community directory." @@ -7905,7 +8131,7 @@ msgstr "" "Die Abhängigkeiten von Odoo sind in der Datei `requirements.txt` aufgeführt," " die sich im Stammverzeichnis von Odoo Community befindet." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:342 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " "and run **pip** on the requirements file in a terminal **with Administrator " @@ -7915,7 +8141,7 @@ msgstr "" " und führen Sie **pip** auf der Anforderungsdatei in einem Terminal **mit " "Administratorrechten** aus:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:357 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:361 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " "and run **pip** on the requirements file:" @@ -7923,7 +8149,7 @@ msgstr "" "Navigieren Sie zu dem Pfad der Odoo-Community-Installation (`CommunityPath`)" " und führen Sie **pip** auf der Anforderungsdatei aus:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:367 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:371 msgid "" "Non-Python dependencies must be installed with a package manager (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." @@ -7931,18 +8157,18 @@ msgstr "" "Nicht-Python-Abhängigkeiten müssen mit einem Paketmanager installiert werden" " (`Homebrew `_, `MacPorts `_)." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:370 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:374 msgid "Download and install the **Command Line Tools**:" msgstr "" "Laden Sie die **Befehlszeilentools** herunter und installieren Sie sie:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:376 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:380 msgid "Use the package manager to install non-Python dependencies." msgstr "" "Verwenden Sie den Paketmanager, um Nicht-Python-Abhängigkeiten zu " "installieren." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:379 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:383 msgid "" "For languages using a **right-to-left interface** (such as Arabic or " "Hebrew), the `rtlcss` package is required." @@ -7950,25 +8176,25 @@ msgstr "" "Für Sprachen mit **Rechts-nach-Links-Schnittstelle** (wie Arabisch oder " "Hebräisch) wird das Paket `rtlcss` benötigt." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:386 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:390 msgid "Download and install **nodejs** and **npm** with a package manager." msgstr "" "Laden Sie **nodejs** und **npm** mit einem Paketmanager herunter und " "installieren Sie sie." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:387 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:396 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:391 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:400 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:413 msgid "Install `rtlcss`:" msgstr "Installieren Sie `rtlcss`:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:395 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:399 msgid "Download and install `nodejs `_." msgstr "" "Laden Sie `nodejs `_ herunter und " "installieren Sie es." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:402 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:406 msgid "" "Edit the system environment's variable `PATH` to add the folder where " "`rtlcss.cmd` is located (typically: " @@ -7978,7 +8204,7 @@ msgstr "" "hinzuzufügen, in dem sich `rtlcss.cmd` befindet (typischerweise: " ":file:`C:\\\\Users\\\\\\\\AppData\\\\Roaming\\npm\\`)." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:407 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:411 msgid "" "Download and install **nodejs** with a package manager (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." @@ -7986,11 +8212,11 @@ msgstr "" "Laden Sie **nodejs** herunter und installieren Sie es mit einem Paketmanager" " (`Homebrew `_, `MacPorts `_)." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:424 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:428 msgid "Running Odoo" msgstr "Odoo starten" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:426 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:430 msgid "" "Once all dependencies are set up, Odoo can be launched by running `odoo-" "bin`, the command-line interface of the server. It is located at the root of" @@ -8000,7 +8226,7 @@ msgstr "" " Sie `odoo-bin`, die Befehlszeilenschnittstelle des Servers, ausführen. Sie " "befindet sich im Stammverzeichnis des Odoo-Community-Verzeichnisses." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:429 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:433 msgid "" "To configure the server, either specify :ref:`command-line arguments " "` or a :ref:`configuration file " @@ -8010,7 +8236,7 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Befehlszeilenargumente ` oder eine " ":ref:`Konfigurationsdatei ` angeben." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:433 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:437 msgid "" "For the Enterprise edition, add the path to the `enterprise` add-ons to the " "`addons-path` argument. Note that it must come before the other paths in " @@ -8021,26 +8247,26 @@ msgstr "" "anderen Pfaden in `addons-path` stehen muss, damit die Add-ons korrekt " "geladen werden." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:437 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:441 msgid "Common necessary configurations are:" msgstr "Übliche notwendige Konfigurationen sind:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:439 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:443 msgid "PostgreSQL user and password." msgstr "PostgreSQL-Benutzer und Passwort." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:440 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:444 msgid "Custom addon paths beyond the defaults to load custom modules." msgstr "" "Benutzerdefinierte Add-on-Pfade über die Standardeinstellungen hinaus, um " "benutzerdefinierte Module zu laden." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:442 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:446 msgid "A typical way to run the server would be:" msgstr "Eine typische Art, den Server zu betreiben, starten:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:453 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:474 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:457 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:478 msgid "" "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, and " "`mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." @@ -8048,7 +8274,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dabei steht `CommunityPath` für den Pfad der Odoo-Community-Installation und" " `mydb` für den Namen der PostgreSQL-Datenbank." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:463 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:467 msgid "" "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, " "`dbuser` is the PostgreSQL login, `dbpassword` is the PostgreSQL password, " @@ -8058,7 +8284,7 @@ msgstr "" "`dbuser` für das PostgreSQL-Login, `dbpassword` für das PostgreSQL-Passwort " "und `mydb` für den Namen der PostgreSQL-Datenbank." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:477 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:481 msgid "" "After the server has started (the INFO log `odoo.modules.loading: Modules " "loaded.` is printed), open http://localhost:8069 in a web browser and log " @@ -8071,13 +8297,13 @@ msgstr "" "des Basisadministrators in der Odoo-Datenbank an: Verwenden Sie `admin` als " "E-Mail und noch einmal `admin` für das Passwort." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:482 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:486 msgid "" "From there, create and manage new :doc:`users " "<../../applications/general/users>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:483 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:487 msgid "" "The user account used to log into Odoo's web interface differs from the " ":option:`--db_user ` CLI argument." @@ -8086,7 +8312,7 @@ msgstr "" "anmelden, unterscheidet sich von dem Befehlszeilenargument " ":option:`--db_user `." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:487 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:491 msgid "" ":doc:`The list of CLI arguments for odoo-bin `" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po index 794b15ffc..98667d49c 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Larissa Manderfeld, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -31,237 +31,196 @@ msgid "Activities" msgstr "Aktivitäten" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database. " -"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " -"chatter thread, kanban view, list view, or activities view of an " -"application." +msgid "*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database." msgstr "" -"*Aktivitäten* sind Folgeaufgaben, die an einen Datensatz in einer Odoo-" -"Datenbank gebunden sind. Aktivitäten können auf jeder Seite der Datenbank " -"geplant werden, die einen Chatter-Thread, eine Kanban-Ansicht, eine " -"Listenansicht oder eine Aktivitätenansicht einer App enthält." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The icon used to display activities varies depending on the :ref:`activity " +"type `:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:11 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`🕘 (clock)`: the default icon, which appears if nothing is " +"scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 +msgid ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)`: this icon appears if a phone call is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:13 +msgid ":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)`: this icon appears if an email is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:14 +msgid ":guilabel:`✔️ (checkmark)`: this icon appears if a to-do is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:15 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(group of people)`: this icon appears if a meeting is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(arrow pointing up above a line)`: this icon appears if a " +"document is scheduled to be uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(pencil in a box)`: this icon appears if a signature request is " +"scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 msgid "Schedule activities" msgstr "Aktivitäten planen" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:23 msgid "" -"One way that activities are created is by clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule " -"Activity` button, located at the top of the *chatter* on any record. On the " -"pop-up window that appears, select an :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the " -"drop-down menu." +"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " +":ref:`chatter ` thread, :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or " +":ref:`activities view ` of an application." msgstr "" -"Eine Möglichkeit, Aktivitäten zu erstellen, ist ein Klick auf die " -"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Aktivität planen`, die sich am oberen Rand des " -"*Chatters* eines beliebigen Datensatzes befindet. In dem daraufhin " -"angezeigten Pop-up-Fenster wählen Sie einen :guilabel:`Aktivitätstyp` aus " -"dem Dropdown-Menü." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Individual applications have a list of *Activity Types* dedicated to that " -"application. For example, to view and edit the activities available for the " -"*CRM* application, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " -"Activity Types`." -msgstr "" -"Einzelne Apps verfügen über eine Liste von *Aktivitätstypen*, die für diese " -"App bestimmt sind. Um beispielsweise die für die *CRM-App* verfügbaren " -"Aktivitäten anzuzeigen und zu bearbeiten, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`CRM " -"--> Konfiguration --> Aktivitätstypen`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Enter a title for the activity in the :guilabel:`Summary` field, located in " -"the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window." -msgstr "" -"Geben Sie einen Titel für die Aktivität in das Feld " -":guilabel:`Zusammenfassung` ein, das sich im Pop-up-Fenster " -":guilabel:`Aktivität planen` befindet." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To assign the activity to a different user, select a name from the " -":guilabel:`Assigned to` drop-down menu. Otherwise, the user creating the " -"activity is automatically assigned." -msgstr "" -"Um die Aktivität einem anderen Benutzer zuzuweisen, wählen Sie einen Namen " -"aus dem Dropdown-Menü :guilabel:`Zugewiesen an`. Andernfalls wird der " -"Benutzer, der die Aktivität erstellt hat, automatisch zugewiesen." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Lastly, feel free to add any additional information in the optional " -":guilabel:`Log a note...` field." -msgstr "" -"Und schließlich können Sie in das optionale Feld :guilabel:`Notiz " -"hinterlassen ...` zusätzliche Informationen eingeben." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Due Date` field on the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " -"window auto-populates based on the configuration settings for the selected " -":guilabel:`Activity Type`. However, this date can be changed by selecting a " -"day on the calendar in the :guilabel:`Due Date` field." +msgid "Chatter" +msgstr "Chatter" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:32 +msgid "Activities can be created from the chatter on any record." msgstr "" -"Das Feld :guilabel:`Fälligkeitsdatum` im Pop-up-Fenster :guilabel:`Aktivität" -" planen` wird automatisch auf der Grundlage der Konfigurationseinstellungen " -"für den ausgewählten :guilabel:`Aktivitätstyp` ausgefüllt. Sie können dieses" -" Datum jedoch ändern, indem Sie einen Tag im Kalender im Feld " -":guilabel:`Fälligkeitsdatum` auswählen." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:34 -msgid "Lastly, click one of the following buttons:" -msgstr "Klicken Sie schlussendlich auf die folgenden Schaltflächen:" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:36 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Schedule`: adds the activity to the chatter under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." +"To schedule a new activity, click the :guilabel:`Activities` button, located" +" at the top of the chatter. In the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " +"window that appears, :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Planen`: fügt die Aktivität zum Chatter unter :guilabel:`Geplante" -" Aktivitäten` hinzu." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the chatter " -"under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, it is automatically " -"marked as completed." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Als erledigt markieren`: fügt die Details der Aktivität dem " -"Chatter unter :guilabel:`Heute` hinzu. Die Aktivität ist nicht geplant, " -"sondern wird automatisch als abgeschlossen markiert." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:39 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Done \\& Schedule Next`: adds the task under :guilabel:`Today` " -"marked as done, and opens a new activity window." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Erledigt & nächste Aktivität planen`: fügt die als erledigt " -"markierte Aufgabe unter :guilabel:`Heute` hinzu und öffnet ein neues " -"Aktivitätsfenster." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Discard`: discards any changes made on the pop-up window." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Verwerfen`: verwirft alle im Pop-up-Fenster vorgenommenen " -"Änderungen." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "Ansicht von CRM-Leads und die Möglichkeit, eine Aktivität zu planen" +msgid "New activity type form." +msgstr "Formular für neuen Aktivitätstyp." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Depending on the activity type, the :guilabel:`Schedule` button may be " -"replaced by a :guilabel:`Save` button, or an :guilabel:`Open Calendar` " -"button." -msgstr "" -"Je nach Aktivitätstyp kann die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Planen` durch eine " -"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Speichern` oder eine Schaltfläche " -":guilabel:`Kalender öffnen` ersetzt werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Scheduled activities are added to the chatter for the record under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." -msgstr "" -"Geplante Aktivitäten werden dem Chatter für den Datensatz unter " -":guilabel:`Geplante Aktivitäten` hinzugefügt." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Activities can also be scheduled from the kanban, list, or activities view " -"of an application." -msgstr "" -"Aktivitäten können auch über die Kanban-, Listen- oder Aktivitätenansicht " -"einer App geplant werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:45 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "Kanban-Ansicht" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`, and proceed to fill " -"out the pop-up form." +"Another way that activities are created is from the Kanban view in an " +"application." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie einen Datensatz aus, für den Sie eine Aktivität planen möchten. " -"Klicken Sie auf das Symbol :guilabel:`🕘 (Uhr)`, dann auf " -":guilabel:`Aktivität planen` und füllen Sie das Pop-up-Formular aus." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "The Kanban icon in the top menu, highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon located at the bottom of " +"an individual record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`+ Schedule An Activity`, then proceed to :ref:`fill out the" +" Schedule Activity form `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 msgid "" "Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." msgstr "" "Kanban-Ansicht der CRM-Pipeline und die Möglichkeit, eine Aktivität zu " "planen" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If a record already has a scheduled activity, the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon" +" is replaced by the icon that represents the existing scheduled activity. " +"Click on the activity type's icon to schedule another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:70 msgid "List view" msgstr "Listenansicht" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`. If the record already " -"has an activity scheduled, the clock icon may be replaced by a :guilabel:`📞 " -"(phone)` or an :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:72 +msgid "Activities can also be created from a list view." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie einen Datensatz aus, für den Sie eine Aktivität planen möchten. " -"Klicken Sie auf das Symbol :guilabel:`🕘 (Uhr)` und dann auf " -":guilabel:`Aktivität planen`. Wenn für den Datensatz bereits eine Aktivität " -"geplant ist, wird das Uhrensymbol möglicherweise durch das Symbol " -":guilabel:`📞 (Telefon)` oder :guilabel:`✉️ (Umschlag)` ersetzt." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Activities` column is hidden, reveal it using the " +":guilabel:`(additional options toggle)` icon in the far-right of the top " +"row, represented by two horizontal lines with two dots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon for the record the activity is" +" being added to, then click :guilabel:`+ Schedule an activity`. Proceed to " +":ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form ` that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." msgstr "" "Listenansicht der CRM-Pipeline und die Möglichkeit, eine Aktivität zu planen" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:93 msgid "Activity view" msgstr "Aktivitätsansicht" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 msgid "" -"To open the activity view for an application, select the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon from the menu bar anywhere in the database. Select any " -"application from the drop-down menu, and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " -"icon for the desired app." +"Most applications in Odoo have an *Activity* view available. If available, a" +" :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon is visible in the top-right of the main" +" menu bar." msgstr "" -"Um die Aktivitätsansicht für eine App zu öffnen, wählen Sie das Symbol " -":guilabel:`🕘 (Uhr)` in der Menüleiste irgendwo in der Datenbank. Wählen Sie " -"eine beliebige App aus dem Dropdown-Menü und klicken Sie auf das Symbol " -":guilabel:`🕘 (Uhr)` für die gewünschte App." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:98 msgid "" -"Activity menu drop down with focus on where to open activity view for CRM." +"To open the activity view, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon." msgstr "" -"Dropdown-Menü für Aktivitäten mit Fokus auf den Ort, an dem die " -"Aktivitätsansicht für CRM geöffnet wird." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "Top-right menu with the Activities icon called out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:104 msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Move across the row to " -"find the desired activity type, then click the :guilabel:`＋ (plus sign)`." +"In this view, all the available activities are listed in the columns, while " +"the horizontal entries represent all the individual records." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie einen Datensatz aus, für den Sie eine Aktivität planen möchten. " -"Bewegen Sie sich über die Zeile, um den gewünschten Aktivitätstyp zu finden," -" und klicken Sie dann auf das :guilabel:`＋ (Pluszeichen)`." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:107 msgid "" -"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +"Activities that appear green have a due date in the future, activities that " +"appear orange are due today, while activities appearing red are overdue." msgstr "" -"Aktivitätsansicht der CRM-Pipeline und die Möglichkeit, eine Aktivität zu " -"planen" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Color bars in each column represent records for specific activity types, and" +" display a number indicating how many activities are scheduled for that " +"type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If multiple activity types are scheduled for a record, a number appears in " +"the box, indicating the total number of scheduled activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:117 msgid "" "Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" " throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." @@ -270,108 +229,267 @@ msgstr "" "Aktivität sind in ganz Odoo einheitlich, unabhängig vom Aktivitätstyp oder " "der Ansicht." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:120 msgid "" -"Activities that appear in **green** indicate a due date sometime in the " -"future." +"To schedule an activity for a record, hover over the corresponding field, " +"and a :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` appears. Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)`, and then :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." msgstr "" -"Aktivitäten, die in **grün** erscheinen, weisen auf ein Fälligkeitsdatum " -"irgendwann in der Zukunft hin." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:96 -msgid "**Yellow** indicates that the activity's due date is today." -msgstr "**Gelb** zeigt an, dass das Fälligkeitsdatum der Aktivität heute ist." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Red** indicates that the activity is overdue and the due date has passed." -msgstr "" -"**Rot** bedeutet, dass die Aktivität überfällig ist und das Fälligkeitsdatum" -" überschritten wurde." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:99 -msgid "" -"For example, if an activity is created for a phone call, and the due date " -"passes, the activity appears with a red phone in list view, and a red clock " -"on the kanban view." -msgstr "" -"Wenn beispielsweise eine Aktivität für einen Telefonanruf erstellt wird und " -"das Fälligkeitsdatum verstreicht, wird die Aktivität in der Listenansicht " -"mit einem roten Telefon und in der Kanban-Ansicht mit einer roten Uhr " -"angezeigt." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:103 -msgid "View scheduled activities" -msgstr "Geplante Aktivitäten anzeigen" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:105 -msgid "" -"To view scheduled activities, open either the :menuselection:`Sales app` or " -":menuselection:`CRM app` and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, located " -"to the far-right side of the other view options." -msgstr "" -"Um geplante Aktivitäten anzuzeigen, öffnen Sie entweder die " -":menuselection:`Verkaufsapp` oder die :menuselection:`CRM-App` und klicken " -"Sie auf das Symbol :guilabel:`🕘 (Uhr)`, das sich ganz rechts neben den " -"anderen Ansichtsoptionen befindet." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Doing so opens the activities menu, showcasing all the scheduled activities " -"for the user, by default. To show all activities for every user, remove the " -":guilabel:`My Pipeline` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie dies tun, öffnet sich das Menü Aktivitäten, in dem standardmäßig " -"alle geplanten Aktivitäten für den Benutzer angezeigt werden. Um alle " -"Aktivitäten für jeden Benutzer anzuzeigen, entfernen Sie den Filter " -":guilabel:`Meine Pipeline` aus der Leiste :guilabel:`Suchen ...`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To view a consolidated list of activities separated by the application where" -" they were created, and by deadline, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon on" -" the header menu to see the activities for that specific application in a " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" -"Um eine konsolidierte Liste der Aktivitäten anzuzeigen, getrennt nach der " -"App, in der sie erstellt wurden, und nach Frist, klicken Sie auf das Symbol " -":guilabel:`🕘 (Uhr)` im Kopfmenü, um die Aktivitäten für diese spezifische " -"App in einem Dropdown-Menü anzuzeigen." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The possibility to :guilabel:`Add new note` and :guilabel:`Request a " -"Document` appear at the bottom of this drop-down menu, when the :guilabel:`🕘" -" (clock)` icon on the header menu is clicked." -msgstr "" -"Die Möglichkeiten :guilabel:`Neue Notiz hinzufügen` und :guilabel:`Dokument " -"anfragen` erscheinen am unteren Rand dieses Dropdown-Menüs, wenn Sie auf das" -" Symbol :guilabel:`🕘 (Uhr)` im Kopfmenü klicken." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads page emphasizing the activities menu." -msgstr "" -"Ansicht der Seite für Kundenkontakte mit Hervorhebung des Aktivitätenmenüs" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:123 -msgid "Configure activity types" -msgstr "Aktivitätstypen konfigurieren" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:125 msgid "" -"To configure the types of activities in the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss --> Activities --> Activity Types`." +"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." msgstr "" -"Um die Typen von Aktivitäten in der Datenbank zu konfigurieren, gehen Sie zu" -" :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Dialog --> Aktivitäten --> " -"Aktivitätstypen`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types." -msgstr "" -"Ansicht der Einstellungsseite mit Hervorhebung des Menüs für Aktivitätstypen" +"Aktivitätsansicht der CRM-Pipeline und die Möglichkeit, eine Aktivität zu " +"planen" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 +msgid "Schedule Activity form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Activities can be scheduled from many different places, such as from the " +":ref:`chatter ` of a record, or from one of multiple " +"views in an application, when available: the :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or :ref:`activity " +"view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" +msgstr "Füllen Sie die folgenden Informationen des Formulars aus:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Activity Type`: select the type of activity from the drop-down " +"menu. The default options are: :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Call`, " +":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`To-Do`. Depending on what other " +"applications are installed, additional options may be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Individual applications have a list of dedicated :ref:`activity types " +"`. For example, installing the *Sales* application makes " +":guilabel:`Order Upsell` available, while installing the *Sign* application " +"makes :guilabel:`Request Signature` available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Summary`: enter a short title for the activity, such as `Discuss " +"Proposal`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date`: using the calendar popover, select the activity's " +"deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assigned to`: by default, the current user populates this field. " +"To assign a different user to the activity, select them from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: add any additional information for the activity in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window is completed, click one" +" of the following buttons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:158 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Open Calendar`: opens the user's calendar to add and schedule the" +" activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Click on the desired date and time for the activity, and a :guilabel:`New " +"Event` pop-up window appears. The summary from the *Schedule Activity* pop-" +"up window populates the :guilabel:`Title` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Enter the information in the :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up window, then click" +" :guilabel:`Save & Close` to schedule it. Once scheduled, the activity is " +"added to the chatter under the :guilabel:`Planned Activities` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Activity Type` is set to either :guilabel:`Call` or " +":guilabel:`Meeting`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: schedules the activity, and adds the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Planned Activities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:174 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule & Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the" +" chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, and is " +"automatically marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next`: adds the details of the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, is " +"automatically marked as done, and a new :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up" +" window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancel`: discards any changes made on the :guilabel:`Schedule " +"Activity` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "Ansicht von CRM-Leads und die Möglichkeit, eine Aktivität zu planen" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:188 +msgid "All scheduled activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To view a consolidated list of activities, organized by application, click " +"the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon in the header menu, located in the top-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If any activities are scheduled, the number of activities appear in a red " +"bubble on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:196 +msgid "" +"All activities for each application are further divided into subsections, " +"indicating where in the application the activity is to be completed. Each " +"sub-section lists the number of scheduled activities that are " +":guilabel:`Late`, due :guilabel:`Today`, and scheduled in the " +":guilabel:`Future`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:202 +msgid "" +"In the *Time Off* application, one activity is scheduled to be done in the " +"*All Time Off* requests dashboard, and six activities are scheduled to be " +"done in the *Allocations* dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:205 +msgid "" +"These requests appear in two separate lists in the all activities drop-down " +"menu: one labeled `Time Off` and one labeled `Time Off Allocation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list of activities that is accessed from the main menu bar. Two entries for the Time\n" +"Off application are highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:214 +msgid "Request a document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The option to :guilabel:`Request a Document` is available at the bottom of " +"the list of :ref:`all scheduled activities `, the option to " +":guilabel:`Request a Document` appears. Click :guilabel:`Request a " +"Document`, and a :guilabel:`Request a file` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:222 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Name`: enter a name for the document being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request To`: select the user the document is being requested from" +" using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date In`: enter a numerical value indicating when the " +"document is due. Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. " +"Click :guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. " +"Select the desired time-frame option from the list. The options are " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:229 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +":ref:`Workspace ` the document is being uploaded to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any desired tags from the drop-down menu. The " +"available tags displayed are based on the tags configured for the selected " +":guilabel:`Workspace`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message`: enter a message to clarify the document request in this" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:235 +msgid "" +"When all the fields are completed, click :guilabel:`Request` to send the " +"document request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Request a file form, with all fields filled out to request a contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:244 +msgid "Activity types" +msgstr "Aktivitätstypen" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured types of activities in the database, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss section --> Activities " +"setting --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activity Types button in the Settings application under the Discuss section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:253 msgid "" "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " "activity types are found." @@ -379,107 +497,110 @@ msgstr "" "Auf diese Weise gelangen Sie auf die Seite :guilabel:`Aktivitätstypen`, auf " "der Sie die vorhandenen Aktivitätstypen finden." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To edit an existing activity type, select it from the list, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`. To create a new activity type, click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" -"Um einen vorhandenen Aktivitätstyp zu bearbeiten, wählen Sie sie aus der " -"Liste aus und klicken dann auf :guilabel:`Bearbeiten`. Um eine neue " -"Aktivitätsart zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:136 -msgid "" -"At the top of a blank activity type form, start by choosing a " -":guilabel:`Name` for the new activity type." -msgstr "" -"Beginnen Sie am Anfang eines leeren Formulars für den Aktivitätstyp damit, " -"einen :guilabel:`Name` für den neuen Aktivitätstyp auszuwählen." - #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "New activity type form." -msgstr "Formular für neuen Aktivitätstyp." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:143 -msgid "Activity settings" -msgstr "Aktivitätseinstellungen" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:146 -msgid "Action" -msgstr "Aktion" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:148 -msgid "" -"The *Action* field specifies the intent of the activity. Some actions " -"trigger specific behaviors after an activity is scheduled." +msgid "The list of activity types already configured and available." msgstr "" -"Das Feld *Aktion* gibt den Zweck der Aktivität an. Einige Aktionen lösen " -"bestimmte Verhaltensweisen aus, nachdem eine Aktivität geplant wurde." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected, a link to upload a document is " -"added directly to the planned activity in the chatter." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:260 +msgid "Edit activity types" msgstr "" -"Wenn :guilabel:`Dokument hochladen` ausgewählt ist, wird ein Link zum " -"Hochladen eines Dokuments direkt zu der geplanten Aktivität im Chat " -"hinzugefügt." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:262 msgid "" -"If either :guilabel:`Phonecall` or :guilabel:`Meeting` are selected, users " -"have the option to open their calendar to schedule a time for this activity." +"To edit an existing :ref:`activity type `, click on the " +"activity type, and the activity type form loads." msgstr "" -"Wenn entweder :guilabel:`Anruf` oder :guilabel:`Meeting` ausgewählt ist, " -"haben Benutzer die Möglichkeit, ihren Kalender zu öffnen, um einen Termin " -"für diese Aktivität zu planen." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:265 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Request Signature` is selected, a link is added to the planned" -" activity in the chatter that opens a signature request pop-up window." +"Make any desired changes to the activity type form. The form automatically " +"saves, but it can be saved manually at any time by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Save Manually` option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner of the page." msgstr "" -"Wenn :guilabel:`Signatur anfragen` ausgewählt ist, wird der geplanten " -"Aktivität im Chat ein Link hinzugefügt, der ein Pop-up-Fenster zur " -"Anforderung der Signatur öffnet." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:270 +msgid "Create new activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:272 msgid "" -"The actions available to select on an activity type vary, depending on the " -"applications currently installed in the database." +"To create a new :ref:`activity type `, click " +":guilabel:`New` from the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, and a blank " +"activity type form loads." msgstr "" -"Die Aktionen, die Sie für eine Aktivitätsart auswählen können, variieren je " -"nach den derzeit in der Datenbank installierten Apps." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:163 -msgid "Default user" -msgstr "Standardbenutzer" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:275 msgid "" -"To automatically assign this activity to a specific user when this activity " -"type is scheduled, choose a name from the :guilabel:`Default User` drop-down" -" menu. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to the user who" -" creates the activity." +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the activity type at the top of the form, then " +"enter the following information on the form." msgstr "" -"Um diese Aktivität automatisch einem bestimmten Benutzer zuzuweisen, wenn " -"dieser Aktivitätstyp geplant wird, wählen Sie einen Namen aus dem Dropdown-" -"Menü :guilabel:`Standardbenutzer`. Wenn Sie dieses Feld leer lassen, wird " -"die Aktivität dem Benutzer zugewiesen, der die Aktivität erstellt." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:170 -msgid "Default summary" -msgstr "Standard-Zusammenfassung" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:279 +msgid "Activity Settings section" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:281 msgid "" -"To include notes whenever this activity type is created, enter them into the" -" :guilabel:`Default Summary` field." +":guilabel:`Action`: using the drop-down menu, select an action associated " +"with this new activity type. Some actions trigger specific behaviors after " +"an activity is scheduled, such as:" msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie Notizen einfügen möchten, wenn dieser Aktivitätstyp erstellt wird, " -"geben Sie sie in das Feld :guilabel:`Standard-Zusammenfassung` ein." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:284 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Upload Document`: if selected, a link to upload a document is " +"automatically added to the planned activity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:286 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Call` or :guilabel:`Meeting`: if selected, users have the option " +"to open their calendar to select a date and time for the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request Signature`: if selected, a link to open a signature " +"request pop-up window is automatically added to the planned activity in the " +"chatter. This requires the Odoo *Sign* application to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Available activity types vary based on the installed applications in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folder`: select a specific :ref:`workspace " +"` folder to save a document to. This field **only** " +"appears if :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Action`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Folder` the document is " +"saved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default User`: select a user from the drop-down menu to " +"automatically assign this activity to the selected user when this activity " +"type is scheduled. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to " +"the user who creates the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Summary`: enter a note to include whenever this activity " +"type is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:307 msgid "" "The information in the :guilabel:`Default User` and :guilabel:`Default " "Summary` fields are included when an activity is created. However, they can " @@ -490,133 +611,86 @@ msgstr "" "Aktivität übernommen. Sie können jedoch geändert werden, bevor die Aktivität" " geplant oder gespeichert wird." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:181 -msgid "Next activity" -msgstr "Nächste Aktivität" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:311 msgid "" -"To automatically suggest, or trigger, a new activity after an activity has " -"been marked complete, the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` must be set." +":guilabel:`Keep Done`: tick this checkbox to keep activities that have been " +"marked as `Done` visible in the :ref:`activity view `." msgstr "" -"Um automatisch eine neue Aktivität vorzuschlagen oder auszulösen, nachdem " -"eine Aktivität als abgeschlossen markiert wurde, muss der " -":guilabel:`Verkettungstyp` gesetzt werden." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:187 -msgid "Suggest next activity" -msgstr "Nächste Aktivität vorschlagen" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:313 +msgid ":guilabel:`Default Note`: enter any notes to appear with the activity." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:316 +msgid "Next Activity section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:318 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field, select :guilabel:`Suggest Next " -"Activity`. Upon doing so, the field underneath changes to: " -":guilabel:`Suggest`. Click the :guilabel:`Suggest` field drop-down menu to " -"select any activities to recommend as follow-up tasks to this activity type." +"It is possible to have another activity either suggested or triggered. To do" +" so, configure the :guilabel:`Next Activity` section." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie im Feld :guilabel:`Verkettungstyp` die Option :guilabel:`Nächste " -"Aktivität vorschlagen`. Daraufhin ändert sich das Feld darunter in: " -":guilabel:`Vorschlagen`. Klicken Sie auf das Dropdown-Menü des Feldes " -":guilabel:`Vorschlagen`, um die Aktivitäten auszuwählen, die Sie als " -"Folgeaufgaben für diesen Aktivitätstyp empfehlen möchten." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:321 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Schedule` field, choose a default deadline for these " -"activities. To do so, configure a desired number of :guilabel:`Days`, " -":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, decide if it should occur " -":guilabel:`after completion date` or :guilabel:`after previous activity " -"deadline`." +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`: select either :guilabel:`Suggest Next Activity` " +"or :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` from the drop-down menu. Depending on " +"the selected option, either the :guilabel:`Suggest` or :guilabel:`Trigger` " +"field is displayed." msgstr "" -"Im Feld :guilabel:`Planen` wählen Sie eine Standardfrist für diese " -"Aktivitäten. Konfigurieren Sie dazu eine gewünschte Anzahl von " -":guilabel:`Tagen`, :guilabel:`Wochen` oder :guilabel:`Monaten`. Entscheiden " -"Sie dann, ob der Termin :guilabel:`nach Abschlussdatum` oder :guilabel:`nach" -" vorheriger Aktivitätsfrist` liegen soll." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:198 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:326 msgid "" -"This :guilabel:`Schedule` field information can be altered before the " -"activity is scheduled." +"The :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field does **not** appear if :guilabel:`Upload" +" Document` is selected for the :guilabel:`Action`." msgstr "" -"Diese Feldinformation :guilabel:`Planen` können geändert werden, bevor die " -"Aktivität geplant wird." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:227 -msgid "When all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Suggest/Trigger`: depending on what is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`, this field either displays :guilabel:`Suggest` or" +" :guilabel:`Trigger`. Using the drop-down menu, select the activity to " +"recommend or schedule as a follow-up task to the activity type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:332 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: configure when the next activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:334 +msgid "" +"First, enter a numerical value indicating when the activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. Click " +":guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. Select the" +" desired time-frame option from the list. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:340 +msgid "" +"Lastly, using the drop-down menu, select whether the activity is scheduled " +"or triggered either :guilabel:`after previous activity deadline` or " +":guilabel:`after completion date`." msgstr "" -"Wenn alle Konfigurationen abgeschlossen sind, klicken Sie auf " -":guilabel:`Speichern`." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "Schedule activity popup with emphasis on recommended activities." -msgstr "Pop-up „Aktivität planen“ mit Hervorhebung empfohlener Aktivitäten." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Suggest " -"Next Activity`, and has activities listed in the :guilabel:`Suggest` field, " -"users are presented with recommendations for activities as next steps." +msgid "A new Activity form with all the fields filled out." msgstr "" -"Wenn für eine Aktivität der :guilabel:`Verkettungstyp` auf " -":guilabel:`Nächste Aktivität vorschlagen` gesetzt ist und im Feld " -":guilabel:`Vorschlagen` Aktivitäten aufgelistet sind, werden dem Benutzer " -"Empfehlungen für Aktivitäten als nächste Schritte angezeigt." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:211 -msgid "Trigger next activity" -msgstr "Nächste Aktivität auslösen" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:348 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss`" +msgstr ":doc:`../productivity/discuss`" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Setting the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` to :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` " -"immediately launches the next activity once the previous one is completed." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:349 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss/team_communication`" msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie den :guilabel:`Verkettungstyp` auf :guilabel:`Nächste Aktivität " -"auslösen` setzen, wird sofort die nächste Aktivität gestartet, sobald die " -"vorherige abgeschlossen ist." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` is selected in the :guilabel:`Chaining " -"Type` field, the field beneath changes to: :guilabel:`Trigger`. From the " -":guilabel:`Trigger` field drop-down menu, select the activity that should be" -" launched once this activity is completed." -msgstr "" -"Wenn im Feld :guilabel:`Verkettungstyp` die Option :guilabel:`Nächste " -"Aktivität auslösen` gewählt wurde, ändert sich das Feld darunter in: " -":guilabel:`Auslöser`. Wählen Sie aus dem Dropdown-Menü des Feldes " -":guilabel:`Auslöser` die Aktivität aus, die gestartet werden soll, sobald " -"diese Aktivität abgeschlossen ist." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Schedule new activity popup with emphasis on Done and launch next button." -msgstr "" -"Pop.up-Fenster für neue Aktivitäten mit Betonung auf die Schaltfläche " -"„Erledigt und nächste Aktivität\"." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Trigger" -" Next Activity`, marking the activity as `Done` immediately launches the " -"next activity listed in the :guilabel:`Trigger` field." -msgstr "" -"Wenn für eine Aktivität der :guilabel:`Verkettungstyp` auf " -":guilabel:`Nächste Aktivität auslösen` gesetzt ist, wird durch das Markieren" -" der Aktivität als `Erledigt` sofort die nächste im Feld " -":guilabel:`Auslöser` aufgeführte Aktivität gestartet." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:238 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:239 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:3 msgid "Export and import data" @@ -2024,6 +2098,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Phone` or :guilabel:`Mobile` fields. Click the :guilabel:`📱 SMS` " "icon, and a :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" +"Suchen Sie dann das Symbol :guilabel:`📱 SMS`, das rechts neben den Feldern " +":guilabel:`Telefon` oder :guilabel:`Mobil` erscheint. Klicken Sie auf das " +"Symbol :guilabel:`📱 SMS` und ein Pop-up-Fenster :guilabel:`SMS-Textnachricht" +" versenden` erscheint." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -2032,6 +2110,10 @@ msgid "" " to the contact, and logs what was sent in the *chatter* of the contact's " "form." msgstr "" +"Geben Sie eine Nachricht in das Feld :guilabel:`Nachricht` des Pop-up-" +"Fensters. Klicken Sie dann auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`SMS versenden`. " +"Odoo sendet daraufhin die Nachricht per SMS an den Kontakt und protokolliert" +" den Versand im *Chatter* des Kontaktformulars." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -2165,6 +2247,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings app --> Contacts section`, and beneath the " ":guilabel:`Odoo IAP` setting, click :guilabel:`View My Services`." msgstr "" +"Sie können das aktuelle Guthaben für jeden Dienst überprüfen und manuell " +"mehr Guthaben erwerben, indem Sie zur :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> " +"Kontakte` navigieren und unter der Einstellung :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` und " +"klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Meine Services anzeigen`." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -2173,6 +2259,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Account Information` page, where additional credits can be " "purchased." msgstr "" +"Auf diese Weise gelangen Sie auf die Seite :guilabel:`IAP-Service`, auf der " +"die verschiedenen |IAP|-Services in der Datenbank aufgelistet sind. Klicken " +"Sie von hier aus auf einen |IAP|-Service, um die Seite " +":guilabel:`Kontoinformationen` zu öffnen, auf der Sie zusätzliches Guthaben " +"erwerben können." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:141 msgid "Manually buy credits" @@ -2219,6 +2310,12 @@ msgid "" "credits. Then, follow the prompts to enter payment details, and confirm the " "order." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf der Seite :guilabel:`Kontoinformationen` auf die " +"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Guthaben kaufen`. Dadurch wird die Seite " +":guilabel:`Guthaben kaufen für (IAP-Konto)` in einem neuen Reiter geöffnet. " +"Klicken Sie hier auf :guilabel:`Kaufen` für das gewünschte Pack von " +"Guthaben. Folgen Sie dann den Aufforderungen zur Eingabe der Zahlungsdaten " +"und bestätigen Sie den Auftrag." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst-1 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index b83446617..df16e3d2e 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2024\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 @@ -725,6 +725,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:583 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:701 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 @@ -2503,6 +2504,7 @@ msgstr "Die Benutzeroberfläche der Abstimmungsansicht eines Bankjournals." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:32 msgid "Transactions" msgstr "Transaktionen" @@ -3279,7 +3281,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:90 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:432 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:363 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "Customer invoices" @@ -3554,7 +3556,7 @@ msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:169 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:242 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:376 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 @@ -5314,6 +5316,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:38 msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" msgstr ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" @@ -7658,31 +7661,28 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 msgid "" -"This document addresses a specific use case for theoretical purposes. " -"Navigate :ref:`here ` for " -"instructions on how to set up and use |AVCO| in Odoo." +"This document addresses a specific use case for theoretical purposes. For " +"instructions on how to set up and use |AVCO|, refer to the :doc:`inventory " +"valuation configuration " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +" doc." msgstr "" -"Dieses Dokument befasst sich mit einem speziellen Anwendungsfall für " -"theoretische Zwecke. Navigieren Sie :ref:`hierhin " -"` für Anleitungen zum " -"Einrichten und Verwenden von Durchschnittskosten in Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:32 -msgid "" -":ref:`Using inventory valuation `" -msgstr "" -":ref:`Bestandsbewertung einrichten " -"`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 msgid "" +":doc:`Using inventory valuation " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:35 +msgid "" ":ref:`Other inventory valuation methods " "`" msgstr "" ":ref:`Andere Methoden der Bestandsbewertung " "`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:40 msgid "" "To use average cost inventory valuation on a product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and " @@ -7697,19 +7697,17 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Kalkulationsverfahren` auf `Durchschnittskosten (AVCO)` und " ":guilabel:`Bestandsbewertung` auf `Automatisch`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:46 msgid "" -":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration " -"`" +":doc:`Inventory valuation configuration " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" msgstr "" -":ref:`Konfiguration der Bestandsbewertung " -"`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 msgid "Using average cost valuation" msgstr "Durchsschnittskostenbewertung verwenden" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "" "The average cost method adjusts the inventory valuation when products are " "received in the warehouse. This section explains how it works, but if the " @@ -7721,11 +7719,11 @@ msgstr "" "funktioniert. Wenn Sie die Erklärung nicht benötigen, springen Sie zum " "Anwendungsfall :ref:`Retoure an Lieferanten `." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:59 msgid "Formula" msgstr "Formel" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:61 msgid "" "When new products arrive, the new average cost for each product is " "recomputed using the formula:" @@ -7733,7 +7731,7 @@ msgstr "" "Wenn neue Produkte hinzukommen, werden die neuen Durchschnittskosten für " "jedes Produkt anhand der Formel neu berechnet:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:63 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{(Old~Qty \\times Old~Avg~Cost) + (Incoming~Qty \\times Purchase~Price)}{Final~Qty}\n" "\n" @@ -7741,13 +7739,13 @@ msgstr "" "Durchschnittskosten = \\frac{(Alte~Menge \\times Alte~Durchschnittskosten) + (Wareneingang \\times Einkaufspreis)}{Endmenge}\n" "\n" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:66 msgid "**Old Qty**: product count in stock before receiving the new shipment;" msgstr "" "**Alte Menge**: Produktanzahl auf Lager, bevor Sie die neue Lieferung " "erhalten;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:67 msgid "" "**Old Avg Cost**: calculated average cost for a single product from the " "previous inventory valuation;" @@ -7755,13 +7753,13 @@ msgstr "" "**Alte Durchschnittskosten**: berechnete Durchschnittskosten für ein " "einzelnes Produkt aus der vorherigen Bestandsbewertung;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:69 msgid "**Incoming Qty**: count of products arriving in the new shipment;" msgstr "" "**Wareneingang**: die Anzahl der Produkte, die in der neuen Sendung " "ankommen;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:70 msgid "" "**Purchase Price**: estimated price of products at the reception of products" " (since vendor bills may arrive later). The amount includes not only the " @@ -7776,11 +7774,11 @@ msgstr "" "`. Bei Erhalt der Lieferantenrechnung wird" " dieser Preis angepasst;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:74 msgid "**Final Qty**: quantity of on-hand stock after the stock move." msgstr "**Endmenge**: Menge des Lagerbestands nach der Lagerbuchung." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 msgid "" "When products leave the warehouse, the average cost **does not** change. " "Read about why the average cost valuation is **not** adjusted :ref:`here " @@ -7790,11 +7788,11 @@ msgstr "" "**nicht**. Lesen Sie :ref:`hier `, " "warum die Bewertung der Durchschnittskosten **nicht** angepasst wird." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:85 msgid "Compute average cost" msgstr "Durchschnittskosten berechnen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:87 msgid "" "To understand how the average cost of a product changes with each shipment, " "consider the following table of warehouse operations and stock moves. Each " @@ -7805,145 +7803,148 @@ msgstr "" " Lagerbewegungen. Jedes ist ein anderes Beispiel dafür, wie die Bewertung " "der Durchschnittskosten beeinflusst wird." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Operation" msgstr "Vorgang" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 msgid "Incoming Value" msgstr "Eingangswert" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "Bestandswert" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "Vorrätige Menge" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Avg Cost" msgstr "Durchschnittskosten" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:424 msgid "$0" msgstr "0 €" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "Receive 8 tables at $10/unit" msgstr "8 Tische zu 10 € pro Einheit erhalten" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "8 * $10" msgstr "8 * 10 €" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "$80" msgstr "80 $" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "8" msgstr "8" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "$10" msgstr "10 €" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 msgid "Receive 4 tables at $16/unit" msgstr "4 Tische zu 16 € pro Einheit erhalten" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 msgid "4 * $16" msgstr "4 * 16 €" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 msgid "$144" msgstr "144 €" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "$12" msgstr "12 €" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 msgid "Deliver 10 tables" msgstr "10 Tische liefern" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 msgid "-10 * $12" msgstr "-10 * 12 €" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "$24" msgstr "24 €" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "2" msgstr "2" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:106 msgid "" "Ensure comprehension of the above computations by reviewing the \"Receive 8 " "tables at $10/unit\" example." @@ -7951,11 +7952,11 @@ msgstr "" "Vergewissern Sie sich, dass Sie die obigen Berechnungen verstanden haben, " "indem Sie sich das Beispiel „8 Tische zu 10 € pro Einheit erhalten“ ansehen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:109 msgid "Initially, the product stock is 0, so all values are $0." msgstr "Zu Beginn ist der Produktbestand 0, also sind alle Werte 0 €." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:111 msgid "" "In the first warehouse operation, `8` tables are received at `$10` each. The" " average cost is calculated using the :ref:`formula " @@ -7965,7 +7966,7 @@ msgstr "" "Durchschnittskosten werden mit der :ref:`Formel " "` berechnet:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:114 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{0 + 8 \\times $10}{8} = \\frac{$80}{8} = $10\n" "\n" @@ -7973,7 +7974,7 @@ msgstr "" "Durchschnittskosten = \\frac{0 + 8 \\times 10 €}{8} = \\frac{$80}{8} = 10 €\n" "\n" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "" "Since the *incoming quantity* of tables is `8` and the *purchase price* for " "each is `$10`," @@ -7981,22 +7982,22 @@ msgstr "" "Da der *Wareneingang* der Tische `8` beträgt und der *Einkaufspreis* für " "jeden Tisch `10 €` ist," -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:118 msgid "The inventory value in the numerator is evaluated to `$80`;" msgstr "Der Bestandswert im Zähler wird mit `80 €` bewertet;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 msgid "`$80` is divided by the total amount of tables to store, `8`;" msgstr "" "`80 €` wird durch die Gesamtanzahl der zu lagernden Tische, `8`, geteilt;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:120 msgid "`$10` is the average cost of a single table from the first shipment." msgstr "" "`10 €` sind die durchschnittlichen Kosten für einen einzelnen Tisch aus der " "ersten Lieferung." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:122 msgid "" "To verify this in Odoo, in the *Purchase* app, order `8` quantities of a new" " product, `Table`, with no previous stock moves, for `$10` each." @@ -8005,7 +8006,7 @@ msgstr "" " eines neuen Produkts, `Tisch`, ohne vorherige Lagerbewegungen, für jeweils " "`10 €`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:125 msgid "" "In the table's :guilabel:`Product Category` field in the :guilabel:`General " "Information` tab of the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon," @@ -8020,7 +8021,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Kalkulationsverfahren` auf `Durchschnittskosten (AVCO)` und " ":guilabel:`Bestandsbewertung` auf `Automatisch`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "" "Then, return to the purchase order. Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`, and " "click :guilabel:`Receive Products` to confirm receipt." @@ -8029,7 +8030,7 @@ msgstr "" " bestätigen`, und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Produkte erhalten`, um den " "Erhalt zu bestätigen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:133 msgid "" "Next, check the inventory valuation record generated by the product " "reception by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> " @@ -8050,7 +8051,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show inventory valuation of 8 tables in Odoo." msgstr "Anzeige der Bestandsbewertung von 8 Tischen in Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "" "When the product category's :guilabel:`Costing Method` is set to " ":guilabel:`AVCO`, then the average cost of a product is also displayed on " @@ -8062,11 +8063,11 @@ msgstr "" " Produkts auch im Feld :guilabel:`Kosten` im Reiter :guilabel:`Allgemeine " "Informationen` auf der Produktseite selbst angezeigt." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:149 msgid "Product delivery (use case)" msgstr "Produktlieferung (Anwendungsfall)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:151 msgid "" "For outgoing shipments, :ref:`outbound products have no effect on the " "average cost valuation `. Although the " @@ -8080,7 +8081,7 @@ msgstr "" "Bestandswert dennoch, da das Produkt aus dem Lager entnommen und an den " "Standort des Kunden geliefert wird." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:157 msgid "" "To demonstrate that the average cost valuation is not recalculated, examine " "the \"Deliver 10 tables\" example." @@ -8088,7 +8089,7 @@ msgstr "" "Um zu zeigen, dass die Durchschnittskostenbewertung nicht neu berechnet " "wird, betrachten Sie das Beispiel „10 Tische liefern“." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{12 \\times $12 + (-10) \\times $12}{12-10} = \\frac{24}{2} = $12\n" "\n" @@ -8096,7 +8097,7 @@ msgstr "" "Durchschnittskosten = \\frac{12 \\times 12 € + (-10) \\times 12 €}{12-10} = \\frac{24}{2} = 12 €\n" "\n" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "" "Because 10 tables are being sent out to customers, the *incoming quantity* " "is `-10`. The previous average cost (`$12`) is used in lieu of a vendor's " @@ -8106,11 +8107,11 @@ msgstr "" "Anstelle des *Einkaufspreises* eines Lieferanten werden die bisherigen " "Durchschnittskosten (`12 €`) verwendet;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:165 msgid "The *incoming inventory value* is `-10 * $12 = -$120`;" msgstr "Der *eingehende Bestandswert* ist `-10 * 12 € = -120 €`;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:166 msgid "" "The old *inventory value* (`$144`) is added to the *incoming inventory " "value* (`-$120`), so `$144 + -$120 = $24`;" @@ -8118,7 +8119,7 @@ msgstr "" "Der alte *Bestandswert* (`$144`) wird dem *eingehenden Bestandswert* (`-120 " "€`), so `144 € + -120 € = 24 €`;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:168 msgid "" "Only `2` tables remain after shipping out `10` tables from `12`. So the " "current *inventory value* (`$24`) is divided by the on-hand quantity (`2`);" @@ -8127,14 +8128,14 @@ msgstr "" "übrig. Also wird der aktuelle *Bestandswert* (`24 €`) durch die vorrätige " "Menge (`2`) geteilt;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:170 msgid "" "`$24 / 2 = $12`, which is the same average cost as the previous operation." msgstr "" "`24 € / 2 = 12 €`, was die gleichen Durchschnittskosten wie bei dem " "vorherigen Vorgang sind." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:172 msgid "" "To verify this in Odoo, sell `10` tables in the *Sales* app, validate the " "delivery, and then review the inventory valuation record by going to in " @@ -8148,7 +8149,7 @@ msgstr "" "--> Bestandsbewertung` gehen. In der obersten Bewertungsebene reduziert die " "Lieferung von `10` Tischen den Wert des Produkts um `-120 €`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:177 msgid "" "**Note**: What is not represented in this stock valuation record is the " "revenue made from this sale, so this decrease is not a loss to the company." @@ -8161,11 +8162,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show how deliveries decrease inventory valuation." msgstr "Anzeige, wie Lieferungen die Bestandsbewertung verringern." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:187 msgid "Return items to supplier (use case)" msgstr "Artikel an Lieferanten retournieren (Anwendungsfall)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:189 msgid "" "Because the price paid to suppliers can differ from the price the product is" " valued at with the |AVCO| method, Odoo handles returned items in a specific" @@ -8175,18 +8176,18 @@ msgstr "" "dem das Produkt mit der |AVCO|-Methode bewertet wird, behandelt Odoo " "zurückgegebene Artikel auf eine besondere Weise." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:192 msgid "" "Products are returned to suppliers at the original purchase price, but;" msgstr "" "Produkte werden zum ursprünglichen Einkaufspreis an Lieferanten " "zurückgegeben, aber;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:193 msgid "The internal cost valuation remains unchanged." msgstr "Die interne Bestandsbewertung bleibt unverändert." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 msgid "" "The above :ref:`example table ` is updated as" " follows:" @@ -8194,27 +8195,27 @@ msgstr "" "Die obige :ref:`Beispieltabelle ` wird wie " "folgt aktualisiert:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 msgid "Qty*Avg Cost" msgstr "Menge*Durchschnittskosten" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 msgid "Return 1 table bought at $10" msgstr "1 Tisch zum Kaufpreis von 10 € retournieren" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 msgid "-1 * $12" msgstr "-1 * 12 €" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:242 msgid "1" msgstr "1" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:205 msgid "" "In other words, returns to vendors are perceived by Odoo as another form of " "a product exiting the warehouse. To Odoo, because the table is valued at $12" @@ -8228,7 +8229,7 @@ msgstr "" "e, wenn das Produkt retourniert wird. Der ursprüngliche Einkaufspreis von 10" " € hat nichts mit den Durchschnittskosten des Tisches zu tun." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:211 msgid "" "To return a single table that was purchased for `$10`, navigate to the " "receipt in the *Inventory* app for the :ref:`8 tables purchased in Exercise " @@ -8241,7 +8242,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Lagerübersicht` gehen, auf :guilabel:`Wareneingänge` klicken und " "den gewünschten Wareneingang auswählen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:216 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Return` on the validated delivery order, and modify " "the quantity to `1` in the reverse transfer window. This creates an outgoing" @@ -8253,7 +8254,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dadurch wird ein Warenausgang für den Tisch erstellt. Wählen Sie " ":guilabel:`Validieren`, um den Warenausgang zu bestätigen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:220 msgid "" "Return to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation` " "to see how the outgoing shipment decreases the inventory value by $12." @@ -8266,11 +8267,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inventory valuation for return." msgstr "Bestandsbewertung für Retoure" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:230 msgid "Eliminate stock valuation errors in outgoing products" msgstr "Bestandsbewertungsfehler in ausgehenden Produkten löschen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:232 msgid "" "Inconsistencies can occur in a company's inventory when the average cost " "valuation is recalculated on outgoing shipments." @@ -8279,7 +8280,7 @@ msgstr "" "die Durchschnittskostenbewertung bei ausgehenden Sendungen neu berechnet " "wird." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:235 msgid "" "To demonstrate this error, the table below displays a scenario in which 1 " "table is shipped to a customer and another is returned to a supplier at the " @@ -8289,36 +8290,36 @@ msgstr "" "Szenario, in dem 1 Tisch an einen Kunden geliefert und ein anderer zum " "Einkaufspreis an einen Lieferanten zurückgegeben wird." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 msgid "Qty*Price" msgstr "Menge*Preis" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 msgid "Ship 1 product to customer" msgstr "1 Produkt an Kunden versenden" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 msgid "-1 \\* $12" msgstr "-1 \\* 12 €" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "Return 1 product initially bought at $10" msgstr "1 ursprünglich für 10 € eingekauftes Produkt retournieren" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "-1 \\* $10" msgstr "-1 \\* 10 €" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$2**" msgstr "**2$**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "**0**" msgstr "**0**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:248 msgid "" "In the final operation above, the final inventory valuation for the table is" " `$2` even though there are `0` tables left in stock." @@ -8326,11 +8327,11 @@ msgstr "" "In der letzten Operation oben beträgt die endgültige Bestandsbewertung für " "den Tisch `2 €`, obwohl noch `0` Tische auf Lager sind." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:251 msgid "Correct method" msgstr "Korrekte Methode" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:253 msgid "" "Use the average cost to value the return. This does not mean the company " "gets $12 back for a $10 purchase; the item returned for $10 is valued " @@ -8343,11 +8344,11 @@ msgstr "" "bewertet. Die Änderung des Bestandswerts bedeutet, dass ein Produkt im Wert " "von 12 € nicht mehr in den Vermögenswerten des Unternehmens verbucht wird." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:258 msgid "Anglo-Saxon accounting" msgstr "Angelsächsische Buchhaltung" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:260 msgid "" "In addition to using |AVCO|, companies that use **Anglo-Saxon accounting** " "also keep a holding account that tracks the amount to be paid to vendors. " @@ -8364,7 +8365,7 @@ msgstr "" "Das Bestandskonto (**Bestandseingang** genannt) wird gutgeschrieben und erst" " nach Erhalt der Lieferantenrechnung ausgeglichen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:266 msgid "" ":ref:`Anglo-Saxon vs. Continental " "`" @@ -8372,7 +8373,7 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Angelsächsisch vs. Kontinental " "`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:268 msgid "" "The table below reflects journal entries and accounts. The *stock input* " "account stores the money intended to pay vendors when the vendor bill has " @@ -8388,71 +8389,71 @@ msgstr "" "ist, und dem Preis, zu dem es gekauft wurde, aufweisen, wird ein " "*Preisdifferenzkonto* eingerichtet." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Stock Input" msgstr "Lagereingang" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Price Diff" msgstr "Preisdifferenz" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 msgid "Receive 8 tables at $10" msgstr "8 Tische zu 10 € erhalten" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 msgid "($80)" msgstr "(80 $)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" msgstr "Lieferantenrechnung von 80 $ erhalten" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 msgid "Receive 4 tables at $16" msgstr "4 Tische zu 16 € erhalten" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 msgid "($64)" msgstr "(64 $)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" msgstr "Lieferantenrechnung von 64 $ erhalten" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "Deliver 10 tables to customer" msgstr "10 Tische an Kunden liefern" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "Return 1 table initially bought at $10" msgstr "1 ursprünglich für 10 € eingekauften Tisch retournieren" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$10**" msgstr "**10 $**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$12**" msgstr "**12 $**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" msgstr "Lieferantengutschrift von 80 $ erhalten" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "$2" msgstr "2 $" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:296 msgid "Product reception" msgstr "Produkterhalt" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:299 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Zusammenfassung" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:301 msgid "" "At product reception, Odoo ensures companies can pay for goods that were " "purchased by preemptively moving an amount matching the price of received " @@ -8473,7 +8474,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Lagereingang** wird abgestimmt, sobald die Lieferantenrechnung eingegangen" " ist." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:308 msgid "" "Inventory valuation is a method of calculating how much each in-stock " "product is worth internally. Since there is a difference between the price " @@ -8488,16 +8489,16 @@ msgstr "" "**Bestandsbewertungskonto** in keinem Zusammenhang mit den Gutschriften und " "Belastungen des **Lagereingangskonto**." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:313 msgid "To conceptualize all this, follow the breakdown below." msgstr "" "Um all dies zu begreifen, folgen Sie der nachstehenden Aufschlüsselung." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:316 msgid "Accounts balanced at received products" msgstr "Bei Erhalt von Produkten ausgeglichene Konten" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:318 msgid "" "In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, `table`, in " "stock. Then, 8 tables are received from the vendor:" @@ -8506,7 +8507,7 @@ msgstr "" "Produkts, `Tisch`, auf Lager. Dann erhält es 8 Tische von seinem " "Lieferanten:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:321 msgid "" "The **Stock Input** account stores `$80` of credit owed to the vendor. The " "amount in this account is unrelated to the inventory value." @@ -8515,7 +8516,7 @@ msgstr "" " dem Lieferanten geschuldet wird. Der Betrag auf diesem Konto steht in " "keinem Zusammenhang mit dem Bestandswert." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:323 msgid "" "`$80` worth of tables came **in** (**debit** the *Inventory Value* account " "`$80`), and" @@ -8523,7 +8524,7 @@ msgstr "" "Tische im Wert von `80 €` sind **eingegangen** (**Belasten** Sie das " "*Bestandswertkonto* `80 €`), und" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:324 msgid "" "`$80` must be paid **out** for received goods (**credit** the *Stock Input* " "account `$80`)." @@ -8531,12 +8532,12 @@ msgstr "" "`80 €` müssen erhaltene Waren **ausgezahlt** werden (**schreiben Sie** dem " "*Lagereingangskonto* `80 €` gut)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:324 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:370 msgid "In Odoo" msgstr "In Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:329 msgid "" "Odoo generates an accounting journal entry when shipments that use |AVCO| " "costing method are received. Configure a :guilabel:`Price Difference " @@ -8548,7 +8549,7 @@ msgstr "" "indem Sie das Symbol :guilabel:`➡️ (Pfeil)` neben dem Feld " ":guilabel:`Produktkategorie` auf der Produktseite auswählen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:333 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Account Properties`, create a new :guilabel:`Price " "Difference Account` by typing in the name of the account and clicking " @@ -8565,7 +8566,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create price difference account." msgstr "Erstellung eines Preisdifferenzkontos." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:341 msgid "" "Then, receive the shipment in the *Purchase* app or *Inventory* app, and " "navigate to the :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal " @@ -8581,7 +8582,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show accounting entry of 8 tables from the list." msgstr "Anzeige der Buchung von 8 Tischen aus der Liste." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:349 msgid "" "Click on the line for 8 tables. This accounting journal entry shows that " "when the 8 tables were received, the `Stock Valuation` account increased by " @@ -8598,11 +8599,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit stock valuation and credit stock input 80 dollars." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:358 msgid "Accounts balanced at received vendor bill" msgstr "Bei Erhalt von Lieferantenrechnungen ausgeglichene Konten" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:360 msgid "" "In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, table, in " "stock. Then, 8 tables are received from the vendor. When the bill is " @@ -8612,7 +8613,7 @@ msgstr "" "Produkts, Tisch, auf Lager. Dann erhält es 8 Tische von seinem Lieferanten. " "Wenn es die Rechnung für 8 Tische vom Lieferanten erhält:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:363 msgid "" "Use `$80` in the **Stock Input** account to pay the bill. This cancels out " "and the account now holds `$0`." @@ -8620,12 +8621,12 @@ msgstr "" "Verwenden Sie `80 €` im **Lagereingangskonto**, um die Rechnung zu bezahlen." " Dies hebt sich auf und das Konto enthält nun `0 €`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:365 msgid "Debit **Stock Input** `$80` (to reconcile this account)." msgstr "" "Belasten Sie den **Lagereingang** mit `80 €` (um dieses Konto abzustimmen)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:366 msgid "" "Credit **Accounts payable** `$80`. This account stores the amount the " "company owes others, so accountants use the amount to write checks to " @@ -8635,7 +8636,7 @@ msgstr "" "den das Unternehmen anderen schuldet, sodass Buchhalter diesen Betrag " "verwenden, um Schecks an Lieferanten auszustellen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:372 msgid "" "Once the vendor requests payment, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Orders --> Purchase` and select the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for " @@ -8647,7 +8648,7 @@ msgstr "" "Bestellung für 8 Tische. Innerhalb der Bestellung wählen Sie " ":guilabel:`Rechnung erstellen`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:376 msgid "" "Switch to the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view how `$80` is transferred" " from the holding account, `Stock Interim (Received)` to `Accounts Payable`." @@ -8663,11 +8664,11 @@ msgid "Show bill linked to the purchase order for 8 tables." msgstr "" "Anzeige der Rechnung, die mit der Bestellung von 8 Tischen verbunden ist." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:385 msgid "On product delivery" msgstr "Bei Produktlieferung" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:387 msgid "" "In the :ref:`above example table `, when 10" " products are delivered to a customer, the **Stock Input** account is " @@ -8678,7 +8679,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Lagereingang** unberührt, da keine neuen Produkte eingehen. Um es einfach " "auszudrücken:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:391 msgid "" "**Inventory valuation** is credited `$120`. Subtracting from inventory " "valuation represents `$120` worth of products exiting the company." @@ -8687,7 +8688,7 @@ msgstr "" "Bestandsbewertung entspricht den Produkten im Wert von `120 €`, die das " "Unternehmen verlassen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:393 msgid "Debit **Accounts Receivable** to record revenue from the sale." msgstr "" "Belasten Sie das **Kreditorenkonto**, um den Umsatz aus dem Verkauf zu " @@ -8697,7 +8698,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show journal items linked to sale order." msgstr "Anzeige der mit dem Verkaufsauftrag verbundenen Buchungszeilen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:401 msgid "" "In the accounting journal entry invoicing a customer for 10 tables, the " "accounts **Product Sales**, **Tax Received**, and **Accounts Receivable** " @@ -8709,7 +8710,7 @@ msgstr "" "und **Debitoren** alle auf den Verkauf des Produkts. Das **Debitorenkonto** " "ist das Konto, auf dem die Zahlung des Kunden eingehen wird." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:405 msgid "" "Anglo-Saxon accounting recognizes the cost of goods sold (COGS) once the " "sale is made. So, up until the product is sold, scrapped, or returned, costs" @@ -8724,11 +8725,11 @@ msgstr "" "belastet, um die Kosten für die Lagerung von 10 Tischen während dieses " "Zeitraums zu erfassen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:411 msgid "On product return" msgstr "Bei Produktretoure" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:413 msgid "" "In the :ref:`above example table `, when " "returning 1 product to a vendor purchased at `$10`, a company expects `$10` " @@ -8747,7 +8748,7 @@ msgstr "" " verbucht, das in der :guilabel:`Produktkategorie` des Produkts eingerichtet" " ist." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:420 msgid "" "Behavior of *price difference accounts* varies from localization. In this " "case, the account is intended to store differences between vendor price and " @@ -8758,11 +8759,11 @@ msgstr "" "Lieferantenpreis und der *automatischen* Bestandsbewertungsmethode zu " "speichern." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:423 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "Zusammenfassung:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:425 msgid "" "Debit **Stock Input** account `$10` to move the table from stock to stock " "input. This move is to indicate that the table is to be processed for an " @@ -8772,7 +8773,7 @@ msgstr "" "in den Lagereingang zu verschieben. Diese Bewegung zeigt an, dass der Tisch " "für eine ausgehende Sendung verarbeitet werden soll." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:427 msgid "" "Debit **Stock Input** an additional `$2` to account for the **Price " "Difference**." @@ -8780,7 +8781,7 @@ msgstr "" "Belasten Sie **Lagereingang** mit zusätzlichen `2 €`, um die " "**Preisdifferenz** zu berücksichtigen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:428 msgid "" "Credit **Stock Valuation** `$12` because the item is leaving the stock." msgstr "" @@ -8791,18 +8792,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "2 dollar difference expensed in Price Difference account." msgstr "2 Dollar Differenz auf dem Preisdifferenzkonto verbucht." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:434 msgid "Once the vendor's refund is received," msgstr "Sobald die Erstattung des Verkäufers eingegangen ist," -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:436 msgid "" "Credit **Stock Input** account `$10` to reconcile the price of the table." msgstr "" "Schreiben Sie auf dem **Lagereingangskonto** `10 €` gut, um den Preis des " "Tisches abzugleichen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:437 msgid "" "Debit **Accounts Payable** `$10` to have the accountants collect and " "register the payment in their journal." @@ -8818,7 +8819,7 @@ msgstr "Retoure, um 10 Dollar zurückzubekommen." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:361 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:247 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:258 @@ -9700,6 +9701,7 @@ msgid "Partial payment 2/2" msgstr "Teilzahlung 2/2" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:422 msgid "30" msgstr "30" @@ -10006,7 +10008,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:254 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:278 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 @@ -10219,6 +10221,7 @@ msgid "VAT units tab" msgstr "Reiter „MwSt.-Einheiten“" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:339 msgid "Fiscal position" msgstr "Steuerposition" @@ -15237,6 +15240,7 @@ msgstr "" "`_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:32 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "Voraussetzungen" @@ -15449,6 +15453,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" msgstr ":doc:`../taxes`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:150 msgid ":doc:`../get_started`" msgstr ":doc:`../get_started`" @@ -15755,13 +15760,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:105 msgid "" -"Setting an :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` is **irreversible** and cannot be" -" removed." +"Install the :guilabel:`Irreversible Lock Date` (`account_lock`) module to " +"make the :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` *irreversible* once set." msgstr "" -"Die Einstellung eines :guilabel:`Sperrdatums für alle Benutzer` ist **nicht " -"rückgängig zu machen** und kann nicht entfernt werden." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:109 msgid "" "A specific year-end closing entry is **optional** in order to close out the " "**profit and loss statement**. The reports are created in real-time, meaning" @@ -15892,7 +15895,7 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`Rechnungen `, Produktformularen usw. angezeigt." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:386 msgid "Tax computation" msgstr "Steuerberechnung" @@ -15966,6 +15969,7 @@ msgstr "Steuer" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:397 msgid "Total" msgstr "Gesamt" @@ -16875,138 +16879,1703 @@ msgstr "" "Sie berechnet. Aus diesem Grund empfehlen wir Unternehmen in der Regel, nur " "mit einer Preisreferenz zu arbeiten." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:3 -msgid "Avatax integration" -msgstr "Avatax-Integration" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:5 -msgid "Avatax is a tax calculation provider that can be integrated in Odoo." +msgid "AvaTax integration" msgstr "" -"Avatax ist ein Anbieter für Steuerberechnungen, der in Odoo integriert " -"werden kann." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:98 -msgid "Credential configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration von Anmeldedaten" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:7 msgid "" -"To integrate Avatax with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes` and add your Avatax credentials in the" -" :guilabel:`Avatax` section." +"Avalara's *AvaTax* is a cloud-based tax software. Integrating *AvaTax* with " +"Odoo provides real-time and region-specific tax calculations when users " +"sell, purchase, and invoice items in Odoo. *AvaTax* tax calculation is " +"supported with every United Nations charted country, including inter-border " +"transactions." msgstr "" -"Um Avatax in Odoo zu integrieren, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Buchhaltung " -"--> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen --> Steuern` und fügen Sie Ihre Avatax-" -"Anmeldedaten im Abschnitt :guilabel:`Avatax` hinzu." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:13 msgid "" -"If you do not yet have credentials, click on :guilabel:`How to Get " -"Credentials`." +"*AvaTax* is only available for integration with databases/companies that " +"have locations in the United States, Canada, and Brazil. This means the " +"fiscal position/country of a database can only be set to the United States, " +"Canada, or Brazil. For more information, reference this documentation: " +":ref:`avatax/fiscal_country`." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie noch keine Anmeldedaten haben, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`So " -"erhalten Sie Anmeldedaten`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Configure Avatax settings" -msgstr "Avatax-Einstellungen konfigurieren" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:18 +msgid "" +"*AvaTax* accounts for location-based tax rates for each state, county, and " +"city. It improves remittance accuracy by paying close attention to laws, " +"rules, jurisdiction boundaries, and special circumstances (like, tax " +"holidays, and product exemptions). Companies who integrate with *AvaTax* can" +" maintain control of tax-calculations in-house with this simple :abbr:`API " +"(application programming interface)` integration." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:25 -msgid "Tax mapping" -msgstr "Steuerzuordnung" +msgid "" +"Some limitations exist in Odoo while using *AvaTax* for tax calculation:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:27 msgid "" -"The Avatax integration is available on Sale Orders and Invoices with the " -"included Avatax fiscal position." +"*AvaTax* is **not** supported in Odoo's *Point of Sale* app, because a " +"dynamic tax calculation model is excessive for transactions within a single " +"delivery address, such as stores or restaurants." msgstr "" -"Die Avatax-Integration ist bei Verkaufsaufträgen und Rechnungen mit der " -"enthaltenen Avatax-Steuerposition verfügbar." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:30 msgid "" -"Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the " -"product categories." +"*AvaTax* and Odoo use the company address and **not** the warehouse address." msgstr "" -"Bevor Sie die Integration verwenden, geben Sie bei den Produktkategorien " -"eine :guilabel:`Avatax-Kategorie` an." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Specify Avatax Category on products" -msgstr "Avatax-Kategorie auf Produkten angeben" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:31 msgid "" -"Avatax Categories may be overridden or set on individual products as well." +"Exercise tax is **not** supported. This includes tobacco/vape taxes, fuel " +"taxes, and other specific industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Avalara's support documents: `About AvaTax " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:39 +msgid "Set up on AvaTax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To use *AvaTax*, an account with Avalara is required for the setup. If one " +"has not been set up yet, connect with Avalara to purchase a license: " +"`Avalara: Let's Talk `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Upon account setup, take note of the *AvaTax* :guilabel:`Account ID`. This " +"will be needed in the :ref:`Odoo setup `. In Odoo, this " +"number is the :guilabel:`API ID`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Then, `create a basic company profile " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:53 +msgid "Create basic company profile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Collect essential business details for the next step: locations where tax is" +" collected, products/services sold (and their sales locations), and customer" +" tax exemptions, if applicable. Follow the Avalara documentation for " +"creating a basic company profile:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:59 +msgid "" +"`Add company information `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:61 +msgid "" +"`Tell us where the company collects and pays tax " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:63 +msgid "" +"`Verify jurisdictions and activate the company " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Add other company locations for location-based filing " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:67 +msgid "" +"`Add a marketplace to the company profile " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:73 +msgid "Connect to AvaTax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:75 +msgid "" +"After creating the basic company profile in Avalara, connect to *AvaTax*. " +"This step links Odoo and *AvaTax* bidirectionally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox `_" +" or `production `_ environment. This will depend" +" on which type of Avalara account the company would like to integrate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:83 +msgid "" +"`Sandbox vs production environments in Avalara " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Log in to create the :guilabel:`License Key`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> License and API Keys`. Click :guilabel:`Generate License Key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:90 +msgid "" +"A warning appears stating: `If your business app is connected to Avalara " +"solutions, the connection will be broken until you update the app with the " +"new license key. This action cannot be undone.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Generating a new license key breaks the connection with existing business " +"apps using the *AvaTax* integration. Make sure to update these apps with the" +" new license key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If this will be the first :abbr:`API (application programming interface)` " +"integration being made with *AvaTax* and Odoo, then click " +":guilabel:`Generate license key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:100 +msgid "" +"If this is an additional license key, ensure the previous connection can be " +"broken. There is **only** one license key associated with each of the " +"Avalara sandbox and production accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Copy this key to a safe place. It is **strongly encouraged** to backup the " +"license key for future reference. This key cannot be retrieved after leaving" +" this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:108 +msgid "Odoo configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Before using *AvaTax*, there are some additional configurations in Odoo to " +"ensure tax calculations are made accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Verify that the Odoo database contains necessary data. The country initially" +" set up in the database determines the fiscal position, and aids *AvaTax* in" +" calculating accurate tax rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:119 +msgid "Fiscal country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Country`, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Country` " +"feature to :guilabel:`United States`, :guilabel:`Canada`, or " +":guilabel:`Brazil`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:131 +msgid "Company settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:133 +msgid "" +"All companies operating under the Odoo database should have a full and " +"complete address listed in the settings. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Settings app`, and under the :guilabel:`Companies` section, " +"ensure there is only one company operating the Odoo database. Click " +":guilabel:`Update Info` to open a separate page to update company details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:138 +msgid "" +"If there are multiple companies operating in the database, click " +":guilabel:`Manage Companies` to load a list of companies to select from. " +"Update company information by clicking into the specific company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Database administrators should ensure that the :guilabel:`Street...`, " +":guilabel:`Street2...`, :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, " +":guilabel:`ZIP`, and :guilabel:`Country` are all updated for the companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This ensures accurate tax calculations and smooth end-of-year accounting " +"operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:149 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:153 +msgid "Module installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, ensure that the Odoo *AvaTax* module is installed. To do so, navigate " +"to the :menuselection:`Apps application`. In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, " +"type in `avatax`, and press :kbd:`Enter`. The following results populate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Name" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 +msgid "Technical name" +msgstr "Technische Bezeichnung" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Beschreibung" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:167 +msgid "`account_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Default *AvaTax* module. This module adds the base *AvaTax* features for tax" +" calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:169 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for geo localization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:170 +msgid "`account_avatax_geolocalize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:171 +msgid "" +"This module includes the features required for integration of *AvaTax* into " +"geo-localization in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:173 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SO`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:174 +msgid "`account_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Includes the information needed for tax calculation on sales orders in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:176 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for Inventory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:177 +msgid "`account_avatax_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:178 +msgid "Includes tax calculation in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:179 +msgid ":guilabel:`Amazon/Avatax Bridge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:180 +msgid "`sale_amazon_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Includes tax calculation features between the *Amazon Connector* and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:182 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:183 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:184 +msgid "Includes information for tax calculation in the Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:185 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:186 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:187 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for tax calculation for services " +"in the Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil Sale for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:190 +msgid "`l10n_br_edi_sale_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:191 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for tax calculation for the sale " +"of services in the Brazil localization. This includes electronic data " +"interchange (EDI)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:193 +msgid ":guilabel:`Test SOs for the Brazilian AvaTax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:194 +msgid "`l10n_br_test_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:195 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for test sales orders in the " +"Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Install` button on the module labeled, " +":guilabel:`Avatax`: `account_avatax`. Doing so installs the following " +"modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:200 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax`: `account_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:201 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SO`: `account_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:202 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for Inventory`: `account_avatax_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Should *AvaTax* be needed for geo-localization, or with the *Amazon " +"Connector*, then install those modules individually by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Install` on :guilabel:`Avatax for geo localization` and " +":guilabel:`Amazon/Avatax Bridge`, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:209 +msgid "" +"For localization specific *AvaTax* instructions, view the following " +":doc:`fiscal localization <../../fiscal_localizations>` documentation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:212 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:217 +msgid "Odoo AvaTax settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To integrate the *AvaTax* :abbr:`API (application programming interface)` " +"with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` section. The :guilabel:`AvaTax` fields in the :guilabel:`Taxes` " +"section is where the *AvaTax* configurations are made, and the credentials " +"are entered in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:224 +msgid "" +"First, tick the checkbox to the left of the :guilabel:`AvaTax` settings, to " +"activate *AvaTax* on the database. This is a quick, convenient way to " +"activate and deactivate *AvaTax* tax calculation on the Odoo database." msgstr "" -"Avatax-Kategorien können auch bei einzelnen Produkten aufgehoben oder " -"eingestellt werden." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Override product categories as needed" -msgstr "Produktkategorie nach Bedarf aufheben" +msgid "Configure AvaTax settings" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:235 +msgid "" +"First, select the :guilabel:`Environment` in which the company wishes to use" +" *AvaTax* in. It can either be :guilabel:`Sandbox` or " +":guilabel:`Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:239 +msgid "" +"For help determining which *AvaTax* environment to use (either " +":guilabel:`Production` or :guilabel:`Sandbox`), visit: `Sandbox vs " +"Production environments " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:244 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Now, the credentials can be entered in. The *AvaTax* :guilabel:`Account ID` " +"should be entered in the :guilabel:`API ID` field, and the " +":guilabel:`License Key` should be entered in the :guilabel:`API Key` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Account ID` can be found by logging into the *AvaTax* portal " +"(`sandbox `_ or `production " +"`_). In the upper-right corner, click on the " +"initials of the user and :guilabel:`Account`. The :guilabel:`Account ID` is " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To access the :guilabel:`License Key` see this documentation: " +":ref:`avatax/create_avalara_credentials`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:259 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Company Code` field, enter the Avalara company code for " +"the company being configured. Avalara interprets this as `DEFAULT`, if it is" +" not set. The :guilabel:`Company Code` can be accessed in the Avalara " +"management portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:263 +msgid "" +"First, log into the *AvaTax* portal (`sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_). Then, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Manage Companies`. The :guilabel:`Company Code` value is located in the " +"row of the :guilabel:`Company` in the :guilabel:`Company Code` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "AvaTax company code highlighted on the company details page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:273 +msgid "Transaction options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:275 +msgid "" +"There are two transactional settings in the Odoo *AvaTax* settings that can " +"be configured: :guilabel:`Use UPC` and :guilabel:`Commit Transactions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:278 +msgid "" +"If the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Use UPC` is ticked, the transactions will" +" use Universal Product Codes (UPC), instead of custom defined codes in " +"Avalara. Consult a certified public accountant (CPA) for specific guidance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:282 +msgid "" +"Should the :guilabel:`Commit Transactions` checkbox be ticked, then, the " +"transactions in the Odoo database will be committed for reporting in " +"*AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:286 msgid "Address validation" msgstr "Adressvalidierung" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:288 msgid "" -"Manually validate customer addresses by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate " -"address` link in the customer form view." +"The *Address Validation* feature ensures that the most up-to-date address by" +" postal standards is set on a contact in Odoo. This is important to provide " +"accurate tax calculations for customers." msgstr "" -"Prüfen Sie Kundenadressen manuell, indem Sie auf den Link :guilabel:`Adresse" -" validieren` in der Kundenformularansicht klicken." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Validate customer addresses" -msgstr "Kundenadressen validieren" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:292 msgid "" -"If preferred, choose to keep the newly validated address or the original " -"address in the wizard that pops up." +"The :guilabel:`Address Validation` feature only works with " +"partners/customers in North America." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie möchten, können Sie in dem sich öffnenden Assistenten wählen, ob " -"Sie die neu validierte Adresse oder die ursprüngliche Adresse behalten " -"möchten." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Address validation wizard" -msgstr "Adressvalidierungsassistent" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:64 -msgid "Tax calculation" -msgstr "Steuerberechnung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:294 msgid "" -"Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with Avatax by" -" confirming the documents. Alternatively, calculate the taxes manually by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`Compute taxes using Avatax` button while these " -"documents are in draft mode." +"Additionally, tick the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Address validation` " +"field." msgstr "" -"Berechnen Sie die Steuern auf Odoo-Angeboten und Rechnungen automatisch mit " -"Avatax, indem Sie die Dokumente bestätigen. Alternativ können Sie die " -"Steuern auch manuell berechnen, indem Sie auf die Schaltfläche " -":guilabel:`Steuern mit Avatax berechnen` klicken, während sich diese " -"Dokumente im Entwurfsmodus befinden." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:297 msgid "" -"Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Code` field that's available on customers, " -"quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and Avatax." +"For accurate tax calculations, it is best practice to enter a complete " +"address for the contacts saved in the database. However, *AvaTax* can still " +"function by implementing a best effort attempt using only the " +":guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`State`, and :guilabel:`Zip code`. These are " +"the three minimum required fields." msgstr "" -"Verwenden Sie das Feld :guilabel:`Avalara-Code`, das auf Kunden, Angeboten " -"und Rechnungen verfügbar ist, um Daten in Odoo und Avatax miteinander zu " -"vergleichen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:302 +msgid ":guilabel:`Save` the settings to implement the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Manually :guilabel:`Validate` the address by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Contacts app`, and selecting a contact. Now that the " +"*AvaTax* module has been configured on the database, a :guilabel:`Validate` " +"button appears directly below the :guilabel:`Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:309 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a pop-up window appears with a " +":guilabel:`Validated Address` and :guilabel:`Original Address` listed. If " +"the :guilabel:`Validated Address` is the correct mailing address for tax " +"purposes, click :guilabel:`Save Validated`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Validate address pop-up window in Odoo with \"Save Validated\" button and \"Validated\n" +"Address\" highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:319 +msgid "" +"All previously-entered addresses for contacts in the Odoo database will need" +" to be validated using the manually validate process outlined above. " +"Addresses are not automatically validated if they were entered previously. " +"This only occurs upon tax calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:324 +msgid "Test connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:326 +msgid "" +"After entering all the above information into the *AvaTax* setup on Odoo, " +"click :guilabel:`Test connection`. This ensures the :guilabel:`API ID` and " +":guilabel:`API KEY` are correct, and a connection is made between Odoo and " +"the *AvaTax* application programming interface (API)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:331 +msgid "Sync parameters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Upon finishing the configuration and settings of the *AvaTax* section, click" +" the :guilabel:`Sync Parameters` button. This action synchronizes the " +"exemption codes from *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:341 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Fiscal Positions`. A :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` is listed " +"named, :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)`. Click it to open " +"*AvaTax's* fiscal position configuration page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:345 +msgid "Here, ensure that the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` checkbox is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the checkbox next to the field labeled: :guilabel:`Detect " +"Automatically`. Should this option be ticked, then, Odoo will automatically " +"apply this :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for transactions in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Enabling :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` also makes specific parameters, " +"such as :guilabel:`VAT required`, :guilabel:`Foreign Tax ID`, " +":guilabel:`Country Group`, :guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`Federal States`, " +"or :guilabel:`Zip Range` appear. Filling these parameters filters the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` usage. Leaving them blank ensures all " +"calculations are made using this :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:358 +msgid "" +"Should the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` checkbox not be ticked, each " +"customer will need to have the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set on their " +":guilabel:`Sales and Purchase` tab of the contact record. To do so, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Order --> Customers`, or " +":menuselection:`Contacts app --> Contacts`. Then, select a customer or " +"contact to set the fiscal position on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:364 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Sales and Purchase` tab, and down to the section " +"labeled, :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`. Set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` " +"field to the fiscal position for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:430 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:372 +msgid "AvaTax accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Upon selecting the checkbox option for :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` a new " +":guilabel:`AvaTax` tab appears. Click into this tab to reveal two different " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:377 +msgid "" +"The first setting is the :guilabel:`AvaTax Invoice Account`, while the " +"second is, :guilabel:`AvaTax Refund Account`. Ensure both accounts are set " +"for smooth end-of-year record keeping. Consult a certified public accountant" +" (CPA) for specific guidance on setting both accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:381 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to implement the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:384 +msgid "Tax mapping" +msgstr "Steuerzuordnung" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:386 +msgid "" +"The *AvaTax* integration is available on sale orders and invoices with the " +"included *AvaTax* fiscal position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:390 +msgid "" +"Additionally, there is a :guilabel:`Tax Mapping` tab and :guilabel:`Account " +"Mapping` tab in the :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)` fiscal " +"position, where mapping for products can also be configured. To access " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Positions` navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Fiscal Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:396 +msgid "Product category mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the " +"product categories. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Product Categories`. Select the product category to add " +"the :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` to. In the :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` " +"field, select a category from the drop-down menu, or :guilabel:`Search " +"More...` to open the complete list of options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "Specify AvaTax Category on products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:409 +msgid "Product mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:411 +msgid "" +"*AvaTax* Categories may be set on individual products, as well. To set the " +":guilabel:`Avatax Category` navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Products --> Products`. Select the product to add the :guilabel:`Avatax " +"Category` to. Under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, on the far-" +"right, is a selector field labeled: :guilabel:`Avatax Category`. Finally, " +"click the drop-down menu, and select a category, or :guilabel:`Search " +"More...` to find one that is not listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:418 +msgid "" +"If both the product, and its category, have an :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` " +"set, the product's :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` takes precedence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "Override product categories as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:426 +msgid "" +"Mapping an :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` on either the *Product* or *Product " +"Category* should be completed for every *Product* or *Product Category*, " +"depending the route that is chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:431 +msgid ":doc:`avatax/avatax_use`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:432 +msgid ":doc:`avatax/avalara_portal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:163 +msgid "" +"`US Tax Compliance: Avatax elearning video " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:6 +msgid "Avalara (Avatax) portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Avalara's (*AvaTax*) management console offers account management options " +"including: viewing/editing the transactions sent from Odoo to *AvaTax*, " +"details on how the taxes are calculated, tax reporting, tax exemption " +"management, and tax return resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:13 +msgid "Avalara is the software developer of the tax software, *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the console, first, navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_ environment. This will depend on which type " +"of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`. Log in to the " +"management console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara dashboard after logging into management portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"For more information see Avalara's documentation: `Activate your " +"Communications Customer Portal account " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To access transactions, click in the :guilabel:`Transactions` link on the " +"main dashboard upon logging into the :ref:`avatax/portal`. To manually " +"access the *Transactions* page, while logged into the Avalara console, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Transactions --> Transactions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara portal with the transactions shortcut highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:43 +msgid "Edit transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click into a transaction to reveal more details about the transaction. These" +" details include sections on :guilabel:`Invoice detail`, " +":guilabel:`Additional info`, and :guilabel:`Customer info`. Click :icon:`fa-" +"pencil` :guilabel:`Edit document details` to make changes to the " +"transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:49 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Discount` can be added to adjust the invoice. This is " +"especially useful in cases where the transaction has already synced with " +"Avalara / *AvaTax*, and changes need to be made afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:55 +msgid "Filter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Filter transactions on the :guilabel:`Transactions` page, by setting the " +":guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields, and configuring other fields to " +"filter by, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Status`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Code`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`Exactly " +"match`, :guilabel:`Starts with`, or :guilabel:`Contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer/Vendor Code`: the customer/vendor code in Odoo (e.g. " +"`Contact18`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: the country this tax was calculated in; this is a text " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: the region of the country, which varies based on the " +":guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Filters` to access the following filter " +"conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Type`: any of the following selections, :guilabel:`All`," +" :guilabel:`Sales Invoice`, :guilabel:`Purchase Invoice`, :guilabel:`Return " +"Invoice`, :guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Inbound Invoice`, " +":guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Outbound Invoice`, or :guilabel:`Customs " +"Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Import ID`: represents the import ID of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:78 +msgid "Sort by" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:80 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Transactions` page, transactions will be listed below, " +"according to the set :ref:`avalara/portal-filter`, located in the top half " +"of the page. The following columns are available by default, to sort by " +"ascending or descending order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc Code`: either of the following options, :guilabel:`Exactly " +"match`, :guilabel:`Starts with`, or :guilabel:`Contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc Status`: either of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cust/Vendor Code` : this is the customer/vendor code in Odoo " +"(e.g. Contact18)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: this is the region of the country, this will vary based " +"on the :guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amount`: the numeric amount of the total amount on the Odoo " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax`: the numeric amount of the tax applied to the total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Transactions page on the Avalara portal with the filter and sort-by options " +"highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:99 +msgid "Customize columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Additional columns can be added by clicking the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Customize columns`. On the resulting popover window, click the " +"drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`column` that should be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The following columns can be added for additional transactional information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`AvaTax calculated`: the amount of tax calculated by *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cust/vendor code`: the customer/vendor code in Odoo (e.g. " +"`Contact18`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Currency`: the standardized abbreviation for the currency the " +"amount total is in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doc date`: the document's date of creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc status`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc type`: any of the following selections, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Sales Invoice`, :guilabel:`Purchase Invoice`, :guilabel:`Return " +"Invoice`, :guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Inbound Invoice`, " +":guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Outbound Invoice`, or :guilabel:`Customs " +"Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last modified`: timestamp of the last time the document was " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location code`: the location code used to calculate the tax, " +"based on the delivery address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:122 +msgid ":guilabel:`PO number`: the purchase order number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference code`: the Odoo reference code (e.g. NV/2024/00003)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: the region of the country,which varies based on the " +":guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson code`: the numeric ID of the user assigned to the " +"sales order in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax date`: the month/day/year of the tax calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax override type`: where an exemption would appear, should there" +" be none, the field populates with :guilabel:`None`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:131 +msgid "To add a new column click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:134 +msgid "" +"For more information on *AvaTax* transactions, refer to this Avalara " +"documentation: `Transactions " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:138 +msgid "Import-export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"While on the :ref:`avalara/portal-transactions`, click :icon:`fa-download` " +":guilabel:`Import transactions` or :icon:`fa-upload` :guilabel:`Export " +"transactions` to import or export transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1019 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:42 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "Berichte" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To access reporting, navigate to the :menuselection:`Reports` link in the " +"top menu of the Avalara management console. Next, select from one of the " +"available reporting tabs: :guilabel:`Transactions reports`, " +":guilabel:`Liability & tax return reports`, or :guilabel:`Exemption " +"reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Additionally, there is a :guilabel:`Favorites` tab and :guilabel:`Downloads`" +" tab. The :guilabel:`Favorites` tab contains any favorited report " +"configurations for the Avalara user. The :guilabel:`Downloads` tab contains " +"a list view where the user can download the high-volume transaction reports " +"created in the last 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Make a selection for the :guilabel:`Report Category`, and the " +":guilabel:`Report Name`, under the :guilabel:`Select a report` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Next, fill out the :guilabel:`Select report details` section. These options " +"will vary based on the tab selected above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Depending on the report size, the following two options are available in the" +" section labeled, :guilabel:`Select the approximate number of transactions " +"for your report`: :guilabel:`Create and download the report instantly` (for " +"small reports) and :guilabel:`Create and download the report in the " +"background` (for larger reports). Select one or the other depending on the " +"volume of transactions in this report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Finally, under the section labeled, :guilabel:`Report preview and export` " +"make a selection of the file type to download. Either a :guilabel:`.PDF` or " +":guilabel:`.XLS` can be chosen. Alternatively, the file can be previewed by " +"selecting the :guilabel:`Preview` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:172 +msgid "" +"After making all the configurations, click :guilabel:`Create report` to " +"download the report. Click :icon:`fa-star-o` :guilabel:`Make this report a " +"favorite` to save the report configuration to the user's favorites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:176 +msgid "" +"After the report is created, click :icon:`fa-download` :guilabel:`Download` " +"to download the file to the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Select a pre-configured report from the :guilabel:`Frequently used reports` " +"section of the reporting dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Access this list by clicking on the :guilabel:`Reports` option in the top " +"menu of the Avalara management console, and scroll to the bottom of the " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"`See Avalara's documentation: Reports in AvaTax " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:191 +msgid "Add more jurisdictions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Additional jurisdictions (tax locations) can be added in the Avalara " +"management console. Navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_ environment. This will depend on which type " +"of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Where you collect tax`. " +"Choose between the three different tabs, depending on the business need. The" +" first tab is :guilabel:`Sales and use tax`, where tax can be collected for " +"the United States. Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add to where you " +"collect sales and use tax` to add another location where the company " +"collects sales and use tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The second option, is the :guilabel:`VAT/GST` tab where the :icon:`fa-plus` " +":guilabel:`Add a country or territory where you collect VAT/GST` can be " +"selected to add another country or territory where the company collects " +"VAT/GST." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Finally, on the far-right, is the :guilabel:`Customs duty` tab, where a " +"country can be added where the company collects customs duty. Simply click " +"on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a country where you calculate customs " +"duty` icon below the tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"AvaTax management console, on the Where you collect tax page, with the add button and\n" +"sales and use tax tab highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:217 +msgid "" +"`See Avalara's documentation: Add local jurisdiction taxes " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:221 +msgid "Tax exemption certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Tax exemption certificates for customers can be added into the Avalara " +"management console, so that *AvaTax* is aware of which customers may be " +"exempt from paying certain taxes. To add an *exception certificate* navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Exemptions --> Customer certificates`. From there, click" +" on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a certificate` to configure an " +"exemption." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:229 +msgid "" +"An Avalara subscription to Exemption Certificate Management (ECM) is " +"required in order to attach certificate images, and to be ready for an " +"audit. For more on subscribing to this add-on, visit `Avalara " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:235 +msgid "End-of-year operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Avalara's services include tax return services, for when it is time to file " +"taxes at the end of the year. To access Avalara's tax services log, into the" +" `management portal `_. Then, from the main " +"dashboard, click :guilabel:`Returns`. Avalara will prompt the Avalara user " +"to log in for security purposes, and redirect the user to the *Returns* " +"portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara portal with the returns shortcut highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Get started` to begin the tax return process. For more " +"information, refer to this Avalara documentation: `About Managed Returns " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, click on the :menuselection:`Returns` button in the top menu " +"of the Avalara management console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:161 +msgid ":doc:`../avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`avatax_use`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:3 +msgid "AvaTax use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:5 +msgid "" +"AvaTax is a tax calculation software that can be integrated with Odoo in the" +" United States and Canada. Once the :doc:`integration setup <../avatax>` is " +"complete, the calculated tax is simple and automatic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:10 +msgid "Tax calculation" +msgstr "Steuerberechnung" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with AvaTax by" +" confirming the documents during the sales flow. Alternatively, calculate " +"the taxes manually by clicking the :guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button, while " +"these documents are in draft stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button recalculates taxes, if any " +"product lines are edited on the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Sales quotation with the confirm and compute taxes button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The tax calculation is triggered during the following :ref:`automatic " +"trigger ` and :ref:`manual trigger " +"` circumstances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:30 +msgid "Automatic triggers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the sales rep sends the quote by email with :guilabel:`Send by email` " +"button (pop-up)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:33 +msgid "When the customer views the online quote on the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:34 +msgid "When a quote is confirmed and becomes a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:35 +msgid "When the customer views the invoice on the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:36 +msgid "When a draft invoice is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:37 +msgid "When the customer views the subscription in the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:38 +msgid "When a subscription generates an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:39 +msgid "When the customer gets to the last screen of the eCommerce checkout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:44 +msgid "Manual triggers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button at the bottom of the quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button at the top of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:49 +msgid "Use each of these buttons to manually re-calculate the sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Partner Code` field that is available on customer" +" records, quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and " +"AvaTax. This field is located under the :menuselection:`Other info` tab of " +"the sales order or quotation in the :guilabel:`Sales` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:56 +msgid "" +"On the customer record, navigate to *Contacts app* and select a contact. " +"Then open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab and the :guilabel:`Avalara " +"Partner Code` under the :guilabel:`Sales` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)` fiscal position is also " +"applied on those Odoo documents, like subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:165 +msgid ":doc:`../fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:68 +msgid "AvaTax synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Synchronization occurs with AvaTax, when the *invoice* is created in Odoo. " +"This means the sales tax is recorded with Avalara (AvaTax software " +"developer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`. " +"Select a quotation from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:76 +msgid "" +"After confirming a quotation and validating the delivery, click " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice`. Indicate whether it is a :guilabel:`Regular " +"invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or :guilabel:`Down payment " +"(fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Then click :guilabel:`Create and view invoice`. The recorded taxes can be " +"seen in the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab of the invoice. There will be " +"different taxes depending on the location of the :guilabel:`Delivery " +"Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Journal items highlighted on a invoice in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Finally, press the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to complete the invoice and " +"synchronize with the AvaTax portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:92 +msgid "" +"An invoice cannot be :guilabel:`Reset to draft` because this causes de-" +"synchronization with the AvaTax Portal. Instead, click :guilabel:`Add credit" +" note` and state: `Sync with AvaTax Portal`. See this documentation: " +":doc:`../../../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:97 +msgid "Fixed price discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Add a fixed price discount to a valuable customer, by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line` on the customer's invoice. Add the product discount, " +"and set the :guilabel:`Price` to either a positive or negative value. To " +"recalculate the taxes, click :guilabel:`Compute Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Tax calculation can even be done on negative subtotals and credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:107 +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:109 +msgid "" +"It is possible to log Avalara/*AvaTax* actions in Odoo for further analysis," +" or verification of functionality. Logging is accessible through the " +"*AvaTax* settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To start logging *AvaTax* actions, first, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, under the :guilabel:`AvaTax` " +"settings, click :guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Upon starting the log process, Odoo will log all Avalara/*AvaTax* actions " +"performed in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To view the logs, click on :guilabel:`Show logs` to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`. This reveals a detailed list of " +"Avalara/*AvaTax* actions. This list is sortable by the following columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:124 +msgid ":guilabel:`Created on`: timestamp of the *AvaTax* calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`Created by`: numeric value of the user in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Database name`: name of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: two values can be chosen for this field, " +":guilabel:`Server` or :guilabel:`Client`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Avalara service name. In this case, it will be *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:130 +msgid ":guilabel:`Level`: by default, this will be `INFO`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:131 +msgid ":guilabel:`Path`: indicates the path taken to make the calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`Line`: indicates the line the calculation is made on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:133 +msgid ":guilabel:`Function`: indicates the calculation taken on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara logging page with top row of list highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Click into the log line to reveal another field, called :guilabel:`Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:141 +msgid "" +"This field populates a raw transcription of the transaction, which involves " +"the creation (or adjustment) of a sales invoice using the Avalara *AvaTax* " +"API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The transaction includes details, such as addresses for shipping from and " +"to, line items describing the products or services, tax codes, tax amounts, " +"and other relevant information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:147 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Message` contains the calculated taxes for different " +"jurisdictions and confirms the creation (or adjustment) of the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Custom fields can be made using Odoo *Studio*. Click the :icon:`fa-" +"ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(ellipsis)` menu to the far-right of the header row. " +"Then click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add custom field`. This action opens " +"Odoo *Studio*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Studio* requires a *custom* pricing plan. Consult the database's " +"customer success manager for more information on switching plans. Or to see " +"if Odoo *Studio* is included in the database's current pricing plan. See " +"this documentation: :doc:`../../../../studio`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:162 +msgid ":doc:`avalara_portal`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:3 msgid "Cash basis taxes" msgstr "Steuern aus Ist-Versteuerung" @@ -17332,13 +18901,6 @@ msgstr "" "grenzüberschreitende Dienstleistungen und das **Import OSS**-System für " "Waren im Wert von 150 € oder weniger." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1019 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:42 -msgid "Reports" -msgstr "Berichte" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:54 msgid "" "To generate **OSS sales** or **OSS imports** reports and submit them onto " @@ -17817,7 +19379,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:592 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:570 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:700 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:710 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:119 @@ -21273,6 +22835,7 @@ msgstr "" "`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 @@ -21287,73 +22850,6 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Installieren ` Sie die folgenden Module, um alle " "Funktionen der argentinischen Lokalisierung zu erhalten:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "Name" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 -msgid "Technical name" -msgstr "Technische Bezeichnung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "Beschreibung" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:32 msgid ":guilabel:`Argentina - Accounting`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Argentinien - Buchhaltung`" @@ -21424,7 +22920,7 @@ msgstr "" "Rechnungen zu erstellen." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:52 @@ -21482,7 +22978,7 @@ msgid "Select Fiscal Localization Package." msgstr "Steuerliches Lokalisierungspaket auswählen." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:205 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:255 msgid "Configure master data" msgstr "Stammdaten konfigurieren" @@ -23401,7 +24897,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:923 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:267 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:181 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:270 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 @@ -24678,6 +26174,7 @@ msgid "`Stripe Terminal `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:150 msgid "Payroll" msgstr "Personalabrechnung" @@ -25181,6 +26678,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:308 msgid "Pay employees" msgstr "" @@ -25411,11 +26909,19 @@ msgstr "" "Sie können ein beliebiges Odoo-Journal für die Buchung der " "Gehaltsabrechnungen wählen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:908 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:906 +msgid "" +"Configure the tax by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`. Create the necessary taxes for the Employment Hero payslip " +"entries. Fill in the tax code from **Employment Hero** in the " +":guilabel:`Matching Employment Hero Tax` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:911 msgid "How does the API work?" msgstr "Wie funktioniert die API?" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:910 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:913 msgid "" "The API syncs the journal entries from Employment Hero to Odoo and leaves " "them in draft mode. The reference includes the Employment Hero payslip entry" @@ -25434,7 +26940,7 @@ msgstr "" "Beispiel einer Journalbuchung von Employment Hero Journal Entry in Odoo " "Buchhaltung (Australien)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:920 msgid "" "By default, the synchronisation happens once per week. You can fetch the " "records manually by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " @@ -25442,14 +26948,14 @@ msgid "" "option, click on :guilabel:`Fetch Payruns Manually`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:921 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:924 msgid "" "Employment Hero payslip entries also work based on double-entry bookkeeping." msgstr "" "Auch die Gehaltsabrechnungen von Employment Hero funktionieren nach dem " "Prinzip der doppelten Buchführung." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:926 msgid "" "The accounts used by Employment Hero are defined in the section " ":guilabel:`Payroll settings`." @@ -25461,7 +26967,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chart of Accounts menu in Employment Hero" msgstr "Kontenplanmenü in Employment Hero" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:928 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:931 msgid "" "For the API to work, you need to create the same accounts as the default " "accounts of your Employment Hero business (**same name and same code**) in " @@ -25609,6 +27115,8 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Country`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Land`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:325 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:292 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" @@ -26974,17 +28482,18 @@ msgstr "Brasilien" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:12 msgid "" "With the Brazilian localization, sales taxes can be automatically computed " -"and electronic invoices (NF-e) for goods can be sent using AvaTax (Avalara) " -"through |API| calls. Moreover, taxes for services can be configured." +"and electronic invoices for goods (NF-e) and services (NFS-e) can be sent " +"using AvaTax (Avalara) through |API| calls. Moreover, taxes for services can" +" be configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:16 msgid "" -"For the goods tax computation and electronic invoicing process, you need to " -"configure the :ref:`contacts `, :ref:`company " +"For the goods and services tax computation and electronic invoicing process," +" you need to configure the :ref:`contacts `, :ref:`company " "`, :ref:`products `, and :ref:`create an " -"account in Avatax ` need to be configured in the " -"general settings." +"account in AvaTax ` which needs to be configured in " +"the general settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:21 @@ -27003,15 +28512,80 @@ msgstr "" "Die Lokalisierung umfasst auch Steuern und eine Vorlage für den Kontenplan, " "die bei Bedarf geändert werden kann." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:33 msgid "" -"Install the :guilabel:`🇧🇷 Brazil` :ref:`fiscal localization package " -"` to get all the default accounting features " -"of the Brazilian localization, following the :abbr:`IFRS (International " -"Financial Reporting Standards)` rules." +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Brazilian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazilian - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_br`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `, " +"which represents having the Generic Brazilian chart of accounts and Taxes, " +"together with document types and identification types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazil - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:49 +msgid "`l10n_br_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:50 +msgid "Accounting reports for Brazil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` & :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:52 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax` & `l10n_br_avatax_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:53 +msgid "Goods and Services tax computation through Avalara." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Brazilian Accounting EDI` & :guilabel:`Brazilian Accounting EDI " +"for services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:55 +msgid "`l10n_br_edi` & `l10n_br_edi_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Provides electronic invoicing for goods and services for Brazil through " +"AvaTax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazil Pix QR codes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:58 +msgid "`l10n_br_pix`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:59 +msgid "Implements Pix QR codes for Brazil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:66 msgid "" "To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " "app and search the name given to your company." @@ -27019,7 +28593,7 @@ msgstr "" "Um Ihre Unternehmensinformationen zu konfigurieren, gehen Sie zur App " ":menuselection:`Kontakte` und suchen Sie den Namen Ihres Unternehmens." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:69 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option at the top of the page. Then, " "configure the following fields:" @@ -27027,68 +28601,71 @@ msgstr "" "Wählen Sie die Option :guilabel:`Unternehmen` oben auf der Seite. " "Konfigurieren Sie dann die folgenden Felder:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:245 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1096 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Name`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:314 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Address` (add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip" -" Code`, :guilabel:`Country`)." +":guilabel:`Address`: add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip" +" Code`, :guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:76 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street name, number, and any " "additional address information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:318 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Street 2` field, enter the neighborhood." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:252 -msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number` (:guilabel:`CNPJ`, :guilabel:`CPF`)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:320 +msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`: :guilabel:`CNPJ` or :guilabel:`CPF`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:253 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID` (associated with the identification type)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:321 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: associated with the identification type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:55 -msgid ":guilabel:`IE` (State registration)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: State registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:56 -msgid ":guilabel:`IM` (Municipal registration)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: Municipal registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:84 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code` (Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " -"add if applicable)." +":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " +"add if applicable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:257 -msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:258 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1097 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:293 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`E-Mail`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Company configuration." msgstr "Unternehmenskonfiguration." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:91 msgid "" "Configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` within the :guilabel:`Sales and" " Purchase` tab:" @@ -27096,51 +28673,75 @@ msgstr "" "Konfigurieren Sie das Feld :guilabel:`Steuerinformation` im Reiter " ":guilabel:`Verkauf & Einkauf`:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:104 msgid "" -"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`Avatax Brazil `." msgstr "" -"Fügen Sie die :guilabel:`Steuerposition` für :ref:`Avatax Brasilien " -"` hinzu." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:67 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime` (Federal Tax Regime)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:94 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: Federal Tax Regime" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:95 msgid "" -":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type` (indicates ICMS regime, Exempt status, or " -"Non-Taxpayer)." +":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: indicates :guilabel:`ICMS regime`, " +":guilabel:`Exempt status`, or :guilabel:`Non-Taxpayer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:69 -msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:97 +msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Company fiscal configuration." msgstr "Steuerkonfiguration des Unternehmens." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:74 -msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Configure the following extra :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` if you are " +"going to issue NFS-e:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:350 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`COFINS Details`: :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with " +"rate 0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PIS Details` :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with rate " +"0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:109 +msgid ":guilabel:`CSLL Taxable` If the company is subject to CSLL or not" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Company fiscal configuration for NFSe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:114 +msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:117 msgid "" "If you are a simplified regime, you need to configure the ICMS rate under " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> " -"Avatax Brazil`." +"AvaTax Brazil`." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie eine vereinfachte Regelung haben, müssen Sie den ICMS-Satz unter " -":menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen --> Steuern " -"--> Avatax Brasilien` konfigurieren." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:123 msgid "Configure AvaTax integration" msgstr "Avatax-Integration konfigurieren" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:125 msgid "" "Avalara AvaTax is a tax calculation and electronic invoicing provider that " "can be integrated in Odoo to automatically compute taxes by taking into " @@ -27149,35 +28750,75 @@ msgid "" " afterward with the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:130 msgid "" "Using this integration requires :doc:`In-App-Purchases (IAPs) " "<../../essentials/in_app_purchase>` to compute the taxes and to send the " -"electronic invoices. Whenever you compute taxes, an |API| call is made using" -" credits from your |IAP| credits balance." +"electronic invoices. Whenever you compute taxes, send an electronic document" +" (NF-e, NFS-e, etc), or perform any electronic flow (NF-e Cancellation, " +"Correction letter, Invalidate invoice number range), an API call is made " +"using credits from your `IAP credits balance `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:137 msgid "Odoo is a certified partner of Avalara Brazil." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:138 +msgid "" +"You can `buy IAP credit on odoo.com `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:141 +msgid "Credential configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration von Anmeldedaten" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:143 msgid "" "To activate AvaTax in Odoo, you need to create an account. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, and in" " the :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` section, add the administration email address" -" to be used for the AvaTax portal in the :guilabel:`Avatax Portal Email`, " +" to be used for the AvaTax portal in the :guilabel:`AvaTax Portal Email`, " "and then click on :guilabel:`Create account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:149 msgid "" -"When **testing** an :guilabel:`Avatax Portal Email` integration in a testing" -" or sandbox database, use an alternate email address. It is **not** possible" -" to re-use the same email address on the production database." +"When **testing** or **creating a production** :guilabel:`AvaTax Portal " +"Email` integration in a sandbox or production database, use a real email " +"address, as it is needed to log in to the Avalara Portal and set up the " +"certificates, whether you want to test or use it on production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:153 +msgid "" +"There are two different Avalara Portals, one for testing and one for " +"production:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:155 +msgid "Sandbox: https://portal.sandbox.avalarabrasil.com.br/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 +msgid "Production: https://portal.avalarabrasil.com.br/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:158 +msgid "" +"When you create the account from Odoo, be sure to select the right " +"environment. Moreover, the email used to open the account cannot be used to " +"open another account. Save your :guilabel:`API ID` and :guilabel:`API Key` " +"when you create the account from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Transfer API Credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 msgid "" "After you create the account from Odoo, you need to go to the Avalara Portal" " to set up your password:" @@ -27185,22 +28826,22 @@ msgstr "" "Nachdem Sie das Konto in Odoo erstellt haben, müssen Sie zum Avalara-Portal " "gehen, um Ihr Passwort einzurichten:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 msgid "" "Access the `Avalara portal `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:169 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Meu primeiro acesso`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:170 msgid "" -"Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/Avatax account," +"Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/AvaTax account," " and then click :guilabel:`Solicitar Senha`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:172 msgid "" "You will receive an email with a token and a link to create your password. " "Click on this link and copy-paste the token to allocate your desired " @@ -27210,7 +28851,7 @@ msgstr "" " Passworts. Klicken Sie auf diesen Link und fügen Sie den Token ein, um Ihr " "gewünschtes Passwort zu vergeben." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:176 msgid "" "You can start using AvaTax in Odoo for tax computation **only** without " "creating a password and accessing the Avalara portal in the Odoo database. " @@ -27219,26 +28860,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 -msgid "Avatax account configuration." -msgstr "Konfiguration des Avatax-Kontos." +msgid "AvaTax account configuration." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:184 msgid "" "You can transfer |API| credentials. Use this only when you have already " "created an account in another Odoo instance and wish to reuse it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:188 msgid "A1 certificate upload" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:190 msgid "" "In order to issue electronic invoices, a certificate needs to be uploaded to" " the `AvaTax portal `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:193 msgid "" "The certificate will be synchronized with Odoo, as long as the external " "identifier number in the AvaTax portal matches - without special characters " @@ -27246,7 +28887,20 @@ msgid "" " with the CNPJ in AvaTax." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:198 +msgid "" +"To issue NFS-e, some cities require that you link the certificate within the" +" City Portal system before issuing NFS-e from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:201 +msgid "" +"If you receive an error message from the city that says :guilabel:`Your " +"certificate is not linked to the user`, that means this process needs to be " +"done in the city portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:210 msgid "" "The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " "is installed by default as part of the data set included in the localization" @@ -27254,7 +28908,7 @@ msgid "" " and the default account payable and account receivable fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:215 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Brazil is based on the SPED CoA, which gives a " "baseline of the accounts needed in Brazil." @@ -27262,14 +28916,14 @@ msgstr "" "Der Kontenplan für Brasilien basiert auf dem SPED-Kontenplan, der eine " "Grundlage für die in Brasilien benötigten Konten bietet." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:218 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." msgstr "" "Sie können je nach den Bedürfnissen des Unternehmens Konten hinzufügen oder " "löschen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:223 msgid "" "In Brazil, a *series* number is linked to a sequence number range for " "electronic invoices. The series number can be configured in Odoo on a sales " @@ -27278,7 +28932,7 @@ msgid "" "number assigned to it for each series needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:228 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Use Documents` field needs to be selected. When issuing " "electronic and non-electronic invoices, the :guilabel:`Type` field selects " @@ -27291,7 +28945,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Journal configuration with the Use Documents? field checked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 msgid "" "When creating the journal, ensure the field :guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note" " Sequence` is unchecked, as in Brazil, sequences between invoices, credit " @@ -27299,7 +28953,7 @@ msgid "" "journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:244 msgid "" "Taxes are automatically created when installing the Brazilian localization. " "Taxes are already configured, and some of them are used by Avalara when " @@ -27310,7 +28964,7 @@ msgstr "" "ihnen werden von Avalara bei der Berechnung der Steuern auf dem " "Verkaufsauftrag oder der Rechnung verwendet." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:247 msgid "" "Taxes can be edited, or more taxes can be added. For example, some taxes " "used for services need to be manually added and configured, as the rate may " @@ -27321,34 +28975,14 @@ msgstr "" "hinzugefügt und konfiguriert werden, da der Satz je nach Stadt, in der Sie " "die Dienstleistung anbieten, unterschiedlich sein kann." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:252 msgid "" -"Taxes attached to services are not computed by AvaTax. Only goods taxes are " -"computed." +"If you decide to do service taxes manually, you won't be able to issue an " +"NFS-e. To electronically send an NFS-e, you need to compute taxes using " +"Avalara." msgstr "" -"Steuern, die mit Dienstleistungen verbunden sind, werden von AvaTax nicht " -"berechnet. Es werden nur die Steuern für Waren berechnet." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When configuring a tax used for a service that is included in the final " -"price (when the tax is not added or subtracted on top of the product price)," -" set the :guilabel:`Tax Computation` to :guilabel:`Percentage of Price Tax " -"Included`, and, on the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, check the " -":guilabel:`Included in Price` option." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie eine Steuer konfigurieren, die für eine Dienstleistung verwendet " -"wird, die im Endpreis enthalten ist (wenn die Steuer nicht auf den " -"Produktpreis aufgeschlagen oder abgezogen wird), setzen Sie " -":guilabel:`Steuerberechnung` auf :guilabel:`Prozentsatz des Preises " -"inklusive Steuern`, und aktivieren Sie im Reiter :guilabel:`Erweiterte " -"Optionen` die Option :guilabel:`Im Preis enthalten`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 -msgid "Tax configuration." -msgstr "Steuerkonfiguration." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 msgid "" "Do not delete taxes, as they are used for the AvaTax tax computation. If " "deleted, Odoo creates them again when used in an |SO| or invoice and " @@ -27365,52 +28999,56 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Verteilung für Rechnungen` und :guilabel:`Verteilung für " "Erstattungen` neu konfiguriert werden" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:262 msgid ":doc:`Taxes functional documentation <../accounting/taxes>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 msgid "" "To use the AvaTax integration on sale orders and invoices, first specify the" -" following information on the product:" -msgstr "" -"Um die AvaTax-Integration für Verkaufsaufträge und Rechnungen zu nutzen, " -"geben Sie zunächst die folgenden Informationen zum Produkt an:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:217 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`CEST Code` (Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution)." +" following information on the product depending on its intended use:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:218 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code` (Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:273 +msgid "E-Invoice for goods (NF-e)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:275 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Source of Origin` (Indicates the origin of the product, which can" +":guilabel:`CEST Code`: Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code`: Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:277 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source of Origin`: Indicates the origin of the product, which can" " be foreign or domestic, among other possible options depending on the " -"specific use case)." +"specific use case" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:279 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type` (Fiscal product type according to SPED " -"list table)." +":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type`: Fiscal product type according to SPED " +"list table" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:296 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Purpose of Use` (Specify the intended purpose of use for this " -"product)." +":guilabel:`Purpose of Use`: Specify the intended purpose of use for this " +"product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Product configuration." msgstr "Produktkonfiguration." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:286 msgid "" "Odoo automatically creates three products to be used for transportation " "costs associated with sales. These are named `Freight`, `Insurance`, and " @@ -27420,7 +29058,27 @@ msgid "" "`Insurance`, `Freight`, or `Other Costs`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:293 +msgid "E-Invoice for services (NFS-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Code Origin`: City Service Code where the provider is " +"registered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:298 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Codes`: City Service Code where the service will be " +"provided, if no code is added, the Origin City Code will be used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:300 +msgid ":guilabel:`Labor Assignment`: Defines if your services includes labor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:305 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:282 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:656 @@ -27428,7 +29086,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contacts" msgstr "Kontakte" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:307 msgid "" "Before using the integration, specify the following information on the " "contact:" @@ -27436,11 +29094,11 @@ msgstr "" "Bevor Sie die Integration nutzen, geben Sie die folgenden Informationen zum " "Kontakt an:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 msgid "General information about the contact:" msgstr "Allgemeine Informationen über den Kontakt:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:311 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option for a contact with a tax ID (CNPJ), or" " check :guilabel:`Individual` for a contact with a CPF." @@ -27449,29 +29107,29 @@ msgstr "" "Steuernummer (CNPJ), oder markieren Sie :guilabel:`Einzelperson` für einen " "Kontakt mit einem CPF." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:317 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street, number, and any extra " "address information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:254 -msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:255 -msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipal tax identification number." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:323 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipal tax identification number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 -msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:324 +msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Contact configuration." msgstr "Kontaktkonfiguration." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:332 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`CPF`, :guilabel:`IE`, :guilabel:`IM`, and :guilabel:`SUFRAMA " "code` fields are are hidden until the :guilabel:`Country` is set to " @@ -27481,29 +29139,30 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA-Code` werden ausgeblendet, bis das :guilabel:`Land` auf " "`Brasilien` eingestellt ist." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:335 msgid "" "Fiscal information about the contact under the :guilabel:`Sales \\& " "Purchase` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position`: add the AvaTax fiscal position to automatically" " compute taxes on sale orders and invoices automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:339 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: federal tax regime" msgstr ":guilabel:`Steuerregelung`: Föderale Steuerregelung" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:340 msgid "" ":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: taxpayer type determines if the contact is " -"within the ICMS regime, if it is exempt, or if it is a non-taxpayer" +"within the :guilabel:`ICMS regime`, :guilabel:`Exempt status`, or " +":guilabel:`Non-taxpayer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:342 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`: list of main activity sectors of the " "contact" @@ -27515,129 +29174,145 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contact fiscal configuration." msgstr "Steuerkonfiguration des Kontakts." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:349 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`AvaTax Brazil `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PIS Details`: :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with rate " +"0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:354 +msgid ":guilabel:`CSLL Taxable`: If the company is subject to CSLL or not" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Contact fiscal configuration for NFSe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:362 msgid "Fiscal positions" msgstr "Steuerpositionen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:364 msgid "" "To compute taxes and send electronic invoices on sale orders and invoices, " "both the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` and the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API`" " options need to be enabled in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:368 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the contact or selected" -" when creating a sales order or an invoice." +"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the :ref:`contact " +"` or selected when creating a sales order or an invoice." msgstr "" -"Die :guilabel:`Steuerposition` kann im Kontakt konfiguriert oder beim " -"Erstellen eines Verkaufsauftrags oder einer Rechnung ausgewählt werden." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Fiscal position configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration der Steuerposition" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:375 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:355 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:311 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "Arbeitsabläufe" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:377 msgid "" "This section provides an overview of the actions that trigger `API calls " -"`_ for tax computation, and how to send " -"an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) for government validation." +"`_ for tax computation, along with " +"instructions on how to send electronic invoices for goods (NF-e) and " +"services (NFS-e) for government validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:382 msgid "" "Please note that each |API| call incurs a cost. Be mindful of the actions " "that trigger these calls to manage costs effectively." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:389 msgid "Tax calculations on quotations and sales orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:391 msgid "" "Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a quotation or sales order " "automatically with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:394 msgid "**Quotation confirmation**" msgstr "**Angebotsbestätigung**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:395 msgid "Confirm a quotation into a sales order." msgstr "Bestätigen Sie ein Angebot, damit es zu einem Verkaufsauftrag wird." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:316 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:412 msgid "**Manual trigger**" msgstr "**Manueller Auslöser**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:317 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using Avatax`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:413 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." msgstr "Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Steuern mit Avatax berechnen`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:318 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:414 msgid "**Preview**" msgstr "**Vorschau**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:319 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:415 msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Preview` button." msgstr "Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Vorschau`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:400 msgid "**Email a quotation / sales order**" msgstr "**Ein Angebot/Verkaufsauftrag per E-Mail versenden**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:401 msgid "Send a quotation or sales order to a customer via email." msgstr "" "Versenden Sie ein Angebot oder Verkaufsauftrag per E-Mail an einen Kunden." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:404 msgid "**Online quotation access**" msgstr "**Online-Angebotszugriff**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:403 msgid "" "When a customer accesses the quotation online (via the portal view), the " "|API| call is triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:407 msgid "Tax calculations on invoices" msgstr "Steuerberechnung auf Rechnungen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:409 msgid "" "Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a customer invoice automatically" -" with AvaTax any of the following ways:" +" with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:333 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." -msgstr "Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Steuern mit Avatax berechnen`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:417 msgid "**Online invoice access**" msgstr "**Online-Rechnungszugriff**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:417 msgid "" "When a customer accesses the invoice online (via the portal view), the |API|" " call is triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:420 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` must be set to `Automatic Tax Mapping " "(Avalara Brazil)` for any of these actions to compute taxes automatically." @@ -27646,75 +29321,70 @@ msgstr "" "(Avalara Brasilien)` gesetzt werden, damit eine dieser Aktionen die Steuern " "automatisch berechnet." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:424 msgid "" ":doc:`Fiscal positions (tax and account mapping) " "<../accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:429 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 msgid "Electronic documents" msgstr "Elektronische Dokumente" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:434 msgid "" -"To process an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e), the invoice needs to be " -"confirmed and taxes need to be computed by Avalara. Once that step is done, " -"click on the :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` button in the upper left corner, and" -" a pop-up will appear. Then click on :guilabel:`Process e-invoice` and any " -"of the other options - :guilabel:`Download` or :guilabel:`Email`. Finally, " -"click on :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` to process the invoice against the " -"government." +"To process an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) or services (NFS-e), the " +"invoice needs to be confirmed and taxes need to be computed by Avalara. Once" +" that step is done, click on the :guilabel:`Send & Print` button in the " +"upper left corner. In the pop-up that appears, click on :guilabel:`Process " +"e-invoice` and any of the other options - :guilabel:`Download` or " +":guilabel:`Email`. Finally, click on :guilabel:`Send & Print` to process the" +" invoice with the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:441 msgid "" -"Before sending the electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) some fields need to " -"be filled out on the invoice:" +"Before sending the electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) or services (NFS-e), " +"some fields need to be filled out on the invoice:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:363 -msgid ":guilabel:`Customer` with all the customer information" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:444 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`, with all the customer information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:578 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil` (how the invoice is planned to be paid)" +":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil`: how the invoice is planned to be paid" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:446 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set as the :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping " "(Avalara Brazil)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:447 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Document Type` set as :guilabel:`(55) Electronic Invoice (NF-e)`." -" This is the only" +":guilabel:`Document Type` set as :guilabel:`(55) Electronic Invoice (NF-e)` " +"or :guilabel:`(SE) Electronic Service Invoice (NFS-e)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:367 -msgid "" -"electronic document supported at the moment. Non-electronic invoices can be " -"registered, and other document types can be activated if needed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:450 msgid "" "There are some other optional fields that depend on the nature of the " "transaction. These fields are not required, so no errors will appear from " "the government if these optional fields are not populated for most cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:454 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Freight Model` determines how the goods are planned to be " "transported - domestic" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:455 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` determines who is doing the transportation" msgstr "" @@ -27727,7 +29397,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Process electronic invoice pop-up in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:464 msgid "" "All of the fields available on the invoice used to issue an electronic " "invoice are also available on the sales order, if needed. When creating the " @@ -27735,36 +29405,46 @@ msgid "" " as the first number to be used sequentially for subsequent invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:470 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:595 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "Credit notes" msgstr "Gutschriften" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:472 msgid "" "If a sales return needs to be registered, then a credit note can be created " "in Odoo to be sent to the government for validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:476 +msgid "" +"Credit notes are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:479 msgid ":ref:`Issue a credit note `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:482 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:594 msgid "Debit Notes" msgstr "Lastschriften" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:484 msgid "" "If additional information needs to be included, or values need to be " "corrected that were not accurately provided in the original invoice, a debit" " note can be issued." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:488 +msgid "" +"Debit notes are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:490 msgid "" "Only the products included in the original invoice can be part of the debit " "note. While changes can be made to the product's unit price or quantity, " @@ -27773,49 +29453,74 @@ msgid "" "for the same or fewer products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:496 msgid ":ref:`Issue a debit note `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:499 msgid "Invoice cancellation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:501 msgid "" "It is possible to cancel an electronic invoice that was validated by the " "government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:504 msgid "" "Check whether the electronic invoice is still within the cancellation " "deadline, which may vary according to the legislation of each state." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:508 +msgid "E-invoices for goods (NF-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:510 msgid "" -"This can be done in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request Cancel` and adding a" -" cancellation :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. If you want to " -"send this cancellation reason to the customer via email, activate the " -":guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." +"Cancel an e-invoice for goods (NF-e) in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request " +"Cancel` and adding a cancellation :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that " +"appears. If you want to send this cancellation reason to the customer via " +"email, activate the :guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Invoice cancellation reason in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:518 +msgid "" +"This is an electronic cancellation, which means that Odoo will send a " +"request to the government to cancel the NF-e, and it will then consume one " +"|IAP| credit, as an |API| call occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:522 +msgid "E-invoices for services (NFS-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Cancel an e-invoice for services (NFS-e) in Odoo by clicking " +":guilabel:`Request Cancel`. In this case, there is no electronic " +"cancellation process, as not every city has this service available. The user" +" needs to manually cancel this NFS-e on the city portal. Once that step is " +"completed, they can request the cancellation in Odoo, which will cancel the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:530 msgid "Correction letter" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:532 msgid "" -"A correction letter can be created and linked to an electronic invoice that " -"was validated by the government." +"A correction letter can be created and linked to an electronic invoice for " +"goods (NF-e) that was validated by the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:535 msgid "" "This can be done in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Correction Letter` and " "adding a correction :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. To send " @@ -27827,11 +29532,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Correction letter reason in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:543 +msgid "" +"Correction letters are only available for electronic invoices for goods " +"(NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:546 msgid "Invalidate invoice number range" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:548 msgid "" "A range of sequences that are assigned to sales journals can be invalidated " "with the government if they are not currently used, **and** will not be used" @@ -27850,13 +29561,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Number range invalidation wizard in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:562 +msgid "" +"Invalidate invoice number range documents are only available for electronic " +"invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:566 msgid "" "The log of the canceled numbers along with the XML file are recorded in the " "chatter of the journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:572 msgid "" "On the vendor bills side, when receiving an invoice from a supplier, you can" " encode the bill in Odoo by adding all the commercial information together " @@ -27864,31 +29581,28 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`customer invoices `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:576 msgid "These Brazilian specific fields are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:579 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: used by your vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:580 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number`: the invoice number from your supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:581 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil` (how the invoice is planned to be paid)." +":guilabel:`Freight Model`: **NF-e specific** how goods are planned to be " +"transported - domestic" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:472 -msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type` used by your vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:473 -msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number` (the invoice number from your supplier)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:582 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Freight Model` (how goods are planned to be transported - " -"domestic)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:475 -msgid ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` (who is doing the transportation)." +":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil`: **NF-e specific** who is doing the " +"transportation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:3 @@ -28360,20 +30074,6 @@ msgid "" " new or existing contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1096 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Name`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1097 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:293 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`E-Mail`" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:97 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" @@ -35635,113 +37335,1145 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hong Kong" msgstr "Hongkong" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:6 -msgid "Add FPS QR codes to invoices" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:8 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get the latest " +"features of the Hong Kong localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:18 +msgid "`l10n_hk`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The base module to manage chart of accounting and localization for Hong " +"Kong." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:20 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:21 +msgid "`l10n_hk_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Enables :ref:`payroll ` specific localization features " +"for Odoo *Payroll* app. This module also installs :guilabel:`Hong Kong - " +"Payroll with Accounting` and :guilabel:`Documents - Hong Kong Payroll`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:26 +msgid "`l10n_hk_hr_payroll_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:27 +msgid "Installs the link between Hong Kong payroll and accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Documents - Hong Kong Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:29 +msgid "`documents_l10n_hk_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:30 +msgid "Integrates employee ir56 forms in the Odoo *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:33 +msgid "FPS QR codes on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:35 msgid "" ":abbr:`FPS (Faster Payment System)` is a payment service platform that " "allows customers to make instant domestic payments to individuals and " "merchants in Hong Kong dollars or Renminbi via online and mobile banking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:12 msgid "Activate QR codes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:42 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " -":guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` " -"feature." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under " +"the :guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, tick the checkbox beside the " +":guilabel:`QR Codes` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:47 msgid "FPS bank account configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:49 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"select the bank account for which you want to activate FPS. Set the " -":guilabel:`Proxy Type` and fill in the :guilabel:`Proxy Value` field " -"depending on the type you chose." +"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts app --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts " +"section --> Bank Accounts`. Then select the bank account for FPS activation." +" Proceed to set the :guilabel:`Proxy Type` and fill in the :guilabel:`Proxy " +"Value` field, depending on the type chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:53 msgid "" -"The account holder's country must be set to Hong Kong on its contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:27 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:27 -msgid "" -"You could also include the invoice number in the QR code by checking the " +"Remember to include the invoice number in the QR code, by ticking the " ":guilabel:`Include Reference` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "FPS bank account configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The account holder's country **must** be set to `Hong Kong` on their contact" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/bank`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:147 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:37 msgid "Bank journal configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:69 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the " -"bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " -":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Journals` and " +"open the bank journal. Then, fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` fields, located in the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 -msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration" +msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:78 msgid "Issue invoices with FPS QR codes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:158 msgid "" "When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" -" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to *EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code*." +" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to :guilabel:`EMV Merchant-Presented QR-" +"code`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 -msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option" +msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:87 msgid "" -"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " -"Odoo uses this field to generate the FPS QR code." +"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is configured, as Odoo uses this " +"field to generate the FPS QR code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Ensure the :guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll` (`l10n_hk_hr_payroll`) module is " +"installed before proceeding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:100 +msgid "Create employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Employees` app and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, " +"configure the following fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:105 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: :guilabel:`HK Standard 40 hours/week` option " +"**must** be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:109 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Surname, Given Name, Name in Chinese`: name of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:112 +msgid ":guilabel:`Private Address`: address of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:113 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bank Account Number`: employee's bank account number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Current Rental`: employee's rental records (if rental allowance " +"is applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Autopay Type`: :guilabel:`BBAN`, :guilabel:`SVID`, " +":guilabel:`EMAL`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Autopay Reference`: autopay reference number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Identification No`: HKID of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Gender`: gender of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:121 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Bank Account Number`, this account should be set as " +":guilabel:`Trusted` before further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:124 +msgid "" +"To achieve this, click on the right-arrow button next to :guilabel:`Bank " +"Account Number` field. Set the :guilabel:`Send Money` to :guilabel:`Trusted`" +" by clicking on the toggle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:128 +msgid "" +"To populate the :guilabel:`Current Rental`, click on the :guilabel:`History`" +" button. Then, click on :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the relevant details and " +"save the rental record. Upon saving the record, the rental contract " +":guilabel:`state` will be visible (at the top-right corner) and can be set " +"to :guilabel:`Running`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:133 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`HR Settings` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Volunteer Contribution Option`: select either :guilabel:`Only " +"Mandatory Contribution`, :guilabel:`With Fixed %VC`, or :guilabel:`Cap 5% " +"VC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:137 +msgid ":guilabel:`MPF Manulife Account`: account number, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:142 +msgid "Manage contracts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once the new employee has been created, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` " +"smart button on the employee record, or navigate to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Employees --> Contracts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Only **one** contract can be active simultaneously per employee, but an " +"employee can be assigned consecutive contracts during their employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:151 +msgid "The following are critical for setting up a contract:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: set as :guilabel:`CAP57: Hong Kong " +"Employee`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:154 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: start date of employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: set as :guilabel:`HK Standard 40 hours/week` " +"(from employee record)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select either :guilabel:`Working Schedule`, " +":guilabel:`Attendances` or :guilabel:`Planning`. This field determines how " +"the work entries are accounted for in the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:160 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: the work entries are generated automatically " +"based on the employee's working schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendances`: the work entries are generated based on the check-" +"in/out period logged in the *Attendances*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: the work entries are generated from planning shifts " +"only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:166 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Salary Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` for Full-time or Part-" +"time employees, or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage` for employees who are paid " +"hourly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:170 +msgid ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: the frequency of payslip issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage`: :guilabel:`Monthly` or :guilabel:`Hourly` depending on the" +" :guilabel:`Wage Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internet Subscription`: this is an **optional** field to provide " +"additional internet allowance on top of the current salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:177 +msgid "Timesheets do **not** impact work entries in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Once all information has been setup, set the contract status to " +":guilabel:`Running` by clicking the :guilabel:`Running` button in the top-" +"right of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong employment contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:189 +msgid "Generate payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Once the employees, and their contracts, are configured, payslips can be " +"generated in the *Payroll* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides **four** different salary structures under CAP57 regulation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:196 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Employees Monthly Pay`: to process the monthly employee " +"salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice`: to process final payment upon " +"contract termination using :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:199 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Long Service Payment`: applicable to employees with more " +"than five years of service upon contract termination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Severance Payment`: applicable to employees with more than" +" two years of service upon contract termination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Before running the payslips, the accounts used in the salary rule can be " +"adjusted by navigating to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> " +"Rules`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Salary Rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Odoo can create pay runs in two ways: via :ref:`batch " +"` or :ref:`individual " +"` payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:217 +msgid "Batch payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:219 +msgid "" +"This method of payslip generation is used for recurring payments, since " +"multiple employee payslips can be managed at once. Go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:514 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Batch Name` (e.g. `2024 - Jan`) and :guilabel:`Period` " +"(e.g. `01/01/2024` - `01/31/2024`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:225 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Generate Payslips`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Choose which :guilabel:`Salary Structure` to use for this batch. The " +"department filter allows the batch to only apply to a specific group of " +"employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:228 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Generate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:229 +msgid "A :guilabel:`Payslips` smart button is created automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` to generate a draft journal entry" +" found in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of each payslip. A " +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears asking :guilabel:`Are you " +"sure you want to proceed?`. Click :guilabel:`Ok` to create the journal " +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:238 +msgid "Individual payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:240 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> All Payslips`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:242 +msgid "" +"This method of payslip generation is commonly used to handle non-recurring " +"payments (e.g. :guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice`, " +":guilabel:`CAP57: Long Service Payment` or :guilabel:`CAP57: Severance " +"Payment`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Select an :guilabel:`Employee`. When selected, the :guilabel:`Contract` is " +"filled out automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:249 +msgid "Add a pay :guilabel:`Period`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Select a salary :guilabel:`Structure` (e.g. :guilabel:`CAP57: Employees " +"Monthly Pay`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Worked Days & Inputs` tab automatically compute the worked " +"days/hours and time off leaves that are applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Additional payslip items can be added at this time (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Commissions`, :guilabel:`Deductions`) under the :guilabel:`Other " +"Inputs` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button to generate the payslip lines. " +"This button updates the :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:259 +msgid "" +"If the work entry for an employee was amended, click the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Recompute Whole Sheet` to " +"refresh the payslip's :guilabel:`Worked Days & Inputs` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:263 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab shows the detailed breakdown of the " +"computation, based on the salary rules configured for each structure type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rent Allowance`: amount derived from the employee's active rental" +" record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Basic Salary`: amount of base salary provided (after rent " +"allowance deduction)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`713 Gross`: net payable amount considering *Commission*, " +"*Internet Allowance*, *Reimbursements*, *Back-pay*, *Deduction*, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:270 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`MPF Gross`: net payable amount from 713 gross after consideration" +" of additional allowances, deductions, and end-of-year payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:272 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Mandatory Contribution`: employee MPF Contribution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:273 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employer Mandatory Contribution`: employer MPF Contribution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gross`: net payable amount from MPF gross after consideration of " +"MPF deductions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:275 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Net Salary`: final payable amount to be paid to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:278 +msgid "" +"There are no MPF contributions for the first month. Both employee and " +"employer contribution starts on second month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Salary computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` section in :guilabel:`Worked Days & " +"Inputs` tab, there are additional manual input types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Back Pay`: additional salary payout can be included under this " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:289 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Commission`: the commission earned during the period can be " +"manually entered here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Global Deduction`: a lump-sum deduction from the entire payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:291 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Global Reimbursement`: a lump-sum reimbursement to the entire " +"payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:292 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referral Fee`: the additional bonus offered for any form of " +"business-related referral." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Moving Daily Wage`: to override the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily " +"Wage)` value used for leaves computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skip Rent Allowance`: if set, the rental allowance is excluded " +"from the current payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Average Monthly Salary`: to override the average monthly " +"salary used for end-of-year payment (rule is only applicable to payslips " +"generated in December)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lieu of Notice Period (Months)`: only applicable to " +":guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice` salary structure. By default, " +"the final payout is set as 1-month. Use the :guilabel:`Count` field under " +"the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` section to set a different notice period " +"duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:304 +msgid "" +"Once the payslips are ready, click on :guilabel:`Compute Sheet`, followed by" +" :guilabel:`Create Draft entry` to generate a draft journal entry found in " +"the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Once the draft journal entries have been posted, the company can now pay the" +" employees. The user can choose between **two** different *payment methods*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:313 +msgid "" +"From the employee's payslip (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> " +"All Payslips`), once the payslip's journal entry has been posted, click " +":guilabel:`Register Payment`. The process is the same as :doc:`paying vendor" +" bills <../accounting/payments>`. Select the desired bank journal and " +"payment method, then later reconcile the payment with the corresponding bank" +" statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:317 +msgid "" +"For batch payments (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`), " +"once all draft journal entries from the batch are confirmed, click " +":guilabel:`Mark as Paid` to post the payment journal entry. Then " +":doc:`create a payment <../accounting/payments>` in the *Accounting* app, " +"and reconcile accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:323 +msgid "Attendances and hourly wage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:325 +msgid "" +"To configure the contract for an employee paid hourly using the " +"*Attendances* app for hours tracking, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll " +"app --> Contracts --> Contracts`. Create a new :ref:`contract " +"`. It is important to remember to set the " +":guilabel:`Work Entry Source` as :guilabel:`Attendances`, and " +":guilabel:`Wage Type` as :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:331 +msgid "To record the hours logged by the employee using *Attendances* app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:333 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Attendances app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:334 +msgid "" +"The employee can check-in/out, via the kiosk mode and the time will be " +"logged automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:335 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Payroll app`, review the attendance work entries " +"generated from :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Work Entries --> Work " +"Entries`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:337 +msgid "" +"Next, generate the :ref:`payslips ` and process " +"the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Attendance Work Entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Attendance Payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:348 +msgid "Time Off with Payroll" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:350 +msgid "" +"The work entry types and time off types are fully integrated between the " +"*Time Off* and *Payroll* apps. There are several default time off types and " +"work entry types specific to Hong Kong which are installed automatically " +"along with the *Hong Kong - Payroll* module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types` " +"and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:356 +msgid "" +"There are two checkboxes to be considered when setting up the work entry " +"type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use 713`: Include this leave type as part of 713 computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:359 +msgid ":guilabel:`Non-full pay`: 80% of the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Work Entry Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:366 +msgid "" +":ref:`Creating and configuring work entry types `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:369 +msgid "Understanding 713 Ordinance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:371 +msgid "" +"The *Hong Kong - Payroll* module is compliant with 713 Ordinance which " +"relates to the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` computation to ensure fair " +"compensation for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:374 +msgid "The ADW computation is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:379 +msgid "Hong Kong ADW Formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:379 +msgid "" +":abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` equals the total wage in a 12-month period," +" minus the wages of non-full pay, divided by the total days in a 12-month " +"period minus the days of non-full pay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:383 +msgid "" +"For 418 compliance, there is no automated allocation of the *Statutory " +"Holiday* entitlement to the employees. As soon as 418 requirements are met, " +"manually allocate the leaves, via the *Time Off* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Before generating payslips, ensure the statuses are :guilabel:`Done` to " +"validate the outcome." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:393 +msgid "Period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:394 +msgid "Days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:395 +msgid "Wage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:396 +msgid "Commission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:398 +msgid "ADW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:399 +msgid "Leave Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:400 +msgid "Jan" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:415 +msgid "31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:409 +msgid "$20200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:405 +msgid "$651.61 ($20200/31)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:413 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:407 +msgid "Feb" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:408 +msgid "28" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:410 +msgid "$5000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:411 +msgid "$25200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:412 +msgid "$769.49 ($45400/59)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:414 +msgid "Mar (One Day Annual Leave)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:418 +msgid "$20324.33" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:419 +msgid "$730.27 ($65724.33/90)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:420 +msgid "$769.49" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:421 +msgid "Apr (One Day 80% Sick Leave)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:423 +msgid "$20117.56" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:427 +msgid "$584.22 ($730.27*0.8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:430 +msgid "Here is an example demonstrating the 713 logic:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:432 +msgid "" +"**Jan**: Generate a payslip with a monthly wage of $20200. The :abbr:`ADW " +"(Average Daily Wage)` is always computed on a cumulative basis of the " +"trailing 12-months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:434 +msgid "" +"**Feb**: Generate a similar payslip, but add an :guilabel:`Other Input Type`" +" for the :guilabel:`Commission`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Mar**: Apply for **one** full-paid annual leave in March. The salary " +"compensation for the leave taken is based on :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily " +"Wage)` thus far." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:0 +msgid "Hong Kong March 713." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:443 +msgid "" +"**Apr**: Apply for a 1-day non-full pay leave in April. Since this is a non-" +"full pay leave, the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` is computed " +"accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:0 +msgid "Hong Kong April 713." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:451 +msgid "" +"The value of :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` is computed in the backend, " +"and not be visible to the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:455 +msgid "" +"`HK 713 Ordinance " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:456 +msgid "" +"`HK 418 Ordinance `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:459 +msgid "Generate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:461 +msgid "" +"Before generating the below reports, setup the following in " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Payroll`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:464 +msgid "Configure the following in the :guilabel:`Accounting` section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:466 +msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`Payroll HSBC Autopay` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:468 +msgid ":guilabel:`Autopay Type`: Set as :guilabel:`H2H Submission`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:469 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Bank Account` to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:471 +msgid "Configure the following in the :guilabel:`HK Localization` section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:473 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employer's Name shows on reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:474 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employer's File Number`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:475 +msgid ":guilabel:`Manulife MPF Scheme`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Payroll Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:482 +msgid "IRD report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:484 +msgid "There are a total of **four** IRD reports available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:486 +msgid ":guilabel:`IR56B`: employer's Return of Remuneration and Pensions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:487 +msgid ":guilabel:`IR56E`: notification of Commencement of Employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:488 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`IR56F`: notification of Ceasation of Employment (remaining in " +"HK)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:489 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`IR56G`: notification of Ceasation of Employment (departing from " +"HK permanently)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:491 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting`, and select one of the " +":guilabel:`IR56B/E/F/G Sheet` options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:495 +msgid "Fill in the relevant information for the IRD report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:496 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Populate`, and the :guilabel:`Eligible Employees` smart " +"button appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:497 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Employee Declarations` status is :guilabel:`Draft` and " +"changed to :guilabel:`Generated PDF` status once the schedule runs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:499 +msgid "Once the PDF is generated, the IRD form may be downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong IR56B report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:506 +msgid "" +"The scheduled action called *Payroll: Generate pdfs* can be manually " +"triggered. It is set by default to run the PDF generation monthly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:510 +msgid "Manulife MPF sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:512 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting --> Manulife MPF Sheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:515 +msgid "" +"Select the relevant :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Month`, and " +":guilabel:`Sequence No.`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:516 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create XLSX`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:517 +msgid "" +"The *Manulife MPF XLSX* file is then generated, and available for download." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Manulife Sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Odoo will not be developing further reports for other MPF trustee as there " +"will soon be an eMPF platform setup by the local government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:528 +msgid "`eMPF `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:531 +msgid "HSBC autopay report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:533 +msgid "" +"If *HSBC Autopay* is selected as the batch payment method, click on " +":guilabel:`Create HSBC Autopay Report`, and fill in the mandatory fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong HSBC Autopay wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:540 +msgid "" +"This creates an :file:`.apc` file format which can be uploaded to the HSCB " +"portal for processing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:3 @@ -43568,6 +46300,15 @@ msgid "" "online and mobile banking." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` " +"feature." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 msgid "PayNow bank account configuration" @@ -43586,10 +46327,44 @@ msgid "" "The account holder's country must be set to Singapore on its contact form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You could also include the invoice number in the QR code by checking the " +":guilabel:`Include Reference` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the " +"bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 +msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:45 msgid "Issue invoices with PayNow QR codes" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" +" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to *EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 +msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:53 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " @@ -44589,7 +47364,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 msgid "PromptPay bank account configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfiguration des PromptPay-Bankkontos" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -44597,17 +47372,14 @@ msgid "" "bank journal, then fill in the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " ":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." msgstr "" +"Gehen Sie dazu zu :menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> Konfiguration --> " +"Journale`, öffnen Sie Ihr Bankjournal, füllen Sie die " +":guilabel:`Kontonummer` und :guilabel:`Bank` im Reiter " +":guilabel:`Journalbuchungen` aus." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:156 msgid "Issue invoices with PromptPay QR code" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:158 -msgid "" -"When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" -" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to :guilabel:`EMV Merchant-Presented QR-" -"code`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rechnungen mit PromptPay-QR-Codes ausstellen" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -45616,6 +48388,11 @@ msgid "" " business flows involving online payments. No credentials are required as " "the demo payments are dummy payments." msgstr "" +"Zusätzlich zu den regulären Zahlungsanbietern, die mit einer API wie Stripe," +" PayPal oder Adyen integriert sind, stellt Odoo den :doc:`Demo-" +"Zahlungsanbieter `. Mit diesem Zahlungsanbieter " +"können Sie Geschäftsabläufe mit Online-Zahlungen testen. Es sind keine " +"Anmeldedaten erforderlich, da die Demo-Zahlungen Dummy-Zahlungen sind." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:169 msgid "Bank payments" @@ -47562,7 +50339,7 @@ msgid "" " covering several countries, currencies and payment methods in Latin " "America." msgstr "" -"Mercado Pago `_ ist ein Online-" +"`Mercado Pago `_ ist ein Online-" "Zahlungsanbieter, der mehrere Länder, Währungen und Zahlungsmethoden in " "Lateinamerika abdeckt." @@ -47624,11 +50401,16 @@ msgid "" "with the value you saved at the " ":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard` step." msgstr "" +"Füllen Sie im Reiter :guilabel:`Anmeldedaten` das Feld :guilabel:`Access " +"Token` mit dem Wert, die Sie im Schritt " +":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard` gespeichert haben." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:40 msgid "" "`Mercado Pago Odoo webinar `_" msgstr "" +"`Odoo-Webinar zu Mercado Pago " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:3 msgid "Mollie" @@ -48016,7 +50798,7 @@ msgid "" "available worldwide, and one of the few that does not charge a subscription " "fee." msgstr "" -"`Paypal `_ ist ein amerikanischer Online-" +"`Paypal `_ ist ein amerikanischer Online-" "Zahlungsanbieter, der weltweit verfügbar ist, und einer der wenigen, die " "keine Abonnementgebühren verlangen." @@ -48028,6 +50810,11 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" +"Obwohl PayPal in `mehr als 200 Ländern/Regionen " +"`_ verfügbar ist, " +"`wird nur eine Auswahl an Währungen unterstützt " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:14 msgid "Settings in PayPal" @@ -48052,6 +50839,9 @@ msgid "" "Note that for PayPal to work **in Odoo**, the options :ref:`Auto Return " "` and :ref:`PDT ` **must** be enabled." msgstr "" +"Beachten Sie, dass die Optionen :ref:`Automatische Rückleitung ` und :ref:`Übertragung der Zahlungsdaten ` aktiviert " +"sein **müssen**, damit PayPal **in Odoo** funktioniert." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:30 msgid "Auto Return" @@ -48256,6 +51046,11 @@ msgid "" "PayPal` in the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, and make sure the status is set " "on :guilabel:`Test Mode`." msgstr "" +"Melden Sie sich mit dem Verkäuferkonto bei der PayPal-Sandbox an und folgen " +"Sie denselben Konfigurationsanweisungen. Geben Sie Ihre Sandbox-Anmeldedaten" +" in Odoo ein (:menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> Konfiguration --> " +"Zahlungsanbieter --> PayPal` im Reiter :guilabel:`Anmeldedaten`, und stellen" +" Sie sicher, dass der Status auf :guilabel:`Testmodus` gesetzt ist." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:118 msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." @@ -48862,9 +51657,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:33 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` section, enter your Odoo database URL (e.g., " -"`https://example.odoo.com`) in the field :guilabel:`Invoices paid` and click" -" the :guilabel:`Test and save` button next to it." +"In the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` section, enter your Odoo database's URL, " +"followed by `/payment/xendit/webhook` (e.g., " +"`https://example.odoo.com/payment/xendit/webhook`) in the field " +":guilabel:`Invoices paid` and click the :guilabel:`Test and save` button " +"next to it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:40 diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 35c0da30b..4462a2a30 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -8,17 +8,17 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2024 # Johannes Croe , 2024 # Chris Egal , 2024 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Larissa Manderfeld, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -2006,61 +2006,42 @@ msgstr "" " Standardsprache in **fett** angezeigt." #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:5 -msgid "Developer Mode (debug mode)" -msgstr "Entwicklermodus (Fehlerbeseitigungsmodus)" +msgid "Developer mode (debug mode)" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:7 msgid "" -"The developer mode (or debug mode) unlocks access to extra and advanced " -"tools in Odoo. There are several ways to activate the developer mode: " -"through the :ref:`settings `, the " -":ref:`browser extension `, through" -" the :ref:`command palette ` or the" -" :ref:`URL `." +"The developer mode, also known as debug mode, unlocks access to advanced " +":ref:`tools and settings ` in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Der Entwicklermodus (oder Fehlerbeseitigungsmodus) entsperrt zusätzliche und" -" erweiterte Tools in Odoo. Es gibt mehrere Vorgehensweisen, den " -"Entwicklermodus zu aktivieren: über die :ref:`Einstellungen " -"`, die :ref:`Browser-Erweiterung " -"`, die :ref:`Befehlspalette " -"` oder die :ref:`URL " -"`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:17 -msgid "Activate through the Settings" -msgstr "Über die Einstellungen aktivieren" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:11 msgid "" -"The debug mode can be activated in the Odoo database settings. Go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Developer Tools` and click" -" on :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`. At least one application needs " -"to be installed for the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` section to appear in the" -" :guilabel:`Settings` module." +"Proceed with caution, as some developer tools and technical settings are " +"considered advanced and may have associated risks. Only use them if you " +"understand the implications and are confident in your actions." msgstr "" -"Der Fehlerbeseitigungsmodus kann in den Einstellungen der Odoo-Datenbank " -"aktiviert werden. Gehen Sie auf :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Allgemeine" -" Einstellungen --> Developer Tools` und klicken Sie auf " -":guilabel:`Entwicklermodus aktivieren`. Es muss mindestens eine Anwendung " -"muss installiert sein, damit der Abschnitt :guilabel:`Developer Tools` in " -"Modul :guilabel:`Einstellungen` erscheint." -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of the debug options under settings in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Übersicht der Fehlerbeseitigungsoptionen in den Einstellungen in Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:16 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with assets)` is used by developers;" -" :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with tests assets)` is used by " -"developers and testers." +"The developer mode is also available with :ref:`assets " +"`, which are used to debug JavaScript " +"code, and with :ref:`tests assets `, " +"which are used to run test tours." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Entwicklermodus aktivieren (mit Assets)` wird von Entwicklern " -"verwendet; :guilabel:`Entwicklermodus aktivieren (mit Test-Assets)` wird von" -" Entwicklern und Testern verwendet." -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:23 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Aktivierung" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To activate it, open the :guilabel:`Settings` app, scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Developer Tools` section, and click :guilabel:`Activate the " +"developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:28 msgid "" "Once activated, the :guilabel:`Deactivate the developer mode` option becomes" " available." @@ -2068,137 +2049,71 @@ msgstr "" "Nach der Aktivierung wird die Option :guilabel:`Entwicklermodus " "deaktivieren` sichtbar." +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 +msgid "Activating the developer mode in the Settings app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To activate the developer mode **from anywhere in the database**, add " +"`?debug=1` to the URL after `/web` (e.g., " +"`https://example.odoo.com/web?debug=1#action=menu&cids=1`). To deactivate " +"it, use `?debug=0` instead." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:37 -msgid "Activate through the browser extension" -msgstr "Über die Browser-Erweiterung aktivieren" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:39 msgid "" -"Within a web browser, navigate to the browser settings and extensions and " -"search for the `Odoo Debug` extension. Once the extension is installed, a " -"new icon will be shown on the browser's toolbar." +"Use `?debug=assets` to activate the developer mode with assets and " +"`?debug=tests` to activate it with tests assets." msgstr "" -"Navigieren Sie in einem Webbrowser zu den Browsereinstellungen und " -"Erweiterungen und suchen Sie nach der Erweiterung `Odoo Debug`. Sobald die " -"Erweiterung installiert ist, wird ein neues Symbol in der Symbolleiste des " -"Browsers angezeigt." -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:41 msgid "" -"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " -"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" -" a single click." +"Open the **command palette** by pressing `Ctrl + K` or `Cmd ⌘ + K`, then " +"type `debug` to activate the developer mode with assets or deactivate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:44 +msgid "Browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The `Odoo Debug `_ browser extension " +"adds an icon to toggle developer mode on or off from the browser's toolbar. " +"It is available on the `Chrome Web Store " +"`_ and `Firefox Add-ons " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:54 +msgid "Developer tools and technical menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once the developer mode is activated, the developer tools can be accessed by" +" clicking the :icon:`fa-bug` :guilabel:`(bug)` icon. The menu contains tools" +" useful for understanding or editing technical data, such as a view's field," +" filters, or actions. The options available depend on where the menu is " +"accessed from." msgstr "" -"Bei der Erweiterung *Odoo Debug* aktiviert ein einfacher Klick eine normale " -"Version des Modus, während ein Doppelklick ihn mit Assets aktiviert. Um ihn " -"zu deaktivieren, verwenden Sie einen einfachen Klick." #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "View of Odoo's debug icon in a Google Chrome toolbar." +msgid "Accessing the developer tools" msgstr "" -"Ansicht des Icons von Odoo Debug in einer Symbolleiste von Google Chrome." -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:53 -msgid "Activate through the command palette" -msgstr "Über die Befehlspalette aktivieren" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:64 msgid "" -"In Odoo, the command palette tool has a command to activate the debug mode. " -"First, open the command palette tool with the keyboard shortcut `ctrl+k` and" -" then type `debug`. A command will show up to activate the debug mode." +"Database administrators can access the technical menu from the " +":guilabel:`Settings` app. It contains advanced database settings, such as " +"ones related to the database structure, security, actions, etc." msgstr "" -"In Odoo gibt es in der Befehlspalette einen Befehl zum Aktivieren des " -"Fehlerbeseitigungsmodus. Öffnen Sie zunächst die Befehlspalette mit der " -"Tastenkombination `Strg+k` und geben Sie dann `Fehlerbeseitigung` ein. Es " -"wird ein Befehl zur Aktivierung des Fehlerbeseitigungsmodus angezeigt." #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Command palette with debug command." -msgstr "Befehlspalette mit Fehlerbeseitigungsbefehl." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:68 -msgid "Activate through the URL" -msgstr "Über die URL aktivieren" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The debug mode can also be activated by adding an extra query string to the " -"database's URL. In the URL, add `?debug=1` or `?debug=true` after `/web`. To" -" deactivate the debug mode, change the value to `?debug=0` instead." +msgid "Accessing the technical menu" msgstr "" -"Der Fehlerbeseitigungsmodus kann auch aktiviert werden, indem Sie einen " -"zusätzlichen Abfrage-String zur URL der Datenbank hinzufügen. Fügen Sie in " -"der URL `?debug=1` oder `?debug=true` nach `/web` ein. Um den " -"Fehlerbeseitigungsmodus zu deaktivieren, ändern Sie den Wert stattdessen in " -"`?debug=0`." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a URL with the debug mode command added." -msgstr "" -"Übersicht einer URL mit hinzugefügtem Befehl für Fehlerbeseitigungsmodus." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Additional modes are available for developers: `?debug=assets` enables the " -":ref:`assets mode `, and " -"`?debug=tests` enables the :ref:`tests mode " -"`." -msgstr "" -"Zusätzliche Modi sind für Entwickler verfügbar: `?debug=assets` aktiviert " -"den :ref:`Assets-Modus `, and " -"`?debug=tests` aktiviert den :ref:`Tests-Modus " -"`." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:86 -msgid "Locate the developer mode tools" -msgstr "Die Tools des Entwicklermodus lokalisieren" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Once developer mode is activated, the developer mode tools can be accessed " -"from the :guilabel:`Open Developer Tools` button, the bug icon located in " -"the header of the Odoo database." -msgstr "" -"Sobald der Entwicklermodus aktiviert ist, können Sie auf die Tools des " -"Entwicklermodus über die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`zum Öffnen der " -"Entwicklertools` zugreifen, das Insektensymbol in der Kopfzeile der Odoo-" -"Datenbank." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a console page and the debug icon being shown in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Übersicht einer Konsolenseite und des Fehlerbeseitigungssymbols, die in Odoo" -" angezeigt werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:95 -msgid "" -"This menu contains additional tools that are useful to understand or edit " -"technical data, such as the views or actions of a page. On a page that has " -"filters, actions, and view options, the developer mode tools contain some " -"useful menu items such as:" -msgstr "" -"Dieses Menü enthält zusätzliche Tools, die nützlich sind, um technische " -"Daten zu verstehen oder zu bearbeiten, z. B. die Ansichten oder Aktionen " -"einer Seite. Auf einer Seite, die über Filter, Aktionen und Ansichtsoptionen" -" verfügt, enthalten die Tools im Entwicklermodus einige nützliche Menüpunkte" -" wie z. B.:" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:99 -msgid ":guilabel:`Edit Action`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Aktion bearbeiten`" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:100 -msgid ":guilabel:`Manage Filters`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Filter verwalten`" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:101 -msgid "Edit the current view (e.g. Kanban, List, Graph, etc.)" -msgstr "Die aktuelle Ansicht bearbeiten (z. B. Kanban, Liste, Grafik usw.)" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:102 -msgid "See the :guilabel:`Fields View Get`" -msgstr "Siehe die :guilabel:`Felderansicht erhalten`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:5 msgid "Email communication" @@ -3172,11 +3087,11 @@ msgstr "" "einem kostenlosen Tool wie `DKIM Core `_ gültig" " ist. Wenn Sie nach einem Selektor gefragt werden, geben Sie `odoo` ein." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 msgid "Check the DMARC policy" msgstr "Die DMARC-Richtlinie prüfen" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:104 msgid "" "The Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance (DMARC) " "record is a protocol that unifies :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` and " @@ -3195,15 +3110,15 @@ msgstr "" ":abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)`- und/oder :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys " "Identified Mail)`-Prüfung nicht besteht." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 msgid "DMARC: TXT record" msgstr "DMARC: TXT-Datensatz" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 msgid "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`" msgstr "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:116 msgid "" "There are three :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` policies:" @@ -3211,20 +3126,20 @@ msgstr "" "Es gibt drei :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, &" " Conformance)`-Richtlinien:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 msgid "`p=none`" msgstr "`p=none`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:118 -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 msgid "`p=quarantine`" msgstr "`p=quarantine`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 msgid "`p=reject`" msgstr "`p=reject`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:123 msgid "" "`p=quarantine` and `p=reject` instruct the server that receives an email to " "quarantine that email or ignore it if the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy " @@ -3235,7 +3150,7 @@ msgstr "" ":abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)`- und/oder :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys " "Identified Mail)`-Prüfung fehlschlägt." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:127 msgid "" "If the domain name uses :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` and has defined one of these policies, the domain" @@ -3247,7 +3162,7 @@ msgstr "" "hat, muss die Domain :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)`-konform sein oder" " :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` aktivieren." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:132 msgid "" "Yahoo or AOL are examples of email providers with a :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-" "based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` policy set to " @@ -3261,7 +3176,7 @@ msgstr "" "oder *@aol.com*-Adresse für die Datenbankbenutzer zu verwenden. Diese " "E-Mails werden ihren Empfänger nie erreichen." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:137 msgid "" "`p=none` is used for the domain owner to receive reports about entities " "using their domain. It should not impact the deliverability if the " @@ -3274,7 +3189,7 @@ msgstr "" "based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)`-Prüfung " "fehlschlägt." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:141 msgid "" ":abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` records are comprised of tags in the form of :abbr:`DNS " @@ -3300,115 +3215,115 @@ msgstr "" "(Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` sollte " "nicht zu restriktiv sein, um sich zu bewähren." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:150 msgid "The following chart displays available tags:" msgstr "Die folgende Tabelle zeigt die verfügbaren Tags an:." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 msgid "Tag Name" msgstr "Stichwortbezeichnung" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 msgid "Purpose" msgstr "Zweck" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 msgid "Example" msgstr "Beispiel" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 msgid "v" msgstr "v" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 msgid "Protocol version" msgstr "Protokollversion" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 msgid "`v=DMARC1`" msgstr "`v=DMARC1`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 msgid "pct" msgstr "pct" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 msgid "Percentage of messages subjected to filtering" msgstr "Prozentsatz der Nachrichten, die gefiltert wurden" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 msgid "`pct=20`" msgstr "`pct=20`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 msgid "ruf" msgstr "ruf" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 msgid "Reporting URI for forensic reports" msgstr "Berichts-URI für forensische Berichte" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 msgid "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" msgstr "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 msgid "rua" msgstr "rua" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 msgid "Reporting URI of aggregate reports" msgstr "Berichts-URI von aggregierten Berichten" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 msgid "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" msgstr "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 msgid "p" msgstr "p" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 msgid "Policy for organizational domain" msgstr "Richtlinie für Organisationsdomain" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 msgid "sp" msgstr "sp" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 msgid "Policy for subdomains of the OD" msgstr "Richtlinie für Unterdomains der Organisationsdomain" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 msgid "`sp=reject`" msgstr "`sp=reject`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 msgid "adkim" msgstr "adkim" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 msgid "Alignment mode for DKIM" msgstr "Ausrichtungsmodus für DKIM" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 msgid "`adkim=s`" msgstr "`adkim=s`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 msgid "aspf" msgstr "aspf" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:181 msgid "Alignment mode for SPF" msgstr "Ausrichtungsmodus für SPF" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 msgid "`aspf=r`" msgstr "`aspf=r`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:184 msgid "" "Check the :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` record of a domain name with a tool like `MXToolbox DMARC " @@ -3418,7 +3333,7 @@ msgstr "" "Reporting, & Conformance)`-Eintrag eines Domainnamens mit einem Tool wie " "`MXToolbox DMARC `_." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:188 msgid "" "`DMARC.org is another great resource to learn about DMARC records. " "`_" @@ -3426,73 +3341,73 @@ msgstr "" "`DMARC.org ist eine weitere gute Quelle, um mehr über DMARC-Datensätze zu " "erfahren. `_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 msgid "SPF, DKIM & DMARC documentation of common providers" msgstr "SPF-, DKIM- & DMARC-Dokumentation der gängigen Anbieter" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 -msgid "" -"`OVH DNS " -"`_" -msgstr "" -"`OVH DNS " -"`_" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:195 -msgid "" -"`OVH SPF `_" -msgstr "" -"`OVH SPF `_" - #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:196 msgid "" -"`GoDaddy TXT record `_" +"`OVH DNS " +"`_" msgstr "" -"`GoDaddy TXT record `_" +"`OVH DNS " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 -msgid "`GoDaddy SPF `_" -msgstr "`GoDaddy SPF `_" +msgid "" +"`OVH SPF `_" +msgstr "" +"`OVH SPF `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 msgid "" -"`GoDaddy DKIM `_" +"`GoDaddy TXT record `_" msgstr "" -"`GoDaddy DKIM `_" +"`GoDaddy TXT record `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 +msgid "`GoDaddy SPF `_" +msgstr "`GoDaddy SPF `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:200 msgid "" -"`NameCheap " -"`_" +"`GoDaddy DKIM `_" msgstr "" -"`NameCheap " -"`_" +"`GoDaddy DKIM `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:201 msgid "" -"`CloudFlare DNS `_" +"`NameCheap " +"`_" msgstr "" -"`CloudFlare DNS `_" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:202 -msgid "" -"`Google Domains `_" -msgstr "" -"`Google Domains `_" +"`NameCheap " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 msgid "" +"`CloudFlare DNS `_" +msgstr "" +"`CloudFlare DNS `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:204 +msgid "" +"`Google Domains `_" +msgstr "" +"`Google Domains `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 +msgid "" "`Azure DNS `_" msgstr "" "`Azure DNS `_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:207 msgid "" "To fully test the configuration, use the `Mail-Tester `_ tool, which gives a full overview of the content and " @@ -3505,7 +3420,7 @@ msgstr "" "Tester kann auch verwendet werden, um Einträge für andere, weniger bekannte " "Anbieter zu konfigurieren." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:212 msgid "" "`Using Mail-Tester to set SPF Records for specific carriers " "`_" @@ -10051,17 +9966,11 @@ msgstr "Download und Erstinstallation" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 msgid "" "To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation " -"package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download " -"page `_. Next, install and setup the Odoo " -":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " -"start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +"package for Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download page " +"`_. Next, install and setup the Odoo :file:`.exe`" +" file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to start the " +"installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." msgstr "" -"Um mit der Installation zu beginnen, navigieren Sie zum Installationspaket " -"von Odoo 16 oder höher für Enterprise oder Community – Windows Edition auf " -"der `Download-Seite von Odoo `_. Als Nächstes " -"installieren Sie die :file:`.exe`-Datei von Odoo und richten sie ein. " -"Klicken Sie nach dem Anleitungsbildschirm auf :guilabel:`Weiter`, um die " -"Installation zu starten und stimmen Sie den Nutzungsbedingungen zu." #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -10651,10 +10560,22 @@ msgstr "" "Bestätigen Sie die Deinstallation und befolgen Sie die Schritte zur " "Deinstallation in der Odoo-Deinstallationsanleitung." -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:7 msgid "Devices" msgstr "Geräte" +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:21 +msgid "" +":doc:`Worldline payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:23 +msgid "" +":doc:`Ingenico payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 msgid "Connect a camera" msgstr "Eine Kamera verbinden" @@ -12623,9 +12544,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:126 msgid "" "On a form, navigate to any field, and hover over the field name. A box of " -"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Object`" -" name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be" -" added." +"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Model` " +"name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be " +"added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:0 diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 30060b197..e8fbef03b 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2024\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -28,13 +28,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Human resources" msgstr "Personalwesen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 msgid "Appraisals" msgstr "Mitarbeiterbeurteilung" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, the *Appraisals* application can be used to evaluate employee " "performance on a recurring basis. Managers can evaluate the performance of " @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ msgstr "" "Möglichkeit geben, eine Selbstbewertung vorzunehmen. Beurteilungen sind " "anpassbar und können für jede Art von Zeitplan festgelegt werden" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:12 msgid "" "Appraisals give employees valuable feedback, including actionable goals to " "work toward, and measurable skills to improve upon. Additionally, appraisals" @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ msgstr "" "Grundlage für Gehaltserhöhungen, Beförderungen und andere Zusatzleistungen " "bilden." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:16 msgid "" "Regular appraisals are good for both the employees and the company, since " "they can accurately measure performance based on company goals, and show " @@ -71,14 +71,14 @@ msgstr "" "genau messen und den Mitarbeitern zeigen können, wo sie sich verbessern " "müssen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:31 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Configuration` menu in the *Appraisals* application is where " "the settings can be configured, feedback templates can be edited, " @@ -90,14 +90,15 @@ msgstr "" "Intervalle festgelegt, Bewertungsskalen verwaltet, Daten für 360-Feedback " "gespeichert und Ziel-Stichwörter angezeigt/erstellt werden." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Einstellungen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:29 msgid "" "To access the *Settings* menu, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " "application --> Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -105,11 +106,11 @@ msgstr "" "Um auf das Menü *Einstellungen* zuzugreifen, navigieren Sie zu " ":menuselection:`Mitarbeiterbeurteilung --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 msgid "Feedback templates" msgstr "Feedback-Vorlagen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:35 msgid "" "Feedback templates are form outlines used during an employee appraisal. Any " "edits made to a template are, ultimately, reflected in the appraisals sent " @@ -120,7 +121,7 @@ msgstr "" "spiegeln sich letztendlich in den Beurteilungen wider, die an die " "Mitarbeiter gesendet werden." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:38 msgid "" "There are two default templates pre-configured in Odoo *Appraisals*: one for" " employee feedback, and one for manager feedback. Each contains several " @@ -132,7 +133,7 @@ msgstr "" "mehrere Abschnitte mit Fragen und kurzen Erklärungen, wie die Fragen zu " "beantworten sind." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:42 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`My work`, :guilabel:`My future`, and :guilabel:`My feelings`." @@ -141,7 +142,7 @@ msgstr "" "Abschnitte: :guilabel:`Meine Arbeit`, :guilabel:`Meine Zukunft`, und " ":guilabel:`Meine Gefühle`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:45 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`Feedback`, :guilabel:`Evaluation`, and :guilabel:`Improvements`." @@ -149,7 +150,7 @@ msgstr "" "Die :guilabel:`Vorlage für Manager-Feedback` hat die folgenden Abschnitte: " ":guilabel:`Feedback`, :guilabel:`Bewertung`, und :guilabel:`Verbesserungen`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:48 msgid "" "Any desired changes to the default feedback templates can be made by making " "changes directly in each template." @@ -157,7 +158,7 @@ msgstr "" "Gewünschte Änderungen an den Standard-Feedbackvorlagen können Sie direkt in " "jeder Vorlage vornehmen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:54 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Appraisals` section of the settings menu determines the " "frequency that appraisals are performed, and if it is possible to request " @@ -175,11 +176,11 @@ msgstr "" "Die Abschnitte für die Beurteilungen mit dem ausgefüllten Zeitplan und dem " "aktivierten 360°-Feedback." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 msgid "Appraisals plans" msgstr "Beurteilungspläne" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:66 msgid "" "By default, appraisals are pre-configured to be automatically created six " "months after an employee is hired, with a second appraisal exactly six " @@ -189,7 +190,7 @@ msgstr "" "nach der Einstellung eines Mitarbeiters automatisch erstellt werden und " "genau sechs Monate danach eine zweite Beurteilung erfolgt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:69 msgid "" "Once those two initial appraisals have been completed in the employee's " "first year, following appraisals are only created once a year (every twelve " @@ -199,7 +200,7 @@ msgstr "" "abgeschlossen sind, werden die folgenden Beurteilungen nur noch einmal pro " "Jahr (alle zwölf Monate) erstellt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:72 msgid "" "To modify this schedule, change the number of months in the blank fields " "under the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section." @@ -207,7 +208,7 @@ msgstr "" "Um diesen Zeitplan zu ändern, ändern Sie die Anzahl der Monate in den leeren" " Feldern unter dem Abschnitt :guilabel:`Beurteilungspläne`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:76 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section is modified, **all** empty " ":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Dates` are modified for **all** employees." @@ -216,12 +217,12 @@ msgstr "" "**alle** leeren :guilabel:`Nächste Beurteilungsdaten` für **alle** " "Mitarbeiter geändert." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 msgid "360 feedback" msgstr "360°-Feedback" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:82 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option can be enabled to allow managers to " "request feedback from other employees using a different survey form, at any " @@ -231,7 +232,7 @@ msgstr "" " ermöglichen, unabhängig vom Beurteilungszeitplan jederzeit ein Feedback von" " anderen Mitarbeitern mit einem anderen Umfrageformular anzufordern." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:85 msgid "" "Typically, managers ask for feedback from other people who work with an " "employee they manage. This includes the employee's various managers, peers, " @@ -241,7 +242,7 @@ msgstr "" "geführten Mitarbeiter zusammenarbeiten, um Feedback. Dazu gehören die " "verschiedenen Manager des Mitarbeiters, Kollegen und direkte Mitarbeiter." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:88 msgid "" "To view the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey, click the :guilabel:`→ Internal" " link` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`Default Template` field. The " @@ -253,7 +254,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Standardvorlage`. Die :guilabel:`360-Feedback`-Umfrage wird " "geladen und Sie können alle gewünschten Änderungen an der Umfrage vornehmen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:92 msgid "" "For more information on how to edit a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." @@ -261,7 +262,7 @@ msgstr "" "Weitere Informationen darüber, wie Sie eine Umfrage bearbeiten können, " "finden Sie im Dokument :doc:`../marketing/surveys/create`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:96 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` form is a pre-configured survey within the " "*Surveys* application. In order to use the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option, " @@ -273,11 +274,11 @@ msgstr "" "nutzen, einschließlich der Möglichkeit, die Umfrage zu bearbeiten, **muss** " "die *Umfragenapp* installiert sein." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 msgid "Evaluation scale" msgstr "Bewertungsskala" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:103 msgid "" "On each employee appraisal form, final rating options appear by default. To " "view and edit these options, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " @@ -290,7 +291,7 @@ msgstr "" "--> Bewertungsskala`. Hier werden die Bewertungen in einer Listenansicht " "angezeigt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:107 msgid "" "The pre-configured ratings are :guilabel:`Needs Improvement`, " ":guilabel:`Meets Expectations`, :guilabel:`Exceeds Expectations`, and " @@ -303,7 +304,7 @@ msgstr "" "weitere Bewertung hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche " ":guilabel:`Neu`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:111 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`New` button is clicked on the :guilabel:`Evaluation " "Scale` page, a blank line appears at the bottom of the list. Enter the name " @@ -313,7 +314,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Neu` klicken, erscheint am unteren Ende der Liste eine leere " "Zeile. Geben Sie den Namen der Bewertung in das Feld ein." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:114 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the ratings, click the :guilabel:`(six small gray " "boxes)` icon to the left of a rating, and drag the rating to the desired " @@ -331,7 +332,7 @@ msgstr "" "Die Bewertungsskala, wobei die neue Schaltfläche und die Drag-and-drop-" "Symbole hervorgehoben sind." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:124 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` section displays information for all the " "surveys currently configured in the *Appraisals* application. To view the " @@ -350,7 +351,7 @@ msgstr "" "Eine Listenansicht aller verfügbaren Umfragen in der " "Mitarbeitereurteilungsapp." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:132 msgid "" "Each appraisal (or survey) is presented in its own line on the " ":guilabel:`360 Feedback` page, along with various information related to " @@ -360,15 +361,15 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`360°-Feedback` dargestellt, zusammen mit verschiedenen " "Informationen zu dieser bestimmten Beurteilung." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 msgid "Each appraisal includes the following information:" msgstr "Jede Beurteilung enthält die folgenden Informationen:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:137 msgid ":guilabel:`Survey Name`: the name of the specific survey." msgstr ":guilabel:`Name der Umfrage`: der Name der bestimmnten Umfrage." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the employee responsible for the survey, including " "the month and year they were given that designation." @@ -376,12 +377,12 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Verantwortlich`: der für die Umfrage verantwortliche Mitarbeiter," " einschließlich Monat und Jahr, in dem er diese Bezeichnung erhielt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Questions`: the number of questions in that particular survey." msgstr ":guilabel:`Fragen`: die Anzahl der Fragen in dieser Umfrage." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Duration`: the average time a user spends completing the " "survey." @@ -389,21 +390,21 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Durchschnittliche Dauer`: die durchschnittliche Zeit, die ein " "Benutzer mit dem Ausfüllen der Umfrage verbringt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Registered`: the number of people who have been sent the survey." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Registriert`: die Anzahl der Personen, die die Umfrage erhalten " "haben." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Completed`: the number of people who have completed the survey." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Abgeschlossen`: die Anzahl der Personen, die die Umfrage " "abgeschlossen haben." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:145 msgid "" "Each appraisal also has two buttons at the end of each line: a " ":guilabel:`Test` button and a :guilabel:`See Results` button." @@ -412,7 +413,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Test`-Schaltfläche und eine :guilabel:`Ergebnisse " "ansehen`-Schaltfläche." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:148 msgid "" "To see what an appraisal looks like for the end user (i.e. an employee), " "click the :guilabel:`Test` button, and the appraisal loads in a new browser " @@ -425,7 +426,7 @@ msgstr "" "Beurteilung wird geladen und Sie können sich durch die Beurteilung klicken, " "ohne Antworten eingeben zu müssen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:152 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`This is a Test Survey. → Edit " "Survey` at the top of the page to be taken to the detail form for that " @@ -435,7 +436,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Dies ist eine Testumfrage. → Umfrage bearbeiten` oben auf der " "Seite, um zum Detailformular für diese bestimmte Umfrage zu gelangen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:155 msgid "" "To view the results from everyone who completed an appraisal, click the " ":guilabel:`See Results` button. This presents all the answers for the survey" @@ -450,7 +451,7 @@ msgstr "" "Frage beantwortet und wie viele sie übersprungen haben. Alle Antworten für " "jede Frage sind sichtbar." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:160 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`→ Edit Survey` at the top of " "the page to be taken to the detail form for that particular survey." @@ -459,7 +460,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`→ Umfrage bearbeiten` oben auf der Seite, um zum Detailformular " "für diese bestimmte Umfrage zu gelangen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:163 msgid "" "In addition to viewing the responses from past appraisals and surveys, new " "surveys can also be created from the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` page. Simply " @@ -471,7 +472,7 @@ msgstr "" " erstellen. Klicken Sie einfach auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Neu` oben " "links auf der Seite, um eine neue Umfrage zu erstellen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:167 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." @@ -479,7 +480,7 @@ msgstr "" "Weitere Informationen darüber, wie Sie eine Umfrage erstellen können, finden" " Sie im Dokument :doc:`../marketing/surveys/create`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:171 msgid "" "In previous versions of Odoo, this section was referred to as " ":guilabel:`Surveys`." @@ -487,77 +488,7 @@ msgstr "" "In früheren Versionen von Odoo wurde dieser Bereich als :guilabel:`Umfragen`" " bezeichnet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:172 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "Stichwörter" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 -msgid "" -"An additional feature of the *Appraisals* application is the ability to set " -":ref:`goals ` for employees. On each goal form, there is a" -" field to add tags. The available tags are pulled from a list that is " -"configured from the settings." -msgstr "" -"Eine zusätzliche Funktion der *Mitarbeiterbeurteilungsapp* ist die " -"Möglichkeit, :ref:`Ziele ` für Mitarbeiter festzulegen. " -"Auf jedem Zielformular gibt es ein Feld zum Hinzufügen von Stichwörtern. Die" -" verfügbaren Stichwörter werden aus einer Liste gezogen, die in den " -"Einstellungen konfiguriert wird." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To view a list of all existing goal tags, and to create new tags, go to the " -":guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, by navigating to :menuselection:`Appraisals " -"application --> Configuration --> Tags`." -msgstr "" -"Um eine Liste aller vorhandenen Zielstichwörter anzuzeigen und neue " -"Stichwörter zu erstellen, gehen Sie auf die Seite " -":guilabel:`Zielstichwörter`, indem Sie zu " -":menuselection:`Mitarbeiterbeurteilung --> Konfiguration --> Stichwörter` " -"navigieren." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:181 -msgid "All currently configured tags are presented in a list view." -msgstr "" -"Alle aktuell konfigurierten Stichwörter werden in einer Listenansicht " -"angezeigt." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:183 -msgid "" -"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " -"all tags need to be added from this list, or directly from the goal form." -msgstr "" -"Die *Mitarbeiterbeurteilungsapp* hat **keine** vorkonfigurierten " -"Stichwörter, sodass alle Stichwörter aus dieser Liste oder direkt aus dem " -"Zielformular hinzugefügt werden müssen." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 -msgid "" -"To create a new tag from the :guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, click the " -":guilabel:`New` button, and a blank line appears." -msgstr "" -"Um ein neues Stichwort auf der Seite :guilabel:`Zielstichwörter` zu " -"erstellen, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Neu`, woraufhin eine " -"leere Zeile erscheint." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the tag on the line. Then, press the enter key to save the" -" tag, and create a new blank line. Repeat this for all tags that need to be " -"added." -msgstr "" -"Geben Sie den Namen der Stichwörter in die Zeile ein. Drücken Sie dann die " -"Eingabetaste, um die Markierung zu speichern und eine neue leere Zeile zu " -"erstellen. Wiederholen Sie diesen Vorgang für alle Stichwörter, die Sie " -"hinzufügen möchten." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:192 -msgid "The list of tags is automatically arranged in alphabetical order." -msgstr "" -"Die Liste der Stichwörter wird automatisch in alphabetischer Reihenfolge " -"angeordnet." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:176 msgid "" "Navigate to the main *Appraisals* dashboard by opening the " ":guilabel:`Appraisals` application. The :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard is " @@ -567,7 +498,7 @@ msgstr "" "App :guilabel:`Mitarbeiterbeurteilung` öffnen. Das " ":guilabel:`Mitarbeiterbeurteilungsdashboard` ist die Standardansicht." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:179 msgid "" "To view the dashboard at any point in the application, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Appraisals`." @@ -575,7 +506,7 @@ msgstr "" "Um das Dashboard an einem beliebigen Punkt in der App anzuzeigen, navigieren" " Sie zu :menuselection:`Mitarbeiterbeurteilung --> Mitarbeiterbeurteilung`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:182 msgid "" "All appraisals are displayed on the dashboard in a Kanban view, by default, " "with a list of groupings on the left side of the dashboard, including " @@ -586,7 +517,7 @@ msgstr "" "des Dashboards, einschließlich :guilabel:`Unternehmen`, " ":guilabel:`Abteilung` und :guilabel:`Status`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 msgid "" "Click any grouping option to view appraisals for **only** the chosen " "selection." @@ -594,7 +525,7 @@ msgstr "" "Klicken Sie auf eine beliebige Gruppierungsoption, um Beurteilungen **nur** " "für die gewählte Auswahl anzuzeigen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 msgid "" "Only groupings with multiple selections appear in the list. For example, if " "a database only has one company, the :guilabel:`Company` grouping does " @@ -605,21 +536,21 @@ msgstr "" "Gruppierung :guilabel:`Unternehmen` **nicht**, da es kein anderes " "Unternehmen zur Auswahl gibt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:193 msgid "Each appraisal card displays the following information:" msgstr "Jede Beurteilungskarte enthält die folgenden Informationen:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee's name." msgstr ":guilabel:`Name`: der Name des Mitarbeiters." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: the department the employee is associated with." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Abteilung`: die Abteilung, der der Mitarbeiter zugeordnet ist." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company the employee works for. This only appears " "in a multi-company database." @@ -627,7 +558,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Unternehmen`: das Unternehmen, für das der Mitarbeiter arbeitet. " "Dies erscheint nur in einer Datenbank mit mehreren Unternehmen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date`: the date the appraisal was requested, or is scheduled for " "in the future." @@ -635,7 +566,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Datum`: das Datum, an dem die Beurteilung angefordert wurde oder " "für das sie in der Zukunft geplant ist." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activities`: any activities that are scheduled for the appraisal," " such as :guilabel:`Meetings` or :guilabel:`Phone Calls.` If no activities " @@ -647,7 +578,7 @@ msgstr "" " Aktivitäten geplant sind, kann eine Aktivität über das Symbol :guilabel:`🕘 " "(Uhr)` in der linken unteren Ecke einer Beurteilungskarte geplant werden." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:204 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: the employee's manager, indicated by the profile icon " "in the bottom-right corner of an appraisal card." @@ -655,7 +586,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: der Vorgesetzte des Mitarbeiters, angezeigt durch das " "Profilsymbol in der unteren rechten Ecke einer Beurteilungskarte." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:206 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status banner`: the status of the appraisal. A banner appears if " "an appraisal is marked as either :guilabel:`Canceled` or :guilabel:`Done`. " @@ -668,7 +599,7 @@ msgstr "" " dies, dass die Beurteilung noch nicht stattgefunden hat oder noch nicht " "geplant wurde." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 msgid "" "To view the details of any appraisal, click on the card to open the " "appraisal form." @@ -682,11 +613,11 @@ msgstr "" "Das Mitarbeiterbeurteilungsdashboard mit jeder Beurteilung in einem eigenen " "Feld." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 msgid "New appraisal" msgstr "Neue Mitarbeiterbeurteilung" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new appraisal, click the :guilabel:`New` button at the top of " "the :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard to load a blank appraisal form. Then, " @@ -698,11 +629,11 @@ msgstr "" "Mitarbeiterbeurteilungsformular zu laden. Geben Sie dann die folgenden " "Informationen in das Formular ein:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:222 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the employee's name." msgstr ":guilabel:`Name`: Geben Sie den Namen des Mitarbeiters ein." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:223 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu. " "The manager is responsible for completing the :guilabel:`Manager's Feedback`" @@ -715,7 +646,7 @@ msgstr "" "Feld wird automatisch ausgefüllt, nachdem der Mitarbeiter ausgewählt wurde, " "wenn in seinem Mitarbeiterprofil ein Manager festgelegt ist." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appraisal Date`: the current date is automatically entered in " "this field. This field is automatically updated once the appraisal is " @@ -727,7 +658,7 @@ msgstr "" "Beurteilung abgeschlossen oder abgebrochen wird, mit dem entsprechenden " "Datum des Abschlusses oder der Beendigung." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu. This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have" @@ -738,7 +669,7 @@ msgstr "" "Mitarbeiter ausgewählt wurde, wenn er eine Abteilung in seinem " "Mitarbeiterprofil festgelegt hat." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:233 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the employee's company from the drop-down menu. " "This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have a " @@ -749,7 +680,7 @@ msgstr "" "Mitarbeiter ausgewählt wurde, wenn er ein Unternehmen in seinem " "Mitarbeiterprofil festgelegt hat." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 msgid "" "The only required fields for the appraisal form are the employee's " ":guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Manager`, and the :guilabel:`Company`." @@ -758,7 +689,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Name`, der :guilabel:`Manager` und das :guilabel:`Unternehmen` " "des Mitarbeiters." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:241 msgid "" "Once the form is complete, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm " "the appraisal request." @@ -767,7 +698,7 @@ msgstr "" "Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Bestätigen`, um die Anfrage für die Beurteilung zu " "bestätigen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 msgid "" "Once confirmed, the employee receives an email stating that an appraisal was" " requested, and is then prompted to schedule an appraisal date." @@ -776,7 +707,7 @@ msgstr "" "informiert wird, dass eine Beurteilung angefordert wurde, und wird dann " "aufgefordert, einen Beurteilungstermin zu vereinbaren." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:246 msgid "" "The status changes to :guilabel:`Confirmed`, and the :guilabel:`Employee's " "Feedback` section of the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab is grayed out. The " @@ -791,7 +722,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Finale Bewertung` erscheint ebenfalls, sobald die " "Beurteilungsanfrage bestätigt wurde." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 msgid "" "If there are any existing appraisals for the employee, an " ":guilabel:`Appraisal` smart button appears at the top of the page, listing " @@ -801,11 +732,11 @@ msgstr "" "der Seite eine intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Beurteilungen`, die die " "Gesamtzahl der Beurteilungen für den Mitarbeiter auflistet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:255 msgid "Ask for feedback" msgstr "Um Feedback bitten" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:257 msgid "" "As part of the appraisal process, the manager can request feedback on an " "employee from anyone in the company. Feedback is usually requested from co-" @@ -820,7 +751,7 @@ msgstr "" " des Mitarbeiters zu erhalten und die Gesamtbeurteilung des Managers zu " "unterstützen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 msgid "" "To request feedback, the appraisal **must** be confirmed. Once confirmed, an" " :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button appears at the top of the form." @@ -829,7 +760,7 @@ msgstr "" " Bestätigung erscheint oben im Formular eine Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Um " "Feedback bitten`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:265 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button is clicked, an :guilabel:`Ask " "Feedback` email pop-up form appears, using the :guilabel:`Appraisal: Ask " @@ -840,7 +771,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vorlage :guilabel:`Beurteilung: Um Feedback bitten` verwendet und die " "Umfrage :guilabel:`360°-Feedback` versendet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:269 msgid "" "Enter the employees being asked to complete the survey in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field. Multiple employees may be selected." @@ -848,7 +779,7 @@ msgstr "" "Geben Sie die Mitarbeiter, die an der Umfrage teilnehmen sollen, in das Feld" " :guilabel:`Empfänger` ein. Es können mehrere Mitarbeiter ausgewählt werden." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 msgid "" "The email template has dynamic placeholders to personalize the message. Add " "any additional text to the email, if desired." @@ -857,13 +788,13 @@ msgstr "" "personalisieren. Fügen Sie der E-Mail zusätzlichen Text hinzu, falls " "gewünscht." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:275 msgid "If required, an :guilabel:`Answer Deadline` can be added, as well." msgstr "" "Falls erforderlich, kann auch ein :guilabel:`Antwortfrist` hinzugefügt " "werden." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:277 msgid "" "If any attachments are needed, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button, and" " a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the file(s), select them, then " @@ -874,7 +805,7 @@ msgstr "" "Navigieren Sie zu der/den Datei(en), wählen Sie sie aus und klicken Sie dann" " auf :guilabel:`Öffnen`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:280 msgid "When the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send.`" msgstr "" "Wenn die E-Mail versandfertig ist, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Senden.`" @@ -884,11 +815,11 @@ msgid "The email pop-up when requesting feedback from other employees." msgstr "" "Das E-Mail-Pop-up, wenn Sie um Feedback von anderen Mitarbeitern bitten." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:287 msgid "Appraisal form" msgstr "Beurteilungsformular" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:289 msgid "" "Once an appraisal is confirmed, the next steps are for the employee to fill " "out the self-assessment, after which the manager completes their assessment." @@ -897,11 +828,11 @@ msgstr "" "Selbstbeurteilung aus, woraufhin der Manager seine Beurteilung " "vervollständigt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:295 msgid "Employee's feedback" msgstr "Feedback des Mitarbeiters" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:297 msgid "" "To complete their portion of feedback, employees should navigate to the main" " :menuselection:`Appraisals application` dashboard, where the only entries " @@ -914,7 +845,7 @@ msgstr "" "für sich selbst und/oder für die Personen sind, die sie verwalten und für " "die sie Manager-Feedback geben müssen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 msgid "" "Click on the appraisal to open the appraisal form. Enter responses in the " ":guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` " @@ -924,7 +855,7 @@ msgstr "" "Geben Sie die Antworten im Abschnitt :guilabel:`Mitarbeiter-Feedback` im " "Reiter :guilabel:`Mitarbeiterbeurteilung` ein." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:304 msgid "" "When completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to Manager` toggle (the " "default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When clicked, the toggle " @@ -942,11 +873,11 @@ msgstr "" "Der Feedback-Bereich für den Mitarbeiter mit der hervorgehobenen " "Umschaltschaltfläche." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:314 msgid "Manager's feedback" msgstr "Feedback des Managers" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 msgid "" "After the employee has completed the :guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` " "section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab, it is time for the manager to " @@ -956,7 +887,7 @@ msgstr "" "im Reiter :guilabel:`Mitarbeiterbeurteilung` ausgefüllt hat, ist es Zeit für" " den Manager, den Abschnitt :guilabel:`Feedback des Managers` auszufüllen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:320 msgid "" "The manager enters their responses in the fields in the :ref:`same manner as" " the employee `." @@ -964,7 +895,7 @@ msgstr "" "Der Manager gibt seine Antworten in die Felder :ref:`auf die gleiche Weise " "ein wie der Mitarbeiter `" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:323 msgid "" "When the feedback section is completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to " "Employee` toggle (the default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When " @@ -983,11 +914,12 @@ msgstr "" "Der Feedback-Bereich für Mitarbeiter und Manager. Die Umschaltschaltflächen " "sind hervorgehoben." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:748 msgid "Skills tab" msgstr "Reiter „Kompetenzen“" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:334 msgid "" "Part of an appraisal is evaluating an employee's skills, and tracking their " "progress over time. The :guilabel:`Skills` tab of the appraisal form auto-" @@ -1001,7 +933,7 @@ msgstr "" "<../hr/employees/new_employee>` ausgefüllt, sobald eine Beurteilung " "bestätigt wird." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:338 msgid "" "Each skill is grouped with like skills, and the :guilabel:`Skill Level`, " ":guilabel:`Progress`, and :guilabel:`Justification` are displayed for each " @@ -1011,14 +943,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Kompetenzlevel`, der :guilabel:`Fortschritt` und die " ":guilabel:`Begründung` werden für jede Kompetenz angezeigt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 msgid "" "Update any skills, or add any new skills to the :guilabel:`Skills` tab." msgstr "" "Aktualisieren Sie alle Kompetenzen oder fügen Sie neue Kompetenzen im Reiter" " :guilabel:`Kompetenzen` hinzu." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:343 msgid "" "If a skill level has increased, a reason for the improved rating can be " "entered into the :guilabel:`Justification` field, such as `took a fluency " @@ -1029,7 +961,7 @@ msgstr "" "z. B. `hat einen Sprachtest abgelegt` oder `hat eine Javascript-" "Zertifizierung erhalten`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:347 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`Create a new employee ` document for " "detailed instructions on adding or updating a skill." @@ -1038,7 +970,7 @@ msgstr "" "finden Sie unter :ref:`Einen neuen Mitarbeiter erstellen " "`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:350 msgid "" "After an appraisal is completed, and the skills have been updated, the next " "time an appraisal is confirmed, the updated skills populate the " @@ -1054,11 +986,11 @@ msgstr "" "Der Reiter „Kompetenzen“ eines Beurteilungsformulars, vollständig " "ausgefüllt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:358 msgid "Private note tab" msgstr "Reiter „Private Notizen“" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:360 msgid "" "If managers want to leave notes that are only visible to other managers, " "they can be entered in the :guilabel:`Private Note` tab. The employee being " @@ -1070,12 +1002,12 @@ msgstr "" "eingeben. Der bewertete Mitarbeiter hat **keinen** Zugriff auf diesen " "Reiter, und der Reiter erscheint **nicht** in seiner Beurteilung." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:386 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:520 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 msgid "Schedule a meeting" msgstr "Ein Meeting planen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:367 msgid "" "Once both portions of an appraisal are completed (the :ref:`employee " "` and :ref:`manager `), ist es an der Zeit, dass sich der " "Mitarbeiter und der Manager treffen und die Beurteilung besprechen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:371 msgid "" "A meeting can be scheduled in one of two ways: either from the *Appraisals* " "application dashboard, or from an individual appraisal card." @@ -1096,7 +1028,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dashboard der *Mitarbeiterbeurteilungsapp* oder über eine individuelle " "Beurteilungskarte." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:374 msgid "" "To schedule an appraisal from the dashboard of the *Appraisals* application," " first navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Appraisals`." @@ -1105,7 +1037,7 @@ msgstr "" "planen, navigieren Sie zunächst zu :menuselection:`Mitarbeiterbeurteilung " "--> Mitarbeiterbeurteilung`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:377 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, beneath the appraisal date on the " "desired appraisal card, and a :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window " @@ -1118,7 +1050,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`+ Eine Aktivität planen`, um ein leeres Aktivitätsformular zu " "erstellen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Meeting` for the :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the drop-" "down menu. Doing so causes the form to change, so only the " @@ -1128,7 +1060,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dropdown-Menü. Dadurch ändert sich das Formular, sodass nur die Felder " ":guilabel:`Aktivitätstyp` und :guilabel:`Zusammenfassung` erscheinen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:385 msgid "" "If scheduling an activity other than a meeting, such as a :guilabel:`Call` " "or a :guilabel:`To-Do`, the fields that appear on the :guilabel:`Schedule " @@ -1138,7 +1070,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Anruf` oder eine :guilabel:`To-do`, ändern sich die Felder im " "Pop-up-Formular :guilabel:`Aktivität planen` entsprechend." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:389 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon may appear as a number of different icons, " "depending on what, if any, scheduled activities are in place, and the color " @@ -1148,7 +1080,7 @@ msgstr "" "erscheinen, je nachdem, ob und welche Aktivitäten geplant sind, und die " "Farbe steht für die entsprechenden Fälligkeitstermine." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:392 msgid "" "If no activities are scheduled, that is represented by a gray :guilabel:`🕘 " "(clock)` icon." @@ -1156,7 +1088,7 @@ msgstr "" "Wenn keine Aktivitäten geplant sind, wird dies durch ein graues :guilabel:`🕘" " (Uhr)`-Symbol dargestellt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:394 msgid "" "However, if a specific activity is scheduled, the icon may appear as a " ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon for a phone call, a :guilabel:`👥 (group of " @@ -1166,7 +1098,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`📞 (Telefon)`-Symbol für einen Telefonanruf, als :guilabel:`👥 " "(Gruppe von Personen)`-Symbol für ein Meeting usw. erscheinen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:397 msgid "" "The color of the icon indicates the status; a green icon means an activity " "is scheduled in the future, and a red icon means the activity is past due." @@ -1175,7 +1107,7 @@ msgstr "" "eine Aktivität in der Zukunft geplant ist, und ein rotes Symbol, dass die " "Aktivität überfällig ist." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:400 msgid "" "For more details on activities, refer to the :doc:`../essentials/activities`" " document." @@ -1189,7 +1121,7 @@ msgstr "" "Die Beurteilungskarten mit den verschiedenen Aktivitätssymbolen sind " "hervorgehoben." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 msgid "" "Enter a brief description in the :guilabel:`Summary` field of the " ":guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window, such as `Annual Appraisal for " @@ -1199,7 +1131,7 @@ msgstr "" "des Pop-up-Fensters :guilabel:`Aktivität planen` ein, z. B. " "`Jahresbeurteilung für (Mitarbeiter)`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:409 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button. From the calendar page " "that appears, navigate to, and double-click on, the desired date and time " @@ -1210,7 +1142,7 @@ msgstr "" "Datum und zur gewünschten Uhrzeit für das Meeting und doppelklicken Sie " "darauf." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:412 msgid "" "Doing so opens a :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up form. From this pop-up form, " "make any desired modifications, such as designating a :guilabel:`Start` " @@ -1221,7 +1153,7 @@ msgstr "" "die Festlegung einer :guilabel:`Start`-Zeit oder die Vergabe eines " ":guilabel:`Namens` für das Meeting." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:416 msgid "" "Add the appraisee in the :guilabel:`Attendees` section, and include anyone " "else who should be in the meeting, if necessary." @@ -1229,7 +1161,7 @@ msgstr "" "Fügen Sie den Beurteilten in den Abschnitt :guilabel:`Teilnehmer` ein und " "fügen Sie ggf. weitere Personen hinzu, die am Meeting teilnehmen sollten." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:419 msgid "" "To make the meeting a video call, instead of an in-person meeting, click " ":guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting`, and a :guilabel:`Videocall URL` link appears in " @@ -1239,14 +1171,14 @@ msgstr "" "möchten, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`+ Odoo-Meeting` und ein Link " ":guilabel:`Videoanrufs-URL` erscheint in dem Feld." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:422 msgid "" "Once all the desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" "Sobald Sie alle gewünschten Änderungen vorgenommen haben, klicken Sie auf " ":guilabel:`Speichern & Schließen`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:424 msgid "" "The meeting now appears on the calendar, and the invited parties are " "informed, via email." @@ -1262,7 +1194,7 @@ msgstr "" "Das Meetingsformular mit allen Informationen, die für die jährliche " "Beurteilung von Ronnie Hart eingegeben wurden." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 msgid "" "The other way to schedule a meeting is from the individual appraisal form. " "To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Appraisal application` " @@ -1273,7 +1205,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Mitarbeiterbeurteilungsapp` und klicken Sie dann auf eine " "Beurteilungskarte." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button, and the calendar loads." " Follow the same directions above to create the meeting." @@ -1282,211 +1214,22 @@ msgstr "" "der Kalender wird geladen. Folgen Sie den obigen Anweisungen, um das Meeting" " zu erstellen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 msgid "" -"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button says " +"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button reads " ":guilabel:`No Meeting`." msgstr "" -"Wenn keine Meetings geplant sind, erscheint auf der intelligenten " -"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Meeting` der Text :guilabel:`Kein Meeting`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:463 -msgid "Goals" -msgstr "Ziele" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:465 -msgid "" -"The ability to set goals for employees to work toward is an important " -"feature of Odoo *Appraisals*. Goals are typically set during an appraisal, " -"so the employee knows what they need to work toward before their next " -"appraisal." -msgstr "" -"Die Möglichkeit, Ziele zu setzen, auf die Mitarbeiter hinarbeiten sollen, " -"ist eine wichtige Funktion von Odoo *Mitarbeiterbeurteilung*. Ziele werden " -"in der Regel während eines Mitarbeitergesprächs festgelegt, sodass der " -"Mitarbeiter weiß, worauf er vor dem nächsten Gespräch hinarbeiten muss." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:469 -msgid "" -"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> " -"Goals`. This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban " -"view." -msgstr "" -"Um alle Ziele zu sehen, navigieren Sie zu " -":menuselection:`Mitarbeiterbeurteulung --> Ziele`. Hier werden alle Ziele " -"für jeden Mitarbeiter in einer Standard-Kanban-Ansicht angezeigt." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:472 -msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" -msgstr "Jede Zielkarte enthält die folgenden Informationen:" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:474 -msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the name of the goal." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Kompetenz`: die Kompetenz des Ziels." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:475 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee the goal is assigned to." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Name`: der Mitarbeiter, der dem Ziel zugewiesen wurde." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 -msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Frist`: das Fälligkeitsdatum des Ziels." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:477 -msgid ":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Fortschritt`: der Prozentsatz der für das Ziel festgelegten " -"Kompetenz." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Employee`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is assigned " -"to." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Mitarbeiter`: das Profilsymbol des Mitarbeiters, der dem Ziel " -"zugewiesen wurde." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:480 -msgid "" -"If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " -"corner of the goal card." -msgstr "" -"Wenn ein Ziel abgeschlossen ist, erscheint ein :guilabel:`Erledigt`-Banner " -"in der oberen rechten Ecke der Zielkarte." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." -msgstr "Die Kanban-Ansicht „Ziele“ mit neun Zielkarten." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 -msgid "" -"Every individual goal requires its own entry for each employee. If employees" -" have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the list. For " -"example, if both Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " -"appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " -"goal for Sara." -msgstr "" -"Jedes einzelne Ziel erfordert einen eigenen Eintrag für jeden Mitarbeiter. " -"Wenn Mitarbeiter das gleiche Ziel haben, erscheint für jeden Mitarbeiter " -"eine Zielkarte in der Liste. Wenn beispielsweise sowohl Bob als auch Sara " -"das gleiche Ziel `Tippen` haben, erscheinen in der Kanban-Ansicht zwei " -"Karten: ein Ziel `Tippen` für Bob und ein weiteres Ziel `Tippen` für Sara." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 -msgid "New goal" -msgstr "Neues Ziel" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:495 -msgid "" -"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application -->" -" Goals`, and click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank goal form." -msgstr "" -"Um ein neues Ziel zu erstellen, gehen Sie zu " -":menuselection:`Mitarbeiterbeurteilung --> Ziele`, und klicken Sie auf " -":guilabel:`Neu`, um ein leeres Zielformular zu öffnen." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:498 -msgid "" -"Enter the information on the card. The information requested is all the same" -" information that appears on the :ref:`goal card ` in the " -"Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field and a " -":guilabel:`Description` tab." -msgstr "" -"Geben Sie die Informationen auf der Karte ein. Bei den angeforderten " -"Informationen handelt es sich um dieselben Informationen, die auch auf der " -":ref:`Zielkarte ` in der Kanban-Ansicht erscheinen. " -"Zusätzlich gibt es ein Feld :guilabel:`Stichwörter` und einen Reiter " -":guilabel:`Beschreibung`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:502 -msgid "" -"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field by default, and " -"the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" -" profile." -msgstr "" -"Der aktuelle Benutzer füllt das Feld :guilabel:`Mitarbeiter` standardmäßig " -"aus, und das Feld :guilabel:`Manager` wird mit dem im Mitarbeiterprofil " -"eingestellten Manager ausgefüllt." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:505 -msgid "" -"Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " -"useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." -msgstr "" -"Nehmen Sie alle erforderlichen Änderungen am Formular vor und fügen Sie im " -"Reiter :guilabel:`Beschreibung` alle Anmerkungen hinzu, die zur Erklärung " -"des Ziels nützlich sein könnten." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." -msgstr "" -"Ein ausgefülltes Zielformular für eine Python-Fähigkeit, das auf " -"50-prozentige Kompetenz eingestellt ist." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:513 -msgid "Completed goals" -msgstr "Erreichte Ziele" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:515 -msgid "" -"When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " -"be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " -"dashboard, or from the individual goal card." -msgstr "" -"Wenn ein Ziel erreicht wurde, ist es wichtig, den Eintrag zu aktualisieren. " -"Ein Ziel kann auf zwei Arten als `Erledigt` markiert werden: über das " -"Hauptdashboard :guilabel:`Ziele` oder über die individuelle Zielkarte." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:518 -msgid "" -"To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" -" the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the top-right of a goal card." -msgstr "" -"Um ein Ziel im Hauptdashboard :guilabel:`Ziele` als `Erledigt` zu markieren," -" klicken Sie auf das Symbol :guilabel:`⋮ (drei Punkte)` oben rechts auf " -"einer Zielkarte." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:522 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon **only** appears when the mouse hovers " -"over the corner of a goal card." -msgstr "" -"Das Symbol :guilabel:`⋮ (drei Punkte)` erscheint **nur**, wenn Sie den " -"Mauszeiger über die Ecke einer Zielkarte bewegen." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:525 -msgid "" -"Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " -"green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " -"card." -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie dann im daraufhin angezeigten Dropdown-Menü auf :guilabel:`Als " -"erledigt markieren`. Ein grünes :guilabel:`Erledigt`-Banner erscheint in der" -" oberen rechten Ecke der Zielkarte." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:528 -msgid "" -"To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " -"open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " -"the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner " -"appears in the top-right corner of the goal form." -msgstr "" -"Um ein Ziel von der Zielkarte aus als `Erledigt` zu markieren, klicken Sie " -"auf eine Zielkarte, um das Formular für dieses Ziel zu öffnen. Klicken Sie " -"dann auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Als erledigt markieren` oben links im " -"Formular. Wenn Sie darauf klicken, erscheint ein grünes " -":guilabel:`Erledigt`-Banner in der oberen rechten Ecke des Formulars." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:533 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:526 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:753 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:830 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Berichtswesen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:442 msgid "" "The *Appraisals* application tracks two metrics across two different " "reports: an :ref:`appraisal analysis `, and a " @@ -1497,11 +1240,11 @@ msgstr "" "` und einen :ref:`Bericht über Mitarbeiterkompetenzen " "`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:448 msgid "Appraisal analysis" msgstr "Beurteilungsanalyse" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:450 msgid "" "To access the *Appraisal Analysis* report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Appraisal " @@ -1514,7 +1257,7 @@ msgstr "" "Datenbank angezeigt, die je nach Status in verschiedenen Farben " "hervorgehoben sind." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 msgid "" "Appraisals in yellow are completed, appraisals in orange are in-progress " "(the appraisal is confirmed, but not completed), and appraisals in gray are " @@ -1526,7 +1269,7 @@ msgstr "" "Beurteilungen in Grau sind geplant (siehe :ref:`appraisals/appraisal-plan`)," " aber noch nicht bestätigt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 msgid "" "The report displays the whole current year, by default, grouped by " "department." @@ -1534,7 +1277,7 @@ msgstr "" "Der Bericht zeigt standardmäßig das gesamte aktuelle Jahr, gruppiert nach " "Abteilung." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:460 msgid "" "To change the calendar view presented, change the date settings in the top-" "left of the report. The options to display are :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -1547,7 +1290,7 @@ msgstr "" " Verwenden Sie die Pfeile, um sich in der Zeit vorwärts oder rückwärts zu " "bewegen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:464 msgid "" "At any point, click the :guilabel:`Today` button to present the calendar to " "include today's date in the view." @@ -1555,7 +1298,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sie können jederzeit auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Heute` klicken, um den " "Kalender zu öffnen und das heutige Datum in die Ansicht aufzunehmen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:467 msgid "" "The report can have other filters and groupings set in the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top." @@ -1568,11 +1311,11 @@ msgid "A report showing all the appraisals for the Appraisal Analysis report." msgstr "" "Ein Bericht mit allen Beurteilungen für den Beurteilungsanalysebericht." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 msgid "Skills evolution" msgstr "Kompetenzenentwicklung" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 msgid "" "To access the *Skills Evolution* report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Skills Evolution`. " @@ -1583,7 +1326,7 @@ msgstr "" "Kompetenzentwicklung`. Hier wird ein Bericht über alle Kompetenzen, " "gruppiert nach Mitarbeiter, angezeigt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:481 msgid "" "All the lines of the report are collapsed, by default. To view the details " "of a line, click on a line to expand the data." @@ -1592,24 +1335,24 @@ msgstr "" "einer Zeile anzuzeigen, klicken Sie auf eine Zeile, um die Daten zu " "erweitern." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:484 msgid "Each skill has the following information listed:" msgstr "Zu jeder Kompetenz sind die folgenden Informationen aufgeführt:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:486 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: name of the employee." msgstr ":guilabel:`Mitarbeiter`: Name des Mitarbeiters." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 msgid ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: the category the skill falls under." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Kompetenzart`: die Kategorie, unter die die Kompetenz fällt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:488 msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the specific, individual skill." msgstr ":guilabel:`Kompetenz`: die spezifische, individuelle Kompetenz." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:489 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Level`: the level the employee had previously " "achieved for the skill." @@ -1617,7 +1360,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Vorheriges Kompetenzlevel`: das Level, das der Mitarbeiter zuvor " "für die Fähigkeit erreicht hat." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:583 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Progress`: the previous percentage of competency " "achieved for the skill (based on the :guilabel:`Skill Level`)." @@ -1626,7 +1369,7 @@ msgstr "" "erreichten Fertigkeit für diese Kompetenz (basierend auf dem " ":guilabel:`Kompetenzlevel`)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:585 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Skill Level`: the current level the employee has achieved" " for the skill." @@ -1634,7 +1377,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Aktuelles Kompetenzlevel`: das aktuelle Level, das der " "Mitarbeiter für die Kompetenz erreicht hat." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Skill Progress`: the current percentage of competency " "achieved for the skill." @@ -1642,7 +1385,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Aktueller Kompetenzfortschritt`: der aktuelle Prozentsatz der " "erreichten Fertigkeit für die Kompetenz." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:494 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Justification`: any notes entered on the skill explaining the " "progress." @@ -1654,11 +1397,200 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A report showing all the skills grouped by employee." msgstr "Ein Bericht, der alle Kompetenzen gruppiert nach Mitarbeiter zeigt." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:501 +msgid ":doc:`appraisals/goals`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:3 +msgid "Goals" +msgstr "Ziele" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Appraisals* application allows managers to set goals for their " +"employees. That way, employees know what to work toward before their next " +"review." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`. " +"This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:13 +msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" +msgstr "Jede Zielkarte enthält die folgenden Informationen:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:15 +msgid ":guilabel:`Goal`: the name of the goal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:16 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the employee the goal is assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:17 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-clock-o` :guilabel:`(clock)` icon: displays the corresponding " +":doc:`activity icon <../../essentials/activities>` for the record. If no " +"activities are scheduled, the default icon is the :icon:`fa-clock-o` " +":guilabel:`(clock)`. If any activities have been scheduled, the icon " +"represents the activity scheduled soonest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:21 +msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Frist`: das Fälligkeitsdatum des Ziels." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal. The " +"options are :guilabel:`0%`, :guilabel:`25%`, :guilabel:`50%`, " +":guilabel:`75%`, or :guilabel:`100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Icon`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is " +"assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " +"corner of the goal card." +msgstr "" +"Wenn ein Ziel abgeschlossen ist, erscheint ein :guilabel:`Erledigt`-Banner " +"in der oberen rechten Ecke der Zielkarte." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 +msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." +msgstr "Die Kanban-Ansicht „Ziele“ mit neun Zielkarten." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every individual goal requires its own record for each employee. If multiple" +" employees have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For example, if Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " +"appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " +"goal for Sara." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:40 +msgid "New goal" +msgstr "Neues Ziel" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`," +" and click :guilabel:`New` top-left corner to open a blank goal form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Input the :guilabel:`Goal`, :guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Progress`, and " +":guilabel:`Deadline`, information on the goal card, as discussed in the " +":ref:`goal card ` section of this document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The information requested is all the same information that appears on the " +"goal card in the Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field " +"and a :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " +"all tags need to be added. To add a tag, enter the name of the tag on the " +"line, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(tag)\"`. Repeat this for all tags that" +" need to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field, by default, and " +"the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" +" profile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " +"useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" +"Nehmen Sie alle erforderlichen Änderungen am Formular vor und fügen Sie im " +"Reiter :guilabel:`Beschreibung` alle Anmerkungen hinzu, die zur Erklärung " +"des Ziels nützlich sein könnten." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 +msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." +msgstr "" +"Ein ausgefülltes Zielformular für eine Python-Fähigkeit, das auf " +"50-prozentige Kompetenz eingestellt ist." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:68 +msgid "Completed goals" +msgstr "Erreichte Ziele" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:70 +msgid "" +"When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " +"be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " +"dashboard, or from the individual goal card." +msgstr "" +"Wenn ein Ziel erreicht wurde, ist es wichtig, den Eintrag zu aktualisieren. " +"Ein Ziel kann auf zwei Arten als `Erledigt` markiert werden: über das " +"Hauptdashboard :guilabel:`Ziele` oder über die individuelle Zielkarte." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" +" the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon in the top-" +"right of a goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon **only** " +"appears when the mouse hovers over the top-right corner of a goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " +"green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " +"card." +msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie dann im daraufhin angezeigten Dropdown-Menü auf :guilabel:`Als " +"erledigt markieren`. Ein grünes :guilabel:`Erledigt`-Banner erscheint in der" +" oberen rechten Ecke der Zielkarte." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " +"open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " +"the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner " +"appears in the top-right corner of the goal form." +msgstr "" +"Um ein Ziel von der Zielkarte aus als `Erledigt` zu markieren, klicken Sie " +"auf eine Zielkarte, um das Formular für dieses Ziel zu öffnen. Klicken Sie " +"dann auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Als erledigt markieren` oben links im " +"Formular. Wenn Sie darauf klicken, erscheint ein grünes " +":guilabel:`Erledigt`-Banner in der oberen rechten Ecke des Formulars." + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:5 msgid "Attendances" msgstr "Anwesenheiten" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Attendances* application functions as a time clock. Employees are " "able to check in and out of work using a dedicated device in kiosk mode, " @@ -1675,80 +1607,55 @@ msgstr "" "und Einblicke erhalten, welche Mitarbeiter Überstunden machen oder früher " "als erwartet Feierabend machen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:16 msgid "Access rights" msgstr "Zugriffsrechte" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:18 msgid "" "It is important to understand how the different access rights affect what " -"users can access in the *Attendances* application." +"options and features users can access in the *Attendances* application." msgstr "" -"Es ist wichtig zu verstehen, wie sich die verschiedenen Zugriffsrechte " -"darauf auswirken, worauf Benutzer in der *Anwesenheiten*-App zugreifen " -"können." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 msgid "" -"Every user in the database is always able to access their own information on" -" the dashboard and can check in and out directly from the database. Access " -"to all the other features is determined by access rights." +"Every user in the database is able to check in and out directly from the " +"database, without needing access to the *Attendances* application. " +"Additionally, all users can access their own attendance records from their " +"employee form in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" -"Jeder Benutzer in der Datenbank hat jederzeit Zugriff auf seine eigenen " -"Informationen auf dem Dashboard und kann sich direkt aus der Datenbank an- " -"und abmelden. Der Zugriff auf alle anderen Funktionen wird durch " -"Zugriffsrechte geregelt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Access to both the *Attendances* application, and the various features " +"within the application is determined by access rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:28 msgid "" "To see what access rights a user has, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Settings application --> Users & Companies: Users`, and " -"click on an individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by" -" default. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the " -"setting. For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to " -"leave the field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users & Companies: Users`, and click on an " +"individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by default. " +"Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the setting. " +"For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to leave the " +"field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." msgstr "" -"Um die Zugriffsrechte eines Benutzer zu sehen, navigieren Sie zur " -":menuselection:`Einstellungen-App --> Benutzer & Unternehmen: Benutzer`, und" -" klicken Sie auf einen einzelnen Benutzer. Die Reiter " -":guilabel:`Zugriffsrechte` ist standardmäßig sichtbar. Scrollen Sie nach " -"unten zum Abschnitt :guilabel:`Personalwesen`, um die Einstellung zu sehen. " -"Für das Feld :guilabel:`Anwesenheiten` haben Sie die Möglichkeit, das Feld " -"entweder leer zu lassen oder :guilabel:`Administrator` auszuwählen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:34 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Administrator` option is selected, the user has full " "access to the entire *Attendances* application, with no restrictions. They " -"can view all employee attendance records, enter kiosk mode from the " +"can view all employee attendance records, enter *Kiosk mMode* from the " "application, access all reporting metrics, and make modifications to the " -"settings." +"settings. If left blank, the user does **not** have access to the " +"*Attendances* application." msgstr "" -"Wenn die Option :guilabel:`Administrator` ausgewählt ist, hat der Benutzer " -"vollen Zugriff auf die gesamte *Anwesenheiten*-App, ohne Einschränkungen. Er" -" kann alle Anwesenheitsdatensätze der Mitarbeiter einsehen, aus der App " -"heraus, in den Kioskmodus gehen, auf alle Berichtsmetriken zugreifen und " -"Änderungen an den Einstellungen vornehmen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If left blank, the user can only view their own information on the " -"*Attendances* application dashboard and can view their own personal " -"attendance records under the reporting feature. All other attendance records" -" are hidden from view on the report. There is no access to either the kiosk " -"mode or the configuration menu." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie dieses Feld leer lassen, kann der Benutzer nur seine eigenen " -"Informationen auf dem Dashboard der *Anwesenheiten*-App und seine eigenen " -"persönlichen Anwesenheitsdatensätze im mit Berichtsfunktion sehen. Alle " -"anderen Anwesenheitsdatensätze sind im Bericht nicht sichtbar. Es besteht " -"kein Zugriff auf den Kioskmodus oder das Konfigurationsmenü." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:42 msgid "Approvers" msgstr "Genehmiger" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:44 msgid "" "The **only** other scenario where different information may be accessible in" " the *Attendances* application is for approvers. If a user does *not* have " @@ -1771,7 +1678,7 @@ msgstr "" " aufgeführt ist. Bei den Genehmigern handelt es sich in der Regel um " "Manager, obwohl dies nicht immer so sein muss." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:52 msgid "" "To see who the attendance approver is for an employee, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Employees application` and click on the specific employee. " @@ -1790,7 +1697,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Anwesenheiten*-App als auch in den Anwesenheitsberichten einsehen und " "Änderungen an den Datensätzen vornehmen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:61 msgid "" "Few configurations are needed in the *Attendances* application. Determining " "how employees check in and out, defining how the kiosks function, and " @@ -1804,11 +1711,11 @@ msgstr "" "Navigieren Sie zu :menuselection:`Anwesenheiten --> Konfiguration`, um das " "Konfigurationsmenü aufzurufen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:67 msgid "Modes" msgstr "Modi" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how an employee " "checks in when using a kiosk. Options are :guilabel:`Barcode/RFID`, " @@ -1820,7 +1727,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Barcode/RFID`, :guilabel:`Barcode/RFID und manuelle Auswahl`, " "oder :guilabel:`Manuelle Auswahl`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:76 msgid "" "The *Barcode* application **does not** need to be installed to use one of " "the Barcode/RFID settings." @@ -1828,7 +1735,7 @@ msgstr "" "Die *Barcode*-App muss **nicht** installiert sein, um eine der Barcode/RFID-" "Einstellungen zu verwenden." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances from Backend`: activate this selection to allow users" " to check in and out directly from the Odoo database. If this is not " @@ -1839,11 +1746,11 @@ msgstr "" "Wenn Sie diese Funktion nicht aktivieren, müssen Benutzer den Kiosk nutzen, " "um sich an- oder abzumelden" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 msgid "Kiosk settings" msgstr "Kiosk-Einstellungen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:88 msgid "" "This section only needs to be configured if employees use kiosks for " "checking in and out. If kiosks are **not** being used, modifying any of " @@ -1854,7 +1761,7 @@ msgstr "" "werden, haben Änderungen dieser Felder **keinen** negativen Einfluss auf die" " *Abwesenheiten*-App." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode Source`: this setting appears **only** if either of the " "two Barcode/RFID selections were configured for the :ref:`Kiosk Mode " @@ -1869,7 +1776,7 @@ msgstr "" "Barcode-:guilabel:`Scanner` oder mit der :guilabel:`Frontkamera` oder der " ":guilabel:`Rückkamera` des Geräts." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:96 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification`: activate this option if employees " "should use a unique PIN to check in. PINs are configured on each individual " @@ -1882,7 +1789,7 @@ msgstr "" "zur Einrichtung von PINs finden n der Dokumentation über " ":doc:`../hr/employees/new_employee`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Time`: set the duration (in seconds) the check in and " "check out confirmation screen remains on the kiosk before going back to the " @@ -1892,7 +1799,7 @@ msgstr "" "Bestätigungsbildschirm für die An- und Abmeldung auf dem Kiosk verbleibt, " "bevor er zum Hauptbildschirm zur Anmeldung zurückkehrt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:101 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendance Kiosk Url`: Odoo generates a unique web address (URL) " "to use a device as a kiosk without having to sign in to the Odoo database. " @@ -1905,7 +1812,7 @@ msgstr "" "navigieren Sie in einem Webbrowser zu dieser eindeutigen Webadresse, um den " "Kiosk der Anwesenheiten-App darzustellen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 msgid "" "These kiosk URLs are **not** secured with any type of access code. Anyone " "who has the URL can access the Attendances application kiosk. If the URL is " @@ -1920,11 +1827,11 @@ msgstr "" " URL für den Kioskmodus generieren`, die sich unter dem Link befindet, um " "eine neue URL zu generieren und den Kiosk entsprechend zu aktualisieren." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:112 msgid "Extra hours" msgstr "Überstunden" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:114 msgid "" "This section specifies how extra time is calculated, including when extra " "time is counted and what time is not logged." @@ -1933,7 +1840,7 @@ msgstr "" " der Frage, wann Überstunden gezählt werden und welche Zeiten nicht erfasst " "werden." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count of Extra Hours`: enable this box to allow employees to log " "extra hours beyond their set working hours (sometimes referred to as " @@ -1946,7 +1853,7 @@ msgstr "" "folgenden Einstellungen angezeigt. Wenn diese Option nicht aktiviert ist, " "werden keine anderen Konfigurationen angezeigt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start From`: the current date is automatically entered in this " "field. If desired, click on this field and use the calendar selector to " @@ -1957,7 +1864,7 @@ msgstr "" "die Kalenderauswahl, um das Startdatum zu ändern, ab dem Überstunden erfasst" " werden." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Company`: enter the amount of time, in" " minutes, that is **not** counted towards an employee's overtime. When an " @@ -1970,7 +1877,7 @@ msgstr "" "unter den angegebenen Minuten liegt, wird die zusätzliche Zeit **nicht** als" " Überstunden des Mitarbeiters angerechnet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Employee`: enter the amount of time, " "in minutes, that an employee is given, that does **not** adversely affect " @@ -1987,7 +1894,7 @@ msgstr "" "weniger als die angegebene Toleranzzeit beträgt, wird er **nicht** für seine" " reduzierte Arbeitszeit bestraft." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 msgid "" "A company sets both of the :guilabel:`Tolerance` fields to `15` minutes, and" " the working hours for the entire company are set from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM." @@ -1996,7 +1903,7 @@ msgstr "" "und die Arbeitszeiten für das gesamte Unternehmen sind von 9:00 Uhr bis " "17:00 Uhr festgelegt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:138 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:00 AM, and checks out at 5:14 PM, the extra 14" " minutes are **not** counted towards their overtime." @@ -2005,7 +1912,7 @@ msgstr "" "abmeldet, werden die zusätzlichen 14 Minuten **nicht** auf die Überstunden " "angerechnet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:141 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:05 AM, and checks out at 4:55 PM, even though " "they logged a total of 10 minutes less than their full working hours, they " @@ -2015,7 +1922,7 @@ msgstr "" "abmeldet, obwohl er insgesamt 10 Minuten weniger als seine volle Arbeitszeit" " erfasst hat, wird er für diese Diskrepanz **nicht** bestraft." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Extra Hours`: activate this box to display the extra " "hours logged by an employee when they check out with a kiosk, or when a user" @@ -2025,7 +1932,7 @@ msgstr "" "einem Mitarbeiter erfassten Überstunden anzuzeigen, wenn er sich an einem " "Kiosk anmeldet oder wenn ein Benutzer sich von der Datenbank abmeldet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:149 msgid "" "Employees are still able to log overtime hours even if the :guilabel:`Count " "of Extra Hours` option is not activated. The difference is that when " @@ -2039,217 +1946,11 @@ msgstr "" " der Überstunden` von einer :ref:`genehmigten Anwesenheitsanfrage abgezogen " "werden können `." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:164 -msgid "Check in and out via the database" -msgstr "Über die Datenbank an- und abmelden" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users who are logged into the " -"database to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " -"application, or use a kiosk. For some smaller companies, where every " -"employee is also a user, this feature may be useful." -msgstr "" -"Mit der *Anwesenheiten*-App von Odoo können sich Benutzer, die in der " -"Datenbank angemeldet sind, an- und abmelden, ohne die *Anwesenheiten*-App " -"aufrufen oder einen Kiosk benutzen zu müssen. Für einige kleinere " -"Unternehmen, in denen jeder Mitarbeiter auch ein Benutzer ist, kann diese " -"Funktion nützlich sein." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:170 -msgid "" -"A user can check in and out on the main database dashboard, as well as in " -"any application. In the upper right corner of the top main menu, which is " -"always visible regardless of what application the user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴" -" (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is visible. Click on the " -"colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, enabling the user to check " -"in and/or out." -msgstr "" -"Ein Benutzer kann sowohl sich auf dem Hauptdashboard der Datenbank als auch " -"in einer beliebigen App an- und abmelden. In der oberen rechten Ecke des " -"Hauptmenüs, das immer sichtbar ist, unabhängig davon, in welcher App sich " -"der Benutzer befindet, ist ein :guilabel:`🔴 (roter Kreis)` oder :guilabel:`🟢" -" (grüner Kreis)` sichtbar. Klicken Sie auf den farbigen Kreis, um das " -"Anwesenheitswidget zu öffnen, mit dem der Benutzer sich an- und abmelden " -"kann." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." -msgstr "Oberes rechtes Menü mit hervorgehobener Anmeldeschaltfläche." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:180 -msgid "Check in" -msgstr "Anmelden" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:182 -msgid "" -"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " -"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` and the " -"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` " -"button." -msgstr "" -"Wenn der Kreis im Anwesenheitswidget rot ist, bedeutet dies, dass der " -"Benutzer derzeit nicht angemeldet ist. Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`🔴 (roter " -"Kreis)` und das Anwesenheitswidget erscheint und zeigt eine grüne " -":guilabel:`Anmelden ➡️`-Schaltfläche an." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:190 -msgid "" -"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." -msgstr "" -"Wenn sich der Benutzer aus der Datenbank anmeldet, protokolliert die " -"*Anwesenheiten*-App die Standortdaten des Benutzers, einschließlich der IP-" -"Adresse und der GPS-Koordinaten." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 -msgid "" -"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " -"their computer to access their location information." -msgstr "" -"Damit die *Anwesenheiten*-App die Standortdaten aufzeichnen kann, muss der " -"Benutzer seinem Computer den Zugriff auf seine Standortdaten erlauben." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:197 -msgid "" -"If the user has not checked in and out already during the current work day, " -"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " -"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" -" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " -"appears beneath that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" -"Wenn sich der Benutzer während des aktuellen Arbeitstages noch nicht an- " -"oder abgemeldet hat, ist diese Schaltfläche das einzige sichtbare Element " -"des Widgets. Wenn sich der Benutzer bereits an- und abgemeldet hat, " -"erscheint über der Schaltfläche ein Feld :guilabel:`Insgesamt von heute` und" -" darunter die Gesamtzeit, die für den Tag erfasst wurde, im Format " -":guilabel:`HH:MM` (Stunden:Minuten)." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:202 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to check in. The :guilabel:`🔴 (red " -"circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget changes appearance" -" as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has checked in, by " -"changing the green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to a yellow " -":guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button." -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Anmelden ➡️`, um sich " -"anzumelden. Der :guilabel:`🔴 (roter Kreis)` im oberen Menü wechselt zu grün " -"und auch das Widget ändert sein Aussehen. Das Widget wird aktualisiert, um " -"anzuzeigen, dass sich der Benutzer angemeldet hat, indem die grüne " -"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Anmelden ➡️` in eine gelbe Schaltfläche " -":guilabel:`Abmelden ➡️` geändert wird." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:207 -msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie irgendwo auf dem Bildschirm, um das Anwesenheitswidget zu " -"schließen." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:210 -msgid "Check out" -msgstr "Abmelden" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:212 -msgid "" -"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " -"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" -" populating the time field. Beneath that line, :guilabel:`HH:MM` is " -"displayed, indicating the hours and minutes that have elapsed since checking" -" in. As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes " -"that have passed since the user checked in." -msgstr "" -"Wenn sich der Benutzer zum ersten Mal abmeldet, erscheint :guilabel:`Seit " -"HH:MM` am oberen Rand des Widgets, wobei die Zeit, zu der sich der Benutzer " -"angemeldet hat, eingefügt wird. Unterhalb dieser Zeile wird " -":guilabel:`HH:MM` angezeigt, was die Stunden und Minuten angibt, die seit " -"der Anmeldung verstrichen sind. Während die Zeit vergeht, wird dieser Wert " -"aktualisiert, um die Stunden und Minuten anzuzeigen, die seit der Anmeldung " -"des Benutzers vergangen sind." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:218 -msgid "" -"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " -"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears in addition to " -"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The time displayed in both of " -"these fields are populated with the most recent check in time, and will " -"match. Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously " -"logged hours are displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" -"Wenn sich der Benutzer zuvor an- und abgemeldet hat, werden zusätzliche " -"Felder angezeigt. Ein :guilabel:`Vor HH:MM`-Feld erscheint zusätzlich zum " -":guilabel:`Seit HH:MM`-Feld. Die Zeit, die in diesen beiden Feldern " -"angezeigt wird, wird mit der letzten Anmeldezeit aufgefüllt und stimmt " -"überein. Unter dem Feld :guilabel:`Vor HH:MM` werden die zuvor erfassten " -"Stunden im Format :guilabel:`HH:MM` (Stunden:Minuten) angezeigt." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 -msgid "" -"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " -"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " -"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that will " -"be logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." -msgstr "" -"Zusätzlich wird unter diesen beiden Feldern ein Feld :guilabel:`Insgesamt " -"von heute` angezeigt. Dieses Feld ist die Summe der Felder :guilabel:`Vor " -"HH:MM` und :guilabel:`Seit HH:MM` und ist die Gesamtzeit, die für den " -"Benutzer protokolliert wird, wenn er sich zu diesem Zeitpunkt abmeldet." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:228 -msgid "" -"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " -":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button. The attendance widget updates again," -" displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the logged time, and the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check " -"in ➡️` button." -msgstr "" -"Während die Zeit vergeht, werden sowohl die Felder :guilabel:`Seit HH:MM` " -"als auch :guilabel:`Insgesamt von heute` in Echtzeit aktualisiert. Um sich " -"abzumelden, klicken Sie auf die gelbe Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Abmelden ➡️`. " -"Das Anwesenheitswidget wird erneut aktualisiert und zeigt das Feld " -":guilabel:`Insgesamt von heute` mit der erfassten Zeit an. Die gelbe " -"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Abmelden ➡️` wird zu einer grünen Schaltfläche " -":guilabel:`Anmelden ➡️`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " -"user allows their computer to access this information." -msgstr "" -"Wenn sich der Benutzer aus der Datenbank anmeldet, protokolliert die " -"*Anwesenheiten*-App die Standortdaten des Benutzers. Diese Informationen " -"werden **nur** protokolliert, wenn der Benutzer seinem Computer erlaubt, auf" -" diese Informationen zuzugreifen." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." -msgstr "" -"Das Pop-up-Fenster, das erscheint, wenn sich ein Mitarbeiter in der " -"Datenbank anmeldet." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:242 -msgid "" -"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " -"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " -"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" -" appears on the dashboard, including check ins and check outs with no time " -"value." -msgstr "" -"Es gibt keine Begrenzung, wie oft sich ein Benutzer an- und abmelden kann. " -"Benutzer können sich an- und abmelden, ohne dass eine Zeitspanne verstreicht" -" (ein Wert von 00:00). Jedes Mal, wenn sich ein Mitarbeiter an- und " -"abmeldet, werden die Informationen gespeichert und auf dem Dashboard " -"angezeigt, einschließlich An- und Abmeldung ohne Zeitangabe." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:157 msgid "Kiosk mode" msgstr "Kioskmodus" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:159 msgid "" "Some companies may opt to use a dedicated device (a laptop or desktop PC, a " "tablet, or a mobile phone) for employees to check in and check out from. " @@ -2260,7 +1961,7 @@ msgstr "" " sich an- und abmelden können. Für diese Szenarien wird der Kioskmodus " "verwendet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:163 msgid "" "If users check in and out using either a badge or an RFID, then an " "accessible device in kiosk mode **must** be available to check in and check " @@ -2270,7 +1971,7 @@ msgstr "" "muss ein zugängliches Gerät im Kioskmodus verfügbar sein, um sich mit diesen" " beiden Methoden an- und abzumelden." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 msgid "" "Entering kiosk mode is only available for users with specific :ref:`access " "rights `." @@ -2278,11 +1979,11 @@ msgstr "" "Die Nutzung des Kioskmodus ist nur für Benutzer mit bestimmten " ":ref:`Zugriffsrechten ` verfügbar." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:169 msgid "Kiosk mode can be activated in three different ways:" msgstr "Der Kioskmodus kann auf drei verschiedene Arten aktiviert werden:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:171 msgid "" "Navigate to the :guilabel:`Attendances` application, and click " ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode` in the top menu. The device then enters kiosk mode." @@ -2290,7 +1991,7 @@ msgstr "" "Navigieren Sie zur :guilabel:`Anwesenheiten`-App und klicken Sie im oberen " "Menü auf :guilabel:`Kioskmodus`. Das Gerät wechselt dann in den Kioskmodus." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:173 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click on the link in the " @@ -2303,7 +2004,7 @@ msgstr "" "im Kioskmodus. Es wird empfohlen, den Datenbankreiter zu schließen, um die " "Datenbank zu schützen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:177 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click :guilabel:`Copy` next to " @@ -2324,7 +2025,7 @@ msgstr "" "Das Feld „Kiosk-URL für Anwesenheiten“ im Bereich Einstellungen der " "Anwesenheiten-App." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:186 msgid "" "As a security measure, once a device is in kiosk mode, it is not possible to" " exit kiosk mode and go back into the database without signing back in. To " @@ -2340,11 +2041,11 @@ msgstr "" "wird eine zusätzliche Sicherheitsebene geschaffen, die verhindert, dass " "jemand auf die Datenbank zugreift." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:192 msgid "Badge" msgstr "Ausweis" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 msgid "" "To check in or out using a badge, tap the :guilabel:`📷 (camera) Tap to scan`" " image in the center of the kiosk. Then, scan the barcode on the badge using" @@ -2371,11 +2072,11 @@ msgstr "" "Die Ansicht des Anwesenheitskiosks, die das Bild zum Scannen des Ausweises " "anzeigt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:206 msgid "RFID" msgstr "RFID" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:208 msgid "" "To check in or out using an RFID key fob, simply scan the fob with an RFID " "reader. Once scanned, the employee is then either checked in or checked out," @@ -2388,11 +2089,11 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Bestätigungsnachricht ` mit allen " "Informationen zur An- oder Abmeldung." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:213 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manuell" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:215 msgid "" "Users who do not have a scannable badge or an RFID fob can manually check in" " and out at a kiosk. Tap the :guilabel:`Identify Manually` button on the " @@ -2410,7 +2111,7 @@ msgstr "" "abgemeldet, und es erscheint eine :ref:`Bestätigungsnachricht " "`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:221 msgid "" "When a large number of employees appear in the list, making scrolling " "inefficient, there are two ways to quickly find a specific person:" @@ -2419,7 +2120,7 @@ msgstr "" "Scrollen ineffizient ist, gibt es zwei Möglichkeiten, schnell eine bestimmte" " Person zu finden:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Search...`: tap on the :guilabel:`Search...` field and enter the " "person's name. As the name is typed in, the matching results are displayed " @@ -2429,7 +2130,7 @@ msgstr "" "geben Sie den Namen der Person ein. Wenn der Name einegeben wird, werden die" " übereinstimmenden Ergebnisse auf dem Bildschirm angezeigt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: to quickly filter the presented employees, tap on a " "department to display only those employees that are part of that department." @@ -2444,11 +2145,11 @@ msgstr "" " an, wie viele Mitarbeiter zu dieser Abteilung gehören und wird angezeigt, " "wenn Sie sie auswählen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:232 msgid "PIN" msgstr "PIN" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:234 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification` option was activated in the " ":ref:`kiosk settings ` section of the " @@ -2460,7 +2161,7 @@ msgstr "" "aktiviert wurde, wird der Mitarbeiter bei der manuellen An- oder Abmeldung " "zur Eingabe einer PIN aufgefordert." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:238 msgid "" "After the employee is selected, a number pad appears with a message. When " "checking in, :guilabel:`(Employee) Welcome! Please enter your PIN to check " @@ -2475,7 +2176,7 @@ msgstr "" "Wollen Sie sich abmelden? Bitte geben Sie Ihre PIN ein, um sich abzumelden` " "erscheint über den Zahlen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:243 msgid "" "Tap in the PIN using the number pad, then tap :guilabel:`OK` when done. The " "employee is then checked in or out, and a :ref:`confirmation message " @@ -2492,11 +2193,11 @@ msgstr "" "Das Pop-up-Fenster, das erscheint, wenn Sie zur Eingabe einer PIN " "aufgefordert werden." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:253 msgid "Confirmation message" msgstr "Bestätigungsnachricht" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:255 msgid "" "When an employee checks in or out, a confirmation message appears with all " "the check in or check out information. When checking in, a welcome message " @@ -2518,7 +2219,7 @@ msgstr "" "voreingestellten Zeit im Kiosk zu verlassen, tippen Sie auf die Schaltfläche" " :guilabel:`OK`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 msgid "" "When checking out, the screen displays a goodbye message, with the date and " "time of check out, and the total hours logged for the day. Beneath the " @@ -2537,12 +2238,12 @@ msgstr "" "Die Abschiedsnachricht mit allen Informationen zur Abmeldung des " "Mitarbeiters." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:681 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Übersicht" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:273 msgid "" "When entering the *Attendances* application, the :guilabel:`Overview` " "dashboard is presented, containing all the check in and check out " @@ -2560,11 +2261,11 @@ msgstr "" " sind die An- und Abmeldeinformationen dieser zusätzlichen Mitarbeiter auch " "auf dem :guilabel:`Übersichtsdashboard` sichtbar." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:280 msgid "Views" msgstr "Ansichten" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:282 msgid "" "To change the view from the default Gantt chart to a list view, click the " ":guilabel:`List` icon in the top right of the dashboard, beneath the user's " @@ -2577,7 +2278,7 @@ msgstr "" "zu wechseln, klicken Sie auf die :guilabel:`Gantt`-Schaltfläche, die sich " "neben der :guilabel:`Listen`-Schaltfläche befindet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:286 msgid "" "The default view presents the current day's information. To present the " "information for the :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or " @@ -2604,7 +2305,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dadurch wird das Dashboard aktualisiert und zeigt die Informationen des " "aktuellen Tages an." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:295 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Day` view, the column for the current hour is highlighted " "in yellow. If the :guilabel:`Week` or :guilabel:`Month` view is selected, " @@ -2625,7 +2326,7 @@ msgstr "" "Das Übersichtsdashboard, das die Infos für die Woche anzeigt, mit Hervorhebung mit\n" "dem aktuellen Tag." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:304 msgid "" "Any entries that have errors appear in red, indicating they need to be " "resolved by a user with the proper :ref:`access rights ` gelöst werden müssen und/oder :ref:`Genehmiger " "` für den/die Mitarbeiter mit den Fehlern sind." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:311 msgid "Filters and groups" msgstr "Filter und Gruppen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:313 msgid "" "To filter the results in the overview dashboard, or to present different " "groups of information, click the :guilabel:`🔻 (triangle drop down)` button " @@ -2658,16 +2359,16 @@ msgstr "" "nach`. Sie haben die Wahl zwischen mehreren vorkonfigurierten Filtern und " "Gruppen sowie der Möglichkeit, eigene Filter und Gruppen zu erstellen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:320 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:276 msgid "Filters" msgstr "Filter" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:322 msgid "The default filters that can be selected are:" msgstr "Sie können folgende Standardfilter auswählen:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:324 msgid "" ":guilabel:`My Attendances`: this filter only presents the user's attendance " "data." @@ -2675,7 +2376,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Meine Anwesenheiten`: Dieser Filter zeigt nur die " "Anwesenheitsdaten des Benutzers." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:325 msgid "" ":guilabel:`My Team`: this filter presents the attendance data for the user's" " team." @@ -2683,7 +2384,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Mein Team`: Dieser Filter zeigt die Anwesenheitsdaten für das " "Team des Benutzer." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:326 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At Work`: this filter displays the attendance data for everyone " "currently checked in." @@ -2691,7 +2392,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Auf der Arbeit`: Dieser Filter zeigt die Anwesenheitsdaten für " "alle, die gerade angemeldet sind." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:327 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Errors`: this filter displays any entries with :ref:`errors " "` that need to be resolved." @@ -2699,7 +2400,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Fehler`: Dieser Filter zeigt alle Einträge mit :ref:`Fehlern " "`, die gelöst werden müssen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this filter has a drop-down to further select a " "specific time period. Select the desired time period from the options " @@ -2709,7 +2410,7 @@ msgstr "" "bestimmten Zeitraum auszuwählen. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Zeitraum aus den" " dargestellten Optionen aus: einen bestimmten Monat, ein Quartal oder Jahr." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Last 7 days`: this filter presents the attendance data for the " "last seven days." @@ -2717,7 +2418,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Letzten 7 Tage`: Dieser Filter zeigt die Anwesenheitsdaten für " "die letzten sieben Tage an." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:332 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`: create a custom filter using the pop-up that " "appears when this is selected." @@ -2726,15 +2427,15 @@ msgstr "" "benutzerdefinierten Filter im Pop-up-Fenster, das erscheint, wenn " "ausgewählt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 msgid "Groups" msgstr "Gruppen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:338 msgid "The default groups that can be selected are:" msgstr "Sie können folgende Standardgruppen auswählen:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:340 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing the" " following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -2748,7 +2449,7 @@ msgstr "" "Zeitraum, um alle Anmeldeinformationen, gruppiert nach dem gewählten " "Zeitraum, anzuzeigen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:344 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee`: this group presents the attendance data organized by " "employee." @@ -2756,7 +2457,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Mitarbeiter`: Diese Gruppe zeigt die Anwesenheitsdaten nach " "Mitarbeiter an." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:345 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing " "the following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -2770,7 +2471,7 @@ msgstr "" "Zeitraum, um alle Abmeldeinformationen, gruppiert nach dem gewählten " "Zeitraum, anzuzeigen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:349 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`: this option displays a drop-down menu with a " "variety of options to group the attendance data by, including " @@ -2782,11 +2483,11 @@ msgstr "" "Anwesenheitsdaten gruppieren können, einschließlich :guilabel:`Stadt`, " ":guilabel:`Land`, :guilabel:`Modus` und :guilabel:`IP-Adresse`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:356 msgid "Attendance log details" msgstr "Details zum Anwesenheitsprotokoll" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:358 msgid "" "Odoo captures various time and location details when a user checks in and " "out. The specific details provided are determined by the method the user " @@ -2796,7 +2497,7 @@ msgstr "" "und abmeldet. Die spezifischen Details werden durch die Methode bestimmt, " "mit der sich der Benutzer an- und abgemeldet hat." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:361 msgid "" "To view the specific check in and/or check out details for an employee, " "click on an individual entry in the overview dashboard." @@ -2804,7 +2505,7 @@ msgstr "" "Um die spezifischen Details zur An- und/oder Abmeldung eines Mitarbeiters " "anzuzeigen, klicken Sie auf einen einzelnen Eintrag im Übersichtsdashboard." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 msgid "" "A detailed attendance log for the user appears in a pop-up window. To close " "the detailed attendance log, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` button in " @@ -2815,26 +2516,26 @@ msgstr "" "klicken Sie in der unteren linken Ecke des Formulars. auf die Schaltfläche " ":guilabel:`Speichern & schließen`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:367 msgid "The detailed attendance log contains the following information:" msgstr "" "Das detaillierte Anwesenheitsprotokoll enthält die folgenden Informationen:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:370 msgid "Main details" msgstr "Hauptdaten" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:372 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the name of the employee." msgstr ":guilabel:`Mitarbeiter`: der Name des Mitarbeiters." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 msgid ":guilabel:`Check In`: the date and time the employee checked in." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Anmeldung`: das Datum und die Uhrzeit der Anmeldung des " "Mitarbeiters." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:374 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: the date and time the employee checked out. This only" " appears if the employee has checked out." @@ -2843,7 +2544,7 @@ msgstr "" "Mitarbeiters. Diese Angaben erscheinen nur, wenn der Mitarbeiter sich " "abgemeldet hat." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:376 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Worked Hours`: the total amount of time the employee logged for " "the day, in an hour and minute format (HH:MM). This value calculates all the" @@ -2855,7 +2556,7 @@ msgstr "" "berechnet alle An- und Abmeldungen für den Tag, wenn sich der Mitarbeiter " "mehrfach an- und abgemeldet hat." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Extra Hours`: any extra hours the employee logged that is beyond " "their expected working hours." @@ -2863,11 +2564,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Überstunden`: alle zusätzlichen Stunden, die der Mitarbeiter über" " seine erwartete Arbeitszeit hinaus geleistet hat." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:383 msgid "Check in/check out details" msgstr "Daten zur An-/Abmeldung" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:385 msgid "" "The following information appears for both the :guilabel:`Check In` and " ":guilabel:`Check Out` sections." @@ -2875,7 +2576,7 @@ msgstr "" "Die folgenden Informationen werden sowohl für die Abschnitte " ":guilabel:`Anmeldung` als auch :guilabel:`Abmeldung` angezeigt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: the method with which the attendance information was " "gathered. :guilabel:`Systray` is displayed if the employee logged in and out" @@ -2890,7 +2591,7 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`über einen Anwesenheitskiosk ` an- und " "abgemeldet hat." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:392 msgid "" ":guilabel:`IP Address`: the IP address for the computer the employee used to" " log in or out." @@ -2898,14 +2599,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`IP-Adresse`: die IP-Adresse des Computers, den der Mitarbeiter " "zur An- oder Abmeldung verwendet hat." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:393 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browser`: the web browser the employee used to log in or out." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Browser`: den Webbrowser, den der Mitarbeiter zur An- oder " "Abmeldung verwendet hat." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:394 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Localization`: the city and country associated with the " "computer's IP address." @@ -2913,7 +2614,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Lokalisierung`: die mit der IP-Adresse des Computers verbundene " "Stadt und das Land." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:395 msgid "" ":guilabel:`GPS Coordinates`: the specific coordinates when the user logged " "in or out. To view the specific coordinates on a map, click the :guilabel:`→" @@ -2931,12 +2632,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The detailed information for an attendance entry." msgstr "Die detaillierten Informationen für einen Anwesenheitseintrag." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:405 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:84 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Fehler" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:407 msgid "" "Entries that contain an error appear on the overview dashboard in red. In " "the :guilabel:`Gantt view`, the entry appears with a red background. If in " @@ -2947,7 +2648,7 @@ msgstr "" "roten Hintergrund. In der :guilabel:`Liste`-Ansicht erscheint der Text des " "Eintrags in Rot." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:411 msgid "" "An error typically occurs when an employee has checked in but has not " "checked out within the last 24 hours, or when an employee has a check in and" @@ -2957,7 +2658,7 @@ msgstr "" "letzten 24 Stunden angemeldet, aber nicht abgemeldet hat, oder wenn ein " "Mitarbeiter einen An- und Abmeldezeitraum von mehr als 16 Stunden hat." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:414 msgid "" "To fix the error, the attendance entry must be modified or deleted. Click on" " the entry to reveal a pop-up containing the details for that particular " @@ -2984,7 +2685,7 @@ msgstr "" "Das Pop-up-Fenster, das Änderungen an einem fehlerhaften Anwesenheitseintrag ermöglicht. Die Kalenderauswahl\n" "wird angezeigt, und die Zeitauswahl ist hervorgehoben." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:426 msgid "" "When all the information on the pop-up is correct, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close`. When the entry no longer has an error, the entry appears in gray " @@ -2994,7 +2695,7 @@ msgstr "" " :guilabel:`Speichern & Schließen`. Wenn der Eintrag keinen Fehler mehr " "aufweist, wird er grau statt rot angezeigt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 msgid "" "To delete an entry, click :guilabel:`Remove` on the pop-up instead of making" " modifications to the entry." @@ -3002,7 +2703,7 @@ msgstr "" "Um einen Eintrag zu löschen, klicken Sie im Pop-up-Fenster auf " ":guilabel:`Entfernen`, anstatt Änderungen an dem Eintrag vorzunehmen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:435 msgid "" "To view attendance reports, click :guilabel:`Reporting` in the top menu. The" " default report displays each employee's attendance information for the past" @@ -3013,7 +2714,7 @@ msgstr "" "jedes Mitarbeiters für die letzten 3 Monate in einem " ":guilabel:`Liniendiagramm` an." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 msgid "" "The default view is a :guilabel:`Graph`. To view the data in a pivot table, " "click the :guilabel:`Pivot Table` button on the top right of the report. To " @@ -3026,7 +2727,7 @@ msgstr "" "klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Grafik`, die sich neben der " "Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Pivot-Tabelle` befindet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 msgid "" "To present different information, adjust the :ref:`filters and groups " "` in the same way as in the :guilabel:`Overview`" @@ -3036,7 +2737,7 @@ msgstr "" "` auf die gleiche Weise an wie im " ":guilabel:`Übersichtsdashboard`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:445 msgid "" "The data can be presented in either a :guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line" " Chart`, :guilabel:`Pie Chart`, :guilabel:`Stacked` chart, or in " @@ -3051,7 +2752,7 @@ msgstr "" "die Ansicht auf eines dieser Diagramme zu ändern, klicken Sie auf die " "entsprechende Schaltfläche über dem angezeigten Diagramm." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 msgid "" "To change the :guilabel:`Measures`, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button " "and select the desired measure from the drop-down menu." @@ -3059,7 +2760,7 @@ msgstr "" "Um das :guilabel:`Werte` zu ändern, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche " ":guilabel:`Werte` und wählen Sie den gewünschten Wert aus dem Dropdown-Menü." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:452 msgid "" "The report can also be inserted into a spreadsheet. Click the " ":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button and a pop-up appears. Select the " @@ -3077,6 +2778,164 @@ msgstr "" "Die Standardansicht des Berichts, in der alle optionalen Schaltflächen " "hervorgehoben sind." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/check_in_check_out`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:461 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/hardware`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:3 +msgid "Check in and out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users, who are logged into the " +"database, to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " +"application, or use a kiosk. For smaller companies, where every employee is " +"also a user, this feature may be useful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A user can check in and/or out on the main database Odoo dashboard, or while" +" inside any application. To do so, in the upper-right corner of the top main" +" header menu, which is always visible regardless of what application the " +"user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is " +"visible. Click on the colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, " +"enabling the user to check in and/or out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." +msgstr "Oberes rechtes Menü mit hervorgehobener Anmeldeschaltfläche." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:22 +msgid "Check in" +msgstr "Anmelden" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " +"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)`, and the " +"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in` " +":icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." +msgstr "" +"Wenn sich der Benutzer aus der Datenbank anmeldet, protokolliert die " +"*Anwesenheiten*-App die Standortdaten des Benutzers, einschließlich der IP-" +"Adresse und der GPS-Koordinaten." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " +"their computer to access their location information." +msgstr "" +"Damit die *Anwesenheiten*-App die Standortdaten aufzeichnen kann, muss der " +"Benutzer seinem Computer den Zugriff auf seine Standortdaten erlauben." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If the user has not already checked in and out during the current work day, " +"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " +"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" +" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " +"appears in that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button to check in. The " +":guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget " +"changes appearance, as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has" +" checked in, by changing the green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` " +"button to a yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:49 +msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." +msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie irgendwo auf dem Bildschirm, um das Anwesenheitswidget zu " +"schließen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:148 +msgid "Check out" +msgstr "Abmelden" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " +"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" +" populating the time field. Beneath that line, the hours and minutes that " +"have elapsed since checking in are displayed in a :guilabel:`HH:MM` format. " +"As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes that " +"have passed since the user checked in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " +"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears, in addition to " +"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The times displayed in both of " +"these fields match, and are populated with the most recent check in time. " +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously logged " +"time is displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " +"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " +"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that is " +"logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:70 +msgid "" +"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " +":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " +"yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button. The attendance " +"widget updates again, displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the " +"logged time, while the yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` " +"button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " +"user allows their computer to access this information." +msgstr "" +"Wenn sich der Benutzer aus der Datenbank anmeldet, protokolliert die " +"*Anwesenheiten*-App die Standortdaten des Benutzers. Diese Informationen " +"werden **nur** protokolliert, wenn der Benutzer seinem Computer erlaubt, auf" +" diese Informationen zuzugreifen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." +msgstr "" +"Das Pop-up-Fenster, das erscheint, wenn sich ein Mitarbeiter in der " +"Datenbank anmeldet." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:85 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " +"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " +"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" +" appears on the main *Attendances* dashboard, including check ins and check " +"outs with no time value." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Hardware" msgstr "Hardware" @@ -3207,6 +3066,305 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo *Mitarbeiter* organisiert die Datensätze, Verträge und Abteilungen " "eines Unternehmens." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:3 +msgid "Departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"All employees in the *Employees* app fall under specific departments within " +"a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:8 +msgid "Create new departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To make a new department, navigate to :menuselection:`Employees app --> " +"Departments`, then click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left to reveal a blank " +"department form. Fill out the following information on the department form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The department for with all fields filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:18 +msgid ":guilabel:`Department Name`: enter a name for the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: using the drop-down menu, select the department " +"manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Parent Department`: if the new department is housed within " +"another department (has a parent department), select the parent department " +"using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates`: if employees in this department " +"require a specific appraisal form that is different from the default " +"appraisal form, tick the checkbox. If this option is activated, an " +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab appears below the form. This field " +"**only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " +"department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Survey`: using the drop-down menu, select the default " +"survey to use for the department when requesting feedback from employees. " +"This field **only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed, **and** " +"the *360 Feedback* option is enabled in the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the department. Click the default " +"white color box to display all the color options. Click on a color to select" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab: this tab **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates` options is activated on the form. " +"Make any desired edits to the appraisal form. The appraisal form is used for" +" appraisals for all employees within this department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:36 +msgid "" +"After the form is completed, click the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon to manually save the changes. When saved, a " +":guilabel:`Department Organization` chart appears in the top-right of the " +"department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The form auto-saves while data is entered, however the :guilabel:`Department" +" Organization` chart does **not** appear until the form is manually saved. " +"If the form is not saved, the :guilabel:`Department Organization` chart is " +"visible upon opening the department card from the :guilabel:`Departments` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:47 +msgid "Refer to the :doc:`../appraisals` documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:50 +msgid "Departments dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured departments, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Departments`. All departments appear in a " +"Kanban view, by default, and are listed in alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The departments dashboard view with all the department cards in a Kanban " +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:175 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "Kanban-Ansicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each department has its own Kanban card on the main :guilabel:`Departments` " +":icon:`oi-view-kanban` :guilabel:`(Kanban)` dashboard view, that can display" +" the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:66 +msgid "Department name: the name of the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:67 +msgid "Company: the company the department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employees`: the number of employees within the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisals`: the number of appraisals scheduled for employees in " +"the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Requests`: the number of unapproved time off requests " +"for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval ` . This **only** appears if there are requests to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allocation Requests`: the number of unapproved allocation " +"requests for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval " +"`. This **only** appears if there are requests " +"to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Applicants`: the number of :ref:`new applicants " +"` for a position in this department. This **only** appears " +"if there are new applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expense Reports`: the number of employees in the department with " +":ref:`open expense reports to approve `. This **only** " +"appears if there are any expense reports waiting for approval." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Absence`: the number of absences for the current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Color bar: the selected color for the department appears as a vertical bar " +"on the left side of the department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click on an alert in a department card, such as :guilabel:`Time Off " +"Requests`, to reveal a list view of the requests to approve. This list " +"includes **all** open requests to approve, not just from the specific " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The default view for the :guilabel:`Departments` dashboard is a Kanban view." +" It is possible to view the departments in two other forms: a list view and " +"a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Listenansicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a list view, click the :icon:`fa-align-justify` " +":guilabel:`(list)` icon in the top-right corner. The departments appear in a" +" list view, which displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Employees`, " +":guilabel:`Parent Department`, and :guilabel:`Color` for each department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The departments are sorted alphabetically by :guilabel:`Department Name`, by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The departments presented in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When in list view, departments can be managed in batch by selecting one or " +"multiple record's checkbox, then select the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Actions` button to reveal a drop-down menu of actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:113 +msgid "Hierarchy view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a hierarchy view, click the :icon:`fa-share-alt " +"fa-rotate-90` :guilabel:`(hierarchy)` icon in the top-right corner. The " +"departments appear in an organizational chart format, with the highest-level" +" department at the top (typically :guilabel:`Management`), and all other " +"departments beneath it. All child departments of the first-level child " +"departments are folded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Each department card displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, the " +":guilabel:`Manager` (and their profile image), the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Employees` in the department, and the ability to expand the department " +"(:guilabel:`Unfold`) if there are child departments beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Unfold` button on a department card to expand it. Once " +"expanded, the :guilabel:`Unfold` button changes to a :guilabel:`Fold` " +"button. To collapse the department, click the :guilabel:`Fold` button. Only " +"**one** department *per row* can be unfolded at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Click anywhere on a department card to open the department form. Click the " +":guilabel:`(#) Employees` smart button to view a list of all the employees " +"in that department, including all employees in the child departments beneath" +" it, organized by individual department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In the hierarchy view, if the :guilabel:`(2) Employees` button on the " +":guilabel:`Management` card is clicked (the highest-level department card), " +"**all** employees appear in a list view, grouped by department. This is " +"because **all** departments are children of the :guilabel:`Management` " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`(3) Employees` button in the :guilabel:`Sales` department " +"card is clicked, the employees from the :guilabel:`Sales` department, as " +"well as its two child departments (:guilabel:`East Coast Territory` and " +":guilabel:`West Coat Territory`), appear in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "The departments presented in a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list view of employees for the department that was clicked, including all child\n" +"departments." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 msgid "New employees" msgstr "Neue Mitarbeiter" @@ -3311,7 +3469,6 @@ msgstr "" "hervorgehoben sind." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:736 msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "Optionale Felder" @@ -3491,7 +3648,8 @@ msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "Reiter „Lebenslauf“" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:869 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "Lebenslauf" @@ -4760,6 +4918,11 @@ msgid "" "receive an email informing them a vehicle contract is about to expire in the" " number of days defined in this field." msgstr "" +"Das Feld :guilabel:`Benachrichtigung bei Vertragsende` definiert eine " +"Alarmverzögerung für die Personen, die für Fahrzeugverträge verantwortlich " +"sind. Die verantwortliche(n) Person(en) erhalten eine E-Mail, die sie " +"darüber informiert, dass ein Fahrzeugvertrag in der in diesem Feld " +"definierten Anzahl von Tagen abläuft." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -4768,6 +4931,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Information` section of the contract is the person who " "will receive the alert." msgstr "" +"Um zu ermitteln, wer die verantwortliche Person für einen Vertrag ist, " +"öffnen Sie einen einzelnen Vertrag. Die Person, die im Abschnitt " +":guilabel:`Vertragsinformationen` des Vertrags als " +":guilabel:`Verantwortlicher` aufgeführt ist, ist die Person, die die " +"Benachrichtigung erhält." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -4775,6 +4943,9 @@ msgid "" " Contracts` and all contracts appear in the list. Click on a " ":guilabel:`Contract` to view it." msgstr "" +"Um auf alle Verträge zuzugreifen, navigieren Sie zu :menuselection:`Fuhrpark" +" --> Fuhrpark --> Verträge` und alle Verträge erscheinen in der Liste. " +"Klicken Sie auf einen :guilabel:`Vertrag`, um ihn anzuzeigen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -4785,6 +4956,13 @@ msgid "" "appears in the list. Click on an individual contract to open it. The " ":guilabel:`Responsible` person is listed on the contract." msgstr "" +"Einen einzelnen Vertrag können Sie auch finden, indem Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Fuhrpark --> Fuhrpark --> Fuhrpark` navigieren und auf ein " +"einzelnes Fahrzeug klicken. Klicken Sie auf dem Fahrzeugformular auf die " +"intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Verträge` oben auf der Seite. In der " +"Liste werden nur die Verträge angezeigt, die mit diesem Fahrzeug verbunden " +"sind. Klicken Sie auf einen einzelnen Vertrag, um ihn zu öffnen. Die " +":guilabel:`Verantwortliche` Person ist auf dem Vertrag aufgeführt." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:46 msgid "New Vehicle Request" @@ -4799,6 +4977,13 @@ msgid "" "the number specified in the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field. Enter the" " specific number limit for existing available cars in this field." msgstr "" +"Das Feld :guilabel:`Neue Fahrzeuganfrage` legt fest, wie viele neue " +"Fahrzeuge auf der Grundlage der Verfügbarkeit des Fuhrparks angefordert " +"werden können. Ein Mitarbeiter, der das Formular für den Gehaltskonfigurator" +" ausfüllt (nachdem ihm eine Stelle angeboten wurde), kann *kein* neues " +"Fahrzeug anfordern, wenn die Anzahl der vorhandenen Fahrzeuge größer ist als" +" die im Feld :guilabel:`Neue Fahrzeuganfrage` angegebene Anzahl. Geben Sie " +"in diesem Feld die spezifische Anzahl der vorhandenen Fahrzeuge an." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -4807,6 +4992,10 @@ msgid "" "new vehicle. If there are only 10 cars available, then the employee would be" " able to request a new vehicle." msgstr "" +"Wenn das Limit für die :guilabel:`Neue Fahrzeuganfrage` auf ein neues " +"Fahrzeug auf 20 Fahrzeuge festgelegt ist und 25 Fahrzeuge verfügbar sind, " +"kann ein Mitarbeiter kein neues Fahrzeug beantragen. Wenn nur 10 Fahrzeuge " +"verfügbar sind, kann der Mitarbeiter ein neues Fahrzeug beantragen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:62 msgid "Manufacturers" @@ -4819,6 +5008,10 @@ msgid "" "pre-loaded manufacturers, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration " "--> Manufacturers`." msgstr "" +"Odoo *Fuhrpark* ist vorkonfiguriert mit sechsundsechzig gängigen Auto- und " +"Fahrradherstellern in der Datenbank, zusammen mit ihren Logos. Um die " +"vorkonfigurierten Hersteller anzuzeigen, gehen Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Fuhrpark --> Konfiguration --> Hersteller`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -4829,10 +5022,16 @@ msgid "" "major bicycle manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (cars), and Eddy " "Merckx (bicycle)." msgstr "" +"Die Hersteller werden in einer Listenansicht in alphabetischer Reihenfolge " +"angezeigt. Auf der Karte eines jeden Herstellers ist angegeben, wie viele " +"Modelle für den jeweiligen Hersteller konfiguriert sind. Odoo wird mit " +"sechsundvierzig vorkonfigurierten :ref:`Modellen ` von vier " +"großen Autoherstellern und einem großen Fahrradhersteller geliefert: Audi, " +"BMW, Mercedes, Opel (Autos) und Eddy Merckx (Fahrrad)." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst-1 msgid "Manufacturer card with the amount of models listed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Herstellerkarte mit der Anzahl gelisteter Modelle." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:78 msgid "Add a manufacturer" @@ -4868,16 +5067,26 @@ msgid "" " are part of a fleet, the model (and/or manufacturer) needs to be added to " "the database." msgstr "" +"Viele Hersteller haben eine Vielzahl von Modellen im Angebot. Wenn Sie ein " +"Fahrzeug zum Fuhrpark hinzufügen, ist es wichtig, das hinzuzufügende " +"Fahrzeugmodell anzugeben. Odoo wird mit vorkonfigurierten Automodellen von " +"vier großen Autoherstellern und einem vorkonfigurierten Fahrradmodell von " +"einem Fahrradhersteller geliefert: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (Autos) und " +"Eddy Merckx (Fahrrad). Wenn ein Fahrzeug *andere* als die vorkonfigurierten " +"Modelle dieser Hersteller Teil eines Fuhrpark sind, muss das Modell " +"(und/oder der Hersteller) zur Datenbank hinzugefügt werden." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:98 msgid "Preconfigured Models" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vorkonfigurierte Modelle" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:100 msgid "" "The following models are pre-loaded in Odoo and do not need to be added to " "the database:" msgstr "" +"Folgende Modelle werden vorab in Odoo hinterlegt und müssen der Datenbank " +"nicht hinzugefügt werden:" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:103 msgid "AUDI" @@ -4997,7 +5206,7 @@ msgstr "Klasse E" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:115 msgid "Combo Tour" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Combo Tour" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:117 msgid "A8" @@ -5085,7 +5294,7 @@ msgstr "Klasse SLS" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:135 msgid "Add a new model" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ein neues Modell hinzufügen" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -5096,10 +5305,19 @@ msgid "" "some fields are specific to Belgian based companies, so not all fields or " "sections may be visible depending on the location of the company." msgstr "" +"Neue Fahrzeugmodelle können ganz einfach zur Datenbank hinzugefügt werden. " +"Um ein neues Modell hinzuzufügen, navigieren Sie zu :menuselection:`Fuhrpark" +" --> Konfiguration --> Modelle`. Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu` und ein " +"Formular für Fahrzeugmodelle wird geladen. Geben Sie die folgenden " +"Informationen in das Formular ein und klicken Sie dann auf " +":guilabel:`Speichern`. Bitte beachten Sie, dass einige Felder nur für " +"belgische Unternehmen gelten, sodass je nach Standort des Unternehmens " +"möglicherweise nicht alle Felder oder Abschnitte sichtbar sind." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:143 msgid ":guilabel:`Model name`: enter the model name in the field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Modellbezeichnung`: Geben Sie den Namen des Modells ins Feld ein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -5107,6 +5325,10 @@ msgid "" "If the manufacturer is not configured, type in the manufacturer and then " "click :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Hersteller`: Wählen Sie den Hersteller aus dem Dropdown-Menü. " +"Wenn der Hersteller nicht konfiguriert ist, geben Sie den Hersteller ein und" +" klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Neu` oder :guilabel:`Erstellen und " +"bearbeiten`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -5116,6 +5338,12 @@ msgid "" "application since vehicles can be part of an employee's benefits. Adding " "additional vehicle types is not possible as it will affect payroll." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fahrzeugtyp`: Wählen Sie einen von zwei vorkonfigurierten " +"Fahrzeugtypen, entweder :guilabel:`Auto` oder :guilabel:`Fahrrad`, aus dem " +"Dropdown-Menü. Die Fahrzeugtypen sind in Odoo fest hinterlegt und mit der " +"*Personalabrechnungsapp* integriert, da Fahrzeuge Teil der Leistungen eines " +"Mitarbeiters sein können. Das Hinzufügen zusätzlicher Fahrzeugtypen ist " +"nicht möglich, da es sich auf die Gehaltsabrechnung auswirken würde." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -5123,16 +5351,22 @@ msgid "" "from the drop-down menu. To create a new category, type in the category and " "then click :guilabel:`Create (new category)`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kategorie`: Wählen Sie die Kategorie, unter der das Fahrzeug " +"eingeordnet ist, aus dem Dropdown-Menü. Um eine neue Kategorie zu erstellen," +" geben Sie die Kategorie ein und klicken dann auf :guilabel:`„Neue " +"Kategorie“ erstellen`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:156 msgid "" "When the manufacturer is selected, the logo for the manufacturer will " "automatically load in the image box in the top right corner." msgstr "" +"Wenn der Hersteller ausgewählt ist, wird das Logo des Herstellers " +"automatisch in das Bildfeld in der oberen rechten Ecke geladen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:160 msgid "Information tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reiter „Informationen“" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:163 msgid "Model" @@ -5143,27 +5377,35 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Seats Number`: enter how many passengers the vehicle can " "accommodate." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Sitzanzahl`: Geben Sie ein, wie viele Passagiere im Fahrzeug " +"befördert werden können." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:166 msgid ":guilabel:`Doors Number`: enter the number of doors the vehicle has." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Anzahl der Türen`: geben Sie die Anzahl der Türen des Fahrzeugs " +"an." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:167 msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: enter the color of the vehicle." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Farbe`: Geben Sie die Farbe des Fahrzeugs an." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:168 msgid ":guilabel:`Model Year`: enter the year the vehicle was manufactured." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Modelljahr`: Geben Sie das Jahr an, in dem das Fahrzeug " +"hergestellt wurde." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:169 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trailer Hitch`: check this box if the vehicle has a trailer hitch" " installed." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Anhängerkupplung`: Kreuzen Sie dieses Kästchen an, wenn das " +"Fahrzeug eine Anhängerkupplung hat." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:398 msgid "Salary" msgstr "Gehalt" @@ -5174,18 +5416,27 @@ msgid "" " values are all **monthly** with the exception of the :guilabel:`Catalog " "Value (VAT Incl.)`." msgstr "" +"Der Abschnitt :guilabel:`Gehalt` erscheint nur für Unternehmen mit Sitz in " +"Belgien und nur, wenn die Lokalisierungseinstellung des Unternehmens auf " +"Belgien eingestellt ist. Die Kostenwerte sind alle **monatlich**, mit " +"Ausnahme des :guilabel:`Bruttolistenpreis`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:179 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Can be requested`: check this box if employees can request this " "model vehicle." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kann angefragt werden`: Kreuzen Sie dieses Feld an, wenn " +"Mitarbeiter dieses Fahrzeugmodell anfordern können." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:180 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the :abbr:`MSRP (Manufacturer's" " Suggested Retail Price)` for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Bruttolistenpreis`: Geben Sie den :abbr:`UVP (Unverbindliche " +"Preisempfehlung des Herstellers)` für das Fahrzeug zum Zeitpunkt des Kaufs " +"oder Leasings ein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -5194,12 +5445,19 @@ msgid "" "value entered in the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field in the " ":guilabel:`Engine` section of the vehicle form." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`C02-Gebühr`: Dieser Wert wird automatisch auf der Grundlage " +"belgischer Gesetze und Vorschriften berechnet und kann nicht geändert " +"werden. Der Wert basiert auf dem Wert, der in das Feld " +":guilabel:`CO2-Emissionen` im Abschnitt :guilabel:`Motor` des " +"Fahrzeugformulars eingegeben wurde." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:187 msgid "" "Modifying the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field will adjust the value in the " ":guilabel:`CO2 fee` field." msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie das Feld :guilabel:`CO2-Emissionen` ändern, wird der Wert im Feld " +":guilabel:`CO2-Gebühr` angepasst." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:190 msgid "" @@ -5212,6 +5470,15 @@ msgid "" "only depreciates based on the *contract* linked to a specific vehicle and " "not on the general model." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kosten (Abschreibung)`: Geben Sie die monatlichen Kosten für das " +"Fahrzeug ein, die im Gehaltskonfigurator erscheinen, der einem zukünftigen " +"Mitarbeiter zur Verfügung steht, wenn ihm eine Stelle angeboten wird. Dieser" +" Wert wirkt sich auf das Brutto- und Nettogehalt des Mitarbeiters aus, dem " +"das Fahrzeug zugewiesen wird. Dieser Wert wird im Laufe der Zeit gemäß den " +"lokalen Steuergesetzen abgeschrieben. Die :guilabel:`Kosten (Abschreibung)` " +"werden nicht automatisch auf das *Fahrzeugmodell* abgeschrieben, sondern nur" +" auf der Grundlage des *Vertrags*, der mit einem bestimmten Fahrzeug " +"verbunden ist, und nicht auf das allgemeine Modell." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:196 msgid "" @@ -5219,6 +5486,9 @@ msgid "" "(Depreciated)` and the :guilabel:`C02 fee` fields combined, and also is " "depreciated over time." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Gesamtkosten (Abschreibung)`: Dieser Wert setzt sich aus den " +"Feldern :guilabel:`Kosten (Abschreibung)` und :guilabel:`C02-Gebühr` " +"zusammen und wird ebenfalls im Laufe der Zeit abgeschrieben." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:200 msgid "Engine" @@ -5232,6 +5502,12 @@ msgid "" "Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Plug-in Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`CNG`, " ":guilabel:`LPG`, :guilabel:`Hydrogen`, or :guilabel:`Electric`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kraftstoffart`: Wählen Sie aus dem Dropdown-Menü die " +"Kraftstoffart aus, die das Fahrzeug verwendet. Die Optionen sind " +":guilabel:`Diesel`, :guilabel:`Benzin`, :guilabel:`Hybrid-Diesel`, " +":guilabel:`Hybrid-Benzin`, :guilabel:`Plug-in-Hybrid-Diesel`, " +":guilabel:`Plug-in-Hybrid-Benzin`, :guilabel:`CNG`, :guilabel:`LPG`, " +":guilabel:`Wasserstoff`, oder :guilabel:`Elektrisch`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:206 msgid "" @@ -5239,28 +5515,38 @@ msgid "" "vehicle produces in grams per kilometer (g/km). This information is provided" " by the car manufacturer." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`CO2-Emissionen`: Geben Sie den durchschnittlichen " +"Kohlendioxidausstoß des Fahrzeugs in Gramm pro Kilometer (g/km) an. Diese " +"Information wird vom Fahrzeughersteller zur Verfügung gestellt." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:208 msgid "" ":guilabel:`CO2 Standard`: enter the standard amount of carbon dioxide in " "grams per kilometer (g/km) for a similar sized vehicle." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`CO2-Norm`: Geben Sie die Standardmenge an Kohlendioxid in Gramm " +"pro Kilometer (g/km) für ein Fahrzeug ähnlicher Größe an." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:210 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Transmission`: select the transmission type from the drop-down " "menu, either :guilabel:`Manual` or :guilabel:`Automatic`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Getriebe`: Wählen Sie den Getriebetyp aus dem Dropdown-Menü, " +"entweder :guilabel:`Handschaltung` oder :guilabel:`Automatisch`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:212 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Power`: if the vehicle is electric or hybrid, enter the power the" " vehicle uses in kilowatts (kW)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Motorleistung`: Wenn es sich um ein Elektro- oder Hybridfahrzeug " +"handelt, geben Sie die Leistung des Fahrzeugs in Kilowatt (kW) an." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:214 msgid ":guilabel:`Horsepower`: enter the vehicle's horsepower in this field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`PS`: Geben Sie in diesem Feld die Pferdestärke des Fahrzeugs ein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:215 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:290 @@ -5270,6 +5556,11 @@ msgid "" "regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " "check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fahrzeugbesteuerung`: Geben Sie den Betrag ein, der auf der " +"Grundlage der Motorgröße des Fahrzeugs besteuert wird. Dieser Wert wird " +"durch lokale Steuern und Vorschriften bestimmt und variiert je nach " +"Standort. Es wird empfohlen, sich bei der Buchhaltung zu erkundigen, ob " +"dieser Wert korrekt ist." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:218 msgid "" @@ -5277,10 +5568,14 @@ msgid "" " specifications, and cannot be modified. The percentage is based on the " "localization settings and local tax laws." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Steuerabzug`: Dieses Feld wird entsprechend den Spezifikationen " +"des Motors automatisch ausgefüllt und kann nicht geändert werden. Der " +"Prozentsatz hängt von den Lokalisierungseinstellungen und den lokalen " +"Steuergesetzen ab." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:222 msgid "Vendors tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reiter „Lieferanten“" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:224 msgid "" @@ -5288,6 +5583,10 @@ msgid "" " from other vendors. The vendors that a vehicle can be purchased from also " "appear in the list of vendors used by the *Purchase* app." msgstr "" +"Fahrzeugspezifische Verkäufer, wie z. B. Autohäuser, werden nicht getrennt " +"von anderen Verkäufern aufgeführt. Die Anbieter, bei denen ein Fahrzeug " +"gekauft werden kann, erscheinen auch in der Liste der Anbieter, die in der " +"*Einkaufsapp* verwendet wird." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:228 msgid "" @@ -5297,6 +5596,14 @@ msgid "" "the checkbox next to the vendor name, then click :guilabel:`Select`. There " "is no limit to the number of vendors that can be added to this list." msgstr "" +"In diesem Reiter können Sie den/die Verkäufer hinzufügen, bei denen Sie das " +"Fahrzeug kaufen können. Um einen Verkäufer hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie auf " +":guilabel:`Hinzufügen`. Daraufhin wird ein Pop-up-Fenster mit einer Liste " +"aller derzeit in der Datenbank vorhandenen Verkäufer angezeigt. Wählen Sie " +"den hinzuzufügenden Anbieter aus, indem Sie das Kontrollkästchen neben dem " +"Anbieternamen anklicken, und klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Auswählen`. Es " +"gibt keine Begrenzung für die Anzahl der Anbieter, die zu dieser Liste " +"hinzugefügt werden können." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:233 msgid "" @@ -5306,10 +5613,18 @@ msgid "" "the window, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the current vendor and create " "another new vendor." msgstr "" +"Wenn sich kein Verkäufer in der Datenbank befindet, fügen Sie einen " +"Verkäufer hinzu, indem Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu` klicken. Ein " +"Lieferantenformular wird geladen. Geben Sie die Informationen im Reiter " +"„Lieferanten“ ein und klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Speichern & " +"schließen`, um den Anbieter hinzuzufügen und das Fenster zu schließen, oder " +"auf :guilabel:`Speichern & Neu`, um den aktuellen Lieferanten hinzuzufügen " +"und einen weiteren neuen Lieferanten anzulegen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst-1 msgid "Vendor form to fill out when adding a new vendor." msgstr "" +"Auszufüllendes Lieferantenformular beim Hinzufügen eines neuen Lieferantens." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:245 msgid "Model Category" @@ -5322,6 +5637,11 @@ msgid "" "the fleet. Model categories are set on the :ref:`vehicle model form " "`." msgstr "" +"Um einen Fuhrpark optimal zu organisieren, empfiehlt es sich, " +"Fahrzeugmodelle in bestimmten Kategorien zu organisieren, damit Sie leichter" +" erkennen können, welche Arten von Fahrzeugen sich im Fuhrpark befinden. " +"Modellkategorien werden über das :ref:`Formular für Fahrzeugmodell " +"` festgelegt." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:251 msgid "" @@ -5329,10 +5649,13 @@ msgid "" "application --> Configuration --> Model Category`. All models are displayed " "in a list view." msgstr "" +"Um alle derzeit konfigurierten Modelle zu sehen, gehen Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Fuhrpark --> Konfiguration --> Modellkategorie`. Alle " +"Modelle werden in der Listenansicht angezeigt." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:255 msgid "Add a new model category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eine neue Modellkategorie hinzufügen" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:257 msgid "" @@ -5340,6 +5663,10 @@ msgid "" " the bottom of the list. Type in the new category, then click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save the entry." msgstr "" +"Um eine neue Kategorie hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu`. Am " +"unteren Ende der Liste erscheint eine neue Eingabezeile. Geben Sie die neue " +"Kategorie ein und klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Speichern`, um den Eintrag" +" zu speichern." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:260 msgid "" @@ -5350,28 +5677,37 @@ msgid "" "specific order, for example, by size, or the numbers of passengers the " "vehicle can carry." msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie die Reihenfolge der Kategorien in der Liste ändern möchten, klicken" +" Sie auf die Auf- und Abwärtspfeile links neben der zu verschiebenden " +"Kategorie und ziehen Sie die Zeile an die gewünschte Position. Die " +"Reihenfolge der Liste hat keinen Einfluss auf die Datenbank. Es kann jedoch " +"wünschenswert sein, die Fahrzeugkategorien in einer bestimmten Reihenfolge " +"anzuzeigen, z. B. nach Größe oder der Anzahl der Passagiere, die das " +"Fahrzeug befördern kann." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst-1 msgid "List view of the models in the fleet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Listenansicht der Modelle im Fuhrpark." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:270 msgid ":doc:`fleet/new_vehicle`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`fleet/new_vehicle`" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:271 msgid ":doc:`fleet/service`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`fleet/service`" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:3 msgid "New vehicles" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Neue Fahrzeuge" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo's *Fleet* app manages all vehicles, and the accompanying documentation " "that comes with vehicle maintenance, and drivers records." msgstr "" +"Die *Fuhrparkapp* von Odoo verwaltet alle Fahrzeuge und die dazugehörige " +"Dokumentation, die mit der Fahrzeugwartung und den Fahrerdaten einhergeht." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -5382,6 +5718,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New Request`, :guilabel:`To Order`, :guilabel:`Registered`, and " ":guilabel:`Downgraded`." msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie die :menuselection:`Fuhrparkapp` öffnen, werden alle Fahrzeuge im " +"Dashboard :guilabel:`Fahrzeuge` angezeigt, dem Standarddashboard für die " +"*Fuhrparkapp*. Jedes Fahrzeug wird in der entsprechenden Kanban-Phase " +"angezeigt, die auf seinem Status basiert. Die Standardphasen sind " +":guilabel:`Neue Anfrage`, :guilabel:`Zu bestellen`, :guilabel:`Registriert` " +"und :guilabel:`Herabgestuft`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -5389,6 +5731,10 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner, and a blank vehicle form " "loads. Then, proceed to enter the vehicle information on the vehicle form." msgstr "" +"Um auf der Seite :guilabel:`Fahrzeuge` ein neues Fahrzeug zum Fuhrpark " +"hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Neu` in der oberen" +" linken Ecke, woraufhin ein leeres Fahrzeugformular geladen wird. Fahren Sie" +" dann fort, die Fahrzeuginformationen in das Formular einzugeben." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -5397,16 +5743,23 @@ msgid "" "a :guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner of the " "page." msgstr "" +"Das Formular wird bei der Eingabe der Daten automatisch gespeichert. Sie " +"können das Formular jedoch jederzeit manuell speichern, indem Sie auf die " +"Option *Manuell speichern* klicken, die durch ein Symbol :guilabel:`(in " +"Cloud hochladen)` oben in der linken Ecke der Seite dargestellt wird." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:24 msgid "Vehicle form fields" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Felder im Fahrzeugformular" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:26 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Model`: select the vehicle's model from the drop-down menu. Once " "a model is selected, additional fields may appear on the form." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Modell`: Wählen Sie das Modell des Fahrzeugs aus dem Dropdown-" +"Menü. Sobald Sie ein Modell ausgewählt haben, können weitere Felder auf dem " +"Formular erscheinen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -5414,22 +5767,31 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create \"model\"`, or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to " ":ref:`create a new model and edit the model details `." msgstr "" +"Wenn das Modell nicht aufgelistet ist, geben Sie den Modellnamen ein und " +"klicken Sie entweder auf :guilabel:`„Modell“ erstellen` oder " +":guilabel:`Erstellen und bearbeiten ...`, um :ref:`ein neues Modell zu " +"erstellen und die Modelldetails zu bearbeiten `." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:32 msgid "" ":guilabel:`License Plate`: enter the vehicle's license plate number in this " "field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Amtliches Kennzeichen`: Geben Sie das Nummernschild des Fahrzeugs" +" in das Feld ein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tags from the drop-down menu, or type in a new " "tag. There is no limit on the amount of tags that can be selected." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Stichwörter`: Wählen Sie ein beliebiges Stichwort aus dem " +"Dropdown-Menü oder geben Sie ein neues Stichwort ein. Die Anzahl der " +"Stichwörter, die Sie auswählen können, ist nicht begrenzt." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst-1 msgid "The new vehicle form, showing the model section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Das neue Fahrzeugformular, das den Modellbereich zeigt." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -5439,10 +5801,16 @@ msgid "" "some of the fields do not appear, this may indicate there is no model " "selected." msgstr "" +"Das :guilabel:`Modell` ist das einzige erforderliche Feld im neuen " +"Fahrzeugformular. Wenn ein Modell ausgewählt wird, erscheinen andere Felder " +"auf dem Fahrzeugformular und relevante Informationen werden automatisch in " +"die Felder eingefügt, die auf das Modell zutreffen. Wenn einige der Felder " +"nicht angezeigt werden, kann dies bedeuten, dass kein Modell ausgewählt " +"wurde." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:47 msgid "Driver section" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Abschnitt „Fahrer“" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -5450,6 +5818,9 @@ msgid "" "driving the car, as well as any plans for a change in the driver in the " "future, and when." msgstr "" +"Dieser Abschnitt des Fahrzeugformulars bezieht sich auf die Person, die das " +"Fahrzeug derzeit fährt, sowie auf Pläne für einen zukünftigen Fahrerwechsel " +"und den Zeitpunkt." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -5458,6 +5829,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create and edit...` to :ref:`create a new driver, and edit the " "driver details `." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fahrer`: Wählen Sie den Fahrer aus dem Dropdown-Menü aus oder " +"geben Sie einen neuen Fahrer ein und klicken Sie entweder auf " +":guilabel:`„Fahrer“ erstellen` oder :guilabel:`Erstellen und bearbeiten " +"...`, um :ref:`einen neuen Fahrer zu erstellen und die Fahrerdetails zu " +"bearbeiten `." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -5465,12 +5841,17 @@ msgid "" "the driver is added to the *Fleet* application, **not** the *Employees* " "application." msgstr "" +"Ein Fahrer muss **nicht** ein Mitarbeiter sein. Wenn Sie einen neuen Fahrer " +"anlegen, wird der Fahrer der *Fuhrparkapp* hinzugefügt, **nicht** der " +"*Mitarbeiterapp*." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:60 msgid "" "If the *Contacts* application is installed, the driver information is also " "stored in the *Contacts* application." msgstr "" +"Wenn die *Verträge*-App installiert ist, werden die Fahrerinformationen auch" +" in der *Verträge*-App gespeichert." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -5480,6 +5861,11 @@ msgid "" "should be added, :ref:`edit the employee record ` in " "the *Employees* application." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Mobility Card`: Wenn der ausgewählte Fahrer auf seiner " +"Mitarbeiterkarte in der *Mitarbeiterapp* eine Mobility Card eingetragen hat," +" erscheint die Nummer der Mobility Card in diesem Feld. Wenn keine Mobility " +"Card aufgeführt ist und eine hinzugefügt werden soll, :ref:`bearbeiten Sie " +"den Mitarbeiterdatensatz ` in der *Mitarbeiterapp*." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -5489,6 +5875,12 @@ msgid "" "and edit...` to :ref:`create a new future driver, and edit the driver " "details `." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Zukünftiger Fahrer`: Wählen Sie den Fahrer aus dem Dropdown-Menü " +"aus, wenn der nächste Fahrer des Fahrzeugs bekannt ist. Oder geben Sie einen" +" neuen Fahrer ein und klicken Sie entweder auf :guilabel:`„Zukünftigen " +"Fahrer“ erstellen` oder :guilabel:`Erstellen und bearbeiten ...`, um " +":ref:`einen neuen zukünftigen Fahrer zu erstellen und die Fahrerdetails zu " +"bearbeiten `." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -5499,6 +5891,13 @@ msgid "" "**not** check this box if the current driver does not plan to change their " "vehicle." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fahrzeugwechsel planen`: Wenn der derzeitige Fahrer, der für " +"dieses Fahrzeug eingestellt ist, plant, sein Fahrzeug zu wechseln – entweder" +" weil er auf ein neues Fahrzeug wartet, das gerade bestellt wird, oder weil " +"es sich um eine vorübergehende Fahrzeugzuweisung handelt und er weiß, " +"welches Fahrzeug er als nächstes fahren wird – kreuzen Sie dieses Feld an. " +"Kreuzen Sie dieses Kästchen **nicht** an, wenn der derzeitige Fahrer nicht " +"plant, sein Fahrzeug zu wechseln." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -5510,16 +5909,26 @@ msgid "" " can be reassigned to another driver. If it is populated, the vehicle is not" " available for another driver until the selected date." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Zuweisungsdatum`: Wählen Sie mithilfe des Dropdown-Kalenders aus," +" wann das Fahrzeug für einen anderen Fahrer verfügbar ist. Wählen Sie das " +"Datum, indem Sie mit den Symbolen :guilabel:`⬅️ (Pfeil nach links)` und " +":guilabel:`➡️ (Pfeil nach rechts)` zum richtigen Monat und Jahr navigieren. " +"Klicken Sie dann auf den entsprechenden Tag. Wenn dieses Feld leer bleibt, " +"bedeutet dies, dass das Fahrzeug derzeit verfügbar ist und einem anderen " +"Fahrer zugewiesen werden kann. Wenn es ausgefüllt ist, ist das Fahrzeug bis " +"zum ausgewählten Datum nicht für einen anderen Fahrer verfügbar." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company from the drop-down menu. This field " "only appears in a multi-company database." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Unternehmen`: Wählen Sie das Unternehmen aus dem Dropdown-Menü " +"ais. Dieses Feld erscheint nur in einer Datenbank mit mehreren Unternehmen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:87 msgid "Create a new driver" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Einen neuen Fahrer erstellen" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -5528,6 +5937,11 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Driver` or :guilabel:`Future Driver` fields on the " ":ref:`vehicle form `." msgstr "" +"Wenn ein Fahrer noch nicht im System vorhanden ist, sollte der neue Fahrer " +"zunächst konfiguriert und zur Datenbank hinzugefügt werden. Ein neuer Fahrer" +" kann entweder über die Felder :guilabel:`Fahrer` oder " +":guilabel:`Zukünftiger Fahrer` auf dem :ref:`Fahrzeugformular " +"` hinzugefügt werden." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -5536,12 +5950,19 @@ msgid "" "edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create Driver` or :guilabel:`Create Future Driver` " "form appears, depending on which field initiated the form." msgstr "" +"Geben Sie zunächst den Namen des neuen Fahrers entweder in das Feld " +":guilabel:`Fahrer` oder :guilabel:`Zukünftiger Fahrer` ein und klicken Sie " +"dann auf :guilabel:`Erstellen und bearbeiten ...`. Es erscheint ein Formular" +" :guilabel:`Fahrer erstellen` oder :guilabel:`Zukünftigen Fahrer erstellen`," +" je nachdem, welches Feld das Formular ausgelöst hat." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:97 msgid "" "Both the :guilabel:`Create Driver` and :guilabel:`Create Future Driver` " "forms are identical." msgstr "" +"Die Formulare :guilabel:Fahrer erstellen` und :guilabel:`Zukünftigen Fahrer " +"erstellen` sind beide identisch." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -5549,10 +5970,15 @@ msgid "" "visible on the :guilabel:`Create Driver` and :guilabel:`Create Future " "Driver` forms." msgstr "" +"Abhängig von den installierten Apps können in den Formularen " +":guilabel:`Fahrer erstellen` und :guilabel:`Zukünftigen Fahrer erstellen` " +"unterschiedliche Reiter oder Felder sichtbar sein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:108 msgid "Fill out the following information on the top-half of the form:" msgstr "" +"Füllen Sie die folgenden Informationen in der oberen Hälfte des Formulars " +"aus:" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -5560,6 +5986,9 @@ msgid "" "added is an individual driver or a company. Click the radio button to make a" " selection." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Einzelperson` oder :guilabel:`Unternehmen`: Wählen Sie, ob der " +"hinzugefügte Fahrer ein Einzelperson oder ein Unternehmen ist. Klicken Sie " +"auf das Optionsfeld, um eine Auswahl zu treffen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -5567,17 +5996,25 @@ msgid "" " the fields below are not visible, that is because :guilabel:`Company` was " "selected instead of :guilabel:`Individual`." msgstr "" +"Wenn eine Auswahl getroffen wird, können einige Felder aus dem Formular " +"verschwinden. Wenn eines der folgenden Felder nicht sichtbar ist, liegt das " +"daran, dass :guilabel:`Unternehmen` statt :guilabel:`Einzelperson` " +"ausgewählt wurde." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the driver or company in this field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Geben Sie den Namen des Fahrers oder Unternehmens in " +"dieses Feld ein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:116 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Name...`: using the drop-down menu, select the company " "the driver is associated with." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Unternehmensname ...`: Wählen Sie über das Dropdown-Menü das " +"Unternehmen, mit dem der Fahrer verbunden ist, ein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:119 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:145 @@ -5585,11 +6022,14 @@ msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Company` radio button is selected at the top of the form, " "this field does not appear." msgstr "" +"Wenn das Optionsfeld :guilabel:`Unternehmen` am oberen Rand des Formulars " +"ausgewählt ist, erscheint dieses Feld nicht." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:132 msgid ":guilabel:`Contact`: enter the contact information in this section." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kontakt`: Geben Sie die Kontaktdaten in diesem Bereich ein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:134 @@ -5600,6 +6040,11 @@ msgid "" "Address`, :guilabel:`Delivery Address`, :guilabel:`Follow-up Address`, or " ":guilabel:`Other Address`." msgstr "" +"Falls gewünscht, können Sie das Feld :guilabel:`Kontakt` in eine andere Art " +"von Kontakt ändern. Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Kontakt`, um ein Dropdown-" +"Menü aufzurufen. Die verfügbaren Optionen sind :guilabel:`Kontakt`, " +":guilabel:`Rechnungsadresse`, :guilabel:`Lieferadresse`, " +":guilabel:`Mahnadresse` oder :guilabel:`Andere Adresse`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:128 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:139 @@ -5607,17 +6052,24 @@ msgid "" "If desired, select one of these other options for the :guilabel:`Contact` " "field, and enter the corresponding information." msgstr "" +"Falls gewünscht, wählen Sie eine dieser anderen Optionen für das Feld " +":guilabel:`Kontakt` und geben Sie die entsprechenden Informationen ein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:131 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Company` radio button is selected at the top of the form, " "this field is labeled :guilabel:`Address` and cannot be modified." msgstr "" +"Wenn das Optionsfeld :guilabel:`Unternehmen` am oberen Rand des Formulars " +"ausgewählt ist, heißt das Feld :guilabel:`Adresse` und kann nicht bearbeitet" +" werden." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: enter the driver or company's tax ID in this field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`USt-IdNr.`: Geben Sie die USt-IdNr. des Fahrers oder Unternehmens" +" in dieses Feld ein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -5625,29 +6077,40 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Company` radio button is selected at the top of the form, " "this field does not appear." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Stelle`: Geben Sie in diesem Feld die berufliche Position des " +"Fahrers ein. Wenn das Optionsfeld :guilabel:`Unternehmen` oben im Formular " +"ausgewählt ist, wird dieses Feld nicht angezeigt." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the driver or company's phone number in this field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Telefon`: Geben Sie die Telefonnummer des Fahrers oder " +"Unternehmens in dieses Feld ein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the driver or company's mobile number in this " "field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Mobil`: Geben Sie die Handynummer des Fahrers oder Unternehmens " +"in dieses Feld ein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the driver or company's email address in this " "field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`E-Mail`: Geben Sie die E-Mail-Adresse des Fahrers oder " +"Unternehmens in dieses Feld ein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Website`: enter the driver or company's website address in this " "field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:Website`: Geben Sie die Website des Fahrers oder Unternehmens in " +"dieses Feld ein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -5655,31 +6118,39 @@ msgid "" "this field. The default options are :guilabel:`Doctor`, :guilabel:`Madam`, " ":guilabel:`Miss`, :guilabel:`Mister`, and :guilabel:`Professor`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Anrede`: Wählen Sie aus dem Dropdown-Menü die Anrede für den " +"Fahrer in diesem Feld aus. Die Standardoptionen sind :guilabel:`Doktor`, " +":guilabel:`Frau`, :guilabel:`Fräulein`, :guilabel:`Herr` und " +":guilabel:`Professor`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: using the drop-down menu, select any tags that apply to " "the driver or company." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Stichwörter`: Wählen Sie aus dem Dropdown-Menü alle Stichwörter " +"aus, die auf den Fahrer oder das Unternehmen zutreffen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:160 msgid "To add a new tag, type in the tag, then click :guilabel:`Create \"tag\"`." msgstr "" +"Um ein neues Stichwort hinzuzufügen, geben Sie das Stichwort ein und klicken" +" dann auf :guilabel:`„Stichwort“ erstellen`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:151 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:162 msgid "There is no limit to the number of tags that can be selected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Die Anzahl der auszuwählenden Stichwörter ist nicht begrenzt." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst-1 msgid "The top portion of the create driver form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Der obere Teil des Formulars „Fahrer“ erstellen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:158 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:173 msgid "Contacts & Addresses tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reiter „Kontakte & Adressen“" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -5687,12 +6158,19 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Future Driver` form, add any other contacts and addresses " "associated with the driver or company in this tab." msgstr "" +"Nachdem Sie die obere Hälfte des Formulars :guilabel:`Fahrer erstellen` oder" +" :guilabel:`Zukünftigen Fahrer erstellen` ausgefüllt haben, fügen Sie in " +"diesem Reiter alle weiteren Kontakte und Adressen hinzu, die mit dem Fahrer " +"oder Unternehmen verbunden sind." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:163 msgid "" "To add a new contact, click the :guilabel:`Add` button, and a " ":guilabel:`Create Contact` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" +"Um einen neuen Kontakt hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche " +":guilabel:`Hinzufügen`, woraufhin ein Pop-up-Fenster :guilabel:`Kontakt " +"erstellen` erscheint." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -5700,12 +6178,17 @@ msgid "" "contact being added from a series radio button options located at the top of" " the form. Those options are:" msgstr "" +"Bevor Sie die erforderlichen Informationen in das Formular eingeben, wählen " +"Sie die Art des hinzuzufügenden Kontakts aus einer Reihe von Optionsfeldern " +"am oberen Rand des Formulars aus. Diese Optionen sind:" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:169 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: select this option to add general contact details for " "employees of the associated company." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kontakt`: Wählen Sie diese Option aus, um allgemeine Kontaktdaten" +" für Mitarbeiter des verbundenen Unternehmens hinzuzufügen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:171 msgid "" @@ -5713,6 +6196,10 @@ msgid "" "for all invoices. When added to the form, this address is selected by " "default when sending an invoice to the associated company." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Rechnungsadresse`: Wählen Sie diese Option, um eine bevorzugte " +"Adresse für alle Rechnungen hinzuzufügen. Wenn Sie diese Adresse zum " +"Formular hinzufügen, wird sie standardmäßig ausgewählt, wenn Sie eine " +"Rechnung an das zugehörige Unternehmen senden." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -5720,6 +6207,10 @@ msgid "" "for all deliveries. When added to the form, this address is selected by " "default when delivering an order to the associated company." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Lieferadresse`: Wählen Sie diese Option, um eine bevorzugte " +"Adresse für alle Lieferungen hinzuzufügen. Wenn Sie diese Adresse zum " +"Formular hinzufügen, wird sie standardmäßig ausgewählt, wenn Sie eine " +"Bestellung an das zugehörige Unternehmen liefern." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:192 @@ -5728,19 +6219,25 @@ msgid "" " for all follow-up correspondence. When added to the form, this address is " "selected by default when sending reminders about overdue invoices." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Mahnadresse`: Wählen Sie diese Option, um eine bevorzugte Adresse" +" für alle Mahnkorrespondenzen hinzuzufügen. Wenn Sie diese Adresse zum " +"Formular hinzufügen, wird sie standardmäßig ausgewählt, wenn Sie " +"Erinnerungen für überfällige Rechnungen versenden." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:180 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Other Address`: select this option to add any other necessary " "addresses for the company or driver." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Andere Adresse`: Wählen Sie diese Option, um weitere notwendige " +"Adressen für das Unternehmen oder den Fahrer hinzuzufügen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:0 msgid "The create contact form with all parts filled in." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Das Kontaktformular mit allen Teilen ausgefüllt." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:187 msgid "" @@ -5749,12 +6246,18 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`general information ` section of the " "new driver form." msgstr "" +"Je nach :guilabel:`Kontakttyp` sind einige optionale Felder möglicherweise " +"nicht sichtbar. Die verfügbaren Felder sind identisch mit den Feldern im " +"Abschnitt :ref:`Allgemeine Informationen :ref:`general information " +"` des neuen Fahrerformulars." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:206 msgid "" "Add any notes to the :guilabel:`Internal notes...` section of the form." msgstr "" +"Fügen Sie beliebige Notizen in den Abschnitt :guilabel:`Interne Notizen ...`" +" des Formulars ein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:193 msgid "" @@ -5762,6 +6265,10 @@ msgid "" " to add the one new contact, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the current " "address record and create another address record." msgstr "" +"Nachdem Sie alle Informationen eingegeben haben, klicken Sie entweder auf " +":guilabel:`Speichern & schließen`, um den einen neuen Kontakt hinzuzufügen, " +"oder auf :guilabel:`Speichern & Neu`, um den aktuellen Adressdatensatz " +"hinzuzufügen und einen weiteren Adressdatensatz zu erstellen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:212 @@ -5769,6 +6276,9 @@ msgid "" "As contacts are added to this tab, each contact appears in a separate box, " "with an icon indicating what type of contact is listed." msgstr "" +"Wenn Kontakte zu diesem Reiter hinzugefügt werden, erscheint jeder Kontakt " +"in einem separaten Feld mit einem Symbol, das angibt, um welche Art von " +"Kontakt es sich handelt." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -5776,11 +6286,14 @@ msgid "" "inside that specific address box, whereas a :guilabel:`Delivery Address` " "displays a :guilabel:`🚚 (truck)` icon inside." msgstr "" +"Eine :guilabel:`Rechnungsadresse` zeigt ein :guilabel:`💲 (Dollarzeichen)` in" +" diesem speziellen Adressfeld an, während eine :guilabel:`Lieferadresse` ein" +" :guilabel:`🚚 (LKW)`-Symbol anzeigt." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:224 msgid "Sales & Purchase tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reiter „Verkauf & Einkauf“" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:212 msgid "" @@ -5788,6 +6301,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab of the :guilabel:`Create Driver` or " ":guilabel:`Create Future Driver` pop-up form for the various sections below." msgstr "" +"Geben Sie im Reiter :guilabel:`Verkauf & Einkauf` des Pop-up-Formulars " +":guilabel:`Fahrer erstellen` oder :guilabel:`Zukünftigen Fahrer erstellen` " +"für die verschiedenen Abschnitte unten die folgenden Informationen ein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:216 msgid "" @@ -5795,16 +6311,22 @@ msgid "" "sections may appear. The following are all default fields for the *Fleet* " "application **only**." msgstr "" +"Je nach den anderen installierten Apps können zusätzliche Felder und " +"Abschnitte angezeigt werden. Die folgenden Felder sind alle Standardfelder " +"für die *Fuhrparkapp* **nur**." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:220 msgid "Sales section" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bereich „Verkauf“" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:222 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salesperson`: using the drop-down menu, select the user who is " "the main point of contact for sales with this driver's company." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Vertriebsmitarbeiter`: Wählen Sie über das Dropdown-Menü den " +"Benutzer aus, der der Hauptansprechpartner für den Verkauf im Unternehmen " +"dieses Fahrers ist." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:225 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:236 @@ -5812,6 +6334,8 @@ msgid "" "This person **must** be an internal user of the company, meaning they can " "log into the database as a user." msgstr "" +"Diese Person **muss** ein interner Benutzer des Unternehmens sein, d. h. sie" +" kann sich als Benutzer bei der Datenbank anmelden." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:229 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:240 @@ -5823,6 +6347,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company ID`: if the company has an ID number, **other than** its " "*tax ID*, enter it in this field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Unternehmens-ID`: Wenn das Unternehmen eine ID-Nummer hat, " +"**anders als** seine *USt-IdNr.*, geben Sie sie in dieses Feld ein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:233 msgid "" @@ -5830,6 +6356,9 @@ msgid "" " contact person. This is an internal note to provide any additional " "information." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Referenz`: Geben Sie einen beliebigen Text ein, um weitere " +"Informationen über die Kontaktperson zu geben. Dies ist eine interne Notiz, " +"die zusätzliche Informationen enthält." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:237 msgid "" @@ -5837,27 +6366,34 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Reference` field could state `John Smith at X205 - purchaser` to " "provide additional details." msgstr "" +"In einem Unternehmen gibt es mehrere Personen mit demselben Namen, John " +"Smith. Im Feld :guilabel:`Referenz` könnte `John Smith bei X205 – Einkäufer`" +" stehen, um zusätzliche Details zu liefern." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:241 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:252 msgid "Internal Notes tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reiter „Interne Notizen“" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:243 msgid "" "Add any notes that pertain to the driver, or any other necessary " "information, in this tab." msgstr "" +"Fügen Sie in diesem Reiter alle Notizen, die sich auf den Fahrer beziehen, " +"oder andere notwendige Informationen hinzu." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:246 msgid "Vehicle section" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Abschnitt „Fahrzeug“" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:248 msgid "" "This section of the vehicle form relates to the physical details of the " "vehicle." msgstr "" +"Dieser Abschnitt des Fahrzeugformulars bezieht sich auf die physischen " +"Details des Fahrzeugs." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:250 msgid "" @@ -5865,10 +6401,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Model` field in the top portion of the form, some fields may " "auto-populate, and additional fields may also appear." msgstr "" +"Wenn für das Feld :guilabel:`Modell` im oberen Teil des Formulars ein " +"bereits in der Datenbank vorhandenes Fahrzeug ausgewählt wurde, werden " +"einige Felder möglicherweise automatisch ausgefüllt, und es können auch " +"zusätzliche Felder erscheinen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:253 msgid "Fill in the following fields on the form:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Füllen Sie die folgenden Felder des Formulars aus:" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:255 msgid "" @@ -5876,24 +6416,35 @@ msgid "" "from the available options. To create a new category, type in the new " "category name, then click :guilabel:`Create \"category\"`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kategorie`: Wählen Sie über das Dropdown-Menü die " +"Fahrzeugkategorie aus den verfügbaren Optionen aus. Um eine neue Kategorie " +"zu erstellen, geben Sie den Namen der neuen Kategorie ein und klicken dann " +"auf :guilabel:`„Kategorie“ erstellen`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:258 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Order Date`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date the " "vehicle was ordered." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Bestelldatum`: Wählen Sie im Dropdown-Kalender das Datum aus, an " +"dem das Fahrzeug bestellt wurde." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:259 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Registration Date`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date" " the vehicle was registered." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Zulassungsdatum`: Wählen Sie im Dropdown-Kalender das Datum aus, " +"an dem das Fahrzeug zugelassen wurde." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:261 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cancellation Date`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date" " the vehicle lease expires, or when the vehicle is no longer available." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Stornodatum`: Wählen Sie im Dropdown-Kalender das Datum aus, an " +"dem das Fahrzeugleasing abläuft oder wenn das Fahrzeug nicht länger " +"verfügbar ist." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:263 msgid "" @@ -5901,6 +6452,9 @@ msgid "" "known in some countries as the :abbr:`VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)` " "number." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fahrgestellnummer`: Geben Sie in diesem Feld die " +"Fahrgestellnummer ein. In einigen Ländern ist diese Nummer als :abbr:`FIN " +"(Fahrzeug-Identifizierungsnummer)` bekannt." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:265 msgid "" @@ -5909,6 +6463,10 @@ msgid "" "whether the odometer reading is in kilometers :guilabel:`(km)` or miles " ":guilabel:`(mi)`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Letzter Kilometerstand`: Geben Sie den letzten bekannten " +"Kilometerstand in das Zahlenfeld ein. Wählen Sie im Dropdown-Menü neben dem " +"Zahlenfeld aus, ob der Kilometerstand in Kilometern :guilabel:`(km)` oder " +"Meilen :guilabel:`(mi)` angegeben werden soll." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:268 msgid "" @@ -5916,6 +6474,10 @@ msgid "" " or type in a new fleet manager, and click either :guilabel:`Create` or " ":guilabel:`Create and Edit`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fuhrparkmanager`: Wählen Sie den Fuhrparkmanager aus dem " +"Dropdown-Menü oder geben Sie einen neuen Fuhrparkmanager ein und klicken Sie" +" entweder auf :guilabel:`Erstellen` oder :guilabel:`Erstellen und " +"bearbeiten`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:270 msgid "" @@ -5923,28 +6485,37 @@ msgid "" "typically located in this field. The entry should clearly explain where the " "vehicle can be found, such as `Main Garage` or `Building 2 Parking Lot`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Standort`: Geben Sie in diesem Feld den Ort ein, an dem sich das " +"Fahrzeug normalerweise befindet. Der Eintrag sollte deutlich erklären, wo " +"das Fahrzeug zu finden ist, z. B. `Hauptgarage` oder `Gebäude, Parkplatz 2`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst-1 msgid "The new vehicle form, showing the vehicle tax section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Das neue Fahrzeugformular, das den Fahrzeugsteuerbereich zeigt." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:279 msgid "Tax Info tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reiter „Steuerinfo“" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:281 msgid "" "Depending on the localization setting for the database, and what additional " "applications are installed, other fields may be present on the form." msgstr "" +"Je nach Lokalisierungseinstellung für die Datenbank und je nachdem, welche " +"zusätzlichen Apps installiert sind, können weitere Felder im Formular " +"vorhanden sein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:284 msgid "" "The sections below are default and appear for all vehicles, regardless of " "other installed applications or localization settings." msgstr "" +"Die folgenden Abschnitte sind Standardabschnitte und erscheinen für alle " +"Fahrzeuge, unabhängig von anderen installierten Apps oder " +"Lokalisierungseinstellungen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:288 msgid "Fiscality" @@ -5960,22 +6531,30 @@ msgid "" "first contract using the drop-down calendar. Typically this is the day the " "vehicle is purchased or leased." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Erstes Vertragsdatum`: Wählen Sie mithilfe des Dropdown-Kalenders" +" das Startdatum für den ersten Vertrag des Fahrzeugs aus. Normalerweise ist " +"dies der Tag, an dem das Fahrzeug gekauft oder geleast wird." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the MSRP (Manufacturer's " "Suggested Retail Price) for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Bruttolistenpreis`: Geben Sie den UVP (Unverbindliche " +"Preisempfehlung des Herstellers) für das Fahrzeug zum Zeitpunkt des Kaufs " +"oder Leasings ein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Purchase Value`: enter the purchase price or the value of the " "lease for the vehicle." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kaufwert`: Geben Sie den Kaufpreis oder den Wert des " +"Leasingvertrags für das Fahrzeug ein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:302 msgid ":guilabel:`Residual Value`: enter the current value of the vehicle." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Restwert`: Geben Sie den aktuellen Wert des Fahrzeugs an." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:305 msgid "" @@ -5983,10 +6562,13 @@ msgid "" "to check with the accounting department for more information and/or " "assistance with these values." msgstr "" +"Die oben aufgeführten Werte betreffen die Buchhaltung. Wir empfehlen Ihnen, " +"sich für weitere Informationen und/oder Hilfe bei diesen Werten an die " +"Buchhaltungsabteilung zu wenden." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:313 msgid "Model tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reiter „Modell“" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:315 msgid "" @@ -5996,6 +6578,11 @@ msgid "" "needs to be configured, :ref:`configure the new vehicle model `." msgstr "" +"Wenn das Modell für das neue Fahrzeug bereits in der Datenbank konfiguriert " +"ist, wird der Reiter :guilabel:`Modell` mit den entsprechenden Informationen" +" ausgefüllt. Wenn sich das Modell noch nicht in der Datenbank befindet und " +"der Reiter :guilabel:`Modell` konfiguriert werden muss, :ref:`konfigurieren " +"Sie das neue Fahrzeugmodell `." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:320 msgid "" @@ -6003,14 +6590,19 @@ msgid "" " For example, the color of the vehicle, or if a trailer hitch is installed, " "are examples of common information that may need updating." msgstr "" +"Überprüfen Sie die Informationen im Reiter :guilabel:`Modell`, um " +"sicherzustellen, dass sie korrekt sind. Beispiele für Informationen, die " +"aktualisiert werden müssen, sind die Farbe des Fahrzeugs oder ob eine " +"Anhängerkupplung vorhanden ist." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:329 msgid "Note tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reiter „Notizen“" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:331 msgid "Enter any notes for the vehicle in this section." msgstr "" +"Geben Sie in diesem Abschnitt eventuelle Anmerkungen zum Fahrzeug ein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:3 msgid "Services" @@ -6023,10 +6615,15 @@ msgid "" " entire fleet is necessary to ensure all vehicles are in good working order " "when they are needed." msgstr "" +"Für die ordnungsgemäße Wartung eines Fuhrparks sind sowohl regelmäßige " +"Wartung als auch periodische Reparaturen erforderlich. Die Planung von " +"Reparaturen und die Verwaltung von Dienstleistungen für den gesamten " +"Fuhrpark sind notwendig, um sicherzustellen, dass alle Fahrzeuge in gutem " +"Zustand sind, wenn sie gebraucht werden." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:12 msgid "Create service records" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dienstleistungsdatensätze erstellen" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -6035,12 +6632,20 @@ msgid "" "Services`. Open a new service form by clicking the :guilabel:`New` button in" " the top-left corner." msgstr "" +"Um eine Dienstleistung für ein Fahrzeug zu protokollieren, gehen Sie zum " +"Hauptdashboard :guilabel:`Dienstleistungen`, indem Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Fuhrpark --> Fuhrpark --> Dienstleistungen` navigieren. " +"Öffnen Sie ein neues Dienstleistungsformular, indem Sie auf die Schaltfläche" +" :guilabel:`Neu` in der oberen linken Ecke klicken." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:18 msgid "" "Fill out the information on the form. The only two fields that are required " "to be populated are :guilabel:`Service Type` and :guilabel:`Vehicle`." msgstr "" +"Füllen Sie die Informationen im Formular aus. Die einzigen beiden Felder, " +"die ausgefüllt werden müssen, sind :guilabel:`Servicetyp` und " +":guilabel:`Fahrzeug`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -6048,14 +6653,20 @@ msgid "" "can be saved manually at any time by clicking the :guilabel:`Save manually` " "option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." msgstr "" +"Das Dienstleistungsformular wird bei der Eingabe der Daten automatisch " +"gespeichert. Sie können das Formular jedoch jederzeit manuell speichern, " +"indem Sie auf die Option :guilabel:`Manuell speichern` klicken, die durch " +"ein :guilabel:`(Wolke mit Pfeil nach oben)`-Symbol dargestellt wird." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:25 msgid "The fields on the form are:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Folgende Felder befinden sich auf dem Formular:" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:27 msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description of the service." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Beschreibung`: Fügen Sie eine kurze Beschreibung der " +"Dienstleistung ein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -6064,6 +6675,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create \"service type\"` or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to " ":ref:`add the service type and configure it `." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Dienstleistungstyp`: Wählen Sie über das Dropdown-Menü die Art " +"der erbrachten Dienstleistung aus. Oder geben Sie einen neuen " +"Dienstleistungstyp ein und klicken Sie entweder auf " +":guilabel:`„Dienstleistungstyp“ erstellen` oder :guilabel:`Erstellen und " +"bearbeiten ...`, um :ref:`den Dienstleistungstyp hinzuzufügen und zu " +"konfigurieren `." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -6071,6 +6688,10 @@ msgid "" " service for the first time, the *type* of service needs to be :ref:`created" " ` before it can be selected." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Dienstleistungstypen` sind in Odoo **nicht** vorkonfiguriert. " +"Wenn Sie eine Dienstleistung zum ersten Mal protokollieren, muss der *Typ* " +"der Dienstleistung :ref:`erstellt ` sein, bevor er " +"ausgewählt werden kann." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -6079,10 +6700,14 @@ msgid "" "desired month using the :guilabel:`< > (arrow)` icons, then click on the " "date to select it." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Datum`: Wählen Sie im Popover-Fenster des Kalenders das Datum " +"aus, an dem die Dienstleistung erbracht wurde bzw. erbracht werden soll. " +"Navigieren Sie mit den Symbolen :guilabel:`< > (Pfeil)` zum gewünschten " +"Monat und klicken Sie dann auf das Datum, um es auszuwählen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:40 msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the cost of the service." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Kosten`: Geben Sie die Kosten für die Dienstleistung an." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -6092,6 +6717,12 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to :ref:`add and configure the vendor " "`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Lieferant`: Wählen Sie den Lieferanten, der die Dienstleistung " +"erbracht hat, aus dem Dropdown-Menü aus. Wenn der Lieferant noch nicht im " +"System eingetragen ist, geben Sie den Namen des Lieferanten ein und klicken " +"Sie entweder auf :guilabel:`Erstellen`, um ihn hinzuzufügen, oder auf " +":guilabel:`Erstellen und bearbeiten ...`, um :ref:`den Lieferanten " +"hinzufügen und zu konfigurieren `." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -6100,6 +6731,10 @@ msgid "" "populated, and the unit of measure for the :guilabel:`Odometer Value` field " "appears." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fahrzeug`: Wählen Sie das Fahrzeug, das gewartet wurde, aus dem " +"Dropdown-Menü aus. Wenn das Fahrzeug ausgewählt ist, wird das Feld " +":guilabel:`Fahrer` ausgefüllt, und die Maßeinheit für das Feld " +":guilabel:`Kilometerstand` erscheint." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -6107,6 +6742,10 @@ msgid "" "populated when the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected. If the driver needs to " "be changed, another driver can be selected from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fahrer`: der aktuelle Fahrer, der für das ausgewählte Fahrzeug " +"aufgelistet ist, wird angezeigt, wenn das :guilabel:`Fahrzeug` ausgewählt " +"wird. Wenn der Fahrer geändert werden muss, können Sie einen anderen Fahrer " +"aus dem Dropdown-Menü auswählen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -6115,12 +6754,18 @@ msgid "" "miles (:guilabel:`mi`), depending on how the selected vehicle was " "configured." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kilometerstand`: Geben Sie den Kilometerstand zum Zeitpunkt der " +"Wartung ein. Die Maßeinheiten sind entweder in Kilometern (:guilabel:`km`) " +"oder Meilen (:guilabel:`mi`), je nachdem, wie das ausgewählte Fahrzeug " +"konfiguriert wurde." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:55 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected, the unit of measure for this field" " is populated. This comes from the vehicle form." msgstr "" +"Wenn das Feld :guilabel:`Fahrzeug` ausgewählt wird, wird die Maßeinheit für " +"dieses Feld ausgefüllt. Diese stammt aus dem Fahrzeugformular." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -6128,6 +6773,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Internal Link` button to the right of the vehicle selected in the" " :guilabel:`Vehicle` field." msgstr "" +"Um von Kilometern zu Meilen oder umgekehrt zu wechseln, klicken Sie auf die " +"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Interner Link` rechts neben dem im Feld " +":guilabel:`Fahrzeug` ausgewählten Fahrzeug." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -6135,28 +6783,38 @@ msgid "" "breadcrumb links. The unit of measure is then updated in the " ":guilabel:`Odometer Value` field." msgstr "" +"Ändern Sie die Maßeinheit und navigieren Sie dann über die " +"Brotkrümelnavigation zurück zum Dienstleistungsformular. Die Maßeinheit wird" +" dann im Feld :guilabel:`Kilometerstand` aktualisiert." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notes`: enter any notes for the repair at the bottom of the " "service form." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Notizen`: Geben Sie Notizen für die Reparatur unten auf dem " +"Dienstleistungstyp an." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 msgid "" "Enter the information for a new service. The required fields are Service " "Type and Vehicle." msgstr "" +"Geben Sie die Informationen für eine neue Dienstleistung ein. Die " +"erforderlichen Felder sind Dienstleistungstyp und Fahrzeug." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:74 msgid "Create service type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dienstleistungstyp erstellen" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:76 msgid "" "Service types must be created from a service form. There is no other way to " "access the list of service types." msgstr "" +"Dienstleistungstypen müssen über ein Dienstleistungsformular erstellt " +"werden. Es gibt keine andere Möglichkeit, auf die Liste der " +"Dienstleistungstypen zuzugreifen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -6165,12 +6823,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create and edit...`, and a :guilabel:`Create Service Type` pop-up" " form appears." msgstr "" +"Geben Sie im :ref:`Dienstleistungsformular ` den Namen " +"des neuen :guilabel:`Dienstleistungstyp` in das entsprechende Feld ein. " +"Klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Erstellen und bearbeiten ...`, woraufhin ein" +" Pop-up-Formular :guilabel:`Dienstleistungstyp erstellen` erscheint." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:83 msgid "" "The service type entered on the service form automatically populates the " ":guilabel:`Name` field, which can be modified, if desired." msgstr "" +"Der im Dienstleistungsformular eingegebene Dienstleistungstyp füllt " +"automatisch das Feld :guilabel:`Name`, das Sie bei Bedarf ändern können." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -6179,6 +6843,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract` or :guilabel:`Service`. Additional categories " "**cannot** be created." msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie dann die :guilabel:`Kategorie` für den neuen Dienstleistungstyp " +"aus dem Dropdown-Menü in diesem Feld. Die beiden Standardoptionen sind " +":guilabel:`Vertrag` oder :guilabel:`Dienstleistung`. Zusätzliche Kategorien " +"können **nicht** erstellt werden." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -6186,14 +6854,19 @@ msgid "" "corresponding :guilabel:`Category`. If the service applies to **both** " "contracts *and* services, leave this field blank." msgstr "" +"Wenn die Dienstleistung **nur** für Verträge oder Dienstleistungen gilt, " +"wählen Sie die entsprechende :guilabel:`Kategorie`. Wenn die Dienstleistung " +"für **beide** Verträge *und* Dienstleistungen gilt, lassen Sie dieses Feld " +"leer." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:94 msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie fertig sind, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern & schließen`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:99 msgid "Create vendor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lieferant erstellen" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -6201,6 +6874,10 @@ msgid "" "the database yet. It is best practice to add the full details for a vendor " "in the database, so that any necessary information can be easily retrieved." msgstr "" +"Wenn eine Dienstleistung zum ersten Mal erbracht wird, befindet sich der " +"Anbieter normalerweise noch nicht in der Datenbank. Am besten fügen Sie die " +"vollständigen Angaben zu einem Lieferanten in die Datenbank ein, sodass alle" +" erforderlichen Informationen leicht abgerufen werden können." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -6209,22 +6886,33 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create and edit...`, and a :guilabel:`Create Vendor` form " "appears." msgstr "" +"Geben Sie im :ref:`Dienstleistungsformular ` den Namen " +"des neuen :guilabel:`Lieferanten` in das entsprechende Feld ein. Klicken Sie" +" dann auf :guilabel:`Erstellen und bearbeiten ...`, woraufhin ein Pop-up-" +"Formular :guilabel:`Lieferant erstellen` erscheint." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:109 msgid "" "The vendor name entered on the service form populates the :guilabel:`Name` " "field, by default. This field can be modified, if desired." msgstr "" +"Der im Dienstleistungsformular eingegebene Lieferantenname füllt automatisch" +" das Feld :guilabel:`Name`, das Sie bei Bedarf ändern können." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:113 msgid "" "Different tabs or fields may be visible on the :guilabel:`Create Vendor` " "form, depending on what other applications are installed." msgstr "" +"Je nachdem, welche anderen Apps installiert sind, können im Formular " +":guilabel:`Lieferant erstellen` verschiedene Reiter oder Felder sichtbar " +"sein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:119 msgid "Fill out the following information in the top-half of the form:" msgstr "" +"Füllen Sie die folgenden Informationen in der oberen Hälfte des Formulars " +"aus:" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -6232,6 +6920,9 @@ msgid "" " being added is an individual or a company, by clicking the corresponding " "radio button." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Einzelperson` oder :guilabel:`Unternehmen`: Wählen Sie, ob der " +"hinzugefügte Lieferant ein Einzelperson oder ein Unternehmen ist. Klicken " +"Sie auf das Optionsfeld, um eine Auswahl zu treffen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -6239,17 +6930,25 @@ msgid "" " the fields below are not visible, that is because :guilabel:`Company` was " "selected, instead of :guilabel:`Individual`." msgstr "" +"Wenn eine Auswahl getroffen wird, können einige Felder aus dem Formular " +"verschwinden. Wenn eines der folgenden Felder nicht sichtbar ist, liegt das " +"daran, dass :guilabel:`Unternehmen` statt :guilabel:`Einzelperson` " +"ausgewählt wurde." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: enter a name for the individual or company in this field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Geben Sie einen Namen für die Einzelperson oder das " +"Unternehmen in dieses Feld ein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Name`: using the drop-down menu, select the company that " "the vendor is associated with, if any." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Unternehmensname`: Wählen Sie über das Dropdown-Menü das " +"Unternehmen, mit dem der Lieferant (falls vorhanden) verbunden ist, ein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:156 @@ -6257,6 +6956,8 @@ msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Company` radio button at the top of the form is selected, " "this field does not appear." msgstr "" +"Wenn das Optionsfeld :guilabel:`Unternehmen` am oberen Rand des Formulars " +"ausgewählt ist, erscheint dieses Feld nicht." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -6264,10 +6965,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company` field, this field is labeled :guilabel:`Address`, and " "**cannot** be modified." msgstr "" +"Wenn für das Feld :guilabel:`Einzelperson` oder :guilabel:`Unternehmen` die " +"Option :guilabel:`Unternehmen` gewählt wurde, wird dieses Feld mit " +":guilabel:`Adresse` beschriftet und **kann** nicht geändert werden." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:145 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: enter the vendor's tax ID in this field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`USt-IdNr.`: Geben Sie die USt-IdNr. des Lieferanten in dieses " +"Feld ein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -6275,23 +6981,34 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Company` radio button at the top of the form is selected, " "this field does not appear." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Stelle`: Geben Sie in diesem Feld die berufliche Position des " +"Lieferanten ein. Wenn das Optionsfeld :guilabel:`Unternehmen` oben im " +"Formular ausgewählt ist, wird dieses Feld nicht angezeigt." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:148 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:89 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the vendor's phone number in this field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Telefon`: Geben Sie die Telefonnummer des Lieferanten in dieses " +"Feld ein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:149 msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the vendor's mobile number in this field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Mobil`: Geben Sie die Handynummer des Lieferanten in dieses Feld " +"ein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:150 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the vendor's email address in this field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`E-Mail`: Geben Sie die E-Mail-Adresse des Lieferanten in dieses " +"Feld ein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:151 msgid ":guilabel:`Website`: enter the vendor's website address in this field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Website`: Geben Sie die Website des Lieferanten in dieses Feld " +"ein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -6299,12 +7016,18 @@ msgid "" "this field. The default options are :guilabel:`Doctor`, :guilabel:`Madam`, " ":guilabel:`Miss`, :guilabel:`Mister`, and :guilabel:`Professor`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Anrede`: Wählen Sie aus dem Dropdown-Menü die Anrede für den " +"Lieferanten in diesem Feld aus. Die Standardoptionen sind " +":guilabel:`Doktor`, :guilabel:`Frau`, :guilabel:`Fräulein`, :guilabel:`Herr`" +" und :guilabel:`Professor`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:158 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: using the drop-down menu, select any tags that apply to " "the vendor." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Stichwörter`: Wählen Sie aus dem Dropdown-Menü alle Stichwörter " +"aus, die auf den Lieferanten zutreffen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:163 msgid "" @@ -6314,34 +7037,50 @@ msgid "" "click it. A file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, then" " click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Bild`: Ein Foto des Hauptansprechpartners oder des " +"Unternehmenslogos kann dem Formular hinzugefügt werden. Bewegen Sie den " +"Mauszeiger über das Feld :guilabel:`📷 (Kamera)` oben rechts im Formular, um " +"das Symbol :guilabel:`✏️ (Bleistift)` einzublenden, und klicken Sie es an. " +"Es erscheint ein Datei-Explorer-Fenster. Navigieren Sie zu der gewünschten " +"Datei und klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Öffnen`, um sie auszuwählen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 msgid "The top portion of the create vendor form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Der obere Teil des Formulars „Lieferant“ erstellen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:175 msgid "" "After the top-half of the :guilabel:`Create Vendor` form is filled out, add " "any other contacts and addresses associated with the vendor in this tab." msgstr "" +"Nachdem Sie die obere Hälfte des Formulars :guilabel:`Lieferant erstellen` " +"ausgefüllt haben, fügen Sie in diesem Reiter alle weiteren Kontakte und " +"Adressen hinzu, die mit dem Lieferanten verbunden sind." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:178 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a new contact, and a " ":guilabel:`Create Contact` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Hinzufügen`, um einen neuen " +"Kontakt hinzuzufügen. Es erscheint ein Pop-up-Fenster :guilabel:`Kontakt " +"erstellen`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:181 msgid "" "Select one of the appropriate contact type options from the radio buttons, " "located at the top of the pop-up window. Those options are as follows:" msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie aus den Optionsfeldern am oberen Rand des Pop-up-Fensters eine " +"der entsprechenden Kontakttypen aus. Diese Optionen sind folgende:" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:184 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: select this option to add general contact details for " "employees of the associated vendor." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kontakt`: Wählen Sie diese Option aus, um allgemeine Kontaktdaten" +" für Mitarbeiter des verbundenen Lieferanten hinzuzufügen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:186 msgid "" @@ -6349,6 +7088,10 @@ msgid "" "for all invoices. When added to the form, this address is selected by " "default when sending an invoice to the associated vendor." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Rechnungsadresse`: Wählen Sie diese Option, um eine bevorzugte " +"Adresse für alle Rechnungen hinzuzufügen. Wenn Sie diese Adresse zum " +"Formular hinzufügen, wird sie standardmäßig ausgewählt, wenn Sie eine " +"Rechnung an den zugehörigen Lieferanten senden." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:189 msgid "" @@ -6356,12 +7099,18 @@ msgid "" "for all deliveries. When added to the form, this address is selected by " "default when delivering an order to the associated vendor." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Lieferadresse`: Wählen Sie diese Option, um eine bevorzugte " +"Adresse für alle Lieferungen hinzuzufügen. Wenn Sie diese Adresse zum " +"Formular hinzufügen, wird sie standardmäßig ausgewählt, wenn Sie eine " +"Bestellung an den zugehörigen Lieferanten liefern." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:195 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Other Address`: select this option to add any other necessary " "addresses for the vendor." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Andere Adresse`: Wählen Sie diese Option, um weitere notwendige " +"Adressen für den Lieferanten hinzuzufügen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:202 msgid "" @@ -6369,6 +7118,9 @@ msgid "" "type, an :guilabel:`Address` section appears on the form. Enter the address " "details in the :guilabel:`Address` section." msgstr "" +"Wenn für der Kontakttyp eine andere Option als :guilabel:`Kontakt` gewählt " +"wurde, erscheint im Formular ein Abschnitt :guilabel:`Adresse`. Geben Sie " +"die Adressdaten in den Abschnitt :guilabel:`Adresse` ein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:208 msgid "" @@ -6376,6 +7128,10 @@ msgid "" " to add the one new contact, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the current " "address record and create another address record." msgstr "" +"Nachdem Sie alle Informationen hinzugefügt haben, klicken Sie entweder auf " +":guilabel:`Speichern & schließen`, um den einen neuen Kontakt hinzuzufügen, " +"oder auf :guilabel:`Speichern & Neu`, um den aktuellen Adressdatensatz " +"hinzuzufügen und einen weiteren Adressdatensatz zu erstellen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:216 msgid "" @@ -6383,6 +7139,9 @@ msgid "" "that specific address box, whereas an :guilabel:`Invoice Address` displays a" " :guilabel:`💵 (dollar bill)` icon inside." msgstr "" +"Eine :guilabel:`Lieferadresse` zeigt ein :guilabel:`⛟ (LKW)`-Symbol in " +"diesem speziellen Adressfeld an, während eine :guilabel:`Rechnungsadresse` " +"ein :guilabel:`💵 (Dollarnote)`-Symbol anzeigt." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:226 msgid "" @@ -6391,6 +7150,10 @@ msgid "" "fields and sections may appear. The following are all default fields for the" " *Fleet* application only." msgstr "" +"Geben Sie die folgenden Verkaufs- und Einkaufsinformationen für die " +"verschiedenen Abschnitte unten ein. Je nach den anderen installierten Apps " +"können zusätzliche Felder und Abschnitte angezeigt werden. Die folgenden " +"Felder sind alle Standardfelder für die *Fuhrparkapp* **nur**." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:231 msgid "Sales" @@ -6401,18 +7164,26 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salesperson`: using the drop-down menu, select a user as the main" " point of contact for sales with this vendor." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Vertriebsmitarbeiter`: Wählen Sie über das Dropdown-Menü den " +"Benutzer aus, der der Hauptansprechpartner für den Verkauf mit diesem " +"Lieferanten ist." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:242 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company ID`: if the company has an ID number **other than** its " "*tax ID*, enter it in this field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Unternehmens-ID`: Wenn das Unternehmen eine ID-Nummer hat, " +"**anders als** seine *USt-IdNr.*, geben Sie sie in dieses Feld ein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:244 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Reference`: enter any text to give more information regarding the" " contact. This is an internal note to provide any additional information." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Referenz`: Geben Sie einen beliebigen Text ein, um weitere " +"Informationen über den Kontakt zu geben. Dies ist eine interne Notiz, die " +"zusätzliche Informationen enthält." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:248 msgid "" @@ -6420,16 +7191,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Reference` field could state `Mary Jones at X108 - returns` to " "provide additional details." msgstr "" +"In einem Unternehmen gibt es mehrere Personen mit demselben Namen, Mary " +"Jones. Im Feld :guilabel:`Referenz` könnte `Mary Jones bei X108 – Retouren` " +"stehen, um zusätzliche Details zu liefern." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:254 msgid "" "Add any notes that pertain to the vendor, or any other necessary " "information, in this tab." msgstr "" +"Fügen Sie in diesem Reiter alle Notizen, die sich auf dem Lieferanten " +"beziehen, oder andere notwendige Informationen hinzu." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:257 msgid "List of services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Liste der Dienstleistungen" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:259 msgid "" @@ -6437,6 +7213,11 @@ msgid "" " navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Services`. All services" " appear in a list view, including all the details for each service." msgstr "" +"Um alle in der Datenbank protokollierten Dienstleistungen, einschließlich " +"alter und neuer Anfragen, anzuzeigen, navigieren Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Fuhrpark --> Fuhrpark --> Dienstleistungen`. Alle " +"Dienstleistungen werden in einer Listenansicht angezeigt, einschließlich " +"aller Details zu den einzelnen ienstleistungen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:263 msgid "" @@ -6444,22 +7225,30 @@ msgid "" " number of repairs for each service type appears in parentheses after the " "name of the service type." msgstr "" +"Die Dienstleistungseinträge sind gruppiert nach :ref:`Dienstleistungstyp " +"`. Die Anzahl der Reparaturen für jeden Dienstleistungstyp " +"erscheint in Klammern nach dem Namen des Dienstleistungstyps." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:266 msgid "Each service listed displays the following information:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jede aufgelistete Dienstleistung enthält die folgenden Informationen:" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:268 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date`: the date that the service, or repair, was performed (or " "requested to be performed)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Datum`: das Datum, an dem die Dienstleistung oder die Reparatur " +"durchgeführt (oder angefordert) wurde." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: a short description of the specific type of " "service, or repair, performed to clarify the specific service." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Beschreibung`: eine kurze Beschreibung der spezifischen Art der " +"durchgeführten Dienstleistung oder Reparatur, um die spezifische " +"Dienstleistung zu verdeutlichen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:272 msgid "" @@ -6467,31 +7256,41 @@ msgid "" " selected from a list of services that :ref:`must be configured `." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Dienstleistungstyp`: die Art der durchgeführten Dienstleistung " +"oder Reparatur. Dieser wird aus einer Liste von Dienstleistungen ausgewählt," +" die :ref:`konfiguriert werden müssen `." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:274 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vehicle`: the specific vehicle the service was performed on." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fahrzeug`: das spezifische Fahrzeug, an dem die Dienstleistung " +"durchgeführt wurde." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:275 msgid ":guilabel:`Driver`: the current driver for the vehicle." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Fahrer`: der aktuelle Fahrer für das Fahrzeug." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:276 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the specific vendor who performed the service, or " "repair." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Lieferant`: der bestimmte Lieferant, der die Dienstleistung oder " +"Reparatur durchführt." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:277 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notes`: any information associated with the service, or repair, " "that is documented to add clarification." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Notizen`: alle Informationen im Zusammenhang mit der " +"Dienstleistung oder Reparatur, die zur Verdeutlichung dokumentiert werden." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:279 msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the total cost of the service, or repair." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kosten`: die Gesamtkosten für die Dienstleistung oder Reparatur." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:280 msgid "" @@ -6499,20 +7298,25 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`Running`, :guilabel:`Done`, or " ":guilabel:`Canceled`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Phase`: der Status der Dienstleistung oder der Reparatur. Die " +"Optionen sind :guilabel:`Neu`, :guilabel:`Läuft`, :guilabel:`Erledigt`, oder" +" :guilabel:`Abgebrochen`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:283 msgid "" "At the bottom of the :guilabel:`Cost` column, the total cost of all services" " and repairs are listed." msgstr "" +"Unten in der Spalte :guilabel:`Kosten` werden die Gesamtkosten für alle " +"Dienstleistungen und Reparaturen aufgeführt." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 msgid "The full list of services in the Odoo database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Die vollständige Liste der Dienstleistungen in der Odoo-Datenbank." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:290 msgid "View services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dienstleistungen anzeigen" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:292 msgid "" @@ -6521,16 +7325,19 @@ msgid "" "corner of the list, there are several icons that when clicked, sort the data" " in different ways." msgstr "" +"Es empfiehlt sich, die Liste der Dienstleistungen auf eine von mehreren " +"vorkonfigurierten Arten anzuzeigen, um die dargestellten Informationen " +"besser sehen zu können. In der oberen rechten Ecke der Liste befinden sich " +"mehrere Symbole, die die Daten auf verschiedene Weise sortieren, wenn Sie " +"darauf klicken." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 msgid "" "The icons in the top right corner than can be clicked to present the information in\n" "different ways." msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 -msgid "List view" -msgstr "Listenansicht" +"Die Symbole in der oberen rechten Ecke können angeklickt werden, um die Informationen auf unterschiedliche Weise\n" +"darzustellen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:304 msgid "" @@ -6538,6 +7345,9 @@ msgid "" "the services, first grouped alphabetically by type of service, then grouped " "by status." msgstr "" +"Die Standardansicht der Dienstleistungseinträge ist eine Listenansicht. Hier" +" werden alle Dienstleistungen zunächst alphabetisch nach Art der " +"Dienstleistung und dann nach Status gruppiert angezeigt." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:307 msgid "" @@ -6545,6 +7355,10 @@ msgid "" "hover over the column name, and an arrow appears in the far-right of that " "column. Click the arrow to sort the data by that specific column." msgstr "" +"Die Informationen können nach jeder Spalte neu sortiert werden. Bewegen Sie " +"den Mauszeiger über den Namen der Spalte und es erscheint ein Pfeil ganz " +"rechts in der jeweiligen Spalte. Klicken Sie auf den Pfeil, um die Daten " +"nach dieser bestimmten Spalte zu sortieren." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:311 msgid "" @@ -6553,6 +7367,11 @@ msgid "" "(down arrow)` icon to reverse the alphabetical order (Z to A). The " ":guilabel:`⌄ (down arrow)` icon changes to an :guilabel:`^ (up arrow)` icon." msgstr "" +"Die Standardsortierung ist in absteigender alphabetischer Reihenfolge (A bis" +" Z), dargestellt durch das Symbol :guilabel:`⌄ (Pfeil nach unten)`. Klicken " +"Sie auf das Symbol :guilabel:`⌄ (Pfeil nach unten)`, um die alphabetische " +"Reihenfolge umzukehren (Z nach A). Das Symbol :guilabel:`⌄ (Pfeil nach " +"unten)` ändert sich in ein Symbol :guilabel:`^ (Pfeil nach oben)`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:315 msgid "" @@ -6562,11 +7381,17 @@ msgid "" "alphabetical order. The :guilabel:`Cost` column sorts the information by " "repair price, from lowest to highest." msgstr "" +"Die beiden Ausnahmen von dieser Sortierung sind die Standardspalte " +":guilabel:`Datum` und die Spalte :guilabel:`Kosten`. Die Spalte " +":guilabel:`Datum` sortiert die Informationen in chronologischer Reihenfolge " +"(Januar bis Dezember), anstatt in alphabetischer Reihenfolge. Die Spalte " +":guilabel:`Kosten` sortiert die Informationen nach dem Reparaturpreis, vom " +"niedrigsten zum höchsten." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:321 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:401 msgid "Add a service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eine Dienstleistung hinzufügen" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:323 msgid "" @@ -6574,15 +7399,14 @@ msgid "" "button, and a service form loads. :ref:`Enter all the information " "` on the service form." msgstr "" +"Um einen Dienstleistungsdatensatz aus der Listenansicht hinzuzufügen, " +"klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Neu`, woraufhin ein " +"Dienstleistungsformular geladen wird. :ref:`Geben Sie alle Informationen " +"` in das Dienstleistungsformular ein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:326 msgid "The form automatically saves as data is entered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 -msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "Kanban-Ansicht" +msgstr "Das Formular speichert automatisch, wenn Daten eingegeben werden." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:331 msgid "" @@ -6590,18 +7414,25 @@ msgid "" "is the second icon in the top-right corner, and appears as two different " "length bars beneath a line." msgstr "" +"Um die Dienstleistungen nach ihrer Phase anzuzeigen, klicken Sie auf die " +"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Kanban`, das zweite Symbol in der oberen rechten " +"Ecke, das als zwei unterschiedlich lange Balken unter einer Linie erscheint." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:334 msgid "" "All services are organized by service type, and appear in the corresponding " "Kanban column." msgstr "" +"Alle Dienstleistungen sind nach Dienstleistungstyp geordnet und erscheinen " +"in der entsprechenden Kanban-Spalte." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:336 msgid "" "The number of repairs for each type of service appears in the far-right of " "each Kanban column header." msgstr "" +"Die Anzahl der Reparaturen für jede Art von Dienstleistung erscheint ganz " +"rechts in der Kopfzeile jeder Kanban-Spalte." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:339 msgid "" @@ -6611,6 +7442,11 @@ msgid "" "appear yellow, overdue activities appear red, and repairs with no activities" " scheduled appear gray." msgstr "" +"Der kollektive Status der geplanten Aktivitäten für jeden Dienstleistungstyp" +" erscheint in der farbcodierten Leiste unter dem Titel jeder Kanban-Spalte. " +"Reparaturen mit in der Zukunft geplanten Aktivitäten erscheinen grün, heute " +"fällige Aktivitäten erscheinen gelb, überfällige Aktivitäten erscheinen rot " +"und Reparaturen ohne geplante Aktivitäten erscheinen grau." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:344 msgid "" @@ -6620,6 +7456,12 @@ msgid "" "status of the activity corresponds to the colors in the status bar. Click on" " an activity icon to view the details of that specific activity." msgstr "" +"Jede Kanban-Karte zeigt ein farbcodiertes, aktivitätsbezogenes Symbol an, " +"wie z. B. ein :guilabel:`🕘 (Uhr)`-Symbol oder ein :guilabel:`📞 " +"(Telefon)`-Symbol. Diese Symbole zeigen sowohl die Art der geplanten " +"Aktivität als auch den Status an. Der Status der Aktivität entspricht den " +"Farben in der Statusleiste. Klicken Sie auf ein Aktivitätssymbol, um die " +"Details dieser speziellen Aktivität anzuzeigen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:349 msgid "" @@ -6628,10 +7470,15 @@ msgid "" "color section to reveal the number of service records in that specific " "grouping." msgstr "" +"Die Länge des Farbbalkens steht im Verhältnis zur Anzahl der entsprechenden " +"Aktivitäten mit diesem spezifischen Status in dieser bestimmten Phase. " +"Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über einen Farbbereich, um die Anzahl der " +"Dienstleistungsdatensatz in dieser spezifischen Gruppierung anzuzeigen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 msgid "The service records presented in a Kanban view." msgstr "" +"Die Dienstleistungseinträge werden in einer Kanban-Ansicht dargestellt." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:357 msgid "" @@ -6641,12 +7488,20 @@ msgid "" "appears striped instead of solid. **Only** repairs and services with the " "selected status appear in the column." msgstr "" +"Um **nur** die Datensätze mit einem bestimmten Status anzuzeigen, klicken " +"Sie auf den gewünschten Farbbalkenabschnitt. Die Hintergrundfarbe der Spalte" +" ändert sich in einen blassen Farbton der gleichen Farbe (entweder grün, " +"gelb, rot oder grau) und der Farbbalken erscheint gestreift statt einfarbig." +" In der Spalte erscheinen **nur** Reparaturen und Dienstleistungen mit dem " +"ausgewählten Status." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 msgid "" "The oil change service records showing only repairs with past-due " "activities." msgstr "" +"Der Dienstleistungseintrag „Ölwechsel“ zeigt nur die Reparaturen mit " +"überfälligen Aktivitäten an." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:369 msgid "Schedule activities" @@ -6659,6 +7514,11 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`+ Schedule an activity`. A :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " "window appears." msgstr "" +"Um in der Kanban-Ansicht eine Aktivität für eine Reparatur oder " +"Dienstleistung zu planen, klicken Sie auf das Aktivitätssymbol in der " +"unteren rechten Ecke des Dienstleistungseintrags und dann auf :guilabel:`+ " +"Aktivität planen`. Ein Pop-up-Fenster :guilabel:`Aktivität planen` " +"erscheint." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:376 msgid "" @@ -6667,15 +7527,19 @@ msgid "" "phone call is scheduled, or an :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` appears if an email" " is scheduled." msgstr "" +"Je nachdem, ob und welche Art von Aktivität geplant ist, kann das " +"Aktivitätssymbol unterschiedlich aussehen. Zum Beispiel erscheint ein " +":guilabel:`📞 (Telefon)`, wenn ein Telefonanruf geplant ist, oder ein " +":guilabel:`✉️ (Umschlag)`, wenn eine E-Mail geplant ist." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:380 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:230 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:889 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:894 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Füllen Sie die folgenden Informationen des Formulars aus:" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:382 msgid "" @@ -6684,12 +7548,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Call`, :guilabel:`Meeting`, :guilabel:`To-Do`, and " ":guilabel:`Upload Document`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Aktivitätstyp`: Wählen Sie aus dem Dropdown-Menü den zu planenden" +" Aktivitätstyp aus. Die Standardoptionen sind :guilabel:`E-Mail`, " +":guilabel:`Anruf`, :guilabel:`Meeting`, :guilabel:`To-do` und " +":guilabel:`Dokument hochladen`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:385 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Summary`: enter a short description of the activity, such as " "`Schedule oil change`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Zusammenfassung`: Geben Sie eine kurze Beschreibung der Aktivität" +" ein, wie `Ölwechsel planen`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:386 msgid "" @@ -6698,18 +7568,27 @@ msgid "" "(right)` arrow icons, navigate to the desired month, then click on the date " "to select it." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fälligkeitsdatum`: Geben Sie mithilfe des Kalender-Popover das " +"Datum ein, an dem die Aktivität erledigt werden muss. Verwenden Sie die " +"Pfeile :guilabel:`< (links)` und :guilabel:`> (rechts)`, um zum richtigen " +"Monat zu navigieren, und klicken Sie dann auf das entsprechende Datum, um " +"die Auswahl zu treffen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:389 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Assigned to`: using the drop-down menu, select the user " "responsible for the activity." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Zugewiesen an`: Wählen Sie über das Dropdown-Menü den für die " +"Aktivität verantwortlichen Benutzer." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:390 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notes`: add any notes or details in the blank area in the bottom-" "half of the form." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Notizen`: Fügen Sie Notizen oder Details in den leeren Bereich in" +" der unteren Hälfte des Formulars ein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:392 msgid "" @@ -6718,12 +7597,18 @@ msgid "" "Schedule Next` to schedule the current activity and schedule another " "activity for the same repair." msgstr "" +"Wenn die Aktivität :guilabel:`Aktivität planen` abgeschlossen ist, klicken " +"Sie auf :guilabel:`Planen`, um die Aktivität zu planen, oder klicken Sie auf" +" :guilabel:`Erledigt & nächste Aktivität planen`, um die aktuelle Aktivität " +"zu planen und eine andere Aktivität für dieselbe Reparatur zu planen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:397 msgid "" "For more detailed information regarding activities, refer to the main " ":doc:`activities <../../essentials/activities>` document." msgstr "" +"Weitere Einzelheiten zu den Aktivitäten finden Sie unter :doc:`activities " +"<../../essentials/activities>`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:403 msgid "" @@ -6731,6 +7616,10 @@ msgid "" "icon)` in the top-right corner of the Kanban column, and a new block appears" " at the top of the column, beneath the Kanban title." msgstr "" +"Von dieser Ansicht aus können Sie eine neue Reparatur hinzufügen. Klicken " +"Sie auf das :guilabel:`➕ (Plus-Symbol)` in der oberen rechten Ecke der " +"Kanban-Spalte und ein neuer Block erscheint am oberen Rand der Spalte, " +"unterhalb des Kanban-Titels." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:407 msgid "" @@ -6740,6 +7629,13 @@ msgid "" " form, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the record. The new record" " now appears in the Kanban column." msgstr "" +"Geben Sie einen :guilabel:`Titel` für die Dienstleistung oder die Reparatur " +"ein und klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Hinzufügen`. In einem Pop-up-Fenster" +" erscheint ein Dienstleistungsformular :guilabel:`Erstellen`. :ref:`Geben " +"Sie alle Informationen ` in das Dienstleistungsformular " +"ein und klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Speichern & schließen`, um den " +"Datensatz hinzuzufügen. Der neue Datensatz erscheint nun in der Kanban-" +"Spalte." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:413 msgid "Graph view" @@ -6751,6 +7647,9 @@ msgid "" "click the :guilabel:`Graph` icon, which is the third icon in the top-right, " "and appears as a small graph." msgstr "" +"Eine weitere Möglichkeit, die Daten anzuzeigen, ist ein Diagramm. Um zur " +"Diagrammansicht zu wechseln, klicken Sie auf das Symbol :guilabel:`Grafik`, " +"das dritte Symbol oben rechts, das als kleines Diagramm erscheint." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:418 msgid "" @@ -6758,6 +7657,10 @@ msgid "" "chart, grouped by :guilabel:`Service Type`. The X-axis represents the " ":guilabel:`Service Type` and the Y-axis represents the :guilabel:`Cost`." msgstr "" +"Die Standard-Grafikansicht zeigt die Dienstleistungsinformationen in einem " +"gestapelten Balkendiagramm an, gruppiert nach " +":guilabel:`Dienstleistungstyp`. Die X-Achse stellt den " +":guilabel:`Dienstleistungstyp` und die Y-Achse den :guilabel:`Kosten` dar." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:422 msgid "" @@ -6766,6 +7669,11 @@ msgid "" "popover window that displays the total :guilabel:`Cost` for the service and " "repairs the bar represents." msgstr "" +"Jede Spalte stellt visuell die Gesamtkosten für alle Reparaturen und " +"Dienstleistungen für den jeweiligen :guilabel:`Dienstleistungstyp` dar. " +"Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über einen beliebigen Balken, um ein Popover-" +"Fenster zu öffnen, das die Gesamtkosten für die Dienstleistungen und " +"Reparaturen anzeigt, für die der Balken steht." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:426 msgid "" @@ -6775,12 +7683,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Descending`, or :guilabel:`Ascending` order, by clicking the " "corresponding buttons." msgstr "" +"Die Grafik kann entweder in ein :guilabel:`Liniendiagramm` oder in ein " +":guilabel:`Tortendiagramm` umgewandelt werden, indem Sie auf die " +"entsprechende Schaltfläche oberhalb der Grafik klicken. Außerdem kann das " +"Diagramm die Daten entweder in der Reihenfolge :guilabel:`Gestapelt`, " +":guilabel:`Absteigend` oder :guilabel:`Aufsteigend` anzeigen, indem Sie auf " +"die entsprechenden Schaltflächen klicken." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 msgid "" "A bar chart view of the services and repairs, with the various option " "buttons highlighted." msgstr "" +"Ein Balkendiagramm der Dienstleistungen und Reparaturen, in dem die " +"verschiedenen Optionsschaltflächen hervorgehoben sind." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:436 msgid "Pivot view" @@ -6792,6 +7708,10 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Pivot` icon, which is the fourth icon in the top-right, and " "appears as a small spreadsheet." msgstr "" +"Eine andere Möglichkeit, die Dienstleistungsdaten anzuzeigen, ist eine " +"Pivot-Tabelle in einer Tabellenkalkulation. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol " +":guilabel:`Pivot`, das vierte Symbol oben rechts, das als kleines " +"Arbeitsblatt erscheint." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:441 msgid "" @@ -6801,15 +7721,23 @@ msgid "" "total costs for each specific type of service, further divided by the type " "of service." msgstr "" +"Die Standarddarstellung der Daten zeigt die Gesamtkosten für jede Art von " +"Dienstleistung. Die horizontalen Zeilen stellen die verschiedenen Arten von " +"Dienstleistungen dar, wobei jede Art von Dienstleistung in einer eigenen " +"Zeile steht. Die vertikalen Spalten stellen die Gesamtkosten für jede " +"spezifische Art von Dienstleistung dar, weiter unterteilt nach der Art der " +"Dienstleistung." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 msgid "The default pivot table view of the services." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Die Standardansicht der Pivot-Tabelle der Dienstleistungen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:450 msgid "" "The table can either be inserted in a spreadsheet or downloaded, if desired." msgstr "" +"Die Tabelle kann entweder in eine Tabellenkalkulation eingefügt oder " +"heruntergeladen werden, wenn gewünscht." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:452 msgid "" @@ -6818,6 +7746,11 @@ msgid "" "to be inserted into a spreadsheet (the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " "button is grayed out)." msgstr "" +"Um die Pivot-Tabelle in Odoo in eine Tabellenkalkulation einzufügen, muss " +"zunächst das Aussehen der Pivot-Tabelle geändert werden. In der " +"Standardansicht der Pivot-Tabelle kann sie nicht in eine Tabellenkalkulation" +" eingefügt werden (die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`In Tabellenkalkulation " +"einfügen` ist ausgegraut)." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:456 msgid "" @@ -6825,6 +7758,10 @@ msgid "" " at the top of the pivot table. This collapses the service types, leaving " "only a single :guilabel:`Cost` column visible." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie zunächst auf das Symbol :guilabel:`➖ (minus)` links neben " +":guilabel:`Gesamt` oben in der Pivot-Tabelle. Dadurch werden die " +"Dienstleistungstypen zusammengeklappt, sodass nur noch eine einzige Spalte " +":guilabel:`Kosten` sichtbar ist." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:459 msgid "" @@ -6833,6 +7770,11 @@ msgid "" "pop-up window appears. Two tabs are visible in this pop-up window, a " ":guilabel:`Spreadsheets` tab and a :guilabel:`Dashboards` tab." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie dann auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`In Tabellenkalkulation " +"einfügen`, die nun nicht mehr ausgegraut ist, und ein Pop-up-Fenster " +":guilabel:`Wählen Sie eine Tabellenkalkulation aus, um Pivot einzufügen` " +"erscheint. In diesem Pop-up-Fenster sind zwei Reiter sichtbar, eine " +":guilabel:`Tabellenkalkulationen` und eine :guilabel:`Dashboards`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:463 msgid "" @@ -6841,30 +7783,45 @@ msgid "" "clicking the desired option, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. The spreadsheet then" " loads on the screen." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf den gewünschten Reiter, um anzugeben, wo die " +"Tabellenkalkulation platziert werden soll, entweder in einer " +":guilabel:`Tabellenkalkulation` oder auf einem :guilabel:`Dashboard`. " +"Nachdem Sie die gewünschte Option angeklickt haben, klicken Sie auf " +":guilabel:`Bestätigen`. Die Tabellenkalkulation wird dann auf dem Bildschirm" +" geladen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:468 msgid "" "Spreadsheets are stored in Odoo's *Documents* application, while dashboards " "are stored in Odoo's *Dashboards* application." msgstr "" +"Tabellenkalkulationen werden in der *Dokumente*-App von Odoo gespeichert, " +"während Dashboards in der *Dashboards*-App von Odoo gespeichert werden." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:471 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Services` in the top-left corner to navigate back to the " "previous pivot table view." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Dienstleistungen` in der oberen linken Ecke, um " +"zur vorherigen Pivot-Tabellenansicht zurückzukehren." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:473 msgid "" "To download the table in an *xlsx* format, click the download xlsx icon, " "represented by a :guilabel:`⬇️ (down arrow above a line)` icon." msgstr "" +"Um die Tabelle im *xlsx*-Format herunterzuladen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol " +"xlsx herunterladen, das durch ein :guilabel:`⬇️ (Pfeil nach unten über einer" +" Linie)`-Symbol dargestellt wird." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:477 msgid "" "For more detailed information regarding reporting, refer to the main " ":doc:`reporting <../../essentials/reporting>` document." msgstr "" +"Weitere Einzelheiten zum Berichtswesen finden Sie unter :doc:`reporting " +"<../../essentials/reporting>`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:481 msgid "Activity view" @@ -6876,12 +7833,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`🕗 (clock)` activity icon in the top-right corner of the screen. " "This presents all activities, organized by vehicle and activity type." msgstr "" +"Um die geplanten Aktivitäten für Dienstleistungen oder Reparaturen " +"anzuzeigen, klicken Sie auf das Aktivitätssymbol :guilabel:`🕗 (Uhr)` in der " +"oberen rechten Ecke des Bildschirms. Hier werden alle Aktivitäten, geordnet " +"nach Fahrzeug und Aktivitätstyp, angezeigt." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:487 msgid "" "The vertical columns are organized by activity type, and the horizontal " "lines are organized by vehicle." msgstr "" +"Die vertikalen Spalten sind nach Aktivitätstyp und die horizontalen Zeilen " +"nach Fahrzeug geordnet." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:490 msgid "" @@ -6889,36 +7852,49 @@ msgid "" "activities are scheduled in the future, yellow activities are due today, and" " red activities are overdue." msgstr "" +"Die Einträge sind je nach Status der einzelnen Aktivitäten farblich " +"gekennzeichnet. Grüne Aktivitäten sind in der Zukunft geplant, gelbe " +"Aktivitäten sind heute fällig und rote Aktivitäten sind überfällig." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:493 msgid "" "The user responsible for the activity appears in a photo in the lower-left " "corner of each activity entry." msgstr "" +"Der für die Aktivität verantwortliche Benutzer erscheint in einem Foto in " +"der unteren linken Ecke jedes Aktivitätseintrags." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:496 msgid "" "The due date of each activity is written in the top-center of each activity " "entry." msgstr "" +"Das Fälligkeitsdatum jeder Aktivität steht oben in der Mitte jedes " +"Aktivitätseintrags." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:498 msgid "" "A color-coded bar at the top of each activity column indicates the status of" " the activities within that column." msgstr "" +"Ein farbcodierter Balken am oberen Rand jeder Aktivitätsspalte zeigt den " +"Status der Aktivitäten innerhalb dieser Spalte an." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:501 msgid "" "The number of activities for each activity type is written on the right side" " of the color-coded bar beneath the column name." msgstr "" +"Die Anzahl der Aktivitäten für jeden Aktivitätstyp wird auf der rechten " +"Seite des farbcodierten Balkens unter dem Spaltennamen angegeben." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 msgid "" "The activity view, with the columns called out, and an activity box " "highlighted." msgstr "" +"Die Aktivitätsansicht mit hervorgehobenen Spalten und einer hervorgehobenen " +"Aktivitätsbox." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:509 msgid "Schedule an activity" @@ -6931,184 +7907,263 @@ msgid "" " Services` pop-up window loads. Click the service that the activity is being" " scheduled for, and a :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` form loads." msgstr "" +"Um einen Dienstleistungseintrag aus der Aktivitätsansicht hinzuzufügen, " +"klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`+ Aktivität planen` in der linken unteren Ecke " +"der Liste und ein Pop-up-Fenster :guilabel:`Suchen: Dienstleistungen` wird " +"geladen. Klicken Sie auf die Dienstleistung, für den die Aktivität geplant " +"werden soll, und das Formular :guilabel:`Aktivität planen` wird geöffnet." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:515 msgid "" ":ref:`Enter all the information ` on the activity " "form." msgstr "" +":ref:`Geben Sie alle Informationen ` auf dem " +"Aktivitätsformular ein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:517 msgid "" "When the form is complete, click the :guilabel:`Schedule` button. Then, both" " pop-up windows close, and the activity now appears on the activity view." msgstr "" +"Wenn das Formular vollständig ist, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche " +":guilabel:`Planen`. Daraufhin werden beide Pop-up-Fenster geschlossen und " +"die Aktivität erscheint nun in der Aktivitätsansicht." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 msgid "Frontdesk" msgstr "Empfang" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:7 msgid "" "The Odoo *Frontdesk* application provides a way for visitors to check in to " "a building or location, and alert the person they are meeting about their " "arrival. Additionally, they can request a pre-configured beverage to be " "brought to them, while they wait." msgstr "" +"Mit Odoo *Empfang* können Besucher in einem Gebäude oder an einem Ort " +"einchecken und die Person, die sie treffen, über ihre Ankunft informieren. " +"Außerdem können sie ein vorkonfiguriertes Getränk anfordern, das ihnen " +"gebracht wird, während sie warten." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:11 msgid "" "This application is ideal for businesses that do **not** have someone " "working at a reception desk, locations **without** a designated waiting area" " available to guests and visitors." msgstr "" +"Die App ist perfekt für Unternehmen, die **keinen Rezeptionisten** haben, " +"für Ort **ohne** spezifischen Wartebereich für Gäste und Besucher." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:17 msgid "" "The first item to configure with the *Frontdesk* application is the station," " followed by any drink selections that might optionally be offered." msgstr "" +"Als erstes müssen Sie in der *Empfangsapp* den Schalter konfigurieren, " +"gefolgt von einer Getränkauswahl, die Sie optional anbieten möchten." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 msgid "Stations" msgstr "Schalter" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:23 msgid "" "In Odoo's *Frontdesk* application, a *Station* can be thought of as any " "location where someone can sign in and wait for an employee. This is " "typically some form of waiting room, such as a lobby. Each station has a " "kiosk where visitors check in." msgstr "" +"In Odoos *Empfangsapp* kann jeder Ort, an dem jemand sich anmelden und auf " +"einen Mitarbeiter warten kann, als *Schalter* betrachtet werden. Es handelt " +"sich dabei üblicherweise um eine Art Warteraum, wie eine Lobby. Jeder " +"Schalter verfügt über ein Kiosk, in dem Besucher sich anmelden können." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:27 msgid "" "When setting up the *Frontdesk* application, a minimum of one station " "**must** be configured, but there is no limit to how many stations can be " "created and configured." msgstr "" +"Bei der Einrichtung der *Empfangsapp* **muss** eine Mindestanzahl von einem " +"Schalter eingericht werden, aber ist gibt kein Limit, wie viele Schalter " +"erstellt und konfiguriert werden können." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:30 msgid "" "To create a station, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Stations`, and click :guilabel:`New`. When clicked, a " "blank frontdesk form appears." msgstr "" +"Um einen Schalter zu erstellen, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Empfang --> " +"Konfiguration --> Schalter`, und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu`, um ein " +"leeres Empfangsformular zu öffnen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Name`: enter a name for the specific frontdesk " "location. This should be short and easily identifiable, such as `Reception " "Desk` or `Main Lobby`. This field is required in order to create a station." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Empfangsname`: Geben Sie einen Namen für den Empfangsschalter " +"ein. Dieser sollte kurz und eindeutig sein, wie `Rezeption` oder " +"`Hauptlobby`. Sie müssen dieses Feld ausfüllen, um einen Schalter zu " +"erstellen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:38 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsibles`: select the person (or persons) who are alerted " "when a visitor checks in using this specific frontdesk. Multiple selections " "can be entered. This field is required in order to create a station." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Verantwortliche`: Wählen Sie die Person (oder Personen) aus, die " +"benachrichtigt werden, wenn ein Besucher sich über einen bestimmten Schalter" +" anmeldet. Es können mehrere Personen angegeben werden. Dieses Feld muss " +"ebenfalls ausgefüllt sein, um einen Schalter zu erstellen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk URL`: this field auto-populates once the frontdesk form is " "saved, with at least the :guilabel:`Frontdesk Name` and " ":guilabel:`Responsibles` fields filled. To save manually, click the " ":guilabel:`(cloud with upward arrow)` icon, located at the top of the form." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kiosk-URL`: Dieses Feld automatisch ausgefüllt, sobald das " +"Empfangsformular mit gültigem :guilabel:`Empfangsnamen` und " +":guilabel:`Verantworlichen` gespeichert wird. Um automatisch zu speichern, " +"klicken Sie auf das :guilabel:`(Wolke mit Pfeil nach oben)`-Symbol oben auf " +"dem Formular." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:45 msgid "" "Once saved, a URL is generated in the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` field. This URL " "is one way the frontdesk kiosk is accessed." msgstr "" +"Nach der Speicherung wird im Feld :guilabel:`Kiosk-URL` eine URL generiert. " +"Diese URL ist eine Art, um auf das Empfangskiosk zuzugreifen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:48 msgid "" "To access the kiosk, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at the end of the " "URL, and navigate to that URL in a web browser. This URL opens that specific" " station's frontdesk sign-in page." msgstr "" +"Um auf das Kiosk zuzugreifen, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche " +":guilabel:`Kopieren` am Ende der URL und navigieren Sie zu dieser URL in " +"einem Webbrowser. Diese URL öffnet eine spezifische Empfangsanmeldeseite." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:52 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a frontdesk form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera" " with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" +"Um ein Bild/Foto zu einem Empfangsformular hinzuzufügen, bewegen Sie den " +"Mauszeiger über das Symbol :guilabel:`(Kamera mit einem '+'-Zeichen)` oben " +"rechts im Formular, um ein :guilabel:`✏️ (Bleistift)`-Symbol anzuzeigen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:166 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:184 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to open a file explorer, navigate " "to the desired image/photo file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf das :guilabel:`✏️ (Bleistift)`-Symbol, um einen Datei-" +"Explorer zu öffnen, navigieren Sie zu der gewünschten Bild-/Fotodatei und " +"klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Öffnen`, um sie auszuwählen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:58 msgid "" "The image selected for the station photo appears as the background image for" " the station kiosk." msgstr "" +"Das für das Bahnhofsfoto ausgewählte Bild erscheint als Hintergrundbild für " +"den Schalterkiosk." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:61 msgid "Options tab" msgstr "Reiter „Optionen“" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Host Selection`: if the visitor is attending a meeting, this " "option allows the visitor to select the meeting host from a presented list, " "and notify that individual. When enabled, additional fields appear, as " "detailed below." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Gastgeberauswahl`: Wenn der Besucher an einem Meeting teilnimmt, " +"kann er mit dieser Option den Gastgeber des Meetings aus einer Liste " +"auswählen und diesen benachrichtigen. Wenn diese Option aktiviert ist, " +"werden zusätzliche Felder angezeigt, wie unten beschrieben." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Authenticate Guest`: if additional information is required when a" " guest checks in, enable this option, and select which of the following are " "required:" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Gast authentifizieren`: Wenn bei der Anmeldung eines Gastes " +"zusätzliche Informationen erforderlich sind, aktivieren Sie diese Option und" +" wählen Sie aus, welche der folgenden Angaben erforderlich sind:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: select whether the guest's email address is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`E-Mail`: Wählen Sie aus, ob die E-Mail-Adresse des Gastes " +":guilabel:`Erforderlich`, :guilabel:`Optional` oder ob die Information " +"überhaupt nicht angefordert wird (:guilabel:`Keine`)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Phone`: select whether the guest's phone number is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Telefon`: Wählen Sie aus, ob die Telefonnummer des Gastes " +":guilabel:`Erforderlich`, :guilabel:`Optional` oder ob die Information " +"überhaupt nicht angefordert wird (:guilabel:`Keine`)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Organization`: select whether the guest's organization is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Organisation`: Wählen Sie aus, ob die Organisation des Gastes " +":guilabel:`Erforderlich`, :guilabel:`Optional` oder ob die Information " +"überhaupt nicht angefordert wird (:guilabel:`Keine`)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Theme`: select the color mode of the kiosk. Choose either " ":guilabel:`Light` or :guilabel:`Dark`. The :guilabel:`Light` selection " "displays a pale gray background on the kiosk, whereas the :guilabel:`Dark` " "selection displays a dark gray and black background." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Designmotiv`: Wählen Sie den Farbmodus für den Kiosk. Wählen Sie " +"entweder :guilabel:`Hell` oder :guilabel:`Dunkel`. Die Auswahl " +":guilabel:`Hell` zeigt einen hellgrauen Hintergrund auf dem Kiosk, während " +"die Auswahl :guilabel:`Dunkel` einen dunkelgrauen und schwarzen Hintergrund " +"zeigt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Self Check-In`: enable this option to present a check-in QR code " "on the kiosk. The QR code allows guests to check in using their mobile " "device, instead of using the kiosk. This option is recommended for a busy " "kiosk with multiple guests checking in at any time." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Selbstanmeldung`: Aktivieren Sie diese Option, um einen QR-Code " +"für die Anmeldung am Kiosk anzuzeigen. Der QR-Code ermöglicht es den Gästen," +" mit ihrem mobilen Gerät einzuchecken, anstatt den Kiosk zu benutzen. Diese " +"Option wird für einen stark genutzten Kiosk empfohlen, an dem mehrere Gäste " +"gleichzeitig einchecken." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Offer Drinks`: enable this option to offer guests a drink upon " "check in. If this option is enabled, it is necessary to :ref:`configure the " @@ -7116,144 +8171,213 @@ msgid "" "Drinks` link that appears when the option is enabled. Once all drink options" " are configured, select each drink to be offered using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Getränke anbieten`: Aktivieren Sie diese Option, um Gästen bei " +"der Anmeldung ein Getränk anzubieten. Wenn diese Option aktiviert ist, " +"müssen Sie über den Link :guilabel:`Getränke konfigurieren`, der erscheint, " +"wenn die Option aktiviert ist, :ref:`die angebotenen Getränke " +"` konfigurieren. Sobald alle Getränkeoptionen konfiguriert" +" sind, wählen Sie jedes Getränk, das angeboten werden soll, über das " +"Dropdown-Menü aus." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:90 msgid "" "The following options are only visible in the :guilabel:`Options` tab if the" " :ref:`Host Selection ` option is enabled." msgstr "" +"Folgende Optionen werden im Reiter :guilabel:`Optionen` angezeigt, wenn die " +"Option if the :ref:`Gastgeberauswahl ` aktiviert ist." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by email`: enable this option to have an email sent to the" " person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " ":guilabel:`Email Template` field appears beneath, with the default " ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Email Template` selected." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Per E-Mail benachrichtigen`: Aktivieren Sie diese Option, um der " +"Person, die der Gast besucht, bei der Anmeldung eine E-Mail zu schicken. " +"Wenn Sie diese Option aktivieren, erscheint darunter ein Feld " +":guilabel:`E-Mail-Vorlage`, in dem die Standardvorlage :guilabel:`E-Mail-" +"Vorlage für Empfang` ausgewählt ist." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:97 msgid "" "To change the default email template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`Email Template` field, then select another email template." msgstr "" +"Um die Standard-E-Mail-Vorlage zu ändern, klicken Sie im Feld " +":guilabel:`E-Mail-Vorlage` auf das Dropdown-Menü und wählen Sie eine andere " +"E-Mail-Vorlage aus." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any edits to the " "template." msgstr "" +"Um die aktuell ausgewählte Vorlage zu ändern, klicken Sie auf das Symbol " +":guilabel:`Interner Link (Pfeil)` am Ende der Zeile und nehmen die " +"gewünschten Änderungen an der Vorlage vor." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:102 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by SMS`: enable this option to have an SMS (text) message " "sent to the person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " ":guilabel:`SMS Template` field appears beneath, with the default " ":guilabel:`Frontdesk SMS Template` selected." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Per SMS benachrichtigen`: Aktivieren Sie diese Option, um der " +"Person, die der Gast besucht, bei der Anmeldung eine SMS zu schicken. Wenn " +"Sie diese Option aktivieren, erscheint darunter ein Feld :guilabel:`SMS-" +"Vorlage`, in dem die Standardvorlage :guilabel:`SMS-Vorlage für Empfang` " +"ausgewählt ist." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:106 msgid "" "To change the default SMS template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`SMS Template` field, and select another SMS template." msgstr "" +"Um die Standard-SMS-Vorlage zu ändern, klicken Sie im Feld :guilabel:`SMS-" +"Vorlage` auf das Dropdown-Menü und wählen Sie eine andere SMS-Vorlage aus." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:109 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any desired edits to the" " content of the template. The SMS message may have a maximum of 242 " "characters, which fits in 4 SMS (UNICODE) messages." msgstr "" +"Um die aktuell ausgewählte Vorlage zu ändern, klicken Sie auf das Symbol " +":guilabel:`Interner Link (Pfeil)` am Ende der Zeile und nehmen Sie die " +"gewünschten Änderungen am Inhalt der Vorlage vor. Die SMS-Nachricht darf " +"maximal 242 Zeichen lang sein, was in 4 SMS (UNICODE) passt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by Discuss`: this option is enabled by default when the " ":guilabel:`Host Selection` option is enabled. This option opens a *Discuss* " "application message window with the person the guest is visiting upon check " "in." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Über Dialog benachrichtigen`: Diese Option ist standardmäßig " +"aktiviert, wenn die Option :guilabel:`Gastgeberauswahl` aktiviert ist. Diese" +" Option öffnet bei der Anmeldung ein Nachrichtenfenster in der *Dialogapp* " +"mit der Person, die der Gast besucht." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:116 msgid "" "When enabled, a default message appears for the person the guest is " "visiting. The *Discuss* application **must** be installed in order for this " "option to work." msgstr "" +"Wenn diese Option aktiviert ist, erscheint eine Standardnachricht für die " +"Person, die der Gast besucht. Die *Dialogapp* **muss** installiert sein, " +"damit diese Option funktioniert." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:120 msgid "" "*Discuss* is installed by default when creating an Odoo database, and does " "not count towards billing. As long as the *Discuss* application is not " "intentionally uninstalled, the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option works." msgstr "" +"*Dialog* wird bei der Erstellung einer Odoo-Datenbank standardmäßig " +"installiert und zählt nicht zur Abrechnung. Solange die *Dialogapp* nicht " +"absichtlich deinstalliert wird, funktioniert die Option :guilabel:`Über " +"Dialog benachrichtigen`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:125 msgid "" "The default message format for the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option is: " "`(Frontdesk Station) Check-In: (Guest Name) (Guest Phone Number) " "(Organization) to meet (Name of employee).`" msgstr "" +"Das Standardnachrichtenformat für die Option :guilabel:`Über Dialog " +"benachtrichtigen` lautet: `(Empfangsschalter) Anmeldung: (Name des Gastes) " +"(Telefonnummer des Gastes) (Organisation) zum Meeting mit (Name des " +"Mitarbeiters).`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:128 msgid "" "An example of how that might appear in a *Discuss* message is: `Main Lobby " "Check-In: John Doe (123-555-1234) (Odoo, Inc.) to meet Marc Demo.`" msgstr "" +"So könnte das in der *Dialog*-Nachricht aussehen: `Hauptlobby Anmeldung: " +"John Doe (123-555-1234) (Odoo, Inc.) zum Meeting mit Marc Demo.`" #: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst-1 msgid "Frontdesk station form with all the information filled out." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:134 -msgid "Side Message tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ein Empfangsformular mit den ausgefüllten Informationen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 +msgid "Side Message tab" +msgstr "Reiter „Randnotiz“" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:138 msgid "" "Enter any desired text to appear on the station kiosk after a guest has " "checked in, such as a welcome greeting or any necessary instructions. The " "text appears on the confirmation page, on the right side of the screen after" " a guest has completed the check-in process." msgstr "" +"Geben Sie einen beliebigen Text ein, der nach der Anmeldung eines Gastes auf" +" dem Schalterkiosk erscheinen soll, z. B. eine Begrüßung oder notwendige " +"Anweisungen. Der Text erscheint auf der Bestätigungsseite auf der rechten " +"Seite des Bildschirms, nachdem ein Gast den Anmeldeprozess abgeschlossen " +"hat." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:112 msgid "Drinks" msgstr "Getränke" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:147 msgid "" "After a station is created, the next step is to configure the drinks to " "offer visitors, if desired. This step is **not** necessary or required for " "the *Frontdesk* application to work, and only needs to be configured if " "drinks are offered to guests." msgstr "" +"Nachdem ein Schalter erstellt wurde, müssen Sie im nächsten Schritt die " +"Getränke konfigurieren, die den Besuchern angeboten werden sollen, falls " +"gewünscht. Dieser Schritt ist **nicht** notwendig oder erforderlich, damit " +"die *Empfangsapp* funktioniert, und muss nur konfiguriert werden, wenn den " +"Gästen Getränke angeboten werden." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:151 msgid "" "To add a drink option, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Drinks`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a " "blank drink form to configure." msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:152 -msgid "Enter the following information on the drink form:" -msgstr "" +"Um einen eine Getränkoption hinzuzufügen, gehen Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Empfang --> Konfiguration --> Getänke`, und klicken Sie auf " +":guilabel:`Neu`. Dadruch wir ein leeres, zu konfigurierendes " +"Getränkeformular geöffnet." #: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 +msgid "Enter the following information on the drink form:" +msgstr "Füllen Sie die folgenden Informationen auf dem Getränke-Formular aus:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Drink Name`: type the name of the drink option in this field. " "This field is required." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Name des Getränks`: Geben Sie den Namen des Getränk in das Feld " +"ein. Dies ist ein Pflichtfeld." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 msgid "" ":guilabel:`People to Notify`: use the drop-down menu in this field to select" " who is notified when the drink is selected. Multiple people can be entered " "in this field. This field is required." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Zu benachrichtigende Personen`: Verwenden Sie das Dropdown-Menü " +"in diesem Feld, um auszuwählen, wer benachrichtigt werden soll, wenn das " +"Getränk ausgewählt wird. Es können mehrere Personen in diesem Feld angegeben" +" werden. Es ist ein Pflichtfeld." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:159 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a numerical value in this field to indicate " "where in the list of drink options this specific option appears. The lower " @@ -7261,176 +8385,311 @@ msgid "" "the number one would place that drink at the top of the list, and appear " "first in the sequence." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Sequenz`: Geben Sie in diesem Feld einen Zahlenwert ein, um " +"anzugeben, an welcher Stelle in der Liste der Getränkeoptionen diese " +"bestimmte Option erscheint. Je niedriger die Zahl, desto weiter oben in der " +"Liste erscheint das Getränk. Wenn Sie z. B. die Nummer eins eingeben, steht " +"das Getränk ganz oben auf der Liste und erscheint als erstes in der " +"Reihenfolge." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:163 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:181 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a drink form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera " "with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" +"Um ein Bild/Foto zu einem Getränke-Formular hinzuzufügen, bewegen Sie den " +"Mauszeiger über das Symbol :guilabel:`(Kamera mit einem '+'-Zeichen)` oben " +"rechts im Formular, um ein :guilabel:`✏️ (Bleistift)`-Symbol anzuzeigen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:169 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:187 msgid "" "The image selected now appears in the picture field, and is set as the image" " for the drink." msgstr "" +"Das ausgewählte Bild erscheint nun im Bildfeld und wird als Bild für das " +"Getränk eingestellt." #: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst-1 msgid "Drink form with the information filled out for an espresso." msgstr "" +"Ein Getränke-Formular mit den ausgefüllten Informationen für einen Espresso." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:178 msgid "Station dashboard" +msgstr "Schalterdashboard" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:192 +msgid "Kiosk setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " +"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " +"tablet." +msgstr "" +"Richten Sie jeden Kiosk für die Nutzung ein, nachdem Sie die verschiedenen " +"Schalter konfiguriert haben. Es wird empfohlen, für jeden Frontdesk-" +"Empfangskiosk ein eigenes Gerät zu verwenden, z. B. ein Tablet." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:197 +msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" +msgstr "Navigieren Sie auf eine von zwei Arten zum Kiosk:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " +":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" +" a new browser tab." +msgstr "" +"Navigieren Sie zum Hauptdashboard der *Empfangsapp* und klicken Sie auf der " +"gewünschten Schalterkarte auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Schalter öffnen`. " +"Der Kiosk wird in einem neuem Browserreiter geladen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " +"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" +" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " +"browser tab or window." +msgstr "" +"Navigieren Sie zu :menuselection:`Empfang --> Konfiguration --> Schalter`, " +"und klicken Sie auf den gewünschten Schalter. Klicken Sie dann auf die " +"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Kopieren` am Ende der Zeile :guilabel:`Kiosk-URL`, " +"und fügen Sie die URL in einen neuen Browserreiter oder ein neues Fenster " +"ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " +"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " +"accessing the database when checking-in." +msgstr "" +"Es wird empfohlen, sich von der Datenbank abzumelden und den Reiter zu " +"schließen, nachdem Sie zum Kiosk navigiert haben. Auf diese Weise ist es " +"ausgeschlossen, dass ein Besucher bei der Anmeldung auf die Datenbank " +"zugreift." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" +"Es gibt zwei verfügbare Berichte in der *Empfangsapp*: :guilabel:`Besucher` " +"und :guilabel:`Getränke`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" +" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " +":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" +"Um auf einen dieser Berichte zuzugreifen, navigieren Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Empfang --> Berichtswesen`, um ein Dropdown-Menü mit den " +"Optionen :guilabel:`Besucher` und :guilabel:`Getränke` zu öffnen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " +"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " +"requests were made for each drink." +msgstr "" +"Der Bericht :guilabel:`Besucher` zeigt die Anzahl der Besucher nach Monat " +"für das aktuelle Jahr an. Der Bericht :guilabel:`Getränke` zeigt, wie viele " +"Bestellungen insgesamt für jedes Getränk gestellt wurden." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:220 +msgid "" +"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " +"other metrics, as well." +msgstr "" +"Wie bei allen Berichten in Odoo können die Filter und Gruppen geändert " +"werden, um auch andere Metriken anzuzeigen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`frontdesk/visitors`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:3 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "Besucher" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:5 msgid "" -"To access a complete list of visitors that are currently checked in, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +"In the Odoo *Frontdesk* application, a *visitor* is defined as any non-" +"employee (e.g., repair person, job candidate, etc.). These visitors can be " +"logged upon arrival and departure for security purposes. This ensures an " +"accurate list of people on the premises." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:196 -msgid "" -"The visitors are listed in a list view, with the following details that were" -" entered when they checked in:" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:12 +msgid "Visitor list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To access a complete list of checked-in visitors, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:18 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Planned or Checked-In` and :guilabel:`Today` " "filters appear in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" +"Standardmäßig erscheinen die Filter :guilabel:`Geplant oder Angemeldet` und " +":guilabel:`Heute` in der :guilabel:`Suchen ...`-Leiste." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:203 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the guest's name." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:21 +msgid "" +"All visitors are presented in a list view, with the following details that " +"were entered upon check in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the guest's name." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Name`: der Name des Gastes." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:25 msgid ":guilabel:`Visitor Company`: the company the guest represents." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Unternehmen des Gastes`: das Unternehmen, das der Gast " +"repräsentiert." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: the guest's phone number." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Telefon`: die Telefonnummer des Gastes." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`\\*: the drink the guest requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 -msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`: the drink the guest requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:28 msgid ":guilabel:`Host`: who the guest is waiting to see." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Gastgeber`: wen der Gast sehen möchte." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:29 msgid ":guilabel:`CheckIn`: the date and time the guest checked in." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Anmeldung`: das Datum und die Uhrzeit der Anmeldung des Gastes." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Checkout`: the date and time the guest checked out. As mentioned," -" in the default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " +":guilabel:`Checkout`\\*: the date and time the guest checked out. In the " +"default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " ":guilabel:`Planned` status are visible. Guests with check-out times are only" " visible if the :guilabel:`Today` filter is not active." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duration`: the amount of time the guest has been checked in for." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Dauer`: wie lange der Gast angemeldet ist/war." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`Station`: the location of where the guest checked in." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Schalter`: der Ort, an dem der Gast sich angemeldet hat." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: the status of the guest. The options are " ":guilabel:`Checked-In`, :guilabel:`Planned`, :guilabel:`Checked-Out`, or " -":guilabel:`Canceled`. In the default view, only guests with a " -":guilabel:`Checked-In` or :guilabel:`Planned` status are visible." +":guilabel:`Canceled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: the guest's email address." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`\\*: the guest's email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:39 msgid "" -"To the far right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page is " -"an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +"\\* These fields are not visible in the default :guilabel:`Visitor` list. " +"These must be enabled using the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` " +":guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon in the top-right of the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To the far-right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page, " +"there is an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:46 msgid "" "When a guest leaves, click the available :guilabel:`Check out` button to " "update the guest's record, and log the date and time they left." msgstr "" +"Wenn ein Gast geht, klicken Sie auf die verfügbare Schaltfläche " +":guilabel:`Abmelden`, um den Datensatz des Gastes zu aktualisieren und das " +"Datum und die Uhrzeit seiner Abreise zu protokollieren." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:49 msgid "" "If a scheduled guest arrives, and they did not check in using the " "*Frontdesk* kiosk, they can be checked in here, by clicking the available " ":guilabel:`Check in` button to log the date and time they arrived." msgstr "" +"Wenn ein geplanter Gast ankommt und sich nicht über den *Empfangskisok* " +"angemeldet hat, kann er hier angemeldet werden, indem Sie auf die verfügbare" +" Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Anmelden` klicken, um das Datum und die Uhrzeit " +"seiner Ankunft zu protokollieren." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:53 msgid "" -"Beside the untitled status column a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button appears," -" but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." +"Beside the untitled status column, a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " +"appears, but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:56 msgid "" "When their drink has been served, click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " "to indicate the drink has been delivered to the guest. Once clicked, that " "button disappears." msgstr "" +"Wenn das Getränk serviert wurde, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche " +":guilabel:`Getränk serviert`, um anzuzeigen, dass das Getränk an den Gast " +"geliefert wurde. Sobald Sie darauf klicken, verschwindet diese Schaltfläche." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst-1 msgid "" "The full list of currently checked in visitors, with the drinks to be served" " highlighted." msgstr "" +"Die vollständige Liste der aktuell angemeldeten Besucher, mit Hervorhebung " +"der servierten Getränken." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:63 msgid "" "If any column is not visible, or if a visible column is preferred to be " -"hidden, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options (two horizontal lines with " -"dots)` icon, located at the end of the column name list." +"hidden, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(additional " +"options)` icon, located at the end of the column name list. Doing so, " +"reveals a reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or disable. A" +" :icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`(check)` icon indicates the column is visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Clicking that reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or " -"disable. A :guilabel:`✅ (checkmark)` icon indicates the column is visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:69 msgid "Planned visitors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Geplante Besucher" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:71 msgid "" -"If a guest is expected to arrive at a future date and time, it is possible " -"to enter their information into the *Frontdesk* application in advance." +"Enter expected guest information in advance by creating a planned guest in " +"the *Frontdesk* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:73 msgid "" "To create a planned guest, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Visitors --> New`. Then, enter the same information as any other " -":ref:`visitor `. The only required fields are the " -"visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the :guilabel:`Station` at which they are " -"expected to arrive." +"Visitors`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, enter the same information as " +"any other :ref:`visitor ` on the guest form that appears. " +"The only required fields are the visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Station` at which they are expected to arrive." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:79 msgid "" "If a guest is planned in advance, they must be checked in from the list on " "the :guilabel:`Visitors` page in the *Frontdesk* application " @@ -7438,209 +8697,191 @@ msgid "" "using a kiosk, they will be checked in separately, and their planned visitor" " entry remains listed as :guilabel:`Planned`." msgstr "" +"Wenn ein Gast im Voraus geplant ist, muss er aus der Liste auf der Seite " +":guilabel:`Besucher` in der *Empfangsapp* (:menuselection:`Empfang --> " +"Besucher`) eingecheckt werden. Wenn sich ein geplanter Gast über einen Kiosk" +" anmeldet, wird er separat angemeldet und sein geplanter Besuchereintrag " +"bleibt als :guilabel:`Geplant` aufgeführt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:84 msgid "" -"Only when a planned guest is checked in inside the application's visitor " -"list, their :guilabel:`Planned` status changes to :guilabel:`Checked-In`." +"The :guilabel:`Planned` status of a planned guest **only** changes to " +":guilabel:`Checked-In` when they are checked in *inside* the application's " +":guilabel:`Visitors` list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:87 msgid "" "If a guest does check in using a kiosk, ensure all records are current, and " -"the list of currently on-site guests is correct. Be sure to check in and/or " -"check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly reflects who " -"is currently on the premises." +"the list of guests that are currently on-site is correct. Be sure to check " +"in and/or check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly " +"reflects who is currently on the premises." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:91 msgid "" "Ensure planned guests are informed that they should **not** check in using " "the kiosk if they are listed as a planned guest in advance." msgstr "" +"Stellen Sie sicher, dass Gäste darüber informiert werden, dass sie sich " +"**nicht** über den Kiosk anmelden, wenn sie vorab als geplante Gäste " +"eingetragen sind." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:274 -msgid "Frontdesk flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " -"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " -"tablet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:279 -msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:281 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " -":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" -" a new browser tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:283 -msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " -"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" -" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " -"browser tab or window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:288 -msgid "" -"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " -"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " -"accessing the database when checking-in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:95 msgid "Visitor flow" +msgstr "Besucherablauf" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:98 +msgid "Visitor check in" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:100 msgid "" -"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a frontdesk kiosk, and " -"enter their information. The information requested is what was configured " -"for that specific frontdesk station. If any information is required, the " -"field displays a red asterisk (*). The visitor must enter the required " -"information in order to check in." +"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a :ref:`Frontdesk kiosk " +"`, and click :guilabel:`Check in`. The information " +"requested from the visitor is what was configured for that specific " +"*Frontdesk* station. If any information is required, the field displays a " +"red asterisk (\\*). The visitor **must** enter the required information in " +"order to check in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:105 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, the visitor taps the :guilabel:`Check " "In` button." msgstr "" +"Sobald alle Informationen eingegeben sind, tippt der Besucher auf die " +"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Anmelden`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:108 +msgid "" +"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," +" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." +msgstr "" +"Wenn zu irgendeinem Zeitpunkt des Anmeldeprozesses zehn Sekunden vergehen, " +"ohne dass eine Auswahl getroffen wurde, kehrt der Kiosk zum " +"Hauptbegrüßungsbildschirm zurück." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:114 msgid "" "If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check " -"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: `Do " -"you want something to drink?`" +"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: " +":guilabel:`Do you want something to drink?`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:117 msgid "" "The visitor can tap either :guilabel:`Yes, please`, or :guilabel:`No, thank " "you`." msgstr "" +"Der Besucher kann entweder auf :guilabel:`Ja, bitte` oder :guilabel:`Nein, " +"danke` drücken." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:119 msgid "" "If they select :guilabel:`Yes, please`, a drink selection screen appears, " "and the pre-configured options are listed. The visitor then taps the desired" " selection, or, if they do not want anything, they can tap the " ":guilabel:`Nothing, thanks` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "" +"Wenn er :guilabel:`Ja, bitte` wählt, erscheint ein Bildschirm zur " +"Getränkeauswahl, in dem die vorkonfigurierten Optionen aufgelistet sind. Der" +" Besucher tippt dann auf die gewünschte Auswahl oder, wenn er nichts möchte," +" auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Nichts, danke` am unteren Rand des " +"Bildschirms." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:123 msgid "" -"If a drink selection was made, a `Thank you for registering! Your drink is " -"on the way.` message appears." +"If a drink selection was made, a :guilabel:`Thank you for registering! Your " +"drink is on the way.` message appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:313 -msgid "" -"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," -" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:127 +msgid "Notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:129 msgid "" "Once the visitor has checked in, the person they are visiting, and any other" -" users who were configured to be notified when checks ins occur at the " -"kiosk, are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a " -"*Discuss* chat, or any combination of those three options." +" users who were configured to be notified when check-ins occur at the kiosk," +" are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a *Discuss*" +" chat, or any combination of those three options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:133 msgid "" "If the visitor requested a drink, the user(s) configured as the " -":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified via the " -"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: `(Visitor Name) just " -"checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" +":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified, via the " +"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: :guilabel:`(Visitor " +"Name) just checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the drink has been delivered to the guest, the person who delivered the" " drink is responsible for marking the drink as delivered." msgstr "" +"Sobald das Getränk an den Gast geliefert wurde, ist die Person, die das " +"Getränk geliefert hat, dafür verantwortlich, das Getränk als geliefert zu " +"kennzeichnen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:140 msgid "" "To mark a drink as delivered, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Stations --> (#) Drinks to serve` on the desired station card." +"Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#) " +"Drinks to serve`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:143 msgid "" "This opens a list of all the visitors checked in at that station, and are " "waiting for a drink. Click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button at the end of" " the line for the visitor who was served. Once they are marked as having " "their drink served, the visitor disappears from the list." msgstr "" +"Dies öffnet eine Liste aller Besucher, die sich an diesem Schalter " +"angemeldet haben und auf ein Getränk warten. Klicken Sie auf die " +"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Getränk serviert` am Ende der Zeile für den " +"Besucher, der bedient wurde. Sobald das Getränk serviert wurde, verschwindet" +" der Besucher aus der Liste." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:150 msgid "" "Once the visitor has completed their business, and has left the premises, it" " is important to check them out for accurate record keeping." msgstr "" +"Sobald der Besucher sein Geschäft abgeschlossen und das Gebäude verlassen " +"hat, ist es wichtig, ihn abzumelden, um eine genaue Besucherliste zu führen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:153 msgid "" "To check visitors out properly, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app " -"--> Stations --> (#) On Site`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who" -" are currently checked-in at that station." +"--> Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#)" +" Drinks to serve`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who are " +"currently checked-in at that station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:157 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check Out` button near the end of the line for the " +"Click the :guilabel:`Check out` button near the end of the line for the " "visitor who left. Once they are marked as checked-out, the visitor " "disappears from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:161 msgid "" -"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important to" -" check out visitors for accurate record keeping." +"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important " +"for *Frontdesk* users to check out visitors for accurate record keeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:164 msgid "" "Always have an accurate list of who is on the premises at any given time. " "This is important for security purposes, and in the case of an emergency." msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:353 -msgid "" -"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " -"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:355 -msgid "" -"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" -" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " -":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:358 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " -"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " -"requests were made for each drink." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:361 -msgid "" -"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " -"other metrics, as well." -msgstr "" +"Führen Sie immer eine genaue Liste der Personen, die sich zu einem " +"bestimmten Zeitpunkt in Ihrem Haus aufhalten. Dies ist wichtig für die " +"Sicherheit und für den Notfall." #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:5 msgid "Lunch" @@ -8149,7 +9390,7 @@ msgid "The category form, with the fields filled out for a Soup category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:280 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:701 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:392 msgid "Alerts" msgstr "Warnungen" @@ -9366,13 +10607,20 @@ msgid "" "the changes are also reflected in the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To access contract templates, the *Salary Configurator* " +"(`hr_contract_salary`) module **must** be :ref:`installed " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "To view all the current contract templates in the database, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Contracts: Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Contract Templates` page, all current contract templates " "appear in a list view. To view the details of a contract template, click " @@ -9381,40 +10629,40 @@ msgid "" "contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" "To create a new contract template, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Then, " "enter the following information on the blank contract template form that " "appears:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Reference`: enter a brief description for the template. " "This should be clear and easily understood, as this name appears in the " "*Recruitment* application, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: select the desired working schedule the " "contract applies to from the drop-down menu. If a new working schedule is " "needed, create a :ref:`new working schedule `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select how the work entries are generated. " "Choices are either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: work entries are generated based on the " "selected working schedule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "attendance, as they are logged in the *Attendances* application. Refer to " @@ -9422,56 +10670,56 @@ msgid "" "on checking in and out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Planning`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "planning in the *Planning* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select the :ref:`salary structure type " "` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the contract template applies " "to from the drop-down menu. If blank, the template applies to all " "departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Job Position`: select the :ref:`job position ` the contract template applies to from the drop-down menu. If " "blank, the template applies to all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 msgid ":guilabel:`Wage on Payroll`: enter the monthly wage in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Type`: select the type of contract from the drop-down " "menu. This list is the same as the :ref:`Employment Types " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: select the employee responsible for validating " "contracts, using this template, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`: select a default document that a" " new employee has to sign to accept an offer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template`: select a default document " "that a current employee has to sign to update their contract." @@ -9481,18 +10729,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new contract template form, with the fields filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 msgid "Salary information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or " ":guilabel:`Hourly Wage` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Lohntyp`: Wählen Sie aus dem Dropdown-Menü zwischen " +":guilabel:`Festlohn`und :guilabel:`Stundenlohn`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: using the drop-down menu, select how often the " "employee is paid. Options include :guilabel:`Annually`, :guilabel:`Semi-" @@ -9501,7 +10751,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Weekly`, or :guilabel:`Daily`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage`: enter the gross wage. The time period presented in this " "field is based on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Scheduled Pay` field. " @@ -9509,21 +10759,21 @@ msgid "" "*first*, since that entry updates this field automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:172 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)`: enter the total yearly cost the employee " "costs the employer. When this value is entered, the :guilabel:`Monthly Cost " "(Real)` is automatically updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Monthly Cost (Real)`: this field is **not** editable. The value " "is automatically populated after the :guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)` is " "entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:178 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Schedule Pay`, :guilabel:`Wage`, and :guilabel:`Yearly Cost " "(Real)` fields are all linked. If any of these fields are updated, the other" @@ -9536,60 +10786,60 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The salary information tab, with the fields filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 msgid "Pre-tax benefits and post-tax deductions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:190 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings set for the company, the entries " "presented in this section either vary, or may not appear at all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "For example, some entries may pertain to retirement accounts, health " "insurance benefits, and commuter benefits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:196 msgid "" "Enter the monetary amounts or percentages to specify how much of the " "employee's salary goes to the various benefits and/or deductions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "Employment types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:204 msgid "" "To view all the pre-configured employment types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll application --> Configuration --> Contracts: " "Employment Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:207 msgid "" "The employment types are presented in a list view on the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:209 msgid "" "The default employment types are :guilabel:`Permanent`, " ":guilabel:`Temporary`, :guilabel:`Seasonal`, :guilabel:`Interim`, " ":guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, and :guilabel:`Permanent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 msgid "" "To make a new employment type, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the " "upper-left corner, and a blank line appears at the bottom of the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:215 msgid "" "On this new blank line, enter the name of the employment type in the " ":guilabel:`Name` column. If the employment type is country-specific, select " @@ -9598,7 +10848,7 @@ msgid "" " specific country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:220 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the employment types, click the :guilabel:`six " "small gray boxes` icon to the left of the employment type :guilabel:`Name`, " @@ -9609,12 +10859,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The employment types in the database by default, in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "Arbeitseinträge" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -9627,15 +10877,15 @@ msgstr "" "berücksichtigen, z. B. :guilabel:`Anwesenheit`, :guilabel:`Krankheit`, " ":guilabel:`Schulung` oder :guilabel:`Gesetzlicher Feiertag`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:238 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr ":doc:`Arbeitseinträge verwalten `" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:241 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "Arbeitseintragsarten" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -9648,14 +10898,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Arbeitseintragsarten` wird automatisch anhand der in der " "Datenbank festgelegten Lokalisierungseinstellungen erstellt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work " "Entry Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:251 msgid "" "Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." @@ -9667,29 +10917,29 @@ msgid "" "code and color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "Neue Arbeitseintragsart" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 msgid "" "To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:730 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:43 msgid "General information section" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reiter „Allgemeine Informationen“" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: the name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:269 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: this code appears with the work entry type on " "timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " @@ -9697,7 +10947,7 @@ msgid "" "department for a code to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:272 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DMFA code`: this code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " "Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding :abbr:`DMFA (De " @@ -9708,50 +10958,50 @@ msgid "" "salaries paid to those employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 msgid "" ":guilabel:`External Code`: this code is used for exporting data to a third-" "party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used to determine " "the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: this code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " "payroll service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the particular work entry type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:285 msgid "Display in payslip section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rounding`: the rounding method selected determines how quantities" " on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: a timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:295 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -9768,11 +11018,11 @@ msgstr "" "Eintrag auf 4 Stunden geändert. Wenn :guilabel:`Tag` eingestellt ist, wird " "er auf 8 Stunden geändert." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:301 msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: if the work entry is for work that " "is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " @@ -9781,39 +11031,39 @@ msgid "" " training, or volunteer work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:309 msgid "Valid for advantages section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: if the work entry should count towards a meal " "voucher, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:312 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: if the work entry should count towards " "representation fees, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: if the work entry should count " "towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:318 msgid "Time off options section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off`: check this box if the work entry type can be selected " "for a time off request, or entry, in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field " "appears. This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time" @@ -9821,14 +11071,14 @@ msgid "" "example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "A new type of time off can be entered in the field, if the listed types of " "time off in the drop-down menu do **not** display the type of time off " "needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: this is for Belgian-specific companies " "**only**, and does **not** appear for other localizations. Check this box if" @@ -9839,11 +11089,11 @@ msgid "" "year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:336 msgid "Reporting section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:338 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: if the work entry should be visible on the " "unforeseen absences report, check this box." @@ -9853,11 +11103,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:348 msgid "Working schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 msgid "" "To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " @@ -9865,21 +11115,21 @@ msgid "" "contracts and work entries are found in this list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 msgid "" "Working schedules are company-specific. Each company **must** identify each " "type of working schedule they use. If the database is created for only one " "company, the company column is not available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" "An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " "work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " "that uses the 40-hour standard work week." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "" "A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " "needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." @@ -9891,17 +11141,17 @@ msgid "" "the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "New working schedule" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:373 msgid "" "To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " "enter the information on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -9914,7 +11164,7 @@ msgstr "" "die Anpassungen an den Tagen und Uhrzeiten vor, die für die neue Arbeitszeit" " gelten." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:380 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -9929,7 +11179,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Arbeitszeit von` und :guilabel:`Arbeitszeit bis` werden durch " "Eingabe der Uhrzeit geändert." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:386 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." @@ -9938,10 +11188,10 @@ msgstr "" "müssen im 24-Stunden-Format angegeben werden. Zum Beispiel würde `2:00 " "nachmittags` als `14:00` eingegeben werden." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:389 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top-left. This creates " "entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" @@ -9949,11 +11199,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New working schedule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:403 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "Strukturtypen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -9971,7 +11221,7 @@ msgstr "" "einem Gehalt basiert (fest) oder wie viele Stunden der Mitarbeiter " "gearbeitet hat (variabel)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:411 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -9988,73 +11238,77 @@ msgstr "" "Gehalt` als auch die Struktur für `Jahresendbonus` sind Strukturen innerhalb" " des Strukturtyps `Mitarbeiter`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:417 msgid "" "The different :guilabel:`Structure Types` can be seen by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure " -"Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary: Structure Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:420 msgid "" -"There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: " -":guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Worker`. Typically, :guilabel:`Employee`" -" is used for salaried employees, which is why the wage type is " -":guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is typically used for" -" employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +"Two default structure types are configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Employee` and" +" :guilabel:`Worker`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:422 +msgid "" +"Typically, :guilabel:`Employee` is used for salaried employees, which is why" +" the wage type is :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is " +"typically used for employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is " +":guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "New structure type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " "structure type form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 msgid "" "Proceed to enter information in the fields. Most fields are pre-populated, " "but all the fields can be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:441 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Structure Type`: enter the name for the new structure type, such " "as `Employee` or `Worker`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Country`: select the country that the new structure type applies " "to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:445 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select what type of wage the new structure type uses," " either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for salaried employees, who receive the same wage " "every pay period, select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:451 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for employees, who receive wages based on how many" " hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: select the typical pay schedule for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," @@ -10063,7 +11317,7 @@ msgid "" "indicates how often this specific type of structure is paid out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: select the default working hours for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " @@ -10074,13 +11328,13 @@ msgid "" "hours>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: type in the name for the regular pay " "structure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:463 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: select the default type of work entry " "the new structure type falls under from the drop-down menu. The default " @@ -10091,13 +11345,13 @@ msgid "" "Hours`, and :guilabel:`Long Term Time Off`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 msgid "" "To view all the options for the :guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`, click " "the :guilabel:`Search More..` button at the bottom of the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:472 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings, this list may contain more options " "in addition to the default options." @@ -10108,11 +11362,11 @@ msgid "" "New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 msgid "New default working hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:484 msgid "" "To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " "in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " @@ -10122,14 +11376,14 @@ msgid "" "time. When the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: type in the name for the new default working hours. This " "should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " "Hours/Week`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that can use these new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " @@ -10137,7 +11391,7 @@ msgid "" " to have their own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:495 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: the average hours per day field is auto-" "populated, based on the working hours configured in the :guilabel:`Working " @@ -10145,13 +11399,13 @@ msgid "" "hours affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:499 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Timezone`: select the time zone to be used for the new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:501 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: enter the number of hours per week an " "employee would need to work to be considered a full-time employee. " @@ -10160,7 +11414,7 @@ msgid "" "(full-time vs part-time)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:505 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Time Rate`: this percentage is auto-generated based on the " "entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" @@ -10170,7 +11424,7 @@ msgid "" "adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: this tab is where each day's specific working" " hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " @@ -10178,26 +11432,26 @@ msgid "" "with each day divided into three timed sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:513 msgid "" "Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening " "(13:00-17:00) hours configured, using a 24 hour time format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:516 msgid "" "To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field to adjust, and " "make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the specific case of " "the times, type in the desired time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:519 msgid "" "Keep in mind, working hours are company-specific, and cannot be shared " "between companies. Each company needs to have their own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "" "If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " "bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " @@ -10206,11 +11460,11 @@ msgid "" " be adjusted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 msgid "Structures" msgstr "Strukturen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:531 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." @@ -10219,7 +11473,7 @@ msgstr "" "innerhalb einer bestimmten *Struktur* bezahlt wird, und werden durch " "verschiedene Regeln definiert." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -10232,13 +11486,13 @@ msgstr "" "Struktur, deren Hinzufügung nützlich sein könnte, ist zum Beispiel ein " "`Bonus`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:538 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:541 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " @@ -10252,7 +11506,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All available salary structures." msgstr "Alle verfügbaren Gehaltsstrukturen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:548 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." @@ -10267,12 +11521,12 @@ msgid "" "Rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:551 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:556 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:261 msgid "Rules" msgstr "Regeln" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:558 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " "purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" @@ -10280,35 +11534,35 @@ msgid "" "the creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:562 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " "Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:565 msgid "" "To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " "the following information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 msgid "Top section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:571 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rule Name`: enter a name for the rule. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " "recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " @@ -10316,38 +11570,38 @@ msgid "" "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:577 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a number indicating when this rule is calculated" " in the sequence of all other rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:576 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Active`: enable this toggle, so the rule is available for use. " "Disable the toggle to hide the rule without deleting it in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:583 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appears on payslip`: tick the checkbox to have the rule appear on" " employee payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:584 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Employer Cost Dashboard`: tick the checkbox to have the " "rule appear on the :guilabel:`Employer Cost` report, located on the " "*Payroll* app dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:586 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Payroll Reporting`: tick the checkbox to have the rule " "appear on payroll reports." @@ -10357,15 +11611,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 msgid "General tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:597 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "Bedingungen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:599 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: select from the drop-down menu whether the " "rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always applies), a :guilabel:`Range` " @@ -10374,11 +11628,11 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:600 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:605 msgid "Computation" msgstr "Berechnung" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:607 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: select from the drop-down menu whether the amount " "is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a :guilabel:`Percentage (%)`, or a " @@ -10386,54 +11640,54 @@ msgid "" "percentage, or Python code needs to be entered next. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:613 msgid "Company contribution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:615 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partner`: if another company financially contributes to this " "rule, select the company from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:614 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:810 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 msgid "Description tab" msgstr "Reiter „Beschreibung“" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:621 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the rule. " "This tab only appears in the rule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:625 msgid "Accounting tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:627 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Debit Account`: select the debit account from the drop-down menu " "the rule affects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Credit Account`: select the credit account from the drop-down " "menu the rule affects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:624 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:629 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not computed in net accountability`: tick the checkbox to delete " "the value of this rule in the `Net Salary` rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:633 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "Regelparameter" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:636 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " @@ -10442,11 +11696,11 @@ msgid "" "has matured to more markets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:642 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "Andere Eingabetypen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:644 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " @@ -10460,14 +11714,14 @@ msgid "" "a payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 msgid "" "To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " ":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " "applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:658 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" " :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " @@ -10479,11 +11733,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new Input Type form filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:664 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:669 msgid "Salary attachment types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:671 msgid "" "Salary attachments, also thought of as \"wage garnishments\", are portions " "of earnings taken out of a payslip for something specific. Much like all " @@ -10491,7 +11745,7 @@ msgid "" "**must** be defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:675 msgid "" "To view the currently configured salary attachments, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Salary " @@ -10500,7 +11754,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Child Support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:679 msgid "" "To make a new type of salary attachment, click the :guilabel:`New` button. " "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Code` (used in the salary " @@ -10512,11 +11766,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new salary attachment form filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "Gehaltspaket-Konfigurator" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " "section of the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary " @@ -10526,7 +11781,7 @@ msgid "" "their salary package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:695 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -10535,11 +11790,11 @@ msgid "" "sees, and what is populated, as the applicant enters information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:701 msgid "Benefits" msgstr "Vorteile" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:703 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain benefits " "set in Odoo, in addition to the salary, to make an offer more appealing " @@ -10547,7 +11802,7 @@ msgid "" " or internet, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:707 msgid "" "To view the benefits, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary Package Configurator: Benefits`. Benefits are grouped by " @@ -10559,7 +11814,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list view of all the benefits available for each structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:716 msgid "" "A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " "another labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " @@ -10567,7 +11822,7 @@ msgid "" "structure type has a meal voucher benefit available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:720 msgid "" "A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use the " "company car benefit, but cannot have meal vouchers. A person hired under the" @@ -10575,29 +11830,29 @@ msgid "" "available to them, not the use of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:724 msgid "" "To make a new benefit, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " "information in the fields on the blank benefits form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:722 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 msgid "The various fields for creating a benefit are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:732 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefits`: enter the name for the benefit. This field is " "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:733 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "benefit this is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of cost " "incurred by the company for this specific benefit. The default options are " @@ -10608,7 +11863,7 @@ msgid "" "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:739 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Related Type`: select from the drop-down menu what type of " "benefit it is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -10617,52 +11872,52 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:738 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the specific field" " on the contract the benefit appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select the specific field on the contract that the " "cost of the benefit is linked to, using the drop-down menu. If this field is" " left blank, the cost of the benefit is not computed in the employee budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:748 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Net Salary`: tick the checkbox if the benefit should " "impact the employee's net salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requested Documents`: select any document that is required to be " "submitted for this benefit, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:752 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mandatory Benefits`: using the drop-down menu, select the benefit" " that is required in order for this specific benefit to be offered to the " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 msgid "" "For example, a benefit for car insurance would populate `Company Car` in " "this field. This would allow the car insurance benefit to **only** be " "displayed if the employee has selected/enabled the benefit of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:758 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this benefit applies to. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:760 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select the metric that the benefit is granted, " "using the drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " @@ -10673,17 +11928,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new benefit form filled out for an internet subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:768 msgid "Display section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:770 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show Name`: tick the checkbox to have the benefit name appear in " "the salary package configurator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:767 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: select from the drop-down menu how this benefit is" " displayed. The options are :guilabel:`Always Selected`, " @@ -10692,14 +11947,14 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 msgid "" "Depending on the selection made, additional configurations need to be made. " "For example, if :guilabel:`Radio Buttons` is selected, the individual radio " "buttons must be entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Icon`: an icon from the `Font Awesome 4 library " "`_ can be visible for this benefit. Enter" @@ -10707,43 +11962,43 @@ msgid "" "suitcase icon, the code `fa fa-suitcase` is entered on this line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hide Description`: tick the checkbox to hide the benefit " "description if the benefit is not selected by the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:784 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded`: if the benefit should be folded, or hidden, because it " "is dependant on another benefit selection, tick the checkbox. The following " "fields appear when this is active:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Label`: enter a name for the folded section of the benefit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:783 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:788 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Res Field`: select the contract field this benefit is tied " "to using the drop-down menu. If this field is selected on the contract, then" " this benefit becomes visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:792 msgid "Activity section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the activity type" " that is automatically created when this benefit is selected by the " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:796 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation`: select when the activity is created, either " "when the :guilabel:`Employee signs his contract`, or when the " @@ -10751,7 +12006,7 @@ msgid "" "desired selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:799 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation Type`: select the parameters for when the " "activity is created, either :guilabel:`When the benefit is set` or " @@ -10759,47 +12014,47 @@ msgid "" " desired selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:802 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Assigned to`: select the user the activity is automatically " "assigned to, using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:143 msgid "Sign section" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Abschnitt „E-Signatur“" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:808 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Template to Sign`: if the employee is required to sign a document" " when selecting this benefit, select the document template from the drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:811 msgid "" "For example, a benefit regarding the use of a company car may require the " "employee to sign a document acknowledging the company's car policies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:812 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the benefit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:820 msgid "Personal info" msgstr "Persönliche Informationen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:822 msgid "" "Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " "candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " "information, resume, work information, and documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:826 msgid "" "The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " "section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " @@ -10807,18 +12062,18 @@ msgid "" "hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:825 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:830 msgid "" "To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " "dashboard, and click on the employee's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:829 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:834 msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." msgstr "" "Eine Mitarbeiterkarte kann als eine Art Personalakte betrachtet werden." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:836 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Personal Info` section lists all of the fields that are " "available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " @@ -10832,25 +12087,25 @@ msgid "" "enter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:839 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 msgid "" "To edit a personal info entry, select an entry from the list on the " ":guilabel:`Personal Info` page, and modify the personal info on the form " "that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:842 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 msgid "To create a new personal info entry, click the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:849 msgid "" "The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " "are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " ":guilabel:`Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:852 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down menu. " ":guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the :guilabel:`Bank" @@ -10858,7 +12113,7 @@ msgid "" "account, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:851 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from the drop-down menu that best " "describes what kind of personal information this entry is, and where it is " @@ -10867,13 +12122,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address` or :guilabel:`Personal Documents`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:861 msgid "" "The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " "Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:859 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:864 msgid "" "Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required` box makes the field mandatory on the " "employee's card. The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the " @@ -10886,50 +12141,50 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "Neuer Eintrag für persönliche Informationen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:871 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:876 msgid "" "The resumé section, housed within the salary package configurator section of" " the settings menu, is how salary information rules are configured when " "offering a position to potential employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:879 msgid "" "When an offer is sent to a prospective employee, the values for the offer " "are computed from these settings, and appear on the offer page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:877 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:882 msgid "" "To configure this section, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator: Resumé`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:885 msgid "" "By default, there are three :guilabel:`Salary Structure Types` pre-" "configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Worker`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " ":guilabel:`None`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:888 msgid "" "Each :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` has several rules configured. These " "affect how an offer is calculated using that particular :guilabel:`Salary " "Structure Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:886 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " ":guilabel:`Contract Salary Resumé` form loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 msgid ":guilabel:`Information`: type in a name for this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:892 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:897 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select the category this value is housed under, using " "the drop-down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Monthly Salary`, " @@ -10937,11 +12192,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:901 msgid "New categories can be made if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, then enter the name for the new category " "in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, select the :guilabel:`Periodicity` from" @@ -10950,23 +12205,23 @@ msgid "" "appears in the :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` rule list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:908 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Monthly Total`: tick the checkbox if this value is added " "in the monthly total calculation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:911 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select what kind of value this rule is, either " ":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Days`, or :guilabel:`Percent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency` is for a set monetary value, :guilabel:`Days` is for " "compensation in the form of time off, and :guilabel:`Percent` is for a " @@ -10974,13 +12229,13 @@ msgid "" "commissions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:912 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select which :guilabel:`Salary Structure " "Type` this rule is nested under, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:919 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Value Type`: select how the value is computed, using the drop-" "down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Fixed Value`, " @@ -10988,7 +12243,7 @@ msgid "" "Benefits Values`, and :guilabel:`Monthly Total`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:922 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: select the code this rule applies to from the drop-down " "menu." @@ -10999,23 +12254,23 @@ msgid "" "The net wage rule form filled out, with all the information for net pay." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:929 msgid "Jobs" msgstr "Jobs" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:926 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:931 msgid "" "Since the *Payroll* application is responsible for paying employees for " "specific job positions, the complete list of job positions can be found in " "both the *Payroll* and *Recruitment* applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:937 #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:934 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:939 msgid "" "The job positions listed in the *Payroll* application are identical to the " "job positions listed in the *Recruitment* application. If a new job position" @@ -11023,13 +12278,13 @@ msgid "" "*Payroll* application, and vice versa." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:943 msgid "" "To view the job positions, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Jobs: Job Positions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:941 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:946 msgid "" "A list of all the job positions appear, along with the corresponding " "department, on the :guilabel:`Job Position` page." @@ -11039,38 +12294,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list of all the job positions and corresponding departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 msgid "" "To create a new job description, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a job " "form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:955 msgid "" "Enter the information on the form for the new position. The information is " "identical as to the information entered when creating a new job position in " "the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 msgid "" "Refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation for more details" " on how to fill out this form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:957 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:962 msgid ":doc:`payroll/contracts`" msgstr ":doc:`payroll/contracts`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:963 msgid ":doc:`payroll/payslips`" msgstr ":doc:`payroll/payslips`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:959 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:964 msgid ":doc:`payroll/work_entries`" msgstr ":doc:`payroll/work_entries`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:965 msgid ":doc:`payroll/reporting`" msgstr ":doc:`payroll/reporting`" @@ -11107,6 +12362,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`Running`, :guilabel:`Expired`, and " ":guilabel:`Cancelled`." msgstr "" +"Um die Mitarbeiterverträge einzusehen, gehen Sie im oberen Menü auf " +":menuselection:`Personalabrechnung --> Verträge --> Verträge`. Alle " +"Mitarbeiterverträge werden in einer Standard-Listenansicht angezeigt, die in" +" vier Kategorien unterteilt ist: :guilabel:`Neu`, :guilabel:`Laufend`, " +":guilabel:`Abgelaufen` und :guilabel:`Abgebrochen`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -11115,6 +12375,11 @@ msgid "" "(20)`). To view the list of contracts under any category, click on the " "category, and the list expands downward, showing all contracts beneath it." msgstr "" +"In der Standardansicht sind alle Kategorien zusammengeklappt. Die Anzahl der" +" Verträge in jeder Kategorie wird neben dem Namen der Kategorie angezeigt " +"(Beispiel: `Laufend (20)`). Um die Liste der Verträge in einer Kategorie " +"anzuzeigen, klicken Sie auf die Kategorie. Die Liste wird dann nach unten " +"erweitert und zeigt alle darunter liegenden Verträge an." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -11129,10 +12394,12 @@ msgid "" "The list of contracts in the *Payroll* application matches the list of " "contracts in the *Employees* application." msgstr "" +"Die Liste der Verträge in der *Personalabrechnungsapp* stimmt mit der Liste " +"der Verträge in der *Mitarbeiterapp* überein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:34 msgid "Create new contracts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Neue Verträge erstellen" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -11141,18 +12408,27 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contracts` dashboard. A contract form appears where the " "information can be entered." msgstr "" +"Damit ein Mitarbeiter bezahlt werden kann, ist ein aktiver Vertrag " +"erforderlich. Wenn Sie einen neuen Vertrag benötigen, klicken Sie auf die " +"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Neu` auf dem Dashboard für :guilabel:`Verträge`. Es " +"erscheint ein Vertragsformular, in das Sie die Informationen eingeben " +"können." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact Reference`: type in the name or title for the contract, " "such as `John Smith Contract`. This field is **required**." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kontaktreferenz`: Geben Sie den Namen oder Titel des Vertrags " +"ein, z. B. `Vertrag von John Smith`. Dies ist ein Pflichtfeld." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:47 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee`: using the drop-down menu, select the employee that the" " contract applies to." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Mitarbeiter`: Wählen Sie aus dem Dropdown-Menü den Mitarbeiter " +"aus, für den dieser Vertrag gilt." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -11161,6 +12437,10 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`< > (arrow)` icons, then click on the desired date. This " "field is **required**." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Startdatum des Vertrags`: Das Datum, an dem der Vertrag beginnt. " +"Wählen Sie ein Datum, indem Sie auf das Dropdown-Menü klicken, mit den " +"Symbolen :guilabel:`< > (Pfeil)` zum richtigen Monat und Jahr navigieren und" +" dann auf das gewünschte Datum klicken. Dies ist ein **Pflichtfeld**." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -11168,12 +12448,18 @@ msgid "" "click the drop-down menu, navigate to the correct month and year with the " ":guilabel:`< > (arrow)` icons, then click on the desired date." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Enddatum des Vertrags`: Wenn der Vertrag ein bestimmtes Enddatum " +"hat, klicken Sie auf das Dropdown-Menü, navigieren Sie mit den Symbolen " +":guilabel:`< > (Pfeil)` zum richtigen Monat und Jahr und klicken Sie dann " +"auf das gewünschte Datum." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: select one of the working schedules from the " "drop-down menu. This field is **required**." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Arbeitsplan`: Wählen Sie einen der Arbeitspläne aus dem Dropdown-" +"Menü. Dies ist ein **Pflichtfeld**." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -11183,6 +12469,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New`, and create a new working schedule, or click on an existing " "working schedule and make edits." msgstr "" +"Das Dropdown-Menü :guilabel:`Arbeitsplan` zeigt alle Arbeitszeiten für das " +"ausgewählte Unternehmen an. Um diese Liste zu ändern oder zu ergänzen, gehen" +" Sie zu :guilabel:`Personalabrechnung --> Konfiguration --> Arbeitszeiten`. " +"Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu` und erstellen Sie entweder eine neue " +"Arbeitszeit oder klicken Sie auf eine bestehende Arbeitszeit und bearbeiten " +"Sie sie." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -11190,12 +12482,18 @@ msgid "" "` are generated. This field is **required**. Click the radio " "button next to the desired selection. The options are:" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Quelle des Arbeitseintrags`: Wählen Sie aus, wie " +":doc:`Arbeitseinträge ` generiert werden. Dies ist ein " +"**Pflichtfeld**. Klicken Sie auf das Optionsfeld neben der gewünschten " +"Auswahl. Die Optionen sind:" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: work entries are generated based on the " "selected :guilabel:`Working Schedule`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Arbeitsplan`: Arbeitseinträge werden auf der Grundlage des " +"ausgewählten :guilabel:`Arbeitszeitplans` erstellt." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -11203,6 +12501,9 @@ msgid "" "check-in records in the *Attendances* application. (This requires the " "*Attendances* application)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Anwesenheiten`: Arbeitseinträge werden auf der Grundlage der " +"Anmeldedaten des Mitarbeiters in *Anwesenheitenapp* erstellt. (Dies " +"erfordert die App *Anwesenheiten*)." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -11210,6 +12511,9 @@ msgid "" "schedule for the employee from the *Planning* application. (This requires " "the *Planning* application)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Planung`: Arbeitseinträge werden auf der Grundlage des " +"vorgesehenen Plans des Mitarbeiters in *Planungsapp* erstellt. (Dies " +"erfordert die App *Planung*)." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -13761,8 +15065,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " "steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" " step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," -" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " -"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +" conducting an interview, or sending a job offer, for example. This process " +"is referred to as the 'applicant flow.'" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 @@ -13795,18 +15099,245 @@ msgid "" "positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " "` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " "stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " -"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes are " "visible on all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:37 msgid "" -"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +"Before creating a job position in Odoo, configure the necessary settings for" +" the *Recruitment* app. To view and edit the settings, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Settings`. After any " +"changes are made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the top-left corner " +"to save all the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:43 +msgid "Job posting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Job Posting` section of the *Recruitment* app settings has " +"only one selection to make. If job positions are to be posted to the " +"company's website, enable the :guilabel:`Online Posting` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Online Posting` is only available if the *Website* " +"application is also installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:53 +msgid "Recruitment process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recruitment process` section of the settings page specifies " +"what the database can and cannot do during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:59 +msgid "Send interview survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Odoo is capable of having a survey sent to an applicant to gather more " +"information about them. Surveys can be thought of as exams, or " +"questionnaires, and can be customized in various ways to provide the " +"recruitment team with valuable insights into the applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option to send surveys to " +"applicants. Once enabled, an :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Interview " +"Survey` internal link appears. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`Interview Survey` link to navigate to a list of all created " +"surveys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:70 +msgid "" +"This list includes all surveys that were created in the database, not just " +"surveys used in the *Recruitment* app. If no surveys have been created, the " +"surveys list displays a :guilabel:`No Survey Found` message, and presents " +"options to create a survey from several pre-configured survey templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:76 +msgid "" +"For more detailed information about surveys, refer to the :doc:`survey " +"essentials <../marketing/surveys/create>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Enabling the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option will install the " +"*Surveys* application once the settings are saved, if it is not installed " +"already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:84 +msgid "Send SMS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:86 +msgid "" +"It is possible to send text messages to applicants directly through the " +"*Recruitment* app. To do so, enable the :guilabel:`Send SMS` option. This " +"option requires credits to use, which can be obtained by clicking the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` internal link that emerges " +"when the feature is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For more information, refer to the :doc:`SMS pricing and FAQs " +"<../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:98 +msgid "CV display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When applicants submit an application, one of the default required fields is" +" a resumé, or :abbr:`CV (curriculum vitae)`. All resumés are stored in the " +"*Documents* application, and are accessible on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:104 +msgid "" +"A resumé has the option to appear on the applicant's form, which can be " +"viewed by clicking on the applicant's card. The resumé appears on the right-" +"side of the screen. If this is not enabled, the resumé is accessed via a " +"link in the chatter, where it needs to be clicked to expand and view it, or " +"downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`CV Display` option to show the resumé on the " +"applicant's card by default, and in addition to the document link. When " +"enabled, the resumé appears on the right side of the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"For the resumé to appear on the right-side, the browser window must be in " +"full-screen mode (where the browser spans the entire screen)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the browser window is set to a size smaller than the entire width of the " +"screen (not full-screen), then the resumé does not appear on the right-side." +" Instead, the resumé appears in the :guilabel:`Files` section of the " +"chatter, below the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The resumé on an applicant's card, appearing on the right side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:128 +msgid "CV digitization (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:130 +msgid "" +"When an application is submitted using any of the available methods, such as" +" an online application submission, emailing a resume to the job position " +"alias, or creating an applicant record directly from the database, it is " +"possible to have Odoo extract the applicant's name, phone number, and email " +"address from the resumé and populate the applicant's form. To do so, enable " +"the :guilabel:`CV Digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:136 +msgid "" +"When enabled, additional options appear. Click on the corresponding radio " +"button to select one of the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not digitize`: this option turns off resumé digitization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize on demand only`: this option only digitizes resumes when" +" requested. A :guilabel:`Digitize document` buttons appears on applicant " +"cards. When clicked, the resumé is scanned and the applicant's card is " +"updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize automatically`: this option automatically digitizes all " +"resumés when they are submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Beneath these options are two additional links. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-" +"right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` button to purchase credits for CV " +"digitization. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`View My Services` " +"to view a list of all current services, and their remaining credit balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:151 +msgid "" +"For more information on document digitization and :abbr:`IAP's (in-app " +"purchases)`, refer to the :doc:`In-app purchase (IAP) " +"<../essentials/in_app_purchase>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:155 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option for :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)`" +" at first may seem like a redundancy. It seems to be the same as disabling " +"the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option is enabled, a module is " +"installed so that resumés can be scanned. Disabling this option would " +"uninstall the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If at some point, there is a desire to temporarily stop digitizing resumés, " +"the :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option is selected. The reason this option " +"is available is so that the module is not uninstalled, allowing for " +"digitization to be enabled in the future by selecting one of the other two " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"When sending an offer to an applicant, an expiration date can be set on the " +"offer. Enter the number of days an offer is valid for in the " +":guilabel:`days` field. After the set amount of days has passed, if the " +"applicant has not accepted the offer, the offer is no longer available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To access the Kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " ":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " "opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " -"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " -"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " -"job position." +"Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` smart button on a job position " +"card to navigate to the Kanban view for all the applicants for that " +"particular job position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -13814,119 +15345,130 @@ msgid "" "Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:186 msgid "" -"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"Inside the job application, the Kanban stages appear, with all the " "applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" -" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +" are currently in. There are six default stages in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:190 +msgid ":ref:`New `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:191 msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:194 msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:195 msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:197 msgid "" -"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " -"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " -"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " -"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " -"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default. Folded " +"columns appear gray, and the applicants in it are hidden from view. To " +"expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that column, click " +"anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and the column " +"expands, revealing the applicants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:206 msgid "" -"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " -"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, providing status " +"information for the applicant's in that specific stage. The status colors " +"are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:209 +msgid ":guilabel:`Green`: the applicant is ready to move to the next stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:210 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " -"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " -"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " -"stage." +":guilabel:`Red`: the applicant is blocked from moving to the next stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " -"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +":guilabel:`Gray`: the applicant is still in progress in the current stage " +"and is neither ready nor blocked from the next stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " -"which need to be scheduled." +"The status for each card is set manually. To set the status, click on the " +"small circle in the lower-left of the applicant card. A status pop-up window" +" appears. Click on the desired status for the applicant. The status dot on " +"the applicant card as well as the status bar updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The applicant card statuses, and status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:223 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " -"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " -"applicants currently in the stage." +"The names for the three status colors (`In Progress`, `Blocked`, and `Ready " +"for Next Stage`) :ref:`can be modified `, if " +"desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:229 msgid "Customize stages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:231 msgid "" "Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " "particular hiring steps of a business." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:235 msgid "New stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 msgid "" -"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " -"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " -"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" -" the screen to exit the new column creation." +"To create a new stage, click on :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Stage` and a new " +"column appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Stage " +"title` field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and " +"another new stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click" +" anywhere on the screen to exit the new stage creation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgid "The plus sign to click to add a new column to the Kanban stages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:249 msgid "Modify stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:251 msgid "" "To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " -":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " -"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " -"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " -"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " -"when done." +":icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side " +"of the stage. Click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon and a menu" +" appears. Then click on the :guilabel:`Edit` option. An :guilabel:`Edit: " +"(Stage)` form appears. Make any desired modifications to the form, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -13935,40 +15477,39 @@ msgid "" "displays when clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 -msgid "Edit column form" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:265 +msgid "Edit stage form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:267 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " -"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" -" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +"The :guilabel:`Edit: (Stage)` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required field is the :guilabel:`Stage Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:272 msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " "drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " -"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"the stage, an email is automatically sent to the applicant using the " "selected template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " "(hidden) at all times in the default view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " "applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " @@ -13976,138 +15517,147 @@ msgid "" "is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:282 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " -"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " -"job positions can be selected." +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to specific job " +"positions, select the job positions from the drop-down menu. Multiple job " +"positions can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" " the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" " referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " ":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " -"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage. The *Referrals* app " +"must be installed in order to use this option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:289 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" -" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" -" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " -"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " -"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured status labels " +"(colored circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These " +"colors are displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the" +" applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the" +" label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " ":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " ":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" " any requirements of the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:298 msgid "Delete stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:300 msgid "" "If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," -" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." -" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " -"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " -":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " -":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` " +"icon appears. First, click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A " +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up warning appears, asking :guilabel:`Are you " +"sure you want to delete this column?` Click :guilabel:`Delete` to delete the" +" column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:307 msgid "" "If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " -"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" -" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" -" before deleting." +"up when attempting to delete the stage. The records currently in the stage " +"to need to be either deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage before" +" the stage can be deleted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:312 msgid "Email templates" msgstr "E-Mail-Vorlagen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 msgid "" "To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " "templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " "use them are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " -"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " -"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " -"Interview` stage." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Applicant Acknowledgement`: this template is used to" +" let the applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`New` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:320 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " -"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " -"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Interest`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application caught the recruiter's attention, and " +"they have been shortlisted for either a phone call or an interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:323 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" -" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " -"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview`: this template is used to let " +"the applicant know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial " +"Qualification` stage and they will be contacted to set up an interview with " +"the recruiter. This email is automatically sent out once the applicant is in" +" the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:327 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" -" longer being considered for the position." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when " +"an applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the " +"position, and thanks them for their time and consideration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:330 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " -"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " -"configure their salary package." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is " +"no longer being considered for the position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 msgid "" "Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" " business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " ":doc:`../general/companies/email_template` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:337 msgid "" -"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " -"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " -":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " -"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +"To manually send an email, click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send an email from the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:344 msgid "" -"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " -":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " -"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " -"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +"Click the :icon:`fa-expand` :guilabel:`(expand)` full composer icon in the " +"bottom right corner of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter. A " +":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window loads, with the " +":guilabel:`Recipients` and :guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The " +"applicant's email address is entered in the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and" +" the :guilabel:`Subject` is `(Job Position)`. The email body is empty by " +"default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:350 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the field next to " +":guilabel:`Load template` in the bottom section of the window. Select the " +"email template to use from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 msgid "" -"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " -":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " "Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " "information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" " the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " @@ -14115,47 +15665,55 @@ msgid "" "change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:359 msgid "" -"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " -"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " -"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" -" of available templates." +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model load. There are " +"other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not configured" +" for the recruitment application, they do not appear in the list of " +"available templates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 msgid "" -"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " -"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " -"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " -":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " -"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " -"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " -"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " -"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " -"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button" +" in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the :icon:`fa-" +"close` :guilabel:`(delete)` icon to the right of the attachment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:367 +msgid "" +"If any changes need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If " +"the edits should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved " +"as a new template. Click the :guilabel:`Save Template` button in the bottom." +" To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email is sent to the " +"applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 msgid "Stage flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:375 msgid "" "In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " -"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the Kanban view to the" " desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:379 msgid "" "To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " -"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " -"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " -"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"in the Kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted at the top, above the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 +msgid "" +"Click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " "indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " -"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " -"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +"Kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top-left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -14164,104 +15722,137 @@ msgid "" "applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:233 -msgid "Initial qualification" -msgstr "Erstqualifikation" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:643 +msgid "New" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:398 msgid "" "The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " "flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " "recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:402 msgid "" -"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " -"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " -"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " -"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " -":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " -"required when applying for a job position." +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`New` stage, whether submitted online" +" or if the applicant is manually entered by a recruiter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:405 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically populates the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`, the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile` number, and :guilabel:`LinkedIn " +"Profile` on the applicant's card. This information is required when applying" +" for a job position, by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If the website application form is modified, different fields may be " +"populated based on what information is requested on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:414 msgid "" "If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " -"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " -":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " -"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " -"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " -"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " -"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " -"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" -" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +"Introduction` section of the online application, it will populate in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:421 +msgid "" +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé would appear " +"in the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"*Documents* application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the left-" +"hand side. All recruitment documents are stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "" +"If the :ref:`CV Display ` option was enabled in the " +":ref:`Settings ` menu, the resumé appears on the " +"applicant's card, on the right-hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:431 msgid "Send interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:433 msgid "" "At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " "applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " "can be formatted in a variety of ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid "" +"The *Surveys* application is used to send these *interviews*, therefore the " +"*Surveys* application must be installed to send an interview to an " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 msgid "" "Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " "questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " -"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " -"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " -"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " -"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " -"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" -" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" -" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +"be formatted to suit each individual job positions needs. For more " +"information on creating and editing interview forms, refer to the " +":doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 +msgid "" +"A job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form" +" of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:450 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top-left of the " +"applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Send Interview` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Send an " +"interview` pop-up window appears, with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:458 msgid "" "In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" " the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" -" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " -"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " -"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " -"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " -":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, an " +":guilabel:`Edit:(Applicant)` pop-up window appears on top of the " +":guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window. Enter the email address in the " +":guilabel:`email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. Once the " +"applicant's information is saved, the :guilabel:`Edit: (Applicant)` closes " +"and the :guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window remains." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 msgid "" -"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " -"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " -"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +"Email templates use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the " +"applicant and the job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey" +" if more people should receive the email. If an email is in the database as " +"a contact, add that contact in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. If an email" +" should be sent to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they" +" should **not** be added as a contact, add their email in the " +":guilabel:`Additional emails` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:279 -msgid "" -"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " -"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " -"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " -"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " -"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 -msgid "" -"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " -"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " -"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " -"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " -"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " -"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " -"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1066 msgid "" "If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " "button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " @@ -14269,25 +15860,26 @@ msgid "" " and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:475 msgid "" "If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" " for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " "window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " -"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " -"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " -"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +"calendar selector appears. Use the :icon:`fa-chevron-left` " +":guilabel:`(left)` and :icon:`fa-chevron-right` :guilabel:`(right)` arrows " +"on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then click on " +"the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"The :guilabel:`Mail Template` field is pre-populated based on the " "configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" " drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " "template loads in the email body." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 msgid "" "To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " ":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." @@ -14299,11 +15891,11 @@ msgid "" "pre-configured template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:494 msgid "Refuse" msgstr "Ablehnen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:496 msgid "" "At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " "the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" @@ -14312,95 +15904,265 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refuse`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " -"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " -":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " -"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " -"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " -"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " -"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" -" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " -"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " -"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " -"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Click the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reason` from the presented options. The default refuse " +"reasons in Odoo, and their corresponding email templates, are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:508 +msgid "Email Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:509 +msgid "Refusal Reason" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:510 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Language issues`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Role already fulfilled`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Duplicate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Spam`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:516 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: don't like job`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: better offer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "" +"Additional refusal reasons :ref:`can be created and existing ones can be " +"modified or deleted `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:525 msgid "" "Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " "which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " "example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " -"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" -" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"applicant's name appears anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the " +"email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " "the :doc:`../general/companies/email_template` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 msgid "" -"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " -"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," -" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " -"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" -" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" -" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +"After a :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` is selected, two fields appear below the " +"refusal reason: :guilabel:`Send Email` and :guilabel:`Email Template`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:534 msgid "" -"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"The applicant's email address automatically populates the :guilabel:`Send " +"Email` field; additional email recipients cannot be added. If an email " +"should **not** be sent to the applicant, uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:538 +msgid "" +"The email template associated with the refusal reason populates the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field. If a different email template is desired, " +"select a different template from the :guilabel:`Email Template` drop-down " +"menu. To view the email template, click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon " +"to the right of the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. The email template " +"loads in a :guilabel:`Open: Email Template` pop-up window, and can be " +"modified if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:545 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Refuse`. The " "refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " -"appears on the applicant's card." +"appears on the applicant's card in the top-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top-right " "corner in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 msgid "" "After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " -"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " -"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" -" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " -":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " -"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " -"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +"position's Kanban view. To view the refused applicants only, click the " +":guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the search box, then click " +":guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` section. All applicants " +"that have been refused for the job position appear, in the stage they were " +"when they were refused." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:558 +msgid "" +"To view all applicants that have been refused from all job positions, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All " +"Applications`. Click the :guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the " +"search box, then click :guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"section. All applications for all job positions are presented in a list " +"view, organized by stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "Create or modify refuse reasons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:569 +msgid "" +"To view all currently configured refuse reasons, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Settings --> Applications: Refuse " +"Reasons`. All the refuse reasons appear in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +"To create a new refuse reason, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" +"left corner. A blank line appears at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Description` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +"Type in the new refuse reason in the field. It is recommended to enter a " +"reason that is short and concise, such as `offer expired` or `withdrew " +"application`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, click on the field to reveal " +"a drop-down menu. Select an :guilabel:`Email Template` from the list to be " +"used when this refuse reason is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +"If a new :guilabel:`Email Template` is desired, type in the name for the new" +" template in the field. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` and a " +":guilabel:`Create Email Template` form pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the form and an email :guilabel:`Subject` in " +"the corresponding fields. Enter the email content in the :guilabel:`Content`" +" tab. Make any other desired modifications to the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the template and return to the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reasons` list. The new template appears in the new refuse " +"reason :guilabel:`Email Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +"To make any modifications to a refuse reason, click on the line, and make " +"any desired changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:594 msgid "New applicant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:596 msgid "" "An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " "be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" -" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " -"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " -"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " -"button." +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online) an applicant " +"card can be easily added from the job position Kanban view in one of two " +"ways, using either the :ref:`quick add ` " +"button or the :ref:`New ` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 msgid "Quick add" msgstr "Schnelles Einfügen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:607 msgid "" -"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " -"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " -"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"Quickly add a new applicant using the *quick add* button. If not already in " +"the job position Kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by " +"going to :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job " +"Positions`. Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` button on the job " "position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " -"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " -":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +"small :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in the top-right of the " +":guilabel:`New` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:616 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`: Enter the title for the card. Typically " +"this is the applicant's name and job position being applied to, for example:" +" `Laura Smith - HR Manager`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, " +"unless the :guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:671 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:623 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card appears in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:628 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`delete` icon or anywhere on the screen to " +"close the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -14409,104 +16171,60 @@ msgid "" "option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 -msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:645 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" -" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " -"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the *New* " +"button. If not already in the Kanban view for the job position to add an " +"applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by going to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job Positions`. " +"Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left of the Kanban view " +"and a blank applicant form loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:389 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:434 -msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " -"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " -"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " -"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:396 -msgid "" -"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " -"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " -"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " -"the card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:400 -msgid "" -"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " -"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " -"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:407 -msgid "Create" -msgstr "Erstellen" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:409 -msgid "" -"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " -":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " -"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," -" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " -"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:651 msgid "" "Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " "the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " "well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" " fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" " configurations, some fields may not be displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:662 msgid "Applicant section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:664 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" " the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +"position being applied to, for example: `John Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, unless the " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " -"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:672 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:673 msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:674 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`LinkedIn Profile`: enter the web address for the applicant's " +"personal profile on LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" " from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " @@ -14516,132 +16234,189 @@ msgid "" " high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:681 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" -" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " -":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " -"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: using the drop-down menu, select the people who " +"will conduct the interview(s). The selected people must have either " "*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " -"in order to appear on the drop-down." +"to appear in the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " "recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " "all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:687 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " -"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Evaluation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for the" +" applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " ":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:690 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source`: using the drop-down menu, select where the applicant " +"learned about the job position. The following options come pre-configured in" +" Odoo: :guilabel:`Search engine`, :guilabel:`Lead Recall`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Monster`, :guilabel:`Glassdoor`, and " +":guilabel:`Craigslist`. To add a new :guilabel:`Source`, type in the source," +" then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new source)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:695 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Medium`: using the drop-down menu, select the method, or " +":guilabel:`Medium`, for the :guilabel:`Source` that the applicant found the " +"job listing with. The pre-configured options are: :guilabel:`Banner`, " +":guilabel:`Direct`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, " +":guilabel:`Google Adwords`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Phone`, " +":guilabel:`Television`, :guilabel:`Twitter` (now known as \"X\"), or " +":guilabel:`Website`. To add a new :guilabel:`Medium`, type in the medium, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new medium)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:701 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " "job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " "the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " -"installed for this to appear." +"installed for this field to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:704 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: select the available start date for the applicant." +" To select a date, click on the field to reveal a calendar. Use the " +":guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrows on either side of the " +"month to navigate to the desired month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to" +" select the date. If no entry is selected that indicates the applicant is " +"ready to begin work immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:709 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, then click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 msgid "Job section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 msgid "" "The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " "long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" " possible, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " "to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:722 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " -"drop-down menu." +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job position is for using the " +"drop-down menu. This field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:726 msgid "Contract section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:728 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " "for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " "The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:731 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" -" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are requested by " +"the applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Expected Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" -" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " -"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are offered to the " +"applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Proposed Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `unlimited sick time` or `retirement plan`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:484 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " -"select the available start date for the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:742 msgid "Application summary tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 msgid "" "Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" " can be typed into this field." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +"Skills can be added to the applicant's card. To add a skill, follow the same" +" steps as outlined in the skills section of the :ref:`Create new employees " +"` document." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:760 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "Erstqualifikation" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "" +"If an applicant seems to be a good potential candidate, they are moved to " +"the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage. This could be for a number of " +"reasons, such as they have the relevant experience, education, or " +"certifications the position requires." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:766 +msgid "" +"This stage is to quickly sort candidates that have potential, and those that" +" do not meet the requirements. No automatic actions, such as emails, are set" +" for this stage. This stage simply informs the recruitment team to " +"potentially set up a phone call or an interview with the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:773 msgid "First interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:775 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " "they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " -"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +"position Kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" " the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " "the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " "applicant's card." @@ -14649,155 +16424,176 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"An applicant's card moves from one stage to another by using the click and " "drag method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:785 msgid "" -"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" -" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " -"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " -"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " -"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " -"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " -"the chatter." +"The :guilabel:`First Interview` stage can be modified so when the " +"applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an email is" +" automatically sent to the applicant stating an interview is requested. In " +"this pre-configured email template, a link to the recruiting team's calendar" +" appears, allowing the applicant to schedule their interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 msgid "" -"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " -"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " -"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " -"button at the top of the applicant's record." +":ref:`Edit ` the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, " +"and select the :guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` for the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field, to automate this action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 msgid "" -"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " -":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " -"the applicant's card." +"An interview can be scheduled in one of two ways: either manually by the " +"recruitment team, or by the applicant themselves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:802 msgid "" -"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " -"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " -":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " -"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " -":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +"If the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage was modified to send the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` email template when an applicant" +" reaches that stage, the applicant received a link to the recruitment team's" +" calendar, and can schedule the interview on their own. The recruitment " +"team's availability is reflected in the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +msgid "" +"If the interview needs to be scheduled by the recruitment team, they should " +"reach out to the applicant for a date and time that works. When a date and " +"time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and interviewer, the " +"interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, whether a phone or in-" +"person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button at the top of " +"the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button displays :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings are " +"currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage, this is the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:817 +msgid "" +"If there is one meeting already scheduled, the smart button displays " +":guilabel:`1 Meeting`, with the date of the upcoming meeting beneath it. If " +"more than one meeting is scheduled, the button displays :guilabel:`Next " +"Meeting`, with the date of the first upcoming meeting beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:821 msgid "" "Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " "meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " "the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " "right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" " events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " -"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +"hidden. Only the checked attendees are visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:827 msgid "" -"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " -"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " -":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " -"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " -"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " -"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +"The default view is the :guilabel:`Week` view. To change the calendar view, " +"click the :guilabel:`Week` button, then select the desired view from the " +"drop-down menu. The other options are either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:831 +msgid "" +"An option to display or hide weekends is available. Click the " +":guilabel:`Week` button, then click :guilabel:`Show weekends` to deactivate " +"it (the default is to show weekends). If a check mark is next to " +":guilabel:`Show weekends`, weekends are visible. If there is no check mark, " +"weekends are hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:836 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed date range for the calendar, either use the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-left` :guilabel:`(left arrow)`, :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`(Right arrow)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, " +"or click on a date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed " +"calendar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:845 msgid "" -"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " -"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " -"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " -"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " -"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " -"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " -"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +"To add a meeting to the calendar when in the day or week view, click on the " +"start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, to select the date, " +"time, and the length of the meeting. A meeting can also be added in this " +"view by clicking on the day *and* the time slot the meeting is to take " +"place." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:850 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " -"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +"Both methods cause a :ref:`New Event ` pop up window" +" to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:564 -msgid "New event card" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:855 +msgid "New event pop-up window" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:857 msgid "" -"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " -"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " -"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " -"save the changes and create the meeting." +"Enter the information on the form. The only required fields to enter are the" +" :guilabel:`Meeting Title`, and the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` " +"fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to" +" save the changes and create the interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:861 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"The fields available to populate or modify on the :guilabel:`New Event` card" +" are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:863 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Title`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " "clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:866 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End`: select the start and end date and " +"times for the meeting. Click on one of the fields and a calendar pop-up " +"window appears. Select both the start and end date and times, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:869 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all-day interview, check the box. " +"If this box is checked, the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` fields are" +" hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:871 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " "default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " "many other people as desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 -msgid "Meeting details tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:873 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting start time." +":guilabel:`Videocall URL`: if the meeting is virtual, or if there is a " +"virtual option available, click :guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting` and a URL is " +"automatically created for the meeting and populates the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:582 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting end time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:584 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " -":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " -"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " -"duration length." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:587 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " -"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " -":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " -"and end times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:590 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " -"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:876 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " "an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," @@ -14808,42 +16604,107 @@ msgid "" "instructions for each command to complete the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:598 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " -"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" -" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " -"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" -" via the selected option." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:884 +msgid "More options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:886 +msgid "" +"To add additional information to the meeting, click the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button in the lower-right corner of the pop-up window. Enter any of" +" the following additional fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:889 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length. The default length of a meeting is one hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:892 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. Several additional fields appear when this is " +"enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:896 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: using the drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:898 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings " +"repeat. The available options are :guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Yearly`, or :guilabel:`Custom`. If " +":guilabel:`Custom` is selected, a :guilabel:`Repeat Every` field appears " +"beneath it, along with another time frequency parameter (:guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, :guilabel:`Months`, or :guilabel:`Years`). Enter a number" +" in the blank field, then select the time period using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:904 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat on`: if :guilabel:`Weekly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Repeat on` field appears. Click on " +"the corresponding day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:906 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day of Month`: if :guilabel:`Monthly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Day of Month` field appears. Using " +"the drop-down menu, select either :guilabel:`Date of month` or " +":guilabel:`Day of month`. If :guilabel:`Date of month` is selected, enter " +"the date the meeting repeats. If :guilabel:`Day of month` is selected, use " +"the drop-down menus to determine the frequency. Select either " +":guilabel:`First`, :guilabel:`Second`, :guilabel:`Third`, " +":guilabel:`Fourth`, or :guilabel:`Last` for the first drop-down menu, then " +"select the day (:guilabel:`Monday`, :guilabel:`Tuesday`, etc.) in the second" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:913 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Until`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings stop " +"repeating. The available options are :guilabel:`Number of repetitions`, " +":guilabel:`End date`, and :guilabel:`Forever`. If :guilabel:`Number of " +"repetitions` is selected, enter the number of total meetings to occur in the" +" blank field. If :guilabel:`End date` is selected, specify the date using " +"the calendar pop-up window, or type in a date in a XX/XX/XXXX format. " +":guilabel:`Forever` schedules meetings indefinitely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:920 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " -"in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:921 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " "menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:923 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " -"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " -":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " -"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +":guilabel:`Appointment`: if an appointment is associated with this meeting, " +"select it form the drop-down menu, or create a new appointment by typing in " +"the appointment name, then click :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. A " +":guilabel:`Create Appointment` form loads. Enter the information on the " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:613 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:927 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select if the organizer appears either " +":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Busy` for the duration of the meeting, " +"using the drop-down menu. Next, select the visibility of this meeting, using" +" the drop-down menu to the right of the first selection. Options are " ":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " "users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " ":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " @@ -14851,41 +16712,50 @@ msgid "" "the company database to see the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:934 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " -"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" -" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " -"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " -"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " -"attendees at the same time." +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:936 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Default " +"options include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`SMS Text Message`, each with a specific time period before the " +"event (hours, days, etc). The reminder chosen alerts the meeting " +"participants of the meeting via the selected option at the specified time. " +"Multiple reminders can be selected in this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:947 msgid "Send meeting to attendees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:949 msgid "" "Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " -"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message from the " +"expanded :guilabel:`Event Form` (what is seen when the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button is clicked on in the event pop-up window)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:953 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " -"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " -"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" -" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " -"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " -"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " -"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " -"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " -"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +"To send the meeting via email, click the :icon:`fa-envelope` " +":guilabel:`Email` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact" +" Attendees` email configurator pop-up window appears. A pre-formatted email " +"using the default :guilabel:`Calendar: Event Update` email template " +"populates the email body field. The followers of the document (job " +"application), as well as the user who created the meeting are added as " +":guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's email address to the " +"list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make any other desired " +"changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button, navigate to the file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " ":guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" @@ -14894,39 +16764,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:647 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:966 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " -"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " -"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " -"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." -" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " -"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " -":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :icon:`fa-mobile` " +":guilabel:`SMS` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS " +"Text Message` pop-up appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:969 msgid "" -"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " -":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " -"contacts with a valid phone number." +"At the top, a blue box appears if any attendees do not have valid mobile " +"numbers, and lists how many records are invalid. If a contact does not have " +"a valid mobile number listed, click :guilabel:`Close`, and edit the " +"attendee's record, then redo these steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:658 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:973 msgid "" -"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " -"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" -" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " -"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" -" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " -"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +"When no warning message appears, type in the message to be sent to the " +"attendees in the :guilabel:`Message` field. to add any emojis to the " +"message, click the :guilabel:`Add Emoji` icon on the right-side of the pop-" +"up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:977 +msgid "" +"Beneath the message field, the number of characters, as well as the amount " +"of text messages required to send the message (according to GSM7 criteria) " +"appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue` to have the text sent later, after " +"any other messages are scheduled, or click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the " +"message immediately." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:669 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:987 msgid "" "Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " "messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " @@ -14934,11 +16808,11 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`../essentials/in_app_purchase` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:994 msgid "Second interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:996 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " "can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " @@ -14947,72 +16821,87 @@ msgid "" "Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1001 msgid "" "When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " -"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " -"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " -":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " -"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage. The " +"recruiter can now :ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the applicant, following the same process as the first " +"interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1009 msgid "Contract proposal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1011 msgid "" "When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " "be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " "and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" -" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top-right of" " the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1016 msgid "" "The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," " click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " -"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " -"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " -"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " -"is set to `0.00`)." +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. Most fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position. If any necessary fields are blank, enter " +"the relevant information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:705 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1022 msgid "" "Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" "up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " "applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " -"not appear on the pop-up." +"*Fleet* application is not installed, any fields related to vehicles do not " +"appear on the pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1028 msgid "Universal fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1030 msgid "" "The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " "localization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1032 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " -"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: the template currently being used to populate" +" the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window. To modify the " +"template, click the :guilabel:`Internal link` icon to the right of the drop-" +"down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. A " +"different :guilabel:`Contract Template` can be selected using the drop-down " +"menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1037 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " -"applicant." +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the name of the :guilabel:`Job Position` being " +"offered to the applicant. The selections available in the drop-down menu " +"correspond to the :guilabel:`Job Positions` configured on the main " +"*Recruitment* dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1040 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the specific name of the position being offered to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1041 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the :guilabel:`Department` the job position falls " +"under." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1042 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " "default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" @@ -15021,109 +16910,50 @@ msgid "" "click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1046 msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1047 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " -"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " -"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " -"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," -" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" -" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " -"application." +":guilabel:`Link Expiration Date`: job offers are only valid for a specific " +"period of time. The default expiration date is 30 days. Modify the " +"expiration date, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:732 -msgid "" -"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " -"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:738 -msgid "" -"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " -"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" -" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:743 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" -" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:746 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " -"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" -" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:749 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " -"the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " -"that will be assigned to the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:752 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " -"for the cafeteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " -"contract that is being offered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " -"sending." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1051 msgid "Send offer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1053 msgid "" -"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" -" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " -"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" -" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " -"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " -"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +"When the information is all updated, click :guilabel:`Send By Email` to send" +" the offer to the applicant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1056 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " -"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" -"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " -"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." -" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " -"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " -":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " -":guilabel:`Send`." +"If the applicant does not have an email address listed on their applicant " +"card, a warning appears in a red box at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window, stating :guilabel:`The" +" applicant does not have a valid email set. The Offer Link won't be able to " +"be completed.` Click :guilabel:`Discard`, enter an email on the applicant's " +"card, then click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1062 +msgid "" +"An email pop-up window loads. The default :guilabel:`Recruitment: Your " +"Salary Package` email template is used, and the :guilabel:`Recipients`, " +":guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-populated based on the email " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1070 +msgid "Once the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1073 msgid "" "To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " "necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " @@ -15134,11 +16964,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1081 +msgid "Configure your package" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1083 +msgid "" +"The email template includes a :guilabel:`Configure your package` button. " +"This link takes the applicant to a webpage where they can modify the " +"proposed salary package, and enter their personal information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1087 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant is hired, the personal information entered on the webpage" +" is imported to their employee record, when created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1090 +msgid "" +"If applicable, the applicant can modify their salary package. This option is" +" not available for all localizations. Depending on where the company is " +"located, this option may not be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1093 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is completed, the applicant accepts the offer by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Review Contract & Sign` button to accept the " +"contract and sign it using the *Sign* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1100 msgid "Contract signed" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1102 msgid "" "Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " "step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " @@ -15149,16 +17010,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:796 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1109 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the Kanban view, but the " "card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1112 msgid "" "Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " -"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"green :guilabel:`HIRED` banner appears in the top-right of the applicant's " "card." msgstr "" @@ -15166,24 +17027,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1120 msgid "Create employee" msgstr "Mitarbeiter anlegen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:809 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1122 msgid "" "Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " "record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " -"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"Employee` button in the top-left. An employee form appears, and any " "information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" " card appears in the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1127 msgid "" "Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" -" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " -":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, the employee" +" record is saved in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:5 @@ -15451,107 +17312,108 @@ msgid "" "by-step instructions on how to create and configure a survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 msgid "Referrals" msgstr "Personalempfehlungen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " -"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"regarding referrals is housed - from points earned, coworkers hired, and " "rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " -"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " -"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " -"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " -"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" -" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +"and then earn referral points as those people progress through the " +"recruitment pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be " +"exchanged for prizes. The *Referrals* application integrates with the " +"*Employees*, *Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be" +" installed in order for the *Referrals* application to function." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:14 msgid "" -"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " -"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " -"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +"The only configurations needed for the *Referrals* application *after* " +"installation are related to the :ref:`rewards `; " +"everything else is pre-configured when Odoo *Referrals* is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:18 msgid "" -"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " -"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " -"` and configurations menus. For more information on " -"users and access rights, refer to these documents: :doc:`../general/users` " -"and :doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +"Users with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the *Referrals* application. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the :ref:`reporting ` and configurations" +" menus. For more information on users and access rights, refer to these " +"documents: :doc:`../general/users` and " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 msgid "Onboarding" msgstr "Einführung" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:28 msgid "" "When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" "configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " -"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" -" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"each explaining the different parts of the *Referrals* application. At the " +"top of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " "onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " "Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " "text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 msgid "" "Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " "displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " "advance to the next slide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " "superheroes to save the day!`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " "or refer friends.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " "league!`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:46 msgid "" -"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the *Referrals* application is " "opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " "button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" " :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " -"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +"will begin again when the *Referrals* application is opened. Once the " ":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " -"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the *Referrals* " "application is opened from that point on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:53 msgid "" "At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " -"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main *Referrals* dashboard loads. If " ":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " -"opening the Referrals application." +"opening the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -15559,7 +17421,7 @@ msgid "" "An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:62 msgid "" "If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " "opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " @@ -15568,60 +17430,53 @@ msgid "" "screen appears instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:70 msgid "" "Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " -"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " -"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " -"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " -"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`." +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* application can " +"modify onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line " +"displays the text for the individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding" +" slide, click on an individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:76 msgid "" -"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " -"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " -"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " -"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " -"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " -"that particular company." +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` field. A " +":guilabel:`Company` may be selected, as well. However, if this field is " +"populated, that slide is *only* displayed for that particular company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:81 msgid "" -"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" -" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " -"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" -" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " -"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " -"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " -"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +"The :guilabel:`Company` field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:83 msgid "" -"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +"The image can be modified, as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the " +"top-right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and " +":guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` " +"icon to change the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the " +"desired image, select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears" +" in the thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage " +"can)` icon, then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:94 msgid "" -"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " -"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " -"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " -"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " -":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " -"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +"The sequence in which the slides appear can be changed from the *Onboarding*" +" dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`(six small gray boxes)` icon to the left of" +" the the slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -15629,567 +17484,18 @@ msgid "" "The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:103 -msgid "Share job positions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:105 -msgid "" -"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " -"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " -"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " -"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:113 -msgid "View Jobs" -msgstr "Offene Stellen ansehen" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:115 -msgid "" -"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " -":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " -"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" -"displayed on the card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:124 -msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:128 -msgid "" -"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " -"of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 -msgid "" -"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " -"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:134 -msgid "" -"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " -"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " -"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " -"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " -":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 -msgid "Refer friends" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:145 -msgid "" -"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " -"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " -"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:149 -msgid "" -"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " -"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:152 -msgid "" -"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " -"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " -"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " -"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" -" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " -"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " -"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " -"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 -msgid "Share a job" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:169 -msgid "" -"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " -"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" -" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " -"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " -"applicants in the Referrals application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 -msgid "Link" -msgstr "Link" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:181 -msgid "" -"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " -":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " -"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " -"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" -" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" -" prospective employee however desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:188 -msgid "Facebook" -msgstr "Facebook" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:190 -msgid "" -"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " -"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " -"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " -"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " -"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " -"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" -"in to Facebook first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" -" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" -" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " -"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " -"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " -"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " -"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " -":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " -"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " -"specific activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 -msgid "" -"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " -":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " -":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " -"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" -" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" -"highlighted, as are all the required settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 -msgid "Share to news feed or story" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:218 -msgid "" -"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " -":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " -"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " -":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " -"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," -" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " -"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" -" story, or both." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:225 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " -"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " -"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " -"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " -"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" -" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " -"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " -":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" -" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " -":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:236 -msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " -"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:242 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" -" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " -"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " -"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:246 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:275 -msgid "" -"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " -"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 -msgid "Share in a group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:251 -msgid "" -"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " -"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" -" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " -":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " -"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " -"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " -"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " -"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " -"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:264 -msgid "Share in an event" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:266 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:269 -msgid "" -"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " -"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " -"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" -" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " -"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " -"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 -msgid "Share in a private message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:280 -msgid "" -"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" -" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" -"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " -"Private Message`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:284 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " -"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " -"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " -"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " -"process for each friend to be added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:289 -msgid "" -"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " -"message` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:293 -msgid "X/Twitter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:295 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " -"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " -"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " -"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " -"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" -" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:301 -msgid "The default message is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:303 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" -" Position)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:305 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " -"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " -"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," -" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " -"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " -":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " -"X/Twitter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:312 -msgid "" -"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " -"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " -":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" -" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " -":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " -":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " -"restricts who can reply to the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 -msgid "" -"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " -"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " -"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " -"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:322 -msgid "" -"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" -" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " -"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 -msgid "" -"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" -" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" -"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:336 -msgid "LinkedIn" -msgstr "LinkedIn" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:338 -msgid "" -"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " -"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " -"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " -"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " -"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " -"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:344 -msgid "" -"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " -"message to an individual or group of individuals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 -msgid "Share in a post" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:350 -msgid "" -"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" -" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " -":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " -"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:354 -msgid "" -"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " -"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " -"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " -"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " -":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " -"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " -":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" -" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " -"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " -"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " -"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " -"right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:366 -msgid "" -"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " -"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " -"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " -"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " -":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " -"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " -"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" -" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " -"the far lower right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:375 -msgid "" -"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " -":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " -"post button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:383 -msgid "Send as private message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:385 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " -"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " -"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" -" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" -" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " -"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." -" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " -"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" -" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " -":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " -":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " -"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " -"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " -"browser tab to exit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 -msgid "Email a friend" -msgstr "Einem Freund mailen" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:401 -msgid "" -"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " -"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " -"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" -" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " -"Mail` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:406 -msgid "" -"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " -"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" -" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " -"`Job for you`, but can be edited." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:410 -msgid "" -"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " -"appears is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:412 -msgid "`Hello,`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:414 -msgid "" -"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " -"interesting for you`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:416 -msgid "`See Job Offers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:418 -msgid "" -"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " -"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " -"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " -"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " -"message will be sent and the window will close." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:426 msgid "Hired referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:107 msgid "" "When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" " their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:110 msgid "" "After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," " instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " @@ -16197,21 +17503,21 @@ msgid "" "friend!` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 msgid "" "Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " -"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " -"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" -" an available avatar to select it." +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is grayed out, and " +"the name that the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. " +"Click on an available avatar to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:118 msgid "" -"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," -" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " -"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " -"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " -"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the *Referrals* " +"application, after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to " +"select another avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars " +"have been selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible." +" Mouse over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -16220,15 +17526,15 @@ msgid "" "chosen are greyed out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 msgid "Modify friends" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 msgid "" "Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " "` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"rights for the *Recruitment* application can make modifications to friends. " "The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " "avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " @@ -16237,17 +17543,17 @@ msgid "" " dogs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:138 msgid "" "To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" " an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " ":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " "friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" -" else in the Referrals application." +" else in the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " ":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " @@ -16256,65 +17562,66 @@ msgid "" "user's avatar when activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:148 msgid "" "If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " ":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " "replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" -" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " -"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:474 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 msgid "" -"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " -"original information." +"The referral friend form automatically saves, but can be saved manually at " +"any time by clicking the *Save manually* option, represented by a " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel " +"any changes made, click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to " +"delete any changes, and revert to the original content." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A friend form in edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:482 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 msgid "" "It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " "background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " "about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " -"Referrals application." +"*Referrals* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:172 msgid "Referral points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:174 msgid "" "The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " -"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"rewards. On the main *Referrals* application dashboard, the top displays a " "summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " "the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " "available to spend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 msgid "" "To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" " the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:183 msgid "" "The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " "pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " @@ -16324,7 +17631,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 msgid "" "To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " @@ -16332,11 +17639,11 @@ msgid "" "category are displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:194 msgid "My referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 msgid "" "To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " ":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " @@ -16344,26 +17651,31 @@ msgid "" "card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:200 msgid "" -"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " -"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " -"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " -"the top right corner." +"A successful referral displays a green :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the top-" +"right corner of the card. Referrals that are in process display a purple " +":guilabel:`In Progress` banner in the top-right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 msgid "" -"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " -"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " -"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the subject/application " +"title (as it appears on the applicant card in the *Recruitment* app), the " +"name of the job position, the person responsible for filling the role " +"(recruiter), and the points earned. For referrals that have been hired, the " +"selected avatar also appears on the card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two referral cards, one hired and one in-progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:214 msgid "Points" msgstr "Punkte" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 msgid "" "The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " "positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " @@ -16371,14 +17683,14 @@ msgid "" " *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:220 msgid "" "On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " "that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " "points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:224 msgid "" "Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " "points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " @@ -16386,108 +17698,109 @@ msgid "" " the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:229 msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:231 msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:232 msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:235 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 msgid "" "The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " -"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" -" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " -"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage are done in the " +"*Recruitment* application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment " +"` documentation to modify the points for each " +"stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:244 msgid "Rewards" msgstr "Belohnungen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 msgid "Create rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 msgid "" -"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" -" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " -"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " -"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " -"information on the form:" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the " +"*Referrals* application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights " +"for the *Recruitment* application can create or modify rewards. To add " +"rewards, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> " +"Rewards`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and a reward form loads. Enter the " +"following information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:254 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +":guilabel:`Product Name`: enter the name as it should appear for the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" -" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " -"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" -" form." +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" appears for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each company " +"needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the form. " +"This field only appears if in a multi-company environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:259 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: select the person who will be responsible for " "procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " -"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" -" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is bought in the *Referrals* " +"application, so they know when to deliver the reward to the recipient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:263 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +":guilabel:`Description`: type in the description for the reward. This will " "be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +":guilabel:`Photo`: add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " "page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " "(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " -"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" -" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +"(pencil)` icon, and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 msgid "" "The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " -":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +":guilabel:`Company` (if applicable), and :guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 msgid "" "It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " "cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " @@ -16495,31 +17808,31 @@ msgid "" "placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:595 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:283 msgid "Redeem rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 msgid "" "To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " "main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " "individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " -"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +"listed in the top-right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" " purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " "bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " "the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" " instead of a buy button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:292 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " -"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " -"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " -":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears, asking if the user is sure " +"they want to purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item," +" or :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:297 msgid "" "After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " "used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." @@ -16533,27 +17846,27 @@ msgid "" "many more reward points are needed to redeem." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:309 msgid "Levels" msgstr "Level" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:311 msgid "" -"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"The *Referrals* application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " "the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " "employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:315 msgid "" "Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" " are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " "participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 msgid "" -"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main *Referrals* " "application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " "X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " "indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " @@ -16562,13 +17875,13 @@ msgid "" "points still needed before they can level up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:636 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:325 msgid "Modify levels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:638 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " "modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " "--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " @@ -16577,48 +17890,58 @@ msgid "" "element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:334 msgid "" "To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " -"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form, then make " +"modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 msgid "" -"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." -" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" -" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " -"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" -" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " -"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +"Type in the name (or number) of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` " +"field. What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main " +"dashboard when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points " +"needed to reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points" +" needed to level up are the total accumulated points earned over the " +"lifetime of the employee, not additional points from the previous level that" +" must be earned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:654 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:343 msgid "" "If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" " to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " -"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " -"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to " "select it." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The level form saves automatically, but can be saved manually at any time by" +" clicking the *save manually* option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel any changes made, " +"click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to delete any changes, " +"and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A level form in edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:671 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:362 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 msgid "Level up" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:369 msgid "" "Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " "user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " @@ -16627,7 +17950,7 @@ msgid "" "level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:374 msgid "" "Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " "text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" @@ -16635,7 +17958,7 @@ msgid "" "the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:687 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:378 msgid "" "Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" " the specified amount of points required." @@ -16647,16 +17970,16 @@ msgid "" "above their image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:387 msgid "" "Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " "accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " "to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:394 msgid "" -"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"In the *Referrals* application, it is possible to post a message, also " "referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " "information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " "banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " @@ -16664,85 +17987,86 @@ msgid "" "an :guilabel:`X`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 msgid "" "Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" " individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " "click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" " alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " -"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +"*Referrals* application for the first time in a new session." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:409 msgid "Create an alert" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " "information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date From`: the date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " "will be visible on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date To`: the date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " "will be hidden from view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:420 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +":guilabel:`Company`: the current company populates this field by default. To" " modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " "from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " -"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"to everyone with access to the *Referrals* application. If a company is " "specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " -"Referrals application) will see the alert." +"*Referrals* application) will see the alert. This field only appears when in" +" a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +":guilabel:`Alert`: enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" " the alert banner on the main dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +":guilabel:`On Click`: there are three options for the alert. Click the radio" " button next to the desired selection. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:739 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:430 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: the alert only displays text, there is no link to" " click." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: the alert contains a link that when clicked, " "navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:433 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: the alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " "when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " "appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." msgstr "" @@ -16751,15 +18075,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:446 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " -"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" -" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " -"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in *Referrals*. To access " +"the reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The" +" main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 msgid "" "In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " "many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " @@ -16769,7 +18093,7 @@ msgid "" "there are no referrals from that particular channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:457 msgid "" "The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " "includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " @@ -16778,7 +18102,7 @@ msgid "" "many points were given for refused applicants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:770 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:462 msgid "" "The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " "new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " @@ -16789,34 +18113,330 @@ msgid "" "in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 msgid "" "The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " -"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " -"option." +"needs to be installed to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:473 +msgid ":doc:`referrals/share_jobs`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:3 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo *Referrals*, users can earn referral points by sharing job positions" +" with potential applicants. Job positions can be shared in several ways, " +"through the :ref:`View Jobs ` button and the " +":ref:`Email A Friend ` button, located at the bottom " +"of the *Referrals* app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Sharing jobs can **only** occur after onboarding slides have been viewed or " +"skipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:16 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "Offene Stellen ansehen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main *Referrals* dashboard. This " +"presents all job positions, with each individual job presented with its own " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:27 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the *Job " +"Position* field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The number of :guilabel:`Open Positions` being recruited. This information " +"is taken from the *Expected New Employees* field of the *Recruitment* tab of" +" the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:33 +msgid "The points a user earns when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the *Job Position* tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions are visible in the *Referrals* app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`../recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:46 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Subject` and :guilabel:`Body` are populated using a default " +"template. The :guilabel:`Subject` `Job for you` is present, by default, but " +"can be modified, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position populates the *Job Position* " +"placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the email body is" +" an individualized tracking link to the specific job position listed on the " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When the prospective employee receives the email, the link sends them to the" +" job position page, where they can apply for the position, and the person " +"who referred them is tracked in the *Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:72 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Other than sending an email, job positions can be shared, via social media " +"platforms, and by tracking links to the job position. At the bottom of each " +"job position card are four icons, and corresponding tracking links, that can" +" be used to share the job position, keeping track of applicants in the " +"*Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:84 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "Link" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :icon:`fa-chain` :guilabel:`(link)` " +"icon above it. A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the " +"tracking link. Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is " +"copied, click the :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up window. Next," +" share the link with the prospective employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:93 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :icon:`fa-facebook` :guilabel:`(Facebook)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into Facebook, when the the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button is clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new " +"tab, with the link populated in the main body of the new post in a pop-up " +"window. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads, " +"instead, prompting the user to log-in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, then share the job " +"position using the available options in Facebook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:107 +msgid "X (formerly Twitter)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:109 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X. Click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`(X)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the user is already signed-in to X, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button" +" is clicked, an X page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready" +" to post, in a draft pop-up window. If the user is *not* already signed-in, " +"a sign-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to first sign-in to X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:117 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:119 +msgid "" +"`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job " +"Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message, then " +"share using the available options in X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:125 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "LinkedIn" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :icon:`fa-linkedin` :guilabel:`(LinkedIn)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button is clicked, a new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job " +"position at the top. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen" +" loads instead, prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:134 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual (or group of individuals)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message or " +"post, then share using the available options in LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:143 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "Einem Freund mailen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions, instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Referrals` main dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`Email a friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Send Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address in the :guilabel:`Email` field. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients by separating each email address with a comma " +"followed by a single space. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +":guilabel:`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The email :guilabel:`Body` is also populated with pre-configured text. The " +"text that appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:156 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:158 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you\\:`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:160 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:162 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of" +" all job positions currently being recruited for. Add any additional text " +"and make any edits to the message body, if necessary. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. This sends the message, and closes " +"the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 msgid "Time Off" msgstr "Abwesenheit" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Time Off* application serves as a centralized hub for all time-off-" "related information. This application manages requests, balances, " "allocations, approvals, and reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:10 msgid "" -"Users can :ref:`request time off `, and see an " -"overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " +"Users can :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`, and see" +" an overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " ":ref:`allocate time off ` to individuals, teams, or the " "whole company, and :ref:`approve time off requests `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:15 msgid "" "Detailed :ref:`reports ` can be run to see how much time" " off (and what kinds of time off) are being used, :ref:`accrual plans " @@ -16824,45 +18444,45 @@ msgid "" "` can be set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 msgid "" "Be advised, only users with specific access rights can see all aspects of " "the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 msgid "" "All users can access the :guilabel:`My Time Off` and :guilabel:`Overview` " "sections of the *Time Off* application. All other sections require specific " "access rights." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:26 msgid "" "To better understand how access rights affect the *Time Off* application, " "refer to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` document, specifically the " "section about configuring the work information tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to allocate time off to employees, and for employees to request and" " use their time off, the various time off types must be configured first, " "then allocated to employees (if allocation is required)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:40 msgid "Time off types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 msgid "" "To view the currently configured time off types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. The time" " off types are presented in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:45 msgid "" "The *Time Off* application comes with four pre-configured time off types: " ":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, " @@ -16870,25 +18490,25 @@ msgid "" "needs or used as-is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:50 msgid "Create time off type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 msgid "" "To create a new time off type, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Time Off Types`. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button to reveal a blank time off type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:55 msgid "" "Enter the name for the particular type of time off in the blank line at the " "top of the form, such as `Sick Time` or `Vacation`. Then, enter the " "following information on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:59 msgid "" "The only **required** fields on the time off type form are the name of the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, the :guilabel:`Take Time Off In`, and the " @@ -16896,23 +18516,23 @@ msgid "" " and :guilabel:`Allocation Requests` sections **must** be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:65 msgid "Time Off Requests section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select what specific kind of approval is required for " "the time off type. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No Validation`: no approvals are required when requesting this " "type of time off. The time off request is automatically approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Time Off Officer`: only the specified :ref:`Time Off Officer " "`, set on this form in the :guilabel:`Notified " @@ -16920,7 +18540,7 @@ msgid "" "option is selected by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver`: only the employee's specified approver " "for time off, which is set on the *Work Information* tab on the " @@ -16928,7 +18548,7 @@ msgid "" " time off request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver and Time Off Officer`: both the employee's" " :ref:`specified time off approver` and the " @@ -16936,11 +18556,11 @@ msgid "" "the time off request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:83 msgid "Allocation Requests section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requires allocation`: if the time off must be allocated to " "employees, select :guilabel:`Yes`. If the time off can be requested without " @@ -16949,20 +18569,20 @@ msgid "" " form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee Requests`: select :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests " "Allowed` if the employee is able to request more time off than was " "allocated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:92 msgid "" "If employees should **not** be able to make requests for more time off than " "what was allocated, select the :guilabel:`Not Allowed` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:96 msgid "" "Ten days are allocated to the employee for this particular type of time off," " and the :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests Allowed` option is enabled. The " @@ -16971,81 +18591,81 @@ msgid "" "option is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 msgid "" "It is important to note that requesting additional time off does **not** " "guarantee that time off is granted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select the type of approvals required for the " "allocation of this particular time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approved by Time Off Officer` indicates the :ref:`Time Off " "Officer ` set on this form must approve the " "allocation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No validation needed` indicates that no approvals are required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:113 msgid "Configuration section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notified Time Off Officer`: select the person who is notified and" " responsible for approving requests and allocations for this specific type " "of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take Time Off in`: select the format the time off is requested in" " from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 msgid "The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: if time off can only be requested in full day increments (8" " hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:125 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: if time off can only be requested in half day " "increments (4 hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Hours`: if the time off can be taken in hourly increments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Deduct Extra Hours`: enable this option if the time off request " "should factor in any extra time accrued by the employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:134 msgid "" "If an employee works two extra hours for the week, and requests five hours " "of time off, the request would be for three hours, since the two extra " "worked hours are used first, and deducted from the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow To Attach Supporting Document`: enable this option to allow" " the employee to attach documents to the time off request. This is useful in" @@ -17053,7 +18673,7 @@ msgid "" "leave." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kind of Time Off`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "time off this is, either :guilabel:`Worked Time` or :guilabel:`Absence`. " @@ -17062,7 +18682,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Absence` does not count toward any type of accrual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if multiple companies are created in the database, and " "this time off type only applies to one company, select the company from the " @@ -17071,11 +18691,11 @@ msgid "" "company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:151 msgid "Negative Cap section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:153 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option if employees are able to " "request more time off than they currently have, allowing a negative balance." @@ -17083,19 +18703,19 @@ msgid "" " enter the maximum amount of negative time allowed, in days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 msgid "" "Sara currently has three days of the time off type `Vacation`. She is " "planning a trip that requires five days of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 msgid "" "The `Vacation` time off type has the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option " "enabled, and the :guilabel:`Amount in Negative` is set to five." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:164 msgid "" "These settings allow Sara to submit a request for five days of the " "`Vacation` time off type. If approved, her `Vacation` time off balance will " @@ -17108,59 +18728,59 @@ msgid "" "off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:173 msgid "Payroll section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:175 msgid "" "If the time off type should create :doc:`../hr/payroll/work_entries` in the " "*Payroll* application, select the :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` from the drop-" "down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 msgid "Timesheets section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Timesheets` section only appears if the user is in developer " "mode. Refer to the :ref:`developer-mode` document for details on how to " "access the developer mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 msgid "" "When an employee takes time off, and is also using timesheets, Odoo creates " "entries in the *Timesheets* application for the time off. This section " "defines how they are entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:188 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Project`: select the project that the time off type entries " "appear in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:189 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Task`: select the task that appears in the timesheet for this " "time off type. The default options are: :guilabel:`Time Off`, " ":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`Training`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 msgid "Display Option section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:195 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color to be used in the *Time Off* application " "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cover Image`: select an icon to be used in the *Time Off* " "application dashboard." @@ -17172,65 +18792,65 @@ msgid "" "off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:206 msgid "Accrual plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:208 msgid "" "Some time off is earned through an accrual plan, meaning that for every " "specified amount of time an employee works (hour, day, week, etc), they earn" " or *accrue* a specified amount of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:212 msgid "" "If an employee accrues a vacation day for every week they work, they would " "earn 0.2 vacation days for each hour they work. At the end of a forty hour " "work week, they would earn one whole vacation day (8 hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:217 msgid "Create accrual plan" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new accrual plan, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Accrual Plans`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, " "which reveals a blank accrual plan form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the accrual plan name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrued Gain Time`: select when the employee begins to accrue " "time off, either :guilabel:`At the start of the accrual period` or " ":guilabel:`At the end of the accrual period`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry-Over Time`: select when the employee received previously " "earned time. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the start of the year`: select this if the accrual rolls over " "on January 1 of the upcoming year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:232 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the allocation date`: select this if the accrual rolls over as" " soon as time is allocated to the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Other`: select this option if neither of the other two options " "are applicable. When selected, a :guilabel:`Carry-Over Date` field appears. " @@ -17238,14 +18858,14 @@ msgid "" "the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Based on worked time`: enable this option if time off accrual is " "determined by the employee's worked hours. Days **not** considered as worked" " time do **not** contribute to the accrual plan in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:241 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone Transition`: this selection determines when employees " "move up to a new milestone. If they qualify to change milestones in the " @@ -17254,14 +18874,14 @@ msgid "" "the current pay period)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Milestone Transition` field is **only** visible after a " "minimum of two :ref:`rules ` have been configured on the " "accrual plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:250 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " "accrual plan applies to. If left blank, the accrual plan can be used for all" @@ -17272,43 +18892,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An accrual plan form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:263 msgid "" "Rules must be created in order for employees to accrue time off from the " "accrual plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New Milestone` button in the gray" " :guilabel:`Rules` section, and a :guilabel:`Create Milestone` modal form " "appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:268 msgid "Fill out the following fields on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee accrue`: select the parameters for earned time off in " "this section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 msgid "" "First, select either :guilabel:`Days` or :guilabel:`Hours` for the increment" " of accrued time using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 msgid "" "Next, enter the numerical amount of the selected parameter that is accrued. " "The numerical format is `X.XXXX`, so that partial days or hours can also be " "configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:278 msgid "" "Last, select how often the time is accrued using the drop-down menu. The " "default options are :guilabel:`Hourly`, :guilabel:`Daily`, " @@ -17316,64 +18936,64 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Twice a year`, and :guilabel:`Yearly`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 msgid "" "Depending on which option is selected, additional fields may appear. For " "example, if :guilabel:`Twice a month` is selected, two additional fields " "appear, to specify the two days of each month that the milestone occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cap accrued time`: if there is a maximum amount of days the " "employee can accrue with this plan, enable this option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 msgid "" "When enabled, two additional fields appear beneath it. Select the type of " "time period from the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Days` or " ":guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:291 msgid "" "Then, enter a numerical value in the field to specify the maximum amount of " "time that can be accrued." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:293 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone reached`: enter the number and value of the time period" " that must pass before the employee starts to accumulate time off. The first" " value is numerical; enter a number in the first field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:297 msgid "" "Then, select the type of time period using the drop-down menu in the second " "field. The options are: :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Months`, or " ":guilabel:`Years`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over`: select how any unused time off is handled. The " "options are either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None. Accrued time reset to 0`: any unused time off is gone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:302 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All accrued time carried over`: all unused time off is rolled " "over to the next calendar year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over with a maximum`: unused time off is rolled over to the" " next calendar year, but there is a cap. An :guilabel:`Up to` field appears " @@ -17381,7 +19001,7 @@ msgid "" "roll over to the following year. Any time off beyond this parameter is lost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:309 msgid "" "Once the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the form " "and close the modal, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the form and " @@ -17392,72 +19012,72 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A milestone form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:320 msgid "Public holidays" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 msgid "" "To observe public or national holidays, and provide extra days off as " "holidays to employees, configure the observed *public holidays* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 msgid "" "It is important to configure these days in Odoo, so employees are aware of " "the days they have off, and do not request time off on days that are already" " set as a public holiday (non-working days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 msgid "" "Additionally, all public holidays configured in the *Time Off* app are also " "reflected in any app that uses working schedules, such as *Calendar*, " "*Planning*, *Manufacturing*, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:331 msgid "" "Due to Odoo's integration with other apps that use working schedules, it is " "considered best practice to ensure *all* public holidays are configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:335 msgid "Create public holiday" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 msgid "" "To create a public holiday, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Public Holidays`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:340 msgid "All currently configured public holidays appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:342 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a new line appears at the bottom of " "the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:341 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 msgid "Enter the following information on that new line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:346 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the holiday." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:347 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, the current company " "populates this field by default. It is not possible to edit this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:351 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company` field is hidden by default. To view this field, " "click the two dots in the top-right corner of the list, to the far-right of " @@ -17465,7 +19085,7 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:355 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday starts. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -17476,7 +19096,7 @@ msgid "" "company's time zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:360 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday ends. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -17487,33 +19107,33 @@ msgid "" " zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 msgid "" "A company located in San Francisco operates from 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM, with an " "eight hour work day and one hour lunch break." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:370 msgid "" "For a user in New York, with a computer time zone set to Eastern Standard " "Time, a created public holiday displays a start time of 12:00 PM - 9:00 PM, " "accounting for the three hour time zone difference." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 msgid "" "Similarly, a user located in Los Angeles, with a computer time zone set to " "Pacific Standard Time, sees a public holiday time as 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: if the holiday should only apply to employees who" " have a specific set of working hours, select the working hours from the " "drop-down menu. If left blank, the holiday applies to all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:380 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: if using the *Payroll* application, this field " "defines how the :ref:`work entries ` for the holiday " @@ -17524,18 +19144,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The list of public holidays in the configuration menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:389 msgid "Mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 msgid "" "Some companies have special days where specific departments, or the entire " "staff, is required to be present, and time off is not allowed on those " "specific days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:394 msgid "" "These types of days are called *mandatory days* in Odoo. These can be " "configured to be company-wide, or department specific. When configured, " @@ -17543,35 +19163,35 @@ msgid "" "off requests for these mandatory days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:399 msgid "Create mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 msgid "" "No mandatory days are configured in Odoo by default. To create a mandatory " "day, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> " "Mandatory Days`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:404 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner, and a blank line " "appears in the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:408 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the mandatory day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, this field is visible, " "and the current company populates this field by default. Using the drop-down" " menu, select the company the mandatory day is for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:412 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Departments`: this column is hidden by default. First, click the " ":guilabel:`(optional columns)` icon in the top-right corner, next to " @@ -17579,33 +19199,33 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Departments` to reveal that column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 msgid "" "Next, select the desired departments from the drop-down menu. Multiple " "departments can be selected, and there is no limit to the amount of " "departments that can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:419 msgid "" "If this field is left blank, the mandatory day applies to the entire " "company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day starts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:421 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day ends. If creating a single mandatory day, the end date should " "be the same as the start date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: if desired, select a color from the available presented " "options. If no color is desired, select the `No color` option, represented " @@ -17618,11 +19238,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Mandatory Days section with three configured days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:435 msgid "Allocate time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:437 msgid "" "Once time off types and accrual plans have been configured, the next step is" " to allocate, or give, time off to employees. This section is only visible " @@ -17630,44 +19250,44 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 msgid "" "To create a new allocation, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Management --> Allocations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:444 msgid "" "This presents a list of all current allocations, including their respective " "statuses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:446 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`New` to allocate time off, and a blank allocation form " "appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 msgid "" "After entering a name for the allocation on the first blank field of the " "form, enter the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:451 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of time" " off that is being allocated to the employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`: select either :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` or" " :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`. If the allocation is **not** based on an " "accrual plan, select :guilabel:`Regular Allocation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:456 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Plan`: if :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for " "the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, the :guilabel:`Accrual Plan` field appears." @@ -17676,7 +19296,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:460 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period/Start Date`: if :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` is" " selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, this field is labeled " @@ -17685,7 +19305,7 @@ msgid "" "Date`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:465 msgid "" "The current date populates the first date field by default. To select " "another date, click on the pre-populated date to reveal a popover calendar " @@ -17693,20 +19313,20 @@ msgid "" "the date to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:469 msgid "" "If the allocation expires, select the expiration date in the next date " "field. If the time off does *not* expire, leave the second date field blank." " `No Limit` appears in the field if no date is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:473 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation " "Type`, this second field is labeled :guilabel:`Run until`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time that is being allocated to " "the employees. This field displays the time in either :guilabel:`Hours` or " @@ -17714,7 +19334,7 @@ msgid "" "` is configured (in hours or days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:478 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how the allocation is " "assigned. This selection determines who receives the time off allocation. " @@ -17722,32 +19342,32 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Department`, or :guilabel:`By Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 msgid "" "Depending on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Mode`, this following field" " is labeled either: :guilabel:`Employees`, :guilabel:`Company`, " ":guilabel:`Department`, or :guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 msgid "" "Using the drop-down menu, indicate the specific employees, company, " "department, or employee tags who are receiving this time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 msgid "" "Multiple selections can be made for either :guilabel:`Employees` or " ":guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:490 msgid "" "Only one selection can be made for the :guilabel:`Company` or " ":guilabel:`Department`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:491 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: if any description or note is necessary to " "explain the time off allocation, enter it in this field at the bottom of the" @@ -17760,158 +19380,11 @@ msgid "" "granted to all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:499 -msgid "Request time off" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Once an employee has been allocated time off, a request to use the time off " -"can be submitted. Time off can be requested in one of two ways, either from " -"the :ref:`dashboard ` or from the :ref:`My Time Off " -"` view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:505 -msgid "" -"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " -"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " -"Off` list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:509 -msgid "" -"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " -"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" -" form appears in a modal. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` " -"list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:514 -msgid "" -"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " -"form:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:516 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " -"the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:517 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " -"two fields to populate, the start and end dates. Click on either date field " -"and a popover calendar appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 -msgid "" -"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " -"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " -"applicable)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:523 -msgid "" -"If the time off requested is for a single day, click on the start date, then" -" click the same date again for the end date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:526 -msgid "" -"When the correct dates are selected/highlighted, click the :guilabel:`Apply`" -" button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:528 -msgid "" -"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " -"field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 -msgid "" -"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" -" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:533 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, check this " -"box. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " -"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " -"day is being requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:537 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " -"day, check this box. A :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` field appears " -"beneath this option, if selected. Using the drop-down menu, select the start" -" and end time for the time off request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " -":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " -"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " -"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " -"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:545 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " -"should include any details that managers and approvers may need in order to " -"approve the request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:547 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachments of documents. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " -"appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:551 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the desired files to attach, select them, then click the " -":guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off request form." -" Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:554 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:604 -msgid "" -"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " -"request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:557 -msgid "" -"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " -"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " -"be saved manually at any time by clicking the *save manually* button, " -"represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " -"with the flu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:502 msgid "Request allocation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:504 msgid "" "If an employee has used all their time off, or is going to run out of time " "off, they can request an allocation for additional time. Allocations can be " @@ -17920,7 +19393,7 @@ msgid "" " view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:508 msgid "" "To create a new allocation request, click either the :guilabel:`New " "Allocation Request` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the " @@ -17928,7 +19401,7 @@ msgid "" "buttons open a new allocation request form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:513 msgid "" "Both :guilabel:`New` buttons open a :guilabel:`New Allocation` request form," " but when requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, the form appears in a " @@ -17936,20 +19409,20 @@ msgid "" "screen navigates to a new allocation request page, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:518 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Allocation` request " "form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested for " "the allocation from the drop-down menu. After a selection is made, the title" " updates with the time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:522 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period`: this field **only** appears if requesting an " "allocation with a time off type that has the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` " @@ -17958,18 +19431,18 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` field is set to :guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:527 msgid "" "Using the calendar selector, select a start and end date the allocation is " "valid for. By default, the current date populates the first field, and " ":guilabel:`No Limit` populates the second field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 msgid "Adjust both of these dates, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:531 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time being requested in this " "field. The format is presented in either days or hours, depending on how the" @@ -17977,14 +19450,21 @@ msgid "" "allocation request is updated to include the amount of time being requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:535 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: enter a description for the allocation request." " This should include any details that managers and approvers may need in " "order to approve the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:538 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 msgid "" "If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Allocations` list view, the" " information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " @@ -17998,11 +19478,11 @@ msgid "" "sick time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:553 msgid "Management" msgstr "Verwaltung" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:555 msgid "" "Time off and allocation requests typically undergo an approval process " "before being granted. Requests either need one or two approvals, if any, " @@ -18011,17 +19491,17 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:560 msgid "" "Only users who can approve allocation and time off requests have the " ":guilabel:`Management` section visible in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:566 msgid "Manage time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 msgid "" "To view time off requests that need approval, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Management --> Time Off`. The only time off" @@ -18030,7 +19510,7 @@ msgid "" "in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:573 msgid "" "The default filter in the :guilabel:`Time Off` list is `Waiting For Me`. " "This only presents time off requests that need to be approved for current " @@ -18038,7 +19518,7 @@ msgid "" " or :guilabel:`Second Approval`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:643 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:577 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented time off requests. Since only time off requests that need to be " @@ -18048,28 +19528,28 @@ msgid "" "appear on the left side of the screen, under :guilabel:`Departments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 msgid "" "If there are no requests that fall under one of the status options or " "departments, that status or department is **not** visible on the left-side " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:587 msgid "" "To display time off requests for specific departments only, click on the " ":guilabel:`Department` on the left-hand side. Only requests within the " "selected department are then presented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:656 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:657 msgid "" "The status column displays the status of each request, with the status " "highlighted in a specific color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` and :guilabel:`Second Approval` requests are " "highlighted in yellow and are the only ones that appear in the list by " @@ -18079,7 +19559,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:665 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:599 msgid "" "To approve a time off request, click the :guilabel:`👍 Approve` button at the" " end of the line. To validate a time off request that has already been " @@ -18094,7 +19574,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:608 msgid "" "For more details, click anywhere on the time off request line (except for " "the :guilabel:`👍 Approve`, :guilabel:`✔️ Validate`, and :guilabel:`✖️ " @@ -18102,24 +19582,24 @@ msgid "" "of the user, changes can be made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:612 msgid "" "To modify the request, make any desired changes to the form. All changes are" " automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:614 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Approve` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button " "to refuse the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:684 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:620 msgid "Manage allocations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:686 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:622 msgid "" "To view allocations that need approval, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off" " app --> Management --> Allocations`. The only allocations visible on this " @@ -18127,7 +19607,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:627 msgid "" "The default filters that are configured to be in place when navigating to " "the :guilabel:`Allocations` list are :guilabel:`My Team` and " @@ -18135,13 +19615,13 @@ msgid "" "team (who they manage) and active employees. Inactive users are not shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented allocation requests." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:635 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Status` options are :guilabel:`To Approve`, " ":guilabel:`Refused`, and :guilabel:`Approved`. Click on a specific " @@ -18149,14 +19629,14 @@ msgid "" "allocation requests, click :guilabel:`All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 msgid "" "It is also possible to display allocation requests by department. Click on " "the :guilabel:`Department` in the left side of the screen to only present " "allocations for that specific department." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:644 msgid "" "The groupings on the left side only present allocation requests that fall " "under the default filters of :guilabel:`My Team` and :guilabel:`Active " @@ -18164,34 +19644,34 @@ msgid "" "filters are presented on the left side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:712 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:648 msgid "" "For example, if there are no requests with a status of :guilabel:`To " "Submit`, that status option does not appear in the left-hand side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:651 msgid "" "All departments for the user's employees appear in the list. If there are no" " allocation requests that fall under that department matching the pre-" "configured filters, the list is blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:654 msgid "" "It is always possible to remove any of the pre-configured filters, by " "clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon on the specific filter to remove " "it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:660 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, " ":guilabel:`Approved` requests are highlighted in green, and the " ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:663 msgid "" "To approve an allocation request, click the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` button at" " the end of the line. To refuse a request, click the :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` " @@ -18203,28 +19683,28 @@ msgid "" "Allocations with the filter, groupings, and status sections highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:670 msgid "" "If more details are needed, click anywhere on the allocation request line " "(except for the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` buttons) to" " view the request in detail." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:673 msgid "" "Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be made to the allocation " "request form that appears. To modify the request, make any desired changes " "to the form. All changes are automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:741 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:677 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Validate` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button" " to refuse the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:683 msgid "" "To view a color-coded schedule of the user's time off, and/or of the team " "managed by them, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Overview`. " @@ -18232,7 +19712,7 @@ msgid "" "view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:687 msgid "" "To change the time period displayed, click on the :guilabel:`Month` button " "to reveal a drop-down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -18240,7 +19720,7 @@ msgid "" "corresponding view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 msgid "" "To navigate forward or backward in time, in the selected increment " "(:guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, etc.), click the :guilabel:`← (left " @@ -18248,44 +19728,44 @@ msgid "" " that specified amount of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:695 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Month` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by" " one month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:697 msgid "" "To return to a view containing the current day, click the :guilabel:`Today` " "button at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 msgid "" "Team members are listed alphabetically on individual lines, and their " "requested time off, regardless of the status (*validated* or *to approve*), " "is visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:766 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:702 msgid "" "Each employee is color-coded. The employee's color is selected at random, " "and does *not* correspond to the type of time off they requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:705 msgid "" "The status of the time off is represented by the color detail of the " "request, either appearing solid (*validated*) or striped (*to approve*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 msgid "" "The number of days or hours requested is written on the request (if there is" " enough space)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:710 msgid "" "At the bottom of the calendar, in the :guilabel:`Total` line, a bar graph " "shows how many people are projected to be out on any given day. The number " @@ -18293,7 +19773,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:778 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:714 msgid "" "Click on a time off entry to view the details for the specific time off " "entry. The total number of hours or days are listed, along with the start " @@ -18305,21 +19785,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview of the user's team, with time off requests shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:723 msgid "My time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:725 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`My Time` section of the *Time Off* application contains the " "time off dashboard, as well as the user's time off requests and allocations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:795 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:731 msgid "Dashboard" msgstr "Dashboard" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:733 msgid "" "All users have access to the time off dashboard, which is the default view " "in the *Time Off* application. The dashboard can also be accessed at any " @@ -18327,38 +19807,38 @@ msgid "" "My Time --> Dashboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 msgid "" "The current year is displayed, and the current day is highlighted in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:739 msgid "" "To change the view, click on the :guilabel:`Year` button to reveal a drop-" "down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, or " ":guilabel:`Month` to present the calendar in that corresponding view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:743 msgid "" "To change the presented dates, click the :guilabel:`← (left arrow)` or " ":guilabel:`→ (right arrow)` icons to the left of the :guilabel:`Year` " "button. The calendar view adjusts in increments of the presented view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:811 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Year` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by " "one year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:813 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:749 msgid "" "To change the view at any point to a view that includes the current date, " "click the :guilabel:`Today` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:816 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:752 msgid "" "Above the calendar view is a summary of the user's time off balances. Every " "time off type that has been allocated appears in its own summary box. Each " @@ -18367,7 +19847,7 @@ msgid "" "applicable)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:757 msgid "" "To view the full details of a time off balance, click the :guilabel:`? " "(question mark)` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`(DAYS/HOURS) AVAILABLE` " @@ -18381,7 +19861,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A view of the complete time off balance details in the popover window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:767 msgid "" "A user is also able to see how much time off they will have accrued in the " "future. On the right side of the time off summary blocks, there is a " @@ -18389,7 +19869,7 @@ msgid "" "selector popover appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:771 msgid "" "The current date is the default date selected. Navigate to the desired date," " and Odoo displays the time off balances the user will have on that date. " @@ -18398,14 +19878,14 @@ msgid "" "of the date field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:840 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:776 msgid "" "On the right side of the calendar, the various time off types are displayed," " with their corresponding colors. The :guilabel:`Legend` explains how the " "various statuses for time off requests are presented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:780 msgid "" "Time off that has been validated appears in a solid color (in the color " "specified in the :guilabel:`Time Off Type` section above the " @@ -18414,19 +19894,19 @@ msgid "" "line through the dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:849 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:785 msgid "" -"New time off requests can be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :ref:`New Time Off" -" ` modal appears." +"New time off requests can be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. Click the " +":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :doc:`New Time Off" +" <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:852 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 msgid "" -"New allocation requests can also be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the dashboard to " -"request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation ` modal appears." +"New allocation requests can also be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard` to request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation " +"` modal appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 @@ -18435,56 +19915,56 @@ msgid "" "buttons highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:863 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:800 msgid "My time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:865 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:802 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`. Here, all time " "off requests, both past and present, appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:868 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:805 msgid "" "The list includes the following information for each request: the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Start Date`, " ":guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and the :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:872 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:809 msgid "" "A new time off request can be made from this view. Click the :guilabel:`New`" -" button to :ref:`request time off `." +" button to :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:878 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:815 msgid "My allocations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:817 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's allocations, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Allocations`. All " "allocations and requested allocations appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:820 msgid "" "The information presented on the :guilabel:`My Allocations` page includes: " "the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Amount`, " ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`, and :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:824 msgid "" "A new allocation request can be made from this view, as well. Click the " ":guilabel:`New` button to :ref:`request an allocation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:895 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:832 msgid "" "The reporting feature allows users to view time off for their team, either " "by employee or type of time off. This allows users to see which employees " @@ -18492,7 +19972,7 @@ msgid "" "types are being used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:899 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:836 msgid "" "Any report can be added to a spreadsheet through the *Insert in Spreadsheet*" " button that appears in the top-left of a report. If the *Documents* " @@ -18500,31 +19980,31 @@ msgid "" "appears. If not, the report can be added to a *Dashboard*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:841 msgid "By employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:843 msgid "" "To view a report of employee time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Employee`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:846 msgid "" "The default report presents the current year's data in a list view, " "displaying all the employees in alphabetical order. Each employee's line is " "collapsed by default. To expand a line, click anywhere on the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:913 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:850 msgid "" "The view expands, and has the time off requests organized by time off type. " "Click anywhere on a time off type line to expand it, and view all the " "individual time off requests that fall under that type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:916 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:853 msgid "" "The information shown in the list includes: the :guilabel:`Employee` name, " ":guilabel:`Number of Days` off requested, the :guilabel:`Start Date`, " @@ -18535,7 +20015,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Report of time off, shown by each employee in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:861 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " @@ -18547,8 +20027,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The various other views highlighted, for the employee time off report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:933 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:870 msgid "" "When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " "particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports and their" @@ -18556,18 +20035,18 @@ msgid "" "documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:875 msgid "By type" msgstr "Nach Typ" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:940 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:877 msgid "" "To view a list of all time off, organized by time off type, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Type`. This shows all time" " off requests in a default bar chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:943 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 msgid "" "Hover over a bar to view the :guilabel:`Duration (Days)` of that specific " "time off type." @@ -18579,13 +20058,13 @@ msgid "" "highlighted in a red box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 msgid "" "Click on a bar to go to a detailed list view of all the time off requests " "for that time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:952 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:889 msgid "" "Each request is listed, with the following information displayed: the " ":guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Request Type`, " @@ -18593,10 +20072,174 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " "way. The various options are a :guilabel:`Graph` (the default view), " ":guilabel:`List`, or :guilabel:`Pivot` table." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:897 +msgid "" +"When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " +"particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports, and " +"their various options, refer to the :doc:`reporting " +"<../essentials/reporting>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:902 +msgid ":doc:`time_off/request_time_off`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Request time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once time off has been allocated to an employee, a request to use it can be " +"submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Time off can be requested in one of two ways: either from the main *Time " +"Off* application :guilabel:`Dashboard` (:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My " +"Time --> Dashboard`), or from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` dashboard view " +"(:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " +"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " +"Off` dashboard, in the default list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " +"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" +" form appears in a pop-up window. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time" +" Off` list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " +"form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " +"the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " +"two fields to populate: the start and end dates. Click on either date field " +"and a popover calendar appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " +"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " +"applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If only requesting time off for a single day, click on the start date, then " +"click the same date again for the end date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the correct dates are selected, click the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" +" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, tick this " +"checkbox. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " +"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " +"day is being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " +"day, tick this checkbox. If selected, a :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` " +"field appears beneath this option. Using the drop-down menu, select the " +"start and end time for the time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " +":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " +"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " +"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " +"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " +"should include any details that managers and approvers may need to approve " +"the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachment of documents. " +"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the desired files that should be attached, select them, then " +"click The :guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off " +"request form. Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information, and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " +"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " +"be saved manually at any time by clicking the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " +"with the flu." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 1cdbc808b..f46c2e93a 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2024\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory & MRP" -msgstr "Lager & Fertigung (MRP)" +msgid "Supply Chain" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 msgid "Barcode" @@ -942,7 +942,7 @@ msgstr "Lagerort-Barcodes" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:20 msgid "Location" msgstr "Standort" @@ -1881,14 +1881,16 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Los` im Pop-up für Detaillierte Vorgänge" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:16 @@ -1903,16 +1905,23 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Los` im Pop-up für Detaillierte Vorgänge" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:26 @@ -5029,6 +5038,8 @@ msgstr "" "Reiter :guilabel:`Lager` des Produktformulars angegeben ist." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:182 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Manuell" @@ -5142,15 +5153,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:214 msgid "" -"The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is four days," -" and the :ref:`purchase security lead time ` is one day." +"The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is " +"four days, and the :ref:`purchase security lead time " +"` is one day." msgstr "" -"Die :ref:`Lieferantenvorlaufzeit ` beträgt" -" vier Tage und die :ref:`Sicherheitsvorlaufzeit des Einkaufs " -"` beträgt einen Tag." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:218 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` field of the reordering rule is set to " "zero, the product appears on the replenishment dashboard five days before " @@ -5168,7 +5176,7 @@ msgstr "" "Die Grafik zeigt an, wann der Bedarf auf dem Auffüllungsdashboard erscheint:" " 27. Februar." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:226 msgid "" "To see the product on the replenishment dashboard for the current date, " "February 20, set the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` to `7.00`." @@ -5176,7 +5184,7 @@ msgstr "" "Um das Produkt auf dem Auffüllungsdashboard für das aktuelle Datum, den 20. " "Februar, zu sehen, setzen Sie das :guilabel:`Sichtbarkeitstage` auf `7,00`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:229 msgid "" "To determine the amount of visibility days needed to see a product on the " "replenishment dashboard, subtract *today's date* from the *date the need " @@ -5187,11 +5195,11 @@ msgstr "" "*heutige Datum* von dem *Datum, an dem der Bedarf* auf dem " "Auffüllungsdashboard *erscheint*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:232 msgid "Visibility~days = Need~appears~date - Today's~date" msgstr "Sichtbarkeitstage = Datum der Anzeige des Bedarfs - Heutiges Datum" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:237 msgid "" "Referring to the example above, today's date is February 20th, and the need " "for the product appears on February 27th." @@ -5199,11 +5207,11 @@ msgstr "" "Im obigen Beispiel ist das heutige Datum der 20. Februar, und der Bedarf an " "dem Produkt entsteht am 27. Februar." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:240 msgid "(February 27 - February 20 = 7 days)" msgstr "(27. Februar - 20. Februar = 7 Tage)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:242 msgid "" "Incorrectly setting the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` fewer than seven days in" " this case results in the need **not** appearing on the replenishment " @@ -5221,11 +5229,11 @@ msgstr "" "Anzeige des Auffüllungsdashboard mit den korrekt und inkorrekt eingestellten" " Sichtbarkeitstagen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:252 msgid "Route" msgstr "Route" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:254 msgid "" "Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected under the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it is possible" @@ -5237,7 +5245,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Einkaufen` als auch :guilabel:`Fertigung` auszuwählen und damit " "die Funktionalität beider Routen zu aktivieren." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:258 msgid "" "Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering " "rule. This is the route that the rule defaults to, if multiple are selected." @@ -5250,7 +5258,7 @@ msgstr "" "bevorzugte Route auszuwählen, navigieren Sie zunächst zu " ":menuselection:`Lager --> Konfiguration --> Nachbestellregeln`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:262 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Route` column is hidden on the " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` page." @@ -5258,7 +5266,7 @@ msgstr "" "Standardmäßig ist die Spalte :guilabel:`Route` auf der Seite " ":guilabel:`Nachbestellregeln` ausgeblendet." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:264 msgid "" "Reveal the :guilabel:`Route` column by selecting the :guilabel:`(slider)` " "icon to the far-right of the column titles, and checking the " @@ -5269,7 +5277,7 @@ msgstr "" "auswählen und die Option :guilabel:`Route` aus dem angezeigten Dropdown-Menü" " auswählen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:267 msgid "" "Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule, and a drop-down " "menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the " @@ -5283,7 +5291,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down." msgstr "Auswahl einer bevorzugten Route aus dem Drop-down." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:275 msgid "" "If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set " "for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the selected route " @@ -6235,7 +6243,7 @@ msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "Produktverfolgung" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:100 msgid "Assign serial numbers" msgstr "Seriennummern zuweisen" @@ -6261,7 +6269,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" @@ -6294,14 +6302,17 @@ msgstr "" "move-section>` auf einem Wareneingang" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:21 -msgid "when closing a manufacturing order" -msgstr "beim Schließen eines Fertigungsauftrags" +msgid "" +":doc:`during a manufacturing order " +"<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product>` for a " +"product tracked by lot/serial numbers" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:24 msgid "when making an inventory adjustment" msgstr "bei einer Bestandsaufnahme" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:32 msgid "" "Display the Detailed Operations smart button and bulleted list icon on a " "receipt." @@ -6309,7 +6320,7 @@ msgstr "" "Anzeige der intelligenten Schaltfläche „Detaillierte Vorgänge“ und das " "Symbol für die Aufzählungsliste auf einem Wareneingang." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:32 msgid "" "Display the **Detailed Operations** smart button and bulleted list icon on a" " receipt." @@ -6317,7 +6328,7 @@ msgstr "" "Anzeige der intelligenten Schaltfläche **Detaillierte Vorgänge** und das " "Symbol für die Aufzählungsliste auf einem Wareneingang." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:37 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers to products, activate the :guilabel:`Lots and " "Serial Numbers` feature in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " @@ -6327,7 +6338,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Los- und Seriennummern` unter :menuselection:`Lager --> " "Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:40 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of an item's product form, set the " ":guilabel:`Tracking` field to :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`." @@ -6336,13 +6347,13 @@ msgstr "" "Artikels das Feld :guilabel:`Nachverfolgung` auf :guilabel:`Mittels " "einzigartiger Seriennummer`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:44 msgid "" ":ref:`Enable serial numbers `" msgstr "" ":ref:`Seriennummern aktivieren `" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:45 msgid "" ":ref:`Track products by serial numbers " "`" @@ -6350,7 +6361,7 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Produkte mittels Seriennummer verfolgen " "`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:49 msgid "" "Next, enable creating new serial numbers by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`." @@ -6358,7 +6369,7 @@ msgstr "" "Als nächstes aktivieren Sie die Erstellung neuer Seriennummern, indem Sie zu" " :menuselection:`Lager --> Konfiguration --> Vorgangsarten` gehen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:52 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, select the desired operation " "type (e.g. :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, or " @@ -6378,11 +6389,11 @@ msgstr "" "Anzeige der Option „Neue erstellen“ bei der Vorgangsart „Eingänge“ " "ausgewählt ist." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:64 msgid "Detailed Operations" msgstr "Detaillierte Vorgänge" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:66 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned to products when entering stock for the first" " time, from the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` page on the receipt. " @@ -6395,7 +6406,7 @@ msgstr "" "können Sie zugreifen, indem Sie zu :menuselection:`Lager --> Vorgänge --> " "Eingänge` navigieren." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:71 msgid "" "Serial numbers can **not** be assigned to products on a request for " "quotation (RfQ) or purchase order (PO) — **only** on a receipt." @@ -6408,14 +6419,14 @@ msgid "Show the purchase order and the Receipt smart button" msgstr "" "Anzeige der Bestellung und der intelligenten Schaltflächen „Wareneingang“" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:78 msgid "" "Screenshot of a \"Purchase Order\" with the \"Receipt\" smart button at the " "top." msgstr "" "Screenshot der Bestellung mit der intelligenten Schaltfläche „Wareneingang“." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:80 msgid "" "To record an item's serial number before receiving the item, follow the " "steps in the next sections to assign serial numbers, but do **not** click " @@ -6428,7 +6439,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Validieren` des Wareneingangs, bis die Produkte vom Lieferanten " "erhalten wurden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:84 msgid "" "Assign a single serial number to a product by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` smart button on a receipt." @@ -6437,7 +6448,7 @@ msgstr "" "intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Detaillierte Vorgänge` auf einem " "Wareneingang klicken." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:87 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, manually type in the " "serial number for a single product." @@ -6451,7 +6462,7 @@ msgstr "" "Hinzufügen einer Zeile auf der Seite „Detaillierte Vorgänge“ eine Zeile für " "die Zuweisung von Seriennummern hinzu." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:94 msgid "" "When finished, click the receipt's breadcrumbs, and the assigned serial " "numbers are automatically saved." @@ -6459,7 +6470,7 @@ msgstr "" "Wenn Sie fertig sind, klicken Sie auf die Brotkrümel des Wareneingangs, und " "die zugewiesenen Seriennummern werden automatisch gespeichert." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:102 msgid "" "To generate new serial numbers in a sequence, click the :guilabel:`+ (plus)`" " icon in the :ref:`product line ` ausgewählt ist." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:113 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` pop-up window. The " ":guilabel:`Number of SN` field is auto-filled based on the product quantity " @@ -6504,11 +6515,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show Assign Serial numbers pop-up." msgstr "Anzeige des Pop-up „Seriennummern zuweisen“." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:125 msgid "Stock move pop-up window" msgstr "Pop-up-Fenster „Lagerbuchung“" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:127 msgid "" "For various methods of assigning serial numbers in bulk, click the " ":guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the :ref:`product line " @@ -6519,11 +6530,11 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Produktzeile `" " eines Wareneingangs." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:132 msgid "Add a line" msgstr "Zeile hinzufügen" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:134 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window that appears, manually " "input the serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." @@ -6536,11 +6547,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a line on the Stock move pop-up." msgstr "Pop-up „Lagerbuchung“, um eine Zeile hinzuzufügen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:142 msgid "Generate Serials" msgstr "Serien generieren" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:144 msgid "" "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Generate " "Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." @@ -6553,7 +6564,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show generate serials button." msgstr "Anzeige der Schaltfläche „Serien generieren“." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:151 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Generate Serial numbers` pop-up window, where " "the first serial number is entered in the :guilabel:`First SN` field to " @@ -6565,7 +6576,7 @@ msgstr "" "eingegeben wird, um eine Folge von Seriennummern zu generieren, die auf der " "ersten eingegebenen Seriennummer basiert." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:155 msgid "" "For more details on how to fill in this pop-up window, :ref:`refer to this " "section `." @@ -6573,11 +6584,11 @@ msgstr "" "Weitere Infos zum Ausfüllen dieses Pop-up-Fensters finden Sie :ref:`in " "diesem Abschnitt `." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:159 msgid "Import Serials" msgstr "Seriennummern importieren" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:161 msgid "" "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Import " "Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." @@ -6586,7 +6597,7 @@ msgstr "" "Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Serien/Lose importieren` im Pop-up-Fenster " ":guilabel:`Öffnen: Lagerbuchung` klicken." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:165 msgid "" "If the button is not visible, ensure the :guilabel:`Create New` option is " "selected in the :ref:`receipt's configuration page " @@ -6596,7 +6607,7 @@ msgstr "" "Option :guilabel:`Neue erstellen` auf der Konfigurationsseite des Eingangs " "` ausgewählt ist." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:168 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window. Enter each serial " "number on a separate line in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." @@ -6605,7 +6616,7 @@ msgstr "" " Sie jede Seriennummer in einer eigenen Zeile in das Textfeld " ":guilabel:`Lose/Seriennummern` ein." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:172 msgid "" "Copy/paste serial numbers from an existing excel spreadsheet and add them to" " the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." @@ -6617,7 +6628,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show excel sheet to copy serial numbers from." msgstr "Anzeige einer Excel-Datei zum Kopieren der Seriennummern." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:179 msgid "" "Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to add serial numbers to " "the list of products, and serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " @@ -6631,11 +6642,12 @@ msgstr "" "Lagerbuchung` hinzuzufügen. Um die Seriennummern in der Liste zu ersetzen, " "lassen Sie die Option :guilabel:`Aktuelle Zeilen beibehalten` unmarkiert." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:146 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Generate`." msgstr "Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Generieren`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:187 msgid "" "For a receipt with a :guilabel:`Demand` of `3.00` products, one product has " "already been assigned a serial number in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` " @@ -6645,7 +6657,7 @@ msgstr "" "wurde einem Produkt bereits eine Seriennummer im Pop-up-Fenster " ":guilabel:`Öffnen: Lagerbuchung` zugewiesen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:190 msgid "" "So, in the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window, two serial numbers, `124` " "and `125` are assigned to the remaining products by entering the following " @@ -6655,7 +6667,7 @@ msgstr "" "Produkten also zwei Seriennummern, `124` und `125`, zugewiesen, indem Sie in" " das Eingabefeld :guilabel:`Los-/Seriennummern` Folgendes eingeben:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:199 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option is selected to add these two " "serial numbers **in addition** to the serial number, `123`, that has already" @@ -6712,7 +6724,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr ":doc:`lots`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "Los- und Seriennummern aktivieren" @@ -6809,6 +6821,7 @@ msgstr "" " Buchstaben, typografische Symbole oder eine Mischung aus allen drei Arten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:343 msgid "Traceability" msgstr "Rückverfolgbarkeit" @@ -7466,6 +7479,7 @@ msgstr "" "für :guilabel:`Produktkategorien` festgelegt werden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:189 msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" msgstr ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" @@ -7507,11 +7521,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." msgstr "Nach Ablaufdaten auf Seite der Los- und Seriennummern gruppieren." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 msgid "Expiration alerts" msgstr "Ablaufwarnungen" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 msgid "" "To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." @@ -7519,7 +7533,7 @@ msgstr "" "Um Ablaufwarnung zu sehen, gehen Sie zur :menuselection:`Lagerapp --> " "Produkte --> Los-/Seriennummern`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:251 msgid "" "Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " "Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " @@ -7532,7 +7546,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Datumsangaben`, um alle Informationen zum Ablaufdatum der " "Produkte anzuzeigen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:255 msgid "" "To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " "form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " @@ -7543,7 +7557,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Ablaufdatum` auf das heutige Datum (oder früher) und klicken Sie " "auf :guilabel:`Speichern`, um die Änderungen zu speichern." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:259 msgid "" "After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " "Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " @@ -7556,7 +7570,7 @@ msgstr "" "bald ablaufen. Klicken Sie von hier aus zurück auf die Seite " ":guilabel:`Los-/Seriennummern` (über die Brotkrümelnavigation)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:263 msgid "" "To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " "are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" @@ -7567,7 +7581,7 @@ msgstr "" "Suchfilter aus der Leiste :guilabel:`Suchen ...` auf dem Dashboard " ":guilabel:`Los-/Seriennummern`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:267 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." msgstr "" @@ -7579,139 +7593,463 @@ msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "Ablaufwarnung für abgelaufenes Produkt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" -msgstr "Lose verwenden, um Produktgruppen zu verwalten" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" -" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " -"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" -" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." +msgid "Lot numbers" msgstr "" -"*Lose* sind eine der beiden Möglichkeiten, Produkte in Odoo zu " -"identifizieren und zu verfolgen. Ein Los bezeichnet in der Regel eine " -"bestimmte Charge eines Artikels, die eingegangen ist, gerade gelagert wird " -"oder aus einem Lager versandt wurde, kann sich aber auch auf eine Charge von" -" Produkten beziehen, die intern hergestellt wurden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:10 msgid "" -"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " -"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " -"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " -"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " -"lifecycles." +"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. They " +"typically represent a specific batch of products that were received, stored," +" shipped, or manufactured in-house." msgstr "" -"Die Hersteller weisen Produktgruppen, die gemeinsame Eigenschaften haben, " -"Losnummern zu; dies kann dazu führen, dass mehrere Waren die gleiche " -"Losnummer haben. Dies hilft bei der Identifizierung einer Reihe von " -"Produkten in einer einzigen Gruppe und ermöglicht eine durchgängige " -"Rückverfolgbarkeit dieser Produkte über jeden Schritt in ihrem Lebenszyklus." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:13 msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " -"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " -"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " -"expiration dates." +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products sharing common " +"properties, facilitating end-to-end traceability through their lifecycles." msgstr "" -"Lose sind nützlich für Produkte, die in großen Mengen hergestellt oder " -"erhalten werden (z. B. Kleidung oder Lebensmittel), und können verwendet " -"werden, um ein Produkt zu einer Gruppe zurückzuverfolgen. Dies ist besonders" -" nützlich bei der Verwaltung von Produktrückrufen oder Verfallsdaten." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:16 msgid "" -"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " -"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " -"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " -"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " -":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +"Lots are useful for managing large quantities of manufactured or received " +"products, aiding in tracing items back to their group, particularly for " +"product recalls or :doc:`expiration dates `." msgstr "" -"Um Produkte anhand von Losen zu verfolgen, muss die Funktion *Los- & " -"Seriennummern* aktiviert sein. Gehen Sie zur :menuselection:`Lagerapp --> " -"Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`, scrollen Sie nach unten zum Abschnitt " -":guilabel:`Rückverfolgbarkeit` und klicken Sie auf das Kästchen neben " -":guilabel:`Los- & Seriennummern`. Klicken Sie dann auf die Schaltfläche " -":guilabel:`Speichern`, um die Änderungen zu speichern." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 -msgid "Track products by lots" -msgstr "Produkte mittels Los verfolgen" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:26 msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " -"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " -"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " -"and choose a product." +"To track products using lots, enable the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature. Go" +" to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and tick the checkbox " +"next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`Tracking expiration dates `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:33 +msgid "" +":ref:`Print GS1 barcodes for lots and serial numbers " +"`" msgstr "" -"Nachdem die Einstellung :guilabel:`Los- & Seriennummern` aktiviert wurde, " -"können nun einzelne Produkte so konfiguriert werden, dass sie über Lose " -"verfolgt werden. Gehen Sie dazu in die :menuselection:`Lagerapp --> Produkte" -" --> Produkte` und wählen Sie ein Produkt aus." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " -"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " -":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " -"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +msgid "Track by lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, configure " +"individual products to be tracked using lots. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and choose a " +"product to configure." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie im Produktformular auf :guilabel:`Bearbeiten`, um Änderungen am " -"Formular vorzunehmen. Klicken Sie dann auf den Reiter :guilabel:`Lager`. " -"Klicken Sie im Abschnitt :guilabel:`Rückverfolgbarkeit` auf " -":guilabel:`Mittels Los`. Klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Speichern`, um die " -"Änderungen zu speichern. Vorhandene oder neue Losnummern können nun neu " -"eingegangenen oder hergestellten Losen dieses Produkts zugewiesen werden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:48 msgid "" -"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " -"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" -" lot numbers to the existing stock." +"On the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, select the :guilabel:`By Lots` option in " +"the :guilabel:`Tracking` field. Now, new or existing lot numbers can be " +"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`expiration_dates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, a warning message appears. Use an :doc:`inventory adjustment" +" ` to assign lot numbers to existing products in stock." msgstr "" -"Wenn ein Produkt vor der Aktivierung der Nachverfolgung nach Losen oder " -"Seriennummern auf Lager ist, muss möglicherweise eine Bestandsaufnahme " -"vorgenommen werden, um dem vorhandenen Bestand Losnummern zuzuweisen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." msgstr "Nachverfolgung mittels Los auf dem Produktformular aktiviert." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 -msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" -msgstr "Neue Lose für bereits vorrätige Produkte erstellen" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:58 -msgid "" -"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " -"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" -" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " -"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " -"automatically." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:65 +msgid "Assign lots for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -"Für Produkte, die bereits auf Lager sind und denen keine Losnummer " -"zugewiesen wurde, können neue Lose erstellt werden. Gehen Sie dazu in die " -":menuselection:`Lagerapp --> Produkte --> Los-/Seriennummern`, und klicken " -"Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu`. Daraufhin wird eine separate Seite angezeigt, auf " -"der automatisch eine neue :guilabel:`Los-/Seriennummer` generiert wird." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Assign new lot numbers to :ref:`incoming goods " +"` on the receipt form. When " +"shipping :ref:`outgoing goods `, select products with specific lot numbers on the delivery order " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:75 +msgid "On receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Assigning new or existing lot numbers to incoming goods can be done directly" +" on receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To begin, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app to `create and confirm " +"`_ a |PO| for products tracked " +"by lot numbers. Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button that " +"appears at the top of the page to navigate to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to an existing receipt by going to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, clicking the :guilabel:`Receipts` Kanban " +"card, and choosing the desired receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number triggers an " +"error, indicating that a lot number **must** be assigned before validating " +"the receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." +msgstr "Benutzerfehler-Pop-up zum Hinzufügen von Los-/Seriennummern" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:96 +msgid "" +"On the receipt form, on the product line in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, " +"select the |list| icon to the right of the product that is tracked by lot " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the bulleted list icon on the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, where the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` and :guilabel:`Quantity` are assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 +msgid "The two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **importing**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:109 +msgid "Manual assignment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"To manually assign lot numbers, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Input the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, :guilabel:`Store To` location for the lot, " +":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Destination Package`, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To assign multiple lot numbers, or store to multiple locations, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and type a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` for " +"additional quantities. Repeat until the total in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"column matches the :guilabel:`Demand` at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgstr "Pop-up für detaillierte Vorgänge zur Zuweisung von Losnummern." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:125 +msgid "Import lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:127 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, click :guilabel:`Import " +"Serials/Lots`, then paste the bulk lot numbers, in the " +":guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "Liste der Losnummern in Excel-Tabelle kopiert." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on *Google* spreadsheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 +msgid "Lot numbers copied to the lot number line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Lot numbers pasted to the \"Lots/Serial numbers\" field, in the **Import " +"Lots** pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to generate *additional* " +"lot numbers in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window. To replace " +"the lot numbers in the list, leave the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option" +" unticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` on the receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:200 +msgid "" +":ref:`Traceability report for lot numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:157 +msgid "On delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Odoo makes it possible to specify which lot numbers for a product are chosen" +" for outgoing shipment on a delivery order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To begin, create or select an existing quotation from the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app. After confirming the |SO|, the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button becomes available. Click the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt form for " +"that specific |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to delivery orders by going to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`" +" kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button opens the the delivery order " +"form, where lot numbers are picked for delivery. In the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab, click the |list| icon to the right of the " +"product that is tracked by lot numbers. Clicking that icon reveals a " +":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, the chosen lot number and its storage location is " +"displayed in the :guilabel:`Pick From` column, with the with the full " +":guilabel:`Quantity` taken from that specific lot (if there is enough stock " +"in that particular lot)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:179 +msgid "" +"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " +":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:183 +msgid "" +"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " +"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It also " +"depends on the ordered quantity, and whether the lot's on-hand quantity is " +"enough to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Repeat the above steps to select enough lots to fulfill the " +":guilabel:`Demand`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. " +"Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button on the |DO| to deliver the " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Popup for source lot number on sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:203 +msgid "Lot management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Manage and view existing lot numbers for products in the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` dashboard by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:208 +msgid "" +"By default, lot numbers are grouped by product, and selecting the drop-down " +"menu for each product displays the existing lot numbers. Select a lot number" +" to :ref:`modify or add details ` " +"linked to the lot. Lot numbers can also be :ref:`created " +"` from this page, by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 +msgid "Show the \"Lot/Serial Number\" dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Display lot numbers, grouped by products, on the **Lot/Serial Number** " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 +msgid "Modify lot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Clicking a lot from the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` dashboard reveals a " +"separate page where additional information can be provided about the lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to follow " +"the most recent number. However, it can be edited, by clicking the line " +"under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and changing the generated " +"number to any desired one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:233 +msgid "On the lot number form, the following fields can be modified:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:235 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: change the lot number linked to the " +":guilabel:`Product`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:236 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internal Reference`: records an alternative lot/serial number " +"used within the warehouse that differs from the one used by the supplier " +"manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company where the lot number is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:239 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: add extra details about the lot or serial number in" +" this text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:242 +msgid "" +"On existing lots, the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"fields **cannot** be modified, as the lot numbers are linked with existing " +"stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the lot number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:250 +msgid ":doc:`Set expiration dates for lots `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:253 +msgid "Add property" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:255 +msgid "" +"To add custom fields to lots for enhanced traceability, there are two " +"methods of adding properties on a lot number form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon at the top-left of the page," +" then select :icon:`fa-cogs` :guilabel:`Add Properties` from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a Property` button, located below " +"the existing fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Name and :doc:`configure the new field " +"<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`. Once finished, enter the " +"property value in the new field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The new property, `Wood type`, is added. The value is recorded as `Cherry " +"wood`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Show the \"Add Properties\" button on a lot number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:273 +msgid "" +":doc:`Configuring custom properties " +"<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 +msgid "Reserve lot number for a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:280 +msgid "" +"To create a lot number for a product, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lot/Serial Numbers`, and " +"click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Creating a lot number reserves it for a product but **does not** assign it. " +"To assign lot numbers, refer to the section on :ref:`assigning lot numbers " +"on receipts `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:289 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " "follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " -"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " -"and changing the generated number." +"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field " +"on the lot form, and changing the generated number." msgstr "" -"Während Odoo automatisch eine neue :guilabel:`Los-/Seriennummer` generiert, " -"um der letzten Nummer zu folgen, kann diese bearbeitet und in eine beliebige" -" Nummer geändert werden, indem Sie auf die Zeile unter dem Feld " -":guilabel:`Los-/Seriennummer` klicken und die generierte Nummer ändern." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:293 msgid "" "Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " "field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " @@ -7722,494 +8060,66 @@ msgstr "" "Wählen Sie in diesem Menü das Produkt aus, dem diese neue Nummer zugewiesen " "werden soll." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:72 -msgid "" -"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " -"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " -"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " -"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" -"website environment)." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:298 +msgid "The lot number, `000001`, is created for the product, `Drawer Black`." msgstr "" -"Dieses Formular bietet auch die Möglichkeit, die :guilabel:`Menge` " -"anzupassen, eine eindeutige :guilabel:`Interne Referenz` zu vergeben (zu " -"Zwecken der Rückverfolgbarkeit) und diese spezifische Los- oder " -"Seriennummernkonfiguration im Feld :guilabel:`Website` einer bestimmten " -"Website zuzuordnen (wenn Sie in einer Umgebung mit mehreren Websites " -"arbeiten)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 -msgid "" -"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " -"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." -msgstr "" -"Eine ausführliche Beschreibung dieser spezifischen Los- oder Seriennummer " -"kann auch im Reiter :guilabel:`Beschreibung` unten hinzugefügt werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:83 -msgid "" -"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " -"button to save all changes." -msgstr "" -"Wenn alle gewünschten Konfigurationen abgeschlossen sind, klicken Sie auf " -"die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Speichern`, um alle Änderungen zu speichern." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." msgstr "Erstellungsformular einer neuen Losnummer mit zugewiesenem Produkt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:304 msgid "" "After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " -"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" -" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " -"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." +"product, the lot number is saved as an existing lot number linked to the " +"product, and can be selected when :ref:`assigning lot numbers to products on" +" a receipt `, or when making an " +"inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -"Nachdem eine neue Losnummer erstellt, gespeichert und dem gewünschten " -"Produkt zugewiesen wurde, navigieren Sie zurück zum Produktformular in der " -":menuselection:`Lager`-App, indem Sie zu :menuselection:`Produkte --> " -"Produkte` gehen und das Produkt auswählen, dem diese neu erstellte Losnummer" -" gerade zugewiesen wurde." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:310 msgid "" -"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " -"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " -"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" -" assigned to it." +"After creating the lot number, `000001` appears as an option for `Drawer " +"Black` when assigning lot numbers on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` " +"page." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie im Detailformular des Produkts auf die intelligente Schaltfläche" -" :guilabel:`Los-/Seriennummern`, um die neue Losnummer anzuzeigen. Wenn eine" -" zusätzliche Menge dieses Produkts eingeht oder hergestellt wird, kann diese" -" neue Losnummer ausgewählt und zugewiesen werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:95 -msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" -msgstr "Lose für Warenein- und ausgänge verwalten" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " -"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " -"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " -"order form." -msgstr "" -"Losnummern können sowohl für **eingehende** als auch für **ausgehende** " -"Waren vergeben werden. Für eingehende Waren werden die Losnummern direkt auf" -" dem Formular der Bestellung vergeben. Für ausgehende Waren werden die " -"Losnummern direkt auf dem Formular des Verkaufsauftrags vergeben." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:104 -msgid "Manage lots on receipts" -msgstr "Lose für Wareneingänge verwalten" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " -"purchase order (PO)." -msgstr "" -"Die Zuweisung von Losnummern zu **eingehenden** Waren kann direkt aus der " -"Bestellung erfolgen." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:108 -msgid "" -"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " -"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." -msgstr "" -"Um eine Bestellung zu erstellen, gehen Sie zur :menuselection:`Einkaufsapp " -"--> Neu`. Es erscheint ein neues, leeres Formular für die Angebotsanfrage." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 -msgid "" -"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " -"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " -"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " -"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." -msgstr "" -"Füllen Sie auf dieser Angebotsanfrage die erforderlichen Informationen aus, " -"indem Sie einen :guilabel:`Lieferanten` hinzufügen und die gewünschten " -"Produkte in die :guilabel:`Produkt`-Zeilen eintragen, indem Sie auf " -":guilabel:`Produkt hinzufügen` (unter dem Reiter :guilabel:`Produkte`) " -"klicken." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " -"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie die gewünschte Menge des zu bestellenden Produkts, indem Sie die " -"Zahl in der Spalte :guilabel:`Menge` ändern." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " -"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " -":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " -"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." -msgstr "" -"Nachdem Sie die Anfrage ausgefüllt haben, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Auftrag" -" bestätigen`. Wenn die Anfrage bestätigt ist, wird sie zu einer Bestellung " -"und eine intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Wareneingang` erscheint. " -"Klicken Sie auf die intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Wareneingang`, um " -"zum Formular für den Lagerempfang zu gelangen." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " -"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" -"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " -":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " -"number being assigned." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie auf :guilabel:`Validieren` klicken, bevor Sie den bestellten " -"Produktmengen eine Losnummer zuweisen, erscheint ein " -":guilabel:`Benutzerfehler`-Pop-up. Das Pop-up verlangt die Eingabe einer " -"Los- oder Seriennummer für die bestellten Produkte. Die Angebotsanfrage kann" -" ohne eine zugewiesene Los- oder Seriennummer **nicht** validiert werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." -msgstr "Benutzerfehler-Pop-up zum Hinzufügen von Los-/Seriennummern" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:133 -msgid "" -"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " -":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " -"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " -"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie hier auf das Menü :guilabel:`Zusätzliche Optionen`, dargestellt " -"durch ein :guilabel:`Hamburger-Symbol (vier horizontale Linien)`, das sich " -"rechts neben der Spalte :guilabel:`Maßeinheit` im Reiter " -":guilabel:`Vorgänge` befindet.) Wenn Sie auf dieses Symbol klicken, wird ein" -" Pop-up-Fenster :guilabel:`Detaillierte Vorgänge` angezeigt." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:137 -msgid "" -"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " -"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " -"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." -msgstr "" -"Konfigurieren Sie in diesem Pop-up-Fenster eine Reihe von Feldern, " -"einschließlich der Zuweisung einer Losnummer, in der Spalte :guilabel:`Name " -"der Los-/Seriennummer` am unteren Rand des Pop-up-Fensters." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." -msgstr "" -"Losnummern können auf zwei Weisen zugewiesen werden: **manuell** und " -"**Kopieren/Einfügen**." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 -msgid "" -"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" -" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " -"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " -"quantity." -msgstr "" -"**Losnummern manuell zuweisen**: Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Zeile " -"hinzufügen` und wählen Sie in der Spalte :guilabel:`Bis` den Ort, an dem die" -" Produkte gelagert werden sollen. Geben Sie dann einen neuen " -":guilabel:`Namen der Losnummer` ein und legen Sie die :guilabel:`Erledigte` " -"Menge fest." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 -msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." -msgstr "Pop-up für detaillierte Vorgänge zur Zuweisung von Losnummern." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " -":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " -"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " -"the :guilabel:`Demand`." +msgid "Show how to assign lot numbers on the Inventory Adjustment page." msgstr "" -"Wenn die Mengen an mehreren Orten und in mehreren Losen verarbeitet werden " -"sollen, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Zeile hinzufügen` und geben Sie einen " -"neuen :guilabel:`Namen der Losnummer` für zusätzliche Mengen. Wiederholen " -"Sie diesen Vorgang, bis die :guilabel:`Erledigte Menge` mit dem " -":guilabel:`Bedarf` übereinstimmt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:155 -msgid "" -"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " -"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " -"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" -" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" -" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " -":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " -"entered in each of the lot number lines." -msgstr "" -"**Losnummern aus einem Arbeitsblatt kopieren/einfügen**: Füllen Sie eine " -"Tabellenkalkulation mit allen Losnummern, die Sie vom Lieferanten erhalten " -"haben (oder die Sie bei Erhalt manuell zuweisen). Kopieren Sie diese dann " -"und fügen Sie sie in die Spalte :guilabel:`Name der Los-/Seriennummer` ein. " -"Odoo erstellt automatisch die erforderliche Anzahl von Zeilen, die auf der " -"Anzahl der in der Spalte eingefügten Nummern basiert. Von hier aus können " -"die :guilabel:`Nach`-Orte und :guilabel:`Erledigte` Mengen manuell in jede " -"der Zeilen mit den Losnummern eingegeben werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 -msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." -msgstr "Liste der Losnummern in Excel-Tabelle kopiert." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." -msgstr "" -"Sobald allen Produktmengen eine Losnummer zugewiesen wurde, klicken Sie auf " -":guilabel:`Bestätigen`, um das Pop-up-Fenster zu schließen. Klicken Sie dann" -" auf :guilabel:`Validieren`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:168 -msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." -" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " -":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " -"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" -" assigned, and more." -msgstr "" -"Eine intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Rückverfolgbarkeit` erscheint nach" -" der Validierung des Wareneingangs. Klicken Sie auf die intelligente " -"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Rückverfolgbarkeit`, um den aktualisierten " -":guilabel:`Rückverfolgbarkeitsbericht` zu sehen, der Folgendes enthält: ein " -":guilabel:`Referenz`-Dokument, das :guilabel:`Produkt`, das zurückverfolgt " -"wird, die zugewiesene :guilabel:`Los/Serie #` und mehr." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:174 -msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" -msgstr "Lose auf Lieferaufträgen verwalten" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " -"sales order (SO)." -msgstr "" -"Die Zuweisung von Losnummern zu **ausgehenden** Waren kann direkt aus dem " -"Verkaufsauftrag (VA) erfolgen." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " -"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." -msgstr "" -"Um einen :abbr:`VA (Verkaufsauftrag)` zu erstellen, gehen Sie zur " -":menuselection:`Verkaufsapp --> Neu`. Es erscheint ein neues, leeres " -"Angebotsformular." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:181 -msgid "" -"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" -" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " -"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." -msgstr "" -"Füllen Sie in diesem leeren Angebotsformular die erforderlichen " -"Informationen aus, indem Sie einen :guilabel:`Kunden` hinzufügen und in den " -":guilabel:`Produkt`-Zeilen (im Reiter :guilabel:`Auftragspositionen`) " -"Produkte hinzufügen, indem Sie auf :guilabel:`Produkt hinzufügen` klicken." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:185 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` column." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie die gewünschte zu verkaufende Menge, indem Sie die Zahl in der " -"Spalte :guilabel:`Menge` ändern." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" -" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " -":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." -msgstr "" -"Nachdem Sie das Angebot ausgefüllt haben, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche " -":guilabel:`Bestätigen`, um das Angebot zu bestätigen. Wenn das Angebot " -"bestätigt ist, wird es zu einem :abbr:`VA (Verkaufsauftrag)`, und eine " -"intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Lieferung` erscheint." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:201 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " -"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf die intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Lieferung`, um das " -"Lagerscheinformular für diesen spezifischen :abbr:`VA (Verkaufsauftrag)` " -"anzuzeigen." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 -msgid "" -"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " -"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " -":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " -"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie hier auf das Menü :guilabel:`Zusätzliche Optionen`, dargestellt " -"durch ein `Hamburger`-Symbol (vier horizontale Linien), das sich rechts " -"neben der Spalte :guilabel:`Maßeinheit` im Reiter :guilabel:`Vorgänge` " -"befindet.) Wenn Sie auf dieses Symbol klicken, wird ein Pop-up-Fenster " -":guilabel:`Detaillierte Vorgänge` angezeigt." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:198 -msgid "" -"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " -"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" -" there is enough stock in that particular lot)." -msgstr "" -"In dem Pop-up-Fenster wird standardmäßig eine :guilabel:`Los-/Seriennummer` " -"ausgewählt, wobei die gesamte :guilabel:`Reservierte` Menge aus diesem " -"speziellen Los entnommen wird (sofern der Bestand in diesem speziellen Los " -"ausreichend ist)." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:202 -msgid "" -"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " -":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " -"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " -"total quantity." -msgstr "" -"Wenn der Bestand in diesem Los nicht ausreicht oder wenn Teilmengen des " -":guilabel:`Bedarfs` aus mehreren Losen entnommen werden sollen, ändern Sie " -"die Menge in der Spalte :guilabel:`Erledigt` so, dass sie nur diesen " -"spezifischen Teil der Gesamtmenge umfasst." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:207 -msgid "" -"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " -"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " -"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " -"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " -"lot to fulfill the order." -msgstr "" -"Das automatisch für Lieferaufträge gewählte Los variiert je nach gewählter " -"Entnahmestrategie (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In," -" First Out)`, oder :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). Dies hängt auch " -"von der bestellten Menge ab und davon, ob die Menge in einem Los ausreicht, " -"um den Auftrag zu erfüllen." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:213 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" -msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:215 -msgid "" -"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " -"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" -" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Zeile hinzufügen`, wählen Sie eine " -"zusätzliche (andere) :guilabel:`Los-/Seriennummer`, übernehmen Sie die " -"restlichen :guilabel:`Erledigten` Mengen und klicken Sie auf " -":guilabel:`Bestätigen`, um das Pop-up zu schließen. Klicken Sie abschließend" -" auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Validieren`, um die Produkte zu liefern." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." -msgstr "" -"Detailliertes Vorgangs-Pop-up für die Referenzlosnummer im Verkaufsauftrag." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 -msgid "" -"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " -"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " -":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " -"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " -"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." -msgstr "" -"Eine intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Rückverfolgbarkeit` erscheint nach" -" der Validierung des Lieferauftrags. Klicken Sie auf die intelligente " -"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Rückverfolgbarkeit`, um den aktualisierten " -":guilabel:`Rückverfolgbarkeitsbericht` zu sehen, der Folgendes enthält: ein " -":guilabel:`Referenz`-Dokument, das :guilabel:`Produkt`, das zurückverfolgt " -"wird, die zugewiesene :guilabel:`Los/Serie #` und mehr." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:228 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" -" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " -"the same lot number." -msgstr "" -"Der :guilabel:`Rückverfolgbarkeitsbericht` kann auch einen " -":guilabel:`Referenz`-Beleg aus der vorherigen Bestellung enthalten, wenn die" -" Produktmengen dieselbe Losnummer haben." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:318 msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" msgstr "Lose für unterschiedliche Vorgangsarten verwalten" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:320 msgid "" -"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " -"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " -"be used." +"By default, new lots can only be created when receiving products, and " +"existing lot numbers cannot be used. For sales orders, only existing lot " +"numbers can be utilized, and new ones cannot be created on the delivery " +"order." msgstr "" -"In Odoo ist die Erstellung neuer Lose standardmäßig nur beim **Eingang** von" -" Produkten aus einer Bestellung möglich. **Bestehende** Losnummern können " -"nicht verwendet werden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:237 -msgid "" -"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" -" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." -msgstr "" -"Bei Verkaufsaufträgen ist das Gegenteil der Fall: Auf dem Lieferauftrag " -"können keine neuen Losnummern angelegt, sondern nur bestehende Losnummern " -"verwendet werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:324 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " "type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " -"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +"Operations Types`, and select the desired operation type." msgstr "" -"Um die Möglichkeit zu ändern, neue (oder bestehende) Losnummern für eine " -"beliebige Vorgangsart zu verwenden, gehen Sie zur :menuselection:`Lagerapp " -"--> Konfiguration --> Vorgangsarten`, und wählen Sie die gewünschte " -":guilabel:`Vorgangsart`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:328 msgid "" -"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " -"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " -"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" -" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " -":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" -" to save the changes." +"On the operation type form, under the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"section, tick the :guilabel:`Create New` checkbox to enable new lot numbers " +"to be created during this operation type. Choose :guilabel:`Use Existing " +"ones` if only existing lot numbers can be selected." msgstr "" -"Für :guilabel:`Eingänge`, zu finden auf der Seite " -":menuselection:`Vorgangsarten`, kann die Option :guilabel:`Bestehende " -"Lose/Seriennummern verwenden` aktiviert werden, indem Sie auf " -":guilabel:`Bearbeiten` klicken und dann das Kontrollkästchen neben der " -"Option :guilabel:`Bestehene verwenden` anklicken (im Abschnitt " -":guilabel:`Rückverfolgbarkeit`). Klicken Sie abschließend auf die " -"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Speichern`, um die Änderungen zu speichern." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:249 -msgid "" -"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " -"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " -"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " -"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." -msgstr "" -"Für :guilabel:`Lieferaufträge` kann die Option :guilabel:`Neue erstellen` " -"aktiviert werden, indem Sie auf :guilabel:`Bearbeiten` klicken und das " -"Kontrollkästchen neben der Option :guilabel:`Neue erstellen` anklicken. " -"Klicken Sie unbedingt auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Speichern`, um alle " -"Änderungen zu speichern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." msgstr "Aktivierte Rückverfolgbarkeitseinstellung auf Vorgangsartformular." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:337 msgid "" "For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " "useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" @@ -8219,21 +8129,14 @@ msgstr "" "werden, kann es sinnvoll sein, die Option :guilabel:`Bestehende verwenden` " "für Lagereingänge zu aktivieren." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "Rückverfolgbarkeit von Losen" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:345 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " -"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " -"stored, and who (and when) it went to." +"entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from, when it arrived, where it" +" was stored, who it went to (and when)." msgstr "" -"Hersteller und Unternehmen können anhand von Rückverfolgbarkeitsberichten " -"den gesamten Lebenszyklus eines Produkts nachvollziehen: woher (und wann) es" -" kommt, wo es gelagert wurde und an wen (und wann) es geliefert wurde." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:348 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " @@ -8244,7 +8147,7 @@ msgstr "" " Los-/Seriennummern`. Daraufhin wird das Dashboard " ":menuselection:`Los-/Seriennummern` angezeigt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:352 msgid "" "From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " @@ -8254,33 +8157,43 @@ msgstr "" "die erweitert werden können, um die Losnummern anzuzeigen, die diesen " "Produkten zugewiesen sind." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:355 msgid "" -"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " -"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " -":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " -"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." +"To group by lots, begin by removing any filters in the :guilabel:`Search...`" +" bar. Then, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(caret down)` icon to" +" open a drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` options," +" and :guilabel:`Favorites`. Under the :guilabel:`Group By` section, click " +"the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` option, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"Number` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -"Um nach Losen (oder Seriennummern) zu gruppieren, entfernen Sie zunächst " -"alle Filter in der Suchleiste. Klicken Sie dann auf die Drop-down-Liste " -":guilabel:`Gruppieren nach`, wählen Sie :guilabel:`Benutzerdefinierte Gruppe" -" hinzufügen` und wählen Sie :guilabel:`Los-/Seriennummer` aus dem Drop-down-" -"Menü. Klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Anwenden`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:361 msgid "" -"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " -"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." +"Doing so reorganizes all the records on the page to display all existing " +"lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded to show all quantities of " +"products with that assigned number." msgstr "" -"Auf diese Weise werden alle vorhandenen Los- und Seriennummern angezeigt und" -" können erweitert werden, um alle Mengen von Produkten mit der zugewiesenen " -"Nummer anzuzeigen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "Rückverfolgbarkeitsbericht für Los- und Seriennummern." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:369 +msgid "Traceability report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To view a full stock moves report for a lot number, select the lot number " +"line from the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Number` dashboard. On the lot number " +"form, click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the Traceability Report for a lot, that displays the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:380 msgid ":doc:`differences`" msgstr ":doc:`differences`" @@ -8986,6 +8899,144 @@ msgstr "" "die Anzahl der Einheiten in der Verpackung zur internen Anzahl des Produkts " "hinzugefügt." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:3 +msgid "Reassign lot/serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Changing a product's tracking settings to use lots or serial numbers, " +"*after* storing products in Odoo without them, can lead to inconsistent " +"records. Follow this documentation to learn how to use an inventory " +"adjustment to assign lot or serial numbers to products that were not " +"originally assigned lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Warning message: products in stock have no lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This document outlines the process of using two inventory adjustments: one " +"to remove incorrect records *without* lot numbers, and another to save the " +"quantities *with* the lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`Set up and use lot numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Set up serial numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Use serial numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:24 +msgid "Change on-hand quantity to zero" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To change the product's settings to track by lots or serial numbers, begin " +"by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and select the intended product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, click the product's :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button to open the " +":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. In the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"column, change the value to zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If the product is stored in multiple locations, make sure the **total** on " +"hand quantity at **all** locations is zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Show the Inventory Adjustments model, highlighting the \"On Hand Quantity\" " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:41 +msgid "Change traceability setting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Return to the product form (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Products`), and switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, change the :guilabel:`Tracking` option " +"from :guilabel:`No Tracking` to :guilabel:`By Lots` or :guilabel:`By Unique " +"Serial Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 +msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." +msgstr "Los- und Seriennummern aktivieren." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:56 +msgid "Restore on-hand quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:58 +msgid "" +"After manually changing the on-hand quantity to zero and changing the " +":guilabel:`Tracking` setting to lots or serial numbers, restore the " +"quantities by clicking the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button from the desired" +" product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:62 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Update Quantity` page, because the on-hand quantity had " +"been previously changed to zero, a :guilabel:`No Stock On Hand` warning " +"appears on the page. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" +"left corner. Doing so reveals a new, modifiable line on the " +":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. Then, input a desired lot number in the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` to its original value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Fill in the \"Lot/Serial Number\" and \"On Hand Quantity\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To find the original quantity, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"accordingly, after assigning a new lot or serial number, click the " +":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon in the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` column. Then, click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` " +"button on the far-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Show the \"History\" button on the Inventory Adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The inventory adjustment that changed the on-hand quantity to zero is " +"displayed in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:0 +msgid "Show the history entry." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "Seriennummern verwenden, um Produkte zu verfolgen" @@ -9175,6 +9226,14 @@ msgstr "" "Eine ausführliche Beschreibung dieser spezifischen Los-/Seriennummer kann " "auch im Reiter :guilabel:`Beschreibung` unten hinzugefügt werden." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save all changes." +msgstr "" +"Wenn alle gewünschten Konfigurationen abgeschlossen sind, klicken Sie auf " +"die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Speichern`, um alle Änderungen zu speichern." + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "Neue Seriennummer erstellt für bestehenden Produktbestand." @@ -9439,6 +9498,14 @@ msgstr "" "Zeilen :guilabel:`Produkt` (im Reiter :guilabel:`Auftragspositionen`) " "Produkte hinzufügen, indem Sie auf :guilabel:`Produkt hinzufügen` klicken." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie die gewünschte zu verkaufende Menge, indem Sie die Zahl in der " +"Spalte :guilabel:`Menge` ändern." + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:197 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" @@ -9451,6 +9518,28 @@ msgstr "" "bestätigt ist, wird das Angebot zu einem :abbr:`VA (Verkaufsauftrag)`, und " "eine intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Lieferung` erscheint." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " +"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf die intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Lieferung`, um das " +"Lagerscheinformular für diesen spezifischen :abbr:`VA (Verkaufsauftrag)` " +"anzuzeigen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie hier auf das Menü :guilabel:`Zusätzliche Optionen`, dargestellt " +"durch ein `Hamburger`-Symbol (vier horizontale Linien), das sich rechts " +"neben der Spalte :guilabel:`Maßeinheit` im Reiter :guilabel:`Vorgänge` " +"befindet.) Wenn Sie auf dieses Symbol klicken, wird ein Pop-up-Fenster " +":guilabel:`Detaillierte Vorgänge` angezeigt." + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:208 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " @@ -9929,6 +10018,8 @@ msgstr ":doc:`Verfolgung per Los-/Seriennummer `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:80 msgid "Create purchase order" msgstr "Bestellung erstellen" @@ -10278,12 +10369,12 @@ msgstr "" "Sendungsverfolgungsnummer und ein neues Etikett." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:160 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:161 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" msgstr ":doc:`multipack`" @@ -10569,7 +10660,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:124 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" msgstr ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" @@ -10809,8 +10900,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "Create a sales order" msgstr "Einen Verkaufsauftrag erstellen" @@ -10889,7 +10978,7 @@ msgstr "Halbseitiges FedEx-Versandetikett im Briefformat." msgid "Print shipping labels" msgstr "Versandetiketten drucken" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:8 msgid "" "Integrate Odoo with :doc:`third-party shipping carriers " "<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>` to automatically generate " @@ -10901,7 +10990,7 @@ msgstr "" "Versandetiketten zu erstellen, die Preise, Zieladressen, " "Sendungsverfolgungsnummern und Barcodes enthalten." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:15 msgid "" "To generate labels for a third-party shipping carrier, first :doc:`install " "the third-party shipping connector " @@ -10928,47 +11017,83 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set the \"Get Rate and Create Shipment\" option." msgstr "Einstellung der Option „Tarif erhalten und Sendung erstellen“." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:33 +msgid "Labels for multi-step" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"For companies using :doc:`two " +"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or :doc:`three step " +"delivery <../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, labels can be " +"triggered to print after validating the picking or packing operation. To do " +"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations " +"Types`, and choose the desired operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Operation Type` configuration page, tick the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` checkbox. Enabling this feature ensures that the " +"third-party shipping label is printed upon validating this operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:45 +msgid "" +"For :doc:`two-step delivery " +"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, where products are " +"placed directly in packages during picking, companies can print shipping " +"labels during picking instead of delivery. Odoo allows users to enable the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` feature on the `Pick` operation itself to achieve " +"this flexibility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:0 +msgid "Enable the \"Print Label\" feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:55 msgid "Print tracking labels" msgstr "Sendungsverfolgungsetiketten drucken" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:57 msgid "" -"Tracking labels are generated after the delivery order (DO) is validated." +"Tracking labels are printed when specific operations are validated. By " +"default, validating a delivery order (DO) generates a tracking label in the " +"chatter." msgstr "" -"Sendungsverfolgungsetiketten werden nach der Validierung eines " -"Lieferauftrags generiert." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:61 msgid "" -"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin on the " -":menuselection:`Sales app`, and proceed to the desired quotation to " -":ref:`add the shipping cost `, confirm the sales order, and validate the |DO|." +"For companies using two or three step delivery, refer to the :ref:`printing " +"labels for multi-step delivery ` section to learn how to print the label after validating a picking " +"or packing operation." msgstr "" -"Wenn sowohl die *Verkauf*- als auch die *Lager*-App installiert sind, " -"beginnen Sie mit der :menuselection:`Verkaufsapp` und gehen Sie zum " -"gewünschten Angebot, um :ref:`die Versandkosten " -"` hinzuzufügen, den " -"Verkaufsauftrag zu bestätigen und den Lieferauftrag zu validieren." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin in the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and proceed to the desired quotation or sales " +"order (SO). There, and :ref:`add the shipping cost " +"` to the order. Then, " +"navigate to the linked |DO| — or another operation type when using multi-" +"step delivery — to validate the operation and print the label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:71 msgid "" "If only the *Inventory* app is installed, create :abbr:`DOs (Delivery " -"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app , :ref:`add the " +"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, :ref:`add the " "third-party carrier ` in " "the :guilabel:`Carrier` field, and validate the |DO|." msgstr "" -"Wenn nur die *Lagerapp* installiert ist, erstellen Sie Lieferaufträge direkt" -" in der :menuselection:`Lagerapp` , :ref:`fügen Sie den Drittzusteller " -"` in das Feld " -":guilabel:`Transportunternehmen` ein und validieren Sie den Lieferauftrag." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:79 msgid "Add shipping on quotation" msgstr "Versand auf Angebot hinzufügen" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:81 msgid "" "To generate a tracking label for an order, begin by creating a quotation in " ":menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`, clicking " @@ -10985,19 +11110,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the \"Add Shipping\" button on the quotation." msgstr "Anzeige der Schaltfläche „Versand hinzufügen“ auf dem Angebot." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:89 msgid "" "In the resulting pop-up window, select the intended carrier from the " -":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. Clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` " -"displays the shipping cost for the customer, via the third-party carrier in " -"the :guilabel:`Cost` field." +":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Total Order " +"Weight` field is automatically populated, based on the :ref:`weight of " +"products in the order `. " +"Modify this field to overwrite the predicted weight, and use this weight to " +"estimate the cost of shipping." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie im daraufhin angezeigten Pop-up-Fenster da gewünschte " -"Transportunternehmen aus dem Dropdown-Menü :guilabel:`Versandmethode`. Wenn " -"Sie auf :guilabel:`Tarif erhalten` klicken, werden die Versandkosten für den" -" Kunden über den Drittanbieter im Feld :guilabel:`Kosten` angezeigt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Get Rate` to display the shipping cost for the " +"customer, via the third-party carrier in the :guilabel:`Cost` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 msgid "" "If clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` results in an error, ensure the " ":ref:`warehouse's address ` " "richtig konfiguriert sind." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:102 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the cost to the quotation, which is listed as " "the :ref:`configured delivery product " @@ -11028,25 +11157,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show \"Get rate\" pop-up window." msgstr "Anzeige des Pop-up-Fensters „Tarif erhalten“." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:112 msgid "" -"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, the shipping carrier is" -" specified in a delivery order's :guilabel:`Carrier` field of the " -":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." +"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, specify the " +":guilabel:`Carrier` by going to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, " +"navigating to the |DO|, and going to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." msgstr "" -"Für Benutzer, die die *Verkaufsapp* nicht installiert haben, wird der " -"Versanddienstleister im Feld :guilabel:`Transportunternehmen` im Reiter " -":guilabel:`Zusätzliche Infos` angegeben." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:0 msgid "Show the \"Additional Info\" tab of a delivery order." msgstr "Anzeige des Reiters „Zusätzliche Infos“ eines Lieferauftrags." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:123 msgid "Validate delivery order" msgstr "Lieferauftrag validieren" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:125 msgid "" "On a delivery order form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab to" " ensure the third-party shipping carrier has been added to the " @@ -11056,7 +11182,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Zusätzliche Infos`, um sicherzustellen, dass der Drittanbieter im" " Feld :guilabel:`Transportunternehmen` hinzugefügt wurde." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:129 msgid "" "If the *Sales* app is not installed, the third-party carrier is set in the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` field." @@ -11064,7 +11190,7 @@ msgstr "" "Wenn die *Verkaufsapp* nicht installiert ist, wird der Drittanbieter im Feld" " :guilabel:`Transportunternehmen` eingestellt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:132 msgid "" "After the items in the order have been packed, click :guilabel:`Validate` to" " get the shipping carrier's tracking number, and generate the shipping " @@ -11074,7 +11200,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Validieren`, um die Sendungsverfolgungsnummer des " "Versandunternehmens zu erhalten und das Versandetikett zu erstellen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:136 msgid "" "Create or select an existing delivery order by going to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and selecting the :guilabel:`Delivery " @@ -11084,7 +11210,7 @@ msgstr "" "indem Sie die :menuselection:`Lagerapp` aufrufen und die Karte " ":guilabel:`Lieferaufträge` auswählen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:139 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` number is generated in the " ":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab of the delivery order. Click the " @@ -11096,7 +11222,7 @@ msgstr "" "die intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Sendungsverfolgung`, um auf die " "Website des Versanddienstleisters zu gelangen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:143 msgid "The tracking label is found in PDF format in the chatter." msgstr "" "Das Sendungsverfolgungsetikett befindet sich im PDF-Format im Chatter." @@ -11105,7 +11231,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show generated shipping label in the chatter." msgstr "Anzeige eines generierten Versandetikett im Chatter." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:150 msgid "" "For multi-package shipping, one label is generated per package. Each label " "appears in the chatter." @@ -11113,8 +11239,8 @@ msgstr "" "Beim Versand mehrerer Pakete wird ein Etikett pro Paket erstellt. Jedes " "Etikett erscheint im Chatter." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:157 msgid "Sample label generated from Odoo's shipping connector with FedEx." msgstr "Beispieletikett aus Odoos Versandkonnektor mit FedEx." @@ -11389,11 +11515,282 @@ msgstr "" "einen weiteren Lieferrückstand zu erstellen. Führen Sie dazu einfach die " "gleichen Schritte aus wie bei der Erstellung des ersten Lieferrückstands." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:3 +msgid "Printable delivery PDFs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automatically print delivery-related PDFs documents and labels in Odoo, " +"containing package recipient details, contents, or handling instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The following PDFs can be configured to print upon validating an *Inventory*" +" operation (e.g. receipt, picking, delivery orders, quality checks):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:11 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery slip `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`Return slip `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:13 +msgid "" +":ref:`Product labels of items in the order " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:14 +msgid "" +":ref:`Lot and serial number labels `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:15 +msgid "Carrier labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:16 +msgid "Export documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:17 +msgid "Package Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:18 +msgid "Package label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To automatically print these forms, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`, and select the desired " +"operation type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick each of the desired options available " +"in the :guilabel:`Print on Validation` section to download the PDF of those " +"selected documents automatically after validating the :guilabel:`Operation " +"Type`. For details on what each of the checkbox options do, jump to the " +"related section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Print on Validation* option in the \"Pick\" *Operation Type*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:36 +msgid "Delivery slip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A *delivery slip* contains recipient and package details, usually placed " +"inside (or attached to) the package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:42 +msgid ":ref:`Picking list `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`Tracking label `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:45 +msgid "" +"After :ref:`enabling the Delivery Slip setting " +"` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " +"configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " +"operation type downloads a PDF of the delivery slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The delivery slip shows products, quantities, the delivery order reference " +"number, and the total order weight." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Example delivery slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:58 +msgid "Return slip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Print a *return slip* to include in a delivery for customer return packages." +" It identifies the return, links to the sales order, and includes item " +"details and customer information. It can also include specific return " +"instructions for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:64 +msgid "" +"After :ref:`enabling the Return Slip setting " +"` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " +"configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " +"operation type downloads a PDF of the return slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The return slip displays the company's return address, along with barcodes " +"for both the order and the return operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Example return slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:77 +msgid "Product labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Print *product labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " +"information, such as product name, barcode, and price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"After navigating to the intended operation type (:menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`), in the :guilabel:`Hardware` " +"tab, tick the :guilabel:`Product Labels` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Print label as:` drop-down menu visible, where" +" each product label can be printed as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`2 x 7 with price`: PDF displays product name, barcode, and price," +" fitting two rows and seven columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 2 x 7 with price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 7 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price, " +"fitting four rows and seven columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 4 x 7 with price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12`: displays product name and barcode. Fits four rows and " +"twelve columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 4 x 12." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price. " +"Fits four rows and twelve columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels`: prints labels in the Zebra Programming Language " +"(ZPL) containing the product name and barcode. Readable for Zebra printers " +"to automatically print labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels with price`: prints labels in the :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " +"Programming Language)` containing the product name, barcode, and price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Product labels can be manually printed from any delivery order, by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Print Labels` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:128 +msgid "Lot/SN Labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Print *lot/SN labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " +"information, such as product name, lot or serial number, and the barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To automatically print this PDF, navigate to the intended operation type's " +"options page (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations" +" Types`). Then, in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick the :guilabel:`Lot/SN " +"Labels` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per lot/SN`: PDF with labels for unique lot/serial " +"numbers in the order, including product name, lot/serial number, and " +"barcode. Fits four rows and twelve columns per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:150 +msgid "Labels for an order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per unit`: PDF with labels matching the quantity of " +"items, displaying the product name, lot/serial number, and barcode. Fits " +"four rows and twelve columns per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per lot/SN`: prints labels in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " +"Programming Language)`, containing the product name, lot/serial number, and " +"barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per unit`: prints labels with the quantity of " +"items in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming Language)`, containing the product " +"name, lot/serial number, and barcode." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "Scheduled delivery dates" msgstr "Geplante Lieferdaten" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 msgid "" "Accurately forecasting delivery dates is vital for fulfilling customer " "expectations. In Odoo, the *Inventory* app allows for comprehensive lead " @@ -11405,11 +11802,11 @@ msgstr "" "Konfiguration der Vorlaufzeiten und damit die Koordination und Planung von " "Fertigungsaufträgen, Lieferungen und Wareneingängen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:15 msgid "Lead time types" msgstr "Arten von Vorlaufzeiten" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:17 msgid "" "Different lead times for different operations can impact various stages of " "the order fulfillment process. Here's a summary of the types of lead times " @@ -11423,100 +11820,85 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show graphic of all lead times working together." msgstr "Anzeige der Grafik aller Vorlaufzeiten, die zusammenarbeiten." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "" -":ref:`Customer lead time `: The default " -"time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is the " -"number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the date " -"the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as *delivery" -" lead time*." -msgstr "" -":ref:`Kundenvorlaufzeit `: Der " -"Standardzeitrahmen für die Erfüllung von Kundenaufträgen. Die " -"Kundenvorlaufzeit ist die Anzahl der Tage zwischen dem Datum der " -"Auftragsbestätigung (Verkaufsauftrag) und dem Datum, an dem die Produkte aus" -" dem Lager versandt werden. Dies wird auch als *Liefervorlaufzeit* " -"bezeichnet." - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:24 msgid "" -":ref:`Sales security lead time `: " -"moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of days. " -"This serves as a buffer to allow the team ample time to prepare the outgoing" -" shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " -"process." +":ref:`Customer lead time `: " +"default time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is" +" the number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the " +"date the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as " +"*delivery lead time*." msgstr "" -":ref:`Sicherheitsvorlaufzeit für den Verkauf `: verschiebt das *geplante Lieferdatum* um eine bestimmte " -"Anzahl von Tagen nach vorne. Dies dient als Puffer, um dem Team ausreichend " -"Zeit zu geben, die ausgehende Sendung früher vorzubereiten und dabei " -"mögliche Verzögerungen im Abwickungsprozess zu berücksichtigen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:29 msgid "" -":ref:`Purchase lead time `: the number of " -"days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " +":ref:`Sales security lead time `: moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of " +"days. This serves as a buffer to allow ample time to prepare the outgoing " +"shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 +msgid "" +":ref:`Purchase lead time `: number" +" of days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " "products. It provides insight on the time it takes for products to arrive at" " the warehouse, facilitating effective scheduling and planning of supplier " "deliveries." msgstr "" -":ref:`Vorlaufzeit für Einkäufe `: die " -"Anzahl der Tage von der Bestätigung einer Bestellung bis zum Erhalt der " -"Produkte. Sie gibt Aufschluss darüber, wie lange es dauert, bis die Produkte" -" im Lager eintreffen, und erleichtert so die effektive Planung von " -"Lieferantenlieferungen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:39 msgid "" -":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` by a " -"specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders earlier " -"mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products that are" -" set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment report* " -"earlier, according to the specified number of days." +":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " +"by a specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders " +"earlier mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products " +"that are set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment " +"report* earlier, according to the specified number of days." msgstr "" -":ref:`Sicherheitsvorlaufzeit des Einkaufs `: verschiebt die Bestellfrist für eine Bestellung um eine " -"bestimmte Anzahl von Tagen. Dieser proaktive Ansatz, Bestellungen früher " -"aufzugeben, mindert das Risiko von Verzögerungen bei Lieferanten oder beim " -"Versand. So erscheint der Bedarf für Produkte, die auf Bestellung aufgefüllt" -" werden sollen, entsprechend der angegebenen Anzahl von Tagen früher im " -"*Auffüllbericht*." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:40 -msgid "" -":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: the number " -"of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date of " -"confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in Odoo), " -"and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished good." -msgstr "" -":ref:`Fertigungsdurchlaufzeit `: die Anzahl " -"der Tage, die für die Fertigstellung eines Fertigungsauftrags ab dem Datum " -"der Bestätigung benötigt werden. Diese Durchlaufzeit schließt Wochenenden " -"(arbeitsfreie Zeiten in Odoo) ein und wird verwendet, um ein ungefähres " -"Produktionsdatum für eine fertige Ware vorherzusagen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:45 msgid "" -":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " -"forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with " -":ref:`replenish to order `, the " +":ref:`Days to Purchase `: " +"days needed for the vendor to receive a request for quotation (RFQ) and " +"confirm it. It advances the deadline to schedule a |RFQ| by a specified " +"number of days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:49 +msgid "" +":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: " +"number of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date " +"of confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in " +"Odoo), and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished" +" good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:54 +msgid "" +":ref:`Days to prepare manufacturing order " +"`: number of days " +"needed to replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the " +"product. Either set one directly on the bill of materials (BoM), or click " +"*Compute* to sum up purchase and manufacturing lead times of components in " +"the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:60 +msgid "" +":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing " +"Order)` forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with" +" :ref:`replenish to order `, the " "security lead time makes the need appear earlier on the replenishment " "report." msgstr "" -":ref:`Sicherheitsvorlaufzeit für die Fertigung `: verschiebt das geplante Datum des :abbr:`FA " -"(Fertigungsauftrag)` um eine bestimmte Anzahl von Tagen nach vorne. In " -"Verbindung mit :ref:`Auffüllung nach Auftrag " -"` lässt die Sicherheitsvorlaufzeit" -" den Bedarf früher auf dem Auffüllbericht erscheinen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:69 msgid "Sales lead times" msgstr "Vorlaufszeiten des Verkaufs" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 msgid "" "Customer lead times and sales security lead times can be configured to " "automatically compute an *expected delivery date* on a :abbr:`SO (Sales " @@ -11528,7 +11910,7 @@ msgstr "" " Verkaufsauftrag berechnet wird. Das erwartete Lieferdatum sorgt für eine " "realistische *Lieferdaten*-Einstellung für Sendungen aus dem Lager." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:75 msgid "" "Odoo issues a warning message if the set delivery date is earlier than the " "expected date, as it may not be feasible to fulfill the order by that time, " @@ -11539,7 +11921,7 @@ msgstr "" "bis zu diesem Zeitpunkt zu erfüllen, was sich auf andere Lageroperationen " "auswirken würde." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:79 msgid "" "A :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` containing a `Coconut-scented candle` is " "confirmed on July 11th. The product has a customer lead time of 14 days, and" @@ -11559,7 +11941,7 @@ msgstr "" "Legen Sie *Lieferdatum* in einem Verkaufsauftrag fest. Aktiviert die " "Funktion Lieferfristen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:87 msgid "" "The following sections demonstrate how to automatically compute expected " "delivery dates." @@ -11567,11 +11949,11 @@ msgstr "" "In den folgenden Abschnitten erfahren Sie, wie Sie die erwarteten " "Liefertermine automatisch berechnen können." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:90 msgid "Customer lead time" msgstr "Kundenvorlaufzeit" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:92 msgid "" "Set the customer lead time on each product form, by navigating to the " "products page. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> " @@ -11587,7 +11969,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Kundenvorlaufzeit` die Anzahl der Kalendertage ein, die benötigt " "werden, um den Lieferauftrag von Anfang bis Ende zu erfüllen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 msgid "" "Set a 14-day customer lead time for the `Coconut-scented candle` by " "navigating to its product form. Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, type" @@ -11602,11 +11984,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set *Customer Lead Time* on the product form." msgstr "Einstellung der *Kundenvorlaufzeit* auf dem Produktformular." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:109 msgid "Sales security lead time" msgstr "Sicherheitsvorlaufzeit des Verkaufs" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:111 msgid "" "*Sales security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -11614,7 +11996,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Sicherheitsvorlaufzeit des Verkaufs* wird global für das Unternehmen unter " ":menuselection:`Lager --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen` eingestellt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:114 msgid "" "On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " "heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales`, and " @@ -11625,7 +12007,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Sicherheitsvorlaufzeit für den Verkauf` und klicken Sie auf das " "Kontrollkästchen, um die Funktion zu aktivieren." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. This security lead time is " "a buffer notifying the team to prepare for outgoing shipments earlier than " @@ -11635,7 +12017,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sicherheitsvorlaufzeit ist ein Puffer, der das Team darauf hinweist, dass es" " sich auf ausgehende Sendungen vor dem geplanten Datum vorbereiten soll." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales` to `1.00` day, pushes " "the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of a delivery order (DO) forward by one day. " @@ -11658,11 +12040,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ansicht der Konfiguration der Sicherheitsvorlaufzeit für den Verkauf aus den" " Verkaufseinstellungen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:131 msgid "Deliver several products" msgstr "Mehrere Produkte liefern" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:133 msgid "" "For orders that include multiple products with different lead times, the " "lead times can be configured directly from the quotation itself. On a " @@ -11675,7 +12057,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Weitere Informationen` und setzen Sie die " ":guilabel:`Versandbedingungen` auf:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`As soon as possible` to deliver products as soon as they are " "ready. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " @@ -11687,7 +12069,7 @@ msgstr "" "Hinzufügen des heutigen Datums und der kürzesten Vorlaufzeit der Produkte im" " Auftrag ermittelt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`When all products are ready` to wait to fulfill the entire order " "at once. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " @@ -11705,7 +12087,7 @@ msgstr "" "Anzeige des Felds *Versandbedingungen* im Reiter *Weitere Informationen* " "eines Angebots." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:150 msgid "" "In a quotation containing 2 products, `Yoga mat` and `Resistance band,` the " "products have a lead time of 8 days and 5 days, respectively. Today's date " @@ -11715,7 +12097,7 @@ msgstr "" "die Produkte eine Vorlaufzeit von 8 Tagen bzw. 5 Tagen. Das heutige Datum " "ist der 2. April." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:153 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Shipping Policy` is set to :guilabel:`As soon as " "possible`, the scheduled delivery date is 5 days from today: April 7th. On " @@ -11727,11 +12109,11 @@ msgstr "" "Wenn Sie hingegen :guilabel:`Wenn alle Produkte bereit sind` wählen, wird " "das geplante Datum auf 8 Tage von heute an festgelegt: 10. April." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:160 msgid "Purchase lead times" msgstr "Vorlaufzeit für den Einkauf" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 msgid "" "Automatically determining the dates on which to place orders from suppliers " "can help simplify the procurement process." @@ -11740,7 +12122,7 @@ msgstr "" "gemacht werden sollten, helfen bei der Vereinfachung des " "Beschaffungsprozess." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 msgid "" "Odoo calculates the supplier shipment *receipt date*, and :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` deadline, based on the required date the product is needed" @@ -11754,7 +12136,7 @@ msgstr "" "werden die Vorlaufzeiten des Lieferanten und die Sicherheitsvorlaufzeiten " "der Einkaufs berücksichtigt, um die Bestellfrist zu bestimmen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 msgid "" "This deadline is the date by which the order should be confirmed, in order " "to ensure timely arrival by the expected receipt date." @@ -11770,7 +12152,7 @@ msgstr "" "Visualisierung der Bestellfrist und des Eingangsdatums in Verbindung mit den" " Vorlaufzeiten der Lieferanten." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:178 msgid "" ":ref:`PO scheduling with reordering rules " "`" @@ -11778,11 +12160,11 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Bestellplanung mit Nachbestellregeln " "`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:181 msgid "Vendor lead time" msgstr "Vorlaufzeit des Lieferanten" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:183 msgid "" "To set a vendor lead time for orders arriving in the warehouse from a vendor" " location, begin by navigating to a product form through " @@ -11792,7 +12174,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lieferantstandort im Lager eingehen, navigieren Sie zunächst über " ":menuselection:`Einkauf --> Produkte --> Produkte` zu einem Produktformular." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:186 msgid "" "Next, select the desired product, and switch to the :guilabel:`Purchase` " "tab. In the editable vendor pricelist, click the :guilabel:`Add a line` " @@ -11807,7 +12189,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Preis`, der für das Produkt angeboten wird, und schließlich die " ":guilabel:`Liefervorlaufzeit`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:192 msgid "" "Multiple vendors and lead times can be added to the vendor pricelist. The " "default vendor and lead time selected will be the entry at the top of the " @@ -11817,7 +12199,7 @@ msgstr "" "werden. Der Standardlieferant und die Standardvorlaufzeit werden als " "oberster Eintrag in der Liste angezeigt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:196 msgid "" "On the vendor pricelist of the product form, the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " "Time` for the selected vendor is set to `10 days.`" @@ -11831,7 +12213,7 @@ msgid "Add delivery lead times to vendor pricelist on a product." msgstr "" "Hinzufügen der Liefervorlaufzeiten zur Lieferantenpreisliste eines Produkts." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:203 msgid "" "By setting the vendor lead time, the expected arrival date of the item is " "automatically determined as the date of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " @@ -11845,7 +12227,7 @@ msgstr "" " dass die Mitarbeiter im Lager benachrichtigt werden, wenn die Produkte " "**nicht** innerhalb des erwarteten Zeitrahmens eintreffen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 msgid "" "On a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` confirmed on July 11th, for a product " "configured with a 10-day vendor lead time, Odoo automatically sets the " @@ -11871,11 +12253,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Anzeige des erwarteten „Geplanten Datums“ des Produkts des Lieferanten." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:225 msgid "Purchase security lead time" msgstr "Sicherheitsvorlaufzeit des Einkaufs" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:227 msgid "" "*Purchase security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -11883,41 +12265,27 @@ msgstr "" "*Sicherheitsvorlaufzeit des Einkaufs* wird global für das Unternehmen unter " ":menuselection:`Lager --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen` eingestellt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:230 msgid "" -"On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " -"heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`, and" -" click the checkbox to enable the feature." +"On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " +"heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`." msgstr "" -"Suchen Sie auf der Konfigurationsseite unter der Überschrift " -":guilabel:`Erweiterte Planung` das Kästchen für " -":guilabel:`Sicherheitsvorlaufzeit für den Einkauf` und klicken Sie auf das " -"Kontrollkästchen, um die Funktion zu aktivieren." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in supplier " -"deliveries." +"deliveries. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Geben Sie dann die gewünschte Anzahl von Kalendertagen ein. Durch die " -"Konfiguration der Sicherheitsvorlaufzeit wird ein Puffer eingerichtet, um " -"mögliche Verzögerungen bei Lieferantenlieferungen zu berücksichtigen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:237 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase` to `2.00` days, " -"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by one day. In that " +"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by two days. In that " "case, if a product is initially scheduled to arrive on April 6th, with a " "two-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the receipt would be " "April 8th." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie die :guilabel:`Sicherheitsvorlaufzeit für den Einkauf` auf `2,00` " -"Tage setzen, verschiebt sich das :guilabel:`Geplante Datum` eines " -"Wareneingangs um einen Tag nach hinten. Wenn in diesem Fall ein Produkt " -"ursprünglich für die Ankunft am 6. April vorgesehen ist, aber mit einer " -"Sicherheitsvorlaufzeit von zwei Tagen, wäre das neue geplante Datum für den " -"Wareneingang der 8. April." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -11927,21 +12295,35 @@ msgstr "" "Ansicht der Sicherheitsvorlaufzeit für den Einkauf aus Lager > Konfiguration" " > Einstellungen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 +msgid "Days to purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To set up the *days to purchase* lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Advanced " +"Scheduling` section, in the :guilabel:`Days to Purchase` field, specify the " +"number of days required for the vendor to confirm a |RFQ| after receiving it" +" from the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Show \"Days to Purchase\" configuration in the Settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 msgid "Manufacturing lead times" msgstr "Fertigungsdurchlaufzeit" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:265 msgid "" "Lead times can help simplify the procurement process for consumable " "materials and components used in manufactured products with bills of " -"materials." +"materials (BoMs)." msgstr "" -"Durchlaufzeiten können dazu beitragen, den Beschaffungsprozess für " -"Verbrauchsmaterialien und Komponenten, die in gefertigten Produkten mit " -"Stücklisten verwendet werden, zu vereinfachen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:268 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the deadline to " "begin the manufacturing process to complete the product by the scheduled " @@ -11962,46 +12344,47 @@ msgstr "" "Visualisierung der Bestimmung des geplanten Datums eines Fertigungsauftrags " "anhand der Durchlaufzeiten." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 msgid "Manufacturing lead time" msgstr "Fertigungsdurchlaufzeit" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:279 msgid "" -"Configure the manufacturing lead time directly on the product form, by " -"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products`, " -"and select the desired product." +"Manufacturing lead times for products are configured from a product's bill " +"of materials (BoM) form." msgstr "" -"Konfigurieren Sie die Fertigungsdurchlaufzeit direkt im Produktformular, " -"indem Sie zur :menuselection:`Fertigungsapp --> Produkte --> Produkte` " -"navigieren und das gewünschte Produkt auswählen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:281 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product, specify the calendar days " -"needed to the manufacture the product in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead " -"Time` field." +"To add a lead time to a |BoM|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" +" --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM| to edit." msgstr "" -"Geben Sie im Reiter :guilabel:`Lager` des Produkts im Feld " -":guilabel:`Fertigungsdurchlaufzeit` die Kalendertage an, die zur Herstellung" -" des Produkts benötigt werden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:284 msgid "" -"Specify a 14-day :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead Time` for a product directly " -"in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product." +"On the |BoM| form, click the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. Change the value" +" (in days) in the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field to specify the calendar" +" days needed to manufacture the product." msgstr "" -"Geben Sie eine 14-tägige :guilabel:`Fertigungsdurchlaufzeit` für ein Produkt" -" direkt im Reiter :guilabel:`Lager` des Produkts an." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Manuf. Lead Time value specified on a product's Bill of Material form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:292 msgid "" -"View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form." +"If the selected |BoM| is a multi-level |BoM|, the manufacturing lead times " +"of the components are added." msgstr "" -"Ansicht der Konfiguration der Fertigungsdurchlaufzeit aus dem " -"Produktformular." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 +msgid "" +"If the |BoM| product is subcontracted, the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` can " +"be used to determine the date at which components should be sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:298 msgid "" "Establish a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, based on the " "*expected delivery date*, indicated in the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field " @@ -12011,7 +12394,7 @@ msgstr "" "dem *erwarteten Lieferdatum* basiert, das im Feld :guilabel:`Geplantes " "Datum` des Lieferauftrags angegeben ist." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:301 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field on the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`, is" @@ -12022,7 +12405,7 @@ msgstr "" "auf dem :abbr:`FA (Fertigungsauftrag)` ist, wird als *erwartetes " "Lieferdatum* abzüglich der Fertigungsdurchlaufzeit berechnet." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:305 msgid "" "This ensures the manufacturing process begins on time, in order to meet the " "delivery date." @@ -12030,31 +12413,26 @@ msgstr "" "Dadurch wird sichergestellt, dass der Fertigungsprozess rechtzeitig beginnt," " damit der Liefertermin eingehalten werden kann." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:307 msgid "" -"However, it's important to note that lead times are based on calendar days. " -"Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center capacity*" -" (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work center " -"simultaneously`)." +"However, it is important to note that lead times are based on calendar days." +" Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center " +"capacity* (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work " +"center simultaneously`)." msgstr "" -"Beachten Sie jedoch auch, dass die Durchlaufzeiten auf Kalendertagen " -"basieren. Die Durchlaufzeiten berücksichtigen **nicht** Wochenenden, " -"Feiertage oder die *Arbeitsplatzkapazität* (:dfn:`die Anzahl der Vorgänge, " -"die an dem Arbeitsplatz gleichzeitig ausgeführt werden können`)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 -msgid ":ref:`Manufacturing planning `" -msgstr ":ref:`Fertigungsplanung `" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 msgid "" -":ref:`Configure automatic MO scheduling with reordering rules " -"`" +":doc:`Manufacturing planning <../../../manufacturing/workflows/use_mps>`" msgstr "" -":ref:`Automatische Planung von Fertigungsaufträgen mit Nachbestellregeln " -"`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:313 +msgid "" +":doc:`Schedule MOs with reordering rules " +"<../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 msgid "" "A product's scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " "August 15th. The product requires 14 days to manufacture. So, the latest " @@ -12066,32 +12444,64 @@ msgstr "" "den Beginn des :abbr:`FA (Fertigungsauftrag)` zur Einhaltung des " "Liefertermins ist also der 1. August." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:324 +msgid "Days to prepare manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Configure the days required to gather components to manufacture a product by" +" going to its |BoM|. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" +" Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:330 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab of the |BoM|, specify the calendar days" +" needed to obtain components of the product in the :guilabel:`Days to " +"prepare Manufacturing Order` field. Doing so creates |MOs| in advance, and " +"ensures there is enough time to either replenish components, or manufacture " +"semi-finished products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Compute`, located next to the :guilabel:`Days to prepare" +" Manufacturing Order` field, calculates the longest lead time among all the " +"components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:339 +msgid "" +"*Purchase security lead times* that impact this specific |BoM| are also " +"added to this value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:343 +msgid "" +"A |BoM| has two components, one has a manufacturing lead time of two days, " +"and the other has a purchase lead time of four days. The :guilabel:`Days to " +"prepare Manufacturing Order` is four days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:350 msgid "Manufacturing security lead time" msgstr "Sicherheitsdurchlaufzeit für die Fertigung" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:352 msgid "" "*Manufacturing security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the" -" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead " -"Time`, and click the checkbox to enable the feature." +" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security " +"Lead Time`." msgstr "" -"Die *Sicherheitsdurchlaufzeit* wird global für das Unternehmen unter " -":menuselection:`Fertigung --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen` eingestellt. " -"Suchen Sie unter der Überschrift :guilabel:`Planung` das Feld für " -":guilabel:`Sicherheitsdurchlaufzeit` und klicken Sie auf das " -"Kontrollkästchen, um die Funktion zu aktivieren." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:356 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in the " -"manufacturing process." +"manufacturing process. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Geben Sie dann die gewünschte Anzahl von Kalendertagen ein. Durch die " -"Konfiguration der Sicherheitsvorlaufzeit wird ein Puffer eingerichtet, um " -"mögliche Verzögerungen im Fertigungsprozess zu berücksichtigen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -12101,7 +12511,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ansicht der Sicherheitsdurchlaufzeit für die Fertigungskonfiguration aus den" " Fertigungseinstellungen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:364 msgid "" "A product has a scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " "set for August 15th. The manufacturing lead time is 7 days, and " @@ -12118,11 +12528,11 @@ msgstr "" "Beispiel ist das geplante Datum auf des :abbr:`FA (Fertigungsauftrag)` der " "5. August." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:371 msgid "Global example" msgstr "Globales Beispiel" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:373 msgid "" "See the following example to understand how all the lead times work together" " to ensure timely order fulfillment:" @@ -12131,27 +12541,27 @@ msgstr "" "Vor-/Durchlaufzeiten gemeinsam funktionieren, um eine termingerechte " "Auftragsabwicklung zu gewährleisten:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:376 msgid "**Sales security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "**Sicherheitsvorlaufzeit des Verkaufs**: 1 Tag" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:377 msgid "**Manufacturing security lead time**: 2 days" msgstr "**Sicherheitsdurchlaufzeit für die Fertigung**: 2 Tage" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:378 msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**: 3 days" msgstr "**Fertigungsdurchlaufzeit**: 3 Tage" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:379 msgid "**Purchase security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "**Sicherheitsvorlaufzeit des Einkaufs**: 1 Tag" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:380 msgid "**Vendor lead time**: 4 days" msgstr "**Vorlaufzeit des Lieferanten**: 4 Tage" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:382 msgid "" "The customer places an order for a manufactured product on September 1st, " "and the scheduled delivery date from the warehouse is on September 20th. " @@ -12173,13 +12583,13 @@ msgstr "" "Anzeige der Zeitleiste, wie Vorlaufzeiten zusammenarbeiten, um Lagervorgänge" " zu planen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:390 msgid "**September 1st**: Sales order created, confirmed by salesperson." msgstr "" "**1. September**: Verkaufsauftrag erstellt, von Vertriebsmitarbeiter " "bestätigt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:392 msgid "" "**September 9th**: Deadline to order components to ensure they arrive in " "time when manufacturing begins (4-day supplier lead time)." @@ -12188,7 +12598,7 @@ msgstr "" "dass sie rechtzeitig zum Fertigungsbeginn ankommen (Lieferantenvorlaufzeit " "von 4 Tagen)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:395 msgid "" "**September 13th**: Scheduled date of receipt for components. Initially, it " "was set to 9/14, but the 1-day purchase security lead time pushed the date " @@ -12198,7 +12608,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ursprünglich war er auf den 14.9. angesetzt, aber die 1-tägige " "Sicherheitsvorlaufzeit für den Einkauf hat den Termin um 1 Tag vorgezogen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:398 msgid "" "**September 14th**: Deadline to begin manufacturing. Calculated by " "subtracting the manufacturing lead time of 3 days, and the manufacturing " @@ -12210,7 +12620,7 @@ msgstr "" " Fertigung von 2 Tagen vom erwarteten Liefertermin am 19. September " "abgezogen werden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:402 msgid "" "**September 19th**: :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the delivery order form " "indicates the updated expected delivery date, which was originally set as " @@ -12223,7 +12633,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sicherheitsvorlaufzeit des Verkaufs hat das Datum um einen Tag nach vorne " "verschoben." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:406 msgid "" "Odoo's replenishment planning maps a business' order fulfillment process, " "setting pre-determined deadlines and raw material order dates, including " @@ -12288,7 +12698,6 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Mehrstufigen Routen` aktiviert auch den *Lagerort*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings." msgstr "" @@ -12519,493 +12928,400 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in one step" msgstr "Ein- und Ausgänge in einem Schritt verarbeiten" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:11 msgid "" -"By default, incoming shipments are configured to be received directly into " -"stock, and outgoing shipments are configured to be delivered directly from " -"stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one " -"step receipts and deliveries." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " +"process in one step, by default. This means purchases will be received " +"directly into stock, and deliveries will be moved directly from stock to " +"customers." msgstr "" -"Standardmäßig sind Wareneingänge so konfiguriert, dass sie direkt ins Lager " -"eingehen, und Warenausgänge sind so konfiguriert, dass sie direkt aus dem " -"Lager an den Kunden geliefert werden; die Standardeinstellung für Lager in " -"Odoo ist ein Schritt für Eingänge und Lieferungen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:30 msgid "" -"Incoming and outgoing shipments do not need to be configured with the same " -"steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in " -"three steps." +"Incoming and outgoing shipments do **not** need to be configured with the " +"same amount of steps." msgstr "" -"Eingehende und ausgehende Sendungen müssen nicht mit denselben Schritten " -"konfiguriert werden. Zum Beispiel können Produkte in einem Schritt " -"empfangen, aber in drei Schritten versandt werden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18 msgid "" -"In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and " -"deliveries." +"For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " +"received directly in one step, and delivered in three steps (pick + pack + " +"ship)." msgstr "" -"Im folgenden Beispiel wird ein Schritt sowohl für Wareneingänge als auch " -"-ausgänge verwendet." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20 -msgid "Configure the warehouse" -msgstr "Das Lagerhaus konfigurieren" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:24 msgid "" -"If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they" -" can easily be set back to the one step setting." +"To configure one-step receipts and deliveries for a warehouse, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and select " +"a warehouse to edit." msgstr "" -"Wenn für das Lager eine andere Empfangs- oder Versandkonfiguration " -"festgelegt wurde, können Sie diese ganz einfach auf die einstufige " -"Einstellung zurücksetzen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:27 msgid "" -"Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`, and click on the desired warehouse to edit. Next, on the " -":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, under the :guilabel:`Shipments` " -"section, select :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)` for " -":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " -"step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)`, and set " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " +"step)`." msgstr "" -"Navigieren Sie zunächst zu :guilabel:`Lager --> Konfiguration --> " -"Lagerhäuser`, und klicken Sie auf das gewünschte Lagerhaus, das Sie " -"bearbeiten möchten. Wählen Sie dann im Reiter " -":guilabel:`Lagerhauskonfiguration` unter dem Abschnitt :guilabel:`Sendungen`" -" die Option :guilabel:`Produkte direkt erhalten (1 Schritt)` für " -":guilabel:`Wareneingänge` und/oder :guilabel:`Waren direkt liefern (1 " -"Schritt)` für :guilabel:`Warenausgänge`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one " -"step." +msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to one-step on warehouse form." msgstr "" -"Die Optionen für Wareneingänge- und ausgänge so einstellen, dass sie in " -"einem Schritt zugestellt werden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Since one-step receipt and delivery is the default for incoming and outgoing" +" shipments in Odoo, the *Multi-Step Routes* feature is *not* required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 +msgid "" +"However, for the :guilabel:`Shipments` settings to appear on a warehouse " +"form, the feature **must** be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick " +"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Doing so also activates the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` " +"feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:50 msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "Produkte direkt erhalten (1 Schritt)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "Create a purchase order" -msgstr "Einen Einkaufsauftrag erstellen" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:52 msgid "" -"On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making" -" a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, select (or create) a " -":guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` " -"to finalize the quote as a new purchase order." +"When products are received in one step, they will move from the vendor " +"location to warehouse stock in the database immediately upon validation of a" +" purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" -"Auf dem Hauptdashboard der :guilabel:`Einkauf`-App erstellen Sie zunächst " -"ein neues Angebot, indem Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu` klicken. Wählen Sie dann " -"einen :guilabel:`Lieferanten` aus dem Drop-down-Feld aus (oder erstellen Sie" -" einen), fügen Sie den Auftragspositionen ein lagerfähiges " -":guilabel:`Produkt` hinzu und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Auftrag " -"bestätigen`, um das Angebot als neuen Einkaufsauftrag abzuschließen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:81 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " -"the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " -"receipt for the purchase order." +"To create a |PO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank :guilabel:`Request for Quotation` (RfQ) " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Supplier` field. Then, fill out the various " +"fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." msgstr "" -"In der oberen rechten Ecke des Formulars des :abbr:`EA (Einkaufsauftrag)` " -"erscheint eine intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Wareneingang`. Klicken " -"Sie darauf, um den zugehörigen Wareneingang für den Einkaufsauftrag " -"anzuzeigen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order." +msgid "Filled out new request for quotation form." msgstr "" -"Intelligente Schaltfläche erscheint auf dem bestätigten Einkaufsauftrag." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." -msgstr "" -"Der Wareneingang des Einkaufsauftrag kann auch in der " -":menuselection:`Lager`-App gefunden werden. Klicken Sie im Dashboard " -":guilabel:`Übersicht` in der Kanban-Karte :guilabel:`Eingänge` auf die " -"intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`# zu verarbeiten`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." -msgstr "" -"Intelligente Schaltfläche „1 zu verarbeiten“ der Kanban-Karte der Eingänge" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 -msgid "Process the receipt" -msgstr "Den Wareneingang verarbeiten" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:65 msgid "" -"When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click " -":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt." +"Under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the |RfQ|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This moves the |RfQ| to the " +":guilabel:`Purchase Order` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once the |PO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears at " +"the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse receipt " +"(WH/IN) form." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie die Wareneingangsbescheinigung (die mit dem obigen Einkaufsauftrag " -"verknüpft ist) anzeigen, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Validieren`, um die " -"Eingang abzuschließen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button." +msgid "Receipt smart button on confirmed purchase order form." msgstr "" -"Validieren des Einkaufsauftrags über die intelligente Schaltfläche " -"Validieren." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ " -"(bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon " -"enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows " -"the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)." -msgstr "" -"Wenn :guilabel:`Lagerorte` aktiviert ist, können Sie durch Klicken auf das " -"Detailsymbol :guilabel:`≣ (Aufzählung)` neben dem Löschsymbol :guilabel:`🗑️ " -"(Papierkorb)` den Bildschirm :guilabel:`Detaillierte Vorgänge` öffnen. Hier " -"können Sie den/die Ort(e) für das/die empfangene(n) Produkt(e) angeben." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n" -"pop-up." -msgstr "" -"Auswahl des Lagerortes für Produkte, die im Pop-up Detaillierte Vorgänge " -"erhalten werden" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier " -"Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives " -"here, it will be available for manufacturing, sales, etc. Then, the status " -"of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the " -"reception process in one step." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 +msgid "Process receipt" msgstr "" -"Sobald der Eingang bestätigt ist, verlässt das Produkt den " -":guilabel:`Lieferantenstandort` und gelangt in den :guilabel:`WH/Stock " -"Location`. Sobald es hier ankommt, steht es für die Produktion, den Verkauf " -"usw. zur Verfügung. Dann ändert sich der Status des Dokuments auf " -":guilabel:`Erledigt`, wodurch der Empfangsprozess in einem Schritt " -"abgeschlossen wird." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:84 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " +"the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " +"validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validated warehouse receipt in Done stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Click back to the |PO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" +" the |PO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Received` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:99 msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "Waren direkt liefern (1 Schritt)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:101 msgid "" -"Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and " -"make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then select (or create) a " -":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down field, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order." +"When products are delivered in one step, they will move from warehouse stock" +" to the customer location in the database immediately upon validation of a " +"sales order (SO)." msgstr "" -"Navigieren Sie zum Hauptdashboard der :menuselection:`Verkauf` und erstellen" -" Sie ein neues Angebotn, indem Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu` klicken. Wählen Sie " -"dann einen :guilabel:`Kunden` aus dem Drop-down-Feld aus (oder legen Sie ihn" -" an), fügen Sie den Auftragspositionen ein lagerfähiges :guilabel:`Produkt` " -"hinzu, das auf Lager ist, und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Bestätigen`, um das" -" Angebot als Verkaufsauftrag abzuschließen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:103 -msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " -"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " -"delivery order for the sales order." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:156 +msgid "Create sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:158 +msgid "" +"To create a |SO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales app`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank sales quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field. Then, fill out the various" +" fields on the sales quotation form, as necessary." msgstr "" -"In der oberen rechten Ecke des Formulars des :abbr:`VA (Verkaufsauftrag)` " -"erscheint eine intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Lieferung`. Klicken Sie " -"darauf, um den zugehörigen Lieferauftrag für den Verkaufsauftrag anzuzeigen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed." +msgid "Filled out new sales quotation form." msgstr "" -"Die intelligente Schaltfläche Lieferung wird angezeigt, nachdem der " -"Verkaufsauftrag bestätigt wurde." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:117 msgid "" -"Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." +"Under the :guilabel:`Product` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" -"Lieferaufträge können auch in der :menuselection:`Lager`-App gefunden " -"werden. Klicken Sie im Dashboard :guilabel:`Übersicht` in der Kanban-Karte " -":guilabel:`Lieferaufträge` auf die intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`# zu" -" verarbeiten`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." -msgstr "" -"Intelligente Schaltfläche „1 zu verarbeiten“ der Kanban-Karte der " -"Lieferaufträge" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:120 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:172 -msgid "Process the delivery" -msgstr "Die Lieferung verarbeiten" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:171 msgid "" -"When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), " -"click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. This moves the quotation to the " +":guilabel:`Sales Order` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Once the |SO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears at " +"the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse delivery " +"(WH/OUT) form." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie den Lieferauftrag (der mit dem obigen Verkaufsauftrag verknüpft " -"ist) anzeigen, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Validieren`, um die Lieferung " -"abzuschließen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the delivery order." -msgstr "Den Lieferauftrag validieren." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the " -":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers" -" location`. Then, the status of the document will change to " -":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step." +msgid "Delivery smart button on confirmed sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:207 +msgid "Process delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:133 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse delivery form, the products ordered by the customer can " +"be delivered from the warehouse. To deliver the products, change the value " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field to match the ordered quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Demand` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once validated, the delivery order " +"moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validated delivery order in Done stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click back to the |SO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" +" the |SO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Delivered` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:229 +msgid ":doc:`shipments_deliveries`" msgstr "" -"Sobald der Kommissionierauftrag validiert ist, verlässt das Produkt den Ort " -":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` und wird zum Ort :guilabel:`Partner/Kunden` " -"verschoben. Dann ändert sich der Status des Dokuments auf " -":guilabel:`Erledigt`, somit die Lieferung in einem Schritt abschließen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in two steps" msgstr "Ein- und Ausgänge in zwei Schritten verarbeiten" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Depending on a company's business processes, multiple steps may be needed " -"before receiving or shipping products. In the two-step receipt process, " -"products are received in an input area, then transferred to stock. Two-step " -"receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as " -"locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves." -msgstr "" -"Je nach den Geschäftsprozessen eines Unternehmens können mehrere Schritte " -"erforderlich sein, bevor Produkte empfangen oder versandt werden. Beim " -"zweistufigen Wareneingang werden die Produkte in einem Eingangsbereich " -"entgegengenommen und dann ins Lager gebracht. Zweistufige Wareneingänge " -"funktionieren am besten, wenn verschiedene Lagerorte verwendet werden, z. B." -" verschlossene oder gesicherte Bereiche, Gefrier- und Kühlschränke oder " -"verschiedene Regale." - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12 msgid "" +"Depending on a company's needs, receiving and shipping products in and out " +"of the warehouse might require multi-step operations. In Odoo *Inventory*, " +"this can be done using *Multi-Step Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the two-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, " +"then transferred to stock. This kind of process for incoming shipments might" +" be beneficial for warehouses with specific storage locations, such as " +"freezers and refrigerators, secured locked areas, or special aisles and " +"shelves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:19 +msgid "" "Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and " "employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The " -"products are not available for further processing until they are transferred" -" into stock." +"products are *not* available for further processing, until they are " +"transferred into stock." msgstr "" -"Die Produkte können nach dem Lagerort sortiert werden, und die Mitarbeiter " -"können alle Produkte, die für einen bestimmten Ort bestimmt sind, einlagern." -" Die Produkte stehen erst dann für die weitere Verarbeitung zur Verfügung, " -"wenn sie ins Lager gebracht werden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:23 msgid "" -"In the two-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order" -" are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and " -"brought to an output location before being shipped." +"In the two-step delivery process, products are first picked from their " +"respective location in the warehouse, then transferred to an output location" +" before being shipped to the customer." msgstr "" -"Bei der zweistufigen Auslieferung werden Produkte, die Teil eines " -"Lieferauftrags sind, entsprechend ihrer Entnahmestrategie aus dem Lager " -"kommissioniert und vor dem Versand an einen Ausgabeort gebracht." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:26 msgid "" -"One situation where this would be useful is when using either a :abbr:`FIFO " -"(First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO " -"(First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, where the products that are " -"being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration " -"date." +"This might be beneficial for companies using a First In, First Out (FIFO), " +"Last In, First Out (LIFO), or First Expired, First Out (FEFO) removal " +"strategy." msgstr "" -"Eine Situation, in der dies nützlich wäre, ist die Verwendung einer " -"Entnahmestrategie :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, " -"First Out)` oder :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`, bei der die " -"Produkte, die entnommen werden, anhand ihres Eingangs- oder Verfallsdatums " -"ausgewählt werden müssen." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" -" `, so the settings need to be changed" -" in order to utilize two-step receipts and deliveries. Incoming and outgoing" -" shipments do not need to be set to have the same steps. For example, " -"products can be received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the " -"following example, two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries." -msgstr "" -"Odoo ist standardmäßig so konfiguriert, dass :ref:`Waren in einem Schritt " -"erhalten und geliefert werden `. Die " -"Einstellungen müssen also geändert werden, um zweistufige Eingänge und " -"Lieferungen zu verwenden. Eingehende und ausgehende Sendungen müssen nicht " -"so eingestellt werden, dass sie die gleichen Schritte haben. Zum Beispiel " -"können Produkte in zwei Schritten empfangen, aber in einem Schritt versendet" -" werden. Im folgenden Beispiel werden zwei Schritte sowohl für den Empfang " -"als auch für die Lieferung verwendet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "Configure multi-step routes" -msgstr "Mehrstufige Routen konfigurieren" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34 msgid "" -"First, make sure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` option is enabled in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " -":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save` " -"the changes." +"For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " +"received in two steps (input + stock), and delivered in three steps (pick + " +"pack + ship)." msgstr "" -"Vergewissern Sie sich zunächst, dass die Option :guilabel:`Mehrstufige " -"Routen` unter :guilabel:`Lager --> Konfiguration --> Einstellunfen`, unter " -"der Überschrift :guilabel:`Lagerhaus` aktiviert ist. Nachdem Sie die " -"Einstellung aktiviert haben, :guilabel:`speichern` Sie die Änderungen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:38 msgid "" -"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " +"process in one step, by default. To change these settings, the *Multi-Step " +"Routes* feature must be enabled." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie die Einstellung :guilabel:`Mehrstufige Routen` aktivieren, wird " -"auch die Funktion :guilabel:`Lagerorte` aktiviert." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and " -"deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`, and click on the warehouse to change the warehouse settings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Multi-Step Routes feature in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -"Als nächstes muss das Lagerhaus für zweistufige Eingänge und Lieferungen " -"konfiguriert werden. Gehen Sie auf :menuselection:`Lager --> Konfiguration " -"--> Lagerhäuser`, und klicken Sie auf das Lagerhaus, um die " -"Lagerhauseinstellungen zu ändern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for" -" :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and " -"then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +"Next, configure a warehouse for two-step receipts and deliveries. Navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and " +"select a warehouse to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)`, " +"and set :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Send goods in output " +"and then deliver (2 steps)`." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie dann :guilabel:`Wareneingang und dann Lager (2 Schritte)` für " -":guilabel:`Wareneingänge`, und :guilabel:`Waren in der Ausgabe versenden und" -" dann liefern (2 Schritte)` für :guilabel:`Warenausgänge`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two " -"steps." +msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to two-step on warehouse form." msgstr "" -"Die Optionen für Wareneingänge- und ausgänge so einstellen, dass sie in zwei" -" Schritten zugestellt werden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:62 msgid "" -"Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and " -"*output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and " -":guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard." -" To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations`, and select the :guilabel:`Location` to change. On the location " -"form, update the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any other changes (if " -"necessary)." +"Selecting two-step receipts and deliveries automatically creates new *Input*" +" and *Output* warehouse locations in the database, named `WH/Input` and " +"`WH/Output`, respectively." msgstr "" -"Durch die Aktivierung von zweistufigen Eingänge und Lieferungen werden neue " -"*Eingangs-* und *Ausgangsorte* erstellt, die standardmäßig mit " -":guilabel:`WH/Input` bzw. :guilabel:`WH/Output` auf dem Dashboard " -":guilabel:`Lagerorte` bezeichnet sind. Um diese Lagerorte umzubenennen, " -"gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Konfiguration --> Lagerorte`, und wählen Sie " -"den zu ändernden :guilabel:`Lagerort`. Aktualisieren Sie im Formular für den" -" Standort den :guilabel:`Lagerortname` und nehmen Sie (falls erforderlich) " -"weitere Änderungen vor." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:66 -msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)" -msgstr "Einen Eingang in zwei Schritten verarbeiten (Eingang + Lager)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To rename or edit these locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Locations`, and select the desired location." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the location's form, change the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any " +"other necessary changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:72 +msgid "Process receipt in two steps (input + stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When products are received in two steps, they first move from the vendor " +"location to an input location. Then, they move from the input location to " +"warehouse stock in the database, upon validation of a purchase order (PO), " +"and a subsequent internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, fill out the various " +"fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out new Request for Quotation from vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery smart button for validated purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:105 msgid "" "For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step " -"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase " -"Order)` form may need to be specified as the correct *input location* " -"connected to the two-step warehouse, which can be done by selecting the " -"warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at" -" the end of the name." +"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the |PO| form **must** " +"be specified as the correct *input location* connected to the two-step " +"warehouse." msgstr "" -"Für Unternehmen mit mehreren Lagerhäusern, die unterschiedliche " -"Schrittkonfigurationen haben, muss das Feld :guilabel:`Liefern an` im " -"Formular des :abbr:`EA (Einkaufsauftrag)` möglicherweise als der richtige " -"*Eingangsort* angegeben werden, der mit dem zweistufigen Lager verbunden " -"ist. Dies kann durch die Auswahl des Lagers aus der Drop-down-Auswahl " -"erfolgen, die die Bezeichnung `Eingänge` am Ende des Namens enthält." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:109 msgid "" -"After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` " -"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` form. " -"Click it to reveal the new receipt (WH/IN) operation." +"This can be done by selecting the warehouse from the drop-down menu that " +"includes the `Receipts` label at the end of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:115 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " +"the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " +"validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage, and the products" +" move to the :guilabel:`WH/Input` location." msgstr "" -"Nachdem Sie die Bestellung bestätigt haben, erscheint oben im Formular der " -"Bestellunge eine intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Wareneingang`. Klicken" -" Sie darauf, um den zugehörigen Wareneingang (WH/IN) anzuzeigen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 -msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." +msgid "Receipt form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" -"Nachdem ein Einkaufsauftrag bestätigt wird, wird eine intelligente " -"Schaltfläche Wareneingang angezeigt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Once the purchase order is confirmed, a receipt is generated and ready to " -"process." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:128 +msgid "Process internal transfer" msgstr "" -"Sobald die Bestellung bestätigt ist, wird ein Wareneingang erstellt und kann" -" bearbeitet werden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the " -":guilabel:`Receipts` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " -"dashboard. This reveals a list of all receipts to process." -msgstr "" -"Navigieren Sie zur :menuselection:`Lagerapp`, und suchen Sie die " -"Aufgabenkarte :guilabel:`Eingänge` auf dem Dashboard " -":guilabel:`Lagerübersicht`. Daraufhin wird eine Liste aller zu bearbeitenden" -" Belege angezeigt." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` associated with the purchase order, then " -"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to " -":guilabel:`WH/Input`." -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf den :guilabel:`Wareneingang`, der mit dem Einkaufsauftrag " -"verknüpft ist, und klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Validieren`, um den " -"Wareneingang abzuschließen und das Produkt zu :guilabel:`WH/Input` zu " -"verschieben." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Receipt form for product move to WH/Input." -msgstr "Wareneingangsformular für Produktbewegung nach WH/Input." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:106 -msgid "Process the internal transfer" -msgstr "Den internen Transfer verarbeiten" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "" "Once the receipt is validated, an internal transfer is created and ready to " "process." @@ -13013,98 +13329,66 @@ msgstr "" "Sobald der Wareneingang validiert ist, wird ein interner Transfer erstellt " "und kann verarbeitet werden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Click back to the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` in the breadcrumbs, and " -"locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." -msgstr "" -"Kehren Sie über die Brotkrümelnavigation zurück zur " -":guilabel:`Lagerübersicht` und suchen Sie die Aufgabenkarte " -":guilabel:`Interne Transfers`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to reveal a list of all internal " -"transfers to process, and select the transfer associated with the previously" -" validated receipt." -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`# Zu verarbeiten`, um eine Liste" -" aller zu bearbeitenden internen Transfers anzuzeigen, und wählen Sie den " -"Transfer aus, die mit dem zuvor bestätigten Wareneingang verbunden ist." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product " -"from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Validieren`, um den Transfer abzuschließen und " -"das Produkt von :guilabel:`WH/Input` nach :guilabel:`WH/Stock` zu " -"verschieben." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Once the transfer is validated, the product enters inventory and is " -"available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." -msgstr "" -"Sobald der Transfer validiert ist, wird das Produkt in den Bestand " -"aufgenommen und steht für Kundenlieferungen oder Fertigungsaufträge zur " -"Verfügung." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock." -msgstr "" -"Den internen Transfer validieren, um den Artikel in den Bestand aufzunehmen." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:127 -msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" -msgstr "" -"Einen Lieferauftrag in zwei Schritten verarbeiten (Kommissionierung + " -"Versand)" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:132 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " -":guilabel:`New`. Select (or create) a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +"To view the internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app`, and locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." msgstr "" -"Erstellen Sie in der App :menuselection:`Verkauf` ein neues Angebot, indem " -"Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu` klicken. Wählen (oder erstellen) Sie einen " -":guilabel:`Kunden`, fügen Sie den Auftragspositionen ein lagerfähiges " -":guilabel:`Produkt` hinzu, und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Bestätigen`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:135 msgid "" -"After confirming the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart " -"button will appear in the top, above the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal the associated " -"receipt." +"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " +"of all internal transfers to process, and select the transfer associated " +"with the previously validated receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move " +"the product from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Once the transfer is validated, the products enter inventory, and are " +"available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" -"Nachdem Sie den :abbr:`VA (Verkaufsauftrag)` bestätigt haben, erscheint oben" -" im Formular des :abbr:`VA (Verkaufsauftrag)` eine intelligente Schaltfläche" -" :guilabel:`Lieferung`. Klicken Sie auf die intelligente Schaltfläche " -":guilabel:`Lieferung`, um den zugehörigen Wareneingang anzuzeigen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Delivery smart button on sales order form." +msgid "Internal transfer form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" -"Intelligente Schaltfläche „Lieferung“ in einem Verkaufsauftragsformular" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:149 +msgid "Process delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:151 msgid "" -"Sales order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` Kanban card." +"When products are delivered in two steps, they move from warehouse stock to " +"an output location. Then, they move from the output location to a customer " +"location in the database, upon validation of a picking order, and a " +"subsequent delivery order (DO)." msgstr "" -"Der Wareneingang des Verkaufsauftrag kann auch in der " -":menuselection:`Lager`-App gefunden werden. Klicken Sie im Dashboard " -":guilabel:`Übersicht` in der Kanban-Karte :guilabel:`Kommissionierung` auf " -"die intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`# zu verarbeiten`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:150 -msgid "Process the picking" -msgstr "Die Kommissionierung verarbeiten" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out new sales order form." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the sales order quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery smart button on validated sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:182 +msgid "Process picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 msgid "" "Once the sales order is confirmed, a picking order is generated and ready to" " process." @@ -13112,18 +13396,22 @@ msgstr "" "Sobald der Verkaufsauftrag bestätigt ist, wird ein Kommissionierauftrag " "erstellt und kann bearbeitet werden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:186 msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the " -":guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. " -"This reveals a list of all pickings to process." +"To complete the picking, navigate to the :guilabel:`Inventory app`, and " +"locate the :guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " +"dashboard. Alternatively, the picking order can also be accessed via the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales order form." msgstr "" -"Navigieren Sie zur :menuselection:`Lagerapp`, und suchen Sie die " -"Aufgabenkarte :guilabel:`Kommissionieren` auf dem Dashboard " -":guilabel:`Lagerübersicht`. Daraufhin wird eine Liste aller zu bearbeitenden" -" Kommissionierungen angezeigt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:190 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, click the :guilabel:`# To " +"Process` button on the :guilabel:`Pick` task card. This reveals a list of " +"all pickings to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:193 msgid "" "Click on the picking (WH/PICK) operation associated with the sales order to " "reveal the picking order." @@ -13131,72 +13419,52 @@ msgstr "" "Klicken Sie auf den mit dem Verkaufsauftrag verbundenen Kommissioniervorgang" " (WH/PICK), um den Kommissionierauftrag anzuzeigen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Check Availability` on the picking order form. If the " -"product is in stock, Odoo automatically reserves the product. Quantities can" -" also be manually set by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " -"column to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Picking order form for products included in sales order." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Verfügbarkeit prüfen` auf dem " -"Kommissionierauftragsformular. Wenn das Produkt auf Lager ist, reserviert " -"Odoo das Produkt automatisch. Sie können die Mengen auch manuell festlegen, " -"indem Sie den Wert in der Spalte :guilabel:`Menge` so ändern, dass er dem " -"Wert in der Spalte :guilabel:`Bedarf` entspricht." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:200 msgid "" -"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking and move the " -"product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" +"Manually set the quantity by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"column, to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking, and move the" +" product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Once the picking is validated, a delivery order is created, and ready to " +"process. Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button on the sales order " +"form reveals the newly created delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, to view the delivery order, navigate back to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, via the breadcrumbs, and locate the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` task card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " +"of all delivery orders to process, and select the order associated with the " +"previously validated picking." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie erneut auf :guilabel:`Validieren`, um die Kommissionierung " -"abzuschließen und das Produkt von :guilabel:`WH/Stock` nach " -":guilabel:`WH/Output` zu verschieben." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Picking operation form moving product to WH/Output." -msgstr "Kommissioniervorgang vom Transport des Produkts zum WH/Output." +msgid "Delivery order form for products ordered by customer." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:222 msgid "" -"Once the picking has been processed, the delivery order is generated, and " -"can be processed." +"To deliver the products, change the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field " +"to match the ordered quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." msgstr "" -"Sobald die Kommissionierung abgeschlossen ist, wird der Lieferauftrag " -"erstellt und kann bearbeitet werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Navigate back to the original sales order by going to :menuselection:`Sales " -"app`, and selecting the associated sales order." -msgstr "" -"Navigieren Sie zurück zum ursprünglichen Verkaufsauftrag, indem Sie zur " -":menuselection:`Verkaufsapp` gehen und den zugehörigen Verkaufsauftrag " -"auswählen." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:179 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button now indicates there are two transfers." -" Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal each transfer tied to" -" this sales order: the completed picking, and the new delivery (WH/OUT) " -"operation. Click the delivery operation to open the delivery order." -msgstr "" -"Die intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Lieferung` zeigt nun an, dass es " -"zwei Transfers gibt. Klicken Sie auf die intelligente Schaltfläche " -":guilabel:`Lieferung`, um alle mit diesem Verkaufsauftrag verbundenen " -"Transfers anzuzeigen: die abgeschlossene Kommissionierung und die neue " -"Lieferung (WH/OUT). Klicken Sie auf den Liefervorgang, um den Lieferauftrag " -"zu öffnen." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 -msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the delivery." -msgstr "" -"Sobald Sie fertig sind, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Validieren`, um die " -"Lieferung abzuschließen." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Delivery operation form moving product to customer location." -msgstr "Liefervorgang vom Transport des Produkts zum Kundenstandort." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts in three steps" @@ -13297,6 +13565,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "In drei Schritten erhalten (Eingang + Qualität + Bestand)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "Einen Einkaufsauftrag erstellen" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " @@ -13322,6 +13594,12 @@ msgstr "" " Sie auf die intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Wareneingang` klicken, " "wird die Eingangsauftrag angezeigt." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." +msgstr "" +"Nachdem ein Einkaufsauftrag bestätigt wird, wird eine intelligente " +"Schaltfläche Wareneingang angezeigt." + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "Einen Wareneingang verarbeiten" @@ -15348,8 +15626,8 @@ msgstr "" "Ihre vollständigen Kontodaten wie Kontonummer, Region, Adresse usw. angeben." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo" -msgstr "Sendcloud-Versanddienstleistungen in Odoo einrichten" +msgid "Sendcloud configuration" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -15408,21 +15686,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank" " account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping " -"rules or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " -"required." +"rules, or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " +"**required**." msgstr "" -"Die Odoo-Integration von Sendcloud funktioniert bei kostenlosen Sendcloud-" -"Tarifen *nur* wenn ein Bankkonto verknüpft ist, da Sendcloud nicht kostenlos" -" versendet. Für die Verwendung von Versandregeln oder individuellen, " -"benutzerdefinierten Zustellerkontakten ist ein kostenpflichtiger Plan von " -"Sendcloud erforderlich." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:174 msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "Lagerhauskonfiguration" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:39 msgid "" "Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings" " --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse" @@ -15436,7 +15709,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings." msgstr "Adressen in den Sendcloud-Adressen hinzufügen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:46 msgid "" "To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` " "is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field " @@ -15485,7 +15758,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Unternehmen`: `Mein Unternehmen (San Francisco)`" msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Adresse`: `Meine Unternehmen (San Francisco)`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:63 msgid "" "Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo" " configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same." @@ -15494,11 +15767,11 @@ msgstr "" " der Odoo-Konfiguration als auch in der Sendcloud-Konfiguration exakt gleich" " sind." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials" msgstr "Sendcloud-Anmeldedaten generieren" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:69 msgid "" "In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo " @@ -15508,7 +15781,7 @@ msgstr "" "Integrationen` im Menü auf der rechten Seite. Suchen Sie dann nach " ":guilabel:`Odoo-Native`. Klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Verbinden`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:72 msgid "" "After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and " @@ -15525,7 +15798,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Unternehmensname` durch den Namen des Benutzers ersetzt wird (z. B. `Odoo " "StealthyWood`)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:77 msgid "" "Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the " "shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public " @@ -15539,36 +15812,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials." msgstr "Konfiguration der Sendcloud-Integration und erhalt der Anmeldedaten." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:158 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "Einrichtung in Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86 -msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module" -msgstr "Das Sendcloud-Versandmodul installieren" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To ensure seamless Sendcloud integration with Odoo, :ref:`install " +"` and :ref:`link " +"` the Sendcloud shipping" +" connector to the Sendcloud account. Then, :ref:`configure Odoo fields " +"`, so Sendcloud can " +"accurately pull shipping data to generate labels." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +msgid "Install Sendcloud shipping module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 msgid "" "After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure" -" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " -"search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." +" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " +"search for the `Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." msgstr "" -"Nachdem das Sendcloud-Konto eingerichtet und konfiguriert wurde, ist es an " -"der Zeit, die Odoo-Datenbank zu konfigurieren. Um damit zu beginnen, gehen " -"Sie zu Odoos :guilabel:`Apps`-Modul, suchen Sie nach der " -":guilabel:`Sendcloud-Versand`-Integration und installieren Sie es." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." msgstr "Sendcloud-Versandmodul in the Odoo Apps." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:110 msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration des Sendcloud-Versandkonnektors" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:112 msgid "" "Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The " @@ -15580,7 +15859,7 @@ msgstr "" "Einstellung :guilabel:`Sendcloud-Konnektor` finden Sie unter dem Abschnitt " ":guilabel:`Versandkonnektoren`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:116 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once" @@ -15591,7 +15870,7 @@ msgstr "" "aufgeführten Konnektors. Klicken Sie auf der Seite " ":guilabel:`Versandmethoden` auf :guilabel:`Neu`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to " @@ -15601,25 +15880,25 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Versandmethoden` kann auch unter :menuselection:`Lager --> " "Konfiguration --> Lieferung --> Versandmethoden` aufgerufen werden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 msgid "" "Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:" msgstr "" "Füllen Sie die folgenden Felder im Formular :guilabel:`Neue Versandmethode` " "aus:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`." msgstr ":guilabel:`Versandmethode`: Tippen Sie `Sendcloud DPD`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Anbieter`: Wählen Sie :guilabel:`Sendcloud` aus dem Drop-down-" "Menü aus." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this " "shipping method or create a new product." @@ -15627,7 +15906,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Lieferprodukt`: Legt das Produkt fest, das für diese " "Versandmethode konfiguriert wurde, oder erstellt ein neues Produkt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`." @@ -15635,7 +15914,7 @@ msgstr "" "Geben Sie im Reiter :guilabel:`SendCloud-Konfiguration` den " ":guilabel:`ÖffentlichenSchlüssel von Sendcloud` ein." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:131 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`." @@ -15643,7 +15922,7 @@ msgstr "" "Geben Sie im Reiter :guilabel:`SendCloud-Konfiguration` den " ":guilabel:`Geheimen Schlüssel von Sendcloud` ein." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:146 msgid "" "Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the " @@ -15652,7 +15931,7 @@ msgstr "" "Speichern Sie das Formular manuell, indem Sie auf das Wolkensymbol neben dem" " Brotkrümelsymbol :guilabel:`Versandmethoden/Neu` klicken." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:135 msgid "" "After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the " "shipping products:" @@ -15660,7 +15939,7 @@ msgstr "" "Nachdem Sie das Formular konfiguriert und gespeichert haben, folgen Sie " "diesen Schritten, um die Versandprodukte zu laden:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:137 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New " "Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping " @@ -15670,7 +15949,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Neue Versandmethode` auf den Link :guilabel:`Sendcloud-" "Versandprodukte laden`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:139 msgid "" "Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries " "and returns." @@ -15678,11 +15957,11 @@ msgstr "" "Wählen Sie die Versandprodukte, die das Unternehmen für Lieferungen und " "Rücksendungen verwenden möchte." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:140 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Auswählen`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:143 msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:" msgstr "" "Beispiel für Sendcloud-Versandprodukte, die in Odoo konfiguriert sind:" @@ -15707,7 +15986,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Mindestgewicht`: `0,00`" msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Maximalgewicht`: `31,50`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`" " `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` " @@ -15752,7 +16031,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Retourenländer`: `Belgien` `Niederlande`" msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo." msgstr "Beispiel für Versandprodukte, die in Odoo konfiguriert sind:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:169 msgid "" "Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a " "package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured " @@ -15765,26 +16044,64 @@ msgstr "" "zugehörige Paket wird innerhalb von 24 Stunden nach der Erstellung " "storniert." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using " "test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used " "to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the " "creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment " -"settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`." +"settings can be toggled back and forth from their respective smart buttons." msgstr "" -"Odoo verfügt über einen eingebauten Schutz gegen unerwünschte Gebühren bei " -"der Verwendung von Testumgebungen. Wenn in einer Testumgebung eine " -"Versandmethode zur Erstellung von Etiketten verwendet wird, werden diese " -"Etiketten sofort nach der Erstellung storniert – dies geschieht automatisch." -" Die Einstellungen für die Test- und Produktionsumgebung können über die " -":guilabel:`Intelligenten Schaltflächen` umgeschaltet werden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166 -msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud" -msgstr "Ein Etikett mit Sendcloud generieren" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:181 +msgid "Shipping information" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 +msgid "" +"To use Sendcloud to generate shipping labels, the following information " +"**must** be filled out accurately and completely in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Customer information**: when creating a quotation, ensure the selected " +":guilabel:`Customer` has a valid phone number, email address, and shipping " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:189 +msgid "" +"To verify, select the :guilabel:`Customer` field to open their contact page." +" Here, add their shipping address in the :guilabel:`Contact` field, along " +"with their :guilabel:`Mobile` number and :guilabel:`Email` address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:193 +msgid "" +"**Product weight**: ensure all products in an order have a specified " +":guilabel:`Weight` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of their product form. " +"Refer to the :ref:`Product weight section " +"` of this article for " +"detailed instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +msgid "" +"**Warehouse address**: ensure the warehouse name and address in Odoo match " +"the :ref:`previously defined warehouse " +"` in the Sendcloud " +"setup. For details on warehouse configuration in Odoo, refer to the " +":ref:`warehouse configuration section " +"` of the third-party " +"shipping documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:204 +msgid "Generate labels with Sendcloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:206 msgid "" "When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud " "shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label " @@ -15796,12 +16113,12 @@ msgstr "" "Lieferung mit :guilabel:`Validieren`. Die Dokumente für die Versandetiketten" " werden automatisch im Chat generiert, die Folgendes enthalten:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:205 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages." msgstr ":guilabel:`Versandetikett(en)` je nach Anzahl der Pakete." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for " "returns." @@ -15809,16 +16126,16 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Rücksendeetikett(en)`, wenn der Sendcloud-Konnektor für Retouren " "konfiguriert ist." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:212 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them." msgstr ":guilabel:`Zolldokument(e)`, falls das Zielland sie verlangt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214 msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available." msgstr "Außerdem ist jetzt die Sendungsverfolgungsnummer verfügbar." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 msgid "" "When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the " "configured Sendcloud account." @@ -15826,15 +16143,15 @@ msgstr "" "Wenn Rücksendeetiketten erstellt werden, belastet Sendcloud automatisch das " "konfigurierte Sendcloud-Konto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 msgid "Shipment is too heavy" msgstr "Sendung ist zu schwer" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 msgid "" "If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, " "then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need " @@ -15846,7 +16163,7 @@ msgstr "" "müssen in verschiedenen :guilabel:`Paketen` untergebracht werden, um den " "Transfer zu :guilabel:`Validieren` und Etiketten zu generieren." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping " "methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will " @@ -15858,11 +16175,11 @@ msgstr "" "jedoch, dass diese Regeln nicht für die Berechnung des Versandpreises in der" " Kalkulation auf dem Verkaufsauftrag gelten." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 msgid "Personal carrier contract" msgstr "Persönlicher Zustellervertrag" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:237 msgid "" "Use custom prices from a direct carrier contract, via CSV upload, by first " "logging into Sendcloud, navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Carriers " @@ -15878,7 +16195,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud." msgstr "Navigation zum Vertragsabschnitt in Sendcloud." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:245 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Contract prices` section, click :guilabel:`Download " "CSV` and fill out the contract prices in the :guilabel:`price` column of the" @@ -15889,7 +16206,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vertragspreise in der Spalte :guilabel:`price` (Preis) der CSV-Dateivorlage " "ein." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:249 msgid "" "Ensure the CSV file includes the correct prices to avoid any inaccuracies." msgstr "" @@ -15903,7 +16220,7 @@ msgstr "" "Anzeige eines Beispiels für einen CSV-Vertrag aus Sendcloud, wobei die " "Preisspalte hervorgehoben wird." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:255 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload` the completed CSV file to Sendcloud, then click " ":guilabel:`Save these prices`." @@ -15912,7 +16229,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`hoch`, klicken Sie anschließend auf :guilabel:`Save these prices`" " (Diese Preise speichern)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:258 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to upload contract prices with carriers " "`_" @@ -15920,11 +16237,11 @@ msgstr "" "`Sendcloud: Hochladen von Vertragspreisen mit Transportunternehmen " "`_" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:262 msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" msgstr "Messung des Volumengewichts" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:264 msgid "" "Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight " "of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* " @@ -15937,7 +16254,7 @@ msgstr "" "während des Transports einnimmt. Mit anderen Worten, es ist die physische " "Größe eines Pakets`)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:269 msgid "" "Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute" " the volumetric weight." @@ -15945,7 +16262,7 @@ msgstr "" "Prüfen Sie, ob für den/die ausgewählten Transportunternehmen bereits Formeln" " zur Berechnung des Volumengewichts definiert sind." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:273 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight " "`_" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:277 msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate" msgstr "Aktivierung zur Berechnung des Versandtarifs" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:279 msgid "" -"First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by " -"the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " +"First, verify that the product being shipped has a weight that is supported " +"by the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " "destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier." " The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the " "carrier." msgstr "" -"Überprüfen Sie zunächst, ob das Gewicht des zu versendenden Produkts für die" -" gewählte Versandmethode geeignet ist. Wenn dies der Fall ist, überprüfen " -"Sie, ob das Zielland (von der Kundenadresse) vom Transportunternehmen " -"unterstützt wird. Das Herkunftsland (Lageradresse) sollte ebenfalls vom " -"Transportunternehmen unterstützt werden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Starshipit shipping" @@ -17862,10 +18174,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:15 msgid "" -":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings `" +":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings " +"`" msgstr "" -":ref:`Barcode-App für Kommissionierungen verwenden " -"`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -18384,6 +18695,11 @@ msgid "" "to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for " ":ref:`product tracking `." msgstr "" +"`1/2` Einheiten des `Schranks mit Türen` wurden bereits kommissioniert, und " +"nach dem Scannen des Produktbarcodes für den zweiten Schrank fordert Odoo " +"den Benutzer auf, `eine Seriennummer zu scannen`, um die eindeutige " +"Seriennummer für die :ref:`Produktverfolgung " +"` zu erfassen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "Display products to be picked in barcode view." @@ -18577,7 +18893,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:86 msgid ":doc:`Packages <../../product_management/product_tracking/package>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Pakete <../../product_management/product_tracking/package>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -19531,6 +19847,8 @@ msgid "" "When receiving a `Pallet` (:guilabel:`Package Type`) of `Lemonade cans`, it " "is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1`." msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie eine `Palette` (:guilabel:`Pakettyp`) mit `Limonadenbüchse` " +"erhalten, wird sie zu `WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1` umgeleitet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -19538,20 +19856,27 @@ msgid "" "receiving a `Box` of any item in this product category, items are redirected" " to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`." msgstr "" +"Die :guilabel:`Produktkategorie` von `Limonadenbüchse` ist `Alle/Getränke`, " +"und wenn Sie eine `Kiste` mit einem Artikel dieser Produktkategorie " +"erhalten, werden die Artikel nach `WH/Stock/Shelf 1` umgeleitet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:88 msgid "Any product on a `Pallet` is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets`" msgstr "" +"Jedes Produkt auf einer `Palette` wird zu `WH/Stock/Pallets` umgeleitet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:89 msgid "The product `Lemonade can` is redirected to `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`" msgstr "" +"Das Produkt `Limonadenbüchse` wird umgeleitet nach `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:90 msgid "" "Items in the `All/drinks` product category are redirected to `WH/Stock/Small" " Refrigerator`." msgstr "" +"Artikel in der Produktkategorie `Alle/Getränke` werden zu `WH/Stock/Small " +"Refrigerator` umgeleitet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:0 msgid "Some examples of putaway rules." @@ -19559,7 +19884,7 @@ msgstr "Andere Beispiele für Einlagerungsregeln." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:97 msgid "Storage categories" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lagerkategorien" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -19567,6 +19892,10 @@ msgid "" "allow the user to define the quantity of products that can be stored in the " "location, and how the location will be selected with putaway rules." msgstr "" +"Eine *Lagerkategorie* ist ein zusätzliches Standortattribut. Lagerkategorien" +" ermöglichen es dem Benutzer, die Menge der Produkte zu definieren, die an " +"dem Ort gelagert werden können und wie der Ort mit Einlagerungsregeln " +"ausgewählt wird" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -19574,28 +19903,38 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the :guilabel:`Storage Categories`" " feature in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Um verschiedene Pakete zu verwenden, gehen Sie zunächst zu " +":menuselection:`Lager --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen` zum Abschnitt " +":guilabel:`Lagerhaus` und aktivieren Sie die Einstellung " +":guilabel:`Lagerkategorien`. Klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Speichern`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:111 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature **must** be enabled to enable " ":guilabel:`Storage Categories`." msgstr "" +"Die Funktion :guilabel:`Lagerorte` **muss** aktiviert sein, um " +":guilabel:`Lagerkategorien` zu aktivieren." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:115 msgid "Define storage category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lagerkategorie festlegen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:117 msgid "" "To create a storage category, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Storage Categories` and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"Um eine Lagerkategorie zu erstellen, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Lager --> " +"Konfiguration --> Lagerkategorien` und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:120 msgid "" "On the storage category form, type a name for the :guilabel:`Storage " "Category` field." msgstr "" +"Geben Sie im Formular der Lagerkategorie einen Namen für das Feld " +":guilabel:`Lagerkategorie` ein." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -19603,6 +19942,10 @@ msgid "" "package type. The :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field defines when the " "location is considered available to store a product:" msgstr "" +"Es gibt verfügbare Optionen zur Begrenzung der Kapazität nach Gewicht, nach " +"Produkt oder nach Pakettyp. Das Feld :guilabel:`Neues Produkt erlauben` legt" +" fest, wann der Standort als verfügbar für die Lagerung eines Produkts " +"angesehen wird:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -19633,12 +19976,17 @@ msgid "" "Create putaway rules for pallet-stored items and ensure real-time storage " "capacity checks by creating the `High Frequency pallets` storage category." msgstr "" +"Erstellen Sie Einlagerungsregeln für auf Paletten gelagerte Artikel und " +"sorgen Sie für eine Überprüfung der Lagerkapazität in Echtzeit, indem Sie " +"die Lagerkategorie `Häufig genutzte Paletten` anlegen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:136 msgid "" "Name the :guilabel:`Storage Category`, and select :guilabel:`If all products" " are same` in the :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field." msgstr "" +"Benennen Sie die :guilabel:`Lagerkategorie` und wählen Sie :guilabel:`Wenn " +"alle Produkte gleich sind` im Feld :guilabel:`Neues Produkt erlauben`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -19646,10 +19994,14 @@ msgid "" "specifying the number of packages for the designated :guilabel:`Package " "Type` and setting a maximum of `2.00` `Pallets` for a specific location." msgstr "" +"Definieren Sie dann die Paketkapazität im Reiter :guilabel:`Kapazität nach " +"Paket`, indem Sie die Anzahl der Pakete für den gewünschten " +":guilabel:`Pakettyp` angeben und ein Maximum von `2,00` `Paletten` für einen" +" bestimmten Standort festlegen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:0 msgid "Create a storage category on the page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Erstellung einer Lagerkategorie auf der Seite." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -19666,12 +20018,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Edit` and select the created category in the :guilabel:`Storage " "Category` field." msgstr "" +"Navigieren Sie dazu zu dem Lagerort, indem Sie zu :menuselection:`Lager --> " +"Konfiguration --> Lagerorte` gehen und den Lagerort auswählen. Klicken Sie " +"auf :guilabel:`Bearbeiten` und wählen Sie die erstellte Kategorie im Feld " +":guilabel:`Lagerkategorie`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:154 msgid "" "Assign the `High Frequency pallets` storage category to the " "`WH/Stock/pallets/PAL 1` sub-location." msgstr "" +"Weisen Sie die Lagerkategorie `Häufig benutzte Paletten` dem Unterstandort " +"`WH/Stock/pallets/PAL 1` zu." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -19691,6 +20049,9 @@ msgid "" "the `PAL1` and `PAL2` locations and :ref:`rework the putaway rules " "` as follows:" msgstr "" +"Um das obige Beispiel fortzusetzen, wenden Sie die `Häufig genutzte " +"Paletten` auf die Standorte `PAL1` und `PAL2` an und :ref:`überarbeiten Sie " +"die Einlagerungsregeln ` wie folgt:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:167 msgid "Assume one pallet of lemonade cans is received:" @@ -19745,6 +20106,10 @@ msgid "" "two (or more) warehouses; in Odoo, pulling products from multiple warehouses" " to satisfy sales demands can be done using *virtual locations*." msgstr "" +"Es kann vorkommen, dass Produkte, die in einem einzigen Verkaufsauftrag " +"enthalten sind, aus zwei (oder mehr) Lagern bezogen werden. In Odoo können " +"Sie Produkte aus mehreren Lagern abrufen, um die Verkaufsanforderungen zu " +"erfüllen, indem Sie *virtuelle Lagerorte* verwenden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -19752,6 +20117,9 @@ msgid "" "fulfill orders for multiple warehouses, has some limitations. Consider the " "following before proceeding:" msgstr "" +"Die Lösung in diesem Dokument, die die Verwendung eines virtuellen Lagers " +"zur Erfüllung von Aufträgen für mehrere Lager beschreibt, hat einige " +"Einschränkungen. Beachten Sie die folgenden Punkte, bevor Sie fortfahren:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -19759,6 +20127,10 @@ msgid "" "sales order, the virtual warehouse's address is indicated on the picking, " "packing, and delivery forms, **not** the actual warehouse's address." msgstr "" +"Wenn das Feld :guilabel:`Lager` auf einem Verkaufsauftrag auf ein virtuelles" +" Lager gesetzt wird, wird die Adresse des virtuellen Lagers auf den " +"Kommissionier-, Verpackungs- und Lieferformularen angegeben, **nicht** die " +"Adresse des tatsächlichen Lagers." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -19767,6 +20139,10 @@ msgid "" "warehouses, but rather the sum of the stock in the locations whose warehouse" " ID is the virtual warehouse." msgstr "" +"Jeder Standort hat eine `warehouse_id` (verstecktes Feld). Das bedeutet, " +"dass der Bestand im virtuellen Lager **nicht** die Summe der Bestände der " +"realen Lager ist, sondern die Summe der Bestände an den Standorten, deren " +"Lager-ID das virtuelle Lager ist." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -19775,22 +20151,32 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`three-step delivery " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`:" msgstr "" +"Mögliche Einschränkung für diejenigen, die die :doc:`zwei- " +"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` " +"oder :doc:`dreistufigen Lieferung " +"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:29 msgid "" "The output or packing zone on the various forms is incorrectly listed as the" " virtual warehouse's address." msgstr "" +"Die Ausgabe- oder Verpackungszone auf den verschiedenen Formularen ist " +"fälschlicherweise als Adresse des virtuellen Lagers angegeben." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:31 msgid "There is no workaround for two or three-step deliveries." msgstr "" +"Für Lieferungen in zwei oder drei Schritten gibt es keine Umgehungslösung." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:32 msgid "" "Proceed **only** if setting a virtual warehouse's address as the output or " "packing zone makes sense for the company's workflow." msgstr "" +"Gehen Sie **nur** dann vor, wenn es für den Arbeitsablauf Ihres Unternehmens" +" sinnvoll ist, die Adresse eines virtuellen Lagers als Ausgabe- oder " +"Verpackungszone festzulegen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -19798,6 +20184,9 @@ msgid "" "following steps, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step" " Routes` features **must** be enabled." msgstr "" +"Um virtuelle Lagerorte in Lagerhäusern zu erstellen und mit den folgenden " +"Schritten fortzufahren, **müssen** die Funktionen :guilabel:`Lagerorte` und " +":guilabel:`Mehrstufige Routen` aktiviert werden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -19806,10 +20195,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options. " "Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish." msgstr "" +"Gehen Sie dazu zu :menuselection:`Lager --> Konfiguration --> " +"Einstellungen`, scrollen Sie nach unten zum Abschnitt :guilabel:`Lagerhaus` " +"und aktivieren Sie die Optionen :guilabel:`Lagerorte` und " +":guilabel:`Mehrstufige Routen`. Speichern Sie die Änderungen, um sie " +"abzuschließen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:47 msgid "Create virtual parent location" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Übergeordneten virtuellen Lagerort erstellen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -19817,6 +20211,9 @@ msgid "" "acts as a *virtual* warehouse — the *parent* location of other physical " "warehouses." msgstr "" +"Bevor Sie virtuelle Lagerorte anlegen, erstellen Sie ein neues Lagerhaus, " +"das als *virtuelles* Lagerhaus fungiert – der *übergeordnete* Lagerort für " +"andere physische Lagerhäuser." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -19852,6 +20249,11 @@ msgid "" "other warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse " "Configuration` tab." msgstr "" +"Um ein neues Lagerhaus zu erstellen, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Lager --> " +"Konfiguration --> Lagerhäuser`, und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu`. Von " +"hier aus können der :guilabel:`Name` und der :guilabel:`Kurzname` des " +"Lagerhauses geändert werden, und andere Lagerdetails können im Reiter " +":guilabel:`Lagerhauskonfiguration` geändert werden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -19859,37 +20261,47 @@ msgid "" "Continue following the steps below to finish configuring the virtual parent " "warehouse." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie abschließend auf :guilabel:`Speichern`, um die Erstellung eines " +"*regulären* Lagers zu beenden. Fahren Sie mit den folgenden Schritten fort, " +"um die Konfiguration des virtuellen übergeordneten Lagers abzuschließen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "New warehouse form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Neues Lagerhausformular." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:76 msgid "" ":doc:`Warehouse configurations " "<../inventory_management/warehouses_locations>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Konfigurationen von Lagerhäusern " +"<../inventory_management/warehouses_locations>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:77 msgid "" ":ref:`Incoming and outgoing shipments " "`" msgstr "" +":ref:`Wareneingänge und -ausgänge `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:78 msgid "" ":doc:`Resupply from another warehouse " "<../inventory_management/resupply_warehouses>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Aus anderem Lagerhaus auffüllen " +"<../inventory_management/resupply_warehouses>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:83 msgid "Create child warehouses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Untergeordnete Lagerhäuser erstellen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:85 msgid "" "Create at least two *child* warehouses to link to the virtual warehouse." msgstr "" +"Erstellen Sie mindestens zwei *untergeordnete* Lagerhäuser, die mit dem " +"virtuellen Lagerhaus verbunden sind." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -19897,6 +20309,10 @@ msgid "" "there needs to be at least **two** warehouses acting as child locations of " "the virtual parent location warehouse." msgstr "" +"Um Bestand aus mehreren Lagerhäusern zu nehmen, um einen Verkaufsauftrag " +"abzuschließen, muss es mindestens **zwei** Lagerhäuser geben, die als " +"*untergeordnete Lagerorte* des *übergeordneten virtuellen Lagerorts* " +"fungieren." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -19905,6 +20321,10 @@ msgid "" "instructions ` to configure the physical stock " "locations." msgstr "" +"Navigieren Sie dazu zu :menuselection:`Lager --> Konfiguration --> " +"Lagerhäuser`, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu` und folgen Sie den " +":ref:`vorangehende Anweisungen `, um die " +"physischen Lagerorte zu konfigurieren." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "**Parent Warehouse**" @@ -19916,7 +20336,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Lagerhaus`: `Virtuelles Lagerhaus`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH/Stock`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Lagerort`: `VWH/Stock`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "**Child Warehouses**" @@ -19928,12 +20348,14 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Lagerhäuser`: `Lagerhaus A` und `Lagerhaus B`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA` and `WHB`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Lagerorte`: `WHA` und `WHB`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "" "Graphic of child locations 'WHA' and 'WHB' tied to the parent location." msgstr "" +"Grafik von untergeordneten Standorten „WHA“ und „WHB“ im Zusammenhang mit " +"dem übergeordneten Lagerort." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -19942,10 +20364,14 @@ msgid "" "point to :ref:`link the child warehouses ` in " "the next section." msgstr "" +"Während der virtuelle Lagerort später in „Ansicht“ geändert wird, muss der " +":guilabel:`Lagerorttyp` **zu diesem Zeitpunkt :guilabel:`Interner Lagerort` " +"sein, um :ref:`untergeordnete Lagerhäuser ` im" +" nächsten Abschnitt zu verknüpfen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:117 msgid "Link child warehouses to virtual stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Unterlager mit virtuellen Beständen verknüpfen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -19953,6 +20379,10 @@ msgid "" "configured in the :ref:`previous step `, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`." msgstr "" +"Um physische Lagerhäuser als untergeordnete Standorte des virtuellen " +"Standorts festzulegen, der im :ref:`vorherigen Schritt " +"` konfiguriert wurde, navigieren Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Lager --> Konfiguration --> Lagerorte`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -19960,6 +20390,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location` that was previously created to be a child location " "(e.g. `WHA`), and click :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" +"Entfernen Sie alle Filter aus der Suchleiste. Klicken Sie dann auf den " +"physischen :guilabel:`Lagerort`, das zuvor als untergeordneter Ort erstellt " +"wurde (z. B. `WHA`), und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Bearbeiten`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -19967,6 +20400,10 @@ msgid "" "Locations` to the virtual warehouse's **stock location** (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) " "from the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Ändern Sie das Feld :guilabel:`Übergeordneter Lagerort` von " +":guilabel:`Physische Standorte` auf den **Lagerstandort** des virtuellen " +"Lagers (z. B. `VWH/Stock`) aus dem Dropdown-Menü und klicken Sie auf " +":guilabel:`Speichern`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -19975,14 +20412,22 @@ msgid "" "`VWH/Stock`) **must** have its :guilabel:`Location Type` set to " ":guilabel:`Internal Location`." msgstr "" +"Um den Lagerort des virtuellen Lagers im Dropdown-Menü " +":guilabel:`Übergeordneter Lagerort` auszuwählen, muss der Lagerort des " +"übergeordneten Lagers (z. B. `VWH/Stock`) **auf :guilabel:`Lagerorttyp` " +"gesetzt sein." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Set the child warehouse's *Parent Location* to the virtual warehouse." msgstr "" +"Einstellung des *Übergeordneten Lagerort* des untergeordneten Lagerhauses " +"auf virtuelles Lagerhaus." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:139 msgid "Repeat the preceding steps to configure two or more child warehouses." msgstr "" +"Wiederholen Sie die vorherigen Schritte, um zwei oder mehrere Unterlager zu " +"konfigurieren." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -19990,10 +20435,14 @@ msgid "" "orders using stock from child warehouses (e.g. `WHA` and `WHB`), if there is" " insufficient stock in any one location." msgstr "" +"Sobald dies abgeschlossen ist, erfüllt das virtuelle, übergeordnete Lager " +"(z. B. `VWH/Stock`) die Aufträge unter Verwendung der Bestände aus den " +"untergeordneten Lagern (z. B. `WHA` und `WHB`), wenn der Bestand an einem " +"Standort nicht ausreicht." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:145 msgid "Set virtual stock location as 'view'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Virtuellen Lagerort auf „Ansicht“ einstellen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -20001,12 +20450,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`View`, as it is a non-existent location used to group various " "physical warehouses together." msgstr "" +"Setzen Sie den :guilabel:`Lagerorttyp` des virtuellen Lagerorts auf " +":guilabel:`Ansicht`, da es sich um einen nicht existierenden Ort handelt, " +"der dazu dient, verschiedene physische Lager zusammenzufassen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:150 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Locations`." msgstr "" +"Gehen Sie dazu zur :menuselection:`Lagerapp --> Konfiguration --> " +"Lagerorte`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -20014,6 +20468,9 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`previously created `, from the " ":guilabel:`Locations` list." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie in der Liste der :guilabel:`Lagerorte` auf den Lagerort des " +"virtuellen Lagers (z. B. `VWH/Stock`), der :ref:`zuvor erstellt wurde " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -20021,6 +20478,9 @@ msgid "" "set the :guilabel:`Location Type` to :guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the " "changes." msgstr "" +"Setzen Sie im Standortformular unter der Überschrift :guilabel:`Zusätzliche " +"Informationen` den :guilabel:`Lagerorttyp` auf :guilabel:`Ansicht`. " +":guilabel:`Speichern` Sie die Änderungen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Warehouse location types in location creation screen." @@ -20031,14 +20491,17 @@ msgid "" "To view the total quantity across **all** linked child warehouses, go to the" " product form and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button." msgstr "" +"Um die Gesamtmenge in **allen** verknüpften untergeordneten Lagern " +"anzuzeigen, gehen Sie zum Produktformular und klicken Sie auf die " +"intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Vorrätig`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Display stock across all linked warehouses." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anzeige des Bestands in allen Lagerhäusern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:171 msgid "Example: sell products from a virtual warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beispiel: Produkte aus einem virtuellen Lager verkaufen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:173 msgid "" @@ -20047,26 +20510,34 @@ msgid "" "least **one** product, with quantity on-hand in each warehouse, " "respectively." msgstr "" +"Um Produkte aus mehreren Lagerhäusern über einen virtuellen übergeordneten " +"Lagerort in diesem Ablauf zu verkaufen, müssen mindestens **zwei** " +"Lagerhäuser in der Datenbank konfiguriert sein – mit jeweils mindestens " +"**einem** Produkt und einer Menge, die in jedem Lagerhaus vorhanden ist." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:178 msgid "" "The following product, `Toy soldier`, is available at each location with the" " quantities:" msgstr "" +"Das folgende Produkt, `Spielzeugsoldat`, ist an jedem Standort mit den " +"angegebenen Mengen erhältlich:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:180 msgid "`WHA/Stock` : 1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`WHA/Stock` : 1" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:181 msgid "`WHB/Stock` : 2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`WHB/Stock` : 2" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:182 msgid "" "Warehouses `WHA` and `WHB` are child warehouses of the virtual warehouse " "`VWH`." msgstr "" +"Lagerhäuser `WHA` und `WHB` sind untergeordnete Lagerhäuser des virtuellen " +"Lagerhauses `VWH`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:184 msgid "" @@ -20075,6 +20546,11 @@ msgid "" "add a :guilabel:`Customer`, and click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " "two products stored in the two warehouses." msgstr "" +"Erstellen Sie ein Angebot für das Produkt, indem Sie zur " +":menuselection:`Verkaufsapp` navigieren und auf :guilabel:`Neu` klicken. " +"Fügen Sie im Angebot einen :guilabel:`Kunden` hinzu und klicken Sie auf " +":guilabel:`Produkt hinzufügen`, um die beiden Produkte aus den beiden Lagern" +" hinzuzufügen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -20083,12 +20559,19 @@ msgid "" "value to the virtual warehouse that was :ref:`previously created " "`. Next, :guilabel:`Confirm` the sales order." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie dann im Verkaufsauftragsformular auf den Reiter " +":guilabel:`Weitere Informationen`. Ändern Sie im Abschnitt " +":guilabel:`Lieferung` den Wert des Feldes :guilabel:`Lagerhaus` in das " +"virtuelle Lager, :ref:`das zuvor angelegt wurde `. :guilabel:`Bestätigen` als nächstes den Verkaufsauftrag." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "" "Set virtual warehouse as the *Warehouse* field in sales order's *Other Info*" " tab." msgstr "" +"Erstellung des virtuellen Lagers als Feld *Lagerhaus* imm Reiter *Weitere " +"Informationen* des Verkaufsauftrags." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:196 msgid "" @@ -20097,6 +20580,11 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field value from the sales order. Both should list" " the virtual warehouse location." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie dann auf die intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Lieferung`. " +"Vergewissern Sie sich im Formular für die Lagerlieferung, dass der Wert des " +"Feldes :guilabel:`Quelllagerort` mit dem Wert des Feldes " +":guilabel:`Lagerhaus` des Verkaufsauftrags übereinstimmt. In beiden Fällen " +"sollte der Standort des virtuellen Lagers angegeben sein." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:200 msgid "" @@ -20105,6 +20593,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`From` column for each product match the child locations that are " "tied to the virtual parent location." msgstr "" +"Bestätigen Sie schließlich im Formular für die Lagerlieferung im Reiter " +":guilabel:`Detaillierte Vorgänge`, dass die Werte für :guilabel:`Lagerorte` " +"in der Spalte :guilabel:`Von` für jedes Produkt mit den untergeordneten " +"Lagerorten übereinstimmen, die an den virtuellen übergeordneten Lagerort " +"gebunden sind." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Delivery order with matching source and child locations." @@ -20118,22 +20611,33 @@ msgid "" "order, **must** match for products in the sales order to be pulled from " "different warehouses." msgstr "" +"Der :guilabel:`Quelllagerort` auf dem Formular der Lagerlieferung und das " +":guilabel:`Lagerhaus` im Reiter :guilabel:`Weitere Informationen` auf dem " +"Verkaufsauftragsformular **müssen** übereinstimmen, damit die im " +"Verkaufsauftrag enthaltenen Produkte aus verschiedenen Lagern bezogen werden" +" können." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:213 msgid "" "If the virtual warehouse is not in the :guilabel:`Source Location` field on " "the warehouse delivery form, retry product reservation by:" msgstr "" +"Wenn das virtuelle Lagerhaus nicht im Feld :guilabel:`Quelllagerort` auf dem" +" Lagerhaus-Lieferformular enthalten ist, versuchen Sie die " +"Produktreservierung erneut, indem Sie:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:216 msgid "" "Running the scheduler: turn on :ref:`developer mode `, and " "then go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`." msgstr "" +"den Planer starten: Schalten Sie den :ref:`Entwicklermodus `" +" ein, und gehen Sie dann zu :menuselection:`Lager --> Vorgänge --> Planer " +"starten`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:218 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Check Availability` on the delivery order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "im Lieferauftrag auf :guilabel:`Verfügbarkeit prüfen` klicken." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -20141,6 +20645,10 @@ msgid "" "field on the sales order, then cancel it, and create a new sales order with " "the virtual warehouse set in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field." msgstr "" +"Wenn das virtuelle Lager **nicht** dem Feld :guilabel:`Lagerhaus` auf dem " +"Verkaufsauftrag zugewiesen ist, dann stornieren Sie diesen und erstellen " +"einen neuen Verkaufsauftrag mit dem virtuellen Lager im Feld " +":guilabel:`Lagerhaus`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:222 msgid "" @@ -20149,6 +20657,10 @@ msgid "" " :ref:`previous section ` to ensure the correct " "settings." msgstr "" +"Wenn das Feld :guilabel:`Lagerhaus` auf dem Verkaufsauftragsformular fehlt, " +"sind die mehreren untergeordneten Lager möglicherweise nicht korrekt " +"eingerichtet worden. Überprüfen Sie den :ref:`vorherigen Abschnitt " +"`, um die korrekten Einstellungen vorzunehmen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:227 msgid "" @@ -20157,6 +20669,10 @@ msgid "" "from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` on their " "employee form." msgstr "" +"Um einen virtuellen *übergeordneten* Lagerort als Standardlager für " +"Verkaufsaufträge zu verwenden, soll jeder Vertriebsmitarbeiter das virtuelle" +" Lager aus dem Drop-down-Menü neben :guilabel:`Standardlagerhaus` in seinem " +"Mitarbeiterformular zuweisen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Default warehouse location on employee form." @@ -20326,7 +20842,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:5 msgid "Inventory management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lagerverwaltung" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:3 msgid "Inventory adjustments" @@ -20613,7 +21129,7 @@ msgstr "" "verschoben." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:94 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:160 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is greater than the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **green**. If " @@ -20681,6 +21197,13 @@ msgstr "" "Wenn Sie fertig sind, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Anwenden`, um die " "Bestandsaufnahme anzuwenden." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Applying an inventory adjustment simultaneously creates a :doc:`stock move " +"line (SML) <../reporting/moves_history>` in the *Moves History* report for " +"traceability." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " @@ -20689,11 +21212,11 @@ msgstr "" "„Alle anwenden“-Option wendet die Bestandsaufnahme an, sobald ein Grund " "angegeben wird." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:129 msgid "Count products" msgstr "Produkte zählen" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131 msgid "" "Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is " "complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory " @@ -20705,7 +21228,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Lager --> Vorgänge --> Bestandsaufnahmen`, um die Spalte " ":guilabel:`Gezählte Menge` für jede Produktzeile zu aktualisieren." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135 msgid "" "On each product line, identify whether the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` column recorded in the database matches the newly-counted value. " @@ -20718,7 +21241,7 @@ msgstr "" "klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Festlegen` (Zielsymbol) ganz " "rechts in der Produktzeile." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:139 msgid "" "Doing so copies the value from the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column over " "to the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and sets the value of the " @@ -20736,7 +21259,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move." msgstr "Bestandsaufnahmenbuchung mit Null-Zählung." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148 msgid "" "If the newly-counted value for a given product does **not** match the value " "in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, instead of " @@ -20749,7 +21272,7 @@ msgstr "" "den tatsächlichen Wert in das Feld in der Spalte :guilabel:`Gezählte Menge` " "ein." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152 msgid "" "To do so, click the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column on the " "specific inventory adjustment line for the product whose count is being " @@ -20761,7 +21284,7 @@ msgstr "" "geändert werden soll. Dadurch wird automatisch eine :guilabel:`Gezählte " "Menge` von `0,00` zugewiesen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 msgid "" "To change this value, type in a new value that matches the real, newly-" "counted value. Then, click away from the line. Doing so saves the " @@ -20773,7 +21296,7 @@ msgstr "" "außerhalb der Zeile. Auf diese Weise wird die Bestandsaufnahme gespeichert " "und der Wert in der Spalte :guilabel:`Differenz` automatisch angepasst." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:166 msgid "" "Subsequently, once applied, a move with the difference between the " ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is " @@ -20791,7 +21314,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dashboard der Historie der Bestandsaufnahmen mit einer Liste vorheriger " "Produktbewegungen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:174 msgid "" "Sometimes a count occurs, but cannot be applied in the database right away. " "In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, " @@ -20808,11 +21331,11 @@ msgstr "" "Vorsichtsmaßnahme fragt Odoo nach einer Bestätigung, bevor die " "Bestandsaufnahme angewandt wird." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:181 msgid "Change inventory count frequency" msgstr "Häufigkeit der Inventarzählung ändern" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183 msgid "" "By default, the *scheduled date* for inventory adjustments are always " "scheduled for the 31st of December of the current year. However, for some " @@ -20825,7 +21348,7 @@ msgstr "" "Bestandszählung verfügen. In solchen Fällen kann das standardmäßig geplante " "Datum geändert werden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:187 msgid "" "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " @@ -20846,7 +21369,7 @@ msgstr "" "Anpassung des nächsten Zähldatums für die Inventur mit den Einstellungen zum" " Datum der jährlichen Inventur." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:195 msgid "" "To change the day, click the :guilabel:`31`, and change it to a day within " "the range `1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." @@ -20855,7 +21378,7 @@ msgstr "" "Feld auf einen Tag innerhalb des Bereichs `1-31`, je nach dem gewünschten " "Monat des Jahres." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:198 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:117 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" @@ -20864,7 +21387,7 @@ msgstr "" "Um den Monat zu ändern, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Dezember`, um das Drop-" "down-Menü zu öffnen, und wählen Sie den gewünschten Monat aus." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:201 msgid "" "Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all " "changes." @@ -20872,11 +21395,11 @@ msgstr "" "Wenn Sie alle gewünschten Änderungen vorgenommen haben, klicken Sie auf " ":guilabel:`Speichern`, um alle Änderungen zu speichern." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:204 msgid "Plan big inventory counts" msgstr "Große Inventarzählungen planen" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:206 msgid "" "To plan big inventory counts, such as a full count of everything currently " "in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->" @@ -20886,7 +21409,7 @@ msgstr "" "auf Lager befindlichen Waren, navigieren Sie zunächst zur " ":menuselection:`Lagerapp --> Vorgänge --> Bestandsaufnahmen`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209 msgid "" "Then, select the desired products to be counted by clicking the checkbox on " "the far left of each product line." @@ -20894,7 +21417,7 @@ msgstr "" "Wählen Sie dann die gewünschten Produkte aus, die gezählt werden sollen, " "indem Sie das Kontrollkästchen ganz links in jeder Produktzeile anklicken." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:213 msgid "" "To request a count of **all** products currently in stock, click the " "checkbox at the very top of the table, in the header row next to the " @@ -20910,7 +21433,7 @@ msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" "Pop-up zum Anfordern eine Zählung auf der Seite der Bestandsaufnahmen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221 msgid "" "Once all desired products have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Request a" " Count` button at the top of the page. This causes a :guilabel:`Request a " @@ -20922,17 +21445,17 @@ msgstr "" "Daraufhin wird ein Pop-up-Fenster :guilabel:`Zählung anfordern` angezeigt. " "Geben Sie in diesem Pop-up-Fenster die folgenden Informationen ein:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:225 msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Datum der Bestandsaufnahme`: das geplante Datum der Zählung." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:226 msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Benutzer`: die Person, die für die Zählung verantwortlich ist." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" " be accounted." @@ -20940,21 +21463,25 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Buchungsdatum`: das Datum, an dem die Bestandsaufnahme gebucht " "wird." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the on-hand quantity of each product line blank," " select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To pre-fill the on-hand quantity of each " "product line with the current value recorded in the database, select " ":guilabel:`Set Current Value`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Anzahl`: Um die vorrätige Menge für jede Produktzeile leer zu " +"lassen, wählen Sie :guilabel:`Leer lassen` aus. Um die vorrätige Menge jeder" +" Produktzeile mit dem aktuellen, in der Datenbank gespeicherten Wert zu " +"füllen, wählen Sie :guilabel:`Aktuellen Wert einstellen`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:232 msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." msgstr "" "Wenn Sie fertig sind, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Bestätigen`, um die Zählung" " anzufordern." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 msgid "" "In the Odoo *Barcode* app, users can only view inventory counts that are " "assigned to **them**, and are scheduled for **today** or **earlier**." @@ -20962,327 +21489,296 @@ msgstr "" "In der *Barcode*-App können Benutzer nur die **ihnen** zugewiesenen " "Zählungen einsehen, die für **heute** oder **früher** geplant sind." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:239 msgid ":doc:`cycle_counts`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`cycle_counts`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:3 msgid "Create a second warehouse" msgstr "Ein zweites Lagerhaus erstellen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 msgid "" -"A *warehouse* is a physical building or space where items are stored. In " -"Odoo, it is possible to set up multiple warehouses and transfer stored items" -" between them." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *warehouse* is a physical building or space where " +"items are stored. By default, each Odoo database has one warehouse already " +"pre-configured, with the address set as the company's address." msgstr "" -"Ein *Lager* ist ein physisches Gebäude oder ein Raum, in dem Artikel " -"gelagert werden. In Odoo ist es möglich, mehrere Lager einzurichten und " -"gelagerte Artikel zwischen ihnen zu verschieben." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:9 msgid "" -"By default, the Odoo platform has one warehouse that is already configured, " -"with the address set as the company's address. To create a second warehouse," -" select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, then click " -":guilabel:`Create` and configure the form as follows:" +"However, it is possible to set up multiple additional warehouses, and " +"transfer stored items between them." msgstr "" -"Die Odoo-Plattform verfügt standardmäßig über ein Lagerhaus, das bereits " -"konfiguriert ist, wobei die Adresse als Unternehmensadresse festgelegt ist. " -"Um ein zweites Lagerhaus zu erstellen, wählen Sie " -":menuselection:`Konfiguration --> Lagerhäuser`, klicken dann auf " -":guilabel:`Neu` und konfigurieren das Formular wie folgt:" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:12 -msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Lagerhaus`: der vollständige Name des Lagerhauses" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code by which the warehouse is " -"referred to; the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is **WH**" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Kurzname`: der abgekürzte Code, mit dem das Lager bezeichnet " -"wird; der Kurzname für das Standardlager in Odoo lautet **WH**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:15 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse; this can be set as" -" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " -"vendor" +"To create a second warehouse, the *Storage Locations* feature must be " +"enabled. To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, " +"tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and " +":guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Unternehmen`: das Unternehmen, dem das Lagerhaus gehört; dies " -"kann das Unternehmen sein, dem die Odoo-Datenbank gehört oder das " -"Unternehmen eines Kunden oder Lieferanten" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:17 -msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Adresse`: die Adresse, an dem sich das Lagerhaus befindet" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The options below will only appear if the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " -"checkbox is enabled in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` under the" -" :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " -"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." -msgstr "" -"Die folgenden Optionen werden nur angezeigt, wenn das Kontrollkästchen " -":guilabel:`Mehrstufige Routen` in :menuselection:`Konfiguration --> " -"Einstellungen` unter der Überschrift :guilabel:`Lagerhaus` aktiviert ist. " -"Weitere Informationen über Routen und deren Funktionsweise in Odoo finden " -"Sie unter :ref:`Verwendung von Routen und Pull/Push-Regeln `." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: select the routes that incoming and" -" outgoing shipments should follow" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Wareneingänge/-ausgänge`: die Routen auswählen, die Wareneingänge" -" und -ausgänge nehmen sollen" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:27 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " -"from this warehouse" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Subunternehmer beliefern`: die Belieferung von Subunternehmern " -"aus diesem Lager ermöglichen" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:28 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: allow for items to be manufactured in " -"this warehouse" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Zur Nachlieferung fertigen`: ermöglichen, dass Artikel in diesem " -"Lagerhaus gefertigt werden können" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture`: select the route that should be followed when " -"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Fertigung`: die Route auswählen, die bei der Fertigung von Waren " -"innerhalb des Lagerhauses befolgt werden soll" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: check the box to allow for purchased products " -"to be delivered to the warehouse" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Zur Nachlieferung einkaufen`: ankreuzen, damit gekaufte Produkte " -"an das Lagerhaus geliefert werden können" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:33 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Resupply From`: select warehouses that can be used to resupply " -"the warehouse being created" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Beschaffung von`: Lagerhaus auswählen, die zur Versorgung des zu " -"erstellenden Lagerhauses verwendet werden können" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "A filled out form for creating a new warehouse." -msgstr "Ein ausgefülltes Formular zur Erstellung eines neuen Lagerhauses." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:41 msgid "" -"Creating a second warehouse will automatically enable the *Storage " -"Locations* setting, which allows location tracking of products within a " -"warehouse. To toggle this setting, navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings` and click the checkbox under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " -"heading." +"Warning pop-up window for creating a second warehouse before enabling " +"Storage Locations." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie ein zweites Lagerhaus anlegen, wird automatisch die Einstellung " -"*Lagerorte* aktiviert, die die Standortverfolgung von Produkten innerhalb " -"eines Lagerhauses ermöglicht. Um diese Einstellung zu aktivieren, navigieren" -" Sie zu :menuselection:`Konfiguration --> Einstellungen` und klicken Sie auf" -" das Kontrollkästchen unter der Überschrift :guilabel:`Lagerhaus`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:97 msgid "" -"After filling out the form, click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse " -"will be created." +"Creating a second warehouse without first enabling the *Storage Locations* " +"feature triggers a :guilabel:`Warning` pop-up window. It indicates creating " +"a second warehouse automatically activates the *Storage Locations* setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:30 +msgid "Create new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To create a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens a " +"blank warehouse creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:35 +msgid "Fill out the following fields as necessary:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code used to identify the warehouse," +" i.e. `WH2` (the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is `WH`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse. This can be set as" +" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " +"vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located. By default," +" this is set to the company's address in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Filled out warehouse name and address settings on warehouse creation form." msgstr "" -"Nachdem Sie das Formular ausgefüllt haben, klicken Sie auf " -":guilabel:`Speichern` und das neue Lagerhaus wird erstellt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:49 -msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" -msgstr "Bestand zu einem Lagerhaus hinzufügen" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:51 msgid "" -"If a new warehouse is created that has existing inventory in it, the " -"inventory counts should be added to Odoo so that the stock listed in the " -"Odoo database reflects what is in the physical warehouse. To add inventory " -"to a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations -->" -" Inventory Adjustments`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`. The inventory " -"adjustment form can then be filled out as follows:" +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, configure the warehouse's" +" main workflow in the :guilabel:`Shipments` section, and set available " +"replenishment methods in the :guilabel:`Resupply` section." msgstr "" -"Wenn ein neues Lagerhaus erstellt wird, in dem bereits Bestände vorhanden " -"sind, sollten die Bestandszahlen in Odoo hinzugefügt werden, damit die in " -"der Odoo-Datenbank aufgeführten Bestände den Bestand im physischen Lager " -"widerspiegeln. Um einem neuen Lagerhaus Bestände hinzuzufügen, navigieren " -"Sie zu :menuselection:`Lager --> Vorgänge --> Bestandsaufnahmen` und klicken" -" Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Neu`. Das Formular für die Bestandsaufnahme kann " -"dann wie folgt ausgefüllt werden:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:54 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: the name or code that the inventory " -"adjustment can be referred to by" +"The :guilabel:`Shipments` and :guilabel:`Resupply` sections only appear if " +"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` checkbox is enabled in " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " +"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Bestandsreferenz`: der Name oder Code, unter dem die " -"Bestandsaufnahme referenziert werden kann" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Locations`: the location(s) where the inventory is stored; " -"include the new warehouse and any locations within it that inventory will be" -" added to" +"In the :guilabel:`Shipments` section, choose between one, two, or three-step" +" processes for both incoming and outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Lagerorte`: der/die Ort(e), an dem/denen der Bestand gelagert " -"wird. Dazu gehören das neue Lagerhaus und alle darin befindlichen Orte, " -"denen der Bestand hinzugefügt wird." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:61 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Products`: include all products that will be added to inventory " -"or leave blank to select any product during the next step" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:62 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Resupply` section, edit the following settings:" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Produkte`: geben Sie alle Produkte an, die dem Bestand " -"hinzugefügt werden sollen, oder lassen Sie das Feld leer, um im nächsten " -"Schritt ein beliebiges Produkt auszuwählen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:64 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Include Exhausted Products`: include products with a quantity of " -"zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they " -"have no existing inventory" +":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractors`: enable this feature to coordinate with " +"vendors, and have components dropshipped directly to subcontractors for " +"manufacturing." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Aufgebrauchte Produkte einschließme`: schließt Produkte mit einer" -" Menge von Null ein; wirkt sich nicht auf Bestandsaufnahmen für neue Lager " -"aus, da diese keinen bestehenden Bestand haben" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:66 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date used by accounting teams for " -"bookkeeping related to the inventory" +":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " +"with goods from this warehouse." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Buchungsdatum`: das Datum, das von den Buchhaltungsteams für die " -"Buchhaltung im Zusammenhang mit dem Bestand verwendet wird" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:68 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the inventory; can be set as the " -"user's company or as a customer or vendor" +":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: when products are manufactured, they " +"can be delivered to this warehouse." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Unternehmen`: das Unternehmen, dem der Bestand gehört; kann als " -"Unternehmen des Benutzers oder als Kunde oder Lieferant festgelegt werden" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Counted Quantities`: choose whether the counted quantities for " -"products being added should default to stock on hand or zero; does not " -"affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing " -"inventory" +":guilabel:`Manufacture`: the route that should be followed when " +"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse. Choose from one, two, and three-" +"step production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: when products are purchased, they can be " +"delivered to this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resupply From`: Check the box next to the other warehouses from " +"which this warehouse can replenish products. If the current warehouse does " +"not have the stock, it can also pull products from these selected warehouses" +" in the database. Automatic resupply routes will be created accordingly." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Gezählte Mengen`: legen Sie fest, ob die gezählten Mengen für " -"hinzugefügte Produkte standardmäßig auf den Bestand oder auf Null gesetzt " -"werden sollen; dies hat keine Auswirkungen auf Bestandsaufnahmen für neue " -"Lagerhäuser, da diese keinen bestehenden Bestand haben" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "A filled out form for an inventory adjustment." -msgstr "Ein ausgefülltes Formular für eine Bestandsaufnahme." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:77 msgid "" -"Once the form is properly configured, click on :guilabel:`Start Inventory` " -"to be taken to the next page where products can be added to the inventory " -"adjustment. Add a new product by clicking on :guilabel:`Create` and then " -"fill out the product line as follows:" +"Filled out Warehouse Configuration tab settings on warehouse creation form." msgstr "" -"Sobald das Formular richtig konfiguriert ist, klicken Sie auf " -":guilabel:`Inventur starten`, um auf die nächste Seite zu gelangen, auf der " -"Sie Produkte zur Bestandsaufnahme hinzufügen können. Fügen Sie ein neues " -"Produkt hinzu, indem Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu` klicken und dann die " -"Produktzeile wie folgt ausfüllen:" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:81 -msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Produkt`: das Produkt, das dem Bestand hinzugefügt wird" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:82 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " -"the new warehouse; this can be set as the overall warehouse or a location " -"within the warehouse" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new warehouse's settings." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Lagerort`: der Lagerort, an dem das Produkt derzeit im neuen " -"Lagerhaus gelagert wird; dies kann als das gesamte Lagerhaus oder ein Ort " -"innerhalb des Lagerhauses festgelegt werden" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:84 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " -"serial number used to identify it" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Los-/Seriennummer`: das Los, zu dem das Produkt gehört, oder die " -"Seriennummer, mit der es identifiziert wird" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:85 +msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" +msgstr "Bestand zu einem Lagerhaus hinzufügen" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:87 msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Hand`: the total quantity of the product stored in the " -"location for which inventory is being adjusted; this should be zero for a " -"new location or warehouse" +"If a new warehouse is created to represent a real-world storage location " +"with existing stock, update the warehouse's stock using an inventory " +"adjustment." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Vorrätig`: die Gesamtmenge des Produkts, die an dem Ort gelagert " -"wird, für den der Bestand angepasst wird; für einen neuen Lagerort oder ein " -"neues Lagerhaus sollte dies Null sein" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:88 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Counted`: the amount of the product that is being added to " -"inventory" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Gezählt`: die Menge des Produkts, die dem Bestand hinzugefügt " -"wird" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:89 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the *On Hand* and *Counted* " -"values; this will automatically update to reflect the value entered in the " -":guilabel:`Counted` column" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Differenz`: die Differenz zwischen den Werten *Vorrätig* und " -"*Gezählt*; diese wird automatisch aktualisiert, um den in der Spalte " -":guilabel:`Gezählt` eingegebenen Wert widerzuspiegeln" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:91 -msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for counting the product" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Maßeinheit`: die Maßeinheit, die zur Zählung des Produkts " -"verwendet wird" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`count_products`" +msgstr ":doc:`count_products`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "Include a line for each product being added to inventory." -msgstr "Für jedes Produkt einschließen, das dem Bestand hinzugefügt wird" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To perform an inventory adjustment, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Operations --> Physical Inventory`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing" +" so adds a new line at the bottom of the list of inventory adjustments." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:97 -msgid "" -"After adding all the products already stored in the new warehouse, click " -":guilabel:`Validate Inventory` to complete the inventory adjustment. The " -"values in the :guilabel:`On Hand` column will update to reflect those in the" -" :guilabel:`Counted` column and the products added will appear in the " -"inventory of the new warehouse." +msgid "Configure the line by filling out the following fields as necessary:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " +"the new warehouse. This can be set as the overall warehouse, or a location " +"within the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " +"serial number used to identify it, if the product is tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the total quantity of the product stored in " +"the location for which inventory is being adjusted. For a new warehouse or " +"location where a count or a prior inventory adjustment has not taken place, " +"this should be set to `0.00`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure (UoM) used for counting the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: the amount of the product being added to " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the on-hand and counted " +"quantities. This automatically updates to reflect the value entered in the " +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date selected for the next inventory count " +"for this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`User`: the user who recorded the inventory adjustment in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out inventory adjustment line for product in new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once each line for the products being added to the new warehouse is " +"configured, click :guilabel:`Apply` on each line to apply the new inventory " +"counts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The values in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column update to reflect " +"those in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and the products added " +"appear in the new warehouse's stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:125 +msgid "" +"If products tracked using a lot number or serial number are added without " +"specifying the tracking number, a :guilabel:`Tracked Products in Inventory " +"Adjustment` pop-up window appears upon clicking :guilabel:`Apply` on that " +"product's line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The pop-up indicates tracked products were added, but the lots/serial " +"numbers were not defined. To apply the adjustment without the numbers, click" +" :guilabel:`Apply`. To add the numbers before applying, click " +":guilabel:`Discard`, and add the numbers. Then, once ready, click " +":guilabel:`Apply` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:0 +msgid "Tracked Products in Inventory Adjustment pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`warehouses_locations`" msgstr "" -"Nachdem Sie alle bereits im neuen Lagerhaus gelagerten Produkte hinzugefügt " -"haben, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Inventur validieren`, um die " -"Bestandsaufnahme abzuschließen. Die Werte in der Spalte :guilabel:`Vorrätig`" -" werden aktualisiert und spiegeln die Werte in der Spalte " -":guilabel:`Gezählt` wider und die hinzugefügten Produkte erscheinen im " -"Bestand des neuen Lagerhauses." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:3 msgid "Cycle counts" @@ -21320,6 +21816,9 @@ msgid "" "In Odoo, cycle counts are performed by location. Therefore, the *Storage " "Locations* feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count." msgstr "" +"In Odoo sind die zyklischen Zählungen standortbezogen. Daher muss die " +"Funktion *Lagerorte* aktiviert werden, bevor Sie eine zyklische Zählung " +"durchführen können." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -21328,10 +21827,14 @@ msgid "" "section. Then, tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and " "click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Um diese Funktion zu aktivieren, navigieren Sie zu :menuselection:`Lager -->" +" Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`, und scrollen Sie nach unten zum Abschnitt" +" :guilabel:`Lagerhaus`. Klicken Sie dann auf das Kontrollkästchen neben " +":guilabel:`Lagerorte` und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Enabled Storage Locations setting in inventory settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivierte Einstellung der Lagerorte in den Lagereinstellungen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:29 msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location" @@ -21343,6 +21846,9 @@ msgid "" "locations created in the warehouse, the inventory count frequency can be " "changed for specific locations." msgstr "" +"Sobald die Funktion *Lagerorte* aktiviert ist und mehrere Standorte im Lager" +" angelegt sind, kann die Häufigkeit der Inventur für bestimmte Standorte " +"geändert werden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -21360,6 +21866,8 @@ msgid "" "From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and " "configuration page for that location." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf dieser Seite auf einen Ort, um die Seite mit den " +"Einstellungen und der Konfiguration für diesen Lagerort aufzurufen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -21368,6 +21876,11 @@ msgid "" "default (if this location has not been edited previously). In this field, " "change the value to any number of days desired for the frequency of counts." msgstr "" +"Suchen Sie unter dem Abschnitt :guilabel:`Zyklische Zählung` das Feld " +":guilabel:`Inventurhäufigkeit (Tage)`, das standardmäßig auf `0` gesetzt " +"sein sollte (wenn dieser Lagerort nicht zuvor bearbeitet wurde). Ändern Sie " +"in diesem Feld den Wert auf eine beliebige Anzahl von Tagen, die Sie für die" +" Häufigkeit der Zählungen wünschen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Location frequency setting on location." @@ -21387,6 +21900,9 @@ msgid "" "scheduled count date is automatically set, based on the value entered into " "the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field." msgstr "" +"Sobald eine Bestandsaufnahme an diesem Lagerort vorgenommen wird, wird das " +"nächste geplante Zähldatum automatisch auf der Grundlage des in das Feld " +":guilabel:`Inventurhäufigkeit (Tage)` eingegebenen Wertes festgelegt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:57 msgid "Count inventory by location" @@ -21399,6 +21915,11 @@ msgid "" "This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all " "products currently in-stock, with each product listed on its own line." msgstr "" +"Um eine Zählung für einen bestimmten Standort im Lagerhaus durchzuführen, " +"navigieren Sie zur :menuselection:`Lagerapp --> Vorgänge --> " +"Bestandsaufnahme`. Sie gelangen auf die Seite :guilabel:`Bestandsaufnahmen` " +"mit allen Produkten, die derzeit auf Lager sind, wobei jedes Produkt in " +"einer eigenen Zeile aufgeführt ist." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -21407,6 +21928,10 @@ msgid "" "of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to select specific locations " "and perform inventory counts." msgstr "" +"Von dieser Seite aus können Sie über die Optionen :guilabel:`Filter` und " +":guilabel:`Gruppieren nach` (erreichbar durch Anklicken des Symbols " +":guilabel:`⬇️ (Pfeil nach unten)`, rechts neben der Leiste :guilabel:`Suchen" +" ...`), bestimmte Orte auswählen und Bestandszählungen durchführen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -21415,10 +21940,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Search...` bar. Then, in the :guilabel:`Group By` column, click " ":guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to reveal a new drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Um einen bestimmten Ort auszuwählen und alle Produkte innerhalb dieses Ortes" +" anzuzeigen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol :guilabel:`⬇️ (Pfeil nach unten)` " +"rechts neben der Leiste :guilabel:`Suchen ...`. Klicken Sie dann in der " +"Spalte :guilabel:`Gruppieren nach` auf :guilabel:`Benutzerdefinierte Gruppe " +"hinzufügen`, um ein neues Dropdown-Menü zu öffnen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Filters and Group By menu on Inventory Adjustments page." msgstr "" +"Menü für Filter und Gruppieren nach auf der Seite der Bestandsaufnahmen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -21426,6 +21957,10 @@ msgid "" "into their storage locations on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, " "and a cycle count can be performed for all products in that location." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie im Dropdown-Menü auf :guilabel:`Lagerort`. Dadurch werden die " +"Produkte auf der Seite :guilabel:`Bestandsaufnahmen` nach ihren Lagerorten " +"sortiert, und für alle Produkte in diesem Lagerort kann eine zyklische " +"Zählung durchgeführt werden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -21434,12 +21969,20 @@ msgid "" "from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click the :guilabel:`⬇️ " "(down arrow)` icon to the right of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" +"In großen Lagerhäusern mit mehreren Lagerorten und einer großen Anzahl von " +"Produkten ist es vielleicht einfacher, nach dem gewünschten Lagerort zu " +"suchen. Klicken Sie dazu auf der Seite :guilabel:`Bestandsaufnahmen` auf das" +" Symbol :guilabel:`⬇️ (Pfeil nach unten)` rechts neben der Leiste " +":guilabel:`Suchen ...`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:85 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Filters` column, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`" " to open an :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie dann in der Spalte :guilabel:`Filter` auf " +":guilabel:`Benutzerdefinierten Filter hinzufügen`, um ein Pop-up-Fenster " +":guilabel:`Benutzerdefinierten Filter hinzufügen` zu öffnen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -21447,14 +21990,22 @@ msgid "" " list of options. Select :guilabel:`contains` in the second field. In the " "third field, type in the name of the location being searched for." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie im ersten Feld auf den Wert und wählen Sie den " +":guilabel:`Lagerort` aus der Liste der Optionen. Wählen Sie im zweiten Feld " +":guilabel:`enthält`. Geben Sie in das dritte Feld den Namen des gesuchten " +"Ortes ein." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:92 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add` for that location to appear on the page." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Hinzufügen`, damit dieser Ort auf der Seite " +"erscheint." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:0 msgid "Add Custom Filter pop-up window with location values entered." msgstr "" +"Pop-up-Fenster „Benutzerdefinierten Filter hinzufügen“ mit eingegebenen " +"Standortwerten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:99 msgid "Change full inventory count frequency" @@ -21466,6 +22017,10 @@ msgid "" "for full inventory counts of all in-stock products in the warehouse can also" " be manually changed, to push the date up sooner than the date listed." msgstr "" +"Während regelmäßigen Zählungen in der Regel pro Lagerort durchgeführt " +"werden, kann das geplante Datum für vollständige Inventurzählungen aller im " +"Lager vorrätigen Produkte auch manuell geändert werden, um den Termin vor " +"das angegebene Datum zu verlegen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -21475,6 +22030,11 @@ msgid "" "field, which includes a drop-down field that is set to `31` " ":guilabel:`December`, by default." msgstr "" +"Um das standardmäßige geplante Datum zu ändern, gehen Sie zur " +":menuselection:`Lagerapp --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`. Suchen Sie " +"dann im Abschnitt :guilabel:`Vorgänge` die Einstellung :guilabel:`Datum der " +"jährlichen Inventur`, die ein Drop-down-Feld enthält, das standardmäßig auf " +"den `31` :guilabel:`Dezember` eingestellt ist." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings." @@ -21491,14 +22051,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:120 msgid "Once all necessary changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123 -msgid ":doc:`count_products`" -msgstr "" +"Sobald Sie alle notwendigen Änderungen vorgenommen haben, klicken Sie auf " +":guilabel:`Speichern`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`use_locations`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`use_locations`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Resupply from another warehouse" @@ -21660,64 +22218,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Scrap inventory" msgstr "Ausschuss melden" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:8 msgid "" -"In some cases, a product in inventory may be damaged or found to be " -"defective. If it is not possible to repair or return the product, Odoo " -"*Inventory* allows users to scrap it, ensuring that usable inventory counts " -"remain accurate." +"Sometimes, products in a company's warehouse stock might be found to be " +"damaged or defective, past the point of being reparable. If it is not " +"possible to repair the product, or return the product to a vendor, it can be" +" scrapped." msgstr "" -"In manchen Fällen kann ein Produkt im Bestand beschädigt oder defekt sein. " -"Wenn es nicht möglich ist, das Produkt zu reparieren oder zurückzusenden, " -"können Sie es mit Odoo *Lager* verschrotten und so sicherstellen, dass die " -"verwendbaren Bestände genau bleiben." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:12 msgid "" -"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " -"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." +"Odoo *Inventory* allows users to scrap inventory, designating goods or " +"materials that are no longer usable or sellable for disposal (or recycling)." msgstr "" -"Ausschussaufträge können Sie einsehen, indem Sie zu :menuselection:`Lager " -"--> Vorgänge --> Ausschuss` navigieren. Jeder Ausschussauftrag zeigt das " -"Datum und die Uhrzeit an, zu der der Auftrag erstellt wurde, sowie das " -"Produkt und die Menge, die ausrangiert wurde." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:15 msgid "" -"To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`. Remove the " -":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display " -"virtual locations. Finally, select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` " -"location." +"Scrapping inventory in a database helps stock counts remain accurate, by " +"removing scrapped products from physical inventory, and placing it in a " +"virtual scrap location (*Virtual Locations/Scrap*)." msgstr "" -"Um die Gesamtmenge jedes ausrangierten Artikels anzuzeigen, navigieren Sie " -"zu :menuselection:`Lager --> Konfiguration --> Lagerorte`. Entfernen Sie " -"dann den Filter :guilabel:`Intern` aus der Leiste :guilabel:`Suchen ...`, um" -" alle virtuellen Standorte anzuzeigen. Wählen Sie aus der Liste den Standort" -" :guilabel:`Virtuelle Lagerorte/Ausschuss`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:19 msgid "" -"By default, scrapping a product removes it from physical inventory, and " -"places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual Locations/Scrap*. A virtual " -"location is **not** a physical space, but rather a designation in Odoo that " -"is used to track items that are no longer in physical inventory." +"*Virtual locations* in Odoo are **not** real, physical spaces in a " +"warehouse. Rather, they are designated locations in a database that provide " +"tracking of items that shouldn't be counted in a physical inventory." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie ein Produkt ausrangieren, wird es standardmäßig aus dem physischen " -"Bestand entfernt und an einem virtuellen Ort mit der Bezeichnung *Virtuelle " -"Orte/Ausschuss* abgelegt. Ein virtueller Lagerort ist **kein** physischer " -"Ort, sondern eine Bezeichnung in Odoo, die verwendet wird, um Artikel zu " -"verfolgen, die sich nicht mehr im physischen Bestand befinden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:68 -msgid "Learn more" -msgstr "Mehr erfahren" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:25 msgid "" "For more information about virtual locations, see the documentation about " "the different types of :ref:`locations " @@ -21728,174 +22257,175 @@ msgstr "" "`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To use locations in warehouse, including a virtual scrap location, the " +"*Storage Locations* feature must first be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Tick the " +"checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` to enable the feature, and " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Storage Locations setting in Inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:41 msgid "Scrap from stock" msgstr "Aus Lager entfernen" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:43 msgid "" -"To scrap a product located in inventory, begin by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Scrap`. On the :guilabel:`Scrap" -" Orders` page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new scrap order." +"To create a new scrap order (SP) for an in-stock product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Scrap`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a new |SP| form." msgstr "" -"Um ein Produkt zu verschrotten, das sich im Inventar befindet, navigieren " -"Sie zunächst zu :guilabel:`Lager --> Vorgänge --> Ausschuss melden`. Auf der" -" Seite :guilabel:`Ausschuss melden` klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu`, um " -"einen neuen Ausschuss zu melden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:46 msgid "" -"On the scrap order, select the product being scrapped from the " -":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` field. The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the " -"location where the product is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` " -"defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be " -"changed by selecting a different location from their respective drop-down " -"menus." +"Click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and select the " +"product that should be scrapped from inventory. In the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"field, change the value to the quantity of the product that should be " +"scrapped (by default, this value is set to `1.00`)." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie im Ausschussformular das zu verschrottende Produkt aus dem " -"Dropdown-Menü :guilabel:`Produkt` und geben Sie dann die Menge in das Feld " -":guilabel:`Menge` ein. Der :guilabel:`Quelllagerort` ist standardmäßig der " -"Ort, an dem das Produkt gelagert wird, und der :guilabel:`Lagerort für " -"Ausschuss` ist standardmäßig :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`, aber Sie " -"können beides ändern, indem Sie einen anderen Ort aus den jeweiligen " -"Dropdown-Menüs auswählen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "A new scrap order." -msgstr "Ein neuer Ausschuss." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to scrap the product. The on-hand " -"inventory count for the scrapped product updates to subtract the scrapped " -"quantity." +msgid "Filled out new scrap order form with product details." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie schließlich auf :guilabel:`Validieren`, um den Ausschuss für das" -" Produkt zu melden. Der Lagerbestand für das Ausschussprodukt wird " -"aktualisiert, um die Ausschussmenge abzuziehen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:49 -msgid "Scrap from a receipt, transfer, or delivery" -msgstr "Ausschuss vom Wareneingang, Transfer oder der Lieferung" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:54 msgid "" -"It is also possible to scrap products during the receipt, transfer, and " -"delivery operations. This can be necessary if any products are found to be " -"defective when receiving them into inventory, transferring them from one " -"location to another, or preparing them for delivery." +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " +"is currently stored. The :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to the " +"designated scrap location (:guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`). Either of " +"these locations can be changed by selecting a different location from their " +"respective drop-down menus." msgstr "" -"Es ist auch möglich, Produkte während des Wareneingangs, des Transfers und " -"der Lieferung zu verschrotten. Dies kann notwendig sein, wenn Produkte bei " -"der Aufnahme in den Bestand, beim Transfer von einem Ort zum anderen oder " -"bei der Vorbereitung der Auslieferung als fehlerhaft erkannt werden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:59 msgid "" -"To scrap a product during the receipt, transfer, or delivery operations, " -"begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app. On the " -":guilabel:`Overview` page, select the :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the" -" :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`, or " -":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, depending on the type of operation the " -"product is being scrapped from." +"If the scrapping is tied to a specific existing operation, specify the " +"operation in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." msgstr "" -"Um ein Produkt während des Wareneingangs-, Transfer- oder Liefervorgangs zu " -"verschrotten, navigieren Sie zunächst zur :guilabel:`Lagerapp`. Wählen Sie " -"auf der Seite :guilabel:`Übersicht` auf der Karte :guilabel:`Eingänge`, " -":guilabel:`Interne Transfers` oder :guilabel:`Lieferaufträge` die " -"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Zu verarbeiten`, je nachdem, aus welchem Vorgang das" -" Produkt verschrottet wird." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:62 msgid "" -"For the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card to appear on the " -":menuselection:`Overview` page of the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, the " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next " -"to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading." +"The :guilabel:`Company` field displays the company whose warehouse this " +"product belongs to. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " +"scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." msgstr "" -"Damit die Karte :guilabel:`Interne Transfers` auf der Seite " -":menuselection:`Übersicht` der :menuselection:`Lager-App` angezeigt wird, " -"muss die Einstellung :guilabel:`Lagerorte` aktiviert sein. Navigieren Sie " -"dazu zu :menuselection:`Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`, und aktivieren Sie" -" das Kontrollkästchen neben :guilabel:`Lagerorte` unter der Überschrift " -":guilabel:`Lagerhaus`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:66 msgid "" -"Alternatively, a list of all delivery orders, receipts, and transfers can be" -" viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> " -"Transfers`." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the new |SP|. Once " +"validated, a :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button appears at the top of " +"the form. Click the smart button to view the details of the scrap operation." msgstr "" -"Alternativ können Sie eine Liste aller Lieferaufträge, Eingänge und " -"Transfers anzeigen, indem Sie zu :menuselection:`Lager --> Vorgänge --> " -"Transfers` navigieren." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Next, open a delivery order, receipt, or transfer from the corresponding " -"page by clicking on it. A :guilabel:`Scrap` button appears at the top of the" -" page. Click it to open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." -msgstr "" -"Als nächstes öffnen Sie einen Lieferauftrag, einen Wareneingangsbeleg oder " -"einen Transfer auf der entsprechenden Seite, indem Sie darauf klicken. Oben " -"auf der Seite erscheint eine Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Ausschuss melden`. " -"Klicken Sie darauf, um das Pop-up-Fenster :guilabel:`Ausschuss melden` zu " -"öffnen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "The scrap pop-up in the Inventory app." -msgstr "Das Ausschuss-Pop-up in der Lagerapp." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:78 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Scrap` button will only appear on a receipt that has been " -"validated. This is because Odoo only allows products to be scrapped once " -"they have been entered into inventory." +msgid "Product Moves smart button on new scrap order form." msgstr "" -"Die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Ausschuss melden` wird nur auf einem " -"Wareneingangsbeleg angezeigt, der validiert wurde. Das liegt daran, dass " -"Odoo den Ausschuss von Produkten erst zulässt, wenn sie in den Bestand " -"aufgenommen wurden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:75 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window, select the product being scrapped " -"from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Then, enter the quantity in the" -" :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +"To view the all-time total quantities of scrapped items, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Click the " +":guilabel:`x (remove)` button on the :guilabel:`Internal` filter in the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar, to display virtual locations." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie im Pop-up-Fenster :guilabel:`Auschuss melden` das zu " -"verschrottende Produkt aus dem Dropdown-Menü :guilabel:`Produkt`. Geben Sie " -"dann die Menge in das Feld :guilabel:`Menge` ein." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:79 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " -"is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual" -" Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be changed by selecting a " -"different location from their respective drop-down menus." +"Select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` location. From the " +":guilabel:`Scrap` location's form, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` smart" +" button, at the top of the form." msgstr "" -"Der :guilabel:`Quelllagerort` ist standardmäßig der Ort, an dem das Produkt " -"gelagert wird, und der :guilabel:`Lagerort für Ausschuss` ist standardmäßig " -":guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`, aber Sie können beides ändern, indem " -"Sie einen anderen Ort aus den jeweiligen Dropdown-Menüs auswählen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the product. After doing so, the " -":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window disappears and a :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " -"button appears in the top right of the page. Click it to view all of the " -"scrap orders created from that operation." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:82 +msgid "A list of all scrapped products, and their quantities, is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:0 +msgid "Current Stock list of all scrapped products in virtual scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:89 +msgid "Scrap from an existing operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Scrap orders (SPs) can *also* be created from existing operations, such as " +"receipts, delivery orders, and internal transfers, before they are entered " +"into, or removed from, stock for an operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To scrap a product during an operation, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview`, " +"click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on an operation's task card (i.e. " +"the :guilabel:`Receipts` task card)." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie schließlich auf :guilabel:`Erledigt`, um das Produkt zu " -"verschrotten. Daraufhin verschwindet das Pop-up-Fenster :guilabel:`Ausschuss" -" melden` und eine intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Ausschuss` erscheint " -"oben rechts auf der Seite. Klicken Sie darauf, um alle Ausschüsse " -"anzuzeigen, die durch diesen Vorgang entstanden sind." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "The Scraps smart button." -msgstr "Die intelligente Schaltfläche „Ausschuss“." +msgid "# To Process button on Receipts task card on Inventory Overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, select an operation to process from the resulting list of existing " +"orders. Doing so opens that operation's form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon, and select " +":guilabel:`Scrap` from the resulting drop-down menu. This opens a " +":guilabel:`Scrap Products` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Scrap Products pop-up window on operation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:113 +msgid "" +"From this pop-up window, click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product`" +" field, and select the products from the operation that should be scrapped. " +"Adjust the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Product` selected is tracked using a lot or serial number," +" a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial` field appears. Specify the tracking number in that" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` and :guilabel:`Scrap Location` can be " +"changed, if needed. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " +"scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Scrap Products`. A :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " +"button appears at the top of the operation form. Click this smart button to " +"view the details of all scrap orders created from this specific operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Scraps smart button showing all scrap orders from operation." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:3 msgid "Locations" @@ -21903,131 +22433,225 @@ msgstr "Lagerorte" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:5 msgid "" -"A *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. This can be a shelf, " -"room, aisle, etc. There are three types of locations in Odoo:" +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. " +"This can be a shelf, room, aisle, rack, bin, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:8 msgid "" -"*Physical locations* are spaces within a warehouse owned by the user's " -"company. These can be a an area where items are stored like an aisle or " -"shelf, or an area where operations take place, like loading and unloading " -"bays." +"There are also external and virtual locations. For example, customer " +"locations, and locations specifically designated as \"virtual\", instead of " +"real, physical locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:11 msgid "" -"*Partner locations* are the same as physical locations except that they " -"exist within the warehouse of a customer or vendor." +"Locations allow for the storage of products in designated areas of the " +"warehouse, to help track inventory accurately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:17 msgid "" -"*Virtual locations* are locations that do not exist physically, but where " -"items that are not in inventory can be placed. These can be items that have " -"not yet entered inventory, like products that are on the way to a warehouse," -" or items that are no longer in inventory due to loss or other factors." +"To specify storage locations, the *Storage Locations* setting must be " +"enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"section. Tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` to enable " +"the feature, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In order to use locations, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be" -" enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, and enable " -"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:24 -msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Storage Location setting in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:26 msgid "" -"Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations --> Create`. The new location " -"form can then be configured as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location Name`: the name that will be used to reference the " -"location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:30 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Parent Location`: the location or warehouse that the new location" -" exists within" +"Once the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is enabled, two additional " +"internal link options appear below it: :guilabel:`Locations` and " +":guilabel:`Putaway Rules`. Click :guilabel:`Locations` to open a list of all" +" existing locations in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location Type`: choose the category that the location belongs to" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse that the location " -"is inside of" -msgstr "" +msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" +msgstr "Einen neuen Lagerort in einem Lagerhaus erstellen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:104 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: check this box to allow for " -"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: check this box to allow products to be " -"returned to this location" +"To create a new location inside a warehouse, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Doing so " +"opens a list of all existing locations. Click :guilabel:`New` to open a new " +"location creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:37 -msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode number assigned to the location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:108 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Removal Strategy`: the :doc:`strategy <../removal_strategies>` " -"for how items should be taken from inventory" +"In the :guilabel:`Location Name` field, assign a name for the new location. " +"In the :guilabel:`Parent Location` field, assign the location that this new " +"location exists in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 -msgid "The form for creating a new location." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:41 +msgid "" +"A new location `Gate 1` is created. Its parent location is `Dispatch Zone`. " +"In the :guilabel:`Parent Location` for `Gate 1`, select `Dispatch Zone`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:48 -msgid "Create location hierarchies" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, fill out the necessary " +"details for the new location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Location Type` field, select which type of location this " +"is. There are seven different types of locations to choose from:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:50 msgid "" -"The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" -" to exist within a warehouse or another location. Every location can serve " -"as a parent location, and every parent location can have multiple locations " -"within it, allowing for the creation of a virtually infinite hierarchical " -"structure." +":guilabel:`Vendor Location`: virtual location representing the source " +"location for products coming from vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:52 msgid "" -"Location hierarchy could be organized so that a shelf is located within an " -"aisle, which is located within a room, which is located within the overall " -"warehouse." +":guilabel:`View`: virtual location used to create a hierarchical structure " +"for a warehouse; aggregates its child locations. **Should not directly " +"contain products**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`Internal Location`: physical location inside a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:55 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer Location`: virtual location representing the destination" +" location for products sent to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Inventory Loss`: virtual location serving as a counterpart for " +"inventory operations. Used to correct stock levels of physical inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:59 msgid "" -"To create the location hierarchy in the example above, set the warehouse as " -"the parent of the room, the room as the parent of the aisle, and the aisle " -"as the parent of the shelf. This can be adapted to a hierarchy of any " -"magnitude." +":guilabel:`Production`: virtual counterpart location for production " +"operations. This location consumes components and produces finished " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transit Location`: counterpart location that should be used in " +"inter-company or inter-warehouse operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Additional Information section of new location creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Configure the remaining fields in the :guilabel:`Additional Information` " +"section as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose warehouse the location is inside of. " +"Leave this field blank if this location is shared between companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow for " +"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow products to " +"be returned to this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode assigned to the location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Replenish Location`: tick this checkbox to get all quantities to " +"replenish at this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Cyclic Counting` section, change the value in the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field from the default `0`, if " +"necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Cyclic Counting section of new location creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When different than `0`, the inventory count dates for products stored at " +"this location are automatically set at the defined frequency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:90 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, in the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` " +"field, click the drop-down menu and select the :doc:`removal strategy " +"<../removal_strategies>` for how items should be removed from this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:97 +msgid "Create location hierarchies" +msgstr "Hierarchien für Lagerorte erstellen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" +" to exist within a warehouse, or below another location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Every location can serve as a parent location, and every parent location can" +" have multiple locations within it, allowing for the creation of a " +"hierarchical structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Location hierarchy could be organized so that a small refrigerator is " +"located on a specific shelf, which is located in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Location hierarchy of small refrigerator, on a shelf in a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To create the location hierarchy in the example above (`WH/Stock/Shelf " +"2/Small Refrigerator`), set the warehouse stock as the parent of the shelf, " +"and the shelf as the parent of the small refrigerator. This can be adapted " +"to a hierarchy of any magnitude." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:5 msgid "Routes and push/pull rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Routen und Pull/Push-Regeln" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -22104,6 +22728,13 @@ msgid "" "boxes, and conveyor belts bring them to the shipping docks, ready to be " "delivered to customers." msgstr "" +"Hier ist ein Beispiel für eine Abwicklungsroute. Morgens werden die Artikel " +"für alle Aufträge, die im Laufe des Tages vorbereitet werden müssen, " +"kommissioniert. Diese Artikel werden aus dem Lagerort entnommen und in den " +"Kommissionierbereich gebracht, in dessen Nähe die Aufträge verpackt werden. " +"Anschließend werden die Aufträge in die entsprechenden Kartons verpackt und " +"über Förderbänder in die Nähe der Versanddocks gebracht, wo sie an die " +"Kunden ausgeliefert werden können." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries." @@ -22325,7 +22956,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "A pre-configured warehouse in Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ein vorkonfiguriertes Lagerhaus in Odoo Lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -22674,7 +23305,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:273 msgid "Example flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beispielablauf" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:275 msgid "" @@ -23071,6 +23702,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse." msgstr "Die Karte der Lieferaufträge für das Ausgangslagerhaus." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 +msgid "Process the receipt" +msgstr "Den Wareneingang verarbeiten" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99 msgid "" "Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for " @@ -23211,195 +23846,166 @@ msgstr "" "oben beschrieben bearbeitet werden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations" -msgstr "Lagerhäuser und Lagerorte verwalten" +msgid "Manage warehouses and locations" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:9 msgid "Warehouse" msgstr "Lagerhaus" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:15 msgid "" -"In Odoo, a *warehouse* is the actual building/place in which a company's " -"items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user " -"can create moves between warehouses." +"Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo, and stock moves can be created " +"between warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:22 msgid "" -"A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a " -"sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). " -"Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible " -"to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can " -"be configured as needed under one warehouse." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. " +"This can be a shelf, room, aisle, rack, bin, etc. Locations allow for the " +"storage of products in designated areas of the warehouse, to help track " +"inventory accurately." msgstr "" -"Ein **Lagerort** ist ein bestimmter Raum innerhalb des Lagers. Es kann ein " -"Teilbereich des Lagerhauses sein (ein Regal, ein Stockwerk, ein Gang usw.). " -"Daher ist ein Lagerort nur Teil eines Lagerhauses und es ist nicht möglich, " -"einen Lagerort mit mehreren Lagerhäusern zu verknüpfen. In Odoo können unter" -" einem Lagerhaus so viele Lagerorte wie nötig konfiguriert werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:24 -msgid "There are three types of locations:" -msgstr "Es gibt drei Arten von Lagerorten:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:26 msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading " -"areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc." +"A location is only part of *one* warehouse, and can **not** be linked to " +"multiple warehouses. As many locations can be configured as needed under one" +" warehouse." msgstr "" -"Die **Physischen Lagerorte** sind interne Standorte, die Teil der " -"Lagerhäuser sind, die das Unternehmen besitzt. Das können die Be- und " -"Entladebereiche des Lagerhauses, ein Regal, eine Abteilung usw. sein." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:29 +msgid "There are three types of locations in Odoo *Inventory*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:31 msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only " -"difference being that they are not owned by the user's company." +"**Physical Locations**: internal locations within a single warehouse owned " +"by the company. This can include shipping and loading docks, aisles, " +"shelves, storage areas, and more." msgstr "" -"Die **Partnerlagerorte** sind Räume im Lager eines Kunden und/oder " -"Lieferanten. Sie funktionieren auf die gleiche Weise wie physische " -"Lagerorte, mit dem einzigen Unterschied, dass sie nicht dem Unternehmen des " -"Benutzers gehören." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:33 msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory " -"Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse " -"(**Procurements**)." +"**Partner Locations**: external locations, such as designated spaces in a " +"customer or vendor's warehouse. They are similar to physical locations, but " +"they are **not** owned by the user's company." msgstr "" -"Die **Virtuellen Lagerorte** sind Orte, die nicht existieren, aber an denen " -"Produkte platziert werden können, wenn sie sich noch nicht (oder nicht mehr)" -" in einem physischen Bestand befinden. Sie sind nützlich, wenn Sie verloren " -"gegangene Produkte erfassen (**Bestandsverlust**) oder Produkte verbuchen, " -"die auf dem Weg ins Lager sind (**Beschaffungen**)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:36 msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be " -"structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the " -"organization of the warehouses." +"**Virtual Locations**: this type of location does not exist as a physical " +"space, but products can be \"stored\" here when they are not physically in " +"an inventory yet. *Inventory Loss* and *Procurements* are examples of " +"virtual locations, for products that are lost or in transit to the " +"warehouse." msgstr "" -"In Odoo sind die Lagerorte hierarchisch strukturiert. Lagerorte können als " -"Baum strukturiert werden, abhängig von einer über-/untergeordneten " -"Beziehung. Dies ermöglicht eine detailliertere Analyse der Lagervorgänge und" -" der Organisation der Lagerhäuser." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:41 msgid "" -"To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" -" enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"Every location within a warehouse can serve as a parent location, and every " +"parent location can have multiple locations within it, allowing for the " +"creation of a hierarchical structure. This allows for more detailed levels " +"of analysis of the stock operations and the organization of the warehouses." msgstr "" -"Um Lagerorte zu aktivieren, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Konfiguration --> " -"Einstellungen` und aktivieren Sie :guilabel:`Lagerorte`. Klicken Sie dann " -"auf :guilabel:`Speichern`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings." -msgstr "Aktivieren der Lagerortfunktion in den Odoo-Lagereinstellungen." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:48 +msgid "" +"For companies with one warehouse, no additional settings are required to " +"activate before editing the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:51 +msgid "" +"For companies with multiple warehouses, and to create locations within a " +"warehouse, the *Storage Locations* feature must be enabled." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:54 msgid "" -"To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable " -":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check " -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes`." +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Tick the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox to enable the feature, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:58 -msgid "Create a new warehouse" -msgstr "Ein neues Lagerhaus erstellen" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " -"Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Storage Locations feature enabled in the Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -"Um ein Lagerhaus zu erstellen, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Konfiguration " -"--> Lagerverwaltung --> Lagerhäuser` und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:63 msgid "" -"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. " -"The short name is five characters maximum." +"To manage warehouse *routes*, such as two-and-three-step receipts and " +"deliveries, enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature from the *Inventory* app " +"settings, as well. For more on routes, see :doc:`use_routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:68 +msgid "Create a new warehouse" +msgstr "Ein neues Lagerhaus erstellen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Begin by assigning a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name`, and a :guilabel:`Short " +"Name`. The :guilabel:`Short Name` field is limited to a **five** character " +"maximum." msgstr "" -"Füllen Sie dann einen :guilabel:`Lagerhausnamen` und einen " -":guilabel:`Kurznamen` aus. Der Kurzname besteht aus maximal fünf Zeichen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "Kurznamenfeld eines Lagerhauses in Odoo Lager." +msgid "New warehouse creation form name configuration fields." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:81 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse " -"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first " -"letters of location]\"." +"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like `WH/[first " +"letters of location]`." msgstr "" -"Der :guilabel:`Kurzname` erscheint auf Transferaufträgen und anderen " -"Lagerdokumenten. Odoo empfiehlt die Verwendung eines verständlichen Namens " -"wie „WH/[Anfangsbuchstaben des Ortes]“." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:84 msgid "" -"Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations " -"related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated." +"For example, a warehouse named `Warehouse #2` might have the " +":guilabel:`Short Name` `WH2` (the short name for the default warehouse in " +"Odoo is `WH`)." msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie nun zurück zum :guilabel:`Lager`-Dashboard. Dort wurden " -"automatisch neue Vorgänge für das neu erstellte Lagerhaus generiert." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently " -"created warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Das Dashboard der Lagerapp zeigt neue Transferarten für das kürzlich " -"erstellte Lagerhaus an." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the " -":guilabel:`Locations` setting." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie ein zweites Lagerhaus hinzufügen, wird die Einstellung " -":guilabel:`Lagerorte` automatisch aktiviert." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:85 -msgid "Create a new location" -msgstr "Einen neuen Lagerort erstellen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:87 msgid "" -"To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " -"Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +"Once the warehouse is created, navigate back to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard. New operations for the newly created " +"warehouse are automatically generated there." msgstr "" -"Um einen Lagerort zu erstellen, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Konfiguration " -"--> Lagerverwaltung --> Lagerorte` und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:90 msgid "" -"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`" -" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +"For more on creating new warehouses, see :doc:`create_a_second_warehouse`." msgstr "" -"Geben Sie dann einen :guilabel:`Lagerortnamen` und einen " -":guilabel:`Übergerordneten Lagerort` ein und klicken Sie auf " -":guilabel:`Speichern`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "Einen neuen Lageror in Odoo Lager erstellen." +msgid "" +"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfers for the new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:102 +msgid "Create a new location" +msgstr "Einen neuen Lagerort erstellen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:111 +msgid "For more on locations, see :doc:`use_locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "New warehouse location creation form." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 msgid "Inventory valuation" msgstr "Lagerbewertung" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 msgid "Landed costs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Einstandskosten" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -23407,6 +24013,9 @@ msgid "" " product or shipment, including all expenses associated with shipping the " "product." msgstr "" +"Beim Versand von Produkten an Kunden sind die Wareneinstandskosten der " +"Gesamtpreis eines Produkts oder einer Sendung, einschließlich aller mit dem " +"Versand des Produkts verbundenen Kosten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -23414,6 +24023,10 @@ msgid "" "account when calculating the valuation of a product. This includes the cost " "of shipment, insurance, customs duties, taxes, and other fees." msgstr "" +"In Odoo wird die Funktion *Einstandskosten* verwendet, um zusätzliche Kosten" +" bei der Berechnung der Bewertung eines Produkts zu berücksichtigen. Dazu " +"gehören die Kosten für Versand, Versicherung, Zölle, Steuern und andere " +"Gebühren." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -23422,12 +24035,19 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Valuation` " "section." msgstr "" +"Um Produkten Einstandskostem hinzufügen zu können, muss die Funktion " +"*Einstandskosten* zunächst aktiviert werden. Um diese Funktion zu " +"aktivieren, navigieren Sie zu :menuselection:`Lager --> Konfiguration --> " +"Einstellungen`, und scrollen Sie zum Abschnitt :guilabel:`Bewertung`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:26 msgid "" "Tick the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` option, and click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" +"Aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen neben der Option " +":guilabel:`Einstandskosten` und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`, um " +"die Änderungen zu speichern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -23435,6 +24055,9 @@ msgid "" "below the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` feature in the :guilabel:`Valuation` " "section." msgstr "" +"Sobald die Seite aktualisiert wird, erscheint ein neues Feld " +":guilabel:`Standardjournal` unterhalb der Funktion " +":guilabel:`Einstandskosten` im Abschnitt :guilabel:`Bewertung`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -23442,16 +24065,22 @@ msgid "" "accounting journals. Select a journal for which all accounting entries " "related to landed costs should be recorded." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf das Dropdown-Menü :guilabel:`Standardjournal`, um eine Liste" +" der Buchhaltungsjournale anzuzeigen. Wählen Sie ein Journal aus, für das " +"alle Journalbuchungen im Zusammenhang mit den Einstandspreisen erfasst " +"werden sollen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "" "Landed Costs feature and resulting Default Journal field in the Inventory " "settings." msgstr "" +"Funktion „Einstandskosten“ und das entsprechende Standardjournal in den " +"Lagereinstellungen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:40 msgid "Create landed cost product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Einstandskostenprodukt erstellen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -23460,12 +24089,19 @@ msgid "" "quickly added to a vendor bill as an invoice line, instead of having to be " "manually entered every time a new vendor bill is created." msgstr "" +"Für Kosten, die regelmäßig als Einstandskosten hinzugefügt werden, kann in " +"Odoo ein Einstandskostenprodukt erstellt werden. Auf diese Weise kann ein " +"Einstandskostenprodukt schnell als Rechnungszeile zu einer " +"Lieferantenrechnung hinzugefügt werden, anstatt jedes Mal manuell eingegeben" +" werden zu müssen, wenn eine neue Lieferantenrechnung erstellt wird." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:46 msgid "" "To do this, create a new product by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Products --> Products`, and clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +"Erstellen Sie dazu ein neues Produkt, indem Sie zu :menuselection:`Lager -->" +" Produkte --> Produkte` gehen und auf :guilabel:`Neu` klicken." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -23474,12 +24110,18 @@ msgid "" "field, click the drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Service` as the " ":guilabel:`Product Type`." msgstr "" +"Weisen Sie dem Einstandskostenprodukt im Feld :guilabel:`Produktname` einen " +"Namen zu (z. B. `Internationaler Versand`). Klicken Sie im Feld " +":guilabel:`Produkttyp` auf das Dropdown-Menü und wählen Sie " +":guilabel:`Dienstleistung` als :guilabel:`Produkttyp`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:54 msgid "" "Landed cost products **must** have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set to " ":guilabel:`Service`." msgstr "" +"Bei kostenpflichtigen Produkten **muss** der :guilabel:`Produkttyp` auf " +":guilabel:`Dienstleistung` gesetzt sein." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -23489,18 +24131,29 @@ msgid "" "prompting a selection. Clicking that drop-down menu reveals the following " "options:" msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie im Reiter :guilabel:`Einkauf` und markieren Sie das " +"Kontrollkästchen neben :guilabel:`Sind Einstandskosten` im Abschnitt " +":guilabel:`Lieferantenrechnungen`. Sobald das Häkchen gesetzt ist, erscheint" +" darunter ein neues Feld :guilabel:`Standardaufteilungsmethode`, das Sie zur" +" Auswahl auffordert. Wenn Sie auf dieses Dropdown-Menü klicken, werden die " +"folgenden Optionen angezeigt:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:60 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Equal`: splits the cost equally across each product included in " "the receipt, regardless of the quantity of each." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Gleichmäßig`: teilt die Kosten gleichmäßig auf alle auf dem " +"Wareneingangsbeleg enthaltenen Produkte auf, unabhängig von der Menge der " +"einzelnen Produkte." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:62 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Quantity`: splits the cost across each unit of all products in" " the receipt." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Nach Menge`: teilt die Kosten auf jede Einheit aller Produkte auf" +" dem Wareneingangsbeleg auf." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -23508,30 +24161,41 @@ msgid "" "product unit, so a product with a higher cost receives a greater share of " "the landed cost." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Nach laufenden Kosten`: teilt die Kosten nach den Kosten der " +"einzelnen Produkteinheiten auf, sodass ein Produkt mit höheren Kosten einen " +"größeren Anteil an den Einstandskosten erhält." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Weight`: splits the cost, according to the weight of the " "products in the receipt." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Nach Gewicht`: teilt die Kosten entsprechend dem Gewicht der " +"Produkte auf dem Wareneingangsbeleg auf." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Volume`: splits the cost, according to the volume of the " "products in the receipt." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Nach Volumen`: teilt die Kosten entsprechend dem Volumen der " +"Produkte auf dem Wareneingangsbeleg auf." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "" "Is a Landed Cost checkbox and Default Split Method on service type product " "form." msgstr "" +"Ist ein Kontrollkästchen „Einstandskosten“ und „Standardaufteilingsmethode“ " +"auf dem Produktformular für Dienstleistungen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:72 msgid "" "When creating new vendor bills, this product can be added as an invoice line" " as a landed cost." msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie neue Lieferantenrechnungen erstellen, können Sie dieses Produkt als" +" Rechnungszeile als Einstandskosten hinzufügen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -23539,6 +24203,10 @@ msgid "" "original |PO| **must** belong to a *Product Category* with its *Force " "Removal Strategy* set to |FIFO|, and its *Costing Method* set to |AVCO|." msgstr "" +"Um Einstandskosten auf eine Lieferantenrechnung anzuwenden, müssen die in " +"der ursprünglichen Bestellung enthaltenen Produkte zu einer " +"*Produktkategorie* gehören, deren *Entnahmestrategie erzwingen* auf |FIFO| " +"und deren *Kalkulationsverfahren* auf Durchschnittskosten eingestellt ist." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -23547,6 +24215,11 @@ msgid "" "products from. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, under the " ":guilabel:`Products` tab, to add products to the |RfQ|." msgstr "" +"Navigieren Sie zu :menuselection:`Einkauf --> Neu`, um eine neue " +"Angebotsanfrage zu erstellen. Fügen Sie im Feld :guilabel:`Lieferant` einen " +"Lieferanten hinzu, bei dem Sie Produkte bestellen möchten. Klicken Sie dann " +"im Reiter :guilabel:`Produkte` auf :guilabel:`Produkt hinzufügen`, um der " +"Anfrage Produkte hinzuzufügen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -23554,16 +24227,22 @@ msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Receive Products` once the products have been received, " "followed by :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" +"Sobald Sie fertig sind, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Auftrag bestätigen`, um " +"die Bestellung zu bestätigen. Klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Produkte " +"erhalten`, sobald die Produkte eingegangen sind, gefolgt von " +":guilabel:`Validieren`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:90 msgid "Create vendor bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lieferantenrechnung erstellen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:92 msgid "" "Once the vendor fulfills the |PO| and sends a bill, a vendor bill can be " "created from the |PO| in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Sobald der Lieferant die Bestellung erfüllt und eine Rechnung schickt, kann " +"aus der Bestellung in Odoo eine Lieferantenrechnung erstellt werden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -23571,12 +24250,19 @@ msgid "" "which a vendor bill should be created. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Bill`. " "This opens a new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill` in the :guilabel:`Draft` stage." msgstr "" +"Navigieren Sie zu :menuselection:`Einkauf`, und klicken Sie auf die " +"Bestellung, für den eine Lieferantenrechnung erstellt werden soll. Klicken " +"Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Rechnung erstellen`. Dadurch wird eine neue " +":guilabel:`Lieferantenrechnung` in der Phase :guilabel:`Entwurf` geöffnet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:99 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field, click the line to open a calendar " "popover menu, and select the date on which this draft bill should be billed." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie im Feld :guilabel:`Rechnungsdatum` auf die Zeile, um ein " +"Kalender-Pop-over-Menü zu öffnen, und wählen Sie das Datum, an dem dieser " +"Rechnungsentwurf in Rechnung gestellt werden soll." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -23585,10 +24271,15 @@ msgid "" "the previously created landed cost product. Click the :guilabel:`Save " "manually (cloud with arrow)` icon to update the draft bill." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie dann im Reiter :guilabel:`Rechnungszeilen` auf :guilabel:`Zeile " +"hinzufügen`, und klicken Sie auf das Dropdown-Menü in der Spalte " +":guilabel:`Produkt`, um das zuvor erstellte Einstandskostenprodukt " +"auszuwählen. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol :guilabel:`Manuell speichern (Wolke " +"mit Pfeil)`, um den Rechnungsentwurf zu aktualisieren." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Landed Costs column checkboxes for product and landed cost." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spaltenkästchen „Einstandskosten“ für Produkt und Einstandskosten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -23597,42 +24288,59 @@ msgid "" "checkbox **is** ticked. This differentiates landed costs from all other " "costs displayed on the bill." msgstr "" +"In der Spalte :guilabel:`Einstandskosten` ist das Kontrollkästchen für das " +"beim Lieferanten bestellte Produkt **nicht** angekreuzt, während das " +"Kontrollkästchen für das Einstandskostenprodukt **angekreuzt** ist. Dadurch " +"unterscheiden sich die Einstandskosten von allen anderen Kosten, die auf der" +" Rechnung angezeigt werden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:114 msgid "" "Additionally, at the top of the form, a :guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` " "button appears." msgstr "" +"Außerdem erscheint am oberen Rand des Formulars eine Schaltfläche " +":guilabel:`Einstandskosten erstellen`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Create Landed Costs button on vendor bill." msgstr "" +"Schaltfläche zum Erstellen der Einstandskosten in der Lieferantenrechnung." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:121 msgid "Add landed cost" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Einstandskosten hinzufügen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:123 msgid "" "Once a landed cost is added to the vendor bill, click :guilabel:`Create " "Landed Costs` at the top of the vendor bill." msgstr "" +"Sobald Einstandskosten zur Lieferantenrechnung hinzugefügt wurde, klicken " +"Sie auf :guilabel:`Einstandskosten erstellen` oben auf der " +"Lieferantenrechnung." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:126 msgid "" "Doing so automatically creates a landed cost record, with a set landed cost " "pre-filled in the product line in the :guilabel:`Additional Costs` tab." msgstr "" +"Auf diese Weise wird automatisch ein Datensatz für die Wareneinstandspreise " +"erstellt, wobei in der Produktzeile im Reiter :guilabel:`Zusätzliche Kosten`" +" von bestimmten Einstandskosten vorausgefüllt wird." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:129 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Landed Cost` form, click the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-" "down menu, and select which transfer the landed cost belongs to." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie im Formular :guilabel:`Einstandskosten` auf das Dropdown-Menü " +":guilabel:`Transfers`, und wählen Sie aus, zu welchem Transfer die " +"Einstandskosten gehören." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Landed cost form with selected receipt transfer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Formular für Einstandskosten mit ausgewähltem Wareneingangstransfer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -23641,6 +24349,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, and clicking" " :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +"Zusätzlich zur Erstellung von Einstandskosten direkt aus einer " +"Lieferantenrechnung können Sie Einstandskosten auch erstellen, indem Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Lager --> Vorgänge --> Einstandskosten` navigieren und auf " +":guilabel:`Neu` klicken." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -23648,6 +24360,9 @@ msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Compute` (at the bottom of the form, under the " ":guilabel:`Total:` cost)." msgstr "" +"Nachdem Sie die Auswahl aus dem Dropdown-Menü :guilabel:`Transfers` " +"getroffen haben, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Berechnen` (am unteren Rand des " +"Formulars, unter dem Feld :guilabel:`Gesamtkosten`)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -23657,12 +24372,20 @@ msgid "" "landed cost, and the :guilabel:`New Value` displays the sum of the two, for " "the total cost of the |PO|." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie im Reiter :guilabel:`Bewertungskorrekturen`, um die Auswirkungen" +" der Einstandskosten zu sehen. Die Spalte :guilabel:`Ursprünglicher Wert` " +"listet den ursprünglichen Preis der Bestellung auf, die Spalte " +":guilabel:`Zusätzliche Einstandskosten` zeigt die Einstandskosten an, und " +"die Spalte :guilabel:`Neuer Wert` zeigt die Summe der beiden Werte für die " +"Gesamtkosten der Bestellung." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:149 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to post the landed cost entry to the " "accounting journal." msgstr "" +"Sobald Sie fertig sind, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Validieren`, um die " +"Buchung der Einstandskosten in das Buchhaltungsjournal zu übernehmen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -23671,24 +24394,36 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, with the product's updated valuation " "listed." msgstr "" +"Daraufhin wird oben im Formular eine intelligente Schaltfläche " +":guilabel:`Bewertung` eingeblendet. Klicken Sie auf die intelligente " +"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Bewertung`, um eine Seite :guilabel:`Bewertung` zu " +"öffnen, auf der die aktualisierte Bewertung des Produkts aufgeführt ist." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:156 msgid "" "For a :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to appear upon validation, the " "product's :guilabel:`Product Type` **must** be set to :guilabel:`Storable`." msgstr "" +"Damit eine intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Bewertung` bei der " +"Validierung erscheint, muss die :guilabel:`Produktart` **auf " +":guilabel:`Lagerfähig` eingestellt sein." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:159 msgid "" "To view the valuation of *every* product, including landed costs, navigate " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`." msgstr "" +"Um die Bewertung *jedes* Produkts, einschließlich der Einstandskosten, " +"anzuzeigen, navigieren Sie zu :menuselection:`Lager --> Berichtswesen --> " +"Bewertung`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:163 msgid "" "Each journal entry created for a landed cost on a vendor bill can be viewed " "in the *Accounting* app." msgstr "" +"Jede Journalbuchung, die für Einstandskosten auf einer Lieferantenrechnung " +"erstellt wurde, kann in der *Buchhaltungsapp* angezeigt werden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -23696,16 +24431,24 @@ msgid "" "--> Accounting --> Journal Entries`, and locate the correct entry, by number" " (i.e. `PBNK1/2024/XXXXX`)." msgstr "" +"Um diese Journalbuchungen zu finden, navigieren Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Buchhaltungs --> Buchhaltung --> Journalbuchungen`, und " +"suchen Sie den richtigen Eintrag anhand der Nummer (z. B. " +"`PBNK1/2024/XXXXX`)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:169 msgid "" "Click into the journal entry to view the :guilabel:`Journal Items`, and " "other information about the entry." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf die Journalbuchung, um die :guilabel:`Buchungszeilen` und " +"andere Informationen über den Eintrag anzuzeigen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:0 msgid "Journal Entry form for landed cost created from vendor bill." msgstr "" +"Formular der Journalbuchung für Einstandskosten, die aus der " +"Lieferantenrechnung erstellt wurden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:3 msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" @@ -23748,7 +24491,7 @@ msgstr "" "Die Felder für die Bestandsbewertung befinden sich auf dem Formular " "Produktkategorien." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 msgid "" "Alternatively, automated inventory valuation is an integrated valuation " "method that updates the inventory value in real-time by creating journal " @@ -23760,7 +24503,7 @@ msgstr "" "Journalbuchungen erstellt, sobald Lagerbuchungen zwischen den Lagerorten " "eines Unternehmens eingeleitet werden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:26 msgid "" "Automated inventory valuation is a method recommended for expert " "accountants, given the extra steps involved in journal entry configuration. " @@ -23775,11 +24518,11 @@ msgstr "" "Genauigkeit zu gewährleisten, und je nach den Bedürfnissen und Prioritäten " "des Unternehmens sind möglicherweise laufend Anpassungen erforderlich." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 msgid "Types of accounting" msgstr "Buchhaltungsarten" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 msgid "" "Accounting entries will depend on the accounting mode: *Continental* or " "*Anglo-Saxon*." @@ -23787,127 +24530,58 @@ msgstr "" "Die Buchungsposten richten sich nach dem Buchungsmodus: *Kontinental* oder " "*Angelsächsisch*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39 msgid "" "Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and " -"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`." msgstr "" -"Überprüfen Sie den Buchungsmodus, indem Sie den :ref:`Entwicklermodus` " -"aktivieren und zu :menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> Konfiguration --> " -"Einstellungen` navigieren." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Then, in the search bar, look for :guilabel:`Anglo-Saxon Accounting`, to see" +" if the feature is enabled. If it is **not** enabled, Continental accounting" +" mode is in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the Anglo-Saxon accounting mode feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 msgid "" "In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported " "when products are sold or delivered. This means that the cost of a good is " -"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. " -"*Interim Stock Accounts* are used for the input and output accounts, and are" -" both *Asset Accounts* in the balance sheet." +"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. So " +"for **manual** valuation method, set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to " +"`Stock Valuation` for the current asset type; for **automatic** valuation " +"method, set the the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to an *Expenses* or a *Cost " +"of Revenue* type (e.g. `Cost of Production`, `Cost of Goods Sold`, etc.)." msgstr "" -"In der *angelsächsischen* Buchführung werden die Herstellkosten des Umsatzes" -" (HKU) ausgewiesen, wenn die Produkte verkauft oder geliefert werden. Das " -"bedeutet, dass die Kosten einer Ware erst dann als Aufwand verbucht werden, " -"wenn dem Kunden ein Produkt in Rechnung gestellt wird. Für die Eingangs- und" -" Ausgangskonten werden *Zwischenbestandskonten* verwendet, die beide " -"*Aktivkonten* in der Bilanz sind." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 msgid "" "In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a " -"product is received into stock. Additionally, a single *Expense* account is " -"used for both input and output accounts in the balance sheet." +"product is received into stock. Because of this, the :guilabel:`Expense " +"Account` can be set to **either** *Expenses* or a *Cost of Revenue* type, " +"however, it is more commonly set to an *Expenses* account." msgstr "" -"In der *Kontinentalen* Buchführung werden die Kosten einer Ware ausgewiesen," -" sobald das Produkt auf Lager geht. Außerdem wird ein einziges " -"*Aufwandskonto* sowohl für Eingangs- als auch für Ausgangskonten in der " -"Bilanz verwendet." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 -msgid "Costing methods" -msgstr "Kalkulationsverfahren" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 msgid "" -"Below are the three costing methods that can be used in Odoo for inventory " -"valuation." +":ref:`Details about configuring Expense and Stock accounts " +"`" msgstr "" -"Im Folgenden finden Sie die drei Kalkulationsmethoden, die in Odoo für die " -"Bestandsbewertung verwendet werden können." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Standard Price**: is the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the " -"product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used to " -"compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " -"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." -msgstr "" -"**Standardpreis**: ist die Standardkalkulationsmethode in Odoo. Die Kosten " -"des Produkts werden manuell auf dem Produktformular definiert, und diese " -"Kosten werden für die Berechnung der Bewertung verwendet. Auch wenn der " -"Einkaufspreis in einem Einkaufsauftrag abweicht, wird die Bewertung anhand " -"der im Produktformular definierten Kosten vorgenommen." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Average Cost (AVCO)**: calculates the valuation of a product based on the " -"average cost of that product, divided by the total number of available stock" -" on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and " -"constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." -msgstr "" -"**Durchschnittskosten (AVCO)**: Berechnet die Bewertung eines Produkts auf " -"der Grundlage der durchschnittlichen Kosten dieses Produkts, geteilt durch " -"die Gesamtzahl der verfügbaren Bestände im Lager. Bei dieser " -"Kalkulationsmethode ist die Bestandsbewertung *dynamisch* und wird ständig " -"auf der Grundlage des Einkaufspreises der Produkte angepasst." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**First In First Out (FIFO)**: tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing " -"items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to change the " -"valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the next good " -"sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next inventory " -"lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based on the " -"valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most accurate " -"inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it's highly " -"sensitive to input data and human error." -msgstr "" -"**First In First Out (FIFO)**: Verfolgt die Kosten der ein- und ausgehenden " -"Artikel in Echtzeit und verwendet den tatsächlichen Preis der Produkte, um " -"die Bewertung zu ändern. Der älteste Einkaufspreis wird als Kosten für die " -"nächste verkaufte Ware verwendet, bis ein ganzes Los dieses Produkts " -"verkauft ist. Wenn das nächste Lagerlos in der Warteschlange nachrückt, " -"werden die aktualisierten Produktkosten auf der Grundlage der Bewertung " -"dieses spezifischen Loses verwendet. Diese Methode ist aus einer Reihe von " -"Gründen die wohl genaueste Methode zur Bestandsbewertung, allerdings ist sie" -" sehr anfällig für Eingabedaten und menschliche Fehler." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It's highly" -" recommended to consult an accountant first before making any adjustments " -"here." -msgstr "" -"Eine Änderung der Kalkulationsmethode hat erhebliche Auswirkungen auf die " -"Bestandsbewertung. Es wird dringend empfohlen, zunächst einen Buchhalter zu " -"konsultieren, bevor Sie hier Anpassungen vornehmen." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:78 -msgid "Configure automated inventory valuation in Odoo" -msgstr "Automatische Bestandsbewertung in Odoo konfigurieren" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:67 msgid "" "Make changes to inventory valuation options by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and " -"choose the category/categories where the automated valuation method should " -"apply." +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. In " +"the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` section, select the desired " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` options." msgstr "" -"Nehmen Sie Änderungen an den Bestandsbewertungsoptionen vor, indem Sie auf " -":menuselection:`Lager --> Konfiguration --> Produktkategorien` navigieren " -"und die Kategorie(n) auswählen, für die die automatische Bewertungsmethode " -"gelten soll." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:72 msgid "" "It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product " "categories." @@ -23915,30 +24589,37 @@ msgstr "" "Es ist möglich, unterschiedliche Bewertungseinstellungen für verschiedene " "Produktkategorien zu verwenden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` heading are two labels: " -":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`. Pick the " -"desired :guilabel:`Costing Method` using the drop-down menu (e.g. " -":guilabel:`Standard`, :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`, or :guilabel:`First " -"In First Out (FIFO)`) and switch the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to " -":guilabel:`Automated`." -msgstr "" -"Unter der Überschrift :guilabel:`Bestandsbewertung` befinden sich zwei " -"Bezeichnungen: :guilabel:`Kalkulationsverfahren` und " -":guilabel:`Bestandsbewertung`. Wählen Sie das gewünschte " -":guilabel:`Kalkulationsverfahren` aus dem Drop-down-Menü (z. B. " -":guilabel:`Standard`, :guilabel:`Durchschnittskosten (AVCO)` oder " -":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`) und stellen Sie die " -":guilabel:`Bestandsbewertung` auf :guilabel:`Automatisch`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 -msgid "" -":ref:`Using the inventory " -"valuation`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 +msgid "Show inventory valuation configuration options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +msgid "Costing method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +msgid "" +"From the product category's configuration page, choose the desired " +":guilabel:`Costing Method`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Standard Price`: the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of " +"the product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used " +"to compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " +"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`: calculates the valuation of a product based" +" on the average cost of that product, divided by the total number of " +"available stock on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is " +"*dynamic*, and constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " "Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " @@ -23957,7 +24638,30 @@ msgstr "" "Einkaufspreises sowohl des Lagerbestands als auch der aus validierten " "Bestellungen kumulierten Kosten aktualisiert." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`: tracks the costs of incoming and " +"outgoing items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to " +"change the valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the " +"next good sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next " +"inventory lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based " +"on the valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most " +"accurate inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it is" +" highly sensitive to input data and human error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It is " +"highly recommended to consult an accountant first before making any " +"adjustments here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`using_inventory_valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " "that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " @@ -23976,18 +24680,109 @@ msgstr "" "auf einem Produktformular manuell geändert wird, erzeugt Odoo einen " "entsprechenden Eintrag im Bericht *Bestandsbewertung*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 msgid "" -"On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " -"appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " -"inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" +"Inventory valuation in Odoo can be set to be updated manually or " +"automatically. While *Expense* accounts apply to both, the *Stock Input* and" +" *Stock Output* accounts are only used for automated valuation." msgstr "" -"Auf demselben Bildschirm erscheinen die Felder " -":guilabel:`Buchhaltungseigenschaften für den Bestand`, da sie aufgrund der " -"Umstellung auf die automatische Bestandsbewertung nun Pflichtfelder sind. " -"Diese Konten sind wie folgt definiert:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Refer to the :ref:`Expense ` and " +":ref:`Stock input/output ` sections for " +"details on configuring each account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +msgid "Expense account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To configure the *expense account*, go to the :guilabel:`Account Properties`" +" section of the intended product category (:menuselection:`Inventory app -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`). Then, choose an existing account " +"from the :guilabel:`Expense Account` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +msgid "" +"To ensure the chosen account is the correct :guilabel:`Type,` click the " +"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account. Then, set the account type " +"based on the information below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177 +msgid "Automated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +msgid "" +"In Anglo-Saxon accounting for automated inventory valuation, set the " +":guilabel:`Expense Account` to the `Expenses` account. Then, click the " +"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, choose :guilabel:`Expenses` or :guilabel:`Cost of " +"Revenue` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show **Expense Account** field, and external link icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To configure the :guilabel:`Expense Account`, choose :guilabel:`Stock " +"Valuation` from the field's drop-down menu. Verify the account's type by " +"clicking the |right arrow| icon, and then ensure the :guilabel:`Type` is " +":guilabel:`Current Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the **Expense Account** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +msgid "Continental" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to the :guilabel:`Expenses` or " +":guilabel:`Cost of Revenue` account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:190 +msgid "Stock input/output (automated only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:192 +msgid "" +"To configure the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and :guilabel:`Stock Output" +" Account`, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product" +" Categories` and select the desired product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field, select :guilabel:`Automated`. " +"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` section appear. " +"These accounts are defined as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " @@ -23997,7 +24792,13 @@ msgstr "" " für ein Produkt aktiviert ist, enthält dieses Konto den aktuellen Wert der " "Produkte." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: accounting journal where entries are " +"automatically posted when a product's inventory valuation changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -24011,7 +24812,7 @@ msgstr "" "Standardwert für alle Produkte in dieser Kategorie. Er kann auch direkt für " "jedes Produkt festgelegt werden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:207 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -24025,11 +24826,57 @@ msgstr "" "Standardwert für alle Produkte in dieser Kategorie. Er kann auch direkt für " "jedes Produkt festgelegt werden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:124 -msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" -msgstr "Auf durch Bestandsbewertung generierte Berichtsdaten zugreifen" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:216 +msgid "" +"In Anglo-Saxon accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to *different* :guilabel:`Current " +"Assets` accounts. This way, delivering products and invoicing the customer " +"balance the *Stock Output* account, while receiving products and billing " +"vendors balance the *Stock Input* account." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +msgid "" +"To modify the account type, go to the click the |right arrow| icon to the " +"right of the stock input/output account. In the pop-up window, choose " +":guilabel:`Current Assets` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Display account setup page, highlighting the **Type** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +msgid "" +"The *Stock Input* account is set to `Stock Interim (Received)`, a *Current " +"Asset* account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 +msgid "" +"In Continental accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to **the same** :guilabel:`Current " +"Assets` account. That way, one account can be balanced when items are bought" +" and sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:239 +msgid "" +"The stock input and output accounts are both set to `Stock Interim " +"(Received)`, a :guilabel:`Current Assets` account type. They can also be set" +" to the `Stock Interim (Delivered)`, as long as the input and output " +"accounts are assigned to the **same** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the Stock Input and Output accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 +msgid "Inventory valuation reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." " At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " @@ -24042,7 +24889,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Heute` und stellen Sie die Filterung :guilabel:`Optionen` auf " ":guilabel:`Alle ausklappen`, um alle aktuellen Daten auf einmal zu sehen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 msgid "" "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " @@ -24052,7 +24903,7 @@ msgstr "" "verschachtelte Position :guilabel:`Bestandsbewertungskonto`, in der die " "Gesamtbewertung des gesamten Lagerbestands angezeigt wird." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 msgid "" "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " "Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " @@ -24122,12 +24973,8 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Kalkulationsverfahren` auf eine der drei Optionen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 -msgid "" -":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " -"`" +msgid ":doc:`Set up inventory valuation `" msgstr "" -":ref:`Bestandsbewertung einrichten " -"`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -24216,6 +25063,11 @@ msgid "" " feature allows ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other " "companies are not accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation." msgstr "" +"Die Funktion :doc:`Konsignation " +"`" +" erlaubt es, Artikel auf Lager zu besitzen. Daher werden Produkte, die " +"anderen Unternehmen gehören, bei der Bestandsbewertung des Gastunternehmens " +"nicht berücksichtigt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "See Valuation smart button on a receipt, with Developer mode enabled." @@ -24471,7 +25323,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:6 msgid "Removal strategies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Entnahmestrategien" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -24480,6 +25332,11 @@ msgid "" "perishable products, prioritizing the picking of goods with the nearest " "expiration date helps minimize food spoilage." msgstr "" +"Bei Unternehmen mit Lagerhäusern bestimmen *Entnahmestrategien*, **welche** " +"Produkte aus dem Lager genommen werden und **wann**. Bei leicht " +"verderblichen Produkten zum Beispiel hilft die vorrangige Entnahme von Waren" +" mit dem nächstliegenden Verfallsdatum, den Verderb von Lebensmitteln zu " +"minimieren." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -24488,26 +25345,31 @@ msgid "" "picking order. Leverage these removal strategies to have Odoo automatically " "select how products are selected for orders:" msgstr "" +"In den folgenden Spalten der Tabelle sind die in Odoo verfügbaren " +"Entnahmestrategien aufgelistet, und es wird detailliert beschrieben, wie die" +" Kommissionierungen zusammen mit dem Kommissionierauftrag bestimmt werden. " +"Nutzen Sie diese Entnahmestrategien, damit Odoo automatisch auswählt, wie " +"die Produkte für Aufträge ausgewählt werden:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`FIFO `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`FIFO `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:22 msgid ":doc:`LIFO `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`LIFO `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:23 msgid ":doc:`FEFO `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`FEFO `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`Closest Location `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Nächstgelegener Standort `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:25 msgid ":doc:`Least Packages `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Kleinste Pakete `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:26 msgid "Based on" @@ -24516,57 +25378,63 @@ msgstr "Basiert auf" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:28 msgid ":ref:`Incoming date `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Eingangsdatum `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:29 msgid ":ref:`Removal date `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Entnahmedatum `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:30 msgid ":ref:`Location sequence `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Lagerortsequenz `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:31 msgid ":ref:`Package quantity `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Paketmenge `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:32 msgid "Selection order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Auswahlreihenfolge" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:33 msgid "First in" -msgstr "" +msgstr "First in (Zuerst eingegangen)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:34 msgid "Last in" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Last in (Zuletzt eingegangen)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:35 msgid ":ref:`First to expire `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Läuft als nächstes ab `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:36 msgid "" ":ref:`Alphanumeric name of location `" msgstr "" +":ref:`Alphanumerischer Name des Lagerortes " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:37 msgid "Quantity closest to fulfilling demand" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menge, die der Erfüllung des Bedarfs am nächsten kommt" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:39 msgid "" "For comprehensive examples for how to use each removal strategy, refer to " "each individual documentation page." msgstr "" +"Umfassende Beispiele für die Verwendung der einzelnen Entnahmestrategien " +"finden Sie auf den einzelnen Dokumentationsseiten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:47 msgid "" "Removal strategies are set on either the product category or storage " "location." msgstr "" +"Entnahmestrategien werden entweder auf die Produktkategorie oder den " +"Lagerort festgelegt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -24634,15 +25502,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:89 msgid "FIFO" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FIFO" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:90 msgid "LIFO" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LIFO" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:91 msgid "FEFO" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FEFO" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:92 msgid "Closest Location" @@ -24659,15 +25527,15 @@ msgstr "Los- & Seriennummern" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:97 msgid "Lots & Serial Numbers, Expiration Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Los- und Seriennummer, Verfallsdatum" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:98 msgid "Storage Locations, Multi-Step Routes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lagerorte, mehrstufige Routen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:104 msgid "Lots and serial numbers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Los- und Seriennummern" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -24678,10 +25546,6 @@ msgid "" "& Serial Numbers` to enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:115 msgid "" "Next, ensure the intended product is tracked by lots or serial numbers by " @@ -24696,12 +25560,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "After enabling the features, assign lot or serial numbers to products using " "an :doc:`inventory adjustment ` or " -"during :ref:`product reception `." +"during :ref:`product reception `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:126 msgid "Locations and routes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lagerorte und Routen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -24760,27 +25624,31 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "Enable the packages feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Die Funktion „Pakete“ aktivieren." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:172 msgid ":doc:`Packages <../product_management/product_tracking/package>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Pakete <../product_management/product_tracking/package>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:173 msgid "" ":doc:`2-step delivery " "<../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`2-stufige Lieferung " +"<../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:174 msgid "" ":doc:`3-step delivery " "<../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`3-stufige Lieferung " +"<../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:3 msgid "Closest location removal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Entnahmestrategie „Nächstgelegener Standort“" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -24801,7 +25669,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:13 msgid ":doc:`About removal strategies <../removal_strategies>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Über Entnahmestrategien <../removal_strategies>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -24838,10 +25706,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" ":ref:`Set up removal strategy `" msgstr "" +":ref:`Entnahmestrategie einrichten `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:40 msgid "Location names" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Standortnamen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -25547,6 +26417,956 @@ msgid "" "The detailed operations shows which lots are being selected for the picking." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory aging report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The inventory aging report evaluates all items in stock, providing insights " +"into potentially sunken purchase costs and delays in profitability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Create customized pivot tables to analyze product, operation types, month, " +"or company breakdowns. This helps identify products in stock that are at " +"risk of passing their expiration or viability dates, or instances of " +"rot/decay for fast-expiring items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The *Reporting* menu in *Inventory* is only accessible to users with " +":doc:`admin access <../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To access the inventory aging report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Reporting --> Inventory Aging`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:24 +msgid "Navigate the inventory aging report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report displays a pivot table, " +"with the month in columns, and product category in rows. The default " +"filters, :guilabel:`Incoming` and :guilabel:`Has Remaining Qty`, show only " +"products from receipts, and are currently in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining Qty` displays the number of on-hand items, and " +":guilabel:`Remaining Value` displays the total cost of purchasing these " +"items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in each column " +"or row reveals options to expand the pivot table and show a detailed " +"breakdown of the :guilabel:`Remaining Qty` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` " +"by :guilabel:`Product`, :guilabel:`Product Category`, :guilabel:`Date`, or " +":guilabel:`Company`. Clicking the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` " +":guilabel:`(minus)` icon collapses it back to its previous state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:43 +msgid "Inventory aging report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Inventory aging report, showing each **Product** in rows and each reception " +"**Date** in columns, to better monitor products with fast expiration dates. " +"Each row shows the the total on-hand quantity and inventory valuation of " +"items purchased on each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Records in the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report are *stock valuation " +"layers* (SVLs), representing product moves that impact stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Inventory adjustments do **not** create |SVLs|; only items purchased from " +"vendors do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:71 +msgid "Generate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After learning how to :ref:`navigate the inventory aging report " +"`, it can be used to create and " +"share different reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Aging` report are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:63 +msgid "Rotating stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To create a report to identify items that have been in stock for a while, " +"follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Aging`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` " +":guilabel:`(caret down)` icon in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to see a " +"drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and " +":guilabel:`Favorite` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Product` under the :guilabel:`Group By` section. Doing so " +"expands the pivot table to show a product in each row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to the left of the " +"date column. Hover over :guilabel:`Date` from the drop-down menu and choose " +":guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, :guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +"or :guilabel:`Day`. Doing so expands the columns to show the " +":guilabel:`Remaining Qty` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` by the selected " +"time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For products that have a longer shelf life, choose longer time periods such " +"as :guilabel:`Month` or :guilabel:`Quarter` when expanding columns by " +":guilabel:`Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 +msgid "Pivot table, highlighting the plus icon to expand columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The report now displays the on-hand stock of items, and their total " +"purchasing cost, for each time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Inventory aging report, with the :guilabel:`Group By`: :guilabel:`Product` " +"option selected, and with the :guilabel:`Date` column set to " +":guilabel:`Day`. It gives insight into how much raw fish sashimi products " +"were purchased on each day, and how much it cost. This informs the business " +"owners how much stock is at risk of rotting in stock, per day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 +msgid "Inventory aging report, showing product row items and day columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:3 +msgid "Locations dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The *Locations* dashboard in the *Inventory* application provides an " +"overview of on-hand storage locations for company products. Use this report " +"to see where stock is stored, identify :ref:`misplaced items " +"`, or view past inventory to see " +"product locations on specific dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To access the locations report, the *Storage Locations* feature must be " +"enabled. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and click :guilabel:`Save`. Then, access the " +"locations dashboard by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:24 +msgid "Navigate the locations dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard lists all on-hand products " +"in stock (in the :guilabel:`Product` column), along with the following " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: current storage location. If a product is stored at " +"`Shelf 1` and `Shelf 2`, the product is listed twice, showing quantities at " +"each location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Package`: the package that the product is stored in, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: if the product has a lot or serial number, it" +" is specified here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: current quantity of products. Click the " +":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand " +"quantity <../inventory_management/count_products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reserved Quantity`: on-hand quantity reserved for operations, " +"such as pickings, delivery orders, or manufacturings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: the unit of measure of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Click the buttons to the right of each row item to access additional " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:42 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the" +" product, displaying information about the quantity and description of why " +"the product was moved from one location to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:47 +msgid "" +"View what the product is reserved for, by clicking the :icon:`fa-history` " +":guilabel:`History` button on the far-right of the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Moves History` page, remove the :icon:`fa-filter` " +":guilabel:`Done` filter. Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar to reveal filter options, and select the " +":guilabel:`To Do` filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Display *Moves History* page of to-do deliveries that reserved the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:58 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering " +"rules <../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>` " +"page to replenish products at the specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In the upper-left corner of the page, click the the :guilabel:`New` button " +"to make an :doc:`inventory adjustment " +"<../inventory_management/count_products>` to record quantities of a certain " +"product at a specific :guilabel:`Location`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To view products, quantities, and their locations for a specified date, " +"click the :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button (also located in the upper-" +"left corner of the page). Select a date and time in the :guilabel:`Inventory" +" at Date` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After learning how to :ref:`navigate the locations dashboard " +"`, it can be used to create " +"and share different reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Locations` " +"dashboard are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:81 +msgid "Dead stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To get list of expired items, also referred to as *dead stock*, follow these" +" steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:143 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to" +" reveal a drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and " +":guilabel:`Favorite` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts` " +"option under the :guilabel:`Filters` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:91 +msgid "The report now displays a list of expired products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:94 +msgid "" +"This report can also be generated from the :ref:`Lot and Serials Numbers " +"` page, accessed by going to" +" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst-1 +msgid "Show a list of products whose expiration dates have exceeded today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:105 +msgid "Stranded inventory report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Businesses using multi-step flows in the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* " +"apps, may have *stranded* items, which are products not in their proper " +"storage locations, due to human error. Use this report to periodically check" +" transfer locations (e.g. *WH/Input*, *WH/Pre-Processing*) to ensure items " +"are moved to their intended storage locations, and accurately recorded in " +"the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To get a list of items that might be sitting idly in storage, follow these " +"steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, begin typing the name of the location " +"where products are intended to be moved to, such as `WH/Input`, or " +"`WH/Packing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Search Location for:` [location name] option from the " +"resulting drop-down menu that appears beneath the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show search result for the location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:124 +msgid "The report now displays a list of products at the transit location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Searching `Input` in :guilabel:`Location` shows a list of products at a " +"*WH/Input* location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The list shows `500` quantities of `Chicken`, which is alarming if not " +"refrigerated soon after reception. The stranded inventory report helps " +"identify items that have been idling in non-storage locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show items stored at a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:138 +msgid "Inventory discrepancy report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:140 +msgid "" +"To generate a report of items that have been moved since the last " +":doc:`inventory audit <../inventory_management/cycle_counts>`, follow these " +"steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Conflicts` option " +"from the :guilabel:`Filters` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The report now displays items whose quantities have changed since the last " +"cycle count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show items from the *Conflicts* filter in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` button to view inventory " +"transfers, including receipts and deliveries, that have occurred since the " +"inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show *Moves History*, showing a delivery that occurred after an inventory " +"adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:3 +msgid "Moves history dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Moves History* report in Odoo *Inventory* provides a detailed record of" +" product movements (containing past and current locations), lot numbers, and" +" reasons for movement. Reports can be generated for any time frame, making " +"this report essential for analyzing stock levels, monitoring inventory " +"turnover, and identifying any discrepancies in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The reporting feature is only accessible to users with :doc:`admin access " +"<../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Moves History`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst-1 +msgid "Display Moves History report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:23 +msgid "Navigate the moves history report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:25 +msgid "In the report, the columns represent:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: calendar date and time of the stock move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: description of the reason for the stock move or " +"quantity change, such as a receipt number (e.g. `WH/IN/00012`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product involved in the move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: specifies the lot or serial number of the " +"tracked product being moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:33 +msgid ":guilabel:`From`: source location of the moved product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`To`: destination location of the moved product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity`: number of products moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: unit of measure of the products moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: indicates the move status, which can be " +":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available` (ready for action), or " +":guilabel:`Partially Available` (insufficient quantities to complete the " +"operation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:66 +msgid "Search options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Use the following search options to customize the :guilabel:`Moves History` " +"report to display relevant information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:70 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Filters` section allows users to search among pre-made and " +"custom filters to find specific stock records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Do`: show stock move records that are in progress. This " +"includes lines with a :guilabel:`Status` column value of " +":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Partially Available`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done`: completed stock moves, with a :guilabel:`Status` of " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Incoming`: displays move records from vendor locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:58 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Outgoing`: displays move records to customer locations, including" +" customer returns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internal`: displays move records from one internal location to " +"another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturing`: shows records where products were produced from " +"the virtual, production :doc:`location " +"<../inventory_management/use_locations>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: select this drop-down menu to access various date filter " +"options and view stock moves from a specific month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last 30 Days`: show records that occurred in the last thirty " +"days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Last 3 Months`: show records from the last three months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:113 +msgid "Group By" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " +"groupings to the search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: group records by product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: group records by the three status types: " +":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available`, and :guilabel:`Partially " +"Available`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: group records by :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, or :guilabel:`Day`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transfers`: group records by operation number, e.g. " +"`WH/OUT/00012`, `WH/MO/00211`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: group records by source location (the :guilabel:`From`" +" column in this report)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: group records by product category. To configure these," +" go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: Product" +" Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Batch Transfer`: group records by :doc:`batch " +"<../advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:125 +msgid "Favorites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To save the current applied filters and groups, so the same information can " +"be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save current " +"search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " +"current view the default filter when opening the :guilabel:`Moves History` " +"report. Or tick the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option " +"available to other users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:134 +msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:137 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../essentials/search`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:3 +msgid "Stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the stock report in Odoo *Inventory* for a detailed list of all stored " +"products, including those reserved, purchased and in transit, as well as " +"those delivered to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Stock`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Show the stock report, accessible by going to Inventory > Reporting > Stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:19 +msgid "Navigate the stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:21 +msgid "" +"On the stock report, the left sidebar includes several groupings to narrow " +"down what is being shown. The default groupings are :guilabel:`Warehouses`," +" which filters products by specific warehouses, and :guilabel:`Category`, " +"which shows products within a selected product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Warehouse` grouping is only available when there are multiple" +" warehouses in the database. Refer to the " +":doc:`../inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse` documentation for " +"more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:30 +msgid "In the report itself, the columns represent:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:32 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unit Cost`: average inventory valuation per unit, adjusted based " +"on the cost to purchase and/or manufacture the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Value`: Total inventory valuation of the product, " +"calculated by multiplying unit cost by on-hand quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:39 +msgid "" +":ref:`Compute average cost inventory valuation per unit " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:40 +msgid "" +":doc:`Inventory valuation methods " +"<../inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand`: current quantity of products. Click the :icon:`fa-" +"pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand quantity " +"<../inventory_management/count_products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Free to Use`: on-hand quantity that are **not** reserved for " +"delivery or manufacturing orders, and are available to sell or use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Incoming`: items expected to arrive at the warehouse. Number of " +"products is based on quantities in confirmed purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Outgoing`: items expected to leave the warehouse or be consumed " +"in manufacturing orders. Number of products is based on quantities in " +"confirmed sales or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the product, " +"displaying information about the quantity and description of why the product" +" was moved from one location to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering rules " +"<../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>` page for " +"the product to create or manage methods of procuring the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Locations`: break down of on-hand quantity at multiple storage " +"locations. Only available when the product is stored in multiple locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forecast`: access the forecasted report to view on-hand, " +"incoming, and outgoing quantities. Report also contains links to confirmed " +"purchase, sales, or manufacturing orders. Only available when there are " +"confirmed sales, purchase, or manufacturing orders for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Published`: display products published on the website. Only " +"available with the *Website* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available in POS`: display products available through the *Point " +"of Sale* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available in Self`: display products available in self order " +"through the *Point of Sale* app. Appears in the search because the " +":guilabel:`Available in Self Order` checkbox was ticked in the " +":guilabel:`Point of Sale` section of a product form's :guilabel:`Sales` tab." +" The option is only available when the :guilabel:`Available in POS` checkbox" +" is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In the Sales tab of a product form, showing *Available in Self Order* " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not available in Self`: display products available in *PoS*, but " +"not available in self order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:91 +msgid "`Configure PoS products `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Sold`: display products that can be sold to customers. " +"Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Sold` checkbox is ticked" +" on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Purchased`: display products that can be bought from " +"vendors. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` " +"checkbox is ticked on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Recurring`: show subscription products, indicated by " +"ticking the :guilabel:`Recurring` checkbox on the product form. Only " +"available with the *Subscription* app activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Rented`: show products that can be loaned to customers for" +" a certain time. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Rented`" +" checkbox was ticked on the product form. Only available with the *Rental* " +"app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Subcontracted`: display products that can be produced by a" +" :doc:`third-party manufacturer " +"<../../../manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic>`. Available " +"only with the *Manufacturing* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Expensed`: show items that can be expensed. Only available" +" with the *Expenses* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`../../product_management/product_tracking/type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " +"groupings to the search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Type`: group items by :doc:`product type " +"<../../product_management/product_tracking/type>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Category`: group items by product category. To configure " +"these, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: " +"Product Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`POS Product Category`: group items by :doc:`point of sale product" +" categories <../../../../sales/point_of_sale/configuration>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To save the current applied filters and groupbys, so the same information " +"can be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save " +"current search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " +"current view the default filter when opening the stock report. Or tick the " +":guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option available to other " +"users." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "Wartung" @@ -28401,11 +30221,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:94 +msgid "Learn more" +msgstr "Mehr erfahren" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:32 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to properly configure a new |BOM|, see the " -"documentation on :ref:`creating a bill of materials " -"`." +"documentation on :doc:`creating a bill of materials " +"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:35 @@ -28554,230 +30379,435 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bill of materials" msgstr "Stückliste" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:9 msgid "" -"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " -"quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " -"It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines " -"needed to complete a production process." +"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) documents specific components, " +"along with their respective quantities, that are needed to produce or repair" +" a product. In Odoo, |BoMs| as blueprints for manufactured goods and kits, " +"and often include production operations and step-by-step guidelines, as " +"well." msgstr "" -"Eine *Stückliste* ist ein Dokument, das die Menge jeder Komponente " -"definiert, die zur Herstellung oder Lieferung eines Endprodukts benötigt " -"wird. Sie kann auch verschiedene Vorgänge und die Richtlinien für die " -"einzelnen Schritte enthalten, die für die Fertigstellung eines " -"Produktionsprozesses erforderlich sind." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:15 +msgid "BoM setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:17 msgid "" -"In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " -"linked to each product, so even product variants can have their own tailored" -" :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." +"To create a |BOM|, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> " +"Bills of Materials` and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -"In Odoo Fertigung können mehrere Stücklisten mit jedem Produkt verknüpft " -"werden, sodass sogar Produktvarianten ihre eigenen maßgeschneiderten " -"Stücklisten haben können." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " -"manufacturing process and save time." -msgstr "" -"Die korrekte Einrichtung einer Stückliste hilft, den Fertigungsprozess zu " -"optimieren und Zeit zu sparen." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:18 -msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" -msgstr "Eine Stückliste einrichten" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" -"The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" -" or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " -"managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." +"Next, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type` to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`." msgstr "" -"Die einfachste Stücklisteneinstellung ist eine ohne Vorgänge oder " -"Anweisungen, nur mit Komponenten. In diesem Fall wird die Produktion " -"ausschließlich mit *Fertigungsaufträgen* verwaltet." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " -":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " -"of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the " -":guilabel:`Product`." +"Then, specify :ref:`required components ` and, if necessary, define any :ref:`manufacturing operations " +"`." msgstr "" -"Um eine Stückliste aus dem Modul :guilabel:`Fertigung` zu erstellen, gehen " -"Sie zu :menuselection:`Produkte --> Stücklisten`. Klicken Sie dann auf " -":guilabel:`Neu`. Geben Sie dann das :guilabel:`Produkt` an." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:26 msgid "" -"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " -"product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." +"Individual |BOMs| can also be quickly accessed or created by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on any product form, as " +"accessible through the *Sales*, *Inventory*, and *Manufacturing* apps, as " +"well as through any internal links where a product is referenced (such as in" +" a field or a line item)." msgstr "" -"Eine Stückliste kann auch direkt aus dem Produktformular erstellt werden. In" -" diesem Fall ist das Feld :guilabel:`Produkt` bereits ausgefüllt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:31 -msgid "" -"For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" -" to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" -" to specify the various components that make up the production of the final " -"product and their respective quantities. New components can be created " -"quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created " -"beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> " -"Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "Show BoM for a product, with components listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "BoM for `Drawer`, displaying the **Components** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:38 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/kit_shipping`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`../subcontracting/subcontracting_basic`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:44 +msgid "Components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Components` tab of a |BOM|, specify components used to " +"manufacture the product by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the " +":guilabel:`Components` drop-down menu, select from existing products or " +"create a new product by typing the name and selecting either the " +":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option to quickly add the line item, or the " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` option to add the component and continue to " +"its configuration form." msgstr "" -"Für eine standardmäßige Stückliste setzen Sie den :guilabel:`Stücklistentyp`" -" auf :guilabel:`Produkt anfertigen`. Klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Zeile " -"hinzufügen`, um die verschiedenen Komponenten, aus denen die Produktion des " -"Endprodukts besteht, und ihre jeweiligen Mengen anzugeben. Neue Komponenten " -"können schnell über die Stücklisten erstellt werden oder Sie können sie " -"vorher unter :menuselection:`Fertigung --> Produkte --> Produkte --> Neu` " -"erstellen. Klicken Sie schließlich auf :guilabel:`Speichern`, um die " -"Erstellung der Stückliste abzuschließen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." -msgstr "Eine Stückliste einrichten." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:43 -msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" -msgstr "Eine Stückliste für eine Produktvariante festlegen" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:45 -msgid "" -":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " -"Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." +msgid "Add a component by selecting it from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -"Stücklisten können auch bestimmten *Produktvarianten* zugewiesen werden, " -"wobei zwei Einrichtungsoptionen zur Auswahl stehen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:56 msgid "" -"In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " -"the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " -"form." +"Optionally, access additional fields by clicking the :icon:`oi-settings-" +"adjust` :guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon to the far-right of the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab. Tick the checkboxes for the following features " +"to enable these columns:" msgstr "" -"Um Produktvarianten Stücklisten zuzuordnen, müssen die Variantenattribute " -"des Produkts bereits auf dem Produktformular konfiguriert sein." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:60 msgid "" -"The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " -"variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" -" :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master " -":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and " -"specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply " -"on Variants` column." +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify which :doc:`product variant " +"<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>` each component is used in. " +"When the field is left blank, the component is used in all product variants." msgstr "" -"Die erste Methode besteht darin, eine Stückliste pro Variante zu erstellen, " -"indem Sie eine neue Stückliste erstellen und die :guilabel:`Produktvariante`" -" angeben. Die zweite Methode besteht darin, eine Stammstückliste zu " -"erstellen, die alle Komponenten enthält, und in der Spalte :guilabel:`Auf " -"Varianten anwenden` anzugeben, für welche Variante jede Komponente gilt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." -msgstr "Produktvarianten in der Stückliste." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:62 -msgid "Set up operations" -msgstr "Vorgänge einrichten" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:66 msgid "" -"Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" -" instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" -" this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Operations`." +":guilabel:`Consumed in Operation`: specify the operation using the " +"component. Useful for determining :ref:`manufacturing readiness " +"`." msgstr "" -"Fügen Sie einen :guilabel:`Vorgang` zu einer Stückliste hinzu, um " -"Anweisungen für die Produktion zu geben und die für einen Vorgang " -"aufgewendete Zeit zu registrieren. Um diese Funktion zu verwenden, " -"aktivieren Sie zunächst die Funktion :guilabel:`Arbeitsaufträge` in " -":menuselection:`Fertigung --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen --> Vorgänge`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:68 msgid "" -"Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " -":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " -"operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a " -"name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like " -"components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the " -":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that " -"variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +":guilabel:`Manual Consumption`: tick the checkbox to force operators to " +"check the :guilabel:`Consumed` checkbox on a manufacturing order (MO)." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie dann eine neue Stückliste erstellen, klicken Sie im Reiter " -":guilabel:`Vorgänge` und dann auf :guilabel:`Zeile hinzufügen`, um einen " -"neuen Vorgang hinzuzufügen. Im Fenster :guilabel:`Vorgänge erstellen` geben " -"Sie dem Vorgang einen Namen, legen den :guilabel:`Arbeitsplatz` und die " -"Dauer fest. Wie bei den Komponenten bietet Odoo die Möglichkeit, im Feld " -":guilabel:`Auf Varianten anwenden` eine Produktvariante anzugeben, damit der" -" Vorgang nur für diese Variante gilt. Klicken Sie schließlich auf " -":guilabel:`Speichern & Schließen`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show a manufacturing order, highlighting the *Consumed* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:75 msgid "" -"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " -":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" -" new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing " -"Operations` feature." +"Not doing so triggers the :guilabel:`Consumption Warning` error message, " +"where the consumed component quantity must be manually inputted. Otherwise, " +"the operation cannot be completed." msgstr "" -"Jeder Vorgang ist einzigartig, da sie immer nur mit einer Stückliste " -"verbunden ist. Vorgänge können bei der Konfiguration einer neuen Stückliste " -"wiederverwendet werden, mit der Funktion :guilabel:`Bestehende Vorgänge " -"kopieren`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." -msgstr "Funktion „Bestehende Vorgänge kopieren“" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show the consumption warning error message." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:85 -msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" -msgstr "Nebenprodukte zu einer Stückliste hinzufügen" +msgid "Operations" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" -"A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " -"addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " -"the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)`." +"Add an *operation* to a |BOM| to specify instructions for production and " +"register time spent on an operation. To use this feature, first enable the " +"*Work Orders* feature by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the" +" :guilabel:`Work Orders` checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" -"Ein *Nebenprodukt* ist ein Restprodukt, das bei der Produktion zusätzlich " -"zum Hauptprodukt einer Stückliste entsteht. Im Gegensatz zum Hauptprodukt " -"kann es mehr als ein Nebenprodukt auf einer Stückliste geben." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " -":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies`" msgstr "" -"Um Nebenprodukte zu einer Stückliste hinzuzufügen, aktivieren Sie zunächst " -"die Funktion :guilabel:`Nebenprodukte` in :menuselection:`Fertigung --> " -"Konfiguration --> Einstellungen --> Vorgänge`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " -"of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " -":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which " -"operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in " -"Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "\"Work Orders\" feature in the Settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the |BOM| by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app " +"--> Products --> Bill of Materials` and selecting the desired |BOM|. To add " +"a new operation, go to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, and click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window, where the " +"various fields of the operation are configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: name of the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: select existing locations to perform the operation," +" or create a new work center by typing the name and selecting the " +":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify if this operation is only available " +"for certain product variants. If the operation applies to all product " +"variants, leave this field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Configuring BoMs for product variants " +"<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration Computation`: choose how time spent on the operation is " +"tracked. Opt for :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` to use the " +"operation's time tracker or :guilabel:`Set duration manually` if operators " +"can record and modify time themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Choosing the :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` option enables the " +":guilabel:`Based on last __ work orders` option, which automatically " +"estimates the time to complete this operation based on the last few " +"operations. Choosing :guilabel:`Set duration manually` enables the " +":guilabel:`Default Duration` field instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Duration`: estimated amount of time to complete the " +"operation; used for `planning manufacturing orders " +"`_ and determining `work center" +" availability `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company the |BOM| is available in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Include operation details in the :guilabel:`Work Sheet` tab. Choose " +":guilabel:`PDF` to attach a file or :guilabel:`Google Slide` with *public* " +"access to share a link. Select :guilabel:`Text` to type instructions in the " +":guilabel:`Description` text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Type `/` for a list of formatting options and features, including ChatGPT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show ChatGPT feature to generate instructions for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Fill out the Create Operations pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save \\& Close` to close the pop-up window. To add" +" more operations, click :guilabel:`Save & New` and repeat the same steps " +"above to configure another operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +"After creating an operation, click the :guilabel:`Copy Existing Operations` " +"button to choose an operation to duplicate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show Operation tab, highlighting the \"Copy Existing Operations\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:158 +msgid "Instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To add detailed instructions to operations, the *Quality* app must be " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add specific instructions to an existing operation by clicking the " +"operation's :icon:`fa-list-ul` :guilabel:`(list)` icon in the " +":guilabel:`Instructions` column. The number in the :guilabel:`Instructions` " +"column shows the number of existing detailed instructions there are for the " +"operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the Instructions column, and list icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:172 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Steps` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank " +"quality control point form where the new manufacturing step can be created. " +"Here, give the specific instruction a :guilabel:`Title` and set the " +":guilabel:`Type` to :guilabel:`Instructions`. In the " +":guilabel:`Instructions` tab of the form, write out the directions for the " +"step in the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Further customizations can be made here on this form, beyond ordinary " +"instructions, to also include specific types of quality control points that " +"carry specific (or complex) conditions. For more details about quality " +"control points refer the :doc:`Instruction check " +"<../../quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the page to add a quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:188 +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab contains more |BoM| configurations to " +"customize procurement, calculate costs, and define how components are " +"consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturing Readiness`: choosing :guilabel:`When components for" +" the 1st operation are available` shows the :guilabel:`Component Status` as " +"a **green** :guilabel:`Not Available`, when only the components that are " +"consumed in the first operation are in stock. This indicates that although " +"not all components are available, operators can at least begin with the " +"first operation. Choosing :guilabel:`When all components are available` " +"displays a **red** :guilabel:`Not Available` component status unless all " +"components are in available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Specify which operation consumes each component on the |BoM| in the " +":ref:`Manual Consumption field `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show the *Component Status* field on the manufacturing order dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:210 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Version`: displays the current |BoM| version, visible with the " +"Odoo *PLM* app installed for managing |BoM| changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:212 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Flexible Consumption`: specifies if components used can deviate " +"from the quantity defined on the |BoM|. Choose :guilabel:`Blocked` if " +"operators **must** adhere strictly to the |BoM| quantity. Otherwise, choose " +":guilabel:`Allowed` or :guilabel:`Allowed with Warning`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:215 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Routing`: select the preferred warehouse's manufacturing " +"operation type for products produced in multiple warehouses. If left blank, " +"this warehouse's `Manufacturing` operation type is used by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:218 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: select pre-created :doc:`analytic " +"distribution models " +"<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>` from the list " +"to automatically record the cost of manufacturing products in the chosen " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:221 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manuf Lead Time`: define the number of days needed to complete a " +"|MO| from the date of confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to prepare Manufacturing Order`: number of days needed to " +"replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +":doc:`Analytic distribution " +"<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:228 +msgid "" +":doc:`Lead times " +"<../../inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Miscellaneous* tab of the BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:236 +msgid "Add by-products to BoMs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:238 +msgid "" +"A *by-product* is a residual product that is created during production in " +"addition to the main product of a |BOM|. Unlike the primary product, there " +"can be more than one by-product on a |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To add by-products to a |BOM|, first enable the *By-Products* feature in " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`By-" +"Products` to enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "\"By Products\" feature in the settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, add by-products to a |BOM| by clicking the " +":guilabel:`By-products` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and fill in the " +":guilabel:`By-product`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Unit of " +"Measure`. Optionally, specify a :guilabel:`Produced in Operation` for the " +"by-product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The by-product, `Mush`, is created in the `Grind grapes` operation when " +"producing `Red Wine`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show sample by-product in the BoM." msgstr "" -"Sobald die Funktion aktiviert ist, können Sie Nebenprodukte zu einer " -"Stückliste hinzufügen, indem Sie im Reiter :guilabel:`Vorgänge` und dann auf" -" :guilabel:`Zeile hinzufügen` klicken. Benennen Sie dann das Nebenprodukt " -"und geben Sie die :guilabel:`Menge` und die :guilabel:`Maßeinheit` an. Wenn " -"die Stückliste Vorgänge konfiguriert hat, geben Sie im Feld " -":guilabel:`Produziert in Vorgang` genau an, in welchem Vorgang das " -"Nebenprodukt hergestellt wird. Klicken Sie schließlich auf " -":guilabel:`Speichern`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" @@ -28828,11 +30858,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." msgstr "Die Fertigungsroute im Reiter Lager der Produktseite." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 +msgid "Lot/serial number tracking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The assignment of lots or serial numbers to newly manufactured products is " +"optional. To optionally :doc:`assign lots or serial numbers " +"<../../inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn>` to newly " +"manufactured products, go to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section in the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the :guilabel:`Tracking` field, select " +":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Doing so enables the *Lot/Serial Number* field on a manufacturing order, or " +"the *Register Production* instruction on a work order card in the *Shop " +"Floor* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 +msgid "\"Lot/Serial Number\" field on the MO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 +msgid "**Lot/Serial Number** field on the MO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Register Production** option to generate lot/serial number on a work order" +" card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:54 msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "Eine Stückliste konfigurieren" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:56 msgid "" "Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " "manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" @@ -28843,7 +30909,7 @@ msgstr "" "Komponenten und Vorgänge, die zur Herstellung eines Produkts erforderlich " "sind." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " @@ -28861,7 +30927,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." msgstr "Die intelligente Schaltfläche der Stückliste auf der Produktseite." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 msgid "" "On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." " In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" @@ -28871,7 +30937,7 @@ msgstr "" "Produkt ausgefüllt. Geben Sie im Feld :guilabel:`Menge` die Anzahl der " "Einheiten an, die die Stückliste produziert." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 msgid "" "Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" " clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " @@ -28890,7 +30956,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "Der Reiter „Komponenten“ auf einer Stückliste." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:79 msgid "" "Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " "and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " @@ -28909,7 +30975,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Speichern & Schließen`, um das Hinzufügen von Vorgängen zu " "beenden, oder auf :guilabel:`Speichern & Neu`, um weitere hinzuzufügen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:86 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " "setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " @@ -28925,22 +30991,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "Der Reiter „Vorgänge“ auf einer Stückliste." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:96 msgid "" "The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " "allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " "exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " "For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " -"to :ref:`create a bill of materials `." +"to :doc:`create a bill of materials `." msgstr "" -"Der obige Abschnitt enthält Anweisungen zur Erstellung einer " -"Basisstückliste, mit der ein Produkt in Odoo hergestellt werden kann. Es " -"handelt sich jedoch keineswegs um eine vollständige Zusammenfassung aller " -"Optionen, die bei der Konfiguration einer Stückliste zur Verfügung stehen. " -"Weitere Informationen über Stücklisten finden Sie in der Dokumentation zum " -"Thema :ref:`Eine Stückliste erstellen `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "One-step manufacturing" @@ -30048,6 +32106,2033 @@ msgid "" "of the |MO| itself." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "Subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a " +"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" +" then sold by the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting " +"company and the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide " +"variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in" +" and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the " +"manufacturing themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:19 +msgid "" +"This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, " +"as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with " +"subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they " +"are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized " +"work to subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors " +"to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as " +"profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain " +"arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which " +"projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a " +"variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what" +" happens to finished products once they are manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " +":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst-1 +msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:62 +msgid "" +"With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in " +"Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:64 +msgid "" +"On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a " +"*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates" +" the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that" +" it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the " +"Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can " +"be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product " +"pages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:72 +msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:75 +msgid "Subcontracting workflows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference " +"between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully " +"responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the " +":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_basic` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " +"sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This " +"workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " +"purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to " +"the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the " +":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary " +"to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to" +" products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:94 +msgid "" +"In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are " +"to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:97 +msgid "" +"In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can " +"either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an " +"end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured" +" to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are " +"outlined in their respective documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:104 +msgid "Subcontracted product valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different " +"variables:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;" +" from here on referred to as `C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them " +"shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor" +" to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred " +"to as `x`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be " +"represented by the following equation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"P = C + M + S + D + x\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:124 +msgid "" +"It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will " +"include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not " +"dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost" +" of dropshipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Basic subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " +"certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " +"purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " +"the product's vendor to delivery the product to the purchasing company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For subcontracted products specifically, delivery lead times can be " +"configured to take into account the amount of time required for the " +"subcontractor to manufacture a product. Doing so allows the contracting " +"company to better predict the delivery dates of subcontracted products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Like all lead times in Odoo, lead times for subcontracted products are only " +"an estimate, and are based on how long actions are *expected* to take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " +"means that lead times should not be viewed as guarantees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`basic subcontracting ` workflow " +"to manufacture a product, a company is not responsible for supplying the " +"subcontractor with the necessary components. This means that the only " +"factors affecting the delivery date of a product are the amount of time it " +"takes the subcontractor to manufacture and deliver it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time that considers " +"both of these factors, the *Expected Arrival* date displayed on purchase " +"orders (POs) for the product more accurately reflects the amount of time " +"required for both manufacturing and delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 +msgid "Product delivery lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " +"subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has been added, enter the number of days it takes " +"them to manufacture and deliver the product, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead" +" Time` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Delivery Lead Time field for a subcontractor, on the Purchase tab of a " +"product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Multiple subcontractors can be added to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a " +"product's page, and a different :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` can be set " +"for each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:57 +msgid "Lead time workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 +msgid "" +"After setting a delivery lead time for a product's vendor, create an |RfQ| " +"by navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase " +"Orders`, and clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Specify the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the " +"product in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and " +"adding a quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once a product has been added, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field on the" +" |RfQ| auto-populates with a date that reflects the vendor's delivery lead " +"time, as specified on the product's page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If the date needs to be adjusted, click on the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` " +"field to open a calendar popover, and select the desired date. Make sure not" +" to choose a date sooner than the one that was auto-populated, unless the " +"subcontractor has confirmed that they are able to deliver the product by " +"that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` on the |RfQ| to turn it into a " +"|PO|. At this point, the subcontractor should begin manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, before delivering it to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Tricycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends requires three days to manufacture a tricycle, plus" +" an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " +"tricycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " +"two days for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:88 +msgid "" +"On May 3rd, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| to purchase one tricycle from Bike " +"Friends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date listed on the |PO| is May 8th, five " +"days after the :guilabel:`Confirmation Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Expected Arrival date on a PO for a subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Bike Friends begins manufacturing the tricycle on May 3rd — the day that the" +" |PO| is confirmed — and finishes on May 6th, three days later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The tricycle is then shipped to Mike's Bikes the same day, and they receive " +"it on May 8th, two days later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " +"certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " +"purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " +"the product's vendor to deliver the product to the purchasing company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Certain subcontracted products require the contracting company to supply the" +" subcontractor with manufacturing components. In this case, a *manufacturing" +" lead time* can be used, in addition to the delivery lead time, to generate " +"the date on which the subcontractor must receive the required components, in" +" order to manufacture the product and deliver it on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In cases where components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, an " +"additional delivery lead time can be set for each component. This should be " +"set to the amount of time it takes the vendor to deliver components to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once a delivery lead time has been set on a component, dropship orders for " +"the component display the date by which the order must be confirmed, so that" +" it can be dropshipped to the subcontractor by the date on which " +"manufacturing must begin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order " +"` route, a company is responsible for purchasing " +"the necessary components from a vendor, and having them dropshipped directly" +" to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 +msgid "" +"This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, it is also necessary " +"to consider how long it takes the component vendor to dropship the " +"components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:48 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a *delivery lead time*, specifying a " +"*manufacturing lead time* on the product's BoM, and assigning the vendor of " +"the components an additional *delivery lead time*, *Dropship Subcontractor* " +"orders for the product's components display the deadline for confirming a " +"dropship order to send the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " +":guilabel:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:61 +msgid "Product manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a BoM" +" from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 +msgid "" +"On the |BoM|, select the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the same number of days that was " +"entered in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` field of the |BoM|'s product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Manuf. Lead Time field on a product's BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 +msgid "" +"While not all of these days are actually used for manufacturing by the " +"subcontractor, setting the same number of days in each field tells Odoo that" +" the subcontractor must receive the components and begin production by the " +"start of the product's delivery lead time. This gives the subcontractor " +"enough time to both manufacture and deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 +msgid "Component delivery lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:92 +msgid "" +"From the product's BoM, navigate to each component by clicking on the " +"component in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and then clicking the " +":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` button to the right of the " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:96 +msgid "" +"On the product page for each component, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab." +" If the vendor has not already been added, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor has been added, enter the number of days it takes them to " +"dropship the product to the subcontractor, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " +"Time` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:104 +msgid "Dropship subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Create a request for quotation (RfQ) for the product by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`, and " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Specify the subcontractor in :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the product" +" in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, " +"selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and specifying a " +"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:113 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" +" time for the component vendor to dropship the components, and the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " +"auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " +"of the product. However, this does not consider the time it takes to " +"dropship the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:121 +msgid "" +"When purchasing a product subcontracted using the *Dropship Subcontractor on" +" Order* route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " +"extra time needed for the components to be delivered to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Since production does not begin until they receive the components, leaving " +"the date as is results in the finished product arriving *after* the date " +"listed on the |RfQ|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " +"so creates a second |RfQ| to purchase the components from the dropshipper, " +"and have them sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for " +"Quotation`, and select the |RfQ| that lists the dropshipper in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 +msgid "" +"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field lists the date on which" +" the subcontractor must receive the components, in order to deliver the " +"finished product by the *Expected Arrival* date listed on the subcontractor " +"|PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Order Deadline` field lists the latest date on which the " +"|RfQ| can be confirmed, in order for the dropshipper to deliver the " +"components to the subcontractor by the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|, and confirm " +"the purchase of the components from the dropshipper. Doing so causes a " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to appear at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to open the dropship order. This" +" order can also be accessed from the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button that " +"now appears on the subcontractor |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:149 +msgid "" +"After the dropshipper has delivered the components to the subcontractor, " +"click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the dropship order to " +"confirm that the subcontractor has received the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor receives the components, they begin manufacturing the" +" component, before delivering it to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Bicycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes must purchase the required components from vendor Bike World, " +"and have them dropshipped to Bike Friends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:164 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each bicycle, plus " +"an addition two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:167 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for bicycle" +" manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus two days " +"for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:170 +msgid "" +"On the bicycle's BoM, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days as " +"well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered to " +"the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:173 +msgid "" +"On the product pages for each of the bicycle's components, they assign Bike " +"World a delivery lead time of two days. This is the amount of time it takes " +"Bike World to dropship each component directly to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:177 +msgid "" +"On May 10th, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| for one bicycle, with an expected " +"delivery date of May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:180 +msgid "" +"The |RfQ| for purchasing the components from Bike World and having them " +"dropshipped to Bike Friends has an Expected Arrival date of May 12th, and a " +"Deadline of May 10th. The |RfQ| must be confirmed by the deadline in order " +"for Bike Friends to receive the components by the Expected Arrival date, " +"giving them enough time to deliver the finished bicycle to Mike's Bikes by " +"May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Order Deadline and Expected Arrival dates on a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes confirms the |RfQ| on May 10th, and Bike World delivers the " +"components to Bike Friends on May 12th. Bike Friends manufactures the " +"bicycle, and delivers it to Mike's Bikes on May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " +"means that lead times should **not** be viewed as guarantees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order " +"` route, a company is responsible for supplying the" +" subcontractor with the necessary components. As a result, the subcontractor" +" cannot begin manufacturing until the components have been received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, the date they receive " +"the components must also be considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:39 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time, and specifying " +"a manufacturing lead time on the product's bill of materials (BoM), " +"*Resupply Subcontractor* orders for the product's components display the " +"deadline by which the subcontractor must receive the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " +"subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a " +"|BoM| from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:80 +msgid "Resupply subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" +" time for the subcontractor to receive the components, manufacture the " +"product, and deliver it back to the subcontracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " +"auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " +"of the product. However, this does **not** consider the time it takes to " +"ship the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:98 +msgid "" +"When purchasing a product subcontracted using the Resupply Subcontractor on " +"Order route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " +"extra time needed for the components to be shipped to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " +"so causes a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to appear at the top of the " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to open the resupply " +"subcontractor order, which is the order created to send components to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Deadline` field on the resupply subcontractor order shows the" +" deadline for the subcontractor to receive the components, in order for them" +" to have enough time to manufacture and deliver the finished product by the " +"Expected Arrival date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field should display the latest date on which" +" components can be shipped, while still arriving to the subcontractor by the" +" :guilabel:`Deadline`. However, by default, the date displayed is the same " +"as the date in the :guilabel:`Deadline` field, and must be updated to take " +"into account the time required for shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field to open a calendar popover " +"from which a date can be selected. Select a date that allows for the " +"components to be delivered by the :guilabel:`Deadline` on the resupply " +"subcontractor order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:124 +msgid "" +"After the components are shipped, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at " +"the top of the order to confirm they have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Unicycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes must supply Bike Friends with the necessary components for " +"manufacturing the unicycles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:137 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each unicycle, plus" +" an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:140 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " +"unicycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " +"two days for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:143 +msgid "" +"On the unicycle's |BoM|, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days, " +"as well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered " +"to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 +msgid "" +"They confirm a |PO| for one unicycle, with an expected arrival date of May " +"30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The resupply subcontractor order for shipping the components to the " +"subcontractor shows a *Deadline* of May 25th. The subcontractor must receive" +" the components by this date, in order to have enough time to manufacture " +"the unicycle, and deliver it by May 30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:152 +msgid "" +"It takes Mike's Bikes two days to deliver the components, so they update the" +" *Scheduled Date* field on the resupply subcontractor order to May 23rd, two" +" days before the Deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Scheduled Date and Deadline fields on a resupply subcontractor order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes ships the components to Bike Friends on the scheduled date of " +"May 23rd, and they arrive on the deadline of May 25th. This gives Bike " +"Friends enough time to manufacture the unicycle, and ship it back to Mike's " +"Bikes by the expected arrival date of May 30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:3 +msgid "Basic subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a " +"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" +" then sold by the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the " +"necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to " +"worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic " +"subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-" +"subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that " +"subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted " +"products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be " +"manufactured by them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " +":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary" +" to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53 +msgid "Configure product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the " +"product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, " +"selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and " +"entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`" +" field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished " +"product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " +"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " +"subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83 +msgid "Configure BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " +"--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials " +"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` " +"option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the " +":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using" +" subcontracting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when " +"calculating the product's expected arrival date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:81 +msgid "" +"When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for " +"manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:86 +msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:88 +msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " +"|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a receipt order or a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, " +"**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" +" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " +"product is shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted " +"product is being purchased from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " +"with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer," +" or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process " +"starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169 +msgid "Create SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171 +msgid "" +"It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased" +" from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being " +"purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " +"Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a " +"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a" +" quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens" +" the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:128 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough " +"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates" +" a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193 +msgid "" +"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " +"end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is " +"enough stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197 +msgid "Process PO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:140 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to " +":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the " +"|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to " +"the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a " +"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the " +"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:153 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic " +"subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and " +"can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 +msgid "" +"A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " +"top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 +msgid "" +"PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " +"top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242 +msgid "Process receipt or dropship order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " +"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " +"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251 +msgid "" +"If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, " +"once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " +"Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the" +" :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the " +"receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter" +" the product into inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260 +msgid "Process dropship order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262 +msgid "" +"If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select" +" the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open " +"the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order " +"to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270 +msgid "Process delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " +"finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " +"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" +" the customer, and process the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " +"the product has been shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship to subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the" +" necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have " +"them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order " +"(PO) for that product is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " +"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and " +"*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve " +"dropshipping, they are used for different purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have " +"them shipped directly to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components " +"from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By " +"default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the " +"contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33 +msgid "" +"However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship " +"Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In " +"this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then " +"ships the finished product directly to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37 +msgid "" +"This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the " +":ref:`workflow section ` of" +" this doc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " +"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " +"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the " +"components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as " +"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in " +"the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the " +":guilabel:`Price` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that " +"determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been " +"manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock " +"on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " +"subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73 +msgid "Configure bill of materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click " +"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " +"select the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and" +" specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97 +msgid "Configure Components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " +"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " +"arrow)` button to the right of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106 +msgid "" +"On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add " +"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in " +"the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the" +" subcontractor, once they are purchased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the " +":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119 +msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " +"*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the" +" vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so " +"creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the " +"components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" +" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" +" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " +"product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " +"with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, " +"or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts " +"with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148 +msgid "Create an SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the " +"product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is " +"the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted " +"product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the " +"*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** " +"there is no stock of the product on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead " +"create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172 +msgid "" +"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " +"end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, " +"even if there is stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176 +msgid "Process subcontractor PO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178 +msgid "" +"If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`," +" and clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a" +" new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* " +"|PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components" +" to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, " +"and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" +"button at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from " +"the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** " +"automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship " +"Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* " +"|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205 +msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. " +"Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` " +"field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after " +"confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212 +msgid "" +"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship " +"Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of" +" the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and " +"confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, " +"and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the " +"*subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" +"Dropship smart button at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227 +msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" +" *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, " +"respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the " +":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the " +"subcontractor has received the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" +" *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the " +"product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of" +" the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the" +" *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the " +":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship " +"order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the " +"product to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product " +"has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the " +"necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each " +"time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " +"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping" +" it to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply " +"Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24 +msgid "" +"While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components " +"required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are " +"sourced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from " +"the warehouse of the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from " +"a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of " +"the subcontracting company and their subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36 +msgid "" +"See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of " +"the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " +"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " +"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of " +"materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`" +" tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the " +"subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68 +msgid "" +"This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other " +"elements, like the cost of the product's components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " +"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click " +"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " +"select the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107 +msgid "Configure components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " +"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " +"arrow)` button to the right of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116 +msgid "" +"On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and " +"select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the " +":guilabel:`Routes` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122 +msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to " +"purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a" +" dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the " +"subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" +" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149 +msgid "" +"While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to " +"automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is " +"also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful " +"when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply " +"Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking" +" :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom " +"the components should be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` " +"drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the " +"components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` " +"to confirm that the order has been sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough " +"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead" +" creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase " +"app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a " +"subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically " +"created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the " +"required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed " +"from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top " +"of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 +msgid "" +"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n" +"buttons at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 +msgid "" +"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and " +"Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227 +msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the " +"subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " +"Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open" +" the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` " +"card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " +"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " +"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " +"finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " +"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" +" the customer, and process the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " +"the product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows.rst:5 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "Arbeitsabläufe" @@ -30394,6 +34479,17 @@ msgid "" "only after closing the associated |MO|." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " +"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." +msgstr "" +"Ausschussaufträge können Sie einsehen, indem Sie zu :menuselection:`Lager " +"--> Vorgänge --> Ausschuss` navigieren. Jeder Ausschussauftrag zeigt das " +"Datum und die Uhrzeit an, zu der der Auftrag erstellt wurde, sowie das " +"Produkt und die Menge, die ausrangiert wurde." + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29 msgid "" "To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " @@ -30663,1355 +34759,6 @@ msgid "" "and *WH/MO/00010*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontracting overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:7 -msgid "" -"In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a " -"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" -" then sold by the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting " -"company and the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:13 -msgid "" -"For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide " -"variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in" -" and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the " -"manufacturing themselves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:17 -msgid "" -"This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, " -"as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with " -"subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they " -"are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized " -"work to subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:22 -msgid "" -"On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors " -"to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as " -"profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain " -"arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which " -"projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a " -"variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what" -" happens to finished products once they are manufactured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " -"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " -":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " -"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst-1 -msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:42 -msgid "" -"With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in " -"Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a " -"*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates" -" the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that" -" it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the " -"Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can " -"be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product " -"pages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:51 -msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:52 -msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:55 -msgid "Subcontracting workflows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:57 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference " -"between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully " -"responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the " -":doc:`subcontracting_basic` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " -"sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This " -"workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting_resupply` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " -"purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to " -"the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the " -":doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:69 -msgid "" -"In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary " -"to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to" -" products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are " -"to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can " -"either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an " -"end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured" -" to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are " -"outlined in their respective documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:83 -msgid "Subcontracted product valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different " -"variables:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;" -" from here on referred to as `C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "" -"The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them " -"shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:93 -msgid "" -"The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor" -" to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred " -"to as `x`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be " -"represented by the following equation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:100 -msgid "" -"P = C + M + S + D + x\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:103 -msgid "" -"It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will " -"include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not " -"dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost" -" of dropshipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:3 -msgid "Basic subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a " -"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" -" then sold by the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the " -"necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to " -"worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic " -"subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-" -"subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that " -"subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted " -"products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be " -"manufactured by them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" -" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " -":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " -"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary" -" to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53 -msgid "Configure product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " -"product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the " -"product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, " -"selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and " -"entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`" -" field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished " -"product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " -"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " -"subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83 -msgid "Configure BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " -"Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " -"--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92 -msgid "" -"For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials " -"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` " -"option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the " -":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using" -" subcontracting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " -":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the " -"subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when " -"calculating the product's expected arrival date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:81 -msgid "" -"When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the " -":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for " -"manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:86 -msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:88 -msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " -"|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a receipt order or a dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, " -"**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" -" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " -"product is shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138 -msgid "" -"The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted " -"product is being purchased from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " -"with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer," -" or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process " -"starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into " -"inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169 -msgid "Create SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:112 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171 -msgid "" -"It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased" -" from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being " -"purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next " -"step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175 -msgid "" -"To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " -"Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178 -msgid "" -"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a " -"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a" -" quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:123 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens" -" the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:128 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough " -"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates" -" a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:134 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193 -msgid "" -"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " -"end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is " -"enough stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197 -msgid "Process PO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:140 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to " -":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the " -"|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to " -"the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:145 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking " -":guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:148 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a " -"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the " -"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:153 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic " -"subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and " -"can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 -msgid "" -"A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " -"top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 -msgid "" -"PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " -"top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:164 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242 -msgid "Process receipt or dropship order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " -"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " -"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 -msgid "Process receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:173 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251 -msgid "" -"If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, " -"once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " -"Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:177 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the" -" :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the " -"receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter" -" the product into inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260 -msgid "Process dropship order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:184 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262 -msgid "" -"If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select" -" the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:187 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open " -"the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order " -"to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270 -msgid "Process delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " -"finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " -"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" -" the customer, and process the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:198 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " -"the product has been shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3 -msgid "Dropship to subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the" -" necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have " -"them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order " -"(PO) for that product is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " -"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23 -msgid "" -"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and " -"*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve " -"dropshipping, they are used for different purposes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have " -"them shipped directly to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components " -"from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By " -"default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the " -"contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33 -msgid "" -"However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship " -"Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In " -"this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then " -"ships the finished product directly to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37 -msgid "" -"This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the " -":ref:`workflow section ` of" -" this doc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " -"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " -":guilabel:`Operations` heading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " -"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the " -"components listed on the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " -"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as " -"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in " -"the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the " -":guilabel:`Price` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that " -"determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been " -"manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock " -"on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " -"subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73 -msgid "Configure bill of materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click " -"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " -"select the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the " -":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a " -"line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and" -" specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97 -msgid "Configure Components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99 -msgid "" -"To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " -"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " -"arrow)` button to the right of the name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " -"component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106 -msgid "" -"On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add " -"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in " -"the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the" -" subcontractor, once they are purchased." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the " -":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " -"section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119 -msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121 -msgid "" -"The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " -"*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the" -" vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so " -"creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the " -"components to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" -" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" -" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " -"product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " -"with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, " -"or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts " -"with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148 -msgid "Create an SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the " -"product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in " -"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is " -"the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted " -"product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the " -"*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** " -"there is no stock of the product on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169 -msgid "" -"If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead " -"create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172 -msgid "" -"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " -"end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, " -"even if there is stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176 -msgid "Process subcontractor PO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by" -" navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`," -" and clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a" -" new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the " -":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* " -"|PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components" -" to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, " -"and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" -"button at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198 -msgid "" -"In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from " -"the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** " -"automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201 -msgid "" -"Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship " -"Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* " -"|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205 -msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207 -msgid "" -"To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. " -"Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` " -"field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after " -"confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212 -msgid "" -"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship " -"Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of" -" the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and " -"confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, " -"and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the " -"*subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" -"Dropship smart button at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227 -msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229 -msgid "" -"Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" -" *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, " -"respectively." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the " -":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the " -"subcontractor has received the components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" -" *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the " -"product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of" -" the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into " -"inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the" -" *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the " -"receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the " -":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship " -"order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the " -"product to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product " -"has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3 -msgid "Resupply subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the " -"necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each " -"time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " -"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping" -" it to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21 -msgid "" -"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply " -"Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24 -msgid "" -"While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components " -"required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are " -"sourced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from " -"the warehouse of the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from " -"a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of " -"the subcontracting company and their subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36 -msgid "" -"See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of " -"the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " -"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " -":guilabel:`Operations` heading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " -"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of " -"materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " -"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`" -" tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the " -"subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68 -msgid "" -"This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other " -"elements, like the cost of the product's components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " -"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click " -"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " -"select the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107 -msgid "Configure components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109 -msgid "" -"To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " -"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " -"arrow)` button to the right of the name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116 -msgid "" -"On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and " -"select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the " -":guilabel:`Routes` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122 -msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124 -msgid "" -"The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to " -"purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a" -" dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the " -"subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" -" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149 -msgid "" -"While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to " -"automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is " -"also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful " -"when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154 -msgid "" -"To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply " -"Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking" -" :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom " -"the components should be sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking " -":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` " -"drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the " -"components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` " -"to confirm that the order has been sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough " -"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190 -msgid "" -"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead" -" creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase " -"app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a " -"subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically " -"created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214 -msgid "" -"In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the " -"required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed " -"from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top " -"of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 -msgid "" -"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n" -"buttons at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 -msgid "" -"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and " -"Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227 -msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the " -"subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " -"Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open" -" the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to " -"confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the " -":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` " -"card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " -"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " -"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " -"finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " -"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" -" the customer, and process the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " -"the product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:3 msgid "Unbuild orders" msgstr "" @@ -32929,8 +35676,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:12 msgid "" "Utilize *engineering change orders* (*ECOs*) to track, implement, and revert" -" change versions made to products, and :ref:`bills of materials " -"`." +" change versions made to products, and :doc:`bills of materials " +"<../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:15 @@ -34450,6 +37197,354 @@ msgstr "" "Sie können die Daten Ihrer Pivot-Tabelle direkt in die " "Tabellenkalkulationsapp einfügen oder sie als Excel-Datei exportieren." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:3 +msgid "Procurement expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:12 +msgid "" +"With the *Purchase* application, users can monitor procurement expenses over" +" time. This report helps companies track and analyze spending, identify " +"cost-saving opportunities, and ensure efficient budget management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:17 +msgid "Create procurement expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To create a |per|, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " +"Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:22 +msgid "" +"By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` (POs) with a " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of Requests for " +"Quotation (RFQs) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent*, or *Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:25 +msgid "Add filters and groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the top-right, click the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot)` icon " +"to switch to pivot view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:32 +msgid "" +"While the |per| can also be :ref:`viewed ` as a " +":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " +":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`, " +"the pivot view provides the most detailed view of the data, and is the " +"recommended starting point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Remove any default filters from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. Then, click " +"the |caret| to open the drop-down menu that contains the " +":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and :guilabel:`Favorites` " +"columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Unless otherwise specified, the report displays data from both |RFQs| and " +"|POs|. This can be changed by selecting either :guilabel:`Requests for " +"Quotation` or :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a time frame to use for " +"comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " +"|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " +"Then, select :guilabel:`Product Category`, which is also located in the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The selections under the :guilabel:`Group By` heading can be altered, " +"depending on the needs of the individual company. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Product`, instead of :guilabel:`Product Category`, provides a " +"more in depth look at the performance of specific items, in place of an " +"entire category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading that " +"appears. These options are only available after the date range is selected " +"under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " +":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " +"as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " +"time period from the previous year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:60 +msgid "" +"While multiple time-based filters can be added at once, only one comparison " +"can be selected at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the procurement expenses\n" +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The filter for Q2, comparison for **Previous Period**, and group-by for " +"**Vendor** and **Product Category** were selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:68 +msgid "Add measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:70 +msgid "" +"After selecting the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group by`, and " +":guilabel:`Comparison` settings, click out of the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:82 +msgid "" +"By default, the report displays data with the following measures: " +":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " +":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " +"drop-down list of available measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click the following specific measures to include additional columns for the " +"procurement expenses report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total` and :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`: can include one or both " +"measures. These are included for overall spending analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:91 +msgid ":guilabel:`Average Cost`: included to evaluate cost efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to Confirm` and :guilabel:`Days to Receive`: used to assess " +"supplier performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Qty Ordered` and :guilabel:`Qty Received`: used to understand " +"order efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Qty Billed` and :guilabel:`Qty to be Billed`: used to track order" +" accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Additional measures can be included in the report, if desired, to provide " +"additional insights. For example, :guilabel:`Gross Weight` and " +":guilabel:`Volume` may be included for further logistics and management " +"analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:101 +msgid "" +"After selecting all necessary measures, click out of the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:85 +msgid "View results" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:108 +msgid "" +"After all of the filters and measures have been selected, the report " +"generates in the selected view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst-1 +msgid "A sample version of the procurement expenses report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " +"editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is **only** available if the " +"*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The |per| is also available in graph view. Click the :icon:`fa-area-chart` " +":guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view. Click the " +"corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a :icon:`fa-bar-" +"chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` :guilabel:`(line " +"chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:107 +msgid "To save this report as a *favorite*, see :ref:`search/favorites`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor costs report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With the *Purchase* application, users can track the fluctuation of vendor " +"costs over time. This allows users to identify the most expensive vendors, " +"and track seasonal changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:14 +msgid "Create vendor costs reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To create a vendor costs report, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase " +"app --> Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` " +"dashboard. By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of POs (Purchase Orders) with a " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of RFQs (Requests " +"for Quotation) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent, or *Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a date range to use for " +"comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " +"|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " +"Then, select :guilabel:`Product`, which is also located in the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Product` is **not** required for this report. However, " +"it is recommended, as it provides additional insight into the performance of" +" individual vendors. Additional selections can be made under the " +":guilabel:`Group by` heading as well, including :guilabel:`Product " +"Category`, :guilabel:`Status`, and :guilabel:`Purchase Representative`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To ensure the report is generated correctly, make sure that " +":guilabel:`Vendor` is the **first** selection made under the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading. These " +"options are only available after the date range is selected under the " +":guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " +":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " +"as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " +"time period from the previous year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the " +"vendor costs report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"By default, the report displays with the following measures: " +":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " +":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " +"drop-down list of available measures. Click :guilabel:`Average Cost` to add " +"it to the report. Select any additional measures to add to the report, or " +"click on any of the already selected measures to remove them, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:80 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to run the report with at least :guilabel:`Average Cost`, " +":guilabel:`Total`, or :guilabel:`Untaxed Total` selected from the " +":guilabel:`Measures` list. Additional measures, such as :guilabel:`Days to " +"Receive`, can be added to provide additional insights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:87 +msgid "" +"After all of the :ref:`filters and measures have been selected " +"`, the report generates in the pivot " +"view. Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " +"editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is only available if the " +"*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A sample of a vendor costs report with the measures set as total and average" +" costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The vendor costs report is also available in *graph* view. Click the " +":icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view." +" Click the corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a " +":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " +":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5 msgid "Manage deals" msgstr "Geschäfte verwalten" @@ -35710,15 +38805,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51 msgid "" "To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> " -"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, check" -" the box next to :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and " -"bills`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, tick " +"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`3-way matching`, and click :guilabel:`Save` " +"to save changes." msgstr "" -"Um sie zu aktivieren, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Einkauf --> Konfiguration" -" --> Einstellungen`, und scrollen Sie nach unten zum Abschnitt " -":guilabel:`Rechnungsstellung`. Markieren Sie dann das Kästchen neben " -":guilabel:`3-Wege-Abstimmung: Einkäufe, Empfänge und Rechnungen` und klicken" -" Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`, um die Änderungen zu speichern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -35729,17 +38819,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Rechnungskontrolle` mit der Einstellung :guilabel:`Erhaltene " "Mengen` vorgesehen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 -msgid "Activated three-way matching feature in purchase settings." -msgstr "" -"Aktivierung der Funktion für Drei-Wege-Abstimmung in den " -"Einkaufseinstellungen." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:60 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts" msgstr "Lieferantenrechnungen auf Wareneingängen erstellen und verwalten" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:62 msgid "" "When products are received into a company's warehouse, receipts are created." " Once the company processes the received quantities, they can choose to " @@ -35754,12 +38838,12 @@ msgstr "" "Rechnungskontrolle wird die Erstellung der Lieferantenrechnung in " "verschiedenen Schritten des Beschaffungsprozesses abgeschlossen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:68 msgid "With the bill control policy set to ordered quantities" msgstr "" "Mit der Richtlinie zur Rechnungskontrolle eingestellt auf bestellte Mengen" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:70 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *ordered quantities*" " bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " @@ -35775,7 +38859,7 @@ msgstr "" "unter :guilabel:`Rechnungskontrolle`. Klicken Sie dann auf " ":guilabel:`Speichern`, um die Änderungen zu speichern." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:75 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new request for quotation (RFQ). Doing so reveals a blank " @@ -35785,8 +38869,8 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Neu`, um eine neue Angebotsanfrage zu erstellen. Daraufhin " "erscheint ein leeres Detailformular einer Angebotsanfrage." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 msgid "" "On the blank detail form, add a vendor to the :abbr:`RFQ (request for " "quotation)` in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the " @@ -35797,8 +38881,8 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Produkt` hinzu, indem Sie auf :guilabel:`Zeile hinzufügen` " "klicken." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 msgid "" "Then, confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` button above the detail form. Doing so turns the " @@ -35808,7 +38892,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Auftrag bestätigen` oberhalb des Detailformulars klicken. Auf " "diese Weise wird die Anfrage in einem Einkaufsauftrag umgewandelt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a vendor bill for " "the purchase order." @@ -35816,7 +38900,7 @@ msgstr "" "Klicken Sie dann auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Rechnung erstellen`, um " "eine Lieferantenrechnung für den Einkaufsauftrag zu erstellen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:88 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button reveals the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill` page for the purchase order." @@ -35824,7 +38908,7 @@ msgstr "" "Wenn Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Rechnung erstellen` klicken, wird " "die Seite :guilabel:`Rechnungsentwurf` für den Einkaufsauftrag angezeigt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:91 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button to modify " "the bill, and add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field. If needed," @@ -35838,7 +38922,7 @@ msgstr "" "im Reiter :guilabel:`Rechnungszeilen` auf :guilabel:`Zeile hinzufügen` " "klicken." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 msgid "" "Next, confirm the bill by clicking the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill` page." @@ -35847,7 +38931,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Rechnungsentwurfs` auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Bestätigen` " "klicken." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *ordered quantities*, the draft bill" " can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been " @@ -35857,8 +38941,8 @@ msgstr "" "ist, kann der Rechnungsentwurf bestätigt werden, sobald er erstellt wurde, " "noch bevor irgendwelche Produkte eingegangen sind." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:175 msgid "" "On the new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` number," " which can be used to match the bill with additional documents (such as the " @@ -35877,7 +38961,7 @@ msgstr "" "ein :guilabel:`Empfängerbankkonto` aus einem Drop-down-Menü auswählen " "können." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:108 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " @@ -35897,7 +38981,7 @@ msgid "Vendor bill form for ordered quantities control policy." msgstr "" "Formular für die Lieferantenrechnung zur Kontrolle der bestellten Mengen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:118 msgid "" "Each vendor bill provides the option to either :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " "or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note`. A *credit note* is typically issued when a " @@ -35913,12 +38997,12 @@ msgstr "" " sind, die vom Kunden/Käufer an den Verkäufer oder Lieferanten zurückgegeben" " werden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:124 msgid "With the bill control policy set to received quantities" msgstr "" "Mit der Richtlinie zur Rechnungskontrolle eingestellt auf erhaltene Mengen" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:127 msgid "" "If the creation of a vendor bill is attempted without receiving any " "quantities of a product (while using the *received quantities* bill control " @@ -35931,7 +39015,7 @@ msgstr "" "Fehlermeldung und die Einstellungen müssen geändert werden, bevor Sie " "fortfahren." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *received " "quantities* bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " @@ -35947,7 +39031,7 @@ msgstr "" "unter :guilabel:`Rechnungskontrolle`. Klicken Sie dann auf " ":guilabel:`Speichern`, um die Änderungen zu speichern." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:136 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`. Doing so reveals a " @@ -35957,7 +39041,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Neu`, um eine neue Angebotsanfrage zu erstellen. Daraufhin " "erscheint ein leeres Detailformular einer Angebotsanfrage." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a bill for the " "purchase order." @@ -35966,25 +39050,20 @@ msgstr "" "erstellen`, um eine Lieferantenrechnung für den Einkaufsauftrag zu " "erstellen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:151 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Create Bill` before any products have been received will" -" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to appear. The :guilabel:`Purchase " -"Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity of the items " -"included on the order to create a vendor bill." +" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up message to appear. The " +":guilabel:`Purchase Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity" +" of the items included on the order to create a vendor bill." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie auf :guilabel:`Rechnung erstellen` klicken, bevor irgendwelche " -"Produkte eingegangen sind, erscheint ein :guilabel:`Benutzerfehler`-Pop-up. " -"Der :guilabel:`Einkaufsauftrag` erfordert den Eingang von mindestens einer " -"Teilmenge der im Auftrag enthaltenen Artikel, um eine Lieferantenrechnung zu" -" erstellen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy." msgstr "" "Benutzerfehler-Pop-up für düe Rechnungskontrolle auf erhaltene Mengen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:159 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the warehouse " "receipt form." @@ -35992,7 +39071,7 @@ msgstr "" "Klicken Sie nun auf die intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Wareneingang`, " "um das Wareneingangsformular zu sehen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:161 msgid "" "On the warehouse receipt form, click :menuselection:`Validate --> Apply` to " "mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities. Then, navigate back to the " @@ -36005,7 +39084,7 @@ msgstr "" "Brotkrümelnavigation) und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche " ":guilabel:`Rechnung erstellen` auf dem Formular des Einkaufsauftrags." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 msgid "" "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Draft Bill` for the purchase order. On the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and add a " @@ -36019,7 +39098,7 @@ msgstr "" "den :guilabel:`Produkt`-Zeilen hinzu, indem Sie auf :guilabel:`Zeile " "hinzufügen` klicken." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill`." @@ -36027,7 +39106,7 @@ msgstr "" "Klicken Sie dann auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Bestätigen`, um den " ":guilabel:`Rechnungsentwurf` zu bestätigen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:172 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *received quantities*, the draft " "bill can **only** be confirmed when at least some of the quantities are " @@ -36037,7 +39116,7 @@ msgstr "" "ist, kann der Rechnungsentwurf **nur** bestätigt werden, wenn zumindest " "einige der Mengen eingegangen sind." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:181 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " @@ -36052,11 +39131,11 @@ msgstr "" "Formular der Angebotsanfrage ein grünes :guilabel:`In Zahlung`-Banner " "angezeigt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:187 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills in Accounting" msgstr "Lieferantenrechnungen in Buchhaltung erstellen und verwalten" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:189 msgid "" "Vendor bills can also be created directly from the *Accounting* app, " "**without** having to create a purchase order first. To do this, go to " @@ -36069,7 +39148,7 @@ msgstr "" "Rechnungen`, und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu`. Daraufhin wird ein leeres " "Formular für Lieferantenrechnungen angezeigt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 msgid "" "On this blank vendor bill detail form, add a vendor in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " @@ -36087,7 +39166,7 @@ msgstr "" "Klicken Sie schließlich auf :guilabel:`Bestätigen`, um die Rechnung zu " "bestätigen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:198 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view (or change) the " ":guilabel:`Account` journals that were populated based on the configuration " @@ -36098,7 +39177,7 @@ msgstr "" "Grundlage der Konfiguration in den entsprechenden :guilabel:`Lieferant`- und" " :guilabel:`Produkt`-Formularen ausgefüllt wurden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` to add" " credit or debit notes to the bill. Or, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` " @@ -36109,7 +39188,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lastschriften hinzuzufügen. Oder fügen Sie eine " ":guilabel:`Rechnungsreferenz` hinzu (im Modus :guilabel:`Bearbeiten`)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:205 msgid "" "Then, when ready, click :menuselection:`Register Payment --> Create Payment`" " to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." @@ -36118,7 +39197,7 @@ msgstr "" "--> Zahlung erstellen`, um die :guilabel:`Lieferantenrechnung` " "abzuschließen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 msgid "" "To tie the draft bill to an existing purchase order, click the drop-down " "menu next to :guilabel:`Auto-Complete`, and select a :abbr:`PO (purchase " @@ -36137,11 +39216,11 @@ msgstr "" "Drop-down-Liste der Autovervollständigung auf dem Entwurf einer " "Lieferantenrechnung." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:218 msgid "Batch billing" msgstr "Sammelabrechnung" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:220 msgid "" "Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* " "app." @@ -36149,7 +39228,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lieferantenrechnungen können in der *Buchhaltung*-App stapelweise bearbeitet" " und verwaltet werden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 msgid "" "To do this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. " "Then, click the :guilabel:`checkbox` at the top left of the page, beside the" @@ -36164,7 +39243,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lieferantenrechnungen mit einem :guilabel:`Gebucht`- oder " ":guilabel:`Entwurf`-:guilabel:`Status` ausgewählt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:227 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon to export, delete, or send" " & print the bills; click the :guilabel:`Print` icon to print the invoices " @@ -36177,7 +39256,7 @@ msgstr "" "klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Zahlung registrieren`, um Zahlungen für mehrere " "Lieferantenrechnungen auf einmal zu erstellen und zu verarbeiten." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Register Payment` is selected, a pop-up appears. In this " "pop-up window, select the appropriate journal in the :guilabel:`Journal` " @@ -36191,7 +39270,7 @@ msgstr "" "und eine :guilabel:`Zahlungsmethode` aus. In diesem Pop-up-Fenster können " "Sie auch die Option :guilabel:`Zahlungen gruppieren` wählen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:236 msgid "" "When ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button, which creates a " "list of journal entries on a separate page. This list of journal entries are" @@ -36203,10 +39282,10 @@ msgstr "" "entsprechenden Lieferantenrechnungen verknüpft." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 -msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up." -msgstr "Pop-up zur Registrieren von Zahlungen von Sammelabrechnungen." +msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up window." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:244 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Register Payment` option for vendor bills in batches will " "only work for journal entries whose :guilabel:`Status` is set to " @@ -36216,11 +39295,9 @@ msgstr "" "Stapeln funktioniert nur für Journalbuchungen, deren :guilabel:`Status` auf " ":guilabel:`Gebucht` gesetzt ist." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:252 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 +msgid ":doc:`control_bills`" msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5 msgid "Products" @@ -36683,22 +39760,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" -msgstr "In anderen Maßeinheiten einkaufen als verkaufen" +msgid "Purchase units of measure" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" -" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " -"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " -"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " -"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." +" unit of measure than when it is sold. This can cause confusion between " +"sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to convert " +"measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your product once" +" and let Odoo handle the conversion." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie ein Produkt kaufen, kann es vorkommen, dass Ihr Lieferant eine " -"andere Maßeinheit verwendet als Sie beim Verkauf. Das kann zu Verwirrung " -"zwischen den Mitarbeitern von Verkauf und Einkauf führen. Außerdem ist es " -"zeitaufwändig, Maßeinheiten jedes Mal manuell umzurechnen. Mit Odoo können " -"Sie Ihr Produkt einmal konfigurieren und Odoo die Umrechnung überlassen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 msgid "Consider the following examples:" @@ -36838,30 +39910,23 @@ msgstr "Erstellung einer Maßeinheitskategorie in Odoo Einkauf " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "" -"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." +"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, click into " +"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure Category` field and enter a name for the " +"category. Then, under the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -"Der nächste Schritt besteht darin, die beiden Maßeinheiten zu erstellen. " -"Gehen Sie dazu auf :menuselection:`Konfiguration --> Maßeinheiten`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:77 msgid "" "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" -" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" -" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" -" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " -"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " -"Odoo is always a multiple of this value." +" to other units of measure inside the category. Name the unit, and select " +"the units of measure category you just created. For the *Type*, select " +"*Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter the *Rounding " +"Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by Odoo is always a " +"multiple of this value." msgstr "" -"Erstellen Sie zunächst die Maßeinheit, die als Bezugspunkt für die " -"Umrechnung in andere Maßeinheiten innerhalb der Kategorie dient, indem Sie " -"auf *Neu* klicken. Benennen Sie die Einheit und wählen Sie die soeben " -"erstellte Maßeinheitskategorie aus. Wählen Sie als *Typ* die Option " -"*Referenzmaßeinheit dieser Kategorie*. Geben Sie die *Rundungsgenauigkeit* " -"ein, die Sie verwenden möchten. Die von Odoo berechnete Menge ist immer ein " -"Vielfaches dieses Wertes." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:83 msgid "" "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " "fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." @@ -36874,7 +39939,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "Erstellung einer Referenzmaßeinheit in Odoo Einkauf " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "" "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " "appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " @@ -36896,7 +39961,7 @@ msgstr "" "Rundungsgenauigkeit von 0,00001 verwenden möchten, setzen Sie *Stellen* auf " "5." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:97 msgid "" "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" " measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " @@ -36907,7 +39972,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Typ* wählen Sie *kleiner* oder *größer als die Referenzmaßeinheit*, je nach" " Situation." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:101 msgid "" "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " "*Smaller*." @@ -36915,7 +39980,7 @@ msgstr "" "Da die Vorhangrolle 100 Quadratmetern entspricht, sollten Sie *Kleiner* " "wählen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:103 msgid "" "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " "second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " @@ -36926,15 +39991,11 @@ msgstr "" "größer als 1 sein. Wenn die zweite Einheit größer ist, sollte der Faktor " "kleiner als 1 sein." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:107 msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "Für Ihre Vorhangrolle sollte der Faktor auf 100 eingestellt werden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 -msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "Erstellung einer zweiten Maßeinheit in Odoo Einkauf " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:109 msgid "" "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " "units of measure." diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index fb7fb6ff5..829f530dc 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -5,17 +5,17 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Larissa Manderfeld, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -51,11 +51,11 @@ msgstr "" "`Odoo-Tutorial: E-Mail-Marketing `_" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:38 msgid "Email marketing dashboard" msgstr "E-Mail-Marketing-Dashboard" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:40 msgid "" "After installing the application, click the :menuselection:`Email Marketing`" " app icon from the main Odoo dashboard. Doing so reveals the main " @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the main dashboard of the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "Ansicht des Hauptdashboards der Odoo E-Mail-Marketing-App." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:47 msgid "" "In the search bar, the default filter of :guilabel:`My Mailings` is present " "to show all the mailings related to the current user. To remove that filter," @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" "(entfernen)` neben dem Filter in der Suchleiste. Auf diese Weise werden alle" " Mailings in der Datenbank angezeigt." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:51 msgid "" "The information on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard has four different " "view options, located in the upper-right corner as individual icons." @@ -91,34 +91,34 @@ msgstr "" "verschiedene Ansichtsoptionen, die in der oberen rechten Ecke als einzelne " "Symbole angezeigt werden." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:54 msgid "The view options, from left-to-right, are:" msgstr "Die Ansichtsoptionen von links nach rechts sind:" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:56 msgid ":ref:`List ` (default view)" msgstr ":ref:`Liste ` (Standardansicht)" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:57 msgid ":ref:`Kanban `" msgstr ":ref:`Kanban `" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:58 msgid ":ref:`Calendar `" msgstr ":ref:`Kalender `" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:59 msgid ":ref:`Graph `" msgstr ":ref:`Grafi `" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:61 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:733 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:736 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:420 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:145 msgid "List view" msgstr "Listenansicht" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:66 msgid "" "The list view, represented by the :guilabel:`☰ (horizontal lines)` icon in " "the upper-right corner, is the default view of the :guilabel:`Mailings` " @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ msgstr "" "in der oberen rechten Ecke dargestellt wird, ist die Standardansicht des " ":guilabel:`Mailings`-Dashboards in der :guilabel:`E-Mail-Marketing`-App." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:69 msgid "" "While in list view, there are columns dedicated to different aspects of " "information related to the listed emails. Those columns are as follows:" @@ -137,15 +137,15 @@ msgstr "" "der Informationen zu den aufgelisteten E-Mails befassen. Diese Spalten " "lauten wie folgt:" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:72 msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: the date the email was sent." msgstr ":guilabel:`Datum`: das Datum, an dem die E-Mail versendet wurde." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Subject`: the subject of the email." msgstr ":guilabel:`Betreff`: der Betreff der E-Mail." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the user who created the email, or the user who has" " been assigned to the email." @@ -153,11 +153,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Verantwortlich`: der Benutzer, der die E-Mail erstellt hat oder " "der Benutzer, der der E-Mail zugewiesen wurde." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Sent`: how many times the email has been sent." msgstr ":guilabel:`Gesendet`: wie oft die E-Mail versendet wurde." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:77 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivered (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been " "successfully delivered." @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Zugestellt (%)`: Prozentsatz der gesendeten E-Mails, die " "erfolgreich zugestellt wurden." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Opened (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been opened by " "the recipients." @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Geöffnet (%)`: Prozentsatz der gesendeten E-Mails, die vom " "Empfänger geöffnet wurden." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been clicked by" " the recipients." @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Angeklickt (%)`: Prozentsatz der gesendeten E-Mails, die vom " "Empfänger angeklickt wurden." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replied (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been replied to" " by the recipients." @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Beantwortet (%)`: Prozentsatz der gesendeten E-Mails, auf die der" " Empfänger geantwortet hat." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: the status of the email (:guilabel:`Draft`, " ":guilabel:`In Queue`, or :guilabel:`Sent`)." @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Status`: der Status der E-Mail (:guilabel:`Entwurf`, " ":guilabel:`In Warteschlange`, or :guilabel:`Gesendet`)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:84 msgid "" "To add or remove columns, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options (two " "horizontal lines with dots)` icon, located to the far-right of the column " @@ -209,13 +209,13 @@ msgstr "" " neben den Spaltentiteln in der Listenansicht. Dadurch wird ein Dropdown-" "Menü der zusätzlichen Spaltenoptionen angezeigt." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:706 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:709 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:391 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "Kanban-Ansicht" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:93 msgid "" "The Kanban view, represented by the :guilabel:`(inverted bar graph)` icon, " "can be accessed in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Mailings` " @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "" "Kanban view of the main dashboard of the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "Kanban-Ansicht des Hauptdashboards der Odoo E-Mail-Marketing-App." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:100 msgid "" "While in Kanban view, the email information is displayed in the various " "stages." @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ msgstr "" "In der Kanban-Ansicht wird die E-Mail-Information in den verschiedenen " "Phasen dargestellt." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:102 msgid "" "The stages are: :guilabel:`Draft`, :guilabel:`In Queue`, " ":guilabel:`Sending`, and :guilabel:`Sent`." @@ -247,30 +247,30 @@ msgstr "" "Die Phasen sind: :guilabel:`Entwurf`, :guilabel:`In der Warteschlange`, " ":guilabel:`Im Versand` und :guilabel:`Gesendet`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Draft`: the email is still being written/created." msgstr ":guilabel:`Entwurf`: Die E-Mail wird noch geschrieben/erstellt." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`In Queue`: the email is scheduled to be sent at a later date." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`In der Warteschlange`: Die E-Mail wird zu einem späteren " "Zeitpunkt versendet." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:106 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sending`: the email is currently being sent to its recipients." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Im Versand`: Die E-Mail wird derzeit an ihre Empfänger gesendet " "wird." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:107 msgid ":guilabel:`Sent`: the email has already been sent to its recipients." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Gesendet`: Die E-Mail wurde bereits an ihre Empfänger gesendet." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:109 msgid "" "In each stage, there are drag-and-drop cards representing the emails that " "have been created/sent, and the stage they are in represents the current " @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ msgstr "" "E-Mail-Kampagnen darstellen, und die Phase, in der sie sich befinden, " "repräsentiert den aktuellen Status dieses Mailings." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:112 msgid "" "Each card on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard provides key information " "related to that specific email." @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ msgstr "" "Jede Karte auf dem :guilabel:`Mailings`-Dashboard liefert wichtige " "Informationen zu dieser bestimmten E-Mail." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:115 msgid "" "When the cursor hovers over the upper-right corner of an email campaign " "card, a :guilabel:`⋮ (three vertical dots)` icon appears. When clicked, a " @@ -310,12 +310,12 @@ msgstr "" "Ansicht des Dreipunkt-Drop-down-Menüs auf dem E-Mail-Marketing-Dashboard in " "Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:404 msgid "Calendar view" msgstr "Kalenderansicht" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:129 msgid "" "The calendar view, represented by a :guilabel:`📆 (calendar)` icon, can be " "accessed in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in " @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ msgstr "" "oberen rechten Ecke dargestellt wird, ist die Standardansicht des " ":guilabel:`Mailings`-Dashboards in der :guilabel:`E-Mail-Marketing`-App." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:132 msgid "" "While in calendar view, a monthly calendar (by default), shows when the " "mailings have been sent or are scheduled to be sent." @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Kalenderansicht des Mailings-Dashboards der Odoo-E-Mail-Marketing-App." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:139 msgid "" "The current date is represented by a :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` icon over " "the date on the calendar." @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ msgstr "" "Das aktuelle Datum wird durch :guilabel:`🔴 (roter Kreis)` über dem Datum im " "Kalender dargestellt." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:141 msgid "" "To the right of the calendar, the options to filter the results by " ":guilabel:`Responsible` and/or :guilabel:`Status` are available, via " @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ msgstr "" "Rechts neben dem Kalender können Sie per Kontrollkästchen nach " ":guilabel:`Verantwortlicher` Person und oder :guilabel:`Status` filtern." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:145 msgid "" "To hide the right sidebar, click the :guilabel:`(panel-right)` icon, located" " above the sidebar." @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ msgstr "" "Um die rechte Seitenleiste auszublenden, klicken Sie auf das Symbol " ":guilabel:`(rechte Leiste)` über der Seitenleiste." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:147 msgid "" "In the top-left corner, above the calendar, the option to change the time " "period being displayed is available via a drop-down menu, which shows " @@ -374,35 +374,35 @@ msgid "" "default)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:152 msgid "" "Clicking any of those options changes the calendar display to reflect that " "desired amount of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:154 msgid "" "Clicking either :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` icon or :guilabel:`➡️ (right " "arrow)` icon changes the calendar to a previous or future time, depending on" " what is clicked, based on the chosen amount of time being represented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:158 msgid "To jump back to the current date, click the :guilabel:`Today` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:163 msgid "Graph view" msgstr "Grafikansicht" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:165 msgid "" "The graph view, represented by a :guilabel:`(line graph)` icon, can be " "accessed in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in " "the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:168 msgid "" "While in graph view, the status of the emails on the :guilabel:`Mailings` " "page is represented in a bar graph, but other graph view options can be " @@ -413,20 +413,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the Graph view appears in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "Wie die Grafikansicht in der Odoo E-Mail-Marketing-App erscheint." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:175 msgid "" "In the upper-left corner, above the graph, there is a :guilabel:`Measures` " "drop-down menu. When clicked, different filter options become available to " "further customize the graph views." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:178 msgid "" "Those :guilabel:`Measures` options are: :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage` " "and :guilabel:`Count` (default)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:181 msgid "" "To the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu is an " ":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button, if the *Documents* application is " @@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ msgid "" "add the graph to a spreadsheet or dashboard becomes available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:185 msgid "" "Beside the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu and :guilabel:`Insert in " "Spreadsheet` button are different graph view options. From left-to-right, " @@ -442,17 +442,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`(line chart)`, and :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:190 msgid "" "Each graph view option provides its own series of additional view options, " "which appear to the right of the selected graph view option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:194 msgid "Search options" msgstr "Suchoptionen" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:196 msgid "" "Regardless of the view chosen for the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in the " ":guilabel:`Email Marketing` app, the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group " @@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ msgid "" "customize the information being displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:200 msgid "" "To access those options, click the :guilabel:`(downward arrow)` icon, " "located to the right of the search bar. Doing so reveals a drop-down mega " @@ -473,17 +473,17 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:207 msgid "" "These options provide various ways to specify and organize the information " "seen on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:212 msgid "Filters" msgstr "Filter" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:214 msgid "" "This section of the drop-down mega menu provides different ways to filter " "email results being shown on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in the " @@ -498,14 +498,14 @@ msgstr "" "Ansicht des Drop-down-Menüoptionen für Filter auf dem E-Mail-Marketing-" "Dashboard in Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:221 msgid "" "The options are: :guilabel:`My Mailings`, :guilabel:`Sent Date`, " ":guilabel:`A/B Tests`, :guilabel:`A/B Tests to review`, " ":guilabel:`Archived`, and :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:224 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` is selected, Odoo reveals a pop-up window, " "with three customizable fields to fill in, in order to create custom filter " @@ -517,11 +517,11 @@ msgid "" "Add custom filter pop-up window that appears in Odoo Email Marketing app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:232 msgid "Group By" msgstr "Gruppieren nach" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:234 msgid "" "This section of the drop-down mega menu provides different ways to group " "email results being shown on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in the " @@ -535,13 +535,13 @@ msgstr "" "Ansicht des Drop-down-Menüs für „Gruppieren nach“ auf dem E-Mail-Marketing-" "Dashboard in Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:241 msgid "" "Using this section, the data can be grouped by the messages' " ":guilabel:`Status`, or who it was :guilabel:`Sent By`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:244 msgid "" "There is also the option to group the data by :guilabel:`Sent Period`, which" " has its own sub-menu of options to choose from. The :guilabel:`Sent Period`" @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Quartal`, :guilabel:`Monat`, :guilabel:`Woche` und " ":guilabel:`Tag`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:248 msgid "" "If none of the above :guilabel:`Group By` options deliver the desired " "results, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` at the bottom of the " @@ -563,11 +563,11 @@ msgid "" " data that may be desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:253 msgid "Favorites" msgstr "Favoriten" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:255 msgid "" "This section provides the opportunity to save custom filters and/or " "groupings for future use. To utilize this section, click the :guilabel:`Save" @@ -582,31 +582,31 @@ msgstr "" "Ansicht des Drop-down-Menüs für Favoriten auf dem E-Mail-Marketing-Dashboard" " in Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:263 msgid "" "Give the favorited filter/grouping a title on the blank line above the " "checkboxes for :guilabel:`Default filter` and :guilabel:`Shared`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:266 msgid "" "Ticking the box for :guilabel:`Default filter` makes this favorited " "filter/grouping the default option. Ticking the box for :guilabel:`Shared` " "allows other users to see and use this favorited filter/grouping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:270 msgid "" "When all desired options are configured, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the " "filter/grouping in the :guilabel:`Favorites` section of the mega drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:274 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Einstellungen" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:276 msgid "" "To view and modify the *Email Marketing* settings, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ msgid "" "Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:283 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, there are four features available." msgstr "" @@ -626,11 +626,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the Settings page in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "Ansicht der Einstellungsseite in der E-Mail-Marketing-App in Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:289 msgid "The features are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:291 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns`: enables the option to manage mass mailing " "campaigns." @@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Mailingkampagnen`: aktiviert die Option zur Verwaltung von " "Massenmailingkampagnen." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing`: allows recipients to " "blacklist themselves from future mailings during the unsubscribing process." @@ -647,7 +647,7 @@ msgstr "" "Empfängern, sich während des Abmeldevorgangs von zukünftigen Mailings " "auszuschließen." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dedicated Server`: provides the option to utilize a separate, " "dedicated server for mailings. When enabled, Odoo reveals a new field (and " @@ -660,24 +660,24 @@ msgstr "" "Serverkonfigurationen eingegeben werden müssen, damit eine ordnungsgemäße " "Verbindung zu Odoo hergestellt werden kann." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:297 msgid "" ":guilabel:`24H Stat Mailing Reports`: allows users to check how well " "mailings have performed a day after it has been sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:303 msgid "Create an email" msgstr "Eine E-Mail erstellen" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:305 msgid "" "To create an email, open the :menuselection:`Email Marketing` application, " "and click the :guilabel:`New` button in the upper-left corner of the " ":guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:308 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`New` reveals a blank email form." msgstr "" @@ -687,38 +687,38 @@ msgstr "" "Ansicht des leeren E-Mail-Detailformulars in der E-Mail-Marketing-App in " "Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:314 msgid "" "On the email form, there are fields for the :ref:`Subject " "` and :ref:`Recipients " "` of the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:317 msgid "" "Beneath that, there are three tabs: :ref:`Mail Body " "`, :ref:`A/B Tests `, " "and :ref:`Settings `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:323 msgid "Subject" msgstr "Betreff" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:325 msgid "" "First, enter a :guilabel:`Subject` to the email. The :guilabel:`Subject` is " "visible in the recipients' inbox, allowing them to quickly see what the " "message is about." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:329 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Subject` field is mandatory. An email can **not** be sent " "without a :guilabel:`Subject`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:332 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`(smiley face with a plus sign)` icon at the end of the " ":guilabel:`Subject` field represents emojis that can be added to the " @@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ msgid "" "emojis that can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:336 msgid "" "Beside the :guilabel:`(smiley face with a plus sign)` icon at the end of the" " :guilabel:`Subject` field is an empty :guilabel:`(star)` icon. When " @@ -735,11 +735,11 @@ msgid "" "future." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:344 msgid "Recipients" msgstr "Empfänger" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:346 msgid "" "Beneath the :guilabel:`Subject` field on the email form is the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field. In this field, select the recipients of the " @@ -747,30 +747,30 @@ msgid "" "clicking the field reveals a drop-down menu of other recipient options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:350 msgid "" "With the default :guilabel:`Mailing List` option selected, a specific " "mailing list **must** be chosen from the adjacent :guilabel:`Select mailing " "lists` field drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:354 msgid "" "More than one mailing list can be chosen from the :guilabel:`Select mailing " "lists` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:356 msgid "" "Odoo then sends the email to contacts on that specific mailing list(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:356 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:822 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:825 msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/mailing_lists`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:361 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Recipients` field is clicked, a drop-down menu of other " "options is revealed. Each option provides different ways Odoo can create a " @@ -787,26 +787,26 @@ msgstr "" "Ansicht des Drop-down-Menüs für Empfänger in der E-Mail-Marketing-App in " "Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:368 msgid "" "Those options (excluding the default :guilabel:`Mailing List`) provide the " "option to create a more specified recipient filter, in an equation-like " "format, which appears beneath the :guilabel:`Recipients` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:372 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Recipients` field options, other than the default " ":guilabel:`Mailing List` option, are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:375 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: ties specifically to the *Contacts* app, and includes " "all the contacts entered in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:377 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Event Registration`: ties specifically to the *Events* app, and " "provides opportunities to interact with event registrants, in order to " @@ -814,14 +814,14 @@ msgid "" "valuable actions, such as post-event surveys, purchases, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:380 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`: ties specifically to records in the *CRM* " "application, which opens up a number of opportunities to influence sales or " "purchase decisions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:382 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mailing Contact`: ties specifically to the *Email Marketing* app," " and focuses on specific mailing contacts that have been entered in that " @@ -832,17 +832,17 @@ msgid "" "Contacts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:387 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sales Order`: ties specifically to the *Sales* app, and focuses " "on a specific sales orders in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:391 msgid "Add recipient filter" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:393 msgid "" "To add a more specific recipient filter to any :guilabel:`Recipient` option," " select any recipient option (other than :guilabel:`Mailing List`), and " @@ -851,14 +851,14 @@ msgid "" "formatted like an equation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:398 msgid "" "It is highly recommended that users implement detailed targeting criteria " "for the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. Typically, a single line of targeting " "logic is not sufficient enough for an email campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:402 msgid "" "While the :guilabel:`Mailing List` option is adequate for the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field, the :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity` and " @@ -866,7 +866,7 @@ msgid "" "criteria, which can be added on top of those seed sources." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:407 msgid "" "For example, with the :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity` option chosen in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field, users can add various custom criteria related " @@ -883,20 +883,20 @@ msgstr "" "Ansicht, wie Empfängerfilter in der E-Mail-Marketing-App in Odoo angepasst " "werden können." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:416 msgid "" "To reveal the sub-menu options within the filter rule fields, click each " "field, and make the desired selections, until the preferred configuration " "has been achieved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:419 msgid "" "The number of :guilabel:`records` in the database that match the configured " "rule(s) are indicated beneath the configured filter rule(s), in green." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:427 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:191 msgid "" "Some sub-menu options in the first rule field allow for a second choice to " @@ -905,37 +905,37 @@ msgstr "" "Einige Untermenüoptionen im ersten Regelfeld ermöglichen eine zweite " "Auswahl, um noch spezifischer zu werden." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:430 msgid "" "To the right of each rule, there are three additional options, represented " "by :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)`, :guilabel:`(sitemap)`, and :guilabel:`🗑️ " "(trash)` icons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:433 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon adds a new node (line) to the overall " "targeting logic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:434 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`(sitemap)` icon adds a branch to the node. A branch contains " "two additional, indented sub-nodes that are related to that specific rule, " "providing even more specificity to the parent line above it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:437 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon deletes a specific node (line) in the array " "of logic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:442 msgid "Mail Body tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:444 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab, there are a number of pre-configured " "message templates to choose from." @@ -947,7 +947,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:451 msgid "" "Select the desired template, and proceed to modify every element of its " "design details with Odoo's drag-and-drop building blocks, which appear on " @@ -960,14 +960,14 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:455 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:458 msgid "" "The features on the sidebar used to create and customize emails are " "separated into three sections: :guilabel:`Blocks`, :guilabel:`Customize`, " "and :guilabel:`Design`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:461 msgid "" "Each building block provides unique features and professional design " "elements. To use a building block, drag-and-drop the desired block element " @@ -975,7 +975,7 @@ msgid "" " building block can be customized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:466 msgid "" "To build an email from the ground up, without any building block elements, " "select the :guilabel:`Plain Text` template. When selected, Odoo provides a " @@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ msgid "" "commands." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:471 msgid "" "When `/` is typed into the blank body of the email, while using a " ":guilabel:`Plain Text` template, a drop-down menu of various design elements" @@ -997,24 +997,24 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:482 msgid "A/B Tests tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:484 msgid "" "Initially, when the :guilabel:`A/B Tests` tab is opened on an email form, " "the only option available is :guilabel:`Allow A/B Testing`. This is **not** " "a required option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:487 msgid "" "If this option is enabled, recipients are only mailed *once* for the " "entirety of the campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:489 msgid "" "This allows the user to send different versions of the same mailing to " "randomly selected recipients to gauge the effectiveness of various designs, " @@ -1022,7 +1022,7 @@ msgid "" " sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:493 msgid "" "When the checkbox beside :guilabel:`Allow A/B Testing` is ticked, an " ":guilabel:`on (%)` field appears, in which the user determines the " @@ -1030,70 +1030,70 @@ msgid "" "current version of the mailing as part of the test." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:498 msgid "" "The default figure in the :guilabel:`on (%)` field is `10`, but that figure " "can be changed at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:501 msgid "Beneath that, two additional fields appear:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:503 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Winner Selection` field provides a drop-down menu of options," " wherein the user decides what criteria should be used to determine the " "\"winning\" version of the email tests that are sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:507 msgid "The options in the :guilabel:`Winner Selection` field are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manual`: allows the user to determine the \"winning\" version of " "the mailing. This option removes the :guilabel:`Send Final On` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:511 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Highest Open Rate` (default): the mailing with the highest open " "rate is determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:513 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Highest Click Rate`: the mailing with the highest click rate is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:515 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Highest Reply Rate`: the mailing with the highest reply rate is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:517 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Leads`: the mailing with the most leads generated is determined " "to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:516 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:519 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quotations`: the mailing with the most quotations generated is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:521 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Revenues`: the mailing with the most revenue generated is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:524 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Send Final On` field allows users to choose a date that is " "used to know *when* Odoo should determine the \"winning\" email, and " @@ -1104,25 +1104,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the A/B Tests tab in Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:532 msgid "" "To the right of those fields is a :guilabel:`Create an Alternative Version` " "button. When clicked, Odoo presents a new :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab for the " "user to create an alternate version of the email to test." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:539 msgid "Settings tab" msgstr "Reiter „Einstellungen“" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:541 msgid "" "The options present in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of the mail form are " "divided into two sections: :guilabel:`Email Content` and " ":guilabel:`Tracking`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:545 msgid "" "The options available in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab vary depending on if " "the *Mailing Campaigns* feature is activated in :menuselection:`Email " @@ -1130,7 +1130,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`email_marketing/mailing-campaigns` for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:549 msgid "" "Without the *Mailing Campaigns* feature activated, the :guilabel:`Settings` " "tab on the email form only contains the :guilabel:`Preview Text`, " @@ -1144,11 +1144,11 @@ msgid "" "activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:558 msgid "Email content" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:560 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preview Text`: allows the user to enter a preview sentence to " "encourage recipients to open the email. In most inboxes, this is displayed " @@ -1157,36 +1157,36 @@ msgid "" "available, as well, via the :guilabel:`(smiley face with a plus sign)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:564 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send From`: designate an email alias that displays as the sender " "of this particular email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:563 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:566 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Reply To`: designate an email alias to whom all the replies of " "this particular email are sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:565 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:568 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attach a file`: if any specific files are required (or helpful) " "for this email, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button, and upload the " "desired file(s) to the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:572 msgid "Tracking" msgstr "Nachverfolgung" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:574 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: designate a user in the database to be responsible " "for this particular email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:578 msgid "" "If the *Mailing Campaign* feature *is* activated, an additional " ":guilabel:`Campaign` field appears in the :guilabel:`Tracking` section of " @@ -1199,31 +1199,31 @@ msgid "" "activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:585 msgid "" "The additional :guilabel:`Campaign` field allows users to attach this " "particular email to a mailing campaign, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:585 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:588 msgid "" "If the desired campaign is not available in the initial drop-down menu, " "select :guilabel:`Search More` to reveal a complete list of all mailing " "campaigns in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:591 msgid "" "Or, type the name of the desired mailing campaign in the " ":guilabel:`Campaign` field, until Odoo reveals the desired campaign in the " "drop-down menu. Then, select the desired campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:595 msgid "Send, schedule, test" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:597 msgid "" "Once the mailing is finalized, the following options can be utilized, via " "buttons located in the upper-left corner of the email form: :ref:`Send " @@ -1231,11 +1231,11 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Test `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:604 msgid "Send" msgstr "Senden" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:603 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:606 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Send` button reveals a :guilabel:`Ready to unleash emails?` " "pop-up window." @@ -1247,18 +1247,18 @@ msgid "" "clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:609 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:612 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Send to all` button is clicked, Odoo sends the email to " "the desired recipients. Once Odoo has sent the mailing, the status changes " "to :guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:615 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:618 msgid "Schedule" msgstr "Planen" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:617 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:620 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Schedule` button reveals a :guilabel:`When do you want to " "send your mailing?` pop-up window." @@ -1271,13 +1271,13 @@ msgid "" " is clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:624 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:627 msgid "" "In this pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Send on` field to reveal a " "calendar pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:630 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:633 msgid "" "From the calendar pop-up window, select the future date and time for Odoo to" " send this email. Then, click :guilabel:`✔️ Apply`. When a date and time are" @@ -1285,11 +1285,11 @@ msgid "" "mailing changes to :guilabel:`In Queue`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:640 msgid "Test" msgstr "Test" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:642 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Test` button reveals a :guilabel:`Test Mailing` pop-up " "window." @@ -1301,20 +1301,20 @@ msgid "" "clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:648 msgid "" "From this pop-up window, enter the email addresses of the contacts to whom " "Odoo should send this test email in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. " "Multiple contacts can be added in this field, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:649 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:652 msgid "" "Once all the desired email addresses have been entered in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field, click the :guilabel:`Send Test` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:656 msgid "" "By default, there's a daily limit applied for **all emails** sent throughout" " **all applications**. So, if there are remaining emails to be sent after a " @@ -1323,17 +1323,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Retry`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:661 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:664 msgid "Mailing campaigns" msgstr "Mailingkampagnen" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:663 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:666 msgid "" "The *Email Marketing* application provides users with the ability to build " "mailing campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:665 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:668 msgid "" "In order to create and customize mailing campaigns, the *Mailing Campaigns* " "feature **must** be activated in the *Settings* page of the *Email " @@ -1346,13 +1346,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign feature setting in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:677 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature is activated, a new " ":guilabel:`Campaigns` menu option appears in the header." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:677 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:680 msgid "" "When that is clicked, Odoo reveals a separate :guilabel:`Campaigns` page, " "displaying all the mailing campaigns in the database, and the current stage " @@ -1363,19 +1363,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign page in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:688 msgid "" "This information can also be viewed in a list, by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ " "(horizontal lines)` icon in the upper-right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:691 msgid "" "Clicking any campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page reveals that " "campaign's form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:693 msgid "" "There are two different ways to create and customize campaigns in the *Email" " Marketing* application, either directly from the :ref:`Campaigns page " @@ -1383,24 +1383,24 @@ msgid "" "` on an email form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:697 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:700 msgid "Create mailing campaign (from campaigns page)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:699 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:702 msgid "" "When the *Mailing Campaigns* feature is activated, a new *Campaigns* option " "appears in the header of the *Email Marketing* application. Campaigns can be" " created directly on the *Campaigns* page in the *Email Marketing* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:706 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Campaigns " "--> New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:711 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`New` button is clicked in the default Kanban view on the" " :guilabel:`Campaigns` page, a Kanban card appears in the :guilabel:`New` " @@ -1411,42 +1411,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign pop-up kanban in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:718 msgid "" "New campaign cards can also be made by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " "sign)` at the top of any Kanban stage on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:721 msgid "" "When the new campaign Kanban card appears, the options to enter a " ":guilabel:`Campaign Name`, a :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` " "become readily available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:724 msgid "" "To add the campaign to the Kanban stage, click the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:726 msgid "To delete the campaign, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:728 msgid "" "To further customize the campaign, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, which " "reveals the campaign form for additional modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:732 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Campaign Name` **must** be entered in the Kanban card, in order" " for the :guilabel:`Edit` button to reveal the campaign form for further " "modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:735 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:738 msgid "" "To enter the list view on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page, click the " ":guilabel:`☰ (horizontal lines)` icon in the upper-right corner. Doing so " @@ -1457,7 +1457,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign page in list view in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:745 msgid "" "To create a campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page while in list view," " click the :guilabel:`New` button. Doing so reveals a blank campaign form." @@ -1467,13 +1467,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the blank campaign form in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:749 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:752 msgid "" "From this campaign form, a :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, a " ":guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:752 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:755 msgid "" "At the top of the form, various metric-related smart buttons can be seen " "that showcase specific analytics related to the campaign. Those smart " @@ -1481,23 +1481,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Opportunities`, and :guilabel:`Clicks`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:757 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:760 msgid "" "Once a :guilabel:`Campaign Name` is entered and saved, additional buttons " "appear at the top of the campaign form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:760 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:763 msgid "" "Those additional buttons are: :guilabel:`Send Mailing` and :guilabel:`Send " "SMS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:766 msgid "Campaign form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:768 msgid "" "On the campaign form (after clicking :guilabel:`Edit` from the Kanban card, " "or selecting an existing campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page) there" @@ -1508,7 +1508,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign form in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:775 msgid "" "At the top of the form, various smart buttons can be seen that showcase " "specific analytics related to the campaign. Those smart buttons are: " @@ -1516,30 +1516,30 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Clicks`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:776 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:779 msgid "" "There are also buttons to :guilabel:`Send Mailing`, :guilabel:`Send SMS`, " ":guilabel:`Add Post`, and :guilabel:`Add Push` (push notification)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:780 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:783 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Send Mailing` and :guilabel:`Send SMS` buttons are not " "readily available, enter a :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, then save (either " "manually or automatically). Doing so reveals those buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:784 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:787 msgid "" "The status of the campaign can be viewed in the upper-right corner of the " "campaign form, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:792 msgid "Create mailing campaign (from settings tab)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:794 msgid "" "To create a new campaign from the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of a mailing " "form, click the :guilabel:`Campaign` field, and start typing the name of the" @@ -1552,13 +1552,13 @@ msgid "" "View of the mailing campaign creation in the Settings tab of an email form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:800 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:803 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Create` to add this new mailing campaign to the database, " "and modify its settings in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:806 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Create and Edit...` to add this new mailing campaign to " "the database, and reveal a :guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up window." @@ -1572,39 +1572,244 @@ msgstr "" "Ansicht des Pop-up-Fensters einer Mailingskampagne in der E-Mail-Marketing-" "App in Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:810 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:813 msgid "" "Here, the new mailing campaign can be further customized. Users can adjust " "the :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, assign a :guilabel:`Responsible`, and add " ":guilabel:`Tags`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:813 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:816 msgid "" "Buttons to :guilabel:`Add Post` or :guilabel:`Send Push` (push " "notifications) are also available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:815 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:818 msgid "" "There is also a status located in the upper-right corner of the " ":guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:818 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:821 msgid "" "When all modifications are ready to be finalized, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close`. To delete the entire campaign, click :guilabel:`Discard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:823 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:826 msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/unsubscriptions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:824 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:827 msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/lost_leads_email`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:828 +msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/analyze_metrics`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to properly understand the success or failure of an email marketing" +" campaign, it is necessary to monitor several key metrics. The insights " +"gained from these metrics can then be used to optimize future campaigns. " +"Odoo's *Email Marketing* application tracks several :ref:`key metrics " +"`, that can be interpreted to improve future " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:13 +msgid "View metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:15 +msgid "" +"After a mass mail has been sent, the results for that particular mailing are" +" displayed in multiple locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To access the metrics for an individual mailing, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Mailings`. Locate the specific " +"mailing in the list view, and use the column headings to view the results " +"for that mailing. Click on one of the mailings in the list to open the " +"record. At the top of the record, detailed metrics are displayed as smart " +"buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The smart buttons on a mass mailing, displaying the results of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Click on the smart buttons to see the recipient records for each metric." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:33 +msgid "Opened rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The *Opened* rate measures the percentage of emails opened by recipients " +"against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A high open rate may indicate that the subject line was timely, compelling, " +"and successfully prompted the recipients to view the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"A low open rate may indicate the subject line failed to capture the " +"recipients' interest. It could also indicate the email ended up in a spam or" +" junk folder due to having a poor sender reputation or failing to " +":doc:`configure the proper DNS records " +"<../../general/email_communication/email_domain>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:46 +msgid "Replied rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The *Replied* rate measures the percentage of recipients who responded to " +"the email directly against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:51 +msgid "" +"A high replied rate may indicate the email resonated with recipients, " +"prompting them to take action or provide feedback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:54 +msgid "" +"A low replied rate may suggest that the message lacked relevance or did not " +"contain a clear call to action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:58 +msgid "Clicked rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The *Clicked* through rate (CTR), measures the percentage of recipients who " +"clicked on a link within the email against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A high |CTR| may indicate the email content was relevant and appropriately " +"targeted. Recipients were motivated to click the links provided, and likely " +"found the content engaging." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:66 +msgid "" +"A low |CTR| may indicate issues with either the targeting, or the content " +"itself. Recipients may have been unmotivated by the calls to action, if " +"there were any, or the message itself may have been directed toward the " +"wrong audience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "Received rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The *Received* rate measures the percentage of emails that were successfully" +" delivered against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:76 +msgid "" +"A high received rate can indicate that the mailing list used is up to date " +"and the sender authentication is trusted by email providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:79 +msgid "" +"A low received rate may indicate issues either with the mailing list used " +"for the mailing or with the sender authentication. View the :ref:`email-" +"marketing/deliverability-issues` section for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:84 +msgid "Bounced rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The *Bounced* rate measures the percentage of emails that were " +"unsuccessfully delivered, against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:89 +msgid "" +"A high bounce rate could indicate issues either with the mailing list used " +"for the mailing or with the sender authentication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:92 +msgid "" +"A low bounce rate may indicate that the mailing list used is up to date and " +"the sender authentication is trusted by email providers. View the " +":ref:`email-marketing/deliverability-issues` section for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:99 +msgid "Deliverability issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The following define possible reasons for a high bounce rate or low received" +" rate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Using a mailing list that contains outdated contact information, or " +"malformed email addresses are likely to result in a high bounce rate and/or " +"a low received rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Mailings sent using a *From* email address that differs from the sender's " +"domain are likely to bounce with certain email providers due to failing " +":ref:`DMARC authentication `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Failing to :doc:`configure the proper DNS records " +"<../../general/email_communication/email_domain>` can also result in a high " +"bounce rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:112 +msgid ":ref:`Mailing campaigns `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:113 +msgid ":doc:`Manage unsubscriptions `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:3 msgid "Lost leads reactivation email" msgstr "" @@ -2970,6 +3175,835 @@ msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Events `_" msgstr "" "`Odoo-Tutorials: Veranstaltungen `_" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:3 +msgid "Create events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With the *Events* application, event organizers can create and configure in-" +"person or online-only events in Odoo. Each new event contains a number of " +"customizable options that are geared around specific event logistics, as " +"needed per event, such as ticket sales and registration desk, booths, " +"tracks, sponsors, rooms, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Events can be manually created from scratch or built off of pre-made " +"templates. Once launched, the *Events* application then integrates with the " +"*Website* app for the front-end promotion and registration of the event for " +"attendees, the *Sales* app for the purchasing ability of paid tickets, as " +"well the *CRM* application through customizable lead generation rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:16 +msgid "New event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To create a new event, begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Events " +"app` to land on the default :guilabel:`Events` dashboard, in the :icon:`oi-" +"view-kanban` :guilabel:`Kanban` view. From there, or alternatively from the " +":icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`List` or :icon:`fa-tasks` :guilabel:`Gantt` " +"views, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the upper-left corner of the " +"dashboard to open up a new event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "Typical event template in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If certain fields do not readily appear on the event form, that means an " +"additional application needs to be installed, or the database is not " +"operating in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For example, the :guilabel:`Twitter Wall` field **only** appears if the " +"*Social Marketing* app is installed, and the :guilabel:`Company` field " +"**only** appears if the database is working in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:36 +msgid "" +"These are just *additional* elements that can be used for an event. They are" +" **not** required to create, host, and manage an event with Odoo *Events*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:40 +msgid "Event form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:42 +msgid "" +"At the top of the event form are a series of smart buttons related to " +"various event metrics, which will autopopulate with pertinent data once " +"attendees begin to register, booths and sponsors sign on for the event, the " +"event takes place, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Beneath the smart buttons is the event form, which contains various fields " +"and clickable tabs that serve to configure the initial, necessary details of" +" the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:49 +msgid "The following are fields found on an event form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Event Name`: the title of the event. This field is **required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: when the event is scheduled to take place. This field is " +"auto-populated, but modifiable, and is **required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: the corresponding timezone related to the event. This " +"field is auto-populated, but modifiable, and is **required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Language`: designate a specific language for all event " +"communications to be translated into, if necessary. This field is blank, by " +"default, so if event-related communications are being sent to recipients who" +" speak a different language, be sure to configure this field properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Twitter Wall`: creates a separate page on the event website to " +"feature specific social posts on X (formerly Twitter) that contain pre-" +"determined desired elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To create and customize a :guilabel:`Twitter Wall`, type the name of the " +"desired wall into the field, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from " +"the resulting drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:66 +msgid "Doing so reveals :guilabel:`Create Twitter Wall` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:0 +msgid "The Twitter Wall pop-up window in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:72 +msgid "" +"From this window, enter a :guilabel:`Wall Name`. Then, select a certain word" +" or hashtag for Odoo to search for on X, like `#WoodWorkingExpo24`, for " +"example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Next, determine the :guilabel:`Type of tweets` Odoo should showcase with " +"that predetermined criteria. The choices in this field are: " +":guilabel:`Recent`, :guilabel:`Popular`, or :guilabel:`Mixed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Users also have the option to add a brief :guilabel:`Description` to the " +"wall, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the greyed-out, non-modifiable :guilabel:`Website URL` field will " +"autopopulate with the full URL needed to access the document through the " +"event website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:84 +msgid "" +"An image can also be added to the wall by clicking the :icon:`fa-pencil` " +":guilabel:`(pencil)` icon that appears when the cursor hovers over the " +":guilabel:`(camera)` placeholder image in the upper-right corner of the pop-" +"up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, from the resulting file explorer window, select the desired image to " +"be added to the wall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:91 +msgid "" +"This :guilabel:`Twitter Wall` field **only** appears on the event form if " +"the *Social Marketing* app is installed, and an X account has been added as " +"a stream on the application. To learn more, check out the :doc:`Social " +"marketing essentials <../social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials>` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Template`: choose a pre-configured event template from the " +"resulting drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Or, create a new one directly from this field, by typing in the name of the " +"new template, and selecting either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:101 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create` (which creates the template, and can be edited later) or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` (which creates the template, and reveals a " +"separate template page to configure the template in greater detail)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: add any corresponding tags to briefly describe the event " +"(e.g. `Online`, `Conference`, etc.). Multiple tags can be added per event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Tags can be displayed on events that are listed on the website by enabling " +"the *Show on Website* checkbox from :menuselection:`Events app --> " +"Configuration --> Event Tag Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: designate the organizer of the event (a company, " +"contact, or employee)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:113 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: designate a user in the database to be responsible " +"for this event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: designate which company in the database to which this " +"event is related. This field **only** appears if working in a multi-company " +"environment. This field is auto-populated, but modifiable, and is " +"**required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: choose to restrict the publishing of this event to a " +"specific website created in Odoo. If this field is left blank, the event can" +" be published on *all* websites in the database. To learn more, refer to the" +" :doc:`Multiple websites " +"<../../websites/website/configuration/multi_website>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Venue`: enter the pertinent event venue details in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Exhibition Map`: if desired, click the :guilabel:`Upload your " +"file` button to upload an image of the event venue map." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Registrations`: if this checkbox is ticked, a limit to the " +"amount of registrations is added to the event, and that desired limit amount" +" **must** be entered in the blank field before :guilabel:`Attendees`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge Dimension`: select a desired paper format dimension for " +"event badges. The options are: :guilabel:`A4 foldable`, :guilabel:`A6`, or " +":guilabel:`4 per sheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge Background`: if desired, click the :guilabel:`Upload your " +"file` button to upload a custom background image for event badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:132 +msgid "" +"When the above fields in the event form have been adequately filled in, move" +" on to the four tabs at the bottom of the event form for further " +"customization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Those tabs are: :ref:`Tickets `, :ref:`Communication " +"`, :ref:`Questions `, " +"and :ref:`Notes `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:142 +msgid "Tickets tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Create custom tickets (and ticket tiers) for events in the " +":guilabel:`Tickets` tab of an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "A typical tickets tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:150 +msgid "" +"To create a ticket, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Tickets` " +"tab. Then, enter a name for the ticket (e.g. `Basic Ticket` or `VIP`) in the" +" :guilabel:`Name` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:153 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Product` field, either select the pre-configured " +":guilabel:`Event Registration` product, or create a new one by typing in the" +" name of the new event registration product, and then select either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the resulting " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Upon installing Odoo *Events*, a new product type, *Event Ticket*, becomes " +"available on product forms (:menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> " +"Products`). In order for an event registration product to be selectable in " +"the *Tickets* tab, the event registration :guilabel:`Product Type` **must** " +"be set to :guilabel:`Event Ticket`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Existing event registration products can be modified directly from this " +"field, as well, by clicking the :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right " +"arrow)` icon, located beside the event registration product. Doing so " +"reveals that product's form. If the *Inventory* application is installed, " +"additional choices are available to customize for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Next, set the registration cost of the ticket in the :guilabel:`Price` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:173 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Price* defined on the event registration product's product form " +"sets the default cost of a ticket. Modifying the :guilabel:`Price` of a " +"ticket in the :guilabel:`Tickets` tab, sets a new registration cost of the " +"ticket for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Next, determine a :guilabel:`Sales Start` and :guilabel:`Sales End` date in " +"their respective fields. To do that, click into the blank field to reveal a " +"calendar popover. From there, select the desired date and time, then click " +":icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Then, if desired, designate a :guilabel:`Maximum` amount of that specific " +"ticket that can be sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:183 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Taken` column populates with the number of tickets that are " +"sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Optionally, in the :guilabel:`Color` column, add a custom color to " +"differentiate ticket badges. The selected color displays on ticket badges " +"when printed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To delete any tickets from the :guilabel:`Tickets` tab, click the :icon:`fa-" +"trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` icon on the corresponding line for the " +"ticket that should be deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:192 +msgid "" +"To add an optional :guilabel:`Description` column to the :guilabel:`Tickets`" +" tab, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(additional options)` " +"drop-down menu, located to the far-right of the column titles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Then, tick the checkbox beside :guilabel:`Description` from the resulting " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:198 +msgid "" +"When added, the option to add brief descriptions for each event ticket " +"appears, which can be used to inform attendees of any perks or amenities " +"that may coincide with specific ticket purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:204 +msgid "Communication tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:206 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Communication` tab of an event form, create various " +"marketing communications that can be scheduled to be sent at specific " +"intervals leading up to, and following, the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Typical communication tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:214 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo provides three separate pre-configured communications on " +"every new event form. One is an email sent after each registration to " +"confirm the purchase with the attendee. The other two are email event " +"reminders that are scheduled to be sent at different time intervals leading " +"up to the event to remind the recipient of the upcoming event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To add a communication in the :guilabel:`Communication` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, select the desired type of communication in " +"the :guilabel:`Send` field. The options are: :guilabel:`Mail`, " +":guilabel:`SMS`, :guilabel:`Social Post`, or :guilabel:`WhatsApp`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:223 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the number of communications that can be added in the " +":guilabel:`Communication` tab of an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:226 +msgid "" +"To delete a communication from the :guilabel:`Communication` tab, click the " +":icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` icon on the corresponding " +"communication line. Doing so removes the communication from the event " +"entirely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:231 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Social Post` option **only** appears if the *Social " +"Marketing* application is installed. The :guilabel:`WhatsApp` option " +"**only** appears if the *WhatsApp Integration* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:235 +msgid "" +":doc:`WhatsApp <../../productivity/whatsapp>` templates **cannot** be edited" +" during active configuration. A separate approval from *Meta* is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:239 +msgid "Mail" +msgstr "E-Mail" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:241 +msgid "" +"Select an existing email template from the :guilabel:`Template` drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:243 +msgid "" +"Next, define the :guilabel:`Interval`, :guilabel:`Unit`, and " +":guilabel:`Trigger` from their respective drop-down fields, letting Odoo " +"know when the communication should be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Unit` options are: :guilabel:`Immediately`, " +":guilabel:`Hours`, :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, and " +":guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Then, select an option from the :guilabel:`Trigger` drop-down menu. The " +"options are: :guilabel:`After each registration`, :guilabel:`Before the " +"event`, and :guilabel:`After the event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:252 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Sent` column populates with the number of sent " +"communications. And, beside the number are different icons that appear, " +"depending on the status of that particular communication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The status of *Running* is represented by a :icon:`fa-cogs` " +":guilabel:`(three gears)` icon. The status of *Sent* is represented by a " +":icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`(checkmark)` icon. And, the status of " +"*Scheduled* is represented by an :icon:`fa-hourglass-half` " +":guilabel:`(hourglass)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:260 +msgid "" +"To send a confirmation email an hour after an attendee registers for an " +"event, configure the following communication:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:263 +msgid ":guilabel:`Interval`: `1`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:264 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: :guilabel:`Hours`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:265 +msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: :guilabel:`After each registration`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Existing email templates can be modified directly from the " +":guilabel:`Template` drop-down menu, if necessary, by clicking the " +":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` icon next to the template " +"name. Doing so reveals a separate page where users can edit the " +":guilabel:`Content`, :guilabel:`Email Configuration`, and " +":guilabel:`Settings` of that particular email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:273 +msgid "" +"To view and manage all email templates, activate :ref:`developer-mode` and " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email: Email " +"Templates`. Modify with caution as email templates effect all communications" +" where the template is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:20 +msgid "Questions tab" +msgstr "Reiter „Fragen“" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:282 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab of an event form, users can create brief " +"questionnaires for registrants to interact with, and respond to, after they " +"register for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:285 +msgid "" +"These questions can be focused on gathering basic information about the " +"attendee, learning about their preferences, expectations, and other things " +"of that nature. This information can also be used to create more detailed " +"reporting metrics, in addition to being utilized to create specific lead " +"generation rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "Typical questions tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:295 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo provides three questions in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab " +"for every event form. The default questions require the registrant(s) to " +"provide their :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Email`, and make it optional " +"to include their :guilabel:`Phone` number, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:299 +msgid "" +"The information gathered from the :guilabel:`Questions` tab can be found on " +"the :guilabel:`Attendees` dashboard, accessible via the :icon:`fa-users` " +":guilabel:`Attendees` smart button. Odoo populates individual records that " +"contain basic information about the registrant(s), as well as their " +"preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:304 +msgid "" +"To add a question in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Question` pop-up window. From " +"here, users can create and configure their question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Question pop-up window that appears in the Odoo Events " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:311 +msgid "" +"First, enter the question in the field at the top of the form. Then, decide " +"if the question should require a :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer` and/or if Odoo" +" should :guilabel:`Ask once per order`, by ticking their respective boxes, " +"if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Ask once per order` checkbox is ticked, the question will " +"only be asked once, and its value is propogated to every attendee in the " +"order (if multiple tickets are purchased at once). If the checkbox is *not* " +"ticked for this setting, Odoo will present the question for every attendee " +"that is connected to that registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:320 +msgid "Next, select a :guilabel:`Question Type` option:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:322 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Selection`: provide answer options to the question for " +"registrants to choose from. Selectable answer options can be managed in the " +":guilabel:`Answers` column at the bottom of the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:325 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Text Input`: lets the users enter a custom response to the " +"question in a text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:326 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter their " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:327 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter their" +" email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:328 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Phone`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter their" +" phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter a " +"company they are associated with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:332 +msgid "" +"Once all the desired configurations have been entered, either click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the question, and return to the " +":guilabel:`Questions` tab on the event form, or click :guilabel:`Save & New`" +" to save the question and immediately create a new question on a new " +":guilabel:`Create Question` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:337 +msgid "" +"As questions are added to the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, the informative " +"columns showcase the configurations of each question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:340 +msgid "The informative columns are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:342 +msgid ":guilabel:`Title`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:343 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mandatory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:344 +msgid ":guilabel:`Once per Order`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:345 +msgid ":guilabel:`Type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:346 +msgid ":guilabel:`Answers` (if applicable)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:348 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Selection` and :guilabel:`Text Input` types, a :icon:`fa-bar-" +"chart` :guilabel:`Stats` button appears on the right side of the question " +"line. When clicked, Odoo reveals a separate page, showcasing the response " +"metrics to that specific question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:352 +msgid "" +"To delete any question from the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click the " +":icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` icon on the corresponding " +"question line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:355 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the number of questions that can be added in the " +":guilabel:`Questions` tab of an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:361 +msgid "Notes tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:363 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Notes` tab of an event form, users can leave detailed " +"internal notes and/or event-related instructions/information for attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "Typical notes tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:370 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Note` field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, users can leave " +"internal notes for other event employees, like \"to-do\" lists, contact " +"information, instructions, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:373 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Ticket Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, " +"users can leave specific instructions for people attending the event that " +"appear on the attendees ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:266 +msgid "Publish events" +msgstr "Veranstaltungen veröffentlichen" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:379 +msgid "" +"Once all configurations and modifications are complete on the event form, it" +" is time to publish the event on the website. Doing so makes the event " +"visible to website visitors, and makes it possible for people to register " +"for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:383 +msgid "" +"To publish an event after all the customizations are complete, click the " +":icon:`fa-globe` :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button at the top of the " +"event form. Doing so reveals the event's web page, which can be customized " +"like any other web page on the site, via the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:388 +msgid "" +"To learn more about website design functionality and options, consult the " +":doc:`Building block <../../websites/website/web_design/building_blocks>` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:391 +msgid "" +"Once the event website is ready to be shared, click the red " +":guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch in the header menu, changing it to a " +"green :guilabel:`Published` switch. At this point, the event web page is " +"published, and viewable/accessible by all website visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:396 +msgid "Send event invites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:398 +msgid "" +"To send event invites to potential attendees, navigate to the desired event " +"form, via :menuselection:`Events app --> Events`, and click into the desired" +" event. Following this, click the :guilabel:`Invite` button in the upper-" +"left corner of the event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:402 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a blank email form to fill out, as desired. To learn more " +"about how to create and customize emails like this, refer to the " +":ref:`Create an email ` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:406 +msgid "" +"Proceed to create and customize an email message to send as an invite to " +"potential attendees. Remember to include a link to the registration page on " +"the event website, allowing interested recipients to quickly register." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Sending emails from Odoo is subject to a daily limit, which, by default, is " +"200. To learn more about daily limits, visit the " +":ref:`email_communication/daily_limit_mail` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:217 +msgid ":doc:`event_essentials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:416 +msgid ":doc:`track_manage_talks`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:3 msgid "Event essentials" msgstr "Grundlegende Informationen zu Odoo Veranstaltungen" @@ -3663,10 +4697,6 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Testen` funktionieren alle auf die gleiche Weise für beide " ":guilabel:`Mailingtyp`-Optionen." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:266 -msgid "Publish events" -msgstr "Veranstaltungen veröffentlichen" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:268 msgid "" "Until an event is published, it will remain hidden from public view on the " @@ -3717,6 +4747,424 @@ msgstr "" "Ansicht einer Website-Seite und die Möglichkeit, die Veranstaltung in Odoo " "Veranstaltungen zu veröffentlichen." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:3 +msgid "Event templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Events* application provides the ability to customize and " +"configure event templates, which can be used to expedite the event-creation " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:8 +msgid "" +"These templates can be created and personalized in the application, and then" +" selected from an event form, in order to quickly apply a series of settings" +" and elements to the new event, all of which can be further modified, if " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:13 +msgid "Event templates page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo *Events* application, event templates can quickly be created and" +" modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To begin, navigate to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Event" +" Templates`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Event Templates` page. Here, " +"find all the existing event templates in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "The Event Templates page in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo provides three pre-configured event templates: " +":guilabel:`Exhibition`, :guilabel:`Training`, and :guilabel:`Sport`, which " +"all have their own unique customizations applied to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To change how these event templates appear on the *Template* drop-down field" +" on an event form, drag-and-drop them into any desired order, using the " +":icon:`oi-draggable` :guilabel:`(draggable)` icon, located to the left of " +"each event template line on the :guilabel:`Event Templates` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To learn more about event forms, refer to the :doc:`create_events` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:37 +msgid "Create event template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:39 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to create and configure an event template in Odoo " +"*Events*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**On the dashboard**, by navigating to :menuselection:`Events app --> " +"Configuration --> Event Templates` and clicking the :guilabel:`New` button " +"in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank event template form that " +"can be customized in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**On an event form itself**. Start by typing the name of a new event " +"template in the *Template* field, and click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` " +"from the resulting drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a *Create Template* pop-" +"up window, featuring all the same configurable fields and elements found on " +"a standard event template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create \"[template name]\"` from the resulting drop-down" +" menu, via the *Template* field on an event form creates the event template " +"in the database, but does **not** present the user with the *Create " +"Template* pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The event template would have to be modified, by selecting it on the *Event " +"Templates* page (:menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Event " +"Templates`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:58 +msgid "Event template form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:60 +msgid "" +"All the fields on a standard :guilabel:`Event Template` form are *also* on " +"the *Create Template* pop-up window, accessible via the *Template* field on " +"an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "A standard event template form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Start by providing the event template with a name in the :guilabel:`Event " +"Template` field, located at the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Beneath that field, there is a series of selectable checkboxes, all of which" +" are related to how the event menu will be displayed on the event web page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website Submenu`: enables a submenu on the event's website. When " +"this checkbox is ticked, every other checkbox in this series is " +"automatically ticked, as well. Then, choose to untick (deselect) any of the " +"checkbox options, as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tracks Menu Item`: adds a submenu item to navigate to a page " +"displaying all planned tracks for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Track Proposals Menu Item`: adds a submenu item to navigate to a " +"page, in which visitors can fill out a form to propose a track (talk, " +"lecture, presentation, etc.) to happen during the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Booth Menu Item`: adds a submenu item that takes visitors to a " +"separate page, where an event booth can be purchased. Event booths can be " +"customized and configured in the :guilabel:`Booths` tab of the event " +"template form, from the *Booth Categories* page (:menuselection:`Events app " +"--> Configuration --> Booth Categories`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:87 +msgid "" +"First, users **must** create a booth product with the required *Event Booth*" +" option set as the :guilabel:`Product Type` on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Exhibitors Menu Item`: adds a submenu item that takes visitors to" +" a separate page, showcasing all the exhibitors related to that specific " +"event. Icons representing those exhibitors are also found on the footer of " +"every event-specific web page, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Community`: adds a submenu item allowing attendees to access pre-" +"configured virtual community rooms to meet with other attendees, and discuss" +" various topics related to the event. When this checkbox is ticked, the " +":guilabel:`Allow Room Creation` feature becomes available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allow Room Creation`: allow visitors to create community rooms of" +" their own." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Register Button`: adds a button at the end of the event submenu " +"that takes visitors to the event-specific registration page when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Once the desired checkboxes have been ticked, select an appropriate " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the event from the available drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, for organizational purposes, there is the option to add " +":guilabel:`Tags` to this event template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to :guilabel:`Limit Registrations` to this specific" +" event template by ticking that checkbox. If ticked, proceed to enter the " +"number of :guilabel:`Attendees` this template should be limited to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Beneath those general information fields at the top of the event template " +"form, there are five tabs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:112 +msgid ":ref:`Tickets `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:113 +msgid ":ref:`Communication `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:114 +msgid ":ref:`Booths `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:115 +msgid ":ref:`Questions `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:116 +msgid ":ref:`Notes `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:121 +msgid "Booths tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:123 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Booths` tab on an event template form is the only tab that " +"differentiates itself from a standard event form, where the other tabs " +"(:guilabel:`Tickets`, :guilabel:`Communication`, :guilabel:`Questions`, and " +":guilabel:`Notes`) are present and configured using the same process. For " +"more information about those tabs, refer to the :doc:`create_events` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To create a booth or booth category, an event booth product **must** be " +"created in the database first, with the *Product Type* set to *Event Booth*." +" **Only** products with that specific configuration can be selected in the " +"required *Product* field of a booth or booth category form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Event booths can be created and customized in two ways in the Odoo *Events* " +"application. Either in the :guilabel:`Booths` tab of an event template form," +" or by navigating to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Booth " +"Categories`, and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To add a booth from the :guilabel:`Booths` tab of an event template form, " +"click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create " +"Booths` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "A Create Booths pop-up window in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Start by providing a :guilabel:`Name` for this booth in the corresponding " +"field at the top of the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Then, select an appropriate :guilabel:`Booth Category` from the drop-down " +"field below. Booth categories can be created and modified from the *Booth " +"Categories* page in the *Events* application, which is accessible by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Booth " +"Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:154 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Booth Category` can be created directly from this field on the " +":guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-up window. To accomplish that, type the name " +"of the new booth category in the :guilabel:`Booth Category` field, and " +"select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the " +"resulting drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` merely creates the category, which can (and " +"should be) customized at a later date. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and " +"edit...` reveals a new :guilabel:`Create Booth Category` pop-up window, from" +" which the category can be configured in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Booth Category pop-up window in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:167 +msgid "" +"From this pop-up window, proceed to name the :guilabel:`Booth Category`, " +"modify its :guilabel:`Booth Details` settings, configure its " +":guilabel:`Sponsorship` options (if applicable), and leave an optional " +":guilabel:`Description` to explain any pertinent details related to this " +"specific category of booths." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:172 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to add a photo/visual representation of the booth " +"category, via the :guilabel:`(camera)` icon in the upper-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:175 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The same configurations and options are available by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Booth Categories`, and " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Once the desired :guilabel:`Booth Category` is selected, the remaining " +"fields on the :guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-up window (:guilabel:`Currency`," +" :guilabel:`Product`, and :guilabel:`Price`) autopopulate, based on " +"information configured for that selected :guilabel:`Booth Category`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:186 +msgid "" +"These fields **cannot** be modified from the :guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-" +"up window. They can only be modified from the specific booth category form " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:189 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`" +" to save the booth, and return to the event template form. Or, click " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to save the booth, and start creating another booth " +"on a fresh :guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-up window. Click " +":guilabel:`Discard` to remove all changes, and return to the event template " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Once the booth has been saved, it appears in the :guilabel:`Booths` tab on " +"the event template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:197 +msgid "Use event templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Once an event template is complete, it is accessible on all event forms in " +"the Odoo *Events* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:202 +msgid "" +"To use an event template, navigate to the :menuselection:`Events app` and " +"click :guilabel:`New` to open a new event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:205 +msgid "" +"From the event form, click the :guilabel:`Template` field to reveal all the " +"existing event templates in the database. They appear in the same order as " +"they are listed in on the *Event Templates* page (:menuselection:`Events app" +" --> Configuration --> Event Templates`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Select the desired event template from the :guilabel:`Template` drop-down " +"field on the event form. Pre-configured settings automatically populate the " +"event form, saving time during the event creation process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Any of these pre-configured settings related to the selected event template " +"chosen in the :guilabel:`Template` field on an event form can be modified, " +"as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:218 +msgid ":doc:`create_events`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:3 msgid "Sell tickets" msgstr "Tickets verkaufen" @@ -9856,11 +11304,6 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Options`, :guilabel:`Description`, and :guilabel:`End Message`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:20 -msgid "Questions tab" -msgstr "Reiter „Fragen“" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:52 msgid "" "View, access, add, and/or delete questions and sections to the survey in the" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 0a52af616..bec97db38 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2024\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -696,6 +696,9 @@ msgid "" "Synchronizing a user's *Outlook Calendar* with Odoo is useful for keeping " "track of tasks and appointments across all related applications." msgstr "" +"Die Synchronisierung des Outlook-Kalenders eines Benutzers mit Odoo ist " +"nützlich, um den Überblick über seine Aufgaben und Termine in allen " +"verbundenen Anwendungen zu behalten." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:9 msgid ":doc:`../../general/users/azure`" @@ -717,6 +720,12 @@ msgid "" "on the `Azure website `_." msgstr "" +"Um *Outlook Kalender* mit dem *Kalender* von Odoo zu synchronisieren, " +"benötigen Sie ein Microsoft-*Azure*-Konto. Das Erstellen eines Kontos ist " +"für Benutzer, die *Azure* noch nie ausprobiert oder dafür bezahlt haben, " +"kostenlos. Für weitere Informationen schauen Sie sich die Kontenoptionen auf" +" der `Azure-Website `_ an." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -726,6 +735,11 @@ msgid "" "Directory (Azure AD)*). This is an API console to manage and register " "Microsoft applications." msgstr "" +"Lesen Sie in der `Dokumentation von Microsoft " +"`_, wie Sie eine Microsoft *Entra ID* (formell *Microsoft " +"Azure Active Directory (Azure AD)* genannt). Dies ist eine API-Konsole zur " +"Verwaltung und Registrierung von Microsoft-Anwendungen." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -734,10 +748,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`View` under the section labeled :guilabel:`Manage Microsoft Entra" " ID`." msgstr "" +"Bestehende Microsoft-*Entra-ID*-Benutzer sollten sich beim `Microsoft-Azure-" +"Entwicklerportal `_ anmelden. Wählen Sie " +"dann :guilabel:`View` (Ansicht) unter dem Abschnitt mit der Bezeichnung " +":guilabel:`Manage Microsoft Entra ID` (Microsoft Entra ID verwalten)." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:30 msgid "Register application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "App registrieren" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -745,22 +763,32 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" +"Nachdem Sie sich mit der Microsoft *Entra ID* angemeldet haben, " +"`registrieren Sie eine App `_." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:35 msgid "" "To create an application, click :guilabel:`+ Add` in the top menu. From the " "resulting drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`App Registration`." msgstr "" +"Um eine App zu erstellen, klicken Sie im oberen Menü auf :guilabel:`+ Add` " +"(Hinzufügen). Wählen Sie aus dem daraufhin angezeigten Dropdown-Menü die " +"Option :guilabel:`App Registration` (App-Registrierung)." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 msgid "" "Microsoft Azure management page with + Add and App Registration menu " "highlighted." msgstr "" +"Microsoft-Azure-Verwaltungsseite mit hervorgebenen Menü + Hinzufügen und " +"App-Registrierung." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:42 msgid "Enter a unique :guilabel:`Name` for the connected application." msgstr "" +"Geben Sie einen eindeutigen :guilabel:`Name` (Namen) für die verbundene App " +"an." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -771,6 +799,13 @@ msgid "" "Multitenant) and personal Microsoft accounts (e.g. Skype, Xbox)` option for " ":guilabel:`Supported account types`." msgstr "" +"Die Wahl des richtigen :guilabel:`Supported account type` (unterstützter " +"Kontotyp) ist wichtig, da die verbundene App sonst nicht funktioniert. " +"Benutzer, die ihren *Outlook-Kalender* mit Odoo verbinden möchten, sollten " +"die Option :guilabel:`Konten in einem beliebigen Organisationsverzeichnis " +"(Jedes Microsoft-Entra-ID-Verzeichnis - mandantenfähig) und persönliche " +"Microsoft-Konten (z. B. Skype, Xbox)` für :guilabel:`Unterstützte " +"Kontotypen` wählen." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -778,6 +813,9 @@ msgid "" "option from the first drop-down menu. Then, enter the Odoo database URI " "(URL) followed by `/microsoft_account/authentication`." msgstr "" +"Bei der Konfiguration der :guilabel:`Redirect URI` (Umleitungs-URI) wählen " +"Sie :guilabel:`Web` aus dem ersten Dropdown-Menü. Geben Sie dann die Odoo-" +"Datenbank-URI (URL) gefolgt von `/microsoft_account/authentication` ein." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -785,6 +823,9 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Redirect URI`. Replace `yourdbname.odoo.com` with the :abbr:`URL" " (Uniform Resource Locator)`." msgstr "" +"Geben Sie `https://yourdbname.odoo.com/microsoft_account/authentication` für" +" die :guilabel:`Redirect URI` (Umleistungs-URI) ein. Ersetzen Sie " +"`Ihrdbname.odoo.com` durch die :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -792,6 +833,9 @@ msgid "" "in the URI is the exact same domain as the one configured on the " "`web.base.url` system parameter." msgstr "" +"Vergewissern Sie sich, dass die im URI verwendete :abbr:`URL (Uniform " +"Resource Locator)` (Domain) der Datenbank genau die gleiche Domain ist, die " +"im Systemparameter `web.base.url` konfiguriert ist." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -800,6 +844,11 @@ msgid "" "menu --> Parameters section --> System Parameters`. Then, select it from the" " :guilabel:`Key` list on the :guilabel:`System Parameters` page." msgstr "" +"Greifen Sie auf die `web.base.url` zu, indem Sie den :ref:`Entwicklermodus " +"` aktivieren und zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> " +"Technisch --> Parameter --> Systemparameter` navigieren. Wählen Sie ihn dann" +" aus der Liste :guilabel:`Schlüssel` auf der Seite " +":guilabel:`Systemparameter`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -816,6 +865,10 @@ msgid "" "`_ page." msgstr "" +"Weitere Informationen zu den Beschränkungen und Einschränkungen von URIs " +"`finden Sie auf dieser Microsoft-Seite `Einschränkungen für Umleitungs-" +"URI/Antwort-URL `_." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -824,16 +877,23 @@ msgid "" "(client) ID` is produced. Copy this value, as it is needed later, in the " ":ref:`outlook_calendar/odoo_setup`." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie schließlich auf der Seite für die App-Registrierung auf die " +"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Register` (Registrieren). um die Registrierung der " +"App abzuschließen. Die :guilabel:`Application (client) ID` (App-(Client-)ID`" +" wird erstellt. Kopieren Sie diesen Wert, da er später in der " +":ref:`outlook_calendar/odoo_setup` benötigt wird." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 msgid "" "Application client ID highlighted in the essentials section of the newly created\n" "application." msgstr "" +"App-Client-ID im Grundlagenabschnitt der kürzlich erstellten\n" +"App." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:85 msgid "Create client secret" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Client-Geheimnis erstellen" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -842,6 +902,11 @@ msgid "" " client secret, as this allows Odoo to authenticate itself, requiring no " "interaction from the user's side. *Certificates* are optional." msgstr "" +"Der zweite Berechtigungsnachweis, der für die Synchronisierung des " +"Microsoft-*Outlook-Kalenders* benötigt wird, ist das *Client-Geheimnis*. Der" +" Benutzer **muss** ein Client-Geheimnis hinzufügen, da dies Odoo erlaubt, " +"sich selbst zu authentifizieren und keine Interaktion von Seiten des " +"Benutzers erfordert. *Zertifikate* sind optional." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -849,12 +914,18 @@ msgid "" " left menu. Then click :guilabel:`+ New client secret` to create the client " "secret." msgstr "" +"Um ein Client-Geheimnis hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie im linken Menü auf " +":menuselection:`Certificates & secrets` (Zertifikate & Geheimnisse). Klicken" +" Sie dann auf :guilabel:`+ New client secret` (+ Neues Client-Geheimnis), um" +" das Client-Geheimnis zu erstellen." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 msgid "" "New client secret page with certificates and secrets menu and new client secret option\n" "highlighted." msgstr "" +"Neue Seite zum Client-Geheimnis mit dem Menü Zertifikate und Geheimnisse und der hervorgehobenen Option „Neues\n" +"Client-Geheimnis“." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -865,10 +936,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Custom` option allows the administrator to set a " ":guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` date." msgstr "" +"Geben Sie als nächstes eine :guilabel:`Description` (Beschreibung) ein und " +"wählen Sie aus, wann das Client-Geheimnis :guilabel:`Expires` (Abläuft). " +"Verfügbare Optionen sind: :guilabel:`90 days (3 months)` (90 Tage (3 " +"Monate)), :guilabel:`365 days (12 months)` (365 Tage (12 Monate)), " +":guilabel:`545 days (18 months)` (545 Tage (18 Monate)), :guilabel:`730 days" +" (24 months)` (730 Tage (24 Monate)) oder :guilabel:`Custom` " +"(Benutzerdefiniert). Mit der Option :guilabel:`Custom` (Benutzerdefiniert) " +"kann der Administrator ein :guilabel:`Start`- und :guilabel:`End`-Datum " +"festlegen." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:105 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Add` to :guilabel:`Add a client secret`." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie schließlich auf :guilabel:`Add` (Hinzufügen), um ein " +":guilabel:`Client-Geheimnis hinzuzufügen`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -876,16 +958,25 @@ msgid "" "the maximum allowed expiration date for the client secret (24 months or " "custom), so there is no need to re-synchronize soon." msgstr "" +"Da es schwierig sein kann, die Synchronisierung zurückzusetzen, empfiehlt " +"Odoo, das maximal zulässige Ablaufdatum für das Client-Geheimnis (24 Monate " +"oder benutzerdefiniert) einzustellen, damit Sie nicht bald eine neue " +"Synchronisierung vornehmen müssen." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:112 msgid "Copy the :guilabel:`Value` for use in the next section." msgstr "" +"Kopieren Sie den :guilabel:`Value` (Wert) zur Verwendung im nächsten " +"Abschnitt." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:115 msgid "" "Client secret values cannot be viewed, except immediately after creation. Be" " sure to save the secret when created *before* leaving the page." msgstr "" +"Die Werte des Client-Geheimnisses können nicht eingesehen werden, außer " +"unmittelbar nach der Erstellung. Stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie das Geheimnis " +"nach der Erstellung speichern, *bevor* Sie die Seite verlassen." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:121 msgid "Configuration in Odoo" @@ -897,6 +988,10 @@ msgid "" "section`, and tick the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Outlook Calendar` " "setting. Remember to click :guilabel:`Save` to implement the changes." msgstr "" +"Gehen Sie in der Odoo-Datenbank zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> " +"Integrationen`, und aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen neben der " +"Einstellung :guilabel:`Outlook-Kalender`. Vergessen Sie nicht, auf " +":guilabel:`Speichern` zu klicken, um die Änderungen zu übernehmen." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 msgid "The \"Outlook Calendar\" setting activated in Odoo." @@ -909,6 +1004,10 @@ msgid "" "not already been copied, and paste it into the :guilabel:`Client ID` field " "in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Kopieren Sie im Portal von Microsoft Azure unter dem Abschnitt " +":guilabel:`Overview` (Übersicht) der Anwendung die :guilabel:`Application " +"(Client) ID` (App-(Client)ID), wenn sie nicht bereits kopiert wurde, und " +"fügen Sie sie in das Feld :guilabel:`Client-ID` in Odoo ein." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 msgid "The \"Client ID\" in the Microsoft Azure portal." @@ -919,6 +1018,9 @@ msgid "" "Copy the previously-acquired :guilabel:`Value` (Client Secret Value), and " "paste it into the :guilabel:`Client Secret` field in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Kopieren Sie den zuvor erworbenen :guilabel:`Valuie` (Wert) (Client-" +"Geheimniswert), und fügen Sie ihn in das Feld :guilabel:`Client-Geheimnis` " +"in Odoo ein." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 msgid "The \"Client Secret\" token to be copied from Microsoft to Odoo." @@ -1055,6 +1157,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Outlook` sync button on the right-side of the page, beneath the " "monthly calendar." msgstr "" +"Öffnen Sie in der Odoo-Datenbank das Modul *Kalender*, und klicken Sie auf " +"die Synchronisierungsschaltfläche :guilabel:`Outlook` auf der rechten Seite," +" unterhalb des Monatskalenders." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 msgid "The \"Outlook\" sync button in Odoo Calendar." @@ -1068,10 +1173,16 @@ msgid "" "not already. Finally, grant the required permissions by clicking " ":guilabel:`Accept`." msgstr "" +"Die Synchronisierung erfolgt in beide Richtungen, d. h. die Ereignisse " +"werden in beiden Konten (*Outlook* und Odoo) abgeglichen. Die Seite leitet " +"zu einer Microsoft-Anmeldeseite weiter, und der Benutzer wird aufgefordert, " +"sich bei seinem Konto anzumelden, falls er dies noch nicht getan hat. " +"Schließlich erteilen Sie die erforderlichen Berechtigungen, indem Sie auf " +":guilabel:`Accept` (Akzeptieren) klicken." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 msgid "Authentication process on Microsoft Outlook OAuth page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Authentifizierungsprozess auf der Microsoft-Outlook-OAuth-Seite." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -1082,10 +1193,16 @@ msgid "" "a specific instance of Microsoft cloud services for internal and external " "users." msgstr "" +"Alle Benutzer, die die Synchronisierung nutzen möchten, müssen lediglich " +":ref:`ihren Kalender mit Outlook ` synchronisieren. Die " +"Konfiguration des *Azure*-Kontos von Microsoft erfolgt nur einmal, da die " +"Client-IDs und Client-Geheimnisse der *Entra ID Tenants* von Microsoft " +"eindeutig sind dem Benutzer hilft, eine bestimmte Instanz von Microsoft " +"Cloud Services für interne und externe Benutzer zu verwalten." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:207 msgid ":doc:`../../general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:208 msgid ":doc:`google`" @@ -1096,6 +1213,9 @@ msgid "" "There may be times when the *Microsoft Outlook Calendar* account does not " "sync correctly with Odoo. Sync issues can be seen in the database logs." msgstr "" +"Es kann vorkommen, dass das *Microsoft-Outlook*-Konto nicht korrekt mit Odoo" +" synchronisiert wird. Synchronisierungsprobleme können in den " +"Datenbankprotokollen angezeigt werden." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:216 msgid "" @@ -1104,40 +1224,56 @@ msgid "" "navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Manage Users`. Then, select " "the user to modify the calendar, and click on the :guilabel:`Calendar` tab." msgstr "" +"In diesen Fällen ist eine Fehlerbehebung für das Konto erforderlich. Sie " +"können das Konto über die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Konto zurücksetzen` " +"zurücksetzen, indem Sie zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Benutzer " +"verwalten` navigieren. Wählen Sie dann den Benutzer aus, der den Kalender " +"ändern soll, und klicken Sie auf den Reiter :guilabel:`Kalender`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:230 msgid "" "The following reset options are available for troubleshooting *Microsoft " "Outlook Calendar* sync with Odoo:" msgstr "" +"Für die Fehlerbehebung bei der Synchronisierung des *Outlook-Kalenders von " +"Microsoft* mit Odoo stehen Ihnen die folgenden Rücksetzungsoptionen zur " +"Verfügung:" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 msgid "Outlook calendar reset options in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zurücksetzungsoptionen für Outlook-Kalender in Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:240 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delete from the current Microsoft Calendar account`: delete the " "events from *Microsoft Outlook Calendar*." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Aus dem aktuellen Microsoft-Kalender-Konto löschen`: Die Termine " +"von *Microsoft-Outlook-Kalender* werden gelöscht." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:243 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delete from both`: delete the events from both *Microsoft Outlook" " Calendar* and Odoo calendar." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Aus beiden löschen`: Die Termine werden sowohl aus *Microsoft-" +"Outlook-Kalender* und dem Odoo-Kalender gelöscht." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:248 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Synchronize only new events`: sync new events on *Microsoft " "Outlook Calendar* and/or Odoo calendar." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Nur neue Termine synchronisieren`: Synchronisieren Sie neue " +"Ereignisse mit *Microsoft-Outlook-Kalender* und/oder Odoo Kalender." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:250 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Synchronize all existing events`: sync all events on *Microsoft " "Outlook Calendar* and/or Odoo calendar." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Alle bestehenden Termine sychronisieren`: Synchronisieren Sie " +"neue Ereignisse mit *Microsoft-Outlook-Kalender* und/oder Odoo Kalender." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:6 msgid "Discuss" @@ -1150,6 +1286,11 @@ msgid "" " window that works across applications, or through the dedicated *Discuss* " "dashboard." msgstr "" +"Odoo *Dialog* ist eine interne Kommunikationsapp, mit der Benutzer über " +"Nachrichten, Notizen und die gemeinsame Nutzung von Dateien in Kontakt " +"treten können, entweder über ein dauerhaftes Chat-Fenster, das " +"anwendungsübergreifend funktioniert, oder über das spezielle " +"*Dialog*-Dashboard." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:15 msgid "Choose notifications preference" @@ -1160,6 +1301,9 @@ msgid "" "Access user-specific preferences for the *Discuss* app by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> User --> Preferences tab`." msgstr "" +"Greifen Sie auf benutzerspezifische Präferenzen für die *Dialogapp* zu, " +"indem Sie zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Benutzer --> Benutzer --> " +"Präferenzen` navigieren." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst-1 msgid "View of the Preferences tab for Odoo Discuss." @@ -1303,6 +1447,10 @@ msgid "" "left side of a contact's name on the :guilabel:`Discuss` sidebar, on the " "*messaging menu* and when listed in the *chatter*." msgstr "" +"Es ist hilfreich zu sehen, was die Kollegen gerade machen und wie schnell " +"sie auf Nachrichten antworten können, indem Sie ihren *Status* überprüfen. " +"Der Status wird links neben den Namen der Kontakte in der Seitenleiste von " +":guilabel:`Dialog`, im *Nachrichtenmenü* und im *Chatter* angezeigt." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:91 msgid "Green = online" @@ -1345,16 +1493,24 @@ msgid "" "record within the database, and allow users to communicate with both " "internal users and external contacts." msgstr "" +"Die Funktion *Chatter* ist in Odoo integriert, um die Kommunikation zu " +"rationalisieren, die Nachvollziehbarkeit zu gewährleisten und die " +"Verantwortlichkeit unter den Teammitgliedern zu verbessern. Chatter-Fenster," +" auch *Editor* genannt, befinden sich auf fast jedem Datensatz in der " +"Datenbank und ermöglichen es Benutzern, sowohl mit internen Benutzern als " +"auch mit externen Kontakten zu kommunizieren." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/chatter.rst:10 msgid "" "Chatter composers also enable users to log notes, upload files, and schedule" " activities." msgstr "" +"Mit Chatter-Editors können Benutzer auch Notizen protokollieren, Dateien " +"hochladen und Aktivitäten planen." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/chatter.rst:13 msgid "Chatter thread" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chatter-Thread" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/chatter.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -1363,6 +1519,11 @@ msgid "" " chatter thread when a change is made. The note includes details of the " "change, and a time stamp." msgstr "" +"Ein *Chatter-Thread* ist auf den meisten Seiten in der Datenbank zu finden " +"und dient als Aufzeichnung der Aktualisierungen und Bearbeitungen, die an " +"einem Datensatz vorgenommen werden. Wenn eine Änderung vorgenommen wird, " +"wird im Chatter-Thread eine Notiz vermerkt. Die Notiz enthält Details zur " +"Änderung und einen Zeitstempel." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/chatter.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -1370,6 +1531,10 @@ msgid "" "After they save the changes to the contact record, a note is logged in the " "chatter of the contact record with the following information:" msgstr "" +"Ein Benutzer, Mitchell Admin, muss die E-Mail-Adresse eines Kontakts " +"aktualisieren. Nachdem er die Änderungen im Kontaktdatensatz gespeichert " +"hat, wird im Chatter des Kontaktdatensatzes eine Notiz mit den folgenden " +"Informationen protokolliert:" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/chatter.rst:24 msgid "The date when the change occurred." @@ -2625,18 +2790,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:36 msgid "" -"If you select a new workspace, existing documents aren't moved. Only newly " +"If you select a new workspace, existing documents are not moved. Only newly " "created documents will be found under the new workspace." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie einen neuen Arbeitsbereich auswählen, werden bestehende Dokumente " -"nicht verschoben. Nur neu erstellte Dokumente sind im neuen Arbeitsbereich " -"zu finden." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:42 msgid "Workspaces" msgstr "Arbeitsbereiche" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:44 msgid "" "Workspaces are hierarchical folders having their own set of tags and " ":ref:`actions `. Default workspaces exist, but " @@ -2651,56 +2813,80 @@ msgstr "" "auf :guilabel:`Neu` klicken. Geben Sie auf der neuen Seite die folgenden " "Informationen ein:" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Name`" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Parent Workspace`: if you want to create a sub-workspace, select " "its :guilabel:`Parent Workspace`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:236 msgid "Tags" msgstr "Stichwörter" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:56 msgid "" "Tags are used within workspaces to add a level of differentiation between " "documents. They are organized per category, and filters can be used to sort " "them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:59 msgid "" "Tags can be created from the :guilabel:`Tags` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a " "line`, create the :guilabel:`Tag Category`, and :guilabel:`Name` your tags." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:63 msgid "" "The tags of a parent workspace apply to the child workspaces automatically;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:64 msgid "" "Tags can be created and modified by going to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Tags`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:65 msgid "" "Tags can also be created or edited by clicking the gear icon :guilabel:`⚙` " "on the left menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:67 +msgid "" +"An **email alias** can be used to automatically send received documents to a" +" specific workspace based on the tag assigned. To create an email alias:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Select the tag and the corresponding workspace where the document should be " +"directed in the left column of your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Next to the :guilabel:`Upload` button, click the down arrow, and then click " +":guilabel:`Share`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In the new window, click :guilabel:`Download and Upload` and enter the email" +" alias where documents should be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:79 msgid "Access rights" msgstr "Zugriffsrechte" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:81 msgid "" "To manage your workspace access rights, go to :menuselection:`Documents --> " "Configuration --> Workspaces`, open the workspace you want to edit, and go " @@ -2709,18 +2895,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Read Groups` that can only view the workspace's documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:87 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beschreibung" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:89 msgid "" "You can add descriptive information to your workspace by going to " ":menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration --> Workspaces`, opening the " "workspace you want to describe and going to the :guilabel:`Description` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:94 msgid "" "Workspaces can also be created and edited by clicking the gear icon " ":guilabel:`⚙` on the left menu." @@ -2730,44 +2916,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create sub-workspaces from the left menu" msgstr "Unterarbeitsbereiche aus dem linken Menü erstellen." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:101 msgid "Documents management" msgstr "Dokumentenmanagement" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:103 msgid "" "When selecting or opening a document, the right panel displays different " "options. On the top, additional options might be available: " ":guilabel:`Download`, :guilabel:`Share`, :guilabel:`Replace`, " ":guilabel:`Lock` or :guilabel:`Split`. It is also possible to " -":guilabel:`Open chatter` or :guilabel:`Archive` the document." +":guilabel:`Open chatter` or use the :guilabel:`Move to trash` option." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie ein Dokument auswählen oder öffnen, werden im rechten Fenster " -"verschiedene Optionen angezeigt. Oben können weitere Optionen verfügbar " -"sein: :guilabel:`Herunterladen`, :guilabel:`Teilen`, :guilabel:`Ersetzen`, " -":guilabel:`Sperren` oder :guilabel:`Zerteilen`. Es ist auch möglich, den " -":guilabel:`Chatter zu öffnen` oder das Dokument zu :guilabel:`archivieren`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst-1 msgid "right panel options" msgstr "Optionen des rechten Panels" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:112 msgid "" -"Then, you can modify the name of your file by clicking on " -":guilabel:`Document`. A :guilabel:`Contact` or an :guilabel:`Owner` can be " -"assigned. The related :guilabel:`Workspace` can be modified and it is " -"possible to access the related :guilabel:`Journal Entry` or add " -":guilabel:`Tags`." +"Then, you can modify the name of your file by clicking on :guilabel:`Name`. " +"A :guilabel:`Contact` or an :guilabel:`Owner` can be assigned. The related " +":guilabel:`Workspace` can be modified and it is possible to access the " +"related :guilabel:`Journal Entry` or add :guilabel:`Tags`." msgstr "" -"Dann können Sie den Namen Ihrer Datei ändern, indem Sie auf " -":guilabel:`Dokument` klicken. Ein :guilabel:`Kontakt` oder ein " -":guilabel:`Besitzer` kann zugewiesen werden. Der zugehörige " -":guilabel:`Arbeitsbereich` kann geändert werden und es ist möglich, auf die " -"zugehörige :guilabel:`Journalbuchung` zuzugreifen oder " -":guilabel:`Stichwörter` hinzuzufügen." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:117 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Contact` is the person related to the document and assigned " "to it. He can only view the document and not modify it. I.e.: an existing " @@ -2778,7 +2952,7 @@ msgstr "" " h.: Ein bestehender Lieferant in Ihrer Datenbank ist der Kontakt für seine " "Rechnung." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:120 msgid "" "The person who creates a document is, by default :guilabel:`Owner` of it and" " has complete rights to it. It is possible to replace the owner of a " @@ -2791,24 +2965,24 @@ msgstr "" "Mitarbeiter muss Besitzer eines Dokuments sein, damit er es in „Mein Profil“" " sehen kann." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:124 msgid "" "Different :ref:`Actions ` are available at the " "bottom of the right panel, depending on the workspace where your document is" " stored." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:128 msgid "Split PDF documents" msgstr "PDF-Dokumente trennen" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:130 msgid "" "Select the PDF you want to split, and click the scissors icon. A new view " "displays all the pages of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:133 msgid "" "By default, each page of the document will be split when clicking " ":guilabel:`Split`. To remove a split between two pages, click on the " @@ -2819,34 +2993,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "split your documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:140 msgid "" "To merge documents from your dashboard, select them and click the scissors " "icon. Click on the scissors between the two documents and click " ":guilabel:`Split` to merge the documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:144 msgid "Additional features" msgstr "Zusätzliche Funktionen" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:146 msgid "" "Select a workspace and click the arrow next to the :guilabel:`Upload` button" " to access additional features:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:150 msgid "Request" msgstr "Anfrage" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:152 msgid "" "You can create \"missing documents\" and organize them as documents, to " "remind users to download them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:154 msgid "" "Select the workspace where the file should be stored, click " ":guilabel:`Upload`, then :guilabel:`Request`. Add the :guilabel:`Document " @@ -2858,13 +3032,13 @@ msgid "" "the workspace." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:161 msgid "When your document is available, click the placeholder to upload it." msgstr "" "Wenn Ihr Dokument verfügbar ist, klicken Sie auf den Platzhalter, um es " "hochzuladen." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:163 msgid "" "You can see all missing documents by going to the **Activity** view and to " "the :guilabel:`Requested Document` column." @@ -2873,14 +3047,14 @@ msgstr "" "**Aktivität** aufrufen und die Spalte :guilabel:`Angefragtes Dokument` " "aufrufen." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:167 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Activity` view, you can send a **reminder email** to " "users from whom you are expecting a document. Go to the :guilabel:`Requested" " Document` column, click on ⋮ and :guilabel:`Document Request: Reminder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:171 msgid "" "Click on a date to see the details of a specific request. You can update it " "by clicking on the pen icon, :guilabel:`Preview` the content of the reminder" @@ -2891,27 +3065,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "send a reminder email from the Activity view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:179 msgid "Add a link" msgstr "Einen Link hinzufügen" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:181 msgid "" "To add a link to your documents dashboard, click on :guilabel:`Add a Link`, " "enter the :guilabel:`URL`, and :guilabel:`Name` it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:185 msgid "Share" msgstr "Teilen" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:187 msgid "" "You can create a share link to a document or all documents of a workspace. " "It allows anyone to download the file(s) or upload files to a workspace." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:190 msgid "" "To do so, select the workspace or the document and click the arrow next to " "the :guilabel:`Upload` button then :guilabel:`Share`. On the pop-up, the " @@ -2923,28 +3097,28 @@ msgid "" "Upload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:198 msgid "" "It is possible to only share one or more documents (without their workspace)" " by selecting them and clicking :guilabel:`Share`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:202 msgid "New spreadsheet" msgstr "Neues Tabellenblatt" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:204 msgid "" "To create a new :doc:`spreadsheet `, click :guilabel:`New " "Spreadsheet`. You can select a :guilabel:`Blank spreadsheet` or an " ":doc:`existing template `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:210 msgid "Workflow actions" msgstr "Arbeitsablaufsaktionen" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:212 msgid "" "Workflow actions help manage documents and overall business operations. " "These are automated actions that can be created and customized for each " @@ -2952,7 +3126,7 @@ msgid "" " add tags to a document, and process bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:216 msgid "" "These workflow actions appear on the right panel when a document meets the " "set criteria." @@ -2960,11 +3134,11 @@ msgstr "" "Diese Arbeitsablaufaktionen werden im rechten Fenster angezeigt, wenn ein " "Dokument die festgelegten Kriterien erfüllt." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:219 msgid "Create workflow actions" msgstr "Arbeitsablaufsaktionen erstellen" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:221 msgid "" "To create workflow actions, go to :menuselection:`Documents --> " "Configuration --> Actions` and click :guilabel:`New`." @@ -2973,7 +3147,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Dokumente --> Konfiguration --> Aktionen`, und klicken Sie " "auf :guilabel:`Neu`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:225 msgid "" "An action applies to all **sub-workspaces** under the :guilabel:`Related " "Workspace` you selected." @@ -2981,11 +3155,11 @@ msgstr "" "Eine Aktion gilt für alle untergeordneten Arbeitsbereiche unter dem " ":guilabel:`zugehörigen Arbeitsbereich`, den Sie ausgewählt haben." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:228 msgid "Set the conditions" msgstr "Bedingungen festlegen" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:230 msgid "" "You can :guilabel:`Create` a new :guilabel:`Action` or edit an existing one." " You can define the :guilabel:`Action Name` and then set the conditions that" @@ -2998,29 +3172,26 @@ msgstr "" "Aktionsschaltfläche (:guilabel:`▶`) im rechten Panel auslösen, wenn eine " "Datei ausgewählt wird." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:234 msgid "There are three basic types of conditions you can set:" msgstr "" "Es gibt drei einfache Arten von Bedingungen, die Sie festlegen können:" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:236 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: you can use the :guilabel:`Contains` and :guilabel:`Does " -"not contain` conditions, meaning the files *must have* or *mustn't have* the" -" tags set here." +"not contain` conditions, meaning the files *must have* or *must not have* " +"the tags set here." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Stichwörter`: Sie können sowohl die Bedingungen " -":guilabel:`Enthält` als auch *Enthält nicht* verwenden, d. h. die Dateien " -"*müssen* oder *dürfen* die hier festgelegten Stichwörter *nicht* haben." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:239 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: the files must be associated with the contact set here." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Kontakt`: Die Dateien müssen mit dem hier eingestellten Kontakt " "verbunden sein." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:241 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Owner`: the files must be associated with the owner set here." msgstr "" @@ -3032,19 +3203,17 @@ msgid "Example of a workflow action's basic condition in Odoo Documents" msgstr "" "Beispiel eine Grundbedingung einer Arbeitsablaufsaktion in Odoo Dokumente" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:247 msgid "" -"If you don't set any conditions, the action button appears for all files " +"If you do not set any conditions, the action button appears for all files " "inside the selected workspace." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie keine Bedingungen festlegen, erscheint die Aktionsschaltfläche bei " -"allen Dateien, die sich im ausgewählten Arbeitsbereich befinden." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:251 msgid "Advanced condition type: domain" msgstr "Erweiterter Bedingungstyp: Bereich" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:254 msgid "" "It is recommended to have some knowledge of Odoo development to configure " "*Domain* filters properly." @@ -3052,7 +3221,7 @@ msgstr "" "Es wird empfohlen, einige Kenntnisse in der Odoo-Entwicklung zu haben, um " "*Bereichsfilter* richtig zu konfigurieren." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:257 msgid "" "The :ref:`developer mode ` needs to be activated to access " "the :guilabel:`Domain` condition from the :guilabel:`Actions` tab. Once " @@ -3060,7 +3229,7 @@ msgid "" "condition`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:261 msgid "" "To create a rule, you typically select a :guilabel:`field`, an " ":guilabel:`operator`, and a :guilabel:`value`. For example, if you want to " @@ -3074,7 +3243,7 @@ msgid "Example of a workflow action's domain condition in Odoo Documents" msgstr "" "Beispiel eine Bereichsbedingung einer Arbeitsablaufsaktion in Odoo Dokumente" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:269 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add New Rule` (plus icon) and :guilabel:`Add branch` to add" " conditions and sub-conditions. You can then specify if your rule should " @@ -3082,11 +3251,11 @@ msgid "" "rule directly using the :guilabel:`Code editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:274 msgid "Configure the actions" msgstr "Die Aktionen konfigurieren" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:276 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Actions` tab to set up your action. You can " "simultaneously:" @@ -3094,7 +3263,7 @@ msgstr "" "Wählen Sie die Reiter :guilabel:`Aktionen`, um Ihre Aktion einzurichten. Sie" " können gleichzeitig:" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:278 msgid "" "**Set Contact**: add a contact to the file, or replace an existing contact " "with a new one." @@ -3102,7 +3271,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Kontakt festlegen**: Fügen Sie der Datei einen Kontakt hinzu oder ersetzen" " Sie einen bestehenden Kontakt durch einen neuen." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:279 msgid "" "**Set Owner**: add an owner to the file, or replace an existing owner with a" " new one." @@ -3110,13 +3279,13 @@ msgstr "" "**Besitzer festlegen**: Fügen Sie der Datei einen Besitzer hinzu oder " "ersetzen Sie einen vorhandenen Besitzer durch einen neuen." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:280 msgid "**Move to Workspace**: move the file to any workspace." msgstr "" "**In Arbeitsbereich verschieben**: Verschieben Sie die Datei in einen " "beliebigen Arbeitsbereich." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:281 msgid "" "**Create**: create one of the following items attached to the file in your " "database:" @@ -3124,86 +3293,82 @@ msgstr "" "**Erstellen**: Erstellen Sie eines der folgenden an die Datei angehängten " "Elemente in Ihrer Datenbank:" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:283 msgid "" "**Link to record**: link the document to a record (i.e. link to a vehicle in" " Fleet);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:284 msgid "**Product template**: create a product you can edit directly;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:285 msgid "**Task**: create a Project task you can edit directly;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:286 msgid "**Signature PDF template**: create a new Sign template to send out;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:287 msgid "**PDF to sign**: create a PDF to sign;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:288 msgid "**Applicant**: create a new HR application you can edit directly;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:289 msgid "" "**Vendor bill**: create a vendor bill using OCR and AI to scrape information" " from the file content;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:291 msgid "" "**Customer invoice**: create a customer invoice using OCR and AI to scrape " "information from the file;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:293 msgid "" "**Vendor credit note**: create a vendor credit note using OCR and AI to " "scrape information from the file;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:295 msgid "" "**Credit note**: create a customer credit note using OCR and AI to scrape " "information from the file;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:297 msgid "" "**Miscellaneous Operations**: create a record in :guilabel:`Miscellaneous " "Operations` in Accounting;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:299 msgid "**Bank Statement**: create a Bank Statement in Finance;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:300 msgid "" "**Expense**: create an expense automatically based on a file's content." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:290 -msgid "**Set Tags**: add, remove, and replace any number of tags." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:302 +msgid "**Set Tags**: add, remove, and replace any number of tags;" msgstr "" -"**Stichwörter festlegen**: Fügen Sie eine beliebige Anzahl Stichwörter " -"hinzu, entfernen und ersetzen Sie sie." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:303 msgid "" "**Activities - Mark all as Done**: mark all activities linked to the file as" -" done." +" done;" msgstr "" -"**Aktivitäten – Alle als erledigt markieren**: markiert alle mit der Datei " -"verbundenen Aktivitäten als erledigt." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:304 msgid "" "**Activities - Schedule Activity**: create a new activity linked to the file" " as configured in the action. You can choose to set the activity on the " @@ -3217,13 +3382,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a workflow action Odoo Documents" msgstr "Beispiel einer Arbeitsablaufsaktion in Odoo Dokumente" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:311 msgid "Digitize documents with AI and optical character recognition (OCR)" msgstr "" "Dokumente mit KI und mit optischer Zeichenerkennung (Optical Character " "Recognition, OCR) digitalsieren" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:313 msgid "" "Documents available in the Finance workspace can be digitized. Select the " "document to digitize, click :guilabel:`Create Bill`, :guilabel:`Create " @@ -3236,7 +3401,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Gutschrift erstellen`, und klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Zur " "Digitalisierung versenden`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:318 msgid "" ":doc:`AI-powered document digitization " "<../finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization>`" @@ -5207,81 +5372,85 @@ msgstr "Untere Leiste" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:3 msgid "Functions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Funktionen" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:5 msgid "Spreadsheet functions are divided in the following categories:" msgstr "" +"Tabellenkalkulationsfunktionen sind in die folgenden Kategorien unterteilt:" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:7 msgid ":ref:`Array `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Array `" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:8 msgid ":ref:`Database `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Datenbank `" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:9 msgid ":ref:`Date `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Datum `" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:10 msgid ":ref:`Engineering `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Technik `" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:11 msgid ":ref:`Filter `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Filter `" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:12 msgid ":ref:`Financial `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Finanziell `" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:13 msgid ":ref:`Info `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Info `" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:14 msgid ":ref:`Logical `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Logisch `" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:15 msgid ":ref:`Lookup `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Nachschlagen `" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:16 msgid ":ref:`Math `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Mathe `" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:17 msgid ":ref:`Misc `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Diverse `" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:18 msgid ":ref:`Odoo `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Odoo `" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:19 msgid ":ref:`Operators `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Operatoren `" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:20 msgid ":ref:`Statistical `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Statistisch `" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:21 msgid ":ref:`Text `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Text `" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:22 msgid ":ref:`Web `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Web `" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:25 msgid "" "Formulas containing functions that are not compatible with Excel are " "replaced by their evaluated result when exporting a spreadsheet." msgstr "" +"Formeln, die Funktionen enthalten, die nicht mit Excel kompatibel sind, " +"werden beim Exportieren eines Arbeitsblatts durch ihr ausgewertetes Ergebnis" +" ersetzt." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:31 msgid "Array" @@ -5304,7 +5473,7 @@ msgstr "Array" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:779 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:831 msgid "Name and arguments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Name und Argumente" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:90 @@ -5323,207 +5492,247 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:780 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:832 msgid "Description or link" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beschreibung oder Link" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:39 msgid "ARRAY.CONSTRAIN(input_range, rows, columns)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ARRAY.CONSTRAIN(input_range, rows, columns)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:40 msgid "" "Returns a result array constrained to a specific width and height (not " "compatible with Excel)" msgstr "" +"Gibt ein Ergebnisarray zurück, das auf eine bestimmte Breite und Höhe " +"beschränkt ist (mit Excel kompatibel)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:41 msgid "CHOOSECOLS(array, col_num, [col_num2, ...])" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CHOOSECOLS(array, col_num, [col_num2, ...])" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:42 msgid "" "`Excel CHOOSECOLS article `_" msgstr "" +"`Excel-Artikel zu CHOOSECOLS `_" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:43 msgid "CHOOSEROWS(array, row_num, [row_num2, ...])" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CHOOSEROWS(array, row_num, [row_num2, ...])" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:44 msgid "" "`Excel CHOOSEROWS article `_" msgstr "" +"`Excel-Artikel zu CHOOSEROWS `_" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:45 msgid "EXPAND(array, rows, [columns], [pad_with])" -msgstr "" +msgstr "EXPAND(array, rows, [columns], [pad_with])" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:46 msgid "" "`Excel EXPAND article `_" msgstr "" +"`Excel-Artikel zu EXPAND `_" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:47 msgid "FLATTEN(range, [range2, ...])" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FLATTEN(range, [range2, ...])" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:48 msgid "" "Flattens all the values from one or more ranges into a single column (not " "compatible with Excel)" msgstr "" +"Glättet alle Werte aus einem oder mehreren Bereichen in einer einzigen " +"Spalte (nicht mit Excel kompatibel)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:49 msgid "FREQUENCY(data, classes)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FREQUENCY(data, classes)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:50 msgid "" "`Excel FREQUENCY article `_" msgstr "" +"`Excel-Artikel zu FREQUENCY article `_" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:51 msgid "HSTACK(range1, [range2, ...])" -msgstr "" +msgstr "HSTACK(range1, [range2, ...])" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:52 msgid "" "`Excel HSTACK article `_" msgstr "" +"`Excel-Artikel zu HSTACK `_" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:53 msgid "MDETERM(square_matrix)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "MDETERM(square_matrix)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:54 msgid "" "`Excel MDETERM article `_" msgstr "" +"`Excel-Artikel zu MDETERM `_" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:55 msgid "MINVERSE(square_matrix)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "MINVERSE(square_matrix)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:56 msgid "" "`Excel MINVERSE article `_" msgstr "" +"`Excel-Artikel zu MINVERSE `_" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:57 msgid "MMULT(matrix1, matrix2)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "MMULT(matrix1, matrix2)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:58 msgid "" "`Excel MMULT article `_" msgstr "" +"`Excel-Artikel zu MMULT `_" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:59 msgid "SUMPRODUCT(range1, [range2, ...])" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SUMPRODUCT(range1, [range2, ...])" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:60 msgid "" "`Excel SUMPRODUCT article `_" msgstr "" +"`Excel-Artikel zu SUMPRODUCT `_" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:61 msgid "SUMX2MY2(array_x, array_y)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SUMX2MY2(array_x, array_y)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:62 msgid "" "`Excel SUMX2MY2 article " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Excel-Artikel zu SUMX2MY2 `_" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:63 msgid "SUMX2PY2(array_x, array_y)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SUMX2PY2(array_x, array_y)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:64 msgid "" "`Excel SUMX2PY2 article " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Excel-Artikel zu SUMX2PY2 `_" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:65 msgid "SUMXMY2(array_x, array_y)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SUMXMY2(array_x, array_y)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:66 msgid "" "`Excel SUMXMY2 article " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Excel-Artikel zu SUMXMY2 `_" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:67 msgid "TOCOL(array, [ignore], [scan_by_column])" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TOCOL(array, [ignore], [scan_by_column])" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:68 msgid "" "`Excel TOCOL article `_" msgstr "" +"`Excel-Artikel zu TOCOL `_" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:69 msgid "TOROW(array, [ignore], [scan_by_column])" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TOROW(array, [ignore], [scan_by_column])" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:70 msgid "" "`Excel TOROW article `_" msgstr "" +"`Excel-Artikel zu TOROW `_" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:71 msgid "TRANSPOSE(range)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TRANSPOSE(range)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:72 msgid "" "`Excel TRANSPOSE article `_" msgstr "" +"`Excel-Artikel zu TRANSPOSE `_" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:73 msgid "VSTACK(range1, [range2, ...])" -msgstr "" +msgstr "VSTACK(range1, [range2, ...])" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:74 msgid "" "`Excel VSTACK article `_" msgstr "" +"`Excel-Artikel zu VSTACK `_" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:75 msgid "WRAPCOLS(range, wrap_count, [pad_with])" -msgstr "" +msgstr "WRAPCOLS(range, wrap_count, [pad_with])" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:76 msgid "" "`Excel WRAPCOLS article `_" msgstr "" +"`Excel-Artikel zu WRAPCOLS `_" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:77 msgid "WRAPROWS(range, wrap_count, [pad_with])" -msgstr "" +msgstr "WRAPROWS(range, wrap_count, [pad_with])" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:78 msgid "" "`Excel WRAPROWS article `_" msgstr "" +"`Excel-Artikel zu WRAPROWS `_" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:83 msgid "Database" @@ -5531,123 +5740,148 @@ msgstr "Datenbank" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:91 msgid "DAVERAGE(database, field, criteria)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DAVERAGE(database, field, criteria)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:92 msgid "" "`Excel DAVERAGE article `_" msgstr "" +"`Excel-Artikel zu DAVERAGE article " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:93 msgid "DCOUNT(database, field, criteria)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DCOUNT(database, field, criteria)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:94 msgid "" "`Excel DCOUNT article `_" msgstr "" +"`Excel-Artikel DCOUNT `_" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:95 msgid "DCOUNTA(database, field, criteria)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DCOUNTA(database, field, criteria)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:96 msgid "" "`Excel DCOUNTA article `_" msgstr "" +"`Excel-Artikel DCOUNTA `_" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:97 msgid "DGET(database, field, criteria)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DGET(database, field, criteria)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:98 msgid "" "`Excel DGET article `_" msgstr "" +"`Excel-Artikel DGET `_" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:99 msgid "DMAX(database, field, criteria)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DMAX(database, field, criteria)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:100 msgid "" "`Excel DMAX article `_" msgstr "" +"`Excel-Artikel DMAX `_" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:101 msgid "DMIN(database, field, criteria)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DMIN(database, field, criteria)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:102 msgid "" "`Excel DMIN article `_" msgstr "" +"`Excel-Artikel DMIN `_" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:103 msgid "DPRODUCT(database, field, criteria)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DPRODUCT(database, field, criteria)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:104 msgid "" "`Excel DPRODUCT article `_" msgstr "" +"`Excel-Artikel DPRODUCT `_" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:105 msgid "DSTDEV(database, field, criteria)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DSTDEV(database, field, criteria)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:106 msgid "" "`Excel DSTDEV article `_" msgstr "" +"`Excel-Artikel DSTDEV `_" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:107 msgid "DSTDEVP(database, field, criteria)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DSTDEVP(database, field, criteria)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:108 msgid "" "`Excel DSTDEVP article `_" msgstr "" +"`Excel-Artikel DSTDEVP `_" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:109 msgid "DSUM(database, field, criteria)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DSUM(database, field, criteria)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:110 msgid "" "`Excel DSUM article `_" msgstr "" +"`Excel-Artikel DSUM `_" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:111 msgid "DVAR(database, field, criteria)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DVAR(database, field, criteria)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:112 msgid "" "`Excel DVAR article `_" msgstr "" +"`Excel-Artikel DVAR `_" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:113 msgid "DVARP(database, field, criteria)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DVARP(database, field, criteria)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:114 msgid "" "`Excel DVARP article `_" msgstr "" +"`Excel-Artikel DVARP `_" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:119 msgid "Date" @@ -5655,17 +5889,19 @@ msgstr "Datum" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:127 msgid "DATE(year, month, day)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DATE(year, month, day)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:128 msgid "" "`Excel DATE article `_" msgstr "" +"`Excel-Artikel DATE article `_" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:129 msgid "DATEDIF(start_date, end_date, unit)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DATEDIF(start_date, end_date, unit)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -5675,7 +5911,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:131 msgid "DATEVALUE(date_string)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DATEVALUE(date_string)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -5685,7 +5921,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:133 msgid "DAY(date)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DAY(date)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -5695,7 +5931,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:135 msgid "DAYS(end_date, start_date)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DAYS(end_date, start_date)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -5705,7 +5941,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:137 msgid "DAYS360(start_date, end_date, [method])" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DAYS360(start_date, end_date, [method])" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -5715,7 +5951,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:139 msgid "EDATE(start_date, months)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "EDATE(start_date, months)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -8919,10 +9155,12 @@ msgstr "To-do" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst:5 msgid "To-do assists you in organizing and managing personal tasks." msgstr "" +"To-do hilft Ihnen bei der Organisierung und Verwaltung persönlicher " +"Aufgaben." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst:8 msgid "Creating to-dos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "To-dos erstellen" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -8930,6 +9168,11 @@ msgid "" "next to a stage name. Add a title to your to-do, then click :guilabel:`Add` " "to save it or :guilabel:`Edit` to access more options." msgstr "" +"Um eine Aufgabe zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu` oder auf die " +"Plus-Schaltfläche (:guilabel:`➕`) neben dem Namen einer Phase. Fügen Sie " +"Ihrer To-do einen Titel hinzu und klicken Sie dann auf " +":guilabel:`Hinzufügen`, um sie zu speichern oder auf :guilabel:`Bearbeiten`," +" um weitere Optionen aufzurufen." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -8937,16 +9180,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`, :guilabel:`Assignees`, or more information using the Odoo " "Editor." msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie eine To-do :guilabel:`Bearbeiten` wählen, haben Sie die " +"Möglichkeit, :guilabel:`Stichwörter`, :guilabel:`Zugewiesene` oder weitere " +"Informationen mit dem Odoo-Editor hinzuzufügen." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst:18 msgid "Adding :guilabel:`Assignees` shares the to-do with the users selected." msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie :guilabel:`Zugewiesne` hinzufügen, wird die To-do für die " +"ausgewählten Benutzer freigegeben." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst:19 msgid "" "Type `/` in the editor box to structure and format your content. You can " "also add media, links, and widgets." msgstr "" +"Geben Sie `/` in das Editor-Feld ein, um Ihren Inhalt zu strukturieren und " +"zu formatieren. Sie können auch Medien, Links und Widgets hinzufügen." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -8955,14 +9205,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a To-Do`, or by clicking the clock button and then " ":guilabel:`Add a To-Do`." msgstr "" +"Sie können von überall in Odoo aus eine neue To-do erstellen, indem Sie die " +"**Befehlspalette** mit dem Tastaturkürzel ´ctrl+k´ öffnen und auf " +":guilabel:`Eine To-do hinzufügen` klicken, oder indem Sie auf die " +"Schaltfläche Uhr und dann auf :guilabel:`Eine To-do hinzufügen` klicken." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst:0 msgid "Adding a to-do on the fly" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spontanes Hinzufügen einer To-do" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst:31 msgid "Converting to-dos into project tasks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "To-dos in Projektaufgaben umwandeln" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -8970,6 +9224,10 @@ msgid "" "dos into project tasks. To do so, open a to-do and click the gear button " "(:guilabel:`⚙`), then :guilabel:`Convert to Task`." msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie die :doc:`Projekte-App <../services/project>` verwenden, können Sie" +" To-dos in Projektaufgaben umwandeln. Öffnen Sie dazu eine Aufgabe und " +"klicken Sie auf die Zahnrad-Schaltfläche (:guilabel:`⚙`), dann auf " +":guilabel:`In Aufgabe umwandeln`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -8977,40 +9235,52 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`, then click :guilabel:`Convert to Task`. The to-do is now a" " project task and appears in the selected project." msgstr "" +"Als nächstes wählen Sie :guilabel:`Projekt`, :guilabel:`Zugewiesene` und " +":guilabel:`Stichwörter` und klicken dann auf :guilabel:`In Aufgabe " +"umwandeln`. Die Aufgabe ist nun eine Projektaufgabe und erscheint im " +"ausgewählten Projekt." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst-1 msgid "Converting a to-do into a task" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Umwandlung einer To-do in eine Aufgabe" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst:43 msgid "Managing the to-do pipeline" -msgstr "" +msgstr "To-do-Pipeline verwalten" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst:45 msgid "" "Your assigned **to-dos** are displayed on the app dashboard. You can drag " "and drop a to-do to move it from one stage to another." msgstr "" +"Ihre zugewiesenen **To-dos** werden auf dem Dashboard der App angezeigt. Sie" +" können eine Aufgabe per Drag-and-drop von einer Phase in eine andere " +"verschieben." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst-1 msgid "Example of a to-do pipeline" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beispiel einer To-do-Pipeline" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst:52 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`+ Personal Stage` button on the left of the pipeline to" " create a new stage." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`+ Persönliche Phase` links in " +"der Pipeline, um eine neue Phase erstellen." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst:54 msgid "" "Click the gear button (:guilabel:`⚙`) next to a stage to :guilabel:`Fold`, " ":guilabel:`Edit`, or :guilabel:`Delete` it." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf die Zahnrad-Schaltfläche (:guilabel:`⚙`) neben einer Phase, " +"um sie :guilabel:`Einklappen`, :guilabel:`Bearbeiten` oder " +":guilabel:`Löschen`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst:0 msgid "Stage settings button" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Schaltflächen der Phaseneinstellungen" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst:61 msgid "Scheduling activities" @@ -9021,62 +9291,75 @@ msgid "" "To schedule an activity on a to-do, click the clock button on the app " "dashboard, then the :guilabel:`+ Schedule an activity` button." msgstr "" +"Um eine Aktivität für eine To-do zu planen, klicken Sie auf die Uhr-" +"Schaltfläche auf dem Dashboard der App und dann auf die Schaltfläche " +":guilabel:`+ Eine Aktivität planen`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst-1 msgid "Scheduling an activity from the To-do dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Planung einer Aktivität aus dem To-do-Dashboard" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst:69 msgid "To create the activity:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Um die Aktivität zu erstellen:" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst:71 msgid "Select an :guilabel:`Activity Type`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wählen Sie einen :guilabel:`Aktivitätstyp`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst:72 msgid "Select a :guilabel:`Due date`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wählen Sie ein :guilabel:`Fälligkeitsdatum`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst:73 msgid "Choose who the activity should be :guilabel:`Assigned to`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wählen Sie, wem die Aktivität :guilabel:`Zugewiesen an` werden soll." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst:74 msgid "" "Add a brief :guilabel:`Summary` if needed. You can add a more elaborate " "description in the :guilabel:`Log a note` box." msgstr "" +"Fügen Sie bei Bedarf eine kurze :guilabel:`Zusammenfassung` hinzu. Eine " +"ausführlichere Beschreibung können Sie im Feld :guilabel:`Notiz " +"hinterlassen` hinzufügen." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst:77 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Schedule` to complete the action." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Planen`, um die Aktion abzuschließen." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst:80 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Do` activity is *not* a to-do task. Selecting it does not " "create a to-do task." msgstr "" +"Die :guilabel:`To-do` ist *keine* To-do-Aufgabe. Durch Auswahl wir keine To-" +"do-Aufgabe erstellt." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst:83 msgid "Viewing to-dos in the Project app" -msgstr "" +msgstr "To-dos in der Projekte-App ansehen" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst:85 msgid "" "If you use the :doc:`Project app <../services/project>`, your to-dos also " "appear as private tasks under the :guilabel:`My Tasks` view." msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie die :doc:`Projekte-App <../services/project>` verwenden, erscheinen" +" Ihre To-dos auch als private Aufgaben unter der Ansicht :guilabel:`Meine " +"Aufgaben`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst-1 msgid "Example of a \"My Tasks\" pipeline in the Project app" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beispiel einer Pipeline „Meine Aufgaben“ in der Projekte-App." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst:92 msgid "" "A padlock icon is visible on your private tasks to quickly identify them " "among your project tasks." msgstr "" +"Ihre privaten Aufgaben sind mit einem Vorhängeschlosssymbol versehen, damit " +"Sie sie schnell unter Ihren Projektaufgaben erkennen können." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip.rst:7 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" @@ -9087,14 +9370,16 @@ msgid "" "For more information, reference the `Odoo eLearning (video tutorials) on " "VoIP `_" msgstr "" +"Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter `Odoo E-Learning (Video-Tutorials) " +"über VoIP `_" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox.rst:5 msgid "Axivox configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Axivox-Konfiguration" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:3 msgid "VoIP services in Odoo with Axivox" -msgstr "" +msgstr "VoIP-Services in Odoo mit Axivox" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:20 @@ -9107,6 +9392,10 @@ msgid "" " `Axivox `_. In that case, an Asterisk server is " "**not** necessary, as the infrastructure is hosted and managed by Axivox." msgstr "" +"Odoo VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol) kann so eingerichtet werden, dass " +"es mit `Axivox `_ zusammenarbeitet. In diesem Fall " +"ist ein Asterisk-Server **nicht** erforderlich, da die Infrastruktur von " +"Axivox gehostet und verwaltet wird." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -9114,36 +9403,46 @@ msgid "" "open an account. Before doing so, verify that Axivox covers the company's " "area, along with the areas the company's users wish to call." msgstr "" +"Um diesen Service zu nutzen, `wenden Sie sich an Axivox " +"`_, um ein Konto zu eröffnen. Vergewissern " +"Sie sich vorher, dass Axivox das Gebiet des Unternehmens abdeckt, sowie die " +"Gebiete, die die Benutzer des Unternehmens anrufen möchten." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:19 msgid "" "To configure Axivox in Odoo, go to the :menuselection:`Apps` application, " "and search for `VoIP`. Then, install the :guilabel:`VoIP` module." msgstr "" +"Um Axivox in Odoo zu konfigurieren, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Apps` und " +"suchen Sie nach `VoIP`. Dann installieren Sie das Modul :guilabel:`VoIP`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:22 msgid "" "Next, go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> General Settings --> " "Integrations section`, and fill out the :guilabel:`Asterisk (VoIP)` field:" msgstr "" +"Gehen Sie nun zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Allgemeine Einstellungen " +"--> Integrationen`, füllen Sie das Feld :guilabel:`Asterisk (VoIP)` aus:" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:25 msgid "" ":guilabel:`OnSIP Domain`: set the domain created by Axivox for the account " "(e.g., `yourcompany.axivox.com`)" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`OnSIP-Domain`: Geben Sie die von Axivox erstellte Domain für das " +"Konto ein (z. B. `yourcompany.axivox.com`)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:27 msgid ":guilabel:`WebSocket`: type in `wss://pabx.axivox.com:3443`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`WebSocket`: Geben Sie `wss://pabx.axivox.com:3443` ein" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:28 msgid ":guilabel:`VoIP Environment`: set as :guilabel:`Production`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`VoIP-Umgebung`: Stellen Sie es auf :guilabel:`Produktion`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst-1 msgid "Integration of Axivox as VoIP provider in an Odoo database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Integration von Axivox als VoIP-Anbieter in eine Odoo-Datenbank." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -9152,16 +9451,24 @@ msgid "" "into the portal, go to :menuselection:`Users --> Edit (next to any user) -->" " SIP Identifiers tab --> Domain`." msgstr "" +"Greifen Sie auf die Domain im Axivox-Verwaltungsbereich zu, indem Sie zu " +"`https://manage.axivox.com/ `_ navigieren. " +"Nachdem Sie sich im Portal angemeldet haben, gehen Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Users --> Edit (next to any user) --> SIP Identifiers tab " +"--> Domain` (Benutzer --> Bearbeiten (neben einem beliebigen Benutzer) --> " +"Reiter SIP-Kennungen --> Domain)." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:40 msgid "Configure VoIP user in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "VoIP-Benutzer in Odoo konfigurieren" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:42 msgid "" "Next, the user is configured in Odoo, which **must** take place for every " "Axivox/Odoo user using VoIP." msgstr "" +"Als Nächstes wird der Benutzer in Odoo konfiguriert, was für jeden " +"Axivox/Odoo-Benutzer, der VoIP nutzt, durchgeführt werden **muss**." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -9170,44 +9477,58 @@ msgid "" "over Internet Protocol)`. Under the :guilabel:`Preferences` tab, fill out " "the :guilabel:`VOIP Configuration` section:" msgstr "" +"Gehen Sie in Odoo zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen--> Benutzer & Unternehmen" +" --> Benutzer`, und öffnen Sie das Formular des gewünschten Benutzers, um " +":abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)` zu konfigurieren. Füllen Sie " +"unter dem Reiter :guilabel:`Einstellungen` den Abschnitt :guilabel:`VOIP-" +"Konfiguration` aus:" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`VoIP username` / :guilabel:`Extension number`: (Axivox) " ":guilabel:`SIP username`" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`VoIP-Benutzername` / :guilabel:`Nebenstellennummer`: (Axivox) " +":guilabel:`SIP-Benutzername`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:50 msgid ":guilabel:`OnSip Auth Username`: (Axivox) :guilabel:`SIP username`" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`OnSip-Auth-Benutzername`: (Axivox) :guilabel:`SIP-Benutzername`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`VoIP Secret`: (Axivox) :guilabel:`SIP Password`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`VoIP-Geheimnis`: (Axivox) :guilabel:`SIP-Passwort`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:52 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Call from another device`: option to always transfer phone calls " "to handset" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Anruf von einem anderen Gerät`: Option, Anrufe immer an das " +"Mobiltelefon weiterzuleiten" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:53 msgid ":guilabel:`External device number`: SIP external phone extension" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Externe Gerätnummer`: externe SIP-Nebenstellennummer" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:54 msgid ":guilabel:`Reject incoming calls`: option to reject all incoming calls" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Eingehende Anrufe ablehnen`: Option zum Abweisen aller " +"eingehenden Anrufe" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`How to place calls on mobile`: method to make calls on a mobile " "device" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Wie Anrufe auf Handy tätigen`: Methode zum Tätigen von Anrufen " +"auf einem mobilen Gerät" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst-1 msgid "Integration of Axivox user in the Odoo user preference." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Integration von Axivox-Benutzern in die Odoo-Benutzerpräferenzen." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -9216,10 +9537,17 @@ msgid "" "into the portal, go to :menuselection:`Users --> Edit (next to the user) -->" " SIP Identifiers tab --> SIP username / SIP password`." msgstr "" +"Greifen Sie auf die Domain im Axivox-Verwaltungsbereich zu, indem Sie zu " +"`https://manage.axivox.com/ `_ navigieren. " +"Nachdem Sie sich im Portal angemeldet haben, gehen Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Users --> Edit (next to any user) --> SIP Identifiers tab " +"--> SIP username / SIP password` (Benutzer --> Bearbeiten (neben einem " +"beliebigen Benutzer) --> Reiter SIP-Kennungen --> SIP-Benutzername/SIP-" +"Passwort)." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:0 msgid "SIP credentials in the Axivox manager." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SIP-Anmeldedaten im Axivox-Manager." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -9227,10 +9555,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preferences` tab, this value **must** be typed out manually and " "**not** pasted in. Pasting in causes a `401 server rejection error`." msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie das :guilabel:`SIP-Passwort` auf dem Reiter :guilabel:`Präferenzen`" +" des Benutzers eingeben, müssen Sie diesen Wert **manuell** eingeben und " +"**nicht** einfügen. Das Einfügen führt zu einem `401 " +"Serverabweisungsfehler`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:3 msgid "Call queues" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anrufwarteschlangen" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9238,12 +9570,18 @@ msgid "" "customers call a business, and all of the agents are busy, the call queue " "lines up the callers in sequential order, based on the time they called in." msgstr "" +"Eine Anrufwarteschlange ist ein System, das eingehende Anrufe organisiert " +"und weiterleitet. Wenn Kunden in einem Unternehmen anrufen und alle " +"Leitungen besetzt sind, reiht die Warteschlange die Anrufer in der " +"Reihenfolge ihres Anrufs ein." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:9 msgid "" "The callers then wait on hold to be connected to the next available call " "center agent." msgstr "" +"Die Anrufer warten dann in der Warteschleife, bis sie mit dem nächsten " +"verfügbaren Call-Center-Agenten verbunden werden." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -9252,6 +9590,10 @@ msgid "" "expectations with customers, and to distribute the workload equally amongst " "employees." msgstr "" +"Die Einführung eines Warteschlangensystems reduziert den Stress für die " +"Mitarbeiter und hilft, das Vertrauen der Kunden in die Marke zu stärken. " +"Viele Unternehmen nutzen Warteschleifen, um die Erwartungen der Kunden zu " +"erfüllen und die Arbeitslast gleichmäßig auf die Mitarbeiter zu verteilen." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -9259,14 +9601,17 @@ msgid "" "advanced settings), as well as how to log into a call queue from the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" +"In diesem Dokument erfahren Sie, wie Sie Anrufwarteschlangen (mit " +"erweiterten Einstellungen) konfigurieren und wie Sie sich von der Odoo-" +"Datenbank aus bei einer Anrufwarteschlange anmelden können." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:19 msgid ":ref:`voip/axivox/music_on_hold`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`voip/axivox/music_on_hold`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:22 msgid "Add a queue" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eine Warteschlange hinzufügen" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -9275,6 +9620,12 @@ msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Add a queue`. Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`New" " queue` form with various fields to fill out." msgstr "" +"Um eine Warteschlange in Axivox hinzuzufügen, navigieren Sie zur `Axivox-" +"Verwaltungskonsole `_. Klicken Sie im linken Menü" +" auf :guilabel:`Queues` (Warteschlangen). Klicken Sie dann auf " +":guilabel:`Add a queue` (Warteschlange hinzufügen). Daraufhin erscheint ein " +"leeres Formular :guilabel:`New queue` (Neue Warteschlange) mit verschiedenen" +" Feldern zum Ausfüllen." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/whatsapp.rst:273 @@ -9287,32 +9638,42 @@ msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`New queue` page appears, enter the :guilabel:`Name` of " "the queue." msgstr "" +"Sobald die Seite :guilabel:`New queue` (Neue Warteschlange) erscheint, geben" +" Sie den :guilabel:`Name` (Namen) der Warteschlange ein." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:35 msgid "Internal extension" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Interne Durchwahl" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:37 msgid "" "Choose an :guilabel:`Internal extension` for the queue. This is a number to " "be dialed by users of the database to reach the login prompt for the queue." msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie eine :guilabel:`Internal extension` (interne Durchwahl) für die " +"Warteschlange. Dies ist eine Nummer, die von den Benutzern der Datenbank " +"gewählt werden muss, um die Anmeldeaufforderung für die Warteschlange zu " +"erreichen." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:41 msgid "Strategy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Strategie" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:43 msgid "" "Next, is the :guilabel:`Strategy` field. This field determines the call " "routing of received calls into this queue." msgstr "" +"Als nächstes folgt das Feld :guilabel:`Strategie`. Dieses Feld bestimmt die " +"Weiterleitung der eingegangenen Anrufe in diese Warteschlange." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:46 msgid "" "The following choices are available in the :guilabel:`Strategy` drop-down " "menu:" msgstr "" +"Die folgenden Optionen stehen im Dropdown-Menü :guilabel:`Strategie` zur " +"Auswahl:" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:48 msgid ":guilabel:`Call all available agents`" @@ -9377,12 +9738,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:36 msgid ":doc:`dial_plan_basics`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`dial_plan_basics`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:75 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:37 msgid ":doc:`dial_plan_advanced`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`dial_plan_advanced`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:78 msgid "Adding agents" @@ -9743,7 +10104,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:3 msgid "Conference calls" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Telefonkonferenzen" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9751,16 +10112,23 @@ msgid "" "can be discussed in an open forum of sorts. Attendees can be limited, via a " "sign-in code. That way, confidential matters stay private." msgstr "" +"Telefonkonferenzen helfen Mitarbeitern, schnell und effizient miteinander in" +" Kontakt zu treten, sodass Angelegenheiten in einer Art offenem Forum " +"besprochen werden können. Die Teilnehmerzahl kann über einen Anmeldecode " +"begrenzt werden. Auf diese Weise bleiben vertrauliche Angelegenheiten " +"privat." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:9 msgid "" "This document covers the configuration of conference calls in Axivox for use" " in Odoo *VoIP*." msgstr "" +"Dieses Dokument beschreibt die Konfiguration von Telefonkonferenzen in " +"Axivox für die Verwendung in Odoo *VoIP*." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:12 msgid "Add a virtual conference" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eine virtuelle Konferenz hinzufügen" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -9768,35 +10136,49 @@ msgid "" " `_. After logging in, click on " ":guilabel:`Conferences` in the menu on the left." msgstr "" +"Um einen virtuellen Konferenzraum hinzuzufügen, navigieren Sie zur `Axivox-" +"Verwaltungskonsole `_. Nachdem Sie sich " +"angemeldet haben, klicken Sie im Menü auf der linken Seite auf " +":guilabel:`Conferences` (Konferenzen)." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:18 msgid "" "Next, click the green button labeled, :guilabel:`Add a conference`, and a " ":guilabel:`New conference` form appears." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie dann auf die grüne Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Add a conference` " +"(Eine Konferenz hinzufügen) und ein Formular für eine :guilabel:`New " +"conference` (Neue Konferenz) erscheint." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst-1 msgid "New conference form on Axivox." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Neues Konferenzformular in Avivox." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:25 msgid "" "From here, fill in the :guilabel:`Name` field, and set an " ":guilabel:`Internal extension`." msgstr "" +"Füllen Sie hier das Feld :guilabel:`Name` aus, und legen Sie eine " +":guilabel:`Internal extension` (Interne Durchwahl) fest." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:27 msgid "" "The internal extension is what everyone in the network uses to quickly dial " "into the conference call, instead of typing in the whole phone number." msgstr "" +"Die interne Durchwahl ist das, was jeder im Netzwerk verwendet, um sich " +"schnell in die Telefonkonferenz einzuwählen, anstatt die ganze Telefonnummer" +" einzugeben." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:31 msgid "" "Pick a number between three and five digits long, making it easy to remember" " and dial." msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie eine drei- bis fünfstellige Nummer, damit Sie sie sich leicht " +"merken und wählen können." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -9805,12 +10187,21 @@ msgid "" "for the conference is dialed. Immediately after dialing the extension, a " "digital receptionist prompts for the :guilabel:`Access code`." msgstr "" +"Legen Sie als nächstes den :guilabel:`Access code` (Zugriffscode) fest, wenn" +" der Konferenzraum Sicherheit erfordert. Dies ist ein Passwort, mit dem Sie " +"sich in die Konferenz einwählen können, sobald Sie die Durchwahl für die " +"Konferenz gewählt haben. Unmittelbar nach dem Wählen der Durchwahl wird ein " +"digitaler Empfangsmitarbeiter nach dem :guilabel:`Access code` " +"(Zugriffscode) fragen." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:37 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Administrator extension` field, click the drop-down menu, " "and select the user's extension that manages the call." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie im Feld :guilabel:`Administrator extension` " +"(Administratordurchwahl) auf das Dropdown-Menü und wählen Sie die Durchwahl " +"des Benutzers, der den Anruf verwaltet." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -9818,6 +10209,10 @@ msgid "" "conference` field, click the drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Yes` or " ":guilabel:`No`." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie schließlich im Feld :guilabel:`Wait for the administrator to " +"start the conference` (Warten Sie, dass der Administrator die Konferenz " +"startet) auf das Dropdown-Menü und wählen Sie :guilabel:`Yes` (Ja) oder " +":guilabel:`No` (Nein)." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -9825,6 +10220,9 @@ msgid "" "the virtual conference room until the administrator is present, and logged " "into the conference call." msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie die Option :guilabel:`Yes` (Ja) wählen, darf niemand den virtuellen" +" Konferenzraum nutzen, solange der Administrator nicht anwesend und bei der " +"Telefonkonferenz angemeldet ist." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -9832,6 +10230,10 @@ msgid "" "configuration. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right " "corner to implement the change in production." msgstr "" +"Wenn alle Felder ausgefüllt sind, stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie die " +"Konfiguration :guilabel:`Save` (Speichern). Klicken Sie dann auf " +":guilabel:`Apply changes` (Änderungen übernehmen) in der oberen rechten " +"Ecke, um die Änderung in der Produktion umzusetzen." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -9839,6 +10241,9 @@ msgid "" " option to :guilabel:`Delete` or :guilabel:`Edit` the conference from the " "Axivox :guilabel:`Conference` main dashboard." msgstr "" +"Daraufhin wird die Konferenz hinzugefügt, und der Axivox-Administrator hat " +"die Möglichkeit, die Konferenz über das Axivox-Dashboard zu " +":guilabel:`Delete` (Löschen) oder :guilabel:`Edit` (Bearbeiten)." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -9847,6 +10252,10 @@ msgid "" "enter the extension or phone number of the invitee in the pop-up window that" " appears." msgstr "" +"Um einen Axivox-Benutzer zu einer bestimmten Telefonkonferenz einzuladen, " +"klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Invite` (Einladen) rechts neben der gewünschten " +"Konferenz und geben Sie im daraufhin erscheinenden Pop-up-Fenster die " +"Durchwahl oder Telefonnummer des Eingeladenen ein." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -9855,17 +10264,25 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Invite` button, and the recipient immediately receives a phone " "call, automatically linking them to the conference." msgstr "" +"Sobald die Durchwahl oder die Nummer in das Feld :guilabel:`Please enter the" +" phone number of the person you want to invite` (Bitte geben Sie die " +"Telefonnummer der Person ein, die Sie einladen möchten) eingetragen ist, " +"klicken Sie auf die grüne Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Invite` (Einladen) und der" +" Empfänger erhält sofort einen Anruf, der ihn automatisch mit der Konferenz " +"verbindet." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:32 msgid "Incoming numbers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eingehende Nummern" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:68 msgid "" "To open a conference to a wider audience, an Axivox conference can be linked" " to *Incoming numbers*." msgstr "" +"Um eine Konferenz für ein breiteres Publikum zu öffnen, kann eine Axivox-" +"Konferenz mit *Eingehenden Nummern* verknüpft werden." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -9873,6 +10290,9 @@ msgid "" "`_, and click :guilabel:`Incoming numbers` in the" " menu on the left." msgstr "" +"Melden Sie sich dazu in der `Axivox-Verwaltungskonsole " +"`_ an und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Eingehende " +"Nummern` im Menü auf der linken Seite." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -9880,12 +10300,18 @@ msgid "" " far-right of the :guilabel:`Number` to which the conference should be " "attached." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie im Dashboard :guilabel:`Incoming numbers` (Eingehende Nummern) " +"auf :guilabel:`Edit` (Bearbeiten) ganz rechts neben der :guilabel:`Number` " +"(Nummer), der die Konferenz zugeordnet werden soll." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:76 msgid "" "Then, under the first field, labeled, :guilabel:`Destination type for voice " "call`, click the drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Conference`." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie dann unter dem ersten Feld mit der Bezeichnung " +":guilabel:`Destination type for voice call` (Zieltyp für Sprachanruf) auf " +"das Dropdown-Menü und wählen Sie :guilabel:`Conference` (Konferenz)." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -9893,6 +10319,9 @@ msgid "" "select the specific conference that should be attached to this incoming " "number." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie dann im Feld :guilabel:`Conference` (Konferenz) auf das " +"Dropdown-Menü und wählen Sie die spezifische Konferenz aus, die mit dieser " +"eingehenden Nummer verknüpft werden soll." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -9901,10 +10330,15 @@ msgid "" "*is* an :guilabel:`Access code` required, the caller is then prompted to " "enter the :guilabel:`Access code` to enter the conference." msgstr "" +"Wenn nun diese Nummer gewählt wird, wird der Anrufer in die Konferenz " +"eingelassen, sofern kein :guilabel:`Access code` (Zugriffscode) erforderlich" +" ist. Wenn ein :guilabel:`Access code` (Zugriffscode) erforderlich *ist*, " +"wird der Anrufer aufgefordert, den :guilabel:`Access code` (Zugriffscode) " +"einzugeben, um der Konferenz beizutreten." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:87 msgid "Start call in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anruf in Odoo tätigen" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -9913,16 +10347,23 @@ msgid "" "the specific extension number for the conference, and click the :guilabel:`📞" " (phone)` icon." msgstr "" +"Öffnen Sie irgendwo in der Odoo-Datenbank das Widget *VoIP*, indem Sie auf " +"das Symbol :guilabel:`☎️ (Telefon)` in der oberen rechten Ecke klicken. " +"Wählen Sie dann die spezifische Durchwahl für die Konferenz und klicken Sie " +"auf das Symbol :guilabel:`📞 (Telefon)`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst-1 msgid "Connecting to a conference extension using the Odoo VoIP widget." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verbindung mit einer Konferenzdurchwahl über das Odoo-VoIP-Widget." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:97 msgid "" "Once the digital receptionist answers, enter the :guilabel:`Access code` (if" " needed), and press the :guilabel:`# (pound)` icon/key." msgstr "" +"Sobald der digitale Rezeptionist antwortet, geben Sie den " +":guilabel:`Zugriffscode` (falls erforderlich) ein und drücken Sie das " +"Symbo/die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`# (Pfund)` ein." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced dial plans" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 3d46d969d..a17175767 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -11,17 +11,17 @@ # Friederike Fasterling-Nesselbosch, 2023 # Felix Schubert , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Larissa Manderfeld, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vertriebsmitarbeiter zugewiesen wird." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:44 @@ -326,304 +326,272 @@ msgstr "" "auf der oberen :guilabel:`Pipeline`-Seite entfernt werden, um alle " "Verkaufschancen anzuzeigen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities" -msgstr "Leads/Verkaufschancen generieren" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Two key ways to generate new leads or opportunities for your business are " -"through email aliases and website contact forms. Odoo automatically creates " -"leads in your CRM whenever someone sends a message to a Sales Team email " -"alias or fills out a contact form on your website." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:3 +msgid "Create leads (from email or manually)" msgstr "" -"Unternehmen können neue Leads oder Verkaufschancen auch über E-Mail-Aliase " -"und Website-Kontaktformulare generieren. Odoo erstellt automatisch Leads in " -"Ihrem CRM, wenn jemand eine Nachricht an einen E-Mail-Alias des " -"Verkaufsteams sendet oder ein Kontaktformular auf Ihrer Website ausfüllt." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Leads can be added to the *CRM* app from custom email aliases, and by " +"manually creating new records. This is in addition to the leads and " +"opportunities created in the app through the :doc:`website contact form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:12 +msgid "" +"First, ensure the *Leads* feature is enabled in the database by navigating " +"to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:17 msgid "Configure email aliases" msgstr "E-Mail-Aliasse konfigurieren" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:19 msgid "" -"Each Sales Team can use its own unique email alias to generate " -"leads/opportunities. Any email sent to a Sales Team's email alias will " -"automatically create a lead (if leads are activated in your CRM settings) or" -" an opportunity in the pipeline for that particular team. Configure custom " -"email aliases on the configuration page for each Sales Team by navigating to" -" :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`." +"Each sales team has the option to create and utilize their own unique email " +"alias. When messages are sent to this address, a lead (or opportunity), is " +"created with the information from the message." msgstr "" -"Jedes Verkaufsteam kann seinen eigenen eindeutigen E-Mail-Alias verwenden, " -"um Leads/Verkaufschancen zu generieren. Jede E-Mail, die an den E-Mail-Alias" -" eines Verkaufsteams gesendet wird, erstellt automatisch einen Lead (wenn " -"Leads in Ihren CRM-Einstellungen aktiviert sind) oder eine Verkaufschance in" -" der Pipeline für dieses bestimmte Team. Konfigurieren Sie " -"benutzerdefinierte E-Mail-Aliasse auf der Konfigurationsseite für jedes " -"Verkaufsteam, indem Sie zu :menuselection:`CRM --> Konfiguration --> " -"Verkaufsteams` navigieren." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Configuring Sales Teams" -msgstr "Verkaufsteam konfigurieren" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:23 -msgid "Use Contact Forms on your website" -msgstr "Kontaktformulare auf Ihrer Website verwenden" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:23 msgid "" -"By default, your website's *Contact Us* page displays Odoo's ready-to-use " -"Contact Form. Whenever someone submits this form, a lead or an opportunity " -"is generated in your database." +"To create or update a sales teams' email alias, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`. Click on a team " +"from the list to open the team's details page." msgstr "" -"Auf der Seite *Kontaktieren Sie uns* Ihrer Website wird standardmäßig das " -"gebrauchsfertige Kontaktformular von Odoo angezeigt. Jedes Mal, wenn jemand " -"dieses Formular ausfüllt, wird in Ihrer Datenbank ein Lead oder eine " -"Verkaufschance generiert." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Default Contact Us page" -msgstr "Standardseite „Kontaktieren Sie uns“" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The sales team details page, focused on the email alias section." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:30 msgid "" -"The Contact Form can be activated or deactivated at any time by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Go to Website --> Customize --> Contact Form`." +"In the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field, enter a name for the email alias, or " +"edit the existing name. In the :guilabel:`Accept Emails From` field, use the" +" drop-down menu to choose who is allowed to send messages to this email " +"alias:" msgstr "" -"Das Kontaktformular kann jederzeit unter :menuselection:`Website --> Gehe zu" -" Website --> Anpassen --> Kontaktformular` aktiviert oder deaktiviert " -"werden." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Form toggle" -msgstr "Kontaktformular Ein/Aus" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Everyone`: messages are accepted from any email address." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:35 msgid "" -"When the Form is deactivated, the *Contact Us* page simply displays a button" -" to email your company directly. Any email sent this way will generate a " -"lead/opportunity." +":guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`: only accepts messages from email " +"addresses associated with a a partner (contact or customer) record." msgstr "" -"Wenn das Formular deaktiviert wird, wird auf der Seite *Kontaktieren Sie " -"uns* einfach eine Schaltfläche angezeigt, über die eine E-Mail direkt an Ihr" -" Unternehmen senden können. Jede E-Mail, die auf diese Weise gesendet wird, " -"generiert einen Lead/eine Verkaufschance." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Us Page using email" -msgstr "Seite „Kontaktieren Sie uns“ per E-Mail" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:37 msgid "" -"Choose which Sales Team or salesperson is automatically assigned to the " -"leads/opportunities created from the Contact Form by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Communication`." +":guilabel:`Followers only`: only accepts messages from those who are " +"following a record related to the team, such as a lead or opportunity. " +"Messages are also accepted from team members." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie, welches Verkaufsteam oder welcher Vertriebsmitarbeiter " -"automatisch den Leads/Verkaufschancen zugewiesen wird, die über das " -"Kontaktformular erstellt wurden, indem Sie zu :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Konfiguration --> Einstellungen --> Kommunikation` gehen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Form settings" -msgstr "Einstellungen des Kontaktformulars" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:55 -msgid "Customize Contact Forms" -msgstr "Kontaktformulare anpassen" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:39 msgid "" -"Contact Forms can be customized for the specific information your team " -"needs, using the free *Form Builder* module." +":guilabel:`Authenticated Employees`: only accepts messages from email " +"addresses that are connected to a record in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" -"Kontaktformulare können mit dem kostenlosen Modul *Formular-Builder* an die " -"spezifischen Informationen angepasst werden, die Ihr Team benötigt." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:43 +msgid "Leads created from email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:45 msgid "" -"The *Form Builder* module is installed automatically when a Form element is " -"added to a web page via the Website Builder. It can also be installed " -"manually from the :guilabel:`Apps` page." +"Leads created from email alias messages can be viewed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads`. Click a lead from the list to open it, " +"and view the details." msgstr "" -"Das Modul *Formular-Builder* wird automatisch installiert, wenn ein " -"Formularelement über den Website-Builder zu einer Webseite hinzugefügt wird." -" Es kann auch manuell über die :guilabel:`Apps`-Seite installiert werden." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Form Builder building blocks" -msgstr "Bausteine des Formular-Builders" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:48 msgid "" -"Forms can be created from scratch to serve a wide variety of purposes. " -"However, Odoo's default *Contact Us* page is designed to fit most users' " -"needs. Start with the default form and modify from there." +"The email received by the alias is added to the *chatter* thread for the " +"lead. The subject line of the message is added to the title field, and the " +":guilabel:`Email` field is updated with the contact's email address." msgstr "" -"Formulare können von Grund auf neu erstellt werden, um eine Vielzahl von " -"Zwecken zu erfüllen. Die standardmäßige „*Kontaktieren Sie uns*“-Seite von " -"Odoo ist jedoch für die meisten Benutzer geeignet. Beginnen Sie mit dem " -"Standardformular und ändern Sie es von dort aus." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:73 -msgid "Edit Contact Form fields" -msgstr "Felder des Kontaktformulars bearbeiten" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The chatter thread of a newly created lead in the CRM app." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:57 msgid "" -"In Edit mode on your website, click on any field to start editing it. The " -"following information can be edited for each field on the Contact Form:" +"If the *leads* feature is **not** enabled on the database, messages to the " +"email alias are added to the database as opportunities." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie im Bearbeitungsmodus Ihrer Website auf ein beliebiges Feld, um " -"es zu bearbeiten. Die folgenden Informationen können für jedes Feld des " -"Kontaktformulars bearbeitet werden:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:64 +msgid "Manually create leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:66 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Type`: Choose a custom field option or an existing field. " -"Examples include phone, file upload, language, etc." +"Leads can be added directly to the *CRM* app by manually creating a new " +"record. Navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads` to view a list of " +"existing leads." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Typ`: Wählen Sie eine benutzerdefinierte Feldoption oder ein " -"bestehendes Feld. Beispiel sind Telefon, Datei hochladen, Sprache usw." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Input Type`: Determine the type of entry customers should input. " -"Available options are text,email, telephone, and URL." +"Leads can also be added via the :doc:`Generate Leads ` button." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Eingabetyp`: Legen Sie die Art des Eintrags fest, den Kunden " -"eingeben sollen. Die verfügbaren Optionen sind Text, E-Mail, Telefon und " -"URL." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:72 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Input Placeholder`: Type in an example to guide users how to " -"input information where formatting is important, such as a phone number or " -"email address." +"At the top-left of the list, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank " +":guilabel:`Leads` form." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Eingabeplatzhalter`: Geben Sie ein Beispiel ein, um den Benutzern" -" zu zeigen, wie sie Informationen eingeben, bei denen die Formatierung " -"wichtig ist, z. B. eine Telefonnummer oder eine E-Mail-Adresse." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:74 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Label Name`: Type in the display name to show users what " -"information is needed from them." +"In the first field of the new form, enter a title for the new lead. Next, " +"enter a :guilabel:`Contact Name`, and a :guilabel:`Company Name`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Bezeichnung`: Geben Sie den Anzeigenamen ein, um den Benutzern zu" -" zeigen, welche Informationen von ihnen benötigt werden." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:78 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Label Position`: Choose the way the label is aligned with the " -"rest of the form. The label can be hidden, above the field, to the far left " -"of the field, or right adjusted and closer to the field." +"If a lead is :doc:`converted to an opportunity `, the " +":guilabel:`Company Name` field is used to either link this opportunity to an" +" existing customer, or to create a new customer." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Position`: Wählen Sie aus, wie die Bezeichnung mit dem Rest des " -"Formulars ausgerichtet werden soll. Die Bezeichnung kann verborgen, über dem" -" Feld, ganz links vom Feld oder rechts und näher am Feld angezeigt werden." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:82 +msgid "Manually create opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:84 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Required`: Toggle this option for information that you absolutely" -" need entered." +"To manually create an opportunity, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Sales --> My Pipeline`. At the top-left of the page, click :guilabel:`New` " +"to create a new opportunity Kanban card. In the " +":guilabel:`Organization/Contact` field, enter the name of the company the " +"opportunity is for." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Erforderlich`: Aktivieren Sie diese Option für Informationen, die" -" unbedingt eingegeben werden müssen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:88 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hidden`: Toggle this option to hide the field without deleting " -"it." +"Choose a name, and enter it in the :guilabel:`Opportunity` field. *This is a" +" required field.* When manually creating an opportunity, it is helpful to " +"add a name that relates to the details of the opportunity." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Ausgeblendet`: Aktivieren Sie diese Option, um das Feld " -"auszublenden, ohne es zu löschen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:93 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Shown on Mobile`: Toggle this option to show the field to users " -"on mobile devices." +"In the example below, the opportunity is named `5 VP Chairs`. This " +"identifies the product the customer is interested in, as well as the " +"potential number of products." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Auf Mobilgerät anzeigen`: Aktivieren Sie diese Option, um " -"Benutzern das Feld auf ihren Mobilgeräten anzuzeigen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Editable field options" -msgstr "Bearbeitbare Feldoptionen" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:0 +msgid "An example of an opportunity in the CRM pipeline." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:100 msgid "" -"By default, when a Form is submitted, it sends you an email with the " -"customer's inputted information. To have it automatically generate a " -"lead/opportunity instead, edit the Form and select :guilabel:`Create an " -"Opportunity` as the Action." +"Enter the contact information for the opportunity in the :guilabel:`Email` " +"and :guilabel:`Phone` fields." msgstr "" -"Wenn ein Formular eingereicht wird, erhalten Sie standardmäßig eine E-Mail " -"mit den eingegebenen Daten des Kunden. Damit stattdessen automatisch ein " -"Lead/eine Verkaufschance generiert wird, bearbeiten Sie das Formular und " -"wählen Sie als Aktion :guilabel:`Eine Verkaufschance erstellen`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:103 msgid "" -"If leads are activated in your CRM settings, selecting :guilabel:`Create an " -"Opportunity` generates a lead instead. To learn more about activating leads " -"in the CRM settings, head over to :doc:`convert`." +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Revenue` field, enter an estimated value for the " +"opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The information in the :guilabel:`Expected Revenue` and priority fields can " +"be used to track performance for individual salespeople, and on a team " +"basis. See :doc:`../performance/expected_revenue_report` and " +":doc:`../track_leads/lead_scoring` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:111 +msgid "Then, use the |st-o| :guilabel:`(star)` icons to assign a priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:113 +msgid "|st-o| |st-o| |st-o|: low priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:114 +msgid "|st| |st-o| |st-o|: medium priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:115 +msgid "|st| |st| |st-o|: high priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:116 +msgid "|st| |st| |st|: very high priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Assigning a priority changes the order of leads in Kanban view, with higher " +"priority leads displayed first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once all the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Add`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The CRM pipeline with a newly created opportunity." msgstr "" -"Wenn Leads in Ihren CRM-Einstellungen aktiviert sind, wird bei der Auswahl " -"von :guilabel:`Eine Verkaufschance aktivieren` stattdessen ein Lead " -"generiert. Um mehr über die Aktivierung von Leads in den CRM-Einstellungen " -"zu erfahren, gehen Sie zu :doc:`convert`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 msgid "Lead mining" msgstr "Lead-Gewinnung" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 msgid "" -"Lead mining is a feature that allows CRM users to generate new leads " +"*Lead mining* is a feature that allows *CRM* users to generate new leads " "directly into their Odoo database. To ensure lead qualification, lead mining" " output is determined by a variety of filtering criteria, such as the " "country, the company size, and the industry." msgstr "" -"Lead-Gewinnung ist eine Funktion, die es CRM-Benutzern ermöglicht, neue " -"Leads direkt in ihrer Odoo-Datenbank zu generieren. Um die Qualifizierung " -"der Leads zu gewährleisten, wird das Ergebnis der Lead-Gewinnung durch eine " -"Reihe von Filterkriterien bestimmt, wie z. B. das Land, die " -"Unternehmensgröße und die Branche." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:15 msgid "" -"To get started, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and activate :guilabel:`Lead Mining`." +"To get started, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`Lead Mining` checkbox to activate the " +"feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie zuerst zu :menuselection:`CRM --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`" -" und aktivieren Sie :guilabel:`Lead-Gewinnung`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "Activate lead mining in Odoo CRM settings." msgstr "Aktivierung der Lead-Gewinnung in den CRM-Einstellungen von Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:23 msgid "Generate leads" msgstr "Leads generieren" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:25 msgid "" -"After the :guilabel:`Lead Mining` setting is activated, a new button called " -":guilabel:`Generate Leads` is available to use in the :guilabel:`CRM` " -"pipeline. Lead mining requests are also available through " -":menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests`, or through " -":menuselection:`CRM --> Leads --> Leads` where the :guilabel:`Generate " -"Leads` button is also available." +"After the *Lead Mining* setting is activated, a new button called *Generate " +"Leads* is available to use in the upper-left corner of the *CRM* *Pipeline* " +"(:menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales --> My Pipeline`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Lead mining requests are also available through :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests`, or through :menuselection:`CRM app " +"--> Leads --> Leads`, where the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button is also " +"available." msgstr "" -"Sobald die Einstellung :guilabel:`Lead-Gewinnung` aktiviert ist, erscheint " -"in der :guilabel:`CRM`-Pipeline eine neue Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Leads " -"generieren`. Lead-Gewinnungsanfragen sind auch über :menuselection:`CRM --> " -"Konfiguration --> Lead-Gewinnungsanfragen` oder über :menuselection:`CRM -->" -" Leads --> Leads` verfügbar, wo die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Leads " -"generieren` angezeigt wird." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "The Generate Leads button to use the lead mining feature." @@ -631,14 +599,11 @@ msgstr "" "Die Schaltfläche „Leads generieren“ zur Verwendung der Lead-" "Gewinnungsfunktion." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:37 msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button, and a window will appear " +"Click the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button, and a pop-up window appears, " "offering a variety of criteria by which to generate leads." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Leads generieren` klicken, öffnet " -"sich ein Fenster mit einer Reihe an Kriterien, anhand derer Leads generiert " -"werden sollen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -647,83 +612,67 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Das Pop-up-Fenster mit den Auswahlkriterien, um Leads in Odoo zu generieren." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:44 msgid "" "Choose to generate leads for :guilabel:`Companies` to get company " -"information only, or choose :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` to get " -"company information as well as individual employee contact information. When" -" targeting :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts`, there is an option to " -"filter contacts based on :guilabel:`Role` or :guilabel:`Seniority`." +"information only, or choose |CC| to get company information and individual " +"employee contact information." msgstr "" -"Entscheiden Sie, ob Sie Leads für :guilabel:`Unternehmen` generieren " -"möchten, nur um Unternehmensinformationen zu erhalten, oder ob Sie " -":guilabel:`Unternehmen und deren Kontakte` wählen möchten, um sowohl " -"Unternehmensinformationen als auch die Kontaktdaten einzelner Mitarbeiter zu" -" erhalten. Bei der Auswahl von :guilabel:`Unternehmen und deren Kontakte` " -"gibt es die Möglichkeit, Kontakte nach :guilabel:`Rolle` oder " -":guilabel:`Dienstalter` zu filtern." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:44 -msgid "Additional filtering options include:" -msgstr "Zusätzliche Filteroptionen sind:" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Size`: filter leads based on the number of employees at the " -"company" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Größe`: Filtern Sie Leads auf Grundlage der Anzahl Mitarbeiter " -"eines Unternehmens." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Countries`: filter leads based on the country (or countries) they" -" are located in" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Länder`: Filtern Sie Leads auf Grundlage des Landes (oder der " -"Länder), in dem/denen sie ansässig sind." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:48 msgid "" -":guilabel:`States`: further filter leads based on the state they are located" -" in, if applicable" +"When targeting |CC|, additional options are available to filter contacts " +"based on :guilabel:`Role` or :guilabel:`Seniority`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Bundesländer`: Filtern Sie Leads noch detaillierter auf Grundlage" -" des Bundeslandes, in denen sie ansässig sind, falls zutreffend." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:49 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Industries`: filter leads based on the specific industry they " -"work in" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Branchen`: Filtern Sie Leads auf Grundlage der spezifischen " -"Branche, in der sie tätig sind." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose which Sales Team the leads will be assigned " -"to" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Verkaufsteam`: Wählen Sie, welchem Verkaufsteam die Leads " -"zugewiesen werden" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Salesperson`: choose which person(s) on the Sales Team the leads " -"will be assigned to" +msgid "Additional filtering options include the following:" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Vertriebsmitarbeiter`: Wählen Sie, welchem/welchen " -"Vertriebsmitarbeiter(n) im Verkaufsteam die Leads zugewiesen werden." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Countries`: filter leads based on the country (or countries) they" +" are located in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`States`: further filter leads based on the state in which they " +"are located, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Industries`: filter leads based on the specific industry they " +"work in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Filter on Size`: tick this checkbox to specify the number of " +"employees at the company. This generates a field labeled :guilabel:`Size`. " +"Fill in the blanks to create a range for the desired company size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose which Sales Team the leads will be assigned " +"to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson`: choose which member of the Sales Team the leads " +"will be assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:62 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Tags`: choose which tags are applied directly to the " -"leads once found" +"leads once found." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Standard-Stichwörter`: Wählen Sie aus, welche Stichwörter direkt " -"auf die gefundenen Leads angewendet werden." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 msgid "" "Make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulations when receiving contact " "information. Get more information about the General Data Protection " @@ -733,87 +682,347 @@ msgstr "" "neuesten EU-Vorschriften beachten. Weitere Informationen über die Allgemeine" " Datenschutzverordnung finden Sie auf `Odoo DSGVO `_." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:69 +msgid "View leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +msgid "" +"After leads are generated, they are assigned to the designated salesperson " +"and team. To view additional information regarding the lead, select one from" +" the list, and click to open it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the chatter thread for the lead, additional information is provided. This" +" can include the number of employees, the technology used by the company, " +"the timezone, and direct contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 +msgid "The chatter thread of a newly generated lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Leads` are **not** enabled for the database, then leads are " +"generated as *opportunities*, and added to the pipeline for the designated " +"salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To enable the :guilabel:`Leads` feature, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:88 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "Positionen" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:91 msgid "" -"Lead mining is an *In-App Purchase* feature and each generated lead costs " -"one credit." +"Lead mining is an *In-App Purchase* feature, and each generated lead costs " +"one :ref:`credit `." msgstr "" -"Lead-Gewinnung ist eine *In-App-Kauf*-Funktion und jeder generierte Lead " -"kostet ein Guthaben." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:95 msgid "" -"Choosing to generate :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` costs one " -"additional credit for each contact generated." +"Generating |CC| costs one additional credit for each contact generated. See " +"here for complete pricing information: `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP " +"`_." msgstr "" -"Bei der Auswahl von :guilabel:`Unternehmen und deren Kontakte` kostet jeder " -"generierte Kontakt ein zusätzliches Guthaben." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:99 msgid "" -"See here for full pricing information: `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP " -"`_." -msgstr "" -"Hier erfahren Sie mehr zur Preisgestaltung: `Lead-Generierung durch Odoo IAP" -" `_." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:70 -msgid "" -"To buy credits, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"To buy credits, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Lead Generation` section, under the " -":guilabel:`Lead Mining` feature, click on :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." +":guilabel:`Lead Mining` feature, click :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." msgstr "" -"Um Guthaben zu kaufen, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`CRM --> Konfiguration " -"--> Einstellungen`. Im Abschnitt :guilabel:`Lead-Generierung` klicken Sie " -"unter der Funktion :guilabel:`Lead-Gewinnung` auf :guilabel:`Guthaben " -"kaufen`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 -msgid "Buy credits from the lead mining settings." -msgstr "Guthaben aus den Lead-Gewinnungseinstellungen kaufen." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:103 msgid "" "Credits may also be purchased by navigating to the :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> General Settings`. In the :guilabel:`In-App Purchases` section, under " -"the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` feature, click on :guilabel:`View My Services`." +"app`. In the :guilabel:`Contacts` section, under the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` " +"feature, click :guilabel:`View My Services`." msgstr "" -"Guthaben kann auch unter :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Allgemeine " -"Einstellungen` erworben werden. Klicken Sie im Abschnitt :guilabel:`In-App-" -"Käufe` unter der Funktion :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` auf :guilabel:`Meine Services" -" anzeigen`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst-1 msgid "Buy credits in the Odoo IAP settings." msgstr "Guthaben in den Odoo-IAP-Einstellungen kaufen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:87 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:112 msgid "" "Enterprise Odoo users with a valid subscription get free credits to test " -":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` features before deciding to purchase more " -"credits for the database. This includes demo/training databases, educational" -" databases, and one-app-free databases." +"|IAP| features before purchasing more credits for the database. This " +"includes demo/training databases, educational databases, and one-app-free " +"databases." msgstr "" -"Odoo-Enterprise-Benutzer mit einem gültigen Abonnement erhalten kostenloses " -"Guthaben, um :abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)`-Funktionen zu testen, bevor sie " -"sich für den Kauf weiteren Guthabens für die Datenbank entscheiden. Dazu " -"gehören Demo-/Schulungsdatenbanken, Schulungsdatenbanken und „1 App " -"gratis“-Datenbanken." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:3 +msgid "Create opportunities from web contact forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Adding a contact form to a website makes it easy to convert visitors into " +"leads and opportunities. After a visitor submits their information, an " +"opportunity can be created automatically, and assigned to a designated sales" +" team and salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:12 +msgid "Customize contact forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By default, the *Contact Us* page on an Odoo website displays a " +"preconfigured contact form. This form can be customized, as needed, to suit " +"the needs of a specific sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Website app --> Contact Us`, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit` in the top-right of the screen to open the web editor. " +"Click on the form building block in the body of the webpage to open the form" +" configuration settings on the right sidebar. The following options are " +"available to customize the contact form from the :guilabel:`From` section of" +" the right sidebar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst-1 +msgid "The form configuration settings on an Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Action`: the default action for a contact form is :guilabel:`Send" +" an Email`. Select :guilabel:`Create an Opportunity` from the drop-down list" +" to capture the information in the *CRM* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose a sales team from the drop-down menu that the" +" opportunities from this form should be assigned to. This field **only** " +"appears if the :guilabel:`Action` field is set to :guilabel:`Create an " +"Opportunity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson`: if the opportunities should be assigned to a " +"specific salesperson, select them from the drop-down menu. If no selection " +"is made in this field, the opportunities are assigned based on the team's " +"existing rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marked Fields`: use this field to alter how the form handles " +"marked fields. The default option is to treat marked fields as " +":guilabel:`Required`, which is the recommended setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mark Text`: choose how :guilabel:`Marked Fields` should be " +"identified. The default character is an asterisk (`*`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Labels Width`: use this field to alter the pixel width of the " +"labels, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Success`: select how the webpage reacts after a customer " +"successfully submits a form. :guilabel:`Nothing` keeps the customer on the " +"same screen, with the addition of a confirmation message that the form was " +"submitted successfully. :guilabel:`Redirect` sends the customer to a new " +"webpage, based on the address provided in the :guilabel:`URL` field below. " +":guilabel:`Show Message` replaces the form with a preconfigured message that" +" informs the customer someone should respond to them as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL`: if :guilabel:`Redirect` is selected in the :guilabel:`On " +"Success` field, enter the URL for the webpage, where customers should be " +"directed after successfully submitting a form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visibility`: use the drop-down menu to add any visibility " +"conditions for this field, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If *leads* are activated in *CRM* settings, selecting :guilabel:`Create an " +"Opportunity` generates a lead instead. To activate leads, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:57 +msgid "Customize contact form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In addition to the settings for the form, the settings for each field can be" +" customized, as well. With the web editor menu still open, click into a " +"field to open the :guilabel:`Field` configuration settings section on the " +"sidebar. The following options are available to customize a field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: choose a custom field option or an existing field type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input Type`: determine the type of information customers should " +"input. Available options are :guilabel:`Text`, :guilabel:`Email`, " +":guilabel:`Telephone`, or :guilabel:`Url`. The selection made in this field " +"limits the format that customers can use when entering information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Label`: enter the name for the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Position`: choose the way the label is aligned with the rest of " +"the form. The label can be hidden, above the field, to the left of the " +"field, or right adjusted and closer to the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: slide the toggle to add a description for the " +"field, which can provide additional instructions to customers. Click under " +"the field on the form to add the description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Placeholder`: enter an example to help users know how to input " +"information where formatting is important, such as a phone number or email " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Value`: enter a value to include in the form, by default," +" if the customer does not provide information in the field. *It is not " +"recommended to include a default value for required fields*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required`: slide the toggle to mark this field as required if it " +"**must** be filled in for every submission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visibility`: select when this field should be visible. Use the " +"button on the left to choose whether to show or hide this field on a desktop" +" users. Use the button on the right to choose whether to show or hide this " +"field to mobile users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`Animation`: select if this field should have any animation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst-1 +msgid "The field configuration settings on an Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:89 +msgid "View opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:91 +msgid "" +"After a customer submits a contact form, and an opportunity is created, it " +"is assigned based on the :ref:`form settings `. " +"To view opportunities, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales --> My " +"Pipeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If leads are activated on the database, contact form submissions are " +"generated as leads, not opportunities. To activate leads, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads` to view the newly-created " +"leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:102 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`My Pipeline` dashboard, click on an opportunity card in " +"the Kanban view to open the opportunity record. The information submitted by" +" the customer is visible on the opportunity record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:107 +msgid "" +"As the contact form fields are customizable, the fields on the opportunity " +"record, where the form information is stored, varies accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the preconfigured contact form is used, the *Subject* field is added to " +"the :guilabel:`Title` field, and the content in the :guilabel:`Notes` field," +" which is labeled as :guilabel:`Your Question`, is added to the " +":guilabel:`Internal Notes` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../pipeline/manage_sales_teams`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`convert`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`../track_leads/lead_scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:118 +msgid ":ref:`Website forms `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 msgid "Create and send quotations" msgstr "Angebote erstellen und versenden" @@ -1398,28 +1607,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:12 msgid "" -"To install the *Gamification* module, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` " -"application. Click into the :guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top of the page" -" and remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter. Type `Gamification` to search." +"To install the *CRM Gamification* module, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Apps` application. Click into the :guilabel:`Search...` bar " +"at the top of the page and remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter. Type `CRM " +"Gamification` to search." msgstr "" -"Um das Modul *Gamification* zu installieren, navigieren Sie zu " -":menuselection:`Apps`. Klicken Sie in die :guilabel:`Suchen ...`-Leiste oben" -" auf der Seite und entfernen Sie den Filter :guilabel:`Apps`. Geben Sie für " -"die Suche `Gamification` ein." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:16 msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Gamification` module is **not** already installed, click " -":guilabel:`Install`. After completing the installation, return to the " -":menuselection:`Apps` application and search for `Gamification` again." -msgstr "" -"Wenn das Modul :guilabel:`Gamification` **nicht** bereits installiert ist, " -"klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Installieren`. Nachdem die Installation " -"abgeschlossen ist, kehren Sie zu :menuselection:`Apps` zurück und suchen " -"erneut nach `Gamification`." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:20 -msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`CRM Gamification` module, click :guilabel:`Install`. This " "module features goals and challenges related to the *CRM* and *Sales* " "applications." @@ -1432,22 +1627,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the gamification module being installed in Odoo." msgstr "Ansicht des in Odoo installierten Gamification-Moduls." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:24 msgid "" -"If both the *CRM* and *Sales* apps are installed, the *CRM Gamification* " -"module is automatically installed on the database." +"If **both** the *CRM* and *Sales* apps are installed, the *CRM Gamification*" +" module is automatically installed on the database." msgstr "" -"Wenn sowohl die Apps *CRM* als auch *Verkauf* installiert sind, wird das " -"Modul *CRM-Gamification* automatisch in der Datenbank installiert." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 msgid "" "To access the *Gamification Tools* menu, first enable :ref:`developer-mode`." msgstr "" "Um auf das Menü *Gamification-Tools* zuzugreifen, aktivieren Sie zunächst " "den :ref:`Entwicklermodus`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:29 msgid "" "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Gamification Tools`." msgstr "" @@ -1455,16 +1648,14 @@ msgstr "" "Tools`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1 -msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings" +msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings." msgstr "" -"Ansicht, wenn das Menü für Gamification-Tools in Odoo Einstellungen " -"aktiviert ist" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 msgid "Create badges" msgstr "Abzeichen erstellen" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 msgid "" "*Badges* are awarded to users when they have completed a challenge. " "Different badges can be awarded based on the type of task completed, and can" @@ -1476,7 +1667,7 @@ msgstr "" "Abzeichen vergeben werden, die je nach der Zeit, in der sie das Ziel " "erreichen, an mehrere Benutzer vergeben werden können." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:44 msgid "" "To view the existing badges, or create a new one, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." @@ -1489,7 +1680,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the badges page in Odoo." msgstr "Ansicht der Abzeichenseite in Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:52 msgid "" "Some badges can be awarded outside of challenges, as well. Select the Kanban" " card for the desired badge, then click :guilabel:`Grant`. This opens a " @@ -1502,7 +1693,7 @@ msgstr "" " :guilabel:`Abzeichen vergeben`. Wählen Sie einen Benutzer aus dem Feld " ":guilabel:`Wen möchten Sie belohnen?`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:56 msgid "" "Add any additional information regarding why the user is receiving the " "reward in the field below, then click :guilabel:`Grant Badge`." @@ -1511,7 +1702,7 @@ msgstr "" "Belohnung erhält, in das Feld unten ein und klicken Sie dann auf " ":guilabel:`Abzeichen vergeben`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a new badge, click :guilabel:`New` at the top-left of the page to " "open a blank form. Enter a name for the :guilabel:`Badge`, followed by a " @@ -1521,7 +1712,7 @@ msgstr "" "links auf der Seite, um ein leeres Formular zu öffnen. Geben Sie einen Namen" " für das :guilabel:`Abzeichen` ein, gefolgt von einer Beschreibung." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Allowance to Grant` field determines when a badge can be " "granted, and by whom:" @@ -1529,13 +1720,13 @@ msgstr "" "Das Feld :guilabel:`Berechtigung zur Vergabe` bestimmt, wann und von wem ein" " Abzeichen vergeben werden kann:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:64 msgid ":guilabel:`Everyone`: this badge can be manually granted by any user." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Jeder`: Dieses Abzeichen kann von jedem Benutzer manuell vergeben" " werden." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`A selected list of users`: this badge can only be granted by a " "select group of users. If this option is selected, it generates a new field," @@ -1548,7 +1739,7 @@ msgstr "" " erzeugt. Wählen Sie die entsprechenden Benutzer aus dieser Dropdown-Liste " "aus." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`People having some badges`: this badge can only be granted by " "users who have already been awarded a specific badge. If this option is " @@ -1563,7 +1754,7 @@ msgstr "" "die Abzeichen auszuwählen, die ein Benutzer besitzen muss, bevor er dieses " "Abzeichen an andere vergeben kann." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No one, assigned through challenges`: this badge cannot be " "manually granted, it can only be awarded through challenges." @@ -1571,7 +1762,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Niemand, zugewiesen durch Herausforderungen`: Dieses Abzeichen " "kann nicht manuell vergeben werden, sondern nur durch Herausforderungen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:75 msgid "" "To limit the number of badges a user can send, tick the :guilabel:`Monthly " "Limited Spending` checkbox. This sets a limit on the number of times a user " @@ -1588,11 +1779,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The details page for a new badge." msgstr "Die Details-Seite für ein neues Abzeichen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:87 msgid "Create a challenge" msgstr "Eine Herausforderung erstellen" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:89 msgid "" "To create a challenge, navigate to to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Gamification Tools --> Challenges`. Click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left " @@ -1603,17 +1794,17 @@ msgstr "" " Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu` in der oberen linken Ecke, um ein leeres " "Formular für Herausforderungen zu öffnen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:92 msgid "At the top of the form, enter a :guilabel:`Challenge Name`." msgstr "" "Geben Sie oben im Formular einen :guilabel:`Bezeichnung der Herausforderung`" " ein." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:95 msgid "Create assignment rules" msgstr "Zuweisungsregeln erstellen" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:97 msgid "" "To assign the challenge to specific users, one or more assignment rules must" " be utilized." @@ -1621,7 +1812,7 @@ msgstr "" "Um die Herausforderung bestimmten Benutzern zuzuweisen, müssen eine oder " "mehrere Zuweisungsregeln verwendet werden." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:99 msgid "" "Click into the first field under :guilabel:`Assign Challenge to`, and select" " a parameter from the drop-down list to define the rule. Then, click into " @@ -1634,22 +1825,30 @@ msgstr "" "zu definieren. Klicken Sie bei Bedarf in das dritte Feld, um den Parameter " "weiter zu definieren." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:104 msgid "" "To include all users with permissions in the *Sales* app, create a rule with" -" the following parameters: - :guilabel:`Groups` - :guilabel:`is in` - " -"`Sales/User: Own Documents Only`" +" the following parameters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:107 +msgid ":guilabel:`Groups`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`is in`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:109 +msgid "`Sales/User: Own Documents Only`" msgstr "" -"Um alle Benutzer mit Berechtigungen in der *Verkaufsapp* einzuschließen, " -"erstellen Sie eine Regel mit den folgenden Parametern: - :guilabel:`Gruppen`" -" - :guilabel:`ist in` - `Verkauf/Benutzer: Nur eigene Dokumente`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:0 msgid "View of the assignation rules section of a Challenge form." msgstr "" "Ansicht des Abschnitts Zuweisungsregeln in einem Herausforderungsformular." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:115 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Periodicity` field, select a time frame for goals to be " "automatically assessed." @@ -1657,11 +1856,11 @@ msgstr "" "Wählen Sie im Feld :guilabel:`Periodizität` einen Zeitrahmen aus, in dem die" " Ziele automatisch bewertet werden sollen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:118 msgid "Add goals" msgstr "Ziele hinzufügen" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:120 msgid "" "Challenges can be based on a single goal, or can include multiple goals with" " different targets. To add a goal to the challenge, click :guilabel:`Add a " @@ -1672,7 +1871,7 @@ msgstr "" "hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie im Reiter :guilabel:`Ziele` auf :guilabel:`Zeile " "hinzufügen`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:123 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Goal Definition` field, choose a goal from the drop-down " "list. The :guilabel:`Condition` field automatically updates to reflect the " @@ -1682,7 +1881,7 @@ msgstr "" "Liste. Das Feld :guilabel:`Bedingung` wird automatisch aktualisiert, um die " "in der Zieldefinition festgelegte Bedingung wiederzugeben." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:128 msgid "" "The *CRM Gamification* module contains preconfigured goals geared towards " "salesteams:" @@ -1690,34 +1889,34 @@ msgstr "" "Das Modul *CRM-Gamification* enthält vorkonfigurierte Ziele, die auf " "Verkaufsteams ausgerichtet sind:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:130 msgid ":guilabel:`New Leads`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Neue Leads`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Time to Qualify a Lead`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Zeit zur Qualifizierung von Leads`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:132 msgid ":guilabel:`Days to Close a Dead`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Tage bis Geschäftsabschluss`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:133 msgid ":guilabel:`New Opportunities`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Neue Verkaufschancen`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`New Sales Orders`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Neue Verkaufschancen`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:136 msgid "" "Enter a :guilabel:`Target` for the goal based on the :guilabel:`Suffix`." msgstr "" "Geben Sie eine :guilabel:`Zielvorgabe` für das Ziel basierend auf dem " ":guilabel:`Suffix` ein." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:138 msgid "Repeat these steps for each additional goal." msgstr "Wiederholen Sie diese Schritte für jedes weitere Ziel." @@ -1725,11 +1924,11 @@ msgstr "Wiederholen Sie diese Schritte für jedes weitere Ziel." msgid "The goals tab of a challenge form." msgstr "Der Reiter „Ziele“ eines Herausforderungsformulars." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:145 msgid "Add rewards" msgstr "Belohnungen hinzufügen" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:147 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Reward` tab. Choose the :ref:`badges ` to be awarded :guilabel:`For 1st User` and :guilabel:`For Every " @@ -1740,7 +1939,7 @@ msgstr "" "Benutzer` und :guilabel:`Für jeden nachfolgenden Benutzer` vergeben werden " "sollen, indem Sie sie aus den Dropdown-Listen auswählen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:152 msgid "" "Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " "of a running period, at the end date of a challenge, or when the challenge " @@ -1751,7 +1950,7 @@ msgstr "" "Periode, am Enddatum einer Herausforderung oder wenn die Herausforderung " "manuell abgeschlossen wird." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:155 msgid "" "After setup is complete, click the :guilabel:`Start Challenge` button at the" " top-left of the page to begin the challenge." @@ -1793,6 +1992,20 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Telefonnummer`, :guilabel:`Zeitzone` und :guilabel:`Verwendete " "Technologien` umfassen." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Enterprise Odoo users with a valid subscription get free credits to test " +":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` features before deciding to purchase more " +"credits for the database. This includes demo/training databases, educational" +" databases, and one-app-free databases." +msgstr "" +"Odoo-Enterprise-Benutzer mit einem gültigen Abonnement erhalten kostenloses " +"Guthaben, um :abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)`-Funktionen zu testen, bevor sie " +"sich für den Kauf weiteren Guthabens für die Datenbank entscheiden. Dazu " +"gehören Demo-/Schulungsdatenbanken, Schulungsdatenbanken und „1 App " +"gratis“-Datenbanken." + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:21 msgid "" "The *leads* feature **must** be activated in the *CRM* settings page in " @@ -5826,6 +6039,182 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:3 +msgid "Manage sales teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Teams* feature within Odoo's *CRM* app allows for the creation " +"and management of multiple sales teams, each with their own assignment " +"rules, invoicing targets, and roster of salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:9 +msgid "Create a sales team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To create a new sales team, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration " +"--> Sales Teams`, then click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the blank sales team form, enter a name in the :guilabel:`Sales Team` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:16 +msgid "Next, select a :guilabel:`Team Leader` from the drop-down list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Set an :guilabel:`Email Alias` to automatically generate a lead/opportunity " +"for this sales team whenever a message is sent to that unique email address." +" Choose whether to accept emails from :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`, :guilabel:`Followers Only`, or " +":guilabel:`Authenticated Employees`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Select a :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu to assign this team to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company` field is only visible in multi-company databases, " +"and is not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The settings page for a new sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If the *Sales* app is installed on the database, an :guilabel:`Invoicing " +"Target` field appears on the sales team form. This is the revenue target for" +" the current month. The amount entered in this field is used to populate the" +" invoicing progress bar on the :ref:`sales team dashboard `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:39 +msgid "Add sales team members" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To add team members, click :guilabel:`Add` under the :guilabel:`Members` tab" +" when editing the sales team's configuration page. This opens a " +":guilabel:`Create Sales Team Members` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Rule-Based Assignment` feature has **not** been enabled on" +" the *CRM* app's *Settings* page, clicking :guilabel:`Add` under the " +":guilabel:`Members` tab opens an :guilabel:`Add: Salespersons` pop-up " +"window. Tick the checkbox to the far-left of the salesperson to be added to " +"the team, then click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:0 +msgid "The Add: Salespersons pop-up window on a new sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Select a user from the :guilabel:`Salesperson` drop-down list to add them to" +" the team. To prevent this salesperson from being automatically assigned " +"leads, tick the :guilabel:`Skip auto assignment` checkbox. If this feature " +"is activated, the salesperson can still be assigned leads manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The Create Sales Team Members pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Leads (30 days)` field tracks how many leads the salesperson " +"has been assigned in the past thirty days for this team, and the maximum " +"number of leads they should be assigned. To edit the maximum number of leads" +" this salesperson can be assigned, enter that amount in the :guilabel:`Leads" +" (30 days)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:68 +msgid "" +":doc:`Assignment rules <../track_leads/lead_scoring>` can be configured for " +"individual salespeople using the :guilabel:`Domain` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when finished, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to " +"add additional members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:74 +msgid "Enable multi teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To allow salespeople to be assigned to more than one sales team, the *Multi " +"Teams* setting needs to be enabled. First, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`CRM` section, tick" +" the checkbox labeled :guilabel:`Multi Teams`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` " +"at the top-left of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The settings page of the CRM app with the Multi Teams setting enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:88 +msgid "Sales team dashboard" +msgstr "Verkaufsteam-Dashboard" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view the sales team dashboard, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales " +"--> Teams`. Any team the user is a member of appears in the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The sales team dashboard in the CRM app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Each Kanban card gives an overview of the sales team's open opportunities, " +"quotations, sales orders, and expected revenue, as well as a bar graph of " +"new opportunities per week, and an invoicing progress bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Pipeline` button to go directly to that team's *CRM* " +"pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Click on the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon in " +"the top-right corner of the Kanban card to open a drop-down menu. Then, to " +"view or edit the team's settings, click :guilabel:`Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../optimize/utilize_activities`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/merge_similar.rst:3 msgid "Merge similar leads and opportunities" msgstr "Ähnliche Leads und Verkaufschancen zusammenführen" @@ -6092,153 +6481,6 @@ msgstr "" "Liste ähnlicher Leads mit Hervorhebung der Kontaktinformationen in der CRM-" "App." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 -msgid "Multiple sales teams" -msgstr "Mehrere Verkaufsteams" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Sales Teams* feature to manage several sales teams, departments, or" -" channels, each with their own unique sales processes." -msgstr "" -"Verwenden Sie die Funktion *Verkaufsteams*, um mehrere Verkaufsteams, " -"Abteilungen oder Kanäle zu verwalten, welche alle eigene Verkaufsprozesse " -"haben können." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 -msgid "Create a new sales team" -msgstr "Ein neues Verkaufsteam erstellen" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new sales team, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Sales Teams`, then click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" -"Um ein Verkaufsteam zu erstellen, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`CRM --> " -"Konfiguration --> Verkaufsteams` und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu`." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:15 -msgid "" -"On the creation page, set an :guilabel:`Email Alias` to automatically " -"generate a lead/opportunity for this sales team every time a message is sent" -" to that unique email address. Choose whether to accept emails from " -":guilabel:`Everyone`, :guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`, or " -":guilabel:`Followers Only`." -msgstr "" -"Legen Sie auf der Erstellungsseite einen :guilabel:`E-Mail-Alias` fest, um " -"automatisch einen Lead oder eine Verkaufschance für dieses Verkaufsteam zu " -"erstellen, wenn eine Nachricht an diese besondere E-Mail-Adresse gesendet " -"wird. Wählen Sie aus, ob Sie E-Mails von :guilabel:`Jedem`, " -":guilabel:`Authentifizierten Partnern` oder :guilabel:`Nur von Followern` " -"annehmen." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Set an :guilabel:`Invoicing Target` if this team has specific monthly " -"revenue goals. Set a :guilabel:`Domain` to assign leads/opportunities to " -"this sales team based on specific filters, such as country, language, or " -"campaign." -msgstr "" -"Legen Sie ein :guilabel:`Abrechnungsziel` fest, wenn dieses Team bestimmte " -"monatliche Verkaufsziele hat. Legen Sie eine :guilabel:`Domain` fest, um " -"diesem Verkaufsteam Leads/Verkaufschancen auf der Grundlage bestimmter " -"Filter wie Land, Sprache oder Kampagne zuzuordnen." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Create a sales team in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "Erstellung eines Verkaufsteams in Odoo CRM." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:29 -msgid "Add members to a sales team" -msgstr "Einem Verkaufsteam Mitglieder hinzufügen" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To add team members, click :guilabel:`Add` under the :guilabel:`Members` tab" -" when editing the sales team's configuration page. Select a salesperson from" -" the drop-down menu or create new salesperson. Set a maximum number of leads" -" that can be assigned to this salesperson in a 30-day period to ensure that " -"they do not overwork." -msgstr "" -"Um Teammitglieder hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie im Reiter :guilabel:`Mitglieder`" -" auf :guilabel:`Hinzufügen`, wenn Sie die Konfigurationsseite des " -"Verkaufsteams bearbeiten. Wählen Sie einen Vertriebsmitarbeiter aus dem " -"Drop-down-Menü aus oder erstellen Sie einen neuen Vertriebsmitarbeiter. " -"Legen Sie eine maximale Anzahl von Leads fest, die diesem " -"Vertriebsmitarbeiter in einem Zeitraum von 30 Tagen zugewiesen werden " -"können, um sicherzustellen, dass er nicht überlastet wird." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Add a salesperson in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "Hinzufügen einer Vertriebsmitarbeiterin in Odoo CRM." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 -msgid "" -"One person can be added as a team member or :guilabel:`Team Leader` to " -"multiple sales teams, allowing them to access all of the pipelines that they" -" need to." -msgstr "" -"Eine Person kann als Teammitglied oder :guilabel:`Teamleiter` zu mehreren " -"Verkaufsteams hinzugefügt werden, sodass sie auf alle benötigten Pipelines " -"zugreifen kann." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:44 -msgid "Sales team dashboard" -msgstr "Verkaufsteam-Dashboard" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 -msgid "" -"To view the sales team dashboard, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Sales --> " -"Teams`. Odoo users will see any teams that they are a part of as dashboard " -"tiles." -msgstr "" -"Um das Dashboard des Verkaufsteams anzuzeigen, gehen Sie zu " -":menuselection:`CRM --> Verkauf --> Teams`. Odoo-Benutzer sehen alle Teams, " -"denen sie angehören, als Dashboard-Kacheln." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Each tile gives an overview of the sales team's open opportunities, " -"quotations, sales orders, and expected revenue, as well as a bar graph of " -"new opportunities per week and an invoicing progress bar." -msgstr "" -"Jede Kachel gibt einen Überblick über die offenen Verkaufschancen, Angebote," -" Aufträge und erwarteten Umsätze des Verkaufsteams sowie ein Balkendiagramm " -"der neuen Verkaufschancen pro Woche und einen Fortschrittsbalken für die " -"Rechnungsstellung." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Sales team overview dashboard in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "Übersichtsdashboard der Verkaufsteams in Odoo CRM." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Click on the three dots in the corner of a tile to open a navigational menu " -"that lets users quickly view documents or reports, create new quotations or " -"opportunities, pick a color for this team, or access the team's " -"configuration page." -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf die drei Punkte in der Ecke einer Kachel, um ein " -"Navigationsmenü zu öffnen, worüber Benutzer schnell Dokumente oder Berichte " -"ansehen, neue Angebote oder Verkaufschancen erstellen, eine Farbe für dieses" -" Team auswählen oder auf die Konfigurationsseite des Teams zugreifen können." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Click the Three Dot Menu in Odoo CRM dashboard to view documents and create " -"opportunities." -msgstr "" -"Klick auf die drei Punkte im Odoo CRM-Dashboard, um Dokumente anzuzeigen und" -" Verkaufschancen zu erstellen." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Pipeline` button to go directly to that team's CRM " -"pipeline." -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf die :guilabel:`Pipeline`-Schaltfläche, um direkt zur CRM-" -"Pipeline des Teams zu gelangen." - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:5 msgid "Assign and track leads" msgstr "Leads zuweisen und verfolgen" @@ -9332,7 +9574,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`payment_methods/terminals`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -9602,7 +9844,7 @@ msgstr "" "Bildschirms, um die Änderungen zu speichern." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:72 @@ -9633,7 +9875,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Adyen-Händler-Konto`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:96 @@ -9692,22 +9934,16 @@ msgstr "" "flüssigen Zahlungsfluss bieten und Ihren Kassierern die Arbeit erleichtern." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 msgid "" -"Worldline payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " +"Ingenico payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " "`." msgstr "" -"Worldline-Zahlungsterminals benötigen eine :doc:`IoT-Box " -"`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:10 msgid "" -"Worldline is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " +"Ingenico is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " "Luxembourg." msgstr "" -"Worldline ist derzeit nur in Belgien, den Niederlanden und Luxemburg " -"verfügbar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -9724,43 +9960,54 @@ msgstr "Eine IoT-Box anschließen" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:20 msgid "" -"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"Connecting an Ingenico payment terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " "an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " "database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " "`." msgstr "" -"Um ein Ingenico-Zahlungsterminal mit Odoo zu verbinden, benötigen Sie eine " -"IoT-Box. Weitere Informationen darüber, wie Sie eine IoT-Box mit Ihrer " -"Datenbank verbinden können, finden Sie in der :doc:`IoT-Dokumentation " -"`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:26 -msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" -msgstr "Lane/5000 für Ingenico BENELUX konfigurieren" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " -"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:25 +msgid "Configure the Lane/Desk/Move 5000 terminals for Ingenico BENELUX" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Press the function button (:guilabel:`F` on Lane/5000, :guilabel:`⦿` on " +"Desk/5000 and Move/5000)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Kassa menu --> Settings Menu` and enter the settings " +"password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Change Connection` and press :guilabel:`OK` on the next " +"screen." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf die F-Taste des Terminals, gehen Sie dann in die " -":menuselection:`PoS Menu --> Settings` (Kassensystemmenü --> Einstellungen) " -"und geben Sie das Passwort für die Einstellungen ein." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, click on connection change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " -"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " -"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " -"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." +msgid "Select :guilabel:`TCP/IP` and :guilabel:`IP-address`." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie nun auf Verbindungsänderung und TCP/IP. Geben Sie die IP Ihrer " -"*IoT-Box* ein (Sie finden sie in der Formularansicht Ihrer IoT-Box). Geben " -"Sie dann 9000 als Port ein. Das Terminal wird neu gestartet. Sobald dies " -"geschehen ist, rufen Sie Ihr *IoT-Box*-Formular in Odoo auf und überprüfen " -"Sie, ob das Terminal gefunden wurde." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:32 +msgid "On the next screen, enter the IP address of your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Enter `9000` as port number and press :guilabel:`OK` on the next screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:35 +msgid "" +"At this point, the terminal restarts and should be displayed in your IoT Box" +" form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:43 msgid "" "Enable the payment terminal :ref:`in the application settings " "` and :doc:`create the related payment method " @@ -9776,7 +10023,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Zahlungsterminal verwenden`. Wählen Sie dann Ihr Endgerät im Feld" " :guilabel:`Zahlungsterminalgerät` aus." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:57 msgid "" "In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " "Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " @@ -9791,7 +10038,7 @@ msgstr "" "die Zahlung erfolgreich war, ändert sich der Status in *Zahlung " "erfolgreich*." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:66 msgid "" "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " "retry to send the payment request." @@ -9800,7 +10047,7 @@ msgstr "" "Abbrechen. Sie können trotzdem versuchen, die Zahlungsanforderung erneut zu " "senden." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:69 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" @@ -9811,7 +10058,7 @@ msgstr "" "Auf diese Weise können Sie den Auftrag in Odoo validieren, auch wenn es " "Probleme mit der Verbindung zwischen dem Terminal und Odoo gibt." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:75 msgid "" "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " "you the connection failed." @@ -9819,7 +10066,7 @@ msgstr "" "Diese Option ist nur verfügbar, wenn Sie eine Fehlermeldung erhalten haben, " "dass die Verbindung fehlgeschlagen ist." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:78 msgid "" "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " "of card that has been used and the transaction ID." @@ -10393,6 +10640,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Worldline" msgstr "Worldline" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Worldline payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " +"`." +msgstr "" +"Worldline-Zahlungsterminals benötigen eine :doc:`IoT-Box " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Worldline is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " +"Luxembourg." +msgstr "" +"Worldline ist derzeit nur in Belgien, den Niederlanden und Luxemburg " +"verfügbar." + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo is compatible with Worldline terminals that use the CTEP protocol " @@ -11596,7 +11859,7 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`ausgewählten Preislistenoption `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:42 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:243 msgid "Multiple prices per product" msgstr "Mehrere Preise pro Produkt" @@ -11652,7 +11915,7 @@ msgid "Setup form of a multiple prices pricelist" msgstr "Einrichtungsformular einer Preisliste mit mehreren Produkten" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:321 msgid "Advanced price rules" msgstr "Erweiterte Preisregeln" @@ -14344,15 +14607,22 @@ msgstr "" "Ausstellung von Rückerstattungen, **müssen** wie üblich über *Amazon Seller " "Central* verwaltet werden." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:71 +msgid "" +"As of February 19, 2024, in North American marketplaces, :abbr:`FBA " +"(Fulfilled by Amazon)` orders created with the *Amazon Connector*, do not " +"get the customer's name passed onto the sales/delivery order in Odoo. This " +"is due to the fact that Amazon now calculates, and remits, sales tax on " +"behalf of sellers. In other words, personally identifiable customer " +"information is not transmitted to the seller any longer, after a :abbr:`FBA " +"(Fulfilled by Amazon)` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 msgid "Supported marketplaces" msgstr "Unterstützte Marketplaces" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:75 -msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces." -msgstr "Der Amazon-Konnektor unterstützt alle aktuellen Marketplaces." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 msgid "" "If a marketplace is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, it's possible to" " :ref:`add a new marketplace `." @@ -14361,7 +14631,87 @@ msgstr "" " es möglich, :ref:`einen neuen Marketplace hinzuzufügen `." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:86 +msgid "**North America region**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Canada" +msgstr "Kanada" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Amazon.ca" +msgstr "Amazon.ca" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "Mexiko" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Amazon.com.mx" +msgstr "Amazon.com.mx" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:92 +msgid "US" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:92 +msgid "Amazon.com" +msgstr "Amazon.com" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:96 +msgid "**Europe region**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:98 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "Deutschland" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:98 +msgid "Amazon.de" +msgstr "Amazon.de" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:100 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "Spanien" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:100 +msgid "Amazon.es" +msgstr "Amazon.es" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:102 +msgid "France" +msgstr "Frankreich" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:102 +msgid "Amazon.fr" +msgstr "Amazon.fr" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:104 +msgid "UK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:104 +msgid "Amazon.co.uk" +msgstr "Amazon.co.uk" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:106 +msgid "Italy" +msgstr "Italien" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:106 +msgid "Amazon.it" +msgstr "Amazon.it" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:108 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "Niederlande" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:108 +msgid "Amazon.nl" +msgstr "Amazon.nl" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:30 @@ -14369,7 +14719,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr ":doc:`setup`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:155 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:17 @@ -19863,10 +20213,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Loyalty Cards`: When making purchases, the customer accumulates " -"points to exchange for rewards on future orders." +"points to exchange for rewards on current and/or future orders." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Treuekarten`: Beim Einkaufen sammelt der Kunde Punkte, die er bei" -" zukünftigen Einkäufen gegen Belohnungen eintauschen kann." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -20654,7 +21002,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:337 msgid "" "Either option reveals the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, in which pricelists " "can be created and/or modified at any time." @@ -20665,13 +21013,27 @@ msgid "How the pricelists page looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:267 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " -"*Sales* and *eCommerce*." +"The order of the pricelists on the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page has an impact" +" on how they are applied. If several pricelists share the same criteria, " +"**only** the first listed pricelist is applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"For example, for two pricelists with different rules, but same criteria " +"(e.g., same website, same country), only the *first* pricelist in the list " +"is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " +"*Sales* and *eCommerce*. This pricelist is applied by default, if there are " +"no matching criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:64 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, either select the desired pricelist to" " edit, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new pricelist, which reveals a " @@ -20682,14 +21044,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the pricelist detail form looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:72 msgid "" "When creating a new pricelist, start by adding a name for the pricelist at " "the top of the form, in the blank field. Next, select which " ":guilabel:`Currency` should be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:75 msgid "" "Then, if working in a multi-company environment, select which company this " "pricelist should apply to in the :guilabel:`Company` field. If this field is" @@ -20697,11 +21059,11 @@ msgid "" "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:80 msgid "Price rules tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:82 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab functionality on a pricelist form varies " "depending on the :guilabel:`Pricelists` setting chosen: either " @@ -20709,25 +21071,25 @@ msgid "" "(discounts, formulas)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:86 msgid "" "However, the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab and :guilabel:`Configuration` " "tab are always the same, regardless of the chosen :guilabel:`Pricelists` " "setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:90 msgid "Price rules tab (multiple prices per product)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:92 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Multiple prices per product` setting activated, the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab on pricelist forms provides the option to add " "specific products, with a specific price, to a pricelist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96 msgid "" "To add a specific product and price to a pricelist form, click the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab, then click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the " @@ -20735,20 +21097,20 @@ msgid "" "specific price should be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 msgid "" "Next, if necessary, select a product variant under the :guilabel:`Variants` " "column (e.g. a specific product size, color, etc.). If no variants are " "selected, then this price will apply to all variants of the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104 msgid "" "If a minimum amount of the product must be purchased in order to apply the " "specific price, enter the amount under the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:107 msgid "" "To configure the price of the product for this specific pricelist, enter the" " desired amount under the :guilabel:`Price` column. Then, there is the " @@ -20756,56 +21118,56 @@ msgid "" "configured product price, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "" "To add another product line, click :guilabel:`Add a line` again, and repeat " "the process. There is no limit to how many products can be added in the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab of a pricelist form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:114 msgid "" "For more information, check out the following section: :ref:`Multiple prices" " per product `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:118 msgid "Price rules tab (advanced price rules)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` setting " "activated, the :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab on pricelist forms provides the " "option to configure detailed price rules based on formulas." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:124 msgid "" "Check out the :ref:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas) " "` section for detailed steps on how to add " "advanced price rules to a pricelist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 msgid "Time-based rules tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 msgid "" "Time-based rules are used specifically with :doc:`subscription products " "`. Be sure to check out the Odoo" " *Subscriptions* :doc:`documentation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:134 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab, the same functionality of the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab is present, with the only difference being that " "a repeating time period can be applied in the :guilabel:`Period` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:138 msgid "" "After a :guilabel:`Product` and potential :guilabel:`Variant` are selected " "in the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab, select the blank field in the " @@ -20813,7 +21175,7 @@ msgid "" "recurrence periods (e.g. `Monthly`, `Quarterly`, `Weekly`, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:142 msgid "" "New recurrence periods can also be directly created from this column, by " "typing in the new name for the :guilabel:`Period` and then selecting " @@ -20826,28 +21188,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Custom time period pop-up form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:151 msgid "" "From this :guilabel:`Create Period` pop-up form, add a :guilabel:`Name`, " ":guilabel:`Duration`, then a :guilabel:`Unit` (e.g. `Days`, `Weeks`, etc.). " "When finished, click :guilabel:`Save and Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:154 msgid "" "Lastly, add the desired price for this time-based rule in the " ":guilabel:`Price` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:157 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:160 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "Reiter „Konfiguration“" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:162 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, there are a few options that can " "further customize the pricelist." @@ -20857,7 +21219,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuration tab on pricelist detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:169 msgid "" "From here, under the :guilabel:`Availability` section, in the " ":guilabel:`Country Groups` field, certain country groups can be added to the" @@ -20865,13 +21227,13 @@ msgid "" "this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:174 msgid "" "If no country is set for a customer, Odoo takes the first pricelist without " "any country group." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:176 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Website` section, there are a few options that can be " "configured. In the :guilabel:`Website` field, this pricelist can be applied " @@ -20879,7 +21241,7 @@ msgid "" "blank, the pricelist will be applied to all websites in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:181 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Selectable` checkbox to have this pricelist as a " "selectable option for customers to choose as they shop. If the " @@ -20887,7 +21249,7 @@ msgid "" "this pricelist for themselves as they shop." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:185 msgid "" "Lastly, there is the option to add an :guilabel:`E-commerce Promotional " "Code`. To add a code, type in the desired promo code that, when entered " @@ -20895,17 +21257,17 @@ msgid "" "the customer does not fall into the previously-specified criteria." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:190 msgid "Show discount percentage to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:192 msgid "" "With Odoo *Sales*, the option to show the public price *and* the computed " "discount percentage on the product catalog is available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:195 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Pricing` section, click the checkbox next " @@ -20913,7 +21275,7 @@ msgid "" "save all changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:199 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Discounts` feature, navigate to the " "pricelists page, either by clicking the :guilabel:`Pricelists` link from the" @@ -20921,7 +21283,7 @@ msgid "" "Products --> Pricelists`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:203 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, select the desired pricelist to edit. On" " the pricelist form, click into the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab. In the " @@ -20935,34 +21297,34 @@ msgid "" "Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:211 msgid "The options available in this section are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:213 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Discount included in the price`: shows the customer only the " "final price with the discount already included." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:215 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show public price & discount to the customer`: shows the customer" " the public price *and* the discount they're earning." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:219 msgid "Customer pricelist application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:221 msgid "" "While the default pricelist applied to any customer is the :guilabel:`Public" " Pricelist`, Odoo provides the opportunity to directly apply a different " "pricelist to customers on their contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:224 msgid "" "To do that, open the desired customer's contact form, either by navigating " "to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Customers` and selecting the " @@ -20974,7 +21336,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sample customer detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:232 msgid "" "On the desired customer's contact form, under the :guilabel:`Sales & " "Purchase` tab, in the :guilabel:`Sales` section, designate what pricelist " @@ -20986,7 +21348,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pricelist field in a customer detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:245 msgid "" "To apply several prices per individual product, select the " ":guilabel:`Multiple prices per product` option, after enabling the " @@ -20995,7 +21357,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:249 msgid "" "Next, apply pricelists to specific products using the product form. Navigate" " to the :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and select the " @@ -21004,7 +21366,7 @@ msgid "" "form on a separate page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:254 msgid "" "On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Extra Prices` smart button, " "located at the top of the form." @@ -21014,7 +21376,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the extra prices smart button appears in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:261 msgid "" "Doing so reveals a separate page displaying the :guilabel:`Price Rules` that" " are specific to that particular product. Here, price rules can be edited or" @@ -21025,20 +21387,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the extra price rules per product page appears in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:268 msgid "" "To create a new price rule for a product from this specific :guilabel:`Price" " Rules` page, click :guilabel:`New` to add a new, customizable row that has " "the desired product already populated in the :guilabel:`Applied On` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:272 msgid "" "Next, select which :guilabel:`Pricelist` this specific product price rule " "should apply to, via the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:276 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " +"*Sales* and *eCommerce*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:279 msgid "" "To create a new pricelist from this page, type in the desired name of the " "new pricelist in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column, then select " @@ -21048,13 +21416,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pricelists` page, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:285 msgid "" "After the desired pricelist is added to the row, designate a :guilabel:`Min." " Quantity` for the price rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:289 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` column is set to `2`, the new price in the " ":guilabel:`Price` column will be applied to orders of 2 or more products. " @@ -21063,14 +21431,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min. Quantity` of `2` products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:294 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired amount in the :guilabel:`Price` column. Then, if " "needed, enter a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End Date` for the " "product's price rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:297 msgid "" "And lastly, if working in a multi-company environment, select which company " "this price rule should be applied to in the :guilabel:`Company` field. " @@ -21078,19 +21446,19 @@ msgid "" "the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:301 msgid "" "Click away from the row to activate Odoo's auto-save capability, meaning " "that newly-created price rule is now ready to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:304 msgid "" "Proceed to add as many unique price rules per product as desired. There is " "no limit to how many price rules can be added per product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:307 msgid "" "With the price rule(s) in place for a specific product, customers who fall " "into those corresponding pricelists automatically see those new prices " @@ -21099,7 +21467,7 @@ msgid "" "product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:313 msgid "" "When a price rule/pricelist is added to a product via the :guilabel:`Extra " "Prices` smart button, it is also reflected on the pricelist itself. " @@ -21108,7 +21476,7 @@ msgid "" "smart button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:323 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` pricelist feature" " provides the option to set price change rules based on discounts and " @@ -21116,7 +21484,7 @@ msgid "" "the product's cost, or another pricelist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:327 msgid "" "To use advanced pricing rules, with discounts and formulas, select the " ":guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` option, after " @@ -21125,7 +21493,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:332 msgid "" "After activating and saving that :guilabel:`Pricelists` feature, the " ":guilabel:`Settings` page reloads and, from here, either select the " @@ -21134,13 +21502,13 @@ msgid "" " Products --> Pricelists`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:340 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, select a desired pricelist to modify, " "or create a new pricelist by clicking the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:343 msgid "" "On the pricelist form, under the :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line` to add an advanced price rule. Doing so reveals a " @@ -21152,35 +21520,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the Create Pricelist Rules pop-up form looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:352 msgid "Price computation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:354 msgid "" "On this form, first choose one of the three :guilabel:`Computation` options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fixed Price`: the price computation is based on a fixed price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:357 msgid ":guilabel:`Discount`: the price computation is based on a discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:358 msgid ":guilabel:`Formula`: the price computation is based on a formula." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:361 msgid "" "Each :guilabel:`Computation` option reveals its own computation-specific " "fields on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:363 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Fixed Price` is selected, enter the desired price in the " ":guilabel:`Fixed Price` field below. If :guilabel:`Discount` is selected, " @@ -21188,7 +21556,7 @@ msgid "" " appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:367 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Formula` is selected, a number of configurable options appear." msgstr "" @@ -21197,7 +21565,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The various formula computation options present in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:373 msgid "" "To configure the :guilabel:`Formula` computation option, start by selecting " "an option from the :guilabel:`Based on` field: :guilabel:`Sales Price`, " @@ -21205,14 +21573,14 @@ msgid "" "advanced price rule formula will be based on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:377 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Discount` field, determine how much of a discount " "should be applied. It should be noted that a mark-up can be applied by " "setting a negative discount in this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:381 msgid "" "To formulate a 100% markup (or 2 times the cost of the product), with a $5 " "minimum margin, set the :guilabel:`Based on` field to :guilabel:`Cost`, the " @@ -21226,7 +21594,7 @@ msgid "" " Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:389 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` field, specify a fixed amount to add (or " "subtract) to the amount calculated with the discount. After that, enter a " @@ -21234,29 +21602,29 @@ msgid "" " sets the price so that it is a multiple of the value in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:394 msgid "Rounding is applied *after* the discount and *before* the surcharge." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:397 msgid "" "To have prices that end in 9.99, set the :guilabel:`Rounding Method` to `10`" " and the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` to `-0.01`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:400 msgid "" "Lastly, specify the minimum amount of margin over the base price in the " ":guilabel:`Margins` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:402 msgid "" "Once all formula-related configurations are complete, Odoo provides an " "example of the formula in a blue block to the right of the configurations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:406 msgid "" "To apply 20% discounts, with prices rounded up to 9.99, set the " ":guilabel:`Based on` field to :guilabel:`Sales Price`, the " @@ -21268,47 +21636,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a 20% discount with prices rounded to 9.99 in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:415 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "Bedingungen" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:417 msgid "" "At the bottom of the :guilabel:`Create Pricelist Rules` pop-up form is the " ":guilabel:`Conditions` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:420 msgid "" "Here, start by selecting one of the options in the :guilabel:`Apply On` " "field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:422 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All Products`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to all" " products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to" " a specific category of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:425 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to a " "specific product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:426 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to " "a specific product variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:429 msgid "" "If any of those options, apart from :guilabel:`All Products`, are selected, " "a new option-specific field appears, in which the specific " @@ -21316,31 +21684,31 @@ msgid "" "Variant` must be chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:433 msgid "" "Then, select a minimum quantity to be applied to the advanced pricelist rule" " in the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` field. Lastly, select a range of dates for" " the pricelist item validation in the :guilabel:`Validity` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:437 msgid "" "Once all configurations are complete, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " "to save the advanced pricelist rule, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to " "immediately create another advanced pricelist rule on a fresh form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:442 msgid "" "If a price rule is set for a particular product, and another one for its " "product category, Odoo takes the rule of the product itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:446 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:447 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management`" msgstr "" @@ -25237,7 +25605,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:406 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:107 msgid ":doc:`../subscriptions`" msgstr ":doc:`../subscriptions`" @@ -25246,7 +25614,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../subscriptions`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:407 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:183 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`plans`" msgstr ":doc:`plans`" @@ -25255,7 +25623,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`plans`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:408 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:184 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`products`" msgstr ":doc:`products`" @@ -27505,7 +27873,14 @@ msgid "" "initial subscription product in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The prorated amount is **only** applied to *Service* product types. It is " +"**not** applied to *Consumable* or *Storable* product types, even if the " +"message appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:75 msgid "" "From this new upsell quotation form, add new subscription products in the " ":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " @@ -27518,27 +27893,27 @@ msgid "" "Subscriptions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:82 msgid "" "Once the desired upsell subscription product(s) have been added, it can be " "sent to the customer for approval by clicking the :guilabel:`Send by Email` " "button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:86 msgid "" "When the quotation is confirmed by the customer, the upsell products are " "added to the initial subscription. Quotation prices are then prorated to the" " remaining time of the current invoicing period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:91 msgid "" "Before sending the new quotation to the customer, the unit price, taxes, and" " even discount can be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:94 msgid "" "Once the customer approves, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " "quotation, making it a sales order. When that's clicked, a :guilabel:`Sales " @@ -27546,7 +27921,7 @@ msgid "" " to this initial subscription order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:98 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Sales History` smart button is clicked, Odoo reveals a " "separate page containing a list of the related sales orders, clearly " diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 79f49655d..1c4ccbf1e 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2024\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -294,11 +294,583 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Plan intervention from helpdesk tickets in Odoo Helpdesk" msgstr "Planung von Einsätzen aus Kundendiensttickets in Odoo Kundendienst" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:7 msgid "Helpdesk" msgstr "Kundendienst" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* is a ticketing-based customer support application. Multiple " +"teams can be configured and managed in one dashboard, each with their own " +"pipeline for tickets submitted by customers. Pipelines are organized in " +"customizable stages that enable teams to track, prioritize, and solve " +"customer issues quickly and efficiently." +msgstr "" +"Odoo *Kundendienst* ist eine ticketingbasierte Anwendung für den " +"Kundensupport. Mehrere Teams können in einem Dashboard konfiguriert und " +"verwaltet werden, jedes mit seiner eigenen Pipeline für von Kunden " +"eingereichte Tickets. Die Pipelines sind in anpassbaren Phasen organisiert, " +"die es den Teams ermöglichen, Kundenprobleme schnell und effizient zu " +"verfolgen, zu priorisieren und zu lösen." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:15 +msgid "Create a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "Ein Kundendienstteams erstellen" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To view or modify *Helpdesk* teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. To create a new team, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button in the top-left of the dashboard." +msgstr "" +"Um *Kundendienst*-Teams anzuzeigen oder zu ändern, gehen Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Kundendienst --> Konfiguration --> Kundendienstteams`. Um " +"ein neues Team zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche " +":guilabel:`Neu` oben links auf dem Dashboard." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "View of the Helpdesk teams page in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "Ansicht der Seite der Kundendienstteams in Odoo Kundendienst." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:25 +msgid "" +"On the blank Helpdesk team form, enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the new team. " +"Then, enter a description of the team in the field below the team name, if " +"desired. To change the company this team is assigned to, select it from the " +":guilabel:`Company` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +"Geben Sie in das leere Formular für Kundendienstteams einen " +":guilabel:`Namen` für das neue Team ein. Geben Sie dann, falls gewünscht, " +"eine Beschreibung des Teams in das Feld unter dem Teamnamen ein. Um das " +"Unternehmen zu ändern, dem dieses Team zugeordnet ist, wählen Sie es aus dem" +" Drop-down-Menü :guilabel:`Unternehmen` aus." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The team description is published on the public facing :doc:`website form " +"`, where customers and portal users " +"submit tickets. The description included in this field should **not** " +"include any information that is for internal use only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:0 +msgid "" +"View of a Helpdesk team's website form displaying the team description." +msgstr "" +"Ansicht des Website-Formulars eines Kundendienstteams, das die " +"Teambeschreibung anzeigt." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:40 +msgid "Visibility & Assignment" +msgstr "Sichtbarkeit & Zuweisung" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The *Visibility* settings alter which internal users and portal users have " +"access to this team and its tickets. The *Assignment* settings alter how " +"users are assigned to handle each ticket." +msgstr "" +"Die Einstellungen zur *Sichtbarkeit* ändern, welche internen Benutzer und " +"Portalbenutzer Zugriff auf dieses Team und seine Tickets haben. Die " +"Einstellungen zur *Zuweisung* ändern, wie Benutzer für die Bearbeitung der " +"einzelnen Tickets zugewiesen werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:46 +msgid "Determine team visibility" +msgstr "Teamsichtbarkeit festlegen" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Visibility` section, select one of the following " +"options to determine who can view this team and its tickets:" +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie im Abschnitt :guilabel:`Sichtbarkeit` eine der folgenden " +"Optionen, um festzulegen, wer dieses Team und seine Tickets sehen kann:" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invited internal users (private)`: internal users can access the " +"team and the tickets they are following. This access can be modified on each" +" ticket individually by adding or removing the user as a follower. Internal " +"users are considered *invited* once they are added as followers to an " +"individual ticket, or :ref:`to the team itself `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:55 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All internal users (company)`: all internal users can access the " +"team and all of its tickets." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Alle internen Benutzer (Unternehmen)`: Alle internen Benutzer " +"können auf das Team und alle seine Tickets zugreifen." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)`: all " +"internal users can access the team and all of its tickets. Portal users can " +"only access the tickets they are following." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Eingeladene Portalbenutzer und alle internen Benutzer " +"(öffentlich)`: Alle internen Benutzer können auf das Team und alle seine " +"Tickets zugreifen. Portalbenutzer können nur auf die Tickets zugreifen, die " +"sie verfolgen." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:61 +msgid "" +"A `Customer Support` team, meant to handle general shipping and product " +"issues, would have the visibility set on :guilabel:`Invited portal users and" +" all internal users`." +msgstr "" +"Ein `Kundensupport`-Team, das sich um allgemeine Versand- und " +"Produktprobleme kümmern soll, würde die Sichtbarkeit auf " +":guilabel:`eingeladene Portalbenutzer und alle internen Benutzer` " +"eingestellt haben." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:64 +msgid "" +"At the same time, a `Financial Services` team handling tickets related to " +"accounting or tax information would only need to be visible to " +":guilabel:`Invited internal users`." +msgstr "" +"Gleichzeitig müsste ein `Finanzdienstleistungsteam`, das Tickets für " +"Buchhaltungs- oder Steuerinformationen bearbeitet, nur für " +":guilabel:`Eingeladene interne Benutzer` sichtbar sein." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A team's visibility can be altered after the initial configuration. However," +" if the team changes from public access to either private or company-only " +"access, portal users are removed as followers from both the team, and from " +"individual tickets." +msgstr "" +"Die Sichtbarkeit eines Teams kann nach der Erstkonfiguration geändert " +"werden. Wenn das Team jedoch von öffentlichem Zugang zu privatem oder " +"unternehmensinternem Zugang wechselt, werden Portalbenutzer als Follower " +"sowohl aus dem Team als auch aus einzelnen Tickets entfernt." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:75 +msgid "Follow all team's tickets" +msgstr "Tickets aller Teams folgen" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If a user should be notified about any updates regarding tickets for this " +"team, select their name from the :guilabel:`Followers` drop-down menu, " +"located in the :guilabel:`Follow All Team's Tickets` field. Multiple users " +"can be selected to follow a single team." +msgstr "" +"Wenn ein Benutzer über Aktualisierungen von Tickets für dieses Team " +"benachrichtigt werden soll, wählen Sie seinen Namen aus dem Drop-down-Menü " +":guilabel:`Follower`, das sich im Feld :guilabel:`Tickets aller Teams " +"folgen` befindet. Es können mehrere Benutzer ausgewählt werden, um einem " +"Team zu folgen." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:82 +msgid "" +"External contacts can be selected in the :guilabel:`Followers` field. If the" +" team's visibility is set to :guilabel:`Invited internal users (private)`, " +"followers are notified about updates to the team's tickets, but are **not** " +"able to view them in the portal." +msgstr "" +"Externe Kontakte können im Feld :guilabel:`Follower` ausgewählt werden. Wenn" +" die Sichtbarkeit des Teams auf :guilabel:`Eingeladene interne Benutzer " +"(privat)` eingestellt ist, werden die Follower über Aktualisierungen der " +"Tickets des Teams benachrichtigt, können diese aber **nicht** im Portal " +"einsehen." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:87 +msgid "Automatically assign new tickets" +msgstr "Neue Tickets automatisch zuweisen" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:89 +msgid "" +"When tickets are received, they need to be assigned to a member of the team." +" This is done either manually on each ticket individually, or through " +":guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`. Check the :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`" +" checkbox to enable this feature for the team." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Tickets eingehen, müssen sie einem Mitglied des Teams zugewiesen " +"werden. Dies geschieht entweder manuell für jedes einzelne Ticket oder über " +":guilabel:`Automatische Zuweisung`. Aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen " +":guilabel:`Automatische Zuweisung`, um diese Funktion für das Team zu " +"aktivieren." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a Helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the automatic assignment features in Odoo\n" +"Helpdesk." +msgstr "" +"Ansicht einer Einstellungsseite für ein Kundendienstteam mit Schwerpunkt auf die automatischen Zuweisungsfunktionen in Odoo\n" +"Kundendienst." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:98 +msgid "" +"As soon as :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment` has been enabled, additional " +"fields appear." +msgstr "" +"Sobald :guilabel:`Automatische Zuweisung` aktiviert wurde, erscheinen " +"zusätzliche Felder." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Select one of the following assignment methods, based on how the workload " +"should be allocated across the team:" +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Zuweisungsmethoden, je nachdem, wie die " +"Arbeitslast im Team verteilt werden soll:" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Each user is assigned an equal number of tickets`: tickets are " +"assigned to team members based on total ticket count, regardless of the " +"number of open or closed tickets they are currently assigned." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Jedem Benutzer wird dieselbe Anzahl Tickets zugewiesen`: Tickets " +"werden Teammitgliedern auf der Grundlage der Gesamtzahl der Tickets " +"zugewiesen, unabhängig von der Anzahl der offenen oder geschlossenen " +"Tickets, die ihnen derzeit zugewiesen sind." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Each user has an equal number of open tickets`: tickets are " +"assigned to team members based on how many open tickets they are currently " +"assigned." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Jeder Benutzer hat dieselbe Anzahl offener Tickets`: Tickets " +"werden den Teammitgliedern zugewiesen, je nachdem, wie viele offene Tickets " +"ihnen gerade zugewiesen sind." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:110 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Each user is assigned an equal number of tickets` is " +"selected, the overall number of tickets assigned to team members is the " +"same, but it does **not** consider the current workload." +msgstr "" +"Wenn :guilabel:`Jedem Benutzer wird dieselbe Anzahl Tickets zugewiesen` " +"ausgewählt ist, ist die Gesamtzahl der Tickets, die den Teammitgliedern " +"zugewiesen werden, gleich, aber es wird **nicht** die aktuelle " +"Arbeitsauslastung berücksichtigt." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Each user has an equal number of open tickets` is selected, " +"it ensures a balanced workload among team members, as it takes the current " +"number of active tickets into account." +msgstr "" +"Wenn :guilabel:`Jeder Benutzer hat dieselbe Anzahl offener Tickets` " +"ausgewählt ist, sorgt es für eine ausgewogene Arbeitsauslastung unter den " +"Teammitgliedern, da es die aktuelle Anzahl der aktiven Tickets " +"berücksichtigt." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Finally, add the :guilabel:`Team Members` who are to be assigned tickets for" +" this team. Leave the field empty to include all employees who have the " +"proper assignments and access rights configured in their user account " +"settings." +msgstr "" +"Fügen Sie schließlich die :guilabel:`Teammitglieder` hinzu, denen Tickets " +"für dieses Team zugewiesen werden sollen. Lassen Sie das Feld leer, um alle " +"Mitarbeiter einzubeziehen, die in ihren Benutzerkontoeinstellungen die " +"richtigen Zuweisungen und Zugriffsrechte konfiguriert haben." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If an employee has time off scheduled in the *Time Off* application, they " +"are **not** assigned tickets during that time. If no employees are " +"available, the system looks ahead until there is a match." +msgstr "" +"Wenn eine Mitarbeiter Abwesenheiten in der *Abwesenheiten*-App geplant hat, " +"werden ihnen während dieser Zeit **keine** Tickets zugewiesen. Wenn keine " +"Mitarbeiter verfügbar sind, sucht das System so lange, bis es eine " +"Übereinstimmung gibt." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:127 +msgid ":ref:`Manage users `" +msgstr ":ref:`Benutzer verwalten `" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`Access rights <../general/users/access_rights>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:131 +msgid "Create or modify stages" +msgstr "Phasen erstellen oder ändern" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:133 +msgid "" +"*Stages* are used to organize the *Helpdesk* pipeline and track the progress" +" of tickets. Stages are customizable, and can be renamed to fit the needs of" +" each team." +msgstr "" +"*Phasen* werden verwendet, um die *Kundendienst*-Pipeline zu organisieren " +"und den Fortschritt der Tickets zu verfolgen. Phasen sind anpassbar und " +"können entsprechend den Bedürfnissen des Teams angepasst werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:137 +msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be activated to access the " +"stages menu. To activate developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Settings app " +"--> General Settings --> Developer Tools`, and click :guilabel:`Activate the" +" developer mode`." +msgstr "" +"Der :ref:`Entwicklermodus ` **muss** aktiviert sein, um auf " +"das Phasenmenü zuzugreifen. Um den Entwicklermodus zu aktivieren, gehen Sie " +"zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Allgemeine Einstellungen --> " +"Entwicklertools` und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Entwicklermodus aktivieren`." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:141 +msgid "" +"To view or modify *Helpdesk* stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " +"Configuration --> Stages`." +msgstr "" +"Um *Kundendienst*-Phasen zu sehen oder ändern, gehen Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Kundendienst --> Konfiguration --> Phasen`." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The default list view on the :guilabel:`Stages` page displays the stages " +"currently available in *Helpdesk*. They are listed in the order they appear " +"in the pipeline." +msgstr "" +"Die Standard-Listenansicht auf der Seite :guilabel:`Phasen` zeigt die " +"derzeit in *Kundendienst* verfügbaren Phasen an. Sie sind in der Reihenfolge" +" aufgeführt, in der sie in der Pipeline erscheinen." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To change the order of the stages, click the :guilabel:`(six square)` icon, " +"to the left of the stage name, and drag it to the desired place on the list." +msgstr "" +"Um die Reihenfolge der Phasen zu ändern, klicken Sie auf das Symbol " +":guilabel:`(sechs Quadrate)` links neben dem Namen der Phase und ziehen Sie " +"es an die gewünschte Stelle in der Liste." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the stage list page emphasizing the buttons used to change the order the stages\n" +"appear in the list." +msgstr "" +"Ansicht der Seite mit der Phasenliste mit Hervorhebung der Schaltflächen, mit denen Sie die Reihenfolge der Phasen\n" +"in der Liste ändern können." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Change the stage order on the Kanban view of a *Helpdesk* team's pipeline by" +" dragging and dropping individual columns." +msgstr "" +"Ändern Sie die Phasenreihenfolge in der Kanban-Ansicht der Pipeline eines " +"*Kundendienstteams*, indem Sie einzelne Spalten per Drag-and-Drop-Funktion " +"verschieben." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click the :guilabel:`New` button at the top-left of " +"the stage list. Doing so reveals a blank stage form." +msgstr "" +"Um eine neue Phase zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche " +":guilabel:`Neu` oben links in der Phasenliste. Daraufhin wird ein leeres " +"Phasenformular angezeigt." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Choose a :guilabel:`Name` for the new stage, and add a description, if " +"desired. Then, proceed to fill out the remaining fields following the steps " +"below." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie einen :guilabel:`Namen` für die neue Phase und fügen Sie, falls " +"gewünscht, eine Beschreibung hinzu. Füllen Sie dann die übrigen Felder aus, " +"indem Sie die folgenden Schritte befolgen." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "View of a stage's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "Ansicht der Einstellungsseite der Phasen in Odoo Kundendienst." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:170 +msgid "Add email and SMS templates to stages" +msgstr "E-Mail- und SMS-Vorlagen zu Phasen hinzufügen" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When an :guilabel:`Email Template` is added to a stage, an email is " +"automatically sent to the customer when a ticket reaches that specific stage" +" in the pipeline. Likewise, adding an :guilabel:`SMS Template` triggers an " +"SMS text message to send to the customer." +msgstr "" +"Wenn einer Phase eine :guilabel:`E-Mail-Vorlage` hinzugefügt wurde, wird " +"automatisch eine E-Mail an den Kunden gesendet, wenn ein Ticket eine " +"bestimmte Phase in der Pipeline erreicht. Gleichermaßen führt das Hinzufügen" +" einer :guilabel:`SMS-Vorlage` zum Versand einer SMS-Textnachricht an den " +"Kunden." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:177 +msgid "" +"SMS Text Messaging is an :doc:`In-App Purchase (IAP) " +"` service that requires prepaid " +"credits to work. Refer to `SMS Pricing FAQ `_ for additional information." +msgstr "" +"SMS-Nachrichtenversand ist ein :doc:`In-App-Kauf-(IAP-)Dienst " +"`, der vorbezahltes Guthaben " +"erfordert. Siehe `FAQ zur SMS-Preisgestaltung `_ für weitere Informationen." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To select an existing email template, select it from the :guilabel:`Email " +"Template` field. Click on the :guilabel:`→ (Internal Link)` icon to the " +"right of the field to edit the chosen template." +msgstr "" +"Um eine bestehende E-Mail-Vorlage auszuwählen, legen Sie sie im Feld " +":guilabel:`E-Mail-Vorlage` fest. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol :guilabel:`→ " +"(interner Link)` rechts neben dem Feld, um die ausgewählte Vorlage zu " +"bearbeiten." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:184 +msgid "" +"To create a new template, click the field, and enter a title for the new " +"template. Then, select :guilabel:`Create and edit` from the drop-down menu " +"that appears, and complete the form details." +msgstr "" +"Um eine neue Vorlage zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf das Feld und geben Sie " +"einen Titel für die neue Vorlage ein. Wählen Sie dann :guilabel:`Erstellen " +"und bearbeiten` aus dem erscheinenden Drop-down-Menü und füllen Sie die " +"Formulardetails aus." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Follow the same steps to select, edit, or create an :guilabel:`SMS " +"Template`." +msgstr "" +"Folgen Sie denselben Schritten, um eine :guilabel:`SMS-Vorlage` auszuwählen," +" zu bearbeiten oder zu erstellen." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "View of an SMS template setup page in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "Ansicht der Einstellungsseite einer SMS-Vorlage in Odoo Kundendienst." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/companies/email_template`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/companies/email_template`" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:197 +msgid "Assign stages to a team" +msgstr "Einem Team Phasen zuweisen" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Make a selection in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk Teams` field on the " +":guilabel:`Stages` form. More than one team may be selected, since the same " +"stage can be assigned to multiple teams." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie im :guilabel:`Phasen`-Formular im Feld " +":guilabel:`Kundendienstteams` aus. Es können mehrere Teams ausgewählt " +"werden, da dieselbe Phase mehreren Teams zugewiesen werden können." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:203 +msgid "Fold a stage" +msgstr "Eine Phase einklappen" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:205 +msgid "" +"By default, stages are unfolded in the Kanban view of either tickets " +"dashboard: :guilabel:`My Tickets` (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets " +"--> My Tickets`) or :guilabel:`All Tickets` (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app " +"--> Tickets --> All Tickets`)." +msgstr "" +"Standardmäßig werden die Phasen in der Kanban-Ansicht des Dashboards der " +"Tickets ausgeklappt: :guilabel:`Meine Tickets` (:menuselection:`Kundendienst" +" --> Tickets --> Meine Tickets`) oder :guilabel:`Alle Tickets` " +"(:menuselection:`Kundendienst --> Tickets --> Alle Tickets`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Tickets in an unfolded stage are visible in the pipeline under the stage " +"name, and are considered *open*." +msgstr "" +"Tickets in einer ausgeklappten Phase sind in der Pipeline unter dem Namen " +"der Phase sichtbar und gelten als *offen*." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Stages can be configured to be folded in the Kanban view of a tickets page " +"(:guilabel:`My Tickets` or :guilabel:`All Tickets`)." +msgstr "" +"Phasen können so konfiguriert werden, dass sie in der Kanban-Ansicht einer " +"Ticketseite (:guilabel:`Meine Tickets` oder :guilabel:`Alle Tickets`) " +"eingeklappt werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:215 +msgid "" +"The name of the folded stages are still visible, though the tickets in the " +"stage are no longer immediately visible." +msgstr "" +"Die Namen der eingeklappten Phase sind immer noch sichtbar, auch wenn die " +"Tickets in der jeweiligen Phase nicht mehr unmittelbar sichtbar sind." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:218 +msgid "" +"To fold a stage, check the :guilabel:`Folded in Kanban` box on the " +":guilabel:`Stages` form." +msgstr "" +"Um eine Phase einzuklappen, kreuzen Sie das Kästchen :guilabel:`In Kanban " +"eingeklappt` auf dem Formular :guilabel:`Phasen` an." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Tickets that reach a *folded* stage are considered *closed*. Closing a " +"ticket before the work is completed can result in reporting and " +"communication issues. This setting should **only** be enabled for stages " +"that are considered *closing* stages." +msgstr "" +"Tickets, die eine *eingeklappte* Phase erreichen, gelten als *geschlossen*. " +"Wenn Sie ein Ticket schließen, bevor die Arbeit abgeschlossen ist, kann es " +"zu Problemen bei der Berichterstattung und Kommunikation kommen. Diese " +"Einstellung sollte *nur* für Phasen aktiviert werden, die als " +"*abgeschlossene* Phasen gelten." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Stages can be temporarily folded in the Kanban view of the tickets pipeline," +" as well." +msgstr "" +"Phasen können auch in der Kanban-Ansicht der Ticket-Pipeline vorübergehend " +"eingeklappt werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:227 +msgid "" +"View a specific team's pipeline by navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk " +"app`, and clicking the team's Kanban card." +msgstr "" +"Zeigen Sie die Pipeline eines bestimmten Teams an, indem Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Kundendienst` navigieren und auf die Kanban-Karte des Teams " +"klicken." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Select a stage to fold temporarily, then click the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` " +"icon, and select :guilabel:`Fold`." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie eine Phase aus, die Sie vorübergehend einklappen möchten, klicken" +" Sie dann auf das Symbol :guilabel:`⚙️ (Zahnrad)` und wählen Sie " +":guilabel:`Einklappen`." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Kanban view of a Helpdesk stage, with the temporary fold option emphasized." +msgstr "" +"Kanban-Ansicht einer Kundendienstphase, wobei die Option zum vorübergehenden" +" Einklappen hervorgehoben ist." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Manually folding a stage from the Kanban view is temporary and does **not** " +"close the tickets in the stage." +msgstr "" +"Das manuelle Einklappen einer Phase aus der Kanban-Ansicht ist vorübergehend" +" und schließt **nicht** die Tickets in der Phase." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:242 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Helpdesk `_" msgstr "" "`Odoo-Tutorials: Kundendienst `_" @@ -1498,14 +2070,8 @@ msgid "" "To view and enable the *Track & Bill Time* features on a *Helpdesk* team, " "first navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> " "Helpdesk Teams`. Then, select a team from the list, or create a :doc:`new " -"one <../overview/getting_started>`. This reveals a team's settings page." +"one <../../helpdesk>`. This reveals a team's settings page." msgstr "" -"Um die Funktionen *Zeitaufwand verfolgen & abrechnen* für ein " -"*Kundendienst*-Team anzuzeigen und zu aktivieren, navigieren Sie zunächst zu" -" :menuselection:`Kundendienst --> Konfiguration --> Kundendienstteams`. " -"Wählen Sie dann ein Team aus der Liste aus oder erstellen Sie :doc:`ein " -"neues <../overview/getting_started>`. Daraufhin wird die Einstellungsseite " -"für ein Team angezeigt." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -2102,596 +2668,6 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment`" msgid "Overview" msgstr "Übersicht" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk" -msgstr "Loslegen mit Kundendienst" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo *Helpdesk* is a ticketing-based customer support application. Multiple " -"teams can be configured and managed in one dashboard, each with their own " -"pipeline for tickets submitted by customers. Pipelines are organized in " -"customizable stages that enable teams to track, prioritize, and solve " -"customer issues quickly and efficiently." -msgstr "" -"Odoo *Kundendienst* ist eine ticketingbasierte Anwendung für den " -"Kundensupport. Mehrere Teams können in einem Dashboard konfiguriert und " -"verwaltet werden, jedes mit seiner eigenen Pipeline für von Kunden " -"eingereichte Tickets. Die Pipelines sind in anpassbaren Phasen organisiert, " -"die es den Teams ermöglichen, Kundenprobleme schnell und effizient zu " -"verfolgen, zu priorisieren und zu lösen." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:11 -msgid "Create a Helpdesk team" -msgstr "Ein Kundendienstteams erstellen" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To view or modify *Helpdesk* teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. To create a new team, click the " -":guilabel:`New` button in the top-left of the dashboard." -msgstr "" -"Um *Kundendienst*-Teams anzuzeigen oder zu ändern, gehen Sie zu " -":menuselection:`Kundendienst --> Konfiguration --> Kundendienstteams`. Um " -"ein neues Team zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche " -":guilabel:`Neu` oben links auf dem Dashboard." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of the Helpdesk teams page in Odoo Helpdesk." -msgstr "Ansicht der Seite der Kundendienstteams in Odoo Kundendienst." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "" -"On the blank Helpdesk team form, enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the new team. " -"Then, enter a description of the team in the field below the team name, if " -"desired. To change the company this team is assigned to, select it from the " -":guilabel:`Company` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" -"Geben Sie in das leere Formular für Kundendienstteams einen " -":guilabel:`Namen` für das neue Team ein. Geben Sie dann, falls gewünscht, " -"eine Beschreibung des Teams in das Feld unter dem Teamnamen ein. Um das " -"Unternehmen zu ändern, dem dieses Team zugeordnet ist, wählen Sie es aus dem" -" Drop-down-Menü :guilabel:`Unternehmen` aus." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The team description is published on the public facing :doc:`website form " -"`, where customers and portal users submit tickets. The " -"description included in this field should **not** include any information " -"that is for internal use only." -msgstr "" -"Die Teambeschreibung wird auf dem öffentlich zugänglichen " -":doc:`Webseitenformular ` veröffentlicht, über das Kunden" -" und Portalbenutzer Tickets einreichen. Die Beschreibung in diesem Feld " -"sollte **keine** Informationen enthalten, die nur für den internen Gebrauch " -"bestimmt sind." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:0 -msgid "" -"View of a Helpdesk team's website form displaying the team description." -msgstr "" -"Ansicht des Website-Formulars eines Kundendienstteams, das die " -"Teambeschreibung anzeigt." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:35 -msgid "Visibility & Assignment" -msgstr "Sichtbarkeit & Zuweisung" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The *Visibility* settings alter which internal users and portal users have " -"access to this team and its tickets. The *Assignment* settings alter how " -"users are assigned to handle each ticket." -msgstr "" -"Die Einstellungen zur *Sichtbarkeit* ändern, welche internen Benutzer und " -"Portalbenutzer Zugriff auf dieses Team und seine Tickets haben. Die " -"Einstellungen zur *Zuweisung* ändern, wie Benutzer für die Bearbeitung der " -"einzelnen Tickets zugewiesen werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:41 -msgid "Determine team visibility" -msgstr "Teamsichtbarkeit festlegen" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Visibility` section, select one of the following " -"options to determine who can view this team and its tickets:" -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie im Abschnitt :guilabel:`Sichtbarkeit` eine der folgenden " -"Optionen, um festzulegen, wer dieses Team und seine Tickets sehen kann:" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Invited internal users (private)`: internal users can access the " -"team and the tickets they are following. This access can be modified on each" -" ticket individually by adding or removing the user as a follower. Internal " -"users are considered *invited* once they are added as followers to an " -"individual ticket, or :ref:`to the team itself " -"`." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Eingeladene interne Benutzer (privat)`: Interne Benutzer können " -"auf das Team und die Tickets zugreifen, die sie verfolgen. Dieser Zugriff " -"kann für jedes Ticket einzeln geändert werden, indem der Benutzer als " -"Follower hinzugefügt oder entfernt wird. Interne Benutzer werden als " -"*eingeladen* betrachtet, sobald sie als Follower zu einem einzelnen Ticket " -"oder :ref:`zum Team selbst ` hinzugefügt " -"werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:50 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`All internal users (company)`: all internal users can access the " -"team and all of its tickets." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Alle internen Benutzer (Unternehmen)`: Alle internen Benutzer " -"können auf das Team und alle seine Tickets zugreifen." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:52 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)`: all " -"internal users can access the team and all of its tickets. Portal users can " -"only access the tickets they are following." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Eingeladene Portalbenutzer und alle internen Benutzer " -"(öffentlich)`: Alle internen Benutzer können auf das Team und alle seine " -"Tickets zugreifen. Portalbenutzer können nur auf die Tickets zugreifen, die " -"sie verfolgen." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:56 -msgid "" -"A `Customer Support` team, meant to handle general shipping and product " -"issues, would have the visibility set on :guilabel:`Invited portal users and" -" all internal users`." -msgstr "" -"Ein `Kundensupport`-Team, das sich um allgemeine Versand- und " -"Produktprobleme kümmern soll, würde die Sichtbarkeit auf " -":guilabel:`eingeladene Portalbenutzer und alle internen Benutzer` " -"eingestellt haben." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:59 -msgid "" -"At the same time, a `Financial Services` team handling tickets related to " -"accounting or tax information would only need to be visible to " -":guilabel:`Invited internal users`." -msgstr "" -"Gleichzeitig müsste ein `Finanzdienstleistungsteam`, das Tickets für " -"Buchhaltungs- oder Steuerinformationen bearbeitet, nur für " -":guilabel:`Eingeladene interne Benutzer` sichtbar sein." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:63 -msgid "" -"A team's visibility can be altered after the initial configuration. However," -" if the team changes from public access to either private or company-only " -"access, portal users are removed as followers from both the team, and from " -"individual tickets." -msgstr "" -"Die Sichtbarkeit eines Teams kann nach der Erstkonfiguration geändert " -"werden. Wenn das Team jedoch von öffentlichem Zugang zu privatem oder " -"unternehmensinternem Zugang wechselt, werden Portalbenutzer als Follower " -"sowohl aus dem Team als auch aus einzelnen Tickets entfernt." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:70 -msgid "Follow all team's tickets" -msgstr "Tickets aller Teams folgen" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:72 -msgid "" -"If a user should be notified about any updates regarding tickets for this " -"team, select their name from the :guilabel:`Followers` drop-down menu, " -"located in the :guilabel:`Follow All Team's Tickets` field. Multiple users " -"can be selected to follow a single team." -msgstr "" -"Wenn ein Benutzer über Aktualisierungen von Tickets für dieses Team " -"benachrichtigt werden soll, wählen Sie seinen Namen aus dem Drop-down-Menü " -":guilabel:`Follower`, das sich im Feld :guilabel:`Tickets aller Teams " -"folgen` befindet. Es können mehrere Benutzer ausgewählt werden, um einem " -"Team zu folgen." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:77 -msgid "" -"External contacts can be selected in the :guilabel:`Followers` field. If the" -" team's visibility is set to :guilabel:`Invited internal users (private)`, " -"followers are notified about updates to the team's tickets, but are **not** " -"able to view them in the portal." -msgstr "" -"Externe Kontakte können im Feld :guilabel:`Follower` ausgewählt werden. Wenn" -" die Sichtbarkeit des Teams auf :guilabel:`Eingeladene interne Benutzer " -"(privat)` eingestellt ist, werden die Follower über Aktualisierungen der " -"Tickets des Teams benachrichtigt, können diese aber **nicht** im Portal " -"einsehen." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:82 -msgid "Automatically assign new tickets" -msgstr "Neue Tickets automatisch zuweisen" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:84 -msgid "" -"When tickets are received, they need to be assigned to a member of the team." -" This is done either manually on each ticket individually, or through " -":guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`. Check the :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`" -" checkbox to enable this feature for the team." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Tickets eingehen, müssen sie einem Mitglied des Teams zugewiesen " -"werden. Dies geschieht entweder manuell für jedes einzelne Ticket oder über " -":guilabel:`Automatische Zuweisung`. Aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen " -":guilabel:`Automatische Zuweisung`, um diese Funktion für das Team zu " -"aktivieren." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a Helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the automatic assignment features in Odoo\n" -"Helpdesk." -msgstr "" -"Ansicht einer Einstellungsseite für ein Kundendienstteam mit Schwerpunkt auf die automatischen Zuweisungsfunktionen in Odoo\n" -"Kundendienst." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:93 -msgid "" -"As soon as :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment` has been enabled, additional " -"fields appear." -msgstr "" -"Sobald :guilabel:`Automatische Zuweisung` aktiviert wurde, erscheinen " -"zusätzliche Felder." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Select one of the following assignment methods, based on how the workload " -"should be allocated across the team:" -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Zuweisungsmethoden, je nachdem, wie die " -"Arbeitslast im Team verteilt werden soll:" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:98 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Each user is assigned an equal number of tickets`: tickets are " -"assigned to team members based on total ticket count, regardless of the " -"number of open or closed tickets they are currently assigned." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Jedem Benutzer wird dieselbe Anzahl Tickets zugewiesen`: Tickets " -"werden Teammitgliedern auf der Grundlage der Gesamtzahl der Tickets " -"zugewiesen, unabhängig von der Anzahl der offenen oder geschlossenen " -"Tickets, die ihnen derzeit zugewiesen sind." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:101 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Each user has an equal number of open tickets`: tickets are " -"assigned to team members based on how many open tickets they are currently " -"assigned." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Jeder Benutzer hat dieselbe Anzahl offener Tickets`: Tickets " -"werden den Teammitgliedern zugewiesen, je nachdem, wie viele offene Tickets " -"ihnen gerade zugewiesen sind." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:105 -msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Each user is assigned an equal number of tickets` is " -"selected, the overall number of tickets assigned to team members is the " -"same, but it does **not** consider the current workload." -msgstr "" -"Wenn :guilabel:`Jedem Benutzer wird dieselbe Anzahl Tickets zugewiesen` " -"ausgewählt ist, ist die Gesamtzahl der Tickets, die den Teammitgliedern " -"zugewiesen werden, gleich, aber es wird **nicht** die aktuelle " -"Arbeitsauslastung berücksichtigt." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:109 -msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Each user has an equal number of open tickets` is selected, " -"it ensures a balanced workload among team members, as it takes the current " -"number of active tickets into account." -msgstr "" -"Wenn :guilabel:`Jeder Benutzer hat dieselbe Anzahl offener Tickets` " -"ausgewählt ist, sorgt es für eine ausgewogene Arbeitsauslastung unter den " -"Teammitgliedern, da es die aktuelle Anzahl der aktiven Tickets " -"berücksichtigt." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Finally, add the :guilabel:`Team Members` who are to be assigned tickets for" -" this team. Leave the field empty to include all employees who have the " -"proper assignments and access rights configured in their user account " -"settings." -msgstr "" -"Fügen Sie schließlich die :guilabel:`Teammitglieder` hinzu, denen Tickets " -"für dieses Team zugewiesen werden sollen. Lassen Sie das Feld leer, um alle " -"Mitarbeiter einzubeziehen, die in ihren Benutzerkontoeinstellungen die " -"richtigen Zuweisungen und Zugriffsrechte konfiguriert haben." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:117 -msgid "" -"If an employee has time off scheduled in the *Time Off* application, they " -"are **not** assigned tickets during that time. If no employees are " -"available, the system looks ahead until there is a match." -msgstr "" -"Wenn eine Mitarbeiter Abwesenheiten in der *Abwesenheiten*-App geplant hat, " -"werden ihnen während dieser Zeit **keine** Tickets zugewiesen. Wenn keine " -"Mitarbeiter verfügbar sind, sucht das System so lange, bis es eine " -"Übereinstimmung gibt." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:122 -msgid ":ref:`Manage users `" -msgstr ":ref:`Benutzer verwalten `" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid ":doc:`Access rights <../../../general/users/access_rights>`" -msgstr ":doc:`Zugriffsrechte <../../../general/users/access_rights>`" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:126 -msgid "Create or modify stages" -msgstr "Phasen erstellen oder ändern" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:128 -msgid "" -"*Stages* are used to organize the *Helpdesk* pipeline and track the progress" -" of tickets. Stages are customizable, and can be renamed to fit the needs of" -" each team." -msgstr "" -"*Phasen* werden verwendet, um die *Kundendienst*-Pipeline zu organisieren " -"und den Fortschritt der Tickets zu verfolgen. Phasen sind anpassbar und " -"können entsprechend den Bedürfnissen des Teams angepasst werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:132 -msgid "" -":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be activated to access the " -"stages menu. To activate developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Settings app " -"--> General Settings --> Developer Tools`, and click :guilabel:`Activate the" -" developer mode`." -msgstr "" -"Der :ref:`Entwicklermodus ` **muss** aktiviert sein, um auf " -"das Phasenmenü zuzugreifen. Um den Entwicklermodus zu aktivieren, gehen Sie " -"zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Allgemeine Einstellungen --> " -"Entwicklertools` und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Entwicklermodus aktivieren`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:136 -msgid "" -"To view or modify *Helpdesk* stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " -"Configuration --> Stages`." -msgstr "" -"Um *Kundendienst*-Phasen zu sehen oder ändern, gehen Sie zu " -":menuselection:`Kundendienst --> Konfiguration --> Phasen`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:139 -msgid "" -"The default list view on the :guilabel:`Stages` page displays the stages " -"currently available in *Helpdesk*. They are listed in the order they appear " -"in the pipeline." -msgstr "" -"Die Standard-Listenansicht auf der Seite :guilabel:`Phasen` zeigt die " -"derzeit in *Kundendienst* verfügbaren Phasen an. Sie sind in der Reihenfolge" -" aufgeführt, in der sie in der Pipeline erscheinen." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:142 -msgid "" -"To change the order of the stages, click the :guilabel:`(six square)` icon, " -"to the left of the stage name, and drag it to the desired place on the list." -msgstr "" -"Um die Reihenfolge der Phasen zu ändern, klicken Sie auf das Symbol " -":guilabel:`(sechs Quadrate)` links neben dem Namen der Phase und ziehen Sie " -"es an die gewünschte Stelle in der Liste." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the stage list page emphasizing the buttons used to change the order the stages\n" -"appear in the list." -msgstr "" -"Ansicht der Seite mit der Phasenliste mit Hervorhebung der Schaltflächen, mit denen Sie die Reihenfolge der Phasen\n" -"in der Liste ändern können." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Change the stage order on the Kanban view of a *Helpdesk* team's pipeline by" -" dragging and dropping individual columns." -msgstr "" -"Ändern Sie die Phasenreihenfolge in der Kanban-Ansicht der Pipeline eines " -"*Kundendienstteams*, indem Sie einzelne Spalten per Drag-and-Drop-Funktion " -"verschieben." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:154 -msgid "" -"To create a new stage, click the :guilabel:`New` button at the top-left of " -"the stage list. Doing so reveals a blank stage form." -msgstr "" -"Um eine neue Phase zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche " -":guilabel:`Neu` oben links in der Phasenliste. Daraufhin wird ein leeres " -"Phasenformular angezeigt." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Choose a :guilabel:`Name` for the new stage, and add a description, if " -"desired. Then, proceed to fill out the remaining fields following the steps " -"below." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie einen :guilabel:`Namen` für die neue Phase und fügen Sie, falls " -"gewünscht, eine Beschreibung hinzu. Füllen Sie dann die übrigen Felder aus, " -"indem Sie die folgenden Schritte befolgen." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of a stage's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk." -msgstr "Ansicht der Einstellungsseite der Phasen in Odoo Kundendienst." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:165 -msgid "Add email and SMS templates to stages" -msgstr "E-Mail- und SMS-Vorlagen zu Phasen hinzufügen" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:167 -msgid "" -"When an :guilabel:`Email Template` is added to a stage, an email is " -"automatically sent to the customer when a ticket reaches that specific stage" -" in the pipeline. Likewise, adding an :guilabel:`SMS Template` triggers an " -"SMS text message to send to the customer." -msgstr "" -"Wenn einer Phase eine :guilabel:`E-Mail-Vorlage` hinzugefügt wurde, wird " -"automatisch eine E-Mail an den Kunden gesendet, wenn ein Ticket eine " -"bestimmte Phase in der Pipeline erreicht. Gleichermaßen führt das Hinzufügen" -" einer :guilabel:`SMS-Vorlage` zum Versand einer SMS-Textnachricht an den " -"Kunden." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:172 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is an :doc:`In-App Purchase (IAP) " -"` service that requires prepaid " -"credits to work. Refer to `SMS Pricing FAQ `_ for additional information." -msgstr "" -"SMS-Nachrichtenversand ist ein :doc:`In-App-Kauf-(IAP-)Dienst " -"`, der vorbezahltes Guthaben " -"erfordert. Siehe `FAQ zur SMS-Preisgestaltung `_ für weitere Informationen." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:176 -msgid "" -"To select an existing email template, select it from the :guilabel:`Email " -"Template` field. Click on the :guilabel:`→ (Internal Link)` icon to the " -"right of the field to edit the chosen template." -msgstr "" -"Um eine bestehende E-Mail-Vorlage auszuwählen, legen Sie sie im Feld " -":guilabel:`E-Mail-Vorlage` fest. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol :guilabel:`→ " -"(interner Link)` rechts neben dem Feld, um die ausgewählte Vorlage zu " -"bearbeiten." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:179 -msgid "" -"To create a new template, click the field, and enter a title for the new " -"template. Then, select :guilabel:`Create and edit` from the drop-down menu " -"that appears, and complete the form details." -msgstr "" -"Um eine neue Vorlage zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf das Feld und geben Sie " -"einen Titel für die neue Vorlage ein. Wählen Sie dann :guilabel:`Erstellen " -"und bearbeiten` aus dem erscheinenden Drop-down-Menü und füllen Sie die " -"Formulardetails aus." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Follow the same steps to select, edit, or create an :guilabel:`SMS " -"Template`." -msgstr "" -"Folgen Sie denselben Schritten, um eine :guilabel:`SMS-Vorlage` auszuwählen," -" zu bearbeiten oder zu erstellen." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of an SMS template setup page in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "Ansicht der Einstellungsseite einer SMS-Vorlage in Odoo Kundendienst." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/companies/email_template`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/companies/email_template`" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:192 -msgid "Assign stages to a team" -msgstr "Einem Team Phasen zuweisen" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Make a selection in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk Teams` field on the " -":guilabel:`Stages` form. More than one team may be selected, since the same " -"stage can be assigned to multiple teams." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie im :guilabel:`Phasen`-Formular im Feld " -":guilabel:`Kundendienstteams` aus. Es können mehrere Teams ausgewählt " -"werden, da dieselbe Phase mehreren Teams zugewiesen werden können." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:198 -msgid "Fold a stage" -msgstr "Eine Phase einklappen" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:200 -msgid "" -"By default, stages are unfolded in the Kanban view of either tickets " -"dashboard: :guilabel:`My Tickets` (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets " -"--> My Tickets`) or :guilabel:`All Tickets` (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app " -"--> Tickets --> All Tickets`)." -msgstr "" -"Standardmäßig werden die Phasen in der Kanban-Ansicht des Dashboards der " -"Tickets ausgeklappt: :guilabel:`Meine Tickets` (:menuselection:`Kundendienst" -" --> Tickets --> Meine Tickets`) oder :guilabel:`Alle Tickets` " -"(:menuselection:`Kundendienst --> Tickets --> Alle Tickets`)." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:204 -msgid "" -"Tickets in an unfolded stage are visible in the pipeline under the stage " -"name, and are considered *open*." -msgstr "" -"Tickets in einer ausgeklappten Phase sind in der Pipeline unter dem Namen " -"der Phase sichtbar und gelten als *offen*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:207 -msgid "" -"Stages can be configured to be folded in the Kanban view of a tickets page " -"(:guilabel:`My Tickets` or :guilabel:`All Tickets`)." -msgstr "" -"Phasen können so konfiguriert werden, dass sie in der Kanban-Ansicht einer " -"Ticketseite (:guilabel:`Meine Tickets` oder :guilabel:`Alle Tickets`) " -"eingeklappt werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:210 -msgid "" -"The name of the folded stages are still visible, though the tickets in the " -"stage are no longer immediately visible." -msgstr "" -"Die Namen der eingeklappten Phase sind immer noch sichtbar, auch wenn die " -"Tickets in der jeweiligen Phase nicht mehr unmittelbar sichtbar sind." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:213 -msgid "" -"To fold a stage, check the :guilabel:`Folded in Kanban` box on the " -":guilabel:`Stages` form." -msgstr "" -"Um eine Phase einzuklappen, kreuzen Sie das Kästchen :guilabel:`In Kanban " -"eingeklappt` auf dem Formular :guilabel:`Phasen` an." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Tickets that reach a *folded* stage are considered *closed*. Closing a " -"ticket before the work is completed can result in reporting and " -"communication issues. This setting should **only** be enabled for stages " -"that are considered *closing* stages." -msgstr "" -"Tickets, die eine *eingeklappte* Phase erreichen, gelten als *geschlossen*. " -"Wenn Sie ein Ticket schließen, bevor die Arbeit abgeschlossen ist, kann es " -"zu Problemen bei der Berichterstattung und Kommunikation kommen. Diese " -"Einstellung sollte *nur* für Phasen aktiviert werden, die als " -"*abgeschlossene* Phasen gelten." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:220 -msgid "" -"Stages can be temporarily folded in the Kanban view of the tickets pipeline," -" as well." -msgstr "" -"Phasen können auch in der Kanban-Ansicht der Ticket-Pipeline vorübergehend " -"eingeklappt werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:222 -msgid "" -"View a specific team's pipeline by navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk " -"app`, and clicking the team's Kanban card." -msgstr "" -"Zeigen Sie die Pipeline eines bestimmten Teams an, indem Sie zu " -":menuselection:`Kundendienst` navigieren und auf die Kanban-Karte des Teams " -"klicken." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Select a stage to fold temporarily, then click the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` " -"icon, and select :guilabel:`Fold`." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie eine Phase aus, die Sie vorübergehend einklappen möchten, klicken" -" Sie dann auf das Symbol :guilabel:`⚙️ (Zahnrad)` und wählen Sie " -":guilabel:`Einklappen`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Kanban view of a Helpdesk stage, with the temporary fold option emphasized." -msgstr "" -"Kanban-Ansicht einer Kundendienstphase, wobei die Option zum vorübergehenden" -" Einklappen hervorgehoben ist." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Manually folding a stage from the Kanban view is temporary and does **not** " -"close the tickets in the stage." -msgstr "" -"Das manuelle Einklappen einer Phase aus der Kanban-Ansicht ist vorübergehend" -" und schließt **nicht** die Tickets in der Phase." - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3 msgid "Help Center" msgstr "Hilfezentrum" @@ -2722,17 +2698,10 @@ msgid "" "To activate any *Help Center* features (*Forums*, *eLearning*, or " "*Knowledge*) on a *Helpdesk* team, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and select a team, or create a :doc:`new " -"one `. Verify the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team is set" -" to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)` in the " +"one <../../helpdesk>`. Verify the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team is set " +"to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)` in the " ":guilabel:`Visibility & Assignment` section." msgstr "" -"Um alle Funktionen des *Hilfezentrums* (*Foren*, *E-Learning* oder " -"*Wissensdatenbank*) für ein *Kundendienstteam* zu aktivieren, gehen Sie zu " -":menuselection:`Kundendienst --> Konfiguration --> Kundendienstteams` und " -"wählen Sie ein Team aus, oder erstellen Sie ein :doc:`neues`. Stellen Sie " -"sicher, dass die :guilabel:`Sichtbarkeit` des Teams im Abschnitt " -":guilabel:`Eingeladene Portalbenutzer und alle internen Benutzer " -"(öffentlich)` auf :guilabel:`Sichtbarkeit & Zuweisung` eingestellt ist." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -2769,8 +2738,8 @@ msgstr "" "kostenpflichtiges Abonnement ergänzt wurde." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`Getting Started `" -msgstr ":doc:`Loslegen `" +msgid ":doc:`Helpdesk Overview <../../helpdesk>`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:38 msgid "Knowledge" @@ -2802,12 +2771,8 @@ msgstr "Wissensdatenbank für ein Kundendienstteam aktivieren" msgid "" "To enable the *Knowledge* feature on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " ":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one `." +"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one <../../helpdesk>`." msgstr "" -"Um die *Wissensdatenbank*-Funktion für ein *Kundendienst*-Team zu " -"aktivieren, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Kundendienst --> Konfiguration --> " -"Kundendienstteams` und wählen Sie dann ein Team aus oder :doc:`erstellen Sie" -" ein neues `." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -3167,12 +3132,8 @@ msgstr "Foren für ein Kundendienstteam aktivieren" msgid "" "To enable :guilabel:`Community Forums` on a *Helpdesk* team, start by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk " -"Teams` and select a team, or create a :doc:`new one `." +"Teams` and select a team, or create a :doc:`new one <../../helpdesk>`." msgstr "" -"Um die :guilabel:`Community-Foren` für ein *Kundendienst*-Team zu " -"aktivieren, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Kundendienst --> Konfiguration --> " -"Kundendienstteams` und wählen Sie dann ein Team aus oder :doc:`erstellen Sie" -" ein neues `." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:197 msgid "" @@ -3306,12 +3267,8 @@ msgstr "E-Learning-Kurse für ein Kundendienstteam aktivieren" msgid "" "To enable *eLearning* courses on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " ":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one `." +"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one <../../helpdesk>`." msgstr "" -"Um die *E-Learning*-Kurse für ein *Kundendienst*-Team zu aktivieren, gehen " -"Sie zu :menuselection:`Kundendienst --> Konfiguration --> Kundendienstteams`" -" und wählen Sie dann ein Team aus oder :doc:`erstellen Sie ein neues " -"`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:249 msgid "" @@ -3568,32 +3525,22 @@ msgstr "Kundenbewertungen" msgid "" "Asking customers to rate the support they received from a *Helpdesk* team " "provides an opportunity to gauge team performance and track customer " -"satisfaction. Ratings can be published to the portal, providing customers " +"satisfaction. Ratings can be published on the portal, providing customers " "with a general overview of the team's performance." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie Kunden darum bitten, den Support zu bewerten, den sie von einem " -"*Kundendienstteam* erhalten haben, können Sie die Leistung des Teams " -"beurteilen und die Kundenzufriedenheit verfolgen. Die Bewertungen können auf" -" dem Portal veröffentlicht werden, sodass die Kunden einen allgemeinen " -"Überblick über die Leistung des Teams erhalten." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 -msgid "Enable customer ratings on a Helpdesk team" -msgstr "Kundenbewertungen für ein Kundendienstteam aktivieren" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To enable *customer ratings* on a helpdesk team by going to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams`. Select a team from " -"the list and navigate to the settings page. Scroll to the " -":guilabel:`Performance` section, and check the box for :guilabel:`Customer " -"Ratings`." +msgid "Enable customer ratings on Helpdesk teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To enable *customer ratings* on a helpdesk team, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select a" +" team from the list and click on it to open the settings page. Scroll to the" +" :guilabel:`Performance` section, and tick the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -"Um *Kundenbewertungen* für ein Kundendienstteam zu aktivieren, gehen Sie zu " -":menuselection:`Kundendienst --> Konfiguration --> Teams`. Wählen Sie ein " -"Team aus der Liste aus und gehen Sie zur Einstellungsseite. Scrollen Sie zum" -" Abschnitt :guilabel:`Leistung` und kreuzen Sie das Kästchen " -":guilabel:`Kundenbewertungen` an." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -3603,11 +3550,11 @@ msgstr "" "Überblick der Einstellungsseite eines Kundendienstteams mit Hervorhebung der" " Funktion zur Bewertung von Tickets in Odoo Kundendienst." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:25 msgid "Set a ratings request email template on a stage" msgstr "Eine E-Mail-Vorlage für Bewertungsanfragen für eine Phase einrichten" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:27 msgid "" "To automatically request ratings from customers once their tickets have " "closed, an email template should be added to the appropriate stage." @@ -3616,102 +3563,73 @@ msgstr "" "geschlossen wurden, sollten Sie eine E-Mail-Vorlage zur entsprechenden Phase" " hinzufügen." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:30 msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` setting has been enabled on the team's" -" settings page, (see above) click the :guilabel:`Set an Email Template on " -"Stages` link. Select a stage from the list, or click :guilabel:`New` to " -"create a new stage." +"After the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` :ref:`setting has been enabled " +"` on the team's settings page, click the " +":guilabel:`Set an Email Template on Stages` link. Select a stage from the " +"list, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new stage." msgstr "" -"Sobald die Einstellung :guilabel:`Kundenbewertungen` auf der " -"Einstellungsseite des Teams aktiviert wurde (siehe oben), klicken Sie auf " -"den Link :guilabel:`Eine E-Mail-Vorlage für Phasen einrichten`. Wählen Sie " -"eine Phase aus der Liste aus oder klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu`, um eine " -"neue Phase zu erstellen" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 msgid "" "Customers should only be asked to rate tickets once an issue has been " -"resolved and their ticket is closed. Therefore, a *ratings request* email " -"should only be added to a stage that is **folded** in the kanban, as tickets" +"resolved and their ticket is *closed*. Therefore, a *ratings request* email " +"should **only** be added to a stage that is folded in the Kanban, as tickets" " in a *folded stage* are considered closed." msgstr "" -"Kunden sollten erst dann aufgefordert werden, Tickets zu bewerten, wenn ein " -"Problem gelöst und ihr Ticket geschlossen wurde. Daher sollte eine E-Mail " -"mit einer *Bewertungsanfrage* nur zu einer Phase hinzugefügt werden, die im " -"Kanban **eingeklappt** ist, da Tickets in einer *eingeklappten Phase* als " -"geschlossen gelten." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 msgid "" -"On the stage's settings page, select `Helpdesk: Ticket Rating Request` in " -"the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. This template has been pre-configured " -"with ratings customers can use to provide feedback. To view the template, " -"click the arrow button to the right of the field." +"On the stage's settings page, select the template, `Helpdesk: Ticket Rating " +"Request` in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. This template has been " +"preconfigured with ratings customers can use to provide feedback. To view " +"the template, click the arrow button to the right of the field." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie auf der Einstellungsseite der Phase `Kundendienst: " -"Ticketbewertungsanfrage` im Feld :guilabel:`E-Mail-Vorlage`. Diese Vorlage " -"ist mit Bewertungen vorkonfiguriert, die Kunden verwenden können, um " -"Feedback zu geben. Um die Vorlage anzuzeigen, klicken Sie auf die " -"Pfeilschaltfläche rechts neben dem Feld." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the template has been added to the stage, it will automatically send a " -"message when a ticket is moved to that stage. Customers will be asked to " -"rate the support they received with colored icons." -msgstr "" -"Wenn die Vorlage zur Phase hinzugefügt wurde, wird automatisch eine " -"Nachricht gesendet, wenn ein Ticket in diese Phase verschoben wird. Die " -"Kunden werden gebeten, den erhaltenen Support mit farbigen Symbolen zu " -"bewerten." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:43 +msgid "" +"After the template is added to the stage, it automatically sends a message " +"when a ticket is moved to that stage. Customers are then asked to rate the " +"support they received with colored icons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:46 msgid "*Green smiling face* - Satisfied" msgstr "*Grünes, lächelndes Gesicht* – Zufrieden" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:47 msgid "*Yellow neutral face* - Okay" msgstr "*Gelbes, neutrales Gesicht* – Okay" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:48 msgid "*Red frowning face* - Dissatisfied" msgstr "*Rotes, wütendes Gesicht* – Unzufrieden" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a standard helpdesk customer review email template for Odoo " -"Helpdesk." -msgstr "" -"Ansicht der Standard-E-Mail-Vorlage für die Kundenbewertung des " -"Kundendiensts für Odoo Kundendienst" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:50 msgid "" "After selecting a rating, customers are taken to a webpage where they can " -"provide specific written feedback to support their rating. Once a rating is " -"submitted, it is added to the chatter on the ticket." +"provide specific written feedback to support their rating. The rating is " +"then submitted, and the rating, as well as any additional comments, are " +"added to the chatter on the ticket." msgstr "" -"Nach Auswahl einer Bewertung werden die Kunden auf eine Webseite " -"weitergeleitet, auf der sie ihr Feedback schriftlich abgeben können, um ihre" -" Bewertung zu untermauern. Sobald eine Bewertung abgegeben wurde, wird sie " -"dem Chatter zum Ticket hinzugefügt." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:55 msgid "" "Customer ratings can also be viewed through the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings`" -" report. To view this report, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting " -"--> Customer Ratings`." +" report. To view this report, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " +"Reporting --> Customer Ratings`." msgstr "" -"Kundenbewertungen können auch im Bericht zu :guilabel:`Kundenbewertungen` " -"eingesehen werden. Diesen Bericht finden Sie über " -":menuselection:`Kundendienst --> Berichtswesen --> Kundenbewertungen`." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/companies/email_template`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:62 msgid "Publish ratings on the customer portal" msgstr "Bewertungen im Kundenportal veröffentlichen" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:64 msgid "" "After enabling the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` setting, an option to " "publish ratings on the team's website appears. Enabling this setting " @@ -3726,31 +3644,26 @@ msgstr "" "erhalten hat. Spezifisches schriftliches Feedback wird nicht angezeigt, " "sondern nur Statistiken über die Leistung des Teams." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:70 msgid "" -"In order to display ratings on the customer portal, a team has to have their" -" visibility setting set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal " -"users`. This setting is found on the team's settings page under " -":guilabel:`Visibility`." +"To display ratings on the customer portal, a team **must** have their " +"visibility setting set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal " +"users (public)`. To enable this setting, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select a" +" team from the list and click on it to open the settings page. Scroll to the" +" :guilabel:`Visibility & Assignment` section, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)` checkbox." msgstr "" -"Um Bewertungen im Kundenportal anzeigen zu können, muss die Sichtbarkeit " -"eines Teams auf :guilabel:`Eingeladene Portalbenutzer und alle internen " -"Benutzer` eingestellt sein. Diese Einstellung finden Sie auf der " -"Einstellungsseite des Teams unter :guilabel:`Sichtbarkeit`." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:77 msgid "" -"Next, to publish the ratings, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Teams` and select a team. Scroll to " -":guilabel:`Performance` and enable :guilabel:`Publish this team's ratings on" -" your website`." +"Next, to publish the ratings, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app--> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and select a team. Scroll to " +":guilabel:`Performance` and tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Publish this " +"team's ratings on your website`." msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie dann zur Veröffentlichung der Bewertungen zu " -":menuselection:`Kundendienst --> Konfiguration --> Teams` und wählen Sie ein" -" Team aus. Scrollen Sie zum Abschnitt :guilabel:`Leistung` und aktivieren " -"Sie :guilabel:`Bewertungen des Teams auf Ihrer Website veröffentlichen`" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:81 msgid "" "To view the ratings for a team, a customer will log into the portal and " "navigate to one of their tickets. After clicking on the team name in the " @@ -3768,21 +3681,22 @@ msgid "View of the ratings performance overview from the customer portal." msgstr "" "Ansicht der Leistungsübersicht der Bewertungen aus dem dem Kundenportal." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`Portal access <../../../general/users/portal>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:93 msgid "Manually hide individual ratings" msgstr "Einzelne Bewertungen manuell ausblenden" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:95 msgid "" "Individual ratings can be manually hidden from the portal. This allows for " -"specific ratings to be kept out of the performance metrics that are shown to" -" customers." +"specific ratings to be kept out of the performance metrics shared with " +"customers." msgstr "" -"Einzelne Bewertungen können manuell aus dem Portal ausgeblendet werden. Auf " -"diese Weise können bestimmte Bewertungen aus den Leistungskennzahlen, die " -"den Kunden angezeigt werden, herausgehalten werden." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:98 msgid "" "To make a rating visible only to internal users, navigate to the page for a " "rating. This can be done in one of the following ways:" @@ -3791,29 +3705,21 @@ msgstr "" "Sie zu der Seite für eine Bewertung. Dies kann auf eine der folgenden Arten " "geschehen:" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:101 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` and click" -" on one of the kanban cards for an individual rating." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` and " +"click on one of the Kanban cards for an individual rating." msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Kundendienst --> Berichtswesen --> " -"Kundenbewertungen` und klicken Sie auf eine der Kanban-Karten für eine " -"einzelne Bewertung." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:103 msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Tickets --> All Tickets` and remove" -" the :guilabel:`Open` filter from the search bar. Then filter by " +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app--> Tickets --> All Tickets` and " +"remove the :guilabel:`Open` filter from the search bar. Then filter by " ":guilabel:`Satisfied`, :guilabel:`Okay` and/or :guilabel:`Dissatisfied`. " "Select a ticket from the results. Click the :guilabel:`Rating` smart button." msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Kundendienst --> Tickets --> Alle Tickets` und " -"entfernen Sie den :guilabel:`Offen` aus der Suchleiste. Filtern Sie dann " -"nach :guilabel:`Zufrieden`, :guilabel:`Okay` und/oder " -":guilabel:`Unzufrieden`. Wählen Sie ein Ticket aus den Ergebnissen aus. " -"Klicken Sie auf die intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Bewertung`." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:108 msgid "" "Once on the rating details page, check the :guilabel:`Visible Internally " "Only` box." @@ -3821,14 +3727,13 @@ msgstr "" "Kreuzen Sie auf der Seite zu den Details der Bewertung das Kästchen " ":guilabel:`Nur intern sichtbar` an." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:350 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets`" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports`" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`reports`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 msgid "Receiving tickets" @@ -3857,12 +3762,8 @@ msgstr "Kanaloptionen aktivieren, um Tickets einzureichen" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, " "and choose an existing team, or click :guilabel:`New` to :doc:`create a new " -"team `." +"team <../../helpdesk>`." msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Kundendienst --> Konfiguration --> " -"Kundendienstteams` und wählen Sie ein vorhandenes Team aus und klicken Sie " -"auf :guilabel:`Neu`, um :doc:`ein neues Team zu erstellen " -"`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -4719,6 +4620,10 @@ msgstr "" "verwendet werden können, kann eine Änderung der Prioritätsstufe eines " "Tickets die Frist der :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` verändern." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:350 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets`" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:351 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" @@ -4731,64 +4636,49 @@ msgstr ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat`" msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Berichtswesen" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:8 msgid "" -"Odoo *Helpdesk* includes several reports that provide the opportunity to " -"track trends for customer support tickets, identify areas for improvement, " -"manage employee workloads, and confirm when customer expectations are met." +"Reports in Odoo *Helpdesk* provide the opportunity to manage employee " +"workloads, identify areas for improvement, and confirm if customer " +"expectations are being met." msgstr "" -"Odoo *Kundendienst* enthält mehrere Berichte, die es Ihnen ermöglichen, " -"Trends bei Kundensupporttickets zu verfolgen, verbesserungswürdige Bereiche " -"zu identifizieren, die Auslastung der Mitarbeiter zu verwalten und zu " -"bestätigen, dass die Erwartungen der Kunden erfüllt wurden." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 msgid "Available reports" msgstr "Verfügbare Berichte" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 msgid "" "Details about the reports available in Odoo *Helpdesk* can be found below. " -"To view the different reports, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Reporting`." +"To view the different reports, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " +"Reporting`, and select one of the following: :guilabel:`Tickets Analysis`, " +":guilabel:`SLA Status Analysis`, or :guilabel:`Customer Ratings`." msgstr "" -"Details zu den Berichten, die in Odoo *Kundendienst* verfügbar sind, finden " -"Sie unten. Um die verschiedenen Berichte anzusehen, gehen Sie zu " -":menuselection:`Kundendienst --> Berichtswesen`." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:16 -msgid "Ticket Analysis" -msgstr "Ticketanalyse" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 +msgid "Tickets Analysis" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:21 msgid "" -"The *Ticket Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> " -"Ticket Analysis`) provides an overview of every customer support ticket in " -"the database. This includes the number of tickets assigned among teams and " -"individual users." +"The *Tickets Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Reporting " +"--> Tickets Analysis`) provides an overview of every customer support ticket" +" in the database." msgstr "" -"Der *Ticketanalyse*-Bericht (:menuselection:`Kundendienst --> Berichtswesen " -"--> Ticketanalyse`) bietet einen Überblick über alle Kundendiensttickets in " -"der Datenbank. Dazu gehört auch die Anzahl der Tickets, die Teams und " -"einzelnen Benutzern zugewiesen wurden." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:24 msgid "" -"This report is useful in identifying where teams are spending the most time," -" and helps determine if there is an uneven workload distribution among the " -"support staff. The default report counts the number of tickets per team and " -"groups them by stage." +"This report is useful for identifying where teams are spending the most " +"time, and helps determine if there is an uneven workload distribution among " +"the support staff. The default report counts the number of tickets per team " +"and groups them by stage." msgstr "" -"Dieser Bericht ist nützlich, um festzustellen, wo die Teams die meiste Zeit " -"verbringen, und um zu ermitteln, ob die Arbeitslast ungleichmäßig auf die " -"Supportmitarbeiter verteilt ist. Der Standardbericht zählt die Anzahl der " -"Tickets pro Team und gruppiert sie nach Phase." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 msgid "View of Ticket Analysis report default view." msgstr "Ansicht der Standardansicht des Ticketanalyseberichts" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:32 msgid "" "Alternative measures can be selected to track where the most time is spent " "at different points in the workflow. To change the measures used for the " @@ -4802,94 +4692,72 @@ msgstr "" "hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Werte` und wählen " "Sie eine oder mehrere Optionen aus dem Drop-down-Menü aus:" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Hours to Respond`: average number of working hours " "between a message sent from the customer and the response from the support " -"team. *This is does not include messages sent when the ticket was in a " -"folded stage*" +"team. *This does not include messages sent when the ticket was in a folded " +"stage.*" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Durchschnittliche Antwortzeit in Stunden`: durchschnittliche " -"Anzahl der Arbeitsstunden zwischen einer vom Kunden gesendeten Nachricht und" -" der Antwort des Supportteams. *Dies schließt keine Nachrichten ein, die " -"gesendet wurden, als sich das Ticket in einer eingeklappten Phase befand*." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:40 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hours Open`: number of hours between the date the ticket was " "created and the closed date. If there is no closed date on the ticket, the " -"current date is used. **This measure is not specific to working hours**" +"current date is used. **This measure is not specific to working hours.**" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Stunden offen`: Anzahl der Stunden zwischen dem Datum, an dem das" -" Ticket erstellt wurde, und dem Datum, an dem es geschlossen wurde. Wenn das" -" Ticket kein Abschlussdatum hat, wird das aktuelle Datum verwendet. **Dieser" -" Wert ist nicht spezifisch für Arbeitszeiten.**" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hours Spent`: number of *Timesheet* hours logged on a ticket. " "*This measure is only available if Timesheets are enabled on a team, and the" -" current user has the access rights to view them*" +" current user has the access rights to view them.*" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Aufgewendete Stunden`: Anzahl der Stunden aus *Zeiterfassungen*, " -"die für ein Ticket erfasst wurden. *Dieser Wert ist nur verfügbar, wenn in " -"einem Team Zeiterfassungen aktiviert sind und der aktuelle Benutzer die " -"Zugriffsrechte hat, um sie einzusehen*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:44 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the date on " -"which the ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team member" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Stunden bis Zuweisung`: Anzahl der Arbeitsstunden zwischen dem " -"Datum, an dem das Ticket erstellt wurde, und dem Zeitpunkt, an dem es einem " -"Teammitglied zugewiesen wurde." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:46 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date on " -"which the ticket was created and the date it was closed" +":guilabel:`Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the date the " +"ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team member." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Stunden bis Abschluss`: Anzahl der Arbeitsstunden zwischen dem " -"Datum, an dem das Ticket erstellt wurde, und dem Datum, an dem es " -"geschlossen wurde." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hours to First Response`: number of working hours between the " -"date on which the ticket was received and the date one which the first " -"message was sent. *This does not include email sent automatically when a " -"ticket reaches a stage*" +":guilabel:`Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date the " +"ticket was created and the date it was closed." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Stunden bis zur ersten Antwort`: Anzahl der Arbeitsstunden " -"zwischen dem Datum, an dem das Ticket eingegangen ist, und dem Datum, an dem" -" die erste Nachricht gesendet wurde. *Dies schließt nicht die E-Mails ein, " -"die automatisch gesendet werden, wenn ein Ticket eine Phase erreicht*." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hours to SLA Deadline`: number of working hours remaining to " -"reach the last :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` deadline on a ticket" +":guilabel:`Hours to First Response`: number of working hours between the " +"date the ticket was received and the date on which the first message was " +"sent. *This does not include email sent automatically when a ticket reaches " +"a stage.*" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Stunden bis zur SLA-Frist`: Anzahl der verbleibenden " -"Arbeitsstunden bis zur letzten Frist der :abbr:`SLA (Service Level " -"Agreement)` eines Tickets." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:53 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Rating /5`: number valued assigned to the rating received from a " -"customer (Dissatisfied = 1, Okay/Neutral = 3, Satisfied = 5)" +":guilabel:`Hours until SLA Deadline`: number of working hours remaining to " +"reach the last |SLA| deadline on a ticket." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Bewertung /5`: Zahl, die der von einem Kunden erhaltenen " -"Bewertung zugeordnet wird (Unzufrieden = 1, Okay/Neutral = 3, Zufrieden = " -"5)." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:99 -msgid ":guilabel:`Count`: number of tickets in total" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Anzahl`: Anzahl der Tickets insgesamt." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rating (/5)`: number out of five to represent customer feedback " +"(Dissatisfied = 1, Okay/Neutral = 3, Satisfied = 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining Hours on SO`: hours remaining on a linked sales order." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Count`: number of tickets in total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:61 msgid "" "*Working hours* are calculated based on the default working calendar. To " "view or change the working calendar, go to the :menuselection:`Settings` " @@ -4900,36 +4768,29 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Einstellungen`-App und wählen Sie " ":menuselection:`Mitarbeiter --> Betriebliche Arbeitszeiten`." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:66 msgid "SLA Status Analysis" msgstr "SLA-Statusanalyse" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:68 msgid "" -"The *SLA Status Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting -->" -" SLA Status Analysis`) tracks how quickly an SLA (Service Level Agreement) " -"is fulfilled, as well as the success rate of individual policies." +"The *SLA Status Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Reporting" +" --> SLA Status Analysis`) :ref:`analyzes the performance ` of individual SLA (Service Level Agreement) policies." msgstr "" -"Der Bericht *SLA-Statusanalyse* (:menuselection:`Kundendienst --> " -"Berichtswesen --> SLA-Statusanalyse`) verfolgt, wie schnell eine SLA " -"(Service Level Agreement) erfüllt wird, sowie die Erfolgsquote einzelner " -"Richtlinien." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:72 msgid "" -"By default, this report is filtered to show the number of :abbr:`SLAs " -"(Service Level Agreements)` failed, as well as the failure rate over the " -"last 30 days, grouped by team." +"By default, this report is filtered to show the number of |SLAs| failed, in " +"progress, and the number that have been successful. The results are grouped " +"by teams." msgstr "" -"Dieser Bericht ist standardmäßig so gefiltert, dass er die Anzahl der " -"fehlgeschlagenen :abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)` sowie die " -"Fehlerquote der letzten 30 Tage, gruppiert nach Team, anzeigt." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 msgid "View of Group by options of Ticket Analysis report." msgstr "Ansicht der Gruppen nach Optionen des Ticketanalyseberichts" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:79 msgid "" "To change the measures used for the report that is currently displayed, or " "to add more, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button, and select one or more " @@ -4939,141 +4800,57 @@ msgstr "" "weitere hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Werte` und" " wählen Sie eine oder mehrere Optionen aus dem Drop-down-Menü aus:" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:82 msgid "" -":guilabel:`% of Failed SLA`: percentage of tickets that have failed at least" -" one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`" +":guilabel:`Number of SLA Failed`: number of tickets that have failed at " +"least one |SLA|." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`% fehlgeschlagener SLAs`: Prozentsatz der Tickets, die mindestens" -" eine :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` nicht bestanden haben." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:83 msgid "" -":guilabel:`% of SLA in Progress`: percentage of tickets that have at least " -"one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` still in progress, and have not " -"failed any :abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)`" +":guilabel:`Rating (/5)`: number value representing customer feedback " +"(Dissatisfied = 1, Okay/Neutral = 3, Satisfied = 5)." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`% der SLAs In Bearbeitung`: Prozentsatz der Tickets, für die " -"mindestens eine :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` noch in Bearbeitung " -"ist und deren :abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)` alle erfolgreich " -"waren." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:84 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`% of Successful SLA`: percentage of tickets where all :abbr:`SLAs" -" (Service Level Agreements)` have been successful" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`% erfolgreicher SLAs`: Prozentsatz der Tickets, bei denen alle " -":abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)` erfolgreich waren." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:86 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Number of SLA Failed`: number of tickets that have failed at " -"least one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`" +":guilabel:`Working Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the " +"date the ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team member." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Anzahl fehlgeschlagener SLAs`: Anzahl der Tickets, die mindestens" -" eine :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` nicht bestanden haben." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:88 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Number of SLA Successful`: number of tickets where all " -":abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)` have been successful" +":guilabel:`Working Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date" +" the ticket was created and the date it was closed." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Anzahl erfolgreicher SLAs`: Anzahl der Tickets, bei denen alle " -":abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)` erfolgreich waren." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:90 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Number of SLA in Progress`: number of tickets that have at least " -"one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` still in progress, and have not " -"failed any :abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)`" +":guilabel:`Working Hours to Reach SLA`: number of working hours between the " +"date the ticket was created and the date the |SLA| was satisfied." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Anzahl SLAs In Bearbeitung`: Anzahl der Tickets, für die " -"mindestens eine :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` noch in Bearbeitung " -"ist und deren :abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)` alle erfolgreich " -"waren." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:93 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Working Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the " -"date on which the ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team " -"member" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Arbeitsstunden bis Zuweisung`: Anzahl der Arbeitsstunden zwischen" -" dem Datum, an dem das Ticket erstellt wurde, und dem Zeitpunkt, an dem es " -"einem Teammitglied zugewiesen wurde." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:95 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Working Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date" -" on which the ticket was created and the date it was closed" +msgid ":doc:`Service Level Agreements (SLA) `" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Arbeitsstunden bis Abschluss`: Anzahl der Arbeitsstunden zwischen" -" dem Datum, an dem das Ticket erstellt wurde, und dem Datum, an dem es " -"geschlossen wurde." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:97 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Working Hours to Reach SLA`: number of working hours between the " -"date on which the ticket was created and the date the :abbr:`SLA (Service " -"Level Agreement)` was satisfied" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Arbeitsstunden bis zum Erreichen der SLA`: Anzahl der " -"Arbeitsstunden zwischen dem Datum, an dem das Ticket erstellt wurde, und dem" -" Datum, an dem die :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` zufriedenstellend " -"war." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:102 -msgid "" -"To see the number of tickets that were able to achieve the stated :abbr:`SLA" -" (Service Level Agreement)` objectives, and track the amount of time it took" -" to achieve those objectives, click :menuselection:`Measures --> Number of " -"SLA Successful` and :menuselection:`Measures --> Working Hours to Reach " -"SLA`." -msgstr "" -"Um die Anzahl der Tickets zu sehen, die die angegebenen :abbr:`SLA (Service " -"Level Agreement)`-Ziele erreichen konnten, und um die Zeit zu verfolgen, die" -" zum Erreichen dieser Ziele benötigt wurde, klicken Sie auf " -":menuselection:`Werte --> Anzahl erfolgreicher SLAs` und " -":menuselection:`Werte --> Arbeitsstunden zum Erreichen der SLA`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:107 -msgid "" -"To sort these results by the team members assigned to the tickets, select " -":menuselection:`Total --> Assigned to`." -msgstr "" -"Um diese Ergebnisse nach den Teammitgliedern zu sortieren, die den Tickets " -"zugewiesen sind, wählen Sie :menuselection:`Gesamt --> Zugewiesen an`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:111 -msgid "" -":doc:`Service Level Agreements (SLA) " -"`" -msgstr "" -":doc:`Service Level Agreements (SLA) " -"`" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:98 msgid "Customer Ratings" msgstr "Kundenbewertungen" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:100 msgid "" -"The *Customer Ratings* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting -- " -"Customer Ratings`) displays an overview of the ratings received on " +"The *Customer Ratings* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app--> Reporting -->" +" Customer Ratings`) displays an overview of the ratings received on " "individual support tickets, as well as any additional comments submitted " "with the rating." msgstr "" -"Der Bericht über *Kundenbewertungen* (:menuselection:`Kundendienst --> " -"Berichtswesen -- Kundenbewertungen`) zeigt einen Überblick über die " -"Bewertungen, die Sie für einzelne Supportanfragen erhalten haben, sowie alle" -" zusätzlichen Kommentare, die mit der Bewertung abgegeben wurden." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 -msgid "View of the kanban display in the Customer Ratings report." -msgstr "Ansicht der Kanban-Anzeige im Bericht über Kundenbewertungen." +msgid "View of the Kanban display in the Customer Ratings report." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:108 msgid "" "Click on an individual rating to see additional details about the rating " "submitted by the customer, including a link to the original ticket." @@ -5086,32 +4863,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the details of an individual customer rating." msgstr "Ansicht der Details einer einzigen Kundenbewertung." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:116 msgid "" -"On the rating's details page, select the :guilabel:`Visible Internally Only`" -" option to hide the rating from the customer portal." +"On the rating's details page, tick the :guilabel:`Visible Internally Only` " +"checkbox to hide the rating from the customer portal." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie auf der Detailseite der Bewertung die Option :guilabel:`Nur " -"intern sichtbar`, um die Bewertung im Kundenportal auszublenden." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:119 msgid "" -"The *Customer Ratings* report is displayed in a kanban view by default, but " +"The *Customer Ratings* report is displayed in a Kanban view by default, but " "can also be displayed in graph, list, or pivot view." msgstr "" -"Der Bericht über *Kundenbewertungen* wird standardmäßig in einer Kanban-" -"Ansicht angezeigt, kann aber auch in der Diagramm-, Listen- oder Pivot-" -"Ansicht angezeigt werden." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:139 -msgid ":doc:`Ratings `" -msgstr ":doc:`Bewertungen `" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`Ratings `" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:126 msgid "View and filter options" msgstr "Optionen ansehen und filtern" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:128 msgid "" "On any Odoo report, the view and filter options vary, depending on what data" " is being analyzed, measured, and grouped. See below for additional " @@ -5122,7 +4894,7 @@ msgstr "" "Folgenden finden Sie weitere Informationen zu den verfügbaren Ansichten für " "die *Kundendienst*-Berichte." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:133 msgid "" "Only one measure may be selected at a time for graphs, but pivot tables can " "include multiple measures." @@ -5130,12 +4902,12 @@ msgstr "" "Für Diagramme kann jeweils nur ein Wert ausgewählt werden, aber Pivot-" "Tabellen können mehrere Werte enthalten." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:153 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:141 msgid "Pivot view" msgstr "Pivot-Ansicht" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:139 msgid "" "The *pivot* view presents data in an interactive manner. All three " "*Helpdesk* reports are available in pivot view." @@ -5143,56 +4915,46 @@ msgstr "" "Die *Pivot*-Ansicht stellt Daten auf interaktive Weise dar. Alle drei " "*Kundendienst*-Berichte sind in der Pivot-Ansicht verfügbar." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:142 msgid "" -"The pivot view can be accessed on any report by selecting the " -":guilabel:`grid icon` at the top right of the screen." +"The pivot view can be accessed on any report by selecting the :icon:`oi-" +"view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot)` icon at the top-right of the screen." msgstr "" -"Sie können die Pivot-Ansicht in jedem Bericht aufrufen, indem Sie das " -":guilabel:`Rastersymbol` oben rechts auf dem Bildschirm auswählen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:151 msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "Ansicht des SLA-Statusanalyseberichts in Odoo Kundendienst." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:149 msgid "" -"To add a group to a row or column to the pivot view, click the :guilabel:`➕ " -"(plus sign)` next to :guilabel:`Total`, and then select one of the groups. " -"To remove one, click the :guilabel:`➖ (minus sign)` and de-select the " -"appropriate option." +"To add a group to a row or column to the pivot view, click the :icon:`fa-" +"plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon next to :guilabel:`Total`, and then " +"select one of the groups. To remove one, click the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o`" +" :guilabel:`(minus)` icon, and de-select the appropriate option." msgstr "" -"Um eine Gruppe zu einer Zeile oder Spalte in der Pivot-Ansicht hinzuzufügen," -" klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`➕ (Pluszeichen)` neben :guilabel:`Gesamt` und " -"wählen Sie dann eine der Gruppen aus. Um eine Gruppe zu entfernen, klicken " -"Sie auf :guilabel:`➖ (Minuszeichen)` und wählen Sie die entsprechende Option" -" ab." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:170 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:173 msgid "Graph view" msgstr "Grafikansicht" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:156 msgid "" "The *graph* view presents data in either a *bar*, *line*, or *pie* chart." msgstr "" "In der *Diagramm*-Ansicht werden die Daten entweder in einem *Balken*-, " "*Linien*- oder *Torten*-Diagramm dargestellt." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:158 msgid "" -"Switch to the graph view by selecting the :guilabel:`line chart icon` at the" -" top right of the screen. To switch between the different charts, select the" -" *related icon* at the top left of the chart, while in graph view." +"Switch to the graph view by selecting the :icon:`fa-area-chart` " +":guilabel:`(area chart)` icon at the top-right of the screen. To switch " +"between the different charts, select the *related icon* at the top-left of " +"the chart, while in graph view." msgstr "" -"Wechseln Sie zur Diagrammansicht, indem Sie das :guilabel:`Liniendiagramm-" -"Symbol` oben rechts auf dem Bildschirm auswählen. Um zwischen den " -"verschiedenen Diagrammen zu wechseln, wählen Sie in der Diagrammansicht das " -"*entsprechende Symbol* oben links im Diagramm." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:164 msgid "Bar chart" msgstr "Balkendiagramm" @@ -5201,7 +4963,7 @@ msgstr "Balkendiagramm" msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in bar view." msgstr "Ansicht des SLA-Statusanalyseberichts in Balkenansicht." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:170 msgid "Line chart" msgstr "Liniendiagramm" @@ -5209,7 +4971,7 @@ msgstr "Liniendiagramm" msgid "View of the Customer Ratings report in line view." msgstr "Ansicht des SLA-Statusanalyseberichts in Linienansicht." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:176 msgid "Pie chart" msgstr "Tortendiagramm" @@ -5217,39 +4979,33 @@ msgstr "Tortendiagramm" msgid "View of the Ticket analysis report in pie chart view." msgstr "Ansicht des SLA-Statusanalyseberichts in Tortendiagrammansicht." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:183 msgid "" "Both the *bar chart* and *line chart* can utilize the *stacked* view option." -" This presents two (or more) groups of data on top of each other, instead of" -" next to each other, making it easier to compare data." +" This presents two or more groups of data on top of each other, instead of " +"next to each other, making it easier to compare data. While viewing either a" +" bar chart or line chart, click the :icon:`fa-database` " +":guilabel:`(stacked)` icon to toggle the stacked view option on or off." msgstr "" -"Sowohl das *Balkendiagramm* als auch das *Liniendiagramm* können die " -"Ansichtsoption *gestapelt* verwenden. Dabei werden zwei (oder mehr) " -"Datengruppen übereinander statt nebeneinander dargestellt, was den Vergleich" -" der Daten erleichtert." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:189 msgid "Save and share a favorite search" msgstr "Bevorzugte Suche speichern und teilen" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:191 msgid "" "The *Favorites* feature found on *Helpdesk* reports allows users to save " -"their most commonly used filters without having to reconstruct them every " +"their most commonly used filters, without having to reconstruct them every " "time they are needed." msgstr "" -"Die *Favoriten*-Funktion in *Kundendienst*-Berichten ermöglicht es " -"Benutzern, ihre am häufigsten verwendeten Filter zu speichern, ohne sie " -"jedes Mal neu erstellen zu müssen, wenn sie benötigt werden." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:194 msgid "" -"To create and save new *Favorites* on a report, follow the steps below:" +"To create and save a new *Favorites* configuration on a report, follow the " +"steps below:" msgstr "" -"Um neue *Favoriten* in einem Bericht zu erstellen und zu speichern, führen " -"Sie die folgenden Schritte aus:" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:196 msgid "" "Set the necessary parameters using the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group" " By` and :guilabel:`Measures` options." @@ -5257,37 +5013,37 @@ msgstr "" "Legen Sie die erforderlichen Parameter mit den Optionen :guilabel:`Filter`, " ":guilabel:`Gruppieren nach` und :guilabel:`Werte` fest." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:213 -msgid "Click :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search`." -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf :menuselection:`Favoriten --> Aktuelle Suche speichern`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:214 -msgid "Rename the search." -msgstr "Benennen Sie die Suche um." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:198 msgid "" -"Select :guilabel:`Use by default` to have these filter settings " +"Click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(down)` icon next to the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar to open the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Favorites` heading, click :guilabel:`Save current " +"search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:201 +msgid "If desired, enter a new name for the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Default Filter` checkbox to have these filter settings " "automatically displayed when the report is opened. Otherwise, leave it " "blank." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie :guilabel:`Standardmäßig verwenden`, damit diese " -"Filtereinstellungen automatisch angezeigt werden, wenn der Bericht geöffnet " -"wird. Andernfalls lassen Sie es leer." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:204 msgid "" -"Select :guilabel:`Share with all users` to make this filter available to all" -" other database users. If this box is not checked, it will only be available" -" to the user who creates it." +"Tick the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make this filter configuration " +"available to all other database users. If this checkbox is not ticked, only " +"the user who creates the filter can access it." msgstr "" -"Markieren Sie :guilabel:`Mit allen Benutzern teilen`, um diesen Filter für " -"alle anderen Datenbankbenutzer verfügbar zu machen. Wenn dieses Kästchen " -"nicht markiert ist, steht er nur dem Benutzer zur Verfügung, der ihn " -"erstellt." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:207 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to preserve the configuration for future use." msgstr "" "Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`, um die Konfiguration für die " @@ -5297,17 +5053,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the save favorites option in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "Ansicht der Option „Favoriten speichern“ in Odoo Kundendienst." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:226 -msgid "" -":doc:`Start receiving tickets " -"`" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:214 +msgid ":doc:`Start receiving tickets `" msgstr "" -":doc:`Tickets erhalten " -"`" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:227 -msgid ":doc:`Odoo reporting `" -msgstr ":doc:`Odoo Berichtswesen `" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:215 +msgid ":doc:`Odoo reporting <../../../essentials/reporting>`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 msgid "Service level agreements (SLA)" @@ -5652,11 +5404,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ansicht eines Ticketformulars mit einer fehlgeschlagenen oder bestandenen " "SLA in Odoo Kundendienst." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:133 msgid "Analyze SLA performance" msgstr "SLA-Leistung analysieren" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:135 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`SLA Status Analysis` report tracks how quickly an :abbr:`SLA " "(Service Level Agreement)` is fulfilled, as well as the performance of " @@ -5670,7 +5422,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pivot-Tabelle, indem Sie zu :menuselection:`Kundendienst --> Berichtswesen " "--> SLA-Statusanalyse` gehen." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:143 msgid "" "By default, the report displays in a :guilabel:`Pivot` view. Any :abbr:`SLA " "(Service Level Agreement)` policies in the database with tickets that failed" @@ -5683,7 +5435,7 @@ msgstr "" "eine Richtlinie erfüllt haben, werden aufgelistet. Sie sind standardmäßig " "nach Team und Ticketanzahl gruppiert." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:151 msgid "" "The pivot view aggregates data, which can be manipulated by adding measures " "and filters." @@ -5691,7 +5443,7 @@ msgstr "" "Die Pivot-Ansicht führt Daten zusammen, die durch Hinzufügen von Kennzahlen " "und Filtern manipuliert werden können." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:153 msgid "" "To change the display, or add additional measurements, click the " ":guilabel:`Measures` button to reveal a drop-down menu of reporting " @@ -5701,7 +5453,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Werte`, um ein Drop-down-Menü mit den " "Berichtskriterien aufzurufen, und wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:156 msgid "" "Whenever a measurement is picked, a :guilabel:`✔️ (checkmark)` icon appears " "in the drop-down menu to indicate that the measurement is included, and a " @@ -5717,7 +5469,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the available measures in the SLA status analysis report." msgstr "Ansicht der verfügbaren Maßnahmen im SLA-Statusanalysebericht." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:164 msgid "" "To add a group to a row or column, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` icon next " "to the policy name and then select one of the groups. To remove one, click " @@ -5734,7 +5486,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Ansicht der verfügbaren Gruppen je Optionen im SLA-Statusanalysebericht." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:175 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`SLA Status Analysis` report can also be viewed as a " ":guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line Chart`, or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`. " @@ -5748,11 +5500,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Grafik` oben rechts auf dem Dashboard auswählen. Wählen Sie dann " "das entsprechende Diagrammsymbol oben links in der Grafik." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:182 msgid "Bar Chart" msgstr "Balkendiagramm" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:188 msgid "" "A bar chart can deal with larger data sets and compare data across several " "categories." @@ -5760,7 +5512,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ein Balkendiagramm kann mit größeren Datensätzen umgehen und Daten über " "mehrere Kategorien hinweg vergleichen." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:190 msgid "Line Chart" msgstr "Liniendiagramm" @@ -5768,13 +5520,13 @@ msgstr "Liniendiagramm" msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in line view." msgstr "Ansicht des SLA-Statusanalyseberichts in Linienansicht." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:196 msgid "A line chart can visualize data trends or changes over time." msgstr "" "Ein Liniendiagramm kann Datentrends oder Veränderungen im Laufe der Zeit " "visualisieren." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:198 msgid "Pie Chart" msgstr "Tortendiagramm" @@ -5782,13 +5534,13 @@ msgstr "Tortendiagramm" msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in pie chart view." msgstr "Ansicht des SLA-Statusanalyseberichts in Tortendiagrammansicht." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:204 msgid "A pie chart compares data among a small number of categories." msgstr "" "Ein Tortendiagramm vergleicht Daten zwischen einer kleinen Anzahl von " "Kategorien." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:207 msgid "" "Both the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` and :guilabel:`Line Chart` views can be " ":guilabel:`Stacked` by selecting the :guilabel:`Stacked` icon. This displays" @@ -5805,11 +5557,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in bar view, stacked." msgstr "Ansicht des SLA-Statusanalyseberichts in Balkenansicht, gestapelt." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:216 msgid "Cohort view" msgstr "Kohorten-Ansicht" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:218 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Cohort` view is used to track the changes in data over a " "period of time. To display the :guilabel:`SLA Status Analysis` report in a " @@ -5824,21 +5576,21 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`(vier horizontale Linien)`, in der oberen rechten Ecke, neben den" " anderen Ansichtsoptionen." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:227 msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in cohort view." msgstr "Ansicht des SLA-Statusanalyseberichts in Kohorten-Ansicht." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:227 msgid "The cohort view examines the life cycle of data over time." msgstr "" "In der Kohortenansicht wird der Lebenszyklus der Daten im Laufe der Zeit " "untersucht." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:230 msgid ":ref:`Reporting views `" msgstr ":ref:`Berichtsansichten `" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:231 msgid "" ":doc:`Allow customers to close their tickets " "`" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po index 9a735ff53..24b151604 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Larissa Manderfeld, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-25 16:01+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -74,491 +74,628 @@ msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Studio `_" msgstr "`Odoo-Tutorials: Studio `_" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:3 -msgid "Automated actions (automations)" -msgstr "Automatisierte Aktionen (Automatisierungen)" +msgid "Automation rules" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:5 msgid "" -"Automated actions are used to trigger automatic changes based on user " -"actions (e.g., apply a modification when a field is set to a specific value)" -" or on time conditions (e.g., archive a record 7 days after its last " -"update)." +"Automation rules are used to trigger automatic changes based on user actions" +" (e.g., apply a modification when a field is set to a specific value), email" +" events, time conditions (e.g., archive a record 7 days after its last " +"update), or external events." msgstr "" -"Automatisierte Aktionen werden verwendet, um automatische Änderungen auf der" -" Grundlage von Benutzeraktionen (z. B. eine Änderung vornehmen, wenn ein " -"Feld auf einen bestimmten Wert gesetzt wird) oder von Zeitbedingungen (z. B." -" einen Datensatz 7 Tage nach seiner letzten Aktualisierung archivieren) " -"auszulösen." #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:9 -msgid "" -"To create an automated action with Studio, go to :guilabel:`Automations` " -"from anywhere within Studio." +msgid "To create an automation rule with Studio, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:11 +msgid "Open Studio and click :guilabel:`Automations`, then :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -"Um eine automatisierte Aktion mit Studio zu erstellen, gehen Sie von einer " -"beliebigen Stelle in Studio zu :guilabel:`Automatisierungen`." #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:12 msgid "" -"For every automated action you create, the following elements should be " -"defined: the :ref:`studio/automated-actions/model`, the " -":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger`, the :ref:`studio/automated-" -"actions/apply-on`, and the :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action`." +"Select the :ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger` and, if necessary, fill " +"in the fields that appear on the screen based on the chosen trigger." msgstr "" -"Für jede automatisierte Aktion, die Sie erstellen, sollten die folgenden " -"Elemente definiert werden: :ref:`studio/automated-actions/model`, " -":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger`, :ref:`studio/automated-" -"actions/apply-on` und :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add an action`, then select the :guilabel:`Type` of " +":ref:`action ` and fill in the fields that " +"appear on the screen based on your selected action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:17 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & New`." +msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern & Schließen` oder :guilabel:`Speichern " +"& Neu`." #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 msgid "Example of an automated action on the Subscription model" msgstr "Beispiel einer automatisierten Aktion im Abonnementmodell" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:25 -msgid "Model" -msgstr "Modell" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:27 -msgid "Select the model where the automated action should be applied." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie das Modell, in dem die automatisierte Aktion angewendet werden " -"soll." - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:30 msgid "" -"The model you are on when you click on :guilabel:`Automations` is pre-" -"selected by default." +"To modify the :doc:`model ` of the automation rule, " +"switch models before clicking :guilabel:`Automations` in Studio, or " +":ref:`activate the developer mode `, create or edit an " +"automation rule, and select the :guilabel:`Model` in the " +":guilabel:`Automation Rules` form." msgstr "" -"Das Modell, in dem Sie sich befinden, wenn Sie auf " -":guilabel:`Automatisierungen` klicken, ist standardmäßig vorausgewählt." -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can also create automation rules from any kanban stage by clicking the " +"gear icon (:guilabel:`⚙` ) next to the kanban stage name, then selecting " +":guilabel:`Automations`. In this case, the :guilabel:`Trigger` is set to " +":guilabel:`Stage is set to` by default, but you can change it if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Create automations from a kanban stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:40 msgid "Trigger" msgstr "Auslöser" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Define when the automated action should be applied. Six triggers are " -"available." -msgstr "" -"Legen Sie fest, wann die automatisierte Aktion ausgeführt werden soll. Es " -"sind sechs Auslöser verfügbar." - #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:42 -msgid "On Creation" -msgstr "Beim Erstellen" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:44 -msgid "The action is triggered when a record is created and then saved." +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Trigger` is used to define when the automation rule should be" +" applied. The available triggers depend on the :doc:`model " +"`. Five trigger categories are available overall:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:46 +msgid ":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger/values-updated`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:47 +msgid ":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger/email-events`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger/values-timing-conditions`" msgstr "" -"Die Aktion wird ausgelöst, wenn ein Datensatz erstellt und dann gespeichert " -"wird." #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:49 -msgid "On Update" -msgstr "Beim Aktualisieren" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The action is triggered when a previously saved record is edited and then " -"saved." +msgid ":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger/custom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:50 +msgid ":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger/external`" msgstr "" -"Die Aktion wird ausgelöst, wenn ein vorher gespeicherter Datensatz " -"bearbeitet und dann gespeichert wird." #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:53 msgid "" -"Use :guilabel:`Trigger Fields` to specify which fields - and only those - " -"trigger the action on their update." +"You can also define a :guilabel:`Before Update Domain` to specify the " +"conditions that must be met *before* the automation rule is triggered. In " +"contrast, the conditions defined using the :ref:`Extra Conditions " +"` and :ref:`Apply" +" on ` filters are checked *during* " +"the execution of the automation rule." msgstr "" -"Verwenden Sie :guilabel:`Auslöser-Felder`, um festzulegen, welche Felder – " -"und nur diese – die Aktion bei ihrer Aktualisierung auslösen." -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:59 msgid "" -"To detect when a record changes from one state to another, define a " -":guilabel:`Before Update Domain` filter, which checks if the condition is " -"satisfied before the record is updated. Then set an :ref:`studio/automated-" -"actions/apply-on` filter, which checks if the condition is met after the " -"record is updated." +"To define a :guilabel:`Before Update Domain`, :ref:`activate the developer " +"mode `, create or edit an automation rule, click " +":guilabel:`Edit Domain`, then click :guilabel:`New Rule`." msgstr "" -"Um zu erkennen, wann ein Datensatz von einem Zustand in einen anderen " -"wechselt, definieren Sie einen Filter :guilabel:`Domain vor Aktualisierung`," -" der überprüft, ob die Bedingung erfüllt ist, bevor der Datensatz " -"aktualisiert wird. Setzen Sie dann eine Filter :ref:`studio/automated-" -"actions/apply-on`, der prüft, ob die Bedingung erfüllt ist, nachdem der " -"Datensatz aktualisiert wurde." -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:63 msgid "" -"If you want the automated action to happen when an email address is set on a" -" contact, define the :guilabel:`Before Update Domain` to `Email is not set`," -" and the :guilabel:`Apply on` domain to `Email is set`." +"For example, if you want the automated action to happen when an email " +"address is set on a contact that did not have an address before (in contrast" +" to modifying their existing address), define the :guilabel:`Before Update " +"Domain` to :guilabel:`Email is not set`, and the :guilabel:`Apply on` domain" +" to :guilabel:`Email is set`." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie möchten, dass die automatisierte Aktion ausgeführt wird, wenn eine " -"E-Mail-Adresse für einen Kontakt festgelegt wird, definieren Sie den " -":guilabel:`Domain vor Aktualisierung` auf `E-Mail ist nicht gesetzt` und den" -" Bereich :guilabel:`Anwenden auf` auf `E-Mail ist gesetzt`." #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 -msgid "Example of an On Update trigger" -msgstr "Beispiel eines „Beim Aktualisieren“-Auslöser" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:72 -msgid "On Creation & Update" -msgstr "Beim Erstellen und Aktualisieren" +msgid "Example of a trigger with a Before Update Domain" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:74 +msgid "Values Updated" +msgstr "Werte aktualisiert" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:76 msgid "" -"The action is triggered when a record is created and saved or edited " -"afterward and saved." +"The triggers available in this category depend on the model and are based on" +" common field changes, such as adding a specific tag (e.g., to a task) or " +"setting the :guilabel:`User` field. Select the trigger, then select a value " +"if required." msgstr "" -"Die Aktion wird ausgelöst, wenn ein Datensatz erstellt oder danach " -"bearbeitet und gespeichert wird." -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:79 -msgid "On Deletion" -msgstr "Beim Löschen" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a Values Updated trigger" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:81 -msgid "The action is triggered when a record is deleted." -msgstr "Die Aktion wird ausgelöst, wenn ein Datensatz gelöscht wird." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:86 +msgid "Email Events" +msgstr "Veranstaltungsmails" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:88 +msgid "Trigger automated actions upon receiving or sending emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:93 +msgid "Timing Conditions" +msgstr "Zeitliche Bedingungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:95 msgid "" -"This trigger is rarely used, as archiving records is usually preferred to " -"deletion." +"Trigger automated actions based on a date field. The following triggers are " +"available:" msgstr "" -"Dieser Auslöser wird nur selten verwendet, da die Archivierung von " -"Datensätzen in der Regel der Löschung vorgezogen wird." - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:89 -msgid "Based on Form Modification" -msgstr "Auf Basis von Formularanpassungen" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The action is triggered when any change is done to a trigger field's value " -"on the :ref:`Form view `, even before saving the " -"record. This trigger only works on the user interface when a modification is" -" made by a user. If the field is changed through another action and not by " -"the user, the action will not run." -msgstr "" -"Die Aktion wird ausgelöst, wenn der Wert eines Auslöser-Feldes in der " -":ref:`Formularansicht ` geändert wird, noch bevor" -" der Datensatz gespeichert wird. Dieser Auslöser funktioniert nur auf der " -"Benutzeroberfläche, wenn ein Benutzer eine Änderung vornimmt. Wenn das Feld " -"durch eine andere Aktion und nicht durch den Benutzer geändert wird, wird " -"die Aktion nicht ausgeführt." #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:97 msgid "" -"This trigger can only be used with the :ref:`Execute Python Code action " -"`, so development is required." +":guilabel:`Based on date field`: Select the field to be used next to the " +":guilabel:`Delay` field." msgstr "" -"Dieser Auslöser kann nur mit der :ref:`Aktion Python-Code ausführen " -"` verwendet werden, daher ist " -"eine Entwicklung erforderlich." -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:103 -msgid "Based on Timed Condition" -msgstr "Auf Basis zeitlicher Bedingung" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:98 msgid "" -"The action is triggered when a trigger field's date or date & time value is " -"reached." +":guilabel:`After creation`: The action is triggered when a record is created" +" and saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`After last update`: The action is triggered when an existing " +"record is edited and saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:102 +msgid "You can then define:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:104 +msgid "" +"a :guilabel:`Delay`: Specify the number of minutes, hours, days, or months. " +"To trigger the action before the trigger date, specify a negative number. If" +" you selected the :guilabel:`Based on date field` trigger, you must also " +"select the date field to be used to determine the delay." msgstr "" -"Die Aktion wird ausgelöst, wenn das Datum oder der Datum- und Zeitwert eines" -" Auslöser-Felder erreicht wird." #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:107 msgid "" -"To trigger the action after the :guilabel:`Trigger Date`, add a number of " -"minutes, hours, days, or months under :guilabel:`Delay after trigger date`. " -"To trigger the action before, add a negative number instead." +":guilabel:`Extra Conditions`: Click :guilabel:`Add condition`, then specify " +"the conditions to be met to trigger the automation rule. Click " +":guilabel:`New Rule` to add another condition." msgstr "" -"Um die Aktion nach dem :guilabel:`Auslösedatum` auszulösen, geben Sie unter " -":guilabel:`Verzögerung nach Auslösedatum` eine Anzahl von Minuten, Stunden, " -"Tagen oder Monaten ein. Um die Aktion vorher auszulösen, geben Sie " -"stattdessen eine negative Zahl ein." -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when the delay is reached and the conditions are " +"met." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:113 msgid "" "If you want to send a reminder email 30 minutes before the start of a " "calendar event, select the :guilabel:`Start (Calendar Event)` under " -":guilabel:`Trigger Date` and set the :guilabel:`Delay after trigger date` to" -" **-30** :guilabel:`Minutes`." +":guilabel:`Trigger Date` and set the :guilabel:`Delay` to **-30** " +":guilabel:`Minutes`." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie 30 Minuten vor Beginn eines Kalenderereignisses eine " -"Erinnerungsmail senden möchten, wählen Sie unter :guilabel:`Start " -"(Kalenderereignis)` das Feld :guilabel:`Auslösedatum` und setzen Sie die " -":guilabel:`Verzögerung nach Auslösedatum` auf **-30** :guilabel:`Minuten`." #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 -msgid "Example of a Based on Timed Condition trigger" -msgstr "Beispeil eines Auslösers „Auf Basis zeitlicher Bedingung“ " +msgid "Example of a Based on date field trigger" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:121 -msgid "By default, the scheduler checks for trigger dates every 4 hours." -msgstr "Standardmäßig prüft der Planer alle 4 Stunden auf Auslösedaten." - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:126 -msgid "Apply on" -msgstr "Anwenden auf" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:128 msgid "" -"Define on which records of the model the automated action should be applied." -" It works the same way as when you apply filters on a model." +"By default, the scheduler checks for trigger dates every 4 hours, meaning " +"lower granularity in time-based automations may not always be honored." msgstr "" -"Legen Sie fest, auf welche Datensätze des Modells die automatische Aktion " -"angewendet werden soll. Das funktioniert genauso, wie wenn Sie Filter auf " -"ein Modell anwenden." -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:134 -msgid "Action" -msgstr "Aktion" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:127 +msgid "Custom" +msgstr "Benutzerdefiniert" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:129 +msgid "Trigger automated actions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:131 +msgid ":guilabel:`On save`: When the record is saved;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`On deletion`: When a record is deleted;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:133 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On UI change`: When a field's value is changed on the :ref:`Form " +"view `, even before saving the record." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:136 msgid "" -"Determine what the automated action should do (server action). There are " -"eight types of action to choose from." +"For the :guilabel:`On save` and :guilabel:`On UI change` triggers, you " +"**must** then select the field(s) to be used to trigger the automation rule " +"in the :guilabel:`When updating` field." msgstr "" -"Bestimmen Sie, was die automatisierte Aktion tun soll (Serveraktion). Sie " -"haben die Wahl zwischen acht Arten von Aktionen." -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:142 -msgid "Execute Python Code" -msgstr "Python-Code ausführen" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:140 msgid "" -"The action is used to execute Python code. The available variables are " -"described on the :guilabel:`Python Code` tab, which is also used to write " -"your code, or on the :guilabel:`Help` tab." +"If no field is selected in the :guilabel:`When updating` field, the " +"automated action may be executed multiple times per record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Optionally, you can also define additional conditions to be met to trigger " +"the automation rule in the :guilabel:`Apply on` field." msgstr "" -"Die Aktion wird verwendet, um Python-Code auszuführen. Die verfügbaren " -"Variablen werden im Reiter :guilabel:`Python Code` beschrieben, die auch zum" -" Schreiben Ihres Codes verwendet wird, oder im Reiter :guilabel:`Hilfe`." #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:147 msgid "" -"To allow the action to be run through the website, tick :guilabel:`Available" -" on the Website` and add a :guilabel:`Website Path`." +"The :guilabel:`On UI change` trigger can only be used with the " +":ref:`studio/automated-actions/action/python-code` action and only works " +"when a modification is made manually. The action is not executed if the " +"field is changed through another automation rule." msgstr "" -"Damit die Aktion über die Website ausgeführt werden kann, markieren Sie " -":guilabel:`Verfügbar auf der Website` und fügen einen :guilabel:`Website-" -"Pfad` hinzu." - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:153 -msgid "Create a new Record" -msgstr "Einen neuen Datensatz erstellen" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:155 -msgid "The action is used to create a new record on any model." -msgstr "" -"Die Aktion wird verwendet, um einen neuen Datensatz für ein beliebiges " -"Modell zu erstellen." +msgid "External" +msgstr "Extern" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:157 msgid "" -"Selecting a :guilabel:`Target Model` is only required if you want to target " -"another model than the one you are on." +"Trigger automated actions based on an external event using a webhook. A " +"webhook is a method of communication between two systems where the source " +"system sends an HTTP(S) request to a destination system based on a specific " +"event. It usually includes a data payload containing information about the " +"event that occurred." msgstr "" -"Die Auswahl eines :guilabel:`Zielmodells` ist nur erforderlich, wenn Sie ein" -" anderes Modell als das, auf dem Sie sich befinden, anvisieren möchten." -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:162 msgid "" -"To link the record that triggered the creation of the new record, select a " -"field under :guilabel:`Link Field`. For example, you could create a contact " -"automatically when a lead is turned into an opportunity." +"To configure the :guilabel:`On webhook` trigger, copy the :guilabel:`URL` " +"generated by Odoo into the destination system (i.e., the system receiving " +"the request). Then, in the :guilabel:`Target Record` field, enter the code " +"to run to define the record(s) to be updated using the automation rule." msgstr "" -"Um den Datensatz zu verknüpfen, der die Erstellung des neuen Datensatzes " -"ausgelöst hat, wählen Sie ein Feld unter :guilabel:`Link-Feld`. Sie könnten " -"zum Beispiel automatisch einen Kontakt erstellen, wenn ein Lead in eine " -"Verkaufschance umgewandelt wird." - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:164 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Data to Write` tab: the tab is used to specify the new record's " -"values. After selecting a :guilabel:`Field`, select its " -":guilabel:`Evaluation Type`:" -msgstr "" -"Reiter :guilabel:`Zu schreibende Daten`: Der Reiter wird verwendet, um die " -"Werte des neuen Datensatzes festzulegen. Nachdem Sie ein :guilabel:`Feld` " -"ausgewählt haben, wählen Sie dessen :guilabel:`Bewertungstyp`:" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:167 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Value`: used to directly give the field's raw value in the " -":guilabel:`Value` column." +"The URL must be treated as **confidential**; sharing it online or without " +"caution could potentially expose your system to malicious parties. Click the" +" :guilabel:`Rotate Secret` button to change the URL's secret if necessary." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Wert`: wird verwendet, um den Rohwert des Feldes direkt in der " -"Spalte :guilabel:`Wert` anzugeben." - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:168 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reference`: used to select the record under the " -":guilabel:`Record` column and let Studio add the internal ID in the " -":guilabel:`Value` column." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Referenz`: wird verwendet, um den Datensatz unter der Spalte " -":guilabel:`Datensatz` auszuwählen und Studio die interne ID in der Spalte " -":guilabel:`Wert` hinzufügen zu lassen." #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:172 msgid "" -"If an automated action creates a new task in a project, you can assign it to" -" a specific user by setting the :guilabel:`Field` to :guilabel:`Responsible " -"User (Project)`, the :guilabel:`Evaluation Type` to :guilabel:`Reference`, " -"and the :guilabel:`Record` to a specific user." +"The code defined by default in the :guilabel:`Target Record` field works for" +" webhooks coming from another Odoo database. It is used to determine the " +"record(s) to be updated using the information in the payload." msgstr "" -"Wenn eine automatisierte Aktion eine neue Aufgabe in einem Projekt erstellt," -" können Sie diese einem bestimmten Benutzer zuweisen, indem Sie das " -":guilabel:`Feld` auf :guilabel:`Verantwortlicher Benutzer (Projekt)`, den " -":guilabel:`Bewertungstyp` auf :guilabel:`Referenz` und den " -":guilabel:`Datensatz` auf einen bestimmten Benutzer setzen." -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 -msgid "Example of a Create a new Record action" -msgstr "Beispiel für eine Aktion „Neuen Datensatz erstellen“" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:175 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Python expression`: used to dynamically define the newly created " -"record’s value for a field using Python code in the :guilabel:`Value` " -"column." +"If you wish to use the webhook's content for a purpose other than to find " +"the record(s) (e.g., *create* a record), your only option is to use an " +":ref:`studio/automated-actions/action/python-code` action. In this case, the" +" :guilabel:`Target record` field must contain any valid code, but its result" +" doesn't have any effect on the automated action itself." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Python-Ausdruck`: wird verwendet, um den Wert des neu erstellten " -"Datensatzes für ein Feld dynamisch mit Python-Code in der Spalte " -":guilabel:`Wert` zu definieren." -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:187 -msgid "Update the Record" -msgstr "Den Datensatz aktualisieren" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:179 msgid "" -"The action is used to set value(s) for field(s) of any record on the current" -" model." +"The webhook content is available in the server action context as a `payload`" +" variable (i.e., a dictionary that contains the GET parameters or POST JSON " +"body of the incoming request)." msgstr "" -"Die Aktion wird verwendet, um Werte für Felder eines beliebigen Datensatzes " -"des aktuellen Modells zu setzen." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:182 +msgid "" +"You can also choose to :guilabel:`Log Calls` to record the payloads " +"received, e.g., to make sure the data sent by the source system matches the " +"expected format and content. This also helps identify and diagnose any " +"issues that may arise. To access the logs, click the :guilabel:`Logs` smart " +"button at the top of the :guilabel:`Automation rules` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:190 +msgid "Actions" +msgstr "Aktionen" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:192 msgid "" -"The process to fill in the :guilabel:`Data to Write` tab is the same as " -"described under :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action/new-record`." +"Once you have defined the automation rule's :ref:`trigger `, click :guilabel:`Add an action` to define the action to " +"be executed." msgstr "" -"Der Prozess zum Ausfüllen des Reiters :guilabel:`Zu schreibende Daten` ist " -"derselbe wie unter :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action/new-record` " -"beschrieben." -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:198 -msgid "Execute several actions" -msgstr "Mehrere Aktionen ausführen" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:196 msgid "" -"The action is used to trigger multiple actions at the same time. To do so, " -"click on :guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Actions` tab. In the " -":guilabel:`Child Actions` pop-up, click on :guilabel:`Create` and configure " -"the action." +"You can define multiple actions for the same trigger/automation rule. The " +"actions are executed in the order they are defined. This means, for example," +" that if you define an :guilabel:`Update record` action and then a " +":guilabel:`Send email` action, the email uses the updated values. However, " +"if the :guilabel:`Send email` action is defined before the :guilabel:`Update" +" record` action, the email uses the values set *before* the update action is" +" run." msgstr "" -"Die Aktion wird verwendet, um mehrere Aktionen gleichzeitig auszulösen. " -"Klicken Sie dazu auf :guilabel:`Zeile hinzufügen` im Reiter " -":guilabel:`Aktionen`. Klicken Sie im Pop-up-Fenster " -":guilabel:`Untergeordnete Aktionen` auf :guilabel:`Erstellen` und " -"konfigurieren Sie die Aktion." -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:207 -msgid "Send Email" -msgstr "E-Mail versenden" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:206 +msgid "Update Record" +msgstr "Datensatz aktualisieren" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:208 msgid "" -"The action is used to send an email to a contact linked to a specific " -"record. To do so, select or create an :guilabel:`Email Template`." +"This action allows to update one of the record's (related) fields. Click the" +" :guilabel:`Update` field and, in the list that opens, select or search for " +"the field to be updated; click the right arrow next to the field name to " +"access the list of related fields if needed." msgstr "" -"Die Aktion wird verwendet, um eine E-Mail an einen Kontakt zu senden, der " -"mit einem bestimmten Datensatz verknüpft ist. Wählen Sie dazu eine " -":guilabel:`E-Mail-Vorlage` aus oder erstellen Sie eine solche." -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:215 -msgid "Add Followers" -msgstr "Follower hinzufügen" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:212 +msgid "" +"If you selected a :ref:`many2many field `, choose whether the field must be updated by " +":guilabel:`Adding`, :guilabel:`Removing`, or :guilabel:`Setting it to` the " +"selected value or by :guilabel:`Clearing it`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:217 -msgid "The action is used to subscribe existing contacts to the record." -msgstr "" -"Die Aktion wird verwendet, um bestehende Kontakte für den Datensatz zu " -"abonnieren." - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:222 -msgid "Create Next Activity" -msgstr "Nächste Aktivität erstellen" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:224 msgid "" -"The action is used to schedule a new activity linked to the record. Use the " -":guilabel:`Activity` tab to set it up as usual, but instead of the " -":guilabel:`Assigned to` field, select an :guilabel:`Activity User Type`. " -"Select :guilabel:`Specific User` and add the user under " -":guilabel:`Responsible` if the activity should always be assigned to the " -"same user. To dynamically target a user linked to the record, select " -":guilabel:`Generic User From Record` instead and change the :guilabel:`User " -"field name` if necessary." +"If you want the automated action to remove a tag from the customer record, " +"set the :guilabel:`Update` field to :guilabel:`Customer > Tags`, select " +":guilabel:`By Removing`, then select the tag." msgstr "" -"Die Aktion wird verwendet, um eine neue Aktivität zu planen, die mit dem " -"Datensatz verknüpft ist. Verwenden Sie den Reiter :guilabel:`Aktivität`, um " -"sie wie gewohnt einzurichten, aber wählen Sie anstelle des Feldes " -":guilabel:`Zugewiesen an` einen :guilabel:`Aktivität-Benutzertyp`. Wählen " -"Sie :guilabel:`Spezifischer Benutzer` und fügen Sie den Benutzer unter " -":guilabel:`Verantwortlich` hinzu, wenn die Aktivität immer demselben " -"Benutzer zugewiesen werden soll. Wenn Sie dynamisch einen mit dem Datensatz " -"verknüpften Benutzer auswählen möchten, wählen Sie stattdessen " -":guilabel:`Generischer Benutzer aus Datensatz` und ändern Sie ggf. den " -":guilabel:`Benutzer-Feldname`." - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:232 -msgid "" -"After a lead is turned into an opportunity, you want your automated action " -"to set up a call for the user responsible for the lead. To do so, set the " -":guilabel:`Activity` to :guilabel:`Call` and set the :guilabel:`Activity " -"User Type` to :guilabel:`Generic User From Record`." -msgstr "" -"Nachdem ein Lead in eine Verkaufschance umgewandelt wurde, möchten Sie, dass" -" Ihre automatisierte Aktion einen Anruf für den Benutzer einrichtet, der für" -" den Lead verantwortlich ist. Dazu setzen Sie :guilabel:`Aktivität` auf " -":guilabel:`Anruf` und setzen das :guilabel:`Benutzertyp der Aktivität` auf " -":guilabel:`Generischer Benutzer aus Datensatz`." #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 -msgid "Example of a Create Next Activity action" -msgstr "Beispiel für eine Aktion „Neue Aktivität erstellen“" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:243 -msgid "Send SMS Text Message" -msgstr "SMS-Textnachricht versenden" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:245 -msgid "" -"The action is used to send an SMS to a contact linked to the record. To do " -"so, select or create an :guilabel:`SMS Template`." +msgid "Example of an Update Record action" msgstr "" -"Die Aktion wird verwendet, um eine SMS an einen Kontakt zu senden, der mit " -"dem Datensatz verknüpft ist. Wählen Sie dazu eine :guilabel:`SMS-Vorlage` " -"aus oder erstellen Sie eine solche." -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:225 msgid "" -"If you want sent messages to be logged in the Chatter, tick :guilabel:`Log " -"as Note`." +"Alternatively, you can also set a record's field dynamically using Python " +"code. To do so, select :guilabel:`Compute` instead of :guilabel:`Update`, " +"then enter the code to be used for computing the field's value. For example," +" if you want the automation rule to compute a custom :ref:`datetime field " +"` when a task's priority is set to " +"`High` (by starring the task), you can define the trigger " +":guilabel:`Priority is set to` to `High` and define the :guilabel:`Update " +"Record` action as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Compute a custom datetime field using a Python expression" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:236 +msgid "Create Activity" +msgstr "Aktivität erstellen" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:238 +msgid "" +"This action is used to schedule a new activity linked to the record. Select " +"an :guilabel:`Activity Type`, enter a :guilabel:`Title` and description, " +"then specify when you want the activity to be scheduled in the " +":guilabel:`Due Date In` field, and select a :guilabel:`User type`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:242 +msgid "" +"To always assign the activity to the same user, select :guilabel:`Specific " +"User` and add the user in the :guilabel:`Responsible` field;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:244 +msgid "" +"To target a user linked to the record dynamically, select :guilabel:`Dynamic" +" User (based on record)` and change the :guilabel:`User Field` if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:248 +msgid "" +"After a lead is turned into an opportunity, you want the automated action to" +" set up a call for the user responsible for the lead. To do so, set the " +":guilabel:`Activity Type` to :guilabel:`Call` and the :guilabel:`User Type` " +"to :guilabel:`Dynamic User (based on record)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Create Activity action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:256 +msgid "Send Email and Send SMS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:258 +msgid "" +"These actions are used to send an email or a text message to a contact " +"linked to a specific record. To do so, select or create an :guilabel:`Email " +"Template` or an :guilabel:`SMS Template`, then, in the :guilabel:`Send Email" +" As` or :guilabel:`Send SMS As` field, choose how you want to send the email" +" or text message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:263 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email`: to send the message as an email to the recipients of the " +":guilabel:`Email Template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:265 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message`: to post the message on the record and notify the " +"record's followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Note`: to send the message as an internal note visible to " +"internal users in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS (without note)`: to send the message as a text message to the" +" recipients of the :guilabel:`SMS template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:270 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS (with note)`: to send the message as a text message to the " +"recipients of the :guilabel:`SMS template` and post it as an internal note " +"in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:272 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Note only`: to only post the message as an internal note in the " +"chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:277 +msgid "Add Followers and Remove Followers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:279 +msgid "" +"Use these actions to (un)subscribe existing contacts to/from the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:282 +msgid "Create Record" +msgstr "Datensatz erstellen" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:284 +msgid "This action is used to create a new record on any model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:286 +msgid "" +"Select the required model in the :guilabel:`Record to Create` field; it " +"contains the current model by default. Specify a :guilabel:`Name` for the " +"record, and then, if you want to create the record on another model, select " +"a field in the :guilabel:`Link Field` field to link the record that " +"triggered the creation of the new record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:292 +msgid "" +"The dropdown list related to the :guilabel:`Link Field` field only contains " +":ref:`one2many fields ` existing " +"on the current model that are linked to a :ref:`many2one field " +"` on the target model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:297 +msgid "" +"You can create another automation rule with :ref:`studio/automated-" +"actions/action/update-record` actions to update the fields of the new record" +" if necessary. For example, you can use a :guilabel:`Create Record` action " +"to create a new project task and then assign it to a specific user using an " +":guilabel:`Update Record` action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:305 +msgid "Execute Code" +msgstr "Code ausführen" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:307 +msgid "" +"This action is used to execute Python code. You can write your code into the" +" :guilabel:`Code` tab using the following variables:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:310 +msgid "`env`: environment on which the action is triggered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:311 +msgid "" +"`model`: model of the record on which the action is triggered; is a void " +"recordset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:312 +msgid "`record`: record on which the action is triggered; may be void" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:313 +msgid "" +"`records`: recordset of all records on which the action is triggered in " +"multi-mode; this may be left empty" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:315 +msgid "`time`, `datetime`, `dateutil`, `timezone`: useful Python libraries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:316 +msgid "" +"`float_compare`: utility function to compare floats based on specific " +"precision" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:317 +msgid "" +"`log(message, level='info')`: logging function to record debug information " +"in ir.logging table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:319 +msgid "`_logger.info(message)`: logger to emit messages in server logs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:320 +msgid "`UserError`: exception class for raising user-facing warning messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:321 +msgid "`Command`: x2many commands namespace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:322 +msgid "`action = {...}`: to return an action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:325 +msgid "" +"The available variables are described both in the :guilabel:`Code` and " +":guilabel:`Help` tabs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:328 +msgid "Send Webhook Notification" +msgstr "Webhook-Benachrichtigung versenden" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:330 +msgid "" +"This action allows to send a POST request with the values of the " +":guilabel:`Fields` to the URL specified in the :guilabel:`URL` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:333 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Sample Payload` provides a preview of the data included in " +"the request using a random record's data or dummy data if no record is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:339 +msgid "Execute Existing Actions" +msgstr "Vorhandene Aktionen ausführen" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:341 +msgid "" +"The action is used to trigger multiple actions (linked to the current model)" +" at the same time. To do so, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`, then, in the " +":guilabel:`Add: Child Actions` pop-up, select an existing action or click " +":guilabel:`New` to create a new one." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie möchten, dass gesendete Nachrichten im Chatter protokolliert " -"werden, markieren Sie :guilabel:`Als Notiz hinterlassen`." #: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:3 msgid "Fields and widgets" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 4276ce3ee..e25606dc3 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -8,17 +8,17 @@ # Friederike Fasterling-Nesselbosch, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Felix Schubert , 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Larissa Manderfeld, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1277,7 +1277,7 @@ msgid "eCommerce management" msgstr "E-Commerce-Verwaltung" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:124 msgid "Customer accounts" msgstr "Kundenkonten" @@ -1936,7 +1936,7 @@ msgstr "" "etc." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:147 msgid "Analytics" msgstr "Analytics" @@ -3301,11 +3301,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:168 msgid "" -"The file is then available after checkout in the **purchase order** section " -"found on the customer's portal." +"The file is then available after checkout in the :guilabel:`Sales Orders` " +"section, found on the customer's portal." msgstr "" -"Die Datei ist nach dem Kassiervorgang im Abschnitt **Einkaufsauftrag** im " -"Kundenportal verfügbar." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:172 msgid "Product configuration" @@ -8092,8 +8090,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:156 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started`" +msgid ":doc:`../../services/helpdesk`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:161 msgid "Canned responses" @@ -9687,17 +9685,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:11 msgid "" "Each website can be designed and configured independently with its own " -":doc:`domain name `, theme, pages, menus, :doc:`languages " +":doc:`domain name `, :doc:`theme <../web_design/themes>`, " +":doc:`pages <../pages>`, :doc:`menus <../pages/menus>`, :doc:`languages " "`, :doc:`products <../../ecommerce/managing_products/products>`, " "assigned sales team, etc. They can also :ref:`share content and pages " "`." msgstr "" -"Jede Website kann unabhängig gestaltet und konfiguriert werden, mit eigenem " -":doc:`Domainnamen `, Designmotiv, Seiten, Menüs, " -":doc:`Sprachen `, :doc:`Produkten " -"<../../ecommerce/managing_products/products>`, zugewiesenem Verkaufsteam " -"usw. Sie können auch :ref:`Inhalte und Seiten teilen `." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -9716,7 +9709,7 @@ msgid "To create a new website, proceed as follows:" msgstr "Um eine neue Website zu erstellen, gehen Sie wie folgt vor:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:136 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" "Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Website --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`." @@ -9786,27 +9779,15 @@ msgstr "Website-Auswahl" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:55 msgid "" -"When you switch websites, you are redirected to the other website, to the " -"same page (URL) as the current one. If the page you are currently viewing " -"does not exist on the other website, you are redirected to a 404 error page." -" Once redirected, click :guilabel:`Create page` to create the page." +"When you switch websites, you are redirected to the homepage of the other " +"website." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie die Website wechseln, werden Sie auf die andere Website " -"weitergeleitet, und zwar auf dieselbe Seite (URL) wie die aktuelle. Wenn die" -" Seite, die Sie gerade ansehen, auf der anderen Website nicht existiert, " -"werden Sie auf eine 404-Fehlerseite umgeleitet. Nachdem Sie weitergeleitet " -"wurden, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Seite erstellen`, um die Seite zu " -"erstellen." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:0 -msgid "Create a page from a 404 error page" -msgstr "Eine Seite aus einer 404-Fehler-Seite erstellen" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:58 msgid "Website-specific configuration" msgstr "Website-spezifische Konfiguration" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:60 msgid "" "Most website settings are website-specific, which means they can be " "enabled/disabled per website. To adapt the settings for a website, go to " @@ -9823,7 +9804,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Einstellungen`-Seite, im **gelben** Banner. Passen Sie dann die " "Optionen für diese bestimmte Website an." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:67 msgid "" "Websites are created with the default settings; the settings are not copied " "from one website to the other." @@ -9831,7 +9812,7 @@ msgstr "" "Websites werden mit den Standardeinstellungen erstellt; die Einstellungen " "werden nicht von einer Website zur anderen kopiert." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:69 msgid "" "In a :doc:`multi-company environment `, " "each website can be linked to a specific company in your database so that " @@ -9846,11 +9827,11 @@ msgstr "" "der Website angezeigt werden. Um unternehmensspezifische Daten anzuzeigen, " "legen Sie das gewünschte Unternehmen im Feld :guilabel:`Unternehmen` fest." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:77 msgid "Content availability" msgstr "Verfügbarkeit von Inhalten" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:79 msgid "" "By default, pages, products, events, etc. created from the frontend (using " "the :guilabel:`+New` button) are only available on the website from which it" @@ -9875,21 +9856,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Website field in Forum form" msgstr "Website-Formular im Forumsformular" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:92 msgid "Records and features can be made available:" msgstr "Datensätze und Funktionen können zur Verfügung gestellt werden:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:94 msgid "On all websites: leave the :guilabel:`Website` field empty;" msgstr "Auf allen Websites: Lassen Sie das Feld :guilabel:`Website` leer;" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:95 msgid "Only on one website: set the :guilabel:`Website` field accordingly;" msgstr "" "Nur auf einer Website: Befüllen Sie das Feld :guilabel:`Website` " "entsprechend;" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:96 msgid "" "On some websites: in this case, you should duplicate the item and set the " ":guilabel:`Website` field." @@ -9897,11 +9878,11 @@ msgstr "" "Auf manchen Websites: In diesem Fall sollten Sie das Element duplizieren und" " das Feld :guilabel:`Website` einstellen." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:100 msgid "Website pages" msgstr "Website-Seiten" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:102 msgid "" "To modify the website on which a page is to be published, proceed as " "follows:" @@ -9909,11 +9890,11 @@ msgstr "" "Um die Website zu ändern, auf der eine Seite veröffentlicht werden soll, " "gehen Sie wie folgt vor:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:104 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages`." msgstr "Gehen Sie auf :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Seiten`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:105 msgid "" "Open the search panel and select the website on which the page is currently " "published." @@ -9925,13 +9906,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Display pages per website" msgstr "Anzeige der Seiten je Website" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:110 msgid "Tick the check box next to the page(s) you want to change." msgstr "" "Kreuzen Sie das Kontrollkästchen neben der/den Seite(n) an, die Sie ändern " "möchten." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:111 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Website` field and select the website, or empty it to " "publish the page on all websites." @@ -9939,7 +9920,7 @@ msgstr "" "Klicken Sie auf das Feld :guilabel:`Website` und wählen Sie die Website aus " "oder lassen Sie es leer, um die Seite auf allen Websites zu veröffentlichen." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:115 msgid "" "Each website must have its own homepage; you may not use the same homepage " "for several websites." @@ -9947,11 +9928,11 @@ msgstr "" "Jede Website muss ihre eigene Homepage haben; Sie dürfen nicht dieselbe " "Homepage für mehrere Websites verwenden." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:118 msgid "eCommerce features" msgstr "E-Commerce-Funktionen" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:120 msgid "" "eCommerce features such as products, eCommerce categories, pricelists, " "discounts, payment providers, etc. can be restricted to :ref:`a specific " @@ -9961,7 +9942,7 @@ msgstr "" "Rabatte, Zahlungsanbieter usw. können auf :ref:`eine bestimmte Website " "` beschränkt werden." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:126 msgid "" "You can :doc:`allow your customers to use the same account " "<../../ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts>` on all of your " @@ -9973,11 +9954,11 @@ msgstr "" " indem Sie das Kontrollkästchen :guilabel:`Gemeinsame Kundenkonten` in den " "Website-Einstellungen aktivieren." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:131 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "Positionen" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:133 msgid "" "Products can be priced differently based on the website using " ":ref:`pricelists `. The following configuration is " @@ -9987,7 +9968,7 @@ msgstr "" "` unterschiedlich bepreist werden. Die folgende " "Konfiguration ist erforderlich:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:137 msgid "" "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section and select the " ":guilabel:`Pricelists` option :guilabel:`Multiple prices per product`." @@ -9996,14 +9977,14 @@ msgstr "" " Sie unter :guilabel:`Preislisten` die Option :guilabel:`Mehrere Preise pro " "Produkt`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:139 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Pricelists` to define new pricelists or edit existing ones." msgstr "" "Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Preislisten`, um neue Preislisten zu definieren " "oder bestehende zu bearbeiten." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:140 msgid "" "Select the pricelist or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new one, then " "select the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and set the :guilabel:`Website` " @@ -10013,12 +9994,12 @@ msgstr "" "neue zu erstellen. Wählen Sie dann den Reiter :guilabel:`Konfiguration` und " "befüllen Sie das Feld :guilabel:`Website`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting.rst:5 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Berichtswesen" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:149 msgid "" "Each website has its own :ref:`analytics `. To switch " "between websites, click the buttons in the upper right corner." @@ -10031,11 +10012,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Switch websites in analytics" msgstr "Websites in Analysen wechseln" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:156 msgid "Other reporting data" msgstr "Andere Berichtsdaten" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:158 msgid "" "Other reporting data such as eCommerce dashboard data, online sales analyses" " and visitors can be grouped by website if necessary. Open the search panel " @@ -10064,19 +10045,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Cloudflare Turnstile is recommended** as it is possible to add an " -"interactive check if the automated check fails. Also, Google reCAPTCHA v3 is" -" limited to `1 million assessments per month per domain " -"`_." +"We recommend using **Cloudflare Turnstile** as reCAPTCHA v3 may not be " +"compliant with local data protection regulations." msgstr "" -"**Cloudflare Turnstile wird empfohlen**, da es möglich ist, eine interaktive" -" Prüfung hinzuzufügen, wenn die automatische Prüfung fehlschlägt. Außerdem " -"ist Google reCAPTCHA v3 auf `1 Million Bewertungen pro Monat pro Domain " -"`_ begrenzt." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:14 msgid "" "All pages using the :guilabel:`Form`, :guilabel:`Newsletter Block`, " ":guilabel:`Newsletter Popup` snippets, and the eCommerce :guilabel:`Extra " @@ -10087,7 +10060,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Zusätzlicher Schritt an der Kasse` verwenden, sind jetzt durch " "beide Tools geschützt." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:19 msgid "" "`Cloudflare Turnstile's documentation " "`_" @@ -10095,7 +10068,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Dokumentation von Cloudflare Turnstile " "`_" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:20 msgid "" "`Google's reCAPTCHA v3 guide " "`_" @@ -10103,15 +10076,15 @@ msgstr "" "`Leitfaden für reCAPTCHA v3 von Google " "`_" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:25 msgid "Cloudflare Turnstile configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration von Cloudflare Turnstile" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:28 msgid "On Cloudflare" msgstr "Auf Cloudflare" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:30 msgid "" "`Create `_ a Cloudflare account or use " "an existing one and `log in `_." @@ -10120,25 +10093,25 @@ msgstr "" "oder verwenden Sie Ihr bestehendes und `melden Sie sich an " "`_." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:32 msgid "On the dashboard navigation sidebar, click :guilabel:`Turnstile`." msgstr "" "Klicken Sie im seitlichen Bedienfeld des Dashboards auf " ":guilabel:`Turnstile`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:33 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Turnstile Sites` page, click :guilabel:`Add Site`." msgstr "" "Klicken Sie auf der Seite :guilabel:`Turnstile Sites` (Turnstile-Seiten), " "auf :guilabel:`Add Site` (Seite hinzufügen)." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:34 msgid "Add a :guilabel:`Site name` to identify it easily." msgstr "" "Fügen Sie einen :guilabel:`Site name` (Seitennamen) hinzu, um sie einfach zu" " identifizieren." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:35 msgid "" "Enter or select the website's :guilabel:`Domain` (e.g., *example.com* or " "*subdomain.example.com*)." @@ -10146,11 +10119,11 @@ msgstr "" "Geben Sie eine :guilabel:`Domain` für die Website ein oder wählen Sie sie " "aus (z. B. *example.com* oder *subdomain.example.com*)." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:36 msgid "Select a :guilabel:`Widget Mode`:" msgstr "Wählen Sie einen :guilabel:`Widget Mode` (Widget-Modus):" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:38 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Managed` mode is **recommended**, as visitors can be prompted" " to check a box confirming they are human if deemed necessary by Turnstile." @@ -10163,7 +10136,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Cloudflare Turnstile human verification widget" msgstr "Widget zur Verifizierung von Menschen von Cloudflare Turnstile" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:44 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Non-interactive` and :guilabel:`Invisible` modes, " "visitors are never prompted to interact. In :guilabel:`Non-interactive` " @@ -10176,7 +10149,7 @@ msgstr "" "ein Lade-Widget angezeigt werden, um die Besucher zu warnen, dass Turnstile " "das Formular schützt; das Widget wird jedoch nicht von Odoo unterstützt." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:49 msgid "" "If the Turnstile check fails, visitors are not able to submit the form, and " "the following error message is displayed:" @@ -10188,8 +10161,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Cloudflare Turnstile verification error message" msgstr "Fehlermeldung bei Cloudflare-Turnstile-Verifizierung" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:28 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Erstellen`." @@ -10197,7 +10170,7 @@ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Erstellen`." msgid "Adding a website to Cloudflare Turnstile" msgstr "Eine Website zu Cloudflare Turnstile hinzufügen" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:60 msgid "" "The generated keys are then displayed. Leave the page open for convenience, " "as copying the keys in Odoo is required next." @@ -10206,12 +10179,12 @@ msgstr "" "der Einfachheit halber geöffnet, da Sie als nächstes die Schlüssel in Odoo " "kopieren müssen." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:111 msgid "On Odoo" msgstr "In Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:66 msgid "" "From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " ":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`Cloudflare Turnstile` and click " @@ -10221,7 +10194,7 @@ msgstr "" "Aktivieren Sie unter :guilabel:`Integrationen` :guilabel:`Cloudflare " "Turnstile` und :guilabel:`Speichern` Sie." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:68 msgid "" "Open the Cloudflare Turnstile page, copy the :guilabel:`Site Key`, and paste" " it into the :guilabel:`CF Site Key` field in Odoo." @@ -10229,7 +10202,7 @@ msgstr "" "Öffnen Sie die Cloudflare-Turnstile-Seite, kopieren Sie den :guilabel:`Site-" "Schlüssel` und fügen Sie ihn in das Feld :guilabel:`CF-SiteKey` in Odoo ein." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:70 msgid "" "Open the Cloudflare Turnstile page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret Key`, and " "paste it into the :guilabel:`CF Secret Key` field in Odoo." @@ -10238,13 +10211,13 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Secret Key` (geheimen Schlüssel) und fügen Sie ihn in das Feld " ":guilabel:`Geheimer CF-Schlüssel` in Odoo ein." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:75 msgid "" "Navigate to Turnstile on your Cloudflare account to view the solve rates and" " access more settings." @@ -10252,15 +10225,20 @@ msgstr "" "Navigieren Sie in Ihrem Cloudflare-Konto zu Turnstile, um die Lösungsraten " "zu sehen und auf weitere Einstellungen zuzugreifen." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:81 msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration von reCAPTCHA v3" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:84 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 may not be compliant with local data protection regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:87 msgid "On Google" msgstr "Auf Google" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:89 msgid "" "Open `the reCAPTCHA website registration page " "`_. Log in or create a Google" @@ -10270,20 +10248,20 @@ msgstr "" "`_. Melden Sie sich an oder " "erstellen Sie gegebenenfalls ein Google-Konto." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:92 msgid "On the website registration page:" msgstr "Auf der Registrierungsseite der Website:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:94 msgid "Give the website a :guilabel:`Label`." msgstr "Geben Sie der Website ein :guilabel:`Label`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:95 msgid "Leave the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA type` on :guilabel:`Score based (v3)`." msgstr "" "Lassen Sie den :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA-Typ` auf :guilabel:`Punktebasiert (v3)`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:96 msgid "" "Enter one or more :guilabel:`Domains` (e.g., *example.com* or " "*subdomain.example.com*)." @@ -10291,7 +10269,7 @@ msgstr "" "Geben Sie eine oder mehrere :guilabel:`Domains` ein (z. B. *example.com* " "oder *subdomain.example.com*)." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:97 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform`, a project is automatically selected" " if one was already created with the logged-in Google account. If not, one " @@ -10304,11 +10282,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform`, um selbst ein Projekt auszuwählen oder " "das automatisch erstellte Projekt umzubenennen." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:101 msgid "Agree to the terms of service." msgstr "Stimmen Sie den Nutzungsbedinungen zu." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:102 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit`." msgstr "Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Senden`." @@ -10316,7 +10294,7 @@ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Senden`." msgid "reCAPTCHA website registration example" msgstr "Beispiel einer reCAPTCHA-Websiteregistrierung" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:107 msgid "" "A new page with the generated keys is then displayed. Leave it open for " "convenience, as copying the keys to Odoo is required next." @@ -10325,7 +10303,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lassen Sie sie der Einfachheit halber geöffnet, da Sie als nächstes die " "Schlüssel in Odoo kopieren müssen." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:113 msgid "" "From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " ":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` if needed." @@ -10334,7 +10312,7 @@ msgstr "" "Aktivieren Sie unter :guilabel:`Integrationen` :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA`, falls " "erforderlich." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:117 msgid "" "Do not disable the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` feature or uninstall the " ":guilabel:`Google reCAPTCHA integration` module, as many other modules would" @@ -10344,7 +10322,7 @@ msgstr "" "deinstallieren Sie nicht das Modul :guilabel:`Google-reCAPTCHA-Integration`," " da sonst auch viele andere Module entfernt werden." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:120 msgid "" "Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Site key`, and paste it " "into the :guilabel:`Site Key` field in Odoo." @@ -10353,7 +10331,7 @@ msgstr "" "Schlüssel` und fügen Sie ihn in das Feld :guilabel:`Site-Schlüssel` in Odoo " "ein." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:122 msgid "" "Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret key`, and paste " "it into the :guilabel:`Secret Key` field in Odoo." @@ -10362,7 +10340,7 @@ msgstr "" "Schlüssel` und fügen Sie ihn in das Feld :guilabel:`Geheimer Schlüssel` in " "Odoo ein." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:124 msgid "" "Change the default :guilabel:`Minimum score` (`0.50`) if necessary, using a " "value between `1.00` and `0.00`. The higher the threshold is, the more " @@ -10373,7 +10351,7 @@ msgstr "" "Schwellenwert ist, desto schwieriger ist es, das reCAPTCHA zu bestehen, und " "andersherum." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:129 msgid "" "You can notify visitors that reCAPTCHA protects a form. To do so, open the " "website editor and navigate to the form. Then, click somewhere on the form, " @@ -10391,7 +10369,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "reCAPTCHA policy message displayed on a form" msgstr "Meldung der reCAPTCHA-Richtlinie angezeigt auf einem Formular" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:138 msgid "" "If the reCAPTCHA check fails, the following error message is displayed:" msgstr "" @@ -10402,7 +10380,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Google reCAPTCHA verification error message" msgstr "Fehlermeldung bei Google-reCAPTCHA-Verifizierung" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:144 msgid "" "Analytics and additional settings are available on `Google's reCAPTCHA " "administration page `_. For " @@ -11006,29 +10984,22 @@ msgstr "" "Mit Odoo können Sie Seiten für Ihre Website erstellen und deren Inhalt und " "Aussehen an Ihre Bedürfnisse anpassen." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:12 msgid "" -"*Static* pages are pages that have stable content, such as the homepage. You" -" can manually create new ones, define their URL, adapt their " -":ref:`properties `, etc. *Dynamic* pages, on the " -"other hand, are generated dynamically. All pages generated automatically by " -"Odoo, for example when you install an app or module (e.g., `/shop` or " -"`/blog`) or publish a new product or blog post, are dynamic pages and are " -"therefore managed differently." +"**Static** pages have stable content, such as the homepage. You can manually" +" create new ones, define their URLs, adapt their :ref:`properties " +"`, etc. **Dynamic** pages, on the other hand, are " +"generated dynamically. All pages generated automatically by Odoo, for " +"example, when you install an app or module (e.g., `/shop` or `/blog`) or " +"publish a new product or blog post, are dynamic pages and are therefore " +"managed differently." msgstr "" -"Statische Seiten sind Seiten mit festem Inhalt, z. B. die Homepage. Sie " -"können manuell neue Seiten erstellen, ihre URL festlegen, ihre " -":ref:`Eigenschaften ` anpassen usw. Dynamische " -"Seiten hingegen werden dynamisch erzeugt. Alle von Odoo automatisch " -"generierten Seiten, z. B. wenn Sie eine App oder ein Modul (z. B. /shop oder" -" /blog) installieren oder ein neues Produkt oder einen Blogbeitrag " -"veröffentlichen, sind dynamische Seiten und werden daher anders verwaltet." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:19 msgid "Page creation" msgstr "Seitenerstellung" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:21 msgid "" "Website pages can be created from the **frontend** and the **backend**. To " "create a new website page, proceed as follows:" @@ -11036,7 +11007,7 @@ msgstr "" "Webseiten können über das **Frontend** und das **Backend** erstellt werden. " "Um eine neue Webseite zu erstellen, gehen Sie wie folgt vor:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:24 msgid "" "Either open the **Website** app, click :guilabel:`+ New` in the top-right " "corner, then select :guilabel:`Page`;" @@ -11044,7 +11015,7 @@ msgstr "" "Öffnen Sie entweder die **Website**-App, klicken Sie in der oberen rechten " "Ecke auf :guilabel:`+ Neu` und wählen Sie dann :guilabel:`Seite` aus;" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:26 msgid "" "Or go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages` and click " ":guilabel:`New`." @@ -11052,15 +11023,13 @@ msgstr "" "Oder gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Seiten` und klicken " "Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:27 msgid "" -"Enter a :guilabel:`Page Title`; this title is used in the menu, as well as " -"in the page's URL." +"Enter a :guilabel:`Page Title`; this title is used in the menu and the " +"page's URL." msgstr "" -"Geben Sie einen :guilabel:`Seitentitel` ein; dieser Titel wird sowohl für " -"das Menü als auch für die URL der Seite verwendet." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:29 msgid "" "Customize the page's content and appearance using the website builder, then " "click :guilabel:`Save`." @@ -11068,47 +11037,42 @@ msgstr "" "Passen Sie den Inhalt und das Aussehen der Seite mit dem Website-Builder an " "und klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Speichern`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:31 msgid ":ref:`Publish ` the page." msgstr ":ref:`Veröffentlichen ` Sie die Seite." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:34 msgid "" "Disable :guilabel:`Add to menu` if the page should not appear in the menu." msgstr "" "Deaktivieren Sie :guilabel:`Zum Menü hinzufügen`, wenn die Seite nicht im " "Menü erscheinen soll." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:37 msgid "Page management" msgstr "Seitenverwaltung" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:42 msgid "Publishing/unpublishing pages" msgstr "Seiten veröffentlichen und deren Veröffentlichung aufheben" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:44 msgid "" "Pages need to be published to make them accessible to website visitors. To " -"publish or unpublish a page, access it, then toggle the switch in the upper-" +"publish or unpublish a page, access it and toggle the switch in the upper-" "right corner from :guilabel:`Unpublished` to :guilabel:`Published`, or vice " "versa." msgstr "" -"Seiten müssen veröffentlicht werden, damit sie für Besucher der Website " -"zugänglich sind. Um eine Seite zu veröffentlichen oder ihre Veröffentlichung" -" aufzuheben, rufen Sie sie auf und schalten den Schalter in der oberen " -"rechten Ecke von :guilabel:`Unveröffentlicht` auf :guilabel:`Veröffentlicht`" -" um oder umgekehrt." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst-1 msgid "Unpublished/Published toggle" msgstr "Unveröffentlicht/Veröffentlicht-Seite" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:52 msgid "It is also possible to:" msgstr "Es ist auch möglich:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:54 msgid "" "publish/unpublish a page from the :ref:`page properties " "`, where you can define a publishing date and/or " @@ -11119,69 +11083,52 @@ msgstr "" "Veröffentlichungsdatum festlegen und/oder die Sichtbarkeit der Seite bei " "Bedarf einschränken können;" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:56 msgid "" "publish/unpublish several pages at once: go to :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Site --> Pages`, select the pages, then, click :guilabel:`Action` and select" -" :guilabel:`Publish` or :guilabel:`Unpublish`." +"Site --> Pages`, select the pages, then click :guilabel:`Action` and select " +":guilabel:`Publish` or :guilabel:`Unpublish`." msgstr "" -"mehrere Seiten auf einmal veröffentlichen/deren Veröffentlichung aufheben: " -"Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Seiten`, wählen Sie die " -"Seiten aus, klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Aktion` und wählen Sie " -":guilabel:`Veröffentlichen` oder :guilabel:`Nicht veröffentlichen`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:61 msgid "Homepage" msgstr "Homepage" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:63 msgid "" -"By default, when you create a website, Odoo creates a dedicated " -":guilabel:`Home` page, but you can define any website page as your homepage." -" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, " -"then, in the :guilabel:`Website info` section, define the URL of the desired" -" page in the field :guilabel:`Homepage URL` (e.g., `/shop`)." +"When you create a website, Odoo creates a dedicated :guilabel:`Home` page by" +" default, but you can define any website page as your homepage. To do so, go" +" to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, then, in the " +":guilabel:`Website info` section, define the URL of the desired page in the " +"field :guilabel:`Homepage URL` (e.g., `/shop`)." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie eine Website anlegen, erstellt Odoo standardmäßig eine eigene " -":guilabel:`Homepage`, aber Sie können jede beliebige Website-Seite als " -"Startseite definieren. Gehen Sie dazu auf :guilabel:`Website --> " -"Konfiguration --> Einstellungen` und geben Sie dann im Abschnitt " -":guilabel:`Website-Info` im Feld :guilabel:`URL der Homepage` die URL der " -"gewünschten Seite an (z. B. `/shop`)." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:68 msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can define any static page as your homepage by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Properties`. Select the " -":guilabel:`Publish` tab and enable :guilabel:`Use as Homepage`." +"Alternatively, you can define any :ref:`static page ` as " +"your homepage by going to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Properties`. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Publish` tab and enable :guilabel:`Use as Homepage`." msgstr "" -"Alternativ können Sie jede beliebige statische Seite als Homepage " -"definieren, indem Sie auf :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> " -"Eigenschaften` gehen. Wählen Sie den Reiter :guilabel:`Veröffentlichen` und " -"aktivieren Sie :guilabel:`Als Homepage verwenden`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:75 msgid "Page properties" msgstr "Seiteneigenschaften" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:77 msgid "" -"To modify a static page's properties, access the page you wish to modify, " -"then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties`." +"To modify a :ref:`static page's ` properties, access the " +"page you wish to modify, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties`." msgstr "" -"Um die Eigenschaften einer statischen Seite zu ändern, rufen Sie die Seite " -"auf, die Sie ändern möchten, und gehen dann auf :menuselection:`Site --> " -"Eigenschaften`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:80 msgid "The :guilabel:`Name` tab allows you to:" msgstr "Im Reiter :guilabel:`Name` können Sie:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:82 msgid "rename the page using the :guilabel:`Page Name` field;" msgstr "die Seite über das Feld :guilabel:`Seitenname` umbennen;" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:83 msgid "" "modify the :guilabel:`Page URL`. In this case, you can redirect the old URL " "to the new one if needed. To do so, enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old URL`, " @@ -11193,12 +11140,12 @@ msgstr "" "umleiten` und wählen Sie dann :guilabel:`Typ` von :ref:`Umleitung " "`:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`301 Moved permanently`: to redirect the page permanently;" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`301 Dauerhaft umgeleitet`: um die Seite dauerhaft umzuleiten;" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`302 Moved temporarily`: to redirect the page temporarily." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`302 Vorübergehend umgeleitet`: um die Seite vorübergehend " @@ -11208,14 +11155,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Redirect old URL" msgstr "Alte URL umleiten" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:93 msgid "" "You can further adapt the page's properties in the :guilabel:`Publish` tab:" msgstr "" "Sie können die Eigenschaften der Seite im Reiter :guilabel:`Veröffentlichen`" " weiter anpassen:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:95 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show in Top Menu`: Disable if you don't want the page to appear " "in the menu;" @@ -11223,7 +11170,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Im oberen Menü anzeigen`: Deaktivieren, wenn Sie nicht möchten, " "dass die Seite im Menü erscheint;" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:96 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use as Homepage`: Enable if you want the page to be the homepage " "of your website;" @@ -11231,7 +11178,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Als Homepage verwenden`: Aktivieren, wenn Sie möchten, dass die " "Seite als Homepage Ihrer Webseite dient;" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:97 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Indexed`: Disable if you don't want the page to be shown in " "search engine results;" @@ -11239,12 +11186,12 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Indiziert`: Deaktivieren, wenn Sie nicht möchten, dass die Seite " "in Ergebnissen von Suchmaschinen erscheint;" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:98 msgid ":guilabel:`Published`: Enable to publish the page;" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Veröffentlicht`: Aktivieren, um die Seite zu veröffentlichen;" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Publishing Date`: To publish the page at a specific moment, " "select the date, click the clock icon to set the time, then click the green " @@ -11255,20 +11202,20 @@ msgstr "" "Uhrensymbol, um die Uhrzeit einzustellen, und klicken Sie dann auf das grüne" " Häkchen, um Ihre Auswahl zu bestätigen." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:101 msgid ":guilabel:`Visibility`: Select who can access the page:" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Sichtbarkeit`: Wählen Sie aus, wer auf die Seite zugreifen kann:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:103 msgid ":guilabel:`All`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Alle`" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Signed In`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Angemeldet`" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Restricted Group`: Select the :doc:`user access group(s) " "` in the :guilabel:`Authorized " @@ -11278,7 +11225,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Autorisierte Gruppen` die :doc:`Benutzerzugriffsgruppe(n) " "` aus." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`With Password`: Enter the password in the :guilabel:`Password` " "field." @@ -11286,7 +11233,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Mit Passwort`: Geben Sie das Passwort in das Feld " ":guilabel:`Passwort` ein." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:110 msgid "" "*Some* of these properties can also be modified from :menuselection:`Website" " --> Site --> Pages`." @@ -11294,11 +11241,11 @@ msgstr "" "*Einige* dieser Eigenschaften können auch über :menuselection:`Website --> " "Site --> Seiten` geändert werden." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:113 msgid "Duplicating pages" msgstr "Seiten duplizieren" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:115 msgid "" "To duplicate a page, access the page, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> " "Properties` and click :guilabel:`Duplicate Page`. Enter a :guilabel:`Page " @@ -11313,15 +11260,15 @@ msgstr "" "duplizierten Seite eingefügt, aber Sie können sie aus dem Menü entfernen " "oder ihre Position mit dem :doc:`Menü-Editor ` ändern." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:123 msgid "Deleting pages" msgstr "Seiten löschen" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:125 msgid "To delete a page, proceed as follows:" msgstr "Um eine Seite zu löschen, gehen Sie wie folgt vor:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:127 msgid "" "Access the page, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties` and click " ":guilabel:`Delete Page`." @@ -11329,7 +11276,7 @@ msgstr "" "Rufen Sie die Seite auf, gehen Sie dann zu :menuselection:`Site --> " "Eigenschaften` und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Seite löschen`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:129 msgid "" "A pop-up window appears on the screen with all links referring to the page " "you want to delete, organized by category. To ensure website visitors don't " @@ -11347,7 +11294,7 @@ msgstr "" "können Sie auch eine :ref:`Umleitung ` für die " "gelöschte Seite einrichten." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:134 msgid "" "Once you have updated the links (or set up a :ref:`redirection `), select the :guilabel:`I am sure about this` check box, then " @@ -11357,28 +11304,22 @@ msgstr "" "redirection>` eingerichtet) haben, aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen " ":guilabel:`Ich bin mir sicher` und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`OK`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:138 -msgid "URL redirects" -msgstr "URL-Umleitungen" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Redirecting URLs consists in sending visitors and search engines to a URL " -"that is different from the one they originally requested. This technique is " -"used, for example, to prevent broken links when you :ref:`delete a page " -"`, :ref:`modify its URL `, or " -"move your site to a new :doc:`domain `. It can " -"also be used to improve :doc:`pages/seo`." +msgid "URL redirect mapping" msgstr "" -"Die Umleitung von URLs besteht darin, Besucher und Suchmaschinen zu einer " -"anderen URL zu leiten als der, die sie ursprünglich angefordert haben. Diese" -" Technik wird z. B. verwendet, um beschädigte Links zu vermeiden, wenn Sie " -":ref:`eine Seite löschen `, :ref:`ihre URL ändern " -"` oder Ihre Website auf eine neue :doc:`Domain " -"` verschieben. Sie kann auch verwendet werden, " -"um die Suchmaschinenoptimierung (SEO) zu verbessern." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:142 +msgid "" +"URL redirect mapping consists in sending visitors and search engines to a " +"URL different from the one they initially requested. This technique is used," +" for example, to prevent broken links when you :ref:`delete a page " +"`, :ref:`modify its URL `, or " +"migrate your site from another platform to an Odoo :doc:`domain " +"`. It can also be used to improve " +":doc:`pages/seo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:148 msgid "" "To access existing URL redirections and create new ones, :doc:`activate the " "developer mode ` and go to " @@ -11389,134 +11330,108 @@ msgstr "" "` und gehen Sie zu " ":menuselection:`Website --> Konfiguration --> Umleitungen`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:151 -msgid "" -"A record is added automatically every time you :ref:`modify a page's URL " -"` and enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old URL`." -msgstr "" -"Jedes Mal, wenn Sie :ref:`die URL einer Seite ändern " -"` und :guilabel:`Alte URL umleiten` aktivieren, " -"wird automatisch ein Eintrag hinzugefügt." - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:153 -msgid "You can set up redirections for static and dynamic pages." +msgid "" +"A redirect record is added automatically every time you :ref:`modify a " +"page's URL ` and enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old " +"URL`." msgstr "" -"Sie können Umleitungen für statische und dynamische Seiten einrichten." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:155 msgid "" +"You can set up redirections for :ref:`static and dynamic pages " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:157 +msgid "" "To create a new redirection, click the :guilabel:`New` button, then fill in " "the fields:" msgstr "" "Um eine neue Umleitung zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche " ":guilabel:`Neu` und füllen dann die Felder aus:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:159 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name to identify the redirect." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Name`: Geben Sie einen Namen ein, um die Umleitung zu " "identifizieren." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:160 msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: Select the type of redirection:" msgstr ":guilabel:`Aktion`: Wählen Sie den Typ der Umleitung aus." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:160 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`404 Not found`: visitors are redirected to a 404 error page when " -"they try to access the page." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`404 Nicht gefunden`: Benutzer werden zu einer 404-Fehlerseite " -"umgeleitet, wenn sie versuchen, die Seite zu erreichen." - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:162 msgid "" -":guilabel:`301 Moved Permanently`: for permanent redirections of static " -"pages; the new URL is shown in search engine results and the redirect is " -"cached by browsers." +":guilabel:`404 Not found`: visitors are redirected to a 404 error page when " +"they try to access an unpublished or deleted page." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`301 Dauerhaft umgeleitet`: für dauerhafte Umleitungen von " -"statischen Seiten; die neue URL wird in den Suchmaschinenergebnissen " -"angezeigt und die Umleitung wird von den Browsern zwischengespeichert." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:164 msgid "" -":guilabel:`302 Moved Temporarily`: for short-term redirections, for example," -" if you are redesigning or updating the page. The new URL is neither cached " -"by browsers, nor shown in search engine results." +":guilabel:`301 Moved Permanently`: for permanent redirections of unpublished" +" or deleted :ref:`static pages `. The new URL is shown in" +" search engine results, and the redirect is cached by browsers." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`302 Vorübergehend umgeleitet`: für kurzfristige Umleitungen, z. " -"B. wenn Sie die Seite umgestalten oder aktualisieren. Die neue URL wird " -"weder von Browsern zwischengespeichert noch in Suchmaschinenergebnissen " -"angezeigt." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:167 msgid "" -":guilabel:`308 Redirect / Rewrite`: for permanent redirections of dynamic " -"pages; the new URL is shown in search engine results and the redirect is " -"cached by browsers. Use this redirect type to rename a dynamic page, for " -"example, if you wish to rename `/shop` into `/market`." +":guilabel:`302 Moved Temporarily`: for short-term redirections, for example," +" if you are redesigning or updating a page. The new URL is neither cached by" +" browsers nor shown in search engine results." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`308 308 Umleiten/Umschreiben`: für vorübergehende Umleitungen von" -" dynamischen Seiten; die neue URL wird in den Suchmaschinenergebnissen " -"angezeigt und die Umleitung wird von den Browsern zwischengespeichert. " -"Verwenden Sie diesen Umleitungstyp, um eine dynamische Seite umzubenennen, " -"z. B. wenn Sie `/shop` in `/market` umbenennen möchten." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:170 msgid "" -":guilabel:`URL from`: Enter the URL to be redirected (e.g., `/about-the-" -"company`) or search for the desired dynamic page and select it from the " -"list." +":guilabel:`308 Redirect/Rewrite`: for permanent redirections of existing " +":ref:`dynamic pages `. The URL is renamed; the new name " +"is shown in search engine results and is cached by browsers. Use this " +"redirect type to rename a dynamic page, for example, if you wish to rename " +"`/shop` into `/market`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`URL von`: Geben Sie die umzuleitende URL ein (z. B. `/about-the-" -"company`) oder suchen Sie nach der gewünschten dynamischen Seite und wählen " -"Sie sie aus der Liste aus." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:173 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`URL to`: For 301, 302 and 308 redirects, enter the URL to be " -"redirected to. If you want to redirect to an external URL, make sure to " -"include the protocol (e.g., `https://`)." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`URL zu`: Für 301-, 302- und 308-Umleitungen geben Sie die URL " -"ein, zu der weitergeleitet werden soll. Wenn Sie auf eine externe URL " -"umleiten möchten, müssen Sie das Protokoll angeben (z. B. `https://`)." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:175 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL from`: Enter the URL to be redirected (e.g., `/about-the-" +"company`) or search for the desired :ref:`dynamic page ` " +"and select it from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:177 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL to`: For 301, 302, and 308 redirects, enter the URL to be " +"redirected to. If you want to redirect to an external URL, include the " +"protocol (e.g., `https://`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:179 msgid ":guilabel:`Website`: Select a specific website." msgstr ":guilabel:`Website`: Wählen Sie eine bestimmte Website aus." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:180 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sequence`: to define the order in which redirections are " +":guilabel:`Sequence`: To define the order in which redirections are " "performed, e.g., in the case of redirect chains (i.e., a series of redirects" " where one URL is redirected to another one, which is itself further " "redirected to another URL)." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Sequenz`: Um die Sequenz der Umleitungen festzulegen, z. B. bei " -"Umleitungsketten (d. h. einer Reihe von Umleitungen, bei denen eine URL auf " -"eine andere umgeleitet wird, die wiederum auf eine andere URL umgeleitet " -"wird)." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:184 msgid "Toggle the :guilabel:`Activate` switch to deactivate the redirection." msgstr "" "Schalten Sie die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Aktiv` aus, um die Umleitung zu " "deaktivieren." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:183 -msgid "" -"404, 301 and 302 redirections only work if the original page has been " -":ref:`unpublished ` or :ref:`deleted " -"`." -msgstr "" -"404-, 301- und 302-Umleitungen funktionieren nur, wenn die ursprüngliche " -"Seite :ref:`unveröffentlicht ` oder :ref:`gelöscht " -"` wurde." - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:187 msgid "" +"404, 301, and 302 redirections are meant to migrate traffic from " +":ref:`unpublished ` or :ref:`deleted " +"` pages to *new* pages, while the 308 redirect is used " +"for *permanent* redirections of *existing* pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:192 +msgid "" "`Google documentation on redirects and search " "`_" @@ -11525,7 +11440,7 @@ msgstr "" "`_" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:193 msgid ":doc:`pages/seo`" msgstr ":doc:`pages/seo`" @@ -12564,14 +12479,20 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`GTM (Google Tag Manager)` is a tag management system that allows you " "to easily update measurement codes and related code fragments, collectively " "known as tags on your website or mobile app, directly through the code " -"injector. To use GTM, proceed as follows:" +"injector." msgstr "" -":abbr:`GTM (Google Tag Manager)` ist ein Tag-Management-System, mit dem Sie " -"Messcodes und zugehörige Codefragmente, die als Tags bezeichnet werden, auf " -"Ihrer Website oder Ihrer mobilen App direkt über den Code-Injektor " -"aktualisieren können. Um GTM zu verwenden, gehen Sie wie folgt vor:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Google Tag Manager may not be compliant with local data protection " +"regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:142 +msgid "To use GTM, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:144 msgid "" "Create or sign in to a Google account by going to " "https://tagmanager.google.com/." @@ -12579,12 +12500,12 @@ msgstr "" "Erstellen Sie ein Google-Konto oder melden Sie sich an unter " "https://tagmanager.google.com/." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:146 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Accounts` tab, click :guilabel:`Create account`." msgstr "" "Klicken Sie im Reiter :guilabel:`Konten` auf :guilabel:`Konto erstellen`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:148 msgid "" "Enter an :guilabel:`Account Name` and select the account's " ":guilabel:`Country`." @@ -12592,7 +12513,7 @@ msgstr "" "Geben Sie einen :guilabel:`Kontonamen` ein und wählen Sie das " ":guilabel:`Land` des Kontos aus." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:150 msgid "" "Enter your website's URL in the :guilabel:`Container name` field and select " "the :guilabel:`Target platform`." @@ -12600,13 +12521,13 @@ msgstr "" "Geben Sie im Feld :guilabel:`Containername` die URL Ihrer Website ein und " "wählen Sie die :guilabel:`Zielplattform`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:153 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create` and agree to the Terms of Service." msgstr "" "Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Erstellen` und akzeptieren Sie die " "Nutzungsbedingungen." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:155 msgid "" "Copy the `` and `` codes from the popup window. Then, go to your" " website, click :guilabel:`Edit`, go to the :guilabel:`Themes` tab, scroll " @@ -12623,7 +12544,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Install Google Tag Manager" msgstr "Installation von Google Tag Manager" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:164 msgid "" "The data is collected in the marketing tools used to monitor the website " "(e.g., Google Analytics, Plausible, Facebook Pixel), not in Odoo." @@ -13138,6 +13059,7 @@ msgstr "" " für Ihre Webseiten zu erstellen." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/dynamic_content.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/inner_content.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -13347,6 +13269,59 @@ msgstr "" "Abschnitt :guilabel:`Code einbetten` und geben Sie den Code ein, der den " "Code ersetzt, mit dem die Anweisungen des Blocks angezeigt werden." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:3 +msgid "Features" +msgstr "Funktionen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Features` :doc:`building blocks <../building_blocks>` allow " +"you to list multiple items next to each other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The :ref:`Table of Content ` and the :ref:`Call " +"to Action ` blocks are presented below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:20 +msgid "Table of content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Table of Content` block is used to list many different items " +"grouped under several headings. A clickable index is available to navigate " +"quickly between the different categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst-1 +msgid "The default Table of Content block" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:29 +msgid "Call to action" +msgstr "Handlungsaufforderung" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Call to Action` block is used to prompt visitors to take a " +"specific action, such as signing up for a newsletter or contacting you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst-1 +msgid "The default Call to Action block" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To change the button's link, select it, go to the :guilabel:`Customize` " +"tab's :guilabel:`Inline Text` section and replace `/contactus` with another " +"URL." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/inner_content.rst:3 msgid "Inner content" msgstr "Innere Inhalte" @@ -13440,10 +13415,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The default banner block" msgstr "Der Standard-Bannerblock" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:29 -msgid "Call to action" -msgstr "Handlungsaufforderung" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:31 msgid "" "The call to action button encourages visitors to take a specific action, for" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 5e2c72fef..fe2b35ef9 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:55+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -238,8 +238,8 @@ msgid "" " case of technical issues during the process, Odoo might contact you." msgstr "" "Odoo se asegura de que la base de datos sea compatible antes de publicarla " -"en línea. En caso de que existan problemas técnicos durante el proceso, es " -"posible que Odoo se ponga en contacto con usted. " +"en línea. Es posible que Odoo se ponga en contacto con usted si ocurren " +"problemas técnicos durante el proceso." #: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:36 #: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:109 @@ -353,39 +353,39 @@ msgid "" "Uninstall all **non-standard apps** in a staging build before doing it in " "the production build." msgstr "" -"Desinstale todas las **aplicaciones no estándar** en una versión de prueba " -"antes de hacerlo en la versión de producción. " +"Desinstale todas las **aplicaciones no estándar** en una compilación de " +"prueba antes de hacerlo en la de producción. " #: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:96 msgid "" "`Create a support ticket `_ including the " "following:" msgstr "" -"`Cree un ticket de soporte `_ incluyendo lo " -"siguiente: " +"`Cree un ticket de soporte `_ que incluya lo " +"siguiente:" #: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:99 msgid "" "the **URL** you want to use for the database (e.g., `company.odoo.com`)," msgstr "" -"la **URL** que desee usar para la base de datos (por ejemplo, " -"`company.odoo.com`)," +"la **URL** que desea usar para la base de datos (por ejemplo, " +"`empresa.odoo.com`)" #: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:100 msgid "which **branch** should be migrated," -msgstr "la **rama** que debe migrar," +msgstr "la **rama** que debe migrar" #: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:101 msgid "" "in which **region** you want the database to be hosted (Americas, Europe, or" " Asia)," msgstr "" -"la **región** en la que quiere que su base de datos se aloje (América, " -"Europa o Asia), " +"la **región** en la que quiere alojar su base de datos (América, Europa o " +"Asia)" #: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:102 msgid "which user(s) will be the **administrator(s)**, and" -msgstr "los usuarios que serán **administradores**, y " +msgstr "los usuarios que serán **administradores**" #: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -402,20 +402,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:112 msgid "Future **administrator(s)** must have an Odoo.com account." -msgstr "Los futuros **administradores** deben tener una cuenta en Odoo.com" +msgstr "Los futuros **administradores** deben tener una cuenta en Odoo.com." #: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:113 msgid "" "The **date and time** you want the database to be up and running are helpful" " to organize the switch from the Odoo.sh server to the Odoo Online servers." msgstr "" -"La **fecha y hora** específicas en las que desea que la base de datos esté " -"en funcionamiento son muy útiles para organizar el cambio de un servidor de " -"Odoo.sh a los servidores de Odoo en línea." +"La **fecha y hora** en que desea que la base de datos esté en funcionamiento" +" son útiles para organizar el cambio del servidor de Odoo.sh a los " +"servidores de Odoo en línea." #: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:115 msgid "Databases are **not reachable** during their migration." -msgstr "Las bases de datos **no se pueden utilizar** durante la migración." +msgstr "**No es posible** utilizar las bases de datos durante la migración." #: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ msgstr "Las funciones de la aplicación web progresiva de Odoo incluyen:" msgid "Quick access by adding the PWA to a device's home screen" msgstr "" "Acceso rápido al agregar la aplicación web progresiva a la pantalla " -"principal de los dispositivos" +"principal de su dispositivo" #: ../../content/administration/mobile.rst:17 msgid "Seamless and borderless navigation experience" @@ -482,9 +482,9 @@ msgid "" " browser used." msgstr "" "Para instalar la aplicación web progresiva de Odoo, abra un navegador que " -"sea compatible con este tipo de aplicaciones y acceda a una base de datos de" -" Odoo. Las instrucciones para instalar una PWA dependen de la plataforma y " -"el navegador que use." +"sea compatible con este tipo de aplicaciones e inicie sesión en su base de " +"datos de Odoo. Las instrucciones para instalar una PWA dependen de la " +"plataforma y el navegador que use." #: ../../content/administration/mobile.rst:26 msgid "Android" @@ -691,16 +691,15 @@ msgstr "Métodos de envío" #: ../../content/administration/neutralized_database.rst:31 msgid ":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` tokens" -msgstr "Tokens :abbr:`IAP (Compras dentro de la aplicación)`" +msgstr "Tokens de :abbr:`IAP (Compras dentro de la aplicación)`" #: ../../content/administration/neutralized_database.rst:34 msgid "" "**A red banner at the top of the screen is displayed on the neutralized " "database so that it can be seen immediately.**" msgstr "" -"**Aparece un recuadro rojo en la parte superior de la pantalla en la base de" -" datos neutralizada para que pueda conocer esta información de forma " -"inmediata.**" +"**En la parte superior de la pantalla, en la base de datos neutralizada, " +"aparece un recuadro rojo que le informa sobre esto de forma inmediata.**" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:3 msgid "Odoo.com accounts" @@ -742,7 +741,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "En el portal de usuario, puede acceder a la opción para eliminar su cuenta " "si se dirige a :menuselection:`Mi cuenta --> Editar los ajustes de seguridad" -" --> Eliminar cuenta`, también puede acceder mediante " +" --> Eliminar cuenta`. También puede acceder mediante " "`https://www.odoo.com/my/home `_." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:20 @@ -780,11 +779,11 @@ msgstr "" "eliminando. Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Eliminar cuenta` para confirmar" " la acción." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:36 msgid "Odoo.com account password change" msgstr "Cambiar la contraseña de una cuenta de Odoo.com" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:38 msgid "" "To change an Odoo.com account password, first login into the Odoo.com user " "account from the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-" @@ -797,9 +796,9 @@ msgstr "" "haber iniciado sesión, vaya a la esquina superior derecha de la pantalla y " "haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`▼ (flecha hacia abajo)` ubicado junto al " "icono de perfil y seleccione :guilabel:`Mi cuenta`. La acción anterior " -"abrirá el tablero del perfil." +"abrirá el tablero del portal." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:41 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:43 msgid "" "To change the Odoo.com password, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security " "Settings` link, below the :menuselection:`Account Security` section. Next, " @@ -814,7 +813,7 @@ msgstr "" " y vuelva a escribirla en el campo de abajo para verificarla. Por último, " "haga clic en :guilabel:`Cambiar la contraseña` para completar el cambio." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:47 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:49 msgid "" "If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here " "`_." @@ -822,7 +821,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si un cliente desea cambiar el correo correspondiente para iniciar sesión, " "contacte al servicio de soporte `aquí `_." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:53 msgid "" "Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the " "same email address is used." @@ -831,11 +830,11 @@ msgstr "" "siguen siendo distintas, incluso si usan la misma dirección de correo " "electrónico." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:55 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:57 msgid "Add two-factor authentication" msgstr "Agregar autenticación de dos factores" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:59 msgid "" "To add two-factor authentication, login into the Odoo.com user account from " "the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-right corner of " @@ -850,7 +849,7 @@ msgstr "" "de perfil` y seleccione :guilabel:`Mi cuenta`. La acción anterior abrirá el " "tablero del portal." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:64 msgid "" "If the user would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " "Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below " @@ -860,7 +859,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo.com, haga clic en el enlace :guilabel:`Editar los ajustes de seguridad`" " dentro de la sección :menuselection:`Seguridad de la cuenta`." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:67 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " "(two-factor authentication)`. Then, confirm the current password in the " @@ -879,7 +878,7 @@ msgstr "" "otra. Allí deberá escanear el :guilabel:`código QR` o escribir el " ":guilabel:`código de verificación`." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:71 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:73 msgid "" "Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete " "the setup." @@ -887,22 +886,22 @@ msgstr "" "Por último, haga clic en :guilabel:`Habilitar la autenticación de dos " "factores` para completar la configuración." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:76 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:" msgstr "" "Desde :guilabel:`Mi cuenta`, los usuarios de Odoo.com pueden acceder a las " "siguientes secciones:" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:76 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Mi tablero de partner`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Tablero de contacto`" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Servicios dentro de la aplicación`" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Tablero de aplicaciones`" @@ -928,8 +927,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:10 msgid "Odoo Online is incompatible with custom modules or the Odoo App Store." msgstr "" -"Odoo en línea no es compatible con módulos personalizados ni con la tienda " -"de aplicaciones." +"Odoo en línea no es compatible con módulos personalizados ni con nuestra " +"tienda de aplicaciones." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -1132,7 +1131,7 @@ msgstr "Puede buscar etiquetas en la barra de búsqueda." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:108 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:550 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "Suprimir" +msgstr "Eliminar" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:110 msgid "Delete a database instantly." @@ -1183,7 +1182,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:131 msgid "Contact us" -msgstr "Contáctanos" +msgstr "Contáctenos" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -1208,13 +1207,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst-1 msgid "Inviting a user on a database" -msgstr "Invitar a un usuario a una base de datos." +msgstr "Invitar a un usuario a una base de datos" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:147 msgid "To remove users, select them and click :guilabel:`Remove`." msgstr "" -"Para eliminar usuarios, selecciónelos y haga clic en :guilabel:`Eliminar`." -" " +"Para eliminar usuarios, selecciónelos y haga clic en :guilabel:`Eliminar`." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:150 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users`" @@ -2226,8 +2224,8 @@ msgid "" "been pushed in your branches." msgstr "" "Además, puede usar :code:`git merge` desde su estación de trabajo para " -"fusionar sus ramas. Se notificará a Odoo.sh cuando suba las nuevas " -"revisiones a sus ramas." +"fusionar sus ramas. Odoo.sh recibirá una notificación cuando suba las nuevas" +" revisiones a sus ramas." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -7115,14 +7113,338 @@ msgstr "" "ej." #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:743 -msgid "which will generate a 32 characters pseudorandom printable string." -msgstr "que generará una cadena imprimible pseudoaleatoria de 32 caracteres." +msgid "which generates a 32-character pseudorandom printable string." +msgstr "que genera una cadena imprimible pseudoaleatoria de 32 caracteres." #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:746 +msgid "Reset the master password" +msgstr "Restablecer la contraseña maestra" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:748 +msgid "" +"There may be instances where the master password is misplaced, or " +"compromised, and needs to be reset. The following process is for system " +"administrators of an Odoo on-premise database detailing how to manually " +"reset and re-encrypt the master password." +msgstr "" +"Pueden haber casos en los que la contraseña principal se pierde o ya no es " +"segura y necesita cambiarse. El siguiente proceso es para administradores " +"del sistema de una base de datos de Odoo local y se muestra cómo cambiar y " +"volver a encriptar la contraseña principal de nuevo de forma manual." + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:753 +msgid "" +"For more information about changing an Odoo.com account password, see this " +"documentation: :ref:`odoocom/change_password`." +msgstr "" +"Consulte esta documentación para obtener más información sobre cómo cambiar " +"la contraseña de una cuenta de Odoo.com: :ref:`odoocom/change_password`." + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:756 +msgid "" +"When creating a new on-premise database, a random master password is " +"generated. Odoo recommends using this password to secure the database. This " +"password is implemented by default, so there is a secure master password for" +" any Odoo on-premise deployment." +msgstr "" +"Al crear una base de datos local se generará una contraseña principal " +"aleatoria, la cual Odoo recomienda usar para asegurar la base de datos. Esta" +" contraseña se implementa de forma automática, así que hay una contraseña " +"maestra segura para cada entorno de Odoo local." + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:761 +msgid "" +"When creating an Odoo on-premise database the installation is accessible to " +"anyone on the internet, until this password is set to secure the database." +msgstr "" +"Al crear una base de datos de Odoo local cualquiera dentro de internet podrá" +" entrar a la instalación hasta que use la contraseña para asegurar la base " +"de datos." + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:764 +msgid "" +"The master password is specified in the Odoo configuration file (`odoo.conf`" +" or `odoorc` (hidden file)). The Odoo master password is needed to modify, " +"create, or delete a database through the graphical user interface (GUI)." +msgstr "" +"La contraseña maestra se especifica en el archivo de configuración de Odoo " +"(`odoo.conf` u `odoorc` (archivo oculto)). Necesita la contraseña maestra de" +" Odoo para modificar, crear o borrar una base de datos a través de la " +"interfaz gráfica de usuario (GUI, por sus siglas en inglés)." + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:769 +msgid "Locate configuration file" +msgstr "Ubicar el archivo de configuración" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:771 +msgid "" +"First, open the Odoo configuration file (`odoo.conf` or `odoorc` (hidden " +"file))." +msgstr "" +"Primero abra el archivo de configuración de Odoo (`odoo.conf` o `odoorc` " +"(archivo oculto))." + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:775 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:148 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:133 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:158 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:180 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:328 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:397 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:460 +msgid "Windows" +msgstr "Windows" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:777 +msgid "" +"The configuration file is located at: " +"`c:\\\\ProgramFiles\\\\Odoo{VERSION}\\\\server\\\\odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" +"El archivo de configuración está en " +"`c:\\\\ProgramFiles\\\\Odoo{VERSION}\\\\server\\\\odoo.conf`." + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:779 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:25 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:152 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:174 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:199 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:228 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:388 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:450 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "Linux" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:781 +msgid "" +"Depending on how Odoo is installed on the Linux machine, the configuration " +"file is located in one of two different places:" +msgstr "" +"Según cómo se instale Odoo en la máquina Linux, es posible que el archivo de" +" configuración se encuentre en uno de dos lugares diferentes:" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:784 +msgid "Package installation: `/etc/odoo.conf`" +msgstr "Instalación del paquete: `/etc/odoo.conf`" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:785 +msgid "Source installation: `~/.odoorc`" +msgstr "Instalación de la fuente: `~/.odoorc`" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:788 +msgid "Change old password" +msgstr "Cambiar la contraseña anterior" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:790 +msgid "" +"Once the appropriate file has been opened, proceed to modify the old " +"password in the configuration file to a temporary password." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que haya abierto el archivo adecuado, modifique la contraseña " +"anterior en el archivo de configuración a una contraseña temporal." + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:795 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:843 +msgid "Graphical user interface" +msgstr "Interfaz gráfica del usuario" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:797 +msgid "" +"After locating the configuration file, open it using a (:abbr:`GUI " +"(graphical user interface)`). This can be achieved by simply double clicking" +" on the file. Then, the device should have a default :abbr:`GUI (graphical " +"user interface)` to open the file with." +msgstr "" +"Después de ubicar el archivo de configuración, ábralo con una (:abbr:`GUI " +"(Interfaz gráfica del usuario)`), para esto solo debe hacer doble clic al " +"archivo. El dispositivo debería tener una :abbr:`GUI (Interfaz gráfica del " +"usuario)` predeterminada con la cual abrir el archivo." + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:801 +msgid "" +"Next, modify the master password line `admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sha…` to " +"`admin_passwd = newpassword1234`, for example. This password can be " +"anything, as long as it is saved temporarily. Make sure to modify all " +"characters after the `=`." +msgstr "" +"Después modifique la línea de la contraseña maestra `admin_passwd = " +"$pbkdf2-sha…` a `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`, por ejemplo. Elija la " +"contraseña que desee, siempre y cuando la almacene de forma temporal. " +"Asegúrese de modificar todos los caracteres después del `=`." + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:806 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:825 +msgid "" +"The line appears like this: `admin_passwd = " +"$pbkdf2-sh39dji295.59mptrfW.9z6HkA$w9j9AMVmKAP17OosCqDxDv2hjsvzlLpF8Rra8I7p/b573hji540mk/.3ek0lg%kvkol6k983mkf/40fjki79m`" +msgstr "" +"La línea aparece de la siguiente forma: `admin_passwd = " +"$pbkdf2-sh39dji295.59mptrfW.9z6HkA$w9j9AMVmKAP17OosCqDxDv2hjsvzlLpF8Rra8I7p/b573hji540mk/.3ek0lg%kvkol6k983mkf/40fjki79m`" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:810 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:829 +msgid "The modified line appears like this: `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`" +msgstr "" +"La línea modificada aparece de la siguiente manera: `admin_passwd = " +"newpassword1234`" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:812 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:852 +msgid "Command-line interface" +msgstr "Interfaz de línea de comandos" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:814 +msgid "" +"Modify the master password line using the following Unix command detailed " +"below." +msgstr "" +"Modifique la línea de la contraseña maestra con el comando de Unix que " +"aparece a continuación." + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:816 +msgid "" +"Connect to the Odoo server's terminal via Secure Shell (SSH) protocol, and " +"edit the configuration file. To modify the configuration file, enter the " +"following command: :command:`sudo nano /etc/odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" +"Conéctese a la terminal del servidor de Odoo a través del protocolo Secure " +"Shell (SSH) y edite el archivo de configuración. Para modificar el archivo " +"de configuración use el comando :command:`sudo nano /etc/odoo.conf`." + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:820 +msgid "" +"After opening the configuration file, modify the master password line " +"`admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sha…` to `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`. This " +"password can be anything, as long as it is saved temporarily. Make sure to " +"modify all characters after the `=`." +msgstr "" +"Luego de abrir el archivo de configuración, modifique la línea de la " +"contraseña maestra `admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sha…` a `admin_passwd = " +"newpassword1234`. Elija la contraseña que desee, siempre y cuando la " +"almacene de forma temporal. Asegúrese de modificar todos los caracteres " +"después del `=`." + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:832 +msgid "" +"It is essential that the password is changed to something else, rather than " +"triggering a new password reset by adding a semicolon `;` at the beginning " +"of the line. This ensures the database is secure throughout the entire " +"password reset process." +msgstr "" +"Es indispensable que cambie la contraseña a otra cosa en lugar de activar un" +" nuevo restablecimiento de contraseña al agregar un punto y coma `;` al " +"inicio de la línea. Esto asegurará que la base de datos esté segura durante " +"todo el proceso de restablecimiento de contraseña." + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:837 +msgid "Restart Odoo server" +msgstr "Reiniciar el servidor de Odoo" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:839 +msgid "" +"After setting the temporary password, a restart of the Odoo server is " +"**required**." +msgstr "" +"Después de configurar una contraseña temporal **debe** reiniciar el servidor" +" de Odoo." + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:845 +msgid "" +"To restart the Odoo server, first, type `services` into the Windows " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. Then, select the :guilabel:`Services` application, " +"and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Odoo` service." +msgstr "" +"Para reiniciar el servidor de Odoo, primero escriba `servicios` en la " +":guilabel:`barra de búsqueda` de Windows. Después, seleccione la aplicación " +":guilabel:`Servicios` y vaya al servicio :guilabel:`Odoo`." + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:849 +msgid "" +"Next, right click on :guilabel:`Odoo`, and select :guilabel:`Start` or " +":guilabel:`Restart`. This action manually restarts the Odoo server." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic derecho en :guilabel:`Odoo` y seleccione :guilabel:`Iniciar` o " +":guilabel:`Reiniciar`. Esta acción reiniciará el servidor de Odoo de forma " +"manual." + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:854 +msgid "" +"Restart the Odoo server by typing the command: :command:`sudo service odoo15" +" restart`" +msgstr "" +"Reinicie el servidor de Odoo con el comando :command:`sudo service odoo15 " +"restart`." + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:857 +msgid "" +"Change the number after `odoo` to fit the specific version the server is " +"running on." +msgstr "" +"Cambie el número después de `odoo` para que coincida con la versión " +"específica en la que está ejecutando el servidor." + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:860 +msgid "Use web interface to re-encrypt password" +msgstr "Usar la interfaz web para volver a encriptar la contraseña" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:862 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to `/web/database/manager` or " +"`http://server_ip:port/web/database/manager` in a browser." +msgstr "" +"Primero, vaya a `/web/database/manager` o a " +"`http://server_ip:port/web/database/manager` desde un navegador." + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:866 +msgid "" +"Replace `server_ip` with the IP address of the database. Replace `port` with" +" the numbered port the database is accessible from." +msgstr "" +"Reemplace `server_ip` con la dirección IP de la base de datos y reemplace " +"`port` con el número de puerto desde el cual es posible acceder a la base de" +" datos." + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:869 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Set Master Password`, and type in the previously-" +"selected temporary password into the :guilabel:`Master Password` field. " +"Following this step, type in a :guilabel:`New Master Password`. The " +":guilabel:`New Master Password` is hashed (or encrypted), once the " +":guilabel:`Continue` button is clicked." +msgstr "" +"Después haga clic en :guilabel:`Establecer contraseña maestra` y escriba la " +"contraseña temporal seleccionada con anterioridad en el campo " +":guilabel:`Contraseña maestra`. Después de este paso, escriba una " +":guilabel:`nueva contraseña maestra`. La :guilabel:`nueva contraseña " +"maestra` se cifrará (o encriptará) después de que haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Continuar`." + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:874 +msgid "" +"At this point, the password has been successfully reset, and a hashed " +"version of the new password now appears in the configuration file." +msgstr "" +"En este punto ya restableció la contraseña con éxito, así que en el archivo " +"de configuración aparecerá una versión encriptada de la nueva contraseña." + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:878 +msgid "" +"For more information on Odoo database security, see this documentation: " +":ref:`db_manager_security`." +msgstr "" +"Consulte la siguiente documentación para obtener más información sobre la " +"seguridad de la base de datos de Odoo: :ref:`db_manager_security`." + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:882 msgid "Supported Browsers" msgstr "Navegadores compatibles" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:748 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:884 msgid "" "Odoo supports all the major desktop and mobile browsers available on the " "market, as long as they are supported by their publishers." @@ -7130,27 +7452,27 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo es compatible con todos los navegadores web principales, siempre y " "cuando sigan siendo compatibles con sus creadores." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:751 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:887 msgid "Here are the supported browsers:" msgstr "Los navegadores compatibles son los siguientes:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:753 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:889 msgid "Google Chrome" msgstr "Google Chrome" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:754 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:890 msgid "Mozilla Firefox" msgstr "Mozilla Firefox" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:755 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:891 msgid "Microsoft Edge" msgstr "Microsoft Edge" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:756 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:892 msgid "Apple Safari" msgstr "Apple Safari" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:758 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:894 msgid "" "Please make sure your browser is up-to-date and still supported by its " "publisher before filing a bug report." @@ -7158,13 +7480,13 @@ msgstr "" "Asegúrese de que su navegador esté actualizado y que el creador le siga " "dando soporte antes de llenar un reporte de bug." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:763 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:899 msgid "Since Odoo 13.0, ES6 is supported. Therefore, IE support is dropped." msgstr "" "Desde Odoo 13.0, ES6 es compatible. Por lo tanto, ya no se da asistencia a " "IE." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:766 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:902 msgid "" "to have multiple Odoo installations use the same PostgreSQL database, or to " "provide more computing resources to both software." @@ -7172,7 +7494,7 @@ msgstr "" "para que varias instalaciones de Odoo usen la misma base de datos " "PostgreSQL, o brindar más recursos de cálculo para el software." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:769 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:905 msgid "" "technically a tool like socat_ can be used to proxy UNIX sockets across " "networks, but that is mostly for software which can only be used over UNIX " @@ -7182,7 +7504,7 @@ msgstr "" "sockets a través de redes, pero eso es sobre todo para el software que sólo " "se puede utilizar a través de UNIX sockets" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:773 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:909 msgid "" "or be accessible only over an internal packet-switched network, but that " "requires secured switches, protections against `ARP spoofing`_ and precludes" @@ -7448,19 +7770,6 @@ msgstr "" "Para descargar los paquetes de Enterprise es necesario que haya iniciado " "sesión como un cliente que paga Odoo de forma local o un partner." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:25 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:52 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:129 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:152 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:174 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:199 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:228 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:271 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:384 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:446 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "Linux" - #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:28 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:116 msgid "Prepare" @@ -7507,7 +7816,7 @@ msgstr "" "PostgreSQL:" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:57 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:416 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:420 msgid "" "`wkhtmltopdf` is not installed through **pip** and must be installed " "manually in `version 0.12.6 " @@ -7614,19 +7923,6 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez que lo descargue, el paquete utilizará el gestor de paquete 'dnf' " "para instalarse: " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:148 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:70 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:133 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:158 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:180 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:208 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:239 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:324 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:393 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:456 -msgid "Windows" -msgstr "Windows" - #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:151 msgid "" "Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running " @@ -7807,9 +8103,9 @@ msgstr "Clonar con SSH" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:186 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:213 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:253 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:347 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:405 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:467 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:351 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:471 msgid "Mac OS" msgstr "Mac OS" @@ -8009,27 +8305,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:280 msgid "" -"For Debian-based systems, the packages are listed in the `debian/control " -"`_ file of the Odoo " -"sources." -msgstr "" -"Para sistemas basados en Debian, los paquetes se enumeran en el archivo " -"`debian/control `_ de" -" la fuente de Odoo." - -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:283 -msgid "" "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following commands should install the required " "packages:" msgstr "" "En Debian/Ubunto, los siguientes comandos instalarán los paquetes " "requeridos:" +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:287 +msgid "" +"The `setup/debinstall.sh` script will parse the `debian/control " +"`_ file and install " +"the found packages." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:290 msgid "Install with pip" msgstr "Instalación con pip" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:292 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Using pip may lead to security issues and broken dependencies; only do this " +"if you know what you are doing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:296 msgid "" "As some of the Python packages need a compilation step, they require system " "libraries to be installed." @@ -8037,7 +8336,7 @@ msgstr "" "Como algunos de los paquetes de Python necesitan un paso de compilación, es " "necesario instalar las bibliotecas del sistema." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:295 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:299 msgid "" "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following command should install these required " "libraries:" @@ -8045,7 +8344,7 @@ msgstr "" "En Debian/Ubuntu, este comando debería de instalar todas las bibliotecas " "necesarias:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:301 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:305 msgid "" "Odoo dependencies are listed in the :file:`requirements.txt` file located at" " the root of the Odoo Community directory." @@ -8054,7 +8353,7 @@ msgstr "" ":file:`requirements.txt` que se encuentra en el directorio raíz de la " "versión Community de Odoo." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:305 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:309 msgid "" "The Python packages in :file:`requirements.txt` are based on their " "stable/LTS Debian/Ubuntu corresponding version at the moment of the Odoo " @@ -8068,9 +8367,9 @@ msgstr "" " 2.8.0 en Debian Bullseye y 2.6.0 en Ubuntu Focal. La versión más baja se " "elige en el archivo :file:`requirements.txt`." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:312 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:334 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:353 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:357 msgid "" "It can be preferable not to mix Python module packages between different " "instances of Odoo or with the system. However, it is possible to use " @@ -8082,7 +8381,7 @@ msgstr "" "`_ para crear entornos de Python " "aislados." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:320 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation " "(:file:`CommunityPath`) and run **pip** on the requirements file to install " @@ -8092,7 +8391,7 @@ msgstr "" "(:file:`CommunityPath`) y ejecute **pip** en el archivo de requerimientos " "para instalar los requerimientos para el usuario actual" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:326 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:330 msgid "" "Before installing the dependencies, download and install the `Build Tools " "for Visual Studio `_. Select " @@ -8104,8 +8403,8 @@ msgstr "" "seleccione **herramientas de creación C++** en la pestaña de **Carga de " "trabajo** e instálelo." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:330 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:349 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:334 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:353 msgid "" "Odoo dependencies are listed in the `requirements.txt` file located at the " "root of the Odoo Community directory." @@ -8113,7 +8412,7 @@ msgstr "" "Las dependencias de Odoo están enlistadas en el archivo `requirements.txt` " "que se encuentra en el directorio raíz de la versión Community de Odoo." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:342 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " "and run **pip** on the requirements file in a terminal **with Administrator " @@ -8123,7 +8422,7 @@ msgstr "" "ejecute **pip** en el campo de requisitos en una terminal **con privilegios " "de administrador**:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:357 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:361 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " "and run **pip** on the requirements file:" @@ -8131,7 +8430,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya a la ruta de su instalación de Odoo Community (`CommunityPath`) y " "ejecute **pip** en el archivo de requisitos:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:367 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:371 msgid "" "Non-Python dependencies must be installed with a package manager (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." @@ -8140,17 +8439,17 @@ msgstr "" " de paquetes (`Homebrew `_, `MacPorts " "`_)." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:370 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:374 msgid "Download and install the **Command Line Tools**:" msgstr "Descargue e instale las **Herramientas de líneas de comando**:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:376 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:380 msgid "Use the package manager to install non-Python dependencies." msgstr "" "Use el administrador de paquetes para instalar dependencias que no sean de " "Python." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:379 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:383 msgid "" "For languages using a **right-to-left interface** (such as Arabic or " "Hebrew), the `rtlcss` package is required." @@ -8158,22 +8457,22 @@ msgstr "" "Para idiomas que funcionan con una interfaz de **izquierda a derecha** (como" " las interfaces de árabe y hebreo) se necesita el paquete `rtlcss`:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:386 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:390 msgid "Download and install **nodejs** and **npm** with a package manager." msgstr "" "Descargue e instale **nodejs** y **npm** con su administrador de paquetes." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:387 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:396 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:391 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:400 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:413 msgid "Install `rtlcss`:" msgstr "Instale `rtlcss`:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:395 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:399 msgid "Download and install `nodejs `_." msgstr "Descargue e instale `nodejs `_" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:402 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:406 msgid "" "Edit the system environment's variable `PATH` to add the folder where " "`rtlcss.cmd` is located (typically: " @@ -8183,7 +8482,7 @@ msgstr "" "donde se encuentre `rtlcss.cmd` (usualmente: " "file:`C:\\\\Users\\\\\\\\AppData\\\\Roaming\\\\npm\\\\`)." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:407 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:411 msgid "" "Download and install **nodejs** with a package manager (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." @@ -8191,11 +8490,11 @@ msgstr "" "Descargue e instale **nodejs** con un administrador de paquetes (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:424 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:428 msgid "Running Odoo" msgstr "Ejecutar Odoo" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:426 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:430 msgid "" "Once all dependencies are set up, Odoo can be launched by running `odoo-" "bin`, the command-line interface of the server. It is located at the root of" @@ -8205,7 +8504,7 @@ msgstr "" " con la interfaz de la línea de comando del servidor, `odoo-bin` . La puede " "encontrar en la raíz del directorio de Odoo Community." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:429 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:433 msgid "" "To configure the server, either specify :ref:`command-line arguments " "` or a :ref:`configuration file " @@ -8215,7 +8514,7 @@ msgstr "" " de comando ` o un :ref:`archivo de configuración " "`." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:433 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:437 msgid "" "For the Enterprise edition, add the path to the `enterprise` add-ons to the " "`addons-path` argument. Note that it must come before the other paths in " @@ -8226,26 +8525,26 @@ msgstr "" "antes que otras rutas en `addons-path` para que los complementos se carguen " "correctamente." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:437 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:441 msgid "Common necessary configurations are:" msgstr "Estas son las configuraciones necesarias más comunes:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:439 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:443 msgid "PostgreSQL user and password." msgstr "Usuario y contraseña de PostgreSQL." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:440 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:444 msgid "Custom addon paths beyond the defaults to load custom modules." msgstr "" "Rutas personalizadas para complementos adicionales que sirvan para cargar " "los módulos personalizados." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:442 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:446 msgid "A typical way to run the server would be:" msgstr "La forma normal de ejecutar el servidor es:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:453 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:474 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:457 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:478 msgid "" "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, and " "`mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." @@ -8253,7 +8552,7 @@ msgstr "" "Donde `CommunityPath` es la ruta de la instalación de Odoo Community y " "`mydb` es la base de datos de PostgreSQL." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:463 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:467 msgid "" "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, " "`dbuser` is the PostgreSQL login, `dbpassword` is the PostgreSQL password, " @@ -8263,7 +8562,7 @@ msgstr "" "`dbuser` es el inicio de sesión de PostgreSQL, `dbpassword` es la contraseña" " de PostgreSQL y `mydb` es la base de datos de PostgreSQL." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:477 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:481 msgid "" "After the server has started (the INFO log `odoo.modules.loading: Modules " "loaded.` is printed), open http://localhost:8069 in a web browser and log " @@ -8276,7 +8575,7 @@ msgstr "" "administrador base: utilice `admin` como correo electrónico y, de nuevo, " "`admin` como contraseña." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:482 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:486 msgid "" "From there, create and manage new :doc:`users " "<../../applications/general/users>`." @@ -8284,7 +8583,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ahí podrá crear y gestionar nuevos :doc:`usuarios " "<../../applications/general/users>`." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:483 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:487 msgid "" "The user account used to log into Odoo's web interface differs from the " ":option:`--db_user ` CLI argument." @@ -8292,7 +8591,7 @@ msgstr "" "La cuenta de usuario que usa para iniciar sesión en la interfaz del sitio " "web de Odoo es diferente al argumento CLI :option:`--db_user `." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:487 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:491 msgid "" ":doc:`The list of CLI arguments for odoo-bin `" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po index 18de91006..23deaeecd 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po @@ -8,19 +8,19 @@ # Josep Anton Belchi, 2024 # Pablo Rojas , 2024 # Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2024 -# Iran Villalobos López, 2024 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2024 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2024 +# Iran Villalobos López, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -37,232 +37,195 @@ msgid "Activities" msgstr "Actividades" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database. " -"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " -"chatter thread, kanban view, list view, or activities view of an " -"application." +msgid "*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database." msgstr "" -"Las *actividades* son tareas de seguimiento vinculadas a un registro en una " -"base de datos de Odoo. Estas se pueden planear desde cualquier página de la " -"base de datos que contenga un hilo del chatter, una vista kanban, una vista " -"de lista o una vista de actividades de una aplicación. " -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The icon used to display activities varies depending on the :ref:`activity " +"type `:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:11 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`🕘 (clock)`: the default icon, which appears if nothing is " +"scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 +msgid ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)`: this icon appears if a phone call is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:13 +msgid ":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)`: this icon appears if an email is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:14 +msgid ":guilabel:`✔️ (checkmark)`: this icon appears if a to-do is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:15 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(group of people)`: this icon appears if a meeting is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(arrow pointing up above a line)`: this icon appears if a " +"document is scheduled to be uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(pencil in a box)`: this icon appears if a signature request is " +"scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 msgid "Schedule activities" msgstr "Planear actividades" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:23 msgid "" -"One way that activities are created is by clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule " -"Activity` button, located at the top of the *chatter* on any record. On the " -"pop-up window that appears, select an :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the " -"drop-down menu." +"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " +":ref:`chatter ` thread, :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or " +":ref:`activities view ` of an application." msgstr "" -"Una forma de crear actividades es hacer clic en el botón :guilabel:`Planear " -"actividades`, ubicado en la parte superior del *chatter* en cualquier " -"registro. En la ventana emergente que aparece, seleccione un :guilabel:`Tipo" -" de actividad` del menú desplegable. " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Individual applications have a list of *Activity Types* dedicated to that " -"application. For example, to view and edit the activities available for the " -"*CRM* application, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " -"Activity Types`." -msgstr "" -"Las aplicaciones individuales tienen una lista de *tipos de actividad* " -"específicas de esa aplicación. Por ejemplo, para ver y editar las " -"actividades disponibles de la aplicación *CRM* debe ir a :menuselection:`CRM" -" --> Configuración --> Tipos de actividad`. " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Enter a title for the activity in the :guilabel:`Summary` field, located in " -"the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window." -msgstr "" -"Escriba un titulo para la actividad en el campo :guilabel:`Resumen` que se " -"ubica en la ventana emergente de :guilabel:`Planear actividad`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To assign the activity to a different user, select a name from the " -":guilabel:`Assigned to` drop-down menu. Otherwise, the user creating the " -"activity is automatically assigned." -msgstr "" -"Para asignar la actividad a un usuario diferente, seleccione un nombre del " -"menú desplegable de :guilabel:`Asignado a`. Si no selecciona a nadie, el " -"usuario que crea la actividad será asignado de manera automática. " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Lastly, feel free to add any additional information in the optional " -":guilabel:`Log a note...` field." -msgstr "" -"Por último, agregue cualquier información adicional que desee en el campo " -"opcional :guilabel:`Escribir una nota...`" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Due Date` field on the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " -"window auto-populates based on the configuration settings for the selected " -":guilabel:`Activity Type`. However, this date can be changed by selecting a " -"day on the calendar in the :guilabel:`Due Date` field." +msgid "Chatter" +msgstr "Chatter" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:32 +msgid "Activities can be created from the chatter on any record." msgstr "" -"El campo :guilabel:`Fecha límite` en la ventana emergente de " -":guilabel:`Planear actividad` se completa de manera automática según los " -"ajustes de la configuración para el :guilabel:`tipo de actividad` que " -"seleccionó. Sin embargo, puede cambiar esta fecha si selecciona un día en el" -" calendario en el campo :guilabel:`Fecha límite`. " #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:34 -msgid "Lastly, click one of the following buttons:" -msgstr "Por último, haga clic en uno de los siguientes botones: " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:36 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Schedule`: adds the activity to the chatter under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." +"To schedule a new activity, click the :guilabel:`Activities` button, located" +" at the top of the chatter. In the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " +"window that appears, :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Planear`: agrega la actividad al chatter en la sección " -":guilabel:`Actividades planeadas`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the chatter " -"under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, it is automatically " -"marked as completed." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Marcar como hecho`: agrega los detalles de la actividad al " -"chatter en la sección :guilabel:`Hoy`. La actividad no se planea, sino que " -"se marca automáticamente como hecha. " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:39 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Done \\& Schedule Next`: adds the task under :guilabel:`Today` " -"marked as done, and opens a new activity window." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Hecha \\y planear siguiente`: agrega la tarea en la sección " -":guilabel:`Hoy` marcada como hecha y abre una nueva ventana para otra " -"actividad. " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Discard`: discards any changes made on the pop-up window." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Descartar`: descarta cualquier cambio hecho en la ventana " -"emergente. " #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "Vista de los leads en CRM y la opción para planear una actividad." +msgid "New activity type form." +msgstr "Formulario para un nuevo tipo de actividad." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Depending on the activity type, the :guilabel:`Schedule` button may be " -"replaced by a :guilabel:`Save` button, or an :guilabel:`Open Calendar` " -"button." -msgstr "" -"Según el tipo de actividad, el botón :guilabel:`Planear` se reemplazará por " -"un botón de :guilabel:`Guardar` o uno de :guilabel:`Abrir calendario`. " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Scheduled activities are added to the chatter for the record under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." -msgstr "" -"Las actividades planeadas se agregan al chatter para el registro en " -":guilabel:`Actividades planeadas`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Activities can also be scheduled from the kanban, list, or activities view " -"of an application." -msgstr "" -"Las actividades también se pueden planear desde la vista kanban, de lista o " -"de actividades en una aplicación." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:45 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "Vista de kanban" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`, and proceed to fill " -"out the pop-up form." +"Another way that activities are created is from the Kanban view in an " +"application." msgstr "" -"Seleccione un registro en donde se planeará una actividad. Haga clic en el " -"icono :guilabel:`🕘 (reloj)`, luego en :guilabel:`Planear una actividad` y " -"luego complete el formulario emergente. " -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "The Kanban icon in the top menu, highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon located at the bottom of " +"an individual record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`+ Schedule An Activity`, then proceed to :ref:`fill out the" +" Schedule Activity form `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 msgid "" "Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." msgstr "" "Vista kanban de un flujo de CRM y la opción para planear una actividad." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If a record already has a scheduled activity, the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon" +" is replaced by the icon that represents the existing scheduled activity. " +"Click on the activity type's icon to schedule another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:70 msgid "List view" msgstr "Vista de lista" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`. If the record already " -"has an activity scheduled, the clock icon may be replaced by a :guilabel:`📞 " -"(phone)` or an :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:72 +msgid "Activities can also be created from a list view." msgstr "" -"Seleccione el registro donde se planeará la actividad. Haga clic en el icono" -" :guilabel:`🕘 (reloj)` y luego en :guilabel:`Planear una actividad`. Si el " -"registro ya tiene una actividad planeada, es posible que, en lugar del el " -"icono del reloj, aparezca el icono de guilabel:`📞 (teléfono)` o de " -":guilabel:`✉️ (sobre)`." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Activities` column is hidden, reveal it using the " +":guilabel:`(additional options toggle)` icon in the far-right of the top " +"row, represented by two horizontal lines with two dots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon for the record the activity is" +" being added to, then click :guilabel:`+ Schedule an activity`. Proceed to " +":ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form ` that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." msgstr "" "Vista de lista de un flujo de CRM y la opción de planear una actividad." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:93 msgid "Activity view" msgstr "Vista de actividad" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 msgid "" -"To open the activity view for an application, select the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon from the menu bar anywhere in the database. Select any " -"application from the drop-down menu, and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " -"icon for the desired app." +"Most applications in Odoo have an *Activity* view available. If available, a" +" :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon is visible in the top-right of the main" +" menu bar." msgstr "" -"Para abrir la vista de actividad de una aplicación, seleccione el icono de " -":guilabel:`🕘 (reloj)` desde la barra del menú en cualquier lugar de la base " -"de datos. Seleccione cualquier aplicación en el menú desplegable y haga clic" -" en el icono de :guilabel:`🕘 (reloj)` para la aplicación que desee. " -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:98 msgid "" -"Activity menu drop down with focus on where to open activity view for CRM." +"To open the activity view, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon." msgstr "" -"Menú desplegable de actividades resaltando dónde abrir la vista de actividad" -" en CRM." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "Top-right menu with the Activities icon called out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:104 msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Move across the row to " -"find the desired activity type, then click the :guilabel:`＋ (plus sign)`." +"In this view, all the available activities are listed in the columns, while " +"the horizontal entries represent all the individual records." msgstr "" -"Seleccione un registro en dónde planear una actividad. Navegue a través de " -"la fila para encontrar el tipo de actividad que desee y haga clic en " -":guilabel:`＋ (signo de más)`." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:107 msgid "" -"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +"Activities that appear green have a due date in the future, activities that " +"appear orange are due today, while activities appearing red are overdue." msgstr "" -"Vista de actividad de un flujo de CRM y la opción de planear una actividad." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Color bars in each column represent records for specific activity types, and" +" display a number indicating how many activities are scheduled for that " +"type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If multiple activity types are scheduled for a record, a number appears in " +"the box, indicating the total number of scheduled activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:117 msgid "" "Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" " throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." @@ -270,108 +233,266 @@ msgstr "" "Los colores de actividad, y su relación con la fecha limite de la misma, son" " consistentes en Odoo sin importar el tipo de actividad o de vista. " -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:120 msgid "" -"Activities that appear in **green** indicate a due date sometime in the " -"future." +"To schedule an activity for a record, hover over the corresponding field, " +"and a :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` appears. Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)`, and then :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." msgstr "" -"Las actividades que aparecen de color **verde** indican que la fecha límite " -"es en algún momento del futuro." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:96 -msgid "**Yellow** indicates that the activity's due date is today." -msgstr "El color **amarillo** indica que la fecha límite es para hoy." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Red** indicates that the activity is overdue and the due date has passed." -msgstr "" -"El color **reojo** indica que la actividad está vencida y la fecha límite ya" -" pasó. " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:99 -msgid "" -"For example, if an activity is created for a phone call, and the due date " -"passes, the activity appears with a red phone in list view, and a red clock " -"on the kanban view." -msgstr "" -"Por ejemplo, si crea una actividad para una llamada y la fecha límite pasa, " -"la actividad aparecerá con un teléfono rojo en la vista de lista y con reloj" -" rojo en la vista kanban. " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:103 -msgid "View scheduled activities" -msgstr "Vista de las actividades planeadas" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:105 -msgid "" -"To view scheduled activities, open either the :menuselection:`Sales app` or " -":menuselection:`CRM app` and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, located " -"to the far-right side of the other view options." -msgstr "" -"Para ver las actividades planeadas, puede abrir la aplicación " -":menuselection:`Ventas` o :menuselection:`CRM` y hacer clic en el icono " -":guilabel:`🕘 (reloj)` que se ubica en la extrema derecha de las otras " -"opciones de vista. " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Doing so opens the activities menu, showcasing all the scheduled activities " -"for the user, by default. To show all activities for every user, remove the " -":guilabel:`My Pipeline` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." -msgstr "" -"Esta acción abre de forma predeterminada el menú de actividades con todas " -"las actividades programadas para el usuario. Para visualizar todas las " -"actividades de todos los usuarios, quite el filtro :guilabel:`Mi flujo` de " -"la :guilabel:`barra de búsqueda`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To view a consolidated list of activities separated by the application where" -" they were created, and by deadline, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon on" -" the header menu to see the activities for that specific application in a " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" -"Para ver una lista consolidada de actividades agrupadas por la aplicación " -"donde se crearon y por fecha límite, haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(reloj)` en el menú del encabezado para ver las actividades de esa " -"aplicación específica en un menú desplegable." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The possibility to :guilabel:`Add new note` and :guilabel:`Request a " -"Document` appear at the bottom of this drop-down menu, when the :guilabel:`🕘" -" (clock)` icon on the header menu is clicked." -msgstr "" -"Al final de este menú desplegable tendrá la posibilidad de " -":guilabel:`agregar una nota nueva` y :guilabel:`solicitar un documento` si " -"hace clic en el icono :guilabel:`🕘 (reloj)`." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads page emphasizing the activities menu." -msgstr "" -"Vista de la página de leads de CRM donde se resalta el menú de actividades." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:123 -msgid "Configure activity types" -msgstr "Configure los tipos de actividades" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:125 msgid "" -"To configure the types of activities in the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss --> Activities --> Activity Types`." +"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." msgstr "" -"Para configurar los tipos de actividades en la base de datos, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Ajustes --> Conversaciones --> Actividades --> Tipos de " -"actividades`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types." -msgstr "" -"Vista de la página de ajustes donde se resalta el menú de tipos de " -"actividad." +"Vista de actividad de un flujo de CRM y la opción de planear una actividad." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 +msgid "Schedule Activity form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Activities can be scheduled from many different places, such as from the " +":ref:`chatter ` of a record, or from one of multiple " +"views in an application, when available: the :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or :ref:`activity " +"view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" +msgstr "Proporcione la siguiente información en el formulario:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Activity Type`: select the type of activity from the drop-down " +"menu. The default options are: :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Call`, " +":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`To-Do`. Depending on what other " +"applications are installed, additional options may be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Individual applications have a list of dedicated :ref:`activity types " +"`. For example, installing the *Sales* application makes " +":guilabel:`Order Upsell` available, while installing the *Sign* application " +"makes :guilabel:`Request Signature` available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Summary`: enter a short title for the activity, such as `Discuss " +"Proposal`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date`: using the calendar popover, select the activity's " +"deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assigned to`: by default, the current user populates this field. " +"To assign a different user to the activity, select them from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: add any additional information for the activity in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window is completed, click one" +" of the following buttons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:158 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Open Calendar`: opens the user's calendar to add and schedule the" +" activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Click on the desired date and time for the activity, and a :guilabel:`New " +"Event` pop-up window appears. The summary from the *Schedule Activity* pop-" +"up window populates the :guilabel:`Title` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Enter the information in the :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up window, then click" +" :guilabel:`Save & Close` to schedule it. Once scheduled, the activity is " +"added to the chatter under the :guilabel:`Planned Activities` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Activity Type` is set to either :guilabel:`Call` or " +":guilabel:`Meeting`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: schedules the activity, and adds the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Planned Activities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:174 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule & Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the" +" chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, and is " +"automatically marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next`: adds the details of the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, is " +"automatically marked as done, and a new :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up" +" window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancel`: discards any changes made on the :guilabel:`Schedule " +"Activity` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "Vista de los leads en CRM y la opción para planear una actividad." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:188 +msgid "All scheduled activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To view a consolidated list of activities, organized by application, click " +"the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon in the header menu, located in the top-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If any activities are scheduled, the number of activities appear in a red " +"bubble on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:196 +msgid "" +"All activities for each application are further divided into subsections, " +"indicating where in the application the activity is to be completed. Each " +"sub-section lists the number of scheduled activities that are " +":guilabel:`Late`, due :guilabel:`Today`, and scheduled in the " +":guilabel:`Future`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:202 +msgid "" +"In the *Time Off* application, one activity is scheduled to be done in the " +"*All Time Off* requests dashboard, and six activities are scheduled to be " +"done in the *Allocations* dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:205 +msgid "" +"These requests appear in two separate lists in the all activities drop-down " +"menu: one labeled `Time Off` and one labeled `Time Off Allocation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list of activities that is accessed from the main menu bar. Two entries for the Time\n" +"Off application are highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:214 +msgid "Request a document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The option to :guilabel:`Request a Document` is available at the bottom of " +"the list of :ref:`all scheduled activities `, the option to " +":guilabel:`Request a Document` appears. Click :guilabel:`Request a " +"Document`, and a :guilabel:`Request a file` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:222 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Name`: enter a name for the document being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request To`: select the user the document is being requested from" +" using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date In`: enter a numerical value indicating when the " +"document is due. Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. " +"Click :guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. " +"Select the desired time-frame option from the list. The options are " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:229 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +":ref:`Workspace ` the document is being uploaded to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any desired tags from the drop-down menu. The " +"available tags displayed are based on the tags configured for the selected " +":guilabel:`Workspace`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message`: enter a message to clarify the document request in this" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:235 +msgid "" +"When all the fields are completed, click :guilabel:`Request` to send the " +"document request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Request a file form, with all fields filled out to request a contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:244 +msgid "Activity types" +msgstr "Tipos de actividades" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured types of activities in the database, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss section --> Activities " +"setting --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activity Types button in the Settings application under the Discuss section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:253 msgid "" "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " "activity types are found." @@ -379,106 +500,110 @@ msgstr "" "Esto mostrará la página :guilabel:`Tipos de actividad`, donde podrá " "encontrar los tipos de actividad existentes." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To edit an existing activity type, select it from the list, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`. To create a new activity type, click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" -"Para editar un tipo de actividad existente, selecciónelo de la lista y " -"después haga clic en :guilabel:`Editar`. Para crear un nuevo tipo de " -"actividad, haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:136 -msgid "" -"At the top of a blank activity type form, start by choosing a " -":guilabel:`Name` for the new activity type." -msgstr "" -"Primero debe elegir un :guilabel:`Nombre` para el nuevo tipo de actividad. " -"Esto lo puede hacer en la parte superior de un formulario de actividad en " -"blanco." - #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "New activity type form." -msgstr "Formulario para un nuevo tipo de actividad." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:143 -msgid "Activity settings" -msgstr "Ajustes de actividad" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:146 -msgid "Action" -msgstr "Acción" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:148 -msgid "" -"The *Action* field specifies the intent of the activity. Some actions " -"trigger specific behaviors after an activity is scheduled." +msgid "The list of activity types already configured and available." msgstr "" -"El campo *Acción* especifica el propósito de la actividad. Algunas acciones " -"activarán comportamientos específicos después de programar una actividad." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected, a link to upload a document is " -"added directly to the planned activity in the chatter." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:260 +msgid "Edit activity types" msgstr "" -"Si selecciona :guilabel:`Subir documento`. se agregará un enlace para subir " -"un documento directamente a la actividad planeada en el chatter." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:262 msgid "" -"If either :guilabel:`Phonecall` or :guilabel:`Meeting` are selected, users " -"have the option to open their calendar to schedule a time for this activity." +"To edit an existing :ref:`activity type `, click on the " +"activity type, and the activity type form loads." msgstr "" -"Si selecciona :guilabel:`Llamada` o :guilabel:`Junta` los usuarios tendrán " -"la opción de abrir su calendario para agendar esta actividad." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:265 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Request Signature` is selected, a link is added to the planned" -" activity in the chatter that opens a signature request pop-up window." +"Make any desired changes to the activity type form. The form automatically " +"saves, but it can be saved manually at any time by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Save Manually` option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner of the page." msgstr "" -"Si selecciona :guilabel:`Solicitar firma` se agregará un enlace en el " -"chatter de la actividad planeada. Al hacer clic en este enlace se abrirá una" -" ventana emergente para solicitar la firma." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:270 +msgid "Create new activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:272 msgid "" -"The actions available to select on an activity type vary, depending on the " -"applications currently installed in the database." +"To create a new :ref:`activity type `, click " +":guilabel:`New` from the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, and a blank " +"activity type form loads." msgstr "" -"Las acciones disponibles que puede seleccionar en el tipo de actividad " -"varían dependiendo de las aplicaciones que tienen en la base de datos." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:163 -msgid "Default user" -msgstr "Usuario predeterminado" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:275 msgid "" -"To automatically assign this activity to a specific user when this activity " -"type is scheduled, choose a name from the :guilabel:`Default User` drop-down" -" menu. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to the user who" -" creates the activity." +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the activity type at the top of the form, then " +"enter the following information on the form." msgstr "" -"Para asignar esta actividad a un usuario específico de manera automática al " -"programar este tipo de actividad, seleccione un nombre desde el menú " -"desplegable :guilabel:`Usuario predeterminado`. Si este campo se deja en " -"blanco, se asignará una actividad al usuario que cree la actividad." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:170 -msgid "Default summary" -msgstr "Resumen predeterminado" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:279 +msgid "Activity Settings section" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:281 msgid "" -"To include notes whenever this activity type is created, enter them into the" -" :guilabel:`Default Summary` field." +":guilabel:`Action`: using the drop-down menu, select an action associated " +"with this new activity type. Some actions trigger specific behaviors after " +"an activity is scheduled, such as:" msgstr "" -"Para incluir notas al crear este tipo de actividad debe ingresarlas en el " -"campo :guilabel:`Resumen predeterminado`." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:284 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Upload Document`: if selected, a link to upload a document is " +"automatically added to the planned activity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:286 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Call` or :guilabel:`Meeting`: if selected, users have the option " +"to open their calendar to select a date and time for the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request Signature`: if selected, a link to open a signature " +"request pop-up window is automatically added to the planned activity in the " +"chatter. This requires the Odoo *Sign* application to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Available activity types vary based on the installed applications in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folder`: select a specific :ref:`workspace " +"` folder to save a document to. This field **only** " +"appears if :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Action`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Folder` the document is " +"saved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default User`: select a user from the drop-down menu to " +"automatically assign this activity to the selected user when this activity " +"type is scheduled. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to " +"the user who creates the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Summary`: enter a note to include whenever this activity " +"type is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:307 msgid "" "The information in the :guilabel:`Default User` and :guilabel:`Default " "Summary` fields are included when an activity is created. However, they can " @@ -489,134 +614,86 @@ msgstr "" "embargo, se pueden alterar antes de que la actividad se programe o se " "guarde." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:181 -msgid "Next activity" -msgstr "Siguiente actividad" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:311 msgid "" -"To automatically suggest, or trigger, a new activity after an activity has " -"been marked complete, the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` must be set." +":guilabel:`Keep Done`: tick this checkbox to keep activities that have been " +"marked as `Done` visible in the :ref:`activity view `." msgstr "" -"Para sugerir o activar una actividad de manera automática después de que una" -" actividad se marca como completada, se debe configurar el :guilabel:`Tipo " -"de encadenamiento`." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:187 -msgid "Suggest next activity" -msgstr "Sugerir la siguiente actividad" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:313 +msgid ":guilabel:`Default Note`: enter any notes to appear with the activity." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:316 +msgid "Next Activity section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:318 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field, select :guilabel:`Suggest Next " -"Activity`. Upon doing so, the field underneath changes to: " -":guilabel:`Suggest`. Click the :guilabel:`Suggest` field drop-down menu to " -"select any activities to recommend as follow-up tasks to this activity type." +"It is possible to have another activity either suggested or triggered. To do" +" so, configure the :guilabel:`Next Activity` section." msgstr "" -"En el campo :guilabel:`Tipo de encadenamiento` seleccione :guilabel:`Sugerir" -" siguiente actividad`. Al hacerlo, el campo de abajo cambiará a " -":guilabel:`Sugerir`. Haga clic en este campo para seleccionar las " -"actividades que recomienda como actividades que le sigan a este tipo de " -"actividad." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:321 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Schedule` field, choose a default deadline for these " -"activities. To do so, configure a desired number of :guilabel:`Days`, " -":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, decide if it should occur " -":guilabel:`after completion date` or :guilabel:`after previous activity " -"deadline`." +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`: select either :guilabel:`Suggest Next Activity` " +"or :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` from the drop-down menu. Depending on " +"the selected option, either the :guilabel:`Suggest` or :guilabel:`Trigger` " +"field is displayed." msgstr "" -"En el campo :guilabel:`Horario` seleccione una fecha límite predeterminada " -"para estas actividades. Para hacerlo, configure un número específico de " -":guilabel:`Días`, :guilabel:`Semanas`, o :guilabel:`Meses`. Después, decida " -"si debe pasar :guilabel:`después de la fecha de finalización` o " -":guilabel:`después de la fecha límite de actividad anterior`." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:198 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:326 msgid "" -"This :guilabel:`Schedule` field information can be altered before the " -"activity is scheduled." +"The :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field does **not** appear if :guilabel:`Upload" +" Document` is selected for the :guilabel:`Action`." msgstr "" -"Puede alterar la información del campo :guilabel:`Horario` antes de agendar " -"la actividad." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:227 -msgid "When all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Suggest/Trigger`: depending on what is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`, this field either displays :guilabel:`Suggest` or" +" :guilabel:`Trigger`. Using the drop-down menu, select the activity to " +"recommend or schedule as a follow-up task to the activity type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:332 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: configure when the next activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:334 +msgid "" +"First, enter a numerical value indicating when the activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. Click " +":guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. Select the" +" desired time-frame option from the list. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:340 +msgid "" +"Lastly, using the drop-down menu, select whether the activity is scheduled " +"or triggered either :guilabel:`after previous activity deadline` or " +":guilabel:`after completion date`." msgstr "" -"Al completar todas las configuraciones, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "Schedule activity popup with emphasis on recommended activities." +msgid "A new Activity form with all the fields filled out." msgstr "" -"Ventana emergente de actividad programada con las actividades recomendadas " -"resaltadas." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Suggest " -"Next Activity`, and has activities listed in the :guilabel:`Suggest` field, " -"users are presented with recommendations for activities as next steps." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:348 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss`" +msgstr ":doc:`../productivity/discuss`" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:349 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss/team_communication`" msgstr "" -"Si una actividad tiene el :guilabel:`Tipo de encadenamiento` configurado " -"como :guilabel:`Sugerir siguiente actividad` y tiene actividades enlistadas " -"en el campo :guilabel:`Sugerir`, los usuarios obtendrán recomendaciones de " -"actividades que pueden ser el siguiente paso." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:211 -msgid "Trigger next activity" -msgstr "Activar la siguiente actividad" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Setting the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` to :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` " -"immediately launches the next activity once the previous one is completed." -msgstr "" -"Si configura el :guilabel:`Tipo de encadenamiento` a :guilabel:`Activar " -"siguiente actividad` hara que la siguiente actividad se active de inmediato " -"una vez que la actividad previa se termine." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` is selected in the :guilabel:`Chaining " -"Type` field, the field beneath changes to: :guilabel:`Trigger`. From the " -":guilabel:`Trigger` field drop-down menu, select the activity that should be" -" launched once this activity is completed." -msgstr "" -"Si selecciona :guilabel:`Activar la siguiente actividad` en el campo " -":guilabel:`Tipo de encadenamiento`, el campo de abajo cambiará a " -":guilabel:`Activador`. Desde el menú desplegable del campo " -":guilabel:`Activador` seleccione la actividad que se debería iniciar una vez" -" que esta actividad se complete." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Schedule new activity popup with emphasis on Done and launch next button." -msgstr "" -"Ventana emergente de programar siguiente información con énfasis en el botón" -" Hecho y continúe con el siguiente." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Trigger" -" Next Activity`, marking the activity as `Done` immediately launches the " -"next activity listed in the :guilabel:`Trigger` field." -msgstr "" -"Cuando una actividad tiene el :guilabel:`Tipo de encadenamiento` como " -":guilabel:`Activar siguiente actividad`, marque la actividad como `Lista` " -"para iniciar la siguiente actividad enlistada en el campo " -":guilabel:`Activador`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:238 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:239 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:3 msgid "Export and import data" @@ -628,9 +705,9 @@ msgid "" "reports, or for data modification. This document covers the export and " "import of data into and out of Odoo." msgstr "" -"En Odoo, a veces es necesario exportar o importar datos para ejecutar " -"informes, o para modificar datos. Este documento cubre la exportación e " -"importación de datos dentro y fuera de Odoo." +"En Odoo, a veces es necesario exportar o importar datos para crear reportes " +"o para modificar datos. Este documento cubre la exportación e importación de" +" datos dentro y fuera de Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:9 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 080d434ba..6f40bc05c 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 @@ -737,6 +737,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:583 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:701 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 @@ -2138,9 +2139,8 @@ msgid "" "values:" msgstr "" "En Odoo, cada transacción se registra en la divisa predeterminada de la " -"empresa y los reportes están basados en esa moneda. Cuando tiene una cuenta " -"bancaria en una divisa extranjera, Odoo almacena dos valores para cada " -"transacción:" +"empresa y los reportes están basados en ella. Odoo almacena dos valores para" +" cada transacción cuando tiene una cuenta bancaria en una divisa extranjera:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:9 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the *company*;" @@ -2489,6 +2489,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:32 msgid "Transactions" msgstr "Transacciones" @@ -3256,7 +3257,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:90 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:432 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:363 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "Customer invoices" @@ -3527,7 +3528,7 @@ msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:169 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:242 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:376 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 @@ -5271,6 +5272,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:38 msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" msgstr ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" @@ -7579,32 +7581,28 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 msgid "" -"This document addresses a specific use case for theoretical purposes. " -"Navigate :ref:`here ` for " -"instructions on how to set up and use |AVCO| in Odoo." +"This document addresses a specific use case for theoretical purposes. For " +"instructions on how to set up and use |AVCO|, refer to the :doc:`inventory " +"valuation configuration " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +" doc." msgstr "" -"Este documento habla de un caso de uso específico con propósitos teóricos. " -"Consulte :ref:`esta página " -"` para obtener " -"instrucciones sobre cómo configurar y usar la valuación del costo promedio " -"en Odoo. " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:32 -msgid "" -":ref:`Using inventory valuation `" -msgstr "" -":ref:`Usar la valuación del inventario " -"`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 msgid "" +":doc:`Using inventory valuation " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:35 +msgid "" ":ref:`Other inventory valuation methods " "`" msgstr "" ":ref:`Otros métodos de valuación de inventario " "`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:40 msgid "" "To use average cost inventory valuation on a product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and " @@ -7619,19 +7617,17 @@ msgstr "" "costo` como `Costo promedio (AVCO)` y la :guilabel:`Valuación del " "inventario` en `Automático`. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:46 msgid "" -":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration " -"`" +":doc:`Inventory valuation configuration " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" msgstr "" -":ref:`Configuración de la valuación del inventario " -"`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 msgid "Using average cost valuation" msgstr "Uso de la valuación del costo promedio" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "" "The average cost method adjusts the inventory valuation when products are " "received in the warehouse. This section explains how it works, but if the " @@ -7643,11 +7639,11 @@ msgstr "" " considera que no necesita leerla, vaya directamente a la sección :ref:`caso" " de uso de devoluciones al proveedor `. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:59 msgid "Formula" msgstr "Fórmula" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:61 msgid "" "When new products arrive, the new average cost for each product is " "recomputed using the formula:" @@ -7655,7 +7651,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando llegan nuevos productos, el nuevo costo promedio de cada producto se " "vuelve a calcular con la siguiente fórmula: " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:63 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{(Old~Qty \\times Old~Avg~Cost) + (Incoming~Qty \\times Purchase~Price)}{Final~Qty}\n" "\n" @@ -7663,13 +7659,13 @@ msgstr "" "Costo~promedio = \\frac{(Cantidad~anterior \\times Costo~promedio~anterior) + (Cantidad~entrante \\times Precio~de compra)}{Cantidad~final}\n" "\n" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:66 msgid "**Old Qty**: product count in stock before receiving the new shipment;" msgstr "" "**Cantidad anterior**: número de productos en existencias antes de recibir " "nuevos productos. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:67 msgid "" "**Old Avg Cost**: calculated average cost for a single product from the " "previous inventory valuation;" @@ -7677,12 +7673,12 @@ msgstr "" "**Costo promedio anterior**: costo promedio calculado para un solo producto " "de la valuación de inventario anterior;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:69 msgid "**Incoming Qty**: count of products arriving in the new shipment;" msgstr "" "**Cantidad entrante**: número de productos que llegan en la nueva entrega; " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:70 msgid "" "**Purchase Price**: estimated price of products at the reception of products" " (since vendor bills may arrive later). The amount includes not only the " @@ -7697,13 +7693,13 @@ msgstr "" "`. Al recibir la factura del proveedor, el" " precio se ajusta; " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:74 msgid "**Final Qty**: quantity of on-hand stock after the stock move." msgstr "" "**Cantidad final**: la cantidad a la mano en las existencias después del " "movimiento de existencias. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 msgid "" "When products leave the warehouse, the average cost **does not** change. " "Read about why the average cost valuation is **not** adjusted :ref:`here " @@ -7713,11 +7709,11 @@ msgstr "" "quiere saber más acerca de por qué la valoración del costo **no** se ajusta," " consulte :ref:`esta página `." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:85 msgid "Compute average cost" msgstr "Cálculo del costo promedio" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:87 msgid "" "To understand how the average cost of a product changes with each shipment, " "consider the following table of warehouse operations and stock moves. Each " @@ -7728,145 +7724,148 @@ msgstr "" "existencias. Cada una es un ejemplo de cómo afecta la valuación del costo " "promedio." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Operation" msgstr "Operación" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 msgid "Incoming Value" msgstr "Valor de entrada" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "Valor del inventario" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "Cantidad a la mano" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Avg Cost" msgstr "Costo promedio" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:424 msgid "$0" msgstr "$0" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "Receive 8 tables at $10/unit" msgstr "Recibe 8 mesas a $10/por unidad" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "8 * $10" msgstr "8 * $10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "$80" msgstr "$80" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "8" msgstr "8" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "$10" msgstr "$10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 msgid "Receive 4 tables at $16/unit" msgstr "Recibe 4 mesas a $16/por unidad " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 msgid "4 * $16" msgstr "4 * $16" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 msgid "$144" msgstr "$144" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "$12" msgstr "$12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 msgid "Deliver 10 tables" msgstr "Entrega 10 mesas" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 msgid "-10 * $12" msgstr "-10 * $12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "$24" msgstr "$24" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "2" msgstr "2" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:106 msgid "" "Ensure comprehension of the above computations by reviewing the \"Receive 8 " "tables at $10/unit\" example." @@ -7874,13 +7873,13 @@ msgstr "" "Asegúrese de entender bien los cálculos de arriba revisando el ejemplo " "\"recibe 8 mesas a $10/por unidad\". " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:109 msgid "Initially, the product stock is 0, so all values are $0." msgstr "" "Inicialmente, las existencias del producto son 0 por lo que los valores " "también son $0. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:111 msgid "" "In the first warehouse operation, `8` tables are received at `$10` each. The" " average cost is calculated using the :ref:`formula " @@ -7890,7 +7889,7 @@ msgstr "" "costo promedio se calcula usando la :ref:`fórmula " "`: " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:114 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{0 + 8 \\times $10}{8} = \\frac{$80}{8} = $10\n" "\n" @@ -7898,7 +7897,7 @@ msgstr "" "Costo~promedio = \\frac{0 + 8 \\times $10}{8} = \\frac{$80}{8} = $10\n" "\n" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "" "Since the *incoming quantity* of tables is `8` and the *purchase price* for " "each is `$10`," @@ -7906,19 +7905,19 @@ msgstr "" "Ya que la *cantidad entrante* de mesas es `8` y el *precio de compra* de " "cada una es de `$10`, " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:118 msgid "The inventory value in the numerator is evaluated to `$80`;" msgstr "El valor de inventario en el numerador se evalúa en `$80`; " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 msgid "`$80` is divided by the total amount of tables to store, `8`;" msgstr "`$80` se divide entre la cantidad total de mesas por almacenar, `8`;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:120 msgid "`$10` is the average cost of a single table from the first shipment." msgstr "`$10` es el costo promedio de una sola mesa de la primera entrega." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:122 msgid "" "To verify this in Odoo, in the *Purchase* app, order `8` quantities of a new" " product, `Table`, with no previous stock moves, for `$10` each." @@ -7927,7 +7926,7 @@ msgstr "" "de un nuevo producto, `Mesa`, sin movimientos de existencias previos, a " "`$10` cada uno. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:125 msgid "" "In the table's :guilabel:`Product Category` field in the :guilabel:`General " "Information` tab of the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon," @@ -7942,7 +7941,7 @@ msgstr "" "costo` en `Costo promedio (AVCO)` y la :guilabel:`Valuación del inventario` " "en `Automático`. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "" "Then, return to the purchase order. Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`, and " "click :guilabel:`Receive Products` to confirm receipt." @@ -7951,7 +7950,7 @@ msgstr "" "orden` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Recibir productos` para confirmar la " "recepción. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:133 msgid "" "Next, check the inventory valuation record generated by the product " "reception by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> " @@ -7972,7 +7971,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show inventory valuation of 8 tables in Odoo." msgstr "Mostrar la valuación del inventario de 8 mesas en Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "" "When the product category's :guilabel:`Costing Method` is set to " ":guilabel:`AVCO`, then the average cost of a product is also displayed on " @@ -7984,11 +7983,11 @@ msgstr "" " también aparece en el campo :guilabel:`Costo` en la pestaña de " ":guilabel:`Información general` en la página del producto. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:149 msgid "Product delivery (use case)" msgstr "Envío de productos (caso de uso)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:151 msgid "" "For outgoing shipments, :ref:`outbound products have no effect on the " "average cost valuation `. Although the " @@ -8002,7 +8001,7 @@ msgstr "" "inventario se reduce porque el producto sale de las existencias y se envía a" " la ubicación del cliente. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:157 msgid "" "To demonstrate that the average cost valuation is not recalculated, examine " "the \"Deliver 10 tables\" example." @@ -8010,7 +8009,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para demostrar que la valuación del costo promedio no se vuelve a calcular, " "examinemos el ejemplo de \"Envío de 10 mesas\". " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{12 \\times $12 + (-10) \\times $12}{12-10} = \\frac{24}{2} = $12\n" "\n" @@ -8018,7 +8017,7 @@ msgstr "" "Costo~promedio = \\frac{12 \\times $12 + (-10) \\times $12}{12-10} = \\frac{24}{2} = $12\n" "\n" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "" "Because 10 tables are being sent out to customers, the *incoming quantity* " "is `-10`. The previous average cost (`$12`) is used in lieu of a vendor's " @@ -8028,11 +8027,11 @@ msgstr "" "El costo promedio anterior (`$12`) se usa en lugar del *precio de compra* " "del proveedor. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:165 msgid "The *incoming inventory value* is `-10 * $12 = -$120`;" msgstr "El *valor del inventario entrante* es `-10 * $12 = -$120`; " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:166 msgid "" "The old *inventory value* (`$144`) is added to the *incoming inventory " "value* (`-$120`), so `$144 + -$120 = $24`;" @@ -8040,7 +8039,7 @@ msgstr "" "El *valor del inventario* anterior (`$144`) se agrega al *valor del " "inventario entrante* (`-$120`), es decir, `$144 + -$120 = $24`; " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:168 msgid "" "Only `2` tables remain after shipping out `10` tables from `12`. So the " "current *inventory value* (`$24`) is divided by the on-hand quantity (`2`);" @@ -8049,14 +8048,14 @@ msgstr "" " Por lo tanto, el *valor del inventario* actual (`$24`) se divide entre las " "cantidades a la mano (`2`);" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:170 msgid "" "`$24 / 2 = $12`, which is the same average cost as the previous operation." msgstr "" "`$24 / 2 = $12`, que es el mismo costo en promedio que la operación " "anterior." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:172 msgid "" "To verify this in Odoo, sell `10` tables in the *Sales* app, validate the " "delivery, and then review the inventory valuation record by going to in " @@ -8070,7 +8069,7 @@ msgstr "" "puede observar en la primera línea de la valuación, enviar `10` mesas reduce" " el valor del producto a `-$120`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:177 msgid "" "**Note**: What is not represented in this stock valuation record is the " "revenue made from this sale, so this decrease is not a loss to the company." @@ -8083,11 +8082,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show how deliveries decrease inventory valuation." msgstr "Muestra como los envíos reducen la valuación del inventario." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:187 msgid "Return items to supplier (use case)" msgstr "Devolver artículos al proveedor (caso de uso) " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:189 msgid "" "Because the price paid to suppliers can differ from the price the product is" " valued at with the |AVCO| method, Odoo handles returned items in a specific" @@ -8097,18 +8096,18 @@ msgstr "" " el que se valora el producto con el método AVCO, Odoo se encarga de los " "artículos devueltos de una manera específica. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:192 msgid "" "Products are returned to suppliers at the original purchase price, but;" msgstr "" "Los productos se le devuelven a los proveedores al precio original de " "compra, pero:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:193 msgid "The internal cost valuation remains unchanged." msgstr "La valuación interna del costo no cambia." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 msgid "" "The above :ref:`example table ` is updated as" " follows:" @@ -8116,27 +8115,27 @@ msgstr "" "La :ref:`tabal de ejemplo ` de arriba se " "actualiza de la siguiente manera: " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 msgid "Qty*Avg Cost" msgstr "Cant.*Costo prom" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 msgid "Return 1 table bought at $10" msgstr "Devuelve 1 mesa que se compró a $10 " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 msgid "-1 * $12" msgstr "-1 * $12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:242 msgid "1" msgstr "1" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:205 msgid "" "In other words, returns to vendors are perceived by Odoo as another form of " "a product exiting the warehouse. To Odoo, because the table is valued at $12" @@ -8150,7 +8149,7 @@ msgstr "" "cuando se regresa el producto. El precio inicial de compra de `$10` no está " "relacionado con el costo promedio de la tabla. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:211 msgid "" "To return a single table that was purchased for `$10`, navigate to the " "receipt in the *Inventory* app for the :ref:`8 tables purchased in Exercise " @@ -8162,7 +8161,7 @@ msgstr "" "` en la :guilabel:`vista general de Inventario` y " "haga clic en :guilabel:`Recibos` y seleccione el recibo que desea. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:216 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Return` on the validated delivery order, and modify " "the quantity to `1` in the reverse transfer window. This creates an outgoing" @@ -8174,7 +8173,7 @@ msgstr "" "crea un envío saliente para la mesa. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Validar` para " "confirmar el envío saliente. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:220 msgid "" "Return to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation` " "to see how the outgoing shipment decreases the inventory value by $12." @@ -8187,11 +8186,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inventory valuation for return." msgstr "Valuación de inventario para devolución." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:230 msgid "Eliminate stock valuation errors in outgoing products" msgstr "Eliminar errores de valuación de existencias en productos salientes" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:232 msgid "" "Inconsistencies can occur in a company's inventory when the average cost " "valuation is recalculated on outgoing shipments." @@ -8199,7 +8198,7 @@ msgstr "" "Es posible que haya inconsistencias en el inventario de una empresa cuando " "la valuación del costo promedio se vuelve a calcular en envíos salientes." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:235 msgid "" "To demonstrate this error, the table below displays a scenario in which 1 " "table is shipped to a customer and another is returned to a supplier at the " @@ -8209,36 +8208,36 @@ msgstr "" "se envía 1 mesa a un cliente y otra se le devuelve al proveedor al precio de" " compra." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 msgid "Qty*Price" msgstr "Cant*Precio" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 msgid "Ship 1 product to customer" msgstr "Envío de 1 producto al cliente" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 msgid "-1 \\* $12" msgstr "-1 \\* $12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "Return 1 product initially bought at $10" msgstr "Devolución de un producto que se compró en $10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "-1 \\* $10" msgstr "-1 \\* $10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$2**" msgstr "**$2**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "**0**" msgstr "**0**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:248 msgid "" "In the final operation above, the final inventory valuation for the table is" " `$2` even though there are `0` tables left in stock." @@ -8246,11 +8245,11 @@ msgstr "" "En la operación final de arriba, la valuación final del inventario para la " "mesa es de `$2`, aunque hay `0` mesas restantes en las existencias. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:251 msgid "Correct method" msgstr "Método correcto" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:253 msgid "" "Use the average cost to value the return. This does not mean the company " "gets $12 back for a $10 purchase; the item returned for $10 is valued " @@ -8263,11 +8262,11 @@ msgstr "" "representa que un producto que vale $12 ya no se tiene en cuenta en los " "activos de la empresa. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:258 msgid "Anglo-Saxon accounting" msgstr "Contabilidad anglosajona" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:260 msgid "" "In addition to using |AVCO|, companies that use **Anglo-Saxon accounting** " "also keep a holding account that tracks the amount to be paid to vendors. " @@ -8284,7 +8283,7 @@ msgstr "" "existencias. La cuenta de retención (llamada **entrada de existencias**) se " "acredita y se concilia una vez que se recibe la factura del proveedor. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:266 msgid "" ":ref:`Anglo-Saxon vs. Continental " "`" @@ -8292,7 +8291,7 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Anglosajona y Continental " "`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:268 msgid "" "The table below reflects journal entries and accounts. The *stock input* " "account stores the money intended to pay vendors when the vendor bill has " @@ -8307,71 +8306,71 @@ msgstr "" "precio entre el precio **al que se valúa** el producto y el precio por el " "que se compró, se crea una cuenta de *diferencia de precio*." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Stock Input" msgstr "Entrada de existencias" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Price Diff" msgstr "Diferencia de precio" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 msgid "Receive 8 tables at $10" msgstr "Recibir ocho mesas a $10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 msgid "($80)" msgstr "($80)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" msgstr "Recibir factura de proveedor por $80" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 msgid "Receive 4 tables at $16" msgstr "Recibir cuatro mesas a $16" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 msgid "($64)" msgstr "($64)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" msgstr "Recibir factura de proveedor por $64" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "Deliver 10 tables to customer" msgstr "Entregar 10 mesas al cliente" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "Return 1 table initially bought at $10" msgstr "Devolver una mesa que se compró a $10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$10**" msgstr "**$10**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$12**" msgstr "**$12**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" msgstr "Recibir reembolso de proveedor $10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "$2" msgstr "$2" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:296 msgid "Product reception" msgstr "Recepción de productos" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:299 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Resumen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:301 msgid "" "At product reception, Odoo ensures companies can pay for goods that were " "purchased by preemptively moving an amount matching the price of received " @@ -8391,7 +8390,7 @@ msgstr "" "cuenta significan que ya se pagó la factura. **Entrada de existencias** se " "concilia al recibir la factura del proveedor." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:308 msgid "" "Inventory valuation is a method of calculating how much each in-stock " "product is worth internally. Since there is a difference between the price " @@ -8406,16 +8405,16 @@ msgstr "" "inventario** no está relacionada con las operaciones de abono y cargo de la " "cuenta **Entrada de existencias**." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:313 msgid "To conceptualize all this, follow the breakdown below." msgstr "" "Consulte el siguiente desglose para conceptualizar la información anterior." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:316 msgid "Accounts balanced at received products" msgstr "Conciliación de cuentas al recibir productos" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:318 msgid "" "In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, `table`, in " "stock. Then, 8 tables are received from the vendor:" @@ -8423,7 +8422,7 @@ msgstr "" "En este ejemplo, una empresa comienza con cero unidades de un producto, " "`mesa`, en sus existencias. Luego, reciben 8 mesas del proveedor:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:321 msgid "" "The **Stock Input** account stores `$80` of credit owed to the vendor. The " "amount in this account is unrelated to the inventory value." @@ -8432,7 +8431,7 @@ msgstr "" " al proveedor. El importe en esta cuenta no está relacionada con el valor " "del inventario." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:323 msgid "" "`$80` worth of tables came **in** (**debit** the *Inventory Value* account " "`$80`), and" @@ -8440,7 +8439,7 @@ msgstr "" "Se **recibieron** `$80` en mesas (se hace un **cargo** a la cuenta de *Valor" " del inventario* por `$80`), y" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:324 msgid "" "`$80` must be paid **out** for received goods (**credit** the *Stock Input* " "account `$80`)." @@ -8448,12 +8447,12 @@ msgstr "" "se debe **pagar** `$80` por los productos recibidos (es decir, es un " "**ingreso** para la cuenta de *Entrada de existencias* por `$80`)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:324 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:370 msgid "In Odoo" msgstr "En Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:329 msgid "" "Odoo generates an accounting journal entry when shipments that use |AVCO| " "costing method are received. Configure a :guilabel:`Price Difference " @@ -8465,7 +8464,7 @@ msgstr "" "para esto seleccione el icono :guilabel:`➡️ (flecha)` junto al campo " ":guilabel:`Categoría de producto` en la página del producto." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:333 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Account Properties`, create a new :guilabel:`Price " "Difference Account` by typing in the name of the account and clicking " @@ -8481,7 +8480,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create price difference account." msgstr "Cuenta que se crea para la diferencia de precios." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:341 msgid "" "Then, receive the shipment in the *Purchase* app or *Inventory* app, and " "navigate to the :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal " @@ -8497,7 +8496,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show accounting entry of 8 tables from the list." msgstr "El asiento contable por 8 mesas en la lista." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:349 msgid "" "Click on the line for 8 tables. This accounting journal entry shows that " "when the 8 tables were received, the `Stock Valuation` account increased by " @@ -8516,11 +8515,11 @@ msgstr "" "Valuación de existencias (cargo) y entrada de existencias (abono) por 80 " "dólares." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:358 msgid "Accounts balanced at received vendor bill" msgstr "Conciliación de cuentas al recibir la factura del proveedor" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:360 msgid "" "In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, table, in " "stock. Then, 8 tables are received from the vendor. When the bill is " @@ -8530,7 +8529,7 @@ msgstr "" "`mesa`, en sus existencias. Luego, reciben 8 mesas del proveedor. Al recibir" " la factura del proveedor por estos productos:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:363 msgid "" "Use `$80` in the **Stock Input** account to pay the bill. This cancels out " "and the account now holds `$0`." @@ -8538,13 +8537,13 @@ msgstr "" "Utilice `$80` en la cuenta **Entrada de existencias** para pagar la factura." " Esto se cancela y la cuenta ahora tiene `$0`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:365 msgid "Debit **Stock Input** `$80` (to reconcile this account)." msgstr "" "Se realiza un cargo por `$80` a **Entrada de existencias** (para conciliar " "esta cuenta)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:366 msgid "" "Credit **Accounts payable** `$80`. This account stores the amount the " "company owes others, so accountants use the amount to write checks to " @@ -8554,7 +8553,7 @@ msgstr "" " que la empresa debe pagar a otras, por lo que el equipo de contabilidad usa" " este importe para girar cheques a los proveedores." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:372 msgid "" "Once the vendor requests payment, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Orders --> Purchase` and select the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for " @@ -8566,7 +8565,7 @@ msgstr "" "compra de 8 mesas. Seleccione :guilabel:`Crear factura` en la orden de " "compra." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:376 msgid "" "Switch to the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view how `$80` is transferred" " from the holding account, `Stock Interim (Received)` to `Accounts Payable`." @@ -8581,11 +8580,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show bill linked to the purchase order for 8 tables." msgstr "Aparece la factura vinculada a la orden de compra de 8 mesas." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:385 msgid "On product delivery" msgstr "Al recibir un producto" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:387 msgid "" "In the :ref:`above example table `, when 10" " products are delivered to a customer, the **Stock Input** account is " @@ -8595,7 +8594,7 @@ msgstr "" "al entregar 10 productos a un cliente, no se toca la cuenta **Entrada de " "existencias**, pues no hay productos nuevos que entren. En resumen:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:391 msgid "" "**Inventory valuation** is credited `$120`. Subtracting from inventory " "valuation represents `$120` worth of products exiting the company." @@ -8604,7 +8603,7 @@ msgstr "" "valuación de inventario corresponde a productos con un valor de `$120` que " "salen de la empresa." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:393 msgid "Debit **Accounts Receivable** to record revenue from the sale." msgstr "" "Se hace un cargo a **Cuentas por cobrar** para registrar los ingresos por la" @@ -8614,7 +8613,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show journal items linked to sale order." msgstr "Los apuntes contables vinculados a la orden de venta." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:401 msgid "" "In the accounting journal entry invoicing a customer for 10 tables, the " "accounts **Product Sales**, **Tax Received**, and **Accounts Receivable** " @@ -8626,7 +8625,7 @@ msgstr "" "cobrar** corresponden a la venta del producto. **Cuentas por cobrar** es la " "cuenta donde se recibirá el pago del cliente." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:405 msgid "" "Anglo-Saxon accounting recognizes the cost of goods sold (COGS) once the " "sale is made. So, up until the product is sold, scrapped, or returned, costs" @@ -8640,11 +8639,11 @@ msgstr "" " producto. Se cargan `$120` a la cuenta de **gastos** para registrar los " "costos de almacenar 10 mesas durante este periodo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:411 msgid "On product return" msgstr "Al devolver un producto" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:413 msgid "" "In the :ref:`above example table `, when " "returning 1 product to a vendor purchased at `$10`, a company expects `$10` " @@ -8662,7 +8661,7 @@ msgstr "" "restan se contabilizan en la :guilabel:`Cuenta de diferencia de precio`, que" " se configura en la :guilabel:`Categoría de producto` correspondiente." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:420 msgid "" "Behavior of *price difference accounts* varies from localization. In this " "case, the account is intended to store differences between vendor price and " @@ -8673,11 +8672,11 @@ msgstr "" "diferencias entre el precio del proveedor y los métodos *automatizados* de " "valuación de inventario." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:423 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "En resumen:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:425 msgid "" "Debit **Stock Input** account `$10` to move the table from stock to stock " "input. This move is to indicate that the table is to be processed for an " @@ -8687,7 +8686,7 @@ msgstr "" "las existencias a la entrada de las existencias. Este movimiento indica que " "procesará la mesa para un envío saliente." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:427 msgid "" "Debit **Stock Input** an additional `$2` to account for the **Price " "Difference**." @@ -8695,7 +8694,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cargar `$2` adicionales a **Entrada de existencias** para compensar la " "**diferencia de precio**." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:428 msgid "" "Credit **Stock Valuation** `$12` because the item is leaving the stock." msgstr "" @@ -8708,18 +8707,18 @@ msgstr "" "Los 2 dólares de diferencia se registran como gasto en la cuenta de " "diferencia de precio." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:434 msgid "Once the vendor's refund is received," msgstr "Al recibir el reembolso del proveedor:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:436 msgid "" "Credit **Stock Input** account `$10` to reconcile the price of the table." msgstr "" "Abonar `$10` a la cuenta **Entrada de existencias** para conciliar el precio" " de la mesa." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:437 msgid "" "Debit **Accounts Payable** `$10` to have the accountants collect and " "register the payment in their journal." @@ -8735,7 +8734,7 @@ msgstr "Devolución del artículo para recibir los 10 dólares correspondientes. #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:361 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:247 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:258 @@ -9607,6 +9606,7 @@ msgid "Partial payment 2/2" msgstr "Pago parcial 2/2" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:422 msgid "30" msgstr "30" @@ -9910,7 +9910,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:254 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:278 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 @@ -10120,6 +10120,7 @@ msgid "VAT units tab" msgstr "Pestaña de unidades de IVA" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:339 msgid "Fiscal position" msgstr "Posición fiscal" @@ -15054,9 +15055,10 @@ msgstr "" "`_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:32 msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "Requisitos previos" +msgstr "Prerrequisitos" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:25 msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" @@ -15263,6 +15265,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" msgstr ":doc:`../taxes`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:150 msgid ":doc:`../get_started`" msgstr ":doc:`../get_started`" @@ -15300,9 +15303,9 @@ msgid "" "--> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Fiscal Periods` section, change the " ":guilabel:`Last Day` field if necessary." msgstr "" -"Si desea modificar estos valores, vaya a menuselection:`Contabilidad --> " -"Configuración --> Ajustes`. Puede encontrar el campo :guilabel:`Último día` " -"en la sección :guilabel:`Periodos fiscales`." +"Para modificar estos valores, vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> " +"Configuración --> Ajustes`. El campo :guilabel:`Último día` se encuentra en " +"la sección :guilabel:`Periodos fiscales`, cámbielo si es necesario." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -15565,13 +15568,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:105 msgid "" -"Setting an :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` is **irreversible** and cannot be" -" removed." +"Install the :guilabel:`Irreversible Lock Date` (`account_lock`) module to " +"make the :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` *irreversible* once set." msgstr "" -"Si establece una :guilabel:`fecha de bloqueo para todos los usuarios` es " -"**irreversible** y no se puede eliminar." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:109 msgid "" "A specific year-end closing entry is **optional** in order to close out the " "**profit and loss statement**. The reports are created in real-time, meaning" @@ -15704,7 +15705,7 @@ msgstr "" "los productos, etc." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:386 msgid "Tax computation" msgstr "Cálculo de impuestos" @@ -15777,6 +15778,7 @@ msgstr "Impuesto" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:397 msgid "Total" msgstr "Total" @@ -16683,137 +16685,1703 @@ msgstr "" "erróneos en el cálculo de los precios. Por eso solemos recomendar a las " "empresas que solo trabajen con una referencia de precios." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:3 -msgid "Avatax integration" -msgstr "Integración con AvaTax" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:5 -msgid "Avatax is a tax calculation provider that can be integrated in Odoo." +msgid "AvaTax integration" msgstr "" -"AvaTax es un proveedor de cálculo de impuestos que se puede integrar con " -"Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:98 -msgid "Credential configuration" -msgstr "Configuración de credenciales" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:7 msgid "" -"To integrate Avatax with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes` and add your Avatax credentials in the" -" :guilabel:`Avatax` section." +"Avalara's *AvaTax* is a cloud-based tax software. Integrating *AvaTax* with " +"Odoo provides real-time and region-specific tax calculations when users " +"sell, purchase, and invoice items in Odoo. *AvaTax* tax calculation is " +"supported with every United Nations charted country, including inter-border " +"transactions." msgstr "" -"Si desea integrar AvaTax con Odoo, vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> " -"Configuración --> Ajustes --> Impuestos` y agregue sus credenciales de " -"Avatax en la sección :guilabel:`AvaTax`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:13 msgid "" -"If you do not yet have credentials, click on :guilabel:`How to Get " -"Credentials`." +"*AvaTax* is only available for integration with databases/companies that " +"have locations in the United States, Canada, and Brazil. This means the " +"fiscal position/country of a database can only be set to the United States, " +"Canada, or Brazil. For more information, reference this documentation: " +":ref:`avatax/fiscal_country`." msgstr "" -"Si aún no cuenta con credenciales, haga clic en :guilabel:`cómo obtener " -"credenciales`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Configure Avatax settings" -msgstr "Configuración de ajustes de AvaTax" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:18 +msgid "" +"*AvaTax* accounts for location-based tax rates for each state, county, and " +"city. It improves remittance accuracy by paying close attention to laws, " +"rules, jurisdiction boundaries, and special circumstances (like, tax " +"holidays, and product exemptions). Companies who integrate with *AvaTax* can" +" maintain control of tax-calculations in-house with this simple :abbr:`API " +"(application programming interface)` integration." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:25 -msgid "Tax mapping" -msgstr "Mapeo de impuestos" +msgid "" +"Some limitations exist in Odoo while using *AvaTax* for tax calculation:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:27 msgid "" -"The Avatax integration is available on Sale Orders and Invoices with the " -"included Avatax fiscal position." +"*AvaTax* is **not** supported in Odoo's *Point of Sale* app, because a " +"dynamic tax calculation model is excessive for transactions within a single " +"delivery address, such as stores or restaurants." msgstr "" -"La integración con AvaTax está disponible en órdenes de venta y facturas con" -" la posición fiscal de AvaTax incluida." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:30 msgid "" -"Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the " -"product categories." +"*AvaTax* and Odoo use the company address and **not** the warehouse address." msgstr "" -"Antes de usar la integración, especifique una :guilabel:`categoría de " -"AvaTax` en las categorías de productos." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Specify Avatax Category on products" -msgstr "Especificar la categoría de AvaTax en los productos." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:31 msgid "" -"Avatax Categories may be overridden or set on individual products as well." +"Exercise tax is **not** supported. This includes tobacco/vape taxes, fuel " +"taxes, and other specific industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Avalara's support documents: `About AvaTax " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:39 +msgid "Set up on AvaTax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To use *AvaTax*, an account with Avalara is required for the setup. If one " +"has not been set up yet, connect with Avalara to purchase a license: " +"`Avalara: Let's Talk `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Upon account setup, take note of the *AvaTax* :guilabel:`Account ID`. This " +"will be needed in the :ref:`Odoo setup `. In Odoo, this " +"number is the :guilabel:`API ID`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Then, `create a basic company profile " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:53 +msgid "Create basic company profile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Collect essential business details for the next step: locations where tax is" +" collected, products/services sold (and their sales locations), and customer" +" tax exemptions, if applicable. Follow the Avalara documentation for " +"creating a basic company profile:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:59 +msgid "" +"`Add company information `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:61 +msgid "" +"`Tell us where the company collects and pays tax " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:63 +msgid "" +"`Verify jurisdictions and activate the company " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Add other company locations for location-based filing " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:67 +msgid "" +"`Add a marketplace to the company profile " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:73 +msgid "Connect to AvaTax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:75 +msgid "" +"After creating the basic company profile in Avalara, connect to *AvaTax*. " +"This step links Odoo and *AvaTax* bidirectionally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox `_" +" or `production `_ environment. This will depend" +" on which type of Avalara account the company would like to integrate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:83 +msgid "" +"`Sandbox vs production environments in Avalara " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Log in to create the :guilabel:`License Key`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> License and API Keys`. Click :guilabel:`Generate License Key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:90 +msgid "" +"A warning appears stating: `If your business app is connected to Avalara " +"solutions, the connection will be broken until you update the app with the " +"new license key. This action cannot be undone.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Generating a new license key breaks the connection with existing business " +"apps using the *AvaTax* integration. Make sure to update these apps with the" +" new license key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If this will be the first :abbr:`API (application programming interface)` " +"integration being made with *AvaTax* and Odoo, then click " +":guilabel:`Generate license key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:100 +msgid "" +"If this is an additional license key, ensure the previous connection can be " +"broken. There is **only** one license key associated with each of the " +"Avalara sandbox and production accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Copy this key to a safe place. It is **strongly encouraged** to backup the " +"license key for future reference. This key cannot be retrieved after leaving" +" this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:108 +msgid "Odoo configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Before using *AvaTax*, there are some additional configurations in Odoo to " +"ensure tax calculations are made accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Verify that the Odoo database contains necessary data. The country initially" +" set up in the database determines the fiscal position, and aids *AvaTax* in" +" calculating accurate tax rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:119 +msgid "Fiscal country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Country`, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Country` " +"feature to :guilabel:`United States`, :guilabel:`Canada`, or " +":guilabel:`Brazil`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:131 +msgid "Company settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:133 +msgid "" +"All companies operating under the Odoo database should have a full and " +"complete address listed in the settings. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Settings app`, and under the :guilabel:`Companies` section, " +"ensure there is only one company operating the Odoo database. Click " +":guilabel:`Update Info` to open a separate page to update company details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:138 +msgid "" +"If there are multiple companies operating in the database, click " +":guilabel:`Manage Companies` to load a list of companies to select from. " +"Update company information by clicking into the specific company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Database administrators should ensure that the :guilabel:`Street...`, " +":guilabel:`Street2...`, :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, " +":guilabel:`ZIP`, and :guilabel:`Country` are all updated for the companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This ensures accurate tax calculations and smooth end-of-year accounting " +"operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:149 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:153 +msgid "Module installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, ensure that the Odoo *AvaTax* module is installed. To do so, navigate " +"to the :menuselection:`Apps application`. In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, " +"type in `avatax`, and press :kbd:`Enter`. The following results populate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nombre" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 +msgid "Technical name" +msgstr "Nombre técnico" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Descripción" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:167 +msgid "`account_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Default *AvaTax* module. This module adds the base *AvaTax* features for tax" +" calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:169 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for geo localization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:170 +msgid "`account_avatax_geolocalize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:171 +msgid "" +"This module includes the features required for integration of *AvaTax* into " +"geo-localization in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:173 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SO`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:174 +msgid "`account_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Includes the information needed for tax calculation on sales orders in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:176 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for Inventory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:177 +msgid "`account_avatax_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:178 +msgid "Includes tax calculation in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:179 +msgid ":guilabel:`Amazon/Avatax Bridge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:180 +msgid "`sale_amazon_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Includes tax calculation features between the *Amazon Connector* and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:182 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:183 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:184 +msgid "Includes information for tax calculation in the Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:185 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:186 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:187 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for tax calculation for services " +"in the Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil Sale for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:190 +msgid "`l10n_br_edi_sale_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:191 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for tax calculation for the sale " +"of services in the Brazil localization. This includes electronic data " +"interchange (EDI)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:193 +msgid ":guilabel:`Test SOs for the Brazilian AvaTax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:194 +msgid "`l10n_br_test_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:195 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for test sales orders in the " +"Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Install` button on the module labeled, " +":guilabel:`Avatax`: `account_avatax`. Doing so installs the following " +"modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:200 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax`: `account_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:201 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SO`: `account_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:202 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for Inventory`: `account_avatax_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Should *AvaTax* be needed for geo-localization, or with the *Amazon " +"Connector*, then install those modules individually by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Install` on :guilabel:`Avatax for geo localization` and " +":guilabel:`Amazon/Avatax Bridge`, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:209 +msgid "" +"For localization specific *AvaTax* instructions, view the following " +":doc:`fiscal localization <../../fiscal_localizations>` documentation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:212 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:217 +msgid "Odoo AvaTax settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To integrate the *AvaTax* :abbr:`API (application programming interface)` " +"with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` section. The :guilabel:`AvaTax` fields in the :guilabel:`Taxes` " +"section is where the *AvaTax* configurations are made, and the credentials " +"are entered in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:224 +msgid "" +"First, tick the checkbox to the left of the :guilabel:`AvaTax` settings, to " +"activate *AvaTax* on the database. This is a quick, convenient way to " +"activate and deactivate *AvaTax* tax calculation on the Odoo database." msgstr "" -"Las categorías de AvaTax se pueden anular o establecer en productos " -"individuales." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Override product categories as needed" -msgstr "Anule categorías de productos si es necesario." +msgid "Configure AvaTax settings" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:235 +msgid "" +"First, select the :guilabel:`Environment` in which the company wishes to use" +" *AvaTax* in. It can either be :guilabel:`Sandbox` or " +":guilabel:`Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:239 +msgid "" +"For help determining which *AvaTax* environment to use (either " +":guilabel:`Production` or :guilabel:`Sandbox`), visit: `Sandbox vs " +"Production environments " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:244 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Now, the credentials can be entered in. The *AvaTax* :guilabel:`Account ID` " +"should be entered in the :guilabel:`API ID` field, and the " +":guilabel:`License Key` should be entered in the :guilabel:`API Key` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Account ID` can be found by logging into the *AvaTax* portal " +"(`sandbox `_ or `production " +"`_). In the upper-right corner, click on the " +"initials of the user and :guilabel:`Account`. The :guilabel:`Account ID` is " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To access the :guilabel:`License Key` see this documentation: " +":ref:`avatax/create_avalara_credentials`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:259 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Company Code` field, enter the Avalara company code for " +"the company being configured. Avalara interprets this as `DEFAULT`, if it is" +" not set. The :guilabel:`Company Code` can be accessed in the Avalara " +"management portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:263 +msgid "" +"First, log into the *AvaTax* portal (`sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_). Then, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Manage Companies`. The :guilabel:`Company Code` value is located in the " +"row of the :guilabel:`Company` in the :guilabel:`Company Code` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "AvaTax company code highlighted on the company details page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:273 +msgid "Transaction options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:275 +msgid "" +"There are two transactional settings in the Odoo *AvaTax* settings that can " +"be configured: :guilabel:`Use UPC` and :guilabel:`Commit Transactions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:278 +msgid "" +"If the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Use UPC` is ticked, the transactions will" +" use Universal Product Codes (UPC), instead of custom defined codes in " +"Avalara. Consult a certified public accountant (CPA) for specific guidance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:282 +msgid "" +"Should the :guilabel:`Commit Transactions` checkbox be ticked, then, the " +"transactions in the Odoo database will be committed for reporting in " +"*AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:286 msgid "Address validation" msgstr "Validación de dirección" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:288 msgid "" -"Manually validate customer addresses by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate " -"address` link in the customer form view." +"The *Address Validation* feature ensures that the most up-to-date address by" +" postal standards is set on a contact in Odoo. This is important to provide " +"accurate tax calculations for customers." msgstr "" -"Valide las direcciones de cliente de forma manual mediante el enlace " -":guilabel:`validar dirección` en la vista de formulario de cliente." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Validate customer addresses" -msgstr "Validar direcciones de cliente" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:292 msgid "" -"If preferred, choose to keep the newly validated address or the original " -"address in the wizard that pops up." +"The :guilabel:`Address Validation` feature only works with " +"partners/customers in North America." msgstr "" -"Si lo prefiere, en el asistente emergente puede elegir mantener la dirección" -" que se validó recientemente o la dirección original." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Address validation wizard" -msgstr "Asistente de validación de dirección" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:64 -msgid "Tax calculation" -msgstr "Cálculo de impuestos" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:294 msgid "" -"Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with Avatax by" -" confirming the documents. Alternatively, calculate the taxes manually by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`Compute taxes using Avatax` button while these " -"documents are in draft mode." +"Additionally, tick the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Address validation` " +"field." msgstr "" -"Puede calcular impuestos de cotizaciones y facturas de Odoo con Avatax de " -"forma automática al confirmar los documentos. Por otro lado, puede calcular " -"los impuestos de forma manual al hacer clic en el botón :guilabel:`calcular " -"los impuestos con Avatax` mientras los documentos se encuentran en modo de " -"borrador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:297 msgid "" -"Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Code` field that's available on customers, " -"quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and Avatax." +"For accurate tax calculations, it is best practice to enter a complete " +"address for the contacts saved in the database. However, *AvaTax* can still " +"function by implementing a best effort attempt using only the " +":guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`State`, and :guilabel:`Zip code`. These are " +"the three minimum required fields." msgstr "" -"Utilice el campo :guilabel:`código Avalara` que está disponible para " -"clientes, cotizaciones y facturas para hacer una referencia cruzada de datos" -" entre Odoo y Avatax." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:302 +msgid ":guilabel:`Save` the settings to implement the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Manually :guilabel:`Validate` the address by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Contacts app`, and selecting a contact. Now that the " +"*AvaTax* module has been configured on the database, a :guilabel:`Validate` " +"button appears directly below the :guilabel:`Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:309 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a pop-up window appears with a " +":guilabel:`Validated Address` and :guilabel:`Original Address` listed. If " +"the :guilabel:`Validated Address` is the correct mailing address for tax " +"purposes, click :guilabel:`Save Validated`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Validate address pop-up window in Odoo with \"Save Validated\" button and \"Validated\n" +"Address\" highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:319 +msgid "" +"All previously-entered addresses for contacts in the Odoo database will need" +" to be validated using the manually validate process outlined above. " +"Addresses are not automatically validated if they were entered previously. " +"This only occurs upon tax calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:324 +msgid "Test connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:326 +msgid "" +"After entering all the above information into the *AvaTax* setup on Odoo, " +"click :guilabel:`Test connection`. This ensures the :guilabel:`API ID` and " +":guilabel:`API KEY` are correct, and a connection is made between Odoo and " +"the *AvaTax* application programming interface (API)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:331 +msgid "Sync parameters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Upon finishing the configuration and settings of the *AvaTax* section, click" +" the :guilabel:`Sync Parameters` button. This action synchronizes the " +"exemption codes from *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:341 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Fiscal Positions`. A :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` is listed " +"named, :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)`. Click it to open " +"*AvaTax's* fiscal position configuration page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:345 +msgid "Here, ensure that the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` checkbox is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the checkbox next to the field labeled: :guilabel:`Detect " +"Automatically`. Should this option be ticked, then, Odoo will automatically " +"apply this :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for transactions in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Enabling :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` also makes specific parameters, " +"such as :guilabel:`VAT required`, :guilabel:`Foreign Tax ID`, " +":guilabel:`Country Group`, :guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`Federal States`, " +"or :guilabel:`Zip Range` appear. Filling these parameters filters the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` usage. Leaving them blank ensures all " +"calculations are made using this :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:358 +msgid "" +"Should the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` checkbox not be ticked, each " +"customer will need to have the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set on their " +":guilabel:`Sales and Purchase` tab of the contact record. To do so, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Order --> Customers`, or " +":menuselection:`Contacts app --> Contacts`. Then, select a customer or " +"contact to set the fiscal position on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:364 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Sales and Purchase` tab, and down to the section " +"labeled, :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`. Set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` " +"field to the fiscal position for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:430 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:372 +msgid "AvaTax accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Upon selecting the checkbox option for :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` a new " +":guilabel:`AvaTax` tab appears. Click into this tab to reveal two different " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:377 +msgid "" +"The first setting is the :guilabel:`AvaTax Invoice Account`, while the " +"second is, :guilabel:`AvaTax Refund Account`. Ensure both accounts are set " +"for smooth end-of-year record keeping. Consult a certified public accountant" +" (CPA) for specific guidance on setting both accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:381 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to implement the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:384 +msgid "Tax mapping" +msgstr "Mapeo de impuestos" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:386 +msgid "" +"The *AvaTax* integration is available on sale orders and invoices with the " +"included *AvaTax* fiscal position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:390 +msgid "" +"Additionally, there is a :guilabel:`Tax Mapping` tab and :guilabel:`Account " +"Mapping` tab in the :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)` fiscal " +"position, where mapping for products can also be configured. To access " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Positions` navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Fiscal Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:396 +msgid "Product category mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the " +"product categories. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Product Categories`. Select the product category to add " +"the :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` to. In the :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` " +"field, select a category from the drop-down menu, or :guilabel:`Search " +"More...` to open the complete list of options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "Specify AvaTax Category on products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:409 +msgid "Product mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:411 +msgid "" +"*AvaTax* Categories may be set on individual products, as well. To set the " +":guilabel:`Avatax Category` navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Products --> Products`. Select the product to add the :guilabel:`Avatax " +"Category` to. Under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, on the far-" +"right, is a selector field labeled: :guilabel:`Avatax Category`. Finally, " +"click the drop-down menu, and select a category, or :guilabel:`Search " +"More...` to find one that is not listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:418 +msgid "" +"If both the product, and its category, have an :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` " +"set, the product's :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` takes precedence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "Override product categories as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:426 +msgid "" +"Mapping an :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` on either the *Product* or *Product " +"Category* should be completed for every *Product* or *Product Category*, " +"depending the route that is chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:431 +msgid ":doc:`avatax/avatax_use`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:432 +msgid ":doc:`avatax/avalara_portal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:163 +msgid "" +"`US Tax Compliance: Avatax elearning video " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:6 +msgid "Avalara (Avatax) portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Avalara's (*AvaTax*) management console offers account management options " +"including: viewing/editing the transactions sent from Odoo to *AvaTax*, " +"details on how the taxes are calculated, tax reporting, tax exemption " +"management, and tax return resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:13 +msgid "Avalara is the software developer of the tax software, *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the console, first, navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_ environment. This will depend on which type " +"of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`. Log in to the " +"management console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara dashboard after logging into management portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"For more information see Avalara's documentation: `Activate your " +"Communications Customer Portal account " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To access transactions, click in the :guilabel:`Transactions` link on the " +"main dashboard upon logging into the :ref:`avatax/portal`. To manually " +"access the *Transactions* page, while logged into the Avalara console, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Transactions --> Transactions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara portal with the transactions shortcut highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:43 +msgid "Edit transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click into a transaction to reveal more details about the transaction. These" +" details include sections on :guilabel:`Invoice detail`, " +":guilabel:`Additional info`, and :guilabel:`Customer info`. Click :icon:`fa-" +"pencil` :guilabel:`Edit document details` to make changes to the " +"transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:49 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Discount` can be added to adjust the invoice. This is " +"especially useful in cases where the transaction has already synced with " +"Avalara / *AvaTax*, and changes need to be made afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:55 +msgid "Filter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Filter transactions on the :guilabel:`Transactions` page, by setting the " +":guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields, and configuring other fields to " +"filter by, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Status`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Code`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`Exactly " +"match`, :guilabel:`Starts with`, or :guilabel:`Contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer/Vendor Code`: the customer/vendor code in Odoo (e.g. " +"`Contact18`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: the country this tax was calculated in; this is a text " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: the region of the country, which varies based on the " +":guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Filters` to access the following filter " +"conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Type`: any of the following selections, :guilabel:`All`," +" :guilabel:`Sales Invoice`, :guilabel:`Purchase Invoice`, :guilabel:`Return " +"Invoice`, :guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Inbound Invoice`, " +":guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Outbound Invoice`, or :guilabel:`Customs " +"Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Import ID`: represents the import ID of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:78 +msgid "Sort by" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:80 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Transactions` page, transactions will be listed below, " +"according to the set :ref:`avalara/portal-filter`, located in the top half " +"of the page. The following columns are available by default, to sort by " +"ascending or descending order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc Code`: either of the following options, :guilabel:`Exactly " +"match`, :guilabel:`Starts with`, or :guilabel:`Contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc Status`: either of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cust/Vendor Code` : this is the customer/vendor code in Odoo " +"(e.g. Contact18)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: this is the region of the country, this will vary based " +"on the :guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amount`: the numeric amount of the total amount on the Odoo " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax`: the numeric amount of the tax applied to the total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Transactions page on the Avalara portal with the filter and sort-by options " +"highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:99 +msgid "Customize columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Additional columns can be added by clicking the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Customize columns`. On the resulting popover window, click the " +"drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`column` that should be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The following columns can be added for additional transactional information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`AvaTax calculated`: the amount of tax calculated by *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cust/vendor code`: the customer/vendor code in Odoo (e.g. " +"`Contact18`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Currency`: the standardized abbreviation for the currency the " +"amount total is in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doc date`: the document's date of creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc status`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc type`: any of the following selections, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Sales Invoice`, :guilabel:`Purchase Invoice`, :guilabel:`Return " +"Invoice`, :guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Inbound Invoice`, " +":guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Outbound Invoice`, or :guilabel:`Customs " +"Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last modified`: timestamp of the last time the document was " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location code`: the location code used to calculate the tax, " +"based on the delivery address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:122 +msgid ":guilabel:`PO number`: the purchase order number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference code`: the Odoo reference code (e.g. NV/2024/00003)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: the region of the country,which varies based on the " +":guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson code`: the numeric ID of the user assigned to the " +"sales order in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax date`: the month/day/year of the tax calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax override type`: where an exemption would appear, should there" +" be none, the field populates with :guilabel:`None`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:131 +msgid "To add a new column click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:134 +msgid "" +"For more information on *AvaTax* transactions, refer to this Avalara " +"documentation: `Transactions " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:138 +msgid "Import-export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"While on the :ref:`avalara/portal-transactions`, click :icon:`fa-download` " +":guilabel:`Import transactions` or :icon:`fa-upload` :guilabel:`Export " +"transactions` to import or export transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1019 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:42 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "Informes" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To access reporting, navigate to the :menuselection:`Reports` link in the " +"top menu of the Avalara management console. Next, select from one of the " +"available reporting tabs: :guilabel:`Transactions reports`, " +":guilabel:`Liability & tax return reports`, or :guilabel:`Exemption " +"reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Additionally, there is a :guilabel:`Favorites` tab and :guilabel:`Downloads`" +" tab. The :guilabel:`Favorites` tab contains any favorited report " +"configurations for the Avalara user. The :guilabel:`Downloads` tab contains " +"a list view where the user can download the high-volume transaction reports " +"created in the last 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Make a selection for the :guilabel:`Report Category`, and the " +":guilabel:`Report Name`, under the :guilabel:`Select a report` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Next, fill out the :guilabel:`Select report details` section. These options " +"will vary based on the tab selected above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Depending on the report size, the following two options are available in the" +" section labeled, :guilabel:`Select the approximate number of transactions " +"for your report`: :guilabel:`Create and download the report instantly` (for " +"small reports) and :guilabel:`Create and download the report in the " +"background` (for larger reports). Select one or the other depending on the " +"volume of transactions in this report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Finally, under the section labeled, :guilabel:`Report preview and export` " +"make a selection of the file type to download. Either a :guilabel:`.PDF` or " +":guilabel:`.XLS` can be chosen. Alternatively, the file can be previewed by " +"selecting the :guilabel:`Preview` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:172 +msgid "" +"After making all the configurations, click :guilabel:`Create report` to " +"download the report. Click :icon:`fa-star-o` :guilabel:`Make this report a " +"favorite` to save the report configuration to the user's favorites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:176 +msgid "" +"After the report is created, click :icon:`fa-download` :guilabel:`Download` " +"to download the file to the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Select a pre-configured report from the :guilabel:`Frequently used reports` " +"section of the reporting dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Access this list by clicking on the :guilabel:`Reports` option in the top " +"menu of the Avalara management console, and scroll to the bottom of the " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"`See Avalara's documentation: Reports in AvaTax " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:191 +msgid "Add more jurisdictions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Additional jurisdictions (tax locations) can be added in the Avalara " +"management console. Navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_ environment. This will depend on which type " +"of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Where you collect tax`. " +"Choose between the three different tabs, depending on the business need. The" +" first tab is :guilabel:`Sales and use tax`, where tax can be collected for " +"the United States. Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add to where you " +"collect sales and use tax` to add another location where the company " +"collects sales and use tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The second option, is the :guilabel:`VAT/GST` tab where the :icon:`fa-plus` " +":guilabel:`Add a country or territory where you collect VAT/GST` can be " +"selected to add another country or territory where the company collects " +"VAT/GST." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Finally, on the far-right, is the :guilabel:`Customs duty` tab, where a " +"country can be added where the company collects customs duty. Simply click " +"on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a country where you calculate customs " +"duty` icon below the tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"AvaTax management console, on the Where you collect tax page, with the add button and\n" +"sales and use tax tab highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:217 +msgid "" +"`See Avalara's documentation: Add local jurisdiction taxes " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:221 +msgid "Tax exemption certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Tax exemption certificates for customers can be added into the Avalara " +"management console, so that *AvaTax* is aware of which customers may be " +"exempt from paying certain taxes. To add an *exception certificate* navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Exemptions --> Customer certificates`. From there, click" +" on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a certificate` to configure an " +"exemption." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:229 +msgid "" +"An Avalara subscription to Exemption Certificate Management (ECM) is " +"required in order to attach certificate images, and to be ready for an " +"audit. For more on subscribing to this add-on, visit `Avalara " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:235 +msgid "End-of-year operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Avalara's services include tax return services, for when it is time to file " +"taxes at the end of the year. To access Avalara's tax services log, into the" +" `management portal `_. Then, from the main " +"dashboard, click :guilabel:`Returns`. Avalara will prompt the Avalara user " +"to log in for security purposes, and redirect the user to the *Returns* " +"portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara portal with the returns shortcut highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Get started` to begin the tax return process. For more " +"information, refer to this Avalara documentation: `About Managed Returns " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, click on the :menuselection:`Returns` button in the top menu " +"of the Avalara management console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:161 +msgid ":doc:`../avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`avatax_use`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:3 +msgid "AvaTax use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:5 +msgid "" +"AvaTax is a tax calculation software that can be integrated with Odoo in the" +" United States and Canada. Once the :doc:`integration setup <../avatax>` is " +"complete, the calculated tax is simple and automatic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:10 +msgid "Tax calculation" +msgstr "Cálculo de impuestos" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with AvaTax by" +" confirming the documents during the sales flow. Alternatively, calculate " +"the taxes manually by clicking the :guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button, while " +"these documents are in draft stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button recalculates taxes, if any " +"product lines are edited on the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Sales quotation with the confirm and compute taxes button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The tax calculation is triggered during the following :ref:`automatic " +"trigger ` and :ref:`manual trigger " +"` circumstances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:30 +msgid "Automatic triggers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the sales rep sends the quote by email with :guilabel:`Send by email` " +"button (pop-up)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:33 +msgid "When the customer views the online quote on the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:34 +msgid "When a quote is confirmed and becomes a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:35 +msgid "When the customer views the invoice on the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:36 +msgid "When a draft invoice is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:37 +msgid "When the customer views the subscription in the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:38 +msgid "When a subscription generates an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:39 +msgid "When the customer gets to the last screen of the eCommerce checkout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:44 +msgid "Manual triggers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button at the bottom of the quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button at the top of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:49 +msgid "Use each of these buttons to manually re-calculate the sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Partner Code` field that is available on customer" +" records, quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and " +"AvaTax. This field is located under the :menuselection:`Other info` tab of " +"the sales order or quotation in the :guilabel:`Sales` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:56 +msgid "" +"On the customer record, navigate to *Contacts app* and select a contact. " +"Then open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab and the :guilabel:`Avalara " +"Partner Code` under the :guilabel:`Sales` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)` fiscal position is also " +"applied on those Odoo documents, like subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:165 +msgid ":doc:`../fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:68 +msgid "AvaTax synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Synchronization occurs with AvaTax, when the *invoice* is created in Odoo. " +"This means the sales tax is recorded with Avalara (AvaTax software " +"developer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`. " +"Select a quotation from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:76 +msgid "" +"After confirming a quotation and validating the delivery, click " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice`. Indicate whether it is a :guilabel:`Regular " +"invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or :guilabel:`Down payment " +"(fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Then click :guilabel:`Create and view invoice`. The recorded taxes can be " +"seen in the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab of the invoice. There will be " +"different taxes depending on the location of the :guilabel:`Delivery " +"Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Journal items highlighted on a invoice in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Finally, press the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to complete the invoice and " +"synchronize with the AvaTax portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:92 +msgid "" +"An invoice cannot be :guilabel:`Reset to draft` because this causes de-" +"synchronization with the AvaTax Portal. Instead, click :guilabel:`Add credit" +" note` and state: `Sync with AvaTax Portal`. See this documentation: " +":doc:`../../../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:97 +msgid "Fixed price discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Add a fixed price discount to a valuable customer, by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line` on the customer's invoice. Add the product discount, " +"and set the :guilabel:`Price` to either a positive or negative value. To " +"recalculate the taxes, click :guilabel:`Compute Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Tax calculation can even be done on negative subtotals and credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:107 +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:109 +msgid "" +"It is possible to log Avalara/*AvaTax* actions in Odoo for further analysis," +" or verification of functionality. Logging is accessible through the " +"*AvaTax* settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To start logging *AvaTax* actions, first, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, under the :guilabel:`AvaTax` " +"settings, click :guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Upon starting the log process, Odoo will log all Avalara/*AvaTax* actions " +"performed in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To view the logs, click on :guilabel:`Show logs` to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`. This reveals a detailed list of " +"Avalara/*AvaTax* actions. This list is sortable by the following columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:124 +msgid ":guilabel:`Created on`: timestamp of the *AvaTax* calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`Created by`: numeric value of the user in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Database name`: name of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: two values can be chosen for this field, " +":guilabel:`Server` or :guilabel:`Client`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Avalara service name. In this case, it will be *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:130 +msgid ":guilabel:`Level`: by default, this will be `INFO`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:131 +msgid ":guilabel:`Path`: indicates the path taken to make the calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`Line`: indicates the line the calculation is made on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:133 +msgid ":guilabel:`Function`: indicates the calculation taken on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara logging page with top row of list highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Click into the log line to reveal another field, called :guilabel:`Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:141 +msgid "" +"This field populates a raw transcription of the transaction, which involves " +"the creation (or adjustment) of a sales invoice using the Avalara *AvaTax* " +"API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The transaction includes details, such as addresses for shipping from and " +"to, line items describing the products or services, tax codes, tax amounts, " +"and other relevant information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:147 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Message` contains the calculated taxes for different " +"jurisdictions and confirms the creation (or adjustment) of the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Custom fields can be made using Odoo *Studio*. Click the :icon:`fa-" +"ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(ellipsis)` menu to the far-right of the header row. " +"Then click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add custom field`. This action opens " +"Odoo *Studio*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Studio* requires a *custom* pricing plan. Consult the database's " +"customer success manager for more information on switching plans. Or to see " +"if Odoo *Studio* is included in the database's current pricing plan. See " +"this documentation: :doc:`../../../../studio`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:162 +msgid ":doc:`avalara_portal`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:3 msgid "Cash basis taxes" msgstr "Impuestos de base de efectivo" @@ -17137,13 +18705,6 @@ msgstr "" "los servicios transfronterizos y el **OSS de importación** para los bienes " "cuyo valor sea igual o inferior a 150 euros." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1019 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:42 -msgid "Reports" -msgstr "Informes" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:54 msgid "" "To generate **OSS sales** or **OSS imports** reports and submit them onto " @@ -17615,7 +19176,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:592 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:570 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:700 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:710 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:119 @@ -21003,6 +22564,7 @@ msgstr "" "`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 @@ -21017,73 +22579,6 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Instale ` los siguientes módulos para obtener todas " "las funciones de la localización de Argentina:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "Nombre" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 -msgid "Technical name" -msgstr "Nombre técnico" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "Descripción" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:32 msgid ":guilabel:`Argentina - Accounting`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Argentina - Contabilidad`" @@ -21154,7 +22649,7 @@ msgstr "" "crear facturas electrónicas." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:52 @@ -21213,7 +22708,7 @@ msgid "Select Fiscal Localization Package." msgstr "Selección del paquete de localización fiscal." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:205 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:255 msgid "Configure master data" msgstr "Configurar los datos maestros" @@ -23122,7 +24617,7 @@ msgstr "" "correspondiente." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:923 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:267 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:181 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:270 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 @@ -24175,15 +25670,14 @@ msgid "" "this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Taxable Payments" " Annual Reports (TPAR)`." msgstr "" -"Odoo permite que las empresas reporten los pagos realizados a contratistas y" -" subcontratistas durante el ejercicio fiscal. Para hacer esto, es necesario " -"generar un :abbr:`TPAR (Informe anual sobre los pagos de impuestos, por sus " -"siglas en inglés)`. Si no está seguro si su empresa necesita este reporte, " -"consulte la documentación de la `ATO `_. Para encontrar este reporte, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Reportes --> Taxable Payments Annual " -"Reports (TPAR)`." +"payments-annual-report>`_ si no está seguro si su empresa necesita este " +"reporte. Para encontrar este reporte, vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad " +"--> Reportes --> Taxable Payments Annual Reports (TPAR)`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:331 msgid "" @@ -24660,6 +26154,7 @@ msgid "`Stripe Terminal `_" msgstr "`Terminal de Stripe `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:150 msgid "Payroll" msgstr "Nómina" @@ -25364,6 +26859,7 @@ msgstr "" " contable sumará los saldos de todas las nóminas." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:308 msgid "Pay employees" msgstr "Pagar a los empleados" @@ -25659,11 +27155,19 @@ msgid "You can choose any Odoo journal to post the payslip entries." msgstr "" "Para registrar los apuntes de nómina puede escoger cualquier diario Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:908 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:906 +msgid "" +"Configure the tax by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`. Create the necessary taxes for the Employment Hero payslip " +"entries. Fill in the tax code from **Employment Hero** in the " +":guilabel:`Matching Employment Hero Tax` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:911 msgid "How does the API work?" msgstr "¿Cómo funciona la API?" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:910 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:913 msgid "" "The API syncs the journal entries from Employment Hero to Odoo and leaves " "them in draft mode. The reference includes the Employment Hero payslip entry" @@ -25682,7 +27186,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ejemplo de un asiento contable de Employment Hero en la aplicación " "Contabilidad de Odoo (Australia)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:920 msgid "" "By default, the synchronisation happens once per week. You can fetch the " "records manually by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " @@ -25695,14 +27199,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Habilitar integración de Employment Hero`, haga clic en " ":guilabel:`Obtener nómina manualmente`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:921 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:924 msgid "" "Employment Hero payslip entries also work based on double-entry bookkeeping." msgstr "" "Los asientos de nóminas de Employment Hero también se basan en la " "contabilidad por partida doble." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:926 msgid "" "The accounts used by Employment Hero are defined in the section " ":guilabel:`Payroll settings`." @@ -25714,7 +27218,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chart of Accounts menu in Employment Hero" msgstr "Menú del plan de cuentas en Employment Hero" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:928 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:931 msgid "" "For the API to work, you need to create the same accounts as the default " "accounts of your Employment Hero business (**same name and same code**) in " @@ -25873,6 +27377,8 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Country`" msgstr ":guilabel:`País`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:325 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:292 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" @@ -27398,27 +28904,19 @@ msgstr "Brasil" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:12 msgid "" "With the Brazilian localization, sales taxes can be automatically computed " -"and electronic invoices (NF-e) for goods can be sent using AvaTax (Avalara) " -"through |API| calls. Moreover, taxes for services can be configured." +"and electronic invoices for goods (NF-e) and services (NFS-e) can be sent " +"using AvaTax (Avalara) through |API| calls. Moreover, taxes for services can" +" be configured." msgstr "" -"Con la localización brasileña, puede calcular los impuestos de venta de " -"manera automática y enviar las facturas electrónicas (NF-e) para bienes " -"mediante AvaTax (Avalara) a través de llamadas |API|. Además, se pueden " -"configurar los impuestos para servicios." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:16 msgid "" -"For the goods tax computation and electronic invoicing process, you need to " -"configure the :ref:`contacts `, :ref:`company " +"For the goods and services tax computation and electronic invoicing process," +" you need to configure the :ref:`contacts `, :ref:`company " "`, :ref:`products `, and :ref:`create an " -"account in Avatax ` need to be configured in the " -"general settings." +"account in AvaTax ` which needs to be configured in " +"the general settings." msgstr "" -"Para el cálculo de impuestos sobre bienes y el proceso de facturación " -"electrónica, es necesario configurar los :ref:`contactos `," -" :ref:`empresa `, :ref:`productos ` y " -":ref:`crear una cuenta en Avatax ` en la " -"configuración general." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -27436,19 +28934,80 @@ msgstr "" "La localización también incluye impuestos y una plantilla del plan de " "cuentas que se puede modificar si es necesario." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:33 msgid "" -"Install the :guilabel:`🇧🇷 Brazil` :ref:`fiscal localization package " -"` to get all the default accounting features " -"of the Brazilian localization, following the :abbr:`IFRS (International " -"Financial Reporting Standards)` rules." +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Brazilian localization:" msgstr "" -"Instale el :ref:`paquete de localización fiscal " -"` de :guilabel:`🇧🇷 Brasil` para obtener todas" -" las funciones contables predeterminadas de la localización brasileña en " -"conformidad con las Normas Internacionales de Información Financiera. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazilian - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_br`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `, " +"which represents having the Generic Brazilian chart of accounts and Taxes, " +"together with document types and identification types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazil - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:49 +msgid "`l10n_br_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:50 +msgid "Accounting reports for Brazil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` & :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:52 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax` & `l10n_br_avatax_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:53 +msgid "Goods and Services tax computation through Avalara." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Brazilian Accounting EDI` & :guilabel:`Brazilian Accounting EDI " +"for services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:55 +msgid "`l10n_br_edi` & `l10n_br_edi_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Provides electronic invoicing for goods and services for Brazil through " +"AvaTax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazil Pix QR codes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:58 +msgid "`l10n_br_pix`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:59 +msgid "Implements Pix QR codes for Brazil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:66 msgid "" "To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " "app and search the name given to your company." @@ -27456,7 +29015,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para configurar la información de su empresa, vaya a la aplicación " ":menuselection:`Contactos` y busque el nombre de su empresa." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:69 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option at the top of the page. Then, " "configure the following fields:" @@ -27464,21 +29023,23 @@ msgstr "" "Seleccione la opción :guilabel:`Empresa` en la parte superior de la página y" " configure los siguientes campos:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:245 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1096 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:314 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Address` (add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip" -" Code`, :guilabel:`Country`)." +":guilabel:`Address`: add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip" +" Code`, :guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Dirección` (escriba la :guilabel:`ciudad`, :guilabel:`estado`, " -":guilabel:`código postal`, :guilabel:`país`)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:76 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street name, number, and any " "additional address information." @@ -27486,55 +29047,49 @@ msgstr "" "En el campo :guilabel:`calle`, ingrese el nombre de la calle, el número y " "cualquier información adicional de dirección." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:318 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Street 2` field, enter the neighborhood." msgstr "En el campo :guilabel:`calle 2`, ingrese la zona." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:252 -msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number` (:guilabel:`CNPJ`, :guilabel:`CPF`)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:320 +msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`: :guilabel:`CNPJ` or :guilabel:`CPF`" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Número de identificación` (:guilabel:`CNPJ`, :guilabel:`CPF`)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:253 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID` (associated with the identification type)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:321 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: associated with the identification type" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Número de identificación fiscal` (asociado al tipo de " -"identificación)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:55 -msgid ":guilabel:`IE` (State registration)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`IE` (Inscrição estadual, registro estatal)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: State registration" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:56 -msgid ":guilabel:`IM` (Municipal registration)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`IM` (Inscrição municipal, registro municipal)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: Municipal registration" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:84 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code` (Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " -"add if applicable)." +":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " +"add if applicable" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Código SUFRAMA` (Superintendencia de la Zona Franca de Manaos, " -"agréguelo si es necesario)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:257 -msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Teléfono`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:258 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Correo electrónico`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1097 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:293 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Correo electrónico`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Company configuration." msgstr "Configuración de la empresa." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:91 msgid "" "Configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` within the :guilabel:`Sales and" " Purchase` tab:" @@ -27542,53 +29097,75 @@ msgstr "" "Configure la :guilabel:`información fiscal` en la pestaña :guilabel:`Ventas " "y compras`:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:104 msgid "" -"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`Avatax Brazil `." msgstr "" -"Agregue la :guilabel:`posición fiscal` para :ref:`AvaTax Brasil " -"`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:67 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime` (Federal Tax Regime)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Régimen fiscal` (régimen fiscal federal)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:68 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type` (indicates ICMS regime, Exempt status, or " -"Non-Taxpayer)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:94 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: Federal Tax Regime" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Tipo de contribuyente ICMS` (indica el régimen de ICMS, el estado" -" de exención o si no es contribuyente)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:69 -msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Sector de actividad principal`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: indicates :guilabel:`ICMS regime`, " +":guilabel:`Exempt status`, or :guilabel:`Non-Taxpayer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:97 +msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Company fiscal configuration." msgstr "Configuración fiscal de la empresa." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:74 -msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact" -msgstr "Por último, suba el logo de la empresa y guarde el contacto." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Configure the following extra :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` if you are " +"going to issue NFS-e:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:350 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`COFINS Details`: :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with " +"rate 0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PIS Details` :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with rate " +"0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:109 +msgid ":guilabel:`CSLL Taxable` If the company is subject to CSLL or not" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Company fiscal configuration for NFSe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:114 +msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:117 msgid "" "If you are a simplified regime, you need to configure the ICMS rate under " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> " -"Avatax Brazil`." +"AvaTax Brazil`." msgstr "" -"Si se encuentra bajo un régimen simplificado, debe configurar la tasa de " -"ICMS en :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes --> " -"Impuestos --> AvaTax Brasil`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:123 msgid "Configure AvaTax integration" msgstr "Configurar la integración con AvaTax" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:125 msgid "" "Avalara AvaTax is a tax calculation and electronic invoicing provider that " "can be integrated in Odoo to automatically compute taxes by taking into " @@ -27602,50 +29179,75 @@ msgstr "" "(cliente), el producto y la transacción, para obtener el impuesto correcto a" " utilizar y procesar la factura electrónica posteriormente con el gobierno." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:130 msgid "" "Using this integration requires :doc:`In-App-Purchases (IAPs) " "<../../essentials/in_app_purchase>` to compute the taxes and to send the " -"electronic invoices. Whenever you compute taxes, an |API| call is made using" -" credits from your |IAP| credits balance." +"electronic invoices. Whenever you compute taxes, send an electronic document" +" (NF-e, NFS-e, etc), or perform any electronic flow (NF-e Cancellation, " +"Correction letter, Invalidate invoice number range), an API call is made " +"using credits from your `IAP credits balance `_." msgstr "" -"El uso de esta integración necesita :doc:`compras dentro de la aplicación " -"(IAP) <../../essentials/in_app_purchase>` para calcular los impuestos y " -"enviar las facturas electrónicas. Cada vez que se calculan los impuestos, se" -" realiza una llamada |API| que consume créditos de su saldo de créditos " -"|IAP|." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:137 msgid "Odoo is a certified partner of Avalara Brazil." msgstr "Odoo es un socio certificado de Avalara Brasil." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:138 +msgid "" +"You can `buy IAP credit on odoo.com `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:141 +msgid "Credential configuration" +msgstr "Configuración de credenciales" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:143 msgid "" "To activate AvaTax in Odoo, you need to create an account. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, and in" " the :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` section, add the administration email address" -" to be used for the AvaTax portal in the :guilabel:`Avatax Portal Email`, " +" to be used for the AvaTax portal in the :guilabel:`AvaTax Portal Email`, " "and then click on :guilabel:`Create account`." msgstr "" -"Si desea activar AvaTax en Odoo, necesita crear una cuenta. Para hacerlo, " -"vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes --> " -"Impuestos`, y en la sección :guilabel:`AvaTax Brasil`, agregue la dirección " -"de correo electrónico de administración que se utilizará para el portal de " -"AvaTax en :guilabel:`correo electrónico del portal de AvaTax`, y luego haga " -"clic en :guilabel:`crear cuenta`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:149 msgid "" -"When **testing** an :guilabel:`Avatax Portal Email` integration in a testing" -" or sandbox database, use an alternate email address. It is **not** possible" -" to re-use the same email address on the production database." +"When **testing** or **creating a production** :guilabel:`AvaTax Portal " +"Email` integration in a sandbox or production database, use a real email " +"address, as it is needed to log in to the Avalara Portal and set up the " +"certificates, whether you want to test or use it on production." msgstr "" -"Cuando **pruebe** una integración de :guilabel:`correo electrónico del " -"portal Avatax` en una base de datos o en un entorno de prueba, utilice una " -"dirección de correo electrónico alterna. No es **posible** reutilizar la " -"misma dirección de correo electrónico en la base de datos de producción." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:153 +msgid "" +"There are two different Avalara Portals, one for testing and one for " +"production:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:155 +msgid "Sandbox: https://portal.sandbox.avalarabrasil.com.br/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 +msgid "Production: https://portal.avalarabrasil.com.br/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:158 +msgid "" +"When you create the account from Odoo, be sure to select the right " +"environment. Moreover, the email used to open the account cannot be used to " +"open another account. Save your :guilabel:`API ID` and :guilabel:`API Key` " +"when you create the account from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Transfer API Credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 msgid "" "After you create the account from Odoo, you need to go to the Avalara Portal" " to set up your password:" @@ -27653,27 +29255,24 @@ msgstr "" "Después de crear la cuenta desde Odoo, debe ir al portal de Avalara para " "configurar su contraseña:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 msgid "" "Access the `Avalara portal `_." msgstr "" "Ingrese al `portal de Avalara `_." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:169 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Meu primeiro acesso`." msgstr "" "Haga clic en :guilabel:`Meu primeiro acesso` (acceder por primera vez)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:170 msgid "" -"Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/Avatax account," +"Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/AvaTax account," " and then click :guilabel:`Solicitar Senha`." msgstr "" -"Escriba la dirección de correo electrónico que utilizó en Odoo para crear la" -" cuenta de Avalara/AvaTax y luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Solicitar Senha` " -"(solicitar contraseña)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:172 msgid "" "You will receive an email with a token and a link to create your password. " "Click on this link and copy-paste the token to allocate your desired " @@ -27683,7 +29282,7 @@ msgstr "" "contraseña, haga clic en este último y copie y pegue el token para " "continuar." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:176 msgid "" "You can start using AvaTax in Odoo for tax computation **only** without " "creating a password and accessing the Avalara portal in the Odoo database. " @@ -27697,10 +29296,10 @@ msgstr "" "allí." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 -msgid "Avatax account configuration." -msgstr "Configuración de la cuenta de AvaTax." +msgid "AvaTax account configuration." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:184 msgid "" "You can transfer |API| credentials. Use this only when you have already " "created an account in another Odoo instance and wish to reuse it." @@ -27708,11 +29307,11 @@ msgstr "" "Puede transferir credenciales |API|. Hágalo solo cuando ya haya creado una " "cuenta en otra instancia de Odoo y desee volver a utilizarla." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:188 msgid "A1 certificate upload" msgstr "Subir certificado A1" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:190 msgid "" "In order to issue electronic invoices, a certificate needs to be uploaded to" " the `AvaTax portal `_." @@ -27720,7 +29319,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si desea emitir facturas electrónicas, debe subir un certificado en el " "`portal de AvaTax `_." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:193 msgid "" "The certificate will be synchronized with Odoo, as long as the external " "identifier number in the AvaTax portal matches - without special characters " @@ -27732,7 +29331,20 @@ msgstr "" "especiales) con el número de CNPJ, y el número de identificación (CNPJ) en " "Odoo coincida con el CNPJ en AvaTax." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:198 +msgid "" +"To issue NFS-e, some cities require that you link the certificate within the" +" City Portal system before issuing NFS-e from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:201 +msgid "" +"If you receive an error message from the city that says :guilabel:`Your " +"certificate is not linked to the user`, that means this process needs to be " +"done in the city portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:210 msgid "" "The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " "is installed by default as part of the data set included in the localization" @@ -27745,7 +29357,7 @@ msgstr "" " impuestos correspondientes y a los campos predeterminados de cuentas por " "pagar y cuentas por cobrar." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:215 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Brazil is based on the SPED CoA, which gives a " "baseline of the accounts needed in Brazil." @@ -27753,12 +29365,12 @@ msgstr "" "El plan de cuentas del Brasil toma como referencia el plan de cuentas SPED, " "que proporciona un punto de partida para las cuentas necesarias en Brasil." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:218 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." msgstr "Puede agregar o eliminar cuentas según lo necesite la empresa." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:223 msgid "" "In Brazil, a *series* number is linked to a sequence number range for " "electronic invoices. The series number can be configured in Odoo on a sales " @@ -27772,7 +29384,7 @@ msgstr "" "necesita más de una serie, entonces se deberá crear un nuevo diario de " "ventas y asignarle un nuevo número de serie para cada serie necesaria." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:228 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Use Documents` field needs to be selected. When issuing " "electronic and non-electronic invoices, the :guilabel:`Type` field selects " @@ -27790,7 +29402,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Journal configuration with the Use Documents? field checked." msgstr "Configuración del diario con el campo \"usar documento\" marcado." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 msgid "" "When creating the journal, ensure the field :guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note" " Sequence` is unchecked, as in Brazil, sequences between invoices, credit " @@ -27802,7 +29414,7 @@ msgstr "" " facturas, notas de crédito y notas de débito se comparten por número de " "serie, es decir, por diario." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:244 msgid "" "Taxes are automatically created when installing the Brazilian localization. " "Taxes are already configured, and some of them are used by Avalara when " @@ -27812,7 +29424,7 @@ msgstr "" "brasileña. Estos ya están configurados y Avalara utiliza algunos de ellos al" " calcular los impuestos sobre la orden de venta o la factura." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:247 msgid "" "Taxes can be edited, or more taxes can be added. For example, some taxes " "used for services need to be manually added and configured, as the rate may " @@ -27822,34 +29434,14 @@ msgstr "" "utilizan en los servicios se deben agregar y configurar manualmente, ya que " "la tasa puede cambiar según la ciudad donde se ofrezca el servicio." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:252 msgid "" -"Taxes attached to services are not computed by AvaTax. Only goods taxes are " -"computed." +"If you decide to do service taxes manually, you won't be able to issue an " +"NFS-e. To electronically send an NFS-e, you need to compute taxes using " +"Avalara." msgstr "" -"Los impuestos asociados a los servicios no se calculan con AvaTax, solo los " -"impuestos sobre los bienes." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When configuring a tax used for a service that is included in the final " -"price (when the tax is not added or subtracted on top of the product price)," -" set the :guilabel:`Tax Computation` to :guilabel:`Percentage of Price Tax " -"Included`, and, on the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, check the " -":guilabel:`Included in Price` option." -msgstr "" -"Al configurar el impuesto que se utiliza en un servicio y está incluido en " -"el precio final (cuando el impuesto no se suma o resta al precio del " -"producto), establezca el :guilabel:`cálculo de impuestos` como " -":guilabel:`Porcentaje del impuesto de precios incluido` y, en la pestaña " -":guilabel:`Opciones avanzadas`, marque la casilla con la opción " -":guilabel:`Incluido en el precio`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 -msgid "Tax configuration." -msgstr "Configuración de impuestos." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 msgid "" "Do not delete taxes, as they are used for the AvaTax tax computation. If " "deleted, Odoo creates them again when used in an |SO| or invoice and " @@ -27865,63 +29457,56 @@ msgstr "" "pestaña :guilabel:`Definición` en las secciones de :guilabel:`Distribución " "para facturas` y :guilabel:`Distribución para reembolsos`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:262 msgid ":doc:`Taxes functional documentation <../accounting/taxes>`" msgstr ":doc:`Documentación funcional de impuestos <../accounting/taxes>`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 msgid "" "To use the AvaTax integration on sale orders and invoices, first specify the" -" following information on the product:" +" following information on the product depending on its intended use:" msgstr "" -"Para utilizar la integración de AvaTax en las órdenes de venta y facturas, " -"primero especifique la siguiente información del producto:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:217 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`CEST Code` (Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:273 +msgid "E-Invoice for goods (NF-e)" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Código CEST`: código para los productos sujetos a la sustitución " -"de impuestos ICMS." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:275 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code` (Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code)." +":guilabel:`CEST Code`: Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Código NCM Mercosur`: código de producto de la Nomenclatura común" -" del Mercosur." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Source of Origin` (Indicates the origin of the product, which can" +":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code`: Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:277 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source of Origin`: Indicates the origin of the product, which can" " be foreign or domestic, among other possible options depending on the " -"specific use case)." +"specific use case" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Fuente de origen`: especifica el origen del producto. Puede ser " -"extranjero o nacional, entre otras opciones posibles, según el caso de uso " -"específico." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:279 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type` (Fiscal product type according to SPED " -"list table)." +":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type`: Fiscal product type according to SPED " +"list table" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Tipo de producto fiscal SPED`: tipo de producto fiscal según la " -"lista del Sistema Público de Contabilidad Digital (SPED)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:296 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Purpose of Use` (Specify the intended purpose of use for this " -"product)." +":guilabel:`Purpose of Use`: Specify the intended purpose of use for this " +"product" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Propósito de uso`: especifique el propósito de uso previsto de " -"este producto." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Product configuration." msgstr "Configuración de un producto." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:286 msgid "" "Odoo automatically creates three products to be used for transportation " "costs associated with sales. These are named `Freight`, `Insurance`, and " @@ -27937,7 +29522,27 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`tipo de producto`, en :guilabel:`tipo de costos de transporte` " "seleccione entre `flete`, `seguro` y `otros costos`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:293 +msgid "E-Invoice for services (NFS-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Code Origin`: City Service Code where the provider is " +"registered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:298 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Codes`: City Service Code where the service will be " +"provided, if no code is added, the Origin City Code will be used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:300 +msgid ":guilabel:`Labor Assignment`: Defines if your services includes labor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:305 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:282 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:656 @@ -27945,7 +29550,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contacts" msgstr "Contactos" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:307 msgid "" "Before using the integration, specify the following information on the " "contact:" @@ -27953,11 +29558,11 @@ msgstr "" "Antes de utilizar la integración, especifique la siguiente información del " "contacto:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 msgid "General information about the contact:" msgstr "Información general sobre el contacto:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:311 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option for a contact with a tax ID (CNPJ), or" " check :guilabel:`Individual` for a contact with a CPF." @@ -27966,7 +29571,7 @@ msgstr "" "identificación fiscal (CNPJ) o seleccione :guilabel:`individuo` si es un " "contacto con un registro de persona física (Cadastro de Pessoas Físicas)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:317 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street, number, and any extra " "address information." @@ -27974,23 +29579,23 @@ msgstr "" "En el campo :guilabel:`calle`, ingrese el nombre de la calle, el número y " "cualquier información adicional de dirección." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:254 -msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number." -msgstr ":guilabel:`IE`: número de identificación fiscal estatal." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:255 -msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipal tax identification number." -msgstr ":guilabel:`IM`: número de identificación fiscal municipal." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:323 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipal tax identification number" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 -msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Código SUFRAMA`: número de registro SUFRAMA." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:324 +msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Contact configuration." msgstr "Configuración de contacto." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:332 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`CPF`, :guilabel:`IE`, :guilabel:`IM`, and :guilabel:`SUFRAMA " "code` fields are are hidden until the :guilabel:`Country` is set to " @@ -28000,7 +29605,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Código SUFRAMA` están ocultos hasta que seleccione `Brasil` como " ":guilabel:`país`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:335 msgid "" "Fiscal information about the contact under the :guilabel:`Sales \\& " "Purchase` tab:" @@ -28008,7 +29613,7 @@ msgstr "" "Información fiscal sobre el contacto en la pestaña :guilabel:`ventas y " "compra`:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position`: add the AvaTax fiscal position to automatically" " compute taxes on sale orders and invoices automatically" @@ -28017,20 +29622,18 @@ msgstr "" "calcular de forma automática los impuestos en las órdenes de venta y las " "facturas." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:339 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: federal tax regime" msgstr ":guilabel:`Régimen fiscal`: régimen fiscal federal." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:340 msgid "" ":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: taxpayer type determines if the contact is " -"within the ICMS regime, if it is exempt, or if it is a non-taxpayer" +"within the :guilabel:`ICMS regime`, :guilabel:`Exempt status`, or " +":guilabel:`Non-taxpayer`" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Tipo de contribuyente ICMS`: el tipo de contribuyente determina " -"si el contacto está dentro del régimen ICMS, si está exento o si no es " -"contribuyente." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:342 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`: list of main activity sectors of the " "contact" @@ -28042,11 +29645,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contact fiscal configuration." msgstr "Configuración fiscal del contacto." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:349 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`AvaTax Brazil `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PIS Details`: :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with rate " +"0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:354 +msgid ":guilabel:`CSLL Taxable`: If the company is subject to CSLL or not" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Contact fiscal configuration for NFSe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:362 msgid "Fiscal positions" msgstr "Posiciones fiscales" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:364 msgid "" "To compute taxes and send electronic invoices on sale orders and invoices, " "both the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` and the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API`" @@ -28057,36 +29680,31 @@ msgstr "" "automáticamente` como :guilabel:`usar API de AvaTax` deben estar habilitadas" " en la :guilabel:`posición fiscal`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:368 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the contact or selected" -" when creating a sales order or an invoice." +"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the :ref:`contact " +"` or selected when creating a sales order or an invoice." msgstr "" -"Es posible configurar la :guilabel:`posición fiscal` desde el contacto, " -"también puede seleccionarla al crear una orden de venta o una factura." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Fiscal position configuration" msgstr "Configuración de la posición fiscal" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:375 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:355 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:311 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "Flujos de trabajo" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:377 msgid "" "This section provides an overview of the actions that trigger `API calls " -"`_ for tax computation, and how to send " -"an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) for government validation." +"`_ for tax computation, along with " +"instructions on how to send electronic invoices for goods (NF-e) and " +"services (NFS-e) for government validation." msgstr "" -"Esta sección proporciona una visión general de las acciones que desencadenan" -" `llamadas a la API `_ para el cálculo de" -" impuestos, y cómo enviar una factura electrónica de bienes (NF-e) para la " -"validación gubernamental." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:382 msgid "" "Please note that each |API| call incurs a cost. Be mindful of the actions " "that trigger these calls to manage costs effectively." @@ -28095,11 +29713,11 @@ msgstr "" "las acciones que activan las llamadas para tener mejor control sobre los " "gastos que realiza." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:389 msgid "Tax calculations on quotations and sales orders" msgstr "Cálculos de impuestos en cotizaciones y órdenes de venta" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:391 msgid "" "Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a quotation or sales order " "automatically with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" @@ -28108,48 +29726,49 @@ msgstr "" "automática con AvaTax en una cotización u orden de ventas con cualquiera de " "las siguientes acciones:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:394 msgid "**Quotation confirmation**" msgstr "**Al confirmar una cotización**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:395 msgid "Confirm a quotation into a sales order." msgstr "Confirme la cotización de una orden de ventas." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:316 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:412 msgid "**Manual trigger**" msgstr "**Al activarla manualmente**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:317 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using Avatax`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:413 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." msgstr "Haga clic en :guilabel:`Calcular impuestos con AvaTax`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:318 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:414 msgid "**Preview**" msgstr "**Al visualizar la vista previa**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:319 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:415 msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Preview` button." msgstr "Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Vista previa`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:400 msgid "**Email a quotation / sales order**" msgstr "**Al enviar un correo con una cotización u orden de venta**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:401 msgid "Send a quotation or sales order to a customer via email." msgstr "" "Envíe una cotización u orden de venta mediante correo electrónico a un " "cliente." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:404 msgid "**Online quotation access**" msgstr "**Al acceder a una cotización en línea**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:403 msgid "" "When a customer accesses the quotation online (via the portal view), the " "|API| call is triggered." @@ -28157,28 +29776,21 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando un cliente acceda a la cotización en línea (mediante la vista del " "portal), se activará una llamada a la API." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:407 msgid "Tax calculations on invoices" msgstr "Cálculo de impuestos en facturas" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:409 msgid "" "Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a customer invoice automatically" -" with AvaTax any of the following ways:" +" with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" msgstr "" -"Activará una llamada a la API para calcular los impuestos de forma " -"automática con AvaTax en una factura para el cliente con cualquiera de las " -"siguientes acciones:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:333 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." -msgstr "Haga clic en :guilabel:`Calcular impuestos con AvaTax`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:417 msgid "**Online invoice access**" msgstr "**Al acceder a una cotización en línea**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:417 msgid "" "When a customer accesses the invoice online (via the portal view), the |API|" " call is triggered." @@ -28186,7 +29798,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando un cliente acceda a la factura en línea (mediante la vista del " "portal), se activará una llamada a la API." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:420 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` must be set to `Automatic Tax Mapping " "(Avalara Brazil)` for any of these actions to compute taxes automatically." @@ -28195,7 +29807,7 @@ msgstr "" "impuestos (Avalara Brasil)` en cualquiera de estas acciones para calcular " "los impuestos de forma automática." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:424 msgid "" ":doc:`Fiscal positions (tax and account mapping) " "<../accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" @@ -28203,48 +29815,39 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`Posiciones fiscales (mapeo de cuentas e impuestos) " "<../accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:429 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 msgid "Electronic documents" msgstr "Documentos electrónicos" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:434 msgid "" -"To process an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e), the invoice needs to be " -"confirmed and taxes need to be computed by Avalara. Once that step is done, " -"click on the :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` button in the upper left corner, and" -" a pop-up will appear. Then click on :guilabel:`Process e-invoice` and any " -"of the other options - :guilabel:`Download` or :guilabel:`Email`. Finally, " -"click on :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` to process the invoice against the " -"government." +"To process an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) or services (NFS-e), the " +"invoice needs to be confirmed and taxes need to be computed by Avalara. Once" +" that step is done, click on the :guilabel:`Send & Print` button in the " +"upper left corner. In the pop-up that appears, click on :guilabel:`Process " +"e-invoice` and any of the other options - :guilabel:`Download` or " +":guilabel:`Email`. Finally, click on :guilabel:`Send & Print` to process the" +" invoice with the government." msgstr "" -"Si desea procesar una factura electrónica de bienes (NF-e), debe confirmar " -"la factura y Avalara debe calcular los impuestos. Una vez que se haya " -"completado ese paso, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`enviar e imprimir` en " -"la esquina superior izquierda y aparecerá una ventana emergente. Luego haga " -"clic en :guilabel:`procesar factura electrónica` y en cualquiera de las " -"otras opciones - :guilabel:`descargar` o :guilabel:`enviar por correo " -"electrónico`. Por último, haga clic en :guilabel:`enviar e imprimir` para " -"procesar la factura al gobierno." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:441 msgid "" -"Before sending the electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) some fields need to " -"be filled out on the invoice:" +"Before sending the electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) or services (NFS-e), " +"some fields need to be filled out on the invoice:" msgstr "" -"Antes de enviar la factura electrónica de bienes (NF-e), debe completar " -"algunos campos en la factura:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:363 -msgid ":guilabel:`Customer` with all the customer information" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Cliente` con toda la información del cliente" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:444 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`, with all the customer information" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:578 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil` (how the invoice is planned to be paid)" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Método de pago: Brasil` (cómo se planea pagar la factura)" +":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil`: how the invoice is planned to be paid" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:446 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set as the :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping " "(Avalara Brazil)`" @@ -28252,24 +29855,13 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Posición fiscal` establecida como :guilabel:`mapeo automático de " "impuestos (Avalara Brasil)`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:447 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Document Type` set as :guilabel:`(55) Electronic Invoice (NF-e)`." -" This is the only" +":guilabel:`Document Type` set as :guilabel:`(55) Electronic Invoice (NF-e)` " +"or :guilabel:`(SE) Electronic Service Invoice (NFS-e)`" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Tipo de documento` establecido como :guilabel:`(55) Factura " -"electrónica (NF-e)`. Este es el único" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:367 -msgid "" -"electronic document supported at the moment. Non-electronic invoices can be " -"registered, and other document types can be activated if needed" -msgstr "" -"documento electrónico compatible en este momento. Las facturas no " -"electrónicas se pueden registrar y otros tipos de documentos se pueden " -"activar si es necesario." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:450 msgid "" "There are some other optional fields that depend on the nature of the " "transaction. These fields are not required, so no errors will appear from " @@ -28280,7 +29872,7 @@ msgstr "" "por lo que no aparecerán errores en la parte del gobierno si estos campos " "opcionales no están completos." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:454 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Freight Model` determines how the goods are planned to be " "transported - domestic" @@ -28288,7 +29880,7 @@ msgstr "" "El :guilabel:`modelo de flete` determina cómo se planean transportar los " "bienes - doméstico." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:455 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` determines who is doing the transportation" msgstr "" @@ -28305,7 +29897,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Process electronic invoice pop-up in Odoo." msgstr "Ventana emergente para procesar una factura electrónica en Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:464 msgid "" "All of the fields available on the invoice used to issue an electronic " "invoice are also available on the sales order, if needed. When creating the " @@ -28318,14 +29910,14 @@ msgstr "" "asignado como el primer número que se utilizará de manera secuencial para " "las facturas subsecuentes. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:470 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:595 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "Credit notes" msgstr "Notas de crédito" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:472 msgid "" "If a sales return needs to be registered, then a credit note can be created " "in Odoo to be sent to the government for validation." @@ -28333,16 +29925,21 @@ msgstr "" "Si necesita registrar una orden de devolución, entonces tiene que crear una " "nota de crédito en Odoo para enviarla al gobierno para que la validen. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:476 +msgid "" +"Credit notes are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:479 msgid ":ref:`Issue a credit note `" msgstr ":ref:`Emitir una nota de crédito `" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:482 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:594 msgid "Debit Notes" msgstr "Notas débito" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:484 msgid "" "If additional information needs to be included, or values need to be " "corrected that were not accurately provided in the original invoice, a debit" @@ -28351,7 +29948,12 @@ msgstr "" "Si necesita incluir información adicional, o debe corregir valores que no " "están correctos en la factura original, puede emitir una nota de débito. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:488 +msgid "" +"Debit notes are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:490 msgid "" "Only the products included in the original invoice can be part of the debit " "note. While changes can be made to the product's unit price or quantity, " @@ -28365,22 +29967,22 @@ msgstr "" "de débito. El objetivo de este documento solo es declarar el importe que " "quiere agregar a la factura original por los mismos productos o menos." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:496 msgid ":ref:`Issue a debit note `" msgstr ":ref:`Emitir una nota de débito `" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:499 msgid "Invoice cancellation" msgstr "Cancelar facturas" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:501 msgid "" "It is possible to cancel an electronic invoice that was validated by the " "government." msgstr "" "Es posible cancelar una factura electrónica que ya validó el gobierno." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:504 msgid "" "Check whether the electronic invoice is still within the cancellation " "deadline, which may vary according to the legislation of each state." @@ -28389,35 +29991,54 @@ msgstr "" "límite de cancelación, la cual puede variar de acuerdo con la legislación de" " cada estado." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:422 -msgid "" -"This can be done in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request Cancel` and adding a" -" cancellation :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. If you want to " -"send this cancellation reason to the customer via email, activate the " -":guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:508 +msgid "E-invoices for goods (NF-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:510 +msgid "" +"Cancel an e-invoice for goods (NF-e) in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request " +"Cancel` and adding a cancellation :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that " +"appears. If you want to send this cancellation reason to the customer via " +"email, activate the :guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." msgstr "" -"Esto se puede hacer en Odoo al hacer clic en :guilabel:`Solicitar " -"cancelación` y agregar un :guilabel:`motivo` en la ventana emergente que " -"aparece. Si quiere enviar el motivo de cancelación al cliente a través de un" -" correo electrónico, active la casilla :guilabel:`Correo electrónico`. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Invoice cancellation reason in Odoo." msgstr "Motivo de cancelación de la factura en Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:518 +msgid "" +"This is an electronic cancellation, which means that Odoo will send a " +"request to the government to cancel the NF-e, and it will then consume one " +"|IAP| credit, as an |API| call occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:522 +msgid "E-invoices for services (NFS-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Cancel an e-invoice for services (NFS-e) in Odoo by clicking " +":guilabel:`Request Cancel`. In this case, there is no electronic " +"cancellation process, as not every city has this service available. The user" +" needs to manually cancel this NFS-e on the city portal. Once that step is " +"completed, they can request the cancellation in Odoo, which will cancel the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:530 msgid "Correction letter" msgstr "Carta de corrección " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:532 msgid "" -"A correction letter can be created and linked to an electronic invoice that " -"was validated by the government." +"A correction letter can be created and linked to an electronic invoice for " +"goods (NF-e) that was validated by the government." msgstr "" -"Puede crear una carta de corrección y vincularla a una factura electrónica " -"que ya validó el gobierno." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:535 msgid "" "This can be done in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Correction Letter` and " "adding a correction :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. To send " @@ -28433,11 +30054,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Correction letter reason in Odoo." msgstr "Motivo de la carta de corrección en Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:543 +msgid "" +"Correction letters are only available for electronic invoices for goods " +"(NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:546 msgid "Invalidate invoice number range" msgstr "Invalidar el rango de números de factura" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:548 msgid "" "A range of sequences that are assigned to sales journals can be invalidated " "with the government if they are not currently used, **and** will not be used" @@ -28463,7 +30090,13 @@ msgstr "Selección del rango de números a invalidar en Odoo." msgid "Number range invalidation wizard in Odoo." msgstr "Asistente para invalidar un rango de números en Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:562 +msgid "" +"Invalidate invoice number range documents are only available for electronic " +"invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:566 msgid "" "The log of the canceled numbers along with the XML file are recorded in the " "chatter of the journal." @@ -28471,7 +30104,7 @@ msgstr "" "La entrada de los números cancelados junto con el archivo XML se registran " "en el chatter el diario." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:572 msgid "" "On the vendor bills side, when receiving an invoice from a supplier, you can" " encode the bill in Odoo by adding all the commercial information together " @@ -28483,36 +30116,29 @@ msgstr "" "específica de Brasil registrada en las :ref:`facturas de clientes " "`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:576 msgid "These Brazilian specific fields are:" msgstr "Los campos específicos para Brasil son:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:579 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: used by your vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:580 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number`: the invoice number from your supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:581 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil` (how the invoice is planned to be paid)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Método de pago: Brasil` (cómo se planea pagar la factura)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:472 -msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type` used by your vendor." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Tipo de documento` que usa su proveedor." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:473 -msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number` (the invoice number from your supplier)." +":guilabel:`Freight Model`: **NF-e specific** how goods are planned to be " +"transported - domestic" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Número de documento` (el número de la factura de su proveedor)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:582 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Freight Model` (how goods are planned to be transported - " -"domestic)." +":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil`: **NF-e specific** who is doing the " +"transportation." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Modelo de flete` (determina cómo se planean transportar los " -"bienes - doméstico)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:475 -msgid ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` (who is doing the transportation)." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Transportista de Brasil` (quién se encargará del transporte)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:3 msgid "Chile" @@ -29111,20 +30737,6 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Contactos` y complete los siguientes campos en un formulario" " de contacto nuevo o ya existente. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1096 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1097 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:293 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Correo electrónico`" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:97 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" @@ -37152,12 +38764,71 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hong Kong" msgstr "Hong Kong" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:6 -msgid "Add FPS QR codes to invoices" -msgstr "Agregar códigos QR FPS a facturas" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:8 msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get the latest " +"features of the Hong Kong localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:18 +msgid "`l10n_hk`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The base module to manage chart of accounting and localization for Hong " +"Kong." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:20 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:21 +msgid "`l10n_hk_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Enables :ref:`payroll ` specific localization features " +"for Odoo *Payroll* app. This module also installs :guilabel:`Hong Kong - " +"Payroll with Accounting` and :guilabel:`Documents - Hong Kong Payroll`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:26 +msgid "`l10n_hk_hr_payroll_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:27 +msgid "Installs the link between Hong Kong payroll and accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Documents - Hong Kong Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:29 +msgid "`documents_l10n_hk_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:30 +msgid "Integrates employee ir56 forms in the Odoo *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:33 +msgid "FPS QR codes on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:35 +msgid "" ":abbr:`FPS (Faster Payment System)` is a payment service platform that " "allows customers to make instant domestic payments to individuals and " "merchants in Hong Kong dollars or Renminbi via online and mobile banking." @@ -37167,122 +38838,1079 @@ msgstr "" "individuos y comerciantes en dólares de Hong Kong o Renminbi a través de un " "sistema bancario en línea." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:12 msgid "Activate QR codes" msgstr "Activar códigos QR" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:42 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " -":guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` " -"feature." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under " +"the :guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, tick the checkbox beside the " +":guilabel:`QR Codes` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes`. En la " -"sección :guilabel:`Pagos del cliente`, active la opción :guilabel:`Códigos " -"QR`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:47 msgid "FPS bank account configuration" msgstr "Configuración de la cuenta bancaria para FPS" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:49 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"select the bank account for which you want to activate FPS. Set the " -":guilabel:`Proxy Type` and fill in the :guilabel:`Proxy Value` field " -"depending on the type you chose." +"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts app --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts " +"section --> Bank Accounts`. Then select the bank account for FPS activation." +" Proceed to set the :guilabel:`Proxy Type` and fill in the :guilabel:`Proxy " +"Value` field, depending on the type chosen." msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Contactos --> Configuración --> Cuentas bancarias` y " -"seleccione la cuenta bancaria para la que quiere activar el FPS. Indique el " -":guilabel:`Tipo de proxy` y llene el :guilabel:`Valor de proxy` según el " -"tipo que haya seleccionado." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:53 msgid "" -"The account holder's country must be set to Hong Kong on its contact form." -msgstr "" -"El país del titular de la cuenta debe ser Hong Kong en el formulario de " -"contacto" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:27 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:27 -msgid "" -"You could also include the invoice number in the QR code by checking the " +"Remember to include the invoice number in the QR code, by ticking the " ":guilabel:`Include Reference` checkbox." msgstr "" -"También puede incluir el número de factura en el código QR, solo tiene que " -"marcar la casilla de :guilabel:`Incluir referencia`. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "FPS bank account configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The account holder's country **must** be set to `Hong Kong` on their contact" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/bank`" msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/bank`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:147 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:37 msgid "Bank journal configuration" msgstr "Configuración de la cuenta bancaria" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:69 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the " -"bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " -":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Journals` and " +"open the bank journal. Then, fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` fields, located in the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios`, abra el " -"diario bancario, llene la información de :guilabel:`Número de cuenta` y " -":guilabel:`Banco` en la pestaña :guilabel:`Asientos contables`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 -msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration" -msgstr "Configuración del diario de la cuenta bancaria" +msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:78 msgid "Issue invoices with FPS QR codes" msgstr "Emitir facturas con código QR para FPS" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:158 msgid "" "When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" -" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to *EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code*." +" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to :guilabel:`EMV Merchant-Presented QR-" +"code`." msgstr "" "Al crear una factura nueva, abra la pestaña :guilabel:`Otra información` y " -"en :guilabel:`Código QR de pago` elija la opción *Código QR EMV del " -"comerciante*." +"en :guilabel:`Código QR de pago` elija la opción :guilabel:Código QR EMV del" +" comerciante`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 -msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option" -msgstr "Opción para seleccionar el Código QR EMV del comerciante" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " -"Odoo uses this field to generate the FPS QR code." +msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is configured, as Odoo uses this " +"field to generate the FPS QR code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Ensure the :guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll` (`l10n_hk_hr_payroll`) module is " +"installed before proceeding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:100 +msgid "Create employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Employees` app and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, " +"configure the following fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:105 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: :guilabel:`HK Standard 40 hours/week` option " +"**must** be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:109 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Surname, Given Name, Name in Chinese`: name of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:112 +msgid ":guilabel:`Private Address`: address of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:113 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bank Account Number`: employee's bank account number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Current Rental`: employee's rental records (if rental allowance " +"is applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Autopay Type`: :guilabel:`BBAN`, :guilabel:`SVID`, " +":guilabel:`EMAL`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Autopay Reference`: autopay reference number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Identification No`: HKID of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Gender`: gender of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:121 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Bank Account Number`, this account should be set as " +":guilabel:`Trusted` before further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:124 +msgid "" +"To achieve this, click on the right-arrow button next to :guilabel:`Bank " +"Account Number` field. Set the :guilabel:`Send Money` to :guilabel:`Trusted`" +" by clicking on the toggle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:128 +msgid "" +"To populate the :guilabel:`Current Rental`, click on the :guilabel:`History`" +" button. Then, click on :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the relevant details and " +"save the rental record. Upon saving the record, the rental contract " +":guilabel:`state` will be visible (at the top-right corner) and can be set " +"to :guilabel:`Running`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:133 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`HR Settings` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Volunteer Contribution Option`: select either :guilabel:`Only " +"Mandatory Contribution`, :guilabel:`With Fixed %VC`, or :guilabel:`Cap 5% " +"VC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:137 +msgid ":guilabel:`MPF Manulife Account`: account number, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:142 +msgid "Manage contracts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once the new employee has been created, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` " +"smart button on the employee record, or navigate to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Employees --> Contracts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Only **one** contract can be active simultaneously per employee, but an " +"employee can be assigned consecutive contracts during their employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:151 +msgid "The following are critical for setting up a contract:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: set as :guilabel:`CAP57: Hong Kong " +"Employee`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:154 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: start date of employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: set as :guilabel:`HK Standard 40 hours/week` " +"(from employee record)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select either :guilabel:`Working Schedule`, " +":guilabel:`Attendances` or :guilabel:`Planning`. This field determines how " +"the work entries are accounted for in the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:160 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: the work entries are generated automatically " +"based on the employee's working schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendances`: the work entries are generated based on the check-" +"in/out period logged in the *Attendances*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: the work entries are generated from planning shifts " +"only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:166 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Salary Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` for Full-time or Part-" +"time employees, or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage` for employees who are paid " +"hourly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:170 +msgid ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: the frequency of payslip issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage`: :guilabel:`Monthly` or :guilabel:`Hourly` depending on the" +" :guilabel:`Wage Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internet Subscription`: this is an **optional** field to provide " +"additional internet allowance on top of the current salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:177 +msgid "Timesheets do **not** impact work entries in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Once all information has been setup, set the contract status to " +":guilabel:`Running` by clicking the :guilabel:`Running` button in the top-" +"right of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong employment contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:189 +msgid "Generate payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Once the employees, and their contracts, are configured, payslips can be " +"generated in the *Payroll* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides **four** different salary structures under CAP57 regulation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:196 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Employees Monthly Pay`: to process the monthly employee " +"salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice`: to process final payment upon " +"contract termination using :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:199 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Long Service Payment`: applicable to employees with more " +"than five years of service upon contract termination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Severance Payment`: applicable to employees with more than" +" two years of service upon contract termination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Before running the payslips, the accounts used in the salary rule can be " +"adjusted by navigating to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> " +"Rules`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Salary Rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Odoo can create pay runs in two ways: via :ref:`batch " +"` or :ref:`individual " +"` payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:217 +msgid "Batch payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:219 +msgid "" +"This method of payslip generation is used for recurring payments, since " +"multiple employee payslips can be managed at once. Go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:514 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Batch Name` (e.g. `2024 - Jan`) and :guilabel:`Period` " +"(e.g. `01/01/2024` - `01/31/2024`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:225 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Generate Payslips`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Choose which :guilabel:`Salary Structure` to use for this batch. The " +"department filter allows the batch to only apply to a specific group of " +"employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:228 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Generate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:229 +msgid "A :guilabel:`Payslips` smart button is created automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` to generate a draft journal entry" +" found in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of each payslip. A " +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears asking :guilabel:`Are you " +"sure you want to proceed?`. Click :guilabel:`Ok` to create the journal " +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:238 +msgid "Individual payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:240 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> All Payslips`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:242 +msgid "" +"This method of payslip generation is commonly used to handle non-recurring " +"payments (e.g. :guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice`, " +":guilabel:`CAP57: Long Service Payment` or :guilabel:`CAP57: Severance " +"Payment`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Select an :guilabel:`Employee`. When selected, the :guilabel:`Contract` is " +"filled out automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:249 +msgid "Add a pay :guilabel:`Period`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Select a salary :guilabel:`Structure` (e.g. :guilabel:`CAP57: Employees " +"Monthly Pay`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Worked Days & Inputs` tab automatically compute the worked " +"days/hours and time off leaves that are applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Additional payslip items can be added at this time (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Commissions`, :guilabel:`Deductions`) under the :guilabel:`Other " +"Inputs` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button to generate the payslip lines. " +"This button updates the :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:259 +msgid "" +"If the work entry for an employee was amended, click the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Recompute Whole Sheet` to " +"refresh the payslip's :guilabel:`Worked Days & Inputs` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:263 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab shows the detailed breakdown of the " +"computation, based on the salary rules configured for each structure type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rent Allowance`: amount derived from the employee's active rental" +" record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Basic Salary`: amount of base salary provided (after rent " +"allowance deduction)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`713 Gross`: net payable amount considering *Commission*, " +"*Internet Allowance*, *Reimbursements*, *Back-pay*, *Deduction*, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:270 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`MPF Gross`: net payable amount from 713 gross after consideration" +" of additional allowances, deductions, and end-of-year payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:272 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Mandatory Contribution`: employee MPF Contribution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:273 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employer Mandatory Contribution`: employer MPF Contribution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gross`: net payable amount from MPF gross after consideration of " +"MPF deductions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:275 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Net Salary`: final payable amount to be paid to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:278 +msgid "" +"There are no MPF contributions for the first month. Both employee and " +"employer contribution starts on second month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Salary computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` section in :guilabel:`Worked Days & " +"Inputs` tab, there are additional manual input types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Back Pay`: additional salary payout can be included under this " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:289 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Commission`: the commission earned during the period can be " +"manually entered here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Global Deduction`: a lump-sum deduction from the entire payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:291 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Global Reimbursement`: a lump-sum reimbursement to the entire " +"payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:292 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referral Fee`: the additional bonus offered for any form of " +"business-related referral." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Moving Daily Wage`: to override the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily " +"Wage)` value used for leaves computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skip Rent Allowance`: if set, the rental allowance is excluded " +"from the current payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Average Monthly Salary`: to override the average monthly " +"salary used for end-of-year payment (rule is only applicable to payslips " +"generated in December)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lieu of Notice Period (Months)`: only applicable to " +":guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice` salary structure. By default, " +"the final payout is set as 1-month. Use the :guilabel:`Count` field under " +"the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` section to set a different notice period " +"duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:304 +msgid "" +"Once the payslips are ready, click on :guilabel:`Compute Sheet`, followed by" +" :guilabel:`Create Draft entry` to generate a draft journal entry found in " +"the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Once the draft journal entries have been posted, the company can now pay the" +" employees. The user can choose between **two** different *payment methods*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:313 +msgid "" +"From the employee's payslip (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> " +"All Payslips`), once the payslip's journal entry has been posted, click " +":guilabel:`Register Payment`. The process is the same as :doc:`paying vendor" +" bills <../accounting/payments>`. Select the desired bank journal and " +"payment method, then later reconcile the payment with the corresponding bank" +" statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:317 +msgid "" +"For batch payments (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`), " +"once all draft journal entries from the batch are confirmed, click " +":guilabel:`Mark as Paid` to post the payment journal entry. Then " +":doc:`create a payment <../accounting/payments>` in the *Accounting* app, " +"and reconcile accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:323 +msgid "Attendances and hourly wage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:325 +msgid "" +"To configure the contract for an employee paid hourly using the " +"*Attendances* app for hours tracking, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll " +"app --> Contracts --> Contracts`. Create a new :ref:`contract " +"`. It is important to remember to set the " +":guilabel:`Work Entry Source` as :guilabel:`Attendances`, and " +":guilabel:`Wage Type` as :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:331 +msgid "To record the hours logged by the employee using *Attendances* app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:333 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Attendances app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:334 +msgid "" +"The employee can check-in/out, via the kiosk mode and the time will be " +"logged automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:335 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Payroll app`, review the attendance work entries " +"generated from :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Work Entries --> Work " +"Entries`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:337 +msgid "" +"Next, generate the :ref:`payslips ` and process " +"the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Attendance Work Entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Attendance Payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:348 +msgid "Time Off with Payroll" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:350 +msgid "" +"The work entry types and time off types are fully integrated between the " +"*Time Off* and *Payroll* apps. There are several default time off types and " +"work entry types specific to Hong Kong which are installed automatically " +"along with the *Hong Kong - Payroll* module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types` " +"and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:356 +msgid "" +"There are two checkboxes to be considered when setting up the work entry " +"type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use 713`: Include this leave type as part of 713 computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:359 +msgid ":guilabel:`Non-full pay`: 80% of the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Work Entry Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:366 +msgid "" +":ref:`Creating and configuring work entry types `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:369 +msgid "Understanding 713 Ordinance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:371 +msgid "" +"The *Hong Kong - Payroll* module is compliant with 713 Ordinance which " +"relates to the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` computation to ensure fair " +"compensation for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:374 +msgid "The ADW computation is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:379 +msgid "Hong Kong ADW Formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:379 +msgid "" +":abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` equals the total wage in a 12-month period," +" minus the wages of non-full pay, divided by the total days in a 12-month " +"period minus the days of non-full pay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:383 +msgid "" +"For 418 compliance, there is no automated allocation of the *Statutory " +"Holiday* entitlement to the employees. As soon as 418 requirements are met, " +"manually allocate the leaves, via the *Time Off* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Before generating payslips, ensure the statuses are :guilabel:`Done` to " +"validate the outcome." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:393 +msgid "Period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:394 +msgid "Days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:395 +msgid "Wage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:396 +msgid "Commission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:398 +msgid "ADW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:399 +msgid "Leave Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:400 +msgid "Jan" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:415 +msgid "31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:409 +msgid "$20200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:405 +msgid "$651.61 ($20200/31)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:413 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:407 +msgid "Feb" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:408 +msgid "28" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:410 +msgid "$5000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:411 +msgid "$25200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:412 +msgid "$769.49 ($45400/59)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:414 +msgid "Mar (One Day Annual Leave)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:418 +msgid "$20324.33" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:419 +msgid "$730.27 ($65724.33/90)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:420 +msgid "$769.49" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:421 +msgid "Apr (One Day 80% Sick Leave)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:423 +msgid "$20117.56" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:427 +msgid "$584.22 ($730.27*0.8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:430 +msgid "Here is an example demonstrating the 713 logic:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:432 +msgid "" +"**Jan**: Generate a payslip with a monthly wage of $20200. The :abbr:`ADW " +"(Average Daily Wage)` is always computed on a cumulative basis of the " +"trailing 12-months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:434 +msgid "" +"**Feb**: Generate a similar payslip, but add an :guilabel:`Other Input Type`" +" for the :guilabel:`Commission`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Mar**: Apply for **one** full-paid annual leave in March. The salary " +"compensation for the leave taken is based on :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily " +"Wage)` thus far." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:0 +msgid "Hong Kong March 713." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:443 +msgid "" +"**Apr**: Apply for a 1-day non-full pay leave in April. Since this is a non-" +"full pay leave, the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` is computed " +"accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:0 +msgid "Hong Kong April 713." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:451 +msgid "" +"The value of :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` is computed in the backend, " +"and not be visible to the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:455 +msgid "" +"`HK 713 Ordinance " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:456 +msgid "" +"`HK 418 Ordinance `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:459 +msgid "Generate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:461 +msgid "" +"Before generating the below reports, setup the following in " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Payroll`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:464 +msgid "Configure the following in the :guilabel:`Accounting` section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:466 +msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`Payroll HSBC Autopay` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:468 +msgid ":guilabel:`Autopay Type`: Set as :guilabel:`H2H Submission`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:469 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Bank Account` to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:471 +msgid "Configure the following in the :guilabel:`HK Localization` section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:473 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employer's Name shows on reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:474 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employer's File Number`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:475 +msgid ":guilabel:`Manulife MPF Scheme`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Payroll Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:482 +msgid "IRD report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:484 +msgid "There are a total of **four** IRD reports available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:486 +msgid ":guilabel:`IR56B`: employer's Return of Remuneration and Pensions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:487 +msgid ":guilabel:`IR56E`: notification of Commencement of Employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:488 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`IR56F`: notification of Ceasation of Employment (remaining in " +"HK)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:489 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`IR56G`: notification of Ceasation of Employment (departing from " +"HK permanently)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:491 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting`, and select one of the " +":guilabel:`IR56B/E/F/G Sheet` options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:495 +msgid "Fill in the relevant information for the IRD report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:496 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Populate`, and the :guilabel:`Eligible Employees` smart " +"button appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:497 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Employee Declarations` status is :guilabel:`Draft` and " +"changed to :guilabel:`Generated PDF` status once the schedule runs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:499 +msgid "Once the PDF is generated, the IRD form may be downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong IR56B report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:506 +msgid "" +"The scheduled action called *Payroll: Generate pdfs* can be manually " +"triggered. It is set by default to run the PDF generation monthly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:510 +msgid "Manulife MPF sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:512 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting --> Manulife MPF Sheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:515 +msgid "" +"Select the relevant :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Month`, and " +":guilabel:`Sequence No.`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:516 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create XLSX`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:517 +msgid "" +"The *Manulife MPF XLSX* file is then generated, and available for download." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Manulife Sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Odoo will not be developing further reports for other MPF trustee as there " +"will soon be an eMPF platform setup by the local government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:528 +msgid "`eMPF `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:531 +msgid "HSBC autopay report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:533 +msgid "" +"If *HSBC Autopay* is selected as the batch payment method, click on " +":guilabel:`Create HSBC Autopay Report`, and fill in the mandatory fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong HSBC Autopay wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:540 +msgid "" +"This creates an :file:`.apc` file format which can be uploaded to the HSCB " +"portal for processing." msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de que el :guilabel:`Banco destinatario` sea el que usted " -"configuró ya que Odoo usa este campo para generar el código QR para FPS." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:3 msgid "India" @@ -45426,8 +48054,8 @@ msgid "" "of Sales and Purchases`." msgstr "" "El reporte **SLSP**, también conocido como *Lista recapitulativa de ventas y" -" compras*, se puede visualizar y exportar (en formato XLSX). Para visualizar" -" el informe vaya a :menuselection:`Reportes --> Reportes del contacto --> " +" compras*, se puede visualizar y exportar (en formato XLSX). Para " +"visualizarlo vaya a :menuselection:`Reportes --> Reportes del contacto --> " "Lista recapitulativa de ventas y compras`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:108 @@ -46263,6 +48891,18 @@ msgstr "" "hacer pagos domésticos al instante, ya sea a individuos o comercios, en " "dólares de Singapur por medio de banca electrónica y móvil." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` " +"feature." +msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes`. En la " +"sección :guilabel:`Pagos del cliente`, active la opción :guilabel:`Códigos " +"QR`." + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 msgid "PayNow bank account configuration" @@ -46287,10 +48927,52 @@ msgstr "" "El país del titular de la cuenta debe ser Singapur en el formulario de " "contacto. " +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You could also include the invoice number in the QR code by checking the " +":guilabel:`Include Reference` checkbox." +msgstr "" +"También puede incluir el número de factura en el código QR, solo tiene que " +"marcar la casilla de :guilabel:`Incluir referencia`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the " +"bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." +msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios`, abra el " +"diario bancario, llene la información de :guilabel:`Número de cuenta` y " +":guilabel:`Banco` en la pestaña :guilabel:`Asientos contables`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 +msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration" +msgstr "Configuración del diario de la cuenta bancaria" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:45 msgid "Issue invoices with PayNow QR codes" msgstr "Emitir facturas con códigos QR de PayNow" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" +" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to *EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code*." +msgstr "" +"Al crear una factura nueva, abra la pestaña :guilabel:`Otra información` y " +"en :guilabel:`Código QR de pago` elija la opción *Código QR EMV del " +"comerciante*." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 +msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option" +msgstr "Opción para seleccionar el Código QR EMV del comerciante" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:53 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " @@ -47412,16 +50094,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Issue invoices with PromptPay QR code" msgstr "Emitir facturas con códigos QR de Prompt Pay" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:158 -msgid "" -"When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" -" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to :guilabel:`EMV Merchant-Presented QR-" -"code`." -msgstr "" -"Al crear una factura nueva, abra la pestaña :guilabel:`Otra información` y " -"en :guilabel:`Código QR de pago` elija la opción :guilabel:Código QR EMV del" -" comerciante`." - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:164 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " @@ -52032,14 +54704,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:33 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` section, enter your Odoo database URL (e.g., " -"`https://example.odoo.com`) in the field :guilabel:`Invoices paid` and click" -" the :guilabel:`Test and save` button next to it." +"In the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` section, enter your Odoo database's URL, " +"followed by `/payment/xendit/webhook` (e.g., " +"`https://example.odoo.com/payment/xendit/webhook`) in the field " +":guilabel:`Invoices paid` and click the :guilabel:`Test and save` button " +"next to it." msgstr "" -"En la sección :guilabel:`URL del webhook` escriba la URL de su base de datos" -" de Odoo (por ejemplo, `https://ejemplo.odoo.com`) en el campo " -":guilabel:`Facturas pagadas` y haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Probar y " -"guardar`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:40 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index de0b9325d..de82e70df 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -15,8 +15,8 @@ # Lucia Pacheco, 2024 # Iran Villalobos López, 2024 # Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2024 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2024 # #, fuzzy @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -2247,59 +2247,56 @@ msgstr "" "aparece **en negritas**." #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:5 -msgid "Developer Mode (debug mode)" -msgstr "Modo de desarrollador (modo depuración)" +msgid "Developer mode (debug mode)" +msgstr "Modo de desarrollador (modo de depuración)" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:7 msgid "" -"The developer mode (or debug mode) unlocks access to extra and advanced " -"tools in Odoo. There are several ways to activate the developer mode: " -"through the :ref:`settings `, the " -":ref:`browser extension `, through" -" the :ref:`command palette ` or the" -" :ref:`URL `." +"The developer mode, also known as debug mode, unlocks access to advanced " +":ref:`tools and settings ` in Odoo." msgstr "" -"El modo de desarrollador (o solución de bugs) desbloquea otras herramientas " -"de Odoo adicionales y más avanzadas. Hay muchas maneras de activar el modo " -"desarrollador: en los :ref:`ajustes`, la " -":ref:`extensión del vegador `, con" -" la :ref:`paleta de comandos `o la " -":ref:`URL `." +"El modo de desarrollador, también conocido como el modo de solución de " +"errores, desbloquea acceso a :ref:`herramientas y ajustes ` avanzados en Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:17 -msgid "Activate through the Settings" -msgstr "Activar mediante ajustes" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:11 msgid "" -"The debug mode can be activated in the Odoo database settings. Go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Developer Tools` and click" -" on :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`. At least one application needs " -"to be installed for the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` section to appear in the" -" :guilabel:`Settings` module." +"Proceed with caution, as some developer tools and technical settings are " +"considered advanced and may have associated risks. Only use them if you " +"understand the implications and are confident in your actions." msgstr "" -"El modo de solución de bugs se puede activar desde los ajustes de la base de" -" datos. Vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Ajustes generales --> " -"Herramientas de desarrollador` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Activar el modo " -"desarrollador`. Al menos tiene que instalar una aplicación para que aparezca" -" la sección :guilabel:`Herramientas de desarrollador` en el módulo " -":guilabel:`Ajustes`." +"Haga esto con precaución puesto que algunas herramientas y ajustes técnicos " +"del modo de desarrollador pueden tener riesgos asociados. Solo úselos si " +"entiende las implicaciones y sabe lo que está haciendo." -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of the debug options under settings in Odoo." -msgstr "Resumen de las opciones de solución de bugs en los ajustes de Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:16 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with assets)` is used by developers;" -" :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with tests assets)` is used by " -"developers and testers." +"The developer mode is also available with :ref:`assets " +"`, which are used to debug JavaScript " +"code, and with :ref:`tests assets `, " +"which are used to run test tours." msgstr "" -"Los desarrolladores usan :guilabel:`Activar modo de desarrollador (con " -"activos)`, mientras que :guilabel:`Activar modo de desarrollador (con " -"activos de prueba)` los desarrolladores y testers." +"El modo de desarrollador también está disponible con :ref:`activos " +"`, que se usan para resolver errores " +"del código de JavaScript y con :ref:`activos de prueba " +"`, que se usan cuando se realizan " +"pruebas." -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:23 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Activación" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To activate it, open the :guilabel:`Settings` app, scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Developer Tools` section, and click :guilabel:`Activate the " +"developer mode`." +msgstr "" +"Para activar este modo, abra los :guilabel:`Ajustes`, baje a la sección " +":guilabel:`Herramientas de desarrollador` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Activar " +"modo de desarrollador`." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:28 msgid "" "Once activated, the :guilabel:`Deactivate the developer mode` option becomes" " available." @@ -2307,132 +2304,97 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez que lo active, la opción :guilabel:`Desactivar el modo " "desarrollador` se vuelve disponible." +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 +msgid "Activating the developer mode in the Settings app" +msgstr "Activación del modo de desarrollador en la aplicación Ajustes" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To activate the developer mode **from anywhere in the database**, add " +"`?debug=1` to the URL after `/web` (e.g., " +"`https://example.odoo.com/web?debug=1#action=menu&cids=1`). To deactivate " +"it, use `?debug=0` instead." +msgstr "" +"Para activar el modo de desarrollador **desde cualquier parte de la base de " +"datos** agregue `?debug=1` a la URL después de `/web` (por ejemplo, " +"`https://example.odoo.com/web?debug=1#action=menu&cids=1`). Para " +"desactivarlo, use `?debug=0`." + #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:37 -msgid "Activate through the browser extension" -msgstr "Activar a través de una extensión del navegador" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:39 msgid "" -"Within a web browser, navigate to the browser settings and extensions and " -"search for the `Odoo Debug` extension. Once the extension is installed, a " -"new icon will be shown on the browser's toolbar." +"Use `?debug=assets` to activate the developer mode with assets and " +"`?debug=tests` to activate it with tests assets." msgstr "" -"Dentro del navegador, vaya a los ajustes, extensiones y después busque la " -"extensión `Solucionar bugs de Odoo`. Después de que instale la extensión " -"aparecerá un nuevo icono en la barra de herramientas del navegador." +"Use `?debug=assets` el modo de desarrollador con activos y `?debug=tests` " +"para activarlo con activos de prueba." -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:41 msgid "" -"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " -"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" -" a single click." +"Open the **command palette** by pressing `Ctrl + K` or `Cmd ⌘ + K`, then " +"type `debug` to activate the developer mode with assets or deactivate it." msgstr "" -"En la extensión de *Odoo Debug* si hace un solo clic habilitará la versión " -"normal, si hace doble clic se habilita con activos. Para desactivarlo, solo " -"tiene que hacer clic una vez." +"Abra la **paleta de comandos** con las teclas `CTRL+K` o `Cmd ⌘ + K` y " +"después escriba `debug` para activar o desactivar el modo de desarrollador " +"con activos." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:44 +msgid "Browser extension" +msgstr "Extensión del navegador web" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The `Odoo Debug `_ browser extension " +"adds an icon to toggle developer mode on or off from the browser's toolbar. " +"It is available on the `Chrome Web Store " +"`_ and `Firefox Add-ons " +"`_." +msgstr "" +"La extensión de navegador de `Odoo Debug " +"`_ agrega un icono para activar o " +"desactivar el modo de desarrollador desde la barra de herramientas del " +"navegador. Está disponible en `Chrome Web Store " +"`_ y en `Firefox Add-ons " +"`_." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:54 +msgid "Developer tools and technical menu" +msgstr "Herramientas de desarrollador y menú técnico" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once the developer mode is activated, the developer tools can be accessed by" +" clicking the :icon:`fa-bug` :guilabel:`(bug)` icon. The menu contains tools" +" useful for understanding or editing technical data, such as a view's field," +" filters, or actions. The options available depend on where the menu is " +"accessed from." +msgstr "" +"Ya que este activado el modo de desarrollador podrá acceder a las " +"herramientas de desarrollador haciendo clic en el icono :icon:`fa-bug` " +":guilabel:`(bug)`. El menú contiene herramientas que son útiles para " +"entender o editar información técnica, como el campo de una vista, los " +"filtros o las acciones. Las opciones disponibles dependen de el lugar desde " +"el que accede al menú." #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "View of Odoo's debug icon in a Google Chrome toolbar." -msgstr "" -"Vista del icono de solución de bugs de Odoo en la barra de herramientas de " -"Google Chrome." +msgid "Accessing the developer tools" +msgstr "Acceder a las herramientas de desarrollador" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:53 -msgid "Activate through the command palette" -msgstr "Activar mediante la paleta de comandos" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:64 msgid "" -"In Odoo, the command palette tool has a command to activate the debug mode. " -"First, open the command palette tool with the keyboard shortcut `ctrl+k` and" -" then type `debug`. A command will show up to activate the debug mode." +"Database administrators can access the technical menu from the " +":guilabel:`Settings` app. It contains advanced database settings, such as " +"ones related to the database structure, security, actions, etc." msgstr "" -"En Odoo, la paleta de comandos tiene un comando con el que puede activar el " -"modo de solución de bugs. Primero abra la herramienta de paleta de comandos " -"con el atajo `ctrl+k` y después escriba `solución de bugs`. Aparecerá un " -"comando con el que podrá activar el modo de solución de bugs." +"Los administradores de una base de datos pueden ingresar el menú técnico " +"desde los :guilabel:`Ajustes`. Este menú contiene ajustes avanzados para la " +"base de datos, especialmente aquellos relacionados a la estructura de la " +"base de datos, la seguridad, las acciones, etc." #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Command palette with debug command." -msgstr "La paleta de comandos con un comando de solución de bugs." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:68 -msgid "Activate through the URL" -msgstr "Activar a través de la URL" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The debug mode can also be activated by adding an extra query string to the " -"database's URL. In the URL, add `?debug=1` or `?debug=true` after `/web`. To" -" deactivate the debug mode, change the value to `?debug=0` instead." -msgstr "" -"También puede activar el modo de solución de bugs si agrega una string " -"adicional de query a la URL de la base de datos. En la URL agregue " -"`?debug=1` o `?debug=true` después de `/web`. Para desactivar el modo de " -"solución de bugs cambie el valor a `?debug=0`." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a URL with the debug mode command added." -msgstr "Una URL con el comando del modo de solución de bugs agregado." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Additional modes are available for developers: `?debug=assets` enables the " -":ref:`assets mode `, and " -"`?debug=tests` enables the :ref:`tests mode " -"`." -msgstr "" -"Hay modos adicionales disponibles para desarrolladores: `?debug=assets` " -"activa el :ref:`modo de activos ` y " -"and `?debug=prueba` activa el :ref:`modo de prueba " -"`." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:86 -msgid "Locate the developer mode tools" -msgstr "Localice las herramientas del modo de desarrollador." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Once developer mode is activated, the developer mode tools can be accessed " -"from the :guilabel:`Open Developer Tools` button, the bug icon located in " -"the header of the Odoo database." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que activó el modo de desarrollador, puede ingresar a las " -"herramientas del modo desarrollador con el botón :guilabel:`Abrir las " -"herramientas de desarrollador`, el icono de insecto que aparece en la parte " -"superior derecha de la base de datos de Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a console page and the debug icon being shown in Odoo." -msgstr "La página de la consola y el icono de solución de bugs en Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:95 -msgid "" -"This menu contains additional tools that are useful to understand or edit " -"technical data, such as the views or actions of a page. On a page that has " -"filters, actions, and view options, the developer mode tools contain some " -"useful menu items such as:" -msgstr "" -"Este menú contiene herramientas adicionales que sirven para entender o " -"editar datos técnicos, como la vista o acciones de una página. En la página " -"que tiene filtros, acciones y opciones de vista las herramientas del modo de" -" desarrollador contienen opciones de menú como:" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:99 -msgid ":guilabel:`Edit Action`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Editar acción`" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:100 -msgid ":guilabel:`Manage Filters`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Gestionar filtros`" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:101 -msgid "Edit the current view (e.g. Kanban, List, Graph, etc.)" -msgstr "Editar la vista actual (por ejemplo, kanban, lista, gráfico, etc.)" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:102 -msgid "See the :guilabel:`Fields View Get`" -msgstr "Vea la vista :guilabel:`Ver campos`" +msgid "Accessing the technical menu" +msgstr "Acceder al menú técnico" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:5 msgid "Email communication" @@ -3253,14 +3215,13 @@ msgid "" "Reporting, & Conformance)`. Ultimately though, it is up to the discretion of" " the final receiving mailbox." msgstr "" -"Si la base de datos de Odoo está usando un dominio personalizado para enviar" -" correos desde Odoo, debe implementar tres registros en el DNS del dominio " -"personalizado para asegurarse de que el correo se entregue. Esto incluye " -"configurar registros para el :abbr:`SPF (Convenio de remitentes, por su " -"sigla en inglés)`, :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` y :abbr:`DMARC " -"(Autenticación de Mensajes Basada en Dominios, Informes y Conformidad, por " -"sus siglas en inglés)`. Sin embargo, al final del día todo depende del " -"correo que recibe los mensajes." +"Si la base de datos usa un dominio personalizado para enviar correos desde " +"Odoo, entonces debe implementar tres registros en el DNS del dominio " +"personalizado para asegurar la entrega del correo. Es necesario que " +"configure registros para el :abbr:`SPF (Convenio de remitentes)`, " +":abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` y :abbr:`DMARC (Autenticación " +"basada en dominios para mensajes, reportes y conformidad)`. Sin embargo, " +"todo depende del correo que recibe los mensajes." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:38 msgid "Be SPF compliant" @@ -3423,11 +3384,11 @@ msgstr "" "`_. Escriba `odoo` en caso de que se le " "solicite un selector." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 msgid "Check the DMARC policy" msgstr "Verificar la política DMARC" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:104 msgid "" "The Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance (DMARC) " "record is a protocol that unifies :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` and " @@ -3446,15 +3407,15 @@ msgstr "" "con las verificaciones del :abbr:`SPF (Convenio de remitentes)` o el " ":abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 msgid "DMARC: TXT record" msgstr "DMARC: registro TXT" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 msgid "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`" msgstr "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:116 msgid "" "There are three :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` policies:" @@ -3462,20 +3423,20 @@ msgstr "" "Hay tres políticas :abbr:`DMARC (Autenticación basada en dominios para " "mensajes, reportes y conformidad)`:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 msgid "`p=none`" msgstr "`p=none`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:118 -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 msgid "`p=quarantine`" msgstr "`p=quarantine`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 msgid "`p=reject`" msgstr "`p=reject`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:123 msgid "" "`p=quarantine` and `p=reject` instruct the server that receives an email to " "quarantine that email or ignore it if the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy " @@ -3486,7 +3447,7 @@ msgstr "" "verificaciones de :abbr:`SPF (Convenio de remitentes)` o :abbr:`DKIM " "(DomainKeys Identified Mail)`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:127 msgid "" "If the domain name uses :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` and has defined one of these policies, the domain" @@ -3499,7 +3460,7 @@ msgstr "" "(Convenio de remitentes)` o debe tener activo el :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys " "Identified Mail)`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:132 msgid "" "Yahoo or AOL are examples of email providers with a :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-" "based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` policy set to " @@ -3513,7 +3474,7 @@ msgstr "" "no use direcciones *@yahoo.com* o *@aol.com* para los usuarios de la base de" " datos, ya que estos correos nunca llegarán a su destinatario." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:137 msgid "" "`p=none` is used for the domain owner to receive reports about entities " "using their domain. It should not impact the deliverability if the " @@ -3525,7 +3486,7 @@ msgstr "" "(autenticación de mensajes basada en dominios, reportes y conformidad)` no " "debería afectar la entrega." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:141 msgid "" ":abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` records are comprised of tags in the form of :abbr:`DNS " @@ -3552,115 +3513,115 @@ msgstr "" "en dominios para mensajes, reportes y conformidad)` no debe ser demasiado " "restrictiva desde el inicio." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:150 msgid "The following chart displays available tags:" msgstr "La siguiente tabla muestra las etiquetas disponibles: " -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 msgid "Tag Name" msgstr "Nombre de etiqueta" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 msgid "Purpose" msgstr "Finalidad" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 msgid "Example" msgstr "Ejemplo" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 msgid "v" msgstr "v" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 msgid "Protocol version" msgstr "Versión de protocolo" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 msgid "`v=DMARC1`" msgstr "`v=DMARC1`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 msgid "pct" msgstr "pct" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 msgid "Percentage of messages subjected to filtering" msgstr "Porcentaje de mensajes que se someten a filtrado" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 msgid "`pct=20`" msgstr "`pct=20`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 msgid "ruf" msgstr "ruf" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 msgid "Reporting URI for forensic reports" msgstr "Reportar un URI para reportes forenses " -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 msgid "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" msgstr "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 msgid "rua" msgstr "rua" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 msgid "Reporting URI of aggregate reports" msgstr "Reportar un URI de reportes agregados" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 msgid "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" msgstr "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 msgid "p" msgstr "p" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 msgid "Policy for organizational domain" msgstr "Política para el dominio organizacional" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 msgid "sp" msgstr "sp" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 msgid "Policy for subdomains of the OD" msgstr "Política para los subdominios del dominio organizacional" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 msgid "`sp=reject`" msgstr "`sp=reject`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 msgid "adkim" msgstr "adkim" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 msgid "Alignment mode for DKIM" msgstr "Modo de alineación para DKIM" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 msgid "`adkim=s`" msgstr "`adkim=s`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 msgid "aspf" msgstr "aspf" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:181 msgid "Alignment mode for SPF" msgstr "Modo de alineación para SPF" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 msgid "`aspf=r`" msgstr "`aspf=r`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:184 msgid "" "Check the :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` record of a domain name with a tool like `MXToolbox DMARC " @@ -3670,7 +3631,7 @@ msgstr "" "mensajes, reportes y conformidad)` de un nombre de dominio con una " "herramienta como `MXToolbox DMARC `_." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:188 msgid "" "`DMARC.org is another great resource to learn about DMARC records. " "`_" @@ -3678,73 +3639,73 @@ msgstr "" "`DMARC.org es un excelente recurso para aprender más sobre los registros " "DMARC. `_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 msgid "SPF, DKIM & DMARC documentation of common providers" msgstr "Documentación de SPF, DKIM y DMARC de los proveedores más comunes" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 -msgid "" -"`OVH DNS " -"`_" -msgstr "" -"`OVH DNS " -"`_" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:195 -msgid "" -"`OVH SPF `_" -msgstr "" -"`OVH SPF `_" - #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:196 msgid "" -"`GoDaddy TXT record `_" +"`OVH DNS " +"`_" msgstr "" -"`GoDaddy TXT record `_" +"`OVH DNS " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 -msgid "`GoDaddy SPF `_" -msgstr "`GoDaddy SPF `_" +msgid "" +"`OVH SPF `_" +msgstr "" +"`OVH SPF `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 msgid "" -"`GoDaddy DKIM `_" +"`GoDaddy TXT record `_" msgstr "" -"`GoDaddy DKIM `_" +"`GoDaddy TXT record `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 +msgid "`GoDaddy SPF `_" +msgstr "`GoDaddy SPF `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:200 msgid "" -"`NameCheap " -"`_" +"`GoDaddy DKIM `_" msgstr "" -"`NameCheap " -"`_" +"`GoDaddy DKIM `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:201 msgid "" -"`CloudFlare DNS `_" +"`NameCheap " +"`_" msgstr "" -"`CloudFlare DNS `_" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:202 -msgid "" -"`Google Domains `_" -msgstr "" -"`Google Domains `_" +"`NameCheap " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 msgid "" +"`CloudFlare DNS `_" +msgstr "" +"`CloudFlare DNS `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:204 +msgid "" +"`Google Domains `_" +msgstr "" +"`Google Domains `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 +msgid "" "`Azure DNS `_" msgstr "" "`Azure DNS `_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:207 msgid "" "To fully test the configuration, use the `Mail-Tester `_ tool, which gives a full overview of the content and " @@ -3757,7 +3718,7 @@ msgstr "" "enviado. También puede utilizar Mail-Tester para configurar los registros de" " otros proveedores menos conocidos." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:212 msgid "" "`Using Mail-Tester to set SPF Records for specific carriers " "`_" @@ -10858,17 +10819,17 @@ msgstr "Descarga e instalación inicial " #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 msgid "" "To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation " -"package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download " -"page `_. Next, install and setup the Odoo " -":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " -"start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +"package for Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download page " +"`_. Next, install and setup the Odoo :file:`.exe`" +" file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to start the " +"installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." msgstr "" "Para comenzar con la instalación, vaya al paquete de instalación de Odoo 16 " -"o superior para Enterprise o Community, edición Windows, en la `página de " -"descarga de Odoo `_. Luego, instale y configure " -"el archivo Odoo :file:`. exe`. Después de la pantalla de instrucciones, haga" -" clic en :guilabel:`Siguiente` para iniciar la instalación y acepte los " -"Términos de servicio." +"o superior para Community, edición Windows, en la `página de descarga de " +"Odoo `_ e instale y configure el archivo Odoo " +":file:`.exe`. Después de la pantalla de instrucciones, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Siguiente` para iniciar la instalación y acepte los Términos de " +"servicio." #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -11541,10 +11502,26 @@ msgstr "" "Confirme la desinstalación y siga los pasos para desinstalar de la guía de " "desinstalación de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:7 msgid "Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos" +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:21 +msgid "" +":doc:`Worldline payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline>`" +msgstr "" +":doc:`Terminal de pago de Worldline " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline>`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:23 +msgid "" +":doc:`Ingenico payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico>`" +msgstr "" +":doc:`Terminal de pago de Ingenico " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico>`" + #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 msgid "Connect a camera" msgstr "Conectar una cámara" @@ -13768,14 +13745,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:126 msgid "" "On a form, navigate to any field, and hover over the field name. A box of " -"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Object`" -" name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be" -" added." +"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Model` " +"name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be " +"added." msgstr "" -"En un formulario, vaya a cualquier campo y pase el cursor por encima del " -"nombre del campo. Al hacer esto, aparecerá una caja con información de " -"backend con el nombre específico del :guilabel:`Objeto` en el backend. Este " -"es el nombre técnico del modelo que se debe agregar." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:0 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index dd795c2ac..60d9eb2bb 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -33,13 +33,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Human resources" msgstr "Recursos humanos" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 msgid "Appraisals" msgstr "Valoraciones" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, the *Appraisals* application can be used to evaluate employee " "performance on a recurring basis. Managers can evaluate the performance of " @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ msgstr "" "hagan una autoevaluación. Las evaluaciones se pueden personalizar y se " "pueden realizar en cualquier momento." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:12 msgid "" "Appraisals give employees valuable feedback, including actionable goals to " "work toward, and measurable skills to improve upon. Additionally, appraisals" @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ msgstr "" "medir y que se deban mejorar. Además, las evaluaciones pueden ser la base " "para aumentos, promociones y otros beneficios." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:16 msgid "" "Regular appraisals are good for both the employees and the company, since " "they can accurately measure performance based on company goals, and show " @@ -75,14 +75,14 @@ msgstr "" " objetivos de la empresa y los empleados pueden ver qué es lo que necesitan " "mejorar." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:31 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuración" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Configuration` menu in the *Appraisals* application is where " "the settings can be configured, feedback templates can be edited, " @@ -95,14 +95,15 @@ msgstr "" "las escalas de evaluación, almacenar información para retroalimentación 360 " "y crear o ver las etiquetas de objetivos." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Ajustes" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:29 msgid "" "To access the *Settings* menu, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " "application --> Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -110,11 +111,11 @@ msgstr "" "Para acceder al menú de *Ajustes* vaya a :menuselection:`la aplicación " "Evaluaciones --> Configuración --> Ajustes`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 msgid "Feedback templates" msgstr "Plantillas de retroalimentación" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:35 msgid "" "Feedback templates are form outlines used during an employee appraisal. Any " "edits made to a template are, ultimately, reflected in the appraisals sent " @@ -124,7 +125,7 @@ msgstr "" "durante la evaluación de un empleado. Las ediciones que se hagan a la " "plantilla se reflejarán en la valoración que se le envíe a los empleados." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:38 msgid "" "There are two default templates pre-configured in Odoo *Appraisals*: one for" " employee feedback, and one for manager feedback. Each contains several " @@ -136,7 +137,7 @@ msgstr "" "del gerente. Cada una contiene varias secciones junto con sus preguntas y " "breves explicaciones sobre cómo responder las preguntas" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:42 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`My work`, :guilabel:`My future`, and :guilabel:`My feelings`." @@ -145,7 +146,7 @@ msgstr "" "siguientes secciones: :guilabel:`Mi trabajo`, :guilabel:`Mi futuro`, and " ":guilabel:`Mis sentimientos`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:45 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`Feedback`, :guilabel:`Evaluation`, and :guilabel:`Improvements`." @@ -154,7 +155,7 @@ msgstr "" "siguientes secciones: :guilabel:`Retroalimentación`, :guilabel:`Evaluación` " "y :guilabel:`Mejoras`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:48 msgid "" "Any desired changes to the default feedback templates can be made by making " "changes directly in each template." @@ -162,7 +163,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cualquier cambio que se quiera hacer a las plantillas de retroalimentación " "se pueden hacer directamente en cada plantilla." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:54 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Appraisals` section of the settings menu determines the " "frequency that appraisals are performed, and if it is possible to request " @@ -180,11 +181,11 @@ msgstr "" "La sección de retroalimentaciones con una línea de tiempo completa en una " "retroalimentación 360 activada." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 msgid "Appraisals plans" msgstr "Planes de evaluación" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:66 msgid "" "By default, appraisals are pre-configured to be automatically created six " "months after an employee is hired, with a second appraisal exactly six " @@ -194,7 +195,7 @@ msgstr "" "después de que se contrata al empleado, con una segunda evaluación seis " "meses después de la primera." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:69 msgid "" "Once those two initial appraisals have been completed in the employee's " "first year, following appraisals are only created once a year (every twelve " @@ -204,7 +205,7 @@ msgstr "" "del empleado, las siguientes evaluaciones solo se crean una vez al año (cada" " doce meses)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:72 msgid "" "To modify this schedule, change the number of months in the blank fields " "under the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section." @@ -212,7 +213,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para modificar la frecuenta, cambie el número de meses en los campos en " "blanco que hay en la sección :guilabel:`Planes de valoración`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:76 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section is modified, **all** empty " ":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Dates` are modified for **all** employees." @@ -221,12 +222,12 @@ msgstr "" "modifican **todas** las :guilabel:`siguientes fechas de evaluación` para " "**todos** los empleados." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 msgid "360 feedback" msgstr "Retroalimentación 360" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:82 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option can be enabled to allow managers to " "request feedback from other employees using a different survey form, at any " @@ -237,7 +238,7 @@ msgstr "" "formulario de encuesta, en cualquier momento, sin importar el calendario de " "evaluaciones." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:85 msgid "" "Typically, managers ask for feedback from other people who work with an " "employee they manage. This includes the employee's various managers, peers, " @@ -248,7 +249,7 @@ msgstr "" " gerentes del empleado, sus compañeros de trabajo y las personas que le " "reportan directamente a esta persona." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:88 msgid "" "To view the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey, click the :guilabel:`→ Internal" " link` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`Default Template` field. The " @@ -260,7 +261,7 @@ msgstr "" "predeterminada`. La encuesta :guilabel:`retroalimentación 360` se cargará y " "podrá hacer cualquier cambio que desee." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:92 msgid "" "For more information on how to edit a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." @@ -268,7 +269,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para más información sobre cómo editar una encuesta, vea el documento " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:96 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` form is a pre-configured survey within the " "*Surveys* application. In order to use the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option, " @@ -280,24 +281,23 @@ msgstr "" "aplicación *Encuestas* para poder usar y editar la opción " ":guilabel:`retroalimentación 360`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 msgid "Evaluation scale" msgstr "Escala de evaluación" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:103 msgid "" "On each employee appraisal form, final rating options appear by default. To " "view and edit these options, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " "application --> Configuration --> Evaluation Scale`. This presents the " "ratings in a list view." msgstr "" -"En el formulario de valoración de cada empleado, aparecen por defecto " -"opciones para una calificación final. Para poder ver y editar estas " -"opciones, vaya a :menuselection:`la aplicación Valoraciones --> " -"Configuración --> Escala de valoración`. Esto le mostrará las calificaciones" -" en vista de lista." +"En el formulario de evaluación de cada empleado aparecen opciones para una " +"calificación final de forma predeterminada. Para poder ver y editar estas " +"opciones, vaya a :menuselection:`Evaluación --> Configuración --> Escala de " +"evaluación`. Esta acción despliega las evaluaciones en vista de lista." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:107 msgid "" "The pre-configured ratings are :guilabel:`Needs Improvement`, " ":guilabel:`Meets Expectations`, :guilabel:`Exceeds Expectations`, and " @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Supera las expectativas`. Para agregar otra calificación, haga " "clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo`. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:111 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`New` button is clicked on the :guilabel:`Evaluation " "Scale` page, a blank line appears at the bottom of the list. Enter the name " @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Escala de evaluación` aparecerá una línea en blanco en la parte " "inferior de la lista. Ingrese el nombre de la calificación en el campo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:114 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the ratings, click the :guilabel:`(six small gray " "boxes)` icon to the left of a rating, and drag the rating to the desired " @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ msgstr "" "Imagen de la escala de evaluación donde se resaltan el botón nuevo y los " "iconos para arrastrar y soltar." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:124 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` section displays information for all the " "surveys currently configured in the *Appraisals* application. To view the " @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ msgstr "" "Una vista de lista de todas las encuestas disponibles en la aplicación " "Evaluación." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:132 msgid "" "Each appraisal (or survey) is presented in its own line on the " ":guilabel:`360 Feedback` page, along with various information related to " @@ -365,16 +365,16 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`retroalimentación 360`, así como mucha información relacionada a " "esa evaluación en particular." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 msgid "Each appraisal includes the following information:" msgstr "Cada evaluación incluye la siguiente información:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:137 msgid ":guilabel:`Survey Name`: the name of the specific survey." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nombre de la encuesta`: el nombre de esa encuesta en específico." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the employee responsible for the survey, including " "the month and year they were given that designation." @@ -382,13 +382,13 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Responsable`: el empleado responsable de la encuesta, incluyendo " "el mes y el año en el que se les dio esa responsabilidad." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Questions`: the number of questions in that particular survey." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Preguntas`: el número de preguntas en esa encuesta en particular." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Duration`: the average time a user spends completing the " "survey." @@ -396,20 +396,20 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Duración promedio`: el tiempo promedio que le toma a un usuario " "completar la encuesta." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Registered`: the number of people who have been sent the survey." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Registrado`: el número de personas a las que se les envió esta " "encuesta." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Completed`: the number of people who have completed the survey." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Completado`: el número de personas que completaron esta encuesta." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:145 msgid "" "Each appraisal also has two buttons at the end of each line: a " ":guilabel:`Test` button and a :guilabel:`See Results` button." @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cada evaluación también tiene dos botones al final de cada línea: a un botón" " para :guilabel:`probar` y un botón para :guilabel:`ver los resultados`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:148 msgid "" "To see what an appraisal looks like for the end user (i.e. an employee), " "click the :guilabel:`Test` button, and the appraisal loads in a new browser " @@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ msgstr "" "completa y podrá navegar por ella sin tener que responder ninguna de las " "preguntas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:152 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`This is a Test Survey. → Edit " "Survey` at the top of the page to be taken to the detail form for that " @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ msgstr "" "es una encuesta de prueba. → Editar encuesta` en la parte superior de la " "página para ir a un formulario de detalle para una encuesta en particular." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:155 msgid "" "To view the results from everyone who completed an appraisal, click the " ":guilabel:`See Results` button. This presents all the answers for the survey" @@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ msgstr "" "pregunta y cuántas personas se la saltaron. Podrá ver todas las respuestas a" " cada pregunta." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:160 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`→ Edit Survey` at the top of " "the page to be taken to the detail form for that particular survey." @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ msgstr "" "Editar encuesta` en la parte superior de la página para ir a un formulario " "de detalle para una encuesta en particular." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:163 msgid "" "In addition to viewing the responses from past appraisals and surveys, new " "surveys can also be created from the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` page. Simply " @@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ msgstr "" "360`. Solo haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo` en la parte superior " "izquierda de la página para crear una encuesta nueva." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:167 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." @@ -484,76 +484,14 @@ msgstr "" "Para más información sobre cómo crear una encuesta, vea el documento " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:171 msgid "" "In previous versions of Odoo, this section was referred to as " ":guilabel:`Surveys`." msgstr "" "En versiones previas de Odoo esta sección se llamaba :guilabel:`Encuestas`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:172 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "Etiquetas" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 -msgid "" -"An additional feature of the *Appraisals* application is the ability to set " -":ref:`goals ` for employees. On each goal form, there is a" -" field to add tags. The available tags are pulled from a list that is " -"configured from the settings." -msgstr "" -"Una función adicional de la aplicación *Evaluaciones* es la habilidad de " -"configurar :ref:`metas ` para los empleados. En cada " -"formulario de meta hay un campo para agregar etiquetas. Las etiquetas " -"disponibles se obtienen de una lista que se configura desde los ajustes." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To view a list of all existing goal tags, and to create new tags, go to the " -":guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, by navigating to :menuselection:`Appraisals " -"application --> Configuration --> Tags`." -msgstr "" -"Para ver una lista de todas las etiquetas de meta adicionales y crear " -"nuevas, vaya a la página :guilabel:`Etiquetas de la meta` desde " -":menuselection:`la aplicación Evaluaciones --> Configuración --> Etiquetas`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:181 -msgid "All currently configured tags are presented in a list view." -msgstr "Todas las etiquetas configuradas se presentan en una vista de lista." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:183 -msgid "" -"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " -"all tags need to be added from this list, or directly from the goal form." -msgstr "" -"La aplicación *Evaluación* **no** tiene etiquetas preconfiguradas, así que " -"debe agregar todas las etiquetas de esta lista directamente al formulario de" -" meta." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 -msgid "" -"To create a new tag from the :guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, click the " -":guilabel:`New` button, and a blank line appears." -msgstr "" -"Para crear una etiqueta nueva desde la página :guilabel:`Etiquetas de la " -"meta` haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo`. Aparecerá una línea en " -"blanco." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the tag on the line. Then, press the enter key to save the" -" tag, and create a new blank line. Repeat this for all tags that need to be " -"added." -msgstr "" -"Ingrese el nombre de la etiqueta en la línea. Después, presione enter para " -"guardar la etiqueta y crear una nueva línea en blanco. Repita este " -"procedimiento para todas las etiquetas que necesite crear." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:192 -msgid "The list of tags is automatically arranged in alphabetical order." -msgstr "La lista de etiquetas saldrá en orden alfabético de forma automática." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:176 msgid "" "Navigate to the main *Appraisals* dashboard by opening the " ":guilabel:`Appraisals` application. The :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard is " @@ -562,7 +500,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya al tablero de la aplicación *Evaluaciones*. El tablero es la vista " "predeterminada de la aplicación." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:179 msgid "" "To view the dashboard at any point in the application, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Appraisals`." @@ -570,18 +508,18 @@ msgstr "" "Para ver el tablero cuando quiera dentro de la aplicación, vaya a " ":menuselection:`la aplicación Evaluación --> Evaluaciones`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:182 msgid "" "All appraisals are displayed on the dashboard in a Kanban view, by default, " "with a list of groupings on the left side of the dashboard, including " ":guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Department`, and :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -"Por defecto, todas las evaluaciones se muestran en el tablero en vista " -"kanban, con una lista de agrupamientos en el lado izquierdo del tablero, " -"incluyendo :guilabel:`Empresa`, :guilabel:`Departamento` y " +"Todas las evaluaciones aparecen de forma predeterminada en el tablero en la " +"vista de kanban, con una lista de grupos del lado izquierdo del tablero. " +"Entre ellos están :guilabel:`Empresa`, :guilabel:`Departamento` y " ":guilabel:`Estado`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 msgid "" "Click any grouping option to view appraisals for **only** the chosen " "selection." @@ -589,7 +527,7 @@ msgstr "" "Haga clic en cualquier opción de agrupamiento para ver evaluaciones **solo**" " de la selección que hizo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 msgid "" "Only groupings with multiple selections appear in the list. For example, if " "a database only has one company, the :guilabel:`Company` grouping does " @@ -600,21 +538,21 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Empresa` **no** aparecerá, ya que no hay otra empresa que " "seleccionar." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:193 msgid "Each appraisal card displays the following information:" msgstr "Cada tarjeta de evaluación muestra la siguiente información:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee's name." msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre`: el nombre del empleado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: the department the employee is associated with." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Departamento`: el departamento al que está asociado el empleado" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company the employee works for. This only appears " "in a multi-company database." @@ -622,7 +560,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Empresa`: la empresa para la que trabaja el empleado. Esta opción" " solo aparece en bases de datos multiempresa." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date`: the date the appraisal was requested, or is scheduled for " "in the future." @@ -630,7 +568,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Fecha`: la fecha en la que se solicitó la evaluación, o si está " "programada para una fecha futura." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activities`: any activities that are scheduled for the appraisal," " such as :guilabel:`Meetings` or :guilabel:`Phone Calls.` If no activities " @@ -643,7 +581,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`🕘 (reloj)` ubicado en la parte inferior izquierda de la tarjeta " "de la evaluación." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:204 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: the employee's manager, indicated by the profile icon " "in the bottom-right corner of an appraisal card." @@ -651,7 +589,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Gerente`: el gerente del empleado que se indica con el icono de " "perfil en la esquina inferior derecha de la tarjeta de evaluación." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:206 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status banner`: the status of the appraisal. A banner appears if " "an appraisal is marked as either :guilabel:`Canceled` or :guilabel:`Done`. " @@ -663,7 +601,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si no hay un banner, significa que la evaluación no se ha realizado o " "todavía no se ha programado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 msgid "" "To view the details of any appraisal, click on the card to open the " "appraisal form." @@ -677,11 +615,11 @@ msgstr "" "El tablero de la aplicación Evaluación con cada evaluación en su propia " "caja." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 msgid "New appraisal" msgstr "Nueva evaluación" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new appraisal, click the :guilabel:`New` button at the top of " "the :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard to load a blank appraisal form. Then, " @@ -692,11 +630,11 @@ msgstr "" "formulario de evaluación en blanco. Después, ingrese la siguiente " "información en el formulario:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:222 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the employee's name." msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre`: escriba el nombre del empleado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:223 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu. " "The manager is responsible for completing the :guilabel:`Manager's Feedback`" @@ -709,7 +647,7 @@ msgstr "" "llena de forma automática después de que se seleccione el empleado, si " "tienen configurado un gerente en el perfil." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appraisal Date`: the current date is automatically entered in " "this field. This field is automatically updated once the appraisal is " @@ -721,7 +659,7 @@ msgstr "" "una vez que la evaluación se complete o se cancele, con la fecha en la que " "se completó o se canceló." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu. This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have" @@ -732,7 +670,7 @@ msgstr "" "después de que se seleccione el empleado, si tienen configurado un " "departamento en el perfil." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:233 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the employee's company from the drop-down menu. " "This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have a " @@ -743,7 +681,7 @@ msgstr "" "de que se seleccione el empleado, si tienen configurado una empresa en el " "perfil." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 msgid "" "The only required fields for the appraisal form are the employee's " ":guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Manager`, and the :guilabel:`Company`." @@ -752,7 +690,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`nombre`, el :guilabel:`gerente` y la :guilabel:`empresa` del " "empleado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:241 msgid "" "Once the form is complete, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm " "the appraisal request." @@ -760,7 +698,7 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez que haya completado el formulario, haga clic en el botón " ":guilabel:`Confirmar` para confirmar la solicitud de evaluación." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 msgid "" "Once confirmed, the employee receives an email stating that an appraisal was" " requested, and is then prompted to schedule an appraisal date." @@ -769,7 +707,7 @@ msgstr "" "en el que se indicará que se solicitó una evaluación y después se le pide " "que elija una fecha para la misma." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:246 msgid "" "The status changes to :guilabel:`Confirmed`, and the :guilabel:`Employee's " "Feedback` section of the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab is grayed out. The " @@ -784,7 +722,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Calificación final` solo aparece cuando la solicitud de " "evaluación se confirma." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 msgid "" "If there are any existing appraisals for the employee, an " ":guilabel:`Appraisal` smart button appears at the top of the page, listing " @@ -794,11 +732,11 @@ msgstr "" "de :guilabel:`Evaluación` en la parte superior de la página, donde se " "enlista el número total de evaluaciones que hay para el empleado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:255 msgid "Ask for feedback" msgstr "Solicitar retroalimentación" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:257 msgid "" "As part of the appraisal process, the manager can request feedback on an " "employee from anyone in the company. Feedback is usually requested from co-" @@ -813,7 +751,7 @@ msgstr "" "vista más completa del empleado y ayudar a que el gerente pueda hacer una " "evaluación completa." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 msgid "" "To request feedback, the appraisal **must** be confirmed. Once confirmed, an" " :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button appears at the top of the form." @@ -822,7 +760,7 @@ msgstr "" "que se confirme, aparecerá el botón :guilabel:`Solicitar retroalimentación` " "en la parte superior del formulario." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:265 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button is clicked, an :guilabel:`Ask " "Feedback` email pop-up form appears, using the :guilabel:`Appraisal: Ask " @@ -833,7 +771,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Evaluación: solicitar retroalimentación`, que envía la encuesta " ":guilabel:`retroalimentación 360`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:269 msgid "" "Enter the employees being asked to complete the survey in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field. Multiple employees may be selected." @@ -841,7 +779,7 @@ msgstr "" "En el campo :guilabel:`Destinatarios` ingrese los empleados a los que les " "pedirá que completen la encuesta. Puede seleccionar a varios empleados." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 msgid "" "The email template has dynamic placeholders to personalize the message. Add " "any additional text to the email, if desired." @@ -850,13 +788,13 @@ msgstr "" "para personalizar el mensaje y tiene la posibilidad de agregar cualquier " "texto adicional al correo en caso de que así lo desee." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:275 msgid "If required, an :guilabel:`Answer Deadline` can be added, as well." msgstr "" "Puede agregar una :guilabel:`fecha límite para responder` en caso de que sea" " necesaria." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:277 msgid "" "If any attachments are needed, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button, and" " a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the file(s), select them, then " @@ -866,7 +804,7 @@ msgstr "" "correspondiente para abrir la ventana del explorador de archivos. Busque los" " archivos, selecciónelos y después haga clic en :guilabel:`Abrir`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:280 msgid "When the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send.`" msgstr "" "Una vez que el correo electrónico esté listo para su envío, haga clic en " @@ -878,11 +816,11 @@ msgstr "" "La ventana emergente de correo electrónico en donde se solicitan los " "comentarios de otros empleados." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:287 msgid "Appraisal form" msgstr "Formulario de evaluación" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:289 msgid "" "Once an appraisal is confirmed, the next steps are for the employee to fill " "out the self-assessment, after which the manager completes their assessment." @@ -891,11 +829,11 @@ msgstr "" "complete su autoevaluación después de que el gerente haya completado su " "evaluación." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:295 msgid "Employee's feedback" msgstr "Retroalimentación del empleado" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:297 msgid "" "To complete their portion of feedback, employees should navigate to the main" " :menuselection:`Appraisals application` dashboard, where the only entries " @@ -908,7 +846,7 @@ msgstr "" "decir, las propias y las de cualquier persona a la que supervise y deba " "proporcionar retroalimentación como gerente." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 msgid "" "Click on the appraisal to open the appraisal form. Enter responses in the " ":guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` " @@ -918,7 +856,7 @@ msgstr "" " en la sección :guilabel:`Retroalimentación del empleado` que se encuentra " "en la pestaña :guilabel:`Evaluación`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:304 msgid "" "When completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to Manager` toggle (the " "default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When clicked, the toggle " @@ -936,11 +874,11 @@ msgstr "" "La sección de retroalimentación para el empleado con el interruptor " "correspondiente en un recuadro rojo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:314 msgid "Manager's feedback" msgstr "Retroalimentación del gerente" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 msgid "" "After the employee has completed the :guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` " "section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab, it is time for the manager to " @@ -951,7 +889,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Evaluación`, el gerente deberá completar la sección " ":guilabel:`Retroalimentación del gerente`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:320 msgid "" "The manager enters their responses in the fields in the :ref:`same manner as" " the employee `." @@ -959,7 +897,7 @@ msgstr "" "El gerente deberá escribir sus respuestas en los campos :ref:`igual que el " "empleado `." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:323 msgid "" "When the feedback section is completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to " "Employee` toggle (the default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When " @@ -978,11 +916,12 @@ msgstr "" "La sección de retroalimentación para los empleados y los gerentes. Los " "botones aparecen en un recuadro rojo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:748 msgid "Skills tab" msgstr "Pestaña de habilidades" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:334 msgid "" "Part of an appraisal is evaluating an employee's skills, and tracking their " "progress over time. The :guilabel:`Skills` tab of the appraisal form auto-" @@ -995,7 +934,7 @@ msgstr "" "automático con las habilidades del :doc:`formulario de empleado " "<../hr/employees/new_employee>` después de confirmar la evaluación." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:338 msgid "" "Each skill is grouped with like skills, and the :guilabel:`Skill Level`, " ":guilabel:`Progress`, and :guilabel:`Justification` are displayed for each " @@ -1005,14 +944,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nivel de habilidad`, :guilabel:`Progreso` y " ":guilabel:`Justificación` para cada una de ellas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 msgid "" "Update any skills, or add any new skills to the :guilabel:`Skills` tab." msgstr "" "En la pestaña :guilabel:`Habilidades` puede actualizar cualquier habilidad o" " agregar nuevas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:343 msgid "" "If a skill level has increased, a reason for the improved rating can be " "entered into the :guilabel:`Justification` field, such as `took a fluency " @@ -1023,7 +962,7 @@ msgstr "" "`realizó un examen de fluidez de cierto idioma` o `recibió una certificación" " de JavaScript`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:347 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`Create a new employee ` document for " "detailed instructions on adding or updating a skill." @@ -1032,7 +971,7 @@ msgstr "" "` para obtener instrucciones detalladas relacionadas con " "agregar o actualizar una habilidad." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:350 msgid "" "After an appraisal is completed, and the skills have been updated, the next " "time an appraisal is confirmed, the updated skills populate the " @@ -1048,11 +987,11 @@ msgstr "" "La pestaña de habilidades de un formulario de evaluación con la información " "completa." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:358 msgid "Private note tab" msgstr "Pestaña de notas privadas" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:360 msgid "" "If managers want to leave notes that are only visible to other managers, " "they can be entered in the :guilabel:`Private Note` tab. The employee being " @@ -1064,12 +1003,12 @@ msgstr "" "está siendo evaluado **no** puede acceder a esa pestaña y **no** aparece en " "su evaluación." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:386 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:520 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 msgid "Schedule a meeting" msgstr "Agendar una reunión" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:367 msgid "" "Once both portions of an appraisal are completed (the :ref:`employee " "` and :ref:`manager ` y :ref:`retroalimentación del gerente `)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:371 msgid "" "A meeting can be scheduled in one of two ways: either from the *Appraisals* " "application dashboard, or from an individual appraisal card." @@ -1090,7 +1029,7 @@ msgstr "" "Es posible programar una reunión de dos formas, desde el tablero de la " "aplicación *Evaluación* o desde una tarjeta de evaluación individual." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:374 msgid "" "To schedule an appraisal from the dashboard of the *Appraisals* application," " first navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Appraisals`." @@ -1099,7 +1038,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Evaluación*, primero vaya a :menuselection:`la aplicación Evaluación --> " "Evaluaciones`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:377 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, beneath the appraisal date on the " "desired appraisal card, and a :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window " @@ -1111,7 +1050,7 @@ msgstr "" " emergente :guilabel:`Programar actividad`. Haga clic en :guilabel:`+ " "Programar una actividad` para abrir un formulario de actividad vacío." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Meeting` for the :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the drop-" "down menu. Doing so causes the form to change, so only the " @@ -1121,7 +1060,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Reunión`. El formulario cambiará y solo aparecerán los campos " ":guilabel:`Tipo de actividad` y :guilabel:`Resumen`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:385 msgid "" "If scheduling an activity other than a meeting, such as a :guilabel:`Call` " "or a :guilabel:`To-Do`, the fields that appear on the :guilabel:`Schedule " @@ -1132,7 +1071,7 @@ msgstr "" "aparecen en el formulario emergente :guilabel:`Programar actividad` " "cambiarán." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:389 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon may appear as a number of different icons, " "depending on what, if any, scheduled activities are in place, and the color " @@ -1142,7 +1081,7 @@ msgstr "" "según cuales y cuantas actividades programadas están activas. El color " "representa las fechas de vencimiento correspondientes." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:392 msgid "" "If no activities are scheduled, that is represented by a gray :guilabel:`🕘 " "(clock)` icon." @@ -1150,7 +1089,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si no hay actividades programadas, entonces se representa con el icono " ":guilabel:`🕘 (reloj)` de color gris." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:394 msgid "" "However, if a specific activity is scheduled, the icon may appear as a " ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon for a phone call, a :guilabel:`👥 (group of " @@ -1161,7 +1100,7 @@ msgstr "" "telefónica, el icono :guilabel:`👥 (grupo de personas)` si se trata de una " "reunión, entre otros." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:397 msgid "" "The color of the icon indicates the status; a green icon means an activity " "is scheduled in the future, and a red icon means the activity is past due." @@ -1170,7 +1109,7 @@ msgstr "" "actividad está programada en el futuro y uno rojo significa que la actividad" " está vencida." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:400 msgid "" "For more details on activities, refer to the :doc:`../essentials/activities`" " document." @@ -1184,7 +1123,7 @@ msgstr "" "Las tarjetas de evaluación con los distintos iconos de actividad dentro de " "recuadros rojos." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 msgid "" "Enter a brief description in the :guilabel:`Summary` field of the " ":guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window, such as `Annual Appraisal for " @@ -1194,7 +1133,7 @@ msgstr "" "emergente :guilabel:`Programar actividad`, por ejemplo, `Evaluación anual " "para (Empleado)`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:409 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button. From the calendar page " "that appears, navigate to, and double-click on, the desired date and time " @@ -1204,7 +1143,7 @@ msgstr "" "página del calendario, desde allí vaya a (y haga doble clic en) la fecha y " "hora deseadas para la reunión." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:412 msgid "" "Doing so opens a :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up form. From this pop-up form, " "make any desired modifications, such as designating a :guilabel:`Start` " @@ -1214,7 +1153,7 @@ msgstr "" "realice las modificaciones deseadas, como seleccionar una hora de " ":guilabel:`inicio` o proporcionar un :guilabel:`nombre` a la reunión." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:416 msgid "" "Add the appraisee in the :guilabel:`Attendees` section, and include anyone " "else who should be in the meeting, if necessary." @@ -1223,7 +1162,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Asistentes` y, si es necesario, incluya a cualquier otra persona " "que deba estar en la reunión." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:419 msgid "" "To make the meeting a video call, instead of an in-person meeting, click " ":guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting`, and a :guilabel:`Videocall URL` link appears in " @@ -1233,14 +1172,14 @@ msgstr "" "presencial, haga clic en :guilabel:`+ Reunión de Odoo` y aparecerá el enlace" " :guilabel:`URL de la videollamada` en el campo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:422 msgid "" "Once all the desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" "Haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar y cerrar` después de realizar todos los " "cambios necesarios." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:424 msgid "" "The meeting now appears on the calendar, and the invited parties are " "informed, via email." @@ -1256,7 +1195,7 @@ msgstr "" "El formulario de reunión con toda la información correspondiente para la " "evaluación anual de Ronnie Hart." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 msgid "" "The other way to schedule a meeting is from the individual appraisal form. " "To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Appraisal application` " @@ -1266,7 +1205,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para ello, vaya al tablero de la :menuselection:`aplicación Evaluación` y " "haga clic en una tarjeta de evaluación." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button, and the calendar loads." " Follow the same directions above to create the meeting." @@ -1274,207 +1213,22 @@ msgstr "" "Haga clic en el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Reunión`, esto cargará el " "calendario. Siga las instrucciones anteriores para crear la reunión." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 msgid "" -"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button says " +"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button reads " ":guilabel:`No Meeting`." msgstr "" -"Si no hay reuniones programadas, en el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Reunión`" -" aparecerá :guilabel:`Sin reuniones`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:463 -msgid "Goals" -msgstr "Metas" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:465 -msgid "" -"The ability to set goals for employees to work toward is an important " -"feature of Odoo *Appraisals*. Goals are typically set during an appraisal, " -"so the employee knows what they need to work toward before their next " -"appraisal." -msgstr "" -"Una función importante de la aplicación *Evaluación* de Odoo es la capacidad" -" de establecer metas para que los empleados trabajen en ellas y puedan " -"cumplirlas. Por lo general, las metas se establecen durante una evaluación " -"para que el empleado sepa qué debe hacer antes de su próxima evaluación." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:469 -msgid "" -"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> " -"Goals`. This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban " -"view." -msgstr "" -"Para visualizar todas las metas, vaya a :menuselection:`Evaluación --> " -"Metas`. Allí aparecerán todas las metas de cada empleado en una vista de " -"kanban predeterminada." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:472 -msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" -msgstr "Cada tarjeta de meta incluye la siguiente información:" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:474 -msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the name of the goal." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Habilidad`: el nombre de la meta." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:475 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee the goal is assigned to." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre`: el empleado al que se le asigna la meta." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 -msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Fecha límite`: la fecha de vencimiento de la meta." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:477 -msgid ":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Progreso`: el porcentaje de competencia establecido para la meta." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Employee`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is assigned " -"to." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Empleado`: el icono de perfil del empleado al que se le asigna la" -" meta." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:480 -msgid "" -"If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " -"corner of the goal card." -msgstr "" -"Si la meta se ha cumplido aparece el mensaje :guilabel:`Hecho` en la esquina" -" superior derecha de su tarjeta." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." -msgstr "La vista de kanban de las metas, aparecen nueve tarjetas." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 -msgid "" -"Every individual goal requires its own entry for each employee. If employees" -" have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the list. For " -"example, if both Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " -"appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " -"goal for Sara." -msgstr "" -"Cada meta debe tener su propia entrada para cada empleado. Si varios " -"empleados tienen la misma meta, aparecerá una tarjeta de meta para cada " -"empleado en la lista. Por ejemplo, si Bob y Sara tienen la misma meta de " -"`Redacción`, aparecerán dos tarjetas en la vista de kanban: una meta de " -"`Redacción` para Bob y otra meta de `Redacción` para Sara." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 -msgid "New goal" -msgstr "Nueva meta" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:495 -msgid "" -"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application -->" -" Goals`, and click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank goal form." -msgstr "" -"Para crear una nueva meta, vaya a :menuselection:`Evaluación --> Metas` y " -"haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo` para abrir un formulario de meta vacío." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:498 -msgid "" -"Enter the information on the card. The information requested is all the same" -" information that appears on the :ref:`goal card ` in the " -"Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field and a " -":guilabel:`Description` tab." -msgstr "" -"Agregue la información a la tarjeta. La información necesaria es la misma " -"que aparece en la :ref:`tarjeta de meta ` en la vista de " -"kanban, solo que ahora incluye el campo :guilabel:`Etiquetas` y la pestaña " -":guilabel:`Descripción`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:502 -msgid "" -"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field by default, and " -"the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" -" profile." -msgstr "" -"El usuario actual completa en automático el campo :guilabel:`Empleado` de " -"forma predeterminada y el campo :guilabel:`Gerente` se completa con el " -"gerente establecido en el perfil del empleado." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:505 -msgid "" -"Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " -"useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." -msgstr "" -"Haga los cambios necesarios en el formulario y agregue cualquier nota que " -"pueda ser útil para explicar la meta en la pestaña :guilabel:`Descripción`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." -msgstr "" -"Un formulario de meta completado para la habilidad \"Python\", establecido " -"en un 50% de dominio." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:513 -msgid "Completed goals" -msgstr "Metas completadas" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:515 -msgid "" -"When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " -"be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " -"dashboard, or from the individual goal card." -msgstr "" -"Al cumplir una meta es importante actualizar el registro. Las metas se " -"pueden marcar como `hechas` de dos formas, ya sea desde el tablero principal" -" de :guilabel:`Metas` o desde su respectiva tarjeta." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:518 -msgid "" -"To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" -" the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the top-right of a goal card." -msgstr "" -"Para marcar una meta como `hecha` desde el tablero principal de " -":guilabel:`Metas`, haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`⋮ (tres puntos)` que " -"está ubicado en la esquina superior derecha de una tarjeta de objetivo." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:522 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon **only** appears when the mouse hovers " -"over the corner of a goal card." -msgstr "" -"El icono :guilabel:`⋮ (tres puntos)` **solo** aparece al pasar el cursor " -"sobre la esquina de una tarjeta de meta." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:525 -msgid "" -"Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " -"green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " -"card." -msgstr "" -"Después, haga clic en la opción :guilabel:`Marcar como hecho` que se " -"encuentra en el menú desplegable. En la esquina superior derecha de la " -"tarjeta aparecerá el mensaje :guilabel:`Hecha` en una cinta verde." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:528 -msgid "" -"To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " -"open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " -"the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner " -"appears in the top-right corner of the goal form." -msgstr "" -"Para marcar una meta como `hecha` desde su tarjeta, haga clic en una tarjeta" -" de meta para abrir su formulario correspondiente. Haga clic en el botón " -":guilabel:`Marcar como hecho` ubicado en la esquina superior izquierda del " -"formulario. Después, en la esquina superior derecha del formulario del " -"objetivo aparecerá una cinta verde con el mensaje :guilabel:`Hecha`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:533 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:526 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:753 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:830 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Reportes" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:442 msgid "" "The *Appraisals* application tracks two metrics across two different " "reports: an :ref:`appraisal analysis `, and a " @@ -1484,11 +1238,11 @@ msgstr "" " distintos: un :ref:`análisis de evaluación ` y una " ":ref:`evolución de habilidades `." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:448 msgid "Appraisal analysis" msgstr "Análisis de evaluaciones" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:450 msgid "" "To access the *Appraisal Analysis* report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Appraisal " @@ -1500,7 +1254,7 @@ msgstr "" "muestra un reporte de todas las evaluaciones en la base de datos con " "diferentes colores para representar su estado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 msgid "" "Appraisals in yellow are completed, appraisals in orange are in-progress " "(the appraisal is confirmed, but not completed), and appraisals in gray are " @@ -1512,7 +1266,7 @@ msgstr "" "completada) y las que aparecen en gris están programadas (según los " ":ref:`appraisals/appraisal-plan`) pero aún no han sido confirmadas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 msgid "" "The report displays the whole current year, by default, grouped by " "department." @@ -1520,7 +1274,7 @@ msgstr "" "El reporte muestra el año actual completo de forma predeterminada y está " "agrupado por departamento." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:460 msgid "" "To change the calendar view presented, change the date settings in the top-" "left of the report. The options to display are :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -1532,7 +1286,7 @@ msgstr "" "visualización son :guilabel:`Día`, :guilabel:`Semana`, :guilabel:`Mes` y " ":guilabel:`Año`. Utilice las flechas para avanzar o retroceder en el tiempo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:464 msgid "" "At any point, click the :guilabel:`Today` button to present the calendar to " "include today's date in the view." @@ -1540,7 +1294,7 @@ msgstr "" "En cualquier momento puede hacer clic en el botón :guilabel:`Hoy` para que " "aparezca el calendario e incluya la fecha actual en la vista." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:467 msgid "" "The report can have other filters and groupings set in the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top." @@ -1554,11 +1308,11 @@ msgstr "" "Un reporte que muestra todas las evaluaciones para el reporte de Análisis de" " evaluación." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 msgid "Skills evolution" msgstr "Evolución de las habilidades" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 msgid "" "To access the *Skills Evolution* report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Skills Evolution`. " @@ -1568,7 +1322,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Evaluación --> Reportes --> Evolución de las habilidades`. " "Allí aparecerá un reporte con todas las habilidades agrupadas por empleado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:481 msgid "" "All the lines of the report are collapsed, by default. To view the details " "of a line, click on a line to expand the data." @@ -1576,24 +1330,24 @@ msgstr "" "Todas las líneas del reporte están ocultas de forma predeterminada. Haga " "clic en una línea para abrir los datos y ver sus detalles." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:484 msgid "Each skill has the following information listed:" msgstr "Cada habilidad cuenta con la siguiente información:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:486 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: name of the employee." msgstr ":guilabel:`Empleado`: el nombre del empleado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 msgid ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: the category the skill falls under." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Tipo de habilidad`: la categoría a la que pertenece la habilidad." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:488 msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the specific, individual skill." msgstr ":guilabel:`Habilidad`: la habilidad específica e individual." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:489 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Level`: the level the employee had previously " "achieved for the skill." @@ -1601,7 +1355,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nivel de habilidad anterior`: el nivel que el empleado había " "alcanzado con anterioridad en la habilidad." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:583 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Progress`: the previous percentage of competency " "achieved for the skill (based on the :guilabel:`Skill Level`)." @@ -1610,7 +1364,7 @@ msgstr "" "dominio alcanzado para la habilidad (según el :guilabel:`nivel de " "habilidad`)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:585 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Skill Level`: the current level the employee has achieved" " for the skill." @@ -1618,7 +1372,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nivel actual de la habilidad`: el nivel actual que el empleado " "tiene en esa habilidad." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Skill Progress`: the current percentage of competency " "achieved for the skill." @@ -1626,7 +1380,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Progreso actual de la habilidad`: el porcentaje actual de dominio" " alcanzado para la habilidad." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:494 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Justification`: any notes entered on the skill explaining the " "progress." @@ -1638,11 +1392,199 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A report showing all the skills grouped by employee." msgstr "Un reporte que muestra todas las habilidades agrupadas por empleado." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:501 +msgid ":doc:`appraisals/goals`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:3 +msgid "Goals" +msgstr "Metas" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Appraisals* application allows managers to set goals for their " +"employees. That way, employees know what to work toward before their next " +"review." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`. " +"This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:13 +msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" +msgstr "Cada tarjeta de meta incluye la siguiente información:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:15 +msgid ":guilabel:`Goal`: the name of the goal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:16 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the employee the goal is assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:17 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-clock-o` :guilabel:`(clock)` icon: displays the corresponding " +":doc:`activity icon <../../essentials/activities>` for the record. If no " +"activities are scheduled, the default icon is the :icon:`fa-clock-o` " +":guilabel:`(clock)`. If any activities have been scheduled, the icon " +"represents the activity scheduled soonest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:21 +msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Fecha límite`: la fecha de vencimiento de la meta." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal. The " +"options are :guilabel:`0%`, :guilabel:`25%`, :guilabel:`50%`, " +":guilabel:`75%`, or :guilabel:`100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Icon`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is " +"assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " +"corner of the goal card." +msgstr "" +"Si la meta se ha cumplido aparece el mensaje :guilabel:`Hecho` en la esquina" +" superior derecha de su tarjeta." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 +msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." +msgstr "La vista de kanban de las metas, aparecen nueve tarjetas." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every individual goal requires its own record for each employee. If multiple" +" employees have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For example, if Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " +"appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " +"goal for Sara." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:40 +msgid "New goal" +msgstr "Nueva meta" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`," +" and click :guilabel:`New` top-left corner to open a blank goal form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Input the :guilabel:`Goal`, :guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Progress`, and " +":guilabel:`Deadline`, information on the goal card, as discussed in the " +":ref:`goal card ` section of this document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The information requested is all the same information that appears on the " +"goal card in the Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field " +"and a :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " +"all tags need to be added. To add a tag, enter the name of the tag on the " +"line, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(tag)\"`. Repeat this for all tags that" +" need to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field, by default, and " +"the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" +" profile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " +"useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" +"Haga los cambios necesarios en el formulario y agregue cualquier nota que " +"pueda ser útil para explicar la meta en la pestaña :guilabel:`Descripción`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 +msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." +msgstr "" +"Un formulario de meta completado para la habilidad \"Python\", establecido " +"en un 50% de dominio." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:68 +msgid "Completed goals" +msgstr "Metas completadas" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:70 +msgid "" +"When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " +"be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " +"dashboard, or from the individual goal card." +msgstr "" +"Al cumplir una meta es importante actualizar el registro. Las metas se " +"pueden marcar como `hechas` de dos formas, ya sea desde el tablero principal" +" de :guilabel:`Metas` o desde su respectiva tarjeta." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" +" the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon in the top-" +"right of a goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon **only** " +"appears when the mouse hovers over the top-right corner of a goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " +"green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " +"card." +msgstr "" +"Después, haga clic en la opción :guilabel:`Marcar como hecho` que se " +"encuentra en el menú desplegable. En la esquina superior derecha de la " +"tarjeta aparecerá el mensaje :guilabel:`Hecha` en una cinta verde." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " +"open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " +"the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner " +"appears in the top-right corner of the goal form." +msgstr "" +"Para marcar una meta como `hecha` desde su tarjeta, haga clic en una tarjeta" +" de meta para abrir su formulario correspondiente. Haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Marcar como hecho` ubicado en la esquina superior izquierda del " +"formulario. Después, en la esquina superior derecha del formulario del " +"objetivo aparecerá una cinta verde con el mensaje :guilabel:`Hecha`." + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:5 msgid "Attendances" msgstr "Asistencias" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Attendances* application functions as a time clock. Employees are " "able to check in and out of work using a dedicated device in kiosk mode, " @@ -1659,78 +1601,55 @@ msgstr "" "empleados y obtener información sobre quiénes están trabajando horas " "adicionales o registrando su salida antes de la hora correspondiente." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:16 msgid "Access rights" msgstr "Permisos de acceso" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:18 msgid "" "It is important to understand how the different access rights affect what " -"users can access in the *Attendances* application." +"options and features users can access in the *Attendances* application." msgstr "" -"Es importante comprender cómo los diferentes permisos de acceso influyen en " -"lo que los usuarios pueden acceder en la aplicación *Asistencias*." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 msgid "" -"Every user in the database is always able to access their own information on" -" the dashboard and can check in and out directly from the database. Access " -"to all the other features is determined by access rights." +"Every user in the database is able to check in and out directly from the " +"database, without needing access to the *Attendances* application. " +"Additionally, all users can access their own attendance records from their " +"employee form in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" -"Los usuarios de la base de datos siempre pueden acceder a su propia " -"información en el tablero y pueden registrar su salida y su entrada desde la" -" base de datos. Los permisos de acceso determinan quién puede acceder a las " -"otras funciones." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Access to both the *Attendances* application, and the various features " +"within the application is determined by access rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:28 msgid "" "To see what access rights a user has, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Settings application --> Users & Companies: Users`, and " -"click on an individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by" -" default. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the " -"setting. For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to " -"leave the field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users & Companies: Users`, and click on an " +"individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by default. " +"Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the setting. " +"For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to leave the " +"field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." msgstr "" -"Para visualizar los permisos de acceso de un usuario, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Ajustes --> Usuarios y empresas: Usuarios`, y haga clic en " -"uno, allí la pestaña :guilabel:`Permisos de acceso` es visible de forma " -"predeterminada. Diríjase a la sección :guilabel:`Recursos humanos` para ver " -"la configuración. En el campo de :guilabel:`Asistencias`, puede dejar el " -"campo vacío o seleccionar :guilabel:`Administrador`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:34 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Administrator` option is selected, the user has full " "access to the entire *Attendances* application, with no restrictions. They " -"can view all employee attendance records, enter kiosk mode from the " +"can view all employee attendance records, enter *Kiosk mMode* from the " "application, access all reporting metrics, and make modifications to the " -"settings." +"settings. If left blank, the user does **not** have access to the " +"*Attendances* application." msgstr "" -"Si selecciona la opción :guilabel:`Administrador`, el usuario tendrá acceso " -"sin restricciones a la aplicación *Asistencias*. Podrá ver todos los " -"registros de asistencia de los empleados, ingresar al modo quiosco desde la " -"aplicación, acceder a todas las métricas de reportes y realizar " -"modificaciones a los ajustes." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If left blank, the user can only view their own information on the " -"*Attendances* application dashboard and can view their own personal " -"attendance records under the reporting feature. All other attendance records" -" are hidden from view on the report. There is no access to either the kiosk " -"mode or the configuration menu." -msgstr "" -"Si el campo se queda vacío, el usuario solo podrá ver su propia información " -"en el tablero de la aplicación *Asistencias* y sus propios registros de " -"asistencia en la función de reportes. Todos los demás registros de " -"asistencia no aparecerán en el reporte y no podrá acceder ni al modo quiosco" -" ni al menú de configuración." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:42 msgid "Approvers" msgstr "Aprobadores" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:44 msgid "" "The **only** other scenario where different information may be accessible in" " the *Attendances* application is for approvers. If a user does *not* have " @@ -1753,7 +1672,7 @@ msgstr "" " Por lo general, los aprobadores son los gerentes, aunque esto no es " "obligatorio." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:52 msgid "" "To see who the attendance approver is for an employee, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Employees application` and click on the specific employee. " @@ -1772,7 +1691,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Asistencias* como en los reportes de asistencia, también podrá realizar " "modificaciones en sus registros." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:61 msgid "" "Few configurations are needed in the *Attendances* application. Determining " "how employees check in and out, defining how the kiosks function, and " @@ -1786,11 +1705,11 @@ msgstr "" "horas adicionales. Vaya a :menuselection:`Asistencias --> Configuración` " "para acceder al menú de configuración." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:67 msgid "Modes" msgstr "Modos" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how an employee " "checks in when using a kiosk. Options are :guilabel:`Barcode/RFID`, " @@ -1802,7 +1721,7 @@ msgstr "" " :guilabel:`Código de barras/RFID`, :guilabel:`Código de barras/RFID y " "selección manual` y :guilabel:`Selección manual`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:76 msgid "" "The *Barcode* application **does not** need to be installed to use one of " "the Barcode/RFID settings." @@ -1810,7 +1729,7 @@ msgstr "" "La aplicación *Código de barras* **no** necesita estar instalada para usar " "las funciones de códigos de barras y RFID." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances from Backend`: activate this selection to allow users" " to check in and out directly from the Odoo database. If this is not " @@ -1821,11 +1740,11 @@ msgstr "" "datos de Odoo. Si la casilla no está seleccionada, los usuarios deberán " "utilizar un quiosco para registrar su asistencia." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 msgid "Kiosk settings" msgstr "Ajustes del quiosco" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:88 msgid "" "This section only needs to be configured if employees use kiosks for " "checking in and out. If kiosks are **not** being used, modifying any of " @@ -1836,7 +1755,7 @@ msgstr "" "modificar estos campos **no** influirá de forma negativa en la aplicación " "*Asistencias*." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode Source`: this setting appears **only** if either of the " "two Barcode/RFID selections were configured for the :ref:`Kiosk Mode " @@ -1851,7 +1770,7 @@ msgstr "" "código de barras específico o con la :guilabel:`cámara frontal` o " ":guilabel:`cámara trasera` del dispositivo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:96 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification`: activate this option if employees " "should use a unique PIN to check in. PINs are configured on each individual " @@ -1864,7 +1783,7 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`../hr/employees/new_employee` para obtener más información sobre cómo " "configurarlos." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Time`: set the duration (in seconds) the check in and " "check out confirmation screen remains on the kiosk before going back to the " @@ -1874,7 +1793,7 @@ msgstr "" " que la pantalla de confirmación de entrada y salida permanecerá en el " "quiosco antes de volver a la pantalla principal de entrada." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:101 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendance Kiosk Url`: Odoo generates a unique web address (URL) " "to use a device as a kiosk without having to sign in to the Odoo database. " @@ -1887,7 +1806,7 @@ msgstr "" " vaya a esta dirección web única en un navegador web para abrir el quiosco " "de la aplicación Asistencias." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 msgid "" "These kiosk URLs are **not** secured with any type of access code. Anyone " "who has the URL can access the Attendances application kiosk. If the URL is " @@ -1902,11 +1821,11 @@ msgstr "" "botón :guilabel:`Generar una nueva URL para el modo quiosco` ubicado abajo " "del enlace, esto generará una nueva URL y actualizará el quiosco." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:112 msgid "Extra hours" msgstr "Horas adicionales" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:114 msgid "" "This section specifies how extra time is calculated, including when extra " "time is counted and what time is not logged." @@ -1914,7 +1833,7 @@ msgstr "" "Esta sección especifica cómo se calcula el tiempo adicional. Incluye cuándo " "se cuenta ese tiempo y qué tiempo no se registra." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count of Extra Hours`: enable this box to allow employees to log " "extra hours beyond their set working hours (sometimes referred to as " @@ -1927,7 +1846,7 @@ msgstr "" "casilla también aparecerán los siguientes ajustes; en caso contrario, no " "aparecerá nada más." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start From`: the current date is automatically entered in this " "field. If desired, click on this field and use the calendar selector to " @@ -1938,7 +1857,7 @@ msgstr "" "de calendario para modificar la fecha de inicio en la que se registrarán las" " horas adicionales." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Company`: enter the amount of time, in" " minutes, that is **not** counted towards an employee's overtime. When an " @@ -1951,7 +1870,7 @@ msgstr "" "tiempo adicional registrado se encuentra por debajo de los minutos " "indicados, entonces **no** cuenta como horas adicionales para el empleado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Employee`: enter the amount of time, " "in minutes, that an employee is given, that does **not** adversely affect " @@ -1968,7 +1887,7 @@ msgstr "" "menor que el plazo especificado, **no** se le penalizará por sus horas " "reducidas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 msgid "" "A company sets both of the :guilabel:`Tolerance` fields to `15` minutes, and" " the working hours for the entire company are set from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM." @@ -1977,7 +1896,7 @@ msgstr "" "minutos y las horas laborales de todos los empleados están configuradas de " "9:00 AM a 5:00 PM." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:138 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:00 AM, and checks out at 5:14 PM, the extra 14" " minutes are **not** counted towards their overtime." @@ -1986,7 +1905,7 @@ msgstr "" "los 14 minutos adicionales **no** se toman en cuenta para sus horas " "adicionales." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:141 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:05 AM, and checks out at 4:55 PM, even though " "they logged a total of 10 minutes less than their full working hours, they " @@ -1996,7 +1915,7 @@ msgstr "" "**no** se le penalizará por este desajuste aunque haya registrado 10 minutos" " menos de los correspondientes a su jornada laboral completa." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Extra Hours`: activate this box to display the extra " "hours logged by an employee when they check out with a kiosk, or when a user" @@ -2006,7 +1925,7 @@ msgstr "" "horas adicionales registradas por un empleado cuando registra su salida en " "un quiosco o cuando un usuario registra su salida en la base de datos." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:149 msgid "" "Employees are still able to log overtime hours even if the :guilabel:`Count " "of Extra Hours` option is not activated. The difference is that when " @@ -2019,219 +1938,11 @@ msgstr "" "que cuando la opción anterior está habilitada, es posible :ref:`restarlas de" " una solicitud de tiempo personal aprobada `." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:164 -msgid "Check in and out via the database" -msgstr "Registrar entrada y salida desde la base de datos" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users who are logged into the " -"database to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " -"application, or use a kiosk. For some smaller companies, where every " -"employee is also a user, this feature may be useful." -msgstr "" -"La aplicación *Asistencias* de Odoo permite que los usuarios que iniciaron " -"sesión en la base de datos puedan registrar su entrada y su salida sin tener" -" que abrir la misma aplicación o usar un kiosco. Esta función puede ser muy " -"útil para pequeñas empresas en las que todos los empleados también son " -"usuarios." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:170 -msgid "" -"A user can check in and out on the main database dashboard, as well as in " -"any application. In the upper right corner of the top main menu, which is " -"always visible regardless of what application the user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴" -" (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is visible. Click on the " -"colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, enabling the user to check " -"in and/or out." -msgstr "" -"Un usuario puede registrar su entrada y su salida en el tablero principal de" -" la base de datos y también desde cualquier otra aplicación. En la esquina " -"superior derecha del menú principal superior, que siempre está visible sin " -"importar en qué aplicación se encuentre el usuario, aparece un :guilabel:`🔴 " -"(círculo rojo)` o :guilabel:`🟢 (círculo verde)`. Haga clic en el círculo de " -"color para abrir el widget de asistencia, desde allí el usuario podrá " -"registrar su entrada o su salida." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." -msgstr "" -"Menú de la esquina superior derecha con el botón para registrar entrada " -"encerrado en un círculo rojo." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:180 -msgid "Check in" -msgstr "Registrar entrada" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:182 -msgid "" -"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " -"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` and the " -"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` " -"button." -msgstr "" -"El circulo del widget de asistencia aparece en color rojo cuando el usuario " -"no ha registrado su entrada. Haga clic en el :guilabel:`🔴 (círculo rojo)`, " -"aparecerá el widget de asistencia con el botón :guilabel:`Registrar entrada " -"➡️` de color verde." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:190 -msgid "" -"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." -msgstr "" -"Cuando el usuario registra su entrada desde la base de datos, la aplicación " -"*Asistencias* también registra los detalles relacionados a su ubicación, " -"como la dirección IP y sus coordenadas de GPS." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 -msgid "" -"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " -"their computer to access their location information." -msgstr "" -"El usuario debe permitir que su computadora acceda a la información de " -"ubicación para que la aplicación *Asistencias* pueda registrar los detalles " -"correspondientes." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:197 -msgid "" -"If the user has not checked in and out already during the current work day, " -"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " -"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" -" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " -"appears beneath that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" -"Este botón será el único elemento visible en el widget si el usuario aún no " -"ha registrado su entrada y salida durante el día laboral actual. Si el " -"usuario ya hizo esto con anterioridad, entonces aparece el campo " -":guilabel:`Total de hoy` arriba del botón y el tiempo total registrado " -"aparece abajo de ese campo en el formato :guilabel:`HH:MM` (horas:minutos)." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:202 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to check in. The :guilabel:`🔴 (red " -"circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget changes appearance" -" as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has checked in, by " -"changing the green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to a yellow " -":guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Registrar entrada ➡️` para registrarla. El " -":guilabel:`🔴 (círculo rojo)` en el menú superior ahora será de color verde y" -" el aspecto del widget también cambiará. El widget se actualizará para " -"indicar que el usuario ha registrado su entrada, el botón verde " -":guilabel:`Registrar entrada ➡️` ahora será el botón amarillo " -":guilabel:`Registrar salida ➡️`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:207 -msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en cualquier parte de la pantalla para cerrar el widget de " -"asistencia." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:210 -msgid "Check out" -msgstr "Registrar salida" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:212 -msgid "" -"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " -"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" -" populating the time field. Beneath that line, :guilabel:`HH:MM` is " -"displayed, indicating the hours and minutes that have elapsed since checking" -" in. As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes " -"that have passed since the user checked in." -msgstr "" -"Si es la primera vez que el usuario registra su salida, en la parte superior" -" del widget aparece :guilabel:`Desde HH:MM (AM/PM)` con la hora en que el " -"usuario registró su entrada en el campo de tiempo. Abajo de esa línea " -"aparecerá :guilabel:`HH:MM`, para indicar las horas y minutos transcurridos " -"desde que registró su entrada. A medida que pasa el tiempo, este valor se " -"actualiza para que coincida con las horas y minutos que han pasado desde ese" -" momento." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:218 -msgid "" -"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " -"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears in addition to " -"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The time displayed in both of " -"these fields are populated with the most recent check in time, and will " -"match. Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously " -"logged hours are displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" -"Si el usuario ya había registrado entrada y salida, entonces aparecerán " -"algunos campos adicionales. Además del campo :guilabel:`Desde HH:MM (AM/PM)`" -" aparece el campo :guilabel:`Antes de HH:MM (AM/PM)`. La hora mostrada en " -"ambos campos se completa con la hora registrada más reciente y coincidirán. " -"Abajo del campo :guilabel:`Antes de HH:MM (AM/PM)`, aparecen las horas " -"registradas con anterioridad en el formato :guilabel:`HH:MM` " -"(horas:minutos)." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 -msgid "" -"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " -"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " -"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that will " -"be logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." -msgstr "" -"Además, aparece el campo :guilabel:`Total de hoy` abajo de los otros dos y " -"corresponde a la suma de los campos :guilabel:`Antes de HH:MM (AM/PM)` y " -":guilabel:`Desde HH:MM (AM/PM)`. Es el tiempo total que se registrará para " -"el usuario en caso de que registrara su salida en ese momento." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:228 -msgid "" -"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " -":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button. The attendance widget updates again," -" displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the logged time, and the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check " -"in ➡️` button." -msgstr "" -"Los campos :guilabel:`Desde HH:MM (AM/PM)` y :guilabel:`Total de hoy` se " -"actualizan en tiempo real conforme pasa el tiempo. Para registrar una " -"salida, haga clic en el botón amarillo :guilabel:`Registrar salida ➡️`. El " -"widget de asistencia se actualiza otra vez y el campo :guilabel:`Total de " -"hoy` muestra el tiempo registrado. El botón amarillo :guilabel:`Registrar " -"salida ➡️` ahora es un botón verde :guilabel:`Registrar entrada ➡️`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " -"user allows their computer to access this information." -msgstr "" -"Cuando el usuario registra su salida desde la base de datos, la aplicación " -"*Asistencias* también registra los detalles relacionados a su ubicación. La " -"información **solo** se registra si el usuario permite que su computadora " -"acceda a esta información." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." -msgstr "" -"El pop-up que aparece cuando un empleado registra su entrada desde la base " -"de datos." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:242 -msgid "" -"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " -"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " -"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" -" appears on the dashboard, including check ins and check outs with no time " -"value." -msgstr "" -"No hay límite en la cantidad de veces que un usuario puede registrar entrada" -" y salida, incluso pueden hacerlo sin que haya transcurrido tiempo (un valor" -" de 00:00). Cada que un empleado registra entrada y salida, la información " -"se almacena y aparece en el tablero, también aparecen los registros de " -"entrada y salida sin valor de tiempo." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:157 msgid "Kiosk mode" msgstr "Modo de quiosco" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:159 msgid "" "Some companies may opt to use a dedicated device (a laptop or desktop PC, a " "tablet, or a mobile phone) for employees to check in and check out from. " @@ -2242,7 +1953,7 @@ msgstr "" "celular) para que los empleados registren sus movimientos de entrada y de " "salida. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:163 msgid "" "If users check in and out using either a badge or an RFID, then an " "accessible device in kiosk mode **must** be available to check in and check " @@ -2252,7 +1963,7 @@ msgstr "" " llavero RFID **debe** haber un dispositivo disponible en modo quiosco para " "poder usar estos métodos." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 msgid "" "Entering kiosk mode is only available for users with specific :ref:`access " "rights `." @@ -2260,11 +1971,11 @@ msgstr "" "Solo los usuarios con :ref:`permisos de acceso ` " "específicos pueden entrar al modo quiosco." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:169 msgid "Kiosk mode can be activated in three different ways:" msgstr "El modo quiosco se puede activar de tres maneras distintas:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:171 msgid "" "Navigate to the :guilabel:`Attendances` application, and click " ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode` in the top menu. The device then enters kiosk mode." @@ -2272,7 +1983,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya a la aplicación :guilabel:`Asistencias` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Modo " "quiosco` en el menú superior. El dispositivo entrará al modo quiosco." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:173 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click on the link in the " @@ -2285,7 +1996,7 @@ msgstr "" "modo quiosco. Le recomendamos cerrar la pestaña de la base de datos para " "mantenerla segura." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:177 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click :guilabel:`Copy` next to " @@ -2306,7 +2017,7 @@ msgstr "" "El campo URL del quiosco de asistencia en la sección de ajustes de la " "aplicación Asistencias." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:186 msgid "" "As a security measure, once a device is in kiosk mode, it is not possible to" " exit kiosk mode and go back into the database without signing back in. To " @@ -2322,11 +2033,11 @@ msgstr "" " una capa adicional de seguridad y evita que cualquier persona acceda a la " "base de datos." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:192 msgid "Badge" msgstr "Pase" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 msgid "" "To check in or out using a badge, tap the :guilabel:`📷 (camera) Tap to scan`" " image in the center of the kiosk. Then, scan the barcode on the badge using" @@ -2354,11 +2065,11 @@ msgstr "" "La vista del quiosco de asistencia con la imagen para escanear una " "identificación." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:206 msgid "RFID" msgstr "RFID" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:208 msgid "" "To check in or out using an RFID key fob, simply scan the fob with an RFID " "reader. Once scanned, the employee is then either checked in or checked out," @@ -2370,11 +2081,11 @@ msgstr "" "entrada o salida y aparece un :ref:`mensaje de confirmación " "` con toda la información correspondiente." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:213 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manualmente" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:215 msgid "" "Users who do not have a scannable badge or an RFID fob can manually check in" " and out at a kiosk. Tap the :guilabel:`Identify Manually` button on the " @@ -2392,7 +2103,7 @@ msgstr "" "salida, después aparecerá un :ref:`mensaje de confirmación " "`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:221 msgid "" "When a large number of employees appear in the list, making scrolling " "inefficient, there are two ways to quickly find a specific person:" @@ -2400,7 +2111,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando la lista muestra muchos usuarios y se dificulta el desplazamiento, " "hay dos maneras de encontrar a una persona en específico con rapidez:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Search...`: tap on the :guilabel:`Search...` field and enter the " "person's name. As the name is typed in, the matching results are displayed " @@ -2410,7 +2121,7 @@ msgstr "" "nombre correspondiente. Los resultados que coincidan aparecerán en la " "pantalla a medida que escriba el nombre." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: to quickly filter the presented employees, tap on a " "department to display only those employees that are part of that department." @@ -2425,11 +2136,11 @@ msgstr "" "cuántos empleados forman parte del departamento, aparecerán al " "seleccionarlo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:232 msgid "PIN" msgstr "NIP" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:234 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification` option was activated in the " ":ref:`kiosk settings ` section of the " @@ -2441,7 +2152,7 @@ msgstr "" " menú de configuración, entonces el empleado deberá proporcionar su PIN al " "registrar entrada o salida de forma manual." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:238 msgid "" "After the employee is selected, a number pad appears with a message. When " "checking in, :guilabel:`(Employee) Welcome! Please enter your PIN to check " @@ -2456,7 +2167,7 @@ msgstr "" " ¿Desea registrar su salida? Ingrese su PIN para registrar salida` arriba de" " los números." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:243 msgid "" "Tap in the PIN using the number pad, then tap :guilabel:`OK` when done. The " "employee is then checked in or out, and a :ref:`confirmation message " @@ -2471,11 +2182,11 @@ msgid "The pop-up that appears when prompted to enter a pin." msgstr "" "La ventana emergente que aparece cuando se le pide que proporcione el NIP." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:253 msgid "Confirmation message" msgstr "Mensaje de confirmación" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:255 msgid "" "When an employee checks in or out, a confirmation message appears with all " "the check in or check out information. When checking in, a welcome message " @@ -2496,7 +2207,7 @@ msgstr "" "salir de la pantalla antes de que transcurra el tiempo preestablecido en el " "quiosco, entonces debe presionar el botón :guilabel:`De acuerdo`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 msgid "" "When checking out, the screen displays a goodbye message, with the date and " "time of check out, and the total hours logged for the day. Beneath the " @@ -2515,12 +2226,12 @@ msgstr "" "El mensaje de despedida con toda la información relacionada a la salida del " "empleado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:681 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Información general" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:273 msgid "" "When entering the *Attendances* application, the :guilabel:`Overview` " "dashboard is presented, containing all the check in and check out " @@ -2538,11 +2249,11 @@ msgstr "" "adicional de entrada y salida de esos empleados también aparecerá en el " "tablero :guilabel:`Información general`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:280 msgid "Views" msgstr "Vistas" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:282 msgid "" "To change the view from the default Gantt chart to a list view, click the " ":guilabel:`List` icon in the top right of the dashboard, beneath the user's " @@ -2555,7 +2266,7 @@ msgstr "" "gráfico de Gantt, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Gantt` que está ubicado " "junto al botón :guilabel:`Lista`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:286 msgid "" "The default view presents the current day's information. To present the " "information for the :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or " @@ -2580,7 +2291,7 @@ msgstr "" "en el botón :guilabel:`Hoy`, esa acción actualizará el tablero y aparecerá " "la información que incluye la información del día en curso." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:295 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Day` view, the column for the current hour is highlighted " "in yellow. If the :guilabel:`Week` or :guilabel:`Month` view is selected, " @@ -2600,7 +2311,7 @@ msgstr "" "El tablero de información general con la información de la semana, con el día actual\n" "destacado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:304 msgid "" "Any entries that have errors appear in red, indicating they need to be " "resolved by a user with the proper :ref:`access rights ` adecuados o que sea :ref:`aprobador " "` de los empleados con los errores los resuelva." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:311 msgid "Filters and groups" msgstr "Filtros y grupos" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:313 msgid "" "To filter the results in the overview dashboard, or to present different " "groups of information, click the :guilabel:`🔻 (triangle drop down)` button " @@ -2633,16 +2344,16 @@ msgstr "" "filtros y grupos preconfigurados para elegir, así como una opción para crear" " filtros personalizados." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:320 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:276 msgid "Filters" msgstr "Filtros" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:322 msgid "The default filters that can be selected are:" msgstr "Los filtros predeterminados que puede seleccionar son los siguientes:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:324 msgid "" ":guilabel:`My Attendances`: this filter only presents the user's attendance " "data." @@ -2650,7 +2361,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Mis asistencias`: este filtro solo muestra los datos de " "asistencia del usuario." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:325 msgid "" ":guilabel:`My Team`: this filter presents the attendance data for the user's" " team." @@ -2658,7 +2369,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Mi equipo`: este filtro muestra los datos de asistencia del " "equipo del usuario." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:326 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At Work`: this filter displays the attendance data for everyone " "currently checked in." @@ -2666,7 +2377,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`En el trabajo`: este filtro muestra los datos de asistencia de " "todas las personas que tienen su entrada registrada." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:327 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Errors`: this filter displays any entries with :ref:`errors " "` that need to be resolved." @@ -2674,7 +2385,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Errores`: este filtro muestra todas las entradas con " ":ref:`errores ` que deben resolverse." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this filter has a drop-down to further select a " "specific time period. Select the desired time period from the options " @@ -2684,7 +2395,7 @@ msgstr "" "un periodo específico. Seleccione uno de los periodos que aparecen en las " "opciones, un mes, trimestre o año específico." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Last 7 days`: this filter presents the attendance data for the " "last seven days." @@ -2692,7 +2403,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Últimos 7 días`: este filtro muestra los datos de asistencia de " "los últimos siete días." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:332 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`: create a custom filter using the pop-up that " "appears when this is selected." @@ -2700,15 +2411,15 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Agregar filtro personalizado`: cree un filtro personalizado con " "la ventana emergente que aparece al seleccionar esa opción." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 msgid "Groups" msgstr "Grupos" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:338 msgid "The default groups that can be selected are:" msgstr "Los grupos predeterminados que puede seleccionar son los siguientes:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:340 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing the" " following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -2721,7 +2432,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Semana` y :guilabel:`Día`. Seleccione el periodo para visualizar " "toda la información de entrada agrupada por el plazo seleccionado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:344 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee`: this group presents the attendance data organized by " "employee." @@ -2729,7 +2440,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Empleado`: este grupo muestra los datos de asistencia organizados" " por empleado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:345 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing " "the following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -2742,7 +2453,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Semana` y :guilabel:`Día`. Seleccione el periodo para visualizar " "toda la información de salida agrupada por el plazo seleccionado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:349 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`: this option displays a drop-down menu with a " "variety of options to group the attendance data by, including " @@ -2754,11 +2465,11 @@ msgstr "" "Algunas de ellas son :guilabel:`Ciudad`, :guilabel:`País`, :guilabel:`Modo` " "y :guilabel:`Dirección IP`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:356 msgid "Attendance log details" msgstr "Detalles del registro de asistencia" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:358 msgid "" "Odoo captures various time and location details when a user checks in and " "out. The specific details provided are determined by the method the user " @@ -2769,7 +2480,7 @@ msgstr "" "proporcionados están determinados por el método que el usuario utilizó para " "realizar sus registros." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:361 msgid "" "To view the specific check in and/or check out details for an employee, " "click on an individual entry in the overview dashboard." @@ -2777,7 +2488,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para consultar los detalles específicos de la entrada y salida de un " "empleado, haga clic en una entrada en el tablero de información general." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 msgid "" "A detailed attendance log for the user appears in a pop-up window. To close " "the detailed attendance log, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` button in " @@ -2788,24 +2499,24 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Guardar y cerrar` ubicado en la esquina inferior izquierda del " "formulario." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:367 msgid "The detailed attendance log contains the following information:" msgstr "El registro detallado de asistencia incluye la siguiente información:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:370 msgid "Main details" msgstr "Detalles principales" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:372 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the name of the employee." msgstr ":guilabel:`Empleado`: el nombre del empleado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 msgid ":guilabel:`Check In`: the date and time the employee checked in." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Entrada`: la fecha y hora en que el empleado registró su entrada." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:374 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: the date and time the employee checked out. This only" " appears if the employee has checked out." @@ -2813,7 +2524,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Salida`: la fecha y hora en que el empleado se retiró. Esta " "información solo aparece si el empleado ya registró su salida." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:376 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Worked Hours`: the total amount of time the employee logged for " "the day, in an hour and minute format (HH:MM). This value calculates all the" @@ -2825,7 +2536,7 @@ msgstr "" "entradas y salidas del día en caso de que el empleado haya registrado estos " "datos más de una vez." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Extra Hours`: any extra hours the employee logged that is beyond " "their expected working hours." @@ -2833,11 +2544,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Horas adicionales`: las horas extra que el empleado haya " "registrado que excedan sus horas de trabajo esperadas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:383 msgid "Check in/check out details" msgstr "Detalles de entrada y salida" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:385 msgid "" "The following information appears for both the :guilabel:`Check In` and " ":guilabel:`Check Out` sections." @@ -2845,7 +2556,7 @@ msgstr "" "La siguiente información aparece en la sección de :guilabel:`Entrada` y en " "la de :guilabel:`Salida`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: the method with which the attendance information was " "gathered. :guilabel:`Systray` is displayed if the employee logged in and out" @@ -2859,7 +2570,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Manual` si el empleado las registró :ref:`con un quiosco de " "asistencias `." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:392 msgid "" ":guilabel:`IP Address`: the IP address for the computer the employee used to" " log in or out." @@ -2867,14 +2578,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Dirección IP`: la dirección IP de la computadora o dispositivo " "que el empleado utilizó para registrar su entrada o salida." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:393 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browser`: the web browser the employee used to log in or out." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Navegador`: el navegador web que el empleado utilizó para " "registrar su entrada o salida." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:394 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Localization`: the city and country associated with the " "computer's IP address." @@ -2882,7 +2593,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Localización`: la ciudad y el país asociados con la dirección IP " "del dispositivo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:395 msgid "" ":guilabel:`GPS Coordinates`: the specific coordinates when the user logged " "in or out. To view the specific coordinates on a map, click the :guilabel:`→" @@ -2899,12 +2610,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The detailed information for an attendance entry." msgstr "La información detallada de una entrada de asistencia." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:405 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:84 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Errores" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:407 msgid "" "Entries that contain an error appear on the overview dashboard in red. In " "the :guilabel:`Gantt view`, the entry appears with a red background. If in " @@ -2915,7 +2626,7 @@ msgstr "" " fondo de color rojo. Si se encuentra en la :guilabel:`vista de lista`, el " "texto de la entrada aparecerá en rojo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:411 msgid "" "An error typically occurs when an employee has checked in but has not " "checked out within the last 24 hours, or when an employee has a check in and" @@ -2925,7 +2636,7 @@ msgstr "" "no su salida en las últimas 24 horas o cuando un empleado tiene un periodo " "de registro de entrada y salida que dura más de 16 horas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:414 msgid "" "To fix the error, the attendance entry must be modified or deleted. Click on" " the entry to reveal a pop-up containing the details for that particular " @@ -2953,7 +2664,7 @@ msgstr "" "La ventana emergente que permite modificar una entrada de asistencia con un error. Visualización del selector de calendario,\n" "el selector de hora aparece en un recuadro rojo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:426 msgid "" "When all the information on the pop-up is correct, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close`. When the entry no longer has an error, the entry appears in gray " @@ -2963,7 +2674,7 @@ msgstr "" " :guilabel:`Guardar y cerrar`. La entrada aparecerá en color gris en lugar " "de rojo cuando ya no tenga errores." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 msgid "" "To delete an entry, click :guilabel:`Remove` on the pop-up instead of making" " modifications to the entry." @@ -2971,7 +2682,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para eliminar una entrada, haga clic en :guilabel:`Eliminar` en la ventana " "emergente en lugar de realizar modificaciones." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:435 msgid "" "To view attendance reports, click :guilabel:`Reporting` in the top menu. The" " default report displays each employee's attendance information for the past" @@ -2982,7 +2693,7 @@ msgstr "" " información de asistencia de cada empleado durante los últimos 3 meses en " "un :guilabel:`gráfico de línea`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 msgid "" "The default view is a :guilabel:`Graph`. To view the data in a pivot table, " "click the :guilabel:`Pivot Table` button on the top right of the report. To " @@ -2995,7 +2706,7 @@ msgstr "" "de gráfico, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Gráfico` que se encuentra junto" " al botón :guilabel:`Tabla dinámica`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 msgid "" "To present different information, adjust the :ref:`filters and groups " "` in the same way as in the :guilabel:`Overview`" @@ -3005,7 +2716,7 @@ msgstr "" "` de la misma manera que en el tablero de " ":guilabel:`Información general`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:445 msgid "" "The data can be presented in either a :guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line" " Chart`, :guilabel:`Pie Chart`, :guilabel:`Stacked` chart, or in " @@ -3019,7 +2730,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ascendente`. Haga clic en el botón correspondiente para cambiar " "la vista a cualquiera de estos gráficos, se encuentran arriba del gráfico." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 msgid "" "To change the :guilabel:`Measures`, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button " "and select the desired measure from the drop-down menu." @@ -3027,7 +2738,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para cambiar las :guilabel:`medidas`, haga clic en el botón " ":guilabel:`Medidas` y seleccione una con el menú desplegable." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:452 msgid "" "The report can also be inserted into a spreadsheet. Click the " ":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button and a pop-up appears. Select the " @@ -3045,6 +2756,167 @@ msgstr "" "La vista de reporte predeterminada, todos los botones de vista opcionales " "aparecen dentro de un recuadro rojo." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/check_in_check_out`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:461 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/hardware`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:3 +msgid "Check in and out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users, who are logged into the " +"database, to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " +"application, or use a kiosk. For smaller companies, where every employee is " +"also a user, this feature may be useful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A user can check in and/or out on the main database Odoo dashboard, or while" +" inside any application. To do so, in the upper-right corner of the top main" +" header menu, which is always visible regardless of what application the " +"user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is " +"visible. Click on the colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, " +"enabling the user to check in and/or out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." +msgstr "" +"Menú de la esquina superior derecha con el botón para registrar entrada " +"encerrado en un círculo rojo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:22 +msgid "Check in" +msgstr "Registrar entrada" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " +"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)`, and the " +"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in` " +":icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." +msgstr "" +"Cuando el usuario registra su entrada desde la base de datos, la aplicación " +"*Asistencias* también registra los detalles relacionados a su ubicación, " +"como la dirección IP y sus coordenadas de GPS." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " +"their computer to access their location information." +msgstr "" +"El usuario debe permitir que su computadora acceda a la información de " +"ubicación para que la aplicación *Asistencias* pueda registrar los detalles " +"correspondientes." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If the user has not already checked in and out during the current work day, " +"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " +"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" +" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " +"appears in that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button to check in. The " +":guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget " +"changes appearance, as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has" +" checked in, by changing the green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` " +"button to a yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:49 +msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en cualquier parte de la pantalla para cerrar el widget de " +"asistencia." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:148 +msgid "Check out" +msgstr "Registrar salida" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " +"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" +" populating the time field. Beneath that line, the hours and minutes that " +"have elapsed since checking in are displayed in a :guilabel:`HH:MM` format. " +"As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes that " +"have passed since the user checked in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " +"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears, in addition to " +"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The times displayed in both of " +"these fields match, and are populated with the most recent check in time. " +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously logged " +"time is displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " +"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " +"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that is " +"logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:70 +msgid "" +"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " +":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " +"yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button. The attendance " +"widget updates again, displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the " +"logged time, while the yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` " +"button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " +"user allows their computer to access this information." +msgstr "" +"Cuando el usuario registra su salida desde la base de datos, la aplicación " +"*Asistencias* también registra los detalles relacionados a su ubicación. La " +"información **solo** se registra si el usuario permite que su computadora " +"acceda a esta información." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." +msgstr "" +"El pop-up que aparece cuando un empleado registra su entrada desde la base " +"de datos." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:85 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " +"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " +"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" +" appears on the main *Attendances* dashboard, including check ins and check " +"outs with no time value." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Hardware" msgstr "Hardware" @@ -3175,6 +3047,305 @@ msgstr "" "La aplicación *Empleados* de Odoo organiza los registros, contratos y " "departamentos de los empleados de una empresa." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:3 +msgid "Departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"All employees in the *Employees* app fall under specific departments within " +"a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:8 +msgid "Create new departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To make a new department, navigate to :menuselection:`Employees app --> " +"Departments`, then click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left to reveal a blank " +"department form. Fill out the following information on the department form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The department for with all fields filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:18 +msgid ":guilabel:`Department Name`: enter a name for the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: using the drop-down menu, select the department " +"manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Parent Department`: if the new department is housed within " +"another department (has a parent department), select the parent department " +"using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates`: if employees in this department " +"require a specific appraisal form that is different from the default " +"appraisal form, tick the checkbox. If this option is activated, an " +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab appears below the form. This field " +"**only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " +"department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Survey`: using the drop-down menu, select the default " +"survey to use for the department when requesting feedback from employees. " +"This field **only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed, **and** " +"the *360 Feedback* option is enabled in the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the department. Click the default " +"white color box to display all the color options. Click on a color to select" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab: this tab **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates` options is activated on the form. " +"Make any desired edits to the appraisal form. The appraisal form is used for" +" appraisals for all employees within this department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:36 +msgid "" +"After the form is completed, click the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon to manually save the changes. When saved, a " +":guilabel:`Department Organization` chart appears in the top-right of the " +"department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The form auto-saves while data is entered, however the :guilabel:`Department" +" Organization` chart does **not** appear until the form is manually saved. " +"If the form is not saved, the :guilabel:`Department Organization` chart is " +"visible upon opening the department card from the :guilabel:`Departments` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:47 +msgid "Refer to the :doc:`../appraisals` documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:50 +msgid "Departments dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured departments, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Departments`. All departments appear in a " +"Kanban view, by default, and are listed in alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The departments dashboard view with all the department cards in a Kanban " +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:175 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "Vista de kanban" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each department has its own Kanban card on the main :guilabel:`Departments` " +":icon:`oi-view-kanban` :guilabel:`(Kanban)` dashboard view, that can display" +" the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:66 +msgid "Department name: the name of the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:67 +msgid "Company: the company the department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employees`: the number of employees within the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisals`: the number of appraisals scheduled for employees in " +"the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Requests`: the number of unapproved time off requests " +"for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval ` . This **only** appears if there are requests to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allocation Requests`: the number of unapproved allocation " +"requests for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval " +"`. This **only** appears if there are requests " +"to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Applicants`: the number of :ref:`new applicants " +"` for a position in this department. This **only** appears " +"if there are new applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expense Reports`: the number of employees in the department with " +":ref:`open expense reports to approve `. This **only** " +"appears if there are any expense reports waiting for approval." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Absence`: the number of absences for the current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Color bar: the selected color for the department appears as a vertical bar " +"on the left side of the department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click on an alert in a department card, such as :guilabel:`Time Off " +"Requests`, to reveal a list view of the requests to approve. This list " +"includes **all** open requests to approve, not just from the specific " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The default view for the :guilabel:`Departments` dashboard is a Kanban view." +" It is possible to view the departments in two other forms: a list view and " +"a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Vista de lista" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a list view, click the :icon:`fa-align-justify` " +":guilabel:`(list)` icon in the top-right corner. The departments appear in a" +" list view, which displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Employees`, " +":guilabel:`Parent Department`, and :guilabel:`Color` for each department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The departments are sorted alphabetically by :guilabel:`Department Name`, by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The departments presented in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When in list view, departments can be managed in batch by selecting one or " +"multiple record's checkbox, then select the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Actions` button to reveal a drop-down menu of actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:113 +msgid "Hierarchy view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a hierarchy view, click the :icon:`fa-share-alt " +"fa-rotate-90` :guilabel:`(hierarchy)` icon in the top-right corner. The " +"departments appear in an organizational chart format, with the highest-level" +" department at the top (typically :guilabel:`Management`), and all other " +"departments beneath it. All child departments of the first-level child " +"departments are folded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Each department card displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, the " +":guilabel:`Manager` (and their profile image), the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Employees` in the department, and the ability to expand the department " +"(:guilabel:`Unfold`) if there are child departments beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Unfold` button on a department card to expand it. Once " +"expanded, the :guilabel:`Unfold` button changes to a :guilabel:`Fold` " +"button. To collapse the department, click the :guilabel:`Fold` button. Only " +"**one** department *per row* can be unfolded at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Click anywhere on a department card to open the department form. Click the " +":guilabel:`(#) Employees` smart button to view a list of all the employees " +"in that department, including all employees in the child departments beneath" +" it, organized by individual department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In the hierarchy view, if the :guilabel:`(2) Employees` button on the " +":guilabel:`Management` card is clicked (the highest-level department card), " +"**all** employees appear in a list view, grouped by department. This is " +"because **all** departments are children of the :guilabel:`Management` " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`(3) Employees` button in the :guilabel:`Sales` department " +"card is clicked, the employees from the :guilabel:`Sales` department, as " +"well as its two child departments (:guilabel:`East Coast Territory` and " +":guilabel:`West Coat Territory`), appear in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "The departments presented in a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list view of employees for the department that was clicked, including all child\n" +"departments." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 msgid "New employees" msgstr "Nuevos empleados" @@ -3278,7 +3449,6 @@ msgstr "" " recuadro rojo." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:736 msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "Campos opcionales" @@ -3454,7 +3624,8 @@ msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "Pestaña de currículo " #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:869 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "Currículum" @@ -5178,7 +5349,7 @@ msgstr "" "cuenta con un enganche de remolque instalado." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:398 msgid "Salary" msgstr "Salario" @@ -7086,10 +7257,6 @@ msgstr "" "Los iconos ubicados en la esquina superior derecha en los que puede hacer clic para visualizar la información de\n" "diferentes maneras." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 -msgid "List view" -msgstr "Vista de lista" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:304 msgid "" "The default view of the service records is a list view. This presents all " @@ -7159,11 +7326,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The form automatically saves as data is entered." msgstr "El formulario guarda de forma automática la información que ingrese." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 -msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "Vista de kanban" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:331 msgid "" "To view services by their stage, click the :guilabel:`Kanban` button, which " @@ -7290,11 +7452,11 @@ msgstr "" "electrónico." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:380 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:230 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:889 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:894 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "Proporcione la siguiente información en el formulario:" @@ -7680,11 +7842,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Programar`. Ambas ventanas emergentes se cerrarán y la actividad " "ahora aparecerá en la vista de actividad." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 msgid "Frontdesk" msgstr "Recepción" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:7 msgid "" "The Odoo *Frontdesk* application provides a way for visitors to check in to " "a building or location, and alert the person they are meeting about their " @@ -7697,7 +7859,7 @@ msgstr "" " esperan, también pueden pedir una bebida preconfigurada para que se las " "lleven." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:11 msgid "" "This application is ideal for businesses that do **not** have someone " "working at a reception desk, locations **without** a designated waiting area" @@ -7707,7 +7869,7 @@ msgstr "" "recepcionista o para aquellas ubicaciones **sin** un área de espera " "específica disponible para los invitados y visitantes." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:17 msgid "" "The first item to configure with the *Frontdesk* application is the station," " followed by any drink selections that might optionally be offered." @@ -7716,11 +7878,11 @@ msgstr "" "estación, después podrá configurar las bebidas que ofrecerá de forma " "opcional." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 msgid "Stations" msgstr "Estaciones" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:23 msgid "" "In Odoo's *Frontdesk* application, a *Station* can be thought of as any " "location where someone can sign in and wait for an employee. This is " @@ -7732,7 +7894,7 @@ msgstr "" " una sala de espera o un vestíbulo. Cada estación tiene un quiosco donde los" " visitantes registran su llegada." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:27 msgid "" "When setting up the *Frontdesk* application, a minimum of one station " "**must** be configured, but there is no limit to how many stations can be " @@ -7741,7 +7903,7 @@ msgstr "" "Al configurar la aplicación *Recepción* **debe** configurar por lo menos una" " estación, pero puede crear y configurar todas las estaciones que desee." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:30 msgid "" "To create a station, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Stations`, and click :guilabel:`New`. When clicked, a " @@ -7751,7 +7913,7 @@ msgstr "" "--> Estaciones` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo`. Esta acción abrirá un " "formulario vacío de recepción." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Name`: enter a name for the specific frontdesk " "location. This should be short and easily identifiable, such as `Reception " @@ -7762,7 +7924,7 @@ msgstr "" "identificar con facilidad, como `Recepción` o `Vestíbulo principal`. Este " "campo es obligatorio para crear una estación." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:38 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsibles`: select the person (or persons) who are alerted " "when a visitor checks in using this specific frontdesk. Multiple selections " @@ -7773,7 +7935,7 @@ msgstr "" "registre desde ese lugar de recepción. Este campo es obligatorio para crear " "una estación." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk URL`: this field auto-populates once the frontdesk form is " "saved, with at least the :guilabel:`Frontdesk Name` and " @@ -7786,7 +7948,7 @@ msgstr "" " clic en el icono :guilabel:`(nube con flecha hacia arriba)` ubicado en la " "parte superior del formulario." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:45 msgid "" "Once saved, a URL is generated in the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` field. This URL " "is one way the frontdesk kiosk is accessed." @@ -7794,7 +7956,7 @@ msgstr "" "Después de guardarlo, se genera una URL en el campo :guilabel:`URL del " "quiosco` y podrá acceder desde allí." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:48 msgid "" "To access the kiosk, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at the end of the " "URL, and navigate to that URL in a web browser. This URL opens that specific" @@ -7804,7 +7966,7 @@ msgstr "" " final de la URL y vaya a ella con un navegador web. Esta URL abre la página" " de registro de la recepción de esa estación en específico." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:52 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a frontdesk form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera" " with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " @@ -7815,9 +7977,9 @@ msgstr "" "esquina superior derecha del formulario para que aparezca el icono de " ":guilabel:`✏️ (lápiz)`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:166 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:184 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to open a file explorer, navigate " "to the desired image/photo file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." @@ -7826,7 +7988,7 @@ msgstr "" "archivos, busque la imagen o fotografía deseada y después haga clic en " ":guilabel:`Abrir` para seleccionarla." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:58 msgid "" "The image selected for the station photo appears as the background image for" " the station kiosk." @@ -7834,12 +7996,11 @@ msgstr "" "La imagen que haya seleccionado para la estación será la imagen de fondo " "para su quiosco." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:61 msgid "Options tab" msgstr "Pestaña de opciones" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Host Selection`: if the visitor is attending a meeting, this " "option allows the visitor to select the meeting host from a presented list, " @@ -7851,7 +8012,7 @@ msgstr "" " seleccionada recibirá una notificación. Si está habilitada aparecerán " "algunos campos adicionales, como se detalla más adelante." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Authenticate Guest`: if additional information is required when a" " guest checks in, enable this option, and select which of the following are " @@ -7861,7 +8022,7 @@ msgstr "" "información adicional al registrarse deberá habilitar esta opción. " "Seleccione cuáles campos son obligatorios:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: select whether the guest's email address is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " @@ -7872,7 +8033,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`opcional` o si la información no es necesaria " "(:guilabel:`Ninguno`)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Phone`: select whether the guest's phone number is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " @@ -7882,7 +8043,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`obligatorio`, :guilabel:`opcional` o si la información no es " "necesaria (:guilabel:`Ninguno`)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Organization`: select whether the guest's organization is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " @@ -7892,7 +8053,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`obligatorio`, :guilabel:`opcional` o si la información no es " "necesaria (:guilabel:`Ninguno`)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Theme`: select the color mode of the kiosk. Choose either " ":guilabel:`Light` or :guilabel:`Dark`. The :guilabel:`Light` selection " @@ -7903,7 +8064,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Claro` o :guilabel:`Oscuro`. :guilabel:`Claro` muestra un fondo " "gris claro y :guilabel:`Oscuro` muestra un fondo gris oscuro y negro." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Self Check-In`: enable this option to present a check-in QR code " "on the kiosk. The QR code allows guests to check in using their mobile " @@ -7915,7 +8076,7 @@ msgstr "" "registrarse con su celular en lugar del quiosco. Le recomendamos que lo " "habilite si su quiosco tiene afluencia." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Offer Drinks`: enable this option to offer guests a drink upon " "check in. If this option is enabled, it is necessary to :ref:`configure the " @@ -7930,7 +8091,7 @@ msgstr "" "Después de que haya configurado las bebidas, seleccione las que se ofrecerá " "con el menú desplegable." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:90 msgid "" "The following options are only visible in the :guilabel:`Options` tab if the" " :ref:`Host Selection ` option is enabled." @@ -7939,7 +8100,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Opciones` si la opción :ref:`Selección de anfitrión " "` está habilitada." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by email`: enable this option to have an email sent to the" " person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -7952,7 +8113,7 @@ msgstr "" "electrónico` con la plantilla predeterminada :guilabel:`Plantilla de correo " "electrónico para recepción` seleccionada." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:97 msgid "" "To change the default email template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`Email Template` field, then select another email template." @@ -7961,7 +8122,7 @@ msgstr "" " el menú desplegable en el campo :guilabel:`Plantilla de correo electrónico`" " y luego seleccione otra." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any edits to the " @@ -7971,7 +8132,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Enlace Interno (flecha)` ubicado al final de la línea y " "modifíquela." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:102 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by SMS`: enable this option to have an SMS (text) message " "sent to the person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -7984,7 +8145,7 @@ msgstr "" "electrónico` con la plantilla predeterminada :guilabel:`Plantilla de SMS " "para recepción` seleccionada." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:106 msgid "" "To change the default SMS template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`SMS Template` field, and select another SMS template." @@ -7993,7 +8154,7 @@ msgstr "" "desplegable en el campo :guilabel:`Plantilla de SMS` y luego seleccione " "otra." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:109 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any desired edits to the" @@ -8005,7 +8166,7 @@ msgstr "" "contenido de la plantilla. El mensaje SMS puede tener máximo de 242 " "caracteres, así se ajustarán en 4 mensajes SMS (UNICODE)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by Discuss`: this option is enabled by default when the " ":guilabel:`Host Selection` option is enabled. This option opens a *Discuss* " @@ -8017,7 +8178,7 @@ msgstr "" "Esta opción abre una ventana de mensaje de la aplicación *Conversaciones* " "con la persona que el invitado visita al registrarse." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:116 msgid "" "When enabled, a default message appears for the person the guest is " "visiting. The *Discuss* application **must** be installed in order for this " @@ -8027,7 +8188,7 @@ msgstr "" " esa opción. La aplicación *Conversaciones* **debe** estar instalada para " "que esta opción funcione." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:120 msgid "" "*Discuss* is installed by default when creating an Odoo database, and does " "not count towards billing. As long as the *Discuss* application is not " @@ -8038,7 +8199,7 @@ msgstr "" "La opción :guilabel:`Notificar por Conversaciones` funcionará siempre y " "cuando no desinstale *Conversaciones*." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:125 msgid "" "The default message format for the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option is: " "`(Frontdesk Station) Check-In: (Guest Name) (Guest Phone Number) " @@ -8049,7 +8210,7 @@ msgstr "" "(Nombre del invitado) (Número telefónico del invitado) (Empresa) se reunirá " "con (Nombre del empleado)`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:128 msgid "" "An example of how that might appear in a *Discuss* message is: `Main Lobby " "Check-In: John Doe (123-555-1234) (Odoo, Inc.) to meet Marc Demo.`" @@ -8064,11 +8225,11 @@ msgstr "" "Un formulario de estación de registro de entrada con la información " "completada." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 msgid "Side Message tab" msgstr "Pestaña de mensaje adicional" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:138 msgid "" "Enter any desired text to appear on the station kiosk after a guest has " "checked in, such as a welcome greeting or any necessary instructions. The " @@ -8080,11 +8241,12 @@ msgstr "" "o instrucciones. El texto aparece en la página de confirmación del lado " "derecho de la pantalla después de completar el proceso de registro." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:112 msgid "Drinks" msgstr "Bebidas" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:147 msgid "" "After a station is created, the next step is to configure the drinks to " "offer visitors, if desired. This step is **not** necessary or required for " @@ -8095,7 +8257,7 @@ msgstr "" "que desea ofrecerle a los visitantes solo si así lo desea. Este paso **no** " "es necesario para que la aplicación *Recepción* funcione." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:151 msgid "" "To add a drink option, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Drinks`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a " @@ -8105,11 +8267,11 @@ msgstr "" " Configuración --> Bebidas` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo`. Esta acción " "abrirá el formulario de una bebida vacío." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 msgid "Enter the following information on the drink form:" msgstr "Escriba la siguiente información en el formulario de cada bebida:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Drink Name`: type the name of the drink option in this field. " "This field is required." @@ -8117,7 +8279,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nombre de la bebida`: escriba el nombre de la opción de bebida en" " este campo. Este campo es obligatorio." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 msgid "" ":guilabel:`People to Notify`: use the drop-down menu in this field to select" " who is notified when the drink is selected. Multiple people can be entered " @@ -8127,7 +8289,7 @@ msgstr "" "seleccione a quién se le notificará cuando elijan esta bebida, puede elegir " "a varias personas. Este campo es obligatorio." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:159 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a numerical value in this field to indicate " "where in the list of drink options this specific option appears. The lower " @@ -8142,8 +8304,8 @@ msgstr "" "esa bebida se encontraría en la parte superior de la lista y aparecería " "primero en la secuencia." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:163 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:181 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a drink form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera " "with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " @@ -8154,8 +8316,8 @@ msgstr "" "esquina superior derecha del formulario para que aparezca el icono de " ":guilabel:`✏️ (lápiz)`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:169 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:187 msgid "" "The image selected now appears in the picture field, and is set as the image" " for the drink." @@ -8168,31 +8330,123 @@ msgid "Drink form with the information filled out for an espresso." msgstr "" "Un formulario de bebida con la información completa para un café espresso." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:178 msgid "Station dashboard" msgstr "Tablero de la estación" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:192 +msgid "Kiosk setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " +"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " +"tablet." +msgstr "" +"Configure cada quiosco para su uso después de configurar las estaciones " +"correspondientes. Le recomendamos que use un dispositivo específico para " +"cada quiosco de la recepción, por ejemplo, una tableta." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:197 +msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" +msgstr "Puede ir al quiosco de las siguientes maneras:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " +":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" +" a new browser tab." +msgstr "" +"Vaya al tablero principal de la aplicación *Recepción* y haga clic en el " +"botón :guilabel:`Abrir recepción` ubicado en la tarjeta de la estación. El " +"kiosco se abrirá en una nueva pestaña del navegador." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " +"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" +" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " +"browser tab or window." +msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Recepción --> Configuración --> Estaciones` y haga " +"clic en una. Después, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Copiar` que se " +"encuentra al final de la línea :guilabel:`URL del quiosco` y pegue la URL en" +" una nueva pestaña o ventana del navegador." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " +"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " +"accessing the database when checking-in." +msgstr "" +"Le recomendamos que salga de la base de datos y cierre esa pestaña después " +"de ir al quiosco, esto elimina la posibilidad de que un visitante acceda a " +"la base de datos al registrar su entrada." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" +"En la aplicación *Recepción* hay dos reportes disponibles: " +":guilabel:`Visitantes` y :guilabel:`Bebidas`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" +" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " +":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" +"Para acceder a cualquiera de ambos, vaya a :menuselection:`Recepción --> " +"Reportes`. Al hacer clic allí, se abrirá el menú desplegable con las " +"opciones para :guilabel:`visitantes` y :guilabel:`bebidas`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " +"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " +"requests were made for each drink." +msgstr "" +"El reporte de :guilabel:`visitantes` muestra el número de visitantes por mes" +" para el año en curso y el reporte de :guilabel:`bebidas` muestra el número " +"de solicitudes totales de cada bebida." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:220 +msgid "" +"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " +"other metrics, as well." +msgstr "" +"Al igual que con todos los reportes en Odoo, puede modificar los filtros y " +"grupos para visualizar otras métricas." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`frontdesk/visitors`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:3 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "Visitantes" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:5 msgid "" -"To access a complete list of visitors that are currently checked in, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +"In the Odoo *Frontdesk* application, a *visitor* is defined as any non-" +"employee (e.g., repair person, job candidate, etc.). These visitors can be " +"logged upon arrival and departure for security purposes. This ensures an " +"accurate list of people on the premises." msgstr "" -"Para consultar la lista completa de visitantes que han registrado su " -"entrada, vaya a :menuselection:`Recepción --> Visitantes`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:12 +msgid "Visitor list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:14 msgid "" -"The visitors are listed in a list view, with the following details that were" -" entered when they checked in:" +"To access a complete list of checked-in visitors, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." msgstr "" -"Los visitantes aparecen en una vista de lista con los siguientes detalles " -"que proporcionaron cuando se registraron:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:18 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Planned or Checked-In` and :guilabel:`Today` " "filters appear in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." @@ -8201,87 +8455,84 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`búsqueda` son :guilabel:`Planeado o Entrada registrada` y " ":guilabel:`Hoy`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:21 +msgid "" +"All visitors are presented in a list view, with the following details that " +"were entered upon check in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:24 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the guest's name." msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre`: el nombre del invitado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:25 msgid ":guilabel:`Visitor Company`: the company the guest represents." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Empresa del visitante`: la empresa a la que representa el " "invitado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: the guest's phone number." msgstr ":guilabel:`Teléfono`: el número telefónico del invitado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 -msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`: the drink the guest requested." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Bebidas`: la bebida que solicitó el invitado." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`\\*: the drink the guest requested." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:28 msgid ":guilabel:`Host`: who the guest is waiting to see." msgstr ":guilabel:`Anfitrión`: la persona a la que el invitado visita." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:29 msgid ":guilabel:`CheckIn`: the date and time the guest checked in." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Entrada`: la fecha y hora en que el visitante registró su " "entrada." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Checkout`: the date and time the guest checked out. As mentioned," -" in the default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " +":guilabel:`Checkout`\\*: the date and time the guest checked out. In the " +"default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " ":guilabel:`Planned` status are visible. Guests with check-out times are only" " visible if the :guilabel:`Today` filter is not active." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Salida`: la fecha y hora en que el invitado se fue. En la vista " -"predeterminada solo aparecen los visitantes con los estados " -":guilabel:`Entrada registrada` o :guilabel:`Planeado`. Los invitados que ya " -"registraron su salida solo son visibles si el filtro :guilabel:`Hoy` no está" -" activo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duration`: the amount of time the guest has been checked in for." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Duración`: la cantidad de tiempo que el invitado estuvo en las " "instalaciones hasta registrar su salida." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`Station`: the location of where the guest checked in." msgstr ":guilabel:`Estación`: la ubicación en donde se registró el invitado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: the status of the guest. The options are " ":guilabel:`Checked-In`, :guilabel:`Planned`, :guilabel:`Checked-Out`, or " -":guilabel:`Canceled`. In the default view, only guests with a " -":guilabel:`Checked-In` or :guilabel:`Planned` status are visible." +":guilabel:`Canceled`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Estado`: el estado del invitado. Las opciones son " -":guilabel:`Entrada registrada`, :guilabel:`Planeado`, :guilabel:`Salida " -"registrada` y :guilabel:`Cancelado`. En la vista predeterminada solo " -"aparecen los invitados con estado :guilabel:`Entrada registrada` o " -":guilabel:`Planeado`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: the guest's email address." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`\\*: the guest's email address." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Correo electrónico`: la dirección de correo electrónico del " -"invitado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:39 msgid "" -"To the far right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page is " -"an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +"\\* These fields are not visible in the default :guilabel:`Visitor` list. " +"These must be enabled using the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` " +":guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon in the top-right of the list." msgstr "" -"Del lado derecho de las columnas con título en la página de " -":guilabel:`Visitantes` hay una columna sin título, allí puede actualizar el " -"estado de los invitados." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To the far-right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page, " +"there is an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:46 msgid "" "When a guest leaves, click the available :guilabel:`Check out` button to " "update the guest's record, and log the date and time they left." @@ -8290,7 +8541,7 @@ msgstr "" "salida` para actualizar su registro y almacenar la fecha y hora en que se " "fue." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:49 msgid "" "If a scheduled guest arrives, and they did not check in using the " "*Frontdesk* kiosk, they can be checked in here, by clicking the available " @@ -8300,15 +8551,13 @@ msgstr "" "de *Recepción*, puede registrarse si hace clic en el botón disponible " ":guilabel:`Registrar entrada` para registrar la fecha y hora de su llegada." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:53 msgid "" -"Beside the untitled status column a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button appears," -" but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." +"Beside the untitled status column, a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " +"appears, but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." msgstr "" -"Junto a la columna de estado sin título aparece el botón :guilabel:`Bebida " -"servida`, pero solo en caso de que ese visitante haya solicitado una." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:56 msgid "" "When their drink has been served, click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " "to indicate the drink has been delivered to the guest. Once clicked, that " @@ -8318,7 +8567,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Bebida servida` para indicar que ya se las entregó. El botón " "desaparece después de hacer clic en él." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst-1 msgid "" "The full list of currently checked in visitors, with the drinks to be served" " highlighted." @@ -8326,53 +8575,35 @@ msgstr "" "La lista completa de los visitantes que se encuentran registrados. El botón " "\"Bebida servida\" aparece dentro de un recuadro rojo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:63 msgid "" "If any column is not visible, or if a visible column is preferred to be " -"hidden, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options (two horizontal lines with " -"dots)` icon, located at the end of the column name list." +"hidden, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(additional " +"options)` icon, located at the end of the column name list. Doing so, " +"reveals a reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or disable. A" +" :icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`(check)` icon indicates the column is visible." msgstr "" -"Si alguna columna no es visible o si prefiere ocultar alguna, haga clic en " -"el icono :guilabel:`Opciones adicionales (dos líneas horizontales con " -"puntos)` que está ubicado al final de la lista de los nombres de las " -"columnas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Clicking that reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or " -"disable. A :guilabel:`✅ (checkmark)` icon indicates the column is visible." -msgstr "" -"Si hace clic allí, aparecerá un menú desplegable con opciones relacionadas a" -" las columnas que puede activar o desactivar. El icono :guilabel:`✅ (marca " -"de verificación)` indica que la columna es visible." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:69 msgid "Planned visitors" msgstr "Visitantes planificados" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:71 msgid "" -"If a guest is expected to arrive at a future date and time, it is possible " -"to enter their information into the *Frontdesk* application in advance." +"Enter expected guest information in advance by creating a planned guest in " +"the *Frontdesk* app." msgstr "" -"Si espera que un invitado llegue después, puede agregar su información a la " -"aplicación *Recepción* con antelación." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:73 msgid "" "To create a planned guest, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Visitors --> New`. Then, enter the same information as any other " -":ref:`visitor `. The only required fields are the " -"visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the :guilabel:`Station` at which they are " -"expected to arrive." +"Visitors`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, enter the same information as " +"any other :ref:`visitor ` on the guest form that appears. " +"The only required fields are the visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Station` at which they are expected to arrive." msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Recepción --> Visitantes --> Nuevo` para crear un " -"visitante programado. Proporcione la misma información que proporcionaría " -"cualquier otro :ref:`visitante `. Los únicos campos " -"obligatorios son el :guilabel:`nombre` del visitante y la " -":guilabel:`estación` a la que se espera que llegue." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:79 msgid "" "If a guest is planned in advance, they must be checked in from the list on " "the :guilabel:`Visitors` page in the *Frontdesk* application " @@ -8386,29 +8617,22 @@ msgstr "" "entrada con un quiosco, entonces será un registro distinto y la entrada que " "creó con anterioridad seguirá con el estado :guilabel:`Planeado`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:84 msgid "" -"Only when a planned guest is checked in inside the application's visitor " -"list, their :guilabel:`Planned` status changes to :guilabel:`Checked-In`." +"The :guilabel:`Planned` status of a planned guest **only** changes to " +":guilabel:`Checked-In` when they are checked in *inside* the application's " +":guilabel:`Visitors` list." msgstr "" -"El estado cambia de :guilabel:`Planeado` a :guilabel:`Entrada registrada` " -"una vez que registra la entrada desde la lista de visitantes de la " -"aplicación." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:87 msgid "" "If a guest does check in using a kiosk, ensure all records are current, and " -"the list of currently on-site guests is correct. Be sure to check in and/or " -"check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly reflects who " -"is currently on the premises." +"the list of guests that are currently on-site is correct. Be sure to check " +"in and/or check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly " +"reflects who is currently on the premises." msgstr "" -"Si un invitado se registra desde un quiosco, asegúrese de que todos los " -"registros estén actualizados y que la lista de visitantes actuales sea " -"correcta. Asegúrese de registrar las entradas y salidas correctas para que " -"la lista de visitantes coincida de forma correcta con las personas que se " -"encuentran en sus instalaciones." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:91 msgid "" "Ensure planned guests are informed that they should **not** check in using " "the kiosk if they are listed as a planned guest in advance." @@ -8417,75 +8641,25 @@ msgstr "" "registrar su entrada con el quiosco si se encuentran en la lista de " "visitantes planificados." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:274 -msgid "Frontdesk flow" -msgstr "Flujo de la recepción" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " -"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " -"tablet." -msgstr "" -"Configure cada quiosco para su uso después de configurar las estaciones " -"correspondientes. Le recomendamos que use un dispositivo específico para " -"cada quiosco de la recepción, por ejemplo, una tableta." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:279 -msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" -msgstr "Puede ir al quiosco de las siguientes maneras:" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:281 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " -":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" -" a new browser tab." -msgstr "" -"Vaya al tablero principal de la aplicación *Recepción* y haga clic en el " -"botón :guilabel:`Abrir recepción` ubicado en la tarjeta de la estación. El " -"kiosco se abrirá en una nueva pestaña del navegador." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:283 -msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " -"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" -" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " -"browser tab or window." -msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Recepción --> Configuración --> Estaciones` y haga " -"clic en una. Después, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Copiar` que se " -"encuentra al final de la línea :guilabel:`URL del quiosco` y pegue la URL en" -" una nueva pestaña o ventana del navegador." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:288 -msgid "" -"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " -"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " -"accessing the database when checking-in." -msgstr "" -"Le recomendamos que salga de la base de datos y cierre esa pestaña después " -"de ir al quiosco, esto elimina la posibilidad de que un visitante acceda a " -"la base de datos al registrar su entrada." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:95 msgid "Visitor flow" msgstr "Flujo del visitante" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:294 -msgid "" -"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a frontdesk kiosk, and " -"enter their information. The information requested is what was configured " -"for that specific frontdesk station. If any information is required, the " -"field displays a red asterisk (*). The visitor must enter the required " -"information in order to check in." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:98 +msgid "Visitor check in" msgstr "" -"Cuando un visitante llega a sus instalaciones, deberá acercarse a un quiosco" -" de recepción y escribir su información. La información que se le solicita " -"es la que configuró para esa estación de recepción en específico. Si algún " -"dato es obligatorio, el campo incluirá un asterisco rojo (*). El visitante " -"debe proporcionar la información necesaria para poder registrar su entrada." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a :ref:`Frontdesk kiosk " +"`, and click :guilabel:`Check in`. The information " +"requested from the visitor is what was configured for that specific " +"*Frontdesk* station. If any information is required, the field displays a " +"red asterisk (\\*). The visitor **must** enter the required information in " +"order to check in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:105 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, the visitor taps the :guilabel:`Check " "In` button." @@ -8493,17 +8667,23 @@ msgstr "" "Después de que el visitante completa todos los campos necesarios deberá " "tocar el botón :guilabel:`Registrar entrada`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:108 +msgid "" +"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," +" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." +msgstr "" +"No importa en qué parte del proceso de registro se encuentre, el quiosco " +"vuelve a la pantalla de bienvenida si pasan diez segundos sin que ocurra una" +" acción." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:114 msgid "" "If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check " -"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: `Do " -"you want something to drink?`" +"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: " +":guilabel:`Do you want something to drink?`" msgstr "" -"Si configuró bebidas para la estación, la pregunta `¿Le gustaría algo de " -"beber?` aparecerá en la pantalla de confirmación de registro después de " -"hacer clic en el botón :guilabel:`Registrar entrada`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:117 msgid "" "The visitor can tap either :guilabel:`Yes, please`, or :guilabel:`No, thank " "you`." @@ -8511,7 +8691,7 @@ msgstr "" "El visitante puede elegir entre :guilabel:`Sí, por favor` y :guilabel:`No, " "gracias`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:119 msgid "" "If they select :guilabel:`Yes, please`, a drink selection screen appears, " "and the pre-configured options are listed. The visitor then taps the desired" @@ -8523,50 +8703,33 @@ msgstr "" "tocar la bebida que desee y si cambió de opinión puede tocar el botón " ":guilabel:`Ninguna, gracias` ubicado en la parte inferior de la pantalla." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:123 msgid "" -"If a drink selection was made, a `Thank you for registering! Your drink is " -"on the way.` message appears." +"If a drink selection was made, a :guilabel:`Thank you for registering! Your " +"drink is on the way.` message appears." msgstr "" -"Si eligió una bebida, en la pantalla aparecerá el mensaje `¡Gracias por " -"registrarse! Su bebida ya está en camino`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:313 -msgid "" -"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," -" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:127 +msgid "Notifications" msgstr "" -"No importa en qué parte del proceso de registro se encuentre, el quiosco " -"vuelve a la pantalla de bienvenida si pasan diez segundos sin que ocurra una" -" acción." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:129 msgid "" "Once the visitor has checked in, the person they are visiting, and any other" -" users who were configured to be notified when checks ins occur at the " -"kiosk, are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a " -"*Discuss* chat, or any combination of those three options." +" users who were configured to be notified when check-ins occur at the kiosk," +" are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a *Discuss*" +" chat, or any combination of those three options." msgstr "" -"Una vez que el visitante registró su entrada, se le notificará a la persona " -"que fue a visitar y a cualquier otro usuario que haya configurado para " -"recibir un aviso al registrar entradas en el quiosco. La notificación es por" -" correo electrónico, mensaje SMS, un chat de *Conversaciones* o cualquier " -"combinación con alguna de esas tres opciones." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:133 msgid "" "If the visitor requested a drink, the user(s) configured as the " -":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified via the " -"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: `(Visitor Name) just " -"checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" +":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified, via the " +"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: :guilabel:`(Visitor " +"Name) just checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" msgstr "" -"Si el visitante solicitó una bebida, los usuarios configurados en el campo " -":guilabel:`Personas a notificar` del formulario de la bebida, recibirán una " -"notificación a través de la aplicación *Conversaciones*. El mensaje que " -"aparece es `(Nombre del visitante) acaba de registrar su entrada. Solicitó " -"una bebida: (Nombre de la bebida) `." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the drink has been delivered to the guest, the person who delivered the" " drink is responsible for marking the drink as delivered." @@ -8574,16 +8737,14 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez el invitado tiene la bebida que solicitó, la persona que se la " "entregó es responsable de marcarla como entregada." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:140 msgid "" "To mark a drink as delivered, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Stations --> (#) Drinks to serve` on the desired station card." +"Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#) " +"Drinks to serve`." msgstr "" -"Para marcar una bebida como entregada, vaya a :menuselection:`Recepción --> " -"Estaciones --> (#) Bebidas por servir` en la tarjeta de la estación " -"correspondiente." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:143 msgid "" "This opens a list of all the visitors checked in at that station, and are " "waiting for a drink. Click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button at the end of" @@ -8596,7 +8757,7 @@ msgstr "" "correspondiente. El visitante desaparece de la lista después de que marca la" " bebida como servida." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:150 msgid "" "Once the visitor has completed their business, and has left the premises, it" " is important to check them out for accurate record keeping." @@ -8604,36 +8765,28 @@ msgstr "" "Es importante que registre la salida del visitante después de que sale de " "sus instalaciones para que todos los registros estén en orden." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:153 msgid "" "To check visitors out properly, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app " -"--> Stations --> (#) On Site`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who" -" are currently checked-in at that station." +"--> Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#)" +" Drinks to serve`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who are " +"currently checked-in at that station." msgstr "" -"Para registrar las salidas de forma correcta, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Recepción --> Estaciones --> (#) en el lugar`. Esta acción " -"abre una lista con todos los visitantes que registraron su entrada en esa " -"estación." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:157 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check Out` button near the end of the line for the " +"Click the :guilabel:`Check out` button near the end of the line for the " "visitor who left. Once they are marked as checked-out, the visitor " "disappears from the list." msgstr "" -"Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Registrar salida` ubicado cerca del final " -"de la línea del visitante que se retiró. Después de que lo presiona, el " -"visitante desaparece de la lista." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:161 msgid "" -"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important to" -" check out visitors for accurate record keeping." +"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important " +"for *Frontdesk* users to check out visitors for accurate record keeping." msgstr "" -"Los visitantes **no** registran su salida, así que es importante que lo haga" -" para que sus registros sean los correctos." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:164 msgid "" "Always have an accurate list of who is on the premises at any given time. " "This is important for security purposes, and in the case of an emergency." @@ -8641,42 +8794,6 @@ msgstr "" "Por motivos de seguridad y en caso de emergencia, es importante que siempre " "tenga una lista precisa de quienes se encuentran en sus instalaciones." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:353 -msgid "" -"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " -"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" -"En la aplicación *Recepción* hay dos reportes disponibles: " -":guilabel:`Visitantes` y :guilabel:`Bebidas`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:355 -msgid "" -"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" -" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " -":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" -"Para acceder a cualquiera de ambos, vaya a :menuselection:`Recepción --> " -"Reportes`. Al hacer clic allí, se abrirá el menú desplegable con las " -"opciones para :guilabel:`visitantes` y :guilabel:`bebidas`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:358 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " -"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " -"requests were made for each drink." -msgstr "" -"El reporte de :guilabel:`visitantes` muestra el número de visitantes por mes" -" para el año en curso y el reporte de :guilabel:`bebidas` muestra el número " -"de solicitudes totales de cada bebida." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:361 -msgid "" -"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " -"other metrics, as well." -msgstr "" -"Al igual que con todos los reportes en Odoo, puede modificar los filtros y " -"grupos para visualizar otras métricas." - #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:5 msgid "Lunch" msgstr "Almuerzo" @@ -8732,10 +8849,10 @@ msgid "" "lunch has been delivered. Enjoy your meal!` populates this field, but can be" " modified, if desired." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Notificación de recepción`: establece el mensaje que reciben los " -"usuarios a través de la app *Conversaciones* cuando se ha entregado su " -"comida. El mensaje por defecto es `Se entregó su almuerzo. ¡Disfrute su " -"comida!`, pero puede modificarse si se desea." +":guilabel:`Notificación de recepción`: en este campo debe configurar el " +"mensaje que los usuarios reciben mediante la aplicación *Conversaciones* " +"cuando les entregan su comida. El mensaje predeterminado es `Se entregó su " +"almuerzo. ¡Disfrute su comida!`, pero puede modificarlo si así lo desea." #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -8830,11 +8947,11 @@ msgid "" "Kanban view. To change to a list view, click the :guilabel:`≣ (four " "horizontal lines)` icon in the top-right corner." msgstr "" -"Primero vaya a :menuselection:`aplicación Almuerzo --> Configuración: " -"Proveedores` y todos los proveedores configurados para la aplicación " -"*Almuerzo* aparecerán por defecto en una vista kanban. Para cambiar a la " -"vista de lista, haga clic en el icono de :guilabel:`≣ (cuatro líneas " -"horizontales)` en la esquina superior derecha." +"Primero vaya a :menuselection:`Almuerzo --> Configuración: Proveedores`. Ahí" +" aparecerán todos los proveedores configurados para la aplicación *Almuerzo*" +" de forma predeterminada en la vista de kanban. Para cambiar a la vista de " +"lista, haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`≣ (cuatro líneas horizontales)` " +"ubicado en la esquina superior derecha." #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -9034,10 +9151,10 @@ msgid "" "labeled `Extras`, the second is labeled `Beverages`, and the third is " "labeled `Extra Label 3`." msgstr "" -"Por defecto, Odoo permite tres tipos de productos complementos, que se " -"pueden ver como *categorías*. Por defecto, el primer tipo de *categoría* " -"para complementos se llama `Extras`, el segundo se llama `Bebidas` y el " -"tercero se llama `Etiqueta del extra 3`." +"Odoo permite tres tipos de artículos adicionales de forma predeterminada, " +"estos se pueden considerar como *categorías*. El primer tipo o *categoría* " +"de complementos lleva `Extras` como nombre, el segundo es `Bebidas` y el " +"tercero es `Etiqueta adicional 3`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -9385,7 +9502,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sopa." #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:280 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:701 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:392 msgid "Alerts" msgstr "Alertas" @@ -9404,11 +9521,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner and a blank lunch alert form " "loads. Enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "" -"No hay alertas preconfiguradas por defecto. Para configurar una, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Almuerzo --> Configuración: alertas`. Haga clic en el botón " -":guilabel:`Nuevo` en la esquina superior izquierda y aparecerá un formulario" -" de alerta para almuerzo en blanco. Ingrese la siguiente información en el " -"formulario:" +"No hay alertas preconfiguradas de forma predeterminada. Para configurar una," +" vaya a :menuselection:`Almuerzo --> Configuración: Alertas`. Haga clic en " +"el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo` ubicado en la esquina superior izquierda, " +"aparecerá un formulario de alerta para almuerzo vacío. Proporcione la " +"siguiente información en el formulario:" #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:289 msgid "" @@ -9490,8 +9607,8 @@ msgid "" "change the setting from active to inactive." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Tiempo de notificación`: seleccione los días de la semana en los " -"que se deba enviar la alerta, por defecto, los siete días están activados. " -"Haga clic en la casilla de verificación para cambiar el ajuste de activo a " +"que se deba enviar la alerta, los siete días están activados de forma " +"predeterminada. Haga clic en la casilla para cambiar el ajuste de activo a " "inactivo." #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:310 @@ -11085,7 +11202,14 @@ msgstr "" "aplicación *Nómina*, los cambios también se reflejan en la aplicación " "*Reclutamiento*." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To access contract templates, the *Salary Configurator* " +"(`hr_contract_salary`) module **must** be :ref:`installed " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "To view all the current contract templates in the database, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Contracts: Templates`." @@ -11094,7 +11218,7 @@ msgstr "" "para ver todas las plantillas de contrato actuales disponibles en la base de" " datos." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Contract Templates` page, all current contract templates " "appear in a list view. To view the details of a contract template, click " @@ -11108,7 +11232,7 @@ msgstr "" "su formulario, desde allí podrá modificar el formulario. Haga los cambios " "deseados en el contrato." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" "To create a new contract template, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Then, " "enter the following information on the blank contract template form that " @@ -11118,7 +11242,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nuevo` y complete la información en el formulario de plantilla " "que aparece:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Reference`: enter a brief description for the template. " "This should be clear and easily understood, as this name appears in the " @@ -11128,7 +11252,7 @@ msgstr "" "plantilla. Este nombre también aparece en la aplicación *Reclutamiento* así " "que debe ser claro y fácil de entender." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: select the desired working schedule the " "contract applies to from the drop-down menu. If a new working schedule is " @@ -11138,7 +11262,7 @@ msgstr "" " se aplica el contrato en el menú desplegable. Si necesita uno nuevo, " ":ref:`créelo `." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select how the work entries are generated. " "Choices are either:" @@ -11146,7 +11270,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Origen de la entrada de trabajo`: seleccione cómo se generan las " "entradas de trabajo. Las opciones son:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: work entries are generated based on the " "selected working schedule." @@ -11154,7 +11278,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Horario de trabajo`: las entradas de trabajo se generan según el " "horario laboral seleccionado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "attendance, as they are logged in the *Attendances* application. Refer to " @@ -11167,7 +11291,7 @@ msgstr "" "` para obtener información sobre cómo registrar la " "entrada y salida." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Planning`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "planning in the *Planning* application." @@ -11175,7 +11299,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Planeación`: las entradas de trabajo se generan según la " "planificación del empleado en la aplicación *Planeación*." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select the :ref:`salary structure type " "` from the drop-down menu." @@ -11183,7 +11307,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Tipo de estructura salarial`: seleccione el :ref:`tipo de " "estructura salarial ` con el menú desplegable." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the contract template applies " "to from the drop-down menu. If blank, the template applies to all " @@ -11193,7 +11317,7 @@ msgstr "" "plantilla de contrato en el menú desplegable. La plantilla se aplica a todos" " los departamentos cuando el campo está vacío." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Job Position`: select the :ref:`job position ` the contract template applies to from the drop-down menu. If " @@ -11204,12 +11328,12 @@ msgstr "" "menú desplegable. La plantilla se aplica a todos los puestos de trabajo " "cuando el campo está vacío." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 msgid ":guilabel:`Wage on Payroll`: enter the monthly wage in the field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Salario en la nómina`: escriba el salario mensual en el campo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Type`: select the type of contract from the drop-down " "menu. This list is the same as the :ref:`Employment Types " @@ -11219,7 +11343,7 @@ msgstr "" "desplegable. Esta lista es la misma que la de los :ref:`tipos de empleo " "`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: select the employee responsible for validating " "contracts, using this template, from the drop-down menu." @@ -11227,7 +11351,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Responsable de RR. HH.`: seleccione al empleado responsable de " "validar contratos con esta plantilla en el menú desplegable." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`: select a default document that a" " new employee has to sign to accept an offer." @@ -11236,7 +11360,7 @@ msgstr "" "documento predeterminado que el nuevo empleado deberá firmar para aceptar " "una oferta." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template`: select a default document " "that a current employee has to sign to update their contract." @@ -11251,11 +11375,11 @@ msgstr "" "Un formulario para la nueva plantilla de contrato con todos los campos " "completados." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 msgid "Salary information tab" msgstr "Pestaña de información salarial" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or " @@ -11264,7 +11388,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Tipo de salario`: seleccione :guilabel:`Salario fijo` o " ":guilabel:`Salario por hora` en el menú desplegable." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: using the drop-down menu, select how often the " "employee is paid. Options include :guilabel:`Annually`, :guilabel:`Semi-" @@ -11278,7 +11402,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Bimestral`, :guilabel:`Mensual`, :guilabel:`Quincenal`, " ":guilabel:`Semanal` o :guilabel:`Diario`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage`: enter the gross wage. The time period presented in this " "field is based on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Scheduled Pay` field. " @@ -11291,7 +11415,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Costo anual (real)`, ya que esa entrada actualiza este campo de " "forma automática." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:172 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)`: enter the total yearly cost the employee " "costs the employer. When this value is entered, the :guilabel:`Monthly Cost " @@ -11301,7 +11425,7 @@ msgstr "" " representa para el empleador. El :guilabel:`Costo mensual (real)` se " "actualiza de forma automática al proporcionar este valor." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Monthly Cost (Real)`: this field is **not** editable. The value " "is automatically populated after the :guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)` is " @@ -11311,7 +11435,7 @@ msgstr "" "valor se completa en automático después de proporcionar el :guilabel:`costo " "anual (real)`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:178 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Schedule Pay`, :guilabel:`Wage`, and :guilabel:`Yearly Cost " "(Real)` fields are all linked. If any of these fields are updated, the other" @@ -11329,11 +11453,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The salary information tab, with the fields filled in." msgstr "La pestaña de información salarial con los campos completos." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 msgid "Pre-tax benefits and post-tax deductions" msgstr "Prestaciones antes de impuestos y deducciones después de impuestos" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:190 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings set for the company, the entries " "presented in this section either vary, or may not appear at all." @@ -11341,7 +11465,7 @@ msgstr "" "Las entradas que aparecen en esta sección pueden variar o no aparecer según " "los ajustes de la localización establecida para la empresa." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "For example, some entries may pertain to retirement accounts, health " "insurance benefits, and commuter benefits." @@ -11349,7 +11473,7 @@ msgstr "" "Por ejemplo, algunas entradas pueden estar relacionadas a cuentas de retiro " "o prestaciones de seguro médico y transportación." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:196 msgid "" "Enter the monetary amounts or percentages to specify how much of the " "employee's salary goes to the various benefits and/or deductions." @@ -11357,11 +11481,11 @@ msgstr "" "Escriba la cantidad monetaria o el porcentaje para especificar la parte del " "salario del empleado que está dirigida a las prestaciones o deducciones." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "Employment types" msgstr "Tipos de empleo" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:204 msgid "" "To view all the pre-configured employment types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll application --> Configuration --> Contracts: " @@ -11370,7 +11494,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya a :menuselection:`Nómina --> Configuración --> Contratos: Tipos de " "empleo` para ver todos los tipos de empleo preconfigurados." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:207 msgid "" "The employment types are presented in a list view on the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." @@ -11378,7 +11502,7 @@ msgstr "" "Los :guilabel:`tipos de empleo` aparecen en una vista de lista en la página " "correspondiente." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:209 msgid "" "The default employment types are :guilabel:`Permanent`, " ":guilabel:`Temporary`, :guilabel:`Seasonal`, :guilabel:`Interim`, " @@ -11388,7 +11512,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Temporal`, :guilabel:`Por temporada`, :guilabel:`Provisional`, " ":guilabel:`Tiempo completo` y :guilabel:`Medio tiempo`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 msgid "" "To make a new employment type, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the " "upper-left corner, and a blank line appears at the bottom of the " @@ -11398,7 +11522,7 @@ msgstr "" "izquierda para crear un nuevo tipo de empleo. Aparecerá una línea vacía en " "la parte inferior de la página de :guilabel:`Tipos de empleo`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:215 msgid "" "On this new blank line, enter the name of the employment type in the " ":guilabel:`Name` column. If the employment type is country-specific, select " @@ -11411,7 +11535,7 @@ msgstr "" "selecciónelo con el menú desplegable de la columna :guilabel:`País`. Si " "selecciona un país, entonces *solo* aplicará para ese país en específico." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:220 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the employment types, click the :guilabel:`six " "small gray boxes` icon to the left of the employment type :guilabel:`Name`, " @@ -11428,12 +11552,12 @@ msgstr "" "Los tipos de empleo en la base de datos de forma predeterminada en la vista " "de lista." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "Entradas de trabajo" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -11446,15 +11570,15 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`permisos por enfermedad`, :guilabel:`capacitaciones` o " ":guilabel:`días feriados`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:238 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr ":doc:`Gestionar entradas de trabajo `" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:241 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "Tipos de entradas de trabajo" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -11467,7 +11591,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`tipos de entrada de trabajo` se crea de forma automática según " "los ajustes de localización establecidos en la base de datos." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work " @@ -11477,7 +11601,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Nómina --> Configuración --> Entradas de trabajo --> Tipos " "de entradas de trabajo`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:251 msgid "" "Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." @@ -11494,11 +11618,11 @@ msgstr "" "Lista de todos los tipos de entrada de trabajo disponibles para su uso con " "el código de nómina y el color." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "Nuevo tipo de entrada de trabajo" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 msgid "" "To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." @@ -11507,13 +11631,13 @@ msgstr "" "botón :guilabel:`Nuevo` y proporcione la información correspondiente para " "las siguientes secciones del formulario." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:730 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:43 msgid "General information section" msgstr "Sección de información general" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: the name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." @@ -11521,7 +11645,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nombre del tipo de entrada de trabajo`: el nombre debe ser corto " "y descriptivo, como `permiso por enfermedad` o `día feriado`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:269 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: this code appears with the work entry type on " "timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " @@ -11533,7 +11657,7 @@ msgstr "" "con la aplicación *Contabilidad*, le recomendamos que lo verifique con el " "departamento de contabilidad." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:272 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DMFA code`: this code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " "Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding :abbr:`DMFA (De " @@ -11551,7 +11675,7 @@ msgstr "" " los empleados realizaron durante el trimestre, así como los salarios que se" " les proporcionaron." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 msgid "" ":guilabel:`External Code`: this code is used for exporting data to a third-" "party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used to determine " @@ -11562,7 +11686,7 @@ msgstr "" "determinar el :guilabel:`código externo` que debe usar para el nuevo tipo de" " entrada de trabajo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: this code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " "payroll service provider." @@ -11570,17 +11694,17 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Código de SDWorx`: este código solo es para las empresas que " "utilizan SDWorx, un proveedor de servicios de nómina." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the particular work entry type." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Color`: seleccione un color para ese tipo de entrada de trabajo " "en particular." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:285 msgid "Display in payslip section" msgstr "Sección a mostrar en el recibo de nómina" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rounding`: the rounding method selected determines how quantities" " on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." @@ -11588,12 +11712,12 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Redondeo`: el método de redondeo que seleccione determina cómo " "aparecen las cantidades en las entradas de la hoja de horas de la nómina." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: a timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Sin redondeo`: la entrada en la hoja de horas no se modifica." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." @@ -11601,7 +11725,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Medio día`: la entrada de la hoja de horas se redondea a la " "cantidad de medio día más cercana." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." @@ -11609,7 +11733,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Día`: la entrada de la hoja de horas se redondea a la cantidad de" " día completo más cercana." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:295 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -11625,11 +11749,11 @@ msgstr "" "día`, la entrada cambia a 4 horas y si es :guilabel:`Día` entonces cambia a " "8 horas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:301 msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "Sección sin pago" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: if the work entry is for work that " "is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " @@ -11644,11 +11768,11 @@ msgstr "" "proporciona alguna compensación serían las pasantías no remuneradas, " "capacitaciones no remuneradas o trabajo voluntario." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:309 msgid "Valid for advantages section" msgstr "Sección de ventajas adicionales y su validez" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: if the work entry should count towards a meal " "voucher, check the box." @@ -11656,7 +11780,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Vale de despensa`: seleccione la casilla si la entrada de trabajo" " debe contar para un vale de despensa." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:312 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: if the work entry should count towards " "representation fees, check the box." @@ -11664,7 +11788,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Honorarios`: seleccione la casilla si la entrada de trabajo debe " "contar para honorarios." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: if the work entry should count " "towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." @@ -11672,11 +11796,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Reembolso de kilometraje`: seleccione la casilla si la entrada de" " trabajo debe contar para el reembolso de kilometraje." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:318 msgid "Time off options section" msgstr "Sección de opciones de tiempo personal" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off`: check this box if the work entry type can be selected " "for a time off request, or entry, in the *Time Off* application." @@ -11685,7 +11809,7 @@ msgstr "" "de trabajo se puede seleccionar para una solicitud de tiempo personal o una " "entrada en la aplicación *Tiempo personal*." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field " "appears. This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time" @@ -11697,7 +11821,7 @@ msgstr "" "para seleccionar el tipo específico, por ejemplo, `Tiempo personal pagado`, " "`Tiempo personal por enfermedad` u `Horas adicionales`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "A new type of time off can be entered in the field, if the listed types of " "time off in the drop-down menu do **not** display the type of time off " @@ -11706,7 +11830,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si en los tipos de tiempo personal que aparecen en el menú desplegable " "**no** aparece el que desea, puede escribir uno nuevo en el campo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: this is for Belgian-specific companies " "**only**, and does **not** appear for other localizations. Check this box if" @@ -11725,11 +11849,11 @@ msgstr "" "pueden afectar cuánto tiempo personal recibirá o acumulará el empleado el " "siguiente año." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:336 msgid "Reporting section" msgstr "Sección de reportes" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:338 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: if the work entry should be visible on the " "unforeseen absences report, check this box." @@ -11742,11 +11866,11 @@ msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." msgstr "" "Nuevo formulario de entrada de trabajo con todos los campos a completar." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:348 msgid "Working schedules" msgstr "Horarios de trabajo" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 msgid "" "To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " @@ -11759,7 +11883,7 @@ msgstr "" "trabajo disponibles para los contratos y las entradas de trabajo de un " "empleado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 msgid "" "Working schedules are company-specific. Each company **must** identify each " "type of working schedule they use. If the database is created for only one " @@ -11769,7 +11893,7 @@ msgstr "" "**debe** identificar los tipos que utilizan. La columna de empresa no está " "disponible si la base de datos está creada solo para una empresa." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" "An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " "work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " @@ -11779,7 +11903,7 @@ msgstr "" "laboral estándar de 40 horas debe tener su propia entrada de horario de " "trabajo para cada una." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "" "A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " "needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." @@ -11796,11 +11920,11 @@ msgstr "" "Todos los horarios de trabajo disponibles para su uso configurados en la " "base de datos de la empresa." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "New working schedule" msgstr "Nuevo horario de trabajo" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:373 msgid "" "To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " "enter the information on the form." @@ -11809,7 +11933,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nuevo` y complete el formulario con la información " "correspondiente." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -11821,7 +11945,7 @@ msgstr "" "trabajo en el campo :guilabel:`Nombre` y después realice las modificaciones " "a los días y horas que correspondan en el nuevo horario." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:380 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -11835,7 +11959,7 @@ msgstr "" "realice su selección. Las columnas :guilabel:`Trabajar desde` y " ":guilabel:`Trabajar hasta` se modifican al escribir la hora." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:386 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." @@ -11844,26 +11968,22 @@ msgstr "" "estar en un formato de 24 horas. Por ejemplo, las `2:00 p. m.` se ingresan " "como `14:00`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:389 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top-left. This creates " "entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" -"Si las horas laborables deben tener una configuración de dos semanas, haga " -"clic en el botón :guilabel:`Cambiar a calendario de 2 semanas` ubicado en la" -" parte superior izquierda. Esta acción creará entradas para una " -":guilabel:`semana par` y una :guilabel:`semana impar`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "New working schedule form." msgstr "Formulario del nuevo horario de trabajo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:403 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "Tipos de estructura" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -11880,7 +12000,7 @@ msgstr "" "con la que se paga a un empleado y si se proporciona por salario (fijo) o " "por las horas que trabajó (variadas), además de sus horas laborables." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:411 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -11897,41 +12017,36 @@ msgstr "" "`Salario regular` como la estructura de `Bono de fin de año` están dentro " "del tipo de estructura de `Empleado`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:417 msgid "" "The different :guilabel:`Structure Types` can be seen by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure " -"Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary: Structure Types`." msgstr "" -"Puede consultar los diferentes :guilabel:`tipos de estructuras` desde " -":menuselection:`Nómina --> Configuración --> Salario --> Tipos de " -"estructura`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:420 msgid "" -"There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: " -":guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Worker`. Typically, :guilabel:`Employee`" -" is used for salaried employees, which is why the wage type is " -":guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is typically used for" -" employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +"Two default structure types are configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Employee` and" +" :guilabel:`Worker`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:422 +msgid "" +"Typically, :guilabel:`Employee` is used for salaried employees, which is why" +" the wage type is :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is " +"typically used for employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is " +":guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -"Los dos tipos de estructura predeterminados configurados en Odoo son " -":guilabel:`empleado` y :guilabel:`trabajador`. Por lo general, " -":guilabel:`empleado` se utiliza para los empleados asalariados y el tipo de " -"salario es :guilabel:`Salario fijo mensual`. :guilabel:`Trabajador` se " -"utiliza para los empleados que reciben un pago por hora y su tipo de salario" -" es :guilabel:`Salario por hora`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." msgstr "" "Lista de todos los tipos de estructura configurados disponibles para su uso." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "New structure type" msgstr "Nuevo tipo de estructura" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " "structure type form appears." @@ -11939,7 +12054,7 @@ msgstr "" "Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo` para crear un nuevo tipo de " "estructura. Esta acción abrirá un formulario vacío." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 msgid "" "Proceed to enter information in the fields. Most fields are pre-populated, " "but all the fields can be modified." @@ -11947,7 +12062,7 @@ msgstr "" "Agregue la información necesaria a los campos. La mayoría de los campos ya " "están completos, pero puede modificarlos." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:441 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Structure Type`: enter the name for the new structure type, such " "as `Employee` or `Worker`." @@ -11955,7 +12070,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Tipo de estructura`: escriba el nombre para el nuevo tipo de " "estructura, por ejemplo, `Empleado` o `Trabajador`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Country`: select the country that the new structure type applies " "to from the drop-down menu." @@ -11963,7 +12078,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`País`: seleccione el país al que se aplica el nuevo tipo de " "estructura en el menú desplegable." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:445 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select what type of wage the new structure type uses," " either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." @@ -11972,7 +12087,7 @@ msgstr "" " estructura, elija entre :guilabel:`Salario fijo` o :guilabel:`Salario por " "hora`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for salaried employees, who receive the same wage " "every pay period, select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage`." @@ -11980,7 +12095,7 @@ msgstr "" "Elija :guilabel:`Salario fijo` si lo utilizará para los empleados " "asalariados que reciben el mismo salario en cada periodo de pago." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:451 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for employees, who receive wages based on how many" " hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." @@ -11988,7 +12103,7 @@ msgstr "" "Elija :guilabel:`Salario por hora` si lo utilizará para los empleados que " "reciben salarios según las horas trabajadas durante un periodo de pago." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: select the typical pay schedule for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," @@ -12003,7 +12118,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Quincenal` y :guilabel:`Bimestral`. Esto indica la frecuencia de " "pago de este tipo de estructura." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: select the default working hours for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " @@ -12022,7 +12137,7 @@ msgstr "" " un nuevo conjunto de horas laborables predeterminadas`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: type in the name for the regular pay " "structure." @@ -12030,7 +12145,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Estructura de pago regular`: escriba el nombre de la estructura " "de pago regular." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:463 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: select the default type of work entry " "the new structure type falls under from the drop-down menu. The default " @@ -12050,7 +12165,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Fuera de contrato`, :guilabel:`Horas adicionales` y " ":guilabel:`Tiempo personal de largo plazo`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 msgid "" "To view all the options for the :guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`, click " "the :guilabel:`Search More..` button at the bottom of the drop-down list." @@ -12059,7 +12174,7 @@ msgstr "" " inferior de la lista desplegable para ver todas las opciones para el " ":guilabel:`tipo de entrada de trabajo predeterminado`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:472 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings, this list may contain more options " "in addition to the default options." @@ -12074,11 +12189,11 @@ msgstr "" "Nuevo formulario de tipo de estructura a completar al crear un nuevo tipo de" " estructura." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 msgid "New default working hours" msgstr "Nuevas horas laborales predeterminadas" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:484 msgid "" "To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " "in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " @@ -12095,7 +12210,7 @@ msgstr "" "todas las horas laborables individuales por día y hora. Cuando haya " "completado el formulario haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar y cerrar`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: type in the name for the new default working hours. This " "should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " @@ -12105,7 +12220,7 @@ msgstr "" "predeterminadas. Debería ser descriptivo y fácil de comprender, por ejemplo " "`Estándar de 20 horas a la semana`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that can use these new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " @@ -12117,7 +12232,7 @@ msgstr "" "específicas para cada empresa y no se pueden dividir entre ellas, es decir, " "cada empresa debe tener sus propias horas laborables establecidas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:495 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: the average hours per day field is auto-" "populated, based on the working hours configured in the :guilabel:`Working " @@ -12130,7 +12245,7 @@ msgstr "" "diarias indica qué recursos se pueden utilizar y en qué cantidad por día " "laborable." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:499 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Timezone`: select the time zone to be used for the new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu." @@ -12138,7 +12253,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Zona horaria`: seleccione la zona horaria que se utilizará para " "las nuevas horas de trabajo predeterminadas en el menú desplegable." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:501 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: enter the number of hours per week an " "employee would need to work to be considered a full-time employee. " @@ -12152,7 +12267,7 @@ msgstr "" "este número repercute en los tipos de prestaciones que el empleado puede " "recibir según su estado laboral (tiempo completo o tiempo parcial)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:505 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Time Rate`: this percentage is auto-generated based on the " "entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" @@ -12168,7 +12283,7 @@ msgstr "" "al `100%`, indica que debe ajustar los horarios laborables o las horas en " ":guilabel:`Tiempo completo de la empresa`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: this tab is where each day's specific working" " hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " @@ -12180,7 +12295,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Horas laborables` incluye la información predeterminada de una " "semana de 40 horas y cada día está dividido en tres partes." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:513 msgid "" "Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening " "(13:00-17:00) hours configured, using a 24 hour time format." @@ -12189,7 +12304,7 @@ msgstr "" "almuerzo (de 12:00 a 13:00) y tarde (de 13:00 a 17:00). El formato de hora " "corresponde al de 24 horas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:516 msgid "" "To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field to adjust, and " "make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the specific case of " @@ -12198,7 +12313,7 @@ msgstr "" "Haga clic en un campo específico para ajustar las horas y use los menús " "desplegables, también puede escribir la hora correspondiente." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:519 msgid "" "Keep in mind, working hours are company-specific, and cannot be shared " "between companies. Each company needs to have their own working hours set." @@ -12207,7 +12322,7 @@ msgstr "" "posible compartirlo con las demás. Cada empresa debe tener sus propias horas" " laborables establecidas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "" "If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " "bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " @@ -12221,11 +12336,11 @@ msgstr "" "laborables predeterminadas. Esto hará que en la pestaña de :guilabel:`horas " "laborables` aparezcan dos semanas que podrá ajustar." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 msgid "Structures" msgstr "Estructuras" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:531 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." @@ -12234,7 +12349,7 @@ msgstr "" "empleado dentro de una estructura *específica* y están definidas por varias " "reglas particulares." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -12246,7 +12361,7 @@ msgstr "" "empleados y cómo se calcula su salario. Por ejemplo, una estructura común " "que resultaría útil agregar podría ser un `Bono`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:538 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." @@ -12254,7 +12369,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para visualizar todas las estructuras para cada tipo de estructura, vaya a " ":menuselection:`Nómina --> Configuración --> Salario --> Estructuras`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:541 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " @@ -12268,7 +12383,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All available salary structures." msgstr "Todas las estructuras salariales disponibles." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:548 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." @@ -12284,12 +12399,12 @@ msgstr "" "Detalles de la estructura salarial para un pago regular, enumerando todas " "las reglas salariales específicas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:551 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:556 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:261 msgid "Rules" msgstr "Reglas" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:558 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " "purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" @@ -12301,7 +12416,7 @@ msgstr "" "acciones de la aplicación *Contabilidad*, por lo que solo debe modificar o " "crear reglas predeterminadas cuando sea necesario." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:562 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " @@ -12311,7 +12426,7 @@ msgstr "" " --> Configuración --> Salario --> Reglas`. Haga clic en una estructura (por" " ejemplo, en :guilabel:`pago regular`) para ver todas las reglas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:565 msgid "" "To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " "the following information in the fields." @@ -12320,18 +12435,18 @@ msgstr "" "abrirá un formulario vacío, complete los campos con la información " "correspondiente." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 msgid "Top section" msgstr "Sección superior" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:571 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rule Name`: enter a name for the rule. This field is required." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nombre de la regla`: escriba un nombre para la regla. Este campo " "es obligatorio." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." @@ -12339,7 +12454,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Categoría`: seleccione una categoría para la que aplica la regla " "en el menú desplegable o escriba una nueva. Este campo es obligatorio." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " "recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " @@ -12351,7 +12466,7 @@ msgstr "" "para que le proporcionen este código, pues influirá en los reportes " "contables y el procesamiento de nóminas. Este campo es obligatorio." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:577 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a number indicating when this rule is calculated" " in the sequence of all other rules." @@ -12359,7 +12474,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Secuencia`: escriba un número que indique cuándo se calcula esta " "regla en la secuencia de todas las demás reglas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." @@ -12368,7 +12483,7 @@ msgstr "" "que aplica la regla en el menú desplegable o escriba una nueva. Este campo " "es obligatorio." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:576 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Active`: enable this toggle, so the rule is available for use. " "Disable the toggle to hide the rule without deleting it in the database." @@ -12377,7 +12492,7 @@ msgstr "" "botón debe estar deshabilitado para ocultar la regla sin necesidad de " "eliminarla de la base de datos." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:583 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appears on payslip`: tick the checkbox to have the rule appear on" " employee payslips." @@ -12385,7 +12500,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Aparece en el recibo de nómina`: seleccione la casilla para que " "la regla aparezca en los recibos de nómina de los empleados." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:584 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Employer Cost Dashboard`: tick the checkbox to have the " "rule appear on the :guilabel:`Employer Cost` report, located on the " @@ -12395,7 +12510,7 @@ msgstr "" " para que la regla aparezca en el reporte de :guilabel:`Costo del empleador`" " que aparece en el tablero de la aplicación *Nómina*." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:586 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Payroll Reporting`: tick the checkbox to have the rule " "appear on payroll reports." @@ -12409,15 +12524,15 @@ msgstr "" "Proporcione la información para la nueva regla en el formulario " "correspondiente." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 msgid "General tab" msgstr "Pestaña general" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:597 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "Condiciones" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:599 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: select from the drop-down menu whether the " "rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always applies), a :guilabel:`Range` " @@ -12431,11 +12546,11 @@ msgstr "" "abajo de la selección) o una :guilabel:`expresión de Python` (el código se " "escribe abajo de la selección). Este campo es obligatorio." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:600 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:605 msgid "Computation" msgstr "Cálculo" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:607 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: select from the drop-down menu whether the amount " "is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a :guilabel:`Percentage (%)`, or a " @@ -12447,11 +12562,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`código Python`. Según lo que seleccione, deberá escribir el " "importe fijo, porcentaje o código de Python. Este campo es obligatorio." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:613 msgid "Company contribution" msgstr "Contribución de la empresa" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:615 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partner`: if another company financially contributes to this " "rule, select the company from the drop-down menu." @@ -12459,12 +12574,12 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Contacto`: si otra empresa contribuye de forma financiera a esta " "regla selecciónela en el menú desplegable." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:614 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:810 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 msgid "Description tab" msgstr "Pestaña de descripción" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:621 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the rule. " "This tab only appears in the rule form." @@ -12472,11 +12587,11 @@ msgstr "" "Proporcione cualquier información adicional que ayude a explicar la regla en" " esta pestaña. Esta pestaña solo aparece en el formulario de la regla." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:625 msgid "Accounting tab" msgstr "Pestaña de contabilidad" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:627 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Debit Account`: select the debit account from the drop-down menu " "the rule affects." @@ -12484,7 +12599,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Cuenta de débito`: con el menú desplegable seleccione la cuenta " "de débito que influye en la regla." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Credit Account`: select the credit account from the drop-down " "menu the rule affects." @@ -12492,7 +12607,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Cuenta de crédito`: con el menú desplegable seleccione la cuenta " "de crédito que influye en la regla." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:624 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:629 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not computed in net accountability`: tick the checkbox to delete " "the value of this rule in the `Net Salary` rule." @@ -12500,11 +12615,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`No se calcula en contabilidad neta`: seleccione la casilla para " "eliminar el valor de esta regla en la regla de `Salario neto`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:633 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "Parámetros de regla" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:636 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " @@ -12518,11 +12633,11 @@ msgstr "" "específico en Bélgica. La documentación se actualizará cuando esta sección " "se haya expandido a otros mercados." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:642 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "Otros tipos de entrada" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:644 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " @@ -12542,7 +12657,7 @@ msgstr "" "Una lista de otros tipos de entrada de nómina que puede seleccionar al crear una nueva entrada para \n" "un recibo de nómina." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 msgid "" "To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " ":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " @@ -12552,7 +12667,7 @@ msgstr "" " Escriba la :guilabel:`descripción`, el :guilabel:`código` y a qué " "estructura se aplica en el campo :guilabel:`Disponibilidad en estructura`. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:658 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" " :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " @@ -12568,11 +12683,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new Input Type form filled in." msgstr "Un nuevo formulario de tipo de entrada con sus datos completos." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:664 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:669 msgid "Salary attachment types" msgstr "Tipos de deducción salarial" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:671 msgid "" "Salary attachments, also thought of as \"wage garnishments\", are portions " "of earnings taken out of a payslip for something specific. Much like all " @@ -12584,7 +12699,7 @@ msgstr "" "fin específico. Como ocurre con otros aspectos de las configuraciones de " "nómina, también **debe** definir los tipos de deducciones salariales." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:675 msgid "" "To view the currently configured salary attachments, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Salary " @@ -12597,7 +12712,7 @@ msgstr "" "configuradas. Los tipos predeterminados son :guilabel:`Deducción salarial`, " ":guilabel:`Asignación salarial` y :guilabel:`Pensión alimenticia`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:679 msgid "" "To make a new type of salary attachment, click the :guilabel:`New` button. " "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Code` (used in the salary " @@ -12614,11 +12729,12 @@ msgid "A new salary attachment form filled in." msgstr "" "Un formulario para una nueva deducción salarial con sus campos completos." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "Configurador del paquete salarial" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " "section of the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary " @@ -12634,7 +12750,7 @@ msgstr "" "personal` y :guilabel:`Currículo`) especifican qué prestaciones puede " "ofrecer a un empleado en su paquete salarial." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:695 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -12649,11 +12765,11 @@ msgstr "" "directamente lo que el solicitante ve y, por lo tanto, lo que se completa " "conforme escribe su información." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:701 msgid "Benefits" msgstr "Beneficios" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:703 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain benefits " "set in Odoo, in addition to the salary, to make an offer more appealing " @@ -12665,7 +12781,7 @@ msgstr "" "atractiva. Puede agregar tiempo personal adicional, uso de un vehículo de la" " empresa, reembolso por gastos telefónicos o de internet, entre otras cosas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:707 msgid "" "To view the benefits, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary Package Configurator: Benefits`. Benefits are grouped by " @@ -12684,7 +12800,7 @@ msgstr "" "Una lista con todas las prestaciones disponibles para cada tipo de " "estructura." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:716 msgid "" "A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " "another labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " @@ -12697,7 +12813,7 @@ msgstr "" "empresa, mientras que la estructura :guilabel:`Becario` una prestación " "relacionada con cupones de comida." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:720 msgid "" "A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use the " "company car benefit, but cannot have meal vouchers. A person hired under the" @@ -12709,7 +12825,7 @@ msgstr "" "Otra persona contratada bajo el tipo de estructura :guilabel:`Becario` " "tendría cupones de comida, pero no podría usar los vehículos de la empresa." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:724 msgid "" "To make a new benefit, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " "information in the fields on the blank benefits form." @@ -12717,11 +12833,11 @@ msgstr "" "Para crear una nueva prestación, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo` y " "escriba la información en los campos vacíos del formulario correspondiente." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:722 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 msgid "The various fields for creating a benefit are as follows:" msgstr "Los distintos campos para crear una prestación son los siguientes:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:732 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefits`: enter the name for the benefit. This field is " "required." @@ -12729,7 +12845,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Prestaciones`: escriba el nombre de la prestación. Este campo es " "obligatorio." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:733 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "benefit this is." @@ -12737,7 +12853,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Campo de prestación`: seleccione qué tipo de prestación es con el" " menú desplegable." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of cost " "incurred by the company for this specific benefit. The default options are " @@ -12755,7 +12871,7 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel:`Salario con con vacaciones` y guilabel:`asa de tiempo de trabajo`." " Es posible que haya opciones adicionales según los ajustes de localización." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:739 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Related Type`: select from the drop-down menu what type of " "benefit it is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -12769,7 +12885,7 @@ msgstr "" "efectivo`, :guilabel:`Beneficio anual en efectivo` o :guilabel:`Beneficios " "no financieros`. Este campo es obligatorio." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:738 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the specific field" " on the contract the benefit appears." @@ -12777,7 +12893,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Campo de prestación`: con el menú desplegable seleccione el campo" " específico del contrato en el que aparece la prestación." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select the specific field on the contract that the " "cost of the benefit is linked to, using the drop-down menu. If this field is" @@ -12788,7 +12904,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si deja este campo vacío, su costo no se calcula en el presupuesto del " "empleado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:748 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Net Salary`: tick the checkbox if the benefit should " "impact the employee's net salary." @@ -12796,7 +12912,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Influye en el salario neto`: seleccione la casilla si la " "prestación debe influir en el salario neto del empleado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requested Documents`: select any document that is required to be " "submitted for this benefit, from the drop-down menu." @@ -12804,7 +12920,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Documentos solicitados`: con el menú desplegable seleccione " "cualquier documento que sea necesario para esta prestación." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:752 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mandatory Benefits`: using the drop-down menu, select the benefit" " that is required in order for this specific benefit to be offered to the " @@ -12814,7 +12930,7 @@ msgstr "" "la prestación necesaria para que esta en específico se le ofrezca al " "empleado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 msgid "" "For example, a benefit for car insurance would populate `Company Car` in " "this field. This would allow the car insurance benefit to **only** be " @@ -12825,7 +12941,7 @@ msgstr "" "aparezca si el empleado seleccionó o habilitó la prestación que proporciona " "alguno de los vehículos de la empresa." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:758 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this benefit applies to. This field is required." @@ -12834,7 +12950,7 @@ msgstr "" " qué tipo de estructura salarial se aplica esta prestación. Este campo es " "obligatorio." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:760 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select the metric that the benefit is granted, " "using the drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " @@ -12850,11 +12966,11 @@ msgstr "" "Un nuevo formulario de prestaciones completo para una suscripción a " "Internet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:768 msgid "Display section" msgstr "Sección de visualización" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:770 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show Name`: tick the checkbox to have the benefit name appear in " "the salary package configurator." @@ -12862,7 +12978,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Mostrar nombre`: seleccione la casilla para que el nombre de la " "prestación aparezca en el configurador del paquete salarial." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:767 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: select from the drop-down menu how this benefit is" " displayed. The options are :guilabel:`Always Selected`, " @@ -12876,7 +12992,7 @@ msgstr "" "deslizante`, :guilabel:`Botones de opción`, :guilabel:`Entrada manual` o " ":guilabel:`Texto`. Este campo es obligatorio." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 msgid "" "Depending on the selection made, additional configurations need to be made. " "For example, if :guilabel:`Radio Buttons` is selected, the individual radio " @@ -12886,7 +13002,7 @@ msgstr "" "si selecciona :guilabel:`Botones de opción` tendrá que agregar la " "información de cada botón." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Icon`: an icon from the `Font Awesome 4 library " "`_ can be visible for this benefit. Enter" @@ -12899,7 +13015,7 @@ msgstr "" "escribir el código `fa fa-suitcase` en esta línea para que aparezca el icono" " de maleta." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hide Description`: tick the checkbox to hide the benefit " "description if the benefit is not selected by the employee." @@ -12907,7 +13023,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Ocultar descripción`: seleccione la casilla para ocultar la " "descripción de la prestación si el empleado no la seleccionó." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:784 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded`: if the benefit should be folded, or hidden, because it " "is dependant on another benefit selection, tick the checkbox. The following " @@ -12917,14 +13033,14 @@ msgstr "" "plegada u oculta en caso de que dependa de otra. Los siguientes campos " "aparecen cuando la casilla está seleccionada:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Label`: enter a name for the folded section of the benefit." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Etiqueta de la sección plegada`: escriba el nombre de la sección " "plegada de la prestación." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:783 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:788 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Res Field`: select the contract field this benefit is tied " "to using the drop-down menu. If this field is selected on the contract, then" @@ -12934,11 +13050,11 @@ msgstr "" "del contrato al que está vinculado esta prestación. Si selecciona este campo" " en el contrato, entonces la prestación es visible." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:792 msgid "Activity section" msgstr "Sección de Actividad" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the activity type" " that is automatically created when this benefit is selected by the " @@ -12948,7 +13064,7 @@ msgstr "" " actividad que se crea de forma automática cuando el empleado selecciona " "esta prestación." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:796 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation`: select when the activity is created, either " "when the :guilabel:`Employee signs his contract`, or when the " @@ -12960,7 +13076,7 @@ msgstr "" " :guilabel:`el contrato está refrendado`. Haga clic en el botón de opción " "ubicado junto a la selección deseada." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:799 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation Type`: select the parameters for when the " "activity is created, either :guilabel:`When the benefit is set` or " @@ -12972,7 +13088,7 @@ msgstr "" "beneficio` o :guilabel:`cuando se modifica el beneficio`. Haga clic en el " "botón de opción ubicado junto a la selección deseada." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:802 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Assigned to`: select the user the activity is automatically " "assigned to, using the drop-down menu." @@ -12980,12 +13096,12 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Asignada a`: con el menú desplegable seleccione el usuario al que" " se asigna la actividad de forma automática." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:143 msgid "Sign section" msgstr "Sección de firma" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:808 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Template to Sign`: if the employee is required to sign a document" " when selecting this benefit, select the document template from the drop-" @@ -12995,7 +13111,7 @@ msgstr "" "el menú desplegable en caso de que sea necesario que el empleado firme un " "documento al seleccionar esta prestación." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:811 msgid "" "For example, a benefit regarding the use of a company car may require the " "employee to sign a document acknowledging the company's car policies." @@ -13004,18 +13120,18 @@ msgstr "" "el que acepte las políticas internas si tiene una prestación relacionada al " "uso de uno de los vehículos de la empresa." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:812 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the benefit." msgstr "" "Proporcione cualquier información adicional que ayude a explicar la " "prestación en esta pestaña. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:820 msgid "Personal info" msgstr "Información personal" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:822 msgid "" "Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " "candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " @@ -13025,7 +13141,7 @@ msgstr "" "cuando un postulante pasa a ser un empleado. Esta tarjeta incluye toda su " "información personal, currículum, información de trabajo y documentos." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:826 msgid "" "The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " "section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " @@ -13037,7 +13153,7 @@ msgstr "" "Esta información personal se transfiere a la tarjeta de empleado después de " "su contratación." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:825 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:830 msgid "" "To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " "dashboard, and click on the employee's card." @@ -13046,13 +13162,13 @@ msgstr "" "aplicación :menuselection:`Empleados` y haga clic en la tarjeta del " "empleado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:829 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:834 msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." msgstr "" "Una tarjeta de empleado se puede considerar el expediente personal de un " "empleado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:836 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Personal Info` section lists all of the fields that are " "available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " @@ -13072,7 +13188,7 @@ msgstr "" "Una lista de toda la información personal a completar que aparece en la " "tarjeta de empleado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:839 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 msgid "" "To edit a personal info entry, select an entry from the list on the " ":guilabel:`Personal Info` page, and modify the personal info on the form " @@ -13082,13 +13198,13 @@ msgstr "" "que se encuentra en la página :guilabel:`Información personal` y modifique " "la información personal en el formulario correspondiente." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:842 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 msgid "To create a new personal info entry, click the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" "Haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo` para crear una nueva entrada de información " "personal." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:849 msgid "" "The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " "are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " @@ -13098,7 +13214,7 @@ msgstr "" " :guilabel:`Modelo relacionado`, :guilabel:`Campo relacionado` y " ":guilabel:`Categoría`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:852 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down menu. " ":guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the :guilabel:`Bank" @@ -13110,7 +13226,7 @@ msgstr "" "pero la opción :guilabel:`Cuenta bancaria` también está disponible en caso " "de que la información este relacionada con una." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:851 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from the drop-down menu that best " "describes what kind of personal information this entry is, and where it is " @@ -13124,7 +13240,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`categoría` a la que pertenece la información personal, como " ":guilabel:`Dirección` o :guilabel:`Documentos personales`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:861 msgid "" "The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " "Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`." @@ -13132,7 +13248,7 @@ msgstr "" "Los dos campos más importantes en el formulario de información personal son " ":guilabel:`Obligatorio` y :guilabel:`Tipo de visualización`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:859 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:864 msgid "" "Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required` box makes the field mandatory on the " "employee's card. The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the " @@ -13150,7 +13266,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "Nueva entrada de información personal." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:871 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:876 msgid "" "The resumé section, housed within the salary package configurator section of" " the settings menu, is how salary information rules are configured when " @@ -13161,7 +13277,7 @@ msgstr "" "las reglas de información salarial cuando le ofrece una posición a un " "posible empleado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:879 msgid "" "When an offer is sent to a prospective employee, the values for the offer " "are computed from these settings, and appear on the offer page." @@ -13169,7 +13285,7 @@ msgstr "" "Al enviar una oferta a un posible empleado, los valores de la oferta se " "calculan a partir de estos ajustes y aparecen en la página correspondiente." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:877 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:882 msgid "" "To configure this section, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator: Resumé`." @@ -13177,7 +13293,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya a :menuselection:`Nómina --> Configuración --> Configurador del paquete" " salarial: Currículum` para configurar esta sección." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:885 msgid "" "By default, there are three :guilabel:`Salary Structure Types` pre-" "configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Worker`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " @@ -13187,7 +13303,7 @@ msgstr "" " forma predeterminada: :guilabel:`Trabajador`, :guilabel:`Empleado` y " ":guilabel:`Ninguno`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:888 msgid "" "Each :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` has several rules configured. These " "affect how an offer is calculated using that particular :guilabel:`Salary " @@ -13197,7 +13313,7 @@ msgstr "" "configuradas, estas influyen en cómo se calcula una oferta con ese " ":guilabel:`tipo de estructura salarial` en particular." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:886 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " ":guilabel:`Contract Salary Resumé` form loads." @@ -13205,11 +13321,11 @@ msgstr "" "Para crear una nueva regla, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo`. Esta " "acción abrirá un formulario vacío de :guilabel:`Currículum`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 msgid ":guilabel:`Information`: type in a name for this field." msgstr ":guilabel:`Información`: escriba un nombre para este campo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:892 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:897 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select the category this value is housed under, using " "the drop-down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Monthly Salary`, " @@ -13221,11 +13337,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Salario mensual`, :guilabel:`Prestaciones mensuales`, " ":guilabel:`Prestaciones anuales` y :guilabel:`Total`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:901 msgid "New categories can be made if needed." msgstr "Es posible crear nuevas categorías en caso de que sean necesarias." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, then enter the name for the new category " "in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, select the :guilabel:`Periodicity` from" @@ -13240,11 +13356,11 @@ msgstr "" "la secuencia, este corresponde a la posición de la regla en la lista de " "reglas del :guilabel:`tipo de estructura salarial`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:908 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "Por último, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar y cerrar`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Monthly Total`: tick the checkbox if this value is added " "in the monthly total calculation." @@ -13252,7 +13368,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Influye en el total mensual`: seleccione la casilla si este valor" " forma parte del cálculo total mensual." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:911 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select what kind of value this rule is, either " ":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Days`, or :guilabel:`Percent`." @@ -13260,7 +13376,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Unidad de medida`: seleccione el tipo de valor de esta regla, " "puede ser :guilabel:`Divisa`, :guilabel:`Días` o :guilabel:`Porcentaje`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency` is for a set monetary value, :guilabel:`Days` is for " "compensation in the form of time off, and :guilabel:`Percent` is for a " @@ -13272,7 +13388,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Porcentaje` es para un valor monetario proporcionado que usa otra" " métrica como referencia, como las comisiones." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:912 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select which :guilabel:`Salary Structure " "Type` this rule is nested under, from the drop-down menu." @@ -13281,7 +13397,7 @@ msgstr "" "el :guilabel:`tipo de estructura salarial` en el que se encuentra esta " "regla." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:919 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Value Type`: select how the value is computed, using the drop-" "down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Fixed Value`, " @@ -13294,7 +13410,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Valor de la suma de las prestaciones` y :guilabel:`Total " "mensual`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:922 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: select the code this rule applies to from the drop-down " "menu." @@ -13309,11 +13425,11 @@ msgstr "" "El formulario de una regla de salario neto completado, incluye toda la " "información para el pago neto." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:929 msgid "Jobs" msgstr "Empleos" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:926 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:931 msgid "" "Since the *Payroll* application is responsible for paying employees for " "specific job positions, the complete list of job positions can be found in " @@ -13323,12 +13439,12 @@ msgstr "" "puestos de trabajo específicos. La lista completa de con estos puestos está " "disponible en las aplicaciones *Nómina* y *Reclutamiento*." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:937 #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "Puestos de trabajo" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:934 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:939 msgid "" "The job positions listed in the *Payroll* application are identical to the " "job positions listed in the *Recruitment* application. If a new job position" @@ -13340,7 +13456,7 @@ msgstr "" " en la aplicación *Reclutamiento*, también será visible en la aplicación " "*Nómina* y viceversa." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:943 msgid "" "To view the job positions, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Jobs: Job Positions`." @@ -13348,7 +13464,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya a :menuselection:`Nómina --> Configuración --> Empleos: Puestos de " "trabajo`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:941 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:946 msgid "" "A list of all the job positions appear, along with the corresponding " "department, on the :guilabel:`Job Position` page." @@ -13361,7 +13477,7 @@ msgid "A list of all the job positions and corresponding departments." msgstr "" "Una lista de todos los puestos de trabajo y sus respectivos departamentos." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 msgid "" "To create a new job description, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a job " "form appears." @@ -13369,7 +13485,7 @@ msgstr "" "Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo` para crear una nueva descripción de " "empleo, aparecerá un formulario de puesto de trabajo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:955 msgid "" "Enter the information on the form for the new position. The information is " "identical as to the information entered when creating a new job position in " @@ -13379,7 +13495,7 @@ msgstr "" " es idéntica a la información que proporcionó al crear uno nuevo en la " "aplicación *Reclutamiento*." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 msgid "" "Refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation for more details" " on how to fill out this form." @@ -13387,19 +13503,19 @@ msgstr "" "Consulte la documentación sobre :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` para " "obtener más información sobre cómo completar este formulario." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:957 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:962 msgid ":doc:`payroll/contracts`" msgstr ":doc:`payroll/contracts`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:963 msgid ":doc:`payroll/payslips`" msgstr ":doc:`payroll/payslips`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:959 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:964 msgid ":doc:`payroll/work_entries`" msgstr ":doc:`payroll/work_entries`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:965 msgid ":doc:`payroll/reporting`" msgstr ":doc:`payroll/reporting`" @@ -13437,9 +13553,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Para ver los contratos de los empleados, vaya a :menuselection:`Nómina --> " "Contratos --> Contratos` desde el menú superior. Todos los contratos de los " -"empleados se muestran por defecto en vista de lista agrupadas en cuatro " -"categorías: :guilabel:`Nuevo`, :guilabel:`En proceso`, :guilabel:`Vencido` y" -" :guilabel:`Cancelado`." +"empleados aparecen de forma predeterminada en vista de lista y están " +"agrupados en cuatro categorías: :guilabel:`Nuevo`, :guilabel:`En proceso`, " +":guilabel:`Vencido` y :guilabel:`Cancelado`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -13927,11 +14043,12 @@ msgid "" "employee, the various options to add a file varies. The :guilabel:`Image` " "option always appears, and is available by default." msgstr "" -"Si necesita mantener documentos en el archivo, agréguelos en la pestaña " +"Si necesita conservar documentos en el archivo, agréguelos en la pestaña " ":guilabel:`Documentos personales`. Dependiendo de qué otras aplicaciones " -"estén instaladas y qué tipo de beneficios estén activados (y se ofrezcan) " +"estén instaladas y qué tipo de beneficios estén activados (y le ofrezca) " "para el empleado, las opciones para agregar archivos cambia. La opción " -":guilabel:`Imagen` siempre aparecerá y está disponible por defecto." +":guilabel:`Imagen` siempre aparecerá y está disponible de forma " +"predeterminada." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:207 msgid "" @@ -14100,11 +14217,11 @@ msgid "" "date, and a calendar appears. Navigate to the desired month and year, using " "the :guilabel:`< > (arrow)` icons, and click on the date to select it." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Fecha de inicio`: ingrese la fecha en la que la deducción " -"salarial inicia. Por defecto, el primer día del mes actual se mostrará en " -"este campo. Haga clic en la fecha para que aparezca un calendario y vaya al " -"año y mes que quiera con los iconos :guilabel:`< > (flecha)` y haga clic en " -"la fecha para seleccionarla." +":guilabel:`Fecha de inicio`: proporcione la fecha en la que inicia la " +"deducción salarial. El primer día del mes actual aparecerá de forma " +"predeterminada en este campo. Haga clic en la fecha para que aparezca un " +"calendario y vaya al año y mes deseados con los iconos :guilabel:`< > " +"(flecha)`. Haga clic en la fecha para seleccionarla." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:271 msgid "" @@ -14231,10 +14348,10 @@ msgid "" " is the timeframe that the contract offer is valid for. By default, this " "field is pre-populated with `30 days`, but it can be modified." msgstr "" -"En la parte inferior del formulario emergente podrá ver una :guilabel:`Fecha" -" de vencimiento del enlace`. Este es el periodo en el que la oferta de " -"contrato será válida. Por defecto, este campo está configurado a `30 días`, " -"pero es posible modificarlo." +"En la parte inferior del formulario emergente está la :guilabel:`fecha de " +"vencimiento del enlace`. Este es el periodo durante el que la oferta de " +"contrato será válida. Este campo viene completado con `30 días` de forma " +"predeterminada, pero puede modificarlo." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:323 msgid "" @@ -17202,15 +17319,9 @@ msgid "" "Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " "steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" " step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," -" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " -"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +" conducting an interview, or sending a job offer, for example. This process " +"is referred to as the 'applicant flow.'" msgstr "" -"Odoo permite mantener organizados a todas las personas que solicitan algún " -"empleo gracias a una serie preconfigurada de pasos y etapas por las que " -"deben atravesar. Cada etapa cuenta con pasos específicos, por ejemplo, " -"programar una llamada telefónica, realizar una entrevista y enviar una " -"oferta laboral, por mencionar algunos. A este proceso se conoce como el " -"\"flujo de postulantes\"." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -17257,32 +17368,246 @@ msgid "" "positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " "` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " "stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " -"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes are " "visible on all job positions." msgstr "" -"El flujo de postulantes con todas sus etapas es general y es útil para todos" -" los puestos de trabajo, a menos que especifique lo contrario. Es posible " -":ref:`configurar una etapa específica ` para " -"su uso en un puesto específico, es decir, esa etapa solo será visible en ese" -" puesto de trabajo en particular. De lo contrario, si crea una nueva etapa o" -" modifica una existente, esos cambios serán visibles en todos los puestos de" -" trabajo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:37 msgid "" -"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +"Before creating a job position in Odoo, configure the necessary settings for" +" the *Recruitment* app. To view and edit the settings, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Settings`. After any " +"changes are made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the top-left corner " +"to save all the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:43 +msgid "Job posting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Job Posting` section of the *Recruitment* app settings has " +"only one selection to make. If job positions are to be posted to the " +"company's website, enable the :guilabel:`Online Posting` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Online Posting` is only available if the *Website* " +"application is also installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:53 +msgid "Recruitment process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recruitment process` section of the settings page specifies " +"what the database can and cannot do during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:59 +msgid "Send interview survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Odoo is capable of having a survey sent to an applicant to gather more " +"information about them. Surveys can be thought of as exams, or " +"questionnaires, and can be customized in various ways to provide the " +"recruitment team with valuable insights into the applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option to send surveys to " +"applicants. Once enabled, an :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Interview " +"Survey` internal link appears. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`Interview Survey` link to navigate to a list of all created " +"surveys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:70 +msgid "" +"This list includes all surveys that were created in the database, not just " +"surveys used in the *Recruitment* app. If no surveys have been created, the " +"surveys list displays a :guilabel:`No Survey Found` message, and presents " +"options to create a survey from several pre-configured survey templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:76 +msgid "" +"For more detailed information about surveys, refer to the :doc:`survey " +"essentials <../marketing/surveys/create>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Enabling the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option will install the " +"*Surveys* application once the settings are saved, if it is not installed " +"already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:84 +msgid "Send SMS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:86 +msgid "" +"It is possible to send text messages to applicants directly through the " +"*Recruitment* app. To do so, enable the :guilabel:`Send SMS` option. This " +"option requires credits to use, which can be obtained by clicking the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` internal link that emerges " +"when the feature is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For more information, refer to the :doc:`SMS pricing and FAQs " +"<../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:98 +msgid "CV display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When applicants submit an application, one of the default required fields is" +" a resumé, or :abbr:`CV (curriculum vitae)`. All resumés are stored in the " +"*Documents* application, and are accessible on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:104 +msgid "" +"A resumé has the option to appear on the applicant's form, which can be " +"viewed by clicking on the applicant's card. The resumé appears on the right-" +"side of the screen. If this is not enabled, the resumé is accessed via a " +"link in the chatter, where it needs to be clicked to expand and view it, or " +"downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`CV Display` option to show the resumé on the " +"applicant's card by default, and in addition to the document link. When " +"enabled, the resumé appears on the right side of the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"For the resumé to appear on the right-side, the browser window must be in " +"full-screen mode (where the browser spans the entire screen)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the browser window is set to a size smaller than the entire width of the " +"screen (not full-screen), then the resumé does not appear on the right-side." +" Instead, the resumé appears in the :guilabel:`Files` section of the " +"chatter, below the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The resumé on an applicant's card, appearing on the right side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:128 +msgid "CV digitization (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:130 +msgid "" +"When an application is submitted using any of the available methods, such as" +" an online application submission, emailing a resume to the job position " +"alias, or creating an applicant record directly from the database, it is " +"possible to have Odoo extract the applicant's name, phone number, and email " +"address from the resumé and populate the applicant's form. To do so, enable " +"the :guilabel:`CV Digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:136 +msgid "" +"When enabled, additional options appear. Click on the corresponding radio " +"button to select one of the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not digitize`: this option turns off resumé digitization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize on demand only`: this option only digitizes resumes when" +" requested. A :guilabel:`Digitize document` buttons appears on applicant " +"cards. When clicked, the resumé is scanned and the applicant's card is " +"updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize automatically`: this option automatically digitizes all " +"resumés when they are submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Beneath these options are two additional links. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-" +"right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` button to purchase credits for CV " +"digitization. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`View My Services` " +"to view a list of all current services, and their remaining credit balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:151 +msgid "" +"For more information on document digitization and :abbr:`IAP's (in-app " +"purchases)`, refer to the :doc:`In-app purchase (IAP) " +"<../essentials/in_app_purchase>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:155 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option for :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)`" +" at first may seem like a redundancy. It seems to be the same as disabling " +"the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option is enabled, a module is " +"installed so that resumés can be scanned. Disabling this option would " +"uninstall the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If at some point, there is a desire to temporarily stop digitizing resumés, " +"the :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option is selected. The reason this option " +"is available is so that the module is not uninstalled, allowing for " +"digitization to be enabled in the future by selecting one of the other two " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"When sending an offer to an applicant, an expiration date can be set on the " +"offer. Enter the number of days an offer is valid for in the " +":guilabel:`days` field. After the set amount of days has passed, if the " +"applicant has not accepted the offer, the offer is no longer available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To access the Kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " ":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " "opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " -"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " -"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " -"job position." +"Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` smart button on a job position " +"card to navigate to the Kanban view for all the applicants for that " +"particular job position." msgstr "" -"Para acceder a la vista de kanban de un puesto de trabajo vaya al tablero " -"principal de la aplicación :menuselection:`Reclutamiento`, es la vista " -"predeterminada al abrir la aplicación y todos los puestos de trabajo " -"aparecerán allí. Haga clic en el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Nuevas " -"postulaciones` en la tarjeta de un puesto para navegar a la vista de kanban " -"de todos los postulantes para ese puesto en particular." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -17291,106 +17616,96 @@ msgstr "" "Vista del tablero principal de la tarjeta de puesto de trabajo. Aparece el " "botón de nuevas postulaciones." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:186 msgid "" -"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"Inside the job application, the Kanban stages appear, with all the " "applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" -" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +" are currently in. There are six default stages in Odoo:" msgstr "" -"En la solicitud de empleo aparecen las etapas de kanban con todos los " -"solicitantes ubicados en sus respectivas columnas relacionadas con su etapa " -"actual. Hay cinco etapas predeterminadas en Odoo:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:190 +msgid ":ref:`New `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:191 msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" msgstr ":ref:`Calificación inicial `" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" msgstr ":ref:`Primera entrevista `" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" msgstr ":ref:`Segunda entrevista `" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:194 msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" msgstr ":ref:`Propuesta de contrato `" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:195 msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" msgstr ":ref:`Contrato firmado `" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:197 msgid "" -"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " -"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " -"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " -"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " -"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default. Folded " +"columns appear gray, and the applicants in it are hidden from view. To " +"expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that column, click " +"anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and the column " +"expands, revealing the applicants." msgstr "" -"La última columna, :guilabel:`Contrato firmado`, está plegada de forma " -"predeterminada, aparece en gris y los postulantes en ella están ocultos de " -"la vista. Para abrir la etapa plegada y visualizar las tarjetas de los " -"postulantes de esa columna, haga clic en cualquier lugar de la delgada " -"columna gris con el nombre de la etapa y la columna se expandirá." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -"Abrir una columna plegada al hacer clic en ella en la vista de kanban." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:206 msgid "" -"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " -"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, providing status " +"information for the applicant's in that specific stage. The status colors " +"are:" msgstr "" -"Cada etapa tiene una barra de colores debajo de su nombre, esta proporciona " -"información sobre el estado de los postulantes en la etapa. Los colores son " -"los siguientes:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:209 +msgid ":guilabel:`Green`: the applicant is ready to move to the next stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:210 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " -"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " -"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " -"stage." +":guilabel:`Red`: the applicant is blocked from moving to the next stage." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Verde`: hay postulantes en la etapa con una actividad que ya está" -" programada o que debe programarse para después (por ejemplo, una llamada " -"telefónica o una entrevista) según los parámetros para esa etapa en " -"particular." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " -"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +":guilabel:`Gray`: the applicant is still in progress in the current stage " +"and is neither ready nor blocked from the next stage." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Amarillo`: hay postulantes en la etapa con una actividad " -"programada para hoy o por programar hoy." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " -"which need to be scheduled." +"The status for each card is set manually. To set the status, click on the " +"small circle in the lower-left of the applicant card. A status pop-up window" +" appears. Click on the desired status for the applicant. The status dot on " +"the applicant card as well as the status bar updates." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Rojo`: hay postulantes en la etapa para los que debe programar " -"las actividades atrasadas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The applicant card statuses, and status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:223 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " -"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " -"applicants currently in the stage." +"The names for the three status colors (`In Progress`, `Blocked`, and `Ready " +"for Next Stage`) :ref:`can be modified `, if " +"desired." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Gris`: no hay actividades programadas por el momento, no hay " -"futuras actividades que deba programar o no hay postulantes en la etapa." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:229 msgid "Customize stages" msgstr "Personalizar etapas" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:231 msgid "" "Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " "particular hiring steps of a business." @@ -17399,51 +17714,36 @@ msgstr "" "adapten mejor a las necesidades específicas de los pasos de contratación de " "una empresa." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:235 msgid "New stage" msgstr "Nueva etapa" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 msgid "" -"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " -"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " -"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" -" the screen to exit the new column creation." +"To create a new stage, click on :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Stage` and a new " +"column appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Stage " +"title` field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and " +"another new stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click" +" anywhere on the screen to exit the new stage creation." msgstr "" -"Para crear una nueva etapa, haga clic en :guilabel:`+ Agregar una columna`, " -"aparecerá una nueva columna, escriba el título de la nueva etapa en el campo" -" :guilabel:`Título de la columna` y luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar`. " -"La nueva columna aparecerá y estará disponible para crear otra nueva etapa. " -"Si no necesita nuevas etapas, haga clic en cualquier lugar de la pantalla " -"para salir." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgid "The plus sign to click to add a new column to the Kanban stages." msgstr "" -"El signo más en el que debe hacer clic para agregar una nueva columna a las " -"etapas de kanban." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:249 msgid "Modify stage" msgstr "Modificar etapa" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:251 msgid "" "To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " -":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " -"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " -"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " -"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " -"when done." +":icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side " +"of the stage. Click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon and a menu" +" appears. Then click on the :guilabel:`Edit` option. An :guilabel:`Edit: " +"(Stage)` form appears. Make any desired modifications to the form, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when done." msgstr "" -"Para modificar los ajustes de una etapa coloque el cursor sobre el nombre de" -" la etapa, aparecerá un icono :guilabel:`⚙️ (engranaje)` en la parte " -"superior derecha de la etapa, haga clic en él para abrir un menú. Luego, " -"haga clic en la opción :guilabel:`Editar etapa`, aparecerá el formulario " -":guilabel:`Editar columna`. Realice las modificaciones necesarias en el " -"formulario y haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` cuando haya terminado." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -17453,41 +17753,33 @@ msgstr "" "El icono de engranaje que aparece al pasar el cursor por encima del nombre de una columna y el menú desplegable que aparece \n" "al hacer clic." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 -msgid "Edit column form" -msgstr "Formulario de edición de columnas" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " -"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" -" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:265 +msgid "Edit stage form" msgstr "" -"El formulario :guilabel:`Editar columna` es donde se configuran los ajustes " -"de la etapa. Los únicos campos obligatorios son el :guilabel:`nombre de la " -"etapa` y la sección :guilabel:`Información sobre herramientas`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:267 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Edit: (Stage)` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required field is the :guilabel:`Stage Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" msgstr "Los campos a completar o modificar son los siguientes:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:272 msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre de la etapa`: escriba un nombre para la etapa." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " "drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " -"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"the stage, an email is automatically sent to the applicant using the " "selected template." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Plantilla de correo electrónico`: seleccione una plantilla de " -"correo electrónico de la lista desplegable. Si selecciona una plantilla, se " -"enviará un correo electrónico con la plantilla seleccionada al candidato " -"cuando su tarjeta ingrese a la etapa." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " "(hidden) at all times in the default view." @@ -17496,7 +17788,7 @@ msgstr "" "aparezca plegada (es decir, oculta) en todo momento en la vista " "predeterminada." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " "applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " @@ -17509,50 +17801,35 @@ msgstr "" "esquina superior derecha. Si esta casilla está seleccionada, esta etapa se " "utiliza para determinar la fecha de contratación." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:282 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " -"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " -"job positions can be selected." +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to specific job " +"positions, select the job positions from the drop-down menu. Multiple job " +"positions can be selected." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Específico de un puesto`: si la etapa solo aplica a un puesto de " -"trabajo en específico, seleccione el o los que apliquen con el menú " -"desplegable. Puede seleccionar varios puestos." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" " the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" " referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " ":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " -"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage. The *Referrals* app " +"must be installed in order to use this option." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Mostrar en Referencias`: seleccione la casilla si esta etapa debe" -" aparecer en la aplicación *Referencias* y permitir que una persona acumule " -"puntos cuando uno de sus referidos llegue a esta etapa. En ese caso, " -"aparecerá el campo de :guilabel:`Puntos` en donde deberá ingresar el número " -"de puntos que el empleado recibirá cuando un postulante llegue a esta etapa." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:289 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" -" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" -" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " -"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " -"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured status labels " +"(colored circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These " +"colors are displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the" +" applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the" +" label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " ":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " ":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." msgstr "" -"Sección de :guilabel:`Información sobre herramientas`: hay tres etiquetas " -"preconfiguradas (círculos de colores) para la tarjeta de cada postulante e " -"indican su estado. Estos colores aparecen en la parte superior de cada etapa" -" para indicar el estado de los solicitantes en la etapa. Es posible " -"modificar los *nombres* de la etiqueta, pero la etiqueta no (es decir, el " -"color). De forma predeterminada, los nombres y etiquetas son: :guilabel:`En " -"progreso` (gris), :guilabel:`Bloqueado` (rojo) y :guilabel:`Listo para la " -"siguiente etapa` (verde)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" " any requirements of the stage." @@ -17560,43 +17837,34 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Requisitos`: escriba cualquier nota interna para esta etapa que " "ayude a explicar cualquier requisito." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:298 msgid "Delete stage" msgstr "Eliminar etapa" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:300 msgid "" "If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," -" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." -" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " -"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " -":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " -":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` " +"icon appears. First, click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A " +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up warning appears, asking :guilabel:`Are you " +"sure you want to delete this column?` Click :guilabel:`Delete` to delete the" +" column." msgstr "" -"Es posible eliminar una etapa en caso de que ya no sea necesaria. Coloque el" -" cursor sobre el nombre de la etapa, aparecerá el icono :guilabel:`⚙️ " -"(engranaje)`. Primero, haga clic en :guilabel:`⚙️ (engranaje)` para abrir el" -" menú y luego seleccione :guilabel:`Eliminar`. Aparecerá una advertencia con" -" el mensaje :guilabel:`¿Está seguro de que desea eliminar esta columna?`, " -"haga clic en :guilabel:`De acuerdo`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:307 msgid "" "If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " -"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" -" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" -" before deleting." +"up when attempting to delete the stage. The records currently in the stage " +"to need to be either deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage before" +" the stage can be deleted." msgstr "" -"Si en ese momento aún hay postulantes en la etapa que está eliminando, " -"aparecerá un error cuando intente hacerlo. Allí se le explicará que hay " -"registros en la etapa que deberá eliminar, archivar o mover a una etapa " -"distinta antes de eliminarla." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:312 msgid "Email templates" msgstr "Plantillas de correo electrónico" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 msgid "" "To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " "templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " @@ -17606,57 +17874,43 @@ msgstr "" " utilizar para comunicarse con el postulante. A continuación podrá encontrar" " las plantillas de correo electrónico preconfiguradas y su momento de uso:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " -"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " -"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " -"Interview` stage." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Applicant Acknowledgement`: this template is used to" +" let the applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`New` stage." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Postulante: confirmación de postulación`: esta plantilla se " -"utiliza para hacerle saber al postulante que su solicitud ha sido recibida. " -"Este correo electrónico se envía de forma automática una vez que el " -"postulante está en la etapa de :guilabel:`Primera entrevista`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:320 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " -"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " -"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Interest`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application caught the recruiter's attention, and " +"they have been shortlisted for either a phone call or an interview." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Postulante: interés`: esta plantilla se utiliza para hacerle " -"saber al postulante que pasó la etapa de :guilabel:`Calificación inicial` y " -"que se le contactará para programar una entrevista con el reclutador." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:323 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" -" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " -"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview`: this template is used to let " +"the applicant know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial " +"Qualification` stage and they will be contacted to set up an interview with " +"the recruiter. This email is automatically sent out once the applicant is in" +" the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Postulante: ya no le interesa`: esta plantilla se utiliza cuando " -"un postulante le hace saber que ya no le interesa el puesto, les agradece " -"por su tiempo y consideración." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:327 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" -" longer being considered for the position." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when " +"an applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the " +"position, and thanks them for their time and consideration." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Postulante: rechazo`: esta plantilla se utiliza cuando ya no se " -"toma en cuenta a un postulante para el puesto." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:330 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " -"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " -"configure their salary package." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is " +"no longer being considered for the position." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Postulante: su paquete salarial`: esta plantilla se utiliza " -"cuando le ofrece un puesto a un postulante y le hace saber que puede " -"configurar su paquete salarial." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 msgid "" "Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" " business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " @@ -17667,124 +17921,93 @@ msgstr "" "sobre las plantillas de correo electrónico, consulte el documento " "relacionado con las :doc:`../general/companies/email_template`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:337 msgid "" -"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " -"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " -":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " -"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +"To manually send an email, click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address." msgstr "" -"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Enviar mensaje` en el chatter para enviar un correo " -"electrónico de forma manual. Aparecerá un cuadro de texto junto con la " -"dirección de correo electrónico del postulante, allí haga clic en el icono " -":guilabel:`⤢ (flecha doble)` ubicado en la esquina inferior derecha de la " -"pestaña :guilabel:`Enviar mensaje` en el chatter." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send an email from the chatter." msgstr "Enviar un correo electrónico desde el chatter." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:344 msgid "" -"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " -":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " -"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " -"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +"Click the :icon:`fa-expand` :guilabel:`(expand)` full composer icon in the " +"bottom right corner of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter. A " +":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window loads, with the " +":guilabel:`Recipients` and :guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The " +"applicant's email address is entered in the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and" +" the :guilabel:`Subject` is `(Job Position)`. The email body is empty by " +"default." msgstr "" -"Aparecerá un nuevo cuadro para redactar un correo electrónico con los campos" -" :guilabel:`Destinatarios` y :guilabel:`Asunto` completados. La dirección de" -" correo electrónico del postulante estará en la línea de " -":guilabel:`Destinatarios` y el :guilabel:`Asunto` será `Re: (Asunto / Nombre" -" del postulante)`. De forma predeterminada el mensaje del correo electrónico" -" estará vacío." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:350 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the field next to " +":guilabel:`Load template` in the bottom section of the window. Select the " +"email template to use from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 msgid "" -"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " -":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " "Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " "information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" " the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " "from. Depending on the template selected, the email subject and/or body may " "change." msgstr "" -"Para utilizar una plantilla de correo electrónico preconfigurada haga clic " -"en el menú desplegable junto al campo :guilabel:`Cargar plantilla` ubicado " -"en la parte inferior derecha de la ventana. Las plantillas de correo " -"electrónico preconfiguradas pueden incluir marcadores de posición dinámicos " -"para agregar información única al correo electrónico, así el postulante " -"recibirá un mensaje más personalizado. Puede elegir entre varias plantillas " -"de correo electrónico preconfiguradas y, según la que seleccione, el asunto " -"o el cuerpo del correo electrónico pueden cambiar." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:359 msgid "" -"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " -"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " -"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" -" of available templates." +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model load. There are " +"other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not configured" +" for the recruitment application, they do not appear in the list of " +"available templates." msgstr "" -"Solo se cargarán las plantillas de correo electrónico configuradas para el " -"modelo. Hay otras plantillas de correo electrónico preconfiguradas en Odoo, " -"pero si no están configuradas para la aplicación Reclutamiento, no " -"aparecerán en la lista de plantillas disponibles." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 msgid "" -"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " -"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " -"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " -":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " -"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " -"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " -"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " -"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " -"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button" +" in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the :icon:`fa-" +"close` :guilabel:`(delete)` icon to the right of the attachment." msgstr "" -"Si es necesario agregar archivos adjuntos haga clic en el botón " -":guilabel:`Adjuntar un archivo` ubicado en la esquina inferior izquierda. " -"Vaya al archivo a adjuntar y luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Abrir`. Para " -"eliminar un archivo adjunto, haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`X (Eliminar)` " -"ubicado a la derecha del archivo. Si necesita modificar el correo, edite el " -"contenido. Si debe guardar los cambios para su uso posterior, guarde el " -"correo electrónico como una nueva plantilla, solo haga clic en el botón " -":guilabel:`Guardar como nueva plantilla` ubicado en la esquina inferior " -"derecha. Para enviar el correo electrónico, haga clic en :guilabel:`Enviar` " -"y el correo electrónico se enviará al postulante. El correo electrónico " -"aparecerá en el chatter." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:367 +msgid "" +"If any changes need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If " +"the edits should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved " +"as a new template. Click the :guilabel:`Save Template` button in the bottom." +" To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email is sent to the " +"applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 msgid "Stage flow" msgstr "Flujo de las etapas" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:375 msgid "" "In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " -"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the Kanban view to the" " desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -"Para mover la tarjeta del postulante de una etapa a otra puede arrastrarla " -"de la vista kanban y soltarla en la etapa deseada, también puede modificar " -"la etapa desde la tarjeta del postulante." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:379 msgid "" "To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " -"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " -"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " -"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " -"indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " -"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " -"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +"in the Kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted at the top, above the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 +msgid "" +"Click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " +"Kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top-left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." msgstr "" -"Para cambiar la etapa en la tarjeta del postulante, haga clic en ella desde " -"la vista de kanban para ir a una vista detallada de la tarjeta. La etapa " -"actual de la tarjeta aparece en morado en la parte superior, sobre la " -"tarjeta. Solo haga clic en la etapa deseada para la tarjeta y la etapa " -"cambiará. Una nota de registro que indica el cambio de etapa aparecerá en el" -" chatter. Para regresar a la vista de kanban haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Postulaciones` en el menú de migas de pan en la parte superior " -"izquierda, la tarjeta del postulante ahora aparecerá en la nueva etapa." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -17794,11 +18017,12 @@ msgstr "" "Cambiar la etapa de un postulante al hacer clic en la etapa deseada en la parte superior de\n" "su tarjeta." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:233 -msgid "Initial qualification" -msgstr "Calificación inicial" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:643 +msgid "New" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:398 msgid "" "The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " "flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " @@ -17809,50 +18033,56 @@ msgstr "" "si realiza modificaciones para crear un flujo de trabajo personalizado, será" " distinto a lo que se indica a continuación." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:402 msgid "" -"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " -"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " -"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " -"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " -":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " -"required when applying for a job position." +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`New` stage, whether submitted online" +" or if the applicant is manually entered by a recruiter." msgstr "" -"Todos los postulantes aparecen en la etapa de :guilabel:`Calificación " -"inicial`, ya sea que hayan enviado su solicitud en línea o si el reclutador " -"les ingresó de forma manual. Al crear la tarjeta del postulante, Odoo en " -"automático completa su :guilabel:`nombre`, :guilabel:`dirección de correo " -"electrónico` y :guilabel:`número telefónico` en la tarjeta. Esta información" -" es obligatoria al solicitar un puesto de trabajo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:405 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically populates the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`, the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile` number, and :guilabel:`LinkedIn " +"Profile` on the applicant's card. This information is required when applying" +" for a job position, by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If the website application form is modified, different fields may be " +"populated based on what information is requested on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:414 msgid "" "If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " -"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " -":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " -"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " -"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " -"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " -"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " -"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" -" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +"Introduction` section of the online application, it will populate in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card." msgstr "" -"Si el postulante agregó información a la sección :guilabel:`Breve " -"introducción` de la solicitud en línea, esta aparecerá en la pestaña " -":guilabel:`Resumen de la postulación` ubicada en la parte inferior de la " -"tarjeta del postulante. Si la solicitud en línea incluye un currículum " -"adjunto, aparecerá en la sección de archivos adjuntos del registro y también" -" se almacena en la aplicación *Documentos*. Para encontrar los documentos de" -" Reclutamiento almacenados en la aplicación Documentos, vaya al tablero " -"principal de :menuselection:`Documentos` y haga clic en la carpeta " -"etiquetada con :guilabel:`Reclutamiento` en el lado derecho. Todos los " -"documentos de reclutamiento se almacenarán en esa carpeta." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:421 +msgid "" +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé would appear " +"in the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"*Documents* application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the left-" +"hand side. All recruitment documents are stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "" +"If the :ref:`CV Display ` option was enabled in the " +":ref:`Settings ` menu, the resumé appears on the " +"applicant's card, on the right-hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:431 msgid "Send interview" msgstr "Enviar entrevista" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:433 msgid "" "At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " "applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " @@ -17862,96 +18092,69 @@ msgstr "" "proceso de contratación para obtener más información. Estas entrevistas son " "personalizadas y pueden tener distintos formatos." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid "" +"The *Surveys* application is used to send these *interviews*, therefore the " +"*Surveys* application must be installed to send an interview to an " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 msgid "" "Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " "questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " -"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " -"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " -"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"be formatted to suit each individual job positions needs. For more " +"information on creating and editing interview forms, refer to the " +":doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 +msgid "" +"A job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form" +" of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " "position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " "the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" -" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" -" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +" on weekend evenings." msgstr "" -"Odoo utiliza el término *entrevista* pero pueden ser cuestionarios, " -"encuestas, pruebas, certificaciones, entre otras cosas. Las entrevistas " -"personalizadas pueden tener el formato que mejor se adapte a las necesidades" -" de cada puesto en particular. Por ejemplo, un puesto para un programador " -"podría tener una entrevista que corresponda a una prueba de programación " -"para determinar el nivel de habilidad del postulante. Un puesto de trabajo " -"para un mesero podría tener un cuestionario que pregunte sobre la " -"disponibilidad del postulante y debe estar disponible los fines de semana " -"por la noche. Para obtener más información sobre la creación y edición de " -"formularios de entrevistas, consulte la documentación sobre " -":doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:450 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top-left of the " +"applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Send Interview` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Send an " +"interview` pop-up window appears, with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:458 msgid "" "In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" " the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" -" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " -"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " -"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " -"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " -":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, an " +":guilabel:`Edit:(Applicant)` pop-up window appears on top of the " +":guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window. Enter the email address in the " +":guilabel:`email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. Once the " +"applicant's information is saved, the :guilabel:`Edit: (Applicant)` closes " +"and the :guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window remains." msgstr "" -"La tarjeta del postulante debe tener una dirección de correo electrónico " -"para que pueda recibir un mensaje. Si no tiene una, al hacer clic en " -":guilabel:`Enviar entrevista` aparecerá la tarjeta del postulante en lugar " -"de la ventana emergente :guilabel:`Encuesta`. Escriba la dirección de correo" -" electrónico en el campo correspondiente y luego haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Guardar`. Una vez que guarde la tarjeta, se cerrará y aparecerá " -"la ventana emergente :guilabel:`Encuesta`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 msgid "" -"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " -"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " -"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +"Email templates use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the " +"applicant and the job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey" +" if more people should receive the email. If an email is in the database as " +"a contact, add that contact in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. If an email" +" should be sent to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they" +" should **not** be added as a contact, add their email in the " +":guilabel:`Additional emails` field." msgstr "" -"Para enviar una entrevista a un postulante, haga clic en su tarjeta para ir " -"a una vista detallada y, en la parte superior, haga clic en el botón con el " -"texto :guilabel:`Enviar entrevista`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:279 -msgid "" -"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " -"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " -"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " -"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " -"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" -"Si la tarjeta del postulante tiene una dirección de correo electrónico " -"registrada, aparecerá la ventana emergente :guilabel:`Encuesta` con toda la " -"información completa. Si no hay un correo electrónico, entonces aparecerá el" -" formulario de contacto. Escriba la dirección de correo electrónico del " -"postulante y luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`. La tarjeta se cerrará y" -" aparecerá la ventana emergente de :guilabel:`Encuesta`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 -msgid "" -"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " -"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " -"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " -"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " -"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " -"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " -"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " -"line." -msgstr "" -"En Odoo, a los formularios de entrevista se les conoce como *encuestas*. " -"Estas plantillas de correo electrónico también utilizan marcadores de " -"posición dinámicos para personalizar el correo electrónico al solicitante y " -"el puesto de trabajo. Agregue cualquier destinatario adicional a la encuesta" -" en caso de que otras personas deban recibirla. Si un correo electrónico " -"está en la base de datos como contacto, agréguelo en la línea " -":guilabel:`Destinatarios`. Si debe enviar un correo electrónico a alguien " -"que no forma parte de los contactos de la base de datos y **no** desea " -"agregarle, entonces escriba su correo en la línea :guilabel:`Correos " -"electrónicos adicionales`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1066 msgid "" "If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " "button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " @@ -17964,37 +18167,26 @@ msgstr "" "adjuntarlo al correo electrónico. El archivo adjunto se cargará y se " "enlistará arriba del botón :guilabel:`Archivos adjuntos`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:475 msgid "" "If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" " for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " "window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " -"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " -"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " -"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +"calendar selector appears. Use the :icon:`fa-chevron-left` " +":guilabel:`(left)` and :icon:`fa-chevron-right` :guilabel:`(right)` arrows " +"on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then click on " +"the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" -"Si la entrevista enviada por correo electrónico debe completarse antes de " -"una fecha en específico, seleccione una :guilabel:`fecha límite para " -"responder` en la zona inferior derecha de la ventana emergente. Si hace clic" -" en la línea ubicada junto a :guilabel:`Fecha límite para responder`, " -"aparecerá un selector de calendario. Utilice las flechas :guilabel:`< " -"(izquierda)` y :guilabel:`> (derecha)` en cada lado junto al mes para llegar" -" hasta el mes deseado y luego haga clic en :guilabel:`día` para seleccionar " -"la fecha." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"The :guilabel:`Mail Template` field is pre-populated based on the " "configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" " drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " "template loads in the email body." msgstr "" -"El campo :guilabel:`Plantilla de correo` se completa según la configuración " -"de la entrevista. Puede seleccionar una plantilla diferente desde el menú " -"desplegable si así lo desea. Si selecciona una plantilla nueva, la plantilla" -" nueva de correo se cargará en el cuerpo del correo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 msgid "" "To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " ":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." @@ -18011,11 +18203,11 @@ msgstr "" "Envío de una encuesta personalizada, también conocida como formulario de entrevista, al postulante con una\n" "plantilla preconfigurada." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:494 msgid "Refuse" msgstr "Rechazar" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:496 msgid "" "At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " "the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" @@ -18028,157 +18220,266 @@ msgstr "" "acceder a una vista detallada de la misma. En la parte superior de la " "tarjeta hay varios botones; haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Rechazar`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " -"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " -":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " -"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " -"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " -"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " -"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" -" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " -"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " -"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " -"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Click the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reason` from the presented options. The default refuse " +"reasons in Odoo, and their corresponding email templates, are:" msgstr "" -"Aparecerá la ventana emergente :guilabel:`Motivo de rechazo`. Seleccione el " -":guilabel:`motivo de rechazo` del menú desplegable. Los motivos de rechazo " -"predeterminados en Odoo son: :guilabel:`No cumple con los requisitos para el" -" empleo`, :guilabel:`El solicitante ya no está interesado` y :guilabel:`El " -"solicitante recibió una mejor oferta`. Estos tres motivos de rechazo tienen " -"plantillas de correo electrónico preconfiguradas asociadas. Puede crear " -"motivos de rechazo adicionales y modificar o eliminar los que ya existen. " -"Para agregar un nuevo motivo de rechazo, escriba el nombre del motivo y haga" -" clic en :guilabel:`Crear y editar...`, aparecerá la ventana emergente " -":guilabel:`Crear: Motivo de rechazo`. Escriba el nombre de la nueva " -"plantilla de correo en el campo :guilabel:`Plantilla de correo electrónico` " -"y haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear y editar...`. Aparecerá la ventana emergente" -" de :guilabel:`Crear: Plantilla de correo electrónico`, configúrela y luego " -"haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:508 +msgid "Email Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:509 +msgid "Refusal Reason" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:510 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Language issues`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Role already fulfilled`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Duplicate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Spam`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:516 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: don't like job`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: better offer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "" +"Additional refusal reasons :ref:`can be created and existing ones can be " +"modified or deleted `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:525 msgid "" "Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " "which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " "example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " -"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" -" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"applicant's name appears anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the " +"email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " "the :doc:`../general/companies/email_template` documentation." msgstr "" -"En Odoo, las plantillas de correo electrónico preconfiguradas a veces usan " -"marcadores de posición dinámicos, es decir, piezas personalizadas de datos " -"que completan contenido dinámico. Por ejemplo, si el nombre del postulante " -"es una pieza de contenido dinámico, su nombre aparecerá cada que aparezca " -"ese marcador de posición dinámico en la plantilla de correo electrónico. " -"Consulte la documentación sobre las " -":doc:`../general/companies/email_template` para obtener información más " -"detallada." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 msgid "" -"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " -"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," -" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " -"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" -" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" -" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +"After a :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` is selected, two fields appear below the " +"refusal reason: :guilabel:`Send Email` and :guilabel:`Email Template`." msgstr "" -"Una plantilla de correo electrónico completa el campo :guilabel:`Plantilla " -"de correo` después de seleccionar un motivo de rechazo. Si no es necesario " -"que el solicitante reciba un correo electrónico, desmarque la casilla " -":guilabel:`Enviar correo electrónico`. Para visualizar la plantilla de " -"correo electrónico, haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`Enlace externo` ubicado" -" a la derecha de la plantilla de correo electrónico seleccionada. La " -"plantilla de correo electrónico aparecerá en la ventana emergente y puede " -"modificarla si es necesario. Luego de realizar los cambios, haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Guardar`. Para cerrar la plantilla de correo electrónico, haga " -"clic en :guilabel:`Descartar`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:534 msgid "" -"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"The applicant's email address automatically populates the :guilabel:`Send " +"Email` field; additional email recipients cannot be added. If an email " +"should **not** be sent to the applicant, uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:538 +msgid "" +"The email template associated with the refusal reason populates the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field. If a different email template is desired, " +"select a different template from the :guilabel:`Email Template` drop-down " +"menu. To view the email template, click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon " +"to the right of the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. The email template " +"loads in a :guilabel:`Open: Email Template` pop-up window, and can be " +"modified if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:545 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Refuse`. The " "refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " -"appears on the applicant's card." +"appears on the applicant's card in the top-right corner." msgstr "" -"Para enviar un correo de rechazo al postulante, haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Enviar`. El correo se enviará al postulante y aparecerá un listón" -" con el título :guilabel:`Rechazado` en el cuadro del empleado." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top-right " "corner in red." msgstr "" -"Una tarjeta del empleado con el listón rechazado en la esquina superior " -"derecha." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 msgid "" "After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " -"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " -"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" -" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " -":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " -"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " -"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +"position's Kanban view. To view the refused applicants only, click the " +":guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the search box, then click " +":guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` section. All applicants " +"that have been refused for the job position appear, in the stage they were " +"when they were refused." msgstr "" -"Después del rechazo, ya no podrá ver el cuadro del empleado en la vista " -"Kanban del puesto de trabajo. Para ver los candidatos rechazados, vaya a " -":menuselection:`la aplicación Reclutamiento --> Postulaciones --> Todas las " -"postulaciones`. Todas las postulaciones para todos los puestos de trabajo se" -" presentan en una vista de lista. Para ver solo los candidatos rechazados, " -"haga clic en :guilabel:`Filtros` y después en " -":guilabel:`Archivados/Rechazados`; todos los candidatos que se han archivado" -" o rechazado aparecerán en la lista. Para organizar aún más esta lista y ver" -" los rechazos por puesto de trabajo, haga clic en :guilabel:`≣ Agrupar por` " -"y después en :guilabel:`Puesto de trabajo`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:558 +msgid "" +"To view all applicants that have been refused from all job positions, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All " +"Applications`. Click the :guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the " +"search box, then click :guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"section. All applications for all job positions are presented in a list " +"view, organized by stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "Create or modify refuse reasons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:569 +msgid "" +"To view all currently configured refuse reasons, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Settings --> Applications: Refuse " +"Reasons`. All the refuse reasons appear in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +"To create a new refuse reason, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" +"left corner. A blank line appears at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Description` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +"Type in the new refuse reason in the field. It is recommended to enter a " +"reason that is short and concise, such as `offer expired` or `withdrew " +"application`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, click on the field to reveal " +"a drop-down menu. Select an :guilabel:`Email Template` from the list to be " +"used when this refuse reason is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +"If a new :guilabel:`Email Template` is desired, type in the name for the new" +" template in the field. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` and a " +":guilabel:`Create Email Template` form pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the form and an email :guilabel:`Subject` in " +"the corresponding fields. Enter the email content in the :guilabel:`Content`" +" tab. Make any other desired modifications to the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the template and return to the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reasons` list. The new template appears in the new refuse " +"reason :guilabel:`Email Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +"To make any modifications to a refuse reason, click on the line, and make " +"any desired changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:594 msgid "New applicant" msgstr "Nuevo postulante" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:596 msgid "" "An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " "be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" -" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " -"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " -"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " -"button." +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online) an applicant " +"card can be easily added from the job position Kanban view in one of two " +"ways, using either the :ref:`quick add ` " +"button or the :ref:`New ` button." msgstr "" -"Puede agregar un recuadro de postulante de forma manual si es necesario. Si " -"necesita agregar a un postulante a la lista de candidatos, pero no se ha " -"creado un cuadro de postulante (no han aplicado al trabajo en línea) puede " -"agregar un cuadro de postulante sin problemas desde el puesto de trabajo en " -"la vista kanban de dos maneras, con el icono :ref:`Agregar rápidamente " -"` o el botón :ref:`Crear " -"`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 msgid "Quick add" msgstr "Añadido rápido" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:607 msgid "" -"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " -"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " -"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"Quickly add a new applicant using the *quick add* button. If not already in " +"the job position Kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by " +"going to :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job " +"Positions`. Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` button on the job " "position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " -"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " -":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +"small :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in the top-right of the " +":guilabel:`New` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "Ingrese la información siguiente en el cuadro:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:616 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`: Enter the title for the card. Typically " +"this is the applicant's name and job position being applied to, for example:" +" `Laura Smith - HR Manager`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, " +"unless the :guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre del postulante`: ingrese el nombre del postulante." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:671 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Correo`: ingrese la dirección de correo del postulante." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:623 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card appears in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:628 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`delete` icon or anywhere on the screen to " +"close the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `." msgstr "" -"Añada rápidamente un nuevo candidato utilizando el icono :guilabel:`Agregar " -"rápidamente`. Si aún no se encuentra en la vista kanban del puesto, vaya al " -"panel principal de contratación y haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevos " -"candidatos` del cuadro del puesto al que desea añadir al candidato. Después," -" haga clic en el pequeño icono :guilabel:`+ (signo de más) Agregar " -"rápidamente` en la parte superior derecha de la etapa " -":guilabel:`Calificación inicial` para añadir rápidamente un nuevo candidato." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -18188,93 +18489,17 @@ msgstr "" "Todos los campos que se ingresaron en el formulario de un postulante nuevo " "con la opción Agregar rápidamente." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 -msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" -msgstr "Ingrese la información siguiente en el cuadro:" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:645 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" -" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " -"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the *New* " +"button. If not already in the Kanban view for the job position to add an " +"applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by going to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job Positions`. " +"Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left of the Kanban view " +"and a blank applicant form loads." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Asunto/Nombre de la postulación`: este es el único campo " -"requerido donde tiene que ingresar el título de la tarjeta. Usualmente será " -"el nombre del postulante y el puesto de trabajo que les interesa, por " -"ejemplo: `Laura Smith - Desarrollador`. Este campo no es visible en la vista" -" kanban (a no ser que esté en modo desarrollador), pero sí es visible en la " -"tarjeta individual." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:389 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:434 -msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre del postulante`: ingrese el nombre del postulante." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Correo`: ingrese la dirección de correo del postulante." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " -"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " -"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " -"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Trabajo solicitado`: este campo se completa con el puesto de " -"trabajo actual. Si es necesario, el puesto de trabajo puede cambiarse " -"seleccionando un puesto diferente en el menú desplegable. Si se selecciona " -"un puesto de trabajo diferente, una vez creada la tarjeta, esta aparecerá en" -" el puesto de trabajo seleccionado. " - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:396 -msgid "" -"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " -"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " -"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " -"the card." -msgstr "" -"Después de ingresar la información, haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar`. El " -"postulante aparecerá en la lista, así como una tarjeta de postulante nueva " -"en blanco. Haga clic ya sea en el icono :guilabel:`🗑️ (borrar)` o en " -"cualquier otra parte de la pantalla para cerrar." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:400 -msgid "" -"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " -"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " -"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" -"Si lo prefiere, después de introducir el nombre del postulante, haga clic en" -" :guilabel:`Editar` y se cargará un :guilabel:`Formulario del postulante` " -"detallado. :ref:`Introduzca la información en el formulario " -"` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:407 -msgid "Create" -msgstr "Crear" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:409 -msgid "" -"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " -":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " -"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," -" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " -"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." -msgstr "" -"Para agregar un nuevo candidato con la información necesaria, haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Crear`. Si aún no se encuentra en la vista Kanban del puesto de " -"trabajo al que desea añadir un candidato, vaya al panel principal de " -"contratación y haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevos candidatos` de la " -"ficha del puesto de trabajo al que desea añadir el candidato. Después, haga " -"clic en el botón :guilabel:`Crear` en la parte superior izquierda de la " -"vista kanban y se cargará un formulario de candidato." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:651 msgid "" "Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " "the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " @@ -18285,7 +18510,7 @@ msgstr "" "Normalmente, tanto la sección :guilabel:`Trabajo` como el campo " ":guilabel:`Reclutador` se llenan de forma automática." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" " fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" @@ -18296,38 +18521,37 @@ msgstr "" "visibles, esto depende de las aplicaciones y configuraciones que haya " "realizado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:662 msgid "Applicant section" msgstr "Sección del candidato" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:664 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" " the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +"position being applied to, for example: `John Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, unless the " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " -"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Asunto/Nombre de la postulación`: este es el único campo " -"requerido donde tiene que ingresar el título de la tarjeta. Usualmente será " -"el nombre del postulante y el puesto de trabajo que les interesa, por " -"ejemplo: `Laura Smith - Desarrollador`. Este campo no es visible en la vista" -" kanban a no ser que se deje en blanco el campo :guilabel:`Nombre del " -"postulante`. En este caso, se mostrará el :guilabel:`Asunto/Nombre de la " -"postulación` en la vista kanban." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:672 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." msgstr ":guilabel:`Teléfono`: ingrese el número telefónico del aplicante." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:673 msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Celular`: ingrese el número de teléfono celular del aplicante." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:674 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`LinkedIn Profile`: enter the web address for the applicant's " +"personal profile on LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" " from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " @@ -18343,29 +18567,15 @@ msgstr "" "la licenciatura, como el bachillerato o la educación secundaria, dependiendo" " del país." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:681 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" -" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " -":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Etiquetas`: seleccione todas las etiquetas que quiera del menú " -"desplegable. Si quiere agregar una etiqueta que no existe, ingrese el nombre" -" de la etiqueta y haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear una nueva etiqueta`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " -"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: using the drop-down menu, select the people who " +"will conduct the interview(s). The selected people must have either " "*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " -"in order to appear on the drop-down." +"to appear in the drop-down list." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Entrevistador`: seleccione la persona que realizará la(s) " -"entrevista(s) en el menú desplegable. La persona debe tener derechos de " -"*reclutador* u *encargado* configurados para la aplicación Reclutamiento " -"para que aparezca en el menú desplegable." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " "recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " @@ -18375,34 +18585,66 @@ msgstr "" "proceso de contratación para el puesto de trabajo. Solo se podrán " "seleccionar usuarios del menú desplegable que se le mostrará." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:687 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " -"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Evaluation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for the" +" applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " ":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Apreciación`: haga clic en una de las estrellas para seleccionar " -"una calificación para el solicitante. Una estrella indica :guilabel:`Bien`, " -"dos estrellas indican :guilabel:`Muy bien` y tres estrellas indican " -":guilabel:`Excelente`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:690 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source`: using the drop-down menu, select where the applicant " +"learned about the job position. The following options come pre-configured in" +" Odoo: :guilabel:`Search engine`, :guilabel:`Lead Recall`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Monster`, :guilabel:`Glassdoor`, and " +":guilabel:`Craigslist`. To add a new :guilabel:`Source`, type in the source," +" then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new source)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:695 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Medium`: using the drop-down menu, select the method, or " +":guilabel:`Medium`, for the :guilabel:`Source` that the applicant found the " +"job listing with. The pre-configured options are: :guilabel:`Banner`, " +":guilabel:`Direct`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, " +":guilabel:`Google Adwords`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Phone`, " +":guilabel:`Television`, :guilabel:`Twitter` (now known as \"X\"), or " +":guilabel:`Website`. To add a new :guilabel:`Medium`, type in the medium, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new medium)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:701 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " "job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " "the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " -"installed for this to appear." +"installed for this field to appear." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Referido por usuario`: si se van a ganar puntos de referencia " -"para este puesto de trabajo en la aplicación *Referencias*, seleccione el " -"usuario que ha referido al candidato en el menú desplegable. La aplicación " -"*Referencias* debe estar instalada para que esto aparezca." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:704 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: select the available start date for the applicant." +" To select a date, click on the field to reveal a calendar. Use the " +":guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrows on either side of the " +"month to navigate to the desired month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to" +" select the date. If no entry is selected that indicates the applicant is " +"ready to begin work immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:709 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, then click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 msgid "Job section" msgstr "Sección de trabajo" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 msgid "" "The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " "long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" @@ -18412,7 +18654,7 @@ msgstr "" "candidato, siempre que estén especificados en el puesto de trabajo. Puede " "editar los campos cuando quiera." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " "to from the drop-down menu." @@ -18420,7 +18662,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Trabajo solicitado`: seleccione desde el menú desplegable el " "puesto de trabajo al cual el candidato se está postulando." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " "from the drop-down menu." @@ -18428,19 +18670,17 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Departamento`: seleccione el departamento al que pertenece el " "puesto de trabajo en el menú desplegable." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:722 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " -"drop-down menu." +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job position is for using the " +"drop-down menu. This field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Empresa`: seleccione en el menú desplegable la empresa " -"correspondiente al trabajo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:726 msgid "Contract section" msgstr "Sección del contrato" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:728 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " "for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " @@ -18451,50 +18691,34 @@ msgstr "" "`XX,XXX.XX`. La moneda se determina según la configuración de localización " "de la empresa." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:731 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" -" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are requested by " +"the applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Expected Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Salario esperado por el candidato, con ventajas adicionales...`: " -"si el candidato solicita alguna ventaja adicional, introdúzcala en este " -"campo. Debe ser breve y descriptivo, como `1 semana adicional de vacaciones`" -" o `plan dental`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" -" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Salario propuesto`: introduzca en este campo la cantidad que se " -"ofrecerá al candidato para el puesto. La cifra debe tener el formato " -"`XX,XXX.XX`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " -"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are offered to the " +"applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Proposed Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `unlimited sick time` or `retirement plan`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Salario propuesto por la empresa, con ventajas adicionales...`: " -"las ventajas adicionales que se le ofrecen al candidato, introdúzcala en " -"este campo. Debe ser breve y descriptivo, como `1 semana adicional de " -"vacaciones` o `plan dental`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:484 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " -"select the available start date for the applicant." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Disponibilidad`: utilizando el módulo de calendario del menú " -"desplegable, seleccione la fecha de inicio disponible para el candidato." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:742 msgid "Application summary tab" msgstr "Pestaña de resumen de la postulación" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 msgid "" "Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" " can be typed into this field." @@ -18502,195 +18726,210 @@ msgstr "" "Todos los detalles o notas adicionales que se deberían agregar a la tarjeta " "del postulante se deben escribir en este campo." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +"Skills can be added to the applicant's card. To add a skill, follow the same" +" steps as outlined in the skills section of the :ref:`Create new employees " +"` document." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." msgstr "Todos los campos ingresados para un nuevo candidato." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:760 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "Calificación inicial" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "" +"If an applicant seems to be a good potential candidate, they are moved to " +"the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage. This could be for a number of " +"reasons, such as they have the relevant experience, education, or " +"certifications the position requires." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:766 +msgid "" +"This stage is to quickly sort candidates that have potential, and those that" +" do not meet the requirements. No automatic actions, such as emails, are set" +" for this stage. This stage simply informs the recruitment team to " +"potentially set up a phone call or an interview with the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:773 msgid "First interview" msgstr "Primera entrevista" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:775 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " "they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " -"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +"position Kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" " the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " "the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " "applicant's card." msgstr "" -"Después de que un candidato haya superado la etapa :guilabel:`Calificación " -"inicial`, puede pasar a la etapa :guilabel:`Primera entrevista` en la vista " -"kanban del puesto de trabajo. Para mover al candidato a la siguiente etapa, " -"arrastre y suelte la tarjeta del candidato a la etapa :guilabel:`Primera " -"entrevista`, o haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Primera entrevista` situado " -"en la parte superior de la tarjeta del candidato." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"An applicant's card moves from one stage to another by using the click and " "drag method." msgstr "" -"La tarjeta de un empleado se mueve de una etapa a otra con el método " -"arrastrar y soltar." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:785 msgid "" -"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" -" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " -"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " -"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " -"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " -"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " -"the chatter." +"The :guilabel:`First Interview` stage can be modified so when the " +"applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an email is" +" automatically sent to the applicant stating an interview is requested. In " +"this pre-configured email template, a link to the recruiting team's calendar" +" appears, allowing the applicant to schedule their interview." msgstr "" -"Cuando la tarjeta del candidato pasa a la fase :guilabel:`Primera " -"entrevista`, se envía automáticamente un correo electrónico de confirmación " -"al solicitante. El correo electrónico se crea utilizando una plantilla de " -"correo electrónico titulada :guilabel:`Reclutamiento: reconocimiento de " -"postulación`. Esta plantilla ya está configurada en Odoo, y contiene " -"marcadores de posición dinámicos para el puesto de trabajo, el nombre del " -"reclutador, y la información de la empresa. Una vez que el correo se envíe, " -"aparecerá en el chat." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 msgid "" -"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " -"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " -"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " -"button at the top of the applicant's record." +":ref:`Edit ` the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, " +"and select the :guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` for the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field, to automate this action." msgstr "" -"Cuando se haya acordado una fecha y hora tanto para el candidato como para " -"el entrevistador, se podrá programar la entrevista. Para programar una " -"entrevista, ya sea telefónica o en persona, haga clic en el botón " -"inteligente :guilabel:`Reunión` situado en la parte superior del registro " -"del candidato." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 msgid "" -"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " -":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " -"the applicant's card." +"An interview can be scheduled in one of two ways: either manually by the " +"recruitment team, or by the applicant themselves." msgstr "" -"Para encontrar la información del candidato vaya al tablero de la aplicación" -" :menuselection:`Reclutamiento`, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevas " -"postulaciones` en la tarjeta del puesto de trabajo y después haga clic en la" -" información del postulante." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:802 msgid "" -"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " -"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " -":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " -"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " -":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +"If the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage was modified to send the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` email template when an applicant" +" reaches that stage, the applicant received a link to the recruitment team's" +" calendar, and can schedule the interview on their own. The recruitment " +"team's availability is reflected in the calendar." msgstr "" -"El botón inteligente de reunión mostrará :guilabel:`Sin reuniones` si no hay" -" reuniones programadas. Esto aparecerá de forma predeterminada para los " -"nuevos postulantes que acaban de llegar a la etapa :guilabel:`Primera " -"entrevista`. Si ya hay reuniones programadas, aparecerá el botón inteligente" -" :guilabel:`Próxima reunión` con la fecha de la siguiente reunión." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +msgid "" +"If the interview needs to be scheduled by the recruitment team, they should " +"reach out to the applicant for a date and time that works. When a date and " +"time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and interviewer, the " +"interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, whether a phone or in-" +"person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button at the top of " +"the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button displays :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings are " +"currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage, this is the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:817 +msgid "" +"If there is one meeting already scheduled, the smart button displays " +":guilabel:`1 Meeting`, with the date of the upcoming meeting beneath it. If " +"more than one meeting is scheduled, the button displays :guilabel:`Next " +"Meeting`, with the date of the first upcoming meeting beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:821 msgid "" "Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " "meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " "the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " "right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" " events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " -"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +"hidden. Only the checked attendees are visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -"Al hacerlo, se carga la aplicación *Calendario*, que muestra las reuniones y" -" eventos actualmente programados para el usuario. Las reuniones y eventos " -"mostrados corresponden a los empleados que aparecen en la sección " -":guilabel:`Asistentes` de la parte derecha de la vista del calendario. Para " -"cambiar las reuniones y eventos que se muestran actualmente, desmarque la " -"casilla de la persona cuyos eventos de calendario desea ocultar. En el " -"calendario solo podrá ver los asistentes marcados." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:827 msgid "" -"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " -"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " -":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " -"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " -"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " -"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +"The default view is the :guilabel:`Week` view. To change the calendar view, " +"click the :guilabel:`Week` button, then select the desired view from the " +"drop-down menu. The other options are either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:831 +msgid "" +"An option to display or hide weekends is available. Click the " +":guilabel:`Week` button, then click :guilabel:`Show weekends` to deactivate " +"it (the default is to show weekends). If a check mark is next to " +":guilabel:`Show weekends`, weekends are visible. If there is no check mark, " +"weekends are hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:836 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed date range for the calendar, either use the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-left` :guilabel:`(left arrow)`, :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`(Right arrow)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, " +"or click on a date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed " +"calendar." msgstr "" -"La vista predeterminada es la de semana. Para cambiar la vista del " -"calendario, haga clic en un botón para presentar el calendario en una vista " -"diferente, ya sea :guilabel:`Día`, :guilabel:`Mes` o :guilabel:`Año`. Para " -"cambiar el intervalo de fechas que aparece en el calendario, utilice los " -"botones :guilabel:`⬅️ (Izquierda)`, :guilabel:`➡️ (Derecha)` u " -":guilabel:`Hoy` ubicados arriba del calendario o haga clic en una fecha del " -"calendario a la derecha del mismo." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." msgstr "" "Vista de calendario donde se muestra cómo cambiar las reuniones mostradas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:845 msgid "" -"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " -"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " -"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " -"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " -"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " -"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " -"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +"To add a meeting to the calendar when in the day or week view, click on the " +"start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, to select the date, " +"time, and the length of the meeting. A meeting can also be added in this " +"view by clicking on the day *and* the time slot the meeting is to take " +"place." msgstr "" -"Para agregar una reunión al calendario, haga clic en el día en el que " -"ocurrirá o haga clic en la hora de inicio de la reunión y arrastre hasta la " -"hora de finalización, para seleccionar su fecha, hora y duración. Si el " -"calendario muestra la vista de día o semana, haga clic en el día *y* el " -"espacio en el que se llevará a cabo la reunión. Aparecerá una ventana " -"emergente de :guilabel:`Nuevo evento`, con el campo :guilabel:`Asunto de la " -"reunión` completo con el :guilabel:`Asunto / Nombre del candidato`. La " -"duración predeterminada de una reunión es de 30 minutos. Si la información " -"es correcta, haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo` para agregar la reunión al " -"calendario o haga clic en :guilabel:`Editar` para modificarla." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:850 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " -"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +"Both methods cause a :ref:`New Event ` pop up window" +" to appear." msgstr "" -"Si hace clic en :guilabel:`Editar` aparecerá una tarjeta de :guilabel:`Nuevo" -" evento`, allí podrá realizar los cambios necesarios." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:564 -msgid "New event card" -msgstr "Tarjeta de nuevo evento" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:566 -msgid "" -"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " -"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " -"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " -"save the changes and create the meeting." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:855 +msgid "New event pop-up window" msgstr "" -"Los campos que puede llenar o modificar en :guilabel:`Nuevo evento` son los " -"que se mencionarán a continuación. Los únicos campos obligatorios son " -":guilabel:`Asunto de la reunión`, :guilabel:`Comienza el` y " -":guilabel:`Termina a las`. Una vez que ingrese los detalles de la tarjeta, " -"haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` para guardar los cambios y crear la junta." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:857 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"Enter the information on the form. The only required fields to enter are the" +" :guilabel:`Meeting Title`, and the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` " +"fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to" +" save the changes and create the interview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:861 +msgid "" +"The fields available to populate or modify on the :guilabel:`New Event` card" +" are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:863 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Title`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " "clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Asunto de la reunión`: ingrese de qué se tratará la reunión. Debe" -" indicar el propósito de la reunión claramente; el asunto automático es el " -":guilabel:`Asunto/Nombre de la postulación` en la tarjeta del empleado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:866 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End`: select the start and end date and " +"times for the meeting. Click on one of the fields and a calendar pop-up " +"window appears. Select both the start and end date and times, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:869 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all-day interview, check the box. " +"If this box is checked, the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` fields are" +" hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:871 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " "default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " @@ -18700,59 +18939,14 @@ msgstr "" "persona que cree la reunión se agregará de forma automática. Puede agregar " "el numero de personas que quiera." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 -msgid "Meeting details tab" -msgstr "Pestaña de detalles de la reunión" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:873 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting start time." +":guilabel:`Videocall URL`: if the meeting is virtual, or if there is a " +"virtual option available, click :guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting` and a URL is " +"automatically created for the meeting and populates the field." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Comienza el`: seleccione la fecha y la hora en la que empezará la" -" junta con el calendario desplegable." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:582 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting end time." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Termina a las`: seleccione la fecha y la hora en la que terminará" -" la junta con el calendario desplegable." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:584 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " -":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " -"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " -"duration length." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Duración`: este campo se llena de forma automática dependiendo de" -" lo que haya puesto en :guilabel:`Empieza el` y :guilabel:`Termina a las`. " -"Si ajusta el tiempo de la junta, el campo también se ajustará de forma " -"automática para corregir la duración." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:587 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " -"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " -":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " -"and end times." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Todo el día`: si la reunión dura todo el día, marque la casilla " -"junto a :guilabel:`Todo el día`. Una vez marcada esta casilla, el campo " -":guilabel:`Duración` queda oculto, al igual que las horas de inicio y " -"finalización de la reunión." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:590 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " -"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Organizador`: en este campo aparece el empleado que creó la " -"reunión. Utilice el menú desplegable para cambiar el empleado seleccionado." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:876 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " "an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," @@ -18770,33 +18964,87 @@ msgstr "" "modificar. Cada comando presenta una ventana emergente diferente. Siga las " "instrucciones de cada comando para completar la edición." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:598 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " -"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" -" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " -"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" -" via the selected option." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:884 +msgid "More options" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Recordatorios`: seleccione un recordatorio del menú desplegable. " -"Las opciones incluyen :guilabel:`Notificación`, :guilabel:`Correo " -"electrónico` y :guilabel:`Mensaje de texto SMS`, cada una con un periodo " -"específico antes del evento (horas, días, etc.). El recordatorio que elija " -"alertará a los participantes de la reunión a través de esa opción." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:886 +msgid "" +"To add additional information to the meeting, click the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button in the lower-right corner of the pop-up window. Enter any of" +" the following additional fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:889 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length. The default length of a meeting is one hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:892 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. Several additional fields appear when this is " +"enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:896 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: using the drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:898 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings " +"repeat. The available options are :guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Yearly`, or :guilabel:`Custom`. If " +":guilabel:`Custom` is selected, a :guilabel:`Repeat Every` field appears " +"beneath it, along with another time frequency parameter (:guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, :guilabel:`Months`, or :guilabel:`Years`). Enter a number" +" in the blank field, then select the time period using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:904 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat on`: if :guilabel:`Weekly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Repeat on` field appears. Click on " +"the corresponding day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:906 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day of Month`: if :guilabel:`Monthly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Day of Month` field appears. Using " +"the drop-down menu, select either :guilabel:`Date of month` or " +":guilabel:`Day of month`. If :guilabel:`Date of month` is selected, enter " +"the date the meeting repeats. If :guilabel:`Day of month` is selected, use " +"the drop-down menus to determine the frequency. Select either " +":guilabel:`First`, :guilabel:`Second`, :guilabel:`Third`, " +":guilabel:`Fourth`, or :guilabel:`Last` for the first drop-down menu, then " +"select the day (:guilabel:`Monday`, :guilabel:`Tuesday`, etc.) in the second" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:913 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Until`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings stop " +"repeating. The available options are :guilabel:`Number of repetitions`, " +":guilabel:`End date`, and :guilabel:`Forever`. If :guilabel:`Number of " +"repetitions` is selected, enter the number of total meetings to occur in the" +" blank field. If :guilabel:`End date` is selected, specify the date using " +"the calendar pop-up window, or type in a date in a XX/XX/XXXX format. " +":guilabel:`Forever` schedules meetings indefinitely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:920 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." msgstr ":guilabel:`Ubicación`: proporcione la ubicación de la reunión." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " -"in this field." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`URL de la reunión`: escriba el enlace a la reunión en este campo " -"si se trata de una reunión virtual." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:921 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " "menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." @@ -18805,50 +19053,45 @@ msgstr "" "desplegable o escriba una nueva. Puede seleccionar la cantidad de etiquetas " "que desee." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:923 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " -"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " -":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " -"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +":guilabel:`Appointment`: if an appointment is associated with this meeting, " +"select it form the drop-down menu, or create a new appointment by typing in " +"the appointment name, then click :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. A " +":guilabel:`Create Appointment` form loads. Enter the information on the " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Recurrente`: si la reunión debe repetirse en un intervalo " -"seleccionado (lo cual no es usual para una primera entrevista), marque la " -"casilla junto a :guilabel:`Recurrente`. Aparecerá una sección de repetición " -"donde deberá introducir los detalles sobre la frecuencia con la que debe " -"repetirse la reunión, incluyendo la hora de finalización." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:613 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:927 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select if the organizer appears either " +":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Busy` for the duration of the meeting, " +"using the drop-down menu. Next, select the visibility of this meeting, using" +" the drop-down menu to the right of the first selection. Options are " ":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " "users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " ":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " "the meeting, and :guilabel:`Only internal users` allows anyone logged into " "the company database to see the meeting." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Privacidad`: seleccione la visibilidad de esta reunión. Las " -"opciones son :guilabel:`Pública`, :guilabel:`Privada` y :guilabel:`Solo " -"usuarios internos`. :guilabel:`Pública` permite que todo el mundo vea la " -"reunión, :guilabel:`Privada` permite que solo la vean los asistentes " -"incluidos y :guilabel:`Solo usuarios internos` permite que la vea cualquier " -"persona que haya iniciado sesión en la base de datos de la empresa." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:934 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " -"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" -" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " -"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " -"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " -"attendees at the same time." +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Organizador`: en este campo aparece el empleado que creó la " +"reunión. Utilice el menú desplegable para cambiar el empleado seleccionado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:936 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Default " +"options include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`SMS Text Message`, each with a specific time period before the " +"event (hours, days, etc). The reminder chosen alerts the meeting " +"participants of the meeting via the selected option at the specified time. " +"Multiple reminders can be selected in this field." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Mostrar como`: seleccione en el menú desplegable si la hora de la" -" reunión debe aparecer como :guilabel:`Ocupado` o :guilabel:`Disponible` en " -"las agendas de los asistentes. Establecer este campo como " -":guilabel:`Disponible` permite programar otras reuniones a la misma hora. Se" -" recomienda establecer este campo como :guilabel:`Ocupado`, para que no se " -"puedan programar otras reuniones para los asistentes a la misma hora." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." @@ -18856,103 +19099,75 @@ msgstr "" "Una nueva tarjeta de reunión con todos los campos llenos y lista para " "guardar." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:947 msgid "Send meeting to attendees" msgstr "Enviar la reunión a los asistentes" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:949 msgid "" "Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " -"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message from the " +"expanded :guilabel:`Event Form` (what is seen when the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button is clicked on in the event pop-up window)." msgstr "" -"Una vez que ingrese los cambios y que los detalles de la junta estén " -"correctos, puede enviar la junta a los asistentes mediante un correo o " -"mensaje de texto." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:953 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " -"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " -"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" -" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " -"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " -"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " -"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " -"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " -"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +"To send the meeting via email, click the :icon:`fa-envelope` " +":guilabel:`Email` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact" +" Attendees` email configurator pop-up window appears. A pre-formatted email " +"using the default :guilabel:`Calendar: Event Update` email template " +"populates the email body field. The followers of the document (job " +"application), as well as the user who created the meeting are added as " +":guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's email address to the " +"list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make any other desired " +"changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button, navigate to the file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " ":guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" -"Para enviar la reunión por correo electrónico, haga clic en el botón " -":guilabel:`Correo` ubicado junto a la lista de asistentes. Aparecerá la " -"ventana emergente del configurador de correo electrónico " -":guilabel:`Contactar a los asistentes` y la plantilla predeterminada " -":guilabel:`Calendario: actualización de evento` aparecerá en el cuerpo del " -"correo. Los :guilabel:`destinatarios` predeterminados son los seguidores del" -" documento (solicitud de empleo) y el usuario que creó la reunión. Agregue " -"la dirección de correo electrónico del postulante a la lista para que " -"también reciba el correo. Realice cualquier otra modificación en el correo " -"electrónico. Si necesita adjuntar un archivo, haga clic en el botón " -":guilabel:`Adjuntar un archivo`, diríjase al archivo y haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Abrir`. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Enviar` una vez que haya " -"terminado de redactar el mensaje. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." msgstr "Ingrese la información para enviar el evento por correo electrónico." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:647 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:966 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " -"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " -"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " -"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." -" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " -"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " -":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :icon:`fa-mobile` " +":guilabel:`SMS` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS " +"Text Message` pop-up appears." msgstr "" -"Para enviar la reunión por mensaje de texto, haga clic en el botón " -":guilabel:`SMS` situado junto a la lista de asistentes. Aparecerá una " -"ventana emergente :guilabel:`Enviar mensaje de texto SMS`. En la parte " -"superior, en un cuadro azul, aparece información relacionada al mensaje. La " -"primera línea indica el número de registros (números de teléfono) " -"seleccionados. La segunda línea indica el número de destinatarios y cuántos " -"de ellos no son válidos. Si un contacto no tiene un número de teléfono " -"válido en la lista, haga clic en :guilabel:`Cerrar`, edite el registro del " -"asistente y vuelva a realizar estos pasos." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:969 msgid "" -"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " -":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " -"contacts with a valid phone number." +"At the top, a blue box appears if any attendees do not have valid mobile " +"numbers, and lists how many records are invalid. If a contact does not have " +"a valid mobile number listed, click :guilabel:`Close`, and edit the " +"attendee's record, then redo these steps." msgstr "" -"**No** recomendamos seleccionar la casilla para enviar a todos los registros" -" en la ventana emergente :guilabel:`Enviar mensaje de texto SMS`, pues " -"enviaría un mensaje a todos los contactos con un número de teléfono válido." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:658 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:973 msgid "" -"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " -"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" -" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " -"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" -" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " -"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +"When no warning message appears, type in the message to be sent to the " +"attendees in the :guilabel:`Message` field. to add any emojis to the " +"message, click the :guilabel:`Add Emoji` icon on the right-side of the pop-" +"up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:977 +msgid "" +"Beneath the message field, the number of characters, as well as the amount " +"of text messages required to send the message (according to GSM7 criteria) " +"appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue` to have the text sent later, after " +"any other messages are scheduled, or click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the " +"message immediately." msgstr "" -"Cuando aparezca el mensaje :guilabel:`0 no son válidos`, escriba el mensaje " -"que desea enviar en el campo :guilabel:`Mensaje`. Debajo del campo de " -"mensaje, aparece el número de caracteres, así como la cantidad de mensajes " -"de texto necesarios para enviar el mensaje (según los criterios GSM7). Haga " -"clic en :guilabel:`Poner en la cola` para que el texto se envíe más tarde, " -"después de programar otros mensajes, o haga clic en :guilabel:`Enviar ahora`" -" para enviar el mensaje inmediatamente." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." msgstr "Enviar un mensaje de texto a los asistentes de una reunión." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:669 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:987 msgid "" "Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " "messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " @@ -18964,11 +19179,11 @@ msgstr "" "más información sobre los créditos y planes de IAP, consulte " ":doc:`../essentials/in_app_purchase`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:994 msgid "Second interview" msgstr "Segunda entrevista" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:996 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " "can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " @@ -18983,76 +19198,51 @@ msgstr "" " :guilabel:`Segunda entrevista` situado en la parte superior de la tarjeta " "del candidato." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1001 msgid "" "When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " -"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " -"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " -":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " -"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage. The " +"recruiter can now :ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the applicant, following the same process as the first " +"interview." msgstr "" -"Cuando la tarjeta del candidato pasa a la etapa :guilabel:`Segunda " -"entrevista`, no hay actividades automáticas ni correos electrónicos " -"configurados para esta etapa, a diferencia de la etapa :guilabel:`Primera " -"entrevista`. El reclutador puede ahora :ref:`programar una segunda " -"entrevista ` con el candidato, siguiendo el " -"mismo proceso que para la primera entrevista." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1009 msgid "Contract proposal" msgstr "Propuesta de contrato" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1011 msgid "" "When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " "be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " "and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" -" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top-right of" " the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" -"Cuando un candidato pasa las etapas de una entrevista y ya se les puede " -"enviar una oferta, pueden pasar a la etapa :guilabel:`Propuesta de " -"contrato`. Arrastre y suelte la tarjeta del candidato a la etapa " -":guilabel:`Propuesta de contrato` o haga clic en el botón " -":guilabel:`Propuesta de contrato` en la parte superior derecha del " -"formulario del candidato." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1016 msgid "" "The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," " click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " -"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " -"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " -"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " -"is set to `0.00`)." +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. Most fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position. If any necessary fields are blank, enter " +"the relevant information in the fields." msgstr "" -"El siguiente paso es enviar una oferta al candidato En la tarjeta del " -"candidato, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Generar oferta`. Aparecerá una " -"ventana emergente :guilabel:`Generar un enlace de simulación`. Todos los " -"campos se rellenan previamente con la información del puesto de trabajo, " -"excepto los campos :guilabel:`Forzar nueva lista de vehículos`, " -":guilabel:`Vehículo predeterminado`, y el campo :guilabel:Costo comedor` " -"(éste se establece en `0.00`)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:705 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1022 msgid "" "Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" "up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " "applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " -"not appear on the pop-up." +"*Fleet* application is not installed, any fields related to vehicles do not " +"appear on the pop-up window." msgstr "" -"Es posible que no todos los campos aparezcan en la ventana emergente " -":guilabel:`Generar un enlace de simulación`, dependiendo de la configuración" -" de localización de la empresa y de las aplicaciones instaladas. Por " -"ejemplo, si la aplicación *Flota* no está instalada, los campos relacionados" -" con los vehículos no aparecerán en la ventana emergente." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1028 msgid "Universal fields" msgstr "Campos universales" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1030 msgid "" "The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " "localization settings." @@ -19060,28 +19250,37 @@ msgstr "" "Los siguientes campos aparecen para todas las ofertas que se envíen a los " "candidatos, sin importar los ajustes de localización." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1032 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " -"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: the template currently being used to populate" +" the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window. To modify the " +"template, click the :guilabel:`Internal link` icon to the right of the drop-" +"down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. A " +"different :guilabel:`Contract Template` can be selected using the drop-down " +"menu." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Plantilla de oferta`: la plantilla que se utiliza en la ventana " -"emergente :guilabel:`Generar un enlace de simulación`. Para modificar la " -"plantilla, haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`Enlace externo` situado a la " -"derecha de la flecha desplegable. Realice los cambios necesarios y haga clic" -" en :guilabel:`Guardar`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1037 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " -"applicant." +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the name of the :guilabel:`Job Position` being " +"offered to the applicant. The selections available in the drop-down menu " +"correspond to the :guilabel:`Job Positions` configured on the main " +"*Recruitment* dashboard." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Puesto de trabajo`: el nombre del puesto que se le está " -"ofreciendo al candidato." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1040 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the specific name of the position being offered to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1041 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the :guilabel:`Department` the job position falls " +"under." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1042 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " "default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" @@ -19096,158 +19295,50 @@ msgstr "" " lados del mes para navegar hasta el mes deseado y, a continuación, haga " "clic en :guilabel:`día` para seleccionar la fecha." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1046 msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." msgstr ":guilabel:`Costo anual`: el salario anual que se está ofreciendo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1047 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " -"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " -"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " -"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," -" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" -" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " -"application." +":guilabel:`Link Expiration Date`: job offers are only valid for a specific " +"period of time. The default expiration date is 30 days. Modify the " +"expiration date, if desired." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Enlace de oferta`: este enlace lleva al candidato a una página " -"web donde puede introducir su información personal, que se importará a su " -"ficha de empleado cuando se cree. Si procede, el candidato puede modificar " -"su paquete salarial (esta opción no está disponible para todas las " -"localizaciones). Por último, aquí es donde el candidato acepta la oferta " -"haciendo clic en :guilabel:`Revisión del contrato y firma` para aceptar el " -"contrato y firmarlo utilizando la aplicación *Firmar*." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:732 -msgid "" -"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " -"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." -msgstr "" -"La aplicación *Firma* debe instalarse para que se pueda firmar el documento." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:738 -msgid "" -"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " -"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" -" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." -msgstr "" -"Los siguientes campos sólo aparecerán si se seleccionan determinados ajustes" -" de localización o se instalan determinadas aplicaciones. Por ejemplo, si la" -" aplicación *Flota* no está instalada, no aparecerá ninguno de los campos " -"opcionales relacionados con los vehículos, como :guilabel:`Forzar nueva " -"lista de vehículos` o :guilabel:`Vehículo predeterminado`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:743 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" -" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Puesto de trabajo`: el nombre oficial del trabajo que se le " -"ofreció al postulante, de la tarjeta :guilabel:`Puesto de trabajo`. Para " -"modificar el nombre, haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`Enlace externo` " -"situado a la derecha de la flecha desplegable. Realice los cambios " -"necesarios y haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:746 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " -"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" -" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Departamento`: el departamento al que pertenece el puesto de " -"trabajo. Para modificarlo, haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`Enlace externo` " -"situado a la derecha de la flecha desplegable. Realice los cambios " -"necesarios y haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:749 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " -"the applicant." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Forzar nueva lista de vehículos`: marque esta caja para ofrecerle" -" un nuevo vehículo al postulante." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " -"that will be assigned to the applicant." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Vehículo predeterminado`: en el menú desplegable seleccione el " -"vehículo que se le asignará al candidato." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:752 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " -"for the cafeteria." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Costo de la cafetería`: ingrese la cantidad que el candidato " -"tendría que pagar por la cafetería." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " -"contract that is being offered." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Tipo de contrato`: en el menú desplegable seleccione el tipo de " -"contrato que se le está ofreciendo." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " -"sending." -msgstr "" -"Formato de la oferta que se le enviará al candidato, haga todas las " -"modificaciones que necesite." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1051 msgid "Send offer" msgstr "Enviar oferta" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1053 msgid "" -"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" -" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " -"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" -" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " -"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " -"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +"When the information is all updated, click :guilabel:`Send By Email` to send" +" the offer to the applicant." msgstr "" -"Para enviar la oferta al candidato, haga clic en :guilabel:`Enviar`. Si el " -"candidato no tiene una dirección de correo electrónico registrada, aparecerá" -" el formulario de candidato para que pueda configurarla. Si ya hay un correo" -" electrónico configurado, aparecerá la ventana emergente de correo " -"electrónico. Si obtiene la tarjeta del solicitante, introduzca la dirección " -"de correo electrónico del solicitante en el campo :guilabel:`Correo " -"electrónico` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`. El formulario de candidato " -"se cierra y aparece la ventana emergente de correo electrónico." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1056 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " -"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" -"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " -"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." -" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " -"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " -":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " -":guilabel:`Send`." +"If the applicant does not have an email address listed on their applicant " +"card, a warning appears in a red box at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window, stating :guilabel:`The" +" applicant does not have a valid email set. The Offer Link won't be able to " +"be completed.` Click :guilabel:`Discard`, enter an email on the applicant's " +"card, then click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button again." msgstr "" -"La plantilla de correo electrónico que se usa es :guilabel:`Candidato: su " -"paquete salarial` y el campo :guilabel:`Destinatarios`, :guilabel:`Asunto` y" -" el cuerpo del correo se llenan según la plantilla del correo. Si necesita " -"añadir algún archivo adjunto, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Archivos " -"adjuntos` y aparecerá una ventana del explorador de archivos. Navegue hasta " -"el archivo deseado y haga clic en :guilabel:`Abrir` para adjuntarlo al " -"correo electrónico. El archivo adjunto se cargará y aparecerá encima del " -"botón :guilabel:`Archivos adjuntos`. Cuando el mensaje esté listo para " -"enviarse, pulse :guilabel:`Enviar`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1062 +msgid "" +"An email pop-up window loads. The default :guilabel:`Recruitment: Your " +"Salary Package` email template is used, and the :guilabel:`Recipients`, " +":guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-populated based on the email " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1070 +msgid "Once the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1073 msgid "" "To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " "necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " @@ -19263,11 +19354,42 @@ msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." msgstr "" "Enviar un correo al candidato con un enlace al sueldo que se le ofrece." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1081 +msgid "Configure your package" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1083 +msgid "" +"The email template includes a :guilabel:`Configure your package` button. " +"This link takes the applicant to a webpage where they can modify the " +"proposed salary package, and enter their personal information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1087 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant is hired, the personal information entered on the webpage" +" is imported to their employee record, when created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1090 +msgid "" +"If applicable, the applicant can modify their salary package. This option is" +" not available for all localizations. Depending on where the company is " +"located, this option may not be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1093 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is completed, the applicant accepts the offer by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Review Contract & Sign` button to accept the " +"contract and sign it using the *Sign* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1100 msgid "Contract signed" msgstr "Contrato firmado" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1102 msgid "" "Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " "step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " @@ -19285,23 +19407,18 @@ msgstr "" "mostrar el botón de la fase :guilabel:`Contrato firmado` en la parte " "superior y haga clic en :guilabel:`Contrato firmado`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:796 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1109 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the Kanban view, but the " "card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." msgstr "" -"Puede arrastrar el formulario del candidato a la etapa :guilabel:`Contrato " -"firmado` aunque esta no esté desplegada en la vista Kanban." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1112 msgid "" "Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " -"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"green :guilabel:`HIRED` banner appears in the top-right of the applicant's " "card." msgstr "" -"Cuando arrastre al candidato a la etapa :guilabel:`Contrato firmado`, " -"aparecerá un listón verde que dice :guilabel:`Contratado` en la esquina " -"superior derecha de la tarjeta." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." @@ -19309,34 +19426,25 @@ msgstr "" "Listón de contratado en la esquina superior derecha del formulario del " "candidato." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1120 msgid "Create employee" msgstr "Crear empleado" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:809 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1122 msgid "" "Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " "record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " -"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"Employee` button in the top-left. An employee form appears, and any " "information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" " card appears in the form." msgstr "" -"El siguiente paso es crear un registro de empleado para el candidato que " -"acaba de contratar. En la tarjeta del candidato, haga clic en el botón " -":guilabel:`Crear empleado` en la parte superior izquierda. Aparecerá un " -"formulario de empleado, y cualquier información de la tarjeta del candidato " -"que pueda importarse a la tarjeta del empleado, aparecerá en el formulario." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1127 msgid "" "Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" -" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " -":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, the employee" +" record is saved in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" -"Rellene el resto del formulario. Para obtener información detallada sobre " -"los campos, consulte la documentación :doc:`employees/new_employee`. Cuando " -"haya terminado, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`. El registro del empleado " -"se guardará en la aplicación *Empleados*." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -19715,83 +19823,57 @@ msgstr "" "<../../marketing/surveys/create>` donde podrá ver instrucciones detalladas " "sobre cómo crear y configurar una encuesta." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 msgid "Referrals" msgstr "Referencias" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " -"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"regarding referrals is housed - from points earned, coworkers hired, and " "rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " -"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " -"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " -"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " -"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" -" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +"and then earn referral points as those people progress through the " +"recruitment pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be " +"exchanged for prizes. The *Referrals* application integrates with the " +"*Employees*, *Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be" +" installed in order for the *Referrals* application to function." msgstr "" -"La aplicación *Referencias* de Odoo es un lugar centralizado donde se aloja " -"toda la información relativa a los referidos, desde los puntos ganados, los " -"compañeros contratados y las recompensas seleccionadas. Los usuarios pueden " -"recomendar a personas que conocen para puestos de trabajo, y luego ganar " -"puntos de referencia a medida que esas personas progresan a través del " -"proceso de contratación. Una vez ganados suficientes puntos de " -"recomendación, pueden canjearse por premios. La aplicación Referrals se " -"integra con las aplicaciones *Empleados*, *Reclutamiento* y *Sitio web*, que" -" deben estar instaladas para que la aplicación *Referencias* funcione." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:14 msgid "" -"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " -"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " -"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +"The only configurations needed for the *Referrals* application *after* " +"installation are related to the :ref:`rewards `; " +"everything else is pre-configured when Odoo *Referrals* is installed." msgstr "" -"La única configuración que se necesita para la aplicación Referencias " -"después de instalarla son las :ref:`recompensas `, lo " -"demás ya está configurado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:18 msgid "" -"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " -"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " -"` and configurations menus. For more information on " -"users and access rights, refer to these documents: :doc:`../general/users` " -"and :doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." -msgstr "" -"Cualquier usuario con permisos de :guilabel:`usuario de recomendación`, " -":guilabel:`encargado` o :guilabel:`administrador` en la aplicación " -"Reclutamiento tiene acceso a la aplicación Referencias. Solo los usuarios " -"con permisos de :guilabel:`administrador` en la aplicación Reclutamiento " -"tienen acceso a los menús de :ref:`reportes ` y de " -"configuración. Consulte la siguiente documentación para obtener más " -"información sobre usuarios y permisos de acceso: :doc:`../general/users` y " +"Users with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the *Referrals* application. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the :ref:`reporting ` and configurations" +" menus. For more information on users and access rights, refer to these " +"documents: :doc:`../general/users` and " ":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 msgid "Onboarding" msgstr "Incorporación" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:28 msgid "" "When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" "configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " -"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" -" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"each explaining the different parts of the *Referrals* application. At the " +"top of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " "onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " "Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " "text." msgstr "" -"Al abrir la aplicación *Referencias* por primera vez, aparece un guión de " -"inicio preconfigurado. Se trata de cuatro diapositivas, cada una explica las" -" diferentes partes de la aplicación Referencias. En la parte superior del " -"guión, se muestra el siguiente mensaje a lo largo de todas las diapositivas " -"de incorporación: :guilabel:`¡Reúna a su equipo! Programa de referencias " -"laborales`. Detrás de este mensaje principal hay una imagen, y debajo de " -"ella algo más de texto explicativo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 msgid "" "Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " "displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " @@ -19801,11 +19883,11 @@ msgstr "" " y mensaje que se muestra. Después de leer cada mensaje, haga clic en el " "botón :guilabel:`Siguiente` para avanzar a la siguiente diapositiva." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" msgstr "El texto aparece en cada diapositiva como se muestra:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " "superheroes to save the day!`" @@ -19813,7 +19895,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`¡Oh no! ¡Los villanos llegaron a la ciudad! Ayúdanos a reclutar a" " un equipo de superhéroes que nos salven.`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " "or refer friends.`" @@ -19821,12 +19903,12 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Mira los puestos de trabajo que estamos buscando, anúncialas en " "redes sociales o refiere a tus amigos.`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Colecte puntos e intercámbielos por regalos de la tienda.`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " "league!`" @@ -19834,39 +19916,25 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`¡Compite con tus colegas para crear la mejor liga de la " "justicia!`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:46 msgid "" -"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the *Referrals* application is " "opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " "button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" " :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " -"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +"will begin again when the *Referrals* application is opened. Once the " ":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " -"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the *Referrals* " "application is opened from that point on." msgstr "" -"Las diapositivas de capacitación aparecerán cada vez que se abra la " -"aplicación Referencias, hasta que se hayan visto todas las diapositivas y se" -" haya hecho clic en el botón :guilabel:`Empezar ahora`. Si se sale de la " -"capacitación en cualquier momento, o si *no* se ha hecho clic en el botón " -":guilabel:`Empezar ahora`, las diapositivas del onboarding comenzarán de " -"nuevo cuando se abra la aplicación Referencias. Una vez que se haya hecho " -"clic en el botón :guilabel:`Empezar ahora`, las diapositivas de capacitación" -" no se volverán a ver, y el panel principal se cargará cuando se abra la " -"aplicación Referrals a partir de ese momento." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:53 msgid "" "At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " -"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main *Referrals* dashboard loads. If " ":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " -"opening the Referrals application." +"opening the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" -"En cualquier momento durante la integración, puede hacer clic en el botón " -":guilabel:`Saltar`. De este modo se sale de la navegación y se carga el " -"panel principal de Referencias. Si hace clic en :guilabel:`Saltar`, las " -"diapositivas de capacitación ya no se cargarán al abrir la aplicación " -"Referencias." #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -19875,7 +19943,7 @@ msgstr "" "Una diapositiva con los botones saltar y siguiente visibles en la parte " "inferior," -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:62 msgid "" "If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " "opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " @@ -19890,74 +19958,43 @@ msgstr "" "ir al panel principal, aparece una pantalla :ref:`contratado " "`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" msgstr "Modificar las plantillas de capacitación" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:70 msgid "" "Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " -"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " -"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " -"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " -"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`." +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* application can " +"modify onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line " +"displays the text for the individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding" +" slide, click on an individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding " +"form." msgstr "" -"Las diapositivas de incorporación pueden modificarse si se desea. Sólo los " -"usuarios con derechos :guilabel:`Administrador` para la aplicación de " -"Reclutamiento pueden modificar las diapositivas de onboarding. Para editar " -"una diapositiva, vaya a :menuselection:`la aplicación de Reclutamiento --> " -"Configuración --> Capacitación.` Cada línea muestra el texto de la " -"diapositiva individual de capacitación. Para editar una diapositiva de " -"incorporación, haga clic en la línea de una diapositiva individual para " -"abrir el formulario de incorporación de la diapositiva y, a continuación, " -"haga clic en :guilabel:`Editar`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:76 msgid "" -"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " -"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " -"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " -"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " -"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " -"that particular company." +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` field. A " +":guilabel:`Company` may be selected, as well. However, if this field is " +"populated, that slide is *only* displayed for that particular company." msgstr "" -"Modifique el mensaje en la casilla :guilabel:`Texto`. Para cambiar el orden " -"en que aparecen las diapositivas en el onboarding, puede modificar la " -":guilabel:`Secuencia`. Escriba el número correspondiente para indicar el " -"orden en que deben mostrarse las diapositivas. Se puede seleccionar una " -":guilabel:`Empresa`, sin embargo, si se rellena este campo, esa diapositiva " -"sólo se mostrará para esa empresa en concreto." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:81 msgid "" -"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" -" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " -"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" -" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " -"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " -"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " -"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +"The :guilabel:`Company` field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -"La imagen también puede modificarse. Pase el ratón sobre la miniatura de la " -"imagen en la esquina superior derecha del formulario y aparecerán los iconos" -" :guilabel:`✏️ (lápiz)` y :guilabel:`🗑️ (basura)`. Pulse el icono " -":guilabel:`✏️ (lápiz)` para cambiar la imagen. Aparecerá una ventana con un " -"navegador de archivos donde podrá seleccionar la imagen deseada, haga clic " -"en :guilabel:`Abrir`. La nueva imagen aparece en la miniatura. Para eliminar" -" una imagen, haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`🗑️ (basura)` y, a " -"continuación, seleccione una nueva imagen utilizando el icono :guilabel:`✏️ " -"(lápiz)`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:83 msgid "" -"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +"The image can be modified, as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the " +"top-right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and " +":guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` " +"icon to change the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the " +"desired image, select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears" +" in the thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage " +"can)` icon, then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" -"Para guardar los cambios, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` o en " -":guilabel:`Descartar` para borrar los cambios y regresar al contenido " -"original." #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." @@ -19965,23 +20002,12 @@ msgstr "" "Una presentación de capacitación en modo de edición, con los campos " "principales resaltados." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:94 msgid "" -"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " -"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " -"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " -"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " -":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " -"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +"The sequence in which the slides appear can be changed from the *Onboarding*" +" dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`(six small gray boxes)` icon to the left of" +" the the slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position." msgstr "" -"El orden de las diapositivas también se puede cambiar directamente en el " -"panel de control de Incorporación, sin tener que editar una diapositiva " -"individual de Incorporación. Haga clic en el símbolo de flecha arriba y " -"abajo que aparece después de la casilla de verificación y antes del texto de" -" la diapositiva, y arrastre la diapositiva a la posición deseada. La " -"etiqueta :guilabel:`Secuencia` cambia automáticamente en todos los " -"formularios de incorporación de la diapositiva, reflejando la nueva " -"secuencia." #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -19990,838 +20016,11 @@ msgstr "" "Las diapositivas de onboarding en una lista, con las flechas de arrastrar y " "soltar resaltadas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:103 -msgid "Share job positions" -msgstr "Compartir puestos de trabajo" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:105 -msgid "" -"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " -"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " -"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " -"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." -msgstr "" -"Para ganar puntos de recomendación, un usuario debe compartir primero un " -"puesto de trabajo para que el candidato pueda solicitarlo. Hay varias formas" -" de compartir puestos de trabajo dentro de la aplicación Referidos, a través" -" del botón :ref:`Ver empleos ` y el botón :ref:`Enviar " -"un correo electrónico a un amigo `." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:113 -msgid "View Jobs" -msgstr "Ver trabajos" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:115 -msgid "" -"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " -":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " -"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." -msgstr "" -"Para ver todos los puestos de trabajo que están reclutando candidatos " -"activamente, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Ver puestos de trabajo` del " -"panel principal de Referencias. Esto presenta todas las ofertas de trabajo, " -"con cada oferta individual presentada en su propia tarjeta." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" -"displayed on the card." -msgstr "" -"La pantalla 'Ver trabajos' donde se muestran todos los puestos abiertos. Toda la información\n" -"está en el cuadro." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:124 -msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" -msgstr "Cada cuadro de puesto de trabajo contiene la siguiente información:" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." -msgstr "" -"El nombre de este puesto de trabajo. Esta información se recupera del campo " -":guilabel:`Puesto de trabajo` del formulario del trabajo." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:128 -msgid "" -"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " -"of the job form." -msgstr "" -"El número de puestos que se están contratando. Esta información se obtiene " -"del campo :guilabel:`Nuevos empleados previstos` de la pestaña " -":guilabel:`Contratación` del formulario de empleo." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." -msgstr "" -"Los puntos que un usuario ganará cuando un postulante solicite el puesto." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 -msgid "" -"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " -"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." -msgstr "" -"La descripción de este puesto de trabajo. Esta información se recupera del " -"campo :guilabel:`Puesto de trabajo` del formulario del trabajo." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:134 -msgid "" -"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " -"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " -"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." -msgstr "" -"Para ver todos los detalles de un puesto de trabajo, haga clic en el botón " -":guilabel:`Más información` del recuadro correspondiente. Esto abre la " -"página web del puesto en una nueva pestaña del navegador. Esto es lo que un " -"candidato ve antes de solicitar un puesto." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " -"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " -":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." -msgstr "" -"Sólo las ofertas publicadas serán visibles en la aplicación Referidos. Para " -"comprobar qué ofertas están publicadas o no, consulta la documentación " -":doc:`recruitment/new_job`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 -msgid "Refer friends" -msgstr "Referir a amigos" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:145 -msgid "" -"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " -"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " -"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." -msgstr "" -"Para compartir un puesto de trabajo con alguien, haga clic en el botón " -":guilabel:`Recomendar un amigo` de la ficha del puesto de trabajo " -"específico. Aparecerá una ventana emergente preconfigurada :guilabel:`Enviar" -" oferta de empleo por correo`. Introduzca la dirección de correo electrónico" -" del destinatario en el campo :guilabel:`Correo electrónico`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:149 -msgid "" -"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " -"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." -msgstr "" -"El asunto y el cuerpo del correo se llena con una plantilla predeterminada. " -"Aparecerá el asunto `Un trabajo para ti`, el cual puede modificar si quiere." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:152 -msgid "" -"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " -"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " -"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " -"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" -" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " -"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " -"application." -msgstr "" -"El título específico del puesto de trabajo rellenará el marcador de posición" -" :guilabel:`Puesto de trabajo` del cuerpo del correo electrónico. El texto " -"`Ver oferta de empleo` del cuerpo del correo electrónico es un enlace de " -"seguimiento individualizado al puesto de trabajo específico que aparece en " -"el sitio web. Cuando el posible empleado reciba el correo electrónico, el " -"enlace le enviará a la página del puesto de trabajo, donde podrá " -"solicitarlo, y la persona que le ha remitido será rastreada en la aplicación" -" Referencias." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " -"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " -"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." -msgstr "" -"Si quiere, agregue cualquier texto de saludo o despedida al cuerpo del " -"correo. Cuando haya realizado todos los cambios, haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Enviar correo electrónico` para enviar el mensaje, o haga clic en" -" :guilabel:`Cancelar` para cerrar la ventana emergente del correo " -"electrónico." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." -msgstr "" -"Ventana emergente del correo de referencias con el mensaje del correo " -"adentro." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 -msgid "Share a job" -msgstr "Compartir un trabajo" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:169 -msgid "" -"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " -"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" -" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " -"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " -"applicants in the Referrals application." -msgstr "" -"Hay otras formas de compartir un puesto de trabajo aparte de enviar un " -"correo electrónico, a través de plataformas de medios sociales y enlaces de " -"seguimiento del puesto de trabajo. En la parte inferior de la ficha de cada " -"puesto hay cuatro iconos y sus correspondientes enlaces de seguimiento que " -"pueden utilizarse para compartir el puesto y hacer un seguimiento de los " -"candidatos en la aplicación de referencias." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." -msgstr "Los diferentes iconos para compartir para cada trabajo." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 -msgid "Link" -msgstr "Vínculo" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:181 -msgid "" -"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " -":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " -"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " -"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" -" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" -" prospective employee however desired." -msgstr "" -"Para compartir el puesto de trabajo con un enlace de seguimiento " -"personalizado, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Compartir ahora` que tiene " -"el icono :guilabel:`🔗 (cadena)`. Aparecerá una ventana emergente " -":guilabel:`Enlace para compartir` con el enlace de seguimiento donde tiene " -"que hacer clic en :guilabel:`Copiar` para copiar el enlace. Después, haga " -"clic en el botón :guilabel:`Cerrar` para cerrar la ventana emergente. " -"Comparta el enlace con el posible empleado de la forma que desee." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:188 -msgid "Facebook" -msgstr "Facebook" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:190 -msgid "" -"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " -"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " -"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " -"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " -"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " -"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" -"in to Facebook first." -msgstr "" -"Para compartir el puesto de trabajo a través de Facebook, haga clic en el " -"botón :guilabel:`Compartir ahora` con el icono :guilabel:`f (icono de " -"Facebook)` en su interior. Si el usuario ya ha iniciado sesión en Facebook, " -"al hacer clic en el botón :guilabel:`f (icono de Facebook)` se cargará una " -"página :guilabel:`Compartir en Facebook` en una nueva pestaña, con el enlace" -" en el cuerpo principal de la nueva entrada. Si el usuario *no* ha iniciado " -"sesión, en su lugar se carga una pantalla de inicio de sesión en la que se " -"le pide que inicie sesión en Facebook." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" -" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" -" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " -"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " -"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " -"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " -"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " -":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " -"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " -"specific activity." -msgstr "" -"En el espacio que se encuentra justo abajo de su nombre escriba cualquier " -"información adicional que quiera agregar a la publicación. Si lo desea, " -":guilabel:`etiquete` a usuarios, :guilabel:`registre una visita` en algún " -"lugar o agregue un :guilabel:`estado` a la publicación. Para etiquetar a un " -"usuario, haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`Etiquetar amigos` y seleccione a " -"las personas que desea etiquetar. Para agregar una ubicación, haga clic en " -"el icono :guilabel:`Estoy aquí` y selecciónela en la ventana emergente de " -"ubicaciones predeterminadas basadas en su ubicación actual. Para agregar un " -":guilabel:`estado`, haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`Sentimiento/actividad`," -" seleccione el sentimiento o el tipo de actividad y, por último, si " -"seleccionó un tipo de actividad, seleccione la actividad específica." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 -msgid "" -"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " -":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " -":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " -"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" -" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." -msgstr "" -"Hay cinco métodos para compartir el puesto de trabajo: :guilabel:`Su " -"historia`, :guilabel:`Compartir en la línea de tiempo de un amigo`, " -":guilabel:`Compartir en un grupo`, :guilabel:`Compartir en un evento` y " -":guilabel:`Compartir en un mensaje privado`. Para seleccionar el método de " -"uso compartido, haz clic en el menú desplegable situado en la parte superior" -" de la página, justo debajo del banner :guilabel:`Compartir en Facebook`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" -"highlighted, as are all the required settings." -msgstr "" -"La vista en Facebook al compartir una descripción del puesto. Aparecen todas las formas distintas de compartir, \n" -"así como todos los ajustes necesarios." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 -msgid "Share to news feed or story" -msgstr "Compartir en el muro de noticias o en las historias" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:218 -msgid "" -"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " -":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " -"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " -":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " -"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," -" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " -"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" -" story, or both." -msgstr "" -"El método automático para compartir es a través de :guilabel:`Noticias`, " -":guilabel:`Historia`, o ambos. En la parte inferior del formulario hay " -"botones de opción junto a las dos opciones, :guilabel:`Feed` (para el feed) " -"y :guilabel:`Su historia` (para las historias). Cuando se selecciona " -":guilabel:`Compartir al feed o la historia`, estos botones están activos; si" -" se selecciona otra opción, estos botones de opción aparecen atenuados. " -"Active los botones de opción para indicar cómo debe compartirse el puesto de" -" trabajo, en la fuente de noticias, en la historia o en ambas." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:225 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " -"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " -"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " -"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " -"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" -" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " -"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " -":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" -" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." -msgstr "" -"La opción :guilabel:`Compartir en feed o historia` permite seleccionar " -"ajustes de privacidad específicos. En la esquina inferior derecha de la " -"pantalla hay dos opciones de menús desplegables, uno es la opción " -":guilabel:`Feed` y la otra es :guilabel:`Tu historia`, con estas opciones " -"podrá seleccionar los parámetros de seguridad correspondientes a la " -"publicación. Las opciones :guilabel:`Feed` y :guilabel:`Tu historia` " -"dependen del usuario y sus ajustes de privacidad en Facebook. Las opciones " -"predeterminadas son :guilabel:`Público` y :guilabel:`Amigos`, pero también " -"aparecerán otras opciones dependiendo de lo que haya configurado el usuario," -" como grupos personalizados." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " -":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" -"Cuando una publicación o historia están listas para publicarse, haga clic en" -" el botón azul :guilabel:`Publicar en Facebook` que se encuentra en la parte" -" inferior de la pantalla." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:236 -msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" -msgstr "Compartir en el muro de un amigo" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " -"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." -msgstr "" -"En lugar de hacer una publicación en la página de Facebook del usuario, " -"puede compartir el puesto de trabajo directo en la biografía de un amigo. " -"Haga clic en el menú desplegable :guilabel:`Compartir en el feed de noticias" -" o historia` en la parte superior de la página y seleccione " -":guilabel:`Compartir en la biografía de un amigo`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:242 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" -" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " -"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " -"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." -msgstr "" -"Al seleccionarse, aparecerá el campo :guilabel:`Amigo` debajo de la " -"selección. Empiece a escribir el nombre del amigo para que aparezca una " -"lista con los nombres que coincidan con lo que está escribiendo. Seleccione " -"a un amigo de la lista; **solo** puede seleccionar uno." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:246 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:275 -msgid "" -"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " -"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" -"Cuando la publicación esté lista, haga clic en el botón azul " -":guilabel:`Publicar en Facebook` ubicado en la parte inferior de la " -"pantalla." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 -msgid "Share in a group" -msgstr "Compartir en un grupo" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:251 -msgid "" -"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " -"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" -" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " -":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." -msgstr "" -"Para llegar a un público en específico sin compartir el puesto de trabajo " -"con todos, puede compartirlo en un grupo. Haga clic en el menú desplegable " -":guilabel:`Compartir a feed o historia` en la parte superior de la página y " -"seleccione :guilabel:`Compartir en el perfil de un amigo`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " -"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " -"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " -"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " -"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " -"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se selecciona, aparece un campo :guilabel:`Grupo` debajo de la " -"selección. Los grupos disponibles en los que se pueden publicar ofertas de " -"empleo son los grupos de los que el usuario es miembro actualmente. Los " -"puestos de trabajo no pueden compartirse con grupos a los que el usuario no " -"se haya unido. Comience a escribir el nombre del grupo. A medida que se " -"escribe el nombre del grupo, aparece una lista con los nombres de los grupos" -" que coinciden con lo introducido. Seleccione el grupo de la lista; solo " -"puede seleccionar uno." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:264 -msgid "Share in an event" -msgstr "Compartir en un evento" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:266 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." -msgstr "" -"También puede compartir el puesto de trabajo en la página de un evento. Haga" -" clic en el menú desplegable :guilabel:`Compartir a feed o historia` en la " -"parte superior de la página y seleccione :guilabel:`Compartir en el perfil " -"de un amigo`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:269 -msgid "" -"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " -"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " -"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" -" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " -"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " -"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " -"selected." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se selecciona, aparece un campo :guilabel:`Evento` debajo de la " -"selección. Los eventos disponibles en los que se pueden publicar ofertas de " -"empleo son los eventos a los que el usuario está invitado. Esto incluye " -"eventos a los que el usuario no ha respondido y eventos que ya pasaron. " -"Comience a escribir el nombre del evento. A medida que se escribe el nombre " -"del evento, aparece una lista con los nombres de los grupos que coinciden " -"con lo introducido. Seleccione el evento de la lista; solo puede seleccionar" -" uno." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 -msgid "Share in a private message" -msgstr "Compartir en un mensaje privado" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:280 -msgid "" -"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" -" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" -"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " -"Private Message`." -msgstr "" -"La última opción es compartir el puesto de trabajo de forma privada a través" -" de un mensaje directo de Facebook. Haga clic en el menú desplegable " -":guilabel:`Compartir en el feed o en tu historia` ubicado en la parte " -"superior de la página y seleccione :guilabel:`Compartir por mensaje " -"privado`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:284 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " -"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " -"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " -"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " -"process for each friend to be added." -msgstr "" -"Al seleccionarse, aparecerá el campo :guilabel:`Amigo` debajo de la " -"selección. Empiece a escribir el nombre del amigo para que aparezca una " -"lista con los nombres que coincidan con lo que está escribiendo. Puede " -"seleccionar a varios amigos en un mismo mensaje. Repita este proceso por " -"cada amigo que agregue." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:289 -msgid "" -"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " -"message` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que todo esté listo para enviar el mensaje haga clic en el botón " -"azul :guilabel:`Enviar mensaje` que se encuentra en la parte inferior de la " -"pantalla." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:293 -msgid "X/Twitter" -msgstr "X/Twitter" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:295 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " -"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " -"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " -"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " -"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" -" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." -msgstr "" -"También es posible compartir el puesto de trabajo en X/Twitter. Haga clic en" -" el botón :guilabel:`Compartir ahora` con el icono que tiene forma de " -"pájaro. Si el usuario ya había iniciado sesión en esta plataforma, al hacer " -"clic en :guilabel:`Compartir ahora`, se abrirá en una nueva pestaña con un " -"mensaje ya creado y listo para publicarse. Si el usuario *no* ha iniciado " -"sesión, en este caso se abre la pantalla de inicio de sesión en la que se le" -" solicita que inicie sesión en X/Twitter." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:301 -msgid "The default message is:" -msgstr "El mensaje predeterminado es:" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:303 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" -" Position)`" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Una increíble oferta laboral para (puesto de trabajo). Obtén más " -"información en (enlace al puesto de trabajo)`" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:305 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " -"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " -"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," -" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " -"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " -":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " -"X/Twitter." -msgstr "" -"Ingrese cualquier información adicional o edite el mensaje. Si quiere, haga " -"clic en la :guilabel:`X` en la esquina superior izquierda de la miniatura de" -" previsualización de la página para cerrarlo. Para ajustar el público del " -"mensaje, haga clic en el botón desplegable :guilabel:`Todos` y seleccione el" -" público que quiere del menú desplegable. La opción predeterminada es " -":guilabel:`Todos` y la otra opción es :guilabel:`Círculo`. El " -":guilabel:`Círculo` es un grupo de personas que el usuario seleccionó desde " -"X/Twitter." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:312 -msgid "" -"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " -"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " -":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" -" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " -":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " -":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " -"restricts who can reply to the message." -msgstr "" -"La configuración predeterminada es :guilabel:`🌎 (globo terráqueo) Cualquier " -"persona puede responder` que permite que todos los usuarios de X/Twitter " -"respondan a la publicación. Para cambiar esta opción haga clic en el botón " -":guilabel:`🌎 (globo terráqueo) Cualquier persona puede responder` ubicado en" -" la parte inferior izquierda del mensaje. Aparecerán cuatro opciones: " -":guilabel:`Todos`, :guilabel:`Cuentas a las que sigues`, :guilabel:`Cuentas " -"verificadas` y :guilabel:`Solo las cuentas que menciones`. Al seleccionar " -"una de las otras opciones restringirá quién puede responder al mensaje." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 -msgid "" -"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " -"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " -"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " -"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." -msgstr "" -"Puede agregar varios elementos al mensaje, como archivos multimedia (fotos, " -"videos, entre otros), GIF, encuestas, emojis y su ubicación. Haga clic en el" -" icono correspondiente ubicado en la parte inferior izquierda del mensaje y " -"siga los pasos para agregar más elementos." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:322 -msgid "" -"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" -" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " -"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." -msgstr "" -"Para publicar un mensaje en otro momento haga clic en el icono de " -":guilabel:`calendario` ubicado en la parte inferior izquierda de la ventana " -"del mensaje. Es el quinto icono de izquierda a derecha. Ingrese la fecha y " -"hora en la que desea que se publique el mensaje con el selector " -"correspondiente y haga clic en :guilabel:`Confirmar` para agregar una hora " -"programada a su mensaje." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 -msgid "" -"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" -" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " -"time." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Publicar` para publicar el mensaje. El mensaje se " -"publicará de inmediato o, en otro caso, se publicará en la fecha y hora " -"programada." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" -"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." -msgstr "" -"La ventana emergente de X/Twitter al compartir un puesto de trabajo. Todos los otros elementos que puede agregar\n" -"se resaltan, así como el ajuste de visualización y el botón de publicar." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:336 -msgid "LinkedIn" -msgstr "LinkedIn" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:338 -msgid "" -"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " -"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " -"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " -"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " -"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " -"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." -msgstr "" -"Para compartir un puesto de trabajo en LinkedIn, haga clic en el botón " -":guilabel:`Compartir ahora` con el icono :guilabel:`in (icono de LinkedIn)` " -"en su interior. Si el usuario ya ha iniciado sesión en LinkedIn, al hacer " -"clic en :guilabel:`Compartir ahora` se cargará LinkedIn en una nueva " -"pestaña, con el enlace al puesto de trabajo en la parte superior. Si el " -"usuario *no* ha iniciado sesión, en su lugar se carga una pantalla de inicio" -" de sesión en la que se le pide que inicie sesión en LinkedIn." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:344 -msgid "" -"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " -"message to an individual or group of individuals." -msgstr "" -"Puede compartir el puesto de trabajo de forma pública o en un mensaje " -"privado a una persona o un grupo." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 -msgid "Share in a post" -msgstr "Compartir en una publicación" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:350 -msgid "" -"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" -" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " -":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " -"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." -msgstr "" -"Para compartir este puesto de trabajo en una publicación pública, haga clic " -"en el botón :guilabel:`✏️ (lápiz) Compartir en una publicación` en la " -"esquina inferior izquierda de la pantalla. Se cargará una ventana " -":guilabel:`Crear una publicación` con el enlace al puesto de trabajo, además" -" puede agregar cualquier otra información a la publicación." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:354 -msgid "" -"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " -"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " -"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " -"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." -msgstr "" -"Para publicar la audiencia que verá la publicación, haga clic en el menú " -"desplegable :guilabel:`🌎 (globo terráqueo) Todos`, justo debajo del nombre " -"de la cuenta. Haga clic en la selección deseada, después en el botón " -":guilabel:`Guardar` en la derecha de la pantalla, debajo de la última opción" -" enlistada." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " -":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " -"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " -":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" -" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " -"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " -"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " -"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " -"right corner." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Cualquiera` permite que todos los usuarios de LinkedIn vean la " -"publicación. :guilabel:`Solo contactos` indica que la publicación solo se " -"compartirá con las personas que forman parte de las conexiones del usuario y" -" nadie más la podrá ver. :guilabel:`Grupo` significa que la publicación se " -"compartirá en un grupo en donde el usuario es miembro. La publicación solo " -"se puede compartir con un grupo, no con más de uno. Si selecciona la opción " -":guilabel:`Grupo` se cargará una página con la lista de todos los grupos a " -"los que el usuario pertenece. Haga clic en un grupo para seleccionarlo y " -"después en el botón :guilabel:`Guardar` ubicado en la esquina inferior " -"derecha." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:366 -msgid "" -"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " -"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " -"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " -"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " -":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " -"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " -"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" -" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " -"the far lower right corner." -msgstr "" -"Después, seleccione quién puede comentar en la publicación. Para cambiar " -"este ajuste, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`💬 (burbuja de diálogo) Todos` " -"ubicado debajo del cuerpo de la publicación, esta acción abrirá una página " -"con varias opciones. Haga clic en una de las tres opciones para seleccionar " -"entre :guilabel:`Cualquiera`, :guilabel:`Solo contactos` y " -":guilabel:`Nadie`. La opción predeterminada es :guilabel:`Cualquiera`, así " -"que cualquier usuario de LinkedIn podría comentar en la publicación. La " -"opción :guilabel:`Solo contactos` permite que solo las personas que el " -"usuario tiene agregadas comenten en la publicación y :guilabel:`Nadie` " -"desactiva los comentarios. Luego de seleccionar una opción, haga clic en el " -"botón :guilabel:`Hecho` ubicado en la esquina inferior derecha." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:375 -msgid "" -"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " -":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que haya editado la publicación y haya seleccionado los ajustes, " -"haga clic en :guilabel:`Publicación` para compartir el puesto de trabajo." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " -"post button." -msgstr "" -"Una publicación de LinkedIn para compartir el trabajo. El puesto de trabajo " -"se resalta, así como el botón de publicar." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:383 -msgid "Send as private message" -msgstr "Enviar como mensaje privado" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:385 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " -"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " -"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" -" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" -" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " -"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." -" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " -"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" -" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " -":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " -":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " -"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " -"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " -"browser tab to exit." -msgstr "" -"En lugar de realizar una publicación pública, puede enviársela a un contacto" -" a través de un mensaje privado. Para hacerlo, haga clic en el botón " -":guilabel:`Enviar como mensaje privado` ubicado en la esquina inferior " -"izquierda. Esta acción abrirá una ventana de mensaje con el enlace a la " -"descripción del trabajo en la parte inferior de la ventana. Primero, " -"seleccione a los destinatarios del mensaje, escriba el nombre en el campo " -":guilabel:`Buscar destinatarios del mensaje`. A medida que escribe el " -"nombre, aparecerán aquellas conexiones que coinciden, haga clic en una para " -"agregarla. Repita esto para todos los destinatarios a los que desee enviar " -"el mensaje, no hay límite en la cantidad de personas a las que puede enviar " -"el mensaje. A continuación, escriba cualquier texto adicional en el cuerpo " -"del mensaje y haga clic en :guilabel:`Enviar` en la esquina inferior derecha" -" para enviar el mensaje. Después, en la pantalla podrá leer " -":guilabel:`Mensaje enviado con éxito`. Aparecerán dos opciones, " -":guilabel:`Ver mensaje` y :guilabel:`Continuar en LinkedIn`, haga clic en " -"una para elegirla o cierre la pestaña del navegador para salir." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 -msgid "Email a friend" -msgstr "Escribe un correo electrónico a un amigo" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:401 -msgid "" -"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " -"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " -"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" -" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " -"Mail` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" -"Otra forma de compartir oportunidades de empleo es compartir toda la lista " -"actualizada de puestos vacantes en lugar de un puesto cada vez. Para ello, " -"vaya al panel principal de la aplicación *Referencias*. Haga clic en el " -"botón :guilabel:`Enviar correo electrónico a un amigo` en la parte inferior " -"de la pantalla. Aparecerá una ventana emergente :guilabel:`Enviar oferta de " -"trabajo por correo`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:406 -msgid "" -"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " -"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" -" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " -"`Job for you`, but can be edited." -msgstr "" -"Escriba las direcciones de correo electrónico en la línea :guilabel:`correo " -"electrónico`. El correo electrónico puede enviarse a varios destinatarios, " -"simplemente introduzca una coma seguida de un espacio después de cada " -"dirección de correo electrónico. El :guilabel:`Asunto` predeterminado es `Un" -" trabajo perfecto para ti`, pero puede editarse." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:410 -msgid "" -"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " -"appears is:" -msgstr "" -"El cuerpo del correo también se llena con un texto preconfigurado. El texto " -"que aparece es:" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:412 -msgid "`Hello,`" -msgstr "`Hola,`" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:414 -msgid "" -"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " -"interesting for you`" -msgstr "" -"`Hay algunas ofertas de trabajo increíbles en mi empresa. Echa un vistazo, " -"te pueden interesar.`" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:416 -msgid "`See Job Offers`" -msgstr "`Ver ofertas de trabajo`" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:418 -msgid "" -"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " -"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " -"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " -"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " -"message will be sent and the window will close." -msgstr "" -"El texto `Ver vacantes` es un enlace de rastreo que redirige a una lista de " -"todos los puestos de trabajo que se están reclutando y que se publicaron en " -"el sitio web de la empresa. Añada texto adicional o modifique el cuerpo del " -"mensaje y, a continuación, haga clic en :guilabel:`Enviar correo` para " -"enviar el mensaje. El mensaje se enviará y la ventana se cerrará." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:426 msgid "Hired referrals" msgstr "Referencias contratadas" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:107 msgid "" "When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" " their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " @@ -20831,7 +20030,7 @@ msgstr "" "que su equipo de superhéroes sea más grande\" y se agregará un avatar de " "superhéroe en el tablero de Referencias." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:110 msgid "" "After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," " instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " @@ -20843,32 +20042,22 @@ msgstr "" "contratados, donde aparecerá el texto :guilabel:`¡(Nombre del Referido) ha " "sido contratado! ¡Elige un avatar para tu nuevo amigo!`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 msgid "" "Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " -"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " -"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" -" an available avatar to select it." +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is grayed out, and " +"the name that the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. " +"Click on an available avatar to select it." msgstr "" -"Debajo de este mensaje hay cinco miniaturas de avatar para elegir. Si ya se " -"ha asignado un avatar a una referencia, la miniatura aparecerá en gris y " -"debajo del avatar se mostrará el nombre de la referencia para la que que se " -"ha elegido el avatar. Haga clic en un avatar disponible para seleccionarlo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:118 msgid "" -"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," -" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " -"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " -"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " -"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the *Referrals* " +"application, after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to " +"select another avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars " +"have been selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible." +" Mouse over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." msgstr "" -"Si se ha contratado a más de un referido desde que se abrió la aplicación " -"Referidos, después de seleccionar el primer avatar, se pide al usuario que " -"seleccione otro avatar para el siguiente referido contratado. Una vez que " -"todos los avatares se hayan seleccionado, el tablero se cargará y todos los " -"avatares serán visibles. Pase el ratón sobre cada avatar y su nombre " -"aparecerá encima de ellos." #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -20878,15 +20067,15 @@ msgstr "" "La ventana de contratados. Se muestra una selección de avatares de la que puede elegir, con las que ya\n" "se eligieron en color gris." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 msgid "Modify friends" msgstr "Modificar amigos" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 msgid "" "Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " "` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"rights for the *Recruitment* application can make modifications to friends. " "The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " "avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " @@ -20894,34 +20083,18 @@ msgid "" "default images are a motley group of hero characters, ranging from robots to" " dogs." msgstr "" -"Es posible realizar cambios en los avatares de sus amigos del mismo modo que" -" modifica los :ref:`niveles `. Solo los usuarios con " -"permisos de :guilabel:`administrador` en la aplicación Reclutamiento pueden " -"realizar modificaciones en los amigos. Los amigos preconfigurados son " -"visibles y se pueden modificar desde :menuselection:`Reclutamiento --> " -"Configuración --> Amigos`. El avatar de cada amigo aparece en la columna " -":guilabel:`Imagen del tablero` y el nombre correspondiente aparece en la " -"columna :guilabel:`Nombre del amigo`. Las imágenes predeterminadas son un " -"grupo diverso de héroes, que van desde robots hasta perros." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:138 msgid "" "To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" " an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " ":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " "friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" -" else in the Referrals application." +" else in the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" -"Para modificar la imagen del panel de control, la miniatura, el nombre o la " -"posición de un amigo, haga clic en un amigo individual para abrir el " -"formulario del amigo recomendado. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Editar` para " -"realizar modificaciones. Escriba el nombre en el campo :guilabel:`Nombre del" -" amigo`, esto sirve únicamente para diferenciar a los amigos en el menú de " -"configuración. El nombre del amigo no es visible en ningún otro lugar de la " -"aplicación Referidos." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " ":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " @@ -20935,80 +20108,59 @@ msgstr "" "junto a la selección deseada y el amigo aparecerá delante o detrás del " "avatar del usuario cuando se active." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:148 msgid "" "If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " ":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " "replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" -" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " -"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -"Si lo desea, puede modificar tanto la :guilabel:`imagen` de la miniatura " -"como la :guilabel:`imagen del tablero`. Pase el ratón por encima de la " -"imagen que desea sustituir para ver los iconos :guilabel:`✏️ (lápiz)` y " -":guilabel:`🗑️ (cubo de basura)`. Haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`✏️ " -"(lápiz)` y aparecerá una ventana del explorador de archivos. Navegue hasta " -"el archivo de imagen deseado y haga clic en :guilabel:`Abrir` para " -"seleccionarlo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:474 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 msgid "" -"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " -"original information." +"The referral friend form automatically saves, but can be saved manually at " +"any time by clicking the *Save manually* option, represented by a " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel " +"any changes made, click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to " +"delete any changes, and revert to the original content." msgstr "" -"Ya que realice los cambios, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Guardar` para " -"guardar los cambios, o haga clic en :guilabel:`Descartar` para borrar los " -"cambios y regresar a la información original." #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A friend form in edit mode." msgstr "Un formulario de amigo en modo de edición." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:482 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 msgid "" "It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " "background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " "about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " -"Referrals application." +"*Referrals* application." msgstr "" -"No se aconseja editar las imágenes. El archivo de la imagen debe tener un " -"fondo transparente para que se muestre correctamente. Solo los usuarios con " -"conocimientos en imágenes transparentes pueden intentar ajustar cualquier " -"imagen en la aplicación Referrals." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -"Una vez que se ha cambiado una imagen y se ha guardado el amigo, no es " -"posible volver a la imagen original. Para volver a la imagen original, es " -"necesario *desinstalar y volver a instalar* la aplicación Referencias." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:172 msgid "Referral points" msgstr "Puntos de referencias" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:174 msgid "" "The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " -"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"rewards. On the main *Referrals* application dashboard, the top displays a " "summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " "the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " "available to spend." msgstr "" -"El programa de referidos se basa en obtener puntos que luego se canjean por " -"recompensas. En el panel principal de la aplicación Referencias la parte " -"superior muestra un resumen de los puntos actuales del usuario. La parte " -"izquierda del resumen muestra el total de puntos ganados, y la parte derecha" -" muestra los puntos que están disponibles para gastar." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 msgid "" "To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" " the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " @@ -21019,7 +20171,7 @@ msgstr "" "opciones son :guilabel:`Referencias`, :guilabel:`En proceso` y " ":guilabel:`Exitoso`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:183 msgid "" "The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " "pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " @@ -21035,7 +20187,7 @@ msgstr "" " (tanto las referencias en curso como las exitosas combinadas) aparece " "encima del botón :guilabel:`Referencias`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 msgid "" "To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " @@ -21047,11 +20199,11 @@ msgstr "" "clic en el botón correspondiente. Se mostrarán todas las referencias de esa " "categoría específica." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:194 msgid "My referrals" msgstr "Mis referencias" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 msgid "" "To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " ":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " @@ -21063,34 +20215,31 @@ msgstr "" "referencias`. Esta pantalla muestra todas las referencias, con cada una de " "ellas en su propia tarjeta de referencia." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:200 msgid "" -"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " -"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " -"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " -"the top right corner." +"A successful referral displays a green :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the top-" +"right corner of the card. Referrals that are in process display a purple " +":guilabel:`In Progress` banner in the top-right corner." msgstr "" -"Una recomendación exitosa tiene una línea verde en el lado izquierdo de la " -"tarjeta y muestra una imagen :guilabel:`✓ Contratado` en la esquina superior" -" derecha de la tarjeta. Las referencias que están en proceso muestran una " -"imagen :guilabel:`En proceso` en la esquina superior derecha de la tarjeta." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 msgid "" -"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " -"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " -"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the subject/application " +"title (as it appears on the applicant card in the *Recruitment* app), the " +"name of the job position, the person responsible for filling the role " +"(recruiter), and the points earned. For referrals that have been hired, the " +"selected avatar also appears on the card." msgstr "" -"En cada tarjeta de recomendación figura el nombre del candidato, el " -"departamento en el que se encuentra el puesto de trabajo, el nombre del " -"puesto, la persona responsable de contratarlo (reclutador) y los puntos " -"obtenidos." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two referral cards, one hired and one in-progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:214 msgid "Points" msgstr "Puntos" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 msgid "" "The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " "positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " @@ -21102,7 +20251,7 @@ msgstr "" "le asignan puntos correspondientes. Las etapas enumeradas corresponden a las" " etapas configuradas en la aplicación *Reclutamiento*." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:220 msgid "" "On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " "that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " @@ -21112,7 +20261,7 @@ msgstr "" "un gráfico de barras que muestra cuántos puntos se han ganado de los puntos " "totales posibles que se pueden ganar si el solicitante es contratado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:224 msgid "" "Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " "points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " @@ -21124,142 +20273,109 @@ msgstr "" "Si se ha alcanzado una etapa y se han ganado los puntos, aparece una marca " "de verificación verde junto a la etapa." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:229 msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" msgstr "La estructura de puntos pre configurados para referencias es:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:231 msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" msgstr ":guilabel:`Calificación inicial`: 1 punto." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:232 msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" msgstr ":guilabel:`Primera entrevista`: 20 puntos." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" msgstr ":guilabel:`Segunda entrevista`: 9 puntos." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" msgstr ":guilabel:`Propuesta de contrato`: 5 puntos." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:235 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" msgstr ":guilabel:`Contrato firmado`: 50 puntos." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 msgid "" "The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " -"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" -" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " -"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage are done in the " +"*Recruitment* application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment " +"` documentation to modify the points for each " +"stage." msgstr "" -"El total de puntos ganados por un referido que es contratado es de 85 " -"puntos. Para modificar los puntos que se obtienen en cada etapa se realiza " -"en la aplicación Reclutamiento. Consulte la documentación de " -":ref:`Reclutamiento ` para modificar los puntos " -"de cada etapa." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:244 msgid "Rewards" msgstr "Recompensas" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 msgid "Create rewards" msgstr "Crear recompensas" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 msgid "" -"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" -" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " -"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " -"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " -"information on the form:" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the " +"*Referrals* application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights " +"for the *Recruitment* application can create or modify rewards. To add " +"rewards, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> " +"Rewards`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and a reward form loads. Enter the " +"following information on the form:" msgstr "" -"Las recompensas son las únicas configuraciones necesarias cuando se " -"configura la aplicación de Referidos. Sólo los usuarios con derechos de " -":guilabel:`Administrador` para la aplicación de Reclutamiento pueden crear o" -" modificar recompensas. Para añadir recompensas, vaya a :menuselection:`la " -"aplicación Referidos --> Configuración --> Recompensas`. Haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Crear` y se cargará un formulario de recompensas. Introduzca la " -"siguiente información en el formulario:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:254 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +":guilabel:`Product Name`: enter the name as it should appear for the reward." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Nombre del producto`: ingrese el nombre como debe aparecer en la " -"recompensa." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Costo`: ingrese cuántos puntos se necesitan para obtener la " -"recompensa." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" -" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " -"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" -" form." +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" appears for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each company " +"needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the form. " +"This field only appears if in a multi-company environment." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Empresa`: seleccione la empresa para la que aparecerá la " -"recompensa en el menú desplegable. Si una recompensa se va a utilizar para " -"varias empresas, cada empresa debe tener un registro de la recompensa con la" -" empresa indicada en el formulario." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:259 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: select the person who will be responsible for " "procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " -"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" -" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is bought in the *Referrals* " +"application, so they know when to deliver the reward to the recipient." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Responsable del regalo`: seleccione la persona que será " -"responsable de adquirir y entregar la recompensa al destinatario en el menú " -"desplegable. Esta persona recibe una alerta cuando se adquiere la " -"recompensa, para que sepa cuándo debe entregarla al destinatario." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:263 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +":guilabel:`Description`: type in the description for the reward. This will " "be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Descripción`: escriba la descripción de la recompensa. Esto será " -"visible en la tarjeta de la recompensa, debajo del título." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +":guilabel:`Photo`: add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " "page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " "(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " -"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" -" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +"(pencil)` icon, and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Foto`: agregue una foto de la recompensa, que aparece en la " -"página de recompensas. Pase el ratón sobre el cuadrado de la imagen y " -"aparecerán dos iconos, un :guilabel:`✏️ (lápiz)` y un :guilabel:`🗑️ (cubo de" -" basura)`. Haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`✏️ (lápiz)` y aparecerá un " -"explorador de archivos. Navegue hasta el archivo de fotos y haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Abrir` para seleccionar la foto." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 msgid "" "The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " -":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +":guilabel:`Company` (if applicable), and :guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" -"Los únicos campos obligatorios son :guilabel:`Nombre del producto`, " -":guilabel:`Empresa` y :guilabel:`Descripción`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." msgstr "Un formulario de recompensa completa con todos los detalles." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 msgid "" "It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " "cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " @@ -21272,45 +20388,31 @@ msgstr "" "selecciona una foto, se mostrará un icono de marcador de posición en la " "página de recompensas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:595 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:283 msgid "Redeem rewards" msgstr "Canjear recompensas" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 msgid "" "To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " "main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " "individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " -"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +"listed in the top-right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" " purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " "bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " "the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" " instead of a buy button." msgstr "" -"Para canjear puntos por una recompensa, haga clic en el botón " -":guilabel:`Recompensas` del tablero principal de Referencias. Todas las " -"recompensas configuradas aparecen en tarjetas de recompensa individuales y " -"los puntos necesarios para comprar la recompensa aparecen en la esquina " -"superior derecha de la tarjeta. Si el usuario tiene suficientes puntos para " -"comprar una recompensa, aparece el botón :guilabel:`🧺 (cesta) Comprar` en la" -" parte inferior de la tarjeta de recompensa. Si no tiene suficientes puntos " -"para una recompensa, la tarjeta de recompensa muestra :guilabel:`Necesita " -"(x) puntos más para comprar esto` en lugar del botón de compra." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:292 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " -"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " -"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " -":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears, asking if the user is sure " +"they want to purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item," +" or :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." msgstr "" -"Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`🧺 (cesta) Comprar` de una recompensa para " -"comprarla. Aparecerá una ventana emergente de confirmación preguntando al " -"usuario si está seguro de querer comprar la recompensa. Haga clic en " -":guilabel:`De acuerdo` para comprar el artículo, o en :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"para cerrar la ventana y cancelar la compra." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:297 msgid "" "After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " "used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." @@ -21330,22 +20432,18 @@ msgstr "" "El botón de comprar aparece abajo de una recompensa de una taza y una mochila, mientras que la recompensa con la bicicleta indica\n" "cuántos puntos faltan para poder obtenerla." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:309 msgid "Levels" msgstr "Niveles" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:311 msgid "" -"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"The *Referrals* application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " "the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " "employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." msgstr "" -"La aplicación Referencias tiene niveles preconfigurados que se muestran en " -"el avatar del usuario desde el tablero de la aplicación. Conforme el usuario" -" recomienda a empleados potenciales y gana puntos podrá subir de nivel, como" -" en un videojuego." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:315 msgid "" "Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" " are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " @@ -21355,9 +20453,9 @@ msgstr "" "poder agregar niveles de logros que los participantes quieran obtener, lo " "que gamifica las referencias para el usuario." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 msgid "" -"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main *Referrals* " "application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " "X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " "indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " @@ -21365,21 +20463,14 @@ msgid "" "represents points earned, while the white colored portion represents the " "points still needed before they can level up." msgstr "" -"El nivel actual del usuario se muestra en la parte superior del tablero " -"principal de la aplicación Referencias, justo debajo de la foto, en formato " -":guilabel:`Nivel: X`. Además, alrededor de la foto del usuario aparece un " -"anillo que indica cuántos puntos tiene el usuario y cuántos puntos más " -"necesita para subir de nivel. La parte azul del anillo representa los puntos" -" ganados, mientras que la parte blanca representa los puntos que todavía " -"necesitan antes de subir de nivel." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:636 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:325 msgid "Modify levels" msgstr "Modificar niveles" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:638 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " "modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " "--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " @@ -21387,75 +20478,59 @@ msgid "" " default images are of Odoo superheroes, and each level adds an additional " "element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." msgstr "" -"Solo los usuarios con derechos de :guilabel:`Administrador` en la aplicación" -" Reclutamiento pueden modificar niveles. Para modificar los niveles que ya " -"están configurados vaya a :menuselection:`la aplicación Referencias --> " -"Configuración --> Niveles`. Cada avatar aparece en la columna " -":guilabel:`Imagen` y el número del nivel correspondiente en la columna " -":guilabel:`Nombre del nivel`. Las imágenes predeterminadas son de los " -"superhéroes de Odoo y cada nivel agrega un elemento al avatar, como capas y " -"escudos." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:334 msgid "" "To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " -"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form, then make " +"modifications." msgstr "" -"Para modificar la imagen, nombre o los puntos necesarios para llegar a un " -"nivel, haga clic en un nivel individual en la lista para abrir el formulario" -" del nivel. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Editar` para realizar modificaciones." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 msgid "" -"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." -" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" -" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " -"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" -" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " -"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +"Type in the name (or number) of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` " +"field. What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main " +"dashboard when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points " +"needed to reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points" +" needed to level up are the total accumulated points earned over the " +"lifetime of the employee, not additional points from the previous level that" +" must be earned." msgstr "" -"Escriba el nombre o el número del nivel en el campo :guilabel:`Nombre del " -"nivel`, lo que ingrese aquí se mostrará debajo de la foto del usuario en el " -"tablero principal cuando lleguen al nivel. Ingrese el número de puntos que " -"se necesitan para llegar a ese nivel en el campo :guilabel:`Requisitos`. Los" -" puntos necesarios para subir de nivel son los puntos totales acumulados que" -" se ganaron desde que el empleado se creó, no los puntos adicionales de un " -"nivel previo que se deben ganar." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:654 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:343 msgid "" "If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" " to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " -"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " -"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to " "select it." msgstr "" -"Si lo desea, puede modificar la :guilabel:`imagen`. Pase el ratón por encima" -" de la imagen para ver los iconos :guilabel:`✏️ (lápiz)` y :guilabel:`🗑️ " -"(cubo de basura)`. Haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`✏️ (lápiz)` y aparecerá " -"una ventana del explorador de archivos. Navegue hasta el archivo de imagen " -"deseado y haga clic en :guilabel:`Abrir` para seleccionarlo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The level form saves automatically, but can be saved manually at any time by" +" clicking the *save manually* option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel any changes made, " +"click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to delete any changes, " +"and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A level form in edit mode." msgstr "Un formulario de nivel en modo de edición." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:671 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:362 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -"Una vez que se ha cambiado una imagen y se ha guardado el nivel, no es " -"posible volver a la imagen original. Para volver a la imagen original, es " -"necesario *desinstalar y volver a instalar* la aplicación Referencias." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 msgid "Level up" msgstr "Subir de nivel" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:369 msgid "" "Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " "user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " @@ -21469,7 +20544,7 @@ msgstr "" "foto, junto con la frase :guilabel:`¡Haga clic para subir de nivel!` debajo " "de la foto de usuario y el nivel actual." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:374 msgid "" "Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " "text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" @@ -21482,7 +20557,7 @@ msgstr "" "El avatar del usuario cambia para mostrar el nivel nuevo y el anillo " "alrededor de la foto se actualizará para mostrar los puntos actuales." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:687 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:378 msgid "" "Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" " the specified amount of points required." @@ -21498,7 +20573,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debajo de la imagen del usuario aparece '¡Haga clic para subir de nivel!' y una imagen grande '¡Subió de nivel!' aparece,\n" "debajo de la imagen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:387 msgid "" "Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " "accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " @@ -21508,57 +20583,41 @@ msgstr "" "juntando puntos que pueden intercambiar por recompensas, pero ya no podrán " "subir de nivel. El anillo alrededor de la foto seguirá siendo azul." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:394 msgid "" -"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"In the *Referrals* application, it is possible to post a message, also " "referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " "information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " "banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " "for the alert is in the center of the banner, and on the far right side is " "an :guilabel:`X`." msgstr "" -"En la aplicación Referencias puede publicar un mensaje, que también verá " -"como *alerta* en la parte superior del tablero para compartir información " -"importante con los usuarios. Esta alerta también aparece como un listón " -"delgado y semitransparente con la palabra :guilabel:`¡Nuevo!` aparece en la " -"parte izquierda. El texto para la alerta está en el centro del listón y en " -"el lado derecho hay un :guilabel:`X`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 msgid "" "Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" " individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " "click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" " alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " -"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +"*Referrals* application for the first time in a new session." msgstr "" -"Las alertas aparecen en el panel de control principal durante el tiempo " -"especificado en cada alerta. Si un usuario no desea volver a ver una alerta " -"específica, puede hacer clic en el :guilabel:`X` en el extremo derecho de la" -" alerta. Esto eliminará la alerta del panel de control y no volverá a " -"aparecer, incluso cuando se abra la aplicación Referrals por primera vez en " -"una nueva sesión." #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." msgstr "Dos alertas aparecen arriba de la foto del usuario." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:409 msgid "Create an alert" msgstr "Crear una alerta" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." msgstr "" -"Solo los usuarios con derechos de :guilabel:`Administrador` para la " -"aplicación Reclutamiento pueden crear alertas. Para agregar una alerta " -"nueva, vaya a :menuselection:`la aplicación de Referencias --> Configuración" -" --> Alertas`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " "information on the form:" @@ -21566,99 +20625,73 @@ msgstr "" "Haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear` y se cargará una alerta en blanco. Ingrese la" " siguiente información en el formulario:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date From`: the date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " "will be visible on the dashboard." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Fecha desde`: la fecha en la que empieza la alerta. Cuando esta " -"fecha llegue la alerta será visible en el tablero." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date To`: the date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " "will be hidden from view." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Fecha hasta`: fecha en la que termina la alerta. Después de esta " -"fecha, la alerta se ocultará." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:420 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +":guilabel:`Company`: the current company populates this field by default. To" " modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " "from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " -"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"to everyone with access to the *Referrals* application. If a company is " "specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " -"Referrals application) will see the alert." +"*Referrals* application) will see the alert. This field only appears when in" +" a multi-company database." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Empresa`: este campo se completa de forma predeterminada con el " -"nombre de la empresa actual. Para modificar la empresa que visualizará la " -"alerta, selecciónela con el menú desplegable. Si deja este campo vacío, " -"entonces la alerta será visible para todos los usuarios con acceso a la " -"aplicación Referencias. Si especifica una empresa, solo los usuarios (que " -"también tengan acceso a la aplicación Referencias) de esa empresa verán la " -"alerta." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +":guilabel:`Alert`: enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" " the alert banner on the main dashboard." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Alerta`: ingrese el texto de la alerta. Este mensaje aparece " -"dentro del mensaje de alerta en el tablero principal." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +":guilabel:`On Click`: there are three options for the alert. Click the radio" " button next to the desired selection. The options are:" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Al hacer clic`: hay tres opciones para la alerta. Haga clic en el" -" botón circular a un lado de la selección que quiere, las opciones son:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:739 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:430 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: the alert only displays text, there is no link to" " click." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`No se puede hacer clic`: la alerta solo muestra texto, no hay un " -"enlace en el que hacer clic." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: the alert contains a link that when clicked, " "navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Ir a todos los trabajos`: la alerta contiene un enlace que lleva " -"al sitio web con todas las vacantes disponibles en el momento." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:433 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: the alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " "when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " "appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Especificar URL`: la alerta contiene un enlace a una URL " -"específica. Cuando se selecciona, aparecerá un campo :guilabel:`URL` debajo " -"de la sección :guilabel:`Al hacer clic`, ingrese la URL en el campo." #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." msgstr "Un formulario de alerta lleno con todas las secciones completas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:446 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " -"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" -" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " -"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in *Referrals*. To access " +"the reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The" +" main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." msgstr "" -"Solo los usuarios con permisos de :guilabel:`administrador` en la aplicación" -" Reclutamiento tienen acceso a la función de Reportes en la aplicación " -"Referencias. Para acceder a los reportes, haga clic en la " -":menuselection:`aplicación Referencias --> Reportes`. La vista principal es " -"el tablero de reportes y contiene tres secciones." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 msgid "" "In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " "many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " @@ -21674,7 +20707,7 @@ msgstr "" "Facebook, etc. Si el canal no aparece en el reporte, esto indica que no hay " "referencias provenientes de este canal específico." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:457 msgid "" "The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " "includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " @@ -21688,7 +20721,7 @@ msgstr "" "negaron, a cuántos candidatos ha referido el usuario que inició sesión, los " "puntos totales ganados y cuántos puntos se dan por candidatos rechazados." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:770 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:462 msgid "" "The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " "new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " @@ -21707,21 +20740,322 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Confirmar` y se cargará la hoja de cálculo seleccionada ya con la" " nueva tabla." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 msgid "" "The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " -"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " -"option." +"needs to be installed to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." msgstr "" -"La hoja de cálculo se almacena en la aplicación *Documentos*. Debe tener " -"esta aplicación instalada para poder utilizar la opción :guilabel:`Insertar " -"en hoja de cálculo`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:473 +msgid ":doc:`referrals/share_jobs`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:3 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "Compartir puestos de trabajo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo *Referrals*, users can earn referral points by sharing job positions" +" with potential applicants. Job positions can be shared in several ways, " +"through the :ref:`View Jobs ` button and the " +":ref:`Email A Friend ` button, located at the bottom " +"of the *Referrals* app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Sharing jobs can **only** occur after onboarding slides have been viewed or " +"skipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:16 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "Ver trabajos" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main *Referrals* dashboard. This " +"presents all job positions, with each individual job presented with its own " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" +"La pantalla 'Ver trabajos' donde se muestran todos los puestos abiertos. Toda la información\n" +"está en el cuadro." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:27 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "Cada cuadro de puesto de trabajo contiene la siguiente información:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the *Job " +"Position* field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The number of :guilabel:`Open Positions` being recruited. This information " +"is taken from the *Expected New Employees* field of the *Recruitment* tab of" +" the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:33 +msgid "The points a user earns when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the *Job Position* tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" +"Para ver todos los detalles de un puesto de trabajo, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Más información` del recuadro correspondiente. Esto abre la " +"página web del puesto en una nueva pestaña del navegador. Esto es lo que un " +"candidato ve antes de solicitar un puesto." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions are visible in the *Referrals* app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`../recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:46 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "Referir a amigos" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Subject` and :guilabel:`Body` are populated using a default " +"template. The :guilabel:`Subject` `Job for you` is present, by default, but " +"can be modified, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position populates the *Job Position* " +"placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the email body is" +" an individualized tracking link to the specific job position listed on the " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When the prospective employee receives the email, the link sends them to the" +" job position page, where they can apply for the position, and the person " +"who referred them is tracked in the *Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" +"Ventana emergente del correo de referencias con el mensaje del correo " +"adentro." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:72 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "Compartir un trabajo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Other than sending an email, job positions can be shared, via social media " +"platforms, and by tracking links to the job position. At the bottom of each " +"job position card are four icons, and corresponding tracking links, that can" +" be used to share the job position, keeping track of applicants in the " +"*Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "Los diferentes iconos para compartir para cada trabajo." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:84 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "Vínculo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :icon:`fa-chain` :guilabel:`(link)` " +"icon above it. A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the " +"tracking link. Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is " +"copied, click the :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up window. Next," +" share the link with the prospective employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:93 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :icon:`fa-facebook` :guilabel:`(Facebook)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into Facebook, when the the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button is clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new " +"tab, with the link populated in the main body of the new post in a pop-up " +"window. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads, " +"instead, prompting the user to log-in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, then share the job " +"position using the available options in Facebook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:107 +msgid "X (formerly Twitter)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:109 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X. Click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`(X)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the user is already signed-in to X, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button" +" is clicked, an X page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready" +" to post, in a draft pop-up window. If the user is *not* already signed-in, " +"a sign-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to first sign-in to X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:117 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "El mensaje predeterminado es:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:119 +msgid "" +"`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job " +"Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message, then " +"share using the available options in X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:125 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "LinkedIn" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :icon:`fa-linkedin` :guilabel:`(LinkedIn)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button is clicked, a new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job " +"position at the top. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen" +" loads instead, prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:134 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual (or group of individuals)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message or " +"post, then share using the available options in LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:143 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "Escribe un correo electrónico a un amigo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions, instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Referrals` main dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`Email a friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Send Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address in the :guilabel:`Email` field. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients by separating each email address with a comma " +"followed by a single space. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +":guilabel:`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The email :guilabel:`Body` is also populated with pre-configured text. The " +"text that appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:156 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "`Hola,`" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:158 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you\\:`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:160 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "`Ver ofertas de trabajo`" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:162 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of" +" all job positions currently being recruited for. Add any additional text " +"and make any edits to the message body, if necessary. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. This sends the message, and closes " +"the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 msgid "Time Off" msgstr "Ausencias" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Time Off* application serves as a centralized hub for all time-off-" "related information. This application manages requests, balances, " @@ -21732,21 +21066,16 @@ msgstr "" "esta aplicación se pueden gestionar solicitudes, días disponibles, " "asignaciones, aprobaciones y reportes. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:10 msgid "" -"Users can :ref:`request time off `, and see an " -"overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " +"Users can :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`, and see" +" an overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " ":ref:`allocate time off ` to individuals, teams, or the " "whole company, and :ref:`approve time off requests `." msgstr "" -"Los usuarios pueden :ref:`solicitar tiempo personal ` y ver un resumen de sus solicitudes y balances de tiempo personal. Los" -" gerentes pueden :ref:`asignar tiempo personal ` a " -"personas, equipos, o toda la empresa, así como :ref:`aprobar solicitudes de " -"tiempo personal `." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:15 msgid "" "Detailed :ref:`reports ` can be run to see how much time" " off (and what kinds of time off) are being used, :ref:`accrual plans " @@ -21758,7 +21087,7 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`planes de asignación ` y configurar :ref:` " "Días festivos `." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 msgid "" "Be advised, only users with specific access rights can see all aspects of " "the *Time Off* application." @@ -21767,7 +21096,7 @@ msgstr "" "específicos pueden visualizar todas las funciones de la aplicación *Tiempo " "personal*." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 msgid "" "All users can access the :guilabel:`My Time Off` and :guilabel:`Overview` " "sections of the *Time Off* application. All other sections require specific " @@ -21778,7 +21107,7 @@ msgstr "" "personal*, para todas las otras secciones deben contar con permisos de " "acceso específicos." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:26 msgid "" "To better understand how access rights affect the *Time Off* application, " "refer to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` document, specifically the " @@ -21789,7 +21118,7 @@ msgstr "" "influyen en la aplicación *Tiempo personal*, en especial la sección " "relacionada con la configuración de la pestaña de información de trabajo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to allocate time off to employees, and for employees to request and" " use their time off, the various time off types must be configured first, " @@ -21799,11 +21128,11 @@ msgstr "" "asignárselo a los empleados y para que los empleados puedan solicitarlo y " "utilizarlo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:40 msgid "Time off types" msgstr "Tipos de tiempo personal" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 msgid "" "To view the currently configured time off types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. The time" @@ -21813,7 +21142,7 @@ msgstr "" " personal` para visualizar todos los tipos de tiempo personal configurados. " "Aparecerán en una vista de lista." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:45 msgid "" "The *Time Off* application comes with four pre-configured time off types: " ":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, " @@ -21825,11 +21154,11 @@ msgstr "" "personal por enfermedad`, :guilabel:`Sin pagar` y :guilabel:` Días " "compensatorios`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:50 msgid "Create time off type" msgstr "Crear tipos de tiempo personal" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 msgid "" "To create a new time off type, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Time Off Types`. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` " @@ -21839,7 +21168,7 @@ msgstr "" " personal` para crear uno nuevo. Una vez allí, haga clic en el botón " ":guilabel:`Nuevo` para abrir un formulario de tipo de tiempo personal vacío." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:55 msgid "" "Enter the name for the particular type of time off in the blank line at the " "top of the form, such as `Sick Time` or `Vacation`. Then, enter the " @@ -21850,7 +21179,7 @@ msgstr "" "enfermedad` o `Vacaciones`, y después ingrese la siguiente información en el" " formulario." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:59 msgid "" "The only **required** fields on the time off type form are the name of the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, the :guilabel:`Take Time Off In`, and the " @@ -21863,11 +21192,11 @@ msgstr "" "**debe** configurar las secciones :guilabel:`Solicitudes de tiempo personal`" " y :guilabel:` Solicitudes de asignación`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:65 msgid "Time Off Requests section" msgstr "Sección de solicitudes de tiempo personal" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select what specific kind of approval is required for " "the time off type. The options are:" @@ -21875,7 +21204,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Aprobación`: seleccione el tipo de aprobación necesario para ese " "tipo de tiempo personal. Las opciones disponibles son las siguientes:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No Validation`: no approvals are required when requesting this " "type of time off. The time off request is automatically approved." @@ -21883,7 +21212,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Sin validación`: este tipo de tiempo personal no necesita que lo " "validen. La solicitud de tiempo personal se aprueba en automático." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Time Off Officer`: only the specified :ref:`Time Off Officer " "`, set on this form in the :guilabel:`Notified " @@ -21896,7 +21225,7 @@ msgstr "" "notificado` deberá aprobar la solicitud. Esta es la opción que seleccionada " "de forma predeterminada." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver`: only the employee's specified approver " "for time off, which is set on the *Work Information* tab on the " @@ -21908,7 +21237,7 @@ msgstr "" "trabajo* en el :ref:`formulario del empleado `, " "deberá aprobar la solicitud." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver and Time Off Officer`: both the employee's" " :ref:`specified time off approver` and the " @@ -21920,11 +21249,11 @@ msgstr "" "tab>` y el :ref:`encargado de tiempo personal ` " "del empleado deberán aprobar la solicitud." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:83 msgid "Allocation Requests section" msgstr "Sección de solicitudes de asignación" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requires allocation`: if the time off must be allocated to " "employees, select :guilabel:`Yes`. If the time off can be requested without " @@ -21938,7 +21267,7 @@ msgstr "" "siguientes opciones no aparecerán en el formulario si seleccionó " ":guilabel:`Sin límite`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee Requests`: select :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests " "Allowed` if the employee is able to request more time off than was " @@ -21948,7 +21277,7 @@ msgstr "" "días adicionales permitidas` si el empleado puede solicitar más tiempo " "personal del que tiene asignado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:92 msgid "" "If employees should **not** be able to make requests for more time off than " "what was allocated, select the :guilabel:`Not Allowed` option." @@ -21956,7 +21285,7 @@ msgstr "" "Seleccione la opción :guilabel:`No permitido` si los empleados **no** " "deberían poder solicitar más tiempo personal del que tienen asignado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:96 msgid "" "Ten days are allocated to the employee for this particular type of time off," " and the :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests Allowed` option is enabled. The " @@ -21970,7 +21299,7 @@ msgstr "" " enviar una solicitud para dos días adicionales, ya que está activada la " "opción :guilabel:` Solicitudes de días adicionales permitidas`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 msgid "" "It is important to note that requesting additional time off does **not** " "guarantee that time off is granted." @@ -21978,7 +21307,7 @@ msgstr "" "Es importante tomar en cuenta que solicitar tiempo personal adicional **no**" " garantiza que esta solicitud se acepte." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select the type of approvals required for the " "allocation of this particular time off type." @@ -21986,7 +21315,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Aprobación`: seleccione el tipo de aprobación necesaria para la " "asignación de este tipo de tiempo personal en particular." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approved by Time Off Officer` indicates the :ref:`Time Off " "Officer ` set on this form must approve the " @@ -21996,18 +21325,18 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`encargado de tiempo personal ` configurado " "en ese formulario debe aprobar la asignación." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No validation needed` indicates that no approvals are required." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`No necesita validación` indica que no es necesaria ninguna " "aprobación." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:113 msgid "Configuration section" msgstr "Sección de configuración" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notified Time Off Officer`: select the person who is notified and" " responsible for approving requests and allocations for this specific type " @@ -22017,7 +21346,7 @@ msgstr "" " que recibe notificaciones y es responsable de aprobar las solicitudes y las" " asignaciones para este tipo de tiempo personal en específico." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take Time Off in`: select the format the time off is requested in" " from the drop-down menu." @@ -22025,11 +21354,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Tomar tiempo personal por`: seleccione el formato correspondiente" " para la solicitud de tiempo personal con el menú desplegable." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 msgid "The options are:" msgstr "Las opciones son:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: if time off can only be requested in full day increments (8" " hours)." @@ -22037,7 +21366,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Día`: si el tiempo personal solo se puede solicitar en intervalos" " de días completos (es decir, 8 horas)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:125 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: if time off can only be requested in half day " "increments (4 hours)." @@ -22045,13 +21374,13 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Medio día`: si el tiempo personal solo se puede solicitar en " "intervalos de medios días (es decir, 4 horas)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Hours`: if the time off can be taken in hourly increments." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Horas`: si el tiempo personal se puede tomar en intervalos por " "horas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Deduct Extra Hours`: enable this option if the time off request " "should factor in any extra time accrued by the employee" @@ -22060,7 +21389,7 @@ msgstr "" "solicitudes de tiempo personal se toman en cuenta para cualquier hora " "adicional acumulada por el empleado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:134 msgid "" "If an employee works two extra hours for the week, and requests five hours " "of time off, the request would be for three hours, since the two extra " @@ -22071,7 +21400,7 @@ msgstr "" " que primero se toman las otras dos horas adicionales que trabajó y se " "restan de la solicitud." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow To Attach Supporting Document`: enable this option to allow" " the employee to attach documents to the time off request. This is useful in" @@ -22083,7 +21412,7 @@ msgstr "" " Esto es útil en aquellas situaciones donde se necesita de algunos " "documentos, como un documento de incapacidad médica a largo plazo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kind of Time Off`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "time off this is, either :guilabel:`Worked Time` or :guilabel:`Absence`. " @@ -22098,7 +21427,7 @@ msgstr "" "de asignación que el empleado quiere, mientras que :guilabel:`Ausencia` no " "cuenta para ningún tipo de asignación." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if multiple companies are created in the database, and " "this time off type only applies to one company, select the company from the " @@ -22112,11 +21441,11 @@ msgstr "" "todas las empresas de la base de datos. Este campo **solo** aparece en bases" " de datos multiempresa." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:151 msgid "Negative Cap section" msgstr "Sección de límite negativo" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:153 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option if employees are able to " "request more time off than they currently have, allowing a negative balance." @@ -22129,7 +21458,7 @@ msgstr "" "negativo`. En este campo debe ingresar la cantidad máxima negativa permitida" " en días." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 msgid "" "Sara currently has three days of the time off type `Vacation`. She is " "planning a trip that requires five days of time off." @@ -22137,7 +21466,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sara por ahora tiene tres días de tiempo personal tipo `Vacaciones`, pero " "está planeando un viaje que requiere cinco días de tiempo personal." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 msgid "" "The `Vacation` time off type has the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option " "enabled, and the :guilabel:`Amount in Negative` is set to five." @@ -22146,7 +21475,7 @@ msgstr "" " límite negativo` activada y la :guilabel:`Cantidad en negativo` está en " "cinco." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:164 msgid "" "These settings allow Sara to submit a request for five days of the " "`Vacation` time off type. If approved, her `Vacation` time off balance will " @@ -22164,11 +21493,11 @@ msgstr "" "La mitad superior del formulario de tiempo personal, con toda la información completa para un tiempo personal de\n" "enfermedad." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:173 msgid "Payroll section" msgstr "Sección de Nómina" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:175 msgid "" "If the time off type should create :doc:`../hr/payroll/work_entries` in the " "*Payroll* application, select the :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` from the drop-" @@ -22178,11 +21507,11 @@ msgstr "" " en caso de que el tipo de tiempo personal deba crear " ":doc:`../hr/payroll/work_entries` en la aplicación *Nómina*." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 msgid "Timesheets section" msgstr "Sección de Hojas de horas" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Timesheets` section only appears if the user is in developer " "mode. Refer to the :ref:`developer-mode` document for details on how to " @@ -22192,7 +21521,7 @@ msgstr "" "encuentra en modo de desarrollador. Consulte el documento :ref:`developer-" "mode` para obtener más información sobre cómo acceder a este." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 msgid "" "When an employee takes time off, and is also using timesheets, Odoo creates " "entries in the *Timesheets* application for the time off. This section " @@ -22202,7 +21531,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo crea entradas en la aplicación *Hoja de horas* para ese tiempo. Esta " "sección define cómo registrarlas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:188 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Project`: select the project that the time off type entries " "appear in." @@ -22210,7 +21539,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Proyecto`: seleccione el proyecto en el que aparecen las entradas" " del tipo de tiempo personal." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:189 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Task`: select the task that appears in the timesheet for this " "time off type. The default options are: :guilabel:`Time Off`, " @@ -22220,11 +21549,11 @@ msgstr "" "este tipo de tiempo personal. Las opciones predeterminadas son " ":guilabel:`Tiempo personal`, :guilabel:`Reunión` y :guilabel:`Capacitación`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 msgid "Display Option section" msgstr "Sección de opciones de visualización" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:195 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color to be used in the *Time Off* application " "dashboard." @@ -22232,7 +21561,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Color`: seleccione el color a utilizar en el tablero de la " "aplicación *Tiempo personal*." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cover Image`: select an icon to be used in the *Time Off* " "application dashboard." @@ -22248,11 +21577,11 @@ msgstr "" "La mitad inferior del formulario de tiempo personal, con toda la información completa para un tiempo personal de\n" "enfermedad." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:206 msgid "Accrual plans" msgstr "Planes de acumulación" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:208 msgid "" "Some time off is earned through an accrual plan, meaning that for every " "specified amount of time an employee works (hour, day, week, etc), they earn" @@ -22263,7 +21592,7 @@ msgstr "" "(hora, día, semana, etc), ganan o *acumulan* una cantidad específica de " "tiempo personal." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:212 msgid "" "If an employee accrues a vacation day for every week they work, they would " "earn 0.2 vacation days for each hour they work. At the end of a forty hour " @@ -22274,11 +21603,11 @@ msgstr "" " semana laboral de cuarenta horas, obtendrían un día completo de vacaciones " "(8 horas)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:217 msgid "Create accrual plan" msgstr "Crear planes de acumulación" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new accrual plan, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Accrual Plans`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, " @@ -22288,11 +21617,11 @@ msgstr "" "acumulación` para crear uno nuevo. Una vez allí, haga clic en el botón " ":guilabel:`Nuevo` para abrir un formulario de plan de acumulación vacío." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the accrual plan name." msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre`: escriba el nombre del plan de acumulación." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrued Gain Time`: select when the employee begins to accrue " "time off, either :guilabel:`At the start of the accrual period` or " @@ -22302,7 +21631,7 @@ msgstr "" "comenzará a junta tiempo persona, ya sea :guilabel:`al inicio del periodo " "acumulado` o :guilabel:`Al final del periodo acumulado`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry-Over Time`: select when the employee received previously " "earned time. The options are:" @@ -22310,7 +21639,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Tiempo de traspaso`: seleccione esto cuando el empleado reciba " "tiempo que haya juntado antes. Las opciones son:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the start of the year`: select this if the accrual rolls over " "on January 1 of the upcoming year." @@ -22318,7 +21647,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:` Al inicio del año`: seleccione esta opción si la asignación se " "acumula desde enero 1 del siguiente año." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:232 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the allocation date`: select this if the accrual rolls over as" " soon as time is allocated to the employee." @@ -22326,7 +21655,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:` En la fecha de asignación`: seleccione si esta asignación se " "acumula desde el momento en el que se le asigna al empleado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Other`: select this option if neither of the other two options " "are applicable. When selected, a :guilabel:`Carry-Over Date` field appears. " @@ -22338,7 +21667,7 @@ msgstr "" "donde tendrá que seleccionar una fecha con los dos menús desplegables. Tiene" " que hacer una selección para el día y otra para el mes." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Based on worked time`: enable this option if time off accrual is " "determined by the employee's worked hours. Days **not** considered as worked" @@ -22349,7 +21678,7 @@ msgstr "" "**no** se consideren como tiempo trabajado **no** cuentan para el plan de " "acumulación de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:241 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone Transition`: this selection determines when employees " "move up to a new milestone. If they qualify to change milestones in the " @@ -22363,7 +21692,7 @@ msgstr "" "empleado cambiará objetivost :guilabel:`De inmediato` o :guilabel:`Al final " "del periodo acumulado` (después del periodo de paga en curso)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Milestone Transition` field is **only** visible after a " "minimum of two :ref:`rules ` have been configured on the " @@ -22373,7 +21702,7 @@ msgstr "" " que se hayan configurado un mínimo de dos :ref:`reglas ` en" " el plan de acumulación." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:250 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " "accrual plan applies to. If left blank, the accrual plan can be used for all" @@ -22389,7 +21718,7 @@ msgid "An accrual plan form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" "Un formulario de un plan de acumulación con todas las entradas completadas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:263 msgid "" "Rules must be created in order for employees to accrue time off from the " "accrual plan." @@ -22397,7 +21726,7 @@ msgstr "" "Las reglas se deben crear para que los empleados puedan acumular tiempo con " "el plan de acumulación." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New Milestone` button in the gray" " :guilabel:`Rules` section, and a :guilabel:`Create Milestone` modal form " @@ -22407,11 +21736,11 @@ msgstr "" " encuentra junto a la sección :guilabel:`Reglas`, aparecerá el formulario " "emergente :guilabel:`Crear objetivo`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:268 msgid "Fill out the following fields on the form:" msgstr "Complete los siguientes campos del formulario:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee accrue`: select the parameters for earned time off in " "this section." @@ -22419,7 +21748,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:` Acumulación del empleado`: seleccione los parámetros para el " "tiempo personal ganado en esta sección." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 msgid "" "First, select either :guilabel:`Days` or :guilabel:`Hours` for the increment" " of accrued time using the drop-down menu." @@ -22427,7 +21756,7 @@ msgstr "" "Primero seleccione ya sea los :guilabel:`días` o las :guilabel:`horas` para " "la incrementación del plan de acumulación usando el menú desplegable." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 msgid "" "Next, enter the numerical amount of the selected parameter that is accrued. " "The numerical format is `X.XXXX`, so that partial days or hours can also be " @@ -22437,7 +21766,7 @@ msgstr "" "acumula. El formato numérico es `X.XXXX`, así que también es posible " "configurar horas o días parciales." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:278 msgid "" "Last, select how often the time is accrued using the drop-down menu. The " "default options are :guilabel:`Hourly`, :guilabel:`Daily`, " @@ -22449,7 +21778,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Diario`, :guilabel:`Semanal`, :guilabel:`Dos veces al mes`, " ":guilabel:`Mensual`, :guilabel:`Dos veces al año` o :guilabel:`Anual`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 msgid "" "Depending on which option is selected, additional fields may appear. For " "example, if :guilabel:`Twice a month` is selected, two additional fields " @@ -22460,7 +21789,7 @@ msgstr "" "campos adicionales donde tiene que especificar dos días de cada mes en los " "que se llega a los objetivos." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cap accrued time`: if there is a maximum amount of days the " "employee can accrue with this plan, enable this option." @@ -22468,7 +21797,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Limitar el tiempo acumulado`: active esta opción si hay una " "cantidad máxima de días que el empleado puede acumular con este plan." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 msgid "" "When enabled, two additional fields appear beneath it. Select the type of " "time period from the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Days` or " @@ -22478,7 +21807,7 @@ msgstr "" "Seleccione el tipo de tiempo desde el menú desplegable, ya sea en " ":guilabel:`Días` u :guilabel:`Horas`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:291 msgid "" "Then, enter a numerical value in the field to specify the maximum amount of " "time that can be accrued." @@ -22486,7 +21815,7 @@ msgstr "" "Después, ingrese un valor numérico en el campo para especificar la cantidad " "máxima de tiempo que se puede acumular." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:293 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone reached`: enter the number and value of the time period" " that must pass before the employee starts to accumulate time off. The first" @@ -22497,7 +21826,7 @@ msgstr "" "El primer valor es numérico, así que en el primer campo deberá escribir un " "número." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:297 msgid "" "Then, select the type of time period using the drop-down menu in the second " "field. The options are: :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Months`, or " @@ -22507,7 +21836,7 @@ msgstr "" "campo. Las opciones disponibles son :guilabel:`días`, :guilabel:`meses` y " ":guilabel:`años`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over`: select how any unused time off is handled. The " "options are either:" @@ -22515,14 +21844,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Traspasar`: seleccione cuánto del tiempo que no se usó se " "traspasará. Las opciones son:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None. Accrued time reset to 0`: any unused time off is gone." msgstr "" ":guilabel:` Ninguno. El tiempo acumulado se reestableció a 0`: si queda " "tiempo personal sin usar, este se elimina." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:302 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All accrued time carried over`: all unused time off is rolled " "over to the next calendar year." @@ -22530,7 +21859,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Todo el tiempo acumulado se traspasa`: todo el tiempo sin usar se" " traspasa al siguiente año natural." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over with a maximum`: unused time off is rolled over to the" " next calendar year, but there is a cap. An :guilabel:`Up to` field appears " @@ -22543,7 +21872,7 @@ msgstr "" "máximo de :guilabel:`Días` que se pueden traspasar al siguiente año. Todo " "tiempo acumulado que pase este límite se perderá." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:309 msgid "" "Once the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the form " "and close the modal, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the form and " @@ -22558,11 +21887,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A milestone form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "Un formulario de objetivos con todas las entradas completadas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:320 msgid "Public holidays" msgstr "Días festivos" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 msgid "" "To observe public or national holidays, and provide extra days off as " "holidays to employees, configure the observed *public holidays* in Odoo." @@ -22570,7 +21899,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para tomar en cuenta los días festivos y otorgar días libres adicionales " "como días festivos a los empleados, configure los *días festivos* en Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 msgid "" "It is important to configure these days in Odoo, so employees are aware of " "the days they have off, and do not request time off on days that are already" @@ -22580,7 +21909,7 @@ msgstr "" " días tienen libres y no tengan que solicitar tiempo personal en los que ya " "tienen establecidos como días festivos (es decir, días no laborables)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 msgid "" "Additionally, all public holidays configured in the *Time Off* app are also " "reflected in any app that uses working schedules, such as *Calendar*, " @@ -22590,7 +21919,7 @@ msgstr "" "personal* también se reflejan en cualquier aplicación que use horarios " "laborales, como *Calendario*, *Planeación*, *Fabricación*, entre otros." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:331 msgid "" "Due to Odoo's integration with other apps that use working schedules, it is " "considered best practice to ensure *all* public holidays are configured." @@ -22599,11 +21928,11 @@ msgstr "" "laborales, se debe asegurar que *todos* los días festivos estén " "configurados." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:335 msgid "Create public holiday" msgstr "Crear días festivos" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 msgid "" "To create a public holiday, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Public Holidays`." @@ -22611,11 +21940,11 @@ msgstr "" "Para crear un día festivo, vaya a :menuselection:`Tiempo personal --> " "Configuración --> Días festivos`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:340 msgid "All currently configured public holidays appear in a list view." msgstr "Todos los días festivos aparecen en una vista de lista." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:342 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a new line appears at the bottom of " "the list." @@ -22623,16 +21952,16 @@ msgstr "" "Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo`, aparecerá una línea nueva en la " "parte inferior de la lista." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:341 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 msgid "Enter the following information on that new line:" msgstr "Ingrese la siguiente información en la nueva línea:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:346 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the holiday." msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre`: escriba el nombre del día festivo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:347 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, the current company " "populates this field by default. It is not possible to edit this field." @@ -22641,7 +21970,7 @@ msgstr "" "predeterminada si se encuentra en una base de datos multiempresa. No es " "posible editar este campo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:351 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company` field is hidden by default. To view this field, " "click the two dots in the top-right corner of the list, to the far-right of " @@ -22653,7 +21982,7 @@ msgstr "" "lista, a la derecha de los títulos de las columnas, y active la selección de" " :guilabel:`Empresa` desde el menú desplegable que aparece." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:355 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday starts. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -22671,7 +22000,7 @@ msgstr "" " una zona horaria distinta, la hora de inicio se ajusta según la diferencia " "en comparación con la zona horaria de la empresa." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:360 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday ends. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -22689,7 +22018,7 @@ msgstr "" "usuario está configurada en una zona horaria distinta, la hora de inicio se " "ajusta según la diferencia en comparación con la zona horaria de la empresa." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 msgid "" "A company located in San Francisco operates from 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM, with an " "eight hour work day and one hour lunch break." @@ -22697,7 +22026,7 @@ msgstr "" "Una empresa ubicada en San Francisco cuyo horario laboral es de 9:00 a. m. a" " 6:00 p. m., su día laboral es de ocho horas con una hora de almuerzo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:370 msgid "" "For a user in New York, with a computer time zone set to Eastern Standard " "Time, a created public holiday displays a start time of 12:00 PM - 9:00 PM, " @@ -22707,7 +22036,7 @@ msgstr "" "horario UTC-5, un día festivo mostrará la duración de 12:00 p. m. a 9:00p. " "m., tomando en cuenta las tres horas de diferencia." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 msgid "" "Similarly, a user located in Los Angeles, with a computer time zone set to " "Pacific Standard Time, sees a public holiday time as 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM." @@ -22716,7 +22045,7 @@ msgstr "" "su computadora está en UTC-7, la duración del día festivo será de 9:00 a. m." " a 6:00 p. m." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: if the holiday should only apply to employees who" " have a specific set of working hours, select the working hours from the " @@ -22727,7 +22056,7 @@ msgstr "" "empleados con un horario en específico. En caso de que no seleccione nada, " "el día festivo será para todos los empleados." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:380 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: if using the *Payroll* application, this field " "defines how the :ref:`work entries ` for the holiday " @@ -22742,11 +22071,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The list of public holidays in the configuration menu." msgstr "La lista de días festivos en el menú de configuración." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:389 msgid "Mandatory days" msgstr "Días obligatorios" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 msgid "" "Some companies have special days where specific departments, or the entire " "staff, is required to be present, and time off is not allowed on those " @@ -22756,7 +22085,7 @@ msgstr "" "el personal deben estar presentes, por lo que no permiten que se tome tiempo" " personal en esos días." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:394 msgid "" "These types of days are called *mandatory days* in Odoo. These can be " "configured to be company-wide, or department specific. When configured, " @@ -22768,11 +22097,11 @@ msgstr "" "configurarlos los empleados en ese departamento o empresa no podrán " "solicitar tiempo personal en esos días." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:399 msgid "Create mandatory days" msgstr "Crear días obligatorios" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 msgid "" "No mandatory days are configured in Odoo by default. To create a mandatory " "day, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> " @@ -22782,7 +22111,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para crear uno, vaya a :menuselection:`Tiempo personal --> Configuración -->" " Días obligatorios`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:404 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner, and a blank line " "appears in the list." @@ -22790,11 +22119,11 @@ msgstr "" "Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo` en la esquina superior izquierda y " "aparecerá una línea en blanco en la lista." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:408 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the mandatory day." msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre`: escriba el nombre del día obligatorio." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, this field is visible, " "and the current company populates this field by default. Using the drop-down" @@ -22804,7 +22133,7 @@ msgstr "" "campo será visible y la empresa actual se verá en el campo. Seleccione para " "qué empresa es el día obligatorio con el menú desplegable." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:412 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Departments`: this column is hidden by default. First, click the " ":guilabel:`(optional columns)` icon in the top-right corner, next to " @@ -22816,7 +22145,7 @@ msgstr "" " de :guilabel:`Colores` y después haga clic en la casilla de verificación a " "un lado de :guilabel:`Departamentos` para mostrar esa columna." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 msgid "" "Next, select the desired departments from the drop-down menu. Multiple " "departments can be selected, and there is no limit to the amount of " @@ -22826,7 +22155,7 @@ msgstr "" "desde el menú desplegable. Puede seleccionar varios departamentos y no hay " "un límite a la cantidad de departamentos que puede usar." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:419 msgid "" "If this field is left blank, the mandatory day applies to the entire " "company." @@ -22834,7 +22163,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si este campo se deja en blanco, el día obligatorio se aplica a toda la " "empresa." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day starts." @@ -22842,7 +22171,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Start de inicio`: seleccione la fecha en la que empieza el día " "obligatorio desde el calendario." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:421 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day ends. If creating a single mandatory day, the end date should " @@ -22853,7 +22182,7 @@ msgstr "" "obligatorio, la fecha de finalización debe ser la misma que la fecha de " "inicio." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: if desired, select a color from the available presented " "options. If no color is desired, select the `No color` option, represented " @@ -22871,11 +22200,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Mandatory Days section with three configured days." msgstr "La sección de días obligatorios con tres días configurados." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:435 msgid "Allocate time off" msgstr "Asignar tiempo personal" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:437 msgid "" "Once time off types and accrual plans have been configured, the next step is" " to allocate, or give, time off to employees. This section is only visible " @@ -22888,7 +22217,7 @@ msgstr "" "cuentan con los permisos de acceso de :guilabel:`Encargado de tiempo " "personal` o :guilabel:`Administrador` en la aplicación *Tiempo personal*." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 msgid "" "To create a new allocation, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Management --> Allocations`." @@ -22896,7 +22225,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya a :menuselection:`Tempo personal --> Gestión --> Asignaciones` para " "crear una nueva asignación." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:444 msgid "" "This presents a list of all current allocations, including their respective " "statuses." @@ -22904,7 +22233,7 @@ msgstr "" "Allí podrá consultar una lista de todas las asignaciones actuales con sus " "respectivos estados." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:446 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`New` to allocate time off, and a blank allocation form " "appears." @@ -22912,7 +22241,7 @@ msgstr "" "Haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo` para asignar tiempo personal, aparecerá el " "formulario correspondiente vacío. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 msgid "" "After entering a name for the allocation on the first blank field of the " "form, enter the following information:" @@ -22920,7 +22249,7 @@ msgstr "" "Después de proporcionar un nombre para la asignación en el primer campo " "vacío del formulario, complete la siguiente información:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:451 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of time" " off that is being allocated to the employees." @@ -22928,7 +22257,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Tipo de tiempo personal`: en el menú desplegable seleccione el " "tipo de tiempo personal que recibirán los empleados." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`: select either :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` or" " :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`. If the allocation is **not** based on an " @@ -22938,7 +22267,7 @@ msgstr "" "regular` o :guilabel:`Asignación acumulada`. Si a asignación **no** está " "basada en un plan de asignación, seleccione :guilabel:`Asignación regular`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:456 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Plan`: if :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for " "the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, the :guilabel:`Accrual Plan` field appears." @@ -22952,7 +22281,7 @@ msgstr "" " de acumulación relacionado a la asignación. **Debe** seleccionar un plan de" " acumulación para una :guilabel:`asignación acumulada`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:460 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period/Start Date`: if :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` is" " selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, this field is labeled " @@ -22966,19 +22295,19 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Tipo de asignación` este campo se llamará :guilabel:`Fecha de " "inicio`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:465 msgid "" "The current date populates the first date field by default. To select " "another date, click on the pre-populated date to reveal a popover calendar " "window. Navigate to the desired start date for the allocation, and click on " "the date to select it." msgstr "" -"La fecha actual llenará el primer campo de fecha por defecto. Para " -"seleccionar otra fecha, haga clic en la fecha que ya estaba llena para " -"mostrar un calendario emergente. Vaya a la fecha de inicio deseada para la " -"asignación y haga clic en la fecha para seleccionarla." +"La fecha actual completará el primer campo de fecha de forma predeterminada." +" Para seleccionar otra fecha, haga clic en la fecha anterior para abrir el " +"calendario emergente. Vaya a la fecha de inicio deseada para la asignación y" +" haga clic en ella para seleccionarla." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:469 msgid "" "If the allocation expires, select the expiration date in the next date " "field. If the time off does *not* expire, leave the second date field blank." @@ -22989,7 +22318,7 @@ msgstr "" " no se selecciona ninguna fecha, el texto `Sin límite` aparecerá en el " "campo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:473 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation " "Type`, this second field is labeled :guilabel:`Run until`." @@ -22997,7 +22326,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si en :guilabel:`Tipo de asignación` selecciona :guilabel:`Asignación " "acumulada`, entonces este campo se llamará :guilabel:`Ejecutar hasta`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time that is being allocated to " "the employees. This field displays the time in either :guilabel:`Hours` or " @@ -23009,7 +22338,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`días` según la configuración del :ref:`Tipo de tiempo personal " "`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:478 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how the allocation is " "assigned. This selection determines who receives the time off allocation. " @@ -23022,7 +22351,7 @@ msgstr "" "empresa`, :guilabel:`Por departamento` o :guilabel:`Por etiqueta de " "empleado`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 msgid "" "Depending on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Mode`, this following field" " is labeled either: :guilabel:`Employees`, :guilabel:`Company`, " @@ -23032,7 +22361,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Empleados`, :guilabel:`Empresa`, :guilabel:`Departamento` o " ":guilabel:`Etiqueta de empleado`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 msgid "" "Using the drop-down menu, indicate the specific employees, company, " "department, or employee tags who are receiving this time off." @@ -23040,7 +22369,7 @@ msgstr "" "Con el menú desplegable seleccione a los empleados, empresas, departamentos " "o etiquetas de empleados que deben recibir este tiempo personal." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 msgid "" "Multiple selections can be made for either :guilabel:`Employees` or " ":guilabel:`Employee Tag`." @@ -23048,7 +22377,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si se trata de :guilabel:`empleados` o :guilabel:`etiquetas de empleados` " "puede seleccionar tantas como lo desee." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:490 msgid "" "Only one selection can be made for the :guilabel:`Company` or " ":guilabel:`Department`." @@ -23056,7 +22385,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si se trata de :guilabel:`empresas` o :guilabel:`departamentos`, solo puede " "seleccionar uno." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:491 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: if any description or note is necessary to " "explain the time off allocation, enter it in this field at the bottom of the" @@ -23074,228 +22403,11 @@ msgstr "" "Un nuevo formulario de asignación con todos los campos llenos para las vacaciones anuales de dos semanas\n" "que se le da a los empleados." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:499 -msgid "Request time off" -msgstr "Solicitar tiempo personal" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Once an employee has been allocated time off, a request to use the time off " -"can be submitted. Time off can be requested in one of two ways, either from " -"the :ref:`dashboard ` or from the :ref:`My Time Off " -"` view." -msgstr "" -"Los empleados pueden solicitar tiempo personal luego de recibir una " -"asignación. Estas solicitudes se pueden realizar de dos formas, desde el " -":ref:`tablero ` o desde la vista :ref:`Mi tiempo " -"personal `." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:505 -msgid "" -"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " -"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " -"Off` list view." -msgstr "" -"Para crear una nueva solicitud de tiempo libre, haga clic en el botón " -":guilabel:`Nuevo` ya sea en el :guilabel:`tablero` principal de *tiempo " -"personal* o en la vista :guilabel:`Mi tiempo personal`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:509 -msgid "" -"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " -"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" -" form appears in a modal. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` " -"list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, instead." -msgstr "" -"El usuario podrá solicitar tiempo personal no importa qué botón " -":guilabel:`Nuevo` use, pero al solicitarlo desde el :guilabel:`tablero`, " -"aparecerá una ventana emergente para solicitar un :guilabel:`nuevo tiempo " -"personal`. Si se solicita desde la vista de lista :guilabel:`Mi tiempo " -"personal` se le redirigirá a una nueva ventana para solicitar tiempo " -"personal." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:514 -msgid "" -"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " -"form:" -msgstr "" -"Ingrese la siguiente información en el formulario de solicitud " -":guilabel:`Nuevo tiempo personal`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:516 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " -"the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Tipo de tiempo personal`: en el menú desplegable seleccione el " -"tipo de tiempo personal a solicitar." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:517 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " -"two fields to populate, the start and end dates. Click on either date field " -"and a popover calendar appears." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Fechas`: seleccione las fechas correspondientes al tiempo " -"personal. Hay dos campos que debe completar, las fechas de inicio y las " -"fechas de finalización. Haga clic en cualquiera de los campos para ver un " -"calendario." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 -msgid "" -"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " -"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " -"applicable)." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en la fecha de inicio y luego en la fecha de finalización. Las " -"fechas de inicio y fin que haya seleccionado aparecerán circuladas y las " -"fechas entre ellas estarán resaltadas (si aplica)." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:523 -msgid "" -"If the time off requested is for a single day, click on the start date, then" -" click the same date again for the end date." -msgstr "" -"Si solicita tiempo personal para un solo día es necesario que haga clic en " -"esa fecha en el campo de fecha de inicio y que vuelva a seleccionarla en la " -"fecha de finalización. " - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:526 -msgid "" -"When the correct dates are selected/highlighted, click the :guilabel:`Apply`" -" button." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Aplicar` una vez que haya seleccionado las " -"fechas adecuadas." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:528 -msgid "" -"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " -"field." -msgstr "" -"Las fechas seleccionadas ahora llenarán las dos partes del campo " -":guilabel:`Fechas`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 -msgid "" -"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" -" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" -msgstr "" -"Si el :guilabel:`Tipo de tiempo personal` seleccionado está configurado para" -" que el tiempo personal se tome en horas, también aparecerán los dos campos " -"siguientes:" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:533 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, check this " -"box. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " -"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " -"day is being requested." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Medio día`: seleccione esta casilla si la solicitud de tiempo " -"personal es de medio día. Al seleccionar esta opción, el segundo campo de " -"fecha desaparece y se reemplaza con un menú desplegable. En ese menú " -"desplegable seleccione :guilabel:`Mañana` o :guilabel:`Tarde` para indicar " -"la mitad del día necesaria." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:537 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " -"day, check this box. A :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` field appears " -"beneath this option, if selected. Using the drop-down menu, select the start" -" and end time for the time off request." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Horas personalizadas`: seleccione esta casilla si el tiempo " -"personal a solicitar no es de un día completo o medio día. Los campos " -":guilabel:`De` y :guilabel:`Al` aparecerán abajo si elige esta opción y " -"deberá seleccionar la hora de inicio y finalización de la solicitud de " -"tiempo personal con el menú desplegable." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " -":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " -"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " -"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " -"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Duración`: este campo se actualiza de forma automática al " -"completar la sección :guilabel:`Fecha`. En ese caso, se actualiza en " -"automático para mostrar el tiempo personal total solicitado. Este campo está" -" en horas o en días, según la configuración del :guilabel:`tipo de tiempo " -"personal` configurado. " - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:545 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " -"should include any details that managers and approvers may need in order to " -"approve the request." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Descripción`: proporcione una descripción sobre la solicitud de " -"tiempo personal, debe incluir todos los detalles necesarios que los gerentes" -" y aprobadores pudieran necesitar para aprobar la solicitud." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:547 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachments of documents. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " -"appears." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Justificante`: este campo solo aparece cuando el :guilabel:`Tipo " -"de tiempo personal` elegido permite adjuntar documentos. Haga clic en el " -"botón :guilabel:`Adjuntar archivo`, esta acción abrirá la ventana del " -"explorador de archivos. " - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:551 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the desired files to attach, select them, then click the " -":guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off request form." -" Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." -msgstr "" -"Diríjase a los archivos que desea adjuntar, selecciónelos, y después haga " -"clic en el botón :guilabel:`Abrir`. Los archivos aparecerán en el formulario" -" de solicitud de tiempo personal. Es posible adjuntar varios documentos en " -"caso de que sea necesario." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:554 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:604 -msgid "" -"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " -"request." -msgstr "" -"Si la solicitud se creó desde el :guilabel:`tablero`, haga clic en el botón " -":guilabel:`Guardar y cerrar` para guardar la información y enviar una " -"solicitud." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:557 -msgid "" -"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " -"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " -"be saved manually at any time by clicking the *save manually* button, " -"represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." -msgstr "" -"Si el formulario se completó dese la vista de lista de :guilabel:`Mi tiempo " -"personal`, la información se guarda de manera automática conforme se va " -"ingresando. Sin embargo, el formulario se puede guardar de forma manual si " -"hace clic en el botón para *guardar de forma manual*, que está representado " -"por un icono :guilabel:`(subir a la nube)`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " -"with the flu." -msgstr "" -"Un formulario de solicitud de tiempo personal completado. En este caso, el " -"empleado pidió dos días debido a un resfriado." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:502 msgid "Request allocation" msgstr "Solicitar una asignación" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:504 msgid "" "If an employee has used all their time off, or is going to run out of time " "off, they can request an allocation for additional time. Allocations can be " @@ -23308,7 +22420,7 @@ msgstr "" "de solicitar una asignación, desde el :ref:`tablero ` o " "desde la vista :ref:`Mis asignaciones `." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:508 msgid "" "To create a new allocation request, click either the :guilabel:`New " "Allocation Request` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the " @@ -23321,7 +22433,7 @@ msgstr "" "lista de :guilabel:`Mis asignaciones`. Ambos botones abrirán un formulario " "para una nueva solicitud de asignación." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:513 msgid "" "Both :guilabel:`New` buttons open a :guilabel:`New Allocation` request form," " but when requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, the form appears in a " @@ -23334,7 +22446,7 @@ msgstr "" " se solicita desde la vista de lista :guilabel:`Mi tiempo personal` se le " "redirigirá a una nueva ventana para solicitar tiempo personal." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:518 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Allocation` request " "form:" @@ -23342,7 +22454,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ingrese la siguiente información en el formulario de solicitud " ":guilabel:`Nueva asignación`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested for " "the allocation from the drop-down menu. After a selection is made, the title" @@ -23353,7 +22465,7 @@ msgstr "" "actualizará con el tipo de tiempo personal después de que se hace una " "solicitud." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:522 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period`: this field **only** appears if requesting an " "allocation with a time off type that has the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` " @@ -23368,22 +22480,22 @@ msgstr "" "aparecerá si el campo :guilabel:`Tomar tiempo personal por` está configurado" " a :guilabel:`Horas`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:527 msgid "" "Using the calendar selector, select a start and end date the allocation is " "valid for. By default, the current date populates the first field, and " ":guilabel:`No Limit` populates the second field." msgstr "" -"Con el selector del calendario, elija una fecha de inicio y de finalización " -"durante las que la asignación será válida. Por defecto, la fecha actual se " -"verá en el primer campo, mientras que en el segundo verá el texto " -":guilabel:`Sin límite`." +"Elija una fecha de inicio y de finalización para la validez de la asignación" +" con el selector de calendario. La fecha actual llena el primer campo de " +"forma predeterminada, y en el segundo campo aparecerá :guilabel:`Sin " +"límite`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 msgid "Adjust both of these dates, if desired." msgstr "Ajuste ambas fechas, si así lo desea." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:531 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time being requested in this " "field. The format is presented in either days or hours, depending on how the" @@ -23396,7 +22508,7 @@ msgstr "" "el nombre de la asignación se actualizará para incluir la cantidad de tiempo" " que se está solicitando." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:535 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: enter a description for the allocation request." " This should include any details that managers and approvers may need in " @@ -23406,7 +22518,17 @@ msgstr "" "solicitud de asignación, debe incluir todos los detalles necesarios que los " "gerentes y aprobadores pudieran necesitar para aprobar la solicitud." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:538 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" +"Si la solicitud se creó desde el :guilabel:`tablero`, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Guardar y cerrar` para guardar la información y enviar una " +"solicitud." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 msgid "" "If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Allocations` list view, the" " information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " @@ -23427,11 +22549,11 @@ msgstr "" "Un formulario de solicitud de asignación completo de un empleado que " "solicita una semana más de tiempo personal por enfermedad." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:553 msgid "Management" msgstr "Administración" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:555 msgid "" "Time off and allocation requests typically undergo an approval process " "before being granted. Requests either need one or two approvals, if any, " @@ -23445,7 +22567,7 @@ msgstr "" "tiempo específico. Todo esto se encuentra en la sección :guilabel:`Gestión` " "de la aplicación *Tiempo personal*." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:560 msgid "" "Only users who can approve allocation and time off requests have the " ":guilabel:`Management` section visible in the *Time Off* application." @@ -23454,11 +22576,11 @@ msgstr "" "asignaciones pueden visualizar la sección :guilabel:`Gestión` de la " "aplicación *Tiempo personal*." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:566 msgid "Manage time off" msgstr "Gestionar tiempo personal" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 msgid "" "To view time off requests that need approval, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Management --> Time Off`. The only time off" @@ -23472,7 +22594,7 @@ msgstr "" "que el usuario tiene permiso de acceso de :guilabel:`Encargado de tiempo " "personal` o :guilabel:`Administrador` en la aplicación *Tiempo personal*." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:573 msgid "" "The default filter in the :guilabel:`Time Off` list is `Waiting For Me`. " "This only presents time off requests that need to be approved for current " @@ -23484,7 +22606,7 @@ msgstr "" "están en el equipo del usuario que todavía requieren aprobación, ya sea con " "el estado :guilabel:`Por aprobar` o :guilabel:`Segunda aprobación`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:643 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:577 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented time off requests. Since only time off requests that need to be " @@ -23501,7 +22623,7 @@ msgstr "" "usuario sea miembro y en los que sea gerente de empleados también aparecerán" " en el lado izquierdo de la pantalla, debajo de :guilabel:`Departamentos`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 msgid "" "If there are no requests that fall under one of the status options or " "departments, that status or department is **not** visible on the left-side " @@ -23511,7 +22633,7 @@ msgstr "" "departamentos, ese estado o departamento **no** aparecerá en el lado " "izquierdo del menú." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:587 msgid "" "To display time off requests for specific departments only, click on the " ":guilabel:`Department` on the left-hand side. Only requests within the " @@ -23522,8 +22644,8 @@ msgstr "" "izquierdo. Solo aparecerán las solicitudes dentro del departamento " "seleccionado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:656 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:657 msgid "" "The status column displays the status of each request, with the status " "highlighted in a specific color." @@ -23531,7 +22653,7 @@ msgstr "" "La columna de estado muestra el estado de cada solicitud, este aparece en un" " color específico." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` and :guilabel:`Second Approval` requests are " "highlighted in yellow and are the only ones that appear in the list by " @@ -23547,7 +22669,7 @@ msgstr "" "solicitudes :guilabel:`por enviar` (borradores) aparecen en azul y las " "solicitudes :guilabel:`rechazadas` aparecen en gris." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:665 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:599 msgid "" "To approve a time off request, click the :guilabel:`👍 Approve` button at the" " end of the line. To validate a time off request that has already been " @@ -23570,7 +22692,7 @@ msgstr "" "Las solicitudes de tiempo personal con las secciones de estado, filtros y " "grupos dentro de un recuadro rojo. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:608 msgid "" "For more details, click anywhere on the time off request line (except for " "the :guilabel:`👍 Approve`, :guilabel:`✔️ Validate`, and :guilabel:`✖️ " @@ -23583,7 +22705,7 @@ msgstr "" "formulario correspondiente. Es posible que un usuario haga cambio según los " "permisos con los que cuenta." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:612 msgid "" "To modify the request, make any desired changes to the form. All changes are" " automatically saved." @@ -23591,7 +22713,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para modificar la solicitud haga el cambio directamente en el formulario. " "Todos los cambios se guardan de forma automática." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:614 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Approve` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button " @@ -23601,11 +22723,11 @@ msgstr "" "clic en el botón :guilabel:`Aprobar` para aprobar la solicitud o en el botón" " :guilabel:`Rechazar` para rechazarla." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:684 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:620 msgid "Manage allocations" msgstr "Gestionar asignaciones" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:686 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:622 msgid "" "To view allocations that need approval, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off" " app --> Management --> Allocations`. The only allocations visible on this " @@ -23618,7 +22740,7 @@ msgstr "" "usuario tiene permiso de acceso de :guilabel:`Encargado de tiempo personal` " "o :guilabel:`Administrador` en la aplicación *Tiempo personal*." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:627 msgid "" "The default filters that are configured to be in place when navigating to " "the :guilabel:`Allocations` list are :guilabel:`My Team` and " @@ -23631,7 +22753,7 @@ msgstr "" "usuario (que gestionan) y a los empleados activos, los usuarios inactivos no" " aparecen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented allocation requests." @@ -23639,7 +22761,7 @@ msgstr "" "En el lado izquierdo de la pantalla están presentes varias opciones de " "agrupación para delimitar las solicitudes de asignación presentadas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:635 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Status` options are :guilabel:`To Approve`, " ":guilabel:`Refused`, and :guilabel:`Approved`. Click on a specific " @@ -23651,7 +22773,7 @@ msgstr "" "solicitudes en un estado específico, haga clic en él. Para ver todas las " "solicitudes de asignación, haga clic en :guilabel:`Todo`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 msgid "" "It is also possible to display allocation requests by department. Click on " "the :guilabel:`Department` in the left side of the screen to only present " @@ -23662,7 +22784,7 @@ msgstr "" " de la pantalla para consultar solo las asignaciones de ese departamento en " "específico." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:644 msgid "" "The groupings on the left side only present allocation requests that fall " "under the default filters of :guilabel:`My Team` and :guilabel:`Active " @@ -23674,7 +22796,7 @@ msgstr "" "equipo` y :guilabel:`Empleado activo`. Solo los estados de las solicitudes " "de asignación que entran en esos filtros aparecen en el lado izquierdo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:712 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:648 msgid "" "For example, if there are no requests with a status of :guilabel:`To " "Submit`, that status option does not appear in the left-hand side." @@ -23682,7 +22804,7 @@ msgstr "" "Por ejemplo, si no hay ninguna solicitud con el estado :guilabel:`Por " "enviar`, entonces esa opción del estado no aparecerá del lado izquierdo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:651 msgid "" "All departments for the user's employees appear in the list. If there are no" " allocation requests that fall under that department matching the pre-" @@ -23692,7 +22814,7 @@ msgstr "" "La lista estará vacía si no hay solicitudes de asignación que coincidan con " "los filtros preconfigurados." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:654 msgid "" "It is always possible to remove any of the pre-configured filters, by " "clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon on the specific filter to remove " @@ -23702,7 +22824,7 @@ msgstr "" "preconfigurados si hace clic en el icono :guilabel:`✖️ (eliminar)` de un " "filtro en específico." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:660 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, " ":guilabel:`Approved` requests are highlighted in green, and the " @@ -23712,7 +22834,7 @@ msgstr "" "solicitudes :guilabel:`aprobadas` aparecen en verde y las solicitudes " ":guilabel:`rechazadas` aparecen en gris." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:663 msgid "" "To approve an allocation request, click the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` button at" " the end of the line. To refuse a request, click the :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` " @@ -23729,7 +22851,7 @@ msgstr "" "Las asignaciones con las secciones de estado, filtros y grupos dentro de un " "recuadro rojo. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:670 msgid "" "If more details are needed, click anywhere on the allocation request line " "(except for the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` buttons) to" @@ -23739,7 +22861,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`✔ Validar` o :guilabel:`✖️ Rechazar`) si necesita consultar más " "detalles sobre la solicitud de asignación." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:673 msgid "" "Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be made to the allocation " "request form that appears. To modify the request, make any desired changes " @@ -23750,7 +22872,7 @@ msgstr "" "haga los cambios deseados en el formulario. Los cambios se guardarán en " "automático." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:741 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:677 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Validate` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button" @@ -23760,7 +22882,7 @@ msgstr "" "clic en el botón :guilabel:`Validar` para aprobar la solicitud o en el botón" " :guilabel:`Rechazar` para rechazarla." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:683 msgid "" "To view a color-coded schedule of the user's time off, and/or of the team " "managed by them, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Overview`. " @@ -23772,7 +22894,7 @@ msgstr "" " y de sus equipos administrados. Aquí podrá consultar un calendario con el " "filtro predeterminado `Mi equipo` en una vista por mes." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:687 msgid "" "To change the time period displayed, click on the :guilabel:`Month` button " "to reveal a drop-down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -23784,7 +22906,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Día`, :guilabel:`Semana`, :guilabel:`Mes` o :guilabel:`Año` para " "que el calendario se vea en la vista correspondiente." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 msgid "" "To navigate forward or backward in time, in the selected increment " "(:guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, etc.), click the :guilabel:`← (left " @@ -23796,7 +22918,7 @@ msgstr "" "(fecha izquierda)` o :guilabel:`→ (fecha derecha)` para avanzar o retroceder" " dentro de ese tiempo específico." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:695 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Month` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by" " one month." @@ -23804,7 +22926,7 @@ msgstr "" "Por ejemplo, si selecciona :guilabel:`Mes`, las flechas ajustarán la vista " "por un mes." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:697 msgid "" "To return to a view containing the current day, click the :guilabel:`Today` " "button at any time." @@ -23812,7 +22934,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para cambiar la vista a una que incluya la fecha actual solo haga clic en el" " botón :guilabel:`Hoy`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 msgid "" "Team members are listed alphabetically on individual lines, and their " "requested time off, regardless of the status (*validated* or *to approve*), " @@ -23822,7 +22944,7 @@ msgstr "" "y su tiempo personal solicitado (no importa si está en estado *validado* o " "*por aprobar*) está visible en el calendario." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:766 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:702 msgid "" "Each employee is color-coded. The employee's color is selected at random, " "and does *not* correspond to the type of time off they requested." @@ -23830,7 +22952,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cada empleado tiene un color que se selecciona de forma aleatoria y *no* " "está relacionado con el tipo de tiempo personal que solicitaron." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:705 msgid "" "The status of the time off is represented by the color detail of the " "request, either appearing solid (*validated*) or striped (*to approve*)." @@ -23838,7 +22960,7 @@ msgstr "" "El estado del tiempo personal se representa con el color se la solicitud de " "forma completa (*Validado*) o con líneas (*Por aprobar*)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 msgid "" "The number of days or hours requested is written on the request (if there is" " enough space)." @@ -23846,7 +22968,7 @@ msgstr "" "El número de días u horas solicitadas aparece en la solicitud (si hay " "suficiente espacio disponible)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:710 msgid "" "At the bottom of the calendar, in the :guilabel:`Total` line, a bar graph " "shows how many people are projected to be out on any given day. The number " @@ -23859,7 +22981,7 @@ msgstr "" "representa el número de empleados que no estarán disponibles en los días " "resaltados." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:778 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:714 msgid "" "Click on a time off entry to view the details for the specific time off " "entry. The total number of hours or days are listed, along with the start " @@ -23877,11 +22999,11 @@ msgstr "" "Resumen del equipo del usuario, es posible visualizar las solicitudes de " "tiempo personal. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:723 msgid "My time" msgstr "Mi tiempo" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:725 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`My Time` section of the *Time Off* application contains the " "time off dashboard, as well as the user's time off requests and allocations." @@ -23890,11 +23012,11 @@ msgstr "" "el tablero del tiempo personal, así como las solicitudes y asignaciones del " "usuario." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:795 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:731 msgid "Dashboard" msgstr "Tablero" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:733 msgid "" "All users have access to the time off dashboard, which is the default view " "in the *Time Off* application. The dashboard can also be accessed at any " @@ -23906,14 +23028,14 @@ msgstr "" "es posible acceder desde :menuselection:`Tiempo personal --> Mi tiempo --> " "Tablero`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 msgid "" "The current year is displayed, and the current day is highlighted in red." msgstr "" "La vista predeterminada es la del año actual y el día en curso aparece en " "rojo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:739 msgid "" "To change the view, click on the :guilabel:`Year` button to reveal a drop-" "down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, or " @@ -23923,7 +23045,7 @@ msgstr "" " menú desplegable. Después seleccione :guilabel:`Día`, :guilabel:`Semana` o" " :guilabel:`Mes` para que el calendario se vea en la vista correspondiente." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:743 msgid "" "To change the presented dates, click the :guilabel:`← (left arrow)` or " ":guilabel:`→ (right arrow)` icons to the left of the :guilabel:`Year` " @@ -23934,7 +23056,7 @@ msgstr "" "izquierdo del botón :guilabel:`Año`. La vista del calendario se ajustará en " "incrementos según la vista que haya elegido." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:811 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Year` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by " "one year." @@ -23942,7 +23064,7 @@ msgstr "" "Por ejemplo, si selecciona :guilabel:`Año`, las flechas ajustarán la vista " "por un año." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:813 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:749 msgid "" "To change the view at any point to a view that includes the current date, " "click the :guilabel:`Today` button." @@ -23950,7 +23072,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para cambiar la vista en cualquier momento a una que incluya la fecha actual" " solo haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Hoy`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:816 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:752 msgid "" "Above the calendar view is a summary of the user's time off balances. Every " "time off type that has been allocated appears in its own summary box. Each " @@ -23964,7 +23086,7 @@ msgstr "" " icono correspondientes, el tiempo disponible (en horas o días) y una fecha " "de vencimiento (en caso de cuente con una)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:757 msgid "" "To view the full details of a time off balance, click the :guilabel:`? " "(question mark)` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`(DAYS/HOURS) AVAILABLE` " @@ -23986,7 +23108,7 @@ msgid "A view of the complete time off balance details in the popover window." msgstr "" "Una vista del balance completo del tiempo libre en una ventana emergente." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:767 msgid "" "A user is also able to see how much time off they will have accrued in the " "future. On the right side of the time off summary blocks, there is a " @@ -23998,7 +23120,7 @@ msgstr "" "un campo :guilabel:` Distribución al (fecha)`. Haga clic en la fecha y " "aparecerá una pestaña emergente para seleccionar fechas en el calendario." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:771 msgid "" "The current date is the default date selected. Navigate to the desired date," " and Odoo displays the time off balances the user will have on that date. " @@ -24012,7 +23134,7 @@ msgstr "" " la fecha. Para regresar a la fecha actual, haga clic en el botón " ":guilabel:`Hoy` a la derecha del campo de fecha." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:840 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:776 msgid "" "On the right side of the calendar, the various time off types are displayed," " with their corresponding colors. The :guilabel:`Legend` explains how the " @@ -24023,7 +23145,7 @@ msgstr "" "explica cómo se presentan los varios estados de las solicitudes de tiempo " "personal." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:780 msgid "" "Time off that has been validated appears in a solid color (in the color " "specified in the :guilabel:`Time Off Type` section above the " @@ -24037,29 +23159,20 @@ msgstr "" "aprobación aparecen con líneas blancas en el color y las solicitudes " "rechazadas tienen una línea de color que tacha las fechas correspondientes." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:849 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:785 msgid "" -"New time off requests can be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :ref:`New Time Off" -" ` modal appears." +"New time off requests can be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. Click the " +":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :doc:`New Time Off" +" <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -"Es posible solicitar tiempo personal desde el tablero. Haga clic en el botón" -" :guilabel:`Nuevo` ubicado en la parte superior del tablero para abrir la " -"ventana para solicitar :ref:`nuevo tiempo personal `." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:852 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 msgid "" -"New allocation requests can also be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the dashboard to " -"request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation ` modal appears." +"New allocation requests can also be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard` to request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation " +"` modal appears." msgstr "" -"También es posible elaborar nuevas solicitudes de asignación desde el " -"tablero. Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nueva solicitud de asignación` " -"ubicado en la parte superior del tablero para solicitar más tiempo personal." -" Esta acción abrirá la ventana emergente para :ref:`nuevas asignaciones " -"`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -24069,11 +23182,11 @@ msgstr "" "Vista del tablero de tiempo personal con la simbología, información general " "del tiempo personal y los botones de vista en recuadros rojos." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:863 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:800 msgid "My time off" msgstr "Mi tiempo personal" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:865 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:802 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`. Here, all time " @@ -24084,7 +23197,7 @@ msgstr "" "usuarios. Allí podrá consultar todas las solicitudes de tiempo personal, " "tanto las anteriores como las actuales, en la vista de lista." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:868 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:805 msgid "" "The list includes the following information for each request: the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Start Date`, " @@ -24095,20 +23208,17 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`fecha de inicio`, la :guilabel:`fecha de finalización`, la " ":guilabel:`duración` y su :guilabel:`estado`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:872 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:809 msgid "" "A new time off request can be made from this view. Click the :guilabel:`New`" -" button to :ref:`request time off `." +" button to :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`." msgstr "" -"Es posible solicitar tiempo personal desde esta vista. Haga clic en el botón" -" :guilabel:`Nuevo` para :ref:`solicitar tiempo personal `." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:878 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:815 msgid "My allocations" msgstr "Mis asignaciones" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:817 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's allocations, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Allocations`. All " @@ -24118,7 +23228,7 @@ msgstr "" "para ver una lista con todas las asignaciones de los usuarios. Allí podrá " "consultar todas las asignaciones y sus solicitudes en la vista de lista." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:820 msgid "" "The information presented on the :guilabel:`My Allocations` page includes: " "the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Amount`, " @@ -24129,7 +23239,7 @@ msgstr "" " la :guilabel:`cantidad`, el :guilabel:`tipo de asignación` y su " ":guilabel:`estado`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:824 msgid "" "A new allocation request can be made from this view, as well. Click the " ":guilabel:`New` button to :ref:`request an allocation `." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:895 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:832 msgid "" "The reporting feature allows users to view time off for their team, either " "by employee or type of time off. This allows users to see which employees " @@ -24151,7 +23261,7 @@ msgstr "" "permite ver qué empleados tienen un permiso, cuánto tiempo tomarán y qué " "tipos de tiempo personal están en uso." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:899 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:836 msgid "" "Any report can be added to a spreadsheet through the *Insert in Spreadsheet*" " button that appears in the top-left of a report. If the *Documents* " @@ -24164,11 +23274,11 @@ msgstr "" "opción para agregar el reporte a una hoja de cálculo. De lo contrario, el " "reporte se puede agregar al *Tablero*." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:841 msgid "By employee" msgstr "Por empleado" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:843 msgid "" "To view a report of employee time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Employee`." @@ -24176,7 +23286,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya a :menuselection:`Tiempo personal --> Reportes --> Por empleado` para " "visualizar un reporte de las solicitudes de tiempo personal por empleado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:846 msgid "" "The default report presents the current year's data in a list view, " "displaying all the employees in alphabetical order. Each employee's line is " @@ -24187,7 +23297,7 @@ msgstr "" "La línea de cada empleado estará oculta en automático, para expandirla, haga" " clic en cualquier parte de la lista." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:913 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:850 msgid "" "The view expands, and has the time off requests organized by time off type. " "Click anywhere on a time off type line to expand it, and view all the " @@ -24198,7 +23308,7 @@ msgstr "" "línea de tiempo personal para expandirla y ver todas las solicitudes de " "tiempo personal individuales que son de ese tipo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:916 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:853 msgid "" "The information shown in the list includes: the :guilabel:`Employee` name, " ":guilabel:`Number of Days` off requested, the :guilabel:`Start Date`, " @@ -24214,7 +23324,7 @@ msgid "Report of time off, shown by each employee in a list view." msgstr "" "Reporte de tiempo personal, los empleados aparecen en una vista de lista." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:861 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " @@ -24233,8 +23343,7 @@ msgstr "" "Las diferentes visualizaciones se resaltan para el reporte de tiempo " "personal del empleado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:933 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:870 msgid "" "When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " "particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports and their" @@ -24246,11 +23355,11 @@ msgstr "" "opciones, vea la documentación sobre :doc:`reportes " "<../essentials/reporting>`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:875 msgid "By type" msgstr "Por tipo" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:940 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:877 msgid "" "To view a list of all time off, organized by time off type, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Type`. This shows all time" @@ -24261,7 +23370,7 @@ msgstr "" "cada tipo de tiempo personal en un gráfico de barras de forma " "predeterminada." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:943 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 msgid "" "Hover over a bar to view the :guilabel:`Duration (Days)` of that specific " "time off type." @@ -24277,7 +23386,7 @@ msgstr "" "Los varios tipos de tiempo personal y cuántos días se solicitan en un gráfico de barras. Los detalles se\n" "resaltan con un recuadro rojo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 msgid "" "Click on a bar to go to a detailed list view of all the time off requests " "for that time off type." @@ -24285,7 +23394,7 @@ msgstr "" "Haga clic en la barra para ir a la vista de lista detallada de todas las " "solicitudes de tiempo personal para ese tipo de tiempo personal." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:952 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:889 msgid "" "Each request is listed, with the following information displayed: the " ":guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Request Type`, " @@ -24297,7 +23406,7 @@ msgstr "" "de inicio`, :guilabel:`Fecha de finalización`, :guilabel:`Estado` y " ":guilabel:`Descripción`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " @@ -24309,3 +23418,186 @@ msgstr "" "para ver la información como quiera. Las opciones son una " ":guilabel:`Gráfico` (visualización predeterminada), :guilabel:`Lista` o " ":guilabel:`Tabla dinámica`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:897 +msgid "" +"When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " +"particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports, and " +"their various options, refer to the :doc:`reporting " +"<../essentials/reporting>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:902 +msgid ":doc:`time_off/request_time_off`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Request time off" +msgstr "Solicitar tiempo personal" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once time off has been allocated to an employee, a request to use it can be " +"submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Time off can be requested in one of two ways: either from the main *Time " +"Off* application :guilabel:`Dashboard` (:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My " +"Time --> Dashboard`), or from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` dashboard view " +"(:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " +"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " +"Off` dashboard, in the default list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " +"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" +" form appears in a pop-up window. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time" +" Off` list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " +"form:" +msgstr "" +"Ingrese la siguiente información en el formulario de solicitud " +":guilabel:`Nuevo tiempo personal`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " +"the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tipo de tiempo personal`: en el menú desplegable seleccione el " +"tipo de tiempo personal a solicitar." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " +"two fields to populate: the start and end dates. Click on either date field " +"and a popover calendar appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " +"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " +"applicable)." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en la fecha de inicio y luego en la fecha de finalización. Las " +"fechas de inicio y fin que haya seleccionado aparecerán circuladas y las " +"fechas entre ellas estarán resaltadas (si aplica)." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If only requesting time off for a single day, click on the start date, then " +"click the same date again for the end date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the correct dates are selected, click the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " +"field." +msgstr "" +"Las fechas seleccionadas ahora llenarán las dos partes del campo " +":guilabel:`Fechas`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" +" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" +msgstr "" +"Si el :guilabel:`Tipo de tiempo personal` seleccionado está configurado para" +" que el tiempo personal se tome en horas, también aparecerán los dos campos " +"siguientes:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, tick this " +"checkbox. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " +"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " +"day is being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " +"day, tick this checkbox. If selected, a :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` " +"field appears beneath this option. Using the drop-down menu, select the " +"start and end time for the time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " +":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " +"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " +"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " +"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Duración`: este campo se actualiza de forma automática al " +"completar la sección :guilabel:`Fecha`. En ese caso, se actualiza en " +"automático para mostrar el tiempo personal total solicitado. Este campo está" +" en horas o en días, según la configuración del :guilabel:`tipo de tiempo " +"personal` configurado. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " +"should include any details that managers and approvers may need to approve " +"the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachment of documents. " +"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the desired files that should be attached, select them, then " +"click The :guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off " +"request form. Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information, and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " +"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " +"be saved manually at any time by clicking the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " +"with the flu." +msgstr "" +"Un formulario de solicitud de tiempo personal completado. En este caso, el " +"empleado pidió dos días debido a un resfriado." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 625f54300..ae3f80f1b 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n == 1 ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory & MRP" -msgstr "Inventario y MRP" +msgid "Supply Chain" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 msgid "Barcode" @@ -964,7 +964,7 @@ msgstr "Códigos de barra de ubicaciones" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:20 msgid "Location" msgstr "Ubicación" @@ -1904,14 +1904,16 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Lote` en la ventana emergente de operaciones detalladas" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:16 @@ -1926,16 +1928,23 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Lote` en la ventana emergente de operaciones detalladas" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:26 @@ -5048,6 +5057,8 @@ msgstr "" "producto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:182 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Manual" @@ -5160,15 +5171,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:214 msgid "" -"The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is four days," -" and the :ref:`purchase security lead time ` is one day." +"The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is " +"four days, and the :ref:`purchase security lead time " +"` is one day." msgstr "" -"El :ref:`plazo de entrega del proveedor ` " -"es de cuatro días y el :ref:`plazo de entrega seguro para la compra " -"` es de un día." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:218 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` field of the reordering rule is set to " "zero, the product appears on the replenishment dashboard five days before " @@ -5187,7 +5195,7 @@ msgstr "" "Gráfico de representación de la necesidad y cuándo aparece en el tablero de " "reabastecimiento: 27 de febrero." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:226 msgid "" "To see the product on the replenishment dashboard for the current date, " "February 20, set the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` to `7.00`." @@ -5196,7 +5204,7 @@ msgstr "" "actual, 20 de febrero, establezca los :guilabel:`Días de visibilidad` en " "`7.00`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:229 msgid "" "To determine the amount of visibility days needed to see a product on the " "replenishment dashboard, subtract *today's date* from the *date the need " @@ -5207,12 +5215,12 @@ msgstr "" "*fecha de hoy* de la *fecha en la que aparece la necesidad* en el tablero " "correspondiente." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:232 msgid "Visibility~days = Need~appears~date - Today's~date" msgstr "" "Días~de~visibilidad = Fecha~en~que~aparece~la~necesidad - Fecha~actual" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:237 msgid "" "Referring to the example above, today's date is February 20th, and the need " "for the product appears on February 27th." @@ -5220,11 +5228,11 @@ msgstr "" "Continuando con el ejemplo anterior, la fecha de hoy es el 20 de febrero y " "la necesidad del producto aparece el 27 de febrero." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:240 msgid "(February 27 - February 20 = 7 days)" msgstr "(27 de febrero - 20 de febrero = 7 días)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:242 msgid "" "Incorrectly setting the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` fewer than seven days in" " this case results in the need **not** appearing on the replenishment " @@ -5242,11 +5250,11 @@ msgstr "" "Visualización del tablero de reabastecimiento con los días de visibilidad " "correctos e incorrectos en su configuración." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:252 msgid "Route" msgstr "Ruta" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:254 msgid "" "Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected under the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it is possible" @@ -5258,7 +5266,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Comprar` como :guilabel:`Fabricar`, para permitir la " "funcionalidad de ambas rutas." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:258 msgid "" "Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering " "rule. This is the route that the rule defaults to, if multiple are selected." @@ -5271,7 +5279,7 @@ msgstr "" "preferida, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Reglas de" " reordenamiento`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:262 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Route` column is hidden on the " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` page." @@ -5279,7 +5287,7 @@ msgstr "" "La columna :guilabel:`Ruta` está oculta de forma predeterminada en la página" " :guilabel:`Reglas de reordenamiento`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:264 msgid "" "Reveal the :guilabel:`Route` column by selecting the :guilabel:`(slider)` " "icon to the far-right of the column titles, and checking the " @@ -5290,7 +5298,7 @@ msgstr "" "columnas y seleccione la opción :guilabel:`Ruta` en el menú desplegable que " "aparece." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:267 msgid "" "Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule, and a drop-down " "menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the " @@ -5304,7 +5312,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down." msgstr "Establecer una ruta preferida desde el menú desplegable" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:275 msgid "" "If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set " "for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the selected route " @@ -6258,7 +6266,7 @@ msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "Seguimiento de productos" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:100 msgid "Assign serial numbers" msgstr "Asignar números de serie" @@ -6284,7 +6292,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" @@ -6317,14 +6325,17 @@ msgstr "" "` en una recepción." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:21 -msgid "when closing a manufacturing order" -msgstr "al cerrar una orden de fabricación." +msgid "" +":doc:`during a manufacturing order " +"<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product>` for a " +"product tracked by lot/serial numbers" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:24 msgid "when making an inventory adjustment" msgstr "al realizar un ajuste de inventario." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:32 msgid "" "Display the Detailed Operations smart button and bulleted list icon on a " "receipt." @@ -6332,7 +6343,7 @@ msgstr "" "Visualización del botón inteligente Operaciones detalladas y el icono de " "lista con viñetas en una recepción." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:32 msgid "" "Display the **Detailed Operations** smart button and bulleted list icon on a" " receipt." @@ -6340,7 +6351,7 @@ msgstr "" "Visualización del botón inteligente **Operaciones detalladas** y el icono de" " lista con viñetas en una recepción." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:37 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers to products, activate the :guilabel:`Lots and " "Serial Numbers` feature in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " @@ -6350,7 +6361,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Números de serie y lote` en :menuselection:`Inventario --> " "Configuración --> Ajustes`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:40 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of an item's product form, set the " ":guilabel:`Tracking` field to :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`." @@ -6359,13 +6370,13 @@ msgstr "" " seleccione :guilabel:`Por número de serie único` en el campo " ":guilabel:`Seguimiento`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:44 msgid "" ":ref:`Enable serial numbers `" msgstr "" ":ref:`Habilitar números de serie `" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:45 msgid "" ":ref:`Track products by serial numbers " "`" @@ -6373,7 +6384,7 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Seguimiento de productos por números de serie " "`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:49 msgid "" "Next, enable creating new serial numbers by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`." @@ -6381,7 +6392,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Tipos de " "operaciones` para habilitar la creación de nuevos números de serie." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:52 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, select the desired operation " "type (e.g. :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, or " @@ -6401,11 +6412,11 @@ msgstr "" "Visualización de la opción \"Crear nuevo\" seleccionada en el tipo de " "operación Recibos." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:64 msgid "Detailed Operations" msgstr "Operaciones detalladas" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:66 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned to products when entering stock for the first" " time, from the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` page on the receipt. " @@ -6417,7 +6428,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para acceder a las recepciones vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> " "Operaciones --> Recepciones`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:71 msgid "" "Serial numbers can **not** be assigned to products on a request for " "quotation (RfQ) or purchase order (PO) — **only** on a receipt." @@ -6429,7 +6440,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the purchase order and the Receipt smart button" msgstr "Visualización de la orden de compra y el botón inteligente Recepción." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:78 msgid "" "Screenshot of a \"Purchase Order\" with the \"Receipt\" smart button at the " "top." @@ -6437,7 +6448,7 @@ msgstr "" "Captura de pantalla de una orden de compra con el botón inteligente " "\"Recibo\" en la parte superior." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:80 msgid "" "To record an item's serial number before receiving the item, follow the " "steps in the next sections to assign serial numbers, but do **not** click " @@ -6449,7 +6460,7 @@ msgstr "" "**no** haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Validar` hasta que reciba los " "productos del proveedor." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:84 msgid "" "Assign a single serial number to a product by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` smart button on a receipt." @@ -6457,7 +6468,7 @@ msgstr "" "Haga clic en el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Operaciones detalladas` de una " "recepción para asignar un número de serie a un producto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:87 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, manually type in the " "serial number for a single product." @@ -6471,7 +6482,7 @@ msgstr "" "Agregar una línea en la página Operaciones detalladas para asignar números " "de serie." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:94 msgid "" "When finished, click the receipt's breadcrumbs, and the assigned serial " "numbers are automatically saved." @@ -6479,7 +6490,7 @@ msgstr "" "Al finalizar haga clic en las migas de pan, los números de serie asignados " "se guardan de forma automática." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:102 msgid "" "To generate new serial numbers in a sequence, click the :guilabel:`+ (plus)`" " icon in the :ref:`product line `." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:113 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` pop-up window. The " ":guilabel:`Number of SN` field is auto-filled based on the product quantity " @@ -6523,11 +6534,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show Assign Serial numbers pop-up." msgstr "La ventana emergente Asignar números de serie." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:125 msgid "Stock move pop-up window" msgstr "La ventana emergente de movimientos de existencias." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:127 msgid "" "For various methods of assigning serial numbers in bulk, click the " ":guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the :ref:`product line " @@ -6538,11 +6549,11 @@ msgstr "" "del producto ` de un" " recibo." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:132 msgid "Add a line" msgstr "Agregar línea" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:134 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window that appears, manually " "input the serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." @@ -6556,11 +6567,11 @@ msgid "Add a line on the Stock move pop-up." msgstr "" "Agregar una línea en la ventana emergente de movimiento de existencias." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:142 msgid "Generate Serials" msgstr "Generar números de serie" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:144 msgid "" "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Generate " "Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." @@ -6573,7 +6584,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show generate serials button." msgstr "El botón Generar números de serie." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:151 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Generate Serial numbers` pop-up window, where " "the first serial number is entered in the :guilabel:`First SN` field to " @@ -6584,7 +6595,7 @@ msgstr "" "ahí debe escribir el primer número de serie en el campo :guilabel:`Primer " "número de serie` para generar una secuencia de números basada en el primero." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:155 msgid "" "For more details on how to fill in this pop-up window, :ref:`refer to this " "section `." @@ -6592,11 +6603,11 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`consulte esta sección ` para " "obtener más detalles sobre cómo completar esta ventana emergente." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:159 msgid "Import Serials" msgstr "Importar números de serie" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:161 msgid "" "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Import " "Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." @@ -6605,7 +6616,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Importar números de serie o lote` en la ventana emergente " ":guilabel:`Abrir: Movimiento de existencias`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:165 msgid "" "If the button is not visible, ensure the :guilabel:`Create New` option is " "selected in the :ref:`receipt's configuration page " @@ -6615,7 +6626,7 @@ msgstr "" "nuevo` esté seleccionada en la :ref:`página de configuración del recibo " "`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:168 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window. Enter each serial " "number on a separate line in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." @@ -6624,7 +6635,7 @@ msgstr "" "escriba cada número de serie en una línea distinta en el campo de texto " ":guilabel:`Números de serie o lote`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:172 msgid "" "Copy/paste serial numbers from an existing excel spreadsheet and add them to" " the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." @@ -6636,7 +6647,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show excel sheet to copy serial numbers from." msgstr "Visualización de la hoja de Excel para copiar los números de serie." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:179 msgid "" "Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to add serial numbers to " "the list of products, and serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " @@ -6650,11 +6661,12 @@ msgstr "" "serie o lote`. Para reemplazar los números de serie en la lista, no " "seleccione la opción :guilabel:`Mantener las líneas actuales`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:146 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Generate`." msgstr "Por último, haga clic en :guilabel:`Generar`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:187 msgid "" "For a receipt with a :guilabel:`Demand` of `3.00` products, one product has " "already been assigned a serial number in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` " @@ -6664,7 +6676,7 @@ msgstr "" "asignó un número de serie a un producto en la ventana emergente " ":guilabel:`Abrir: Movimiento de existencias`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:190 msgid "" "So, in the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window, two serial numbers, `124` " "and `125` are assigned to the remaining products by entering the following " @@ -6674,7 +6686,7 @@ msgstr "" "de serie, `124` y `125`, a los productos restantes. Para ello, es necesario " "escribirlos en el campo :guilabel:`Números de serie o lote`:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:199 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option is selected to add these two " "serial numbers **in addition** to the serial number, `123`, that has already" @@ -6731,7 +6743,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr ":doc:`lots`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "Activar lotes y números de serie" @@ -6826,6 +6838,7 @@ msgstr "" "números, letras, símbolos tipográficos o una mezcla de los tres." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:343 msgid "Traceability" msgstr "Trazabilidad" @@ -7486,6 +7499,7 @@ msgstr "" "estrategias de remoción en las :guilabel:`Categorías de productos`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:189 msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" msgstr ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" @@ -7527,11 +7541,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." msgstr "Agrupar por fechas de caducidad en lotes y números de serie." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 msgid "Expiration alerts" msgstr "Alertas de caducidad" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 msgid "" "To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." @@ -7539,7 +7553,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para ver alertas de caducidad vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> " "Productos --> Lotes/Números de serie`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:251 msgid "" "Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " "Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " @@ -7552,7 +7566,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Fechas` para ver toda la información de caducidad que se " "relaciona a los productos." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:255 msgid "" "To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " "form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " @@ -7563,7 +7577,7 @@ msgstr "" "caducidad` a la fecha de hoy (o antes) y haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` " "para guardar los cambios." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:259 msgid "" "After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " "Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " @@ -7576,7 +7590,7 @@ msgstr "" " Desde aquí, regrese a la página de :guilabel:`Lote/Número de serie` (a " "través de las migajas de pan)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:263 msgid "" "To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " "are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" @@ -7587,7 +7601,7 @@ msgstr "" "búsqueda de la barra :guilabel:`Buscar...` en el tablero de " ":guilabel:`Lote/Número de serie`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:267 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." msgstr "" @@ -7599,139 +7613,469 @@ msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "Alerta de caducidad para un producto que ya caducó." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" -msgstr "Use lotes para gestionar grupos y productos" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" -" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " -"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" -" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." +msgid "Lot numbers" msgstr "" -"Hay dos maneras de identificar y rastrear productos en Odoo, la primera son " -"los *lotes*. Un lote indica un grupo específico de artículos que se recibió," -" se almacenó o se envió de un almacén. También puede indicar un grupo de " -"productos que se fabricaron dentro de la empresa." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:10 msgid "" -"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " -"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " -"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " -"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " -"lifecycles." +"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. They " +"typically represent a specific batch of products that were received, stored," +" shipped, or manufactured in-house." msgstr "" -"Los fabricantes asignan un número de lote a grupos de producto que tienen " -"propiedades en común, por lo que es posible que muchos bienes compartan el " -"mismo número de lote. Esto ayuda a identificar un número de productos dentro" -" de un mismo grupo y permite dar seguimiento a estos productos durante todo " -"su ciclo de vida." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:13 msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " -"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " -"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " -"expiration dates." +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products sharing common " +"properties, facilitating end-to-end traceability through their lifecycles." msgstr "" -"Los lotes son muy útiles para productos que fabrica o recibe en grandes " -"cantidades (como ropa y comida), además de que ayuda a saber de qué grupo " -"salió un producto. Esto le ayudará cuando tenga que retirar un producto del " -"mercado o al gestionar fechas de caducidad." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:16 msgid "" -"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " -"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " -"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " -"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " -":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +"Lots are useful for managing large quantities of manufactured or received " +"products, aiding in tracing items back to their group, particularly for " +"product recalls or :doc:`expiration dates `." msgstr "" -"Para rastrear productos por medio de lotes, debe activar la función de " -"*Números de lote y de serie*. Vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> " -"Configuración --> Ajustes`, baje a la sección :guilabel:`Trazabilidad` y " -"haga clic en la casilla junto a :guilabel:`Número de serie y lote`. Después," -" haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` para guardar los cambios." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 -msgid "Track products by lots" -msgstr "Rastrear productos por lotes" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:26 msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " -"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " -"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " -"and choose a product." +"To track products using lots, enable the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature. Go" +" to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and tick the checkbox " +"next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`Tracking expiration dates `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:33 +msgid "" +":ref:`Print GS1 barcodes for lots and serial numbers " +"`" msgstr "" -"Ya que activó los :guilabel:`Lotes y números de serie` podrá configurar " -"productos individuales para poder rastrearlos con lotes. Para usar esta " -"función vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Productos --> Productos` y " -"elija un producto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " -"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " -":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " -"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +msgid "Track by lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, configure " +"individual products to be tracked using lots. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and choose a " +"product to configure." msgstr "" -"Ya que esté en el formulario del producto, haga clic en :guilabel:`Editar` " -"para hacer cambios en el formulario y haga clic en la pestaña " -":guilabel:`Inventario`. En la sección de :guilabel:`Trazabilidad`, haga clic" -" en :guilabel:`Por lotes`, después haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` para " -"guardar los cambios. Puede asignar los número de lote existentes o nuevos a " -"grupos de productos que acabe de recibir o fabricar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:48 msgid "" -"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " -"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" -" lot numbers to the existing stock." +"On the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, select the :guilabel:`By Lots` option in " +"the :guilabel:`Tracking` field. Now, new or existing lot numbers can be " +"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`expiration_dates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, a warning message appears. Use an :doc:`inventory adjustment" +" ` to assign lot numbers to existing products in stock." msgstr "" -"Si un producto tiene existencias a la mano antes de activar el seguimiento " -"por lote o número de serie, es posible que necesite realizar un ajuste de " -"inventario para poder asignar lotes a las existencias que ya tiene." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." msgstr "" "Función de seguimiento por lotes activada en el formulario del producto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 -msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" -msgstr "Cree nuevos lotes para productos que ya estén en existencias." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:58 -msgid "" -"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " -"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" -" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " -"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " -"automatically." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:65 +msgid "Assign lots for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -"Puede crear lotes nuevos para productos que ya están en existencia y que no " -"tengan número de lote asignado. Para hacerlo, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Inventario --> Productos --> Lotes/Números de serie` y haga " -"clic en :guilabel:`Crear`. Al hacer esto obtendrá una nueva página donde se " -"generará un nuevo :guilabel:`Lote/Número de serie` de manera automática." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Assign new lot numbers to :ref:`incoming goods " +"` on the receipt form. When " +"shipping :ref:`outgoing goods `, select products with specific lot numbers on the delivery order " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:75 +msgid "On receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Assigning new or existing lot numbers to incoming goods can be done directly" +" on receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To begin, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app to `create and confirm " +"`_ a |PO| for products tracked " +"by lot numbers. Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button that " +"appears at the top of the page to navigate to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to an existing receipt by going to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, clicking the :guilabel:`Receipts` Kanban " +"card, and choosing the desired receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number triggers an " +"error, indicating that a lot number **must** be assigned before validating " +"the receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." +msgstr "" +"Ventana emergente de error de usuario para agregar un lote o número de " +"serie." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:96 +msgid "" +"On the receipt form, on the product line in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, " +"select the |list| icon to the right of the product that is tracked by lot " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the bulleted list icon on the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, where the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` and :guilabel:`Quantity` are assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 +msgid "The two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **importing**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:109 +msgid "Manual assignment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"To manually assign lot numbers, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Input the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, :guilabel:`Store To` location for the lot, " +":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Destination Package`, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To assign multiple lot numbers, or store to multiple locations, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and type a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` for " +"additional quantities. Repeat until the total in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"column matches the :guilabel:`Demand` at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" +"Ventana emergente an la que asigne las operaciones detalladas del número de " +"lote." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:125 +msgid "Import lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:127 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, click :guilabel:`Import " +"Serials/Lots`, then paste the bulk lot numbers, in the " +":guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" +"Lista de números de lote que se copiaron en una hoja de cálculo de Excel." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on *Google* spreadsheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 +msgid "Lot numbers copied to the lot number line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Lot numbers pasted to the \"Lots/Serial numbers\" field, in the **Import " +"Lots** pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to generate *additional* " +"lot numbers in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window. To replace " +"the lot numbers in the list, leave the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option" +" unticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` on the receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:200 +msgid "" +":ref:`Traceability report for lot numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:157 +msgid "On delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Odoo makes it possible to specify which lot numbers for a product are chosen" +" for outgoing shipment on a delivery order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To begin, create or select an existing quotation from the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app. After confirming the |SO|, the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button becomes available. Click the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt form for " +"that specific |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to delivery orders by going to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`" +" kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button opens the the delivery order " +"form, where lot numbers are picked for delivery. In the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab, click the |list| icon to the right of the " +"product that is tracked by lot numbers. Clicking that icon reveals a " +":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, the chosen lot number and its storage location is " +"displayed in the :guilabel:`Pick From` column, with the with the full " +":guilabel:`Quantity` taken from that specific lot (if there is enough stock " +"in that particular lot)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:179 +msgid "" +"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " +":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:183 +msgid "" +"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " +"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It also " +"depends on the ordered quantity, and whether the lot's on-hand quantity is " +"enough to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Repeat the above steps to select enough lots to fulfill the " +":guilabel:`Demand`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. " +"Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button on the |DO| to deliver the " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Popup for source lot number on sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:203 +msgid "Lot management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Manage and view existing lot numbers for products in the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` dashboard by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:208 +msgid "" +"By default, lot numbers are grouped by product, and selecting the drop-down " +"menu for each product displays the existing lot numbers. Select a lot number" +" to :ref:`modify or add details ` " +"linked to the lot. Lot numbers can also be :ref:`created " +"` from this page, by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 +msgid "Show the \"Lot/Serial Number\" dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Display lot numbers, grouped by products, on the **Lot/Serial Number** " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 +msgid "Modify lot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Clicking a lot from the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` dashboard reveals a " +"separate page where additional information can be provided about the lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to follow " +"the most recent number. However, it can be edited, by clicking the line " +"under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and changing the generated " +"number to any desired one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:233 +msgid "On the lot number form, the following fields can be modified:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:235 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: change the lot number linked to the " +":guilabel:`Product`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:236 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internal Reference`: records an alternative lot/serial number " +"used within the warehouse that differs from the one used by the supplier " +"manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company where the lot number is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:239 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: add extra details about the lot or serial number in" +" this text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:242 +msgid "" +"On existing lots, the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"fields **cannot** be modified, as the lot numbers are linked with existing " +"stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the lot number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:250 +msgid ":doc:`Set expiration dates for lots `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:253 +msgid "Add property" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:255 +msgid "" +"To add custom fields to lots for enhanced traceability, there are two " +"methods of adding properties on a lot number form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon at the top-left of the page," +" then select :icon:`fa-cogs` :guilabel:`Add Properties` from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a Property` button, located below " +"the existing fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Name and :doc:`configure the new field " +"<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`. Once finished, enter the " +"property value in the new field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The new property, `Wood type`, is added. The value is recorded as `Cherry " +"wood`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Show the \"Add Properties\" button on a lot number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:273 +msgid "" +":doc:`Configuring custom properties " +"<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 +msgid "Reserve lot number for a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:280 +msgid "" +"To create a lot number for a product, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lot/Serial Numbers`, and " +"click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Creating a lot number reserves it for a product but **does not** assign it. " +"To assign lot numbers, refer to the section on :ref:`assigning lot numbers " +"on receipts `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:289 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " "follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " -"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " -"and changing the generated number." +"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field " +"on the lot form, and changing the generated number." msgstr "" -"Odoo genera de manera automática un :guilabel:`Lote/Número de serie` con el " -"que puede seguir los productos más recientes, pero usted puede editar este " -"número a cualquier otro. Solo tiene que hacer clic en la línea abajo del " -"campo :guilabel:`Lote/Número de serie` para cambiar el número que se había " -"generado." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:293 msgid "" "Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " "field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " @@ -7742,493 +8086,68 @@ msgstr "" "desplegable. En este menú, seleccione el producto al que se le asignará este" " número." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:72 -msgid "" -"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " -"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " -"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " -"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" -"website environment)." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:298 +msgid "The lot number, `000001`, is created for the product, `Drawer Black`." msgstr "" -"Con este formulario también puede ajustar la :guilabel:`Cantidad`, asignar " -"un número de :guilabel:`Referencia interna` (para trazabilidad) y asignar la" -" configuración de este lote o número de serie específico a un sitio web en " -"el campo :guilabel:`Sitio web` (si trabaja con un entorno multiempresa)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 -msgid "" -"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " -"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." -msgstr "" -"También puede agregar una descripción detallada de este lote o número de " -"serie en la pestaña :guilabel:`Descripción` de abajo." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:83 -msgid "" -"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " -"button to save all changes." -msgstr "" -"Cuando complete la configuración, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` para " -"guardar los cambios que hizo." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." msgstr "" "Nuevo formulario de creación de número de lote con un producto asignado." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:304 msgid "" "After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " -"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" -" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " -"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." +"product, the lot number is saved as an existing lot number linked to the " +"product, and can be selected when :ref:`assigning lot numbers to products on" +" a receipt `, or when making an " +"inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -"Ya que creó, guardó y asignó el nuevo número de lote al producto deseado, " -"regrese al formulario de producto en la aplicación " -":menuselection:`Inventario`. Para hacerlo, vaya a :menuselection:`Productos " -"--> Productos` y seleccione el producto al que le asignó el número de lote " -"que acaba de crear." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:310 msgid "" -"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " -"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " -"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" -" assigned to it." +"After creating the lot number, `000001` appears as an option for `Drawer " +"Black` when assigning lot numbers on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` " +"page." msgstr "" -"En el formulario de detalles de producto haga clic en el botón inteligente " -":guilabel:`Lote/Número de serie` para ver el nuevo número de lote. Cuando " -"reciba o fabrique más de este producto, puede seleccionar este número de " -"lote y asignarlo al nuevo producto." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:95 -msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" -msgstr "Gestión de lotes para envío y recepción " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " -"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " -"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " -"order form." -msgstr "" -"Puede asignar números de lote tanto a bienes **entrantes** como a bienes " -"**salientes**. Para bienes entrantes, usted asigna el número de lote " -"directamente en la orden de compra, mientras que tiene que asignar el número" -" en la orden de venta para los bienes salientes." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:104 -msgid "Manage lots on receipts" -msgstr "Gestión de lotes al recibir productos" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " -"purchase order (PO)." -msgstr "" -"Puede asignar lotes a los bienes **entrantes** directamente desde la orden " -"de compra." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:108 -msgid "" -"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " -"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." -msgstr "" -"Para crear una :guilabel:`Orden de compra` vaya a :menuselection:`Compra -->" -" Crear` y podrá ver una solicitud de cotización en blanco." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 -msgid "" -"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " -"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " -"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " -"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." -msgstr "" -"En esta :guilabel:`Solicitud de cotización`, llene la información necesaria." -" Agregue el :guilabel:`Proveedor` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar un " -"producto` (en la pestaña de :guilabel:`Productos`) para agregar los " -"productos deseados en las líneas de :guilabel:`Productos`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " -"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." -msgstr "" -"Si cambia el número en la columna :guilabel:`Cantidad` se establecerá la " -"cantidad de productos que quiere ordenar." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " -"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " -":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " -"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." -msgstr "" -"Después de llenar la :guilabel:`Solicitud de cotización` haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Confirmar orden` para que la :guilabel:`Solicitud de cotización` " -"se convierta en una :guilabel:`Orden de compra`. Después, aparecerá el botón" -" inteligente :guilabel:`Recepción` que lo llevará al formulario de recepción" -" del almacén." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " -"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" -"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " -":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " -"number being assigned." -msgstr "" -"Si hace clic en :guilabel:`Validar` antes de asignar un número de lote a las" -" cantidades ordenadas del producto obtendrá una ventana emergente de " -":guilabel:`Error de usuario`, que le pedirá que ingrese un número de serie o" -" lote para los productos ordenados. **No puede** validar la " -":guilabel:`Solicitud de cotización` si no ha asignado un número de lote." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." -msgstr "" -"Ventana emergente de error de usuario para agregar un lote o número de " -"serie." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:133 -msgid "" -"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " -":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " -"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " -"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." -msgstr "" -"Desde aquí, haga clic en el menú :guilabel:`Opciones adicionales` que tiene " -"forma de un icono tipo :guilabel:`hamburguesa (cuatro líneas horizontales)`," -" a la derecha de la columna :guilabel:`Unidad de medida` en la pestaña " -":guilabel:`Operaciones`. Cuando hace clic en ese icono, aparecerá una " -"ventana emergente de :guilabel:`Operaciones detalladas`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:137 -msgid "" -"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " -"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " -"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." -msgstr "" -"En esta ventana emergente, configure un número de campos diferentes, entre " -"los cuales se incluye la asignación de un número de lote en la columna " -":guilabel:`Nombre del número de lote/serie`, que se encuentra en la parte " -"inferior de la ventana emergente." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." -msgstr "" -"Hay dos formas de asignar números de lote de **manera manual** y al **copiar" -" y pegar**." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 -msgid "" -"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" -" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " -"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " -"quantity." -msgstr "" -"**Asignar números de lotes de forma manual**: haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Agregar una línea` y elija la ubicación en la que se acomodarán " -"los productos en la columna :guilabel:`A`. Después escriba el " -":guilabel:`Nombre del número de lote` indique la cantidad " -":guilabel:`lista`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 -msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgid "Show how to assign lot numbers on the Inventory Adjustment page." msgstr "" -"Ventana emergente an la que asigne las operaciones detalladas del número de " -"lote." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " -":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " -"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " -"the :guilabel:`Demand`." -msgstr "" -"Si las cantidades se deberían procesar en varias ubicaciones y lotes, haga " -"clic en :guilabel:`Agregar una línea` y escriba un nuevo :guilabel:`Nombre " -"del número de lote` para las cantidades adicionales. Repita esto hasta que " -"la :guilabel:`Cantidad hecha` sea igual a la :guilabel:`Demanda`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:155 -msgid "" -"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " -"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " -"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" -" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" -" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " -":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " -"entered in each of the lot number lines." -msgstr "" -"**Copie y pegue los números de lote desde una hoja de cálculo**: llene una " -"hoja de cálculo con todos los números de lote que recibió de un proveedor (o" -" los lotes que asignó de manera manual al recibirlos). Después, copie y " -"pegue los números en la columna :guilabel:`Lote/Número de serie` y Odoo " -"creará de manera automática el número de líneas necesarias según la cantidad" -" de números que pegue en una columna. Desde aquí, puede ingresar de manera " -"manual las ubicaciones :guilabel:`A` y las :guilabel:`Cantidades hechas` en " -"cada línea de los números de lote." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 -msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." -msgstr "" -"Lista de números de lote que se copiaron en una hoja de cálculo de Excel." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." -msgstr "" -"Después de que asigne un número de lote a todas las cantidades del producto," -" haga clic en :guilabel:`Confirmar` para cerrar la ventana emergente. " -"Después, haga clic en :guilabel:`Validar`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:168 -msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." -" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " -":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " -"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" -" assigned, and more." -msgstr "" -"Al validar la recepción, aparecerá un botón inteligente de " -":guilabel:`Trazabilidad`. Haga clic en este botón para ver el " -":guilabel:`Reporte de trazabilidad` actualizado, el cual incluye el " -"documento de :guilabel:`Referencia`, el :guilabel:`Producto` al que le está " -"dando seguimiento, el :guilabel:`Lote/Número de serie` asignados y más." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:174 -msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" -msgstr "Gestión de lotes en órdenes de entrega" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " -"sales order (SO)." -msgstr "" -"Puede asignar números de lote a bienes **salientes** desde la orden de " -"venta." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " -"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." -msgstr "" -"Para crear una :guilabel:`Orden de venta` vaya a :menuselection:`Ventas --> " -"Crear`. Esto lo llevará a un formulario de cotización en blanco." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:181 -msgid "" -"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" -" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " -"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." -msgstr "" -"En este nuevo formulario de cotización tendrá que llenar la información " -"necesaria, solo tiene que agregar un :guilabel:`Cliente` y " -":guilabel:`Productos` a las líneas de productos (en la pestaña " -":guilabel:`Líneas de orden`). Para agregar productos solo tiene que hacer " -"clic en :guilabel:`Agregar un producto`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:185 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` column." -msgstr "" -"Después, si quiere elegir la cantidad que quiere vender, cambie el número " -"que se encuentra en la columna :guilabel:`Cantidad`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" -" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " -":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que se llene la cotización, haga clic en el botón " -":guilabel:`Confirmar` para confirmar la cotización. De esta manera, la " -"cotización se convertirá en una :guilabel:`Orden de venta` y aparecerá un " -"botón inteligente de :guilabel:`Entrega`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:201 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " -"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Entrega` para ver el recibo de " -"en el almacén para esa :guilabel:`Orden de venta` en específico." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 -msgid "" -"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " -"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " -":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " -"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." -msgstr "" -"Desde aquí, haga clic en el menú :guilabel:`Opciones adicionales` (cuatro " -"líneas horizontales a la derecha de la columna :guilabel:`Unidades de " -"medida` en la pestaña :guilabel:`Operaciones`). Al hacer clic en este icono," -" aparecerá una ventana emergente de :guilabel:`Operaciones detalladas`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:198 -msgid "" -"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " -"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" -" there is enough stock in that particular lot)." -msgstr "" -"En la ventana emergente, se elegirá un :guilabel:`Lote/Número de serie` de " -"manera automática, con la cantidad :guilabel:`Reservada` completa de un lote" -" en específico (si hay existencias suficientes en ese lote en particular)." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:202 -msgid "" -"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " -":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " -"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " -"total quantity." -msgstr "" -"Si no hay existencias suficientes en ese lote, las cantidades parciales de " -"la :guilabel:`Demanda` se tomarán de varios lotes, cambie la cantidad en la " -"columna :guilabel:`Hecho` para que solo incluya esa parte específica de la " -"cantidad." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:207 -msgid "" -"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " -"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " -"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " -"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " -"lot to fulfill the order." -msgstr "" -"El lote seleccionado para las entregas varía según la estrategia de remoción" -" que elija (:abbr:`FIFO (Primeras entradas, primeras salidas)`, :abbr:`UEPS " -"(Últimas entradas, primeras salidas)` o :abbr:`PEPS (Primero en expirar, " -"primero en salir)`). También dependerá de la cantidad ordenada y si hay " -"suficiente cantidad en un solo lote para completar la orden." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:213 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" -msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:215 -msgid "" -"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " -"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" -" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." -msgstr "" -"Después, haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar una línea` y seleccione un " -":guilabel:`Lote/Número de serie` diferente. Aplique el resto de las " -"cantidades :guilabel:`Hechas` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Confirmar` para " -"cerrar la ventana emergente. Para finalizar, haga clic en el botón " -":guilabel:`Validar` para entregar los productos." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." -msgstr "" -"Ventana emergente de operaciones detalladas para números de lote de origen " -"en órdenes de venta." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 -msgid "" -"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " -"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " -":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " -"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " -"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." -msgstr "" -"Al validar la orden de entrega, aparecerá un botón inteligente de " -":guilabel:`Trazabilidad`. Haga clic en este botón para ver el " -":guilabel:`Reporte de trazabilidad` actualizado, el cual incluye el " -"documento de :guilabel:`Referencia`, el :guilabel:`Producto` al que le está " -"dando seguimiento, la :guilabel:`Fecha` y el :guilabel:`Lote/Número de " -"serie` asignados." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:228 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" -" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " -"the same lot number." -msgstr "" -"El :guilabel:`Reporte de trazabilidad` también incluye un recibo de " -":guilabel:`Referencia` desde la orden de compra anterior, si las cantidades " -"del producto compartían el mismo número de lote." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:318 msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" msgstr "Gestione lotes para diferentes tipos de operaciones" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:320 msgid "" -"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " -"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " -"be used." +"By default, new lots can only be created when receiving products, and " +"existing lot numbers cannot be used. For sales orders, only existing lot " +"numbers can be utilized, and new ones cannot be created on the delivery " +"order." msgstr "" -"En Odoo solo se permite crear nuevos lotes al **recibir** productos de una " -"orden de compra. Los números de lote **existentes** no pueden usarse." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:237 -msgid "" -"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" -" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." -msgstr "" -"Pasa lo contrario con las órdenes de venta: no se pueden crear nuevos " -"números de lote en las órdenes de entrega, solo números de lote existentes." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:324 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " "type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " -"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +"Operations Types`, and select the desired operation type." msgstr "" -"Para cambiar esta configuración y que se usen números de lote nuevos (o " -"existentes) en cualquier tipo de operación, vaya a la " -":menuselection:`aplicación Inventario--> Configuración --> Tipos de " -"operación` y seleccione el :guilabel:`tipo de operación` que desea." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:328 msgid "" -"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " -"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " -"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" -" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " -":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" -" to save the changes." +"On the operation type form, under the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"section, tick the :guilabel:`Create New` checkbox to enable new lot numbers " +"to be created during this operation type. Choose :guilabel:`Use Existing " +"ones` if only existing lot numbers can be selected." msgstr "" -"Para :guilabel:`Recepciones` que se encuentran en la página " -":menuselection:`Tipos de operación` podrá activar la opción " -":guilabel:`Utilizar números de lotes/de serie existentes`. Haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Editar` y después en el recuadro junto a la opción " -":guilabel:`Utilizar números de lotes/de serie existentes` (en la sección " -":guilabel:`Trazabilidad`). Para guardar los cambios, haga clic en el botón " -":guilabel:`Guardar`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:249 -msgid "" -"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " -"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " -"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " -"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." -msgstr "" -"Para activar la opción :guilabel:`Crear nuevos números de lote / de serie` " -"para :guilabel:`Órdenes de entrega` haga clic en :guilabel:`Editar` y " -"después seleccione la casilla junto a la opción :guilabel:`Crear nuevos " -"números de lote / de serie`. Asegúrese de hacer clic en el botón " -":guilabel:`Guardar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." msgstr "" "Activar el ajuste de trazabilidad en el formulario de tipo de operaciones." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:337 msgid "" "For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " "useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" @@ -8238,21 +8157,14 @@ msgstr "" " rastreen por lotes, lo mejor será activar la opción :guilabel:`Utilizar " "números de Lotes / de serie existentes` para recibos de inventario" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "Trazabilidad de lotes" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:345 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " -"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " -"stored, and who (and when) it went to." +"entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from, when it arrived, where it" +" was stored, who it went to (and when)." msgstr "" -"Los fabricantes y las empresas podrán consultar los reportes de trazabilidad" -" para ver el ciclo de vida completo de un producto: de dónde (y cuándo) " -"vino, dónde se almacenó y a quién (y cuándo) se le entregó." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:348 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " @@ -8263,7 +8175,7 @@ msgstr "" "de serie`. De esta manera podrá ve el tablero de " ":menuselection:`Lotes/Números de serie`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:352 msgid "" "From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " @@ -8273,33 +8185,43 @@ msgstr "" "asignado un número de lote y se podrá expandir para mostrar los números de " "lote que esos productos tienen asignados." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:355 msgid "" -"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " -"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " -":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " -"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." +"To group by lots, begin by removing any filters in the :guilabel:`Search...`" +" bar. Then, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(caret down)` icon to" +" open a drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` options," +" and :guilabel:`Favorites`. Under the :guilabel:`Group By` section, click " +"the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` option, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"Number` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -"Para agrupar por lotes (o números de serie) lo primero que debe hacer es " -"quitar cualquier filtro que esté en la barra de búsqueda. Después, haga clic" -" en el menú desplegable :guilabel:`Agrupar por`, seleccione " -":guilabel:`Agregar grupo personalizado`, seleccione :guilabel:`Número de " -"lote/serie` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Aplicar`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:361 msgid "" -"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " -"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." +"Doing so reorganizes all the records on the page to display all existing " +"lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded to show all quantities of " +"products with that assigned number." msgstr "" -"De esta manera mostrará todos los lotes o número de serie existentes y puede" -" expandir la lista para mostrar todas las cantidades de los productos que " -"tengan asignados ese número." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "Reporte de trazabilidad de los lotes y números de serie." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:369 +msgid "Traceability report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To view a full stock moves report for a lot number, select the lot number " +"line from the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Number` dashboard. On the lot number " +"form, click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the Traceability Report for a lot, that displays the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:380 msgid ":doc:`differences`" msgstr ":doc:`differences`" @@ -9006,6 +8928,144 @@ msgstr "" "automática al número interno del producto si escanea el código de barras en " "el empaquetado." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:3 +msgid "Reassign lot/serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Changing a product's tracking settings to use lots or serial numbers, " +"*after* storing products in Odoo without them, can lead to inconsistent " +"records. Follow this documentation to learn how to use an inventory " +"adjustment to assign lot or serial numbers to products that were not " +"originally assigned lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Warning message: products in stock have no lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This document outlines the process of using two inventory adjustments: one " +"to remove incorrect records *without* lot numbers, and another to save the " +"quantities *with* the lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`Set up and use lot numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Set up serial numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Use serial numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:24 +msgid "Change on-hand quantity to zero" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To change the product's settings to track by lots or serial numbers, begin " +"by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and select the intended product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, click the product's :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button to open the " +":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. In the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"column, change the value to zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If the product is stored in multiple locations, make sure the **total** on " +"hand quantity at **all** locations is zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Show the Inventory Adjustments model, highlighting the \"On Hand Quantity\" " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:41 +msgid "Change traceability setting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Return to the product form (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Products`), and switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, change the :guilabel:`Tracking` option " +"from :guilabel:`No Tracking` to :guilabel:`By Lots` or :guilabel:`By Unique " +"Serial Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 +msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." +msgstr "Habilitar números de lote y de serie." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:56 +msgid "Restore on-hand quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:58 +msgid "" +"After manually changing the on-hand quantity to zero and changing the " +":guilabel:`Tracking` setting to lots or serial numbers, restore the " +"quantities by clicking the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button from the desired" +" product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:62 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Update Quantity` page, because the on-hand quantity had " +"been previously changed to zero, a :guilabel:`No Stock On Hand` warning " +"appears on the page. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" +"left corner. Doing so reveals a new, modifiable line on the " +":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. Then, input a desired lot number in the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` to its original value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Fill in the \"Lot/Serial Number\" and \"On Hand Quantity\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To find the original quantity, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"accordingly, after assigning a new lot or serial number, click the " +":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon in the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` column. Then, click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` " +"button on the far-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Show the \"History\" button on the Inventory Adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The inventory adjustment that changed the on-hand quantity to zero is " +"displayed in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:0 +msgid "Show the history entry." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "Usar números de serie para rastrear productos" @@ -9191,6 +9251,14 @@ msgstr "" "También puede agregar una descripción detallada para este número de " "lote/serie en la pestaña :guilabel:`Descripción` que se encuentra abajo." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save all changes." +msgstr "" +"Cuando complete la configuración, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` para " +"guardar los cambios que hizo." + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "Nuevo número de serie que se creó para un producto en existencias." @@ -9457,6 +9525,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`líneas de producto` (en la pestaña :guilabel:`Líneas de la " "orden`), solo tiene que hacer clic en :guilabel:`Agregar un producto`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" +"Después, si quiere elegir la cantidad que quiere vender, cambie el número " +"que se encuentra en la columna :guilabel:`Cantidad`." + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:197 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" @@ -9469,6 +9545,26 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`orden de venta`, además de que aparecerá un botón inteligente de " ":guilabel:`Entrega`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " +"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Entrega` para ver el recibo de " +"en el almacén para esa :guilabel:`Orden de venta` en específico." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" +"Desde aquí, haga clic en el menú :guilabel:`Opciones adicionales` (cuatro " +"líneas horizontales a la derecha de la columna :guilabel:`Unidades de " +"medida` en la pestaña :guilabel:`Operaciones`). Al hacer clic en este icono," +" aparecerá una ventana emergente de :guilabel:`Operaciones detalladas`." + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:208 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " @@ -9949,6 +10045,8 @@ msgstr ":doc:`Monitoreo de lotes o números de serie `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:80 msgid "Create purchase order" msgstr "Crear una orden de compra" @@ -10170,11 +10268,11 @@ msgid "" "<../../../../general/users/access_rights>`, and is found by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Stock`." msgstr "" -"El *informe de existencias* es una lista completa de todos los productos " -"almacenables disponibles, no reservados, entrantes y salientes. El informe " -"sólo está disponible para los usuarios con :doc:`acceso de administrador " -"<../../../../general/users/access_rights>`, y lo puede encontrar en " -":menuselection:`la aplicación Inventario --> Informes --> Existencias`." +"El *reporte de existencias* es una lista completa de todos los productos " +"almacenables disponibles, sin reservar, entrantes y salientes. El reporte " +"solo está disponible para los usuarios con :doc:`acceso de administrador " +"<../../../../general/users/access_rights>` y está en " +":menuselection:`Inventario --> Reportes --> Existencias`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst-1 msgid "Show stock reporting list found in Inventory > Reporting > Stock." @@ -10191,11 +10289,11 @@ msgid "" "users with :doc:`administrator access " "<../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." msgstr "" -"El *informe de ubicación* es un desglose de cada ubicación (interna, externa" +"El *reporte de ubicación* es un desglose de cada ubicación (interna, externa" " o virtual) y de la cantidad disponible y reservada de cada producto " -"almacenable. El informe sólo está disponible con la función *Ubicación de " -"almacenamiento* activada (:menuselection:`App Inventario --> Configuración " -"--> Ajustes`), y para usuarios con :doc:`acceso de administrador " +"almacenable. Este reporte solo está disponible si la función *Ubicación de " +"almacenamiento* está activada (:menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración " +"--> Ajustes`) y si los usuarios tienen :doc:`acceso de administrador " "<../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:227 @@ -10203,8 +10301,8 @@ msgid "" "Navigate to the location report by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Reporting --> Locations`." msgstr "" -"Para ver el reporte de ubicación vaya a :menuselection:`la aplicación " -"Inventario --> Reportes --> Ubicaciones`." +"Para ver el reporte de ubicación vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> " +"Reportes --> Ubicaciones`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -10302,12 +10400,12 @@ msgstr "" "etiqueta." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:160 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:161 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" msgstr ":doc:`multipack`" @@ -10587,7 +10685,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:124 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" msgstr ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" @@ -10827,8 +10925,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "Create a sales order" msgstr "Crear una orden de venta" @@ -10904,7 +11000,7 @@ msgstr "Etiqueta de envío en tamaño carta a media página de FedEx ." msgid "Print shipping labels" msgstr "Imprimir etiquetas de envío" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:8 msgid "" "Integrate Odoo with :doc:`third-party shipping carriers " "<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>` to automatically generate " @@ -10916,7 +11012,7 @@ msgstr "" "envío que incluyan precio, dirección de destino, números de rastreo y " "códigos de barra." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:15 msgid "" "To generate labels for a third-party shipping carrier, first :doc:`install " "the third-party shipping connector " @@ -10943,47 +11039,83 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set the \"Get Rate and Create Shipment\" option." msgstr "Configure la opción \"Obtener tarifas y crear envíos\"." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:33 +msgid "Labels for multi-step" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"For companies using :doc:`two " +"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or :doc:`three step " +"delivery <../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, labels can be " +"triggered to print after validating the picking or packing operation. To do " +"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations " +"Types`, and choose the desired operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Operation Type` configuration page, tick the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` checkbox. Enabling this feature ensures that the " +"third-party shipping label is printed upon validating this operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:45 +msgid "" +"For :doc:`two-step delivery " +"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, where products are " +"placed directly in packages during picking, companies can print shipping " +"labels during picking instead of delivery. Odoo allows users to enable the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` feature on the `Pick` operation itself to achieve " +"this flexibility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:0 +msgid "Enable the \"Print Label\" feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:55 msgid "Print tracking labels" msgstr "Imprimir etiquetas de envío" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:57 msgid "" -"Tracking labels are generated after the delivery order (DO) is validated." +"Tracking labels are printed when specific operations are validated. By " +"default, validating a delivery order (DO) generates a tracking label in the " +"chatter." msgstr "" -"Las etiquetas de rastreo se generan después de que se valida la orden de " -"entrega." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:61 msgid "" -"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin on the " -":menuselection:`Sales app`, and proceed to the desired quotation to " -":ref:`add the shipping cost `, confirm the sales order, and validate the |DO|." +"For companies using two or three step delivery, refer to the :ref:`printing " +"labels for multi-step delivery ` section to learn how to print the label after validating a picking " +"or packing operation." msgstr "" -"Si tiene instaladas tanto las aplicación *Ventas* como *Inventario*, primero" -" vaya a :menuselection:`Ventas` y abra la cotización a la que desea " -":ref:`agregar el costo de envío `, confirme la orden de venta y valide la |orden de envío|." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin in the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and proceed to the desired quotation or sales " +"order (SO). There, and :ref:`add the shipping cost " +"` to the order. Then, " +"navigate to the linked |DO| — or another operation type when using multi-" +"step delivery — to validate the operation and print the label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:71 msgid "" "If only the *Inventory* app is installed, create :abbr:`DOs (Delivery " -"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app , :ref:`add the " +"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, :ref:`add the " "third-party carrier ` in " "the :guilabel:`Carrier` field, and validate the |DO|." msgstr "" -"Si solo tiene la aplicación *Inventario* instalada, cree :guilabel:`órdenes " -"de envío` directamente en la aplicación :menuselection:`Inventario`, " -":ref:`agregue el transportista externo " -"` en el campo " -":guilabel:`Transportista` y valide la |orden de envío|." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:79 msgid "Add shipping on quotation" msgstr "Agregar un envío en la cotización." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:81 msgid "" "To generate a tracking label for an order, begin by creating a quotation in " ":menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`, clicking " @@ -11000,19 +11132,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the \"Add Shipping\" button on the quotation." msgstr "Visualización el botón \"Agregar envío\" en la cotización." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:89 msgid "" "In the resulting pop-up window, select the intended carrier from the " -":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. Clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` " -"displays the shipping cost for the customer, via the third-party carrier in " -"the :guilabel:`Cost` field." +":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Total Order " +"Weight` field is automatically populated, based on the :ref:`weight of " +"products in the order `. " +"Modify this field to overwrite the predicted weight, and use this weight to " +"estimate the cost of shipping." msgstr "" -"En la ventana emergente resultante, seleccione el transportista deseado " -"desde el menú desplegable :guilabel:`Método de envío`. Al hacer clic en " -":guilabel:`Obtener tarifa` se mostrará el costo de envío para el cliente, en" -" el campo :guilabel:`Costo` del transportista." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Get Rate` to display the shipping cost for the " +"customer, via the third-party carrier in the :guilabel:`Cost` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 msgid "" "If clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` results in an error, ensure the " ":ref:`warehouse's address ` " "estén bien configurados." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:102 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the cost to the quotation, which is listed as " "the :ref:`configured delivery product " @@ -11043,25 +11179,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show \"Get rate\" pop-up window." msgstr "Visualización de la ventana emergente \"Obtener tarifa\"." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:112 msgid "" -"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, the shipping carrier is" -" specified in a delivery order's :guilabel:`Carrier` field of the " -":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." +"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, specify the " +":guilabel:`Carrier` by going to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, " +"navigating to the |DO|, and going to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." msgstr "" -"Para usuarios que no tengan la aplicación *Ventas* instalada, el " -"transportista se especifica en la orden de entrega del campo " -":guilabel:`Transportista` de la pestaña :guilabel:`Información adicional`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:0 msgid "Show the \"Additional Info\" tab of a delivery order." msgstr "Mostrar la pestaña \"información adicional\" de la orden de entrega." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:123 msgid "Validate delivery order" msgstr "Validar la orden de entrega" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:125 msgid "" "On a delivery order form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab to" " ensure the third-party shipping carrier has been added to the " @@ -11071,7 +11204,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Información adicional` para asegurarse de que el transportista " "externo se agregó al campo :guilabel:`Transportista`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:129 msgid "" "If the *Sales* app is not installed, the third-party carrier is set in the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` field." @@ -11079,7 +11212,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si la aplicación *Ventas* no está instalada, el transportista se configura " "en el campo :guilabel:`Transportista`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:132 msgid "" "After the items in the order have been packed, click :guilabel:`Validate` to" " get the shipping carrier's tracking number, and generate the shipping " @@ -11089,7 +11222,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Validar` para obtener el número de rastreo y generar una etiqueta" " de envío." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:136 msgid "" "Create or select an existing delivery order by going to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and selecting the :guilabel:`Delivery " @@ -11099,7 +11232,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Inventario` y seleccione la tarjeta :guilabel:`órdenes de " "envío`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:139 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` number is generated in the " ":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab of the delivery order. Click the " @@ -11111,7 +11244,7 @@ msgstr "" "botón inteligente :guilabel:`Seguimiento` para acceder al enlace de " "seguimiento del sitio web del transportista." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:143 msgid "The tracking label is found in PDF format in the chatter." msgstr "La etiqueta de rastreo se encuentra en formato PDF en el chatter." @@ -11119,7 +11252,7 @@ msgstr "La etiqueta de rastreo se encuentra en formato PDF en el chatter." msgid "Show generated shipping label in the chatter." msgstr "Visualización de la etiqueta de envío generada en el chatter." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:150 msgid "" "For multi-package shipping, one label is generated per package. Each label " "appears in the chatter." @@ -11127,8 +11260,8 @@ msgstr "" "Para envío de múltiples paquetes, se genera una etiqueta por paquete. Cada " "etiqueta aparece en el chatter." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:157 msgid "Sample label generated from Odoo's shipping connector with FedEx." msgstr "" "Etiqueta de ejemplo generada desde el conector de envío de Odoo con FedEx." @@ -11390,11 +11523,282 @@ msgstr "" " los otros, solo debe seguir los mismos pasos que utilizó para crear la " "primer orden parcial." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:3 +msgid "Printable delivery PDFs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automatically print delivery-related PDFs documents and labels in Odoo, " +"containing package recipient details, contents, or handling instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The following PDFs can be configured to print upon validating an *Inventory*" +" operation (e.g. receipt, picking, delivery orders, quality checks):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:11 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery slip `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`Return slip `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:13 +msgid "" +":ref:`Product labels of items in the order " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:14 +msgid "" +":ref:`Lot and serial number labels `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:15 +msgid "Carrier labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:16 +msgid "Export documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:17 +msgid "Package Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:18 +msgid "Package label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To automatically print these forms, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`, and select the desired " +"operation type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick each of the desired options available " +"in the :guilabel:`Print on Validation` section to download the PDF of those " +"selected documents automatically after validating the :guilabel:`Operation " +"Type`. For details on what each of the checkbox options do, jump to the " +"related section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Print on Validation* option in the \"Pick\" *Operation Type*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:36 +msgid "Delivery slip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A *delivery slip* contains recipient and package details, usually placed " +"inside (or attached to) the package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:42 +msgid ":ref:`Picking list `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`Tracking label `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:45 +msgid "" +"After :ref:`enabling the Delivery Slip setting " +"` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " +"configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " +"operation type downloads a PDF of the delivery slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The delivery slip shows products, quantities, the delivery order reference " +"number, and the total order weight." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Example delivery slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:58 +msgid "Return slip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Print a *return slip* to include in a delivery for customer return packages." +" It identifies the return, links to the sales order, and includes item " +"details and customer information. It can also include specific return " +"instructions for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:64 +msgid "" +"After :ref:`enabling the Return Slip setting " +"` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " +"configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " +"operation type downloads a PDF of the return slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The return slip displays the company's return address, along with barcodes " +"for both the order and the return operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Example return slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:77 +msgid "Product labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Print *product labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " +"information, such as product name, barcode, and price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"After navigating to the intended operation type (:menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`), in the :guilabel:`Hardware` " +"tab, tick the :guilabel:`Product Labels` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Print label as:` drop-down menu visible, where" +" each product label can be printed as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`2 x 7 with price`: PDF displays product name, barcode, and price," +" fitting two rows and seven columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 2 x 7 with price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 7 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price, " +"fitting four rows and seven columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 4 x 7 with price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12`: displays product name and barcode. Fits four rows and " +"twelve columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 4 x 12." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price. " +"Fits four rows and twelve columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels`: prints labels in the Zebra Programming Language " +"(ZPL) containing the product name and barcode. Readable for Zebra printers " +"to automatically print labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels with price`: prints labels in the :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " +"Programming Language)` containing the product name, barcode, and price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Product labels can be manually printed from any delivery order, by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Print Labels` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:128 +msgid "Lot/SN Labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Print *lot/SN labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " +"information, such as product name, lot or serial number, and the barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To automatically print this PDF, navigate to the intended operation type's " +"options page (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations" +" Types`). Then, in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick the :guilabel:`Lot/SN " +"Labels` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per lot/SN`: PDF with labels for unique lot/serial " +"numbers in the order, including product name, lot/serial number, and " +"barcode. Fits four rows and twelve columns per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:150 +msgid "Labels for an order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per unit`: PDF with labels matching the quantity of " +"items, displaying the product name, lot/serial number, and barcode. Fits " +"four rows and twelve columns per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per lot/SN`: prints labels in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " +"Programming Language)`, containing the product name, lot/serial number, and " +"barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per unit`: prints labels with the quantity of " +"items in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming Language)`, containing the product " +"name, lot/serial number, and barcode." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "Scheduled delivery dates" msgstr "Fechas de los envíos planeados" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 msgid "" "Accurately forecasting delivery dates is vital for fulfilling customer " "expectations. In Odoo, the *Inventory* app allows for comprehensive lead " @@ -11407,11 +11811,11 @@ msgstr "" " facilita la coordinación y la planeación de las órdenes de fabricación, de " "los envíos y de las recepciones. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:15 msgid "Lead time types" msgstr "Tipos de plazos de entrega" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:17 msgid "" "Different lead times for different operations can impact various stages of " "the order fulfillment process. Here's a summary of the types of lead times " @@ -11426,100 +11830,85 @@ msgid "Show graphic of all lead times working together." msgstr "" "Aspecto de la gráfica de todos los plazos de entrega trabajando juntos." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "" -":ref:`Customer lead time `: The default " -"time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is the " -"number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the date " -"the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as *delivery" -" lead time*." -msgstr "" -":ref:`Plazo de entrega del cliente `: el " -"plazo de entrega predeterminado para las órdenes de los clientes. Este tipo " -"de plazo de entrega es el número de días desde la fecha en que se confirma " -"la orden de ventas a la fecha en que los productos se envían desde el " -"almacén. También se le conoce como *plazo de entrega del envío*." - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:24 msgid "" -":ref:`Sales security lead time `: " -"moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of days. " -"This serves as a buffer to allow the team ample time to prepare the outgoing" -" shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " -"process." +":ref:`Customer lead time `: " +"default time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is" +" the number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the " +"date the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as " +"*delivery lead time*." msgstr "" -":ref:`Plazo de entrega de seguridad para ventas `: adelanta la *fecha de envío planeada* por un número " -"específico de días. Esto es útil como tiempo de seguridad para permitirle al" -" equipo prepara el envío saliente con anticipación, considerando la " -"posibilidad de que haya retrasos en el proceso. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:29 msgid "" -":ref:`Purchase lead time `: the number of " -"days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " +":ref:`Sales security lead time `: moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of " +"days. This serves as a buffer to allow ample time to prepare the outgoing " +"shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 +msgid "" +":ref:`Purchase lead time `: number" +" of days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " "products. It provides insight on the time it takes for products to arrive at" " the warehouse, facilitating effective scheduling and planning of supplier " "deliveries." msgstr "" -":ref:`Plazo de entreda de compra `: el " -"número de días desde la confirmación de una orden de compra hasta la " -"recepción de los productos. Proporciona un estimado del tiempo que tardan " -"los productos en llegar al almacén y facilita una planeación efectiva para " -"las entregas de los proveedores. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:39 msgid "" -":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` by a " -"specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders earlier " -"mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products that are" -" set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment report* " -"earlier, according to the specified number of days." +":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " +"by a specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders " +"earlier mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products " +"that are set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment " +"report* earlier, according to the specified number of days." msgstr "" -":ref:`Plazo de entrega de seguridad para compras " -"`: adelanta la fecha límite de " -"una orden de compra por un número específico de días. Este enfoque proactivo" -" de anticipar las órdenes disminuye el riesgo de retrasos en los envíos o " -"con el proveedor. Por lo tanto, para los productos configurados en una orden" -" de reabastecimiento, la orden aparecerá un poco antes en el *reporte de " -"reabastecimiento* de acuerdo con el número especificado de días. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:40 -msgid "" -":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: the number " -"of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date of " -"confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in Odoo), " -"and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished good." -msgstr "" -":ref:`Plazo de entrega para fabricación `: el" -" número de días que se necesitan para completar una orden de fabricación " -"desde la fechad de confirmación. Este plazo de entrega incluye los fines de " -"semana (horas no laborales en Odoo) y también se usa para planear una fecha " -"aproximada de producción para un producto terminado. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:45 msgid "" -":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " -"forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with " -":ref:`replenish to order `, the " +":ref:`Days to Purchase `: " +"days needed for the vendor to receive a request for quotation (RFQ) and " +"confirm it. It advances the deadline to schedule a |RFQ| by a specified " +"number of days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:49 +msgid "" +":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: " +"number of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date " +"of confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in " +"Odoo), and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished" +" good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:54 +msgid "" +":ref:`Days to prepare manufacturing order " +"`: number of days " +"needed to replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the " +"product. Either set one directly on the bill of materials (BoM), or click " +"*Compute* to sum up purchase and manufacturing lead times of components in " +"the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:60 +msgid "" +":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing " +"Order)` forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with" +" :ref:`replenish to order `, the " "security lead time makes the need appear earlier on the replenishment " "report." msgstr "" -":ref:`Plazo de entrega de seguridad para fabricación " -"`: adelanta la fecha planeada de la " -"orden de fabricación por un número específico de días. Al usarse junto con " -"una :ref:`orden de reabastecimiento " -"`, el plazo de entrega de " -"seguridad permite que la orden aparezca antes en el reporte de " -"abastecimiento. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:69 msgid "Sales lead times" msgstr "Plazos de entrega para ventas" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 msgid "" "Customer lead times and sales security lead times can be configured to " "automatically compute an *expected delivery date* on a :abbr:`SO (Sales " @@ -11531,7 +11920,7 @@ msgstr "" " esperada de envío* en la orden de ventas. Esta fecha asegura que se " "configuren *fechas de envío* realistas desde el almacén. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:75 msgid "" "Odoo issues a warning message if the set delivery date is earlier than the " "expected date, as it may not be feasible to fulfill the order by that time, " @@ -11542,7 +11931,7 @@ msgstr "" " orden para ese tiempo, lo que puede impactar en otras operaciones de " "almacén. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:79 msgid "" "A :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` containing a `Coconut-scented candle` is " "confirmed on July 11th. The product has a customer lead time of 14 days, and" @@ -11562,7 +11951,7 @@ msgstr "" "Establece una *fecha de envío* en una orden de ventas. Activa la función de " "plazos de entrega para los envíos. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:87 msgid "" "The following sections demonstrate how to automatically compute expected " "delivery dates." @@ -11570,11 +11959,11 @@ msgstr "" "Las siguientes secciones muestran cómo calcular de manera automática las " "fechas de envío esperadas. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:90 msgid "Customer lead time" msgstr "Plazo de entrega para el cliente" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:92 msgid "" "Set the customer lead time on each product form, by navigating to the " "products page. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> " @@ -11590,7 +11979,7 @@ msgstr "" "cliente`, escriba el número de días calendario necesarios para completar la " "orden de envío de inicio a fin." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 msgid "" "Set a 14-day customer lead time for the `Coconut-scented candle` by " "navigating to its product form. Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, type" @@ -11604,11 +11993,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set *Customer Lead Time* on the product form." msgstr "Establezca el *plazo de entrega* en el formulario del producto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:109 msgid "Sales security lead time" msgstr "Plazo de entrega de seguridad para ventas" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:111 msgid "" "*Sales security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -11616,7 +12005,7 @@ msgstr "" "*El plazo de entrega de seguridad de ventas* se configura globalmente para " "el negocio en :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:114 msgid "" "On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " "heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales`, and " @@ -11626,7 +12015,7 @@ msgstr "" "avanzada`, y active la casilla :guilabel:`Plazo de entrega de seguridad en " "ventas`. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. This security lead time is " "a buffer notifying the team to prepare for outgoing shipments earlier than " @@ -11636,7 +12025,7 @@ msgstr "" "entrega de seguridad notifica al equipo para que se preparen los envíos " "salientes antes de la fecha planeada. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales` to `1.00` day, pushes " "the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of a delivery order (DO) forward by one day. " @@ -11658,11 +12047,11 @@ msgstr "" "Vista del plazo de entrega seguro para la configuración de ventas desde los " "ajustes de ventas." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:131 msgid "Deliver several products" msgstr "Entregar varios productos" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:133 msgid "" "For orders that include multiple products with different lead times, the " "lead times can be configured directly from the quotation itself. On a " @@ -11674,7 +12063,7 @@ msgstr "" "pestaña :guilabel:`Más información` de una cotización y seleccione una " ":guilabel:`Política de envío`:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`As soon as possible` to deliver products as soon as they are " "ready. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " @@ -11686,7 +12075,7 @@ msgstr "" "determina al agregar la fecha de hoy al plazo de entrega más corto entre los" " productos de la orden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`When all products are ready` to wait to fulfill the entire order " "at once. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " @@ -11704,7 +12093,7 @@ msgstr "" "Mostrar el campo *Política de envío* en la pestaña *Más información* de una " "cotización." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:150 msgid "" "In a quotation containing 2 products, `Yoga mat` and `Resistance band,` the " "products have a lead time of 8 days and 5 days, respectively. Today's date " @@ -11714,7 +12103,7 @@ msgstr "" "resistencia,` los productos tienen un plazo de entrega de 8 días y 5 días " "respectivamente. La fecha de hoy es el 2 de abril." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:153 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Shipping Policy` is set to :guilabel:`As soon as " "possible`, the scheduled delivery date is 5 days from today: April 7th. On " @@ -11727,11 +12116,11 @@ msgstr "" "estén listos`, la fecha programada se configurará para que sea de 8 días a " "partir de hoy, es decir, el 10 de abril." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:160 msgid "Purchase lead times" msgstr "Plazos de entrega para compras" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 msgid "" "Automatically determining the dates on which to place orders from suppliers " "can help simplify the procurement process." @@ -11740,7 +12129,7 @@ msgstr "" "proveedores de forma automática ayuda a simplificar el proceso de " "aprovisionamiento." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 msgid "" "Odoo calculates the supplier shipment *receipt date*, and :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` deadline, based on the required date the product is needed" @@ -11755,7 +12144,7 @@ msgstr "" "plazos de entrega seguros para determinar la fecha límite de la orden de " "compra." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 msgid "" "This deadline is the date by which the order should be confirmed, in order " "to ensure timely arrival by the expected receipt date." @@ -11770,7 +12159,7 @@ msgstr "" "Visualización de la fecha límite de la orden de entrega y la fecha de " "recepción que se utilizan con los tiempos de entrega del proveedor." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:178 msgid "" ":ref:`PO scheduling with reordering rules " "`" @@ -11778,11 +12167,11 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Programar órdenes de compra con reglas de reabastecimiento " "`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:181 msgid "Vendor lead time" msgstr "Plazo de entrega del proveedor " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:183 msgid "" "To set a vendor lead time for orders arriving in the warehouse from a vendor" " location, begin by navigating to a product form through " @@ -11793,7 +12182,7 @@ msgstr "" "proveedor. Vaya a la aplicación :menuselection:`Compra --> Productos --> " "Productos`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:186 msgid "" "Next, select the desired product, and switch to the :guilabel:`Purchase` " "tab. In the editable vendor pricelist, click the :guilabel:`Add a line` " @@ -11808,7 +12197,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`precio` que ofrece por el producto y, por último, el " ":guilabel:`plazo de entrega`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:192 msgid "" "Multiple vendors and lead times can be added to the vendor pricelist. The " "default vendor and lead time selected will be the entry at the top of the " @@ -11819,7 +12208,7 @@ msgstr "" "seleccionado estarán en la entrada que se ubica en la parte superior de la " "lista." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:196 msgid "" "On the vendor pricelist of the product form, the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " "Time` for the selected vendor is set to `10 days.`" @@ -11834,7 +12223,7 @@ msgstr "" "Agregar plazos de entrega a la lista de precios del proveedor en un " "producto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:203 msgid "" "By setting the vendor lead time, the expected arrival date of the item is " "automatically determined as the date of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " @@ -11848,7 +12237,7 @@ msgstr "" "Esto garantiza que los empleados del almacén sepan si los productos **no** " "llegarán dentro del plazo previsto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 msgid "" "On a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` confirmed on July 11th, for a product " "configured with a 10-day vendor lead time, Odoo automatically sets the " @@ -11876,11 +12265,11 @@ msgstr "" "Mostrar la *fecha programada* esperada de llegada del producto del " "proveedor." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:225 msgid "Purchase security lead time" msgstr "Plazo de entrega seguro para compras" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:227 msgid "" "*Purchase security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -11889,39 +12278,27 @@ msgstr "" "para el negocio desde la aplicación :menuselection:`Inventario --> " "Configuración --> Ajustes`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:230 msgid "" -"On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " -"heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`, and" -" click the checkbox to enable the feature." +"On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " +"heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`." msgstr "" -"En la página de configuración, en el encabezado :guilabel:`Programación " -"avanzada`, ubique la casilla :guilabel:`Plazo de entrega seguro para la " -"compra` y haga clic en ella para habilitar la función." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in supplier " -"deliveries." +"deliveries. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Después, escriba el número deseado de días naturales. Al configurar el plazo" -" de entrega seguro, también establece un margen que considera las posibles " -"demoras en las entregas de los proveedores." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:237 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase` to `2.00` days, " -"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by one day. In that " +"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by two days. In that " "case, if a product is initially scheduled to arrive on April 6th, with a " "two-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the receipt would be " "April 8th." msgstr "" -"Si el :guilabel:`plazo de entrega seguro para la compra` se establece en " -"`2.00` días, la :guilabel:`fecha programada` de recepción se atrasa por dos " -"días. En ese caso, si un producto está programado para que llegue el 6 de " -"abril pero tiene un plazo de entrega seguro de dos días, la nueva fecha " -"programada para que llegue sería el 8 de abril." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -11931,21 +12308,35 @@ msgstr "" "Establecer el plazo de entrega seguro para la compra desde la aplicación " "Inventario > Configuración > Ajustes." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 +msgid "Days to purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To set up the *days to purchase* lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Advanced " +"Scheduling` section, in the :guilabel:`Days to Purchase` field, specify the " +"number of days required for the vendor to confirm a |RFQ| after receiving it" +" from the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Show \"Days to Purchase\" configuration in the Settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 msgid "Manufacturing lead times" msgstr "Plazos de entrega de fabricación" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:265 msgid "" "Lead times can help simplify the procurement process for consumable " "materials and components used in manufactured products with bills of " -"materials." +"materials (BoMs)." msgstr "" -"Los plazos de entrega pueden ayudar a simplificar el proceso de " -"aprovisionamiento de materiales consumibles y componentes que se utilizan " -"para fabricar productos con listas de materiales." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:268 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the deadline to " "begin the manufacturing process to complete the product by the scheduled " @@ -11965,46 +12356,47 @@ msgstr "" "Visualización de la determinación de los plazos de entrega de fabricación " "previstos de la fecha de la orden de fabricación." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 msgid "Manufacturing lead time" msgstr "Plazo de fabricación" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:279 msgid "" -"Configure the manufacturing lead time directly on the product form, by " -"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products`, " -"and select the desired product." +"Manufacturing lead times for products are configured from a product's bill " +"of materials (BoM) form." msgstr "" -"Configure el plazo de entrega de fabricación desde el formulario del " -"producto, vaya a la aplicación :menuselection:`Fabricación --> Productos -->" -" Productos` y seleccione el producto deseado." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:281 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product, specify the calendar days " -"needed to the manufacture the product in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead " -"Time` field." +"To add a lead time to a |BoM|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" +" --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM| to edit." msgstr "" -"En la pestaña :guilabel:`Inventario` del producto, especifique los días " -"naturales necesarios para fabricar el producto en el campo :guilabel:`Plazo " -"de fabricación`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:284 msgid "" -"Specify a 14-day :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead Time` for a product directly " -"in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product." +"On the |BoM| form, click the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. Change the value" +" (in days) in the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field to specify the calendar" +" days needed to manufacture the product." msgstr "" -"Especifique un :guilabel:`plazo de fabricación` de 14 días para un producto " -"desde la pestaña :guilabel:`Inventario` del producto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Manuf. Lead Time value specified on a product's Bill of Material form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:292 msgid "" -"View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form." +"If the selected |BoM| is a multi-level |BoM|, the manufacturing lead times " +"of the components are added." msgstr "" -"Vista de la configuración del plazo de fabricación desde el formulario del " -"producto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 +msgid "" +"If the |BoM| product is subcontracted, the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` can " +"be used to determine the date at which components should be sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:298 msgid "" "Establish a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, based on the " "*expected delivery date*, indicated in the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field " @@ -12014,7 +12406,7 @@ msgstr "" "entrega esperada* que se indica en el campo :guilabel:`Fecha programada` de " "la orden de entrega. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:301 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field on the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`, is" @@ -12025,7 +12417,7 @@ msgstr "" " programada` en la orden de fabricación, se calcula al restar el tiempo de " "fabricación a la *fecha de entrega esperada*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:305 msgid "" "This ensures the manufacturing process begins on time, in order to meet the " "delivery date." @@ -12033,32 +12425,26 @@ msgstr "" "Esto garantiza que el proceso de fabricación comience a tiempo para cumplir " "con la fecha de entrega." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:307 msgid "" -"However, it's important to note that lead times are based on calendar days. " -"Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center capacity*" -" (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work center " -"simultaneously`)." +"However, it is important to note that lead times are based on calendar days." +" Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center " +"capacity* (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work " +"center simultaneously`)." msgstr "" -"Sin embargo, es importante mencionar que los plazos de entrega solo toman en" -" consideración los días naturales. Los plazos de entrega **no** tienen en " -"cuenta los fines de semana, los días feriados o la *capacidad del centro de " -"trabajo* (:dfn:`el número de operaciones que se pueden realizar en el centro" -" de trabajo de forma simultánea`)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 -msgid ":ref:`Manufacturing planning `" -msgstr ":ref:`Planeación de fabricación `" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 msgid "" -":ref:`Configure automatic MO scheduling with reordering rules " -"`" +":doc:`Manufacturing planning <../../../manufacturing/workflows/use_mps>`" msgstr "" -":ref:`Configurar la planeación de órdenes de fabricación automáticas con " -"reglas de reabastecimiento `" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:313 +msgid "" +":doc:`Schedule MOs with reordering rules " +"<../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 msgid "" "A product's scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " "August 15th. The product requires 14 days to manufacture. So, the latest " @@ -12070,32 +12456,64 @@ msgstr "" "comenzar a trabajar en la orden de fabricación y cumplir con la fecha " "correspondiente es el 1 de agosto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:324 +msgid "Days to prepare manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Configure the days required to gather components to manufacture a product by" +" going to its |BoM|. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" +" Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:330 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab of the |BoM|, specify the calendar days" +" needed to obtain components of the product in the :guilabel:`Days to " +"prepare Manufacturing Order` field. Doing so creates |MOs| in advance, and " +"ensures there is enough time to either replenish components, or manufacture " +"semi-finished products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Compute`, located next to the :guilabel:`Days to prepare" +" Manufacturing Order` field, calculates the longest lead time among all the " +"components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:339 +msgid "" +"*Purchase security lead times* that impact this specific |BoM| are also " +"added to this value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:343 +msgid "" +"A |BoM| has two components, one has a manufacturing lead time of two days, " +"and the other has a purchase lead time of four days. The :guilabel:`Days to " +"prepare Manufacturing Order` is four days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:350 msgid "Manufacturing security lead time" msgstr "Plazo seguro de fabricación" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:352 msgid "" "*Manufacturing security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the" -" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead " -"Time`, and click the checkbox to enable the feature." +" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security " +"Lead Time`." msgstr "" -"El *plazo seguro de fabricación* se configura a nivel general para el " -"negocio en la aplicación :menuselection:`Fabricación --> Configuración --> " -"Ajustes`. En la sección de :guilabel:`Planificación`, ubique la casilla " -":guilabel:`Plazo de entrega seguro` y haga clic en ella para activar la " -"función." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:356 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in the " -"manufacturing process." +"manufacturing process. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Después, escriba el número deseado de días naturales. Al configurar el plazo" -" de entrega seguro, también establece un margen que considera las posibles " -"demoras en el proceso de fabricación." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -12105,7 +12523,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vista del plazo seguro de fabricación desde los ajustes de la aplicación " "Fabricación." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:364 msgid "" "A product has a scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " "set for August 15th. The manufacturing lead time is 7 days, and " @@ -12121,11 +12539,11 @@ msgstr "" " orden de fabricación. En este ejemplo, la fecha planificada en la orden de " "fabricación es el 5 de agosto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:371 msgid "Global example" msgstr "Ejemplo general" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:373 msgid "" "See the following example to understand how all the lead times work together" " to ensure timely order fulfillment:" @@ -12133,27 +12551,27 @@ msgstr "" "El siguiente ejemplo es útil para entender cómo todos los plazos de entrega " "trabajan en conjunto para garantizar el cumplimiento oportuno de la orden:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:376 msgid "**Sales security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "**Plazo de entrega seguro de ventas**: un día." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:377 msgid "**Manufacturing security lead time**: 2 days" msgstr "**Plazo de entrega seguro de fabricación**: dos días." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:378 msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**: 3 days" msgstr "**Plazo de entrega de fabricación**: tres días." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:379 msgid "**Purchase security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "**Plazo de entrega seguro de compra**: un día." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:380 msgid "**Vendor lead time**: 4 days" msgstr "**Plazo de entrega del proveedor**: cuatro días." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:382 msgid "" "The customer places an order for a manufactured product on September 1st, " "and the scheduled delivery date from the warehouse is on September 20th. " @@ -12175,13 +12593,13 @@ msgstr "" "La cronología de los plazos de entrega en conjunto para programar las " "operaciones del almacén." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:390 msgid "**September 1st**: Sales order created, confirmed by salesperson." msgstr "" "**1 de septiembre**: en esta fecha se crea la orden de venta y una persona " "encargada de ventas debe confirmarla." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:392 msgid "" "**September 9th**: Deadline to order components to ensure they arrive in " "time when manufacturing begins (4-day supplier lead time)." @@ -12190,7 +12608,7 @@ msgstr "" "asegurar que lleguen a tiempo cuando inicie el proceso de fabricación (el " "plazo de entrega del proveedor es de cuatro días)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:395 msgid "" "**September 13th**: Scheduled date of receipt for components. Initially, it " "was set to 9/14, but the 1-day purchase security lead time pushed the date " @@ -12200,7 +12618,7 @@ msgstr "" " Al principio la fecha era el 14 de septiembre, pero el plazo seguro de " "compra de un día hizo que la fecha se adelantara por 1 día." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:398 msgid "" "**September 14th**: Deadline to begin manufacturing. Calculated by " "subtracting the manufacturing lead time of 3 days, and the manufacturing " @@ -12212,7 +12630,7 @@ msgstr "" "días, y el plazo seguro de fabricación de 2 días, de la fecha de entrega " "prevista del 19 de septiembre." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:402 msgid "" "**September 19th**: :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the delivery order form " "indicates the updated expected delivery date, which was originally set as " @@ -12224,7 +12642,7 @@ msgstr "" "principio se mencionó que correspondía al 20 de septiembre, pero el plazo de" " entrega seguro de ventas adelantó la fecha por un día." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:406 msgid "" "Odoo's replenishment planning maps a business' order fulfillment process, " "setting pre-determined deadlines and raw material order dates, including " @@ -12289,7 +12707,6 @@ msgstr "" "también activará las *ubicaciones de almacenamiento*. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings." msgstr "" @@ -12524,486 +12941,400 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in one step" msgstr "Procesar recepciones y entregas en un paso" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:11 msgid "" -"By default, incoming shipments are configured to be received directly into " -"stock, and outgoing shipments are configured to be delivered directly from " -"stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one " -"step receipts and deliveries." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " +"process in one step, by default. This means purchases will be received " +"directly into stock, and deliveries will be moved directly from stock to " +"customers." msgstr "" -"De manera predeterminada, los envíos entrantes están configurados para que " -"se reciban directamente en las existencias. Por otro lado, los envíos " -"salientes están configurados para entregarse directamente de las existencias" -" al cliente. La configuración predeterminada para los almacenes en Odoo es " -"la recepción y la entrega en un paso. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:30 msgid "" -"Incoming and outgoing shipments do not need to be configured with the same " -"steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in " -"three steps." +"Incoming and outgoing shipments do **not** need to be configured with the " +"same amount of steps." msgstr "" -"Los envíos entrantes y salientes no necesitan configurarse con los mismos " -"pasos. Por ejemplo, puede recibir productos en un paso, pero enviarlos en 3 " -"pasos. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18 msgid "" -"In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and " -"deliveries." +"For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " +"received directly in one step, and delivered in three steps (pick + pack + " +"ship)." msgstr "" -"En el siguiente ejemplo, un paso se usará tanto para las recepciones como " -"para las entregas. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20 -msgid "Configure the warehouse" -msgstr "Configure el almacén" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:24 msgid "" -"If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they" -" can easily be set back to the one step setting." +"To configure one-step receipts and deliveries for a warehouse, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and select " +"a warehouse to edit." msgstr "" -"Si el almacén tiene una configuración diferente para las recepciones y " -"envíos, puede cambiarla fácilmente a la configuración en un solo paso. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:27 msgid "" -"Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`, and click on the desired warehouse to edit. Next, on the " -":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, under the :guilabel:`Shipments` " -"section, select :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)` for " -":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " -"step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)`, and set " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " +"step)`." msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Almacenes` y haga " -"clic en el almacén que desea editar. Luego, en la pestaña " -":guilabel:`Configuración del almacén`, en la sección :guilabel:`Envíos`, " -"seleccione :guilabel:`Recibir bienes directamente (1 paso)` para los " -":guilabel:`Envíos entrantes` o :guilabel:`Entregar bienes directamente (1 " -"paso)` para los :guilabel:`Envíos salientes`. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one " -"step." +msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to one-step on warehouse form." msgstr "" -"Establezca las opciones de envío entrantes y salientes para recibir y " -"entregar en un paso. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Since one-step receipt and delivery is the default for incoming and outgoing" +" shipments in Odoo, the *Multi-Step Routes* feature is *not* required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 +msgid "" +"However, for the :guilabel:`Shipments` settings to appear on a warehouse " +"form, the feature **must** be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick " +"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Doing so also activates the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` " +"feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:50 msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "Recibir bienes directamente (1 paso)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "Create a purchase order" -msgstr "Crear una orden de compra" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:52 msgid "" -"On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making" -" a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, select (or create) a " -":guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` " -"to finalize the quote as a new purchase order." +"When products are received in one step, they will move from the vendor " +"location to warehouse stock in the database immediately upon validation of a" +" purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" -"En el tablero de la aplicación principal :menuselection:`Compra`, comience " -"creando una nueva cotización haciendo clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo`. Luego, " -"seleccione (o cree) un :guilabel:`Proveedor` desde el menú desplegable del " -"campo, agregue un :guilabel:`Producto` almacenable a las líneas de orden, y " -"haga clic en :guilabel:`Confirmar orden` para finalizar la cotización y " -"quede como una nueva orden de compra. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:81 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " -"the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " -"receipt for the purchase order." +"To create a |PO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank :guilabel:`Request for Quotation` (RfQ) " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Supplier` field. Then, fill out the various " +"fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." msgstr "" -"Aparecerá un botón inteligente de :guilabel:`Recepción` en la esquina " -"superior derecha del formulario de la orden de compra. Haga clic sobre él " -"para ver el recibo asociado para la orden de compra. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order." +msgid "Filled out new request for quotation form." msgstr "" -"Botón inteligente de recepción aparecerá en la orden de compra confirmada. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." -msgstr "" -"También puede encontrar los recibos de las órdenes de compra en la " -"aplicación :menuselection:`Inventario`. En la :guilabel:`Vista general` del " -"tablero, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`# Por procesar` en la tarjeta " -"kanban de :guilabel:`Recepción`. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." -msgstr "" -"Botón inteligente de 1 Por procesar en la tarjeta kanban de recepción. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 -msgid "Process the receipt" -msgstr "Procesar la recepción" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:65 msgid "" -"When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click " -":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt." +"Under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the |RfQ|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This moves the |RfQ| to the " +":guilabel:`Purchase Order` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once the |PO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears at " +"the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse receipt " +"(WH/IN) form." msgstr "" -"Al ver el recibo (asociado con la orden de compra anterior), haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Validar` para completar el recibo. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button." -msgstr "Valide la orden de compra a través del botón inteligente Validar. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ " -"(bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon " -"enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows " -"the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)." +msgid "Receipt smart button on confirmed purchase order form." msgstr "" -"Si tiene activadas las :guilabel:`Ubicaciones de almacenamiento`, al hacer " -"clic en el icono de detalles :guilabel:`≣ (lista)` ubicado junto al icono de" -" eliminar :guilabel:`🗑️ (papelera)`, aparecerá la ventana emergente de " -":guilabel:`Operaciones detalladas`. Esto le permitirá especificar las " -"ubicaciones para los productos recibidos. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n" -"pop-up." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione la ubicación de almacenamiento para los productos que recibe en la \n" -"ventana emergente de Operaciones detalladas. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier " -"Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives " -"here, it will be available for manufacturing, sales, etc. Then, the status " -"of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the " -"reception process in one step." -msgstr "" -"Una vez validada la recepción, el producto deja la :guilabel:`Ubicación del " -"proveedor` y va a la :guilabel:`WH/Ubicación de almacenamiento`. Una vez " -"que llega ahí, estará disponible para fabricación, ventas, etc. Luego, el " -"estado del documento cambiará a :guilabel:`Hecho`, y así completar el " -"proceso de recepción en un paso. " +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 +msgid "Process receipt" +msgstr "Procesar una recepción" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:84 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " +"the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " +"validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validated warehouse receipt in Done stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Click back to the |PO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" +" the |PO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Received` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:99 msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "Entregar bienes directamente (1 paso)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:101 msgid "" -"Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and " -"make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then select (or create) a " -":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down field, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order." +"When products are delivered in one step, they will move from warehouse stock" +" to the customer location in the database immediately upon validation of a " +"sales order (SO)." msgstr "" -"Comience en el tablero principal de la aplicación :menuselection:`Ventas`, y" -" cree una nueva cotización haciendo clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo`. Luego, " -"seleccione (o cree) un :guilabel:`Cliente` desde el menú desplegable del " -"campo, agregue un :guilabel:`Producto` almacenable que tenga existencias a " -"las líneas de la orden y haga clic en :guilabel:`Confirmar` para finalizar " -"la cotización como una orden de ventas. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:103 -msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " -"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " -"delivery order for the sales order." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:156 +msgid "Create sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:158 +msgid "" +"To create a |SO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales app`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank sales quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field. Then, fill out the various" +" fields on the sales quotation form, as necessary." msgstr "" -"Aparecerá un botón inteligente de :guilabel:`Entrega` en la esquina superior" -" derecha del formulario de la orden de ventas. Haga clic sobre él para que " -"aparezca la orden de entrega asociada para la orden de ventas. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed." +msgid "Filled out new sales quotation form." msgstr "" -"El botón inteligente de entrega aparecerá después de que se confirmó la " -"orden de ventas. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:117 msgid "" -"Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." +"Under the :guilabel:`Product` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" -"También puede encontrar las órdenes de entrega en la aplicación " -":menuselection:`Inventario`. En la :guilabel:`Vista general` del tablero, " -"haga clic en el botón inteligente :guilabel:`# Por procesar` en " -":guilabel:`Ordenes de entrega` en la tarjeta kanban. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." -msgstr "" -"Botón inteligente de 1 Por procesar en la tarjeta kanban de Ordenes de " -"entrega." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:120 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:172 -msgid "Process the delivery" -msgstr "Procesar la entrega" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:171 msgid "" -"When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), " -"click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. This moves the quotation to the " +":guilabel:`Sales Order` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Once the |SO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears at " +"the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse delivery " +"(WH/OUT) form." msgstr "" -"Al ver la orden de entrega (asociada con la orden de venta anterior), haga " -"clic en :guilabel:`Validar` para completar la entrega. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the delivery order." -msgstr "Valide la orden de entrega." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the " -":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers" -" location`. Then, the status of the document will change to " -":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step." +msgid "Delivery smart button on confirmed sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:207 +msgid "Process delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:133 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse delivery form, the products ordered by the customer can " +"be delivered from the warehouse. To deliver the products, change the value " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field to match the ordered quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Demand` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once validated, the delivery order " +"moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validated delivery order in Done stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click back to the |SO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" +" the |SO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Delivered` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:229 +msgid ":doc:`shipments_deliveries`" msgstr "" -"Una vez validada la orden de recolección, el producto deja la " -":guilabel:`WH/Ubicación de almacenamiento` y se mueve a la " -":guilabel:`Ubicación de Partners/Clientes`. Luego, el estado del documento " -"cambiará a :guilabel:`Hecho`, para completar la entrega en un paso. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in two steps" msgstr "Procesar recepciones y entregas en dos pasos" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Depending on a company's business processes, multiple steps may be needed " -"before receiving or shipping products. In the two-step receipt process, " -"products are received in an input area, then transferred to stock. Two-step " -"receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as " -"locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves." -msgstr "" -"Dependiendo de los procesos de negocios de una empresa, es posible que deba " -"seguir varios pasos antes de empezar a recibir y enviar productos. En el " -"proceso de recepción en dos pasos, se reciben los productos en un área de " -"entrada y luego se transfieren a las existencias. Las recepciones en dos " -"pasos son más convenientes cuando usa varias ubicaciones de almacenamiento, " -"como zonas restringidas o aseguradas, congeladores y refrigeradores, o " -"varios estantes. " - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12 msgid "" +"Depending on a company's needs, receiving and shipping products in and out " +"of the warehouse might require multi-step operations. In Odoo *Inventory*, " +"this can be done using *Multi-Step Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the two-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, " +"then transferred to stock. This kind of process for incoming shipments might" +" be beneficial for warehouses with specific storage locations, such as " +"freezers and refrigerators, secured locked areas, or special aisles and " +"shelves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:19 +msgid "" "Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and " "employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The " -"products are not available for further processing until they are transferred" -" into stock." +"products are *not* available for further processing, until they are " +"transferred into stock." msgstr "" -"Puede organizar los productos de acuerdo al lugar en donde se guardarán, y " -"los empleados pueden almacenar todos los productos en una ubicación " -"específica. Los productos no estarán disponibles para ningún otro proceso " -"hasta que se transfieran a las existencias. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:23 msgid "" -"In the two-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order" -" are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and " -"brought to an output location before being shipped." +"In the two-step delivery process, products are first picked from their " +"respective location in the warehouse, then transferred to an output location" +" before being shipped to the customer." msgstr "" -"En el proceso de envío en dos pasos, los productos que son parte de una " -"orden de envío, se recolectan del almacén de acuerdo a su estrategia de " -"remoción, y se llevan a la ubicación de salida antes de enviarse. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:26 msgid "" -"One situation where this would be useful is when using either a :abbr:`FIFO " -"(First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO " -"(First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, where the products that are " -"being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration " -"date." +"This might be beneficial for companies using a First In, First Out (FIFO), " +"Last In, First Out (LIFO), or First Expired, First Out (FEFO) removal " +"strategy." msgstr "" -"Un caso en el que esto es muy útil es al usar las estrategias de remoción " -":abbr:`FIFO (Primeras entradas, primeras salidas)`, :abbr:`UEPS (Últimas " -"entradas, primeras salidas)` o :abbr:`PEPS (Primero en expirar, primero en " -"salir)`, donde los productos a recolectar deben seleccionarse según su fecha" -" de recepción o su fecha de vencimiento. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" -" `, so the settings need to be changed" -" in order to utilize two-step receipts and deliveries. Incoming and outgoing" -" shipments do not need to be set to have the same steps. For example, " -"products can be received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the " -"following example, two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries." -msgstr "" -"Odoo está configurado de manera predeterminada para :ref:`recibir y enviar " -"bienes en un paso `, por lo que debe " -"cambiar la configuración para utilizar las recepciones y envíos en dos " -"pasos. Los envíos entrantes y salientes no necesitan establecerse para que " -"tengan los mismos pasos. Por ejemplo, puede recibir productos en dos pasos, " -"pero enviarlos en un solo paso. En el siguiente ejemplo, se usarán los dos " -"pasos tanto para recepciones como para envíos. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "Configure multi-step routes" -msgstr "Configure rutas multietapa" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34 msgid "" -"First, make sure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` option is enabled in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " -":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save` " -"the changes." +"For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " +"received in two steps (input + stock), and delivered in three steps (pick + " +"pack + ship)." msgstr "" -"Primero, asegúrese de tener activada la opción :guilabel:`Rutas multietapa` " -"en :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes`, en la sección " -":guilabel:`Almacén`. Después de activar la opción, haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Guardar` para guardar los cambios. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:38 msgid "" -"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " +"process in one step, by default. To change these settings, the *Multi-Step " +"Routes* feature must be enabled." msgstr "" -"Activar la opción :guilabel:`Rutas multietapa` también activará la función " -"de :guilabel:`Ubicaciones de almacenamiento`. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and " -"deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`, and click on the warehouse to change the warehouse settings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Multi-Step Routes feature in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -"Luego, configure el almacén para la recepción y la entrega en dos pasos. " -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Almacenes` y haga " -"clic en el almacén para cambiar sus ajustes. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for" -" :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and " -"then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +"Next, configure a warehouse for two-step receipts and deliveries. Navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and " +"select a warehouse to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)`, " +"and set :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Send goods in output " +"and then deliver (2 steps)`." msgstr "" -"Después, seleccione :guilabel:`Recibir bienes en la ubicación de entrada y " -"luego llevar a existencias (2 pasos)` para los :guilabel:`envíos entrantes` " -"y :guilabel:`Enviar bienes a ubicación de salida y enviar (2 pasos)` para " -"los :guilabel:`envíos salientes`. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two " -"steps." +msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to two-step on warehouse form." msgstr "" -"Establezca las opciones de envíos entrantes y salientes para recepciones y " -"envíos en dos pasos. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:62 msgid "" -"Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and " -"*output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and " -":guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard." -" To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations`, and select the :guilabel:`Location` to change. On the location " -"form, update the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any other changes (if " -"necessary)." +"Selecting two-step receipts and deliveries automatically creates new *Input*" +" and *Output* warehouse locations in the database, named `WH/Input` and " +"`WH/Output`, respectively." msgstr "" -"Al activar las recepciones y los envíos en dos pasos, se crearán ubicaciones" -" nuevas de *entrada* y de *salida*, las cuales tendrán los nombres " -"predeterminados de :guilabel:`WH/Entrante` y :guilabel:`WH/Saliente` " -"respectivamente en el tablero de :guilabel:`Ubicaciones`. Para modificar el " -"nombre de estas ubicaciones, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> " -"Ubicaciones` y seleccione la :guilabel:`ubicación` que desea cambiar. En el " -"formulario de la ubicación, actualice el :guilabel:`Nombre de la ubicación` " -"y haga otros cambios si son necesarios. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:66 -msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)" -msgstr "Procesar un recibo en dos pasos (entrada + inventario) " +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To rename or edit these locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Locations`, and select the desired location." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the location's form, change the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any " +"other necessary changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:72 +msgid "Process receipt in two steps (input + stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When products are received in two steps, they first move from the vendor " +"location to an input location. Then, they move from the input location to " +"warehouse stock in the database, upon validation of a purchase order (PO), " +"and a subsequent internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, fill out the various " +"fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out new Request for Quotation from vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery smart button for validated purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:105 msgid "" "For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step " -"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase " -"Order)` form may need to be specified as the correct *input location* " -"connected to the two-step warehouse, which can be done by selecting the " -"warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at" -" the end of the name." +"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the |PO| form **must** " +"be specified as the correct *input location* connected to the two-step " +"warehouse." msgstr "" -"Para empresas con varios almacenes que tengan una configuración diferente, " -"es posible que deba especificar el campo :guilabel:`Enviar a` en el " -"formulario de la orden de compra como la *ubicación de entrada* correcta " -"conectada al almacén de dos pasos. Esto lo puede hacer si selecciona el " -"almacén desde el menú desplegable que incluye la etiqueta `Recepciones` al " -"final de su nombre. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:109 msgid "" -"After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` " -"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` form. " -"Click it to reveal the new receipt (WH/IN) operation." +"This can be done by selecting the warehouse from the drop-down menu that " +"includes the `Receipts` label at the end of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:115 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " +"the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " +"validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage, and the products" +" move to the :guilabel:`WH/Input` location." msgstr "" -"Después de confirmar la orden de compra, aparecerá el botón inteligente de " -":guilabel:`Recepción` en la parte superior del formulario de la orden de " -"compra. Haga clic en él para abrir la nueva operación de recepción " -"(WH/Entrada)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 -msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." +msgid "Receipt form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" -"Después de confirmar una orden de compra, aparecerá un botón inteligente de " -"recepción. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Once the purchase order is confirmed, a receipt is generated and ready to " -"process." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:128 +msgid "Process internal transfer" msgstr "" -"Una vez que se confirma la orden de compra, se genera un recibo listo para " -"procesar." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the " -":guilabel:`Receipts` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " -"dashboard. This reveals a list of all receipts to process." -msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario` y busque la tarjeta de las tareas de " -":guilabel:`recepción` en el tablero de :guilabel:`Información general de " -"Inventario`. Esta acción abrirá una lista con todos los recibos por " -"procesar." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` associated with the purchase order, then " -"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to " -":guilabel:`WH/Input`." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en la :guilabel:`recepción` asociada con la orden de compra. " -"Después, haga clic en :guilabel:`Validar` para completar la recepción y " -"mover el producto a :guilabel:`WH/Entrada`. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Receipt form for product move to WH/Input." -msgstr "Formulario de recepción para un movimiento de producto a WH/Entrada. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:106 -msgid "Process the internal transfer" -msgstr "Procesar el traslado interno" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "" "Once the receipt is validated, an internal transfer is created and ready to " "process." @@ -13011,90 +13342,66 @@ msgstr "" "El traslado interno se creará y estará listo para validarlo una vez que " "valide la recepción." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Click back to the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` in the breadcrumbs, and " -"locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." -msgstr "" -"Regrese a la :guilabel:`información general de Inventario` con las migas de " -"pan y busque la tarjeta de las tareas de :guilabel:`traslados internos`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to reveal a list of all internal " -"transfers to process, and select the transfer associated with the previously" -" validated receipt." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`# por procesar` para abrir una lista con " -"todos los traslados internos por procesar y seleccione el traslado " -"relacionado al recibo validado con anterioridad." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product " -"from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Validar` para completar el traslado y mover el " -"producto de :guilabel:`WH/Entrada` a :guilabel:`WH/Existencias`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Once the transfer is validated, the product enters inventory and is " -"available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." -msgstr "" -"Después de validar el traslado, el producto entra al inventario y está " -"disponible para entregárselo al cliente o usarlo en órdenes de fabricación." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock." -msgstr "Valide el traslado interno para mover el artículo a existencias. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:127 -msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" -msgstr "Procesar una orden de envío en dos pasos (recolección + envío)" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:132 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " -":guilabel:`New`. Select (or create) a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +"To view the internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app`, and locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." msgstr "" -"Cree una nueva cotizaciónn la aplicación :menuselection:`Ventas`. Haga clic " -"en :guilabel:`Nuevo`, seleccione (o cree) un :guilabel:`cliente`, agregue un" -" :guilabel:`producto` almacenable a las líneas de la orden y haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Confirmar`. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:135 msgid "" -"After confirming the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart " -"button will appear in the top, above the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal the associated " -"receipt." +"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " +"of all internal transfers to process, and select the transfer associated " +"with the previously validated receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move " +"the product from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Once the transfer is validated, the products enter inventory, and are " +"available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" -"Después de confirmar la orden de ventas, aparecerá un botón inteligente de " -":guilabel:`Envío` en la parte superior del formulario de la orden de ventas." -" Haga clic sobre él para que aparezca la recepción asociada. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Delivery smart button on sales order form." -msgstr "Botón inteligente de entrega en el formulario de una orden de venta." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Sales order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` Kanban card." +msgid "Internal transfer form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" -"También puede encontrar las recepciones de las ordenes de ventas en la " -"aplicación :menuselection:`Inventario`. En la :guilabel:`Información " -"general` del tablero, haga clic en el botón inteligente de :guilabel:`# Por " -"procesar` en la tarjeta kanban de :guilabel:`Recolecciones`. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:150 -msgid "Process the picking" -msgstr "Procesar la recolección" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:149 +msgid "Process delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:151 +msgid "" +"When products are delivered in two steps, they move from warehouse stock to " +"an output location. Then, they move from the output location to a customer " +"location in the database, upon validation of a picking order, and a " +"subsequent delivery order (DO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out new sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the sales order quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery smart button on validated sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:182 +msgid "Process picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 msgid "" "Once the sales order is confirmed, a picking order is generated and ready to" " process." @@ -13102,18 +13409,22 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez que se confirma la orden de venta, se genera una orden de " "recolección lista para procesar." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:186 msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the " -":guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. " -"This reveals a list of all pickings to process." +"To complete the picking, navigate to the :guilabel:`Inventory app`, and " +"locate the :guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " +"dashboard. Alternatively, the picking order can also be accessed via the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales order form." msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario` y busque la tarjeta de las tareas de " -":guilabel:`recolección` en el tablero de :guilabel:`Información general de " -"Inventario`. Esta acción abrirá una lista con todas las recoleccciones por " -"procesar." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:190 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, click the :guilabel:`# To " +"Process` button on the :guilabel:`Pick` task card. This reveals a list of " +"all pickings to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:193 msgid "" "Click on the picking (WH/PICK) operation associated with the sales order to " "reveal the picking order." @@ -13121,73 +13432,52 @@ msgstr "" "Haga clic en la operación de recolección (WH/RECOLECCIÓN) asociada con la " "orden de venta para abrirla." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Check Availability` on the picking order form. If the " -"product is in stock, Odoo automatically reserves the product. Quantities can" -" also be manually set by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " -"column to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Picking order form for products included in sales order." msgstr "" -"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Comprobar disponibilidad` en el formulario de la " -"orden de recolección. Si el producto cuenta con existencias, Odoo reserva el" -" producto de forma automática. Las cantidades también se pueden establecer " -"de forma manual al modificar el valor en la columna :guilabel:`Cantidad` " -"para que coincida con el valor en la columna :guilabel:`Demanda`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:200 msgid "" -"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking and move the " -"product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" +"Manually set the quantity by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"column, to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking, and move the" +" product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Once the picking is validated, a delivery order is created, and ready to " +"process. Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button on the sales order " +"form reveals the newly created delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, to view the delivery order, navigate back to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, via the breadcrumbs, and locate the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` task card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " +"of all delivery orders to process, and select the order associated with the " +"previously validated picking." msgstr "" -"Después haga clic en :guilabel:`Validar` para completar la recolección y " -"mover el producto de :guilabel:`WH/Existencias` a :guilabel:`WH/Salida`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Picking operation form moving product to WH/Output." +msgid "Delivery order form for products ordered by customer." msgstr "" -"Formulario de la operación de recolección para mover un producto a " -"WH/Salida." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:222 msgid "" -"Once the picking has been processed, the delivery order is generated, and " -"can be processed." +"To deliver the products, change the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field " +"to match the ordered quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." msgstr "" -"Después de procesar la recolección, se genera la orden de entrega y se puede" -" procesar." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Navigate back to the original sales order by going to :menuselection:`Sales " -"app`, and selecting the associated sales order." -msgstr "" -"Vaya a la aplicación :menuselection:`Ventas`, diríjase a la orden de venta " -"original y seleccione la orden asociada." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:179 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button now indicates there are two transfers." -" Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal each transfer tied to" -" this sales order: the completed picking, and the new delivery (WH/OUT) " -"operation. Click the delivery operation to open the delivery order." -msgstr "" -"El botón inteligente :guilabel:`Entrega` ahora indica que hay dos traslados." -" Haga clic en el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Entrega` para abrir los " -"traslados vinculados a esta orden de venta: la recolección completada y la " -"nueva operación de entrega (WH/SALIDA). Haga clic en la operación de entrega" -" para abrir la orden de entrega." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 -msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the delivery." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que esté listo, haga clic en :guilabel:`Validar` para completar la " -"entrega." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Delivery operation form moving product to customer location." -msgstr "" -"Formulario de la operación de entrega para mover un producto a la ubicación " -"de un cliente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts in three steps" @@ -13287,6 +13577,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "Recibir en 3 pasos (entrada + control de calidad + existencias)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "Crear una orden de compra" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " @@ -13310,6 +13604,12 @@ msgstr "" " derecha, estará asociada a una orden de compra. Al hacer clic en el botón " "inteligente de :guilabel:`Recepción`, aparecerá la orden de recepción. " +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." +msgstr "" +"Después de confirmar una orden de compra, aparecerá un botón inteligente de " +"recepción. " + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "Procesar una recepción " @@ -15310,8 +15610,8 @@ msgstr "" "etc., para obtener el acceso a la API." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo" -msgstr "Configurar los servicios de envío de Sendcloud en Odoo" +msgid "Sendcloud configuration" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -15370,21 +15670,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank" " account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping " -"rules or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " -"required." +"rules, or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " +"**required**." msgstr "" -"La integración entre Odoo y Sencloud funciona en los planes gratuitos de " -"Sendcloud *solo* si se vincula una cuenta bancaria, ya que Sendcloud no " -"realiza envíos gratis. Para utilizar reglas de envío o contactos de " -"transportistas individuales personalizados se necesita un plan de pago de " -"Sendcloud." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:174 msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "Configuración del almacén" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:39 msgid "" "Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings" " --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse" @@ -15398,7 +15693,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings." msgstr "Agregar direcciones en los ajustes de Sendcloud." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:46 msgid "" "To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` " "is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field " @@ -15447,7 +15742,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Empresa`: `Mi empresa (San Francisco)`" msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Dirección`: `Mi empresa (San Francisco)`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:63 msgid "" "Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo" " configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same." @@ -15455,11 +15750,11 @@ msgstr "" "Observe como la información ingresada en el campo :guilabel:`almacén` para " "ambas configuraciones es exactamente igual." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials" msgstr "Generar credenciales de Sendcloud" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:69 msgid "" "In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo " @@ -15469,7 +15764,7 @@ msgstr "" " en el menú a la derecha. A continuación, busque :guilabel:`Odoo nativo` y " "después haga clic en :guilabel:`conectar`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:72 msgid "" "After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and " @@ -15485,7 +15780,7 @@ msgstr "" " `Odoo NombredelaEmpresa`, en donde `NombredelaEmpresa` es el nombre de la " "empresa del usuario (por ejemplo, `Odoo StealthyWood`)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:77 msgid "" "Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the " "shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public " @@ -15500,35 +15795,42 @@ msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials." msgstr "" "Configuración de la integración con Sendcloud para recibir las credenciales." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:158 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "Configuración en Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86 -msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module" -msgstr "Instalar el módulo Envío por Sendcloud" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To ensure seamless Sendcloud integration with Odoo, :ref:`install " +"` and :ref:`link " +"` the Sendcloud shipping" +" connector to the Sendcloud account. Then, :ref:`configure Odoo fields " +"`, so Sendcloud can " +"accurately pull shipping data to generate labels." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +msgid "Install Sendcloud shipping module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 msgid "" "After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure" -" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " -"search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." +" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " +"search for the `Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." msgstr "" -"Tras la configuración de la cuenta de Sendcloud debe configurar la base de " -"datos de Odoo. Para empezar, vaya al módulo :guilabel:`Aplicaciones` de " -"Odoo, busque la integración de :guilabel:`envío por Sendcloud` e instálela." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." msgstr "Módulo de envío por Sendcloud en el módulo Aplicaciones de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:110 msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration" msgstr "Configuración del conector de envío por Sendcloud" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:112 msgid "" "Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The " @@ -15540,7 +15842,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`conector de Sendcloud` se encuentra en la sección " ":guilabel:`conectores de envío`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:116 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once" @@ -15551,7 +15853,7 @@ msgstr "" "del conector. Una vez que esté en la página de :guilabel:`métodos de envío`," " haga clic en :guilabel:`crear`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to " @@ -15562,25 +15864,25 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Entrega --> Métodos de " "envío`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 msgid "" "Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:" msgstr "" "Complete los siguientes campos del formulario del :guilabel:`nuevo método de" " envío` form:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`." msgstr ":guilabel:`Método de envío`: escriba `Sendcloud DPD`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Proveedor`: seleccione :guilabel:`Sendcloud` en el menú " "desplegable." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this " "shipping method or create a new product." @@ -15588,7 +15890,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Producto de envío`: establezca el producto que se configuró para " "este método de envío o cree un nuevo producto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`." @@ -15596,7 +15898,7 @@ msgstr "" "En la pestaña :guilabel:`configuración de SendCloud`, introduzca la " ":guilabel:`clave pública de Sendcloud`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:131 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`." @@ -15604,7 +15906,7 @@ msgstr "" "En la pestaña :guilabel:`configuración de SendCloud`, introduzca la " ":guilabel:`clave secreta de Sendcloud`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:146 msgid "" "Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the " @@ -15613,7 +15915,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Guarde` el formulario de forma manual al hacer clic en el icono " "de nube a lado de las migas de pan :guilabel:`Métodos de envío / Nuevo`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:135 msgid "" "After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the " "shipping products:" @@ -15621,7 +15923,7 @@ msgstr "" "Después de configurar y guardar el formulario, siga los siguientes pasos " "para guardar los productos de envío:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:137 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New " "Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping " @@ -15631,7 +15933,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`nuevo método de envío` haga clic en el enlace que dice " ":guilabel:`Cargar sus productos de envío de Sendcloud`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:139 msgid "" "Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries " "and returns." @@ -15639,11 +15941,11 @@ msgstr "" "Seleccione los productos de envío que la empresa desea usar para entregas y " "devoluciones." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:140 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "Haga clic en :guilabel:`Seleccionar`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:143 msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:" msgstr "Ejemplo de productos enviados por Sendcloud configurados en Odoo:" @@ -15667,7 +15969,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Peso mínimo`: `0.00`" msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Peso máximo`: `31.50`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`" " `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` " @@ -15712,7 +16014,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Países`: `Bélgica` `Países Bajos`" msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo." msgstr "Ejemplo de productos de envío configurados en Odoo:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:169 msgid "" "Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a " "package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured " @@ -15724,26 +16026,64 @@ msgstr "" " cargo a su cuenta de Sendcloud, a menos que cancele el envío en las " "primeras 24 horas de su creación." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using " "test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used " "to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the " "creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment " -"settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`." +"settings can be toggled back and forth from their respective smart buttons." msgstr "" -"Odoo tiene una capa de protección incorporada contra cargos no deseados al " -"usar entornos de prueba. Si se encuentra dentro de un entorno de prueba y " -"utiliza un método de envío para crear etiquetas, esas etiquetas se cancelan " -"de forma automática después de su creación. Es posible alternar entre los " -"ajustes del entorno de prueba y de producción con los :guilabel:`botones " -"inteligentes`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166 -msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud" -msgstr "Generar una etiqueta con Sendcloud" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:181 +msgid "Shipping information" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 +msgid "" +"To use Sendcloud to generate shipping labels, the following information " +"**must** be filled out accurately and completely in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Customer information**: when creating a quotation, ensure the selected " +":guilabel:`Customer` has a valid phone number, email address, and shipping " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:189 +msgid "" +"To verify, select the :guilabel:`Customer` field to open their contact page." +" Here, add their shipping address in the :guilabel:`Contact` field, along " +"with their :guilabel:`Mobile` number and :guilabel:`Email` address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:193 +msgid "" +"**Product weight**: ensure all products in an order have a specified " +":guilabel:`Weight` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of their product form. " +"Refer to the :ref:`Product weight section " +"` of this article for " +"detailed instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +msgid "" +"**Warehouse address**: ensure the warehouse name and address in Odoo match " +"the :ref:`previously defined warehouse " +"` in the Sendcloud " +"setup. For details on warehouse configuration in Odoo, refer to the " +":ref:`warehouse configuration section " +"` of the third-party " +"shipping documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:204 +msgid "Generate labels with Sendcloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:206 msgid "" "When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud " "shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label " @@ -15755,12 +16095,12 @@ msgstr "" "entrega. Los documentos de la etiqueta de envío se generan de forma " "automática en el chatter e incluyen lo siguiente:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:205 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages." msgstr ":guilabel:`Etiqueta(s) de envío` según el número de paquetes." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for " "returns." @@ -15768,17 +16108,17 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Etiqueta(s) de devolución` si el conector de Sendcloud está " "configurado para devoluciones." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:212 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Documento(s) aduanero(s)` si el país de destino lo(s) requiere." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214 msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available." msgstr "Además, ahora está disponible el número de rastreo." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 msgid "" "When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the " "configured Sendcloud account." @@ -15786,15 +16126,15 @@ msgstr "" "Sendcloud hace un cargo automático a la cuenta configurada cuando se crean " "etiquetas de devolución." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "Preguntas frecuentes" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 msgid "Shipment is too heavy" msgstr "El envío es demasiado pesado" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 msgid "" "If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, " "then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need " @@ -15806,7 +16146,7 @@ msgstr "" "productos tendrán que ser puestos en distintos :guilabel:`paquetes` para " ":guilabel:`validar` el traslado y generar etiquetas." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping " "methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will " @@ -15818,11 +16158,11 @@ msgstr "" "cuenta que estas reglas no se aplicarán al cálculo del precio de envío en el" " cálculo de la orden de venta." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 msgid "Personal carrier contract" msgstr "Contratos de transportista" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:237 msgid "" "Use custom prices from a direct carrier contract, via CSV upload, by first " "logging into Sendcloud, navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Carriers " @@ -15837,7 +16177,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud." msgstr "Ir a la sección de contratos en Sendcloud." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:245 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Contract prices` section, click :guilabel:`Download " "CSV` and fill out the contract prices in the :guilabel:`price` column of the" @@ -15847,7 +16187,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Descargar CSV` y complete los precios del contrato en la columna " ":guilabel:`Precio` de la plantilla del archivo CSV." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:249 msgid "" "Ensure the CSV file includes the correct prices to avoid any inaccuracies." msgstr "" @@ -15861,7 +16201,7 @@ msgstr "" "Visualización de un archivo CSV de contrato de muestra desde Sendcloud, la " "columna de precios aparece con una flecha roja." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:255 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload` the completed CSV file to Sendcloud, then click " ":guilabel:`Save these prices`." @@ -15869,7 +16209,7 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez que haya terminado de completarlo, :guilabel:`Suba` el archivo CSV a" " Sendcloud y luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar estos precios`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:258 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to upload contract prices with carriers " "`_" @@ -15877,11 +16217,11 @@ msgstr "" "`Sendcloud: Cómo subir los precios de contrato con transportistas " "`_" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:262 msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" msgstr "Medición del peso volumétrico" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:264 msgid "" "Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight " "of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* " @@ -15893,7 +16233,7 @@ msgstr "" "volumétrico es el volumen que ocupa un paquete cuando está en tránsito. Es " "decir, el tamaño físico de un paquete`)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:269 msgid "" "Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute" " the volumetric weight." @@ -15901,7 +16241,7 @@ msgstr "" "Verifique si el transportista seleccionado ya tiene fórmulas definidas para " "calcular el peso volumétrico." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:273 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight " "`_" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:277 msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate" msgstr "No es posible calcular la tarifa de envío" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:279 msgid "" -"First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by " -"the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " +"First, verify that the product being shipped has a weight that is supported " +"by the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " "destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier." " The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the " "carrier." msgstr "" -"Primero verifique que el producto a enviar tenga un peso compatible con el " -"método de envío seleccionado. Si el peso es correcto, entonces verifique que" -" el país de destino (desde la dirección del cliente) sea compatible con el " -"transportista, lo mismo debe suceder con el país de origen (dirección del " -"almacén)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Starshipit shipping" @@ -17789,9 +18124,9 @@ msgid "" "*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, " "reducing the time needed to navigate to the same location in a warehouse." msgstr "" -"Con la *recolección por lotes* una sola persona puede gestionar varias " -"órdenes a la vez, lo que reduce el tiempo que se necesita para caminar por " -"la misma ubicación dentro del almacén. " +"Una sola persona puede gestionar varias órdenes a la vez gracias a la " +"*recolección por lotes*. Esta función reduce el tiempo que toma recorrer la " +"misma ubicación dentro del almacén. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -17806,10 +18141,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:15 msgid "" -":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings `" +":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings " +"`" msgstr "" -":ref:`Usar la aplicación Código de barras para recolecciones " -"`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -20560,9 +20894,10 @@ msgid "" "count. This field is left blank by default, but can be changed, depending on" " if it matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` or not." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Cantidades contadas`: la cantidad que se contó durante un conteo " -"de inventario. Este campo se deja en blanco por defecto, pero se puede " -"cambiar dependiendo si es igual a la :guilabel:`Cantidad a la mano` o no." +":guilabel:`Cantidad contada`: la cantidad real contada durante un conteo de " +"inventario. Este campo se deja vacío de forma predeterminada, pero puede " +"cambiarlo, esto depende de si coincide con la :guilabel:`cantidad " +"disponible` o no." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -20695,10 +21030,11 @@ msgid "" "is recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history, so it should be " "set to reflect the actual quantity counted." msgstr "" -"Las :guilabel:`Cantidades contadas` para nuevos ajustes de inventario están " -"siempre en `0.00` por defecto. Se registra un movimiento de inventario en " -":guilabel:`la cantidad hecha` del historial de ajustes de inventario del " -"producto, así que se debería reflejar en la cantidad contada." +"Las :guilabel:`cantidades contadas` para los nuevos ajustes de inventario " +"siempre están configuradas con `0.00` de forma predeterminada. En el " +"historial de ajustes de inventario del producto se registra un movimiento de" +" inventario en la :guilabel:`cantidad hecha`, así que se debería reflejar en" +" la cantidad contada." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -20727,7 +21063,7 @@ msgstr "" " y la línea se moverá a la parte superior de la página." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:94 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:160 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is greater than the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **green**. If " @@ -20794,6 +21130,13 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez que esté listo, haga clic en :guilabel:`Aplicar` para aplicar el " "ajuste de inventario" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Applying an inventory adjustment simultaneously creates a :doc:`stock move " +"line (SML) <../reporting/moves_history>` in the *Moves History* report for " +"traceability." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " @@ -20802,11 +21145,11 @@ msgstr "" "La opción Aplicar todo aplica el ajuste de inventario una vez que se " "especificó la razón." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:129 msgid "Count products" msgstr "Conteo de productos" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131 msgid "" "Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is " "complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory " @@ -20818,7 +21161,7 @@ msgstr "" "inventario` para actualizar la columna :guilabel:`cantidades contadas` para " "cada línea de producto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135 msgid "" "On each product line, identify whether the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` column recorded in the database matches the newly-counted value. " @@ -20831,7 +21174,7 @@ msgstr "" "haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Establecer` button (es un icono de diana) a" " la derecha de la línea de productos." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:139 msgid "" "Doing so copies the value from the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column over " "to the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and sets the value of the " @@ -20850,7 +21193,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move." msgstr "Movimiento de ajuste de inventario con cero de cuenta." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148 msgid "" "If the newly-counted value for a given product does **not** match the value " "in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, instead of " @@ -20862,7 +21205,7 @@ msgstr "" "datos, en lugar de hacer clic en el botón :guilabel:`Establecer`, registre " "el valor del campo en la columna :guilabel:`Cantidades contadas`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152 msgid "" "To do so, click the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column on the " "specific inventory adjustment line for the product whose count is being " @@ -20874,7 +21217,7 @@ msgstr "" " cambiar el valor. De esta manera se asignará una :guilabel:`Cantidad " "contada` de `0.00`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 msgid "" "To change this value, type in a new value that matches the real, newly-" "counted value. Then, click away from the line. Doing so saves the " @@ -20885,7 +21228,7 @@ msgstr "" "Después, haga clic fuera de la línea para guardar el ajuste y que el valor " "en la columna :guilabel:`Diferencia` cambie de forma automática." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:166 msgid "" "Subsequently, once applied, a move with the difference between the " ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is " @@ -20903,7 +21246,7 @@ msgstr "" "Tablero del historial de ajustes de inventario donde se muestra la lista " "antes de los movimientos del producto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:174 msgid "" "Sometimes a count occurs, but cannot be applied in the database right away. " "In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, " @@ -20919,11 +21262,11 @@ msgstr "" "consistente con la cantidad contada. Es por eso que Odoo pregunta antes de " "aplicar un ajuste de inventario como precaución." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:181 msgid "Change inventory count frequency" msgstr "Cambiar la frecuencia de los recuentos de inventario" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183 msgid "" "By default, the *scheduled date* for inventory adjustments are always " "scheduled for the 31st of December of the current year. However, for some " @@ -20935,7 +21278,7 @@ msgstr "" "esencial tener un conteo de inventario actualizado en todo momento. La fecha" " programa se puede cambiar para estos casos." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:187 msgid "" "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " @@ -20956,7 +21299,7 @@ msgstr "" "Con el ajuste Día y mes del inventario anual podrá ajustar la fecha del " "siguiente conteo de inventario." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:195 msgid "" "To change the day, click the :guilabel:`31`, and change it to a day within " "the range `1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." @@ -20965,7 +21308,7 @@ msgstr "" "número, tendrá la opción de elegir del `1 al 31` dependiendo del mes del año" " que quiera." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:198 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:117 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" @@ -20974,7 +21317,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para cambiar el mes haga clic en :guilabel:`December` y podrá ver el menú " "desplegable con los meses." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:201 msgid "" "Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all " "changes." @@ -20982,11 +21325,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ya que haya realizado todos los cambios deseados, haga clic en " "guilabel:`Guardar`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:204 msgid "Plan big inventory counts" msgstr "Planeación de recuentos de inventario grandes" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:206 msgid "" "To plan big inventory counts, such as a full count of everything currently " "in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->" @@ -20997,7 +21340,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`aplicación de inventario --> Operaciones --> Ajustes de " "inventario`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209 msgid "" "Then, select the desired products to be counted by clicking the checkbox on " "the far left of each product line." @@ -21005,7 +21348,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para seleccionar los productos que volverá a contar seleccione el recuadro a" " la derecha de cada línea de producto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:213 msgid "" "To request a count of **all** products currently in stock, click the " "checkbox at the very top of the table, in the header row next to the " @@ -21021,7 +21364,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "Ventana emergente de solicitud de conteo en la página de ajustes." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221 msgid "" "Once all desired products have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Request a" " Count` button at the top of the page. This causes a :guilabel:`Request a " @@ -21034,16 +21377,16 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Solicitar un recuento`, donde tendrá que llenar la siguiente " "información:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:225 msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Fecha de inventario`: la fecha en la que se programó el recuento." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:226 msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." msgstr ":guilabel:`Usuario`: la persona encargada de realizar el recuento." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" " be accounted." @@ -21051,7 +21394,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Fecha contable`: la fecha en la que se registrará el ajuste de " "inventario." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the on-hand quantity of each product line blank," " select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To pre-fill the on-hand quantity of each " @@ -21064,13 +21407,13 @@ msgstr "" "disponible de cada línea de producto con el valor que está registrado en ese" " momento en la base de datos." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:232 msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." msgstr "" "Ya que esté listo todo, haga clic en :guilabel:`Confirmar` para solicitar el" " recuento." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 msgid "" "In the Odoo *Barcode* app, users can only view inventory counts that are " "assigned to **them**, and are scheduled for **today** or **earlier**." @@ -21079,7 +21422,7 @@ msgstr "" "recuentos de inventario que se les asignó *a ellos* y que están programados " "para **hoy** o para **antes de hoy**." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:239 msgid ":doc:`cycle_counts`" msgstr ":doc:`cycle_counts`" @@ -21088,319 +21431,287 @@ msgid "Create a second warehouse" msgstr "Crear un segundo almacén" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 msgid "" -"A *warehouse* is a physical building or space where items are stored. In " -"Odoo, it is possible to set up multiple warehouses and transfer stored items" -" between them." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *warehouse* is a physical building or space where " +"items are stored. By default, each Odoo database has one warehouse already " +"pre-configured, with the address set as the company's address." msgstr "" -"Un *almacén* es un edificio físico o espacio donde se almacenan artículos. " -"En Odoo puede configurar varios almacenes y trasladar artículos almacenados " -"entre ellos." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:9 msgid "" -"By default, the Odoo platform has one warehouse that is already configured, " -"with the address set as the company's address. To create a second warehouse," -" select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, then click " -":guilabel:`Create` and configure the form as follows:" +"However, it is possible to set up multiple additional warehouses, and " +"transfer stored items between them." msgstr "" -"De manera predeterminada, la plataforma de Odoo cuenta con un almacén ya " -"configurado con la dirección establecida que corresponde a la empresa. Para " -"crear un segundo almacén, seleccione :menuselection:`Configuración --> " -"Almacenes`, luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear` y configure el formulario " -"como se indica a continuación:" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:12 -msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Almacén`: el nombre completo del almacén." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code by which the warehouse is " -"referred to; the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is **WH**" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Nombre corto`: el código abreviado con el que se hace referencia " -"al almacén; el nombre corto para el almacén predeterminado en Odoo es " -"**WH**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:15 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse; this can be set as" -" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " -"vendor" +"To create a second warehouse, the *Storage Locations* feature must be " +"enabled. To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, " +"tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and " +":guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Empresa`: la empresa propietaria del almacén. Puede ser la " -"empresa que es propietaria de la base de datos de Odoo o la de un cliente o " -"proveedor." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:17 -msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Dirección`: la dirección en la que se encuentra el almacén." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The options below will only appear if the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " -"checkbox is enabled in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` under the" -" :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " -"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." -msgstr "" -"Las opciones que se encuentran a continuación solo aparecerán si la casilla " -":guilabel:`Rutas multietapa` está habilitada en " -":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` debajo de la opción " -":guilabel:`Almacenes`. Para obtener más información acerca de las rutas y " -"como funcionan en Odoo, consulte :ref:`Utilizar rutas y reglas pull y push " -"`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: select the routes that incoming and" -" outgoing shipments should follow" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Envíos entrantes/salientes`: seleccione las rutas que los envíos " -"entrantes o salientes deben seguir." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:27 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " -"from this warehouse" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Reabastecer a subcontratistas`: permita que los subcontratistas " -"puedan reabastecerse desde este almacén." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:28 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: allow for items to be manufactured in " -"this warehouse" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Fabricación para reabastecimiento`: permita que los artículos se " -"fabriquen en este almacén." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture`: select the route that should be followed when " -"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Fabricación`: seleccione la ruta que se debe seguir cuando se " -"fabriquen bienes dentro del almacén." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: check the box to allow for purchased products " -"to be delivered to the warehouse" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Comprar para reabastecer`: marque la casilla para autorizar la " -"compra de productos que se deben entregar en el almacén." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:33 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Resupply From`: select warehouses that can be used to resupply " -"the warehouse being created" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Formato de reabastecimiento`: seleccione los almacenes que pueden" -" utilizarse para reabastecer el almacén que se está creando." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "A filled out form for creating a new warehouse." -msgstr "Un formulario completado para crear un nuevo almacén." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:41 msgid "" -"Creating a second warehouse will automatically enable the *Storage " -"Locations* setting, which allows location tracking of products within a " -"warehouse. To toggle this setting, navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings` and click the checkbox under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " -"heading." +"Warning pop-up window for creating a second warehouse before enabling " +"Storage Locations." msgstr "" -"Al crear un segundo almacén activará de manera automática la función " -"*ubicaciones de almacenamiento*, esta permite rastrear la ubicación de " -"productos dentro de un almacén. Para activarla, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` y haga clic en la casilla ubicada" -" debajo de la opción :guilabel:`Almacén`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:97 msgid "" -"After filling out the form, click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse " -"will be created." +"Creating a second warehouse without first enabling the *Storage Locations* " +"feature triggers a :guilabel:`Warning` pop-up window. It indicates creating " +"a second warehouse automatically activates the *Storage Locations* setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:30 +msgid "Create new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To create a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens a " +"blank warehouse creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:35 +msgid "Fill out the following fields as necessary:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code used to identify the warehouse," +" i.e. `WH2` (the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is `WH`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse. This can be set as" +" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " +"vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located. By default," +" this is set to the company's address in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Filled out warehouse name and address settings on warehouse creation form." msgstr "" -"Después de que haya completado el formulario, haga clic en " -":guilabel:`guardar` y creará el nuevo almacén." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:49 -msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" -msgstr "Agregar inventario a un nuevo almacén" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:51 msgid "" -"If a new warehouse is created that has existing inventory in it, the " -"inventory counts should be added to Odoo so that the stock listed in the " -"Odoo database reflects what is in the physical warehouse. To add inventory " -"to a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations -->" -" Inventory Adjustments`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`. The inventory " -"adjustment form can then be filled out as follows:" +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, configure the warehouse's" +" main workflow in the :guilabel:`Shipments` section, and set available " +"replenishment methods in the :guilabel:`Resupply` section." msgstr "" -"Si crea un nuevo almacén que tiene un inventario existente asignado, debe " -"agregar los conteos de inventario a Odoo para que el inventario que aparece " -"en la base de datos refleje lo que hay en el almacén físico. Para agregar " -"inventario a un nuevo almacén, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> " -"Operaciones --> Ajustes de inventario`, y luego haga clic en " -":guilabel:`crear`. Complete el formulario de ajuste de inventario con la " -"siguiente información:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:54 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: the name or code that the inventory " -"adjustment can be referred to by" +"The :guilabel:`Shipments` and :guilabel:`Resupply` sections only appear if " +"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` checkbox is enabled in " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " +"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Referencia de inventario`: el nombre o código con el que se puede" -" hacer referencia al ajuste de inventario." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Locations`: the location(s) where the inventory is stored; " -"include the new warehouse and any locations within it that inventory will be" -" added to" +"In the :guilabel:`Shipments` section, choose between one, two, or three-step" +" processes for both incoming and outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Ubicaciones`: las ubicaciones donde se almacena el inventario. " -"Incluye el nuevo almacén y cualquier ubicación interna en la que se agregará" -" el inventario." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:61 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Products`: include all products that will be added to inventory " -"or leave blank to select any product during the next step" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:62 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Resupply` section, edit the following settings:" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Productos`: incluya todos los productos que serán agregados en el" -" inventario o déjelos en blanco para seleccionar cualquier producto en el " -"siguiente paso." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:64 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Include Exhausted Products`: include products with a quantity of " -"zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they " -"have no existing inventory" +":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractors`: enable this feature to coordinate with " +"vendors, and have components dropshipped directly to subcontractors for " +"manufacturing." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Incluir productos agotados`: esto incluirá los productos con una " -"cantidad igual a cero. No afecta a los ajustes de inventario de los nuevos " -"almacenes, ya que no tienen inventario existente." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:66 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date used by accounting teams for " -"bookkeeping related to the inventory" +":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " +"with goods from this warehouse." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Fecha contable`: fecha utilizada por los equipos contables para " -"la teneduría de libros relacionados con el inventario." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:68 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the inventory; can be set as the " -"user's company or as a customer or vendor" +":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: when products are manufactured, they " +"can be delivered to this warehouse." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Empresa`: es la empresa propietaria del inventario; puede " -"establecerse como la empresa del usuario o como un cliente o proveedor." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Counted Quantities`: choose whether the counted quantities for " -"products being added should default to stock on hand or zero; does not " -"affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing " -"inventory" +":guilabel:`Manufacture`: the route that should be followed when " +"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse. Choose from one, two, and three-" +"step production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: when products are purchased, they can be " +"delivered to this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resupply From`: Check the box next to the other warehouses from " +"which this warehouse can replenish products. If the current warehouse does " +"not have the stock, it can also pull products from these selected warehouses" +" in the database. Automatic resupply routes will be created accordingly." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Cantidades contadas`: elija si las cantidades contadas para los " -"productos que se agregan deben ser existencias predeterminadas disponibles o" -" cero. No afecta a los ajustes de inventario para los nuevos almacenes, ya " -"que no tienen inventario existente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "A filled out form for an inventory adjustment." -msgstr "Un formulario completado para un ajuste de inventario." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:77 msgid "" -"Once the form is properly configured, click on :guilabel:`Start Inventory` " -"to be taken to the next page where products can be added to the inventory " -"adjustment. Add a new product by clicking on :guilabel:`Create` and then " -"fill out the product line as follows:" +"Filled out Warehouse Configuration tab settings on warehouse creation form." msgstr "" -"Una vez que el formulario esté correctamente configurado, haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Comenzar inventario` para pasar a la siguiente página, donde " -"podrá añadir productos al ajuste de inventario. Haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Crear` para agregar un nuevo producto y, luego, complete la línea" -" del producto como se indica a continuación:" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:81 -msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Producto`: el producto que se agregará al inventario." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:82 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " -"the new warehouse; this can be set as the overall warehouse or a location " -"within the warehouse" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new warehouse's settings." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Ubicación`: la ubicación en la que se encuentra almacenado " -"actualmente el producto dentro del almacén. Puede establecerse como el " -"almacén general o una ubicación dentro del almacén." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:84 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " -"serial number used to identify it" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Número de lote/serie`: el lote al que pertenece el producto o el " -"número de serie que utiliza para identificarlo." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:85 +msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" +msgstr "Agregar inventario a un nuevo almacén" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:87 msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Hand`: the total quantity of the product stored in the " -"location for which inventory is being adjusted; this should be zero for a " -"new location or warehouse" +"If a new warehouse is created to represent a real-world storage location " +"with existing stock, update the warehouse's stock using an inventory " +"adjustment." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Disponible`: la cantidad total del producto almacenado en la " -"ubicación para la que se está ajustando el inventario. Debe ser cero para " -"una nueva ubicación o almacén." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:88 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Counted`: the amount of the product that is being added to " -"inventory" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Contado`: la cantidad de producto que se está agregando al " -"inventario." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:89 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the *On Hand* and *Counted* " -"values; this will automatically update to reflect the value entered in the " -":guilabel:`Counted` column" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Diferencia`: la diferencia entre los valores *Disponible y " -"*Contado*. Se actualizará de forma automática para reflejar el valor " -"introducido en la columna :guilabel:`Contado`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:91 -msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for counting the product" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`UdM`: la unidad de medida utilizada para contar el producto." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`count_products`" +msgstr ":doc:`count_products`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "Include a line for each product being added to inventory." -msgstr "Incluye una línea por cada producto que se agrega al inventario." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To perform an inventory adjustment, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Operations --> Physical Inventory`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing" +" so adds a new line at the bottom of the list of inventory adjustments." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:97 -msgid "" -"After adding all the products already stored in the new warehouse, click " -":guilabel:`Validate Inventory` to complete the inventory adjustment. The " -"values in the :guilabel:`On Hand` column will update to reflect those in the" -" :guilabel:`Counted` column and the products added will appear in the " -"inventory of the new warehouse." +msgid "Configure the line by filling out the following fields as necessary:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " +"the new warehouse. This can be set as the overall warehouse, or a location " +"within the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " +"serial number used to identify it, if the product is tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the total quantity of the product stored in " +"the location for which inventory is being adjusted. For a new warehouse or " +"location where a count or a prior inventory adjustment has not taken place, " +"this should be set to `0.00`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure (UoM) used for counting the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: the amount of the product being added to " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the on-hand and counted " +"quantities. This automatically updates to reflect the value entered in the " +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date selected for the next inventory count " +"for this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`User`: the user who recorded the inventory adjustment in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out inventory adjustment line for product in new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once each line for the products being added to the new warehouse is " +"configured, click :guilabel:`Apply` on each line to apply the new inventory " +"counts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The values in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column update to reflect " +"those in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and the products added " +"appear in the new warehouse's stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:125 +msgid "" +"If products tracked using a lot number or serial number are added without " +"specifying the tracking number, a :guilabel:`Tracked Products in Inventory " +"Adjustment` pop-up window appears upon clicking :guilabel:`Apply` on that " +"product's line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The pop-up indicates tracked products were added, but the lots/serial " +"numbers were not defined. To apply the adjustment without the numbers, click" +" :guilabel:`Apply`. To add the numbers before applying, click " +":guilabel:`Discard`, and add the numbers. Then, once ready, click " +":guilabel:`Apply` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:0 +msgid "Tracked Products in Inventory Adjustment pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`warehouses_locations`" msgstr "" -"Después de agregar todos los productos ya almacenados en el nuevo almacén, " -"haga clic en :guilabel:`Validar inventario` para completar el ajuste del " -"inventario. Los valores de la columna :guilabel:`Disponible` se actualizarán" -" para reflejar los de la columna :guilabel:`Contados` y los productos " -"agregados aparecerán en el inventario del nuevo almacén." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:3 msgid "Cycle counts" @@ -21678,10 +21989,6 @@ msgstr "" "Haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` después de realizar todos los cambios " "necesarios." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123 -msgid ":doc:`count_products`" -msgstr ":doc:`count_products`" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`use_locations`" msgstr ":doc:`use_locations`" @@ -21843,63 +22150,35 @@ msgstr "Una recepción de existencias que se recibieron de otro almacén." msgid "Scrap inventory" msgstr "Desechar inventario" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:8 msgid "" -"In some cases, a product in inventory may be damaged or found to be " -"defective. If it is not possible to repair or return the product, Odoo " -"*Inventory* allows users to scrap it, ensuring that usable inventory counts " -"remain accurate." +"Sometimes, products in a company's warehouse stock might be found to be " +"damaged or defective, past the point of being reparable. If it is not " +"possible to repair the product, or return the product to a vendor, it can be" +" scrapped." msgstr "" -"En algunos casos, es posible que un producto en el inventario esté dañado o " -"defectuoso. Si no es posible reparar o devolver el producto, la aplicación " -"*Inventario* de Odoo permite que los usuarios lo desechen para garantizar " -"que el número de productos que sí se pueden usar sea el correcto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:12 msgid "" -"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " -"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." +"Odoo *Inventory* allows users to scrap inventory, designating goods or " +"materials that are no longer usable or sellable for disposal (or recycling)." msgstr "" -"Puede ver las órdenes de desecho en :menuselection:`Inventario --> " -"Operaciones --> Desechar`. Cada orden de desecho muestra la fecha y la hora " -"en la que se creó la orden, junto con el producto y la cantidad desechada. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:15 msgid "" -"To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`. Remove the " -":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display " -"virtual locations. Finally, select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` " -"location." +"Scrapping inventory in a database helps stock counts remain accurate, by " +"removing scrapped products from physical inventory, and placing it in a " +"virtual scrap location (*Virtual Locations/Scrap*)." msgstr "" -"Para ver la cantidad total de cada elemento desechado, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ubicaciones`. Elimine el " -"filtro :guilabel:`Interno` de la barra :guilabel:`Buscar...` para que " -"aparezcan las ubicaciones virtuales. Por último, seleccione la ubicación con" -" el nombre :guilabel:`Ubicaciones virtuales/Desechos`. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:19 msgid "" -"By default, scrapping a product removes it from physical inventory, and " -"places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual Locations/Scrap*. A virtual " -"location is **not** a physical space, but rather a designation in Odoo that " -"is used to track items that are no longer in physical inventory." +"*Virtual locations* in Odoo are **not** real, physical spaces in a " +"warehouse. Rather, they are designated locations in a database that provide " +"tracking of items that shouldn't be counted in a physical inventory." msgstr "" -"De manera predeterminada, al desechar un producto, este se elimina del " -"inventario físico y se coloca en una ubicación virtual que recibe el nombre " -"de *Ubicaciones virtuales/Desechos*. Una ubicación virtual **no** es un " -"espacio físico, es una denominación de Odoo que se usa para rastrear " -"elementos que ya no están disponibles en el inventario físico. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:68 -msgid "Learn more" -msgstr "Más información" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:25 msgid "" "For more information about virtual locations, see the documentation about " "the different types of :ref:`locations " @@ -21910,174 +22189,175 @@ msgstr "" "`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To use locations in warehouse, including a virtual scrap location, the " +"*Storage Locations* feature must first be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Tick the " +"checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` to enable the feature, and " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Storage Locations setting in Inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:41 msgid "Scrap from stock" msgstr "Desechar de las existencias" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:43 msgid "" -"To scrap a product located in inventory, begin by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Scrap`. On the :guilabel:`Scrap" -" Orders` page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new scrap order." +"To create a new scrap order (SP) for an in-stock product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Scrap`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a new |SP| form." msgstr "" -"Para desechar un producto que se ubica en el inventario, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Inventario --> Operaciones --> Desechar`. En la página " -":guilabel:`Órdenes de desecho`, haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo` para " -"configurar una nueva orden para desechar." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:46 msgid "" -"On the scrap order, select the product being scrapped from the " -":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` field. The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the " -"location where the product is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` " -"defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be " -"changed by selecting a different location from their respective drop-down " -"menus." +"Click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and select the " +"product that should be scrapped from inventory. In the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"field, change the value to the quantity of the product that should be " +"scrapped (by default, this value is set to `1.00`)." msgstr "" -"En la orden de desechos, seleccione el producto que desea desechar en el " -"menú desplegable :guilabel:`Producto` e introduzca la :guilabel:`cantidad` " -"en el campo correspondiente. El valor predeterminado en la " -":guilabel:`ubicación de origen` es la ubicación donde se almacena el " -"producto y el valor predeterminado de la :guilabel:`ubicación de deshecho` " -"es :guilabel:`Ubicaciones virtuales/Desechos`, pero puede cambiar cualquiera" -" de estos si selecciona una ubicación distinta desde sus menús desplegables." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "A new scrap order." -msgstr "Una nueva orden de desechos." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to scrap the product. The on-hand " -"inventory count for the scrapped product updates to subtract the scrapped " -"quantity." +msgid "Filled out new scrap order form with product details." msgstr "" -"Por último, haga clic en :guilabel:`Validar` para desechar el producto. El " -"número de inventario disponible del producto desechado se actualiza y resta " -"la cantidad desechada." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:49 -msgid "Scrap from a receipt, transfer, or delivery" -msgstr "Desechar en una recepción, traslado o entrega" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:54 msgid "" -"It is also possible to scrap products during the receipt, transfer, and " -"delivery operations. This can be necessary if any products are found to be " -"defective when receiving them into inventory, transferring them from one " -"location to another, or preparing them for delivery." +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " +"is currently stored. The :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to the " +"designated scrap location (:guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`). Either of " +"these locations can be changed by selecting a different location from their " +"respective drop-down menus." msgstr "" -"También puede desechar productos durante las operaciones de recepción, " -"traslado y entrega. Puede ser necesario si descubre que algún producto es " -"defectuoso al recibirlo en el inventario, trasladarlo de un lugar a otro o " -"prepararlo para su entrega." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:59 msgid "" -"To scrap a product during the receipt, transfer, or delivery operations, " -"begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app. On the " -":guilabel:`Overview` page, select the :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the" -" :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`, or " -":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, depending on the type of operation the " -"product is being scrapped from." +"If the scrapping is tied to a specific existing operation, specify the " +"operation in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." msgstr "" -"Para desechar un producto durante las operaciones de recepción, traslado o " -"entrega, vaya a la aplicación :menuselection:`Inventario`. En la página " -":guilabel:`Información general`, seleccione el botón :guilabel:`# POR " -"PROCESAR` en las tarjetas :guilabel:`Recibidos`, :guilabel:`Traslados " -"internos` u :guilabel:`Órdenes de entrega`, según el tipo de operación desde" -" la cual desea desechar el producto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:62 msgid "" -"For the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card to appear on the " -":menuselection:`Overview` page of the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, the " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next " -"to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading." +"The :guilabel:`Company` field displays the company whose warehouse this " +"product belongs to. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " +"scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." msgstr "" -"Para que la tarjeta :guilabel:`Traslados internos` aparezca en la página de " -":guilabel:`Información general` de la aplicación " -":menuselection:`Inventario`, debe habilitar los ajustes de " -":guilabel:`Ubicaciones de almacenamiento`. Vaya a " -":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`, luego habilite la casilla junto " -"a :guilabel:`Ubicaciones de almacenamiento` que se encuentra dentro de la " -"categoría :guilabel:`Almacén`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:66 msgid "" -"Alternatively, a list of all delivery orders, receipts, and transfers can be" -" viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> " -"Transfers`." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the new |SP|. Once " +"validated, a :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button appears at the top of " +"the form. Click the smart button to view the details of the scrap operation." msgstr "" -"Hay otra opción para visualizar la lista con todas las órdenes de entrega, " -"recepción y traslado. Vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Operaciones --> " -"Traslados`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Next, open a delivery order, receipt, or transfer from the corresponding " -"page by clicking on it. A :guilabel:`Scrap` button appears at the top of the" -" page. Click it to open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." -msgstr "" -"Luego, haga clic en una orden de entrega, recepción o traslado desde la " -"página correspondiente para abrirla. El botón :guilabel:`Desechar` aparece " -"en la parte superior de la página, haga clic en él para abrir la ventana " -"emergente correspondiente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "The scrap pop-up in the Inventory app." -msgstr "La ventana emergente de desechos en la aplicación Inventario." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:78 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Scrap` button will only appear on a receipt that has been " -"validated. This is because Odoo only allows products to be scrapped once " -"they have been entered into inventory." +msgid "Product Moves smart button on new scrap order form." msgstr "" -"El botón :guilabel:`Desechar` solo aparecerá en una recepción que ya esté " -"validada. Esto se debe a que Odoo solo permite desechar los productos una " -"vez que están dentro del inventario." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:75 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window, select the product being scrapped " -"from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Then, enter the quantity in the" -" :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +"To view the all-time total quantities of scrapped items, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Click the " +":guilabel:`x (remove)` button on the :guilabel:`Internal` filter in the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar, to display virtual locations." msgstr "" -"En la ventana emergente de :guilabel:`desechos`, seleccione el " -":guilabel:`producto` a desechar en el menú desplegable correspondiente. " -"Luego, ingrese el número en el campo :guilabel:`Cantidad`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:79 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " -"is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual" -" Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be changed by selecting a " -"different location from their respective drop-down menus." +"Select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` location. From the " +":guilabel:`Scrap` location's form, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` smart" +" button, at the top of the form." msgstr "" -"El valor predeterminado en la :guilabel:`ubicación de origen` es la " -"ubicación donde se almacena el producto y el valor predeterminado de la " -":guilabel:`ubicación de deshecho` es :guilabel:`Ubicaciones " -"virtuales/Desechos`, pero puede cambiar cualquiera de estos si selecciona " -"una ubicación distinta desde sus menús desplegables." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the product. After doing so, the " -":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window disappears and a :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " -"button appears in the top right of the page. Click it to view all of the " -"scrap orders created from that operation." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:82 +msgid "A list of all scrapped products, and their quantities, is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:0 +msgid "Current Stock list of all scrapped products in virtual scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:89 +msgid "Scrap from an existing operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Scrap orders (SPs) can *also* be created from existing operations, such as " +"receipts, delivery orders, and internal transfers, before they are entered " +"into, or removed from, stock for an operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To scrap a product during an operation, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview`, " +"click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on an operation's task card (i.e. " +"the :guilabel:`Receipts` task card)." msgstr "" -"Por último, haga clic en :guilabel:`Hecho` para desechar el producto. " -"Después de hacerlo, la ventana emergente de :guilabel:`desechos` se cierra " -"en automático y aparece el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Desechar` en la " -"parte superior derecha de la página. Haga clic en él para ver todas las " -"órdenes de desechos que se crearon desde esa operación." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "The Scraps smart button." -msgstr "El botón inteligente para desechar." +msgid "# To Process button on Receipts task card on Inventory Overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, select an operation to process from the resulting list of existing " +"orders. Doing so opens that operation's form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon, and select " +":guilabel:`Scrap` from the resulting drop-down menu. This opens a " +":guilabel:`Scrap Products` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Scrap Products pop-up window on operation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:113 +msgid "" +"From this pop-up window, click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product`" +" field, and select the products from the operation that should be scrapped. " +"Adjust the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Product` selected is tracked using a lot or serial number," +" a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial` field appears. Specify the tracking number in that" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` and :guilabel:`Scrap Location` can be " +"changed, if needed. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " +"scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Scrap Products`. A :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " +"button appears at the top of the operation form. Click this smart button to " +"view the details of all scrap orders created from this specific operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Scraps smart button showing all scrap orders from operation." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:3 msgid "Locations" @@ -22085,177 +22365,221 @@ msgstr "Ubicaciones" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:5 msgid "" -"A *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. This can be a shelf, " -"room, aisle, etc. There are three types of locations in Odoo:" +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. " +"This can be a shelf, room, aisle, rack, bin, etc." msgstr "" -"Una *ubicación* es un espacio específico dentro de un almacén. Puede ser un " -"estante, una sala, un pasillo, etc. Hay tres tipos de ubicaciones en Odoo:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:8 msgid "" -"*Physical locations* are spaces within a warehouse owned by the user's " -"company. These can be a an area where items are stored like an aisle or " -"shelf, or an area where operations take place, like loading and unloading " -"bays." +"There are also external and virtual locations. For example, customer " +"locations, and locations specifically designated as \"virtual\", instead of " +"real, physical locations." msgstr "" -"Las *ubicaciones físicas* son espacios dentro de un almacén que pertenece a " -"la empresa del usuario. Estas pueden ser las áreas donde los artículos se " -"almacenan como un pasillo o estante, o las áreas donde se realizan " -"operaciones, como las zonas de carga y descarga." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:11 msgid "" -"*Partner locations* are the same as physical locations except that they " -"exist within the warehouse of a customer or vendor." +"Locations allow for the storage of products in designated areas of the " +"warehouse, to help track inventory accurately." msgstr "" -"Las *ubicaciones de contactos* son iguales a las ubicaciones físicas, pero " -"están dentro del almacén de un cliente o proveedor." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:17 msgid "" -"*Virtual locations* are locations that do not exist physically, but where " -"items that are not in inventory can be placed. These can be items that have " -"not yet entered inventory, like products that are on the way to a warehouse," -" or items that are no longer in inventory due to loss or other factors." +"To specify storage locations, the *Storage Locations* setting must be " +"enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"section. Tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` to enable " +"the feature, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Las *ubicaciones virtuales* son ubicaciones que no existen de forma física, " -"pero allí se pueden colocar los artículos que no están en el inventario. " -"Estos pueden ser artículos que aún no son parte de las existencias, como " -"productos que están en camino al almacén o artículos que ya no están en el " -"inventario debido a pérdidas u otros factores." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In order to use locations, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be" -" enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, and enable " -"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Storage Location setting in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -"Debe habilitar los ajustes de :guilabel:`Ubicaciones de almacenamiento` para" -" poder usarlas. Vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> " -"Ajustes`, diríjase al encabezado :guilabel:`Almacén` y active la casilla " -":guilabel:`Ubicaciones de almacenamiento`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:24 -msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" -msgstr "Crear una nueva ubicación dentro de un almacén" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:26 msgid "" -"Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations --> Create`. The new location " -"form can then be configured as follows:" +"Once the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is enabled, two additional " +"internal link options appear below it: :guilabel:`Locations` and " +":guilabel:`Putaway Rules`. Click :guilabel:`Locations` to open a list of all" +" existing locations in the warehouse." msgstr "" -"En la aplicación :guilabel:`Inventario`, seleccione " -":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ubicaciones --> Nuevo`. Complete el " -"formulario para la nueva ubicación con los siguientes datos:" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location Name`: the name that will be used to reference the " -"location" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Nombre de la ubicación`: el nombre que se utilizará para hacer " -"referencia a la ubicación." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:30 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Parent Location`: the location or warehouse that the new location" -" exists within" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Ubicación principal`: la ubicación o el almacén dentro del que " -"está la nueva ubicación." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location Type`: choose the category that the location belongs to" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Tipo de ubicación`: elija la categoría a la que pertenece la " -"ubicación." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse that the location " -"is inside of" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Empresa`: la empresa que es propietaria del almacén donde se " -"encuentra la ubicación." +msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" +msgstr "Crear una nueva ubicación dentro de un almacén" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:104 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: check this box to allow for " -"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location" +"To create a new location inside a warehouse, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Doing so " +"opens a list of all existing locations. Click :guilabel:`New` to open a new " +"location creation form." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`¿Es una ubicación de desecho?`: marque esta casilla si desea " -"permitir que las mercancías que son desechos o están dañadas se almacenen en" -" esta ubicación." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: check this box to allow products to be " -"returned to this location" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`¿Es una ubicación de devolución?`: marque esta casilla si desea " -"permitir que devuelvan los productos a esta ubicación." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:37 -msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode number assigned to the location" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Código de barras`: el número de código de barras que le asignó a " -"la ubicación." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:108 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Removal Strategy`: the :doc:`strategy <../removal_strategies>` " -"for how items should be taken from inventory" +"In the :guilabel:`Location Name` field, assign a name for the new location. " +"In the :guilabel:`Parent Location` field, assign the location that this new " +"location exists in." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Estrategia de remoción`: la :doc:`estrategia " -"<../removal_strategies>` que indica cómo se deben tomar los artículos del " -"inventario." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 -msgid "The form for creating a new location." -msgstr "El formulario para crear una nueva ubicación." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:41 +msgid "" +"A new location `Gate 1` is created. Its parent location is `Dispatch Zone`. " +"In the :guilabel:`Parent Location` for `Gate 1`, select `Dispatch Zone`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:48 -msgid "Create location hierarchies" -msgstr "Crear jerarquías de ubicación" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, fill out the necessary " +"details for the new location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Location Type` field, select which type of location this " +"is. There are seven different types of locations to choose from:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:50 msgid "" -"The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" -" to exist within a warehouse or another location. Every location can serve " -"as a parent location, and every parent location can have multiple locations " -"within it, allowing for the creation of a virtually infinite hierarchical " -"structure." +":guilabel:`Vendor Location`: virtual location representing the source " +"location for products coming from vendors." msgstr "" -"El ajuste que recibe el nombre de *Ubicación principal* en el formulario de " -"la nueva ubicación permite que exista una ubicación dentro de un almacén u " -"otra ubicación. Cada ubicación puede servir como una ubicación principal y " -"cada una de ellas puede tener varias ubicaciones dentro, lo que permite la " -"creación de una estructura jerárquica casi infinita." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:52 msgid "" -"Location hierarchy could be organized so that a shelf is located within an " -"aisle, which is located within a room, which is located within the overall " -"warehouse." +":guilabel:`View`: virtual location used to create a hierarchical structure " +"for a warehouse; aggregates its child locations. **Should not directly " +"contain products**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`Internal Location`: physical location inside a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:55 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer Location`: virtual location representing the destination" +" location for products sent to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Inventory Loss`: virtual location serving as a counterpart for " +"inventory operations. Used to correct stock levels of physical inventory." msgstr "" -"La jerarquía de ubicaciones permite que un estante se encuentre dentro de un" -" pasillo, que se encuentra dentro de una sala, que se encuentra dentro del " -"almacén general." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:59 msgid "" -"To create the location hierarchy in the example above, set the warehouse as " -"the parent of the room, the room as the parent of the aisle, and the aisle " -"as the parent of the shelf. This can be adapted to a hierarchy of any " -"magnitude." +":guilabel:`Production`: virtual counterpart location for production " +"operations. This location consumes components and produces finished " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transit Location`: counterpart location that should be used in " +"inter-company or inter-warehouse operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Additional Information section of new location creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Configure the remaining fields in the :guilabel:`Additional Information` " +"section as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose warehouse the location is inside of. " +"Leave this field blank if this location is shared between companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow for " +"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow products to " +"be returned to this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode assigned to the location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Replenish Location`: tick this checkbox to get all quantities to " +"replenish at this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Cyclic Counting` section, change the value in the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field from the default `0`, if " +"necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Cyclic Counting section of new location creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When different than `0`, the inventory count dates for products stored at " +"this location are automatically set at the defined frequency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:90 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, in the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` " +"field, click the drop-down menu and select the :doc:`removal strategy " +"<../removal_strategies>` for how items should be removed from this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:97 +msgid "Create location hierarchies" +msgstr "Crear jerarquías de ubicación" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" +" to exist within a warehouse, or below another location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Every location can serve as a parent location, and every parent location can" +" have multiple locations within it, allowing for the creation of a " +"hierarchical structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Location hierarchy could be organized so that a small refrigerator is " +"located on a specific shelf, which is located in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Location hierarchy of small refrigerator, on a shelf in a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To create the location hierarchy in the example above (`WH/Stock/Shelf " +"2/Small Refrigerator`), set the warehouse stock as the parent of the shelf, " +"and the shelf as the parent of the small refrigerator. This can be adapted " +"to a hierarchy of any magnitude." msgstr "" -"Para crear la jerarquía de ubicación descrita en el ejemplo anterior, " -"establezca el almacén como la ubicación principal de la sala, la sala como " -"la ubicación principal del pasillo y el pasillo como la ubicación principal " -"del estante. Esto se puede adaptar a una jerarquía de cualquier extensión." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:5 msgid "Routes and push/pull rules" @@ -23294,6 +23618,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse." msgstr "La tarjeta de órdenes de entrega para la salida del almacén." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 +msgid "Process the receipt" +msgstr "Procesar la recepción" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99 msgid "" "Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for " @@ -23436,201 +23764,160 @@ msgstr "" " que se explicó anteriormente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations" -msgstr "Gestionar almacenes y ubicaciones" +msgid "Manage warehouses and locations" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:9 msgid "Warehouse" msgstr "Almacén" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:15 msgid "" -"In Odoo, a *warehouse* is the actual building/place in which a company's " -"items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user " -"can create moves between warehouses." +"Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo, and stock moves can be created " +"between warehouses." msgstr "" -"En Odoo, un *almacén* es el edificio o lugar real en el que una empresa " -"almacena sus artículos. En Odoo es posible configurar varios almacenes y el " -"usuario puede crear movimientos entre ellos." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:22 msgid "" -"A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a " -"sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). " -"Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible " -"to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can " -"be configured as needed under one warehouse." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. " +"This can be a shelf, room, aisle, rack, bin, etc. Locations allow for the " +"storage of products in designated areas of the warehouse, to help track " +"inventory accurately." msgstr "" -"Una **ubicación** es un espacio específico dentro del almacén. Puede ser una" -" sububicación del almacén (un estante, un piso, un pasillo, entre otras). " -"Por lo tanto, una ubicación es parte de un solo almacén y no es posible " -"vincular una ubicación con varios almacenes. Puede configurar tantas " -"ubicaciones como necesite en un almacén." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:24 -msgid "There are three types of locations:" -msgstr "Hay tres tipos de ubicaciones:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:26 msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading " -"areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc." +"A location is only part of *one* warehouse, and can **not** be linked to " +"multiple warehouses. As many locations can be configured as needed under one" +" warehouse." msgstr "" -"Las **ubicaciones físicas** son ubicaciones internas que forman parte de los" -" almacenes de la empresa. Pueden ser el área de carga y descarga del " -"almacén, un estante, un departamento, etc." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:29 +msgid "There are three types of locations in Odoo *Inventory*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:31 msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only " -"difference being that they are not owned by the user's company." +"**Physical Locations**: internal locations within a single warehouse owned " +"by the company. This can include shipping and loading docks, aisles, " +"shelves, storage areas, and more." msgstr "" -"Las **ubicaciones de contacto** son espacios dentro del almacén de un " -"proveedor o cliente. Funcionan de la misma forma que las ubicaciones " -"físicas, la única diferencia es que no son propiedad de la empresa del " -"usuario." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:33 msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory " -"Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse " -"(**Procurements**)." +"**Partner Locations**: external locations, such as designated spaces in a " +"customer or vendor's warehouse. They are similar to physical locations, but " +"they are **not** owned by the user's company." msgstr "" -"Las **ubicaciones virtuales** son lugares que no existen, pero en los cuales" -" se pueden colocar productos cuando aún no están físicamente en un " -"inventario, o que ya no lo están. Son útiles para registrar productos " -"perdidos (**pérdida de inventario**) o para contabilizar productos que van " -"en camino a su almacén (**aprovisionamientos**)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:36 msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be " -"structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the " -"organization of the warehouses." +"**Virtual Locations**: this type of location does not exist as a physical " +"space, but products can be \"stored\" here when they are not physically in " +"an inventory yet. *Inventory Loss* and *Procurements* are examples of " +"virtual locations, for products that are lost or in transit to the " +"warehouse." msgstr "" -"En Odoo las ubicaciones se estructuran de forma jerárquica. Es posible " -"proporcionarles una estructura de árbol en una relación dependiente " -"principal y secundaria, lo que proporciona niveles más detallados de " -"análisis de las operaciones de existencias y la organización de los " -"almacenes." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:41 msgid "" -"To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" -" enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"Every location within a warehouse can serve as a parent location, and every " +"parent location can have multiple locations within it, allowing for the " +"creation of a hierarchical structure. This allows for more detailed levels " +"of analysis of the stock operations and the organization of the warehouses." msgstr "" -"Para activar las ubicaciones, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> " -"Ajustes`, habilite la función :guilabel:`ubicaciones de almacenamiento` y " -"haga clic en :guilabel:`guardar`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:48 +msgid "" +"For companies with one warehouse, no additional settings are required to " +"activate before editing the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:51 +msgid "" +"For companies with multiple warehouses, and to create locations within a " +"warehouse, the *Storage Locations* feature must be enabled." msgstr "" -"Habilitar la función \"ubicaciones de almacenamiento\" en los ajustes de la " -"aplicación Inventario de Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:54 msgid "" -"To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable " -":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check " -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes`." +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Tick the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox to enable the feature, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Si desea administrar varias rutas dentro de los almacenes, habilite " -":guilabel:`rutas multietapa` y consulta la siguiente documentación " -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:58 -msgid "Create a new warehouse" -msgstr "Crear un nuevo almacén" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " -"Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Storage Locations feature enabled in the Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -"Para crear un almacén, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Gestión de " -"almacenes --> Almacenes` y haga clic en :guilabel:`crear`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:63 msgid "" -"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. " -"The short name is five characters maximum." +"To manage warehouse *routes*, such as two-and-three-step receipts and " +"deliveries, enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature from the *Inventory* app " +"settings, as well. For more on routes, see :doc:`use_routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:68 +msgid "Create a new warehouse" +msgstr "Crear un nuevo almacén" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Begin by assigning a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name`, and a :guilabel:`Short " +"Name`. The :guilabel:`Short Name` field is limited to a **five** character " +"maximum." msgstr "" -"Agregue un :guilabel:`nombre de almacén` y un :guilabel:`nombre corto`. El " -"nombre corto debe tener máximo cinco caracteres." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." +msgid "New warehouse creation form name configuration fields." msgstr "" -"Campo de nombre corto para un almacén en la aplicación Inventario de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:81 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse " -"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first " -"letters of location]\"." +"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like `WH/[first " +"letters of location]`." msgstr "" -"El :guilabel:`nombre corto` aparece en sus órdenes de traslado y otros " -"documentos de almacén, le recomendamos que utilice uno que sea fácil de " -"entender, como \"WH/[primeras letras de la ubicación]\"." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:84 msgid "" -"Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations " -"related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated." +"For example, a warehouse named `Warehouse #2` might have the " +":guilabel:`Short Name` `WH2` (the short name for the default warehouse in " +"Odoo is `WH`)." msgstr "" -"Regrese al tablero de :guilabel:`Inventario`. Ahí se generaron nuevas " -"operaciones de forma automática relacionadas con el almacén que acaba de " -"crear." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently " -"created warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Tablero de la aplicación Inventario que muestra nuevos tipos de traslados " -"para el almacén que se acaba de crear." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the " -":guilabel:`Locations` setting." -msgstr "" -"El ajuste :guilabel:`ubicaciones` se activará de forma automática si agrega " -"un segundo almacén." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:85 -msgid "Create a new location" -msgstr "Crear una nueva ubicación" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:87 msgid "" -"To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " -"Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +"Once the warehouse is created, navigate back to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard. New operations for the newly created " +"warehouse are automatically generated there." msgstr "" -"Para crear una ubicación, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Gestión " -"de almacenes --> Ubicaciones` y haga clic en :guilabel:`crear`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:90 msgid "" -"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`" -" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +"For more on creating new warehouses, see :doc:`create_a_second_warehouse`." msgstr "" -"Agregue el :guilabel:`nombre de la ubicación` y una :guilabel:`ubicación " -"principal`, luego haga clic en :guilabel:`guardar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." +msgid "" +"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfers for the new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:102 +msgid "Create a new location" +msgstr "Crear una nueva ubicación" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:111 +msgid "For more on locations, see :doc:`use_locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "New warehouse location creation form." msgstr "" -"Creación de una nueva ubicación de almacén en la aplicación Inventario de " -"Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 msgid "Inventory valuation" msgstr "Valoración del inventario" @@ -24113,7 +24400,7 @@ msgstr "" "Los campos de valoración de inventario se ubican en el formulario de las " "categorías de producto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 msgid "" "Alternatively, automated inventory valuation is an integrated valuation " "method that updates the inventory value in real-time by creating journal " @@ -24125,7 +24412,7 @@ msgstr "" "mediante la creación de asientos contables cuando se inician movimientos de " "existencias entre las ubicaciones del inventario de la empresa." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:26 msgid "" "Automated inventory valuation is a method recommended for expert " "accountants, given the extra steps involved in journal entry configuration. " @@ -24140,11 +24427,11 @@ msgstr "" "ser necesario realizar ajustes de forma continua dependiendo de las " "necesidades y prioridades de la empresa." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 msgid "Types of accounting" msgstr "Tipos de contabilidad" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 msgid "" "Accounting entries will depend on the accounting mode: *Continental* or " "*Anglo-Saxon*." @@ -24152,125 +24439,58 @@ msgstr "" "Los asientos contables dependerán del modo de contabilidad: *continental* o " "*anglosajón*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39 msgid "" "Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and " -"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`." msgstr "" -"Para comprobar el modo de contabilidad, active el :ref:`developer-mode` y " -"vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Then, in the search bar, look for :guilabel:`Anglo-Saxon Accounting`, to see" +" if the feature is enabled. If it is **not** enabled, Continental accounting" +" mode is in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the Anglo-Saxon accounting mode feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 msgid "" "In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported " "when products are sold or delivered. This means that the cost of a good is " -"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. " -"*Interim Stock Accounts* are used for the input and output accounts, and are" -" both *Asset Accounts* in the balance sheet." +"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. So " +"for **manual** valuation method, set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to " +"`Stock Valuation` for the current asset type; for **automatic** valuation " +"method, set the the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to an *Expenses* or a *Cost " +"of Revenue* type (e.g. `Cost of Production`, `Cost of Goods Sold`, etc.)." msgstr "" -"En la contabilidad *anglosajona*, el costo de los bienes vendidos se reporta" -" cuando se venden o entregan productos. Esto significa que el costo de un " -"bien solo se registra como un gasto cuando se factura un producto a un " -"cliente. Se utilizan *cuentas provisionales de existencias* para las cuentas" -" de entrada y salida, y ambas son *cuentas de activos* en el balance " -"general." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 msgid "" "In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a " -"product is received into stock. Additionally, a single *Expense* account is " -"used for both input and output accounts in the balance sheet." +"product is received into stock. Because of this, the :guilabel:`Expense " +"Account` can be set to **either** *Expenses* or a *Cost of Revenue* type, " +"however, it is more commonly set to an *Expenses* account." msgstr "" -"En la contabilidad *continental*, el costo de un bien se reporta en cuanto " -"se recibe un producto en las existencias. Además, se utiliza una única " -"cuenta *de gastos* tanto para las cuentas de entrada y salida en el balance " -"general." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 -msgid "Costing methods" -msgstr "Métodos de costo" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 msgid "" -"Below are the three costing methods that can be used in Odoo for inventory " -"valuation." +":ref:`Details about configuring Expense and Stock accounts " +"`" msgstr "" -"Estos son los tres métodos de costo que puede utilizar en Odoo para su " -"valoración de inventario." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Standard Price**: is the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the " -"product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used to " -"compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " -"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." -msgstr "" -"**Precio estándar**: es el método de costo predeterminado en Odoo. El costo " -"del producto se define de forma manual en el formulario del producto. Este " -"costo se utiliza para calcular la valoración. Incluso si el precio de compra" -" en una orden de compra es distinto, la valoración utilizará el costo que se" -" definió en el formulario del producto." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Average Cost (AVCO)**: calculates the valuation of a product based on the " -"average cost of that product, divided by the total number of available stock" -" on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and " -"constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." -msgstr "" -"**Costo promedio**: calcula la valoración de un producto según su costo " -"promedio, dividido por el número total de existencias a la mano disponibles." -" Al utilizar este método de costo, la valoración de inventario es *dinámica*" -" y se ajusta con regularidad según el precio de compra de los productos." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**First In First Out (FIFO)**: tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing " -"items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to change the " -"valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the next good " -"sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next inventory " -"lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based on the " -"valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most accurate " -"inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it's highly " -"sensitive to input data and human error." -msgstr "" -"**Primeras entradas, primeras salidas**: lleva el seguimiento en tiempo real" -" de los costos de artículos entrantes y salientes y utiliza el precio real " -"de los productos para cambiar la valoración. El precio de compra más antiguo" -" se utiliza como el costo del próximo bien vendido hasta que se venda un " -"lote entero de ese producto. Cuando el siguiente lote de inventario avanza " -"en la cola, se utiliza un costo de producto actualizado basado en la " -"valoración de ese lote específico. Podría decirse que este método de " -"valoración de inventario es el más preciso por varias razones, pero es muy " -"sensible a los datos introducidos y a los errores humanos." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It's highly" -" recommended to consult an accountant first before making any adjustments " -"here." -msgstr "" -"Cambiar el método de costo tiene un gran impacto en la valoración de " -"inventario. Recomendamos ampliamente consultar a un contador antes de hacer " -"cualquier ajuste." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:78 -msgid "Configure automated inventory valuation in Odoo" -msgstr "Configurar la valoración automatizada de inventario en Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:67 msgid "" "Make changes to inventory valuation options by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and " -"choose the category/categories where the automated valuation method should " -"apply." +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. In " +"the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` section, select the desired " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` options." msgstr "" -"Puede hacer cambios en su valoración de inventario en " -":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Categorías de producto` y " -"elija la categoría o categorías en las que se debería aplicar el método de " -"valoración automatizada." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:72 msgid "" "It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product " "categories." @@ -24278,31 +24498,37 @@ msgstr "" "Es posible utilizar distintos ajustes de valoración para categorías de " "producto distintas." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` heading are two labels: " -":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`. Pick the " -"desired :guilabel:`Costing Method` using the drop-down menu (e.g. " -":guilabel:`Standard`, :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`, or :guilabel:`First " -"In First Out (FIFO)`) and switch the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to " -":guilabel:`Automated`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 +msgid "Show inventory valuation configuration options." msgstr "" -"En la sección :guilabel:`valoración de inventario` hay dos campos: " -":guilabel:`método de costo` y :guilabel:`valoración de inventario`. Elija el" -" :guilabel:`método de costo` que desea utilizar mediante el menú desplegable" -" (por ejemplo, :guilabel:`estándar`, :guilabel:`costo promedio` o " -":guilabel:`primeras entradas, primeras salidas (PEPS)`) y cambie la " -":guilabel:`valoración de inventario` a :guilabel:`automatizada`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 -msgid "" -":ref:`Using the inventory " -"valuation`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +msgid "Costing method" msgstr "" -":ref:`Uso de la valuación de inventario " -"`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +msgid "" +"From the product category's configuration page, choose the desired " +":guilabel:`Costing Method`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Standard Price`: the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of " +"the product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used " +"to compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " +"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`: calculates the valuation of a product based" +" on the average cost of that product, divided by the total number of " +"available stock on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is " +"*dynamic*, and constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " "Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " @@ -24320,7 +24546,30 @@ msgstr "" "automática según el precio promedio de compra, tanto del inventario " "disponible como de los costos acumulados de las órdenes de compra validadas." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`: tracks the costs of incoming and " +"outgoing items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to " +"change the valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the " +"next good sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next " +"inventory lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based " +"on the valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most " +"accurate inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it is" +" highly sensitive to input data and human error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It is " +"highly recommended to consult an accountant first before making any " +"adjustments here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`using_inventory_valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " "that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " @@ -24339,17 +24588,109 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo generará un registro correspondiente en el reporte de *Valoración de " "Inventario*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 msgid "" -"On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " -"appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " -"inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" +"Inventory valuation in Odoo can be set to be updated manually or " +"automatically. While *Expense* accounts apply to both, the *Stock Input* and" +" *Stock Output* accounts are only used for automated valuation." msgstr "" -"En la misma pantalla, aparecerán campos de :guilabel:`propiedades de la " -"cuenta de existencias` porque ahora son campos necesarios debido al cambio a" -" valoración de inventario. Estas cuentas se definen de la siguiente manera:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Refer to the :ref:`Expense ` and " +":ref:`Stock input/output ` sections for " +"details on configuring each account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +msgid "Expense account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To configure the *expense account*, go to the :guilabel:`Account Properties`" +" section of the intended product category (:menuselection:`Inventory app -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`). Then, choose an existing account " +"from the :guilabel:`Expense Account` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +msgid "" +"To ensure the chosen account is the correct :guilabel:`Type,` click the " +"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account. Then, set the account type " +"based on the information below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177 +msgid "Automated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +msgid "" +"In Anglo-Saxon accounting for automated inventory valuation, set the " +":guilabel:`Expense Account` to the `Expenses` account. Then, click the " +"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, choose :guilabel:`Expenses` or :guilabel:`Cost of " +"Revenue` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show **Expense Account** field, and external link icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To configure the :guilabel:`Expense Account`, choose :guilabel:`Stock " +"Valuation` from the field's drop-down menu. Verify the account's type by " +"clicking the |right arrow| icon, and then ensure the :guilabel:`Type` is " +":guilabel:`Current Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the **Expense Account** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +msgid "Continental" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to the :guilabel:`Expenses` or " +":guilabel:`Cost of Revenue` account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:190 +msgid "Stock input/output (automated only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:192 +msgid "" +"To configure the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and :guilabel:`Stock Output" +" Account`, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product" +" Categories` and select the desired product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field, select :guilabel:`Automated`. " +"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` section appear. " +"These accounts are defined as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " @@ -24359,7 +24700,13 @@ msgstr "" "valoración automatizada de inventario en un producto, esta cuenta contendrá " "el valor actual de los productos." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: accounting journal where entries are " +"automatically posted when a product's inventory valuation changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -24374,7 +24721,7 @@ msgstr "" "predeterminado para todos los productos en una categoría específica, y " "también se puede establecer directamente en cada producto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:207 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -24389,12 +24736,57 @@ msgstr "" "predeterminado para todos los productos en una categoría específica, y " "también se puede establecer directamente en cada producto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:124 -msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:216 +msgid "" +"In Anglo-Saxon accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to *different* :guilabel:`Current " +"Assets` accounts. This way, delivering products and invoicing the customer " +"balance the *Stock Output* account, while receiving products and billing " +"vendors balance the *Stock Input* account." msgstr "" -"Acceder a los datos de reporte generados por la valoración de inventario" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +msgid "" +"To modify the account type, go to the click the |right arrow| icon to the " +"right of the stock input/output account. In the pop-up window, choose " +":guilabel:`Current Assets` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Display account setup page, highlighting the **Type** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +msgid "" +"The *Stock Input* account is set to `Stock Interim (Received)`, a *Current " +"Asset* account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 +msgid "" +"In Continental accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to **the same** :guilabel:`Current " +"Assets` account. That way, one account can be balanced when items are bought" +" and sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:239 +msgid "" +"The stock input and output accounts are both set to `Stock Interim " +"(Received)`, a :guilabel:`Current Assets` account type. They can also be set" +" to the `Stock Interim (Delivered)`, as long as the input and output " +"accounts are assigned to the **same** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the Stock Input and Output accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 +msgid "Inventory valuation reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." " At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " @@ -24407,7 +24799,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`al` a :guilabel:`hoy` y ajuste el filtro :guilabel:`opciones` a " ":guilabel:`desplegar todo` para ver todos los datos más recientes a la vez." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 msgid "" "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " @@ -24417,7 +24813,7 @@ msgstr "" " de apunte anidada :guilabel:`cuenta de valoración de existencias`, donde se" " muestra la valoración total de todo el inventario a la mano." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 msgid "" "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " "Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " @@ -24488,12 +24884,8 @@ msgstr "" " :guilabel:`método de costos` seleccione cualquiera de las tres opciones." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 -msgid "" -":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " -"`" +msgid ":doc:`Set up inventory valuation `" msgstr "" -":ref:`Configurar la valoración del inventario " -"`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -25101,10 +25493,6 @@ msgstr "" "--> Ajustes`. En la sección de :guilabel:`Trazabilidad` marque la casilla " "junto a :guilabel:`Números de lote y de serie` para habilitar la función." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." -msgstr "Habilitar números de lote y de serie." - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:115 msgid "" "Next, ensure the intended product is tracked by lots or serial numbers by " @@ -25125,12 +25513,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "After enabling the features, assign lot or serial numbers to products using " "an :doc:`inventory adjustment ` or " -"during :ref:`product reception `." +"during :ref:`product reception `." msgstr "" -"Después de habilitar estas funciones es importante que asigne números de " -"serie o lotes a los productos mediante un :doc:`ajuste de inventario " -"` o durante la :ref:`recepción de " -"productos `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:126 msgid "Locations and routes" @@ -26293,6 +26677,956 @@ msgstr "" "Las operaciones detalladas muestran qué lotes se están seleccionando para la" " recolección." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory aging report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The inventory aging report evaluates all items in stock, providing insights " +"into potentially sunken purchase costs and delays in profitability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Create customized pivot tables to analyze product, operation types, month, " +"or company breakdowns. This helps identify products in stock that are at " +"risk of passing their expiration or viability dates, or instances of " +"rot/decay for fast-expiring items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The *Reporting* menu in *Inventory* is only accessible to users with " +":doc:`admin access <../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To access the inventory aging report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Reporting --> Inventory Aging`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:24 +msgid "Navigate the inventory aging report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report displays a pivot table, " +"with the month in columns, and product category in rows. The default " +"filters, :guilabel:`Incoming` and :guilabel:`Has Remaining Qty`, show only " +"products from receipts, and are currently in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining Qty` displays the number of on-hand items, and " +":guilabel:`Remaining Value` displays the total cost of purchasing these " +"items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in each column " +"or row reveals options to expand the pivot table and show a detailed " +"breakdown of the :guilabel:`Remaining Qty` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` " +"by :guilabel:`Product`, :guilabel:`Product Category`, :guilabel:`Date`, or " +":guilabel:`Company`. Clicking the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` " +":guilabel:`(minus)` icon collapses it back to its previous state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:43 +msgid "Inventory aging report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Inventory aging report, showing each **Product** in rows and each reception " +"**Date** in columns, to better monitor products with fast expiration dates. " +"Each row shows the the total on-hand quantity and inventory valuation of " +"items purchased on each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Records in the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report are *stock valuation " +"layers* (SVLs), representing product moves that impact stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Inventory adjustments do **not** create |SVLs|; only items purchased from " +"vendors do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:71 +msgid "Generate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After learning how to :ref:`navigate the inventory aging report " +"`, it can be used to create and " +"share different reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Aging` report are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:63 +msgid "Rotating stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To create a report to identify items that have been in stock for a while, " +"follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Aging`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` " +":guilabel:`(caret down)` icon in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to see a " +"drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and " +":guilabel:`Favorite` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Product` under the :guilabel:`Group By` section. Doing so " +"expands the pivot table to show a product in each row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to the left of the " +"date column. Hover over :guilabel:`Date` from the drop-down menu and choose " +":guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, :guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +"or :guilabel:`Day`. Doing so expands the columns to show the " +":guilabel:`Remaining Qty` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` by the selected " +"time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For products that have a longer shelf life, choose longer time periods such " +"as :guilabel:`Month` or :guilabel:`Quarter` when expanding columns by " +":guilabel:`Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 +msgid "Pivot table, highlighting the plus icon to expand columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The report now displays the on-hand stock of items, and their total " +"purchasing cost, for each time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Inventory aging report, with the :guilabel:`Group By`: :guilabel:`Product` " +"option selected, and with the :guilabel:`Date` column set to " +":guilabel:`Day`. It gives insight into how much raw fish sashimi products " +"were purchased on each day, and how much it cost. This informs the business " +"owners how much stock is at risk of rotting in stock, per day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 +msgid "Inventory aging report, showing product row items and day columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:3 +msgid "Locations dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The *Locations* dashboard in the *Inventory* application provides an " +"overview of on-hand storage locations for company products. Use this report " +"to see where stock is stored, identify :ref:`misplaced items " +"`, or view past inventory to see " +"product locations on specific dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To access the locations report, the *Storage Locations* feature must be " +"enabled. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and click :guilabel:`Save`. Then, access the " +"locations dashboard by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:24 +msgid "Navigate the locations dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard lists all on-hand products " +"in stock (in the :guilabel:`Product` column), along with the following " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: current storage location. If a product is stored at " +"`Shelf 1` and `Shelf 2`, the product is listed twice, showing quantities at " +"each location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Package`: the package that the product is stored in, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: if the product has a lot or serial number, it" +" is specified here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: current quantity of products. Click the " +":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand " +"quantity <../inventory_management/count_products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reserved Quantity`: on-hand quantity reserved for operations, " +"such as pickings, delivery orders, or manufacturings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: the unit of measure of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Click the buttons to the right of each row item to access additional " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:42 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the" +" product, displaying information about the quantity and description of why " +"the product was moved from one location to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:47 +msgid "" +"View what the product is reserved for, by clicking the :icon:`fa-history` " +":guilabel:`History` button on the far-right of the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Moves History` page, remove the :icon:`fa-filter` " +":guilabel:`Done` filter. Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar to reveal filter options, and select the " +":guilabel:`To Do` filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Display *Moves History* page of to-do deliveries that reserved the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:58 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering " +"rules <../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>` " +"page to replenish products at the specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In the upper-left corner of the page, click the the :guilabel:`New` button " +"to make an :doc:`inventory adjustment " +"<../inventory_management/count_products>` to record quantities of a certain " +"product at a specific :guilabel:`Location`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To view products, quantities, and their locations for a specified date, " +"click the :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button (also located in the upper-" +"left corner of the page). Select a date and time in the :guilabel:`Inventory" +" at Date` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After learning how to :ref:`navigate the locations dashboard " +"`, it can be used to create " +"and share different reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Locations` " +"dashboard are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:81 +msgid "Dead stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To get list of expired items, also referred to as *dead stock*, follow these" +" steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:143 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to" +" reveal a drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and " +":guilabel:`Favorite` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts` " +"option under the :guilabel:`Filters` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:91 +msgid "The report now displays a list of expired products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:94 +msgid "" +"This report can also be generated from the :ref:`Lot and Serials Numbers " +"` page, accessed by going to" +" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst-1 +msgid "Show a list of products whose expiration dates have exceeded today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:105 +msgid "Stranded inventory report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Businesses using multi-step flows in the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* " +"apps, may have *stranded* items, which are products not in their proper " +"storage locations, due to human error. Use this report to periodically check" +" transfer locations (e.g. *WH/Input*, *WH/Pre-Processing*) to ensure items " +"are moved to their intended storage locations, and accurately recorded in " +"the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To get a list of items that might be sitting idly in storage, follow these " +"steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, begin typing the name of the location " +"where products are intended to be moved to, such as `WH/Input`, or " +"`WH/Packing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Search Location for:` [location name] option from the " +"resulting drop-down menu that appears beneath the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show search result for the location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:124 +msgid "The report now displays a list of products at the transit location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Searching `Input` in :guilabel:`Location` shows a list of products at a " +"*WH/Input* location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The list shows `500` quantities of `Chicken`, which is alarming if not " +"refrigerated soon after reception. The stranded inventory report helps " +"identify items that have been idling in non-storage locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show items stored at a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:138 +msgid "Inventory discrepancy report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:140 +msgid "" +"To generate a report of items that have been moved since the last " +":doc:`inventory audit <../inventory_management/cycle_counts>`, follow these " +"steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Conflicts` option " +"from the :guilabel:`Filters` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The report now displays items whose quantities have changed since the last " +"cycle count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show items from the *Conflicts* filter in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` button to view inventory " +"transfers, including receipts and deliveries, that have occurred since the " +"inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show *Moves History*, showing a delivery that occurred after an inventory " +"adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:3 +msgid "Moves history dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Moves History* report in Odoo *Inventory* provides a detailed record of" +" product movements (containing past and current locations), lot numbers, and" +" reasons for movement. Reports can be generated for any time frame, making " +"this report essential for analyzing stock levels, monitoring inventory " +"turnover, and identifying any discrepancies in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The reporting feature is only accessible to users with :doc:`admin access " +"<../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Moves History`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst-1 +msgid "Display Moves History report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:23 +msgid "Navigate the moves history report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:25 +msgid "In the report, the columns represent:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: calendar date and time of the stock move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: description of the reason for the stock move or " +"quantity change, such as a receipt number (e.g. `WH/IN/00012`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product involved in the move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: specifies the lot or serial number of the " +"tracked product being moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:33 +msgid ":guilabel:`From`: source location of the moved product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`To`: destination location of the moved product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity`: number of products moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: unit of measure of the products moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: indicates the move status, which can be " +":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available` (ready for action), or " +":guilabel:`Partially Available` (insufficient quantities to complete the " +"operation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:66 +msgid "Search options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Use the following search options to customize the :guilabel:`Moves History` " +"report to display relevant information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:70 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Filters` section allows users to search among pre-made and " +"custom filters to find specific stock records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Do`: show stock move records that are in progress. This " +"includes lines with a :guilabel:`Status` column value of " +":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Partially Available`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done`: completed stock moves, with a :guilabel:`Status` of " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Incoming`: displays move records from vendor locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:58 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Outgoing`: displays move records to customer locations, including" +" customer returns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internal`: displays move records from one internal location to " +"another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturing`: shows records where products were produced from " +"the virtual, production :doc:`location " +"<../inventory_management/use_locations>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: select this drop-down menu to access various date filter " +"options and view stock moves from a specific month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last 30 Days`: show records that occurred in the last thirty " +"days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Last 3 Months`: show records from the last three months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:113 +msgid "Group By" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " +"groupings to the search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: group records by product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: group records by the three status types: " +":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available`, and :guilabel:`Partially " +"Available`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: group records by :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, or :guilabel:`Day`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transfers`: group records by operation number, e.g. " +"`WH/OUT/00012`, `WH/MO/00211`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: group records by source location (the :guilabel:`From`" +" column in this report)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: group records by product category. To configure these," +" go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: Product" +" Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Batch Transfer`: group records by :doc:`batch " +"<../advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:125 +msgid "Favorites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To save the current applied filters and groups, so the same information can " +"be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save current " +"search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " +"current view the default filter when opening the :guilabel:`Moves History` " +"report. Or tick the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option " +"available to other users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:134 +msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:137 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../essentials/search`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:3 +msgid "Stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the stock report in Odoo *Inventory* for a detailed list of all stored " +"products, including those reserved, purchased and in transit, as well as " +"those delivered to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Stock`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Show the stock report, accessible by going to Inventory > Reporting > Stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:19 +msgid "Navigate the stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:21 +msgid "" +"On the stock report, the left sidebar includes several groupings to narrow " +"down what is being shown. The default groupings are :guilabel:`Warehouses`," +" which filters products by specific warehouses, and :guilabel:`Category`, " +"which shows products within a selected product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Warehouse` grouping is only available when there are multiple" +" warehouses in the database. Refer to the " +":doc:`../inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse` documentation for " +"more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:30 +msgid "In the report itself, the columns represent:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:32 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unit Cost`: average inventory valuation per unit, adjusted based " +"on the cost to purchase and/or manufacture the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Value`: Total inventory valuation of the product, " +"calculated by multiplying unit cost by on-hand quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:39 +msgid "" +":ref:`Compute average cost inventory valuation per unit " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:40 +msgid "" +":doc:`Inventory valuation methods " +"<../inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand`: current quantity of products. Click the :icon:`fa-" +"pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand quantity " +"<../inventory_management/count_products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Free to Use`: on-hand quantity that are **not** reserved for " +"delivery or manufacturing orders, and are available to sell or use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Incoming`: items expected to arrive at the warehouse. Number of " +"products is based on quantities in confirmed purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Outgoing`: items expected to leave the warehouse or be consumed " +"in manufacturing orders. Number of products is based on quantities in " +"confirmed sales or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the product, " +"displaying information about the quantity and description of why the product" +" was moved from one location to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering rules " +"<../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>` page for " +"the product to create or manage methods of procuring the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Locations`: break down of on-hand quantity at multiple storage " +"locations. Only available when the product is stored in multiple locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forecast`: access the forecasted report to view on-hand, " +"incoming, and outgoing quantities. Report also contains links to confirmed " +"purchase, sales, or manufacturing orders. Only available when there are " +"confirmed sales, purchase, or manufacturing orders for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Published`: display products published on the website. Only " +"available with the *Website* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available in POS`: display products available through the *Point " +"of Sale* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available in Self`: display products available in self order " +"through the *Point of Sale* app. Appears in the search because the " +":guilabel:`Available in Self Order` checkbox was ticked in the " +":guilabel:`Point of Sale` section of a product form's :guilabel:`Sales` tab." +" The option is only available when the :guilabel:`Available in POS` checkbox" +" is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In the Sales tab of a product form, showing *Available in Self Order* " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not available in Self`: display products available in *PoS*, but " +"not available in self order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:91 +msgid "`Configure PoS products `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Sold`: display products that can be sold to customers. " +"Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Sold` checkbox is ticked" +" on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Purchased`: display products that can be bought from " +"vendors. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` " +"checkbox is ticked on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Recurring`: show subscription products, indicated by " +"ticking the :guilabel:`Recurring` checkbox on the product form. Only " +"available with the *Subscription* app activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Rented`: show products that can be loaned to customers for" +" a certain time. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Rented`" +" checkbox was ticked on the product form. Only available with the *Rental* " +"app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Subcontracted`: display products that can be produced by a" +" :doc:`third-party manufacturer " +"<../../../manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic>`. Available " +"only with the *Manufacturing* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Expensed`: show items that can be expensed. Only available" +" with the *Expenses* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`../../product_management/product_tracking/type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " +"groupings to the search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Type`: group items by :doc:`product type " +"<../../product_management/product_tracking/type>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Category`: group items by product category. To configure " +"these, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: " +"Product Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`POS Product Category`: group items by :doc:`point of sale product" +" categories <../../../../sales/point_of_sale/configuration>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To save the current applied filters and groupbys, so the same information " +"can be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save " +"current search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " +"current view the default filter when opening the stock report. Or tick the " +":guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option available to other " +"users." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "Mantenimiento" @@ -27662,9 +28996,9 @@ msgid "" "the date on which the maintenance request is created. This date cannot be " "changed by the user." msgstr "" -"El siguiente campo es :guilabel:`Fecha de solicitud` y por defecto la fecha " -"que se muestra es la fecha en la que la solicitud de mantenimiento se crea. " -"Esta fecha no la puede cambiar el usuario." +"El siguiente campo es :guilabel:`Fecha de solicitud` y la fecha que aparece " +"de forma predeterminada es la fecha de creación de la solicitud de " +"mantenimiento. El usuario no puede cambiarla." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -29857,15 +31191,17 @@ msgstr "" "--> Productos --> Listas de materiales`, seleccione una lista de materiales " "o cree una nueva haciendo clic en :guilabel:`nuevo`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:94 +msgid "Learn more" +msgstr "Más información" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:32 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to properly configure a new |BOM|, see the " -"documentation on :ref:`creating a bill of materials " -"`." +"documentation on :doc:`creating a bill of materials " +"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" -"Si desea obtener una guía completa sobre cómo configurar correctamente una " -"nueva lista de materiales, consulte la documentación sobre la :ref:`creación" -" de una lista de materiales `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -30086,238 +31422,435 @@ msgstr "Configuración básica" msgid "Bill of materials" msgstr "Lista de materiales" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:9 msgid "" -"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " -"quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " -"It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines " -"needed to complete a production process." +"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) documents specific components, " +"along with their respective quantities, that are needed to produce or repair" +" a product. In Odoo, |BoMs| as blueprints for manufactured goods and kits, " +"and often include production operations and step-by-step guidelines, as " +"well." msgstr "" -"Una *lista de materiales* (LdM) es un documento que define la cantidad de " -"cada componente necesario para fabricar un producto final. También incluye " -"varias operaciones y los lineamientos de los pasos individuales necesarios " -"para terminar el proceso de producción." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:15 +msgid "BoM setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:17 msgid "" -"In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " -"linked to each product, so even product variants can have their own tailored" -" :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." +"To create a |BOM|, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> " +"Bills of Materials` and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -"En la aplicación Fabricación podemos vincular varias :abbr:`LdM (Listas de " -"materiales)` a un solo producto, de esta manera se pueden crear variantes de" -" producto que tengan sus propias listas de materiales." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " -"manufacturing process and save time." -msgstr "" -"Configurar de manera correcta las :abbr:`LdM (listas de materiales)` agiliza" -" el proceso de fabricación y ahorra tiempo." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:18 -msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" -msgstr "Configurar una lista de materiales (LdM)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" -"The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" -" or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " -"managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." +"Next, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type` to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`." msgstr "" -"La configuración más sencilla de una :abbr:`LdM (lista de materiales)` es la" -" que no contiene operaciones ni instrucciones, solo componentes. En estos " -"casos, la producción se gestiona con las *órdenes de fabricación*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " -":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " -"of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the " -":guilabel:`Product`." +"Then, specify :ref:`required components ` and, if necessary, define any :ref:`manufacturing operations " +"`." msgstr "" -"Si desea crear una :abbr:`LdM (lista de materiales)` desde el módulo " -":guilabel:`Fabricación`, vaya a :menuselection:`Productos --> Listas de " -"materiales`, haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear` y seleccione su " -":guilabel:`Producto`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:26 msgid "" -"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " -"product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." +"Individual |BOMs| can also be quickly accessed or created by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on any product form, as " +"accessible through the *Sales*, *Inventory*, and *Manufacturing* apps, as " +"well as through any internal links where a product is referenced (such as in" +" a field or a line item)." msgstr "" -"También puede crear una :abbr:`LdM (lista de materiales)` desde el " -"formulario del producto. En este caso, el campo :guilabel:`Producto` ya está" -" completado." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:31 -msgid "" -"For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" -" to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" -" to specify the various components that make up the production of the final " -"product and their respective quantities. New components can be created " -"quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created " -"beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> " -"Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "Show BoM for a product, with components listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "BoM for `Drawer`, displaying the **Components** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:38 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/kit_shipping`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`../subcontracting/subcontracting_basic`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:44 +msgid "Components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Components` tab of a |BOM|, specify components used to " +"manufacture the product by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the " +":guilabel:`Components` drop-down menu, select from existing products or " +"create a new product by typing the name and selecting either the " +":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option to quickly add the line item, or the " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` option to add the component and continue to " +"its configuration form." msgstr "" -"Si desea crear una :abbr:`LdM (lista de materiales)` estándar, establezca el" -" :guilabel:`tipo de LdM` como :guilabel:`Fabricar este producto`. Haga clic " -"en :guilabel:`Agregar una línea` para añadir todos los componentes " -"necesarios para crear el producto final. Puede crear nuevos componentes " -"desde la :abbr:`LdM (lista de materiales)` o puede crearlos antes en " -":menuselection:`Fabricación --> Productos --> Productos --> Crear`. Por " -"último, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` para terminar de crear su " -":abbr:`LdM (Lista de materiales)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." -msgstr "Configurar una lista de materiales." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:43 -msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" +msgid "Add a component by selecting it from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -"Establezca una lista de materiales (LdM) para una variante de producto" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:56 msgid "" -":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " -"Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." +"Optionally, access additional fields by clicking the :icon:`oi-settings-" +"adjust` :guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon to the far-right of the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab. Tick the checkboxes for the following features " +"to enable these columns:" msgstr "" -"También puede asignar :abbr:`LdM (Listas de materiales)` a *variantes de " -"productos* específicas. Cuenta con dos opciones de configuración disponibles" -" para elegir." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:60 msgid "" -"In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " -"the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " -"form." +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify which :doc:`product variant " +"<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>` each component is used in. " +"When the field is left blank, the component is used in all product variants." msgstr "" -"Si desea asignar :abbr:`LdM (listas de materiales)` a variantes de " -"productos, primero debe configurar los atributos de variantes en el " -"formulario del producto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:66 msgid "" -"The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " -"variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" -" :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master " -":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and " -"specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply " -"on Variants` column." +":guilabel:`Consumed in Operation`: specify the operation using the " +"component. Useful for determining :ref:`manufacturing readiness " +"`." msgstr "" -"El primer método consiste en crear una :abbr:`LdM (lista de materiales)` por" -" variante, para esto debe crear una nueva :abbr:`LdM (lista de materiales)`" -" y especificar la :guilabel:`variante del producto`. El segundo método " -"consiste en crear una :abbr:`LdM (lista de materiales)` principal que " -"contenga todos los componentes necesarios para todas las variantes. Para " -"ello, debe especificar en la columna :guilabel:`Aplicar en variantes` qué " -"variante utiliza cada componente." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." -msgstr "Variantes de producto en la lista de materiales" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:62 -msgid "Set up operations" -msgstr "Crear operaciones" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:68 msgid "" -"Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" -" instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" -" this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Operations`." +":guilabel:`Manual Consumption`: tick the checkbox to force operators to " +"check the :guilabel:`Consumed` checkbox on a manufacturing order (MO)." msgstr "" -"Agregue una :guilabel:`Operación` en la :abbr:`LdM (Lista de materiales)` en" -" la que se especifiquen las instrucciones para la producción y registre el " -"tiempo invertido en una operación. Si desea usar esta función, debe " -"habilitar las :guilabel:`Órdenes de trabajo` en " -":menuselection:`Fabricación--> Configuración --> Ajustes --> Operaciones`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show a manufacturing order, highlighting the *Consumed* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:75 msgid "" -"Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " -":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " -"operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a " -"name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like " -"components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the " -":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that " -"variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +"Not doing so triggers the :guilabel:`Consumption Warning` error message, " +"where the consumed component quantity must be manually inputted. Otherwise, " +"the operation cannot be completed." msgstr "" -"Para crear una operación primero debe crear una :abbr:`LdM (lista de " -"materiales)`, sin salirse del formulario, vaya a la pestaña " -":guilabel:`Operaciones` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar línea`. En la " -"ventana :guilabel:`Crear operaciones` escoja un nombre para la operación, un" -" :guilabel:`Centro de trabajo` y complete los campos de duración. Al igual " -"que los componentes, Odoo da la opción de especificar una variante de " -"producto en el campo :guilabel:`Aplicar en variantes`, de esta manera la " -"operación solo se habilitará en esa variante. Por último haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Guardar y cerrar`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " -":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" -" new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing " -"Operations` feature." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show the consumption warning error message." msgstr "" -"Cada operación es única ya que siempre está vinculada exclusivamente a una " -":abbr:`LdM (Lista de materiales)`. Las operaciones se pueden reutilizar al " -"configurar una nueva lista de materiales gracias a la función " -":guilabel:`Copiar operaciones existentes` ." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." -msgstr "Función \"Copiar operaciones existentes\"." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:85 -msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" -msgstr "Agregar subproductos a una lista de materiales (LdM)" +msgid "Operations" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" -"A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " -"addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " -"the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)`." +"Add an *operation* to a |BOM| to specify instructions for production and " +"register time spent on an operation. To use this feature, first enable the " +"*Work Orders* feature by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the" +" :guilabel:`Work Orders` checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" -"Un *subproducto* es un producto residual que se crea durante la producción " -"además del producto principal de una :abbr:`LdM (Lista de materiales)`. A " -"diferencia del producto principal, en una lista de materiales puede haber " -"más de un subproducto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " -":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies`" msgstr "" -"Para agregar subproductos a la :abbr:`LdM (Lista de materiales)` debe " -"habilitar la función :guilabel:`Subproductos` en :menuselection:`Fabricación" -" --> Configuración --> Ajustes --> Operaciones`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " -"of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " -":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which " -"operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in " -"Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "\"Work Orders\" feature in the Settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the |BOM| by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app " +"--> Products --> Bill of Materials` and selecting the desired |BOM|. To add " +"a new operation, go to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, and click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window, where the " +"various fields of the operation are configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: name of the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: select existing locations to perform the operation," +" or create a new work center by typing the name and selecting the " +":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify if this operation is only available " +"for certain product variants. If the operation applies to all product " +"variants, leave this field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Configuring BoMs for product variants " +"<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration Computation`: choose how time spent on the operation is " +"tracked. Opt for :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` to use the " +"operation's time tracker or :guilabel:`Set duration manually` if operators " +"can record and modify time themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Choosing the :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` option enables the " +":guilabel:`Based on last __ work orders` option, which automatically " +"estimates the time to complete this operation based on the last few " +"operations. Choosing :guilabel:`Set duration manually` enables the " +":guilabel:`Default Duration` field instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Duration`: estimated amount of time to complete the " +"operation; used for `planning manufacturing orders " +"`_ and determining `work center" +" availability `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company the |BOM| is available in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Include operation details in the :guilabel:`Work Sheet` tab. Choose " +":guilabel:`PDF` to attach a file or :guilabel:`Google Slide` with *public* " +"access to share a link. Select :guilabel:`Text` to type instructions in the " +":guilabel:`Description` text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Type `/` for a list of formatting options and features, including ChatGPT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show ChatGPT feature to generate instructions for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Fill out the Create Operations pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save \\& Close` to close the pop-up window. To add" +" more operations, click :guilabel:`Save & New` and repeat the same steps " +"above to configure another operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +"After creating an operation, click the :guilabel:`Copy Existing Operations` " +"button to choose an operation to duplicate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show Operation tab, highlighting the \"Copy Existing Operations\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:158 +msgid "Instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To add detailed instructions to operations, the *Quality* app must be " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add specific instructions to an existing operation by clicking the " +"operation's :icon:`fa-list-ul` :guilabel:`(list)` icon in the " +":guilabel:`Instructions` column. The number in the :guilabel:`Instructions` " +"column shows the number of existing detailed instructions there are for the " +"operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the Instructions column, and list icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:172 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Steps` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank " +"quality control point form where the new manufacturing step can be created. " +"Here, give the specific instruction a :guilabel:`Title` and set the " +":guilabel:`Type` to :guilabel:`Instructions`. In the " +":guilabel:`Instructions` tab of the form, write out the directions for the " +"step in the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Further customizations can be made here on this form, beyond ordinary " +"instructions, to also include specific types of quality control points that " +"carry specific (or complex) conditions. For more details about quality " +"control points refer the :doc:`Instruction check " +"<../../quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the page to add a quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:188 +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab contains more |BoM| configurations to " +"customize procurement, calculate costs, and define how components are " +"consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturing Readiness`: choosing :guilabel:`When components for" +" the 1st operation are available` shows the :guilabel:`Component Status` as " +"a **green** :guilabel:`Not Available`, when only the components that are " +"consumed in the first operation are in stock. This indicates that although " +"not all components are available, operators can at least begin with the " +"first operation. Choosing :guilabel:`When all components are available` " +"displays a **red** :guilabel:`Not Available` component status unless all " +"components are in available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Specify which operation consumes each component on the |BoM| in the " +":ref:`Manual Consumption field `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show the *Component Status* field on the manufacturing order dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:210 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Version`: displays the current |BoM| version, visible with the " +"Odoo *PLM* app installed for managing |BoM| changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:212 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Flexible Consumption`: specifies if components used can deviate " +"from the quantity defined on the |BoM|. Choose :guilabel:`Blocked` if " +"operators **must** adhere strictly to the |BoM| quantity. Otherwise, choose " +":guilabel:`Allowed` or :guilabel:`Allowed with Warning`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:215 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Routing`: select the preferred warehouse's manufacturing " +"operation type for products produced in multiple warehouses. If left blank, " +"this warehouse's `Manufacturing` operation type is used by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:218 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: select pre-created :doc:`analytic " +"distribution models " +"<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>` from the list " +"to automatically record the cost of manufacturing products in the chosen " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:221 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manuf Lead Time`: define the number of days needed to complete a " +"|MO| from the date of confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to prepare Manufacturing Order`: number of days needed to " +"replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +":doc:`Analytic distribution " +"<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:228 +msgid "" +":doc:`Lead times " +"<../../inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Miscellaneous* tab of the BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:236 +msgid "Add by-products to BoMs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:238 +msgid "" +"A *by-product* is a residual product that is created during production in " +"addition to the main product of a |BOM|. Unlike the primary product, there " +"can be more than one by-product on a |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To add by-products to a |BOM|, first enable the *By-Products* feature in " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`By-" +"Products` to enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "\"By Products\" feature in the settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, add by-products to a |BOM| by clicking the " +":guilabel:`By-products` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and fill in the " +":guilabel:`By-product`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Unit of " +"Measure`. Optionally, specify a :guilabel:`Produced in Operation` for the " +"by-product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The by-product, `Mush`, is created in the `Grind grapes` operation when " +"producing `Red Wine`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show sample by-product in the BoM." msgstr "" -"Una vez que la función se encuentra activada, puede agregar subproductos a " -"la lista de materiales haciendo clic en la pestaña :guilabel:`Operaciones` y" -" después en :guilabel:`Agregar una línea`. Luego, escriba un nombre para el " -"subproducto e indique la :guilabel:`cantidad` y la :guilabel:`unidad de " -"medida`. Si la :abbr:`LdM (Lista de materiales)` tiene operaciones " -"configuradas, especifique exactamente en qué operación se produce el " -"subproducto en el campo :guilabel:`Producido en la operación` y por último " -"haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" @@ -30368,11 +31901,47 @@ msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." msgstr "" "La ruta de fabricación en la pestaña Inventario en la página de un producto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 +msgid "Lot/serial number tracking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The assignment of lots or serial numbers to newly manufactured products is " +"optional. To optionally :doc:`assign lots or serial numbers " +"<../../inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn>` to newly " +"manufactured products, go to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section in the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the :guilabel:`Tracking` field, select " +":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Doing so enables the *Lot/Serial Number* field on a manufacturing order, or " +"the *Register Production* instruction on a work order card in the *Shop " +"Floor* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 +msgid "\"Lot/Serial Number\" field on the MO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 +msgid "**Lot/Serial Number** field on the MO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Register Production** option to generate lot/serial number on a work order" +" card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:54 msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "Configurar una lista de materiales (LdM)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:56 msgid "" "Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " "manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" @@ -30382,7 +31951,7 @@ msgstr "" "producto para que Odoo sepa cómo se fabrica. Una LdM es una lista de los " "componentes y operaciones que se necesitan para fabricar un producto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " @@ -30401,7 +31970,7 @@ msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." msgstr "" "El botón inteligente de lista de materiales en la página de un producto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 msgid "" "On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." " In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" @@ -30411,7 +31980,7 @@ msgstr "" "Especifique el número de unidades que produce la LdM en el campo " ":guilabel:`Cantidad`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 msgid "" "Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" " clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " @@ -30429,7 +31998,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "La pestaña Componentes en una lista de materiales." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:79 msgid "" "Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " "and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " @@ -30448,7 +32017,7 @@ msgstr "" "haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar y cerrar` para terminar de agregar " "operaciones o en :guilabel:`Guardar y crear nuevo` para agregar más." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:86 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " "setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " @@ -30464,21 +32033,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "La pestaña Operaciones en una lista de materiales." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:96 msgid "" "The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " "allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " "exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " "For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " -"to :ref:`create a bill of materials `." +"to :doc:`create a bill of materials `." msgstr "" -"La sección anterior proporciona instrucciones para crear una lista de " -"materiales básica que permita fabricar un producto en Odoo. Sin embargo, no " -"es un resumen exhaustivo de todas las opciones de configuración disponibles." -" Para obtener más información sobre las listas de materiales, consulte la " -"documentación sobre cómo :ref:`crear una lista de materiales " -"`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "One-step manufacturing" @@ -32031,6 +33593,2590 @@ msgstr "" "el tiempo registrado en el módulo *Taller*, así como el tiempo registrado en" " la pestaña :guilabel:`Órdenes de Trabajo` de la orden de fabricación." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "Subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a " +"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" +" then sold by the contracting company." +msgstr "" +"En fabricación, la *subcontratación* es el proceso que una empresa lleva a " +"cabo cuando contrata a un fabricante externo, o subcontratista, para que " +"fabrique los productos que luego venderá la empresa contratante." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting " +"company and the subcontractor." +msgstr "" +"La subcontratación proporciona varios beneficios tanto para la empresa " +"contratante como para la empresa subcontratista." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide " +"variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in" +" and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the " +"manufacturing themselves." +msgstr "" +"En el caso de la empresa contratante, la subcontratación les permite vender " +"varios productos fabricados sin tener que preocuparse por invertir y dar " +"mantenimiento al equipo y la mano de obra necesarios para gestionar la " +"fabricación por su cuenta." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:19 +msgid "" +"This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, " +"as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with " +"subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they " +"are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized " +"work to subcontractors." +msgstr "" +"Esto ayuda a que las empresas contratantes se adapten a lo largo de los " +"ciclos económicos, ya que pueden incrementar o disminuir los compromisos que" +" tienen con los subcontratistas con facilidad según sea necesario en el " +"momento adecuado. También significa que pueden enfocarse en las tareas en " +"las que se distinguen y delegar los trabajos más especializados a los " +"subcontratistas." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors " +"to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as " +"profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain " +"arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which " +"projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given " +"time." +msgstr "" +"Por otro lado, la subcontratación permite que los subcontratistas se " +"especialicen en áreas más específicas de la producción que podrían no ser " +"tan rentables si no utilizaran el proceso de subcontratación. En algunos " +"casos, también les proporciona flexibilidad para que elijan los proyectos " +"que aceptan o rechazan y en cuántos de ellos trabajan en un momento " +"determinado." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a " +"variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what" +" happens to finished products once they are manufactured." +msgstr "" +"En Odoo, las empresas pueden configurar sus flujos de trabajo de " +"subcontratación según varios factores, como la manera en que obtienen los " +"componentes y qué sucede con los productos terminados una vez que se " +"fabrican." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " +":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" +"Para habilitar la subcontratación en Odoo, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Fabricación --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y, en la sección " +":guilabel:`Operaciones`, seleccione la casilla ubicada junto a " +":guilabel:`Subcontratación`. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst-1 +msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." +msgstr "Los ajustes de subcontratación en la aplicación Fabricación." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:62 +msgid "" +"With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in " +"Odoo:" +msgstr "" +"Una vez que haya habilitado la subcontratación, Odoo mostrará varias " +"funciones disponibles:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:64 +msgid "" +"On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a " +"*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates" +" the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that" +" it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the " +"Odoo database." +msgstr "" +"En las listas de materiales, el campo *Tipo de LdM* ahora incluye la opción " +"de *subcontratación*. Habilitar el tipo de LdM de *subcontratación* designa " +"el producto de la lista como un producto subcontratado, es decir, Odoo sabe " +"que lo produce un subcontratista y no la empresa propietaria de la base de " +"datos." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can " +"be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product " +"pages:" +msgstr "" +"En la aplicación *Inventario* estarán disponibles dos rutas de " +"subcontratación. Es posible usarlas en productos específicos en la pestaña " +"*Inventario* de sus respectivas páginas:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*" +msgstr "*Reabastecer al subcontratista al ordenar*" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:72 +msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*" +msgstr "*Enviar al subcontratista al ordenar*" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:75 +msgid "Subcontracting workflows" +msgstr "Flujos de trabajo de subcontratación" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference " +"between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:" +msgstr "" +"En Odoo hay tres flujos de trabajo de subcontratación. La diferencia " +"principal entre ellos es la *manera* en la que el subcontratista adquiere " +"los productos necesarios:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully " +"responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the " +":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_basic` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " +"sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This " +"workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " +"purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to " +"the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the " +":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary " +"to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to" +" products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" +"Además de la forma en que un subcontratista obtiene los componentes, también" +" es necesario considerar el motivo por el que un producto está siendo " +"subcontratado, así como lo que sucede con los productos después de que el " +"subcontratista los fabrica." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:94 +msgid "" +"In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are " +"to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand." +msgstr "" +"Los dos motivos principales por los que un producto se subcontrata son para " +"cumplir con la orden de un cliente o para reabastecer la cantidad de " +"existencias disponibles." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:97 +msgid "" +"In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can " +"either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an " +"end customer." +msgstr "" +"Luego de que un producto es fabricado, el subcontratista podrá enviarlos a " +"la empresa contratista o enviarlo directamente a un consumidor final." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured" +" to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are " +"outlined in their respective documentation." +msgstr "" +"Es posible configurar los tres flujos de trabajo de subcontratación " +"descritos con anterioridad para facilitar cualquiera de estas posibilidades," +" y los métodos para hacerlo están descritos en su documentación." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:104 +msgid "Subcontracted product valuation" +msgstr "Valoración de productos subcontratados" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different " +"variables:" +msgstr "" +"La valoración de un producto subcontratado depende de algunas variables:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;" +" from here on referred to as `C`." +msgstr "" +"El costo de los componentes necesarios si los proporciona la empresa " +"contratante, corresponde a la letra `C`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`." +msgstr "" +"El precio pagado al subcontratista por el servicio de fabricación del " +"producto subcontratado, corresponde a la letra `M`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them " +"shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`." +msgstr "" +"El costo de envío de los componentes al subcontratista y el envío de regreso" +" a la empresa contratante, corresponde a la letra `S`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor" +" to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`." +msgstr "" +"El costo por envío directo si los componentes los envía el subcontratista al" +" cliente final, corresponde a la letra `D`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred " +"to as `x`." +msgstr "" +"Todos los costos asociados, como impuestos por importación, entre otros, " +"corresponde a la letra `x`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be " +"represented by the following equation:" +msgstr "" +"Por lo tanto, es posible representar la valoración total de un producto " +"subcontratado (`P`) con la siguiente ecuación:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"P = C + M + S + D + x\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"P = C + M + S + D + x\n" +"\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:124 +msgid "" +"It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will " +"include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not " +"dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost" +" of dropshipping." +msgstr "" +"Es importante mencionar que no todas las valoraciones de los productos " +"subcontratados incluirán estas variables. Por ejemplo, si el producto no se " +"entrega al consumidor final, entonces no es necesario tomar en cuenta el " +"costo de la triangulación." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Basic subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " +"certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " +"purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " +"the product's vendor to delivery the product to the purchasing company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For subcontracted products specifically, delivery lead times can be " +"configured to take into account the amount of time required for the " +"subcontractor to manufacture a product. Doing so allows the contracting " +"company to better predict the delivery dates of subcontracted products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Like all lead times in Odoo, lead times for subcontracted products are only " +"an estimate, and are based on how long actions are *expected* to take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " +"means that lead times should not be viewed as guarantees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`basic subcontracting ` workflow " +"to manufacture a product, a company is not responsible for supplying the " +"subcontractor with the necessary components. This means that the only " +"factors affecting the delivery date of a product are the amount of time it " +"takes the subcontractor to manufacture and deliver it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time that considers " +"both of these factors, the *Expected Arrival* date displayed on purchase " +"orders (POs) for the product more accurately reflects the amount of time " +"required for both manufacturing and delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 +msgid "Product delivery lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " +"subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has been added, enter the number of days it takes " +"them to manufacture and deliver the product, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead" +" Time` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Delivery Lead Time field for a subcontractor, on the Purchase tab of a " +"product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Multiple subcontractors can be added to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a " +"product's page, and a different :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` can be set " +"for each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:57 +msgid "Lead time workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 +msgid "" +"After setting a delivery lead time for a product's vendor, create an |RfQ| " +"by navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase " +"Orders`, and clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Specify the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the " +"product in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and " +"adding a quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once a product has been added, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field on the" +" |RfQ| auto-populates with a date that reflects the vendor's delivery lead " +"time, as specified on the product's page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If the date needs to be adjusted, click on the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` " +"field to open a calendar popover, and select the desired date. Make sure not" +" to choose a date sooner than the one that was auto-populated, unless the " +"subcontractor has confirmed that they are able to deliver the product by " +"that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` on the |RfQ| to turn it into a " +"|PO|. At this point, the subcontractor should begin manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, before delivering it to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Tricycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends requires three days to manufacture a tricycle, plus" +" an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " +"tricycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " +"two days for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:88 +msgid "" +"On May 3rd, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| to purchase one tricycle from Bike " +"Friends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date listed on the |PO| is May 8th, five " +"days after the :guilabel:`Confirmation Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Expected Arrival date on a PO for a subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Bike Friends begins manufacturing the tricycle on May 3rd — the day that the" +" |PO| is confirmed — and finishes on May 6th, three days later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The tricycle is then shipped to Mike's Bikes the same day, and they receive " +"it on May 8th, two days later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " +"certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " +"purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " +"the product's vendor to deliver the product to the purchasing company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Certain subcontracted products require the contracting company to supply the" +" subcontractor with manufacturing components. In this case, a *manufacturing" +" lead time* can be used, in addition to the delivery lead time, to generate " +"the date on which the subcontractor must receive the required components, in" +" order to manufacture the product and deliver it on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In cases where components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, an " +"additional delivery lead time can be set for each component. This should be " +"set to the amount of time it takes the vendor to deliver components to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once a delivery lead time has been set on a component, dropship orders for " +"the component display the date by which the order must be confirmed, so that" +" it can be dropshipped to the subcontractor by the date on which " +"manufacturing must begin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order " +"` route, a company is responsible for purchasing " +"the necessary components from a vendor, and having them dropshipped directly" +" to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 +msgid "" +"This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, it is also necessary " +"to consider how long it takes the component vendor to dropship the " +"components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:48 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a *delivery lead time*, specifying a " +"*manufacturing lead time* on the product's BoM, and assigning the vendor of " +"the components an additional *delivery lead time*, *Dropship Subcontractor* " +"orders for the product's components display the deadline for confirming a " +"dropship order to send the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " +":guilabel:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:61 +msgid "Product manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a BoM" +" from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 +msgid "" +"On the |BoM|, select the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the same number of days that was " +"entered in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` field of the |BoM|'s product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Manuf. Lead Time field on a product's BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 +msgid "" +"While not all of these days are actually used for manufacturing by the " +"subcontractor, setting the same number of days in each field tells Odoo that" +" the subcontractor must receive the components and begin production by the " +"start of the product's delivery lead time. This gives the subcontractor " +"enough time to both manufacture and deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 +msgid "Component delivery lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:92 +msgid "" +"From the product's BoM, navigate to each component by clicking on the " +"component in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and then clicking the " +":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` button to the right of the " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:96 +msgid "" +"On the product page for each component, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab." +" If the vendor has not already been added, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor has been added, enter the number of days it takes them to " +"dropship the product to the subcontractor, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " +"Time` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:104 +msgid "Dropship subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Create a request for quotation (RfQ) for the product by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`, and " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Specify the subcontractor in :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the product" +" in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, " +"selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and specifying a " +"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:113 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" +" time for the component vendor to dropship the components, and the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " +"auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " +"of the product. However, this does not consider the time it takes to " +"dropship the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:121 +msgid "" +"When purchasing a product subcontracted using the *Dropship Subcontractor on" +" Order* route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " +"extra time needed for the components to be delivered to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Since production does not begin until they receive the components, leaving " +"the date as is results in the finished product arriving *after* the date " +"listed on the |RfQ|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " +"so creates a second |RfQ| to purchase the components from the dropshipper, " +"and have them sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for " +"Quotation`, and select the |RfQ| that lists the dropshipper in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 +msgid "" +"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field lists the date on which" +" the subcontractor must receive the components, in order to deliver the " +"finished product by the *Expected Arrival* date listed on the subcontractor " +"|PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Order Deadline` field lists the latest date on which the " +"|RfQ| can be confirmed, in order for the dropshipper to deliver the " +"components to the subcontractor by the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|, and confirm " +"the purchase of the components from the dropshipper. Doing so causes a " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to appear at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to open the dropship order. This" +" order can also be accessed from the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button that " +"now appears on the subcontractor |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:149 +msgid "" +"After the dropshipper has delivered the components to the subcontractor, " +"click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the dropship order to " +"confirm that the subcontractor has received the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor receives the components, they begin manufacturing the" +" component, before delivering it to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Bicycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes must purchase the required components from vendor Bike World, " +"and have them dropshipped to Bike Friends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:164 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each bicycle, plus " +"an addition two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:167 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for bicycle" +" manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus two days " +"for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:170 +msgid "" +"On the bicycle's BoM, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days as " +"well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered to " +"the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:173 +msgid "" +"On the product pages for each of the bicycle's components, they assign Bike " +"World a delivery lead time of two days. This is the amount of time it takes " +"Bike World to dropship each component directly to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:177 +msgid "" +"On May 10th, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| for one bicycle, with an expected " +"delivery date of May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:180 +msgid "" +"The |RfQ| for purchasing the components from Bike World and having them " +"dropshipped to Bike Friends has an Expected Arrival date of May 12th, and a " +"Deadline of May 10th. The |RfQ| must be confirmed by the deadline in order " +"for Bike Friends to receive the components by the Expected Arrival date, " +"giving them enough time to deliver the finished bicycle to Mike's Bikes by " +"May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Order Deadline and Expected Arrival dates on a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes confirms the |RfQ| on May 10th, and Bike World delivers the " +"components to Bike Friends on May 12th. Bike Friends manufactures the " +"bicycle, and delivers it to Mike's Bikes on May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " +"means that lead times should **not** be viewed as guarantees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order " +"` route, a company is responsible for supplying the" +" subcontractor with the necessary components. As a result, the subcontractor" +" cannot begin manufacturing until the components have been received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, the date they receive " +"the components must also be considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:39 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time, and specifying " +"a manufacturing lead time on the product's bill of materials (BoM), " +"*Resupply Subcontractor* orders for the product's components display the " +"deadline by which the subcontractor must receive the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " +"subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a " +"|BoM| from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:80 +msgid "Resupply subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" +" time for the subcontractor to receive the components, manufacture the " +"product, and deliver it back to the subcontracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " +"auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " +"of the product. However, this does **not** consider the time it takes to " +"ship the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:98 +msgid "" +"When purchasing a product subcontracted using the Resupply Subcontractor on " +"Order route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " +"extra time needed for the components to be shipped to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " +"so causes a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to appear at the top of the " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to open the resupply " +"subcontractor order, which is the order created to send components to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Deadline` field on the resupply subcontractor order shows the" +" deadline for the subcontractor to receive the components, in order for them" +" to have enough time to manufacture and deliver the finished product by the " +"Expected Arrival date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field should display the latest date on which" +" components can be shipped, while still arriving to the subcontractor by the" +" :guilabel:`Deadline`. However, by default, the date displayed is the same " +"as the date in the :guilabel:`Deadline` field, and must be updated to take " +"into account the time required for shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field to open a calendar popover " +"from which a date can be selected. Select a date that allows for the " +"components to be delivered by the :guilabel:`Deadline` on the resupply " +"subcontractor order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:124 +msgid "" +"After the components are shipped, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at " +"the top of the order to confirm they have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Unicycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes must supply Bike Friends with the necessary components for " +"manufacturing the unicycles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:137 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each unicycle, plus" +" an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:140 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " +"unicycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " +"two days for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:143 +msgid "" +"On the unicycle's |BoM|, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days, " +"as well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered " +"to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 +msgid "" +"They confirm a |PO| for one unicycle, with an expected arrival date of May " +"30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The resupply subcontractor order for shipping the components to the " +"subcontractor shows a *Deadline* of May 25th. The subcontractor must receive" +" the components by this date, in order to have enough time to manufacture " +"the unicycle, and deliver it by May 30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:152 +msgid "" +"It takes Mike's Bikes two days to deliver the components, so they update the" +" *Scheduled Date* field on the resupply subcontractor order to May 23rd, two" +" days before the Deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Scheduled Date and Deadline fields on a resupply subcontractor order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes ships the components to Bike Friends on the scheduled date of " +"May 23rd, and they arrive on the deadline of May 25th. This gives Bike " +"Friends enough time to manufacture the unicycle, and ship it back to Mike's " +"Bikes by the expected arrival date of May 30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:3 +msgid "Basic subcontracting" +msgstr "Subcontratación básica" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a " +"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" +" then sold by the contracting company." +msgstr "" +"En fabricación, la subcontratación es el proceso que una empresa lleva a " +"cabo cuando contrata a un fabricante externo, o subcontratista, para que " +"fabrique los productos que luego venderá la empresa contratante." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the " +"necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to " +"worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced." +msgstr "" +"En la subcontratación básica, el subcontratista es responsable de adquirir " +"los componentes necesarios. Es decir, la empresa contratante solo tiene que " +"preocuparse por lo que sucede con los productos subcontratados luego de su " +"fabricación." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic " +"subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-" +"subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that " +"subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted " +"products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be " +"manufactured by them." +msgstr "" +"El flujo de trabajo para comprar un producto fabricado mediante " +"subcontratación básica es similar al que utiliza con un proveedor cuando le " +"compra un producto no subcontratado. La principal diferencia es la forma en " +"que se configuran los productos subcontratados, además de que el proveedor " +"tarda más en enviar los productos subcontratados porque primero debe " +"fabricarlos." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " +":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" +"Para usar subcontratación en Odoo, vaya a :menuselection:`Fabricación --> " +"Configuración --> Ajustes` y, en la sección :guilabel:`Operaciones`, " +"seleccione la casilla ubicada junto a :guilabel:`Subcontratación`. Haga clic" +" en :guilabel:`Guardar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary" +" to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|." +msgstr "" +"Luego de habilitar la función de :guilabel:`subcontratación` también es " +"necesario configurar de manera adecuada el producto subcontratado y su lista" +" de materiales." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53 +msgid "Configure product" +msgstr "Configurar productos" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" +"Para configurar un producto para la subcontratación básica, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Inventario --> Productos --> Productos` y seleccione uno o " +"créelo con el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the " +"product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, " +"selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and " +"entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." +msgstr "" +"En el formulario del producto, vaya a la pestaña :guilabel:`Compra` y " +"agregue al subcontratista de los productos como proveedor. Haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Agregar una línea`, seleccione al subcontratista en el menú " +"desplegable :guilabel:`Proveedor` y escriba el precio en el campo " +":guilabel:`Precio`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`" +" field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished " +"product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" +"Después, haga clic en la pestaña :guilabel:`Inventario` y use el campo " +":guilabel:`Rutas` para configurar la ruta que determine qué ocurrirá con el " +"producto terminado una vez que el subcontratista lo haya fabricado." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " +"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" +"Asegúrese de que la ruta :guilabel:`Comprar` esté seleccionada si el " +"producto terminado se devuelve a la empresa contratista. Además, seleccione " +"la ruta :guilabel:`Reabastecer sobre pedido (MTO)` para crear una orden de " +"compra en automático para el producto al confirmar una orden de venta, a " +"menos que haya suficientes existencias para cumplir con la orden de compra." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " +"subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " +"selected." +msgstr "" +"Asegúrese de seleccionar **solo** la ruta :guilabel:`triangulación` si el " +"subcontratista envía el producto terminado al cliente." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83 +msgid "Configure BoM" +msgstr "Configurar listas de materiales" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|." +msgstr "" +"Para configurar una lista de materiales para subcontratación básica, haga " +"clic en el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Lista de Materiales` en el " +"formulario del producto y seleccione la LdM deseada." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " +"--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product." +msgstr "" +"Como alternativa, vaya a :menuselection:`Fabricación --> Productos --> " +"Listas de materiales` y seleccione la lista de materiales para el producto " +"subcontratado." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials " +"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation." +msgstr "" +"Consulte la documentación de :doc:`lista de materiales " +"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` para obtener información completa sobre" +" su configuración." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` " +"option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the " +":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." +msgstr "" +"En el campo :guilabel:`Tipo de LdM` seleccione la opción " +":guilabel:`Subcontratación` y después agregue uno o más subcontratistas en " +"el campo :guilabel:`Subcontratistas` que aparece abajo." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using" +" subcontracting." +msgstr "" +"El campo \"Tipo de LdM\" en una lista de materiales configurada para " +"fabricar el producto mediante subcontratación." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when " +"calculating the product's expected arrival date." +msgstr "" +"Por último, haga clic en la pestaña :guilabel:`Varios`. En el campo " +":guilabel:`Plazo de fabricación` escriba el número de días que el " +"subcontratista tarda en fabricar el producto. Este número sirve para " +"calcular la fecha prevista de llegada del producto." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:81 +msgid "" +"When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for " +"manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" +"Cuando se trata de subcontratación básica no es necesario enumerar los " +"componentes en la pestaña :guilabel:`Componentes` de la lista de materiales," +" pues el subcontratista gestiona los componentes necesarios para la " +"fabricación y la forma en que se adquieren." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:86 +msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "Flujo de subcontratación básica" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:88 +msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:" +msgstr "" +"El flujo de trabajo de subcontratación básica consta de hasta cuatro pasos: " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " +"|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" +"Crear una orden de venta para el producto subcontratado, esto creará una " +"orden de compra para adquirir el producto del subcontratista." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a receipt order or a dropship order." +msgstr "" +"Confirmar la orden de compra creada en el paso anterior o crear una nueva. " +"Esto creará una orden de recepción o de triangulación." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, " +"**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" +"Procesar la recepción después de que el subcontratista haya terminado de " +"fabricar el producto subcontratado y lo envíe de vuelta a la empresa " +"contratante **o** procesar la orden de triangulación para enviar el producto" +" al cliente." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" +" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " +"product is shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" +"Si el flujo de trabajo se inició creando una orden de venta y el producto " +"terminado no se envía directo al cliente final, procese la orden de entrega " +"una vez que envíe el producto al cliente." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted " +"product is being purchased from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" +"El número específico de pasos depende del motivo por el que le compra el " +"producto subcontratado al subcontratista." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " +"with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer," +" or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." +msgstr "" +"Si el motivo es cumplir con la orden específica del cliente, el proceso " +"comienza con la creación de una orden de venta y termina con la entrega del " +"producto al cliente o con el subcontratista enviándolo de forma directa." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process " +"starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into " +"inventory." +msgstr "" +"Si el motivo es aumentar la cantidad de existencias disponibles, el proceso " +"comienza con la creación de una orden de compra y termina con la recepción " +"del producto en el inventario." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169 +msgid "Create SO" +msgstr "Crear una orden de venta" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171 +msgid "" +"It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased" +" from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being " +"purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next " +"step." +msgstr "" +"Solo es necesario completar este paso si le compra el producto se compra al " +"subcontratista para cumplir con alguna de las necesidades del cliente. " +"Diríjase al siguiente paso si compra el producto para aumentar la cantidad " +"disponible." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " +"Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" +"Para crear una nueva orden de venta, vaya a :menuselection:`Ventas --> " +"Órdenes --> Órdenes` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a " +"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a" +" quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione al :guilabel:`cliente` en el menú desplegable correspondiente. " +"Después, haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar un producto` en la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Líneas de orden`, seleccione un producto subcontratado en el menú" +" desplegable :guilabel:`Producto` y escriba el número adecuado en el campo " +":guilabel:`Cantidad`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens" +" the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el botón correspondiente para :guilabel:`confirmar` la orden de" +" venta, en ese momento aparecerá el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Compra` en " +"la parte superior de la página. Este botón abre la orden de compra creada " +"para adquirir el producto subcontratado del subcontratista." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:128 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough " +"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" +"Una orden de venta para el producto solo crea una orden de compra si la ruta" +" *Reabastecer bajo pedido (MTO)* está habilitada en el formulario del " +"producto **y** el producto no tiene suficientes existencias para cumplir con" +" la orden de venta." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates" +" a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Si hay suficientes existencias disponibles, confirmar una orden de venta " +"para el producto creará una orden de entrega porque Odoo asume que la orden " +"de venta se cumple con las existencias en el almacén." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193 +msgid "" +"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " +"end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is " +"enough stock on-hand." +msgstr "" +"No ocurre lo mismo con los productos subcontratados que se envían directo al" +" cliente final. En ese caso **siempre** se crea una orden de compra, incluso" +" si hay suficientes existencias." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197 +msgid "Process PO" +msgstr "Procesar una orden de compra" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:140 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to " +":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the " +"|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to " +"the next step." +msgstr "" +"Si creó una orden de compra en el paso anterior, vaya a ella con el botón " +"inteligente :guilabel:`Compra` ubicado en la parte superior de la orden o " +"vaya a :guilabel:`Compras --> Órdenes --> Órdenes de compra` y selecciónela." +" Después, haga clic en :guilabel:`Confirmar orden` para confirmarla y pasar " +"al siguiente paso." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" +"Si no creó una orden de compra en el paso anterior, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Compra --> Órdenes --> Órdenes de compra` y haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Nueva`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a " +"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the " +"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." +msgstr "" +"Comience a completar la orden de compra y seleccione a un subcontratista con" +" el menú desplegable :guilabel:`Proveedor`. En la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Productos`, haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar un producto` para " +"crear una nueva línea de productos. En el campo :guilabel:`Producto` elija " +"un producto subcontratado e ingrese la cantidad en el campo " +":guilabel:`Cantidad`. Por último, haga clic en :guilabel:`Confirmar orden` " +"para confirmar la orden de compra." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:153 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic " +"subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and " +"can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" +"Al confirmar una orden de compra para un producto que se fabrica mediante " +"subcontratación básica, entonces se crea una orden de recepción o " +"triangulación de forma automática a la que puede acceder con el botón " +"inteligente :guilabel:`Recibo` o :guilabel:`Triangular` que aparece en la " +"parte superior de la orden de compra." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 +msgid "" +"A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " +"top of the page." +msgstr "" +"Una orden de compra para un producto de subcontratación básica, el botón " +"inteligente Recepción aparece en la parte superior de la página." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 +msgid "" +"PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " +"top of the page." +msgstr "" +"Una orden de compra para un producto de subcontratación básica, el botón " +"inteligente Recepción aparece en la parte superior de la página." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242 +msgid "Process receipt or dropship order" +msgstr "Procesar una recepción o una orden de envío directo (triangulación)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " +"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " +"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " +"`." +msgstr "" +"Después de que el subcontratista terminó de fabricar el producto deberá " +"enviarlo a la empresa contratante o al consumidor final, esto depende de la " +":ref:`configuración ` del producto." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251 +msgid "" +"If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, " +"once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " +"Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." +msgstr "" +"Si el subcontratista envía el producto terminado a la empresa contratante, " +"vaya a :menuselection:`Compra --> Órdenes --> Órdenes de compra` después de " +"que se haya recibido y seleccione la orden de compra." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the" +" :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the " +"receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter" +" the product into inventory." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Recibir productos` que está ubicado en la " +"parte superior de la orden de compra o en el botón inteligente " +":guilabel:`Recibo` que se encuentra en la parte superior de la página para " +"abrir la recepción. Después, haga clic en :guilabel:`Validar` en la parte " +"superior del recibo para ingresar el producto al inventario." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260 +msgid "Process dropship order" +msgstr "Procesar una orden de envío directo (triangulación)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262 +msgid "" +"If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select" +" the |PO|." +msgstr "" +"Si el subcontratista envía el producto directo al cliente final, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Compra --> Órdenes --> Órdenes de compra` una vez que lo " +"haya enviado y seleccione la orden de compra." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open " +"the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order " +"to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Triangular` ubicado en la parte " +"superior de la página para abrir la orden de envío directo y después haga " +"clic en :guilabel:`Validar` en la parte superior de la orden para confirmar " +"que ya le enviaron el producto al cliente." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270 +msgid "Process delivery order" +msgstr "Procesar una orden de entrega" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " +"finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " +"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" +" the customer, and process the delivery order." +msgstr "" +"Si el flujo de trabajo de subcontratación fue iniciado por una orden de " +"venta del cliente y el producto terminado **no** fue enviado de forma " +"directa al cliente, sino que lo recibió la empresa contratante, es necesario" +" enviar el producto al cliente y procesar la orden de entrega." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " +"the product has been shipped." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que haya enviado el producto al cliente, vaya a la aplicación " +":menuselection:`Ventas` y seleccione la orden de venta. Presione el botón " +"inteligente :guilabel:`Entrega` ubicado en la parte superior de la página " +"para abrir la orden de entrega, luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Validar` en la" +" orden para confirmar que el producto ha sido enviado." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship to subcontractor" +msgstr "Enviar al subcontratista" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the" +" necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have " +"them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order " +"(PO) for that product is confirmed." +msgstr "" +"En Odoo, la ruta *Enviar al subcontratista al ordenar* se utiliza para " +"comprar los componentes necesarios para un producto subcontratado a un " +"proveedor y que este se los entregue al subcontratista cuando se confirma " +"una orden de compra con ese producto." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " +"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company." +msgstr "" +"El subcontratista utiliza los componentes para fabricar el producto deseado " +"antes de enviarlo de vuelta a la empresa contratante." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and " +"*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve " +"dropshipping, they are used for different purposes." +msgstr "" +"Es necesario entender las diferencias entre las rutas *Triangular* y *Enviar" +" al subcontratista al ordenar*. Ambas rutas implican envío directo, pero se " +"utilizan con distintos propósitos." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have " +"them shipped directly to the end customer." +msgstr "" +"La ruta *Triangular* se utiliza para comprar productos a un proveedor y que " +"este se encargue de enviarlos al consumidor final." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components " +"from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By " +"default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the " +"contracting company." +msgstr "" +"La ruta *Enviar al subcontratista al ordenar* se utiliza para comprar " +"componentes a un proveedor y que este los envíe directo a un subcontratista." +" De forma predeterminada, el subcontratista envía los productos terminados a" +" la empresa contratante." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33 +msgid "" +"However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship " +"Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In " +"this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then " +"ships the finished product directly to the end customer." +msgstr "" +"Sin embargo, es posible combinar las rutas *Triangular* y *Enviar al " +"subcontratista al ordenar* para utilizarlas en el mismo producto. En este " +"flujo de trabajo, los componentes se envían directo al subcontratista y este" +" envía el producto terminado directo al consumidor final." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37 +msgid "" +"This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the " +":ref:`workflow section ` of" +" this doc." +msgstr "" +"Para ello debe seguir los pasos uno a cinco en la :ref:`sección de flujo de " +"trabajo ` de este " +"documento." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " +"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` heading." +msgstr "" +"Para utilizar la ruta *Enviar al subcontratista al ordenar*, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Fabricación --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y, en la sección " +":guilabel:`Operaciones`, seleccione la casilla ubicada junto a " +":guilabel:`Subcontratación`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " +"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the " +"components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" +"Luego de habilitar la función de *subcontratación* también es necesario " +"configurar de manera adecuada el producto subcontratado, la lista de " +"materiales del producto y los componentes que forman parte de ella." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" +"Para configurar un producto para la ruta *Enviar al subcontratista al " +"ordenar*, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Productos --> Productos` y " +"seleccione uno o créelo con el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as " +"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in " +"the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the " +":guilabel:`Price` field." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione la pestaña :guilabel:`Compra` y agregue al subcontratista de los " +"productos como proveedor. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar una línea`, " +"seleccione al subcontratista en el menú desplegable :guilabel:`Proveedor` y " +"escriba el precio en el campo :guilabel:`Precio`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that " +"determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been " +"manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" +"Después, haga clic en la pestaña :guilabel:`Inventario` para configurar la " +"ruta que determine qué ocurrirá con el producto terminado una vez que el " +"subcontratista lo haya fabricado." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock " +"on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" +"Asegúrese de que la ruta :guilabel:`Comprar` esté seleccionada si el " +"producto terminado se devuelve a la empresa contratista. Además, seleccione " +"la ruta :guilabel:`Reabastecer sobre pedido (MTO)` para crear una orden de " +"compra en automático para el producto al confirmar una orden de venta, a " +"menos que haya suficientes existencias para cumplir con la orden de compra." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " +"subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " +"selected." +msgstr "" +"Asegúrese de seleccionar solo la ruta :guilabel:`triangulación` si el " +"subcontratista envía el producto terminado al cliente." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73 +msgid "Configure bill of materials" +msgstr "Configurar listas de materiales" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click " +"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " +"select the |BoM|." +msgstr "" +"Para configurar una lista de materiales para la ruta *Enviar al " +"subcontratista al ordenar*, haga clic en el botón inteligente " +":guilabel:`Lista de Materiales` en la página del producto y seleccione la " +"LdM." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and" +" specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" +"Por último, asegúrese de que todos los componentes necesarios están " +"presentes en la pestaña :guilabel:`Componentes`. Para agregar un nuevo " +"componente, haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar una línea`, después, en el menú " +"desplegable :guilabel:`Componente` seleccione el necesario y especifique la " +":guilabel:`cantidad` requerida en el campo correspondiente." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97 +msgid "Configure Components" +msgstr "Configurar componentes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " +"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " +"arrow)` button to the right of the name." +msgstr "" +"Para configurar los componentes para la ruta *Enviar al subcontratista al " +"ordenar*, vaya a cada componente desde la lista de materiales y seleccione " +"el nombre del componente en la pestaña :guilabel:`Componentes`, haga clic en" +" el botón :guilabel:`➡️ (flecha derecha)` que está del lado derecho del " +"nombre." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " +"component." +msgstr "" +"Como alternativa también puede ir a cada componente desde " +":menuselection:`Inventario --> Productos --> Productos` y elegirlo." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106 +msgid "" +"On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add " +"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in " +"the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the" +" subcontractor, once they are purchased." +msgstr "" +"En el formulario del producto de componente, seleccione la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Compra` y agregue un proveedor con el botón :guilabel:`Agregar " +"una línea`, seleccione el proveedor en el campo :guilabel:`Proveedor` y " +"agregue el precio al que venden el producto en el campo :guilabel:`Precio`. " +"Este es el proveedor que envía los componentes al subcontratista después de " +"comprarlos." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the " +":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " +"section." +msgstr "" +"Después, seleccione la pestaña :guilabel:`Inventario` y elija " +":guilabel:`Enviar al subcontratista al ordenar` en la sección " +":guilabel:`Rutas`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" +"Repita este proceso en todos los componentes que se deben enviar al " +"subcontratista de forma directa." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119 +msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow" +msgstr "Flujo de trabajo de la ruta Enviar al subcontratista al ordenar" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:" +msgstr "" +"El flujo de trabajo de la ruta Enviar al subcontratista al ordenar consta de" +" hasta seis pasos: " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " +"*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" +"Crear una orden de venta para el producto subcontratado, esto creará una " +"orden de compra del *subcontratista* para adquirir su producto." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the" +" vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." +msgstr "" +"Confirmar la orden de compra creada en el paso anterior o crear una nueva. " +"Esto crea una solicitud de cotización para comprar los componentes al " +"proveedor, así como una orden de recepción o de triangulación." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so " +"creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order." +msgstr "" +"Confirmar la solicitud de cotización para convertirla en una segunda orden " +"de compra (*orden de compra* del proveedor). Esto crea una orden de *envío " +"directo al subcontratista*." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the " +"components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" +"Procesar la orden de *triangulación al subcontratista* una vez que el " +"proveedor le envió los componentes al subcontratista." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" +" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end " +"customer." +msgstr "" +"Procesar la recepción después de que el subcontratista haya terminado de " +"fabricar el producto subcontratado y lo envíe de vuelta a la empresa " +"contratante **o** procesar la orden de triangulación para enviar el producto" +" al cliente." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" +" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " +"product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" +"Si el flujo de trabajo se inició creando una orden de venta y el producto " +"terminado no se envía directo al cliente final, procese la orden de entrega " +"una vez que el producto haya sido enviado al cliente." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " +"with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, " +"or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." +msgstr "" +"Si el motivo es cumplir con la orden específica del cliente, el proceso " +"comienza con la creación de una orden de venta y termina con la entrega del " +"producto al cliente o con el subcontratista enviándolo de forma directa." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts " +"with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." +msgstr "" +"Si el motivo es aumentar la cantidad de existencias disponibles, el proceso " +"comienza con la creación de una orden de compra y termina con la recepción " +"del producto en el inventario." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148 +msgid "Create an SO" +msgstr "Crear una orden de venta" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the " +"product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione al :guilabel:`cliente` en el menú desplegable correspondiente. " +"Después, haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar un producto` en la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Líneas de orden`, seleccione el producto en el menú desplegable " +":guilabel:`Producto` y escriba el número adecuado en el campo " +":guilabel:`Cantidad`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is " +"the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted " +"product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el botón correspondiente para :guilabel:`confirmar` la orden de" +" venta, en ese momento aparecerá el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Compra` en " +"la parte superior de la página. Esta es la orden de compra del " +"*subcontratista* o la orden de compra creada para adquirir el producto " +"subcontratado del subcontratista." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the " +"*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** " +"there is no stock of the product on-hand." +msgstr "" +"Una orden de venta para el producto solo crea una orden de compra de " +"*subcontratista* si la ruta *Reabastecer bajo pedido (MTO)* está habilitada " +"en la página del producto **y** el producto no tiene suficiente " +"disponibilidad." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead " +"create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Si hay existencias disponibles, confirmar una orden de venta para el " +"producto creará una orden de entrega porque Odoo asume que la orden de venta" +" se cumple con las existencias en el almacén." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172 +msgid "" +"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " +"end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, " +"even if there is stock on-hand." +msgstr "" +"No ocurre lo mismo con los productos subcontratados que se envían directo al" +" cliente final. En ese caso **siempre** se crea una orden de compra de " +"*subcontratista*, incluso si hay disponibilidad." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176 +msgid "Process subcontractor PO" +msgstr "Procesar una orden de compra del subcontratista" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178 +msgid "" +"If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`," +" and clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" +"Si no creó una orden de compra de *subcontratista* en el paso anterior, vaya" +" a :menuselection:`Compras --> Órdenes --> Órdenes de compra` y haga clic en" +" :guilabel:`Nueva`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +"Complete la orden de compra, primero seleccione un subcontratista con el " +"menú desplegable :guilabel:`Proveedor`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a" +" new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" +"En la pestaña :guilabel:`Productos`, haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar un " +"producto` para crear una nueva línea, después seleccione un producto " +"fabricado por el subcontratista en el campo :guilabel:`Producto` y escriba " +"el número correspondiente en el campo :guilabel:`Cantidad`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* " +"|PO|." +msgstr "" +"Por último, haga clic en :guilabel:`Confirmar orden` para confirmar la orden" +" de compra del *subcontratista*." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components" +" to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, " +"and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" +"Al confirmar una orden de compra para un producto que necesita que envíe " +"componentes a un subcontratista, entonces se crea una orden de recepción o " +"triangulación de forma automática a la que puede acceder con el botón " +"inteligente :guilabel:`Recibo` o :guilabel:`Triangular` que aparece en la " +"parte superior de la orden de compra." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" +"button at the top of the page." +msgstr "" +"Una orden de compra del subcontratista para un producto con ruta *Enviar al subcontratista al ordenar*, con el botón inteligente Recepción\n" +"en la parte superior de la página." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from " +"the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** " +"automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" +"Además, se crea una solicitud de cotización para los componentes que se " +"compran al proveedor y se envían al subcontratista. Sin embargo, esta " +"solicitud **NO** se vincula en automático a la orden de compra del " +"*subcontratista*." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship " +"Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* " +"|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" +"Cuando la solicitud de cotización está confirmada y se convierte en una " +"orden de compra del *proveedor*, se crea una orden de para *enviar al " +"subcontratista*. Esta orden está vinculada tanto a la orden de compra del " +"*proveedor* como a la orden de compra del *subcontratista*." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205 +msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ" +msgstr "Confirmar solicitudes de cotización de los proveedores" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. " +"Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` " +"field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after " +"confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." +msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Compra --> Órdenes --> Solicitudes de cotización` " +"para acceder a la solicitud de cotización creada al confirmar la *orden de " +"compra* del subcontratista. Seleccione la orden de cotización en la que " +"aparece el proveedor correcto en el campo :guilabel:`Proveedor` y el número " +"de referencia del recibo que se creó después de confirmar la orden de compra" +" del subcontratista en el campo :guilabel:`Documento origen`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212 +msgid "" +"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship " +"Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of" +" the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped." +msgstr "" +"En la solicitud de cotización, el campo :guilabel:`Entregar a` menciona " +":guilabel:`Subcontratista de triangulación` y en el campo " +":guilabel:`Dirección de entrega` aparece el nombre del subcontratista que " +"recibirá los componentes." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and " +"confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, " +"and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the " +"*subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Confirmar orden` para convertir la solicitud de " +"cotización en una *orden de compra* de proveedor y confirmar la compra de " +"componentes al proveedor. Después de esto aparecerá el botón inteligente " +":guilabel:`Triangular` en la parte superior de la *orden de compra* del " +"proveedor y el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Reabastecer` en la parte " +"superior de la orden de compra* del subcontratista." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" +"Dropship smart button at the top of the page." +msgstr "" +"Una orden de compra del proveedor para un producto con ruta *Enviar al subcontratista al ordenar*, con el botón inteligente Triangular\n" +"en la parte superior de la página." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227 +msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order" +msgstr "Procesar la orden para enviar al subcontratista" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" +" *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, " +"respectively." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que el subcontratista haya recibido los componentes, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Compra --> Órdenes --> Órdenes de compra`, seleccione la " +"orden de compra del proveedor o del subcontratista y haga clic en el botón " +"inteligente :guilabel:`Triangular` o en el botón inteligente " +":guilabel:`Reabastecer` según corresponda." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the " +":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the " +"subcontractor has received the components." +msgstr "" +"Al hacer clic en cualquiera de los botones abrirá la orden para *enviar al " +"subcontratista*. Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Validar` ubicado en la " +"parte superior de la orden para confirmar que el subcontratista recibió los " +"componentes." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" +" *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que el subcontratista haya fabricado el producto terminado, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Compra --> Órdenes --> Órdenes de compra` y seleccione la " +"orden de compra del *subcontratista*." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the " +"product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of" +" the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into " +"inventory." +msgstr "" +"Si es necesario recibir el producto subcontratado en el inventario, en " +"cuanto llegue haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Recibir productos` que está " +"ubicado en la parte superior de la orden de compra del *subcontratista* para" +" abrir la recepción. Después, haga clic en :guilabel:`Validar` en la parte " +"superior del recibo para registrar el producto en el inventario." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the" +" *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" +"También puede seleccionar el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Recibo` ubicado en" +" la parte superior de la orden de compra del *subcontratista* y hacer clic " +"en :guilabel:`Validar` en la parte superior de la recepción." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the " +":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship " +"order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the " +"product to the customer." +msgstr "" +"Si el proveedor debe enviar el producto subcontratado, seleccione el botón " +":guilabel:`Triangular` que se ubica en la parte superior de la página para " +"abrir la orden correspondiente. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Validar` después de " +"que el subcontratista haya enviado el producto al cliente." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product " +"has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que haya enviado el producto al cliente, vaya a la aplicación " +":menuselection:`Ventas` y seleccione la orden de venta. Presione el botón " +"inteligente :guilabel:`Entrega` ubicado en la parte superior de la página " +"para abrir la orden de entrega, luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Validar` para " +"confirmar que envió el producto al cliente." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply subcontractor" +msgstr "Reabastecer al subcontratista" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the " +"necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each " +"time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." +msgstr "" +"En Odoo, la ruta *Reabastecer al subcontratista al ordenar* se utiliza para " +"entregar los componentes necesarios para un producto subcontratado a un " +"proveedor cuando se confirma una orden de compra con ese producto." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " +"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping" +" it to the end customer." +msgstr "" +"El subcontratista utiliza los componentes para fabricar el producto deseado " +"antes de enviarlo de vuelta a la empresa contratante o de enviarlo al " +"consumidor final." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply " +"Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes." +msgstr "" +"Es necesario comprender las diferencias entre las rutas *Reabastecer al " +"subcontratista al ordenar* y *Enviar al subcontratista al ordenar*." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24 +msgid "" +"While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components " +"required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are " +"sourced." +msgstr "" +"Ambas rutas se utilizan para proporcionarle los componentes necesarios para " +"fabricar un producto a un subcontratista, pero la forma en que se obtienen " +"los componentes es distinta." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from " +"the warehouse of the contracting company." +msgstr "" +"Con la ruta *Reabastecer al subcontratista al ordenar*, la empresa " +"contratante envía los componentes desde su almacén." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from " +"a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" +"Con la ruta *Enviar al subcontratista al ordenar*, es necesario comprar los " +"componentes a un proveedor y este los enviará directo al subcontratista." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of " +"the subcontracting company and their subcontractors." +msgstr "" +"La elección de la ruta a utilizar depende de los requisitos específicos de " +"la empresa subcontratista y de sus subcontratistas." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36 +msgid "" +"See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of " +"the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route." +msgstr "" +"Consulte la documentación sobre :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` para obtener " +"toda la información relacionada con los *envíos al subcontratista al " +"ordenar*." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " +"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` heading." +msgstr "" +"Para utilizar la ruta *Reabastecer al subcontratista al ordenar*, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Fabricación --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y, en la sección " +":guilabel:`Operaciones`, seleccione la casilla ubicada junto a " +":guilabel:`Subcontratación`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " +"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of " +"materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" +"Luego de habilitar la función de *subcontratación* también es necesario " +"configurar de manera adecuada el producto subcontratado, la lista de " +"materiales (LdM) del producto y los componentes que forman parte de ella." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" +"Para configurar un producto para la ruta *Reabastecer al subcontratista al " +"ordenar*, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Productos --> Productos` y " +"seleccione uno o créelo con el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`" +" tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the " +"subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product." +msgstr "" +"El valor escrito en el campo :guilabel:`Precio` de la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Compra` en la página del producto subcontratado es el importe que" +" le paga al subcontratista por la fabricación del producto." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68 +msgid "" +"This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other " +"elements, like the cost of the product's components." +msgstr "" +"Esto no representa el costo total del producto, que incluye otros elementos " +"como el costo de sus componentes." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " +"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" +"Asegúrese de que la ruta :guilabel:`Comprar` esté seleccionada si el " +"producto terminado se devuelve a la empresa contratista. Además, seleccione " +"la ruta :guilabel:`Reabastecer sobre pedido (MTO)` para crear una orden de " +"compra en automático para el producto al confirmar una orden de venta, a " +"menos que haya suficientes existencias para cumplir con la orden de compra." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click " +"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " +"select the |BoM|." +msgstr "" +"Para configurar una lista de materiales para la ruta *Reabastecer al " +"subcontratista al ordenar*, haga clic en el botón inteligente " +":guilabel:`Lista de Materiales` en la página del producto y seleccione la " +"LdM." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107 +msgid "Configure components" +msgstr "Configurar componentes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " +"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " +"arrow)` button to the right of the name." +msgstr "" +"Para configurar los componentes para la ruta *Reabastecer al subcontratista " +"al ordenar*, vaya a cada componente desde la lista de materiales y " +"seleccione el nombre del componente en la pestaña :guilabel:`Componentes`, " +"haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`➡️ (flecha derecha)` que está del lado " +"derecho del nombre." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116 +msgid "" +"On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and " +"select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the " +":guilabel:`Routes` section." +msgstr "" +"En el formulario de producto del componente, haga clic en la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Inventario` y en la sección :guilabel:`Rutas` seleccione " +":guilabel:`Reabastecer al subcontratista al ordenar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" +"Repita este proceso en todos los componentes que se deben enviar al " +"subcontratista." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122 +msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow" +msgstr "Flujo de trabajo de la ruta Reabastecer al subcontratista al ordenar" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:" +msgstr "" +"El flujo de trabajo de la ruta Reabastecer al subcontratista al ordenar " +"consta de hasta cinco pasos: " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to " +"purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" +"Crear una orden de venta para el producto subcontratado, esto creará una " +"orden de compra para adquirir el producto del subcontratista." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a" +" dropship order." +msgstr "" +"Confirmar la orden de compra creada en el paso anterior o crear una nueva. " +"Esto crea una orden para *reabastecer al subcontratista*, así como una orden" +" de recepción o de triangulación." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the " +"subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" +"Procesar la orden de *reabastecimiento para el subcontratista* una vez que " +"haya enviado los componentes del producto subcontratado al subcontratista." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" +" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." +msgstr "" +"Procesar la recepción después de que el subcontratista haya terminado de " +"fabricar el producto subcontratado y lo envíe de vuelta a la empresa " +"contratante **o** procesar la orden de triangulación para enviar el producto" +" al cliente." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149 +msgid "" +"While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to " +"automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is " +"also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful " +"when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|." +msgstr "" +"Puede usar la ruta *Reabastecer al subcontratista al ordenar* para " +"reabastecer en automático a un subcontratista al confirmar una orden de " +"compra, pero también puede crear una orden de reabastecimiento de forma " +"manual. Este flujo de trabajo es útil si necesita reabastecer al " +"subcontratista sin crear una orden de compra." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply " +"Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking" +" :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" +"Para reabastecer a un subcontratista de forma manual, vaya a la aplicación " +":menuselection:`Inventario` y haga clic en la tarjeta " +":guilabel:`Reabastecer subcontratista`. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo` para " +"crear una nueva orden." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom " +"the components should be sent." +msgstr "" +"En el campo :guilabel:`Dirección de entrega` seleccione al subcontratista " +"que debe recibir los componentes." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` " +"drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." +msgstr "" +"Después agregue los componentes a la pestaña :guilabel:`Operaciones`. Haga " +"clic en :guilabel:`Agregar una línea`, seleccione el componente en el campo " +"desplegable :guilabel:`Producto` y especifique la cantidad en el campo " +":guilabel:`Demanda`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the " +"components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` " +"to confirm that the order has been sent." +msgstr "" +"Por último, haga clic en :guilabel:`Marcar como por realizar` para registrar" +" la orden. Luego de que los componentes hayan sido enviados al " +"subcontratista, haga clic en :guilabel:`Validar` para confirmar que la orden" +" ya se envió." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough " +"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" +"Una orden de venta para el producto solo crea una orden de compra si la ruta" +" *Reabastecer bajo pedido (MTO)* está habilitada en la página del producto " +"**y** el producto no tiene suficientes existencias para cumplir con la orden" +" de venta." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead" +" creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Si hay suficientes existencias disponibles, confirmar una orden de venta " +"para el producto creará una orden de entrega porque Odoo asume que la orden " +"de venta se cumple con las existencias en el almacén." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase " +"app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it." +msgstr "" +"Si creó una orden de compra en el paso anterior, vaya a :guilabel:`Compra " +"--> Órdenes --> Órdenes de compra`, selecciónela y luego haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Confirmar orden`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a " +"subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically " +"created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" +"Al confirmar una orden de compra para un producto que necesita que " +"reabastezca de componentes a un subcontratista, entonces se crea una orden " +"de recepción o triangulación de forma automática a la que puede acceder con " +"el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Recibo` o :guilabel:`Triangular` que aparece" +" en la parte superior de la orden de compra." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the " +"required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed " +"from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top " +"of the page." +msgstr "" +"Además, se crea una orden para *reabastecer al subcontratista* para que " +"reciba los componentes necesarios. También es posible acceder a esta orden " +"desde la orden de compra al hacer clic en el botón inteligente " +":guilabel:`Reabastecer` ubicado en la parte superior de la página." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 +msgid "" +"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n" +"buttons at the top of the page." +msgstr "" +"Una orden de compra para un producto con ruta *Reabastecer al subcontratista al ordenar*, con los botones inteligentes Recepción y Reabastecer\n" +"en la parte superior de la página." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 +msgid "" +"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and " +"Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page." +msgstr "" +"Una orden de compra para un producto con ruta *Reabastecer al subcontratista" +" al ordenar*, con los botones inteligentes Recepción y Reabastecer ubicados " +"en la parte superior de la página." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227 +msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order" +msgstr "Procesar la orden para reabastecer al subcontratista" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the " +"subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " +"Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que los componentes del producto subcontratado hayan sido enviados " +"al subcontratista, vaya a :menuselection:`Compras --> Órdenes --> Órdenes de" +" compra` y seleccione la orden correspondiente." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open" +" the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Reabastecer` ubicado en la " +"parte superior de la página para abrir la orden de *reabastecimiento al " +"subcontratista* y haga clic en :guilabel:`Validar` para confirmar el envío " +"de los componentes al subcontratista." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` " +"card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" +"También es posible procesarla a través de la aplicación " +":guilabel:`Inventario`. Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`# por procesar` de " +"la tarjeta para *reabastecer al subcontratista* y seleccione la orden " +"correspondiente. Después, haga clic en :guilabel:`Validar` para confirmar el" +" envío de los componentes al subcontratista." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " +"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " +"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " +"`." +msgstr "" +"Después de que el subcontratista terminó de fabricar el producto deberá " +"enviarlo a la empresa contratante o al consumidor final, esto depende de la " +":ref:`configuración " +"` del " +"producto." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " +"finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " +"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" +" the customer, and process the delivery order." +msgstr "" +"Si el flujo de trabajo de subcontratación fue iniciado por una orden de " +"venta del cliente y el producto terminado **NO** fue enviado de forma " +"directa al cliente, sino que lo recibió la empresa contratante, es necesario" +" enviar el producto al cliente y procesar la orden de entrega." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " +"the product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que haya enviado el producto al cliente, vaya a la aplicación " +":menuselection:`Ventas` y seleccione la orden de venta. Presione el botón " +"inteligente :guilabel:`Entrega` ubicado en la parte superior de la página " +"para abrir la orden de entrega, luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Validar` en la" +" orden para confirmar que envió el producto al cliente." + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows.rst:5 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "Flujos de trabajo" @@ -32442,6 +36588,16 @@ msgstr "" "*Fabricación* y únicamente después de cerrar la orden de fabricación " "asociada." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " +"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." +msgstr "" +"Puede ver las órdenes de desecho en :menuselection:`Inventario --> " +"Operaciones --> Desechar`. Cada orden de desecho muestra la fecha y la hora " +"en la que se creó la orden, junto con el producto y la cantidad desechada. " + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29 msgid "" "To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " @@ -32827,1923 +36983,6 @@ msgstr "" "crear *WH/MO/00011*. El campo de origen para *WH/MO/00011* lista tanto " "*WH/MO/00009* como *WH/MO/00010*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontracting overview" -msgstr "Información general sobre subcontratación" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:7 -msgid "" -"In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a " -"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" -" then sold by the contracting company." -msgstr "" -"En fabricación, la *subcontratación* es el proceso que una empresa lleva a " -"cabo cuando contrata a un fabricante externo, o subcontratista, para que " -"fabrique los productos que luego venderá la empresa contratante." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting " -"company and the subcontractor." -msgstr "" -"La subcontratación proporciona varios beneficios tanto para la empresa " -"contratante como para la empresa subcontratista." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:13 -msgid "" -"For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide " -"variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in" -" and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the " -"manufacturing themselves." -msgstr "" -"En el caso de la empresa contratante, la subcontratación les permite vender " -"varios productos fabricados sin tener que preocuparse por invertir y dar " -"mantenimiento al equipo y la mano de obra necesarios para gestionar la " -"fabricación por su cuenta." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:17 -msgid "" -"This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, " -"as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with " -"subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they " -"are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized " -"work to subcontractors." -msgstr "" -"Esto ayuda a que las empresas contratantes se adapten a lo largo de los " -"ciclos económicos, ya que pueden incrementar o disminuir los compromisos que" -" tienen con los subcontratistas con facilidad según sea necesario en el " -"momento adecuado. También significa que pueden enfocarse en las tareas en " -"las que se distinguen y delegar los trabajos más especializados a los " -"subcontratistas." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:22 -msgid "" -"On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors " -"to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as " -"profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain " -"arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which " -"projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given " -"time." -msgstr "" -"Por otro lado, la subcontratación permite que los subcontratistas se " -"especialicen en áreas más específicas de la producción que podrían no ser " -"tan rentables si no utilizaran el proceso de subcontratación. En algunos " -"casos, también les proporciona flexibilidad para que elijan los proyectos " -"que aceptan o rechazan y en cuántos de ellos trabajan en un momento " -"determinado." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a " -"variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what" -" happens to finished products once they are manufactured." -msgstr "" -"En Odoo, las empresas pueden configurar sus flujos de trabajo de " -"subcontratación según varios factores, como la manera en que obtienen los " -"componentes y qué sucede con los productos terminados una vez que se " -"fabrican." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " -"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " -":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " -"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" -"Para habilitar la subcontratación en Odoo, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Fabricación --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y, en la sección " -":guilabel:`Operaciones`, seleccione la casilla ubicada junto a " -":guilabel:`Subcontratación`. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst-1 -msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." -msgstr "Los ajustes de subcontratación en la aplicación Fabricación." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:42 -msgid "" -"With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in " -"Odoo:" -msgstr "" -"Una vez que haya habilitado la subcontratación, Odoo mostrará varias " -"funciones disponibles:" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a " -"*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates" -" the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that" -" it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the " -"Odoo database." -msgstr "" -"En las listas de materiales, el campo *Tipo de LdM* ahora incluye la opción " -"de *subcontratación*. Habilitar el tipo de LdM de *subcontratación* designa " -"el producto de la lista como un producto subcontratado, es decir, Odoo sabe " -"que lo produce un subcontratista y no la empresa propietaria de la base de " -"datos." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can " -"be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product " -"pages:" -msgstr "" -"En la aplicación *Inventario* estarán disponibles dos rutas de " -"subcontratación. Es posible usarlas en productos específicos en la pestaña " -"*Inventario* de sus respectivas páginas:" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:51 -msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*" -msgstr "*Reabastecer al subcontratista al ordenar*" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:52 -msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*" -msgstr "*Enviar al subcontratista al ordenar*" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:55 -msgid "Subcontracting workflows" -msgstr "Flujos de trabajo de subcontratación" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:57 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference " -"between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:" -msgstr "" -"En Odoo hay tres flujos de trabajo de subcontratación. La diferencia " -"principal entre ellos es la *manera* en la que el subcontratista adquiere " -"los productos necesarios:" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully " -"responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the " -":doc:`subcontracting_basic` documentation." -msgstr "" -"En el flujo de trabajo de subcontratación *básica*, el subcontratista es el " -"responsable de obtener los componentes. Este flujo de trabajo se describe en" -" la documentación sobre :doc:`subcontracting_basic`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " -"sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This " -"workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting_resupply` documentation." -msgstr "" -"En el flujo de trabajo *Reabastecer al subcontratista al ordenar*, la " -"empresa contratante le envía los componentes de su almacén al " -"subcontratista. Este flujo de trabajo se describe en la documentación sobre " -":doc:`subcontracting_resupply`. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " -"purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to " -"the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the " -":doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation." -msgstr "" -"En el flujo de trabajo *Enviar al subcontratista al ordenar*, la empresa " -"contratante le compra los componentes a un proveedor y hace que se los " -"entreguen al subcontratista. Este flujo de trabajo se describe en la " -"documentación sobre :doc:`subcontracting_dropship`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:69 -msgid "" -"In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary " -"to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to" -" products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" -"Además de la forma en que un subcontratista obtiene los componentes, también" -" es necesario considerar el motivo por el que un producto está siendo " -"subcontratado, así como lo que sucede con los productos después de que el " -"subcontratista los fabrica." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are " -"to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand." -msgstr "" -"Los dos motivos principales por los que un producto se subcontrata son para " -"cumplir con la orden de un cliente o para reabastecer la cantidad de " -"existencias disponibles." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can " -"either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an " -"end customer." -msgstr "" -"Luego de que un producto es fabricado, el subcontratista podrá enviarlos a " -"la empresa contratista o enviarlo directamente a un consumidor final." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured" -" to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are " -"outlined in their respective documentation." -msgstr "" -"Es posible configurar los tres flujos de trabajo de subcontratación " -"descritos con anterioridad para facilitar cualquiera de estas posibilidades," -" y los métodos para hacerlo están descritos en su documentación." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:83 -msgid "Subcontracted product valuation" -msgstr "Valoración de productos subcontratados" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different " -"variables:" -msgstr "" -"La valoración de un producto subcontratado depende de algunas variables:" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;" -" from here on referred to as `C`." -msgstr "" -"El costo de los componentes necesarios si los proporciona la empresa " -"contratante, corresponde a la letra `C`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "" -"The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`." -msgstr "" -"El precio pagado al subcontratista por el servicio de fabricación del " -"producto subcontratado, corresponde a la letra `M`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them " -"shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`." -msgstr "" -"El costo de envío de los componentes al subcontratista y el envío de regreso" -" a la empresa contratante, corresponde a la letra `S`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:93 -msgid "" -"The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor" -" to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`." -msgstr "" -"El costo por envío directo si los componentes los envía el subcontratista al" -" cliente final, corresponde a la letra `D`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred " -"to as `x`." -msgstr "" -"Todos los costos asociados, como impuestos por importación, entre otros, " -"corresponde a la letra `x`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be " -"represented by the following equation:" -msgstr "" -"Por lo tanto, es posible representar la valoración total de un producto " -"subcontratado (`P`) con la siguiente ecuación:" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:100 -msgid "" -"P = C + M + S + D + x\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"P = C + M + S + D + x\n" -"\n" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:103 -msgid "" -"It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will " -"include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not " -"dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost" -" of dropshipping." -msgstr "" -"Es importante mencionar que no todas las valoraciones de los productos " -"subcontratados incluirán estas variables. Por ejemplo, si el producto no se " -"entrega al consumidor final, entonces no es necesario tomar en cuenta el " -"costo de la triangulación." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:3 -msgid "Basic subcontracting" -msgstr "Subcontratación básica" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a " -"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" -" then sold by the contracting company." -msgstr "" -"En fabricación, la subcontratación es el proceso que una empresa lleva a " -"cabo cuando contrata a un fabricante externo, o subcontratista, para que " -"fabrique los productos que luego venderá la empresa contratante." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the " -"necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to " -"worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced." -msgstr "" -"En la subcontratación básica, el subcontratista es responsable de adquirir " -"los componentes necesarios. Es decir, la empresa contratante solo tiene que " -"preocuparse por lo que sucede con los productos subcontratados luego de su " -"fabricación." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic " -"subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-" -"subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that " -"subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted " -"products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be " -"manufactured by them." -msgstr "" -"El flujo de trabajo para comprar un producto fabricado mediante " -"subcontratación básica es similar al que utiliza con un proveedor cuando le " -"compra un producto no subcontratado. La principal diferencia es la forma en " -"que se configuran los productos subcontratados, además de que el proveedor " -"tarda más en enviar los productos subcontratados porque primero debe " -"fabricarlos." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" -" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " -":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " -"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" -"Para usar subcontratación en Odoo, vaya a :menuselection:`Fabricación --> " -"Configuración --> Ajustes` y, en la sección :guilabel:`Operaciones`, " -"seleccione la casilla ubicada junto a :guilabel:`Subcontratación`. Haga clic" -" en :guilabel:`Guardar`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary" -" to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|." -msgstr "" -"Luego de habilitar la función de :guilabel:`subcontratación` también es " -"necesario configurar de manera adecuada el producto subcontratado y su lista" -" de materiales." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53 -msgid "Configure product" -msgstr "Configurar productos" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " -"product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" -"Para configurar un producto para la subcontratación básica, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Inventario --> Productos --> Productos` y seleccione uno o " -"créelo con el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the " -"product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, " -"selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and " -"entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." -msgstr "" -"En el formulario del producto, vaya a la pestaña :guilabel:`Compra` y " -"agregue al subcontratista de los productos como proveedor. Haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Agregar una línea`, seleccione al subcontratista en el menú " -"desplegable :guilabel:`Proveedor` y escriba el precio en el campo " -":guilabel:`Precio`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`" -" field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished " -"product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" -"Después, haga clic en la pestaña :guilabel:`Inventario` y use el campo " -":guilabel:`Rutas` para configurar la ruta que determine qué ocurrirá con el " -"producto terminado una vez que el subcontratista lo haya fabricado." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " -"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de que la ruta :guilabel:`Comprar` esté seleccionada si el " -"producto terminado se devuelve a la empresa contratista. Además, seleccione " -"la ruta :guilabel:`Reabastecer sobre pedido (MTO)` para crear una orden de " -"compra en automático para el producto al confirmar una orden de venta, a " -"menos que haya suficientes existencias para cumplir con la orden de compra." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " -"subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " -"selected." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de seleccionar **solo** la ruta :guilabel:`triangulación` si el " -"subcontratista envía el producto terminado al cliente." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83 -msgid "Configure BoM" -msgstr "Configurar listas de materiales" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " -"Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|." -msgstr "" -"Para configurar una lista de materiales para subcontratación básica, haga " -"clic en el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Lista de Materiales` en el " -"formulario del producto y seleccione la LdM deseada." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " -"--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product." -msgstr "" -"Como alternativa, vaya a :menuselection:`Fabricación --> Productos --> " -"Listas de materiales` y seleccione la lista de materiales para el producto " -"subcontratado." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92 -msgid "" -"For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials " -"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation." -msgstr "" -"Consulte la documentación de :doc:`lista de materiales " -"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` para obtener información completa sobre" -" su configuración." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` " -"option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the " -":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." -msgstr "" -"En el campo :guilabel:`Tipo de LdM` seleccione la opción " -":guilabel:`Subcontratación` y después agregue uno o más subcontratistas en " -"el campo :guilabel:`Subcontratistas` que aparece abajo." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using" -" subcontracting." -msgstr "" -"El campo \"Tipo de LdM\" en una lista de materiales configurada para " -"fabricar el producto mediante subcontratación." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " -":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the " -"subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when " -"calculating the product's expected arrival date." -msgstr "" -"Por último, haga clic en la pestaña :guilabel:`Varios`. En el campo " -":guilabel:`Plazo de fabricación` escriba el número de días que el " -"subcontratista tarda en fabricar el producto. Este número sirve para " -"calcular la fecha prevista de llegada del producto." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:81 -msgid "" -"When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the " -":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for " -"manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se trata de subcontratación básica no es necesario enumerar los " -"componentes en la pestaña :guilabel:`Componentes` de la lista de materiales," -" pues el subcontratista gestiona los componentes necesarios para la " -"fabricación y la forma en que se adquieren." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:86 -msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow" -msgstr "Flujo de subcontratación básica" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:88 -msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:" -msgstr "" -"El flujo de trabajo de subcontratación básica consta de hasta cuatro pasos: " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " -"|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" -"Crear una orden de venta para el producto subcontratado, esto creará una " -"orden de compra para adquirir el producto del subcontratista." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a receipt order or a dropship order." -msgstr "" -"Confirmar la orden de compra creada en el paso anterior o crear una nueva. " -"Esto creará una orden de recepción o de triangulación." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, " -"**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" -"Procesar la recepción después de que el subcontratista haya terminado de " -"fabricar el producto subcontratado y lo envíe de vuelta a la empresa " -"contratante **o** procesar la orden de triangulación para enviar el producto" -" al cliente." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" -" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " -"product is shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" -"Si el flujo de trabajo se inició creando una orden de venta y el producto " -"terminado no se envía directo al cliente final, procese la orden de entrega " -"una vez que envíe el producto al cliente." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138 -msgid "" -"The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted " -"product is being purchased from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" -"El número específico de pasos depende del motivo por el que le compra el " -"producto subcontratado al subcontratista." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " -"with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer," -" or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." -msgstr "" -"Si el motivo es cumplir con la orden específica del cliente, el proceso " -"comienza con la creación de una orden de venta y termina con la entrega del " -"producto al cliente o con el subcontratista enviándolo de forma directa." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process " -"starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into " -"inventory." -msgstr "" -"Si el motivo es aumentar la cantidad de existencias disponibles, el proceso " -"comienza con la creación de una orden de compra y termina con la recepción " -"del producto en el inventario." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169 -msgid "Create SO" -msgstr "Crear una orden de venta" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:112 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171 -msgid "" -"It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased" -" from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being " -"purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next " -"step." -msgstr "" -"Solo es necesario completar este paso si le compra el producto se compra al " -"subcontratista para cumplir con alguna de las necesidades del cliente. " -"Diríjase al siguiente paso si compra el producto para aumentar la cantidad " -"disponible." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175 -msgid "" -"To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " -"Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" -"Para crear una nueva orden de venta, vaya a :menuselection:`Ventas --> " -"Órdenes --> Órdenes` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178 -msgid "" -"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a " -"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a" -" quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione al :guilabel:`cliente` en el menú desplegable correspondiente. " -"Después, haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar un producto` en la pestaña " -":guilabel:`Líneas de orden`, seleccione un producto subcontratado en el menú" -" desplegable :guilabel:`Producto` y escriba el número adecuado en el campo " -":guilabel:`Cantidad`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:123 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens" -" the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en el botón correspondiente para :guilabel:`confirmar` la orden de" -" venta, en ese momento aparecerá el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Compra` en " -"la parte superior de la página. Este botón abre la orden de compra creada " -"para adquirir el producto subcontratado del subcontratista." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:128 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough " -"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" -"Una orden de venta para el producto solo crea una orden de compra si la ruta" -" *Reabastecer bajo pedido (MTO)* está habilitada en el formulario del " -"producto **y** el producto no tiene suficientes existencias para cumplir con" -" la orden de venta." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates" -" a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Si hay suficientes existencias disponibles, confirmar una orden de venta " -"para el producto creará una orden de entrega porque Odoo asume que la orden " -"de venta se cumple con las existencias en el almacén." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:134 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193 -msgid "" -"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " -"end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is " -"enough stock on-hand." -msgstr "" -"No ocurre lo mismo con los productos subcontratados que se envían directo al" -" cliente final. En ese caso **siempre** se crea una orden de compra, incluso" -" si hay suficientes existencias." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197 -msgid "Process PO" -msgstr "Procesar una orden de compra" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:140 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to " -":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the " -"|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to " -"the next step." -msgstr "" -"Si creó una orden de compra en el paso anterior, vaya a ella con el botón " -"inteligente :guilabel:`Compra` ubicado en la parte superior de la orden o " -"vaya a :guilabel:`Compras --> Órdenes --> Órdenes de compra` y selecciónela." -" Después, haga clic en :guilabel:`Confirmar orden` para confirmarla y pasar " -"al siguiente paso." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:145 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking " -":guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" -"Si no creó una orden de compra en el paso anterior, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Compra --> Órdenes --> Órdenes de compra` y haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Nueva`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:148 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a " -"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the " -"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." -msgstr "" -"Comience a completar la orden de compra y seleccione a un subcontratista con" -" el menú desplegable :guilabel:`Proveedor`. En la pestaña " -":guilabel:`Productos`, haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar un producto` para " -"crear una nueva línea de productos. En el campo :guilabel:`Producto` elija " -"un producto subcontratado e ingrese la cantidad en el campo " -":guilabel:`Cantidad`. Por último, haga clic en :guilabel:`Confirmar orden` " -"para confirmar la orden de compra." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:153 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic " -"subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and " -"can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" -"Al confirmar una orden de compra para un producto que se fabrica mediante " -"subcontratación básica, entonces se crea una orden de recepción o " -"triangulación de forma automática a la que puede acceder con el botón " -"inteligente :guilabel:`Recibo` o :guilabel:`Triangular` que aparece en la " -"parte superior de la orden de compra." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 -msgid "" -"A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " -"top of the page." -msgstr "" -"Una orden de compra para un producto de subcontratación básica, el botón " -"inteligente Recepción aparece en la parte superior de la página." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 -msgid "" -"PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " -"top of the page." -msgstr "" -"Una orden de compra para un producto de subcontratación básica, el botón " -"inteligente Recepción aparece en la parte superior de la página." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:164 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242 -msgid "Process receipt or dropship order" -msgstr "Procesar una recepción o una orden de envío directo (triangulación)" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " -"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " -"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " -"`." -msgstr "" -"Después de que el subcontratista terminó de fabricar el producto deberá " -"enviarlo a la empresa contratante o al consumidor final, esto depende de la " -":ref:`configuración ` del producto." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 -msgid "Process receipt" -msgstr "Procesar una recepción" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:173 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251 -msgid "" -"If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, " -"once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " -"Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." -msgstr "" -"Si el subcontratista envía el producto terminado a la empresa contratante, " -"vaya a :menuselection:`Compra --> Órdenes --> Órdenes de compra` después de " -"que se haya recibido y seleccione la orden de compra." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:177 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the" -" :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the " -"receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter" -" the product into inventory." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Recibir productos` que está ubicado en la " -"parte superior de la orden de compra o en el botón inteligente " -":guilabel:`Recibo` que se encuentra en la parte superior de la página para " -"abrir la recepción. Después, haga clic en :guilabel:`Validar` en la parte " -"superior del recibo para ingresar el producto al inventario." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260 -msgid "Process dropship order" -msgstr "Procesar una orden de envío directo (triangulación)" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:184 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262 -msgid "" -"If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select" -" the |PO|." -msgstr "" -"Si el subcontratista envía el producto directo al cliente final, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Compra --> Órdenes --> Órdenes de compra` una vez que lo " -"haya enviado y seleccione la orden de compra." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:187 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open " -"the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order " -"to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Triangular` ubicado en la parte " -"superior de la página para abrir la orden de envío directo y después haga " -"clic en :guilabel:`Validar` en la parte superior de la orden para confirmar " -"que ya le enviaron el producto al cliente." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270 -msgid "Process delivery order" -msgstr "Procesar una orden de entrega" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " -"finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " -"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" -" the customer, and process the delivery order." -msgstr "" -"Si el flujo de trabajo de subcontratación fue iniciado por una orden de " -"venta del cliente y el producto terminado **no** fue enviado de forma " -"directa al cliente, sino que lo recibió la empresa contratante, es necesario" -" enviar el producto al cliente y procesar la orden de entrega." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:198 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " -"the product has been shipped." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que haya enviado el producto al cliente, vaya a la aplicación " -":menuselection:`Ventas` y seleccione la orden de venta. Presione el botón " -"inteligente :guilabel:`Entrega` ubicado en la parte superior de la página " -"para abrir la orden de entrega, luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Validar` en la" -" orden para confirmar que el producto ha sido enviado." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3 -msgid "Dropship to subcontractor" -msgstr "Enviar al subcontratista" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the" -" necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have " -"them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order " -"(PO) for that product is confirmed." -msgstr "" -"En Odoo, la ruta *Enviar al subcontratista al ordenar* se utiliza para " -"comprar los componentes necesarios para un producto subcontratado a un " -"proveedor y que este se los entregue al subcontratista cuando se confirma " -"una orden de compra con ese producto." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " -"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company." -msgstr "" -"El subcontratista utiliza los componentes para fabricar el producto deseado " -"antes de enviarlo de vuelta a la empresa contratante." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23 -msgid "" -"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and " -"*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve " -"dropshipping, they are used for different purposes." -msgstr "" -"Es necesario entender las diferencias entre las rutas *Triangular* y *Enviar" -" al subcontratista al ordenar*. Ambas rutas implican envío directo, pero se " -"utilizan con distintos propósitos." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have " -"them shipped directly to the end customer." -msgstr "" -"La ruta *Triangular* se utiliza para comprar productos a un proveedor y que " -"este se encargue de enviarlos al consumidor final." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components " -"from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By " -"default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the " -"contracting company." -msgstr "" -"La ruta *Enviar al subcontratista al ordenar* se utiliza para comprar " -"componentes a un proveedor y que este los envíe directo a un subcontratista." -" De forma predeterminada, el subcontratista envía los productos terminados a" -" la empresa contratante." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33 -msgid "" -"However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship " -"Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In " -"this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then " -"ships the finished product directly to the end customer." -msgstr "" -"Sin embargo, es posible combinar las rutas *Triangular* y *Enviar al " -"subcontratista al ordenar* para utilizarlas en el mismo producto. En este " -"flujo de trabajo, los componentes se envían directo al subcontratista y este" -" envía el producto terminado directo al consumidor final." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37 -msgid "" -"This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the " -":ref:`workflow section ` of" -" this doc." -msgstr "" -"Para ello debe seguir los pasos uno a cinco en la :ref:`sección de flujo de " -"trabajo ` de este " -"documento." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " -"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " -":guilabel:`Operations` heading." -msgstr "" -"Para utilizar la ruta *Enviar al subcontratista al ordenar*, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Fabricación --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y, en la sección " -":guilabel:`Operaciones`, seleccione la casilla ubicada junto a " -":guilabel:`Subcontratación`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " -"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the " -"components listed on the |BoM|." -msgstr "" -"Luego de habilitar la función de *subcontratación* también es necesario " -"configurar de manera adecuada el producto subcontratado, la lista de " -"materiales del producto y los componentes que forman parte de ella." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " -"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" -"Para configurar un producto para la ruta *Enviar al subcontratista al " -"ordenar*, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Productos --> Productos` y " -"seleccione uno o créelo con el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as " -"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in " -"the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the " -":guilabel:`Price` field." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione la pestaña :guilabel:`Compra` y agregue al subcontratista de los " -"productos como proveedor. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar una línea`, " -"seleccione al subcontratista en el menú desplegable :guilabel:`Proveedor` y " -"escriba el precio en el campo :guilabel:`Precio`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that " -"determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been " -"manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" -"Después, haga clic en la pestaña :guilabel:`Inventario` para configurar la " -"ruta que determine qué ocurrirá con el producto terminado una vez que el " -"subcontratista lo haya fabricado." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock " -"on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de que la ruta :guilabel:`Comprar` esté seleccionada si el " -"producto terminado se devuelve a la empresa contratista. Además, seleccione " -"la ruta :guilabel:`Reabastecer sobre pedido (MTO)` para crear una orden de " -"compra en automático para el producto al confirmar una orden de venta, a " -"menos que haya suficientes existencias para cumplir con la orden de compra." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " -"subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " -"selected." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de seleccionar solo la ruta :guilabel:`triangulación` si el " -"subcontratista envía el producto terminado al cliente." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73 -msgid "Configure bill of materials" -msgstr "Configurar listas de materiales" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click " -"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " -"select the |BoM|." -msgstr "" -"Para configurar una lista de materiales para la ruta *Enviar al " -"subcontratista al ordenar*, haga clic en el botón inteligente " -":guilabel:`Lista de Materiales` en la página del producto y seleccione la " -"LdM." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the " -":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a " -"line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and" -" specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" -"Por último, asegúrese de que todos los componentes necesarios están " -"presentes en la pestaña :guilabel:`Componentes`. Para agregar un nuevo " -"componente, haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar una línea`, después, en el menú " -"desplegable :guilabel:`Componente` seleccione el necesario y especifique la " -":guilabel:`cantidad` requerida en el campo correspondiente." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97 -msgid "Configure Components" -msgstr "Configurar componentes" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99 -msgid "" -"To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " -"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " -"arrow)` button to the right of the name." -msgstr "" -"Para configurar los componentes para la ruta *Enviar al subcontratista al " -"ordenar*, vaya a cada componente desde la lista de materiales y seleccione " -"el nombre del componente en la pestaña :guilabel:`Componentes`, haga clic en" -" el botón :guilabel:`➡️ (flecha derecha)` que está del lado derecho del " -"nombre." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " -"component." -msgstr "" -"Como alternativa también puede ir a cada componente desde " -":menuselection:`Inventario --> Productos --> Productos` y elegirlo." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106 -msgid "" -"On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add " -"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in " -"the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the" -" subcontractor, once they are purchased." -msgstr "" -"En el formulario del producto de componente, seleccione la pestaña " -":guilabel:`Compra` y agregue un proveedor con el botón :guilabel:`Agregar " -"una línea`, seleccione el proveedor en el campo :guilabel:`Proveedor` y " -"agregue el precio al que venden el producto en el campo :guilabel:`Precio`. " -"Este es el proveedor que envía los componentes al subcontratista después de " -"comprarlos." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the " -":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " -"section." -msgstr "" -"Después, seleccione la pestaña :guilabel:`Inventario` y elija " -":guilabel:`Enviar al subcontratista al ordenar` en la sección " -":guilabel:`Rutas`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" -"Repita este proceso en todos los componentes que se deben enviar al " -"subcontratista de forma directa." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119 -msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow" -msgstr "Flujo de trabajo de la ruta Enviar al subcontratista al ordenar" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121 -msgid "" -"The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:" -msgstr "" -"El flujo de trabajo de la ruta Enviar al subcontratista al ordenar consta de" -" hasta seis pasos: " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " -"*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" -"Crear una orden de venta para el producto subcontratado, esto creará una " -"orden de compra del *subcontratista* para adquirir su producto." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the" -" vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." -msgstr "" -"Confirmar la orden de compra creada en el paso anterior o crear una nueva. " -"Esto crea una solicitud de cotización para comprar los componentes al " -"proveedor, así como una orden de recepción o de triangulación." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so " -"creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order." -msgstr "" -"Confirmar la solicitud de cotización para convertirla en una segunda orden " -"de compra (*orden de compra* del proveedor). Esto crea una orden de *envío " -"directo al subcontratista*." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the " -"components to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" -"Procesar la orden de *triangulación al subcontratista* una vez que el " -"proveedor le envió los componentes al subcontratista." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" -" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end " -"customer." -msgstr "" -"Procesar la recepción después de que el subcontratista haya terminado de " -"fabricar el producto subcontratado y lo envíe de vuelta a la empresa " -"contratante **o** procesar la orden de triangulación para enviar el producto" -" al cliente." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" -" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " -"product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" -"Si el flujo de trabajo se inició creando una orden de venta y el producto " -"terminado no se envía directo al cliente final, procese la orden de entrega " -"una vez que el producto haya sido enviado al cliente." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " -"with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, " -"or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." -msgstr "" -"Si el motivo es cumplir con la orden específica del cliente, el proceso " -"comienza con la creación de una orden de venta y termina con la entrega del " -"producto al cliente o con el subcontratista enviándolo de forma directa." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts " -"with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." -msgstr "" -"Si el motivo es aumentar la cantidad de existencias disponibles, el proceso " -"comienza con la creación de una orden de compra y termina con la recepción " -"del producto en el inventario." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148 -msgid "Create an SO" -msgstr "Crear una orden de venta" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the " -"product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in " -"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione al :guilabel:`cliente` en el menú desplegable correspondiente. " -"Después, haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar un producto` en la pestaña " -":guilabel:`Líneas de orden`, seleccione el producto en el menú desplegable " -":guilabel:`Producto` y escriba el número adecuado en el campo " -":guilabel:`Cantidad`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is " -"the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted " -"product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en el botón correspondiente para :guilabel:`confirmar` la orden de" -" venta, en ese momento aparecerá el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Compra` en " -"la parte superior de la página. Esta es la orden de compra del " -"*subcontratista* o la orden de compra creada para adquirir el producto " -"subcontratado del subcontratista." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the " -"*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** " -"there is no stock of the product on-hand." -msgstr "" -"Una orden de venta para el producto solo crea una orden de compra de " -"*subcontratista* si la ruta *Reabastecer bajo pedido (MTO)* está habilitada " -"en la página del producto **y** el producto no tiene suficiente " -"disponibilidad." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169 -msgid "" -"If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead " -"create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Si hay existencias disponibles, confirmar una orden de venta para el " -"producto creará una orden de entrega porque Odoo asume que la orden de venta" -" se cumple con las existencias en el almacén." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172 -msgid "" -"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " -"end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, " -"even if there is stock on-hand." -msgstr "" -"No ocurre lo mismo con los productos subcontratados que se envían directo al" -" cliente final. En ese caso **siempre** se crea una orden de compra de " -"*subcontratista*, incluso si hay disponibilidad." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176 -msgid "Process subcontractor PO" -msgstr "Procesar una orden de compra del subcontratista" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by" -" navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`," -" and clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" -"Si no creó una orden de compra de *subcontratista* en el paso anterior, vaya" -" a :menuselection:`Compras --> Órdenes --> Órdenes de compra` y haga clic en" -" :guilabel:`Nueva`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" -"Complete la orden de compra, primero seleccione un subcontratista con el " -"menú desplegable :guilabel:`Proveedor`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a" -" new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the " -":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" -"En la pestaña :guilabel:`Productos`, haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar un " -"producto` para crear una nueva línea, después seleccione un producto " -"fabricado por el subcontratista en el campo :guilabel:`Producto` y escriba " -"el número correspondiente en el campo :guilabel:`Cantidad`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* " -"|PO|." -msgstr "" -"Por último, haga clic en :guilabel:`Confirmar orden` para confirmar la orden" -" de compra del *subcontratista*." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components" -" to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, " -"and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" -"Al confirmar una orden de compra para un producto que necesita que envíe " -"componentes a un subcontratista, entonces se crea una orden de recepción o " -"triangulación de forma automática a la que puede acceder con el botón " -"inteligente :guilabel:`Recibo` o :guilabel:`Triangular` que aparece en la " -"parte superior de la orden de compra." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" -"button at the top of the page." -msgstr "" -"Una orden de compra del subcontratista para un producto con ruta *Enviar al subcontratista al ordenar*, con el botón inteligente Recepción\n" -"en la parte superior de la página." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198 -msgid "" -"In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from " -"the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** " -"automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" -"Además, se crea una solicitud de cotización para los componentes que se " -"compran al proveedor y se envían al subcontratista. Sin embargo, esta " -"solicitud **NO** se vincula en automático a la orden de compra del " -"*subcontratista*." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201 -msgid "" -"Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship " -"Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* " -"|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" -"Cuando la solicitud de cotización está confirmada y se convierte en una " -"orden de compra del *proveedor*, se crea una orden de para *enviar al " -"subcontratista*. Esta orden está vinculada tanto a la orden de compra del " -"*proveedor* como a la orden de compra del *subcontratista*." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205 -msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ" -msgstr "Confirmar solicitudes de cotización de los proveedores" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207 -msgid "" -"To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. " -"Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` " -"field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after " -"confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." -msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Compra --> Órdenes --> Solicitudes de cotización` " -"para acceder a la solicitud de cotización creada al confirmar la *orden de " -"compra* del subcontratista. Seleccione la orden de cotización en la que " -"aparece el proveedor correcto en el campo :guilabel:`Proveedor` y el número " -"de referencia del recibo que se creó después de confirmar la orden de compra" -" del subcontratista en el campo :guilabel:`Documento origen`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212 -msgid "" -"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship " -"Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of" -" the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped." -msgstr "" -"En la solicitud de cotización, el campo :guilabel:`Entregar a` menciona " -":guilabel:`Subcontratista de triangulación` y en el campo " -":guilabel:`Dirección de entrega` aparece el nombre del subcontratista que " -"recibirá los componentes." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and " -"confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, " -"and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the " -"*subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Confirmar orden` para convertir la solicitud de " -"cotización en una *orden de compra* de proveedor y confirmar la compra de " -"componentes al proveedor. Después de esto aparecerá el botón inteligente " -":guilabel:`Triangular` en la parte superior de la *orden de compra* del " -"proveedor y el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Reabastecer` en la parte " -"superior de la orden de compra* del subcontratista." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" -"Dropship smart button at the top of the page." -msgstr "" -"Una orden de compra del proveedor para un producto con ruta *Enviar al subcontratista al ordenar*, con el botón inteligente Triangular\n" -"en la parte superior de la página." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227 -msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order" -msgstr "Procesar la orden para enviar al subcontratista" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229 -msgid "" -"Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" -" *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, " -"respectively." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que el subcontratista haya recibido los componentes, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Compra --> Órdenes --> Órdenes de compra`, seleccione la " -"orden de compra del proveedor o del subcontratista y haga clic en el botón " -"inteligente :guilabel:`Triangular` o en el botón inteligente " -":guilabel:`Reabastecer` según corresponda." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the " -":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the " -"subcontractor has received the components." -msgstr "" -"Al hacer clic en cualquiera de los botones abrirá la orden para *enviar al " -"subcontratista*. Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Validar` ubicado en la " -"parte superior de la orden para confirmar que el subcontratista recibió los " -"componentes." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" -" *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que el subcontratista haya fabricado el producto terminado, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Compra --> Órdenes --> Órdenes de compra` y seleccione la " -"orden de compra del *subcontratista*." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the " -"product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of" -" the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into " -"inventory." -msgstr "" -"Si es necesario recibir el producto subcontratado en el inventario, en " -"cuanto llegue haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Recibir productos` que está " -"ubicado en la parte superior de la orden de compra del *subcontratista* para" -" abrir la recepción. Después, haga clic en :guilabel:`Validar` en la parte " -"superior del recibo para registrar el producto en el inventario." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the" -" *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the " -"receipt." -msgstr "" -"También puede seleccionar el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Recibo` ubicado en" -" la parte superior de la orden de compra del *subcontratista* y hacer clic " -"en :guilabel:`Validar` en la parte superior de la recepción." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the " -":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship " -"order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the " -"product to the customer." -msgstr "" -"Si el proveedor debe enviar el producto subcontratado, seleccione el botón " -":guilabel:`Triangular` que se ubica en la parte superior de la página para " -"abrir la orden correspondiente. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Validar` después de " -"que el subcontratista haya enviado el producto al cliente." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product " -"has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que haya enviado el producto al cliente, vaya a la aplicación " -":menuselection:`Ventas` y seleccione la orden de venta. Presione el botón " -"inteligente :guilabel:`Entrega` ubicado en la parte superior de la página " -"para abrir la orden de entrega, luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Validar` para " -"confirmar que envió el producto al cliente." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3 -msgid "Resupply subcontractor" -msgstr "Reabastecer al subcontratista" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the " -"necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each " -"time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." -msgstr "" -"En Odoo, la ruta *Reabastecer al subcontratista al ordenar* se utiliza para " -"entregar los componentes necesarios para un producto subcontratado a un " -"proveedor cuando se confirma una orden de compra con ese producto." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " -"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping" -" it to the end customer." -msgstr "" -"El subcontratista utiliza los componentes para fabricar el producto deseado " -"antes de enviarlo de vuelta a la empresa contratante o de enviarlo al " -"consumidor final." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21 -msgid "" -"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply " -"Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes." -msgstr "" -"Es necesario comprender las diferencias entre las rutas *Reabastecer al " -"subcontratista al ordenar* y *Enviar al subcontratista al ordenar*." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24 -msgid "" -"While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components " -"required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are " -"sourced." -msgstr "" -"Ambas rutas se utilizan para proporcionarle los componentes necesarios para " -"fabricar un producto a un subcontratista, pero la forma en que se obtienen " -"los componentes es distinta." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from " -"the warehouse of the contracting company." -msgstr "" -"Con la ruta *Reabastecer al subcontratista al ordenar*, la empresa " -"contratante envía los componentes desde su almacén." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from " -"a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" -"Con la ruta *Enviar al subcontratista al ordenar*, es necesario comprar los " -"componentes a un proveedor y este los enviará directo al subcontratista." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of " -"the subcontracting company and their subcontractors." -msgstr "" -"La elección de la ruta a utilizar depende de los requisitos específicos de " -"la empresa subcontratista y de sus subcontratistas." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36 -msgid "" -"See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of " -"the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route." -msgstr "" -"Consulte la documentación sobre :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` para obtener " -"toda la información relacionada con los *envíos al subcontratista al " -"ordenar*." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " -"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " -":guilabel:`Operations` heading." -msgstr "" -"Para utilizar la ruta *Reabastecer al subcontratista al ordenar*, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Fabricación --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y, en la sección " -":guilabel:`Operaciones`, seleccione la casilla ubicada junto a " -":guilabel:`Subcontratación`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " -"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of " -"materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|." -msgstr "" -"Luego de habilitar la función de *subcontratación* también es necesario " -"configurar de manera adecuada el producto subcontratado, la lista de " -"materiales (LdM) del producto y los componentes que forman parte de ella." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " -"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" -"Para configurar un producto para la ruta *Reabastecer al subcontratista al " -"ordenar*, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Productos --> Productos` y " -"seleccione uno o créelo con el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`" -" tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the " -"subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product." -msgstr "" -"El valor escrito en el campo :guilabel:`Precio` de la pestaña " -":guilabel:`Compra` en la página del producto subcontratado es el importe que" -" le paga al subcontratista por la fabricación del producto." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68 -msgid "" -"This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other " -"elements, like the cost of the product's components." -msgstr "" -"Esto no representa el costo total del producto, que incluye otros elementos " -"como el costo de sus componentes." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " -"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de que la ruta :guilabel:`Comprar` esté seleccionada si el " -"producto terminado se devuelve a la empresa contratista. Además, seleccione " -"la ruta :guilabel:`Reabastecer sobre pedido (MTO)` para crear una orden de " -"compra en automático para el producto al confirmar una orden de venta, a " -"menos que haya suficientes existencias para cumplir con la orden de compra." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click " -"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " -"select the |BoM|." -msgstr "" -"Para configurar una lista de materiales para la ruta *Reabastecer al " -"subcontratista al ordenar*, haga clic en el botón inteligente " -":guilabel:`Lista de Materiales` en la página del producto y seleccione la " -"LdM." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107 -msgid "Configure components" -msgstr "Configurar componentes" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109 -msgid "" -"To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " -"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " -"arrow)` button to the right of the name." -msgstr "" -"Para configurar los componentes para la ruta *Reabastecer al subcontratista " -"al ordenar*, vaya a cada componente desde la lista de materiales y " -"seleccione el nombre del componente en la pestaña :guilabel:`Componentes`, " -"haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`➡️ (flecha derecha)` que está del lado " -"derecho del nombre." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116 -msgid "" -"On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and " -"select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the " -":guilabel:`Routes` section." -msgstr "" -"En el formulario de producto del componente, haga clic en la pestaña " -":guilabel:`Inventario` y en la sección :guilabel:`Rutas` seleccione " -":guilabel:`Reabastecer al subcontratista al ordenar`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" -"Repita este proceso en todos los componentes que se deben enviar al " -"subcontratista." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122 -msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow" -msgstr "Flujo de trabajo de la ruta Reabastecer al subcontratista al ordenar" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124 -msgid "" -"The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:" -msgstr "" -"El flujo de trabajo de la ruta Reabastecer al subcontratista al ordenar " -"consta de hasta cinco pasos: " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to " -"purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" -"Crear una orden de venta para el producto subcontratado, esto creará una " -"orden de compra para adquirir el producto del subcontratista." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a" -" dropship order." -msgstr "" -"Confirmar la orden de compra creada en el paso anterior o crear una nueva. " -"Esto crea una orden para *reabastecer al subcontratista*, así como una orden" -" de recepción o de triangulación." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the " -"subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" -"Procesar la orden de *reabastecimiento para el subcontratista* una vez que " -"haya enviado los componentes del producto subcontratado al subcontratista." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" -" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." -msgstr "" -"Procesar la recepción después de que el subcontratista haya terminado de " -"fabricar el producto subcontratado y lo envíe de vuelta a la empresa " -"contratante **o** procesar la orden de triangulación para enviar el producto" -" al cliente." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149 -msgid "" -"While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to " -"automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is " -"also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful " -"when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|." -msgstr "" -"Puede usar la ruta *Reabastecer al subcontratista al ordenar* para " -"reabastecer en automático a un subcontratista al confirmar una orden de " -"compra, pero también puede crear una orden de reabastecimiento de forma " -"manual. Este flujo de trabajo es útil si necesita reabastecer al " -"subcontratista sin crear una orden de compra." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154 -msgid "" -"To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply " -"Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking" -" :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" -"Para reabastecer a un subcontratista de forma manual, vaya a la aplicación " -":menuselection:`Inventario` y haga clic en la tarjeta " -":guilabel:`Reabastecer subcontratista`. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo` para " -"crear una nueva orden." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom " -"the components should be sent." -msgstr "" -"En el campo :guilabel:`Dirección de entrega` seleccione al subcontratista " -"que debe recibir los componentes." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking " -":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` " -"drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." -msgstr "" -"Después agregue los componentes a la pestaña :guilabel:`Operaciones`. Haga " -"clic en :guilabel:`Agregar una línea`, seleccione el componente en el campo " -"desplegable :guilabel:`Producto` y especifique la cantidad en el campo " -":guilabel:`Demanda`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the " -"components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` " -"to confirm that the order has been sent." -msgstr "" -"Por último, haga clic en :guilabel:`Marcar como por realizar` para registrar" -" la orden. Luego de que los componentes hayan sido enviados al " -"subcontratista, haga clic en :guilabel:`Validar` para confirmar que la orden" -" ya se envió." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough " -"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" -"Una orden de venta para el producto solo crea una orden de compra si la ruta" -" *Reabastecer bajo pedido (MTO)* está habilitada en la página del producto " -"**y** el producto no tiene suficientes existencias para cumplir con la orden" -" de venta." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190 -msgid "" -"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead" -" creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Si hay suficientes existencias disponibles, confirmar una orden de venta " -"para el producto creará una orden de entrega porque Odoo asume que la orden " -"de venta se cumple con las existencias en el almacén." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase " -"app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it." -msgstr "" -"Si creó una orden de compra en el paso anterior, vaya a :guilabel:`Compra " -"--> Órdenes --> Órdenes de compra`, selecciónela y luego haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Confirmar orden`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a " -"subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically " -"created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" -"Al confirmar una orden de compra para un producto que necesita que " -"reabastezca de componentes a un subcontratista, entonces se crea una orden " -"de recepción o triangulación de forma automática a la que puede acceder con " -"el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Recibo` o :guilabel:`Triangular` que aparece" -" en la parte superior de la orden de compra." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214 -msgid "" -"In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the " -"required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed " -"from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top " -"of the page." -msgstr "" -"Además, se crea una orden para *reabastecer al subcontratista* para que " -"reciba los componentes necesarios. También es posible acceder a esta orden " -"desde la orden de compra al hacer clic en el botón inteligente " -":guilabel:`Reabastecer` ubicado en la parte superior de la página." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 -msgid "" -"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n" -"buttons at the top of the page." -msgstr "" -"Una orden de compra para un producto con ruta *Reabastecer al subcontratista al ordenar*, con los botones inteligentes Recepción y Reabastecer\n" -"en la parte superior de la página." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 -msgid "" -"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and " -"Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page." -msgstr "" -"Una orden de compra para un producto con ruta *Reabastecer al subcontratista" -" al ordenar*, con los botones inteligentes Recepción y Reabastecer ubicados " -"en la parte superior de la página." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227 -msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order" -msgstr "Procesar la orden para reabastecer al subcontratista" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the " -"subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " -"Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que los componentes del producto subcontratado hayan sido enviados " -"al subcontratista, vaya a :menuselection:`Compras --> Órdenes --> Órdenes de" -" compra` y seleccione la orden correspondiente." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open" -" the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to " -"confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Reabastecer` ubicado en la " -"parte superior de la página para abrir la orden de *reabastecimiento al " -"subcontratista* y haga clic en :guilabel:`Validar` para confirmar el envío " -"de los componentes al subcontratista." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the " -":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` " -"card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" -"También es posible procesarla a través de la aplicación " -":guilabel:`Inventario`. Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`# por procesar` de " -"la tarjeta para *reabastecer al subcontratista* y seleccione la orden " -"correspondiente. Después, haga clic en :guilabel:`Validar` para confirmar el" -" envío de los componentes al subcontratista." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " -"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " -"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " -"`." -msgstr "" -"Después de que el subcontratista terminó de fabricar el producto deberá " -"enviarlo a la empresa contratante o al consumidor final, esto depende de la " -":ref:`configuración " -"` del " -"producto." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " -"finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " -"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" -" the customer, and process the delivery order." -msgstr "" -"Si el flujo de trabajo de subcontratación fue iniciado por una orden de " -"venta del cliente y el producto terminado **NO** fue enviado de forma " -"directa al cliente, sino que lo recibió la empresa contratante, es necesario" -" enviar el producto al cliente y procesar la orden de entrega." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " -"the product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que haya enviado el producto al cliente, vaya a la aplicación " -":menuselection:`Ventas` y seleccione la orden de venta. Presione el botón " -"inteligente :guilabel:`Entrega` ubicado en la parte superior de la página " -"para abrir la orden de entrega, luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Validar` en la" -" orden para confirmar que envió el producto al cliente." - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:3 msgid "Unbuild orders" msgstr "Desmantelar órdenes" @@ -35828,12 +38067,9 @@ msgstr "Órdenes de cambio de ingeniería" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:12 msgid "" "Utilize *engineering change orders* (*ECOs*) to track, implement, and revert" -" change versions made to products, and :ref:`bills of materials " -"`." +" change versions made to products, and :doc:`bills of materials " +"<../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" -"Utilice las *órdenes de cambio de ingeniería* (*ECO)* para monitorear, " -"implementar y quitar los cambios realizados a productos y :ref:`listas de " -"materiales `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:15 msgid "Engineering change orders can be created:" @@ -37896,6 +40132,354 @@ msgstr "" "Puede insertar su tabla dinámica directamente en la aplicación Hoja de " "cálculo o exportarla como archivo de Excel." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:3 +msgid "Procurement expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:12 +msgid "" +"With the *Purchase* application, users can monitor procurement expenses over" +" time. This report helps companies track and analyze spending, identify " +"cost-saving opportunities, and ensure efficient budget management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:17 +msgid "Create procurement expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To create a |per|, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " +"Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:22 +msgid "" +"By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` (POs) with a " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of Requests for " +"Quotation (RFQs) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent*, or *Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:25 +msgid "Add filters and groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the top-right, click the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot)` icon " +"to switch to pivot view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:32 +msgid "" +"While the |per| can also be :ref:`viewed ` as a " +":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " +":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`, " +"the pivot view provides the most detailed view of the data, and is the " +"recommended starting point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Remove any default filters from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. Then, click " +"the |caret| to open the drop-down menu that contains the " +":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and :guilabel:`Favorites` " +"columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Unless otherwise specified, the report displays data from both |RFQs| and " +"|POs|. This can be changed by selecting either :guilabel:`Requests for " +"Quotation` or :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a time frame to use for " +"comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " +"|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " +"Then, select :guilabel:`Product Category`, which is also located in the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The selections under the :guilabel:`Group By` heading can be altered, " +"depending on the needs of the individual company. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Product`, instead of :guilabel:`Product Category`, provides a " +"more in depth look at the performance of specific items, in place of an " +"entire category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading that " +"appears. These options are only available after the date range is selected " +"under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " +":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " +"as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " +"time period from the previous year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:60 +msgid "" +"While multiple time-based filters can be added at once, only one comparison " +"can be selected at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the procurement expenses\n" +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The filter for Q2, comparison for **Previous Period**, and group-by for " +"**Vendor** and **Product Category** were selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:68 +msgid "Add measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:70 +msgid "" +"After selecting the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group by`, and " +":guilabel:`Comparison` settings, click out of the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:82 +msgid "" +"By default, the report displays data with the following measures: " +":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " +":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " +"drop-down list of available measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click the following specific measures to include additional columns for the " +"procurement expenses report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total` and :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`: can include one or both " +"measures. These are included for overall spending analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:91 +msgid ":guilabel:`Average Cost`: included to evaluate cost efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to Confirm` and :guilabel:`Days to Receive`: used to assess " +"supplier performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Qty Ordered` and :guilabel:`Qty Received`: used to understand " +"order efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Qty Billed` and :guilabel:`Qty to be Billed`: used to track order" +" accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Additional measures can be included in the report, if desired, to provide " +"additional insights. For example, :guilabel:`Gross Weight` and " +":guilabel:`Volume` may be included for further logistics and management " +"analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:101 +msgid "" +"After selecting all necessary measures, click out of the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:85 +msgid "View results" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:108 +msgid "" +"After all of the filters and measures have been selected, the report " +"generates in the selected view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst-1 +msgid "A sample version of the procurement expenses report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " +"editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is **only** available if the " +"*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The |per| is also available in graph view. Click the :icon:`fa-area-chart` " +":guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view. Click the " +"corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a :icon:`fa-bar-" +"chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` :guilabel:`(line " +"chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:107 +msgid "To save this report as a *favorite*, see :ref:`search/favorites`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor costs report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With the *Purchase* application, users can track the fluctuation of vendor " +"costs over time. This allows users to identify the most expensive vendors, " +"and track seasonal changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:14 +msgid "Create vendor costs reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To create a vendor costs report, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase " +"app --> Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` " +"dashboard. By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of POs (Purchase Orders) with a " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of RFQs (Requests " +"for Quotation) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent, or *Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a date range to use for " +"comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " +"|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " +"Then, select :guilabel:`Product`, which is also located in the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Product` is **not** required for this report. However, " +"it is recommended, as it provides additional insight into the performance of" +" individual vendors. Additional selections can be made under the " +":guilabel:`Group by` heading as well, including :guilabel:`Product " +"Category`, :guilabel:`Status`, and :guilabel:`Purchase Representative`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To ensure the report is generated correctly, make sure that " +":guilabel:`Vendor` is the **first** selection made under the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading. These " +"options are only available after the date range is selected under the " +":guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " +":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " +"as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " +"time period from the previous year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the " +"vendor costs report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"By default, the report displays with the following measures: " +":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " +":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " +"drop-down list of available measures. Click :guilabel:`Average Cost` to add " +"it to the report. Select any additional measures to add to the report, or " +"click on any of the already selected measures to remove them, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:80 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to run the report with at least :guilabel:`Average Cost`, " +":guilabel:`Total`, or :guilabel:`Untaxed Total` selected from the " +":guilabel:`Measures` list. Additional measures, such as :guilabel:`Days to " +"Receive`, can be added to provide additional insights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:87 +msgid "" +"After all of the :ref:`filters and measures have been selected " +"`, the report generates in the pivot " +"view. Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " +"editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is only available if the " +"*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A sample of a vendor costs report with the measures set as total and average" +" costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The vendor costs report is also available in *graph* view. Click the " +":icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view." +" Click the corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a " +":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " +":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5 msgid "Manage deals" msgstr "Gestionar ofertas" @@ -39645,14 +42229,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51 msgid "" "To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> " -"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, check" -" the box next to :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and " -"bills`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, tick " +"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`3-way matching`, and click :guilabel:`Save` " +"to save changes." msgstr "" -"Para activarla, vaya a :menuselection:`Compra --> Configuración --> Ajustes`" -" y diríjase a la sección :guilabel:`Facturación`. Seleccione la casilla " -"ubicada junto a :guilabel:`Conciliación de tres vías: compras, recepciones y" -" facturas` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -39663,17 +42243,11 @@ msgstr "" "propósito de funcionar con la política de :guilabel:`control de facturas` " "correspondiente a :guilabel:`Cantidades recibidas`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 -msgid "Activated three-way matching feature in purchase settings." -msgstr "" -"La función Conciliación de tres vías activada en los ajustes de la " -"aplicación Compra." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:60 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts" msgstr "Crear y gestionar facturas de proveedor al recibir productos" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:62 msgid "" "When products are received into a company's warehouse, receipts are created." " Once the company processes the received quantities, they can choose to " @@ -39688,13 +42262,13 @@ msgstr "" " los ajustes, crear una factura de proveedor finalizará en diferentes etapas" " del proceso de abastecimiento. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:68 msgid "With the bill control policy set to ordered quantities" msgstr "" "Con la política de control de facturas establecida sobre cantidades " "ordenadas." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:70 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *ordered quantities*" " bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " @@ -39709,7 +42283,7 @@ msgstr "" "ordenadas` en :guilabel:`Control de facturas`. Luego, haga clic en " ":guilabel:`Guardar` para guardar los cambios. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:75 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new request for quotation (RFQ). Doing so reveals a blank " @@ -39719,8 +42293,8 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Crear` para crear una nueva solicitud de cotización. Al hacerlo, " "aparecerá un formulario de detalles para una solicitud de cotización. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 msgid "" "On the blank detail form, add a vendor to the :abbr:`RFQ (request for " "quotation)` in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the " @@ -39731,8 +42305,8 @@ msgstr "" "líneas de :guilabel:`Producto` haciendo clic en :guilabel:`Agregar una " "línea`. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 msgid "" "Then, confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` button above the detail form. Doing so turns the " @@ -39743,7 +42317,7 @@ msgstr "" "detalles. De esta manera, la solicitud de cotización se convertirá en una " "orden de compra. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a vendor bill for " "the purchase order." @@ -39751,7 +42325,7 @@ msgstr "" "Luego, haga clic en el botón de :guilabel:`Crear factura` para crear una " "factura de proveedor para la orden de compra. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:88 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button reveals the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill` page for the purchase order." @@ -39759,7 +42333,7 @@ msgstr "" "Al hacer clic en el botón de :guilabel:`Crear factura` aparecerá una página " "para el :guilabel:`Borrador de factura` para la orden de compra. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:91 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button to modify " "the bill, and add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field. If needed," @@ -39773,7 +42347,7 @@ msgstr "" " clic en :guilabel:`Agregar línea` en la pestaña de :guilabel:`Líneas de " "facturación`. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 msgid "" "Next, confirm the bill by clicking the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill` page." @@ -39781,7 +42355,7 @@ msgstr "" "Luego, confirme la factura haciendo clic en el botón de " ":guilabel:`Confirmar` en la página del :guilabel:`Borrador de factura`. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *ordered quantities*, the draft bill" " can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been " @@ -39791,8 +42365,8 @@ msgstr "" "*cantidades ordenadas*, el borrador de factura se puede confirmar tan pronto" " como se crea antes de que haya recibido los productos. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:175 msgid "" "On the new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` number," " which can be used to match the bill with additional documents (such as the " @@ -39810,7 +42384,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Método de pago` y una :guilabel:`Cuenta bancaria receptora` desde" " un menú desplegable. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:108 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " @@ -39832,7 +42406,7 @@ msgstr "" "Formluario de la factura de proveedor para la política de control sobre " "cantidades ordenadas. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:118 msgid "" "Each vendor bill provides the option to either :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " "or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note`. A *credit note* is typically issued when a " @@ -39847,13 +42421,13 @@ msgstr "" "*notas de débito* son para los bienes que el cliente/comprador le regresa al" " proveedor. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:124 msgid "With the bill control policy set to received quantities" msgstr "" "Con la política de control de facturas establecida sobre cantidades " "recibidas " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:127 msgid "" "If the creation of a vendor bill is attempted without receiving any " "quantities of a product (while using the *received quantities* bill control " @@ -39865,7 +42439,7 @@ msgstr "" "*cantidades recibidas*), aparecerá un mensaje de error y debe cambiar los " "ajustes antes de continuar. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *received " "quantities* bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " @@ -39880,7 +42454,7 @@ msgstr "" "recibidas` en el :guilabel:`Control de facturas`. Luego, haga clic en " ":guilabel:`Guardar` para guardar los cambios. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:136 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`. Doing so reveals a " @@ -39891,7 +42465,7 @@ msgstr "" "aparecerá el formulario en blanco de detalles para una solicitud de " "cotización. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a bill for the " "purchase order." @@ -39899,26 +42473,21 @@ msgstr "" "Finalmente, haga clic en el botón de :guilabel:`Crear factura` para crear " "una factura para la orden de compra. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:151 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Create Bill` before any products have been received will" -" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to appear. The :guilabel:`Purchase " -"Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity of the items " -"included on the order to create a vendor bill." +" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up message to appear. The " +":guilabel:`Purchase Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity" +" of the items included on the order to create a vendor bill." msgstr "" -"Hacer clic en :guilabel:`Crear factura` antes de recibir los productos, " -"aparecerá una ventana emergente con un mensaje de :guilabel:`Error de " -"usuario`. La :guilabel:`Orden de compra` requiere que reciba por lo menos " -"una parte de los artículos incluidos en la orden para crear la factura de " -"proveedor. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy." msgstr "" "Ventana emergente con el mensaje de error de usuario para la política de " "control sobre cantidades recibidas. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:159 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the warehouse " "receipt form." @@ -39926,7 +42495,7 @@ msgstr "" "Luego, haga clic en el botón inteligente de :guilabel:`Recepción` para ver " "el formulario de recepción del almacén. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:161 msgid "" "On the warehouse receipt form, click :menuselection:`Validate --> Apply` to " "mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities. Then, navigate back to the " @@ -39939,7 +42508,7 @@ msgstr "" "(a través de las migas de pan) y haga clic en el botón de :guilabel:`Crear " "factura` en el formulario de la orden de compra. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 msgid "" "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Draft Bill` for the purchase order. On the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and add a " @@ -39952,7 +42521,7 @@ msgstr "" "necesario, agregue productos adicionales a las líneas de " ":guilabel:`Producto` haciendo clic en :guilabel:`Agregar línea`. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill`." @@ -39960,7 +42529,7 @@ msgstr "" "Luego, haga clic en el botón de :guilabel:`Confirmar` para confirmar el " ":guilabel:`Borrador de factura`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:172 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *received quantities*, the draft " "bill can **only** be confirmed when at least some of the quantities are " @@ -39971,7 +42540,7 @@ msgstr "" "confirmar cuando reciba por lo menos una parte de las cantidades que ordenó." " " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:181 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " @@ -39986,11 +42555,11 @@ msgstr "" "panel de color verde que dice **En proceso de pago** en el formulario de la " "solicitud de cotización. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:187 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills in Accounting" msgstr "Crear y gestionar facturas de proveedor desde Contabilidad" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:189 msgid "" "Vendor bills can also be created directly from the *Accounting* app, " "**without** having to create a purchase order first. To do this, go to " @@ -40004,7 +42573,7 @@ msgstr "" " aparecerá el formulario en blanco para los detalles de una factura de " "proveedor. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 msgid "" "On this blank vendor bill detail form, add a vendor in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " @@ -40021,7 +42590,7 @@ msgstr "" "información necesaria. Por último, haga clic en :guilabel:`Confirmar` para " "confirmar la factura. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:198 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view (or change) the " ":guilabel:`Account` journals that were populated based on the configuration " @@ -40032,7 +42601,7 @@ msgstr "" "la configuración correspondiente de los formularios de :guilabel:`Proveedor`" " y :guilabel:`Producto`. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` to add" " credit or debit notes to the bill. Or, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` " @@ -40043,7 +42612,7 @@ msgstr "" "agregue un número de :guilabel:`Referencia de factura` (mientras está en el " "modo :guilabel:`Editar`). " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:205 msgid "" "Then, when ready, click :menuselection:`Register Payment --> Create Payment`" " to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." @@ -40051,7 +42620,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando todo esté listo, haga clic en :menuselection:`Registrar pago --> " "Crear Pago` para finalizar la :guilabel:`Factura de proveedor`. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 msgid "" "To tie the draft bill to an existing purchase order, click the drop-down " "menu next to :guilabel:`Auto-Complete`, and select a :abbr:`PO (purchase " @@ -40070,11 +42639,11 @@ msgstr "" "Lista desplegable de autocompletado en el borrador de la factura de " "proveedor." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:218 msgid "Batch billing" msgstr "Facturación por lotes" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:220 msgid "" "Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* " "app." @@ -40082,7 +42651,7 @@ msgstr "" "Las facturas de proveedor se pueden procesar y gestionar por lotes desde la " "aplicación *Contabilidad*. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 msgid "" "To do this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. " "Then, click the :guilabel:`checkbox` at the top left of the page, beside the" @@ -40097,7 +42666,7 @@ msgstr "" " facturas de vendedor existentes en :guilabel:`Estado` de " ":guilabel:`Publicado` o :guilabel:`Borrador`. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:227 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon to export, delete, or send" " & print the bills; click the :guilabel:`Print` icon to print the invoices " @@ -40110,7 +42679,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Registrar Pago` para crear y procesar los pagos para múltiples " "facturas de proveedor de una sola vez. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Register Payment` is selected, a pop-up appears. In this " "pop-up window, select the appropriate journal in the :guilabel:`Journal` " @@ -40124,7 +42693,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Fecha de pago` y un :guilabel:`Método de pago`. También tiene la " "opción de :guilabel:`Agrupar pagos` desde esta ventana. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:236 msgid "" "When ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button, which creates a " "list of journal entries on a separate page. This list of journal entries are" @@ -40136,10 +42705,10 @@ msgstr "" "correspondiente. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 -msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up." -msgstr "Ventana emergente de registro de facturación por lotes. " +msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up window." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:244 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Register Payment` option for vendor bills in batches will " "only work for journal entries whose :guilabel:`Status` is set to " @@ -40149,11 +42718,9 @@ msgstr "" "lotes solo funcionará para los asientos contables en :guilabel:`Estado` de " ":guilabel:`Publicado`. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:252 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 +msgid ":doc:`control_bills`" msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5 msgid "Products" @@ -40710,22 +43277,17 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Reglas de reordenamiento` es `0`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" -msgstr "Compre en unidades de medida diferentes a las de venta" +msgid "Purchase units of measure" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" -" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " -"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " -"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " -"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." +" unit of measure than when it is sold. This can cause confusion between " +"sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to convert " +"measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your product once" +" and let Odoo handle the conversion." msgstr "" -"Puede que su proveedor use una unidad de medida diferente a la que usted " -"quiera usar cuando venda su producto. Esto puede causar confusión entre los " -"representantes de ventas y de compras. Además, es una pérdida de tiempo " -"convertir las medidas manualmente cada vez. Con Odoo, puede configurar su " -"producto una vez y dejar que Odoo se encargue de la conversión." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 msgid "Consider the following examples:" @@ -40862,28 +43424,23 @@ msgstr "Cree una nueva categoría de unidades de medida en Compras de Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "" -"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." +"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, click into " +"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure Category` field and enter a name for the " +"category. Then, under the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -"El siguiente paso es crear dos unidades de medida. Para hacerlo, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Configuración --> Unidades de medida`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:77 msgid "" "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" -" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" -" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" -" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " -"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " -"Odoo is always a multiple of this value." +" to other units of measure inside the category. Name the unit, and select " +"the units of measure category you just created. For the *Type*, select " +"*Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter the *Rounding " +"Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by Odoo is always a " +"multiple of this value." msgstr "" -"Primero, cree la unidad de medida usada como punto de referencia para " -"convertir las demás unidades de medida dentro de la categoría que acaba de " -"crear. Seleccione *Referencia de unidad de medida para el tipo de categoría*" -" como *Tipo*. Establezca la *Precisión de redondeo* que le gustaría usar. La" -" cantidad calculada por Odoo siempre será un múltiplo de este valor." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:83 msgid "" "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " "fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." @@ -40895,7 +43452,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "Cree una nueva unidad de medida de referencia en Compras de Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "" "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " "appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " @@ -40916,7 +43473,7 @@ msgstr "" " ejemplo, establezca los *dígitos* en 5 si desea usar una precisión de " "redondeo de 0.00001." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:97 msgid "" "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" " measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " @@ -40927,7 +43484,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Menor* o *Mayor que la referencia de unidad de medida* como *Tipo*, según " "su situación." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:101 msgid "" "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " "*Smaller*." @@ -40935,7 +43492,7 @@ msgstr "" "Como el rollo de cortina equivale a 100 metros cuadrados, debería " "seleccionar *Menor*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:103 msgid "" "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " "second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " @@ -40945,15 +43502,11 @@ msgstr "" "segunda. Si la segunda unidad es más pequeña, el *Ratio* debe ser mayor que " "1. Si la segunda unidad es mayor, el ratio debe ser menor que 1." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:107 msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "Para el rollo de cortina debe establecer un ratio de 100." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 -msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "Cree una segunda unidad de medida en Compras de Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:109 msgid "" "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " "units of measure." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index b276af6c4..19793f821 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -8,18 +8,18 @@ # Lucia Pacheco, 2024 # Iran Villalobos López, 2024 # Larissa Manderfeld, 2024 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2024 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -58,11 +58,11 @@ msgstr "" "`_" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:38 msgid "Email marketing dashboard" msgstr "Tablero de Marketing por correo electrónico" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:40 msgid "" "After installing the application, click the :menuselection:`Email Marketing`" " app icon from the main Odoo dashboard. Doing so reveals the main " @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ msgstr "" "Imagen del tablero principal de la aplicación Marketing por correo " "electrónico de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:47 msgid "" "In the search bar, the default filter of :guilabel:`My Mailings` is present " "to show all the mailings related to the current user. To remove that filter," @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ msgstr "" "ubicado junto a él en la barra de búsqueda. Al hacerlo, aparecerán todos los" " envíos que se han hecho en la base de datos." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:51 msgid "" "The information on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard has four different " "view options, located in the upper-right corner as individual icons." @@ -101,34 +101,34 @@ msgstr "" " vista distintas y están disponibles como iconos en la esquina superior " "derecha." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:54 msgid "The view options, from left-to-right, are:" msgstr "Las opciones de visualización, de izquierda a derecha, son:" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:56 msgid ":ref:`List ` (default view)" msgstr ":ref:`Lista ` (vista predeterminada)" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:57 msgid ":ref:`Kanban `" msgstr ":ref:`Kanban `" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:58 msgid ":ref:`Calendar `" msgstr ":ref:`Calendario `" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:59 msgid ":ref:`Graph `" msgstr ":ref:`Gráfico `" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:61 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:733 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:736 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:420 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:145 msgid "List view" msgstr "Vista de lista" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:66 msgid "" "The list view, represented by the :guilabel:`☰ (horizontal lines)` icon in " "the upper-right corner, is the default view of the :guilabel:`Mailings` " @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ msgstr "" "predeterminada del tablero de :guilabel:`correos` en la aplicación " ":guilabel:`Marketing por correo electrónico`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:69 msgid "" "While in list view, there are columns dedicated to different aspects of " "information related to the listed emails. Those columns are as follows:" @@ -147,15 +147,15 @@ msgstr "" "En la vista de lista hay columnas específicas para cada aspecto de la " "información relacionada con los correos. Esas columnas son las siguientes:" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:72 msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: the date the email was sent." msgstr ":guilabel:`Fecha`: la fecha en la que se envió el correo electrónico." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Subject`: the subject of the email." msgstr ":guilabel:`Asunto`: el asunto del correo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the user who created the email, or the user who has" " been assigned to the email." @@ -163,13 +163,13 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Responsable`: el usuario que creó el correo electrónico o el " "usuario al que se le asignó el correo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Sent`: how many times the email has been sent." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Enviado`: el número de veces que se ha enviado el correo " "electrónico." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:77 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivered (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been " "successfully delivered." @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Entregado (%)`: el porcentaje de correos electrónicos enviados " "que han sido entregados con éxito." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Opened (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been opened by " "the recipients." @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Abiertos (%)`: el porcentaje de correos electrónicos enviados que" " han sido abiertos por los destinatarios." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been clicked by" " the recipients." @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Clics (%)`: el porcentaje de correos electrónicos enviados en los" " que los destinatarios han hecho clic." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replied (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been replied to" " by the recipients." @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Respondidos (%)`: el porcentaje de correos electrónicos enviados " "que han sido respondidos por los destinatarios." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: the status of the email (:guilabel:`Draft`, " ":guilabel:`In Queue`, or :guilabel:`Sent`)." @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Estado`: el estado del correo (:guilabel:`Borrador`, " ":guilabel:`En cola` o :guilabel:`Enviado`)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:84 msgid "" "To add or remove columns, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options (two " "horizontal lines with dots)` icon, located to the far-right of the column " @@ -221,13 +221,13 @@ msgstr "" "derecho de los títulos de las columnas en la vista de lista. Al hacerlo, " "aparecerá un menú desplegable con opciones de columnas adicionales." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:706 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:709 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:391 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "Vista de kanban" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:93 msgid "" "The Kanban view, represented by the :guilabel:`(inverted bar graph)` icon, " "can be accessed in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Mailings` " @@ -245,14 +245,14 @@ msgstr "" "Vista de kanban del tablero principal de la aplicación Marketing por correo " "electrónico de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:100 msgid "" "While in Kanban view, the email information is displayed in the various " "stages." msgstr "" "En la vista de kanban la información del correo aparece en varias etapas." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:102 msgid "" "The stages are: :guilabel:`Draft`, :guilabel:`In Queue`, " ":guilabel:`Sending`, and :guilabel:`Sent`." @@ -260,31 +260,31 @@ msgstr "" "Las etapas son: :guilabel:`Borrador`, :guilabel:`En cola`, " ":guilabel:`Enviando` y :guilabel:`Enviado`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Draft`: the email is still being written/created." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Borrador`: el correo electrónico está siendo redactado o creado." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`In Queue`: the email is scheduled to be sent at a later date." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`En cola`: el envío del correo electrónico está programado en " "alguna fecha próxima." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:106 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sending`: the email is currently being sent to its recipients." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Enviando`: el correo electrónico se está enviando a los " "destinatarios." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:107 msgid ":guilabel:`Sent`: the email has already been sent to its recipients." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Enviado`: el correo electrónico ya se envió a sus destinatarios." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:109 msgid "" "In each stage, there are drag-and-drop cards representing the emails that " "have been created/sent, and the stage they are in represents the current " @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ msgstr "" "electrónicos que ha creado y enviado, se encuentran en la etapa de su estado" " actual. Puede arrastrarlas y soltarlas en otras etapas." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:112 msgid "" "Each card on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard provides key information " "related to that specific email." @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cada tarjeta en el tablero de :guilabel:`correos` proporciona información " "clave relacionada a esos correos en específico." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:115 msgid "" "When the cursor hovers over the upper-right corner of an email campaign " "card, a :guilabel:`⋮ (three vertical dots)` icon appears. When clicked, a " @@ -323,12 +323,12 @@ msgstr "" "Imagen del menú desplegable que sale al hacer clic en los tres puntos desde " "el tablero de Marketing por correo electrónico." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:404 msgid "Calendar view" msgstr "Vista de calendario" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:129 msgid "" "The calendar view, represented by a :guilabel:`📆 (calendar)` icon, can be " "accessed in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in " @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ msgstr "" " superior derecha del tablero de :guilabel:`correos` en la aplicación " ":guilabel:`Marketing por correo electrónico`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:132 msgid "" "While in calendar view, a monthly calendar (by default), shows when the " "mailings have been sent or are scheduled to be sent." @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vista de calendario del tablero de correos en la aplicación Marketing por " "correo electrónico." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:139 msgid "" "The current date is represented by a :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` icon over " "the date on the calendar." @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ msgstr "" "La fecha actual está representada por el icono :guilabel:`🔴 (círculo rojo)` " "sobre la fecha en el calendario." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:141 msgid "" "To the right of the calendar, the options to filter the results by " ":guilabel:`Responsible` and/or :guilabel:`Status` are available, via " @@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ msgstr "" "resultados por :guilabel:`Responsable` y :guilabel:`Estado` a través de sus " "respectivas casillas." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:145 msgid "" "To hide the right sidebar, click the :guilabel:`(panel-right)` icon, located" " above the sidebar." @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para ocultar la barra lateral derecha, haga clic en el icono " ":guilabel:`(panel derecho)` ubicado arriba de la barra lateral." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:147 msgid "" "In the top-left corner, above the calendar, the option to change the time " "period being displayed is available via a drop-down menu, which shows " @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ msgstr "" "predeterminada), :guilabel:`Año` y :guilabel:`Mostrar fines de semana` " "(también seleccionada de forma predeterminada)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:152 msgid "" "Clicking any of those options changes the calendar display to reflect that " "desired amount of time." @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ msgstr "" "Al hacer clic en cualquiera de esas opciones, la visualización del " "calendario cambia para mostrar la cantidad de tiempo deseada." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:154 msgid "" "Clicking either :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` icon or :guilabel:`➡️ (right " "arrow)` icon changes the calendar to a previous or future time, depending on" @@ -416,16 +416,16 @@ msgstr "" "según la flecha en la que haga clic y también toma en cuenta la unidad de " "tiempo que está seleccionada." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:158 msgid "To jump back to the current date, click the :guilabel:`Today` button." msgstr "" "Para regresar a la fecha actual haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Hoy`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:163 msgid "Graph view" msgstr "Vista de gráfico" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:165 msgid "" "The graph view, represented by a :guilabel:`(line graph)` icon, can be " "accessed in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in " @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ msgstr "" "superior derecha del tablero de :guilabel:`correos` en la aplicación " ":guilabel:`Marketing por correo electrónico`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:168 msgid "" "While in graph view, the status of the emails on the :guilabel:`Mailings` " "page is represented in a bar graph, but other graph view options can be " @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cómo aparece la vista de gráfico en la aplicación Marketing por correo " "electrónico de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:175 msgid "" "In the upper-left corner, above the graph, there is a :guilabel:`Measures` " "drop-down menu. When clicked, different filter options become available to " @@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ msgstr "" "opciones de filtro que le permitirán personalizar con mayor detalle las " "vistas del gráfico." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:178 msgid "" "Those :guilabel:`Measures` options are: :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage` " "and :guilabel:`Count` (default)." @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ msgstr "" "Las opciones de :guilabel:`medida` son: :guilabel:`Porcentaje de pruebas " "A/B` y :guilabel:`Número` (seleccionada de manera predeterminada)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:181 msgid "" "To the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu is an " ":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button, if the *Documents* application is " @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ msgstr "" " hoja de cálculo`. Al hacer clic, aparece una ventana emergente que le " "permitirá agregar el gráfico a una hoja de cálculo o a un tablero." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:185 msgid "" "Beside the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu and :guilabel:`Insert in " "Spreadsheet` button are different graph view options. From left-to-right, " @@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ msgstr "" "(predeterminado), :guilabel:`(gráfico de líneas)` y :guilabel:`(gráfico " "circular)`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:190 msgid "" "Each graph view option provides its own series of additional view options, " "which appear to the right of the selected graph view option." @@ -505,11 +505,11 @@ msgstr "" "adicionales, estas aparecen del lado derecho de la opción de vista " "seleccionada." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:194 msgid "Search options" msgstr "Opciones de búsqueda" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:196 msgid "" "Regardless of the view chosen for the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in the " ":guilabel:`Email Marketing` app, the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group " @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Favoritos` siempre están disponibles para que pueda personalizar " "con mayor detalle la información que aparece." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:200 msgid "" "To access those options, click the :guilabel:`(downward arrow)` icon, " "located to the right of the search bar. Doing so reveals a drop-down mega " @@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ msgstr "" "El megamenú desplegable de las opciones de búsqueda disponibles en la " "aplicación Marketing por correo electrónico de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:207 msgid "" "These options provide various ways to specify and organize the information " "seen on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard." @@ -549,11 +549,11 @@ msgstr "" "Estas opciones permiten especificar y organizar la información que aparece " "en el tablero de :guilabel:`correos`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:212 msgid "Filters" msgstr "Filtros" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:214 msgid "" "This section of the drop-down mega menu provides different ways to filter " "email results being shown on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in the " @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ msgstr "" "Imagen de las opciones en el menú desplegable de filtros en el tablero de " "Marketing por correo electrónico." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:221 msgid "" "The options are: :guilabel:`My Mailings`, :guilabel:`Sent Date`, " ":guilabel:`A/B Tests`, :guilabel:`A/B Tests to review`, " @@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Pruebas A/B`, :guilabel:`Pruebas A/B por revisar`, " ":guilabel:`Archivado` y :guilabel:`Agregar filtro personalizado`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:224 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` is selected, Odoo reveals a pop-up window, " "with three customizable fields to fill in, in order to create custom filter " @@ -600,11 +600,11 @@ msgstr "" "La ventana emergente para agregar un filtro personalizado que aparece en la " "aplicación Marketing por correo electrónico de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:232 msgid "Group By" msgstr "Agrupar por" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:234 msgid "" "This section of the drop-down mega menu provides different ways to group " "email results being shown on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in the " @@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vista del menú desplegable Agrupar por en la aplicación Marketing por correo" " electrónico." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:241 msgid "" "Using this section, the data can be grouped by the messages' " ":guilabel:`Status`, or who it was :guilabel:`Sent By`." @@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ msgstr "" "Con esta sección es posible agrupar los datos por el :guilabel:`estado` de " "los mensajes o por la persona encargada de su :guilabel:`envio`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:244 msgid "" "There is also the option to group the data by :guilabel:`Sent Period`, which" " has its own sub-menu of options to choose from. The :guilabel:`Sent Period`" @@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Trimestre`, :guilabel:`Mes`, :guilabel:`Semana` y " ":guilabel:`Día`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:248 msgid "" "If none of the above :guilabel:`Group By` options deliver the desired " "results, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` at the bottom of the " @@ -658,11 +658,11 @@ msgstr "" "en el que puede seleccionar y aplicar criterios personalizados para agrupar " "los datos correspondientes." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:253 msgid "Favorites" msgstr "Favoritos" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:255 msgid "" "This section provides the opportunity to save custom filters and/or " "groupings for future use. To utilize this section, click the :guilabel:`Save" @@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vista del menú desplegable Favoritos en la aplicación Marketing por correo " "electrónico." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:263 msgid "" "Give the favorited filter/grouping a title on the blank line above the " "checkboxes for :guilabel:`Default filter` and :guilabel:`Shared`." @@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ msgstr "" "vacía que se encuentra arriba de las casillas de :guilabel:`Filtro " "predeterminado` y :guilabel:`Compartido`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:266 msgid "" "Ticking the box for :guilabel:`Default filter` makes this favorited " "filter/grouping the default option. Ticking the box for :guilabel:`Shared` " @@ -700,7 +700,7 @@ msgstr "" "casilla :guilabel:`Compartido` otros usuarios también podrán ver y utilizar " "este filtro o grupo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:270 msgid "" "When all desired options are configured, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the " "filter/grouping in the :guilabel:`Favorites` section of the mega drop-down " @@ -710,11 +710,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Guardar` para guardar el filtro o grupo en la sección " ":guilabel:`Favoritos` del megamenú desplegable." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:274 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Ajustes" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:276 msgid "" "To view and modify the *Email Marketing* settings, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vista del menú Configuración con la página Ajustes en la aplicación " "Marketing por correo electrónico de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:283 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, there are four features available." msgstr "" "Hay cuatro funciones disponibles en la página de :guilabel:`ajustes`. " @@ -742,11 +742,11 @@ msgstr "" "Vista de la página de Ajustes en la aplicación Marketing por correo " "electrónico de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:289 msgid "The features are:" msgstr "Las funciones son las siguientes:" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:291 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns`: enables the option to manage mass mailing " "campaigns." @@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Campañas de correo`: habilita la opción de gestionar campañas de " "correo masivo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing`: allows recipients to " "blacklist themselves from future mailings during the unsubscribing process." @@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ msgstr "" "destinatarios incluirse a sí mismos en una lista negra de futuros envíos " "durante el proceso de baja." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dedicated Server`: provides the option to utilize a separate, " "dedicated server for mailings. When enabled, Odoo reveals a new field (and " @@ -776,7 +776,7 @@ msgstr "" "configuraciones específicas del servidor, para que se conecte correctamente " "a Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:297 msgid "" ":guilabel:`24H Stat Mailing Reports`: allows users to check how well " "mailings have performed a day after it has been sent." @@ -785,11 +785,11 @@ msgstr "" " usuarios comprueben el rendimiento de los correos un día después de su " "envío." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:303 msgid "Create an email" msgstr "Crear un correo electrónico" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:305 msgid "" "To create an email, open the :menuselection:`Email Marketing` application, " "and click the :guilabel:`New` button in the upper-left corner of the " @@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nuevo` ubicado en la esquina superior izquierda de la página del " "tablero de :guilabel:`correos`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:308 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`New` reveals a blank email form." msgstr "" "Al hacer clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo` aparecerá un formulario de correo " @@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vista de un formulario detallado de correo electrónico en blanco en la " "aplicación Marketing por correo electrónico de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:314 msgid "" "On the email form, there are fields for the :ref:`Subject " "` and :ref:`Recipients " @@ -822,7 +822,7 @@ msgstr "" "` y los :ref:`destinatarios " "` del correo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:317 msgid "" "Beneath that, there are three tabs: :ref:`Mail Body " "`, :ref:`A/B Tests `, " @@ -832,11 +832,11 @@ msgstr "" "`, :ref:`Pruebas A/B ` " "y :ref:`Ajustes `." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:323 msgid "Subject" msgstr "Asunto" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:325 msgid "" "First, enter a :guilabel:`Subject` to the email. The :guilabel:`Subject` is " "visible in the recipients' inbox, allowing them to quickly see what the " @@ -846,7 +846,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`asunto` es visible en la bandeja de entrada de los destinatarios," " y les permite saber con rapidez de qué trata el mensaje." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:329 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Subject` field is mandatory. An email can **not** be sent " "without a :guilabel:`Subject`." @@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ msgstr "" "El campo :guilabel:`Asunto` es obligatorio. **No** es posible enviar un " "correo electrónico sin :guilabel:`asunto`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:332 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`(smiley face with a plus sign)` icon at the end of the " ":guilabel:`Subject` field represents emojis that can be added to the " @@ -866,7 +866,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Asunto`. Al hacer clic en él aparece un menú emergente con los " "emojis disponibles." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:336 msgid "" "Beside the :guilabel:`(smiley face with a plus sign)` icon at the end of the" " :guilabel:`Subject` field is an empty :guilabel:`(star)` icon. When " @@ -880,11 +880,11 @@ msgstr "" " correo electrónico se guarda como una plantilla en la pestaña " ":guilabel:`Cuerpo del correo`, para que pueda utilizarla después." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:344 msgid "Recipients" msgstr "Destinatarios" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:346 msgid "" "Beneath the :guilabel:`Subject` field on the email form is the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field. In this field, select the recipients of the " @@ -897,7 +897,7 @@ msgstr "" "forma predeterminada, pero al hacer clic en el campo aparece un menú " "desplegable con otras opciones de destinatarios." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:350 msgid "" "With the default :guilabel:`Mailing List` option selected, a specific " "mailing list **must** be chosen from the adjacent :guilabel:`Select mailing " @@ -907,7 +907,7 @@ msgstr "" "**deberá** elegir una lista de correo específica del menú desplegable en el " "campo :guilabel:`Seleccionar listas de correo`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:354 msgid "" "More than one mailing list can be chosen from the :guilabel:`Select mailing " "lists` field." @@ -915,19 +915,19 @@ msgstr "" "En el campo :guilabel:`Listas de correo seleccionadas:` puede elegir más de " "una lista." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:356 msgid "" "Odoo then sends the email to contacts on that specific mailing list(s)." msgstr "" "Después, Odoo enviará el correo a los contactos que estén en esa lista de " "correo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:356 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:822 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:825 msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/mailing_lists`" msgstr ":doc:`email_marketing/mailing_lists`" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:361 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Recipients` field is clicked, a drop-down menu of other " "options is revealed. Each option provides different ways Odoo can create a " @@ -944,7 +944,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vista del menú desplegable de destinatarios en la aplicación Marketing por " "correo electrónico." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:368 msgid "" "Those options (excluding the default :guilabel:`Mailing List`) provide the " "option to create a more specified recipient filter, in an equation-like " @@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ msgstr "" "similar al de una ecuación. Esta aparece debajo del campo " ":guilabel:`Destinatarios`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:372 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Recipients` field options, other than the default " ":guilabel:`Mailing List` option, are as follows:" @@ -963,7 +963,7 @@ msgstr "" "Las opciones del campo :guilabel:`Destinatarios`, aparte de la opción " "predeterminada :guilabel:`Lista de correo`, incluyen las siguientes:" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:375 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: ties specifically to the *Contacts* app, and includes " "all the contacts entered in the database." @@ -971,7 +971,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Contacto`: está vinculada a la aplicación *Contactos* e incluye " "todos los contactos que forman parte de la base de datos." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:377 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Event Registration`: ties specifically to the *Events* app, and " "provides opportunities to interact with event registrants, in order to " @@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ msgstr "" "otras acciones valiosas, como enviar encuestas después del evento, permitir " "compras, entre otras cosas." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:380 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`: ties specifically to records in the *CRM* " "application, which opens up a number of opportunities to influence sales or " @@ -994,7 +994,7 @@ msgstr "" "aplicación *CRM*, lo que abre una serie de oportunidades para influir en las" " decisiones de venta o compra." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:382 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mailing Contact`: ties specifically to the *Email Marketing* app," " and focuses on specific mailing contacts that have been entered in that " @@ -1013,7 +1013,7 @@ msgstr "" "correo electrónico --> Listas de correo --> Contactos de la lista de " "correo`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:387 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sales Order`: ties specifically to the *Sales* app, and focuses " "on a specific sales orders in the database." @@ -1021,11 +1021,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Orden de venta`: está vinculada a la aplicación *Ventas* y se " "enfoca en órdenes de venta específicas de la base de datos." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:391 msgid "Add recipient filter" msgstr "Agregar un filtro de destinatarios" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:393 msgid "" "To add a more specific recipient filter to any :guilabel:`Recipient` option," " select any recipient option (other than :guilabel:`Mailing List`), and " @@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@ msgstr "" "abajo del campo :guilabel:`Destinatario`. Esta acción mostrará tres campos " "de reglas de filtro subsecuentes que tendrán el formato de una ecuación." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:398 msgid "" "It is highly recommended that users implement detailed targeting criteria " "for the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. Typically, a single line of targeting " @@ -1051,7 +1051,7 @@ msgstr "" "línea de lógica de segmentación no basta en una campaña de correo " "electrónico." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:402 msgid "" "While the :guilabel:`Mailing List` option is adequate for the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field, the :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity` and " @@ -1063,7 +1063,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Registro al evento` proporcionan criterios de segmentación mucho " "más detallados y además puede agregarlas de forma adicional." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:407 msgid "" "For example, with the :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity` option chosen in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field, users can add various custom criteria related " @@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vista de cómo se pueden personalizar los filtros de destinatarios en la " "aplicación Marketing por correo electrónico de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:416 msgid "" "To reveal the sub-menu options within the filter rule fields, click each " "field, and make the desired selections, until the preferred configuration " @@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ msgstr "" "filtro, haga clic en cada campo y seleccione todo lo necesario hasta que " "haya logrado crear la configuración preferida." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:419 msgid "" "The number of :guilabel:`records` in the database that match the configured " "rule(s) are indicated beneath the configured filter rule(s), in green." @@ -1104,7 +1104,7 @@ msgstr "" "El número de :guilabel:`registros` en la base de datos que coinciden con las" " reglas de filtro configuradas aparecen en color verde abajo de las reglas." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:427 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:191 msgid "" "Some sub-menu options in the first rule field allow for a second choice to " @@ -1113,7 +1113,7 @@ msgstr "" "Algunas opciones de submenú en el primer campo de la regla permiten agregar " "una segunda opción para ser aun más específicos." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:430 msgid "" "To the right of each rule, there are three additional options, represented " "by :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)`, :guilabel:`(sitemap)`, and :guilabel:`🗑️ " @@ -1123,7 +1123,7 @@ msgstr "" "los iconos :guilabel:`➕ (signo de más)`, :guilabel:`(mapa del sitio)` y " ":guilabel:`🗑️ (papelera)`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:433 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon adds a new node (line) to the overall " "targeting logic." @@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ msgstr "" "El icono :guilabel:`➕ (signo de más)` agrega un nuevo nodo (línea) a la " "lógica de segmentación global." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:434 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`(sitemap)` icon adds a branch to the node. A branch contains " "two additional, indented sub-nodes that are related to that specific rule, " @@ -1142,7 +1142,7 @@ msgstr "" "específica, lo que proporciona más especificidad a la línea principal sobre " "ella." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:437 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon deletes a specific node (line) in the array " "of logic." @@ -1150,11 +1150,11 @@ msgstr "" "El icono :guilabel:`🗑️ (papelera)` elimina un nodo específico (línea) en el " "arreglo de la lógica." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:442 msgid "Mail Body tab" msgstr "Pestaña del cuerpo del correo" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:444 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab, there are a number of pre-configured " "message templates to choose from." @@ -1170,7 +1170,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vista de las plantillas en la pestaña Cuerpo del correo en la aplicación " "Marketing por correo electrónico de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:451 msgid "" "Select the desired template, and proceed to modify every element of its " "design details with Odoo's drag-and-drop building blocks, which appear on " @@ -1188,7 +1188,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vista de los bloques de creación en la pestaña Cuerpo del correo en la " "aplicación Marketing por correo electrónico de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:455 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:458 msgid "" "The features on the sidebar used to create and customize emails are " "separated into three sections: :guilabel:`Blocks`, :guilabel:`Customize`, " @@ -1198,7 +1198,7 @@ msgstr "" "correos electrónicos. Estas están separadas en tres secciones: " ":guilabel:`Bloques`, :guilabel:`Personalizar` y :guilabel:`Diseño`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:461 msgid "" "Each building block provides unique features and professional design " "elements. To use a building block, drag-and-drop the desired block element " @@ -1211,7 +1211,7 @@ msgstr "" " está elaborando. Podrá personalizar varios aspectos del bloque de creación " "después de que lo haya colocado en el lugar correspondiente." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:466 msgid "" "To build an email from the ground up, without any building block elements, " "select the :guilabel:`Plain Text` template. When selected, Odoo provides a " @@ -1226,7 +1226,7 @@ msgstr "" "editor de texto enriquecido para frontend. Este es compatible con los " "comandos de barra diagonal `/`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:471 msgid "" "When `/` is typed into the blank body of the email, while using a " ":guilabel:`Plain Text` template, a drop-down menu of various design elements" @@ -1245,11 +1245,11 @@ msgstr "" "Visualización del editor de texto enriquecido desplegable en la aplicación " "Marketing por correo electrónico de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:482 msgid "A/B Tests tab" msgstr "Pestaña de pruebas A/B" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:484 msgid "" "Initially, when the :guilabel:`A/B Tests` tab is opened on an email form, " "the only option available is :guilabel:`Allow A/B Testing`. This is **not** " @@ -1259,7 +1259,7 @@ msgstr "" "electrónico por primera vez, la única opción disponible es " ":guilabel:`Permitir pruebas A/B`. Esta opción **no** es obligatoria." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:487 msgid "" "If this option is enabled, recipients are only mailed *once* for the " "entirety of the campaign." @@ -1267,7 +1267,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si esta opción está seleccionada, a los destinatarios solo se les enviará " "correo *una* vez durante toda la campaña" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:489 msgid "" "This allows the user to send different versions of the same mailing to " "randomly selected recipients to gauge the effectiveness of various designs, " @@ -1279,7 +1279,7 @@ msgstr "" "diseños, formatos, contenido, entre otras cosas, sin que se envíe ningún " "mensaje duplicado." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:493 msgid "" "When the checkbox beside :guilabel:`Allow A/B Testing` is ticked, an " ":guilabel:`on (%)` field appears, in which the user determines the " @@ -1291,7 +1291,7 @@ msgstr "" " el porcentaje de los destinatarios preconfigurados que recibirán esta " "versión del correo como parte de la prueba." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:498 msgid "" "The default figure in the :guilabel:`on (%)` field is `10`, but that figure " "can be changed at any time." @@ -1299,11 +1299,11 @@ msgstr "" "El porcentaje predeterminado en el campo :guilabel:`en (%)` es `10`, pero es" " posible modificarlo en cualquier momento." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:501 msgid "Beneath that, two additional fields appear:" msgstr "Abajo de ese campo aparecen otros dos:" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:503 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Winner Selection` field provides a drop-down menu of options," " wherein the user decides what criteria should be used to determine the " @@ -1314,13 +1314,13 @@ msgstr "" " para determinar la versión \"ganadora\" de las pruebas enviadas de correo " "electrónico." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:507 msgid "The options in the :guilabel:`Winner Selection` field are as follows:" msgstr "" "Las opciones en el campo :guilabel:`Selección del ganador` son las " "siguientes:" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manual`: allows the user to determine the \"winning\" version of " "the mailing. This option removes the :guilabel:`Send Final On` field." @@ -1328,7 +1328,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Manual`: permite que el usuario determine la versión \"ganadora\"" " del correo. Esta opción elimina el campo :guilabel:`Enviar final el`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:511 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Highest Open Rate` (default): the mailing with the highest open " "rate is determined to be the \"winning\" version." @@ -1336,7 +1336,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Mayor tasa de apertura` (opción predeterminada): el correo con la" " tasa de apertura más alta determina la versión \"ganadora\"." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:513 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Highest Click Rate`: the mailing with the highest click rate is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." @@ -1344,7 +1344,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Mayor tasa de clics`: el correo con la tasa de clics más alta " "determina la versión \"ganadora\"." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:515 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Highest Reply Rate`: the mailing with the highest reply rate is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." @@ -1352,7 +1352,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Mayor tasa de respuesta`: el correo con la tasa de respuestas más" " alta determina la versión \"ganadora\"." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:517 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Leads`: the mailing with the most leads generated is determined " "to be the \"winning\" version." @@ -1360,7 +1360,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Leads`: el correo que haya generado el número más alto de leads " "determina la versión \"ganadora\"." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:516 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:519 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quotations`: the mailing with the most quotations generated is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." @@ -1368,7 +1368,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Cotizaciones`: el correo que haya generado el número más alto de " "cotizaciones determina la versión \"ganadora\"." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:521 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Revenues`: the mailing with the most revenue generated is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." @@ -1376,7 +1376,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Ingresos`: el correo que haya generado el número más alto de " "ingresos determina la versión \"ganadora\"." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:524 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Send Final On` field allows users to choose a date that is " "used to know *when* Odoo should determine the \"winning\" email, and " @@ -1393,7 +1393,7 @@ msgstr "" "Visualización de la pestaña Pruebas A/B en la aplicación Marketing por " "correo electrónico de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:532 msgid "" "To the right of those fields is a :guilabel:`Create an Alternative Version` " "button. When clicked, Odoo presents a new :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab for the " @@ -1404,11 +1404,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`cuerpo del correo` para que el usuario cree una versión " "alternativa del correo para probar." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:539 msgid "Settings tab" msgstr "Pestaña de ajustes" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:541 msgid "" "The options present in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of the mail form are " "divided into two sections: :guilabel:`Email Content` and " @@ -1418,7 +1418,7 @@ msgstr "" " correo están divididas en dos secciones: :guilabel:`Contenido del correo` y" " :guilabel:`Seguimiento`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:545 msgid "" "The options available in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab vary depending on if " "the *Mailing Campaigns* feature is activated in :menuselection:`Email " @@ -1430,7 +1430,7 @@ msgstr "" " electrónico --> Configuración --> Ajustes`. Consulte la documentación sobre" " :ref:`email_marketing/mailing-campaigns`  para obtener más información." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:549 msgid "" "Without the *Mailing Campaigns* feature activated, the :guilabel:`Settings` " "tab on the email form only contains the :guilabel:`Preview Text`, " @@ -1451,11 +1451,11 @@ msgstr "" "Vista de la pestaña Ajustes en la aplicación Marketing por correo " "electrónico de Odoo, con los ajustes de campaña desactivados." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:558 msgid "Email content" msgstr "Contenido del correo electrónico" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:560 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preview Text`: allows the user to enter a preview sentence to " "encourage recipients to open the email. In most inboxes, this is displayed " @@ -1471,7 +1471,7 @@ msgstr "" "un emoji en este campo con el icono :guilabel:`(cara sonriente con el signo " "más)`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:564 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send From`: designate an email alias that displays as the sender " "of this particular email." @@ -1479,7 +1479,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Enviar desde`: indique el seudónimo de correo electrónico que " "aparecerá como remitente de este correo en particular." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:563 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:566 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Reply To`: designate an email alias to whom all the replies of " "this particular email are sent." @@ -1487,7 +1487,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Responder a`: indique el seudónimo de correo electrónico al que " "se enviarán todas las respuestas a este mensaje en particular." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:565 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:568 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attach a file`: if any specific files are required (or helpful) " "for this email, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button, and upload the " @@ -1497,11 +1497,11 @@ msgstr "" "adjuntos` si necesita adjuntar archivos específicos (o útiles) a este " "correo, después suba el archivo deseado." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:572 msgid "Tracking" msgstr "Seguimiento" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:574 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: designate a user in the database to be responsible " "for this particular email." @@ -1509,7 +1509,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Responsable`: elija a un empleado en la base de datos para que " "sea responsable de este correo en particular." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:578 msgid "" "If the *Mailing Campaign* feature *is* activated, an additional " ":guilabel:`Campaign` field appears in the :guilabel:`Tracking` section of " @@ -1527,7 +1527,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vista de la pestaña de ajustes en en la aplicación Marketing por correo " "electrónico de Odoo cuando la función de campañas está activa." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:585 msgid "" "The additional :guilabel:`Campaign` field allows users to attach this " "particular email to a mailing campaign, if desired." @@ -1535,7 +1535,7 @@ msgstr "" "El campo adicional :guilabel:`Campaña` permite que los usuarios adjunten " "este correo en particular a una campaña de correo, si así lo desean." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:585 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:588 msgid "" "If the desired campaign is not available in the initial drop-down menu, " "select :guilabel:`Search More` to reveal a complete list of all mailing " @@ -1545,7 +1545,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Buscar más` para abrir la lista completa de todas las campañas de" " correo en la base de datos." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:591 msgid "" "Or, type the name of the desired mailing campaign in the " ":guilabel:`Campaign` field, until Odoo reveals the desired campaign in the " @@ -1555,11 +1555,11 @@ msgstr "" " :guilabel:`Campaña`. Odoo hará que esa campaña aparezca en el menú " "desplegable, solo selecciónela." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:595 msgid "Send, schedule, test" msgstr "Enviar, programar y probar" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:597 msgid "" "Once the mailing is finalized, the following options can be utilized, via " "buttons located in the upper-left corner of the email form: :ref:`Send " @@ -1572,11 +1572,11 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Enviar `, :ref:`Programar " "` y :ref:`Probar `." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:604 msgid "Send" msgstr "Enviar" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:603 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:606 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Send` button reveals a :guilabel:`Ready to unleash emails?` " "pop-up window." @@ -1592,7 +1592,7 @@ msgstr "" "Visualización de la ventana emergente que aparece al hacer clic en el botón " "Enviar del formulario de correo electrónico." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:609 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:612 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Send to all` button is clicked, Odoo sends the email to " "the desired recipients. Once Odoo has sent the mailing, the status changes " @@ -1602,11 +1602,11 @@ msgstr "" "electrónico a los destinatarios deseados. Después de que Odoo envió el " "correo, su estado cambia a :guilabel:`Enviado`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:615 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:618 msgid "Schedule" msgstr "Programar" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:617 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:620 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Schedule` button reveals a :guilabel:`When do you want to " "send your mailing?` pop-up window." @@ -1623,7 +1623,7 @@ msgstr "" "Visualización de la ventana emergente que aparece al hacer clic en el botón " "Programar del formulario de correo electrónico." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:624 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:627 msgid "" "In this pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Send on` field to reveal a " "calendar pop-up window." @@ -1631,7 +1631,7 @@ msgstr "" "En esta ventana emergente, haga clic en el campo :guilabel:`Enviar el` para " "abrir un calendario desplegable." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:630 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:633 msgid "" "From the calendar pop-up window, select the future date and time for Odoo to" " send this email. Then, click :guilabel:`✔️ Apply`. When a date and time are" @@ -1643,11 +1643,11 @@ msgstr "" "Aplicar`. Cuando elija una fecha y hora, haga clic en el botón " ":guilabel:`Programar`. El estado del envío cambiará a :guilabel:`En cola`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:640 msgid "Test" msgstr "Prueba" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:642 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Test` button reveals a :guilabel:`Test Mailing` pop-up " "window." @@ -1663,7 +1663,7 @@ msgstr "" "Visualización de la ventana emergente que aparece al hacer clic en el botón " "Probar del formulario de correo electrónico." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:648 msgid "" "From this pop-up window, enter the email addresses of the contacts to whom " "Odoo should send this test email in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. " @@ -1674,7 +1674,7 @@ msgstr "" "enviar este correo de prueba. Puede agregar varios contactos al campo si así" " lo desea." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:649 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:652 msgid "" "Once all the desired email addresses have been entered in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field, click the :guilabel:`Send Test` button." @@ -1683,7 +1683,7 @@ msgstr "" " campo :guilabel:`Destinatarios`, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Enviar " "prueba`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:656 msgid "" "By default, there's a daily limit applied for **all emails** sent throughout" " **all applications**. So, if there are remaining emails to be sent after a " @@ -1697,11 +1697,11 @@ msgstr "" "al día siguiente. Es necesario que los envíe de forma manual, abra el correo" " y haga clic en :guilabel:`Reintentar`. " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:661 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:664 msgid "Mailing campaigns" msgstr "Campañas de correo" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:663 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:666 msgid "" "The *Email Marketing* application provides users with the ability to build " "mailing campaigns." @@ -1709,7 +1709,7 @@ msgstr "" "La aplicación *Marketing por correo electrónico* permite que los usuarios " "elaboren campañas de correo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:665 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:668 msgid "" "In order to create and customize mailing campaigns, the *Mailing Campaigns* " "feature **must** be activated in the *Settings* page of the *Email " @@ -1730,7 +1730,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vista de los ajustes de la función campaña en la aplicación Marketing por " "correo electrónico de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:677 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature is activated, a new " ":guilabel:`Campaigns` menu option appears in the header." @@ -1738,7 +1738,7 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez que haya activado la función :guilabel:`Campañas de correo` " "aparecerá la opción :guilabel:`Campañas` en el encabezado." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:677 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:680 msgid "" "When that is clicked, Odoo reveals a separate :guilabel:`Campaigns` page, " "displaying all the mailing campaigns in the database, and the current stage " @@ -1754,7 +1754,7 @@ msgstr "" "Visualización de la página de campaña en la aplicación Marketing por correo " "electrónico de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:688 msgid "" "This information can also be viewed in a list, by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ " "(horizontal lines)` icon in the upper-right corner." @@ -1762,7 +1762,7 @@ msgstr "" "Esta información también se puede ver en una lista al hacer clic en el icono" " :guilabel:`☰ (líneas horizontales)` ubicado en la esquina superior derecha." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:691 msgid "" "Clicking any campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page reveals that " "campaign's form." @@ -1770,7 +1770,7 @@ msgstr "" "Al hacer clic en cualquier :guilabel:`campaña` de esta página aparece su " "formulario correspondiente." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:693 msgid "" "There are two different ways to create and customize campaigns in the *Email" " Marketing* application, either directly from the :ref:`Campaigns page " @@ -1782,11 +1782,11 @@ msgstr "" " Campañas ` o desde la :ref:`pestaña Ajustes " "` de un formulario de correo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:697 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:700 msgid "Create mailing campaign (from campaigns page)" msgstr "Crear una campaña de correo (desde la página de campañas)" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:699 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:702 msgid "" "When the *Mailing Campaigns* feature is activated, a new *Campaigns* option " "appears in the header of the *Email Marketing* application. Campaigns can be" @@ -1797,7 +1797,7 @@ msgstr "" "electrónico*. Es posible crear campañas desde la página *Campañas* de la " "aplicación *Marketing por correo electrónico*." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:706 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Campaigns " "--> New`." @@ -1805,7 +1805,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para ello, vaya a :menuselection:`Marketing por correo electrónico --> " "Campañas --> Nuevo`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:711 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`New` button is clicked in the default Kanban view on the" " :guilabel:`Campaigns` page, a Kanban card appears in the :guilabel:`New` " @@ -1821,7 +1821,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vista de la tarjeta de kanban emergente para la campaña en la aplicación " "Marketing por correo electrónico de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:718 msgid "" "New campaign cards can also be made by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " "sign)` at the top of any Kanban stage on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page." @@ -1830,7 +1830,7 @@ msgstr "" "icono :guilabel:`➕ (signo de más)` ubicado en la parte superior de cualquier" " etapa en la vista de kanban en la página de :guilabel:`Campañas`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:721 msgid "" "When the new campaign Kanban card appears, the options to enter a " ":guilabel:`Campaign Name`, a :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` " @@ -1840,19 +1840,19 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`nombre de la campaña`, un :guilabel:`responsable` y " ":guilabel:`etiquetas`" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:724 msgid "" "To add the campaign to the Kanban stage, click the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" "Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Agregar` para agregar la campaña a la etapa" " de kanban." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:726 msgid "To delete the campaign, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon." msgstr "" "Haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`🗑️ (papelera)` para eliminar la campaña." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:728 msgid "" "To further customize the campaign, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, which " "reveals the campaign form for additional modifications." @@ -1861,7 +1861,7 @@ msgstr "" "campaña. Esta acción abre el formulario de la campaña para realizar más " "modificaciones." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:732 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Campaign Name` **must** be entered in the Kanban card, in order" " for the :guilabel:`Edit` button to reveal the campaign form for further " @@ -1871,7 +1871,7 @@ msgstr "" "tarjeta de kanban para que el botón :guilabel:`Editar` abra el formulario en" " el que podrá agregar cambios." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:735 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:738 msgid "" "To enter the list view on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page, click the " ":guilabel:`☰ (horizontal lines)` icon in the upper-right corner. Doing so " @@ -1888,7 +1888,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vista de la página de la campaña en la vista de lista en la aplicación " "Marketing por correo electrónico de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:745 msgid "" "To create a campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page while in list view," " click the :guilabel:`New` button. Doing so reveals a blank campaign form." @@ -1903,7 +1903,7 @@ msgstr "" "Visualización de un formulario de campaña vacío en la aplicación Marketing " "por correo electrónico de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:749 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:752 msgid "" "From this campaign form, a :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, a " ":guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can be added." @@ -1912,7 +1912,7 @@ msgstr "" "campaña`, un :guilabel:`responsable` y las :guilabel:`etiquetas` " "correspondientes." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:752 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:755 msgid "" "At the top of the form, various metric-related smart buttons can be seen " "that showcase specific analytics related to the campaign. Those smart " @@ -1924,7 +1924,7 @@ msgstr "" " con la campaña. Estos botones inteligentes son: :guilabel:`Ingresos`, " ":guilabel:`Cotizaciones`, :guilabel:`Oportunidades` y :guilabel:`Clics`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:757 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:760 msgid "" "Once a :guilabel:`Campaign Name` is entered and saved, additional buttons " "appear at the top of the campaign form." @@ -1932,7 +1932,7 @@ msgstr "" "Aparecen otros botones en la parte superior del formulario después de que " "escribe el :guilabel:`nombre de la campaña` y la guarda." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:760 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:763 msgid "" "Those additional buttons are: :guilabel:`Send Mailing` and :guilabel:`Send " "SMS`." @@ -1940,11 +1940,11 @@ msgstr "" "Los botones adicionales son :guilabel:`Enviar correo` y :guilabel:`Enviar " "SMS`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:766 msgid "Campaign form" msgstr "Formulario de campaña" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:768 msgid "" "On the campaign form (after clicking :guilabel:`Edit` from the Kanban card, " "or selecting an existing campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page) there" @@ -1960,7 +1960,7 @@ msgstr "" "Visualización de un formulario de campaña en la aplicación Marketing por " "correo electrónico de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:775 msgid "" "At the top of the form, various smart buttons can be seen that showcase " "specific analytics related to the campaign. Those smart buttons are: " @@ -1972,7 +1972,7 @@ msgstr "" "inteligentes son: :guilabel:`Ingresos`, :guilabel:`Cotizaciones`, " ":guilabel:`Oportunidades` y :guilabel:`Clics`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:776 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:779 msgid "" "There are also buttons to :guilabel:`Send Mailing`, :guilabel:`Send SMS`, " ":guilabel:`Add Post`, and :guilabel:`Add Push` (push notification)." @@ -1980,7 +1980,7 @@ msgstr "" "También están los botones :guilabel:`Enviar correo`, :guilabel:`Enviar SMS`," " :guilabel:`Agregar publicación` y :guilabel:`Enviar notificación push`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:780 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:783 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Send Mailing` and :guilabel:`Send SMS` buttons are not " "readily available, enter a :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, then save (either " @@ -1991,7 +1991,7 @@ msgstr "" "después guárdela (de forma manual o automática). Después los botones serán " "visibles." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:784 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:787 msgid "" "The status of the campaign can be viewed in the upper-right corner of the " "campaign form, as well." @@ -1999,11 +1999,11 @@ msgstr "" "El estado de la campaña también es visible en la esquina superior derecha " "del formulario correspondiente." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:792 msgid "Create mailing campaign (from settings tab)" msgstr "Crear una campaña de correo (desde la pestaña de ajustes)" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:794 msgid "" "To create a new campaign from the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of a mailing " "form, click the :guilabel:`Campaign` field, and start typing the name of the" @@ -2023,7 +2023,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vista de la creación de campañas de correo en la pestaña Ajustes de un " "formulario de correo electrónico." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:800 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:803 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Create` to add this new mailing campaign to the database, " "and modify its settings in the future." @@ -2031,7 +2031,7 @@ msgstr "" "Seleccione :guilabel:`Crear` para agregar esta nueva campaña de correo a la " "base de datos y poder modificar sus ajustes después." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:806 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Create and Edit...` to add this new mailing campaign to " "the database, and reveal a :guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up window." @@ -2048,7 +2048,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vista de la ventana emergente de la campaña de correo electrónico en la " "aplicación Marketing por correo electrónico de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:810 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:813 msgid "" "Here, the new mailing campaign can be further customized. Users can adjust " "the :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, assign a :guilabel:`Responsible`, and add " @@ -2058,7 +2058,7 @@ msgstr "" "Los usuarios pueden ajustar el :guilabel:`nombre de la campaña`, asignar a " "un :guilabel:`responsable` y agregar :guilabel:`etiquetas`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:813 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:816 msgid "" "Buttons to :guilabel:`Add Post` or :guilabel:`Send Push` (push " "notifications) are also available." @@ -2066,7 +2066,7 @@ msgstr "" "También están disponibles los botones :guilabel:`Agregar publicación` y " ":guilabel:`Enviar notificación push`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:815 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:818 msgid "" "There is also a status located in the upper-right corner of the " ":guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up window." @@ -2074,7 +2074,7 @@ msgstr "" "Además, el estado está ubicado en la esquina superior derecha de la ventana " "emergente de :guilabel:`Crear campaña`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:818 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:821 msgid "" "When all modifications are ready to be finalized, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close`. To delete the entire campaign, click :guilabel:`Discard`." @@ -2083,14 +2083,219 @@ msgstr "" "modificaciones correspondientes. Para eliminar toda la campaña, haga clic en" " :guilabel:`Descartar`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:823 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:826 msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/unsubscriptions`" msgstr ":doc:`email_marketing/unsubscriptions`" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:824 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:827 msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/lost_leads_email`" msgstr ":doc:`email_marketing/lost_leads_email`" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:828 +msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/analyze_metrics`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to properly understand the success or failure of an email marketing" +" campaign, it is necessary to monitor several key metrics. The insights " +"gained from these metrics can then be used to optimize future campaigns. " +"Odoo's *Email Marketing* application tracks several :ref:`key metrics " +"`, that can be interpreted to improve future " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:13 +msgid "View metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:15 +msgid "" +"After a mass mail has been sent, the results for that particular mailing are" +" displayed in multiple locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To access the metrics for an individual mailing, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Mailings`. Locate the specific " +"mailing in the list view, and use the column headings to view the results " +"for that mailing. Click on one of the mailings in the list to open the " +"record. At the top of the record, detailed metrics are displayed as smart " +"buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The smart buttons on a mass mailing, displaying the results of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Click on the smart buttons to see the recipient records for each metric." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:33 +msgid "Opened rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The *Opened* rate measures the percentage of emails opened by recipients " +"against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A high open rate may indicate that the subject line was timely, compelling, " +"and successfully prompted the recipients to view the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"A low open rate may indicate the subject line failed to capture the " +"recipients' interest. It could also indicate the email ended up in a spam or" +" junk folder due to having a poor sender reputation or failing to " +":doc:`configure the proper DNS records " +"<../../general/email_communication/email_domain>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:46 +msgid "Replied rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The *Replied* rate measures the percentage of recipients who responded to " +"the email directly against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:51 +msgid "" +"A high replied rate may indicate the email resonated with recipients, " +"prompting them to take action or provide feedback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:54 +msgid "" +"A low replied rate may suggest that the message lacked relevance or did not " +"contain a clear call to action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:58 +msgid "Clicked rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The *Clicked* through rate (CTR), measures the percentage of recipients who " +"clicked on a link within the email against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A high |CTR| may indicate the email content was relevant and appropriately " +"targeted. Recipients were motivated to click the links provided, and likely " +"found the content engaging." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:66 +msgid "" +"A low |CTR| may indicate issues with either the targeting, or the content " +"itself. Recipients may have been unmotivated by the calls to action, if " +"there were any, or the message itself may have been directed toward the " +"wrong audience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "Received rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The *Received* rate measures the percentage of emails that were successfully" +" delivered against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:76 +msgid "" +"A high received rate can indicate that the mailing list used is up to date " +"and the sender authentication is trusted by email providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:79 +msgid "" +"A low received rate may indicate issues either with the mailing list used " +"for the mailing or with the sender authentication. View the :ref:`email-" +"marketing/deliverability-issues` section for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:84 +msgid "Bounced rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The *Bounced* rate measures the percentage of emails that were " +"unsuccessfully delivered, against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:89 +msgid "" +"A high bounce rate could indicate issues either with the mailing list used " +"for the mailing or with the sender authentication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:92 +msgid "" +"A low bounce rate may indicate that the mailing list used is up to date and " +"the sender authentication is trusted by email providers. View the " +":ref:`email-marketing/deliverability-issues` section for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:99 +msgid "Deliverability issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The following define possible reasons for a high bounce rate or low received" +" rate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Using a mailing list that contains outdated contact information, or " +"malformed email addresses are likely to result in a high bounce rate and/or " +"a low received rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Mailings sent using a *From* email address that differs from the sender's " +"domain are likely to bounce with certain email providers due to failing " +":ref:`DMARC authentication `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Failing to :doc:`configure the proper DNS records " +"<../../general/email_communication/email_domain>` can also result in a high " +"bounce rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:112 +msgid ":ref:`Mailing campaigns `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:113 +msgid ":doc:`Manage unsubscriptions `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:3 msgid "Lost leads reactivation email" msgstr "Correo de reactivación de leads perdidos" @@ -3996,6 +4201,835 @@ msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Events `_" msgstr "" "`Tutoriales de Odoo: Eventos `_" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:3 +msgid "Create events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With the *Events* application, event organizers can create and configure in-" +"person or online-only events in Odoo. Each new event contains a number of " +"customizable options that are geared around specific event logistics, as " +"needed per event, such as ticket sales and registration desk, booths, " +"tracks, sponsors, rooms, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Events can be manually created from scratch or built off of pre-made " +"templates. Once launched, the *Events* application then integrates with the " +"*Website* app for the front-end promotion and registration of the event for " +"attendees, the *Sales* app for the purchasing ability of paid tickets, as " +"well the *CRM* application through customizable lead generation rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:16 +msgid "New event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To create a new event, begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Events " +"app` to land on the default :guilabel:`Events` dashboard, in the :icon:`oi-" +"view-kanban` :guilabel:`Kanban` view. From there, or alternatively from the " +":icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`List` or :icon:`fa-tasks` :guilabel:`Gantt` " +"views, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the upper-left corner of the " +"dashboard to open up a new event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "Typical event template in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If certain fields do not readily appear on the event form, that means an " +"additional application needs to be installed, or the database is not " +"operating in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For example, the :guilabel:`Twitter Wall` field **only** appears if the " +"*Social Marketing* app is installed, and the :guilabel:`Company` field " +"**only** appears if the database is working in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:36 +msgid "" +"These are just *additional* elements that can be used for an event. They are" +" **not** required to create, host, and manage an event with Odoo *Events*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:40 +msgid "Event form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:42 +msgid "" +"At the top of the event form are a series of smart buttons related to " +"various event metrics, which will autopopulate with pertinent data once " +"attendees begin to register, booths and sponsors sign on for the event, the " +"event takes place, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Beneath the smart buttons is the event form, which contains various fields " +"and clickable tabs that serve to configure the initial, necessary details of" +" the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:49 +msgid "The following are fields found on an event form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Event Name`: the title of the event. This field is **required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: when the event is scheduled to take place. This field is " +"auto-populated, but modifiable, and is **required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: the corresponding timezone related to the event. This " +"field is auto-populated, but modifiable, and is **required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Language`: designate a specific language for all event " +"communications to be translated into, if necessary. This field is blank, by " +"default, so if event-related communications are being sent to recipients who" +" speak a different language, be sure to configure this field properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Twitter Wall`: creates a separate page on the event website to " +"feature specific social posts on X (formerly Twitter) that contain pre-" +"determined desired elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To create and customize a :guilabel:`Twitter Wall`, type the name of the " +"desired wall into the field, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from " +"the resulting drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:66 +msgid "Doing so reveals :guilabel:`Create Twitter Wall` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:0 +msgid "The Twitter Wall pop-up window in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:72 +msgid "" +"From this window, enter a :guilabel:`Wall Name`. Then, select a certain word" +" or hashtag for Odoo to search for on X, like `#WoodWorkingExpo24`, for " +"example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Next, determine the :guilabel:`Type of tweets` Odoo should showcase with " +"that predetermined criteria. The choices in this field are: " +":guilabel:`Recent`, :guilabel:`Popular`, or :guilabel:`Mixed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Users also have the option to add a brief :guilabel:`Description` to the " +"wall, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the greyed-out, non-modifiable :guilabel:`Website URL` field will " +"autopopulate with the full URL needed to access the document through the " +"event website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:84 +msgid "" +"An image can also be added to the wall by clicking the :icon:`fa-pencil` " +":guilabel:`(pencil)` icon that appears when the cursor hovers over the " +":guilabel:`(camera)` placeholder image in the upper-right corner of the pop-" +"up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, from the resulting file explorer window, select the desired image to " +"be added to the wall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:91 +msgid "" +"This :guilabel:`Twitter Wall` field **only** appears on the event form if " +"the *Social Marketing* app is installed, and an X account has been added as " +"a stream on the application. To learn more, check out the :doc:`Social " +"marketing essentials <../social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials>` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Template`: choose a pre-configured event template from the " +"resulting drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Or, create a new one directly from this field, by typing in the name of the " +"new template, and selecting either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:101 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create` (which creates the template, and can be edited later) or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` (which creates the template, and reveals a " +"separate template page to configure the template in greater detail)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: add any corresponding tags to briefly describe the event " +"(e.g. `Online`, `Conference`, etc.). Multiple tags can be added per event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Tags can be displayed on events that are listed on the website by enabling " +"the *Show on Website* checkbox from :menuselection:`Events app --> " +"Configuration --> Event Tag Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: designate the organizer of the event (a company, " +"contact, or employee)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:113 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: designate a user in the database to be responsible " +"for this event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: designate which company in the database to which this " +"event is related. This field **only** appears if working in a multi-company " +"environment. This field is auto-populated, but modifiable, and is " +"**required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: choose to restrict the publishing of this event to a " +"specific website created in Odoo. If this field is left blank, the event can" +" be published on *all* websites in the database. To learn more, refer to the" +" :doc:`Multiple websites " +"<../../websites/website/configuration/multi_website>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Venue`: enter the pertinent event venue details in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Exhibition Map`: if desired, click the :guilabel:`Upload your " +"file` button to upload an image of the event venue map." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Registrations`: if this checkbox is ticked, a limit to the " +"amount of registrations is added to the event, and that desired limit amount" +" **must** be entered in the blank field before :guilabel:`Attendees`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge Dimension`: select a desired paper format dimension for " +"event badges. The options are: :guilabel:`A4 foldable`, :guilabel:`A6`, or " +":guilabel:`4 per sheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge Background`: if desired, click the :guilabel:`Upload your " +"file` button to upload a custom background image for event badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:132 +msgid "" +"When the above fields in the event form have been adequately filled in, move" +" on to the four tabs at the bottom of the event form for further " +"customization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Those tabs are: :ref:`Tickets `, :ref:`Communication " +"`, :ref:`Questions `, " +"and :ref:`Notes `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:142 +msgid "Tickets tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Create custom tickets (and ticket tiers) for events in the " +":guilabel:`Tickets` tab of an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "A typical tickets tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:150 +msgid "" +"To create a ticket, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Tickets` " +"tab. Then, enter a name for the ticket (e.g. `Basic Ticket` or `VIP`) in the" +" :guilabel:`Name` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:153 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Product` field, either select the pre-configured " +":guilabel:`Event Registration` product, or create a new one by typing in the" +" name of the new event registration product, and then select either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the resulting " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Upon installing Odoo *Events*, a new product type, *Event Ticket*, becomes " +"available on product forms (:menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> " +"Products`). In order for an event registration product to be selectable in " +"the *Tickets* tab, the event registration :guilabel:`Product Type` **must** " +"be set to :guilabel:`Event Ticket`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Existing event registration products can be modified directly from this " +"field, as well, by clicking the :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right " +"arrow)` icon, located beside the event registration product. Doing so " +"reveals that product's form. If the *Inventory* application is installed, " +"additional choices are available to customize for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Next, set the registration cost of the ticket in the :guilabel:`Price` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:173 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Price* defined on the event registration product's product form " +"sets the default cost of a ticket. Modifying the :guilabel:`Price` of a " +"ticket in the :guilabel:`Tickets` tab, sets a new registration cost of the " +"ticket for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Next, determine a :guilabel:`Sales Start` and :guilabel:`Sales End` date in " +"their respective fields. To do that, click into the blank field to reveal a " +"calendar popover. From there, select the desired date and time, then click " +":icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Then, if desired, designate a :guilabel:`Maximum` amount of that specific " +"ticket that can be sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:183 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Taken` column populates with the number of tickets that are " +"sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Optionally, in the :guilabel:`Color` column, add a custom color to " +"differentiate ticket badges. The selected color displays on ticket badges " +"when printed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To delete any tickets from the :guilabel:`Tickets` tab, click the :icon:`fa-" +"trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` icon on the corresponding line for the " +"ticket that should be deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:192 +msgid "" +"To add an optional :guilabel:`Description` column to the :guilabel:`Tickets`" +" tab, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(additional options)` " +"drop-down menu, located to the far-right of the column titles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Then, tick the checkbox beside :guilabel:`Description` from the resulting " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:198 +msgid "" +"When added, the option to add brief descriptions for each event ticket " +"appears, which can be used to inform attendees of any perks or amenities " +"that may coincide with specific ticket purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:204 +msgid "Communication tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:206 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Communication` tab of an event form, create various " +"marketing communications that can be scheduled to be sent at specific " +"intervals leading up to, and following, the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Typical communication tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:214 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo provides three separate pre-configured communications on " +"every new event form. One is an email sent after each registration to " +"confirm the purchase with the attendee. The other two are email event " +"reminders that are scheduled to be sent at different time intervals leading " +"up to the event to remind the recipient of the upcoming event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To add a communication in the :guilabel:`Communication` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, select the desired type of communication in " +"the :guilabel:`Send` field. The options are: :guilabel:`Mail`, " +":guilabel:`SMS`, :guilabel:`Social Post`, or :guilabel:`WhatsApp`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:223 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the number of communications that can be added in the " +":guilabel:`Communication` tab of an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:226 +msgid "" +"To delete a communication from the :guilabel:`Communication` tab, click the " +":icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` icon on the corresponding " +"communication line. Doing so removes the communication from the event " +"entirely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:231 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Social Post` option **only** appears if the *Social " +"Marketing* application is installed. The :guilabel:`WhatsApp` option " +"**only** appears if the *WhatsApp Integration* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:235 +msgid "" +":doc:`WhatsApp <../../productivity/whatsapp>` templates **cannot** be edited" +" during active configuration. A separate approval from *Meta* is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:239 +msgid "Mail" +msgstr "Correo electrónico" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:241 +msgid "" +"Select an existing email template from the :guilabel:`Template` drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:243 +msgid "" +"Next, define the :guilabel:`Interval`, :guilabel:`Unit`, and " +":guilabel:`Trigger` from their respective drop-down fields, letting Odoo " +"know when the communication should be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Unit` options are: :guilabel:`Immediately`, " +":guilabel:`Hours`, :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, and " +":guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Then, select an option from the :guilabel:`Trigger` drop-down menu. The " +"options are: :guilabel:`After each registration`, :guilabel:`Before the " +"event`, and :guilabel:`After the event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:252 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Sent` column populates with the number of sent " +"communications. And, beside the number are different icons that appear, " +"depending on the status of that particular communication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The status of *Running* is represented by a :icon:`fa-cogs` " +":guilabel:`(three gears)` icon. The status of *Sent* is represented by a " +":icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`(checkmark)` icon. And, the status of " +"*Scheduled* is represented by an :icon:`fa-hourglass-half` " +":guilabel:`(hourglass)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:260 +msgid "" +"To send a confirmation email an hour after an attendee registers for an " +"event, configure the following communication:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:263 +msgid ":guilabel:`Interval`: `1`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:264 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: :guilabel:`Hours`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:265 +msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: :guilabel:`After each registration`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Existing email templates can be modified directly from the " +":guilabel:`Template` drop-down menu, if necessary, by clicking the " +":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` icon next to the template " +"name. Doing so reveals a separate page where users can edit the " +":guilabel:`Content`, :guilabel:`Email Configuration`, and " +":guilabel:`Settings` of that particular email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:273 +msgid "" +"To view and manage all email templates, activate :ref:`developer-mode` and " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email: Email " +"Templates`. Modify with caution as email templates effect all communications" +" where the template is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:20 +msgid "Questions tab" +msgstr "Pestaña de preguntas" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:282 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab of an event form, users can create brief " +"questionnaires for registrants to interact with, and respond to, after they " +"register for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:285 +msgid "" +"These questions can be focused on gathering basic information about the " +"attendee, learning about their preferences, expectations, and other things " +"of that nature. This information can also be used to create more detailed " +"reporting metrics, in addition to being utilized to create specific lead " +"generation rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "Typical questions tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:295 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo provides three questions in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab " +"for every event form. The default questions require the registrant(s) to " +"provide their :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Email`, and make it optional " +"to include their :guilabel:`Phone` number, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:299 +msgid "" +"The information gathered from the :guilabel:`Questions` tab can be found on " +"the :guilabel:`Attendees` dashboard, accessible via the :icon:`fa-users` " +":guilabel:`Attendees` smart button. Odoo populates individual records that " +"contain basic information about the registrant(s), as well as their " +"preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:304 +msgid "" +"To add a question in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Question` pop-up window. From " +"here, users can create and configure their question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Question pop-up window that appears in the Odoo Events " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:311 +msgid "" +"First, enter the question in the field at the top of the form. Then, decide " +"if the question should require a :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer` and/or if Odoo" +" should :guilabel:`Ask once per order`, by ticking their respective boxes, " +"if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Ask once per order` checkbox is ticked, the question will " +"only be asked once, and its value is propogated to every attendee in the " +"order (if multiple tickets are purchased at once). If the checkbox is *not* " +"ticked for this setting, Odoo will present the question for every attendee " +"that is connected to that registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:320 +msgid "Next, select a :guilabel:`Question Type` option:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:322 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Selection`: provide answer options to the question for " +"registrants to choose from. Selectable answer options can be managed in the " +":guilabel:`Answers` column at the bottom of the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:325 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Text Input`: lets the users enter a custom response to the " +"question in a text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:326 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter their " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:327 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter their" +" email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:328 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Phone`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter their" +" phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter a " +"company they are associated with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:332 +msgid "" +"Once all the desired configurations have been entered, either click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the question, and return to the " +":guilabel:`Questions` tab on the event form, or click :guilabel:`Save & New`" +" to save the question and immediately create a new question on a new " +":guilabel:`Create Question` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:337 +msgid "" +"As questions are added to the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, the informative " +"columns showcase the configurations of each question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:340 +msgid "The informative columns are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:342 +msgid ":guilabel:`Title`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:343 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mandatory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:344 +msgid ":guilabel:`Once per Order`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:345 +msgid ":guilabel:`Type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:346 +msgid ":guilabel:`Answers` (if applicable)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:348 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Selection` and :guilabel:`Text Input` types, a :icon:`fa-bar-" +"chart` :guilabel:`Stats` button appears on the right side of the question " +"line. When clicked, Odoo reveals a separate page, showcasing the response " +"metrics to that specific question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:352 +msgid "" +"To delete any question from the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click the " +":icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` icon on the corresponding " +"question line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:355 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the number of questions that can be added in the " +":guilabel:`Questions` tab of an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:361 +msgid "Notes tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:363 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Notes` tab of an event form, users can leave detailed " +"internal notes and/or event-related instructions/information for attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "Typical notes tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:370 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Note` field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, users can leave " +"internal notes for other event employees, like \"to-do\" lists, contact " +"information, instructions, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:373 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Ticket Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, " +"users can leave specific instructions for people attending the event that " +"appear on the attendees ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:266 +msgid "Publish events" +msgstr "Publicar eventos" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:379 +msgid "" +"Once all configurations and modifications are complete on the event form, it" +" is time to publish the event on the website. Doing so makes the event " +"visible to website visitors, and makes it possible for people to register " +"for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:383 +msgid "" +"To publish an event after all the customizations are complete, click the " +":icon:`fa-globe` :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button at the top of the " +"event form. Doing so reveals the event's web page, which can be customized " +"like any other web page on the site, via the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:388 +msgid "" +"To learn more about website design functionality and options, consult the " +":doc:`Building block <../../websites/website/web_design/building_blocks>` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:391 +msgid "" +"Once the event website is ready to be shared, click the red " +":guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch in the header menu, changing it to a " +"green :guilabel:`Published` switch. At this point, the event web page is " +"published, and viewable/accessible by all website visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:396 +msgid "Send event invites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:398 +msgid "" +"To send event invites to potential attendees, navigate to the desired event " +"form, via :menuselection:`Events app --> Events`, and click into the desired" +" event. Following this, click the :guilabel:`Invite` button in the upper-" +"left corner of the event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:402 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a blank email form to fill out, as desired. To learn more " +"about how to create and customize emails like this, refer to the " +":ref:`Create an email ` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:406 +msgid "" +"Proceed to create and customize an email message to send as an invite to " +"potential attendees. Remember to include a link to the registration page on " +"the event website, allowing interested recipients to quickly register." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Sending emails from Odoo is subject to a daily limit, which, by default, is " +"200. To learn more about daily limits, visit the " +":ref:`email_communication/daily_limit_mail` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:217 +msgid ":doc:`event_essentials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:416 +msgid ":doc:`track_manage_talks`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:3 msgid "Event essentials" msgstr "Información fundamental sobre Eventos" @@ -4671,10 +5705,6 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Probar` funcionan de la misma manera sin importar el " ":guilabel:`tipo de envío`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:266 -msgid "Publish events" -msgstr "Publicar eventos" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:268 msgid "" "Until an event is published, it will remain hidden from public view on the " @@ -4722,6 +5752,424 @@ msgstr "" "Vista de la página del sitio web y la opción de publicar el evento en " "Eventos." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:3 +msgid "Event templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Events* application provides the ability to customize and " +"configure event templates, which can be used to expedite the event-creation " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:8 +msgid "" +"These templates can be created and personalized in the application, and then" +" selected from an event form, in order to quickly apply a series of settings" +" and elements to the new event, all of which can be further modified, if " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:13 +msgid "Event templates page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo *Events* application, event templates can quickly be created and" +" modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To begin, navigate to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Event" +" Templates`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Event Templates` page. Here, " +"find all the existing event templates in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "The Event Templates page in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo provides three pre-configured event templates: " +":guilabel:`Exhibition`, :guilabel:`Training`, and :guilabel:`Sport`, which " +"all have their own unique customizations applied to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To change how these event templates appear on the *Template* drop-down field" +" on an event form, drag-and-drop them into any desired order, using the " +":icon:`oi-draggable` :guilabel:`(draggable)` icon, located to the left of " +"each event template line on the :guilabel:`Event Templates` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To learn more about event forms, refer to the :doc:`create_events` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:37 +msgid "Create event template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:39 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to create and configure an event template in Odoo " +"*Events*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**On the dashboard**, by navigating to :menuselection:`Events app --> " +"Configuration --> Event Templates` and clicking the :guilabel:`New` button " +"in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank event template form that " +"can be customized in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**On an event form itself**. Start by typing the name of a new event " +"template in the *Template* field, and click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` " +"from the resulting drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a *Create Template* pop-" +"up window, featuring all the same configurable fields and elements found on " +"a standard event template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create \"[template name]\"` from the resulting drop-down" +" menu, via the *Template* field on an event form creates the event template " +"in the database, but does **not** present the user with the *Create " +"Template* pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The event template would have to be modified, by selecting it on the *Event " +"Templates* page (:menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Event " +"Templates`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:58 +msgid "Event template form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:60 +msgid "" +"All the fields on a standard :guilabel:`Event Template` form are *also* on " +"the *Create Template* pop-up window, accessible via the *Template* field on " +"an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "A standard event template form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Start by providing the event template with a name in the :guilabel:`Event " +"Template` field, located at the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Beneath that field, there is a series of selectable checkboxes, all of which" +" are related to how the event menu will be displayed on the event web page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website Submenu`: enables a submenu on the event's website. When " +"this checkbox is ticked, every other checkbox in this series is " +"automatically ticked, as well. Then, choose to untick (deselect) any of the " +"checkbox options, as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tracks Menu Item`: adds a submenu item to navigate to a page " +"displaying all planned tracks for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Track Proposals Menu Item`: adds a submenu item to navigate to a " +"page, in which visitors can fill out a form to propose a track (talk, " +"lecture, presentation, etc.) to happen during the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Booth Menu Item`: adds a submenu item that takes visitors to a " +"separate page, where an event booth can be purchased. Event booths can be " +"customized and configured in the :guilabel:`Booths` tab of the event " +"template form, from the *Booth Categories* page (:menuselection:`Events app " +"--> Configuration --> Booth Categories`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:87 +msgid "" +"First, users **must** create a booth product with the required *Event Booth*" +" option set as the :guilabel:`Product Type` on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Exhibitors Menu Item`: adds a submenu item that takes visitors to" +" a separate page, showcasing all the exhibitors related to that specific " +"event. Icons representing those exhibitors are also found on the footer of " +"every event-specific web page, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Community`: adds a submenu item allowing attendees to access pre-" +"configured virtual community rooms to meet with other attendees, and discuss" +" various topics related to the event. When this checkbox is ticked, the " +":guilabel:`Allow Room Creation` feature becomes available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allow Room Creation`: allow visitors to create community rooms of" +" their own." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Register Button`: adds a button at the end of the event submenu " +"that takes visitors to the event-specific registration page when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Once the desired checkboxes have been ticked, select an appropriate " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the event from the available drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, for organizational purposes, there is the option to add " +":guilabel:`Tags` to this event template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to :guilabel:`Limit Registrations` to this specific" +" event template by ticking that checkbox. If ticked, proceed to enter the " +"number of :guilabel:`Attendees` this template should be limited to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Beneath those general information fields at the top of the event template " +"form, there are five tabs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:112 +msgid ":ref:`Tickets `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:113 +msgid ":ref:`Communication `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:114 +msgid ":ref:`Booths `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:115 +msgid ":ref:`Questions `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:116 +msgid ":ref:`Notes `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:121 +msgid "Booths tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:123 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Booths` tab on an event template form is the only tab that " +"differentiates itself from a standard event form, where the other tabs " +"(:guilabel:`Tickets`, :guilabel:`Communication`, :guilabel:`Questions`, and " +":guilabel:`Notes`) are present and configured using the same process. For " +"more information about those tabs, refer to the :doc:`create_events` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To create a booth or booth category, an event booth product **must** be " +"created in the database first, with the *Product Type* set to *Event Booth*." +" **Only** products with that specific configuration can be selected in the " +"required *Product* field of a booth or booth category form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Event booths can be created and customized in two ways in the Odoo *Events* " +"application. Either in the :guilabel:`Booths` tab of an event template form," +" or by navigating to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Booth " +"Categories`, and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To add a booth from the :guilabel:`Booths` tab of an event template form, " +"click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create " +"Booths` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "A Create Booths pop-up window in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Start by providing a :guilabel:`Name` for this booth in the corresponding " +"field at the top of the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Then, select an appropriate :guilabel:`Booth Category` from the drop-down " +"field below. Booth categories can be created and modified from the *Booth " +"Categories* page in the *Events* application, which is accessible by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Booth " +"Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:154 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Booth Category` can be created directly from this field on the " +":guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-up window. To accomplish that, type the name " +"of the new booth category in the :guilabel:`Booth Category` field, and " +"select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the " +"resulting drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` merely creates the category, which can (and " +"should be) customized at a later date. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and " +"edit...` reveals a new :guilabel:`Create Booth Category` pop-up window, from" +" which the category can be configured in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Booth Category pop-up window in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:167 +msgid "" +"From this pop-up window, proceed to name the :guilabel:`Booth Category`, " +"modify its :guilabel:`Booth Details` settings, configure its " +":guilabel:`Sponsorship` options (if applicable), and leave an optional " +":guilabel:`Description` to explain any pertinent details related to this " +"specific category of booths." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:172 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to add a photo/visual representation of the booth " +"category, via the :guilabel:`(camera)` icon in the upper-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:175 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The same configurations and options are available by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Booth Categories`, and " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Once the desired :guilabel:`Booth Category` is selected, the remaining " +"fields on the :guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-up window (:guilabel:`Currency`," +" :guilabel:`Product`, and :guilabel:`Price`) autopopulate, based on " +"information configured for that selected :guilabel:`Booth Category`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:186 +msgid "" +"These fields **cannot** be modified from the :guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-" +"up window. They can only be modified from the specific booth category form " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:189 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`" +" to save the booth, and return to the event template form. Or, click " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to save the booth, and start creating another booth " +"on a fresh :guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-up window. Click " +":guilabel:`Discard` to remove all changes, and return to the event template " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Once the booth has been saved, it appears in the :guilabel:`Booths` tab on " +"the event template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:197 +msgid "Use event templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Once an event template is complete, it is accessible on all event forms in " +"the Odoo *Events* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:202 +msgid "" +"To use an event template, navigate to the :menuselection:`Events app` and " +"click :guilabel:`New` to open a new event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:205 +msgid "" +"From the event form, click the :guilabel:`Template` field to reveal all the " +"existing event templates in the database. They appear in the same order as " +"they are listed in on the *Event Templates* page (:menuselection:`Events app" +" --> Configuration --> Event Templates`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Select the desired event template from the :guilabel:`Template` drop-down " +"field on the event form. Pre-configured settings automatically populate the " +"event form, saving time during the event creation process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Any of these pre-configured settings related to the selected event template " +"chosen in the :guilabel:`Template` field on an event form can be modified, " +"as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:218 +msgid ":doc:`create_events`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:3 msgid "Sell tickets" msgstr "Vender boletos" @@ -12274,11 +13722,6 @@ msgstr "" "Abajo de esos campos y opciones hay cuatro pestañas: :guilabel:`Preguntas`, " ":guilabel:`Opciones`, :guilabel:`Descripción` y :guilabel:`Mensaje final`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:20 -msgid "Questions tab" -msgstr "Pestaña de preguntas" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:52 msgid "" "View, access, add, and/or delete questions and sections to the survey in the" @@ -13207,11 +14650,11 @@ msgid "" "will default to that option when the :guilabel:`Create Live Session` button " "is clicked, and a *Live Session* survey officially begins." msgstr "" -"Independientemente de la opción seleccionada para el campo " +"Independientemente de la opción que haya seleccionado en el campo " ":guilabel:`Paginación`, la encuesta de *Sesión en vivo* *solo* muestra " -":guilabel:`Una página por pregunta`, y usará por defecto esa opción cuando " -"se haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Crear sesión en vivo`, y comience " -"oficialmente una encuesta de *Sesión en vivo*." +":guilabel:`una página por pregunta` y usará esa opción de forma " +"predeterminada cuando haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Crear sesión en vivo`" +" y de inicio oficialmente a una encuesta de *Sesión en vivo*." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/live_session.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -13220,10 +14663,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Questions` section, when the :guilabel:`Live Session` survey type" " radio button is selected." msgstr "" -"La opción :guilabel:`Una página por pregunta` del campo " -":guilabel:`Paginación` está seleccionada por defecto, y no aparecen otras " -"opciones en la sección :guilabel:`Preguntas`, cuando se selecciona el botón " -"de opción :guilabel:`Tipo de encuesta de sesión en vivo`." +"Al elegir el botón de opción :guilabel:`Tipo de encuesta de sesión en vivo`," +" la opción :guilabel:`Una página por pregunta` del campo " +":guilabel:`Paginación` está seleccionada de forma predeterminada y no " +"aparecen otras opciones en la sección :guilabel:`Preguntas`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/live_session.rst:77 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 622361d5b..60d6bdfb7 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -3064,18 +3064,15 @@ msgstr "Habilitar la centralización de archivos adjuntos en su contabilidad." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:36 msgid "" -"If you select a new workspace, existing documents aren't moved. Only newly " +"If you select a new workspace, existing documents are not moved. Only newly " "created documents will be found under the new workspace." msgstr "" -"Si selecciona un nuevo espacio de trabajo, los documentos existentes no se " -"moverán. Solo los nuevos documentos que cree estarán en el nuevo espacio de " -"trabajo." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:42 msgid "Workspaces" msgstr "Espacios de trabajo" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:44 msgid "" "Workspaces are hierarchical folders having their own set of tags and " ":ref:`actions `. Default workspaces exist, but " @@ -3090,11 +3087,11 @@ msgstr "" " luego debe hacer clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo`. Complete la siguiente " "información en la nueva página:" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre`" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Parent Workspace`: if you want to create a sub-workspace, select " "its :guilabel:`Parent Workspace`" @@ -3102,12 +3099,12 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Espacio de trabajo principal`: si desea crear un subespacio de " "trabajo, seleccione su :guilabel:`espacio de trabajo principal`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:236 msgid "Tags" msgstr "Etiquetas" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:56 msgid "" "Tags are used within workspaces to add a level of differentiation between " "documents. They are organized per category, and filters can be used to sort " @@ -3117,7 +3114,7 @@ msgstr "" " diferenciación entre sus documentos. Estos se organizan por categoría y los" " filtros son útiles para ordenarlos." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:59 msgid "" "Tags can be created from the :guilabel:`Tags` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a " "line`, create the :guilabel:`Tag Category`, and :guilabel:`Name` your tags." @@ -3126,14 +3123,14 @@ msgstr "" " clic en :guilabel:`Agregar una línea`, cree la :guilabel:`categoría de la " "etiqueta` y asigne un :guilabel:`nombre` a sus etiquetas." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:63 msgid "" "The tags of a parent workspace apply to the child workspaces automatically;" msgstr "" "Las etiquetas de un espacio de trabajo principal se aplican a los espacios " "de trabajo secundarios de forma automática." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:64 msgid "" "Tags can be created and modified by going to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Tags`;" @@ -3141,7 +3138,7 @@ msgstr "" "Puede crear y modificar etiquetas en :menuselection:`Configuración --> " "Etiquetas`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:65 msgid "" "Tags can also be created or edited by clicking the gear icon :guilabel:`⚙` " "on the left menu." @@ -3149,11 +3146,35 @@ msgstr "" "Puede crear o editar etiquetas al hacer clic en el icono de engranaje " ":guilabel:`⚙` en el menú que se encuentra a la izquierda." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:67 +msgid "" +"An **email alias** can be used to automatically send received documents to a" +" specific workspace based on the tag assigned. To create an email alias:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Select the tag and the corresponding workspace where the document should be " +"directed in the left column of your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Next to the :guilabel:`Upload` button, click the down arrow, and then click " +":guilabel:`Share`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In the new window, click :guilabel:`Download and Upload` and enter the email" +" alias where documents should be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:79 msgid "Access rights" msgstr "Permisos de acceso" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:81 msgid "" "To manage your workspace access rights, go to :menuselection:`Documents --> " "Configuration --> Workspaces`, open the workspace you want to edit, and go " @@ -3169,11 +3190,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`grupos de lectura` que solo pueden ver los documentos del espacio" " correspondiente." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:87 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descripción" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:89 msgid "" "You can add descriptive information to your workspace by going to " ":menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration --> Workspaces`, opening the " @@ -3184,7 +3205,7 @@ msgstr "" " abra el espacio de trabajo que desea describir y luego vaya a la pestaña " ":guilabel:`Descripción`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:94 msgid "" "Workspaces can also be created and edited by clicking the gear icon " ":guilabel:`⚙` on the left menu." @@ -3196,43 +3217,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create sub-workspaces from the left menu" msgstr "Crear subespacios de trabajo en el menú a la izquierda" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:101 msgid "Documents management" msgstr "Gestión de documentos" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:103 msgid "" "When selecting or opening a document, the right panel displays different " "options. On the top, additional options might be available: " ":guilabel:`Download`, :guilabel:`Share`, :guilabel:`Replace`, " ":guilabel:`Lock` or :guilabel:`Split`. It is also possible to " -":guilabel:`Open chatter` or :guilabel:`Archive` the document." +":guilabel:`Open chatter` or use the :guilabel:`Move to trash` option." msgstr "" -"Al seleccionar o abrir un documento, el panel que se encuentra a la derecha " -"muestra distintas opciones. Pueden aparecer opciones adicionales en la parte" -" superior: :guilabel:`descargar`, :guilabel:`compartir`, " -":guilabel:`remplazar`, :guilabel:`bloquear` o :guilabel:`dividir`. También " -"puede :guilabel:`abrir el chatter` o :guilabel:`archivar` el documento." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst-1 msgid "right panel options" msgstr "Opciones en el panel a la derecha" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:112 msgid "" -"Then, you can modify the name of your file by clicking on " -":guilabel:`Document`. A :guilabel:`Contact` or an :guilabel:`Owner` can be " -"assigned. The related :guilabel:`Workspace` can be modified and it is " -"possible to access the related :guilabel:`Journal Entry` or add " -":guilabel:`Tags`." +"Then, you can modify the name of your file by clicking on :guilabel:`Name`. " +"A :guilabel:`Contact` or an :guilabel:`Owner` can be assigned. The related " +":guilabel:`Workspace` can be modified and it is possible to access the " +"related :guilabel:`Journal Entry` or add :guilabel:`Tags`." msgstr "" -"Después puede modificar el nombre de su archivo al hacer clic en un " -":guilabel:`documento`. Puede asignarle un :guilabel:`contacto` o un " -":guilabel:`propietario`. También puede modificar el :guilabel:`espacio de " -"trabajo` y puede acceder al :guilabel:`asiento contable` correspondiente o " -"agregar :guilabel:`etiquetas`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:117 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Contact` is the person related to the document and assigned " "to it. He can only view the document and not modify it. I.e.: an existing " @@ -3242,7 +3252,7 @@ msgstr "" "asignó a él. Solo puede ver el documento y no modificarlo. Por ejemplo: un " "proveedor en su base de datos es el contacto para su factura de proveedor." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:120 msgid "" "The person who creates a document is, by default :guilabel:`Owner` of it and" " has complete rights to it. It is possible to replace the owner of a " @@ -3255,7 +3265,7 @@ msgstr "" "útil si el empleado debe ser propietario del documento para poderlo " "visualizar desde \"Mi perfil\"." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:124 msgid "" "Different :ref:`Actions ` are available at the " "bottom of the right panel, depending on the workspace where your document is" @@ -3265,11 +3275,11 @@ msgstr "" " parte inferior del panel derecho según el espacio de trabajo en el que " "almacena su documento." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:128 msgid "Split PDF documents" msgstr "Dividir documentos PDF" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:130 msgid "" "Select the PDF you want to split, and click the scissors icon. A new view " "displays all the pages of the document." @@ -3277,7 +3287,7 @@ msgstr "" "Seleccione el PDF que desea dividir y luego haga clic en el icono con forma " "de tijeras. La nueva vista muestra todas las páginas del documento." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:133 msgid "" "By default, each page of the document will be split when clicking " ":guilabel:`Split`. To remove a split between two pages, click on the " @@ -3291,7 +3301,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "split your documents" msgstr "división de documentos" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:140 msgid "" "To merge documents from your dashboard, select them and click the scissors " "icon. Click on the scissors between the two documents and click " @@ -3301,11 +3311,11 @@ msgstr "" "el icono de tijeras. Haga clic en las tijeras entre los dos documentos y " "luego en :guilabel:`dividir` para fusionarlos." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:144 msgid "Additional features" msgstr "Funciones adicionales " -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:146 msgid "" "Select a workspace and click the arrow next to the :guilabel:`Upload` button" " to access additional features:" @@ -3313,11 +3323,11 @@ msgstr "" "Seleccione un espacio de trabajo y haga clic en la flecha junto al botón " ":guilabel:`cargar` para acceder a funciones adicionales." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:150 msgid "Request" msgstr "Solicitud" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:152 msgid "" "You can create \"missing documents\" and organize them as documents, to " "remind users to download them." @@ -3325,7 +3335,7 @@ msgstr "" "Puede crear \"documentos faltantes\" y organizarlos como documentos, para " "recordar a los usuarios que los descarguen." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:154 msgid "" "Select the workspace where the file should be stored, click " ":guilabel:`Upload`, then :guilabel:`Request`. Add the :guilabel:`Document " @@ -3345,13 +3355,13 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`notas`. Luego, haga clic en :guilabel:`solicitar`. Se creará un " "marcador de posición para el documento faltante en el espacio de trabajo." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:161 msgid "When your document is available, click the placeholder to upload it." msgstr "" "Cuando su documento esté disponible, haga clic en el marcador de posición " "para subirlo." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:163 msgid "" "You can see all missing documents by going to the **Activity** view and to " "the :guilabel:`Requested Document` column." @@ -3359,7 +3369,7 @@ msgstr "" "Puede ver todos los documentos faltantes en la vista de **Actividad** y en " "la columna :guilabel:`documento solicitado`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:167 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Activity` view, you can send a **reminder email** to " "users from whom you are expecting a document. Go to the :guilabel:`Requested" @@ -3370,7 +3380,7 @@ msgstr "" " Vaya a la columna :guilabel:`documento solicitado`, haga clic en ⋮ y " "seleccione :guilabel:`solicitud de documento: recordatorio`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:171 msgid "" "Click on a date to see the details of a specific request. You can update it " "by clicking on the pen icon, :guilabel:`Preview` the content of the reminder" @@ -3386,11 +3396,11 @@ msgid "send a reminder email from the Activity view" msgstr "" "envío de un correo electrónico de recordatorio desde la vista de actividad" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:179 msgid "Add a link" msgstr "Agregar un enlace" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:181 msgid "" "To add a link to your documents dashboard, click on :guilabel:`Add a Link`, " "enter the :guilabel:`URL`, and :guilabel:`Name` it." @@ -3399,11 +3409,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`agregar enlace`, ingrese la :guilabel:`URL` y asígnele un " ":guilabel:`nombre`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:185 msgid "Share" msgstr "Compartir" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:187 msgid "" "You can create a share link to a document or all documents of a workspace. " "It allows anyone to download the file(s) or upload files to a workspace." @@ -3412,7 +3422,7 @@ msgstr "" "un espacio de trabajo. Esto permite que cualquier persona descargue o suba " "el o los archivos a un espacio de trabajo." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:190 msgid "" "To do so, select the workspace or the document and click the arrow next to " "the :guilabel:`Upload` button then :guilabel:`Share`. On the pop-up, the " @@ -3433,7 +3443,7 @@ msgstr "" " las subcarpetas del espacio de trabajo. Si desea permitir que los usuarios " "suban sus propios documentos, seleccione :guilabel:`descargar y subir`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:198 msgid "" "It is possible to only share one or more documents (without their workspace)" " by selecting them and clicking :guilabel:`Share`." @@ -3441,11 +3451,11 @@ msgstr "" "Es posible compartir solo uno o más documentos fuera de su espacio de " "trabajo, solo debe seleccionarlos y hacer clic en :guilabel:`compartir`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:202 msgid "New spreadsheet" msgstr "Nueva hoja de cálculo" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:204 msgid "" "To create a new :doc:`spreadsheet `, click :guilabel:`New " "Spreadsheet`. You can select a :guilabel:`Blank spreadsheet` or an " @@ -3455,11 +3465,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`nueva hoja de cálculo`. Puede seleccionar una :guilabel:`hoja de " "cálculo en blanco` o una :doc:`plantilla existente `." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:210 msgid "Workflow actions" msgstr "Acciones de flujo de trabajo" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:212 msgid "" "Workflow actions help manage documents and overall business operations. " "These are automated actions that can be created and customized for each " @@ -3472,7 +3482,7 @@ msgstr "" " mover, firmar, agregar etiquetas a un documento y procesar facturas con " "solo un clic." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:216 msgid "" "These workflow actions appear on the right panel when a document meets the " "set criteria." @@ -3480,11 +3490,11 @@ msgstr "" "Estas acciones de flujo de trabajo aparecen en el tablero derecho una vez " "que un documento cumple con los criterios establecidos." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:219 msgid "Create workflow actions" msgstr "Crear acciones de flujo de trabajo" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:221 msgid "" "To create workflow actions, go to :menuselection:`Documents --> " "Configuration --> Actions` and click :guilabel:`New`." @@ -3493,7 +3503,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Documentos --> Configuración --> Acciones` y haga clic en " ":guilabel:`Nuevo`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:225 msgid "" "An action applies to all **sub-workspaces** under the :guilabel:`Related " "Workspace` you selected." @@ -3501,11 +3511,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si selecciona una acción en el :guilabel:`espacio de trabajo relacionado`, " "ésta se aplicará a todos los **subespacios de trabajo**." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:228 msgid "Set the conditions" msgstr "Establecer las condiciones" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:230 msgid "" "You can :guilabel:`Create` a new :guilabel:`Action` or edit an existing one." " You can define the :guilabel:`Action Name` and then set the conditions that" @@ -3517,28 +3527,25 @@ msgstr "" "condiciones que hace que aparezca el botón de acción (:guilabel:`▶`) en el " "panel que se ubica a la derecha cuando selecciona un archivo." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:234 msgid "There are three basic types of conditions you can set:" msgstr "Hay tres tipos principales de condiciones que puede establecer:" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:236 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: you can use the :guilabel:`Contains` and :guilabel:`Does " -"not contain` conditions, meaning the files *must have* or *mustn't have* the" -" tags set here." +"not contain` conditions, meaning the files *must have* or *must not have* " +"the tags set here." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Etiquetas`: puede usar las condiciones :guilabel:`contiene` y " -":guilabel:`no contiene`, lo que significa que los archivos *deben tener* o " -"*no deben tener* las etiquetas establecidas." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:239 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: the files must be associated with the contact set here." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Contacto`: los archivos deben estar vinculados al contacto " "establecido aquí." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:241 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Owner`: the files must be associated with the owner set here." msgstr "" @@ -3551,19 +3558,17 @@ msgstr "" "Ejemplo de una condición básica de acción de flujo de trabajo en la " "aplicación Documentos de Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:247 msgid "" -"If you don't set any conditions, the action button appears for all files " +"If you do not set any conditions, the action button appears for all files " "inside the selected workspace." msgstr "" -"Si no establece ninguna condición, el botón de acción aparecerá para todos " -"los archivos dentro del espacio de trabajo seleccionado." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:251 msgid "Advanced condition type: domain" msgstr "Tipo de condición avanzada: dominio" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:254 msgid "" "It is recommended to have some knowledge of Odoo development to configure " "*Domain* filters properly." @@ -3571,7 +3576,7 @@ msgstr "" "Se recomienda tener algún conocimiento sobre el desarrollo en Odoo para " "configurar correctamente los filtros de *dominio*." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:257 msgid "" "The :ref:`developer mode ` needs to be activated to access " "the :guilabel:`Domain` condition from the :guilabel:`Actions` tab. Once " @@ -3583,7 +3588,7 @@ msgstr "" "hecho esto, seleccione el tipo de condición :ref:`dominio` y haga clic en " ":guilabel:`agregar condición`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:261 msgid "" "To create a rule, you typically select a :guilabel:`field`, an " ":guilabel:`operator`, and a :guilabel:`value`. For example, if you want to " @@ -3603,7 +3608,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ejemplo de una condición de dominio de acción de flujo de trabajo en la " "aplicación Documentos de Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:269 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add New Rule` (plus icon) and :guilabel:`Add branch` to add" " conditions and sub-conditions. You can then specify if your rule should " @@ -3616,11 +3621,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`cualquier` condición. También puede editar la regla directamente " "usando el :guilabel:`editor de código`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:274 msgid "Configure the actions" msgstr "Configurar las acciones" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:276 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Actions` tab to set up your action. You can " "simultaneously:" @@ -3628,7 +3633,7 @@ msgstr "" "Seleccione la pestaña :guilabel:`acciones` para configurar su acción. Puede " "hacerlo simultáneamente:" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:278 msgid "" "**Set Contact**: add a contact to the file, or replace an existing contact " "with a new one." @@ -3636,7 +3641,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Establecer contacto**: agrega un contacto al archivo, o remplaza un " "contacto existente por uno nuevo." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:279 msgid "" "**Set Owner**: add an owner to the file, or replace an existing owner with a" " new one." @@ -3644,13 +3649,13 @@ msgstr "" "**Establecer propietario**: agrega un propietario al archivo, o remplaza un " "propietario existente por uno nuevo." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:280 msgid "**Move to Workspace**: move the file to any workspace." msgstr "" "**Mover al espacio de trabajo**: mueve el archivo a cualquier espacio de " "trabajo." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:281 msgid "" "**Create**: create one of the following items attached to the file in your " "database:" @@ -3658,7 +3663,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Crear**: crea uno de los siguientes elementos vinculados al archivo en su " "base de datos:" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:283 msgid "" "**Link to record**: link the document to a record (i.e. link to a vehicle in" " Fleet);" @@ -3666,32 +3671,32 @@ msgstr "" "**Vincular al registro**: vincula un documento a un registro (por ejemplo, " "vincularlo a un vehículo en Flota);" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:284 msgid "**Product template**: create a product you can edit directly;" msgstr "" "**Plantilla de producto**: crea un producto que pueda editar directamente;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:285 msgid "**Task**: create a Project task you can edit directly;" msgstr "**Tarea**: crea una tarea de proyecto que pueda editar directamente;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:286 msgid "**Signature PDF template**: create a new Sign template to send out;" msgstr "" "**Plantilla de PDF para firma**: crea una nueva plantilla de firma para " "enviar." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:287 msgid "**PDF to sign**: create a PDF to sign;" msgstr "**PDF para firmar**: crea un PDF para firmar;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:288 msgid "**Applicant**: create a new HR application you can edit directly;" msgstr "" "**Candidato**: crea una nueva postulación de recursos humanos que pueda " "editar directamente;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:289 msgid "" "**Vendor bill**: create a vendor bill using OCR and AI to scrape information" " from the file content;" @@ -3699,7 +3704,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Factura del proveedor**: crea una factura del proveedor mediante las " "tecnologías de OCR y AI para extraer información del contenido del archivo;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:291 msgid "" "**Customer invoice**: create a customer invoice using OCR and AI to scrape " "information from the file;" @@ -3707,7 +3712,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Factura de cliente**: crea una factura de cliente mediante OCR y AI para " "extraer información del archivo;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:293 msgid "" "**Vendor credit note**: create a vendor credit note using OCR and AI to " "scrape information from the file;" @@ -3715,7 +3720,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Nota de crédito de proveedor**: crea una nota de crédito de proveedor " "mediante OCR y AI para extraer información del archivo;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:295 msgid "" "**Credit note**: create a customer credit note using OCR and AI to scrape " "information from the file;" @@ -3723,7 +3728,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Nota de crédito**: crea una nota de crédito del cliente mediante OCR y AI " "para extraer información del archivo;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:297 msgid "" "**Miscellaneous Operations**: create a record in :guilabel:`Miscellaneous " "Operations` in Accounting;" @@ -3731,34 +3736,30 @@ msgstr "" "**Operaciones varias**: crea un registro en :guilabel:`operaciones varias` " "en Contabilidad;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:299 msgid "**Bank Statement**: create a Bank Statement in Finance;" msgstr "" "**Estado de cuenta bancario**: crea un estado de cuenta bancario en " "Finanzas;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:300 msgid "" "**Expense**: create an expense automatically based on a file's content." msgstr "" "**Gasto**: crea un gasto de forma automática según el contenido de un " "archivo." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:290 -msgid "**Set Tags**: add, remove, and replace any number of tags." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:302 +msgid "**Set Tags**: add, remove, and replace any number of tags;" msgstr "" -"**Establecer etiquetas**: agrega, elimina y reemplaza cualquier número de " -"etiquetas." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:303 msgid "" "**Activities - Mark all as Done**: mark all activities linked to the file as" -" done." +" done;" msgstr "" -"**Actividades - Marcar todas como hechas**: marca todas las actividades " -"vinculadas al archivo como hechas." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:304 msgid "" "**Activities - Schedule Activity**: create a new activity linked to the file" " as configured in the action. You can choose to set the activity on the " @@ -3773,12 +3774,12 @@ msgid "Example of a workflow action Odoo Documents" msgstr "" "Ejemplo de una acción de flujo de trabajo en la aplicación Documentos Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:311 msgid "Digitize documents with AI and optical character recognition (OCR)" msgstr "" "Digitalizar documentos con IA y reconocimiento óptico de caracteres (OCR)" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:313 msgid "" "Documents available in the Finance workspace can be digitized. Select the " "document to digitize, click :guilabel:`Create Bill`, :guilabel:`Create " @@ -3791,7 +3792,7 @@ msgstr "" " o :guilabel:`crear nota de crédito` y por último en :guilabel:`enviar para " "digitalización`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:318 msgid "" ":doc:`AI-powered document digitization " "<../finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization>`" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 6008f24af..1869d3059 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -16,22 +16,22 @@ # Aimée Mendoza Sánchez, 2023 # Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez , 2023 # Larissa Manderfeld, 2024 -# Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2024 # Lucia Pacheco, 2024 # Martin Trigaux, 2024 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Iran Villalobos López, 2024 -# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2024 +# Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2024 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2024 +# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ msgstr "" "vendedor." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:44 @@ -324,317 +324,282 @@ msgstr "" "Es posible que deba quitar algunos filtros de la barra :guilabel:`Buscar...`" " en la página del :guilabel:`Flujo` para ver todas las oportunidades." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities" -msgstr "Generar leads y oportunidades" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Two key ways to generate new leads or opportunities for your business are " -"through email aliases and website contact forms. Odoo automatically creates " -"leads in your CRM whenever someone sends a message to a Sales Team email " -"alias or fills out a contact form on your website." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:3 +msgid "Create leads (from email or manually)" msgstr "" -"Dos maneras principales de generar leads u oportunidades para su negocio son" -" los seudónimos de correo y formularios de contacto del sitio web. Odoo crea" -" leads de manera automática en su CRM cuando alguien manda un mensaje al " -"seudónimo de correo del equipo de ventas o cuando llevan el formulario de " -"contacto de su sitio web." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Leads can be added to the *CRM* app from custom email aliases, and by " +"manually creating new records. This is in addition to the leads and " +"opportunities created in the app through the :doc:`website contact form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:12 +msgid "" +"First, ensure the *Leads* feature is enabled in the database by navigating " +"to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:17 msgid "Configure email aliases" msgstr "Configurar seudónimos de correo" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:19 msgid "" -"Each Sales Team can use its own unique email alias to generate " -"leads/opportunities. Any email sent to a Sales Team's email alias will " -"automatically create a lead (if leads are activated in your CRM settings) or" -" an opportunity in the pipeline for that particular team. Configure custom " -"email aliases on the configuration page for each Sales Team by navigating to" -" :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`." +"Each sales team has the option to create and utilize their own unique email " +"alias. When messages are sent to this address, a lead (or opportunity), is " +"created with the information from the message." msgstr "" -"Cada equipo de ventas puede usar su seudónimo de correo único para generar " -"leads u oportunidades. Cualquier correo que se envía al seudónimo de correo " -"del equipo de ventas creará un lead (si activó los leads en sus ajustes de " -"CRM) o una oportunidad de manera automática en el flujo de ese equipo en " -"particular. Configure los seudónimos de correo personalizados en la página " -"de configuración de cada equipo de ventas, vaya a :menuselection:`CRM --> " -"Configuración --> Equipos de ventas`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Configuring Sales Teams" -msgstr "Configuración de los equipos de venta" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:23 -msgid "Use Contact Forms on your website" -msgstr "Use formularios de contacto en su sitio web" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:23 msgid "" -"By default, your website's *Contact Us* page displays Odoo's ready-to-use " -"Contact Form. Whenever someone submits this form, a lead or an opportunity " -"is generated in your database." +"To create or update a sales teams' email alias, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`. Click on a team " +"from the list to open the team's details page." msgstr "" -"En la página *Contáctenos* de su sitio web se mostrará el formulario de " -"contacto de Odoo de manera automática. Cuando alguien llene y envíe este " -"formulario, se generará una lead u oportunidad en su base de datos." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Default Contact Us page" -msgstr "Página de contacto automática" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The sales team details page, focused on the email alias section." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:30 msgid "" -"The Contact Form can be activated or deactivated at any time by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Go to Website --> Customize --> Contact Form`." +"In the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field, enter a name for the email alias, or " +"edit the existing name. In the :guilabel:`Accept Emails From` field, use the" +" drop-down menu to choose who is allowed to send messages to this email " +"alias:" msgstr "" -"Usted puede activar o desactivar el formulario de contacto en cualquier " -"momento, solo tiene que ir a :menuselection:`Sitio web --> Ir al sitio web " -"--> Personalizar --> Formulario de contacto`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Form toggle" -msgstr "Activar formulario de contacto" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Everyone`: messages are accepted from any email address." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:35 msgid "" -"When the Form is deactivated, the *Contact Us* page simply displays a button" -" to email your company directly. Any email sent this way will generate a " -"lead/opportunity." +":guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`: only accepts messages from email " +"addresses associated with a a partner (contact or customer) record." msgstr "" -"Si desactiva el formulario, en la página *Contáctenos* solo se mostrará un " -"botón con el que el cliente podrá enviar un correo a su empresa " -"directamente. Cualquier correo que se envíe por este medio creará un lead u " -"oportunidad." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Us Page using email" -msgstr "Página \"Contáctenos\" en la que se usa solo un correo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:37 msgid "" -"Choose which Sales Team or salesperson is automatically assigned to the " -"leads/opportunities created from the Contact Form by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Communication`." +":guilabel:`Followers only`: only accepts messages from those who are " +"following a record related to the team, such as a lead or opportunity. " +"Messages are also accepted from team members." msgstr "" -"En :menuselection:`Sitio web --> Configuración --> Ajustes --> Comunicación`" -" podrá elegir un equipo de ventas o un vendedor al que se le asigne de " -"manera automática cualquier lead u oportunidad que se cree del formulario de" -" contacto." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Form settings" -msgstr "Ajustes del formulario de contacto" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:55 -msgid "Customize Contact Forms" -msgstr "Personalizar los formularios de contacto" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:39 msgid "" -"Contact Forms can be customized for the specific information your team " -"needs, using the free *Form Builder* module." +":guilabel:`Authenticated Employees`: only accepts messages from email " +"addresses that are connected to a record in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" -"Puede personalizar los formularios de contacto para que contengan la " -"información específica que su equipo necesita, solo use el módulo *Creador " -"de formularios*." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:43 +msgid "Leads created from email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:45 msgid "" -"The *Form Builder* module is installed automatically when a Form element is " -"added to a web page via the Website Builder. It can also be installed " -"manually from the :guilabel:`Apps` page." +"Leads created from email alias messages can be viewed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads`. Click a lead from the list to open it, " +"and view the details." msgstr "" -"El módulo *creador de formularios* se instala de manera automática cuando se" -" agrega un elemento de formulario a una página web. También se puede " -"instalar de manera manual desde la página de :guilabel:`Aplicaciones`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Form Builder building blocks" -msgstr "Bloques de creador de formularios" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:48 msgid "" -"Forms can be created from scratch to serve a wide variety of purposes. " -"However, Odoo's default *Contact Us* page is designed to fit most users' " -"needs. Start with the default form and modify from there." +"The email received by the alias is added to the *chatter* thread for the " +"lead. The subject line of the message is added to the title field, and the " +":guilabel:`Email` field is updated with the contact's email address." msgstr "" -"Usted puede crear formularios desde cero, no importa para qué los necesite; " -"aunque la página *Contáctenos* predeterminada de Odoo está diseñada para " -"cumplir con las necesidades de la mayoría de los usuarios. Empiece con el " -"formulario predeterminado y empiece a modificarlo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:73 -msgid "Edit Contact Form fields" -msgstr "Edite los campos del formulario de contacto" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The chatter thread of a newly created lead in the CRM app." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:57 msgid "" -"In Edit mode on your website, click on any field to start editing it. The " -"following information can be edited for each field on the Contact Form:" +"If the *leads* feature is **not** enabled on the database, messages to the " +"email alias are added to the database as opportunities." msgstr "" -"Vaya al modo de edición de su sitio web y haga clic en cualquier campo para " -"empezar a editarlo. Puede editar la información siguiente en cada campo del " -"formulario de contacto:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:64 +msgid "Manually create leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:66 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Type`: Choose a custom field option or an existing field. " -"Examples include phone, file upload, language, etc." +"Leads can be added directly to the *CRM* app by manually creating a new " +"record. Navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads` to view a list of " +"existing leads." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Tipo`: elija la opción \"campo personalizado\" o cualquier campo " -"existente. Puede ser un campo de número telefónico, en el que sea necesario " -"subir un archivo, un campo de idioma, etc." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Input Type`: Determine the type of entry customers should input. " -"Available options are text,email, telephone, and URL." +"Leads can also be added via the :doc:`Generate Leads ` button." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Tipo de contenido`: determine el tipo de contenido que el cliente" -" debe ingresar. Las opciones son: texto, correo electrónico, teléfono y URL." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:72 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Input Placeholder`: Type in an example to guide users how to " -"input information where formatting is important, such as a phone number or " -"email address." +"At the top-left of the list, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank " +":guilabel:`Leads` form." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Marcador de contenido`: escriba un ejemplo que le sirva a los " -"usuarios como guía para cuando deben ingresar información en donde el " -"formato es importante, como número de teléfono o dirección de correo " -"electrónico." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:74 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Label Name`: Type in the display name to show users what " -"information is needed from them." +"In the first field of the new form, enter a title for the new lead. Next, " +"enter a :guilabel:`Contact Name`, and a :guilabel:`Company Name`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Nombre de la etiqueta`: escriba el nombre que verán los usuarios " -"y les dirá qué información se les está pidiendo" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:78 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Label Position`: Choose the way the label is aligned with the " -"rest of the form. The label can be hidden, above the field, to the far left " -"of the field, or right adjusted and closer to the field." +"If a lead is :doc:`converted to an opportunity `, the " +":guilabel:`Company Name` field is used to either link this opportunity to an" +" existing customer, or to create a new customer." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Posición de la etiqueta`: elija cómo se debe alinear la etiqueta " -"con el resto del formulario. La etiqueta puede estar oculta, arriba de un " -"campo, hasta la izquierda del campo o ajustada a la derecha y más cerca del " -"campo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:82 +msgid "Manually create opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:84 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Required`: Toggle this option for information that you absolutely" -" need entered." +"To manually create an opportunity, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Sales --> My Pipeline`. At the top-left of the page, click :guilabel:`New` " +"to create a new opportunity Kanban card. In the " +":guilabel:`Organization/Contact` field, enter the name of the company the " +"opportunity is for." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Requerido`: active esta opción para información que " -"verdaderamente necesita que el cliente ingrese." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:88 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hidden`: Toggle this option to hide the field without deleting " -"it." +"Choose a name, and enter it in the :guilabel:`Opportunity` field. *This is a" +" required field.* When manually creating an opportunity, it is helpful to " +"add a name that relates to the details of the opportunity." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Oculto`: active esta opción para ocultar el campo sin eliminarlo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:93 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Shown on Mobile`: Toggle this option to show the field to users " -"on mobile devices." +"In the example below, the opportunity is named `5 VP Chairs`. This " +"identifies the product the customer is interested in, as well as the " +"potential number of products." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Mostrar en celular`: active esta opción para mostrar el campo a " -"usuarios de dispositivos móviles." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Editable field options" -msgstr "Opciones de campo que se pueden editar" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:0 +msgid "An example of an opportunity in the CRM pipeline." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:100 msgid "" -"By default, when a Form is submitted, it sends you an email with the " -"customer's inputted information. To have it automatically generate a " -"lead/opportunity instead, edit the Form and select :guilabel:`Create an " -"Opportunity` as the Action." +"Enter the contact information for the opportunity in the :guilabel:`Email` " +"and :guilabel:`Phone` fields." msgstr "" -"De forma predeterminada, recibirá un correo electrónico con la información " -"que el cliente ingresó cuando se envíe un formulario. En cambio, si lo que " -"quiere es que se genere un lead u oportunidad de manera automática, edite el" -" Formulario y seleccione :guilabel:`Crear una oportunidad` como acción." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:103 msgid "" -"If leads are activated in your CRM settings, selecting :guilabel:`Create an " -"Opportunity` generates a lead instead. To learn more about activating leads " -"in the CRM settings, head over to :doc:`convert`." +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Revenue` field, enter an estimated value for the " +"opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The information in the :guilabel:`Expected Revenue` and priority fields can " +"be used to track performance for individual salespeople, and on a team " +"basis. See :doc:`../performance/expected_revenue_report` and " +":doc:`../track_leads/lead_scoring` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:111 +msgid "Then, use the |st-o| :guilabel:`(star)` icons to assign a priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:113 +msgid "|st-o| |st-o| |st-o|: low priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:114 +msgid "|st| |st-o| |st-o|: medium priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:115 +msgid "|st| |st| |st-o|: high priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:116 +msgid "|st| |st| |st|: very high priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Assigning a priority changes the order of leads in Kanban view, with higher " +"priority leads displayed first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once all the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Add`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The CRM pipeline with a newly created opportunity." msgstr "" -"Si activa los leads en los ajustes de su CRM, se generará un lead si " -"selecciona :guilabel:`Crear una oportunidad`. Para obtener más información " -"sobre la activación de leads en los ajustes de CRM, vaya a :doc:`convert`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 msgid "Lead mining" msgstr "Minado de leads" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 msgid "" -"Lead mining is a feature that allows CRM users to generate new leads " +"*Lead mining* is a feature that allows *CRM* users to generate new leads " "directly into their Odoo database. To ensure lead qualification, lead mining" " output is determined by a variety of filtering criteria, such as the " "country, the company size, and the industry." msgstr "" -"El minado de leads es una función que le permite a los usuarios de CRM " -"generar leads nuevos directamente en su base de datos de Odoo. Para asegurar" -" la calificación de los leads, el resultado del minado de leads se determina" -" según varios criterios de filtro, como país, tamaño de la empresa e " -"industria." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:15 msgid "" -"To get started, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and activate :guilabel:`Lead Mining`." +"To get started, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`Lead Mining` checkbox to activate the " +"feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Para empezar, vaya a :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y " -"active el :guilabel:`Minado de leads`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "Activate lead mining in Odoo CRM settings." msgstr "Activar el minado de leads en los ajustes de CRM." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:23 msgid "Generate leads" msgstr "Generar leads" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:25 msgid "" -"After the :guilabel:`Lead Mining` setting is activated, a new button called " -":guilabel:`Generate Leads` is available to use in the :guilabel:`CRM` " -"pipeline. Lead mining requests are also available through " -":menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests`, or through " -":menuselection:`CRM --> Leads --> Leads` where the :guilabel:`Generate " -"Leads` button is also available." +"After the *Lead Mining* setting is activated, a new button called *Generate " +"Leads* is available to use in the upper-left corner of the *CRM* *Pipeline* " +"(:menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales --> My Pipeline`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Lead mining requests are also available through :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests`, or through :menuselection:`CRM app " +"--> Leads --> Leads`, where the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button is also " +"available." msgstr "" -"Después de que haya activado la función de :guilabel:`minado de leads`, " -"tendrá disponible un botón nuevo llamado :guilabel:`Generar leads` que podrá" -" ver en el flujo de :guilabel:`CRM`. También puede ver las solicitudes de " -"minado de leads en :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuración --> Solicitudes de " -"minado de leads`, o en :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads --> Leads`, aquí " -"también está disponible el botón :guilabel:`Generar leads`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "The Generate Leads button to use the lead mining feature." msgstr "El botón Generar leads para usar la función de minado de leads." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:37 msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button, and a window will appear " +"Click the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button, and a pop-up window appears, " "offering a variety of criteria by which to generate leads." msgstr "" -"Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Generar leads` y aparecerá una ventana " -"donde podrá elegir los diferentes criterios a tomar en cuenta al momento de " -"generar un lead." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -644,79 +609,67 @@ msgstr "" "La ventana emergente en la que podrá elegir los criterios mediante los " "cuales se generarán los leads en Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:44 msgid "" "Choose to generate leads for :guilabel:`Companies` to get company " -"information only, or choose :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` to get " -"company information as well as individual employee contact information. When" -" targeting :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts`, there is an option to " -"filter contacts based on :guilabel:`Role` or :guilabel:`Seniority`." +"information only, or choose |CC| to get company information and individual " +"employee contact information." msgstr "" -"Para que la información que obtenga sea solo de la empresa elija " -":guilabel:`Empresas`, o elija :guilabel:`Empresas y sus contactos` para ver " -"información tanto de la empresa como de los empleados de esa empresa. Si " -"elige esta última opción, es posible filtrar los contactos según " -":guilabel:`el puesto` o :guilabel:`la antigüedad`." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:44 -msgid "Additional filtering options include:" -msgstr "Otros filtros incluyen:" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Size`: filter leads based on the number of employees at the " -"company" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Tamaño`: filtra leads según el número de empleados de la empresa." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Countries`: filter leads based on the country (or countries) they" -" are located in" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Países`: filtra leads según el país (o países) en los que trabaja" -" la empresa." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:48 msgid "" -":guilabel:`States`: further filter leads based on the state they are located" -" in, if applicable" +"When targeting |CC|, additional options are available to filter contacts " +"based on :guilabel:`Role` or :guilabel:`Seniority`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Estado`: si es posible, también filtra leads según el estado en " -"el que se encuentren." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:49 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Industries`: filter leads based on the specific industry they " -"work in" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Sectores`: filtra leads según el sector en el que trabajan." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose which Sales Team the leads will be assigned " -"to" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Equipo de ventas`: escoja a qué equipo de ventas se le asignarán " -"los leads." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Salesperson`: choose which person(s) on the Sales Team the leads " -"will be assigned to" +msgid "Additional filtering options include the following:" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Vendedor`: escoja a qué persona (o personas) del equipo de ventas" -" se le asignará el lead." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Countries`: filter leads based on the country (or countries) they" +" are located in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`States`: further filter leads based on the state in which they " +"are located, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Industries`: filter leads based on the specific industry they " +"work in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Filter on Size`: tick this checkbox to specify the number of " +"employees at the company. This generates a field labeled :guilabel:`Size`. " +"Fill in the blanks to create a range for the desired company size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose which Sales Team the leads will be assigned " +"to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson`: choose which member of the Sales Team the leads " +"will be assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:62 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Tags`: choose which tags are applied directly to the " -"leads once found" +"leads once found." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Etiquetas predeterminadas`: escoja qué etiquetas se aplicarán de " -"inmediato a los leads una vez que se creen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 msgid "" "Make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulations when receiving contact " "information. Get more information about the General Data Protection " @@ -726,61 +679,75 @@ msgstr "" "información de sus contactos. Aprenda más sobre el Reglamento General de " "Protección de Datos en `la página de RGPD de Odoo `_." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:69 +msgid "View leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +msgid "" +"After leads are generated, they are assigned to the designated salesperson " +"and team. To view additional information regarding the lead, select one from" +" the list, and click to open it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the chatter thread for the lead, additional information is provided. This" +" can include the number of employees, the technology used by the company, " +"the timezone, and direct contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 +msgid "The chatter thread of a newly generated lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Leads` are **not** enabled for the database, then leads are " +"generated as *opportunities*, and added to the pipeline for the designated " +"salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To enable the :guilabel:`Leads` feature, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:88 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "Precio" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:91 msgid "" -"Lead mining is an *In-App Purchase* feature and each generated lead costs " -"one credit." +"Lead mining is an *In-App Purchase* feature, and each generated lead costs " +"one :ref:`credit `." msgstr "" -"El minado de leads es una función que tiene que *comprar dentro de la " -"aplicación*. Cada lead que se genere cuesta un crédito." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:95 msgid "" -"Choosing to generate :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` costs one " -"additional credit for each contact generated." +"Generating |CC| costs one additional credit for each contact generated. See " +"here for complete pricing information: `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP " +"`_." msgstr "" -"Si elige generar :guilabel:`Empresas y sus contactos`, gastará un crédito " -"adicional por cada contacto que se genere." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:99 msgid "" -"See here for full pricing information: `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP " -"`_." -msgstr "" -"Consulte la página de `generación de leads de compras dentro de la " -"aplicación de Odoo `_ para " -"obtener la información completa sobre los precios." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:70 -msgid "" -"To buy credits, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"To buy credits, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Lead Generation` section, under the " -":guilabel:`Lead Mining` feature, click on :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." +":guilabel:`Lead Mining` feature, click :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." msgstr "" -"Para comprar créditos, vaya a :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuración --> " -"Ajustes`. En la sección de :guilabel:`Generación de leads` vaya a la función" -" :guilabel:`Minado de leads` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Comprar créditos`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 -msgid "Buy credits from the lead mining settings." -msgstr "Compre créditos desde los ajustes de minado de leads." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:103 msgid "" "Credits may also be purchased by navigating to the :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> General Settings`. In the :guilabel:`In-App Purchases` section, under " -"the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` feature, click on :guilabel:`View My Services`." +"app`. In the :guilabel:`Contacts` section, under the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` " +"feature, click :guilabel:`View My Services`." msgstr "" -"También puede comprar créditos en :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Ajustes " -"generales`. En la sección :guilabel:`Compras dentro de la aplicación de " -"Odoo` haga clic en :guilabel:`Ver mis servicios`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst-1 @@ -788,25 +755,272 @@ msgid "Buy credits in the Odoo IAP settings." msgstr "" "Compre créditos en los ajustes de compras dentro de la aplicación de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:87 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:112 msgid "" "Enterprise Odoo users with a valid subscription get free credits to test " -":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` features before deciding to purchase more " -"credits for the database. This includes demo/training databases, educational" -" databases, and one-app-free databases." +"|IAP| features before purchasing more credits for the database. This " +"includes demo/training databases, educational databases, and one-app-free " +"databases." msgstr "" -"Los usuarios de Odoo Enterprise con una suscripción válida obtendrán " -"créditos gratuitos para probar las funciones de compras dentro de la " -"aplicación antes de que decidan comprar más créditos para la base de datos. " -"Esto incluye bases de datos de demostración y capacitación, bases de datos " -"educativas y bases de datos gratuitas de una sola aplicación." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:3 +msgid "Create opportunities from web contact forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Adding a contact form to a website makes it easy to convert visitors into " +"leads and opportunities. After a visitor submits their information, an " +"opportunity can be created automatically, and assigned to a designated sales" +" team and salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:12 +msgid "Customize contact forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By default, the *Contact Us* page on an Odoo website displays a " +"preconfigured contact form. This form can be customized, as needed, to suit " +"the needs of a specific sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Website app --> Contact Us`, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit` in the top-right of the screen to open the web editor. " +"Click on the form building block in the body of the webpage to open the form" +" configuration settings on the right sidebar. The following options are " +"available to customize the contact form from the :guilabel:`From` section of" +" the right sidebar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst-1 +msgid "The form configuration settings on an Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Action`: the default action for a contact form is :guilabel:`Send" +" an Email`. Select :guilabel:`Create an Opportunity` from the drop-down list" +" to capture the information in the *CRM* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose a sales team from the drop-down menu that the" +" opportunities from this form should be assigned to. This field **only** " +"appears if the :guilabel:`Action` field is set to :guilabel:`Create an " +"Opportunity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson`: if the opportunities should be assigned to a " +"specific salesperson, select them from the drop-down menu. If no selection " +"is made in this field, the opportunities are assigned based on the team's " +"existing rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marked Fields`: use this field to alter how the form handles " +"marked fields. The default option is to treat marked fields as " +":guilabel:`Required`, which is the recommended setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mark Text`: choose how :guilabel:`Marked Fields` should be " +"identified. The default character is an asterisk (`*`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Labels Width`: use this field to alter the pixel width of the " +"labels, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Success`: select how the webpage reacts after a customer " +"successfully submits a form. :guilabel:`Nothing` keeps the customer on the " +"same screen, with the addition of a confirmation message that the form was " +"submitted successfully. :guilabel:`Redirect` sends the customer to a new " +"webpage, based on the address provided in the :guilabel:`URL` field below. " +":guilabel:`Show Message` replaces the form with a preconfigured message that" +" informs the customer someone should respond to them as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL`: if :guilabel:`Redirect` is selected in the :guilabel:`On " +"Success` field, enter the URL for the webpage, where customers should be " +"directed after successfully submitting a form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visibility`: use the drop-down menu to add any visibility " +"conditions for this field, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If *leads* are activated in *CRM* settings, selecting :guilabel:`Create an " +"Opportunity` generates a lead instead. To activate leads, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:57 +msgid "Customize contact form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In addition to the settings for the form, the settings for each field can be" +" customized, as well. With the web editor menu still open, click into a " +"field to open the :guilabel:`Field` configuration settings section on the " +"sidebar. The following options are available to customize a field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: choose a custom field option or an existing field type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input Type`: determine the type of information customers should " +"input. Available options are :guilabel:`Text`, :guilabel:`Email`, " +":guilabel:`Telephone`, or :guilabel:`Url`. The selection made in this field " +"limits the format that customers can use when entering information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Label`: enter the name for the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Position`: choose the way the label is aligned with the rest of " +"the form. The label can be hidden, above the field, to the left of the " +"field, or right adjusted and closer to the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: slide the toggle to add a description for the " +"field, which can provide additional instructions to customers. Click under " +"the field on the form to add the description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Placeholder`: enter an example to help users know how to input " +"information where formatting is important, such as a phone number or email " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Value`: enter a value to include in the form, by default," +" if the customer does not provide information in the field. *It is not " +"recommended to include a default value for required fields*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required`: slide the toggle to mark this field as required if it " +"**must** be filled in for every submission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visibility`: select when this field should be visible. Use the " +"button on the left to choose whether to show or hide this field on a desktop" +" users. Use the button on the right to choose whether to show or hide this " +"field to mobile users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`Animation`: select if this field should have any animation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst-1 +msgid "The field configuration settings on an Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:89 +msgid "View opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:91 +msgid "" +"After a customer submits a contact form, and an opportunity is created, it " +"is assigned based on the :ref:`form settings `. " +"To view opportunities, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales --> My " +"Pipeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If leads are activated on the database, contact form submissions are " +"generated as leads, not opportunities. To activate leads, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads` to view the newly-created " +"leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:102 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`My Pipeline` dashboard, click on an opportunity card in " +"the Kanban view to open the opportunity record. The information submitted by" +" the customer is visible on the opportunity record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:107 +msgid "" +"As the contact form fields are customizable, the fields on the opportunity " +"record, where the form information is stored, varies accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the preconfigured contact form is used, the *Subject* field is added to " +"the :guilabel:`Title` field, and the content in the :guilabel:`Notes` field," +" which is labeled as :guilabel:`Your Question`, is added to the " +":guilabel:`Internal Notes` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../pipeline/manage_sales_teams`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`convert`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`../track_leads/lead_scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:118 +msgid ":ref:`Website forms `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 msgid "Create and send quotations" msgstr "Crear y enviar cotizaciones" @@ -1384,27 +1598,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:12 msgid "" -"To install the *Gamification* module, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` " -"application. Click into the :guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top of the page" -" and remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter. Type `Gamification` to search." +"To install the *CRM Gamification* module, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Apps` application. Click into the :guilabel:`Search...` bar " +"at the top of the page and remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter. Type `CRM " +"Gamification` to search." msgstr "" -"Para instalar el módulo de *Ludificación* vaya a " -":menuselection:`Aplicaciones`, haga clic en la barra :guilabel:`Buscar...` " -"en la parte superior de la página y quite el filtro " -":guilabel:`Aplicaciones`. Escriba `Ludificación` en la barra de búsqueda." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:16 msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Gamification` module is **not** already installed, click " -":guilabel:`Install`. After completing the installation, return to the " -":menuselection:`Apps` application and search for `Gamification` again." -msgstr "" -"Si el módulo de :guilabel:`Ludificación` **no** está instalado todavía, haga" -" clic en :guilabel:`Instalar`. Después de completar la instalación, regrese " -"a :menuselection:`Aplicaciones` ay vuelva a buscar `ludificación`." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:20 -msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`CRM Gamification` module, click :guilabel:`Install`. This " "module features goals and challenges related to the *CRM* and *Sales* " "applications." @@ -1417,38 +1618,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the gamification module being installed in Odoo." msgstr "Vista de un módulo de gamificación que se está instalando en Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:24 msgid "" -"If both the *CRM* and *Sales* apps are installed, the *CRM Gamification* " -"module is automatically installed on the database." +"If **both** the *CRM* and *Sales* apps are installed, the *CRM Gamification*" +" module is automatically installed on the database." msgstr "" -"Si tiene instalada tanto la aplicación *CRM* como la aplicación *Ventas*, el" -" módulo *Ludificación CRM* se instala de manera automática en la base de " -"datos." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 msgid "" "To access the *Gamification Tools* menu, first enable :ref:`developer-mode`." msgstr "" "Para acceder al menú *Herramientas de ludificación* primero deberá activar " ":ref:`modo de desarrollador`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:29 msgid "" "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Gamification Tools`." msgstr "" "Después, vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Herramientas de ludificación`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1 -msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings" +msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings." msgstr "" -"Vista del menú de herramientas de gamificación en los ajustes de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 msgid "Create badges" msgstr "Crear insignias" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 msgid "" "*Badges* are awarded to users when they have completed a challenge. " "Different badges can be awarded based on the type of task completed, and can" @@ -1460,7 +1657,7 @@ msgstr "" "pueden brindar a más de un usuario, según el tiempo que les tome lograr una " "meta." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:44 msgid "" "To view the existing badges, or create a new one, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." @@ -1472,7 +1669,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the badges page in Odoo." msgstr "Vista de la página de insignias en Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:52 msgid "" "Some badges can be awarded outside of challenges, as well. Select the Kanban" " card for the desired badge, then click :guilabel:`Grant`. This opens a " @@ -1485,7 +1682,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Otorgar insignia`. Finalmente, seleccione un usuario en el campo " ":guilabel:`¿A quién desea recompensar?`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:56 msgid "" "Add any additional information regarding why the user is receiving the " "reward in the field below, then click :guilabel:`Grant Badge`." @@ -1494,7 +1691,7 @@ msgstr "" "recibiendo esta insignia en el campo de abajo y luego haga clic en " ":guilabel:`Otorgar insignia`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a new badge, click :guilabel:`New` at the top-left of the page to " "open a blank form. Enter a name for the :guilabel:`Badge`, followed by a " @@ -1504,7 +1701,7 @@ msgstr "" "superior derecha de la página para abrir un formulario en blanco. Ingrese el" " nombre de la :guilabel:`Insignia` y luego escriba una descripción." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Allowance to Grant` field determines when a badge can be " "granted, and by whom:" @@ -1512,13 +1709,13 @@ msgstr "" "El campo :guilabel:`Concesión a otorgar` determina cuándo y quién puede " "otorgar la insignia:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:64 msgid ":guilabel:`Everyone`: this badge can be manually granted by any user." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Todos`: esta insignia se puede otorgar de forma manual a " "cualquier usuario" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`A selected list of users`: this badge can only be granted by a " "select group of users. If this option is selected, it generates a new field," @@ -1530,7 +1727,7 @@ msgstr "" "generará un nuevo campo de :guilabel:`Usuarios autorizados` donde podrá a " "seleccionar a los usuarios apropiados desde la lista desplegable." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`People having some badges`: this badge can only be granted by " "users who have already been awarded a specific badge. If this option is " @@ -1544,7 +1741,7 @@ msgstr "" " En la lista desplegable de este campo seleccione las insignias que un " "usuario debe tener antes de poder otorgar esta insignia a otros usuarios." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No one, assigned through challenges`: this badge cannot be " "manually granted, it can only be awarded through challenges." @@ -1552,7 +1749,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nadie, se asignó mediante los desafíos`: esta insifnia no se " "puede otrogar de forma manual, solo se puede ganar mediante retos." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:75 msgid "" "To limit the number of badges a user can send, tick the :guilabel:`Monthly " "Limited Spending` checkbox. This sets a limit on the number of times a user " @@ -1569,11 +1766,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The details page for a new badge." msgstr "La página de detalles para una nueva insignia." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:87 msgid "Create a challenge" msgstr "Cree un reto" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:89 msgid "" "To create a challenge, navigate to to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Gamification Tools --> Challenges`. Click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left " @@ -1583,17 +1780,17 @@ msgstr "" "ludificación --> Retos`. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo` en la esquina " "superior izquierda para abrir un formulario de reto en blanco." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:92 msgid "At the top of the form, enter a :guilabel:`Challenge Name`." msgstr "" "En la parte superior del formulario, ingrese el :guilabel:`Nombre del " "desafío`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:95 msgid "Create assignment rules" msgstr "Crear reglas de asignación" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:97 msgid "" "To assign the challenge to specific users, one or more assignment rules must" " be utilized." @@ -1601,7 +1798,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para asignarle el reto a usuarios en específico, primero debe utilizar una o" " más reglas de asignación." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:99 msgid "" "Click into the first field under :guilabel:`Assign Challenge to`, and select" " a parameter from the drop-down list to define the rule. Then, click into " @@ -1614,22 +1811,30 @@ msgstr "" "regla. Si es necesario, haga clic en el tercer campo para definir aún más el" " parámetro de la regla." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:104 msgid "" "To include all users with permissions in the *Sales* app, create a rule with" -" the following parameters: - :guilabel:`Groups` - :guilabel:`is in` - " -"`Sales/User: Own Documents Only`" +" the following parameters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:107 +msgid ":guilabel:`Groups`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`is in`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:109 +msgid "`Sales/User: Own Documents Only`" msgstr "" -"Para incluir a todos los usuarios con permisos en la aplicación *Ventas*, " -"cree una regla con los siguientes parámetros: - :guilabel:`Grupos` - " -":guilabel:`está en` - `Ventas / Usuario: solo mostrar documentos propios`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:0 msgid "View of the assignation rules section of a Challenge form." msgstr "" "Imagen de la sección de reglas de asignación de un formulario de reto." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:115 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Periodicity` field, select a time frame for goals to be " "automatically assessed." @@ -1637,11 +1842,11 @@ msgstr "" "En el campo :guilabel:`Periodicidad` seleccione un periodo en las que las " "metas se deben evaluar de manera automática." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:118 msgid "Add goals" msgstr "Agregar metas" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:120 msgid "" "Challenges can be based on a single goal, or can include multiple goals with" " different targets. To add a goal to the challenge, click :guilabel:`Add a " @@ -1651,7 +1856,7 @@ msgstr "" "diferentes objetivos. Para agregar una meta a un reto, haga clic en " ":guilabel:`Agregar una línea` en la pestaña :guilabel:`Metas`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:123 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Goal Definition` field, choose a goal from the drop-down " "list. The :guilabel:`Condition` field automatically updates to reflect the " @@ -1661,7 +1866,7 @@ msgstr "" "lista desplegable. El campo :guilabel:`Condición` se actualiza para recibir " "la condición que esté configurada en la definición de la meta." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:128 msgid "" "The *CRM Gamification* module contains preconfigured goals geared towards " "salesteams:" @@ -1669,33 +1874,33 @@ msgstr "" "El módulo *Ludificación CRM* contiene algunas metas preconfiguradas para " "equipos de venta:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:130 msgid ":guilabel:`New Leads`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Leads nuevos`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Time to Qualify a Lead`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Tiempo para calificar un lead`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:132 msgid ":guilabel:`Days to Close a Dead`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Días para cerrar un trato`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:133 msgid ":guilabel:`New Opportunities`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Nuevas oportunidades`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`New Sales Orders`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Nuevas órdenes de venta`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:136 msgid "" "Enter a :guilabel:`Target` for the goal based on the :guilabel:`Suffix`." msgstr "" "Ingrese un :guilabel:`Objetivo` para la meta según el :guilabel:`Sufijo`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:138 msgid "Repeat these steps for each additional goal." msgstr "Repita estos pasos para cada meta adicional." @@ -1703,11 +1908,11 @@ msgstr "Repita estos pasos para cada meta adicional." msgid "The goals tab of a challenge form." msgstr "La pestaña de metas de un formulario de reto." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:145 msgid "Add rewards" msgstr "Agregar recompensas" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:147 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Reward` tab. Choose the :ref:`badges ` to be awarded :guilabel:`For 1st User` and :guilabel:`For Every " @@ -1718,7 +1923,7 @@ msgstr "" "primer usuario` y :guilabel:`Para todos los usuarios exitosos` desde la " "lista desplegable." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:152 msgid "" "Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " "of a running period, at the end date of a challenge, or when the challenge " @@ -1728,7 +1933,7 @@ msgstr "" "un periodo, en la última fecha del reto, o cuando el reto se cierra de forma" " manual." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:155 msgid "" "After setup is complete, click the :guilabel:`Start Challenge` button at the" " top-left of the page to begin the challenge." @@ -1770,6 +1975,20 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`teléfono`, :guilabel:`zona horaria` y :guilabel:`tecnologías " "utilizadas`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Enterprise Odoo users with a valid subscription get free credits to test " +":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` features before deciding to purchase more " +"credits for the database. This includes demo/training databases, educational" +" databases, and one-app-free databases." +msgstr "" +"Los usuarios de Odoo Enterprise con una suscripción válida obtendrán " +"créditos gratuitos para probar las funciones de compras dentro de la " +"aplicación antes de que decidan comprar más créditos para la base de datos. " +"Esto incluye bases de datos de demostración y capacitación, bases de datos " +"educativas y bases de datos gratuitas de una sola aplicación." + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:21 msgid "" "The *leads* feature **must** be activated in the *CRM* settings page in " @@ -2806,10 +3025,9 @@ msgid "" "team members are reaching their goals, and who may need additional " "assistance to close valuable deals." msgstr "" -"Mediante la elaboración de un informe mensual de ingresos previstos, los " -"responsables de ventas pueden ver qué miembros del equipo están alcanzando " -"sus objetivos y quiénes pueden necesitar ayuda adicional para cerrar " -"acuerdos valiosos." +"Al elaborar un reporte mensual de ingresos previstos, los gerentes de ventas" +" pueden ver qué miembros del equipo están alcanzando sus objetivos y quiénes" +" pueden necesitar ayuda adicional para cerrar buenos tratos." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/expected_revenue_report.rst:19 msgid "Create an expected revenue report" @@ -2898,10 +3116,10 @@ msgid "" "filter is optional and should not be included if the report is intended for " "the entire company." msgstr "" -":ref:`Equipos de venta `: limita los " -"resultados para que sólo incluyan clientes potenciales asignados a uno o más" -" equipos de ventas. Este filtro es opcional y no debe incluirse si el " -"informe está destinado a toda la empresa." +":ref:`Equipos de venta específicos `: " +"limita los resultados para que solo incluyan leads asignados a uno o más " +"equipos de ventas. Este filtro es opcional, no lo incluya si el reporte está" +" dirigido a toda la empresa." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/expected_revenue_report.rst:55 msgid "Add filter for expected closing date" @@ -3063,12 +3281,12 @@ msgid "" "should be included. Before adding the filters, make sure :guilabel:`all` is " "selected in this field." msgstr "" -"En la parte superior del formulario :guilabel:`Agregar filtro " -"personalizado`, hay una opción para que coincida con :guilabel:`cualquiera` " -"o :guilabel:`todas` de las reglas. Para ejecutar correctamente el informe, " -"sólo deben incluirse los registros que coincidan con **todos** los " -"siguientes filtros. Antes de añadir los filtros, asegúrese de que " -":guilabel:`all` está seleccionado en este campo." +"En la parte superior del formulario :guilabel:`Agregar filtro personalizado`" +" hay una opción para que coincida con :guilabel:`cualquiera` de las reglas o" +" con :guilabel:`todas` ellas. Para ejecutar el reporte de forma correcta " +"solo debe incluir los registros que coincidan con **todos** los siguientes " +"filtros. Antes de agregar los filtros asegúrese de que la opción " +":guilabel:`Todos` está seleccionada en este campo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/expected_revenue_report.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -3149,18 +3367,18 @@ msgid "" "of the report. While both the line chart and bar chart are available in " "stacked view, the pie chart is not." msgstr "" -"La vista por defecto del informe de ingresos previstos es el gráfico de " -"barras, apilado. Para cambiar a una vista de gráfico diferente, haga clic en" -" uno de los iconos de la parte superior izquierda del informe. Mientras que " -"tanto el gráfico de líneas como el de barras están disponibles en vista " -"apilada, el gráfico circular no lo está." +"La vista predeterminada del reporte de ingresos previstos es el gráfico de " +"barras apilado. Para usar una vista de gráfico diferente, haga clic en uno " +"de los iconos ubicados en la parte superior izquierda del reporte. El " +"gráfico de líneas y el de barras están disponibles en vista apilada, pero el" +" gráfico circular no." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/expected_revenue_report.rst:0 msgid "" "Close up view of the graph icons on the Pipeline analysis report in the CRM " "app." msgstr "" -"Vista de cerca de los iconos de gráfico en el informe de análisis de flujo " +"Vista de cerca de los iconos de gráfico en el reporte de análisis de flujo " "en la aplicación CRM." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/expected_revenue_report.rst:162 @@ -3271,8 +3489,8 @@ msgid "" "button at the top-left of the report. Select any additional metrics from the" " drop-down menu." msgstr "" -"Para añadir medidas adicionales al informe, haga clic en el botón " -":guilabel:`Medidas` situado en la parte superior izquierda del informe. " +"Para agregar medidas adicionales al reporte, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Medidas` ubicado en la parte superior izquierda del documento. " "Seleccione cualquier medida adicional en el menú desplegable." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/expected_revenue_report.rst:207 @@ -3294,11 +3512,10 @@ msgid "" "*Documents* app is installed, the report can be inserted into a blank or " "existing spreadsheet, and exported." msgstr "" -"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Insertar en Hoja de cálculo` para añadir la vista " -"pivotante en un formato de hoja de cálculo editable dentro de la aplicación " -"*Tableros*. Si la aplicación Odoo *Documentos* está instalada, el informe " -"puede ser insertado en una hoja de cálculo en blanco o existente, y " -"exportado." +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Insertar en Hoja de cálculo` para agregar la vista " +"de tabla dinámica a un formato de hoja de cálculo editable dentro de la " +"aplicación *Tableros*. Si la aplicación *Documentos* está instalada, podrá " +"insertar el reporte en una hoja de cálculo vacía o existente y exportarlo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 msgid "Pipeline Analysis" @@ -4239,9 +4456,9 @@ msgid "" "pivot view, cohort view, or list view." msgstr "" "Después de configurar los filtros, los grupos y las medidas, la página de " -":guilabel:`análisis de flujo` puede mostrar los datos de muchas maneras. Por" -" defecto, la página usa la vista de gráfico, pero la puede cambiar a la " -"vista de tabla dinámica, de cohorte o de lista. " +":guilabel:`análisis de flujo` puede mostrar los datos de muchas maneras. La " +"página usa la vista de gráfico de forma predeterminada, pero puede usar la " +"vista de tabla dinámica, de cohorte o de lista." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:285 msgid "" @@ -5748,6 +5965,182 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:3 +msgid "Manage sales teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Teams* feature within Odoo's *CRM* app allows for the creation " +"and management of multiple sales teams, each with their own assignment " +"rules, invoicing targets, and roster of salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:9 +msgid "Create a sales team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To create a new sales team, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration " +"--> Sales Teams`, then click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the blank sales team form, enter a name in the :guilabel:`Sales Team` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:16 +msgid "Next, select a :guilabel:`Team Leader` from the drop-down list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Set an :guilabel:`Email Alias` to automatically generate a lead/opportunity " +"for this sales team whenever a message is sent to that unique email address." +" Choose whether to accept emails from :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`, :guilabel:`Followers Only`, or " +":guilabel:`Authenticated Employees`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Select a :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu to assign this team to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company` field is only visible in multi-company databases, " +"and is not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The settings page for a new sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If the *Sales* app is installed on the database, an :guilabel:`Invoicing " +"Target` field appears on the sales team form. This is the revenue target for" +" the current month. The amount entered in this field is used to populate the" +" invoicing progress bar on the :ref:`sales team dashboard `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:39 +msgid "Add sales team members" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To add team members, click :guilabel:`Add` under the :guilabel:`Members` tab" +" when editing the sales team's configuration page. This opens a " +":guilabel:`Create Sales Team Members` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Rule-Based Assignment` feature has **not** been enabled on" +" the *CRM* app's *Settings* page, clicking :guilabel:`Add` under the " +":guilabel:`Members` tab opens an :guilabel:`Add: Salespersons` pop-up " +"window. Tick the checkbox to the far-left of the salesperson to be added to " +"the team, then click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:0 +msgid "The Add: Salespersons pop-up window on a new sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Select a user from the :guilabel:`Salesperson` drop-down list to add them to" +" the team. To prevent this salesperson from being automatically assigned " +"leads, tick the :guilabel:`Skip auto assignment` checkbox. If this feature " +"is activated, the salesperson can still be assigned leads manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The Create Sales Team Members pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Leads (30 days)` field tracks how many leads the salesperson " +"has been assigned in the past thirty days for this team, and the maximum " +"number of leads they should be assigned. To edit the maximum number of leads" +" this salesperson can be assigned, enter that amount in the :guilabel:`Leads" +" (30 days)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:68 +msgid "" +":doc:`Assignment rules <../track_leads/lead_scoring>` can be configured for " +"individual salespeople using the :guilabel:`Domain` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when finished, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to " +"add additional members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:74 +msgid "Enable multi teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To allow salespeople to be assigned to more than one sales team, the *Multi " +"Teams* setting needs to be enabled. First, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`CRM` section, tick" +" the checkbox labeled :guilabel:`Multi Teams`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` " +"at the top-left of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The settings page of the CRM app with the Multi Teams setting enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:88 +msgid "Sales team dashboard" +msgstr "Tablero del equipo de ventas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view the sales team dashboard, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales " +"--> Teams`. Any team the user is a member of appears in the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The sales team dashboard in the CRM app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Each Kanban card gives an overview of the sales team's open opportunities, " +"quotations, sales orders, and expected revenue, as well as a bar graph of " +"new opportunities per week, and an invoicing progress bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Pipeline` button to go directly to that team's *CRM* " +"pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Click on the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon in " +"the top-right corner of the Kanban card to open a drop-down menu. Then, to " +"view or edit the team's settings, click :guilabel:`Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../optimize/utilize_activities`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/merge_similar.rst:3 msgid "Merge similar leads and opportunities" msgstr "Gestionar leads y oportunidades similares" @@ -6002,151 +6395,6 @@ msgstr "" "Lista de leads similares con énfasis en la información de contacto en la " "aplicación CRM." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 -msgid "Multiple sales teams" -msgstr "Varios equipos de venta" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Sales Teams* feature to manage several sales teams, departments, or" -" channels, each with their own unique sales processes." -msgstr "" -"Use la función de *Equipos de venta* para gestionar varios equipos de venta," -" departamentos, o canales con su proceso de ventas único." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 -msgid "Create a new sales team" -msgstr "Cree un nuevo equipo de ventas" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new sales team, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Sales Teams`, then click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" -"Para crear un nuevo equipo de ventas, vaya a :menuselection:`CRM --> " -"Configuración --> Equipos de venta` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear`." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:15 -msgid "" -"On the creation page, set an :guilabel:`Email Alias` to automatically " -"generate a lead/opportunity for this sales team every time a message is sent" -" to that unique email address. Choose whether to accept emails from " -":guilabel:`Everyone`, :guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`, or " -":guilabel:`Followers Only`." -msgstr "" -"En la página de creación configure un :guilabel:`Seudónimo de correo " -"electrónico`. De esta manera, si se envía un correo a esta dirección de " -"correo, se creará un lead o una oportunidad de manera automática para este " -"equipo en específico. Usted puede elegir si acepta correos de " -":guilabel:`Todos`, :guilabel:`Contactos autenticados`, o :guilabel:`Solo " -"seguidores`." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Set an :guilabel:`Invoicing Target` if this team has specific monthly " -"revenue goals. Set a :guilabel:`Domain` to assign leads/opportunities to " -"this sales team based on specific filters, such as country, language, or " -"campaign." -msgstr "" -"Si el equipo tiene una meta de ingresos, puede configurar un " -":guilabel:`Objetivo de facturación`. Configure un :guilabel:`Dominio` para " -"asignar leads u oportunidades a este equipo de ventas según filtros " -"específicos, como el país, el idioma o la campaña." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Create a sales team in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "Cree un equipo de ventas en la aplicación CRM de Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:29 -msgid "Add members to a sales team" -msgstr "Agregar miembros al equipo de ventas" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To add team members, click :guilabel:`Add` under the :guilabel:`Members` tab" -" when editing the sales team's configuration page. Select a salesperson from" -" the drop-down menu or create new salesperson. Set a maximum number of leads" -" that can be assigned to this salesperson in a 30-day period to ensure that " -"they do not overwork." -msgstr "" -"Para agregar miembros al equipo, vaya a la pestaña de :guilabel:`Miembros` " -"y, en modo edición, haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar` en la página de " -"configuración del equipo. Seleccione un vendedor del menú desplegable o cree" -" un vendedor nuevo. Seleccione un número máximo de leads que se le puede " -"asignar a este vendedor en un periodo de 30 días, así se asegurará de que " -"sus vendedores no están trabajando de más." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Add a salesperson in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "Agregar un vendedor en CRM de Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 -msgid "" -"One person can be added as a team member or :guilabel:`Team Leader` to " -"multiple sales teams, allowing them to access all of the pipelines that they" -" need to." -msgstr "" -"Usted puede agregar personas como miembros del equipo o como " -":guilabel:`líder del equipo` en varios equipos de venta, de tal manera que " -"estas personas tendrán acceso a todos los flujos que sean necesarios." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:44 -msgid "Sales team dashboard" -msgstr "Tablero del equipo de ventas" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 -msgid "" -"To view the sales team dashboard, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Sales --> " -"Teams`. Odoo users will see any teams that they are a part of as dashboard " -"tiles." -msgstr "" -"Para ver el tablero del equipo de ventas, vaya a :menuselection:`CRM --> " -"Ventas --> Equipos`. Los usuarios de Odoo verán el equipo del que sean " -"parte." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Each tile gives an overview of the sales team's open opportunities, " -"quotations, sales orders, and expected revenue, as well as a bar graph of " -"new opportunities per week and an invoicing progress bar." -msgstr "" -"Cada cuadro que vea en este tablero le dará un resumen de las oportunidades," -" cotizaciones, órdenes de venta e ingresos esperados de cada equipo de " -"venta. Además, podrá ver una gráfica con las oportunidades nuevas por " -"semanas y una barra de progreso de la facturación." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Sales team overview dashboard in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "Resumen del equipo de ventas en el tablero de la aplicación CRM." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Click on the three dots in the corner of a tile to open a navigational menu " -"that lets users quickly view documents or reports, create new quotations or " -"opportunities, pick a color for this team, or access the team's " -"configuration page." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en los tres puntos que se encuentran en la esquina de la tabla " -"para abrir un menú de navegación que los usuarios pueden usar para ver " -"documentos o reportes, crear nuevas cotizaciones y oportunidades, elegir un " -"color para esta equipo, o acceder a la página de configuración del equipo." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Click the Three Dot Menu in Odoo CRM dashboard to view documents and create " -"opportunities." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en los tres puntos para abrir el menú en el tablero de la " -"aplicación CRM de Odoo para ver documentos y crear oportunidades." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Pipeline` button to go directly to that team's CRM " -"pipeline." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en el botón que dice :guilabel:`Flujo` para ir directamente al " -"flujo de CRM del equipo." - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:5 msgid "Assign and track leads" msgstr "Asignar y rastrear leads" @@ -6677,10 +6925,9 @@ msgid "" "ability to close a deal has varied, some members of the sales team have " "received a higher number of quality leads than others." msgstr "" -"Tras ejecutar el informe, el director puede ver que, aunque la capacidad de " -"cada uno para cerrar un trato ha variado, algunos miembros del equipo de " -"ventas han recibido un mayor número de clientes potenciales de calidad que " -"otros." +"Luego de elaborar el reporte, el gerente puede ver que, aunque la capacidad " +"de cada colaborador para cerrar un trato ha variado, algunos miembros del " +"equipo han recibido un mayor número de leads de calidad que otros." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/quality_leads_report.rst:0 msgid "An example of a quality leads report in the Odoo CRM application." @@ -6851,7 +7098,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`está entre` para definir con mayor precisión un marco temporal " "con una fecha de inicio y fin. Todas las entradas que coincidan y que se " -"ajusten a las fechas de inicio y fin definidas se incluirán en el informe." +"ajusten a las fechas de inicio y fin definidas se incluirán en el reporte." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/quality_leads_report.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -7351,10 +7598,10 @@ msgid "" "filter is optional and should not be included if the report is intended for " "the entire company." msgstr "" -":ref:`Equipos de venta `: limita los " -"resultados para que sólo incluyan clientes potenciales asignados a uno o más" -" equipos de ventas. Este filtro es opcional y no debe incluirse si el " -"informe está destinado a toda la empresa." +":ref:`Equipos de venta específicos `: " +"limita los resultados para que solo incluyan leads asignados a uno o más " +"equipos de ventas. Este filtro es opcional, no lo incluya si el reporte está" +" dirigido a toda la empresa." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/unattended_leads_report.rst:85 msgid "Add filter for past due activities" @@ -9178,7 +9425,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`payment_methods/terminals`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -9438,7 +9685,7 @@ msgstr "" "guardar los cambios." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:72 @@ -9469,7 +9716,7 @@ msgstr "" "y :guilabel:`cuenta de comerciante de Adyen`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:96 @@ -9526,21 +9773,19 @@ msgstr "" "de pago ágil y facilitar el trabajo de sus cajeros." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 msgid "" -"Worldline payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " +"Ingenico payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " "`." msgstr "" -"Las terminales de pago Worldline necesitan una :doc:`caja IoT " +"Las terminales de pago Ingenico necesitan una :doc:`caja IoT " "`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:10 msgid "" -"Worldline is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " +"Ingenico is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " "Luxembourg." msgstr "" -"En este momento Worldline solo está disponible en Bélgica, Países Bajos y " +"En este momento Ingenico solo está disponible en Bélgica, Países Bajos y " "Luxemburgo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:11 @@ -9558,7 +9803,7 @@ msgstr "Conecta una IoT Box" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:20 msgid "" -"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"Connecting an Ingenico payment terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " "an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " "database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " "`." @@ -9568,32 +9813,60 @@ msgstr "" "base de datos, refiérase a :doc:`documentación " "IoT`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:26 -msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" -msgstr "Configure Lane/5000 para Ingenico BENELUX" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " -"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:25 +msgid "Configure the Lane/Desk/Move 5000 terminals for Ingenico BENELUX" msgstr "" -"Haga clic en el botón F de la terminal, luego vaya a :menuselection:`Menú de" -" PdV --> Ajustes` e ingrese la contraseña de los ajustes." +"Configure las terminales de pago Lane/Desk/Move 5000 de Ingenico para " +"BENELUX" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Press the function button (:guilabel:`F` on Lane/5000, :guilabel:`⦿` on " +"Desk/5000 and Move/5000)." +msgstr "" +"Presione el botón de función (:guilabel:`F` en Lane/5000, :guilabel:`⦿` en " +"Desk/5000 y Move/5000)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Kassa menu --> Settings Menu` and enter the settings " +"password." +msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`menú Kassa --> menú de Ajustes` e ingrese la " +"contraseña de los ajustes." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Change Connection` and press :guilabel:`OK` on the next " +"screen." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione :guilabel:`Change Connection` (cambiar conexión) y presione " +":guilabel:`OK` en la siguiente pantalla." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, click on connection change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " -"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " -"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " -"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." -msgstr "" -"Ahora, haga clic en cambios de conexión y TCP/IP. Ingrese la IP de su *caja " -"IoT* (puede encontrarla desde la vista de formulario para su caja IoT). " -"Después, ingrese 9000 como puerto. La terminal se reiniciará y cuando " -"termine, vaya al formulario de su *caja IoT* en Odoo y verifique que la " -"terminal se encontró." +msgid "Select :guilabel:`TCP/IP` and :guilabel:`IP-address`." +msgstr "Seleccione :guilabel:`TCP/IP` y :guilabel:`IP-address`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:32 +msgid "On the next screen, enter the IP address of your IoT Box." +msgstr "En la siguiente pantalla ingrese la dirección IP de su caja IoT." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Enter `9000` as port number and press :guilabel:`OK` on the next screen." +msgstr "" +"Escriba `9000` como número de puerto y presione :guilabel:`OK` en la " +"siguiente pantalla." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:35 +msgid "" +"At this point, the terminal restarts and should be displayed in your IoT Box" +" form in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"En este momento, la terminal se reiniciará y se debería de ver en su caja " +"IoT de Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:43 msgid "" "Enable the payment terminal :ref:`in the application settings " "` and :doc:`create the related payment method " @@ -9609,7 +9882,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Usar una terminal de pago`. Luego, seleccione el dispositivo " "correspondiente en el campo :guilabel:`Dispositivo de terminal de pago`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:57 msgid "" "In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " "Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " @@ -9622,7 +9895,7 @@ msgstr "" "tiene que enviarse a la terminal de pago y haga clic en *Enviar*. Cuando se " "realice el pago, el estado cambiará a *Pago realizado*." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:66 msgid "" "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " "retry to send the payment request." @@ -9630,7 +9903,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si quiere cancelar la petición de pago, haga clic en cancelar. Puede " "intentar enviar la petición de pago de nuevo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:69 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" @@ -9640,7 +9913,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Forzar terminación*. Esto le permitirá validar la orden en Odoo incluso si " "la conexión entre la terminal y Odoo tiene problemas." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:75 msgid "" "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " "you the connection failed." @@ -9648,7 +9921,7 @@ msgstr "" "La opción solo estará disponible si recibe un mensaje de error en el que " "diga que la conexión falló." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:78 msgid "" "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " "of card that has been used and the transaction ID." @@ -10210,6 +10483,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Worldline" msgstr "Worldline" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Worldline payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " +"`." +msgstr "" +"Las terminales de pago Worldline necesitan una :doc:`caja IoT " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Worldline is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " +"Luxembourg." +msgstr "" +"En este momento Worldline solo está disponible en Bélgica, Países Bajos y " +"Luxemburgo." + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo is compatible with Worldline terminals that use the CTEP protocol " @@ -11395,7 +11684,7 @@ msgstr "" " precios seleccionada `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:42 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:243 msgid "Multiple prices per product" msgstr "Múltiples precios por producto" @@ -11455,7 +11744,7 @@ msgstr "" "Formulario de configuración para una lista de precios de múltiples precios" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:321 msgid "Advanced price rules" msgstr "Reglas de precios avanzadas" @@ -14126,17 +14415,29 @@ msgstr "" "gestionar disputas o emitir reembolsos, se **deben** gestionar desde la " "*Seller Central* de Amazon." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:71 +msgid "" +"As of February 19, 2024, in North American marketplaces, :abbr:`FBA " +"(Fulfilled by Amazon)` orders created with the *Amazon Connector*, do not " +"get the customer's name passed onto the sales/delivery order in Odoo. This " +"is due to the fact that Amazon now calculates, and remits, sales tax on " +"behalf of sellers. In other words, personally identifiable customer " +"information is not transmitted to the seller any longer, after a :abbr:`FBA " +"(Fulfilled by Amazon)` order." +msgstr "" +"Desde el 19 de febrero de 2024, en los marketplaces norteamericanos, las " +"órdenes :abbr:`FBA (Logística por Amazon)` creadas con el *conector de " +"Amazon* no incluyen el nombre del cliente en la orden de entrega o de envío " +"en Odoo. Esto se debe a que Amazon ahora calcula y remite el impuesto sobre " +"las ventas en nombre de los vendedores. Es decir, la información personal " +"identificable del cliente ya no se le comparte al vendedor luego de una " +"orden :abbr:`FBA (Logística por Amazon)`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 msgid "Supported marketplaces" msgstr "Marketplaces de Amazon compatibles" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:75 -msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces." -msgstr "" -"El Conector de Amazon es compatible con todos los marketplaces disponibles " -"hasta ahora." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 msgid "" "If a marketplace is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, it's possible to" " :ref:`add a new marketplace `." @@ -14144,7 +14445,87 @@ msgstr "" "Si un marketplace de Amazon no aparece en la lista, es posible :ref:`agregar" " uno nuevo `." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:86 +msgid "**North America region**" +msgstr "**Norte América**" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Canada" +msgstr "Canadá" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Amazon.ca" +msgstr "Amazon.ca" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "México" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Amazon.com.mx" +msgstr "Amazon.com.mx" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:92 +msgid "US" +msgstr "Estados Unidos" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:92 +msgid "Amazon.com" +msgstr "Amazon.com" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:96 +msgid "**Europe region**" +msgstr "**Europa**" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:98 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "Alemania" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:98 +msgid "Amazon.de" +msgstr "Amazon.de" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:100 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "España" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:100 +msgid "Amazon.es" +msgstr "Amazon.es" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:102 +msgid "France" +msgstr "Francia" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:102 +msgid "Amazon.fr" +msgstr "Amazon.fr" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:104 +msgid "UK" +msgstr "Reino Unido" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:104 +msgid "Amazon.co.uk" +msgstr "Amazon.co.uk" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:106 +msgid "Italy" +msgstr "Italia" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:106 +msgid "Amazon.it" +msgstr "Amazon.it" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:108 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "Países Bajos" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:108 +msgid "Amazon.nl" +msgstr "Amazon.nl" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:30 @@ -14152,7 +14533,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr ":doc:`setup`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:155 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:17 @@ -20818,10 +21199,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Loyalty Cards`: When making purchases, the customer accumulates " -"points to exchange for rewards on future orders." +"points to exchange for rewards on current and/or future orders." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Tarjetas de lealtad`: el cliente acumula puntos cuando realiza " -"sus compras y los puede canjear por recompensas en las próximas órdenes." +":guilabel:`Tarjetas de lealtad`: el cliente acumula puntos cuando compra y " +"los puede canjear por recompensas en sus órdenes actuales o futuras." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -21809,7 +22190,7 @@ msgstr "" " :menuselection:`Ventas --> Productos --> Listas de precios`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:337 msgid "" "Either option reveals the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, in which pricelists " "can be created and/or modified at any time." @@ -21823,15 +22204,27 @@ msgid "How the pricelists page looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "Cómo se ve la página de listas de precios en Ventas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:267 +msgid "" +"The order of the pricelists on the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page has an impact" +" on how they are applied. If several pricelists share the same criteria, " +"**only** the first listed pricelist is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"For example, for two pricelists with different rules, but same criteria " +"(e.g., same website, same country), only the *first* pricelist in the list " +"is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:61 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " -"*Sales* and *eCommerce*." +"*Sales* and *eCommerce*. This pricelist is applied by default, if there are " +"no matching criteria." msgstr "" -"La :guilabel:`lista de precios pública` es la lista de precios " -"predeterminada utilizada en *Ventas* y *Comercio electrónico*." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:64 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, either select the desired pricelist to" " edit, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new pricelist, which reveals a " @@ -21846,7 +22239,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the pricelist detail form looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "Cómo se ve el formulario de detalle de la lista de precios en Ventas." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:72 msgid "" "When creating a new pricelist, start by adding a name for the pricelist at " "the top of the form, in the blank field. Next, select which " @@ -21856,7 +22249,7 @@ msgstr "" "la lista de precios en la parte superior del formulario, en el campo en " "blanco. Después, seleccione qué :guilabel:`divisa` se debe utilizar." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:75 msgid "" "Then, if working in a multi-company environment, select which company this " "pricelist should apply to in the :guilabel:`Company` field. If this field is" @@ -21868,11 +22261,11 @@ msgstr "" " Si deja este campo en blanco, la lista de precios se aplicará " "automáticamente a todas las empresas en la base de datos." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:80 msgid "Price rules tab" msgstr "Pestaña de reglas de precios" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:82 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab functionality on a pricelist form varies " "depending on the :guilabel:`Pricelists` setting chosen: either " @@ -21884,7 +22277,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`lista de precio`: ya sea :guilabel:`varios precios por producto` " "o :guilabel:`reglas de precio avanzadas (descuentos, fórmulas)`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:86 msgid "" "However, the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab and :guilabel:`Configuration` " "tab are always the same, regardless of the chosen :guilabel:`Pricelists` " @@ -21894,11 +22287,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`configuración` siempre son las mismas, independientemente de la " "configuración de la :guilabel:`lista de precios` elegida." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:90 msgid "Price rules tab (multiple prices per product)" msgstr "Pestaña de reglas de precios (varios precios por producto)" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:92 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Multiple prices per product` setting activated, the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab on pricelist forms provides the option to add " @@ -21909,7 +22302,7 @@ msgstr "" "precios proporcionará la opción de agregar productos específicos (con un " "precio específico) a una lista de precios." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96 msgid "" "To add a specific product and price to a pricelist form, click the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab, then click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the " @@ -21921,7 +22314,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`agregar línea` en la columna :guilabel:`productos`. Luego, " "seleccione el producto deseado al cual se debe aplicar un precio específico." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 msgid "" "Next, if necessary, select a product variant under the :guilabel:`Variants` " "column (e.g. a specific product size, color, etc.). If no variants are " @@ -21932,7 +22325,7 @@ msgstr "" "color, etc.). Si no selecciona ninguna variante, este precio se aplicará a " "todas las variantes del producto." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104 msgid "" "If a minimum amount of the product must be purchased in order to apply the " "specific price, enter the amount under the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` column." @@ -21940,7 +22333,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si se debe comprar una cantidad mínima de un producto para aplicar un precio" " específico, ingrese la cantidad en la columna :guilabel:`cantidad mínima`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:107 msgid "" "To configure the price of the product for this specific pricelist, enter the" " desired amount under the :guilabel:`Price` column. Then, there is the " @@ -21952,7 +22345,7 @@ msgstr "" "También existe la opción de agregar una :guilabel:`fecha de inicio` y una " ":guilabel:`fecha de finalización` al precio del producto configurado." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "" "To add another product line, click :guilabel:`Add a line` again, and repeat " "the process. There is no limit to how many products can be added in the " @@ -21963,7 +22356,7 @@ msgstr "" "de productos que se pueden agregar en la pestaña :guilabel:`reglas de " "precio` de un formulario de una lista de precios." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:114 msgid "" "For more information, check out the following section: :ref:`Multiple prices" " per product `." @@ -21971,11 +22364,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si desea obtener más información, consulte la siguiente sección: " ":ref:`varios precios por producto `." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:118 msgid "Price rules tab (advanced price rules)" msgstr "Pestaña de reglas de precios (reglas de precios avanzadas)" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` setting " "activated, the :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab on pricelist forms provides the " @@ -21986,7 +22379,7 @@ msgstr "" "en los formularios de la lista de precios proporciona la opción de " "configurar reglas de precios detalladas basadas en fórmulas." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:124 msgid "" "Check out the :ref:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas) " "` section for detailed steps on how to add " @@ -21996,11 +22389,11 @@ msgstr "" " ` para obtener instrucciones detalladas sobre " "cómo agregar reglas de precios avanzadas a una lista de precios." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 msgid "Time-based rules tab" msgstr "Pestaña de reglas según el tiempo" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 msgid "" "Time-based rules are used specifically with :doc:`subscription products " "`. Be sure to check out the Odoo" @@ -22012,7 +22405,7 @@ msgstr "" "*documentación* sobre *Suscripciones* :doc:`aquí " "`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:134 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab, the same functionality of the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab is present, with the only difference being that " @@ -22023,7 +22416,7 @@ msgstr "" "que se puede aplicar un periodo de tiempo repetido en la columna " ":guilabel:`periodo`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:138 msgid "" "After a :guilabel:`Product` and potential :guilabel:`Variant` are selected " "in the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab, select the blank field in the " @@ -22036,7 +22429,7 @@ msgstr "" "un menú desplegable de periodos de recurrencia predefinidos (por ejemplo, " "`mensual`, `trimestral`, `semanal`, etc.)." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:142 msgid "" "New recurrence periods can also be directly created from this column, by " "typing in the new name for the :guilabel:`Period` and then selecting " @@ -22055,7 +22448,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Custom time period pop-up form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "Formulario emergente de periodo de tiempo personalizado en Ventas." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:151 msgid "" "From this :guilabel:`Create Period` pop-up form, add a :guilabel:`Name`, " ":guilabel:`Duration`, then a :guilabel:`Unit` (e.g. `Days`, `Weeks`, etc.). " @@ -22065,7 +22458,7 @@ msgstr "" "y una :guilabel:`unidad` (por ejemplo, `días`, `semanas`, etc.). No olvide " ":guilabel:`guardar y cerrar`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:154 msgid "" "Lastly, add the desired price for this time-based rule in the " ":guilabel:`Price` column." @@ -22073,15 +22466,15 @@ msgstr "" "Por último, agregue el precio deseado para esta regla por tiempo en la " "columna :guilabel:`Precio`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:157 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:160 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "Pestaña de configuración" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:162 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, there are a few options that can " "further customize the pricelist." @@ -22095,7 +22488,7 @@ msgstr "" "La pestaña de configuración en el formulario de detalles de la lista de " "precios en la aplicación Ventas de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:169 msgid "" "From here, under the :guilabel:`Availability` section, in the " ":guilabel:`Country Groups` field, certain country groups can be added to the" @@ -22107,7 +22500,7 @@ msgstr "" "campo correspondiente. No hay un límite con respecto al número de grupos de " "países que puede agregar a este campo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:174 msgid "" "If no country is set for a customer, Odoo takes the first pricelist without " "any country group." @@ -22115,7 +22508,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si no establece algún país para un cliente, Odoo toma la primera lista de " "precios que no tiene un grupo de países." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:176 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Website` section, there are a few options that can be " "configured. In the :guilabel:`Website` field, this pricelist can be applied " @@ -22128,7 +22521,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Sitio web`. Si lo deja vacío, entonces la lista de precios se " "aplicará a todos los sitios web de la base de datos." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:181 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Selectable` checkbox to have this pricelist as a " "selectable option for customers to choose as they shop. If the " @@ -22140,7 +22533,7 @@ msgstr "" "compras. Si no selecciona la casilla :guilabel:`Seleccionable`, entonces los" " clientes **no** podrán seleccionar la lista de precios por su cuenta." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:185 msgid "" "Lastly, there is the option to add an :guilabel:`E-commerce Promotional " "Code`. To add a code, type in the desired promo code that, when entered " @@ -22154,11 +22547,11 @@ msgstr "" "precios aplicará incluso si el cliente no cumple con los criterios que se " "habían establecido con anterioridad." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:190 msgid "Show discount percentage to customers" msgstr "Mostrar el porcentaje de descuento a los clientes" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:192 msgid "" "With Odoo *Sales*, the option to show the public price *and* the computed " "discount percentage on the product catalog is available." @@ -22167,7 +22560,7 @@ msgstr "" "calculado en el catálogo de productos está disponible en la aplicación " "*Ventas* de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:195 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Pricing` section, click the checkbox next " @@ -22179,7 +22572,7 @@ msgstr "" "se encuentra junto a la función :guilabel:`Descuentos`. Luego, haga clic en " "el botón correspondiente para :guilabel:`guardar` todos los cambios." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:199 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Discounts` feature, navigate to the " "pricelists page, either by clicking the :guilabel:`Pricelists` link from the" @@ -22192,7 +22585,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ajustes` o si va a la aplicación :menuselection:`Ventas --> " "Productos --> Listas de precios`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:203 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, select the desired pricelist to edit. On" " the pricelist form, click into the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab. In the " @@ -22212,11 +22605,11 @@ msgstr "" "Las opciones de descuento en la pestaña de configuración de una lista de " "precios en la aplicación Ventas de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:211 msgid "The options available in this section are:" msgstr "Las opciones disponibles en esta sección son las siguientes:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:213 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Discount included in the price`: shows the customer only the " "final price with the discount already included." @@ -22224,7 +22617,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Descuento incluido en el precio`: esta opción muestra al cliente " "solo el precio final con el descuento ya incluido." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:215 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show public price & discount to the customer`: shows the customer" " the public price *and* the discount they're earning." @@ -22233,11 +22626,11 @@ msgstr "" "opción muestra al cliente el precio público *y* el descuento que está " "obteniendo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:219 msgid "Customer pricelist application" msgstr "Listas de precios aplicadas a los clientes" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:221 msgid "" "While the default pricelist applied to any customer is the :guilabel:`Public" " Pricelist`, Odoo provides the opportunity to directly apply a different " @@ -22248,7 +22641,7 @@ msgstr "" "aplicar directamente una lista de precios distinta a los clientes desde su " "formulario de contacto." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:224 msgid "" "To do that, open the desired customer's contact form, either by navigating " "to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Customers` and selecting the " @@ -22266,7 +22659,7 @@ msgstr "" "Formulario de muestra con los detalles de un cliente en la aplicación Ventas" " de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:232 msgid "" "On the desired customer's contact form, under the :guilabel:`Sales & " "Purchase` tab, in the :guilabel:`Sales` section, designate what pricelist " @@ -22284,7 +22677,7 @@ msgstr "" "El campo de lista de precios en el formulario de detalles de un cliente en " "la aplicación Ventas de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:245 msgid "" "To apply several prices per individual product, select the " ":guilabel:`Multiple prices per product` option, after enabling the " @@ -22298,7 +22691,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Ventas* (aplicación :menuselection:`Ventas --> Configuración --> Ajustes`) " "y haga clic en :guilabel:`guardar`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:249 msgid "" "Next, apply pricelists to specific products using the product form. Navigate" " to the :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and select the " @@ -22313,7 +22706,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Productos`, se abre el formulario específico del producto en una " "página separada." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:254 msgid "" "On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Extra Prices` smart button, " "located at the top of the form." @@ -22326,7 +22719,7 @@ msgid "How the extra prices smart button appears in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" "El botón inteligente de precios adicionales en la aplicación Ventas de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:261 msgid "" "Doing so reveals a separate page displaying the :guilabel:`Price Rules` that" " are specific to that particular product. Here, price rules can be edited or" @@ -22342,7 +22735,7 @@ msgstr "" "La página con las reglas de precios adicionales por producto en la " "aplicación Ventas de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:268 msgid "" "To create a new price rule for a product from this specific :guilabel:`Price" " Rules` page, click :guilabel:`New` to add a new, customizable row that has " @@ -22353,7 +22746,7 @@ msgstr "" "para agregar una nueva fila personalizable que ya incluya el producto " "deseado en la columna :guilabel:`Aplicado en`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:272 msgid "" "Next, select which :guilabel:`Pricelist` this specific product price rule " "should apply to, via the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column." @@ -22362,7 +22755,15 @@ msgstr "" " seleccione a qué :guilabel:`lista de precios` debe aplicarse esta regla de " "precios específica del producto." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:276 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " +"*Sales* and *eCommerce*." +msgstr "" +"La :guilabel:`lista de precios pública` es la lista de precios " +"predeterminada utilizada en *Ventas* y *Comercio electrónico*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:279 msgid "" "To create a new pricelist from this page, type in the desired name of the " "new pricelist in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column, then select " @@ -22378,7 +22779,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Ventas --> Productos --> Listas de precios`, también puede " "crear :guilabel:`listas de precios` desde esa página." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:285 msgid "" "After the desired pricelist is added to the row, designate a :guilabel:`Min." " Quantity` for the price rule." @@ -22386,7 +22787,7 @@ msgstr "" "Después de agregar la lista de precios deseada a la fila, establezca una " ":guilabel:`cantidad mínima` para la regla de precios." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:289 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` column is set to `2`, the new price in the " ":guilabel:`Price` column will be applied to orders of 2 or more products. " @@ -22401,7 +22802,7 @@ msgstr "" "establecido en $85 por producto para una :guilabel:`cantidad mínima` de `2` " "productos." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:294 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired amount in the :guilabel:`Price` column. Then, if " "needed, enter a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End Date` for the " @@ -22411,7 +22812,7 @@ msgstr "" "necesario, proporcione una :guilabel:`fecha de inicio` y una " ":guilabel:`fecha de finalización` para la regla de precio del producto." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:297 msgid "" "And lastly, if working in a multi-company environment, select which company " "this price rule should be applied to in the :guilabel:`Company` field. " @@ -22423,7 +22824,7 @@ msgstr "" "deja este campo vacío, la regla de precios se aplicará a todas las empresas " "de la base de datos." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:301 msgid "" "Click away from the row to activate Odoo's auto-save capability, meaning " "that newly-created price rule is now ready to be used." @@ -22432,7 +22833,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo, esto quiere decir que ya puede utilizar la regla de precio que acaba " "de crear." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:304 msgid "" "Proceed to add as many unique price rules per product as desired. There is " "no limit to how many price rules can be added per product." @@ -22441,7 +22842,7 @@ msgstr "" " hay un número máximo de cantidad de reglas de precio que puede agregar por " "producto." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:307 msgid "" "With the price rule(s) in place for a specific product, customers who fall " "into those corresponding pricelists automatically see those new prices " @@ -22456,7 +22857,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Precios adicionales` que está ubicado en cada formulario de " "producto." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:313 msgid "" "When a price rule/pricelist is added to a product via the :guilabel:`Extra " "Prices` smart button, it is also reflected on the pricelist itself. " @@ -22471,7 +22872,7 @@ msgstr "" "también se ve reflejados en el formulario del productos a través del botón " "inteligente de :guilabel:`Precios adicionales`. " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:323 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` pricelist feature" " provides the option to set price change rules based on discounts and " @@ -22484,7 +22885,7 @@ msgstr "" "relativos al precio de la lista/catálogo de productos, el costo del producto" " u otra lista de precios. " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:327 msgid "" "To use advanced pricing rules, with discounts and formulas, select the " ":guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` option, after " @@ -22499,7 +22900,7 @@ msgstr "" "(:menuselection:`Ventas --> Configuración --> Ajustes`) y haga clic en " ":guilabel:`Guardar`. " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:332 msgid "" "After activating and saving that :guilabel:`Pricelists` feature, the " ":guilabel:`Settings` page reloads and, from here, either select the " @@ -22513,7 +22914,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Listas de precios` en la página de :guilabel:`Ajustes`) o vaya a" " :menuselection:`Ventas --> Productos --> Listas de precios`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:340 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, select a desired pricelist to modify, " "or create a new pricelist by clicking the :guilabel:`New` button." @@ -22521,7 +22922,7 @@ msgstr "" "Desde la página de :guilabel:`precios`, seleccione la lista de precios que " "desea modificar o cree una nueva liste con el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo`. " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:343 msgid "" "On the pricelist form, under the :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line` to add an advanced price rule. Doing so reveals a " @@ -22540,32 +22941,32 @@ msgstr "" "Aspecto de la ventana emergente del formulario emergente para crear reglas " "para las listas de precio en Ventas de Odoo. " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:352 msgid "Price computation" msgstr "Cálculo de precios" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:354 msgid "" "On this form, first choose one of the three :guilabel:`Computation` options:" msgstr "" "En este formulario, seleccione una de las tres opciones de " ":guilabel:`cálculo`: " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fixed Price`: the price computation is based on a fixed price." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Precio fijo`: el cálculo del precio se basa en un precio fijo. " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:357 msgid ":guilabel:`Discount`: the price computation is based on a discount." msgstr ":guilabel:`Descuento`: el cálculo del precio se basa en un descuento." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:358 msgid ":guilabel:`Formula`: the price computation is based on a formula." msgstr ":guilabel:`Fórmula`: el cálculo del precio se basa en una fórmula. " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:361 msgid "" "Each :guilabel:`Computation` option reveals its own computation-specific " "fields on the form." @@ -22573,7 +22974,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cada opción de :guilabel:`cálculo` muestra sus propios campos específicos de" " cálculo en el formulario." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:363 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Fixed Price` is selected, enter the desired price in the " ":guilabel:`Fixed Price` field below. If :guilabel:`Discount` is selected, " @@ -22585,7 +22986,7 @@ msgstr "" " escriba el porcentaje que desea para el descuento en el campo de " ":guilabel:`Descuento` que aparece." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:367 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Formula` is selected, a number of configurable options appear." msgstr "" @@ -22598,7 +22999,7 @@ msgstr "" "Las diferentes opciones de cálculo con fórmula que aparecen en Ventas de " "Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:373 msgid "" "To configure the :guilabel:`Formula` computation option, start by selecting " "an option from the :guilabel:`Based on` field: :guilabel:`Sales Price`, " @@ -22610,7 +23011,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Costo` u :guilabel:`Otra lista de precios`. Esto determinará en " "qué regla de precios avanzada se basará. " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:377 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Discount` field, determine how much of a discount " "should be applied. It should be noted that a mark-up can be applied by " @@ -22620,7 +23021,7 @@ msgstr "" "que aplicará. Tenga en cuenta que puede aplicar un incremento en el precio " "si configura un descuento negativo en este campo. " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:381 msgid "" "To formulate a 100% markup (or 2 times the cost of the product), with a $5 " "minimum margin, set the :guilabel:`Based on` field to :guilabel:`Cost`, the " @@ -22641,7 +23042,7 @@ msgstr "" "Aspecto de la fórmula para un costo de incremento con un margen mínimo de 5 " "dólares en Ventas de Odoo. " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:389 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` field, specify a fixed amount to add (or " "subtract) to the amount calculated with the discount. After that, enter a " @@ -22654,13 +23055,13 @@ msgstr "" "redondeo`. Este método establece el precio como un múltiplo del valor en el " "campo. " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:394 msgid "Rounding is applied *after* the discount and *before* the surcharge." msgstr "" "El redondeo se aplica *después* del descuento y *antes* del cargo adicional." " " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:397 msgid "" "To have prices that end in 9.99, set the :guilabel:`Rounding Method` to `10`" " and the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` to `-0.01`." @@ -22668,7 +23069,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para que el precio final sea 9.99, configure el :guilabel:`Método de " "redondeo` a `10` y la :guilabel:`Tarifa adicional` en `-0.01`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:400 msgid "" "Lastly, specify the minimum amount of margin over the base price in the " ":guilabel:`Margins` field." @@ -22676,7 +23077,7 @@ msgstr "" "Por último, especifique la cantidad mínima del margen sobre el precio base " "en el campo :guilabel:`Márgenes`. " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:402 msgid "" "Once all formula-related configurations are complete, Odoo provides an " "example of the formula in a blue block to the right of the configurations." @@ -22684,7 +23085,7 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez que la configuración de las fórmulas esté lista, Odoo proporciona un" " ejemplo de la fórmula en el recuadro azul del lado derecho de la página. " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:406 msgid "" "To apply 20% discounts, with prices rounded up to 9.99, set the " ":guilabel:`Based on` field to :guilabel:`Sales Price`, the " @@ -22702,11 +23103,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ejemplo de un descuento del 20% con precios redondeados a 9.99 en la " "aplicación Ventas de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:415 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "Condiciones" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:417 msgid "" "At the bottom of the :guilabel:`Create Pricelist Rules` pop-up form is the " ":guilabel:`Conditions` section." @@ -22714,14 +23115,14 @@ msgstr "" "En la parte inferior de la ventana emergente para :guilabel:`crear reglas de" " listas de precio` se encuentra la sección de :guilabel:`Condiciones`. " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:420 msgid "" "Here, start by selecting one of the options in the :guilabel:`Apply On` " "field:" msgstr "" "Aquí, seleccione una de las opciones del campo :guilabel:`Aplicar en`: " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:422 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All Products`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to all" " products." @@ -22729,7 +23130,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Todos los productos`: la regla de precios avanzada que se " "aplicará a todos los productos." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to" " a specific category of products." @@ -22737,7 +23138,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Categoría del producto`: la regla de precios avanzada que se " "aplicará a una categoría específica de productos." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:425 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to a " "specific product." @@ -22745,7 +23146,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Producto`: la regla de precios avanzada que se aplicará a un " "producto específico. " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:426 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to " "a specific product variant." @@ -22753,7 +23154,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Variante de producto`: la regla de precio avanzada que se " "aplicará a una variante de producto específica. " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:429 msgid "" "If any of those options, apart from :guilabel:`All Products`, are selected, " "a new option-specific field appears, in which the specific " @@ -22765,7 +23166,7 @@ msgstr "" "deberá elegir la :guilabel:`Categoría de producto`, :guilabel:`Producto`, o " ":guilabel:`Variante de producto` específicos." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:433 msgid "" "Then, select a minimum quantity to be applied to the advanced pricelist rule" " in the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` field. Lastly, select a range of dates for" @@ -22776,7 +23177,7 @@ msgstr "" "seleccione un rango de fechas para la validez de la lista de precio del " "artículo en el campo :guilabel:`Validez`. " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:437 msgid "" "Once all configurations are complete, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " "to save the advanced pricelist rule, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to " @@ -22787,7 +23188,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Guardar y nuevo` para crear de inmediato otra regla de precios " "avanzada en un nuevo formulario." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:442 msgid "" "If a price rule is set for a particular product, and another one for its " "product category, Odoo takes the rule of the product itself." @@ -22795,11 +23196,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si establece una regla de precios para un producto en particular y otra para" " su categoría de producto, Odoo toma en cuenta la regla del producto. " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:446 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:447 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management`" msgstr "" @@ -27972,7 +28373,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:406 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:107 msgid ":doc:`../subscriptions`" msgstr ":doc:`../subscriptions`" @@ -27981,7 +28382,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../subscriptions`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:407 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:183 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`plans`" msgstr ":doc:`plans`" @@ -27990,7 +28391,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`plans`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:408 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:184 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`products`" msgstr ":doc:`products`" @@ -30897,7 +31298,14 @@ msgstr "" "de la orden` también aparece una advertencia para recordarle al usuario que " "los productos recurrentes tienen descuentos según el periodo prorrateado." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The prorated amount is **only** applied to *Service* product types. It is " +"**not** applied to *Consumable* or *Storable* product types, even if the " +"message appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:75 msgid "" "From this new upsell quotation form, add new subscription products in the " ":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " @@ -30916,7 +31324,7 @@ msgstr "" "Agregar productos a su suscripción a través de la opción de venta adicional " "en la aplicación Suscripciones de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:82 msgid "" "Once the desired upsell subscription product(s) have been added, it can be " "sent to the customer for approval by clicking the :guilabel:`Send by Email` " @@ -30926,7 +31334,7 @@ msgstr "" "correspondientes puede enviárselos al cliente para que los apruebe, solo " "haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Enviar por correo electrónico`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:86 msgid "" "When the quotation is confirmed by the customer, the upsell products are " "added to the initial subscription. Quotation prices are then prorated to the" @@ -30937,7 +31345,7 @@ msgstr "" "cotizaciones se reparten entre el tiempo restante del periodo de facturación" " actual." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:91 msgid "" "Before sending the new quotation to the customer, the unit price, taxes, and" " even discount can be applied." @@ -30945,7 +31353,7 @@ msgstr "" "Antes de enviar la nueva cotización al cliente puede aplicar el precio " "unitario, los impuestos e incluso el descuento." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:94 msgid "" "Once the customer approves, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " "quotation, making it a sales order. When that's clicked, a :guilabel:`Sales " @@ -30958,7 +31366,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Historial de ventas` que muestra cuántas órdenes de venta están " "vinculadas a esta orden de suscripción inicial." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:98 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Sales History` smart button is clicked, Odoo reveals a " "separate page containing a list of the related sales orders, clearly " diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 9f4553a11..2ae5c7f51 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -7,7 +7,6 @@ # marcescu, 2023 # Lucia Pacheco, 2023 # Iran Villalobos López, 2023 -# Aimée Mendoza Sánchez, 2023 # Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2024 # Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2024 @@ -18,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -307,11 +306,586 @@ msgstr "" "Planeación de intervención desde los tickets del servicio de asistencia de " "Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:7 msgid "Helpdesk" msgstr "Servicio de asistencia" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* is a ticketing-based customer support application. Multiple " +"teams can be configured and managed in one dashboard, each with their own " +"pipeline for tickets submitted by customers. Pipelines are organized in " +"customizable stages that enable teams to track, prioritize, and solve " +"customer issues quickly and efficiently." +msgstr "" +"*Servicio de asistencia* de Odoo es una aplicación de servicio al cliente " +"que trabaja con tickets. Puede configurar y gestionar varios equipos en un " +"tablero, cada uno con su propio flujo para tickets que suben los clientes. " +"Los flujos se organizan según etapas que se pueden personalizar y permite " +"que los equipos monitoreen, den prioridad y solucionen los problemas de los " +"clientes de manera rápida y eficiente." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:15 +msgid "Create a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "Crear un equipo del servicio de asistencia" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To view or modify *Helpdesk* teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. To create a new team, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button in the top-left of the dashboard." +msgstr "" +"Para ver o modificar equipos del *Servicio de asistencia* vaya a " +":menuselection:`la aplicación del Servicio de asistencia --> Configuración " +"--> Equipos del servicio de asistencia`. Para crear un nuevo equipo, haga " +"clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo` en la parte superior izquierda del " +"tablero." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "View of the Helpdesk teams page in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" +"Vista de la página de los equipos del servicio de asistencia en la " +"aplicación Servicio de asistencia de Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:25 +msgid "" +"On the blank Helpdesk team form, enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the new team. " +"Then, enter a description of the team in the field below the team name, if " +"desired. To change the company this team is assigned to, select it from the " +":guilabel:`Company` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +"En el formulario en blanco del servicio de asistencia ingrese un " +":guilabel:`Nombre` para el equipo nuevo. Después, ingrese una descripción " +"para el equipo en el campo debajo del título del equipo si lo desea. Para " +"cambiar la empresa a la que pertenece este equipo, selecciónela desde el " +"menú desplegable :guilabel:`Empresa`." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The team description is published on the public facing :doc:`website form " +"`, where customers and portal users " +"submit tickets. The description included in this field should **not** " +"include any information that is for internal use only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:0 +msgid "" +"View of a Helpdesk team's website form displaying the team description." +msgstr "" +"Vista del formulario de sitio web de un equipo de Mesa de asistencia donde " +"se muestra la descripción del equipo." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:40 +msgid "Visibility & Assignment" +msgstr "Visibilidad y asignaciones" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The *Visibility* settings alter which internal users and portal users have " +"access to this team and its tickets. The *Assignment* settings alter how " +"users are assigned to handle each ticket." +msgstr "" +"Los ajustes de *Visibilidad* alteran qué usuarios internos y del portal " +"tienen acceso a este equipo y a sus tickets. Los ajustes de *Asignación* " +"cambian cómo se les asignan los tickets a los usuarios." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:46 +msgid "Determine team visibility" +msgstr "Determinar la visibilidad del equipo" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Visibility` section, select one of the following " +"options to determine who can view this team and its tickets:" +msgstr "" +"En la sección :guilabel:`Visibilidad` seleccione una de las siguientes " +"opciones para determinar quién puede ver este equipo y sus tickets:" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invited internal users (private)`: internal users can access the " +"team and the tickets they are following. This access can be modified on each" +" ticket individually by adding or removing the user as a follower. Internal " +"users are considered *invited* once they are added as followers to an " +"individual ticket, or :ref:`to the team itself `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:55 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All internal users (company)`: all internal users can access the " +"team and all of its tickets." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Todos los usuarios internos (empresa)`: todos los usuarios " +"internos pueden acceder al equipo y a todos sus tickets." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)`: all " +"internal users can access the team and all of its tickets. Portal users can " +"only access the tickets they are following." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Usuarios del portal invitados y todos los usuarios internos " +"(público)`: todos los usuarios internos pueden acceder al equipo y a todos " +"sus tickets. Los usuarios del portal solo pueden acceder a los tickets que " +"están siguiendo." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:61 +msgid "" +"A `Customer Support` team, meant to handle general shipping and product " +"issues, would have the visibility set on :guilabel:`Invited portal users and" +" all internal users`." +msgstr "" +"Un equipo de `soporte de cliente` que debe gestionar los envíos en general y" +" los problemas de los productos tendrá a visibilidad configurada como " +":guilabel:`Usuarios del portal invitados y todos los usuarios internos`." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:64 +msgid "" +"At the same time, a `Financial Services` team handling tickets related to " +"accounting or tax information would only need to be visible to " +":guilabel:`Invited internal users`." +msgstr "" +"Al mismo tiempo, un equipo `Servicios financieros` que gestione todos los " +"tickets relacionados a la contabilidad o información de impuestos solo debe " +"ser visible para :guilabel:`Usuarios internos invitados`." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A team's visibility can be altered after the initial configuration. However," +" if the team changes from public access to either private or company-only " +"access, portal users are removed as followers from both the team, and from " +"individual tickets." +msgstr "" +"La visibilidad de un equipo puede alterarse después de la configuración " +"inicial. Sin embargo, si el equipo cambia de acceso público a ya sea acceso " +"privado o solo para empresa, los usuarios del portal se quitarán de los " +"seguidores tanto del equipo como de los tickets individuales." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:75 +msgid "Follow all team's tickets" +msgstr "Seguir todos los tickets del equipo" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If a user should be notified about any updates regarding tickets for this " +"team, select their name from the :guilabel:`Followers` drop-down menu, " +"located in the :guilabel:`Follow All Team's Tickets` field. Multiple users " +"can be selected to follow a single team." +msgstr "" +"Si un usuario debe recibir una notificación de cualquier actualización sobre" +" tickets de este equipo, seleccione el nombre del usuario desde el menú " +"desplegable :guilabel:`Seguidores` ubicado en el campo :guilabel:`Seguir " +"todos los tickets del equipo`. Puede seleccionar varios usuarios para seguir" +" a un solo equipo." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:82 +msgid "" +"External contacts can be selected in the :guilabel:`Followers` field. If the" +" team's visibility is set to :guilabel:`Invited internal users (private)`, " +"followers are notified about updates to the team's tickets, but are **not** " +"able to view them in the portal." +msgstr "" +"Los contactos externos se pueden seleccionar en el campo " +":guilabel:`Seguidores`. Si la visibilidad del equipo está configurada como " +":guilabel:`Usuarios internos invitados (privado)`, los seguidores recibirán " +"una notificación sobre las actualizaciones de los tickets del equipo, pero " +"**no** podrán verlos en el portal." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:87 +msgid "Automatically assign new tickets" +msgstr "Asignar nuevos tickets de forma automática" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:89 +msgid "" +"When tickets are received, they need to be assigned to a member of the team." +" This is done either manually on each ticket individually, or through " +":guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`. Check the :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`" +" checkbox to enable this feature for the team." +msgstr "" +"Al recibir los tickets, deberán asignarse a un miembro del equipo de " +"soporte. Esto se hace de forma manual en cada ticket o con " +":guilabel:`asignación automática`. Marque la casilla junto a " +":guilabel:`Asignación automática` para habilitar la función para este " +"equipo." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a Helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the automatic assignment features in Odoo\n" +"Helpdesk." +msgstr "" +"Vista de la página de ajustes de un equipo de Servicio de asistencia donde se destacan las funciones de asignación automática en la aplicación\n" +"Servicio de asistencia de Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:98 +msgid "" +"As soon as :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment` has been enabled, additional " +"fields appear." +msgstr "" +"Tan pronto como se active la :guilabel:`asignación automática` aparecerán " +"campos adicionales." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Select one of the following assignment methods, based on how the workload " +"should be allocated across the team:" +msgstr "" +"Seleccione uno de los siguientes métodos de asignación según la manera en " +"que se debe asignar la carga de trabajo para todo el equipo:" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Each user is assigned an equal number of tickets`: tickets are " +"assigned to team members based on total ticket count, regardless of the " +"number of open or closed tickets they are currently assigned." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`A cada usuario se le asigna el mismo número de tickets`: los " +"tickets se asignan a los miembros del equipo según la cantidad total del " +"ticket, sin importar el número de tickets abiertos o cerrados que están " +"asignados." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Each user has an equal number of open tickets`: tickets are " +"assigned to team members based on how many open tickets they are currently " +"assigned." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Cada usuario tiene el mismo número de tickets abiertos`: los " +"tickets se asignan a los miembros del equipo según cuántos tickets abiertos " +"tienen asignados." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:110 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Each user is assigned an equal number of tickets` is " +"selected, the overall number of tickets assigned to team members is the " +"same, but it does **not** consider the current workload." +msgstr "" +"Cuando se selecciona :guilabel:`A cada usuario se le asigna el mismo número " +"de tickets` el número total de tickets asignados a los miembros del equipo " +"es el mismo, pero *no* toma en cuenta la carga de trabajo actual." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Each user has an equal number of open tickets` is selected, " +"it ensures a balanced workload among team members, as it takes the current " +"number of active tickets into account." +msgstr "" +"Cuando se selecciona :guilabel:`Cada usuario tiene el mismo número de " +"tickets abiertos` todos los miembros del equipo tendrán una carga de trabajo" +" balanceada, ya que toma en cuenta el número de tickets activos actual." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Finally, add the :guilabel:`Team Members` who are to be assigned tickets for" +" this team. Leave the field empty to include all employees who have the " +"proper assignments and access rights configured in their user account " +"settings." +msgstr "" +"Por último, agregue a los :guilabel:`miembros del equipo` a los que se les " +"asignarán tickets. Deje el campo vacío para incluir a todos los empleados " +"que tengan las asignaciones adecuadas y los permisos de acceso configurados " +"en los ajustes de su cuenta de usuario." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If an employee has time off scheduled in the *Time Off* application, they " +"are **not** assigned tickets during that time. If no employees are " +"available, the system looks ahead until there is a match." +msgstr "" +"Si un empleado tiene un permiso programado en la aplicación *Tiempo " +"personal*, entonces **no** se le asignarán tickets durante ese tiempo. Si no" +" hay empleados disponibles, el sistema buscará hasta que haya una " +"coincidencia." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:127 +msgid ":ref:`Manage users `" +msgstr ":ref:`Administrar usuarios `" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`Access rights <../general/users/access_rights>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:131 +msgid "Create or modify stages" +msgstr "Crear o modificar etapas" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:133 +msgid "" +"*Stages* are used to organize the *Helpdesk* pipeline and track the progress" +" of tickets. Stages are customizable, and can be renamed to fit the needs of" +" each team." +msgstr "" +"Las *etapas* se utilizan para organizar el flujo del *Servicio de " +"asistencia* y llevar seguimiento del progreso de los tickets. Las etapas son" +" personalizables y puede modificar sus nombres para que se adapten a las " +"necesidades de cada equipo." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:137 +msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be activated to access the " +"stages menu. To activate developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Settings app " +"--> General Settings --> Developer Tools`, and click :guilabel:`Activate the" +" developer mode`." +msgstr "" +"**Debe** habilitar el :ref:`modo de desarrollador ` para " +"acceder al menú de etapas. Para activar el modo de desarrollador vaya a " +":menuselection:`Ajustes --> Ajustes generales --> Herramientas de " +"desarrollador` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Activar modo de desarrollador`." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:141 +msgid "" +"To view or modify *Helpdesk* stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " +"Configuration --> Stages`." +msgstr "" +"Para ver o modificar etapas del *Servicio de asistencia*, vaya a " +":menuselection:`la aplicación de Servicio de asistencia --> Configuración " +"--> Etapas`." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The default list view on the :guilabel:`Stages` page displays the stages " +"currently available in *Helpdesk*. They are listed in the order they appear " +"in the pipeline." +msgstr "" +"La vista de lista predeterminada en la página :guilabel:`Etapas` muestra las" +" etapas que están disponibles en el *Servicio de asistencia*. Se enlistan en" +" el orden que aparecen en el flujo." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To change the order of the stages, click the :guilabel:`(six square)` icon, " +"to the left of the stage name, and drag it to the desired place on the list." +msgstr "" +"Para cambiar el orden de las etapas, haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`(seis " +"cuadros)` a la izquierda del nombre de la etapa y arrástrelas al lugar " +"deseado de la lista." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the stage list page emphasizing the buttons used to change the order the stages\n" +"appear in the list." +msgstr "" +"Vista de la página de lista de etapas donde se destacan los botones que se usan para cambiar el orden en el que aparecen\n" +"las etapas de la lista." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Change the stage order on the Kanban view of a *Helpdesk* team's pipeline by" +" dragging and dropping individual columns." +msgstr "" +"Para cambiar el orden en la vista de kanban del flujo de un equipo del " +"*Servicio de asistencia* solo arrastre y suelte las columnas individuales." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click the :guilabel:`New` button at the top-left of " +"the stage list. Doing so reveals a blank stage form." +msgstr "" +"Para crear una nueva etapa, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo` en la " +"parte superior izquierda de la lista de etapas. Así se mostrará un " +"formulario de etapa en blanco." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Choose a :guilabel:`Name` for the new stage, and add a description, if " +"desired. Then, proceed to fill out the remaining fields following the steps " +"below." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione un :guilabel:`Nombre` para la nueva etapa y agregue una " +"descripción si así lo desea. Después, siga los pasos a continuación para " +"llenar los campos restantes." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "View of a stage's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" +"Vista de la página de ajustes de una etapa en la aplicación Servicio de " +"asistencia de Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:170 +msgid "Add email and SMS templates to stages" +msgstr "Agregar plantillas de correo electrónico y SMS a las etapas" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When an :guilabel:`Email Template` is added to a stage, an email is " +"automatically sent to the customer when a ticket reaches that specific stage" +" in the pipeline. Likewise, adding an :guilabel:`SMS Template` triggers an " +"SMS text message to send to the customer." +msgstr "" +"Si agrega una :guilabel:`plantilla de correo electrónico` a una etapa, el " +"cliente recibirá un correo electrónico cuando un ticket llegue a esa etapa " +"en específico en el flujo. Del mismo modo, si agrega una " +":guilabel:`plantilla SMS`, se activará el envío de un mensaje de texto al " +"cliente." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:177 +msgid "" +"SMS Text Messaging is an :doc:`In-App Purchase (IAP) " +"` service that requires prepaid " +"credits to work. Refer to `SMS Pricing FAQ `_ for additional information." +msgstr "" +"El servicio de mensajería de texto SMS necesita créditos prepagados de " +":doc:`compra dentro de la aplicación " +"` para funcionar. Consulte las " +"`preguntas frecuentes sobre SMS `_ para obtener más información." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To select an existing email template, select it from the :guilabel:`Email " +"Template` field. Click on the :guilabel:`→ (Internal Link)` icon to the " +"right of the field to edit the chosen template." +msgstr "" +"Para elegir una plantilla de correo electrónico existente, selecciónela en " +"el campo :guilabel:`Plantilla de correo electrónico`. Haga clic en el icono " +":guilabel:`→ (enlace interno)` a la derecha del campo para editar la " +"plantilla seleccionada." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:184 +msgid "" +"To create a new template, click the field, and enter a title for the new " +"template. Then, select :guilabel:`Create and edit` from the drop-down menu " +"that appears, and complete the form details." +msgstr "" +"Para crear una plantilla nueva, haga clic en el campo y agregue un título " +"para la plantilla. Después, seleccione :guilabel:`Crear y editar` en el menú" +" desplegable que aparece y complete los detalles del formulario." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Follow the same steps to select, edit, or create an :guilabel:`SMS " +"Template`." +msgstr "" +"Siga los mismos pasos para seleccionar, editar o crear una " +":guilabel:`plantilla SMS`." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "View of an SMS template setup page in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" +"Vista de una página de ajustes de plantilla para SMS en la aplicación " +"Servicio de asistencia de Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/companies/email_template`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/companies/email_template`" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:197 +msgid "Assign stages to a team" +msgstr "Asignar etapas a un equipo" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Make a selection in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk Teams` field on the " +":guilabel:`Stages` form. More than one team may be selected, since the same " +"stage can be assigned to multiple teams." +msgstr "" +"Elija un :guilabel:`equipo del Servicio de asistencia` en el campo " +"correspondiente en el formulario de :guilabel:`etapas`. Puede seleccionar " +"más de un equipo, ya que puede asignar las mismas etapas a varios equipos." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:203 +msgid "Fold a stage" +msgstr "Plegar una etapa" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:205 +msgid "" +"By default, stages are unfolded in the Kanban view of either tickets " +"dashboard: :guilabel:`My Tickets` (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets " +"--> My Tickets`) or :guilabel:`All Tickets` (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app " +"--> Tickets --> All Tickets`)." +msgstr "" +"Las etapas están abiertas de forma predeterminada en la vista de kanban del " +"tablero de cualquiera de los tickets: :guilabel:`Mis tickets` " +"(:menuselection:`Servicio de asistencia --> Tickets --> Mis tickets`) o " +":guilabel:`Todos los tickets` (:menuselection:`Servicio de asistencia --> " +"Tickets --> Todos los tickets`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Tickets in an unfolded stage are visible in the pipeline under the stage " +"name, and are considered *open*." +msgstr "" +"Tickets en una etapa desplegada se pueden ver en la etapa bajo el nombre de " +"la etapa y se consideran como *abiertos*." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Stages can be configured to be folded in the Kanban view of a tickets page " +"(:guilabel:`My Tickets` or :guilabel:`All Tickets`)." +msgstr "" +"Las etapas se pueden configurar para que estén plegadas en la vista de " +"kanban de la página de tickets (:guilabel:`Mis tickets` or :guilabel:`Todos " +"los tickets`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:215 +msgid "" +"The name of the folded stages are still visible, though the tickets in the " +"stage are no longer immediately visible." +msgstr "" +"El nombre de las etapas plegadas sigue siendo visible, aunque los tickets de" +" esta etapa ya no lo sean." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:218 +msgid "" +"To fold a stage, check the :guilabel:`Folded in Kanban` box on the " +":guilabel:`Stages` form." +msgstr "" +"Para plegar una etapa, marque la casilla :guilabel:`Plegado en kanban` en el" +" formulario :guilabel:`Etapas`." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Tickets that reach a *folded* stage are considered *closed*. Closing a " +"ticket before the work is completed can result in reporting and " +"communication issues. This setting should **only** be enabled for stages " +"that are considered *closing* stages." +msgstr "" +"Los tickets que llegan a una etapa *plegada* se consideran *cerrados*. " +"Cerrar un ticket antes de completar el trabajo puede causar problemas en los" +" reportes y la comunicación, por lo que este ajuste solo se debe habilitar " +"en etapas que se consideran *de cierre*." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Stages can be temporarily folded in the Kanban view of the tickets pipeline," +" as well." +msgstr "" +"También es posible plegar etapas temporalmente en la vista kanban del flujo " +"de tickets." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:227 +msgid "" +"View a specific team's pipeline by navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk " +"app`, and clicking the team's Kanban card." +msgstr "" +"Para ver el flujo de un equipo en específico vaya a la " +":menuselection:`aplicación del Servicio de asistencia` y haga clic en la " +"tarjeta de kanban de ese equipo." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Select a stage to fold temporarily, then click the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` " +"icon, and select :guilabel:`Fold`." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione la etapa que quiera plegar de forma temporal y después haga clic " +"en el icono de :guilabel:`⚙️ (engranaje)` y seleccione :guilabel:`Plegar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Kanban view of a Helpdesk stage, with the temporary fold option emphasized." +msgstr "" +"Vista kanban de una etapa del Servicio de asistencia donde se destaca la " +"opción para plegar la etapa de forma temporal." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Manually folding a stage from the Kanban view is temporary and does **not** " +"close the tickets in the stage." +msgstr "" +"Si pliega la etapa de manera manual desde la vista de kanban es una acción " +"temporal y **no** hará que se cierren los tickets en esta etapa." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:242 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Helpdesk `_" msgstr "" "`Tutoriales de Odoo: Servicio de asistencia " @@ -1503,14 +2077,8 @@ msgid "" "To view and enable the *Track & Bill Time* features on a *Helpdesk* team, " "first navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> " "Helpdesk Teams`. Then, select a team from the list, or create a :doc:`new " -"one <../overview/getting_started>`. This reveals a team's settings page." +"one <../../helpdesk>`. This reveals a team's settings page." msgstr "" -"Para ver y habilitar las funciones de *seguimiento y facturación del tiempo*" -" en un equipo de *Servicio de asistencia*, vaya primero a :menuselection:` " -"la aplicación Servicio de asistencia --> Configuración --> Equipos`. A " -"continuación, seleccione un equipo de la lista o :doc:`cree uno nuevo " -"<../overview/getting_started>`. Esto mostrará la página de ajustes de un " -"equipo." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -2104,598 +2672,6 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment`" msgid "Overview" msgstr "Información general" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk" -msgstr "Primeros pasos con Servicio de asistencia" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo *Helpdesk* is a ticketing-based customer support application. Multiple " -"teams can be configured and managed in one dashboard, each with their own " -"pipeline for tickets submitted by customers. Pipelines are organized in " -"customizable stages that enable teams to track, prioritize, and solve " -"customer issues quickly and efficiently." -msgstr "" -"*Servicio de asistencia* de Odoo es una aplicación de servicio al cliente " -"que trabaja con tickets. Puede configurar y gestionar varios equipos en un " -"tablero, cada uno con su propio flujo para tickets que suben los clientes. " -"Los flujos se organizan según etapas que se pueden personalizar y permite " -"que los equipos monitoreen, den prioridad y solucionen los problemas de los " -"clientes de manera rápida y eficiente." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:11 -msgid "Create a Helpdesk team" -msgstr "Crear un equipo del servicio de asistencia" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To view or modify *Helpdesk* teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. To create a new team, click the " -":guilabel:`New` button in the top-left of the dashboard." -msgstr "" -"Para ver o modificar equipos del *Servicio de asistencia* vaya a " -":menuselection:`la aplicación del Servicio de asistencia --> Configuración " -"--> Equipos del servicio de asistencia`. Para crear un nuevo equipo, haga " -"clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo` en la parte superior izquierda del " -"tablero." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of the Helpdesk teams page in Odoo Helpdesk." -msgstr "" -"Vista de la página de los equipos del servicio de asistencia en la " -"aplicación Servicio de asistencia de Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "" -"On the blank Helpdesk team form, enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the new team. " -"Then, enter a description of the team in the field below the team name, if " -"desired. To change the company this team is assigned to, select it from the " -":guilabel:`Company` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" -"En el formulario en blanco del servicio de asistencia ingrese un " -":guilabel:`Nombre` para el equipo nuevo. Después, ingrese una descripción " -"para el equipo en el campo debajo del título del equipo si lo desea. Para " -"cambiar la empresa a la que pertenece este equipo, selecciónela desde el " -"menú desplegable :guilabel:`Empresa`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The team description is published on the public facing :doc:`website form " -"`, where customers and portal users submit tickets. The " -"description included in this field should **not** include any information " -"that is for internal use only." -msgstr "" -"La descripción del equipo se publica en el :doc:`formulario de sitio web " -"` público, donde los clientes y usuarios del portal " -"pueden enviar tickets. La descripción que se incluye en este campo **no** " -"debe incluir ninguna información que sea solo para uso interno." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:0 -msgid "" -"View of a Helpdesk team's website form displaying the team description." -msgstr "" -"Vista del formulario de sitio web de un equipo de Mesa de asistencia donde " -"se muestra la descripción del equipo." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:35 -msgid "Visibility & Assignment" -msgstr "Visibilidad y asignaciones" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The *Visibility* settings alter which internal users and portal users have " -"access to this team and its tickets. The *Assignment* settings alter how " -"users are assigned to handle each ticket." -msgstr "" -"Los ajustes de *Visibilidad* alteran qué usuarios internos y del portal " -"tienen acceso a este equipo y a sus tickets. Los ajustes de *Asignación* " -"cambian cómo se les asignan los tickets a los usuarios." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:41 -msgid "Determine team visibility" -msgstr "Determinar la visibilidad del equipo" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Visibility` section, select one of the following " -"options to determine who can view this team and its tickets:" -msgstr "" -"En la sección :guilabel:`Visibilidad` seleccione una de las siguientes " -"opciones para determinar quién puede ver este equipo y sus tickets:" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Invited internal users (private)`: internal users can access the " -"team and the tickets they are following. This access can be modified on each" -" ticket individually by adding or removing the user as a follower. Internal " -"users are considered *invited* once they are added as followers to an " -"individual ticket, or :ref:`to the team itself " -"`." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Usuarios internos invitados (privado)`: los usuarios internos " -"pueden acceder a los equipos y tickets que estén siguiendo. Este acceso " -"también se puede modificar en cada ticket individualmente, solo tiene que " -"agregar o quitar al usuario como seguidor. A los usuarios internos se les " -"considera como *invitados* una vez que se agregan como seguidores a un " -"ticket individual, o :ref:`al equipo en sí " -"`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:50 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`All internal users (company)`: all internal users can access the " -"team and all of its tickets." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Todos los usuarios internos (empresa)`: todos los usuarios " -"internos pueden acceder al equipo y a todos sus tickets." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:52 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)`: all " -"internal users can access the team and all of its tickets. Portal users can " -"only access the tickets they are following." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Usuarios del portal invitados y todos los usuarios internos " -"(público)`: todos los usuarios internos pueden acceder al equipo y a todos " -"sus tickets. Los usuarios del portal solo pueden acceder a los tickets que " -"están siguiendo." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:56 -msgid "" -"A `Customer Support` team, meant to handle general shipping and product " -"issues, would have the visibility set on :guilabel:`Invited portal users and" -" all internal users`." -msgstr "" -"Un equipo de `soporte de cliente` que debe gestionar los envíos en general y" -" los problemas de los productos tendrá a visibilidad configurada como " -":guilabel:`Usuarios del portal invitados y todos los usuarios internos`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:59 -msgid "" -"At the same time, a `Financial Services` team handling tickets related to " -"accounting or tax information would only need to be visible to " -":guilabel:`Invited internal users`." -msgstr "" -"Al mismo tiempo, un equipo `Servicios financieros` que gestione todos los " -"tickets relacionados a la contabilidad o información de impuestos solo debe " -"ser visible para :guilabel:`Usuarios internos invitados`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:63 -msgid "" -"A team's visibility can be altered after the initial configuration. However," -" if the team changes from public access to either private or company-only " -"access, portal users are removed as followers from both the team, and from " -"individual tickets." -msgstr "" -"La visibilidad de un equipo puede alterarse después de la configuración " -"inicial. Sin embargo, si el equipo cambia de acceso público a ya sea acceso " -"privado o solo para empresa, los usuarios del portal se quitarán de los " -"seguidores tanto del equipo como de los tickets individuales." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:70 -msgid "Follow all team's tickets" -msgstr "Seguir todos los tickets del equipo" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:72 -msgid "" -"If a user should be notified about any updates regarding tickets for this " -"team, select their name from the :guilabel:`Followers` drop-down menu, " -"located in the :guilabel:`Follow All Team's Tickets` field. Multiple users " -"can be selected to follow a single team." -msgstr "" -"Si un usuario debe recibir una notificación de cualquier actualización sobre" -" tickets de este equipo, seleccione el nombre del usuario desde el menú " -"desplegable :guilabel:`Seguidores` ubicado en el campo :guilabel:`Seguir " -"todos los tickets del equipo`. Puede seleccionar varios usuarios para seguir" -" a un solo equipo." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:77 -msgid "" -"External contacts can be selected in the :guilabel:`Followers` field. If the" -" team's visibility is set to :guilabel:`Invited internal users (private)`, " -"followers are notified about updates to the team's tickets, but are **not** " -"able to view them in the portal." -msgstr "" -"Los contactos externos se pueden seleccionar en el campo " -":guilabel:`Seguidores`. Si la visibilidad del equipo está configurada como " -":guilabel:`Usuarios internos invitados (privado)`, los seguidores recibirán " -"una notificación sobre las actualizaciones de los tickets del equipo, pero " -"**no** podrán verlos en el portal." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:82 -msgid "Automatically assign new tickets" -msgstr "Asignar nuevos tickets de forma automática" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:84 -msgid "" -"When tickets are received, they need to be assigned to a member of the team." -" This is done either manually on each ticket individually, or through " -":guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`. Check the :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`" -" checkbox to enable this feature for the team." -msgstr "" -"Al recibir los tickets, deberán asignarse a un miembro del equipo de " -"soporte. Esto se hace de forma manual en cada ticket o con " -":guilabel:`asignación automática`. Marque la casilla junto a " -":guilabel:`Asignación automática` para habilitar la función para este " -"equipo." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a Helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the automatic assignment features in Odoo\n" -"Helpdesk." -msgstr "" -"Vista de la página de ajustes de un equipo de Servicio de asistencia donde se destacan las funciones de asignación automática en la aplicación\n" -"Servicio de asistencia de Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:93 -msgid "" -"As soon as :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment` has been enabled, additional " -"fields appear." -msgstr "" -"Tan pronto como se active la :guilabel:`asignación automática` aparecerán " -"campos adicionales." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Select one of the following assignment methods, based on how the workload " -"should be allocated across the team:" -msgstr "" -"Seleccione uno de los siguientes métodos de asignación según la manera en " -"que se debe asignar la carga de trabajo para todo el equipo:" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:98 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Each user is assigned an equal number of tickets`: tickets are " -"assigned to team members based on total ticket count, regardless of the " -"number of open or closed tickets they are currently assigned." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`A cada usuario se le asigna el mismo número de tickets`: los " -"tickets se asignan a los miembros del equipo según la cantidad total del " -"ticket, sin importar el número de tickets abiertos o cerrados que están " -"asignados." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:101 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Each user has an equal number of open tickets`: tickets are " -"assigned to team members based on how many open tickets they are currently " -"assigned." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Cada usuario tiene el mismo número de tickets abiertos`: los " -"tickets se asignan a los miembros del equipo según cuántos tickets abiertos " -"tienen asignados." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:105 -msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Each user is assigned an equal number of tickets` is " -"selected, the overall number of tickets assigned to team members is the " -"same, but it does **not** consider the current workload." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se selecciona :guilabel:`A cada usuario se le asigna el mismo número " -"de tickets` el número total de tickets asignados a los miembros del equipo " -"es el mismo, pero *no* toma en cuenta la carga de trabajo actual." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:109 -msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Each user has an equal number of open tickets` is selected, " -"it ensures a balanced workload among team members, as it takes the current " -"number of active tickets into account." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se selecciona :guilabel:`Cada usuario tiene el mismo número de " -"tickets abiertos` todos los miembros del equipo tendrán una carga de trabajo" -" balanceada, ya que toma en cuenta el número de tickets activos actual." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Finally, add the :guilabel:`Team Members` who are to be assigned tickets for" -" this team. Leave the field empty to include all employees who have the " -"proper assignments and access rights configured in their user account " -"settings." -msgstr "" -"Por último, agregue a los :guilabel:`miembros del equipo` a los que se les " -"asignarán tickets. Deje el campo vacío para incluir a todos los empleados " -"que tengan las asignaciones adecuadas y los permisos de acceso configurados " -"en los ajustes de su cuenta de usuario." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:117 -msgid "" -"If an employee has time off scheduled in the *Time Off* application, they " -"are **not** assigned tickets during that time. If no employees are " -"available, the system looks ahead until there is a match." -msgstr "" -"Si un empleado tiene un permiso programado en la aplicación *Tiempo " -"personal*, entonces **no** se le asignarán tickets durante ese tiempo. Si no" -" hay empleados disponibles, el sistema buscará hasta que haya una " -"coincidencia." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:122 -msgid ":ref:`Manage users `" -msgstr ":ref:`Administrar usuarios `" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid ":doc:`Access rights <../../../general/users/access_rights>`" -msgstr ":doc:`Permisos de acceso <../../../general/users/access_rights>`" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:126 -msgid "Create or modify stages" -msgstr "Crear o modificar etapas" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:128 -msgid "" -"*Stages* are used to organize the *Helpdesk* pipeline and track the progress" -" of tickets. Stages are customizable, and can be renamed to fit the needs of" -" each team." -msgstr "" -"Las *etapas* se utilizan para organizar el flujo del *Servicio de " -"asistencia* y llevar seguimiento del progreso de los tickets. Las etapas son" -" personalizables y puede modificar sus nombres para que se adapten a las " -"necesidades de cada equipo." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:132 -msgid "" -":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be activated to access the " -"stages menu. To activate developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Settings app " -"--> General Settings --> Developer Tools`, and click :guilabel:`Activate the" -" developer mode`." -msgstr "" -"**Debe** habilitar el :ref:`modo de desarrollador ` para " -"acceder al menú de etapas. Para activar el modo de desarrollador vaya a " -":menuselection:`Ajustes --> Ajustes generales --> Herramientas de " -"desarrollador` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Activar modo de desarrollador`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:136 -msgid "" -"To view or modify *Helpdesk* stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " -"Configuration --> Stages`." -msgstr "" -"Para ver o modificar etapas del *Servicio de asistencia*, vaya a " -":menuselection:`la aplicación de Servicio de asistencia --> Configuración " -"--> Etapas`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:139 -msgid "" -"The default list view on the :guilabel:`Stages` page displays the stages " -"currently available in *Helpdesk*. They are listed in the order they appear " -"in the pipeline." -msgstr "" -"La vista de lista predeterminada en la página :guilabel:`Etapas` muestra las" -" etapas que están disponibles en el *Servicio de asistencia*. Se enlistan en" -" el orden que aparecen en el flujo." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:142 -msgid "" -"To change the order of the stages, click the :guilabel:`(six square)` icon, " -"to the left of the stage name, and drag it to the desired place on the list." -msgstr "" -"Para cambiar el orden de las etapas, haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`(seis " -"cuadros)` a la izquierda del nombre de la etapa y arrástrelas al lugar " -"deseado de la lista." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the stage list page emphasizing the buttons used to change the order the stages\n" -"appear in the list." -msgstr "" -"Vista de la página de lista de etapas donde se destacan los botones que se usan para cambiar el orden en el que aparecen\n" -"las etapas de la lista." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Change the stage order on the Kanban view of a *Helpdesk* team's pipeline by" -" dragging and dropping individual columns." -msgstr "" -"Para cambiar el orden en la vista de kanban del flujo de un equipo del " -"*Servicio de asistencia* solo arrastre y suelte las columnas individuales." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:154 -msgid "" -"To create a new stage, click the :guilabel:`New` button at the top-left of " -"the stage list. Doing so reveals a blank stage form." -msgstr "" -"Para crear una nueva etapa, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo` en la " -"parte superior izquierda de la lista de etapas. Así se mostrará un " -"formulario de etapa en blanco." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Choose a :guilabel:`Name` for the new stage, and add a description, if " -"desired. Then, proceed to fill out the remaining fields following the steps " -"below." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione un :guilabel:`Nombre` para la nueva etapa y agregue una " -"descripción si así lo desea. Después, siga los pasos a continuación para " -"llenar los campos restantes." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of a stage's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk." -msgstr "" -"Vista de la página de ajustes de una etapa en la aplicación Servicio de " -"asistencia de Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:165 -msgid "Add email and SMS templates to stages" -msgstr "Agregar plantillas de correo electrónico y SMS a las etapas" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:167 -msgid "" -"When an :guilabel:`Email Template` is added to a stage, an email is " -"automatically sent to the customer when a ticket reaches that specific stage" -" in the pipeline. Likewise, adding an :guilabel:`SMS Template` triggers an " -"SMS text message to send to the customer." -msgstr "" -"Si agrega una :guilabel:`plantilla de correo electrónico` a una etapa, el " -"cliente recibirá un correo electrónico cuando un ticket llegue a esa etapa " -"en específico en el flujo. Del mismo modo, si agrega una " -":guilabel:`plantilla SMS`, se activará el envío de un mensaje de texto al " -"cliente." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:172 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is an :doc:`In-App Purchase (IAP) " -"` service that requires prepaid " -"credits to work. Refer to `SMS Pricing FAQ `_ for additional information." -msgstr "" -"El servicio de mensajería de texto SMS necesita créditos prepagados de " -":doc:`compra dentro de la aplicación " -"` para funcionar. Consulte las " -"`preguntas frecuentes sobre SMS `_ para obtener más información." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:176 -msgid "" -"To select an existing email template, select it from the :guilabel:`Email " -"Template` field. Click on the :guilabel:`→ (Internal Link)` icon to the " -"right of the field to edit the chosen template." -msgstr "" -"Para elegir una plantilla de correo electrónico existente, selecciónela en " -"el campo :guilabel:`Plantilla de correo electrónico`. Haga clic en el icono " -":guilabel:`→ (enlace interno)` a la derecha del campo para editar la " -"plantilla seleccionada." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:179 -msgid "" -"To create a new template, click the field, and enter a title for the new " -"template. Then, select :guilabel:`Create and edit` from the drop-down menu " -"that appears, and complete the form details." -msgstr "" -"Para crear una plantilla nueva, haga clic en el campo y agregue un título " -"para la plantilla. Después, seleccione :guilabel:`Crear y editar` en el menú" -" desplegable que aparece y complete los detalles del formulario." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Follow the same steps to select, edit, or create an :guilabel:`SMS " -"Template`." -msgstr "" -"Siga los mismos pasos para seleccionar, editar o crear una " -":guilabel:`plantilla SMS`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of an SMS template setup page in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" -"Vista de una página de ajustes de plantilla para SMS en la aplicación " -"Servicio de asistencia de Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/companies/email_template`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/companies/email_template`" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:192 -msgid "Assign stages to a team" -msgstr "Asignar etapas a un equipo" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Make a selection in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk Teams` field on the " -":guilabel:`Stages` form. More than one team may be selected, since the same " -"stage can be assigned to multiple teams." -msgstr "" -"Elija un :guilabel:`equipo del Servicio de asistencia` en el campo " -"correspondiente en el formulario de :guilabel:`etapas`. Puede seleccionar " -"más de un equipo, ya que puede asignar las mismas etapas a varios equipos." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:198 -msgid "Fold a stage" -msgstr "Plegar una etapa" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:200 -msgid "" -"By default, stages are unfolded in the Kanban view of either tickets " -"dashboard: :guilabel:`My Tickets` (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets " -"--> My Tickets`) or :guilabel:`All Tickets` (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app " -"--> Tickets --> All Tickets`)." -msgstr "" -"Por defecto, las etapas se despliegan en la vista de kanban del tablero de " -"cualquiera de los tickets: :guilabel:`Mis tickets` " -"(:menuselection:`aplicación del Servicio de asistencia --> Tickets --> Mis " -"tickets`) o :guilabel:`Todos los tickets` (:menuselection:`aplicación del " -"Servicio de asistencia --> Tickets --> Todos los tickets`)." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:204 -msgid "" -"Tickets in an unfolded stage are visible in the pipeline under the stage " -"name, and are considered *open*." -msgstr "" -"Tickets en una etapa desplegada se pueden ver en la etapa bajo el nombre de " -"la etapa y se consideran como *abiertos*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:207 -msgid "" -"Stages can be configured to be folded in the Kanban view of a tickets page " -"(:guilabel:`My Tickets` or :guilabel:`All Tickets`)." -msgstr "" -"Las etapas se pueden configurar para que estén plegadas en la vista de " -"kanban de la página de tickets (:guilabel:`Mis tickets` or :guilabel:`Todos " -"los tickets`)." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:210 -msgid "" -"The name of the folded stages are still visible, though the tickets in the " -"stage are no longer immediately visible." -msgstr "" -"El nombre de las etapas plegadas sigue siendo visible, aunque los tickets de" -" esta etapa ya no lo sean." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:213 -msgid "" -"To fold a stage, check the :guilabel:`Folded in Kanban` box on the " -":guilabel:`Stages` form." -msgstr "" -"Para plegar una etapa, marque la casilla :guilabel:`Plegado en kanban` en el" -" formulario :guilabel:`Etapas`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Tickets that reach a *folded* stage are considered *closed*. Closing a " -"ticket before the work is completed can result in reporting and " -"communication issues. This setting should **only** be enabled for stages " -"that are considered *closing* stages." -msgstr "" -"Los tickets que llegan a una etapa *plegada* se consideran *cerrados*. " -"Cerrar un ticket antes de completar el trabajo puede causar problemas en los" -" reportes y la comunicación, por lo que este ajuste solo se debe habilitar " -"en etapas que se consideran *de cierre*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:220 -msgid "" -"Stages can be temporarily folded in the Kanban view of the tickets pipeline," -" as well." -msgstr "" -"También es posible plegar etapas temporalmente en la vista kanban del flujo " -"de tickets." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:222 -msgid "" -"View a specific team's pipeline by navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk " -"app`, and clicking the team's Kanban card." -msgstr "" -"Para ver el flujo de un equipo en específico vaya a la " -":menuselection:`aplicación del Servicio de asistencia` y haga clic en la " -"tarjeta de kanban de ese equipo." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Select a stage to fold temporarily, then click the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` " -"icon, and select :guilabel:`Fold`." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione la etapa que quiera plegar de forma temporal y después haga clic " -"en el icono de :guilabel:`⚙️ (engranaje)` y seleccione :guilabel:`Plegar`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Kanban view of a Helpdesk stage, with the temporary fold option emphasized." -msgstr "" -"Vista kanban de una etapa del Servicio de asistencia donde se destaca la " -"opción para plegar la etapa de forma temporal." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Manually folding a stage from the Kanban view is temporary and does **not** " -"close the tickets in the stage." -msgstr "" -"Si pliega la etapa de manera manual desde la vista de kanban es una acción " -"temporal y **no** hará que se cierren los tickets en esta etapa." - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3 msgid "Help Center" msgstr "Centro de ayuda" @@ -2725,18 +2701,10 @@ msgid "" "To activate any *Help Center* features (*Forums*, *eLearning*, or " "*Knowledge*) on a *Helpdesk* team, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and select a team, or create a :doc:`new " -"one `. Verify the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team is set" -" to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)` in the " +"one <../../helpdesk>`. Verify the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team is set " +"to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)` in the " ":guilabel:`Visibility & Assignment` section." msgstr "" -"Para activar las funciones del *centro de ayuda* (*Foros*, *eLearning*, o " -"*Información*) en un equipo del *Servicio de asistencia* vaya a " -":menuselection:`la aplicación Servicio de asistencia --> Configuración --> " -"Equipos de servicio de asistencia` y seleccione un equipo o cree :doc:`uno " -"nuevo `. Verifique que la :guilabel:`Visibilidad` del " -"equipo esté configurada como :guilabel:`Usuarios del portal invitados y " -"todos los usuarios internos (público)` en la sección :guilabel:`Visibilidad " -"y asignación `." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -2773,8 +2741,8 @@ msgstr "" "datos, se desactivará. " #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`Getting Started `" -msgstr ":doc:`Primeros pasos `" +msgid ":doc:`Helpdesk Overview <../../helpdesk>`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:38 msgid "Knowledge" @@ -2806,12 +2774,8 @@ msgstr "Habilitar Información para un equipo de Servicio de asistencia" msgid "" "To enable the *Knowledge* feature on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " ":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one `." +"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one <../../helpdesk>`." msgstr "" -"Para activar la función de *Información* en un equipo del *Servicio de " -"asistencia* vaya a :menuselection:`la aplicación Servicio de asistencia--> " -"Configuración --> Equipos de servicio de asistencia` y seleccione un equipo " -"o cree :doc:`uno nuevo `." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -3170,12 +3134,8 @@ msgstr "Active los foros en un equipo de Servicio de Asistencia " msgid "" "To enable :guilabel:`Community Forums` on a *Helpdesk* team, start by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk " -"Teams` and select a team, or create a :doc:`new one `." +"Teams` and select a team, or create a :doc:`new one <../../helpdesk>`." msgstr "" -"Para activar :guilabel:`los foros de la comunidad` en un equipo del " -"*Servicio de asistencia* vaya a :menuselection:`la aplicación Servicio de " -"asistencia--> Configuración --> Equipos de servicio de asistencia` y " -"seleccione un equipo o cree :doc:`uno nuevo `." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:197 msgid "" @@ -3309,12 +3269,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To enable *eLearning* courses on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " ":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one `." +"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one <../../helpdesk>`." msgstr "" -"Para activar los cursos de *eLearning* en un equipo del *Servicio de " -"asistencia* vaya a :menuselection:`Servicio de asistencia --> Configuración " -"--> Equipos de servicio de asistencia` y seleccione un equipo o cree " -":doc:`uno nuevo `." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:249 msgid "" @@ -3566,34 +3522,22 @@ msgstr "Calificación de clientes" msgid "" "Asking customers to rate the support they received from a *Helpdesk* team " "provides an opportunity to gauge team performance and track customer " -"satisfaction. Ratings can be published to the portal, providing customers " +"satisfaction. Ratings can be published on the portal, providing customers " "with a general overview of the team's performance." msgstr "" -"Si sus clientes califican la ayuda que recibieron de un equipo de *Servicio " -"de asistencia*, podrá medir el rendimiento de su equipo y llevar seguimiento" -" de la satisfacción del cliente. Puede publicar estas calificaciones en el " -"portal, así sus clientes tendrán una visión general del rendimiento del " -"equipo." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 -msgid "Enable customer ratings on a Helpdesk team" -msgstr "" -"Habilitar calificaciones de clientes para un equipo del Servicio de " -"asistencia" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To enable *customer ratings* on a helpdesk team by going to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams`. Select a team from " -"the list and navigate to the settings page. Scroll to the " -":guilabel:`Performance` section, and check the box for :guilabel:`Customer " -"Ratings`." +msgid "Enable customer ratings on Helpdesk teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To enable *customer ratings* on a helpdesk team, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select a" +" team from the list and click on it to open the settings page. Scroll to the" +" :guilabel:`Performance` section, and tick the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -"Para habilitar las *calificaciones de los clientes* en un equipo del " -"Servicio de asistencia, vaya a :menuselection:`Servicio de asistencia --> " -"Configuración --> Equipos`, seleccione uno de la lista y diríjase a la " -"página de ajustes. Vaya a la sección :guilabel:`Rendimiento` y seleccione la" -" casilla :guilabel:`Calificación de clientes`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -3603,13 +3547,13 @@ msgstr "" "Vista general de la página de ajustes de un equipo de servicio de asistencia,se resalta en un recuadro rojo la función de calificación de tickets\n" "en la aplicación Servicio de asistencia de Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:25 msgid "Set a ratings request email template on a stage" msgstr "" "Establecer una plantilla de correo electrónico para solicitar una " "calificación" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:27 msgid "" "To automatically request ratings from customers once their tickets have " "closed, an email template should be added to the appropriate stage." @@ -3618,102 +3562,73 @@ msgstr "" " sus tickets se hayan cerrado, debe agregar una plantilla de correo " "electrónico a la etapa correspondiente." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:30 msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` setting has been enabled on the team's" -" settings page, (see above) click the :guilabel:`Set an Email Template on " -"Stages` link. Select a stage from the list, or click :guilabel:`New` to " -"create a new stage." +"After the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` :ref:`setting has been enabled " +"` on the team's settings page, click the " +":guilabel:`Set an Email Template on Stages` link. Select a stage from the " +"list, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new stage." msgstr "" -"Una vez que haya habilitado la :guilabel:`calificación de clientes` en la " -"página de ajustes del equipo (como se describe arriba), haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Establecer una plantilla de correo electrónico en etapas`. " -"Seleccione una etapa de la lista o haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo` para crear" -" una." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 msgid "" "Customers should only be asked to rate tickets once an issue has been " -"resolved and their ticket is closed. Therefore, a *ratings request* email " -"should only be added to a stage that is **folded** in the kanban, as tickets" +"resolved and their ticket is *closed*. Therefore, a *ratings request* email " +"should **only** be added to a stage that is folded in the Kanban, as tickets" " in a *folded stage* are considered closed." msgstr "" -"Solo debe solicitar a los clientes que califiquen los tickets cuando se haya" -" solucionado el problema y su ticket esté cerrado. Por lo tanto, solo debe " -"agregar un correo electrónico para la *solicitud de calificación* a una " -"etapa **plegada** en kanban, pues los tickets en estas etapas se consideran " -"cerrados." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 msgid "" -"On the stage's settings page, select `Helpdesk: Ticket Rating Request` in " -"the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. This template has been pre-configured " -"with ratings customers can use to provide feedback. To view the template, " -"click the arrow button to the right of the field." +"On the stage's settings page, select the template, `Helpdesk: Ticket Rating " +"Request` in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. This template has been " +"preconfigured with ratings customers can use to provide feedback. To view " +"the template, click the arrow button to the right of the field." msgstr "" -"En la página de ajustes de la etapa, seleccione `Servicio de asistencia: " -"solicitud de calificación de ticket` en el campo :guilabel:`Plantilla de " -"correo electrónico`. Esta plantilla se encuentra preconfigurada con " -"calificaciones que los clientes pueden usar para proporcionar " -"retroalimentación. Para ver la plantilla, haga clic en la flecha en el lado " -"derecho del campo." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the template has been added to the stage, it will automatically send a " -"message when a ticket is moved to that stage. Customers will be asked to " -"rate the support they received with colored icons." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que agregó la plantilla a la etapa, se enviará un mensaje de forma " -"automática en cuanto un ticket se mueva a esa etapa. Se les solicitará a los" -" clientes que califiquen la ayuda que recibieron con iconos de colores." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:43 +msgid "" +"After the template is added to the stage, it automatically sends a message " +"when a ticket is moved to that stage. Customers are then asked to rate the " +"support they received with colored icons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:46 msgid "*Green smiling face* - Satisfied" msgstr "*Carita feliz verde* - Satisfecho" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:47 msgid "*Yellow neutral face* - Okay" msgstr "*Carita neutra amarilla* - Bien" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:48 msgid "*Red frowning face* - Dissatisfied" msgstr "*Carita fruncida roja* - Inconforme" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a standard helpdesk customer review email template for Odoo " -"Helpdesk." -msgstr "" -"Vista de una plantilla estándar de correo electrónico de reseña de cliente " -"de servicio de asistencia en la aplicación Servicio de asistencia de Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:50 msgid "" "After selecting a rating, customers are taken to a webpage where they can " -"provide specific written feedback to support their rating. Once a rating is " -"submitted, it is added to the chatter on the ticket." +"provide specific written feedback to support their rating. The rating is " +"then submitted, and the rating, as well as any additional comments, are " +"added to the chatter on the ticket." msgstr "" -"Los clientes podrán escribir retroalimentación que complemente su " -"calificación en el sitio web al que serán redirigidos después de seleccionar" -" una calificación. Una vez que se envía, esta se agrega al chatter del " -"ticket." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:55 msgid "" "Customer ratings can also be viewed through the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings`" -" report. To view this report, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting " -"--> Customer Ratings`." +" report. To view this report, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " +"Reporting --> Customer Ratings`." msgstr "" -"También puede visualizar las calificaciones de los clientes en un reporte " -"especializado. Para verlo, vaya a :menuselection:`Servicio de asistencia -->" -" Reportes --> Calificación de clientes`." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/companies/email_template`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:62 msgid "Publish ratings on the customer portal" msgstr "Publicar calificaciones en el portal del cliente" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:64 msgid "" "After enabling the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` setting, an option to " "publish ratings on the team's website appears. Enabling this setting " @@ -3728,31 +3643,26 @@ msgstr "" " No se incluyen comentarios específicos por escrito, solo las estadísticas " "del rendimiento del equipo." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:70 msgid "" -"In order to display ratings on the customer portal, a team has to have their" -" visibility setting set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal " -"users`. This setting is found on the team's settings page under " -":guilabel:`Visibility`." +"To display ratings on the customer portal, a team **must** have their " +"visibility setting set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal " +"users (public)`. To enable this setting, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select a" +" team from the list and click on it to open the settings page. Scroll to the" +" :guilabel:`Visibility & Assignment` section, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)` checkbox." msgstr "" -"Para mostrar las calificaciones en el portal del cliente, el equipo debe " -"tener su ajuste de visibilidad establecido en :guilabel:`Usuarios invitados " -"del portal y todos los usuarios internos`. Este ajuste se encuentra en la " -"página de ajustes del equipo, en :guilabel:`Visibilidad`." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:77 msgid "" -"Next, to publish the ratings, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Teams` and select a team. Scroll to " -":guilabel:`Performance` and enable :guilabel:`Publish this team's ratings on" -" your website`." +"Next, to publish the ratings, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app--> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and select a team. Scroll to " +":guilabel:`Performance` and tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Publish this " +"team's ratings on your website`." msgstr "" -"A continuación, para publicar las calificaciones, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Servicio de asistencia --> Configuración --> Equipos` y " -"seleccione uno. Diríjase a la sección :guilabel:`Rendimiento` y habilite " -":guilabel:`Publique la calificación de este equipo en su sitio web`." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:81 msgid "" "To view the ratings for a team, a customer will log into the portal and " "navigate to one of their tickets. After clicking on the team name in the " @@ -3771,21 +3681,22 @@ msgstr "" "Vista del resumen del rendimiento de las calificaciones desde el portal del " "cliente." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`Portal access <../../../general/users/portal>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:93 msgid "Manually hide individual ratings" msgstr "Ocultar de forma manual las calificaciones individuales" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:95 msgid "" "Individual ratings can be manually hidden from the portal. This allows for " -"specific ratings to be kept out of the performance metrics that are shown to" -" customers." +"specific ratings to be kept out of the performance metrics shared with " +"customers." msgstr "" -"Puede ocultar de forma manual las calificaciones individuales desde el " -"portal. Esto permite que ciertas calificaciones no se incluyan dentro de las" -" métricas de rendimiento que se muestran a los clientes." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:98 msgid "" "To make a rating visible only to internal users, navigate to the page for a " "rating. This can be done in one of the following ways:" @@ -3793,29 +3704,21 @@ msgstr "" "Para que solo los usuarios internos puedan visualizar una calificación, vaya" " a la página correspondiente. Puede hacerlo de una de estas maneras:" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:101 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` and click" -" on one of the kanban cards for an individual rating." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` and " +"click on one of the Kanban cards for an individual rating." msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Servicio de asistencia --> Reportes --> Calificación " -"de clientes` y haga clic en una de las tarjetas kanban para obtener una " -"calificación individual." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:103 msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Tickets --> All Tickets` and remove" -" the :guilabel:`Open` filter from the search bar. Then filter by " +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app--> Tickets --> All Tickets` and " +"remove the :guilabel:`Open` filter from the search bar. Then filter by " ":guilabel:`Satisfied`, :guilabel:`Okay` and/or :guilabel:`Dissatisfied`. " "Select a ticket from the results. Click the :guilabel:`Rating` smart button." msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Servicio de asistencia --> Tickets --> Todos los " -"tickets` y elimine el filtro :guilabel:`Abierto` de la barra de búsqueda. " -"Luego filtre por :guilabel:`Satisfecho`, :guilabel:`Regular` o " -":guilabel:`Inconforme`. Seleccione un ticket de entre los resultados. Haga " -"clic en el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Calificación`." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:108 msgid "" "Once on the rating details page, check the :guilabel:`Visible Internally " "Only` box." @@ -3823,14 +3726,13 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez que se encuentre en la página de detalles de la calificación, marque" " la casilla :guilabel:`Visible solo de forma interna`." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:350 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets`" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports`" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`reports`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 msgid "Receiving tickets" @@ -3859,12 +3761,8 @@ msgstr "Habilitar las opciones de canales para enviar tickets" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, " "and choose an existing team, or click :guilabel:`New` to :doc:`create a new " -"team `." +"team <../../helpdesk>`." msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`la aplicación de Servicio de asistencia --> " -"Configuración --> Equipos de Servicio de asistencia` y elija un equipo " -"existente o haga clic en :guilabel:`nuevo` para :doc:`crear un nuevo equipo " -"`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -4714,6 +4612,10 @@ msgstr "" "prioridad de un ticket puede alterar la fecha límite del acuerdo de nivel de" " servicio." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:350 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets`" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:351 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" @@ -4726,65 +4628,49 @@ msgstr ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat`" msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Reportes" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:8 msgid "" -"Odoo *Helpdesk* includes several reports that provide the opportunity to " -"track trends for customer support tickets, identify areas for improvement, " -"manage employee workloads, and confirm when customer expectations are met." +"Reports in Odoo *Helpdesk* provide the opportunity to manage employee " +"workloads, identify areas for improvement, and confirm if customer " +"expectations are being met." msgstr "" -"La aplicación *Servicio de asistencia* de Odoo incluye varios reportes que " -"proporcionan la oportunidad de realizar un seguimiento de las tendencias de " -"los tickets de soporte al cliente, identificar áreas de mejora, gestionar " -"las cargas de trabajo de los empleados y confirmar cuando se cumplen las " -"expectativas del cliente." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 msgid "Available reports" msgstr "Reportes disponibles" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 msgid "" "Details about the reports available in Odoo *Helpdesk* can be found below. " -"To view the different reports, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Reporting`." +"To view the different reports, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " +"Reporting`, and select one of the following: :guilabel:`Tickets Analysis`, " +":guilabel:`SLA Status Analysis`, or :guilabel:`Customer Ratings`." msgstr "" -"A continuación se detallan los reportes disponibles en el *Servicio de " -"asistencia* de Odoo. Para ver los distintos reportes, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Servicio de asistencia --> Reportes`." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:16 -msgid "Ticket Analysis" -msgstr "Analisis de tickets" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 +msgid "Tickets Analysis" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:21 msgid "" -"The *Ticket Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> " -"Ticket Analysis`) provides an overview of every customer support ticket in " -"the database. This includes the number of tickets assigned among teams and " -"individual users." +"The *Tickets Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Reporting " +"--> Tickets Analysis`) provides an overview of every customer support ticket" +" in the database." msgstr "" -"El reporte de *Análisis de tickets* (:menuselection:`Servicio de asistencia " -"--> Reportes --> Análisis de tickets`) proporciona una vista general de cada" -" ticket de soporte al cliente en la base de datos. Esto incluye el número de" -" tickets asignados entre equipos y usuarios individuales." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:24 msgid "" -"This report is useful in identifying where teams are spending the most time," -" and helps determine if there is an uneven workload distribution among the " -"support staff. The default report counts the number of tickets per team and " -"groups them by stage." +"This report is useful for identifying where teams are spending the most " +"time, and helps determine if there is an uneven workload distribution among " +"the support staff. The default report counts the number of tickets per team " +"and groups them by stage." msgstr "" -"Este reporte es útil para identificar dónde invierten más tiempo los equipos" -" y ayuda a determinar si hay una distribución desequilibrada de la carga de " -"trabajo entre el personal de soporte. El reporte predeterminado cuenta el " -"número de tickets por equipo y los agrupa por etapas." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 msgid "View of Ticket Analysis report default view." msgstr "Vista predeterminada del reporte de Análisis de tickets." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:32 msgid "" "Alternative measures can be selected to track where the most time is spent " "at different points in the workflow. To change the measures used for the " @@ -4797,91 +4683,72 @@ msgstr "" "utilizadas del reporte presentado, o para agregar más, haga clic en el botón" " :guilabel:`Medidas` y seleccione una o más opciones del menú desplegable:" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Hours to Respond`: average number of working hours " "between a message sent from the customer and the response from the support " -"team. *This is does not include messages sent when the ticket was in a " -"folded stage*" +"team. *This does not include messages sent when the ticket was in a folded " +"stage.*" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Horas promedio en responder`: promedio de horas laborables entre " -"un mensaje enviado por el cliente y la respuesta del equipo de soporte. *No " -"incluye los mensajes enviados cuando el ticket se encontraba en una etapa " -"plegada*" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:40 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hours Open`: number of hours between the date the ticket was " "created and the closed date. If there is no closed date on the ticket, the " -"current date is used. **This measure is not specific to working hours**" +"current date is used. **This measure is not specific to working hours.**" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Horas abiertas`: número de horas entre la fecha de creación del " -"ticket y la fecha de cierre. Si no hay fecha de cierre en el ticket, se " -"utiliza la fecha actual. **Esta medida no es específica a las horas " -"laborables**." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hours Spent`: number of *Timesheet* hours logged on a ticket. " "*This measure is only available if Timesheets are enabled on a team, and the" -" current user has the access rights to view them*" +" current user has the access rights to view them.*" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Horas utilizadas`: número de horas registradas en *Hojas de " -"horas* de un ticket. *Esta medida solo está disponible si las Hojas de horas" -" están habilitadas en un equipo y el usuario actual tiene los permisos de " -"acceso para verlas*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:44 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the date on " -"which the ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team member" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Horas para asignar`: número de horas laborables entre la fecha de" -" creación del ticket y cuando se asignó a un miembro del equipo." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:46 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date on " -"which the ticket was created and the date it was closed" +":guilabel:`Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the date the " +"ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team member." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Horas para cerrar`: número de horas laborables entre la fecha de " -"creación del ticket y la fecha de su cierre." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hours to First Response`: number of working hours between the " -"date on which the ticket was received and the date one which the first " -"message was sent. *This does not include email sent automatically when a " -"ticket reaches a stage*" +":guilabel:`Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date the " +"ticket was created and the date it was closed." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Horas para la primera respuesta`: número de horas laborables " -"entre la fecha de recepción del ticket y la fecha de envío del primer " -"mensaje. *No incluye el correo electrónico que se envía de forma automática " -"cuando un ticket llega a una etapa*." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hours to SLA Deadline`: number of working hours remaining to " -"reach the last :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` deadline on a ticket" +":guilabel:`Hours to First Response`: number of working hours between the " +"date the ticket was received and the date on which the first message was " +"sent. *This does not include email sent automatically when a ticket reaches " +"a stage.*" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Horas para la fecha límite de SLA`: número de horas laborables " -"para llegar a la última fecha límite de :abbr:`SLA (Acuerdo de nivel de " -"servicio)` en un ticket." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:53 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Rating /5`: number valued assigned to the rating received from a " -"customer (Dissatisfied = 1, Okay/Neutral = 3, Satisfied = 5)" +":guilabel:`Hours until SLA Deadline`: number of working hours remaining to " +"reach the last |SLA| deadline on a ticket." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Valoración /5`: número asignado a la valoración recibida de un " -"cliente (Inconforme = 1, Bien o neutral = 3, Satisfecho = 5)" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:99 -msgid ":guilabel:`Count`: number of tickets in total" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Número`: número de tickets en total." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rating (/5)`: number out of five to represent customer feedback " +"(Dissatisfied = 1, Okay/Neutral = 3, Satisfied = 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining Hours on SO`: hours remaining on a linked sales order." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Count`: number of tickets in total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:61 msgid "" "*Working hours* are calculated based on the default working calendar. To " "view or change the working calendar, go to the :menuselection:`Settings` " @@ -4892,37 +4759,30 @@ msgstr "" "aplicación :menuselection:`Ajustes` y seleccione :menuselection:`Empleados " "--> Horas laborables de la empresa`." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:66 msgid "SLA Status Analysis" msgstr "Análisis del estado de SLA" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:68 msgid "" -"The *SLA Status Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting -->" -" SLA Status Analysis`) tracks how quickly an SLA (Service Level Agreement) " -"is fulfilled, as well as the success rate of individual policies." +"The *SLA Status Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Reporting" +" --> SLA Status Analysis`) :ref:`analyzes the performance ` of individual SLA (Service Level Agreement) policies." msgstr "" -"El reporte de *Análisis del estado del SLA* (:menuselection:`Servicio de " -"asistencia --> Reportes --> Análisis del estado del SLA`) registra la " -"rapidez con la que se cumple un acuerdo de nivel de servicio (SLA), así como" -" la tasa de éxito de cada política." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:72 msgid "" -"By default, this report is filtered to show the number of :abbr:`SLAs " -"(Service Level Agreements)` failed, as well as the failure rate over the " -"last 30 days, grouped by team." +"By default, this report is filtered to show the number of |SLAs| failed, in " +"progress, and the number that have been successful. The results are grouped " +"by teams." msgstr "" -"Este reporte se filtra de forma predeterminada para mostrar el número de " -"acuerdos de nivel de servicio fallidos, así como la tasa de fallas en los " -"últimos 30 días, agrupados por equipo." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 msgid "View of Group by options of Ticket Analysis report." msgstr "" "Vista de las opciones de \"Agrupar por\" del reporte de Análisis de tickets." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:79 msgid "" "To change the measures used for the report that is currently displayed, or " "to add more, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button, and select one or more " @@ -4932,135 +4792,57 @@ msgstr "" "agregar más, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Medidas` y seleccione una o " "más opciones del menú desplegable:" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:82 msgid "" -":guilabel:`% of Failed SLA`: percentage of tickets that have failed at least" -" one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`" +":guilabel:`Number of SLA Failed`: number of tickets that have failed at " +"least one |SLA|." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`% de SLA fallidos`: porcentaje de tickets que han fallado al " -"menos un acuerdo de nivel de servicio." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:83 msgid "" -":guilabel:`% of SLA in Progress`: percentage of tickets that have at least " -"one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` still in progress, and have not " -"failed any :abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)`" +":guilabel:`Rating (/5)`: number value representing customer feedback " +"(Dissatisfied = 1, Okay/Neutral = 3, Satisfied = 5)." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`% de SLA en progreso`: porcentaje de tickets que aún tienen al " -"menos un acuerdo de nivel de servicio en progreso y no han fallado ninguno." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:84 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`% of Successful SLA`: percentage of tickets where all :abbr:`SLAs" -" (Service Level Agreements)` have been successful" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`% de SLA exitosos`: porcentaje de tickets donde todos los " -"acuerdos de nivel de servicio han sido exitosos." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:86 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Number of SLA Failed`: number of tickets that have failed at " -"least one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`" +":guilabel:`Working Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the " +"date the ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team member." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Número de SLA fallidos`: número de tickets que han fallado al " -"menos un acuerdo de nivel de servicio." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:88 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Number of SLA Successful`: number of tickets where all " -":abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)` have been successful" +":guilabel:`Working Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date" +" the ticket was created and the date it was closed." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Número de SLA exitosos`: número de tickets donde todos los " -"acuerdos de nivel de servicio han tenido éxito." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:90 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Number of SLA in Progress`: number of tickets that have at least " -"one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` still in progress, and have not " -"failed any :abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)`" +":guilabel:`Working Hours to Reach SLA`: number of working hours between the " +"date the ticket was created and the date the |SLA| was satisfied." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Número de SLA en progreso`: número de tickets que aún tienen al " -"menos un acuerdo de nivel de servicio en progreso y no han fallado ninguno." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:93 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Working Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the " -"date on which the ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team " -"member" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Horas laborables para asignar`: número de horas laborables entre " -"la fecha de creación del ticket y cuando se asignó a un miembro del equipo." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:95 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Working Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date" -" on which the ticket was created and the date it was closed" +msgid ":doc:`Service Level Agreements (SLA) `" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Horas laborables para cerrar`: número de horas laborables entre " -"la fecha de creación del ticket y la fecha de su cierre." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:97 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Working Hours to Reach SLA`: number of working hours between the " -"date on which the ticket was created and the date the :abbr:`SLA (Service " -"Level Agreement)` was satisfied" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Horas laborables para llegar al SLA`: número de horas laborables " -"entre la fecha de creación del ticket y la fecha en que se cumplió el " -"acuerdo de nivel de servicio." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:102 -msgid "" -"To see the number of tickets that were able to achieve the stated :abbr:`SLA" -" (Service Level Agreement)` objectives, and track the amount of time it took" -" to achieve those objectives, click :menuselection:`Measures --> Number of " -"SLA Successful` and :menuselection:`Measures --> Working Hours to Reach " -"SLA`." -msgstr "" -"Para ver el número de tickets que pudieron alcanzar los objetivos del " -":abbr:`SLA (Acuerdo de nivel de servicio)` y hacer un seguimiento de la " -"cantidad de tiempo que tomó lograrlos, haga clic en :menuselection:`Medidas " -"--> Número de SLA exitosos` y :menuselection:`Medidas --> Horas laborables " -"para llegar al SLA`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:107 -msgid "" -"To sort these results by the team members assigned to the tickets, select " -":menuselection:`Total --> Assigned to`." -msgstr "" -"Para ordenar estos resultados por los miembros del equipo asignados a los " -"tickets, seleccione :menuselection:`Total --> Asignado a`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:111 -msgid "" -":doc:`Service Level Agreements (SLA) " -"`" -msgstr "" -":doc:`Acuerdos de nivel de servicio (SLA) " -"`" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:98 msgid "Customer Ratings" msgstr "Calificación de clientes" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:100 msgid "" -"The *Customer Ratings* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting -- " -"Customer Ratings`) displays an overview of the ratings received on " +"The *Customer Ratings* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app--> Reporting -->" +" Customer Ratings`) displays an overview of the ratings received on " "individual support tickets, as well as any additional comments submitted " "with the rating." msgstr "" -"El reporte de *Calificación de clientes* (:menuselection:`Servicio de " -"asistencia --> Reportes --> Calificación de clientes`) muestra un resumen de" -" las calificaciones recibidas en los tickets de soporte individuales, así " -"como cualquier comentario adicional enviado con la calificación." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 -msgid "View of the kanban display in the Customer Ratings report." +msgid "View of the Kanban display in the Customer Ratings report." msgstr "" -"Vista de la pantalla de kanban en el reporte de calificación de clientes." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:108 msgid "" "Click on an individual rating to see additional details about the rating " "submitted by the customer, including a link to the original ticket." @@ -5073,34 +4855,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the details of an individual customer rating." msgstr "Vista de los detalles de una calificación de cliente individual." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:116 msgid "" -"On the rating's details page, select the :guilabel:`Visible Internally Only`" -" option to hide the rating from the customer portal." +"On the rating's details page, tick the :guilabel:`Visible Internally Only` " +"checkbox to hide the rating from the customer portal." msgstr "" -"En la página de detalles de la calificación, seleccione la opción " -":guilabel:`Visible solo de forma interna` para ocultar la calificación en el" -" portal de clientes." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:119 msgid "" -"The *Customer Ratings* report is displayed in a kanban view by default, but " +"The *Customer Ratings* report is displayed in a Kanban view by default, but " "can also be displayed in graph, list, or pivot view." msgstr "" -"El reporte *Calificación de clientes* se muestra en la vista kanban de forma" -" predeterminada, pero también se puede mostrar en la vista de gráfico, lista" -" o tabla dinámica." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:139 -msgid ":doc:`Ratings `" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`Ratings `" msgstr "" -":doc:`Calificaciones `" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:126 msgid "View and filter options" msgstr "Visualizar y filtrar opciones" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:128 msgid "" "On any Odoo report, the view and filter options vary, depending on what data" " is being analyzed, measured, and grouped. See below for additional " @@ -5111,7 +4886,7 @@ msgstr "" "continuación encontrará más información sobre las vistas disponibles para " "los reportes del *Servicio de asistencia*." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:133 msgid "" "Only one measure may be selected at a time for graphs, but pivot tables can " "include multiple measures." @@ -5119,12 +4894,12 @@ msgstr "" "Solo puede seleccionar una medida a la vez para los gráficos, pero las " "tablas dinámicas pueden incluir varias." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:153 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:141 msgid "Pivot view" msgstr "Vista de tabla dinámica" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:139 msgid "" "The *pivot* view presents data in an interactive manner. All three " "*Helpdesk* reports are available in pivot view." @@ -5132,58 +4907,48 @@ msgstr "" "La vista de *tabla dinámica* presenta los datos de forma interactiva y los " "tres reportes de *Servicio de asistencia* están disponibles en ella." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:142 msgid "" -"The pivot view can be accessed on any report by selecting the " -":guilabel:`grid icon` at the top right of the screen." +"The pivot view can be accessed on any report by selecting the :icon:`oi-" +"view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot)` icon at the top-right of the screen." msgstr "" -"Puede acceder a la vista de tabla dinámica en cualquier reporte, haga clic " -"en el :guilabel:`icono de tabla` en la parte superior derecha de la " -"pantalla." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:151 msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" "Vista del reporte de análisis de estado del SLA en el Servicio de asistencia" " de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:149 msgid "" -"To add a group to a row or column to the pivot view, click the :guilabel:`➕ " -"(plus sign)` next to :guilabel:`Total`, and then select one of the groups. " -"To remove one, click the :guilabel:`➖ (minus sign)` and de-select the " -"appropriate option." +"To add a group to a row or column to the pivot view, click the :icon:`fa-" +"plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon next to :guilabel:`Total`, and then " +"select one of the groups. To remove one, click the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o`" +" :guilabel:`(minus)` icon, and de-select the appropriate option." msgstr "" -"Para agregar un grupo a una fila o columna a la vista de tabla dinámica, " -"haga clic en el :guilabel:`➕ (signo más)` junto a :guilabel:`Total` y luego " -"seleccione uno de los grupos. Para eliminar uno, haga clic en :guilabel:`➖ " -"(signo menos)` y desmarque la opción apropiada." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:170 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:173 msgid "Graph view" msgstr "Vista de gráfico" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:156 msgid "" "The *graph* view presents data in either a *bar*, *line*, or *pie* chart." msgstr "" "La vista de *gráfico* presenta datos en un gráfico de *barras*, *líneas* o " "*circular*." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:158 msgid "" -"Switch to the graph view by selecting the :guilabel:`line chart icon` at the" -" top right of the screen. To switch between the different charts, select the" -" *related icon* at the top left of the chart, while in graph view." +"Switch to the graph view by selecting the :icon:`fa-area-chart` " +":guilabel:`(area chart)` icon at the top-right of the screen. To switch " +"between the different charts, select the *related icon* at the top-left of " +"the chart, while in graph view." msgstr "" -"Cambie a la vista de gráfico seleccionando el :guilabel:`icono de gráfico de" -" líneas` en la parte superior derecha de la pantalla. Para cambiar entre los" -" diferentes gráficos, seleccione el *icono relacionado* en la parte superior" -" izquierda del gráfico mientras se encuentra en esta vista." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:164 msgid "Bar chart" msgstr "Gráfico de barras" @@ -5192,7 +4957,7 @@ msgstr "Gráfico de barras" msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in bar view." msgstr "Vista del reporte de análisis de estado del SLA en vista de barras." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:170 msgid "Line chart" msgstr "Gráfico de líneas" @@ -5200,7 +4965,7 @@ msgstr "Gráfico de líneas" msgid "View of the Customer Ratings report in line view." msgstr "Vista del reporte de valoraciones de clientes en la vista de líneas." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:176 msgid "Pie chart" msgstr "Gráfico circular" @@ -5209,39 +4974,33 @@ msgid "View of the Ticket analysis report in pie chart view." msgstr "" "Vista del reporte de Análisis de tickets en la vista de gráfico circular." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:183 msgid "" "Both the *bar chart* and *line chart* can utilize the *stacked* view option." -" This presents two (or more) groups of data on top of each other, instead of" -" next to each other, making it easier to compare data." +" This presents two or more groups of data on top of each other, instead of " +"next to each other, making it easier to compare data. While viewing either a" +" bar chart or line chart, click the :icon:`fa-database` " +":guilabel:`(stacked)` icon to toggle the stacked view option on or off." msgstr "" -"Tanto el *gráfico de barras* como el *gráfico de líneas* pueden utilizar la " -"opción de *vista apilada*, esta presenta dos (o más) grupos de datos uno " -"encima del otro, en lugar de uno junto al otro, facilitando así la " -"comparación de datos." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:189 msgid "Save and share a favorite search" msgstr "Guardar y compartir una búsqueda de favoritos" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:191 msgid "" "The *Favorites* feature found on *Helpdesk* reports allows users to save " -"their most commonly used filters without having to reconstruct them every " +"their most commonly used filters, without having to reconstruct them every " "time they are needed." msgstr "" -"La función de *Favoritos* en los reportes del *Servicio de asistencia* " -"permite que los usuarios guarden sus filtros más utilizados sin tener que " -"reconstruirlos cada vez que los necesitan." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:194 msgid "" -"To create and save new *Favorites* on a report, follow the steps below:" +"To create and save a new *Favorites* configuration on a report, follow the " +"steps below:" msgstr "" -"Siga los pasos a continuación para crear y guardar nuevos *Favoritos* en un " -"reporte:" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:196 msgid "" "Set the necessary parameters using the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group" " By` and :guilabel:`Measures` options." @@ -5249,36 +5008,37 @@ msgstr "" "Establezca los parámetros necesarios usando las opciones de " ":guilabel:`Filtros`, :guilabel:`Agrupar por` y :guilabel:`Medidas` ." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:213 -msgid "Click :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search`." -msgstr "Haga clic en :menuselection:`Favoritos --> Guardar búsqueda actual`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:214 -msgid "Rename the search." -msgstr "Renombre la búsqueda." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:198 msgid "" -"Select :guilabel:`Use by default` to have these filter settings " +"Click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(down)` icon next to the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar to open the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Favorites` heading, click :guilabel:`Save current " +"search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:201 +msgid "If desired, enter a new name for the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Default Filter` checkbox to have these filter settings " "automatically displayed when the report is opened. Otherwise, leave it " "blank." msgstr "" -"Seleccione :guilabel:`Utilizar de forma predeterminada` para que estos " -"ajustes de filtro se muestren de forma automática cuando se abra el reporte." -" De lo contrario, no seleccione la casilla." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:204 msgid "" -"Select :guilabel:`Share with all users` to make this filter available to all" -" other database users. If this box is not checked, it will only be available" -" to the user who creates it." +"Tick the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make this filter configuration " +"available to all other database users. If this checkbox is not ticked, only " +"the user who creates the filter can access it." msgstr "" -"Seleccione :guilabel:`Compartir con todos los usuarios` para que este filtro" -" esté disponible para los demás usuarios de la base de datos. Si esta " -"casilla no está seleccionada, solo estará disponible para el usuario que la " -"creó." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:207 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to preserve the configuration for future use." msgstr "" "Haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` para conservar la configuración para su uso" @@ -5290,17 +5050,13 @@ msgstr "" "Vista de la opción guardar favoritos en la aplicación Servicio de asistencia" " de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:226 -msgid "" -":doc:`Start receiving tickets " -"`" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:214 +msgid ":doc:`Start receiving tickets `" msgstr "" -":doc:`Empezar a recibir tickets " -"`" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:227 -msgid ":doc:`Odoo reporting `" -msgstr ":doc:`Reportes de Odoo `" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:215 +msgid ":doc:`Odoo reporting <../../../essentials/reporting>`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 msgid "Service level agreements (SLA)" @@ -5646,11 +5402,11 @@ msgstr "" "Imagen de un formulario de ticket con un SLA fallido y un cumplido en la " "aplicación Servicio de asistencia de Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:133 msgid "Analyze SLA performance" msgstr "Analizar el rendimiento del SLA" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:135 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`SLA Status Analysis` report tracks how quickly an :abbr:`SLA " "(Service Level Agreement)` is fulfilled, as well as the performance of " @@ -5664,20 +5420,20 @@ msgstr "" " su respectiva tabla dinámica desde :menuselection:`Servicio de asistencia " "--> Reportes --> Análisis del estado del SLA`." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:143 msgid "" "By default, the report displays in a :guilabel:`Pivot` view. Any :abbr:`SLA " "(Service Level Agreement)` policies in the database with tickets that failed" " to fulfill a policy, are in progress, or have satisfied a policy are " "listed. By default, they are grouped by team and ticket count." msgstr "" -"Por defecto, el reporte se muestra en una vista de :guilabel:`tabla " -"dinámica`. En este reporte se enlistan todas las políticas :abbr:`SLA " -"(Acuerdo de nivel de servicio)` en la base de datos con tickets en los que " -"no se cumplió la política, están en proceso o ya cumplieron con la política." -" En automático, se agrupan por equipo y cantidad de tickets." +"De forma predeterminada, el reporte aparece en la vista de :guilabel:`tabla " +"dinámica`. Aparecen todas las políticas :abbr:`SLA (Acuerdo de nivel de " +"servicio)` en la base de datos con tickets en los que no se cumplió la " +"política, están en proceso o ya cumplieron con ella y están agrupadas por " +"equipo y número de tickets." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:151 msgid "" "The pivot view aggregates data, which can be manipulated by adding measures " "and filters." @@ -5685,7 +5441,7 @@ msgstr "" "La vista de tabla dinámica agrega información que después se puede manipular" " para agregar medidas y filtros." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:153 msgid "" "To change the display, or add additional measurements, click the " ":guilabel:`Measures` button to reveal a drop-down menu of reporting " @@ -5695,7 +5451,7 @@ msgstr "" "el botón :guilabel:`Medidas` para mostrar un menú desplegable con criterios " "para reportes y seleccione de las opciones disponibles." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:156 msgid "" "Whenever a measurement is picked, a :guilabel:`✔️ (checkmark)` icon appears " "in the drop-down menu to indicate that the measurement is included, and a " @@ -5713,7 +5469,7 @@ msgstr "" "Imagen de las medidas disponibles en el reporte de análisis de estado de " "SLA." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:164 msgid "" "To add a group to a row or column, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` icon next " "to the policy name and then select one of the groups. To remove one, click " @@ -5731,7 +5487,7 @@ msgstr "" "Imagen de las opciones de agrupación disponibles en el reporte de análisis " "de estado de SLA." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:175 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`SLA Status Analysis` report can also be viewed as a " ":guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line Chart`, or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`. " @@ -5746,11 +5502,11 @@ msgstr "" "seleccione el icono de gráfica apropiado en la parte superior izquierda de " "la gráfica." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:182 msgid "Bar Chart" msgstr "Gráfico de barras" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:188 msgid "" "A bar chart can deal with larger data sets and compare data across several " "categories." @@ -5758,7 +5514,7 @@ msgstr "" "Un gráfico de barras puede gestionar conjuntos de datos más grandes y " "comparar datos a través de varias categorías." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:190 msgid "Line Chart" msgstr "Gráfico de líneas" @@ -5766,13 +5522,13 @@ msgstr "Gráfico de líneas" msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in line view." msgstr "Imagen del reporte de análisis de estado del SLA en vista de líneas." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:196 msgid "A line chart can visualize data trends or changes over time." msgstr "" "Un gráfico de línea muestra las tendencias de datos o los cambios durante un" " periodo." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:198 msgid "Pie Chart" msgstr "Gráfico circular" @@ -5782,13 +5538,13 @@ msgstr "" "Imagen del reporte de análisis de estado del SLA en vista de gráfico " "circular." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:204 msgid "A pie chart compares data among a small number of categories." msgstr "" "Un gráfico de círculo compara la información entre un número pequeño de " "categorías." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:207 msgid "" "Both the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` and :guilabel:`Line Chart` views can be " ":guilabel:`Stacked` by selecting the :guilabel:`Stacked` icon. This displays" @@ -5805,11 +5561,11 @@ msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in bar view, stacked." msgstr "" "Vista del reporte de análisis de estado del SLA en vista de barras, apilado." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:216 msgid "Cohort view" msgstr "Vista de cohorte" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:218 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Cohort` view is used to track the changes in data over a " "period of time. To display the :guilabel:`SLA Status Analysis` report in a " @@ -5824,21 +5580,21 @@ msgstr "" "horizontales en cascada)` en la esquina superior derecha, en las otras " "opciones de visualización." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:227 msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in cohort view." msgstr "Vista del reporte de análisis de estado del SLA en vista de cohorte." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:227 msgid "The cohort view examines the life cycle of data over time." msgstr "" "La vista cohorte examina el ciclo de vida de la información a lo largo del " "tiempo." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:230 msgid ":ref:`Reporting views `" msgstr ":ref:`Vistas de reporte `" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:231 msgid "" ":doc:`Allow customers to close their tickets " "`" @@ -6437,8 +6193,8 @@ msgid "" "Developer mode `, then go to :menuselection:`Planning --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and edit the :guilabel:`Recurring Shifts`." msgstr "" -"Por defecto, los turnos planeados se crean con seis meses de antelación, " -"después de los cuales se crearán de forma gradual. Para cambiar el plazo, " +"Los turnos planeados se crean de forma predeterminada con seis meses de " +"antelación, después se crearán de forma gradual. Para cambiar el plazo, " ":ref:`active el modo de desarrollador `, vaya a " ":menuselection:`Planeación --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y edite los " ":guilabel:`turnos recurrentes`." @@ -6617,9 +6373,10 @@ msgid "" "default and cannot be disabled. However, once the **Allow unassignment** " "feature is enabled, it replaces the option to switch shifts." msgstr "" -"Estas funciones son excluyentes. Cambiar turnos es posible por defecto y no " -"se puede desactivar. sin embargo, una vez que se activa la función " -"**Permitir eliminar asignación** reemplazará la opción para cambiar turnos." +"Estas funciones son excluyentes entre sí. Es posible cambiar turnos de forma" +" predeterminada y esto no se puede desactivar. Sin embargo, cuando active la" +" función **Permitir eliminar asignación**, esta reemplazará la opción para " +"cambiar turnos." #: ../../content/applications/services/planning.rst:293 msgid "Switching shifts" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po index 79988e0f4..c079999de 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po @@ -4,20 +4,21 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Iran Villalobos López, 2024 # Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2024 +# Iran Villalobos López, 2024 # Lucia Pacheco, 2024 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2024 +# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-25 16:01+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -78,481 +79,628 @@ msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Studio `_" msgstr "`Tutoriales de Odoo: Studio `_" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:3 -msgid "Automated actions (automations)" -msgstr "Acciones automatizadas (automatizaciones)" +msgid "Automation rules" +msgstr "Reglas de automatización" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:5 msgid "" -"Automated actions are used to trigger automatic changes based on user " -"actions (e.g., apply a modification when a field is set to a specific value)" -" or on time conditions (e.g., archive a record 7 days after its last " -"update)." +"Automation rules are used to trigger automatic changes based on user actions" +" (e.g., apply a modification when a field is set to a specific value), email" +" events, time conditions (e.g., archive a record 7 days after its last " +"update), or external events." msgstr "" -"Las acciones automatizadas se utilizan para activar cambios automáticos " -"según las acciones de usuario (por ejemplo, aplicar una modificación cuando " -"se establece un valor específico en un campo) o las condiciones de tiempo " -"(por ejemplo, archivar un registro 7 días después de su última " -"actualización)." #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:9 -msgid "" -"To create an automated action with Studio, go to :guilabel:`Automations` " -"from anywhere within Studio." +msgid "To create an automation rule with Studio, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:11 +msgid "Open Studio and click :guilabel:`Automations`, then :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -"Para crear una acción automatizada con Studio, vaya a " -":guilabel:`Automatizaciones` en cualquier parte dentro de esta aplicación." #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:12 msgid "" -"For every automated action you create, the following elements should be " -"defined: the :ref:`studio/automated-actions/model`, the " -":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger`, the :ref:`studio/automated-" -"actions/apply-on`, and the :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action`." +"Select the :ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger` and, if necessary, fill " +"in the fields that appear on the screen based on the chosen trigger." msgstr "" -"Por cada acción automatizada que cree, debe definir los elementos " -":ref:`studio/automated-actions/model`, :ref:`studio/automated-" -"actions/trigger`, :ref:`studio/automated-actions/apply-on` y " -":ref:`studio/automated-actions/action`." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add an action`, then select the :guilabel:`Type` of " +":ref:`action ` and fill in the fields that " +"appear on the screen based on your selected action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:17 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & New`." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar y cerrar` o :guilabel:`Guardar y crear " +"nuevo`." #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 msgid "Example of an automated action on the Subscription model" msgstr "Ejemplo de una acción automatizada en el modelo de suscripción" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:25 -msgid "Model" -msgstr "Modelo" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:27 -msgid "Select the model where the automated action should be applied." -msgstr "Seleccione el modelo en el que se aplicará la acción automatizada." - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:30 msgid "" -"The model you are on when you click on :guilabel:`Automations` is pre-" -"selected by default." +"To modify the :doc:`model ` of the automation rule, " +"switch models before clicking :guilabel:`Automations` in Studio, or " +":ref:`activate the developer mode `, create or edit an " +"automation rule, and select the :guilabel:`Model` in the " +":guilabel:`Automation Rules` form." msgstr "" -"El modelo en el que se encuentra al hacer clic en " -":guilabel:`Automatizaciones` se preselecciona de forma predeterminada." -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can also create automation rules from any kanban stage by clicking the " +"gear icon (:guilabel:`⚙` ) next to the kanban stage name, then selecting " +":guilabel:`Automations`. In this case, the :guilabel:`Trigger` is set to " +":guilabel:`Stage is set to` by default, but you can change it if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Create automations from a kanban stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:40 msgid "Trigger" msgstr "Activador" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Define when the automated action should be applied. Six triggers are " -"available." -msgstr "" -"Defina cuándo se deben aplicar las acciones automatizadas. Hay seis " -"activadores disponibles." - #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:42 -msgid "On Creation" -msgstr "Al crear" +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Trigger` is used to define when the automation rule should be" +" applied. The available triggers depend on the :doc:`model " +"`. Five trigger categories are available overall:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:44 -msgid "The action is triggered when a record is created and then saved." -msgstr "La acción se activa cuando crea y guarda un registro." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:46 +msgid ":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger/values-updated`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:47 +msgid ":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger/email-events`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger/values-timing-conditions`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:49 -msgid "On Update" -msgstr "Al actualizar" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The action is triggered when a previously saved record is edited and then " -"saved." +msgid ":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger/custom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:50 +msgid ":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger/external`" msgstr "" -"La acción se activa cuando edita y guarda un registro que ya estaba " -"guardado." #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:53 msgid "" -"Use :guilabel:`Trigger Fields` to specify which fields - and only those - " -"trigger the action on their update." +"You can also define a :guilabel:`Before Update Domain` to specify the " +"conditions that must be met *before* the automation rule is triggered. In " +"contrast, the conditions defined using the :ref:`Extra Conditions " +"` and :ref:`Apply" +" on ` filters are checked *during* " +"the execution of the automation rule." msgstr "" -"Utilice los :guilabel:`campos activadores` para especificar qué campos, y " -"solo esos campos, activan la acción a su actualización." -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:59 msgid "" -"To detect when a record changes from one state to another, define a " -":guilabel:`Before Update Domain` filter, which checks if the condition is " -"satisfied before the record is updated. Then set an :ref:`studio/automated-" -"actions/apply-on` filter, which checks if the condition is met after the " -"record is updated." +"To define a :guilabel:`Before Update Domain`, :ref:`activate the developer " +"mode `, create or edit an automation rule, click " +":guilabel:`Edit Domain`, then click :guilabel:`New Rule`." msgstr "" -"Para detectar cuando un registro cambia de un estado a otro, defina un " -"filtro de :guilabel:`Antes de la actualización del dominio`, el cual " -"comprueba si se cumplió la condición antes de actualizarlo. Después, " -"establezca un filtro :ref:`studio/automated-actions/apply-on`, que verifica " -"si se cumplió la condición después de actualizar el registro." -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:63 msgid "" -"If you want the automated action to happen when an email address is set on a" -" contact, define the :guilabel:`Before Update Domain` to `Email is not set`," -" and the :guilabel:`Apply on` domain to `Email is set`." +"For example, if you want the automated action to happen when an email " +"address is set on a contact that did not have an address before (in contrast" +" to modifying their existing address), define the :guilabel:`Before Update " +"Domain` to :guilabel:`Email is not set`, and the :guilabel:`Apply on` domain" +" to :guilabel:`Email is set`." msgstr "" -"Si desea que la acción automatizada ocurra al establecer una dirección de " -"correo electrónico en el contacto, defina el filtro :guilabel:`Antes de la " -"actualización del dominio` como `Correo electrónico sin establecer` y el " -"dominio :guilabel:`Aplicar en` como `Correo electrónico establecido`." #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 -msgid "Example of an On Update trigger" -msgstr "Ejemplo de un activador Al actualizar" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:72 -msgid "On Creation & Update" -msgstr "Al crear y actualizar" +msgid "Example of a trigger with a Before Update Domain" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:74 +msgid "Values Updated" +msgstr "Valores actualizados" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:76 msgid "" -"The action is triggered when a record is created and saved or edited " -"afterward and saved." +"The triggers available in this category depend on the model and are based on" +" common field changes, such as adding a specific tag (e.g., to a task) or " +"setting the :guilabel:`User` field. Select the trigger, then select a value " +"if required." msgstr "" -"La acción se activa cuando crea y guarda un registro o lo edita después y lo" -" guarda." -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:79 -msgid "On Deletion" -msgstr "Al eliminar" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a Values Updated trigger" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:81 -msgid "The action is triggered when a record is deleted." -msgstr "La acción se activa cuando elimina un registro." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:86 +msgid "Email Events" +msgstr "Eventos de correo electrónico" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:88 +msgid "Trigger automated actions upon receiving or sending emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:93 +msgid "Timing Conditions" +msgstr "Condiciones de tiempo" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:95 msgid "" -"This trigger is rarely used, as archiving records is usually preferred to " -"deletion." +"Trigger automated actions based on a date field. The following triggers are " +"available:" msgstr "" -"Este activador no se utiliza con frecuencia, ya que por lo general los " -"registros se archivan en lugar de eliminarlos." - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:89 -msgid "Based on Form Modification" -msgstr "Al modificar un formulario" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The action is triggered when any change is done to a trigger field's value " -"on the :ref:`Form view `, even before saving the " -"record. This trigger only works on the user interface when a modification is" -" made by a user. If the field is changed through another action and not by " -"the user, the action will not run." -msgstr "" -"La acción se activa cuando realiza cualquier cambio al valor de un campo " -"activador en la :ref:`Vista de formulario `, " -"incluso antes de guardar el registro. Este activador solo funciona en la " -"interfaz de usuario cuando un usuario realiza una modificación. La acción no" -" se ejecutará si el campo se modifica debido a otra acción y no por el " -"usuario." #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:97 msgid "" -"This trigger can only be used with the :ref:`Execute Python Code action " -"`, so development is required." +":guilabel:`Based on date field`: Select the field to be used next to the " +":guilabel:`Delay` field." msgstr "" -"Este activador solo se puede utilizar con la :ref:`acción Ejecutar código " -"Python `, por lo que requiere " -"desarrollo." -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:103 -msgid "Based on Timed Condition" -msgstr "Según una condición de tiempo" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:98 msgid "" -"The action is triggered when a trigger field's date or date & time value is " -"reached." +":guilabel:`After creation`: The action is triggered when a record is created" +" and saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`After last update`: The action is triggered when an existing " +"record is edited and saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:102 +msgid "You can then define:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:104 +msgid "" +"a :guilabel:`Delay`: Specify the number of minutes, hours, days, or months. " +"To trigger the action before the trigger date, specify a negative number. If" +" you selected the :guilabel:`Based on date field` trigger, you must also " +"select the date field to be used to determine the delay." msgstr "" -"Esta acción se activa cuando se llega a la fecha o fecha y hora de un campo " -"activador." #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:107 msgid "" -"To trigger the action after the :guilabel:`Trigger Date`, add a number of " -"minutes, hours, days, or months under :guilabel:`Delay after trigger date`. " -"To trigger the action before, add a negative number instead." +":guilabel:`Extra Conditions`: Click :guilabel:`Add condition`, then specify " +"the conditions to be met to trigger the automation rule. Click " +":guilabel:`New Rule` to add another condition." msgstr "" -"Para activar la acción después de la :guilabel:`fecha de activación`, " -"agregue un número de minutos, horas, días o meses en :guilabel:`Retraso " -"después de fecha de activador`. Para activar la acción antes, agregue un " -"número negativo." -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when the delay is reached and the conditions are " +"met." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:113 msgid "" "If you want to send a reminder email 30 minutes before the start of a " "calendar event, select the :guilabel:`Start (Calendar Event)` under " -":guilabel:`Trigger Date` and set the :guilabel:`Delay after trigger date` to" -" **-30** :guilabel:`Minutes`." +":guilabel:`Trigger Date` and set the :guilabel:`Delay` to **-30** " +":guilabel:`Minutes`." msgstr "" -"Si desea enviar un recordatorio por correo electrónico 30 minutos antes del " -"inicio de un evento en el calendario, seleccione :guilabel:`Inicio (evento " -"de calendario)` en :guilabel:`Fecha de activación` y establezca el " -":guilabel:`Retraso después de la fecha de activador` en **-30** " -":guilabel:`minutos`." #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 -msgid "Example of a Based on Timed Condition trigger" -msgstr "Ejemplo de un activador con base en una condición de tiempo" +msgid "Example of a Based on date field trigger" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:121 -msgid "By default, the scheduler checks for trigger dates every 4 hours." -msgstr "" -"De forma predeterminada, el planificador busca fechas de activación cada 4 " -"horas." - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:126 -msgid "Apply on" -msgstr "Aplicar sobre" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:128 msgid "" -"Define on which records of the model the automated action should be applied." -" It works the same way as when you apply filters on a model." +"By default, the scheduler checks for trigger dates every 4 hours, meaning " +"lower granularity in time-based automations may not always be honored." msgstr "" -"Defina en qué registros del modelo se aplicará la acción automatizada. " -"Funciona de la misma forma que cuando se aplican filtros en un modelo." -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:134 -msgid "Action" -msgstr "Acción" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:127 +msgid "Custom" +msgstr "Personalizado" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:129 +msgid "Trigger automated actions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:131 +msgid ":guilabel:`On save`: When the record is saved;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`On deletion`: When a record is deleted;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:133 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On UI change`: When a field's value is changed on the :ref:`Form " +"view `, even before saving the record." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:136 msgid "" -"Determine what the automated action should do (server action). There are " -"eight types of action to choose from." +"For the :guilabel:`On save` and :guilabel:`On UI change` triggers, you " +"**must** then select the field(s) to be used to trigger the automation rule " +"in the :guilabel:`When updating` field." msgstr "" -"Determina qué debe hacer la acción automatizada (acción de servidor). Hay " -"ocho tipos de acciones para elegir." -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:142 -msgid "Execute Python Code" -msgstr "Ejecutar el código Python" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:140 msgid "" -"The action is used to execute Python code. The available variables are " -"described on the :guilabel:`Python Code` tab, which is also used to write " -"your code, or on the :guilabel:`Help` tab." +"If no field is selected in the :guilabel:`When updating` field, the " +"automated action may be executed multiple times per record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Optionally, you can also define additional conditions to be met to trigger " +"the automation rule in the :guilabel:`Apply on` field." msgstr "" -"La acción se utiliza para ejecutar código Python. Las variables disponibles " -"se describen en la pestaña de :guilabel:`Código Python`, la cual también se " -"utiliza para escribir su código o en la pestaña de :guilabel:`Ayuda`." #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:147 msgid "" -"To allow the action to be run through the website, tick :guilabel:`Available" -" on the Website` and add a :guilabel:`Website Path`." +"The :guilabel:`On UI change` trigger can only be used with the " +":ref:`studio/automated-actions/action/python-code` action and only works " +"when a modification is made manually. The action is not executed if the " +"field is changed through another automation rule." msgstr "" -"Para permitir que la acción se ejecute en el sitio web, seleccione " -":guilabel:`Disponible en el sitio web` y agregue una :guilabel:`Ruta de " -"sitio web`." - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:153 -msgid "Create a new Record" -msgstr "Crear un nuevo registro" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:155 -msgid "The action is used to create a new record on any model." -msgstr "" -"La acción se utiliza para crear un nuevo registro en cualquier modelo." +msgid "External" +msgstr "Externo" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:157 msgid "" -"Selecting a :guilabel:`Target Model` is only required if you want to target " -"another model than the one you are on." +"Trigger automated actions based on an external event using a webhook. A " +"webhook is a method of communication between two systems where the source " +"system sends an HTTP(S) request to a destination system based on a specific " +"event. It usually includes a data payload containing information about the " +"event that occurred." msgstr "" -"Solo es necesario seleccionar un :guilabel:`modelo objetivo` si desea que " -"otro modelo que no sea el que está utilizando sea el objetivo." -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:162 msgid "" -"To link the record that triggered the creation of the new record, select a " -"field under :guilabel:`Link Field`. For example, you could create a contact " -"automatically when a lead is turned into an opportunity." +"To configure the :guilabel:`On webhook` trigger, copy the :guilabel:`URL` " +"generated by Odoo into the destination system (i.e., the system receiving " +"the request). Then, in the :guilabel:`Target Record` field, enter the code " +"to run to define the record(s) to be updated using the automation rule." msgstr "" -"Para vincular el registro que activó la creación del nuevo registro, " -"seleccione un campo en :guilabel:`Vincular campo`. Por ejemplo, puede crear " -"un contacto de forma automática cuando un lead se convierte en una " -"oportunidad." - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:164 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Data to Write` tab: the tab is used to specify the new record's " -"values. After selecting a :guilabel:`Field`, select its " -":guilabel:`Evaluation Type`:" -msgstr "" -"Pestaña de :guilabel:`Datos por escribir`: la pestaña se utiliza para " -"especificar los nuevos valores del registro. Después de seleccionar un " -":guilabel:`Campo`, seleccione su :guilabel:`Tipo de evaluación`:" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:167 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Value`: used to directly give the field's raw value in the " -":guilabel:`Value` column." +"The URL must be treated as **confidential**; sharing it online or without " +"caution could potentially expose your system to malicious parties. Click the" +" :guilabel:`Rotate Secret` button to change the URL's secret if necessary." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Valor`: se utiliza para indicar directamente el valor sin " -"procesar del campo en la columna de :guilabel:`Valor`." - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:168 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reference`: used to select the record under the " -":guilabel:`Record` column and let Studio add the internal ID in the " -":guilabel:`Value` column." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Referencia`: se utiliza para seleccionar el registro en la " -"columna de :guilabel:`Registro` y permite que Studio agregue el ID interno a" -" la columna de :guilabel:`Valor`." #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:172 msgid "" -"If an automated action creates a new task in a project, you can assign it to" -" a specific user by setting the :guilabel:`Field` to :guilabel:`Responsible " -"User (Project)`, the :guilabel:`Evaluation Type` to :guilabel:`Reference`, " -"and the :guilabel:`Record` to a specific user." +"The code defined by default in the :guilabel:`Target Record` field works for" +" webhooks coming from another Odoo database. It is used to determine the " +"record(s) to be updated using the information in the payload." msgstr "" -"Si una acción automatizada crea una nueva tarea en un proyecto, puede " -"asignarla a un usuario específico al establecer el :guilabel:`Campo` como " -":guilabel:`Usuario responsable (proyecto)`, el :guilabel:`Tipo de " -"evaluación` como :guilabel:`Referencia` y el :guilabel:`Registro` a un " -"usuario específico." -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 -msgid "Example of a Create a new Record action" -msgstr "Ejemplo de una acción de Crear un nuevo registro" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:175 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Python expression`: used to dynamically define the newly created " -"record’s value for a field using Python code in the :guilabel:`Value` " -"column." +"If you wish to use the webhook's content for a purpose other than to find " +"the record(s) (e.g., *create* a record), your only option is to use an " +":ref:`studio/automated-actions/action/python-code` action. In this case, the" +" :guilabel:`Target record` field must contain any valid code, but its result" +" doesn't have any effect on the automated action itself." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Expresión de Python`: se utiliza para definir de forma dinámica " -"el valor recién creado del registro para un campo mediante el código Python " -"en la columna de :guilabel:`Valor`." -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:187 -msgid "Update the Record" -msgstr "Actualizar el registro" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:179 msgid "" -"The action is used to set value(s) for field(s) of any record on the current" -" model." +"The webhook content is available in the server action context as a `payload`" +" variable (i.e., a dictionary that contains the GET parameters or POST JSON " +"body of the incoming request)." msgstr "" -"La acción se utiliza para establecer los valores de los campos de cualquier " -"registro en el modelo actual." + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:182 +msgid "" +"You can also choose to :guilabel:`Log Calls` to record the payloads " +"received, e.g., to make sure the data sent by the source system matches the " +"expected format and content. This also helps identify and diagnose any " +"issues that may arise. To access the logs, click the :guilabel:`Logs` smart " +"button at the top of the :guilabel:`Automation rules` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:190 +msgid "Actions" +msgstr "Acciones" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:192 msgid "" -"The process to fill in the :guilabel:`Data to Write` tab is the same as " -"described under :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action/new-record`." +"Once you have defined the automation rule's :ref:`trigger `, click :guilabel:`Add an action` to define the action to " +"be executed." msgstr "" -"El proceso para completar la pestaña de :guilabel:`Datos por escribir` es el" -" mismo que se describe en :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action/new-record`." -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:198 -msgid "Execute several actions" -msgstr "Ejecutar varias acciones" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:196 msgid "" -"The action is used to trigger multiple actions at the same time. To do so, " -"click on :guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Actions` tab. In the " -":guilabel:`Child Actions` pop-up, click on :guilabel:`Create` and configure " -"the action." +"You can define multiple actions for the same trigger/automation rule. The " +"actions are executed in the order they are defined. This means, for example," +" that if you define an :guilabel:`Update record` action and then a " +":guilabel:`Send email` action, the email uses the updated values. However, " +"if the :guilabel:`Send email` action is defined before the :guilabel:`Update" +" record` action, the email uses the values set *before* the update action is" +" run." msgstr "" -"La acción se utiliza para activar varias acciones al mismo tiempo. Para " -"hacerlo, haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar una línea` en la pestaña de " -":guilabel:`Acciones`. En la ventana emergente de :guilabel:`Acciones " -"subordinadas`, haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear` y configure la acción." -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:207 -msgid "Send Email" -msgstr "Enviar correo electrónico" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:206 +msgid "Update Record" +msgstr "Actualizar el registro" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:208 msgid "" -"The action is used to send an email to a contact linked to a specific " -"record. To do so, select or create an :guilabel:`Email Template`." +"This action allows to update one of the record's (related) fields. Click the" +" :guilabel:`Update` field and, in the list that opens, select or search for " +"the field to be updated; click the right arrow next to the field name to " +"access the list of related fields if needed." msgstr "" -"La acción se utiliza para enviar un correo electrónico a un contacto " -"vinculado a un registro en específico. Para hacerlo, seleccione o cree una " -":guilabel:`plantilla de correo electrónico`." -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:215 -msgid "Add Followers" -msgstr "Añadir seguidores" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:212 +msgid "" +"If you selected a :ref:`many2many field `, choose whether the field must be updated by " +":guilabel:`Adding`, :guilabel:`Removing`, or :guilabel:`Setting it to` the " +"selected value or by :guilabel:`Clearing it`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:217 -msgid "The action is used to subscribe existing contacts to the record." -msgstr "La acción se utiliza para suscribir contactos existentes al registro." - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:222 -msgid "Create Next Activity" -msgstr "Crear nueva actividad" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:224 msgid "" -"The action is used to schedule a new activity linked to the record. Use the " -":guilabel:`Activity` tab to set it up as usual, but instead of the " -":guilabel:`Assigned to` field, select an :guilabel:`Activity User Type`. " -"Select :guilabel:`Specific User` and add the user under " -":guilabel:`Responsible` if the activity should always be assigned to the " -"same user. To dynamically target a user linked to the record, select " -":guilabel:`Generic User From Record` instead and change the :guilabel:`User " -"field name` if necessary." +"If you want the automated action to remove a tag from the customer record, " +"set the :guilabel:`Update` field to :guilabel:`Customer > Tags`, select " +":guilabel:`By Removing`, then select the tag." msgstr "" -"La acción se utiliza para programar una nueva actividad vinculada a un " -"registro. Utilice la pestaña de :guilabel:`Actividad` para configurarla con " -"normalidad, pero en lugar de :guilabel:`Asignado a un campo`, seleccione un " -":guilabel:`Tipo de usuario de actividad`. Seleccione :guilabel:`Usuario " -"específico` y agregue el usuario en :guilabel:`Responsable` si la actividad " -"siempre se debe asignar al mismo usuario. Para seleccionar de forma dinámica" -" un usuario vinculado al registro, seleccione :guilabel:`Usuario genérico " -"del registro` y cambie el :guilabel:`nombre de campo de usuario` si es " -"necesario." - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:232 -msgid "" -"After a lead is turned into an opportunity, you want your automated action " -"to set up a call for the user responsible for the lead. To do so, set the " -":guilabel:`Activity` to :guilabel:`Call` and set the :guilabel:`Activity " -"User Type` to :guilabel:`Generic User From Record`." -msgstr "" -"Después de que un lead se convierte en una oportunidad, desea que su acción " -"automatizada programe una llamada para el usuario responsable del lead. Para" -" hacer esto, establezca la :guilabel:`Actividad` en :guilabel:`Llamada` y el" -" :guilabel:`Tipo de actividad de usuario` como :guilabel:`Usuario genérico " -"del registro`." #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 -msgid "Example of a Create Next Activity action" -msgstr "Ejemplo de una acción de Crear siguiente actividad" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:243 -msgid "Send SMS Text Message" -msgstr "Manda Mensaje de Texto SMS" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:245 -msgid "" -"The action is used to send an SMS to a contact linked to the record. To do " -"so, select or create an :guilabel:`SMS Template`." +msgid "Example of an Update Record action" msgstr "" -"La acción se utiliza para enviar un SMS al contacto vinculado al registro. " -"Para hacerlo, seleccione o cree una :guilabel:`plantilla de SMS`." -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:225 msgid "" -"If you want sent messages to be logged in the Chatter, tick :guilabel:`Log " -"as Note`." +"Alternatively, you can also set a record's field dynamically using Python " +"code. To do so, select :guilabel:`Compute` instead of :guilabel:`Update`, " +"then enter the code to be used for computing the field's value. For example," +" if you want the automation rule to compute a custom :ref:`datetime field " +"` when a task's priority is set to " +"`High` (by starring the task), you can define the trigger " +":guilabel:`Priority is set to` to `High` and define the :guilabel:`Update " +"Record` action as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Compute a custom datetime field using a Python expression" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:236 +msgid "Create Activity" +msgstr "Crear actividad" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:238 +msgid "" +"This action is used to schedule a new activity linked to the record. Select " +"an :guilabel:`Activity Type`, enter a :guilabel:`Title` and description, " +"then specify when you want the activity to be scheduled in the " +":guilabel:`Due Date In` field, and select a :guilabel:`User type`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:242 +msgid "" +"To always assign the activity to the same user, select :guilabel:`Specific " +"User` and add the user in the :guilabel:`Responsible` field;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:244 +msgid "" +"To target a user linked to the record dynamically, select :guilabel:`Dynamic" +" User (based on record)` and change the :guilabel:`User Field` if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:248 +msgid "" +"After a lead is turned into an opportunity, you want the automated action to" +" set up a call for the user responsible for the lead. To do so, set the " +":guilabel:`Activity Type` to :guilabel:`Call` and the :guilabel:`User Type` " +"to :guilabel:`Dynamic User (based on record)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Create Activity action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:256 +msgid "Send Email and Send SMS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:258 +msgid "" +"These actions are used to send an email or a text message to a contact " +"linked to a specific record. To do so, select or create an :guilabel:`Email " +"Template` or an :guilabel:`SMS Template`, then, in the :guilabel:`Send Email" +" As` or :guilabel:`Send SMS As` field, choose how you want to send the email" +" or text message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:263 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email`: to send the message as an email to the recipients of the " +":guilabel:`Email Template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:265 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message`: to post the message on the record and notify the " +"record's followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Note`: to send the message as an internal note visible to " +"internal users in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS (without note)`: to send the message as a text message to the" +" recipients of the :guilabel:`SMS template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:270 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS (with note)`: to send the message as a text message to the " +"recipients of the :guilabel:`SMS template` and post it as an internal note " +"in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:272 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Note only`: to only post the message as an internal note in the " +"chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:277 +msgid "Add Followers and Remove Followers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:279 +msgid "" +"Use these actions to (un)subscribe existing contacts to/from the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:282 +msgid "Create Record" +msgstr "Crear registro" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:284 +msgid "This action is used to create a new record on any model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:286 +msgid "" +"Select the required model in the :guilabel:`Record to Create` field; it " +"contains the current model by default. Specify a :guilabel:`Name` for the " +"record, and then, if you want to create the record on another model, select " +"a field in the :guilabel:`Link Field` field to link the record that " +"triggered the creation of the new record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:292 +msgid "" +"The dropdown list related to the :guilabel:`Link Field` field only contains " +":ref:`one2many fields ` existing " +"on the current model that are linked to a :ref:`many2one field " +"` on the target model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:297 +msgid "" +"You can create another automation rule with :ref:`studio/automated-" +"actions/action/update-record` actions to update the fields of the new record" +" if necessary. For example, you can use a :guilabel:`Create Record` action " +"to create a new project task and then assign it to a specific user using an " +":guilabel:`Update Record` action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:305 +msgid "Execute Code" +msgstr "Ejecutar código" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:307 +msgid "" +"This action is used to execute Python code. You can write your code into the" +" :guilabel:`Code` tab using the following variables:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:310 +msgid "`env`: environment on which the action is triggered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:311 +msgid "" +"`model`: model of the record on which the action is triggered; is a void " +"recordset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:312 +msgid "`record`: record on which the action is triggered; may be void" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:313 +msgid "" +"`records`: recordset of all records on which the action is triggered in " +"multi-mode; this may be left empty" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:315 +msgid "`time`, `datetime`, `dateutil`, `timezone`: useful Python libraries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:316 +msgid "" +"`float_compare`: utility function to compare floats based on specific " +"precision" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:317 +msgid "" +"`log(message, level='info')`: logging function to record debug information " +"in ir.logging table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:319 +msgid "`_logger.info(message)`: logger to emit messages in server logs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:320 +msgid "`UserError`: exception class for raising user-facing warning messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:321 +msgid "`Command`: x2many commands namespace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:322 +msgid "`action = {...}`: to return an action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:325 +msgid "" +"The available variables are described both in the :guilabel:`Code` and " +":guilabel:`Help` tabs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:328 +msgid "Send Webhook Notification" +msgstr "Enviar notificación webhook" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:330 +msgid "" +"This action allows to send a POST request with the values of the " +":guilabel:`Fields` to the URL specified in the :guilabel:`URL` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:333 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Sample Payload` provides a preview of the data included in " +"the request using a random record's data or dummy data if no record is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:339 +msgid "Execute Existing Actions" +msgstr "Ejecutar acciones existentes" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:341 +msgid "" +"The action is used to trigger multiple actions (linked to the current model)" +" at the same time. To do so, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`, then, in the " +":guilabel:`Add: Child Actions` pop-up, select an existing action or click " +":guilabel:`New` to create a new one." msgstr "" -"Si desea que los mensajes enviados se registren en el chatter, seleccione " -":guilabel:`Registrar como nota`." #: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:3 msgid "Fields and widgets" @@ -1711,7 +1859,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:94 msgid "Pipeline stages" -msgstr "Etapas del pipeline" +msgstr "Etapas del flujo" #: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -1825,7 +1973,7 @@ msgstr "Se añade y oculta un campo de *Divisa* de la vista." #: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:160 msgid "Company" -msgstr "Compañía" +msgstr "Empresa" #: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:162 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index d219a0ae9..3cdafbdbc 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ # Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 # Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2024 +# Larissa Manderfeld, 2024 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2024 # #, fuzzy @@ -25,7 +26,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -1287,7 +1288,7 @@ msgid "eCommerce management" msgstr "Gestión de Comercio electrónico" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:124 msgid "Customer accounts" msgstr "Cuentas de cliente" @@ -1941,7 +1942,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`insertar en hoja de cálculo`, etc." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:147 msgid "Analytics" msgstr "Analítica" @@ -3300,11 +3301,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:168 msgid "" -"The file is then available after checkout in the **purchase order** section " -"found on the customer's portal." +"The file is then available after checkout in the :guilabel:`Sales Orders` " +"section, found on the customer's portal." msgstr "" -"El archivo estará disponible después del pago en la sección **orden de " -"compra** del portal del cliente." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:172 msgid "Product configuration" @@ -7626,10 +7625,10 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Operator Analysis ` reports are available " "in graph view." msgstr "" -"La vista *de gráfico* presenta los datos ya sea en una tabla de *barras*, " -"*líneas* o de *círculo*. Los informes :ref:`Estadísticas de sesión " -"` y :ref:`Análisis de operador " -"` están disponibles en la vista de gráfico." +"La vista de *gráfico* muestra los datos en un gráfico de *barras*, *líneas* " +"o *circular*. Los reportes :ref:`Estadísticas de sesión ` y :ref:`Análisis de operador ` " +"están disponibles en esta vista." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/reports.rst:162 msgid "" @@ -8089,8 +8088,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:156 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started`" +msgid ":doc:`../../services/helpdesk`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:161 msgid "Canned responses" @@ -9665,17 +9664,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:11 msgid "" "Each website can be designed and configured independently with its own " -":doc:`domain name `, theme, pages, menus, :doc:`languages " +":doc:`domain name `, :doc:`theme <../web_design/themes>`, " +":doc:`pages <../pages>`, :doc:`menus <../pages/menus>`, :doc:`languages " "`, :doc:`products <../../ecommerce/managing_products/products>`, " "assigned sales team, etc. They can also :ref:`share content and pages " "`." msgstr "" -"Puede diseñar y configurar cada sitio web de forma independiente con su " -"propio :doc:`nombre de dominio `, tema, páginas, menús, " -":doc:`idiomas `, :doc:`productos " -"<../../ecommerce/managing_products/products>`, equipo de ventas asignado, " -"etc. También pueden :ref:`compartir contenido y páginas entre ellos `." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -9695,7 +9689,7 @@ msgid "To create a new website, proceed as follows:" msgstr "Siga estos pasos para crear un nuevo sitio web:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:136 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "Vaya a :menuselection:`Sitio web --> Configuración --> Ajustes`." @@ -9764,25 +9758,15 @@ msgstr "Selector de sitios web" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:55 msgid "" -"When you switch websites, you are redirected to the other website, to the " -"same page (URL) as the current one. If the page you are currently viewing " -"does not exist on the other website, you are redirected to a 404 error page." -" Once redirected, click :guilabel:`Create page` to create the page." +"When you switch websites, you are redirected to the homepage of the other " +"website." msgstr "" -"Al cambiar de sitio web, se le redirige al otro en la misma página (URL) que" -" el sitio actual. Si la página que está viendo no existe en el otro sitio " -"web, se le redirige a una página de error 404. Una vez allí, haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Crear página`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:0 -msgid "Create a page from a 404 error page" -msgstr "Crear una página desde una página de error 404" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:58 msgid "Website-specific configuration" msgstr "Configuración específica del sitio web" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:60 msgid "" "Most website settings are website-specific, which means they can be " "enabled/disabled per website. To adapt the settings for a website, go to " @@ -9799,7 +9783,7 @@ msgstr "" "en la parte superior de la página correspondiente, en el recuadro " "**amarillo**. Luego, adapte las opciones para ese sitio web en específico." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:67 msgid "" "Websites are created with the default settings; the settings are not copied " "from one website to the other." @@ -9807,7 +9791,7 @@ msgstr "" "Los sitios web se crean con la configuración predeterminada y esta no se " "transfiere de un sitio web a otro." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:69 msgid "" "In a :doc:`multi-company environment `, " "each website can be linked to a specific company in your database so that " @@ -9822,11 +9806,11 @@ msgstr "" "la empresa, seleccione la empresa correspondiente en el campo " ":guilabel:`Empresa`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:77 msgid "Content availability" msgstr "Disponibilidad del contenido" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:79 msgid "" "By default, pages, products, events, etc. created from the frontend (using " "the :guilabel:`+New` button) are only available on the website from which it" @@ -9851,21 +9835,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Website field in Forum form" msgstr "Campo de sitio web en un formulario de foro" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:92 msgid "Records and features can be made available:" msgstr "Los registros y características pueden estar disponibles:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:94 msgid "On all websites: leave the :guilabel:`Website` field empty;" msgstr "En todos los sitios web: deje el campo :guilabel:`Sitio web` vacío." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:95 msgid "Only on one website: set the :guilabel:`Website` field accordingly;" msgstr "" "Solo en un sitio web: haga su elección en el campo :guilabel:`Sitio web` " "según corresponda." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:96 msgid "" "On some websites: in this case, you should duplicate the item and set the " ":guilabel:`Website` field." @@ -9873,11 +9857,11 @@ msgstr "" "En algunos sitios web: en este caso, debe duplicar el elemento, luego " "selecciónelo en el campo :guilabel:`Sitio web`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:100 msgid "Website pages" msgstr "Paginas de un sitio web" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:102 msgid "" "To modify the website on which a page is to be published, proceed as " "follows:" @@ -9885,11 +9869,11 @@ msgstr "" "Para modificar el sitio web en el que publicará una página, siga estos " "pasos:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:104 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages`." msgstr "Vaya a :menuselection:`Sitio web--> Sitio --> Páginas`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:105 msgid "" "Open the search panel and select the website on which the page is currently " "published." @@ -9901,11 +9885,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Display pages per website" msgstr "Mostrar páginas por sitio web" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:110 msgid "Tick the check box next to the page(s) you want to change." msgstr "Marque la casilla junto a las páginas que desea modificar." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:111 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Website` field and select the website, or empty it to " "publish the page on all websites." @@ -9913,7 +9897,7 @@ msgstr "" "Haga clic en el campo :guilabel:`Sitio web` y seleccione el sitio web, o " "déjelo vacío para publicar la página en todos los sitios web." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:115 msgid "" "Each website must have its own homepage; you may not use the same homepage " "for several websites." @@ -9921,11 +9905,11 @@ msgstr "" "Cada sitio web debe tener su propia página de inicio, no puede utilizar la " "misma para varios sitios web." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:118 msgid "eCommerce features" msgstr "Funciones de Comercio electrónico" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:120 msgid "" "eCommerce features such as products, eCommerce categories, pricelists, " "discounts, payment providers, etc. can be restricted to :ref:`a specific " @@ -9935,7 +9919,7 @@ msgstr "" "categorías de comercio electrónico, listas de precios, descuentos, " "proveedores de pagos, etc. :ref:`a un sitio web específico `." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:126 msgid "" "You can :doc:`allow your customers to use the same account " "<../../ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts>` on all of your " @@ -9947,11 +9931,11 @@ msgstr "" "<../../ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts>` en todos sus " "sitios web." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:131 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "Precio" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:133 msgid "" "Products can be priced differently based on the website using " ":ref:`pricelists `. The following configuration is " @@ -9961,7 +9945,7 @@ msgstr "" "pueden tener un precio distinto en cada sitio web. Se requiere la siguiente " "configuración:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:137 msgid "" "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section and select the " ":guilabel:`Pricelists` option :guilabel:`Multiple prices per product`." @@ -9970,14 +9954,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Lista de precios`, luego seleccione :guilabel:`Múltiples precios " "por producto`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:139 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Pricelists` to define new pricelists or edit existing ones." msgstr "" "Haga clic en :guilabel:`Listas de precios` para definir listas nuevas o " "editar las que ya existen." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:140 msgid "" "Select the pricelist or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new one, then " "select the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and set the :guilabel:`Website` " @@ -9987,12 +9971,12 @@ msgstr "" "una, luego vaya a la pestaña :guilabel:`Configuración` y seleccione el " ":guilabel:`Sitio web` en el campo correspondiente." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting.rst:5 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Reportes" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:149 msgid "" "Each website has its own :ref:`analytics `. To switch " "between websites, click the buttons in the upper right corner." @@ -10005,11 +9989,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Switch websites in analytics" msgstr "Alternar entre sitios web para obtener los datos analíticos" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:156 msgid "Other reporting data" msgstr "Otros datos para reportes" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:158 msgid "" "Other reporting data such as eCommerce dashboard data, online sales analyses" " and visitors can be grouped by website if necessary. Open the search panel " @@ -10038,19 +10022,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Cloudflare Turnstile is recommended** as it is possible to add an " -"interactive check if the automated check fails. Also, Google reCAPTCHA v3 is" -" limited to `1 million assessments per month per domain " -"`_." +"We recommend using **Cloudflare Turnstile** as reCAPTCHA v3 may not be " +"compliant with local data protection regulations." msgstr "" -"**El uso de Cloudflare Turnstile es recomendable** puesto que es posible " -"agregar una revisión interactiva si la revisión automática falla. Además de " -"que Google reCAPTCHA v3 tiene un límite de `1 million de llamadas por mes " -"por dominio `_." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:14 msgid "" "All pages using the :guilabel:`Form`, :guilabel:`Newsletter Block`, " ":guilabel:`Newsletter Popup` snippets, and the eCommerce :guilabel:`Extra " @@ -10062,7 +10038,7 @@ msgstr "" "compra` en el comercio electrónico, estarán protegidos con ambas " "herramientas. " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:19 msgid "" "`Cloudflare Turnstile's documentation " "`_" @@ -10070,7 +10046,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Documentación de Cloudflare Turnstile " "`_" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:20 msgid "" "`Google's reCAPTCHA v3 guide " "`_" @@ -10078,15 +10054,15 @@ msgstr "" "`Guía para reCAPTCHA v3 de Google " "`_" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:25 msgid "Cloudflare Turnstile configuration" msgstr "Configuración de Cloudflare Turnstile" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:28 msgid "On Cloudflare" msgstr "En Cloudflare" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:30 msgid "" "`Create `_ a Cloudflare account or use " "an existing one and `log in `_." @@ -10094,21 +10070,21 @@ msgstr "" "`Cree `_ una cuenta de Cloudflare o use" " una existente e `inicie sesión `_." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:32 msgid "On the dashboard navigation sidebar, click :guilabel:`Turnstile`." msgstr "En la barra de navegación haga clic en :guilabel:`Turnstile`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:33 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Turnstile Sites` page, click :guilabel:`Add Site`." msgstr "" "En la página :guilabel:`Sitios de Turnstile` haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar" " sitio`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:34 msgid "Add a :guilabel:`Site name` to identify it easily." msgstr "Agregue un :guilabel:`Nombre del sitio` para poder identificarlo." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:35 msgid "" "Enter or select the website's :guilabel:`Domain` (e.g., *example.com* or " "*subdomain.example.com*)." @@ -10116,11 +10092,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ingrese o seleccione el :guilabel:`Dominio` del sitio web (e.g., " "*ejemplo.com* or *subdominio.ejemplo.com*)." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:36 msgid "Select a :guilabel:`Widget Mode`:" msgstr "Seleccione un :guilabel:`Modo widget`:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:38 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Managed` mode is **recommended**, as visitors can be prompted" " to check a box confirming they are human if deemed necessary by Turnstile." @@ -10133,7 +10109,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Cloudflare Turnstile human verification widget" msgstr "Widget de verificación de Cloudflare Turnstile" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:44 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Non-interactive` and :guilabel:`Invisible` modes, " "visitors are never prompted to interact. In :guilabel:`Non-interactive` " @@ -10146,7 +10122,7 @@ msgstr "" " protegiendo el formulario; sin embargo, este widget no es compatible con " "Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:49 msgid "" "If the Turnstile check fails, visitors are not able to submit the form, and " "the following error message is displayed:" @@ -10158,8 +10134,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Cloudflare Turnstile verification error message" msgstr "Mensaje de error en la verificación de Cloudflare Turnstile." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:28 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "Haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear`." @@ -10167,7 +10143,7 @@ msgstr "Haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear`." msgid "Adding a website to Cloudflare Turnstile" msgstr "Agregar un sitio web a Cloudflare Turnstile" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:60 msgid "" "The generated keys are then displayed. Leave the page open for convenience, " "as copying the keys in Odoo is required next." @@ -10175,12 +10151,12 @@ msgstr "" "Se muestran las claves generadas. Deje la página abierta para facilidad de " "uso, ya que necesita copiar estas claves en Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:111 msgid "On Odoo" msgstr "En Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:66 msgid "" "From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " ":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`Cloudflare Turnstile` and click " @@ -10190,7 +10166,7 @@ msgstr "" "es necesario, active la opción :guilabel:`Cloudflare Turnstile` y haga clic " "en :guilabel:`Guardar`. " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:68 msgid "" "Open the Cloudflare Turnstile page, copy the :guilabel:`Site Key`, and paste" " it into the :guilabel:`CF Site Key` field in Odoo." @@ -10198,7 +10174,7 @@ msgstr "" "Abra la página de Google reCAPTCHA, copie la :guilabel:`Clave del sitio` y " "péguela en el campo :guilabel:`Clave CF del sitio` en Odoo. " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:70 msgid "" "Open the Cloudflare Turnstile page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret Key`, and " "paste it into the :guilabel:`CF Secret Key` field in Odoo." @@ -10206,13 +10182,13 @@ msgstr "" "Abra la página de Cloudflare Turnstile, copie la :guilabel:`Clave secreta` y" " péguela en el campo :guilabel:`Clave secreta CF` en Odoo. " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "Haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:75 msgid "" "Navigate to Turnstile on your Cloudflare account to view the solve rates and" " access more settings." @@ -10220,15 +10196,22 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya a Turnstile en su cuenta de Cloudflare para ver las tasas de solución y" " acceder a más ajustes." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:81 msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 configuration" msgstr "Configuración reCAPTCHA v3" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:84 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 may not be compliant with local data protection regulations." +msgstr "" +"Es posible que reCAPTCHA v3 no cumpla con las regulaciones locales de " +"protección de datos." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:87 msgid "On Google" msgstr "En Google " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:89 msgid "" "Open `the reCAPTCHA website registration page " "`_. Log in or create a Google" @@ -10238,20 +10221,20 @@ msgstr "" "`_. Inicie sesión o cree una " "cuenta de Google si es necesario. " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:92 msgid "On the website registration page:" msgstr "En la página web de registro:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:94 msgid "Give the website a :guilabel:`Label`." msgstr "Póngale una :guilabel:`Etiqueta` al sitio web. " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:95 msgid "Leave the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA type` on :guilabel:`Score based (v3)`." msgstr "" "Deje el :guilabel:`tipo de reCAPTCHA` en :guilabel:`Score based (v3)`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:96 msgid "" "Enter one or more :guilabel:`Domains` (e.g., *example.com* or " "*subdomain.example.com*)." @@ -10259,7 +10242,7 @@ msgstr "" "Introduzca uno o mas :guilabel:`Dominios` (por ejemplo, *example.com* or " "*subdomain.example.com*)." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:97 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform`, a project is automatically selected" " if one was already created with the logged-in Google account. If not, one " @@ -10273,11 +10256,11 @@ msgstr "" "un proyecto o para cambiar el nombre del poryecto que se creó de manera " "automática. " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:101 msgid "Agree to the terms of service." msgstr "Acepte los términos y condiciones de servicio. " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:102 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit`." msgstr "Haga clic en :guilabel:`Enviar`." @@ -10285,7 +10268,7 @@ msgstr "Haga clic en :guilabel:`Enviar`." msgid "reCAPTCHA website registration example" msgstr "Ejemplo del sitio web de registro de reCAPTCHA. " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:107 msgid "" "A new page with the generated keys is then displayed. Leave it open for " "convenience, as copying the keys to Odoo is required next." @@ -10293,7 +10276,7 @@ msgstr "" "Aparecerá una nueva página con las claves generadas. Déjela abierta para más" " tarde, pues necesitará copiar las claves en Odoo después. " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:113 msgid "" "From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " ":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` if needed." @@ -10302,7 +10285,7 @@ msgstr "" "es necesario, active la opción :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` en la sección de " ":guilabel:`Integraciones`. " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:117 msgid "" "Do not disable the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` feature or uninstall the " ":guilabel:`Google reCAPTCHA integration` module, as many other modules would" @@ -10312,7 +10295,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`integración de Google reCAPTCHA`, pues es posible que se eliminen" " otros módulos. " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:120 msgid "" "Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Site key`, and paste it " "into the :guilabel:`Site Key` field in Odoo." @@ -10320,7 +10303,7 @@ msgstr "" "Abra la página de Google reCAPTCHA, copie la :guilabel:`Clave del sitio` y " "péguela en el campo :guilabel:`Clave del sitio` en Odoo. " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:122 msgid "" "Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret key`, and paste " "it into the :guilabel:`Secret Key` field in Odoo." @@ -10328,7 +10311,7 @@ msgstr "" "Abra la página de Google reCAPTCHA, copie la :guilabel:`Clave secreta` y " "péguela en el campo :guilabel:`Clave secreta` en Odoo. " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:124 msgid "" "Change the default :guilabel:`Minimum score` (`0.50`) if necessary, using a " "value between `1.00` and `0.00`. The higher the threshold is, the more " @@ -10338,7 +10321,7 @@ msgstr "" "necesario, usando un valor entre `1.00` y `0.00`. Entre más alto sea el " "umbral, más difícil será aprobar el reCAPTCHA y viceversa. " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:129 msgid "" "You can notify visitors that reCAPTCHA protects a form. To do so, open the " "website editor and navigate to the form. Then, click somewhere on the form, " @@ -10355,7 +10338,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "reCAPTCHA policy message displayed on a form" msgstr "Mensaje de política de reCAPTCHA que aparece en el formulario" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:138 msgid "" "If the reCAPTCHA check fails, the following error message is displayed:" msgstr "Si el reconocimiento falla, aparecerá el siguiente mensaje de error: " @@ -10364,7 +10347,7 @@ msgstr "Si el reconocimiento falla, aparecerá el siguiente mensaje de error: " msgid "Google reCAPTCHA verification error message" msgstr "Mensaje de error en la verificación de Google reCAPTCHA. " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:144 msgid "" "Analytics and additional settings are available on `Google's reCAPTCHA " "administration page `_. For " @@ -10961,30 +10944,29 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo le permite crear páginas para su sitio web y personalizar el contenido " "y la apariencia según sus necesidades. " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:12 msgid "" -"*Static* pages are pages that have stable content, such as the homepage. You" -" can manually create new ones, define their URL, adapt their " -":ref:`properties `, etc. *Dynamic* pages, on the " -"other hand, are generated dynamically. All pages generated automatically by " -"Odoo, for example when you install an app or module (e.g., `/shop` or " -"`/blog`) or publish a new product or blog post, are dynamic pages and are " -"therefore managed differently." +"**Static** pages have stable content, such as the homepage. You can manually" +" create new ones, define their URLs, adapt their :ref:`properties " +"`, etc. **Dynamic** pages, on the other hand, are " +"generated dynamically. All pages generated automatically by Odoo, for " +"example, when you install an app or module (e.g., `/shop` or `/blog`) or " +"publish a new product or blog post, are dynamic pages and are therefore " +"managed differently." msgstr "" -"Las páginas *estáticas* son aquellas que tienen contenido estable, como la " -"página de inicio. Puede crear nuevas páginas manualmente, definir su URL, " -"adaptar sus :ref:`propiedades `, etc. Las páginas " -"*dinámicas* son las que se generan de manera dinámica. Todas las páginas " -"generadas de manera automática por Odoo, por ejemplo, cuando instala una " -"aplicación o un módulo (`/tienda` o `/blog`) o cuando publica un nuevo " -"producto o publicación. son páginas dinámicas y se manejan de diferente " -"manera. " +"Las páginas **estáticas** tienen contenido estable, como la página de " +"inicio. Puede crear nuevas páginas de forma manual, definir sus URL, adaptar" +" sus :ref:`propiedades `, entre otras cosas. Las " +"páginas **dinámicas** se generan de manera dinámica. Todas las páginas que " +"Odoo genera en automático, por ejemplo, cuando instala una aplicación o " +"módulo (como `/tienda` o `/blog`) o publica un nuevo producto o entrada en " +"su blog, son páginas dinámicas, así que se gestionan de otra manera." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:19 msgid "Page creation" msgstr "Creación de páginas" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:21 msgid "" "Website pages can be created from the **frontend** and the **backend**. To " "create a new website page, proceed as follows:" @@ -10993,7 +10975,7 @@ msgstr "" "**backend**. Para crear una nueva página para el sitio web, siga los " "siguientes pasos: " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:24 msgid "" "Either open the **Website** app, click :guilabel:`+ New` in the top-right " "corner, then select :guilabel:`Page`;" @@ -11001,7 +10983,7 @@ msgstr "" "Abra la aplicación **Sitio web**, haga clic en el botpon :guilabel:`+ Nuevo`" " en la parte superior derecha y seleccione :guilabel:`Página`; " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:26 msgid "" "Or go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages` and click " ":guilabel:`New`." @@ -11009,15 +10991,15 @@ msgstr "" "O, vaya a :menuselection:`Sitio web --> Sitio --> Páginas` y haga clic en " ":guilabel:`Nuevo`. " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:27 msgid "" -"Enter a :guilabel:`Page Title`; this title is used in the menu, as well as " -"in the page's URL." +"Enter a :guilabel:`Page Title`; this title is used in the menu and the " +"page's URL." msgstr "" -"Escriba un :guilabel:`Título de página`; este título se usa tanto en el " -"menú, como en la URL de la página. " +"Escriba un :guilabel:`Título de página`. Este título se usa en el menú y en " +"la URL de la página. " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:29 msgid "" "Customize the page's content and appearance using the website builder, then " "click :guilabel:`Save`." @@ -11025,46 +11007,46 @@ msgstr "" "Personalice el contenido y apariencia de la página usando el creador de " "sitios web, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`. " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:31 msgid ":ref:`Publish ` the page." msgstr ":ref:`Publique ` la página." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:34 msgid "" "Disable :guilabel:`Add to menu` if the page should not appear in the menu." msgstr "" "Desactive la opción :guilabel:`Agregar al menú` si la página no debe " "aparecer en el menú. " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:37 msgid "Page management" msgstr "Gestión de página" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:42 msgid "Publishing/unpublishing pages" msgstr "Publicar/No publicar páginas " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:44 msgid "" "Pages need to be published to make them accessible to website visitors. To " -"publish or unpublish a page, access it, then toggle the switch in the upper-" +"publish or unpublish a page, access it and toggle the switch in the upper-" "right corner from :guilabel:`Unpublished` to :guilabel:`Published`, or vice " "versa." msgstr "" -"Debe publicar las páginas para que el público pueda acceder a ellas. Para " -"publicar o no publicar una página, entre a ella, cambie el botón que se " -"ubica en la parte superior derecha de :guilabel:`Sin publicar` a " -":guilabel:`Publicado`, o viceversa. " +"Es necesario que publique las páginas para que los visitantes del sitio web " +"puedan acceder a ellas. Para publicar o cambiar este estado en una página, " +"acceda a ella y presione el botón ubicado en la esquina superior derecha de " +":guilabel:`Sin publicar` a :guilabel:`Publicado`, o viceversa." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst-1 msgid "Unpublished/Published toggle" msgstr "Herramienta sin publicar/publicar " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:52 msgid "It is also possible to:" msgstr "También es posible:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:54 msgid "" "publish/unpublish a page from the :ref:`page properties " "`, where you can define a publishing date and/or " @@ -11074,68 +11056,69 @@ msgstr "" "`, donde puede definir una fecha de publicación y/o" " restringir la visibilidad de una página si es necesario; " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:56 msgid "" "publish/unpublish several pages at once: go to :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Site --> Pages`, select the pages, then, click :guilabel:`Action` and select" -" :guilabel:`Publish` or :guilabel:`Unpublish`." +"Site --> Pages`, select the pages, then click :guilabel:`Action` and select " +":guilabel:`Publish` or :guilabel:`Unpublish`." msgstr "" -"publicar/no publicar varias páginas al mismo tiempo: vaya a " +"Publicar o no publicar varias páginas al mismo tiempo: vaya a " ":menuselection:`Sitio web --> Sitio --> Páginas`, seleccione las páginas, " "luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Acción` y seleccione :guilabel:`Publicar` o " -":guilabel:`Sin publicar`. " +":guilabel:`Sin publicar`. " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:61 msgid "Homepage" msgstr "Página de inicio" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:63 msgid "" -"By default, when you create a website, Odoo creates a dedicated " -":guilabel:`Home` page, but you can define any website page as your homepage." -" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, " -"then, in the :guilabel:`Website info` section, define the URL of the desired" -" page in the field :guilabel:`Homepage URL` (e.g., `/shop`)." +"When you create a website, Odoo creates a dedicated :guilabel:`Home` page by" +" default, but you can define any website page as your homepage. To do so, go" +" to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, then, in the " +":guilabel:`Website info` section, define the URL of the desired page in the " +"field :guilabel:`Homepage URL` (e.g., `/shop`)." msgstr "" -"Cuando crea un sitio web en Odoo, de manera predeterminada se creará una " -"página de :guilabel:`Inicio`, pero puede definir cualquier página web como " -"su página de inicio. Para hacerlo, vaya a :menuselection:`Sitio web --> " -"Configuración --> Ajustes`, luego en la sección de :guilabel:`Información " -"del sitio web`, defina la URL de la página deseada en el campo de " -":guilabel:`URL de la página de inicio` (por ejemplo, `/tienda`). " +"Cuando crea un sitio web, Odoo crea una página específica de " +":guilabel:`inicio` de manera predeterminada, pero puede definir cualquier " +"página del sitio web como su página principal. Vaya a :menuselection:`Sitio " +"web --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y en la sección :guilabel:`Información " +"del sitio web` defina la URL de la página deseada en el campo :guilabel:`URL" +" de la página de inicio` (por ejemplo, `/tienda`)." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:68 msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can define any static page as your homepage by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Properties`. Select the " -":guilabel:`Publish` tab and enable :guilabel:`Use as Homepage`." +"Alternatively, you can define any :ref:`static page ` as " +"your homepage by going to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Properties`. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Publish` tab and enable :guilabel:`Use as Homepage`." msgstr "" -"También tiene la opción de definir cualquier página estática como su página " -"de inicio en :menuselection:`Sitio web --> Sitios --> Propiedades`. " -"Seleccione la pestaña de :guilabel:`Publicar` y habilite :guilabel:`Usar " -"como página de inicio`. " +"También puede definir cualquier :ref:`página estática ` " +"como su página de inicio desde :menuselection:`Sitio web --> Sitio --> " +"Propiedades`. Seleccione la pestaña :guilabel:`Publicar` y active la opción " +":guilabel:`Usar como página de inicio`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:75 msgid "Page properties" msgstr "Propiedades de página " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:77 msgid "" -"To modify a static page's properties, access the page you wish to modify, " -"then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties`." +"To modify a :ref:`static page's ` properties, access the " +"page you wish to modify, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties`." msgstr "" -"Para modificar las propiedades de una página estática, vaya a la página que " -"desea modificar y luego a :menuselection:`Sitios --> Propiedades`. " +"Para modificar las propiedades de una :ref:`página estática " +"`, acceda a la página que desea modificar y luego a " +":menuselection:`Sitio --> Propiedades`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:80 msgid "The :guilabel:`Name` tab allows you to:" msgstr "La pestaña de :guilabel:`Nombre` le permite: " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:82 msgid "rename the page using the :guilabel:`Page Name` field;" msgstr "renombrar la página usando el campo :guilabel:`Nombre de la página` " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:83 msgid "" "modify the :guilabel:`Page URL`. In this case, you can redirect the old URL " "to the new one if needed. To do so, enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old URL`, " @@ -11147,13 +11130,13 @@ msgstr "" " :guilabel:`Redirigir URL antigua`, luego seleccione el :guilabel:`Tipo` de " ":ref:`redirección `: " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`301 Moved permanently`: to redirect the page permanently;" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`301 Movido de forma permanente`: para redirigir la página de " "manera permanente;" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`302 Moved temporarily`: to redirect the page temporarily." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`302 Movido de forma temporal`: para redirigir la página " @@ -11163,14 +11146,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Redirect old URL" msgstr "Redirigir URL antigua " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:93 msgid "" "You can further adapt the page's properties in the :guilabel:`Publish` tab:" msgstr "" "Después, puede adaptar las propiedades de la página en la pestaña de " ":guilabel:`Publicar`: " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:95 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show in Top Menu`: Disable if you don't want the page to appear " "in the menu;" @@ -11178,7 +11161,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Mostrar en el menú superior`: desactívelo si no quiere que la " "página aparezca en el menú;" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:96 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use as Homepage`: Enable if you want the page to be the homepage " "of your website;" @@ -11186,7 +11169,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Usar como página de inicio`: actívela si quiere que la página sea" " la página de inicio de su sitio web;" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:97 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Indexed`: Disable if you don't want the page to be shown in " "search engine results;" @@ -11194,11 +11177,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Indexado`: desactivelo si no quiere que esta página aparezca en " "los resultados de los motores de búsqueda;" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:98 msgid ":guilabel:`Published`: Enable to publish the page;" msgstr ":guilabel:`Publicado`: actívelo para publicar la página;" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Publishing Date`: To publish the page at a specific moment, " "select the date, click the clock icon to set the time, then click the green " @@ -11209,19 +11192,19 @@ msgstr "" "establecer la hora, luego haga clic en la casilla verde para validar su " "selección. " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:101 msgid ":guilabel:`Visibility`: Select who can access the page:" msgstr ":guilabel:`Visibilidad`: seleccione quién puede acceder a la página: " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:103 msgid ":guilabel:`All`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Todos`" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Signed In`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Registrados`" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Restricted Group`: Select the :doc:`user access group(s) " "` in the :guilabel:`Authorized " @@ -11231,7 +11214,7 @@ msgstr "" "usuarios ` en el campo de " ":guilabel:`Grupo autorizado`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`With Password`: Enter the password in the :guilabel:`Password` " "field." @@ -11239,7 +11222,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Con contraseña`: ingrese la contraseña en el campo de " ":guilabel:`Contraseña`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:110 msgid "" "*Some* of these properties can also be modified from :menuselection:`Website" " --> Site --> Pages`." @@ -11247,11 +11230,11 @@ msgstr "" "*Algunas* de estas propiedades se pueden modificar desde " ":menuselection:`Sitio web --> Sitio --> Páginas`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:113 msgid "Duplicating pages" msgstr "Duplicar páginas" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:115 msgid "" "To duplicate a page, access the page, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> " "Properties` and click :guilabel:`Duplicate Page`. Enter a :guilabel:`Page " @@ -11266,15 +11249,15 @@ msgstr "" "de la página duplicada en el menú, pero la puede eliminar del menú o cambiar" " su posición usando el :doc:`editor de menús `. " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:123 msgid "Deleting pages" msgstr "Eliminar páginas " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:125 msgid "To delete a page, proceed as follows:" msgstr "Para eliminar una página, siga los siguientes pasos: " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:127 msgid "" "Access the page, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties` and click " ":guilabel:`Delete Page`." @@ -11282,7 +11265,7 @@ msgstr "" "Acceda a la página, luego vaya a :menuselection:`Sitio --> Propiedades` y " "haga clic en :guilabel:`Eliminar página`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:129 msgid "" "A pop-up window appears on the screen with all links referring to the page " "you want to delete, organized by category. To ensure website visitors don't " @@ -11299,7 +11282,7 @@ msgstr "" "abrirlo en una nueva ventana. También puede crear una :ref:`redirección " "` para la página eliminada. " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:134 msgid "" "Once you have updated the links (or set up a :ref:`redirection `), select the :guilabel:`I am sure about this` check box, then " @@ -11309,27 +11292,29 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`redirección `), seleccione la casilla de " ":guilabel:`Estoy seguro de esto` y luego haga clic en :guilabel:`OK`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:138 -msgid "URL redirects" -msgstr "Redirecciones de URL " - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Redirecting URLs consists in sending visitors and search engines to a URL " -"that is different from the one they originally requested. This technique is " -"used, for example, to prevent broken links when you :ref:`delete a page " -"`, :ref:`modify its URL `, or " -"move your site to a new :doc:`domain `. It can " -"also be used to improve :doc:`pages/seo`." -msgstr "" -"La redirección de URL consiste en enviar a los visitantes y motores de " -"búsqueda a una URL distinta a la que solicitaron al inicio. Esta técnica se " -"usa, por ejemplo, para evitar enlaces rotos cuando :ref:`elimina una página " -"`, :ref:`modifica su URL ` o " -"mueve su sitio a un nuevo :doc:`dominio `. " -"También puede utilizarla para mejorar la :doc:`pages/seo`." +msgid "URL redirect mapping" +msgstr "Mapeo de redirección de URL" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:142 +msgid "" +"URL redirect mapping consists in sending visitors and search engines to a " +"URL different from the one they initially requested. This technique is used," +" for example, to prevent broken links when you :ref:`delete a page " +"`, :ref:`modify its URL `, or " +"migrate your site from another platform to an Odoo :doc:`domain " +"`. It can also be used to improve " +":doc:`pages/seo`." +msgstr "" +"El mapeo de la redirección de URL consiste en enviar a los visitantes y " +"motores de búsqueda a una URL distinta a la que solicitaron al inicio. Esta " +"técnica se usa, por ejemplo, para evitar enlaces rotos cuando :ref:`elimina " +"una página `, :ref:`modifica su URL " +"` o migra su sitio de otra plataforma a un " +":doc:`dominio ` de Odoo. También puede " +"utilizarla para mejorar la :doc:`pages/seo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:148 msgid "" "To access existing URL redirections and create new ones, :doc:`activate the " "developer mode ` and go to " @@ -11339,130 +11324,142 @@ msgstr "" " :doc:`active el modo desarrollador ` " "y vaya a :menuselection:`Sitio web --> Configuración --> Redirecciones`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:151 -msgid "" -"A record is added automatically every time you :ref:`modify a page's URL " -"` and enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old URL`." -msgstr "" -"Se añade un registro automáticamente cada vez que :ref:`modifica la URL de " -"una página ` y activa la opción " -":guilabel:`Redirigir URL antigua`. " - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:153 -msgid "You can set up redirections for static and dynamic pages." -msgstr "Puede establecer redirecciones para páginas dinámicas y estáticas. " +msgid "" +"A redirect record is added automatically every time you :ref:`modify a " +"page's URL ` and enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old " +"URL`." +msgstr "" +"Se agrega un registro de redirección de forma automática cada que " +":ref:`modifica la URL de una página ` y habilita " +":guilabel:`Redireccionar URL antigua`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:155 msgid "" +"You can set up redirections for :ref:`static and dynamic pages " +"`." +msgstr "" +"Puede configurar redireccionamientos para :ref:`páginas dinámicas y " +"estáticas `." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:157 +msgid "" "To create a new redirection, click the :guilabel:`New` button, then fill in " "the fields:" msgstr "" "Para crear una nueva redirección, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo` y " "complete los campos: " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:159 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name to identify the redirect." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nombre`: escriba un nombre para identificar la redirección. " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:160 msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: Select the type of redirection:" msgstr ":guilabel:`Acción`: seleccione el tipo de redirección: " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:160 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`404 Not found`: visitors are redirected to a 404 error page when " -"they try to access the page." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`404 No se encontró`: los visitantes serán redirigidos a una " -"página de error 404 cuando intenten acceder a la página. " - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:162 msgid "" -":guilabel:`301 Moved Permanently`: for permanent redirections of static " -"pages; the new URL is shown in search engine results and the redirect is " -"cached by browsers." +":guilabel:`404 Not found`: visitors are redirected to a 404 error page when " +"they try to access an unpublished or deleted page." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`301 Movido de forma permanente`: para redirecciones permanentes " -"de páginas estáticas; se mostrará la nueva URL en los resultados de los " -"motores de búsqueda y los navegadores almacenan en caché la redirección. " +":guilabel:`404 No encontrado`: los visitantes son redirigidos a una página " +"de error 404 cuando intentan acceder a una página que no está publicada o " +"que fue eliminada." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:164 msgid "" -":guilabel:`302 Moved Temporarily`: for short-term redirections, for example," -" if you are redesigning or updating the page. The new URL is neither cached " -"by browsers, nor shown in search engine results." +":guilabel:`301 Moved Permanently`: for permanent redirections of unpublished" +" or deleted :ref:`static pages `. The new URL is shown in" +" search engine results, and the redirect is cached by browsers." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`302 Movido de forma temporal`: para redirecciones a corto plazo, " -"por ejemplo, si está rediseñando o actualizando la página. Los navegadores " -"ya no almacenan en caché la nueva URL ni se muestran en los resultados de " -"los motores de búsqueda. " +":guilabel:`301 Movido permanentemente`: para redirecciones permanentes de " +":ref:`páginas estáticas ` que no están publicadas o que " +"fueron eliminadas. La nueva URL aparece en los resultados de los motores de " +"búsqueda y los navegadores almacenan la redirección en caché." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:167 msgid "" -":guilabel:`308 Redirect / Rewrite`: for permanent redirections of dynamic " -"pages; the new URL is shown in search engine results and the redirect is " -"cached by browsers. Use this redirect type to rename a dynamic page, for " -"example, if you wish to rename `/shop` into `/market`." +":guilabel:`302 Moved Temporarily`: for short-term redirections, for example," +" if you are redesigning or updating a page. The new URL is neither cached by" +" browsers nor shown in search engine results." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`308 Redirigir / Reescribir`: para redirecciones permanentes de " -"páginas dinámicas; la nueva URL se muestra en los resultados de los motores " -"de búsqueda y el navegador almacena en caché la redirección. Utilice este " -"tipo de redirección para renombrar una página dinámica, por ejemplo, si " -"quiere renombrar `/tienda` a `/mercado`." +":guilabel:`302 Movido temporalmente`: para redirecciones a corto plazo, por " +"ejemplo, si está rediseñando o actualizando la página. Los navegadores ya no" +" almacenan la nueva URL en caché ni aparece en los resultados de los motores" +" de búsqueda. " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:170 msgid "" -":guilabel:`URL from`: Enter the URL to be redirected (e.g., `/about-the-" -"company`) or search for the desired dynamic page and select it from the " -"list." +":guilabel:`308 Redirect/Rewrite`: for permanent redirections of existing " +":ref:`dynamic pages `. The URL is renamed; the new name " +"is shown in search engine results and is cached by browsers. Use this " +"redirect type to rename a dynamic page, for example, if you wish to rename " +"`/shop` into `/market`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`URL desde`: ingrese la URL que redireccionará, (por ejemplo, " -"`/acerca-de-la-empresa`) o busque la página dinámica deseada y selecciónela " -"de la lista. " - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:173 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`URL to`: For 301, 302 and 308 redirects, enter the URL to be " -"redirected to. If you want to redirect to an external URL, make sure to " -"include the protocol (e.g., `https://`)." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`URL a`: para las redirecciones 301, 302 y 308 ingrese la URL a la" -" que desea redirigir. Si quiere redirigirla a una URL externa, asegúrese de " -"incluir el protocolo (por ejemplo, `https://`)." +":guilabel:`308 Redirect/Rewrite`: para redirecciones permanentes de " +":ref:`páginas dinámicas ` existentes. La URL cambia de " +"nombre, el nuevo nombre aparece en los resultados de los motores de búsqueda" +" y los navegadores la almacenan en caché. Use este tipo de redirección para " +"renombrar una página dinámica, por ejemplo, si desea renombrar `/tienda` a " +"`/mercado`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:175 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL from`: Enter the URL to be redirected (e.g., `/about-the-" +"company`) or search for the desired :ref:`dynamic page ` " +"and select it from the list." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`URL de`: escriba la URL desde la que se redirigirá (por ejemplo, " +"`/acerca-de-la-empresa`) o busque la :ref:`página dinámica " +"` deseada y selecciónela de la lista." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:177 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL to`: For 301, 302, and 308 redirects, enter the URL to be " +"redirected to. If you want to redirect to an external URL, include the " +"protocol (e.g., `https://`)." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`URL a`: para los redireccionamientos 301, 302 y 308 escriba la " +"URL a la que desea redirigir. Si se trata de una URL externa, asegúrese de " +"incluir el protocolo (por ejemplo, `https://`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:179 msgid ":guilabel:`Website`: Select a specific website." msgstr ":guilabel:`Sitio web`: seleccione un sitio web específico. " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:180 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sequence`: to define the order in which redirections are " +":guilabel:`Sequence`: To define the order in which redirections are " "performed, e.g., in the case of redirect chains (i.e., a series of redirects" " where one URL is redirected to another one, which is itself further " "redirected to another URL)." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Secuencia`: para definir el orden en el que se realizan las " -"redirecciones, por ejemplo, en el caso de las cadenas de redirecciones (es " -"decir, una serie de redirecciones donde una URL se redirige a otra, que a su" -" vez se redirige a otra). " +":guilabel:`Secuencia`: para definir el orden en el que se realizan los " +"redireccionamientos, por ejemplo, en el caso de cadenas de " +"redireccionamiento (es decir, una serie de redirecciones donde una URL " +"redirige a otra, que también redirige a otra URL)." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:184 msgid "Toggle the :guilabel:`Activate` switch to deactivate the redirection." msgstr "Active el botón :guilabel:`Activar` para desactivar la redirección. " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:183 -msgid "" -"404, 301 and 302 redirections only work if the original page has been " -":ref:`unpublished ` or :ref:`deleted " -"`." -msgstr "" -"Las redirecciones 404, 301 y 302 solo funcionan si la página original está " -"establecida como :ref:`sin publicar ` o " -":ref:`eliminada `." - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:187 msgid "" +"404, 301, and 302 redirections are meant to migrate traffic from " +":ref:`unpublished ` or :ref:`deleted " +"` pages to *new* pages, while the 308 redirect is used " +"for *permanent* redirections of *existing* pages." +msgstr "" +"Los redireccionamientos 404, 301 y 302 están diseñados para migrar el " +"tráfico de páginas :ref:`que no están publicadas ` " +"o :ref:`que fueron eliminadas ` a *nuevas* páginas, " +"mientras que el redireccionamiento 308 se utiliza en redirecciones " +"*permanentes* de páginas *existentes*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:192 +msgid "" "`Google documentation on redirects and search " "`_" @@ -11471,7 +11468,7 @@ msgstr "" "`_" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:193 msgid ":doc:`pages/seo`" msgstr ":doc:`pages/seo`" @@ -12508,15 +12505,27 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`GTM (Google Tag Manager)` is a tag management system that allows you " "to easily update measurement codes and related code fragments, collectively " "known as tags on your website or mobile app, directly through the code " -"injector. To use GTM, proceed as follows:" +"injector." msgstr "" ":abbr:`GTM (Google Tag Manager)` es un sistema de gestión de etiquetas que " "le permite actualizar con facilidad códigos de medición y fragmentos de " "código relacionados (a los que se les conoce de forma colectiva como " "etiquetas) en su sitio web o aplicación móvil mediante el inyector de " -"código. Siga estos pasos para usar GTM:" +"código." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Google Tag Manager may not be compliant with local data protection " +"regulations." +msgstr "" +"Es posible que Google Tag Manager no cumpla con las regulaciones locales de " +"protección de datos." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:142 +msgid "To use GTM, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "Consulte los siguientes pasos para usar GTM:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:144 msgid "" "Create or sign in to a Google account by going to " "https://tagmanager.google.com/." @@ -12524,12 +12533,12 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya a https://tagmanager.google.com/ para crear o iniciar sesión en una " "cuenta de Google." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:146 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Accounts` tab, click :guilabel:`Create account`." msgstr "" "En la pestaña :guilabel:`Cuentas`, haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear cuenta`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:148 msgid "" "Enter an :guilabel:`Account Name` and select the account's " ":guilabel:`Country`." @@ -12537,7 +12546,7 @@ msgstr "" "Escriba el :guilabel:`nombre de cuenta` y seleccione el :guilabel:`país` " "correspondiente." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:150 msgid "" "Enter your website's URL in the :guilabel:`Container name` field and select " "the :guilabel:`Target platform`." @@ -12545,11 +12554,11 @@ msgstr "" "Escriba la URL de su sitio web en el campo :guilabel:`Nombre de contenedor` " "y seleccione la :guilabel:`plataforma objetivo`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:153 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create` and agree to the Terms of Service." msgstr "Haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear` y acepte las condiciones del servicio." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:155 msgid "" "Copy the `` and `` codes from the popup window. Then, go to your" " website, click :guilabel:`Edit`, go to the :guilabel:`Themes` tab, scroll " @@ -12566,7 +12575,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Install Google Tag Manager" msgstr "Instalar Google Tag Manager" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:164 msgid "" "The data is collected in the marketing tools used to monitor the website " "(e.g., Google Analytics, Plausible, Facebook Pixel), not in Odoo." @@ -12597,10 +12606,10 @@ msgid "" "can :doc:`install <../../../general/apps_modules>` the :guilabel:`Link " "Tracker` module itself or one of the marketing apps." msgstr "" -"El módulo :guilabel:`Rastreador de enlaces` no está instalado por defecto. " -"Debe activar la opción :guilabel:`Marketing por correo electrónico` en " -":menuselection:`Sitio web --> Configuración --> Ajustes.` También puede " -":doc:`instalar <../../../general/apps_modules>` el módulo " +"El módulo :guilabel:`Rastreador de enlaces` no está instalado de forma " +"predeterminada. Debe activar la opción :guilabel:`Marketing por correo " +"electrónico` en :menuselection:`Sitio web --> Configuración --> Ajustes.` " +"También puede :doc:`instalar <../../../general/apps_modules>` el módulo " ":guilabel:`Rastreador de enlaces` o una de las aplicaciones de marketing." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:18 @@ -13075,6 +13084,7 @@ msgstr "" "visualmente atractivos para sus páginas web." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/dynamic_content.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/inner_content.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -13115,10 +13125,10 @@ msgid "" "visitor entered. Depending on the apps installed on your database, new " "actions that can automatically create records become available:" msgstr "" -"Por defecto, cuando se envía un formulario **le envía un correo " -"electrónico** con lo introducido por el visitante. Dependiendo de las " -"aplicaciones instaladas en su base de datos, estarán disponibles nuevas " -"acciones que pueden crear registros automáticamente:" +"Al enviar el formulario, de forma predeterminada **recibirá un correo " +"electrónico** con la información proporcionada por el visitante y habrá " +"nuevas acciones disponibles que pueden crear registros de forma automática, " +"pero esto depende de las aplicaciones instaladas en su base de datos:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/dynamic_content.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`Apply for a Job` (Recruitment)" @@ -13164,11 +13174,11 @@ msgid "" "selecting :guilabel:`Nothing` or :guilabel:`Show Message` under the " ":guilabel:`On Success` field." msgstr "" -"Por defecto, las acciones redirigen a los visitantes a una página de " -"*agradecimiento* después de enviar el formulario. Utilice el campo " -":guilabel:`URL` para cambiar a dónde se les redirige. También es posible " -"dejar que los visitantes permanezcan en la página del formulario " -"seleccionando :guilabel:`Nada` o :guilabel:`Mostrar mensaje` en el campo " +"Las acciones redirigen a los visitantes de forma predeterminada a una página" +" de *agradecimiento* después de enviar el formulario. Utilice el campo " +":guilabel:`URL` para cambiar a dónde se les redirige. También puede dejar " +"que los visitantes permanezcan en la página del formulario si selecciona " +":guilabel:`Nada` o :guilabel:`Mostrar mensaje` en el campo " ":guilabel:`Éxito`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/dynamic_content.rst:53 @@ -13183,12 +13193,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type` field and select an option under the :guilabel:`Custom " "Field` heading." msgstr "" -"Para añadir un nuevo campo al formulario, haga clic en el botón " -":guilabel:`+Campo` que se encuentra junto a la sección " -":guilabel:`Formulario` o :guilabel:`Campo` de la pestaña Personalizar. Por " -"defecto, los campos nuevos son campos de *texto*. Para cambiar el tipo, " -"utilice el campo :guilabel:`Tipo` y seleccione una opción bajo el encabezado" -" :guilabel:`Campo personalizado`." +"Para agregar un nuevo campo al formulario haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`+" +" Campo` ubicado junto a la sección :guilabel:`Formulario` o " +":guilabel:`Campo` de la pestaña Personalizar. Los campos nuevos son campos " +"de *texto* de forma predeterminada. Para cambiar el tipo, utilice el campo " +":guilabel:`Tipo` y seleccione una opción en el encabezado :guilabel:`Campo " +"personalizado`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/dynamic_content.rst:0 msgid "All types of form fields" @@ -13238,11 +13248,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Recently Sold Products` or :guilabel:`Recently Viewed Products` " "option." msgstr "" -"Por defecto, el bloque muestra los :guilabel:`Productos más recientes`. Para" -" cambiar qué productos se muestran, vaya a la sección :guilabel:`Productos` " -"de la pestaña :guilabel:`Personalizar` y como :guilabel:`Filtro` seleccione " -"la opción :guilabel:`Productos vendidos recientemente` o " -":guilabel:`Productos vistos recientemente`." +"El bloque muestra los :guilabel:`productos más recientes` de forma " +"predeterminada. Para cambiar los productos que aparecen, vaya a la sección " +":guilabel:`Productos` de la pestaña :guilabel:`Personalizar` y como " +":guilabel:`Filtro` seleccione la opción :guilabel:`Productos vendidos " +"recientemente` o :guilabel:`Productos vistos recientemente`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/dynamic_content.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -13281,6 +13291,59 @@ msgstr "" "código` de la pestaña :guilabel:`Personalizar` y reemplace el código que se " "usa para mostrar las instrucciones del bloque con el suyo." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:3 +msgid "Features" +msgstr "Funciones" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Features` :doc:`building blocks <../building_blocks>` allow " +"you to list multiple items next to each other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The :ref:`Table of Content ` and the :ref:`Call " +"to Action ` blocks are presented below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:20 +msgid "Table of content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Table of Content` block is used to list many different items " +"grouped under several headings. A clickable index is available to navigate " +"quickly between the different categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst-1 +msgid "The default Table of Content block" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:29 +msgid "Call to action" +msgstr "Llamada a la acción" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Call to Action` block is used to prompt visitors to take a " +"specific action, such as signing up for a newsletter or contacting you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst-1 +msgid "The default Call to Action block" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To change the button's link, select it, go to the :guilabel:`Customize` " +"tab's :guilabel:`Inline Text` section and replace `/contactus` with another " +"URL." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/inner_content.rst:3 msgid "Inner content" msgstr "Contenido interior" @@ -13373,10 +13436,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The default banner block" msgstr "El bloque de banner predeterminado" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:29 -msgid "Call to action" -msgstr "Llamada a la acción" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:31 msgid "" "The call to action button encourages visitors to take a specific action, for" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 5d34f0168..a06e2e34c 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:55+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2024\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -699,11 +699,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Login` du compte à supprimer. Cliquez ensuite sur le bouton " ":guilabel:`Supprimer le compte` pour confirmer la suppression." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:36 msgid "Odoo.com account password change" msgstr "Changer le mot de passe du compte Odoo.com" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:38 msgid "" "To change an Odoo.com account password, first login into the Odoo.com user " "account from the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-" @@ -718,7 +718,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sélectionnez ensuite :guilabel:`Mon compte` et un tableau de bord du portail" " apparaît. " -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:41 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:43 msgid "" "To change the Odoo.com password, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security " "Settings` link, below the :menuselection:`Account Security` section. Next, " @@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ msgstr "" "Enfin, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Changer le mot de passe` pour terminer la " "modification du mot de passe." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:47 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:49 msgid "" "If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here " "`_." @@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si un client souhaite changer son login, contactez l'assistance d'Odoo `ici " "`_." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:53 msgid "" "Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the " "same email address is used." @@ -750,11 +750,11 @@ msgstr "" "Les mots de passe des utilisateurs d'Odoo.com et des utilisateurs du portail" " restent distincts, même si la même adresse email est utilisée." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:55 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:57 msgid "Add two-factor authentication" msgstr "Ajouter l'authentification à deux facteurs" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:59 msgid "" "To add two-factor authentication, login into the Odoo.com user account from " "the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-right corner of " @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ msgstr "" " (flèche vers le bas)` à côté de l':guilabel:`icône du profil`. Sélectionnez" " ensuite :guilabel:`Mon compte` et un tableau de bord du portail s'ouvre." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:64 msgid "" "If the user would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " "Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below " @@ -778,7 +778,7 @@ msgstr "" "pour accéder à Odoo.com, cliquez sur le lien :guilabel:`Modifier les " "paramètres de sécurité` dans la section :menuselection:`Sécurité du compte`." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:67 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " "(two-factor authentication)`. Then, confirm the current password in the " @@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ msgstr "" " en scannant le :guilabel:`code QR` ou en saisissant un :guilabel:`Code de " "vérification`." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:71 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:73 msgid "" "Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete " "the setup." @@ -805,22 +805,22 @@ msgstr "" "Enfin, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Activer l'authentification à deux facteurs` " "pour finaliser la configuration." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:76 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:" msgstr "" "Dans la section :guilabel:`Mon compte`, les utilisateurs d'Odoo.com peuvent " "également accéder aux éléments suivants :" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:76 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Mon tableau de bord partenaire`" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Mes Services In-App`" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Mon tableau de bord des apps`" @@ -7000,14 +7000,260 @@ msgstr "" "aléatoire, par ex." #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:743 -msgid "which will generate a 32 characters pseudorandom printable string." -msgstr "qui générera une chaîne imprimable pseudo aléatoire de 32 caractères." +msgid "which generates a 32-character pseudorandom printable string." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:746 +msgid "Reset the master password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:748 +msgid "" +"There may be instances where the master password is misplaced, or " +"compromised, and needs to be reset. The following process is for system " +"administrators of an Odoo on-premise database detailing how to manually " +"reset and re-encrypt the master password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:753 +msgid "" +"For more information about changing an Odoo.com account password, see this " +"documentation: :ref:`odoocom/change_password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:756 +msgid "" +"When creating a new on-premise database, a random master password is " +"generated. Odoo recommends using this password to secure the database. This " +"password is implemented by default, so there is a secure master password for" +" any Odoo on-premise deployment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:761 +msgid "" +"When creating an Odoo on-premise database the installation is accessible to " +"anyone on the internet, until this password is set to secure the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:764 +msgid "" +"The master password is specified in the Odoo configuration file (`odoo.conf`" +" or `odoorc` (hidden file)). The Odoo master password is needed to modify, " +"create, or delete a database through the graphical user interface (GUI)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:769 +msgid "Locate configuration file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:771 +msgid "" +"First, open the Odoo configuration file (`odoo.conf` or `odoorc` (hidden " +"file))." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:775 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:148 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:133 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:158 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:180 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:328 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:397 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:460 +msgid "Windows" +msgstr "Windows" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:777 +msgid "" +"The configuration file is located at: " +"`c:\\\\ProgramFiles\\\\Odoo{VERSION}\\\\server\\\\odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:779 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:25 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:152 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:174 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:199 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:228 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:388 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:450 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "Linux" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:781 +msgid "" +"Depending on how Odoo is installed on the Linux machine, the configuration " +"file is located in one of two different places:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:784 +msgid "Package installation: `/etc/odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:785 +msgid "Source installation: `~/.odoorc`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:788 +msgid "Change old password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:790 +msgid "" +"Once the appropriate file has been opened, proceed to modify the old " +"password in the configuration file to a temporary password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:795 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:843 +msgid "Graphical user interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:797 +msgid "" +"After locating the configuration file, open it using a (:abbr:`GUI " +"(graphical user interface)`). This can be achieved by simply double clicking" +" on the file. Then, the device should have a default :abbr:`GUI (graphical " +"user interface)` to open the file with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:801 +msgid "" +"Next, modify the master password line `admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sha…` to " +"`admin_passwd = newpassword1234`, for example. This password can be " +"anything, as long as it is saved temporarily. Make sure to modify all " +"characters after the `=`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:806 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:825 +msgid "" +"The line appears like this: `admin_passwd = " +"$pbkdf2-sh39dji295.59mptrfW.9z6HkA$w9j9AMVmKAP17OosCqDxDv2hjsvzlLpF8Rra8I7p/b573hji540mk/.3ek0lg%kvkol6k983mkf/40fjki79m`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:810 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:829 +msgid "The modified line appears like this: `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:812 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:852 +msgid "Command-line interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:814 +msgid "" +"Modify the master password line using the following Unix command detailed " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:816 +msgid "" +"Connect to the Odoo server's terminal via Secure Shell (SSH) protocol, and " +"edit the configuration file. To modify the configuration file, enter the " +"following command: :command:`sudo nano /etc/odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:820 +msgid "" +"After opening the configuration file, modify the master password line " +"`admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sha…` to `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`. This " +"password can be anything, as long as it is saved temporarily. Make sure to " +"modify all characters after the `=`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:832 +msgid "" +"It is essential that the password is changed to something else, rather than " +"triggering a new password reset by adding a semicolon `;` at the beginning " +"of the line. This ensures the database is secure throughout the entire " +"password reset process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:837 +msgid "Restart Odoo server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:839 +msgid "" +"After setting the temporary password, a restart of the Odoo server is " +"**required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:845 +msgid "" +"To restart the Odoo server, first, type `services` into the Windows " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. Then, select the :guilabel:`Services` application, " +"and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Odoo` service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:849 +msgid "" +"Next, right click on :guilabel:`Odoo`, and select :guilabel:`Start` or " +":guilabel:`Restart`. This action manually restarts the Odoo server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:854 +msgid "" +"Restart the Odoo server by typing the command: :command:`sudo service odoo15" +" restart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:857 +msgid "" +"Change the number after `odoo` to fit the specific version the server is " +"running on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:860 +msgid "Use web interface to re-encrypt password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:862 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to `/web/database/manager` or " +"`http://server_ip:port/web/database/manager` in a browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:866 +msgid "" +"Replace `server_ip` with the IP address of the database. Replace `port` with" +" the numbered port the database is accessible from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:869 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Set Master Password`, and type in the previously-" +"selected temporary password into the :guilabel:`Master Password` field. " +"Following this step, type in a :guilabel:`New Master Password`. The " +":guilabel:`New Master Password` is hashed (or encrypted), once the " +":guilabel:`Continue` button is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:874 +msgid "" +"At this point, the password has been successfully reset, and a hashed " +"version of the new password now appears in the configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:878 +msgid "" +"For more information on Odoo database security, see this documentation: " +":ref:`db_manager_security`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:882 msgid "Supported Browsers" msgstr "Navigateurs pris en charge" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:748 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:884 msgid "" "Odoo supports all the major desktop and mobile browsers available on the " "market, as long as they are supported by their publishers." @@ -7016,27 +7262,27 @@ msgstr "" "et portable disponibles sur le marché, pour autant qu'ils soient pris en " "charge par leurs éditeurs." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:751 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:887 msgid "Here are the supported browsers:" msgstr "Voici les navigateurs pris en charge :" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:753 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:889 msgid "Google Chrome" msgstr "Google Chrome" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:754 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:890 msgid "Mozilla Firefox" msgstr "Mozilla Firefox" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:755 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:891 msgid "Microsoft Edge" msgstr "Microsoft Edge" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:756 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:892 msgid "Apple Safari" msgstr "Apple Safari" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:758 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:894 msgid "" "Please make sure your browser is up-to-date and still supported by its " "publisher before filing a bug report." @@ -7044,13 +7290,13 @@ msgstr "" "Veuillez vous assurer que votre navigateur est à jour et toujours pris en " "charge par son éditeur avant de déposer un rapport de bug." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:763 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:899 msgid "Since Odoo 13.0, ES6 is supported. Therefore, IE support is dropped." msgstr "" "Depuis Odoo 13.0, ES6 est pris en charge. Par conséquent, il est mis fin à " "la prise en charge d'IE." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:766 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:902 msgid "" "to have multiple Odoo installations use the same PostgreSQL database, or to " "provide more computing resources to both software." @@ -7059,7 +7305,7 @@ msgstr "" "PostgreSQL ou pour fournir plus de ressources informatiques aux deux " "logiciels." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:769 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:905 msgid "" "technically a tool like socat_ can be used to proxy UNIX sockets across " "networks, but that is mostly for software which can only be used over UNIX " @@ -7069,7 +7315,7 @@ msgstr "" "les sockets UNIX à travers les réseaux, mais il s'agit principalement de " "logiciels qui ne peuvent être utilisés que sur des sockets UNIX." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:773 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:909 msgid "" "or be accessible only over an internal packet-switched network, but that " "requires secured switches, protections against `ARP spoofing`_ and precludes" @@ -7338,19 +7584,6 @@ msgid "" " download the Enterprise packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:25 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:52 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:129 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:152 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:174 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:199 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:228 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:271 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:384 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:446 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "Linux" - #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:28 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:116 msgid "Prepare" @@ -7397,7 +7630,7 @@ msgstr "" "PostgreSQL :" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:57 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:416 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:420 msgid "" "`wkhtmltopdf` is not installed through **pip** and must be installed " "manually in `version 0.12.6 " @@ -7504,19 +7737,6 @@ msgstr "" "Une fois téléchargé, le package peut être installé en utilisant le " "gestionnaire de paquets 'dnf' :" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:148 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:70 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:133 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:158 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:180 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:208 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:239 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:324 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:393 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:456 -msgid "Windows" -msgstr "Windows" - #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:151 msgid "" "Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running " @@ -7692,9 +7912,9 @@ msgstr "Cloner avec SSH" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:186 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:213 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:253 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:347 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:405 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:467 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:351 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:471 msgid "Mac OS" msgstr "Mac OS" @@ -7895,27 +8115,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:280 msgid "" -"For Debian-based systems, the packages are listed in the `debian/control " -"`_ file of the Odoo " -"sources." -msgstr "" -"Pour les systèmes basés sur Debian, les packages sont répertoriés dans le " -"fichier `debian/control " -"`_ des sources Odoo." - -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:283 -msgid "" "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following commands should install the required " "packages:" msgstr "" "Sur Debian/Ubuntu, les commandes suivantes doivent installer les packages " "suivants :" +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:287 +msgid "" +"The `setup/debinstall.sh` script will parse the `debian/control " +"`_ file and install " +"the found packages." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:290 msgid "Install with pip" msgstr "Installer avec pip" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:292 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Using pip may lead to security issues and broken dependencies; only do this " +"if you know what you are doing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:296 msgid "" "As some of the Python packages need a compilation step, they require system " "libraries to be installed." @@ -7923,7 +8146,7 @@ msgstr "" "Comme certains packages Python nécessitent une étape de compilation, ils " "requièrent l'installation d'un système de gestion de bibliothèque." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:295 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:299 msgid "" "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following command should install these required " "libraries:" @@ -7931,7 +8154,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sur Debian/Ubuntu, la commande suivante doit installer ces bibliothèques " "requises :" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:301 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:305 msgid "" "Odoo dependencies are listed in the :file:`requirements.txt` file located at" " the root of the Odoo Community directory." @@ -7939,7 +8162,7 @@ msgstr "" "Les dépendances Odoo sont répertoriées dans le fichier " ":file:`requirements.txt` situé à la racine du répertoire Odoo Community." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:305 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:309 msgid "" "The Python packages in :file:`requirements.txt` are based on their " "stable/LTS Debian/Ubuntu corresponding version at the moment of the Odoo " @@ -7953,9 +8176,9 @@ msgstr "" "est 2.8.0 dans Debian Bullseye et 2.6.0 dans Ubuntu Focal. La version la " "plus basse est alors choisie dans le fichier :file:`requirements.txt`." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:312 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:334 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:353 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:357 msgid "" "It can be preferable not to mix Python module packages between different " "instances of Odoo or with the system. However, it is possible to use " @@ -7967,7 +8190,7 @@ msgstr "" " possible d'utiliser `virtualenv `_ " "pour créer des environnements Python isolés." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:320 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation " "(:file:`CommunityPath`) and run **pip** on the requirements file to install " @@ -7977,7 +8200,7 @@ msgstr "" "(:file:`CommunityPath`) et exécutez **pip** sur le fichier d'exigences pour " "installer les exigences pour l'utilisateur actuel." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:326 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:330 msgid "" "Before installing the dependencies, download and install the `Build Tools " "for Visual Studio `_. Select " @@ -7989,8 +8212,8 @@ msgstr "" "développement C++** dans l'onglet **Charges de travail** et installez-les " "lorsque vous y êtes invité." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:330 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:349 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:334 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:353 msgid "" "Odoo dependencies are listed in the `requirements.txt` file located at the " "root of the Odoo Community directory." @@ -7998,7 +8221,7 @@ msgstr "" "Les dépendances d'Odoo sont répertoriées dans le fichier `requirements.txt` " "situé à la racine du répertoire d'Odoo Community." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:342 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " "and run **pip** on the requirements file in a terminal **with Administrator " @@ -8008,7 +8231,7 @@ msgstr "" "exécutez **pip** sur le fichier d'exigences dans un terminal **avec " "privilèges d'administrateur** :" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:357 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:361 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " "and run **pip** on the requirements file:" @@ -8016,7 +8239,7 @@ msgstr "" "Allez jusqu'au chemin de l'installation Odoo Community (`CommunityPath`) et " "exécutez **pip** sur le fichier d'exigences :" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:367 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:371 msgid "" "Non-Python dependencies must be installed with a package manager (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." @@ -8025,17 +8248,17 @@ msgstr "" "gestionnaire de paquets (`Homebrew `_, `MacPorts " "`_)." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:370 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:374 msgid "Download and install the **Command Line Tools**:" msgstr "Téléchargez et installez les **Outils de ligne de commande** :" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:376 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:380 msgid "Use the package manager to install non-Python dependencies." msgstr "" "Utilisez le gestionnaire de paquets pour installer des dépendances non " "Python." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:379 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:383 msgid "" "For languages using a **right-to-left interface** (such as Arabic or " "Hebrew), the `rtlcss` package is required." @@ -8043,23 +8266,23 @@ msgstr "" "Pour les langues utilisant une **interface de droite à gauche** (telle que " "l'arabe ou l'hébreu), le package `rtlcss` est requis." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:386 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:390 msgid "Download and install **nodejs** and **npm** with a package manager." msgstr "" "Téléchargez et installez **nodejs** et **npm** à l'aide d'un gestionnaire de" " paquets." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:387 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:396 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:391 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:400 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:413 msgid "Install `rtlcss`:" msgstr "Installez `rtlcss` :" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:395 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:399 msgid "Download and install `nodejs `_." msgstr "Téléchargez et installez `nodejs `_." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:402 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:406 msgid "" "Edit the system environment's variable `PATH` to add the folder where " "`rtlcss.cmd` is located (typically: " @@ -8069,7 +8292,7 @@ msgstr "" "fichier où se trouve `rtlcss.cmd` (généralement : " ":file:`C:\\\\Users\\\\\\\\AppData\\\\Roaming\\\\npm\\\\`)." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:407 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:411 msgid "" "Download and install **nodejs** with a package manager (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." @@ -8077,11 +8300,11 @@ msgstr "" "Téléchargez et installez **nodejs** à l'aide d'un gestionnaire de paquets " "(`Homebrew `_, `MacPorts `_)." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:424 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:428 msgid "Running Odoo" msgstr "Exécuter Odoo" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:426 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:430 msgid "" "Once all dependencies are set up, Odoo can be launched by running `odoo-" "bin`, the command-line interface of the server. It is located at the root of" @@ -8091,7 +8314,7 @@ msgstr "" " exécutant `odoo-bin`, l'interface en ligne de commande du serveur. Elle se " "situe à la racine du répertoire Odoo Community." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:429 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:433 msgid "" "To configure the server, either specify :ref:`command-line arguments " "` or a :ref:`configuration file " @@ -8101,7 +8324,7 @@ msgstr "" " de commande ` ou un :ref:`fichier de " "configuration `." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:433 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:437 msgid "" "For the Enterprise edition, add the path to the `enterprise` add-ons to the " "`addons-path` argument. Note that it must come before the other paths in " @@ -8112,27 +8335,27 @@ msgstr "" "précéder les autres chemins dans `addons-path` pour que les modules " "complémentaires soient chargés correctement." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:437 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:441 msgid "Common necessary configurations are:" msgstr "" "Les configurations nécessaires les plus courantes sont les suivantes :" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:439 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:443 msgid "PostgreSQL user and password." msgstr "Utilisateur et mot de passe PostgreSQL." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:440 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:444 msgid "Custom addon paths beyond the defaults to load custom modules." msgstr "" "Chemins d'accès personnalisés au-delà des chemins par défaut pour charger " "vos propres modules." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:442 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:446 msgid "A typical way to run the server would be:" msgstr "Une façon typique d'exécuter le serveur serait :" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:453 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:474 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:457 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:478 msgid "" "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, and " "`mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." @@ -8140,7 +8363,7 @@ msgstr "" "Où `CommunityPath` est le chemin de l'installation Odoo Community et `mydb` " "est le nom de la base de données PostgreSQL." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:463 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:467 msgid "" "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, " "`dbuser` is the PostgreSQL login, `dbpassword` is the PostgreSQL password, " @@ -8150,7 +8373,7 @@ msgstr "" "est le login PostgreSQL, `dbpassword` est le mot de passe PostgreSQL et " "`mydb` est le nom de la base de données PostgreSQL." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:477 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:481 msgid "" "After the server has started (the INFO log `odoo.modules.loading: Modules " "loaded.` is printed), open http://localhost:8069 in a web browser and log " @@ -8163,13 +8386,13 @@ msgstr "" "administrateur de base : utilisez `admin` comme adresse email et, à nouveau," " `admin` comme mot de passe." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:482 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:486 msgid "" "From there, create and manage new :doc:`users " "<../../applications/general/users>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:483 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:487 msgid "" "The user account used to log into Odoo's web interface differs from the " ":option:`--db_user ` CLI argument." @@ -8177,7 +8400,7 @@ msgstr "" "Le compte utilisateur utilisé pour vous connecter à l'interface web d'Odoo " "diffère de l'argument CLI :option:`--db_user `." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:487 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:491 msgid "" ":doc:`The list of CLI arguments for odoo-bin `" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po index 80a4fdae6..b6e8e6aa5 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po @@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ # Fernanda Marques , 2024 # Cécile Collart , 2024 # Jonathan Castillo , 2024 -# Jolien De Paepe, 2024 # Emmanuel Chaumery, 2024 +# Jolien De Paepe, 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -35,231 +35,193 @@ msgid "Activities" msgstr "Activités" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database. " -"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " -"chatter thread, kanban view, list view, or activities view of an " -"application." +msgid "*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database." msgstr "" -"Les *Activités* sont des tâches de suivi liées à un enregistrement dans une " -"base de données Odoo. Les activités peuvent être planifiées sur n'importe " -"quelle page de la base de données qui contient un chatter, une vue kanban, " -"une vue de liste ou une vue des activités d'une application." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The icon used to display activities varies depending on the :ref:`activity " +"type `:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:11 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`🕘 (clock)`: the default icon, which appears if nothing is " +"scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 +msgid ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)`: this icon appears if a phone call is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:13 +msgid ":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)`: this icon appears if an email is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:14 +msgid ":guilabel:`✔️ (checkmark)`: this icon appears if a to-do is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:15 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(group of people)`: this icon appears if a meeting is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(arrow pointing up above a line)`: this icon appears if a " +"document is scheduled to be uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(pencil in a box)`: this icon appears if a signature request is " +"scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 msgid "Schedule activities" msgstr "Planifier des activités" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:23 msgid "" -"One way that activities are created is by clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule " -"Activity` button, located at the top of the *chatter* on any record. On the " -"pop-up window that appears, select an :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the " -"drop-down menu." +"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " +":ref:`chatter ` thread, :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or " +":ref:`activities view ` of an application." msgstr "" -"Les activités peuvent être créées en cliquant sur le bouton " -":guilabel:`Planifier une activité`, situé en haut du *chatter* de chaque " -"enregistrement. Dans la fenêtre contextuelle qui s'affiche, sélectionnez un " -":guilabel:`Type d'activité` dans le menu déroulant." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Individual applications have a list of *Activity Types* dedicated to that " -"application. For example, to view and edit the activities available for the " -"*CRM* application, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " -"Activity Types`." -msgstr "" -"Les applications individuelles ont une liste de *Types d'activité* dédiés à " -"cette application. Par exemple, pour voir et modifier les activités " -"disponibles pour l'application *CRM*, allez à l'app :menuselection:`CRM --> " -"Configuration --> Types d'activité`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Enter a title for the activity in the :guilabel:`Summary` field, located in " -"the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window." -msgstr "" -"Saisissez un titre pour l'activité dans le champ :guilabel:`Résumé`, situé " -"dans la fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Planifier une activité`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To assign the activity to a different user, select a name from the " -":guilabel:`Assigned to` drop-down menu. Otherwise, the user creating the " -"activity is automatically assigned." -msgstr "" -"Pour assigner l'activité à un utilisateur différent, sélectionnez un nom " -"dans le menu déroulant :guilabel:`Assigné à`. Sinon, l'utilisateur qui crée " -"l'activité est automatiquement assigné." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Lastly, feel free to add any additional information in the optional " -":guilabel:`Log a note...` field." -msgstr "" -"Enfin, ajoutez des informations supplémentaires dans le champ facultatif " -":guilabel:`Enregistrer une note...`." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Due Date` field on the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " -"window auto-populates based on the configuration settings for the selected " -":guilabel:`Activity Type`. However, this date can be changed by selecting a " -"day on the calendar in the :guilabel:`Due Date` field." +msgid "Chatter" +msgstr "Chatter" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:32 +msgid "Activities can be created from the chatter on any record." msgstr "" -"Le champ :guilabel:`Date d'échéance` dans la fenêtre contextuelle " -":guilabel:`Planifier une activité` se remplit automatiquement en fonction " -"des paramètres de configuration du :guilabel:`Type d'activité` sélectionné. " -"Cependant, vous pouvez modifier cette date en sélectionnant une date dans le" -" calendrier dans le champ :guilabel:`Date d'échéance`." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:34 -msgid "Lastly, click one of the following buttons:" -msgstr "Finalement, cliquez sur l'un des boutons suivants :" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:36 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Schedule`: adds the activity to the chatter under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." +"To schedule a new activity, click the :guilabel:`Activities` button, located" +" at the top of the chatter. In the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " +"window that appears, :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Planifier` : ajoute l'activité au chatter dans l'onglet " -":guilabel:`Activités planifiées`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the chatter " -"under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, it is automatically " -"marked as completed." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Marquer comme fait` : ajoute les détails de l'activité au chatter" -" sous :guilabel:`Aujourd'hui`. L'activité n'est pas planifiée, mais elle est" -" automatiquement marquée comme complétée." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:39 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Done \\& Schedule Next`: adds the task under :guilabel:`Today` " -"marked as done, and opens a new activity window." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Fait \\& Planifier suivant` : ajoute la tâche sous " -":guilabel:`Aujourd'hui` marquée comme faite et ouvre une nouvelle fenêtre " -"d'activité." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Discard`: discards any changes made on the pop-up window." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Ignorer` : ignore tous les changements apportés dans la fenêtre " -"contextuelle." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "Vue des pistes CRM et l'option de planifier une activité." +msgid "New activity type form." +msgstr "Formulaire d'un nouveau type d'activité." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Depending on the activity type, the :guilabel:`Schedule` button may be " -"replaced by a :guilabel:`Save` button, or an :guilabel:`Open Calendar` " -"button." -msgstr "" -"En fonction du type d'activité, le bouton :guilabel:`Planifier` peut être " -"remplacé par un bouton :guilabel:`Enregistrer` ou un bouton " -":guilabel:`Ouvrir le calendrier`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Scheduled activities are added to the chatter for the record under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." -msgstr "" -"Les activités planifiées sont ajoutées au chatter pour l'enregistrement sous" -" :guilabel:`Activités planifiées`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Activities can also be scheduled from the kanban, list, or activities view " -"of an application." -msgstr "" -"Les activités peuvent également être planifiées à partir de la vue kanban, " -"liste ou activités d'une application." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:45 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "Vue kanban" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`, and proceed to fill " -"out the pop-up form." +"Another way that activities are created is from the Kanban view in an " +"application." msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez un enregistrement pour lequel vous voulez planifier une " -"activité. Cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:`🕘 (horloge)`, puis " -":guilabel:`Planifier une activité` et remplissez le formulaire contextuel." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "The Kanban icon in the top menu, highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon located at the bottom of " +"an individual record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`+ Schedule An Activity`, then proceed to :ref:`fill out the" +" Schedule Activity form `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 msgid "" "Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." msgstr "La vue kanban du pipeline CRM et l'option de planifier une activité." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If a record already has a scheduled activity, the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon" +" is replaced by the icon that represents the existing scheduled activity. " +"Click on the activity type's icon to schedule another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:70 msgid "List view" msgstr "Vue de liste" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`. If the record already " -"has an activity scheduled, the clock icon may be replaced by a :guilabel:`📞 " -"(phone)` or an :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:72 +msgid "Activities can also be created from a list view." msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez un enregistrement pour lequel vous voulez planifier une " -"activité. Cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:`🕘 (horloge)`, puis sur " -":guilabel:`Planifier une activité`. Si une autre activité est déjà planifiée" -" pour l'enregistrement, il se peut que l'icône d'horloge soit remplacée par " -"une icône de :guilabel:`📞 (téléphone)` ou de :guilabel:`✉️ (enveloppe)`." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Activities` column is hidden, reveal it using the " +":guilabel:`(additional options toggle)` icon in the far-right of the top " +"row, represented by two horizontal lines with two dots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon for the record the activity is" +" being added to, then click :guilabel:`+ Schedule an activity`. Proceed to " +":ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form ` that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." msgstr "La vue liste du pipeline CRM et l'option de planifier une activité." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:93 msgid "Activity view" msgstr "Vue d'activité" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 msgid "" -"To open the activity view for an application, select the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon from the menu bar anywhere in the database. Select any " -"application from the drop-down menu, and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " -"icon for the desired app." +"Most applications in Odoo have an *Activity* view available. If available, a" +" :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon is visible in the top-right of the main" +" menu bar." msgstr "" -"Pour ouvrir la vue activité d'une application, sélectionnez l'icône " -":guilabel:`🕘 (horloge)` dans la barre de menu n'importe où dans la base de " -"données. Sélectionnez n'importe quelle application dans le menu déroulant et" -" cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:`🕘 (horloge)` de l'application souhaitée." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:98 msgid "" -"Activity menu drop down with focus on where to open activity view for CRM." +"To open the activity view, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon." msgstr "" -"Le menu déroulant des activités avec l'endroit où ouvrir la vue activité " -"pour le CRM mis en évidence." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "Top-right menu with the Activities icon called out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:104 msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Move across the row to " -"find the desired activity type, then click the :guilabel:`＋ (plus sign)`." +"In this view, all the available activities are listed in the columns, while " +"the horizontal entries represent all the individual records." msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez un enregistrement pour lequel vous voulez planifier une " -"activité. Déplacez-vous sur la ligne pour trouver le type d'activité " -"souhaité, puis cliquez sur :guilabel:`＋ (signe plus)`." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:107 msgid "" -"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +"Activities that appear green have a due date in the future, activities that " +"appear orange are due today, while activities appearing red are overdue." msgstr "" -"La vue activité du pipeline CRM et l'option de planifier une activité." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Color bars in each column represent records for specific activity types, and" +" display a number indicating how many activities are scheduled for that " +"type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If multiple activity types are scheduled for a record, a number appears in " +"the box, indicating the total number of scheduled activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:117 msgid "" "Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" " throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." @@ -268,109 +230,266 @@ msgstr "" "activité sont cohérentes dans Odoo, indépendamment du type d'activité ou de " "la vue." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:120 msgid "" -"Activities that appear in **green** indicate a due date sometime in the " -"future." +"To schedule an activity for a record, hover over the corresponding field, " +"and a :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` appears. Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)`, and then :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." msgstr "" -"Les activités qui apparaissent en **vert** indiquent une date d'échéance " -"dans le futur." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:96 -msgid "**Yellow** indicates that the activity's due date is today." -msgstr "" -"**Jaune** indique que la date d'échéance de l'activité est aujourd'hui." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Red** indicates that the activity is overdue and the due date has passed." -msgstr "" -"**Rouge** indique que l'activité est en retard et que la date d'échéance est" -" dépassée." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:99 -msgid "" -"For example, if an activity is created for a phone call, and the due date " -"passes, the activity appears with a red phone in list view, and a red clock " -"on the kanban view." -msgstr "" -"Par exemple, si une activité est créée pour un appel téléphonique et que la " -"date d'échéance est dépassée, l'activité apparaît avec un téléphone rouge " -"dans la vue de liste et un horloge rouge dans la vue kanban." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:103 -msgid "View scheduled activities" -msgstr "Voir les activités planifiées" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:105 -msgid "" -"To view scheduled activities, open either the :menuselection:`Sales app` or " -":menuselection:`CRM app` and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, located " -"to the far-right side of the other view options." -msgstr "" -"Pour voir les activités planifiées, ouvrez l'application " -":menuselection:`Ventes` ou l'application :menuselection:`CRM` et cliquez sur" -" l'icône :guilabel:`🕘 (horloge)`, située à l'extrême droite des autres " -"options de vue." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Doing so opens the activities menu, showcasing all the scheduled activities " -"for the user, by default. To show all activities for every user, remove the " -":guilabel:`My Pipeline` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." -msgstr "" -"Le menu des activités s'ouvre et affiche par défaut toutes les activités " -"planifiées pour l'utilisateur. Pour afficher toutes les activités de tous " -"les utilisateurs, supprimez le filtre :guilabel:`Mon pipeline` dans la barre" -" :guilabel:`Rechercher...`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To view a consolidated list of activities separated by the application where" -" they were created, and by deadline, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon on" -" the header menu to see the activities for that specific application in a " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" -"Pour voir une liste consolidée des activités séparée par l'application où " -"elles ont été créées, et par date d'échéance, cliquez sur l'icône " -":guilabel:`🕘 (horloge)` dans le menu d'en-tête pour voir les activités de " -"cette application spécifique dans un menu déroulant." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The possibility to :guilabel:`Add new note` and :guilabel:`Request a " -"Document` appear at the bottom of this drop-down menu, when the :guilabel:`🕘" -" (clock)` icon on the header menu is clicked." -msgstr "" -"La possibilité d':guilabel:`Ajouter une nouvelle note` et de " -":guilabel:`Demander un document` apparaît au bas de ce menu déroulant, " -"lorsque vous cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:`🕘 (horloge)` du menu d'en-tête." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads page emphasizing the activities menu." -msgstr "" -"Vue d'une page des pistes CRM mettant en évidence le menu des activités." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:123 -msgid "Configure activity types" -msgstr "Configurer des types d'activité" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:125 msgid "" -"To configure the types of activities in the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss --> Activities --> Activity Types`." +"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." msgstr "" -"Pour configurer les types d'activités dans la base de données, allez à " -"l'application :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Discussion --> Activités --> " -"Types d'activité`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types." -msgstr "" -"Vue de la page des paramètres mettant en évidence le menu des types " -"d'activité." +"La vue activité du pipeline CRM et l'option de planifier une activité." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 +msgid "Schedule Activity form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Activities can be scheduled from many different places, such as from the " +":ref:`chatter ` of a record, or from one of multiple " +"views in an application, when available: the :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or :ref:`activity " +"view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Activity Type`: select the type of activity from the drop-down " +"menu. The default options are: :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Call`, " +":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`To-Do`. Depending on what other " +"applications are installed, additional options may be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Individual applications have a list of dedicated :ref:`activity types " +"`. For example, installing the *Sales* application makes " +":guilabel:`Order Upsell` available, while installing the *Sign* application " +"makes :guilabel:`Request Signature` available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Summary`: enter a short title for the activity, such as `Discuss " +"Proposal`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date`: using the calendar popover, select the activity's " +"deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assigned to`: by default, the current user populates this field. " +"To assign a different user to the activity, select them from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: add any additional information for the activity in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window is completed, click one" +" of the following buttons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:158 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Open Calendar`: opens the user's calendar to add and schedule the" +" activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Click on the desired date and time for the activity, and a :guilabel:`New " +"Event` pop-up window appears. The summary from the *Schedule Activity* pop-" +"up window populates the :guilabel:`Title` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Enter the information in the :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up window, then click" +" :guilabel:`Save & Close` to schedule it. Once scheduled, the activity is " +"added to the chatter under the :guilabel:`Planned Activities` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Activity Type` is set to either :guilabel:`Call` or " +":guilabel:`Meeting`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: schedules the activity, and adds the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Planned Activities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:174 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule & Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the" +" chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, and is " +"automatically marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next`: adds the details of the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, is " +"automatically marked as done, and a new :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up" +" window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancel`: discards any changes made on the :guilabel:`Schedule " +"Activity` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "Vue des pistes CRM et l'option de planifier une activité." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:188 +msgid "All scheduled activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To view a consolidated list of activities, organized by application, click " +"the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon in the header menu, located in the top-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If any activities are scheduled, the number of activities appear in a red " +"bubble on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:196 +msgid "" +"All activities for each application are further divided into subsections, " +"indicating where in the application the activity is to be completed. Each " +"sub-section lists the number of scheduled activities that are " +":guilabel:`Late`, due :guilabel:`Today`, and scheduled in the " +":guilabel:`Future`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:202 +msgid "" +"In the *Time Off* application, one activity is scheduled to be done in the " +"*All Time Off* requests dashboard, and six activities are scheduled to be " +"done in the *Allocations* dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:205 +msgid "" +"These requests appear in two separate lists in the all activities drop-down " +"menu: one labeled `Time Off` and one labeled `Time Off Allocation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list of activities that is accessed from the main menu bar. Two entries for the Time\n" +"Off application are highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:214 +msgid "Request a document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The option to :guilabel:`Request a Document` is available at the bottom of " +"the list of :ref:`all scheduled activities `, the option to " +":guilabel:`Request a Document` appears. Click :guilabel:`Request a " +"Document`, and a :guilabel:`Request a file` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:222 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Name`: enter a name for the document being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request To`: select the user the document is being requested from" +" using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date In`: enter a numerical value indicating when the " +"document is due. Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. " +"Click :guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. " +"Select the desired time-frame option from the list. The options are " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:229 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +":ref:`Workspace ` the document is being uploaded to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any desired tags from the drop-down menu. The " +"available tags displayed are based on the tags configured for the selected " +":guilabel:`Workspace`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message`: enter a message to clarify the document request in this" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:235 +msgid "" +"When all the fields are completed, click :guilabel:`Request` to send the " +"document request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Request a file form, with all fields filled out to request a contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:244 +msgid "Activity types" +msgstr "Types d'activité" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured types of activities in the database, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss section --> Activities " +"setting --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activity Types button in the Settings application under the Discuss section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:253 msgid "" "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " "activity types are found." @@ -378,106 +497,110 @@ msgstr "" "La page des :guilabel:`Types d'activité` s'ouvre et affiche les types " "d'activité existants." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To edit an existing activity type, select it from the list, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`. To create a new activity type, click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" -"Pour modifier un type d'activité existant, sélectionnez-le dans la liste, " -"puis cliquez sur :guilabel:`Modifier`. Pour créer un nouveau type " -"d'activité, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:136 -msgid "" -"At the top of a blank activity type form, start by choosing a " -":guilabel:`Name` for the new activity type." -msgstr "" -"En haut du formulaire vierge du type d'activité, commencez par choisir un " -":guilabel:`Nom` pour ce nouveau type d'activité. " - #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "New activity type form." -msgstr "Formulaire d'un nouveau type d'activité." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:143 -msgid "Activity settings" -msgstr "Paramètres des activités" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:146 -msgid "Action" -msgstr "Action" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:148 -msgid "" -"The *Action* field specifies the intent of the activity. Some actions " -"trigger specific behaviors after an activity is scheduled." +msgid "The list of activity types already configured and available." msgstr "" -"Le champ *Action* précise l'intention de l'activité. Certaines actions " -"déclenchent des comportements spécifiques après avoir planifié une activité." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected, a link to upload a document is " -"added directly to the planned activity in the chatter." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:260 +msgid "Edit activity types" msgstr "" -"Si vous sélectionnez :guilabel:`Charger un document`, un lien pour charger " -"un document s'ajoute directement à l'activité planifiée dans le chatter." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:262 msgid "" -"If either :guilabel:`Phonecall` or :guilabel:`Meeting` are selected, users " -"have the option to open their calendar to schedule a time for this activity." +"To edit an existing :ref:`activity type `, click on the " +"activity type, and the activity type form loads." msgstr "" -"Si vous sélectionnez :guilabel:`Appel téléphonique` ou :guilabel:`Réunion`, " -"les utilisateurs ont l'option d'ouvrir leur calendrier pour programmer une " -"heure pour cette activité." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:265 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Request Signature` is selected, a link is added to the planned" -" activity in the chatter that opens a signature request pop-up window." +"Make any desired changes to the activity type form. The form automatically " +"saves, but it can be saved manually at any time by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Save Manually` option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner of the page." msgstr "" -"Si vous sélectionnez :guilabel:`Demander une signature`, un lien est ajouté " -"à l'activité planifiée dans le chatter permettant d'ouvrir une fenêtre " -"contextuelle de demande de signature." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:270 +msgid "Create new activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:272 msgid "" -"The actions available to select on an activity type vary, depending on the " -"applications currently installed in the database." +"To create a new :ref:`activity type `, click " +":guilabel:`New` from the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, and a blank " +"activity type form loads." msgstr "" -"Les actions disponibles pour sélectionner un type d'activité varient en " -"fonction des applications actuellement installées dans la base de données." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:163 -msgid "Default user" -msgstr "Utilisateur par défaut" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:275 msgid "" -"To automatically assign this activity to a specific user when this activity " -"type is scheduled, choose a name from the :guilabel:`Default User` drop-down" -" menu. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to the user who" -" creates the activity." +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the activity type at the top of the form, then " +"enter the following information on the form." msgstr "" -"Pour assigner cette activité automatiquement à un utilisateur spécifique " -"lorsque ce type d'activité est planifié, choisissez un nom dans le menu " -"déroulant :guilabel:`Utilisateur par défaut`. Si ce champ est laissé vierge," -" l'activité est assignée à l'utilisateur qui a créé l'activité." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:170 -msgid "Default summary" -msgstr "Résumé par défaut" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:279 +msgid "Activity Settings section" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:281 msgid "" -"To include notes whenever this activity type is created, enter them into the" -" :guilabel:`Default Summary` field." +":guilabel:`Action`: using the drop-down menu, select an action associated " +"with this new activity type. Some actions trigger specific behaviors after " +"an activity is scheduled, such as:" msgstr "" -"Pour inclure des notes chaque fois que ce type d'activité est créé, " -"saisissez-les dans le champ :guilabel:`Résumé par défaut`." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:284 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Upload Document`: if selected, a link to upload a document is " +"automatically added to the planned activity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:286 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Call` or :guilabel:`Meeting`: if selected, users have the option " +"to open their calendar to select a date and time for the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request Signature`: if selected, a link to open a signature " +"request pop-up window is automatically added to the planned activity in the " +"chatter. This requires the Odoo *Sign* application to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Available activity types vary based on the installed applications in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folder`: select a specific :ref:`workspace " +"` folder to save a document to. This field **only** " +"appears if :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Action`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Folder` the document is " +"saved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default User`: select a user from the drop-down menu to " +"automatically assign this activity to the selected user when this activity " +"type is scheduled. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to " +"the user who creates the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Summary`: enter a note to include whenever this activity " +"type is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:307 msgid "" "The information in the :guilabel:`Default User` and :guilabel:`Default " "Summary` fields are included when an activity is created. However, they can " @@ -488,134 +611,85 @@ msgstr "" "activité. Toutefois, elles peuvent être modifiées avant que l'activité ne " "soit planifiée ou enregistrée." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:181 -msgid "Next activity" -msgstr "Activité suivante" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:311 msgid "" -"To automatically suggest, or trigger, a new activity after an activity has " -"been marked complete, the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` must be set." +":guilabel:`Keep Done`: tick this checkbox to keep activities that have been " +"marked as `Done` visible in the :ref:`activity view `." msgstr "" -"Pour suggérer ou déclencher automatiquement une nouvelle activité après " -"qu'une activité a été marquée comme faite, vous devez définir le " -":guilabel:`Type de chaînage`." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:187 -msgid "Suggest next activity" -msgstr "Suggérer l'activité suivante" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:313 +msgid ":guilabel:`Default Note`: enter any notes to appear with the activity." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:316 +msgid "Next Activity section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:318 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field, select :guilabel:`Suggest Next " -"Activity`. Upon doing so, the field underneath changes to: " -":guilabel:`Suggest`. Click the :guilabel:`Suggest` field drop-down menu to " -"select any activities to recommend as follow-up tasks to this activity type." +"It is possible to have another activity either suggested or triggered. To do" +" so, configure the :guilabel:`Next Activity` section." msgstr "" -"Dans le champ :guilabel:`Type de chaînage`, sélectionnez :guilabel:`Suggérer" -" l'activité suivante`. Le champ situé en dessous devient alors " -":guilabel:`Suggérer`. Cliquez sur le menu déroulant :guilabel:`Suggérer` " -"pour sélectionner les activités à recommander comme tâches de suivi pour ce " -"type d'activité." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:321 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Schedule` field, choose a default deadline for these " -"activities. To do so, configure a desired number of :guilabel:`Days`, " -":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, decide if it should occur " -":guilabel:`after completion date` or :guilabel:`after previous activity " -"deadline`." +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`: select either :guilabel:`Suggest Next Activity` " +"or :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` from the drop-down menu. Depending on " +"the selected option, either the :guilabel:`Suggest` or :guilabel:`Trigger` " +"field is displayed." msgstr "" -"Dans le champ :guilabel:`Planifier`, choisissez un délai par défaut pour ces" -" activités. Pour ce faire, configurez un nombre souhaité de " -":guilabel:`Jours`, :guilabel:`Semaines`, ou :guilabel:`Mois`. Puis décidez " -"si elle doit avoir lieu :guilabel:`après la date d'achèvement` ou " -":guilabel:`après la date de fin de l'activité précédente`." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:198 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:326 msgid "" -"This :guilabel:`Schedule` field information can be altered before the " -"activity is scheduled." +"The :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field does **not** appear if :guilabel:`Upload" +" Document` is selected for the :guilabel:`Action`." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez modifier ce champ :guilabel:`Planifier` avant que l'activité ne " -"soit planifiée." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:227 -msgid "When all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Suggest/Trigger`: depending on what is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`, this field either displays :guilabel:`Suggest` or" +" :guilabel:`Trigger`. Using the drop-down menu, select the activity to " +"recommend or schedule as a follow-up task to the activity type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:332 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: configure when the next activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:334 +msgid "" +"First, enter a numerical value indicating when the activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. Click " +":guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. Select the" +" desired time-frame option from the list. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:340 +msgid "" +"Lastly, using the drop-down menu, select whether the activity is scheduled " +"or triggered either :guilabel:`after previous activity deadline` or " +":guilabel:`after completion date`." msgstr "" -"Lorsque toutes les configurations sont terminées, cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Enregistrer`." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "Schedule activity popup with emphasis on recommended activities." -msgstr "" -"Fenêtre contextuelle Planifier une activité mettant en évidence les " -"activités recommandées." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Suggest " -"Next Activity`, and has activities listed in the :guilabel:`Suggest` field, " -"users are presented with recommendations for activities as next steps." -msgstr "" -"Si le :guilabel:`Type de chaînage` de l'activité est défini sur " -":guilabel:`Suggérer l'activité suivante` et des activités sont répertoriées " -"dans le champ :guilabel:`Suggérer`, les utilisateurs reçoivent des " -"recommandations d'activités pour les étapes suivantes." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:211 -msgid "Trigger next activity" -msgstr "Déclencher l'activité suivante" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Setting the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` to :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` " -"immediately launches the next activity once the previous one is completed." -msgstr "" -"Le fait de définir le :guilabel:`Type de chaînage` sur :guilabel:`Déclencher" -" l'activité suivante` permet de lancer immédiatement l'activité suivante une" -" fois que la précédente est terminée." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` is selected in the :guilabel:`Chaining " -"Type` field, the field beneath changes to: :guilabel:`Trigger`. From the " -":guilabel:`Trigger` field drop-down menu, select the activity that should be" -" launched once this activity is completed." -msgstr "" -"Si vous sélectionnez :guilabel:`Déclencher l'activité suivante` dans le " -"champ :guilabel:`Type de chaînage`, le champ situé en dessous devient " -":guilabel:`Déclencher`. Dans le menu déroulant du champ " -":guilabel:`Déclencher`, sélectionnez l'activité qui doit être lancée une " -"fois que cette activité est terminée." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Schedule new activity popup with emphasis on Done and launch next button." -msgstr "" -"Fenêtre contextuelle Planifier une activité mettant en évidence le bouton " -"Fait et lancer suivant." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Trigger" -" Next Activity`, marking the activity as `Done` immediately launches the " -"next activity listed in the :guilabel:`Trigger` field." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque le :guilabel:`Type de chaînage` est défini sur :guilabel:`Déclencher" -" l'activité suivante`, le fait de marquer l'activité comme `Fait` lance " -"immédiatement l'activité suivante répertoriée dans le champ " -":guilabel:`Déclencher`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:238 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" +msgid "A new Activity form with all the fields filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:239 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:348 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:349 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss/team_communication`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index cd4e2c5dc..51fcaae54 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -690,7 +690,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 @@ -731,6 +731,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:583 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:701 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 @@ -2490,6 +2491,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:32 msgid "Transactions" msgstr "Transactions" @@ -3131,7 +3133,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:90 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:432 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:363 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "Customer invoices" @@ -3404,7 +3406,7 @@ msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:169 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:242 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:376 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 @@ -4967,6 +4969,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:38 msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" msgstr ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" @@ -7115,23 +7118,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 msgid "" -"This document addresses a specific use case for theoretical purposes. " -"Navigate :ref:`here ` for " -"instructions on how to set up and use |AVCO| in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:32 -msgid "" -":ref:`Using inventory valuation `" +"This document addresses a specific use case for theoretical purposes. For " +"instructions on how to set up and use |AVCO|, refer to the :doc:`inventory " +"valuation configuration " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +" doc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 msgid "" +":doc:`Using inventory valuation " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:35 +msgid "" ":ref:`Other inventory valuation methods " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:40 msgid "" "To use average cost inventory valuation on a product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and " @@ -7140,17 +7146,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to `Automated`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:46 msgid "" -":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration " -"`" +":doc:`Inventory valuation configuration " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 msgid "Using average cost valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "" "The average cost method adjusts the inventory valuation when products are " "received in the warehouse. This section explains how it works, but if the " @@ -7158,37 +7164,37 @@ msgid "" "` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:59 msgid "Formula" msgstr "Formule" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:61 msgid "" "When new products arrive, the new average cost for each product is " "recomputed using the formula:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:63 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{(Old~Qty \\times Old~Avg~Cost) + (Incoming~Qty \\times Purchase~Price)}{Final~Qty}\n" "\n" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:66 msgid "**Old Qty**: product count in stock before receiving the new shipment;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:67 msgid "" "**Old Avg Cost**: calculated average cost for a single product from the " "previous inventory valuation;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:69 msgid "**Incoming Qty**: count of products arriving in the new shipment;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:70 msgid "" "**Purchase Price**: estimated price of products at the reception of products" " (since vendor bills may arrive later). The amount includes not only the " @@ -7197,214 +7203,217 @@ msgid "" "vendor bill, this price is adjusted;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:74 msgid "**Final Qty**: quantity of on-hand stock after the stock move." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 msgid "" "When products leave the warehouse, the average cost **does not** change. " "Read about why the average cost valuation is **not** adjusted :ref:`here " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:85 msgid "Compute average cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:87 msgid "" "To understand how the average cost of a product changes with each shipment, " "consider the following table of warehouse operations and stock moves. Each " "is a different example of how the average cost valuation is affected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Operation" msgstr "Opération" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 msgid "Incoming Value" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "Valeur de l'inventaire" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "Qté disponible" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Avg Cost" msgstr "Coût moyen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:424 msgid "$0" msgstr "0 $" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "Receive 8 tables at $10/unit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "8 * $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "$80" msgstr "80 $" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "8" msgstr "8" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "$10" msgstr "10 $" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 msgid "Receive 4 tables at $16/unit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 msgid "4 * $16" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 msgid "$144" msgstr "144 $" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "$12" msgstr "12 $" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 msgid "Deliver 10 tables" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 msgid "-10 * $12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "$24" msgstr "24 $" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "2" msgstr "2" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:106 msgid "" "Ensure comprehension of the above computations by reviewing the \"Receive 8 " "tables at $10/unit\" example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:109 msgid "Initially, the product stock is 0, so all values are $0." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:111 msgid "" "In the first warehouse operation, `8` tables are received at `$10` each. The" " average cost is calculated using the :ref:`formula " "`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:114 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{0 + 8 \\times $10}{8} = \\frac{$80}{8} = $10\n" "\n" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "" "Since the *incoming quantity* of tables is `8` and the *purchase price* for " "each is `$10`," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:118 msgid "The inventory value in the numerator is evaluated to `$80`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 msgid "`$80` is divided by the total amount of tables to store, `8`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:120 msgid "`$10` is the average cost of a single table from the first shipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:122 msgid "" "To verify this in Odoo, in the *Purchase* app, order `8` quantities of a new" " product, `Table`, with no previous stock moves, for `$10` each." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:125 msgid "" "In the table's :guilabel:`Product Category` field in the :guilabel:`General " "Information` tab of the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon," @@ -7413,13 +7422,13 @@ msgid "" " Valuation` to `Automated`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "" "Then, return to the purchase order. Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`, and " "click :guilabel:`Receive Products` to confirm receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:133 msgid "" "Next, check the inventory valuation record generated by the product " "reception by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> " @@ -7433,7 +7442,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show inventory valuation of 8 tables in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "" "When the product category's :guilabel:`Costing Method` is set to " ":guilabel:`AVCO`, then the average cost of a product is also displayed on " @@ -7441,11 +7450,11 @@ msgid "" "on the product page itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:149 msgid "Product delivery (use case)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:151 msgid "" "For outgoing shipments, :ref:`outbound products have no effect on the " "average cost valuation `. Although the " @@ -7454,47 +7463,47 @@ msgid "" "customer location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:157 msgid "" "To demonstrate that the average cost valuation is not recalculated, examine " "the \"Deliver 10 tables\" example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{12 \\times $12 + (-10) \\times $12}{12-10} = \\frac{24}{2} = $12\n" "\n" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "" "Because 10 tables are being sent out to customers, the *incoming quantity* " "is `-10`. The previous average cost (`$12`) is used in lieu of a vendor's " "*purchase price*;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:165 msgid "The *incoming inventory value* is `-10 * $12 = -$120`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:166 msgid "" "The old *inventory value* (`$144`) is added to the *incoming inventory " "value* (`-$120`), so `$144 + -$120 = $24`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:168 msgid "" "Only `2` tables remain after shipping out `10` tables from `12`. So the " "current *inventory value* (`$24`) is divided by the on-hand quantity (`2`);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:170 msgid "" "`$24 / 2 = $12`, which is the same average cost as the previous operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:172 msgid "" "To verify this in Odoo, sell `10` tables in the *Sales* app, validate the " "delivery, and then review the inventory valuation record by going to in " @@ -7503,7 +7512,7 @@ msgid "" "by `-$120`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:177 msgid "" "**Note**: What is not represented in this stock valuation record is the " "revenue made from this sale, so this decrease is not a loss to the company." @@ -7513,53 +7522,53 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show how deliveries decrease inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:187 msgid "Return items to supplier (use case)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:189 msgid "" "Because the price paid to suppliers can differ from the price the product is" " valued at with the |AVCO| method, Odoo handles returned items in a specific" " way." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:192 msgid "" "Products are returned to suppliers at the original purchase price, but;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:193 msgid "The internal cost valuation remains unchanged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 msgid "" "The above :ref:`example table ` is updated as" " follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 msgid "Qty*Avg Cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 msgid "Return 1 table bought at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 msgid "-1 * $12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:242 msgid "1" msgstr "1" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:205 msgid "" "In other words, returns to vendors are perceived by Odoo as another form of " "a product exiting the warehouse. To Odoo, because the table is valued at $12" @@ -7568,7 +7577,7 @@ msgid "" "average cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:211 msgid "" "To return a single table that was purchased for `$10`, navigate to the " "receipt in the *Inventory* app for the :ref:`8 tables purchased in Exercise " @@ -7576,7 +7585,7 @@ msgid "" " clicking on :guilabel:`Receipts`, and selecting the desired receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:216 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Return` on the validated delivery order, and modify " "the quantity to `1` in the reverse transfer window. This creates an outgoing" @@ -7584,7 +7593,7 @@ msgid "" " shipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:220 msgid "" "Return to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation` " "to see how the outgoing shipment decreases the inventory value by $12." @@ -7594,63 +7603,63 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inventory valuation for return." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:230 msgid "Eliminate stock valuation errors in outgoing products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:232 msgid "" "Inconsistencies can occur in a company's inventory when the average cost " "valuation is recalculated on outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:235 msgid "" "To demonstrate this error, the table below displays a scenario in which 1 " "table is shipped to a customer and another is returned to a supplier at the " "purchased price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 msgid "Qty*Price" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 msgid "Ship 1 product to customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 msgid "-1 \\* $12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "Return 1 product initially bought at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "-1 \\* $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$2**" msgstr "**2 $**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "**0**" msgstr "**0**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:248 msgid "" "In the final operation above, the final inventory valuation for the table is" " `$2` even though there are `0` tables left in stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:251 msgid "Correct method" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:253 msgid "" "Use the average cost to value the return. This does not mean the company " "gets $12 back for a $10 purchase; the item returned for $10 is valued " @@ -7658,11 +7667,11 @@ msgid "" " no longer being accounted for in company assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:258 msgid "Anglo-Saxon accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:260 msgid "" "In addition to using |AVCO|, companies that use **Anglo-Saxon accounting** " "also keep a holding account that tracks the amount to be paid to vendors. " @@ -7672,13 +7681,13 @@ msgid "" "vendor bill is received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:266 msgid "" ":ref:`Anglo-Saxon vs. Continental " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:268 msgid "" "The table below reflects journal entries and accounts. The *stock input* " "account stores the money intended to pay vendors when the vendor bill has " @@ -7687,71 +7696,71 @@ msgid "" "price it was bought for, a *price difference* account is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Stock Input" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Price Diff" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 msgid "Receive 8 tables at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 msgid "($80)" msgstr "(80 $)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" msgstr "Réception facture fournisseur 80 $" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 msgid "Receive 4 tables at $16" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 msgid "($64)" msgstr "(64 $)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" msgstr "Réception facture fournisseur 64 $" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "Deliver 10 tables to customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "Return 1 table initially bought at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$10**" msgstr "**10 $**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$12**" msgstr "**12 $**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" msgstr "Réception remboursement fournisseur 10 $" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "$2" msgstr "2 $" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:296 msgid "Product reception" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:299 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Résumé" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:301 msgid "" "At product reception, Odoo ensures companies can pay for goods that were " "purchased by preemptively moving an amount matching the price of received " @@ -7763,7 +7772,7 @@ msgid "" "bill is received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:308 msgid "" "Inventory valuation is a method of calculating how much each in-stock " "product is worth internally. Since there is a difference between the price " @@ -7772,44 +7781,44 @@ msgid "" "crediting and debiting operations of the **Stock Input** account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:313 msgid "To conceptualize all this, follow the breakdown below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:316 msgid "Accounts balanced at received products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:318 msgid "" "In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, `table`, in " "stock. Then, 8 tables are received from the vendor:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:321 msgid "" "The **Stock Input** account stores `$80` of credit owed to the vendor. The " "amount in this account is unrelated to the inventory value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:323 msgid "" "`$80` worth of tables came **in** (**debit** the *Inventory Value* account " "`$80`), and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:324 msgid "" "`$80` must be paid **out** for received goods (**credit** the *Stock Input* " "account `$80`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:324 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:370 msgid "In Odoo" msgstr "Dans Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:329 msgid "" "Odoo generates an accounting journal entry when shipments that use |AVCO| " "costing method are received. Configure a :guilabel:`Price Difference " @@ -7817,7 +7826,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category` field on the product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:333 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Account Properties`, create a new :guilabel:`Price " "Difference Account` by typing in the name of the account and clicking " @@ -7829,7 +7838,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create price difference account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:341 msgid "" "Then, receive the shipment in the *Purchase* app or *Inventory* app, and " "navigate to the :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal " @@ -7841,7 +7850,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show accounting entry of 8 tables from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:349 msgid "" "Click on the line for 8 tables. This accounting journal entry shows that " "when the 8 tables were received, the `Stock Valuation` account increased by " @@ -7853,35 +7862,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit stock valuation and credit stock input 80 dollars." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:358 msgid "Accounts balanced at received vendor bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:360 msgid "" "In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, table, in " "stock. Then, 8 tables are received from the vendor. When the bill is " "received from vendor for 8 tables:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:363 msgid "" "Use `$80` in the **Stock Input** account to pay the bill. This cancels out " "and the account now holds `$0`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:365 msgid "Debit **Stock Input** `$80` (to reconcile this account)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:366 msgid "" "Credit **Accounts payable** `$80`. This account stores the amount the " "company owes others, so accountants use the amount to write checks to " "vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:372 msgid "" "Once the vendor requests payment, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Orders --> Purchase` and select the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for " @@ -7889,7 +7898,7 @@ msgid "" "Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:376 msgid "" "Switch to the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view how `$80` is transferred" " from the holding account, `Stock Interim (Received)` to `Accounts Payable`." @@ -7900,24 +7909,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show bill linked to the purchase order for 8 tables." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:385 msgid "On product delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:387 msgid "" "In the :ref:`above example table `, when 10" " products are delivered to a customer, the **Stock Input** account is " "untouched because there are no new products coming in. To put it simply:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:391 msgid "" "**Inventory valuation** is credited `$120`. Subtracting from inventory " "valuation represents `$120` worth of products exiting the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:393 msgid "Debit **Accounts Receivable** to record revenue from the sale." msgstr "" @@ -7925,7 +7934,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show journal items linked to sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:401 msgid "" "In the accounting journal entry invoicing a customer for 10 tables, the " "accounts **Product Sales**, **Tax Received**, and **Accounts Receivable** " @@ -7933,7 +7942,7 @@ msgid "" "account where the customer payment will be received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:405 msgid "" "Anglo-Saxon accounting recognizes the cost of goods sold (COGS) once the " "sale is made. So, up until the product is sold, scrapped, or returned, costs" @@ -7942,11 +7951,11 @@ msgid "" "period of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:411 msgid "On product return" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:413 msgid "" "In the :ref:`above example table `, when " "returning 1 product to a vendor purchased at `$10`, a company expects `$10` " @@ -7957,31 +7966,31 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:420 msgid "" "Behavior of *price difference accounts* varies from localization. In this " "case, the account is intended to store differences between vendor price and " "*automated* inventory valuation methods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:423 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "Résumé :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:425 msgid "" "Debit **Stock Input** account `$10` to move the table from stock to stock " "input. This move is to indicate that the table is to be processed for an " "outgoing shipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:427 msgid "" "Debit **Stock Input** an additional `$2` to account for the **Price " "Difference**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:428 msgid "" "Credit **Stock Valuation** `$12` because the item is leaving the stock." msgstr "" @@ -7990,16 +7999,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "2 dollar difference expensed in Price Difference account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:434 msgid "Once the vendor's refund is received," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:436 msgid "" "Credit **Stock Input** account `$10` to reconcile the price of the table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:437 msgid "" "Debit **Accounts Payable** `$10` to have the accountants collect and " "register the payment in their journal." @@ -8013,7 +8022,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:361 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:247 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:258 @@ -8824,6 +8833,7 @@ msgid "Partial payment 2/2" msgstr "Paiement partiel 2/2" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:422 msgid "30" msgstr "30" @@ -9130,7 +9140,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:254 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:278 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 @@ -9341,6 +9351,7 @@ msgid "VAT units tab" msgstr "Onglet Unités TVA" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:339 msgid "Fiscal position" msgstr "Position fiscale" @@ -14118,6 +14129,7 @@ msgstr "" "`_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:32 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "Conditions préalables" @@ -14333,6 +14345,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" msgstr ":doc:`../taxes`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:150 msgid ":doc:`../get_started`" msgstr ":doc:`../get_started`" @@ -14637,13 +14650,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:105 msgid "" -"Setting an :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` is **irreversible** and cannot be" -" removed." +"Install the :guilabel:`Irreversible Lock Date` (`account_lock`) module to " +"make the :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` *irreversible* once set." msgstr "" -"La définition d'une :guilabel:`Date de verrouillage pour tous les " -"utilisateurs` est **irréversible** et ne peut pas être annulée." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:109 msgid "" "A specific year-end closing entry is **optional** in order to close out the " "**profit and loss statement**. The reports are created in real-time, meaning" @@ -14751,7 +14762,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:386 msgid "Tax computation" msgstr "" @@ -14818,6 +14829,7 @@ msgstr "Taxe" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:397 msgid "Total" msgstr "Total" @@ -15636,134 +15648,1703 @@ msgstr "" "généralement aux entreprises de ne travailler qu'avec une seule liste de " "prix." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:3 -msgid "Avatax integration" -msgstr "Intégration Avatax" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:5 -msgid "Avatax is a tax calculation provider that can be integrated in Odoo." +msgid "AvaTax integration" msgstr "" -"Avatax est une solution de calcul de taxes qui peut être intégrée à Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:98 -msgid "Credential configuration" -msgstr "Configuration des identifiants" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:7 msgid "" -"To integrate Avatax with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes` and add your Avatax credentials in the" -" :guilabel:`Avatax` section." +"Avalara's *AvaTax* is a cloud-based tax software. Integrating *AvaTax* with " +"Odoo provides real-time and region-specific tax calculations when users " +"sell, purchase, and invoice items in Odoo. *AvaTax* tax calculation is " +"supported with every United Nations charted country, including inter-border " +"transactions." msgstr "" -"Pour intégrer Avatax avec Odoo, allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> " -"Configuration --> Paramètres --> Taxes` et ajoutez vos identifiants Avatax " -"dans la section :guilabel:`Avatax`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:13 msgid "" -"If you do not yet have credentials, click on :guilabel:`How to Get " -"Credentials`." +"*AvaTax* is only available for integration with databases/companies that " +"have locations in the United States, Canada, and Brazil. This means the " +"fiscal position/country of a database can only be set to the United States, " +"Canada, or Brazil. For more information, reference this documentation: " +":ref:`avatax/fiscal_country`." msgstr "" -"Si vous n'avez pas encore d'identifiants, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Comment " -"obtenir des identifiants`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Configure Avatax settings" -msgstr "Configurer les paramètres Avatax" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:18 +msgid "" +"*AvaTax* accounts for location-based tax rates for each state, county, and " +"city. It improves remittance accuracy by paying close attention to laws, " +"rules, jurisdiction boundaries, and special circumstances (like, tax " +"holidays, and product exemptions). Companies who integrate with *AvaTax* can" +" maintain control of tax-calculations in-house with this simple :abbr:`API " +"(application programming interface)` integration." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:25 -msgid "Tax mapping" -msgstr "Correspondance de taxes" +msgid "" +"Some limitations exist in Odoo while using *AvaTax* for tax calculation:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:27 msgid "" -"The Avatax integration is available on Sale Orders and Invoices with the " -"included Avatax fiscal position." +"*AvaTax* is **not** supported in Odoo's *Point of Sale* app, because a " +"dynamic tax calculation model is excessive for transactions within a single " +"delivery address, such as stores or restaurants." msgstr "" -"L'intégration Avatax est disponible sur les commandes clients et les " -"factures qui comprennent la position fiscale Avatax." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:30 msgid "" -"Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the " -"product categories." +"*AvaTax* and Odoo use the company address and **not** the warehouse address." msgstr "" -"Avant d'utiliser l'intégration, précisez une :guilabel:`Catégorie Avatax` " -"sur les catégories de produits." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Specify Avatax Category on products" -msgstr "Précisez la Catégorie Avatax sur les produits" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:31 msgid "" -"Avatax Categories may be overridden or set on individual products as well." +"Exercise tax is **not** supported. This includes tobacco/vape taxes, fuel " +"taxes, and other specific industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Avalara's support documents: `About AvaTax " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:39 +msgid "Set up on AvaTax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To use *AvaTax*, an account with Avalara is required for the setup. If one " +"has not been set up yet, connect with Avalara to purchase a license: " +"`Avalara: Let's Talk `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Upon account setup, take note of the *AvaTax* :guilabel:`Account ID`. This " +"will be needed in the :ref:`Odoo setup `. In Odoo, this " +"number is the :guilabel:`API ID`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Then, `create a basic company profile " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:53 +msgid "Create basic company profile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Collect essential business details for the next step: locations where tax is" +" collected, products/services sold (and their sales locations), and customer" +" tax exemptions, if applicable. Follow the Avalara documentation for " +"creating a basic company profile:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:59 +msgid "" +"`Add company information `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:61 +msgid "" +"`Tell us where the company collects and pays tax " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:63 +msgid "" +"`Verify jurisdictions and activate the company " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Add other company locations for location-based filing " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:67 +msgid "" +"`Add a marketplace to the company profile " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:73 +msgid "Connect to AvaTax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:75 +msgid "" +"After creating the basic company profile in Avalara, connect to *AvaTax*. " +"This step links Odoo and *AvaTax* bidirectionally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox `_" +" or `production `_ environment. This will depend" +" on which type of Avalara account the company would like to integrate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:83 +msgid "" +"`Sandbox vs production environments in Avalara " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Log in to create the :guilabel:`License Key`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> License and API Keys`. Click :guilabel:`Generate License Key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:90 +msgid "" +"A warning appears stating: `If your business app is connected to Avalara " +"solutions, the connection will be broken until you update the app with the " +"new license key. This action cannot be undone.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Generating a new license key breaks the connection with existing business " +"apps using the *AvaTax* integration. Make sure to update these apps with the" +" new license key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If this will be the first :abbr:`API (application programming interface)` " +"integration being made with *AvaTax* and Odoo, then click " +":guilabel:`Generate license key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:100 +msgid "" +"If this is an additional license key, ensure the previous connection can be " +"broken. There is **only** one license key associated with each of the " +"Avalara sandbox and production accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Copy this key to a safe place. It is **strongly encouraged** to backup the " +"license key for future reference. This key cannot be retrieved after leaving" +" this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:108 +msgid "Odoo configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Before using *AvaTax*, there are some additional configurations in Odoo to " +"ensure tax calculations are made accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Verify that the Odoo database contains necessary data. The country initially" +" set up in the database determines the fiscal position, and aids *AvaTax* in" +" calculating accurate tax rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:119 +msgid "Fiscal country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Country`, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Country` " +"feature to :guilabel:`United States`, :guilabel:`Canada`, or " +":guilabel:`Brazil`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:131 +msgid "Company settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:133 +msgid "" +"All companies operating under the Odoo database should have a full and " +"complete address listed in the settings. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Settings app`, and under the :guilabel:`Companies` section, " +"ensure there is only one company operating the Odoo database. Click " +":guilabel:`Update Info` to open a separate page to update company details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:138 +msgid "" +"If there are multiple companies operating in the database, click " +":guilabel:`Manage Companies` to load a list of companies to select from. " +"Update company information by clicking into the specific company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Database administrators should ensure that the :guilabel:`Street...`, " +":guilabel:`Street2...`, :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, " +":guilabel:`ZIP`, and :guilabel:`Country` are all updated for the companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This ensures accurate tax calculations and smooth end-of-year accounting " +"operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:149 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:153 +msgid "Module installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, ensure that the Odoo *AvaTax* module is installed. To do so, navigate " +"to the :menuselection:`Apps application`. In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, " +"type in `avatax`, and press :kbd:`Enter`. The following results populate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nom" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 +msgid "Technical name" +msgstr "Nom technique" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Description" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:167 +msgid "`account_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Default *AvaTax* module. This module adds the base *AvaTax* features for tax" +" calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:169 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for geo localization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:170 +msgid "`account_avatax_geolocalize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:171 +msgid "" +"This module includes the features required for integration of *AvaTax* into " +"geo-localization in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:173 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SO`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:174 +msgid "`account_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Includes the information needed for tax calculation on sales orders in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:176 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for Inventory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:177 +msgid "`account_avatax_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:178 +msgid "Includes tax calculation in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:179 +msgid ":guilabel:`Amazon/Avatax Bridge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:180 +msgid "`sale_amazon_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Includes tax calculation features between the *Amazon Connector* and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:182 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:183 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:184 +msgid "Includes information for tax calculation in the Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:185 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:186 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:187 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for tax calculation for services " +"in the Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil Sale for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:190 +msgid "`l10n_br_edi_sale_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:191 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for tax calculation for the sale " +"of services in the Brazil localization. This includes electronic data " +"interchange (EDI)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:193 +msgid ":guilabel:`Test SOs for the Brazilian AvaTax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:194 +msgid "`l10n_br_test_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:195 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for test sales orders in the " +"Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Install` button on the module labeled, " +":guilabel:`Avatax`: `account_avatax`. Doing so installs the following " +"modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:200 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax`: `account_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:201 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SO`: `account_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:202 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for Inventory`: `account_avatax_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Should *AvaTax* be needed for geo-localization, or with the *Amazon " +"Connector*, then install those modules individually by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Install` on :guilabel:`Avatax for geo localization` and " +":guilabel:`Amazon/Avatax Bridge`, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:209 +msgid "" +"For localization specific *AvaTax* instructions, view the following " +":doc:`fiscal localization <../../fiscal_localizations>` documentation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:212 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:217 +msgid "Odoo AvaTax settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To integrate the *AvaTax* :abbr:`API (application programming interface)` " +"with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` section. The :guilabel:`AvaTax` fields in the :guilabel:`Taxes` " +"section is where the *AvaTax* configurations are made, and the credentials " +"are entered in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:224 +msgid "" +"First, tick the checkbox to the left of the :guilabel:`AvaTax` settings, to " +"activate *AvaTax* on the database. This is a quick, convenient way to " +"activate and deactivate *AvaTax* tax calculation on the Odoo database." msgstr "" -"Les Catégories Avatax peuvent également être remplacées ou définies pour des" -" produits individuels." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Override product categories as needed" -msgstr "Remplacez les catégories de produits si nécessaire" +msgid "Configure AvaTax settings" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:235 +msgid "" +"First, select the :guilabel:`Environment` in which the company wishes to use" +" *AvaTax* in. It can either be :guilabel:`Sandbox` or " +":guilabel:`Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:239 +msgid "" +"For help determining which *AvaTax* environment to use (either " +":guilabel:`Production` or :guilabel:`Sandbox`), visit: `Sandbox vs " +"Production environments " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:244 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Now, the credentials can be entered in. The *AvaTax* :guilabel:`Account ID` " +"should be entered in the :guilabel:`API ID` field, and the " +":guilabel:`License Key` should be entered in the :guilabel:`API Key` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Account ID` can be found by logging into the *AvaTax* portal " +"(`sandbox `_ or `production " +"`_). In the upper-right corner, click on the " +"initials of the user and :guilabel:`Account`. The :guilabel:`Account ID` is " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To access the :guilabel:`License Key` see this documentation: " +":ref:`avatax/create_avalara_credentials`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:259 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Company Code` field, enter the Avalara company code for " +"the company being configured. Avalara interprets this as `DEFAULT`, if it is" +" not set. The :guilabel:`Company Code` can be accessed in the Avalara " +"management portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:263 +msgid "" +"First, log into the *AvaTax* portal (`sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_). Then, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Manage Companies`. The :guilabel:`Company Code` value is located in the " +"row of the :guilabel:`Company` in the :guilabel:`Company Code` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "AvaTax company code highlighted on the company details page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:273 +msgid "Transaction options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:275 +msgid "" +"There are two transactional settings in the Odoo *AvaTax* settings that can " +"be configured: :guilabel:`Use UPC` and :guilabel:`Commit Transactions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:278 +msgid "" +"If the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Use UPC` is ticked, the transactions will" +" use Universal Product Codes (UPC), instead of custom defined codes in " +"Avalara. Consult a certified public accountant (CPA) for specific guidance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:282 +msgid "" +"Should the :guilabel:`Commit Transactions` checkbox be ticked, then, the " +"transactions in the Odoo database will be committed for reporting in " +"*AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:286 msgid "Address validation" msgstr "Validation de l'adresse" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:288 msgid "" -"Manually validate customer addresses by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate " -"address` link in the customer form view." +"The *Address Validation* feature ensures that the most up-to-date address by" +" postal standards is set on a contact in Odoo. This is important to provide " +"accurate tax calculations for customers." msgstr "" -"Validez manuellement l'adresse du client en cliquant sur l'adresse " -":guilabel:`Valider l'adresse` dans la vue de formulaire client." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Validate customer addresses" -msgstr "Validez les adresses des clients" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:292 msgid "" -"If preferred, choose to keep the newly validated address or the original " -"address in the wizard that pops up." +"The :guilabel:`Address Validation` feature only works with " +"partners/customers in North America." msgstr "" -"Si vous le souhaitez, vous pouvez choisir de conserver l'adresse " -"nouvellement validée ou l'adresse d'origine dans l'assistant qui s'affiche." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Address validation wizard" -msgstr "Assistant de validation d'adresse" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:64 -msgid "Tax calculation" -msgstr "Calcul des taxes" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:294 msgid "" -"Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with Avatax by" -" confirming the documents. Alternatively, calculate the taxes manually by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`Compute taxes using Avatax` button while these " -"documents are in draft mode." +"Additionally, tick the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Address validation` " +"field." msgstr "" -"Calculez automatiquement les taxes sur les devis et les factures d'Odoo avec" -" Avatax en confirmant les documents. Vous pouvez également calculer les " -"taxes manuellement en cliquant sur le bouton :guilabel:`Calculer les taxes " -"avec Avatax` lorsque ces documents sont en mode brouillon." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:297 msgid "" -"Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Code` field that's available on customers, " -"quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and Avatax." +"For accurate tax calculations, it is best practice to enter a complete " +"address for the contacts saved in the database. However, *AvaTax* can still " +"function by implementing a best effort attempt using only the " +":guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`State`, and :guilabel:`Zip code`. These are " +"the three minimum required fields." msgstr "" -"Utilisez le champ :guilabel:`Code Avalara` disponible sur les clients, les " -"devis et les factures pour recouper les données dans Odoo et Avatax." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:302 +msgid ":guilabel:`Save` the settings to implement the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Manually :guilabel:`Validate` the address by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Contacts app`, and selecting a contact. Now that the " +"*AvaTax* module has been configured on the database, a :guilabel:`Validate` " +"button appears directly below the :guilabel:`Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:309 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a pop-up window appears with a " +":guilabel:`Validated Address` and :guilabel:`Original Address` listed. If " +"the :guilabel:`Validated Address` is the correct mailing address for tax " +"purposes, click :guilabel:`Save Validated`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Validate address pop-up window in Odoo with \"Save Validated\" button and \"Validated\n" +"Address\" highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:319 +msgid "" +"All previously-entered addresses for contacts in the Odoo database will need" +" to be validated using the manually validate process outlined above. " +"Addresses are not automatically validated if they were entered previously. " +"This only occurs upon tax calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:324 +msgid "Test connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:326 +msgid "" +"After entering all the above information into the *AvaTax* setup on Odoo, " +"click :guilabel:`Test connection`. This ensures the :guilabel:`API ID` and " +":guilabel:`API KEY` are correct, and a connection is made between Odoo and " +"the *AvaTax* application programming interface (API)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:331 +msgid "Sync parameters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Upon finishing the configuration and settings of the *AvaTax* section, click" +" the :guilabel:`Sync Parameters` button. This action synchronizes the " +"exemption codes from *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:341 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Fiscal Positions`. A :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` is listed " +"named, :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)`. Click it to open " +"*AvaTax's* fiscal position configuration page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:345 +msgid "Here, ensure that the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` checkbox is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the checkbox next to the field labeled: :guilabel:`Detect " +"Automatically`. Should this option be ticked, then, Odoo will automatically " +"apply this :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for transactions in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Enabling :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` also makes specific parameters, " +"such as :guilabel:`VAT required`, :guilabel:`Foreign Tax ID`, " +":guilabel:`Country Group`, :guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`Federal States`, " +"or :guilabel:`Zip Range` appear. Filling these parameters filters the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` usage. Leaving them blank ensures all " +"calculations are made using this :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:358 +msgid "" +"Should the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` checkbox not be ticked, each " +"customer will need to have the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set on their " +":guilabel:`Sales and Purchase` tab of the contact record. To do so, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Order --> Customers`, or " +":menuselection:`Contacts app --> Contacts`. Then, select a customer or " +"contact to set the fiscal position on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:364 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Sales and Purchase` tab, and down to the section " +"labeled, :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`. Set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` " +"field to the fiscal position for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:430 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:372 +msgid "AvaTax accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Upon selecting the checkbox option for :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` a new " +":guilabel:`AvaTax` tab appears. Click into this tab to reveal two different " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:377 +msgid "" +"The first setting is the :guilabel:`AvaTax Invoice Account`, while the " +"second is, :guilabel:`AvaTax Refund Account`. Ensure both accounts are set " +"for smooth end-of-year record keeping. Consult a certified public accountant" +" (CPA) for specific guidance on setting both accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:381 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to implement the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:384 +msgid "Tax mapping" +msgstr "Correspondance de taxes" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:386 +msgid "" +"The *AvaTax* integration is available on sale orders and invoices with the " +"included *AvaTax* fiscal position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:390 +msgid "" +"Additionally, there is a :guilabel:`Tax Mapping` tab and :guilabel:`Account " +"Mapping` tab in the :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)` fiscal " +"position, where mapping for products can also be configured. To access " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Positions` navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Fiscal Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:396 +msgid "Product category mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the " +"product categories. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Product Categories`. Select the product category to add " +"the :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` to. In the :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` " +"field, select a category from the drop-down menu, or :guilabel:`Search " +"More...` to open the complete list of options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "Specify AvaTax Category on products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:409 +msgid "Product mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:411 +msgid "" +"*AvaTax* Categories may be set on individual products, as well. To set the " +":guilabel:`Avatax Category` navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Products --> Products`. Select the product to add the :guilabel:`Avatax " +"Category` to. Under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, on the far-" +"right, is a selector field labeled: :guilabel:`Avatax Category`. Finally, " +"click the drop-down menu, and select a category, or :guilabel:`Search " +"More...` to find one that is not listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:418 +msgid "" +"If both the product, and its category, have an :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` " +"set, the product's :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` takes precedence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "Override product categories as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:426 +msgid "" +"Mapping an :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` on either the *Product* or *Product " +"Category* should be completed for every *Product* or *Product Category*, " +"depending the route that is chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:431 +msgid ":doc:`avatax/avatax_use`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:432 +msgid ":doc:`avatax/avalara_portal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:163 +msgid "" +"`US Tax Compliance: Avatax elearning video " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:6 +msgid "Avalara (Avatax) portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Avalara's (*AvaTax*) management console offers account management options " +"including: viewing/editing the transactions sent from Odoo to *AvaTax*, " +"details on how the taxes are calculated, tax reporting, tax exemption " +"management, and tax return resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:13 +msgid "Avalara is the software developer of the tax software, *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the console, first, navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_ environment. This will depend on which type " +"of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`. Log in to the " +"management console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara dashboard after logging into management portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"For more information see Avalara's documentation: `Activate your " +"Communications Customer Portal account " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To access transactions, click in the :guilabel:`Transactions` link on the " +"main dashboard upon logging into the :ref:`avatax/portal`. To manually " +"access the *Transactions* page, while logged into the Avalara console, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Transactions --> Transactions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara portal with the transactions shortcut highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:43 +msgid "Edit transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click into a transaction to reveal more details about the transaction. These" +" details include sections on :guilabel:`Invoice detail`, " +":guilabel:`Additional info`, and :guilabel:`Customer info`. Click :icon:`fa-" +"pencil` :guilabel:`Edit document details` to make changes to the " +"transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:49 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Discount` can be added to adjust the invoice. This is " +"especially useful in cases where the transaction has already synced with " +"Avalara / *AvaTax*, and changes need to be made afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:55 +msgid "Filter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Filter transactions on the :guilabel:`Transactions` page, by setting the " +":guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields, and configuring other fields to " +"filter by, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Status`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Code`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`Exactly " +"match`, :guilabel:`Starts with`, or :guilabel:`Contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer/Vendor Code`: the customer/vendor code in Odoo (e.g. " +"`Contact18`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: the country this tax was calculated in; this is a text " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: the region of the country, which varies based on the " +":guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Filters` to access the following filter " +"conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Type`: any of the following selections, :guilabel:`All`," +" :guilabel:`Sales Invoice`, :guilabel:`Purchase Invoice`, :guilabel:`Return " +"Invoice`, :guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Inbound Invoice`, " +":guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Outbound Invoice`, or :guilabel:`Customs " +"Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Import ID`: represents the import ID of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:78 +msgid "Sort by" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:80 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Transactions` page, transactions will be listed below, " +"according to the set :ref:`avalara/portal-filter`, located in the top half " +"of the page. The following columns are available by default, to sort by " +"ascending or descending order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc Code`: either of the following options, :guilabel:`Exactly " +"match`, :guilabel:`Starts with`, or :guilabel:`Contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc Status`: either of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cust/Vendor Code` : this is the customer/vendor code in Odoo " +"(e.g. Contact18)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: this is the region of the country, this will vary based " +"on the :guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amount`: the numeric amount of the total amount on the Odoo " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax`: the numeric amount of the tax applied to the total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Transactions page on the Avalara portal with the filter and sort-by options " +"highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:99 +msgid "Customize columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Additional columns can be added by clicking the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Customize columns`. On the resulting popover window, click the " +"drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`column` that should be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The following columns can be added for additional transactional information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`AvaTax calculated`: the amount of tax calculated by *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cust/vendor code`: the customer/vendor code in Odoo (e.g. " +"`Contact18`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Currency`: the standardized abbreviation for the currency the " +"amount total is in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doc date`: the document's date of creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc status`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc type`: any of the following selections, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Sales Invoice`, :guilabel:`Purchase Invoice`, :guilabel:`Return " +"Invoice`, :guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Inbound Invoice`, " +":guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Outbound Invoice`, or :guilabel:`Customs " +"Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last modified`: timestamp of the last time the document was " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location code`: the location code used to calculate the tax, " +"based on the delivery address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:122 +msgid ":guilabel:`PO number`: the purchase order number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference code`: the Odoo reference code (e.g. NV/2024/00003)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: the region of the country,which varies based on the " +":guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson code`: the numeric ID of the user assigned to the " +"sales order in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax date`: the month/day/year of the tax calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax override type`: where an exemption would appear, should there" +" be none, the field populates with :guilabel:`None`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:131 +msgid "To add a new column click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:134 +msgid "" +"For more information on *AvaTax* transactions, refer to this Avalara " +"documentation: `Transactions " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:138 +msgid "Import-export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"While on the :ref:`avalara/portal-transactions`, click :icon:`fa-download` " +":guilabel:`Import transactions` or :icon:`fa-upload` :guilabel:`Export " +"transactions` to import or export transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1019 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:42 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "Rapports" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To access reporting, navigate to the :menuselection:`Reports` link in the " +"top menu of the Avalara management console. Next, select from one of the " +"available reporting tabs: :guilabel:`Transactions reports`, " +":guilabel:`Liability & tax return reports`, or :guilabel:`Exemption " +"reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Additionally, there is a :guilabel:`Favorites` tab and :guilabel:`Downloads`" +" tab. The :guilabel:`Favorites` tab contains any favorited report " +"configurations for the Avalara user. The :guilabel:`Downloads` tab contains " +"a list view where the user can download the high-volume transaction reports " +"created in the last 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Make a selection for the :guilabel:`Report Category`, and the " +":guilabel:`Report Name`, under the :guilabel:`Select a report` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Next, fill out the :guilabel:`Select report details` section. These options " +"will vary based on the tab selected above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Depending on the report size, the following two options are available in the" +" section labeled, :guilabel:`Select the approximate number of transactions " +"for your report`: :guilabel:`Create and download the report instantly` (for " +"small reports) and :guilabel:`Create and download the report in the " +"background` (for larger reports). Select one or the other depending on the " +"volume of transactions in this report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Finally, under the section labeled, :guilabel:`Report preview and export` " +"make a selection of the file type to download. Either a :guilabel:`.PDF` or " +":guilabel:`.XLS` can be chosen. Alternatively, the file can be previewed by " +"selecting the :guilabel:`Preview` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:172 +msgid "" +"After making all the configurations, click :guilabel:`Create report` to " +"download the report. Click :icon:`fa-star-o` :guilabel:`Make this report a " +"favorite` to save the report configuration to the user's favorites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:176 +msgid "" +"After the report is created, click :icon:`fa-download` :guilabel:`Download` " +"to download the file to the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Select a pre-configured report from the :guilabel:`Frequently used reports` " +"section of the reporting dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Access this list by clicking on the :guilabel:`Reports` option in the top " +"menu of the Avalara management console, and scroll to the bottom of the " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"`See Avalara's documentation: Reports in AvaTax " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:191 +msgid "Add more jurisdictions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Additional jurisdictions (tax locations) can be added in the Avalara " +"management console. Navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_ environment. This will depend on which type " +"of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Where you collect tax`. " +"Choose between the three different tabs, depending on the business need. The" +" first tab is :guilabel:`Sales and use tax`, where tax can be collected for " +"the United States. Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add to where you " +"collect sales and use tax` to add another location where the company " +"collects sales and use tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The second option, is the :guilabel:`VAT/GST` tab where the :icon:`fa-plus` " +":guilabel:`Add a country or territory where you collect VAT/GST` can be " +"selected to add another country or territory where the company collects " +"VAT/GST." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Finally, on the far-right, is the :guilabel:`Customs duty` tab, where a " +"country can be added where the company collects customs duty. Simply click " +"on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a country where you calculate customs " +"duty` icon below the tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"AvaTax management console, on the Where you collect tax page, with the add button and\n" +"sales and use tax tab highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:217 +msgid "" +"`See Avalara's documentation: Add local jurisdiction taxes " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:221 +msgid "Tax exemption certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Tax exemption certificates for customers can be added into the Avalara " +"management console, so that *AvaTax* is aware of which customers may be " +"exempt from paying certain taxes. To add an *exception certificate* navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Exemptions --> Customer certificates`. From there, click" +" on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a certificate` to configure an " +"exemption." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:229 +msgid "" +"An Avalara subscription to Exemption Certificate Management (ECM) is " +"required in order to attach certificate images, and to be ready for an " +"audit. For more on subscribing to this add-on, visit `Avalara " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:235 +msgid "End-of-year operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Avalara's services include tax return services, for when it is time to file " +"taxes at the end of the year. To access Avalara's tax services log, into the" +" `management portal `_. Then, from the main " +"dashboard, click :guilabel:`Returns`. Avalara will prompt the Avalara user " +"to log in for security purposes, and redirect the user to the *Returns* " +"portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara portal with the returns shortcut highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Get started` to begin the tax return process. For more " +"information, refer to this Avalara documentation: `About Managed Returns " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, click on the :menuselection:`Returns` button in the top menu " +"of the Avalara management console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:161 +msgid ":doc:`../avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`avatax_use`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:3 +msgid "AvaTax use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:5 +msgid "" +"AvaTax is a tax calculation software that can be integrated with Odoo in the" +" United States and Canada. Once the :doc:`integration setup <../avatax>` is " +"complete, the calculated tax is simple and automatic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:10 +msgid "Tax calculation" +msgstr "Calcul des taxes" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with AvaTax by" +" confirming the documents during the sales flow. Alternatively, calculate " +"the taxes manually by clicking the :guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button, while " +"these documents are in draft stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button recalculates taxes, if any " +"product lines are edited on the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Sales quotation with the confirm and compute taxes button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The tax calculation is triggered during the following :ref:`automatic " +"trigger ` and :ref:`manual trigger " +"` circumstances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:30 +msgid "Automatic triggers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the sales rep sends the quote by email with :guilabel:`Send by email` " +"button (pop-up)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:33 +msgid "When the customer views the online quote on the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:34 +msgid "When a quote is confirmed and becomes a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:35 +msgid "When the customer views the invoice on the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:36 +msgid "When a draft invoice is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:37 +msgid "When the customer views the subscription in the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:38 +msgid "When a subscription generates an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:39 +msgid "When the customer gets to the last screen of the eCommerce checkout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:44 +msgid "Manual triggers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button at the bottom of the quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button at the top of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:49 +msgid "Use each of these buttons to manually re-calculate the sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Partner Code` field that is available on customer" +" records, quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and " +"AvaTax. This field is located under the :menuselection:`Other info` tab of " +"the sales order or quotation in the :guilabel:`Sales` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:56 +msgid "" +"On the customer record, navigate to *Contacts app* and select a contact. " +"Then open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab and the :guilabel:`Avalara " +"Partner Code` under the :guilabel:`Sales` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)` fiscal position is also " +"applied on those Odoo documents, like subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:165 +msgid ":doc:`../fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:68 +msgid "AvaTax synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Synchronization occurs with AvaTax, when the *invoice* is created in Odoo. " +"This means the sales tax is recorded with Avalara (AvaTax software " +"developer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`. " +"Select a quotation from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:76 +msgid "" +"After confirming a quotation and validating the delivery, click " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice`. Indicate whether it is a :guilabel:`Regular " +"invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or :guilabel:`Down payment " +"(fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Then click :guilabel:`Create and view invoice`. The recorded taxes can be " +"seen in the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab of the invoice. There will be " +"different taxes depending on the location of the :guilabel:`Delivery " +"Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Journal items highlighted on a invoice in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Finally, press the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to complete the invoice and " +"synchronize with the AvaTax portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:92 +msgid "" +"An invoice cannot be :guilabel:`Reset to draft` because this causes de-" +"synchronization with the AvaTax Portal. Instead, click :guilabel:`Add credit" +" note` and state: `Sync with AvaTax Portal`. See this documentation: " +":doc:`../../../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:97 +msgid "Fixed price discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Add a fixed price discount to a valuable customer, by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line` on the customer's invoice. Add the product discount, " +"and set the :guilabel:`Price` to either a positive or negative value. To " +"recalculate the taxes, click :guilabel:`Compute Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Tax calculation can even be done on negative subtotals and credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:107 +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:109 +msgid "" +"It is possible to log Avalara/*AvaTax* actions in Odoo for further analysis," +" or verification of functionality. Logging is accessible through the " +"*AvaTax* settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To start logging *AvaTax* actions, first, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, under the :guilabel:`AvaTax` " +"settings, click :guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Upon starting the log process, Odoo will log all Avalara/*AvaTax* actions " +"performed in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To view the logs, click on :guilabel:`Show logs` to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`. This reveals a detailed list of " +"Avalara/*AvaTax* actions. This list is sortable by the following columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:124 +msgid ":guilabel:`Created on`: timestamp of the *AvaTax* calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`Created by`: numeric value of the user in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Database name`: name of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: two values can be chosen for this field, " +":guilabel:`Server` or :guilabel:`Client`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Avalara service name. In this case, it will be *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:130 +msgid ":guilabel:`Level`: by default, this will be `INFO`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:131 +msgid ":guilabel:`Path`: indicates the path taken to make the calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`Line`: indicates the line the calculation is made on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:133 +msgid ":guilabel:`Function`: indicates the calculation taken on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara logging page with top row of list highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Click into the log line to reveal another field, called :guilabel:`Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:141 +msgid "" +"This field populates a raw transcription of the transaction, which involves " +"the creation (or adjustment) of a sales invoice using the Avalara *AvaTax* " +"API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The transaction includes details, such as addresses for shipping from and " +"to, line items describing the products or services, tax codes, tax amounts, " +"and other relevant information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:147 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Message` contains the calculated taxes for different " +"jurisdictions and confirms the creation (or adjustment) of the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Custom fields can be made using Odoo *Studio*. Click the :icon:`fa-" +"ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(ellipsis)` menu to the far-right of the header row. " +"Then click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add custom field`. This action opens " +"Odoo *Studio*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Studio* requires a *custom* pricing plan. Consult the database's " +"customer success manager for more information on switching plans. Or to see " +"if Odoo *Studio* is included in the database's current pricing plan. See " +"this documentation: :doc:`../../../../studio`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:162 +msgid ":doc:`avalara_portal`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:3 msgid "Cash basis taxes" msgstr "TVA sur encaissements" @@ -16088,13 +17669,6 @@ msgstr "" "de l'Union** pour les services transfrontaliers et le **Régime " "d'importation** pour les biens d'une valeur inférieure ou égale à 150 euros." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1019 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:42 -msgid "Reports" -msgstr "Rapports" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:54 msgid "" "To generate **OSS sales** or **OSS imports** reports and submit them onto " @@ -16512,7 +18086,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:592 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:570 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:700 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:710 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:119 @@ -19839,6 +21413,7 @@ msgstr "" "`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 @@ -19853,73 +21428,6 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Installez ` les modules suivants pour bénéficier de " "toutes les fonctionnalités de la localisation argentine :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "Nom" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 -msgid "Technical name" -msgstr "Nom technique" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "Description" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:32 msgid ":guilabel:`Argentina - Accounting`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Argentine - Comptabilité`" @@ -19989,7 +21497,7 @@ msgstr "" "des factures électroniques." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:52 @@ -20048,7 +21556,7 @@ msgid "Select Fiscal Localization Package." msgstr "Sélectionnez le package de localisation fiscale." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:205 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:255 msgid "Configure master data" msgstr "Configurer les données de base" @@ -21945,7 +23453,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:923 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:267 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:181 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:270 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 @@ -23201,6 +24709,7 @@ msgid "`Stripe Terminal `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:150 msgid "Payroll" msgstr "Paie" @@ -23704,6 +25213,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:308 msgid "Pay employees" msgstr "" @@ -23933,11 +25443,19 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez choisir n'importe quel journal Odoo pour comptabiliser les " "écritures de fiche de paie." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:908 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:906 +msgid "" +"Configure the tax by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`. Create the necessary taxes for the Employment Hero payslip " +"entries. Fill in the tax code from **Employment Hero** in the " +":guilabel:`Matching Employment Hero Tax` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:911 msgid "How does the API work?" msgstr "Comment fonctionne l'API ?" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:910 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:913 msgid "" "The API syncs the journal entries from Employment Hero to Odoo and leaves " "them in draft mode. The reference includes the Employment Hero payslip entry" @@ -23956,7 +25474,7 @@ msgstr "" "Exemple d'une pièce comptable d'Employment Hero dans Odoo Comptabilité " "(Australie)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:920 msgid "" "By default, the synchronisation happens once per week. You can fetch the " "records manually by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " @@ -23964,14 +25482,14 @@ msgid "" "option, click on :guilabel:`Fetch Payruns Manually`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:921 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:924 msgid "" "Employment Hero payslip entries also work based on double-entry bookkeeping." msgstr "" "Les écritures de fiche de paie d'Employment Hero fonctionnent également sur " "la base de la comptabilité en partie double." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:926 msgid "" "The accounts used by Employment Hero are defined in the section " ":guilabel:`Payroll settings`." @@ -23983,7 +25501,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chart of Accounts menu in Employment Hero" msgstr "Menu du plan comptable dans Employment Hero" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:928 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:931 msgid "" "For the API to work, you need to create the same accounts as the default " "accounts of your Employment Hero business (**same name and same code**) in " @@ -24123,6 +25641,8 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:325 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:292 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" @@ -25466,17 +26986,18 @@ msgstr "Brésil" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:12 msgid "" "With the Brazilian localization, sales taxes can be automatically computed " -"and electronic invoices (NF-e) for goods can be sent using AvaTax (Avalara) " -"through |API| calls. Moreover, taxes for services can be configured." +"and electronic invoices for goods (NF-e) and services (NFS-e) can be sent " +"using AvaTax (Avalara) through |API| calls. Moreover, taxes for services can" +" be configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:16 msgid "" -"For the goods tax computation and electronic invoicing process, you need to " -"configure the :ref:`contacts `, :ref:`company " +"For the goods and services tax computation and electronic invoicing process," +" you need to configure the :ref:`contacts `, :ref:`company " "`, :ref:`products `, and :ref:`create an " -"account in Avatax ` need to be configured in the " -"general settings." +"account in AvaTax ` which needs to be configured in " +"the general settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:21 @@ -25495,15 +27016,80 @@ msgstr "" "La localisation comprend également les taxes et un modèle de plan comptable " "qui peut être modifié le cas échéant." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:33 msgid "" -"Install the :guilabel:`🇧🇷 Brazil` :ref:`fiscal localization package " -"` to get all the default accounting features " -"of the Brazilian localization, following the :abbr:`IFRS (International " -"Financial Reporting Standards)` rules." +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Brazilian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazilian - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_br`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `, " +"which represents having the Generic Brazilian chart of accounts and Taxes, " +"together with document types and identification types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazil - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:49 +msgid "`l10n_br_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:50 +msgid "Accounting reports for Brazil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` & :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:52 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax` & `l10n_br_avatax_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:53 +msgid "Goods and Services tax computation through Avalara." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Brazilian Accounting EDI` & :guilabel:`Brazilian Accounting EDI " +"for services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:55 +msgid "`l10n_br_edi` & `l10n_br_edi_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Provides electronic invoicing for goods and services for Brazil through " +"AvaTax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazil Pix QR codes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:58 +msgid "`l10n_br_pix`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:59 +msgid "Implements Pix QR codes for Brazil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:66 msgid "" "To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " "app and search the name given to your company." @@ -25511,7 +27097,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour configurer les informations de votre société, allez à l'application " ":menuselection:`Contacts` et recherchez le nom donné à votre société." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:69 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option at the top of the page. Then, " "configure the following fields:" @@ -25519,68 +27105,71 @@ msgstr "" "Sélectionnez l'option :guilabel:`Société` en haut de la page. Configurez " "ensuite les champs suivants :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:245 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1096 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Nom`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:314 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Address` (add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip" -" Code`, :guilabel:`Country`)." +":guilabel:`Address`: add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip" +" Code`, :guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:76 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street name, number, and any " "additional address information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:318 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Street 2` field, enter the neighborhood." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:252 -msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number` (:guilabel:`CNPJ`, :guilabel:`CPF`)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:320 +msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`: :guilabel:`CNPJ` or :guilabel:`CPF`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:253 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID` (associated with the identification type)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:321 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: associated with the identification type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:55 -msgid ":guilabel:`IE` (State registration)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: State registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:56 -msgid ":guilabel:`IM` (Municipal registration)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: Municipal registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:84 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code` (Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " -"add if applicable)." +":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " +"add if applicable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:257 -msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:258 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1097 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:293 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Email`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Company configuration." msgstr "Configuration de la société." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:91 msgid "" "Configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` within the :guilabel:`Sales and" " Purchase` tab:" @@ -25588,51 +27177,75 @@ msgstr "" "Configurez les :guilabel:`informations fiscales` dans l'onglet " ":guilabel:`Ventes & Achats` :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:104 msgid "" -"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`Avatax Brazil `." msgstr "" -"Ajoutez la :guilabel:`Position fiscale` pour :ref:`Avatax Brazil " -"`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:67 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime` (Federal Tax Regime)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:94 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: Federal Tax Regime" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:95 msgid "" -":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type` (indicates ICMS regime, Exempt status, or " -"Non-Taxpayer)." +":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: indicates :guilabel:`ICMS regime`, " +":guilabel:`Exempt status`, or :guilabel:`Non-Taxpayer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:69 -msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:97 +msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Company fiscal configuration." msgstr "Configuration fiscale de la société." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:74 -msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Configure the following extra :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` if you are " +"going to issue NFS-e:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:350 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`COFINS Details`: :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with " +"rate 0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PIS Details` :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with rate " +"0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:109 +msgid ":guilabel:`CSLL Taxable` If the company is subject to CSLL or not" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Company fiscal configuration for NFSe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:114 +msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:117 msgid "" "If you are a simplified regime, you need to configure the ICMS rate under " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> " -"Avatax Brazil`." +"AvaTax Brazil`." msgstr "" -"Si vous avez un régime simplifié, vous devez configurer le taux ICMS dans " -":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Paramètres --> Taxes --> " -"Avatax Brazil`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:123 msgid "Configure AvaTax integration" msgstr "Configurer l'intégration d'AvaTax" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:125 msgid "" "Avalara AvaTax is a tax calculation and electronic invoicing provider that " "can be integrated in Odoo to automatically compute taxes by taking into " @@ -25641,35 +27254,75 @@ msgid "" " afterward with the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:130 msgid "" "Using this integration requires :doc:`In-App-Purchases (IAPs) " "<../../essentials/in_app_purchase>` to compute the taxes and to send the " -"electronic invoices. Whenever you compute taxes, an |API| call is made using" -" credits from your |IAP| credits balance." +"electronic invoices. Whenever you compute taxes, send an electronic document" +" (NF-e, NFS-e, etc), or perform any electronic flow (NF-e Cancellation, " +"Correction letter, Invalidate invoice number range), an API call is made " +"using credits from your `IAP credits balance `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:137 msgid "Odoo is a certified partner of Avalara Brazil." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:138 +msgid "" +"You can `buy IAP credit on odoo.com `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:141 +msgid "Credential configuration" +msgstr "Configuration des identifiants" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:143 msgid "" "To activate AvaTax in Odoo, you need to create an account. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, and in" " the :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` section, add the administration email address" -" to be used for the AvaTax portal in the :guilabel:`Avatax Portal Email`, " +" to be used for the AvaTax portal in the :guilabel:`AvaTax Portal Email`, " "and then click on :guilabel:`Create account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:149 msgid "" -"When **testing** an :guilabel:`Avatax Portal Email` integration in a testing" -" or sandbox database, use an alternate email address. It is **not** possible" -" to re-use the same email address on the production database." +"When **testing** or **creating a production** :guilabel:`AvaTax Portal " +"Email` integration in a sandbox or production database, use a real email " +"address, as it is needed to log in to the Avalara Portal and set up the " +"certificates, whether you want to test or use it on production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:153 +msgid "" +"There are two different Avalara Portals, one for testing and one for " +"production:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:155 +msgid "Sandbox: https://portal.sandbox.avalarabrasil.com.br/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 +msgid "Production: https://portal.avalarabrasil.com.br/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:158 +msgid "" +"When you create the account from Odoo, be sure to select the right " +"environment. Moreover, the email used to open the account cannot be used to " +"open another account. Save your :guilabel:`API ID` and :guilabel:`API Key` " +"when you create the account from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Transfer API Credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 msgid "" "After you create the account from Odoo, you need to go to the Avalara Portal" " to set up your password:" @@ -25677,22 +27330,22 @@ msgstr "" "Après avoir créé le compte dans Odoo, vous devez accéder au portail " "d'Avalara pour configurer votre mot de passe :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 msgid "" "Access the `Avalara portal `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:169 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Meu primeiro acesso`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:170 msgid "" -"Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/Avatax account," +"Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/AvaTax account," " and then click :guilabel:`Solicitar Senha`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:172 msgid "" "You will receive an email with a token and a link to create your password. " "Click on this link and copy-paste the token to allocate your desired " @@ -25702,7 +27355,7 @@ msgstr "" "passe. Cliquez sur ce lien et copiez-collez le jeton pour attribuer le mot " "de passe souhaité." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:176 msgid "" "You can start using AvaTax in Odoo for tax computation **only** without " "creating a password and accessing the Avalara portal in the Odoo database. " @@ -25711,26 +27364,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 -msgid "Avatax account configuration." -msgstr "Configuration du compte Avatax." +msgid "AvaTax account configuration." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:184 msgid "" "You can transfer |API| credentials. Use this only when you have already " "created an account in another Odoo instance and wish to reuse it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:188 msgid "A1 certificate upload" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:190 msgid "" "In order to issue electronic invoices, a certificate needs to be uploaded to" " the `AvaTax portal `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:193 msgid "" "The certificate will be synchronized with Odoo, as long as the external " "identifier number in the AvaTax portal matches - without special characters " @@ -25738,7 +27391,20 @@ msgid "" " with the CNPJ in AvaTax." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:198 +msgid "" +"To issue NFS-e, some cities require that you link the certificate within the" +" City Portal system before issuing NFS-e from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:201 +msgid "" +"If you receive an error message from the city that says :guilabel:`Your " +"certificate is not linked to the user`, that means this process needs to be " +"done in the city portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:210 msgid "" "The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " "is installed by default as part of the data set included in the localization" @@ -25746,7 +27412,7 @@ msgid "" " and the default account payable and account receivable fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:215 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Brazil is based on the SPED CoA, which gives a " "baseline of the accounts needed in Brazil." @@ -25754,14 +27420,14 @@ msgstr "" "Le plan comptable pour le Brésil est basé sur le SPED CoA, qui donne une " "base de référence des comptes nécessaires au Brésil." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:218 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." msgstr "" "Vous pouvez ajouter ou supprimer des comptes selon les besoins de " "l'entreprise." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:223 msgid "" "In Brazil, a *series* number is linked to a sequence number range for " "electronic invoices. The series number can be configured in Odoo on a sales " @@ -25770,7 +27436,7 @@ msgid "" "number assigned to it for each series needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:228 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Use Documents` field needs to be selected. When issuing " "electronic and non-electronic invoices, the :guilabel:`Type` field selects " @@ -25783,7 +27449,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Journal configuration with the Use Documents? field checked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 msgid "" "When creating the journal, ensure the field :guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note" " Sequence` is unchecked, as in Brazil, sequences between invoices, credit " @@ -25791,7 +27457,7 @@ msgid "" "journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:244 msgid "" "Taxes are automatically created when installing the Brazilian localization. " "Taxes are already configured, and some of them are used by Avalara when " @@ -25802,7 +27468,7 @@ msgstr "" "d'entre elles sont utilisées par Avalara lors du calcul des taxes sur la " "commande ou la facture." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:247 msgid "" "Taxes can be edited, or more taxes can be added. For example, some taxes " "used for services need to be manually added and configured, as the rate may " @@ -25813,34 +27479,14 @@ msgstr "" "configurées manuellement, car le taux peut varier en fonction de la ville où" " vous offrez le service." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:252 msgid "" -"Taxes attached to services are not computed by AvaTax. Only goods taxes are " -"computed." +"If you decide to do service taxes manually, you won't be able to issue an " +"NFS-e. To electronically send an NFS-e, you need to compute taxes using " +"Avalara." msgstr "" -"Les taxes sur les services ne sont pas calculées par AvaTax. Seules les " -"taxes sur les marchandises sont calculées." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When configuring a tax used for a service that is included in the final " -"price (when the tax is not added or subtracted on top of the product price)," -" set the :guilabel:`Tax Computation` to :guilabel:`Percentage of Price Tax " -"Included`, and, on the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, check the " -":guilabel:`Included in Price` option." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous configurez une taxe utilisée pour un service qui est inclus " -"dans le prix final (lorsque la taxe n'est pas ajoutée ou soustraite en plus " -"du prix du produit), définissez le :guilabel:`Calcul de la taxe` sur " -":guilabel:`Pourcentage du prix toutes taxes comprises` et dans l'onglet " -":guilabel:`Options avancées`, cochez l'option :guilabel:`Inclus dans le " -"prix`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 -msgid "Tax configuration." -msgstr "Configuration des taxes." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 msgid "" "Do not delete taxes, as they are used for the AvaTax tax computation. If " "deleted, Odoo creates them again when used in an |SO| or invoice and " @@ -25857,52 +27503,56 @@ msgstr "" "taxe, dans les sections :guilabel:`Répartition pour les factures` et " ":guilabel:`Répartition pour les remboursements`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:262 msgid ":doc:`Taxes functional documentation <../accounting/taxes>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 msgid "" "To use the AvaTax integration on sale orders and invoices, first specify the" -" following information on the product:" -msgstr "" -"Pour utiliser l'intégration d'AvaTax sur les commandes clients et les " -"factures, précisez d'abord les informations suivantes sur le produit :" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:217 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`CEST Code` (Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution)." +" following information on the product depending on its intended use:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:218 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code` (Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:273 +msgid "E-Invoice for goods (NF-e)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:275 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Source of Origin` (Indicates the origin of the product, which can" +":guilabel:`CEST Code`: Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code`: Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:277 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source of Origin`: Indicates the origin of the product, which can" " be foreign or domestic, among other possible options depending on the " -"specific use case)." +"specific use case" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:279 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type` (Fiscal product type according to SPED " -"list table)." +":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type`: Fiscal product type according to SPED " +"list table" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:296 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Purpose of Use` (Specify the intended purpose of use for this " -"product)." +":guilabel:`Purpose of Use`: Specify the intended purpose of use for this " +"product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Product configuration." msgstr "Configuration du produit." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:286 msgid "" "Odoo automatically creates three products to be used for transportation " "costs associated with sales. These are named `Freight`, `Insurance`, and " @@ -25912,7 +27562,27 @@ msgid "" "`Insurance`, `Freight`, or `Other Costs`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:293 +msgid "E-Invoice for services (NFS-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Code Origin`: City Service Code where the provider is " +"registered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:298 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Codes`: City Service Code where the service will be " +"provided, if no code is added, the Origin City Code will be used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:300 +msgid ":guilabel:`Labor Assignment`: Defines if your services includes labor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:305 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:282 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:656 @@ -25920,7 +27590,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contacts" msgstr "Contacts" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:307 msgid "" "Before using the integration, specify the following information on the " "contact:" @@ -25928,11 +27598,11 @@ msgstr "" "Avant d'utiliser l'intégration, précisez les informations suivantes sur le " "contact :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 msgid "General information about the contact:" msgstr "Informations générales relatives au contact :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:311 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option for a contact with a tax ID (CNPJ), or" " check :guilabel:`Individual` for a contact with a CPF." @@ -25941,29 +27611,29 @@ msgstr "" "d'identification fiscale (CNPJ), ou cochez :guilabel:`Particulier` pour un " "contact avec un CPF." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:317 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street, number, and any extra " "address information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:254 -msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:255 -msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipal tax identification number." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:323 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipal tax identification number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 -msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:324 +msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Contact configuration." msgstr "Configuration du contact." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:332 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`CPF`, :guilabel:`IE`, :guilabel:`IM`, and :guilabel:`SUFRAMA " "code` fields are are hidden until the :guilabel:`Country` is set to " @@ -25973,29 +27643,30 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Code SUFRAMA` sont masqués jusqu'à ce que le :guilabel:`Pays` " "soit défini sur `Brésil`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:335 msgid "" "Fiscal information about the contact under the :guilabel:`Sales \\& " "Purchase` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position`: add the AvaTax fiscal position to automatically" " compute taxes on sale orders and invoices automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:339 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: federal tax regime" msgstr ":guilabel:`Régime fiscal` : régime fiscal fédéral" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:340 msgid "" ":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: taxpayer type determines if the contact is " -"within the ICMS regime, if it is exempt, or if it is a non-taxpayer" +"within the :guilabel:`ICMS regime`, :guilabel:`Exempt status`, or " +":guilabel:`Non-taxpayer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:342 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`: list of main activity sectors of the " "contact" @@ -26007,128 +27678,144 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contact fiscal configuration." msgstr "Configuration fiscale du contact." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:349 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`AvaTax Brazil `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PIS Details`: :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with rate " +"0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:354 +msgid ":guilabel:`CSLL Taxable`: If the company is subject to CSLL or not" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Contact fiscal configuration for NFSe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:362 msgid "Fiscal positions" msgstr "Positions fiscales" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:364 msgid "" "To compute taxes and send electronic invoices on sale orders and invoices, " "both the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` and the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API`" " options need to be enabled in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:368 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the contact or selected" -" when creating a sales order or an invoice." +"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the :ref:`contact " +"` or selected when creating a sales order or an invoice." msgstr "" -"La :guilabel:`Position fiscale` peut être configurée sur le contact ou " -"sélectionnée lors de la création d'une commande client ou d'une facture." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Fiscal position configuration" msgstr "Configuration de la position fiscale" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:375 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:355 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:311 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "Flux de travail" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:377 msgid "" "This section provides an overview of the actions that trigger `API calls " -"`_ for tax computation, and how to send " -"an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) for government validation." +"`_ for tax computation, along with " +"instructions on how to send electronic invoices for goods (NF-e) and " +"services (NFS-e) for government validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:382 msgid "" "Please note that each |API| call incurs a cost. Be mindful of the actions " "that trigger these calls to manage costs effectively." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:389 msgid "Tax calculations on quotations and sales orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:391 msgid "" "Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a quotation or sales order " "automatically with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:394 msgid "**Quotation confirmation**" msgstr "**Confirmation du devis**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:395 msgid "Confirm a quotation into a sales order." msgstr "Confirmez un devis en commande client." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:316 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:412 msgid "**Manual trigger**" msgstr "**Déclencheur manuel**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:317 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using Avatax`." -msgstr "Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Calculer les taxes avec Avatax`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:413 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." +msgstr "Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Calculer les taxes avec AvaTax`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:318 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:414 msgid "**Preview**" msgstr "**Aperçu**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:319 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:415 msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Preview` button." msgstr "Cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Aperçu`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:400 msgid "**Email a quotation / sales order**" msgstr "**Envoyer un devis / commande client par email**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:401 msgid "Send a quotation or sales order to a customer via email." msgstr "Envoyez un devis ou une commande client à un client par email." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:404 msgid "**Online quotation access**" msgstr "**Accès aux devis en ligne**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:403 msgid "" "When a customer accesses the quotation online (via the portal view), the " "|API| call is triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:407 msgid "Tax calculations on invoices" msgstr "Calculs des taxes sur les factures" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:409 msgid "" "Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a customer invoice automatically" -" with AvaTax any of the following ways:" +" with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:333 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." -msgstr "Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Calculer les taxes avec AvaTax`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:417 msgid "**Online invoice access**" msgstr "**Accès aux factures en ligne**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:417 msgid "" "When a customer accesses the invoice online (via the portal view), the |API|" " call is triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:420 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` must be set to `Automatic Tax Mapping " "(Avalara Brazil)` for any of these actions to compute taxes automatically." @@ -26137,75 +27824,70 @@ msgstr "" "automatique de taxes (Avalara Brazil)` pour que l'une de ces actions " "calculent automatiquement les taxes." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:424 msgid "" ":doc:`Fiscal positions (tax and account mapping) " "<../accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:429 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 msgid "Electronic documents" msgstr "Documents électroniques" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:434 msgid "" -"To process an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e), the invoice needs to be " -"confirmed and taxes need to be computed by Avalara. Once that step is done, " -"click on the :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` button in the upper left corner, and" -" a pop-up will appear. Then click on :guilabel:`Process e-invoice` and any " -"of the other options - :guilabel:`Download` or :guilabel:`Email`. Finally, " -"click on :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` to process the invoice against the " -"government." +"To process an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) or services (NFS-e), the " +"invoice needs to be confirmed and taxes need to be computed by Avalara. Once" +" that step is done, click on the :guilabel:`Send & Print` button in the " +"upper left corner. In the pop-up that appears, click on :guilabel:`Process " +"e-invoice` and any of the other options - :guilabel:`Download` or " +":guilabel:`Email`. Finally, click on :guilabel:`Send & Print` to process the" +" invoice with the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:441 msgid "" -"Before sending the electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) some fields need to " -"be filled out on the invoice:" +"Before sending the electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) or services (NFS-e), " +"some fields need to be filled out on the invoice:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:363 -msgid ":guilabel:`Customer` with all the customer information" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:444 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`, with all the customer information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:578 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil` (how the invoice is planned to be paid)" +":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil`: how the invoice is planned to be paid" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:446 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set as the :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping " "(Avalara Brazil)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:447 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Document Type` set as :guilabel:`(55) Electronic Invoice (NF-e)`." -" This is the only" +":guilabel:`Document Type` set as :guilabel:`(55) Electronic Invoice (NF-e)` " +"or :guilabel:`(SE) Electronic Service Invoice (NFS-e)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:367 -msgid "" -"electronic document supported at the moment. Non-electronic invoices can be " -"registered, and other document types can be activated if needed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:450 msgid "" "There are some other optional fields that depend on the nature of the " "transaction. These fields are not required, so no errors will appear from " "the government if these optional fields are not populated for most cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:454 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Freight Model` determines how the goods are planned to be " "transported - domestic" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:455 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` determines who is doing the transportation" msgstr "" @@ -26218,7 +27900,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Process electronic invoice pop-up in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:464 msgid "" "All of the fields available on the invoice used to issue an electronic " "invoice are also available on the sales order, if needed. When creating the " @@ -26226,36 +27908,46 @@ msgid "" " as the first number to be used sequentially for subsequent invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:470 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:595 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "Credit notes" msgstr "Avoirs" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:472 msgid "" "If a sales return needs to be registered, then a credit note can be created " "in Odoo to be sent to the government for validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:476 +msgid "" +"Credit notes are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:479 msgid ":ref:`Issue a credit note `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:482 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:594 msgid "Debit Notes" msgstr "Notes de débit" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:484 msgid "" "If additional information needs to be included, or values need to be " "corrected that were not accurately provided in the original invoice, a debit" " note can be issued." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:488 +msgid "" +"Debit notes are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:490 msgid "" "Only the products included in the original invoice can be part of the debit " "note. While changes can be made to the product's unit price or quantity, " @@ -26264,49 +27956,74 @@ msgid "" "for the same or fewer products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:496 msgid ":ref:`Issue a debit note `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:499 msgid "Invoice cancellation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:501 msgid "" "It is possible to cancel an electronic invoice that was validated by the " "government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:504 msgid "" "Check whether the electronic invoice is still within the cancellation " "deadline, which may vary according to the legislation of each state." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:508 +msgid "E-invoices for goods (NF-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:510 msgid "" -"This can be done in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request Cancel` and adding a" -" cancellation :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. If you want to " -"send this cancellation reason to the customer via email, activate the " -":guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." +"Cancel an e-invoice for goods (NF-e) in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request " +"Cancel` and adding a cancellation :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that " +"appears. If you want to send this cancellation reason to the customer via " +"email, activate the :guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Invoice cancellation reason in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:518 +msgid "" +"This is an electronic cancellation, which means that Odoo will send a " +"request to the government to cancel the NF-e, and it will then consume one " +"|IAP| credit, as an |API| call occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:522 +msgid "E-invoices for services (NFS-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Cancel an e-invoice for services (NFS-e) in Odoo by clicking " +":guilabel:`Request Cancel`. In this case, there is no electronic " +"cancellation process, as not every city has this service available. The user" +" needs to manually cancel this NFS-e on the city portal. Once that step is " +"completed, they can request the cancellation in Odoo, which will cancel the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:530 msgid "Correction letter" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:532 msgid "" -"A correction letter can be created and linked to an electronic invoice that " -"was validated by the government." +"A correction letter can be created and linked to an electronic invoice for " +"goods (NF-e) that was validated by the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:535 msgid "" "This can be done in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Correction Letter` and " "adding a correction :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. To send " @@ -26318,11 +28035,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Correction letter reason in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:543 +msgid "" +"Correction letters are only available for electronic invoices for goods " +"(NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:546 msgid "Invalidate invoice number range" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:548 msgid "" "A range of sequences that are assigned to sales journals can be invalidated " "with the government if they are not currently used, **and** will not be used" @@ -26341,13 +28064,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Number range invalidation wizard in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:562 +msgid "" +"Invalidate invoice number range documents are only available for electronic " +"invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:566 msgid "" "The log of the canceled numbers along with the XML file are recorded in the " "chatter of the journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:572 msgid "" "On the vendor bills side, when receiving an invoice from a supplier, you can" " encode the bill in Odoo by adding all the commercial information together " @@ -26355,31 +28084,28 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`customer invoices `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:576 msgid "These Brazilian specific fields are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:579 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: used by your vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:580 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number`: the invoice number from your supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:581 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil` (how the invoice is planned to be paid)." +":guilabel:`Freight Model`: **NF-e specific** how goods are planned to be " +"transported - domestic" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:472 -msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type` used by your vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:473 -msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number` (the invoice number from your supplier)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:582 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Freight Model` (how goods are planned to be transported - " -"domestic)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:475 -msgid ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` (who is doing the transportation)." +":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil`: **NF-e specific** who is doing the " +"transportation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:3 @@ -26851,20 +28577,6 @@ msgid "" " new or existing contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1096 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Nom`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1097 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:293 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Email`" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:97 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" @@ -34093,113 +35805,1145 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hong Kong" msgstr "Hong Kong" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:6 -msgid "Add FPS QR codes to invoices" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:8 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get the latest " +"features of the Hong Kong localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:18 +msgid "`l10n_hk`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The base module to manage chart of accounting and localization for Hong " +"Kong." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:20 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:21 +msgid "`l10n_hk_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Enables :ref:`payroll ` specific localization features " +"for Odoo *Payroll* app. This module also installs :guilabel:`Hong Kong - " +"Payroll with Accounting` and :guilabel:`Documents - Hong Kong Payroll`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:26 +msgid "`l10n_hk_hr_payroll_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:27 +msgid "Installs the link between Hong Kong payroll and accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Documents - Hong Kong Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:29 +msgid "`documents_l10n_hk_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:30 +msgid "Integrates employee ir56 forms in the Odoo *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:33 +msgid "FPS QR codes on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:35 msgid "" ":abbr:`FPS (Faster Payment System)` is a payment service platform that " "allows customers to make instant domestic payments to individuals and " "merchants in Hong Kong dollars or Renminbi via online and mobile banking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:12 msgid "Activate QR codes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:42 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " -":guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` " -"feature." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under " +"the :guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, tick the checkbox beside the " +":guilabel:`QR Codes` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:47 msgid "FPS bank account configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:49 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"select the bank account for which you want to activate FPS. Set the " -":guilabel:`Proxy Type` and fill in the :guilabel:`Proxy Value` field " -"depending on the type you chose." +"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts app --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts " +"section --> Bank Accounts`. Then select the bank account for FPS activation." +" Proceed to set the :guilabel:`Proxy Type` and fill in the :guilabel:`Proxy " +"Value` field, depending on the type chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:53 msgid "" -"The account holder's country must be set to Hong Kong on its contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:27 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:27 -msgid "" -"You could also include the invoice number in the QR code by checking the " +"Remember to include the invoice number in the QR code, by ticking the " ":guilabel:`Include Reference` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "FPS bank account configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The account holder's country **must** be set to `Hong Kong` on their contact" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/bank`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:147 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:37 msgid "Bank journal configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:69 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the " -"bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " -":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Journals` and " +"open the bank journal. Then, fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` fields, located in the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 -msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration" +msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:78 msgid "Issue invoices with FPS QR codes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:158 msgid "" "When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" -" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to *EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code*." +" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to :guilabel:`EMV Merchant-Presented QR-" +"code`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 -msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option" +msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:87 msgid "" -"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " -"Odoo uses this field to generate the FPS QR code." +"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is configured, as Odoo uses this " +"field to generate the FPS QR code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Ensure the :guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll` (`l10n_hk_hr_payroll`) module is " +"installed before proceeding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:100 +msgid "Create employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Employees` app and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, " +"configure the following fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:105 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: :guilabel:`HK Standard 40 hours/week` option " +"**must** be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:109 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Surname, Given Name, Name in Chinese`: name of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:112 +msgid ":guilabel:`Private Address`: address of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:113 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bank Account Number`: employee's bank account number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Current Rental`: employee's rental records (if rental allowance " +"is applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Autopay Type`: :guilabel:`BBAN`, :guilabel:`SVID`, " +":guilabel:`EMAL`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Autopay Reference`: autopay reference number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Identification No`: HKID of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Gender`: gender of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:121 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Bank Account Number`, this account should be set as " +":guilabel:`Trusted` before further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:124 +msgid "" +"To achieve this, click on the right-arrow button next to :guilabel:`Bank " +"Account Number` field. Set the :guilabel:`Send Money` to :guilabel:`Trusted`" +" by clicking on the toggle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:128 +msgid "" +"To populate the :guilabel:`Current Rental`, click on the :guilabel:`History`" +" button. Then, click on :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the relevant details and " +"save the rental record. Upon saving the record, the rental contract " +":guilabel:`state` will be visible (at the top-right corner) and can be set " +"to :guilabel:`Running`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:133 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`HR Settings` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Volunteer Contribution Option`: select either :guilabel:`Only " +"Mandatory Contribution`, :guilabel:`With Fixed %VC`, or :guilabel:`Cap 5% " +"VC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:137 +msgid ":guilabel:`MPF Manulife Account`: account number, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:142 +msgid "Manage contracts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once the new employee has been created, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` " +"smart button on the employee record, or navigate to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Employees --> Contracts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Only **one** contract can be active simultaneously per employee, but an " +"employee can be assigned consecutive contracts during their employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:151 +msgid "The following are critical for setting up a contract:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: set as :guilabel:`CAP57: Hong Kong " +"Employee`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:154 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: start date of employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: set as :guilabel:`HK Standard 40 hours/week` " +"(from employee record)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select either :guilabel:`Working Schedule`, " +":guilabel:`Attendances` or :guilabel:`Planning`. This field determines how " +"the work entries are accounted for in the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:160 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: the work entries are generated automatically " +"based on the employee's working schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendances`: the work entries are generated based on the check-" +"in/out period logged in the *Attendances*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: the work entries are generated from planning shifts " +"only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:166 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Salary Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` for Full-time or Part-" +"time employees, or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage` for employees who are paid " +"hourly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:170 +msgid ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: the frequency of payslip issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage`: :guilabel:`Monthly` or :guilabel:`Hourly` depending on the" +" :guilabel:`Wage Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internet Subscription`: this is an **optional** field to provide " +"additional internet allowance on top of the current salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:177 +msgid "Timesheets do **not** impact work entries in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Once all information has been setup, set the contract status to " +":guilabel:`Running` by clicking the :guilabel:`Running` button in the top-" +"right of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong employment contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:189 +msgid "Generate payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Once the employees, and their contracts, are configured, payslips can be " +"generated in the *Payroll* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides **four** different salary structures under CAP57 regulation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:196 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Employees Monthly Pay`: to process the monthly employee " +"salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice`: to process final payment upon " +"contract termination using :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:199 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Long Service Payment`: applicable to employees with more " +"than five years of service upon contract termination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Severance Payment`: applicable to employees with more than" +" two years of service upon contract termination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Before running the payslips, the accounts used in the salary rule can be " +"adjusted by navigating to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> " +"Rules`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Salary Rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Odoo can create pay runs in two ways: via :ref:`batch " +"` or :ref:`individual " +"` payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:217 +msgid "Batch payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:219 +msgid "" +"This method of payslip generation is used for recurring payments, since " +"multiple employee payslips can be managed at once. Go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:514 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Batch Name` (e.g. `2024 - Jan`) and :guilabel:`Period` " +"(e.g. `01/01/2024` - `01/31/2024`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:225 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Generate Payslips`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Choose which :guilabel:`Salary Structure` to use for this batch. The " +"department filter allows the batch to only apply to a specific group of " +"employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:228 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Generate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:229 +msgid "A :guilabel:`Payslips` smart button is created automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` to generate a draft journal entry" +" found in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of each payslip. A " +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears asking :guilabel:`Are you " +"sure you want to proceed?`. Click :guilabel:`Ok` to create the journal " +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:238 +msgid "Individual payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:240 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> All Payslips`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:242 +msgid "" +"This method of payslip generation is commonly used to handle non-recurring " +"payments (e.g. :guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice`, " +":guilabel:`CAP57: Long Service Payment` or :guilabel:`CAP57: Severance " +"Payment`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Select an :guilabel:`Employee`. When selected, the :guilabel:`Contract` is " +"filled out automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:249 +msgid "Add a pay :guilabel:`Period`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Select a salary :guilabel:`Structure` (e.g. :guilabel:`CAP57: Employees " +"Monthly Pay`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Worked Days & Inputs` tab automatically compute the worked " +"days/hours and time off leaves that are applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Additional payslip items can be added at this time (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Commissions`, :guilabel:`Deductions`) under the :guilabel:`Other " +"Inputs` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button to generate the payslip lines. " +"This button updates the :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:259 +msgid "" +"If the work entry for an employee was amended, click the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Recompute Whole Sheet` to " +"refresh the payslip's :guilabel:`Worked Days & Inputs` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:263 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab shows the detailed breakdown of the " +"computation, based on the salary rules configured for each structure type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rent Allowance`: amount derived from the employee's active rental" +" record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Basic Salary`: amount of base salary provided (after rent " +"allowance deduction)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`713 Gross`: net payable amount considering *Commission*, " +"*Internet Allowance*, *Reimbursements*, *Back-pay*, *Deduction*, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:270 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`MPF Gross`: net payable amount from 713 gross after consideration" +" of additional allowances, deductions, and end-of-year payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:272 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Mandatory Contribution`: employee MPF Contribution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:273 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employer Mandatory Contribution`: employer MPF Contribution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gross`: net payable amount from MPF gross after consideration of " +"MPF deductions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:275 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Net Salary`: final payable amount to be paid to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:278 +msgid "" +"There are no MPF contributions for the first month. Both employee and " +"employer contribution starts on second month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Salary computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` section in :guilabel:`Worked Days & " +"Inputs` tab, there are additional manual input types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Back Pay`: additional salary payout can be included under this " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:289 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Commission`: the commission earned during the period can be " +"manually entered here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Global Deduction`: a lump-sum deduction from the entire payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:291 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Global Reimbursement`: a lump-sum reimbursement to the entire " +"payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:292 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referral Fee`: the additional bonus offered for any form of " +"business-related referral." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Moving Daily Wage`: to override the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily " +"Wage)` value used for leaves computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skip Rent Allowance`: if set, the rental allowance is excluded " +"from the current payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Average Monthly Salary`: to override the average monthly " +"salary used for end-of-year payment (rule is only applicable to payslips " +"generated in December)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lieu of Notice Period (Months)`: only applicable to " +":guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice` salary structure. By default, " +"the final payout is set as 1-month. Use the :guilabel:`Count` field under " +"the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` section to set a different notice period " +"duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:304 +msgid "" +"Once the payslips are ready, click on :guilabel:`Compute Sheet`, followed by" +" :guilabel:`Create Draft entry` to generate a draft journal entry found in " +"the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Once the draft journal entries have been posted, the company can now pay the" +" employees. The user can choose between **two** different *payment methods*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:313 +msgid "" +"From the employee's payslip (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> " +"All Payslips`), once the payslip's journal entry has been posted, click " +":guilabel:`Register Payment`. The process is the same as :doc:`paying vendor" +" bills <../accounting/payments>`. Select the desired bank journal and " +"payment method, then later reconcile the payment with the corresponding bank" +" statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:317 +msgid "" +"For batch payments (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`), " +"once all draft journal entries from the batch are confirmed, click " +":guilabel:`Mark as Paid` to post the payment journal entry. Then " +":doc:`create a payment <../accounting/payments>` in the *Accounting* app, " +"and reconcile accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:323 +msgid "Attendances and hourly wage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:325 +msgid "" +"To configure the contract for an employee paid hourly using the " +"*Attendances* app for hours tracking, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll " +"app --> Contracts --> Contracts`. Create a new :ref:`contract " +"`. It is important to remember to set the " +":guilabel:`Work Entry Source` as :guilabel:`Attendances`, and " +":guilabel:`Wage Type` as :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:331 +msgid "To record the hours logged by the employee using *Attendances* app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:333 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Attendances app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:334 +msgid "" +"The employee can check-in/out, via the kiosk mode and the time will be " +"logged automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:335 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Payroll app`, review the attendance work entries " +"generated from :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Work Entries --> Work " +"Entries`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:337 +msgid "" +"Next, generate the :ref:`payslips ` and process " +"the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Attendance Work Entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Attendance Payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:348 +msgid "Time Off with Payroll" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:350 +msgid "" +"The work entry types and time off types are fully integrated between the " +"*Time Off* and *Payroll* apps. There are several default time off types and " +"work entry types specific to Hong Kong which are installed automatically " +"along with the *Hong Kong - Payroll* module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types` " +"and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:356 +msgid "" +"There are two checkboxes to be considered when setting up the work entry " +"type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use 713`: Include this leave type as part of 713 computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:359 +msgid ":guilabel:`Non-full pay`: 80% of the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Work Entry Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:366 +msgid "" +":ref:`Creating and configuring work entry types `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:369 +msgid "Understanding 713 Ordinance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:371 +msgid "" +"The *Hong Kong - Payroll* module is compliant with 713 Ordinance which " +"relates to the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` computation to ensure fair " +"compensation for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:374 +msgid "The ADW computation is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:379 +msgid "Hong Kong ADW Formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:379 +msgid "" +":abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` equals the total wage in a 12-month period," +" minus the wages of non-full pay, divided by the total days in a 12-month " +"period minus the days of non-full pay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:383 +msgid "" +"For 418 compliance, there is no automated allocation of the *Statutory " +"Holiday* entitlement to the employees. As soon as 418 requirements are met, " +"manually allocate the leaves, via the *Time Off* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Before generating payslips, ensure the statuses are :guilabel:`Done` to " +"validate the outcome." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:393 +msgid "Period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:394 +msgid "Days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:395 +msgid "Wage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:396 +msgid "Commission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:398 +msgid "ADW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:399 +msgid "Leave Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:400 +msgid "Jan" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:415 +msgid "31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:409 +msgid "$20200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:405 +msgid "$651.61 ($20200/31)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:413 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:407 +msgid "Feb" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:408 +msgid "28" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:410 +msgid "$5000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:411 +msgid "$25200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:412 +msgid "$769.49 ($45400/59)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:414 +msgid "Mar (One Day Annual Leave)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:418 +msgid "$20324.33" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:419 +msgid "$730.27 ($65724.33/90)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:420 +msgid "$769.49" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:421 +msgid "Apr (One Day 80% Sick Leave)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:423 +msgid "$20117.56" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:427 +msgid "$584.22 ($730.27*0.8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:430 +msgid "Here is an example demonstrating the 713 logic:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:432 +msgid "" +"**Jan**: Generate a payslip with a monthly wage of $20200. The :abbr:`ADW " +"(Average Daily Wage)` is always computed on a cumulative basis of the " +"trailing 12-months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:434 +msgid "" +"**Feb**: Generate a similar payslip, but add an :guilabel:`Other Input Type`" +" for the :guilabel:`Commission`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Mar**: Apply for **one** full-paid annual leave in March. The salary " +"compensation for the leave taken is based on :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily " +"Wage)` thus far." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:0 +msgid "Hong Kong March 713." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:443 +msgid "" +"**Apr**: Apply for a 1-day non-full pay leave in April. Since this is a non-" +"full pay leave, the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` is computed " +"accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:0 +msgid "Hong Kong April 713." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:451 +msgid "" +"The value of :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` is computed in the backend, " +"and not be visible to the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:455 +msgid "" +"`HK 713 Ordinance " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:456 +msgid "" +"`HK 418 Ordinance `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:459 +msgid "Generate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:461 +msgid "" +"Before generating the below reports, setup the following in " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Payroll`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:464 +msgid "Configure the following in the :guilabel:`Accounting` section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:466 +msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`Payroll HSBC Autopay` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:468 +msgid ":guilabel:`Autopay Type`: Set as :guilabel:`H2H Submission`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:469 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Bank Account` to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:471 +msgid "Configure the following in the :guilabel:`HK Localization` section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:473 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employer's Name shows on reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:474 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employer's File Number`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:475 +msgid ":guilabel:`Manulife MPF Scheme`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Payroll Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:482 +msgid "IRD report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:484 +msgid "There are a total of **four** IRD reports available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:486 +msgid ":guilabel:`IR56B`: employer's Return of Remuneration and Pensions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:487 +msgid ":guilabel:`IR56E`: notification of Commencement of Employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:488 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`IR56F`: notification of Ceasation of Employment (remaining in " +"HK)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:489 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`IR56G`: notification of Ceasation of Employment (departing from " +"HK permanently)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:491 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting`, and select one of the " +":guilabel:`IR56B/E/F/G Sheet` options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:495 +msgid "Fill in the relevant information for the IRD report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:496 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Populate`, and the :guilabel:`Eligible Employees` smart " +"button appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:497 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Employee Declarations` status is :guilabel:`Draft` and " +"changed to :guilabel:`Generated PDF` status once the schedule runs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:499 +msgid "Once the PDF is generated, the IRD form may be downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong IR56B report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:506 +msgid "" +"The scheduled action called *Payroll: Generate pdfs* can be manually " +"triggered. It is set by default to run the PDF generation monthly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:510 +msgid "Manulife MPF sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:512 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting --> Manulife MPF Sheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:515 +msgid "" +"Select the relevant :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Month`, and " +":guilabel:`Sequence No.`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:516 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create XLSX`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:517 +msgid "" +"The *Manulife MPF XLSX* file is then generated, and available for download." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Manulife Sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Odoo will not be developing further reports for other MPF trustee as there " +"will soon be an eMPF platform setup by the local government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:528 +msgid "`eMPF `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:531 +msgid "HSBC autopay report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:533 +msgid "" +"If *HSBC Autopay* is selected as the batch payment method, click on " +":guilabel:`Create HSBC Autopay Report`, and fill in the mandatory fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong HSBC Autopay wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:540 +msgid "" +"This creates an :file:`.apc` file format which can be uploaded to the HSCB " +"portal for processing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:3 @@ -41989,6 +44733,15 @@ msgid "" "online and mobile banking." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` " +"feature." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 msgid "PayNow bank account configuration" @@ -42007,10 +44760,44 @@ msgid "" "The account holder's country must be set to Singapore on its contact form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You could also include the invoice number in the QR code by checking the " +":guilabel:`Include Reference` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the " +"bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 +msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:45 msgid "Issue invoices with PayNow QR codes" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" +" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to *EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 +msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:53 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " @@ -43019,13 +45806,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Issue invoices with PromptPay QR code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:158 -msgid "" -"When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" -" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to :guilabel:`EMV Merchant-Presented QR-" -"code`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:164 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " @@ -47218,9 +49998,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:33 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` section, enter your Odoo database URL (e.g., " -"`https://example.odoo.com`) in the field :guilabel:`Invoices paid` and click" -" the :guilabel:`Test and save` button next to it." +"In the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` section, enter your Odoo database's URL, " +"followed by `/payment/xendit/webhook` (e.g., " +"`https://example.odoo.com/payment/xendit/webhook`) in the field " +":guilabel:`Invoices paid` and click the :guilabel:`Test and save` button " +"next to it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:40 diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 80329fe82..a826ae5db 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -1923,60 +1923,42 @@ msgstr "" "données apparaît en **gras**." #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:5 -msgid "Developer Mode (debug mode)" -msgstr "Mode développeur (mode débogage)" +msgid "Developer mode (debug mode)" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:7 msgid "" -"The developer mode (or debug mode) unlocks access to extra and advanced " -"tools in Odoo. There are several ways to activate the developer mode: " -"through the :ref:`settings `, the " -":ref:`browser extension `, through" -" the :ref:`command palette ` or the" -" :ref:`URL `." +"The developer mode, also known as debug mode, unlocks access to advanced " +":ref:`tools and settings ` in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Le mode développeur (ou mode débogage) permet d'accéder à des outils " -"supplémentaires et avancés dans Odoo. Il existe plusieurs façons d'activer " -"le mode développeur : via les :ref:`paramètres " -"`, l':ref:`extension du navigateur " -"`, la :ref:`palette de commande " -"` ou l':ref:`URL " -"`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:17 -msgid "Activate through the Settings" -msgstr "Activer via les Paramètres" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:11 msgid "" -"The debug mode can be activated in the Odoo database settings. Go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Developer Tools` and click" -" on :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`. At least one application needs " -"to be installed for the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` section to appear in the" -" :guilabel:`Settings` module." +"Proceed with caution, as some developer tools and technical settings are " +"considered advanced and may have associated risks. Only use them if you " +"understand the implications and are confident in your actions." msgstr "" -"Le mode débogage peut être activé dans les paramètres de la base de données " -"Odoo. Allez aux :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Paramètres généraux --> " -"Outils développeur` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Activer le mode développeur`. " -"Vous devez installer au moins une application pour que la section " -":guilabel:`Outils développeur` apparaisse dans le module " -":guilabel:`Paramètres`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of the debug options under settings in Odoo." -msgstr "Aperçu des options de débogage dans les paramètres d'Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:16 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with assets)` is used by developers;" -" :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with tests assets)` is used by " -"developers and testers." +"The developer mode is also available with :ref:`assets " +"`, which are used to debug JavaScript " +"code, and with :ref:`tests assets `, " +"which are used to run test tours." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Activer le mode développeur (avec les assets)` s'utilise par les " -"développeurs ; :guilabel:`Activer le mode développeur (avec les assets " -"test)` s'utilise par les développeurs et les testeurs." -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:23 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Activation" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To activate it, open the :guilabel:`Settings` app, scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Developer Tools` section, and click :guilabel:`Activate the " +"developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:28 msgid "" "Once activated, the :guilabel:`Deactivate the developer mode` option becomes" " available." @@ -1984,130 +1966,71 @@ msgstr "" "Une fois activée, l'option:`Désactiver le mode développeur` devient " "disponible." +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 +msgid "Activating the developer mode in the Settings app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To activate the developer mode **from anywhere in the database**, add " +"`?debug=1` to the URL after `/web` (e.g., " +"`https://example.odoo.com/web?debug=1#action=menu&cids=1`). To deactivate " +"it, use `?debug=0` instead." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:37 -msgid "Activate through the browser extension" -msgstr "Activer via une extension de navigateur" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:39 msgid "" -"Within a web browser, navigate to the browser settings and extensions and " -"search for the `Odoo Debug` extension. Once the extension is installed, a " -"new icon will be shown on the browser's toolbar." +"Use `?debug=assets` to activate the developer mode with assets and " +"`?debug=tests` to activate it with tests assets." msgstr "" -"Dans un navigateur web, naviguez dans les paramètres et les extensions du " -"navigateur et recherchez l'extension `Odoo Debug`. Une fois l'extension " -"installée, une nouvelle icône s'affiche dans la barre d'outils du " -"navigateur." -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:41 msgid "" -"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " -"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" -" a single click." +"Open the **command palette** by pressing `Ctrl + K` or `Cmd ⌘ + K`, then " +"type `debug` to activate the developer mode with assets or deactivate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:44 +msgid "Browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The `Odoo Debug `_ browser extension " +"adds an icon to toggle developer mode on or off from the browser's toolbar. " +"It is available on the `Chrome Web Store " +"`_ and `Firefox Add-ons " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:54 +msgid "Developer tools and technical menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once the developer mode is activated, the developer tools can be accessed by" +" clicking the :icon:`fa-bug` :guilabel:`(bug)` icon. The menu contains tools" +" useful for understanding or editing technical data, such as a view's field," +" filters, or actions. The options available depend on where the menu is " +"accessed from." msgstr "" -"Pour l'extension *Débogage d'Odoo*, un simple clic permet d'accéder à une " -"version normale du mode, tandis qu'un double clic l'autorise avec des " -"assets. Pour le désactiver, il suffit d'un simple clic." #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "View of Odoo's debug icon in a Google Chrome toolbar." -msgstr "Vue de l'icône débogage Odoo dans une barre d'outils de Chrome" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:53 -msgid "Activate through the command palette" -msgstr "Activer via la palette de commande" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the command palette tool has a command to activate the debug mode. " -"First, open the command palette tool with the keyboard shortcut `ctrl+k` and" -" then type `debug`. A command will show up to activate the debug mode." +msgid "Accessing the developer tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Database administrators can access the technical menu from the " +":guilabel:`Settings` app. It contains advanced database settings, such as " +"ones related to the database structure, security, actions, etc." msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, l'outil palette de commande possède une commande pour activer le " -"mode débogage. Tout d'abord, ouvrez la palette de commande utilisant le " -"raccourci clavier `ctrl+k` et tapez ensuite `debug`. Une commande " -"s'affichera pour activer le mode débogage." #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Command palette with debug command." -msgstr "Palette de commande avec la commande debogage." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:68 -msgid "Activate through the URL" -msgstr "Activer via l'URL" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The debug mode can also be activated by adding an extra query string to the " -"database's URL. In the URL, add `?debug=1` or `?debug=true` after `/web`. To" -" deactivate the debug mode, change the value to `?debug=0` instead." +msgid "Accessing the technical menu" msgstr "" -"Le mode débogage peut également être activé en ajoutant une chaîne de " -"requête supplémentaire à l'URL de la base de données. Dans l'URL, ajoutez " -"`?debug=1` ou `?debug=true` after `/web`. Pour désactiver le mode débogage, " -"remplacez la valeur par `?debug=0`." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a URL with the debug mode command added." -msgstr "Aperçu d'une URL avec l'ajout de la commande mode débogage" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Additional modes are available for developers: `?debug=assets` enables the " -":ref:`assets mode `, and " -"`?debug=tests` enables the :ref:`tests mode " -"`." -msgstr "" -"Des modes supplémentaires sont disponibles pour les développeurs : " -"`?debug=assets` active le mode :ref:`assets " -"`, et `?debug=tests` active le " -":ref:`mode test `." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:86 -msgid "Locate the developer mode tools" -msgstr "Trouver les outils du mode développeur" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Once developer mode is activated, the developer mode tools can be accessed " -"from the :guilabel:`Open Developer Tools` button, the bug icon located in " -"the header of the Odoo database." -msgstr "" -"Une fois le mode développeur activé, vous pouvez accéder aux outils du mode " -"développeur depuis le bouton :guilabel:`Ouvrir les outils développeur`, " -"l'icône de l'insecte se trouve dans l'en-tête de la base de données Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a console page and the debug icon being shown in Odoo." -msgstr "Aperçu d'une page d'instance montrant l'icône débogage dans Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:95 -msgid "" -"This menu contains additional tools that are useful to understand or edit " -"technical data, such as the views or actions of a page. On a page that has " -"filters, actions, and view options, the developer mode tools contain some " -"useful menu items such as:" -msgstr "" -"Ce menu contient des outils additionnels qui sont utiles pour comprendre ou " -"modifier des données techniques, comme les vues ou les actions d'une page. " -"Sur une page qui comporte des filtres, actions et options de vue, les outils" -" du mode développeur contiennent des éléments de menu utiles, tels que :" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:99 -msgid ":guilabel:`Edit Action`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Modifier l'action`" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:100 -msgid ":guilabel:`Manage Filters`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Gérer des filtres`" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:101 -msgid "Edit the current view (e.g. Kanban, List, Graph, etc.)" -msgstr "Modifier la vue actuelle (par ex. Kanban, Liste, Graphique, etc.)" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:102 -msgid "See the :guilabel:`Fields View Get`" -msgstr "Voir les :guilabel:`Fields View Get`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:5 msgid "Email communication" @@ -3085,11 +3008,11 @@ msgstr "" "`_. Si un sélecteur est demandé, saisissez " "`odoo`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 msgid "Check the DMARC policy" msgstr "Verifier la politique DMARC" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:104 msgid "" "The Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance (DMARC) " "record is a protocol that unifies :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` and " @@ -3108,15 +3031,15 @@ msgstr "" "la vérification :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` et/ou :abbr:`DKIM " "(DomainKeys Identified Mail)`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 msgid "DMARC: TXT record" msgstr "DMARC : enregistrement TXT" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 msgid "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`" msgstr "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:116 msgid "" "There are three :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` policies:" @@ -3124,20 +3047,20 @@ msgstr "" "Il y a trois politiques :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` :" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 msgid "`p=none`" msgstr "`p=none`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:118 -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 msgid "`p=quarantine`" msgstr "`p=quarantine`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 msgid "`p=reject`" msgstr "`p=reject`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:123 msgid "" "`p=quarantine` and `p=reject` instruct the server that receives an email to " "quarantine that email or ignore it if the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy " @@ -3147,7 +3070,7 @@ msgstr "" "mettre en quarantaine ou de le refuser si la vérification :abbr:`SPF (Sender" " Policy Framework)` et/ou :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` échoue." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:127 msgid "" "If the domain name uses :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` and has defined one of these policies, the domain" @@ -3159,7 +3082,7 @@ msgstr "" "politiques, le domaine doit être conforme au :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy " "Framework)` ou activez :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:132 msgid "" "Yahoo or AOL are examples of email providers with a :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-" "based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` policy set to " @@ -3173,7 +3096,7 @@ msgstr "" "une adresse *@yahoo.com* ou *@aol.com* pour les utilisateurs de la base de " "données. Ces emails n'atteindront jamais leur destinataire." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:137 msgid "" "`p=none` is used for the domain owner to receive reports about entities " "using their domain. It should not impact the deliverability if the " @@ -3185,7 +3108,7 @@ msgstr "" "d'incidence sur la délivrabilité si la vérification :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-" "based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` échoue." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:141 msgid "" ":abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` records are comprised of tags in the form of :abbr:`DNS " @@ -3212,115 +3135,115 @@ msgstr "" "la politique :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, &" " Conformance)` ne doit pas être trop restrictive au départ." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:150 msgid "The following chart displays available tags:" msgstr "Le tableau suivant illustre certaines des étiquettes disponibles :" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 msgid "Tag Name" msgstr "Nom de l'étiquette" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 msgid "Purpose" msgstr "But" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 msgid "Example" msgstr "Exemple" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 msgid "v" msgstr "v" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 msgid "Protocol version" msgstr "Version du protocole" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 msgid "`v=DMARC1`" msgstr "`v=DMARC1`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 msgid "pct" msgstr "pct" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 msgid "Percentage of messages subjected to filtering" msgstr "Pourcentage de messages soumis à un filtrage" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 msgid "`pct=20`" msgstr "`pct=20`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 msgid "ruf" msgstr "ruf" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 msgid "Reporting URI for forensic reports" msgstr "Adresse pour les rapports forensiques" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 msgid "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" msgstr "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 msgid "rua" msgstr "rua" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 msgid "Reporting URI of aggregate reports" msgstr "Adresse pour les rapports résumés" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 msgid "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" msgstr "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 msgid "p" msgstr "p" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 msgid "Policy for organizational domain" msgstr "Politique pour le Domaine Organisationnel" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 msgid "sp" msgstr "sp" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 msgid "Policy for subdomains of the OD" msgstr "Politique pour les sous-domaines du DO" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 msgid "`sp=reject`" msgstr "`sp=reject`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 msgid "adkim" msgstr "adkim" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 msgid "Alignment mode for DKIM" msgstr "Mode d'alignement pour DKIM" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 msgid "`adkim=s`" msgstr "`adkim=s`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 msgid "aspf" msgstr "aspf" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:181 msgid "Alignment mode for SPF" msgstr "Mode d'alignement pour le SPF" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 msgid "`aspf=r`" msgstr "`aspf=r`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:184 msgid "" "Check the :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` record of a domain name with a tool like `MXToolbox DMARC " @@ -3330,7 +3253,7 @@ msgstr "" " Reporting, & Conformance)` d'un nom de domaine à l'aide d'un outil tel que " "`MXToolbox DMARC `_." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:188 msgid "" "`DMARC.org is another great resource to learn about DMARC records. " "`_" @@ -3338,11 +3261,11 @@ msgstr "" "`Vous trouverez de plus amples informations sur DMARC sur DMARC.org. " "`_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 msgid "SPF, DKIM & DMARC documentation of common providers" msgstr "Documentation SPF, DKIM & DMARC des fournisseurs courants" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:196 msgid "" "`OVH DNS " "`_" @@ -3350,30 +3273,30 @@ msgstr "" "`DNS OVH " "`_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 msgid "" "`OVH SPF `_" msgstr "" "`SPF OVH `_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 msgid "" "`GoDaddy TXT record `_" msgstr "" "`Enregistrement TXT GoDaddy `_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 msgid "`GoDaddy SPF `_" msgstr "`SPF GoDaddy `_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:200 msgid "" "`GoDaddy DKIM `_" msgstr "" "`DKIM GoDaddy `_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:201 msgid "" "`NameCheap " "`_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 msgid "" "`CloudFlare DNS `_" @@ -3391,13 +3314,13 @@ msgstr "" "`DNS CloudFlare `_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:204 msgid "" "`Google Domains `_" msgstr "" "`Domaines Google `_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 msgid "" "`Azure DNS `_" @@ -3405,7 +3328,7 @@ msgstr "" "`DNS Azure `_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:207 msgid "" "To fully test the configuration, use the `Mail-Tester `_ tool, which gives a full overview of the content and " @@ -3418,7 +3341,7 @@ msgstr "" "être utilisé pour configurer des enregistrements pour d'autres fournisseurs " "moins connus." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:212 msgid "" "`Using Mail-Tester to set SPF Records for specific carriers " "`_" @@ -9944,18 +9867,11 @@ msgstr "Téléchargement et installation initiale" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 msgid "" "To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation " -"package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download " -"page `_. Next, install and setup the Odoo " -":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " -"start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +"package for Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download page " +"`_. Next, install and setup the Odoo :file:`.exe`" +" file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to start the " +"installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." msgstr "" -"Pour lancer l'installation, allez au paquet d'installation Odoo 16 ou une " -"version ultérieure pour Enterprise ou Community - édition Windows sur la " -"`page de téléchargement d'Odoo `_. Ensuite, " -"installez et configurez le fichier :file:`.exe` d'Odoo. Après avoir suivi " -"l'écran des instructions, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Suivant` pour lancer " -"l'installation et accepter les :abbr:`CGU (Conditions générales " -"d'utilisation)`." #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -10547,10 +10463,22 @@ msgstr "" "Confirmez la désinstallation et suivez les étapes de désinstallation à " "travers le guide de désinstallation d'Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:7 msgid "Devices" msgstr "Périphériques" +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:21 +msgid "" +":doc:`Worldline payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:23 +msgid "" +":doc:`Ingenico payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 msgid "Connect a camera" msgstr "Connecter une caméra" @@ -12525,9 +12453,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:126 msgid "" "On a form, navigate to any field, and hover over the field name. A box of " -"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Object`" -" name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be" -" added." +"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Model` " +"name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be " +"added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:0 diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index cd8c51d3b..5995994ff 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -28,13 +28,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Human resources" msgstr "Ressources humaines" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 msgid "Appraisals" msgstr "Évaluations" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, the *Appraisals* application can be used to evaluate employee " "performance on a recurring basis. Managers can evaluate the performance of " @@ -43,28 +43,28 @@ msgid "" "desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:12 msgid "" "Appraisals give employees valuable feedback, including actionable goals to " "work toward, and measurable skills to improve upon. Additionally, appraisals" " may form the basis for raises, promotions, and other benefits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:16 msgid "" "Regular appraisals are good for both the employees and the company, since " "they can accurately measure performance based on company goals, and show " "employees where they need to improve." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:31 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuration" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Configuration` menu in the *Appraisals* application is where " "the settings can be configured, feedback templates can be edited, " @@ -72,31 +72,32 @@ msgid "" "feedback can be stored, and goal tags can be viewed/created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Paramètres" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:29 msgid "" "To access the *Settings* menu, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " "application --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 msgid "Feedback templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:35 msgid "" "Feedback templates are form outlines used during an employee appraisal. Any " "edits made to a template are, ultimately, reflected in the appraisals sent " "to employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:38 msgid "" "There are two default templates pre-configured in Odoo *Appraisals*: one for" " employee feedback, and one for manager feedback. Each contains several " @@ -104,25 +105,25 @@ msgid "" " the questions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:42 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`My work`, :guilabel:`My future`, and :guilabel:`My feelings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:45 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`Feedback`, :guilabel:`Evaluation`, and :guilabel:`Improvements`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:48 msgid "" "Any desired changes to the default feedback templates can be made by making " "changes directly in each template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:54 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Appraisals` section of the settings menu determines the " "frequency that appraisals are performed, and if it is possible to request " @@ -135,56 +136,56 @@ msgid "" "enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 msgid "Appraisals plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:66 msgid "" "By default, appraisals are pre-configured to be automatically created six " "months after an employee is hired, with a second appraisal exactly six " "months after that." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:69 msgid "" "Once those two initial appraisals have been completed in the employee's " "first year, following appraisals are only created once a year (every twelve " "months)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:72 msgid "" "To modify this schedule, change the number of months in the blank fields " "under the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:76 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section is modified, **all** empty " ":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Dates` are modified for **all** employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 msgid "360 feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:82 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option can be enabled to allow managers to " "request feedback from other employees using a different survey form, at any " "time, independent of the appraisal schedule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:85 msgid "" "Typically, managers ask for feedback from other people who work with an " "employee they manage. This includes the employee's various managers, peers, " "and direct reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:88 msgid "" "To view the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey, click the :guilabel:`→ Internal" " link` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`Default Template` field. The " @@ -192,13 +193,13 @@ msgid "" " can be made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:92 msgid "" "For more information on how to edit a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:96 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` form is a pre-configured survey within the " "*Surveys* application. In order to use the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option, " @@ -206,11 +207,11 @@ msgid "" " be installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 msgid "Evaluation scale" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:103 msgid "" "On each employee appraisal form, final rating options appear by default. To " "view and edit these options, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " @@ -218,7 +219,7 @@ msgid "" "ratings in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:107 msgid "" "The pre-configured ratings are :guilabel:`Needs Improvement`, " ":guilabel:`Meets Expectations`, :guilabel:`Exceeds Expectations`, and " @@ -226,14 +227,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:111 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`New` button is clicked on the :guilabel:`Evaluation " "Scale` page, a blank line appears at the bottom of the list. Enter the name " "of the rating in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:114 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the ratings, click the :guilabel:`(six small gray " "boxes)` icon to the left of a rating, and drag the rating to the desired " @@ -246,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:124 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` section displays information for all the " "surveys currently configured in the *Appraisals* application. To view the " @@ -258,55 +259,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list view of all available surveys in the Appraisals application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:132 msgid "" "Each appraisal (or survey) is presented in its own line on the " ":guilabel:`360 Feedback` page, along with various information related to " "that particular appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 msgid "Each appraisal includes the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:137 msgid ":guilabel:`Survey Name`: the name of the specific survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the employee responsible for the survey, including " "the month and year they were given that designation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Questions`: the number of questions in that particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Duration`: the average time a user spends completing the " "survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Registered`: the number of people who have been sent the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Completed`: the number of people who have completed the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:145 msgid "" "Each appraisal also has two buttons at the end of each line: a " ":guilabel:`Test` button and a :guilabel:`See Results` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:148 msgid "" "To see what an appraisal looks like for the end user (i.e. an employee), " "click the :guilabel:`Test` button, and the appraisal loads in a new browser " @@ -314,14 +315,14 @@ msgid "" "to enter any answers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:152 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`This is a Test Survey. → Edit " "Survey` at the top of the page to be taken to the detail form for that " "particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:155 msgid "" "To view the results from everyone who completed an appraisal, click the " ":guilabel:`See Results` button. This presents all the answers for the survey" @@ -330,13 +331,13 @@ msgid "" "each question are visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:160 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`→ Edit Survey` at the top of " "the page to be taken to the detail form for that particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:163 msgid "" "In addition to viewing the responses from past appraisals and surveys, new " "surveys can also be created from the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` page. Simply " @@ -344,123 +345,77 @@ msgid "" " survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:167 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:171 msgid "" "In previous versions of Odoo, this section was referred to as " ":guilabel:`Surveys`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:172 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "Étiquettes" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 -msgid "" -"An additional feature of the *Appraisals* application is the ability to set " -":ref:`goals ` for employees. On each goal form, there is a" -" field to add tags. The available tags are pulled from a list that is " -"configured from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To view a list of all existing goal tags, and to create new tags, go to the " -":guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, by navigating to :menuselection:`Appraisals " -"application --> Configuration --> Tags`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:181 -msgid "All currently configured tags are presented in a list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:183 -msgid "" -"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " -"all tags need to be added from this list, or directly from the goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 -msgid "" -"To create a new tag from the :guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, click the " -":guilabel:`New` button, and a blank line appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the tag on the line. Then, press the enter key to save the" -" tag, and create a new blank line. Repeat this for all tags that need to be " -"added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:192 -msgid "The list of tags is automatically arranged in alphabetical order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:176 msgid "" "Navigate to the main *Appraisals* dashboard by opening the " ":guilabel:`Appraisals` application. The :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard is " "the default view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:179 msgid "" "To view the dashboard at any point in the application, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Appraisals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:182 msgid "" "All appraisals are displayed on the dashboard in a Kanban view, by default, " "with a list of groupings on the left side of the dashboard, including " ":guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Department`, and :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 msgid "" "Click any grouping option to view appraisals for **only** the chosen " "selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 msgid "" "Only groupings with multiple selections appear in the list. For example, if " "a database only has one company, the :guilabel:`Company` grouping does " "**not** appear, since there is no other company to select." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:193 msgid "Each appraisal card displays the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: the department the employee is associated with." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company the employee works for. This only appears " "in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date`: the date the appraisal was requested, or is scheduled for " "in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activities`: any activities that are scheduled for the appraisal," " such as :guilabel:`Meetings` or :guilabel:`Phone Calls.` If no activities " @@ -468,13 +423,13 @@ msgid "" "icon, located in the bottom-left corner of an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:204 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: the employee's manager, indicated by the profile icon " "in the bottom-right corner of an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:206 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status banner`: the status of the appraisal. A banner appears if " "an appraisal is marked as either :guilabel:`Canceled` or :guilabel:`Done`. " @@ -482,7 +437,7 @@ msgid "" "not been scheduled yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 msgid "" "To view the details of any appraisal, click on the card to open the " "appraisal form." @@ -492,22 +447,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Appraisals dashboard with each appraisal in its own box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 msgid "New appraisal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new appraisal, click the :guilabel:`New` button at the top of " "the :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard to load a blank appraisal form. Then, " "enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:222 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:223 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu. " "The manager is responsible for completing the :guilabel:`Manager's Feedback`" @@ -515,7 +470,7 @@ msgid "" "selected, if they have a manager set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appraisal Date`: the current date is automatically entered in " "this field. This field is automatically updated once the appraisal is " @@ -523,39 +478,39 @@ msgid "" "cancellation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu. This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have" " a department set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:233 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the employee's company from the drop-down menu. " "This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have a " "company set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 msgid "" "The only required fields for the appraisal form are the employee's " ":guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Manager`, and the :guilabel:`Company`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:241 msgid "" "Once the form is complete, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm " "the appraisal request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 msgid "" "Once confirmed, the employee receives an email stating that an appraisal was" " requested, and is then prompted to schedule an appraisal date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:246 msgid "" "The status changes to :guilabel:`Confirmed`, and the :guilabel:`Employee's " "Feedback` section of the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab is grayed out. The " @@ -564,18 +519,18 @@ msgid "" "once the appraisal request is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 msgid "" "If there are any existing appraisals for the employee, an " ":guilabel:`Appraisal` smart button appears at the top of the page, listing " "the total number of appraisals there are for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:255 msgid "Ask for feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:257 msgid "" "As part of the appraisal process, the manager can request feedback on an " "employee from anyone in the company. Feedback is usually requested from co-" @@ -584,43 +539,43 @@ msgid "" "manager's overall assessment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 msgid "" "To request feedback, the appraisal **must** be confirmed. Once confirmed, an" " :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button appears at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:265 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button is clicked, an :guilabel:`Ask " "Feedback` email pop-up form appears, using the :guilabel:`Appraisal: Ask " "Feedback` email template, which sends the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:269 msgid "" "Enter the employees being asked to complete the survey in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field. Multiple employees may be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 msgid "" "The email template has dynamic placeholders to personalize the message. Add " "any additional text to the email, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:275 msgid "If required, an :guilabel:`Answer Deadline` can be added, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:277 msgid "" "If any attachments are needed, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button, and" " a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the file(s), select them, then " "click :guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:280 msgid "When the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send.`" msgstr "" @@ -628,21 +583,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The email pop-up when requesting feedback from other employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:287 msgid "Appraisal form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:289 msgid "" "Once an appraisal is confirmed, the next steps are for the employee to fill " "out the self-assessment, after which the manager completes their assessment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:295 msgid "Employee's feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:297 msgid "" "To complete their portion of feedback, employees should navigate to the main" " :menuselection:`Appraisals application` dashboard, where the only entries " @@ -650,14 +605,14 @@ msgid "" "manage and have to provide manager feedback for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 msgid "" "Click on the appraisal to open the appraisal form. Enter responses in the " ":guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` " "tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:304 msgid "" "When completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to Manager` toggle (the " "default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When clicked, the toggle " @@ -669,24 +624,24 @@ msgid "" "The feedback section for the employee with the toggle button highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:314 msgid "Manager's feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 msgid "" "After the employee has completed the :guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` " "section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab, it is time for the manager to " "fill out the :guilabel:`Manager's Feedback` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:320 msgid "" "The manager enters their responses in the fields in the :ref:`same manner as" " the employee `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:323 msgid "" "When the feedback section is completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to " "Employee` toggle (the default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When " @@ -699,11 +654,12 @@ msgid "" " highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:748 msgid "Skills tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:334 msgid "" "Part of an appraisal is evaluating an employee's skills, and tracking their " "progress over time. The :guilabel:`Skills` tab of the appraisal form auto-" @@ -711,32 +667,32 @@ msgid "" "<../hr/employees/new_employee>`, once an appraisal is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:338 msgid "" "Each skill is grouped with like skills, and the :guilabel:`Skill Level`, " ":guilabel:`Progress`, and :guilabel:`Justification` are displayed for each " "skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 msgid "" "Update any skills, or add any new skills to the :guilabel:`Skills` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:343 msgid "" "If a skill level has increased, a reason for the improved rating can be " "entered into the :guilabel:`Justification` field, such as `took a fluency " "language test` or `received Javascript certification`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:347 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`Create a new employee ` document for " "detailed instructions on adding or updating a skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:350 msgid "" "After an appraisal is completed, and the skills have been updated, the next " "time an appraisal is confirmed, the updated skills populate the " @@ -747,11 +703,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The skills tab of an appraisal form, all filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:358 msgid "Private note tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:360 msgid "" "If managers want to leave notes that are only visible to other managers, " "they can be entered in the :guilabel:`Private Note` tab. The employee being " @@ -759,12 +715,12 @@ msgid "" "appear on their appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:386 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:520 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 msgid "Schedule a meeting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:367 msgid "" "Once both portions of an appraisal are completed (the :ref:`employee " "` and :ref:`manager Appraisals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:377 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, beneath the appraisal date on the " "desired appraisal card, and a :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window " @@ -792,47 +748,47 @@ msgid "" "activity form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Meeting` for the :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the drop-" "down menu. Doing so causes the form to change, so only the " ":guilabel:`Activity Type` and :guilabel:`Summary` fields appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:385 msgid "" "If scheduling an activity other than a meeting, such as a :guilabel:`Call` " "or a :guilabel:`To-Do`, the fields that appear on the :guilabel:`Schedule " "Activity` pop-up form change, accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:389 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon may appear as a number of different icons, " "depending on what, if any, scheduled activities are in place, and the color " "represents their corresponding due dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:392 msgid "" "If no activities are scheduled, that is represented by a gray :guilabel:`🕘 " "(clock)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:394 msgid "" "However, if a specific activity is scheduled, the icon may appear as a " ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon for a phone call, a :guilabel:`👥 (group of " "people)` icon for a meeting, and so on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:397 msgid "" "The color of the icon indicates the status; a green icon means an activity " "is scheduled in the future, and a red icon means the activity is past due." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:400 msgid "" "For more details on activities, refer to the :doc:`../essentials/activities`" " document." @@ -842,46 +798,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The appraisal cards with the various activity icons highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 msgid "" "Enter a brief description in the :guilabel:`Summary` field of the " ":guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window, such as `Annual Appraisal for " "(Employee)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:409 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button. From the calendar page " "that appears, navigate to, and double-click on, the desired date and time " "for the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:412 msgid "" "Doing so opens a :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up form. From this pop-up form, " "make any desired modifications, such as designating a :guilabel:`Start` " "time, or giving a :guilabel:`Name` to the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:416 msgid "" "Add the appraisee in the :guilabel:`Attendees` section, and include anyone " "else who should be in the meeting, if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:419 msgid "" "To make the meeting a video call, instead of an in-person meeting, click " ":guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting`, and a :guilabel:`Videocall URL` link appears in " "the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:422 msgid "" "Once all the desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:424 msgid "" "The meeting now appears on the calendar, and the invited parties are " "informed, via email." @@ -893,183 +849,46 @@ msgid "" "appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 msgid "" "The other way to schedule a meeting is from the individual appraisal form. " "To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Appraisal application` " "dashboard, then click on an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button, and the calendar loads." " Follow the same directions above to create the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 msgid "" -"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button says " +"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button reads " ":guilabel:`No Meeting`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:463 -msgid "Goals" -msgstr "Objectifs" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:465 -msgid "" -"The ability to set goals for employees to work toward is an important " -"feature of Odoo *Appraisals*. Goals are typically set during an appraisal, " -"so the employee knows what they need to work toward before their next " -"appraisal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:469 -msgid "" -"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> " -"Goals`. This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban " -"view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:472 -msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:474 -msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the name of the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:475 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee the goal is assigned to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 -msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:477 -msgid ":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Employee`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is assigned " -"to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:480 -msgid "" -"If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " -"corner of the goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 -msgid "" -"Every individual goal requires its own entry for each employee. If employees" -" have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the list. For " -"example, if both Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " -"appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " -"goal for Sara." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 -msgid "New goal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:495 -msgid "" -"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application -->" -" Goals`, and click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:498 -msgid "" -"Enter the information on the card. The information requested is all the same" -" information that appears on the :ref:`goal card ` in the " -"Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field and a " -":guilabel:`Description` tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:502 -msgid "" -"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field by default, and " -"the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" -" profile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:505 -msgid "" -"Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " -"useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:513 -msgid "Completed goals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:515 -msgid "" -"When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " -"be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " -"dashboard, or from the individual goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:518 -msgid "" -"To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" -" the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the top-right of a goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:522 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon **only** appears when the mouse hovers " -"over the corner of a goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:525 -msgid "" -"Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " -"green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " -"card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:528 -msgid "" -"To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " -"open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " -"the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner " -"appears in the top-right corner of the goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:533 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:526 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:753 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:830 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Analyse" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:442 msgid "" "The *Appraisals* application tracks two metrics across two different " "reports: an :ref:`appraisal analysis `, and a " ":ref:`skills evolution `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:448 msgid "Appraisal analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:450 msgid "" "To access the *Appraisal Analysis* report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Appraisal " @@ -1077,7 +896,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted in different colors to represent their status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 msgid "" "Appraisals in yellow are completed, appraisals in orange are in-progress " "(the appraisal is confirmed, but not completed), and appraisals in gray are " @@ -1085,13 +904,13 @@ msgid "" "been confirmed yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 msgid "" "The report displays the whole current year, by default, grouped by " "department." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:460 msgid "" "To change the calendar view presented, change the date settings in the top-" "left of the report. The options to display are :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -1099,13 +918,13 @@ msgid "" " move forward or backward in time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:464 msgid "" "At any point, click the :guilabel:`Today` button to present the calendar to " "include today's date in the view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:467 msgid "" "The report can have other filters and groupings set in the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top." @@ -1115,64 +934,64 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A report showing all the appraisals for the Appraisal Analysis report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 msgid "Skills evolution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 msgid "" "To access the *Skills Evolution* report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Skills Evolution`. " "This displays a report of all skills, grouped by employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:481 msgid "" "All the lines of the report are collapsed, by default. To view the details " "of a line, click on a line to expand the data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:484 msgid "Each skill has the following information listed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:486 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: name of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 msgid ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: the category the skill falls under." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:488 msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the specific, individual skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:489 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Level`: the level the employee had previously " "achieved for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:583 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Progress`: the previous percentage of competency " "achieved for the skill (based on the :guilabel:`Skill Level`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:585 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Skill Level`: the current level the employee has achieved" " for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Skill Progress`: the current percentage of competency " "achieved for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:494 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Justification`: any notes entered on the skill explaining the " "progress." @@ -1182,11 +1001,182 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A report showing all the skills grouped by employee." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:501 +msgid ":doc:`appraisals/goals`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:3 +msgid "Goals" +msgstr "Objectifs" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Appraisals* application allows managers to set goals for their " +"employees. That way, employees know what to work toward before their next " +"review." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`. " +"This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:13 +msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:15 +msgid ":guilabel:`Goal`: the name of the goal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:16 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the employee the goal is assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:17 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-clock-o` :guilabel:`(clock)` icon: displays the corresponding " +":doc:`activity icon <../../essentials/activities>` for the record. If no " +"activities are scheduled, the default icon is the :icon:`fa-clock-o` " +":guilabel:`(clock)`. If any activities have been scheduled, the icon " +"represents the activity scheduled soonest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:21 +msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal. The " +"options are :guilabel:`0%`, :guilabel:`25%`, :guilabel:`50%`, " +":guilabel:`75%`, or :guilabel:`100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Icon`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is " +"assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " +"corner of the goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 +msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every individual goal requires its own record for each employee. If multiple" +" employees have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For example, if Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " +"appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " +"goal for Sara." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:40 +msgid "New goal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`," +" and click :guilabel:`New` top-left corner to open a blank goal form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Input the :guilabel:`Goal`, :guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Progress`, and " +":guilabel:`Deadline`, information on the goal card, as discussed in the " +":ref:`goal card ` section of this document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The information requested is all the same information that appears on the " +"goal card in the Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field " +"and a :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " +"all tags need to be added. To add a tag, enter the name of the tag on the " +"line, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(tag)\"`. Repeat this for all tags that" +" need to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field, by default, and " +"the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" +" profile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " +"useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 +msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:68 +msgid "Completed goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:70 +msgid "" +"When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " +"be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " +"dashboard, or from the individual goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" +" the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon in the top-" +"right of a goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon **only** " +"appears when the mouse hovers over the top-right corner of a goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " +"green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " +"open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " +"the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner " +"appears in the top-right corner of the goal form." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:5 msgid "Attendances" msgstr "Présences" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Attendances* application functions as a time clock. Employees are " "able to check in and out of work using a dedicated device in kiosk mode, " @@ -1196,56 +1186,55 @@ msgid "" " are working overtime, or checking out of work earlier than expected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:16 msgid "Access rights" msgstr "Droits d'accès" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:18 msgid "" "It is important to understand how the different access rights affect what " -"users can access in the *Attendances* application." +"options and features users can access in the *Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 msgid "" -"Every user in the database is always able to access their own information on" -" the dashboard and can check in and out directly from the database. Access " -"to all the other features is determined by access rights." +"Every user in the database is able to check in and out directly from the " +"database, without needing access to the *Attendances* application. " +"Additionally, all users can access their own attendance records from their " +"employee form in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Access to both the *Attendances* application, and the various features " +"within the application is determined by access rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:28 msgid "" "To see what access rights a user has, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Settings application --> Users & Companies: Users`, and " -"click on an individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by" -" default. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the " -"setting. For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to " -"leave the field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users & Companies: Users`, and click on an " +"individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by default. " +"Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the setting. " +"For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to leave the " +"field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:34 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Administrator` option is selected, the user has full " "access to the entire *Attendances* application, with no restrictions. They " -"can view all employee attendance records, enter kiosk mode from the " +"can view all employee attendance records, enter *Kiosk mMode* from the " "application, access all reporting metrics, and make modifications to the " -"settings." +"settings. If left blank, the user does **not** have access to the " +"*Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If left blank, the user can only view their own information on the " -"*Attendances* application dashboard and can view their own personal " -"attendance records under the reporting feature. All other attendance records" -" are hidden from view on the report. There is no access to either the kiosk " -"mode or the configuration menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:42 msgid "Approvers" msgstr "Validateurs" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:44 msgid "" "The **only** other scenario where different information may be accessible in" " the *Attendances* application is for approvers. If a user does *not* have " @@ -1258,7 +1247,7 @@ msgid "" "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:52 msgid "" "To see who the attendance approver is for an employee, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Employees application` and click on the specific employee. " @@ -1269,7 +1258,7 @@ msgid "" "reports, and make modifications to their records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:61 msgid "" "Few configurations are needed in the *Attendances* application. Determining " "how employees check in and out, defining how the kiosks function, and " @@ -1278,11 +1267,11 @@ msgid "" "Configuration` to access the configuration menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:67 msgid "Modes" msgstr "Modes" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how an employee " "checks in when using a kiosk. Options are :guilabel:`Barcode/RFID`, " @@ -1290,31 +1279,31 @@ msgid "" "Selection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:76 msgid "" "The *Barcode* application **does not** need to be installed to use one of " "the Barcode/RFID settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances from Backend`: activate this selection to allow users" " to check in and out directly from the Odoo database. If this is not " "activated, users must use a kiosk to check in and out of work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 msgid "Kiosk settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:88 msgid "" "This section only needs to be configured if employees use kiosks for " "checking in and out. If kiosks are **not** being used, modifying any of " "these fields does **not** adversely affect the *Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode Source`: this setting appears **only** if either of the " "two Barcode/RFID selections were configured for the :ref:`Kiosk Mode " @@ -1323,7 +1312,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Front Camera`, or :guilabel:`Back Camera`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:96 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification`: activate this option if employees " "should use a unique PIN to check in. PINs are configured on each individual " @@ -1331,14 +1320,14 @@ msgid "" "documentation for more information on setting up PINs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Time`: set the duration (in seconds) the check in and " "check out confirmation screen remains on the kiosk before going back to the " "main check in screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:101 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendance Kiosk Url`: Odoo generates a unique web address (URL) " "to use a device as a kiosk without having to sign in to the Odoo database. " @@ -1346,7 +1335,7 @@ msgid "" " browser to present the Attendances application kiosk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 msgid "" "These kiosk URLs are **not** secured with any type of access code. Anyone " "who has the URL can access the Attendances application kiosk. If the URL is " @@ -1355,17 +1344,17 @@ msgid "" "generate a new URL and update the kiosk accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:112 msgid "Extra hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:114 msgid "" "This section specifies how extra time is calculated, including when extra " "time is counted and what time is not logged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count of Extra Hours`: enable this box to allow employees to log " "extra hours beyond their set working hours (sometimes referred to as " @@ -1373,14 +1362,14 @@ msgid "" "well. If this is not activated, no other configurations appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start From`: the current date is automatically entered in this " "field. If desired, click on this field and use the calendar selector to " "modify the start date on which extra hours are logged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Company`: enter the amount of time, in" " minutes, that is **not** counted towards an employee's overtime. When an " @@ -1388,7 +1377,7 @@ msgid "" "minutes, the extra time is **not** counted as overtime for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Employee`: enter the amount of time, " "in minutes, that an employee is given, that does **not** adversely affect " @@ -1398,33 +1387,33 @@ msgid "" "they are **not** penalized for their reduced hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 msgid "" "A company sets both of the :guilabel:`Tolerance` fields to `15` minutes, and" " the working hours for the entire company are set from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:138 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:00 AM, and checks out at 5:14 PM, the extra 14" " minutes are **not** counted towards their overtime." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:141 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:05 AM, and checks out at 4:55 PM, even though " "they logged a total of 10 minutes less than their full working hours, they " "are **not** penalized for this discrepancy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Extra Hours`: activate this box to display the extra " "hours logged by an employee when they check out with a kiosk, or when a user" " checks out in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:149 msgid "" "Employees are still able to log overtime hours even if the :guilabel:`Count " "of Extra Hours` option is not activated. The difference is that when " @@ -1433,177 +1422,41 @@ msgid "" "hours>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:164 -msgid "Check in and out via the database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users who are logged into the " -"database to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " -"application, or use a kiosk. For some smaller companies, where every " -"employee is also a user, this feature may be useful." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:170 -msgid "" -"A user can check in and out on the main database dashboard, as well as in " -"any application. In the upper right corner of the top main menu, which is " -"always visible regardless of what application the user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴" -" (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is visible. Click on the " -"colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, enabling the user to check " -"in and/or out." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:180 -msgid "Check in" -msgstr "Arrivée" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:182 -msgid "" -"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " -"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` and the " -"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:190 -msgid "" -"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 -msgid "" -"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " -"their computer to access their location information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:197 -msgid "" -"If the user has not checked in and out already during the current work day, " -"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " -"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" -" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " -"appears beneath that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:202 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to check in. The :guilabel:`🔴 (red " -"circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget changes appearance" -" as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has checked in, by " -"changing the green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to a yellow " -":guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:207 -msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:210 -msgid "Check out" -msgstr "Départ" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:212 -msgid "" -"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " -"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" -" populating the time field. Beneath that line, :guilabel:`HH:MM` is " -"displayed, indicating the hours and minutes that have elapsed since checking" -" in. As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes " -"that have passed since the user checked in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:218 -msgid "" -"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " -"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears in addition to " -"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The time displayed in both of " -"these fields are populated with the most recent check in time, and will " -"match. Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously " -"logged hours are displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 -msgid "" -"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " -"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " -"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that will " -"be logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:228 -msgid "" -"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " -":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button. The attendance widget updates again," -" displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the logged time, and the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check " -"in ➡️` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " -"user allows their computer to access this information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:242 -msgid "" -"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " -"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " -"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" -" appears on the dashboard, including check ins and check outs with no time " -"value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:157 msgid "Kiosk mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:159 msgid "" "Some companies may opt to use a dedicated device (a laptop or desktop PC, a " "tablet, or a mobile phone) for employees to check in and check out from. " "Kiosk mode is used for these scenarios." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:163 msgid "" "If users check in and out using either a badge or an RFID, then an " "accessible device in kiosk mode **must** be available to check in and check " "out using these two methods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 msgid "" "Entering kiosk mode is only available for users with specific :ref:`access " "rights `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:169 msgid "Kiosk mode can be activated in three different ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:171 msgid "" "Navigate to the :guilabel:`Attendances` application, and click " ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode` in the top menu. The device then enters kiosk mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:173 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click on the link in the " @@ -1611,7 +1464,7 @@ msgid "" " recommended to close the database tab to keep the database secure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:177 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click :guilabel:`Copy` next to " @@ -1625,7 +1478,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:186 msgid "" "As a security measure, once a device is in kiosk mode, it is not possible to" " exit kiosk mode and go back into the database without signing back in. To " @@ -1634,11 +1487,11 @@ msgid "" "an extra layer of security, preventing anyone from accessing the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:192 msgid "Badge" msgstr "Badge" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 msgid "" "To check in or out using a badge, tap the :guilabel:`📷 (camera) Tap to scan`" " image in the center of the kiosk. Then, scan the barcode on the badge using" @@ -1654,11 +1507,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Attendances Kiosk view displaying the scan badge image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:206 msgid "RFID" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:208 msgid "" "To check in or out using an RFID key fob, simply scan the fob with an RFID " "reader. Once scanned, the employee is then either checked in or checked out," @@ -1666,11 +1519,11 @@ msgid "" "all the check in or check out information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:213 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manuellement" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:215 msgid "" "Users who do not have a scannable badge or an RFID fob can manually check in" " and out at a kiosk. Tap the :guilabel:`Identify Manually` button on the " @@ -1680,20 +1533,20 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`confirmation message ` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:221 msgid "" "When a large number of employees appear in the list, making scrolling " "inefficient, there are two ways to quickly find a specific person:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Search...`: tap on the :guilabel:`Search...` field and enter the " "person's name. As the name is typed in, the matching results are displayed " "on the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: to quickly filter the presented employees, tap on a " "department to display only those employees that are part of that department." @@ -1702,11 +1555,11 @@ msgid "" "part of the department, and is displayed when selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:232 msgid "PIN" msgstr "PIN" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:234 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification` option was activated in the " ":ref:`kiosk settings ` section of the " @@ -1714,7 +1567,7 @@ msgid "" "checking in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:238 msgid "" "After the employee is selected, a number pad appears with a message. When " "checking in, :guilabel:`(Employee) Welcome! Please enter your PIN to check " @@ -1723,7 +1576,7 @@ msgid "" "numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:243 msgid "" "Tap in the PIN using the number pad, then tap :guilabel:`OK` when done. The " "employee is then checked in or out, and a :ref:`confirmation message " @@ -1734,11 +1587,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pop-up that appears when prompted to enter a pin." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:253 msgid "Confirmation message" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:255 msgid "" "When an employee checks in or out, a confirmation message appears with all " "the check in or check out information. When checking in, a welcome message " @@ -1750,7 +1603,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 msgid "" "When checking out, the screen displays a goodbye message, with the date and " "time of check out, and the total hours logged for the day. Beneath the " @@ -1762,12 +1615,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The goodbye message with all the employee's check out information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:681 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Aperçu" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:273 msgid "" "When entering the *Attendances* application, the :guilabel:`Overview` " "dashboard is presented, containing all the check in and check out " @@ -1778,11 +1631,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:280 msgid "Views" msgstr "Vues" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:282 msgid "" "To change the view from the default Gantt chart to a list view, click the " ":guilabel:`List` icon in the top right of the dashboard, beneath the user's " @@ -1790,7 +1643,7 @@ msgid "" "button, located next to the :guilabel:`List` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:286 msgid "" "The default view presents the current day's information. To present the " "information for the :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or " @@ -1804,7 +1657,7 @@ msgid "" "dashboard, presenting information containing the current day's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:295 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Day` view, the column for the current hour is highlighted " "in yellow. If the :guilabel:`Week` or :guilabel:`Month` view is selected, " @@ -1818,7 +1671,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:304 msgid "" "Any entries that have errors appear in red, indicating they need to be " "resolved by a user with the proper :ref:`access rights ` that need to be resolved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this filter has a drop-down to further select a " "specific time period. Select the desired time period from the options " "presented, a specific month, quarter, or year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Last 7 days`: this filter presents the attendance data for the " "last seven days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:332 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`: create a custom filter using the pop-up that " "appears when this is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 msgid "Groups" msgstr "Groupes" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:338 msgid "The default groups that can be selected are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:340 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing the" " following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -1909,13 +1762,13 @@ msgid "" " period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:344 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee`: this group presents the attendance data organized by " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:345 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing " "the following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -1924,7 +1777,7 @@ msgid "" "time period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:349 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`: this option displays a drop-down menu with a " "variety of options to group the attendance data by, including " @@ -1932,53 +1785,53 @@ msgid "" "Address`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:356 msgid "Attendance log details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:358 msgid "" "Odoo captures various time and location details when a user checks in and " "out. The specific details provided are determined by the method the user " "checked in and out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:361 msgid "" "To view the specific check in and/or check out details for an employee, " "click on an individual entry in the overview dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 msgid "" "A detailed attendance log for the user appears in a pop-up window. To close " "the detailed attendance log, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` button in " "the bottom-left corner of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:367 msgid "The detailed attendance log contains the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:370 msgid "Main details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:372 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the name of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 msgid ":guilabel:`Check In`: the date and time the employee checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:374 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: the date and time the employee checked out. This only" " appears if the employee has checked out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:376 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Worked Hours`: the total amount of time the employee logged for " "the day, in an hour and minute format (HH:MM). This value calculates all the" @@ -1986,23 +1839,23 @@ msgid "" "multiple times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Extra Hours`: any extra hours the employee logged that is beyond " "their expected working hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:383 msgid "Check in/check out details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:385 msgid "" "The following information appears for both the :guilabel:`Check In` and " ":guilabel:`Check Out` sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: the method with which the attendance information was " "gathered. :guilabel:`Systray` is displayed if the employee logged in and out" @@ -2011,24 +1864,24 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`using an attendance kiosk `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:392 msgid "" ":guilabel:`IP Address`: the IP address for the computer the employee used to" " log in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:393 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browser`: the web browser the employee used to log in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:394 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Localization`: the city and country associated with the " "computer's IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:395 msgid "" ":guilabel:`GPS Coordinates`: the specific coordinates when the user logged " "in or out. To view the specific coordinates on a map, click the :guilabel:`→" @@ -2040,26 +1893,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The detailed information for an attendance entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:405 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:84 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Erreurs" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:407 msgid "" "Entries that contain an error appear on the overview dashboard in red. In " "the :guilabel:`Gantt view`, the entry appears with a red background. If in " "the :guilabel:`List view`, the entry text appears in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:411 msgid "" "An error typically occurs when an employee has checked in but has not " "checked out within the last 24 hours, or when an employee has a check in and" " check out period spanning over 16 hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:414 msgid "" "To fix the error, the attendance entry must be modified or deleted. Click on" " the entry to reveal a pop-up containing the details for that particular " @@ -2076,27 +1929,27 @@ msgid "" "selector is shown, and the time selector is highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:426 msgid "" "When all the information on the pop-up is correct, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close`. When the entry no longer has an error, the entry appears in gray " "instead of red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 msgid "" "To delete an entry, click :guilabel:`Remove` on the pop-up instead of making" " modifications to the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:435 msgid "" "To view attendance reports, click :guilabel:`Reporting` in the top menu. The" " default report displays each employee's attendance information for the past" " 3 months, in a :guilabel:`Line Chart`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 msgid "" "The default view is a :guilabel:`Graph`. To view the data in a pivot table, " "click the :guilabel:`Pivot Table` button on the top right of the report. To " @@ -2104,14 +1957,14 @@ msgid "" "next to the :guilabel:`Pivot Table` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 msgid "" "To present different information, adjust the :ref:`filters and groups " "` in the same way as in the :guilabel:`Overview`" " dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:445 msgid "" "The data can be presented in either a :guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line" " Chart`, :guilabel:`Pie Chart`, :guilabel:`Stacked` chart, or in " @@ -2120,13 +1973,13 @@ msgid "" "chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 msgid "" "To change the :guilabel:`Measures`, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button " "and select the desired measure from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:452 msgid "" "The report can also be inserted into a spreadsheet. Click the " ":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button and a pop-up appears. Select the " @@ -2138,6 +1991,151 @@ msgid "" "The default report view, with all the optional view buttons highlighted." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/check_in_check_out`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:461 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/hardware`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:3 +msgid "Check in and out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users, who are logged into the " +"database, to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " +"application, or use a kiosk. For smaller companies, where every employee is " +"also a user, this feature may be useful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A user can check in and/or out on the main database Odoo dashboard, or while" +" inside any application. To do so, in the upper-right corner of the top main" +" header menu, which is always visible regardless of what application the " +"user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is " +"visible. Click on the colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, " +"enabling the user to check in and/or out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:22 +msgid "Check in" +msgstr "Arrivée" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " +"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)`, and the " +"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in` " +":icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " +"their computer to access their location information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If the user has not already checked in and out during the current work day, " +"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " +"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" +" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " +"appears in that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button to check in. The " +":guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget " +"changes appearance, as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has" +" checked in, by changing the green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` " +"button to a yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:49 +msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:148 +msgid "Check out" +msgstr "Départ" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " +"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" +" populating the time field. Beneath that line, the hours and minutes that " +"have elapsed since checking in are displayed in a :guilabel:`HH:MM` format. " +"As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes that " +"have passed since the user checked in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " +"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears, in addition to " +"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The times displayed in both of " +"these fields match, and are populated with the most recent check in time. " +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously logged " +"time is displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " +"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " +"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that is " +"logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:70 +msgid "" +"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " +":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " +"yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button. The attendance " +"widget updates again, displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the " +"logged time, while the yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` " +"button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " +"user allows their computer to access this information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:85 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " +"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " +"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" +" appears on the main *Attendances* dashboard, including check ins and check " +"outs with no time value." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Hardware" msgstr "Matériel" @@ -2267,6 +2265,305 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo *Employés* organise les enregistrements, les contrats et les " "départements des employés d'une entreprise." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:3 +msgid "Departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"All employees in the *Employees* app fall under specific departments within " +"a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:8 +msgid "Create new departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To make a new department, navigate to :menuselection:`Employees app --> " +"Departments`, then click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left to reveal a blank " +"department form. Fill out the following information on the department form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The department for with all fields filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:18 +msgid ":guilabel:`Department Name`: enter a name for the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: using the drop-down menu, select the department " +"manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Parent Department`: if the new department is housed within " +"another department (has a parent department), select the parent department " +"using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates`: if employees in this department " +"require a specific appraisal form that is different from the default " +"appraisal form, tick the checkbox. If this option is activated, an " +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab appears below the form. This field " +"**only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " +"department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Survey`: using the drop-down menu, select the default " +"survey to use for the department when requesting feedback from employees. " +"This field **only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed, **and** " +"the *360 Feedback* option is enabled in the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the department. Click the default " +"white color box to display all the color options. Click on a color to select" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab: this tab **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates` options is activated on the form. " +"Make any desired edits to the appraisal form. The appraisal form is used for" +" appraisals for all employees within this department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:36 +msgid "" +"After the form is completed, click the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon to manually save the changes. When saved, a " +":guilabel:`Department Organization` chart appears in the top-right of the " +"department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The form auto-saves while data is entered, however the :guilabel:`Department" +" Organization` chart does **not** appear until the form is manually saved. " +"If the form is not saved, the :guilabel:`Department Organization` chart is " +"visible upon opening the department card from the :guilabel:`Departments` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:47 +msgid "Refer to the :doc:`../appraisals` documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:50 +msgid "Departments dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured departments, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Departments`. All departments appear in a " +"Kanban view, by default, and are listed in alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The departments dashboard view with all the department cards in a Kanban " +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:175 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "Vue kanban" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each department has its own Kanban card on the main :guilabel:`Departments` " +":icon:`oi-view-kanban` :guilabel:`(Kanban)` dashboard view, that can display" +" the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:66 +msgid "Department name: the name of the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:67 +msgid "Company: the company the department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employees`: the number of employees within the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisals`: the number of appraisals scheduled for employees in " +"the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Requests`: the number of unapproved time off requests " +"for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval ` . This **only** appears if there are requests to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allocation Requests`: the number of unapproved allocation " +"requests for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval " +"`. This **only** appears if there are requests " +"to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Applicants`: the number of :ref:`new applicants " +"` for a position in this department. This **only** appears " +"if there are new applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expense Reports`: the number of employees in the department with " +":ref:`open expense reports to approve `. This **only** " +"appears if there are any expense reports waiting for approval." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Absence`: the number of absences for the current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Color bar: the selected color for the department appears as a vertical bar " +"on the left side of the department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click on an alert in a department card, such as :guilabel:`Time Off " +"Requests`, to reveal a list view of the requests to approve. This list " +"includes **all** open requests to approve, not just from the specific " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The default view for the :guilabel:`Departments` dashboard is a Kanban view." +" It is possible to view the departments in two other forms: a list view and " +"a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Vue de liste" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a list view, click the :icon:`fa-align-justify` " +":guilabel:`(list)` icon in the top-right corner. The departments appear in a" +" list view, which displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Employees`, " +":guilabel:`Parent Department`, and :guilabel:`Color` for each department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The departments are sorted alphabetically by :guilabel:`Department Name`, by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The departments presented in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When in list view, departments can be managed in batch by selecting one or " +"multiple record's checkbox, then select the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Actions` button to reveal a drop-down menu of actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:113 +msgid "Hierarchy view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a hierarchy view, click the :icon:`fa-share-alt " +"fa-rotate-90` :guilabel:`(hierarchy)` icon in the top-right corner. The " +"departments appear in an organizational chart format, with the highest-level" +" department at the top (typically :guilabel:`Management`), and all other " +"departments beneath it. All child departments of the first-level child " +"departments are folded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Each department card displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, the " +":guilabel:`Manager` (and their profile image), the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Employees` in the department, and the ability to expand the department " +"(:guilabel:`Unfold`) if there are child departments beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Unfold` button on a department card to expand it. Once " +"expanded, the :guilabel:`Unfold` button changes to a :guilabel:`Fold` " +"button. To collapse the department, click the :guilabel:`Fold` button. Only " +"**one** department *per row* can be unfolded at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Click anywhere on a department card to open the department form. Click the " +":guilabel:`(#) Employees` smart button to view a list of all the employees " +"in that department, including all employees in the child departments beneath" +" it, organized by individual department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In the hierarchy view, if the :guilabel:`(2) Employees` button on the " +":guilabel:`Management` card is clicked (the highest-level department card), " +"**all** employees appear in a list view, grouped by department. This is " +"because **all** departments are children of the :guilabel:`Management` " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`(3) Employees` button in the :guilabel:`Sales` department " +"card is clicked, the employees from the :guilabel:`Sales` department, as " +"well as its two child departments (:guilabel:`East Coast Territory` and " +":guilabel:`West Coat Territory`), appear in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "The departments presented in a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list view of employees for the department that was clicked, including all child\n" +"departments." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 msgid "New employees" msgstr "Nouveaux employés" @@ -2341,7 +2638,6 @@ msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:736 msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "Champs optionnels" @@ -2465,7 +2761,8 @@ msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "Onglet CV" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:869 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "CV" @@ -3720,7 +4017,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:398 msgid "Salary" msgstr "Salaire" @@ -5085,10 +5382,6 @@ msgid "" "different ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 -msgid "List view" -msgstr "Vue de liste" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:304 msgid "" "The default view of the service records is a list view. This presents all " @@ -5136,11 +5429,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The form automatically saves as data is entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 -msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "Vue kanban" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:331 msgid "" "To view services by their stage, click the :guilabel:`Kanban` button, which " @@ -5226,11 +5514,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:380 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:230 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:889 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:894 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "" @@ -5501,11 +5789,11 @@ msgid "" " pop-up windows close, and the activity now appears on the activity view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 msgid "Frontdesk" msgstr "Réception" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:7 msgid "" "The Odoo *Frontdesk* application provides a way for visitors to check in to " "a building or location, and alert the person they are meeting about their " @@ -5513,24 +5801,24 @@ msgid "" "brought to them, while they wait." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:11 msgid "" "This application is ideal for businesses that do **not** have someone " "working at a reception desk, locations **without** a designated waiting area" " available to guests and visitors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:17 msgid "" "The first item to configure with the *Frontdesk* application is the station," " followed by any drink selections that might optionally be offered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 msgid "Stations" msgstr "Guichets" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:23 msgid "" "In Odoo's *Frontdesk* application, a *Station* can be thought of as any " "location where someone can sign in and wait for an employee. This is " @@ -5538,35 +5826,35 @@ msgid "" "kiosk where visitors check in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:27 msgid "" "When setting up the *Frontdesk* application, a minimum of one station " "**must** be configured, but there is no limit to how many stations can be " "created and configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:30 msgid "" "To create a station, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Stations`, and click :guilabel:`New`. When clicked, a " "blank frontdesk form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Name`: enter a name for the specific frontdesk " "location. This should be short and easily identifiable, such as `Reception " "Desk` or `Main Lobby`. This field is required in order to create a station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:38 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsibles`: select the person (or persons) who are alerted " "when a visitor checks in using this specific frontdesk. Multiple selections " "can be entered. This field is required in order to create a station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk URL`: this field auto-populates once the frontdesk form is " "saved, with at least the :guilabel:`Frontdesk Name` and " @@ -5574,46 +5862,45 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`(cloud with upward arrow)` icon, located at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:45 msgid "" "Once saved, a URL is generated in the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` field. This URL " "is one way the frontdesk kiosk is accessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:48 msgid "" "To access the kiosk, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at the end of the " "URL, and navigate to that URL in a web browser. This URL opens that specific" " station's frontdesk sign-in page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:52 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a frontdesk form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera" " with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:166 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:184 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to open a file explorer, navigate " "to the desired image/photo file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:58 msgid "" "The image selected for the station photo appears as the background image for" " the station kiosk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:61 msgid "Options tab" msgstr "Onglet Options" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Host Selection`: if the visitor is attending a meeting, this " "option allows the visitor to select the meeting host from a presented list, " @@ -5621,35 +5908,35 @@ msgid "" "detailed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Authenticate Guest`: if additional information is required when a" " guest checks in, enable this option, and select which of the following are " "required:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: select whether the guest's email address is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Phone`: select whether the guest's phone number is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Organization`: select whether the guest's organization is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Theme`: select the color mode of the kiosk. Choose either " ":guilabel:`Light` or :guilabel:`Dark`. The :guilabel:`Light` selection " @@ -5657,7 +5944,7 @@ msgid "" "selection displays a dark gray and black background." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Self Check-In`: enable this option to present a check-in QR code " "on the kiosk. The QR code allows guests to check in using their mobile " @@ -5665,7 +5952,7 @@ msgid "" "kiosk with multiple guests checking in at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Offer Drinks`: enable this option to offer guests a drink upon " "check in. If this option is enabled, it is necessary to :ref:`configure the " @@ -5674,13 +5961,13 @@ msgid "" " are configured, select each drink to be offered using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:90 msgid "" "The following options are only visible in the :guilabel:`Options` tab if the" " :ref:`Host Selection ` option is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by email`: enable this option to have an email sent to the" " person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -5688,20 +5975,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Email Template` selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:97 msgid "" "To change the default email template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`Email Template` field, then select another email template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any edits to the " "template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:102 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by SMS`: enable this option to have an SMS (text) message " "sent to the person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -5709,13 +5996,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk SMS Template` selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:106 msgid "" "To change the default SMS template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`SMS Template` field, and select another SMS template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:109 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any desired edits to the" @@ -5723,7 +6010,7 @@ msgid "" "characters, which fits in 4 SMS (UNICODE) messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by Discuss`: this option is enabled by default when the " ":guilabel:`Host Selection` option is enabled. This option opens a *Discuss* " @@ -5731,28 +6018,28 @@ msgid "" "in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:116 msgid "" "When enabled, a default message appears for the person the guest is " "visiting. The *Discuss* application **must** be installed in order for this " "option to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:120 msgid "" "*Discuss* is installed by default when creating an Odoo database, and does " "not count towards billing. As long as the *Discuss* application is not " "intentionally uninstalled, the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option works." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:125 msgid "" "The default message format for the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option is: " "`(Frontdesk Station) Check-In: (Guest Name) (Guest Phone Number) " "(Organization) to meet (Name of employee).`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:128 msgid "" "An example of how that might appear in a *Discuss* message is: `Main Lobby " "Check-In: John Doe (123-555-1234) (Odoo, Inc.) to meet Marc Demo.`" @@ -5762,11 +6049,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Frontdesk station form with all the information filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 msgid "Side Message tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:138 msgid "" "Enter any desired text to appear on the station kiosk after a guest has " "checked in, such as a welcome greeting or any necessary instructions. The " @@ -5774,11 +6061,12 @@ msgid "" " a guest has completed the check-in process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:112 msgid "Drinks" msgstr "Boissons" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:147 msgid "" "After a station is created, the next step is to configure the drinks to " "offer visitors, if desired. This step is **not** necessary or required for " @@ -5786,31 +6074,31 @@ msgid "" "drinks are offered to guests." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:151 msgid "" "To add a drink option, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Drinks`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a " "blank drink form to configure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 msgid "Enter the following information on the drink form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Drink Name`: type the name of the drink option in this field. " "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 msgid "" ":guilabel:`People to Notify`: use the drop-down menu in this field to select" " who is notified when the drink is selected. Multiple people can be entered " "in this field. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:159 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a numerical value in this field to indicate " "where in the list of drink options this specific option appears. The lower " @@ -5819,16 +6107,16 @@ msgid "" "first in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:163 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:181 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a drink form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera " "with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:169 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:187 msgid "" "The image selected now appears in the picture field, and is set as the image" " for the drink." @@ -5838,156 +6126,237 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Drink form with the information filled out for an espresso." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:178 msgid "Station dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:192 +msgid "Kiosk setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " +"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " +"tablet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:197 +msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " +":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" +" a new browser tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " +"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" +" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " +"browser tab or window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " +"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " +"accessing the database when checking-in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" +" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " +":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " +"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " +"requests were made for each drink." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:220 +msgid "" +"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " +"other metrics, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`frontdesk/visitors`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:3 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "Visiteurs" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:5 msgid "" -"To access a complete list of visitors that are currently checked in, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +"In the Odoo *Frontdesk* application, a *visitor* is defined as any non-" +"employee (e.g., repair person, job candidate, etc.). These visitors can be " +"logged upon arrival and departure for security purposes. This ensures an " +"accurate list of people on the premises." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:196 -msgid "" -"The visitors are listed in a list view, with the following details that were" -" entered when they checked in:" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:12 +msgid "Visitor list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To access a complete list of checked-in visitors, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:18 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Planned or Checked-In` and :guilabel:`Today` " "filters appear in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:21 +msgid "" +"All visitors are presented in a list view, with the following details that " +"were entered upon check in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:24 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the guest's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:25 msgid ":guilabel:`Visitor Company`: the company the guest represents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: the guest's phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 -msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`: the drink the guest requested." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`\\*: the drink the guest requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:28 msgid ":guilabel:`Host`: who the guest is waiting to see." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:29 msgid ":guilabel:`CheckIn`: the date and time the guest checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Checkout`: the date and time the guest checked out. As mentioned," -" in the default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " +":guilabel:`Checkout`\\*: the date and time the guest checked out. In the " +"default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " ":guilabel:`Planned` status are visible. Guests with check-out times are only" " visible if the :guilabel:`Today` filter is not active." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duration`: the amount of time the guest has been checked in for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`Station`: the location of where the guest checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: the status of the guest. The options are " ":guilabel:`Checked-In`, :guilabel:`Planned`, :guilabel:`Checked-Out`, or " -":guilabel:`Canceled`. In the default view, only guests with a " -":guilabel:`Checked-In` or :guilabel:`Planned` status are visible." +":guilabel:`Canceled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: the guest's email address." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`\\*: the guest's email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:39 msgid "" -"To the far right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page is " -"an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +"\\* These fields are not visible in the default :guilabel:`Visitor` list. " +"These must be enabled using the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` " +":guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon in the top-right of the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To the far-right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page, " +"there is an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:46 msgid "" "When a guest leaves, click the available :guilabel:`Check out` button to " "update the guest's record, and log the date and time they left." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:49 msgid "" "If a scheduled guest arrives, and they did not check in using the " "*Frontdesk* kiosk, they can be checked in here, by clicking the available " ":guilabel:`Check in` button to log the date and time they arrived." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:53 msgid "" -"Beside the untitled status column a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button appears," -" but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." +"Beside the untitled status column, a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " +"appears, but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:56 msgid "" "When their drink has been served, click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " "to indicate the drink has been delivered to the guest. Once clicked, that " "button disappears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst-1 msgid "" "The full list of currently checked in visitors, with the drinks to be served" " highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:63 msgid "" "If any column is not visible, or if a visible column is preferred to be " -"hidden, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options (two horizontal lines with " -"dots)` icon, located at the end of the column name list." +"hidden, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(additional " +"options)` icon, located at the end of the column name list. Doing so, " +"reveals a reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or disable. A" +" :icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`(check)` icon indicates the column is visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Clicking that reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or " -"disable. A :guilabel:`✅ (checkmark)` icon indicates the column is visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:69 msgid "Planned visitors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:71 msgid "" -"If a guest is expected to arrive at a future date and time, it is possible " -"to enter their information into the *Frontdesk* application in advance." +"Enter expected guest information in advance by creating a planned guest in " +"the *Frontdesk* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:73 msgid "" "To create a planned guest, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Visitors --> New`. Then, enter the same information as any other " -":ref:`visitor `. The only required fields are the " -"visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the :guilabel:`Station` at which they are " -"expected to arrive." +"Visitors`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, enter the same information as " +"any other :ref:`visitor ` on the guest form that appears. " +"The only required fields are the visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Station` at which they are expected to arrive." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:79 msgid "" "If a guest is planned in advance, they must be checked in from the list on " "the :guilabel:`Visitors` page in the *Frontdesk* application " @@ -5996,96 +6365,71 @@ msgid "" " entry remains listed as :guilabel:`Planned`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:84 msgid "" -"Only when a planned guest is checked in inside the application's visitor " -"list, their :guilabel:`Planned` status changes to :guilabel:`Checked-In`." +"The :guilabel:`Planned` status of a planned guest **only** changes to " +":guilabel:`Checked-In` when they are checked in *inside* the application's " +":guilabel:`Visitors` list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:87 msgid "" "If a guest does check in using a kiosk, ensure all records are current, and " -"the list of currently on-site guests is correct. Be sure to check in and/or " -"check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly reflects who " -"is currently on the premises." +"the list of guests that are currently on-site is correct. Be sure to check " +"in and/or check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly " +"reflects who is currently on the premises." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:91 msgid "" "Ensure planned guests are informed that they should **not** check in using " "the kiosk if they are listed as a planned guest in advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:274 -msgid "Frontdesk flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " -"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " -"tablet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:279 -msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:281 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " -":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" -" a new browser tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:283 -msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " -"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" -" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " -"browser tab or window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:288 -msgid "" -"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " -"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " -"accessing the database when checking-in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:95 msgid "Visitor flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:294 -msgid "" -"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a frontdesk kiosk, and " -"enter their information. The information requested is what was configured " -"for that specific frontdesk station. If any information is required, the " -"field displays a red asterisk (*). The visitor must enter the required " -"information in order to check in." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:98 +msgid "Visitor check in" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a :ref:`Frontdesk kiosk " +"`, and click :guilabel:`Check in`. The information " +"requested from the visitor is what was configured for that specific " +"*Frontdesk* station. If any information is required, the field displays a " +"red asterisk (\\*). The visitor **must** enter the required information in " +"order to check in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:105 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, the visitor taps the :guilabel:`Check " "In` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:108 msgid "" -"If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check " -"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: `Do " -"you want something to drink?`" +"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," +" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check " +"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: " +":guilabel:`Do you want something to drink?`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:117 msgid "" "The visitor can tap either :guilabel:`Yes, please`, or :guilabel:`No, thank " "you`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:119 msgid "" "If they select :guilabel:`Yes, please`, a drink selection screen appears, " "and the pre-configured options are listed. The visitor then taps the desired" @@ -6093,47 +6437,46 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Nothing, thanks` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:123 msgid "" -"If a drink selection was made, a `Thank you for registering! Your drink is " -"on the way.` message appears." +"If a drink selection was made, a :guilabel:`Thank you for registering! Your " +"drink is on the way.` message appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:313 -msgid "" -"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," -" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:127 +msgid "Notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:129 msgid "" "Once the visitor has checked in, the person they are visiting, and any other" -" users who were configured to be notified when checks ins occur at the " -"kiosk, are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a " -"*Discuss* chat, or any combination of those three options." +" users who were configured to be notified when check-ins occur at the kiosk," +" are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a *Discuss*" +" chat, or any combination of those three options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:133 msgid "" "If the visitor requested a drink, the user(s) configured as the " -":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified via the " -"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: `(Visitor Name) just " -"checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" +":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified, via the " +"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: :guilabel:`(Visitor " +"Name) just checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the drink has been delivered to the guest, the person who delivered the" " drink is responsible for marking the drink as delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:140 msgid "" "To mark a drink as delivered, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Stations --> (#) Drinks to serve` on the desired station card." +"Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#) " +"Drinks to serve`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:143 msgid "" "This opens a list of all the visitors checked in at that station, and are " "waiting for a drink. Click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button at the end of" @@ -6141,64 +6484,39 @@ msgid "" "their drink served, the visitor disappears from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:150 msgid "" "Once the visitor has completed their business, and has left the premises, it" " is important to check them out for accurate record keeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:153 msgid "" "To check visitors out properly, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app " -"--> Stations --> (#) On Site`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who" -" are currently checked-in at that station." +"--> Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#)" +" Drinks to serve`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who are " +"currently checked-in at that station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:157 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check Out` button near the end of the line for the " +"Click the :guilabel:`Check out` button near the end of the line for the " "visitor who left. Once they are marked as checked-out, the visitor " "disappears from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:161 msgid "" -"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important to" -" check out visitors for accurate record keeping." +"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important " +"for *Frontdesk* users to check out visitors for accurate record keeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:164 msgid "" "Always have an accurate list of who is on the premises at any given time. " "This is important for security purposes, and in the case of an emergency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:353 -msgid "" -"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " -"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:355 -msgid "" -"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" -" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " -":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:358 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " -"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " -"requests were made for each drink." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:361 -msgid "" -"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " -"other metrics, as well." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:5 msgid "Lunch" msgstr "Déjeuner" @@ -6706,7 +7024,7 @@ msgid "The category form, with the fields filled out for a Soup category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:280 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:701 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:392 msgid "Alerts" msgstr "Alertes" @@ -7923,13 +8241,20 @@ msgid "" "the changes are also reflected in the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To access contract templates, the *Salary Configurator* " +"(`hr_contract_salary`) module **must** be :ref:`installed " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "To view all the current contract templates in the database, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Contracts: Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Contract Templates` page, all current contract templates " "appear in a list view. To view the details of a contract template, click " @@ -7938,40 +8263,40 @@ msgid "" "contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" "To create a new contract template, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Then, " "enter the following information on the blank contract template form that " "appears:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Reference`: enter a brief description for the template. " "This should be clear and easily understood, as this name appears in the " "*Recruitment* application, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: select the desired working schedule the " "contract applies to from the drop-down menu. If a new working schedule is " "needed, create a :ref:`new working schedule `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select how the work entries are generated. " "Choices are either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: work entries are generated based on the " "selected working schedule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "attendance, as they are logged in the *Attendances* application. Refer to " @@ -7979,56 +8304,56 @@ msgid "" "on checking in and out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Planning`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "planning in the *Planning* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select the :ref:`salary structure type " "` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the contract template applies " "to from the drop-down menu. If blank, the template applies to all " "departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Job Position`: select the :ref:`job position ` the contract template applies to from the drop-down menu. If " "blank, the template applies to all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 msgid ":guilabel:`Wage on Payroll`: enter the monthly wage in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Type`: select the type of contract from the drop-down " "menu. This list is the same as the :ref:`Employment Types " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: select the employee responsible for validating " "contracts, using this template, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`: select a default document that a" " new employee has to sign to accept an offer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template`: select a default document " "that a current employee has to sign to update their contract." @@ -8038,18 +8363,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new contract template form, with the fields filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 msgid "Salary information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or " ":guilabel:`Hourly Wage` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: using the drop-down menu, select how often the " "employee is paid. Options include :guilabel:`Annually`, :guilabel:`Semi-" @@ -8058,7 +8383,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Weekly`, or :guilabel:`Daily`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage`: enter the gross wage. The time period presented in this " "field is based on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Scheduled Pay` field. " @@ -8066,21 +8391,21 @@ msgid "" "*first*, since that entry updates this field automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:172 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)`: enter the total yearly cost the employee " "costs the employer. When this value is entered, the :guilabel:`Monthly Cost " "(Real)` is automatically updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Monthly Cost (Real)`: this field is **not** editable. The value " "is automatically populated after the :guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)` is " "entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:178 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Schedule Pay`, :guilabel:`Wage`, and :guilabel:`Yearly Cost " "(Real)` fields are all linked. If any of these fields are updated, the other" @@ -8093,60 +8418,60 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The salary information tab, with the fields filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 msgid "Pre-tax benefits and post-tax deductions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:190 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings set for the company, the entries " "presented in this section either vary, or may not appear at all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "For example, some entries may pertain to retirement accounts, health " "insurance benefits, and commuter benefits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:196 msgid "" "Enter the monetary amounts or percentages to specify how much of the " "employee's salary goes to the various benefits and/or deductions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "Employment types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:204 msgid "" "To view all the pre-configured employment types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll application --> Configuration --> Contracts: " "Employment Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:207 msgid "" "The employment types are presented in a list view on the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:209 msgid "" "The default employment types are :guilabel:`Permanent`, " ":guilabel:`Temporary`, :guilabel:`Seasonal`, :guilabel:`Interim`, " ":guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, and :guilabel:`Permanent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 msgid "" "To make a new employment type, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the " "upper-left corner, and a blank line appears at the bottom of the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:215 msgid "" "On this new blank line, enter the name of the employment type in the " ":guilabel:`Name` column. If the employment type is country-specific, select " @@ -8155,7 +8480,7 @@ msgid "" " specific country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:220 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the employment types, click the :guilabel:`six " "small gray boxes` icon to the left of the employment type :guilabel:`Name`, " @@ -8166,12 +8491,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The employment types in the database by default, in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "Prestations" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -8184,15 +8509,15 @@ msgstr "" "les :guilabel:`Congés de maladie`, les :guilabel:`Formations` ou les " ":guilabel:`Jours fériés`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:238 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr ":doc:`Gérer les prestations `" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:241 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "Types de prestations" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -8205,14 +8530,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Types de prestations` est créée automatiquement en fonction des " "paramètres de localisation définis dans la base de données." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work " "Entry Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:251 msgid "" "Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." @@ -8224,29 +8549,29 @@ msgid "" "code and color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "Nouveau type de prestation" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 msgid "" "To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:730 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:43 msgid "General information section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: the name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:269 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: this code appears with the work entry type on " "timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " @@ -8254,7 +8579,7 @@ msgid "" "department for a code to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:272 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DMFA code`: this code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " "Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding :abbr:`DMFA (De " @@ -8265,50 +8590,50 @@ msgid "" "salaries paid to those employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 msgid "" ":guilabel:`External Code`: this code is used for exporting data to a third-" "party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used to determine " "the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: this code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " "payroll service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the particular work entry type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:285 msgid "Display in payslip section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rounding`: the rounding method selected determines how quantities" " on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: a timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:295 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -8324,11 +8649,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Demi-journée`, l'entrée est modifiée en 4 heures. S'il est défini" " sur :guilabel:`Journée`, l'entrée est modifiée en 8 heures." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:301 msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: if the work entry is for work that " "is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " @@ -8337,39 +8662,39 @@ msgid "" " training, or volunteer work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:309 msgid "Valid for advantages section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: if the work entry should count towards a meal " "voucher, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:312 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: if the work entry should count towards " "representation fees, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: if the work entry should count " "towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:318 msgid "Time off options section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off`: check this box if the work entry type can be selected " "for a time off request, or entry, in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field " "appears. This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time" @@ -8377,14 +8702,14 @@ msgid "" "example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "A new type of time off can be entered in the field, if the listed types of " "time off in the drop-down menu do **not** display the type of time off " "needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: this is for Belgian-specific companies " "**only**, and does **not** appear for other localizations. Check this box if" @@ -8395,11 +8720,11 @@ msgid "" "year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:336 msgid "Reporting section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:338 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: if the work entry should be visible on the " "unforeseen absences report, check this box." @@ -8409,11 +8734,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:348 msgid "Working schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 msgid "" "To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " @@ -8421,21 +8746,21 @@ msgid "" "contracts and work entries are found in this list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 msgid "" "Working schedules are company-specific. Each company **must** identify each " "type of working schedule they use. If the database is created for only one " "company, the company column is not available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" "An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " "work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " "that uses the 40-hour standard work week." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "" "A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " "needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." @@ -8447,17 +8772,17 @@ msgid "" "the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "New working schedule" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:373 msgid "" "To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " "enter the information on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -8470,7 +8795,7 @@ msgstr "" "modifications nécessaires aux jours et aux heures qui s'appliquent au nouvel" " horaire." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:380 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -8484,7 +8809,7 @@ msgstr "" "effectuant la sélection souhaitée. Les colonnes :guilabel:`Heure de début` " "et :guilabel:`Heure de fin` peuvent être modifiées en saisissant l'heure." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:386 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." @@ -8492,10 +8817,10 @@ msgstr "" "L':guilabel:`Heure de début` et l':guilabel:`Heure de fin` doivent être au " "format 24 heures. Par exemple, `2:00 PM` doit être saisi comme `14:00`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:389 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top-left. This creates " "entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" @@ -8503,11 +8828,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New working schedule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:403 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "Types de structures" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -8525,7 +8850,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'horaire de travail et si les salaires sont basés sur une rémunération " "(fixe) ou sur le nombre d'heures travaillées par l'employé (variable)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:411 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -8542,73 +8867,77 @@ msgstr "" "structure `Salaire régulier` et la structure `Prime de fin d'année` sont " "toutes deux des structures appartenant au type de structure `Employé`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:417 msgid "" "The different :guilabel:`Structure Types` can be seen by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure " -"Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary: Structure Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:420 msgid "" -"There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: " -":guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Worker`. Typically, :guilabel:`Employee`" -" is used for salaried employees, which is why the wage type is " -":guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is typically used for" -" employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +"Two default structure types are configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Employee` and" +" :guilabel:`Worker`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:422 +msgid "" +"Typically, :guilabel:`Employee` is used for salaried employees, which is why" +" the wage type is :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is " +"typically used for employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is " +":guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "New structure type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " "structure type form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 msgid "" "Proceed to enter information in the fields. Most fields are pre-populated, " "but all the fields can be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:441 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Structure Type`: enter the name for the new structure type, such " "as `Employee` or `Worker`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Country`: select the country that the new structure type applies " "to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:445 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select what type of wage the new structure type uses," " either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for salaried employees, who receive the same wage " "every pay period, select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:451 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for employees, who receive wages based on how many" " hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: select the typical pay schedule for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," @@ -8617,7 +8946,7 @@ msgid "" "indicates how often this specific type of structure is paid out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: select the default working hours for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " @@ -8628,13 +8957,13 @@ msgid "" "hours>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: type in the name for the regular pay " "structure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:463 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: select the default type of work entry " "the new structure type falls under from the drop-down menu. The default " @@ -8645,13 +8974,13 @@ msgid "" "Hours`, and :guilabel:`Long Term Time Off`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 msgid "" "To view all the options for the :guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`, click " "the :guilabel:`Search More..` button at the bottom of the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:472 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings, this list may contain more options " "in addition to the default options." @@ -8662,11 +8991,11 @@ msgid "" "New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 msgid "New default working hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:484 msgid "" "To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " "in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " @@ -8676,14 +9005,14 @@ msgid "" "time. When the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: type in the name for the new default working hours. This " "should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " "Hours/Week`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that can use these new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " @@ -8691,7 +9020,7 @@ msgid "" " to have their own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:495 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: the average hours per day field is auto-" "populated, based on the working hours configured in the :guilabel:`Working " @@ -8699,13 +9028,13 @@ msgid "" "hours affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:499 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Timezone`: select the time zone to be used for the new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:501 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: enter the number of hours per week an " "employee would need to work to be considered a full-time employee. " @@ -8714,7 +9043,7 @@ msgid "" "(full-time vs part-time)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:505 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Time Rate`: this percentage is auto-generated based on the " "entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" @@ -8724,7 +9053,7 @@ msgid "" "adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: this tab is where each day's specific working" " hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " @@ -8732,26 +9061,26 @@ msgid "" "with each day divided into three timed sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:513 msgid "" "Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening " "(13:00-17:00) hours configured, using a 24 hour time format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:516 msgid "" "To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field to adjust, and " "make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the specific case of " "the times, type in the desired time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:519 msgid "" "Keep in mind, working hours are company-specific, and cannot be shared " "between companies. Each company needs to have their own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "" "If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " "bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " @@ -8760,11 +9089,11 @@ msgid "" " be adjusted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 msgid "Structures" msgstr "Structures" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:531 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." @@ -8773,7 +9102,7 @@ msgstr "" "payé au sein d'une *structure* spécifique et sont spécifiquement définies " "par plusieurs règles." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -8785,13 +9114,13 @@ msgstr "" "manière dont leur salaire est calculé. Par exemple, une structure commune " "utile à ajouter pourrait être une `Prime`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:538 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:541 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " @@ -8805,7 +9134,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All available salary structures." msgstr "Toutes les structures salariales disponibles." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:548 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." @@ -8819,12 +9148,12 @@ msgid "" "Rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:551 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:556 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:261 msgid "Rules" msgstr "Règles" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:558 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " "purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" @@ -8832,35 +9161,35 @@ msgid "" "the creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:562 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " "Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:565 msgid "" "To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " "the following information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 msgid "Top section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:571 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rule Name`: enter a name for the rule. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " "recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " @@ -8868,38 +9197,38 @@ msgid "" "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:577 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a number indicating when this rule is calculated" " in the sequence of all other rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:576 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Active`: enable this toggle, so the rule is available for use. " "Disable the toggle to hide the rule without deleting it in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:583 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appears on payslip`: tick the checkbox to have the rule appear on" " employee payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:584 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Employer Cost Dashboard`: tick the checkbox to have the " "rule appear on the :guilabel:`Employer Cost` report, located on the " "*Payroll* app dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:586 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Payroll Reporting`: tick the checkbox to have the rule " "appear on payroll reports." @@ -8909,15 +9238,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 msgid "General tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:597 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "Conditions" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:599 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: select from the drop-down menu whether the " "rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always applies), a :guilabel:`Range` " @@ -8926,11 +9255,11 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:600 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:605 msgid "Computation" msgstr "Calcul" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:607 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: select from the drop-down menu whether the amount " "is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a :guilabel:`Percentage (%)`, or a " @@ -8938,54 +9267,54 @@ msgid "" "percentage, or Python code needs to be entered next. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:613 msgid "Company contribution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:615 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partner`: if another company financially contributes to this " "rule, select the company from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:614 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:810 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 msgid "Description tab" msgstr "Onglet Description" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:621 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the rule. " "This tab only appears in the rule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:625 msgid "Accounting tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:627 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Debit Account`: select the debit account from the drop-down menu " "the rule affects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Credit Account`: select the credit account from the drop-down " "menu the rule affects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:624 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:629 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not computed in net accountability`: tick the checkbox to delete " "the value of this rule in the `Net Salary` rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:633 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "Paramètres de la règle" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:636 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " @@ -8994,11 +9323,11 @@ msgid "" "has matured to more markets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:642 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "Autres types d'entrées" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:644 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " @@ -9012,14 +9341,14 @@ msgid "" "a payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 msgid "" "To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " ":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " "applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:658 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" " :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " @@ -9031,11 +9360,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new Input Type form filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:664 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:669 msgid "Salary attachment types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:671 msgid "" "Salary attachments, also thought of as \"wage garnishments\", are portions " "of earnings taken out of a payslip for something specific. Much like all " @@ -9043,7 +9372,7 @@ msgid "" "**must** be defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:675 msgid "" "To view the currently configured salary attachments, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Salary " @@ -9052,7 +9381,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Child Support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:679 msgid "" "To make a new type of salary attachment, click the :guilabel:`New` button. " "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Code` (used in the salary " @@ -9064,11 +9393,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new salary attachment form filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "Configurateur du package salarial" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " "section of the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary " @@ -9078,7 +9408,7 @@ msgid "" "their salary package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:695 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -9087,11 +9417,11 @@ msgid "" "sees, and what is populated, as the applicant enters information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:701 msgid "Benefits" msgstr "Avantages" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:703 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain benefits " "set in Odoo, in addition to the salary, to make an offer more appealing " @@ -9099,7 +9429,7 @@ msgid "" " or internet, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:707 msgid "" "To view the benefits, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary Package Configurator: Benefits`. Benefits are grouped by " @@ -9111,7 +9441,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list view of all the benefits available for each structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:716 msgid "" "A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " "another labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " @@ -9119,7 +9449,7 @@ msgid "" "structure type has a meal voucher benefit available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:720 msgid "" "A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use the " "company car benefit, but cannot have meal vouchers. A person hired under the" @@ -9127,29 +9457,29 @@ msgid "" "available to them, not the use of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:724 msgid "" "To make a new benefit, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " "information in the fields on the blank benefits form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:722 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 msgid "The various fields for creating a benefit are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:732 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefits`: enter the name for the benefit. This field is " "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:733 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "benefit this is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of cost " "incurred by the company for this specific benefit. The default options are " @@ -9160,7 +9490,7 @@ msgid "" "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:739 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Related Type`: select from the drop-down menu what type of " "benefit it is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -9169,52 +9499,52 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:738 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the specific field" " on the contract the benefit appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select the specific field on the contract that the " "cost of the benefit is linked to, using the drop-down menu. If this field is" " left blank, the cost of the benefit is not computed in the employee budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:748 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Net Salary`: tick the checkbox if the benefit should " "impact the employee's net salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requested Documents`: select any document that is required to be " "submitted for this benefit, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:752 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mandatory Benefits`: using the drop-down menu, select the benefit" " that is required in order for this specific benefit to be offered to the " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 msgid "" "For example, a benefit for car insurance would populate `Company Car` in " "this field. This would allow the car insurance benefit to **only** be " "displayed if the employee has selected/enabled the benefit of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:758 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this benefit applies to. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:760 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select the metric that the benefit is granted, " "using the drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " @@ -9225,17 +9555,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new benefit form filled out for an internet subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:768 msgid "Display section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:770 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show Name`: tick the checkbox to have the benefit name appear in " "the salary package configurator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:767 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: select from the drop-down menu how this benefit is" " displayed. The options are :guilabel:`Always Selected`, " @@ -9244,14 +9574,14 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 msgid "" "Depending on the selection made, additional configurations need to be made. " "For example, if :guilabel:`Radio Buttons` is selected, the individual radio " "buttons must be entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Icon`: an icon from the `Font Awesome 4 library " "`_ can be visible for this benefit. Enter" @@ -9259,43 +9589,43 @@ msgid "" "suitcase icon, the code `fa fa-suitcase` is entered on this line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hide Description`: tick the checkbox to hide the benefit " "description if the benefit is not selected by the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:784 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded`: if the benefit should be folded, or hidden, because it " "is dependant on another benefit selection, tick the checkbox. The following " "fields appear when this is active:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Label`: enter a name for the folded section of the benefit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:783 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:788 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Res Field`: select the contract field this benefit is tied " "to using the drop-down menu. If this field is selected on the contract, then" " this benefit becomes visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:792 msgid "Activity section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the activity type" " that is automatically created when this benefit is selected by the " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:796 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation`: select when the activity is created, either " "when the :guilabel:`Employee signs his contract`, or when the " @@ -9303,7 +9633,7 @@ msgid "" "desired selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:799 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation Type`: select the parameters for when the " "activity is created, either :guilabel:`When the benefit is set` or " @@ -9311,47 +9641,47 @@ msgid "" " desired selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:802 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Assigned to`: select the user the activity is automatically " "assigned to, using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:143 msgid "Sign section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:808 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Template to Sign`: if the employee is required to sign a document" " when selecting this benefit, select the document template from the drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:811 msgid "" "For example, a benefit regarding the use of a company car may require the " "employee to sign a document acknowledging the company's car policies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:812 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the benefit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:820 msgid "Personal info" msgstr "Informations personnelles" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:822 msgid "" "Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " "candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " "information, resume, work information, and documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:826 msgid "" "The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " "section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " @@ -9359,19 +9689,19 @@ msgid "" "hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:825 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:830 msgid "" "To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " "dashboard, and click on the employee's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:829 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:834 msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." msgstr "" "Une fiche d'employé peut être considérée comme un dossier personnel de " "l'employé." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:836 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Personal Info` section lists all of the fields that are " "available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " @@ -9385,25 +9715,25 @@ msgid "" "enter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:839 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 msgid "" "To edit a personal info entry, select an entry from the list on the " ":guilabel:`Personal Info` page, and modify the personal info on the form " "that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:842 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 msgid "To create a new personal info entry, click the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:849 msgid "" "The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " "are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " ":guilabel:`Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:852 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down menu. " ":guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the :guilabel:`Bank" @@ -9411,7 +9741,7 @@ msgid "" "account, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:851 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from the drop-down menu that best " "describes what kind of personal information this entry is, and where it is " @@ -9420,13 +9750,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address` or :guilabel:`Personal Documents`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:861 msgid "" "The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " "Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:859 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:864 msgid "" "Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required` box makes the field mandatory on the " "employee's card. The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the " @@ -9439,50 +9769,50 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "Nouvelle entrée d'informations personnelles." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:871 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:876 msgid "" "The resumé section, housed within the salary package configurator section of" " the settings menu, is how salary information rules are configured when " "offering a position to potential employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:879 msgid "" "When an offer is sent to a prospective employee, the values for the offer " "are computed from these settings, and appear on the offer page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:877 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:882 msgid "" "To configure this section, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator: Resumé`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:885 msgid "" "By default, there are three :guilabel:`Salary Structure Types` pre-" "configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Worker`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " ":guilabel:`None`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:888 msgid "" "Each :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` has several rules configured. These " "affect how an offer is calculated using that particular :guilabel:`Salary " "Structure Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:886 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " ":guilabel:`Contract Salary Resumé` form loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 msgid ":guilabel:`Information`: type in a name for this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:892 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:897 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select the category this value is housed under, using " "the drop-down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Monthly Salary`, " @@ -9490,11 +9820,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:901 msgid "New categories can be made if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, then enter the name for the new category " "in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, select the :guilabel:`Periodicity` from" @@ -9503,23 +9833,23 @@ msgid "" "appears in the :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` rule list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:908 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Monthly Total`: tick the checkbox if this value is added " "in the monthly total calculation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:911 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select what kind of value this rule is, either " ":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Days`, or :guilabel:`Percent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency` is for a set monetary value, :guilabel:`Days` is for " "compensation in the form of time off, and :guilabel:`Percent` is for a " @@ -9527,13 +9857,13 @@ msgid "" "commissions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:912 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select which :guilabel:`Salary Structure " "Type` this rule is nested under, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:919 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Value Type`: select how the value is computed, using the drop-" "down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Fixed Value`, " @@ -9541,7 +9871,7 @@ msgid "" "Benefits Values`, and :guilabel:`Monthly Total`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:922 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: select the code this rule applies to from the drop-down " "menu." @@ -9552,23 +9882,23 @@ msgid "" "The net wage rule form filled out, with all the information for net pay." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:929 msgid "Jobs" msgstr "Postes" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:926 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:931 msgid "" "Since the *Payroll* application is responsible for paying employees for " "specific job positions, the complete list of job positions can be found in " "both the *Payroll* and *Recruitment* applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:937 #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "Postes" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:934 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:939 msgid "" "The job positions listed in the *Payroll* application are identical to the " "job positions listed in the *Recruitment* application. If a new job position" @@ -9576,13 +9906,13 @@ msgid "" "*Payroll* application, and vice versa." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:943 msgid "" "To view the job positions, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Jobs: Job Positions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:941 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:946 msgid "" "A list of all the job positions appear, along with the corresponding " "department, on the :guilabel:`Job Position` page." @@ -9592,38 +9922,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list of all the job positions and corresponding departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 msgid "" "To create a new job description, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a job " "form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:955 msgid "" "Enter the information on the form for the new position. The information is " "identical as to the information entered when creating a new job position in " "the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 msgid "" "Refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation for more details" " on how to fill out this form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:957 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:962 msgid ":doc:`payroll/contracts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:963 msgid ":doc:`payroll/payslips`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:959 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:964 msgid ":doc:`payroll/work_entries`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:965 msgid ":doc:`payroll/reporting`" msgstr "" @@ -12353,8 +12683,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " "steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" " step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," -" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " -"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +" conducting an interview, or sending a job offer, for example. This process " +"is referred to as the 'applicant flow.'" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 @@ -12387,18 +12717,245 @@ msgid "" "positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " "` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " "stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " -"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes are " "visible on all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:37 msgid "" -"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +"Before creating a job position in Odoo, configure the necessary settings for" +" the *Recruitment* app. To view and edit the settings, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Settings`. After any " +"changes are made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the top-left corner " +"to save all the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:43 +msgid "Job posting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Job Posting` section of the *Recruitment* app settings has " +"only one selection to make. If job positions are to be posted to the " +"company's website, enable the :guilabel:`Online Posting` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Online Posting` is only available if the *Website* " +"application is also installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:53 +msgid "Recruitment process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recruitment process` section of the settings page specifies " +"what the database can and cannot do during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:59 +msgid "Send interview survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Odoo is capable of having a survey sent to an applicant to gather more " +"information about them. Surveys can be thought of as exams, or " +"questionnaires, and can be customized in various ways to provide the " +"recruitment team with valuable insights into the applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option to send surveys to " +"applicants. Once enabled, an :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Interview " +"Survey` internal link appears. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`Interview Survey` link to navigate to a list of all created " +"surveys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:70 +msgid "" +"This list includes all surveys that were created in the database, not just " +"surveys used in the *Recruitment* app. If no surveys have been created, the " +"surveys list displays a :guilabel:`No Survey Found` message, and presents " +"options to create a survey from several pre-configured survey templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:76 +msgid "" +"For more detailed information about surveys, refer to the :doc:`survey " +"essentials <../marketing/surveys/create>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Enabling the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option will install the " +"*Surveys* application once the settings are saved, if it is not installed " +"already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:84 +msgid "Send SMS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:86 +msgid "" +"It is possible to send text messages to applicants directly through the " +"*Recruitment* app. To do so, enable the :guilabel:`Send SMS` option. This " +"option requires credits to use, which can be obtained by clicking the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` internal link that emerges " +"when the feature is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For more information, refer to the :doc:`SMS pricing and FAQs " +"<../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:98 +msgid "CV display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When applicants submit an application, one of the default required fields is" +" a resumé, or :abbr:`CV (curriculum vitae)`. All resumés are stored in the " +"*Documents* application, and are accessible on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:104 +msgid "" +"A resumé has the option to appear on the applicant's form, which can be " +"viewed by clicking on the applicant's card. The resumé appears on the right-" +"side of the screen. If this is not enabled, the resumé is accessed via a " +"link in the chatter, where it needs to be clicked to expand and view it, or " +"downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`CV Display` option to show the resumé on the " +"applicant's card by default, and in addition to the document link. When " +"enabled, the resumé appears on the right side of the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"For the resumé to appear on the right-side, the browser window must be in " +"full-screen mode (where the browser spans the entire screen)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the browser window is set to a size smaller than the entire width of the " +"screen (not full-screen), then the resumé does not appear on the right-side." +" Instead, the resumé appears in the :guilabel:`Files` section of the " +"chatter, below the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The resumé on an applicant's card, appearing on the right side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:128 +msgid "CV digitization (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:130 +msgid "" +"When an application is submitted using any of the available methods, such as" +" an online application submission, emailing a resume to the job position " +"alias, or creating an applicant record directly from the database, it is " +"possible to have Odoo extract the applicant's name, phone number, and email " +"address from the resumé and populate the applicant's form. To do so, enable " +"the :guilabel:`CV Digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:136 +msgid "" +"When enabled, additional options appear. Click on the corresponding radio " +"button to select one of the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not digitize`: this option turns off resumé digitization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize on demand only`: this option only digitizes resumes when" +" requested. A :guilabel:`Digitize document` buttons appears on applicant " +"cards. When clicked, the resumé is scanned and the applicant's card is " +"updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize automatically`: this option automatically digitizes all " +"resumés when they are submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Beneath these options are two additional links. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-" +"right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` button to purchase credits for CV " +"digitization. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`View My Services` " +"to view a list of all current services, and their remaining credit balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:151 +msgid "" +"For more information on document digitization and :abbr:`IAP's (in-app " +"purchases)`, refer to the :doc:`In-app purchase (IAP) " +"<../essentials/in_app_purchase>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:155 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option for :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)`" +" at first may seem like a redundancy. It seems to be the same as disabling " +"the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option is enabled, a module is " +"installed so that resumés can be scanned. Disabling this option would " +"uninstall the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If at some point, there is a desire to temporarily stop digitizing resumés, " +"the :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option is selected. The reason this option " +"is available is so that the module is not uninstalled, allowing for " +"digitization to be enabled in the future by selecting one of the other two " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"When sending an offer to an applicant, an expiration date can be set on the " +"offer. Enter the number of days an offer is valid for in the " +":guilabel:`days` field. After the set amount of days has passed, if the " +"applicant has not accepted the offer, the offer is no longer available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To access the Kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " ":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " "opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " -"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " -"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " -"job position." +"Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` smart button on a job position " +"card to navigate to the Kanban view for all the applicants for that " +"particular job position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12406,119 +12963,130 @@ msgid "" "Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:186 msgid "" -"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"Inside the job application, the Kanban stages appear, with all the " "applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" -" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +" are currently in. There are six default stages in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:190 +msgid ":ref:`New `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:191 msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:194 msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:195 msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:197 msgid "" -"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " -"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " -"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " -"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " -"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default. Folded " +"columns appear gray, and the applicants in it are hidden from view. To " +"expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that column, click " +"anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and the column " +"expands, revealing the applicants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:206 msgid "" -"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " -"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, providing status " +"information for the applicant's in that specific stage. The status colors " +"are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:209 +msgid ":guilabel:`Green`: the applicant is ready to move to the next stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:210 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " -"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " -"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " -"stage." +":guilabel:`Red`: the applicant is blocked from moving to the next stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " -"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +":guilabel:`Gray`: the applicant is still in progress in the current stage " +"and is neither ready nor blocked from the next stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " -"which need to be scheduled." +"The status for each card is set manually. To set the status, click on the " +"small circle in the lower-left of the applicant card. A status pop-up window" +" appears. Click on the desired status for the applicant. The status dot on " +"the applicant card as well as the status bar updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The applicant card statuses, and status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:223 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " -"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " -"applicants currently in the stage." +"The names for the three status colors (`In Progress`, `Blocked`, and `Ready " +"for Next Stage`) :ref:`can be modified `, if " +"desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:229 msgid "Customize stages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:231 msgid "" "Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " "particular hiring steps of a business." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:235 msgid "New stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 msgid "" -"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " -"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " -"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" -" the screen to exit the new column creation." +"To create a new stage, click on :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Stage` and a new " +"column appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Stage " +"title` field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and " +"another new stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click" +" anywhere on the screen to exit the new stage creation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgid "The plus sign to click to add a new column to the Kanban stages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:249 msgid "Modify stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:251 msgid "" "To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " -":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " -"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " -"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " -"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " -"when done." +":icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side " +"of the stage. Click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon and a menu" +" appears. Then click on the :guilabel:`Edit` option. An :guilabel:`Edit: " +"(Stage)` form appears. Make any desired modifications to the form, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12527,40 +13095,39 @@ msgid "" "displays when clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 -msgid "Edit column form" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:265 +msgid "Edit stage form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:267 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " -"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" -" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +"The :guilabel:`Edit: (Stage)` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required field is the :guilabel:`Stage Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:272 msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " "drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " -"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"the stage, an email is automatically sent to the applicant using the " "selected template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " "(hidden) at all times in the default view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " "applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " @@ -12568,138 +13135,147 @@ msgid "" "is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:282 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " -"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " -"job positions can be selected." +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to specific job " +"positions, select the job positions from the drop-down menu. Multiple job " +"positions can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" " the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" " referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " ":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " -"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage. The *Referrals* app " +"must be installed in order to use this option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:289 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" -" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" -" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " -"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " -"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured status labels " +"(colored circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These " +"colors are displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the" +" applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the" +" label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " ":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " ":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" " any requirements of the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:298 msgid "Delete stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:300 msgid "" "If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," -" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." -" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " -"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " -":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " -":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` " +"icon appears. First, click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A " +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up warning appears, asking :guilabel:`Are you " +"sure you want to delete this column?` Click :guilabel:`Delete` to delete the" +" column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:307 msgid "" "If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " -"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" -" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" -" before deleting." +"up when attempting to delete the stage. The records currently in the stage " +"to need to be either deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage before" +" the stage can be deleted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:312 msgid "Email templates" msgstr "Modèles d'email" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 msgid "" "To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " "templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " "use them are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " -"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " -"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " -"Interview` stage." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Applicant Acknowledgement`: this template is used to" +" let the applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`New` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:320 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " -"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " -"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Interest`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application caught the recruiter's attention, and " +"they have been shortlisted for either a phone call or an interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:323 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" -" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " -"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview`: this template is used to let " +"the applicant know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial " +"Qualification` stage and they will be contacted to set up an interview with " +"the recruiter. This email is automatically sent out once the applicant is in" +" the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:327 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" -" longer being considered for the position." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when " +"an applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the " +"position, and thanks them for their time and consideration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:330 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " -"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " -"configure their salary package." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is " +"no longer being considered for the position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 msgid "" "Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" " business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " ":doc:`../general/companies/email_template` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:337 msgid "" -"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " -"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " -":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " -"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +"To manually send an email, click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send an email from the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:344 msgid "" -"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " -":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " -"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " -"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +"Click the :icon:`fa-expand` :guilabel:`(expand)` full composer icon in the " +"bottom right corner of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter. A " +":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window loads, with the " +":guilabel:`Recipients` and :guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The " +"applicant's email address is entered in the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and" +" the :guilabel:`Subject` is `(Job Position)`. The email body is empty by " +"default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:350 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the field next to " +":guilabel:`Load template` in the bottom section of the window. Select the " +"email template to use from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 msgid "" -"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " -":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " "Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " "information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" " the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " @@ -12707,47 +13283,55 @@ msgid "" "change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:359 msgid "" -"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " -"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " -"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" -" of available templates." +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model load. There are " +"other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not configured" +" for the recruitment application, they do not appear in the list of " +"available templates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 msgid "" -"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " -"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " -"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " -":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " -"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " -"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " -"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " -"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " -"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button" +" in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the :icon:`fa-" +"close` :guilabel:`(delete)` icon to the right of the attachment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:367 +msgid "" +"If any changes need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If " +"the edits should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved " +"as a new template. Click the :guilabel:`Save Template` button in the bottom." +" To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email is sent to the " +"applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 msgid "Stage flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:375 msgid "" "In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " -"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the Kanban view to the" " desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:379 msgid "" "To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " -"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " -"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " -"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"in the Kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted at the top, above the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 +msgid "" +"Click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " "indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " -"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " -"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +"Kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top-left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12756,104 +13340,137 @@ msgid "" "applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:233 -msgid "Initial qualification" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:643 +msgid "New" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:398 msgid "" "The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " "flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " "recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:402 msgid "" -"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " -"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " -"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " -"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " -":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " -"required when applying for a job position." +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`New` stage, whether submitted online" +" or if the applicant is manually entered by a recruiter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:405 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically populates the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`, the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile` number, and :guilabel:`LinkedIn " +"Profile` on the applicant's card. This information is required when applying" +" for a job position, by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If the website application form is modified, different fields may be " +"populated based on what information is requested on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:414 msgid "" "If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " -"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " -":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " -"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " -"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " -"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " -"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " -"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" -" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +"Introduction` section of the online application, it will populate in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:421 +msgid "" +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé would appear " +"in the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"*Documents* application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the left-" +"hand side. All recruitment documents are stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "" +"If the :ref:`CV Display ` option was enabled in the " +":ref:`Settings ` menu, the resumé appears on the " +"applicant's card, on the right-hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:431 msgid "Send interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:433 msgid "" "At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " "applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " "can be formatted in a variety of ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid "" +"The *Surveys* application is used to send these *interviews*, therefore the " +"*Surveys* application must be installed to send an interview to an " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 msgid "" "Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " "questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " -"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " -"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " -"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " -"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " -"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" -" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" -" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +"be formatted to suit each individual job positions needs. For more " +"information on creating and editing interview forms, refer to the " +":doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 +msgid "" +"A job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form" +" of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:450 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top-left of the " +"applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Send Interview` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Send an " +"interview` pop-up window appears, with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:458 msgid "" "In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" " the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" -" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " -"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " -"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " -"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " -":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, an " +":guilabel:`Edit:(Applicant)` pop-up window appears on top of the " +":guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window. Enter the email address in the " +":guilabel:`email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. Once the " +"applicant's information is saved, the :guilabel:`Edit: (Applicant)` closes " +"and the :guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window remains." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 msgid "" -"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " -"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " -"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +"Email templates use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the " +"applicant and the job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey" +" if more people should receive the email. If an email is in the database as " +"a contact, add that contact in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. If an email" +" should be sent to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they" +" should **not** be added as a contact, add their email in the " +":guilabel:`Additional emails` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:279 -msgid "" -"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " -"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " -"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " -"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " -"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 -msgid "" -"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " -"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " -"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " -"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " -"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " -"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " -"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1066 msgid "" "If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " "button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " @@ -12861,25 +13478,26 @@ msgid "" " and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:475 msgid "" "If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" " for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " "window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " -"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " -"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " -"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +"calendar selector appears. Use the :icon:`fa-chevron-left` " +":guilabel:`(left)` and :icon:`fa-chevron-right` :guilabel:`(right)` arrows " +"on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then click on " +"the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"The :guilabel:`Mail Template` field is pre-populated based on the " "configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" " drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " "template loads in the email body." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 msgid "" "To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " ":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." @@ -12891,11 +13509,11 @@ msgid "" "pre-configured template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:494 msgid "Refuse" msgstr "Refuser" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:496 msgid "" "At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " "the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" @@ -12904,95 +13522,265 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refuse`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " -"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " -":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " -"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " -"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " -"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " -"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" -" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " -"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " -"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " -"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Click the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reason` from the presented options. The default refuse " +"reasons in Odoo, and their corresponding email templates, are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:508 +msgid "Email Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:509 +msgid "Refusal Reason" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:510 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Language issues`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Role already fulfilled`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Duplicate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Spam`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:516 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: don't like job`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: better offer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "" +"Additional refusal reasons :ref:`can be created and existing ones can be " +"modified or deleted `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:525 msgid "" "Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " "which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " "example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " -"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" -" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"applicant's name appears anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the " +"email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " "the :doc:`../general/companies/email_template` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 msgid "" -"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " -"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," -" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " -"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" -" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" -" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +"After a :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` is selected, two fields appear below the " +"refusal reason: :guilabel:`Send Email` and :guilabel:`Email Template`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:534 msgid "" -"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"The applicant's email address automatically populates the :guilabel:`Send " +"Email` field; additional email recipients cannot be added. If an email " +"should **not** be sent to the applicant, uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:538 +msgid "" +"The email template associated with the refusal reason populates the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field. If a different email template is desired, " +"select a different template from the :guilabel:`Email Template` drop-down " +"menu. To view the email template, click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon " +"to the right of the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. The email template " +"loads in a :guilabel:`Open: Email Template` pop-up window, and can be " +"modified if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:545 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Refuse`. The " "refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " -"appears on the applicant's card." +"appears on the applicant's card in the top-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top-right " "corner in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 msgid "" "After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " -"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " -"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" -" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " -":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " -"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " -"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +"position's Kanban view. To view the refused applicants only, click the " +":guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the search box, then click " +":guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` section. All applicants " +"that have been refused for the job position appear, in the stage they were " +"when they were refused." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:558 +msgid "" +"To view all applicants that have been refused from all job positions, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All " +"Applications`. Click the :guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the " +"search box, then click :guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"section. All applications for all job positions are presented in a list " +"view, organized by stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "Create or modify refuse reasons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:569 +msgid "" +"To view all currently configured refuse reasons, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Settings --> Applications: Refuse " +"Reasons`. All the refuse reasons appear in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +"To create a new refuse reason, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" +"left corner. A blank line appears at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Description` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +"Type in the new refuse reason in the field. It is recommended to enter a " +"reason that is short and concise, such as `offer expired` or `withdrew " +"application`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, click on the field to reveal " +"a drop-down menu. Select an :guilabel:`Email Template` from the list to be " +"used when this refuse reason is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +"If a new :guilabel:`Email Template` is desired, type in the name for the new" +" template in the field. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` and a " +":guilabel:`Create Email Template` form pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the form and an email :guilabel:`Subject` in " +"the corresponding fields. Enter the email content in the :guilabel:`Content`" +" tab. Make any other desired modifications to the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the template and return to the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reasons` list. The new template appears in the new refuse " +"reason :guilabel:`Email Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +"To make any modifications to a refuse reason, click on the line, and make " +"any desired changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:594 msgid "New applicant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:596 msgid "" "An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " "be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" -" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " -"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " -"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " -"button." +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online) an applicant " +"card can be easily added from the job position Kanban view in one of two " +"ways, using either the :ref:`quick add ` " +"button or the :ref:`New ` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 msgid "Quick add" msgstr "Ajout rapide" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:607 msgid "" -"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " -"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " -"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"Quickly add a new applicant using the *quick add* button. If not already in " +"the job position Kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by " +"going to :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job " +"Positions`. Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` button on the job " "position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " -"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " -":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +"small :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in the top-right of the " +":guilabel:`New` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:616 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`: Enter the title for the card. Typically " +"this is the applicant's name and job position being applied to, for example:" +" `Laura Smith - HR Manager`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, " +"unless the :guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:671 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:623 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card appears in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:628 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`delete` icon or anywhere on the screen to " +"close the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -13001,104 +13789,60 @@ msgid "" "option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 -msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:645 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" -" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " -"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the *New* " +"button. If not already in the Kanban view for the job position to add an " +"applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by going to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job Positions`. " +"Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left of the Kanban view " +"and a blank applicant form loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:389 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:434 -msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " -"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " -"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " -"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:396 -msgid "" -"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " -"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " -"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " -"the card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:400 -msgid "" -"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " -"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " -"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:407 -msgid "Create" -msgstr "Créer" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:409 -msgid "" -"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " -":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " -"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," -" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " -"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:651 msgid "" "Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " "the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " "well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" " fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" " configurations, some fields may not be displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:662 msgid "Applicant section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:664 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" " the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +"position being applied to, for example: `John Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, unless the " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " -"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:672 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:673 msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:674 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`LinkedIn Profile`: enter the web address for the applicant's " +"personal profile on LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" " from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " @@ -13108,132 +13852,189 @@ msgid "" " high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:681 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" -" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " -":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " -"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: using the drop-down menu, select the people who " +"will conduct the interview(s). The selected people must have either " "*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " -"in order to appear on the drop-down." +"to appear in the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " "recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " "all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:687 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " -"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Evaluation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for the" +" applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " ":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:690 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source`: using the drop-down menu, select where the applicant " +"learned about the job position. The following options come pre-configured in" +" Odoo: :guilabel:`Search engine`, :guilabel:`Lead Recall`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Monster`, :guilabel:`Glassdoor`, and " +":guilabel:`Craigslist`. To add a new :guilabel:`Source`, type in the source," +" then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new source)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:695 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Medium`: using the drop-down menu, select the method, or " +":guilabel:`Medium`, for the :guilabel:`Source` that the applicant found the " +"job listing with. The pre-configured options are: :guilabel:`Banner`, " +":guilabel:`Direct`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, " +":guilabel:`Google Adwords`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Phone`, " +":guilabel:`Television`, :guilabel:`Twitter` (now known as \"X\"), or " +":guilabel:`Website`. To add a new :guilabel:`Medium`, type in the medium, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new medium)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:701 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " "job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " "the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " -"installed for this to appear." +"installed for this field to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:704 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: select the available start date for the applicant." +" To select a date, click on the field to reveal a calendar. Use the " +":guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrows on either side of the " +"month to navigate to the desired month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to" +" select the date. If no entry is selected that indicates the applicant is " +"ready to begin work immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:709 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, then click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 msgid "Job section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 msgid "" "The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " "long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" " possible, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " "to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:722 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " -"drop-down menu." +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job position is for using the " +"drop-down menu. This field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:726 msgid "Contract section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:728 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " "for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " "The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:731 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" -" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are requested by " +"the applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Expected Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" -" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " -"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are offered to the " +"applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Proposed Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `unlimited sick time` or `retirement plan`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:484 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " -"select the available start date for the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:742 msgid "Application summary tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 msgid "" "Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" " can be typed into this field." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +"Skills can be added to the applicant's card. To add a skill, follow the same" +" steps as outlined in the skills section of the :ref:`Create new employees " +"` document." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:760 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "" +"If an applicant seems to be a good potential candidate, they are moved to " +"the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage. This could be for a number of " +"reasons, such as they have the relevant experience, education, or " +"certifications the position requires." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:766 +msgid "" +"This stage is to quickly sort candidates that have potential, and those that" +" do not meet the requirements. No automatic actions, such as emails, are set" +" for this stage. This stage simply informs the recruitment team to " +"potentially set up a phone call or an interview with the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:773 msgid "First interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:775 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " "they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " -"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +"position Kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" " the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " "the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " "applicant's card." @@ -13241,155 +14042,176 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"An applicant's card moves from one stage to another by using the click and " "drag method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:785 msgid "" -"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" -" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " -"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " -"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " -"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " -"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " -"the chatter." +"The :guilabel:`First Interview` stage can be modified so when the " +"applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an email is" +" automatically sent to the applicant stating an interview is requested. In " +"this pre-configured email template, a link to the recruiting team's calendar" +" appears, allowing the applicant to schedule their interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 msgid "" -"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " -"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " -"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " -"button at the top of the applicant's record." +":ref:`Edit ` the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, " +"and select the :guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` for the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field, to automate this action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 msgid "" -"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " -":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " -"the applicant's card." +"An interview can be scheduled in one of two ways: either manually by the " +"recruitment team, or by the applicant themselves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:802 msgid "" -"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " -"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " -":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " -"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " -":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +"If the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage was modified to send the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` email template when an applicant" +" reaches that stage, the applicant received a link to the recruitment team's" +" calendar, and can schedule the interview on their own. The recruitment " +"team's availability is reflected in the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +msgid "" +"If the interview needs to be scheduled by the recruitment team, they should " +"reach out to the applicant for a date and time that works. When a date and " +"time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and interviewer, the " +"interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, whether a phone or in-" +"person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button at the top of " +"the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button displays :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings are " +"currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage, this is the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:817 +msgid "" +"If there is one meeting already scheduled, the smart button displays " +":guilabel:`1 Meeting`, with the date of the upcoming meeting beneath it. If " +"more than one meeting is scheduled, the button displays :guilabel:`Next " +"Meeting`, with the date of the first upcoming meeting beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:821 msgid "" "Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " "meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " "the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " "right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" " events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " -"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +"hidden. Only the checked attendees are visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:827 msgid "" -"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " -"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " -":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " -"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " -"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " -"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +"The default view is the :guilabel:`Week` view. To change the calendar view, " +"click the :guilabel:`Week` button, then select the desired view from the " +"drop-down menu. The other options are either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:831 +msgid "" +"An option to display or hide weekends is available. Click the " +":guilabel:`Week` button, then click :guilabel:`Show weekends` to deactivate " +"it (the default is to show weekends). If a check mark is next to " +":guilabel:`Show weekends`, weekends are visible. If there is no check mark, " +"weekends are hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:836 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed date range for the calendar, either use the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-left` :guilabel:`(left arrow)`, :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`(Right arrow)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, " +"or click on a date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed " +"calendar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:845 msgid "" -"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " -"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " -"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " -"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " -"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " -"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " -"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +"To add a meeting to the calendar when in the day or week view, click on the " +"start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, to select the date, " +"time, and the length of the meeting. A meeting can also be added in this " +"view by clicking on the day *and* the time slot the meeting is to take " +"place." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:850 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " -"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +"Both methods cause a :ref:`New Event ` pop up window" +" to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:564 -msgid "New event card" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:855 +msgid "New event pop-up window" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:857 msgid "" -"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " -"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " -"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " -"save the changes and create the meeting." +"Enter the information on the form. The only required fields to enter are the" +" :guilabel:`Meeting Title`, and the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` " +"fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to" +" save the changes and create the interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:861 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"The fields available to populate or modify on the :guilabel:`New Event` card" +" are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:863 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Title`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " "clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:866 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End`: select the start and end date and " +"times for the meeting. Click on one of the fields and a calendar pop-up " +"window appears. Select both the start and end date and times, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:869 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all-day interview, check the box. " +"If this box is checked, the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` fields are" +" hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:871 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " "default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " "many other people as desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 -msgid "Meeting details tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:873 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting start time." +":guilabel:`Videocall URL`: if the meeting is virtual, or if there is a " +"virtual option available, click :guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting` and a URL is " +"automatically created for the meeting and populates the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:582 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting end time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:584 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " -":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " -"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " -"duration length." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:587 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " -"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " -":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " -"and end times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:590 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " -"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:876 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " "an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," @@ -13400,42 +14222,107 @@ msgid "" "instructions for each command to complete the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:598 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " -"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" -" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " -"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" -" via the selected option." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:884 +msgid "More options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:886 +msgid "" +"To add additional information to the meeting, click the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button in the lower-right corner of the pop-up window. Enter any of" +" the following additional fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:889 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length. The default length of a meeting is one hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:892 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. Several additional fields appear when this is " +"enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:896 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: using the drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:898 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings " +"repeat. The available options are :guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Yearly`, or :guilabel:`Custom`. If " +":guilabel:`Custom` is selected, a :guilabel:`Repeat Every` field appears " +"beneath it, along with another time frequency parameter (:guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, :guilabel:`Months`, or :guilabel:`Years`). Enter a number" +" in the blank field, then select the time period using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:904 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat on`: if :guilabel:`Weekly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Repeat on` field appears. Click on " +"the corresponding day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:906 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day of Month`: if :guilabel:`Monthly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Day of Month` field appears. Using " +"the drop-down menu, select either :guilabel:`Date of month` or " +":guilabel:`Day of month`. If :guilabel:`Date of month` is selected, enter " +"the date the meeting repeats. If :guilabel:`Day of month` is selected, use " +"the drop-down menus to determine the frequency. Select either " +":guilabel:`First`, :guilabel:`Second`, :guilabel:`Third`, " +":guilabel:`Fourth`, or :guilabel:`Last` for the first drop-down menu, then " +"select the day (:guilabel:`Monday`, :guilabel:`Tuesday`, etc.) in the second" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:913 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Until`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings stop " +"repeating. The available options are :guilabel:`Number of repetitions`, " +":guilabel:`End date`, and :guilabel:`Forever`. If :guilabel:`Number of " +"repetitions` is selected, enter the number of total meetings to occur in the" +" blank field. If :guilabel:`End date` is selected, specify the date using " +"the calendar pop-up window, or type in a date in a XX/XX/XXXX format. " +":guilabel:`Forever` schedules meetings indefinitely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:920 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " -"in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:921 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " "menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:923 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " -"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " -":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " -"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +":guilabel:`Appointment`: if an appointment is associated with this meeting, " +"select it form the drop-down menu, or create a new appointment by typing in " +"the appointment name, then click :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. A " +":guilabel:`Create Appointment` form loads. Enter the information on the " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:613 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:927 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select if the organizer appears either " +":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Busy` for the duration of the meeting, " +"using the drop-down menu. Next, select the visibility of this meeting, using" +" the drop-down menu to the right of the first selection. Options are " ":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " "users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " ":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " @@ -13443,41 +14330,50 @@ msgid "" "the company database to see the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:934 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " -"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" -" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " -"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " -"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " -"attendees at the same time." +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:936 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Default " +"options include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`SMS Text Message`, each with a specific time period before the " +"event (hours, days, etc). The reminder chosen alerts the meeting " +"participants of the meeting via the selected option at the specified time. " +"Multiple reminders can be selected in this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:947 msgid "Send meeting to attendees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:949 msgid "" "Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " -"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message from the " +"expanded :guilabel:`Event Form` (what is seen when the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button is clicked on in the event pop-up window)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:953 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " -"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " -"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" -" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " -"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " -"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " -"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " -"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " -"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +"To send the meeting via email, click the :icon:`fa-envelope` " +":guilabel:`Email` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact" +" Attendees` email configurator pop-up window appears. A pre-formatted email " +"using the default :guilabel:`Calendar: Event Update` email template " +"populates the email body field. The followers of the document (job " +"application), as well as the user who created the meeting are added as " +":guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's email address to the " +"list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make any other desired " +"changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button, navigate to the file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " ":guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" @@ -13486,39 +14382,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:647 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:966 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " -"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " -"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " -"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." -" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " -"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " -":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :icon:`fa-mobile` " +":guilabel:`SMS` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS " +"Text Message` pop-up appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:969 msgid "" -"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " -":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " -"contacts with a valid phone number." +"At the top, a blue box appears if any attendees do not have valid mobile " +"numbers, and lists how many records are invalid. If a contact does not have " +"a valid mobile number listed, click :guilabel:`Close`, and edit the " +"attendee's record, then redo these steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:658 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:973 msgid "" -"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " -"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" -" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " -"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" -" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " -"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +"When no warning message appears, type in the message to be sent to the " +"attendees in the :guilabel:`Message` field. to add any emojis to the " +"message, click the :guilabel:`Add Emoji` icon on the right-side of the pop-" +"up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:977 +msgid "" +"Beneath the message field, the number of characters, as well as the amount " +"of text messages required to send the message (according to GSM7 criteria) " +"appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue` to have the text sent later, after " +"any other messages are scheduled, or click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the " +"message immediately." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:669 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:987 msgid "" "Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " "messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " @@ -13526,11 +14426,11 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`../essentials/in_app_purchase` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:994 msgid "Second interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:996 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " "can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " @@ -13539,72 +14439,87 @@ msgid "" "Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1001 msgid "" "When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " -"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " -"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " -":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " -"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage. The " +"recruiter can now :ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the applicant, following the same process as the first " +"interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1009 msgid "Contract proposal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1011 msgid "" "When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " "be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " "and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" -" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top-right of" " the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1016 msgid "" "The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," " click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " -"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " -"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " -"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " -"is set to `0.00`)." +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. Most fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position. If any necessary fields are blank, enter " +"the relevant information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:705 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1022 msgid "" "Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" "up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " "applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " -"not appear on the pop-up." +"*Fleet* application is not installed, any fields related to vehicles do not " +"appear on the pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1028 msgid "Universal fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1030 msgid "" "The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " "localization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1032 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " -"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: the template currently being used to populate" +" the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window. To modify the " +"template, click the :guilabel:`Internal link` icon to the right of the drop-" +"down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. A " +"different :guilabel:`Contract Template` can be selected using the drop-down " +"menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1037 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " -"applicant." +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the name of the :guilabel:`Job Position` being " +"offered to the applicant. The selections available in the drop-down menu " +"correspond to the :guilabel:`Job Positions` configured on the main " +"*Recruitment* dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1040 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the specific name of the position being offered to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1041 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the :guilabel:`Department` the job position falls " +"under." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1042 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " "default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" @@ -13613,109 +14528,50 @@ msgid "" "click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1046 msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1047 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " -"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " -"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " -"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," -" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" -" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " -"application." +":guilabel:`Link Expiration Date`: job offers are only valid for a specific " +"period of time. The default expiration date is 30 days. Modify the " +"expiration date, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:732 -msgid "" -"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " -"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:738 -msgid "" -"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " -"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" -" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:743 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" -" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:746 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " -"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" -" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:749 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " -"the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " -"that will be assigned to the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:752 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " -"for the cafeteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " -"contract that is being offered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " -"sending." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1051 msgid "Send offer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1053 msgid "" -"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" -" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " -"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" -" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " -"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " -"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +"When the information is all updated, click :guilabel:`Send By Email` to send" +" the offer to the applicant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1056 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " -"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" -"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " -"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." -" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " -"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " -":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " -":guilabel:`Send`." +"If the applicant does not have an email address listed on their applicant " +"card, a warning appears in a red box at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window, stating :guilabel:`The" +" applicant does not have a valid email set. The Offer Link won't be able to " +"be completed.` Click :guilabel:`Discard`, enter an email on the applicant's " +"card, then click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1062 +msgid "" +"An email pop-up window loads. The default :guilabel:`Recruitment: Your " +"Salary Package` email template is used, and the :guilabel:`Recipients`, " +":guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-populated based on the email " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1070 +msgid "Once the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1073 msgid "" "To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " "necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " @@ -13726,11 +14582,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1081 +msgid "Configure your package" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1083 +msgid "" +"The email template includes a :guilabel:`Configure your package` button. " +"This link takes the applicant to a webpage where they can modify the " +"proposed salary package, and enter their personal information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1087 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant is hired, the personal information entered on the webpage" +" is imported to their employee record, when created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1090 +msgid "" +"If applicable, the applicant can modify their salary package. This option is" +" not available for all localizations. Depending on where the company is " +"located, this option may not be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1093 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is completed, the applicant accepts the offer by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Review Contract & Sign` button to accept the " +"contract and sign it using the *Sign* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1100 msgid "Contract signed" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1102 msgid "" "Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " "step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " @@ -13741,16 +14628,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:796 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1109 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the Kanban view, but the " "card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1112 msgid "" "Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " -"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"green :guilabel:`HIRED` banner appears in the top-right of the applicant's " "card." msgstr "" @@ -13758,24 +14645,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1120 msgid "Create employee" msgstr "Créer un employé" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:809 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1122 msgid "" "Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " "record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " -"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"Employee` button in the top-left. An employee form appears, and any " "information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" " card appears in the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1127 msgid "" "Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" -" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " -":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, the employee" +" record is saved in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:5 @@ -14043,107 +14930,108 @@ msgid "" "by-step instructions on how to create and configure a survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 msgid "Referrals" msgstr "Recommandations" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " -"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"regarding referrals is housed - from points earned, coworkers hired, and " "rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " -"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " -"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " -"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " -"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" -" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +"and then earn referral points as those people progress through the " +"recruitment pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be " +"exchanged for prizes. The *Referrals* application integrates with the " +"*Employees*, *Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be" +" installed in order for the *Referrals* application to function." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:14 msgid "" -"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " -"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " -"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +"The only configurations needed for the *Referrals* application *after* " +"installation are related to the :ref:`rewards `; " +"everything else is pre-configured when Odoo *Referrals* is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:18 msgid "" -"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " -"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " -"` and configurations menus. For more information on " -"users and access rights, refer to these documents: :doc:`../general/users` " -"and :doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +"Users with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the *Referrals* application. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the :ref:`reporting ` and configurations" +" menus. For more information on users and access rights, refer to these " +"documents: :doc:`../general/users` and " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 msgid "Onboarding" msgstr "Parcours d'intégration" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:28 msgid "" "When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" "configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " -"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" -" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"each explaining the different parts of the *Referrals* application. At the " +"top of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " "onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " "Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " "text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 msgid "" "Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " "displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " "advance to the next slide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " "superheroes to save the day!`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " "or refer friends.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " "league!`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:46 msgid "" -"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the *Referrals* application is " "opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " "button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" " :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " -"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +"will begin again when the *Referrals* application is opened. Once the " ":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " -"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the *Referrals* " "application is opened from that point on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:53 msgid "" "At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " -"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main *Referrals* dashboard loads. If " ":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " -"opening the Referrals application." +"opening the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -14151,7 +15039,7 @@ msgid "" "An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:62 msgid "" "If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " "opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " @@ -14160,60 +15048,53 @@ msgid "" "screen appears instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:70 msgid "" "Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " -"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " -"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " -"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " -"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`." +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* application can " +"modify onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line " +"displays the text for the individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding" +" slide, click on an individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:76 msgid "" -"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " -"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " -"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " -"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " -"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " -"that particular company." +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` field. A " +":guilabel:`Company` may be selected, as well. However, if this field is " +"populated, that slide is *only* displayed for that particular company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:81 msgid "" -"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" -" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " -"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" -" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " -"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " -"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " -"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +"The :guilabel:`Company` field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:83 msgid "" -"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +"The image can be modified, as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the " +"top-right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and " +":guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` " +"icon to change the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the " +"desired image, select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears" +" in the thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage " +"can)` icon, then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:94 msgid "" -"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " -"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " -"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " -"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " -":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " -"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +"The sequence in which the slides appear can be changed from the *Onboarding*" +" dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`(six small gray boxes)` icon to the left of" +" the the slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -14221,567 +15102,18 @@ msgid "" "The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:103 -msgid "Share job positions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:105 -msgid "" -"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " -"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " -"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " -"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:113 -msgid "View Jobs" -msgstr "Voir emplois" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:115 -msgid "" -"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " -":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " -"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" -"displayed on the card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:124 -msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:128 -msgid "" -"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " -"of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 -msgid "" -"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " -"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:134 -msgid "" -"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " -"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " -"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " -"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " -":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 -msgid "Refer friends" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:145 -msgid "" -"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " -"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " -"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:149 -msgid "" -"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " -"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:152 -msgid "" -"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " -"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " -"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " -"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" -" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " -"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " -"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " -"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 -msgid "Share a job" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:169 -msgid "" -"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " -"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" -" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " -"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " -"applicants in the Referrals application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 -msgid "Link" -msgstr "Lien" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:181 -msgid "" -"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " -":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " -"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " -"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" -" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" -" prospective employee however desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:188 -msgid "Facebook" -msgstr "Facebook" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:190 -msgid "" -"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " -"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " -"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " -"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " -"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " -"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" -"in to Facebook first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" -" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" -" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " -"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " -"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " -"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " -"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " -":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " -"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " -"specific activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 -msgid "" -"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " -":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " -":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " -"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" -" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" -"highlighted, as are all the required settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 -msgid "Share to news feed or story" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:218 -msgid "" -"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " -":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " -"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " -":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " -"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," -" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " -"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" -" story, or both." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:225 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " -"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " -"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " -"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " -"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" -" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " -"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " -":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" -" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " -":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:236 -msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " -"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:242 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" -" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " -"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " -"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:246 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:275 -msgid "" -"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " -"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 -msgid "Share in a group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:251 -msgid "" -"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " -"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" -" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " -":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " -"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " -"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " -"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " -"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " -"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:264 -msgid "Share in an event" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:266 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:269 -msgid "" -"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " -"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " -"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" -" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " -"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " -"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 -msgid "Share in a private message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:280 -msgid "" -"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" -" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" -"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " -"Private Message`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:284 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " -"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " -"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " -"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " -"process for each friend to be added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:289 -msgid "" -"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " -"message` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:293 -msgid "X/Twitter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:295 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " -"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " -"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " -"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " -"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" -" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:301 -msgid "The default message is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:303 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" -" Position)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:305 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " -"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " -"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," -" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " -"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " -":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " -"X/Twitter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:312 -msgid "" -"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " -"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " -":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" -" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " -":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " -":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " -"restricts who can reply to the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 -msgid "" -"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " -"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " -"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " -"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:322 -msgid "" -"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" -" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " -"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 -msgid "" -"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" -" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" -"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:336 -msgid "LinkedIn" -msgstr "LinkedIn" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:338 -msgid "" -"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " -"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " -"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " -"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " -"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " -"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:344 -msgid "" -"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " -"message to an individual or group of individuals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 -msgid "Share in a post" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:350 -msgid "" -"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" -" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " -":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " -"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:354 -msgid "" -"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " -"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " -"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " -"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " -":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " -"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " -":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" -" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " -"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " -"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " -"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " -"right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:366 -msgid "" -"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " -"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " -"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " -"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " -":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " -"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " -"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" -" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " -"the far lower right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:375 -msgid "" -"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " -":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " -"post button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:383 -msgid "Send as private message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:385 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " -"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " -"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" -" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" -" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " -"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." -" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " -"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" -" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " -":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " -":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " -"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " -"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " -"browser tab to exit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 -msgid "Email a friend" -msgstr "Envoyer un email à un ami" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:401 -msgid "" -"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " -"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " -"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" -" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " -"Mail` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:406 -msgid "" -"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " -"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" -" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " -"`Job for you`, but can be edited." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:410 -msgid "" -"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " -"appears is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:412 -msgid "`Hello,`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:414 -msgid "" -"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " -"interesting for you`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:416 -msgid "`See Job Offers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:418 -msgid "" -"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " -"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " -"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " -"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " -"message will be sent and the window will close." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:426 msgid "Hired referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:107 msgid "" "When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" " their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:110 msgid "" "After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," " instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " @@ -14789,21 +15121,21 @@ msgid "" "friend!` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 msgid "" "Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " -"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " -"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" -" an available avatar to select it." +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is grayed out, and " +"the name that the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. " +"Click on an available avatar to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:118 msgid "" -"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," -" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " -"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " -"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " -"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the *Referrals* " +"application, after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to " +"select another avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars " +"have been selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible." +" Mouse over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -14812,15 +15144,15 @@ msgid "" "chosen are greyed out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 msgid "Modify friends" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 msgid "" "Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " "` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"rights for the *Recruitment* application can make modifications to friends. " "The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " "avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " @@ -14829,17 +15161,17 @@ msgid "" " dogs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:138 msgid "" "To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" " an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " ":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " "friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" -" else in the Referrals application." +" else in the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " ":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " @@ -14848,65 +15180,66 @@ msgid "" "user's avatar when activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:148 msgid "" "If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " ":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " "replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" -" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " -"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:474 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 msgid "" -"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " -"original information." +"The referral friend form automatically saves, but can be saved manually at " +"any time by clicking the *Save manually* option, represented by a " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel " +"any changes made, click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to " +"delete any changes, and revert to the original content." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A friend form in edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:482 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 msgid "" "It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " "background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " "about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " -"Referrals application." +"*Referrals* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:172 msgid "Referral points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:174 msgid "" "The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " -"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"rewards. On the main *Referrals* application dashboard, the top displays a " "summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " "the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " "available to spend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 msgid "" "To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" " the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:183 msgid "" "The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " "pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " @@ -14916,7 +15249,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 msgid "" "To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " @@ -14924,11 +15257,11 @@ msgid "" "category are displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:194 msgid "My referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 msgid "" "To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " ":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " @@ -14936,26 +15269,31 @@ msgid "" "card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:200 msgid "" -"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " -"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " -"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " -"the top right corner." +"A successful referral displays a green :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the top-" +"right corner of the card. Referrals that are in process display a purple " +":guilabel:`In Progress` banner in the top-right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 msgid "" -"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " -"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " -"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the subject/application " +"title (as it appears on the applicant card in the *Recruitment* app), the " +"name of the job position, the person responsible for filling the role " +"(recruiter), and the points earned. For referrals that have been hired, the " +"selected avatar also appears on the card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two referral cards, one hired and one in-progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:214 msgid "Points" msgstr "Points" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 msgid "" "The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " "positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " @@ -14963,14 +15301,14 @@ msgid "" " *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:220 msgid "" "On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " "that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " "points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:224 msgid "" "Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " "points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " @@ -14978,108 +15316,109 @@ msgid "" " the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:229 msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:231 msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:232 msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:235 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 msgid "" "The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " -"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" -" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " -"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage are done in the " +"*Recruitment* application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment " +"` documentation to modify the points for each " +"stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:244 msgid "Rewards" msgstr "Récompenses" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 msgid "Create rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 msgid "" -"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" -" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " -"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " -"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " -"information on the form:" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the " +"*Referrals* application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights " +"for the *Recruitment* application can create or modify rewards. To add " +"rewards, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> " +"Rewards`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and a reward form loads. Enter the " +"following information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:254 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +":guilabel:`Product Name`: enter the name as it should appear for the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" -" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " -"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" -" form." +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" appears for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each company " +"needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the form. " +"This field only appears if in a multi-company environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:259 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: select the person who will be responsible for " "procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " -"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" -" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is bought in the *Referrals* " +"application, so they know when to deliver the reward to the recipient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:263 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +":guilabel:`Description`: type in the description for the reward. This will " "be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +":guilabel:`Photo`: add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " "page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " "(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " -"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" -" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +"(pencil)` icon, and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 msgid "" "The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " -":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +":guilabel:`Company` (if applicable), and :guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 msgid "" "It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " "cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " @@ -15087,31 +15426,31 @@ msgid "" "placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:595 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:283 msgid "Redeem rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 msgid "" "To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " "main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " "individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " -"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +"listed in the top-right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" " purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " "bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " "the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" " instead of a buy button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:292 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " -"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " -"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " -":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears, asking if the user is sure " +"they want to purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item," +" or :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:297 msgid "" "After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " "used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." @@ -15125,27 +15464,27 @@ msgid "" "many more reward points are needed to redeem." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:309 msgid "Levels" msgstr "Niveaux" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:311 msgid "" -"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"The *Referrals* application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " "the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " "employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:315 msgid "" "Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" " are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " "participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 msgid "" -"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main *Referrals* " "application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " "X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " "indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " @@ -15154,13 +15493,13 @@ msgid "" "points still needed before they can level up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:636 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:325 msgid "Modify levels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:638 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " "modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " "--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " @@ -15169,48 +15508,58 @@ msgid "" "element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:334 msgid "" "To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " -"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form, then make " +"modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 msgid "" -"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." -" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" -" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " -"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" -" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " -"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +"Type in the name (or number) of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` " +"field. What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main " +"dashboard when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points " +"needed to reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points" +" needed to level up are the total accumulated points earned over the " +"lifetime of the employee, not additional points from the previous level that" +" must be earned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:654 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:343 msgid "" "If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" " to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " -"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " -"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to " "select it." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The level form saves automatically, but can be saved manually at any time by" +" clicking the *save manually* option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel any changes made, " +"click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to delete any changes, " +"and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A level form in edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:671 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:362 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 msgid "Level up" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:369 msgid "" "Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " "user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " @@ -15219,7 +15568,7 @@ msgid "" "level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:374 msgid "" "Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " "text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" @@ -15227,7 +15576,7 @@ msgid "" "the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:687 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:378 msgid "" "Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" " the specified amount of points required." @@ -15239,16 +15588,16 @@ msgid "" "above their image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:387 msgid "" "Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " "accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " "to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:394 msgid "" -"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"In the *Referrals* application, it is possible to post a message, also " "referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " "information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " "banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " @@ -15256,85 +15605,86 @@ msgid "" "an :guilabel:`X`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 msgid "" "Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" " individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " "click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" " alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " -"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +"*Referrals* application for the first time in a new session." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:409 msgid "Create an alert" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " "information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date From`: the date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " "will be visible on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date To`: the date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " "will be hidden from view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:420 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +":guilabel:`Company`: the current company populates this field by default. To" " modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " "from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " -"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"to everyone with access to the *Referrals* application. If a company is " "specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " -"Referrals application) will see the alert." +"*Referrals* application) will see the alert. This field only appears when in" +" a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +":guilabel:`Alert`: enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" " the alert banner on the main dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +":guilabel:`On Click`: there are three options for the alert. Click the radio" " button next to the desired selection. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:739 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:430 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: the alert only displays text, there is no link to" " click." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: the alert contains a link that when clicked, " "navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:433 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: the alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " "when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " "appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." msgstr "" @@ -15343,15 +15693,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:446 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " -"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" -" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " -"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in *Referrals*. To access " +"the reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The" +" main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 msgid "" "In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " "many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " @@ -15361,7 +15711,7 @@ msgid "" "there are no referrals from that particular channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:457 msgid "" "The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " "includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " @@ -15370,7 +15720,7 @@ msgid "" "many points were given for refused applicants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:770 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:462 msgid "" "The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " "new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " @@ -15381,34 +15731,330 @@ msgid "" "in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 msgid "" "The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " -"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " -"option." +"needs to be installed to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:473 +msgid ":doc:`referrals/share_jobs`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:3 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo *Referrals*, users can earn referral points by sharing job positions" +" with potential applicants. Job positions can be shared in several ways, " +"through the :ref:`View Jobs ` button and the " +":ref:`Email A Friend ` button, located at the bottom " +"of the *Referrals* app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Sharing jobs can **only** occur after onboarding slides have been viewed or " +"skipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:16 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "Voir emplois" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main *Referrals* dashboard. This " +"presents all job positions, with each individual job presented with its own " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:27 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the *Job " +"Position* field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The number of :guilabel:`Open Positions` being recruited. This information " +"is taken from the *Expected New Employees* field of the *Recruitment* tab of" +" the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:33 +msgid "The points a user earns when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the *Job Position* tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions are visible in the *Referrals* app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`../recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:46 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Subject` and :guilabel:`Body` are populated using a default " +"template. The :guilabel:`Subject` `Job for you` is present, by default, but " +"can be modified, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position populates the *Job Position* " +"placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the email body is" +" an individualized tracking link to the specific job position listed on the " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When the prospective employee receives the email, the link sends them to the" +" job position page, where they can apply for the position, and the person " +"who referred them is tracked in the *Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:72 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Other than sending an email, job positions can be shared, via social media " +"platforms, and by tracking links to the job position. At the bottom of each " +"job position card are four icons, and corresponding tracking links, that can" +" be used to share the job position, keeping track of applicants in the " +"*Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:84 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "Lien" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :icon:`fa-chain` :guilabel:`(link)` " +"icon above it. A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the " +"tracking link. Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is " +"copied, click the :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up window. Next," +" share the link with the prospective employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:93 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :icon:`fa-facebook` :guilabel:`(Facebook)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into Facebook, when the the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button is clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new " +"tab, with the link populated in the main body of the new post in a pop-up " +"window. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads, " +"instead, prompting the user to log-in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, then share the job " +"position using the available options in Facebook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:107 +msgid "X (formerly Twitter)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:109 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X. Click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`(X)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the user is already signed-in to X, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button" +" is clicked, an X page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready" +" to post, in a draft pop-up window. If the user is *not* already signed-in, " +"a sign-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to first sign-in to X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:117 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:119 +msgid "" +"`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job " +"Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message, then " +"share using the available options in X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:125 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "LinkedIn" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :icon:`fa-linkedin` :guilabel:`(LinkedIn)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button is clicked, a new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job " +"position at the top. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen" +" loads instead, prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:134 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual (or group of individuals)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message or " +"post, then share using the available options in LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:143 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "Envoyer un email à un ami" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions, instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Referrals` main dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`Email a friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Send Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address in the :guilabel:`Email` field. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients by separating each email address with a comma " +"followed by a single space. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +":guilabel:`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The email :guilabel:`Body` is also populated with pre-configured text. The " +"text that appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:156 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:158 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you\\:`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:160 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:162 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of" +" all job positions currently being recruited for. Add any additional text " +"and make any edits to the message body, if necessary. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. This sends the message, and closes " +"the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 msgid "Time Off" msgstr "Congés" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Time Off* application serves as a centralized hub for all time-off-" "related information. This application manages requests, balances, " "allocations, approvals, and reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:10 msgid "" -"Users can :ref:`request time off `, and see an " -"overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " +"Users can :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`, and see" +" an overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " ":ref:`allocate time off ` to individuals, teams, or the " "whole company, and :ref:`approve time off requests `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:15 msgid "" "Detailed :ref:`reports ` can be run to see how much time" " off (and what kinds of time off) are being used, :ref:`accrual plans " @@ -15416,45 +16062,45 @@ msgid "" "` can be set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 msgid "" "Be advised, only users with specific access rights can see all aspects of " "the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 msgid "" "All users can access the :guilabel:`My Time Off` and :guilabel:`Overview` " "sections of the *Time Off* application. All other sections require specific " "access rights." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:26 msgid "" "To better understand how access rights affect the *Time Off* application, " "refer to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` document, specifically the " "section about configuring the work information tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to allocate time off to employees, and for employees to request and" " use their time off, the various time off types must be configured first, " "then allocated to employees (if allocation is required)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:40 msgid "Time off types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 msgid "" "To view the currently configured time off types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. The time" " off types are presented in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:45 msgid "" "The *Time Off* application comes with four pre-configured time off types: " ":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, " @@ -15462,25 +16108,25 @@ msgid "" "needs or used as-is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:50 msgid "Create time off type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 msgid "" "To create a new time off type, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Time Off Types`. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button to reveal a blank time off type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:55 msgid "" "Enter the name for the particular type of time off in the blank line at the " "top of the form, such as `Sick Time` or `Vacation`. Then, enter the " "following information on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:59 msgid "" "The only **required** fields on the time off type form are the name of the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, the :guilabel:`Take Time Off In`, and the " @@ -15488,23 +16134,23 @@ msgid "" " and :guilabel:`Allocation Requests` sections **must** be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:65 msgid "Time Off Requests section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select what specific kind of approval is required for " "the time off type. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No Validation`: no approvals are required when requesting this " "type of time off. The time off request is automatically approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Time Off Officer`: only the specified :ref:`Time Off Officer " "`, set on this form in the :guilabel:`Notified " @@ -15512,7 +16158,7 @@ msgid "" "option is selected by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver`: only the employee's specified approver " "for time off, which is set on the *Work Information* tab on the " @@ -15520,7 +16166,7 @@ msgid "" " time off request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver and Time Off Officer`: both the employee's" " :ref:`specified time off approver` and the " @@ -15528,11 +16174,11 @@ msgid "" "the time off request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:83 msgid "Allocation Requests section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requires allocation`: if the time off must be allocated to " "employees, select :guilabel:`Yes`. If the time off can be requested without " @@ -15541,20 +16187,20 @@ msgid "" " form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee Requests`: select :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests " "Allowed` if the employee is able to request more time off than was " "allocated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:92 msgid "" "If employees should **not** be able to make requests for more time off than " "what was allocated, select the :guilabel:`Not Allowed` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:96 msgid "" "Ten days are allocated to the employee for this particular type of time off," " and the :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests Allowed` option is enabled. The " @@ -15563,81 +16209,81 @@ msgid "" "option is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 msgid "" "It is important to note that requesting additional time off does **not** " "guarantee that time off is granted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select the type of approvals required for the " "allocation of this particular time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approved by Time Off Officer` indicates the :ref:`Time Off " "Officer ` set on this form must approve the " "allocation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No validation needed` indicates that no approvals are required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:113 msgid "Configuration section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notified Time Off Officer`: select the person who is notified and" " responsible for approving requests and allocations for this specific type " "of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take Time Off in`: select the format the time off is requested in" " from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 msgid "The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: if time off can only be requested in full day increments (8" " hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:125 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: if time off can only be requested in half day " "increments (4 hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Hours`: if the time off can be taken in hourly increments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Deduct Extra Hours`: enable this option if the time off request " "should factor in any extra time accrued by the employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:134 msgid "" "If an employee works two extra hours for the week, and requests five hours " "of time off, the request would be for three hours, since the two extra " "worked hours are used first, and deducted from the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow To Attach Supporting Document`: enable this option to allow" " the employee to attach documents to the time off request. This is useful in" @@ -15645,7 +16291,7 @@ msgid "" "leave." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kind of Time Off`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "time off this is, either :guilabel:`Worked Time` or :guilabel:`Absence`. " @@ -15654,7 +16300,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Absence` does not count toward any type of accrual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if multiple companies are created in the database, and " "this time off type only applies to one company, select the company from the " @@ -15663,11 +16309,11 @@ msgid "" "company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:151 msgid "Negative Cap section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:153 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option if employees are able to " "request more time off than they currently have, allowing a negative balance." @@ -15675,19 +16321,19 @@ msgid "" " enter the maximum amount of negative time allowed, in days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 msgid "" "Sara currently has three days of the time off type `Vacation`. She is " "planning a trip that requires five days of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 msgid "" "The `Vacation` time off type has the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option " "enabled, and the :guilabel:`Amount in Negative` is set to five." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:164 msgid "" "These settings allow Sara to submit a request for five days of the " "`Vacation` time off type. If approved, her `Vacation` time off balance will " @@ -15700,59 +16346,59 @@ msgid "" "off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:173 msgid "Payroll section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:175 msgid "" "If the time off type should create :doc:`../hr/payroll/work_entries` in the " "*Payroll* application, select the :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` from the drop-" "down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 msgid "Timesheets section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Timesheets` section only appears if the user is in developer " "mode. Refer to the :ref:`developer-mode` document for details on how to " "access the developer mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 msgid "" "When an employee takes time off, and is also using timesheets, Odoo creates " "entries in the *Timesheets* application for the time off. This section " "defines how they are entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:188 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Project`: select the project that the time off type entries " "appear in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:189 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Task`: select the task that appears in the timesheet for this " "time off type. The default options are: :guilabel:`Time Off`, " ":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`Training`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 msgid "Display Option section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:195 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color to be used in the *Time Off* application " "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cover Image`: select an icon to be used in the *Time Off* " "application dashboard." @@ -15764,65 +16410,65 @@ msgid "" "off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:206 msgid "Accrual plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:208 msgid "" "Some time off is earned through an accrual plan, meaning that for every " "specified amount of time an employee works (hour, day, week, etc), they earn" " or *accrue* a specified amount of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:212 msgid "" "If an employee accrues a vacation day for every week they work, they would " "earn 0.2 vacation days for each hour they work. At the end of a forty hour " "work week, they would earn one whole vacation day (8 hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:217 msgid "Create accrual plan" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new accrual plan, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Accrual Plans`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, " "which reveals a blank accrual plan form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the accrual plan name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrued Gain Time`: select when the employee begins to accrue " "time off, either :guilabel:`At the start of the accrual period` or " ":guilabel:`At the end of the accrual period`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry-Over Time`: select when the employee received previously " "earned time. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the start of the year`: select this if the accrual rolls over " "on January 1 of the upcoming year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:232 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the allocation date`: select this if the accrual rolls over as" " soon as time is allocated to the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Other`: select this option if neither of the other two options " "are applicable. When selected, a :guilabel:`Carry-Over Date` field appears. " @@ -15830,14 +16476,14 @@ msgid "" "the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Based on worked time`: enable this option if time off accrual is " "determined by the employee's worked hours. Days **not** considered as worked" " time do **not** contribute to the accrual plan in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:241 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone Transition`: this selection determines when employees " "move up to a new milestone. If they qualify to change milestones in the " @@ -15846,14 +16492,14 @@ msgid "" "the current pay period)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Milestone Transition` field is **only** visible after a " "minimum of two :ref:`rules ` have been configured on the " "accrual plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:250 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " "accrual plan applies to. If left blank, the accrual plan can be used for all" @@ -15864,43 +16510,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An accrual plan form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:263 msgid "" "Rules must be created in order for employees to accrue time off from the " "accrual plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New Milestone` button in the gray" " :guilabel:`Rules` section, and a :guilabel:`Create Milestone` modal form " "appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:268 msgid "Fill out the following fields on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee accrue`: select the parameters for earned time off in " "this section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 msgid "" "First, select either :guilabel:`Days` or :guilabel:`Hours` for the increment" " of accrued time using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 msgid "" "Next, enter the numerical amount of the selected parameter that is accrued. " "The numerical format is `X.XXXX`, so that partial days or hours can also be " "configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:278 msgid "" "Last, select how often the time is accrued using the drop-down menu. The " "default options are :guilabel:`Hourly`, :guilabel:`Daily`, " @@ -15908,64 +16554,64 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Twice a year`, and :guilabel:`Yearly`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 msgid "" "Depending on which option is selected, additional fields may appear. For " "example, if :guilabel:`Twice a month` is selected, two additional fields " "appear, to specify the two days of each month that the milestone occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cap accrued time`: if there is a maximum amount of days the " "employee can accrue with this plan, enable this option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 msgid "" "When enabled, two additional fields appear beneath it. Select the type of " "time period from the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Days` or " ":guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:291 msgid "" "Then, enter a numerical value in the field to specify the maximum amount of " "time that can be accrued." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:293 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone reached`: enter the number and value of the time period" " that must pass before the employee starts to accumulate time off. The first" " value is numerical; enter a number in the first field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:297 msgid "" "Then, select the type of time period using the drop-down menu in the second " "field. The options are: :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Months`, or " ":guilabel:`Years`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over`: select how any unused time off is handled. The " "options are either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None. Accrued time reset to 0`: any unused time off is gone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:302 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All accrued time carried over`: all unused time off is rolled " "over to the next calendar year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over with a maximum`: unused time off is rolled over to the" " next calendar year, but there is a cap. An :guilabel:`Up to` field appears " @@ -15973,7 +16619,7 @@ msgid "" "roll over to the following year. Any time off beyond this parameter is lost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:309 msgid "" "Once the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the form " "and close the modal, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the form and " @@ -15984,72 +16630,72 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A milestone form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:320 msgid "Public holidays" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 msgid "" "To observe public or national holidays, and provide extra days off as " "holidays to employees, configure the observed *public holidays* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 msgid "" "It is important to configure these days in Odoo, so employees are aware of " "the days they have off, and do not request time off on days that are already" " set as a public holiday (non-working days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 msgid "" "Additionally, all public holidays configured in the *Time Off* app are also " "reflected in any app that uses working schedules, such as *Calendar*, " "*Planning*, *Manufacturing*, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:331 msgid "" "Due to Odoo's integration with other apps that use working schedules, it is " "considered best practice to ensure *all* public holidays are configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:335 msgid "Create public holiday" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 msgid "" "To create a public holiday, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Public Holidays`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:340 msgid "All currently configured public holidays appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:342 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a new line appears at the bottom of " "the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:341 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 msgid "Enter the following information on that new line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:346 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the holiday." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:347 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, the current company " "populates this field by default. It is not possible to edit this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:351 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company` field is hidden by default. To view this field, " "click the two dots in the top-right corner of the list, to the far-right of " @@ -16057,7 +16703,7 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:355 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday starts. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -16068,7 +16714,7 @@ msgid "" "company's time zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:360 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday ends. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -16079,33 +16725,33 @@ msgid "" " zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 msgid "" "A company located in San Francisco operates from 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM, with an " "eight hour work day and one hour lunch break." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:370 msgid "" "For a user in New York, with a computer time zone set to Eastern Standard " "Time, a created public holiday displays a start time of 12:00 PM - 9:00 PM, " "accounting for the three hour time zone difference." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 msgid "" "Similarly, a user located in Los Angeles, with a computer time zone set to " "Pacific Standard Time, sees a public holiday time as 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: if the holiday should only apply to employees who" " have a specific set of working hours, select the working hours from the " "drop-down menu. If left blank, the holiday applies to all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:380 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: if using the *Payroll* application, this field " "defines how the :ref:`work entries ` for the holiday " @@ -16116,18 +16762,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The list of public holidays in the configuration menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:389 msgid "Mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 msgid "" "Some companies have special days where specific departments, or the entire " "staff, is required to be present, and time off is not allowed on those " "specific days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:394 msgid "" "These types of days are called *mandatory days* in Odoo. These can be " "configured to be company-wide, or department specific. When configured, " @@ -16135,35 +16781,35 @@ msgid "" "off requests for these mandatory days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:399 msgid "Create mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 msgid "" "No mandatory days are configured in Odoo by default. To create a mandatory " "day, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> " "Mandatory Days`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:404 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner, and a blank line " "appears in the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:408 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the mandatory day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, this field is visible, " "and the current company populates this field by default. Using the drop-down" " menu, select the company the mandatory day is for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:412 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Departments`: this column is hidden by default. First, click the " ":guilabel:`(optional columns)` icon in the top-right corner, next to " @@ -16171,33 +16817,33 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Departments` to reveal that column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 msgid "" "Next, select the desired departments from the drop-down menu. Multiple " "departments can be selected, and there is no limit to the amount of " "departments that can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:419 msgid "" "If this field is left blank, the mandatory day applies to the entire " "company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day starts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:421 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day ends. If creating a single mandatory day, the end date should " "be the same as the start date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: if desired, select a color from the available presented " "options. If no color is desired, select the `No color` option, represented " @@ -16210,11 +16856,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Mandatory Days section with three configured days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:435 msgid "Allocate time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:437 msgid "" "Once time off types and accrual plans have been configured, the next step is" " to allocate, or give, time off to employees. This section is only visible " @@ -16222,44 +16868,44 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 msgid "" "To create a new allocation, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Management --> Allocations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:444 msgid "" "This presents a list of all current allocations, including their respective " "statuses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:446 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`New` to allocate time off, and a blank allocation form " "appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 msgid "" "After entering a name for the allocation on the first blank field of the " "form, enter the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:451 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of time" " off that is being allocated to the employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`: select either :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` or" " :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`. If the allocation is **not** based on an " "accrual plan, select :guilabel:`Regular Allocation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:456 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Plan`: if :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for " "the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, the :guilabel:`Accrual Plan` field appears." @@ -16268,7 +16914,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:460 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period/Start Date`: if :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` is" " selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, this field is labeled " @@ -16277,7 +16923,7 @@ msgid "" "Date`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:465 msgid "" "The current date populates the first date field by default. To select " "another date, click on the pre-populated date to reveal a popover calendar " @@ -16285,20 +16931,20 @@ msgid "" "the date to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:469 msgid "" "If the allocation expires, select the expiration date in the next date " "field. If the time off does *not* expire, leave the second date field blank." " `No Limit` appears in the field if no date is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:473 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation " "Type`, this second field is labeled :guilabel:`Run until`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time that is being allocated to " "the employees. This field displays the time in either :guilabel:`Hours` or " @@ -16306,7 +16952,7 @@ msgid "" "` is configured (in hours or days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:478 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how the allocation is " "assigned. This selection determines who receives the time off allocation. " @@ -16314,32 +16960,32 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Department`, or :guilabel:`By Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 msgid "" "Depending on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Mode`, this following field" " is labeled either: :guilabel:`Employees`, :guilabel:`Company`, " ":guilabel:`Department`, or :guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 msgid "" "Using the drop-down menu, indicate the specific employees, company, " "department, or employee tags who are receiving this time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 msgid "" "Multiple selections can be made for either :guilabel:`Employees` or " ":guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:490 msgid "" "Only one selection can be made for the :guilabel:`Company` or " ":guilabel:`Department`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:491 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: if any description or note is necessary to " "explain the time off allocation, enter it in this field at the bottom of the" @@ -16352,158 +16998,11 @@ msgid "" "granted to all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:499 -msgid "Request time off" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Once an employee has been allocated time off, a request to use the time off " -"can be submitted. Time off can be requested in one of two ways, either from " -"the :ref:`dashboard ` or from the :ref:`My Time Off " -"` view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:505 -msgid "" -"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " -"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " -"Off` list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:509 -msgid "" -"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " -"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" -" form appears in a modal. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` " -"list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:514 -msgid "" -"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " -"form:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:516 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " -"the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:517 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " -"two fields to populate, the start and end dates. Click on either date field " -"and a popover calendar appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 -msgid "" -"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " -"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " -"applicable)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:523 -msgid "" -"If the time off requested is for a single day, click on the start date, then" -" click the same date again for the end date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:526 -msgid "" -"When the correct dates are selected/highlighted, click the :guilabel:`Apply`" -" button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:528 -msgid "" -"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " -"field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 -msgid "" -"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" -" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:533 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, check this " -"box. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " -"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " -"day is being requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:537 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " -"day, check this box. A :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` field appears " -"beneath this option, if selected. Using the drop-down menu, select the start" -" and end time for the time off request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " -":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " -"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " -"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " -"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:545 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " -"should include any details that managers and approvers may need in order to " -"approve the request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:547 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachments of documents. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " -"appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:551 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the desired files to attach, select them, then click the " -":guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off request form." -" Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:554 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:604 -msgid "" -"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " -"request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:557 -msgid "" -"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " -"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " -"be saved manually at any time by clicking the *save manually* button, " -"represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " -"with the flu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:502 msgid "Request allocation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:504 msgid "" "If an employee has used all their time off, or is going to run out of time " "off, they can request an allocation for additional time. Allocations can be " @@ -16512,7 +17011,7 @@ msgid "" " view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:508 msgid "" "To create a new allocation request, click either the :guilabel:`New " "Allocation Request` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the " @@ -16520,7 +17019,7 @@ msgid "" "buttons open a new allocation request form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:513 msgid "" "Both :guilabel:`New` buttons open a :guilabel:`New Allocation` request form," " but when requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, the form appears in a " @@ -16528,20 +17027,20 @@ msgid "" "screen navigates to a new allocation request page, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:518 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Allocation` request " "form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested for " "the allocation from the drop-down menu. After a selection is made, the title" " updates with the time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:522 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period`: this field **only** appears if requesting an " "allocation with a time off type that has the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` " @@ -16550,18 +17049,18 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` field is set to :guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:527 msgid "" "Using the calendar selector, select a start and end date the allocation is " "valid for. By default, the current date populates the first field, and " ":guilabel:`No Limit` populates the second field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 msgid "Adjust both of these dates, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:531 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time being requested in this " "field. The format is presented in either days or hours, depending on how the" @@ -16569,14 +17068,21 @@ msgid "" "allocation request is updated to include the amount of time being requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:535 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: enter a description for the allocation request." " This should include any details that managers and approvers may need in " "order to approve the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:538 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 msgid "" "If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Allocations` list view, the" " information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " @@ -16590,11 +17096,11 @@ msgid "" "sick time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:553 msgid "Management" msgstr "Gestion" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:555 msgid "" "Time off and allocation requests typically undergo an approval process " "before being granted. Requests either need one or two approvals, if any, " @@ -16603,17 +17109,17 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:560 msgid "" "Only users who can approve allocation and time off requests have the " ":guilabel:`Management` section visible in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:566 msgid "Manage time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 msgid "" "To view time off requests that need approval, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Management --> Time Off`. The only time off" @@ -16622,7 +17128,7 @@ msgid "" "in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:573 msgid "" "The default filter in the :guilabel:`Time Off` list is `Waiting For Me`. " "This only presents time off requests that need to be approved for current " @@ -16630,7 +17136,7 @@ msgid "" " or :guilabel:`Second Approval`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:643 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:577 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented time off requests. Since only time off requests that need to be " @@ -16640,28 +17146,28 @@ msgid "" "appear on the left side of the screen, under :guilabel:`Departments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 msgid "" "If there are no requests that fall under one of the status options or " "departments, that status or department is **not** visible on the left-side " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:587 msgid "" "To display time off requests for specific departments only, click on the " ":guilabel:`Department` on the left-hand side. Only requests within the " "selected department are then presented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:656 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:657 msgid "" "The status column displays the status of each request, with the status " "highlighted in a specific color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` and :guilabel:`Second Approval` requests are " "highlighted in yellow and are the only ones that appear in the list by " @@ -16671,7 +17177,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:665 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:599 msgid "" "To approve a time off request, click the :guilabel:`👍 Approve` button at the" " end of the line. To validate a time off request that has already been " @@ -16686,7 +17192,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:608 msgid "" "For more details, click anywhere on the time off request line (except for " "the :guilabel:`👍 Approve`, :guilabel:`✔️ Validate`, and :guilabel:`✖️ " @@ -16694,24 +17200,24 @@ msgid "" "of the user, changes can be made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:612 msgid "" "To modify the request, make any desired changes to the form. All changes are" " automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:614 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Approve` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button " "to refuse the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:684 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:620 msgid "Manage allocations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:686 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:622 msgid "" "To view allocations that need approval, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off" " app --> Management --> Allocations`. The only allocations visible on this " @@ -16719,7 +17225,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:627 msgid "" "The default filters that are configured to be in place when navigating to " "the :guilabel:`Allocations` list are :guilabel:`My Team` and " @@ -16727,13 +17233,13 @@ msgid "" "team (who they manage) and active employees. Inactive users are not shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented allocation requests." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:635 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Status` options are :guilabel:`To Approve`, " ":guilabel:`Refused`, and :guilabel:`Approved`. Click on a specific " @@ -16741,14 +17247,14 @@ msgid "" "allocation requests, click :guilabel:`All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 msgid "" "It is also possible to display allocation requests by department. Click on " "the :guilabel:`Department` in the left side of the screen to only present " "allocations for that specific department." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:644 msgid "" "The groupings on the left side only present allocation requests that fall " "under the default filters of :guilabel:`My Team` and :guilabel:`Active " @@ -16756,34 +17262,34 @@ msgid "" "filters are presented on the left side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:712 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:648 msgid "" "For example, if there are no requests with a status of :guilabel:`To " "Submit`, that status option does not appear in the left-hand side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:651 msgid "" "All departments for the user's employees appear in the list. If there are no" " allocation requests that fall under that department matching the pre-" "configured filters, the list is blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:654 msgid "" "It is always possible to remove any of the pre-configured filters, by " "clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon on the specific filter to remove " "it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:660 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, " ":guilabel:`Approved` requests are highlighted in green, and the " ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:663 msgid "" "To approve an allocation request, click the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` button at" " the end of the line. To refuse a request, click the :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` " @@ -16795,28 +17301,28 @@ msgid "" "Allocations with the filter, groupings, and status sections highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:670 msgid "" "If more details are needed, click anywhere on the allocation request line " "(except for the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` buttons) to" " view the request in detail." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:673 msgid "" "Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be made to the allocation " "request form that appears. To modify the request, make any desired changes " "to the form. All changes are automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:741 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:677 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Validate` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button" " to refuse the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:683 msgid "" "To view a color-coded schedule of the user's time off, and/or of the team " "managed by them, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Overview`. " @@ -16824,7 +17330,7 @@ msgid "" "view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:687 msgid "" "To change the time period displayed, click on the :guilabel:`Month` button " "to reveal a drop-down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -16832,7 +17338,7 @@ msgid "" "corresponding view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 msgid "" "To navigate forward or backward in time, in the selected increment " "(:guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, etc.), click the :guilabel:`← (left " @@ -16840,44 +17346,44 @@ msgid "" " that specified amount of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:695 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Month` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by" " one month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:697 msgid "" "To return to a view containing the current day, click the :guilabel:`Today` " "button at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 msgid "" "Team members are listed alphabetically on individual lines, and their " "requested time off, regardless of the status (*validated* or *to approve*), " "is visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:766 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:702 msgid "" "Each employee is color-coded. The employee's color is selected at random, " "and does *not* correspond to the type of time off they requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:705 msgid "" "The status of the time off is represented by the color detail of the " "request, either appearing solid (*validated*) or striped (*to approve*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 msgid "" "The number of days or hours requested is written on the request (if there is" " enough space)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:710 msgid "" "At the bottom of the calendar, in the :guilabel:`Total` line, a bar graph " "shows how many people are projected to be out on any given day. The number " @@ -16885,7 +17391,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:778 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:714 msgid "" "Click on a time off entry to view the details for the specific time off " "entry. The total number of hours or days are listed, along with the start " @@ -16897,21 +17403,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview of the user's team, with time off requests shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:723 msgid "My time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:725 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`My Time` section of the *Time Off* application contains the " "time off dashboard, as well as the user's time off requests and allocations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:795 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:731 msgid "Dashboard" msgstr "Tableau de bord" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:733 msgid "" "All users have access to the time off dashboard, which is the default view " "in the *Time Off* application. The dashboard can also be accessed at any " @@ -16919,38 +17425,38 @@ msgid "" "My Time --> Dashboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 msgid "" "The current year is displayed, and the current day is highlighted in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:739 msgid "" "To change the view, click on the :guilabel:`Year` button to reveal a drop-" "down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, or " ":guilabel:`Month` to present the calendar in that corresponding view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:743 msgid "" "To change the presented dates, click the :guilabel:`← (left arrow)` or " ":guilabel:`→ (right arrow)` icons to the left of the :guilabel:`Year` " "button. The calendar view adjusts in increments of the presented view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:811 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Year` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by " "one year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:813 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:749 msgid "" "To change the view at any point to a view that includes the current date, " "click the :guilabel:`Today` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:816 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:752 msgid "" "Above the calendar view is a summary of the user's time off balances. Every " "time off type that has been allocated appears in its own summary box. Each " @@ -16959,7 +17465,7 @@ msgid "" "applicable)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:757 msgid "" "To view the full details of a time off balance, click the :guilabel:`? " "(question mark)` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`(DAYS/HOURS) AVAILABLE` " @@ -16973,7 +17479,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A view of the complete time off balance details in the popover window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:767 msgid "" "A user is also able to see how much time off they will have accrued in the " "future. On the right side of the time off summary blocks, there is a " @@ -16981,7 +17487,7 @@ msgid "" "selector popover appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:771 msgid "" "The current date is the default date selected. Navigate to the desired date," " and Odoo displays the time off balances the user will have on that date. " @@ -16990,14 +17496,14 @@ msgid "" "of the date field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:840 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:776 msgid "" "On the right side of the calendar, the various time off types are displayed," " with their corresponding colors. The :guilabel:`Legend` explains how the " "various statuses for time off requests are presented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:780 msgid "" "Time off that has been validated appears in a solid color (in the color " "specified in the :guilabel:`Time Off Type` section above the " @@ -17006,19 +17512,19 @@ msgid "" "line through the dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:849 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:785 msgid "" -"New time off requests can be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :ref:`New Time Off" -" ` modal appears." +"New time off requests can be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. Click the " +":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :doc:`New Time Off" +" <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:852 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 msgid "" -"New allocation requests can also be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the dashboard to " -"request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation ` modal appears." +"New allocation requests can also be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard` to request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation " +"` modal appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 @@ -17027,56 +17533,56 @@ msgid "" "buttons highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:863 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:800 msgid "My time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:865 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:802 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`. Here, all time " "off requests, both past and present, appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:868 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:805 msgid "" "The list includes the following information for each request: the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Start Date`, " ":guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and the :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:872 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:809 msgid "" "A new time off request can be made from this view. Click the :guilabel:`New`" -" button to :ref:`request time off `." +" button to :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:878 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:815 msgid "My allocations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:817 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's allocations, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Allocations`. All " "allocations and requested allocations appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:820 msgid "" "The information presented on the :guilabel:`My Allocations` page includes: " "the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Amount`, " ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`, and :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:824 msgid "" "A new allocation request can be made from this view, as well. Click the " ":guilabel:`New` button to :ref:`request an allocation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:895 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:832 msgid "" "The reporting feature allows users to view time off for their team, either " "by employee or type of time off. This allows users to see which employees " @@ -17084,7 +17590,7 @@ msgid "" "types are being used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:899 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:836 msgid "" "Any report can be added to a spreadsheet through the *Insert in Spreadsheet*" " button that appears in the top-left of a report. If the *Documents* " @@ -17092,31 +17598,31 @@ msgid "" "appears. If not, the report can be added to a *Dashboard*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:841 msgid "By employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:843 msgid "" "To view a report of employee time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Employee`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:846 msgid "" "The default report presents the current year's data in a list view, " "displaying all the employees in alphabetical order. Each employee's line is " "collapsed by default. To expand a line, click anywhere on the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:913 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:850 msgid "" "The view expands, and has the time off requests organized by time off type. " "Click anywhere on a time off type line to expand it, and view all the " "individual time off requests that fall under that type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:916 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:853 msgid "" "The information shown in the list includes: the :guilabel:`Employee` name, " ":guilabel:`Number of Days` off requested, the :guilabel:`Start Date`, " @@ -17127,7 +17633,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Report of time off, shown by each employee in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:861 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " @@ -17139,8 +17645,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The various other views highlighted, for the employee time off report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:933 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:870 msgid "" "When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " "particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports and their" @@ -17148,18 +17653,18 @@ msgid "" "documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:875 msgid "By type" msgstr "Par type" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:940 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:877 msgid "" "To view a list of all time off, organized by time off type, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Type`. This shows all time" " off requests in a default bar chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:943 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 msgid "" "Hover over a bar to view the :guilabel:`Duration (Days)` of that specific " "time off type." @@ -17171,13 +17676,13 @@ msgid "" "highlighted in a red box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 msgid "" "Click on a bar to go to a detailed list view of all the time off requests " "for that time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:952 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:889 msgid "" "Each request is listed, with the following information displayed: the " ":guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Request Type`, " @@ -17185,10 +17690,174 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " "way. The various options are a :guilabel:`Graph` (the default view), " ":guilabel:`List`, or :guilabel:`Pivot` table." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:897 +msgid "" +"When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " +"particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports, and " +"their various options, refer to the :doc:`reporting " +"<../essentials/reporting>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:902 +msgid ":doc:`time_off/request_time_off`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Request time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once time off has been allocated to an employee, a request to use it can be " +"submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Time off can be requested in one of two ways: either from the main *Time " +"Off* application :guilabel:`Dashboard` (:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My " +"Time --> Dashboard`), or from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` dashboard view " +"(:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " +"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " +"Off` dashboard, in the default list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " +"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" +" form appears in a pop-up window. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time" +" Off` list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " +"form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " +"the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " +"two fields to populate: the start and end dates. Click on either date field " +"and a popover calendar appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " +"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " +"applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If only requesting time off for a single day, click on the start date, then " +"click the same date again for the end date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the correct dates are selected, click the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" +" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, tick this " +"checkbox. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " +"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " +"day is being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " +"day, tick this checkbox. If selected, a :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` " +"field appears beneath this option. Using the drop-down menu, select the " +"start and end time for the time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " +":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " +"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " +"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " +"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " +"should include any details that managers and approvers may need to approve " +"the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachment of documents. " +"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the desired files that should be attached, select them, then " +"click The :guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off " +"request form. Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information, and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " +"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " +"be saved manually at any time by clicking the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " +"with the flu." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 64cd8e495..9c92ba34b 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2024\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n == 0 || n == 1) ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory & MRP" -msgstr "Inventaire & MRP" +msgid "Supply Chain" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 msgid "Barcode" @@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:20 msgid "Location" msgstr "Lieu" @@ -1557,14 +1557,16 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Lot` sur la fenêtre contextuelle des Opérations détaillée #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:16 @@ -1579,16 +1581,23 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Lot` sur la fenêtre contextuelle des Opérations détaillée #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:26 @@ -4008,6 +4017,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:182 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Manuelle" @@ -4084,12 +4095,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:214 msgid "" -"The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is four days," -" and the :ref:`purchase security lead time ` is one day." +"The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is " +"four days, and the :ref:`purchase security lead time " +"` is one day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:218 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` field of the reordering rule is set to " "zero, the product appears on the replenishment dashboard five days before " @@ -4102,34 +4113,34 @@ msgid "" "Feb 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:226 msgid "" "To see the product on the replenishment dashboard for the current date, " "February 20, set the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` to `7.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:229 msgid "" "To determine the amount of visibility days needed to see a product on the " "replenishment dashboard, subtract *today's date* from the *date the need " "appears* on the replenishment dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:232 msgid "Visibility~days = Need~appears~date - Today's~date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:237 msgid "" "Referring to the example above, today's date is February 20th, and the need " "for the product appears on February 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:240 msgid "(February 27 - February 20 = 7 days)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:242 msgid "" "Incorrectly setting the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` fewer than seven days in" " this case results in the need **not** appearing on the replenishment " @@ -4142,11 +4153,11 @@ msgid "" "days set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:252 msgid "Route" msgstr "Route" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:254 msgid "" "Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected under the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it is possible" @@ -4158,7 +4169,7 @@ msgstr "" " de sélectionner à la fois :guilabel:`Acheter` et :guilabel:`Fabriquer`, " "permettant ainsi l'exécution des deux routes." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:258 msgid "" "Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering " "rule. This is the route that the rule defaults to, if multiple are selected." @@ -4166,20 +4177,20 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:262 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Route` column is hidden on the " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:264 msgid "" "Reveal the :guilabel:`Route` column by selecting the :guilabel:`(slider)` " "icon to the far-right of the column titles, and checking the " ":guilabel:`Route` option from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:267 msgid "" "Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule, and a drop-down " "menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the " @@ -4190,7 +4201,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down." msgstr "Sélectionnez une route préférée dans le menu déroulant." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:275 msgid "" "If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set " "for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the selected route " @@ -5035,7 +5046,7 @@ msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:100 msgid "Assign serial numbers" msgstr "" @@ -5055,7 +5066,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" @@ -5082,56 +5093,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:21 -msgid "when closing a manufacturing order" +msgid "" +":doc:`during a manufacturing order " +"<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product>` for a " +"product tracked by lot/serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:24 msgid "when making an inventory adjustment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:32 msgid "" "Display the Detailed Operations smart button and bulleted list icon on a " "receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:32 msgid "" "Display the **Detailed Operations** smart button and bulleted list icon on a" " receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:37 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers to products, activate the :guilabel:`Lots and " "Serial Numbers` feature in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " "--> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:40 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of an item's product form, set the " ":guilabel:`Tracking` field to :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:44 msgid "" ":ref:`Enable serial numbers `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:45 msgid "" ":ref:`Track products by serial numbers " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:49 msgid "" "Next, enable creating new serial numbers by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:52 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, select the desired operation " "type (e.g. :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, or " @@ -5144,11 +5158,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show \"Create New\" option is selected on the Receipts operation type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:64 msgid "Detailed Operations" msgstr "Opérations détaillées" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:66 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned to products when entering stock for the first" " time, from the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` page on the receipt. " @@ -5156,7 +5170,7 @@ msgid "" "Operations --> Receipts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:71 msgid "" "Serial numbers can **not** be assigned to products on a request for " "quotation (RfQ) or purchase order (PO) — **only** on a receipt." @@ -5166,13 +5180,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the purchase order and the Receipt smart button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:78 msgid "" "Screenshot of a \"Purchase Order\" with the \"Receipt\" smart button at the " "top." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:80 msgid "" "To record an item's serial number before receiving the item, follow the " "steps in the next sections to assign serial numbers, but do **not** click " @@ -5180,13 +5194,13 @@ msgid "" "from the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:84 msgid "" "Assign a single serial number to a product by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` smart button on a receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:87 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, manually type in the " "serial number for a single product." @@ -5196,13 +5210,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a line on the Detailed Operations page to assign serial numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:94 msgid "" "When finished, click the receipt's breadcrumbs, and the assigned serial " "numbers are automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:102 msgid "" "To generate new serial numbers in a sequence, click the :guilabel:`+ (plus)`" " icon in the :ref:`product line `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:113 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` pop-up window. The " ":guilabel:`Number of SN` field is auto-filled based on the product quantity " @@ -5234,22 +5248,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show Assign Serial numbers pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:125 msgid "Stock move pop-up window" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:127 msgid "" "For various methods of assigning serial numbers in bulk, click the " ":guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the :ref:`product line " "` of a receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:132 msgid "Add a line" msgstr "Ajouter une ligne" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:134 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window that appears, manually " "input the serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." @@ -5259,11 +5273,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a line on the Stock move pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:142 msgid "Generate Serials" msgstr "Générer des numéros de série" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:144 msgid "" "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Generate " "Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." @@ -5273,7 +5287,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show generate serials button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:151 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Generate Serial numbers` pop-up window, where " "the first serial number is entered in the :guilabel:`First SN` field to " @@ -5281,36 +5295,36 @@ msgid "" "entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:155 msgid "" "For more details on how to fill in this pop-up window, :ref:`refer to this " "section `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:159 msgid "Import Serials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:161 msgid "" "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Import " "Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:165 msgid "" "If the button is not visible, ensure the :guilabel:`Create New` option is " "selected in the :ref:`receipt's configuration page " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:168 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window. Enter each serial " "number on a separate line in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:172 msgid "" "Copy/paste serial numbers from an existing excel spreadsheet and add them to" " the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." @@ -5320,7 +5334,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show excel sheet to copy serial numbers from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:179 msgid "" "Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to add serial numbers to " "the list of products, and serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " @@ -5329,25 +5343,26 @@ msgid "" "option unchecked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:146 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Generate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:187 msgid "" "For a receipt with a :guilabel:`Demand` of `3.00` products, one product has " "already been assigned a serial number in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` " "pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:190 msgid "" "So, in the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window, two serial numbers, `124` " "and `125` are assigned to the remaining products by entering the following " "in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` input field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:199 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option is selected to add these two " "serial numbers **in addition** to the serial number, `123`, that has already" @@ -5389,7 +5404,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr ":doc:`lots`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "Activer les lots et les numéros de série" @@ -5463,6 +5478,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:343 msgid "Traceability" msgstr "Traçabilité" @@ -6104,6 +6120,7 @@ msgstr "" "de produits`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:189 msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" msgstr "" @@ -6146,11 +6163,11 @@ msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." msgstr "" "Regrouper par dates d'expiration sur la page des lots et numéros de série." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 msgid "Expiration alerts" msgstr "Alertes d'expiration" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 msgid "" "To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." @@ -6158,7 +6175,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour voir les alertes d'expiration, allez à l'application " ":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Produits --> Lots/Numéros de série`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:251 msgid "" "Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " "Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " @@ -6170,7 +6187,7 @@ msgstr "" " Sur ce formulaire, cliquez sur l'onglet :guilabel:`Dates` pour voir toutes " "les informations relatives à l'expiration des produits." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:255 msgid "" "To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " "form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " @@ -6181,7 +6198,7 @@ msgstr "" "d'expiration` à la date d'aujourd'hui (ou à une date antérieure) et cliquez " "sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer les modifications." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:259 msgid "" "After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " "Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " @@ -6194,7 +6211,7 @@ msgstr "" " de là, retournez à la page :guilabel:`Lots/Numéros de série` (via le fil " "d'Ariane)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:263 msgid "" "To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " "are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" @@ -6205,7 +6222,7 @@ msgstr "" "tous les filtres de recherche dans la barre de :guilabel:`Recherche...` sur " "le tableau de bord :guilabel:`Lots/Numéros de série`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:267 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." msgstr "" @@ -6218,142 +6235,467 @@ msgstr "" "Alerte d'expiration pour un produit qui a dépassé la date d'expiration." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" -msgstr "Utiliser des lots pour gérer des groupes de produits" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" -" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " -"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" -" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." +msgid "Lot numbers" msgstr "" -"Les *lots* sont l'une des deux façons d'identifier et de suivre des produits" -" dans Odoo. Un lot indique généralement un lot spécifique d'un article qui a" -" été reçu, qui est actuellement stocké ou qui a été expédié depuis un " -"entrepôt, mais il peut également concerner un lot de produits fabriqués en " -"interne." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:10 msgid "" -"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " -"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " -"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " -"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " -"lifecycles." +"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. They " +"typically represent a specific batch of products that were received, stored," +" shipped, or manufactured in-house." msgstr "" -"Les fabricants attribuent des numéros de lot à des groupes de produits ayant" -" des propriétés communes, ce qui peut conduire à ce que plusieurs " -"marchandises partagent le même numéro de lot. Cela aide à identifier un " -"certain nombre de produits au sein d'un même groupe et d'assurer la " -"traçabilité de bout en bout de ces produits à chaque étape de leur cycle de " -"vie." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:13 msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " -"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " -"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " -"expiration dates." +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products sharing common " +"properties, facilitating end-to-end traceability through their lifecycles." msgstr "" -"Les lots sont utiles pour les produits fabriqués ou reçus en grandes " -"quantités (comme les vêtements ou les denrées alimentaires) et peuvent être " -"utilisés pour retracer un produit jusqu'à un groupe. C'est particulièrement " -"utile pour gérer les rappels de produits ou les dates de péremption." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:16 msgid "" -"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " -"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " -"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " -"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " -":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +"Lots are useful for managing large quantities of manufactured or received " +"products, aiding in tracing items back to their group, particularly for " +"product recalls or :doc:`expiration dates `." msgstr "" -"Pour suivre les produits à l'aide de lots, la fonctionnalité *Lots & Numéros" -" de série* doit être activée. Allez à l'application " -":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres`, faites défiler" -" jusqu'à la section :guilabel:`Traçabilité` et cochez la case à côté de " -":guilabel:`Lots & Numéros de série`. Cliquez ensuite sur le bouton " -":guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer les changements." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 -msgid "Track products by lots" -msgstr "Suivre des produits par lots" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:26 msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " -"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " -"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " -"and choose a product." +"To track products using lots, enable the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature. Go" +" to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and tick the checkbox " +"next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`Tracking expiration dates `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:33 +msgid "" +":ref:`Print GS1 barcodes for lots and serial numbers " +"`" msgstr "" -"Une fois que la fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Lots & Numéros de série` est " -"activée, il est possible de configurer des produits individuels pour être " -"suivis à l'aide de lots. Pour ce faire, allez à l'application " -":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Produits --> Produits` et choisissez un " -"produit." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " -"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " -":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " -"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +msgid "Track by lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, configure " +"individual products to be tracked using lots. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and choose a " +"product to configure." msgstr "" -"Sur la fiche du produit, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Modifier` pour modifier le " -"formulaire. Cliquez ensuite sur l'onglet :guilabel:`Inventaire`. Dans la " -"section :guilabel:`Traçabilité`, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Par lots`. Cliquez " -"ensuite sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer les changements. Les " -"numéros de lot existants ou les nouveaux numéros peuvent maintenant être " -"assignés aux lots nouvellement reçus ou fabriqués de ce produit." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:48 msgid "" -"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " -"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" -" lot numbers to the existing stock." +"On the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, select the :guilabel:`By Lots` option in " +"the :guilabel:`Tracking` field. Now, new or existing lot numbers can be " +"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`expiration_dates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, a warning message appears. Use an :doc:`inventory adjustment" +" ` to assign lot numbers to existing products in stock." msgstr "" -"Si un produit est un stock avant l'activation du suivi par lots ou numéros " -"de série, il peut être nécessaire de procéder à un ajustement d'inventaire " -"afin d'assigner des numéros de lot au stock existant." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." msgstr "La fonctionnalité de Suivi par lots activée sur la fiche du produit." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 -msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" -msgstr "Créer de nouveaux lots pour des produits déjà en stock" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:58 -msgid "" -"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " -"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" -" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " -"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " -"automatically." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:65 +msgid "Assign lots for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -"Il est possible de créer de nouveaux lots pour des produits déjà en stock " -"auxquels aucun numéro de lot n'a été assigné. Pour ce faire, allez à " -"l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Produits --> Lots/Numéros de " -"série` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer`. Cette opération fait apparaître une" -" page distincte sur laquelle un nouveau :guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de lot` est " -"généré automatiquement." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Assign new lot numbers to :ref:`incoming goods " +"` on the receipt form. When " +"shipping :ref:`outgoing goods `, select products with specific lot numbers on the delivery order " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:75 +msgid "On receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Assigning new or existing lot numbers to incoming goods can be done directly" +" on receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To begin, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app to `create and confirm " +"`_ a |PO| for products tracked " +"by lot numbers. Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button that " +"appears at the top of the page to navigate to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to an existing receipt by going to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, clicking the :guilabel:`Receipts` Kanban " +"card, and choosing the desired receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number triggers an " +"error, indicating that a lot number **must** be assigned before validating " +"the receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." +msgstr "" +"Fenêtre contextuelle d'erreur d'utilisateur lors de l'ajout d'un lot/numéro " +"de série." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:96 +msgid "" +"On the receipt form, on the product line in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, " +"select the |list| icon to the right of the product that is tracked by lot " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the bulleted list icon on the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, where the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` and :guilabel:`Quantity` are assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 +msgid "The two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **importing**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:109 +msgid "Manual assignment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"To manually assign lot numbers, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Input the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, :guilabel:`Store To` location for the lot, " +":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Destination Package`, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To assign multiple lot numbers, or store to multiple locations, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and type a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` for " +"additional quantities. Repeat until the total in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"column matches the :guilabel:`Demand` at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" +"Fenêtre contextuelle des opérations détaillées d'assignation d'un numéro de " +"lot." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:125 +msgid "Import lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:127 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, click :guilabel:`Import " +"Serials/Lots`, then paste the bulk lot numbers, in the " +":guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "Liste des numéros de lot copiés dans la feuille de calcul Excel." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on *Google* spreadsheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 +msgid "Lot numbers copied to the lot number line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Lot numbers pasted to the \"Lots/Serial numbers\" field, in the **Import " +"Lots** pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to generate *additional* " +"lot numbers in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window. To replace " +"the lot numbers in the list, leave the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option" +" unticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` on the receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:200 +msgid "" +":ref:`Traceability report for lot numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:157 +msgid "On delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Odoo makes it possible to specify which lot numbers for a product are chosen" +" for outgoing shipment on a delivery order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To begin, create or select an existing quotation from the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app. After confirming the |SO|, the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button becomes available. Click the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt form for " +"that specific |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to delivery orders by going to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`" +" kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button opens the the delivery order " +"form, where lot numbers are picked for delivery. In the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab, click the |list| icon to the right of the " +"product that is tracked by lot numbers. Clicking that icon reveals a " +":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, the chosen lot number and its storage location is " +"displayed in the :guilabel:`Pick From` column, with the with the full " +":guilabel:`Quantity` taken from that specific lot (if there is enough stock " +"in that particular lot)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:179 +msgid "" +"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " +":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:183 +msgid "" +"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " +"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It also " +"depends on the ordered quantity, and whether the lot's on-hand quantity is " +"enough to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Repeat the above steps to select enough lots to fulfill the " +":guilabel:`Demand`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. " +"Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button on the |DO| to deliver the " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Popup for source lot number on sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:203 +msgid "Lot management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Manage and view existing lot numbers for products in the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` dashboard by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:208 +msgid "" +"By default, lot numbers are grouped by product, and selecting the drop-down " +"menu for each product displays the existing lot numbers. Select a lot number" +" to :ref:`modify or add details ` " +"linked to the lot. Lot numbers can also be :ref:`created " +"` from this page, by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 +msgid "Show the \"Lot/Serial Number\" dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Display lot numbers, grouped by products, on the **Lot/Serial Number** " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 +msgid "Modify lot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Clicking a lot from the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` dashboard reveals a " +"separate page where additional information can be provided about the lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to follow " +"the most recent number. However, it can be edited, by clicking the line " +"under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and changing the generated " +"number to any desired one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:233 +msgid "On the lot number form, the following fields can be modified:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:235 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: change the lot number linked to the " +":guilabel:`Product`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:236 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internal Reference`: records an alternative lot/serial number " +"used within the warehouse that differs from the one used by the supplier " +"manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company where the lot number is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:239 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: add extra details about the lot or serial number in" +" this text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:242 +msgid "" +"On existing lots, the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"fields **cannot** be modified, as the lot numbers are linked with existing " +"stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the lot number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:250 +msgid ":doc:`Set expiration dates for lots `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:253 +msgid "Add property" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:255 +msgid "" +"To add custom fields to lots for enhanced traceability, there are two " +"methods of adding properties on a lot number form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon at the top-left of the page," +" then select :icon:`fa-cogs` :guilabel:`Add Properties` from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a Property` button, located below " +"the existing fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Name and :doc:`configure the new field " +"<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`. Once finished, enter the " +"property value in the new field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The new property, `Wood type`, is added. The value is recorded as `Cherry " +"wood`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Show the \"Add Properties\" button on a lot number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:273 +msgid "" +":doc:`Configuring custom properties " +"<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 +msgid "Reserve lot number for a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:280 +msgid "" +"To create a lot number for a product, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lot/Serial Numbers`, and " +"click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Creating a lot number reserves it for a product but **does not** assign it. " +"To assign lot numbers, refer to the section on :ref:`assigning lot numbers " +"on receipts `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:289 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " "follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " -"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " -"and changing the generated number." +"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field " +"on the lot form, and changing the generated number." msgstr "" -"Bien qu'Odoo génère automatiquement un nouveau :guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de " -"série` pour suivre le numéro le plus récent, il peut être édité et modifié " -"en n'importe quel autre numéro, en cliquant sur la ligne sous le champ " -":guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de série` et en changeant le numéro généré." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:293 msgid "" "Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " "field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " @@ -6364,499 +6706,68 @@ msgstr "" "déroulant. Dans ce menu, sélectionnez le produit auquel ce nouveau numéro " "sera assigné." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:72 -msgid "" -"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " -"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " -"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " -"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" -"website environment)." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:298 +msgid "The lot number, `000001`, is created for the product, `Drawer Black`." msgstr "" -"Ce formulaire permet également d'ajuster la :guilabel:`Quantité`, d'assigner" -" un numéro de :guilabel:`Référence interne` unique (à des fins de " -"traçabilité) et d'assigner cette configuration de lot ou de numéro de série " -"spécifique à un site web spécifique dans le champ :guilabel:`Site web` (si " -"vous avez plusieurs sites web)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 -msgid "" -"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " -"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." -msgstr "" -"Il est aussi possible d'ajouter une description détaillée de ce lot ou " -"numéro de série spécifique dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Description` en dessous." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:83 -msgid "" -"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " -"button to save all changes." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque toutes les configurations souhaitées sont terminées, cliquez sur le " -"bouton :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer tous les changements." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." msgstr "" "Formulaire de création d'un nouveau numéro de lot avec le produit assigné." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:304 msgid "" "After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " -"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" -" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " -"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." +"product, the lot number is saved as an existing lot number linked to the " +"product, and can be selected when :ref:`assigning lot numbers to products on" +" a receipt `, or when making an " +"inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -"Une fois qu'un nouveau numéro de lot a été créé, enregistré et assigné au " -"produit souhaité, retournez à la fiche du produit dans l'application " -":menuselection:`Inventaire` en allant à :menuselection:`Produits --> " -"Produits` et en sélectionnant le produit auquel ce numéro de lot " -"nouvellement créé vient d'être assigné." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:310 msgid "" -"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " -"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " -"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" -" assigned to it." +"After creating the lot number, `000001` appears as an option for `Drawer " +"Black` when assigning lot numbers on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` " +"page." msgstr "" -"Sur la fiche détaillée de ce produit, cliquez sur le bouton intelligent " -":guilabel:`Lot/Numéros de série` pour afficher le nouveau numéro de lot. " -"Lorsqu'une quantité supplémentaire de ce produit est reçue ou fabriquée, ce " -"nouveau numéro de lot peut être sélectionné et lui être assigné." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:95 -msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" -msgstr "Gérer des lots pour l'expédition et la réception" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " -"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " -"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " -"order form." -msgstr "" -"Les numéros de lot peuvent être assignés à des marchandises **entrantes** et" -" **sortantes**. Pour les marchandises entrantes, les numéros de lot sont " -"directement assignés sur le bon de commande. Pour les marchandises " -"sortantes, les numéros de lot sont directement assignés sur la commande " -"client." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:104 -msgid "Manage lots on receipts" -msgstr "Gérer des lots lors des réceptions" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " -"purchase order (PO)." -msgstr "" -"Il est possible de directement assigner des numéros de lot à des " -"marchandises **entrantes** sur le bon de commande." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:108 -msgid "" -"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " -"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." -msgstr "" -"Pour créer un bon de commande, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Achats " -"--> Créer`. Cette opération fait apparaître un formulaire de demande de prix" -" vierge." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 -msgid "" -"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " -"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " -"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " -"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." -msgstr "" -"Sur cette demande de prix, complétez les informations nécessaires en " -"ajoutant un :guilabel:`Fournisseur` et en ajoutant les produits souhaités " -"aux lignes de :guilabel:`Produit`, en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Ajouter un " -"produit` (dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Produits`)." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " -"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." -msgstr "" -"Choisissez la quantité souhaitée du produit à commander en modifiant le " -"nombre dans la colonne :guilabel:`Quantité`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " -"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " -":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " -"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que la demande de prix a été complétée, cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Confirmer la commande`. Lorsque la demande de prix est confirmée," -" elle devient un :guilabel:`Bon de commande` et un bouton intelligent " -":guilabel:`Réception` apparaît. Cliquez sur le bouton intelligent " -":guilabel:`Réception` pour accéder au formulaire de réception de l'entrepôt." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " -"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" -"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " -":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " -"number being assigned." -msgstr "" -"Si vous cliquez sur :guilabel:`Valider` avant d'assigner un numéro de lot " -"aux quantités de produits commandées, une fenêtre contextuelle " -":guilabel:`Erreur d'utilisateur` s'affiche. La fenêtre contextuelle exige la" -" saisie d'un numéro de lot ou de série pour les produits commandés. La " -"demande de prix **ne peut pas être** validée sans l'assignation d'un numéro " -"de lot." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." -msgstr "" -"Fenêtre contextuelle d'erreur d'utilisateur lors de l'ajout d'un lot/numéro " -"de série." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:133 -msgid "" -"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " -":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " -"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " -"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." -msgstr "" -"À partir de là, cliquez sur le menu :guilabel:`Options supplémentaires`, " -"représenté par une icône :guilabel:`hamburger (quatre lignes horizontales)`," -" située à droite de la colonne :guilabel:`Unité de Mesure` dans l'onglet " -":guilabel:`Opérations`). Le fait de cliquer sur cette icône fait apparaître " -"une fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Opérations détaillées`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:137 -msgid "" -"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " -"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " -"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." -msgstr "" -"Dans cette fenêtre contextuelle, configurez un certain nombre de champs " -"différents, y compris l'assignation d'un numéro de lot dans la colonne " -":guilabel:`Nom du lot/numéro de série`, située en bas de la fenêtre." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." -msgstr "" -"Il y a deux façons d'assigner des numéros de lot : **manuellement** et " -"**copier/coller**." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 -msgid "" -"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" -" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " -"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " -"quantity." -msgstr "" -"**Assigner des numéros de lot manuellement** : Cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne` et choisissez l'emplacement où les produits " -"seront stockés dans la colonne :guilabel:``Vers`. Saisissez ensuite un " -"nouveau :guilabel:`Nom de numéro de lot` et définissez la quantité " -":guilabel:`faite`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 -msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." -msgstr "" -"Fenêtre contextuelle des opérations détaillées d'assignation d'un numéro de " -"lot." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " -":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " -"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " -"the :guilabel:`Demand`." -msgstr "" -"Si des quantités doivent être traitées dans plusieurs emplacements et lots, " -"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne` et saisissez un nouveau " -":guilabel:`Nom de numéro de lot` pour les quantités additionnelles. Répétez " -"jusqu'à ce que la :guilabel:`Quantité faite` corresponde à la " -":guilabel:`Demande`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:155 -msgid "" -"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " -"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " -"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" -" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" -" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " -":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " -"entered in each of the lot number lines." -msgstr "" -"**Copier/coller des numéros de lot à partir d'une feuille de calcul** : " -"Remplissez une feuille de calcul avec tous les numéros de lot reçus du " -"fournisseur (ou choisis manuellement pour être assignés à la réception). " -"Copiez et collez-les ensuite dans la colonne :guilabel:`Nom de lot/numéro de" -" série`. Odoo créera automatiquement le nombre de lignes nécessaires en " -"fonction du nombre de numéros collés dans la colonne. À partir de là, il est" -" possible de saisir manuellement les emplacements :guilabel:`Vers` et les " -"quantités :guilabel:`faites` dans chaque ligne de numéro de lot." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 -msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." -msgstr "Liste des numéros de lot copiés dans la feuille de calcul Excel." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." -msgstr "" -"Une fois qu'un numéro de lot a été assigné à toutes les quantités de " -"produits, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer` pour fermer la fenêtre " -"contextuelle. Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Valider`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:168 -msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." -" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " -":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " -"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" -" assigned, and more." -msgstr "" -"Un bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Traçabilité` s'affiche lors de la " -"validation de la réception. Cliquez sur le bouton intelligent " -":guilabel:`Traçabilité` pour voir le :guilabel:`Rapport de traçabilité` mis " -"à jour, qui inclut : un document de :guilabel:`Référence`, le " -":guilabel:`Produit` qui est suivi, le :guilabel:`# de lot/série` assigné, et" -" bien plus encore." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:174 -msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" -msgstr "Gérer des lots sur des bons de livraison" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " -"sales order (SO)." -msgstr "" -"Il est possible de directement assigner des numéros de lot à des " -"marchandises **sortantes** à partir de la commande client." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " -"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." -msgstr "" -"Pour créer une commande client, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Ventes" -" --> Créer`. Cette opération fait apparaître un formulaire de devis vierge." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:181 -msgid "" -"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" -" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " -"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." -msgstr "" -"Sur ce formulaire de devis vierge, complétez les informations nécessaires en" -" ajoutant un :guilabel:`Client` et en ajoutant les produits aux lignes de " -":guilabel:`Produits` (dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Lignes de la commande`) en " -"cliquant sur :guilabel:`Ajouter un produit`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:185 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` column." -msgstr "" -"Choisissez ensuite la quantité que vous voulez vendre en changeant le nombre" -" dans la colonne :guilabel:`Quantité`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" -" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " -":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que le devis a été complété, cliquez sur le bouton " -":guilabel:`Confirmer` pour confirmer le devis. Lorsque le devis est " -"confirmé, il devient une commande client et un bouton intelligent " -":guilabel:`Livraison` apparaît." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:201 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " -"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Livraison` pour afficher le " -"formulaire de réception de l'entrepôt pour cette commande spécifique." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 -msgid "" -"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " -"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " -":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " -"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." -msgstr "" -"À partir de là, cliquez sur le menu :guilabel:`Options supplémentaires`, " -"représenté par une icône `hamburger` (quatre lignes horizontales situées à " -"droite de la colonne :guilabel:`Unité de Mesure` dans l'onglet " -":guilabel:`Opérations`). Le fait de cliquer sur cette icône fait apparaître " -"une fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Opérations détaillées`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:198 -msgid "" -"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " -"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" -" there is enough stock in that particular lot)." -msgstr "" -"Dans la fenêtre contextuelle, un :guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de série` sera choisi" -" par défaut et la quantité :guilabel:`Réservée` totale sera prélevée de ce " -"lot spécifique (s'il y a suffisamment de stock dans ce lot)." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:202 -msgid "" -"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " -":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " -"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " -"total quantity." -msgstr "" -"Si le stock de ce lot est insuffisant ou si des quantités partielles de la " -":guilabel:`Demande` doivent être prélevées sur plusieurs lots, changez la " -"quantité dans la colonne :guilabel:`Fait` pour uniquement inclure cette " -"partie spécifique de la quantité totale." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:207 -msgid "" -"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " -"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " -"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " -"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " -"lot to fulfill the order." -msgstr "" -"Le lot automatiquement choisi pour les bons de livraison varie en fonction " -"de la stratégie d'enlèvement sélectionnée (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First " -"Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, ou :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, " -"First Out)`). Il dépendra également de la quantité commandée et de " -"l'existence d'une quantité suffisante dans un lot pour honorer la commande." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:213 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" +msgid "Show how to assign lot numbers on the Inventory Adjustment page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:215 -msgid "" -"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " -"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" -" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne`, sélectionnez un " -":guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de série` supplémentaire (différent), appliquez le " -"reste des quantités :guilabel:`faites` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer` " -"pour fermer la fenêtre contextuelle. Enfin, cliquez sur le bouton " -":guilabel:`Valider` pour livrer les produits." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." -msgstr "" -"Fenêtre contextuelle des opérations détaillées pour le numéro de lot source " -"sur la commande client." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 -msgid "" -"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " -"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " -":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " -"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " -"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." -msgstr "" -"Lors de la validation du bon de livraison, un bouton intelligent " -":guilabel:`Traçabilité` apparaît. Cliquez sur le bouton intelligent " -":guilabel:`Traçabilité` pour voir le :guilabel:`Rapport de traçabilité` mis " -"à jour, qui inclut : un document de :guilabel:`Référence`, le " -":guilabel:`Produit` qui est suivi, la :guilabel:`Date` et le :guilabel:`# de" -" lot/série` assigné." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:228 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" -" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " -"the same lot number." -msgstr "" -"Le :guilabel:`Rapport de traçabilité` peut également inclure un reçu de " -":guilabel:`Référence` du bon de commande précédent, si les quantités de " -"produits partagent le même numéro de lot." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:318 msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" msgstr "Gérer des lots pour différents types d'opérations" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:320 msgid "" -"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " -"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " -"be used." +"By default, new lots can only be created when receiving products, and " +"existing lot numbers cannot be used. For sales orders, only existing lot " +"numbers can be utilized, and new ones cannot be created on the delivery " +"order." msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, il est uniquement autorisé de créer de nouveaux lots lors de la " -"**réception** de produits provenant d'un bon de commande, par défaut. Il " -"n'est pas possible d'utiliser des numéros de lot **existants**." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:237 -msgid "" -"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" -" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." -msgstr "" -"Pour les commandes clients, l'inverse est vrai : il n'est pas possible de " -"créer de nouveaux numéros de lots sur le bon de livraison, seuls des numéros" -" de lots existants peuvent être utilisés." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:324 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " "type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " -"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +"Operations Types`, and select the desired operation type." msgstr "" -"Pour modifier la possibilité d'utiliser de nouveaux numéros de lots (ou des " -"numéros de lot existants) sur n'importe quel type d'opération, allez à " -"l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Types " -"d'opération` et sélectionnez le :guilabel:`Type d'opération` souhaité." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:328 msgid "" -"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " -"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " -"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" -" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " -":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" -" to save the changes." +"On the operation type form, under the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"section, tick the :guilabel:`Create New` checkbox to enable new lot numbers " +"to be created during this operation type. Choose :guilabel:`Use Existing " +"ones` if only existing lot numbers can be selected." msgstr "" -"Pour les :guilabel:`Réceptions`, trouvées sur la page des " -":menuselection:`Types d'opérations`, il est possible d'activer l'option " -":guilabel:`Utiliser des lots/numéros de série existants` en cliquant sur " -":guilabel:`Modifier` et en cochant la case à côté de l'option " -":guilabel:`Utiliser des lots/numéros de série existants` (dans la section " -":guilabel:`Traçabilité`). Enfin, cliquez sur le bouton " -":guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer les changements." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:249 -msgid "" -"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " -"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " -"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " -"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." -msgstr "" -"Pour les :guilabel:`Bons de livraison`, il est possible d'activer l'option " -":guilabel:`Créer de nouveaux lots/numéros de série`, en cliquant sur " -":guilabel:`Modifier` et en cochant la case à côté de l'option " -":guilabel:`Créer de nouveaux lots/numéros de série`. Assurez-vous de cliquer" -" sur le bouton :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer tous les " -"changements." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." msgstr "" "Le paramètre de traçabilité activé sur le formulaire des types d'opérations." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:337 msgid "" "For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " "useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" @@ -6866,21 +6777,14 @@ msgstr "" "lots, il peut être utile d'activer l'option :guilabel:`Utiliser les " "lots/numéros de série existants` pour les réceptions à l'entrepôt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "Traçabilité des lots" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:345 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " -"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " -"stored, and who (and when) it went to." +"entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from, when it arrived, where it" +" was stored, who it went to (and when)." msgstr "" -"Les fabricants et les entreprises peuvent se rapporter aux rapports de " -"traçabilité pour voir le cycle de vie complet d'un produit : d'où (et quand)" -" il vient, où il a été stocké et chez qui (et quand) il est allé." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:348 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " @@ -6891,7 +6795,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lots/Numéros de série`. Cette opération affiche le tableau de bord des " ":menuselection:`Lots/Numéros de série`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:352 msgid "" "From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " @@ -6901,33 +6805,43 @@ msgstr "" "sont répertoriés par défaut, et il est possible de les développer pour " "afficher les numéros de lot assignés à ces produits." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:355 msgid "" -"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " -"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " -":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " -"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." +"To group by lots, begin by removing any filters in the :guilabel:`Search...`" +" bar. Then, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(caret down)` icon to" +" open a drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` options," +" and :guilabel:`Favorites`. Under the :guilabel:`Group By` section, click " +"the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` option, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"Number` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -"Pour regrouper les produits par lots (ou numéros de série), commencez par " -"supprimer tous les filtres de la barre de recherche. Cliquez ensuite sur le " -"menu déroulant :guilabel:`Regrouper par`, sélectionnez :guilabel:`Ajouter un" -" groupe personnalisé` et sélectionnez :guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de série` dans " -"le menu déroulant. Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Appliquer`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:361 msgid "" -"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " -"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." +"Doing so reorganizes all the records on the page to display all existing " +"lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded to show all quantities of " +"products with that assigned number." msgstr "" -"Cette opération permet d'afficher tous les lots et numéros de série " -"existants et il est possible de les développer pour afficher toutes les " -"quantités de produits portant le numéro assigné." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "Rapport de traçabilité des lots et numéros de série." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:369 +msgid "Traceability report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To view a full stock moves report for a lot number, select the lot number " +"line from the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Number` dashboard. On the lot number " +"form, click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the Traceability Report for a lot, that displays the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:380 msgid ":doc:`differences`" msgstr "" @@ -7455,6 +7369,144 @@ msgstr "" "ajoutez automatiquement le nombre d'unités contenues dans le conditionnement" " à l'inventaire interne du produit." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:3 +msgid "Reassign lot/serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Changing a product's tracking settings to use lots or serial numbers, " +"*after* storing products in Odoo without them, can lead to inconsistent " +"records. Follow this documentation to learn how to use an inventory " +"adjustment to assign lot or serial numbers to products that were not " +"originally assigned lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Warning message: products in stock have no lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This document outlines the process of using two inventory adjustments: one " +"to remove incorrect records *without* lot numbers, and another to save the " +"quantities *with* the lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`Set up and use lot numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Set up serial numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Use serial numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:24 +msgid "Change on-hand quantity to zero" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To change the product's settings to track by lots or serial numbers, begin " +"by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and select the intended product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, click the product's :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button to open the " +":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. In the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"column, change the value to zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If the product is stored in multiple locations, make sure the **total** on " +"hand quantity at **all** locations is zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Show the Inventory Adjustments model, highlighting the \"On Hand Quantity\" " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:41 +msgid "Change traceability setting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Return to the product form (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Products`), and switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, change the :guilabel:`Tracking` option " +"from :guilabel:`No Tracking` to :guilabel:`By Lots` or :guilabel:`By Unique " +"Serial Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 +msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:56 +msgid "Restore on-hand quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:58 +msgid "" +"After manually changing the on-hand quantity to zero and changing the " +":guilabel:`Tracking` setting to lots or serial numbers, restore the " +"quantities by clicking the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button from the desired" +" product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:62 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Update Quantity` page, because the on-hand quantity had " +"been previously changed to zero, a :guilabel:`No Stock On Hand` warning " +"appears on the page. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" +"left corner. Doing so reveals a new, modifiable line on the " +":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. Then, input a desired lot number in the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` to its original value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Fill in the \"Lot/Serial Number\" and \"On Hand Quantity\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To find the original quantity, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"accordingly, after assigning a new lot or serial number, click the " +":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon in the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` column. Then, click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` " +"button on the far-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Show the \"History\" button on the Inventory Adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The inventory adjustment that changed the on-hand quantity to zero is " +"displayed in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:0 +msgid "Show the history entry." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "Utiliser des numéros de série pour suivre des produits" @@ -7644,6 +7696,14 @@ msgstr "" "Il est aussi possible d'ajouter une description détaillée à ce lot/numéro de" " série spécifique dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Description` en dessous." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save all changes." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque toutes les configurations souhaitées sont terminées, cliquez sur le " +"bouton :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer tous les changements." + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "Nouveau numéro de série créé pour un produit existant en stock." @@ -7895,6 +7955,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Produits` (dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Lignes de la commande`), en " "cliquant sur :guilabel:`Ajouter un produit`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" +"Choisissez ensuite la quantité que vous voulez vendre en changeant le nombre" +" dans la colonne :guilabel:`Quantité`." + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:197 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" @@ -7907,6 +7975,27 @@ msgstr "" "confirmé, il devient une commande client et un bouton intelligent " ":guilabel:`Livraison` apparaît." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " +"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Livraison` pour afficher le " +"formulaire de réception de l'entrepôt pour cette commande spécifique." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" +"À partir de là, cliquez sur le menu :guilabel:`Options supplémentaires`, " +"représenté par une icône `hamburger` (quatre lignes horizontales situées à " +"droite de la colonne :guilabel:`Unité de Mesure` dans l'onglet " +":guilabel:`Opérations`). Le fait de cliquer sur cette icône fait apparaître " +"une fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Opérations détaillées`." + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:208 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " @@ -8339,6 +8428,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:80 msgid "Create purchase order" msgstr "" @@ -8626,12 +8717,12 @@ msgstr "" "et une nouvelle étiquette." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:160 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:161 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" msgstr ":doc:`multipack`" @@ -8890,7 +8981,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:124 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" @@ -9085,8 +9176,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "Create a sales order" msgstr "Créer une commande client" @@ -9162,7 +9251,7 @@ msgstr "Une demi-page d'étiquette d'expédition FedEx au format lettre." msgid "Print shipping labels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:8 msgid "" "Integrate Odoo with :doc:`third-party shipping carriers " "<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>` to automatically generate " @@ -9170,7 +9259,7 @@ msgid "" "numbers, and barcodes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:15 msgid "" "To generate labels for a third-party shipping carrier, first :doc:`install " "the third-party shipping connector " @@ -9187,36 +9276,83 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set the \"Get Rate and Create Shipment\" option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:33 +msgid "Labels for multi-step" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"For companies using :doc:`two " +"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or :doc:`three step " +"delivery <../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, labels can be " +"triggered to print after validating the picking or packing operation. To do " +"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations " +"Types`, and choose the desired operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Operation Type` configuration page, tick the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` checkbox. Enabling this feature ensures that the " +"third-party shipping label is printed upon validating this operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:45 +msgid "" +"For :doc:`two-step delivery " +"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, where products are " +"placed directly in packages during picking, companies can print shipping " +"labels during picking instead of delivery. Odoo allows users to enable the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` feature on the `Pick` operation itself to achieve " +"this flexibility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:0 +msgid "Enable the \"Print Label\" feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:55 msgid "Print tracking labels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:57 msgid "" -"Tracking labels are generated after the delivery order (DO) is validated." +"Tracking labels are printed when specific operations are validated. By " +"default, validating a delivery order (DO) generates a tracking label in the " +"chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:61 msgid "" -"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin on the " -":menuselection:`Sales app`, and proceed to the desired quotation to " -":ref:`add the shipping cost `, confirm the sales order, and validate the |DO|." +"For companies using two or three step delivery, refer to the :ref:`printing " +"labels for multi-step delivery ` section to learn how to print the label after validating a picking " +"or packing operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin in the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and proceed to the desired quotation or sales " +"order (SO). There, and :ref:`add the shipping cost " +"` to the order. Then, " +"navigate to the linked |DO| — or another operation type when using multi-" +"step delivery — to validate the operation and print the label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:71 msgid "" "If only the *Inventory* app is installed, create :abbr:`DOs (Delivery " -"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app , :ref:`add the " +"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, :ref:`add the " "third-party carrier ` in " "the :guilabel:`Carrier` field, and validate the |DO|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:79 msgid "Add shipping on quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:81 msgid "" "To generate a tracking label for an order, begin by creating a quotation in " ":menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`, clicking " @@ -9228,15 +9364,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the \"Add Shipping\" button on the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:89 msgid "" "In the resulting pop-up window, select the intended carrier from the " -":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. Clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` " -"displays the shipping cost for the customer, via the third-party carrier in " -"the :guilabel:`Cost` field." +":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Total Order " +"Weight` field is automatically populated, based on the :ref:`weight of " +"products in the order `. " +"Modify this field to overwrite the predicted weight, and use this weight to " +"estimate the cost of shipping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Get Rate` to display the shipping cost for the " +"customer, via the third-party carrier in the :guilabel:`Cost` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 msgid "" "If clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` results in an error, ensure the " ":ref:`warehouse's address ` are properly configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:102 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the cost to the quotation, which is listed as " "the :ref:`configured delivery product " @@ -9257,49 +9401,49 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show \"Get rate\" pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:112 msgid "" -"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, the shipping carrier is" -" specified in a delivery order's :guilabel:`Carrier` field of the " -":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." +"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, specify the " +":guilabel:`Carrier` by going to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, " +"navigating to the |DO|, and going to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:0 msgid "Show the \"Additional Info\" tab of a delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:123 msgid "Validate delivery order" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:125 msgid "" "On a delivery order form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab to" " ensure the third-party shipping carrier has been added to the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:129 msgid "" "If the *Sales* app is not installed, the third-party carrier is set in the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:132 msgid "" "After the items in the order have been packed, click :guilabel:`Validate` to" " get the shipping carrier's tracking number, and generate the shipping " "label." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:136 msgid "" "Create or select an existing delivery order by going to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and selecting the :guilabel:`Delivery " "Orders` card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:139 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` number is generated in the " ":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab of the delivery order. Click the " @@ -9307,7 +9451,7 @@ msgid "" "shipping carrier's website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:143 msgid "The tracking label is found in PDF format in the chatter." msgstr "" @@ -9315,14 +9459,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show generated shipping label in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:150 msgid "" "For multi-package shipping, one label is generated per package. Each label " "appears in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:157 msgid "Sample label generated from Odoo's shipping connector with FedEx." msgstr "" @@ -9589,11 +9733,282 @@ msgstr "" "un autre reliquat pour le reste. Pour ce faire, suivez simplement les mêmes " "étapes que celles utilisées pour créer le premier reliquat." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:3 +msgid "Printable delivery PDFs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automatically print delivery-related PDFs documents and labels in Odoo, " +"containing package recipient details, contents, or handling instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The following PDFs can be configured to print upon validating an *Inventory*" +" operation (e.g. receipt, picking, delivery orders, quality checks):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:11 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery slip `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`Return slip `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:13 +msgid "" +":ref:`Product labels of items in the order " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:14 +msgid "" +":ref:`Lot and serial number labels `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:15 +msgid "Carrier labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:16 +msgid "Export documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:17 +msgid "Package Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:18 +msgid "Package label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To automatically print these forms, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`, and select the desired " +"operation type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick each of the desired options available " +"in the :guilabel:`Print on Validation` section to download the PDF of those " +"selected documents automatically after validating the :guilabel:`Operation " +"Type`. For details on what each of the checkbox options do, jump to the " +"related section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Print on Validation* option in the \"Pick\" *Operation Type*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:36 +msgid "Delivery slip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A *delivery slip* contains recipient and package details, usually placed " +"inside (or attached to) the package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:42 +msgid ":ref:`Picking list `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`Tracking label `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:45 +msgid "" +"After :ref:`enabling the Delivery Slip setting " +"` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " +"configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " +"operation type downloads a PDF of the delivery slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The delivery slip shows products, quantities, the delivery order reference " +"number, and the total order weight." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Example delivery slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:58 +msgid "Return slip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Print a *return slip* to include in a delivery for customer return packages." +" It identifies the return, links to the sales order, and includes item " +"details and customer information. It can also include specific return " +"instructions for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:64 +msgid "" +"After :ref:`enabling the Return Slip setting " +"` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " +"configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " +"operation type downloads a PDF of the return slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The return slip displays the company's return address, along with barcodes " +"for both the order and the return operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Example return slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:77 +msgid "Product labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Print *product labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " +"information, such as product name, barcode, and price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"After navigating to the intended operation type (:menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`), in the :guilabel:`Hardware` " +"tab, tick the :guilabel:`Product Labels` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Print label as:` drop-down menu visible, where" +" each product label can be printed as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`2 x 7 with price`: PDF displays product name, barcode, and price," +" fitting two rows and seven columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 2 x 7 with price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 7 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price, " +"fitting four rows and seven columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 4 x 7 with price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12`: displays product name and barcode. Fits four rows and " +"twelve columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 4 x 12." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price. " +"Fits four rows and twelve columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels`: prints labels in the Zebra Programming Language " +"(ZPL) containing the product name and barcode. Readable for Zebra printers " +"to automatically print labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels with price`: prints labels in the :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " +"Programming Language)` containing the product name, barcode, and price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Product labels can be manually printed from any delivery order, by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Print Labels` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:128 +msgid "Lot/SN Labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Print *lot/SN labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " +"information, such as product name, lot or serial number, and the barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To automatically print this PDF, navigate to the intended operation type's " +"options page (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations" +" Types`). Then, in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick the :guilabel:`Lot/SN " +"Labels` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per lot/SN`: PDF with labels for unique lot/serial " +"numbers in the order, including product name, lot/serial number, and " +"barcode. Fits four rows and twelve columns per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:150 +msgid "Labels for an order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per unit`: PDF with labels matching the quantity of " +"items, displaying the product name, lot/serial number, and barcode. Fits " +"four rows and twelve columns per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per lot/SN`: prints labels in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " +"Programming Language)`, containing the product name, lot/serial number, and " +"barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per unit`: prints labels with the quantity of " +"items in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming Language)`, containing the product " +"name, lot/serial number, and barcode." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "Scheduled delivery dates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 msgid "" "Accurately forecasting delivery dates is vital for fulfilling customer " "expectations. In Odoo, the *Inventory* app allows for comprehensive lead " @@ -9601,11 +10016,11 @@ msgid "" "orders, deliveries, and receptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:15 msgid "Lead time types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:17 msgid "" "Different lead times for different operations can impact various stages of " "the order fulfillment process. Here's a summary of the types of lead times " @@ -9616,66 +10031,85 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show graphic of all lead times working together." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "" -":ref:`Customer lead time `: The default " -"time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is the " -"number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the date " -"the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as *delivery" -" lead time*." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:24 msgid "" -":ref:`Sales security lead time `: " -"moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of days. " -"This serves as a buffer to allow the team ample time to prepare the outgoing" -" shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " -"process." +":ref:`Customer lead time `: " +"default time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is" +" the number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the " +"date the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as " +"*delivery lead time*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:29 msgid "" -":ref:`Purchase lead time `: the number of " -"days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " +":ref:`Sales security lead time `: moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of " +"days. This serves as a buffer to allow ample time to prepare the outgoing " +"shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 +msgid "" +":ref:`Purchase lead time `: number" +" of days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " "products. It provides insight on the time it takes for products to arrive at" " the warehouse, facilitating effective scheduling and planning of supplier " "deliveries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:39 msgid "" -":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` by a " -"specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders earlier " -"mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products that are" -" set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment report* " -"earlier, according to the specified number of days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:40 -msgid "" -":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: the number " -"of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date of " -"confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in Odoo), " -"and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished good." +":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " +"by a specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders " +"earlier mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products " +"that are set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment " +"report* earlier, according to the specified number of days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:45 msgid "" -":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " -"forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with " -":ref:`replenish to order `, the " +":ref:`Days to Purchase `: " +"days needed for the vendor to receive a request for quotation (RFQ) and " +"confirm it. It advances the deadline to schedule a |RFQ| by a specified " +"number of days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:49 +msgid "" +":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: " +"number of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date " +"of confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in " +"Odoo), and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished" +" good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:54 +msgid "" +":ref:`Days to prepare manufacturing order " +"`: number of days " +"needed to replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the " +"product. Either set one directly on the bill of materials (BoM), or click " +"*Compute* to sum up purchase and manufacturing lead times of components in " +"the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:60 +msgid "" +":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing " +"Order)` forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with" +" :ref:`replenish to order `, the " "security lead time makes the need appear earlier on the replenishment " "report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:69 msgid "Sales lead times" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 msgid "" "Customer lead times and sales security lead times can be configured to " "automatically compute an *expected delivery date* on a :abbr:`SO (Sales " @@ -9683,14 +10117,14 @@ msgid "" "setting for shipments from the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:75 msgid "" "Odoo issues a warning message if the set delivery date is earlier than the " "expected date, as it may not be feasible to fulfill the order by that time, " "which would impact other warehouse operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:79 msgid "" "A :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` containing a `Coconut-scented candle` is " "confirmed on July 11th. The product has a customer lead time of 14 days, and" @@ -9703,17 +10137,17 @@ msgid "" "Set *Delivery Date* in a sales order. Enables delivery lead times feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:87 msgid "" "The following sections demonstrate how to automatically compute expected " "delivery dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:90 msgid "Customer lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:92 msgid "" "Set the customer lead time on each product form, by navigating to the " "products page. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> " @@ -9723,7 +10157,7 @@ msgid "" "order from start to finish." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 msgid "" "Set a 14-day customer lead time for the `Coconut-scented candle` by " "navigating to its product form. Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, type" @@ -9734,31 +10168,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set *Customer Lead Time* on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:109 msgid "Sales security lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:111 msgid "" "*Sales security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:114 msgid "" "On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " "heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales`, and " "click the checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. This security lead time is " "a buffer notifying the team to prepare for outgoing shipments earlier than " "the scheduled date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales` to `1.00` day, pushes " "the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of a delivery order (DO) forward by one day. " @@ -9773,11 +10207,11 @@ msgid "" "settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:131 msgid "Deliver several products" msgstr "Livrer plusieurs produits" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:133 msgid "" "For orders that include multiple products with different lead times, the " "lead times can be configured directly from the quotation itself. On a " @@ -9785,7 +10219,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Policy` to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`As soon as possible` to deliver products as soon as they are " "ready. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " @@ -9793,7 +10227,7 @@ msgid "" "products in the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`When all products are ready` to wait to fulfill the entire order " "at once. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " @@ -9805,14 +10239,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show *Shipping Policy* field in the *Other Info* tab of a quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:150 msgid "" "In a quotation containing 2 products, `Yoga mat` and `Resistance band,` the " "products have a lead time of 8 days and 5 days, respectively. Today's date " "is April 2nd." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:153 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Shipping Policy` is set to :guilabel:`As soon as " "possible`, the scheduled delivery date is 5 days from today: April 7th. On " @@ -9820,17 +10254,17 @@ msgid "" " the scheduled date to be 8 days from today: April 10th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:160 msgid "Purchase lead times" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 msgid "" "Automatically determining the dates on which to place orders from suppliers " "can help simplify the procurement process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 msgid "" "Odoo calculates the supplier shipment *receipt date*, and :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` deadline, based on the required date the product is needed" @@ -9839,7 +10273,7 @@ msgid "" "determine the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` deadline." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 msgid "" "This deadline is the date by which the order should be confirmed, in order " "to ensure timely arrival by the expected receipt date." @@ -9850,24 +10284,24 @@ msgid "" "Visualization of PO deadline and receipt date used with vendor lead times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:178 msgid "" ":ref:`PO scheduling with reordering rules " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:181 msgid "Vendor lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:183 msgid "" "To set a vendor lead time for orders arriving in the warehouse from a vendor" " location, begin by navigating to a product form through " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:186 msgid "" "Next, select the desired product, and switch to the :guilabel:`Purchase` " "tab. In the editable vendor pricelist, click the :guilabel:`Add a line` " @@ -9876,14 +10310,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:192 msgid "" "Multiple vendors and lead times can be added to the vendor pricelist. The " "default vendor and lead time selected will be the entry at the top of the " "list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:196 msgid "" "On the vendor pricelist of the product form, the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " "Time` for the selected vendor is set to `10 days.`" @@ -9893,7 +10327,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add delivery lead times to vendor pricelist on a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:203 msgid "" "By setting the vendor lead time, the expected arrival date of the item is " "automatically determined as the date of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " @@ -9902,7 +10336,7 @@ msgid "" "expected timeframe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 msgid "" "On a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` confirmed on July 11th, for a product " "configured with a 10-day vendor lead time, Odoo automatically sets the " @@ -9921,34 +10355,33 @@ msgid "" "Show expected *Scheduled Date* of arrival of the product from the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:225 msgid "Purchase security lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:227 msgid "" "*Purchase security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:230 msgid "" -"On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " -"heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`, and" -" click the checkbox to enable the feature." +"On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " +"heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in supplier " -"deliveries." +"deliveries. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:237 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase` to `2.00` days, " -"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by one day. In that " +"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by two days. In that " "case, if a product is initially scheduled to arrive on April 6th, with a " "two-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the receipt would be " "April 8th." @@ -9960,18 +10393,35 @@ msgid "" "Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 +msgid "Days to purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To set up the *days to purchase* lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Advanced " +"Scheduling` section, in the :guilabel:`Days to Purchase` field, specify the " +"number of days required for the vendor to confirm a |RFQ| after receiving it" +" from the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Show \"Days to Purchase\" configuration in the Settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 msgid "Manufacturing lead times" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:265 msgid "" "Lead times can help simplify the procurement process for consumable " "materials and components used in manufactured products with bills of " -"materials." +"materials (BoMs)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:268 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the deadline to " "begin the manufacturing process to complete the product by the scheduled " @@ -9985,43 +10435,54 @@ msgid "" "times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 msgid "Manufacturing lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:279 msgid "" -"Configure the manufacturing lead time directly on the product form, by " -"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products`, " -"and select the desired product." +"Manufacturing lead times for products are configured from a product's bill " +"of materials (BoM) form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:281 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product, specify the calendar days " -"needed to the manufacture the product in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead " -"Time` field." +"To add a lead time to a |BoM|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" +" --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM| to edit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:284 msgid "" -"Specify a 14-day :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead Time` for a product directly " -"in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product." +"On the |BoM| form, click the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. Change the value" +" (in days) in the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field to specify the calendar" +" days needed to manufacture the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 -msgid "" -"View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Manuf. Lead Time value specified on a product's Bill of Material form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:292 +msgid "" +"If the selected |BoM| is a multi-level |BoM|, the manufacturing lead times " +"of the components are added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 +msgid "" +"If the |BoM| product is subcontracted, the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` can " +"be used to determine the date at which components should be sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:298 msgid "" "Establish a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, based on the " "*expected delivery date*, indicated in the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field " "of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:301 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field on the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`, is" @@ -10029,31 +10490,32 @@ msgid "" "lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:305 msgid "" "This ensures the manufacturing process begins on time, in order to meet the " "delivery date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:307 msgid "" -"However, it's important to note that lead times are based on calendar days. " -"Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center capacity*" -" (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work center " -"simultaneously`)." +"However, it is important to note that lead times are based on calendar days." +" Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center " +"capacity* (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work " +"center simultaneously`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 -msgid ":ref:`Manufacturing planning `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 msgid "" -":ref:`Configure automatic MO scheduling with reordering rules " -"`" +":doc:`Manufacturing planning <../../../manufacturing/workflows/use_mps>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:313 +msgid "" +":doc:`Schedule MOs with reordering rules " +"<../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 msgid "" "A product's scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " "August 15th. The product requires 14 days to manufacture. So, the latest " @@ -10061,23 +10523,63 @@ msgid "" "date is August 1st." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:324 +msgid "Days to prepare manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Configure the days required to gather components to manufacture a product by" +" going to its |BoM|. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" +" Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:330 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab of the |BoM|, specify the calendar days" +" needed to obtain components of the product in the :guilabel:`Days to " +"prepare Manufacturing Order` field. Doing so creates |MOs| in advance, and " +"ensures there is enough time to either replenish components, or manufacture " +"semi-finished products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Compute`, located next to the :guilabel:`Days to prepare" +" Manufacturing Order` field, calculates the longest lead time among all the " +"components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:339 +msgid "" +"*Purchase security lead times* that impact this specific |BoM| are also " +"added to this value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:343 +msgid "" +"A |BoM| has two components, one has a manufacturing lead time of two days, " +"and the other has a purchase lead time of four days. The :guilabel:`Days to " +"prepare Manufacturing Order` is four days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:350 msgid "Manufacturing security lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:352 msgid "" "*Manufacturing security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the" -" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead " -"Time`, and click the checkbox to enable the feature." +" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security " +"Lead Time`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:356 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in the " -"manufacturing process." +"manufacturing process. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 @@ -10086,7 +10588,7 @@ msgid "" "settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:364 msgid "" "A product has a scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " "set for August 15th. The manufacturing lead time is 7 days, and " @@ -10096,37 +10598,37 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is August 5th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:371 msgid "Global example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:373 msgid "" "See the following example to understand how all the lead times work together" " to ensure timely order fulfillment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:376 msgid "**Sales security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:377 msgid "**Manufacturing security lead time**: 2 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:378 msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**: 3 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:379 msgid "**Purchase security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:380 msgid "**Vendor lead time**: 4 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:382 msgid "" "The customer places an order for a manufactured product on September 1st, " "and the scheduled delivery date from the warehouse is on September 20th. " @@ -10141,24 +10643,24 @@ msgid "" "operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:390 msgid "**September 1st**: Sales order created, confirmed by salesperson." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:392 msgid "" "**September 9th**: Deadline to order components to ensure they arrive in " "time when manufacturing begins (4-day supplier lead time)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:395 msgid "" "**September 13th**: Scheduled date of receipt for components. Initially, it " "was set to 9/14, but the 1-day purchase security lead time pushed the date " "earlier by 1 day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:398 msgid "" "**September 14th**: Deadline to begin manufacturing. Calculated by " "subtracting the manufacturing lead time of 3 days, and the manufacturing " @@ -10166,7 +10668,7 @@ msgid "" "19th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:402 msgid "" "**September 19th**: :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the delivery order form " "indicates the updated expected delivery date, which was originally set as " @@ -10174,7 +10676,7 @@ msgid "" "a day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:406 msgid "" "Odoo's replenishment planning maps a business' order fulfillment process, " "setting pre-determined deadlines and raw material order dates, including " @@ -10234,7 +10736,6 @@ msgstr "" " étapes` activera également les *Emplacements de stockage*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings." msgstr "" @@ -10417,612 +10918,536 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in one step" msgstr "Traiter des réceptions et des livraisons en une étape" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:11 msgid "" -"By default, incoming shipments are configured to be received directly into " -"stock, and outgoing shipments are configured to be delivered directly from " -"stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one " -"step receipts and deliveries." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " +"process in one step, by default. This means purchases will be received " +"directly into stock, and deliveries will be moved directly from stock to " +"customers." msgstr "" -"Par défaut, les réceptions sont configurées pour être reçues directement " -"dans le stock et les expéditions sont configurées pour être livrées " -"directement depuis le stock au client ; le paramètre par défaut pour les " -"entrepôts dans Odoo est une réception et une livraison en une étape." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:30 msgid "" -"Incoming and outgoing shipments do not need to be configured with the same " -"steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in " -"three steps." +"Incoming and outgoing shipments do **not** need to be configured with the " +"same amount of steps." msgstr "" -"Les réceptions et les expéditions ne doivent pas être nécessairement " -"configurées avec le même nombre d'étapes. Par exemple, les produits peuvent " -"être reçus en une étape, mais expédiés en trois." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18 msgid "" -"In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and " -"deliveries." +"For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " +"received directly in one step, and delivered in three steps (pick + pack + " +"ship)." msgstr "" -"Dans l'exemple suivant, les réceptions et les expéditions seront réalisées " -"en une étape." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20 -msgid "Configure the warehouse" -msgstr "Configurer l'entrepôt" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:24 msgid "" -"If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they" -" can easily be set back to the one step setting." +"To configure one-step receipts and deliveries for a warehouse, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and select " +"a warehouse to edit." msgstr "" -"Si une autre configuration de réception ou d'expédition est définie pour " -"l'entrepôt, il est facile de revenir à la configuration en une étape." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:27 msgid "" -"Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`, and click on the desired warehouse to edit. Next, on the " -":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, under the :guilabel:`Shipments` " -"section, select :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)` for " -":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " -"step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)`, and set " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " +"step)`." msgstr "" -"Commencez par aller à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> " -"Entrepôts` et cliquez sur l'entrepôt souhaité pour le modifier. Ensuite, " -"dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Configuration de l'entrepôt`, dans la section " -":guilabel:`Expéditions`, sélectionnez :guilabel:`Recevoir les marchandises " -"directement (1 étape)` pour les :guilabel:`Réceptions` et/ou " -":guilabel:`Livrer les marchandises directement (1 étape)` pour les " -":guilabel:`Expéditions`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one " -"step." +msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to one-step on warehouse form." msgstr "" -"Définissez les options de réception et d'expédition sur recevoir et livrer " -"en une étape." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Since one-step receipt and delivery is the default for incoming and outgoing" +" shipments in Odoo, the *Multi-Step Routes* feature is *not* required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 +msgid "" +"However, for the :guilabel:`Shipments` settings to appear on a warehouse " +"form, the feature **must** be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick " +"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Doing so also activates the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` " +"feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:50 msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "Recevoir les marchandises directement (1 étape)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "Create a purchase order" -msgstr "Créer un bon de commande" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:52 msgid "" -"On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making" -" a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, select (or create) a " -":guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` " -"to finalize the quote as a new purchase order." +"When products are received in one step, they will move from the vendor " +"location to warehouse stock in the database immediately upon validation of a" +" purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" -"Sur le tableau de bord principal de l'application :menuselection:`Achats`, " -"commencez par faire un nouveau devis en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Nouveau`. " -"Ensuite, sélectionnez (ou créez) un :guilabel:`Fournisseur` dans le champ " -"déroulant, ajoutez un :guilabel:`Produit` stockable aux lignes de commande " -"et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer la commande` pour finaliser le devis et " -"le transformer en bon de commande." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:81 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " -"the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " -"receipt for the purchase order." +"To create a |PO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank :guilabel:`Request for Quotation` (RfQ) " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Supplier` field. Then, fill out the various " +"fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." msgstr "" -"Un bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Réception` apparaîtra dans le coin " -"supérieur droit du bon de commande - le fait de cliquer dessus affiche le " -"reçu associé au bon de commande." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order." +msgid "Filled out new request for quotation form." msgstr "" -"Un bouton intelligent Réception apparaît sur le bon de commande confirmé." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également trouver les réceptions des bons de commande dans " -"l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire`, cliquez sur le bouton intelligent" -" :guilabel:`# à traiter` sur la carte kanban :guilabel:`Réceptions`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." -msgstr "Carte kanban des réceptions avec le bouton intelligent 1 à traiter." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 -msgid "Process the receipt" -msgstr "Traiter la réception" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:65 msgid "" -"When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click " -":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt." +"Under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the |RfQ|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This moves the |RfQ| to the " +":guilabel:`Purchase Order` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once the |PO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears at " +"the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse receipt " +"(WH/IN) form." msgstr "" -"Lors de la visualisation de la réception (associée au bon de commande ci-" -"dessus), cliquez sur :guilabel:`Valider` pour ensuite finaliser la " -"réception." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button." -msgstr "Validez le bon de commande via le bouton intelligent Valider." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ " -"(bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon " -"enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows " -"the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)." +msgid "Receipt smart button on confirmed purchase order form." msgstr "" -"Si les :guilabel:`Emplacements de stockage` sont activés, le fait de cliquer" -" sur l'icône des détails :guilabel:`≣ (liste à puces)` à côté de l'icône de " -"suppression :guilabel:`🗑️ (corbeille)` fait apparaître la fenêtre " -"contextuelle des :guilabel:`Opérations détaillées`. Ceci permet de préciser " -"le ou les emplacements pour le ou les produits reçus." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n" -"pop-up." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez l'emplacement de stockage pour les produits en cours de " -"réception dans la fenêtre contextuelle des Opérations détaillées." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier " -"Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives " -"here, it will be available for manufacturing, sales, etc. Then, the status " -"of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the " -"reception process in one step." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 +msgid "Process receipt" msgstr "" -"Une fois la réception validée, le produit quitte l':guilabel:`Emplacement " -"fournisseur` et entre dans :guilabel:`WH/Emplacement de stock`. Dès qu'il " -"arrive à cet emplacement, il sera disponible pour la fabrication, la vente, " -"etc. Ensuite, le statut du document passe à :guilabel:`Fait`, finalisant " -"donc le processus de réception en une étape." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:84 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " +"the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " +"validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validated warehouse receipt in Done stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Click back to the |PO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" +" the |PO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Received` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:99 msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "Livrer les marchandises directement (1 étape)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:101 msgid "" -"Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and " -"make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then select (or create) a " -":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down field, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order." +"When products are delivered in one step, they will move from warehouse stock" +" to the customer location in the database immediately upon validation of a " +"sales order (SO)." msgstr "" -"Commencez par aller au tableau de bord principal de l'application " -":menuselection:`Ventes` et faites un nouveau devis en cliquant sur " -":guilabel:`Nouveau`. Sélectionnez (ou créez) ensuite un :guilabel:`Client` " -"dans le champ déroulant, ajoutez un :guilabel:`Produit` stockable qui est en" -" stock aux lignes de commande et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer` pour " -"transformer le devis en commande client." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:103 -msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " -"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " -"delivery order for the sales order." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:156 +msgid "Create sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:158 +msgid "" +"To create a |SO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales app`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank sales quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field. Then, fill out the various" +" fields on the sales quotation form, as necessary." msgstr "" -"Un bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Livraison` apparaîtra dans le coin " -"supérieur droit de la commande client - le fait de cliquer dessus affiche le" -" bon de livraison associé à la commande client." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed." +msgid "Filled out new sales quotation form." msgstr "" -"Le bouton intelligent Livraison apparaît après la confirmation de la " -"commande." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:117 msgid "" -"Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." +"Under the :guilabel:`Product` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également trouver les bons de commande dans l'application " -":menuselection:`Inventaire`. Sur le tableau de bord :guilabel:`Aperçu`, " -"cliquez sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`# à traiter` sur la carte " -"kanban :guilabel:`Bons de livraison`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." -msgstr "" -"Carte kanban des bons de livraison avec le bouton intelligent 1 à traiter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:120 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:172 -msgid "Process the delivery" -msgstr "Traiter la livraison" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:171 msgid "" -"When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), " -"click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. This moves the quotation to the " +":guilabel:`Sales Order` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Once the |SO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears at " +"the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse delivery " +"(WH/OUT) form." msgstr "" -"Lors de la visualisation du bon de livraison (associé à la commande ci-" -"dessus), cliquez sur :guilabel:`Valider` pour ensuite finaliser la " -"livraison." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the delivery order." -msgstr "Validez le bon de livraison." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the " -":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers" -" location`. Then, the status of the document will change to " -":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step." +msgid "Delivery smart button on confirmed sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:207 +msgid "Process delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:133 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse delivery form, the products ordered by the customer can " +"be delivered from the warehouse. To deliver the products, change the value " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field to match the ordered quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Demand` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once validated, the delivery order " +"moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validated delivery order in Done stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click back to the |SO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" +" the |SO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Delivered` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:229 +msgid ":doc:`shipments_deliveries`" msgstr "" -"Une fois le transfert validé, le produit quitte :guilabel:`WH/Emplacement de" -" stock` et se déplace vers :guilabel:`Partenaires/Emplacement client`. " -"Ensuite, le statut du document passe à :guilabel:`Fait`, finalisant donc la " -"livraison en une étape." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in two steps" msgstr "Traiter des réceptions et des livraisons en deux étapes" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Depending on a company's business processes, multiple steps may be needed " -"before receiving or shipping products. In the two-step receipt process, " -"products are received in an input area, then transferred to stock. Two-step " -"receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as " -"locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves." -msgstr "" -"Selon les processus commerciaux d'une entreprise, plusieurs étapes peuvent " -"être nécessaires avant de recevoir ou expédier des produits. Dans le " -"processus de réception en deux étapes, les produits sont reçus dans une zone" -" d'entrée, puis transférés dans le stock. Les réceptions en deux étapes " -"fonctionnent mieux lorsque plusieurs emplacements de stockage sont utilisés," -" tels que des zones fermées ou sécurisées, des congélateurs et des " -"réfrigérateurs ou diverses étagères." - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12 msgid "" +"Depending on a company's needs, receiving and shipping products in and out " +"of the warehouse might require multi-step operations. In Odoo *Inventory*, " +"this can be done using *Multi-Step Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the two-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, " +"then transferred to stock. This kind of process for incoming shipments might" +" be beneficial for warehouses with specific storage locations, such as " +"freezers and refrigerators, secured locked areas, or special aisles and " +"shelves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:19 +msgid "" "Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and " "employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The " -"products are not available for further processing until they are transferred" -" into stock." +"products are *not* available for further processing, until they are " +"transferred into stock." msgstr "" -"Les produits peuvent être triés en fonction de l'endroit où ils seront " -"stockés et les employés peuvent stocker tous les produits destinés à un " -"endroit spécifique. Les produits ne sont pas disponibles pour être traités " -"ultérieurement tant qu'ils n'ont pas été transférés dans le stock." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:23 msgid "" -"In the two-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order" -" are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and " -"brought to an output location before being shipped." +"In the two-step delivery process, products are first picked from their " +"respective location in the warehouse, then transferred to an output location" +" before being shipped to the customer." msgstr "" -"Dans le processus de livraison en deux étapes, les produits qui font partie " -"d'un bon de commande sont prélevés dans l'entrepôt en fonction de leur " -"stratégie d'enlèvement et acheminés vers un emplacement de sortie avant " -"d'être expédiés." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:26 msgid "" -"One situation where this would be useful is when using either a :abbr:`FIFO " -"(First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO " -"(First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, where the products that are " -"being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration " -"date." +"This might be beneficial for companies using a First In, First Out (FIFO), " +"Last In, First Out (LIFO), or First Expired, First Out (FEFO) removal " +"strategy." msgstr "" -"Une situation où cela peut être utile est lorsque l'on utilise les " -"stratégies d'enlèvement :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " -"(Last In, First Out)` ou :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`, où les " -"produits qui sont prélevés doivent être sélectionnés en fonction de leur " -"date de réception ou d'expiration." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" -" `, so the settings need to be changed" -" in order to utilize two-step receipts and deliveries. Incoming and outgoing" -" shipments do not need to be set to have the same steps. For example, " -"products can be received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the " -"following example, two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries." -msgstr "" -"Odoo est configuré par défaut pour :ref:`recevoir et livrer des marchandises" -" en une étape `, donc il faut modifier" -" le paramètre pour utiliser les réceptions et livraisons en deux étapes. Les" -" réceptions et les expéditions n'ont pas besoin d'être configurées pour " -"avoir les mêmes étapes. Par exemple, les produits peuvent être reçus en deux" -" étapes, mais expédiés en une étape. Dans l'exemple suivant, deux étapes " -"seront utilisées pour les réceptions et les livraisons." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "Configure multi-step routes" -msgstr "Configurer des routes en plusieurs étapes" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34 msgid "" -"First, make sure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` option is enabled in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " -":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save` " -"the changes." +"For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " +"received in two steps (input + stock), and delivered in three steps (pick + " +"pack + ship)." msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous d'abord que l'option :guilabel:`Routes en plusieurs étapes` est" -" activée dans :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres`, " -"dans la section :guilabel:`Entrepôt`. Après avoir activé le paramètre, " -":guilabel:`enregistrez` les changements." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:38 msgid "" -"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " +"process in one step, by default. To change these settings, the *Multi-Step " +"Routes* feature must be enabled." msgstr "" -"L'activation du paramètre :guilabel:`Routes en plusieurs étapes` activera " -"également la fonctionnalité des :guilabel:`Emplacements de stockage`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and " -"deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`, and click on the warehouse to change the warehouse settings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Multi-Step Routes feature in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -"Ensuite, l'entrepôt doit être configuré pour les réceptions et livraisons en" -" deux étapes. Allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> " -"Entrepôts` et cliquez sur l'entrepôt pour modifier les paramètres de celui-" -"ci." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for" -" :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and " -"then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +"Next, configure a warehouse for two-step receipts and deliveries. Navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and " +"select a warehouse to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)`, " +"and set :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Send goods in output " +"and then deliver (2 steps)`." msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez ensuite :guilabel:`Décharger dans l'emplacement d'entrée puis " -"aller en stock (2 étapes)` pour les :guilabel:`Réceptions`, et " -":guilabel:`Amener les marchandises à l'emplacement de sortie et ensuite " -"livrer (2 étapes)` pour les :guilabel:`Expéditions`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two " -"steps." +msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to two-step on warehouse form." msgstr "" -"Définissez les options de réception et d'expédition sur recevoir et livrer " -"en deux étapes." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:62 msgid "" -"Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and " -"*output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and " -":guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard." -" To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations`, and select the :guilabel:`Location` to change. On the location " -"form, update the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any other changes (if " -"necessary)." +"Selecting two-step receipts and deliveries automatically creates new *Input*" +" and *Output* warehouse locations in the database, named `WH/Input` and " +"`WH/Output`, respectively." msgstr "" -"En activant les réceptions et les livraisons en deux étapes, de nouveaux " -"emplacements d'*entrée* et de *sortie*, libellés par défaut respectivement " -":guilabel:`WH/Input` et :guilabel:`WH/Output` sont créés dans le tableau de " -"bord des :guilabel:`Emplacements`. Pour renommer ces emplacements, allez à " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Emplacements` et sélectionnez " -"l':guilabel:`Emplacement` à modifier. Sur le formulaire de l'emplacement, " -"mettez à jour le :guilabel:`Nom de l'emplacement` et faites les autres " -"modifications (le cas échéant)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:66 -msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)" -msgstr "Traiter une réception en deux étapes (Emplacement d'entrée + stock)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To rename or edit these locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Locations`, and select the desired location." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the location's form, change the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any " +"other necessary changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:72 +msgid "Process receipt in two steps (input + stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When products are received in two steps, they first move from the vendor " +"location to an input location. Then, they move from the input location to " +"warehouse stock in the database, upon validation of a purchase order (PO), " +"and a subsequent internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, fill out the various " +"fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out new Request for Quotation from vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery smart button for validated purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:105 msgid "" "For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step " -"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase " -"Order)` form may need to be specified as the correct *input location* " -"connected to the two-step warehouse, which can be done by selecting the " -"warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at" -" the end of the name." +"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the |PO| form **must** " +"be specified as the correct *input location* connected to the two-step " +"warehouse." msgstr "" -"Pour les entreprises ayant plusieurs entrepôts avec des configurations " -"d'étapes différentes, le champ :guilabel:`Livrer à` sur le bon de commande " -"peut avoir besoin d'être précisé comme l'*emplacement d'entrée* correct lié " -"à l'entrepôt en deux étapes. Pour ce faire, sélectionnez l'entrepôt dans la " -"liste déroulante qui comprend le libellé `Réceptions` à la fin du nom." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:109 msgid "" -"After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` " -"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` form. " -"Click it to reveal the new receipt (WH/IN) operation." +"This can be done by selecting the warehouse from the drop-down menu that " +"includes the `Receipts` label at the end of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:115 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " +"the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " +"validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage, and the products" +" move to the :guilabel:`WH/Input` location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 -msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." -msgstr "" -"Après avoir confirmé un bon de commande, un bouton intelligent Réception " -"apparaîtra." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Once the purchase order is confirmed, a receipt is generated and ready to " -"process." +msgid "Receipt form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the " -":guilabel:`Receipts` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " -"dashboard. This reveals a list of all receipts to process." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:128 +msgid "Process internal transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` associated with the purchase order, then " -"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to " -":guilabel:`WH/Input`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Receipt form for product move to WH/Input." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:106 -msgid "Process the internal transfer" -msgstr "Traiter le transfert interne" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "" "Once the receipt is validated, an internal transfer is created and ready to " "process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:132 msgid "" -"Click back to the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` in the breadcrumbs, and " -"locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." +"To view the internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app`, and locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:135 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to reveal a list of all internal " -"transfers to process, and select the transfer associated with the previously" -" validated receipt." +"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " +"of all internal transfers to process, and select the transfer associated " +"with the previously validated receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:138 msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product " -"from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move " +"the product from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:141 msgid "" -"Once the transfer is validated, the product enters inventory and is " +"Once the transfer is validated, the products enter inventory, and are " "available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock." -msgstr "Validez le transfert interne pour déplacer l'article dans le stock." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:127 -msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" -msgstr "Traiter un bon de livraison en deux étapes (transfert + expédition)" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:132 -msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " -":guilabel:`New`. Select (or create) a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgid "Internal transfer form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" -"Dans l'application :menuselection:`Ventes`, créez un nouveau devis en " -"cliquant sur :guilabel:`Nouveau`. Sélectionnez (ou créez) un " -":guilabel:`Client`, ajoutez un :guilabel:`Produit` stockable aux lignes de " -"commande et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:136 -msgid "" -"After confirming the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart " -"button will appear in the top, above the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal the associated " -"receipt." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:149 +msgid "Process delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:151 +msgid "" +"When products are delivered in two steps, they move from warehouse stock to " +"an output location. Then, they move from the output location to a customer " +"location in the database, upon validation of a picking order, and a " +"subsequent delivery order (DO)." msgstr "" -"Après avoir confirmé la commande client, un bouton intelligent " -":guilabel:`Livraison` apparaît en haut, au dessus de la commande. En " -"cliquant sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Livraison`, le bon de " -"livraison associé à la commande s'affiche." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Delivery smart button on sales order form." +msgid "Filled out new sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168 msgid "" -"Sales order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` Kanban card." +"Under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:150 -msgid "Process the picking" -msgstr "Traiter le transfert" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery smart button on validated sales order form." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:182 +msgid "Process picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 msgid "" "Once the sales order is confirmed, a picking order is generated and ready to" " process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:186 msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the " -":guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. " -"This reveals a list of all pickings to process." +"To complete the picking, navigate to the :guilabel:`Inventory app`, and " +"locate the :guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " +"dashboard. Alternatively, the picking order can also be accessed via the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:190 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, click the :guilabel:`# To " +"Process` button on the :guilabel:`Pick` task card. This reveals a list of " +"all pickings to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:193 msgid "" "Click on the picking (WH/PICK) operation associated with the sales order to " "reveal the picking order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Check Availability` on the picking order form. If the " -"product is in stock, Odoo automatically reserves the product. Quantities can" -" also be manually set by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " -"column to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Picking order form for products included in sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:200 msgid "" -"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking and move the " -"product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" +"Manually set the quantity by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"column, to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking, and move the" +" product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Once the picking is validated, a delivery order is created, and ready to " +"process. Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button on the sales order " +"form reveals the newly created delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, to view the delivery order, navigate back to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, via the breadcrumbs, and locate the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` task card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " +"of all delivery orders to process, and select the order associated with the " +"previously validated picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Picking operation form moving product to WH/Output." +msgid "Delivery order form for products ordered by customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:222 msgid "" -"Once the picking has been processed, the delivery order is generated, and " -"can be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Navigate back to the original sales order by going to :menuselection:`Sales " -"app`, and selecting the associated sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:179 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button now indicates there are two transfers." -" Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal each transfer tied to" -" this sales order: the completed picking, and the new delivery (WH/OUT) " -"operation. Click the delivery operation to open the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 -msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Delivery operation form moving product to customer location." +"To deliver the products, change the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field " +"to match the ordered quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:3 @@ -11110,6 +11535,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "Créer un bon de commande" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " @@ -11130,6 +11559,12 @@ msgstr "" " cliquer sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Réception` affichera l'ordre " "de réception." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." +msgstr "" +"Après avoir confirmé un bon de commande, un bouton intelligent Réception " +"apparaîtra." + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "Traiter une réception" @@ -12625,8 +13060,8 @@ msgstr "" " région, adresse, etc." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo" -msgstr "Configurer les services d'expédition de Sendcloud dans Odoo" +msgid "Sendcloud configuration" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -12685,21 +13120,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank" " account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping " -"rules or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " -"required." +"rules, or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " +"**required**." msgstr "" -"L'intégration de Sendcloud dans Odoo fonctionne sur les plans gratuits de " -"Sendcloud *seulement* si un compte bancaire est lié, car Sendcloud n'expédie" -" pas gratuitement. Pour utiliser les règles d'expédition ou les contacts " -"personnalisés avec les transporteurs, un plan payant de Sendcloud est " -"nécessaire." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:174 msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "Configuration de l'entrepôt" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:39 msgid "" "Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings" " --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse" @@ -12713,7 +13143,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings." msgstr "Ajouter les adresses dans les paramètres de Sendcloud." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:46 msgid "" "To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` " "is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field " @@ -12762,7 +13192,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Société` : `My company (San Francisco)`" msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Adresse` : `My Company (San Francisco)`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:63 msgid "" "Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo" " configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same." @@ -12770,11 +13200,11 @@ msgstr "" "Notez que le champs :guilabel:`Entrepôt` doit être identique pour la " "configuration Odoo et pour la configuration Sendcloud. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials" msgstr "Générer des identifiants Sendcloud" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:69 msgid "" "In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo " @@ -12784,7 +13214,7 @@ msgstr "" "Intégrations` dans le menu de droite. Ensuite, recherchez :guilabel:`Odoo " "Native`. Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Connecter`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:72 msgid "" "After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and " @@ -12800,7 +13230,7 @@ msgstr "" " `Odoo CompanyName`, avec le nom de l'entreprise de l'utilisateur remplaçant" " `CompanyName` (par ex. `Odoo StealthyWood`)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:77 msgid "" "Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the " "shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public " @@ -12815,36 +13245,42 @@ msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials." msgstr "" "Configuration de l'intégration Sendcloud et réception des identifiants." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:158 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "Configuration dans Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86 -msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module" -msgstr "Installer le module d'expédition Sendcloud" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To ensure seamless Sendcloud integration with Odoo, :ref:`install " +"` and :ref:`link " +"` the Sendcloud shipping" +" connector to the Sendcloud account. Then, :ref:`configure Odoo fields " +"`, so Sendcloud can " +"accurately pull shipping data to generate labels." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +msgid "Install Sendcloud shipping module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 msgid "" "After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure" -" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " -"search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." +" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " +"search for the `Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." msgstr "" -"Après la configuration du compte Sendcloud, il est temps de configurer la " -"base de données Odoo. Pour démarrer, allez au module " -":guilabel:`Applications` d'Odoo, cherchez l'intégration " -":guilabel:`Expédition Sendcloud` et installez-la." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." msgstr "Module d'expédition Sendcloud dans le module Applications d'Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:110 msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration" msgstr "Configuration du connecteur d'expédition Sendcloud" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:112 msgid "" "Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The " @@ -12856,7 +13292,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Connecteur SendCloud` se trouve sous la section " ":guilabel:`Connecteurs d'expédition`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:116 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once" @@ -12867,7 +13303,7 @@ msgstr "" "fois sur la page des :guilabel:`modes d'expédition`, cliquez sur " ":guilabel:`Créer`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to " @@ -12878,25 +13314,25 @@ msgstr "" "allant à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Livraison --> " "Modes d'expédition`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 msgid "" "Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:" msgstr "" "Complétez les champs suivants dans le formulaire du :guilabel:`Nouveau mode " "d'expédition` :" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`." msgstr ":guilabel:`Mode d'expédition` : écrivez `Sendcloud DPD`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Fournisseur` : sélectionnez :guilabel:`Sendcloud` dans le menu " "déroulant." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this " "shipping method or create a new product." @@ -12904,7 +13340,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Produit de livraison` : définissez le produit qui a été configuré" " pour ce mode d'expédition ou créez un nouveau produit." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`." @@ -12912,7 +13348,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Configuration SendCloud`, saisissez la " ":guilabel:`Clé publique Sendcloud`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:131 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`." @@ -12920,7 +13356,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Configuration SendCloud`, saisissez la " ":guilabel:`Clé secrète Sendcloud`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:146 msgid "" "Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the " @@ -12929,7 +13365,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Enregistrez` le formulaire manuellement en cliquant sur l'icône " "du nuage à côté du fil d'Ariane :guilabel:`Modes d'expédition / Nouveau`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:135 msgid "" "After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the " "shipping products:" @@ -12937,7 +13373,7 @@ msgstr "" "Après avoir configuré et sauvegardé le formulaire, suivez ces étapes pour " "charger les produits d'expédition :" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:137 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New " "Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping " @@ -12947,7 +13383,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nouveau mode d'expédition`, cliquez sur le lien " ":guilabel:`Chargez vos produits d'expédition SendCloud`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:139 msgid "" "Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries " "and returns." @@ -12955,11 +13391,11 @@ msgstr "" "Sélectionnez les produits d'expédition que la société souhaite utiliser pour" " les livraisons et les retours." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:140 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Sélectionner`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:143 msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:" msgstr "Exemple de produits d'expédition Sendcloud configurés dans Odoo :" @@ -12983,7 +13419,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Poids minimum` : `0.00`" msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Poids maximum` : `31.50`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`" " `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` " @@ -13028,7 +13464,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Pays de retour` : `Belgique` `Pays-Bas`" msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo." msgstr "Exemple des produits d'expédition configurés dans Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:169 msgid "" "Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a " "package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured " @@ -13040,27 +13476,64 @@ msgstr "" "Sendcloud sera facturé, à moins que le colis associé ne soit annulé dans les" " 24 heures suivant sa création." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using " "test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used " "to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the " "creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment " -"settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`." +"settings can be toggled back and forth from their respective smart buttons." msgstr "" -"Odoo dispose d'une couche de protection intégrée contre les frais non " -"désirés lors de l'utilisation d'environnements de test. Dans un " -"environnement de test, si un mode d'expédition est utilisé pour créer des " -"étiquettes, ces étiquettes sont immédiatement annulées après la création - " -"cela se fait automatiquement. Grâce aux :guilabel:`boutons intelligents` " -"dans les paramètres, vous pouvez passer d'un environnement de test à un " -"environnement de production et vice versa." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166 -msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud" -msgstr "Générer une étiquette avec Sendcloud" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:181 +msgid "Shipping information" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 +msgid "" +"To use Sendcloud to generate shipping labels, the following information " +"**must** be filled out accurately and completely in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Customer information**: when creating a quotation, ensure the selected " +":guilabel:`Customer` has a valid phone number, email address, and shipping " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:189 +msgid "" +"To verify, select the :guilabel:`Customer` field to open their contact page." +" Here, add their shipping address in the :guilabel:`Contact` field, along " +"with their :guilabel:`Mobile` number and :guilabel:`Email` address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:193 +msgid "" +"**Product weight**: ensure all products in an order have a specified " +":guilabel:`Weight` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of their product form. " +"Refer to the :ref:`Product weight section " +"` of this article for " +"detailed instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +msgid "" +"**Warehouse address**: ensure the warehouse name and address in Odoo match " +"the :ref:`previously defined warehouse " +"` in the Sendcloud " +"setup. For details on warehouse configuration in Odoo, refer to the " +":ref:`warehouse configuration section " +"` of the third-party " +"shipping documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:204 +msgid "Generate labels with Sendcloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:206 msgid "" "When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud " "shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label " @@ -13072,12 +13545,12 @@ msgstr "" "livraison. Les documents d'étiquettes d'expédition sont générés " "automatiquement dans le chatter, qui comprennent les éléments suivants :" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:205 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages." msgstr ":guilabel:`Étiquette(s) d'expédition` selon le nombre de colis." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for " "returns." @@ -13085,17 +13558,17 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Étiquette(s) de retour` si le connecteur Sendcloud est configuré " "pour les retours." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:212 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Document(s) de douane` si le pays de destination les exige." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214 msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available." msgstr "De plus, le numéro de suivi est maintenant disponible." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 msgid "" "When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the " "configured Sendcloud account." @@ -13103,15 +13576,15 @@ msgstr "" "Lorsque les étiquettes de retour sont créées, Sendcloud débitera " "automatiquement le compte Sendcloud configuré." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 msgid "Shipment is too heavy" msgstr "L'envoi est trop lourd" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 msgid "" "If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, " "then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need " @@ -13123,7 +13596,7 @@ msgstr "" "différents :guilabel:`colis` pour :guilabel:`valider` le transfert et " "générer les étiquettes." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping " "methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will " @@ -13135,11 +13608,11 @@ msgstr "" "Cependant, notez que ces règles ne s'appliquent pas au calcul du prix " "d'expédition sur le calcul du bon de commande." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 msgid "Personal carrier contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:237 msgid "" "Use custom prices from a direct carrier contract, via CSV upload, by first " "logging into Sendcloud, navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Carriers " @@ -13150,14 +13623,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:245 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Contract prices` section, click :guilabel:`Download " "CSV` and fill out the contract prices in the :guilabel:`price` column of the" " CSV file template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:249 msgid "" "Ensure the CSV file includes the correct prices to avoid any inaccuracies." msgstr "" @@ -13167,23 +13640,23 @@ msgid "" "Show sample contract CSV from Sendcloud, highlighting the price column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:255 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload` the completed CSV file to Sendcloud, then click " ":guilabel:`Save these prices`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:258 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to upload contract prices with carriers " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:262 msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" msgstr "Calcul du poids volumétrique" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:264 msgid "" "Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight " "of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* " @@ -13195,7 +13668,7 @@ msgstr "" "volumétrique* (:dfn:`Le poids volumétrique est la place que le colis prend " "en transit. En d'autres termes, c'est la taille physique d'un colis`)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:269 msgid "" "Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute" " the volumetric weight." @@ -13203,7 +13676,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vérifiez si le ou les transporteurs sélectionnés ont déjà défini des " "formules pour calculer le poids volumétrique." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:273 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight " "`_" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:277 msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate" msgstr "Impossible de calculer les frais d'expédition" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:279 msgid "" -"First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by " -"the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " +"First, verify that the product being shipped has a weight that is supported " +"by the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " "destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier." " The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the " "carrier." msgstr "" -"Vérifiez d'abord que le poids du produit à expédier est pris en charge par " -"le mode d'expédition sélectionné. Si c'est le cas, vérifiez que le pays de " -"destination (à partir de l'adresse du client) est pris en charge par le " -"transporteur. Le pays d'origine (adresse de l'entrepôt) doit également être " -"pris en charge par le transporteur." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Starshipit shipping" @@ -14633,10 +15101,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:15 msgid "" -":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings `" +":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings " +"`" msgstr "" -":ref:`Utiliser l'application Code-barres pour les transferts " -"`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -17169,7 +17636,7 @@ msgstr "" "page." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:94 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:160 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is greater than the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **green**. If " @@ -17237,6 +17704,13 @@ msgstr "" "Une fois que vous avez terminé, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Appliquer` pour " "appliquer l'ajustement d'inventaire." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Applying an inventory adjustment simultaneously creates a :doc:`stock move " +"line (SML) <../reporting/moves_history>` in the *Moves History* report for " +"traceability." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " @@ -17245,11 +17719,11 @@ msgstr "" "L'option Appliquer à tout applique l'ajustement d'inventaire dès qu'un motif" " est précisé." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:129 msgid "Count products" msgstr "Compter les produits" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131 msgid "" "Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is " "complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory " @@ -17261,7 +17735,7 @@ msgstr "" "--> Opérations --> Ajustements d'inventaire` pour mettre à jour la colonne " ":guilabel:`Quantité comptée` pour chaque ligne de produit." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135 msgid "" "On each product line, identify whether the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` column recorded in the database matches the newly-counted value. " @@ -17274,7 +17748,7 @@ msgstr "" "comptée correspondent, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Définir` (icône de " "cible) à l'extrême droite de la ligne de produit." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:139 msgid "" "Doing so copies the value from the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column over " "to the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and sets the value of the " @@ -17293,7 +17767,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move." msgstr "Valeur du zéro du mouvement d'ajustement d'inventaire." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148 msgid "" "If the newly-counted value for a given product does **not** match the value " "in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, instead of " @@ -17306,7 +17780,7 @@ msgstr "" "enregistrez la valeur réelle dans le champ de la colonne :guilabel:`Quantité" " comptée`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152 msgid "" "To do so, click the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column on the " "specific inventory adjustment line for the product whose count is being " @@ -17318,7 +17792,7 @@ msgstr "" "dont le comptage est modifié. Une :guilabel:`Quantité comptée` de `0,00` est" " alors automatiquement attribuée." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 msgid "" "To change this value, type in a new value that matches the real, newly-" "counted value. Then, click away from the line. Doing so saves the " @@ -17330,7 +17804,7 @@ msgstr "" "ligne. Cette opération permet d'enregistrer l'ajustement et " "d'automatiquement ajuster la valeur de la colonne :guilabel:`Différence`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:166 msgid "" "Subsequently, once applied, a move with the difference between the " ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is " @@ -17348,7 +17822,7 @@ msgstr "" "Tableau de bord de l'historique des ajustements d'inventaire détaillant une " "liste des mouvements de produit antérieurs." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:174 msgid "" "Sometimes a count occurs, but cannot be applied in the database right away. " "In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, " @@ -17365,11 +17839,11 @@ msgstr "" "mesure de précaution supplémentaire, Odoo demande une confirmation avant " "d'appliquer l'ajustement d'inventaire." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:181 msgid "Change inventory count frequency" msgstr "Modifier la fréquence des inventaires" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183 msgid "" "By default, the *scheduled date* for inventory adjustments are always " "scheduled for the 31st of December of the current year. However, for some " @@ -17381,7 +17855,7 @@ msgstr "" " entreprises, il est essentiel de disposer à tout moment d'un inventaire " "précis. Dans ce cas, la date planifiée par défaut peut être modifiée." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:187 msgid "" "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " @@ -17402,7 +17876,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ajouter la prochaine date d'inventaire grâce au paramètre Jour et mois de " "l'inventaire annuel." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:195 msgid "" "To change the day, click the :guilabel:`31`, and change it to a day within " "the range `1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." @@ -17410,7 +17884,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour modifier le jour, cliquez sur :guilabel:`31`, et remplacez-le par un " "jour compris entre `1 et 31`, en fonction du mois de l'année souhaité." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:198 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:117 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" @@ -17419,7 +17893,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour modifier le mois, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Décembre` pour faire " "apparaître le menu déroulant et sélectionnez le mois souhaité." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:201 msgid "" "Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all " "changes." @@ -17427,11 +17901,11 @@ msgstr "" "Une fois que toutes les modifications ont été apportées, cliquez sur " ":guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer tous les changements." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:204 msgid "Plan big inventory counts" msgstr "Planifier des inventaires importants" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:206 msgid "" "To plan big inventory counts, such as a full count of everything currently " "in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->" @@ -17441,7 +17915,7 @@ msgstr "" "tout ce qui est actuellement en stock, allez d'abord à l'application " ":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Opérations --> Ajustements d'inventaire`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209 msgid "" "Then, select the desired products to be counted by clicking the checkbox on " "the far left of each product line." @@ -17449,7 +17923,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sélectionnez ensuite les produits souhaités à inventorier en cochant la case" " à l'extrême gauche de chaque ligne de produit." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:213 msgid "" "To request a count of **all** products currently in stock, click the " "checkbox at the very top of the table, in the header row next to the " @@ -17466,7 +17940,7 @@ msgstr "" "Fenêtre contextuelle de demande d'inventaire sur la page des ajustements " "d'inventaire." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221 msgid "" "Once all desired products have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Request a" " Count` button at the top of the page. This causes a :guilabel:`Request a " @@ -17478,15 +17952,15 @@ msgstr "" " contextuelle :guilabel:`Demander un inventaire` s'affiche alors. Dans cette" " fenêtre, saisissez les informations suivantes :" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:225 msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." msgstr ":guilabel:`Date d'inventaire` : la date prévue de l'inventaire." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:226 msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." msgstr ":guilabel:`Utilisateur` : l'utilisateur en charge de l'inventaire." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" " be accounted." @@ -17494,7 +17968,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Date comptable` : la date à laquelle l'ajustement d'inventaire " "sera comptabilisé." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the on-hand quantity of each product line blank," " select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To pre-fill the on-hand quantity of each " @@ -17502,13 +17976,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Set Current Value`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:232 msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." msgstr "" "Enfin, une fois que vous avez terminé, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer` " "pour demander l'inventaire." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 msgid "" "In the Odoo *Barcode* app, users can only view inventory counts that are " "assigned to **them**, and are scheduled for **today** or **earlier**." @@ -17517,7 +17991,7 @@ msgstr "" " voir les inventaires qui **leur** sont assignés et qui sont programmés pour" " **aujourd'hui** ou **plus tôt**." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:239 msgid ":doc:`cycle_counts`" msgstr "" @@ -17526,315 +18000,287 @@ msgid "Create a second warehouse" msgstr "Créer un deuxième entrepôt" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 msgid "" -"A *warehouse* is a physical building or space where items are stored. In " -"Odoo, it is possible to set up multiple warehouses and transfer stored items" -" between them." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *warehouse* is a physical building or space where " +"items are stored. By default, each Odoo database has one warehouse already " +"pre-configured, with the address set as the company's address." msgstr "" -"Un *entrepôt* est un bâtiment ou un espace physique où les articles sont " -"stockés. Dans Odoo, il est possible de configurer plusieurs entrepôts et de " -"transférer des articles stockés entre eux." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:9 msgid "" -"By default, the Odoo platform has one warehouse that is already configured, " -"with the address set as the company's address. To create a second warehouse," -" select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, then click " -":guilabel:`Create` and configure the form as follows:" +"However, it is possible to set up multiple additional warehouses, and " +"transfer stored items between them." msgstr "" -"Par défaut, la plateforme Odoo a un entrepôt qui est déjà configuré, avec " -"l'adresse définie comme l'adresse de la société. Pour créer un deuxième " -"entrepôt, sélectionnez :menuselection:`Configuration --> Entrepôts`, puis " -"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer` et configurez le formulaire comme suit :" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:12 -msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Entrepôt` : le nom complet de l'entrepôt" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code by which the warehouse is " -"referred to; the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is **WH**" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Nom court` : le code abrégé par lequel l'entrepôt est désigné : " -"le nom abrégé de l'entrepôt par défaut dans Odoo est **WH**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:15 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse; this can be set as" -" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " -"vendor" +"To create a second warehouse, the *Storage Locations* feature must be " +"enabled. To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, " +"tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and " +":guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Société` : l'entreprise qui possède l'entrepôt ; il peut s'agir " -"de la société qui possède la base de données Odoo ou de la société d'un " -"client ou d'un fournisseur" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:17 -msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Adresse` : l'adresse où l'entrepôt est situé" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The options below will only appear if the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " -"checkbox is enabled in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` under the" -" :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " -"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." -msgstr "" -"Les options suivantes apparaissent uniquement si la case à cocher à côté de " -":guilabel:`Routes en plusieurs étapes` est activée dans " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Paramètres` dans la section " -":guilabel:`Entrepôt`. Pour plus d'informations sur les routes et la manière " -"dont elles fonctionnent dans Odoo, consultez :ref:`Utiliser des routes et " -"des règles de flux tirés/poussés `." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: select the routes that incoming and" -" outgoing shipments should follow" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Réceptions/Expéditions` : sélectionnez les routes que les " -"réceptions et expéditions devraient suivre" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:27 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " -"from this warehouse" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Réapprovisionner les sous-traitants` : permet aux sous-traitants " -"d'être réapprovisionnés depuis cet entrepôt" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:28 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: allow for items to be manufactured in " -"this warehouse" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Fabriquer pour réapprovisionner` : permet aux articles d'être " -"fabriqués dans cet entrepôt" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture`: select the route that should be followed when " -"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Fabriquer` : sélectionnez la route à suivre pour la fabrication " -"de marchandises dans l'entrepôt" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: check the box to allow for purchased products " -"to be delivered to the warehouse" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Acheter pour réapprovisionner` : cochez la case pour autoriser la" -" livraison de produits achetés à l'entrepôt" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:33 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Resupply From`: select warehouses that can be used to resupply " -"the warehouse being created" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Réapprovisionner depuis` : sélectionnez des entrepôts qui peuvent" -" être utilisés pour réapprovisionner l'entrepôt en cours de création" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "A filled out form for creating a new warehouse." -msgstr "Un formulaire complété pour la création d'un nouvel entrepôt." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:41 msgid "" -"Creating a second warehouse will automatically enable the *Storage " -"Locations* setting, which allows location tracking of products within a " -"warehouse. To toggle this setting, navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings` and click the checkbox under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " -"heading." +"Warning pop-up window for creating a second warehouse before enabling " +"Storage Locations." msgstr "" -"La création d'un deuxième entrepôt active automatiquement le paramètre " -"*Emplacements de stockage* qui permet de suivre l'emplacement des produits " -"dans un entrepôt. Pour activer ce paramètre, allez à " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Paramètres` et cochez la case dans la " -"section :guilabel:`Entrepôt`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:97 msgid "" -"After filling out the form, click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse " -"will be created." +"Creating a second warehouse without first enabling the *Storage Locations* " +"feature triggers a :guilabel:`Warning` pop-up window. It indicates creating " +"a second warehouse automatically activates the *Storage Locations* setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:30 +msgid "Create new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To create a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens a " +"blank warehouse creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:35 +msgid "Fill out the following fields as necessary:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code used to identify the warehouse," +" i.e. `WH2` (the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is `WH`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse. This can be set as" +" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " +"vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located. By default," +" this is set to the company's address in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Filled out warehouse name and address settings on warehouse creation form." msgstr "" -"Après avoir complété le formulaire, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` et " -"le nouvel entrepôt sera créé." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:49 -msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" -msgstr "Ajouter un inventaire au nouvel entrepôt" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:51 msgid "" -"If a new warehouse is created that has existing inventory in it, the " -"inventory counts should be added to Odoo so that the stock listed in the " -"Odoo database reflects what is in the physical warehouse. To add inventory " -"to a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations -->" -" Inventory Adjustments`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`. The inventory " -"adjustment form can then be filled out as follows:" +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, configure the warehouse's" +" main workflow in the :guilabel:`Shipments` section, and set available " +"replenishment methods in the :guilabel:`Resupply` section." msgstr "" -"Si un nouvel entrepôt est créé et qu'il contient un inventaire existant, " -"l'inventaire doit être ajouté à Odoo pour que le stock répertorié dans la " -"base de données Odoo reflète ce qui se trouve dans l'entrepôt physique. Pour" -" ajouter l'inventaire à un nouvel entrepôt, allez à " -":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Opérations --> Ajustements d'inventaire` et " -"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer`. Le formulaire de l'ajustement d'inventaire " -"peut être complété comme suit :" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:54 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: the name or code that the inventory " -"adjustment can be referred to by" +"The :guilabel:`Shipments` and :guilabel:`Resupply` sections only appear if " +"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` checkbox is enabled in " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " +"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Référence de l'inventaire` : le nom ou le code par lequel " -"l'ajustement d'inventaire peut être désigné" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Locations`: the location(s) where the inventory is stored; " -"include the new warehouse and any locations within it that inventory will be" -" added to" +"In the :guilabel:`Shipments` section, choose between one, two, or three-step" +" processes for both incoming and outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Emplacements` : le ou les emplacements où l'inventaire est stocké" -" ; incluez le nouvel entrepôt et n'importe quel emplacement dans ce stock " -"sera ajouté" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:61 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Products`: include all products that will be added to inventory " -"or leave blank to select any product during the next step" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:62 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Resupply` section, edit the following settings:" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Produits` : incluez tous les produits qui seront ajoutés à " -"l'inventaire ou laissez blanc pour sélectionner n'importe quel produit lors " -"de l'étape suivante" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:64 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Include Exhausted Products`: include products with a quantity of " -"zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they " -"have no existing inventory" +":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractors`: enable this feature to coordinate with " +"vendors, and have components dropshipped directly to subcontractors for " +"manufacturing." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Inclure les produits épuisés` : incluez les produits dont la " -"quantité est nulle ; n'affecte pas les ajustements d'inventaire pour les " -"nouveaux entrepôts puisqu'ils n'ont pas de stock existant" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:66 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date used by accounting teams for " -"bookkeeping related to the inventory" +":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " +"with goods from this warehouse." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Date comptable` : la date utilisée par les équipes comptables " -"pour la tenue des comptes relatifs à l'inventaire" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:68 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the inventory; can be set as the " -"user's company or as a customer or vendor" +":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: when products are manufactured, they " +"can be delivered to this warehouse." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Société` : la société qui possède l'inventaire ; il peut s'agir " -"de la société de l'utilisateur ou d'un client ou fournisseur" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Counted Quantities`: choose whether the counted quantities for " -"products being added should default to stock on hand or zero; does not " -"affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing " -"inventory" +":guilabel:`Manufacture`: the route that should be followed when " +"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse. Choose from one, two, and three-" +"step production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: when products are purchased, they can be " +"delivered to this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resupply From`: Check the box next to the other warehouses from " +"which this warehouse can replenish products. If the current warehouse does " +"not have the stock, it can also pull products from these selected warehouses" +" in the database. Automatic resupply routes will be created accordingly." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Quantités comptées` : choisissez si les quantités comptées pour " -"les produits ajoutés doivent correspondre par défaut au stock disponible ou " -"à zéro ; n'affecte pas les ajustements d'inventaire pour les nouveaux " -"entrepôts puisqu'ils n'ont pas de stock existant" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "A filled out form for an inventory adjustment." -msgstr "Un formulaire complété pour un ajustement d'inventaire." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:77 msgid "" -"Once the form is properly configured, click on :guilabel:`Start Inventory` " -"to be taken to the next page where products can be added to the inventory " -"adjustment. Add a new product by clicking on :guilabel:`Create` and then " -"fill out the product line as follows:" +"Filled out Warehouse Configuration tab settings on warehouse creation form." msgstr "" -"Une fois le formulaire correctement configuré, cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Démarrer l'inventaire` pour passer à la page suivante où des " -"produits peuvent être ajoutés à l'ajustement de l'inventaire. Ajoutez un " -"nouveau produit en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Créer` et complétez la ligne de " -"produit comme suit :" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:81 -msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Produit` : le produit ajouté à l'inventaire" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:82 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " -"the new warehouse; this can be set as the overall warehouse or a location " -"within the warehouse" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new warehouse's settings." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Emplacement` : l'emplacement où le produit est actuellement " -"stocké dans le nouvel entrepôt ; il peut s'agir de tout l'entrepôt ou d'un " -"emplacement dans l'entrepôt" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:84 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " -"serial number used to identify it" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de série` : le lot auquel appartient le produit ou le " -"numéro de série utilisé pour l'identifier" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:85 +msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" +msgstr "Ajouter un inventaire au nouvel entrepôt" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:87 msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Hand`: the total quantity of the product stored in the " -"location for which inventory is being adjusted; this should be zero for a " -"new location or warehouse" +"If a new warehouse is created to represent a real-world storage location " +"with existing stock, update the warehouse's stock using an inventory " +"adjustment." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`En stock` : la quantité totale du produit stocké dans " -"l'emplacement pour lequel l'inventaire est ajusté ; cette valeur doit être " -"égale à zéro pour un nouvel emplacement ou un nouvel entrepôt" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:88 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Counted`: the amount of the product that is being added to " -"inventory" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Quantité comptée` : la quantité des produits ajoutée à " -"l'inventaire" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:89 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the *On Hand* and *Counted* " -"values; this will automatically update to reflect the value entered in the " -":guilabel:`Counted` column" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Différence` : la différence entre les quantités *En stock* et " -"*Comptées* ; cette valeur sera automatiquement mise à jour pour refléter la " -"valeur saisie dans la colonne :guilabel:`Quantité comptée`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:91 -msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for counting the product" -msgstr ":guilabel:`UdM` : l'unité de mesure utilisée pour compter le produit" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`count_products`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "Include a line for each product being added to inventory." -msgstr "Il y a une ligne pour chaque produit ajouté à l'inventaire." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To perform an inventory adjustment, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Operations --> Physical Inventory`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing" +" so adds a new line at the bottom of the list of inventory adjustments." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:97 -msgid "" -"After adding all the products already stored in the new warehouse, click " -":guilabel:`Validate Inventory` to complete the inventory adjustment. The " -"values in the :guilabel:`On Hand` column will update to reflect those in the" -" :guilabel:`Counted` column and the products added will appear in the " -"inventory of the new warehouse." +msgid "Configure the line by filling out the following fields as necessary:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " +"the new warehouse. This can be set as the overall warehouse, or a location " +"within the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " +"serial number used to identify it, if the product is tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the total quantity of the product stored in " +"the location for which inventory is being adjusted. For a new warehouse or " +"location where a count or a prior inventory adjustment has not taken place, " +"this should be set to `0.00`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure (UoM) used for counting the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: the amount of the product being added to " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the on-hand and counted " +"quantities. This automatically updates to reflect the value entered in the " +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date selected for the next inventory count " +"for this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`User`: the user who recorded the inventory adjustment in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out inventory adjustment line for product in new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once each line for the products being added to the new warehouse is " +"configured, click :guilabel:`Apply` on each line to apply the new inventory " +"counts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The values in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column update to reflect " +"those in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and the products added " +"appear in the new warehouse's stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:125 +msgid "" +"If products tracked using a lot number or serial number are added without " +"specifying the tracking number, a :guilabel:`Tracked Products in Inventory " +"Adjustment` pop-up window appears upon clicking :guilabel:`Apply` on that " +"product's line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The pop-up indicates tracked products were added, but the lots/serial " +"numbers were not defined. To apply the adjustment without the numbers, click" +" :guilabel:`Apply`. To add the numbers before applying, click " +":guilabel:`Discard`, and add the numbers. Then, once ready, click " +":guilabel:`Apply` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:0 +msgid "Tracked Products in Inventory Adjustment pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`warehouses_locations`" msgstr "" -"Après avoir ajouté tous les produits déjà stockés dans le nouvel entrepôt, " -"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Valider l'inventaire` pour finaliser l'ajustement " -"d'inventaire. Les valeurs dans la colonne :guilabel:`En stock` seront mises " -"à jour pour refléter celles de la colonne :guilabel:`Quantité comptée` et " -"les produits ajoutés apparaîtront dans l'inventaire du nouvel entrepôt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:3 msgid "Cycle counts" @@ -18045,10 +18491,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once all necessary changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123 -msgid ":doc:`count_products`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`use_locations`" msgstr "" @@ -18213,50 +18655,35 @@ msgstr "Un reçu pour le stock reçu d'un entrepôt en provenance d'un autre." msgid "Scrap inventory" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:8 msgid "" -"In some cases, a product in inventory may be damaged or found to be " -"defective. If it is not possible to repair or return the product, Odoo " -"*Inventory* allows users to scrap it, ensuring that usable inventory counts " -"remain accurate." +"Sometimes, products in a company's warehouse stock might be found to be " +"damaged or defective, past the point of being reparable. If it is not " +"possible to repair the product, or return the product to a vendor, it can be" +" scrapped." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:12 msgid "" -"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " -"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." +"Odoo *Inventory* allows users to scrap inventory, designating goods or " +"materials that are no longer usable or sellable for disposal (or recycling)." msgstr "" -"Les ordres de mise au rebut peuvent être consultés en allant à " -":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Opérations --> Rebut`. Chaque ordre de mise " -"au rebut indique la date et l'heure de création de l'ordre, ainsi que le " -"produit et la quantité mis au rebut." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:15 msgid "" -"To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`. Remove the " -":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display " -"virtual locations. Finally, select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` " -"location." +"Scrapping inventory in a database helps stock counts remain accurate, by " +"removing scrapped products from physical inventory, and placing it in a " +"virtual scrap location (*Virtual Locations/Scrap*)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:19 msgid "" -"By default, scrapping a product removes it from physical inventory, and " -"places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual Locations/Scrap*. A virtual " -"location is **not** a physical space, but rather a designation in Odoo that " -"is used to track items that are no longer in physical inventory." +"*Virtual locations* in Odoo are **not** real, physical spaces in a " +"warehouse. Rather, they are designated locations in a database that provide " +"tracking of items that shouldn't be counted in a physical inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:68 -msgid "Learn more" -msgstr "En savoir plus" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:25 msgid "" "For more information about virtual locations, see the documentation about " "the different types of :ref:`locations " @@ -18264,119 +18691,174 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:29 -msgid "Scrap from stock" +msgid "" +"To use locations in warehouse, including a virtual scrap location, the " +"*Storage Locations* feature must first be enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:32 msgid "" -"To scrap a product located in inventory, begin by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Scrap`. On the :guilabel:`Scrap" -" Orders` page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new scrap order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:35 -msgid "" -"On the scrap order, select the product being scrapped from the " -":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` field. The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the " -"location where the product is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` " -"defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be " -"changed by selecting a different location from their respective drop-down " -"menus." +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Tick the " +"checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` to enable the feature, and " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "A new scrap order." +msgid "Enabled Storage Locations setting in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:41 +msgid "Scrap from stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:43 msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to scrap the product. The on-hand " -"inventory count for the scrapped product updates to subtract the scrapped " -"quantity." +"To create a new scrap order (SP) for an in-stock product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Scrap`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a new |SP| form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:49 -msgid "Scrap from a receipt, transfer, or delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:46 msgid "" -"It is also possible to scrap products during the receipt, transfer, and " -"delivery operations. This can be necessary if any products are found to be " -"defective when receiving them into inventory, transferring them from one " -"location to another, or preparing them for delivery." +"Click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and select the " +"product that should be scrapped from inventory. In the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"field, change the value to the quantity of the product that should be " +"scrapped (by default, this value is set to `1.00`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To scrap a product during the receipt, transfer, or delivery operations, " -"begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app. On the " -":guilabel:`Overview` page, select the :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the" -" :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`, or " -":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, depending on the type of operation the " -"product is being scrapped from." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out new scrap order form with product details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:54 msgid "" -"For the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card to appear on the " -":menuselection:`Overview` page of the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, the " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next " -"to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading." +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " +"is currently stored. The :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to the " +"designated scrap location (:guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`). Either of " +"these locations can be changed by selecting a different location from their " +"respective drop-down menus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If the scrapping is tied to a specific existing operation, specify the " +"operation in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company` field displays the company whose warehouse this " +"product belongs to. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " +"scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:66 msgid "" -"Alternatively, a list of all delivery orders, receipts, and transfers can be" -" viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> " -"Transfers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Next, open a delivery order, receipt, or transfer from the corresponding " -"page by clicking on it. A :guilabel:`Scrap` button appears at the top of the" -" page. Click it to open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the new |SP|. Once " +"validated, a :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button appears at the top of " +"the form. Click the smart button to view the details of the scrap operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "The scrap pop-up in the Inventory app." +msgid "Product Moves smart button on new scrap order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:75 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Scrap` button will only appear on a receipt that has been " -"validated. This is because Odoo only allows products to be scrapped once " -"they have been entered into inventory." +"To view the all-time total quantities of scrapped items, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Click the " +":guilabel:`x (remove)` button on the :guilabel:`Internal` filter in the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar, to display virtual locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window, select the product being scrapped " -"from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Then, enter the quantity in the" -" :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +"Select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` location. From the " +":guilabel:`Scrap` location's form, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` smart" +" button, at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " -"is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual" -" Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be changed by selecting a " -"different location from their respective drop-down menus." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:82 +msgid "A list of all scrapped products, and their quantities, is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:0 +msgid "Current Stock list of all scrapped products in virtual scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:89 +msgid "Scrap from an existing operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:91 msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the product. After doing so, the " -":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window disappears and a :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " -"button appears in the top right of the page. Click it to view all of the " -"scrap orders created from that operation." +"Scrap orders (SPs) can *also* be created from existing operations, such as " +"receipts, delivery orders, and internal transfers, before they are entered " +"into, or removed from, stock for an operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To scrap a product during an operation, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview`, " +"click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on an operation's task card (i.e. " +"the :guilabel:`Receipts` task card)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "The Scraps smart button." +msgid "# To Process button on Receipts task card on Inventory Overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, select an operation to process from the resulting list of existing " +"orders. Doing so opens that operation's form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon, and select " +":guilabel:`Scrap` from the resulting drop-down menu. This opens a " +":guilabel:`Scrap Products` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Scrap Products pop-up window on operation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:113 +msgid "" +"From this pop-up window, click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product`" +" field, and select the products from the operation that should be scrapped. " +"Adjust the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Product` selected is tracked using a lot or serial number," +" a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial` field appears. Specify the tracking number in that" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` and :guilabel:`Scrap Location` can be " +"changed, if needed. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " +"scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Scrap Products`. A :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " +"button appears at the top of the operation form. Click this smart button to " +"view the details of all scrap orders created from this specific operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Scraps smart button showing all scrap orders from operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:3 @@ -18385,126 +18867,220 @@ msgstr "Emplacements" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:5 msgid "" -"A *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. This can be a shelf, " -"room, aisle, etc. There are three types of locations in Odoo:" +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. " +"This can be a shelf, room, aisle, rack, bin, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:8 msgid "" -"*Physical locations* are spaces within a warehouse owned by the user's " -"company. These can be a an area where items are stored like an aisle or " -"shelf, or an area where operations take place, like loading and unloading " -"bays." +"There are also external and virtual locations. For example, customer " +"locations, and locations specifically designated as \"virtual\", instead of " +"real, physical locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:11 msgid "" -"*Partner locations* are the same as physical locations except that they " -"exist within the warehouse of a customer or vendor." +"Locations allow for the storage of products in designated areas of the " +"warehouse, to help track inventory accurately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:17 msgid "" -"*Virtual locations* are locations that do not exist physically, but where " -"items that are not in inventory can be placed. These can be items that have " -"not yet entered inventory, like products that are on the way to a warehouse," -" or items that are no longer in inventory due to loss or other factors." +"To specify storage locations, the *Storage Locations* setting must be " +"enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"section. Tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` to enable " +"the feature, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In order to use locations, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be" -" enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, and enable " -"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:24 -msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Storage Location setting in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:26 msgid "" -"Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations --> Create`. The new location " -"form can then be configured as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location Name`: the name that will be used to reference the " -"location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:30 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Parent Location`: the location or warehouse that the new location" -" exists within" +"Once the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is enabled, two additional " +"internal link options appear below it: :guilabel:`Locations` and " +":guilabel:`Putaway Rules`. Click :guilabel:`Locations` to open a list of all" +" existing locations in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location Type`: choose the category that the location belongs to" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse that the location " -"is inside of" +msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:104 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: check this box to allow for " -"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: check this box to allow products to be " -"returned to this location" +"To create a new location inside a warehouse, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Doing so " +"opens a list of all existing locations. Click :guilabel:`New` to open a new " +"location creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:37 -msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode number assigned to the location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:108 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Removal Strategy`: the :doc:`strategy <../removal_strategies>` " -"for how items should be taken from inventory" +"In the :guilabel:`Location Name` field, assign a name for the new location. " +"In the :guilabel:`Parent Location` field, assign the location that this new " +"location exists in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 -msgid "The form for creating a new location." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:41 +msgid "" +"A new location `Gate 1` is created. Its parent location is `Dispatch Zone`. " +"In the :guilabel:`Parent Location` for `Gate 1`, select `Dispatch Zone`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:48 -msgid "Create location hierarchies" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, fill out the necessary " +"details for the new location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Location Type` field, select which type of location this " +"is. There are seven different types of locations to choose from:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:50 msgid "" -"The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" -" to exist within a warehouse or another location. Every location can serve " -"as a parent location, and every parent location can have multiple locations " -"within it, allowing for the creation of a virtually infinite hierarchical " -"structure." +":guilabel:`Vendor Location`: virtual location representing the source " +"location for products coming from vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:52 msgid "" -"Location hierarchy could be organized so that a shelf is located within an " -"aisle, which is located within a room, which is located within the overall " -"warehouse." +":guilabel:`View`: virtual location used to create a hierarchical structure " +"for a warehouse; aggregates its child locations. **Should not directly " +"contain products**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`Internal Location`: physical location inside a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:55 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer Location`: virtual location representing the destination" +" location for products sent to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Inventory Loss`: virtual location serving as a counterpart for " +"inventory operations. Used to correct stock levels of physical inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:59 msgid "" -"To create the location hierarchy in the example above, set the warehouse as " -"the parent of the room, the room as the parent of the aisle, and the aisle " -"as the parent of the shelf. This can be adapted to a hierarchy of any " -"magnitude." +":guilabel:`Production`: virtual counterpart location for production " +"operations. This location consumes components and produces finished " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transit Location`: counterpart location that should be used in " +"inter-company or inter-warehouse operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Additional Information section of new location creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Configure the remaining fields in the :guilabel:`Additional Information` " +"section as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose warehouse the location is inside of. " +"Leave this field blank if this location is shared between companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow for " +"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow products to " +"be returned to this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode assigned to the location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Replenish Location`: tick this checkbox to get all quantities to " +"replenish at this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Cyclic Counting` section, change the value in the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field from the default `0`, if " +"necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Cyclic Counting section of new location creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When different than `0`, the inventory count dates for products stored at " +"this location are automatically set at the defined frequency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:90 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, in the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` " +"field, click the drop-down menu and select the :doc:`removal strategy " +"<../removal_strategies>` for how items should be removed from this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:97 +msgid "Create location hierarchies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" +" to exist within a warehouse, or below another location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Every location can serve as a parent location, and every parent location can" +" have multiple locations within it, allowing for the creation of a " +"hierarchical structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Location hierarchy could be organized so that a small refrigerator is " +"located on a specific shelf, which is located in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Location hierarchy of small refrigerator, on a shelf in a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To create the location hierarchy in the example above (`WH/Stock/Shelf " +"2/Small Refrigerator`), set the warehouse stock as the parent of the shelf, " +"and the shelf as the parent of the small refrigerator. This can be adapted " +"to a hierarchy of any magnitude." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:5 @@ -19553,6 +20129,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse." msgstr "La carte des bons de livraison pour l'entrepôt sortant." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 +msgid "Process the receipt" +msgstr "Traiter la réception" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99 msgid "" "Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for " @@ -19694,193 +20274,160 @@ msgstr "" "méthode que celle décrite ci-dessus." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations" -msgstr "Gérer les entrepôts et les emplacements" +msgid "Manage warehouses and locations" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:9 msgid "Warehouse" msgstr "Entrepôt" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:15 msgid "" -"In Odoo, a *warehouse* is the actual building/place in which a company's " -"items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user " -"can create moves between warehouses." +"Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo, and stock moves can be created " +"between warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:22 msgid "" -"A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a " -"sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). " -"Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible " -"to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can " -"be configured as needed under one warehouse." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. " +"This can be a shelf, room, aisle, rack, bin, etc. Locations allow for the " +"storage of products in designated areas of the warehouse, to help track " +"inventory accurately." msgstr "" -"Un **Emplacement** est un lieu spécifique dans l'entrepôt. Il peut s'agir " -"d'un sous-emplacement de l'entrepôt (une étagère, un étage, une allée, " -"etc.). Par conséquent, un emplacement fait partie d'un seul entrepôt et il " -"est impossible de lier un emplacement à plusieurs entrepôts. Dans Odoo, " -"autant d'emplacements que nécessaire peuvent être configurés dans un même " -"entrepôt." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:24 -msgid "There are three types of locations:" -msgstr "Il y a trois types d'emplacements :" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:26 msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading " -"areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc." +"A location is only part of *one* warehouse, and can **not** be linked to " +"multiple warehouses. As many locations can be configured as needed under one" +" warehouse." msgstr "" -"Les **Emplacements physiques** sont des emplacements internes qui font " -"partie des entrepôts que l'entreprise possède. Il peut s'agir des zones de " -"chargement et de déchargement de l'entrepôt, d'une étagère, d'un " -"département, etc." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:29 +msgid "There are three types of locations in Odoo *Inventory*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:31 msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only " -"difference being that they are not owned by the user's company." +"**Physical Locations**: internal locations within a single warehouse owned " +"by the company. This can include shipping and loading docks, aisles, " +"shelves, storage areas, and more." msgstr "" -"Les **Emplacements partenaires** sont des zones dans un entrepôt d'un client" -" et/ou d'un fournisseur. Ils fonctionnent de la même manière que les " -"emplacements physiques, à la seule différence qu'ils n'appartiennent pas à " -"la société de l'utilisateur." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:33 msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory " -"Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse " -"(**Procurements**)." +"**Partner Locations**: external locations, such as designated spaces in a " +"customer or vendor's warehouse. They are similar to physical locations, but " +"they are **not** owned by the user's company." msgstr "" -"Les **Emplacements virtuels** sont des zones qui n'existent pas, mais où les" -" produits peuvent être placés lorsqu'ils ne se trouvent pas encore (ou plus)" -" physiquement dans un inventaire. Ils sont utiles pour enregistrer les " -"produits perdus (**Perte d'inventaire**) ou pour comptabiliser les produits " -"qui sont en route vers l'entrepôt (**Approvisionnements**)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:36 msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be " -"structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the " -"organization of the warehouses." +"**Virtual Locations**: this type of location does not exist as a physical " +"space, but products can be \"stored\" here when they are not physically in " +"an inventory yet. *Inventory Loss* and *Procurements* are examples of " +"virtual locations, for products that are lost or in transit to the " +"warehouse." msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, les emplacements sont organisés hiérarchiquement. Vous pouvez " -"organiser vos emplacements comme une arborescence, avec des relations " -"parent-enfant. Cela vous donne des niveaux plus détaillés de l'analyse des " -"opérations de stock et de l'organisation de vos entrepôts." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:41 msgid "" -"To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" -" enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"Every location within a warehouse can serve as a parent location, and every " +"parent location can have multiple locations within it, allowing for the " +"creation of a hierarchical structure. This allows for more detailed levels " +"of analysis of the stock operations and the organization of the warehouses." msgstr "" -"Pour activer les emplacements, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Paramètres` et activez :guilabel:`Emplacements de stockage`. Cliquez ensuite" -" sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:48 +msgid "" +"For companies with one warehouse, no additional settings are required to " +"activate before editing the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:51 +msgid "" +"For companies with multiple warehouses, and to create locations within a " +"warehouse, the *Storage Locations* feature must be enabled." msgstr "" -"Activer la fonctionnalité des emplacements de stockage dans les paramètres " -"d'Odoo Inventaire." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:54 msgid "" -"To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable " -":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check " -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes`." +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Tick the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox to enable the feature, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:58 -msgid "Create a new warehouse" -msgstr "Créer un nouvel entrepôt" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " -"Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Storage Locations feature enabled in the Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -"Pour créer un entrepôt, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Gestion de" -" l'entrepôt --> Entrepôts` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:63 msgid "" -"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. " -"The short name is five characters maximum." +"To manage warehouse *routes*, such as two-and-three-step receipts and " +"deliveries, enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature from the *Inventory* app " +"settings, as well. For more on routes, see :doc:`use_routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:68 +msgid "Create a new warehouse" +msgstr "Créer un nouvel entrepôt" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Begin by assigning a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name`, and a :guilabel:`Short " +"Name`. The :guilabel:`Short Name` field is limited to a **five** character " +"maximum." msgstr "" -"Complétez ensuite un :guilabel:`Nom d'entrepôt` et un :guilabel:`Nom court`." -" Le nom court comporte cinq caractères au maximum." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "Champ nom court d'un entrepôt dans Odoo Inventaire." +msgid "New warehouse creation form name configuration fields." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:81 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse " -"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first " -"letters of location]\"." +"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like `WH/[first " +"letters of location]`." msgstr "" -"Le :guilabel:`Nom court` apparaît sur les ordres de transfert et les autres " -"documents d'entrepôt. Odoo recommande d'utiliser un nom compréhensible comme" -" \"WH/[premières lettres du lieu]\"." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:84 msgid "" -"Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations " -"related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated." +"For example, a warehouse named `Warehouse #2` might have the " +":guilabel:`Short Name` `WH2` (the short name for the default warehouse in " +"Odoo is `WH`)." msgstr "" -"À présent, retournez au tableau de bord de l':guilabel:`Inventaire`. Vous y " -"verrez que les nouvelles opérations liées à l'entrepôt nouvellement créé ont" -" été automatiquement générées." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently " -"created warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Le tableau de bord de l'application Inventaire affichant les nouveaux types " -"de transfert pour l'entrepôt nouvellement créé." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the " -":guilabel:`Locations` setting." -msgstr "" -"L'ajout d'un deuxième entrepôt activera automatiquement le paramètre " -":guilabel:`Emplacements`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:85 -msgid "Create a new location" -msgstr "Créer un nouvel emplacement" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:87 msgid "" -"To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " -"Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +"Once the warehouse is created, navigate back to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard. New operations for the newly created " +"warehouse are automatically generated there." msgstr "" -"Pour créer un emplacement, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Gestion" -" de l'entrepôt --> Emplacements` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:90 msgid "" -"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`" -" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +"For more on creating new warehouses, see :doc:`create_a_second_warehouse`." msgstr "" -"Complétez ensuite un :guilabel:`Nom d'emplacement` et un " -":guilabel:`Emplacement parent` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "Créer un nouvel emplacement d'entrepôt dans Odoo Inventaire." +msgid "" +"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfers for the new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:102 +msgid "Create a new location" +msgstr "Créer un nouvel emplacement" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:111 +msgid "For more on locations, see :doc:`use_locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "New warehouse location creation form." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 msgid "Inventory valuation" msgstr "Valorisation des stocks" @@ -20235,7 +20782,7 @@ msgstr "" "Les champs de valorisation des stocks sont situés sur la fiche de la " "catégorie de produit." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 msgid "" "Alternatively, automated inventory valuation is an integrated valuation " "method that updates the inventory value in real-time by creating journal " @@ -20247,7 +20794,7 @@ msgstr "" " en créant des pièces comptables chaque fois qu'un mouvement de stock est " "initié entre des emplacements dans l'inventaire d'une entreprise." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:26 msgid "" "Automated inventory valuation is a method recommended for expert " "accountants, given the extra steps involved in journal entry configuration. " @@ -20262,11 +20809,11 @@ msgstr "" "des ajustements peuvent être nécessaires en permanence en fonction des " "besoins et des priorités de l'entreprise." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 msgid "Types of accounting" msgstr "Types de comptabilité" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 msgid "" "Accounting entries will depend on the accounting mode: *Continental* or " "*Anglo-Saxon*." @@ -20274,126 +20821,58 @@ msgstr "" "Les pièces comptables dépendent du mode de comptabilité : *continentale* ou " "*anglo-saxonne*" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39 msgid "" "Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and " -"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`." msgstr "" -"Vérifiez le mode de comptabilité en activant le :ref:`mode développeur` et " -"en allant à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Paramètres`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Then, in the search bar, look for :guilabel:`Anglo-Saxon Accounting`, to see" +" if the feature is enabled. If it is **not** enabled, Continental accounting" +" mode is in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the Anglo-Saxon accounting mode feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 msgid "" "In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported " "when products are sold or delivered. This means that the cost of a good is " -"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. " -"*Interim Stock Accounts* are used for the input and output accounts, and are" -" both *Asset Accounts* in the balance sheet." +"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. So " +"for **manual** valuation method, set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to " +"`Stock Valuation` for the current asset type; for **automatic** valuation " +"method, set the the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to an *Expenses* or a *Cost " +"of Revenue* type (e.g. `Cost of Production`, `Cost of Goods Sold`, etc.)." msgstr "" -"Dans la comptabilité *anglo-saxonne*, le coût des marchandises vendues " -"(COGS) est enregistré lorsque les produits sont vendus ou livrés. Ceci " -"signifie que le coût d'une marchandise est uniquement enregistré comme une " -"dépense lorsqu'un produit est facturé à un client. Des *comptes de stock " -"intermédiaires* sont utilisés pour les comptes d'entrée et de sortie et sont" -" tous deux des *comptes d'immobilisations* dans le bilan." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 msgid "" "In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a " -"product is received into stock. Additionally, a single *Expense* account is " -"used for both input and output accounts in the balance sheet." +"product is received into stock. Because of this, the :guilabel:`Expense " +"Account` can be set to **either** *Expenses* or a *Cost of Revenue* type, " +"however, it is more commonly set to an *Expenses* account." msgstr "" -"Dans la comptabilité *continentale*, le coût d'une marchandise est " -"enregistré dès qu'un produit entre dans le stock. De plus, un seul compte de" -" *dépenses* est utilisé pour les comptes d'entrée et de sortie dans le " -"bilan." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 -msgid "Costing methods" -msgstr "Méthodes de coût" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 msgid "" -"Below are the three costing methods that can be used in Odoo for inventory " -"valuation." +":ref:`Details about configuring Expense and Stock accounts " +"`" msgstr "" -"Vous trouverez ci-dessous trois méthodes de coût qui sont utilisées dans " -"Odoo pour la valorisation des stocks." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Standard Price**: is the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the " -"product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used to " -"compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " -"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." -msgstr "" -"**Prix standard** : la méthode de coût par défaut dans Odoo. Le coût du " -"produit est défini manuellement sur la fiche du produit et ce coût est " -"utilisé pour calculer la valorisation. Même si le prix d'achat est différent" -" sur un bon de commande, la valorisation utilisera toujours le coût défini " -"sur la fiche du produit." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Average Cost (AVCO)**: calculates the valuation of a product based on the " -"average cost of that product, divided by the total number of available stock" -" on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and " -"constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." -msgstr "" -"**Coût moyen (AVCO)** : permet de calculer la valorisation d'un produit sur " -"la base du coût moyen de ce produit, divisé par la quantité totale de stock " -"disponible. Grâce à cette méthode de coût, la valorisation des stocks est " -"*dynamique* et s'ajuste constamment en fonction du prix d'achat des " -"produits." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**First In First Out (FIFO)**: tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing " -"items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to change the " -"valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the next good " -"sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next inventory " -"lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based on the " -"valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most accurate " -"inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it's highly " -"sensitive to input data and human error." -msgstr "" -"**First In First Out (FIFO)** : permet de suivre le coût des articles " -"entrants et sortants en temps réel et d'adapter la valorisation en fonction " -"du prix réel du produit. Le prix d'achat le plus ancien sera le coût pour le" -" produit suivant vendu jusqu'à ce qu'un lot entier de ce produit soit vendu." -" Lorsque le lot suivant remonte dans la file d'attente, le coût du produit " -"mis à jour est utilisé sur la base de la valorisation de ce lot spécifique. " -"Cette méthode est sans doute la méthode de valorisation des stocks la plus " -"précise pour diverses raisons, mais elle est très sensible aux données " -"saisies et à l'erreur humaine." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It's highly" -" recommended to consult an accountant first before making any adjustments " -"here." -msgstr "" -"Changer la méthode de coût a un grand impact sur la valorisation des stocks." -" Il est fortement recommandé de consulter un comptable avant de procéder à " -"des changements." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:78 -msgid "Configure automated inventory valuation in Odoo" -msgstr "Configurer la valorisation automatisée des stocks dans Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:67 msgid "" "Make changes to inventory valuation options by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and " -"choose the category/categories where the automated valuation method should " -"apply." +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. In " +"the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` section, select the desired " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` options." msgstr "" -"Modifiez les options de valorisation des stocks en allant à " -":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Catégories de produits` et " -"choisissez la ou les catégories auxquelles la méthode de valorisation " -"automatisée doit s'appliquer." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:72 msgid "" "It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product " "categories." @@ -20401,29 +20880,37 @@ msgstr "" "Il est possible d'utiliser des paramètres de valorisation différents pour " "différentes catégories de produits." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` heading are two labels: " -":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`. Pick the " -"desired :guilabel:`Costing Method` using the drop-down menu (e.g. " -":guilabel:`Standard`, :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`, or :guilabel:`First " -"In First Out (FIFO)`) and switch the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to " -":guilabel:`Automated`." -msgstr "" -"Il y a deux libellés sous l'en-tête :guilabel:`Valorisation des stocks` : " -":guilabel:`Méthode de coût` et :guilabel:`Valorisation des stocks`. " -"Sélectionnez la :guilabel:`méthode de coût` sélectionnée à l'aide du menu " -"déroulant (par ex. :guilabel:`Standard`, :guilabel:`Coût moyen (AVCO)` ou " -":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`) et changez la :guilabel:`valorisation" -" des stocks` en :guilabel:`automatisée`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 -msgid "" -":ref:`Using the inventory " -"valuation`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 +msgid "Show inventory valuation configuration options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +msgid "Costing method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +msgid "" +"From the product category's configuration page, choose the desired " +":guilabel:`Costing Method`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Standard Price`: the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of " +"the product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used " +"to compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " +"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`: calculates the valuation of a product based" +" on the average cost of that product, divided by the total number of " +"available stock on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is " +"*dynamic*, and constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " "Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " @@ -20441,7 +20928,30 @@ msgstr "" "automatiquement mis à jour en fonction du prix d'achat moyen du stock " "disponible et des coûts accumulés à partir des bons de commande validés." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`: tracks the costs of incoming and " +"outgoing items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to " +"change the valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the " +"next good sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next " +"inventory lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based " +"on the valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most " +"accurate inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it is" +" highly sensitive to input data and human error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It is " +"highly recommended to consult an accountant first before making any " +"adjustments here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`using_inventory_valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " "that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " @@ -20459,17 +20969,109 @@ msgstr "" " modifiée manuellement, Odoo génère un enregistrement correspondant dans le " "rapport *Valorisation des stocks*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 msgid "" -"On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " -"appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " -"inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" +"Inventory valuation in Odoo can be set to be updated manually or " +"automatically. While *Expense* accounts apply to both, the *Stock Input* and" +" *Stock Output* accounts are only used for automated valuation." msgstr "" -"Sur le même écran, les champs :guilabel:`Propriétés comptables pour le " -"stock` apparaissent et sont désormais obligatoires en raison du passage à la" -" valorisation automatisée des stocks. Ces comptes sont définis comme suit :" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Refer to the :ref:`Expense ` and " +":ref:`Stock input/output ` sections for " +"details on configuring each account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +msgid "Expense account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To configure the *expense account*, go to the :guilabel:`Account Properties`" +" section of the intended product category (:menuselection:`Inventory app -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`). Then, choose an existing account " +"from the :guilabel:`Expense Account` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +msgid "" +"To ensure the chosen account is the correct :guilabel:`Type,` click the " +"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account. Then, set the account type " +"based on the information below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177 +msgid "Automated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +msgid "" +"In Anglo-Saxon accounting for automated inventory valuation, set the " +":guilabel:`Expense Account` to the `Expenses` account. Then, click the " +"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, choose :guilabel:`Expenses` or :guilabel:`Cost of " +"Revenue` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show **Expense Account** field, and external link icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To configure the :guilabel:`Expense Account`, choose :guilabel:`Stock " +"Valuation` from the field's drop-down menu. Verify the account's type by " +"clicking the |right arrow| icon, and then ensure the :guilabel:`Type` is " +":guilabel:`Current Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the **Expense Account** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +msgid "Continental" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to the :guilabel:`Expenses` or " +":guilabel:`Cost of Revenue` account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:190 +msgid "Stock input/output (automated only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:192 +msgid "" +"To configure the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and :guilabel:`Stock Output" +" Account`, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product" +" Categories` and select the desired product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field, select :guilabel:`Automated`. " +"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` section appear. " +"These accounts are defined as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " @@ -20479,7 +21081,13 @@ msgstr "" "automatisée des stocks est activée sur un produit, ce compte contient la " "valeur actuelle des produits." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: accounting journal where entries are " +"automatically posted when a product's inventory valuation changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -20494,7 +21102,7 @@ msgstr "" "tous les produits dans une catégorie donnée et peut également être défini " "directement pour chaque produit." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:207 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -20509,11 +21117,57 @@ msgstr "" "pour tous les produits dans une catégorie donnée et peut également être " "défini directement pour chaque produit." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:124 -msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" -msgstr "Accéder aux données d'analyse générées par la valorisation des stocks" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:216 +msgid "" +"In Anglo-Saxon accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to *different* :guilabel:`Current " +"Assets` accounts. This way, delivering products and invoicing the customer " +"balance the *Stock Output* account, while receiving products and billing " +"vendors balance the *Stock Input* account." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +msgid "" +"To modify the account type, go to the click the |right arrow| icon to the " +"right of the stock input/output account. In the pop-up window, choose " +":guilabel:`Current Assets` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Display account setup page, highlighting the **Type** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +msgid "" +"The *Stock Input* account is set to `Stock Interim (Received)`, a *Current " +"Asset* account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 +msgid "" +"In Continental accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to **the same** :guilabel:`Current " +"Assets` account. That way, one account can be balanced when items are bought" +" and sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:239 +msgid "" +"The stock input and output accounts are both set to `Stock Interim " +"(Received)`, a :guilabel:`Current Assets` account type. They can also be set" +" to the `Stock Interim (Delivered)`, as long as the input and output " +"accounts are assigned to the **same** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the Stock Input and Output accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 +msgid "Inventory valuation reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." " At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " @@ -20527,7 +21181,11 @@ msgstr "" "filtrage sur :guilabel:`Tout déplier` afin de voir toutes les données les " "plus récentes affichées en une seule fois." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 msgid "" "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " @@ -20537,7 +21195,7 @@ msgstr "" "imbriqué :guilabel:`Compte de valorisation des stocks`, où est affichée la " "valorisation totale de tout le stock disponible." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 msgid "" "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " "Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " @@ -20608,12 +21266,8 @@ msgstr "" "sur l'une des trois options." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 -msgid "" -":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " -"`" +msgid ":doc:`Set up inventory valuation `" msgstr "" -":ref:`Configurer la valorisation des stocks " -"`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -21166,10 +21820,6 @@ msgid "" "& Serial Numbers` to enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:115 msgid "" "Next, ensure the intended product is tracked by lots or serial numbers by " @@ -21184,7 +21834,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "After enabling the features, assign lot or serial numbers to products using " "an :doc:`inventory adjustment ` or " -"during :ref:`product reception `." +"during :ref:`product reception `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:126 @@ -22034,6 +22684,956 @@ msgid "" "The detailed operations shows which lots are being selected for the picking." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory aging report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The inventory aging report evaluates all items in stock, providing insights " +"into potentially sunken purchase costs and delays in profitability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Create customized pivot tables to analyze product, operation types, month, " +"or company breakdowns. This helps identify products in stock that are at " +"risk of passing their expiration or viability dates, or instances of " +"rot/decay for fast-expiring items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The *Reporting* menu in *Inventory* is only accessible to users with " +":doc:`admin access <../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To access the inventory aging report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Reporting --> Inventory Aging`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:24 +msgid "Navigate the inventory aging report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report displays a pivot table, " +"with the month in columns, and product category in rows. The default " +"filters, :guilabel:`Incoming` and :guilabel:`Has Remaining Qty`, show only " +"products from receipts, and are currently in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining Qty` displays the number of on-hand items, and " +":guilabel:`Remaining Value` displays the total cost of purchasing these " +"items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in each column " +"or row reveals options to expand the pivot table and show a detailed " +"breakdown of the :guilabel:`Remaining Qty` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` " +"by :guilabel:`Product`, :guilabel:`Product Category`, :guilabel:`Date`, or " +":guilabel:`Company`. Clicking the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` " +":guilabel:`(minus)` icon collapses it back to its previous state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:43 +msgid "Inventory aging report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Inventory aging report, showing each **Product** in rows and each reception " +"**Date** in columns, to better monitor products with fast expiration dates. " +"Each row shows the the total on-hand quantity and inventory valuation of " +"items purchased on each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Records in the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report are *stock valuation " +"layers* (SVLs), representing product moves that impact stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Inventory adjustments do **not** create |SVLs|; only items purchased from " +"vendors do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:71 +msgid "Generate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After learning how to :ref:`navigate the inventory aging report " +"`, it can be used to create and " +"share different reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Aging` report are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:63 +msgid "Rotating stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To create a report to identify items that have been in stock for a while, " +"follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Aging`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` " +":guilabel:`(caret down)` icon in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to see a " +"drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and " +":guilabel:`Favorite` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Product` under the :guilabel:`Group By` section. Doing so " +"expands the pivot table to show a product in each row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to the left of the " +"date column. Hover over :guilabel:`Date` from the drop-down menu and choose " +":guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, :guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +"or :guilabel:`Day`. Doing so expands the columns to show the " +":guilabel:`Remaining Qty` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` by the selected " +"time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For products that have a longer shelf life, choose longer time periods such " +"as :guilabel:`Month` or :guilabel:`Quarter` when expanding columns by " +":guilabel:`Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 +msgid "Pivot table, highlighting the plus icon to expand columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The report now displays the on-hand stock of items, and their total " +"purchasing cost, for each time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Inventory aging report, with the :guilabel:`Group By`: :guilabel:`Product` " +"option selected, and with the :guilabel:`Date` column set to " +":guilabel:`Day`. It gives insight into how much raw fish sashimi products " +"were purchased on each day, and how much it cost. This informs the business " +"owners how much stock is at risk of rotting in stock, per day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 +msgid "Inventory aging report, showing product row items and day columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:3 +msgid "Locations dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The *Locations* dashboard in the *Inventory* application provides an " +"overview of on-hand storage locations for company products. Use this report " +"to see where stock is stored, identify :ref:`misplaced items " +"`, or view past inventory to see " +"product locations on specific dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To access the locations report, the *Storage Locations* feature must be " +"enabled. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and click :guilabel:`Save`. Then, access the " +"locations dashboard by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:24 +msgid "Navigate the locations dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard lists all on-hand products " +"in stock (in the :guilabel:`Product` column), along with the following " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: current storage location. If a product is stored at " +"`Shelf 1` and `Shelf 2`, the product is listed twice, showing quantities at " +"each location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Package`: the package that the product is stored in, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: if the product has a lot or serial number, it" +" is specified here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: current quantity of products. Click the " +":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand " +"quantity <../inventory_management/count_products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reserved Quantity`: on-hand quantity reserved for operations, " +"such as pickings, delivery orders, or manufacturings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: the unit of measure of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Click the buttons to the right of each row item to access additional " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:42 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the" +" product, displaying information about the quantity and description of why " +"the product was moved from one location to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:47 +msgid "" +"View what the product is reserved for, by clicking the :icon:`fa-history` " +":guilabel:`History` button on the far-right of the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Moves History` page, remove the :icon:`fa-filter` " +":guilabel:`Done` filter. Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar to reveal filter options, and select the " +":guilabel:`To Do` filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Display *Moves History* page of to-do deliveries that reserved the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:58 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering " +"rules <../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>` " +"page to replenish products at the specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In the upper-left corner of the page, click the the :guilabel:`New` button " +"to make an :doc:`inventory adjustment " +"<../inventory_management/count_products>` to record quantities of a certain " +"product at a specific :guilabel:`Location`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To view products, quantities, and their locations for a specified date, " +"click the :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button (also located in the upper-" +"left corner of the page). Select a date and time in the :guilabel:`Inventory" +" at Date` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After learning how to :ref:`navigate the locations dashboard " +"`, it can be used to create " +"and share different reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Locations` " +"dashboard are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:81 +msgid "Dead stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To get list of expired items, also referred to as *dead stock*, follow these" +" steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:143 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to" +" reveal a drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and " +":guilabel:`Favorite` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts` " +"option under the :guilabel:`Filters` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:91 +msgid "The report now displays a list of expired products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:94 +msgid "" +"This report can also be generated from the :ref:`Lot and Serials Numbers " +"` page, accessed by going to" +" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst-1 +msgid "Show a list of products whose expiration dates have exceeded today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:105 +msgid "Stranded inventory report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Businesses using multi-step flows in the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* " +"apps, may have *stranded* items, which are products not in their proper " +"storage locations, due to human error. Use this report to periodically check" +" transfer locations (e.g. *WH/Input*, *WH/Pre-Processing*) to ensure items " +"are moved to their intended storage locations, and accurately recorded in " +"the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To get a list of items that might be sitting idly in storage, follow these " +"steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, begin typing the name of the location " +"where products are intended to be moved to, such as `WH/Input`, or " +"`WH/Packing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Search Location for:` [location name] option from the " +"resulting drop-down menu that appears beneath the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show search result for the location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:124 +msgid "The report now displays a list of products at the transit location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Searching `Input` in :guilabel:`Location` shows a list of products at a " +"*WH/Input* location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The list shows `500` quantities of `Chicken`, which is alarming if not " +"refrigerated soon after reception. The stranded inventory report helps " +"identify items that have been idling in non-storage locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show items stored at a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:138 +msgid "Inventory discrepancy report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:140 +msgid "" +"To generate a report of items that have been moved since the last " +":doc:`inventory audit <../inventory_management/cycle_counts>`, follow these " +"steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Conflicts` option " +"from the :guilabel:`Filters` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The report now displays items whose quantities have changed since the last " +"cycle count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show items from the *Conflicts* filter in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` button to view inventory " +"transfers, including receipts and deliveries, that have occurred since the " +"inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show *Moves History*, showing a delivery that occurred after an inventory " +"adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:3 +msgid "Moves history dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Moves History* report in Odoo *Inventory* provides a detailed record of" +" product movements (containing past and current locations), lot numbers, and" +" reasons for movement. Reports can be generated for any time frame, making " +"this report essential for analyzing stock levels, monitoring inventory " +"turnover, and identifying any discrepancies in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The reporting feature is only accessible to users with :doc:`admin access " +"<../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Moves History`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst-1 +msgid "Display Moves History report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:23 +msgid "Navigate the moves history report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:25 +msgid "In the report, the columns represent:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: calendar date and time of the stock move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: description of the reason for the stock move or " +"quantity change, such as a receipt number (e.g. `WH/IN/00012`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product involved in the move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: specifies the lot or serial number of the " +"tracked product being moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:33 +msgid ":guilabel:`From`: source location of the moved product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`To`: destination location of the moved product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity`: number of products moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: unit of measure of the products moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: indicates the move status, which can be " +":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available` (ready for action), or " +":guilabel:`Partially Available` (insufficient quantities to complete the " +"operation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:66 +msgid "Search options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Use the following search options to customize the :guilabel:`Moves History` " +"report to display relevant information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:70 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Filters` section allows users to search among pre-made and " +"custom filters to find specific stock records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Do`: show stock move records that are in progress. This " +"includes lines with a :guilabel:`Status` column value of " +":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Partially Available`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done`: completed stock moves, with a :guilabel:`Status` of " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Incoming`: displays move records from vendor locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:58 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Outgoing`: displays move records to customer locations, including" +" customer returns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internal`: displays move records from one internal location to " +"another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturing`: shows records where products were produced from " +"the virtual, production :doc:`location " +"<../inventory_management/use_locations>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: select this drop-down menu to access various date filter " +"options and view stock moves from a specific month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last 30 Days`: show records that occurred in the last thirty " +"days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Last 3 Months`: show records from the last three months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:113 +msgid "Group By" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " +"groupings to the search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: group records by product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: group records by the three status types: " +":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available`, and :guilabel:`Partially " +"Available`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: group records by :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, or :guilabel:`Day`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transfers`: group records by operation number, e.g. " +"`WH/OUT/00012`, `WH/MO/00211`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: group records by source location (the :guilabel:`From`" +" column in this report)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: group records by product category. To configure these," +" go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: Product" +" Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Batch Transfer`: group records by :doc:`batch " +"<../advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:125 +msgid "Favorites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To save the current applied filters and groups, so the same information can " +"be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save current " +"search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " +"current view the default filter when opening the :guilabel:`Moves History` " +"report. Or tick the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option " +"available to other users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:134 +msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:137 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../essentials/search`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:3 +msgid "Stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the stock report in Odoo *Inventory* for a detailed list of all stored " +"products, including those reserved, purchased and in transit, as well as " +"those delivered to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Stock`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Show the stock report, accessible by going to Inventory > Reporting > Stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:19 +msgid "Navigate the stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:21 +msgid "" +"On the stock report, the left sidebar includes several groupings to narrow " +"down what is being shown. The default groupings are :guilabel:`Warehouses`," +" which filters products by specific warehouses, and :guilabel:`Category`, " +"which shows products within a selected product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Warehouse` grouping is only available when there are multiple" +" warehouses in the database. Refer to the " +":doc:`../inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse` documentation for " +"more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:30 +msgid "In the report itself, the columns represent:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:32 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unit Cost`: average inventory valuation per unit, adjusted based " +"on the cost to purchase and/or manufacture the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Value`: Total inventory valuation of the product, " +"calculated by multiplying unit cost by on-hand quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:39 +msgid "" +":ref:`Compute average cost inventory valuation per unit " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:40 +msgid "" +":doc:`Inventory valuation methods " +"<../inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand`: current quantity of products. Click the :icon:`fa-" +"pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand quantity " +"<../inventory_management/count_products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Free to Use`: on-hand quantity that are **not** reserved for " +"delivery or manufacturing orders, and are available to sell or use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Incoming`: items expected to arrive at the warehouse. Number of " +"products is based on quantities in confirmed purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Outgoing`: items expected to leave the warehouse or be consumed " +"in manufacturing orders. Number of products is based on quantities in " +"confirmed sales or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the product, " +"displaying information about the quantity and description of why the product" +" was moved from one location to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering rules " +"<../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>` page for " +"the product to create or manage methods of procuring the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Locations`: break down of on-hand quantity at multiple storage " +"locations. Only available when the product is stored in multiple locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forecast`: access the forecasted report to view on-hand, " +"incoming, and outgoing quantities. Report also contains links to confirmed " +"purchase, sales, or manufacturing orders. Only available when there are " +"confirmed sales, purchase, or manufacturing orders for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Published`: display products published on the website. Only " +"available with the *Website* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available in POS`: display products available through the *Point " +"of Sale* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available in Self`: display products available in self order " +"through the *Point of Sale* app. Appears in the search because the " +":guilabel:`Available in Self Order` checkbox was ticked in the " +":guilabel:`Point of Sale` section of a product form's :guilabel:`Sales` tab." +" The option is only available when the :guilabel:`Available in POS` checkbox" +" is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In the Sales tab of a product form, showing *Available in Self Order* " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not available in Self`: display products available in *PoS*, but " +"not available in self order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:91 +msgid "`Configure PoS products `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Sold`: display products that can be sold to customers. " +"Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Sold` checkbox is ticked" +" on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Purchased`: display products that can be bought from " +"vendors. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` " +"checkbox is ticked on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Recurring`: show subscription products, indicated by " +"ticking the :guilabel:`Recurring` checkbox on the product form. Only " +"available with the *Subscription* app activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Rented`: show products that can be loaned to customers for" +" a certain time. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Rented`" +" checkbox was ticked on the product form. Only available with the *Rental* " +"app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Subcontracted`: display products that can be produced by a" +" :doc:`third-party manufacturer " +"<../../../manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic>`. Available " +"only with the *Manufacturing* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Expensed`: show items that can be expensed. Only available" +" with the *Expenses* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`../../product_management/product_tracking/type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " +"groupings to the search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Type`: group items by :doc:`product type " +"<../../product_management/product_tracking/type>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Category`: group items by product category. To configure " +"these, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: " +"Product Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`POS Product Category`: group items by :doc:`point of sale product" +" categories <../../../../sales/point_of_sale/configuration>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To save the current applied filters and groupbys, so the same information " +"can be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save " +"current search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " +"current view the default filter when opening the stock report. Or tick the " +":guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option available to other " +"users." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "Maintenance" @@ -24890,11 +26490,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:94 +msgid "Learn more" +msgstr "En savoir plus" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:32 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to properly configure a new |BOM|, see the " -"documentation on :ref:`creating a bill of materials " -"`." +"documentation on :doc:`creating a bill of materials " +"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:35 @@ -25043,226 +26648,435 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bill of materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:9 msgid "" -"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " -"quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " -"It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines " -"needed to complete a production process." +"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) documents specific components, " +"along with their respective quantities, that are needed to produce or repair" +" a product. In Odoo, |BoMs| as blueprints for manufactured goods and kits, " +"and often include production operations and step-by-step guidelines, as " +"well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " -"linked to each product, so even product variants can have their own tailored" -" :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:15 +msgid "BoM setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:17 msgid "" -"Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " -"manufacturing process and save time." +"To create a |BOM|, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> " +"Bills of Materials` and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -"La configuration correcte d'une nomenclature permet d'optimiser le processus" -" de fabrication et de gagner du temps." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:18 -msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" -msgstr "Configurer une nomenclature" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" -"The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" -" or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " -"managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." +"Next, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type` to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`." msgstr "" -"La configuration de nomenclature la plus simple est celle où il n'y a pas " -"d'opérations ou d'instructions, mais uniquement des composants. Dans ce cas," -" la production est uniquement gérée à l'aide d'*ordres de fabrication*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " -":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " -"of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the " -":guilabel:`Product`." +"Then, specify :ref:`required components ` and, if necessary, define any :ref:`manufacturing operations " +"`." msgstr "" -"Pour créer une nomenclature à partir du module :guilabel:`Fabrication`, " -"allez à :menuselection:`Produits --> Nomenclatures`. Cliquez ensuite sur " -":guilabel:`Créer`. Précisez alors le :guilabel:`Produit`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:26 msgid "" -"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " -"product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." +"Individual |BOMs| can also be quickly accessed or created by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on any product form, as " +"accessible through the *Sales*, *Inventory*, and *Manufacturing* apps, as " +"well as through any internal links where a product is referenced (such as in" +" a field or a line item)." msgstr "" -"Une nomenclature peut également être créée directement à partir de la fiche " -"produit, auquel cas le champ :guilabel:`Produit` est prérempli." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:31 -msgid "" -"For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" -" to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" -" to specify the various components that make up the production of the final " -"product and their respective quantities. New components can be created " -"quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created " -"beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> " -"Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "Show BoM for a product, with components listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "BoM for `Drawer`, displaying the **Components** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:38 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/kit_shipping`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`../subcontracting/subcontracting_basic`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:44 +msgid "Components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Components` tab of a |BOM|, specify components used to " +"manufacture the product by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the " +":guilabel:`Components` drop-down menu, select from existing products or " +"create a new product by typing the name and selecting either the " +":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option to quickly add the line item, or the " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` option to add the component and continue to " +"its configuration form." msgstr "" -"Pour une nomenclature standard, définissez le :guilabel:`Type de " -"nomenclature` sur :guilabel:`Fabriquer ce produit`. Cliquez ensuite sur " -":guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne` pour préciser les différents composants qui " -"entrent dans la fabrication du produit fini et leurs quantités respectives. " -"De nouveaux composants peuvent être créés rapidement par le biais de la " -"nomenclature ou peuvent être créés au préalable dans " -":menuselection:`Fabrication --> Produits --> Produits --> Créer`. " -"Finalement, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour finaliser la création " -"de la nomenclature." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." -msgstr "La configuration d'une nomenclature." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:43 -msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" -msgstr "Préciser une nomenclature pour une variante de produit" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:45 -msgid "" -":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " -"Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." +msgid "Add a component by selecting it from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -"Les nomenclatures peuvent également être assignées à des *variantes de " -"produits* spécifiques, avec deux options de configuration possibles." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:56 msgid "" -"In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " -"the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " -"form." +"Optionally, access additional fields by clicking the :icon:`oi-settings-" +"adjust` :guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon to the far-right of the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab. Tick the checkboxes for the following features " +"to enable these columns:" msgstr "" -"Afin d'assigner des nomenclatures à des variantes de produits, les attributs" -" de la variante de produit doivent déjà être configurés dans la fiche " -"produit." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:60 msgid "" -"The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " -"variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" -" :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master " -":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and " -"specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply " -"on Variants` column." +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify which :doc:`product variant " +"<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>` each component is used in. " +"When the field is left blank, the component is used in all product variants." msgstr "" -"La première méthode consiste à créer une nomenclature par variante en créant" -" une nouvelle nomenclature et en précisant la :guilabel:`variante de " -"produit` La seconde méthode consiste à créer une nomenclature principale qui" -" contient tous les composants et préciser la variante à laquelle chaque " -"composant s'applique à l'aide de la colonne :guilabel:`Appliquer aux " -"variantes`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." -msgstr "Variantes de produit dans la nomenclature." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:62 -msgid "Set up operations" -msgstr "Configurer des opérations" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:66 msgid "" -"Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" -" instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" -" this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Operations`." +":guilabel:`Consumed in Operation`: specify the operation using the " +"component. Useful for determining :ref:`manufacturing readiness " +"`." msgstr "" -"Ajoutez une :guilabel:`opération` à une nomenclature pour préciser des " -"instructions de production et enregistrer le temps passé sur une opération. " -"Pour utiliser cette fonctionnalité, activez d'abord la fonctionnalité " -":guilabel:`Ordres de travail` dans :menuselection:`Fabrication --> " -"Configuration --> Paramètres --> Opérations`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:68 msgid "" -"Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " -":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " -"operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a " -"name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like " -"components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the " -":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that " -"variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +":guilabel:`Manual Consumption`: tick the checkbox to force operators to " +"check the :guilabel:`Consumed` checkbox on a manufacturing order (MO)." msgstr "" -"Ensuite, lors de la création d'une nouvelle nomenclature, cliquez sur " -"l'onglet :guilabel:`Opérations` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne`" -" pour ajouter une nouvelle opération. Sur la fenêtre :guilabel:`Créer " -"Opérations`, nommez l'opération, précisez le :guilabel:`Poste de travail` et" -" les paramètres de durée. À l'instar des composants, Odoo offre la " -"possibilité de préciser une variante de produit dans le champ " -":guilabel:`Appliquer aux variantes` pour que l'opération s'applique " -"uniquement à cette variante. Finalement, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer " -"& Fermer`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show a manufacturing order, highlighting the *Consumed* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:75 msgid "" -"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " -":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" -" new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing " -"Operations` feature." +"Not doing so triggers the :guilabel:`Consumption Warning` error message, " +"where the consumed component quantity must be manually inputted. Otherwise, " +"the operation cannot be completed." msgstr "" -"Chaque opération est unique, car elle est toujours exclusivement liée à une " -"nomenclature. Les opérations peuvent être réutilisées lors de la " -"configuration d'une nouvelle nomenclature, grâce à la fonctionnalité " -":guilabel:`Copier les opérations existantes`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." -msgstr "La fonctionnalité Copier les opérations existantes." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show the consumption warning error message." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:85 -msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" -msgstr "Ajouter des sous-produits à une nomenclature" +msgid "Operations" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" -"A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " -"addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " -"the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)`." +"Add an *operation* to a |BOM| to specify instructions for production and " +"register time spent on an operation. To use this feature, first enable the " +"*Work Orders* feature by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the" +" :guilabel:`Work Orders` checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" -"Un *sous-produit* est un produit résiduel créé au cours de la production en " -"plus du produit principal d'une nomenclature. Contrairement au produit " -"principal, il peut y avoir plus d'un sous-produit sur une nomenclature." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " -":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies`" msgstr "" -"Pour ajouter des sous-produits à une nomenclature, activez d'abord la " -"fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Sous-produits` dans :menuselection:`Fabrication " -"--> Configuration --> Paramètres --> Opérations`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " -"of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " -":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which " -"operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in " -"Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "\"Work Orders\" feature in the Settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the |BOM| by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app " +"--> Products --> Bill of Materials` and selecting the desired |BOM|. To add " +"a new operation, go to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, and click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window, where the " +"various fields of the operation are configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: name of the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: select existing locations to perform the operation," +" or create a new work center by typing the name and selecting the " +":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify if this operation is only available " +"for certain product variants. If the operation applies to all product " +"variants, leave this field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Configuring BoMs for product variants " +"<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration Computation`: choose how time spent on the operation is " +"tracked. Opt for :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` to use the " +"operation's time tracker or :guilabel:`Set duration manually` if operators " +"can record and modify time themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Choosing the :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` option enables the " +":guilabel:`Based on last __ work orders` option, which automatically " +"estimates the time to complete this operation based on the last few " +"operations. Choosing :guilabel:`Set duration manually` enables the " +":guilabel:`Default Duration` field instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Duration`: estimated amount of time to complete the " +"operation; used for `planning manufacturing orders " +"`_ and determining `work center" +" availability `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company the |BOM| is available in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Include operation details in the :guilabel:`Work Sheet` tab. Choose " +":guilabel:`PDF` to attach a file or :guilabel:`Google Slide` with *public* " +"access to share a link. Select :guilabel:`Text` to type instructions in the " +":guilabel:`Description` text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Type `/` for a list of formatting options and features, including ChatGPT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show ChatGPT feature to generate instructions for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Fill out the Create Operations pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save \\& Close` to close the pop-up window. To add" +" more operations, click :guilabel:`Save & New` and repeat the same steps " +"above to configure another operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +"After creating an operation, click the :guilabel:`Copy Existing Operations` " +"button to choose an operation to duplicate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show Operation tab, highlighting the \"Copy Existing Operations\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:158 +msgid "Instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To add detailed instructions to operations, the *Quality* app must be " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add specific instructions to an existing operation by clicking the " +"operation's :icon:`fa-list-ul` :guilabel:`(list)` icon in the " +":guilabel:`Instructions` column. The number in the :guilabel:`Instructions` " +"column shows the number of existing detailed instructions there are for the " +"operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the Instructions column, and list icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:172 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Steps` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank " +"quality control point form where the new manufacturing step can be created. " +"Here, give the specific instruction a :guilabel:`Title` and set the " +":guilabel:`Type` to :guilabel:`Instructions`. In the " +":guilabel:`Instructions` tab of the form, write out the directions for the " +"step in the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Further customizations can be made here on this form, beyond ordinary " +"instructions, to also include specific types of quality control points that " +"carry specific (or complex) conditions. For more details about quality " +"control points refer the :doc:`Instruction check " +"<../../quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the page to add a quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:188 +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab contains more |BoM| configurations to " +"customize procurement, calculate costs, and define how components are " +"consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturing Readiness`: choosing :guilabel:`When components for" +" the 1st operation are available` shows the :guilabel:`Component Status` as " +"a **green** :guilabel:`Not Available`, when only the components that are " +"consumed in the first operation are in stock. This indicates that although " +"not all components are available, operators can at least begin with the " +"first operation. Choosing :guilabel:`When all components are available` " +"displays a **red** :guilabel:`Not Available` component status unless all " +"components are in available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Specify which operation consumes each component on the |BoM| in the " +":ref:`Manual Consumption field `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show the *Component Status* field on the manufacturing order dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:210 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Version`: displays the current |BoM| version, visible with the " +"Odoo *PLM* app installed for managing |BoM| changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:212 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Flexible Consumption`: specifies if components used can deviate " +"from the quantity defined on the |BoM|. Choose :guilabel:`Blocked` if " +"operators **must** adhere strictly to the |BoM| quantity. Otherwise, choose " +":guilabel:`Allowed` or :guilabel:`Allowed with Warning`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:215 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Routing`: select the preferred warehouse's manufacturing " +"operation type for products produced in multiple warehouses. If left blank, " +"this warehouse's `Manufacturing` operation type is used by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:218 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: select pre-created :doc:`analytic " +"distribution models " +"<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>` from the list " +"to automatically record the cost of manufacturing products in the chosen " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:221 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manuf Lead Time`: define the number of days needed to complete a " +"|MO| from the date of confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to prepare Manufacturing Order`: number of days needed to " +"replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +":doc:`Analytic distribution " +"<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:228 +msgid "" +":doc:`Lead times " +"<../../inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Miscellaneous* tab of the BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:236 +msgid "Add by-products to BoMs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:238 +msgid "" +"A *by-product* is a residual product that is created during production in " +"addition to the main product of a |BOM|. Unlike the primary product, there " +"can be more than one by-product on a |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To add by-products to a |BOM|, first enable the *By-Products* feature in " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`By-" +"Products` to enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "\"By Products\" feature in the settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, add by-products to a |BOM| by clicking the " +":guilabel:`By-products` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and fill in the " +":guilabel:`By-product`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Unit of " +"Measure`. Optionally, specify a :guilabel:`Produced in Operation` for the " +"by-product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The by-product, `Mush`, is created in the `Grind grapes` operation when " +"producing `Red Wine`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show sample by-product in the BoM." msgstr "" -"Une fois la fonctionnalité activée, vous pouvez ajouter des sous-produits à " -"une nomenclature en cliquant sur l'onglet :guilabel:`Opérations` et en " -"cliquant sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne`. Ensuite, nommez le sous-produit " -"et indiquez la :guilabel:`Quantité` et l':guilabel:`Unité de mesure`. Si la " -"nomenclature comporte des opérations configurées, précisez exactement " -"l'opération à partir de laquelle le sous-produit est produit dans le champ " -":guilabel:`Produit dans l'opération`. Finalement, cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Enregistrer`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" @@ -25312,11 +27126,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." msgstr "La route Fabriquer sur l'onglet Inventaire d'une page produit." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 +msgid "Lot/serial number tracking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The assignment of lots or serial numbers to newly manufactured products is " +"optional. To optionally :doc:`assign lots or serial numbers " +"<../../inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn>` to newly " +"manufactured products, go to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section in the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the :guilabel:`Tracking` field, select " +":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Doing so enables the *Lot/Serial Number* field on a manufacturing order, or " +"the *Register Production* instruction on a work order card in the *Shop " +"Floor* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 +msgid "\"Lot/Serial Number\" field on the MO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 +msgid "**Lot/Serial Number** field on the MO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Register Production** option to generate lot/serial number on a work order" +" card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:54 msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "Configurer une nomenclature" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:56 msgid "" "Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " "manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" @@ -25326,7 +27176,7 @@ msgstr "" " produit est fabriqué. Une nomenclature est une liste des composants et des " "opérations nécessaires à la fabrication d'un produit." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " @@ -25344,7 +27194,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." msgstr "Le bouton intelligent Nomenclatures sur une page produit." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 msgid "" "On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." " In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" @@ -25354,7 +27204,7 @@ msgstr "" " avec le produit. Dans le champ :guilabel:`Quantité`, précisez le nombre " "d'unités produites par la nomenclature." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 msgid "" "Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" " clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " @@ -25373,7 +27223,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "L'onglet Composants d'une nomenclature." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:79 msgid "" "Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " "and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " @@ -25392,7 +27242,7 @@ msgstr "" "Fermer` pour terminer l'ajout d'opérations ou sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer & " "Nouveau` pour en ajouter d'autres." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:86 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " "setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " @@ -25408,21 +27258,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "L'onglet Opérations d'une nomenclature." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:96 msgid "" "The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " "allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " "exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " "For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " -"to :ref:`create a bill of materials `." +"to :doc:`create a bill of materials `." msgstr "" -"Cette documentation vous montre comment créer une nomenclature de base qui " -"permet de fabriquer un produit dans Odoo. Toutefois, il ne s'agit aucunement" -" d'un résumé exhaustif de toutes les options disponibles lors de la " -"configuration d'une nomenclature. Pour plus d'informations sur les " -"nomenclatures, consultez la documentation sur la façon de :ref:`créer une " -"nomenclature `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "One-step manufacturing" @@ -26489,6 +28332,2033 @@ msgid "" "of the |MO| itself." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "Subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a " +"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" +" then sold by the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting " +"company and the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide " +"variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in" +" and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the " +"manufacturing themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:19 +msgid "" +"This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, " +"as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with " +"subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they " +"are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized " +"work to subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors " +"to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as " +"profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain " +"arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which " +"projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a " +"variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what" +" happens to finished products once they are manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " +":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst-1 +msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:62 +msgid "" +"With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in " +"Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:64 +msgid "" +"On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a " +"*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates" +" the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that" +" it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the " +"Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can " +"be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product " +"pages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:72 +msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:75 +msgid "Subcontracting workflows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference " +"between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully " +"responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the " +":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_basic` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " +"sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This " +"workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " +"purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to " +"the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the " +":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary " +"to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to" +" products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:94 +msgid "" +"In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are " +"to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:97 +msgid "" +"In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can " +"either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an " +"end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured" +" to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are " +"outlined in their respective documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:104 +msgid "Subcontracted product valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different " +"variables:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;" +" from here on referred to as `C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them " +"shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor" +" to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred " +"to as `x`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be " +"represented by the following equation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"P = C + M + S + D + x\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:124 +msgid "" +"It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will " +"include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not " +"dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost" +" of dropshipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Basic subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " +"certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " +"purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " +"the product's vendor to delivery the product to the purchasing company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For subcontracted products specifically, delivery lead times can be " +"configured to take into account the amount of time required for the " +"subcontractor to manufacture a product. Doing so allows the contracting " +"company to better predict the delivery dates of subcontracted products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Like all lead times in Odoo, lead times for subcontracted products are only " +"an estimate, and are based on how long actions are *expected* to take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " +"means that lead times should not be viewed as guarantees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`basic subcontracting ` workflow " +"to manufacture a product, a company is not responsible for supplying the " +"subcontractor with the necessary components. This means that the only " +"factors affecting the delivery date of a product are the amount of time it " +"takes the subcontractor to manufacture and deliver it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time that considers " +"both of these factors, the *Expected Arrival* date displayed on purchase " +"orders (POs) for the product more accurately reflects the amount of time " +"required for both manufacturing and delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 +msgid "Product delivery lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " +"subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has been added, enter the number of days it takes " +"them to manufacture and deliver the product, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead" +" Time` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Delivery Lead Time field for a subcontractor, on the Purchase tab of a " +"product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Multiple subcontractors can be added to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a " +"product's page, and a different :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` can be set " +"for each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:57 +msgid "Lead time workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 +msgid "" +"After setting a delivery lead time for a product's vendor, create an |RfQ| " +"by navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase " +"Orders`, and clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Specify the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the " +"product in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and " +"adding a quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once a product has been added, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field on the" +" |RfQ| auto-populates with a date that reflects the vendor's delivery lead " +"time, as specified on the product's page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If the date needs to be adjusted, click on the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` " +"field to open a calendar popover, and select the desired date. Make sure not" +" to choose a date sooner than the one that was auto-populated, unless the " +"subcontractor has confirmed that they are able to deliver the product by " +"that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` on the |RfQ| to turn it into a " +"|PO|. At this point, the subcontractor should begin manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, before delivering it to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Tricycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends requires three days to manufacture a tricycle, plus" +" an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " +"tricycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " +"two days for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:88 +msgid "" +"On May 3rd, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| to purchase one tricycle from Bike " +"Friends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date listed on the |PO| is May 8th, five " +"days after the :guilabel:`Confirmation Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Expected Arrival date on a PO for a subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Bike Friends begins manufacturing the tricycle on May 3rd — the day that the" +" |PO| is confirmed — and finishes on May 6th, three days later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The tricycle is then shipped to Mike's Bikes the same day, and they receive " +"it on May 8th, two days later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " +"certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " +"purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " +"the product's vendor to deliver the product to the purchasing company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Certain subcontracted products require the contracting company to supply the" +" subcontractor with manufacturing components. In this case, a *manufacturing" +" lead time* can be used, in addition to the delivery lead time, to generate " +"the date on which the subcontractor must receive the required components, in" +" order to manufacture the product and deliver it on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In cases where components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, an " +"additional delivery lead time can be set for each component. This should be " +"set to the amount of time it takes the vendor to deliver components to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once a delivery lead time has been set on a component, dropship orders for " +"the component display the date by which the order must be confirmed, so that" +" it can be dropshipped to the subcontractor by the date on which " +"manufacturing must begin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order " +"` route, a company is responsible for purchasing " +"the necessary components from a vendor, and having them dropshipped directly" +" to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 +msgid "" +"This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, it is also necessary " +"to consider how long it takes the component vendor to dropship the " +"components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:48 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a *delivery lead time*, specifying a " +"*manufacturing lead time* on the product's BoM, and assigning the vendor of " +"the components an additional *delivery lead time*, *Dropship Subcontractor* " +"orders for the product's components display the deadline for confirming a " +"dropship order to send the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " +":guilabel:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:61 +msgid "Product manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a BoM" +" from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 +msgid "" +"On the |BoM|, select the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the same number of days that was " +"entered in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` field of the |BoM|'s product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Manuf. Lead Time field on a product's BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 +msgid "" +"While not all of these days are actually used for manufacturing by the " +"subcontractor, setting the same number of days in each field tells Odoo that" +" the subcontractor must receive the components and begin production by the " +"start of the product's delivery lead time. This gives the subcontractor " +"enough time to both manufacture and deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 +msgid "Component delivery lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:92 +msgid "" +"From the product's BoM, navigate to each component by clicking on the " +"component in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and then clicking the " +":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` button to the right of the " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:96 +msgid "" +"On the product page for each component, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab." +" If the vendor has not already been added, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor has been added, enter the number of days it takes them to " +"dropship the product to the subcontractor, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " +"Time` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:104 +msgid "Dropship subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Create a request for quotation (RfQ) for the product by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`, and " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Specify the subcontractor in :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the product" +" in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, " +"selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and specifying a " +"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:113 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" +" time for the component vendor to dropship the components, and the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " +"auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " +"of the product. However, this does not consider the time it takes to " +"dropship the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:121 +msgid "" +"When purchasing a product subcontracted using the *Dropship Subcontractor on" +" Order* route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " +"extra time needed for the components to be delivered to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Since production does not begin until they receive the components, leaving " +"the date as is results in the finished product arriving *after* the date " +"listed on the |RfQ|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " +"so creates a second |RfQ| to purchase the components from the dropshipper, " +"and have them sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for " +"Quotation`, and select the |RfQ| that lists the dropshipper in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 +msgid "" +"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field lists the date on which" +" the subcontractor must receive the components, in order to deliver the " +"finished product by the *Expected Arrival* date listed on the subcontractor " +"|PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Order Deadline` field lists the latest date on which the " +"|RfQ| can be confirmed, in order for the dropshipper to deliver the " +"components to the subcontractor by the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|, and confirm " +"the purchase of the components from the dropshipper. Doing so causes a " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to appear at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to open the dropship order. This" +" order can also be accessed from the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button that " +"now appears on the subcontractor |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:149 +msgid "" +"After the dropshipper has delivered the components to the subcontractor, " +"click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the dropship order to " +"confirm that the subcontractor has received the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor receives the components, they begin manufacturing the" +" component, before delivering it to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Bicycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes must purchase the required components from vendor Bike World, " +"and have them dropshipped to Bike Friends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:164 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each bicycle, plus " +"an addition two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:167 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for bicycle" +" manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus two days " +"for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:170 +msgid "" +"On the bicycle's BoM, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days as " +"well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered to " +"the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:173 +msgid "" +"On the product pages for each of the bicycle's components, they assign Bike " +"World a delivery lead time of two days. This is the amount of time it takes " +"Bike World to dropship each component directly to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:177 +msgid "" +"On May 10th, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| for one bicycle, with an expected " +"delivery date of May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:180 +msgid "" +"The |RfQ| for purchasing the components from Bike World and having them " +"dropshipped to Bike Friends has an Expected Arrival date of May 12th, and a " +"Deadline of May 10th. The |RfQ| must be confirmed by the deadline in order " +"for Bike Friends to receive the components by the Expected Arrival date, " +"giving them enough time to deliver the finished bicycle to Mike's Bikes by " +"May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Order Deadline and Expected Arrival dates on a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes confirms the |RfQ| on May 10th, and Bike World delivers the " +"components to Bike Friends on May 12th. Bike Friends manufactures the " +"bicycle, and delivers it to Mike's Bikes on May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " +"means that lead times should **not** be viewed as guarantees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order " +"` route, a company is responsible for supplying the" +" subcontractor with the necessary components. As a result, the subcontractor" +" cannot begin manufacturing until the components have been received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, the date they receive " +"the components must also be considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:39 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time, and specifying " +"a manufacturing lead time on the product's bill of materials (BoM), " +"*Resupply Subcontractor* orders for the product's components display the " +"deadline by which the subcontractor must receive the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " +"subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a " +"|BoM| from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:80 +msgid "Resupply subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" +" time for the subcontractor to receive the components, manufacture the " +"product, and deliver it back to the subcontracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " +"auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " +"of the product. However, this does **not** consider the time it takes to " +"ship the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:98 +msgid "" +"When purchasing a product subcontracted using the Resupply Subcontractor on " +"Order route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " +"extra time needed for the components to be shipped to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " +"so causes a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to appear at the top of the " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to open the resupply " +"subcontractor order, which is the order created to send components to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Deadline` field on the resupply subcontractor order shows the" +" deadline for the subcontractor to receive the components, in order for them" +" to have enough time to manufacture and deliver the finished product by the " +"Expected Arrival date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field should display the latest date on which" +" components can be shipped, while still arriving to the subcontractor by the" +" :guilabel:`Deadline`. However, by default, the date displayed is the same " +"as the date in the :guilabel:`Deadline` field, and must be updated to take " +"into account the time required for shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field to open a calendar popover " +"from which a date can be selected. Select a date that allows for the " +"components to be delivered by the :guilabel:`Deadline` on the resupply " +"subcontractor order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:124 +msgid "" +"After the components are shipped, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at " +"the top of the order to confirm they have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Unicycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes must supply Bike Friends with the necessary components for " +"manufacturing the unicycles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:137 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each unicycle, plus" +" an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:140 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " +"unicycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " +"two days for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:143 +msgid "" +"On the unicycle's |BoM|, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days, " +"as well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered " +"to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 +msgid "" +"They confirm a |PO| for one unicycle, with an expected arrival date of May " +"30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The resupply subcontractor order for shipping the components to the " +"subcontractor shows a *Deadline* of May 25th. The subcontractor must receive" +" the components by this date, in order to have enough time to manufacture " +"the unicycle, and deliver it by May 30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:152 +msgid "" +"It takes Mike's Bikes two days to deliver the components, so they update the" +" *Scheduled Date* field on the resupply subcontractor order to May 23rd, two" +" days before the Deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Scheduled Date and Deadline fields on a resupply subcontractor order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes ships the components to Bike Friends on the scheduled date of " +"May 23rd, and they arrive on the deadline of May 25th. This gives Bike " +"Friends enough time to manufacture the unicycle, and ship it back to Mike's " +"Bikes by the expected arrival date of May 30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:3 +msgid "Basic subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a " +"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" +" then sold by the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the " +"necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to " +"worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic " +"subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-" +"subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that " +"subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted " +"products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be " +"manufactured by them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " +":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary" +" to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53 +msgid "Configure product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the " +"product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, " +"selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and " +"entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`" +" field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished " +"product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " +"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " +"subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83 +msgid "Configure BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " +"--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials " +"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` " +"option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the " +":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using" +" subcontracting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when " +"calculating the product's expected arrival date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:81 +msgid "" +"When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for " +"manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:86 +msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:88 +msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " +"|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a receipt order or a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, " +"**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" +" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " +"product is shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted " +"product is being purchased from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " +"with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer," +" or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process " +"starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169 +msgid "Create SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171 +msgid "" +"It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased" +" from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being " +"purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " +"Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a " +"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a" +" quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens" +" the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:128 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough " +"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates" +" a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193 +msgid "" +"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " +"end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is " +"enough stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197 +msgid "Process PO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:140 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to " +":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the " +"|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to " +"the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a " +"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the " +"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:153 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic " +"subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and " +"can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 +msgid "" +"A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " +"top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 +msgid "" +"PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " +"top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242 +msgid "Process receipt or dropship order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " +"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " +"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251 +msgid "" +"If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, " +"once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " +"Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the" +" :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the " +"receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter" +" the product into inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260 +msgid "Process dropship order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262 +msgid "" +"If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select" +" the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open " +"the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order " +"to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270 +msgid "Process delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " +"finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " +"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" +" the customer, and process the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " +"the product has been shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship to subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the" +" necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have " +"them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order " +"(PO) for that product is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " +"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and " +"*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve " +"dropshipping, they are used for different purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have " +"them shipped directly to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components " +"from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By " +"default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the " +"contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33 +msgid "" +"However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship " +"Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In " +"this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then " +"ships the finished product directly to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37 +msgid "" +"This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the " +":ref:`workflow section ` of" +" this doc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " +"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " +"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the " +"components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as " +"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in " +"the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the " +":guilabel:`Price` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that " +"determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been " +"manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock " +"on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " +"subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73 +msgid "Configure bill of materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click " +"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " +"select the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and" +" specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97 +msgid "Configure Components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " +"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " +"arrow)` button to the right of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106 +msgid "" +"On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add " +"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in " +"the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the" +" subcontractor, once they are purchased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the " +":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119 +msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " +"*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the" +" vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so " +"creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the " +"components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" +" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" +" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " +"product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " +"with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, " +"or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts " +"with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148 +msgid "Create an SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the " +"product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is " +"the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted " +"product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the " +"*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** " +"there is no stock of the product on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead " +"create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172 +msgid "" +"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " +"end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, " +"even if there is stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176 +msgid "Process subcontractor PO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178 +msgid "" +"If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`," +" and clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a" +" new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* " +"|PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components" +" to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, " +"and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" +"button at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from " +"the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** " +"automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship " +"Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* " +"|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205 +msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. " +"Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` " +"field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after " +"confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212 +msgid "" +"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship " +"Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of" +" the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and " +"confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, " +"and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the " +"*subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" +"Dropship smart button at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227 +msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" +" *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, " +"respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the " +":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the " +"subcontractor has received the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" +" *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the " +"product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of" +" the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the" +" *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the " +":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship " +"order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the " +"product to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product " +"has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the " +"necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each " +"time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " +"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping" +" it to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply " +"Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24 +msgid "" +"While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components " +"required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are " +"sourced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from " +"the warehouse of the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from " +"a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of " +"the subcontracting company and their subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36 +msgid "" +"See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of " +"the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " +"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " +"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of " +"materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`" +" tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the " +"subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68 +msgid "" +"This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other " +"elements, like the cost of the product's components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " +"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click " +"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " +"select the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107 +msgid "Configure components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " +"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " +"arrow)` button to the right of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116 +msgid "" +"On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and " +"select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the " +":guilabel:`Routes` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122 +msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to " +"purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a" +" dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the " +"subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" +" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149 +msgid "" +"While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to " +"automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is " +"also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful " +"when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply " +"Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking" +" :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom " +"the components should be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` " +"drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the " +"components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` " +"to confirm that the order has been sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough " +"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead" +" creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase " +"app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a " +"subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically " +"created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the " +"required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed " +"from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top " +"of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 +msgid "" +"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n" +"buttons at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 +msgid "" +"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and " +"Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227 +msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the " +"subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " +"Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open" +" the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` " +"card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " +"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " +"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " +"finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " +"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" +" the customer, and process the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " +"the product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows.rst:5 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "Flux de travail" @@ -26831,6 +30701,17 @@ msgid "" "only after closing the associated |MO|." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " +"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." +msgstr "" +"Les ordres de mise au rebut peuvent être consultés en allant à " +":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Opérations --> Rebut`. Chaque ordre de mise " +"au rebut indique la date et l'heure de création de l'ordre, ainsi que le " +"produit et la quantité mis au rebut." + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29 msgid "" "To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " @@ -27101,1355 +30982,6 @@ msgid "" "and *WH/MO/00010*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontracting overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:7 -msgid "" -"In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a " -"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" -" then sold by the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting " -"company and the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:13 -msgid "" -"For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide " -"variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in" -" and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the " -"manufacturing themselves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:17 -msgid "" -"This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, " -"as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with " -"subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they " -"are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized " -"work to subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:22 -msgid "" -"On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors " -"to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as " -"profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain " -"arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which " -"projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a " -"variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what" -" happens to finished products once they are manufactured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " -"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " -":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " -"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst-1 -msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:42 -msgid "" -"With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in " -"Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a " -"*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates" -" the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that" -" it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the " -"Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can " -"be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product " -"pages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:51 -msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:52 -msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:55 -msgid "Subcontracting workflows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:57 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference " -"between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully " -"responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the " -":doc:`subcontracting_basic` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " -"sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This " -"workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting_resupply` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " -"purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to " -"the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the " -":doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:69 -msgid "" -"In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary " -"to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to" -" products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are " -"to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can " -"either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an " -"end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured" -" to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are " -"outlined in their respective documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:83 -msgid "Subcontracted product valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different " -"variables:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;" -" from here on referred to as `C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "" -"The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them " -"shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:93 -msgid "" -"The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor" -" to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred " -"to as `x`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be " -"represented by the following equation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:100 -msgid "" -"P = C + M + S + D + x\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:103 -msgid "" -"It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will " -"include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not " -"dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost" -" of dropshipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:3 -msgid "Basic subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a " -"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" -" then sold by the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the " -"necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to " -"worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic " -"subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-" -"subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that " -"subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted " -"products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be " -"manufactured by them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" -" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " -":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " -"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary" -" to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53 -msgid "Configure product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " -"product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the " -"product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, " -"selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and " -"entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`" -" field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished " -"product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " -"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " -"subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83 -msgid "Configure BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " -"Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " -"--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92 -msgid "" -"For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials " -"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` " -"option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the " -":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using" -" subcontracting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " -":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the " -"subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when " -"calculating the product's expected arrival date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:81 -msgid "" -"When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the " -":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for " -"manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:86 -msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:88 -msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " -"|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a receipt order or a dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, " -"**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" -" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " -"product is shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138 -msgid "" -"The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted " -"product is being purchased from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " -"with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer," -" or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process " -"starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into " -"inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169 -msgid "Create SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:112 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171 -msgid "" -"It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased" -" from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being " -"purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next " -"step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175 -msgid "" -"To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " -"Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178 -msgid "" -"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a " -"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a" -" quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:123 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens" -" the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:128 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough " -"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates" -" a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:134 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193 -msgid "" -"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " -"end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is " -"enough stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197 -msgid "Process PO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:140 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to " -":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the " -"|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to " -"the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:145 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking " -":guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:148 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a " -"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the " -"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:153 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic " -"subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and " -"can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 -msgid "" -"A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " -"top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 -msgid "" -"PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " -"top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:164 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242 -msgid "Process receipt or dropship order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " -"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " -"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 -msgid "Process receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:173 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251 -msgid "" -"If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, " -"once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " -"Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:177 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the" -" :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the " -"receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter" -" the product into inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260 -msgid "Process dropship order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:184 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262 -msgid "" -"If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select" -" the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:187 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open " -"the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order " -"to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270 -msgid "Process delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " -"finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " -"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" -" the customer, and process the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:198 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " -"the product has been shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3 -msgid "Dropship to subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the" -" necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have " -"them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order " -"(PO) for that product is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " -"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23 -msgid "" -"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and " -"*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve " -"dropshipping, they are used for different purposes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have " -"them shipped directly to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components " -"from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By " -"default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the " -"contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33 -msgid "" -"However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship " -"Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In " -"this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then " -"ships the finished product directly to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37 -msgid "" -"This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the " -":ref:`workflow section ` of" -" this doc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " -"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " -":guilabel:`Operations` heading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " -"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the " -"components listed on the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " -"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as " -"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in " -"the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the " -":guilabel:`Price` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that " -"determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been " -"manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock " -"on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " -"subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73 -msgid "Configure bill of materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click " -"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " -"select the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the " -":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a " -"line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and" -" specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97 -msgid "Configure Components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99 -msgid "" -"To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " -"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " -"arrow)` button to the right of the name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " -"component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106 -msgid "" -"On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add " -"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in " -"the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the" -" subcontractor, once they are purchased." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the " -":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " -"section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119 -msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121 -msgid "" -"The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " -"*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the" -" vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so " -"creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the " -"components to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" -" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" -" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " -"product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " -"with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, " -"or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts " -"with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148 -msgid "Create an SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the " -"product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in " -"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is " -"the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted " -"product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the " -"*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** " -"there is no stock of the product on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169 -msgid "" -"If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead " -"create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172 -msgid "" -"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " -"end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, " -"even if there is stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176 -msgid "Process subcontractor PO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by" -" navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`," -" and clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a" -" new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the " -":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* " -"|PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components" -" to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, " -"and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" -"button at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198 -msgid "" -"In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from " -"the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** " -"automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201 -msgid "" -"Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship " -"Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* " -"|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205 -msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207 -msgid "" -"To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. " -"Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` " -"field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after " -"confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212 -msgid "" -"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship " -"Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of" -" the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and " -"confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, " -"and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the " -"*subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" -"Dropship smart button at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227 -msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229 -msgid "" -"Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" -" *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, " -"respectively." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the " -":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the " -"subcontractor has received the components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" -" *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the " -"product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of" -" the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into " -"inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the" -" *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the " -"receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the " -":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship " -"order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the " -"product to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product " -"has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3 -msgid "Resupply subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the " -"necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each " -"time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " -"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping" -" it to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21 -msgid "" -"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply " -"Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24 -msgid "" -"While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components " -"required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are " -"sourced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from " -"the warehouse of the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from " -"a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of " -"the subcontracting company and their subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36 -msgid "" -"See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of " -"the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " -"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " -":guilabel:`Operations` heading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " -"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of " -"materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " -"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`" -" tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the " -"subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68 -msgid "" -"This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other " -"elements, like the cost of the product's components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " -"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click " -"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " -"select the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107 -msgid "Configure components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109 -msgid "" -"To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " -"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " -"arrow)` button to the right of the name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116 -msgid "" -"On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and " -"select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the " -":guilabel:`Routes` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122 -msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124 -msgid "" -"The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to " -"purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a" -" dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the " -"subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" -" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149 -msgid "" -"While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to " -"automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is " -"also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful " -"when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154 -msgid "" -"To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply " -"Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking" -" :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom " -"the components should be sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking " -":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` " -"drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the " -"components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` " -"to confirm that the order has been sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough " -"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190 -msgid "" -"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead" -" creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase " -"app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a " -"subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically " -"created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214 -msgid "" -"In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the " -"required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed " -"from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top " -"of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 -msgid "" -"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n" -"buttons at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 -msgid "" -"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and " -"Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227 -msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the " -"subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " -"Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open" -" the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to " -"confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the " -":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` " -"card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " -"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " -"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " -"finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " -"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" -" the customer, and process the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " -"the product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:3 msgid "Unbuild orders" msgstr "" @@ -29363,8 +31895,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:12 msgid "" "Utilize *engineering change orders* (*ECOs*) to track, implement, and revert" -" change versions made to products, and :ref:`bills of materials " -"`." +" change versions made to products, and :doc:`bills of materials " +"<../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:15 @@ -30887,6 +33419,354 @@ msgstr "" "directement dans l'application Feuille de calcul ou les exporter sous forme " "de fichier Excel." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:3 +msgid "Procurement expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:12 +msgid "" +"With the *Purchase* application, users can monitor procurement expenses over" +" time. This report helps companies track and analyze spending, identify " +"cost-saving opportunities, and ensure efficient budget management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:17 +msgid "Create procurement expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To create a |per|, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " +"Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:22 +msgid "" +"By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` (POs) with a " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of Requests for " +"Quotation (RFQs) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent*, or *Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:25 +msgid "Add filters and groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the top-right, click the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot)` icon " +"to switch to pivot view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:32 +msgid "" +"While the |per| can also be :ref:`viewed ` as a " +":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " +":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`, " +"the pivot view provides the most detailed view of the data, and is the " +"recommended starting point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Remove any default filters from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. Then, click " +"the |caret| to open the drop-down menu that contains the " +":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and :guilabel:`Favorites` " +"columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Unless otherwise specified, the report displays data from both |RFQs| and " +"|POs|. This can be changed by selecting either :guilabel:`Requests for " +"Quotation` or :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a time frame to use for " +"comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " +"|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " +"Then, select :guilabel:`Product Category`, which is also located in the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The selections under the :guilabel:`Group By` heading can be altered, " +"depending on the needs of the individual company. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Product`, instead of :guilabel:`Product Category`, provides a " +"more in depth look at the performance of specific items, in place of an " +"entire category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading that " +"appears. These options are only available after the date range is selected " +"under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " +":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " +"as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " +"time period from the previous year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:60 +msgid "" +"While multiple time-based filters can be added at once, only one comparison " +"can be selected at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the procurement expenses\n" +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The filter for Q2, comparison for **Previous Period**, and group-by for " +"**Vendor** and **Product Category** were selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:68 +msgid "Add measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:70 +msgid "" +"After selecting the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group by`, and " +":guilabel:`Comparison` settings, click out of the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:82 +msgid "" +"By default, the report displays data with the following measures: " +":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " +":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " +"drop-down list of available measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click the following specific measures to include additional columns for the " +"procurement expenses report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total` and :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`: can include one or both " +"measures. These are included for overall spending analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:91 +msgid ":guilabel:`Average Cost`: included to evaluate cost efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to Confirm` and :guilabel:`Days to Receive`: used to assess " +"supplier performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Qty Ordered` and :guilabel:`Qty Received`: used to understand " +"order efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Qty Billed` and :guilabel:`Qty to be Billed`: used to track order" +" accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Additional measures can be included in the report, if desired, to provide " +"additional insights. For example, :guilabel:`Gross Weight` and " +":guilabel:`Volume` may be included for further logistics and management " +"analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:101 +msgid "" +"After selecting all necessary measures, click out of the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:85 +msgid "View results" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:108 +msgid "" +"After all of the filters and measures have been selected, the report " +"generates in the selected view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst-1 +msgid "A sample version of the procurement expenses report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " +"editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is **only** available if the " +"*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The |per| is also available in graph view. Click the :icon:`fa-area-chart` " +":guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view. Click the " +"corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a :icon:`fa-bar-" +"chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` :guilabel:`(line " +"chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:107 +msgid "To save this report as a *favorite*, see :ref:`search/favorites`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor costs report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With the *Purchase* application, users can track the fluctuation of vendor " +"costs over time. This allows users to identify the most expensive vendors, " +"and track seasonal changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:14 +msgid "Create vendor costs reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To create a vendor costs report, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase " +"app --> Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` " +"dashboard. By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of POs (Purchase Orders) with a " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of RFQs (Requests " +"for Quotation) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent, or *Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a date range to use for " +"comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " +"|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " +"Then, select :guilabel:`Product`, which is also located in the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Product` is **not** required for this report. However, " +"it is recommended, as it provides additional insight into the performance of" +" individual vendors. Additional selections can be made under the " +":guilabel:`Group by` heading as well, including :guilabel:`Product " +"Category`, :guilabel:`Status`, and :guilabel:`Purchase Representative`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To ensure the report is generated correctly, make sure that " +":guilabel:`Vendor` is the **first** selection made under the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading. These " +"options are only available after the date range is selected under the " +":guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " +":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " +"as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " +"time period from the previous year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the " +"vendor costs report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"By default, the report displays with the following measures: " +":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " +":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " +"drop-down list of available measures. Click :guilabel:`Average Cost` to add " +"it to the report. Select any additional measures to add to the report, or " +"click on any of the already selected measures to remove them, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:80 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to run the report with at least :guilabel:`Average Cost`, " +":guilabel:`Total`, or :guilabel:`Untaxed Total` selected from the " +":guilabel:`Measures` list. Additional measures, such as :guilabel:`Days to " +"Receive`, can be added to provide additional insights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:87 +msgid "" +"After all of the :ref:`filters and measures have been selected " +"`, the report generates in the pivot " +"view. Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " +"editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is only available if the " +"*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A sample of a vendor costs report with the measures set as total and average" +" costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The vendor costs report is also available in *graph* view. Click the " +":icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view." +" Click the corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a " +":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " +":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5 msgid "Manage deals" msgstr "Gérer les contrats" @@ -32153,15 +35033,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51 msgid "" "To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> " -"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, check" -" the box next to :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and " -"bills`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, tick " +"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`3-way matching`, and click :guilabel:`Save` " +"to save changes." msgstr "" -"Pour l'activer, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Achats --> " -"Configuration --> Paramètres` et faites défiler jusqu'à la section " -":guilabel:`Facturation`. Cochez ensuite la case à côté de " -":guilabel:`Correspondance à trois voies : achats, réceptions et factures` et" -" cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer les changements." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -32172,17 +35047,11 @@ msgstr "" "lorsque la politique de :guilabel:`Contrôle des factures` est définie sur " ":guilabel:`Quantités reçues`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 -msgid "Activated three-way matching feature in purchase settings." -msgstr "" -"Fonctionnalité de correspondance à trois voies activée dans les paramètres " -"de l'application Achats." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:60 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts" msgstr "Créer et gérer des factures fournisseurs sur les réceptions" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:62 msgid "" "When products are received into a company's warehouse, receipts are created." " Once the company processes the received quantities, they can choose to " @@ -32198,13 +35067,13 @@ msgstr "" "fournisseur s'effectue à différentes étapes du processus " "d'approvisionnement. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:68 msgid "With the bill control policy set to ordered quantities" msgstr "" "Lorsque la politique de contrôle des factures est définie sur quantités " "commandées" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:70 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *ordered quantities*" " bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " @@ -32220,7 +35089,7 @@ msgstr "" "commandées`. Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer " "les changements." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:75 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new request for quotation (RFQ). Doing so reveals a blank " @@ -32230,8 +35099,8 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Créer` pour créer une nouvelle demande de prix. Cette action fait" " apparaître un formulaire détaillé de demande de prix vierge." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 msgid "" "On the blank detail form, add a vendor to the :abbr:`RFQ (request for " "quotation)` in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the " @@ -32241,8 +35110,8 @@ msgstr "" "prix dans le champ :guilabel:`Fournisseur` et ajoutez des produits aux " "lignes de :guilabel:`Produit` en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 msgid "" "Then, confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` button above the detail form. Doing so turns the " @@ -32252,7 +35121,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Conformer la commande` en haut du formulaire. La demande de prix " "est alors transformée en bon de commande." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a vendor bill for " "the purchase order." @@ -32260,7 +35129,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cliquez ensuite sur le bouton :guilabel:`Créer une facture fournisseur` pour" " créer une facture fournisseur pour le bon de commande." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:88 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button reveals the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill` page for the purchase order." @@ -32268,7 +35137,7 @@ msgstr "" "Le fait de cliquer sur le bouton :guilabel:`Créer une facture fournisseur` " "révèle la page :guilabel:`Facture brouillon` pour le bon de commande." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:91 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button to modify " "the bill, and add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field. If needed," @@ -32282,7 +35151,7 @@ msgstr "" "cliquant sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne` l'onglet :guilabel:`Lignes de " "facture`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 msgid "" "Next, confirm the bill by clicking the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill` page." @@ -32290,7 +35159,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ensuite, confirmez la facture en cliquant sur le bouton " ":guilabel:`Confirmer` sur la page :guilabel:`Facture brouillon`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *ordered quantities*, the draft bill" " can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been " @@ -32300,8 +35169,8 @@ msgstr "" "commandées*, la facture brouillon peut être confirmée dès qu'elle est créée," " avant la réception des produits." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:175 msgid "" "On the new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` number," " which can be used to match the bill with additional documents (such as the " @@ -32319,7 +35188,7 @@ msgstr "" "choisir un :guilabel:`Journal` de paiement ; un :guilabel:`Mode de paiement`" " et un :guilabel:`Compte bancaire destinataire` dans un menu déroulant." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:108 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " @@ -32340,7 +35209,7 @@ msgstr "" "Formulaire de facture fournisseur pour la politique de contrôle des " "quantités commandées." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:118 msgid "" "Each vendor bill provides the option to either :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " "or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note`. A *credit note* is typically issued when a " @@ -32355,13 +35224,13 @@ msgstr "" "les *notes de débit* sont réservées aux marchandises retournées par le " "client/l'acheteur au vendeur ou fournisseur." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:124 msgid "With the bill control policy set to received quantities" msgstr "" "Lorsque la politique de contrôle des factures est définie sur quantités " "reçues" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:127 msgid "" "If the creation of a vendor bill is attempted without receiving any " "quantities of a product (while using the *received quantities* bill control " @@ -32373,7 +35242,7 @@ msgstr "" "reçues*), un message d'erreur s'affiche et les paramètres doivent être " "modifiés avant de poursuivre." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *received " "quantities* bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " @@ -32389,7 +35258,7 @@ msgstr "" "reçues`. Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer les " "changements." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:136 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`. Doing so reveals a " @@ -32399,7 +35268,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Créer` pour créer une nouvelle demande de prix. Un formulaire " "détaillé de demande de prix vierge s'affiche." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a bill for the " "purchase order." @@ -32407,26 +35276,21 @@ msgstr "" "Enfin, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Créer une facture fournisseur` pour " "créer une facture fournisseur pour le bon de commande. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:151 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Create Bill` before any products have been received will" -" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to appear. The :guilabel:`Purchase " -"Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity of the items " -"included on the order to create a vendor bill." +" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up message to appear. The " +":guilabel:`Purchase Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity" +" of the items included on the order to create a vendor bill." msgstr "" -"Le fait de cliquer sur :guilabel:`Créer une facture fournisseur` avant " -"d'avoir reçu des produits fera apparaître une fenêtre contextuelle " -"d':guilabel:`Erreur d'utilisateur`. Le :guilabel:`Bon de commande` requiert " -"qu'au moins une partie des articles qui figurent sur le bon de commande soit" -" livrée avant de créer une facture fournisseur." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy." msgstr "" "Fenêtre contextuelle d'erreur d'utilisateur pour la politique de contrôle " "des quantités reçues." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:159 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the warehouse " "receipt form." @@ -32434,7 +35298,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ensuite, cliquez sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Réception` pour " "afficher le formulaire de réception de l'entrepôt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:161 msgid "" "On the warehouse receipt form, click :menuselection:`Validate --> Apply` to " "mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities. Then, navigate back to the " @@ -32447,7 +35311,7 @@ msgstr "" "(via le fil d'Ariane) et cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Créer une facture " "fournisseur` sur le formulaire du bon de commande." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 msgid "" "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Draft Bill` for the purchase order. On the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and add a " @@ -32460,7 +35324,7 @@ msgstr "" " échéant, ajoutez des produits supplémentaires aux lignes de " ":guilabel:`Produit` en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill`." @@ -32468,7 +35332,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ensuite, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Confirmer` pour confirmer la " ":guilabel:`Facture brouillon`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:172 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *received quantities*, the draft " "bill can **only** be confirmed when at least some of the quantities are " @@ -32478,7 +35342,7 @@ msgstr "" "reçues*, la facture brouillon peut **uniquement** être confirmée lorsqu'au " "moins certaines quantités sont reçues." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:181 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " @@ -32493,11 +35357,11 @@ msgstr "" "facture fournisseur. Une bannière verte **En paiement** s'affiche sur la " "demande de prix." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:187 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills in Accounting" msgstr "Créer et gérer des factures fournisseurs dans Comptabilité" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:189 msgid "" "Vendor bills can also be created directly from the *Accounting* app, " "**without** having to create a purchase order first. To do this, go to " @@ -32511,7 +35375,7 @@ msgstr "" "cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer`. Un formulaire détaillé de facture fournisseur" " vierge s'affiche." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 msgid "" "On this blank vendor bill detail form, add a vendor in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " @@ -32528,7 +35392,7 @@ msgstr "" "toute autre information nécessaire. Cliquez enfin sur :guilabel:`Confirmer` " "pour confirmer la facture fournisseur." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:198 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view (or change) the " ":guilabel:`Account` journals that were populated based on the configuration " @@ -32539,7 +35403,7 @@ msgstr "" "en fonction de la configuration des formulaires :guilabel:`Fournisseur` et " ":guilabel:`Produit` correspondants." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` to add" " credit or debit notes to the bill. Or, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` " @@ -32550,7 +35414,7 @@ msgstr "" "alors, ajoutez un numéro de :guilabel:`Référence de facture` (en mode " ":guilabel:`Édition`)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:205 msgid "" "Then, when ready, click :menuselection:`Register Payment --> Create Payment`" " to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." @@ -32559,7 +35423,7 @@ msgstr "" "paiement --> Créer un paiement` pour finaliser la :guilabel:`Facture " "fournisseur`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 msgid "" "To tie the draft bill to an existing purchase order, click the drop-down " "menu next to :guilabel:`Auto-Complete`, and select a :abbr:`PO (purchase " @@ -32577,11 +35441,11 @@ msgstr "" "Liste déroulante de saisie automatique sur une facture fournisseur " "brouillon." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:218 msgid "Batch billing" msgstr "Facturation par lot" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:220 msgid "" "Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* " "app." @@ -32589,7 +35453,7 @@ msgstr "" "Les factures fournisseurs peuvent être traitées et gérées par lots dans " "l'application *Comptabilité*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 msgid "" "To do this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. " "Then, click the :guilabel:`checkbox` at the top left of the page, beside the" @@ -32604,7 +35468,7 @@ msgstr "" " sélectionner toutes les factures fournisseurs dont le :guilabel:`Statut` " "est :guilabel:`Comptabilisé` ou :guilabel:`Brouillon`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:227 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon to export, delete, or send" " & print the bills; click the :guilabel:`Print` icon to print the invoices " @@ -32617,7 +35481,7 @@ msgstr "" "ou cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer un paiement` pour créer et traiter le " "paiement de plusieurs factures fournisseurs en une fois." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Register Payment` is selected, a pop-up appears. In this " "pop-up window, select the appropriate journal in the :guilabel:`Journal` " @@ -32632,7 +35496,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Mode de paiement`. Vous avez également la possibilité de " ":guilabel:`Regrouper des paiements` dans cette fenêtre contextuelle." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:236 msgid "" "When ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button, which creates a " "list of journal entries on a separate page. This list of journal entries are" @@ -32644,11 +35508,10 @@ msgstr "" "appropriées." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 -msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up." +msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up window." msgstr "" -"Fenêtre contextuelle d'enregistrer un paiement pour une facturation par lot." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:244 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Register Payment` option for vendor bills in batches will " "only work for journal entries whose :guilabel:`Status` is set to " @@ -32658,11 +35521,9 @@ msgstr "" "par lot fonctionne uniquement pour les pièces comptables dont le " ":guilabel:`Statut` est défini sur :guilabel:`Comptabilisé`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:252 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 +msgid ":doc:`control_bills`" msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5 msgid "Products" @@ -33123,24 +35984,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" +msgid "Purchase units of measure" msgstr "" -"Acheter dans une unité de mesure différente de celle utilisée pour la vente" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" -" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " -"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " -"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " -"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." +" unit of measure than when it is sold. This can cause confusion between " +"sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to convert " +"measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your product once" +" and let Odoo handle the conversion." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous achetez un produit, il se peut que votre fournisseur utilise " -"une unité de mesure différente de celle que vous utilisez pour vendre. Ceci " -"pourrait être source de confusion entre les responsables des ventes et des " -"achats. Il est également fastidieux de convertir mensuellement les unités de" -" mesure à chaque fois. Avec Odoo, vous pouvez configurer votre produit une " -"seule fois et laisser Odoo se charger de la conversion." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 msgid "Consider the following examples:" @@ -33282,30 +36136,23 @@ msgstr "Créer une nouvelle catégorie d'unités de mesure dans Odoo Achats" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "" -"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." +"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, click into " +"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure Category` field and enter a name for the " +"category. Then, under the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -"La prochaine étape est de créer les deux unités de mesure. Pour ce faire, " -"allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Unités de mesure`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:77 msgid "" "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" -" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" -" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" -" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " -"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " -"Odoo is always a multiple of this value." +" to other units of measure inside the category. Name the unit, and select " +"the units of measure category you just created. For the *Type*, select " +"*Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter the *Rounding " +"Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by Odoo is always a " +"multiple of this value." msgstr "" -"Créez d'abord l'unité de mesure utilisée comme point de référence pour la " -"conversion vers d'autres unités de mesure à l'intérieur de la catégorie en " -"cliquant sur *Créer*. Nommez l'unité et sélectionnez la catégorie d'unités " -"de mesure que vous venez de créer. Concernant le *Type*, sélectionnez *Unité" -" de mesure de référence pour cette catégorie*. Saisissez la *précision " -"d'arrondi* que vous voulez appliquer. La quantité calculée par Odoo est " -"toujours un multiple de cette valeur." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:83 msgid "" "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " "fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." @@ -33318,7 +36165,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "Créer une nouvelle unité de mesure de référence dans Odoo Achats" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "" "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " "appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " @@ -33340,7 +36187,7 @@ msgstr "" "appliquer une précision d'arrondi de 0,00001, définissez les *chiffres* sur " "5." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:97 msgid "" "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" " measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " @@ -33351,7 +36198,7 @@ msgstr "" "section *type*, sélectionnez *plus petite* ou *plus grande que l'unité de " "mesure de référence*, en fonction de votre situation." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:101 msgid "" "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " "*Smaller*." @@ -33359,7 +36206,7 @@ msgstr "" "Comme le rouleau de rideaux équivaut à 100 mètres carrés, vous devez " "sélectionner *plus petite*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:103 msgid "" "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " "second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " @@ -33370,15 +36217,11 @@ msgstr "" "être supérieur à 1. Si la deuxième unité est plus grande, le facteur doit " "être inférieur à 1." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:107 msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "Pour votre rouleau de rideaux, le facteur doit être de 100." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 -msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "Créer une deuxième unité de mesure dans Odoo Achats" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:109 msgid "" "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " "units of measure." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index a979d254a..5fb037d5c 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2024\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -2573,18 +2573,15 @@ msgstr "Activez la centralisation des fichiers associés à votre comptabilité. #: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:36 msgid "" -"If you select a new workspace, existing documents aren't moved. Only newly " +"If you select a new workspace, existing documents are not moved. Only newly " "created documents will be found under the new workspace." msgstr "" -"Si vous sélectionnez un nouvel espace de travail, les documents existants ne" -" sont pas déplacés. Seuls les documents nouvellement créés se retrouveront " -"dans le nouvel espace de travail." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:42 msgid "Workspaces" msgstr "Espaces de travail " -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:44 msgid "" "Workspaces are hierarchical folders having their own set of tags and " ":ref:`actions `. Default workspaces exist, but " @@ -2593,56 +2590,80 @@ msgid "" " fill in the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Nom`" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Parent Workspace`: if you want to create a sub-workspace, select " "its :guilabel:`Parent Workspace`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:236 msgid "Tags" msgstr "Étiquettes" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:56 msgid "" "Tags are used within workspaces to add a level of differentiation between " "documents. They are organized per category, and filters can be used to sort " "them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:59 msgid "" "Tags can be created from the :guilabel:`Tags` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a " "line`, create the :guilabel:`Tag Category`, and :guilabel:`Name` your tags." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:63 msgid "" "The tags of a parent workspace apply to the child workspaces automatically;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:64 msgid "" "Tags can be created and modified by going to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Tags`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:65 msgid "" "Tags can also be created or edited by clicking the gear icon :guilabel:`⚙` " "on the left menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:67 +msgid "" +"An **email alias** can be used to automatically send received documents to a" +" specific workspace based on the tag assigned. To create an email alias:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Select the tag and the corresponding workspace where the document should be " +"directed in the left column of your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Next to the :guilabel:`Upload` button, click the down arrow, and then click " +":guilabel:`Share`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In the new window, click :guilabel:`Download and Upload` and enter the email" +" alias where documents should be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:79 msgid "Access rights" msgstr "Droits d'accès" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:81 msgid "" "To manage your workspace access rights, go to :menuselection:`Documents --> " "Configuration --> Workspaces`, open the workspace you want to edit, and go " @@ -2651,18 +2672,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Read Groups` that can only view the workspace's documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:87 msgid "Description" msgstr "Description" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:89 msgid "" "You can add descriptive information to your workspace by going to " ":menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration --> Workspaces`, opening the " "workspace you want to describe and going to the :guilabel:`Description` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:94 msgid "" "Workspaces can also be created and edited by clicking the gear icon " ":guilabel:`⚙` on the left menu." @@ -2672,33 +2693,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create sub-workspaces from the left menu" msgstr "Créez des espaces de travail sous-jacents à partir du menu de gauche" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:101 msgid "Documents management" msgstr "Gestion des documents" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:103 msgid "" "When selecting or opening a document, the right panel displays different " "options. On the top, additional options might be available: " ":guilabel:`Download`, :guilabel:`Share`, :guilabel:`Replace`, " ":guilabel:`Lock` or :guilabel:`Split`. It is also possible to " -":guilabel:`Open chatter` or :guilabel:`Archive` the document." +":guilabel:`Open chatter` or use the :guilabel:`Move to trash` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst-1 msgid "right panel options" msgstr "Options du panneau de droite" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:112 msgid "" -"Then, you can modify the name of your file by clicking on " -":guilabel:`Document`. A :guilabel:`Contact` or an :guilabel:`Owner` can be " -"assigned. The related :guilabel:`Workspace` can be modified and it is " -"possible to access the related :guilabel:`Journal Entry` or add " -":guilabel:`Tags`." +"Then, you can modify the name of your file by clicking on :guilabel:`Name`. " +"A :guilabel:`Contact` or an :guilabel:`Owner` can be assigned. The related " +":guilabel:`Workspace` can be modified and it is possible to access the " +"related :guilabel:`Journal Entry` or add :guilabel:`Tags`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:117 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Contact` is the person related to the document and assigned " "to it. He can only view the document and not modify it. I.e.: an existing " @@ -2709,7 +2729,7 @@ msgstr "" "modifier. Par exemple, un fournisseur existant dans votre base de données " "est le contact pour sa facture." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:120 msgid "" "The person who creates a document is, by default :guilabel:`Owner` of it and" " has complete rights to it. It is possible to replace the owner of a " @@ -2717,24 +2737,24 @@ msgid "" " in \"My Profile\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:124 msgid "" "Different :ref:`Actions ` are available at the " "bottom of the right panel, depending on the workspace where your document is" " stored." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:128 msgid "Split PDF documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:130 msgid "" "Select the PDF you want to split, and click the scissors icon. A new view " "displays all the pages of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:133 msgid "" "By default, each page of the document will be split when clicking " ":guilabel:`Split`. To remove a split between two pages, click on the " @@ -2745,34 +2765,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "split your documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:140 msgid "" "To merge documents from your dashboard, select them and click the scissors " "icon. Click on the scissors between the two documents and click " ":guilabel:`Split` to merge the documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:144 msgid "Additional features" msgstr "Fonctionnalités supplémentaires" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:146 msgid "" "Select a workspace and click the arrow next to the :guilabel:`Upload` button" " to access additional features:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:150 msgid "Request" msgstr "Demande" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:152 msgid "" "You can create \"missing documents\" and organize them as documents, to " "remind users to download them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:154 msgid "" "Select the workspace where the file should be stored, click " ":guilabel:`Upload`, then :guilabel:`Request`. Add the :guilabel:`Document " @@ -2784,24 +2804,24 @@ msgid "" "the workspace." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:161 msgid "When your document is available, click the placeholder to upload it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:163 msgid "" "You can see all missing documents by going to the **Activity** view and to " "the :guilabel:`Requested Document` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:167 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Activity` view, you can send a **reminder email** to " "users from whom you are expecting a document. Go to the :guilabel:`Requested" " Document` column, click on ⋮ and :guilabel:`Document Request: Reminder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:171 msgid "" "Click on a date to see the details of a specific request. You can update it " "by clicking on the pen icon, :guilabel:`Preview` the content of the reminder" @@ -2812,27 +2832,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "send a reminder email from the Activity view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:179 msgid "Add a link" msgstr "Ajouter un lien" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:181 msgid "" "To add a link to your documents dashboard, click on :guilabel:`Add a Link`, " "enter the :guilabel:`URL`, and :guilabel:`Name` it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:185 msgid "Share" msgstr "Partager" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:187 msgid "" "You can create a share link to a document or all documents of a workspace. " "It allows anyone to download the file(s) or upload files to a workspace." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:190 msgid "" "To do so, select the workspace or the document and click the arrow next to " "the :guilabel:`Upload` button then :guilabel:`Share`. On the pop-up, the " @@ -2844,28 +2864,28 @@ msgid "" "Upload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:198 msgid "" "It is possible to only share one or more documents (without their workspace)" " by selecting them and clicking :guilabel:`Share`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:202 msgid "New spreadsheet" msgstr "Nouvelle feuille de calcul" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:204 msgid "" "To create a new :doc:`spreadsheet `, click :guilabel:`New " "Spreadsheet`. You can select a :guilabel:`Blank spreadsheet` or an " ":doc:`existing template `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:210 msgid "Workflow actions" msgstr "Actions de flux de travail" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:212 msgid "" "Workflow actions help manage documents and overall business operations. " "These are automated actions that can be created and customized for each " @@ -2873,33 +2893,33 @@ msgid "" " add tags to a document, and process bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:216 msgid "" "These workflow actions appear on the right panel when a document meets the " "set criteria." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:219 msgid "Create workflow actions" msgstr "Créer des actions de flux de travail" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:221 msgid "" "To create workflow actions, go to :menuselection:`Documents --> " "Configuration --> Actions` and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:225 msgid "" "An action applies to all **sub-workspaces** under the :guilabel:`Related " "Workspace` you selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:228 msgid "Set the conditions" msgstr "Définir les conditions" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:230 msgid "" "You can :guilabel:`Create` a new :guilabel:`Action` or edit an existing one." " You can define the :guilabel:`Action Name` and then set the conditions that" @@ -2911,25 +2931,25 @@ msgstr "" "définir les conditions qui déclenchent l'apparition du bouton d'action " "(:guilabel:`▶`) sur le panneau de droite lors de la sélection d'un fichier." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:234 msgid "There are three basic types of conditions you can set:" msgstr "Vous pouvez définir trois types de conditions de base :" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:236 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: you can use the :guilabel:`Contains` and :guilabel:`Does " -"not contain` conditions, meaning the files *must have* or *mustn't have* the" -" tags set here." +"not contain` conditions, meaning the files *must have* or *must not have* " +"the tags set here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:239 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: the files must be associated with the contact set here." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Contact` : les fichiers doivent être associés au contact défini " "ici." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:241 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Owner`: the files must be associated with the owner set here." msgstr "" @@ -2942,23 +2962,23 @@ msgstr "" "Exemple d'une condition de base d'une action de flux de travail dans Odoo " "Documents" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:247 msgid "" -"If you don't set any conditions, the action button appears for all files " +"If you do not set any conditions, the action button appears for all files " "inside the selected workspace." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:251 msgid "Advanced condition type: domain" msgstr "Type de condition avancée : domaine " -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:254 msgid "" "It is recommended to have some knowledge of Odoo development to configure " "*Domain* filters properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:257 msgid "" "The :ref:`developer mode ` needs to be activated to access " "the :guilabel:`Domain` condition from the :guilabel:`Actions` tab. Once " @@ -2966,7 +2986,7 @@ msgid "" "condition`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:261 msgid "" "To create a rule, you typically select a :guilabel:`field`, an " ":guilabel:`operator`, and a :guilabel:`value`. For example, if you want to " @@ -2981,7 +3001,7 @@ msgstr "" "Exemple d'une condition de domaine d'une action de flux de travail dans Odoo" " Documents" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:269 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add New Rule` (plus icon) and :guilabel:`Add branch` to add" " conditions and sub-conditions. You can then specify if your rule should " @@ -2989,11 +3009,11 @@ msgid "" "rule directly using the :guilabel:`Code editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:274 msgid "Configure the actions" msgstr "Configurer les actions" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:276 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Actions` tab to set up your action. You can " "simultaneously:" @@ -3001,7 +3021,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sélectionnez l'onglet :guilabel:`Actions` pour configurer votre action. Vous" " pouvez en même temps :" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:278 msgid "" "**Set Contact**: add a contact to the file, or replace an existing contact " "with a new one." @@ -3009,7 +3029,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Définir le contact** : ajouter un contact au fichier ou remplacer un " "contact existant par un nouveau." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:279 msgid "" "**Set Owner**: add an owner to the file, or replace an existing owner with a" " new one." @@ -3017,13 +3037,13 @@ msgstr "" "**Définir le propriétaire** : ajouter un propriétaire au fichier ou " "remplacer un propriétaire existant par un nouveau." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:280 msgid "**Move to Workspace**: move the file to any workspace." msgstr "" "**Déplacer vers l'espace de travail** : déplacer le fichier vers n'importe " "quel espace de travail." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:281 msgid "" "**Create**: create one of the following items attached to the file in your " "database:" @@ -3031,86 +3051,82 @@ msgstr "" "**Créer** : créer l'un des éléments suivants associés au fichier dans votre " "base de données :" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:283 msgid "" "**Link to record**: link the document to a record (i.e. link to a vehicle in" " Fleet);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:284 msgid "**Product template**: create a product you can edit directly;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:285 msgid "**Task**: create a Project task you can edit directly;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:286 msgid "**Signature PDF template**: create a new Sign template to send out;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:287 msgid "**PDF to sign**: create a PDF to sign;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:288 msgid "**Applicant**: create a new HR application you can edit directly;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:289 msgid "" "**Vendor bill**: create a vendor bill using OCR and AI to scrape information" " from the file content;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:291 msgid "" "**Customer invoice**: create a customer invoice using OCR and AI to scrape " "information from the file;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:293 msgid "" "**Vendor credit note**: create a vendor credit note using OCR and AI to " "scrape information from the file;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:295 msgid "" "**Credit note**: create a customer credit note using OCR and AI to scrape " "information from the file;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:297 msgid "" "**Miscellaneous Operations**: create a record in :guilabel:`Miscellaneous " "Operations` in Accounting;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:299 msgid "**Bank Statement**: create a Bank Statement in Finance;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:300 msgid "" "**Expense**: create an expense automatically based on a file's content." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:290 -msgid "**Set Tags**: add, remove, and replace any number of tags." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:302 +msgid "**Set Tags**: add, remove, and replace any number of tags;" msgstr "" -"**Définir les étiquettes** : ajouter, supprimer et remplacer un nombre " -"quelconque d'étiquettes." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:303 msgid "" "**Activities - Mark all as Done**: mark all activities linked to the file as" -" done." +" done;" msgstr "" -"**Activités - Tout marquer comme fait** : marquer toutes les activités " -"associées au fichier comme faites." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:304 msgid "" "**Activities - Schedule Activity**: create a new activity linked to the file" " as configured in the action. You can choose to set the activity on the " @@ -3124,13 +3140,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a workflow action Odoo Documents" msgstr "Exemple d'une action de flux de travail dans Odoo Documents" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:311 msgid "Digitize documents with AI and optical character recognition (OCR)" msgstr "" "Numériser les documents grâce à l'IA et la reconnaissance optique de " "caractères (OCR)" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:313 msgid "" "Documents available in the Finance workspace can be digitized. Select the " "document to digitize, click :guilabel:`Create Bill`, :guilabel:`Create " @@ -3138,7 +3154,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send for Digitization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:318 msgid "" ":doc:`AI-powered document digitization " "<../finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization>`" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index c9eed701b..8ec868c5b 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -15,21 +15,21 @@ # Priscilla (prs) Odoo , 2023 # Eloïse Stilmant , 2023 # Fernanda Marques , 2023 -# Cécile Collart , 2023 # Larissa Manderfeld, 2024 # Vallen Delobel , 2024 # Martin Trigaux, 2024 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Jolien De Paepe, 2024 +# Cécile Collart , 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:44 @@ -279,307 +279,272 @@ msgid "" "the top :guilabel:`Pipeline` page to view all opportunities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities" -msgstr "Générer des pistes/opportunités" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Two key ways to generate new leads or opportunities for your business are " -"through email aliases and website contact forms. Odoo automatically creates " -"leads in your CRM whenever someone sends a message to a Sales Team email " -"alias or fills out a contact form on your website." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:3 +msgid "Create leads (from email or manually)" msgstr "" -"Les alias d'email et les formulaires de contact de votre site web sont deux " -"moyens essentiels de générer de nouvelles pistes ou opportunités pour votre " -"entreprise. Odoo crée automatiquement des pistes dans votre CRM lorsque " -"quelqu'un envoie un message à un alias d'email de l'équipe commerciale ou " -"remplit un formulaire de contact sur votre site web." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Leads can be added to the *CRM* app from custom email aliases, and by " +"manually creating new records. This is in addition to the leads and " +"opportunities created in the app through the :doc:`website contact form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:12 +msgid "" +"First, ensure the *Leads* feature is enabled in the database by navigating " +"to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:17 msgid "Configure email aliases" msgstr "Configurer les alias d'email" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:19 msgid "" -"Each Sales Team can use its own unique email alias to generate " -"leads/opportunities. Any email sent to a Sales Team's email alias will " -"automatically create a lead (if leads are activated in your CRM settings) or" -" an opportunity in the pipeline for that particular team. Configure custom " -"email aliases on the configuration page for each Sales Team by navigating to" -" :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`." +"Each sales team has the option to create and utilize their own unique email " +"alias. When messages are sent to this address, a lead (or opportunity), is " +"created with the information from the message." msgstr "" -"Chaque équipe commerciale peut utiliser son propre alias d'email pour " -"générer des pistes ou des opportunités. Tout email envoyé à l'alias d'email " -"d'une équipe commerciale crée automatiquement une piste (si les pistes sont " -"activées dans les paramètres de votre CRM) ou une opportunité dans le " -"pipeline de cette équipe en particulier. Configurez des alias d'email " -"personnalisés pour chaque équipe commerciale en allant à :menuselection:`CRM" -" --> Configuration --> Équipes commerciales`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Configuring Sales Teams" -msgstr "En cours de configuration des équipes commerciales" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:23 -msgid "Use Contact Forms on your website" -msgstr "Utiliser des formulaires de contact sur votre site web" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:23 msgid "" -"By default, your website's *Contact Us* page displays Odoo's ready-to-use " -"Contact Form. Whenever someone submits this form, a lead or an opportunity " -"is generated in your database." +"To create or update a sales teams' email alias, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`. Click on a team " +"from the list to open the team's details page." msgstr "" -"Par défaut, la page *Nous contacter* de votre site web affiche le formulaire" -" de contact prêt à l'emploi d'Odoo. Chaque fois qu'une personne soumet ce " -"formulaire, une piste ou une opportunité est générée dans votre base de " -"données." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Default Contact Us page" -msgstr "Page Nous contacter affiché par défaut" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The sales team details page, focused on the email alias section." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:30 msgid "" -"The Contact Form can be activated or deactivated at any time by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Go to Website --> Customize --> Contact Form`." +"In the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field, enter a name for the email alias, or " +"edit the existing name. In the :guilabel:`Accept Emails From` field, use the" +" drop-down menu to choose who is allowed to send messages to this email " +"alias:" msgstr "" -"Le formulaire de contact peut être activé ou désactivé à tout moment en " -"allant à :menuselection:`Site Web --> Aller au site web --> Personnaliser " -"--> Formulaire de contact`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Form toggle" -msgstr "Toggle formulaire de contact" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Everyone`: messages are accepted from any email address." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:35 msgid "" -"When the Form is deactivated, the *Contact Us* page simply displays a button" -" to email your company directly. Any email sent this way will generate a " -"lead/opportunity." +":guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`: only accepts messages from email " +"addresses associated with a a partner (contact or customer) record." msgstr "" -"Lorsque le formulaire est désactivé, la page *Nous contacter* affiche " -"simplement un bouton permettant d'envoyer un email directement à votre " -"entreprise. Tout email envoyé de cette façon générera une piste/opportunité." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Us Page using email" -msgstr "Page Nous contacter utilisant un email" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:37 msgid "" -"Choose which Sales Team or salesperson is automatically assigned to the " -"leads/opportunities created from the Contact Form by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Communication`." +":guilabel:`Followers only`: only accepts messages from those who are " +"following a record related to the team, such as a lead or opportunity. " +"Messages are also accepted from team members." msgstr "" -"Choisissez l'équipe commerciale ou le vendeur qui sera automatiquement " -"attribué aux pistes/opportunités créées à partir du formulaire de contact en" -" allant à :menuselection:`Site Web --> Configuration --> Paramètres --> " -"Communication`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Form settings" -msgstr "Paramètres du formulaire de contact" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:55 -msgid "Customize Contact Forms" -msgstr "Personnaliser les formulaires de contact" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:39 msgid "" -"Contact Forms can be customized for the specific information your team " -"needs, using the free *Form Builder* module." +":guilabel:`Authenticated Employees`: only accepts messages from email " +"addresses that are connected to a record in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" -"Les formulaires de contact peuvent être personnalisés pour obtenir les " -"informations spécifiques dont votre équipe a besoin, grâce au module gratuit" -" *Constructeur de formulaires*." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:43 +msgid "Leads created from email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:45 msgid "" -"The *Form Builder* module is installed automatically when a Form element is " -"added to a web page via the Website Builder. It can also be installed " -"manually from the :guilabel:`Apps` page." +"Leads created from email alias messages can be viewed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads`. Click a lead from the list to open it, " +"and view the details." msgstr "" -"Le module *Constructeur de formulaires* est installé automatiquement " -"lorsqu'un élément de formulaire est ajouté à une page web via l'éditeur du " -"Site Web. Il peut également être installé manuellement à partir de la page " -":guilabel:`Applications`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Form Builder building blocks" -msgstr "Blocs de construction du constructeur de formulaires" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:48 msgid "" -"Forms can be created from scratch to serve a wide variety of purposes. " -"However, Odoo's default *Contact Us* page is designed to fit most users' " -"needs. Start with the default form and modify from there." +"The email received by the alias is added to the *chatter* thread for the " +"lead. The subject line of the message is added to the title field, and the " +":guilabel:`Email` field is updated with the contact's email address." msgstr "" -"Les formulaires peuvent être créés à partir de zéro pour servir une grande " -"variété d'objectifs. Cependant, la page *Nous contacter* par défaut d'Odoo " -"est conçue pour répondre aux besoins de la plupart des utilisateurs. " -"Commencez par le formulaire par défaut et modifiez-le à partir de là." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:73 -msgid "Edit Contact Form fields" -msgstr "Modifier les champs du formulaire de contact" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The chatter thread of a newly created lead in the CRM app." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:57 msgid "" -"In Edit mode on your website, click on any field to start editing it. The " -"following information can be edited for each field on the Contact Form:" +"If the *leads* feature is **not** enabled on the database, messages to the " +"email alias are added to the database as opportunities." msgstr "" -"En mode édition sur votre site web, cliquez sur n'importe quel champ pour " -"commencer à le modifier. Les informations suivantes peuvent être modifiées " -"pour chaque champ du formulaire de contact :" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:64 +msgid "Manually create leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:66 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Type`: Choose a custom field option or an existing field. " -"Examples include phone, file upload, language, etc." +"Leads can be added directly to the *CRM* app by manually creating a new " +"record. Navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads` to view a list of " +"existing leads." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Type` : Choisissez une option de champ personnalisé ou un champ " -"existant. Par exemple, numéro de téléphone, téléchargement de fichiers, " -"langue, etc." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Input Type`: Determine the type of entry customers should input. " -"Available options are text,email, telephone, and URL." +"Leads can also be added via the :doc:`Generate Leads ` button." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Type d'entrée`: Déterminez le type d'information que les clients " -"doivent saisir. Les options disponibles sont texte, adresse mail, numéro de " -"téléphone et URL." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:72 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Input Placeholder`: Type in an example to guide users how to " -"input information where formatting is important, such as a phone number or " -"email address." +"At the top-left of the list, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank " +":guilabel:`Leads` form." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Zone de texte`: Saisissez un exemple pour guider les utilisateurs" -" dans la saisie d'informations dont le formatage est important, comme un " -"numéro de téléphone ou une adresse mail." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:74 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Label Name`: Type in the display name to show users what " -"information is needed from them." +"In the first field of the new form, enter a title for the new lead. Next, " +"enter a :guilabel:`Contact Name`, and a :guilabel:`Company Name`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Libellé`: Tapez le nom d'affichage pour montrer aux utilisateurs " -"quelles informations ils doivent saisir." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:78 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Label Position`: Choose the way the label is aligned with the " -"rest of the form. The label can be hidden, above the field, to the far left " -"of the field, or right adjusted and closer to the field." +"If a lead is :doc:`converted to an opportunity `, the " +":guilabel:`Company Name` field is used to either link this opportunity to an" +" existing customer, or to create a new customer." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Position`: Choisissez la façon dont le libellé s'aligne avec le " -"reste du formulaire. Le libellé peut être masqué, au-dessus du champ, à " -"l'extrême gauche du champ ou ajusté à droite et plus près du champ." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:82 +msgid "Manually create opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:84 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Required`: Toggle this option for information that you absolutely" -" need entered." +"To manually create an opportunity, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Sales --> My Pipeline`. At the top-left of the page, click :guilabel:`New` " +"to create a new opportunity Kanban card. In the " +":guilabel:`Organization/Contact` field, enter the name of the company the " +"opportunity is for." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Requis` : Activez cette option pour les informations qui sont " -"obligatoires." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:88 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hidden`: Toggle this option to hide the field without deleting " -"it." +"Choose a name, and enter it in the :guilabel:`Opportunity` field. *This is a" +" required field.* When manually creating an opportunity, it is helpful to " +"add a name that relates to the details of the opportunity." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Masqué` : Activez cette option pour masquer le champ sans le " -"supprimer." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:93 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Shown on Mobile`: Toggle this option to show the field to users " -"on mobile devices." +"In the example below, the opportunity is named `5 VP Chairs`. This " +"identifies the product the customer is interested in, as well as the " +"potential number of products." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Afficher sur mobile` : Activez cette option pour afficher le " -"champ aux utilisateurs d'appareils mobiles." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Editable field options" -msgstr "Champs éditables" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:0 +msgid "An example of an opportunity in the CRM pipeline." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:100 msgid "" -"By default, when a Form is submitted, it sends you an email with the " -"customer's inputted information. To have it automatically generate a " -"lead/opportunity instead, edit the Form and select :guilabel:`Create an " -"Opportunity` as the Action." +"Enter the contact information for the opportunity in the :guilabel:`Email` " +"and :guilabel:`Phone` fields." msgstr "" -"Par défaut, lorsqu'un formulaire est soumis, il vous envoie un email " -"contenant les informations saisies par le client. Pour qu'il génère " -"automatiquement une piste/opportunité, modifiez le formulaire et " -"sélectionnez :guilabel:`Créer une opportunité` comme Action." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:103 msgid "" -"If leads are activated in your CRM settings, selecting :guilabel:`Create an " -"Opportunity` generates a lead instead. To learn more about activating leads " -"in the CRM settings, head over to :doc:`convert`." +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Revenue` field, enter an estimated value for the " +"opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The information in the :guilabel:`Expected Revenue` and priority fields can " +"be used to track performance for individual salespeople, and on a team " +"basis. See :doc:`../performance/expected_revenue_report` and " +":doc:`../track_leads/lead_scoring` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:111 +msgid "Then, use the |st-o| :guilabel:`(star)` icons to assign a priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:113 +msgid "|st-o| |st-o| |st-o|: low priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:114 +msgid "|st| |st-o| |st-o|: medium priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:115 +msgid "|st| |st| |st-o|: high priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:116 +msgid "|st| |st| |st|: very high priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Assigning a priority changes the order of leads in Kanban view, with higher " +"priority leads displayed first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once all the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Add`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The CRM pipeline with a newly created opportunity." msgstr "" -"Si les pistes sont activées dans vos paramètres CRM, le fait de sélectionner" -" :guilabel:`Créer une opportunité` génère une piste à la place. Pour en " -"savoir plus sur l'activation des pistes dans les paramètres CRM, consultez " -":doc:`convert`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 msgid "Lead mining" msgstr "Prospection de pistes" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 msgid "" -"Lead mining is a feature that allows CRM users to generate new leads " +"*Lead mining* is a feature that allows *CRM* users to generate new leads " "directly into their Odoo database. To ensure lead qualification, lead mining" " output is determined by a variety of filtering criteria, such as the " "country, the company size, and the industry." msgstr "" -"La prospection de pistes est une fonctionnalité qui permet aux utilisateurs " -"de CRM de générer de nouvelles pistes directement dans leur base de données " -"Odoo. Pour garantir la qualification des pistes, les résultats de la " -"prospection sont déterminés par une série de critères de filtrage, tels que " -"le pays, la taille de l'entreprise et le secteur d'activité." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:15 msgid "" -"To get started, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and activate :guilabel:`Lead Mining`." +"To get started, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`Lead Mining` checkbox to activate the " +"feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Pour démarrer, allez à :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Paramètres`" -" et activez :guilabel:`Prospection de pistes`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "Activate lead mining in Odoo CRM settings." msgstr "Activer la prospection de pistes dans les paramètres d'Odoo CRM." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:23 msgid "Generate leads" msgstr "Générer des pistes" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:25 msgid "" -"After the :guilabel:`Lead Mining` setting is activated, a new button called " -":guilabel:`Generate Leads` is available to use in the :guilabel:`CRM` " -"pipeline. Lead mining requests are also available through " -":menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests`, or through " -":menuselection:`CRM --> Leads --> Leads` where the :guilabel:`Generate " -"Leads` button is also available." +"After the *Lead Mining* setting is activated, a new button called *Generate " +"Leads* is available to use in the upper-left corner of the *CRM* *Pipeline* " +"(:menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales --> My Pipeline`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Lead mining requests are also available through :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests`, or through :menuselection:`CRM app " +"--> Leads --> Leads`, where the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button is also " +"available." msgstr "" -"Après avoir activé le paramètre :guilabel:`Prospection de pistes`, un " -"nouveau bouton appelé :guilabel:`Génération de pistes` est disponible pour " -"être utilisé le pipeline :guilabel:`CRM`. Les demandes de prospection de " -"pistes sont également disponibles via :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration " -"--> Demandes de prospection de pistes`, ou via :menuselection:`CRM --> " -"Pistes --> Pistes` où le bouton :guilabel:`Générer des pistes` est également" -" disponible." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "The Generate Leads button to use the lead mining feature." @@ -587,13 +552,11 @@ msgstr "" "Le bouton Générer des pistes pour utiliser la fonctionnalité de prospection " "de pistes." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:37 msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button, and a window will appear " +"Click the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button, and a pop-up window appears, " "offering a variety of criteria by which to generate leads." msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Générer des pistes` et une fenêtre " -"apparaîtra offrant une variété de critères pour générer des pistes." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -603,82 +566,67 @@ msgstr "" "La fenêtre contextuelle avec les critères de sélection afin de générer des " "pistes dans Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:44 msgid "" "Choose to generate leads for :guilabel:`Companies` to get company " -"information only, or choose :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` to get " -"company information as well as individual employee contact information. When" -" targeting :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts`, there is an option to " -"filter contacts based on :guilabel:`Role` or :guilabel:`Seniority`." +"information only, or choose |CC| to get company information and individual " +"employee contact information." msgstr "" -"Choisissez de générer des pistes pour des :guilabel:`Sociétés` pour obtenir " -"uniquement des informations sur la société ou :guilabel:`Sociétés et leurs " -"contacts` pour obtenir des informations sur la société et des coordonnées " -"des employés individuels. En ciblant :guilabel:`Sociétés et leurs contacts`," -" vous pouvez filtrer les contacts sur :guilabel:`Rôle` ou sur " -":guilabel:`Séniorité`." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:44 -msgid "Additional filtering options include:" -msgstr "Des options de filtrage supplémentaires comprennent :" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Size`: filter leads based on the number of employees at the " -"company" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Taille`: filtrer des pistes en fonction du nombre d'employés de " -"l'entreprise" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Countries`: filter leads based on the country (or countries) they" -" are located in" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Pays`: filtrer des pistes en fonction du pays (ou des pays) dans " -"lequel (lesquels) elles sont situées" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:48 msgid "" -":guilabel:`States`: further filter leads based on the state they are located" -" in, if applicable" +"When targeting |CC|, additional options are available to filter contacts " +"based on :guilabel:`Role` or :guilabel:`Seniority`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`États`: filtrer davantage les pistes en fonction de l'État dans " -"lequel elles sont situées, le cas échéant" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:49 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Industries`: filter leads based on the specific industry they " -"work in" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Secteurs d'activité`: filtrer des pistes en fonction du secteur " -"d'activité spécifique dans lequel elles sont actives" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose which Sales Team the leads will be assigned " -"to" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Équipe commerciale`: choisir l'équipe commerciale à laquelle les " -"pistes seront attribuées" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Salesperson`: choose which person(s) on the Sales Team the leads " -"will be assigned to" +msgid "Additional filtering options include the following:" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Vendeur`: choisir à quelle(s) personne(s) de l'équipe commerciale" -" les pistes seront attribuées" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Countries`: filter leads based on the country (or countries) they" +" are located in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`States`: further filter leads based on the state in which they " +"are located, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Industries`: filter leads based on the specific industry they " +"work in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Filter on Size`: tick this checkbox to specify the number of " +"employees at the company. This generates a field labeled :guilabel:`Size`. " +"Fill in the blanks to create a range for the desired company size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose which Sales Team the leads will be assigned " +"to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson`: choose which member of the Sales Team the leads " +"will be assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:62 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Tags`: choose which tags are applied directly to the " -"leads once found" +"leads once found." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Étiquettes par défaut`: choisir les étiquettes qui s'appliquent " -"directement aux pistes une fois trouvées." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 msgid "" "Make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulations when receiving contact " "information. Get more information about the General Data Protection " @@ -689,82 +637,347 @@ msgstr "" "Règlement général sur la protection des données sur `Odoo RGPD " "`_." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:69 +msgid "View leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +msgid "" +"After leads are generated, they are assigned to the designated salesperson " +"and team. To view additional information regarding the lead, select one from" +" the list, and click to open it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the chatter thread for the lead, additional information is provided. This" +" can include the number of employees, the technology used by the company, " +"the timezone, and direct contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 +msgid "The chatter thread of a newly generated lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Leads` are **not** enabled for the database, then leads are " +"generated as *opportunities*, and added to the pipeline for the designated " +"salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To enable the :guilabel:`Leads` feature, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:88 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "Tarification" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:91 msgid "" -"Lead mining is an *In-App Purchase* feature and each generated lead costs " -"one credit." +"Lead mining is an *In-App Purchase* feature, and each generated lead costs " +"one :ref:`credit `." msgstr "" -"La prospection de pistes est une fonctionnalité *Achats In-App* et chaque " -"piste générée coûte un crédit." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:95 msgid "" -"Choosing to generate :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` costs one " -"additional credit for each contact generated." +"Generating |CC| costs one additional credit for each contact generated. See " +"here for complete pricing information: `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP " +"`_." msgstr "" -"L'option de générer :guilabel:`Sociétés et leurs contacts` coûte un crédit " -"additionnel par contact généré." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:99 msgid "" -"See here for full pricing information: `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP " -"`_." -msgstr "" -"Obtenez ici plus d'informations sur la tarification: `Génération de pistes " -"par Odoo IAP `_." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:70 -msgid "" -"To buy credits, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"To buy credits, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Lead Generation` section, under the " -":guilabel:`Lead Mining` feature, click on :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." +":guilabel:`Lead Mining` feature, click :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." msgstr "" -"Pour acheter des crédits, allez à :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Paramètres`. Dans la section :guilabel:`Génération de pistes`, sous la " -"fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Prospection de pistes`, cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Acheter des crédits`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 -msgid "Buy credits from the lead mining settings." -msgstr "Acheter des crédits depuis les paramètres de la prospection de pistes" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:103 msgid "" "Credits may also be purchased by navigating to the :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> General Settings`. In the :guilabel:`In-App Purchases` section, under " -"the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` feature, click on :guilabel:`View My Services`." +"app`. In the :guilabel:`Contacts` section, under the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` " +"feature, click :guilabel:`View My Services`." msgstr "" -"Il est aussi possible d'acheter des crédits en allant aux " -":menuselection:`Paramètres --> Paramètres généraux`. Dans la section " -":guilabel:`Achats In-App`, sous la fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Odoo IAP`, " -"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Voir mes services`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst-1 msgid "Buy credits in the Odoo IAP settings." msgstr "Acheter des crédits via les paramètres Odoo IAP." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:87 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:112 msgid "" "Enterprise Odoo users with a valid subscription get free credits to test " -":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` features before deciding to purchase more " -"credits for the database. This includes demo/training databases, educational" -" databases, and one-app-free databases." +"|IAP| features before purchasing more credits for the database. This " +"includes demo/training databases, educational databases, and one-app-free " +"databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:3 +msgid "Create opportunities from web contact forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Adding a contact form to a website makes it easy to convert visitors into " +"leads and opportunities. After a visitor submits their information, an " +"opportunity can be created automatically, and assigned to a designated sales" +" team and salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:12 +msgid "Customize contact forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By default, the *Contact Us* page on an Odoo website displays a " +"preconfigured contact form. This form can be customized, as needed, to suit " +"the needs of a specific sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Website app --> Contact Us`, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit` in the top-right of the screen to open the web editor. " +"Click on the form building block in the body of the webpage to open the form" +" configuration settings on the right sidebar. The following options are " +"available to customize the contact form from the :guilabel:`From` section of" +" the right sidebar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst-1 +msgid "The form configuration settings on an Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Action`: the default action for a contact form is :guilabel:`Send" +" an Email`. Select :guilabel:`Create an Opportunity` from the drop-down list" +" to capture the information in the *CRM* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose a sales team from the drop-down menu that the" +" opportunities from this form should be assigned to. This field **only** " +"appears if the :guilabel:`Action` field is set to :guilabel:`Create an " +"Opportunity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson`: if the opportunities should be assigned to a " +"specific salesperson, select them from the drop-down menu. If no selection " +"is made in this field, the opportunities are assigned based on the team's " +"existing rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marked Fields`: use this field to alter how the form handles " +"marked fields. The default option is to treat marked fields as " +":guilabel:`Required`, which is the recommended setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mark Text`: choose how :guilabel:`Marked Fields` should be " +"identified. The default character is an asterisk (`*`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Labels Width`: use this field to alter the pixel width of the " +"labels, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Success`: select how the webpage reacts after a customer " +"successfully submits a form. :guilabel:`Nothing` keeps the customer on the " +"same screen, with the addition of a confirmation message that the form was " +"submitted successfully. :guilabel:`Redirect` sends the customer to a new " +"webpage, based on the address provided in the :guilabel:`URL` field below. " +":guilabel:`Show Message` replaces the form with a preconfigured message that" +" informs the customer someone should respond to them as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL`: if :guilabel:`Redirect` is selected in the :guilabel:`On " +"Success` field, enter the URL for the webpage, where customers should be " +"directed after successfully submitting a form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visibility`: use the drop-down menu to add any visibility " +"conditions for this field, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If *leads* are activated in *CRM* settings, selecting :guilabel:`Create an " +"Opportunity` generates a lead instead. To activate leads, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:57 +msgid "Customize contact form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In addition to the settings for the form, the settings for each field can be" +" customized, as well. With the web editor menu still open, click into a " +"field to open the :guilabel:`Field` configuration settings section on the " +"sidebar. The following options are available to customize a field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: choose a custom field option or an existing field type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input Type`: determine the type of information customers should " +"input. Available options are :guilabel:`Text`, :guilabel:`Email`, " +":guilabel:`Telephone`, or :guilabel:`Url`. The selection made in this field " +"limits the format that customers can use when entering information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Label`: enter the name for the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Position`: choose the way the label is aligned with the rest of " +"the form. The label can be hidden, above the field, to the left of the " +"field, or right adjusted and closer to the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: slide the toggle to add a description for the " +"field, which can provide additional instructions to customers. Click under " +"the field on the form to add the description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Placeholder`: enter an example to help users know how to input " +"information where formatting is important, such as a phone number or email " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Value`: enter a value to include in the form, by default," +" if the customer does not provide information in the field. *It is not " +"recommended to include a default value for required fields*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required`: slide the toggle to mark this field as required if it " +"**must** be filled in for every submission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visibility`: select when this field should be visible. Use the " +"button on the left to choose whether to show or hide this field on a desktop" +" users. Use the button on the right to choose whether to show or hide this " +"field to mobile users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`Animation`: select if this field should have any animation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst-1 +msgid "The field configuration settings on an Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:89 +msgid "View opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:91 +msgid "" +"After a customer submits a contact form, and an opportunity is created, it " +"is assigned based on the :ref:`form settings `. " +"To view opportunities, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales --> My " +"Pipeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If leads are activated on the database, contact form submissions are " +"generated as leads, not opportunities. To activate leads, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads` to view the newly-created " +"leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:102 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`My Pipeline` dashboard, click on an opportunity card in " +"the Kanban view to open the opportunity record. The information submitted by" +" the customer is visible on the opportunity record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:107 +msgid "" +"As the contact form fields are customizable, the fields on the opportunity " +"record, where the form information is stored, varies accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the preconfigured contact form is used, the *Subject* field is added to " +"the :guilabel:`Title` field, and the content in the :guilabel:`Notes` field," +" which is labeled as :guilabel:`Your Question`, is added to the " +":guilabel:`Internal Notes` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../pipeline/manage_sales_teams`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`convert`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`../track_leads/lead_scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:118 +msgid ":ref:`Website forms `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 msgid "Create and send quotations" msgstr "Créer et envoyer des devis" @@ -1331,20 +1544,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:12 msgid "" -"To install the *Gamification* module, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` " -"application. Click into the :guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top of the page" -" and remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter. Type `Gamification` to search." +"To install the *CRM Gamification* module, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Apps` application. Click into the :guilabel:`Search...` bar " +"at the top of the page and remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter. Type `CRM " +"Gamification` to search." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:16 msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Gamification` module is **not** already installed, click " -":guilabel:`Install`. After completing the installation, return to the " -":menuselection:`Apps` application and search for `Gamification` again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:20 -msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`CRM Gamification` module, click :guilabel:`Install`. This " "module features goals and challenges related to the *CRM* and *Sales* " "applications." @@ -1354,31 +1561,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the gamification module being installed in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:24 msgid "" -"If both the *CRM* and *Sales* apps are installed, the *CRM Gamification* " -"module is automatically installed on the database." +"If **both** the *CRM* and *Sales* apps are installed, the *CRM Gamification*" +" module is automatically installed on the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 msgid "" "To access the *Gamification Tools* menu, first enable :ref:`developer-mode`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:29 msgid "" "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Gamification Tools`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1 -msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings" -msgstr "Vue du menu d'outils de ludification dans les paramètres d'Odoo" +msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 msgid "Create badges" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 msgid "" "*Badges* are awarded to users when they have completed a challenge. " "Different badges can be awarded based on the type of task completed, and can" @@ -1386,7 +1593,7 @@ msgid "" "goal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:44 msgid "" "To view the existing badges, or create a new one, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." @@ -1396,7 +1603,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the badges page in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:52 msgid "" "Some badges can be awarded outside of challenges, as well. Select the Kanban" " card for the desired badge, then click :guilabel:`Grant`. This opens a " @@ -1404,30 +1611,30 @@ msgid "" " would you like to reward?` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:56 msgid "" "Add any additional information regarding why the user is receiving the " "reward in the field below, then click :guilabel:`Grant Badge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a new badge, click :guilabel:`New` at the top-left of the page to " "open a blank form. Enter a name for the :guilabel:`Badge`, followed by a " "description." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Allowance to Grant` field determines when a badge can be " "granted, and by whom:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:64 msgid ":guilabel:`Everyone`: this badge can be manually granted by any user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`A selected list of users`: this badge can only be granted by a " "select group of users. If this option is selected, it generates a new field," @@ -1435,7 +1642,7 @@ msgid "" "down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`People having some badges`: this badge can only be granted by " "users who have already been awarded a specific badge. If this option is " @@ -1444,13 +1651,13 @@ msgid "" " this badge to others." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No one, assigned through challenges`: this badge cannot be " "manually granted, it can only be awarded through challenges." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:75 msgid "" "To limit the number of badges a user can send, tick the :guilabel:`Monthly " "Limited Spending` checkbox. This sets a limit on the number of times a user " @@ -1462,32 +1669,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The details page for a new badge." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:87 msgid "Create a challenge" msgstr "Créer un défi" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:89 msgid "" "To create a challenge, navigate to to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Gamification Tools --> Challenges`. Click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left " "corner to open a blank challenge form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:92 msgid "At the top of the form, enter a :guilabel:`Challenge Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:95 msgid "Create assignment rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:97 msgid "" "To assign the challenge to specific users, one or more assignment rules must" " be utilized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:99 msgid "" "Click into the first field under :guilabel:`Assign Challenge to`, and select" " a parameter from the drop-down list to define the rule. Then, click into " @@ -1495,73 +1702,84 @@ msgid "" "third field to further define the parameter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:104 msgid "" "To include all users with permissions in the *Sales* app, create a rule with" -" the following parameters: - :guilabel:`Groups` - :guilabel:`is in` - " -"`Sales/User: Own Documents Only`" +" the following parameters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:107 +msgid ":guilabel:`Groups`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`is in`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:109 +msgid "`Sales/User: Own Documents Only`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:0 msgid "View of the assignation rules section of a Challenge form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:115 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Periodicity` field, select a time frame for goals to be " "automatically assessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:118 msgid "Add goals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:120 msgid "" "Challenges can be based on a single goal, or can include multiple goals with" " different targets. To add a goal to the challenge, click :guilabel:`Add a " "line` on the :guilabel:`Goals` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:123 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Goal Definition` field, choose a goal from the drop-down " "list. The :guilabel:`Condition` field automatically updates to reflect the " "condition set on the goal definition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:128 msgid "" "The *CRM Gamification* module contains preconfigured goals geared towards " "salesteams:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:130 msgid ":guilabel:`New Leads`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Time to Qualify a Lead`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:132 msgid ":guilabel:`Days to Close a Dead`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:133 msgid ":guilabel:`New Opportunities`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`New Sales Orders`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:136 msgid "" "Enter a :guilabel:`Target` for the goal based on the :guilabel:`Suffix`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:138 msgid "Repeat these steps for each additional goal." msgstr "" @@ -1569,25 +1787,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The goals tab of a challenge form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:145 msgid "Add rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:147 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Reward` tab. Choose the :ref:`badges ` to be awarded :guilabel:`For 1st User` and :guilabel:`For Every " "Succeeding User` by selecting them from the drop-down lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:152 msgid "" "Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " "of a running period, at the end date of a challenge, or when the challenge " "is manually closed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:155 msgid "" "After setup is complete, click the :guilabel:`Start Challenge` button at the" " top-left of the page to begin the challenge." @@ -1615,6 +1833,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Timezone`, and :guilabel:`Technologies Used`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Enterprise Odoo users with a valid subscription get free credits to test " +":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` features before deciding to purchase more " +"credits for the database. This includes demo/training databases, educational" +" databases, and one-app-free databases." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:21 msgid "" "The *leads* feature **must** be activated in the *CRM* settings page in " @@ -5106,6 +5333,182 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:3 +msgid "Manage sales teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Teams* feature within Odoo's *CRM* app allows for the creation " +"and management of multiple sales teams, each with their own assignment " +"rules, invoicing targets, and roster of salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:9 +msgid "Create a sales team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To create a new sales team, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration " +"--> Sales Teams`, then click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the blank sales team form, enter a name in the :guilabel:`Sales Team` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:16 +msgid "Next, select a :guilabel:`Team Leader` from the drop-down list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Set an :guilabel:`Email Alias` to automatically generate a lead/opportunity " +"for this sales team whenever a message is sent to that unique email address." +" Choose whether to accept emails from :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`, :guilabel:`Followers Only`, or " +":guilabel:`Authenticated Employees`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Select a :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu to assign this team to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company` field is only visible in multi-company databases, " +"and is not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The settings page for a new sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If the *Sales* app is installed on the database, an :guilabel:`Invoicing " +"Target` field appears on the sales team form. This is the revenue target for" +" the current month. The amount entered in this field is used to populate the" +" invoicing progress bar on the :ref:`sales team dashboard `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:39 +msgid "Add sales team members" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To add team members, click :guilabel:`Add` under the :guilabel:`Members` tab" +" when editing the sales team's configuration page. This opens a " +":guilabel:`Create Sales Team Members` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Rule-Based Assignment` feature has **not** been enabled on" +" the *CRM* app's *Settings* page, clicking :guilabel:`Add` under the " +":guilabel:`Members` tab opens an :guilabel:`Add: Salespersons` pop-up " +"window. Tick the checkbox to the far-left of the salesperson to be added to " +"the team, then click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:0 +msgid "The Add: Salespersons pop-up window on a new sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Select a user from the :guilabel:`Salesperson` drop-down list to add them to" +" the team. To prevent this salesperson from being automatically assigned " +"leads, tick the :guilabel:`Skip auto assignment` checkbox. If this feature " +"is activated, the salesperson can still be assigned leads manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The Create Sales Team Members pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Leads (30 days)` field tracks how many leads the salesperson " +"has been assigned in the past thirty days for this team, and the maximum " +"number of leads they should be assigned. To edit the maximum number of leads" +" this salesperson can be assigned, enter that amount in the :guilabel:`Leads" +" (30 days)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:68 +msgid "" +":doc:`Assignment rules <../track_leads/lead_scoring>` can be configured for " +"individual salespeople using the :guilabel:`Domain` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when finished, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to " +"add additional members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:74 +msgid "Enable multi teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To allow salespeople to be assigned to more than one sales team, the *Multi " +"Teams* setting needs to be enabled. First, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`CRM` section, tick" +" the checkbox labeled :guilabel:`Multi Teams`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` " +"at the top-left of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The settings page of the CRM app with the Multi Teams setting enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:88 +msgid "Sales team dashboard" +msgstr "Tableau de bord de l'équipe commerciale" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view the sales team dashboard, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales " +"--> Teams`. Any team the user is a member of appears in the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The sales team dashboard in the CRM app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Each Kanban card gives an overview of the sales team's open opportunities, " +"quotations, sales orders, and expected revenue, as well as a bar graph of " +"new opportunities per week, and an invoicing progress bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Pipeline` button to go directly to that team's *CRM* " +"pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Click on the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon in " +"the top-right corner of the Kanban card to open a drop-down menu. Then, to " +"view or edit the team's settings, click :guilabel:`Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../optimize/utilize_activities`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/merge_similar.rst:3 msgid "Merge similar leads and opportunities" msgstr "" @@ -5294,153 +5697,6 @@ msgid "" "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 -msgid "Multiple sales teams" -msgstr "Plusieurs équipes commerciales" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Sales Teams* feature to manage several sales teams, departments, or" -" channels, each with their own unique sales processes." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez la fonctionnalité *Équipes commerciales* pour gérer plusieurs " -"équipes commerciales, départements ou canaux, chacun ayant ses propres " -"processus de vente." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 -msgid "Create a new sales team" -msgstr "Créer une nouvelle équipe commerciale" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new sales team, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Sales Teams`, then click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" -"Pour créer une nouvelle équipe commerciale, allez à :menuselection:`CRM --> " -"Configuration --> Équipes commerciales` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer`." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:15 -msgid "" -"On the creation page, set an :guilabel:`Email Alias` to automatically " -"generate a lead/opportunity for this sales team every time a message is sent" -" to that unique email address. Choose whether to accept emails from " -":guilabel:`Everyone`, :guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`, or " -":guilabel:`Followers Only`." -msgstr "" -"Sur la page de création, définissez un :guilabel:`Alias de messagerie` pour " -"automatiquement générer une piste/opportunité pour cette équipe commerciale " -"chaque fois qu'un message est envoyé à cette adresse email unique. " -"Choisissez d'accepter des emails de :guilabel:`Tout le monde`, de " -":guilabel:`Partenaires authentifiés` ou d':guilabel:`Abonnés uniquement`." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Set an :guilabel:`Invoicing Target` if this team has specific monthly " -"revenue goals. Set a :guilabel:`Domain` to assign leads/opportunities to " -"this sales team based on specific filters, such as country, language, or " -"campaign." -msgstr "" -"Définissez un :guilabel:`Objectif de facturation` si cette équipe a des " -"objectifs de revenus mensuels spécifiques. Définissez un :guilabel:`Domaine`" -" pour assigner des pistes/opportunités à cette équipe commerciale en " -"fonction de filtres spécifiques, tels que le pays, la langue ou la campagne." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Create a sales team in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "Créer une équipe commerciale dans Odoo CRM." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:29 -msgid "Add members to a sales team" -msgstr "Ajouter des membres à une équipe commerciale" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To add team members, click :guilabel:`Add` under the :guilabel:`Members` tab" -" when editing the sales team's configuration page. Select a salesperson from" -" the drop-down menu or create new salesperson. Set a maximum number of leads" -" that can be assigned to this salesperson in a 30-day period to ensure that " -"they do not overwork." -msgstr "" -"Pour ajouter des membres à une équipe, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter` sous " -"l'onglet :guilabel:`Membres` lors de l'édition de la page de configuration " -"de l'équipe commerciale. Sélectionnez un vendeur dans le menu déroulant ou " -"créez un nouveau vendeur. Définissez un nombre maximum de pistes pouvant " -"être assignées à ce vendeur sur une période de 30 jours afin d'éviter qu'il " -"ne soit surchargé de travail." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Add a salesperson in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "Ajoutez un vendeur dans Odoo CRM." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 -msgid "" -"One person can be added as a team member or :guilabel:`Team Leader` to " -"multiple sales teams, allowing them to access all of the pipelines that they" -" need to." -msgstr "" -"Une personne peut être ajoutée en tant que membre ou :guilabel:`chef " -"d'équipe`, ce qui lui permet d'accéder à tous les pipelines dont elle a " -"besoin." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:44 -msgid "Sales team dashboard" -msgstr "Tableau de bord de l'équipe commerciale" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 -msgid "" -"To view the sales team dashboard, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Sales --> " -"Teams`. Odoo users will see any teams that they are a part of as dashboard " -"tiles." -msgstr "" -"Pour afficher le tableau de bord de l'équipe commerciale, allez à " -":menuselection:`CRM --> Ventes --> Équipes`. Les utilisateurs d'Odoo verront" -" toutes les équipes dont ils font partie sous forme de cartes de tableau de " -"bord." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Each tile gives an overview of the sales team's open opportunities, " -"quotations, sales orders, and expected revenue, as well as a bar graph of " -"new opportunities per week and an invoicing progress bar." -msgstr "" -"Chaque carte donne un aperçu des opportunités ouvertes, des devis, des " -"commandes et des revenus attendus de l'équipe commerciale, ainsi qu'un " -"graphique à barres des nouvelles opportunités par semaine et une barre de " -"progression de la facturation." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Sales team overview dashboard in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "Tableau de bord de l'équipe commerciale dans Odoo CRM." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Click on the three dots in the corner of a tile to open a navigational menu " -"that lets users quickly view documents or reports, create new quotations or " -"opportunities, pick a color for this team, or access the team's " -"configuration page." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur les trois points dans le coin d'une carte pour ouvrir un menu de" -" navigation qui permet aux utilisateurs d'afficher rapidement des documents " -"ou des rapports, de créer de nouveaux devis ou de nouvelles opportunités, de" -" choisir une couleur pour cette équipe ou d'accéder à la page de " -"configuration de l'équipe." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Click the Three Dot Menu in Odoo CRM dashboard to view documents and create " -"opportunities." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur le menu à trois points dans le tableau de bord d'Odoo CRM pour " -"afficher les documents et créer des opportunités." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Pipeline` button to go directly to that team's CRM " -"pipeline." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Pipeline` pour accéder directement au " -"pipeline CRM de cette équipe." - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:5 msgid "Assign and track leads" msgstr "Assigner et suivre des pistes" @@ -8153,7 +8409,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`payment_methods/terminals`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -8375,7 +8631,7 @@ msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` at the bottom of the screen to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:72 @@ -8398,7 +8654,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:96 @@ -8454,16 +8710,14 @@ msgstr "" "paiement fluide à vos clients et facilite le travail de vos caissiers." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 msgid "" -"Worldline payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " +"Ingenico payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:10 msgid "" -"Worldline is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " +"Ingenico is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " "Luxembourg." msgstr "" @@ -8480,38 +8734,54 @@ msgstr "Connecter une IoT Box" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:20 msgid "" -"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"Connecting an Ingenico payment terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " "an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " "database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:26 -msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" -msgstr "Configurer le terminal Lane/5000 pour Ingenico BENELUX" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " -"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:25 +msgid "Configure the Lane/Desk/Move 5000 terminals for Ingenico BENELUX" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Press the function button (:guilabel:`F` on Lane/5000, :guilabel:`⦿` on " +"Desk/5000 and Move/5000)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Kassa menu --> Settings Menu` and enter the settings " +"password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Change Connection` and press :guilabel:`OK` on the next " +"screen." msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur le bouton F du terminal, puis allez à :menuselection:`Menu PdV " -"--> Paramètres` et saisissez le mot de passe des paramètres." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, click on connection change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " -"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " -"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " -"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." +msgid "Select :guilabel:`TCP/IP` and :guilabel:`IP-address`." msgstr "" -"À présent, cliquez sur changement de connexion et TCP/IP. Saisissez l'IP de " -"votre *IoT Box* (vous pouvez trouver l'adresse IP sur la vue formulaire de " -"votre IoT Box). Ensuite, entrez 9000 comme port. Le terminal va redémarrer. " -"Une fois c'est fait, allez sur le formulaire de votre *IoT Box* dans Odoo et" -" vérifiez que le terminal a bien été trouvé." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:32 +msgid "On the next screen, enter the IP address of your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Enter `9000` as port number and press :guilabel:`OK` on the next screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:35 +msgid "" +"At this point, the terminal restarts and should be displayed in your IoT Box" +" form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:43 msgid "" "Enable the payment terminal :ref:`in the application settings " "` and :doc:`create the related payment method " @@ -8521,7 +8791,7 @@ msgid "" "Device` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:57 msgid "" "In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " "Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " @@ -8535,7 +8805,7 @@ msgstr "" "au terminal de paiement et cliquez sur *Envoyer*. Dès que le paiement est " "fait, le statut passe à *Paiement réussi*." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:66 msgid "" "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " "retry to send the payment request." @@ -8543,7 +8813,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous voulez annuler la demande de paiement, cliquez sur annuler. Vous " "pouvez toujours réessayer d'envoyer la demande de paiement." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:69 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" @@ -8554,7 +8824,7 @@ msgstr "" "permettra de valider la commande dans Odoo même si la connexion entre le " "terminal et Odoo rencontre des problèmes." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:75 msgid "" "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " "you the connection failed." @@ -8562,7 +8832,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cette option ne sera disponible que si vous avez reçu un message d'erreur " "vous indiquant que la connexion a échoué." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:78 msgid "" "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " "of card that has been used and the transaction ID." @@ -9107,6 +9377,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Worldline" msgstr "Worldline" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Worldline payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Worldline is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " +"Luxembourg." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo is compatible with Worldline terminals that use the CTEP protocol " @@ -10205,7 +10487,7 @@ msgstr "" "prix sélectionnée `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:42 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:243 msgid "Multiple prices per product" msgstr "Plusieurs prix par produit" @@ -10263,7 +10545,7 @@ msgid "Setup form of a multiple prices pricelist" msgstr "Formulaire de configuration d'une liste de prix à prix multiples" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:321 msgid "Advanced price rules" msgstr "Règles de prix avancées" @@ -12847,16 +13129,22 @@ msgstr "" "mensuels, la gestion des litiges ou des remboursements, **doivent** être " "gérés à partir d'*Amazon Seller Central*, comme d'habitude." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:71 +msgid "" +"As of February 19, 2024, in North American marketplaces, :abbr:`FBA " +"(Fulfilled by Amazon)` orders created with the *Amazon Connector*, do not " +"get the customer's name passed onto the sales/delivery order in Odoo. This " +"is due to the fact that Amazon now calculates, and remits, sales tax on " +"behalf of sellers. In other words, personally identifiable customer " +"information is not transmitted to the seller any longer, after a :abbr:`FBA " +"(Fulfilled by Amazon)` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 msgid "Supported marketplaces" msgstr "Marketplaces prise en charge" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:75 -msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces." -msgstr "" -"Le Connecteur Amazon prend en charge toutes les marketplaces actuelles." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 msgid "" "If a marketplace is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, it's possible to" " :ref:`add a new marketplace `." @@ -12865,7 +13153,87 @@ msgstr "" "est possible d':ref:`ajouter une nouvelle marketplace `." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:86 +msgid "**North America region**" +msgstr "**Région Amérique du Nord**" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Canada" +msgstr "Canada" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Amazon.ca" +msgstr "Amazon.ca" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "Mexique" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Amazon.com.mx" +msgstr "Amazon.com.mx" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:92 +msgid "US" +msgstr "USA." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:92 +msgid "Amazon.com" +msgstr "Amazon.com" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:96 +msgid "**Europe region**" +msgstr "**Région Europe**" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:98 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "Allemagne" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:98 +msgid "Amazon.de" +msgstr "Amazon.de" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:100 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "Espagne" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:100 +msgid "Amazon.es" +msgstr "Amazon.es" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:102 +msgid "France" +msgstr "France" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:102 +msgid "Amazon.fr" +msgstr "Amazon.fr" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:104 +msgid "UK" +msgstr "UK" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:104 +msgid "Amazon.co.uk" +msgstr "Amazon.co.uk" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:106 +msgid "Italy" +msgstr "Italie" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:106 +msgid "Amazon.it" +msgstr "Amazon.it" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:108 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "Pays-Bas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:108 +msgid "Amazon.nl" +msgstr "Amazon.nl" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:30 @@ -12873,7 +13241,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr ":doc:`setup`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:155 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:17 @@ -19543,11 +19911,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Loyalty Cards`: When making purchases, the customer accumulates " -"points to exchange for rewards on future orders." +"points to exchange for rewards on current and/or future orders." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Cartes de fidélité` : Lors de ses achats, le client accumule des " -"points qu'il peut échanger contre des récompenses lors de ses prochaines " -"commandes." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -20541,7 +20906,7 @@ msgstr "" "Produits --> Listes de prix`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:337 msgid "" "Either option reveals the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, in which pricelists " "can be created and/or modified at any time." @@ -20554,15 +20919,27 @@ msgid "How the pricelists page looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "Comment se présente la page des listes de prix dans Odoo Ventes." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:267 +msgid "" +"The order of the pricelists on the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page has an impact" +" on how they are applied. If several pricelists share the same criteria, " +"**only** the first listed pricelist is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"For example, for two pricelists with different rules, but same criteria " +"(e.g., same website, same country), only the *first* pricelist in the list " +"is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:61 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " -"*Sales* and *eCommerce*." +"*Sales* and *eCommerce*. This pricelist is applied by default, if there are " +"no matching criteria." msgstr "" -"La :guilabel:`Liste de prix publique` est la liste de prix par défaut " -"utilisée par Odoo *Ventes* et *eCommerce*." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:64 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, either select the desired pricelist to" " edit, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new pricelist, which reveals a " @@ -20579,7 +20956,7 @@ msgstr "" "Comment se présente le formulaire détaillé des listes de prix dans Odoo " "Ventes." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:72 msgid "" "When creating a new pricelist, start by adding a name for the pricelist at " "the top of the form, in the blank field. Next, select which " @@ -20589,7 +20966,7 @@ msgstr "" " la liste de prix en haut du formulaire, dans le champ vierge. Sélectionnez " "ensuite la :guilabel:`Devise` qui doit être utilisée." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:75 msgid "" "Then, if working in a multi-company environment, select which company this " "pricelist should apply to in the :guilabel:`Company` field. If this field is" @@ -20601,11 +20978,11 @@ msgstr "" " le champ :guilabel:`Société`. Si ce champ est laissé vide, la liste de prix" " s'applique automatiquement à toutes les sociétés de la base de données." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:80 msgid "Price rules tab" msgstr "L'onglet des règles de prix" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:82 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab functionality on a pricelist form varies " "depending on the :guilabel:`Pricelists` setting chosen: either " @@ -20616,7 +20993,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Listes de prix` sélectionné : :guilabel:`Plusieurs prix par " "produit` ou :guilabel:`Règles de prix avancées (remises, formules)`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:86 msgid "" "However, the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab and :guilabel:`Configuration` " "tab are always the same, regardless of the chosen :guilabel:`Pricelists` " @@ -20626,11 +21003,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Configuration` sont toujours les mêmes, indépendamment du " "paramètre de :guilabel:`Listes de prix` sélectionné." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:90 msgid "Price rules tab (multiple prices per product)" msgstr "L'onglet des règles de prix (plusieurs prix par produit)" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:92 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Multiple prices per product` setting activated, the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab on pricelist forms provides the option to add " @@ -20640,7 +21017,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'onglet :guilabel:`Règles de prix` offre la possibilité d'ajouter des " "produits spécifiques, avec un prix spécifique, à une liste de prix." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96 msgid "" "To add a specific product and price to a pricelist form, click the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab, then click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the " @@ -20652,7 +21029,7 @@ msgstr "" " une ligne` dans la colonne :guilabel:`Produits`. Ensuite, sélectionnez le " "produit souhaité pour lequel un prix spécifique doit être appliqué." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 msgid "" "Next, if necessary, select a product variant under the :guilabel:`Variants` " "column (e.g. a specific product size, color, etc.). If no variants are " @@ -20663,7 +21040,7 @@ msgstr "" "spécifique, etc.). Si aucune variante n'est sélectionnée, ce prix " "s'appliquera à toutes les variantes du produit." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104 msgid "" "If a minimum amount of the product must be purchased in order to apply the " "specific price, enter the amount under the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` column." @@ -20672,7 +21049,7 @@ msgstr "" "spécifique s'applique, saisissez le montant dans la colonne " ":guilabel:`Quantité minimale`. " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:107 msgid "" "To configure the price of the product for this specific pricelist, enter the" " desired amount under the :guilabel:`Price` column. Then, there is the " @@ -20684,7 +21061,7 @@ msgstr "" "ensuite la possibilité d'ajouter une :guilabel:`Date de début` et une " ":guilabel:`Date de fin` au prix du produit configuré, si vous le souhaitez." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "" "To add another product line, click :guilabel:`Add a line` again, and repeat " "the process. There is no limit to how many products can be added in the " @@ -20695,7 +21072,7 @@ msgstr "" "ajouter un nombre illimité de produits dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Règles de " "prix` d'une liste de prix." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:114 msgid "" "For more information, check out the following section: :ref:`Multiple prices" " per product `." @@ -20703,11 +21080,11 @@ msgstr "" "Pour plus d'informations, consultez la section suivante : :ref:`Plusieurs " "prix par produit `." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:118 msgid "Price rules tab (advanced price rules)" msgstr "L'onglet des règles de prix (règles de prix avancées)" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` setting " "activated, the :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab on pricelist forms provides the " @@ -20717,7 +21094,7 @@ msgstr "" " est activé, l'onglet :guilabel:`Règles de prix` offre la possibilité de " "configurer des règles de prix détaillées sur la base de formules." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:124 msgid "" "Check out the :ref:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas) " "` section for detailed steps on how to add " @@ -20727,11 +21104,11 @@ msgstr "" "` pour savoir comment ajouter des règles de prix" " avancées à une liste de prix." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 msgid "Time-based rules tab" msgstr "L'onglet des règles basées sur le temps" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 msgid "" "Time-based rules are used specifically with :doc:`subscription products " "`. Be sure to check out the Odoo" @@ -20742,7 +21119,7 @@ msgstr "" "N'oubliez pas de consulter la :doc:`documentation " "` relative à Odoo Abonnements." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:134 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab, the same functionality of the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab is present, with the only difference being that " @@ -20753,7 +21130,7 @@ msgstr "" "la seule différence qu'une période répétitive peut être appliquée dans la " "colonne :guilabel:`Période`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:138 msgid "" "After a :guilabel:`Product` and potential :guilabel:`Variant` are selected " "in the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab, select the blank field in the " @@ -20766,7 +21143,7 @@ msgstr "" "apparaître un menu déroulant de périodes de récurrence prédéfinies (par ex. " "`Mensuel`, `Trimestriel`, `Hebdomadaire`, etc.)." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:142 msgid "" "New recurrence periods can also be directly created from this column, by " "typing in the new name for the :guilabel:`Period` and then selecting " @@ -20787,7 +21164,7 @@ msgstr "" "Formulaire contextuel permettant de personnaliser une période dans Odoo " "Ventes." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:151 msgid "" "From this :guilabel:`Create Period` pop-up form, add a :guilabel:`Name`, " ":guilabel:`Duration`, then a :guilabel:`Unit` (e.g. `Days`, `Weeks`, etc.). " @@ -20798,7 +21175,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Jours`, `Semaines`, etc.). Lorsque vous avez terminé, cliquez sur " ":guilabel:`Enregistrer et Fermer`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:154 msgid "" "Lastly, add the desired price for this time-based rule in the " ":guilabel:`Price` column." @@ -20806,15 +21183,15 @@ msgstr "" "Enfin, ajoutez le prix souhaité pour cette règle basée sur le temps dans la " "colonne :guilabel:`Prix`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:157 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:160 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "Onglet de configuration" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:162 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, there are a few options that can " "further customize the pricelist." @@ -20828,7 +21205,7 @@ msgstr "" "L'onglet des configurations sur le formulaire des listes de prix dans Odoo " "Ventes." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:169 msgid "" "From here, under the :guilabel:`Availability` section, in the " ":guilabel:`Country Groups` field, certain country groups can be added to the" @@ -20840,7 +21217,7 @@ msgstr "" "la liste de prix. Il n'y a pas de limite au nombre de groupes de pays " "pouvant être ajoutés dans ce champ." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:174 msgid "" "If no country is set for a customer, Odoo takes the first pricelist without " "any country group." @@ -20848,7 +21225,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si aucun pays n'est défini pour le client, Odoo prend la première liste de " "prix sans groupe de pays." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:176 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Website` section, there are a few options that can be " "configured. In the :guilabel:`Website` field, this pricelist can be applied " @@ -20861,7 +21238,7 @@ msgstr "" "environnement multi-sites. Si le champ est laissé vide, la liste de prix " "sera appliquée à tous les sites web de la base de données." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:181 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Selectable` checkbox to have this pricelist as a " "selectable option for customers to choose as they shop. If the " @@ -20873,7 +21250,7 @@ msgstr "" "case :guilabel:`Sélectionnable` n'est pas cochée, les clients ne peuvent " "**pas** sélectionner cette liste de prix lorsqu'ils font leurs achats." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:185 msgid "" "Lastly, there is the option to add an :guilabel:`E-commerce Promotional " "Code`. To add a code, type in the desired promo code that, when entered " @@ -20886,11 +21263,11 @@ msgstr "" "client, même si le client n'entre pas dans les critères spécifiés " "précédemment." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:190 msgid "Show discount percentage to customers" msgstr "Afficher le pourcentage de remise aux clients" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:192 msgid "" "With Odoo *Sales*, the option to show the public price *and* the computed " "discount percentage on the product catalog is available." @@ -20898,7 +21275,7 @@ msgstr "" "Avec Odoo *Ventes*, vous avez la possibilité d'afficher le prix public *et* " "le pourcentage de remise sur la catalogue de produits." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:195 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Pricing` section, click the checkbox next " @@ -20910,7 +21287,7 @@ msgstr "" "la cause à côté de la fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Remises`, puis cliquez sur " ":guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer tous les changements." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:199 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Discounts` feature, navigate to the " "pricelists page, either by clicking the :guilabel:`Pricelists` link from the" @@ -20922,7 +21299,7 @@ msgstr "" "partir de la page des :guilabel:`Paramètres` ou en allant à l'application " ":menuselection:`Ventes --> Produits --> Listes de prix`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:203 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, select the desired pricelist to edit. On" " the pricelist form, click into the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab. In the " @@ -20942,11 +21319,11 @@ msgstr "" "Présentation des options de remise sur l'onglet configuration d'une liste de" " prix dans Odoo Ventes." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:211 msgid "The options available in this section are:" msgstr "Les options disponibles dans cette section sont :" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:213 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Discount included in the price`: shows the customer only the " "final price with the discount already included." @@ -20954,7 +21331,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Remise comprise dans le prix` : montre uniquement le prix final " "au client, avec la remise déjà comprise." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:215 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show public price & discount to the customer`: shows the customer" " the public price *and* the discount they're earning." @@ -20962,11 +21339,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Afficher le prix public & la remise au client` : montre aux " "clients le prix public *et* la remise qu'ils ont reçue." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:219 msgid "Customer pricelist application" msgstr "Application d'une liste de prix à un client" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:221 msgid "" "While the default pricelist applied to any customer is the :guilabel:`Public" " Pricelist`, Odoo provides the opportunity to directly apply a different " @@ -20977,7 +21354,7 @@ msgstr "" "directement une liste de prix différents aux clients sur leur fiche de " "contact." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:224 msgid "" "To do that, open the desired customer's contact form, either by navigating " "to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Customers` and selecting the " @@ -20993,7 +21370,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sample customer detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "Exemple d'une fiche détaillée d'un client dans Odoo Ventes." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:232 msgid "" "On the desired customer's contact form, under the :guilabel:`Sales & " "Purchase` tab, in the :guilabel:`Sales` section, designate what pricelist " @@ -21009,7 +21386,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pricelist field in a customer detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "Le champ Liste de prix sur une fiche de client dans Odoo Ventes." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:245 msgid "" "To apply several prices per individual product, select the " ":guilabel:`Multiple prices per product` option, after enabling the " @@ -21023,7 +21400,7 @@ msgstr "" "(:menuselection:`application Ventes --> Configuration --> Paramètres`), et " "cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:249 msgid "" "Next, apply pricelists to specific products using the product form. Navigate" " to the :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and select the " @@ -21038,7 +21415,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Produits` fait apparaître la fiche produit de ce produit sur une " "page séparée." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:254 msgid "" "On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Extra Prices` smart button, " "located at the top of the form." @@ -21052,7 +21429,7 @@ msgstr "" "La présentation du bouton intelligent des prix supplémentaires dans Odoo " "Ventes." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:261 msgid "" "Doing so reveals a separate page displaying the :guilabel:`Price Rules` that" " are specific to that particular product. Here, price rules can be edited or" @@ -21068,7 +21445,7 @@ msgstr "" "La présentation des règles de prix supplémentaires par page produit dans " "Odoo Ventes." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:268 msgid "" "To create a new price rule for a product from this specific :guilabel:`Price" " Rules` page, click :guilabel:`New` to add a new, customizable row that has " @@ -21079,7 +21456,7 @@ msgstr "" " ajouter une nouvelle ligne personnalisée dans laquelle le produit souhaité " "est déjà renseigné dans la colonne :guilabel:`Appliqué à`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:272 msgid "" "Next, select which :guilabel:`Pricelist` this specific product price rule " "should apply to, via the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column." @@ -21088,7 +21465,15 @@ msgstr "" " prix spécifique au produit doit s'appliquer, via le menu déroulant de la " "colonne :guilabel:`Liste de prix`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:276 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " +"*Sales* and *eCommerce*." +msgstr "" +"La :guilabel:`Liste de prix publique` est la liste de prix par défaut " +"utilisée par Odoo *Ventes* et *eCommerce*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:279 msgid "" "To create a new pricelist from this page, type in the desired name of the " "new pricelist in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column, then select " @@ -21105,7 +21490,7 @@ msgstr "" "pouvez également créer des listes de prix sur cette page spécifique " ":guilabel:`Listes de prix`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:285 msgid "" "After the desired pricelist is added to the row, designate a :guilabel:`Min." " Quantity` for the price rule." @@ -21113,7 +21498,7 @@ msgstr "" "Après avoir ajouté la liste de prix souhaitée à la ligne, déterminez une " ":guilabel:`Quantité min.` pour la règle de prix." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:289 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` column is set to `2`, the new price in the " ":guilabel:`Price` column will be applied to orders of 2 or more products. " @@ -21127,7 +21512,7 @@ msgstr "" "incités à acheter plus si le :guilabel:`Prix` s'élève à $85 par produit pour" " une :guilabel:`Quantité minimale` de `2` produits." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:294 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired amount in the :guilabel:`Price` column. Then, if " "needed, enter a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End Date` for the " @@ -21137,7 +21522,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ensuite, le cas échéant, indiquez une :guilabel:`Date de début` et une " ":guilabel:`Date de fin` pour la règle de prix du produit." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:297 msgid "" "And lastly, if working in a multi-company environment, select which company " "this price rule should be applied to in the :guilabel:`Company` field. " @@ -21149,7 +21534,7 @@ msgstr "" "champ :guilabel:`Société`. En laissant ce champ vide, la règle de prix " "s'applique à toutes les sociétés de la base de données." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:301 msgid "" "Click away from the row to activate Odoo's auto-save capability, meaning " "that newly-created price rule is now ready to be used." @@ -21158,7 +21543,7 @@ msgstr "" "d'Odoo, ce qui signifie que la règle de prix nouvellement créée est " "désormais prête à être utilisée." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:304 msgid "" "Proceed to add as many unique price rules per product as desired. There is " "no limit to how many price rules can be added per product." @@ -21167,7 +21552,7 @@ msgstr "" "Il n'y a aucune limite au nombre de règles de prix qui peuvent être ajoutées" " par produit." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:307 msgid "" "With the price rule(s) in place for a specific product, customers who fall " "into those corresponding pricelists automatically see those new prices " @@ -21181,7 +21566,7 @@ msgstr "" "spécifique est également affiché dans le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Prix " "supplémentaires`, situé sur chaque fiche de produit. " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:313 msgid "" "When a price rule/pricelist is added to a product via the :guilabel:`Extra " "Prices` smart button, it is also reflected on the pricelist itself. " @@ -21196,7 +21581,7 @@ msgstr "" "également affichée sur la fiche du produit via le bouton intelligent " ":guilabel:`Prix supplémentaires`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:323 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` pricelist feature" " provides the option to set price change rules based on discounts and " @@ -21208,7 +21593,7 @@ msgstr "" " des formules. Ces changements peuvent être relatifs au prix de la liste de " "produits/catalogue, au coût du produit ou à une autre liste de prix." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:327 msgid "" "To use advanced pricing rules, with discounts and formulas, select the " ":guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` option, after " @@ -21223,7 +21608,7 @@ msgstr "" "(:menuselection:`application Ventes --> Configuration --> Paramètres`), et " "cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:332 msgid "" "After activating and saving that :guilabel:`Pricelists` feature, the " ":guilabel:`Settings` page reloads and, from here, either select the " @@ -21237,7 +21622,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Listes de prix` sur la page des :guilabel:`Paramètres`) ou allez " "à l'application :menuselection:`Ventes --> Produits --> Listes de prix`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:340 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, select a desired pricelist to modify, " "or create a new pricelist by clicking the :guilabel:`New` button." @@ -21246,7 +21631,7 @@ msgstr "" "vous voulez modifier ou créez une nouvelle liste de prix en cliquant sur le " "bouton :guilabel:`Nouveau`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:343 msgid "" "On the pricelist form, under the :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line` to add an advanced price rule. Doing so reveals a " @@ -21265,32 +21650,32 @@ msgstr "" "Présentation de la fenêtre contextuelle permettant de créer des règles de " "liste de prix dans Odoo Ventes." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:352 msgid "Price computation" msgstr "Calcul du prix" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:354 msgid "" "On this form, first choose one of the three :guilabel:`Computation` options:" msgstr "" "Dans cette fenêtre, choisissez d'abord l'une des trois options de " ":guilabel:`Calcul` :" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fixed Price`: the price computation is based on a fixed price." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Prix fixe` : le prix est calculé sur la base d'un prix fixe." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:357 msgid ":guilabel:`Discount`: the price computation is based on a discount." msgstr ":guilabel:`Remise` : le prix est calculé sur la base d'une remise." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:358 msgid ":guilabel:`Formula`: the price computation is based on a formula." msgstr ":guilabel:`Formule` : le prix est calculé sur la base d'une formule." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:361 msgid "" "Each :guilabel:`Computation` option reveals its own computation-specific " "fields on the form." @@ -21298,7 +21683,7 @@ msgstr "" "Chaque option de :guilabel:`calcul` fait apparaître des champs qui lui sont " "propres." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:363 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Fixed Price` is selected, enter the desired price in the " ":guilabel:`Fixed Price` field below. If :guilabel:`Discount` is selected, " @@ -21310,7 +21695,7 @@ msgstr "" "sélectionné :guilabel:`Remise`, vous pouvez indiquer le pourcentage de " "remise souhaité dans le champ :guilabel:`Remise` qui apparaît." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:367 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Formula` is selected, a number of configurable options appear." msgstr "" @@ -21323,7 +21708,7 @@ msgstr "" "Les différentes options de calcul pour les formules présentes dans Odoo " "Ventes." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:373 msgid "" "To configure the :guilabel:`Formula` computation option, start by selecting " "an option from the :guilabel:`Based on` field: :guilabel:`Sales Price`, " @@ -21335,7 +21720,7 @@ msgstr "" " de vente`, :guilabel:`Coût`, ou :guilabel:`Autre liste de prix`. Ce choix " "détermine sur quoi la formule de règle de prix avancée sera basée." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:377 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Discount` field, determine how much of a discount " "should be applied. It should be noted that a mark-up can be applied by " @@ -21345,7 +21730,7 @@ msgstr "" "remise à appliquer. Il convient de noter qu'une majoration peut être " "appliquée en définissant une remise négative dans ce champ." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:381 msgid "" "To formulate a 100% markup (or 2 times the cost of the product), with a $5 " "minimum margin, set the :guilabel:`Based on` field to :guilabel:`Cost`, the " @@ -21366,7 +21751,7 @@ msgstr "" "Comment formuler un coût de majoration avec un marge minimale de 5 dollars " "dans Odoo Ventes." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:389 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` field, specify a fixed amount to add (or " "subtract) to the amount calculated with the discount. After that, enter a " @@ -21379,11 +21764,11 @@ msgstr "" "d'arrondi`. La méthode d'arrondi définit le prix de manière à ce qu'il soit " "un multiple de la valeur du champ." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:394 msgid "Rounding is applied *after* the discount and *before* the surcharge." msgstr "L'arrondi est appliqué *après* la remise et *avant* le supplément." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:397 msgid "" "To have prices that end in 9.99, set the :guilabel:`Rounding Method` to `10`" " and the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` to `-0.01`." @@ -21391,7 +21776,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour que les prix se terminent par 9,99, définissez la :guilabel:`Méthode " "d'arrondi` à `10` et les :guilabel:`Frais supplémentaires` sur `-0,01`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:400 msgid "" "Lastly, specify the minimum amount of margin over the base price in the " ":guilabel:`Margins` field." @@ -21399,7 +21784,7 @@ msgstr "" "Enfin, précisez le montant minimum de la marge par rapport au prix de base " "dans le champ :guilabel:`Marges`. " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:402 msgid "" "Once all formula-related configurations are complete, Odoo provides an " "example of the formula in a blue block to the right of the configurations." @@ -21408,7 +21793,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo fournit un exemple de la forme dans un bloc bleu à droite des " "configurations." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:406 msgid "" "To apply 20% discounts, with prices rounded up to 9.99, set the " ":guilabel:`Based on` field to :guilabel:`Sales Price`, the " @@ -21425,11 +21810,11 @@ msgid "Example of a 20% discount with prices rounded to 9.99 in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" "Exemple d'une remise de 20% avec des prix arrondis à 9,99 dans Odoo Ventes." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:415 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "Conditions" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:417 msgid "" "At the bottom of the :guilabel:`Create Pricelist Rules` pop-up form is the " ":guilabel:`Conditions` section." @@ -21437,7 +21822,7 @@ msgstr "" "La section :guilabel:`Conditions` se trouve au bas de la fenêtre " "contextuelle :guilabel:`Créer des règles de liste de prix`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:420 msgid "" "Here, start by selecting one of the options in the :guilabel:`Apply On` " "field:" @@ -21445,7 +21830,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ici, commencez par sélectionner l'une des options dans le champ " ":guilabel:`Appliquer sur`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:422 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All Products`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to all" " products." @@ -21453,7 +21838,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Tous les produits` : la règle de liste de prix avancée s'applique" " à tous les produits." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to" " a specific category of products." @@ -21461,7 +21846,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Catégorie de produits` : la règle de liste de prix avancée " "s'applique à une catégorie de produits spécifique." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:425 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to a " "specific product." @@ -21469,7 +21854,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Produit` : la règle de liste de prix avancée s'applique à un " "produit spécifique." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:426 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to " "a specific product variant." @@ -21477,7 +21862,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Variante de produit` : la règle de liste de prix avancée " "s'applique à une variante de produit spécifique." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:429 msgid "" "If any of those options, apart from :guilabel:`All Products`, are selected, " "a new option-specific field appears, in which the specific " @@ -21490,7 +21875,7 @@ msgstr "" "produits`, le :guilabel:`Produit` ou la :guilabel:`Variante de produit` " "spécifique." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:433 msgid "" "Then, select a minimum quantity to be applied to the advanced pricelist rule" " in the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` field. Lastly, select a range of dates for" @@ -21501,7 +21886,7 @@ msgstr "" "sélectionnez une plage de dates pour la validation des éléments de la liste " "de prix dans le champ :guilabel:`Validité`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:437 msgid "" "Once all configurations are complete, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " "to save the advanced pricelist rule, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to " @@ -21512,7 +21897,7 @@ msgstr "" "avancée ou cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer & Nouveau` pour immédiatement " "créer une autre règle de liste de prix avancée dans un formulaire vierge." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:442 msgid "" "If a price rule is set for a particular product, and another one for its " "product category, Odoo takes the rule of the product itself." @@ -21521,11 +21906,11 @@ msgstr "" "règle pour sa catégorie de produits, Odoo prend la règle du produit lui-" "même." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:446 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:447 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management`" msgstr "" @@ -26265,7 +26650,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:406 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:107 msgid ":doc:`../subscriptions`" msgstr ":doc:`../subscriptions`" @@ -26274,7 +26659,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../subscriptions`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:407 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:183 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`plans`" msgstr ":doc:`plans`" @@ -26283,7 +26668,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`plans`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:408 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:184 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`products`" msgstr ":doc:`products`" @@ -28615,7 +29000,14 @@ msgid "" "initial subscription product in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The prorated amount is **only** applied to *Service* product types. It is " +"**not** applied to *Consumable* or *Storable* product types, even if the " +"message appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:75 msgid "" "From this new upsell quotation form, add new subscription products in the " ":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " @@ -28628,27 +29020,27 @@ msgid "" "Subscriptions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:82 msgid "" "Once the desired upsell subscription product(s) have been added, it can be " "sent to the customer for approval by clicking the :guilabel:`Send by Email` " "button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:86 msgid "" "When the quotation is confirmed by the customer, the upsell products are " "added to the initial subscription. Quotation prices are then prorated to the" " remaining time of the current invoicing period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:91 msgid "" "Before sending the new quotation to the customer, the unit price, taxes, and" " even discount can be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:94 msgid "" "Once the customer approves, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " "quotation, making it a sales order. When that's clicked, a :guilabel:`Sales " @@ -28656,7 +29048,7 @@ msgid "" " to this initial subscription order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:98 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Sales History` smart button is clicked, Odoo reveals a " "separate page containing a list of the related sales orders, clearly " diff --git a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index c09e5861c..1e4e3e173 100644 --- a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:55+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Orel Nahmany, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n" @@ -600,11 +600,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delete Account` button to confirm the deletion." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:36 msgid "Odoo.com account password change" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:38 msgid "" "To change an Odoo.com account password, first login into the Odoo.com user " "account from the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-" @@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ msgid "" "dashboard appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:41 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:43 msgid "" "To change the Odoo.com password, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security " "Settings` link, below the :menuselection:`Account Security` section. Next, " @@ -622,23 +622,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Change Password` to complete the password change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:47 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:49 msgid "" "If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:53 msgid "" "Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the " "same email address is used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:55 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:57 msgid "Add two-factor authentication" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:59 msgid "" "To add two-factor authentication, login into the Odoo.com user account from " "the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-right corner of " @@ -647,14 +647,14 @@ msgid "" "dashboard appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:64 msgid "" "If the user would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " "Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below " "the :menuselection:`Account Security` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:67 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " "(two-factor authentication)`. Then, confirm the current password in the " @@ -665,26 +665,26 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Verification Code`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:71 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:73 msgid "" "Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete " "the setup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:76 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:76 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`" msgstr "" @@ -5369,63 +5369,309 @@ msgid "It should be stored securely, and should be generated randomly e.g." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:743 -msgid "which will generate a 32 characters pseudorandom printable string." +msgid "which generates a 32-character pseudorandom printable string." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:746 -msgid "Supported Browsers" +msgid "Reset the master password" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:748 msgid "" +"There may be instances where the master password is misplaced, or " +"compromised, and needs to be reset. The following process is for system " +"administrators of an Odoo on-premise database detailing how to manually " +"reset and re-encrypt the master password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:753 +msgid "" +"For more information about changing an Odoo.com account password, see this " +"documentation: :ref:`odoocom/change_password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:756 +msgid "" +"When creating a new on-premise database, a random master password is " +"generated. Odoo recommends using this password to secure the database. This " +"password is implemented by default, so there is a secure master password for" +" any Odoo on-premise deployment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:761 +msgid "" +"When creating an Odoo on-premise database the installation is accessible to " +"anyone on the internet, until this password is set to secure the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:764 +msgid "" +"The master password is specified in the Odoo configuration file (`odoo.conf`" +" or `odoorc` (hidden file)). The Odoo master password is needed to modify, " +"create, or delete a database through the graphical user interface (GUI)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:769 +msgid "Locate configuration file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:771 +msgid "" +"First, open the Odoo configuration file (`odoo.conf` or `odoorc` (hidden " +"file))." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:775 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:148 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:133 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:158 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:180 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:328 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:397 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:460 +msgid "Windows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:777 +msgid "" +"The configuration file is located at: " +"`c:\\\\ProgramFiles\\\\Odoo{VERSION}\\\\server\\\\odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:779 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:25 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:152 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:174 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:199 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:228 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:388 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:450 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:781 +msgid "" +"Depending on how Odoo is installed on the Linux machine, the configuration " +"file is located in one of two different places:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:784 +msgid "Package installation: `/etc/odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:785 +msgid "Source installation: `~/.odoorc`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:788 +msgid "Change old password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:790 +msgid "" +"Once the appropriate file has been opened, proceed to modify the old " +"password in the configuration file to a temporary password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:795 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:843 +msgid "Graphical user interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:797 +msgid "" +"After locating the configuration file, open it using a (:abbr:`GUI " +"(graphical user interface)`). This can be achieved by simply double clicking" +" on the file. Then, the device should have a default :abbr:`GUI (graphical " +"user interface)` to open the file with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:801 +msgid "" +"Next, modify the master password line `admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sha…` to " +"`admin_passwd = newpassword1234`, for example. This password can be " +"anything, as long as it is saved temporarily. Make sure to modify all " +"characters after the `=`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:806 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:825 +msgid "" +"The line appears like this: `admin_passwd = " +"$pbkdf2-sh39dji295.59mptrfW.9z6HkA$w9j9AMVmKAP17OosCqDxDv2hjsvzlLpF8Rra8I7p/b573hji540mk/.3ek0lg%kvkol6k983mkf/40fjki79m`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:810 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:829 +msgid "The modified line appears like this: `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:812 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:852 +msgid "Command-line interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:814 +msgid "" +"Modify the master password line using the following Unix command detailed " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:816 +msgid "" +"Connect to the Odoo server's terminal via Secure Shell (SSH) protocol, and " +"edit the configuration file. To modify the configuration file, enter the " +"following command: :command:`sudo nano /etc/odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:820 +msgid "" +"After opening the configuration file, modify the master password line " +"`admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sha…` to `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`. This " +"password can be anything, as long as it is saved temporarily. Make sure to " +"modify all characters after the `=`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:832 +msgid "" +"It is essential that the password is changed to something else, rather than " +"triggering a new password reset by adding a semicolon `;` at the beginning " +"of the line. This ensures the database is secure throughout the entire " +"password reset process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:837 +msgid "Restart Odoo server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:839 +msgid "" +"After setting the temporary password, a restart of the Odoo server is " +"**required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:845 +msgid "" +"To restart the Odoo server, first, type `services` into the Windows " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. Then, select the :guilabel:`Services` application, " +"and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Odoo` service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:849 +msgid "" +"Next, right click on :guilabel:`Odoo`, and select :guilabel:`Start` or " +":guilabel:`Restart`. This action manually restarts the Odoo server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:854 +msgid "" +"Restart the Odoo server by typing the command: :command:`sudo service odoo15" +" restart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:857 +msgid "" +"Change the number after `odoo` to fit the specific version the server is " +"running on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:860 +msgid "Use web interface to re-encrypt password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:862 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to `/web/database/manager` or " +"`http://server_ip:port/web/database/manager` in a browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:866 +msgid "" +"Replace `server_ip` with the IP address of the database. Replace `port` with" +" the numbered port the database is accessible from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:869 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Set Master Password`, and type in the previously-" +"selected temporary password into the :guilabel:`Master Password` field. " +"Following this step, type in a :guilabel:`New Master Password`. The " +":guilabel:`New Master Password` is hashed (or encrypted), once the " +":guilabel:`Continue` button is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:874 +msgid "" +"At this point, the password has been successfully reset, and a hashed " +"version of the new password now appears in the configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:878 +msgid "" +"For more information on Odoo database security, see this documentation: " +":ref:`db_manager_security`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:882 +msgid "Supported Browsers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:884 +msgid "" "Odoo supports all the major desktop and mobile browsers available on the " "market, as long as they are supported by their publishers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:751 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:887 msgid "Here are the supported browsers:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:753 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:889 msgid "Google Chrome" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:754 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:890 msgid "Mozilla Firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:755 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:891 msgid "Microsoft Edge" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:756 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:892 msgid "Apple Safari" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:758 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:894 msgid "" "Please make sure your browser is up-to-date and still supported by its " "publisher before filing a bug report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:763 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:899 msgid "Since Odoo 13.0, ES6 is supported. Therefore, IE support is dropped." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:766 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:902 msgid "" "to have multiple Odoo installations use the same PostgreSQL database, or to " "provide more computing resources to both software." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:769 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:905 msgid "" "technically a tool like socat_ can be used to proxy UNIX sockets across " "networks, but that is mostly for software which can only be used over UNIX " "sockets" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:773 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:909 msgid "" "or be accessible only over an internal packet-switched network, but that " "requires secured switches, protections against `ARP spoofing`_ and precludes" @@ -5641,19 +5887,6 @@ msgid "" " download the Enterprise packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:25 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:52 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:129 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:152 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:174 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:199 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:228 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:271 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:384 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:446 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:28 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:116 msgid "Prepare" @@ -5692,7 +5925,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:57 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:416 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:420 msgid "" "`wkhtmltopdf` is not installed through **pip** and must be installed " "manually in `version 0.12.6 " @@ -5770,19 +6003,6 @@ msgid "" "manager:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:148 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:70 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:133 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:158 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:180 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:208 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:239 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:324 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:393 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:456 -msgid "Windows" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:151 msgid "" "Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running " @@ -5927,9 +6147,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:186 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:213 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:253 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:347 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:405 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:467 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:351 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:471 msgid "Mac OS" msgstr "" @@ -6081,40 +6301,46 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:280 msgid "" -"For Debian-based systems, the packages are listed in the `debian/control " -"`_ file of the Odoo " -"sources." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:283 -msgid "" "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following commands should install the required " "packages:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:287 +msgid "" +"The `setup/debinstall.sh` script will parse the `debian/control " +"`_ file and install " +"the found packages." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:290 msgid "Install with pip" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:292 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Using pip may lead to security issues and broken dependencies; only do this " +"if you know what you are doing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:296 msgid "" "As some of the Python packages need a compilation step, they require system " "libraries to be installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:295 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:299 msgid "" "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following command should install these required " "libraries:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:301 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:305 msgid "" "Odoo dependencies are listed in the :file:`requirements.txt` file located at" " the root of the Odoo Community directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:305 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:309 msgid "" "The Python packages in :file:`requirements.txt` are based on their " "stable/LTS Debian/Ubuntu corresponding version at the moment of the Odoo " @@ -6123,9 +6349,9 @@ msgid "" "then chosen in the :file:`requirements.txt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:312 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:334 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:353 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:357 msgid "" "It can be preferable not to mix Python module packages between different " "instances of Odoo or with the system. However, it is possible to use " @@ -6133,143 +6359,143 @@ msgid "" "Python environments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:320 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation " "(:file:`CommunityPath`) and run **pip** on the requirements file to install " "the requirements for the current user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:326 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:330 msgid "" "Before installing the dependencies, download and install the `Build Tools " "for Visual Studio `_. Select " "**C++ build tools** in the **Workloads** tab and install them when prompted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:330 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:349 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:334 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:353 msgid "" "Odoo dependencies are listed in the `requirements.txt` file located at the " "root of the Odoo Community directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:342 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " "and run **pip** on the requirements file in a terminal **with Administrator " "privileges**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:357 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:361 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " "and run **pip** on the requirements file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:367 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:371 msgid "" "Non-Python dependencies must be installed with a package manager (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:370 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:374 msgid "Download and install the **Command Line Tools**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:376 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:380 msgid "Use the package manager to install non-Python dependencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:379 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:383 msgid "" "For languages using a **right-to-left interface** (such as Arabic or " "Hebrew), the `rtlcss` package is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:386 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:390 msgid "Download and install **nodejs** and **npm** with a package manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:387 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:396 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:391 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:400 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:413 msgid "Install `rtlcss`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:395 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:399 msgid "Download and install `nodejs `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:402 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:406 msgid "" "Edit the system environment's variable `PATH` to add the folder where " "`rtlcss.cmd` is located (typically: " ":file:`C:\\\\Users\\\\\\\\AppData\\\\Roaming\\\\npm\\\\`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:407 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:411 msgid "" "Download and install **nodejs** with a package manager (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:424 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:428 msgid "Running Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:426 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:430 msgid "" "Once all dependencies are set up, Odoo can be launched by running `odoo-" "bin`, the command-line interface of the server. It is located at the root of" " the Odoo Community directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:429 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:433 msgid "" "To configure the server, either specify :ref:`command-line arguments " "` or a :ref:`configuration file " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:433 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:437 msgid "" "For the Enterprise edition, add the path to the `enterprise` add-ons to the " "`addons-path` argument. Note that it must come before the other paths in " "`addons-path` for add-ons to be loaded correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:437 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:441 msgid "Common necessary configurations are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:439 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:443 msgid "PostgreSQL user and password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:440 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:444 msgid "Custom addon paths beyond the defaults to load custom modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:442 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:446 msgid "A typical way to run the server would be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:453 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:474 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:457 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:478 msgid "" "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, and " "`mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:463 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:467 msgid "" "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, " "`dbuser` is the PostgreSQL login, `dbpassword` is the PostgreSQL password, " "and `mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:477 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:481 msgid "" "After the server has started (the INFO log `odoo.modules.loading: Modules " "loaded.` is printed), open http://localhost:8069 in a web browser and log " @@ -6277,19 +6503,19 @@ msgid "" "the email and, again, `admin` as the password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:482 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:486 msgid "" "From there, create and manage new :doc:`users " "<../../applications/general/users>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:483 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:487 msgid "" "The user account used to log into Odoo's web interface differs from the " ":option:`--db_user ` CLI argument." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:487 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:491 msgid "" ":doc:`The list of CLI arguments for odoo-bin `" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po index 28b25a9fe..a94288f62 100644 --- a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po +++ b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n" @@ -34,430 +34,651 @@ msgid "Activities" msgstr "פעילויות" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database. " -"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " -"chatter thread, kanban view, list view, or activities view of an " -"application." +msgid "*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:10 -msgid "Schedule activities" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The icon used to display activities varies depending on the :ref:`activity " +"type `:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:11 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`🕘 (clock)`: the default icon, which appears if nothing is " +"scheduled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 -msgid "" -"One way that activities are created is by clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule " -"Activity` button, located at the top of the *chatter* on any record. On the " -"pop-up window that appears, select an :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the " -"drop-down menu." +msgid ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)`: this icon appears if a phone call is scheduled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:13 +msgid ":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)`: this icon appears if an email is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:14 +msgid ":guilabel:`✔️ (checkmark)`: this icon appears if a to-do is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:15 msgid "" -"Individual applications have a list of *Activity Types* dedicated to that " -"application. For example, to view and edit the activities available for the " -"*CRM* application, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " -"Activity Types`." +":guilabel:`(group of people)`: this icon appears if a meeting is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(arrow pointing up above a line)`: this icon appears if a " +"document is scheduled to be uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(pencil in a box)`: this icon appears if a signature request is " +"scheduled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Enter a title for the activity in the :guilabel:`Summary` field, located in " -"the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window." +msgid "Schedule activities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:23 msgid "" -"To assign the activity to a different user, select a name from the " -":guilabel:`Assigned to` drop-down menu. Otherwise, the user creating the " -"activity is automatically assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Lastly, feel free to add any additional information in the optional " -":guilabel:`Log a note...` field." +"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " +":ref:`chatter ` thread, :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or " +":ref:`activities view ` of an application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Due Date` field on the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " -"window auto-populates based on the configuration settings for the selected " -":guilabel:`Activity Type`. However, this date can be changed by selecting a " -"day on the calendar in the :guilabel:`Due Date` field." +msgid "Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:32 +msgid "Activities can be created from the chatter on any record." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:34 -msgid "Lastly, click one of the following buttons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:36 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Schedule`: adds the activity to the chatter under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the chatter " -"under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, it is automatically " -"marked as completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:39 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Done \\& Schedule Next`: adds the task under :guilabel:`Today` " -"marked as done, and opens a new activity window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Discard`: discards any changes made on the pop-up window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Depending on the activity type, the :guilabel:`Schedule` button may be " -"replaced by a :guilabel:`Save` button, or an :guilabel:`Open Calendar` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Scheduled activities are added to the chatter for the record under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Activities can also be scheduled from the kanban, list, or activities view " -"of an application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:59 -msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`, and proceed to fill " -"out the pop-up form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:67 -msgid "List view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`. If the record already " -"has an activity scheduled, the clock icon may be replaced by a :guilabel:`📞 " -"(phone)` or an :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:76 -msgid "Activity view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:78 -msgid "" -"To open the activity view for an application, select the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon from the menu bar anywhere in the database. Select any " -"application from the drop-down menu, and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " -"icon for the desired app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Activity menu drop down with focus on where to open activity view for CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Move across the row to " -"find the desired activity type, then click the :guilabel:`＋ (plus sign)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" -" throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Activities that appear in **green** indicate a due date sometime in the " -"future." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:96 -msgid "**Yellow** indicates that the activity's due date is today." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Red** indicates that the activity is overdue and the due date has passed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:99 -msgid "" -"For example, if an activity is created for a phone call, and the due date " -"passes, the activity appears with a red phone in list view, and a red clock " -"on the kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:103 -msgid "View scheduled activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:105 -msgid "" -"To view scheduled activities, open either the :menuselection:`Sales app` or " -":menuselection:`CRM app` and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, located " -"to the far-right side of the other view options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Doing so opens the activities menu, showcasing all the scheduled activities " -"for the user, by default. To show all activities for every user, remove the " -":guilabel:`My Pipeline` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To view a consolidated list of activities separated by the application where" -" they were created, and by deadline, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon on" -" the header menu to see the activities for that specific application in a " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The possibility to :guilabel:`Add new note` and :guilabel:`Request a " -"Document` appear at the bottom of this drop-down menu, when the :guilabel:`🕘" -" (clock)` icon on the header menu is clicked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads page emphasizing the activities menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:123 -msgid "Configure activity types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:125 -msgid "" -"To configure the types of activities in the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss --> Activities --> Activity Types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " -"activity types are found." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To edit an existing activity type, select it from the list, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`. To create a new activity type, click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:136 -msgid "" -"At the top of a blank activity type form, start by choosing a " -":guilabel:`Name` for the new activity type." +"To schedule a new activity, click the :guilabel:`Activities` button, located" +" at the top of the chatter. In the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " +"window that appears, :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 msgid "New activity type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:143 -msgid "Activity settings" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:45 +msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:146 -msgid "Action" -msgstr "פעולה" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 msgid "" -"The *Action* field specifies the intent of the activity. Some actions " -"trigger specific behaviors after an activity is scheduled." +"Another way that activities are created is from the Kanban view in an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "The Kanban icon in the top menu, highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon located at the bottom of " +"an individual record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`+ Schedule An Activity`, then proceed to :ref:`fill out the" +" Schedule Activity form `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If a record already has a scheduled activity, the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon" +" is replaced by the icon that represents the existing scheduled activity. " +"Click on the activity type's icon to schedule another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:70 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:72 +msgid "Activities can also be created from a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Activities` column is hidden, reveal it using the " +":guilabel:`(additional options toggle)` icon in the far-right of the top " +"row, represented by two horizontal lines with two dots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon for the record the activity is" +" being added to, then click :guilabel:`+ Schedule an activity`. Proceed to " +":ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form ` that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:93 +msgid "Activity view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Most applications in Odoo have an *Activity* view available. If available, a" +" :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon is visible in the top-right of the main" +" menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To open the activity view, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "Top-right menu with the Activities icon called out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In this view, all the available activities are listed in the columns, while " +"the horizontal entries represent all the individual records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Activities that appear green have a due date in the future, activities that " +"appear orange are due today, while activities appearing red are overdue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Color bars in each column represent records for specific activity types, and" +" display a number indicating how many activities are scheduled for that " +"type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If multiple activity types are scheduled for a record, a number appears in " +"the box, indicating the total number of scheduled activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" +" throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To schedule an activity for a record, hover over the corresponding field, " +"and a :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` appears. Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)`, and then :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 +msgid "Schedule Activity form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Activities can be scheduled from many different places, such as from the " +":ref:`chatter ` of a record, or from one of multiple " +"views in an application, when available: the :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or :ref:`activity " +"view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Activity Type`: select the type of activity from the drop-down " +"menu. The default options are: :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Call`, " +":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`To-Do`. Depending on what other " +"applications are installed, additional options may be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Individual applications have a list of dedicated :ref:`activity types " +"`. For example, installing the *Sales* application makes " +":guilabel:`Order Upsell` available, while installing the *Sign* application " +"makes :guilabel:`Request Signature` available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Summary`: enter a short title for the activity, such as `Discuss " +"Proposal`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date`: using the calendar popover, select the activity's " +"deadline." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected, a link to upload a document is " -"added directly to the planned activity in the chatter." +":guilabel:`Assigned to`: by default, the current user populates this field. " +"To assign a different user to the activity, select them from the drop-down " +"menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 msgid "" -"If either :guilabel:`Phonecall` or :guilabel:`Meeting` are selected, users " -"have the option to open their calendar to schedule a time for this activity." +":guilabel:`Notes`: add any additional information for the activity in this " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Request Signature` is selected, a link is added to the planned" -" activity in the chatter that opens a signature request pop-up window." +"When the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window is completed, click one" +" of the following buttons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:158 msgid "" -"The actions available to select on an activity type vary, depending on the " -"applications currently installed in the database." +":guilabel:`Open Calendar`: opens the user's calendar to add and schedule the" +" activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:163 -msgid "Default user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:160 msgid "" -"To automatically assign this activity to a specific user when this activity " -"type is scheduled, choose a name from the :guilabel:`Default User` drop-down" -" menu. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to the user who" -" creates the activity." +"Click on the desired date and time for the activity, and a :guilabel:`New " +"Event` pop-up window appears. The summary from the *Schedule Activity* pop-" +"up window populates the :guilabel:`Title` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:170 -msgid "Default summary" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Enter the information in the :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up window, then click" +" :guilabel:`Save & Close` to schedule it. Once scheduled, the activity is " +"added to the chatter under the :guilabel:`Planned Activities` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Activity Type` is set to either :guilabel:`Call` or " +":guilabel:`Meeting`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 msgid "" -"To include notes whenever this activity type is created, enter them into the" -" :guilabel:`Default Summary` field." +":guilabel:`Schedule`: schedules the activity, and adds the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Planned Activities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:174 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule & Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the" +" chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, and is " +"automatically marked as done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next`: adds the details of the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, is " +"automatically marked as done, and a new :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up" +" window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancel`: discards any changes made on the :guilabel:`Schedule " +"Activity` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:188 +msgid "All scheduled activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To view a consolidated list of activities, organized by application, click " +"the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon in the header menu, located in the top-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If any activities are scheduled, the number of activities appear in a red " +"bubble on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:196 +msgid "" +"All activities for each application are further divided into subsections, " +"indicating where in the application the activity is to be completed. Each " +"sub-section lists the number of scheduled activities that are " +":guilabel:`Late`, due :guilabel:`Today`, and scheduled in the " +":guilabel:`Future`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:202 +msgid "" +"In the *Time Off* application, one activity is scheduled to be done in the " +"*All Time Off* requests dashboard, and six activities are scheduled to be " +"done in the *Allocations* dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:205 +msgid "" +"These requests appear in two separate lists in the all activities drop-down " +"menu: one labeled `Time Off` and one labeled `Time Off Allocation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list of activities that is accessed from the main menu bar. Two entries for the Time\n" +"Off application are highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:214 +msgid "Request a document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The option to :guilabel:`Request a Document` is available at the bottom of " +"the list of :ref:`all scheduled activities `, the option to " +":guilabel:`Request a Document` appears. Click :guilabel:`Request a " +"Document`, and a :guilabel:`Request a file` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:222 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Name`: enter a name for the document being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request To`: select the user the document is being requested from" +" using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date In`: enter a numerical value indicating when the " +"document is due. Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. " +"Click :guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. " +"Select the desired time-frame option from the list. The options are " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:229 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +":ref:`Workspace ` the document is being uploaded to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any desired tags from the drop-down menu. The " +"available tags displayed are based on the tags configured for the selected " +":guilabel:`Workspace`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message`: enter a message to clarify the document request in this" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:235 +msgid "" +"When all the fields are completed, click :guilabel:`Request` to send the " +"document request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Request a file form, with all fields filled out to request a contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:244 +msgid "Activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured types of activities in the database, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss section --> Activities " +"setting --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activity Types button in the Settings application under the Discuss section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " +"activity types are found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "The list of activity types already configured and available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:260 +msgid "Edit activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:262 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing :ref:`activity type `, click on the " +"activity type, and the activity type form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:265 +msgid "" +"Make any desired changes to the activity type form. The form automatically " +"saves, but it can be saved manually at any time by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Save Manually` option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:270 +msgid "Create new activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:272 +msgid "" +"To create a new :ref:`activity type `, click " +":guilabel:`New` from the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, and a blank " +"activity type form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the activity type at the top of the form, then " +"enter the following information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:279 +msgid "Activity Settings section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:281 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Action`: using the drop-down menu, select an action associated " +"with this new activity type. Some actions trigger specific behaviors after " +"an activity is scheduled, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:284 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Upload Document`: if selected, a link to upload a document is " +"automatically added to the planned activity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:286 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Call` or :guilabel:`Meeting`: if selected, users have the option " +"to open their calendar to select a date and time for the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request Signature`: if selected, a link to open a signature " +"request pop-up window is automatically added to the planned activity in the " +"chatter. This requires the Odoo *Sign* application to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Available activity types vary based on the installed applications in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folder`: select a specific :ref:`workspace " +"` folder to save a document to. This field **only** " +"appears if :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Action`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Folder` the document is " +"saved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default User`: select a user from the drop-down menu to " +"automatically assign this activity to the selected user when this activity " +"type is scheduled. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to " +"the user who creates the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Summary`: enter a note to include whenever this activity " +"type is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:307 +msgid "" "The information in the :guilabel:`Default User` and :guilabel:`Default " "Summary` fields are included when an activity is created. However, they can " "be altered before the activity is scheduled or saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:181 -msgid "Next activity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:311 msgid "" -"To automatically suggest, or trigger, a new activity after an activity has " -"been marked complete, the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` must be set." +":guilabel:`Keep Done`: tick this checkbox to keep activities that have been " +"marked as `Done` visible in the :ref:`activity view `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:187 -msgid "Suggest next activity" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:313 +msgid ":guilabel:`Default Note`: enter any notes to appear with the activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:316 +msgid "Next Activity section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:318 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field, select :guilabel:`Suggest Next " -"Activity`. Upon doing so, the field underneath changes to: " -":guilabel:`Suggest`. Click the :guilabel:`Suggest` field drop-down menu to " -"select any activities to recommend as follow-up tasks to this activity type." +"It is possible to have another activity either suggested or triggered. To do" +" so, configure the :guilabel:`Next Activity` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:321 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Schedule` field, choose a default deadline for these " -"activities. To do so, configure a desired number of :guilabel:`Days`, " -":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, decide if it should occur " -":guilabel:`after completion date` or :guilabel:`after previous activity " -"deadline`." +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`: select either :guilabel:`Suggest Next Activity` " +"or :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` from the drop-down menu. Depending on " +"the selected option, either the :guilabel:`Suggest` or :guilabel:`Trigger` " +"field is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:198 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:326 msgid "" -"This :guilabel:`Schedule` field information can be altered before the " -"activity is scheduled." +"The :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field does **not** appear if :guilabel:`Upload" +" Document` is selected for the :guilabel:`Action`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:227 -msgid "When all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Suggest/Trigger`: depending on what is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`, this field either displays :guilabel:`Suggest` or" +" :guilabel:`Trigger`. Using the drop-down menu, select the activity to " +"recommend or schedule as a follow-up task to the activity type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:332 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: configure when the next activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:334 +msgid "" +"First, enter a numerical value indicating when the activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. Click " +":guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. Select the" +" desired time-frame option from the list. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:340 +msgid "" +"Lastly, using the drop-down menu, select whether the activity is scheduled " +"or triggered either :guilabel:`after previous activity deadline` or " +":guilabel:`after completion date`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "Schedule activity popup with emphasis on recommended activities." +msgid "A new Activity form with all the fields filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Suggest " -"Next Activity`, and has activities listed in the :guilabel:`Suggest` field, " -"users are presented with recommendations for activities as next steps." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:348 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:211 -msgid "Trigger next activity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Setting the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` to :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` " -"immediately launches the next activity once the previous one is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` is selected in the :guilabel:`Chaining " -"Type` field, the field beneath changes to: :guilabel:`Trigger`. From the " -":guilabel:`Trigger` field drop-down menu, select the activity that should be" -" launched once this activity is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Schedule new activity popup with emphasis on Done and launch next button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Trigger" -" Next Activity`, marking the activity as `Done` immediately launches the " -"next activity listed in the :guilabel:`Trigger` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:238 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:239 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:349 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss/team_communication`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index e0ae586bc..94544fad6 100644 --- a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Orel Nahmany, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n" @@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 @@ -597,6 +597,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:583 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:701 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 @@ -1916,6 +1917,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:32 msgid "Transactions" msgstr "עסקאות" @@ -2467,7 +2469,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:90 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:432 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:363 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "Customer invoices" @@ -2693,7 +2695,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:169 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:242 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:376 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 @@ -4069,6 +4071,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:38 msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" msgstr "" @@ -5841,23 +5844,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 msgid "" -"This document addresses a specific use case for theoretical purposes. " -"Navigate :ref:`here ` for " -"instructions on how to set up and use |AVCO| in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:32 -msgid "" -":ref:`Using inventory valuation `" +"This document addresses a specific use case for theoretical purposes. For " +"instructions on how to set up and use |AVCO|, refer to the :doc:`inventory " +"valuation configuration " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +" doc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 msgid "" +":doc:`Using inventory valuation " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:35 +msgid "" ":ref:`Other inventory valuation methods " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:40 msgid "" "To use average cost inventory valuation on a product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and " @@ -5866,17 +5872,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to `Automated`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:46 msgid "" -":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration " -"`" +":doc:`Inventory valuation configuration " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 msgid "Using average cost valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "" "The average cost method adjusts the inventory valuation when products are " "received in the warehouse. This section explains how it works, but if the " @@ -5884,37 +5890,37 @@ msgid "" "` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:59 msgid "Formula" msgstr "נוסחה" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:61 msgid "" "When new products arrive, the new average cost for each product is " "recomputed using the formula:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:63 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{(Old~Qty \\times Old~Avg~Cost) + (Incoming~Qty \\times Purchase~Price)}{Final~Qty}\n" "\n" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:66 msgid "**Old Qty**: product count in stock before receiving the new shipment;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:67 msgid "" "**Old Avg Cost**: calculated average cost for a single product from the " "previous inventory valuation;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:69 msgid "**Incoming Qty**: count of products arriving in the new shipment;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:70 msgid "" "**Purchase Price**: estimated price of products at the reception of products" " (since vendor bills may arrive later). The amount includes not only the " @@ -5923,214 +5929,217 @@ msgid "" "vendor bill, this price is adjusted;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:74 msgid "**Final Qty**: quantity of on-hand stock after the stock move." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 msgid "" "When products leave the warehouse, the average cost **does not** change. " "Read about why the average cost valuation is **not** adjusted :ref:`here " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:85 msgid "Compute average cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:87 msgid "" "To understand how the average cost of a product changes with each shipment, " "consider the following table of warehouse operations and stock moves. Each " "is a different example of how the average cost valuation is affected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Operation" msgstr "פעולה" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 msgid "Incoming Value" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "שווי מלאי" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Avg Cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:424 msgid "$0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 msgid "0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "Receive 8 tables at $10/unit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "8 * $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "$80" msgstr "$80" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "8" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "$10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 msgid "Receive 4 tables at $16/unit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 msgid "4 * $16" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 msgid "$144" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "$12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 msgid "Deliver 10 tables" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 msgid "-10 * $12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "$24" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:106 msgid "" "Ensure comprehension of the above computations by reviewing the \"Receive 8 " "tables at $10/unit\" example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:109 msgid "Initially, the product stock is 0, so all values are $0." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:111 msgid "" "In the first warehouse operation, `8` tables are received at `$10` each. The" " average cost is calculated using the :ref:`formula " "`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:114 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{0 + 8 \\times $10}{8} = \\frac{$80}{8} = $10\n" "\n" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "" "Since the *incoming quantity* of tables is `8` and the *purchase price* for " "each is `$10`," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:118 msgid "The inventory value in the numerator is evaluated to `$80`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 msgid "`$80` is divided by the total amount of tables to store, `8`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:120 msgid "`$10` is the average cost of a single table from the first shipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:122 msgid "" "To verify this in Odoo, in the *Purchase* app, order `8` quantities of a new" " product, `Table`, with no previous stock moves, for `$10` each." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:125 msgid "" "In the table's :guilabel:`Product Category` field in the :guilabel:`General " "Information` tab of the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon," @@ -6139,13 +6148,13 @@ msgid "" " Valuation` to `Automated`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "" "Then, return to the purchase order. Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`, and " "click :guilabel:`Receive Products` to confirm receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:133 msgid "" "Next, check the inventory valuation record generated by the product " "reception by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> " @@ -6159,7 +6168,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show inventory valuation of 8 tables in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "" "When the product category's :guilabel:`Costing Method` is set to " ":guilabel:`AVCO`, then the average cost of a product is also displayed on " @@ -6167,11 +6176,11 @@ msgid "" "on the product page itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:149 msgid "Product delivery (use case)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:151 msgid "" "For outgoing shipments, :ref:`outbound products have no effect on the " "average cost valuation `. Although the " @@ -6180,47 +6189,47 @@ msgid "" "customer location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:157 msgid "" "To demonstrate that the average cost valuation is not recalculated, examine " "the \"Deliver 10 tables\" example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{12 \\times $12 + (-10) \\times $12}{12-10} = \\frac{24}{2} = $12\n" "\n" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "" "Because 10 tables are being sent out to customers, the *incoming quantity* " "is `-10`. The previous average cost (`$12`) is used in lieu of a vendor's " "*purchase price*;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:165 msgid "The *incoming inventory value* is `-10 * $12 = -$120`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:166 msgid "" "The old *inventory value* (`$144`) is added to the *incoming inventory " "value* (`-$120`), so `$144 + -$120 = $24`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:168 msgid "" "Only `2` tables remain after shipping out `10` tables from `12`. So the " "current *inventory value* (`$24`) is divided by the on-hand quantity (`2`);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:170 msgid "" "`$24 / 2 = $12`, which is the same average cost as the previous operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:172 msgid "" "To verify this in Odoo, sell `10` tables in the *Sales* app, validate the " "delivery, and then review the inventory valuation record by going to in " @@ -6229,7 +6238,7 @@ msgid "" "by `-$120`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:177 msgid "" "**Note**: What is not represented in this stock valuation record is the " "revenue made from this sale, so this decrease is not a loss to the company." @@ -6239,53 +6248,53 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show how deliveries decrease inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:187 msgid "Return items to supplier (use case)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:189 msgid "" "Because the price paid to suppliers can differ from the price the product is" " valued at with the |AVCO| method, Odoo handles returned items in a specific" " way." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:192 msgid "" "Products are returned to suppliers at the original purchase price, but;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:193 msgid "The internal cost valuation remains unchanged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 msgid "" "The above :ref:`example table ` is updated as" " follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 msgid "Qty*Avg Cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 msgid "Return 1 table bought at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 msgid "-1 * $12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:242 msgid "1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:205 msgid "" "In other words, returns to vendors are perceived by Odoo as another form of " "a product exiting the warehouse. To Odoo, because the table is valued at $12" @@ -6294,7 +6303,7 @@ msgid "" "average cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:211 msgid "" "To return a single table that was purchased for `$10`, navigate to the " "receipt in the *Inventory* app for the :ref:`8 tables purchased in Exercise " @@ -6302,7 +6311,7 @@ msgid "" " clicking on :guilabel:`Receipts`, and selecting the desired receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:216 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Return` on the validated delivery order, and modify " "the quantity to `1` in the reverse transfer window. This creates an outgoing" @@ -6310,7 +6319,7 @@ msgid "" " shipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:220 msgid "" "Return to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation` " "to see how the outgoing shipment decreases the inventory value by $12." @@ -6320,63 +6329,63 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inventory valuation for return." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:230 msgid "Eliminate stock valuation errors in outgoing products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:232 msgid "" "Inconsistencies can occur in a company's inventory when the average cost " "valuation is recalculated on outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:235 msgid "" "To demonstrate this error, the table below displays a scenario in which 1 " "table is shipped to a customer and another is returned to a supplier at the " "purchased price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 msgid "Qty*Price" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 msgid "Ship 1 product to customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 msgid "-1 \\* $12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "Return 1 product initially bought at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "-1 \\* $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$2**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "**0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:248 msgid "" "In the final operation above, the final inventory valuation for the table is" " `$2` even though there are `0` tables left in stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:251 msgid "Correct method" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:253 msgid "" "Use the average cost to value the return. This does not mean the company " "gets $12 back for a $10 purchase; the item returned for $10 is valued " @@ -6384,11 +6393,11 @@ msgid "" " no longer being accounted for in company assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:258 msgid "Anglo-Saxon accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:260 msgid "" "In addition to using |AVCO|, companies that use **Anglo-Saxon accounting** " "also keep a holding account that tracks the amount to be paid to vendors. " @@ -6398,13 +6407,13 @@ msgid "" "vendor bill is received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:266 msgid "" ":ref:`Anglo-Saxon vs. Continental " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:268 msgid "" "The table below reflects journal entries and accounts. The *stock input* " "account stores the money intended to pay vendors when the vendor bill has " @@ -6413,71 +6422,71 @@ msgid "" "price it was bought for, a *price difference* account is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Stock Input" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Price Diff" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 msgid "Receive 8 tables at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 msgid "($80)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 msgid "Receive 4 tables at $16" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 msgid "($64)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "Deliver 10 tables to customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "Return 1 table initially bought at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$10**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$12**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "$2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:296 msgid "Product reception" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:299 msgid "Summary" msgstr "תקציר" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:301 msgid "" "At product reception, Odoo ensures companies can pay for goods that were " "purchased by preemptively moving an amount matching the price of received " @@ -6489,7 +6498,7 @@ msgid "" "bill is received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:308 msgid "" "Inventory valuation is a method of calculating how much each in-stock " "product is worth internally. Since there is a difference between the price " @@ -6498,44 +6507,44 @@ msgid "" "crediting and debiting operations of the **Stock Input** account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:313 msgid "To conceptualize all this, follow the breakdown below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:316 msgid "Accounts balanced at received products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:318 msgid "" "In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, `table`, in " "stock. Then, 8 tables are received from the vendor:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:321 msgid "" "The **Stock Input** account stores `$80` of credit owed to the vendor. The " "amount in this account is unrelated to the inventory value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:323 msgid "" "`$80` worth of tables came **in** (**debit** the *Inventory Value* account " "`$80`), and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:324 msgid "" "`$80` must be paid **out** for received goods (**credit** the *Stock Input* " "account `$80`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:324 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:370 msgid "In Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:329 msgid "" "Odoo generates an accounting journal entry when shipments that use |AVCO| " "costing method are received. Configure a :guilabel:`Price Difference " @@ -6543,7 +6552,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category` field on the product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:333 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Account Properties`, create a new :guilabel:`Price " "Difference Account` by typing in the name of the account and clicking " @@ -6555,7 +6564,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create price difference account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:341 msgid "" "Then, receive the shipment in the *Purchase* app or *Inventory* app, and " "navigate to the :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal " @@ -6567,7 +6576,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show accounting entry of 8 tables from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:349 msgid "" "Click on the line for 8 tables. This accounting journal entry shows that " "when the 8 tables were received, the `Stock Valuation` account increased by " @@ -6579,35 +6588,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit stock valuation and credit stock input 80 dollars." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:358 msgid "Accounts balanced at received vendor bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:360 msgid "" "In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, table, in " "stock. Then, 8 tables are received from the vendor. When the bill is " "received from vendor for 8 tables:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:363 msgid "" "Use `$80` in the **Stock Input** account to pay the bill. This cancels out " "and the account now holds `$0`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:365 msgid "Debit **Stock Input** `$80` (to reconcile this account)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:366 msgid "" "Credit **Accounts payable** `$80`. This account stores the amount the " "company owes others, so accountants use the amount to write checks to " "vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:372 msgid "" "Once the vendor requests payment, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Orders --> Purchase` and select the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for " @@ -6615,7 +6624,7 @@ msgid "" "Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:376 msgid "" "Switch to the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view how `$80` is transferred" " from the holding account, `Stock Interim (Received)` to `Accounts Payable`." @@ -6626,24 +6635,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show bill linked to the purchase order for 8 tables." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:385 msgid "On product delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:387 msgid "" "In the :ref:`above example table `, when 10" " products are delivered to a customer, the **Stock Input** account is " "untouched because there are no new products coming in. To put it simply:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:391 msgid "" "**Inventory valuation** is credited `$120`. Subtracting from inventory " "valuation represents `$120` worth of products exiting the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:393 msgid "Debit **Accounts Receivable** to record revenue from the sale." msgstr "" @@ -6651,7 +6660,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show journal items linked to sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:401 msgid "" "In the accounting journal entry invoicing a customer for 10 tables, the " "accounts **Product Sales**, **Tax Received**, and **Accounts Receivable** " @@ -6659,7 +6668,7 @@ msgid "" "account where the customer payment will be received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:405 msgid "" "Anglo-Saxon accounting recognizes the cost of goods sold (COGS) once the " "sale is made. So, up until the product is sold, scrapped, or returned, costs" @@ -6668,11 +6677,11 @@ msgid "" "period of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:411 msgid "On product return" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:413 msgid "" "In the :ref:`above example table `, when " "returning 1 product to a vendor purchased at `$10`, a company expects `$10` " @@ -6683,31 +6692,31 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:420 msgid "" "Behavior of *price difference accounts* varies from localization. In this " "case, the account is intended to store differences between vendor price and " "*automated* inventory valuation methods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:423 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "סיכום:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:425 msgid "" "Debit **Stock Input** account `$10` to move the table from stock to stock " "input. This move is to indicate that the table is to be processed for an " "outgoing shipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:427 msgid "" "Debit **Stock Input** an additional `$2` to account for the **Price " "Difference**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:428 msgid "" "Credit **Stock Valuation** `$12` because the item is leaving the stock." msgstr "" @@ -6716,16 +6725,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "2 dollar difference expensed in Price Difference account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:434 msgid "Once the vendor's refund is received," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:436 msgid "" "Credit **Stock Input** account `$10` to reconcile the price of the table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:437 msgid "" "Debit **Accounts Payable** `$10` to have the accountants collect and " "register the payment in their journal." @@ -6739,7 +6748,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:361 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:247 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:258 @@ -7432,6 +7441,7 @@ msgid "Partial payment 2/2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:422 msgid "30" msgstr "30" @@ -7669,7 +7679,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:254 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:278 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 @@ -7826,6 +7836,7 @@ msgid "VAT units tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:339 msgid "Fiscal position" msgstr "עמדה פיסקלית" @@ -11533,6 +11544,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:32 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "דרישות קדם" @@ -11683,6 +11695,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:150 msgid ":doc:`../get_started`" msgstr "" @@ -11910,11 +11923,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:105 msgid "" -"Setting an :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` is **irreversible** and cannot be" -" removed." +"Install the :guilabel:`Irreversible Lock Date` (`account_lock`) module to " +"make the :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` *irreversible* once set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:109 msgid "" "A specific year-end closing entry is **optional** in order to close out the " "**profit and loss statement**. The reports are created in real-time, meaning" @@ -12008,7 +12021,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:386 msgid "Tax computation" msgstr "" @@ -12071,6 +12084,7 @@ msgstr "מס" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:397 msgid "Total" msgstr "סה\"כ" @@ -12765,110 +12779,1701 @@ msgid "" "to only work with one price reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:3 -msgid "Avatax integration" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:5 -msgid "Avatax is a tax calculation provider that can be integrated in Odoo." +msgid "AvaTax integration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:98 -msgid "Credential configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:7 msgid "" -"To integrate Avatax with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes` and add your Avatax credentials in the" -" :guilabel:`Avatax` section." +"Avalara's *AvaTax* is a cloud-based tax software. Integrating *AvaTax* with " +"Odoo provides real-time and region-specific tax calculations when users " +"sell, purchase, and invoice items in Odoo. *AvaTax* tax calculation is " +"supported with every United Nations charted country, including inter-border " +"transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:13 msgid "" -"If you do not yet have credentials, click on :guilabel:`How to Get " -"Credentials`." +"*AvaTax* is only available for integration with databases/companies that " +"have locations in the United States, Canada, and Brazil. This means the " +"fiscal position/country of a database can only be set to the United States, " +"Canada, or Brazil. For more information, reference this documentation: " +":ref:`avatax/fiscal_country`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Configure Avatax settings" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:18 +msgid "" +"*AvaTax* accounts for location-based tax rates for each state, county, and " +"city. It improves remittance accuracy by paying close attention to laws, " +"rules, jurisdiction boundaries, and special circumstances (like, tax " +"holidays, and product exemptions). Companies who integrate with *AvaTax* can" +" maintain control of tax-calculations in-house with this simple :abbr:`API " +"(application programming interface)` integration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:25 -msgid "Tax mapping" +msgid "" +"Some limitations exist in Odoo while using *AvaTax* for tax calculation:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:27 msgid "" -"The Avatax integration is available on Sale Orders and Invoices with the " -"included Avatax fiscal position." +"*AvaTax* is **not** supported in Odoo's *Point of Sale* app, because a " +"dynamic tax calculation model is excessive for transactions within a single " +"delivery address, such as stores or restaurants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:30 msgid "" -"Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the " -"product categories." +"*AvaTax* and Odoo use the company address and **not** the warehouse address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Specify Avatax Category on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:31 msgid "" -"Avatax Categories may be overridden or set on individual products as well." +"Exercise tax is **not** supported. This includes tobacco/vape taxes, fuel " +"taxes, and other specific industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Avalara's support documents: `About AvaTax " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:39 +msgid "Set up on AvaTax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To use *AvaTax*, an account with Avalara is required for the setup. If one " +"has not been set up yet, connect with Avalara to purchase a license: " +"`Avalara: Let's Talk `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Upon account setup, take note of the *AvaTax* :guilabel:`Account ID`. This " +"will be needed in the :ref:`Odoo setup `. In Odoo, this " +"number is the :guilabel:`API ID`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Then, `create a basic company profile " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:53 +msgid "Create basic company profile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Collect essential business details for the next step: locations where tax is" +" collected, products/services sold (and their sales locations), and customer" +" tax exemptions, if applicable. Follow the Avalara documentation for " +"creating a basic company profile:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:59 +msgid "" +"`Add company information `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:61 +msgid "" +"`Tell us where the company collects and pays tax " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:63 +msgid "" +"`Verify jurisdictions and activate the company " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Add other company locations for location-based filing " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:67 +msgid "" +"`Add a marketplace to the company profile " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:73 +msgid "Connect to AvaTax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:75 +msgid "" +"After creating the basic company profile in Avalara, connect to *AvaTax*. " +"This step links Odoo and *AvaTax* bidirectionally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox `_" +" or `production `_ environment. This will depend" +" on which type of Avalara account the company would like to integrate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:83 +msgid "" +"`Sandbox vs production environments in Avalara " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Log in to create the :guilabel:`License Key`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> License and API Keys`. Click :guilabel:`Generate License Key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:90 +msgid "" +"A warning appears stating: `If your business app is connected to Avalara " +"solutions, the connection will be broken until you update the app with the " +"new license key. This action cannot be undone.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Generating a new license key breaks the connection with existing business " +"apps using the *AvaTax* integration. Make sure to update these apps with the" +" new license key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If this will be the first :abbr:`API (application programming interface)` " +"integration being made with *AvaTax* and Odoo, then click " +":guilabel:`Generate license key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:100 +msgid "" +"If this is an additional license key, ensure the previous connection can be " +"broken. There is **only** one license key associated with each of the " +"Avalara sandbox and production accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Copy this key to a safe place. It is **strongly encouraged** to backup the " +"license key for future reference. This key cannot be retrieved after leaving" +" this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:108 +msgid "Odoo configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Before using *AvaTax*, there are some additional configurations in Odoo to " +"ensure tax calculations are made accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Verify that the Odoo database contains necessary data. The country initially" +" set up in the database determines the fiscal position, and aids *AvaTax* in" +" calculating accurate tax rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:119 +msgid "Fiscal country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Country`, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Country` " +"feature to :guilabel:`United States`, :guilabel:`Canada`, or " +":guilabel:`Brazil`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:131 +msgid "Company settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:133 +msgid "" +"All companies operating under the Odoo database should have a full and " +"complete address listed in the settings. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Settings app`, and under the :guilabel:`Companies` section, " +"ensure there is only one company operating the Odoo database. Click " +":guilabel:`Update Info` to open a separate page to update company details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:138 +msgid "" +"If there are multiple companies operating in the database, click " +":guilabel:`Manage Companies` to load a list of companies to select from. " +"Update company information by clicking into the specific company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Database administrators should ensure that the :guilabel:`Street...`, " +":guilabel:`Street2...`, :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, " +":guilabel:`ZIP`, and :guilabel:`Country` are all updated for the companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This ensures accurate tax calculations and smooth end-of-year accounting " +"operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:149 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:153 +msgid "Module installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, ensure that the Odoo *AvaTax* module is installed. To do so, navigate " +"to the :menuselection:`Apps application`. In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, " +"type in `avatax`, and press :kbd:`Enter`. The following results populate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "שם" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 +msgid "Technical name" +msgstr "שם טכני" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "תיאור" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:167 +msgid "`account_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Default *AvaTax* module. This module adds the base *AvaTax* features for tax" +" calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:169 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for geo localization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:170 +msgid "`account_avatax_geolocalize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:171 +msgid "" +"This module includes the features required for integration of *AvaTax* into " +"geo-localization in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:173 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SO`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:174 +msgid "`account_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Includes the information needed for tax calculation on sales orders in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:176 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for Inventory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:177 +msgid "`account_avatax_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:178 +msgid "Includes tax calculation in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:179 +msgid ":guilabel:`Amazon/Avatax Bridge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:180 +msgid "`sale_amazon_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Includes tax calculation features between the *Amazon Connector* and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:182 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:183 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:184 +msgid "Includes information for tax calculation in the Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:185 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:186 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:187 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for tax calculation for services " +"in the Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil Sale for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:190 +msgid "`l10n_br_edi_sale_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:191 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for tax calculation for the sale " +"of services in the Brazil localization. This includes electronic data " +"interchange (EDI)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:193 +msgid ":guilabel:`Test SOs for the Brazilian AvaTax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:194 +msgid "`l10n_br_test_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:195 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for test sales orders in the " +"Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Install` button on the module labeled, " +":guilabel:`Avatax`: `account_avatax`. Doing so installs the following " +"modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:200 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax`: `account_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:201 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SO`: `account_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:202 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for Inventory`: `account_avatax_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Should *AvaTax* be needed for geo-localization, or with the *Amazon " +"Connector*, then install those modules individually by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Install` on :guilabel:`Avatax for geo localization` and " +":guilabel:`Amazon/Avatax Bridge`, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:209 +msgid "" +"For localization specific *AvaTax* instructions, view the following " +":doc:`fiscal localization <../../fiscal_localizations>` documentation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:212 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:217 +msgid "Odoo AvaTax settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To integrate the *AvaTax* :abbr:`API (application programming interface)` " +"with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` section. The :guilabel:`AvaTax` fields in the :guilabel:`Taxes` " +"section is where the *AvaTax* configurations are made, and the credentials " +"are entered in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:224 +msgid "" +"First, tick the checkbox to the left of the :guilabel:`AvaTax` settings, to " +"activate *AvaTax* on the database. This is a quick, convenient way to " +"activate and deactivate *AvaTax* tax calculation on the Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Override product categories as needed" +msgid "Configure AvaTax settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:235 +msgid "" +"First, select the :guilabel:`Environment` in which the company wishes to use" +" *AvaTax* in. It can either be :guilabel:`Sandbox` or " +":guilabel:`Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:239 +msgid "" +"For help determining which *AvaTax* environment to use (either " +":guilabel:`Production` or :guilabel:`Sandbox`), visit: `Sandbox vs " +"Production environments " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:244 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Now, the credentials can be entered in. The *AvaTax* :guilabel:`Account ID` " +"should be entered in the :guilabel:`API ID` field, and the " +":guilabel:`License Key` should be entered in the :guilabel:`API Key` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Account ID` can be found by logging into the *AvaTax* portal " +"(`sandbox `_ or `production " +"`_). In the upper-right corner, click on the " +"initials of the user and :guilabel:`Account`. The :guilabel:`Account ID` is " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To access the :guilabel:`License Key` see this documentation: " +":ref:`avatax/create_avalara_credentials`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:259 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Company Code` field, enter the Avalara company code for " +"the company being configured. Avalara interprets this as `DEFAULT`, if it is" +" not set. The :guilabel:`Company Code` can be accessed in the Avalara " +"management portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:263 +msgid "" +"First, log into the *AvaTax* portal (`sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_). Then, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Manage Companies`. The :guilabel:`Company Code` value is located in the " +"row of the :guilabel:`Company` in the :guilabel:`Company Code` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "AvaTax company code highlighted on the company details page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:273 +msgid "Transaction options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:275 +msgid "" +"There are two transactional settings in the Odoo *AvaTax* settings that can " +"be configured: :guilabel:`Use UPC` and :guilabel:`Commit Transactions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:278 +msgid "" +"If the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Use UPC` is ticked, the transactions will" +" use Universal Product Codes (UPC), instead of custom defined codes in " +"Avalara. Consult a certified public accountant (CPA) for specific guidance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:282 +msgid "" +"Should the :guilabel:`Commit Transactions` checkbox be ticked, then, the " +"transactions in the Odoo database will be committed for reporting in " +"*AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:286 msgid "Address validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:288 msgid "" -"Manually validate customer addresses by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate " -"address` link in the customer form view." +"The *Address Validation* feature ensures that the most up-to-date address by" +" postal standards is set on a contact in Odoo. This is important to provide " +"accurate tax calculations for customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:292 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Address Validation` feature only works with " +"partners/customers in North America." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Additionally, tick the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Address validation` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:297 +msgid "" +"For accurate tax calculations, it is best practice to enter a complete " +"address for the contacts saved in the database. However, *AvaTax* can still " +"function by implementing a best effort attempt using only the " +":guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`State`, and :guilabel:`Zip code`. These are " +"the three minimum required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:302 +msgid ":guilabel:`Save` the settings to implement the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Manually :guilabel:`Validate` the address by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Contacts app`, and selecting a contact. Now that the " +"*AvaTax* module has been configured on the database, a :guilabel:`Validate` " +"button appears directly below the :guilabel:`Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:309 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a pop-up window appears with a " +":guilabel:`Validated Address` and :guilabel:`Original Address` listed. If " +"the :guilabel:`Validated Address` is the correct mailing address for tax " +"purposes, click :guilabel:`Save Validated`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Validate address pop-up window in Odoo with \"Save Validated\" button and \"Validated\n" +"Address\" highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:319 +msgid "" +"All previously-entered addresses for contacts in the Odoo database will need" +" to be validated using the manually validate process outlined above. " +"Addresses are not automatically validated if they were entered previously. " +"This only occurs upon tax calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:324 +msgid "Test connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:326 +msgid "" +"After entering all the above information into the *AvaTax* setup on Odoo, " +"click :guilabel:`Test connection`. This ensures the :guilabel:`API ID` and " +":guilabel:`API KEY` are correct, and a connection is made between Odoo and " +"the *AvaTax* application programming interface (API)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:331 +msgid "Sync parameters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Upon finishing the configuration and settings of the *AvaTax* section, click" +" the :guilabel:`Sync Parameters` button. This action synchronizes the " +"exemption codes from *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:341 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Fiscal Positions`. A :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` is listed " +"named, :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)`. Click it to open " +"*AvaTax's* fiscal position configuration page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:345 +msgid "Here, ensure that the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` checkbox is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the checkbox next to the field labeled: :guilabel:`Detect " +"Automatically`. Should this option be ticked, then, Odoo will automatically " +"apply this :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for transactions in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Enabling :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` also makes specific parameters, " +"such as :guilabel:`VAT required`, :guilabel:`Foreign Tax ID`, " +":guilabel:`Country Group`, :guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`Federal States`, " +"or :guilabel:`Zip Range` appear. Filling these parameters filters the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` usage. Leaving them blank ensures all " +"calculations are made using this :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:358 +msgid "" +"Should the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` checkbox not be ticked, each " +"customer will need to have the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set on their " +":guilabel:`Sales and Purchase` tab of the contact record. To do so, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Order --> Customers`, or " +":menuselection:`Contacts app --> Contacts`. Then, select a customer or " +"contact to set the fiscal position on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:364 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Sales and Purchase` tab, and down to the section " +"labeled, :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`. Set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` " +"field to the fiscal position for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:372 +msgid "AvaTax accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Upon selecting the checkbox option for :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` a new " +":guilabel:`AvaTax` tab appears. Click into this tab to reveal two different " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:377 +msgid "" +"The first setting is the :guilabel:`AvaTax Invoice Account`, while the " +"second is, :guilabel:`AvaTax Refund Account`. Ensure both accounts are set " +"for smooth end-of-year record keeping. Consult a certified public accountant" +" (CPA) for specific guidance on setting both accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:381 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to implement the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:384 +msgid "Tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:386 +msgid "" +"The *AvaTax* integration is available on sale orders and invoices with the " +"included *AvaTax* fiscal position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:390 +msgid "" +"Additionally, there is a :guilabel:`Tax Mapping` tab and :guilabel:`Account " +"Mapping` tab in the :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)` fiscal " +"position, where mapping for products can also be configured. To access " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Positions` navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Fiscal Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:396 +msgid "Product category mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the " +"product categories. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Product Categories`. Select the product category to add " +"the :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` to. In the :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` " +"field, select a category from the drop-down menu, or :guilabel:`Search " +"More...` to open the complete list of options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Validate customer addresses" +msgid "Specify AvaTax Category on products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:409 +msgid "Product mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:411 msgid "" -"If preferred, choose to keep the newly validated address or the original " -"address in the wizard that pops up." +"*AvaTax* Categories may be set on individual products, as well. To set the " +":guilabel:`Avatax Category` navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Products --> Products`. Select the product to add the :guilabel:`Avatax " +"Category` to. Under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, on the far-" +"right, is a selector field labeled: :guilabel:`Avatax Category`. Finally, " +"click the drop-down menu, and select a category, or :guilabel:`Search " +"More...` to find one that is not listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:418 +msgid "" +"If both the product, and its category, have an :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` " +"set, the product's :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` takes precedence." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Address validation wizard" +msgid "Override product categories as needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:426 +msgid "" +"Mapping an :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` on either the *Product* or *Product " +"Category* should be completed for every *Product* or *Product Category*, " +"depending the route that is chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:431 +msgid ":doc:`avatax/avatax_use`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:432 +msgid ":doc:`avatax/avalara_portal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:163 +msgid "" +"`US Tax Compliance: Avatax elearning video " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:6 +msgid "Avalara (Avatax) portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Avalara's (*AvaTax*) management console offers account management options " +"including: viewing/editing the transactions sent from Odoo to *AvaTax*, " +"details on how the taxes are calculated, tax reporting, tax exemption " +"management, and tax return resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:13 +msgid "Avalara is the software developer of the tax software, *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the console, first, navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_ environment. This will depend on which type " +"of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`. Log in to the " +"management console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara dashboard after logging into management portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"For more information see Avalara's documentation: `Activate your " +"Communications Customer Portal account " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To access transactions, click in the :guilabel:`Transactions` link on the " +"main dashboard upon logging into the :ref:`avatax/portal`. To manually " +"access the *Transactions* page, while logged into the Avalara console, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Transactions --> Transactions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara portal with the transactions shortcut highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:43 +msgid "Edit transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click into a transaction to reveal more details about the transaction. These" +" details include sections on :guilabel:`Invoice detail`, " +":guilabel:`Additional info`, and :guilabel:`Customer info`. Click :icon:`fa-" +"pencil` :guilabel:`Edit document details` to make changes to the " +"transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:49 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Discount` can be added to adjust the invoice. This is " +"especially useful in cases where the transaction has already synced with " +"Avalara / *AvaTax*, and changes need to be made afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:55 +msgid "Filter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Filter transactions on the :guilabel:`Transactions` page, by setting the " +":guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields, and configuring other fields to " +"filter by, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Status`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Code`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`Exactly " +"match`, :guilabel:`Starts with`, or :guilabel:`Contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer/Vendor Code`: the customer/vendor code in Odoo (e.g. " +"`Contact18`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: the country this tax was calculated in; this is a text " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: the region of the country, which varies based on the " +":guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Filters` to access the following filter " +"conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Type`: any of the following selections, :guilabel:`All`," +" :guilabel:`Sales Invoice`, :guilabel:`Purchase Invoice`, :guilabel:`Return " +"Invoice`, :guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Inbound Invoice`, " +":guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Outbound Invoice`, or :guilabel:`Customs " +"Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Import ID`: represents the import ID of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:78 +msgid "Sort by" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:80 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Transactions` page, transactions will be listed below, " +"according to the set :ref:`avalara/portal-filter`, located in the top half " +"of the page. The following columns are available by default, to sort by " +"ascending or descending order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc Code`: either of the following options, :guilabel:`Exactly " +"match`, :guilabel:`Starts with`, or :guilabel:`Contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc Status`: either of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cust/Vendor Code` : this is the customer/vendor code in Odoo " +"(e.g. Contact18)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: this is the region of the country, this will vary based " +"on the :guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amount`: the numeric amount of the total amount on the Odoo " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax`: the numeric amount of the tax applied to the total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Transactions page on the Avalara portal with the filter and sort-by options " +"highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:99 +msgid "Customize columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Additional columns can be added by clicking the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Customize columns`. On the resulting popover window, click the " +"drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`column` that should be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The following columns can be added for additional transactional information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`AvaTax calculated`: the amount of tax calculated by *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cust/vendor code`: the customer/vendor code in Odoo (e.g. " +"`Contact18`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Currency`: the standardized abbreviation for the currency the " +"amount total is in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doc date`: the document's date of creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc status`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc type`: any of the following selections, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Sales Invoice`, :guilabel:`Purchase Invoice`, :guilabel:`Return " +"Invoice`, :guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Inbound Invoice`, " +":guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Outbound Invoice`, or :guilabel:`Customs " +"Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last modified`: timestamp of the last time the document was " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location code`: the location code used to calculate the tax, " +"based on the delivery address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:122 +msgid ":guilabel:`PO number`: the purchase order number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference code`: the Odoo reference code (e.g. NV/2024/00003)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: the region of the country,which varies based on the " +":guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson code`: the numeric ID of the user assigned to the " +"sales order in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax date`: the month/day/year of the tax calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax override type`: where an exemption would appear, should there" +" be none, the field populates with :guilabel:`None`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:131 +msgid "To add a new column click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:134 +msgid "" +"For more information on *AvaTax* transactions, refer to this Avalara " +"documentation: `Transactions " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:138 +msgid "Import-export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"While on the :ref:`avalara/portal-transactions`, click :icon:`fa-download` " +":guilabel:`Import transactions` or :icon:`fa-upload` :guilabel:`Export " +"transactions` to import or export transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1019 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:42 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "דוחות" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To access reporting, navigate to the :menuselection:`Reports` link in the " +"top menu of the Avalara management console. Next, select from one of the " +"available reporting tabs: :guilabel:`Transactions reports`, " +":guilabel:`Liability & tax return reports`, or :guilabel:`Exemption " +"reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Additionally, there is a :guilabel:`Favorites` tab and :guilabel:`Downloads`" +" tab. The :guilabel:`Favorites` tab contains any favorited report " +"configurations for the Avalara user. The :guilabel:`Downloads` tab contains " +"a list view where the user can download the high-volume transaction reports " +"created in the last 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Make a selection for the :guilabel:`Report Category`, and the " +":guilabel:`Report Name`, under the :guilabel:`Select a report` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Next, fill out the :guilabel:`Select report details` section. These options " +"will vary based on the tab selected above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Depending on the report size, the following two options are available in the" +" section labeled, :guilabel:`Select the approximate number of transactions " +"for your report`: :guilabel:`Create and download the report instantly` (for " +"small reports) and :guilabel:`Create and download the report in the " +"background` (for larger reports). Select one or the other depending on the " +"volume of transactions in this report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Finally, under the section labeled, :guilabel:`Report preview and export` " +"make a selection of the file type to download. Either a :guilabel:`.PDF` or " +":guilabel:`.XLS` can be chosen. Alternatively, the file can be previewed by " +"selecting the :guilabel:`Preview` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:172 +msgid "" +"After making all the configurations, click :guilabel:`Create report` to " +"download the report. Click :icon:`fa-star-o` :guilabel:`Make this report a " +"favorite` to save the report configuration to the user's favorites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:176 +msgid "" +"After the report is created, click :icon:`fa-download` :guilabel:`Download` " +"to download the file to the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Select a pre-configured report from the :guilabel:`Frequently used reports` " +"section of the reporting dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Access this list by clicking on the :guilabel:`Reports` option in the top " +"menu of the Avalara management console, and scroll to the bottom of the " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"`See Avalara's documentation: Reports in AvaTax " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:191 +msgid "Add more jurisdictions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Additional jurisdictions (tax locations) can be added in the Avalara " +"management console. Navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_ environment. This will depend on which type " +"of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Where you collect tax`. " +"Choose between the three different tabs, depending on the business need. The" +" first tab is :guilabel:`Sales and use tax`, where tax can be collected for " +"the United States. Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add to where you " +"collect sales and use tax` to add another location where the company " +"collects sales and use tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The second option, is the :guilabel:`VAT/GST` tab where the :icon:`fa-plus` " +":guilabel:`Add a country or territory where you collect VAT/GST` can be " +"selected to add another country or territory where the company collects " +"VAT/GST." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Finally, on the far-right, is the :guilabel:`Customs duty` tab, where a " +"country can be added where the company collects customs duty. Simply click " +"on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a country where you calculate customs " +"duty` icon below the tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"AvaTax management console, on the Where you collect tax page, with the add button and\n" +"sales and use tax tab highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:217 +msgid "" +"`See Avalara's documentation: Add local jurisdiction taxes " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:221 +msgid "Tax exemption certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Tax exemption certificates for customers can be added into the Avalara " +"management console, so that *AvaTax* is aware of which customers may be " +"exempt from paying certain taxes. To add an *exception certificate* navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Exemptions --> Customer certificates`. From there, click" +" on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a certificate` to configure an " +"exemption." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:229 +msgid "" +"An Avalara subscription to Exemption Certificate Management (ECM) is " +"required in order to attach certificate images, and to be ready for an " +"audit. For more on subscribing to this add-on, visit `Avalara " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:235 +msgid "End-of-year operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Avalara's services include tax return services, for when it is time to file " +"taxes at the end of the year. To access Avalara's tax services log, into the" +" `management portal `_. Then, from the main " +"dashboard, click :guilabel:`Returns`. Avalara will prompt the Avalara user " +"to log in for security purposes, and redirect the user to the *Returns* " +"portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara portal with the returns shortcut highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Get started` to begin the tax return process. For more " +"information, refer to this Avalara documentation: `About Managed Returns " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, click on the :menuselection:`Returns` button in the top menu " +"of the Avalara management console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:161 +msgid ":doc:`../avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`avatax_use`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:3 +msgid "AvaTax use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:5 +msgid "" +"AvaTax is a tax calculation software that can be integrated with Odoo in the" +" United States and Canada. Once the :doc:`integration setup <../avatax>` is " +"complete, the calculated tax is simple and automatic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:10 msgid "Tax calculation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:12 msgid "" -"Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with Avatax by" -" confirming the documents. Alternatively, calculate the taxes manually by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`Compute taxes using Avatax` button while these " -"documents are in draft mode." +"Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with AvaTax by" +" confirming the documents during the sales flow. Alternatively, calculate " +"the taxes manually by clicking the :guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button, while " +"these documents are in draft stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:17 msgid "" -"Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Code` field that's available on customers, " -"quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and Avatax." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button recalculates taxes, if any " +"product lines are edited on the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 -msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Sales quotation with the confirm and compute taxes button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The tax calculation is triggered during the following :ref:`automatic " +"trigger ` and :ref:`manual trigger " +"` circumstances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:30 +msgid "Automatic triggers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the sales rep sends the quote by email with :guilabel:`Send by email` " +"button (pop-up)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:33 +msgid "When the customer views the online quote on the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:34 +msgid "When a quote is confirmed and becomes a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:35 +msgid "When the customer views the invoice on the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:36 +msgid "When a draft invoice is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:37 +msgid "When the customer views the subscription in the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:38 +msgid "When a subscription generates an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:39 +msgid "When the customer gets to the last screen of the eCommerce checkout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:44 +msgid "Manual triggers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button at the bottom of the quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button at the top of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:49 +msgid "Use each of these buttons to manually re-calculate the sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Partner Code` field that is available on customer" +" records, quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and " +"AvaTax. This field is located under the :menuselection:`Other info` tab of " +"the sales order or quotation in the :guilabel:`Sales` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:56 +msgid "" +"On the customer record, navigate to *Contacts app* and select a contact. " +"Then open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab and the :guilabel:`Avalara " +"Partner Code` under the :guilabel:`Sales` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)` fiscal position is also " +"applied on those Odoo documents, like subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:165 +msgid ":doc:`../fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:68 +msgid "AvaTax synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Synchronization occurs with AvaTax, when the *invoice* is created in Odoo. " +"This means the sales tax is recorded with Avalara (AvaTax software " +"developer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`. " +"Select a quotation from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:76 +msgid "" +"After confirming a quotation and validating the delivery, click " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice`. Indicate whether it is a :guilabel:`Regular " +"invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or :guilabel:`Down payment " +"(fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Then click :guilabel:`Create and view invoice`. The recorded taxes can be " +"seen in the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab of the invoice. There will be " +"different taxes depending on the location of the :guilabel:`Delivery " +"Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Journal items highlighted on a invoice in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Finally, press the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to complete the invoice and " +"synchronize with the AvaTax portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:92 +msgid "" +"An invoice cannot be :guilabel:`Reset to draft` because this causes de-" +"synchronization with the AvaTax Portal. Instead, click :guilabel:`Add credit" +" note` and state: `Sync with AvaTax Portal`. See this documentation: " +":doc:`../../../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:97 +msgid "Fixed price discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Add a fixed price discount to a valuable customer, by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line` on the customer's invoice. Add the product discount, " +"and set the :guilabel:`Price` to either a positive or negative value. To " +"recalculate the taxes, click :guilabel:`Compute Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Tax calculation can even be done on negative subtotals and credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:107 +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:109 +msgid "" +"It is possible to log Avalara/*AvaTax* actions in Odoo for further analysis," +" or verification of functionality. Logging is accessible through the " +"*AvaTax* settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To start logging *AvaTax* actions, first, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, under the :guilabel:`AvaTax` " +"settings, click :guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Upon starting the log process, Odoo will log all Avalara/*AvaTax* actions " +"performed in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To view the logs, click on :guilabel:`Show logs` to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`. This reveals a detailed list of " +"Avalara/*AvaTax* actions. This list is sortable by the following columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:124 +msgid ":guilabel:`Created on`: timestamp of the *AvaTax* calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`Created by`: numeric value of the user in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Database name`: name of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: two values can be chosen for this field, " +":guilabel:`Server` or :guilabel:`Client`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Avalara service name. In this case, it will be *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:130 +msgid ":guilabel:`Level`: by default, this will be `INFO`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:131 +msgid ":guilabel:`Path`: indicates the path taken to make the calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`Line`: indicates the line the calculation is made on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:133 +msgid ":guilabel:`Function`: indicates the calculation taken on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara logging page with top row of list highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Click into the log line to reveal another field, called :guilabel:`Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:141 +msgid "" +"This field populates a raw transcription of the transaction, which involves " +"the creation (or adjustment) of a sales invoice using the Avalara *AvaTax* " +"API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The transaction includes details, such as addresses for shipping from and " +"to, line items describing the products or services, tax codes, tax amounts, " +"and other relevant information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:147 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Message` contains the calculated taxes for different " +"jurisdictions and confirms the creation (or adjustment) of the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Custom fields can be made using Odoo *Studio*. Click the :icon:`fa-" +"ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(ellipsis)` menu to the far-right of the header row. " +"Then click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add custom field`. This action opens " +"Odoo *Studio*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Studio* requires a *custom* pricing plan. Consult the database's " +"customer success manager for more information on switching plans. Or to see " +"if Odoo *Studio* is included in the database's current pricing plan. See " +"this documentation: :doc:`../../../../studio`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:162 +msgid ":doc:`avalara_portal`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:3 @@ -13104,13 +14709,6 @@ msgid "" "services and the **Import OSS** scheme for goods valued at or below €150." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1019 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:42 -msgid "Reports" -msgstr "דוחות" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:54 msgid "" "To generate **OSS sales** or **OSS imports** reports and submit them onto " @@ -13458,7 +15056,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:592 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:570 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:700 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:710 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:119 @@ -15944,6 +17542,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 @@ -15956,73 +17555,6 @@ msgid "" "features of the Argentinean localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "שם" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 -msgid "Technical name" -msgstr "שם טכני" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "תיאור" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:32 msgid ":guilabel:`Argentina - Accounting`" msgstr "" @@ -16082,7 +17614,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:52 @@ -16131,7 +17663,7 @@ msgid "Select Fiscal Localization Package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:205 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:255 msgid "Configure master data" msgstr "" @@ -17602,7 +19134,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:923 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:267 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:181 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:270 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 @@ -18854,6 +20386,7 @@ msgid "`Stripe Terminal `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:150 msgid "Payroll" msgstr "שכר" @@ -19357,6 +20890,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:308 msgid "Pay employees" msgstr "" @@ -19574,11 +21108,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can choose any Odoo journal to post the payslip entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:908 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:906 +msgid "" +"Configure the tax by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`. Create the necessary taxes for the Employment Hero payslip " +"entries. Fill in the tax code from **Employment Hero** in the " +":guilabel:`Matching Employment Hero Tax` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:911 msgid "How does the API work?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:910 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:913 msgid "" "The API syncs the journal entries from Employment Hero to Odoo and leaves " "them in draft mode. The reference includes the Employment Hero payslip entry" @@ -19591,7 +21133,7 @@ msgid "" "Example of a Employment Hero Journal Entry in Odoo Accounting (Australia)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:920 msgid "" "By default, the synchronisation happens once per week. You can fetch the " "records manually by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " @@ -19599,12 +21141,12 @@ msgid "" "option, click on :guilabel:`Fetch Payruns Manually`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:921 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:924 msgid "" "Employment Hero payslip entries also work based on double-entry bookkeeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:926 msgid "" "The accounts used by Employment Hero are defined in the section " ":guilabel:`Payroll settings`." @@ -19614,7 +21156,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chart of Accounts menu in Employment Hero" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:928 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:931 msgid "" "For the API to work, you need to create the same accounts as the default " "accounts of your Employment Hero business (**same name and same code**) in " @@ -19748,6 +21290,8 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:325 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:292 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" @@ -20898,17 +22442,18 @@ msgstr "ברזיל" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:12 msgid "" "With the Brazilian localization, sales taxes can be automatically computed " -"and electronic invoices (NF-e) for goods can be sent using AvaTax (Avalara) " -"through |API| calls. Moreover, taxes for services can be configured." +"and electronic invoices for goods (NF-e) and services (NFS-e) can be sent " +"using AvaTax (Avalara) through |API| calls. Moreover, taxes for services can" +" be configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:16 msgid "" -"For the goods tax computation and electronic invoicing process, you need to " -"configure the :ref:`contacts `, :ref:`company " +"For the goods and services tax computation and electronic invoicing process," +" you need to configure the :ref:`contacts `, :ref:`company " "`, :ref:`products `, and :ref:`create an " -"account in Avatax ` need to be configured in the " -"general settings." +"account in AvaTax ` which needs to be configured in " +"the general settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:21 @@ -20923,133 +22468,230 @@ msgid "" "can be modified if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:33 msgid "" -"Install the :guilabel:`🇧🇷 Brazil` :ref:`fiscal localization package " -"` to get all the default accounting features " -"of the Brazilian localization, following the :abbr:`IFRS (International " -"Financial Reporting Standards)` rules." +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Brazilian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazilian - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_br`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `, " +"which represents having the Generic Brazilian chart of accounts and Taxes, " +"together with document types and identification types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazil - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:49 +msgid "`l10n_br_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:50 +msgid "Accounting reports for Brazil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` & :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:52 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax` & `l10n_br_avatax_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:53 +msgid "Goods and Services tax computation through Avalara." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Brazilian Accounting EDI` & :guilabel:`Brazilian Accounting EDI " +"for services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:55 +msgid "`l10n_br_edi` & `l10n_br_edi_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Provides electronic invoicing for goods and services for Brazil through " +"AvaTax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazil Pix QR codes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:58 +msgid "`l10n_br_pix`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:59 +msgid "Implements Pix QR codes for Brazil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:66 msgid "" "To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " "app and search the name given to your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:69 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option at the top of the page. Then, " "configure the following fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:245 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1096 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:314 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Address` (add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip" -" Code`, :guilabel:`Country`)." +":guilabel:`Address`: add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip" +" Code`, :guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:76 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street name, number, and any " "additional address information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:318 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Street 2` field, enter the neighborhood." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:252 -msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number` (:guilabel:`CNPJ`, :guilabel:`CPF`)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:320 +msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`: :guilabel:`CNPJ` or :guilabel:`CPF`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:253 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID` (associated with the identification type)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:321 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: associated with the identification type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:55 -msgid ":guilabel:`IE` (State registration)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: State registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:56 -msgid ":guilabel:`IM` (Municipal registration)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: Municipal registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:84 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code` (Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " -"add if applicable)." +":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " +"add if applicable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:257 -msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:258 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1097 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:293 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Company configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:91 msgid "" "Configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` within the :guilabel:`Sales and" " Purchase` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:104 msgid "" -"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`Avatax Brazil `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:67 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime` (Federal Tax Regime)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:94 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: Federal Tax Regime" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:95 msgid "" -":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type` (indicates ICMS regime, Exempt status, or " -"Non-Taxpayer)." +":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: indicates :guilabel:`ICMS regime`, " +":guilabel:`Exempt status`, or :guilabel:`Non-Taxpayer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:69 -msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:97 +msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Company fiscal configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:74 -msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Configure the following extra :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` if you are " +"going to issue NFS-e:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:350 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`COFINS Details`: :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with " +"rate 0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PIS Details` :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with rate " +"0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:109 +msgid ":guilabel:`CSLL Taxable` If the company is subject to CSLL or not" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Company fiscal configuration for NFSe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:114 +msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:117 msgid "" "If you are a simplified regime, you need to configure the ICMS rate under " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> " -"Avatax Brazil`." +"AvaTax Brazil`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:123 msgid "Configure AvaTax integration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:125 msgid "" "Avalara AvaTax is a tax calculation and electronic invoicing provider that " "can be integrated in Odoo to automatically compute taxes by taking into " @@ -21058,63 +22700,103 @@ msgid "" " afterward with the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:130 msgid "" "Using this integration requires :doc:`In-App-Purchases (IAPs) " "<../../essentials/in_app_purchase>` to compute the taxes and to send the " -"electronic invoices. Whenever you compute taxes, an |API| call is made using" -" credits from your |IAP| credits balance." +"electronic invoices. Whenever you compute taxes, send an electronic document" +" (NF-e, NFS-e, etc), or perform any electronic flow (NF-e Cancellation, " +"Correction letter, Invalidate invoice number range), an API call is made " +"using credits from your `IAP credits balance `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:137 msgid "Odoo is a certified partner of Avalara Brazil." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:138 +msgid "" +"You can `buy IAP credit on odoo.com `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:141 +msgid "Credential configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:143 msgid "" "To activate AvaTax in Odoo, you need to create an account. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, and in" " the :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` section, add the administration email address" -" to be used for the AvaTax portal in the :guilabel:`Avatax Portal Email`, " +" to be used for the AvaTax portal in the :guilabel:`AvaTax Portal Email`, " "and then click on :guilabel:`Create account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:149 msgid "" -"When **testing** an :guilabel:`Avatax Portal Email` integration in a testing" -" or sandbox database, use an alternate email address. It is **not** possible" -" to re-use the same email address on the production database." +"When **testing** or **creating a production** :guilabel:`AvaTax Portal " +"Email` integration in a sandbox or production database, use a real email " +"address, as it is needed to log in to the Avalara Portal and set up the " +"certificates, whether you want to test or use it on production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:153 +msgid "" +"There are two different Avalara Portals, one for testing and one for " +"production:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:155 +msgid "Sandbox: https://portal.sandbox.avalarabrasil.com.br/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 +msgid "Production: https://portal.avalarabrasil.com.br/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:158 +msgid "" +"When you create the account from Odoo, be sure to select the right " +"environment. Moreover, the email used to open the account cannot be used to " +"open another account. Save your :guilabel:`API ID` and :guilabel:`API Key` " +"when you create the account from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Transfer API Credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 msgid "" "After you create the account from Odoo, you need to go to the Avalara Portal" " to set up your password:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 msgid "" "Access the `Avalara portal `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:169 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Meu primeiro acesso`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:170 msgid "" -"Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/Avatax account," +"Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/AvaTax account," " and then click :guilabel:`Solicitar Senha`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:172 msgid "" "You will receive an email with a token and a link to create your password. " "Click on this link and copy-paste the token to allocate your desired " "password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:176 msgid "" "You can start using AvaTax in Odoo for tax computation **only** without " "creating a password and accessing the Avalara portal in the Odoo database. " @@ -21123,26 +22805,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 -msgid "Avatax account configuration." +msgid "AvaTax account configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:184 msgid "" "You can transfer |API| credentials. Use this only when you have already " "created an account in another Odoo instance and wish to reuse it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:188 msgid "A1 certificate upload" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:190 msgid "" "In order to issue electronic invoices, a certificate needs to be uploaded to" " the `AvaTax portal `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:193 msgid "" "The certificate will be synchronized with Odoo, as long as the external " "identifier number in the AvaTax portal matches - without special characters " @@ -21150,7 +22832,20 @@ msgid "" " with the CNPJ in AvaTax." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:198 +msgid "" +"To issue NFS-e, some cities require that you link the certificate within the" +" City Portal system before issuing NFS-e from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:201 +msgid "" +"If you receive an error message from the city that says :guilabel:`Your " +"certificate is not linked to the user`, that means this process needs to be " +"done in the city portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:210 msgid "" "The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " "is installed by default as part of the data set included in the localization" @@ -21158,18 +22853,18 @@ msgid "" " and the default account payable and account receivable fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:215 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Brazil is based on the SPED CoA, which gives a " "baseline of the accounts needed in Brazil." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:218 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:223 msgid "" "In Brazil, a *series* number is linked to a sequence number range for " "electronic invoices. The series number can be configured in Odoo on a sales " @@ -21178,7 +22873,7 @@ msgid "" "number assigned to it for each series needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:228 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Use Documents` field needs to be selected. When issuing " "electronic and non-electronic invoices, the :guilabel:`Type` field selects " @@ -21191,7 +22886,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Journal configuration with the Use Documents? field checked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 msgid "" "When creating the journal, ensure the field :guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note" " Sequence` is unchecked, as in Brazil, sequences between invoices, credit " @@ -21199,40 +22894,28 @@ msgid "" "journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:244 msgid "" "Taxes are automatically created when installing the Brazilian localization. " "Taxes are already configured, and some of them are used by Avalara when " "computing taxes on the sales order or invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:247 msgid "" "Taxes can be edited, or more taxes can be added. For example, some taxes " "used for services need to be manually added and configured, as the rate may " "differ depending on the city where you are offering the service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:252 msgid "" -"Taxes attached to services are not computed by AvaTax. Only goods taxes are " -"computed." +"If you decide to do service taxes manually, you won't be able to issue an " +"NFS-e. To electronically send an NFS-e, you need to compute taxes using " +"Avalara." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When configuring a tax used for a service that is included in the final " -"price (when the tax is not added or subtracted on top of the product price)," -" set the :guilabel:`Tax Computation` to :guilabel:`Percentage of Price Tax " -"Included`, and, on the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, check the " -":guilabel:`Included in Price` option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 -msgid "Tax configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 msgid "" "Do not delete taxes, as they are used for the AvaTax tax computation. If " "deleted, Odoo creates them again when used in an |SO| or invoice and " @@ -21242,50 +22925,56 @@ msgid "" "refunds` sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:262 msgid ":doc:`Taxes functional documentation <../accounting/taxes>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 msgid "" "To use the AvaTax integration on sale orders and invoices, first specify the" -" following information on the product:" +" following information on the product depending on its intended use:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:217 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`CEST Code` (Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:273 +msgid "E-Invoice for goods (NF-e)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:275 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code` (Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code)." +":guilabel:`CEST Code`: Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Source of Origin` (Indicates the origin of the product, which can" +":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code`: Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:277 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source of Origin`: Indicates the origin of the product, which can" " be foreign or domestic, among other possible options depending on the " -"specific use case)." +"specific use case" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:279 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type` (Fiscal product type according to SPED " -"list table)." +":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type`: Fiscal product type according to SPED " +"list table" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:296 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Purpose of Use` (Specify the intended purpose of use for this " -"product)." +":guilabel:`Purpose of Use`: Specify the intended purpose of use for this " +"product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Product configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:286 msgid "" "Odoo automatically creates three products to be used for transportation " "costs associated with sales. These are named `Freight`, `Insurance`, and " @@ -21295,7 +22984,27 @@ msgid "" "`Insurance`, `Freight`, or `Other Costs`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:293 +msgid "E-Invoice for services (NFS-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Code Origin`: City Service Code where the provider is " +"registered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:298 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Codes`: City Service Code where the service will be " +"provided, if no code is added, the Origin City Code will be used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:300 +msgid ":guilabel:`Labor Assignment`: Defines if your services includes labor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:305 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:282 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:656 @@ -21303,74 +23012,75 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contacts" msgstr "אנשי קשר" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:307 msgid "" "Before using the integration, specify the following information on the " "contact:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 msgid "General information about the contact:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:311 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option for a contact with a tax ID (CNPJ), or" " check :guilabel:`Individual` for a contact with a CPF." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:317 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street, number, and any extra " "address information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:254 -msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:255 -msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipal tax identification number." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:323 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipal tax identification number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 -msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:324 +msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Contact configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:332 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`CPF`, :guilabel:`IE`, :guilabel:`IM`, and :guilabel:`SUFRAMA " "code` fields are are hidden until the :guilabel:`Country` is set to " "`Brazil`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:335 msgid "" "Fiscal information about the contact under the :guilabel:`Sales \\& " "Purchase` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position`: add the AvaTax fiscal position to automatically" " compute taxes on sale orders and invoices automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:339 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: federal tax regime" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:340 msgid "" ":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: taxpayer type determines if the contact is " -"within the ICMS regime, if it is exempt, or if it is a non-taxpayer" +"within the :guilabel:`ICMS regime`, :guilabel:`Exempt status`, or " +":guilabel:`Non-taxpayer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:342 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`: list of main activity sectors of the " "contact" @@ -21380,200 +23090,213 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contact fiscal configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:349 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`AvaTax Brazil `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PIS Details`: :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with rate " +"0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:354 +msgid ":guilabel:`CSLL Taxable`: If the company is subject to CSLL or not" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Contact fiscal configuration for NFSe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:362 msgid "Fiscal positions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:364 msgid "" "To compute taxes and send electronic invoices on sale orders and invoices, " "both the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` and the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API`" " options need to be enabled in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:368 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the contact or selected" -" when creating a sales order or an invoice." +"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the :ref:`contact " +"` or selected when creating a sales order or an invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Fiscal position configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:375 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:355 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:311 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:377 msgid "" "This section provides an overview of the actions that trigger `API calls " -"`_ for tax computation, and how to send " -"an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) for government validation." +"`_ for tax computation, along with " +"instructions on how to send electronic invoices for goods (NF-e) and " +"services (NFS-e) for government validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:382 msgid "" "Please note that each |API| call incurs a cost. Be mindful of the actions " "that trigger these calls to manage costs effectively." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:389 msgid "Tax calculations on quotations and sales orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:391 msgid "" "Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a quotation or sales order " "automatically with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:394 msgid "**Quotation confirmation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:395 msgid "Confirm a quotation into a sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:316 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:412 msgid "**Manual trigger**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:317 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using Avatax`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:413 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:318 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:414 msgid "**Preview**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:319 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:415 msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Preview` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:400 msgid "**Email a quotation / sales order**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:401 msgid "Send a quotation or sales order to a customer via email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:404 msgid "**Online quotation access**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:403 msgid "" "When a customer accesses the quotation online (via the portal view), the " "|API| call is triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:407 msgid "Tax calculations on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:409 msgid "" "Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a customer invoice automatically" -" with AvaTax any of the following ways:" +" with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:333 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:417 msgid "**Online invoice access**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:417 msgid "" "When a customer accesses the invoice online (via the portal view), the |API|" " call is triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:420 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` must be set to `Automatic Tax Mapping " "(Avalara Brazil)` for any of these actions to compute taxes automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:424 msgid "" ":doc:`Fiscal positions (tax and account mapping) " "<../accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:429 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 msgid "Electronic documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:434 msgid "" -"To process an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e), the invoice needs to be " -"confirmed and taxes need to be computed by Avalara. Once that step is done, " -"click on the :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` button in the upper left corner, and" -" a pop-up will appear. Then click on :guilabel:`Process e-invoice` and any " -"of the other options - :guilabel:`Download` or :guilabel:`Email`. Finally, " -"click on :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` to process the invoice against the " -"government." +"To process an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) or services (NFS-e), the " +"invoice needs to be confirmed and taxes need to be computed by Avalara. Once" +" that step is done, click on the :guilabel:`Send & Print` button in the " +"upper left corner. In the pop-up that appears, click on :guilabel:`Process " +"e-invoice` and any of the other options - :guilabel:`Download` or " +":guilabel:`Email`. Finally, click on :guilabel:`Send & Print` to process the" +" invoice with the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:441 msgid "" -"Before sending the electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) some fields need to " -"be filled out on the invoice:" +"Before sending the electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) or services (NFS-e), " +"some fields need to be filled out on the invoice:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:363 -msgid ":guilabel:`Customer` with all the customer information" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:444 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`, with all the customer information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:578 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil` (how the invoice is planned to be paid)" +":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil`: how the invoice is planned to be paid" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:446 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set as the :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping " "(Avalara Brazil)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:447 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Document Type` set as :guilabel:`(55) Electronic Invoice (NF-e)`." -" This is the only" +":guilabel:`Document Type` set as :guilabel:`(55) Electronic Invoice (NF-e)` " +"or :guilabel:`(SE) Electronic Service Invoice (NFS-e)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:367 -msgid "" -"electronic document supported at the moment. Non-electronic invoices can be " -"registered, and other document types can be activated if needed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:450 msgid "" "There are some other optional fields that depend on the nature of the " "transaction. These fields are not required, so no errors will appear from " "the government if these optional fields are not populated for most cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:454 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Freight Model` determines how the goods are planned to be " "transported - domestic" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:455 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` determines who is doing the transportation" msgstr "" @@ -21586,7 +23309,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Process electronic invoice pop-up in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:464 msgid "" "All of the fields available on the invoice used to issue an electronic " "invoice are also available on the sales order, if needed. When creating the " @@ -21594,36 +23317,46 @@ msgid "" " as the first number to be used sequentially for subsequent invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:470 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:595 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "Credit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:472 msgid "" "If a sales return needs to be registered, then a credit note can be created " "in Odoo to be sent to the government for validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:476 +msgid "" +"Credit notes are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:479 msgid ":ref:`Issue a credit note `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:482 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:594 msgid "Debit Notes" msgstr "הודעות חיוב" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:484 msgid "" "If additional information needs to be included, or values need to be " "corrected that were not accurately provided in the original invoice, a debit" " note can be issued." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:488 +msgid "" +"Debit notes are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:490 msgid "" "Only the products included in the original invoice can be part of the debit " "note. While changes can be made to the product's unit price or quantity, " @@ -21632,49 +23365,74 @@ msgid "" "for the same or fewer products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:496 msgid ":ref:`Issue a debit note `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:499 msgid "Invoice cancellation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:501 msgid "" "It is possible to cancel an electronic invoice that was validated by the " "government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:504 msgid "" "Check whether the electronic invoice is still within the cancellation " "deadline, which may vary according to the legislation of each state." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:508 +msgid "E-invoices for goods (NF-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:510 msgid "" -"This can be done in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request Cancel` and adding a" -" cancellation :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. If you want to " -"send this cancellation reason to the customer via email, activate the " -":guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." +"Cancel an e-invoice for goods (NF-e) in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request " +"Cancel` and adding a cancellation :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that " +"appears. If you want to send this cancellation reason to the customer via " +"email, activate the :guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Invoice cancellation reason in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:518 +msgid "" +"This is an electronic cancellation, which means that Odoo will send a " +"request to the government to cancel the NF-e, and it will then consume one " +"|IAP| credit, as an |API| call occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:522 +msgid "E-invoices for services (NFS-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Cancel an e-invoice for services (NFS-e) in Odoo by clicking " +":guilabel:`Request Cancel`. In this case, there is no electronic " +"cancellation process, as not every city has this service available. The user" +" needs to manually cancel this NFS-e on the city portal. Once that step is " +"completed, they can request the cancellation in Odoo, which will cancel the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:530 msgid "Correction letter" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:532 msgid "" -"A correction letter can be created and linked to an electronic invoice that " -"was validated by the government." +"A correction letter can be created and linked to an electronic invoice for " +"goods (NF-e) that was validated by the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:535 msgid "" "This can be done in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Correction Letter` and " "adding a correction :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. To send " @@ -21686,11 +23444,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Correction letter reason in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:543 +msgid "" +"Correction letters are only available for electronic invoices for goods " +"(NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:546 msgid "Invalidate invoice number range" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:548 msgid "" "A range of sequences that are assigned to sales journals can be invalidated " "with the government if they are not currently used, **and** will not be used" @@ -21709,13 +23473,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Number range invalidation wizard in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:562 +msgid "" +"Invalidate invoice number range documents are only available for electronic " +"invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:566 msgid "" "The log of the canceled numbers along with the XML file are recorded in the " "chatter of the journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:572 msgid "" "On the vendor bills side, when receiving an invoice from a supplier, you can" " encode the bill in Odoo by adding all the commercial information together " @@ -21723,31 +23493,28 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`customer invoices `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:576 msgid "These Brazilian specific fields are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:579 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: used by your vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:580 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number`: the invoice number from your supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:581 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil` (how the invoice is planned to be paid)." +":guilabel:`Freight Model`: **NF-e specific** how goods are planned to be " +"transported - domestic" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:472 -msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type` used by your vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:473 -msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number` (the invoice number from your supplier)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:582 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Freight Model` (how goods are planned to be transported - " -"domestic)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:475 -msgid ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` (who is doing the transportation)." +":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil`: **NF-e specific** who is doing the " +"transportation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:3 @@ -22219,20 +23986,6 @@ msgid "" " new or existing contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1096 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1097 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:293 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:97 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" @@ -28423,113 +30176,1145 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hong Kong" msgstr "הונג קונג" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:6 -msgid "Add FPS QR codes to invoices" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:8 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get the latest " +"features of the Hong Kong localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:18 +msgid "`l10n_hk`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The base module to manage chart of accounting and localization for Hong " +"Kong." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:20 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:21 +msgid "`l10n_hk_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Enables :ref:`payroll ` specific localization features " +"for Odoo *Payroll* app. This module also installs :guilabel:`Hong Kong - " +"Payroll with Accounting` and :guilabel:`Documents - Hong Kong Payroll`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:26 +msgid "`l10n_hk_hr_payroll_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:27 +msgid "Installs the link between Hong Kong payroll and accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Documents - Hong Kong Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:29 +msgid "`documents_l10n_hk_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:30 +msgid "Integrates employee ir56 forms in the Odoo *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:33 +msgid "FPS QR codes on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:35 msgid "" ":abbr:`FPS (Faster Payment System)` is a payment service platform that " "allows customers to make instant domestic payments to individuals and " "merchants in Hong Kong dollars or Renminbi via online and mobile banking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:12 msgid "Activate QR codes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:42 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " -":guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` " -"feature." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under " +"the :guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, tick the checkbox beside the " +":guilabel:`QR Codes` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:47 msgid "FPS bank account configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:49 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"select the bank account for which you want to activate FPS. Set the " -":guilabel:`Proxy Type` and fill in the :guilabel:`Proxy Value` field " -"depending on the type you chose." +"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts app --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts " +"section --> Bank Accounts`. Then select the bank account for FPS activation." +" Proceed to set the :guilabel:`Proxy Type` and fill in the :guilabel:`Proxy " +"Value` field, depending on the type chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:53 msgid "" -"The account holder's country must be set to Hong Kong on its contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:27 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:27 -msgid "" -"You could also include the invoice number in the QR code by checking the " +"Remember to include the invoice number in the QR code, by ticking the " ":guilabel:`Include Reference` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "FPS bank account configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The account holder's country **must** be set to `Hong Kong` on their contact" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/bank`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:147 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:37 msgid "Bank journal configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:69 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the " -"bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " -":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Journals` and " +"open the bank journal. Then, fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` fields, located in the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 -msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration" +msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:78 msgid "Issue invoices with FPS QR codes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:158 msgid "" "When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" -" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to *EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code*." +" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to :guilabel:`EMV Merchant-Presented QR-" +"code`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 -msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option" +msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:87 msgid "" -"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " -"Odoo uses this field to generate the FPS QR code." +"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is configured, as Odoo uses this " +"field to generate the FPS QR code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Ensure the :guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll` (`l10n_hk_hr_payroll`) module is " +"installed before proceeding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:100 +msgid "Create employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Employees` app and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, " +"configure the following fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:105 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: :guilabel:`HK Standard 40 hours/week` option " +"**must** be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:109 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Surname, Given Name, Name in Chinese`: name of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:112 +msgid ":guilabel:`Private Address`: address of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:113 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bank Account Number`: employee's bank account number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Current Rental`: employee's rental records (if rental allowance " +"is applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Autopay Type`: :guilabel:`BBAN`, :guilabel:`SVID`, " +":guilabel:`EMAL`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Autopay Reference`: autopay reference number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Identification No`: HKID of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Gender`: gender of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:121 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Bank Account Number`, this account should be set as " +":guilabel:`Trusted` before further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:124 +msgid "" +"To achieve this, click on the right-arrow button next to :guilabel:`Bank " +"Account Number` field. Set the :guilabel:`Send Money` to :guilabel:`Trusted`" +" by clicking on the toggle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:128 +msgid "" +"To populate the :guilabel:`Current Rental`, click on the :guilabel:`History`" +" button. Then, click on :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the relevant details and " +"save the rental record. Upon saving the record, the rental contract " +":guilabel:`state` will be visible (at the top-right corner) and can be set " +"to :guilabel:`Running`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:133 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`HR Settings` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Volunteer Contribution Option`: select either :guilabel:`Only " +"Mandatory Contribution`, :guilabel:`With Fixed %VC`, or :guilabel:`Cap 5% " +"VC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:137 +msgid ":guilabel:`MPF Manulife Account`: account number, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:142 +msgid "Manage contracts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once the new employee has been created, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` " +"smart button on the employee record, or navigate to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Employees --> Contracts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Only **one** contract can be active simultaneously per employee, but an " +"employee can be assigned consecutive contracts during their employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:151 +msgid "The following are critical for setting up a contract:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: set as :guilabel:`CAP57: Hong Kong " +"Employee`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:154 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: start date of employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: set as :guilabel:`HK Standard 40 hours/week` " +"(from employee record)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select either :guilabel:`Working Schedule`, " +":guilabel:`Attendances` or :guilabel:`Planning`. This field determines how " +"the work entries are accounted for in the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:160 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: the work entries are generated automatically " +"based on the employee's working schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendances`: the work entries are generated based on the check-" +"in/out period logged in the *Attendances*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: the work entries are generated from planning shifts " +"only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:166 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Salary Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` for Full-time or Part-" +"time employees, or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage` for employees who are paid " +"hourly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:170 +msgid ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: the frequency of payslip issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage`: :guilabel:`Monthly` or :guilabel:`Hourly` depending on the" +" :guilabel:`Wage Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internet Subscription`: this is an **optional** field to provide " +"additional internet allowance on top of the current salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:177 +msgid "Timesheets do **not** impact work entries in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Once all information has been setup, set the contract status to " +":guilabel:`Running` by clicking the :guilabel:`Running` button in the top-" +"right of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong employment contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:189 +msgid "Generate payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Once the employees, and their contracts, are configured, payslips can be " +"generated in the *Payroll* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides **four** different salary structures under CAP57 regulation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:196 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Employees Monthly Pay`: to process the monthly employee " +"salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice`: to process final payment upon " +"contract termination using :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:199 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Long Service Payment`: applicable to employees with more " +"than five years of service upon contract termination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Severance Payment`: applicable to employees with more than" +" two years of service upon contract termination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Before running the payslips, the accounts used in the salary rule can be " +"adjusted by navigating to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> " +"Rules`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Salary Rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Odoo can create pay runs in two ways: via :ref:`batch " +"` or :ref:`individual " +"` payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:217 +msgid "Batch payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:219 +msgid "" +"This method of payslip generation is used for recurring payments, since " +"multiple employee payslips can be managed at once. Go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:514 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Batch Name` (e.g. `2024 - Jan`) and :guilabel:`Period` " +"(e.g. `01/01/2024` - `01/31/2024`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:225 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Generate Payslips`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Choose which :guilabel:`Salary Structure` to use for this batch. The " +"department filter allows the batch to only apply to a specific group of " +"employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:228 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Generate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:229 +msgid "A :guilabel:`Payslips` smart button is created automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` to generate a draft journal entry" +" found in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of each payslip. A " +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears asking :guilabel:`Are you " +"sure you want to proceed?`. Click :guilabel:`Ok` to create the journal " +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:238 +msgid "Individual payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:240 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> All Payslips`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:242 +msgid "" +"This method of payslip generation is commonly used to handle non-recurring " +"payments (e.g. :guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice`, " +":guilabel:`CAP57: Long Service Payment` or :guilabel:`CAP57: Severance " +"Payment`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Select an :guilabel:`Employee`. When selected, the :guilabel:`Contract` is " +"filled out automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:249 +msgid "Add a pay :guilabel:`Period`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Select a salary :guilabel:`Structure` (e.g. :guilabel:`CAP57: Employees " +"Monthly Pay`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Worked Days & Inputs` tab automatically compute the worked " +"days/hours and time off leaves that are applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Additional payslip items can be added at this time (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Commissions`, :guilabel:`Deductions`) under the :guilabel:`Other " +"Inputs` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button to generate the payslip lines. " +"This button updates the :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:259 +msgid "" +"If the work entry for an employee was amended, click the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Recompute Whole Sheet` to " +"refresh the payslip's :guilabel:`Worked Days & Inputs` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:263 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab shows the detailed breakdown of the " +"computation, based on the salary rules configured for each structure type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rent Allowance`: amount derived from the employee's active rental" +" record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Basic Salary`: amount of base salary provided (after rent " +"allowance deduction)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`713 Gross`: net payable amount considering *Commission*, " +"*Internet Allowance*, *Reimbursements*, *Back-pay*, *Deduction*, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:270 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`MPF Gross`: net payable amount from 713 gross after consideration" +" of additional allowances, deductions, and end-of-year payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:272 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Mandatory Contribution`: employee MPF Contribution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:273 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employer Mandatory Contribution`: employer MPF Contribution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gross`: net payable amount from MPF gross after consideration of " +"MPF deductions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:275 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Net Salary`: final payable amount to be paid to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:278 +msgid "" +"There are no MPF contributions for the first month. Both employee and " +"employer contribution starts on second month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Salary computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` section in :guilabel:`Worked Days & " +"Inputs` tab, there are additional manual input types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Back Pay`: additional salary payout can be included under this " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:289 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Commission`: the commission earned during the period can be " +"manually entered here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Global Deduction`: a lump-sum deduction from the entire payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:291 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Global Reimbursement`: a lump-sum reimbursement to the entire " +"payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:292 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referral Fee`: the additional bonus offered for any form of " +"business-related referral." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Moving Daily Wage`: to override the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily " +"Wage)` value used for leaves computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skip Rent Allowance`: if set, the rental allowance is excluded " +"from the current payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Average Monthly Salary`: to override the average monthly " +"salary used for end-of-year payment (rule is only applicable to payslips " +"generated in December)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lieu of Notice Period (Months)`: only applicable to " +":guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice` salary structure. By default, " +"the final payout is set as 1-month. Use the :guilabel:`Count` field under " +"the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` section to set a different notice period " +"duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:304 +msgid "" +"Once the payslips are ready, click on :guilabel:`Compute Sheet`, followed by" +" :guilabel:`Create Draft entry` to generate a draft journal entry found in " +"the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Once the draft journal entries have been posted, the company can now pay the" +" employees. The user can choose between **two** different *payment methods*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:313 +msgid "" +"From the employee's payslip (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> " +"All Payslips`), once the payslip's journal entry has been posted, click " +":guilabel:`Register Payment`. The process is the same as :doc:`paying vendor" +" bills <../accounting/payments>`. Select the desired bank journal and " +"payment method, then later reconcile the payment with the corresponding bank" +" statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:317 +msgid "" +"For batch payments (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`), " +"once all draft journal entries from the batch are confirmed, click " +":guilabel:`Mark as Paid` to post the payment journal entry. Then " +":doc:`create a payment <../accounting/payments>` in the *Accounting* app, " +"and reconcile accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:323 +msgid "Attendances and hourly wage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:325 +msgid "" +"To configure the contract for an employee paid hourly using the " +"*Attendances* app for hours tracking, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll " +"app --> Contracts --> Contracts`. Create a new :ref:`contract " +"`. It is important to remember to set the " +":guilabel:`Work Entry Source` as :guilabel:`Attendances`, and " +":guilabel:`Wage Type` as :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:331 +msgid "To record the hours logged by the employee using *Attendances* app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:333 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Attendances app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:334 +msgid "" +"The employee can check-in/out, via the kiosk mode and the time will be " +"logged automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:335 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Payroll app`, review the attendance work entries " +"generated from :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Work Entries --> Work " +"Entries`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:337 +msgid "" +"Next, generate the :ref:`payslips ` and process " +"the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Attendance Work Entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Attendance Payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:348 +msgid "Time Off with Payroll" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:350 +msgid "" +"The work entry types and time off types are fully integrated between the " +"*Time Off* and *Payroll* apps. There are several default time off types and " +"work entry types specific to Hong Kong which are installed automatically " +"along with the *Hong Kong - Payroll* module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types` " +"and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:356 +msgid "" +"There are two checkboxes to be considered when setting up the work entry " +"type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use 713`: Include this leave type as part of 713 computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:359 +msgid ":guilabel:`Non-full pay`: 80% of the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Work Entry Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:366 +msgid "" +":ref:`Creating and configuring work entry types `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:369 +msgid "Understanding 713 Ordinance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:371 +msgid "" +"The *Hong Kong - Payroll* module is compliant with 713 Ordinance which " +"relates to the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` computation to ensure fair " +"compensation for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:374 +msgid "The ADW computation is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:379 +msgid "Hong Kong ADW Formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:379 +msgid "" +":abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` equals the total wage in a 12-month period," +" minus the wages of non-full pay, divided by the total days in a 12-month " +"period minus the days of non-full pay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:383 +msgid "" +"For 418 compliance, there is no automated allocation of the *Statutory " +"Holiday* entitlement to the employees. As soon as 418 requirements are met, " +"manually allocate the leaves, via the *Time Off* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Before generating payslips, ensure the statuses are :guilabel:`Done` to " +"validate the outcome." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:393 +msgid "Period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:394 +msgid "Days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:395 +msgid "Wage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:396 +msgid "Commission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:398 +msgid "ADW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:399 +msgid "Leave Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:400 +msgid "Jan" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:415 +msgid "31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:409 +msgid "$20200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:405 +msgid "$651.61 ($20200/31)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:413 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:407 +msgid "Feb" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:408 +msgid "28" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:410 +msgid "$5000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:411 +msgid "$25200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:412 +msgid "$769.49 ($45400/59)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:414 +msgid "Mar (One Day Annual Leave)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:418 +msgid "$20324.33" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:419 +msgid "$730.27 ($65724.33/90)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:420 +msgid "$769.49" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:421 +msgid "Apr (One Day 80% Sick Leave)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:423 +msgid "$20117.56" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:427 +msgid "$584.22 ($730.27*0.8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:430 +msgid "Here is an example demonstrating the 713 logic:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:432 +msgid "" +"**Jan**: Generate a payslip with a monthly wage of $20200. The :abbr:`ADW " +"(Average Daily Wage)` is always computed on a cumulative basis of the " +"trailing 12-months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:434 +msgid "" +"**Feb**: Generate a similar payslip, but add an :guilabel:`Other Input Type`" +" for the :guilabel:`Commission`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Mar**: Apply for **one** full-paid annual leave in March. The salary " +"compensation for the leave taken is based on :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily " +"Wage)` thus far." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:0 +msgid "Hong Kong March 713." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:443 +msgid "" +"**Apr**: Apply for a 1-day non-full pay leave in April. Since this is a non-" +"full pay leave, the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` is computed " +"accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:0 +msgid "Hong Kong April 713." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:451 +msgid "" +"The value of :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` is computed in the backend, " +"and not be visible to the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:455 +msgid "" +"`HK 713 Ordinance " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:456 +msgid "" +"`HK 418 Ordinance `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:459 +msgid "Generate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:461 +msgid "" +"Before generating the below reports, setup the following in " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Payroll`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:464 +msgid "Configure the following in the :guilabel:`Accounting` section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:466 +msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`Payroll HSBC Autopay` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:468 +msgid ":guilabel:`Autopay Type`: Set as :guilabel:`H2H Submission`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:469 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Bank Account` to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:471 +msgid "Configure the following in the :guilabel:`HK Localization` section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:473 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employer's Name shows on reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:474 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employer's File Number`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:475 +msgid ":guilabel:`Manulife MPF Scheme`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Payroll Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:482 +msgid "IRD report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:484 +msgid "There are a total of **four** IRD reports available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:486 +msgid ":guilabel:`IR56B`: employer's Return of Remuneration and Pensions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:487 +msgid ":guilabel:`IR56E`: notification of Commencement of Employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:488 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`IR56F`: notification of Ceasation of Employment (remaining in " +"HK)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:489 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`IR56G`: notification of Ceasation of Employment (departing from " +"HK permanently)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:491 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting`, and select one of the " +":guilabel:`IR56B/E/F/G Sheet` options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:495 +msgid "Fill in the relevant information for the IRD report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:496 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Populate`, and the :guilabel:`Eligible Employees` smart " +"button appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:497 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Employee Declarations` status is :guilabel:`Draft` and " +"changed to :guilabel:`Generated PDF` status once the schedule runs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:499 +msgid "Once the PDF is generated, the IRD form may be downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong IR56B report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:506 +msgid "" +"The scheduled action called *Payroll: Generate pdfs* can be manually " +"triggered. It is set by default to run the PDF generation monthly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:510 +msgid "Manulife MPF sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:512 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting --> Manulife MPF Sheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:515 +msgid "" +"Select the relevant :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Month`, and " +":guilabel:`Sequence No.`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:516 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create XLSX`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:517 +msgid "" +"The *Manulife MPF XLSX* file is then generated, and available for download." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Manulife Sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Odoo will not be developing further reports for other MPF trustee as there " +"will soon be an eMPF platform setup by the local government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:528 +msgid "`eMPF `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:531 +msgid "HSBC autopay report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:533 +msgid "" +"If *HSBC Autopay* is selected as the batch payment method, click on " +":guilabel:`Create HSBC Autopay Report`, and fill in the mandatory fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong HSBC Autopay wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:540 +msgid "" +"This creates an :file:`.apc` file format which can be uploaded to the HSCB " +"portal for processing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:3 @@ -35250,6 +38035,15 @@ msgid "" "online and mobile banking." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` " +"feature." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 msgid "PayNow bank account configuration" @@ -35268,10 +38062,44 @@ msgid "" "The account holder's country must be set to Singapore on its contact form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You could also include the invoice number in the QR code by checking the " +":guilabel:`Include Reference` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the " +"bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 +msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:45 msgid "Issue invoices with PayNow QR codes" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" +" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to *EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 +msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:53 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " @@ -36161,13 +38989,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Issue invoices with PromptPay QR code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:158 -msgid "" -"When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" -" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to :guilabel:`EMV Merchant-Presented QR-" -"code`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:164 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " @@ -39641,9 +42462,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:33 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` section, enter your Odoo database URL (e.g., " -"`https://example.odoo.com`) in the field :guilabel:`Invoices paid` and click" -" the :guilabel:`Test and save` button next to it." +"In the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` section, enter your Odoo database's URL, " +"followed by `/payment/xendit/webhook` (e.g., " +"`https://example.odoo.com/payment/xendit/webhook`) in the field " +":guilabel:`Invoices paid` and click the :guilabel:`Test and save` button " +"next to it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:40 diff --git a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 69b1cb4ff..2ede1609d 100644 --- a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -4,7 +4,6 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Lilach Gilliam , 2023 # NoaFarkash, 2024 # דודי מלכה , 2024 # Yihya Hugirat , 2024 @@ -16,15 +15,16 @@ # Roy Sayag, 2024 # Ha Ketem , 2024 # Orel Nahmany, 2024 +# Lilach Gilliam , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Orel Nahmany, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Lilach Gilliam , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1706,146 +1706,111 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:5 -msgid "Developer Mode (debug mode)" +msgid "Developer mode (debug mode)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:7 msgid "" -"The developer mode (or debug mode) unlocks access to extra and advanced " -"tools in Odoo. There are several ways to activate the developer mode: " -"through the :ref:`settings `, the " -":ref:`browser extension `, through" -" the :ref:`command palette ` or the" -" :ref:`URL `." +"The developer mode, also known as debug mode, unlocks access to advanced " +":ref:`tools and settings ` in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:17 -msgid "Activate through the Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:11 msgid "" -"The debug mode can be activated in the Odoo database settings. Go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Developer Tools` and click" -" on :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`. At least one application needs " -"to be installed for the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` section to appear in the" -" :guilabel:`Settings` module." +"Proceed with caution, as some developer tools and technical settings are " +"considered advanced and may have associated risks. Only use them if you " +"understand the implications and are confident in your actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of the debug options under settings in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:16 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with assets)` is used by developers;" -" :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with tests assets)` is used by " -"developers and testers." +"The developer mode is also available with :ref:`assets " +"`, which are used to debug JavaScript " +"code, and with :ref:`tests assets `, " +"which are used to run test tours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:23 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "הפעלה" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To activate it, open the :guilabel:`Settings` app, scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Developer Tools` section, and click :guilabel:`Activate the " +"developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:28 msgid "" "Once activated, the :guilabel:`Deactivate the developer mode` option becomes" " available." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 +msgid "Activating the developer mode in the Settings app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To activate the developer mode **from anywhere in the database**, add " +"`?debug=1` to the URL after `/web` (e.g., " +"`https://example.odoo.com/web?debug=1#action=menu&cids=1`). To deactivate " +"it, use `?debug=0` instead." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:37 -msgid "Activate through the browser extension" +msgid "" +"Use `?debug=assets` to activate the developer mode with assets and " +"`?debug=tests` to activate it with tests assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:41 msgid "" -"Within a web browser, navigate to the browser settings and extensions and " -"search for the `Odoo Debug` extension. Once the extension is installed, a " -"new icon will be shown on the browser's toolbar." +"Open the **command palette** by pressing `Ctrl + K` or `Cmd ⌘ + K`, then " +"type `debug` to activate the developer mode with assets or deactivate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:44 +msgid "Browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:46 msgid "" -"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " -"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" -" a single click." +"The `Odoo Debug `_ browser extension " +"adds an icon to toggle developer mode on or off from the browser's toolbar. " +"It is available on the `Chrome Web Store " +"`_ and `Firefox Add-ons " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:54 +msgid "Developer tools and technical menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once the developer mode is activated, the developer tools can be accessed by" +" clicking the :icon:`fa-bug` :guilabel:`(bug)` icon. The menu contains tools" +" useful for understanding or editing technical data, such as a view's field," +" filters, or actions. The options available depend on where the menu is " +"accessed from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "View of Odoo's debug icon in a Google Chrome toolbar." +msgid "Accessing the developer tools" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:53 -msgid "Activate through the command palette" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:64 msgid "" -"In Odoo, the command palette tool has a command to activate the debug mode. " -"First, open the command palette tool with the keyboard shortcut `ctrl+k` and" -" then type `debug`. A command will show up to activate the debug mode." +"Database administrators can access the technical menu from the " +":guilabel:`Settings` app. It contains advanced database settings, such as " +"ones related to the database structure, security, actions, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Command palette with debug command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:68 -msgid "Activate through the URL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The debug mode can also be activated by adding an extra query string to the " -"database's URL. In the URL, add `?debug=1` or `?debug=true` after `/web`. To" -" deactivate the debug mode, change the value to `?debug=0` instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a URL with the debug mode command added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Additional modes are available for developers: `?debug=assets` enables the " -":ref:`assets mode `, and " -"`?debug=tests` enables the :ref:`tests mode " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:86 -msgid "Locate the developer mode tools" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Once developer mode is activated, the developer mode tools can be accessed " -"from the :guilabel:`Open Developer Tools` button, the bug icon located in " -"the header of the Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a console page and the debug icon being shown in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:95 -msgid "" -"This menu contains additional tools that are useful to understand or edit " -"technical data, such as the views or actions of a page. On a page that has " -"filters, actions, and view options, the developer mode tools contain some " -"useful menu items such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:99 -msgid ":guilabel:`Edit Action`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:100 -msgid ":guilabel:`Manage Filters`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:101 -msgid "Edit the current view (e.g. Kanban, List, Graph, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:102 -msgid "See the :guilabel:`Fields View Get`" +msgid "Accessing the technical menu" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:5 @@ -2548,11 +2513,11 @@ msgid "" "is asked, enter `odoo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 msgid "Check the DMARC policy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:104 msgid "" "The Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance (DMARC) " "record is a protocol that unifies :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` and " @@ -2563,41 +2528,41 @@ msgid "" " and/or :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` check." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 msgid "DMARC: TXT record" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 msgid "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:116 msgid "" "There are three :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` policies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 msgid "`p=none`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:118 -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 msgid "`p=quarantine`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 msgid "`p=reject`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:123 msgid "" "`p=quarantine` and `p=reject` instruct the server that receives an email to " "quarantine that email or ignore it if the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy " "Framework)` and/or :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` check fails." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:127 msgid "" "If the domain name uses :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` and has defined one of these policies, the domain" @@ -2605,7 +2570,7 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:132 msgid "" "Yahoo or AOL are examples of email providers with a :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-" "based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` policy set to " @@ -2614,7 +2579,7 @@ msgid "" "their recipient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:137 msgid "" "`p=none` is used for the domain owner to receive reports about entities " "using their domain. It should not impact the deliverability if the " @@ -2622,7 +2587,7 @@ msgid "" "Conformance)` check fails." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:141 msgid "" ":abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` records are comprised of tags in the form of :abbr:`DNS " @@ -2637,181 +2602,181 @@ msgid "" " too restrictive." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:150 msgid "The following chart displays available tags:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 msgid "Tag Name" msgstr "שם תגית" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 msgid "Purpose" msgstr "מטרה" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 msgid "Example" msgstr "דוגמה" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 msgid "v" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 msgid "Protocol version" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 msgid "`v=DMARC1`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 msgid "pct" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 msgid "Percentage of messages subjected to filtering" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 msgid "`pct=20`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 msgid "ruf" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 msgid "Reporting URI for forensic reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 msgid "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 msgid "rua" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 msgid "Reporting URI of aggregate reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 msgid "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 msgid "p" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 msgid "Policy for organizational domain" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 msgid "sp" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 msgid "Policy for subdomains of the OD" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 msgid "`sp=reject`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 msgid "adkim" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 msgid "Alignment mode for DKIM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 msgid "`adkim=s`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 msgid "aspf" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:181 msgid "Alignment mode for SPF" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 msgid "`aspf=r`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:184 msgid "" "Check the :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` record of a domain name with a tool like `MXToolbox DMARC " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:188 msgid "" "`DMARC.org is another great resource to learn about DMARC records. " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 msgid "SPF, DKIM & DMARC documentation of common providers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:196 msgid "" "`OVH DNS " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 msgid "" "`OVH SPF `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 msgid "" "`GoDaddy TXT record `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 msgid "`GoDaddy SPF `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:200 msgid "" "`GoDaddy DKIM `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:201 msgid "" "`NameCheap " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 msgid "" "`CloudFlare DNS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:204 msgid "" "`Google Domains `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 msgid "" "`Azure DNS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:207 msgid "" "To fully test the configuration, use the `Mail-Tester `_ tool, which gives a full overview of the content and " @@ -2819,7 +2784,7 @@ msgid "" "records for other, lesser-known providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:212 msgid "" "`Using Mail-Tester to set SPF Records for specific carriers " "`_" @@ -7929,10 +7894,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 msgid "" "To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation " -"package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download " -"page `_. Next, install and setup the Odoo " -":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " -"start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +"package for Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download page " +"`_. Next, install and setup the Odoo :file:`.exe`" +" file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to start the " +"installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 @@ -8449,10 +8414,22 @@ msgid "" "Odoo uninstall guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:7 msgid "Devices" msgstr "מכשירים" +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:21 +msgid "" +":doc:`Worldline payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:23 +msgid "" +":doc:`Ingenico payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 msgid "Connect a camera" msgstr "" @@ -10045,9 +10022,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:126 msgid "" "On a form, navigate to any field, and hover over the field name. A box of " -"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Object`" -" name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be" -" added." +"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Model` " +"name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be " +"added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:0 diff --git a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 89cdd1b2b..88bdf4cbb 100644 --- a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Orel Nahmany, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n" @@ -36,13 +36,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Human resources" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 msgid "Appraisals" msgstr "הערכות" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, the *Appraisals* application can be used to evaluate employee " "performance on a recurring basis. Managers can evaluate the performance of " @@ -51,28 +51,28 @@ msgid "" "desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:12 msgid "" "Appraisals give employees valuable feedback, including actionable goals to " "work toward, and measurable skills to improve upon. Additionally, appraisals" " may form the basis for raises, promotions, and other benefits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:16 msgid "" "Regular appraisals are good for both the employees and the company, since " "they can accurately measure performance based on company goals, and show " "employees where they need to improve." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:31 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "תצורה" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Configuration` menu in the *Appraisals* application is where " "the settings can be configured, feedback templates can be edited, " @@ -80,31 +80,32 @@ msgid "" "feedback can be stored, and goal tags can be viewed/created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 msgid "Settings" msgstr "הגדרות" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:29 msgid "" "To access the *Settings* menu, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " "application --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 msgid "Feedback templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:35 msgid "" "Feedback templates are form outlines used during an employee appraisal. Any " "edits made to a template are, ultimately, reflected in the appraisals sent " "to employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:38 msgid "" "There are two default templates pre-configured in Odoo *Appraisals*: one for" " employee feedback, and one for manager feedback. Each contains several " @@ -112,25 +113,25 @@ msgid "" " the questions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:42 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`My work`, :guilabel:`My future`, and :guilabel:`My feelings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:45 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`Feedback`, :guilabel:`Evaluation`, and :guilabel:`Improvements`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:48 msgid "" "Any desired changes to the default feedback templates can be made by making " "changes directly in each template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:54 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Appraisals` section of the settings menu determines the " "frequency that appraisals are performed, and if it is possible to request " @@ -143,56 +144,56 @@ msgid "" "enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 msgid "Appraisals plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:66 msgid "" "By default, appraisals are pre-configured to be automatically created six " "months after an employee is hired, with a second appraisal exactly six " "months after that." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:69 msgid "" "Once those two initial appraisals have been completed in the employee's " "first year, following appraisals are only created once a year (every twelve " "months)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:72 msgid "" "To modify this schedule, change the number of months in the blank fields " "under the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:76 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section is modified, **all** empty " ":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Dates` are modified for **all** employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 msgid "360 feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:82 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option can be enabled to allow managers to " "request feedback from other employees using a different survey form, at any " "time, independent of the appraisal schedule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:85 msgid "" "Typically, managers ask for feedback from other people who work with an " "employee they manage. This includes the employee's various managers, peers, " "and direct reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:88 msgid "" "To view the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey, click the :guilabel:`→ Internal" " link` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`Default Template` field. The " @@ -200,13 +201,13 @@ msgid "" " can be made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:92 msgid "" "For more information on how to edit a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:96 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` form is a pre-configured survey within the " "*Surveys* application. In order to use the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option, " @@ -214,11 +215,11 @@ msgid "" " be installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 msgid "Evaluation scale" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:103 msgid "" "On each employee appraisal form, final rating options appear by default. To " "view and edit these options, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " @@ -226,7 +227,7 @@ msgid "" "ratings in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:107 msgid "" "The pre-configured ratings are :guilabel:`Needs Improvement`, " ":guilabel:`Meets Expectations`, :guilabel:`Exceeds Expectations`, and " @@ -234,14 +235,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:111 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`New` button is clicked on the :guilabel:`Evaluation " "Scale` page, a blank line appears at the bottom of the list. Enter the name " "of the rating in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:114 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the ratings, click the :guilabel:`(six small gray " "boxes)` icon to the left of a rating, and drag the rating to the desired " @@ -254,7 +255,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:124 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` section displays information for all the " "surveys currently configured in the *Appraisals* application. To view the " @@ -266,55 +267,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list view of all available surveys in the Appraisals application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:132 msgid "" "Each appraisal (or survey) is presented in its own line on the " ":guilabel:`360 Feedback` page, along with various information related to " "that particular appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 msgid "Each appraisal includes the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:137 msgid ":guilabel:`Survey Name`: the name of the specific survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the employee responsible for the survey, including " "the month and year they were given that designation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Questions`: the number of questions in that particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Duration`: the average time a user spends completing the " "survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Registered`: the number of people who have been sent the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Completed`: the number of people who have completed the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:145 msgid "" "Each appraisal also has two buttons at the end of each line: a " ":guilabel:`Test` button and a :guilabel:`See Results` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:148 msgid "" "To see what an appraisal looks like for the end user (i.e. an employee), " "click the :guilabel:`Test` button, and the appraisal loads in a new browser " @@ -322,14 +323,14 @@ msgid "" "to enter any answers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:152 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`This is a Test Survey. → Edit " "Survey` at the top of the page to be taken to the detail form for that " "particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:155 msgid "" "To view the results from everyone who completed an appraisal, click the " ":guilabel:`See Results` button. This presents all the answers for the survey" @@ -338,13 +339,13 @@ msgid "" "each question are visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:160 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`→ Edit Survey` at the top of " "the page to be taken to the detail form for that particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:163 msgid "" "In addition to viewing the responses from past appraisals and surveys, new " "surveys can also be created from the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` page. Simply " @@ -352,123 +353,77 @@ msgid "" " survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:167 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:171 msgid "" "In previous versions of Odoo, this section was referred to as " ":guilabel:`Surveys`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:172 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "תגיות" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 -msgid "" -"An additional feature of the *Appraisals* application is the ability to set " -":ref:`goals ` for employees. On each goal form, there is a" -" field to add tags. The available tags are pulled from a list that is " -"configured from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To view a list of all existing goal tags, and to create new tags, go to the " -":guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, by navigating to :menuselection:`Appraisals " -"application --> Configuration --> Tags`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:181 -msgid "All currently configured tags are presented in a list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:183 -msgid "" -"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " -"all tags need to be added from this list, or directly from the goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 -msgid "" -"To create a new tag from the :guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, click the " -":guilabel:`New` button, and a blank line appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the tag on the line. Then, press the enter key to save the" -" tag, and create a new blank line. Repeat this for all tags that need to be " -"added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:192 -msgid "The list of tags is automatically arranged in alphabetical order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:176 msgid "" "Navigate to the main *Appraisals* dashboard by opening the " ":guilabel:`Appraisals` application. The :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard is " "the default view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:179 msgid "" "To view the dashboard at any point in the application, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Appraisals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:182 msgid "" "All appraisals are displayed on the dashboard in a Kanban view, by default, " "with a list of groupings on the left side of the dashboard, including " ":guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Department`, and :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 msgid "" "Click any grouping option to view appraisals for **only** the chosen " "selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 msgid "" "Only groupings with multiple selections appear in the list. For example, if " "a database only has one company, the :guilabel:`Company` grouping does " "**not** appear, since there is no other company to select." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:193 msgid "Each appraisal card displays the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: the department the employee is associated with." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company the employee works for. This only appears " "in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date`: the date the appraisal was requested, or is scheduled for " "in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activities`: any activities that are scheduled for the appraisal," " such as :guilabel:`Meetings` or :guilabel:`Phone Calls.` If no activities " @@ -476,13 +431,13 @@ msgid "" "icon, located in the bottom-left corner of an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:204 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: the employee's manager, indicated by the profile icon " "in the bottom-right corner of an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:206 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status banner`: the status of the appraisal. A banner appears if " "an appraisal is marked as either :guilabel:`Canceled` or :guilabel:`Done`. " @@ -490,7 +445,7 @@ msgid "" "not been scheduled yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 msgid "" "To view the details of any appraisal, click on the card to open the " "appraisal form." @@ -500,22 +455,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Appraisals dashboard with each appraisal in its own box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 msgid "New appraisal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new appraisal, click the :guilabel:`New` button at the top of " "the :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard to load a blank appraisal form. Then, " "enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:222 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:223 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu. " "The manager is responsible for completing the :guilabel:`Manager's Feedback`" @@ -523,7 +478,7 @@ msgid "" "selected, if they have a manager set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appraisal Date`: the current date is automatically entered in " "this field. This field is automatically updated once the appraisal is " @@ -531,39 +486,39 @@ msgid "" "cancellation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu. This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have" " a department set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:233 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the employee's company from the drop-down menu. " "This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have a " "company set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 msgid "" "The only required fields for the appraisal form are the employee's " ":guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Manager`, and the :guilabel:`Company`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:241 msgid "" "Once the form is complete, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm " "the appraisal request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 msgid "" "Once confirmed, the employee receives an email stating that an appraisal was" " requested, and is then prompted to schedule an appraisal date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:246 msgid "" "The status changes to :guilabel:`Confirmed`, and the :guilabel:`Employee's " "Feedback` section of the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab is grayed out. The " @@ -572,18 +527,18 @@ msgid "" "once the appraisal request is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 msgid "" "If there are any existing appraisals for the employee, an " ":guilabel:`Appraisal` smart button appears at the top of the page, listing " "the total number of appraisals there are for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:255 msgid "Ask for feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:257 msgid "" "As part of the appraisal process, the manager can request feedback on an " "employee from anyone in the company. Feedback is usually requested from co-" @@ -592,43 +547,43 @@ msgid "" "manager's overall assessment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 msgid "" "To request feedback, the appraisal **must** be confirmed. Once confirmed, an" " :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button appears at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:265 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button is clicked, an :guilabel:`Ask " "Feedback` email pop-up form appears, using the :guilabel:`Appraisal: Ask " "Feedback` email template, which sends the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:269 msgid "" "Enter the employees being asked to complete the survey in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field. Multiple employees may be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 msgid "" "The email template has dynamic placeholders to personalize the message. Add " "any additional text to the email, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:275 msgid "If required, an :guilabel:`Answer Deadline` can be added, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:277 msgid "" "If any attachments are needed, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button, and" " a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the file(s), select them, then " "click :guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:280 msgid "When the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send.`" msgstr "" @@ -636,21 +591,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The email pop-up when requesting feedback from other employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:287 msgid "Appraisal form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:289 msgid "" "Once an appraisal is confirmed, the next steps are for the employee to fill " "out the self-assessment, after which the manager completes their assessment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:295 msgid "Employee's feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:297 msgid "" "To complete their portion of feedback, employees should navigate to the main" " :menuselection:`Appraisals application` dashboard, where the only entries " @@ -658,14 +613,14 @@ msgid "" "manage and have to provide manager feedback for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 msgid "" "Click on the appraisal to open the appraisal form. Enter responses in the " ":guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` " "tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:304 msgid "" "When completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to Manager` toggle (the " "default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When clicked, the toggle " @@ -677,24 +632,24 @@ msgid "" "The feedback section for the employee with the toggle button highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:314 msgid "Manager's feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 msgid "" "After the employee has completed the :guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` " "section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab, it is time for the manager to " "fill out the :guilabel:`Manager's Feedback` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:320 msgid "" "The manager enters their responses in the fields in the :ref:`same manner as" " the employee `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:323 msgid "" "When the feedback section is completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to " "Employee` toggle (the default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When " @@ -707,11 +662,12 @@ msgid "" " highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:748 msgid "Skills tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:334 msgid "" "Part of an appraisal is evaluating an employee's skills, and tracking their " "progress over time. The :guilabel:`Skills` tab of the appraisal form auto-" @@ -719,32 +675,32 @@ msgid "" "<../hr/employees/new_employee>`, once an appraisal is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:338 msgid "" "Each skill is grouped with like skills, and the :guilabel:`Skill Level`, " ":guilabel:`Progress`, and :guilabel:`Justification` are displayed for each " "skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 msgid "" "Update any skills, or add any new skills to the :guilabel:`Skills` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:343 msgid "" "If a skill level has increased, a reason for the improved rating can be " "entered into the :guilabel:`Justification` field, such as `took a fluency " "language test` or `received Javascript certification`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:347 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`Create a new employee ` document for " "detailed instructions on adding or updating a skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:350 msgid "" "After an appraisal is completed, and the skills have been updated, the next " "time an appraisal is confirmed, the updated skills populate the " @@ -755,11 +711,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The skills tab of an appraisal form, all filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:358 msgid "Private note tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:360 msgid "" "If managers want to leave notes that are only visible to other managers, " "they can be entered in the :guilabel:`Private Note` tab. The employee being " @@ -767,12 +723,12 @@ msgid "" "appear on their appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:386 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:520 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 msgid "Schedule a meeting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:367 msgid "" "Once both portions of an appraisal are completed (the :ref:`employee " "` and :ref:`manager Appraisals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:377 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, beneath the appraisal date on the " "desired appraisal card, and a :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window " @@ -800,47 +756,47 @@ msgid "" "activity form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Meeting` for the :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the drop-" "down menu. Doing so causes the form to change, so only the " ":guilabel:`Activity Type` and :guilabel:`Summary` fields appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:385 msgid "" "If scheduling an activity other than a meeting, such as a :guilabel:`Call` " "or a :guilabel:`To-Do`, the fields that appear on the :guilabel:`Schedule " "Activity` pop-up form change, accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:389 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon may appear as a number of different icons, " "depending on what, if any, scheduled activities are in place, and the color " "represents their corresponding due dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:392 msgid "" "If no activities are scheduled, that is represented by a gray :guilabel:`🕘 " "(clock)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:394 msgid "" "However, if a specific activity is scheduled, the icon may appear as a " ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon for a phone call, a :guilabel:`👥 (group of " "people)` icon for a meeting, and so on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:397 msgid "" "The color of the icon indicates the status; a green icon means an activity " "is scheduled in the future, and a red icon means the activity is past due." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:400 msgid "" "For more details on activities, refer to the :doc:`../essentials/activities`" " document." @@ -850,46 +806,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The appraisal cards with the various activity icons highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 msgid "" "Enter a brief description in the :guilabel:`Summary` field of the " ":guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window, such as `Annual Appraisal for " "(Employee)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:409 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button. From the calendar page " "that appears, navigate to, and double-click on, the desired date and time " "for the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:412 msgid "" "Doing so opens a :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up form. From this pop-up form, " "make any desired modifications, such as designating a :guilabel:`Start` " "time, or giving a :guilabel:`Name` to the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:416 msgid "" "Add the appraisee in the :guilabel:`Attendees` section, and include anyone " "else who should be in the meeting, if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:419 msgid "" "To make the meeting a video call, instead of an in-person meeting, click " ":guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting`, and a :guilabel:`Videocall URL` link appears in " "the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:422 msgid "" "Once all the desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:424 msgid "" "The meeting now appears on the calendar, and the invited parties are " "informed, via email." @@ -901,183 +857,46 @@ msgid "" "appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 msgid "" "The other way to schedule a meeting is from the individual appraisal form. " "To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Appraisal application` " "dashboard, then click on an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button, and the calendar loads." " Follow the same directions above to create the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 msgid "" -"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button says " +"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button reads " ":guilabel:`No Meeting`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:463 -msgid "Goals" -msgstr "יעדים" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:465 -msgid "" -"The ability to set goals for employees to work toward is an important " -"feature of Odoo *Appraisals*. Goals are typically set during an appraisal, " -"so the employee knows what they need to work toward before their next " -"appraisal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:469 -msgid "" -"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> " -"Goals`. This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban " -"view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:472 -msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:474 -msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the name of the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:475 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee the goal is assigned to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 -msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:477 -msgid ":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Employee`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is assigned " -"to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:480 -msgid "" -"If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " -"corner of the goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 -msgid "" -"Every individual goal requires its own entry for each employee. If employees" -" have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the list. For " -"example, if both Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " -"appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " -"goal for Sara." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 -msgid "New goal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:495 -msgid "" -"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application -->" -" Goals`, and click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:498 -msgid "" -"Enter the information on the card. The information requested is all the same" -" information that appears on the :ref:`goal card ` in the " -"Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field and a " -":guilabel:`Description` tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:502 -msgid "" -"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field by default, and " -"the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" -" profile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:505 -msgid "" -"Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " -"useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:513 -msgid "Completed goals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:515 -msgid "" -"When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " -"be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " -"dashboard, or from the individual goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:518 -msgid "" -"To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" -" the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the top-right of a goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:522 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon **only** appears when the mouse hovers " -"over the corner of a goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:525 -msgid "" -"Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " -"green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " -"card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:528 -msgid "" -"To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " -"open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " -"the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner " -"appears in the top-right corner of the goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:533 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:526 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:753 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:830 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "דו\"חות" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:442 msgid "" "The *Appraisals* application tracks two metrics across two different " "reports: an :ref:`appraisal analysis `, and a " ":ref:`skills evolution `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:448 msgid "Appraisal analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:450 msgid "" "To access the *Appraisal Analysis* report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Appraisal " @@ -1085,7 +904,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted in different colors to represent their status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 msgid "" "Appraisals in yellow are completed, appraisals in orange are in-progress " "(the appraisal is confirmed, but not completed), and appraisals in gray are " @@ -1093,13 +912,13 @@ msgid "" "been confirmed yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 msgid "" "The report displays the whole current year, by default, grouped by " "department." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:460 msgid "" "To change the calendar view presented, change the date settings in the top-" "left of the report. The options to display are :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -1107,13 +926,13 @@ msgid "" " move forward or backward in time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:464 msgid "" "At any point, click the :guilabel:`Today` button to present the calendar to " "include today's date in the view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:467 msgid "" "The report can have other filters and groupings set in the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top." @@ -1123,64 +942,64 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A report showing all the appraisals for the Appraisal Analysis report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 msgid "Skills evolution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 msgid "" "To access the *Skills Evolution* report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Skills Evolution`. " "This displays a report of all skills, grouped by employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:481 msgid "" "All the lines of the report are collapsed, by default. To view the details " "of a line, click on a line to expand the data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:484 msgid "Each skill has the following information listed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:486 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: name of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 msgid ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: the category the skill falls under." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:488 msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the specific, individual skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:489 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Level`: the level the employee had previously " "achieved for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:583 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Progress`: the previous percentage of competency " "achieved for the skill (based on the :guilabel:`Skill Level`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:585 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Skill Level`: the current level the employee has achieved" " for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Skill Progress`: the current percentage of competency " "achieved for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:494 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Justification`: any notes entered on the skill explaining the " "progress." @@ -1190,11 +1009,182 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A report showing all the skills grouped by employee." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:501 +msgid ":doc:`appraisals/goals`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:3 +msgid "Goals" +msgstr "יעדים" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Appraisals* application allows managers to set goals for their " +"employees. That way, employees know what to work toward before their next " +"review." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`. " +"This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:13 +msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:15 +msgid ":guilabel:`Goal`: the name of the goal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:16 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the employee the goal is assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:17 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-clock-o` :guilabel:`(clock)` icon: displays the corresponding " +":doc:`activity icon <../../essentials/activities>` for the record. If no " +"activities are scheduled, the default icon is the :icon:`fa-clock-o` " +":guilabel:`(clock)`. If any activities have been scheduled, the icon " +"represents the activity scheduled soonest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:21 +msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal. The " +"options are :guilabel:`0%`, :guilabel:`25%`, :guilabel:`50%`, " +":guilabel:`75%`, or :guilabel:`100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Icon`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is " +"assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " +"corner of the goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 +msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every individual goal requires its own record for each employee. If multiple" +" employees have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For example, if Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " +"appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " +"goal for Sara." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:40 +msgid "New goal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`," +" and click :guilabel:`New` top-left corner to open a blank goal form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Input the :guilabel:`Goal`, :guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Progress`, and " +":guilabel:`Deadline`, information on the goal card, as discussed in the " +":ref:`goal card ` section of this document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The information requested is all the same information that appears on the " +"goal card in the Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field " +"and a :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " +"all tags need to be added. To add a tag, enter the name of the tag on the " +"line, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(tag)\"`. Repeat this for all tags that" +" need to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field, by default, and " +"the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" +" profile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " +"useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 +msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:68 +msgid "Completed goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:70 +msgid "" +"When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " +"be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " +"dashboard, or from the individual goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" +" the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon in the top-" +"right of a goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon **only** " +"appears when the mouse hovers over the top-right corner of a goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " +"green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " +"open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " +"the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner " +"appears in the top-right corner of the goal form." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:5 msgid "Attendances" msgstr "נוכחות" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Attendances* application functions as a time clock. Employees are " "able to check in and out of work using a dedicated device in kiosk mode, " @@ -1204,56 +1194,55 @@ msgid "" " are working overtime, or checking out of work earlier than expected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:16 msgid "Access rights" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:18 msgid "" "It is important to understand how the different access rights affect what " -"users can access in the *Attendances* application." +"options and features users can access in the *Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 msgid "" -"Every user in the database is always able to access their own information on" -" the dashboard and can check in and out directly from the database. Access " -"to all the other features is determined by access rights." +"Every user in the database is able to check in and out directly from the " +"database, without needing access to the *Attendances* application. " +"Additionally, all users can access their own attendance records from their " +"employee form in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Access to both the *Attendances* application, and the various features " +"within the application is determined by access rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:28 msgid "" "To see what access rights a user has, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Settings application --> Users & Companies: Users`, and " -"click on an individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by" -" default. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the " -"setting. For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to " -"leave the field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users & Companies: Users`, and click on an " +"individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by default. " +"Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the setting. " +"For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to leave the " +"field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:34 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Administrator` option is selected, the user has full " "access to the entire *Attendances* application, with no restrictions. They " -"can view all employee attendance records, enter kiosk mode from the " +"can view all employee attendance records, enter *Kiosk mMode* from the " "application, access all reporting metrics, and make modifications to the " -"settings." +"settings. If left blank, the user does **not** have access to the " +"*Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If left blank, the user can only view their own information on the " -"*Attendances* application dashboard and can view their own personal " -"attendance records under the reporting feature. All other attendance records" -" are hidden from view on the report. There is no access to either the kiosk " -"mode or the configuration menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:42 msgid "Approvers" msgstr "מאשרים" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:44 msgid "" "The **only** other scenario where different information may be accessible in" " the *Attendances* application is for approvers. If a user does *not* have " @@ -1266,7 +1255,7 @@ msgid "" "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:52 msgid "" "To see who the attendance approver is for an employee, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Employees application` and click on the specific employee. " @@ -1277,7 +1266,7 @@ msgid "" "reports, and make modifications to their records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:61 msgid "" "Few configurations are needed in the *Attendances* application. Determining " "how employees check in and out, defining how the kiosks function, and " @@ -1286,11 +1275,11 @@ msgid "" "Configuration` to access the configuration menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:67 msgid "Modes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how an employee " "checks in when using a kiosk. Options are :guilabel:`Barcode/RFID`, " @@ -1298,31 +1287,31 @@ msgid "" "Selection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:76 msgid "" "The *Barcode* application **does not** need to be installed to use one of " "the Barcode/RFID settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances from Backend`: activate this selection to allow users" " to check in and out directly from the Odoo database. If this is not " "activated, users must use a kiosk to check in and out of work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 msgid "Kiosk settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:88 msgid "" "This section only needs to be configured if employees use kiosks for " "checking in and out. If kiosks are **not** being used, modifying any of " "these fields does **not** adversely affect the *Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode Source`: this setting appears **only** if either of the " "two Barcode/RFID selections were configured for the :ref:`Kiosk Mode " @@ -1331,7 +1320,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Front Camera`, or :guilabel:`Back Camera`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:96 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification`: activate this option if employees " "should use a unique PIN to check in. PINs are configured on each individual " @@ -1339,14 +1328,14 @@ msgid "" "documentation for more information on setting up PINs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Time`: set the duration (in seconds) the check in and " "check out confirmation screen remains on the kiosk before going back to the " "main check in screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:101 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendance Kiosk Url`: Odoo generates a unique web address (URL) " "to use a device as a kiosk without having to sign in to the Odoo database. " @@ -1354,7 +1343,7 @@ msgid "" " browser to present the Attendances application kiosk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 msgid "" "These kiosk URLs are **not** secured with any type of access code. Anyone " "who has the URL can access the Attendances application kiosk. If the URL is " @@ -1363,17 +1352,17 @@ msgid "" "generate a new URL and update the kiosk accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:112 msgid "Extra hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:114 msgid "" "This section specifies how extra time is calculated, including when extra " "time is counted and what time is not logged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count of Extra Hours`: enable this box to allow employees to log " "extra hours beyond their set working hours (sometimes referred to as " @@ -1381,14 +1370,14 @@ msgid "" "well. If this is not activated, no other configurations appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start From`: the current date is automatically entered in this " "field. If desired, click on this field and use the calendar selector to " "modify the start date on which extra hours are logged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Company`: enter the amount of time, in" " minutes, that is **not** counted towards an employee's overtime. When an " @@ -1396,7 +1385,7 @@ msgid "" "minutes, the extra time is **not** counted as overtime for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Employee`: enter the amount of time, " "in minutes, that an employee is given, that does **not** adversely affect " @@ -1406,33 +1395,33 @@ msgid "" "they are **not** penalized for their reduced hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 msgid "" "A company sets both of the :guilabel:`Tolerance` fields to `15` minutes, and" " the working hours for the entire company are set from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:138 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:00 AM, and checks out at 5:14 PM, the extra 14" " minutes are **not** counted towards their overtime." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:141 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:05 AM, and checks out at 4:55 PM, even though " "they logged a total of 10 minutes less than their full working hours, they " "are **not** penalized for this discrepancy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Extra Hours`: activate this box to display the extra " "hours logged by an employee when they check out with a kiosk, or when a user" " checks out in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:149 msgid "" "Employees are still able to log overtime hours even if the :guilabel:`Count " "of Extra Hours` option is not activated. The difference is that when " @@ -1441,177 +1430,41 @@ msgid "" "hours>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:164 -msgid "Check in and out via the database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users who are logged into the " -"database to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " -"application, or use a kiosk. For some smaller companies, where every " -"employee is also a user, this feature may be useful." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:170 -msgid "" -"A user can check in and out on the main database dashboard, as well as in " -"any application. In the upper right corner of the top main menu, which is " -"always visible regardless of what application the user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴" -" (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is visible. Click on the " -"colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, enabling the user to check " -"in and/or out." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:180 -msgid "Check in" -msgstr "כניסה" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:182 -msgid "" -"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " -"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` and the " -"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:190 -msgid "" -"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 -msgid "" -"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " -"their computer to access their location information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:197 -msgid "" -"If the user has not checked in and out already during the current work day, " -"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " -"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" -" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " -"appears beneath that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:202 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to check in. The :guilabel:`🔴 (red " -"circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget changes appearance" -" as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has checked in, by " -"changing the green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to a yellow " -":guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:207 -msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:210 -msgid "Check out" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:212 -msgid "" -"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " -"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" -" populating the time field. Beneath that line, :guilabel:`HH:MM` is " -"displayed, indicating the hours and minutes that have elapsed since checking" -" in. As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes " -"that have passed since the user checked in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:218 -msgid "" -"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " -"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears in addition to " -"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The time displayed in both of " -"these fields are populated with the most recent check in time, and will " -"match. Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously " -"logged hours are displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 -msgid "" -"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " -"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " -"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that will " -"be logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:228 -msgid "" -"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " -":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button. The attendance widget updates again," -" displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the logged time, and the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check " -"in ➡️` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " -"user allows their computer to access this information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:242 -msgid "" -"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " -"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " -"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" -" appears on the dashboard, including check ins and check outs with no time " -"value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:157 msgid "Kiosk mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:159 msgid "" "Some companies may opt to use a dedicated device (a laptop or desktop PC, a " "tablet, or a mobile phone) for employees to check in and check out from. " "Kiosk mode is used for these scenarios." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:163 msgid "" "If users check in and out using either a badge or an RFID, then an " "accessible device in kiosk mode **must** be available to check in and check " "out using these two methods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 msgid "" "Entering kiosk mode is only available for users with specific :ref:`access " "rights `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:169 msgid "Kiosk mode can be activated in three different ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:171 msgid "" "Navigate to the :guilabel:`Attendances` application, and click " ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode` in the top menu. The device then enters kiosk mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:173 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click on the link in the " @@ -1619,7 +1472,7 @@ msgid "" " recommended to close the database tab to keep the database secure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:177 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click :guilabel:`Copy` next to " @@ -1633,7 +1486,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:186 msgid "" "As a security measure, once a device is in kiosk mode, it is not possible to" " exit kiosk mode and go back into the database without signing back in. To " @@ -1642,11 +1495,11 @@ msgid "" "an extra layer of security, preventing anyone from accessing the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:192 msgid "Badge" msgstr "תג" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 msgid "" "To check in or out using a badge, tap the :guilabel:`📷 (camera) Tap to scan`" " image in the center of the kiosk. Then, scan the barcode on the badge using" @@ -1662,11 +1515,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Attendances Kiosk view displaying the scan badge image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:206 msgid "RFID" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:208 msgid "" "To check in or out using an RFID key fob, simply scan the fob with an RFID " "reader. Once scanned, the employee is then either checked in or checked out," @@ -1674,11 +1527,11 @@ msgid "" "all the check in or check out information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:213 msgid "Manually" msgstr "ידני" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:215 msgid "" "Users who do not have a scannable badge or an RFID fob can manually check in" " and out at a kiosk. Tap the :guilabel:`Identify Manually` button on the " @@ -1688,20 +1541,20 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`confirmation message ` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:221 msgid "" "When a large number of employees appear in the list, making scrolling " "inefficient, there are two ways to quickly find a specific person:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Search...`: tap on the :guilabel:`Search...` field and enter the " "person's name. As the name is typed in, the matching results are displayed " "on the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: to quickly filter the presented employees, tap on a " "department to display only those employees that are part of that department." @@ -1710,11 +1563,11 @@ msgid "" "part of the department, and is displayed when selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:232 msgid "PIN" msgstr "קוד סודי" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:234 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification` option was activated in the " ":ref:`kiosk settings ` section of the " @@ -1722,7 +1575,7 @@ msgid "" "checking in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:238 msgid "" "After the employee is selected, a number pad appears with a message. When " "checking in, :guilabel:`(Employee) Welcome! Please enter your PIN to check " @@ -1731,7 +1584,7 @@ msgid "" "numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:243 msgid "" "Tap in the PIN using the number pad, then tap :guilabel:`OK` when done. The " "employee is then checked in or out, and a :ref:`confirmation message " @@ -1742,11 +1595,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pop-up that appears when prompted to enter a pin." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:253 msgid "Confirmation message" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:255 msgid "" "When an employee checks in or out, a confirmation message appears with all " "the check in or check out information. When checking in, a welcome message " @@ -1758,7 +1611,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 msgid "" "When checking out, the screen displays a goodbye message, with the date and " "time of check out, and the total hours logged for the day. Beneath the " @@ -1770,12 +1623,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The goodbye message with all the employee's check out information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:681 msgid "Overview" msgstr "סקירה כללית" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:273 msgid "" "When entering the *Attendances* application, the :guilabel:`Overview` " "dashboard is presented, containing all the check in and check out " @@ -1786,11 +1639,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:280 msgid "Views" msgstr "תצוגות" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:282 msgid "" "To change the view from the default Gantt chart to a list view, click the " ":guilabel:`List` icon in the top right of the dashboard, beneath the user's " @@ -1798,7 +1651,7 @@ msgid "" "button, located next to the :guilabel:`List` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:286 msgid "" "The default view presents the current day's information. To present the " "information for the :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or " @@ -1812,7 +1665,7 @@ msgid "" "dashboard, presenting information containing the current day's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:295 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Day` view, the column for the current hour is highlighted " "in yellow. If the :guilabel:`Week` or :guilabel:`Month` view is selected, " @@ -1826,7 +1679,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:304 msgid "" "Any entries that have errors appear in red, indicating they need to be " "resolved by a user with the proper :ref:`access rights ` that need to be resolved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this filter has a drop-down to further select a " "specific time period. Select the desired time period from the options " "presented, a specific month, quarter, or year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Last 7 days`: this filter presents the attendance data for the " "last seven days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:332 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`: create a custom filter using the pop-up that " "appears when this is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 msgid "Groups" msgstr "קבוצות" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:338 msgid "The default groups that can be selected are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:340 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing the" " following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -1917,13 +1770,13 @@ msgid "" " period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:344 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee`: this group presents the attendance data organized by " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:345 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing " "the following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -1932,7 +1785,7 @@ msgid "" "time period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:349 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`: this option displays a drop-down menu with a " "variety of options to group the attendance data by, including " @@ -1940,53 +1793,53 @@ msgid "" "Address`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:356 msgid "Attendance log details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:358 msgid "" "Odoo captures various time and location details when a user checks in and " "out. The specific details provided are determined by the method the user " "checked in and out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:361 msgid "" "To view the specific check in and/or check out details for an employee, " "click on an individual entry in the overview dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 msgid "" "A detailed attendance log for the user appears in a pop-up window. To close " "the detailed attendance log, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` button in " "the bottom-left corner of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:367 msgid "The detailed attendance log contains the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:370 msgid "Main details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:372 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the name of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 msgid ":guilabel:`Check In`: the date and time the employee checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:374 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: the date and time the employee checked out. This only" " appears if the employee has checked out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:376 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Worked Hours`: the total amount of time the employee logged for " "the day, in an hour and minute format (HH:MM). This value calculates all the" @@ -1994,23 +1847,23 @@ msgid "" "multiple times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Extra Hours`: any extra hours the employee logged that is beyond " "their expected working hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:383 msgid "Check in/check out details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:385 msgid "" "The following information appears for both the :guilabel:`Check In` and " ":guilabel:`Check Out` sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: the method with which the attendance information was " "gathered. :guilabel:`Systray` is displayed if the employee logged in and out" @@ -2019,24 +1872,24 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`using an attendance kiosk `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:392 msgid "" ":guilabel:`IP Address`: the IP address for the computer the employee used to" " log in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:393 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browser`: the web browser the employee used to log in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:394 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Localization`: the city and country associated with the " "computer's IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:395 msgid "" ":guilabel:`GPS Coordinates`: the specific coordinates when the user logged " "in or out. To view the specific coordinates on a map, click the :guilabel:`→" @@ -2048,26 +1901,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The detailed information for an attendance entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:405 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:84 msgid "Errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:407 msgid "" "Entries that contain an error appear on the overview dashboard in red. In " "the :guilabel:`Gantt view`, the entry appears with a red background. If in " "the :guilabel:`List view`, the entry text appears in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:411 msgid "" "An error typically occurs when an employee has checked in but has not " "checked out within the last 24 hours, or when an employee has a check in and" " check out period spanning over 16 hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:414 msgid "" "To fix the error, the attendance entry must be modified or deleted. Click on" " the entry to reveal a pop-up containing the details for that particular " @@ -2084,27 +1937,27 @@ msgid "" "selector is shown, and the time selector is highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:426 msgid "" "When all the information on the pop-up is correct, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close`. When the entry no longer has an error, the entry appears in gray " "instead of red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 msgid "" "To delete an entry, click :guilabel:`Remove` on the pop-up instead of making" " modifications to the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:435 msgid "" "To view attendance reports, click :guilabel:`Reporting` in the top menu. The" " default report displays each employee's attendance information for the past" " 3 months, in a :guilabel:`Line Chart`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 msgid "" "The default view is a :guilabel:`Graph`. To view the data in a pivot table, " "click the :guilabel:`Pivot Table` button on the top right of the report. To " @@ -2112,14 +1965,14 @@ msgid "" "next to the :guilabel:`Pivot Table` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 msgid "" "To present different information, adjust the :ref:`filters and groups " "` in the same way as in the :guilabel:`Overview`" " dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:445 msgid "" "The data can be presented in either a :guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line" " Chart`, :guilabel:`Pie Chart`, :guilabel:`Stacked` chart, or in " @@ -2128,13 +1981,13 @@ msgid "" "chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 msgid "" "To change the :guilabel:`Measures`, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button " "and select the desired measure from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:452 msgid "" "The report can also be inserted into a spreadsheet. Click the " ":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button and a pop-up appears. Select the " @@ -2146,6 +1999,151 @@ msgid "" "The default report view, with all the optional view buttons highlighted." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/check_in_check_out`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:461 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/hardware`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:3 +msgid "Check in and out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users, who are logged into the " +"database, to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " +"application, or use a kiosk. For smaller companies, where every employee is " +"also a user, this feature may be useful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A user can check in and/or out on the main database Odoo dashboard, or while" +" inside any application. To do so, in the upper-right corner of the top main" +" header menu, which is always visible regardless of what application the " +"user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is " +"visible. Click on the colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, " +"enabling the user to check in and/or out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:22 +msgid "Check in" +msgstr "כניסה" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " +"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)`, and the " +"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in` " +":icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " +"their computer to access their location information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If the user has not already checked in and out during the current work day, " +"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " +"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" +" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " +"appears in that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button to check in. The " +":guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget " +"changes appearance, as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has" +" checked in, by changing the green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` " +"button to a yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:49 +msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:148 +msgid "Check out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " +"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" +" populating the time field. Beneath that line, the hours and minutes that " +"have elapsed since checking in are displayed in a :guilabel:`HH:MM` format. " +"As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes that " +"have passed since the user checked in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " +"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears, in addition to " +"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The times displayed in both of " +"these fields match, and are populated with the most recent check in time. " +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously logged " +"time is displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " +"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " +"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that is " +"logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:70 +msgid "" +"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " +":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " +"yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button. The attendance " +"widget updates again, displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the " +"logged time, while the yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` " +"button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " +"user allows their computer to access this information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:85 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " +"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " +"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" +" appears on the main *Attendances* dashboard, including check ins and check " +"outs with no time value." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Hardware" msgstr "" @@ -2248,6 +2246,305 @@ msgid "" "departments." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:3 +msgid "Departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"All employees in the *Employees* app fall under specific departments within " +"a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:8 +msgid "Create new departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To make a new department, navigate to :menuselection:`Employees app --> " +"Departments`, then click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left to reveal a blank " +"department form. Fill out the following information on the department form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The department for with all fields filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:18 +msgid ":guilabel:`Department Name`: enter a name for the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: using the drop-down menu, select the department " +"manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Parent Department`: if the new department is housed within " +"another department (has a parent department), select the parent department " +"using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates`: if employees in this department " +"require a specific appraisal form that is different from the default " +"appraisal form, tick the checkbox. If this option is activated, an " +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab appears below the form. This field " +"**only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " +"department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Survey`: using the drop-down menu, select the default " +"survey to use for the department when requesting feedback from employees. " +"This field **only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed, **and** " +"the *360 Feedback* option is enabled in the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the department. Click the default " +"white color box to display all the color options. Click on a color to select" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab: this tab **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates` options is activated on the form. " +"Make any desired edits to the appraisal form. The appraisal form is used for" +" appraisals for all employees within this department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:36 +msgid "" +"After the form is completed, click the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon to manually save the changes. When saved, a " +":guilabel:`Department Organization` chart appears in the top-right of the " +"department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The form auto-saves while data is entered, however the :guilabel:`Department" +" Organization` chart does **not** appear until the form is manually saved. " +"If the form is not saved, the :guilabel:`Department Organization` chart is " +"visible upon opening the department card from the :guilabel:`Departments` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:47 +msgid "Refer to the :doc:`../appraisals` documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:50 +msgid "Departments dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured departments, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Departments`. All departments appear in a " +"Kanban view, by default, and are listed in alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The departments dashboard view with all the department cards in a Kanban " +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:175 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each department has its own Kanban card on the main :guilabel:`Departments` " +":icon:`oi-view-kanban` :guilabel:`(Kanban)` dashboard view, that can display" +" the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:66 +msgid "Department name: the name of the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:67 +msgid "Company: the company the department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employees`: the number of employees within the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisals`: the number of appraisals scheduled for employees in " +"the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Requests`: the number of unapproved time off requests " +"for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval ` . This **only** appears if there are requests to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allocation Requests`: the number of unapproved allocation " +"requests for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval " +"`. This **only** appears if there are requests " +"to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Applicants`: the number of :ref:`new applicants " +"` for a position in this department. This **only** appears " +"if there are new applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expense Reports`: the number of employees in the department with " +":ref:`open expense reports to approve `. This **only** " +"appears if there are any expense reports waiting for approval." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Absence`: the number of absences for the current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Color bar: the selected color for the department appears as a vertical bar " +"on the left side of the department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click on an alert in a department card, such as :guilabel:`Time Off " +"Requests`, to reveal a list view of the requests to approve. This list " +"includes **all** open requests to approve, not just from the specific " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The default view for the :guilabel:`Departments` dashboard is a Kanban view." +" It is possible to view the departments in two other forms: a list view and " +"a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a list view, click the :icon:`fa-align-justify` " +":guilabel:`(list)` icon in the top-right corner. The departments appear in a" +" list view, which displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Employees`, " +":guilabel:`Parent Department`, and :guilabel:`Color` for each department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The departments are sorted alphabetically by :guilabel:`Department Name`, by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The departments presented in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When in list view, departments can be managed in batch by selecting one or " +"multiple record's checkbox, then select the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Actions` button to reveal a drop-down menu of actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:113 +msgid "Hierarchy view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a hierarchy view, click the :icon:`fa-share-alt " +"fa-rotate-90` :guilabel:`(hierarchy)` icon in the top-right corner. The " +"departments appear in an organizational chart format, with the highest-level" +" department at the top (typically :guilabel:`Management`), and all other " +"departments beneath it. All child departments of the first-level child " +"departments are folded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Each department card displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, the " +":guilabel:`Manager` (and their profile image), the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Employees` in the department, and the ability to expand the department " +"(:guilabel:`Unfold`) if there are child departments beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Unfold` button on a department card to expand it. Once " +"expanded, the :guilabel:`Unfold` button changes to a :guilabel:`Fold` " +"button. To collapse the department, click the :guilabel:`Fold` button. Only " +"**one** department *per row* can be unfolded at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Click anywhere on a department card to open the department form. Click the " +":guilabel:`(#) Employees` smart button to view a list of all the employees " +"in that department, including all employees in the child departments beneath" +" it, organized by individual department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In the hierarchy view, if the :guilabel:`(2) Employees` button on the " +":guilabel:`Management` card is clicked (the highest-level department card), " +"**all** employees appear in a list view, grouped by department. This is " +"because **all** departments are children of the :guilabel:`Management` " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`(3) Employees` button in the :guilabel:`Sales` department " +"card is clicked, the employees from the :guilabel:`Sales` department, as " +"well as its two child departments (:guilabel:`East Coast Territory` and " +":guilabel:`West Coat Territory`), appear in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "The departments presented in a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list view of employees for the department that was clicked, including all child\n" +"departments." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 msgid "New employees" msgstr "עובדים חדשים" @@ -2322,7 +2619,6 @@ msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:736 msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "" @@ -2443,7 +2739,8 @@ msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:869 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "קורות חיים" @@ -3682,7 +3979,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:398 msgid "Salary" msgstr "" @@ -5047,10 +5344,6 @@ msgid "" "different ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 -msgid "List view" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:304 msgid "" "The default view of the service records is a list view. This presents all " @@ -5098,11 +5391,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The form automatically saves as data is entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 -msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:331 msgid "" "To view services by their stage, click the :guilabel:`Kanban` button, which " @@ -5188,11 +5476,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:380 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:230 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:889 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:894 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "" @@ -5463,11 +5751,11 @@ msgid "" " pop-up windows close, and the activity now appears on the activity view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 msgid "Frontdesk" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:7 msgid "" "The Odoo *Frontdesk* application provides a way for visitors to check in to " "a building or location, and alert the person they are meeting about their " @@ -5475,24 +5763,24 @@ msgid "" "brought to them, while they wait." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:11 msgid "" "This application is ideal for businesses that do **not** have someone " "working at a reception desk, locations **without** a designated waiting area" " available to guests and visitors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:17 msgid "" "The first item to configure with the *Frontdesk* application is the station," " followed by any drink selections that might optionally be offered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 msgid "Stations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:23 msgid "" "In Odoo's *Frontdesk* application, a *Station* can be thought of as any " "location where someone can sign in and wait for an employee. This is " @@ -5500,35 +5788,35 @@ msgid "" "kiosk where visitors check in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:27 msgid "" "When setting up the *Frontdesk* application, a minimum of one station " "**must** be configured, but there is no limit to how many stations can be " "created and configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:30 msgid "" "To create a station, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Stations`, and click :guilabel:`New`. When clicked, a " "blank frontdesk form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Name`: enter a name for the specific frontdesk " "location. This should be short and easily identifiable, such as `Reception " "Desk` or `Main Lobby`. This field is required in order to create a station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:38 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsibles`: select the person (or persons) who are alerted " "when a visitor checks in using this specific frontdesk. Multiple selections " "can be entered. This field is required in order to create a station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk URL`: this field auto-populates once the frontdesk form is " "saved, with at least the :guilabel:`Frontdesk Name` and " @@ -5536,46 +5824,45 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`(cloud with upward arrow)` icon, located at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:45 msgid "" "Once saved, a URL is generated in the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` field. This URL " "is one way the frontdesk kiosk is accessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:48 msgid "" "To access the kiosk, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at the end of the " "URL, and navigate to that URL in a web browser. This URL opens that specific" " station's frontdesk sign-in page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:52 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a frontdesk form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera" " with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:166 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:184 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to open a file explorer, navigate " "to the desired image/photo file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:58 msgid "" "The image selected for the station photo appears as the background image for" " the station kiosk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:61 msgid "Options tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Host Selection`: if the visitor is attending a meeting, this " "option allows the visitor to select the meeting host from a presented list, " @@ -5583,35 +5870,35 @@ msgid "" "detailed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Authenticate Guest`: if additional information is required when a" " guest checks in, enable this option, and select which of the following are " "required:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: select whether the guest's email address is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Phone`: select whether the guest's phone number is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Organization`: select whether the guest's organization is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Theme`: select the color mode of the kiosk. Choose either " ":guilabel:`Light` or :guilabel:`Dark`. The :guilabel:`Light` selection " @@ -5619,7 +5906,7 @@ msgid "" "selection displays a dark gray and black background." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Self Check-In`: enable this option to present a check-in QR code " "on the kiosk. The QR code allows guests to check in using their mobile " @@ -5627,7 +5914,7 @@ msgid "" "kiosk with multiple guests checking in at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Offer Drinks`: enable this option to offer guests a drink upon " "check in. If this option is enabled, it is necessary to :ref:`configure the " @@ -5636,13 +5923,13 @@ msgid "" " are configured, select each drink to be offered using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:90 msgid "" "The following options are only visible in the :guilabel:`Options` tab if the" " :ref:`Host Selection ` option is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by email`: enable this option to have an email sent to the" " person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -5650,20 +5937,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Email Template` selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:97 msgid "" "To change the default email template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`Email Template` field, then select another email template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any edits to the " "template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:102 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by SMS`: enable this option to have an SMS (text) message " "sent to the person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -5671,13 +5958,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk SMS Template` selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:106 msgid "" "To change the default SMS template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`SMS Template` field, and select another SMS template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:109 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any desired edits to the" @@ -5685,7 +5972,7 @@ msgid "" "characters, which fits in 4 SMS (UNICODE) messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by Discuss`: this option is enabled by default when the " ":guilabel:`Host Selection` option is enabled. This option opens a *Discuss* " @@ -5693,28 +5980,28 @@ msgid "" "in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:116 msgid "" "When enabled, a default message appears for the person the guest is " "visiting. The *Discuss* application **must** be installed in order for this " "option to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:120 msgid "" "*Discuss* is installed by default when creating an Odoo database, and does " "not count towards billing. As long as the *Discuss* application is not " "intentionally uninstalled, the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option works." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:125 msgid "" "The default message format for the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option is: " "`(Frontdesk Station) Check-In: (Guest Name) (Guest Phone Number) " "(Organization) to meet (Name of employee).`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:128 msgid "" "An example of how that might appear in a *Discuss* message is: `Main Lobby " "Check-In: John Doe (123-555-1234) (Odoo, Inc.) to meet Marc Demo.`" @@ -5724,11 +6011,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Frontdesk station form with all the information filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 msgid "Side Message tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:138 msgid "" "Enter any desired text to appear on the station kiosk after a guest has " "checked in, such as a welcome greeting or any necessary instructions. The " @@ -5736,11 +6023,12 @@ msgid "" " a guest has completed the check-in process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:112 msgid "Drinks" msgstr "משקאות" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:147 msgid "" "After a station is created, the next step is to configure the drinks to " "offer visitors, if desired. This step is **not** necessary or required for " @@ -5748,31 +6036,31 @@ msgid "" "drinks are offered to guests." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:151 msgid "" "To add a drink option, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Drinks`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a " "blank drink form to configure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 msgid "Enter the following information on the drink form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Drink Name`: type the name of the drink option in this field. " "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 msgid "" ":guilabel:`People to Notify`: use the drop-down menu in this field to select" " who is notified when the drink is selected. Multiple people can be entered " "in this field. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:159 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a numerical value in this field to indicate " "where in the list of drink options this specific option appears. The lower " @@ -5781,16 +6069,16 @@ msgid "" "first in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:163 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:181 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a drink form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera " "with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:169 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:187 msgid "" "The image selected now appears in the picture field, and is set as the image" " for the drink." @@ -5800,156 +6088,237 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Drink form with the information filled out for an espresso." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:178 msgid "Station dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:192 +msgid "Kiosk setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " +"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " +"tablet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:197 +msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " +":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" +" a new browser tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " +"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" +" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " +"browser tab or window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " +"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " +"accessing the database when checking-in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" +" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " +":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " +"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " +"requests were made for each drink." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:220 +msgid "" +"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " +"other metrics, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`frontdesk/visitors`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:3 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "מבקרים" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:5 msgid "" -"To access a complete list of visitors that are currently checked in, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +"In the Odoo *Frontdesk* application, a *visitor* is defined as any non-" +"employee (e.g., repair person, job candidate, etc.). These visitors can be " +"logged upon arrival and departure for security purposes. This ensures an " +"accurate list of people on the premises." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:196 -msgid "" -"The visitors are listed in a list view, with the following details that were" -" entered when they checked in:" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:12 +msgid "Visitor list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To access a complete list of checked-in visitors, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:18 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Planned or Checked-In` and :guilabel:`Today` " "filters appear in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:21 +msgid "" +"All visitors are presented in a list view, with the following details that " +"were entered upon check in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:24 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the guest's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:25 msgid ":guilabel:`Visitor Company`: the company the guest represents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: the guest's phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 -msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`: the drink the guest requested." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`\\*: the drink the guest requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:28 msgid ":guilabel:`Host`: who the guest is waiting to see." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:29 msgid ":guilabel:`CheckIn`: the date and time the guest checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Checkout`: the date and time the guest checked out. As mentioned," -" in the default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " +":guilabel:`Checkout`\\*: the date and time the guest checked out. In the " +"default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " ":guilabel:`Planned` status are visible. Guests with check-out times are only" " visible if the :guilabel:`Today` filter is not active." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duration`: the amount of time the guest has been checked in for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`Station`: the location of where the guest checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: the status of the guest. The options are " ":guilabel:`Checked-In`, :guilabel:`Planned`, :guilabel:`Checked-Out`, or " -":guilabel:`Canceled`. In the default view, only guests with a " -":guilabel:`Checked-In` or :guilabel:`Planned` status are visible." +":guilabel:`Canceled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: the guest's email address." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`\\*: the guest's email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:39 msgid "" -"To the far right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page is " -"an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +"\\* These fields are not visible in the default :guilabel:`Visitor` list. " +"These must be enabled using the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` " +":guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon in the top-right of the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To the far-right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page, " +"there is an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:46 msgid "" "When a guest leaves, click the available :guilabel:`Check out` button to " "update the guest's record, and log the date and time they left." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:49 msgid "" "If a scheduled guest arrives, and they did not check in using the " "*Frontdesk* kiosk, they can be checked in here, by clicking the available " ":guilabel:`Check in` button to log the date and time they arrived." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:53 msgid "" -"Beside the untitled status column a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button appears," -" but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." +"Beside the untitled status column, a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " +"appears, but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:56 msgid "" "When their drink has been served, click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " "to indicate the drink has been delivered to the guest. Once clicked, that " "button disappears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst-1 msgid "" "The full list of currently checked in visitors, with the drinks to be served" " highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:63 msgid "" "If any column is not visible, or if a visible column is preferred to be " -"hidden, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options (two horizontal lines with " -"dots)` icon, located at the end of the column name list." +"hidden, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(additional " +"options)` icon, located at the end of the column name list. Doing so, " +"reveals a reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or disable. A" +" :icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`(check)` icon indicates the column is visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Clicking that reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or " -"disable. A :guilabel:`✅ (checkmark)` icon indicates the column is visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:69 msgid "Planned visitors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:71 msgid "" -"If a guest is expected to arrive at a future date and time, it is possible " -"to enter their information into the *Frontdesk* application in advance." +"Enter expected guest information in advance by creating a planned guest in " +"the *Frontdesk* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:73 msgid "" "To create a planned guest, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Visitors --> New`. Then, enter the same information as any other " -":ref:`visitor `. The only required fields are the " -"visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the :guilabel:`Station` at which they are " -"expected to arrive." +"Visitors`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, enter the same information as " +"any other :ref:`visitor ` on the guest form that appears. " +"The only required fields are the visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Station` at which they are expected to arrive." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:79 msgid "" "If a guest is planned in advance, they must be checked in from the list on " "the :guilabel:`Visitors` page in the *Frontdesk* application " @@ -5958,96 +6327,71 @@ msgid "" " entry remains listed as :guilabel:`Planned`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:84 msgid "" -"Only when a planned guest is checked in inside the application's visitor " -"list, their :guilabel:`Planned` status changes to :guilabel:`Checked-In`." +"The :guilabel:`Planned` status of a planned guest **only** changes to " +":guilabel:`Checked-In` when they are checked in *inside* the application's " +":guilabel:`Visitors` list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:87 msgid "" "If a guest does check in using a kiosk, ensure all records are current, and " -"the list of currently on-site guests is correct. Be sure to check in and/or " -"check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly reflects who " -"is currently on the premises." +"the list of guests that are currently on-site is correct. Be sure to check " +"in and/or check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly " +"reflects who is currently on the premises." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:91 msgid "" "Ensure planned guests are informed that they should **not** check in using " "the kiosk if they are listed as a planned guest in advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:274 -msgid "Frontdesk flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " -"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " -"tablet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:279 -msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:281 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " -":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" -" a new browser tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:283 -msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " -"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" -" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " -"browser tab or window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:288 -msgid "" -"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " -"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " -"accessing the database when checking-in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:95 msgid "Visitor flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:294 -msgid "" -"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a frontdesk kiosk, and " -"enter their information. The information requested is what was configured " -"for that specific frontdesk station. If any information is required, the " -"field displays a red asterisk (*). The visitor must enter the required " -"information in order to check in." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:98 +msgid "Visitor check in" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a :ref:`Frontdesk kiosk " +"`, and click :guilabel:`Check in`. The information " +"requested from the visitor is what was configured for that specific " +"*Frontdesk* station. If any information is required, the field displays a " +"red asterisk (\\*). The visitor **must** enter the required information in " +"order to check in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:105 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, the visitor taps the :guilabel:`Check " "In` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:108 msgid "" -"If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check " -"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: `Do " -"you want something to drink?`" +"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," +" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check " +"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: " +":guilabel:`Do you want something to drink?`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:117 msgid "" "The visitor can tap either :guilabel:`Yes, please`, or :guilabel:`No, thank " "you`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:119 msgid "" "If they select :guilabel:`Yes, please`, a drink selection screen appears, " "and the pre-configured options are listed. The visitor then taps the desired" @@ -6055,47 +6399,46 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Nothing, thanks` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:123 msgid "" -"If a drink selection was made, a `Thank you for registering! Your drink is " -"on the way.` message appears." +"If a drink selection was made, a :guilabel:`Thank you for registering! Your " +"drink is on the way.` message appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:313 -msgid "" -"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," -" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:127 +msgid "Notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:129 msgid "" "Once the visitor has checked in, the person they are visiting, and any other" -" users who were configured to be notified when checks ins occur at the " -"kiosk, are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a " -"*Discuss* chat, or any combination of those three options." +" users who were configured to be notified when check-ins occur at the kiosk," +" are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a *Discuss*" +" chat, or any combination of those three options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:133 msgid "" "If the visitor requested a drink, the user(s) configured as the " -":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified via the " -"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: `(Visitor Name) just " -"checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" +":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified, via the " +"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: :guilabel:`(Visitor " +"Name) just checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the drink has been delivered to the guest, the person who delivered the" " drink is responsible for marking the drink as delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:140 msgid "" "To mark a drink as delivered, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Stations --> (#) Drinks to serve` on the desired station card." +"Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#) " +"Drinks to serve`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:143 msgid "" "This opens a list of all the visitors checked in at that station, and are " "waiting for a drink. Click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button at the end of" @@ -6103,64 +6446,39 @@ msgid "" "their drink served, the visitor disappears from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:150 msgid "" "Once the visitor has completed their business, and has left the premises, it" " is important to check them out for accurate record keeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:153 msgid "" "To check visitors out properly, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app " -"--> Stations --> (#) On Site`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who" -" are currently checked-in at that station." +"--> Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#)" +" Drinks to serve`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who are " +"currently checked-in at that station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:157 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check Out` button near the end of the line for the " +"Click the :guilabel:`Check out` button near the end of the line for the " "visitor who left. Once they are marked as checked-out, the visitor " "disappears from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:161 msgid "" -"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important to" -" check out visitors for accurate record keeping." +"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important " +"for *Frontdesk* users to check out visitors for accurate record keeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:164 msgid "" "Always have an accurate list of who is on the premises at any given time. " "This is important for security purposes, and in the case of an emergency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:353 -msgid "" -"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " -"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:355 -msgid "" -"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" -" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " -":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:358 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " -"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " -"requests were made for each drink." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:361 -msgid "" -"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " -"other metrics, as well." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:5 msgid "Lunch" msgstr "ארוחת צהריים" @@ -6668,7 +6986,7 @@ msgid "The category form, with the fields filled out for a Soup category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:280 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:701 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:392 msgid "Alerts" msgstr "התראות" @@ -7885,13 +8203,20 @@ msgid "" "the changes are also reflected in the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To access contract templates, the *Salary Configurator* " +"(`hr_contract_salary`) module **must** be :ref:`installed " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "To view all the current contract templates in the database, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Contracts: Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Contract Templates` page, all current contract templates " "appear in a list view. To view the details of a contract template, click " @@ -7900,40 +8225,40 @@ msgid "" "contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" "To create a new contract template, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Then, " "enter the following information on the blank contract template form that " "appears:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Reference`: enter a brief description for the template. " "This should be clear and easily understood, as this name appears in the " "*Recruitment* application, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: select the desired working schedule the " "contract applies to from the drop-down menu. If a new working schedule is " "needed, create a :ref:`new working schedule `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select how the work entries are generated. " "Choices are either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: work entries are generated based on the " "selected working schedule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "attendance, as they are logged in the *Attendances* application. Refer to " @@ -7941,56 +8266,56 @@ msgid "" "on checking in and out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Planning`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "planning in the *Planning* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select the :ref:`salary structure type " "` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the contract template applies " "to from the drop-down menu. If blank, the template applies to all " "departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Job Position`: select the :ref:`job position ` the contract template applies to from the drop-down menu. If " "blank, the template applies to all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 msgid ":guilabel:`Wage on Payroll`: enter the monthly wage in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Type`: select the type of contract from the drop-down " "menu. This list is the same as the :ref:`Employment Types " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: select the employee responsible for validating " "contracts, using this template, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`: select a default document that a" " new employee has to sign to accept an offer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template`: select a default document " "that a current employee has to sign to update their contract." @@ -8000,18 +8325,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new contract template form, with the fields filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 msgid "Salary information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or " ":guilabel:`Hourly Wage` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: using the drop-down menu, select how often the " "employee is paid. Options include :guilabel:`Annually`, :guilabel:`Semi-" @@ -8020,7 +8345,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Weekly`, or :guilabel:`Daily`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage`: enter the gross wage. The time period presented in this " "field is based on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Scheduled Pay` field. " @@ -8028,21 +8353,21 @@ msgid "" "*first*, since that entry updates this field automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:172 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)`: enter the total yearly cost the employee " "costs the employer. When this value is entered, the :guilabel:`Monthly Cost " "(Real)` is automatically updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Monthly Cost (Real)`: this field is **not** editable. The value " "is automatically populated after the :guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)` is " "entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:178 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Schedule Pay`, :guilabel:`Wage`, and :guilabel:`Yearly Cost " "(Real)` fields are all linked. If any of these fields are updated, the other" @@ -8055,60 +8380,60 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The salary information tab, with the fields filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 msgid "Pre-tax benefits and post-tax deductions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:190 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings set for the company, the entries " "presented in this section either vary, or may not appear at all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "For example, some entries may pertain to retirement accounts, health " "insurance benefits, and commuter benefits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:196 msgid "" "Enter the monetary amounts or percentages to specify how much of the " "employee's salary goes to the various benefits and/or deductions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "Employment types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:204 msgid "" "To view all the pre-configured employment types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll application --> Configuration --> Contracts: " "Employment Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:207 msgid "" "The employment types are presented in a list view on the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:209 msgid "" "The default employment types are :guilabel:`Permanent`, " ":guilabel:`Temporary`, :guilabel:`Seasonal`, :guilabel:`Interim`, " ":guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, and :guilabel:`Permanent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 msgid "" "To make a new employment type, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the " "upper-left corner, and a blank line appears at the bottom of the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:215 msgid "" "On this new blank line, enter the name of the employment type in the " ":guilabel:`Name` column. If the employment type is country-specific, select " @@ -8117,7 +8442,7 @@ msgid "" " specific country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:220 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the employment types, click the :guilabel:`six " "small gray boxes` icon to the left of the employment type :guilabel:`Name`, " @@ -8128,12 +8453,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The employment types in the database by default, in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -8141,15 +8466,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:238 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:241 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -8157,14 +8482,14 @@ msgid "" "automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work " "Entry Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:251 msgid "" "Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." @@ -8176,29 +8501,29 @@ msgid "" "code and color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 msgid "" "To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:730 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:43 msgid "General information section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: the name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:269 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: this code appears with the work entry type on " "timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " @@ -8206,7 +8531,7 @@ msgid "" "department for a code to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:272 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DMFA code`: this code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " "Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding :abbr:`DMFA (De " @@ -8217,50 +8542,50 @@ msgid "" "salaries paid to those employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 msgid "" ":guilabel:`External Code`: this code is used for exporting data to a third-" "party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used to determine " "the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: this code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " "payroll service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the particular work entry type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:285 msgid "Display in payslip section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rounding`: the rounding method selected determines how quantities" " on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: a timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:295 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -8270,11 +8595,11 @@ msgid "" "hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:301 msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: if the work entry is for work that " "is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " @@ -8283,39 +8608,39 @@ msgid "" " training, or volunteer work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:309 msgid "Valid for advantages section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: if the work entry should count towards a meal " "voucher, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:312 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: if the work entry should count towards " "representation fees, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: if the work entry should count " "towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:318 msgid "Time off options section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off`: check this box if the work entry type can be selected " "for a time off request, or entry, in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field " "appears. This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time" @@ -8323,14 +8648,14 @@ msgid "" "example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "A new type of time off can be entered in the field, if the listed types of " "time off in the drop-down menu do **not** display the type of time off " "needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: this is for Belgian-specific companies " "**only**, and does **not** appear for other localizations. Check this box if" @@ -8341,11 +8666,11 @@ msgid "" "year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:336 msgid "Reporting section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:338 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: if the work entry should be visible on the " "unforeseen absences report, check this box." @@ -8355,11 +8680,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:348 msgid "Working schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 msgid "" "To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " @@ -8367,21 +8692,21 @@ msgid "" "contracts and work entries are found in this list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 msgid "" "Working schedules are company-specific. Each company **must** identify each " "type of working schedule they use. If the database is created for only one " "company, the company column is not available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" "An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " "work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " "that uses the 40-hour standard work week." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "" "A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " "needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." @@ -8393,17 +8718,17 @@ msgid "" "the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "New working schedule" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:373 msgid "" "To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " "enter the information on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -8411,7 +8736,7 @@ msgid "" "times that apply to the new working time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:380 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -8420,16 +8745,16 @@ msgid "" "modified by typing in the time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:386 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:389 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top-left. This creates " "entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" @@ -8437,11 +8762,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New working schedule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:403 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -8451,7 +8776,7 @@ msgid "" "on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:411 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -8461,73 +8786,77 @@ msgid "" "structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:417 msgid "" "The different :guilabel:`Structure Types` can be seen by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure " -"Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary: Structure Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:420 msgid "" -"There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: " -":guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Worker`. Typically, :guilabel:`Employee`" -" is used for salaried employees, which is why the wage type is " -":guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is typically used for" -" employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +"Two default structure types are configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Employee` and" +" :guilabel:`Worker`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:422 +msgid "" +"Typically, :guilabel:`Employee` is used for salaried employees, which is why" +" the wage type is :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is " +"typically used for employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is " +":guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "New structure type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " "structure type form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 msgid "" "Proceed to enter information in the fields. Most fields are pre-populated, " "but all the fields can be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:441 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Structure Type`: enter the name for the new structure type, such " "as `Employee` or `Worker`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Country`: select the country that the new structure type applies " "to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:445 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select what type of wage the new structure type uses," " either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for salaried employees, who receive the same wage " "every pay period, select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:451 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for employees, who receive wages based on how many" " hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: select the typical pay schedule for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," @@ -8536,7 +8865,7 @@ msgid "" "indicates how often this specific type of structure is paid out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: select the default working hours for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " @@ -8547,13 +8876,13 @@ msgid "" "hours>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: type in the name for the regular pay " "structure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:463 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: select the default type of work entry " "the new structure type falls under from the drop-down menu. The default " @@ -8564,13 +8893,13 @@ msgid "" "Hours`, and :guilabel:`Long Term Time Off`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 msgid "" "To view all the options for the :guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`, click " "the :guilabel:`Search More..` button at the bottom of the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:472 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings, this list may contain more options " "in addition to the default options." @@ -8581,11 +8910,11 @@ msgid "" "New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 msgid "New default working hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:484 msgid "" "To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " "in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " @@ -8595,14 +8924,14 @@ msgid "" "time. When the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: type in the name for the new default working hours. This " "should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " "Hours/Week`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that can use these new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " @@ -8610,7 +8939,7 @@ msgid "" " to have their own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:495 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: the average hours per day field is auto-" "populated, based on the working hours configured in the :guilabel:`Working " @@ -8618,13 +8947,13 @@ msgid "" "hours affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:499 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Timezone`: select the time zone to be used for the new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:501 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: enter the number of hours per week an " "employee would need to work to be considered a full-time employee. " @@ -8633,7 +8962,7 @@ msgid "" "(full-time vs part-time)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:505 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Time Rate`: this percentage is auto-generated based on the " "entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" @@ -8643,7 +8972,7 @@ msgid "" "adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: this tab is where each day's specific working" " hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " @@ -8651,26 +8980,26 @@ msgid "" "with each day divided into three timed sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:513 msgid "" "Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening " "(13:00-17:00) hours configured, using a 24 hour time format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:516 msgid "" "To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field to adjust, and " "make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the specific case of " "the times, type in the desired time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:519 msgid "" "Keep in mind, working hours are company-specific, and cannot be shared " "between companies. Each company needs to have their own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "" "If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " "bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " @@ -8679,17 +9008,17 @@ msgid "" " be adjusted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 msgid "Structures" msgstr "מבנים" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:531 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -8697,13 +9026,13 @@ msgid "" "`Bonus`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:538 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:541 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " @@ -8714,7 +9043,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All available salary structures." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:548 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." @@ -8726,12 +9055,12 @@ msgid "" "Rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:551 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:556 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:261 msgid "Rules" msgstr "כללים" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:558 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " "purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" @@ -8739,35 +9068,35 @@ msgid "" "the creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:562 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " "Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:565 msgid "" "To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " "the following information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 msgid "Top section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:571 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rule Name`: enter a name for the rule. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " "recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " @@ -8775,38 +9104,38 @@ msgid "" "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:577 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a number indicating when this rule is calculated" " in the sequence of all other rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:576 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Active`: enable this toggle, so the rule is available for use. " "Disable the toggle to hide the rule without deleting it in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:583 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appears on payslip`: tick the checkbox to have the rule appear on" " employee payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:584 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Employer Cost Dashboard`: tick the checkbox to have the " "rule appear on the :guilabel:`Employer Cost` report, located on the " "*Payroll* app dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:586 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Payroll Reporting`: tick the checkbox to have the rule " "appear on payroll reports." @@ -8816,15 +9145,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 msgid "General tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:597 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "תנאים" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:599 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: select from the drop-down menu whether the " "rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always applies), a :guilabel:`Range` " @@ -8833,11 +9162,11 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:600 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:605 msgid "Computation" msgstr "חישוב" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:607 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: select from the drop-down menu whether the amount " "is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a :guilabel:`Percentage (%)`, or a " @@ -8845,54 +9174,54 @@ msgid "" "percentage, or Python code needs to be entered next. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:613 msgid "Company contribution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:615 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partner`: if another company financially contributes to this " "rule, select the company from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:614 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:810 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 msgid "Description tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:621 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the rule. " "This tab only appears in the rule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:625 msgid "Accounting tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:627 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Debit Account`: select the debit account from the drop-down menu " "the rule affects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Credit Account`: select the credit account from the drop-down " "menu the rule affects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:624 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:629 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not computed in net accountability`: tick the checkbox to delete " "the value of this rule in the `Net Salary` rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:633 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:636 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " @@ -8901,11 +9230,11 @@ msgid "" "has matured to more markets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:642 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:644 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " @@ -8919,14 +9248,14 @@ msgid "" "a payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 msgid "" "To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " ":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " "applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:658 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" " :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " @@ -8938,11 +9267,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new Input Type form filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:664 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:669 msgid "Salary attachment types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:671 msgid "" "Salary attachments, also thought of as \"wage garnishments\", are portions " "of earnings taken out of a payslip for something specific. Much like all " @@ -8950,7 +9279,7 @@ msgid "" "**must** be defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:675 msgid "" "To view the currently configured salary attachments, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Salary " @@ -8959,7 +9288,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Child Support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:679 msgid "" "To make a new type of salary attachment, click the :guilabel:`New` button. " "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Code` (used in the salary " @@ -8971,11 +9300,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new salary attachment form filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " "section of the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary " @@ -8985,7 +9315,7 @@ msgid "" "their salary package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:695 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -8994,11 +9324,11 @@ msgid "" "sees, and what is populated, as the applicant enters information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:701 msgid "Benefits" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:703 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain benefits " "set in Odoo, in addition to the salary, to make an offer more appealing " @@ -9006,7 +9336,7 @@ msgid "" " or internet, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:707 msgid "" "To view the benefits, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary Package Configurator: Benefits`. Benefits are grouped by " @@ -9018,7 +9348,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list view of all the benefits available for each structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:716 msgid "" "A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " "another labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " @@ -9026,7 +9356,7 @@ msgid "" "structure type has a meal voucher benefit available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:720 msgid "" "A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use the " "company car benefit, but cannot have meal vouchers. A person hired under the" @@ -9034,29 +9364,29 @@ msgid "" "available to them, not the use of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:724 msgid "" "To make a new benefit, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " "information in the fields on the blank benefits form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:722 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 msgid "The various fields for creating a benefit are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:732 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefits`: enter the name for the benefit. This field is " "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:733 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "benefit this is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of cost " "incurred by the company for this specific benefit. The default options are " @@ -9067,7 +9397,7 @@ msgid "" "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:739 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Related Type`: select from the drop-down menu what type of " "benefit it is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -9076,52 +9406,52 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:738 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the specific field" " on the contract the benefit appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select the specific field on the contract that the " "cost of the benefit is linked to, using the drop-down menu. If this field is" " left blank, the cost of the benefit is not computed in the employee budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:748 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Net Salary`: tick the checkbox if the benefit should " "impact the employee's net salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requested Documents`: select any document that is required to be " "submitted for this benefit, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:752 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mandatory Benefits`: using the drop-down menu, select the benefit" " that is required in order for this specific benefit to be offered to the " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 msgid "" "For example, a benefit for car insurance would populate `Company Car` in " "this field. This would allow the car insurance benefit to **only** be " "displayed if the employee has selected/enabled the benefit of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:758 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this benefit applies to. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:760 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select the metric that the benefit is granted, " "using the drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " @@ -9132,17 +9462,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new benefit form filled out for an internet subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:768 msgid "Display section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:770 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show Name`: tick the checkbox to have the benefit name appear in " "the salary package configurator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:767 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: select from the drop-down menu how this benefit is" " displayed. The options are :guilabel:`Always Selected`, " @@ -9151,14 +9481,14 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 msgid "" "Depending on the selection made, additional configurations need to be made. " "For example, if :guilabel:`Radio Buttons` is selected, the individual radio " "buttons must be entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Icon`: an icon from the `Font Awesome 4 library " "`_ can be visible for this benefit. Enter" @@ -9166,43 +9496,43 @@ msgid "" "suitcase icon, the code `fa fa-suitcase` is entered on this line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hide Description`: tick the checkbox to hide the benefit " "description if the benefit is not selected by the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:784 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded`: if the benefit should be folded, or hidden, because it " "is dependant on another benefit selection, tick the checkbox. The following " "fields appear when this is active:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Label`: enter a name for the folded section of the benefit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:783 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:788 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Res Field`: select the contract field this benefit is tied " "to using the drop-down menu. If this field is selected on the contract, then" " this benefit becomes visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:792 msgid "Activity section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the activity type" " that is automatically created when this benefit is selected by the " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:796 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation`: select when the activity is created, either " "when the :guilabel:`Employee signs his contract`, or when the " @@ -9210,7 +9540,7 @@ msgid "" "desired selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:799 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation Type`: select the parameters for when the " "activity is created, either :guilabel:`When the benefit is set` or " @@ -9218,47 +9548,47 @@ msgid "" " desired selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:802 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Assigned to`: select the user the activity is automatically " "assigned to, using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:143 msgid "Sign section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:808 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Template to Sign`: if the employee is required to sign a document" " when selecting this benefit, select the document template from the drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:811 msgid "" "For example, a benefit regarding the use of a company car may require the " "employee to sign a document acknowledging the company's car policies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:812 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the benefit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:820 msgid "Personal info" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:822 msgid "" "Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " "candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " "information, resume, work information, and documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:826 msgid "" "The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " "section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " @@ -9266,17 +9596,17 @@ msgid "" "hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:825 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:830 msgid "" "To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " "dashboard, and click on the employee's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:829 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:834 msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:836 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Personal Info` section lists all of the fields that are " "available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " @@ -9290,25 +9620,25 @@ msgid "" "enter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:839 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 msgid "" "To edit a personal info entry, select an entry from the list on the " ":guilabel:`Personal Info` page, and modify the personal info on the form " "that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:842 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 msgid "To create a new personal info entry, click the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:849 msgid "" "The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " "are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " ":guilabel:`Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:852 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down menu. " ":guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the :guilabel:`Bank" @@ -9316,7 +9646,7 @@ msgid "" "account, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:851 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from the drop-down menu that best " "describes what kind of personal information this entry is, and where it is " @@ -9325,13 +9655,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address` or :guilabel:`Personal Documents`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:861 msgid "" "The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " "Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:859 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:864 msgid "" "Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required` box makes the field mandatory on the " "employee's card. The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the " @@ -9344,50 +9674,50 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:871 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:876 msgid "" "The resumé section, housed within the salary package configurator section of" " the settings menu, is how salary information rules are configured when " "offering a position to potential employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:879 msgid "" "When an offer is sent to a prospective employee, the values for the offer " "are computed from these settings, and appear on the offer page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:877 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:882 msgid "" "To configure this section, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator: Resumé`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:885 msgid "" "By default, there are three :guilabel:`Salary Structure Types` pre-" "configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Worker`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " ":guilabel:`None`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:888 msgid "" "Each :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` has several rules configured. These " "affect how an offer is calculated using that particular :guilabel:`Salary " "Structure Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:886 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " ":guilabel:`Contract Salary Resumé` form loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 msgid ":guilabel:`Information`: type in a name for this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:892 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:897 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select the category this value is housed under, using " "the drop-down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Monthly Salary`, " @@ -9395,11 +9725,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:901 msgid "New categories can be made if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, then enter the name for the new category " "in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, select the :guilabel:`Periodicity` from" @@ -9408,23 +9738,23 @@ msgid "" "appears in the :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` rule list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:908 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Monthly Total`: tick the checkbox if this value is added " "in the monthly total calculation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:911 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select what kind of value this rule is, either " ":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Days`, or :guilabel:`Percent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency` is for a set monetary value, :guilabel:`Days` is for " "compensation in the form of time off, and :guilabel:`Percent` is for a " @@ -9432,13 +9762,13 @@ msgid "" "commissions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:912 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select which :guilabel:`Salary Structure " "Type` this rule is nested under, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:919 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Value Type`: select how the value is computed, using the drop-" "down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Fixed Value`, " @@ -9446,7 +9776,7 @@ msgid "" "Benefits Values`, and :guilabel:`Monthly Total`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:922 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: select the code this rule applies to from the drop-down " "menu." @@ -9457,23 +9787,23 @@ msgid "" "The net wage rule form filled out, with all the information for net pay." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:929 msgid "Jobs" msgstr "תפקידים" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:926 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:931 msgid "" "Since the *Payroll* application is responsible for paying employees for " "specific job positions, the complete list of job positions can be found in " "both the *Payroll* and *Recruitment* applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:937 #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:934 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:939 msgid "" "The job positions listed in the *Payroll* application are identical to the " "job positions listed in the *Recruitment* application. If a new job position" @@ -9481,13 +9811,13 @@ msgid "" "*Payroll* application, and vice versa." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:943 msgid "" "To view the job positions, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Jobs: Job Positions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:941 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:946 msgid "" "A list of all the job positions appear, along with the corresponding " "department, on the :guilabel:`Job Position` page." @@ -9497,38 +9827,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list of all the job positions and corresponding departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 msgid "" "To create a new job description, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a job " "form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:955 msgid "" "Enter the information on the form for the new position. The information is " "identical as to the information entered when creating a new job position in " "the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 msgid "" "Refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation for more details" " on how to fill out this form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:957 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:962 msgid ":doc:`payroll/contracts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:963 msgid ":doc:`payroll/payslips`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:959 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:964 msgid ":doc:`payroll/work_entries`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:965 msgid ":doc:`payroll/reporting`" msgstr "" @@ -12202,8 +12532,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " "steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" " step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," -" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " -"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +" conducting an interview, or sending a job offer, for example. This process " +"is referred to as the 'applicant flow.'" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 @@ -12236,18 +12566,245 @@ msgid "" "positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " "` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " "stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " -"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes are " "visible on all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:37 msgid "" -"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +"Before creating a job position in Odoo, configure the necessary settings for" +" the *Recruitment* app. To view and edit the settings, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Settings`. After any " +"changes are made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the top-left corner " +"to save all the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:43 +msgid "Job posting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Job Posting` section of the *Recruitment* app settings has " +"only one selection to make. If job positions are to be posted to the " +"company's website, enable the :guilabel:`Online Posting` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Online Posting` is only available if the *Website* " +"application is also installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:53 +msgid "Recruitment process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recruitment process` section of the settings page specifies " +"what the database can and cannot do during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:59 +msgid "Send interview survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Odoo is capable of having a survey sent to an applicant to gather more " +"information about them. Surveys can be thought of as exams, or " +"questionnaires, and can be customized in various ways to provide the " +"recruitment team with valuable insights into the applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option to send surveys to " +"applicants. Once enabled, an :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Interview " +"Survey` internal link appears. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`Interview Survey` link to navigate to a list of all created " +"surveys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:70 +msgid "" +"This list includes all surveys that were created in the database, not just " +"surveys used in the *Recruitment* app. If no surveys have been created, the " +"surveys list displays a :guilabel:`No Survey Found` message, and presents " +"options to create a survey from several pre-configured survey templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:76 +msgid "" +"For more detailed information about surveys, refer to the :doc:`survey " +"essentials <../marketing/surveys/create>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Enabling the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option will install the " +"*Surveys* application once the settings are saved, if it is not installed " +"already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:84 +msgid "Send SMS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:86 +msgid "" +"It is possible to send text messages to applicants directly through the " +"*Recruitment* app. To do so, enable the :guilabel:`Send SMS` option. This " +"option requires credits to use, which can be obtained by clicking the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` internal link that emerges " +"when the feature is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For more information, refer to the :doc:`SMS pricing and FAQs " +"<../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:98 +msgid "CV display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When applicants submit an application, one of the default required fields is" +" a resumé, or :abbr:`CV (curriculum vitae)`. All resumés are stored in the " +"*Documents* application, and are accessible on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:104 +msgid "" +"A resumé has the option to appear on the applicant's form, which can be " +"viewed by clicking on the applicant's card. The resumé appears on the right-" +"side of the screen. If this is not enabled, the resumé is accessed via a " +"link in the chatter, where it needs to be clicked to expand and view it, or " +"downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`CV Display` option to show the resumé on the " +"applicant's card by default, and in addition to the document link. When " +"enabled, the resumé appears on the right side of the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"For the resumé to appear on the right-side, the browser window must be in " +"full-screen mode (where the browser spans the entire screen)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the browser window is set to a size smaller than the entire width of the " +"screen (not full-screen), then the resumé does not appear on the right-side." +" Instead, the resumé appears in the :guilabel:`Files` section of the " +"chatter, below the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The resumé on an applicant's card, appearing on the right side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:128 +msgid "CV digitization (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:130 +msgid "" +"When an application is submitted using any of the available methods, such as" +" an online application submission, emailing a resume to the job position " +"alias, or creating an applicant record directly from the database, it is " +"possible to have Odoo extract the applicant's name, phone number, and email " +"address from the resumé and populate the applicant's form. To do so, enable " +"the :guilabel:`CV Digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:136 +msgid "" +"When enabled, additional options appear. Click on the corresponding radio " +"button to select one of the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not digitize`: this option turns off resumé digitization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize on demand only`: this option only digitizes resumes when" +" requested. A :guilabel:`Digitize document` buttons appears on applicant " +"cards. When clicked, the resumé is scanned and the applicant's card is " +"updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize automatically`: this option automatically digitizes all " +"resumés when they are submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Beneath these options are two additional links. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-" +"right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` button to purchase credits for CV " +"digitization. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`View My Services` " +"to view a list of all current services, and their remaining credit balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:151 +msgid "" +"For more information on document digitization and :abbr:`IAP's (in-app " +"purchases)`, refer to the :doc:`In-app purchase (IAP) " +"<../essentials/in_app_purchase>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:155 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option for :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)`" +" at first may seem like a redundancy. It seems to be the same as disabling " +"the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option is enabled, a module is " +"installed so that resumés can be scanned. Disabling this option would " +"uninstall the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If at some point, there is a desire to temporarily stop digitizing resumés, " +"the :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option is selected. The reason this option " +"is available is so that the module is not uninstalled, allowing for " +"digitization to be enabled in the future by selecting one of the other two " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"When sending an offer to an applicant, an expiration date can be set on the " +"offer. Enter the number of days an offer is valid for in the " +":guilabel:`days` field. After the set amount of days has passed, if the " +"applicant has not accepted the offer, the offer is no longer available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To access the Kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " ":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " "opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " -"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " -"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " -"job position." +"Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` smart button on a job position " +"card to navigate to the Kanban view for all the applicants for that " +"particular job position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12255,119 +12812,130 @@ msgid "" "Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:186 msgid "" -"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"Inside the job application, the Kanban stages appear, with all the " "applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" -" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +" are currently in. There are six default stages in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:190 +msgid ":ref:`New `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:191 msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:194 msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:195 msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:197 msgid "" -"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " -"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " -"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " -"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " -"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default. Folded " +"columns appear gray, and the applicants in it are hidden from view. To " +"expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that column, click " +"anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and the column " +"expands, revealing the applicants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:206 msgid "" -"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " -"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, providing status " +"information for the applicant's in that specific stage. The status colors " +"are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:209 +msgid ":guilabel:`Green`: the applicant is ready to move to the next stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:210 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " -"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " -"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " -"stage." +":guilabel:`Red`: the applicant is blocked from moving to the next stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " -"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +":guilabel:`Gray`: the applicant is still in progress in the current stage " +"and is neither ready nor blocked from the next stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " -"which need to be scheduled." +"The status for each card is set manually. To set the status, click on the " +"small circle in the lower-left of the applicant card. A status pop-up window" +" appears. Click on the desired status for the applicant. The status dot on " +"the applicant card as well as the status bar updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The applicant card statuses, and status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:223 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " -"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " -"applicants currently in the stage." +"The names for the three status colors (`In Progress`, `Blocked`, and `Ready " +"for Next Stage`) :ref:`can be modified `, if " +"desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:229 msgid "Customize stages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:231 msgid "" "Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " "particular hiring steps of a business." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:235 msgid "New stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 msgid "" -"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " -"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " -"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" -" the screen to exit the new column creation." +"To create a new stage, click on :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Stage` and a new " +"column appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Stage " +"title` field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and " +"another new stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click" +" anywhere on the screen to exit the new stage creation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgid "The plus sign to click to add a new column to the Kanban stages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:249 msgid "Modify stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:251 msgid "" "To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " -":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " -"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " -"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " -"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " -"when done." +":icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side " +"of the stage. Click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon and a menu" +" appears. Then click on the :guilabel:`Edit` option. An :guilabel:`Edit: " +"(Stage)` form appears. Make any desired modifications to the form, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12376,40 +12944,39 @@ msgid "" "displays when clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 -msgid "Edit column form" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:265 +msgid "Edit stage form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:267 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " -"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" -" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +"The :guilabel:`Edit: (Stage)` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required field is the :guilabel:`Stage Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:272 msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " "drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " -"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"the stage, an email is automatically sent to the applicant using the " "selected template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " "(hidden) at all times in the default view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " "applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " @@ -12417,138 +12984,147 @@ msgid "" "is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:282 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " -"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " -"job positions can be selected." +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to specific job " +"positions, select the job positions from the drop-down menu. Multiple job " +"positions can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" " the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" " referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " ":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " -"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage. The *Referrals* app " +"must be installed in order to use this option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:289 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" -" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" -" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " -"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " -"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured status labels " +"(colored circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These " +"colors are displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the" +" applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the" +" label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " ":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " ":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" " any requirements of the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:298 msgid "Delete stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:300 msgid "" "If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," -" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." -" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " -"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " -":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " -":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` " +"icon appears. First, click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A " +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up warning appears, asking :guilabel:`Are you " +"sure you want to delete this column?` Click :guilabel:`Delete` to delete the" +" column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:307 msgid "" "If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " -"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" -" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" -" before deleting." +"up when attempting to delete the stage. The records currently in the stage " +"to need to be either deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage before" +" the stage can be deleted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:312 msgid "Email templates" msgstr "תבניות דוא\"ל" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 msgid "" "To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " "templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " "use them are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " -"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " -"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " -"Interview` stage." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Applicant Acknowledgement`: this template is used to" +" let the applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`New` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:320 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " -"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " -"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Interest`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application caught the recruiter's attention, and " +"they have been shortlisted for either a phone call or an interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:323 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" -" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " -"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview`: this template is used to let " +"the applicant know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial " +"Qualification` stage and they will be contacted to set up an interview with " +"the recruiter. This email is automatically sent out once the applicant is in" +" the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:327 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" -" longer being considered for the position." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when " +"an applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the " +"position, and thanks them for their time and consideration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:330 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " -"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " -"configure their salary package." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is " +"no longer being considered for the position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 msgid "" "Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" " business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " ":doc:`../general/companies/email_template` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:337 msgid "" -"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " -"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " -":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " -"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +"To manually send an email, click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send an email from the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:344 msgid "" -"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " -":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " -"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " -"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +"Click the :icon:`fa-expand` :guilabel:`(expand)` full composer icon in the " +"bottom right corner of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter. A " +":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window loads, with the " +":guilabel:`Recipients` and :guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The " +"applicant's email address is entered in the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and" +" the :guilabel:`Subject` is `(Job Position)`. The email body is empty by " +"default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:350 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the field next to " +":guilabel:`Load template` in the bottom section of the window. Select the " +"email template to use from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 msgid "" -"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " -":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " "Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " "information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" " the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " @@ -12556,47 +13132,55 @@ msgid "" "change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:359 msgid "" -"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " -"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " -"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" -" of available templates." +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model load. There are " +"other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not configured" +" for the recruitment application, they do not appear in the list of " +"available templates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 msgid "" -"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " -"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " -"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " -":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " -"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " -"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " -"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " -"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " -"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button" +" in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the :icon:`fa-" +"close` :guilabel:`(delete)` icon to the right of the attachment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:367 +msgid "" +"If any changes need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If " +"the edits should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved " +"as a new template. Click the :guilabel:`Save Template` button in the bottom." +" To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email is sent to the " +"applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 msgid "Stage flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:375 msgid "" "In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " -"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the Kanban view to the" " desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:379 msgid "" "To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " -"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " -"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " -"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"in the Kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted at the top, above the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 +msgid "" +"Click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " "indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " -"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " -"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +"Kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top-left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12605,104 +13189,137 @@ msgid "" "applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:233 -msgid "Initial qualification" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:643 +msgid "New" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:398 msgid "" "The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " "flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " "recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:402 msgid "" -"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " -"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " -"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " -"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " -":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " -"required when applying for a job position." +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`New` stage, whether submitted online" +" or if the applicant is manually entered by a recruiter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:405 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically populates the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`, the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile` number, and :guilabel:`LinkedIn " +"Profile` on the applicant's card. This information is required when applying" +" for a job position, by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If the website application form is modified, different fields may be " +"populated based on what information is requested on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:414 msgid "" "If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " -"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " -":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " -"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " -"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " -"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " -"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " -"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" -" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +"Introduction` section of the online application, it will populate in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:421 +msgid "" +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé would appear " +"in the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"*Documents* application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the left-" +"hand side. All recruitment documents are stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "" +"If the :ref:`CV Display ` option was enabled in the " +":ref:`Settings ` menu, the resumé appears on the " +"applicant's card, on the right-hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:431 msgid "Send interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:433 msgid "" "At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " "applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " "can be formatted in a variety of ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid "" +"The *Surveys* application is used to send these *interviews*, therefore the " +"*Surveys* application must be installed to send an interview to an " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 msgid "" "Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " "questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " -"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " -"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " -"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " -"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " -"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" -" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" -" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +"be formatted to suit each individual job positions needs. For more " +"information on creating and editing interview forms, refer to the " +":doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 +msgid "" +"A job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form" +" of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:450 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top-left of the " +"applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Send Interview` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Send an " +"interview` pop-up window appears, with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:458 msgid "" "In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" " the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" -" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " -"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " -"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " -"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " -":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, an " +":guilabel:`Edit:(Applicant)` pop-up window appears on top of the " +":guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window. Enter the email address in the " +":guilabel:`email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. Once the " +"applicant's information is saved, the :guilabel:`Edit: (Applicant)` closes " +"and the :guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window remains." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 msgid "" -"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " -"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " -"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +"Email templates use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the " +"applicant and the job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey" +" if more people should receive the email. If an email is in the database as " +"a contact, add that contact in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. If an email" +" should be sent to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they" +" should **not** be added as a contact, add their email in the " +":guilabel:`Additional emails` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:279 -msgid "" -"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " -"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " -"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " -"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " -"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 -msgid "" -"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " -"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " -"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " -"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " -"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " -"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " -"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1066 msgid "" "If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " "button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " @@ -12710,25 +13327,26 @@ msgid "" " and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:475 msgid "" "If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" " for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " "window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " -"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " -"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " -"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +"calendar selector appears. Use the :icon:`fa-chevron-left` " +":guilabel:`(left)` and :icon:`fa-chevron-right` :guilabel:`(right)` arrows " +"on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then click on " +"the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"The :guilabel:`Mail Template` field is pre-populated based on the " "configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" " drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " "template loads in the email body." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 msgid "" "To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " ":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." @@ -12740,11 +13358,11 @@ msgid "" "pre-configured template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:494 msgid "Refuse" msgstr "דחה" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:496 msgid "" "At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " "the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" @@ -12753,95 +13371,265 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refuse`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " -"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " -":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " -"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " -"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " -"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " -"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" -" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " -"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " -"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " -"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Click the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reason` from the presented options. The default refuse " +"reasons in Odoo, and their corresponding email templates, are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:508 +msgid "Email Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:509 +msgid "Refusal Reason" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:510 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Language issues`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Role already fulfilled`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Duplicate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Spam`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:516 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: don't like job`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: better offer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "" +"Additional refusal reasons :ref:`can be created and existing ones can be " +"modified or deleted `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:525 msgid "" "Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " "which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " "example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " -"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" -" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"applicant's name appears anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the " +"email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " "the :doc:`../general/companies/email_template` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 msgid "" -"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " -"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," -" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " -"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" -" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" -" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +"After a :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` is selected, two fields appear below the " +"refusal reason: :guilabel:`Send Email` and :guilabel:`Email Template`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:534 msgid "" -"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"The applicant's email address automatically populates the :guilabel:`Send " +"Email` field; additional email recipients cannot be added. If an email " +"should **not** be sent to the applicant, uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:538 +msgid "" +"The email template associated with the refusal reason populates the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field. If a different email template is desired, " +"select a different template from the :guilabel:`Email Template` drop-down " +"menu. To view the email template, click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon " +"to the right of the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. The email template " +"loads in a :guilabel:`Open: Email Template` pop-up window, and can be " +"modified if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:545 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Refuse`. The " "refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " -"appears on the applicant's card." +"appears on the applicant's card in the top-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top-right " "corner in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 msgid "" "After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " -"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " -"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" -" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " -":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " -"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " -"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +"position's Kanban view. To view the refused applicants only, click the " +":guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the search box, then click " +":guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` section. All applicants " +"that have been refused for the job position appear, in the stage they were " +"when they were refused." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:558 +msgid "" +"To view all applicants that have been refused from all job positions, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All " +"Applications`. Click the :guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the " +"search box, then click :guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"section. All applications for all job positions are presented in a list " +"view, organized by stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "Create or modify refuse reasons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:569 +msgid "" +"To view all currently configured refuse reasons, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Settings --> Applications: Refuse " +"Reasons`. All the refuse reasons appear in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +"To create a new refuse reason, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" +"left corner. A blank line appears at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Description` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +"Type in the new refuse reason in the field. It is recommended to enter a " +"reason that is short and concise, such as `offer expired` or `withdrew " +"application`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, click on the field to reveal " +"a drop-down menu. Select an :guilabel:`Email Template` from the list to be " +"used when this refuse reason is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +"If a new :guilabel:`Email Template` is desired, type in the name for the new" +" template in the field. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` and a " +":guilabel:`Create Email Template` form pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the form and an email :guilabel:`Subject` in " +"the corresponding fields. Enter the email content in the :guilabel:`Content`" +" tab. Make any other desired modifications to the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the template and return to the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reasons` list. The new template appears in the new refuse " +"reason :guilabel:`Email Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +"To make any modifications to a refuse reason, click on the line, and make " +"any desired changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:594 msgid "New applicant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:596 msgid "" "An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " "be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" -" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " -"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " -"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " -"button." +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online) an applicant " +"card can be easily added from the job position Kanban view in one of two " +"ways, using either the :ref:`quick add ` " +"button or the :ref:`New ` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 msgid "Quick add" msgstr "הוספה מהירה" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:607 msgid "" -"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " -"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " -"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"Quickly add a new applicant using the *quick add* button. If not already in " +"the job position Kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by " +"going to :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job " +"Positions`. Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` button on the job " "position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " -"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " -":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +"small :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in the top-right of the " +":guilabel:`New` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:616 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`: Enter the title for the card. Typically " +"this is the applicant's name and job position being applied to, for example:" +" `Laura Smith - HR Manager`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, " +"unless the :guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:671 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:623 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card appears in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:628 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`delete` icon or anywhere on the screen to " +"close the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12850,104 +13638,60 @@ msgid "" "option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 -msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:645 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" -" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " -"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the *New* " +"button. If not already in the Kanban view for the job position to add an " +"applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by going to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job Positions`. " +"Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left of the Kanban view " +"and a blank applicant form loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:389 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:434 -msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " -"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " -"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " -"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:396 -msgid "" -"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " -"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " -"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " -"the card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:400 -msgid "" -"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " -"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " -"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:407 -msgid "Create" -msgstr "יצירה" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:409 -msgid "" -"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " -":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " -"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," -" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " -"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:651 msgid "" "Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " "the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " "well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" " fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" " configurations, some fields may not be displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:662 msgid "Applicant section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:664 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" " the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +"position being applied to, for example: `John Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, unless the " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " -"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:672 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:673 msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:674 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`LinkedIn Profile`: enter the web address for the applicant's " +"personal profile on LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" " from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " @@ -12957,132 +13701,189 @@ msgid "" " high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:681 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" -" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " -":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " -"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: using the drop-down menu, select the people who " +"will conduct the interview(s). The selected people must have either " "*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " -"in order to appear on the drop-down." +"to appear in the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " "recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " "all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:687 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " -"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Evaluation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for the" +" applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " ":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:690 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source`: using the drop-down menu, select where the applicant " +"learned about the job position. The following options come pre-configured in" +" Odoo: :guilabel:`Search engine`, :guilabel:`Lead Recall`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Monster`, :guilabel:`Glassdoor`, and " +":guilabel:`Craigslist`. To add a new :guilabel:`Source`, type in the source," +" then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new source)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:695 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Medium`: using the drop-down menu, select the method, or " +":guilabel:`Medium`, for the :guilabel:`Source` that the applicant found the " +"job listing with. The pre-configured options are: :guilabel:`Banner`, " +":guilabel:`Direct`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, " +":guilabel:`Google Adwords`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Phone`, " +":guilabel:`Television`, :guilabel:`Twitter` (now known as \"X\"), or " +":guilabel:`Website`. To add a new :guilabel:`Medium`, type in the medium, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new medium)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:701 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " "job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " "the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " -"installed for this to appear." +"installed for this field to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:704 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: select the available start date for the applicant." +" To select a date, click on the field to reveal a calendar. Use the " +":guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrows on either side of the " +"month to navigate to the desired month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to" +" select the date. If no entry is selected that indicates the applicant is " +"ready to begin work immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:709 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, then click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 msgid "Job section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 msgid "" "The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " "long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" " possible, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " "to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:722 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " -"drop-down menu." +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job position is for using the " +"drop-down menu. This field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:726 msgid "Contract section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:728 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " "for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " "The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:731 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" -" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are requested by " +"the applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Expected Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" -" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " -"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are offered to the " +"applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Proposed Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `unlimited sick time` or `retirement plan`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:484 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " -"select the available start date for the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:742 msgid "Application summary tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 msgid "" "Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" " can be typed into this field." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +"Skills can be added to the applicant's card. To add a skill, follow the same" +" steps as outlined in the skills section of the :ref:`Create new employees " +"` document." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:760 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "" +"If an applicant seems to be a good potential candidate, they are moved to " +"the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage. This could be for a number of " +"reasons, such as they have the relevant experience, education, or " +"certifications the position requires." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:766 +msgid "" +"This stage is to quickly sort candidates that have potential, and those that" +" do not meet the requirements. No automatic actions, such as emails, are set" +" for this stage. This stage simply informs the recruitment team to " +"potentially set up a phone call or an interview with the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:773 msgid "First interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:775 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " "they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " -"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +"position Kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" " the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " "the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " "applicant's card." @@ -13090,155 +13891,176 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"An applicant's card moves from one stage to another by using the click and " "drag method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:785 msgid "" -"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" -" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " -"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " -"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " -"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " -"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " -"the chatter." +"The :guilabel:`First Interview` stage can be modified so when the " +"applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an email is" +" automatically sent to the applicant stating an interview is requested. In " +"this pre-configured email template, a link to the recruiting team's calendar" +" appears, allowing the applicant to schedule their interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 msgid "" -"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " -"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " -"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " -"button at the top of the applicant's record." +":ref:`Edit ` the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, " +"and select the :guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` for the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field, to automate this action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 msgid "" -"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " -":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " -"the applicant's card." +"An interview can be scheduled in one of two ways: either manually by the " +"recruitment team, or by the applicant themselves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:802 msgid "" -"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " -"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " -":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " -"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " -":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +"If the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage was modified to send the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` email template when an applicant" +" reaches that stage, the applicant received a link to the recruitment team's" +" calendar, and can schedule the interview on their own. The recruitment " +"team's availability is reflected in the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +msgid "" +"If the interview needs to be scheduled by the recruitment team, they should " +"reach out to the applicant for a date and time that works. When a date and " +"time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and interviewer, the " +"interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, whether a phone or in-" +"person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button at the top of " +"the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button displays :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings are " +"currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage, this is the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:817 +msgid "" +"If there is one meeting already scheduled, the smart button displays " +":guilabel:`1 Meeting`, with the date of the upcoming meeting beneath it. If " +"more than one meeting is scheduled, the button displays :guilabel:`Next " +"Meeting`, with the date of the first upcoming meeting beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:821 msgid "" "Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " "meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " "the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " "right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" " events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " -"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +"hidden. Only the checked attendees are visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:827 msgid "" -"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " -"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " -":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " -"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " -"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " -"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +"The default view is the :guilabel:`Week` view. To change the calendar view, " +"click the :guilabel:`Week` button, then select the desired view from the " +"drop-down menu. The other options are either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:831 +msgid "" +"An option to display or hide weekends is available. Click the " +":guilabel:`Week` button, then click :guilabel:`Show weekends` to deactivate " +"it (the default is to show weekends). If a check mark is next to " +":guilabel:`Show weekends`, weekends are visible. If there is no check mark, " +"weekends are hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:836 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed date range for the calendar, either use the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-left` :guilabel:`(left arrow)`, :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`(Right arrow)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, " +"or click on a date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed " +"calendar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:845 msgid "" -"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " -"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " -"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " -"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " -"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " -"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " -"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +"To add a meeting to the calendar when in the day or week view, click on the " +"start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, to select the date, " +"time, and the length of the meeting. A meeting can also be added in this " +"view by clicking on the day *and* the time slot the meeting is to take " +"place." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:850 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " -"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +"Both methods cause a :ref:`New Event ` pop up window" +" to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:564 -msgid "New event card" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:855 +msgid "New event pop-up window" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:857 msgid "" -"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " -"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " -"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " -"save the changes and create the meeting." +"Enter the information on the form. The only required fields to enter are the" +" :guilabel:`Meeting Title`, and the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` " +"fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to" +" save the changes and create the interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:861 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"The fields available to populate or modify on the :guilabel:`New Event` card" +" are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:863 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Title`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " "clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:866 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End`: select the start and end date and " +"times for the meeting. Click on one of the fields and a calendar pop-up " +"window appears. Select both the start and end date and times, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:869 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all-day interview, check the box. " +"If this box is checked, the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` fields are" +" hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:871 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " "default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " "many other people as desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 -msgid "Meeting details tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:873 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting start time." +":guilabel:`Videocall URL`: if the meeting is virtual, or if there is a " +"virtual option available, click :guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting` and a URL is " +"automatically created for the meeting and populates the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:582 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting end time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:584 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " -":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " -"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " -"duration length." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:587 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " -"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " -":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " -"and end times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:590 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " -"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:876 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " "an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," @@ -13249,42 +14071,107 @@ msgid "" "instructions for each command to complete the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:598 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " -"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" -" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " -"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" -" via the selected option." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:884 +msgid "More options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:886 +msgid "" +"To add additional information to the meeting, click the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button in the lower-right corner of the pop-up window. Enter any of" +" the following additional fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:889 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length. The default length of a meeting is one hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:892 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. Several additional fields appear when this is " +"enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:896 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: using the drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:898 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings " +"repeat. The available options are :guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Yearly`, or :guilabel:`Custom`. If " +":guilabel:`Custom` is selected, a :guilabel:`Repeat Every` field appears " +"beneath it, along with another time frequency parameter (:guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, :guilabel:`Months`, or :guilabel:`Years`). Enter a number" +" in the blank field, then select the time period using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:904 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat on`: if :guilabel:`Weekly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Repeat on` field appears. Click on " +"the corresponding day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:906 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day of Month`: if :guilabel:`Monthly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Day of Month` field appears. Using " +"the drop-down menu, select either :guilabel:`Date of month` or " +":guilabel:`Day of month`. If :guilabel:`Date of month` is selected, enter " +"the date the meeting repeats. If :guilabel:`Day of month` is selected, use " +"the drop-down menus to determine the frequency. Select either " +":guilabel:`First`, :guilabel:`Second`, :guilabel:`Third`, " +":guilabel:`Fourth`, or :guilabel:`Last` for the first drop-down menu, then " +"select the day (:guilabel:`Monday`, :guilabel:`Tuesday`, etc.) in the second" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:913 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Until`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings stop " +"repeating. The available options are :guilabel:`Number of repetitions`, " +":guilabel:`End date`, and :guilabel:`Forever`. If :guilabel:`Number of " +"repetitions` is selected, enter the number of total meetings to occur in the" +" blank field. If :guilabel:`End date` is selected, specify the date using " +"the calendar pop-up window, or type in a date in a XX/XX/XXXX format. " +":guilabel:`Forever` schedules meetings indefinitely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:920 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " -"in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:921 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " "menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:923 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " -"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " -":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " -"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +":guilabel:`Appointment`: if an appointment is associated with this meeting, " +"select it form the drop-down menu, or create a new appointment by typing in " +"the appointment name, then click :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. A " +":guilabel:`Create Appointment` form loads. Enter the information on the " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:613 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:927 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select if the organizer appears either " +":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Busy` for the duration of the meeting, " +"using the drop-down menu. Next, select the visibility of this meeting, using" +" the drop-down menu to the right of the first selection. Options are " ":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " "users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " ":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " @@ -13292,41 +14179,50 @@ msgid "" "the company database to see the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:934 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " -"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" -" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " -"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " -"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " -"attendees at the same time." +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:936 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Default " +"options include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`SMS Text Message`, each with a specific time period before the " +"event (hours, days, etc). The reminder chosen alerts the meeting " +"participants of the meeting via the selected option at the specified time. " +"Multiple reminders can be selected in this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:947 msgid "Send meeting to attendees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:949 msgid "" "Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " -"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message from the " +"expanded :guilabel:`Event Form` (what is seen when the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button is clicked on in the event pop-up window)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:953 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " -"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " -"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" -" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " -"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " -"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " -"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " -"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " -"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +"To send the meeting via email, click the :icon:`fa-envelope` " +":guilabel:`Email` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact" +" Attendees` email configurator pop-up window appears. A pre-formatted email " +"using the default :guilabel:`Calendar: Event Update` email template " +"populates the email body field. The followers of the document (job " +"application), as well as the user who created the meeting are added as " +":guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's email address to the " +"list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make any other desired " +"changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button, navigate to the file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " ":guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" @@ -13335,39 +14231,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:647 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:966 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " -"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " -"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " -"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." -" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " -"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " -":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :icon:`fa-mobile` " +":guilabel:`SMS` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS " +"Text Message` pop-up appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:969 msgid "" -"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " -":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " -"contacts with a valid phone number." +"At the top, a blue box appears if any attendees do not have valid mobile " +"numbers, and lists how many records are invalid. If a contact does not have " +"a valid mobile number listed, click :guilabel:`Close`, and edit the " +"attendee's record, then redo these steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:658 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:973 msgid "" -"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " -"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" -" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " -"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" -" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " -"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +"When no warning message appears, type in the message to be sent to the " +"attendees in the :guilabel:`Message` field. to add any emojis to the " +"message, click the :guilabel:`Add Emoji` icon on the right-side of the pop-" +"up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:977 +msgid "" +"Beneath the message field, the number of characters, as well as the amount " +"of text messages required to send the message (according to GSM7 criteria) " +"appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue` to have the text sent later, after " +"any other messages are scheduled, or click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the " +"message immediately." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:669 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:987 msgid "" "Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " "messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " @@ -13375,11 +14275,11 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`../essentials/in_app_purchase` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:994 msgid "Second interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:996 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " "can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " @@ -13388,72 +14288,87 @@ msgid "" "Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1001 msgid "" "When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " -"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " -"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " -":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " -"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage. The " +"recruiter can now :ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the applicant, following the same process as the first " +"interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1009 msgid "Contract proposal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1011 msgid "" "When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " "be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " "and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" -" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top-right of" " the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1016 msgid "" "The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," " click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " -"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " -"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " -"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " -"is set to `0.00`)." +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. Most fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position. If any necessary fields are blank, enter " +"the relevant information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:705 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1022 msgid "" "Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" "up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " "applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " -"not appear on the pop-up." +"*Fleet* application is not installed, any fields related to vehicles do not " +"appear on the pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1028 msgid "Universal fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1030 msgid "" "The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " "localization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1032 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " -"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: the template currently being used to populate" +" the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window. To modify the " +"template, click the :guilabel:`Internal link` icon to the right of the drop-" +"down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. A " +"different :guilabel:`Contract Template` can be selected using the drop-down " +"menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1037 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " -"applicant." +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the name of the :guilabel:`Job Position` being " +"offered to the applicant. The selections available in the drop-down menu " +"correspond to the :guilabel:`Job Positions` configured on the main " +"*Recruitment* dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1040 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the specific name of the position being offered to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1041 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the :guilabel:`Department` the job position falls " +"under." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1042 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " "default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" @@ -13462,109 +14377,50 @@ msgid "" "click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1046 msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1047 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " -"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " -"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " -"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," -" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" -" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " -"application." +":guilabel:`Link Expiration Date`: job offers are only valid for a specific " +"period of time. The default expiration date is 30 days. Modify the " +"expiration date, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:732 -msgid "" -"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " -"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:738 -msgid "" -"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " -"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" -" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:743 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" -" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:746 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " -"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" -" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:749 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " -"the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " -"that will be assigned to the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:752 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " -"for the cafeteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " -"contract that is being offered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " -"sending." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1051 msgid "Send offer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1053 msgid "" -"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" -" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " -"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" -" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " -"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " -"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +"When the information is all updated, click :guilabel:`Send By Email` to send" +" the offer to the applicant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1056 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " -"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" -"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " -"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." -" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " -"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " -":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " -":guilabel:`Send`." +"If the applicant does not have an email address listed on their applicant " +"card, a warning appears in a red box at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window, stating :guilabel:`The" +" applicant does not have a valid email set. The Offer Link won't be able to " +"be completed.` Click :guilabel:`Discard`, enter an email on the applicant's " +"card, then click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1062 +msgid "" +"An email pop-up window loads. The default :guilabel:`Recruitment: Your " +"Salary Package` email template is used, and the :guilabel:`Recipients`, " +":guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-populated based on the email " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1070 +msgid "Once the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1073 msgid "" "To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " "necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " @@ -13575,11 +14431,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1081 +msgid "Configure your package" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1083 +msgid "" +"The email template includes a :guilabel:`Configure your package` button. " +"This link takes the applicant to a webpage where they can modify the " +"proposed salary package, and enter their personal information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1087 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant is hired, the personal information entered on the webpage" +" is imported to their employee record, when created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1090 +msgid "" +"If applicable, the applicant can modify their salary package. This option is" +" not available for all localizations. Depending on where the company is " +"located, this option may not be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1093 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is completed, the applicant accepts the offer by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Review Contract & Sign` button to accept the " +"contract and sign it using the *Sign* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1100 msgid "Contract signed" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1102 msgid "" "Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " "step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " @@ -13590,16 +14477,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:796 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1109 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the Kanban view, but the " "card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1112 msgid "" "Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " -"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"green :guilabel:`HIRED` banner appears in the top-right of the applicant's " "card." msgstr "" @@ -13607,24 +14494,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1120 msgid "Create employee" msgstr "צור עובד" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:809 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1122 msgid "" "Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " "record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " -"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"Employee` button in the top-left. An employee form appears, and any " "information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" " card appears in the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1127 msgid "" "Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" -" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " -":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, the employee" +" record is saved in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:5 @@ -13892,107 +14779,108 @@ msgid "" "by-step instructions on how to create and configure a survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 msgid "Referrals" msgstr "הפניות" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " -"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"regarding referrals is housed - from points earned, coworkers hired, and " "rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " -"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " -"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " -"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " -"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" -" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +"and then earn referral points as those people progress through the " +"recruitment pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be " +"exchanged for prizes. The *Referrals* application integrates with the " +"*Employees*, *Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be" +" installed in order for the *Referrals* application to function." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:14 msgid "" -"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " -"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " -"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +"The only configurations needed for the *Referrals* application *after* " +"installation are related to the :ref:`rewards `; " +"everything else is pre-configured when Odoo *Referrals* is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:18 msgid "" -"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " -"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " -"` and configurations menus. For more information on " -"users and access rights, refer to these documents: :doc:`../general/users` " -"and :doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +"Users with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the *Referrals* application. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the :ref:`reporting ` and configurations" +" menus. For more information on users and access rights, refer to these " +"documents: :doc:`../general/users` and " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 msgid "Onboarding" msgstr "קליטה לעבודה" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:28 msgid "" "When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" "configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " -"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" -" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"each explaining the different parts of the *Referrals* application. At the " +"top of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " "onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " "Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " "text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 msgid "" "Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " "displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " "advance to the next slide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " "superheroes to save the day!`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " "or refer friends.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " "league!`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:46 msgid "" -"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the *Referrals* application is " "opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " "button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" " :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " -"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +"will begin again when the *Referrals* application is opened. Once the " ":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " -"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the *Referrals* " "application is opened from that point on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:53 msgid "" "At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " -"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main *Referrals* dashboard loads. If " ":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " -"opening the Referrals application." +"opening the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -14000,7 +14888,7 @@ msgid "" "An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:62 msgid "" "If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " "opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " @@ -14009,60 +14897,53 @@ msgid "" "screen appears instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:70 msgid "" "Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " -"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " -"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " -"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " -"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`." +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* application can " +"modify onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line " +"displays the text for the individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding" +" slide, click on an individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:76 msgid "" -"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " -"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " -"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " -"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " -"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " -"that particular company." +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` field. A " +":guilabel:`Company` may be selected, as well. However, if this field is " +"populated, that slide is *only* displayed for that particular company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:81 msgid "" -"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" -" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " -"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" -" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " -"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " -"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " -"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +"The :guilabel:`Company` field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:83 msgid "" -"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +"The image can be modified, as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the " +"top-right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and " +":guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` " +"icon to change the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the " +"desired image, select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears" +" in the thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage " +"can)` icon, then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:94 msgid "" -"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " -"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " -"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " -"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " -":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " -"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +"The sequence in which the slides appear can be changed from the *Onboarding*" +" dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`(six small gray boxes)` icon to the left of" +" the the slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -14070,567 +14951,18 @@ msgid "" "The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:103 -msgid "Share job positions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:105 -msgid "" -"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " -"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " -"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " -"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:113 -msgid "View Jobs" -msgstr "צפה במשרות" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:115 -msgid "" -"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " -":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " -"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" -"displayed on the card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:124 -msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:128 -msgid "" -"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " -"of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 -msgid "" -"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " -"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:134 -msgid "" -"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " -"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " -"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " -"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " -":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 -msgid "Refer friends" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:145 -msgid "" -"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " -"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " -"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:149 -msgid "" -"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " -"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:152 -msgid "" -"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " -"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " -"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " -"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" -" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " -"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " -"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " -"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 -msgid "Share a job" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:169 -msgid "" -"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " -"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" -" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " -"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " -"applicants in the Referrals application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 -msgid "Link" -msgstr "קישור" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:181 -msgid "" -"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " -":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " -"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " -"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" -" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" -" prospective employee however desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:188 -msgid "Facebook" -msgstr "פייסבוק" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:190 -msgid "" -"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " -"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " -"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " -"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " -"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " -"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" -"in to Facebook first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" -" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" -" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " -"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " -"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " -"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " -"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " -":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " -"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " -"specific activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 -msgid "" -"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " -":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " -":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " -"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" -" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" -"highlighted, as are all the required settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 -msgid "Share to news feed or story" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:218 -msgid "" -"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " -":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " -"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " -":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " -"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," -" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " -"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" -" story, or both." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:225 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " -"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " -"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " -"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " -"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" -" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " -"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " -":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" -" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " -":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:236 -msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " -"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:242 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" -" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " -"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " -"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:246 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:275 -msgid "" -"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " -"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 -msgid "Share in a group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:251 -msgid "" -"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " -"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" -" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " -":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " -"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " -"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " -"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " -"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " -"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:264 -msgid "Share in an event" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:266 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:269 -msgid "" -"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " -"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " -"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" -" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " -"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " -"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 -msgid "Share in a private message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:280 -msgid "" -"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" -" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" -"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " -"Private Message`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:284 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " -"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " -"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " -"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " -"process for each friend to be added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:289 -msgid "" -"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " -"message` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:293 -msgid "X/Twitter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:295 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " -"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " -"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " -"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " -"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" -" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:301 -msgid "The default message is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:303 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" -" Position)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:305 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " -"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " -"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," -" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " -"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " -":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " -"X/Twitter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:312 -msgid "" -"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " -"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " -":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" -" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " -":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " -":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " -"restricts who can reply to the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 -msgid "" -"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " -"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " -"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " -"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:322 -msgid "" -"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" -" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " -"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 -msgid "" -"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" -" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" -"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:336 -msgid "LinkedIn" -msgstr "לינקדאין" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:338 -msgid "" -"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " -"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " -"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " -"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " -"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " -"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:344 -msgid "" -"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " -"message to an individual or group of individuals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 -msgid "Share in a post" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:350 -msgid "" -"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" -" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " -":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " -"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:354 -msgid "" -"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " -"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " -"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " -"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " -":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " -"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " -":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" -" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " -"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " -"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " -"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " -"right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:366 -msgid "" -"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " -"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " -"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " -"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " -":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " -"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " -"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" -" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " -"the far lower right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:375 -msgid "" -"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " -":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " -"post button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:383 -msgid "Send as private message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:385 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " -"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " -"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" -" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" -" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " -"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." -" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " -"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" -" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " -":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " -":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " -"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " -"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " -"browser tab to exit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 -msgid "Email a friend" -msgstr "שלח דוא\"ל לחבר" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:401 -msgid "" -"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " -"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " -"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" -" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " -"Mail` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:406 -msgid "" -"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " -"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" -" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " -"`Job for you`, but can be edited." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:410 -msgid "" -"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " -"appears is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:412 -msgid "`Hello,`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:414 -msgid "" -"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " -"interesting for you`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:416 -msgid "`See Job Offers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:418 -msgid "" -"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " -"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " -"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " -"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " -"message will be sent and the window will close." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:426 msgid "Hired referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:107 msgid "" "When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" " their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:110 msgid "" "After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," " instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " @@ -14638,21 +14970,21 @@ msgid "" "friend!` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 msgid "" "Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " -"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " -"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" -" an available avatar to select it." +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is grayed out, and " +"the name that the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. " +"Click on an available avatar to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:118 msgid "" -"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," -" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " -"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " -"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " -"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the *Referrals* " +"application, after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to " +"select another avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars " +"have been selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible." +" Mouse over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -14661,15 +14993,15 @@ msgid "" "chosen are greyed out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 msgid "Modify friends" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 msgid "" "Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " "` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"rights for the *Recruitment* application can make modifications to friends. " "The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " "avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " @@ -14678,17 +15010,17 @@ msgid "" " dogs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:138 msgid "" "To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" " an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " ":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " "friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" -" else in the Referrals application." +" else in the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " ":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " @@ -14697,65 +15029,66 @@ msgid "" "user's avatar when activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:148 msgid "" "If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " ":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " "replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" -" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " -"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:474 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 msgid "" -"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " -"original information." +"The referral friend form automatically saves, but can be saved manually at " +"any time by clicking the *Save manually* option, represented by a " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel " +"any changes made, click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to " +"delete any changes, and revert to the original content." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A friend form in edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:482 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 msgid "" "It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " "background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " "about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " -"Referrals application." +"*Referrals* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:172 msgid "Referral points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:174 msgid "" "The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " -"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"rewards. On the main *Referrals* application dashboard, the top displays a " "summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " "the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " "available to spend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 msgid "" "To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" " the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:183 msgid "" "The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " "pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " @@ -14765,7 +15098,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 msgid "" "To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " @@ -14773,11 +15106,11 @@ msgid "" "category are displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:194 msgid "My referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 msgid "" "To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " ":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " @@ -14785,26 +15118,31 @@ msgid "" "card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:200 msgid "" -"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " -"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " -"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " -"the top right corner." +"A successful referral displays a green :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the top-" +"right corner of the card. Referrals that are in process display a purple " +":guilabel:`In Progress` banner in the top-right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 msgid "" -"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " -"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " -"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the subject/application " +"title (as it appears on the applicant card in the *Recruitment* app), the " +"name of the job position, the person responsible for filling the role " +"(recruiter), and the points earned. For referrals that have been hired, the " +"selected avatar also appears on the card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two referral cards, one hired and one in-progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:214 msgid "Points" msgstr "נקודות" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 msgid "" "The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " "positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " @@ -14812,14 +15150,14 @@ msgid "" " *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:220 msgid "" "On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " "that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " "points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:224 msgid "" "Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " "points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " @@ -14827,108 +15165,109 @@ msgid "" " the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:229 msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:231 msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:232 msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:235 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 msgid "" "The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " -"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" -" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " -"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage are done in the " +"*Recruitment* application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment " +"` documentation to modify the points for each " +"stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:244 msgid "Rewards" msgstr "הטבות" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 msgid "Create rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 msgid "" -"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" -" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " -"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " -"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " -"information on the form:" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the " +"*Referrals* application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights " +"for the *Recruitment* application can create or modify rewards. To add " +"rewards, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> " +"Rewards`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and a reward form loads. Enter the " +"following information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:254 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +":guilabel:`Product Name`: enter the name as it should appear for the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" -" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " -"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" -" form." +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" appears for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each company " +"needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the form. " +"This field only appears if in a multi-company environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:259 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: select the person who will be responsible for " "procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " -"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" -" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is bought in the *Referrals* " +"application, so they know when to deliver the reward to the recipient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:263 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +":guilabel:`Description`: type in the description for the reward. This will " "be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +":guilabel:`Photo`: add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " "page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " "(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " -"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" -" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +"(pencil)` icon, and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 msgid "" "The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " -":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +":guilabel:`Company` (if applicable), and :guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 msgid "" "It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " "cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " @@ -14936,31 +15275,31 @@ msgid "" "placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:595 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:283 msgid "Redeem rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 msgid "" "To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " "main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " "individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " -"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +"listed in the top-right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" " purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " "bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " "the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" " instead of a buy button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:292 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " -"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " -"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " -":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears, asking if the user is sure " +"they want to purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item," +" or :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:297 msgid "" "After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " "used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." @@ -14974,27 +15313,27 @@ msgid "" "many more reward points are needed to redeem." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:309 msgid "Levels" msgstr "רמות" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:311 msgid "" -"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"The *Referrals* application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " "the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " "employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:315 msgid "" "Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" " are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " "participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 msgid "" -"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main *Referrals* " "application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " "X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " "indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " @@ -15003,13 +15342,13 @@ msgid "" "points still needed before they can level up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:636 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:325 msgid "Modify levels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:638 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " "modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " "--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " @@ -15018,48 +15357,58 @@ msgid "" "element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:334 msgid "" "To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " -"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form, then make " +"modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 msgid "" -"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." -" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" -" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " -"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" -" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " -"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +"Type in the name (or number) of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` " +"field. What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main " +"dashboard when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points " +"needed to reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points" +" needed to level up are the total accumulated points earned over the " +"lifetime of the employee, not additional points from the previous level that" +" must be earned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:654 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:343 msgid "" "If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" " to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " -"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " -"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to " "select it." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The level form saves automatically, but can be saved manually at any time by" +" clicking the *save manually* option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel any changes made, " +"click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to delete any changes, " +"and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A level form in edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:671 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:362 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 msgid "Level up" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:369 msgid "" "Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " "user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " @@ -15068,7 +15417,7 @@ msgid "" "level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:374 msgid "" "Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " "text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" @@ -15076,7 +15425,7 @@ msgid "" "the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:687 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:378 msgid "" "Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" " the specified amount of points required." @@ -15088,16 +15437,16 @@ msgid "" "above their image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:387 msgid "" "Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " "accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " "to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:394 msgid "" -"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"In the *Referrals* application, it is possible to post a message, also " "referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " "information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " "banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " @@ -15105,85 +15454,86 @@ msgid "" "an :guilabel:`X`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 msgid "" "Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" " individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " "click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" " alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " -"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +"*Referrals* application for the first time in a new session." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:409 msgid "Create an alert" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " "information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date From`: the date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " "will be visible on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date To`: the date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " "will be hidden from view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:420 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +":guilabel:`Company`: the current company populates this field by default. To" " modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " "from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " -"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"to everyone with access to the *Referrals* application. If a company is " "specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " -"Referrals application) will see the alert." +"*Referrals* application) will see the alert. This field only appears when in" +" a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +":guilabel:`Alert`: enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" " the alert banner on the main dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +":guilabel:`On Click`: there are three options for the alert. Click the radio" " button next to the desired selection. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:739 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:430 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: the alert only displays text, there is no link to" " click." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: the alert contains a link that when clicked, " "navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:433 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: the alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " "when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " "appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." msgstr "" @@ -15192,15 +15542,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:446 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " -"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" -" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " -"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in *Referrals*. To access " +"the reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The" +" main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 msgid "" "In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " "many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " @@ -15210,7 +15560,7 @@ msgid "" "there are no referrals from that particular channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:457 msgid "" "The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " "includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " @@ -15219,7 +15569,7 @@ msgid "" "many points were given for refused applicants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:770 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:462 msgid "" "The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " "new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " @@ -15230,34 +15580,330 @@ msgid "" "in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 msgid "" "The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " -"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " -"option." +"needs to be installed to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:473 +msgid ":doc:`referrals/share_jobs`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:3 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo *Referrals*, users can earn referral points by sharing job positions" +" with potential applicants. Job positions can be shared in several ways, " +"through the :ref:`View Jobs ` button and the " +":ref:`Email A Friend ` button, located at the bottom " +"of the *Referrals* app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Sharing jobs can **only** occur after onboarding slides have been viewed or " +"skipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:16 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "צפה במשרות" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main *Referrals* dashboard. This " +"presents all job positions, with each individual job presented with its own " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:27 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the *Job " +"Position* field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The number of :guilabel:`Open Positions` being recruited. This information " +"is taken from the *Expected New Employees* field of the *Recruitment* tab of" +" the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:33 +msgid "The points a user earns when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the *Job Position* tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions are visible in the *Referrals* app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`../recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:46 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Subject` and :guilabel:`Body` are populated using a default " +"template. The :guilabel:`Subject` `Job for you` is present, by default, but " +"can be modified, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position populates the *Job Position* " +"placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the email body is" +" an individualized tracking link to the specific job position listed on the " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When the prospective employee receives the email, the link sends them to the" +" job position page, where they can apply for the position, and the person " +"who referred them is tracked in the *Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:72 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Other than sending an email, job positions can be shared, via social media " +"platforms, and by tracking links to the job position. At the bottom of each " +"job position card are four icons, and corresponding tracking links, that can" +" be used to share the job position, keeping track of applicants in the " +"*Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:84 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "קישור" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :icon:`fa-chain` :guilabel:`(link)` " +"icon above it. A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the " +"tracking link. Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is " +"copied, click the :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up window. Next," +" share the link with the prospective employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:93 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "פייסבוק" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :icon:`fa-facebook` :guilabel:`(Facebook)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into Facebook, when the the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button is clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new " +"tab, with the link populated in the main body of the new post in a pop-up " +"window. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads, " +"instead, prompting the user to log-in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, then share the job " +"position using the available options in Facebook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:107 +msgid "X (formerly Twitter)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:109 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X. Click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`(X)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the user is already signed-in to X, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button" +" is clicked, an X page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready" +" to post, in a draft pop-up window. If the user is *not* already signed-in, " +"a sign-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to first sign-in to X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:117 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:119 +msgid "" +"`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job " +"Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message, then " +"share using the available options in X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:125 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "לינקדאין" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :icon:`fa-linkedin` :guilabel:`(LinkedIn)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button is clicked, a new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job " +"position at the top. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen" +" loads instead, prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:134 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual (or group of individuals)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message or " +"post, then share using the available options in LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:143 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "שלח דוא\"ל לחבר" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions, instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Referrals` main dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`Email a friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Send Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address in the :guilabel:`Email` field. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients by separating each email address with a comma " +"followed by a single space. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +":guilabel:`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The email :guilabel:`Body` is also populated with pre-configured text. The " +"text that appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:156 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:158 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you\\:`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:160 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:162 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of" +" all job positions currently being recruited for. Add any additional text " +"and make any edits to the message body, if necessary. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. This sends the message, and closes " +"the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 msgid "Time Off" msgstr "מאשר חופשות" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Time Off* application serves as a centralized hub for all time-off-" "related information. This application manages requests, balances, " "allocations, approvals, and reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:10 msgid "" -"Users can :ref:`request time off `, and see an " -"overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " +"Users can :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`, and see" +" an overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " ":ref:`allocate time off ` to individuals, teams, or the " "whole company, and :ref:`approve time off requests `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:15 msgid "" "Detailed :ref:`reports ` can be run to see how much time" " off (and what kinds of time off) are being used, :ref:`accrual plans " @@ -15265,45 +15911,45 @@ msgid "" "` can be set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 msgid "" "Be advised, only users with specific access rights can see all aspects of " "the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 msgid "" "All users can access the :guilabel:`My Time Off` and :guilabel:`Overview` " "sections of the *Time Off* application. All other sections require specific " "access rights." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:26 msgid "" "To better understand how access rights affect the *Time Off* application, " "refer to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` document, specifically the " "section about configuring the work information tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to allocate time off to employees, and for employees to request and" " use their time off, the various time off types must be configured first, " "then allocated to employees (if allocation is required)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:40 msgid "Time off types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 msgid "" "To view the currently configured time off types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. The time" " off types are presented in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:45 msgid "" "The *Time Off* application comes with four pre-configured time off types: " ":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, " @@ -15311,25 +15957,25 @@ msgid "" "needs or used as-is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:50 msgid "Create time off type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 msgid "" "To create a new time off type, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Time Off Types`. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button to reveal a blank time off type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:55 msgid "" "Enter the name for the particular type of time off in the blank line at the " "top of the form, such as `Sick Time` or `Vacation`. Then, enter the " "following information on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:59 msgid "" "The only **required** fields on the time off type form are the name of the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, the :guilabel:`Take Time Off In`, and the " @@ -15337,23 +15983,23 @@ msgid "" " and :guilabel:`Allocation Requests` sections **must** be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:65 msgid "Time Off Requests section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select what specific kind of approval is required for " "the time off type. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No Validation`: no approvals are required when requesting this " "type of time off. The time off request is automatically approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Time Off Officer`: only the specified :ref:`Time Off Officer " "`, set on this form in the :guilabel:`Notified " @@ -15361,7 +16007,7 @@ msgid "" "option is selected by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver`: only the employee's specified approver " "for time off, which is set on the *Work Information* tab on the " @@ -15369,7 +16015,7 @@ msgid "" " time off request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver and Time Off Officer`: both the employee's" " :ref:`specified time off approver` and the " @@ -15377,11 +16023,11 @@ msgid "" "the time off request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:83 msgid "Allocation Requests section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requires allocation`: if the time off must be allocated to " "employees, select :guilabel:`Yes`. If the time off can be requested without " @@ -15390,20 +16036,20 @@ msgid "" " form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee Requests`: select :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests " "Allowed` if the employee is able to request more time off than was " "allocated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:92 msgid "" "If employees should **not** be able to make requests for more time off than " "what was allocated, select the :guilabel:`Not Allowed` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:96 msgid "" "Ten days are allocated to the employee for this particular type of time off," " and the :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests Allowed` option is enabled. The " @@ -15412,81 +16058,81 @@ msgid "" "option is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 msgid "" "It is important to note that requesting additional time off does **not** " "guarantee that time off is granted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select the type of approvals required for the " "allocation of this particular time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approved by Time Off Officer` indicates the :ref:`Time Off " "Officer ` set on this form must approve the " "allocation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No validation needed` indicates that no approvals are required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:113 msgid "Configuration section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notified Time Off Officer`: select the person who is notified and" " responsible for approving requests and allocations for this specific type " "of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take Time Off in`: select the format the time off is requested in" " from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 msgid "The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: if time off can only be requested in full day increments (8" " hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:125 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: if time off can only be requested in half day " "increments (4 hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Hours`: if the time off can be taken in hourly increments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Deduct Extra Hours`: enable this option if the time off request " "should factor in any extra time accrued by the employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:134 msgid "" "If an employee works two extra hours for the week, and requests five hours " "of time off, the request would be for three hours, since the two extra " "worked hours are used first, and deducted from the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow To Attach Supporting Document`: enable this option to allow" " the employee to attach documents to the time off request. This is useful in" @@ -15494,7 +16140,7 @@ msgid "" "leave." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kind of Time Off`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "time off this is, either :guilabel:`Worked Time` or :guilabel:`Absence`. " @@ -15503,7 +16149,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Absence` does not count toward any type of accrual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if multiple companies are created in the database, and " "this time off type only applies to one company, select the company from the " @@ -15512,11 +16158,11 @@ msgid "" "company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:151 msgid "Negative Cap section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:153 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option if employees are able to " "request more time off than they currently have, allowing a negative balance." @@ -15524,19 +16170,19 @@ msgid "" " enter the maximum amount of negative time allowed, in days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 msgid "" "Sara currently has three days of the time off type `Vacation`. She is " "planning a trip that requires five days of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 msgid "" "The `Vacation` time off type has the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option " "enabled, and the :guilabel:`Amount in Negative` is set to five." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:164 msgid "" "These settings allow Sara to submit a request for five days of the " "`Vacation` time off type. If approved, her `Vacation` time off balance will " @@ -15549,59 +16195,59 @@ msgid "" "off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:173 msgid "Payroll section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:175 msgid "" "If the time off type should create :doc:`../hr/payroll/work_entries` in the " "*Payroll* application, select the :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` from the drop-" "down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 msgid "Timesheets section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Timesheets` section only appears if the user is in developer " "mode. Refer to the :ref:`developer-mode` document for details on how to " "access the developer mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 msgid "" "When an employee takes time off, and is also using timesheets, Odoo creates " "entries in the *Timesheets* application for the time off. This section " "defines how they are entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:188 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Project`: select the project that the time off type entries " "appear in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:189 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Task`: select the task that appears in the timesheet for this " "time off type. The default options are: :guilabel:`Time Off`, " ":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`Training`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 msgid "Display Option section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:195 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color to be used in the *Time Off* application " "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cover Image`: select an icon to be used in the *Time Off* " "application dashboard." @@ -15613,65 +16259,65 @@ msgid "" "off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:206 msgid "Accrual plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:208 msgid "" "Some time off is earned through an accrual plan, meaning that for every " "specified amount of time an employee works (hour, day, week, etc), they earn" " or *accrue* a specified amount of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:212 msgid "" "If an employee accrues a vacation day for every week they work, they would " "earn 0.2 vacation days for each hour they work. At the end of a forty hour " "work week, they would earn one whole vacation day (8 hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:217 msgid "Create accrual plan" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new accrual plan, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Accrual Plans`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, " "which reveals a blank accrual plan form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the accrual plan name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrued Gain Time`: select when the employee begins to accrue " "time off, either :guilabel:`At the start of the accrual period` or " ":guilabel:`At the end of the accrual period`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry-Over Time`: select when the employee received previously " "earned time. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the start of the year`: select this if the accrual rolls over " "on January 1 of the upcoming year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:232 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the allocation date`: select this if the accrual rolls over as" " soon as time is allocated to the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Other`: select this option if neither of the other two options " "are applicable. When selected, a :guilabel:`Carry-Over Date` field appears. " @@ -15679,14 +16325,14 @@ msgid "" "the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Based on worked time`: enable this option if time off accrual is " "determined by the employee's worked hours. Days **not** considered as worked" " time do **not** contribute to the accrual plan in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:241 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone Transition`: this selection determines when employees " "move up to a new milestone. If they qualify to change milestones in the " @@ -15695,14 +16341,14 @@ msgid "" "the current pay period)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Milestone Transition` field is **only** visible after a " "minimum of two :ref:`rules ` have been configured on the " "accrual plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:250 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " "accrual plan applies to. If left blank, the accrual plan can be used for all" @@ -15713,43 +16359,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An accrual plan form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:263 msgid "" "Rules must be created in order for employees to accrue time off from the " "accrual plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New Milestone` button in the gray" " :guilabel:`Rules` section, and a :guilabel:`Create Milestone` modal form " "appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:268 msgid "Fill out the following fields on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee accrue`: select the parameters for earned time off in " "this section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 msgid "" "First, select either :guilabel:`Days` or :guilabel:`Hours` for the increment" " of accrued time using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 msgid "" "Next, enter the numerical amount of the selected parameter that is accrued. " "The numerical format is `X.XXXX`, so that partial days or hours can also be " "configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:278 msgid "" "Last, select how often the time is accrued using the drop-down menu. The " "default options are :guilabel:`Hourly`, :guilabel:`Daily`, " @@ -15757,64 +16403,64 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Twice a year`, and :guilabel:`Yearly`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 msgid "" "Depending on which option is selected, additional fields may appear. For " "example, if :guilabel:`Twice a month` is selected, two additional fields " "appear, to specify the two days of each month that the milestone occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cap accrued time`: if there is a maximum amount of days the " "employee can accrue with this plan, enable this option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 msgid "" "When enabled, two additional fields appear beneath it. Select the type of " "time period from the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Days` or " ":guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:291 msgid "" "Then, enter a numerical value in the field to specify the maximum amount of " "time that can be accrued." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:293 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone reached`: enter the number and value of the time period" " that must pass before the employee starts to accumulate time off. The first" " value is numerical; enter a number in the first field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:297 msgid "" "Then, select the type of time period using the drop-down menu in the second " "field. The options are: :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Months`, or " ":guilabel:`Years`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over`: select how any unused time off is handled. The " "options are either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None. Accrued time reset to 0`: any unused time off is gone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:302 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All accrued time carried over`: all unused time off is rolled " "over to the next calendar year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over with a maximum`: unused time off is rolled over to the" " next calendar year, but there is a cap. An :guilabel:`Up to` field appears " @@ -15822,7 +16468,7 @@ msgid "" "roll over to the following year. Any time off beyond this parameter is lost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:309 msgid "" "Once the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the form " "and close the modal, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the form and " @@ -15833,72 +16479,72 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A milestone form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:320 msgid "Public holidays" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 msgid "" "To observe public or national holidays, and provide extra days off as " "holidays to employees, configure the observed *public holidays* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 msgid "" "It is important to configure these days in Odoo, so employees are aware of " "the days they have off, and do not request time off on days that are already" " set as a public holiday (non-working days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 msgid "" "Additionally, all public holidays configured in the *Time Off* app are also " "reflected in any app that uses working schedules, such as *Calendar*, " "*Planning*, *Manufacturing*, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:331 msgid "" "Due to Odoo's integration with other apps that use working schedules, it is " "considered best practice to ensure *all* public holidays are configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:335 msgid "Create public holiday" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 msgid "" "To create a public holiday, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Public Holidays`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:340 msgid "All currently configured public holidays appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:342 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a new line appears at the bottom of " "the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:341 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 msgid "Enter the following information on that new line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:346 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the holiday." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:347 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, the current company " "populates this field by default. It is not possible to edit this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:351 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company` field is hidden by default. To view this field, " "click the two dots in the top-right corner of the list, to the far-right of " @@ -15906,7 +16552,7 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:355 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday starts. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -15917,7 +16563,7 @@ msgid "" "company's time zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:360 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday ends. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -15928,33 +16574,33 @@ msgid "" " zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 msgid "" "A company located in San Francisco operates from 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM, with an " "eight hour work day and one hour lunch break." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:370 msgid "" "For a user in New York, with a computer time zone set to Eastern Standard " "Time, a created public holiday displays a start time of 12:00 PM - 9:00 PM, " "accounting for the three hour time zone difference." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 msgid "" "Similarly, a user located in Los Angeles, with a computer time zone set to " "Pacific Standard Time, sees a public holiday time as 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: if the holiday should only apply to employees who" " have a specific set of working hours, select the working hours from the " "drop-down menu. If left blank, the holiday applies to all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:380 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: if using the *Payroll* application, this field " "defines how the :ref:`work entries ` for the holiday " @@ -15965,18 +16611,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The list of public holidays in the configuration menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:389 msgid "Mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 msgid "" "Some companies have special days where specific departments, or the entire " "staff, is required to be present, and time off is not allowed on those " "specific days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:394 msgid "" "These types of days are called *mandatory days* in Odoo. These can be " "configured to be company-wide, or department specific. When configured, " @@ -15984,35 +16630,35 @@ msgid "" "off requests for these mandatory days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:399 msgid "Create mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 msgid "" "No mandatory days are configured in Odoo by default. To create a mandatory " "day, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> " "Mandatory Days`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:404 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner, and a blank line " "appears in the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:408 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the mandatory day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, this field is visible, " "and the current company populates this field by default. Using the drop-down" " menu, select the company the mandatory day is for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:412 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Departments`: this column is hidden by default. First, click the " ":guilabel:`(optional columns)` icon in the top-right corner, next to " @@ -16020,33 +16666,33 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Departments` to reveal that column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 msgid "" "Next, select the desired departments from the drop-down menu. Multiple " "departments can be selected, and there is no limit to the amount of " "departments that can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:419 msgid "" "If this field is left blank, the mandatory day applies to the entire " "company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day starts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:421 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day ends. If creating a single mandatory day, the end date should " "be the same as the start date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: if desired, select a color from the available presented " "options. If no color is desired, select the `No color` option, represented " @@ -16059,11 +16705,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Mandatory Days section with three configured days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:435 msgid "Allocate time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:437 msgid "" "Once time off types and accrual plans have been configured, the next step is" " to allocate, or give, time off to employees. This section is only visible " @@ -16071,44 +16717,44 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 msgid "" "To create a new allocation, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Management --> Allocations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:444 msgid "" "This presents a list of all current allocations, including their respective " "statuses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:446 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`New` to allocate time off, and a blank allocation form " "appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 msgid "" "After entering a name for the allocation on the first blank field of the " "form, enter the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:451 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of time" " off that is being allocated to the employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`: select either :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` or" " :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`. If the allocation is **not** based on an " "accrual plan, select :guilabel:`Regular Allocation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:456 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Plan`: if :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for " "the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, the :guilabel:`Accrual Plan` field appears." @@ -16117,7 +16763,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:460 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period/Start Date`: if :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` is" " selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, this field is labeled " @@ -16126,7 +16772,7 @@ msgid "" "Date`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:465 msgid "" "The current date populates the first date field by default. To select " "another date, click on the pre-populated date to reveal a popover calendar " @@ -16134,20 +16780,20 @@ msgid "" "the date to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:469 msgid "" "If the allocation expires, select the expiration date in the next date " "field. If the time off does *not* expire, leave the second date field blank." " `No Limit` appears in the field if no date is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:473 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation " "Type`, this second field is labeled :guilabel:`Run until`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time that is being allocated to " "the employees. This field displays the time in either :guilabel:`Hours` or " @@ -16155,7 +16801,7 @@ msgid "" "` is configured (in hours or days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:478 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how the allocation is " "assigned. This selection determines who receives the time off allocation. " @@ -16163,32 +16809,32 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Department`, or :guilabel:`By Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 msgid "" "Depending on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Mode`, this following field" " is labeled either: :guilabel:`Employees`, :guilabel:`Company`, " ":guilabel:`Department`, or :guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 msgid "" "Using the drop-down menu, indicate the specific employees, company, " "department, or employee tags who are receiving this time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 msgid "" "Multiple selections can be made for either :guilabel:`Employees` or " ":guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:490 msgid "" "Only one selection can be made for the :guilabel:`Company` or " ":guilabel:`Department`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:491 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: if any description or note is necessary to " "explain the time off allocation, enter it in this field at the bottom of the" @@ -16201,158 +16847,11 @@ msgid "" "granted to all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:499 -msgid "Request time off" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Once an employee has been allocated time off, a request to use the time off " -"can be submitted. Time off can be requested in one of two ways, either from " -"the :ref:`dashboard ` or from the :ref:`My Time Off " -"` view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:505 -msgid "" -"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " -"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " -"Off` list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:509 -msgid "" -"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " -"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" -" form appears in a modal. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` " -"list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:514 -msgid "" -"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " -"form:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:516 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " -"the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:517 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " -"two fields to populate, the start and end dates. Click on either date field " -"and a popover calendar appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 -msgid "" -"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " -"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " -"applicable)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:523 -msgid "" -"If the time off requested is for a single day, click on the start date, then" -" click the same date again for the end date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:526 -msgid "" -"When the correct dates are selected/highlighted, click the :guilabel:`Apply`" -" button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:528 -msgid "" -"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " -"field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 -msgid "" -"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" -" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:533 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, check this " -"box. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " -"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " -"day is being requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:537 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " -"day, check this box. A :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` field appears " -"beneath this option, if selected. Using the drop-down menu, select the start" -" and end time for the time off request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " -":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " -"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " -"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " -"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:545 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " -"should include any details that managers and approvers may need in order to " -"approve the request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:547 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachments of documents. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " -"appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:551 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the desired files to attach, select them, then click the " -":guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off request form." -" Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:554 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:604 -msgid "" -"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " -"request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:557 -msgid "" -"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " -"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " -"be saved manually at any time by clicking the *save manually* button, " -"represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " -"with the flu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:502 msgid "Request allocation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:504 msgid "" "If an employee has used all their time off, or is going to run out of time " "off, they can request an allocation for additional time. Allocations can be " @@ -16361,7 +16860,7 @@ msgid "" " view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:508 msgid "" "To create a new allocation request, click either the :guilabel:`New " "Allocation Request` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the " @@ -16369,7 +16868,7 @@ msgid "" "buttons open a new allocation request form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:513 msgid "" "Both :guilabel:`New` buttons open a :guilabel:`New Allocation` request form," " but when requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, the form appears in a " @@ -16377,20 +16876,20 @@ msgid "" "screen navigates to a new allocation request page, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:518 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Allocation` request " "form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested for " "the allocation from the drop-down menu. After a selection is made, the title" " updates with the time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:522 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period`: this field **only** appears if requesting an " "allocation with a time off type that has the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` " @@ -16399,18 +16898,18 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` field is set to :guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:527 msgid "" "Using the calendar selector, select a start and end date the allocation is " "valid for. By default, the current date populates the first field, and " ":guilabel:`No Limit` populates the second field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 msgid "Adjust both of these dates, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:531 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time being requested in this " "field. The format is presented in either days or hours, depending on how the" @@ -16418,14 +16917,21 @@ msgid "" "allocation request is updated to include the amount of time being requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:535 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: enter a description for the allocation request." " This should include any details that managers and approvers may need in " "order to approve the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:538 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 msgid "" "If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Allocations` list view, the" " information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " @@ -16439,11 +16945,11 @@ msgid "" "sick time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:553 msgid "Management" msgstr "ניהול" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:555 msgid "" "Time off and allocation requests typically undergo an approval process " "before being granted. Requests either need one or two approvals, if any, " @@ -16452,17 +16958,17 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:560 msgid "" "Only users who can approve allocation and time off requests have the " ":guilabel:`Management` section visible in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:566 msgid "Manage time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 msgid "" "To view time off requests that need approval, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Management --> Time Off`. The only time off" @@ -16471,7 +16977,7 @@ msgid "" "in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:573 msgid "" "The default filter in the :guilabel:`Time Off` list is `Waiting For Me`. " "This only presents time off requests that need to be approved for current " @@ -16479,7 +16985,7 @@ msgid "" " or :guilabel:`Second Approval`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:643 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:577 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented time off requests. Since only time off requests that need to be " @@ -16489,28 +16995,28 @@ msgid "" "appear on the left side of the screen, under :guilabel:`Departments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 msgid "" "If there are no requests that fall under one of the status options or " "departments, that status or department is **not** visible on the left-side " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:587 msgid "" "To display time off requests for specific departments only, click on the " ":guilabel:`Department` on the left-hand side. Only requests within the " "selected department are then presented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:656 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:657 msgid "" "The status column displays the status of each request, with the status " "highlighted in a specific color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` and :guilabel:`Second Approval` requests are " "highlighted in yellow and are the only ones that appear in the list by " @@ -16520,7 +17026,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:665 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:599 msgid "" "To approve a time off request, click the :guilabel:`👍 Approve` button at the" " end of the line. To validate a time off request that has already been " @@ -16535,7 +17041,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:608 msgid "" "For more details, click anywhere on the time off request line (except for " "the :guilabel:`👍 Approve`, :guilabel:`✔️ Validate`, and :guilabel:`✖️ " @@ -16543,24 +17049,24 @@ msgid "" "of the user, changes can be made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:612 msgid "" "To modify the request, make any desired changes to the form. All changes are" " automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:614 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Approve` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button " "to refuse the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:684 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:620 msgid "Manage allocations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:686 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:622 msgid "" "To view allocations that need approval, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off" " app --> Management --> Allocations`. The only allocations visible on this " @@ -16568,7 +17074,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:627 msgid "" "The default filters that are configured to be in place when navigating to " "the :guilabel:`Allocations` list are :guilabel:`My Team` and " @@ -16576,13 +17082,13 @@ msgid "" "team (who they manage) and active employees. Inactive users are not shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented allocation requests." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:635 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Status` options are :guilabel:`To Approve`, " ":guilabel:`Refused`, and :guilabel:`Approved`. Click on a specific " @@ -16590,14 +17096,14 @@ msgid "" "allocation requests, click :guilabel:`All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 msgid "" "It is also possible to display allocation requests by department. Click on " "the :guilabel:`Department` in the left side of the screen to only present " "allocations for that specific department." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:644 msgid "" "The groupings on the left side only present allocation requests that fall " "under the default filters of :guilabel:`My Team` and :guilabel:`Active " @@ -16605,34 +17111,34 @@ msgid "" "filters are presented on the left side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:712 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:648 msgid "" "For example, if there are no requests with a status of :guilabel:`To " "Submit`, that status option does not appear in the left-hand side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:651 msgid "" "All departments for the user's employees appear in the list. If there are no" " allocation requests that fall under that department matching the pre-" "configured filters, the list is blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:654 msgid "" "It is always possible to remove any of the pre-configured filters, by " "clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon on the specific filter to remove " "it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:660 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, " ":guilabel:`Approved` requests are highlighted in green, and the " ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:663 msgid "" "To approve an allocation request, click the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` button at" " the end of the line. To refuse a request, click the :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` " @@ -16644,28 +17150,28 @@ msgid "" "Allocations with the filter, groupings, and status sections highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:670 msgid "" "If more details are needed, click anywhere on the allocation request line " "(except for the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` buttons) to" " view the request in detail." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:673 msgid "" "Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be made to the allocation " "request form that appears. To modify the request, make any desired changes " "to the form. All changes are automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:741 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:677 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Validate` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button" " to refuse the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:683 msgid "" "To view a color-coded schedule of the user's time off, and/or of the team " "managed by them, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Overview`. " @@ -16673,7 +17179,7 @@ msgid "" "view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:687 msgid "" "To change the time period displayed, click on the :guilabel:`Month` button " "to reveal a drop-down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -16681,7 +17187,7 @@ msgid "" "corresponding view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 msgid "" "To navigate forward or backward in time, in the selected increment " "(:guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, etc.), click the :guilabel:`← (left " @@ -16689,44 +17195,44 @@ msgid "" " that specified amount of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:695 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Month` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by" " one month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:697 msgid "" "To return to a view containing the current day, click the :guilabel:`Today` " "button at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 msgid "" "Team members are listed alphabetically on individual lines, and their " "requested time off, regardless of the status (*validated* or *to approve*), " "is visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:766 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:702 msgid "" "Each employee is color-coded. The employee's color is selected at random, " "and does *not* correspond to the type of time off they requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:705 msgid "" "The status of the time off is represented by the color detail of the " "request, either appearing solid (*validated*) or striped (*to approve*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 msgid "" "The number of days or hours requested is written on the request (if there is" " enough space)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:710 msgid "" "At the bottom of the calendar, in the :guilabel:`Total` line, a bar graph " "shows how many people are projected to be out on any given day. The number " @@ -16734,7 +17240,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:778 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:714 msgid "" "Click on a time off entry to view the details for the specific time off " "entry. The total number of hours or days are listed, along with the start " @@ -16746,21 +17252,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview of the user's team, with time off requests shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:723 msgid "My time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:725 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`My Time` section of the *Time Off* application contains the " "time off dashboard, as well as the user's time off requests and allocations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:795 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:731 msgid "Dashboard" msgstr "לוח בקרה" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:733 msgid "" "All users have access to the time off dashboard, which is the default view " "in the *Time Off* application. The dashboard can also be accessed at any " @@ -16768,38 +17274,38 @@ msgid "" "My Time --> Dashboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 msgid "" "The current year is displayed, and the current day is highlighted in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:739 msgid "" "To change the view, click on the :guilabel:`Year` button to reveal a drop-" "down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, or " ":guilabel:`Month` to present the calendar in that corresponding view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:743 msgid "" "To change the presented dates, click the :guilabel:`← (left arrow)` or " ":guilabel:`→ (right arrow)` icons to the left of the :guilabel:`Year` " "button. The calendar view adjusts in increments of the presented view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:811 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Year` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by " "one year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:813 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:749 msgid "" "To change the view at any point to a view that includes the current date, " "click the :guilabel:`Today` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:816 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:752 msgid "" "Above the calendar view is a summary of the user's time off balances. Every " "time off type that has been allocated appears in its own summary box. Each " @@ -16808,7 +17314,7 @@ msgid "" "applicable)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:757 msgid "" "To view the full details of a time off balance, click the :guilabel:`? " "(question mark)` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`(DAYS/HOURS) AVAILABLE` " @@ -16822,7 +17328,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A view of the complete time off balance details in the popover window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:767 msgid "" "A user is also able to see how much time off they will have accrued in the " "future. On the right side of the time off summary blocks, there is a " @@ -16830,7 +17336,7 @@ msgid "" "selector popover appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:771 msgid "" "The current date is the default date selected. Navigate to the desired date," " and Odoo displays the time off balances the user will have on that date. " @@ -16839,14 +17345,14 @@ msgid "" "of the date field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:840 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:776 msgid "" "On the right side of the calendar, the various time off types are displayed," " with their corresponding colors. The :guilabel:`Legend` explains how the " "various statuses for time off requests are presented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:780 msgid "" "Time off that has been validated appears in a solid color (in the color " "specified in the :guilabel:`Time Off Type` section above the " @@ -16855,19 +17361,19 @@ msgid "" "line through the dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:849 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:785 msgid "" -"New time off requests can be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :ref:`New Time Off" -" ` modal appears." +"New time off requests can be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. Click the " +":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :doc:`New Time Off" +" <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:852 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 msgid "" -"New allocation requests can also be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the dashboard to " -"request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation ` modal appears." +"New allocation requests can also be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard` to request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation " +"` modal appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 @@ -16876,56 +17382,56 @@ msgid "" "buttons highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:863 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:800 msgid "My time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:865 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:802 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`. Here, all time " "off requests, both past and present, appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:868 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:805 msgid "" "The list includes the following information for each request: the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Start Date`, " ":guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and the :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:872 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:809 msgid "" "A new time off request can be made from this view. Click the :guilabel:`New`" -" button to :ref:`request time off `." +" button to :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:878 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:815 msgid "My allocations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:817 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's allocations, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Allocations`. All " "allocations and requested allocations appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:820 msgid "" "The information presented on the :guilabel:`My Allocations` page includes: " "the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Amount`, " ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`, and :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:824 msgid "" "A new allocation request can be made from this view, as well. Click the " ":guilabel:`New` button to :ref:`request an allocation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:895 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:832 msgid "" "The reporting feature allows users to view time off for their team, either " "by employee or type of time off. This allows users to see which employees " @@ -16933,7 +17439,7 @@ msgid "" "types are being used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:899 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:836 msgid "" "Any report can be added to a spreadsheet through the *Insert in Spreadsheet*" " button that appears in the top-left of a report. If the *Documents* " @@ -16941,31 +17447,31 @@ msgid "" "appears. If not, the report can be added to a *Dashboard*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:841 msgid "By employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:843 msgid "" "To view a report of employee time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Employee`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:846 msgid "" "The default report presents the current year's data in a list view, " "displaying all the employees in alphabetical order. Each employee's line is " "collapsed by default. To expand a line, click anywhere on the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:913 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:850 msgid "" "The view expands, and has the time off requests organized by time off type. " "Click anywhere on a time off type line to expand it, and view all the " "individual time off requests that fall under that type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:916 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:853 msgid "" "The information shown in the list includes: the :guilabel:`Employee` name, " ":guilabel:`Number of Days` off requested, the :guilabel:`Start Date`, " @@ -16976,7 +17482,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Report of time off, shown by each employee in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:861 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " @@ -16988,8 +17494,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The various other views highlighted, for the employee time off report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:933 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:870 msgid "" "When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " "particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports and their" @@ -16997,18 +17502,18 @@ msgid "" "documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:875 msgid "By type" msgstr "לפי סוג" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:940 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:877 msgid "" "To view a list of all time off, organized by time off type, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Type`. This shows all time" " off requests in a default bar chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:943 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 msgid "" "Hover over a bar to view the :guilabel:`Duration (Days)` of that specific " "time off type." @@ -17020,13 +17525,13 @@ msgid "" "highlighted in a red box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 msgid "" "Click on a bar to go to a detailed list view of all the time off requests " "for that time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:952 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:889 msgid "" "Each request is listed, with the following information displayed: the " ":guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Request Type`, " @@ -17034,10 +17539,174 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " "way. The various options are a :guilabel:`Graph` (the default view), " ":guilabel:`List`, or :guilabel:`Pivot` table." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:897 +msgid "" +"When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " +"particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports, and " +"their various options, refer to the :doc:`reporting " +"<../essentials/reporting>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:902 +msgid ":doc:`time_off/request_time_off`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Request time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once time off has been allocated to an employee, a request to use it can be " +"submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Time off can be requested in one of two ways: either from the main *Time " +"Off* application :guilabel:`Dashboard` (:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My " +"Time --> Dashboard`), or from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` dashboard view " +"(:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " +"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " +"Off` dashboard, in the default list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " +"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" +" form appears in a pop-up window. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time" +" Off` list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " +"form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " +"the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " +"two fields to populate: the start and end dates. Click on either date field " +"and a popover calendar appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " +"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " +"applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If only requesting time off for a single day, click on the start date, then " +"click the same date again for the end date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the correct dates are selected, click the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" +" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, tick this " +"checkbox. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " +"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " +"day is being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " +"day, tick this checkbox. If selected, a :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` " +"field appears beneath this option. Using the drop-down menu, select the " +"start and end time for the time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " +":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " +"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " +"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " +"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " +"should include any details that managers and approvers may need to approve " +"the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachment of documents. " +"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the desired files that should be attached, select them, then " +"click The :guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off " +"request form. Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information, and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " +"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " +"be saved manually at any time by clicking the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " +"with the flu." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/hi/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po b/locale/hi/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po index 7e886d4f4..d853f59a6 100644 --- a/locale/hi/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po +++ b/locale/hi/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gautam Hingrajiya, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Hindi (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/hi/)\n" @@ -30,436 +30,651 @@ msgid "Activities" msgstr "गतिविधियाँ" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database. " -"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " -"chatter thread, kanban view, list view, or activities view of an " -"application." +msgid "*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database." msgstr "" -"*गतिविधियाँ* ओडू डेटाबेस में एक रिकॉर्ड से जुड़े अनुवर्ती कार्य हैं। " -"गतिविधियों को डेटाबेस के किसी भी पृष्ठ पर शेड्यूल किया जा सकता है जिसमें " -"किसी एप्लिकेशन का चैटर थ्रेड, कानबन दृश्य, सूची दृश्य या गतिविधि दृश्य शामिल" -" है।" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:10 -msgid "Schedule activities" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The icon used to display activities varies depending on the :ref:`activity " +"type `:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:11 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`🕘 (clock)`: the default icon, which appears if nothing is " +"scheduled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 -msgid "" -"One way that activities are created is by clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule " -"Activity` button, located at the top of the *chatter* on any record. On the " -"pop-up window that appears, select an :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the " -"drop-down menu." +msgid ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)`: this icon appears if a phone call is scheduled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:13 +msgid ":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)`: this icon appears if an email is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:14 +msgid ":guilabel:`✔️ (checkmark)`: this icon appears if a to-do is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:15 msgid "" -"Individual applications have a list of *Activity Types* dedicated to that " -"application. For example, to view and edit the activities available for the " -"*CRM* application, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " -"Activity Types`." +":guilabel:`(group of people)`: this icon appears if a meeting is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(arrow pointing up above a line)`: this icon appears if a " +"document is scheduled to be uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(pencil in a box)`: this icon appears if a signature request is " +"scheduled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Enter a title for the activity in the :guilabel:`Summary` field, located in " -"the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window." +msgid "Schedule activities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:23 msgid "" -"To assign the activity to a different user, select a name from the " -":guilabel:`Assigned to` drop-down menu. Otherwise, the user creating the " -"activity is automatically assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Lastly, feel free to add any additional information in the optional " -":guilabel:`Log a note...` field." +"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " +":ref:`chatter ` thread, :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or " +":ref:`activities view ` of an application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Due Date` field on the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " -"window auto-populates based on the configuration settings for the selected " -":guilabel:`Activity Type`. However, this date can be changed by selecting a " -"day on the calendar in the :guilabel:`Due Date` field." +msgid "Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:32 +msgid "Activities can be created from the chatter on any record." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:34 -msgid "Lastly, click one of the following buttons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:36 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Schedule`: adds the activity to the chatter under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the chatter " -"under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, it is automatically " -"marked as completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:39 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Done \\& Schedule Next`: adds the task under :guilabel:`Today` " -"marked as done, and opens a new activity window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Discard`: discards any changes made on the pop-up window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Depending on the activity type, the :guilabel:`Schedule` button may be " -"replaced by a :guilabel:`Save` button, or an :guilabel:`Open Calendar` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Scheduled activities are added to the chatter for the record under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Activities can also be scheduled from the kanban, list, or activities view " -"of an application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:59 -msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`, and proceed to fill " -"out the pop-up form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:67 -msgid "List view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`. If the record already " -"has an activity scheduled, the clock icon may be replaced by a :guilabel:`📞 " -"(phone)` or an :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:76 -msgid "Activity view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:78 -msgid "" -"To open the activity view for an application, select the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon from the menu bar anywhere in the database. Select any " -"application from the drop-down menu, and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " -"icon for the desired app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Activity menu drop down with focus on where to open activity view for CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Move across the row to " -"find the desired activity type, then click the :guilabel:`＋ (plus sign)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" -" throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Activities that appear in **green** indicate a due date sometime in the " -"future." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:96 -msgid "**Yellow** indicates that the activity's due date is today." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Red** indicates that the activity is overdue and the due date has passed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:99 -msgid "" -"For example, if an activity is created for a phone call, and the due date " -"passes, the activity appears with a red phone in list view, and a red clock " -"on the kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:103 -msgid "View scheduled activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:105 -msgid "" -"To view scheduled activities, open either the :menuselection:`Sales app` or " -":menuselection:`CRM app` and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, located " -"to the far-right side of the other view options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Doing so opens the activities menu, showcasing all the scheduled activities " -"for the user, by default. To show all activities for every user, remove the " -":guilabel:`My Pipeline` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To view a consolidated list of activities separated by the application where" -" they were created, and by deadline, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon on" -" the header menu to see the activities for that specific application in a " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The possibility to :guilabel:`Add new note` and :guilabel:`Request a " -"Document` appear at the bottom of this drop-down menu, when the :guilabel:`🕘" -" (clock)` icon on the header menu is clicked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads page emphasizing the activities menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:123 -msgid "Configure activity types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:125 -msgid "" -"To configure the types of activities in the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss --> Activities --> Activity Types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " -"activity types are found." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To edit an existing activity type, select it from the list, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`. To create a new activity type, click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:136 -msgid "" -"At the top of a blank activity type form, start by choosing a " -":guilabel:`Name` for the new activity type." +"To schedule a new activity, click the :guilabel:`Activities` button, located" +" at the top of the chatter. In the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " +"window that appears, :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 msgid "New activity type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:143 -msgid "Activity settings" -msgstr "गतिविधि सेटिंग्स" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:146 -msgid "Action" -msgstr "कार्रवाई" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:148 -msgid "" -"The *Action* field specifies the intent of the activity. Some actions " -"trigger specific behaviors after an activity is scheduled." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:45 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Another way that activities are created is from the Kanban view in an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "The Kanban icon in the top menu, highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon located at the bottom of " +"an individual record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`+ Schedule An Activity`, then proceed to :ref:`fill out the" +" Schedule Activity form `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If a record already has a scheduled activity, the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon" +" is replaced by the icon that represents the existing scheduled activity. " +"Click on the activity type's icon to schedule another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:70 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:72 +msgid "Activities can also be created from a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Activities` column is hidden, reveal it using the " +":guilabel:`(additional options toggle)` icon in the far-right of the top " +"row, represented by two horizontal lines with two dots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon for the record the activity is" +" being added to, then click :guilabel:`+ Schedule an activity`. Proceed to " +":ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form ` that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:93 +msgid "Activity view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Most applications in Odoo have an *Activity* view available. If available, a" +" :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon is visible in the top-right of the main" +" menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To open the activity view, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "Top-right menu with the Activities icon called out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In this view, all the available activities are listed in the columns, while " +"the horizontal entries represent all the individual records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Activities that appear green have a due date in the future, activities that " +"appear orange are due today, while activities appearing red are overdue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Color bars in each column represent records for specific activity types, and" +" display a number indicating how many activities are scheduled for that " +"type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If multiple activity types are scheduled for a record, a number appears in " +"the box, indicating the total number of scheduled activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" +" throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To schedule an activity for a record, hover over the corresponding field, " +"and a :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` appears. Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)`, and then :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 +msgid "Schedule Activity form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Activities can be scheduled from many different places, such as from the " +":ref:`chatter ` of a record, or from one of multiple " +"views in an application, when available: the :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or :ref:`activity " +"view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Activity Type`: select the type of activity from the drop-down " +"menu. The default options are: :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Call`, " +":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`To-Do`. Depending on what other " +"applications are installed, additional options may be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Individual applications have a list of dedicated :ref:`activity types " +"`. For example, installing the *Sales* application makes " +":guilabel:`Order Upsell` available, while installing the *Sign* application " +"makes :guilabel:`Request Signature` available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Summary`: enter a short title for the activity, such as `Discuss " +"Proposal`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date`: using the calendar popover, select the activity's " +"deadline." msgstr "" -"*कार्रवाई* फ़ील्ड गतिविधि के इरादे को निर्दिष्ट करती है। किसी गतिविधि के " -"निर्धारित होने के बाद कुछ क्रियाएं विशिष्ट व्यवहार को ट्रिगर करती हैं।" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected, a link to upload a document is " -"added directly to the planned activity in the chatter." +":guilabel:`Assigned to`: by default, the current user populates this field. " +"To assign a different user to the activity, select them from the drop-down " +"menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 msgid "" -"If either :guilabel:`Phonecall` or :guilabel:`Meeting` are selected, users " -"have the option to open their calendar to schedule a time for this activity." +":guilabel:`Notes`: add any additional information for the activity in this " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Request Signature` is selected, a link is added to the planned" -" activity in the chatter that opens a signature request pop-up window." +"When the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window is completed, click one" +" of the following buttons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:158 msgid "" -"The actions available to select on an activity type vary, depending on the " -"applications currently installed in the database." +":guilabel:`Open Calendar`: opens the user's calendar to add and schedule the" +" activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:163 -msgid "Default user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:160 msgid "" -"To automatically assign this activity to a specific user when this activity " -"type is scheduled, choose a name from the :guilabel:`Default User` drop-down" -" menu. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to the user who" -" creates the activity." +"Click on the desired date and time for the activity, and a :guilabel:`New " +"Event` pop-up window appears. The summary from the *Schedule Activity* pop-" +"up window populates the :guilabel:`Title` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:170 -msgid "Default summary" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Enter the information in the :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up window, then click" +" :guilabel:`Save & Close` to schedule it. Once scheduled, the activity is " +"added to the chatter under the :guilabel:`Planned Activities` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Activity Type` is set to either :guilabel:`Call` or " +":guilabel:`Meeting`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 msgid "" -"To include notes whenever this activity type is created, enter them into the" -" :guilabel:`Default Summary` field." +":guilabel:`Schedule`: schedules the activity, and adds the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Planned Activities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:174 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule & Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the" +" chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, and is " +"automatically marked as done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next`: adds the details of the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, is " +"automatically marked as done, and a new :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up" +" window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancel`: discards any changes made on the :guilabel:`Schedule " +"Activity` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:188 +msgid "All scheduled activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To view a consolidated list of activities, organized by application, click " +"the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon in the header menu, located in the top-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If any activities are scheduled, the number of activities appear in a red " +"bubble on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:196 +msgid "" +"All activities for each application are further divided into subsections, " +"indicating where in the application the activity is to be completed. Each " +"sub-section lists the number of scheduled activities that are " +":guilabel:`Late`, due :guilabel:`Today`, and scheduled in the " +":guilabel:`Future`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:202 +msgid "" +"In the *Time Off* application, one activity is scheduled to be done in the " +"*All Time Off* requests dashboard, and six activities are scheduled to be " +"done in the *Allocations* dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:205 +msgid "" +"These requests appear in two separate lists in the all activities drop-down " +"menu: one labeled `Time Off` and one labeled `Time Off Allocation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list of activities that is accessed from the main menu bar. Two entries for the Time\n" +"Off application are highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:214 +msgid "Request a document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The option to :guilabel:`Request a Document` is available at the bottom of " +"the list of :ref:`all scheduled activities `, the option to " +":guilabel:`Request a Document` appears. Click :guilabel:`Request a " +"Document`, and a :guilabel:`Request a file` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:222 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Name`: enter a name for the document being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request To`: select the user the document is being requested from" +" using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date In`: enter a numerical value indicating when the " +"document is due. Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. " +"Click :guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. " +"Select the desired time-frame option from the list. The options are " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:229 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +":ref:`Workspace ` the document is being uploaded to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any desired tags from the drop-down menu. The " +"available tags displayed are based on the tags configured for the selected " +":guilabel:`Workspace`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message`: enter a message to clarify the document request in this" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:235 +msgid "" +"When all the fields are completed, click :guilabel:`Request` to send the " +"document request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Request a file form, with all fields filled out to request a contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:244 +msgid "Activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured types of activities in the database, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss section --> Activities " +"setting --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activity Types button in the Settings application under the Discuss section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " +"activity types are found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "The list of activity types already configured and available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:260 +msgid "Edit activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:262 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing :ref:`activity type `, click on the " +"activity type, and the activity type form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:265 +msgid "" +"Make any desired changes to the activity type form. The form automatically " +"saves, but it can be saved manually at any time by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Save Manually` option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:270 +msgid "Create new activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:272 +msgid "" +"To create a new :ref:`activity type `, click " +":guilabel:`New` from the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, and a blank " +"activity type form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the activity type at the top of the form, then " +"enter the following information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:279 +msgid "Activity Settings section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:281 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Action`: using the drop-down menu, select an action associated " +"with this new activity type. Some actions trigger specific behaviors after " +"an activity is scheduled, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:284 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Upload Document`: if selected, a link to upload a document is " +"automatically added to the planned activity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:286 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Call` or :guilabel:`Meeting`: if selected, users have the option " +"to open their calendar to select a date and time for the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request Signature`: if selected, a link to open a signature " +"request pop-up window is automatically added to the planned activity in the " +"chatter. This requires the Odoo *Sign* application to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Available activity types vary based on the installed applications in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folder`: select a specific :ref:`workspace " +"` folder to save a document to. This field **only** " +"appears if :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Action`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Folder` the document is " +"saved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default User`: select a user from the drop-down menu to " +"automatically assign this activity to the selected user when this activity " +"type is scheduled. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to " +"the user who creates the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Summary`: enter a note to include whenever this activity " +"type is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:307 +msgid "" "The information in the :guilabel:`Default User` and :guilabel:`Default " "Summary` fields are included when an activity is created. However, they can " "be altered before the activity is scheduled or saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:181 -msgid "Next activity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:311 msgid "" -"To automatically suggest, or trigger, a new activity after an activity has " -"been marked complete, the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` must be set." +":guilabel:`Keep Done`: tick this checkbox to keep activities that have been " +"marked as `Done` visible in the :ref:`activity view `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:187 -msgid "Suggest next activity" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:313 +msgid ":guilabel:`Default Note`: enter any notes to appear with the activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:316 +msgid "Next Activity section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:318 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field, select :guilabel:`Suggest Next " -"Activity`. Upon doing so, the field underneath changes to: " -":guilabel:`Suggest`. Click the :guilabel:`Suggest` field drop-down menu to " -"select any activities to recommend as follow-up tasks to this activity type." +"It is possible to have another activity either suggested or triggered. To do" +" so, configure the :guilabel:`Next Activity` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:321 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Schedule` field, choose a default deadline for these " -"activities. To do so, configure a desired number of :guilabel:`Days`, " -":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, decide if it should occur " -":guilabel:`after completion date` or :guilabel:`after previous activity " -"deadline`." +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`: select either :guilabel:`Suggest Next Activity` " +"or :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` from the drop-down menu. Depending on " +"the selected option, either the :guilabel:`Suggest` or :guilabel:`Trigger` " +"field is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:198 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:326 msgid "" -"This :guilabel:`Schedule` field information can be altered before the " -"activity is scheduled." +"The :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field does **not** appear if :guilabel:`Upload" +" Document` is selected for the :guilabel:`Action`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:227 -msgid "When all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Suggest/Trigger`: depending on what is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`, this field either displays :guilabel:`Suggest` or" +" :guilabel:`Trigger`. Using the drop-down menu, select the activity to " +"recommend or schedule as a follow-up task to the activity type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:332 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: configure when the next activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:334 +msgid "" +"First, enter a numerical value indicating when the activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. Click " +":guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. Select the" +" desired time-frame option from the list. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:340 +msgid "" +"Lastly, using the drop-down menu, select whether the activity is scheduled " +"or triggered either :guilabel:`after previous activity deadline` or " +":guilabel:`after completion date`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "Schedule activity popup with emphasis on recommended activities." +msgid "A new Activity form with all the fields filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Suggest " -"Next Activity`, and has activities listed in the :guilabel:`Suggest` field, " -"users are presented with recommendations for activities as next steps." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:348 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:211 -msgid "Trigger next activity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Setting the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` to :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` " -"immediately launches the next activity once the previous one is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` is selected in the :guilabel:`Chaining " -"Type` field, the field beneath changes to: :guilabel:`Trigger`. From the " -":guilabel:`Trigger` field drop-down menu, select the activity that should be" -" launched once this activity is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Schedule new activity popup with emphasis on Done and launch next button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Trigger" -" Next Activity`, marking the activity as `Done` immediately launches the " -"next activity listed in the :guilabel:`Trigger` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:238 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:239 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:349 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss/team_communication`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/hi/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/hi/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 5a7e0da80..b159fa112 100644 --- a/locale/hi/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/hi/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -3,17 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2024 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-25 16:01+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Hindi (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/hi/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -25,13 +21,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Human resources" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 msgid "Appraisals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, the *Appraisals* application can be used to evaluate employee " "performance on a recurring basis. Managers can evaluate the performance of " @@ -40,28 +36,28 @@ msgid "" "desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:12 msgid "" "Appraisals give employees valuable feedback, including actionable goals to " "work toward, and measurable skills to improve upon. Additionally, appraisals" " may form the basis for raises, promotions, and other benefits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:16 msgid "" "Regular appraisals are good for both the employees and the company, since " "they can accurately measure performance based on company goals, and show " "employees where they need to improve." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:31 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Configuration` menu in the *Appraisals* application is where " "the settings can be configured, feedback templates can be edited, " @@ -69,30 +65,32 @@ msgid "" "feedback can be stored, and goal tags can be viewed/created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:25 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 msgid "Settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:29 msgid "" "To access the *Settings* menu, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " "application --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 msgid "Feedback templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:35 msgid "" "Feedback templates are form outlines used during an employee appraisal. Any " "edits made to a template are, ultimately, reflected in the appraisals sent " "to employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:38 msgid "" "There are two default templates pre-configured in Odoo *Appraisals*: one for" " employee feedback, and one for manager feedback. Each contains several " @@ -100,25 +98,25 @@ msgid "" " the questions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:42 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`My work`, :guilabel:`My future`, and :guilabel:`My feelings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:45 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`Feedback`, :guilabel:`Evaluation`, and :guilabel:`Improvements`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:48 msgid "" "Any desired changes to the default feedback templates can be made by making " "changes directly in each template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:54 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Appraisals` section of the settings menu determines the " "frequency that appraisals are performed, and if it is possible to request " @@ -131,56 +129,56 @@ msgid "" "enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 msgid "Appraisals plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:66 msgid "" "By default, appraisals are pre-configured to be automatically created six " "months after an employee is hired, with a second appraisal exactly six " "months after that." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:69 msgid "" "Once those two initial appraisals have been completed in the employee's " "first year, following appraisals are only created once a year (every twelve " "months)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:72 msgid "" "To modify this schedule, change the number of months in the blank fields " "under the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:76 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section is modified, **all** empty " ":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Dates` are modified for **all** employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 msgid "360 feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:82 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option can be enabled to allow managers to " "request feedback from other employees using a different survey form, at any " "time, independent of the appraisal schedule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:85 msgid "" "Typically, managers ask for feedback from other people who work with an " "employee they manage. This includes the employee's various managers, peers, " "and direct reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:88 msgid "" "To view the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey, click the :guilabel:`→ Internal" " link` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`Default Template` field. The " @@ -188,13 +186,13 @@ msgid "" " can be made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:92 msgid "" "For more information on how to edit a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:96 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` form is a pre-configured survey within the " "*Surveys* application. In order to use the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option, " @@ -202,11 +200,11 @@ msgid "" " be installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 msgid "Evaluation scale" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:103 msgid "" "On each employee appraisal form, final rating options appear by default. To " "view and edit these options, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " @@ -214,7 +212,7 @@ msgid "" "ratings in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:107 msgid "" "The pre-configured ratings are :guilabel:`Needs Improvement`, " ":guilabel:`Meets Expectations`, :guilabel:`Exceeds Expectations`, and " @@ -222,14 +220,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:111 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`New` button is clicked on the :guilabel:`Evaluation " "Scale` page, a blank line appears at the bottom of the list. Enter the name " "of the rating in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:114 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the ratings, click the :guilabel:`(six small gray " "boxes)` icon to the left of a rating, and drag the rating to the desired " @@ -242,7 +240,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:124 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` section displays information for all the " "surveys currently configured in the *Appraisals* application. To view the " @@ -254,55 +252,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list view of all available surveys in the Appraisals application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:132 msgid "" "Each appraisal (or survey) is presented in its own line on the " ":guilabel:`360 Feedback` page, along with various information related to " "that particular appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 msgid "Each appraisal includes the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:137 msgid ":guilabel:`Survey Name`: the name of the specific survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the employee responsible for the survey, including " "the month and year they were given that designation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Questions`: the number of questions in that particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Duration`: the average time a user spends completing the " "survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Registered`: the number of people who have been sent the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Completed`: the number of people who have completed the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:145 msgid "" "Each appraisal also has two buttons at the end of each line: a " ":guilabel:`Test` button and a :guilabel:`See Results` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:148 msgid "" "To see what an appraisal looks like for the end user (i.e. an employee), " "click the :guilabel:`Test` button, and the appraisal loads in a new browser " @@ -310,14 +308,14 @@ msgid "" "to enter any answers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:152 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`This is a Test Survey. → Edit " "Survey` at the top of the page to be taken to the detail form for that " "particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:155 msgid "" "To view the results from everyone who completed an appraisal, click the " ":guilabel:`See Results` button. This presents all the answers for the survey" @@ -326,13 +324,13 @@ msgid "" "each question are visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:160 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`→ Edit Survey` at the top of " "the page to be taken to the detail form for that particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:163 msgid "" "In addition to viewing the responses from past appraisals and surveys, new " "surveys can also be created from the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` page. Simply " @@ -340,123 +338,77 @@ msgid "" " survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:167 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:171 msgid "" "In previous versions of Odoo, this section was referred to as " ":guilabel:`Surveys`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:172 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 -msgid "" -"An additional feature of the *Appraisals* application is the ability to set " -":ref:`goals ` for employees. On each goal form, there is a" -" field to add tags. The available tags are pulled from a list that is " -"configured from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To view a list of all existing goal tags, and to create new tags, go to the " -":guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, by navigating to :menuselection:`Appraisals " -"application --> Configuration --> Tags`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:181 -msgid "All currently configured tags are presented in a list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:183 -msgid "" -"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " -"all tags need to be added from this list, or directly from the goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 -msgid "" -"To create a new tag from the :guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, click the " -":guilabel:`New` button, and a blank line appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the tag on the line. Then, press the enter key to save the" -" tag, and create a new blank line. Repeat this for all tags that need to be " -"added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:192 -msgid "The list of tags is automatically arranged in alphabetical order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:176 msgid "" "Navigate to the main *Appraisals* dashboard by opening the " ":guilabel:`Appraisals` application. The :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard is " "the default view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:179 msgid "" "To view the dashboard at any point in the application, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Appraisals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:182 msgid "" "All appraisals are displayed on the dashboard in a Kanban view, by default, " "with a list of groupings on the left side of the dashboard, including " ":guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Department`, and :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 msgid "" "Click any grouping option to view appraisals for **only** the chosen " "selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 msgid "" "Only groupings with multiple selections appear in the list. For example, if " "a database only has one company, the :guilabel:`Company` grouping does " "**not** appear, since there is no other company to select." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:193 msgid "Each appraisal card displays the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: the department the employee is associated with." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company the employee works for. This only appears " "in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date`: the date the appraisal was requested, or is scheduled for " "in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activities`: any activities that are scheduled for the appraisal," " such as :guilabel:`Meetings` or :guilabel:`Phone Calls.` If no activities " @@ -464,13 +416,13 @@ msgid "" "icon, located in the bottom-left corner of an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:204 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: the employee's manager, indicated by the profile icon " "in the bottom-right corner of an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:206 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status banner`: the status of the appraisal. A banner appears if " "an appraisal is marked as either :guilabel:`Canceled` or :guilabel:`Done`. " @@ -478,7 +430,7 @@ msgid "" "not been scheduled yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 msgid "" "To view the details of any appraisal, click on the card to open the " "appraisal form." @@ -488,22 +440,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Appraisals dashboard with each appraisal in its own box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 msgid "New appraisal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new appraisal, click the :guilabel:`New` button at the top of " "the :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard to load a blank appraisal form. Then, " "enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:222 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:223 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu. " "The manager is responsible for completing the :guilabel:`Manager's Feedback`" @@ -511,7 +463,7 @@ msgid "" "selected, if they have a manager set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appraisal Date`: the current date is automatically entered in " "this field. This field is automatically updated once the appraisal is " @@ -519,39 +471,39 @@ msgid "" "cancellation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu. This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have" " a department set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:233 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the employee's company from the drop-down menu. " "This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have a " "company set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 msgid "" "The only required fields for the appraisal form are the employee's " ":guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Manager`, and the :guilabel:`Company`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:241 msgid "" "Once the form is complete, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm " "the appraisal request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 msgid "" "Once confirmed, the employee receives an email stating that an appraisal was" " requested, and is then prompted to schedule an appraisal date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:246 msgid "" "The status changes to :guilabel:`Confirmed`, and the :guilabel:`Employee's " "Feedback` section of the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab is grayed out. The " @@ -560,18 +512,18 @@ msgid "" "once the appraisal request is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 msgid "" "If there are any existing appraisals for the employee, an " ":guilabel:`Appraisal` smart button appears at the top of the page, listing " "the total number of appraisals there are for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:255 msgid "Ask for feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:257 msgid "" "As part of the appraisal process, the manager can request feedback on an " "employee from anyone in the company. Feedback is usually requested from co-" @@ -580,43 +532,43 @@ msgid "" "manager's overall assessment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 msgid "" "To request feedback, the appraisal **must** be confirmed. Once confirmed, an" " :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button appears at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:265 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button is clicked, an :guilabel:`Ask " "Feedback` email pop-up form appears, using the :guilabel:`Appraisal: Ask " "Feedback` email template, which sends the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:269 msgid "" "Enter the employees being asked to complete the survey in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field. Multiple employees may be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 msgid "" "The email template has dynamic placeholders to personalize the message. Add " "any additional text to the email, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:275 msgid "If required, an :guilabel:`Answer Deadline` can be added, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:277 msgid "" "If any attachments are needed, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button, and" " a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the file(s), select them, then " "click :guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:280 msgid "When the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send.`" msgstr "" @@ -624,21 +576,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The email pop-up when requesting feedback from other employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:287 msgid "Appraisal form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:289 msgid "" "Once an appraisal is confirmed, the next steps are for the employee to fill " "out the self-assessment, after which the manager completes their assessment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:295 msgid "Employee's feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:297 msgid "" "To complete their portion of feedback, employees should navigate to the main" " :menuselection:`Appraisals application` dashboard, where the only entries " @@ -646,14 +598,14 @@ msgid "" "manage and have to provide manager feedback for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 msgid "" "Click on the appraisal to open the appraisal form. Enter responses in the " ":guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` " "tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:304 msgid "" "When completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to Manager` toggle (the " "default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When clicked, the toggle " @@ -665,24 +617,24 @@ msgid "" "The feedback section for the employee with the toggle button highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:314 msgid "Manager's feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 msgid "" "After the employee has completed the :guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` " "section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab, it is time for the manager to " "fill out the :guilabel:`Manager's Feedback` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:320 msgid "" "The manager enters their responses in the fields in the :ref:`same manner as" " the employee `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:323 msgid "" "When the feedback section is completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to " "Employee` toggle (the default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When " @@ -695,11 +647,12 @@ msgid "" " highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:748 msgid "Skills tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:334 msgid "" "Part of an appraisal is evaluating an employee's skills, and tracking their " "progress over time. The :guilabel:`Skills` tab of the appraisal form auto-" @@ -707,32 +660,32 @@ msgid "" "<../hr/employees/new_employee>`, once an appraisal is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:338 msgid "" "Each skill is grouped with like skills, and the :guilabel:`Skill Level`, " ":guilabel:`Progress`, and :guilabel:`Justification` are displayed for each " "skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 msgid "" "Update any skills, or add any new skills to the :guilabel:`Skills` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:343 msgid "" "If a skill level has increased, a reason for the improved rating can be " "entered into the :guilabel:`Justification` field, such as `took a fluency " "language test` or `received Javascript certification`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:347 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`Create a new employee ` document for " "detailed instructions on adding or updating a skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:350 msgid "" "After an appraisal is completed, and the skills have been updated, the next " "time an appraisal is confirmed, the updated skills populate the " @@ -743,11 +696,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The skills tab of an appraisal form, all filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:358 msgid "Private note tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:360 msgid "" "If managers want to leave notes that are only visible to other managers, " "they can be entered in the :guilabel:`Private Note` tab. The employee being " @@ -755,12 +708,12 @@ msgid "" "appear on their appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:386 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:520 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 msgid "Schedule a meeting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:367 msgid "" "Once both portions of an appraisal are completed (the :ref:`employee " "` and :ref:`manager Appraisals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:377 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, beneath the appraisal date on the " "desired appraisal card, and a :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window " @@ -788,47 +741,47 @@ msgid "" "activity form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Meeting` for the :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the drop-" "down menu. Doing so causes the form to change, so only the " ":guilabel:`Activity Type` and :guilabel:`Summary` fields appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:385 msgid "" "If scheduling an activity other than a meeting, such as a :guilabel:`Call` " "or a :guilabel:`To-Do`, the fields that appear on the :guilabel:`Schedule " "Activity` pop-up form change, accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:389 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon may appear as a number of different icons, " "depending on what, if any, scheduled activities are in place, and the color " "represents their corresponding due dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:392 msgid "" "If no activities are scheduled, that is represented by a gray :guilabel:`🕘 " "(clock)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:394 msgid "" "However, if a specific activity is scheduled, the icon may appear as a " ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon for a phone call, a :guilabel:`👥 (group of " "people)` icon for a meeting, and so on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:397 msgid "" "The color of the icon indicates the status; a green icon means an activity " "is scheduled in the future, and a red icon means the activity is past due." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:400 msgid "" "For more details on activities, refer to the :doc:`../essentials/activities`" " document." @@ -838,46 +791,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The appraisal cards with the various activity icons highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 msgid "" "Enter a brief description in the :guilabel:`Summary` field of the " ":guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window, such as `Annual Appraisal for " "(Employee)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:409 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button. From the calendar page " "that appears, navigate to, and double-click on, the desired date and time " "for the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:412 msgid "" "Doing so opens a :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up form. From this pop-up form, " "make any desired modifications, such as designating a :guilabel:`Start` " "time, or giving a :guilabel:`Name` to the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:416 msgid "" "Add the appraisee in the :guilabel:`Attendees` section, and include anyone " "else who should be in the meeting, if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:419 msgid "" "To make the meeting a video call, instead of an in-person meeting, click " ":guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting`, and a :guilabel:`Videocall URL` link appears in " "the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:422 msgid "" "Once all the desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:424 msgid "" "The meeting now appears on the calendar, and the invited parties are " "informed, via email." @@ -889,183 +842,46 @@ msgid "" "appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 msgid "" "The other way to schedule a meeting is from the individual appraisal form. " "To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Appraisal application` " "dashboard, then click on an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button, and the calendar loads." " Follow the same directions above to create the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 msgid "" -"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button says " +"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button reads " ":guilabel:`No Meeting`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:463 -msgid "Goals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:465 -msgid "" -"The ability to set goals for employees to work toward is an important " -"feature of Odoo *Appraisals*. Goals are typically set during an appraisal, " -"so the employee knows what they need to work toward before their next " -"appraisal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:469 -msgid "" -"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> " -"Goals`. This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban " -"view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:472 -msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:474 -msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the name of the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:475 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee the goal is assigned to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 -msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:477 -msgid ":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Employee`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is assigned " -"to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:480 -msgid "" -"If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " -"corner of the goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 -msgid "" -"Every individual goal requires its own entry for each employee. If employees" -" have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the list. For " -"example, if both Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " -"appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " -"goal for Sara." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 -msgid "New goal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:495 -msgid "" -"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application -->" -" Goals`, and click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:498 -msgid "" -"Enter the information on the card. The information requested is all the same" -" information that appears on the :ref:`goal card ` in the " -"Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field and a " -":guilabel:`Description` tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:502 -msgid "" -"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field by default, and " -"the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" -" profile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:505 -msgid "" -"Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " -"useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:513 -msgid "Completed goals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:515 -msgid "" -"When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " -"be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " -"dashboard, or from the individual goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:518 -msgid "" -"To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" -" the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the top-right of a goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:522 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon **only** appears when the mouse hovers " -"over the corner of a goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:525 -msgid "" -"Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " -"green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " -"card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:528 -msgid "" -"To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " -"open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " -"the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner " -"appears in the top-right corner of the goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:533 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:526 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:753 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:830 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:442 msgid "" "The *Appraisals* application tracks two metrics across two different " "reports: an :ref:`appraisal analysis `, and a " ":ref:`skills evolution `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:448 msgid "Appraisal analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:450 msgid "" "To access the *Appraisal Analysis* report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Appraisal " @@ -1073,7 +889,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted in different colors to represent their status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 msgid "" "Appraisals in yellow are completed, appraisals in orange are in-progress " "(the appraisal is confirmed, but not completed), and appraisals in gray are " @@ -1081,13 +897,13 @@ msgid "" "been confirmed yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 msgid "" "The report displays the whole current year, by default, grouped by " "department." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:460 msgid "" "To change the calendar view presented, change the date settings in the top-" "left of the report. The options to display are :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -1095,13 +911,13 @@ msgid "" " move forward or backward in time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:464 msgid "" "At any point, click the :guilabel:`Today` button to present the calendar to " "include today's date in the view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:467 msgid "" "The report can have other filters and groupings set in the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top." @@ -1111,64 +927,64 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A report showing all the appraisals for the Appraisal Analysis report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 msgid "Skills evolution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 msgid "" "To access the *Skills Evolution* report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Skills Evolution`. " "This displays a report of all skills, grouped by employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:481 msgid "" "All the lines of the report are collapsed, by default. To view the details " "of a line, click on a line to expand the data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:484 msgid "Each skill has the following information listed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:486 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: name of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 msgid ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: the category the skill falls under." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:488 msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the specific, individual skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:489 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Level`: the level the employee had previously " "achieved for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:583 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Progress`: the previous percentage of competency " "achieved for the skill (based on the :guilabel:`Skill Level`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:585 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Skill Level`: the current level the employee has achieved" " for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Skill Progress`: the current percentage of competency " "achieved for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:494 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Justification`: any notes entered on the skill explaining the " "progress." @@ -1178,11 +994,182 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A report showing all the skills grouped by employee." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:501 +msgid ":doc:`appraisals/goals`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:3 +msgid "Goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Appraisals* application allows managers to set goals for their " +"employees. That way, employees know what to work toward before their next " +"review." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`. " +"This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:13 +msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:15 +msgid ":guilabel:`Goal`: the name of the goal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:16 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the employee the goal is assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:17 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-clock-o` :guilabel:`(clock)` icon: displays the corresponding " +":doc:`activity icon <../../essentials/activities>` for the record. If no " +"activities are scheduled, the default icon is the :icon:`fa-clock-o` " +":guilabel:`(clock)`. If any activities have been scheduled, the icon " +"represents the activity scheduled soonest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:21 +msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal. The " +"options are :guilabel:`0%`, :guilabel:`25%`, :guilabel:`50%`, " +":guilabel:`75%`, or :guilabel:`100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Icon`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is " +"assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " +"corner of the goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 +msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every individual goal requires its own record for each employee. If multiple" +" employees have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For example, if Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " +"appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " +"goal for Sara." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:40 +msgid "New goal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`," +" and click :guilabel:`New` top-left corner to open a blank goal form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Input the :guilabel:`Goal`, :guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Progress`, and " +":guilabel:`Deadline`, information on the goal card, as discussed in the " +":ref:`goal card ` section of this document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The information requested is all the same information that appears on the " +"goal card in the Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field " +"and a :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " +"all tags need to be added. To add a tag, enter the name of the tag on the " +"line, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(tag)\"`. Repeat this for all tags that" +" need to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field, by default, and " +"the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" +" profile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " +"useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 +msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:68 +msgid "Completed goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:70 +msgid "" +"When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " +"be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " +"dashboard, or from the individual goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" +" the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon in the top-" +"right of a goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon **only** " +"appears when the mouse hovers over the top-right corner of a goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " +"green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " +"open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " +"the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner " +"appears in the top-right corner of the goal form." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:5 msgid "Attendances" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Attendances* application functions as a time clock. Employees are " "able to check in and out of work using a dedicated device in kiosk mode, " @@ -1192,56 +1179,55 @@ msgid "" " are working overtime, or checking out of work earlier than expected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:16 msgid "Access rights" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:18 msgid "" "It is important to understand how the different access rights affect what " -"users can access in the *Attendances* application." +"options and features users can access in the *Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 msgid "" -"Every user in the database is always able to access their own information on" -" the dashboard and can check in and out directly from the database. Access " -"to all the other features is determined by access rights." +"Every user in the database is able to check in and out directly from the " +"database, without needing access to the *Attendances* application. " +"Additionally, all users can access their own attendance records from their " +"employee form in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Access to both the *Attendances* application, and the various features " +"within the application is determined by access rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:28 msgid "" "To see what access rights a user has, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Settings application --> Users & Companies: Users`, and " -"click on an individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by" -" default. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the " -"setting. For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to " -"leave the field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users & Companies: Users`, and click on an " +"individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by default. " +"Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the setting. " +"For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to leave the " +"field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:34 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Administrator` option is selected, the user has full " "access to the entire *Attendances* application, with no restrictions. They " -"can view all employee attendance records, enter kiosk mode from the " +"can view all employee attendance records, enter *Kiosk mMode* from the " "application, access all reporting metrics, and make modifications to the " -"settings." +"settings. If left blank, the user does **not** have access to the " +"*Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If left blank, the user can only view their own information on the " -"*Attendances* application dashboard and can view their own personal " -"attendance records under the reporting feature. All other attendance records" -" are hidden from view on the report. There is no access to either the kiosk " -"mode or the configuration menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:42 msgid "Approvers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:44 msgid "" "The **only** other scenario where different information may be accessible in" " the *Attendances* application is for approvers. If a user does *not* have " @@ -1254,7 +1240,7 @@ msgid "" "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:52 msgid "" "To see who the attendance approver is for an employee, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Employees application` and click on the specific employee. " @@ -1265,7 +1251,7 @@ msgid "" "reports, and make modifications to their records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:61 msgid "" "Few configurations are needed in the *Attendances* application. Determining " "how employees check in and out, defining how the kiosks function, and " @@ -1274,11 +1260,11 @@ msgid "" "Configuration` to access the configuration menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:67 msgid "Modes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how an employee " "checks in when using a kiosk. Options are :guilabel:`Barcode/RFID`, " @@ -1286,31 +1272,31 @@ msgid "" "Selection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:76 msgid "" "The *Barcode* application **does not** need to be installed to use one of " "the Barcode/RFID settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances from Backend`: activate this selection to allow users" " to check in and out directly from the Odoo database. If this is not " "activated, users must use a kiosk to check in and out of work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 msgid "Kiosk settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:88 msgid "" "This section only needs to be configured if employees use kiosks for " "checking in and out. If kiosks are **not** being used, modifying any of " "these fields does **not** adversely affect the *Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode Source`: this setting appears **only** if either of the " "two Barcode/RFID selections were configured for the :ref:`Kiosk Mode " @@ -1319,7 +1305,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Front Camera`, or :guilabel:`Back Camera`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:96 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification`: activate this option if employees " "should use a unique PIN to check in. PINs are configured on each individual " @@ -1327,14 +1313,14 @@ msgid "" "documentation for more information on setting up PINs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Time`: set the duration (in seconds) the check in and " "check out confirmation screen remains on the kiosk before going back to the " "main check in screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:101 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendance Kiosk Url`: Odoo generates a unique web address (URL) " "to use a device as a kiosk without having to sign in to the Odoo database. " @@ -1342,7 +1328,7 @@ msgid "" " browser to present the Attendances application kiosk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 msgid "" "These kiosk URLs are **not** secured with any type of access code. Anyone " "who has the URL can access the Attendances application kiosk. If the URL is " @@ -1351,17 +1337,17 @@ msgid "" "generate a new URL and update the kiosk accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:112 msgid "Extra hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:114 msgid "" "This section specifies how extra time is calculated, including when extra " "time is counted and what time is not logged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count of Extra Hours`: enable this box to allow employees to log " "extra hours beyond their set working hours (sometimes referred to as " @@ -1369,14 +1355,14 @@ msgid "" "well. If this is not activated, no other configurations appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start From`: the current date is automatically entered in this " "field. If desired, click on this field and use the calendar selector to " "modify the start date on which extra hours are logged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Company`: enter the amount of time, in" " minutes, that is **not** counted towards an employee's overtime. When an " @@ -1384,7 +1370,7 @@ msgid "" "minutes, the extra time is **not** counted as overtime for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Employee`: enter the amount of time, " "in minutes, that an employee is given, that does **not** adversely affect " @@ -1394,33 +1380,33 @@ msgid "" "they are **not** penalized for their reduced hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 msgid "" "A company sets both of the :guilabel:`Tolerance` fields to `15` minutes, and" " the working hours for the entire company are set from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:138 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:00 AM, and checks out at 5:14 PM, the extra 14" " minutes are **not** counted towards their overtime." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:141 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:05 AM, and checks out at 4:55 PM, even though " "they logged a total of 10 minutes less than their full working hours, they " "are **not** penalized for this discrepancy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Extra Hours`: activate this box to display the extra " "hours logged by an employee when they check out with a kiosk, or when a user" " checks out in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:149 msgid "" "Employees are still able to log overtime hours even if the :guilabel:`Count " "of Extra Hours` option is not activated. The difference is that when " @@ -1429,177 +1415,41 @@ msgid "" "hours>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:164 -msgid "Check in and out via the database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users who are logged into the " -"database to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " -"application, or use a kiosk. For some smaller companies, where every " -"employee is also a user, this feature may be useful." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:170 -msgid "" -"A user can check in and out on the main database dashboard, as well as in " -"any application. In the upper right corner of the top main menu, which is " -"always visible regardless of what application the user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴" -" (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is visible. Click on the " -"colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, enabling the user to check " -"in and/or out." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:180 -msgid "Check in" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:182 -msgid "" -"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " -"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` and the " -"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:190 -msgid "" -"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 -msgid "" -"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " -"their computer to access their location information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:197 -msgid "" -"If the user has not checked in and out already during the current work day, " -"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " -"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" -" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " -"appears beneath that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:202 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to check in. The :guilabel:`🔴 (red " -"circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget changes appearance" -" as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has checked in, by " -"changing the green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to a yellow " -":guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:207 -msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:210 -msgid "Check out" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:212 -msgid "" -"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " -"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" -" populating the time field. Beneath that line, :guilabel:`HH:MM` is " -"displayed, indicating the hours and minutes that have elapsed since checking" -" in. As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes " -"that have passed since the user checked in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:218 -msgid "" -"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " -"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears in addition to " -"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The time displayed in both of " -"these fields are populated with the most recent check in time, and will " -"match. Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously " -"logged hours are displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 -msgid "" -"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " -"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " -"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that will " -"be logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:228 -msgid "" -"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " -":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button. The attendance widget updates again," -" displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the logged time, and the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check " -"in ➡️` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " -"user allows their computer to access this information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:242 -msgid "" -"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " -"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " -"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" -" appears on the dashboard, including check ins and check outs with no time " -"value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:157 msgid "Kiosk mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:159 msgid "" "Some companies may opt to use a dedicated device (a laptop or desktop PC, a " "tablet, or a mobile phone) for employees to check in and check out from. " "Kiosk mode is used for these scenarios." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:163 msgid "" "If users check in and out using either a badge or an RFID, then an " "accessible device in kiosk mode **must** be available to check in and check " "out using these two methods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 msgid "" "Entering kiosk mode is only available for users with specific :ref:`access " "rights `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:169 msgid "Kiosk mode can be activated in three different ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:171 msgid "" "Navigate to the :guilabel:`Attendances` application, and click " ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode` in the top menu. The device then enters kiosk mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:173 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click on the link in the " @@ -1607,7 +1457,7 @@ msgid "" " recommended to close the database tab to keep the database secure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:177 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click :guilabel:`Copy` next to " @@ -1621,7 +1471,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:186 msgid "" "As a security measure, once a device is in kiosk mode, it is not possible to" " exit kiosk mode and go back into the database without signing back in. To " @@ -1630,11 +1480,11 @@ msgid "" "an extra layer of security, preventing anyone from accessing the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:192 msgid "Badge" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 msgid "" "To check in or out using a badge, tap the :guilabel:`📷 (camera) Tap to scan`" " image in the center of the kiosk. Then, scan the barcode on the badge using" @@ -1650,11 +1500,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Attendances Kiosk view displaying the scan badge image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:206 msgid "RFID" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:208 msgid "" "To check in or out using an RFID key fob, simply scan the fob with an RFID " "reader. Once scanned, the employee is then either checked in or checked out," @@ -1662,11 +1512,11 @@ msgid "" "all the check in or check out information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:213 msgid "Manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:215 msgid "" "Users who do not have a scannable badge or an RFID fob can manually check in" " and out at a kiosk. Tap the :guilabel:`Identify Manually` button on the " @@ -1676,20 +1526,20 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`confirmation message ` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:221 msgid "" "When a large number of employees appear in the list, making scrolling " "inefficient, there are two ways to quickly find a specific person:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Search...`: tap on the :guilabel:`Search...` field and enter the " "person's name. As the name is typed in, the matching results are displayed " "on the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: to quickly filter the presented employees, tap on a " "department to display only those employees that are part of that department." @@ -1698,11 +1548,11 @@ msgid "" "part of the department, and is displayed when selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:232 msgid "PIN" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:234 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification` option was activated in the " ":ref:`kiosk settings ` section of the " @@ -1710,7 +1560,7 @@ msgid "" "checking in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:238 msgid "" "After the employee is selected, a number pad appears with a message. When " "checking in, :guilabel:`(Employee) Welcome! Please enter your PIN to check " @@ -1719,7 +1569,7 @@ msgid "" "numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:243 msgid "" "Tap in the PIN using the number pad, then tap :guilabel:`OK` when done. The " "employee is then checked in or out, and a :ref:`confirmation message " @@ -1730,11 +1580,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pop-up that appears when prompted to enter a pin." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:253 msgid "Confirmation message" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:255 msgid "" "When an employee checks in or out, a confirmation message appears with all " "the check in or check out information. When checking in, a welcome message " @@ -1746,7 +1596,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 msgid "" "When checking out, the screen displays a goodbye message, with the date and " "time of check out, and the total hours logged for the day. Beneath the " @@ -1758,12 +1608,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The goodbye message with all the employee's check out information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:681 msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:273 msgid "" "When entering the *Attendances* application, the :guilabel:`Overview` " "dashboard is presented, containing all the check in and check out " @@ -1774,11 +1624,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:280 msgid "Views" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:282 msgid "" "To change the view from the default Gantt chart to a list view, click the " ":guilabel:`List` icon in the top right of the dashboard, beneath the user's " @@ -1786,7 +1636,7 @@ msgid "" "button, located next to the :guilabel:`List` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:286 msgid "" "The default view presents the current day's information. To present the " "information for the :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or " @@ -1800,7 +1650,7 @@ msgid "" "dashboard, presenting information containing the current day's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:295 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Day` view, the column for the current hour is highlighted " "in yellow. If the :guilabel:`Week` or :guilabel:`Month` view is selected, " @@ -1814,7 +1664,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:304 msgid "" "Any entries that have errors appear in red, indicating they need to be " "resolved by a user with the proper :ref:`access rights ` that need to be resolved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this filter has a drop-down to further select a " "specific time period. Select the desired time period from the options " "presented, a specific month, quarter, or year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Last 7 days`: this filter presents the attendance data for the " "last seven days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:332 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`: create a custom filter using the pop-up that " "appears when this is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 msgid "Groups" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:338 msgid "The default groups that can be selected are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:340 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing the" " following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -1905,13 +1755,13 @@ msgid "" " period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:344 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee`: this group presents the attendance data organized by " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:345 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing " "the following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -1920,7 +1770,7 @@ msgid "" "time period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:349 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`: this option displays a drop-down menu with a " "variety of options to group the attendance data by, including " @@ -1928,53 +1778,53 @@ msgid "" "Address`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:356 msgid "Attendance log details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:358 msgid "" "Odoo captures various time and location details when a user checks in and " "out. The specific details provided are determined by the method the user " "checked in and out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:361 msgid "" "To view the specific check in and/or check out details for an employee, " "click on an individual entry in the overview dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 msgid "" "A detailed attendance log for the user appears in a pop-up window. To close " "the detailed attendance log, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` button in " "the bottom-left corner of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:367 msgid "The detailed attendance log contains the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:370 msgid "Main details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:372 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the name of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 msgid ":guilabel:`Check In`: the date and time the employee checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:374 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: the date and time the employee checked out. This only" " appears if the employee has checked out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:376 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Worked Hours`: the total amount of time the employee logged for " "the day, in an hour and minute format (HH:MM). This value calculates all the" @@ -1982,23 +1832,23 @@ msgid "" "multiple times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Extra Hours`: any extra hours the employee logged that is beyond " "their expected working hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:383 msgid "Check in/check out details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:385 msgid "" "The following information appears for both the :guilabel:`Check In` and " ":guilabel:`Check Out` sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: the method with which the attendance information was " "gathered. :guilabel:`Systray` is displayed if the employee logged in and out" @@ -2007,24 +1857,24 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`using an attendance kiosk `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:392 msgid "" ":guilabel:`IP Address`: the IP address for the computer the employee used to" " log in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:393 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browser`: the web browser the employee used to log in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:394 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Localization`: the city and country associated with the " "computer's IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:395 msgid "" ":guilabel:`GPS Coordinates`: the specific coordinates when the user logged " "in or out. To view the specific coordinates on a map, click the :guilabel:`→" @@ -2036,25 +1886,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The detailed information for an attendance entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:84 msgid "Errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:407 msgid "" "Entries that contain an error appear on the overview dashboard in red. In " "the :guilabel:`Gantt view`, the entry appears with a red background. If in " "the :guilabel:`List view`, the entry text appears in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:411 msgid "" "An error typically occurs when an employee has checked in but has not " "checked out within the last 24 hours, or when an employee has a check in and" " check out period spanning over 16 hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:414 msgid "" "To fix the error, the attendance entry must be modified or deleted. Click on" " the entry to reveal a pop-up containing the details for that particular " @@ -2071,27 +1922,27 @@ msgid "" "selector is shown, and the time selector is highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:426 msgid "" "When all the information on the pop-up is correct, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close`. When the entry no longer has an error, the entry appears in gray " "instead of red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 msgid "" "To delete an entry, click :guilabel:`Remove` on the pop-up instead of making" " modifications to the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:435 msgid "" "To view attendance reports, click :guilabel:`Reporting` in the top menu. The" " default report displays each employee's attendance information for the past" " 3 months, in a :guilabel:`Line Chart`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 msgid "" "The default view is a :guilabel:`Graph`. To view the data in a pivot table, " "click the :guilabel:`Pivot Table` button on the top right of the report. To " @@ -2099,14 +1950,14 @@ msgid "" "next to the :guilabel:`Pivot Table` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 msgid "" "To present different information, adjust the :ref:`filters and groups " "` in the same way as in the :guilabel:`Overview`" " dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:445 msgid "" "The data can be presented in either a :guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line" " Chart`, :guilabel:`Pie Chart`, :guilabel:`Stacked` chart, or in " @@ -2115,13 +1966,13 @@ msgid "" "chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 msgid "" "To change the :guilabel:`Measures`, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button " "and select the desired measure from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:452 msgid "" "The report can also be inserted into a spreadsheet. Click the " ":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button and a pop-up appears. Select the " @@ -2133,6 +1984,151 @@ msgid "" "The default report view, with all the optional view buttons highlighted." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/check_in_check_out`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:461 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/hardware`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:3 +msgid "Check in and out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users, who are logged into the " +"database, to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " +"application, or use a kiosk. For smaller companies, where every employee is " +"also a user, this feature may be useful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A user can check in and/or out on the main database Odoo dashboard, or while" +" inside any application. To do so, in the upper-right corner of the top main" +" header menu, which is always visible regardless of what application the " +"user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is " +"visible. Click on the colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, " +"enabling the user to check in and/or out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:22 +msgid "Check in" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " +"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)`, and the " +"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in` " +":icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " +"their computer to access their location information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If the user has not already checked in and out during the current work day, " +"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " +"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" +" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " +"appears in that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button to check in. The " +":guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget " +"changes appearance, as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has" +" checked in, by changing the green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` " +"button to a yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:49 +msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:148 +msgid "Check out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " +"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" +" populating the time field. Beneath that line, the hours and minutes that " +"have elapsed since checking in are displayed in a :guilabel:`HH:MM` format. " +"As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes that " +"have passed since the user checked in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " +"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears, in addition to " +"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The times displayed in both of " +"these fields match, and are populated with the most recent check in time. " +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously logged " +"time is displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " +"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " +"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that is " +"logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:70 +msgid "" +"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " +":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " +"yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button. The attendance " +"widget updates again, displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the " +"logged time, while the yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` " +"button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " +"user allows their computer to access this information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:85 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " +"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " +"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" +" appears on the main *Attendances* dashboard, including check ins and check " +"outs with no time value." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Hardware" msgstr "" @@ -2235,6 +2231,305 @@ msgid "" "departments." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:3 +msgid "Departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"All employees in the *Employees* app fall under specific departments within " +"a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:8 +msgid "Create new departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To make a new department, navigate to :menuselection:`Employees app --> " +"Departments`, then click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left to reveal a blank " +"department form. Fill out the following information on the department form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The department for with all fields filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:18 +msgid ":guilabel:`Department Name`: enter a name for the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: using the drop-down menu, select the department " +"manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Parent Department`: if the new department is housed within " +"another department (has a parent department), select the parent department " +"using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates`: if employees in this department " +"require a specific appraisal form that is different from the default " +"appraisal form, tick the checkbox. If this option is activated, an " +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab appears below the form. This field " +"**only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " +"department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Survey`: using the drop-down menu, select the default " +"survey to use for the department when requesting feedback from employees. " +"This field **only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed, **and** " +"the *360 Feedback* option is enabled in the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the department. Click the default " +"white color box to display all the color options. Click on a color to select" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab: this tab **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates` options is activated on the form. " +"Make any desired edits to the appraisal form. The appraisal form is used for" +" appraisals for all employees within this department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:36 +msgid "" +"After the form is completed, click the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon to manually save the changes. When saved, a " +":guilabel:`Department Organization` chart appears in the top-right of the " +"department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The form auto-saves while data is entered, however the :guilabel:`Department" +" Organization` chart does **not** appear until the form is manually saved. " +"If the form is not saved, the :guilabel:`Department Organization` chart is " +"visible upon opening the department card from the :guilabel:`Departments` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:47 +msgid "Refer to the :doc:`../appraisals` documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:50 +msgid "Departments dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured departments, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Departments`. All departments appear in a " +"Kanban view, by default, and are listed in alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The departments dashboard view with all the department cards in a Kanban " +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:175 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each department has its own Kanban card on the main :guilabel:`Departments` " +":icon:`oi-view-kanban` :guilabel:`(Kanban)` dashboard view, that can display" +" the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:66 +msgid "Department name: the name of the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:67 +msgid "Company: the company the department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employees`: the number of employees within the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisals`: the number of appraisals scheduled for employees in " +"the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Requests`: the number of unapproved time off requests " +"for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval ` . This **only** appears if there are requests to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allocation Requests`: the number of unapproved allocation " +"requests for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval " +"`. This **only** appears if there are requests " +"to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Applicants`: the number of :ref:`new applicants " +"` for a position in this department. This **only** appears " +"if there are new applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expense Reports`: the number of employees in the department with " +":ref:`open expense reports to approve `. This **only** " +"appears if there are any expense reports waiting for approval." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Absence`: the number of absences for the current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Color bar: the selected color for the department appears as a vertical bar " +"on the left side of the department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click on an alert in a department card, such as :guilabel:`Time Off " +"Requests`, to reveal a list view of the requests to approve. This list " +"includes **all** open requests to approve, not just from the specific " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The default view for the :guilabel:`Departments` dashboard is a Kanban view." +" It is possible to view the departments in two other forms: a list view and " +"a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a list view, click the :icon:`fa-align-justify` " +":guilabel:`(list)` icon in the top-right corner. The departments appear in a" +" list view, which displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Employees`, " +":guilabel:`Parent Department`, and :guilabel:`Color` for each department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The departments are sorted alphabetically by :guilabel:`Department Name`, by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The departments presented in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When in list view, departments can be managed in batch by selecting one or " +"multiple record's checkbox, then select the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Actions` button to reveal a drop-down menu of actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:113 +msgid "Hierarchy view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a hierarchy view, click the :icon:`fa-share-alt " +"fa-rotate-90` :guilabel:`(hierarchy)` icon in the top-right corner. The " +"departments appear in an organizational chart format, with the highest-level" +" department at the top (typically :guilabel:`Management`), and all other " +"departments beneath it. All child departments of the first-level child " +"departments are folded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Each department card displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, the " +":guilabel:`Manager` (and their profile image), the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Employees` in the department, and the ability to expand the department " +"(:guilabel:`Unfold`) if there are child departments beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Unfold` button on a department card to expand it. Once " +"expanded, the :guilabel:`Unfold` button changes to a :guilabel:`Fold` " +"button. To collapse the department, click the :guilabel:`Fold` button. Only " +"**one** department *per row* can be unfolded at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Click anywhere on a department card to open the department form. Click the " +":guilabel:`(#) Employees` smart button to view a list of all the employees " +"in that department, including all employees in the child departments beneath" +" it, organized by individual department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In the hierarchy view, if the :guilabel:`(2) Employees` button on the " +":guilabel:`Management` card is clicked (the highest-level department card), " +"**all** employees appear in a list view, grouped by department. This is " +"because **all** departments are children of the :guilabel:`Management` " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`(3) Employees` button in the :guilabel:`Sales` department " +"card is clicked, the employees from the :guilabel:`Sales` department, as " +"well as its two child departments (:guilabel:`East Coast Territory` and " +":guilabel:`West Coat Territory`), appear in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "The departments presented in a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list view of employees for the department that was clicked, including all child\n" +"departments." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 msgid "New employees" msgstr "" @@ -2276,6 +2571,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:117 msgid "General information" msgstr "" @@ -2287,7 +2584,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:39 msgid "Required fields" msgstr "" @@ -2308,8 +2604,6 @@ msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:736 msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "" @@ -2430,7 +2724,8 @@ msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:861 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "" @@ -3194,7 +3489,7 @@ msgid "" "Time Target` for the billing rate leader board in the *Timesheets* " "application. Next, enter the :guilabel:`Hourly Cost` in a XX.XX format. This" " is factored in when the employee is working at a :doc:`work center " -"<../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers>`." +"<../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:514 @@ -3237,93 +3532,82 @@ msgid "" "smart-button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:5 msgid "Fleet" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo *Fleet* organizes all the vehicles, contracts, and repairs of all the " -"vehicles." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 msgid "" "This document outlines all of the configurations and settings for the " -"*Fleet* application, including :ref:`settings " -"`, :ref:`manufacturers " -"`, vehicle :ref:`models " -"`, and model :ref:`categories " -"`." +"*Fleet* application, including :ref:`settings `, " +":ref:`manufacturers `, :ref:`vehicle models " +"`, and :ref:`model categories `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:16 msgid "" "To access the settings menu, go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`. There are two settings that need configuration," -" the vehicle contract end date alert, and a new vehicle request limit." +"Configuration --> Settings`. There are only two settings that need " +"configuration, the vehicle contract end date alert delay, and a new vehicle " +"request limit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst-1 msgid "Settings available for the Fleet application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24 -msgid "End date contract alert" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:25 +msgid "End Date Contract Alert" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:27 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`End Date Contract Alert` field defines when an alert is sent " -"to the persons responsible for the vehicle contracts. The responsible " -"persons receive an email informing them when a vehicle contract is expiring." -" How far in advance the email is sent is defined in this field." +"The :guilabel:`End Date Contract Alert` field defines an alert delay for the" +" persons responsible for vehicle contracts. The responsible person(s) will " +"receive an email informing them a vehicle contract is about to expire in the" +" number of days defined in this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:32 msgid "" "To determine who the responsible person is for a contract, open an " "individual contract. The person listed as :guilabel:`Responsible` under the " -":guilabel:`Information` section of the contract is the one who receives the " -"alert." +":guilabel:`Contract Information` section of the contract is the person who " +"will receive the alert." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:36 msgid "" "To access all contracts, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet -->" " Contracts` and all contracts appear in the list. Click on a " ":guilabel:`Contract` to view it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:39 msgid "" "An individual contract can also be found by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Fleet` and clicking on an individual" -" vehicle card. On the vehicle form, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` smart " -"button at the top of the page. The contracts associated only with this " -"vehicle appear in the list. Click on an individual contract to open it. The " +" vehicle. On the vehicle form, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` smart button " +"at the top of the page. The contract(s) associated with this vehicle only " +"appears in the list. Click on an individual contract to open it. The " ":guilabel:`Responsible` person is listed on the contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:45 -msgid "New vehicle request" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:46 +msgid "New Vehicle Request" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:48 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field sets a limit on how many new " -"vehicles are requested based on fleet availability. After being offered a " -"position, an employee filling out the online salary configurator form is " -"**not** able to request a new car if the number of existing cars is greater " -"than the number specified in the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field. " -"Enter the specific number limit for existing available cars in this field." +"vehicles are requested based on fleet availability. An employee filling out " +"the salary configurator form (after being offered a position), will *not* be" +" able to request a new car if the number of existing cars is greater than " +"the number specified in the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field. Enter the" +" specific number limit for existing available cars in this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:55 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` limit is set to 20 vehicles, and " "there are 25 vehicles available, an employee would not be able to request a " @@ -3331,388 +3615,360 @@ msgid "" " able to request a new vehicle." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 -msgid "Models" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:62 msgid "Manufacturers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:64 msgid "" -"Odoo *Fleet* comes pre-configured with sixty-six commonly used car " -"manufacturers in the database, along with their logos. To view the pre-" -"loaded manufacturers, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> " -"Models: Manufacturers`." +"Odoo *Fleet* comes pre-configured with sixty-six commonly used car and " +"bicycle manufacturers in the database, along with their logos. To view the " +"pre-loaded manufacturers, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration " +"--> Manufacturers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:68 msgid "" "The manufacturers appear in a list view in alphabetical order. Each " "manufacturer's card lists how many specific models are configured for each " -"particular manufacturer. Odoo comes with forty five pre-configured " -":ref:`models ` from four major auto " -"manufacturers: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, and Opel." +"particular manufacturer. Odoo comes with forty six pre-configured " +":ref:`models ` from four major auto manufacturers and one " +"major bicycle manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (cars), and Eddy " +"Merckx (bicycle)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst-1 msgid "Manufacturer card with the amount of models listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:78 msgid "Add a manufacturer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:80 msgid "" -"To add a new manufacturer to the database, click :guilabel:`New`, and a " -"blank manufacturer form loads." +"To add a new manufacturer to the database, click :guilabel:`Create`. A " +"manufacturer form will load. Only two pieces of information are needed, the " +":guilabel:`Name` of the manufacturer, and the logo. Type the name of the " +"manufacturer in the name field, and select an image to upload for the logo. " +"When the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:87 -msgid "" -"First, type the name of the manufacturer in the :guilabel:`Name` field. This" -" is the only required field." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:88 +msgid "Vehicle Models" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Next, if a photo is available, hover over the image box and click the " -":guilabel:`✏️ (Pencil)` icon that appears in the lower-left corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:93 -msgid "" -"A file explorer window pops up. Navigate to the file, then click " -":guilabel:`Open` to select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:95 -msgid "" -"The manufacturer form automatically saves as data is entered. However, the " -"form can be saved manually at any time by clicking the :guilabel:`Save " -"manually` option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud with an upwards arrow)`" -" icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Many manufacturers have a variety of models that they produce. Odoo comes " -"with pre-configured car models from four major auto manufacturers: Audi, " -"BMW, Mercedes, and Opel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:90 msgid "" +"Many manufacturers have a variety of models that they produce. When adding a" +" vehicle to the fleet, it is important to specify the vehicle model being " +"added. Odoo comes with pre-configured car models from four major auto " +"manufacturers, and one pre-configured bicycle model from one bicycle " +"manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle). " "If a vehicle *other* than the pre-configured models from these manufacturers" -" is part of a fleet, the model (and/or manufacturer) **must** be added to " +" are part of a fleet, the model (and/or manufacturer) needs to be added to " "the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:111 -msgid "Pre-configured models" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:98 +msgid "Preconfigured Models" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:100 msgid "" -"The following models are pre-configured in Odoo and do not need to be added " -"to the database:" +"The following models are pre-loaded in Odoo and do not need to be added to " +"the database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:103 msgid "AUDI" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:103 msgid "BMW" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:103 +msgid "Eddy Merckx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:103 msgid "Mercedes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:103 msgid "Opel" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:105 msgid "A1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:105 msgid "Serie 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:105 +msgid "SanRemo76" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:105 msgid "Class A" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:105 msgid "Agilia" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:107 msgid "A3" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:107 msgid "Serie 3" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:107 msgid "Class B" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:107 msgid "Ampera" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:109 msgid "A4" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:109 msgid "Serie 5" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:109 msgid "Class C" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:109 msgid "Antara" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:111 msgid "A5" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:111 msgid "Serie 6" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:111 msgid "Class CL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:111 msgid "Astra" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:113 msgid "A6" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:113 msgid "Serie 7" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:113 msgid "Class CLS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:113 msgid "AstraGTC" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:115 msgid "A7" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:115 msgid "Serie Hybrid" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:115 msgid "Class E" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:115 msgid "Combo Tour" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:117 msgid "A8" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:117 msgid "Serie M" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:117 msgid "Class GL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:117 msgid "Corsa" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:119 msgid "Q3" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:119 msgid "Serie X" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:119 msgid "Class GLK" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:119 msgid "Insignia" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:121 msgid "Q5" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:121 msgid "Serie Z4" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:121 msgid "Class M" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:121 msgid "Meriva" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:123 msgid "Q7" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:123 msgid "Class R" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:123 msgid "Mokka" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:125 msgid "TT" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:125 msgid "Class S" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:125 msgid "Zafira" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:127 msgid "Class SLK" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:127 msgid "Zafira Tourer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:129 msgid "Class SLS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:135 msgid "Add a new model" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:137 msgid "" "New vehicle models can easily be added to the database. To add a new model, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> Models: Models`." -" Click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner and a blank vehicle" -" model form loads." +"navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> Vehicle Models`." +" Click :guilabel:`Create` and a vehicle model form will load. Enter the " +"following information on the form, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Be advised, " +"some fields are specific to Belgian based companies, so not all fields or " +"sections may be visible depending on the location of the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:881 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 -msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Some fields or sections are based on the localization setting of the " -"company, therefore not all fields or sections may be visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:143 msgid ":guilabel:`Model name`: enter the model name in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:144 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacturer`: select the manufacturer from the drop-down menu. " -"If a logo is configured for the selected manufacturer, the logo " -"automatically loads in the image box in the top-right corner. If the " -"manufacturer is not already configured, type in the manufacturer name and " -"then click :guilabel:`Create` to add the manufacturer, or :guilabel:`Create " -"and edit...` to :ref:`add the manufacturer and the logo " -"` in a :guilabel:`Create Manufacturer`" -" pop-up window." +"If the manufacturer is not configured, type in the manufacturer and then " +"click :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:147 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Vehicle Type`: select one of two pre-configured vehicle types, " +":guilabel:`Vehicle Type`: select one of two preconfigured vehicle types, " "either :guilabel:`Car` or :guilabel:`Bike`, from the drop-down menu. The " "vehicle types are hardcoded in Odoo and are integrated with the *Payroll* " "application since vehicles can be part of an employee's benefits. Adding " -"additional vehicle types is not possible as it affects payroll." +"additional vehicle types is not possible as it will affect payroll." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select the category the vehicle is categorized under " -"from the drop-down menu. To create a new category, type in the category name" -" and then click :guilabel:`Create \"new category\"`." +"from the drop-down menu. To create a new category, type in the category and " +"then click :guilabel:`Create (new category)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:156 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturer is selected, the logo for the manufacturer will " +"automatically load in the image box in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:160 msgid "Information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:163 msgid "Model" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Seats Number`: enter how many passengers the vehicle can " "accommodate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:166 msgid ":guilabel:`Doors Number`: enter the number of doors the vehicle has." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:167 msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: enter the color of the vehicle." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:168 msgid ":guilabel:`Model Year`: enter the year the vehicle was manufactured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:169 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trailer Hitch`: check this box if the vehicle has a trailer hitch" " installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:188 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:398 msgid "Salary" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:175 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Salary` section only appears for Belgian-based companies, and" " only if the company has their localization setting set to Belgium. The cost" @@ -3720,19 +3976,19 @@ msgid "" "Value (VAT Incl.)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:179 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Can be requested`: check this box if employees can request this " -"model for a new vehicle." +"model vehicle." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:180 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the :abbr:`MSRP (Manufacturer's" " Suggested Retail Price)` for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:182 msgid "" ":guilabel:`C02 fee`: this value is automatically calculated based on Belgian" " laws and regulations, and cannot be modified. The value is based on the " @@ -3740,84 +3996,75 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Engine` section of the vehicle form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:187 msgid "" -"Modifying the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field adjusts the value in the " +"Modifying the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field will adjust the value in the " ":guilabel:`CO2 fee` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:190 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost (Depreciated)`: enter the monthly cost for the vehicle, " "which appears in the salary configurator that is available to a future " -"employee when they are offered a job position." +"employee when they are offered a job position. This value impacts the gross " +"and net salary of the employee who is assigned to the vehicle. This figure " +"is depreciated over time according to local tax laws. The :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` does not depreciate automatically on the *vehicle model*, it " +"only depreciates based on the *contract* linked to a specific vehicle and " +"not on the general model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:210 -msgid "" -"This value impacts the gross and net salary of the employee who is assigned " -"to the vehicle. This figure is depreciated over time according to local tax " -"laws." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:213 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Cost (Depreciated)` does **not** depreciate automatically on " -"the *vehicle model*, it **only** depreciates based on the *contract* linked " -"to a specific vehicle and not on the general model." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total Cost (Depreciated)`: this value is the :guilabel:`Cost " -"(Depreciated)` and the :guilabel:`C02 fee` fields combined, and is also " -"depreciated over time. This field is automatically calculated and cannot be " -"modified." +"(Depreciated)` and the :guilabel:`C02 fee` fields combined, and also is " +"depreciated over time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:200 msgid "Engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:202 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Fuel Type`: select the type of fuel the vehicle uses from the " +":guilabel:`Fuel Type`: select the type of fuel the vehicle uses form the " "drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Diesel`, :guilabel:`Gasoline`, " -":guilabel:`Full Hybrid`, :guilabel:`Plug-in Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Plug-" -"in Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`CNG`, :guilabel:`LPG`, :guilabel:`Hydrogen`," -" or :guilabel:`Electric`." +":guilabel:`Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`Plug-in " +"Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Plug-in Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`CNG`, " +":guilabel:`LPG`, :guilabel:`Hydrogen`, or :guilabel:`Electric`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:206 msgid "" ":guilabel:`CO2 Emissions`: enter the average carbon dioxide emissions the " "vehicle produces in grams per kilometer (g/km). This information is provided" " by the car manufacturer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:208 msgid "" ":guilabel:`CO2 Standard`: enter the standard amount of carbon dioxide in " "grams per kilometer (g/km) for a similar sized vehicle." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:210 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Transmission`: select the transmission type from the drop-down " "menu, either :guilabel:`Manual` or :guilabel:`Automatic`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:212 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Power`: if the vehicle is electric or hybrid, enter the power the" " vehicle uses in kilowatts (kW)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:214 msgid ":guilabel:`Horsepower`: enter the vehicle's horsepower in this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:290 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" " size of the vehicle's engine. This is determined by local taxes and " @@ -3825,269 +4072,638 @@ msgid "" "check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:218 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Deduction`: this field auto-populates according to the engine" " specifications, and cannot be modified. The percentage is based on the " "localization settings and local tax laws." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:222 msgid "Vendors tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:224 msgid "" "Vehicle specific vendors, such as car dealerships, are not listed separately" " from other vendors. The vendors that a vehicle can be purchased from also " -"appear in the list of vendors in the *Purchase* app." +"appear in the list of vendors used by the *Purchase* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:228 msgid "" -"The vendors the specific vehicle model can be purchased from may be added in" -" this tab. To add a vendor, click the :guilabel:`Add` button. An " -":guilabel:`Add: Vendors` pop-up window loads with a list of all the vendors " -"currently in the database." +"The vendor(s) the vehicle can be purchased from may be added in this tab. To" +" add a vendor, click :guilabel:`Add`, and a pop-up loads with a list of all " +"the vendors currently in the database. Select the vendor to add by clicking " +"the checkbox next to the vendor name, then click :guilabel:`Select`. There " +"is no limit to the number of vendors that can be added to this list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:233 msgid "" -"Select the vendor to add by clicking the checkbox to the left of the vendor " -"name, then click :guilabel:`Select`. There is no limit to the number of " -"vendors that can be added to this list." +"If a vendor is not in the database, add a vendor by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`. A vendor form will load. Enter the information in the " +"vendor tab, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the vendor and close " +"the window, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the current vendor and create " +"another new vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:256 -msgid "" -"If a vendor is not in the database, add a vendor by clicking the " -":guilabel:`New` button at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Add: Vendors` pop-up " -"window. A blank :guilabel:`Create Vendors` pop-up form loads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:260 -msgid "" -"Enter the information on the :guilabel:`Create Vendors` form, including the " -"various tabs, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the vendor and " -"close the window, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the current vendor and " -"create another new vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst-1 msgid "Vendor form to fill out when adding a new vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:271 -msgid "Categories" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:245 +msgid "Model Category" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:247 msgid "" "To best organize a fleet, it is recommended to have vehicle models housed " "under a specific category, to more easily see what kinds of vehicles are in " -"the fleet." +"the fleet. Model categories are set on the :ref:`vehicle model form " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:251 msgid "" -"Model categories are set on the :ref:`vehicle model form " -"`." +"To view all the models currently set up, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet " +"application --> Configuration --> Model Category`. All models are displayed " +"in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:255 +msgid "Add a new model category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:257 msgid "" -"Unlike manufacturers and models, Odoo does not come with any categories pre-" -"configured; all categories must be added." +"To add a new category, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new entry line appears at" +" the bottom of the list. Type in the new category, then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:260 msgid "" -"To view all the currently configured categories, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Fleet application --> Configuration --> Models: Categories`." -" All currently configured categories are displayed in a list view." +"To reorganize how the categories appear in the list, click on the up and " +"down arrows to the left of the category to be moved, and drag the line to " +"the desired position. The order of the list does not affect the database in " +"any way. However, it may be preferable to view the vehicle categories in a " +"specific order, for example, by size, or the numbers of passengers the " +"vehicle can carry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:286 -msgid "Add a new category" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the models in the fleet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:288 -msgid "" -"To add a new category, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left " -"corner. A new entry line appears at the bottom of the list. Type in the new " -"category, then either press the enter key on the keyboard, or click anywhere" -" on the screen, to save the entry." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:270 +msgid ":doc:`fleet/new_vehicle`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:292 -msgid "" -"To reorganize how the categories appear in the list, click the " -":guilabel:`(six small gray boxes)` to the left of the category to be moved, " -"and drag the line to the desired position. The order of the list does not " -"affect the database in any way. However, it may be preferable to view the " -"vehicle categories in a specific order, for example, by size, or the numbers" -" of passengers the vehicle can carry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 -msgid "List view of the categories in the fleet." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:271 +msgid ":doc:`fleet/service`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:3 -msgid "Create new vehicles" +msgid "New vehicles" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo's *Fleet* app manages all vehicles and the accompanying documentation " -"that comes with vehicle maintenance and driver's records." +"Odoo's *Fleet* app manages all vehicles, and the accompanying documentation " +"that comes with vehicle maintenance, and drivers records." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:8 msgid "" -"All vehicles are organized on the main :guilabel:`Fleet` dashboard. Each " -"vehicle has its own *vehicle form*, which is displayed as a card in the " -"kanban view, according to it's status. Every vehicle form is displayed in " -"its current corresponding kanban stage. The default stages are " -":guilabel:`New Request`, :guilabel:`To Order`, :guilabel:`Ordered`, " -":guilabel:`Registered`, :guilabel:`Downgraded`, :guilabel:`Reserve`, and " -":guilabel:`Waiting List`." +"Upon opening the :menuselection:`Fleet` application, all vehicles are " +"organized within the :guilabel:`Vehicles` dashboard, which is the default " +"dashboard for the *Fleet* application. Each vehicle is displayed in its " +"corresponding Kanban stage, based on its status. The default stages are " +":guilabel:`New Request`, :guilabel:`To Order`, :guilabel:`Registered`, and " +":guilabel:`Downgraded`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:13 msgid "" -"To add a new vehicle to the fleet, click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " -"a blank vehicle form loads. Enter the vehicle information in the vehicle " -"form, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To add a new vehicle to the fleet from the :guilabel:`Vehicles` page, click " +"the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner, and a blank vehicle form " +"loads. Then, proceed to enter the vehicle information on the vehicle form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The form auto-saves as data is entered. However, the form can be saved " +"manually at any time by clicking the *save manually* option, represented by " +"a :guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner of the " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:24 msgid "Vehicle form fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Model`: select the vehicle's model from the drop-down menu. If " -"the model is not listed, type in the model name and click either " -":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +":guilabel:`Model`: select the vehicle's model from the drop-down menu. Once " +"a model is selected, additional fields may appear on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If the model is not listed, type in the model name, and click either " +":guilabel:`Create \"model\"`, or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to " +":ref:`create a new model and edit the model details `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:32 msgid "" ":guilabel:`License Plate`: enter the vehicle's license plate number in this " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tags from the drop-down menu, or type in a new " "tag. There is no limit on the amount of tags that can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst-1 +msgid "The new vehicle form, showing the model section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:41 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Model` is the only required field on the new vehicle form. " -"When a model is selected, other fields will appear on the vehicle form, and " -"relevant information will auto-populate fields that apply to the model. If " +"When a model is selected, other fields appear on the vehicle form, and " +"relevant information auto-populates the fields that apply to the model. If " "some of the fields do not appear, this may indicate there is no model " "selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:47 msgid "Driver section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:49 msgid "" "This section of the vehicle form relates to the person who is currently " "driving the car, as well as any plans for a change in the driver in the " "future, and when." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:38 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Driver`: select the driver from the drop-down menu, or type in a " -"new driver and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " -"Edit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:40 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mobility Card`: if the selected driver has a mobility card listed" -" on their employee card in the *Employees* application, the mobility card " -"number will appear in this field. If there is no mobility card listed and " -"one should be added, :ref:`edit the employee card ` " -"in the *Employees* application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:44 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Future Driver`: if the next driver for the vehicle is known, " -"select the next driver from the drop-down menu, or type in the next driver " -"and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:47 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Plan To Change Car`: if the current driver set for this vehicle " -"plans to change their vehicle, either because they are waiting on a new " -"vehicle that is being ordered, or this is a temporary vehicle assignment and" -" they know which vehicle they will be driving next, check this box. If the " -"current driver does not plan to change their vehicle and use this current " -"vehicle, do not check this box." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:52 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Assignment Date`: select the date the vehicle will be available " -"for another driver using the drop-down calendar. Select the date by " -"navigating to the correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left " -"arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific " -"day. If this field is blank, this indicates the vehicle is currently " -"available and can be reassigned to another driver. If it is populated, the " -"vehicle will not be available to assign to another driver until the date " -"entered." +":guilabel:`Driver`: select the driver from the drop-down menu, or type in a " +"new driver and click either :guilabel:`Create \"driver\"` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` to :ref:`create a new driver, and edit the " +"driver details `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:57 +msgid "" +"A driver does **not** have to be an employee. When creating a new driver, " +"the driver is added to the *Fleet* application, **not** the *Employees* " +"application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:60 msgid "" -"A driver does **not** have to be an employee, but a driver must be listed in" -" the *Contacts* application. When creating a new driver, the driver is added" -" to the *Contacts* application, not the *Employees* application." +"If the *Contacts* application is installed, the driver information is also " +"stored in the *Contacts* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:65 -msgid "Vehicle section" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mobility Card`: if the selected driver has a mobility card listed" +" on their employee card in the *Employees* application, the mobility card " +"number appears in this field. If there is no mobility card listed, and one " +"should be added, :ref:`edit the employee record ` in " +"the *Employees* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:67 msgid "" -"This section of the vehicle form relates to the physical vehicle, it's " -"various properties, when it was added, where it is located, and who is " -"managing it." +":guilabel:`Future Driver`: if the next driver for the vehicle is known, " +"select the next driver from the drop-down menu. Or, type in the next driver " +"and click either :guilabel:`Create \"future driver\"` or :guilabel:`Create " +"and edit...` to :ref:`create a new future driver, and edit the driver " +"details `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:71 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Immatriculation Date`: select the date the vehicle is acquired " -"using the drop-down calendar." +":guilabel:`Plan To Change Car`: if the current driver set for this vehicle " +"plans to change their vehicle - either because they are waiting on a new " +"vehicle that is being ordered, or this is a temporary vehicle assignment, " +"and they know which vehicle they are driving next - check this box. Do " +"**not** check this box if the current driver does not plan to change their " +"vehicle." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:75 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Cancellation Date`: select the date the vehicle lease will " -"expire, or when the vehicle will be no longer available, using the drop-down" -" calendar." +":guilabel:`Assignment Date`: using the drop-down calendar, select when the " +"vehicle is available for another driver. Select the date by navigating to " +"the correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and " +":guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons. Then, click on the specific day. If this" +" field is left blank, that indicates the vehicle is currently available, and" +" can be reassigned to another driver. If it is populated, the vehicle is not" +" available for another driver until the selected date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company from the drop-down menu. This field " +"only appears in a multi-company database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:87 +msgid "Create a new driver" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If a driver is not already in the system, the new driver should first be " +"configured and added to the database. A new driver can be added either from " +"the :guilabel:`Driver` or :guilabel:`Future Driver` fields on the " +":ref:`vehicle form `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:93 +msgid "" +"First, type in the name of the new driver in either the :guilabel:`Driver` " +"or :guilabel:`Future Driver` field, then click :guilabel:`Create and " +"edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create Driver` or :guilabel:`Create Future Driver` " +"form appears, depending on which field initiated the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Both the :guilabel:`Create Driver` and :guilabel:`Create Future Driver` " +"forms are identical." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Depending on the installed applications, different tabs or fields may be " +"visible on the :guilabel:`Create Driver` and :guilabel:`Create Future " +"Driver` forms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:108 +msgid "Fill out the following information on the top-half of the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Company`: choose if the driver being " +"added is an individual driver or a company. Click the radio button to make a" +" selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:113 +msgid "" +"When a selection is made, some fields may disappear from the form. If any of" +" the fields below are not visible, that is because :guilabel:`Company` was " +"selected instead of :guilabel:`Individual`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the driver or company in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Name...`: using the drop-down menu, select the company " +"the driver is associated with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Company` radio button is selected at the top of the form, " +"this field does not appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contact`: enter the contact information in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:134 +msgid "" +"If desired, the :guilabel:`Contact` field can be changed to a different type" +" of contact. Click on :guilabel:`Contact` to reveal a drop-down menu. The " +"available options to select are :guilabel:`Contact`, :guilabel:`Invoice " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Delivery Address`, :guilabel:`Follow-up Address`, or " +":guilabel:`Other Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If desired, select one of these other options for the :guilabel:`Contact` " +"field, and enter the corresponding information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Company` radio button is selected at the top of the form, " +"this field is labeled :guilabel:`Address` and cannot be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:134 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax ID`: enter the driver or company's tax ID in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: enter the driver's job position in this field. If " +"the :guilabel:`Company` radio button is selected at the top of the form, " +"this field does not appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:137 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the driver or company's phone number in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:138 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the driver or company's mobile number in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email`: enter the driver or company's email address in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: enter the driver or company's website address in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:141 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: using the drop-down menu, select the driver's title in " +"this field. The default options are :guilabel:`Doctor`, :guilabel:`Madam`, " +":guilabel:`Miss`, :guilabel:`Mister`, and :guilabel:`Professor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: using the drop-down menu, select any tags that apply to " +"the driver or company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:160 +msgid "To add a new tag, type in the tag, then click :guilabel:`Create \"tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:162 +msgid "There is no limit to the number of tags that can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst-1 +msgid "The top portion of the create driver form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:173 +msgid "Contacts & Addresses tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:160 +msgid "" +"After completing the top-half of the :guilabel:`Create Driver` or " +":guilabel:`Create Future Driver` form, add any other contacts and addresses " +"associated with the driver or company in this tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:163 +msgid "" +"To add a new contact, click the :guilabel:`Add` button, and a " +":guilabel:`Create Contact` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Before entering the necessary information on the form, select the type of " +"contact being added from a series radio button options located at the top of" +" the form. Those options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:169 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contact`: select this option to add general contact details for " +"employees of the associated company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoice Address`: select this option to add a preferred address " +"for all invoices. When added to the form, this address is selected by " +"default when sending an invoice to the associated company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:174 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Delivery Address`: select this option to add a preferred address " +"for all deliveries. When added to the form, this address is selected by " +"default when delivering an order to the associated company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Follow-up Address`: select this option to add a preferred address" +" for all follow-up correspondence. When added to the form, this address is " +"selected by default when sending reminders about overdue invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:180 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Other Address`: select this option to add any other necessary " +"addresses for the company or driver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:0 +msgid "The create contact form with all parts filled in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Depending on the :guilabel:`Contact Type`, some optional fields may not be " +"visible. The available fields are identical to the fields in the " +":ref:`general information ` section of the " +"new driver form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Add any notes to the :guilabel:`Internal notes...` section of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:193 +msgid "" +"After entering all of the information, click either :guilabel:`Save & Close`" +" to add the one new contact, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the current " +"address record and create another address record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:212 +msgid "" +"As contacts are added to this tab, each contact appears in a separate box, " +"with an icon indicating what type of contact is listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:201 +msgid "" +"An :guilabel:`Invoice Address` displays a :guilabel:`💲 (dollar sign)` icon " +"inside that specific address box, whereas a :guilabel:`Delivery Address` " +"displays a :guilabel:`🚚 (truck)` icon inside." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:224 +msgid "Sales & Purchase tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Enter the following sales and purchasing information, in the " +":guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab of the :guilabel:`Create Driver` or " +":guilabel:`Create Future Driver` pop-up form for the various sections below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Depending on the other installed applications, additional fields and " +"sections may appear. The following are all default fields for the *Fleet* " +"application **only**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:220 +msgid "Sales section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:222 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson`: using the drop-down menu, select the user who is " +"the main point of contact for sales with this driver's company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:236 +msgid "" +"This person **must** be an internal user of the company, meaning they can " +"log into the database as a user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:240 +msgid "Misc" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company ID`: if the company has an ID number, **other than** its " +"*tax ID*, enter it in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:233 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: enter any text to give more information regarding the" +" contact person. This is an internal note to provide any additional " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:237 +msgid "" +"A company has several people with the same name, John Smith. The " +":guilabel:`Reference` field could state `John Smith at X205 - purchaser` to " +"provide additional details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:252 +msgid "Internal Notes tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:243 +msgid "" +"Add any notes that pertain to the driver, or any other necessary " +"information, in this tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:246 +msgid "Vehicle section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:248 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the physical details of the " +"vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:250 +msgid "" +"If a preexisting vehicle in the database was selected for the " +":guilabel:`Model` field in the top portion of the form, some fields may " +"auto-populate, and additional fields may also appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:253 +msgid "Fill in the following fields on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:255 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle category " +"from the available options. To create a new category, type in the new " +"category name, then click :guilabel:`Create \"category\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:258 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Order Date`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date the " +"vehicle was ordered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:259 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Registration Date`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date" +" the vehicle was registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:261 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancellation Date`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date" +" the vehicle lease expires, or when the vehicle is no longer available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:263 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chassis Number`: enter the chassis number in the field. This is " "known in some countries as the :abbr:`VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)` " "number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:265 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Last Odometer`: enter the last known odometer reading in the " "number field. Using the drop-down menu next to the number field, select " @@ -4095,33 +4711,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`(mi)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:268 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fleet Manager`: select the fleet manager from the drop-down menu," -" or type in a new fleet manager and click either :guilabel:`Create` or " +" or type in a new fleet manager, and click either :guilabel:`Create` or " ":guilabel:`Create and Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:270 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location`: type in the location for the vehicle in the field. The" -" most common scenario for when this field would be populated is if a company" -" has several office locations. The typical office location where the vehicle" -" is located would be the location entered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:84 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the vehicle will be used for " -"and associated with from the drop-down menu, or type in a new company and " -"click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Creating a new company may cause a subscription price change depending on " -"the current plan. Refer to `Odoo's pricing plan " -"`_ for more details." +":guilabel:`Location`: type in the specific location where the vehicle is " +"typically located in this field. The entry should clearly explain where the " +"vehicle can be found, such as `Main Garage` or `Building 2 Parking Lot`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst-1 @@ -4130,103 +4731,85 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The new vehicle form, showing the vehicle tax section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:279 msgid "Tax Info tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Depending on the localization setting for the database, and what additional " +"applications are installed, other fields may be present on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:284 +msgid "" +"The sections below are default and appear for all vehicles, regardless of " +"other installed applications or localization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:288 msgid "Fiscality" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:102 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" -" size of the vehicles engine. This is determined by local taxes and " -"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " -"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:105 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate`: this is the amount of non-deductible " -"expenses for the vehicle. This amount is not counted towards any deductions " -"on a tax return or as an allowable expense when calculating taxable income. " -"It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure the " -"value(s) entered are correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:110 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Start Date`: enter the :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`(%) " -"Percentage` for when the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate` value goes into" -" effect. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to enter a date. Click on the blank " -"line to display a calendar. Select the date by navigating to the correct " -"month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ " -"(right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day. Enter the percentage " -"that is disallowed in the :guilabel:`% (percent)` field to the right of the " -"date. The percentage should be entered in an XX.XX format. Repeat this for " -"all entries needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:295 msgid "Contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:297 msgid "" ":guilabel:`First Contract Date`: select the start date for the vehicle's " "first contract using the drop-down calendar. Typically this is the day the " "vehicle is purchased or leased." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the MSRP (Manufacturer's " "Suggested Retail Price) for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Purchase Value`: enter the purchase price or the value of the " "lease for the vehicle." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:302 msgid ":guilabel:`Residual Value`: enter the current value of the vehicle." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:305 msgid "" -"The values listed above will affect the accounting department. It is " -"recommended to check with the accounting department for more information " -"and/or assistance with these values." +"The values listed above affect the accounting department. It is recommended " +"to check with the accounting department for more information and/or " +"assistance with these values." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:313 msgid "Model tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:315 msgid "" "If the model for the new vehicle is already configured in the database, the " ":guilabel:`Model` tab will be populated with the corresponding information. " "If the model is not already in the database and the :guilabel:`Model` tab " -"needs to be configured, :ref:`configure the new vehicle model " -"`." +"needs to be configured, :ref:`configure the new vehicle model `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:320 msgid "" "Check the information in the :guilabel:`Model` tab to ensure it is accurate." -" For example, the color of the vehicle, or whether there is a trailer hitch " -"installed or not, are examples of information that may need updating." +" For example, the color of the vehicle, or if a trailer hitch is installed, " +"are examples of common information that may need updating." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:329 msgid "Note tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:331 msgid "Enter any notes for the vehicle in this section." msgstr "" @@ -4242,88 +4825,122 @@ msgid "" "when they are needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:10 -msgid "Create a service record" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:12 +msgid "Create service records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:14 msgid "" -"To log a service, go to the main services dashboard by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Services`. Click :guilabel:`Create` " -"and a service form appears. Fill in the information on the form and click " -":guilabel:`Save`. The only two fields that are required to be populated are " -":guilabel:`Service Type` and :guilabel:`Vehicle`." +"To log a service for a vehicle, go to the main :guilabel:`Services` " +"dashboard by navigating to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> " +"Services`. Open a new service form by clicking the :guilabel:`New` button in" +" the top-left corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:17 -msgid "The fields are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:19 -msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter in a short description of the service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:18 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Service Type`: select the type of service performed from the " -"drop-down menu, or type in a new type of service and click either " -":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. This list is not pre-" -"configured in Odoo. When creating a fleet and logging a service, the types " -"of service need to be created." +"Fill out the information on the form. The only two fields that are required " +"to be populated are :guilabel:`Service Type` and :guilabel:`Vehicle`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:21 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date`: using the calendar module, select the date the service was" -" provided or is scheduled to be performed. Navigate to the desired month " -"using the left and right arrow icons, then click on the date to select it." +"The service form automatically saves as data is entered. However, the form " +"can be saved manually at any time by clicking the :guilabel:`Save manually` " +"option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:25 +msgid "The fields on the form are:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:27 -msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the cost of the service." +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description of the service." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:28 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Vendor`: select the vendor who performed the service from the " -"drop-down menu. If the vendor has not already been entered in the system, " -"type in the vendor name and click either :guilabel:`Create` to add them, or " -":guilabel:`Create & Edit...` to create the vendor and edit the vendor form. " -"The vendor form allows for other details aside form the name to be entered, " -"such as contact information." +":guilabel:`Service Type`: select the type of service performed using the " +"drop-down menu. Or, enter a new type of service, and click either " +":guilabel:`Create \"service type\"` or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to " +":ref:`add the service type and configure it `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:33 msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Types` are **not** pre-configured in Odoo. When logging a" +" service for the first time, the *type* of service needs to be :ref:`created" +" ` before it can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: using the calendar popover window, select the date the " +"service was provided, or is scheduled to be performed. Navigate to the " +"desired month using the :guilabel:`< > (arrow)` icons, then click on the " +"date to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the cost of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: select the vendor who performed the service using the " +"drop-down menu. If the vendor has not already been entered in the system, " +"type in the vendor name, and click either :guilabel:`Create` to add them, or" +" :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to :ref:`add and configure the vendor " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:45 +msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vehicle`: select the vehicle that was serviced from the drop-down" " menu. When the vehicle is selected, the :guilabel:`Driver` field is " -"populated, and the unit of measure for the :guilabel:`Mileage` field " +"populated, and the unit of measure for the :guilabel:`Odometer Value` field " "appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:48 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Driver`: the current driver listed for the selected vehicle is " "populated when the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected. If the driver needs to " "be changed, another driver can be selected from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Odometer Value`: enter the odometer reading when the service was " -"done. The units of measure will either be in kilometers (:guilabel:`km`) or " -"miles (:guilabel:`mi`). When the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected, the units " -"of measure is populated. This comes from the vehicle form. To change from " -"kilometers to miles, or vice versa, click the :guilabel:`External Link` " -"button next to the vehicle selected in the :guilabel:`Vehicle` field. Change" -" the unit of measure, then click :guilabel:`Save`. the unit of measure will " -"be updated in the :guilabel:`Odometer Value` field." +"done. The units of measure are either in kilometers (:guilabel:`km`) or " +"miles (:guilabel:`mi`), depending on how the selected vehicle was " +"configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:55 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Notes`: enter any notes for the repair in the notes tab at the " -"bottom of the service form." +"When the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected, the unit of measure for this field" +" is populated. This comes from the vehicle form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To change from kilometers to miles, or vice versa, click the " +":guilabel:`Internal Link` button to the right of the vehicle selected in the" +" :guilabel:`Vehicle` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Change the unit of measure, then navigate back to the service form, via the " +"breadcrumb links. The unit of measure is then updated in the " +":guilabel:`Odometer Value` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: enter any notes for the repair at the bottom of the " +"service form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 @@ -4332,198 +4949,798 @@ msgid "" "Type and Vehicle." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:74 +msgid "Create service type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Service types must be created from a service form. There is no other way to " +"access the list of service types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:79 +msgid "" +"On the :ref:`service form `, type in the name of the new" +" :guilabel:`Service Type` in the corresponding field. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`, and a :guilabel:`Create Service Type` pop-up" +" form appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The service type entered on the service form automatically populates the " +":guilabel:`Name` field, which can be modified, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Category` for the new service type from the " +"drop-down menu in that field. The two default options to choose from are " +":guilabel:`Contract` or :guilabel:`Service`. Additional categories " +"**cannot** be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:90 +msgid "" +"If the service applies to **only** contracts or services, select the " +"corresponding :guilabel:`Category`. If the service applies to **both** " +"contracts *and* services, leave this field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:94 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:99 +msgid "Create vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:101 +msgid "" +"When a service is done for the first time, typically, the vendor is not in " +"the database yet. It is best practice to add the full details for a vendor " +"in the database, so that any necessary information can be easily retrieved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:105 +msgid "" +"On the :ref:`service form `, type in the name of the new" +" :guilabel:`Vendor` in the corresponding field. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`, and a :guilabel:`Create Vendor` form " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The vendor name entered on the service form populates the :guilabel:`Name` " +"field, by default. This field can be modified, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Different tabs or fields may be visible on the :guilabel:`Create Vendor` " +"form, depending on what other applications are installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:119 +msgid "Fill out the following information in the top-half of the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Company`: select whether the new vendor" +" being added is an individual or a company, by clicking the corresponding " +"radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:124 +msgid "" +"When a selection is made, some fields may disappear from the form. If any of" +" the fields below are not visible, that is because :guilabel:`Company` was " +"selected, instead of :guilabel:`Individual`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: enter a name for the individual or company in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Name`: using the drop-down menu, select the company that " +"the vendor is associated with, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:156 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Company` radio button at the top of the form is selected, " +"this field does not appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:142 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Company` is selected for the :guilabel:`Individual` or " +":guilabel:`Company` field, this field is labeled :guilabel:`Address`, and " +"**cannot** be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:145 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: enter the vendor's tax ID in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: enter the vendor's job position in this field. If " +"the :guilabel:`Company` radio button at the top of the form is selected, " +"this field does not appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:89 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the vendor's phone number in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:149 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the vendor's mobile number in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:150 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the vendor's email address in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:151 +msgid ":guilabel:`Website`: enter the vendor's website address in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: using the drop-down menu, select the vendor's title in " +"this field. The default options are :guilabel:`Doctor`, :guilabel:`Madam`, " +":guilabel:`Miss`, :guilabel:`Mister`, and :guilabel:`Professor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:158 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: using the drop-down menu, select any tags that apply to " +"the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:163 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: a photo of either the main contact person, or the company" +" logo, can be added to the form. Hover over the :guilabel:`📷 (camera)` box, " +"in the top-right of the form, to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and " +"click it. A file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, then" +" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "The top portion of the create vendor form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:175 +msgid "" +"After the top-half of the :guilabel:`Create Vendor` form is filled out, add " +"any other contacts and addresses associated with the vendor in this tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a new contact, and a " +":guilabel:`Create Contact` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Select one of the appropriate contact type options from the radio buttons, " +"located at the top of the pop-up window. Those options are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:184 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contact`: select this option to add general contact details for " +"employees of the associated vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:186 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoice Address`: select this option to add a preferred address " +"for all invoices. When added to the form, this address is selected by " +"default when sending an invoice to the associated vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Delivery Address`: select this option to add a preferred address " +"for all deliveries. When added to the form, this address is selected by " +"default when delivering an order to the associated vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Other Address`: select this option to add any other necessary " +"addresses for the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:202 +msgid "" +"If an option *other than* :guilabel:`Contact` is selected for the contact " +"type, an :guilabel:`Address` section appears on the form. Enter the address " +"details in the :guilabel:`Address` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:208 +msgid "" +"After all of the information is added, click either :guilabel:`Save & Close`" +" to add the one new contact, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the current " +"address record and create another address record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:216 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Delivery Address` displays a :guilabel:`⛟ (truck)` icon inside " +"that specific address box, whereas an :guilabel:`Invoice Address` displays a" +" :guilabel:`💵 (dollar bill)` icon inside." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Enter the following sales and purchasing information for the various " +"sections below. Depending on the other installed applications, additional " +"fields and sections may appear. The following are all default fields for the" +" *Fleet* application only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:231 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:233 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson`: using the drop-down menu, select a user as the main" +" point of contact for sales with this vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:242 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company ID`: if the company has an ID number **other than** its " +"*tax ID*, enter it in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:244 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: enter any text to give more information regarding the" +" contact. This is an internal note to provide any additional information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:248 +msgid "" +"A company has several people with the same name, Mary Jones. The " +":guilabel:`Reference` field could state `Mary Jones at X108 - returns` to " +"provide additional details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:254 +msgid "" +"Add any notes that pertain to the vendor, or any other necessary " +"information, in this tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:257 msgid "List of services" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:259 msgid "" "To view all services logged in the database, including old and new requests," -" go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> Fleet --> Services`. All " -"services appear in a list view, including all the details for each service." +" navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Services`. All services" +" appear in a list view, including all the details for each service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:263 +msgid "" +"The service records are grouped by :ref:`service type `. The" +" number of repairs for each service type appears in parentheses after the " +"name of the service type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:266 msgid "Each service listed displays the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:268 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date`: the date service or repair was performed or is requested " -"to be performed." +":guilabel:`Date`: the date that the service, or repair, was performed (or " +"requested to be performed)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:270 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: a short description of the specific type of service" -" or repair performed to clarify the specific service." +":guilabel:`Description`: a short description of the specific type of " +"service, or repair, performed to clarify the specific service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:272 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Service Type`: the service or repair performed. This is selected " -"from a list of services that must be configured." +":guilabel:`Service Type`: the type of service, or repair, performed. This is" +" selected from a list of services that :ref:`must be configured `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:274 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vehicle`: the specific vehicle the service was performed on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:68 -msgid ":guilabel:`Driver`: who the current driver is for the vehicle." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:275 +msgid ":guilabel:`Driver`: the current driver for the vehicle." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:276 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Vendor`: the specific vendor who performed the service or repair." +":guilabel:`Vendor`: the specific vendor who performed the service, or " +"repair." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:70 -msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the total cost for the service or repair." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:277 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Notes`: any information associated with the service or repair " +":guilabel:`Notes`: any information associated with the service, or repair, " "that is documented to add clarification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:279 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the total cost of the service, or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:280 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Stage`: the status of the service or repair. Options are " -":guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`Running`, :guilabel:`Canceled`, or " -":guilabel:`Done`." +":guilabel:`Stage`: the status of the service, or repair. Options are " +":guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`Running`, :guilabel:`Done`, or " +":guilabel:`Canceled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:283 +msgid "" +"At the bottom of the :guilabel:`Cost` column, the total cost of all services" +" and repairs are listed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 msgid "The full list of services in the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:290 msgid "View services" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:292 msgid "" "It is recommended to view the list of services in one of several pre-" -"configured ways to better view the information presented. In the top right " +"configured ways to better view the information presented. In the top-right " "corner of the list, there are several icons that when clicked, sort the data" " in different ways." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 msgid "" -"The icons in the top right corner than cn be clicked to present the information in\n" +"The icons in the top right corner than can be clicked to present the information in\n" "different ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:93 -msgid "List view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:304 msgid "" -"The default view of the services is the list view. This presents all the " -"services in chronological order, from oldest to newest, in a list." +"The default view of the service records is a list view. This presents all " +"the services, first grouped alphabetically by type of service, then grouped " +"by status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:307 msgid "" -"The information can be sorted by any column. At the top of each column, " -"hover over the column name. An arrow appears to the right of the name. Click" -" the arrow to sort the data by that specific column." +"The information can be re-sorted by any column. At the top of each column, " +"hover over the column name, and an arrow appears in the far-right of that " +"column. Click the arrow to sort the data by that specific column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:311 msgid "" -"The default sorting is descending alphabetical order (A to Z). Click the " -"arrow again to reverse the order, and go in reverse alphabetical order (Z to" -" A). The one exception to this sorting is the default :guilabel:`Date` " -"column, which sorts the information in chronological order (January to " -"December) instead of alphabetical order." +"The default sorting is in descending alphabetical order (A to Z), " +"represented by a :guilabel:`⌄ (down arrow)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`⌄ " +"(down arrow)` icon to reverse the alphabetical order (Z to A). The " +":guilabel:`⌄ (down arrow)` icon changes to an :guilabel:`^ (up arrow)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 -msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:315 msgid "" -"To view services by their stage, click on the :guilabel:`Kanban icon`, which" -" is the second icon in the top right, and appears as four black squares in a" -" cube." +"The two exceptions to this sorting are the default :guilabel:`Date` column " +"and the :guilabel:`Cost` column. The :guilabel:`Date` column sorts the " +"information in chronological order (January to December), instead of " +"alphabetical order. The :guilabel:`Cost` column sorts the information by " +"repair price, from lowest to highest." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:401 +msgid "Add a service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:323 msgid "" -"All the services with the same status appear in the corresponding column, " -"from :guilabel:`Running` to :guilabel:`Cancelled`. To change the status of a" -" service, simply click and drag the service card to the desired stage." +"To add a service record from the list view, click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button, and a service form loads. :ref:`Enter all the information " +"` on the service form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:117 -msgid "Graph view" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:326 +msgid "The form automatically saves as data is entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:331 msgid "" -"Another way to view the data is in a graph. To view the graph, click the " -":guilabel:`Graph icon`, which is the third icon in the top right, and " -"appears as a small graph." +"To view services by their stage, click the :guilabel:`Kanban` button, which " +"is the second icon in the top-right corner, and appears as two different " +"length bars beneath a line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:334 msgid "" -"The graph displays the information in a graph where the X axis represents " -"the :guilabel:`Date` and the Y axis represents the :guilabel:`Cost`. Each " -"column represents a single month, and then is further organized by vehicle. " -"Each vehicle is represented by a different color, and each month's bar is " -"divided by each vehicle." +"All services are organized by service type, and appear in the corresponding " +"Kanban column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:128 -msgid "Pivot view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:336 msgid "" -"The final way to view the service data is in a spreadsheet pivot table. " -"Click on the :guilabel:`Pivot icon`, which is the last icon in the top " -"right, and appears as a small spreadsheet." +"The number of repairs for each type of service appears in the far-right of " +"each Kanban column header." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:339 msgid "" -"The data presented in the table shows the cost of each service or repair. " -"The rows represent the vendors, and each vehicle that was serviced by them " -"appears beneath each vendor. The column represent the different service " -"types performed." +"The collective status of the scheduled activities for each service type " +"appears in the color-coded bar beneath each Kanban column title. Repairs " +"with activities scheduled in the future appear green, activities due today " +"appear yellow, overdue activities appear red, and repairs with no activities" +" scheduled appear gray." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:344 msgid "" -"The table can be inserted in a spreadsheet or downloaded. To add the pivot " -"table to a spreadsheet in Odoo, click :guilabel:`Insert In Spreadsheet` and " -"a pop-up appears. Select the spreadsheet the data should be added to from " -"the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`. The spreadsheet then " -"loads on the screen. The spreadsheets are stored in Odoo's *Documents* " -"application. To download the table in an `xlsx` format, click the " -":guilabel:`Download` icon." +"Each Kanban card displays a color-coded activity-related icon, such as a " +":guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon or :guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon, for example. These" +" icons indicate both the type of scheduled activity and the status. The " +"status of the activity corresponds to the colors in the status bar. Click on" +" an activity icon to view the details of that specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:349 +msgid "" +"The length of the color bar is proportionate to the number of corresponding " +"activities with that specific status in that particular stage. Hover over a " +"color section to reveal the number of service records in that specific " +"grouping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "The service records presented in a Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:357 +msgid "" +"To view **only** the records with a specific status, click the desired color" +" bar section. The background color for the column changes to a pale hue of " +"the same color (either green, yellow, red, or gray), and the color bar " +"appears striped instead of solid. **Only** repairs and services with the " +"selected status appear in the column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 msgid "" -"Download the pivot table to an xlsx file, or insert the data in a spreadsheet in Odoo's\n" -"Documents application." +"The oil change service records showing only repairs with past-due " +"activities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:3 -msgid "Frontdesk" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:369 +msgid "Schedule activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To schedule an activity for a repair or service from the Kanban view, click " +"the activity icon in the lower-right corner of the service record, and click" +" :guilabel:`+ Schedule an activity`. A :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " +"window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Depending on what kind of activity, if any, is scheduled, the activity icon " +"may appear differently. For example, a :guilabel:`📞 (phone)` appears if a " +"phone call is scheduled, or an :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` appears if an email" +" is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:894 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 +msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:382 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Activity Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the activity " +"being scheduled. The default options are :guilabel:`Email`, " +":guilabel:`Call`, :guilabel:`Meeting`, :guilabel:`To-Do`, and " +":guilabel:`Upload Document`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:385 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Summary`: enter a short description of the activity, such as " +"`Schedule oil change`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:386 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date`: using the calendar popover, select the date the " +"activity must be completed. Using the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " +"(right)` arrow icons, navigate to the desired month, then click on the date " +"to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:389 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assigned to`: using the drop-down menu, select the user " +"responsible for the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:390 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: add any notes or details in the blank area in the bottom-" +"half of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:392 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` is completed, click " +":guilabel:`Schedule` to schedule the activity, or click :guilabel:`Done & " +"Schedule Next` to schedule the current activity and schedule another " +"activity for the same repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:397 +msgid "" +"For more detailed information regarding activities, refer to the main " +":doc:`activities <../../essentials/activities>` document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:403 +msgid "" +"A new repair can be added from this view. Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"icon)` in the top-right corner of the Kanban column, and a new block appears" +" at the top of the column, beneath the Kanban title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:407 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Title` for the service or repair, then click " +":guilabel:`Add`. A :guilabel:`Create` service form appears in a pop-up " +"window. :ref:`Enter all the information ` on the service" +" form, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the record. The new record" +" now appears in the Kanban column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:413 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:415 +msgid "" +"Another way to view the data is in a graph. To change to the graph view, " +"click the :guilabel:`Graph` icon, which is the third icon in the top-right, " +"and appears as a small graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:418 +msgid "" +"The default graph view displays the service information in a stacked bar " +"chart, grouped by :guilabel:`Service Type`. The X-axis represents the " +":guilabel:`Service Type` and the Y-axis represents the :guilabel:`Cost`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:422 +msgid "" +"Each column visually represents the total cost for all repairs and services " +"for that specific :guilabel:`Service Type`. Hover over any bar to reveal a " +"popover window that displays the total :guilabel:`Cost` for the service and " +"repairs the bar represents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:426 +msgid "" +"The graph can change to either a :guilabel:`Line Chart` or a :guilabel:`Pie " +"Chart` by clicking the corresponding button above the graph. Additionally, " +"the graph can display the data in either :guilabel:`Stacked`, " +":guilabel:`Descending`, or :guilabel:`Ascending` order, by clicking the " +"corresponding buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A bar chart view of the services and repairs, with the various option " +"buttons highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:436 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:438 +msgid "" +"Another way to view the service data is in a spreadsheet pivot table. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Pivot` icon, which is the fourth icon in the top-right, and " +"appears as a small spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:441 +msgid "" +"The default way the data is presented shows the total cost of each type of " +"service. The horizontal rows represent the various types of service, with a " +"different service type in its own line. The vertical columns represent the " +"total costs for each specific type of service, further divided by the type " +"of service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "The default pivot table view of the services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:450 +msgid "" +"The table can either be inserted in a spreadsheet or downloaded, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:452 +msgid "" +"To add the pivot table to a spreadsheet in Odoo, first, the appearance of " +"the pivot table must change. The default pivot table view does not allow it " +"to be inserted into a spreadsheet (the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " +"button is grayed out)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:456 +msgid "" +"First, click the :guilabel:`➖ (minus)` icon to the left of :guilabel:`Total`" +" at the top of the pivot table. This collapses the service types, leaving " +"only a single :guilabel:`Cost` column visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:459 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button, which is no longer" +" grayed out, and a :guilabel:`Select a spreadsheet to insert your pivot` " +"pop-up window appears. Two tabs are visible in this pop-up window, a " +":guilabel:`Spreadsheets` tab and a :guilabel:`Dashboards` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:463 +msgid "" +"Click the desired tab to indicate where the spreadsheet should be placed, " +"either in a :guilabel:`Spreadsheet` or on a :guilabel:`Dashboard`. After " +"clicking the desired option, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. The spreadsheet then" +" loads on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:468 +msgid "" +"Spreadsheets are stored in Odoo's *Documents* application, while dashboards " +"are stored in Odoo's *Dashboards* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:471 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Services` in the top-left corner to navigate back to the " +"previous pivot table view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:473 +msgid "" +"To download the table in an *xlsx* format, click the download xlsx icon, " +"represented by a :guilabel:`⬇️ (down arrow above a line)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:477 +msgid "" +"For more detailed information regarding reporting, refer to the main " +":doc:`reporting <../../essentials/reporting>` document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:481 +msgid "Activity view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:483 +msgid "" +"To view the scheduled activities for services or repairs, click the " +":guilabel:`🕗 (clock)` activity icon in the top-right corner of the screen. " +"This presents all activities, organized by vehicle and activity type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:487 +msgid "" +"The vertical columns are organized by activity type, and the horizontal " +"lines are organized by vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:490 +msgid "" +"The entries are color-coded according to the status of each activity. Green " +"activities are scheduled in the future, yellow activities are due today, and" +" red activities are overdue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:493 +msgid "" +"The user responsible for the activity appears in a photo in the lower-left " +"corner of each activity entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:496 +msgid "" +"The due date of each activity is written in the top-center of each activity " +"entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:498 +msgid "" +"A color-coded bar at the top of each activity column indicates the status of" +" the activities within that column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:501 +msgid "" +"The number of activities for each activity type is written on the right side" +" of the color-coded bar beneath the column name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The activity view, with the columns called out, and an activity box " +"highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:509 +msgid "Schedule an activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:511 +msgid "" +"To add a service record from the activity view, click :guilabel:`+ Schedule " +"an activity` in the bottom-left corner of the list, and a :guilabel:`Search:" +" Services` pop-up window loads. Click the service that the activity is being" +" scheduled for, and a :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:515 +msgid "" +":ref:`Enter all the information ` on the activity " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:517 +msgid "" +"When the form is complete, click the :guilabel:`Schedule` button. Then, both" +" pop-up windows close, and the activity now appears on the activity view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 +msgid "Frontdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:7 msgid "" "The Odoo *Frontdesk* application provides a way for visitors to check in to " "a building or location, and alert the person they are meeting about their " @@ -4531,24 +5748,24 @@ msgid "" "brought to them, while they wait." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:11 msgid "" "This application is ideal for businesses that do **not** have someone " "working at a reception desk, locations **without** a designated waiting area" " available to guests and visitors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:17 msgid "" "The first item to configure with the *Frontdesk* application is the station," " followed by any drink selections that might optionally be offered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 msgid "Stations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:23 msgid "" "In Odoo's *Frontdesk* application, a *Station* can be thought of as any " "location where someone can sign in and wait for an employee. This is " @@ -4556,35 +5773,35 @@ msgid "" "kiosk where visitors check in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:27 msgid "" "When setting up the *Frontdesk* application, a minimum of one station " "**must** be configured, but there is no limit to how many stations can be " "created and configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:30 msgid "" "To create a station, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Stations`, and click :guilabel:`New`. When clicked, a " "blank frontdesk form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Name`: enter a name for the specific frontdesk " "location. This should be short and easily identifiable, such as `Reception " "Desk` or `Main Lobby`. This field is required in order to create a station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:38 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsibles`: select the person (or persons) who are alerted " "when a visitor checks in using this specific frontdesk. Multiple selections " "can be entered. This field is required in order to create a station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk URL`: this field auto-populates once the frontdesk form is " "saved, with at least the :guilabel:`Frontdesk Name` and " @@ -4592,46 +5809,45 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`(cloud with upward arrow)` icon, located at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:45 msgid "" "Once saved, a URL is generated in the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` field. This URL " "is one way the frontdesk kiosk is accessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:48 msgid "" "To access the kiosk, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at the end of the " "URL, and navigate to that URL in a web browser. This URL opens that specific" " station's frontdesk sign-in page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:52 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a frontdesk form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera" " with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:166 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:184 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to open a file explorer, navigate " "to the desired image/photo file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:58 msgid "" "The image selected for the station photo appears as the background image for" " the station kiosk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:61 msgid "Options tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Host Selection`: if the visitor is attending a meeting, this " "option allows the visitor to select the meeting host from a presented list, " @@ -4639,35 +5855,35 @@ msgid "" "detailed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Authenticate Guest`: if additional information is required when a" " guest checks in, enable this option, and select which of the following are " "required:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: select whether the guest's email address is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Phone`: select whether the guest's phone number is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Organization`: select whether the guest's organization is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Theme`: select the color mode of the kiosk. Choose either " ":guilabel:`Light` or :guilabel:`Dark`. The :guilabel:`Light` selection " @@ -4675,7 +5891,7 @@ msgid "" "selection displays a dark gray and black background." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Self Check-In`: enable this option to present a check-in QR code " "on the kiosk. The QR code allows guests to check in using their mobile " @@ -4683,7 +5899,7 @@ msgid "" "kiosk with multiple guests checking in at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Offer Drinks`: enable this option to offer guests a drink upon " "check in. If this option is enabled, it is necessary to :ref:`configure the " @@ -4692,13 +5908,13 @@ msgid "" " are configured, select each drink to be offered using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:90 msgid "" "The following options are only visible in the :guilabel:`Options` tab if the" " :ref:`Host Selection ` option is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by email`: enable this option to have an email sent to the" " person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -4706,20 +5922,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Email Template` selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:97 msgid "" "To change the default email template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`Email Template` field, then select another email template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any edits to the " "template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:102 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by SMS`: enable this option to have an SMS (text) message " "sent to the person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -4727,13 +5943,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk SMS Template` selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:106 msgid "" "To change the default SMS template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`SMS Template` field, and select another SMS template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:109 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any desired edits to the" @@ -4741,7 +5957,7 @@ msgid "" "characters, which fits in 4 SMS (UNICODE) messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by Discuss`: this option is enabled by default when the " ":guilabel:`Host Selection` option is enabled. This option opens a *Discuss* " @@ -4749,28 +5965,28 @@ msgid "" "in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:116 msgid "" "When enabled, a default message appears for the person the guest is " "visiting. The *Discuss* application **must** be installed in order for this " "option to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:120 msgid "" "*Discuss* is installed by default when creating an Odoo database, and does " "not count towards billing. As long as the *Discuss* application is not " "intentionally uninstalled, the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option works." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:125 msgid "" "The default message format for the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option is: " "`(Frontdesk Station) Check-In: (Guest Name) (Guest Phone Number) " "(Organization) to meet (Name of employee).`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:128 msgid "" "An example of how that might appear in a *Discuss* message is: `Main Lobby " "Check-In: John Doe (123-555-1234) (Odoo, Inc.) to meet Marc Demo.`" @@ -4780,11 +5996,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Frontdesk station form with all the information filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 msgid "Side Message tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:138 msgid "" "Enter any desired text to appear on the station kiosk after a guest has " "checked in, such as a welcome greeting or any necessary instructions. The " @@ -4792,11 +6008,12 @@ msgid "" " a guest has completed the check-in process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:112 msgid "Drinks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:147 msgid "" "After a station is created, the next step is to configure the drinks to " "offer visitors, if desired. This step is **not** necessary or required for " @@ -4804,31 +6021,31 @@ msgid "" "drinks are offered to guests." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:151 msgid "" "To add a drink option, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Drinks`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a " "blank drink form to configure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 msgid "Enter the following information on the drink form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Drink Name`: type the name of the drink option in this field. " "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 msgid "" ":guilabel:`People to Notify`: use the drop-down menu in this field to select" " who is notified when the drink is selected. Multiple people can be entered " "in this field. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:159 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a numerical value in this field to indicate " "where in the list of drink options this specific option appears. The lower " @@ -4837,16 +6054,16 @@ msgid "" "first in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:163 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:181 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a drink form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera " "with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:169 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:187 msgid "" "The image selected now appears in the picture field, and is set as the image" " for the drink." @@ -4856,156 +6073,237 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Drink form with the information filled out for an espresso." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:178 msgid "Station dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:192 +msgid "Kiosk setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " +"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " +"tablet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:197 +msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " +":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" +" a new browser tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " +"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" +" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " +"browser tab or window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " +"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " +"accessing the database when checking-in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" +" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " +":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " +"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " +"requests were made for each drink." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:220 +msgid "" +"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " +"other metrics, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`frontdesk/visitors`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:3 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:5 msgid "" -"To access a complete list of visitors that are currently checked in, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +"In the Odoo *Frontdesk* application, a *visitor* is defined as any non-" +"employee (e.g., repair person, job candidate, etc.). These visitors can be " +"logged upon arrival and departure for security purposes. This ensures an " +"accurate list of people on the premises." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:196 -msgid "" -"The visitors are listed in a list view, with the following details that were" -" entered when they checked in:" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:12 +msgid "Visitor list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To access a complete list of checked-in visitors, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:18 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Planned or Checked-In` and :guilabel:`Today` " "filters appear in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:21 +msgid "" +"All visitors are presented in a list view, with the following details that " +"were entered upon check in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:24 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the guest's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:25 msgid ":guilabel:`Visitor Company`: the company the guest represents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: the guest's phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 -msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`: the drink the guest requested." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`\\*: the drink the guest requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:28 msgid ":guilabel:`Host`: who the guest is waiting to see." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:29 msgid ":guilabel:`CheckIn`: the date and time the guest checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Checkout`: the date and time the guest checked out. As mentioned," -" in the default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " +":guilabel:`Checkout`\\*: the date and time the guest checked out. In the " +"default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " ":guilabel:`Planned` status are visible. Guests with check-out times are only" " visible if the :guilabel:`Today` filter is not active." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duration`: the amount of time the guest has been checked in for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`Station`: the location of where the guest checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: the status of the guest. The options are " ":guilabel:`Checked-In`, :guilabel:`Planned`, :guilabel:`Checked-Out`, or " -":guilabel:`Canceled`. In the default view, only guests with a " -":guilabel:`Checked-In` or :guilabel:`Planned` status are visible." +":guilabel:`Canceled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: the guest's email address." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`\\*: the guest's email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:39 msgid "" -"To the far right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page is " -"an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +"\\* These fields are not visible in the default :guilabel:`Visitor` list. " +"These must be enabled using the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` " +":guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon in the top-right of the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To the far-right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page, " +"there is an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:46 msgid "" "When a guest leaves, click the available :guilabel:`Check out` button to " "update the guest's record, and log the date and time they left." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:49 msgid "" "If a scheduled guest arrives, and they did not check in using the " "*Frontdesk* kiosk, they can be checked in here, by clicking the available " ":guilabel:`Check in` button to log the date and time they arrived." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:53 msgid "" -"Beside the untitled status column a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button appears," -" but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." +"Beside the untitled status column, a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " +"appears, but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:56 msgid "" "When their drink has been served, click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " "to indicate the drink has been delivered to the guest. Once clicked, that " "button disappears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst-1 msgid "" "The full list of currently checked in visitors, with the drinks to be served" " highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:63 msgid "" "If any column is not visible, or if a visible column is preferred to be " -"hidden, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options (two horizontal lines with " -"dots)` icon, located at the end of the column name list." +"hidden, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(additional " +"options)` icon, located at the end of the column name list. Doing so, " +"reveals a reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or disable. A" +" :icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`(check)` icon indicates the column is visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Clicking that reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or " -"disable. A :guilabel:`✅ (checkmark)` icon indicates the column is visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:69 msgid "Planned visitors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:71 msgid "" -"If a guest is expected to arrive at a future date and time, it is possible " -"to enter their information into the *Frontdesk* application in advance." +"Enter expected guest information in advance by creating a planned guest in " +"the *Frontdesk* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:73 msgid "" "To create a planned guest, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Visitors --> New`. Then, enter the same information as any other " -":ref:`visitor `. The only required fields are the " -"visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the :guilabel:`Station` at which they are " -"expected to arrive." +"Visitors`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, enter the same information as " +"any other :ref:`visitor ` on the guest form that appears. " +"The only required fields are the visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Station` at which they are expected to arrive." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:79 msgid "" "If a guest is planned in advance, they must be checked in from the list on " "the :guilabel:`Visitors` page in the *Frontdesk* application " @@ -5014,96 +6312,71 @@ msgid "" " entry remains listed as :guilabel:`Planned`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:84 msgid "" -"Only when a planned guest is checked in inside the application's visitor " -"list, their :guilabel:`Planned` status changes to :guilabel:`Checked-In`." +"The :guilabel:`Planned` status of a planned guest **only** changes to " +":guilabel:`Checked-In` when they are checked in *inside* the application's " +":guilabel:`Visitors` list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:87 msgid "" "If a guest does check in using a kiosk, ensure all records are current, and " -"the list of currently on-site guests is correct. Be sure to check in and/or " -"check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly reflects who " -"is currently on the premises." +"the list of guests that are currently on-site is correct. Be sure to check " +"in and/or check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly " +"reflects who is currently on the premises." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:91 msgid "" "Ensure planned guests are informed that they should **not** check in using " "the kiosk if they are listed as a planned guest in advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:274 -msgid "Frontdesk flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " -"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " -"tablet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:279 -msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:281 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " -":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" -" a new browser tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:283 -msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " -"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" -" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " -"browser tab or window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:288 -msgid "" -"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " -"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " -"accessing the database when checking-in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:95 msgid "Visitor flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:294 -msgid "" -"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a frontdesk kiosk, and " -"enter their information. The information requested is what was configured " -"for that specific frontdesk station. If any information is required, the " -"field displays a red asterisk (*). The visitor must enter the required " -"information in order to check in." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:98 +msgid "Visitor check in" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a :ref:`Frontdesk kiosk " +"`, and click :guilabel:`Check in`. The information " +"requested from the visitor is what was configured for that specific " +"*Frontdesk* station. If any information is required, the field displays a " +"red asterisk (\\*). The visitor **must** enter the required information in " +"order to check in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:105 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, the visitor taps the :guilabel:`Check " "In` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:108 msgid "" -"If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check " -"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: `Do " -"you want something to drink?`" +"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," +" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check " +"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: " +":guilabel:`Do you want something to drink?`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:117 msgid "" "The visitor can tap either :guilabel:`Yes, please`, or :guilabel:`No, thank " "you`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:119 msgid "" "If they select :guilabel:`Yes, please`, a drink selection screen appears, " "and the pre-configured options are listed. The visitor then taps the desired" @@ -5111,47 +6384,46 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Nothing, thanks` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:123 msgid "" -"If a drink selection was made, a `Thank you for registering! Your drink is " -"on the way.` message appears." +"If a drink selection was made, a :guilabel:`Thank you for registering! Your " +"drink is on the way.` message appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:313 -msgid "" -"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," -" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:127 +msgid "Notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:129 msgid "" "Once the visitor has checked in, the person they are visiting, and any other" -" users who were configured to be notified when checks ins occur at the " -"kiosk, are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a " -"*Discuss* chat, or any combination of those three options." +" users who were configured to be notified when check-ins occur at the kiosk," +" are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a *Discuss*" +" chat, or any combination of those three options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:133 msgid "" "If the visitor requested a drink, the user(s) configured as the " -":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified via the " -"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: `(Visitor Name) just " -"checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" +":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified, via the " +"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: :guilabel:`(Visitor " +"Name) just checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the drink has been delivered to the guest, the person who delivered the" " drink is responsible for marking the drink as delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:140 msgid "" "To mark a drink as delivered, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Stations --> (#) Drinks to serve` on the desired station card." +"Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#) " +"Drinks to serve`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:143 msgid "" "This opens a list of all the visitors checked in at that station, and are " "waiting for a drink. Click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button at the end of" @@ -5159,62 +6431,1575 @@ msgid "" "their drink served, the visitor disappears from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:150 msgid "" "Once the visitor has completed their business, and has left the premises, it" " is important to check them out for accurate record keeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:153 msgid "" "To check visitors out properly, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app " -"--> Stations --> (#) On Site`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who" -" are currently checked-in at that station." +"--> Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#)" +" Drinks to serve`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who are " +"currently checked-in at that station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:157 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check Out` button near the end of the line for the " +"Click the :guilabel:`Check out` button near the end of the line for the " "visitor who left. Once they are marked as checked-out, the visitor " "disappears from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:161 msgid "" -"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important to" -" check out visitors for accurate record keeping." +"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important " +"for *Frontdesk* users to check out visitors for accurate record keeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:164 msgid "" "Always have an accurate list of who is on the premises at any given time. " "This is important for security purposes, and in the case of an emergency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:353 -msgid "" -"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " -"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:5 +msgid "Lunch" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:7 msgid "" -"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" -" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " -":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +"The *Lunch* application in Odoo allows users a convenient way to order food " +"and pay for their meal directly from the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " -"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " -"requests were made for each drink." +"Before employees can use the *Lunch* application, there are a number of " +"configurations to consider: settings, vendors, locations, products, product " +"categories, and alerts. Once these are created, employees can view offerings" +" and order food." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:17 msgid "" -"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " -"other metrics, as well." +"Only two settings are needed to configure in the *Lunch* app: overdraft " +"settings and notifications. To access the settings, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Lunch app --> Configuration: Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:20 +msgid "Configure the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lunch Overdraft`: enter the maximum overdraft amount for " +"employees. The currency format is determined by the localization setting of " +"the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reception notification`: set the message users receive via the " +"*Discuss* app when their food has been delivered. The default message `Your " +"lunch has been delivered. Enjoy your meal!` populates this field, but can be" +" modified, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If in a database with multiple languages installed, many forms in the " +"*Lunch* application have the option of entering translations for various " +"fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If translations are available to be configured, a language code appears next" +" to a translatable field on a form. To add translations for that field, " +"click the two letter language code (for example, :guilabel:`EN` for English)" +" and a translation pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The following is an example for the :guilabel:`Reception notification` field" +" in the settings menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Lunch app --> Configuration: Settings`. Click " +"the :guilabel:`EN` In the top-right of the text box beneath the " +":guilabel:`Reception notification` section. A :guilabel:`Translate: " +"company_lunch_notify_message` pop-up window loads with the option to enter a" +" translation for the other languages used by the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The first column lists the different languages in alphabetical order, with " +"the currently selected language in bold. The second column has the currently" +" configured message in each column. The last column in the far-right " +"provides a text box to type in a translation for each language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Enter the text that should appear for each language, then click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The translation text box, with the current language highlighted, and the Arabic\n" +"translation field highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:56 +msgid "Vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Before food can be ordered, the restaurants that make the food, referred to " +"as *vendors* in Odoo, **must** be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:61 +msgid "" +"First navigate to :menuselection:`Lunch app --> Configuration: Vendors`, and" +" all currently configured vendors for the *Lunch* app appear in a default " +"Kanban view. To change to a list view, click the :guilabel:`≣ (four " +"horizontal lines)` icon in the top-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To add a new vendor, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left " +"corner, and a new lunch supplier form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:68 +msgid "Fill out the following fields on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:71 +msgid "Vendor information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: enter a name for the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: select the vendor from the drop-down menu. If the vendor" +" has not already been entered in the system, type in the vendor name and " +"click either :guilabel:`Create \"vendor\"` to add them, or :guilabel:`Create" +" and edit...` to create the vendor and edit the vendor form. The vendor form" +" allows for more detail, aside from the name, to be entered, such as contact" +" information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If a selection is made to the drop-down :guilabel:`Vendor` field, the text " +":guilabel:`Vendor` field (above the drop-down :guilabel:`Vendor` field) " +"updates with the name of the vendor chosen from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The list of vendors that is presented in the drop-down menu is pulled from " +"the *Contacts* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: enter the vendor's address in the various fields in " +"this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:88 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the vendor's email in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: if this vendor is only available to a specific company," +" select the company from the drop-down menu. If this field is left blank, " +"the vendor's items are available to **all** companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst-1 +msgid "The top portion of the vendor form filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:101 +msgid "Availability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`AVAILABILITY` section presents a table with two rows. The " +"days of the week populate the top row, and the bottom row has checkboxes. " +"Check the corresponding box for each day of the week the vendor is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:107 +msgid "By default, Monday through Friday have checkmarks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst-1 +msgid "The default view of the availability section, with Mon-Fri enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:5 +msgid "Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Delivery`: using the drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Delivery` if the vendor delivers food to the office, or " +":guilabel:`No Delivery` if ordered food must be picked up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: select which locations are able to order from this " +"vendor. Multiple locations can be selected. If this field is left blank, " +"**all** locations can order from the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:123 +msgid "" +"By default, an `HQ Office` location is created by default when creating a " +"database, and is available to select from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Send Order By`: click the radio button to select how orders are " +"sent to the vendor. The available options are :guilabel:`Phone` or " +":guilabel:`Email`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Order Time`: this field appears if :guilabel:`Email` is selected " +"for :guilabel:`Send Order By`. Enter the time that an order must be emailed " +"for the order to be accepted. Enter the time in a `HH:MM` format, then " +"select either :guilabel:`AM` or :guilabel:`PM` from the drop-down next to " +"the time field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst-1 +msgid "The orders section of a vendor form, with all fields filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:140 +msgid "Extras" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:142 +msgid "" +"When ordering an item in the *Lunch* app, it is possible to show extra items" +" that can be added to an order, sometimes referred to as *add-ons*. These " +"can be configured in any manner that suits the products being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:146 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo allows for three types of extra items, which can be thought" +" of as *categories*. By default, the first type or *category* of add-ons is " +"labeled `Extras`, the second is labeled `Beverages`, and the third is " +"labeled `Extra Label 3`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:151 +msgid "" +"When configuring the extras, it is important to keep in mind that all the " +"extras configured will appear for **every item** offered by the vendor. That" +" means that only items which apply to **all** products from the vendor " +"should be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:158 +msgid "Configure extras" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information for each of the three available extra " +"sections:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Extra (#) Label`: enter a name for the type of extra, such as " +"`Toppings` or `Beverages`. This can be thought of as a *category*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Extra (#) Quantity`: select how the extras are allowed to be " +"selected. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:166 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`None or More`: select this if the user is not required to select " +"anything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One or More`: select this to **require** the user to make at " +"least one selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Only One`: select this to **require** the user to make only one " +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:171 +msgid "Add extras" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:173 +msgid "" +"After the labels and quantities have been configured for an extra category, " +"the individual extra items must be added for each category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add a line` at the bottom of the list that appears on the " +"right-hand side of the extra category. Enter the :guilabel:`Name` and " +":guilabel:`Price` for each item being added. The price can remain at `$0.00`" +" if there is no cost. This is common for items like disposable silverware or" +" condiments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:182 +msgid "" +"For a pizzeria that only offers personal pies, see their extras configured " +"as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The first extra is configured for the various toppings they offer. The " +":guilabel:`Extra 1 Label` is set to `Toppings`, and the :guilabel:`Extra 1 " +"Quantity` is set to :guilabel:`None or More`. The various toppings are then " +"added, with their corresponding costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:0 +msgid "The first of the extras configured for pizza toppings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The pizzeria also offers a free beverage with any purchase. To set this up, " +"the :guilabel:`Extra 2 Label` is set to `Beverages`, and the " +":guilabel:`Extra 1 Quantity` is set to :guilabel:`Only One`. The various " +"beverage choices are added, and the cost for each remains zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:0 +msgid "The second of the extras configured for a free beverage with purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:201 +msgid "Locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:203 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo creates an `HQ Office` location when the *Lunch* " +"application is installed. If a company has more than one location, they must" +" be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:206 +msgid "" +"To add a location, navigate to :menuselection:`Lunch app --> Configuration: " +"Locations`. The currently configured locations appear in a list view. Click " +"the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner and a blank line appears " +"beneath the last location in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Enter the name of the location in the field. Next, click into the " +":guilabel:`Address` field to the right of the name, and enter the location's" +" address. It is possible to enter multiple lines in the address field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:214 +msgid "Repeat this for all locations that need to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst-1 +msgid "A list view of the locations with the new button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:221 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Before any orders can be placed, the individual products that are being " +"offered must be configured, as no products are pre-configured in Odoo, by " +"default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:226 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to the products page by going to :menuselection:`Lunch app " +"--> Configuration: Products`. Next click the :guilabel:`New` button in the " +"top-left corner and a blank product form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:232 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Name*`: enter the name for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:233 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Category*`: using the drop-down menu, select the category" +" this product falls under." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:235 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor*`: using the drop-down menu, select the vendor that " +"supplies this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:236 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Price`: enter the price for the product. The currency is " +"determined by the localization of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description of the product in this field. " +"This description appears beneath the product photo when users are viewing " +"the options for the day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:240 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Until`: using the calendar popover, select the date that the " +"product will no longer be labeled as new. Until this date, a green `New` tag" +" appears on the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:242 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: if the product should only be available to a specific " +"company, select it from the drop-down menu. If this field is left blank, " +"this product is available for all companies in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:245 +msgid "" +"Image: hover over the image box in the top-right corner of the form, and " +"click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon that appears. A file explorer " +"pop-up window appears. Navigate to the image, then click :guilabel:`Open`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:249 +msgid "(*) indicates required field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst-1 +msgid "A product form filled out for a nine inch pizza." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:256 +msgid "Product categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Product categories are a way to organize the offerings in the *Lunch* app, " +"and allows for users to quickly filter the offerings when reviewing the menu" +" for the day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:261 +msgid "" +"To add or modify categories, navigate to :menuselection:`Lunch app --> " +"Configuration: Product Categories`. The available categories appear in a " +"list view. In the *Lunch* app, there are four default categories : " +":guilabel:`Sandwich`, :guilabel:`Pizza`, :guilabel:`Burger`, and " +":guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:266 +msgid "" +"To add a new category, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left " +"corner, and a blank category form loads. Enter a name in the " +":guilabel:`Product Category` field. If the category is company-specific and " +"should only appear for a certain company, select the :guilabel:`Company` " +"from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:271 +msgid "" +"If desired, add a photo for the category. Hover over the image box in the " +"top-right, and click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon that appears. A " +"file explorer pop-up window appears. Navigate to the image, then click " +":guilabel:`Open`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst-1 +msgid "The category form, with the fields filled out for a Soup category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:392 +msgid "Alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:282 +msgid "" +"It is possible to set up alerts that can either be displayed in the *Lunch* " +"app, or be sent to specific employees via the *Discuss* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:285 +msgid "" +"No alerts are pre-configured by default. To set up an alert, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Lunch app --> Configuration: Alerts`. Click the " +":guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner and a blank lunch alert form " +"loads. Enter the following information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:289 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert Name`: enter a name for the alert. This should be short and" +" descriptive, such as `New Lunch Vendor` or `Order by 11`. This field is " +"**required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:291 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display`: select whether the alert is visible in the *Lunch* app " +"(:guilabel:`Alert in app)` or sent to employees via the *Discuss* app in a " +"chat window (:guilabel:`Chat notification`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:294 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recipients`: this field only appears if :guilabel:`Chat " +"notification` is selected for the :guilabel:`Display` option. Select who " +"receives the chat alert. The options are: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Employee who ordered last week`, :guilabel:`Employee who ordered " +"last month`, or :guilabel:`Employee who ordered last year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: select the locations the alert should appear for from " +"the drop-down menu. Multiple locations can be selected. This field is " +"**required**, therefore, if the alert applies to all locations, select all " +"the locations from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:302 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show Until`: if the alert should expire on a specific date, " +"select the date from the calendar picker." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Active`: this option is on (appears green) by default. To turn " +"off the alert, click the toggle so that it no longer appears green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:306 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message`: Enter the alert message in this field. This field is " +"**required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:307 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notification Time`: select the days of the week the alert should " +"be sent. By default, all seven days are active. Click on a checkbox to " +"change the setting from active to inactive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:310 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Chat notification` was selected for the :guilabel:`Display` " +"option, a :guilabel:`Time` field also appears. Enter the time the chat " +"message should be sent. Next, select if the time is either :guilabel:`AM` or" +" :guilabel:`PM` using the drop-down menu to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Time` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An alert form with all of the information filled out for a chat alert sent at 10:30 AM,\n" +"asking employees to submit orders by 11:30 AM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:321 +msgid ":doc:`lunch/orders`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:322 +msgid ":doc:`lunch/user-accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:323 +msgid ":doc:`lunch/management`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:3 +msgid "Lunch management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo's *Lunch* application, it is required to have someone manage the " +"orders, vendors, and products. In addition, someone must be responsible for " +"the orders, and notifying employees when their orders have arrived. This can" +" be the same person." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Orders can be :ref:`canceled `, :ref:`sent to the vendor " +"`, :ref:`confirmed ` upon arrival, " +"and :ref:`employees can be notified `, either from the " +":ref:`Today's Orders ` dashboard, or the :ref:`Control " +"Vendors ` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To manage the *Lunch* app, users need the appropriate " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights. These can be set by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Settings app` and selecting :guilabel:`Manage Users`. Then, " +"click on the desired user to view their access rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:18 +msgid "" +"For more information on access rights, refer to the :doc:`Access rights " +"<../../general/users/access_rights/>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Only users with administration rights are able to view the " +":guilabel:`Manager` and :guilabel:`Configuration` menus in the *Lunch* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:28 +msgid "Today's Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view and manage the orders for the day, navigate to :menuselection:`Lunch" +" app --> Manager --> Today's Orders`. All orders for the day are presented " +"in a list view on the :guilabel:`Today's Orders` dashboard, with a filter " +"for :guilabel:`Today`, and grouped by :guilabel:`Vendor`, by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:160 +msgid "The following information appears in the list:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:162 +msgid ":guilabel:`Order Date`: the date the order was placed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:163 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor the product is being ordered from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:164 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the specific product ordered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:165 +msgid ":guilabel:`Extras`: any extras selected for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: any information needed to be sent to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:167 +msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user who ordered the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:168 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lunch Location`: where the product is set to be delivered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:169 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Price`: the total price for the product, including all extras." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:170 +msgid ":guilabel:`Status`: the current status of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company under which the order was placed. This only" +" appears in a multi-company database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The list that appears in the Today's Orders dashboard, with the filters and top column\n" +"names highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:57 +msgid "Cancel orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:59 +msgid "All users can cancel an order, not just managers of the *Lunch* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To cancel an order from a vendor, individual products **must** be canceled " +"one at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:63 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Today's Orders` dashboard, a :guilabel:`✖️ Cancel` button " +"is shown at the far-right of each product line that can be canceled. Click " +"the :guilabel:`✖️ Cancel` button to cancel the order for that individual " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Only products with a red :guilabel:`Status` tag of :guilabel:`Ordered` can " +"be canceled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst-1 +msgid "Order lines with the cancel button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:77 +msgid "Send orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The first step in managing the *Lunch* app is to send the orders to the " +"vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:81 +msgid "" +"When orders are ready to be sent, the manager responsible for sending orders" +" **must** send the orders to the vendor, outside of the database (call, " +"online order, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Once orders have been placed with the vendors, click the :guilabel:`Send " +"Orders` button that appears next to each vendor's name and phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Once sent, the :guilabel:`Send Orders` button changes to a " +":guilabel:`Confirm Orders` button, and the :guilabel:`Status` column is " +"updated from red :guilabel:`Ordered` tags to blue :guilabel:`Sent` tags, " +"indicating the order has been sent to the vendor. Users who have placed " +"orders in the *Lunch* app rely on the :guilabel:`Status` tags to track their" +" orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A vendor's order with the X Cancel and Send Orders buttons highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:99 +msgid "Confirm orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:101 +msgid "" +"After orders have been sent to the vendor, the next step is to confirm the " +"orders after they have been delivered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:104 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Today's Orders` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`Confirm " +"Orders` button that appears next to the vendor's name and phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, the :guilabel:`Confirm Orders` button disappears, and the " +":guilabel:`Status` column is updated from blue :guilabel:`Sent` tags to " +"green :guilabel:`Received` tags, indicating the vendor has delivered the " +"orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In addition, the :guilabel:`✖️ Cancel` button at the end of each product " +"line changes to a :guilabel:`✉️ Send Notification` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If needed, instead of confirming all of the individual products from a " +"vendor, individual products can be confirmed one at a time. To confirm an " +"individual product, click the :guilabel:`✔️ Confirm` button at the end of " +"the individual product line. When confirming individual products with this " +"method, the :guilabel:`Confirm Orders` button remains on the vendor line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Today's Orders dashboard, with the two different ways to confirm an " +"order highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:124 +msgid "" +"A vendor receives an order for three pizzas, and an order of garlic knots. " +"When the delivery is made to the company, the *Lunch* manager notices the " +"garlic knots are missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The manager first marks the three pizzas as received, by individually " +"confirming the products with the :guilabel:`✔️ Confirm` button at the end of" +" each product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Later, when the vendor delivers the garlic knots, the manager can either " +"click the :guilabel:`✔️ Confirm` button at the end of the line for the " +"garlic knots, or click the :guilabel:`Confirm Orders` button that appears " +"next to the vendor's name and phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:137 +msgid "Notify employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:139 +msgid "" +"After products are received, and the orders are confirmed, the employees " +"**must** be informed that their orders have been delivered, and are ready to" +" be picked up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Unlike sending and confirming orders, notifications must be sent " +"individually, and cannot be sent in a batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:145 +msgid "" +"To notify the user their product has arrived, click the :guilabel:`✉️ Send " +"Notification` button at the end of each product line. An email is sent to " +"the user informing them their products have been delivered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:152 +msgid "Control Vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:154 +msgid "" +"All orders for all vendors, both past and present, can be found in the " +"*Control Vendors* dashboard. To access these records, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Lunch app --> Manager --> Control Vendors`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:157 +msgid "" +"All orders appear in a list view, grouped alphabetically by " +":guilabel:`Vendor`. The list loads with all vendors expanded to show all " +"order lines for every vendor, by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Orders can be :ref:`canceled `, :ref:`sent to the vendor " +"`, :ref:`confirmed ` upon arrival, " +"and :ref:`employees can be notified ` using the same method as" +" on the :ref:`Today's Orders ` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list view of all the orders as seen in the Control Vendors dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The difference between the :ref:`Today's Orders ` " +"dashboard and the :ref:`Control Vendors ` dashboard " +"is that the *Today's Orders* dashboard **only** displays orders for the " +"current day, while the :guilabel:`Control Vendors` dashboard displays " +"**all** orders made in the *Lunch* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:190 +msgid ":doc:`../lunch`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:191 +msgid ":doc:`orders`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/management.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`user-accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:7 +msgid "" +"When the *Lunch* application is opened, the :guilabel:`Order Your Lunch` " +"dashboard loads. This view is also accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Lunch app --> My Lunch --> New Order`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Order Your Lunch` dashboard provides a summary of lunch " +"offerings, the user's account information, and the current day's orders, " +"along with their statuses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:14 +msgid "Order Your Lunch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:16 +msgid "" +"On the main :guilabel:`Order Your Lunch` dashboard, all the necessary " +"information needed to place an order is visible. The default filter for the " +"products is :guilabel:`Available Today`, which is present in the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar. This filter shows only products that can be " +"purchased that day, based on the :ref:`vendor's availability " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The left-side of the dashboard displays the various :guilabel:`Categories` " +"of products available, along with the :guilabel:`Vendors` supplying the " +"products. To the right of each line is a number, which indicates how many " +"products are associated with that respective category or vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To filter the products by categories or vendors, tick the checkbox next to " +"the desired category or vendor to only view items related to those " +"selections. Multiple selections can be made in each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If multiple selections are made, **only** products that fall under **all** " +"the selected options are shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The top portion of the dashboard, which serves as an order summary, displays" +" the user's account information, and the order details for today, if any " +"orders have been placed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The main section, beneath the user's information, displays all the products " +"in a default Kanban view. Each product card displays the name, cost, vendor," +" photo, and description of the product. If the product is configured as new," +" it also displays a :guilabel:`New` tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst-1 +msgid "The *Lunch* app dashboard with all areas highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Anywhere a vendor's name is listed in the *Lunch* app, such as on Kanban " +"product cards, their phone number is listed, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The products can also be displayed in a list view, by clicking the " +":guilabel:`≣ (four parallel lines)` icon in the top-right corner of the " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:52 +msgid "Placing orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To place a lunch order, navigate to the main :guilabel:`Order Your Lunch` " +"dashboard, by either opening the *Lunch* app, or by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Lunch app --> My Lunch --> New Order`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:58 +msgid "Add products to an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:60 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Order Your Lunch` dashboard, click on a desired product " +"to add to an order, and the product appears in a :guilabel:`Configure Your " +"Order` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:63 +msgid "" +"At the top of the pop-up window is the product image, name, and price. " +"Beneath that, there is a potential :guilabel:`Extras` field, showcasing any " +":ref:`extra items or options `. Tick the checkbox next to any " +"desired extras present in the :guilabel:`Extras` field to add them to the " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Each extra option is organized by a category, complete with its name and " +"price. As extras are selected, the displayed price at the top of the pop-up " +"window updates to reflect all current selections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Extras` field is the :guilabel:`Description` of the " +"product, followed by a :guilabel:`Notes` field. The :guilabel:`Notes` field " +"is used to enter any vital information, which is then sent to the vendor " +"regarding the order, such as any special requests or food allergies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When all selections for the product have been made, click the :guilabel:`Add" +" To Cart` button in the lower-left of the pop-up window. To cancel the " +"order, click the :guilabel:`Discard` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up window for a personal pizza, with all the extras highlighted and " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Depending on how the various :ref:`extras ` are " +"configured for a vendor, it is possible to receive an error when attempting " +"to add products to the cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:89 +msgid "" +"An error can occur when a configured product **requires** the user to select" +" an option in the :guilabel:`Extras` field, but the user neglects to make " +"one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:92 +msgid "" +"When this occurs, a :guilabel:`Validation Error` pop-up window appears. The " +"error is briefly explained in the pop-up window. Click :guilabel:`Close` to " +"close the window, and make any necessary changes to the :guilabel:`Configure" +" Your Order` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:97 +msgid "" +"The vendor, The Pizza Palace, provides a free beverage with any purchase. " +"Their products are configured so that a beverage selection is **required** " +"in the :guilabel:`Extras` field *before* adding one of their products to the" +" cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If a selection is **not** made, an error occurs. The message that appears is" +" `You have to order one and only one Free Beverage with Purchase`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Validation Error` pop-up window with the specific error for the free\n" +"beverage displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:110 +msgid "Your Order summary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:112 +msgid "" +"When at least one item is added to an order, the items appear at the top of " +"the dashboard in the :guilabel:`Your Order` summary. In addition to the " +"products, users can view the account information, in addition to all the " +"information related to orders placed during the current calendar day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:116 +msgid "" +"As products are added to an order, they appear at the top center of the " +"summary box. Each product is listed beneath the words :guilabel:`Your " +"Order`, with the product name, quantity, and a status tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:119 +msgid "The available tags that can be displayed for each item are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Order`: the product has been added to the cart, but has not " +"been purchased yet by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Ordered`: the product has been purchased by the user, and is " +"waiting to be sent to the vendor by a *Lunch* app manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sent`: the order for the product has been sent to the vendor by a" +" *Lunch* app manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Received`: the product has been delivered by the vendor to the " +"user's location, and has been verified as received by a *Lunch* app manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Product quantities can be adjusted by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)`" +" or :guilabel:`➖ (minus sign)` to the left of the listed product. The " +"product price adjusts in real-time to display the cost for the currently " +"selected quantity of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The right side of the :guilabel:`Your Order` summary displays the purchasing" +" information. The :guilabel:`Total` amount for the entire day's lunch order " +"is displayed. The :guilabel:`Already Paid` field indicates how much has been" +" paid that day towards the :guilabel:`Total` amount. The :guilabel:`To Pay` " +"field displays how much of the remaining :guilabel:`Total` amount must be " +"paid, in order to place the currently configured order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Your Orders section of the dashboard, with the purchasing information " +"highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Users can place multiple orders throughout the day, and are not restricted " +"to only placing one lunch order each day. Multiple orders might need to be " +"placed, due to users forgetting to add items to an order, or if there are " +"multiple meals that are available to be purchased for the office ()not just " +"lunch), and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Depending on the various vendors, and how the vendors and products are " +"configured, it is possible to order breakfast, lunch, dinner, coffee, and/or" +" snacks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:153 +msgid "Submit an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:155 +msgid "" +"To place the order, click the :guilabel:`Order Now` button on the right-side" +" of the :guilabel:`Your Order` summary. The user is charged the amount that " +"is displayed in the :guilabel:`To Pay` field, and the cost is deducted from " +"their *Lunch* account balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Once the order is placed, the tags for the items just purchased in the " +":guilabel:`Your Order` field change from orange :guilabel:`To Order` tags to" +" red :guilabel:`Ordered` tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:163 +msgid "Track an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:165 +msgid "" +"When orders have been sent to the vendors, the tags for the items in the " +":guilabel:`Your Order` summary change from red :guilabel:`Ordered` tags to " +"blue :guilabel:`Sent` tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Once orders have been received and verified, the tags change from blue " +":guilabel:`Sent` tags to green :guilabel:`Received` tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:172 +msgid "Receive an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:174 +msgid "" +"When orders are received at the delivery location, they are confirmed by a " +"*Lunch* app manager, and a notification is sent to the employee who ordered " +"the food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:178 +msgid "My Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To view a full list of all orders placed in the *Lunch* app for the " +"currently signed-in user, navigate to :menuselection:`Lunch app --> My Lunch" +" --> My Order History`. This navigates to the :guilabel:`My Orders` " +"dashboard. The data is filtered by :guilabel:`My Orders` and grouped by " +":guilabel:`Order Date: Day`, by default, both of which are located in the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:185 +msgid "" +"All products appear in a list view, organized by date. The list displays the" +" :guilabel:`Order Date`, :guilabel:`Vendor`, :guilabel:`Product`, " +":guilabel:`Extras`, :guilabel:`Notes`, :guilabel:`User`, :guilabel:`Lunch " +"Location`, :guilabel:`Price`, and :guilabel:`Status` information. If in a " +"multi-company database, a :guilabel:`Company` column also appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The total cost for each order is displayed on the line containing the order " +"date. At the bottom of the list, beneath all the lines, the overall total " +"amount paid for all the orders appears, under the :guilabel:`Price` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:194 +msgid "" +"At the end of each product line with a status of :guilabel:`Ordered` or " +":guilabel:`Sent`, an :guilabel:`X Cancel` button appears. Click :guilabel:`X" +" Cancel` to cancel that product order. Once a product order has been " +"canceled, the money paid for that product is refunded, and appears in the " +"user's account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:199 +msgid "" +"At the end of each product line with a status of :guilabel:`Received`, a " +":guilabel:`Re-order` button appears. Click :guilabel:`Re-order` to instantly" +" reorder that same product, with the same extras, if applicable. The new " +"order appears in the list, under the current date, and the product is paid " +"for, with money deducted from the user's account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst-1 +msgid "The list view that appears when navigating to the My Orders dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:209 +msgid "My Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:211 +msgid "" +"To view a summary of all transactions in the user's account, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Lunch app --> My Lunch --> My Account History`. Doing so " +"reveals the :guilabel:`My Account` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The default presentation of the :guilabel:`My Account` dashboard displays " +"all entries, from newest to oldest. The :guilabel:`Date`, " +":guilabel:`Description`, and :guilabel:`Amount` are the only fields " +"displayed in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Entries with a negative figure listed in the :guilabel:`Amount` column " +"represent products purchased in the *Lunch* app. These appear in a `$-XX.XX`" +" format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Entries with a positive balance either represent funds added to the user's " +"lunch account, or canceled orders that were eventually refunded to the user." +" These appear in a `$XX.XX` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The My Account dashboard with the entry for adding funds to the user's lunch account\n" +"highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/user-accounts.rst:3 +msgid "Manage user accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/user-accounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo's *Lunch* application, users pay for products directly from their " +"*Lunch* app account. For funds to appear in their account, a *Lunch* app " +"manager **must** transfer funds into each user's account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/user-accounts.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To add funds and manage user accounts, the user must have " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights set for the *Lunch* application. " +"This is verified by navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> → Manage " +"Users`. Then, click on a user to view their various settings and access " +"rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/user-accounts.rst:14 +msgid "" +"For more information, refer to the :doc:`Access rights " +"<../../general/users/access_rights/>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/user-accounts.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The *Lunch* application does **not** directly interface in any way with " +"software or products linked to any monetary accounts or billing. Money " +"**cannot** be transferred from users' bank accounts, nor can users' credit " +"cards be charged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/user-accounts.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Lunch* application **only** allows for manual entries of cash " +"exchanges that are handled by the *Lunch* app manager. It is up to each " +"individual company to create the method with which lunch accounts are " +"replenished." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/user-accounts.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Some examples of how money can be organized and transferred within a " +"company:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/user-accounts.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Cash is handed to the *Lunch* app manager, who then updates the user's " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/user-accounts.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Money is automatically deducted from the user's paychecks, then the *Lunch* " +"app manager updates the account when paychecks are issued. This requires " +":ref:`adding a salary attachment ` for the " +"user's payslip in the *Payroll* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/user-accounts.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Companies can sell \"lunch tickets\" at a set price (for example, one ticket" +" costs $5.00). Users can purchase tickets from a *Lunch* app manager, who " +"then updates the user's account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/user-accounts.rst:38 +msgid "Cash Moves" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/user-accounts.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To add funds to user accounts, each cash move must be individually logged. " +"To view all cash move records, or create a new cash move, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Lunch app --> Manager --> Cash Moves`. Doing so reveals the " +":guilabel:`Cash Moves` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/user-accounts.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Cash Moves` dashboard, all cash moves are presented in a " +"default list view, displaying each record's :guilabel:`Date`, " +":guilabel:`User`, :guilabel:`Description`, and :guilabel:`Amount`. The total" +" of all the cash moves is displayed at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Amount` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/user-accounts.rst-1 +msgid "The list view of all cash moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/user-accounts.rst:54 +msgid "Add funds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/user-accounts.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To add funds to a lunch account, click the :guilabel:`New` button, located " +"in the top-left corner of the :guilabel:`Cash Moves` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/user-accounts.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A blank :guilabel:`Cash Moves` form loads. Enter the following information " +"on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/user-accounts.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`User`: select the user depositing cash into their account from " +"the drop-down menu. If the user is not in the database, they can be created " +"by typing their name in the :guilabel:`User` field, and clicking either " +":guilabel:`Create \"user\"` or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to create the " +"user and edit the :guilabel:`Create User` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/user-accounts.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: using the calendar popover, select the date the " +"transaction occurred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/user-accounts.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Amount`: enter the amount being added to the lunch account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/user-accounts.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description of the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/user-accounts.rst-1 +msgid "The cash move form filled out for a transaction of $40.00." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/user-accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Control Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/user-accounts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"An overview of every transaction in the *Lunch* app, including all cash " +"deposits and purchases, can be viewed on the main *Control Accounts* " +"dashboard. To access this dashboard, navigate to :menuselection:`Lunch app " +"--> Manager --> Control Accounts.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/user-accounts.rst:81 +msgid "" +"All transactions are grouped :guilabel:`By Employee`, and listed " +"alphabetically by the user's first name. At the end of the user's name, a " +"number appears. This indicates the number of individual records logged for " +"that user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/user-accounts.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The default view is to have all individual transactions hidden. To view all " +"transactions for a user, click the :guilabel:`▶ (triangle)` icon to the left" +" of the desired name to expand that specific group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/user-accounts.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Each record includes the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`User`, " +":guilabel:`Description`, and :guilabel:`Amount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/user-accounts.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Control Accounts dashboard with two employee's transactions expanded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/user-accounts.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This list only displays the various transactions within the *Lunch* app, and" +" does **not** allow modifications to be made to any records listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/user-accounts.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Cash moves can be modified, but **only** from the :ref:`Cash Moves " +"` dashboard, not from the :guilabel:`Control Accounts` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/user-accounts.rst:103 +msgid "It is **not** possible to modify any product-related records." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:5 @@ -5390,11 +8175,11 @@ msgid "" "the configuration header menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:104 msgid "Templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:106 msgid "" "Contract templates are used with the *Recruitment* application when sending " "an offer to a candidate. The contract template forms the basis of an offer, " @@ -5403,13 +8188,20 @@ msgid "" "the changes are also reflected in the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To access contract templates, the *Salary Configurator* " +"(`hr_contract_salary`) module **must** be :ref:`installed " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "To view all the current contract templates in the database, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Contracts: Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Contract Templates` page, all current contract templates " "appear in a list view. To view the details of a contract template, click " @@ -5418,40 +8210,40 @@ msgid "" "contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" "To create a new contract template, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Then, " "enter the following information on the blank contract template form that " "appears:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Reference`: enter a brief description for the template. " "This should be clear and easily understood, as this name appears in the " "*Recruitment* application, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: select the desired working schedule the " "contract applies to from the drop-down menu. If a new working schedule is " "needed, create a :ref:`new working schedule `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select how the work entries are generated. " "Choices are either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: work entries are generated based on the " "selected working schedule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "attendance, as they are logged in the *Attendances* application. Refer to " @@ -5459,56 +8251,56 @@ msgid "" "on checking in and out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Planning`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "planning in the *Planning* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select the :ref:`salary structure type " "` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the contract template applies " "to from the drop-down menu. If blank, the template applies to all " "departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Job Position`: select the :ref:`job position ` the contract template applies to from the drop-down menu. If " "blank, the template applies to all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 msgid ":guilabel:`Wage on Payroll`: enter the monthly wage in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Type`: select the type of contract from the drop-down " "menu. This list is the same as the :ref:`Employment Types " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: select the employee responsible for validating " "contracts, using this template, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`: select a default document that a" " new employee has to sign to accept an offer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template`: select a default document " "that a current employee has to sign to update their contract." @@ -5518,17 +8310,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new contract template form, with the fields filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 msgid "Salary information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or " ":guilabel:`Hourly Wage` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: using the drop-down menu, select how often the " "employee is paid. Options include :guilabel:`Annually`, :guilabel:`Semi-" @@ -5537,7 +8330,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Weekly`, or :guilabel:`Daily`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage`: enter the gross wage. The time period presented in this " "field is based on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Scheduled Pay` field. " @@ -5545,21 +8338,21 @@ msgid "" "*first*, since that entry updates this field automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:172 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)`: enter the total yearly cost the employee " "costs the employer. When this value is entered, the :guilabel:`Monthly Cost " "(Real)` is automatically updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Monthly Cost (Real)`: this field is **not** editable. The value " "is automatically populated after the :guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)` is " "entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:178 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Schedule Pay`, :guilabel:`Wage`, and :guilabel:`Yearly Cost " "(Real)` fields are all linked. If any of these fields are updated, the other" @@ -5572,60 +8365,60 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The salary information tab, with the fields filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 msgid "Pre-tax benefits and post-tax deductions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:190 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings set for the company, the entries " "presented in this section either vary, or may not appear at all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "For example, some entries may pertain to retirement accounts, health " "insurance benefits, and commuter benefits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:196 msgid "" "Enter the monetary amounts or percentages to specify how much of the " "employee's salary goes to the various benefits and/or deductions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "Employment types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:204 msgid "" "To view all the pre-configured employment types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll application --> Configuration --> Contracts: " "Employment Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:207 msgid "" "The employment types are presented in a list view on the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:209 msgid "" "The default employment types are :guilabel:`Permanent`, " ":guilabel:`Temporary`, :guilabel:`Seasonal`, :guilabel:`Interim`, " ":guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, and :guilabel:`Permanent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 msgid "" "To make a new employment type, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the " "upper-left corner, and a blank line appears at the bottom of the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:215 msgid "" "On this new blank line, enter the name of the employment type in the " ":guilabel:`Name` column. If the employment type is country-specific, select " @@ -5634,7 +8427,7 @@ msgid "" " specific country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:220 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the employment types, click the :guilabel:`six " "small gray boxes` icon to the left of the employment type :guilabel:`Name`, " @@ -5645,12 +8438,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The employment types in the database by default, in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -5658,15 +8451,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:238 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:241 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -5674,14 +8467,14 @@ msgid "" "automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work " "Entry Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:251 msgid "" "Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." @@ -5693,28 +8486,29 @@ msgid "" "code and color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 msgid "" "To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:717 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:730 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:43 msgid "General information section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: the name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:269 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: this code appears with the work entry type on " "timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " @@ -5722,7 +8516,7 @@ msgid "" "department for a code to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:272 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DMFA code`: this code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " "Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding :abbr:`DMFA (De " @@ -5733,50 +8527,50 @@ msgid "" "salaries paid to those employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 msgid "" ":guilabel:`External Code`: this code is used for exporting data to a third-" "party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used to determine " "the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: this code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " "payroll service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the particular work entry type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:285 msgid "Display in payslip section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rounding`: the rounding method selected determines how quantities" " on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: a timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:295 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -5786,52 +8580,52 @@ msgid "" "hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:301 msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: if the work entry is for work that " "is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " -"from the drop-down menu. Some situations where work would be logged on a " -"timesheet but no compensation given would be for unpaid internships, unpaid " -"training, or volunteer work." +"from the drop-down menu. Some situations where work is logged on a " +"timesheet, but no compensation given would be for unpaid internships, unpaid" +" training, or volunteer work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:309 msgid "Valid for advantages section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: if the work entry should count towards a meal " "voucher, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:312 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: if the work entry should count towards " "representation fees, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: if the work entry should count " "towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:318 msgid "Time off options section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off`: check this box if the work entry type can be selected " "for a time off request, or entry, in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field " "appears. This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time" @@ -5839,14 +8633,14 @@ msgid "" "example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "A new type of time off can be entered in the field, if the listed types of " "time off in the drop-down menu do **not** display the type of time off " "needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: this is for Belgian-specific companies " "**only**, and does **not** appear for other localizations. Check this box if" @@ -5857,11 +8651,11 @@ msgid "" "year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:336 msgid "Reporting section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:338 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: if the work entry should be visible on the " "unforeseen absences report, check this box." @@ -5871,11 +8665,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:348 msgid "Working schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 msgid "" "To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " @@ -5883,21 +8677,21 @@ msgid "" "contracts and work entries are found in this list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 msgid "" "Working schedules are company-specific. Each company **must** identify each " "type of working schedule they use. If the database is created for only one " "company, the company column is not available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" "An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " "work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " "that uses the 40-hour standard work week." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "" "A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " "needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." @@ -5909,17 +8703,17 @@ msgid "" "the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "New working schedule" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:373 msgid "" "To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " "enter the information on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -5927,7 +8721,7 @@ msgid "" "times that apply to the new working time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:380 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -5936,16 +8730,16 @@ msgid "" "modified by typing in the time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:386 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:389 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top-left. This creates " "entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" @@ -5953,11 +8747,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New working schedule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:403 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -5967,7 +8761,7 @@ msgid "" "on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:411 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -5977,73 +8771,77 @@ msgid "" "structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:417 msgid "" "The different :guilabel:`Structure Types` can be seen by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure " -"Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary: Structure Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:420 msgid "" -"There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: " -":guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Worker`. Typically, :guilabel:`Employee`" -" is used for salaried employees, which is why the wage type is " -":guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is typically used for" -" employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +"Two default structure types are configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Employee` and" +" :guilabel:`Worker`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:422 +msgid "" +"Typically, :guilabel:`Employee` is used for salaried employees, which is why" +" the wage type is :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is " +"typically used for employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is " +":guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "New structure type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " "structure type form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 msgid "" "Proceed to enter information in the fields. Most fields are pre-populated, " "but all the fields can be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:441 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Structure Type`: enter the name for the new structure type, such " "as `Employee` or `Worker`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Country`: select the country that the new structure type applies " "to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:445 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select what type of wage the new structure type uses," " either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for salaried employees, who receive the same wage " "every pay period, select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:451 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for employees, who receive wages based on how many" " hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: select the typical pay schedule for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," @@ -6052,7 +8850,7 @@ msgid "" "indicates how often this specific type of structure is paid out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: select the default working hours for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " @@ -6063,13 +8861,13 @@ msgid "" "hours>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: type in the name for the regular pay " "structure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:463 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: select the default type of work entry " "the new structure type falls under from the drop-down menu. The default " @@ -6080,13 +8878,13 @@ msgid "" "Hours`, and :guilabel:`Long Term Time Off`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 msgid "" "To view all the options for the :guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`, click " "the :guilabel:`Search More..` button at the bottom of the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:472 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings, this list may contain more options " "in addition to the default options." @@ -6097,11 +8895,11 @@ msgid "" "New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 msgid "New default working hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:484 msgid "" "To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " "in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " @@ -6111,14 +8909,14 @@ msgid "" "time. When the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: type in the name for the new default working hours. This " "should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " "Hours/Week`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that can use these new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " @@ -6126,7 +8924,7 @@ msgid "" " to have their own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:495 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: the average hours per day field is auto-" "populated, based on the working hours configured in the :guilabel:`Working " @@ -6134,13 +8932,13 @@ msgid "" "hours affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:499 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Timezone`: select the time zone to be used for the new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:501 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: enter the number of hours per week an " "employee would need to work to be considered a full-time employee. " @@ -6149,7 +8947,7 @@ msgid "" "(full-time vs part-time)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:505 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Time Rate`: this percentage is auto-generated based on the " "entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" @@ -6159,7 +8957,7 @@ msgid "" "adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: this tab is where each day's specific working" " hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " @@ -6167,26 +8965,26 @@ msgid "" "with each day divided into three timed sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:513 msgid "" "Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening " "(13:00-17:00) hours configured, using a 24 hour time format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:505 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:516 msgid "" "To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field to adjust, and " "make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the specific case of " "the times, type in the desired time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:519 msgid "" "Keep in mind, working hours are company-specific, and cannot be shared " "between companies. Each company needs to have their own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "" "If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " "bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " @@ -6195,17 +8993,17 @@ msgid "" " be adjusted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 msgid "Structures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:520 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:531 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -6213,13 +9011,13 @@ msgid "" "`Bonus`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:538 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:541 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " @@ -6230,7 +9028,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All available salary structures." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:548 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." @@ -6242,12 +9040,12 @@ msgid "" "Rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:545 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:556 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:261 msgid "Rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:558 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " "purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" @@ -6255,35 +9053,35 @@ msgid "" "the creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:562 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " "Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:554 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:565 msgid "" "To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " "the following information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:558 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 msgid "Top section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:571 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rule Name`: enter a name for the rule. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:563 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " "recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " @@ -6291,38 +9089,38 @@ msgid "" "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:577 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a number indicating when this rule is calculated" " in the sequence of all other rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Active`: enable this toggle, so the rule is available for use. " "Disable the toggle to hide the rule without deleting it in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:583 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appears on payslip`: tick the checkbox to have the rule appear on" " employee payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:573 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:584 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Employer Cost Dashboard`: tick the checkbox to have the " "rule appear on the :guilabel:`Employer Cost` report, located on the " "*Payroll* app dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:586 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Payroll Reporting`: tick the checkbox to have the rule " "appear on payroll reports." @@ -6332,15 +9130,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:583 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 msgid "General tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:597 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:599 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: select from the drop-down menu whether the " "rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always applies), a :guilabel:`Range` " @@ -6349,11 +9147,11 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:605 msgid "Computation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:607 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: select from the drop-down menu whether the amount " "is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a :guilabel:`Percentage (%)`, or a " @@ -6361,54 +9159,54 @@ msgid "" "percentage, or Python code needs to be entered next. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:613 msgid "Company contribution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:615 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partner`: if another company financially contributes to this " "rule, select the company from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:608 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:802 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 msgid "Description tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:621 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the rule. " "This tab only appears in the rule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:625 msgid "Accounting tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:627 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Debit Account`: select the debit account from the drop-down menu " "the rule affects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:617 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Credit Account`: select the credit account from the drop-down " "menu the rule affects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:629 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not computed in net accountability`: tick the checkbox to delete " "the value of this rule in the `Net Salary` rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:633 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:625 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:636 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " @@ -6417,11 +9215,11 @@ msgid "" "has matured to more markets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:642 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:633 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:644 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " @@ -6435,14 +9233,14 @@ msgid "" "a payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:642 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 msgid "" "To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " ":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " "applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:647 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:658 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" " :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " @@ -6454,11 +9252,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new Input Type form filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:656 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:669 msgid "Salary attachment types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:658 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:671 msgid "" "Salary attachments, also thought of as \"wage garnishments\", are portions " "of earnings taken out of a payslip for something specific. Much like all " @@ -6466,7 +9264,7 @@ msgid "" "**must** be defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:662 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:675 msgid "" "To view the currently configured salary attachments, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Salary " @@ -6475,7 +9273,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Child Support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:679 msgid "" "To make a new type of salary attachment, click the :guilabel:`New` button. " "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Code` (used in the salary " @@ -6487,11 +9285,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new salary attachment form filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:675 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:677 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " "section of the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary " @@ -6501,7 +9300,7 @@ msgid "" "their salary package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:682 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:695 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -6510,11 +9309,11 @@ msgid "" "sees, and what is populated, as the applicant enters information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:701 msgid "Benefits" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:703 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain benefits " "set in Odoo, in addition to the salary, to make an offer more appealing " @@ -6522,7 +9321,7 @@ msgid "" " or internet, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:694 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:707 msgid "" "To view the benefits, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary Package Configurator: Benefits`. Benefits are grouped by " @@ -6534,7 +9333,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list view of all the benefits available for each structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:716 msgid "" "A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " "another labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " @@ -6542,7 +9341,7 @@ msgid "" "structure type has a meal voucher benefit available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:707 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:720 msgid "" "A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use the " "company car benefit, but cannot have meal vouchers. A person hired under the" @@ -6550,29 +9349,29 @@ msgid "" "available to them, not the use of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:724 msgid "" "To make a new benefit, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " "information in the fields on the blank benefits form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:714 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 msgid "The various fields for creating a benefit are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:732 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefits`: enter the name for the benefit. This field is " "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:733 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "benefit this is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of cost " "incurred by the company for this specific benefit. The default options are " @@ -6583,7 +9382,7 @@ msgid "" "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:739 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Related Type`: select from the drop-down menu what type of " "benefit it is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -6592,52 +9391,52 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:730 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the specific field" " on the contract the benefit appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:732 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select the specific field on the contract that the " "cost of the benefit is linked to, using the drop-down menu. If this field is" " left blank, the cost of the benefit is not computed in the employee budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:735 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:748 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Net Salary`: tick the checkbox if the benefit should " "impact the employee's net salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:737 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requested Documents`: select any document that is required to be " "submitted for this benefit, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:739 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:752 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mandatory Benefits`: using the drop-down menu, select the benefit" " that is required in order for this specific benefit to be offered to the " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 msgid "" "For example, a benefit for car insurance would populate `Company Car` in " "this field. This would allow the car insurance benefit to **only** be " "displayed if the employee has selected/enabled the benefit of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:758 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this benefit applies to. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:760 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select the metric that the benefit is granted, " "using the drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " @@ -6648,17 +9447,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new benefit form filled out for an internet subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:768 msgid "Display section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:757 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:770 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show Name`: tick the checkbox to have the benefit name appear in " "the salary package configurator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: select from the drop-down menu how this benefit is" " displayed. The options are :guilabel:`Always Selected`, " @@ -6667,14 +9466,14 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:764 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 msgid "" "Depending on the selection made, additional configurations need to be made. " "For example, if :guilabel:`Radio Buttons` is selected, the individual radio " "buttons must be entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:766 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Icon`: an icon from the `Font Awesome 4 library " "`_ can be visible for this benefit. Enter" @@ -6682,43 +9481,43 @@ msgid "" "suitcase icon, the code `fa fa-suitcase` is entered on this line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hide Description`: tick the checkbox to hide the benefit " "description if the benefit is not selected by the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:771 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:784 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded`: if the benefit should be folded, or hidden, because it " "is dependant on another benefit selection, tick the checkbox. The following " "fields appear when this is active:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Label`: enter a name for the folded section of the benefit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:775 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:788 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Res Field`: select the contract field this benefit is tied " "to using the drop-down menu. If this field is selected on the contract, then" " this benefit becomes visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:792 msgid "Activity section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the activity type" " that is automatically created when this benefit is selected by the " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:783 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:796 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation`: select when the activity is created, either " "when the :guilabel:`Employee signs his contract`, or when the " @@ -6726,7 +9525,7 @@ msgid "" "desired selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:786 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:799 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation Type`: select the parameters for when the " "activity is created, either :guilabel:`When the benefit is set` or " @@ -6734,46 +9533,47 @@ msgid "" " desired selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:802 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Assigned to`: select the user the activity is automatically " "assigned to, using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:793 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:143 msgid "Sign section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:795 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:808 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Template to Sign`: if the employee is required to sign a document" " when selecting this benefit, select the document template from the drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:798 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:811 msgid "" "For example, a benefit regarding the use of a company car may require the " "employee to sign a document acknowledging the company's car policies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:804 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the benefit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:820 msgid "Personal info" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:809 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:822 msgid "" "Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " "candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " "information, resume, work information, and documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:813 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:826 msgid "" "The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " "section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " @@ -6781,17 +9581,17 @@ msgid "" "hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:830 msgid "" "To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " "dashboard, and click on the employee's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:834 msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:823 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:836 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Personal Info` section lists all of the fields that are " "available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " @@ -6805,25 +9605,25 @@ msgid "" "enter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 msgid "" "To edit a personal info entry, select an entry from the list on the " ":guilabel:`Personal Info` page, and modify the personal info on the form " "that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:834 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 msgid "To create a new personal info entry, click the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:836 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:849 msgid "" "The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " "are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " ":guilabel:`Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:839 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:852 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down menu. " ":guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the :guilabel:`Bank" @@ -6831,7 +9631,7 @@ msgid "" "account, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:843 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from the drop-down menu that best " "describes what kind of personal information this entry is, and where it is " @@ -6840,13 +9640,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address` or :guilabel:`Personal Documents`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:848 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:861 msgid "" "The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " "Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:851 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:864 msgid "" "Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required` box makes the field mandatory on the " "employee's card. The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the " @@ -6859,50 +9659,50 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:863 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:876 msgid "" "The resumé section, housed within the salary package configurator section of" " the settings menu, is how salary information rules are configured when " "offering a position to potential employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:866 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:879 msgid "" "When an offer is sent to a prospective employee, the values for the offer " "are computed from these settings, and appear on the offer page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:869 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:882 msgid "" "To configure this section, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator: Resumé`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:872 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:885 msgid "" "By default, there are three :guilabel:`Salary Structure Types` pre-" "configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Worker`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " ":guilabel:`None`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:875 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:888 msgid "" "Each :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` has several rules configured. These " "affect how an offer is calculated using that particular :guilabel:`Salary " "Structure Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:878 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " ":guilabel:`Contract Salary Resumé` form loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 msgid ":guilabel:`Information`: type in a name for this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:884 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:897 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select the category this value is housed under, using " "the drop-down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Monthly Salary`, " @@ -6910,11 +9710,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:888 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:901 msgid "New categories can be made if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:890 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, then enter the name for the new category " "in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, select the :guilabel:`Periodicity` from" @@ -6923,23 +9723,23 @@ msgid "" "appears in the :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` rule list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:895 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:908 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Monthly Total`: tick the checkbox if this value is added " "in the monthly total calculation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:911 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select what kind of value this rule is, either " ":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Days`, or :guilabel:`Percent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:901 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency` is for a set monetary value, :guilabel:`Days` is for " "compensation in the form of time off, and :guilabel:`Percent` is for a " @@ -6947,13 +9747,13 @@ msgid "" "commissions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select which :guilabel:`Salary Structure " "Type` this rule is nested under, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:919 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Value Type`: select how the value is computed, using the drop-" "down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Fixed Value`, " @@ -6961,7 +9761,7 @@ msgid "" "Benefits Values`, and :guilabel:`Monthly Total`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:922 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: select the code this rule applies to from the drop-down " "menu." @@ -6972,23 +9772,23 @@ msgid "" "The net wage rule form filled out, with all the information for net pay." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:916 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:929 msgid "Jobs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:918 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:931 msgid "" "Since the *Payroll* application is responsible for paying employees for " "specific job positions, the complete list of job positions can be found in " "both the *Payroll* and *Recruitment* applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:937 #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:926 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:939 msgid "" "The job positions listed in the *Payroll* application are identical to the " "job positions listed in the *Recruitment* application. If a new job position" @@ -6996,13 +9796,13 @@ msgid "" "*Payroll* application, and vice versa." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:930 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:943 msgid "" "To view the job positions, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Jobs: Job Positions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:933 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:946 msgid "" "A list of all the job positions appear, along with the corresponding " "department, on the :guilabel:`Job Position` page." @@ -7012,64 +9812,72 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list of all the job positions and corresponding departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:940 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 msgid "" "To create a new job description, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a job " "form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:942 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:955 msgid "" "Enter the information on the form for the new position. The information is " "identical as to the information entered when creating a new job position in " "the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:945 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 msgid "" "Refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation for more details" " on how to fill out this form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:949 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:962 msgid ":doc:`payroll/contracts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:963 msgid ":doc:`payroll/payslips`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:951 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:964 msgid ":doc:`payroll/work_entries`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:952 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:965 msgid ":doc:`payroll/reporting`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:5 msgid "" -"Every employee in Odoo is required to have a contract in order to be paid. A" -" contract outlines the terms of an employee's position, their compensation, " -"their working hours, and any other details about their position." +"Every employee in Odoo is required to have a contract to be paid. A contract" +" outlines the terms of an employee's job position, compensation, working " +"hours, and any other details specific to their role." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:10 msgid "" "Contract documents (PDFs) are uploaded and organized using the *Documents* " "application, and are signed using the *Sign* application. Ensure these " -"applications are installed in order to send and sign contracts. Please refer" -" to the :doc:`/applications/productivity/documents` and " -":doc:`/applications/productivity/sign` documentation." +"applications are installed to send and sign contracts. Please refer to the " +":doc:`../../productivity/documents` and :doc:`../../productivity/sign` " +"documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:15 msgid "" -"To view the employee contracts, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " -"Employees --> Contracts` from the top menu. All employee contracts, and " -"their current contract status, are displayed in a default kanban view. The " -"default view displays both running contracts and contracts that need action." -" Expired and canceled contracts are hidden in the default view." +"To view the employee contracts, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " +"Contracts --> Contracts` from the top menu. All employee contracts are " +"displayed in a default list view, grouped into four categories: " +":guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`Running`, :guilabel:`Expired`, and " +":guilabel:`Cancelled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The default view has all categories collapsed. The number of contracts in " +"each category is displayed next to the category name (example: `Running " +"(20)`). To view the list of contracts under any category, click on the " +"category, and the list expands downward, showing all contracts beneath it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 @@ -7078,407 +9886,633 @@ msgid "" "issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:28 msgid "" "The list of contracts in the *Payroll* application matches the list of " -"contracts in the *Employees* application. The default contracts view in the " -"*Payroll* application displays running contracts and contracts needing " -"attention, while the default contracts view in the *Employees* application " -"displays all contracts in a kanban view, organized by their stage, " -"regardless of status. All contracts can be viewed by changing the filters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:32 -msgid "Create a new contract" +"contracts in the *Employees* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In order for an employee to be paid, an active contract is required. If a " -"new contract is needed, click the :guilabel:`Create` button on the contracts" -" dashboard. A contract form appears where the information can be entered. " -"Required fields are underlined in bold." +msgid "Create new contracts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 -msgid "New contract form to be filled in when creating a new contract." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For an employee to be paid, an active contract is required. When a new " +"contract is needed, click the :guilabel:`New` button on the " +":guilabel:`Contracts` dashboard. A contract form appears where the " +"information can be entered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:45 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contact Reference`: Type in the name or title for the contract, " -"such as `John Smith Contract`." +":guilabel:`Contact Reference`: type in the name or title for the contract, " +"such as `John Smith Contract`. This field is **required**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:47 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the contract applies to by clicking " -"on the drop-down menu. A new company can be created by typing the name in " -"the field, then clicking either :guilabel:`Create` to create the new " -"company, or :guilabel:`Create and Edit` to create the new company and edit " -"the company details." +":guilabel:`Employee`: using the drop-down menu, select the employee that the" +" contract applies to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract starts. To choose a " +"date, click the drop-down menu, navigate to the correct month and year with " +"the :guilabel:`< > (arrow)` icons, then click on the desired date. This " +"field is **required**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:51 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select one of the salary structure types " -"from the drop-down menu. The default salary structure types are " -":guilabel:`Employee` or :guilabel:`Worker`. A new salary structure type can " -"be created by typing the name in the field." +":guilabel:`Contract End Date`: if the contract has a specific end date, " +"click the drop-down menu, navigate to the correct month and year with the " +":guilabel:`< > (arrow)` icons, then click on the desired date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:54 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Start Date`: The date the contract starts. Choose a date by " -"clicking on the drop-down menu, navigating to the correct month and year by " -"using the :guilabel:`< > (arrow)` icons, then clicking on the " -":guilabel:`date`." +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: select one of the working schedules from the " +"drop-down menu. This field is **required**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:57 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: Select one of the working schedules from the " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:58 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Working Schedule` drop-down menu displays all the working " -"times for the selected :guilabel:`Company`. To modify or add to this list, " -"go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times` and " -"either :guilabel:`Create` a new working time or click on an existing working" -" time and edit it by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`." +"schedules for the selected company. To modify or add to this list, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Working Schedules`. Click " +":guilabel:`New`, and create a new working schedule, or click on an existing " +"working schedule and make edits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select how the :doc:`work entries " +"` are generated. This field is **required**. Click the radio " +"button next to the desired selection. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: work entries are generated based on the " +"selected :guilabel:`Working Schedule`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:68 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Employee`: Name of the employee that the contract applies to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:69 -msgid ":guilabel:`Department`: The department the contract applies to." +":guilabel:`Attendances`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " +"check-in records in the *Attendances* application. (This requires the " +"*Attendances* application)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Position`: The specific job position the contract applies to." +":guilabel:`Planning`: work entries are generated based on the planned " +"schedule for the employee from the *Planning* application. (This requires " +"the *Planning* application)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:73 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Type`: Choose from :guilabel:`CDI`, :guilabel:`CDD`, or " -":guilabel:`PFI` from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:74 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`CDI` is an open-ended contract with only a start date but no end " -"date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:75 -msgid ":guilabel:`CDD` is a contract with both a start date and an end date." +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select one of the salary structure types " +"from the drop-down menu. The default salary structure types are " +":guilabel:`Employee` or :guilabel:`Worker`. A :ref:`new salary structure " +"type ` can be created, if needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:76 msgid "" -":guilabel:`PFI` is a Belgian-specific contract used when hiring employees " -"that need training, and covers the training period specifically." +":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the contract applies to from " +"the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:77 msgid "" -":guilabel:`End Date`: If the contract has a specific end date, click the " -"drop-down menu, navigate to the correct month and year using the arrow " -"icons, then click on the date." +":guilabel:`Job Position`: select the specific job position the contract " +"applies to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:81 msgid "" -":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: If there is a specific person in HR that is " -"responsible for the contract, select the person from the drop-down menu." +"If the selected :guilabel:`Job Position` has a contract template linked to " +"it with a specific :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`, the :guilabel:`Salary " +"Structure Type` changes to the one associated with that :guilabel:`Job " +"Position`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:85 +msgid ":guilabel:`Wage on Payroll`: enter the employee's monthly wage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:86 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: This field allows a link between the contract " -"and a specific analytic account for accounting purposes." +":guilabel:`Contract Type`: choose either :guilabel:`Permanent`, " +":guilabel:`Temporary`, :guilabel:`Seasonal`, :guilabel:`Full-Time`, or " +":guilabel:`Part-Time` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:87 -msgid "Contract details" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:94 msgid "" -"The contract details section allows for the addition and editing of a " -"contract, and the ability to send the contract to the employee for approval " -"and signatures." +"New contract form to be filled in when creating a new contract, with required fields\n" +"outlined in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 -msgid "Contract details in optional tabs for a new contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:94 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a pre-existing contract template from " -"the drop-down menu. Contract templates are typically created through the " -"*Recruitment* application." +"The general information section filled out, with the required fields " +"highlighted in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:98 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`: Select a contract from the drop-" -"down menu to be modified for this new employee contract." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:97 +msgid "Salary Information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:100 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template`: Select a contract from the " -"drop-down menu if the employee has an existing contract that requires " -"updating." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:102 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Notes`: The notes field is a text field where any notes for the " -"employee contract can be entered for future reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:106 -msgid "Modifying a contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`External Link` button at the end of each line to open " -"the corresponding contract template and make any changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:115 -msgid "" -"A pop-up window appears with all the contract details. Modify the fields for" -" the contract as needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 -msgid "Edit the details for the contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:121 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: Select any tags associated with the contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:122 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Signed Document Workspace`: This is where the signatures are " -"stored. Choose a pre-configured workspace or create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:124 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Signed Document Tags`: Select or create any tags associated only " -"with the signed contract as opposed to the original unsigned contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:126 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Redirect Link`: Enter a redirect link for the employee to access " -"the contract. A redirect link takes the user from one URL to another, in " -"this case, to the newly updated contract specifically written for them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:129 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Who can Sign`: Select either :guilabel:`All Users` or " -":guilabel:`On Invitation`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:131 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`All Users`: Any user in the organization can sign the contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:132 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Invitation`: Only users selected in this field can sign the " -"contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:134 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Invited Users`: Select the person(s) that can sign the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:135 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Document`: The attached document can be replaced by clicking the " -":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon. A pop-up window appears so another document " -"can be selected for upload. The file must be a PDF. To remove the document, " -"click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Once the edits are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` button. All the " -"information for the selected contract template populates the fields in the " -":guilabel:`Salary Information` tab. Any additional tabs, such as " -":guilabel:`Personal Documents`, appears if applicable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:144 -msgid "Salary information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 -msgid "Optional tabs for a new contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:99 msgid "" "This section is where the specific salary details are defined. This section " "is country-specific, so depending on where the company is located, these " "fields may vary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:153 -msgid "" -"Enter the amount in the various fields, or check a box to apply a benefit. " -"Some options that can be entered here include :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, " -":guilabel:`Fuel Card`, :guilabel:`Internet`, :guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, etc." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:102 +msgid "The following fields are universal and apply to all localizations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:106 msgid "" -"Some fields may be automatically filled in based off of the contracts " -"selected in the :guilabel:`Contract Details` tab." +":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: select how often the employee is paid using the " +"drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Annually`, :guilabel:`Semi-annually`," +" :guilabel:`Quarterly`, :guilabel:`Bi-monthly`, :guilabel:`Monthly`, " +":guilabel:`Semi-monthly`, :guilabel:`Bi-weekly`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, or " +":guilabel:`Daily`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage`: enter the employee's gross wage. The metric for the " +":guilabel:`Wage` is based on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Schedule " +"Pay`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Annually` is selected for the :guilabel:`Schedule Pay`, then " +"the :guilabel:`Wage` field appears in a `$0.00/year` format. If the " +":guilabel:`Schedule Pay` is set to :guilabel:`Bi-weekly`, then the " +":guilabel:`Wage` field appears in a `$0.00/two weeks` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)`: this field automatically updates after the " +":guilabel:`Schedule Pay` and :guilabel:`Wage` fields are entered. This " +"amount is the total yearly cost for the employer. This field can be " +"modified. However, if this is modified, the :guilabel:`Wage` field updates, " +"accordingly. Ensure both the :guilabel:`Wage` and :guilabel:`Yearly Cost " +"(Real)` are correct if this field is modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Monthly Cost (Real)`: this field automatically updates after the " +":guilabel:`Schedule Pay` and :guilabel:`Wage` fields are entered. This " +"amount is the total monthly cost for the employer. This field **cannot** be " +"modified, and is calculated based on the :guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:0 +msgid "Optional tabs for a new contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:133 +msgid "Contract Details tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:135 +msgid "" +"The contract details section allows for the addition and editing of a " +"contract, and the ability to send the contract to the employee for approval " +"and signatures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:138 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: select a pre-existing contract template from " +"the drop-down menu. Contract templates are typically created through the " +"configuration menu, and stored in the *Documents* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:145 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: select the person who is responsible for " +"validating the contract from the drop-down menu. This field is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`: select a contract from the drop-" +"down menu to be modified for this new employee contract. These documents are" +" stored in the *Sign* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template`: select a contract from the " +"drop-down menu, if the employee has an existing contract that requires " +"updating. These documents are stored in the *Sign* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`HR Responsible`, :guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`, " +"and :guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template` fields are only visible if" +" the *Sign* application is installed, along with the `hr_contract_salary` " +"and `hr_contract_salary_payroll` :doc:`modules " +"<../../general/apps_modules>`. The *Sign* application is where the contract " +"templates are stored. This application is required for an employee to sign " +"any contract." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:161 -msgid "Attachment of salary" +msgid "Accounting section" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:163 msgid "" -"Any automatic deductions or allocations for an employee, such as child " -"support payments and wage garnishments, are referred to as a *salary " -"attachment*. This section is where all of these deductions or allocations " -"are set." +":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: select the account the contract affects from " +"the drop-down menu. It is recommended to check with the accounting " +"department to ensure the correct account is selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:167 +msgid "Part Time section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:169 msgid "" -"To add a new deduction, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Type in a description " -"for the allocation under :guilabel:`Description`." +":guilabel:`Part Time`: tick this box if the employee is working part-time. " +"When active, additional fields appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:172 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`% (Percentage)`: enter the percent of time the employee works as " +"compared to a full-time employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:174 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Standard Calendar`: select the working hours that a typical full-" +"time worker uses from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:176 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Part Time Work Entry Type`: select the work entry type that " +"generates the balance of a full-time working schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:180 +msgid "" +"If a full-time employee works 40 hours a week, and the employee works 20, " +"enter `50` in the :guilabel:`% (Percentage)` field (50% of 40 hours = 20 " +"hours). The employee generates twenty (20) hours of work entries under the " +"work entry type `part-time`, and another twenty (20) hours of work entries " +"under the work entry type `generic time off`, for a total of forty (40) " +"hours worth of work entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:187 +msgid "Notes section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: a text field where any notes for the employee contract " +"are entered for future reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "Contract details in optional tabs for a new contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:197 +msgid "Personal Documents tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Once an :guilabel:`Employee` is selected in the :ref:`General Information " +"section `, the :guilabel:`Personal Documents` tab appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:202 +msgid "" +"If any documents are needed to keep on file, add them in the " +":guilabel:`Personal Documents` tab. Depending on what other applications are" +" installed, and what kind of benefits are enabled (and offered) to the " +"employee, the various options to add a file varies. The :guilabel:`Image` " +"option always appears, and is available by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button next to the corresponding " +"document, navigate to the file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select the " +"document and add it to the tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:211 +msgid "Modifying contract templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Contracts templates can be modified at any point when changes are needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:215 +msgid "" +"To modify a contract template, refer to the :ref:`contract templates " +"` section of the main payroll documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:219 +msgid "Salary attachments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Any automatic deductions or allocations for an employee, such as child " +"support payments and wage garnishments, are referred to as a *salary " +"attachment*. Navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Contracts --> " +"Salary Attachments` to view a list of all the currently configured salary " +"attachments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Each salary attachment appears with all its relevant details displayed. The " +":guilabel:`Status` for each attachment is color-coded in the far right " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Currently running salary attachments have a :guilabel:`Status` of " +":guilabel:`Running`, and appear in green. Salary attachments that have been " +"paid in-full, and are no longer active, have a :guilabel:`Status` of " +":guilabel:`Completed`, and appear in blue. Cancelled salary attachments have" +" a :guilabel:`Status` of :guilabel:`Cancelled`, and appear in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "A list view of all the salary attachments with their status displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:238 +msgid "New salary attachment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:240 +msgid "" +"To create a new salary attachment from the :guilabel:`Salary Attachment` " +"page, click :guilabel:`New`, and a blank salary attachment form loads. Enter" +" the following information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:244 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employees`: add any employees the salary attachment applies to " +"using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Multiple employees can be added, if the salary attachment details are " +"identical. After all employees are added, a :guilabel:`Create Individual " +"Attachments` button appears at the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:252 +msgid "" +"After the form is completed, click the :guilabel:`Create Individual " +"Attachments` button to create separate salary attachments for each of the " +"employees listed in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Create Individual Attachments button that appears after multiple employees are\n" +"added to the Employees field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:260 +msgid "" +"This is a time-saving tip, so that separate salary attachments do not need " +"to be created individually. They can be created in a batch using this " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:263 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the specific type of salary" +" attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:264 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: select the :ref:`type of salary attachment " +"` from the drop-down menu. The options " +"listed come from the salary attachment types configured in the configuration" +" menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: enter the date the salary attachment begins. The " +"first of the current month populates this field, by default. Click on the " +"date, and a calendar appears. Navigate to the desired month and year, using " +"the :guilabel:`< > (arrow)` icons, and click on the date to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:271 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document`: if any documents are needed for the salary attachment," +" click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button, and a file explorer appears." +" Navigate to the file, and click :guilabel:`Open` to select them, and attach" +" them to the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Monthly Amount`: enter the amount to be taken out of the paycheck" +" each month for this salary attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:276 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Estimated End Date`: this field only appears after the " +":guilabel:`Monthly Amount` field is populated, and if the :guilabel:`Type` " +"is **not** set to :guilabel:`Child Support`. This date is when the salary " +"attachment is predicted to end, and is automatically calculated once both, " +"the :guilabel:`Monthly Amount` and :guilabel:`Total Amount`, fields are " +"populated. This is calculated based on how much is required to be paid, and " +"how much is paid towards that amount each month. If either the " +":guilabel:`Monthly Amount` or :guilabel:`Total Amount` changes, this field " +"automatically updates. It is **not** possible to modify this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:283 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Amount`: enter the total amount to be paid in this field. " +"If :guilabel:`Child Support` is selected for the :guilabel:`Type`, this " +"field does **not** appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 msgid "Enter a new line for each type of garnishment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:291 msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Garnished Type` from the drop-down menu. Choose from:" +"When the total amount has been paid for the salary attachment, navigate to " +"the individual salary attachment, and click the :guilabel:`Mark as " +"Completed` button at the top of the form. This changes the status to " +":guilabel:`Completed`, and the garnishments are no longer taken out of the " +"employee's paychecks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:176 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`: Any payments taken out towards something " -"that is *not* child support. Typically any garnishments such as lawsuit " -"payments, payments toward taxes owed, etc." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:297 +msgid "Offers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:299 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Assignment of Salary`: Any deduction that is not required but " -"voluntary, such as a pre-tax allocation to a college savings account." +"Once a contract has been created or modified, the contract **must** be sent " +"to the employee to be accepted and signed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:180 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Child Support`: Any payments taken out specifically for child " -"support." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:303 +msgid "Send an offer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:305 msgid "" -"Enter the start and end dates the entry applies to. Click on the drop-down " -"menu under :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To`, navigate to the correct " -"month and year by using the :guilabel:`< > (arrow)` icons, then click on the" -" :guilabel:`date`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:186 -msgid "" -"Last, enter the :guilabel:`Amount` that each payslip pays towards the entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To delete a line, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon at the end of " -"the line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:191 -msgid "Save and send the contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:193 -msgid "" -"Once a contract has been created and/or modified, save the contract by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`Save` button. Next, the contract must be sent to the" -" employee to be signed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:196 -msgid "" -"Click on one of the following buttons to send the contract to the employee:" +"Open an individual contract by navigating to :menuselection:`Payroll app -->" +" Contracts -> Contracts`, and click on a contract to open the contract form." +" Click on the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button at the top of the page, and " +"a :guilabel:`Generate Simulation Link` pop-up form appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 msgid "Send the contract to the employee via one of the buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:314 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Generate Simulation Link`: This option is for Belgian companies " -"only. Clicking this opens a pop-up window that contains the basic " -"information from the contract as well as a link for the contract when using " -"the salary configurator. Click :guilabel:`Send Offer` to send an email to " -"the employee so they can sign the contract." +"The :guilabel:`Generate Simulation Link` pop-up form contains all the " +"information pulled from the contract, including the :guilabel:`Contract " +"Template`, :guilabel:`Job Position`, :guilabel:`Job Title`, " +":guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Contract Start Date`, :guilabel:`Default " +"Vehicle`, :guilabel:`Contract Type`, and :guilabel:`Yearly Cost`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:0 -msgid "Sends a link to the employee for the contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:319 msgid "" -"In order to send a contract using the :guilabel:`Generate Simulation Link`, " -"there must be a signature field in the contract PDF being sent to the " -"employee so they can sign it." +"At the bottom of the pop-up form is a :guilabel:`Link Expiration Date`. This" +" is the timeframe that the contract offer is valid for. By default, this " +"field is pre-populated with `30 days`, but it can be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:323 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Signature Request`: Click this and a pop-up window appears where " -"an email can be typed to the employee. Select the document, such as a " -"contract, NDA, or Homeworking Policy, from the drop-down menu, and fill out " -"the email section. Click :guilabel:`Send` when the email is ready to be " -"sent." +"Click the :guilabel:`Send By Email` button, and a :guilabel:`Send Offer " +"Email` template pop-up window appears. Make any modifications to the email, " +"and attach any additional documents needed, then click :guilabel:`Send` to " +"send the offer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:0 -msgid "Request a signature for the contract via email." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "The email template pop-up to send an offer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:332 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Credit Time`: This option is for Belgian companies only. When " -"clicked, a pop-up window appears that allows for the changing of working " -"times, and can compute time off." +"To send a contract using the :guilabel:`Generate Simulation Link`, there " +"**must** be a signature field in the contract PDF being sent to the " +"employee, so they can sign it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:336 +msgid "Accept an offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:338 +msgid "" +"Once the offer email is received, the offer can be accepted, and the " +"contract can be signed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:340 +msgid "" +"In the offer email, click the :guilabel:`Configure your package` button, and" +" the offer loads in a new tab. Enter the requested information on the form. " +"Next, click the :guilabel:`Review Contract & Sign` button to begin the " +"signing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:344 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`CLICK TO START` button at the top-left of the contract." +" Follow the prompts to complete the signature request. The contract auto-" +"populates with the information entered on the :guilabel:`Configure your " +"package` page. When done, click the :guilabel:`Validate & Send Completed " +"Document` button at the bottom of the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:349 +msgid "" +"After the document is signed by the (potential) employee, management signs " +"the contract next. The manager's signature is completed directly in the " +"*Sign* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The contract offer, ready to sign with the Click to Start button " +"highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:357 +msgid "" +"Depending on the localization settings, there may be the option to customize" +" the offer in the :guilabel:`Configure your package` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:361 +msgid "View offers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:363 +msgid "" +"To view the current offers, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " +"Contracts --> Offers`. This presents all offers in a list view, grouped by " +"status, and displays the number of offers in each status category. The " +"statuses are: :guilabel:`Fully Signed`, :guilabel:`Partially Signed`, " +":guilabel:`In Progress`, and :guilabel:`Expired`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:368 +msgid "" +"To view the offers with a specific status, click on the status to expand the" +" list. If a specific status has no offers, the status is not visible in the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst-1 +msgid "The offers in a list view, grouped by status." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:3 @@ -7663,11 +10697,11 @@ msgid "" "*Accounting* application is correct." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:106 msgid "Worked days & inputs tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Worked Days`: the entries under :guilabel:`Worked Days` " "(including the :guilabel:`Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Number " @@ -7677,19 +10711,19 @@ msgid "" "of the payslip form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Other Inputs`: additional inputs affecting the payslip can be " "entered in this section, such as deductions, reimbursements, and expenses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:115 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to create an entry in the :guilabel:`Other " "Inputs` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:117 msgid "" "Using the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Type` column, select a " ":guilabel:`Type` for the input. Next, enter a :guilabel:`Description`, if " @@ -7700,18 +10734,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The fields filled out in the worked days and inputs tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:126 msgid "Salary computation tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Computation`: the :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab is " "automatically filled in after the :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button is " "clicked. Doing so displays the wages, deductions, taxes, etc. for the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Has Negative Net To Report`: click the checkbox if the employee " "has a negative net amount for this payslip. This **only** appears if the " @@ -7722,60 +10756,60 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The fields filled out in the salary computation tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:139 msgid "Other info tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Payslip Name`: type in a name for the payslip in this field. The " "name should be short and descriptive, such as `(Employee Name) April 2023`. " "This field is **required**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:143 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the payslip applies to using the " "drop-down menu in this field. This field is **required**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Close Date`: enter the date that the payment is made to the " "employee in this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:147 msgid "" "Click in the field to reveal a calendar pop-up window. Using the " ":guilabel:`< > (less-than/greater-than)` icons, navigate to the desired " "month and year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:150 msgid "Then, click on the desired date to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date Account`: enter the date on which the payslip should be " "posted in this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:152 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Journal`: this field auto-populates after selecting an " "existing :guilabel:`Employee`. This field **cannot** be edited, as it is " "linked to the *Accounting* application. This field is **required**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:155 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Entry`: if applicable, this field is automatically " "populated once the payslip is confirmed. This field **cannot** be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:157 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add an Internal Note...`: any note or reference message for the " "new entry can be typed in this field." @@ -7785,11 +10819,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The fields filled out in the other info tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:165 msgid "Process the new payslip" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:167 msgid "" "When all the necessary information on the payslip is entered, click the " ":guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button. Upon doing so, all the information on the " @@ -7797,7 +10831,7 @@ msgid "" " based on the information on the employee's contract or attendance records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:172 msgid "" "If any modifications need to be made, first click the :guilabel:`Cancel` " "button, then click the :guilabel:`Set to Draft` button. Make any desired " @@ -7806,30 +10840,30 @@ msgid "" "Computation` tabs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:177 msgid "" "Once everything on the payslip form is correct, click the :guilabel:`Create " "Draft Entry` button to create the payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:180 msgid "" "Then, a confirmation pop-up window appears, asking :guilabel:`Are you sure " "you want to proceed?`. Click :guilabel:`OK` to confirm." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:183 msgid "" "The chatter is automatically updated to show the email sent to the employee," " along with a PDF copy of the payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:187 msgid "" "The database may need to be refreshed for the payslip and email to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:189 msgid "" "To print the payslip, click the :guilabel:`Print` button. To cancel the " "payslip, click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." @@ -7841,7 +10875,7 @@ msgid "" "chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:196 msgid "" "Next, the payment must be sent to the employee. To do this, click the " ":guilabel:`Register Payment` button. Doing so reveals a pop-up form, in " @@ -7851,7 +10885,7 @@ msgid "" "payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:202 msgid "" "In order for a payslip to be paid, the employee *must* have a bank account " "entered in their contact information. If there is no bank information, a " @@ -7866,7 +10900,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Banking information can be entered in an employee's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:212 msgid "" "Odoo automatically checks bank account information. If there is an error " "with the employee's listed bank account, an error appears in a pop-up " @@ -7875,21 +10909,21 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Employee Form `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:217 msgid "" "If a payment needs to be canceled or refunded, click the corresponding " ":guilabel:`Cancel` or :guilabel:`Refund` button, located at the top-left of " "the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:221 msgid "" "Before processing payslips, it is best practice to check the *Warnings* " "section of the *Payroll* app dashboard. Here, all possible issues concerning" " payroll appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:224 msgid "" "To view the warnings, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Dashboard`. The warnings appear in the top-left corner of the dashboard." @@ -7900,31 +10934,31 @@ msgid "" "The dashboard view of the Payroll app, with the warnings box highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:231 msgid "" "Warnings are grouped by type, such as `Employees Without Running Contracts` " "or `Employees Without Bank account Number`. Click on a warning to view all " "entries associated with that specific issue." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:234 msgid "" "If the warnings are not resolved, at any point in the payslip processing " "process, an error may occur. Errors appear in a pop-up window, and provide " "details for the error, and how to resolve them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:238 msgid "" "Payslips **cannot** be completed if there are any warnings or issues " "associated with the payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:243 msgid "All payslips" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:245 msgid "" "To view all payslips, regardless of status, go to :menuselection:`Payroll " "app --> Payslips --> All Payslips`. The :guilabel:`Employee Payslips` page " @@ -7932,37 +10966,37 @@ msgid "" " view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:249 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`▶ (right arrow)` next to an individual batch name to" " view all the payslips in that particular batch, along with all the payslip " "details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:252 msgid "" "The number of payslips in the batch is written in parenthesis after the " "batch name. The :guilabel:`Status` for each individual payslip appears on " "the far-right side, indicating one of the following status options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:256 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Draft`: the payslip is created, and there is still time to make " "edits, since the amounts are not calculated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:258 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Waiting`: the payslip has been calculated, and the salary details" " can be found in the *Salary Computation* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:260 msgid ":guilabel:`Done`: the payslip is calculated and ready to be paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:261 msgid ":guilabel:`Paid`: the employee has been paid." msgstr "" @@ -7972,14 +11006,14 @@ msgid "" "batch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:267 msgid "" "Click on an individual payslip to view the details for that payslip on a " "separate page. Using the breadcrumb menu, click :guilabel:`Employee " "Payslips` to go back to the list view of all payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:270 msgid "" "A new payslip can be created from the :guilabel:`Employee Payslips` page, by" " clicking the :guilabel:`New` button in the upper-left corner. Doing so " @@ -7988,7 +11022,7 @@ msgid "" "payslips ` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:275 msgid "" "To print PDF versions of payslips from the *Payslips to Pay* or " ":guilabel:`Employee Payslips` pages, first select the desired payslips by " @@ -7998,7 +11032,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Print` button to print the payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:281 msgid "" "Payslips can also be exported to an Excel spreadsheet. To export **all** " "payslips, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon at the end of the words " @@ -8013,7 +11047,7 @@ msgid "" "payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:290 msgid "" "To export only select payslips, first select the payslips to be exported " "from the list. Then, click the checkbox to the left of each individual " @@ -8028,24 +11062,24 @@ msgid "" "The individual list of employee ayslips with three selected to be exported." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:301 msgid "" "Both *To Pay* and *All Payslips* display all the detailed information for " "each payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:304 msgid "Batches" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:306 msgid "" "To view payslips in batches, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Payslips --> Batches` to display all the payslip batches that have been " "created. These payslip batches are displayed in a list view, by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:310 msgid "" "Each batch displays the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Date From` and " ":guilabel:`Date To` dates, its :guilabel:`Status`, the number of payslips in" @@ -8056,11 +11090,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View displaying all batches created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:319 msgid "Create a new batch" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:321 msgid "" "To create a new batch of payslips from the :guilabel:`Payslips Batches` page" " (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`), click the " @@ -8068,11 +11102,11 @@ msgid "" "payslip batch form on a separate page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:325 msgid "On the new payslip batch form, enter the :guilabel:`Batch Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:327 msgid "" "Next, select the date range to which the batch applies. Click into one of " "the :guilabel:`Period` fields, and a calendar pop-up window appears. From " @@ -8080,7 +11114,7 @@ msgid "" " corresponding day for both the start and end dates of the batch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:331 msgid "" "The current company populates the :guilabel:`Company` field. If operating in" " a multi-company environment, it is **not** possible to modify the " @@ -8092,18 +11126,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the details for the new batch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:342 msgid "Process a batch" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:344 msgid "" "Click on an individual batch to view the details for that batch on a " "separate page. On this batch detail page, different options (buttons) appear" " at the top, depending on the status of the batch:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:347 msgid "" ":guilabel:`New` status: batches without any payslips added to them have a " "status of :guilabel:`New`. The following button options appear for these " @@ -8114,7 +11148,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A batch with a status of new, with the available buttons highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:354 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Payslips`: click the :guilabel:`Add Payslips` button to add " "payslips to the batch, and an :guilabel:`Add Payslips` pop-up window " @@ -8122,7 +11156,7 @@ msgid "" "currently part of a batch) appear on the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:358 msgid "" "Select the desired payslips by clicking the checkbox to the left of each " "payslip name, then click the :guilabel:`Select` button to add them to the " @@ -8130,14 +11164,14 @@ msgid "" " to :guilabel:`Confirmed`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:362 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Generate Payslips`: after payslips have been added to the batch, " "click the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button to process the payslips and " "create individual payslips in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:366 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` pop-up window appears. If only a specific " ":guilabel:`Salary Structure` and/or specific :guilabel:`Department` is " @@ -8146,14 +11180,14 @@ msgid "" "window are processed as usual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:371 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Generate` button to create the payslips. The " ":guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button changes to a :guilabel:`Create Draft " "Entry` button, and the status changes to :guilabel:`Confirmed`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:375 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Confirmed` status: batches that have been created and have " "payslips in them, but the payslips have *not* been processed, have a status " @@ -8166,15 +11200,15 @@ msgid "" "A batch with a status of confirmed, with the available buttons highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:383 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Draft Entry`: click the :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` " "button to confirm the individual payslips (and the batch), and create a " "draft of the payslips. The batch now has a status of :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:384 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:408 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Set to Draft`: if at any point the batch needs to be reverted " "back to a status of :guilabel:`New`, click the :guilabel:`Set to Draft` " @@ -8182,7 +11216,7 @@ msgid "" "added to the batch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:390 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Done` status: batches with confirmed payslips in them have a " "status of :guilabel:`Done`. The following button options appear for these " @@ -8193,34 +11227,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A batch with a status of done, with the available buttons highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:397 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Payment Report`: click the :guilabel:`Create Payment " "Report` button, and a :guilabel:`Select a bank journal` pop-up window " "appears. Select the correct bank journal from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:401 msgid "" "The batch name appears in the :guilabel:`File name` field, but this can be " "modified, if desired. Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to process the " "payslips, and pay the employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:403 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mark as paid`: after the payments have been created via the " ":guilabel:`Create Payment Report` button, the payslips need to be marked as " "paid in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:406 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Mark as paid` button, and the status of the batch " "changes to :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:412 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Paid` status: batches that have been completed have a status of " ":guilabel:`Paid`. No other button options appear for this status." @@ -8230,7 +11264,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A batch with a status of paid, with the available buttons highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:419 msgid "" "On the batch detail page, the individual payslips in the batch are " "accessible, via the :guilabel:`Payslips` smart button, located above the " @@ -8238,34 +11272,34 @@ msgid "" "button to view a list of all the individual payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:423 msgid "" "Use the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the individual batch detail " "page, or back to the list of all batches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:427 msgid "Generate warrant payslips" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:429 msgid "Commissions are paid to employees in Odoo using *warrant payslips*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:431 msgid "" "Warrant payslips can be generated directly from the :guilabel:`Payslips " "Batches` page (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:434 msgid "" "First, select the desired batches by clicking the box to the left of each " "batch for which commission payslips should be created. Next, click the " ":guilabel:`Generate Warrant Payslips` button at the top of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:438 msgid "" "Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Generate Warrant Payslips` pop-up window, in " "which the necessary information **must** be filled out." @@ -8275,7 +11309,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the commission details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:445 msgid "" "In this pop-up window, click on the drop-down menus, located beside the " ":guilabel:`Period` field, to reveal calendar pop-up windows. On these " @@ -8285,44 +11319,44 @@ msgid "" "to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:450 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Department` field, select the desired department from the " "drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:452 msgid "" "When a department is selected, the employees listed for that department " "appear in the :guilabel:`Employee` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:455 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Employee` section, enter the :guilabel:`Commission " "Amount` for each employee in the far-right column. To remove an employee, " "click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon to remove the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:459 msgid "" "Add a new entry by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Line`, and entering the " ":guilabel:`Employee` and the appropriate :guilabel:`Commission Amount`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:462 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button to add a file, if necessary. " "Any file type is accepted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:465 msgid "" "Once all the commissions are properly entered, click the :guilabel:`Generate" " Payslips` button to create the warrant payslips in a batch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:468 msgid "" ":ref:`Process the batch ` in the same way as a " "typical batch to complete the payment process." @@ -9475,7 +12509,6 @@ msgid ":ref:`Configure work entries `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:51 msgid "Recruitment" msgstr "" @@ -9484,8 +12517,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " "steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" " step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," -" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " -"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +" conducting an interview, or sending a job offer, for example. This process " +"is referred to as the 'applicant flow.'" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 @@ -9518,18 +12551,245 @@ msgid "" "positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " "` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " "stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " -"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes are " "visible on all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:37 msgid "" -"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +"Before creating a job position in Odoo, configure the necessary settings for" +" the *Recruitment* app. To view and edit the settings, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Settings`. After any " +"changes are made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the top-left corner " +"to save all the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:43 +msgid "Job posting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Job Posting` section of the *Recruitment* app settings has " +"only one selection to make. If job positions are to be posted to the " +"company's website, enable the :guilabel:`Online Posting` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Online Posting` is only available if the *Website* " +"application is also installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:53 +msgid "Recruitment process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recruitment process` section of the settings page specifies " +"what the database can and cannot do during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:59 +msgid "Send interview survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Odoo is capable of having a survey sent to an applicant to gather more " +"information about them. Surveys can be thought of as exams, or " +"questionnaires, and can be customized in various ways to provide the " +"recruitment team with valuable insights into the applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option to send surveys to " +"applicants. Once enabled, an :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Interview " +"Survey` internal link appears. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`Interview Survey` link to navigate to a list of all created " +"surveys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:70 +msgid "" +"This list includes all surveys that were created in the database, not just " +"surveys used in the *Recruitment* app. If no surveys have been created, the " +"surveys list displays a :guilabel:`No Survey Found` message, and presents " +"options to create a survey from several pre-configured survey templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:76 +msgid "" +"For more detailed information about surveys, refer to the :doc:`survey " +"essentials <../marketing/surveys/create>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Enabling the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option will install the " +"*Surveys* application once the settings are saved, if it is not installed " +"already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:84 +msgid "Send SMS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:86 +msgid "" +"It is possible to send text messages to applicants directly through the " +"*Recruitment* app. To do so, enable the :guilabel:`Send SMS` option. This " +"option requires credits to use, which can be obtained by clicking the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` internal link that emerges " +"when the feature is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For more information, refer to the :doc:`SMS pricing and FAQs " +"<../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:98 +msgid "CV display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When applicants submit an application, one of the default required fields is" +" a resumé, or :abbr:`CV (curriculum vitae)`. All resumés are stored in the " +"*Documents* application, and are accessible on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:104 +msgid "" +"A resumé has the option to appear on the applicant's form, which can be " +"viewed by clicking on the applicant's card. The resumé appears on the right-" +"side of the screen. If this is not enabled, the resumé is accessed via a " +"link in the chatter, where it needs to be clicked to expand and view it, or " +"downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`CV Display` option to show the resumé on the " +"applicant's card by default, and in addition to the document link. When " +"enabled, the resumé appears on the right side of the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"For the resumé to appear on the right-side, the browser window must be in " +"full-screen mode (where the browser spans the entire screen)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the browser window is set to a size smaller than the entire width of the " +"screen (not full-screen), then the resumé does not appear on the right-side." +" Instead, the resumé appears in the :guilabel:`Files` section of the " +"chatter, below the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The resumé on an applicant's card, appearing on the right side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:128 +msgid "CV digitization (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:130 +msgid "" +"When an application is submitted using any of the available methods, such as" +" an online application submission, emailing a resume to the job position " +"alias, or creating an applicant record directly from the database, it is " +"possible to have Odoo extract the applicant's name, phone number, and email " +"address from the resumé and populate the applicant's form. To do so, enable " +"the :guilabel:`CV Digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:136 +msgid "" +"When enabled, additional options appear. Click on the corresponding radio " +"button to select one of the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not digitize`: this option turns off resumé digitization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize on demand only`: this option only digitizes resumes when" +" requested. A :guilabel:`Digitize document` buttons appears on applicant " +"cards. When clicked, the resumé is scanned and the applicant's card is " +"updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize automatically`: this option automatically digitizes all " +"resumés when they are submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Beneath these options are two additional links. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-" +"right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` button to purchase credits for CV " +"digitization. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`View My Services` " +"to view a list of all current services, and their remaining credit balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:151 +msgid "" +"For more information on document digitization and :abbr:`IAP's (in-app " +"purchases)`, refer to the :doc:`In-app purchase (IAP) " +"<../essentials/in_app_purchase>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:155 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option for :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)`" +" at first may seem like a redundancy. It seems to be the same as disabling " +"the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option is enabled, a module is " +"installed so that resumés can be scanned. Disabling this option would " +"uninstall the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If at some point, there is a desire to temporarily stop digitizing resumés, " +"the :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option is selected. The reason this option " +"is available is so that the module is not uninstalled, allowing for " +"digitization to be enabled in the future by selecting one of the other two " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"When sending an offer to an applicant, an expiration date can be set on the " +"offer. Enter the number of days an offer is valid for in the " +":guilabel:`days` field. After the set amount of days has passed, if the " +"applicant has not accepted the offer, the offer is no longer available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To access the Kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " ":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " "opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " -"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " -"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " -"job position." +"Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` smart button on a job position " +"card to navigate to the Kanban view for all the applicants for that " +"particular job position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -9537,119 +12797,130 @@ msgid "" "Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:186 msgid "" -"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"Inside the job application, the Kanban stages appear, with all the " "applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" -" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +" are currently in. There are six default stages in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:190 +msgid ":ref:`New `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:191 msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:194 msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:195 msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:197 msgid "" -"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " -"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " -"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " -"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " -"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default. Folded " +"columns appear gray, and the applicants in it are hidden from view. To " +"expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that column, click " +"anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and the column " +"expands, revealing the applicants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:206 msgid "" -"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " -"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, providing status " +"information for the applicant's in that specific stage. The status colors " +"are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:209 +msgid ":guilabel:`Green`: the applicant is ready to move to the next stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:210 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " -"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " -"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " -"stage." +":guilabel:`Red`: the applicant is blocked from moving to the next stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " -"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +":guilabel:`Gray`: the applicant is still in progress in the current stage " +"and is neither ready nor blocked from the next stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " -"which need to be scheduled." +"The status for each card is set manually. To set the status, click on the " +"small circle in the lower-left of the applicant card. A status pop-up window" +" appears. Click on the desired status for the applicant. The status dot on " +"the applicant card as well as the status bar updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The applicant card statuses, and status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:223 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " -"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " -"applicants currently in the stage." +"The names for the three status colors (`In Progress`, `Blocked`, and `Ready " +"for Next Stage`) :ref:`can be modified `, if " +"desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:229 msgid "Customize stages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:231 msgid "" "Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " "particular hiring steps of a business." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:235 msgid "New stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 msgid "" -"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " -"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " -"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" -" the screen to exit the new column creation." +"To create a new stage, click on :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Stage` and a new " +"column appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Stage " +"title` field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and " +"another new stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click" +" anywhere on the screen to exit the new stage creation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgid "The plus sign to click to add a new column to the Kanban stages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:249 msgid "Modify stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:251 msgid "" "To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " -":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " -"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " -"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " -"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " -"when done." +":icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side " +"of the stage. Click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon and a menu" +" appears. Then click on the :guilabel:`Edit` option. An :guilabel:`Edit: " +"(Stage)` form appears. Make any desired modifications to the form, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -9658,40 +12929,39 @@ msgid "" "displays when clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 -msgid "Edit column form" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:265 +msgid "Edit stage form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:267 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " -"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" -" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +"The :guilabel:`Edit: (Stage)` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required field is the :guilabel:`Stage Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:272 msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " "drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " -"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"the stage, an email is automatically sent to the applicant using the " "selected template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " "(hidden) at all times in the default view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " "applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " @@ -9699,138 +12969,147 @@ msgid "" "is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:282 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " -"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " -"job positions can be selected." +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to specific job " +"positions, select the job positions from the drop-down menu. Multiple job " +"positions can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" " the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" " referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " ":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " -"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage. The *Referrals* app " +"must be installed in order to use this option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:289 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" -" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" -" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " -"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " -"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured status labels " +"(colored circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These " +"colors are displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the" +" applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the" +" label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " ":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " ":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" " any requirements of the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:298 msgid "Delete stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:300 msgid "" "If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," -" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." -" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " -"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " -":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " -":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` " +"icon appears. First, click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A " +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up warning appears, asking :guilabel:`Are you " +"sure you want to delete this column?` Click :guilabel:`Delete` to delete the" +" column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:307 msgid "" "If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " -"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" -" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" -" before deleting." +"up when attempting to delete the stage. The records currently in the stage " +"to need to be either deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage before" +" the stage can be deleted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:312 msgid "Email templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 msgid "" "To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " "templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " "use them are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " -"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " -"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " -"Interview` stage." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Applicant Acknowledgement`: this template is used to" +" let the applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`New` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:320 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " -"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " -"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Interest`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application caught the recruiter's attention, and " +"they have been shortlisted for either a phone call or an interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:323 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" -" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " -"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview`: this template is used to let " +"the applicant know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial " +"Qualification` stage and they will be contacted to set up an interview with " +"the recruiter. This email is automatically sent out once the applicant is in" +" the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:327 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" -" longer being considered for the position." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when " +"an applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the " +"position, and thanks them for their time and consideration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:330 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " -"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " -"configure their salary package." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is " +"no longer being considered for the position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 msgid "" "Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" " business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " ":doc:`../general/companies/email_template` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:337 msgid "" -"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " -"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " -":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " -"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +"To manually send an email, click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send an email from the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:344 msgid "" -"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " -":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " -"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " -"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +"Click the :icon:`fa-expand` :guilabel:`(expand)` full composer icon in the " +"bottom right corner of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter. A " +":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window loads, with the " +":guilabel:`Recipients` and :guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The " +"applicant's email address is entered in the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and" +" the :guilabel:`Subject` is `(Job Position)`. The email body is empty by " +"default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:350 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the field next to " +":guilabel:`Load template` in the bottom section of the window. Select the " +"email template to use from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 msgid "" -"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " -":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " "Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " "information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" " the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " @@ -9838,47 +13117,55 @@ msgid "" "change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:359 msgid "" -"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " -"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " -"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" -" of available templates." +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model load. There are " +"other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not configured" +" for the recruitment application, they do not appear in the list of " +"available templates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 msgid "" -"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " -"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " -"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " -":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " -"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " -"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " -"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " -"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " -"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button" +" in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the :icon:`fa-" +"close` :guilabel:`(delete)` icon to the right of the attachment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:367 +msgid "" +"If any changes need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If " +"the edits should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved " +"as a new template. Click the :guilabel:`Save Template` button in the bottom." +" To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email is sent to the " +"applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 msgid "Stage flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:375 msgid "" "In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " -"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the Kanban view to the" " desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:379 msgid "" "To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " -"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " -"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " -"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"in the Kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted at the top, above the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 +msgid "" +"Click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " "indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " -"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " -"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +"Kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top-left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -9887,104 +13174,137 @@ msgid "" "applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:233 -msgid "Initial qualification" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:643 +msgid "New" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:398 msgid "" "The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " "flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " "recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:402 msgid "" -"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " -"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " -"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " -"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " -":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " -"required when applying for a job position." +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`New` stage, whether submitted online" +" or if the applicant is manually entered by a recruiter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:405 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically populates the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`, the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile` number, and :guilabel:`LinkedIn " +"Profile` on the applicant's card. This information is required when applying" +" for a job position, by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If the website application form is modified, different fields may be " +"populated based on what information is requested on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:414 msgid "" "If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " -"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " -":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " -"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " -"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " -"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " -"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " -"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" -" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +"Introduction` section of the online application, it will populate in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:421 +msgid "" +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé would appear " +"in the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"*Documents* application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the left-" +"hand side. All recruitment documents are stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "" +"If the :ref:`CV Display ` option was enabled in the " +":ref:`Settings ` menu, the resumé appears on the " +"applicant's card, on the right-hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:431 msgid "Send interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:433 msgid "" "At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " "applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " "can be formatted in a variety of ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid "" +"The *Surveys* application is used to send these *interviews*, therefore the " +"*Surveys* application must be installed to send an interview to an " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 msgid "" "Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " "questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " -"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " -"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " -"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " -"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " -"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" -" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" -" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +"be formatted to suit each individual job positions needs. For more " +"information on creating and editing interview forms, refer to the " +":doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 +msgid "" +"A job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form" +" of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:450 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top-left of the " +"applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Send Interview` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Send an " +"interview` pop-up window appears, with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:458 msgid "" "In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" " the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" -" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " -"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " -"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " -"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " -":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, an " +":guilabel:`Edit:(Applicant)` pop-up window appears on top of the " +":guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window. Enter the email address in the " +":guilabel:`email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. Once the " +"applicant's information is saved, the :guilabel:`Edit: (Applicant)` closes " +"and the :guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window remains." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 msgid "" -"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " -"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " -"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +"Email templates use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the " +"applicant and the job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey" +" if more people should receive the email. If an email is in the database as " +"a contact, add that contact in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. If an email" +" should be sent to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they" +" should **not** be added as a contact, add their email in the " +":guilabel:`Additional emails` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:279 -msgid "" -"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " -"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " -"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " -"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " -"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 -msgid "" -"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " -"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " -"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " -"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " -"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " -"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " -"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1066 msgid "" "If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " "button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " @@ -9992,25 +13312,26 @@ msgid "" " and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:475 msgid "" "If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" " for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " "window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " -"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " -"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " -"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +"calendar selector appears. Use the :icon:`fa-chevron-left` " +":guilabel:`(left)` and :icon:`fa-chevron-right` :guilabel:`(right)` arrows " +"on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then click on " +"the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"The :guilabel:`Mail Template` field is pre-populated based on the " "configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" " drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " "template loads in the email body." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 msgid "" "To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " ":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." @@ -10022,11 +13343,11 @@ msgid "" "pre-configured template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:494 msgid "Refuse" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:496 msgid "" "At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " "the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" @@ -10035,95 +13356,265 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refuse`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " -"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " -":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " -"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " -"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " -"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " -"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" -" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " -"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " -"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " -"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Click the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reason` from the presented options. The default refuse " +"reasons in Odoo, and their corresponding email templates, are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:508 +msgid "Email Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:509 +msgid "Refusal Reason" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:510 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Language issues`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Role already fulfilled`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Duplicate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Spam`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:516 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: don't like job`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: better offer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "" +"Additional refusal reasons :ref:`can be created and existing ones can be " +"modified or deleted `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:525 msgid "" "Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " "which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " "example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " -"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" -" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"applicant's name appears anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the " +"email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " "the :doc:`../general/companies/email_template` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 msgid "" -"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " -"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," -" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " -"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" -" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" -" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +"After a :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` is selected, two fields appear below the " +"refusal reason: :guilabel:`Send Email` and :guilabel:`Email Template`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:534 msgid "" -"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"The applicant's email address automatically populates the :guilabel:`Send " +"Email` field; additional email recipients cannot be added. If an email " +"should **not** be sent to the applicant, uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:538 +msgid "" +"The email template associated with the refusal reason populates the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field. If a different email template is desired, " +"select a different template from the :guilabel:`Email Template` drop-down " +"menu. To view the email template, click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon " +"to the right of the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. The email template " +"loads in a :guilabel:`Open: Email Template` pop-up window, and can be " +"modified if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:545 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Refuse`. The " "refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " -"appears on the applicant's card." +"appears on the applicant's card in the top-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top-right " "corner in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 msgid "" "After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " -"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " -"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" -" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " -":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " -"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " -"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +"position's Kanban view. To view the refused applicants only, click the " +":guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the search box, then click " +":guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` section. All applicants " +"that have been refused for the job position appear, in the stage they were " +"when they were refused." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:558 +msgid "" +"To view all applicants that have been refused from all job positions, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All " +"Applications`. Click the :guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the " +"search box, then click :guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"section. All applications for all job positions are presented in a list " +"view, organized by stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "Create or modify refuse reasons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:569 +msgid "" +"To view all currently configured refuse reasons, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Settings --> Applications: Refuse " +"Reasons`. All the refuse reasons appear in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +"To create a new refuse reason, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" +"left corner. A blank line appears at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Description` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +"Type in the new refuse reason in the field. It is recommended to enter a " +"reason that is short and concise, such as `offer expired` or `withdrew " +"application`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, click on the field to reveal " +"a drop-down menu. Select an :guilabel:`Email Template` from the list to be " +"used when this refuse reason is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +"If a new :guilabel:`Email Template` is desired, type in the name for the new" +" template in the field. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` and a " +":guilabel:`Create Email Template` form pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the form and an email :guilabel:`Subject` in " +"the corresponding fields. Enter the email content in the :guilabel:`Content`" +" tab. Make any other desired modifications to the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the template and return to the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reasons` list. The new template appears in the new refuse " +"reason :guilabel:`Email Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +"To make any modifications to a refuse reason, click on the line, and make " +"any desired changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:594 msgid "New applicant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:596 msgid "" "An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " "be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" -" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " -"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " -"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " -"button." +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online) an applicant " +"card can be easily added from the job position Kanban view in one of two " +"ways, using either the :ref:`quick add ` " +"button or the :ref:`New ` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 msgid "Quick add" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:607 msgid "" -"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " -"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " -"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"Quickly add a new applicant using the *quick add* button. If not already in " +"the job position Kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by " +"going to :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job " +"Positions`. Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` button on the job " "position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " -"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " -":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +"small :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in the top-right of the " +":guilabel:`New` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:616 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`: Enter the title for the card. Typically " +"this is the applicant's name and job position being applied to, for example:" +" `Laura Smith - HR Manager`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, " +"unless the :guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:671 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:623 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card appears in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:628 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`delete` icon or anywhere on the screen to " +"close the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -10132,104 +13623,60 @@ msgid "" "option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 -msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:645 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" -" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " -"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the *New* " +"button. If not already in the Kanban view for the job position to add an " +"applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by going to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job Positions`. " +"Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left of the Kanban view " +"and a blank applicant form loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:389 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:434 -msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " -"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " -"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " -"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:396 -msgid "" -"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " -"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " -"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " -"the card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:400 -msgid "" -"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " -"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " -"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:407 -msgid "Create" -msgstr "बनाएँ" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:409 -msgid "" -"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " -":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " -"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," -" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " -"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:651 msgid "" "Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " "the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " "well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" " fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" " configurations, some fields may not be displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:662 msgid "Applicant section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:664 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" " the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +"position being applied to, for example: `John Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, unless the " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " -"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:672 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:673 msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:674 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`LinkedIn Profile`: enter the web address for the applicant's " +"personal profile on LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" " from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " @@ -10239,132 +13686,189 @@ msgid "" " high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:681 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" -" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " -":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " -"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: using the drop-down menu, select the people who " +"will conduct the interview(s). The selected people must have either " "*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " -"in order to appear on the drop-down." +"to appear in the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " "recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " "all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:687 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " -"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Evaluation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for the" +" applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " ":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:690 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source`: using the drop-down menu, select where the applicant " +"learned about the job position. The following options come pre-configured in" +" Odoo: :guilabel:`Search engine`, :guilabel:`Lead Recall`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Monster`, :guilabel:`Glassdoor`, and " +":guilabel:`Craigslist`. To add a new :guilabel:`Source`, type in the source," +" then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new source)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:695 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Medium`: using the drop-down menu, select the method, or " +":guilabel:`Medium`, for the :guilabel:`Source` that the applicant found the " +"job listing with. The pre-configured options are: :guilabel:`Banner`, " +":guilabel:`Direct`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, " +":guilabel:`Google Adwords`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Phone`, " +":guilabel:`Television`, :guilabel:`Twitter` (now known as \"X\"), or " +":guilabel:`Website`. To add a new :guilabel:`Medium`, type in the medium, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new medium)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:701 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " "job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " "the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " -"installed for this to appear." +"installed for this field to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:704 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: select the available start date for the applicant." +" To select a date, click on the field to reveal a calendar. Use the " +":guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrows on either side of the " +"month to navigate to the desired month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to" +" select the date. If no entry is selected that indicates the applicant is " +"ready to begin work immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:709 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, then click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 msgid "Job section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 msgid "" "The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " "long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" " possible, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " "to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:722 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " -"drop-down menu." +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job position is for using the " +"drop-down menu. This field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:726 msgid "Contract section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:728 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " "for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " "The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:731 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" -" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are requested by " +"the applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Expected Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" -" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " -"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are offered to the " +"applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Proposed Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `unlimited sick time` or `retirement plan`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:484 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " -"select the available start date for the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:742 msgid "Application summary tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 msgid "" "Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" " can be typed into this field." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +"Skills can be added to the applicant's card. To add a skill, follow the same" +" steps as outlined in the skills section of the :ref:`Create new employees " +"` document." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:760 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "" +"If an applicant seems to be a good potential candidate, they are moved to " +"the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage. This could be for a number of " +"reasons, such as they have the relevant experience, education, or " +"certifications the position requires." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:766 +msgid "" +"This stage is to quickly sort candidates that have potential, and those that" +" do not meet the requirements. No automatic actions, such as emails, are set" +" for this stage. This stage simply informs the recruitment team to " +"potentially set up a phone call or an interview with the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:773 msgid "First interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:775 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " "they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " -"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +"position Kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" " the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " "the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " "applicant's card." @@ -10372,155 +13876,176 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"An applicant's card moves from one stage to another by using the click and " "drag method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:785 msgid "" -"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" -" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " -"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " -"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " -"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " -"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " -"the chatter." +"The :guilabel:`First Interview` stage can be modified so when the " +"applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an email is" +" automatically sent to the applicant stating an interview is requested. In " +"this pre-configured email template, a link to the recruiting team's calendar" +" appears, allowing the applicant to schedule their interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 msgid "" -"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " -"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " -"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " -"button at the top of the applicant's record." +":ref:`Edit ` the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, " +"and select the :guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` for the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field, to automate this action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 msgid "" -"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " -":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " -"the applicant's card." +"An interview can be scheduled in one of two ways: either manually by the " +"recruitment team, or by the applicant themselves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:802 msgid "" -"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " -"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " -":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " -"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " -":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +"If the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage was modified to send the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` email template when an applicant" +" reaches that stage, the applicant received a link to the recruitment team's" +" calendar, and can schedule the interview on their own. The recruitment " +"team's availability is reflected in the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +msgid "" +"If the interview needs to be scheduled by the recruitment team, they should " +"reach out to the applicant for a date and time that works. When a date and " +"time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and interviewer, the " +"interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, whether a phone or in-" +"person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button at the top of " +"the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button displays :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings are " +"currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage, this is the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:817 +msgid "" +"If there is one meeting already scheduled, the smart button displays " +":guilabel:`1 Meeting`, with the date of the upcoming meeting beneath it. If " +"more than one meeting is scheduled, the button displays :guilabel:`Next " +"Meeting`, with the date of the first upcoming meeting beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:821 msgid "" "Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " "meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " "the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " "right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" " events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " -"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +"hidden. Only the checked attendees are visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:827 msgid "" -"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " -"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " -":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " -"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " -"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " -"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +"The default view is the :guilabel:`Week` view. To change the calendar view, " +"click the :guilabel:`Week` button, then select the desired view from the " +"drop-down menu. The other options are either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:831 +msgid "" +"An option to display or hide weekends is available. Click the " +":guilabel:`Week` button, then click :guilabel:`Show weekends` to deactivate " +"it (the default is to show weekends). If a check mark is next to " +":guilabel:`Show weekends`, weekends are visible. If there is no check mark, " +"weekends are hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:836 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed date range for the calendar, either use the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-left` :guilabel:`(left arrow)`, :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`(Right arrow)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, " +"or click on a date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed " +"calendar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:845 msgid "" -"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " -"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " -"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " -"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " -"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " -"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " -"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +"To add a meeting to the calendar when in the day or week view, click on the " +"start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, to select the date, " +"time, and the length of the meeting. A meeting can also be added in this " +"view by clicking on the day *and* the time slot the meeting is to take " +"place." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:850 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " -"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +"Both methods cause a :ref:`New Event ` pop up window" +" to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:564 -msgid "New event card" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:855 +msgid "New event pop-up window" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:857 msgid "" -"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " -"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " -"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " -"save the changes and create the meeting." +"Enter the information on the form. The only required fields to enter are the" +" :guilabel:`Meeting Title`, and the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` " +"fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to" +" save the changes and create the interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:861 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"The fields available to populate or modify on the :guilabel:`New Event` card" +" are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:863 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Title`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " "clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:866 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End`: select the start and end date and " +"times for the meeting. Click on one of the fields and a calendar pop-up " +"window appears. Select both the start and end date and times, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:869 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all-day interview, check the box. " +"If this box is checked, the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` fields are" +" hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:871 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " "default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " "many other people as desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 -msgid "Meeting details tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:873 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting start time." +":guilabel:`Videocall URL`: if the meeting is virtual, or if there is a " +"virtual option available, click :guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting` and a URL is " +"automatically created for the meeting and populates the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:582 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting end time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:584 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " -":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " -"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " -"duration length." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:587 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " -"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " -":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " -"and end times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:590 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " -"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:876 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " "an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," @@ -10531,42 +14056,107 @@ msgid "" "instructions for each command to complete the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:598 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " -"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" -" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " -"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" -" via the selected option." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:884 +msgid "More options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:886 +msgid "" +"To add additional information to the meeting, click the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button in the lower-right corner of the pop-up window. Enter any of" +" the following additional fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:889 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length. The default length of a meeting is one hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:892 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. Several additional fields appear when this is " +"enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:896 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: using the drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:898 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings " +"repeat. The available options are :guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Yearly`, or :guilabel:`Custom`. If " +":guilabel:`Custom` is selected, a :guilabel:`Repeat Every` field appears " +"beneath it, along with another time frequency parameter (:guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, :guilabel:`Months`, or :guilabel:`Years`). Enter a number" +" in the blank field, then select the time period using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:904 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat on`: if :guilabel:`Weekly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Repeat on` field appears. Click on " +"the corresponding day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:906 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day of Month`: if :guilabel:`Monthly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Day of Month` field appears. Using " +"the drop-down menu, select either :guilabel:`Date of month` or " +":guilabel:`Day of month`. If :guilabel:`Date of month` is selected, enter " +"the date the meeting repeats. If :guilabel:`Day of month` is selected, use " +"the drop-down menus to determine the frequency. Select either " +":guilabel:`First`, :guilabel:`Second`, :guilabel:`Third`, " +":guilabel:`Fourth`, or :guilabel:`Last` for the first drop-down menu, then " +"select the day (:guilabel:`Monday`, :guilabel:`Tuesday`, etc.) in the second" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:913 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Until`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings stop " +"repeating. The available options are :guilabel:`Number of repetitions`, " +":guilabel:`End date`, and :guilabel:`Forever`. If :guilabel:`Number of " +"repetitions` is selected, enter the number of total meetings to occur in the" +" blank field. If :guilabel:`End date` is selected, specify the date using " +"the calendar pop-up window, or type in a date in a XX/XX/XXXX format. " +":guilabel:`Forever` schedules meetings indefinitely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:920 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " -"in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:921 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " "menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:923 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " -"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " -":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " -"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +":guilabel:`Appointment`: if an appointment is associated with this meeting, " +"select it form the drop-down menu, or create a new appointment by typing in " +"the appointment name, then click :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. A " +":guilabel:`Create Appointment` form loads. Enter the information on the " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:613 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:927 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select if the organizer appears either " +":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Busy` for the duration of the meeting, " +"using the drop-down menu. Next, select the visibility of this meeting, using" +" the drop-down menu to the right of the first selection. Options are " ":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " "users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " ":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " @@ -10574,41 +14164,50 @@ msgid "" "the company database to see the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:934 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " -"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" -" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " -"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " -"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " -"attendees at the same time." +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:936 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Default " +"options include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`SMS Text Message`, each with a specific time period before the " +"event (hours, days, etc). The reminder chosen alerts the meeting " +"participants of the meeting via the selected option at the specified time. " +"Multiple reminders can be selected in this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:947 msgid "Send meeting to attendees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:949 msgid "" "Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " -"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message from the " +"expanded :guilabel:`Event Form` (what is seen when the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button is clicked on in the event pop-up window)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:953 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " -"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " -"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" -" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " -"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " -"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " -"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " -"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " -"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +"To send the meeting via email, click the :icon:`fa-envelope` " +":guilabel:`Email` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact" +" Attendees` email configurator pop-up window appears. A pre-formatted email " +"using the default :guilabel:`Calendar: Event Update` email template " +"populates the email body field. The followers of the document (job " +"application), as well as the user who created the meeting are added as " +":guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's email address to the " +"list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make any other desired " +"changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button, navigate to the file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " ":guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" @@ -10617,39 +14216,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:647 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:966 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " -"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " -"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " -"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." -" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " -"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " -":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :icon:`fa-mobile` " +":guilabel:`SMS` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS " +"Text Message` pop-up appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:969 msgid "" -"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " -":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " -"contacts with a valid phone number." +"At the top, a blue box appears if any attendees do not have valid mobile " +"numbers, and lists how many records are invalid. If a contact does not have " +"a valid mobile number listed, click :guilabel:`Close`, and edit the " +"attendee's record, then redo these steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:658 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:973 msgid "" -"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " -"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" -" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " -"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" -" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " -"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +"When no warning message appears, type in the message to be sent to the " +"attendees in the :guilabel:`Message` field. to add any emojis to the " +"message, click the :guilabel:`Add Emoji` icon on the right-side of the pop-" +"up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:977 +msgid "" +"Beneath the message field, the number of characters, as well as the amount " +"of text messages required to send the message (according to GSM7 criteria) " +"appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue` to have the text sent later, after " +"any other messages are scheduled, or click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the " +"message immediately." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:669 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:987 msgid "" "Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " "messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " @@ -10657,11 +14260,11 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`../essentials/in_app_purchase` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:994 msgid "Second interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:996 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " "can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " @@ -10670,72 +14273,87 @@ msgid "" "Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1001 msgid "" "When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " -"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " -"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " -":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " -"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage. The " +"recruiter can now :ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the applicant, following the same process as the first " +"interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1009 msgid "Contract proposal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1011 msgid "" "When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " "be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " "and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" -" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top-right of" " the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1016 msgid "" "The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," " click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " -"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " -"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " -"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " -"is set to `0.00`)." +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. Most fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position. If any necessary fields are blank, enter " +"the relevant information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:705 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1022 msgid "" "Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" "up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " "applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " -"not appear on the pop-up." +"*Fleet* application is not installed, any fields related to vehicles do not " +"appear on the pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1028 msgid "Universal fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1030 msgid "" "The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " "localization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1032 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " -"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: the template currently being used to populate" +" the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window. To modify the " +"template, click the :guilabel:`Internal link` icon to the right of the drop-" +"down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. A " +"different :guilabel:`Contract Template` can be selected using the drop-down " +"menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1037 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " -"applicant." +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the name of the :guilabel:`Job Position` being " +"offered to the applicant. The selections available in the drop-down menu " +"correspond to the :guilabel:`Job Positions` configured on the main " +"*Recruitment* dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1040 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the specific name of the position being offered to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1041 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the :guilabel:`Department` the job position falls " +"under." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1042 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " "default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" @@ -10744,109 +14362,50 @@ msgid "" "click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1046 msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1047 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " -"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " -"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " -"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," -" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" -" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " -"application." +":guilabel:`Link Expiration Date`: job offers are only valid for a specific " +"period of time. The default expiration date is 30 days. Modify the " +"expiration date, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:732 -msgid "" -"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " -"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:738 -msgid "" -"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " -"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" -" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:743 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" -" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:746 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " -"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" -" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:749 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " -"the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " -"that will be assigned to the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:752 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " -"for the cafeteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " -"contract that is being offered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " -"sending." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1051 msgid "Send offer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1053 msgid "" -"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" -" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " -"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" -" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " -"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " -"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +"When the information is all updated, click :guilabel:`Send By Email` to send" +" the offer to the applicant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1056 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " -"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" -"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " -"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." -" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " -"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " -":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " -":guilabel:`Send`." +"If the applicant does not have an email address listed on their applicant " +"card, a warning appears in a red box at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window, stating :guilabel:`The" +" applicant does not have a valid email set. The Offer Link won't be able to " +"be completed.` Click :guilabel:`Discard`, enter an email on the applicant's " +"card, then click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1062 +msgid "" +"An email pop-up window loads. The default :guilabel:`Recruitment: Your " +"Salary Package` email template is used, and the :guilabel:`Recipients`, " +":guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-populated based on the email " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1070 +msgid "Once the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1073 msgid "" "To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " "necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " @@ -10857,11 +14416,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1081 +msgid "Configure your package" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1083 +msgid "" +"The email template includes a :guilabel:`Configure your package` button. " +"This link takes the applicant to a webpage where they can modify the " +"proposed salary package, and enter their personal information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1087 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant is hired, the personal information entered on the webpage" +" is imported to their employee record, when created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1090 +msgid "" +"If applicable, the applicant can modify their salary package. This option is" +" not available for all localizations. Depending on where the company is " +"located, this option may not be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1093 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is completed, the applicant accepts the offer by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Review Contract & Sign` button to accept the " +"contract and sign it using the *Sign* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1100 msgid "Contract signed" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1102 msgid "" "Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " "step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " @@ -10872,16 +14462,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:796 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1109 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the Kanban view, but the " "card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1112 msgid "" "Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " -"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"green :guilabel:`HIRED` banner appears in the top-right of the applicant's " "card." msgstr "" @@ -10889,83 +14479,96 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1120 msgid "Create employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:809 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1122 msgid "" "Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " "record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " -"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"Employee` button in the top-left. An employee form appears, and any " "information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" " card appears in the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1127 msgid "" "Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" -" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " -":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, the employee" +" record is saved in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:5 msgid "" -"In the default :menuselection:`Recruitment` dashboard view, all job " -"positions are shown, regardless of status. Current published positions with " -"active applicants are shown, as well as job positions that have been created" -" but have not yet been published." +"In Odoo *Recruitment*, all job positions are shown on the default dashboard " +"in the *Recruitment* app. This includes positions that are being actively " +"recruited for, as well as inactive positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:8 msgid "" -"Each job position is shown in an individual kanban card. If the job position" -" is active and candidates can apply, then a :guilabel:`Published` banner " -"will appear in the top-right corner of the card." +"Each job position is shown in an individual Kanban card. If the job position" +" is active, and candidates can apply, a :guilabel:`Published` banner appears" +" in the top-right corner of the card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:11 msgid "" "View submitted applications by clicking anywhere on a job position card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 -msgid "Main dashboard view of Recruitment showing all job positions." +msgid "Main dashboard view of Recruitment app showing all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:18 msgid "Create a new job position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:20 msgid "" -"Create a new job position from the main Recruitment dashboard by clicking " -"the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner." +"To create a new job position from the main dashboard in the *Recruitment* " +"app, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner, and a " +":guilabel:`Create a Job Position` modal appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:24 msgid "" -"Then, a :guilabel:`Create a Job Position` pop-up window will appear. From " -"here, enter the name of the position (such as `Sales Manager`, `Mechanical " -"Engineer`, etc.). When complete, click the :guilabel:`Create` button to save" -" the entry, or the :guilabel:`Discard` button to delete it." +"First, enter the name of the :guilabel:`Job Position` (such as `Sales " +"Manager`, `Mechanical Engineer`, etc.) in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Next, enter an :guilabel:`Application email` by typing in the first half of " +"the email address in the first field, then select the second half of the " +"email using the drop-down menu in the second field. Applicants can send a " +"resumé to this specific email address, and Odoo creates an application for " +"them automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When complete, click the :guilabel:`Create` button to save the entry, or the" +" :guilabel:`Discard` button to delete it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Create a new job position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:39 msgid "" -"Once the job position has been created, it will appear as a card in the " -"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard." +"Once the job position has been created, it appears as a card in the Kanban " +"view on the main *Recruitment* app dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:43 msgid "Edit a new job position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:45 msgid "" "After the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " "position. Click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " @@ -10977,85 +14580,98 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Edit the job position card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Summary` tab. This " -"information is what is visible to potential applicants when searching for " -"available jobs." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:53 msgid "" "All the basic information about the job position is listed under the " -":guilabel:`Recruitment` tab. None of the fields are required, but it is a " -"good idea to provide at least a few details, such as where the job is " -"located." +":guilabel:`Recruitment` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:57 -msgid "The fields can be filled out as follows:" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:55 +msgid "" +"None of the fields are required, but it is important to configure and " +"populate the :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Location`, " +":guilabel:`Employment Type`, and :guilabel:`Job Summary` fields, as they are" +" all visible to prospective applicants on the website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:59 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: select the relevant department for the job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 -msgid ":guilabel:`Job Location`: select the physical address for the job." +msgid "The fields can be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:61 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Employment Type`: select what type of position the job is, such " -"as :guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, etc." +":guilabel:`Department`: select the relevant department for the job position." +" This is visible on the website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:63 -msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job is for." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Location`: select the physical address for the job. If the " +"job position is remote, leave this field blank. This is visible on the " +"website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email Alias`: enter an email address to which applicants can send" +" a resumé. Once emailed, Odoo automatically creates an application for them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employment Type`: select what type of position the job is, using " +"the drop-down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Permanent`, " +":guilabel:`Temporary`, :guilabel:`Seasonal`, :guilabel:`Interim`, " +":guilabel:`Full-Time`, and :guilabel:`Part-Time`. This is visible on the " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job is for. This field only " +"appears if using a multi-company database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Target`: enter the number of employees to be hired for this " "position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:74 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Is Published`: activate this option to publish the job online." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Website`: select the website where the job will be published." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`Website`: select the website the job is published on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:76 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person who will be doing the recruiting " -"for this role." +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for recruiting this " +"role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:77 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interviewers`: select who should perform the interview(s). " -"Multiple people can be selected." +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: select who should perform the interviews. Multiple" +" people can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:79 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interview Form`: select an :ref:`Interview form ` that" -" applicants will fill out prior to their interview." +":guilabel:`Interview Form`: select an :ref:`Interview form " +"` that applicants fill out prior to their interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:81 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Template`: select a contract template that will be used " -"when offering the job to a candidate." +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: select a contract template to be used when " +"offering the job to a candidate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:83 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Process Details` section: this section contains information that " "is displayed online for the job position. This informs the applicants of the" @@ -11063,40 +14679,44 @@ msgid "" " a reply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:87 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time to Answer`: enter the number of days before the applicant is" " contacted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:88 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Process`: enter the various stages the candidate will go through " +":guilabel:`Process`: enter the various stages the candidate goes through " "during the recruitment process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:90 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Days to get an Offer`: enter the number of days before the " "applicant should expect an offer after the recruitment process has ended." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:94 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Process Details` section is a text field. All answers are " "typed in rather than selected from a drop-down menu. The text is displayed " "on the website exactly as it appears in this tab." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:98 +msgid "Finally, enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Summary` tab." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Enter job information details in the recruitment tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:107 msgid "Create interview form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:109 msgid "" "An *Interview Form* is used to determine if a candidate is a good fit for a " "job position. Interview forms can be as specific or general as desired, and " @@ -11104,749 +14724,148 @@ msgid "" "Interview forms are determined by the recruitment team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:113 msgid "" -"All interview forms must be created, there are no pre-configured forms in " -"Odoo. To create an interview form, start from the recruitment tab of the " -":guilabel:`Job Position` form. In the :guilabel:`Interview Form` field, " -"enter a name for the new interview form. As the name is typed, several " -"options populate beneath the entry, :guilabel:`Create (interview form " -"name)`, :guilabel:`View all`, and :guilabel:`Create and edit...`. Click " -":guilabel:`Create and edit...`. and a :guilabel:`Create Interview Form` pop-" -"up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:110 -msgid "" -"The option :guilabel:`View all` only appears if there are any interview " -"forms already created. If no interview forms exist, the only options " -"available are :guilabel:`Create (interview form name)`, and " -":guilabel:`Create and edit...`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:114 -msgid "" -"First, enter a name for the form in the :guilabel:`Name` field. This should " -"be indicative of when the form should be used. For example, is the form " -"specific to a job position, or is it a general form that can be used for all" -" recruitment scenarios?" +"Before creating an interview form, ensure the proper settings are enabled. " +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Settings`," +" and under the :guilabel:`Recruitment Process` section, ensure the " +":guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option is enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:118 msgid "" -"Next, select what kind of interview form is being created. The default is " -":guilabel:`Custom`, which is pre-selected. The various options are " -":guilabel:`Survey`, :guilabel:`Live session`, :guilabel:`Assessment`, " -":guilabel:`Custom`, and :guilabel:`Appraisal`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Then select the person responsible for the form from the drop-down menu for " -"the :guilabel:`Responsible` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:125 -msgid "" -"If desired, an image can be added to the interview form. Mouse over the " -"camera icon on the far right and a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon appears. " -"Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window appears. " -"Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select " -"it." +"Since there are no pre-configured forms in Odoo, all interview forms must be" +" created. To create an interview form, start from the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment` tab of the :guilabel:`Job Position` form. In the " +":guilabel:`Interview Form` field, enter a name for the new interview form. " +"As the name is typed, several options populate beneath the entry: " +":guilabel:`Create (interview form name)`, :guilabel:`Search More...`, and " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`. Click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` and a " +":guilabel:`Create Interview Form` modal appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The top portion of the new interview form with everything filled out and " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:135 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:351 -msgid "Questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add " -"a section to the form. A line appears, and a section heading can be entered." -" When complete, click off the line, or press enter to lock in the new " -"section on the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:141 -msgid "" -"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " -":guilabel:`Create Sections and Questions` pop-up window appears where the " -"question details are entered. Type out the question in the top line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:145 -msgid "There are several :guilabel:`Question Types` to choose from:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:147 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`: a multiple choice question " -"that only allows the candidate to select one answer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:149 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`: a multiple choice " -"question that allows the candidate to select multiple answers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:151 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " -"lines of text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" -" of text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:153 -msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 -msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:155 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " -"select a date and time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Matrix`: a customizable table that allows the candidate to choose" -" an answer for each row" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:159 -msgid "" -"After selecting a question type, a sample question appears in gray. This " -"represents how the question will be displayed to applicants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 -msgid "Add a new question to the interview form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Questions and sections can be reorganized. Move them by clicking and " -"dragging individual section headings or question lines to their desired " -"position(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Sections are indicated by a gray background, while questions have a white " -"background." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 -msgid "A sample of categories and questions for a candidate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:176 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:269 -msgid "Answers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`, :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" -" multiple answers allowed`, :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, or " -":guilabel:`Matrix` is selected for the :guilabel:`Question Type`, an " -":guilabel:`Answers` tab appears beneath the question. If another question " -"type is selected, the :guilabel:`Answers` tab remains hidden from view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:185 -msgid "Multiple choice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:187 -msgid "" -"For both the :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and " -":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed` question type, the " -"answers are populated in the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:190 -msgid "" -"First, in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. A line " -"appears, and an answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off" -" the line, or press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have " -"another answer line appear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:194 -msgid "" -"If desired, an image can be attached to the answer. Click on a line to " -"select it, and an :guilabel:`Upload your file` button appears on the right " -"side. Click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button and a file explorer " -"window appears. Navigate to the image file, select it, then click " -":guilabel:`Open` to select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:199 -msgid "" -"Repeat this for all the answers to be added for the multiple choice " -"question. The answers can be rearranged in any order. To move an answer, " -"click on the six small squares on the far left of each answer line, and drag" -" the answer to the desired position. The order the answers appear in the " -"form is the order the answers will appear online." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:204 -msgid "" -"To delete a line, click on the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon on the far " -"right side of the answer line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Answers to a multiple choice question, where each line has a different " -"answer listed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:211 -msgid "Single Line Text Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:213 -msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` question type is selected, only two " -"checkboxes appear in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:216 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Input must be an email`: activate this option if the answer must " -"be in the format of an email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:219 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Save as user email?`: this option appears if :guilabel:`Input " -"must be an email` is selected. This saves the email entered on the form as " -"the user's email, and will be used anytime Odoo contacts the user via email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:223 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Save as user nickname?`: activate this option to populate the " -"answer as the user's nickname. This is stored and used anywhere Odoo uses a " -"nickname." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The three possible checkboxes that can appear if a single line of text is selected\n" -"for the question type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:231 -msgid "Matrix" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Sometimes, a question is asked that does not fit a standard answer format, " -"and is best suited for a matrix. For example, asking an applicant what is " -"their availability to work compared to the various shifts is a perfect " -"question for a matrix format. In this example, an applicant can click on all" -" the shifts they are available to work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:238 -msgid "" -"For a :guilabel:`Matrix` question type, there are two sets of data that need" -" to be input. The rows and columns must both be configured. The columns are " -"represented by the :guilabel:`Choices` section, while the rows are " -"configured in the :guilabel:`Rows` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:242 -msgid "" -"The method for populating both sections is the same. In the " -":guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in either the " -":guilabel:`Choices` or :guilabel:`Row` section. A line appears, and an " -"answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off the line, or " -"press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have another answer " -"line appear. Repeat this for all answers for both the :guilabel:`Choices` " -"and :guilabel:`Rows` sections." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:251 -msgid "" -"This is an example matrix that asks an applicant what shifts they are " -"available to work on Saturdays and Sundays, either morning, afternoon, or " -"evening." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:255 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:440 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:257 -msgid "" -"Enter any information that may be helpful to an applicant. This description " -"will appear for this specific question only, and therefore should be " -"question-specific and not generalized." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:345 -msgid "Options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:263 -msgid "" -"To view the options that are available to set for a question, click on the " -":guilabel:`Options` tab. The :guilabel:`Layout`, :guilabel:`Constraints`, " -"and :guilabel:`Live Sessions` sections are universal for all " -":guilabel:`Question Types`, while the :guilabel:`Answers` tab is specific to" -" the :guilabel:`Question Type` selected, and changes based on the selection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:271 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" -" multiple answers allowed`: a :guilabel:`Show Comments Field` option " -"appears. Activate the option to allow the applicant to answer the question " -"by typing in an answer (or comment). A :guilabel:`Comment Message` and " -":guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear if activated. Enter the text " -"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be helpful " -"to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. Last, if the comment " -"should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate the box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:278 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: a :guilabel:`Placeholder` field " -"appears. Enter any text that should appear with the question to help clarify" -" how the applicant should answer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:280 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` and :guilabel:`Numerical Value`: a " -":guilabel:`Validate entry` option appears. Activate this option if what the " -"applicant enters must be a numerical value, *and* needs to be verified. The " -"answer can *only* be verified if it is a numerical entry. When activated, " -"several other options appear. Enter the values for the :guilabel:`Min/Max " -"Limits` in the two fields. Next, enter the text that appears when the answer" -" given does not fit within the designated minimum and maximum parameters. " -"Last, enter any text in the :guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any " -"additional information or directions to assist the applicant." +msgid "The blank interview form modal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:130 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date` and :guilabel:`Datetime`: a :guilabel:`Validate entry` " -"option appears. Activate this option if the applicant's answer needs to be " -"verified. When activated, several other options appear. Enter the date " -"ranges for the :guilabel:`Min/Max Limits` in the two fields. Click on a " -"field, either the :guilabel:`minimum` or :guilabel:`maximum`, and a calendar" -" appears. Select the dates for the corresponding fields. Next, enter the " -"text that appears when the answer given does not fit within the designated " -"minimum and maximum dates. Last, enter any text in the " -":guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any additional information or " -"directions to assist the applicant." +"The option :guilabel:`Search More...` only appears if there are any " +"interview forms already created. If no interview forms exist, the only " +"options available are :guilabel:`Create (interview form name)`, and " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:134 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Matrix`: the first option that appears is :guilabel:`Matrix " -"Type`. Select either :guilabel:`One choice per row` or :guilabel:`Multiple " -"choices per row` using the drop-down menu. The next option is " -":guilabel:`Show Comments Field`. Activate the option if there should be a " -"comment displayed to the applicant. If activated, a :guilabel:`Comment " -"Message` and :guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear. Enter the text " -"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be an " -"instruction helpful to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. " -"Last, if the comment should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate " -"the box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:304 -msgid "Constraints" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:306 -msgid "" -"If the question is required to be answered by the applicant, activate the " -"box next to :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`. An :guilabel:`Error message` field" -" appears, with some example text in gray (*This question requires an " -"answer*). Enter the message that should appear if the applicant attempts to " -"move on to the next question without answering this required one. The text " -"should explain that the question must be answered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:313 -msgid "Layout" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:315 -msgid "" -"If the question should only appear if a previous question is answered in a " -"specific way, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional Display` option. A new " -":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Using the drop-down menu, " -"select the previous question this new question is linked to. Once a previous" -" question is selected, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Select" -" the answer that must be selected in order for the new question to appear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:322 -msgid "" -"To further illustrate a triggering question, the following is an example " -"that is applicable to recruitment. The question, `Do you have experience " -"with managing a sales team?` is already added. A new question is then added," -" `How many years of experience?`. This question should *only* appear if the " -"applicant selected `Yes` to the question `Do you have prior experience " -"managing a sales team?`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:328 -msgid "" -"To properly configure this example, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional " -"Display` option. Then, select `Do you have experience with managing a sales " -"team?` as the :guilabel:`Triggering Question`. Then, select :guilabel:`Yes` " -"for the triggering answer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 -msgid "The layout field when properly configured for a conditional question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:338 -msgid "Live Sessions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:340 -msgid "" -"If the question is for a live session, activate the :guilabel:`Question Time" -" Limit` option. A :guilabel:`seconds` field appears. Enter the amount of " -"time allotted for the applicant to enter the answer, in seconds." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:347 -msgid "" -"Next, configure the various options for the interview form. Click the " -":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:353 -msgid ":guilabel:`Pagination`: choose how the questions should be displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:355 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per question`: display a single question on each page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:356 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per section`: display each section with the " -"corresponding questions on an individual page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:358 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: display all sections and " -"questions at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:362 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Display Progress as`: choose how to display the percentage of " -"questions remaining to answer. This option only appears if either " -":guilabel:`One page per question` or :guilabel:`One page per section` is " -"selected for :guilabel:`Pagination`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:366 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Percentage left`: display the remaining amount in a percentage " -"(%)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:367 -msgid ":guilabel:`Number`: display the remaining amount in a numerical value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:370 -msgid ":guilabel:`Question Selection`: choose which questions are presented." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:372 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`All questions`: display the entire form, with all questions form " -"all sections." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:373 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Randomized per Section`: display only a random selection of " -"questions from each section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:377 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Back Button`: activate this option if the applicant is able to " -"click a back button to go back to previous questions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:381 -msgid "" -"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " -"option should only be used if receiving partial information/an incomplete " -"survey from every applicant is acceptable to the business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:386 -msgid "Time & Scoring" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:388 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: activate this option to limit the time " -"allowed to complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes " -"appears next to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX " -"minute/second format) in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:391 -msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: choose how the questions should be scored." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:393 -msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: select this option to not score the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:394 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: select this option to score the" -" form and display the correct answers for the candidate when they are " -"finished with the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:396 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: select this option to score " -"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:399 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Required Score (%)`: this option appears if one of the scoring " -"options was selected. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the " -"exam (example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:403 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Is a Certification`: activate this option if the form is a " -"certification exam. When activated, a drop-down menu appears next to the " -"checkbox. Select one of the default formats for the PDF certificate that " -"will be sent to the candidate after completing the certification exam. Click" -" the :guilabel:`Preview` button to view an example of the PDF certificate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:407 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Certified Email Template`: if the :guilabel:`Is a Certification` " -"box is activated, a :guilabel:`Certified Email Template` appears. Select the" -" email template from the drop-down menu that is to be used when the " -"applicant passes the test. Click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the " -"right of the email template to preview the email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:413 -msgid "Participants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:415 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Access Mode`: specify who can access the exam. Either " -":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:417 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Require Login`: activate this option to require candidates to log" -" in before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:419 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Limit Attempts`: if there is a limit to how many times the exam " -"can be taken, activate this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in " -"the field next to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:423 -msgid "Live Session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:425 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Session Code`: enter the access code that will allow the viewers " -"into the live exam session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:427 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Session Link`: the link appears in a box next to the " -":guilabel:`Session Link` option. Click the :guilabel:`Copy` button to copy " -"the link." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:429 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: if the exam is to be taken live, activate " -"this option to award more points to participants who answer quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:432 -msgid "" -"After all fields have been entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to " -"save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 -msgid "Various options to configure for the interview form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:442 -msgid "" -"When the applicant begins the survey, the text entered in this tab appears " -"at the top of the survey page. Enter any information or descriptions that " -"would be helpful to the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:446 -msgid "End Message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:448 -msgid "" -"After the survey is complete, the message entered in this tab is displayed " -"for the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 -msgid "Referrals" +"Proceed to fill out the modal interview form as a typical survey. For " +"specific directions on how to create a survey, refer to the :doc:`survey " +"essentials <../../marketing/surveys/create>` document, which provides step-" +"by-step instructions on how to create and configure a survey." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +msgid "Referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " -"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"regarding referrals is housed - from points earned, coworkers hired, and " "rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " -"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " -"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " -"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " -"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" -" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +"and then earn referral points as those people progress through the " +"recruitment pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be " +"exchanged for prizes. The *Referrals* application integrates with the " +"*Employees*, *Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be" +" installed in order for the *Referrals* application to function." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:14 msgid "" -"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " -"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " -"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +"The only configurations needed for the *Referrals* application *after* " +"installation are related to the :ref:`rewards `; " +"everything else is pre-configured when Odoo *Referrals* is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:18 msgid "" -"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " -"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " -"` and configurations menus. For more information on " -"users and access rights, refer to these documents: :doc:`../general/users` " -"and :doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +"Users with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the *Referrals* application. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the :ref:`reporting ` and configurations" +" menus. For more information on users and access rights, refer to these " +"documents: :doc:`../general/users` and " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 msgid "Onboarding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:28 msgid "" "When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" "configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " -"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" -" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"each explaining the different parts of the *Referrals* application. At the " +"top of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " "onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " "Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " "text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 msgid "" "Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " "displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " "advance to the next slide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " "superheroes to save the day!`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " "or refer friends.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " "league!`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:46 msgid "" -"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the *Referrals* application is " "opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " "button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" " :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " -"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +"will begin again when the *Referrals* application is opened. Once the " ":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " -"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the *Referrals* " "application is opened from that point on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:53 msgid "" "At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " -"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main *Referrals* dashboard loads. If " ":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " -"opening the Referrals application." +"opening the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -11854,7 +14873,7 @@ msgid "" "An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:62 msgid "" "If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " "opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " @@ -11863,60 +14882,53 @@ msgid "" "screen appears instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:70 msgid "" "Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " -"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " -"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " -"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " -"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`." +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* application can " +"modify onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line " +"displays the text for the individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding" +" slide, click on an individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:76 msgid "" -"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " -"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " -"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " -"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " -"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " -"that particular company." +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` field. A " +":guilabel:`Company` may be selected, as well. However, if this field is " +"populated, that slide is *only* displayed for that particular company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:81 msgid "" -"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" -" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " -"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" -" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " -"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " -"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " -"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +"The :guilabel:`Company` field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:83 msgid "" -"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +"The image can be modified, as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the " +"top-right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and " +":guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` " +"icon to change the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the " +"desired image, select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears" +" in the thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage " +"can)` icon, then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:94 msgid "" -"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " -"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " -"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " -"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " -":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " -"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +"The sequence in which the slides appear can be changed from the *Onboarding*" +" dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`(six small gray boxes)` icon to the left of" +" the the slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -11924,567 +14936,18 @@ msgid "" "The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:103 -msgid "Share job positions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:105 -msgid "" -"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " -"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " -"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " -"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:113 -msgid "View Jobs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:115 -msgid "" -"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " -":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " -"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" -"displayed on the card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:124 -msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:128 -msgid "" -"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " -"of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 -msgid "" -"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " -"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:134 -msgid "" -"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " -"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " -"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " -"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " -":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 -msgid "Refer friends" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:145 -msgid "" -"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " -"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " -"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:149 -msgid "" -"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " -"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:152 -msgid "" -"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " -"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " -"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " -"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" -" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " -"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " -"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " -"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 -msgid "Share a job" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:169 -msgid "" -"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " -"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" -" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " -"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " -"applicants in the Referrals application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 -msgid "Link" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:181 -msgid "" -"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " -":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " -"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " -"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" -" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" -" prospective employee however desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:188 -msgid "Facebook" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:190 -msgid "" -"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " -"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " -"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " -"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " -"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " -"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" -"in to Facebook first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" -" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" -" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " -"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " -"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " -"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " -"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " -":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " -"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " -"specific activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 -msgid "" -"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " -":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " -":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " -"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" -" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" -"highlighted, as are all the required settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 -msgid "Share to news feed or story" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:218 -msgid "" -"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " -":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " -"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " -":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " -"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," -" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " -"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" -" story, or both." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:225 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " -"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " -"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " -"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " -"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" -" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " -"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " -":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" -" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " -":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:236 -msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " -"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:242 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" -" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " -"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " -"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:246 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:275 -msgid "" -"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " -"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 -msgid "Share in a group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:251 -msgid "" -"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " -"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" -" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " -":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " -"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " -"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " -"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " -"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " -"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:264 -msgid "Share in an event" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:266 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:269 -msgid "" -"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " -"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " -"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" -" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " -"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " -"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 -msgid "Share in a private message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:280 -msgid "" -"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" -" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" -"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " -"Private Message`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:284 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " -"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " -"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " -"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " -"process for each friend to be added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:289 -msgid "" -"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " -"message` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:293 -msgid "X/Twitter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:295 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " -"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " -"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " -"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " -"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" -" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:301 -msgid "The default message is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:303 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" -" Position)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:305 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " -"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " -"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," -" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " -"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " -":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " -"X/Twitter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:312 -msgid "" -"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " -"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " -":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" -" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " -":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " -":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " -"restricts who can reply to the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 -msgid "" -"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " -"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " -"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " -"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:322 -msgid "" -"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" -" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " -"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 -msgid "" -"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" -" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" -"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:336 -msgid "LinkedIn" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:338 -msgid "" -"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " -"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " -"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " -"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " -"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " -"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:344 -msgid "" -"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " -"message to an individual or group of individuals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 -msgid "Share in a post" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:350 -msgid "" -"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" -" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " -":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " -"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:354 -msgid "" -"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " -"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " -"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " -"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " -":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " -"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " -":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" -" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " -"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " -"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " -"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " -"right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:366 -msgid "" -"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " -"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " -"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " -"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " -":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " -"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " -"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" -" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " -"the far lower right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:375 -msgid "" -"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " -":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " -"post button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:383 -msgid "Send as private message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:385 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " -"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " -"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" -" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" -" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " -"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." -" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " -"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" -" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " -":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " -":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " -"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " -"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " -"browser tab to exit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 -msgid "Email a friend" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:401 -msgid "" -"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " -"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " -"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" -" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " -"Mail` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:406 -msgid "" -"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " -"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" -" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " -"`Job for you`, but can be edited." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:410 -msgid "" -"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " -"appears is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:412 -msgid "`Hello,`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:414 -msgid "" -"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " -"interesting for you`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:416 -msgid "`See Job Offers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:418 -msgid "" -"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " -"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " -"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " -"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " -"message will be sent and the window will close." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:426 msgid "Hired referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:107 msgid "" "When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" " their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:110 msgid "" "After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," " instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " @@ -12492,21 +14955,21 @@ msgid "" "friend!` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 msgid "" "Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " -"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " -"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" -" an available avatar to select it." +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is grayed out, and " +"the name that the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. " +"Click on an available avatar to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:118 msgid "" -"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," -" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " -"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " -"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " -"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the *Referrals* " +"application, after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to " +"select another avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars " +"have been selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible." +" Mouse over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -12515,15 +14978,15 @@ msgid "" "chosen are greyed out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 msgid "Modify friends" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 msgid "" "Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " "` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"rights for the *Recruitment* application can make modifications to friends. " "The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " "avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " @@ -12532,17 +14995,17 @@ msgid "" " dogs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:138 msgid "" "To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" " an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " ":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " "friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" -" else in the Referrals application." +" else in the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " ":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " @@ -12551,65 +15014,66 @@ msgid "" "user's avatar when activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:148 msgid "" "If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " ":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " "replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" -" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " -"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:474 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 msgid "" -"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " -"original information." +"The referral friend form automatically saves, but can be saved manually at " +"any time by clicking the *Save manually* option, represented by a " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel " +"any changes made, click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to " +"delete any changes, and revert to the original content." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A friend form in edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:482 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 msgid "" "It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " "background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " "about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " -"Referrals application." +"*Referrals* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:172 msgid "Referral points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:174 msgid "" "The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " -"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"rewards. On the main *Referrals* application dashboard, the top displays a " "summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " "the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " "available to spend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 msgid "" "To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" " the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:183 msgid "" "The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " "pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " @@ -12619,7 +15083,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 msgid "" "To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " @@ -12627,11 +15091,11 @@ msgid "" "category are displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:194 msgid "My referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 msgid "" "To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " ":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " @@ -12639,26 +15103,31 @@ msgid "" "card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:200 msgid "" -"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " -"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " -"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " -"the top right corner." +"A successful referral displays a green :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the top-" +"right corner of the card. Referrals that are in process display a purple " +":guilabel:`In Progress` banner in the top-right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 msgid "" -"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " -"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " -"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the subject/application " +"title (as it appears on the applicant card in the *Recruitment* app), the " +"name of the job position, the person responsible for filling the role " +"(recruiter), and the points earned. For referrals that have been hired, the " +"selected avatar also appears on the card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two referral cards, one hired and one in-progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:214 msgid "Points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 msgid "" "The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " "positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " @@ -12666,14 +15135,14 @@ msgid "" " *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:220 msgid "" "On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " "that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " "points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:224 msgid "" "Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " "points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " @@ -12681,108 +15150,109 @@ msgid "" " the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:229 msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:231 msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:232 msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:235 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 msgid "" "The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " -"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" -" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " -"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage are done in the " +"*Recruitment* application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment " +"` documentation to modify the points for each " +"stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:244 msgid "Rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 msgid "Create rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 msgid "" -"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" -" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " -"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " -"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " -"information on the form:" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the " +"*Referrals* application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights " +"for the *Recruitment* application can create or modify rewards. To add " +"rewards, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> " +"Rewards`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and a reward form loads. Enter the " +"following information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:254 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +":guilabel:`Product Name`: enter the name as it should appear for the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" -" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " -"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" -" form." +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" appears for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each company " +"needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the form. " +"This field only appears if in a multi-company environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:259 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: select the person who will be responsible for " "procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " -"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" -" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is bought in the *Referrals* " +"application, so they know when to deliver the reward to the recipient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:263 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +":guilabel:`Description`: type in the description for the reward. This will " "be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +":guilabel:`Photo`: add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " "page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " "(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " -"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" -" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +"(pencil)` icon, and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 msgid "" "The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " -":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +":guilabel:`Company` (if applicable), and :guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 msgid "" "It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " "cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " @@ -12790,31 +15260,31 @@ msgid "" "placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:595 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:283 msgid "Redeem rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 msgid "" "To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " "main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " "individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " -"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +"listed in the top-right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" " purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " "bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " "the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" " instead of a buy button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:292 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " -"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " -"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " -":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears, asking if the user is sure " +"they want to purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item," +" or :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:297 msgid "" "After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " "used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." @@ -12828,27 +15298,27 @@ msgid "" "many more reward points are needed to redeem." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:309 msgid "Levels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:311 msgid "" -"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"The *Referrals* application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " "the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " "employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:315 msgid "" "Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" " are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " "participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 msgid "" -"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main *Referrals* " "application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " "X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " "indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " @@ -12857,13 +15327,13 @@ msgid "" "points still needed before they can level up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:636 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:325 msgid "Modify levels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:638 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " "modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " "--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " @@ -12872,48 +15342,58 @@ msgid "" "element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:334 msgid "" "To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " -"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form, then make " +"modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 msgid "" -"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." -" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" -" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " -"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" -" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " -"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +"Type in the name (or number) of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` " +"field. What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main " +"dashboard when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points " +"needed to reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points" +" needed to level up are the total accumulated points earned over the " +"lifetime of the employee, not additional points from the previous level that" +" must be earned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:654 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:343 msgid "" "If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" " to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " -"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " -"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to " "select it." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The level form saves automatically, but can be saved manually at any time by" +" clicking the *save manually* option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel any changes made, " +"click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to delete any changes, " +"and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A level form in edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:671 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:362 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 msgid "Level up" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:369 msgid "" "Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " "user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " @@ -12922,7 +15402,7 @@ msgid "" "level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:374 msgid "" "Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " "text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" @@ -12930,7 +15410,7 @@ msgid "" "the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:687 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:378 msgid "" "Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" " the specified amount of points required." @@ -12942,20 +15422,16 @@ msgid "" "above their image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:387 msgid "" "Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " "accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " "to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:701 -msgid "Alerts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:394 msgid "" -"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"In the *Referrals* application, it is possible to post a message, also " "referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " "information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " "banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " @@ -12963,85 +15439,86 @@ msgid "" "an :guilabel:`X`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 msgid "" "Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" " individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " "click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" " alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " -"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +"*Referrals* application for the first time in a new session." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:409 msgid "Create an alert" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " "information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date From`: the date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " "will be visible on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date To`: the date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " "will be hidden from view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:420 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +":guilabel:`Company`: the current company populates this field by default. To" " modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " "from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " -"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"to everyone with access to the *Referrals* application. If a company is " "specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " -"Referrals application) will see the alert." +"*Referrals* application) will see the alert. This field only appears when in" +" a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +":guilabel:`Alert`: enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" " the alert banner on the main dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +":guilabel:`On Click`: there are three options for the alert. Click the radio" " button next to the desired selection. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:739 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:430 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: the alert only displays text, there is no link to" " click." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: the alert contains a link that when clicked, " "navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:433 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: the alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " "when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " "appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." msgstr "" @@ -13050,15 +15527,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:446 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " -"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" -" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " -"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in *Referrals*. To access " +"the reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The" +" main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 msgid "" "In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " "many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " @@ -13068,7 +15545,7 @@ msgid "" "there are no referrals from that particular channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:457 msgid "" "The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " "includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " @@ -13077,7 +15554,7 @@ msgid "" "many points were given for refused applicants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:770 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:462 msgid "" "The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " "new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " @@ -13088,121 +15565,434 @@ msgid "" "in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 msgid "" "The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " -"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " -"option." +"needs to be installed to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:3 -msgid "Time Off" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:473 +msgid ":doc:`referrals/share_jobs`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:3 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo *Referrals*, users can earn referral points by sharing job positions" +" with potential applicants. Job positions can be shared in several ways, " +"through the :ref:`View Jobs ` button and the " +":ref:`Email A Friend ` button, located at the bottom " +"of the *Referrals* app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Sharing jobs can **only** occur after onboarding slides have been viewed or " +"skipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:16 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main *Referrals* dashboard. This " +"presents all job positions, with each individual job presented with its own " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:27 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the *Job " +"Position* field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The number of :guilabel:`Open Positions` being recruited. This information " +"is taken from the *Expected New Employees* field of the *Recruitment* tab of" +" the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:33 +msgid "The points a user earns when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the *Job Position* tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions are visible in the *Referrals* app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`../recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:46 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Subject` and :guilabel:`Body` are populated using a default " +"template. The :guilabel:`Subject` `Job for you` is present, by default, but " +"can be modified, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position populates the *Job Position* " +"placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the email body is" +" an individualized tracking link to the specific job position listed on the " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When the prospective employee receives the email, the link sends them to the" +" job position page, where they can apply for the position, and the person " +"who referred them is tracked in the *Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:72 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Other than sending an email, job positions can be shared, via social media " +"platforms, and by tracking links to the job position. At the bottom of each " +"job position card are four icons, and corresponding tracking links, that can" +" be used to share the job position, keeping track of applicants in the " +"*Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:84 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :icon:`fa-chain` :guilabel:`(link)` " +"icon above it. A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the " +"tracking link. Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is " +"copied, click the :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up window. Next," +" share the link with the prospective employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:93 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :icon:`fa-facebook` :guilabel:`(Facebook)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into Facebook, when the the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button is clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new " +"tab, with the link populated in the main body of the new post in a pop-up " +"window. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads, " +"instead, prompting the user to log-in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, then share the job " +"position using the available options in Facebook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:107 +msgid "X (formerly Twitter)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:109 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X. Click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`(X)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the user is already signed-in to X, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button" +" is clicked, an X page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready" +" to post, in a draft pop-up window. If the user is *not* already signed-in, " +"a sign-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to first sign-in to X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:117 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:119 +msgid "" +"`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job " +"Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message, then " +"share using the available options in X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:125 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :icon:`fa-linkedin` :guilabel:`(LinkedIn)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button is clicked, a new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job " +"position at the top. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen" +" loads instead, prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:134 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual (or group of individuals)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message or " +"post, then share using the available options in LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:143 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions, instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Referrals` main dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`Email a friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Send Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address in the :guilabel:`Email` field. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients by separating each email address with a comma " +"followed by a single space. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +":guilabel:`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The email :guilabel:`Body` is also populated with pre-configured text. The " +"text that appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:156 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:158 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you\\:`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:160 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:162 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of" +" all job positions currently being recruited for. Add any additional text " +"and make any edits to the message body, if necessary. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. This sends the message, and closes " +"the window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo's *Time Off* application is a centralized place, where all time off " -"information is housed. The *Time Off* app manages everything related to " -"requests, balances, allocations, approvals, and reports." +msgid "Time Off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:7 msgid "" -"Users can :ref:`request time off `, managers can " -":ref:`approve time off requests `, :ref:`allocate" -" time off ` to individuals, teams, or the whole company, " -":ref:`reports ` can be run to see how much time off (and" -" what kinds of time off) are being used, :ref:`accrual plans " +"Odoo's *Time Off* application serves as a centralized hub for all time-off-" +"related information. This application manages requests, balances, " +"allocations, approvals, and reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Users can :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`, and see" +" an overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " +":ref:`allocate time off ` to individuals, teams, or the " +"whole company, and :ref:`approve time off requests `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Detailed :ref:`reports ` can be run to see how much time" +" off (and what kinds of time off) are being used, :ref:`accrual plans " "` can be created, and :ref:`public holidays " "` can be set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 msgid "" "Be advised, only users with specific access rights can see all aspects of " "the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 msgid "" "All users can access the :guilabel:`My Time Off` and :guilabel:`Overview` " "sections of the *Time Off* application. All other sections require specific " "access rights." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:26 msgid "" "To better understand how access rights affect the *Time Off* application, " -"refer to the :doc:`/applications/hr/employees/new_employee` document, " -"specifically the section about configuring the work information tab." +"refer to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` document, specifically the " +"section about configuring the work information tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to allocate time off to employees, and for employees to request and" " use their time off, the various time off types must be configured first, " "then allocated to employees (if allocation is required)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:40 msgid "Time off types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 msgid "" "To view the currently configured time off types, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Time Off application --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. " -"The time off types are presented in a list view. The *Time Off* application " -"comes with four types of time off pre-configured: :guilabel:`Paid Time Off`," -" :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, and :guilabel:`Compensatory " -"Days`. Any of these may be modified to suit the needs of the businesses, or " -"can be used as-is." +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. The time" +" off types are presented in a list view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:45 -msgid "Create time off type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:47 msgid "" -"To create a new time off type, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " -"Configuration --> Time Off Types`. From here, click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button to reveal a blank time off type form." +"The *Time Off* application comes with four pre-configured time off types: " +":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, " +"and :guilabel:`Compensatory Days`. These can be modified to suit business " +"needs or used as-is." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:50 +msgid "Create time off type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To create a new time off type, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"Configuration --> Time Off Types`. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button to reveal a blank time off type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:55 msgid "" "Enter the name for the particular type of time off in the blank line at the " "top of the form, such as `Sick Time` or `Vacation`. Then, enter the " -"following information on the form:" +"following information on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:54 -msgid "Time off requests section" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The only **required** fields on the time off type form are the name of the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, the :guilabel:`Take Time Off In`, and the " +":guilabel:`Kind of Time Off`. In addition, the :guilabel:`Time Off Requests`" +" and :guilabel:`Allocation Requests` sections **must** be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:65 +msgid "Time Off Requests section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select what specific kind of approval is required for " "the time off type. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No Validation`: no approvals are required when requesting this " -"type of time off. The time off request is automatically approved when " -"requested." +"type of time off. The time off request is automatically approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Time Off Officer`: only the specified :ref:`Time Off Officer " -"`, set on this form in the :guilabel:`Responsible" -" Time Off Officer` field, is required to approve the time off request. This " +"`, set on this form in the :guilabel:`Notified " +"Time Off Officer` field, is required to approve the time off request. This " "option is selected by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver`: only the employee's specified approver " "for time off, which is set on the *Work Information* tab on the " @@ -13210,7 +16000,7 @@ msgid "" " time off request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver and Time Off Officer`: both the employee's" " :ref:`specified time off approver` and the " @@ -13218,74 +16008,11 @@ msgid "" "the time off request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:73 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Responsible Time Off Officer`: select the person responsible for " -"approving requests and allocations for this specific type of time off." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:83 +msgid "Allocation Requests section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Take Time Off in`: select the format the time off is requested " -"from the drop-down menu. The options are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:78 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Day`: if time off can only be requested in full day increments (8" -" hours)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:79 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Half Day`: if time off can only be requested in half day " -"increments (4 hours)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:80 -msgid ":guilabel:`Hours`: if the time off can be taken in hourly increments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:84 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Deduct Extra Hours`: tick this box if the time off request should" -" factor in any extra time accrued by the employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:88 -msgid "" -"For example, if an employee worked two (2) extra hours for the week, and " -"requests five (5) hours of time off, the request would be for three (3) " -"hours, since the two (2) additionally worked hours are used first, and " -"deducted from the request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:92 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Allow To Join Supporting Document`: tick this box to allow the " -"employee to attach documents to the time off request. This is useful in " -"situations where documentation is required, such as long-term medical leave." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:95 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Kind of Leave`: select from the drop-down menu the type of leave " -"this time off type is, either :guilabel:`Time Off` or :guilabel:`Other`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:97 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: if multiple companies are created in the database, and " -"this time off type only applies to one company, select the company from the " -"drop-down menu. If this field is left blank, the time off type applies to " -"all companies in the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 -msgid "Allocation requests section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requires allocation`: if the time off must be allocated to " "employees, select :guilabel:`Yes`. If the time off can be requested without " @@ -13294,452 +16021,680 @@ msgid "" " form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee Requests`: select :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests " "Allowed` if the employee is able to request more time off than was " "allocated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:112 -msgid "" -"For example, if ten (10) days are allocated to the employee for this " -"particular type of time off, and this option is enabled, the employee may " -"submit a request for more than ten (10) days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:92 msgid "" "If employees should **not** be able to make requests for more time off than " "what was allocated, select the :guilabel:`Not Allowed` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:96 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Approval`: select the type of approval(s) required for the " -"allocation of this particular type of time off." +"Ten days are allocated to the employee for this particular type of time off," +" and the :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests Allowed` option is enabled. The " +"employee wants to take a vacation for twelve days. They may submit a request" +" for two additional days, since the :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests Allowed` " +"option is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 msgid "" -":guilabel:`No validation needed` indicates that no approvals are required." +"It is important to note that requesting additional time off does **not** " +"guarantee that time off is granted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approval`: select the type of approvals required for the " +"allocation of this particular time off type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approved by Time Off Officer` indicates the :ref:`Time Off " "Officer ` set on this form must approve the " "allocation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Set by Time Off Officer` indicates that the :ref:`Time Off " -"Officer ` set on this form must allocate the time" -" off." +":guilabel:`No validation needed` indicates that no approvals are required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:128 -msgid "Payroll section" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:113 +msgid "Configuration section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notified Time Off Officer`: select the person who is notified and" +" responsible for approving requests and allocations for this specific type " +"of time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take Time Off in`: select the format the time off is requested in" +" from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 +msgid "The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day`: if time off can only be requested in full day increments (8" +" hours)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if time off can only be requested in half day " +"increments (4 hours)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hours`: if the time off can be taken in hourly increments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:130 msgid "" +":guilabel:`Deduct Extra Hours`: enable this option if the time off request " +"should factor in any extra time accrued by the employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:134 +msgid "" +"If an employee works two extra hours for the week, and requests five hours " +"of time off, the request would be for three hours, since the two extra " +"worked hours are used first, and deducted from the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allow To Attach Supporting Document`: enable this option to allow" +" the employee to attach documents to the time off request. This is useful in" +" situations where documentation is required, such as long-term medical " +"leave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:141 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Kind of Time Off`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " +"time off this is, either :guilabel:`Worked Time` or :guilabel:`Absence`. " +":guilabel:`Worked Time` indicates that the time off taken counts toward " +"worked time for any type of accrual the employee is working towards, whereas" +" :guilabel:`Absence` does not count toward any type of accrual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:145 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: if multiple companies are created in the database, and " +"this time off type only applies to one company, select the company from the " +"drop-down menu. If this field is left blank, the time off type applies to " +"all companies in the database. This field **only** appears in a multi-" +"company database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:151 +msgid "Negative Cap section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option if employees are able to " +"request more time off than they currently have, allowing a negative balance." +" If enabled, an :guilabel:`Amount in Negative` field appears. In this field," +" enter the maximum amount of negative time allowed, in days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Sara currently has three days of the time off type `Vacation`. She is " +"planning a trip that requires five days of time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 +msgid "" +"The `Vacation` time off type has the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option " +"enabled, and the :guilabel:`Amount in Negative` is set to five." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:164 +msgid "" +"These settings allow Sara to submit a request for five days of the " +"`Vacation` time off type. If approved, her `Vacation` time off balance will " +"be negative two (-2) days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The top half of the time off type form, with all the information filled out for sick time\n" +"off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:173 +msgid "Payroll section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:175 +msgid "" "If the time off type should create :doc:`../hr/payroll/work_entries` in the " "*Payroll* application, select the :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` from the drop-" "down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 msgid "Timesheets section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Timesheets` section only appears if the user is in developer " "mode. Refer to the :ref:`developer-mode` document for details on how to " "access the developer mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 msgid "" -"When an employee takes time off and is also using timesheets, Odoo creates " -"entries in the timesheet for the time off. This section defines how they are" -" entered." +"When an employee takes time off, and is also using timesheets, Odoo creates " +"entries in the *Timesheets* application for the time off. This section " +"defines how they are entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:188 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Project`: select the project that the time off type entries " "appear in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:189 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Task`: select the task that appears in the timesheet for this " -"time off type. The options are: :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Meeting`, " -"or :guilabel:`Training`." +"time off type. The default options are: :guilabel:`Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`Training`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:148 -msgid "Display option section" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 +msgid "Display Option section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:195 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color to be used in the *Time Off* application " "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cover Image`: select an icon to be used in the *Time Off* " "application dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:154 -msgid "" -"The only required fields on the time off type form are the name of the " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, the :guilabel:`Approval`, the " -":guilabel:`Responsible Time Off Officer`, :guilabel:`Take Time Off in`, " -":guilabel:`Kind of Leave`, and the :guilabel:`Allocation Requests` section." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 msgid "" -"Time off type form with all the information filled out for sick time off." +"The lower half of the time off type form, with all the information filled out for sick time\n" +"off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:206 msgid "Accrual plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:208 msgid "" "Some time off is earned through an accrual plan, meaning that for every " "specified amount of time an employee works (hour, day, week, etc), they earn" " or *accrue* a specified amount of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:212 msgid "" "If an employee accrues a vacation day for every week they work, they would " -"earn 0.2 vacation days for each hour they work. At the end of a forty (40) " -"hour work week, they earn a whole vacation day (8 hours)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:176 -msgid "Create accrual plan" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To create a new accrual plan, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " -"Configuration --> Accrual Plans`. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` button," -" which reveals a blank accrual plan form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Enter the accrual plan name in the :guilabel:`Name` field. If the accrual " -"plan only applies to a specific time off type, select it from the drop-down " -"menu. If this accrual plan is available for all time off types, leave this " -"field blank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 -msgid "" -"Next, select how the :guilabel:`Level Transition` occurs, either " -":guilabel:`Immediately` or :guilabel:`After this accrual's period`. By " -"default, the first level begins once the time off is approved if the time " -"off is based on an accrual plan. If :guilabel:`Immediately` is selected, " -"then the next level begins according to the time frame set on the level. If " -":guilabel:`After this accrual's period` is selected, the next level does not" -" begin until the first level is completed according to the rules set on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Rules must be created in order for the accrual plan to accrue time off." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:197 -msgid "" -"To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`Add A New Level` button right " -"beneath the word `Rules`, and a :guilabel:`Create Level` pop-up form " -"appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:200 -msgid "Fill out the following fields on the form:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:202 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Start after (#) (time period) after allocation date`: enter the " -"number and value of the time period that must pass before the employee " -"starts to accumulate time off. The first value is numerical; enter a number " -"in the first field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:206 -msgid "" -"Then, select the type of time period using the drop-down menu in the second " -"field. The options are: :guilabel:`day(s)`, :guilabel:`month(s)`, or " -":guilabel:`year(s)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:208 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Based on worked time`: tick this box if the accrual of time off " -"is based on the time the employee has worked. If an employee takes time off " -"that is *not* considered a worked day, Odoo will not count that day towards " -"their accrual plan." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:211 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Rate (#) (time)`: enter the rate of time off that is accumulated." -" The first value is numerical; enter a number in the first field. Whole " -"numbers are not necessary, any decimal value may be entered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:215 -msgid "" -"Next, in the second field, select the type of time accrued using the drop-" -"down menu. The options are either :guilabel:`Days` or :guilabel:`Hours`." +"earn 0.2 vacation days for each hour they work. At the end of a forty hour " +"work week, they would earn one whole vacation day (8 hours)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:217 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Frequency (X)`: select how often the employee accrues the time " -"off for this rule using the drop-down menu. The options are " -":guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Twice a month`, " -":guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Twice a year`, or :guilabel:`Yearly`." +msgid "Create accrual plan" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 msgid "" -"Depending on the selection, more fields appear to specify exactly when the " -"accrual renews." +"To create a new accrual plan, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"Configuration --> Accrual Plans`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, " +"which reveals a blank accrual plan form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 -msgid "" -"If the employee should accrue one vacation day for every week worked, the " -":guilabel:`Rate` is set to `1`, and the :guilabel:`Frequency` entry is set " -"to `Frequency (Weekly) on (Friday)`. Only the :guilabel:`Frequency` and " -":guilabel:`Weekday` fields appear." +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the accrual plan name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:225 msgid "" -"If the employee should accrue ten (10)vacation days each year, and they " -"receive these days every year on the first of January, the :guilabel:`Rate` " -"is set to `10`, and the :guilabel:`Frequency` entry is set to `Frequency " -"(Yearly) on the (1) of (January)`. The :guilabel:`Frequency`, " -":guilabel:`Date`, and :guilabel:`Month` fields appear." +":guilabel:`Accrued Gain Time`: select when the employee begins to accrue " +"time off, either :guilabel:`At the start of the accrual period` or " +":guilabel:`At the end of the accrual period`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Limit to`: enter a maximum amount of days the employee can accrue" -" with this plan." +":guilabel:`Carry-Over Time`: select when the employee received previously " +"earned time. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:230 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`At the start of the year`: select this if the accrual rolls over " +"on January 1 of the upcoming year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:232 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`At the allocation date`: select this if the accrual rolls over as" +" soon as time is allocated to the employee." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:234 msgid "" -":guilabel:`At the end of the calendar year, unused accruals will be`: select" -" from the drop-down menu how unused time off is handled." +":guilabel:`Other`: select this option if neither of the other two options " +"are applicable. When selected, a :guilabel:`Carry-Over Date` field appears. " +"Select the date using the two drop-down menus, one for the day and one for " +"the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 msgid "" -"The options are either :guilabel:`Transferred to the next year`, which rolls" -" over unused time to the next calendar year, or :guilabel:`Lost`, which " -"means any unused time off is gone." +":guilabel:`Based on worked time`: enable this option if time off accrual is " +"determined by the employee's worked hours. Days **not** considered as worked" +" time do **not** contribute to the accrual plan in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:241 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Milestone Transition`: this selection determines when employees " +"move up to a new milestone. If they qualify to change milestones in the " +"middle of a pay period, select if the employee changes milestones " +":guilabel:`Immediately` or :guilabel:`After this accrual's period` (after " +"the current pay period)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Milestone Transition` field is **only** visible after a " +"minimum of two :ref:`rules ` have been configured on the " +"accrual plan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " +"accrual plan applies to. If left blank, the accrual plan can be used for all" +" companies. This field only appears in a multi-company database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 -msgid "A level form with all the data filled out." +msgid "An accrual plan form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:263 msgid "" -"When the form is filled out, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the form" -" and close the pop-up, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the form and create" -" a new rule. Add as many levels as desired." +"Rules must be created in order for employees to accrue time off from the " +"accrual plan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 +msgid "" +"To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New Milestone` button in the gray" +" :guilabel:`Rules` section, and a :guilabel:`Create Milestone` modal form " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:268 +msgid "Fill out the following fields on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:270 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee accrue`: select the parameters for earned time off in " +"this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 +msgid "" +"First, select either :guilabel:`Days` or :guilabel:`Hours` for the increment" +" of accrued time using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Next, enter the numerical amount of the selected parameter that is accrued. " +"The numerical format is `X.XXXX`, so that partial days or hours can also be " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:278 +msgid "" +"Last, select how often the time is accrued using the drop-down menu. The " +"default options are :guilabel:`Hourly`, :guilabel:`Daily`, " +":guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Twice a month`, :guilabel:`Monthly`, " +":guilabel:`Twice a year`, and :guilabel:`Yearly`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 +msgid "" +"Depending on which option is selected, additional fields may appear. For " +"example, if :guilabel:`Twice a month` is selected, two additional fields " +"appear, to specify the two days of each month that the milestone occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cap accrued time`: if there is a maximum amount of days the " +"employee can accrue with this plan, enable this option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 +msgid "" +"When enabled, two additional fields appear beneath it. Select the type of " +"time period from the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Days` or " +":guilabel:`Hours`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:291 +msgid "" +"Then, enter a numerical value in the field to specify the maximum amount of " +"time that can be accrued." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Milestone reached`: enter the number and value of the time period" +" that must pass before the employee starts to accumulate time off. The first" +" value is numerical; enter a number in the first field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:297 +msgid "" +"Then, select the type of time period using the drop-down menu in the second " +"field. The options are: :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Months`, or " +":guilabel:`Years`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Carry over`: select how any unused time off is handled. The " +"options are either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`None. Accrued time reset to 0`: any unused time off is gone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:302 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All accrued time carried over`: all unused time off is rolled " +"over to the next calendar year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Carry over with a maximum`: unused time off is rolled over to the" +" next calendar year, but there is a cap. An :guilabel:`Up to` field appears " +"if this is selected. Enter the maximum number of :guilabel:`Days` that can " +"roll over to the following year. Any time off beyond this parameter is lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:309 +msgid "" +"Once the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the form " +"and close the modal, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the form and " +"create another milestone. Add as many milestones as desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 -msgid "An accrual form with all the entries filled out." +msgid "A milestone form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:320 msgid "Public holidays" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 msgid "" -"Most countries have public or national holidays, and some companies may have" -" specific days they are closed and/or give extra days as holidays." +"To observe public or national holidays, and provide extra days off as " +"holidays to employees, configure the observed *public holidays* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 msgid "" "It is important to configure these days in Odoo, so employees are aware of " "the days they have off, and do not request time off on days that are already" " set as a public holiday (non-working days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 +msgid "" +"Additionally, all public holidays configured in the *Time Off* app are also " +"reflected in any app that uses working schedules, such as *Calendar*, " +"*Planning*, *Manufacturing*, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:331 +msgid "" +"Due to Odoo's integration with other apps that use working schedules, it is " +"considered best practice to ensure *all* public holidays are configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:335 msgid "Create public holiday" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 msgid "" "To create a public holiday, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Public Holidays`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:340 msgid "All currently configured public holidays appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:342 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and a new line appears at the bottom of" -" the list." +"Click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a new line appears at the bottom of " +"the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 -msgid "Enter the following information:" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 +msgid "Enter the following information on that new line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:346 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the holiday." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:347 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, the current company " "populates this field by default. It is not possible to edit this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:351 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company` field is hidden by default. To view this field, " +"click the two dots in the top-right corner of the list, to the far-right of " +"the column titles, and activate the :guilabel:`Company` selection from the " +"drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:355 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday starts. By default, this field is configured for the " "current date. The start time is set according to the start time for the " -"company (according to the :ref:`working times `). If " -"the user's computer is set to a different time zone, the start time is " -"adjusted according to the difference in the time zone compared to the " +"company (according to the :ref:`working schedules `)." +" If the user's computer is set to a different time zone, the start time is " +"adjusted according to the difference in the time zone, compared to the " "company's time zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:360 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday ends. By default, this field is configured for the " "current date, and the time is set to the end time for the company (according" -" to the :ref:`working times `). If the user's " +" to the :ref:`working schedules `). If the user's " "computer is set to a different time zone, the start time is adjusted " -"according to the difference in the time zone compared to the company's time " -"zone." +"according to the difference in the time zone, compared to the company's time" +" zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 msgid "" -"A company is located in San Francisco, and the working times are 9:00 AM - " -"6:00 PM (an eight (8) hour work day with a one (1) hour lunch break). A user" -" is located in New York, and their computer time zone is set to Eastern. " -"When they create a Public Holiday, the start time appears as 12:00 PM - 9:00" -" PM, since the time zone is accounted for. If a different user is located in" -" Los Angeles, and their computer time zone is set to Pacific, when they " -"create a Public Holiday, the time appears as 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM." +"A company located in San Francisco operates from 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM, with an " +"eight hour work day and one hour lunch break." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:370 +msgid "" +"For a user in New York, with a computer time zone set to Eastern Standard " +"Time, a created public holiday displays a start time of 12:00 PM - 9:00 PM, " +"accounting for the three hour time zone difference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Similarly, a user located in Los Angeles, with a computer time zone set to " +"Pacific Standard Time, sees a public holiday time as 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: if the holiday should only apply to employees who" " have a specific set of working hours, select the working hours from the " "drop-down menu. If left blank, the holiday applies to all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:380 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: if using the *Payroll* application, this field " -"defines how the work entry for the holiday appears. Select the work entry " -"type from the drop-down menu." +"defines how the :ref:`work entries ` for the holiday " +"appear. Select the work entry type from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 msgid "The list of public holidays in the configuration menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:311 -msgid "" -"To view a color-coded schedule of both the user's time off, and/or the team " -"managed by them, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Overview`. " -"This presents a calendar with the default filter of :guilabel:`My Team`, in " -"a month view." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:389 +msgid "Mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 msgid "" -"To change the time period displayed, click on either the :guilabel:`Day`, " -":guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` buttons to present " -"the calendar in that corresponding view." +"Some companies have special days where specific departments, or the entire " +"staff, is required to be present, and time off is not allowed on those " +"specific days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:394 msgid "" -"Each team member is displayed on a line, and any time off they requested, " -"regardless of the status (:guilabel:`Validated` or :guilabel:`To Approve`), " -"appears on the calendar." +"These types of days are called *mandatory days* in Odoo. These can be " +"configured to be company-wide, or department specific. When configured, " +"employees in the specified department or company are unable to submit time " +"off requests for these mandatory days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:321 -msgid "" -"Each employee is color-coded. The employee's color is selected at random and" -" does not correspond to the type of time off they requested." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:399 +msgid "Create mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 msgid "" -"The status of the time of is represented by the color of the request either " -"appearing solid (:guilabel:`Validated`) or striped (:guilabel:`To Approve`)." +"No mandatory days are configured in Odoo by default. To create a mandatory " +"day, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> " +"Mandatory Days`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:404 msgid "" -"The number of days or hours requested is written on the request (if there is" -" enough space)." +"Click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner, and a blank line " +"appears in the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:329 -msgid "" -"At the bottom of the calendar, a bar graph shows how many people are " -"projected to be out on any given day. The number on the bar represents the " -"number of employees out for those highlighted days." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:408 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the mandatory day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 msgid "" -"Hover over a time off entry to view the details for the specific time off " -"entry. The total number of hours or days are listed, along with the start " -"and end time of the time off." +":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, this field is visible, " +"and the current company populates this field by default. Using the drop-down" +" menu, select the company the mandatory day is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:412 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Departments`: this column is hidden by default. First, click the " +":guilabel:`(optional columns)` icon in the top-right corner, next to " +":guilabel:`Colors`, and then click the checkbox next to " +":guilabel:`Departments` to reveal that column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 +msgid "" +"Next, select the desired departments from the drop-down menu. Multiple " +"departments can be selected, and there is no limit to the amount of " +"departments that can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:419 +msgid "" +"If this field is left blank, the mandatory day applies to the entire " +"company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " +"mandatory day starts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:421 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`End Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " +"mandatory day ends. If creating a single mandatory day, the end date should " +"be the same as the start date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:423 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: if desired, select a color from the available presented " +"options. If no color is desired, select the `No color` option, represented " +"by a white box with a red line diagonally across it. The selected color " +"appears on the main *Time Off* application dashboard, in both the calendar " +"and in the legend." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of the user's team, with time off requests shown." +msgid "The Mandatory Days section with three configured days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:435 msgid "Allocate time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:437 msgid "" "Once time off types and accrual plans have been configured, the next step is" " to allocate, or give, time off to employees. This section is only visible " @@ -13747,43 +16702,44 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 msgid "" "To create a new allocation, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " -"Approvals --> Allocations`." +"Management --> Allocations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:444 msgid "" "This presents a list of all current allocations, including their respective " -"status." +"statuses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:446 msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Create` to allocate time off, and a blank allocation form " +"Click :guilabel:`New` to allocate time off, and a blank allocation form " "appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 msgid "" "After entering a name for the allocation on the first blank field of the " "form, enter the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:451 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of time" " off that is being allocated to the employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`: select either :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` or" -" :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." +" :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`. If the allocation is **not** based on an " +"accrual plan, select :guilabel:`Regular Allocation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:456 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Plan`: if :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for " "the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, the :guilabel:`Accrual Plan` field appears." @@ -13792,43 +16748,45 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:460 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period/Start Date`: if :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` is" " selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, this field is labeled " -":guilabel:`Validity Period`." +":guilabel:`Validity Period`. If :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected " +"for the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, this field is labeled :guilabel:`Start " +"Date`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:465 msgid "" -"Using the calendar, select the beginning date for the allocation. If the " -"allocation expires, select the expiration date in the next date field. If " -"the time off does *not* expire, leave the second date field blank." +"The current date populates the first date field by default. To select " +"another date, click on the pre-populated date to reveal a popover calendar " +"window. Navigate to the desired start date for the allocation, and click on " +"the date to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:469 +msgid "" +"If the allocation expires, select the expiration date in the next date " +"field. If the time off does *not* expire, leave the second date field blank." +" `No Limit` appears in the field if no date is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:473 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation " -"Type`, this field is labeled :guilabel:`Start Date`." +"Type`, this second field is labeled :guilabel:`Run until`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 msgid "" -"Using the calendar picker, select the start date for the allocation. If the " -"allocation expires, select the expiration date in the :guilabel:`Run until` " -"field. If the time off does *not* expire, leave the :guilabel:`Run until` " -"field blank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:378 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: enter the amount of time that is being allocated to " +":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time that is being allocated to " "the employees. This field displays the time in either :guilabel:`Hours` or " ":guilabel:`Days`, depending on how the selected :ref:`Time Off Type " -"` is configured (in days or hours)." +"` is configured (in hours or days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:478 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how the allocation is " "assigned. This selection determines who receives the time off allocation. " @@ -13836,435 +16794,230 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Department`, or :guilabel:`By Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 msgid "" -"Depending on what was selected for the :guilabel:`Mode`, this following " -"field is labeled either: :guilabel:`Employees`, :guilabel:`Company`, " +"Depending on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Mode`, this following field" +" is labeled either: :guilabel:`Employees`, :guilabel:`Company`, " ":guilabel:`Department`, or :guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 msgid "" "Using the drop-down menu, indicate the specific employees, company, " "department, or employee tags who are receiving this time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 msgid "" "Multiple selections can be made for either :guilabel:`Employees` or " ":guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:490 msgid "" "Only one selection can be made for the :guilabel:`Company` or " ":guilabel:`Department`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:491 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: if any description or note is necessary to " "explain the time off allocation, enter it in this field at the bottom of the" " form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:400 -msgid "Request time off" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:402 -msgid "" -"Once an employee has been allocated time off, a request to use the time off " -"can be submitted. Time off can be requested in one of two ways, either from " -"the :ref:`dashboard ` or from the :guilabel:`My Time " -"Off` view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 -msgid "" -"To access the dashboard, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> My " -"Time Off --> Dashboard`. This is also the default view for the *Time Off* " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 -msgid "" -"To access :guilabel:`My Time Off`, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app " -"--> My Time Off --> My Time Off`. This presents a list view of all the time " -"off requests for the employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:412 -msgid "" -"To create a new request for time off, click either the :guilabel:`New Time " -"Off` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view. Both buttons open a new " -"time off request form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:418 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " -"the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:419 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off will fall under. There " -"are two fields to populate, the :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields. " -"Click on either the :guilabel:`From` or :guilabel:`To` field, and a calendar" -" pop-up appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:423 -msgid "" -"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " -"end dates appear in deep purple, and the dates between them appear in pale " -"purple (if applicable)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:426 -msgid "" -"If the time off requested is for a single day, click on the start date, then" -" click the same date again for the end date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:429 -msgid "" -"When the correct dates are selected/highlighted, click the :guilabel:`Apply`" -" button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:431 -msgid "The dates now populate the :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:433 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, tick this " -"box. When this is selected, the :guilabel:`From` date field disappears, and " -"is replaced with a drop-down menu. Select either :guilabel:`Morning` or " -":guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the day is being requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:437 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " -"day, tick this box. A :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` field appears " -"beneath this option if selected. Using the drop-down menu, select the start " -"and end time for the time off request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " -":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " -"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " -"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on the " -":guilabel:`Date` selections." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:445 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " -"should include any details that managers and approvers may need in order to " -"approve the request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:447 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachments of documents. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " -"appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:451 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the file(s) to attach, then click the :guilabel:`Open` button. " -"The files then appear on the time off request form. Multiple documents can " -"be attached, if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:454 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:494 -msgid "" -"When the form is complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the " -"information, and submit the request." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 msgid "" -"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " -"with the flu." +"A new allocation form with all the fields filled out for the annual two week vacation\n" +"granted to all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:502 msgid "Request allocation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:504 msgid "" "If an employee has used all their time off, or is going to run out of time " "off, they can request an allocation for additional time. Allocations can be " -"requested in one of two ways, either from the :ref:`dashboard " -"` or the :guilabel:`My Allocations` view." +"requested in one of two ways, either from the :ref:`Dashboard " +"` or the :ref:`My Allocations `" +" view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:508 msgid "" -"To access the dashboard, navigate to the :menuselection:`Time Off app --> My" -" Time Off --> Dashboard`. This is also the default view for the *Time Off* " -"application." +"To create a new allocation request, click either the :guilabel:`New " +"Allocation Request` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the " +":guilabel:`New` button in the :guilabel:`My Allocations` list view. Both " +"buttons open a new allocation request form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:513 msgid "" -"To access :guilabel:`My Allocations`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Time " -"Off app --> My Time Off --> My Allocations`. This presents a list view of " -"all the allocations for the employee." +"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons open a :guilabel:`New Allocation` request form," +" but when requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, the form appears in a " +"modal. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Allocations` list view, the " +"screen navigates to a new allocation request page, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:518 msgid "" -"To create a new allocation request, click either the :guilabel:`Allocation " -"Request` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the :guilabel:`My Allocations` list view. Both buttons open a new " -"allocation request form." +"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Allocation` request " +"form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:480 -msgid "" -"After entering a name for the allocation in the first blank line on the " -"form, enter the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested for " -"the allocation from the drop-down menu." +"the allocation from the drop-down menu. After a selection is made, the title" +" updates with the time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:522 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Validity Period`: the current date populates the start date by " -"default. If there is no expiration on the time off type, there is no date " -"populated as the end date. If the time off type has an expiration date, the " -"date automatically populates the end date field once the form is saved." +":guilabel:`Validity Period`: this field **only** appears if requesting an " +"allocation with a time off type that has the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` " +"field :ref:`configured ` to either " +":guilabel:`Day` or :guilabel:`Half Day`. This field does **not** appear if " +"the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` field is set to :guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:527 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: enter the amount of time being requested. The format " -"(either days or hours) is in the same format as the time off type." +"Using the calendar selector, select a start and end date the allocation is " +"valid for. By default, the current date populates the first field, and " +":guilabel:`No Limit` populates the second field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 +msgid "Adjust both of these dates, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:531 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time being requested in this " +"field. The format is presented in either days or hours, depending on how the" +" time off type is configured. Once this field is populated, the name of the " +"allocation request is updated to include the amount of time being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:535 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: enter a description for the allocation request." " This should include any details that managers and approvers may need in " "order to approve the request." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:538 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 +msgid "" +"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Allocations` list view, the" +" information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " +"be saved manually at any time by clicking the *save manually* button, " +"represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 msgid "" "An allocation request form filled out for an employee requesting an additional week of\n" "sick time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:503 -msgid "Approvals" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:553 +msgid "Management" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:505 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:555 msgid "" -"Most requests for time off and allocations need to go through the approval " -"process, prior to the time off being allocated, and then granted to an " -"employee. Requests either need one or two approvals, depending on how the " -"specific type of time off is configured." +"Time off and allocation requests typically undergo an approval process " +"before being granted. Requests either need one or two approvals, if any, " +"depending on how the specific type of time off is configured. These are all " +"housed under the :guilabel:`Management` section of the *Time Off* " +"application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:509 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:560 msgid "" "Only users who can approve allocation and time off requests have the " -":guilabel:`Approvals` section visible in the *Time Off* application." +":guilabel:`Management` section visible in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:513 -msgid "Approve allocations" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:566 +msgid "Manage time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 msgid "" -"To view allocations that need approval, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off" -" app --> Approvals --> Allocations`. The only allocations visible on this " -"list are for employees the user has either :guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or " -":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for in the *Time Off* application." +"To view time off requests that need approval, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Management --> Time Off`. The only time off" +" requests visible on this list are for employees the user has either " +":guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for " +"in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:573 msgid "" -"The default filters that are configured to be in place when navigating to " -"the :guilabel:`Allocations` list are :guilabel:`My Team` and " -":guilabel:`Active Employee`. This *only* presents employees on the user's " -"team (who they manage) and active employees. Inactive users are not shown." +"The default filter in the :guilabel:`Time Off` list is `Waiting For Me`. " +"This only presents time off requests that need to be approved for current " +"employees on the user's team, with a status of either :guilabel:`To Approve`" +" or :guilabel:`Second Approval`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:577 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " -"presented allocation requests." +"presented time off requests. Since only time off requests that need to be " +"approved are shown, the only status options are :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`To Approve`, and :guilabel:`Second Approval`. The various " +"departments the user is a member of, and manages employees under, also " +"appear on the left side of the screen, under :guilabel:`Departments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 msgid "" -"The options are :guilabel:`To Approve`, :guilabel:`To Submit`, " -":guilabel:`Refused`, and :guilabel:`Approved`." +"If there are no requests that fall under one of the status options or " +"departments, that status or department is **not** visible on the left-side " +"menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:531 -msgid "To view all allocation requests, click :guilabel:`All`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:587 msgid "" -"It is also possible to display allocation requests by department. Click on " -"the department to only present allocations for that specific department." +"To display time off requests for specific departments only, click on the " +":guilabel:`Department` on the left-hand side. Only requests within the " +"selected department are then presented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:537 -msgid "" -"The groupings on the left side only present allocation requests that fall " -"under the default filters of :guilabel:`My Team` and :guilabel:`Active " -"Employee`. Only the statuses for allocation requests that fall under those " -"filters are presented on the left side." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 -msgid "" -"For example, if there are no requests with a status of :guilabel:`To " -"Submit`, that status option does not appear in the left-hand side." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:544 -msgid "" -"All departments for the user's employees appear in the list. If there are no" -" allocation requests that fall under that department matching the pre-" -"configured filters, the list is blank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:547 -msgid "" -"It is always possible to remove any of the pre-configured filters, by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon on the specific filter to remove " -"it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:550 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:599 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:657 msgid "" "The status column displays the status of each request, with the status " "highlighted in a specific color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, " -":guilabel:`Approved` requests are highlighted in green, :guilabel:`To " -"Submit` (drafts) requests are highlighted in blue, and the " +"The :guilabel:`To Approve` and :guilabel:`Second Approval` requests are " +"highlighted in yellow and are the only ones that appear in the list by " +"default. If the `Waiting For Me` filter is removed, then all statuses " +"appear. :guilabel:`Approved` requests are highlighted in green, " +":guilabel:`To Submit` (drafts) requests are highlighted in blue, and the " ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:599 msgid "" -"To approve an allocation request, click :guilabel:`✔ Validate` at the end of" -" the line, to refuse a request, click :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Allocations with the filter, groupings, and status sections highlighted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:564 -msgid "" -"If more details are needed, click anywhere on the allocation request line " -"(except for :guilabel:`✔ Validate` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`) to view the " -"request in detail." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:567 -msgid "" -"Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be made on the allocation " -"request form that appears. To modify the request, click the :guilabel:`Edit`" -" button, make any desired changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:571 -msgid "" -"It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " -"the :guilabel:`Validate` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button" -" to refuse the request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:577 -msgid "Approve time off" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:579 -msgid "" -"To view time off requests that need approval, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Approvals --> Time Off`. The only time off " -"requests visible on this list are for employees the user has either " -":guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for " -"the *Time Off* application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 -msgid "" -"The default filters in the :guilabel:`Time Off` list are :guilabel:`To " -"Approve`, :guilabel:`My Team`, :guilabel:`Active Employee`, and " -":guilabel:`Active Time Off`. This only presents time off requests that need " -"to be approved for current employees on the user's team, for requests that " -"are active and *not* in a draft mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:589 -msgid "" -"The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " -"presented time off requests. Since only time off requests that need to be " -"approved are shown, the only status options are :guilabel:`All` and " -":guilabel:`To Approve`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 -msgid "" -"To view requests with other statuses, first remove the :guilabel:`To " -"Approve` filter, by clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon next to the " -":guilabel:`To Approve` filter to remove it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:596 -msgid "" -"To display time off requests for specific departments, click on the " -"department on the left-hand side. Only requests within the selected " -"department are then presented." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:602 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, and are the " -"only ones that appear in the list by default. If the :guilabel:`To Approve` " -"filter is removed, then all statuses appear. :guilabel:`Approved` requests " -"are highlighted in green, :guilabel:`To Submit` (drafts) requests are " -"highlighted in blue, and the :guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in" -" gray." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:607 -msgid "" -"To approve a time off request, click :guilabel:`👍 Approve` at the end of the" -" line, to refuse a request, click :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`." +"To approve a time off request, click the :guilabel:`👍 Approve` button at the" +" end of the line. To validate a time off request that has already been " +"approved, and is waiting on a second approval, click the :guilabel:`✔️ " +"Validate` button at the end of the line. To refuse a request, click the " +":guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` button at the far end of the line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 @@ -14273,119 +17026,339 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:608 +msgid "" +"For more details, click anywhere on the time off request line (except for " +"the :guilabel:`👍 Approve`, :guilabel:`✔️ Validate`, and :guilabel:`✖️ " +"Refuse` buttons) to load the time off request form. Depending on the rights " +"of the user, changes can be made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:612 +msgid "" +"To modify the request, make any desired changes to the form. All changes are" +" automatically saved." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:614 msgid "" -"If more details are needed, click anywhere on the time off request line " -"(except for :guilabel:`👍 Approve` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`) to load the " -"time off request form. Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be " -"made." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:618 -msgid "" -"To modify the request, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, make any desired " -"changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:621 -msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Approve` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button " "to refuse the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:625 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:676 -msgid "My time off" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:620 +msgid "Manage allocations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:622 +msgid "" +"To view allocations that need approval, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off" +" app --> Management --> Allocations`. The only allocations visible on this " +"list are for employees the user has either :guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:627 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`My Time Off` section of the *Time Off* application contains " -"the time off dashboard, as well as the user's time off requests and " -"allocations." +"The default filters that are configured to be in place when navigating to " +"the :guilabel:`Allocations` list are :guilabel:`My Team` and " +":guilabel:`Active Employee`. This *only* presents employees on the user's " +"team (who they manage) and active employees. Inactive users are not shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:633 -msgid "Dashboard" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 +msgid "" +"The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " +"presented allocation requests." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:635 msgid "" -"All users have access to the time off dashboard, which is the default view " -"in the *Time Off* application. The dashboard can also be accessed at any " -"point in the application by navigating to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " -"My Time Off --> Dashboard`." +"The :guilabel:`Status` options are :guilabel:`To Approve`, " +":guilabel:`Refused`, and :guilabel:`Approved`. Click on a specific " +":guilabel:`Status` to view only requests with that status. To view all " +"allocation requests, click :guilabel:`All`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 msgid "" -"The current year is displayed, and the current day is highlighted in red." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:641 -msgid "" -"To change the view, click on the desired button at the top. The options are " -":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` " -"(the default)." +"It is also possible to display allocation requests by department. Click on " +"the :guilabel:`Department` in the left side of the screen to only present " +"allocations for that specific department." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:644 msgid "" -"To change the presented dates, click the left and right arrows on either " -"side of the :guilabel:`Today` button. The calendar view adjusts in " -"increments of the presented view." +"The groupings on the left side only present allocation requests that fall " +"under the default filters of :guilabel:`My Team` and :guilabel:`Active " +"Employee`. Only the statuses for allocation requests that fall under those " +"filters are presented on the left side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:647 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:648 msgid "" -"For example, if :guilabel:`Week` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by " -"one week." +"For example, if there are no requests with a status of :guilabel:`To " +"Submit`, that status option does not appear in the left-hand side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:649 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:651 +msgid "" +"All departments for the user's employees appear in the list. If there are no" +" allocation requests that fall under that department matching the pre-" +"configured filters, the list is blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:654 +msgid "" +"It is always possible to remove any of the pre-configured filters, by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon on the specific filter to remove " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:660 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, " +":guilabel:`Approved` requests are highlighted in green, and the " +":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:663 +msgid "" +"To approve an allocation request, click the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` button at" +" the end of the line. To refuse a request, click the :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Allocations with the filter, groupings, and status sections highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:670 +msgid "" +"If more details are needed, click anywhere on the allocation request line " +"(except for the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` buttons) to" +" view the request in detail." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:673 +msgid "" +"Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be made to the allocation " +"request form that appears. To modify the request, make any desired changes " +"to the form. All changes are automatically saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:677 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Validate` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button" +" to refuse the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:683 +msgid "" +"To view a color-coded schedule of the user's time off, and/or of the team " +"managed by them, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Overview`. " +"This presents a calendar with the default filter of `My Team`, in a month " +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:687 +msgid "" +"To change the time period displayed, click on the :guilabel:`Month` button " +"to reveal a drop-down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, or :guilabel:`Year` to present the calendar in that " +"corresponding view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 +msgid "" +"To navigate forward or backward in time, in the selected increment " +"(:guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, etc.), click the :guilabel:`← (left " +"arrow)` or :guilabel:`→ (right arrow)` to move either forward or backward in" +" that specified amount of time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:695 +msgid "" +"For example, if :guilabel:`Month` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by" +" one month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:697 +msgid "" +"To return to a view containing the current day, click the :guilabel:`Today` " +"button at any time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 +msgid "" +"Team members are listed alphabetically on individual lines, and their " +"requested time off, regardless of the status (*validated* or *to approve*), " +"is visible on the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:702 +msgid "" +"Each employee is color-coded. The employee's color is selected at random, " +"and does *not* correspond to the type of time off they requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:705 +msgid "" +"The status of the time off is represented by the color detail of the " +"request, either appearing solid (*validated*) or striped (*to approve*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 +msgid "" +"The number of days or hours requested is written on the request (if there is" +" enough space)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:710 +msgid "" +"At the bottom of the calendar, in the :guilabel:`Total` line, a bar graph " +"shows how many people are projected to be out on any given day. The number " +"on each individual bar represents the number of employees out for those " +"highlighted days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:714 +msgid "" +"Click on a time off entry to view the details for the specific time off " +"entry. The total number of hours or days are listed, along with the start " +"and end time of the time off. To view the details of the time off request in" +" a modal, click the :guilabel:`View` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of the user's team, with time off requests shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:723 +msgid "My time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:725 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`My Time` section of the *Time Off* application contains the " +"time off dashboard, as well as the user's time off requests and allocations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:731 +msgid "Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:733 +msgid "" +"All users have access to the time off dashboard, which is the default view " +"in the *Time Off* application. The dashboard can also be accessed at any " +"point in the application by navigating to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " +"My Time --> Dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 +msgid "" +"The current year is displayed, and the current day is highlighted in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:739 +msgid "" +"To change the view, click on the :guilabel:`Year` button to reveal a drop-" +"down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, or " +":guilabel:`Month` to present the calendar in that corresponding view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:743 +msgid "" +"To change the presented dates, click the :guilabel:`← (left arrow)` or " +":guilabel:`→ (right arrow)` icons to the left of the :guilabel:`Year` " +"button. The calendar view adjusts in increments of the presented view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 +msgid "" +"For example, if :guilabel:`Year` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by " +"one year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:749 msgid "" "To change the view at any point to a view that includes the current date, " "click the :guilabel:`Today` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:652 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:752 msgid "" -"Above the calendar view is a summary of the users time off balances. Every " +"Above the calendar view is a summary of the user's time off balances. Every " "time off type that has been allocated appears in its own summary box. Each " "summary lists the type of time off, the corresponding icon, the current " "available balance (in hours or days), and an expiration date (if " "applicable)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:657 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:757 msgid "" -"The legend on the right side of the calendar view displays the various time " -"off types, with their corresponding colors. The status of the time off " -"requests are shown as well." +"To view the full details of a time off balance, click the :guilabel:`? " +"(question mark)` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`(DAYS/HOURS) AVAILABLE` " +"on the time off summary. The complete details are presented in a popover " +"window, including the :guilabel:`Allocated` time, future :guilabel:`Accrual`" +" time, :guilabel:`Approved` time off scheduled, :guilabel:`Planned` time " +"off, and the currently :guilabel:`Available` time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:660 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "A view of the complete time off balance details in the popover window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:767 +msgid "" +"A user is also able to see how much time off they will have accrued in the " +"future. On the right side of the time off summary blocks, there is a " +":guilabel:`Balance at the (date)` field. Click on the date, and a calendar " +"selector popover appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:771 +msgid "" +"The current date is the default date selected. Navigate to the desired date," +" and Odoo displays the time off balances the user will have on that date. " +"This takes into account all time off currently planned and approved. To " +"return to the current date, click the :guilabel:`Today` button to the right " +"of the date field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:776 +msgid "" +"On the right side of the calendar, the various time off types are displayed," +" with their corresponding colors. The :guilabel:`Legend` explains how the " +"various statuses for time off requests are presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:780 msgid "" "Time off that has been validated appears in a solid color (in the color " -"specified in the Time Off Types part of the legend). Time off requests that " -"still need to be approved appear with white stripes in the color. Refused " -"time off requests have a colored line through the dates." +"specified in the :guilabel:`Time Off Type` section above the " +":guilabel:`Legend`). Time off requests that still need to be approved appear" +" with white stripes in the color. Refused time off requests have a colored " +"line through the dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:664 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:785 msgid "" -"New time off requests can be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New Time Off` button at the top of the dashboard, and a new " -":ref:`time off form ` appears." +"New time off requests can be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. Click the " +":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :doc:`New Time Off" +" <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 msgid "" -"New allocation requests can also be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`Allocation Request` button at the top of the dashboard to request" -" more time off, and a new :ref:`allocation form ` appears." +"New allocation requests can also be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard` to request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation " +"` modal appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 @@ -14394,54 +17367,56 @@ msgid "" "buttons highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:800 +msgid "My time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:802 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's time off requests, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time Off --> My Time Off`. Here, all " -"time off requests appear in a list view, both past and present." +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`. Here, all time " +"off requests, both past and present, appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:682 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:805 msgid "" -"Other than the employee's name, the list includes the following information " -"for each request: the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, " -":guilabel:`Start Date`, :guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and the " -":guilabel:`Status`." +"The list includes the following information for each request: the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Start Date`, " +":guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and the :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:686 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:809 msgid "" -"A new time off request can be made from this view. Click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button to :ref:`request time off `." +"A new time off request can be made from this view. Click the :guilabel:`New`" +" button to :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:815 msgid "My allocations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:692 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:817 msgid "" -"To view a list of all the users allocations, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time Off --> My Allocations`. All " +"To view a list of all the user's allocations, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Allocations`. All " "allocations and requested allocations appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:695 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:820 msgid "" -"The information presented includes: the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, " -":guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Duration`, :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, " -"and the :guilabel:`Status`." +"The information presented on the :guilabel:`My Allocations` page includes: " +"the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Amount`, " +":guilabel:`Allocation Type`, and :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:824 msgid "" "A new allocation request can be made from this view, as well. Click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button to :ref:`request an allocation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:704 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:832 msgid "" "The reporting feature allows users to view time off for their team, either " "by employee or type of time off. This allows users to see which employees " @@ -14449,74 +17424,274 @@ msgid "" "types are being used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:709 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:836 +msgid "" +"Any report can be added to a spreadsheet through the *Insert in Spreadsheet*" +" button that appears in the top-left of a report. If the *Documents* " +"application is installed, an option to add the report to a spreadsheet " +"appears. If not, the report can be added to a *Dashboard*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:841 msgid "By employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:843 msgid "" "To view a report of employee time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Employee`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:714 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:846 msgid "" -"The default report is a stacked bar chart with the filters of " -":guilabel:`Active Employee` and :guilabel:`Type` in place." +"The default report presents the current year's data in a list view, " +"displaying all the employees in alphabetical order. Each employee's line is " +"collapsed by default. To expand a line, click anywhere on the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:717 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:850 msgid "" -"Each employee is displayed in their own column, with the bar displaying how " -"many days of each type of time off type they requested." +"The view expands, and has the time off requests organized by time off type. " +"Click anywhere on a time off type line to expand it, and view all the " +"individual time off requests that fall under that type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:853 msgid "" -"The report can be displayed in other ways. Click the various options at the " -"top of the report to view the data differently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:723 -msgid "" -"The graph options are :guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line Chart`, or " -":guilabel:`Pie Chart`. The :guilabel:`Bar Chart` includes an option to " -"present the data :guilabel:`Stacked`. Both the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` and " -":guilabel:`Line Chart` have options to present the data in either " -":guilabel:`Descending` or :guilabel:`Ascending` order." +"The information shown in the list includes: the :guilabel:`Employee` name, " +":guilabel:`Number of Days` off requested, the :guilabel:`Start Date`, " +":guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Status`, and :guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 -msgid "Report of time off, shown by each employee in a stacked bar chart." +msgid "Report of time off, shown by each employee in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:733 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:861 +msgid "" +"The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " +"button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " +"specific way. The various options are a :guilabel:`List` (the default view)," +" :guilabel:`Graph`, :guilabel:`Pivot` table, or :guilabel:`Calendar` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "The various other views highlighted, for the employee time off report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:870 +msgid "" +"When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " +"particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports and their" +" various options, refer to the :doc:`reporting <../essentials/reporting>` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:875 msgid "By type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:735 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:877 msgid "" -"To view a list of approved time off, organized by time off type, navigate to" -" :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Type`. This shows each " -"time off type in its own section." +"To view a list of all time off, organized by time off type, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Type`. This shows all time" +" off requests in a default bar chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:738 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 msgid "" -"Click on a time off type to expand the list. Each request is listed, with " -"the following information displayed: the :guilabel:`Employee`, " -":guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Request Type`, :guilabel:`Start " -"Date`, :guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Status`, and the " -":guilabel:`Description`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:742 -msgid "" -"The default filters in place for this report are :guilabel:`Approved " -"Requests`, :guilabel:`Active Employee`, the :guilabel:`Current Year`, and " -"the :guilabel:`Type`." +"Hover over a bar to view the :guilabel:`Duration (Days)` of that specific " +"time off type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 -msgid "Report of time off by type, with each request detailed in the list." +msgid "" +"The various time off types, and how many days requested, in a bar chart. Details are\n" +"highlighted in a red box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 +msgid "" +"Click on a bar to go to a detailed list view of all the time off requests " +"for that time off type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:889 +msgid "" +"Each request is listed, with the following information displayed: the " +":guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Request Type`, " +":guilabel:`Start Date`, :guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Status`, and the " +":guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 +msgid "" +"The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " +"button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " +"way. The various options are a :guilabel:`Graph` (the default view), " +":guilabel:`List`, or :guilabel:`Pivot` table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:897 +msgid "" +"When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " +"particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports, and " +"their various options, refer to the :doc:`reporting " +"<../essentials/reporting>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:902 +msgid ":doc:`time_off/request_time_off`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Request time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once time off has been allocated to an employee, a request to use it can be " +"submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Time off can be requested in one of two ways: either from the main *Time " +"Off* application :guilabel:`Dashboard` (:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My " +"Time --> Dashboard`), or from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` dashboard view " +"(:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " +"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " +"Off` dashboard, in the default list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " +"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" +" form appears in a pop-up window. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time" +" Off` list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " +"form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " +"the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " +"two fields to populate: the start and end dates. Click on either date field " +"and a popover calendar appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " +"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " +"applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If only requesting time off for a single day, click on the start date, then " +"click the same date again for the end date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the correct dates are selected, click the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" +" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, tick this " +"checkbox. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " +"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " +"day is being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " +"day, tick this checkbox. If selected, a :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` " +"field appears beneath this option. Using the drop-down menu, select the " +"start and end time for the time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " +":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " +"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " +"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " +"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " +"should include any details that managers and approvers may need to approve " +"the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachment of documents. " +"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the desired files that should be attached, select them, then " +"click The :guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off " +"request form. Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information, and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " +"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " +"be saved manually at any time by clicking the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " +"with the flu." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 39f4e39a6..26d697bc8 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:55+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Abe Manyo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" @@ -741,11 +741,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Login` untuk akun yang akan dihapus. Lalu, klik tombol " ":guilabel:`Hapus Akun` untuk mengonfirmasi penghapusan." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:36 msgid "Odoo.com account password change" msgstr "Mengubah password akun Odoo.com" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:38 msgid "" "To change an Odoo.com account password, first login into the Odoo.com user " "account from the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-" @@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ msgstr "" "atas layar, dan klik ikon :guilabel:`▼ (arah panah bawah)` di sebelah ikon " "profil. Lalu, pilih :guilabel:`Akun Saya`, dan dashboard portal akan muncul." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:41 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:43 msgid "" "To change the Odoo.com password, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security " "Settings` link, below the :menuselection:`Account Security` section. Next, " @@ -772,7 +772,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Password Baru`, dan verifikasi password baru tersebut. Terakhir, " "klik pada :guilabel:`Ubah Password` untuk menyelesaikan pengubahan password." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:47 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:49 msgid "" "If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here " "`_." @@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ msgstr "" "Bila pelanggan ingin mengubah login Anda, hubungi bantuan Odoo `di sini " "`_." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:53 msgid "" "Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the " "same email address is used." @@ -788,11 +788,11 @@ msgstr "" "Password untuk user Odoo.com dan user portal tetap terpisah, bahkan bila " "alamat email yang sama digunakan." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:55 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:57 msgid "Add two-factor authentication" msgstr "Tambahkan autentikasi dua faktor" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:59 msgid "" "To add two-factor authentication, login into the Odoo.com user account from " "the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-right corner of " @@ -805,7 +805,7 @@ msgstr "" "klik ikon :guilabel:`▼ (arah panah bawah)` di sebelah ikon profil. Lalu, " "pilih :guilabel:`Akun Saya`, dan dashboard portal akan muncul." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:64 msgid "" "If the user would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " "Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below " @@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo.com, klik pada link :guilabel:`Edit Pengaturan Keamanan` di bawah " "bagian :menuselection:`Keamanan Akun`." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:67 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " "(two-factor authentication)`. Then, confirm the current password in the " @@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ msgstr "" "dsb.), dengan memindai :guilabel:`QR code` atau memasukkan :guilabel:`Kode " "Verifikasi`." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:71 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:73 msgid "" "Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete " "the setup." @@ -841,22 +841,22 @@ msgstr "" "Terakhir, klik pada :guilabel:`Aktifkan autentikasi dua-faktor` untuk " "menyelesaikan setup." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:76 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:" msgstr "" "Di bawah :guilabel:`Akun Saya` user Odoo.com juga dapat mengakses yang " "berikut:" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:76 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Dashboard My Partner`" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" msgstr ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Dashboard My Apps`" @@ -6940,14 +6940,260 @@ msgstr "" "Password harus disimpan dengan aman, dan sebaiknya dibuat secara acak contoh" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:743 -msgid "which will generate a 32 characters pseudorandom printable string." -msgstr "yang akan membuat string sepanjang 32 karakter acak." +msgid "which generates a 32-character pseudorandom printable string." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:746 +msgid "Reset the master password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:748 +msgid "" +"There may be instances where the master password is misplaced, or " +"compromised, and needs to be reset. The following process is for system " +"administrators of an Odoo on-premise database detailing how to manually " +"reset and re-encrypt the master password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:753 +msgid "" +"For more information about changing an Odoo.com account password, see this " +"documentation: :ref:`odoocom/change_password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:756 +msgid "" +"When creating a new on-premise database, a random master password is " +"generated. Odoo recommends using this password to secure the database. This " +"password is implemented by default, so there is a secure master password for" +" any Odoo on-premise deployment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:761 +msgid "" +"When creating an Odoo on-premise database the installation is accessible to " +"anyone on the internet, until this password is set to secure the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:764 +msgid "" +"The master password is specified in the Odoo configuration file (`odoo.conf`" +" or `odoorc` (hidden file)). The Odoo master password is needed to modify, " +"create, or delete a database through the graphical user interface (GUI)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:769 +msgid "Locate configuration file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:771 +msgid "" +"First, open the Odoo configuration file (`odoo.conf` or `odoorc` (hidden " +"file))." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:775 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:148 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:133 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:158 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:180 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:328 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:397 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:460 +msgid "Windows" +msgstr "Windows" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:777 +msgid "" +"The configuration file is located at: " +"`c:\\\\ProgramFiles\\\\Odoo{VERSION}\\\\server\\\\odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:779 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:25 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:152 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:174 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:199 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:228 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:388 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:450 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "Linux" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:781 +msgid "" +"Depending on how Odoo is installed on the Linux machine, the configuration " +"file is located in one of two different places:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:784 +msgid "Package installation: `/etc/odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:785 +msgid "Source installation: `~/.odoorc`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:788 +msgid "Change old password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:790 +msgid "" +"Once the appropriate file has been opened, proceed to modify the old " +"password in the configuration file to a temporary password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:795 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:843 +msgid "Graphical user interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:797 +msgid "" +"After locating the configuration file, open it using a (:abbr:`GUI " +"(graphical user interface)`). This can be achieved by simply double clicking" +" on the file. Then, the device should have a default :abbr:`GUI (graphical " +"user interface)` to open the file with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:801 +msgid "" +"Next, modify the master password line `admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sha…` to " +"`admin_passwd = newpassword1234`, for example. This password can be " +"anything, as long as it is saved temporarily. Make sure to modify all " +"characters after the `=`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:806 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:825 +msgid "" +"The line appears like this: `admin_passwd = " +"$pbkdf2-sh39dji295.59mptrfW.9z6HkA$w9j9AMVmKAP17OosCqDxDv2hjsvzlLpF8Rra8I7p/b573hji540mk/.3ek0lg%kvkol6k983mkf/40fjki79m`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:810 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:829 +msgid "The modified line appears like this: `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:812 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:852 +msgid "Command-line interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:814 +msgid "" +"Modify the master password line using the following Unix command detailed " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:816 +msgid "" +"Connect to the Odoo server's terminal via Secure Shell (SSH) protocol, and " +"edit the configuration file. To modify the configuration file, enter the " +"following command: :command:`sudo nano /etc/odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:820 +msgid "" +"After opening the configuration file, modify the master password line " +"`admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sha…` to `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`. This " +"password can be anything, as long as it is saved temporarily. Make sure to " +"modify all characters after the `=`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:832 +msgid "" +"It is essential that the password is changed to something else, rather than " +"triggering a new password reset by adding a semicolon `;` at the beginning " +"of the line. This ensures the database is secure throughout the entire " +"password reset process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:837 +msgid "Restart Odoo server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:839 +msgid "" +"After setting the temporary password, a restart of the Odoo server is " +"**required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:845 +msgid "" +"To restart the Odoo server, first, type `services` into the Windows " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. Then, select the :guilabel:`Services` application, " +"and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Odoo` service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:849 +msgid "" +"Next, right click on :guilabel:`Odoo`, and select :guilabel:`Start` or " +":guilabel:`Restart`. This action manually restarts the Odoo server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:854 +msgid "" +"Restart the Odoo server by typing the command: :command:`sudo service odoo15" +" restart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:857 +msgid "" +"Change the number after `odoo` to fit the specific version the server is " +"running on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:860 +msgid "Use web interface to re-encrypt password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:862 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to `/web/database/manager` or " +"`http://server_ip:port/web/database/manager` in a browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:866 +msgid "" +"Replace `server_ip` with the IP address of the database. Replace `port` with" +" the numbered port the database is accessible from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:869 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Set Master Password`, and type in the previously-" +"selected temporary password into the :guilabel:`Master Password` field. " +"Following this step, type in a :guilabel:`New Master Password`. The " +":guilabel:`New Master Password` is hashed (or encrypted), once the " +":guilabel:`Continue` button is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:874 +msgid "" +"At this point, the password has been successfully reset, and a hashed " +"version of the new password now appears in the configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:878 +msgid "" +"For more information on Odoo database security, see this documentation: " +":ref:`db_manager_security`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:882 msgid "Supported Browsers" msgstr "Browser yang Didukung" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:748 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:884 msgid "" "Odoo supports all the major desktop and mobile browsers available on the " "market, as long as they are supported by their publishers." @@ -6955,27 +7201,27 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo mendukung penggunaan semua browser baik desktop atau mobile yang umum " "tersedia di pasar, selama mereka didukung oleh publisher mereka." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:751 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:887 msgid "Here are the supported browsers:" msgstr "Berikut adalah browser yang didukung:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:753 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:889 msgid "Google Chrome" msgstr "Google Chrome" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:754 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:890 msgid "Mozilla Firefox" msgstr "Mozilla Firefox" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:755 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:891 msgid "Microsoft Edge" msgstr "Microsoft Edge" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:756 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:892 msgid "Apple Safari" msgstr "Apple Safari" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:758 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:894 msgid "" "Please make sure your browser is up-to-date and still supported by its " "publisher before filing a bug report." @@ -6983,13 +7229,13 @@ msgstr "" "Pastikan browser Anda up-to-date dan masih didukung oleh publisher mereka " "sebelum melaporkan bug." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:763 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:899 msgid "Since Odoo 13.0, ES6 is supported. Therefore, IE support is dropped." msgstr "" "Setelah Odoo 13.0, ES6 sudah didukung penggunaannya. Oleh karena itu, IE " "tidak lagi digunakan." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:766 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:902 msgid "" "to have multiple Odoo installations use the same PostgreSQL database, or to " "provide more computing resources to both software." @@ -6998,7 +7244,7 @@ msgstr "" " yang sama, atau sediakan lebih banyak sumber daya komputasi untuk masing-" "masing software." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:769 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:905 msgid "" "technically a tool like socat_ can be used to proxy UNIX sockets across " "networks, but that is mostly for software which can only be used over UNIX " @@ -7008,7 +7254,7 @@ msgstr "" "di jaringan, tapi ini umumnya untuk software yang hanya dapat digunakan di " "soket UNIX" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:773 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:909 msgid "" "or be accessible only over an internal packet-switched network, but that " "requires secured switches, protections against `ARP spoofing`_ and precludes" @@ -7272,19 +7518,6 @@ msgstr "" "Untuk mengunduh paket Enterprise Anda harus log in sebagai pelanggan " "berbayar on-premise atau partner." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:25 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:52 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:129 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:152 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:174 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:199 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:228 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:271 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:384 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:446 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "Linux" - #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:28 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:116 msgid "Prepare" @@ -7331,7 +7564,7 @@ msgstr "" "PostgreSQL:" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:57 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:416 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:420 msgid "" "`wkhtmltopdf` is not installed through **pip** and must be installed " "manually in `version 0.12.6 " @@ -7436,19 +7669,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Setelah diunduh, paket dapat diinstal menggunakan manajer paket 'dnf':" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:148 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:70 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:133 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:158 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:180 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:208 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:239 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:324 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:393 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:456 -msgid "Windows" -msgstr "Windows" - #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:151 msgid "" "Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running " @@ -7624,9 +7844,9 @@ msgstr "Klon dengan SSH" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:186 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:213 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:253 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:347 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:405 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:467 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:351 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:471 msgid "Mac OS" msgstr "Mac OS" @@ -7820,27 +8040,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:280 msgid "" -"For Debian-based systems, the packages are listed in the `debian/control " -"`_ file of the Odoo " -"sources." -msgstr "" -"Untuk sistem berdasarkan Debian, paket-paket didaftarkan di file " -"`debian/control `_ " -"dari Odoo source." - -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:283 -msgid "" "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following commands should install the required " "packages:" msgstr "" "Pada Debian/Ubuntu, command-command berikut seharusnya menginstal paket-" "paket yang diperlukan:" +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:287 +msgid "" +"The `setup/debinstall.sh` script will parse the `debian/control " +"`_ file and install " +"the found packages." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:290 msgid "Install with pip" msgstr "Instal dengan pip" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:292 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Using pip may lead to security issues and broken dependencies; only do this " +"if you know what you are doing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:296 msgid "" "As some of the Python packages need a compilation step, they require system " "libraries to be installed." @@ -7848,7 +8071,7 @@ msgstr "" "Karena beberapa paket Python membutuhkan langkah kompilasi, mereka " "memerlukan pustaka sistem untuk diinstal." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:295 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:299 msgid "" "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following command should install these required " "libraries:" @@ -7856,7 +8079,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pada Debian/Ubuntu, command berikut seharusnya menginstal pustaka-pustaka " "yang dibutuhkan:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:301 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:305 msgid "" "Odoo dependencies are listed in the :file:`requirements.txt` file located at" " the root of the Odoo Community directory." @@ -7864,7 +8087,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ketergantungan Odoo didaftarkan di file :file:`requirements.txt` yang " "berlokasi di root direktori Odoo Community." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:305 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:309 msgid "" "The Python packages in :file:`requirements.txt` are based on their " "stable/LTS Debian/Ubuntu corresponding version at the moment of the Odoo " @@ -7877,9 +8100,9 @@ msgstr "" "15.0, versi paket `python3-babel` adalah 2.8.0 di Debian Bullseye dan 2.6.0 " "di Ubuntu Focal. Versi terendah lalu dipilih di :file:`requirements.txt`." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:312 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:334 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:353 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:357 msgid "" "It can be preferable not to mix Python module packages between different " "instances of Odoo or with the system. However, it is possible to use " @@ -7891,7 +8114,7 @@ msgstr "" "`virtualenv `_ untuk membuat " "environment Python yang terisolasi." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:320 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation " "(:file:`CommunityPath`) and run **pip** on the requirements file to install " @@ -7901,7 +8124,7 @@ msgstr "" "jalankan run **pip** pada file requirement untuk menginstal persyaratan " "untuk user saat ini." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:326 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:330 msgid "" "Before installing the dependencies, download and install the `Build Tools " "for Visual Studio `_. Select " @@ -7911,8 +8134,8 @@ msgstr "" "Studio `_. Pilih **C++ build " "tools** di tab **Workloads** dan instal mereka saat di-prompt." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:330 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:349 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:334 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:353 msgid "" "Odoo dependencies are listed in the `requirements.txt` file located at the " "root of the Odoo Community directory." @@ -7920,7 +8143,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ketergantungan Odoo didaftarkan di file `requirements.txt` yang berlokasi di" " root direktori Odoo Community." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:342 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " "and run **pip** on the requirements file in a terminal **with Administrator " @@ -7930,7 +8153,7 @@ msgstr "" "**pip** pada file requirement di terminal **dengan hak akses " "Administrator**:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:357 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:361 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " "and run **pip** on the requirements file:" @@ -7938,7 +8161,7 @@ msgstr "" "Navigasi ke lokasi instalasi Odoo Community (`CommunityPath`) dan jalankan " "**pip** pada file requirement:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:367 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:371 msgid "" "Non-Python dependencies must be installed with a package manager (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." @@ -7946,15 +8169,15 @@ msgstr "" "Ketergantungan non-Python harus diinstal dengan package manager (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:370 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:374 msgid "Download and install the **Command Line Tools**:" msgstr "Unduh dan instal **Command Line Tools**:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:376 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:380 msgid "Use the package manager to install non-Python dependencies." msgstr "Gunakan package manager untuk menginstal ketergantungan non-Python." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:379 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:383 msgid "" "For languages using a **right-to-left interface** (such as Arabic or " "Hebrew), the `rtlcss` package is required." @@ -7962,21 +8185,21 @@ msgstr "" "Untuk bahasa-bahasa yang menggunakan **antarmuka kanan-ke-kiri** (seperti " "Bahasa Arab atau Ibrani), paket `rtlcss` diperlukan." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:386 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:390 msgid "Download and install **nodejs** and **npm** with a package manager." msgstr "Unduh dan instal **nodejs** dan **npm** dengan package manager." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:387 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:396 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:391 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:400 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:413 msgid "Install `rtlcss`:" msgstr "Instal `rtlcss`:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:395 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:399 msgid "Download and install `nodejs `_." msgstr "Unduh dan instal `nodejs `_." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:402 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:406 msgid "" "Edit the system environment's variable `PATH` to add the folder where " "`rtlcss.cmd` is located (typically: " @@ -7986,7 +8209,7 @@ msgstr "" "lokasi `rtlcss.cmd` (biasanya: " ":file:`C:\\\\Users\\\\\\\\AppData\\\\Roaming\\\\npm\\\\`)." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:407 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:411 msgid "" "Download and install **nodejs** with a package manager (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." @@ -7994,11 +8217,11 @@ msgstr "" "Unduh dan instal **nodejs** dengan package manager (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:424 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:428 msgid "Running Odoo" msgstr "Menjalankan Odoo" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:426 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:430 msgid "" "Once all dependencies are set up, Odoo can be launched by running `odoo-" "bin`, the command-line interface of the server. It is located at the root of" @@ -8008,7 +8231,7 @@ msgstr "" " menjalankan `odoo-bin`, antarmuka command-line dari server. Ini berlokasi " "di root direktori Odoo Community." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:429 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:433 msgid "" "To configure the server, either specify :ref:`command-line arguments " "` or a :ref:`configuration file " @@ -8018,7 +8241,7 @@ msgstr "" "arguments ` atau :ref:`configuration file " "`." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:433 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:437 msgid "" "For the Enterprise edition, add the path to the `enterprise` add-ons to the " "`addons-path` argument. Note that it must come before the other paths in " @@ -8028,24 +8251,24 @@ msgstr "" "`addons-path`. Ingat bahwa itu harus datang sebelum path lain di `addons-" "path` agar add-on dapat dimuat dengan benar." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:437 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:441 msgid "Common necessary configurations are:" msgstr "Konfigurasi umum yang diperlukan adalah:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:439 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:443 msgid "PostgreSQL user and password." msgstr "User dan password PostgreSQL." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:440 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:444 msgid "Custom addon paths beyond the defaults to load custom modules." msgstr "Addon path custom di luar standar untuk memuat modul custom." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:442 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:446 msgid "A typical way to run the server would be:" msgstr "Cara tipikal untuk menjalankan server adalah:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:453 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:474 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:457 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:478 msgid "" "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, and " "`mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." @@ -8053,7 +8276,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dimana `CommunityPath` adalah path dari penginstalan Odoo Community, dan " "`mydb` adalah nama dari database PostgreSQL." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:463 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:467 msgid "" "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, " "`dbuser` is the PostgreSQL login, `dbpassword` is the PostgreSQL password, " @@ -8063,7 +8286,7 @@ msgstr "" "`dbuser` adalah login PostgreSQL, `dbpassword` adalah password PostgreSQL, " "dan `mydb` adalah nama dari database PostgreSQL." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:477 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:481 msgid "" "After the server has started (the INFO log `odoo.modules.loading: Modules " "loaded.` is printed), open http://localhost:8069 in a web browser and log " @@ -8075,7 +8298,7 @@ msgstr "" "database Odoo dengan akun administrator standar: gunakan `admin` sebagai " "email dan, lagi, `admin` sebagai password." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:482 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:486 msgid "" "From there, create and manage new :doc:`users " "<../../applications/general/users>`." @@ -8083,7 +8306,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dari situ, buat dan kelola :doc:`users <../../applications/general/users>` " "baru." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:483 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:487 msgid "" "The user account used to log into Odoo's web interface differs from the " ":option:`--db_user ` CLI argument." @@ -8091,7 +8314,7 @@ msgstr "" "Akun user yang digunakan untuk login ke antarmuka website Odoo berbeda dari " "CLI argument :option:`--db_user `." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:487 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:491 msgid "" ":doc:`The list of CLI arguments for odoo-bin `" msgstr ":doc:`Daftar CLI argument untuk odoo-bin `" diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po index 6dcdad967..26b0a5b7e 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Abe Manyo, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Abe Manyo, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -31,229 +31,194 @@ msgid "Activities" msgstr "Aktivitas" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database. " -"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " -"chatter thread, kanban view, list view, or activities view of an " -"application." +msgid "*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database." msgstr "" -"*Kegiatan* adalah task follow-up yang terikat ke record di database Odoo. " -"Kegiatan dapat dijadwalkan pada halaman apa pun di database yang memiliki " -"chatter thread, tampilan kanban, tampilan list, atau tampilan kegiatan dari " -"aplikasi." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The icon used to display activities varies depending on the :ref:`activity " +"type `:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:11 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`🕘 (clock)`: the default icon, which appears if nothing is " +"scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 +msgid ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)`: this icon appears if a phone call is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:13 +msgid ":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)`: this icon appears if an email is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:14 +msgid ":guilabel:`✔️ (checkmark)`: this icon appears if a to-do is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:15 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(group of people)`: this icon appears if a meeting is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(arrow pointing up above a line)`: this icon appears if a " +"document is scheduled to be uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(pencil in a box)`: this icon appears if a signature request is " +"scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 msgid "Schedule activities" msgstr "Jadwalkan kegiatan" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:23 msgid "" -"One way that activities are created is by clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule " -"Activity` button, located at the top of the *chatter* on any record. On the " -"pop-up window that appears, select an :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the " -"drop-down menu." +"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " +":ref:`chatter ` thread, :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or " +":ref:`activities view ` of an application." msgstr "" -"Salah satu cara kegiatan dibuat adalah dengan mengeklik tombol " -":guilabel:`Jadwalkan Kegiatan`, berlokasi di bagian atas *chatter* pada " -"record apa pun. Pada jendela pop-up yang muncul, pilih :guilabel:`Tipe " -"Kegiatan` dari menu drop-down." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Individual applications have a list of *Activity Types* dedicated to that " -"application. For example, to view and edit the activities available for the " -"*CRM* application, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " -"Activity Types`." -msgstr "" -"Aplikasi individu memiliki list *Tipe-Tipe Kegiatan* dedicated to that " -"application. Contohnya, untuk melihat dan mengedit kegiatan yang tersedia " -"untuk aplikasi *CRM*, pergi ke :menuselection:`app CRM --> Konfigurasi --> " -"Tipe-Tipe Kegiatan`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Enter a title for the activity in the :guilabel:`Summary` field, located in " -"the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window." -msgstr "" -"Masukkan judul untuk kegiatan di field :guilabel:`Ringkasan`, berlokasi di " -"jendela pop-up :guilabel:`Jadwalkan Kegiatan`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To assign the activity to a different user, select a name from the " -":guilabel:`Assigned to` drop-down menu. Otherwise, the user creating the " -"activity is automatically assigned." -msgstr "" -"Untuk menugaskan kegiatan ke user yang berbeda, pilih nama dari menu drop-" -"down :guilabel:`Ditugaskan ke`. Bila tidak, user yang membuat kegiatan akan " -"secara otomatis ditugaskan." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Lastly, feel free to add any additional information in the optional " -":guilabel:`Log a note...` field." -msgstr "" -"Terakhir, Anda bebas untuk menambahkan informasi apa pun di opsi field " -":guilabel:`Log catatan...`." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Due Date` field on the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " -"window auto-populates based on the configuration settings for the selected " -":guilabel:`Activity Type`. However, this date can be changed by selecting a " -"day on the calendar in the :guilabel:`Due Date` field." +msgid "Chatter" +msgstr "Obrolan" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:32 +msgid "Activities can be created from the chatter on any record." msgstr "" -"Field :guilabel:`Tanggal Tenggat Waktu` pada jendela pop-up " -":guilabel:`Jadwalkan Kegiatan` diisi berdasarkan pengaturan konfigurasi " -"untuk :guilabel:`Tipe Kegiatan` terpilih. Namun, tanggal ini dapat diganti " -"dengan memilih hari pada kalender di field :guilabel:`Tanggal Tenggat " -"Waktu`." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:34 -msgid "Lastly, click one of the following buttons:" -msgstr "Terakhir, pilih salah satu dari tombol berikut:" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:36 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Schedule`: adds the activity to the chatter under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." +"To schedule a new activity, click the :guilabel:`Activities` button, located" +" at the top of the chatter. In the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " +"window that appears, :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Jadwal`: tambahkan kegiatan ke chatter di bawah " -":guilabel:`Kegiatan yang direncanakan`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the chatter " -"under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, it is automatically " -"marked as completed." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Tandai sebagai Selesai`: tambahkan kegiatan ke chatter di bawah " -":guilabel:`Hari Ini`. Kegiatan ini tidak dijadwalkan, secara otomatis " -"ditandai sebagai selesai." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:39 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Done \\& Schedule Next`: adds the task under :guilabel:`Today` " -"marked as done, and opens a new activity window." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Selesai \\& Jadwalkan Berikutnya`: menambahkan task di bawah " -":guilabel:`Hari Ini` ditandai sebagai selesai, dan buka jendela kegiatan " -"baru." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Discard`: discards any changes made on the pop-up window." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Buang`: buang perubahan apa pun yang dibuat pada jendela pop-up." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "Tampilan lead CRM dan opsi untuk menjadwalkan kegiatan" +msgid "New activity type form." +msgstr "Form tipe kegiatan baru." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Depending on the activity type, the :guilabel:`Schedule` button may be " -"replaced by a :guilabel:`Save` button, or an :guilabel:`Open Calendar` " -"button." -msgstr "" -"Tergantung pada tipe kegiatan, tombol :guilabel:`Jadwal` mungkin dapat " -"diganti dengan tombol :guilabel:`Simpan`, atau tombol :guilabel:`Buka " -"Kalender`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Scheduled activities are added to the chatter for the record under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." -msgstr "" -"Kegiatan yang dijadwalkan ditambahkan ke chatter untuk record di bawah " -":guilabel:`Kegiatan yang direncanakan`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Activities can also be scheduled from the kanban, list, or activities view " -"of an application." -msgstr "" -"Kegiatan-kegiatan juga dapat dijadwalkan dari tampilan kanban, list, atau " -"kegiatan dari aplikasi." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:45 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "Tampilan kanban" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`, and proceed to fill " -"out the pop-up form." +"Another way that activities are created is from the Kanban view in an " +"application." msgstr "" -"Pilih record pada mana untuk menjadwalkan kegiatan. Klik pada ikon " -":guilabel:`🕘 (jam)`, lalu :guilabel:`Jadwalkan Kegiatan`, dan lanjutkan " -"dengan mengisi formulir pop-up." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "The Kanban icon in the top menu, highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon located at the bottom of " +"an individual record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`+ Schedule An Activity`, then proceed to :ref:`fill out the" +" Schedule Activity form `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 msgid "" "Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." msgstr "" "Tampilan kanban dari pipeline CRM dan opsi untuk menjadwalkan kegiatan." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If a record already has a scheduled activity, the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon" +" is replaced by the icon that represents the existing scheduled activity. " +"Click on the activity type's icon to schedule another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:70 msgid "List view" msgstr "Tampilan list" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`. If the record already " -"has an activity scheduled, the clock icon may be replaced by a :guilabel:`📞 " -"(phone)` or an :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:72 +msgid "Activities can also be created from a list view." msgstr "" -"Pilih record pada mana untuk menjadwalkan kegiatan. Klik pada ikon " -":guilabel:`🕘 (jam)`, lalu :guilabel:`Jadwalkan Kegiatan`. Bila record sudah " -"memiliki kegiatan yang dijadwalkan, ikon jam mungkin dapat diganti dengan " -":guilabel:`📞 (telepon)` atau ikon :guilabel:`✉️ (amplop)`." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Activities` column is hidden, reveal it using the " +":guilabel:`(additional options toggle)` icon in the far-right of the top " +"row, represented by two horizontal lines with two dots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon for the record the activity is" +" being added to, then click :guilabel:`+ Schedule an activity`. Proceed to " +":ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form ` that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." msgstr "Tampilan list dari pipeline CRM dan opsi untuk menjadwalkan kegiatan." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:93 msgid "Activity view" msgstr "Tampilan kegiatan" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 msgid "" -"To open the activity view for an application, select the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon from the menu bar anywhere in the database. Select any " -"application from the drop-down menu, and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " -"icon for the desired app." +"Most applications in Odoo have an *Activity* view available. If available, a" +" :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon is visible in the top-right of the main" +" menu bar." msgstr "" -"Untuk membuka tampilan kegiatan untuk aplikasi, pilih ikon :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(jam)` dari kolom menu dimana pun di database. Pilih aplikasi apa pun dari " -"menu drop-down, dan klik ikon :guilabel:`🕘 (jam)` untuk app yang diinginkan." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:98 msgid "" -"Activity menu drop down with focus on where to open activity view for CRM." +"To open the activity view, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon." msgstr "" -"Dropdown menu kegiatan dengan fokus pada di mana untuk membuka tampilan " -"kegiatan untuk CRM." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "Top-right menu with the Activities icon called out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:104 msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Move across the row to " -"find the desired activity type, then click the :guilabel:`＋ (plus sign)`." +"In this view, all the available activities are listed in the columns, while " +"the horizontal entries represent all the individual records." msgstr "" -"Pilih record pada mana untuk menjadwalkan kegiatan. Cari di seluruh baris " -"untuk mencari tipe kegiatan yang diinginkan, lalu klik :guilabel:`＋ (tanda " -"tambah)`." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:107 msgid "" -"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +"Activities that appear green have a due date in the future, activities that " +"appear orange are due today, while activities appearing red are overdue." msgstr "" -"Tampilan kegiatan dari pipeline CRM dan opsi untuk menjadwalkan kegiatan." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Color bars in each column represent records for specific activity types, and" +" display a number indicating how many activities are scheduled for that " +"type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If multiple activity types are scheduled for a record, a number appears in " +"the box, indicating the total number of scheduled activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:117 msgid "" "Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" " throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." @@ -261,103 +226,266 @@ msgstr "" "Warna kegiatan, dan hubungan mereka ke tanggal jatuh tempo kegiatan, " "konsisten di seluruh Odoo, terlepas dari tipe kegiatan, atau tampilan." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:120 msgid "" -"Activities that appear in **green** indicate a due date sometime in the " -"future." +"To schedule an activity for a record, hover over the corresponding field, " +"and a :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` appears. Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)`, and then :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." msgstr "" -"Kegiatan yang muncul berwarna **hijau** mengindikasikan tanggal tenggat yang" -" di masa depan." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:96 -msgid "**Yellow** indicates that the activity's due date is today." -msgstr "**Kuning** mengindikasikan bahwa tanggal tenggat adalah hari ini." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Red** indicates that the activity is overdue and the due date has passed." -msgstr "" -"**Merah** mengindikasikan bahwa kegiatan sudah terlambat dan tanggal tenggat" -" sudah terlewat." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:99 -msgid "" -"For example, if an activity is created for a phone call, and the due date " -"passes, the activity appears with a red phone in list view, and a red clock " -"on the kanban view." -msgstr "" -"Contohnya, bila kegiatan sudah dibuat untuk panggilan telepon, dan tanggal " -"tenggat terlewati, kegiatan muncul dengan telepon merah di tampilan list, " -"dan jam merah pada tampilan kanban." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:103 -msgid "View scheduled activities" -msgstr "Lihat kegiatan yang direncanakan" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:105 -msgid "" -"To view scheduled activities, open either the :menuselection:`Sales app` or " -":menuselection:`CRM app` and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, located " -"to the far-right side of the other view options." -msgstr "" -"Untuk melihat kegiatan yang dijadwalkan, buka baik :menuselection:`app " -"Sales` atau :menuselection:`app CRM` dan klik ikon :guilabel:`🕘 (jam)`, " -"berlokasi di sebelah kanan yang jauh dibanding opsi tampilan lainnya." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Doing so opens the activities menu, showcasing all the scheduled activities " -"for the user, by default. To show all activities for every user, remove the " -":guilabel:`My Pipeline` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." -msgstr "" -"Melakukan ini akan membuka menu kegiatan, menunjukkan semua kegiatan yang " -"dijadwalkan untuk user, secara default. Untuk menunjukkan semua kegiatan " -"untuk setiap user, hapus filter :guilabel:`Pipeline Saya` dari kolom " -":guilabel:`Pencarian...`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To view a consolidated list of activities separated by the application where" -" they were created, and by deadline, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon on" -" the header menu to see the activities for that specific application in a " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" -"Untuk melihat list kegiatan terkonsolidasi yang dipisahkan oleh aplikasi di " -"mana mereka di buat, dan berdasarkan deadline, klik ikon :guilabel:`🕘 (jam)`" -" pada menu header untuk melihat kegiatan untuk aplikasi spesifik tersebut di" -" menu drop-down aplikasi." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The possibility to :guilabel:`Add new note` and :guilabel:`Request a " -"Document` appear at the bottom of this drop-down menu, when the :guilabel:`🕘" -" (clock)` icon on the header menu is clicked." -msgstr "" -"Pilihan untuk :guilabel:`Tambahkan catatan baru` dan :guilabel:`Minta " -"Dokumen` muncul di bagian bawah menu drop-down ini, saat ikon :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(jam)` pada menu header diklik." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads page emphasizing the activities menu." -msgstr "Tampilan halaman lead CRM yang mengutamakan menu kegiatan." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:123 -msgid "Configure activity types" -msgstr "Konfigurasikan tipe kegiatan" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:125 msgid "" -"To configure the types of activities in the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss --> Activities --> Activity Types`." +"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." msgstr "" -"Untuk mengonfigurasi tipe kegiatan di database, pergi ke :menuselection:`app" -" Pengaturan --> Discuss --> Kegiatan --> Tipe Kegiatan`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types." -msgstr "Tampilan halaman pengaturan yang mengutamakan menu tipe kegiatan." +"Tampilan kegiatan dari pipeline CRM dan opsi untuk menjadwalkan kegiatan." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 +msgid "Schedule Activity form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Activities can be scheduled from many different places, such as from the " +":ref:`chatter ` of a record, or from one of multiple " +"views in an application, when available: the :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or :ref:`activity " +"view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Activity Type`: select the type of activity from the drop-down " +"menu. The default options are: :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Call`, " +":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`To-Do`. Depending on what other " +"applications are installed, additional options may be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Individual applications have a list of dedicated :ref:`activity types " +"`. For example, installing the *Sales* application makes " +":guilabel:`Order Upsell` available, while installing the *Sign* application " +"makes :guilabel:`Request Signature` available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Summary`: enter a short title for the activity, such as `Discuss " +"Proposal`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date`: using the calendar popover, select the activity's " +"deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assigned to`: by default, the current user populates this field. " +"To assign a different user to the activity, select them from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: add any additional information for the activity in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window is completed, click one" +" of the following buttons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:158 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Open Calendar`: opens the user's calendar to add and schedule the" +" activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Click on the desired date and time for the activity, and a :guilabel:`New " +"Event` pop-up window appears. The summary from the *Schedule Activity* pop-" +"up window populates the :guilabel:`Title` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Enter the information in the :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up window, then click" +" :guilabel:`Save & Close` to schedule it. Once scheduled, the activity is " +"added to the chatter under the :guilabel:`Planned Activities` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Activity Type` is set to either :guilabel:`Call` or " +":guilabel:`Meeting`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: schedules the activity, and adds the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Planned Activities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:174 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule & Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the" +" chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, and is " +"automatically marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next`: adds the details of the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, is " +"automatically marked as done, and a new :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up" +" window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancel`: discards any changes made on the :guilabel:`Schedule " +"Activity` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "Tampilan lead CRM dan opsi untuk menjadwalkan kegiatan" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:188 +msgid "All scheduled activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To view a consolidated list of activities, organized by application, click " +"the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon in the header menu, located in the top-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If any activities are scheduled, the number of activities appear in a red " +"bubble on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:196 +msgid "" +"All activities for each application are further divided into subsections, " +"indicating where in the application the activity is to be completed. Each " +"sub-section lists the number of scheduled activities that are " +":guilabel:`Late`, due :guilabel:`Today`, and scheduled in the " +":guilabel:`Future`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:202 +msgid "" +"In the *Time Off* application, one activity is scheduled to be done in the " +"*All Time Off* requests dashboard, and six activities are scheduled to be " +"done in the *Allocations* dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:205 +msgid "" +"These requests appear in two separate lists in the all activities drop-down " +"menu: one labeled `Time Off` and one labeled `Time Off Allocation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list of activities that is accessed from the main menu bar. Two entries for the Time\n" +"Off application are highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:214 +msgid "Request a document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The option to :guilabel:`Request a Document` is available at the bottom of " +"the list of :ref:`all scheduled activities `, the option to " +":guilabel:`Request a Document` appears. Click :guilabel:`Request a " +"Document`, and a :guilabel:`Request a file` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:222 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Name`: enter a name for the document being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request To`: select the user the document is being requested from" +" using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date In`: enter a numerical value indicating when the " +"document is due. Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. " +"Click :guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. " +"Select the desired time-frame option from the list. The options are " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:229 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +":ref:`Workspace ` the document is being uploaded to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any desired tags from the drop-down menu. The " +"available tags displayed are based on the tags configured for the selected " +":guilabel:`Workspace`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message`: enter a message to clarify the document request in this" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:235 +msgid "" +"When all the fields are completed, click :guilabel:`Request` to send the " +"document request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Request a file form, with all fields filled out to request a contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:244 +msgid "Activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured types of activities in the database, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss section --> Activities " +"setting --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activity Types button in the Settings application under the Discuss section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:253 msgid "" "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " "activity types are found." @@ -365,105 +493,110 @@ msgstr "" "Melakukan hal tersebut akan mengeluarkan halaman :guilabel:`Tipe-Tipe " "Kegiatan`, di mana tipe-tipe kegiatan yang ada saat ini dapat ditemukan." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To edit an existing activity type, select it from the list, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`. To create a new activity type, click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" -"Untuk mengedit tipe kegiatan yang ada, pilih dari daftar, lalu klik " -":guilabel:`Edit`. Untuk membuat tipe kegiatan baru, klik :guilabel:`Buat`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:136 -msgid "" -"At the top of a blank activity type form, start by choosing a " -":guilabel:`Name` for the new activity type." -msgstr "" -"Di atas form tipe kegiatan kosong, mulai dengan memilih :guilabel:`Name` " -"untuk tipe kegiatan baru." - #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "New activity type form." -msgstr "Form tipe kegiatan baru." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:143 -msgid "Activity settings" -msgstr "Pengaturan kegiatan" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:146 -msgid "Action" -msgstr "Tindakan" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:148 -msgid "" -"The *Action* field specifies the intent of the activity. Some actions " -"trigger specific behaviors after an activity is scheduled." +msgid "The list of activity types already configured and available." msgstr "" -"Field *action* menentukan maksud kegiatan. Beberapa action memicu perilaku " -"tertentu setelah kegiatan dijadwalkan." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected, a link to upload a document is " -"added directly to the planned activity in the chatter." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:260 +msgid "Edit activity types" msgstr "" -"Bila :guilabel:`Unggah Dokumen` dipilih, link untuk mengunggah dokumen " -"ditambahkan langsung ke kegiatan yang direncanakan di chatter." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:262 msgid "" -"If either :guilabel:`Phonecall` or :guilabel:`Meeting` are selected, users " -"have the option to open their calendar to schedule a time for this activity." +"To edit an existing :ref:`activity type `, click on the " +"activity type, and the activity type form loads." msgstr "" -"Bila baik :guilabel:`Panggilan telepon` atau :guilabel:`Meeting` dipilih, " -"user memiliki opsi untuk membuka kalender mereka untuk menjadwalkan waktu " -"untuk kegiatan ini." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:265 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Request Signature` is selected, a link is added to the planned" -" activity in the chatter that opens a signature request pop-up window." +"Make any desired changes to the activity type form. The form automatically " +"saves, but it can be saved manually at any time by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Save Manually` option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner of the page." msgstr "" -"Bila :guilabel:`Permintaan Tanda Tangan` dipilih, link ditambahkan ke " -"kegiatan yang direncanakan di chatter yang membuka jendela pop-up permintaan" -" tanda tangan." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:270 +msgid "Create new activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:272 msgid "" -"The actions available to select on an activity type vary, depending on the " -"applications currently installed in the database." +"To create a new :ref:`activity type `, click " +":guilabel:`New` from the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, and a blank " +"activity type form loads." msgstr "" -"Action yang tersedia untuk memilih tipe kegiatan akan berbeda, tergantung " -"pada aplikasi yang saat ini diinstal di database." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:163 -msgid "Default user" -msgstr "User default" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:275 msgid "" -"To automatically assign this activity to a specific user when this activity " -"type is scheduled, choose a name from the :guilabel:`Default User` drop-down" -" menu. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to the user who" -" creates the activity." +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the activity type at the top of the form, then " +"enter the following information on the form." msgstr "" -"Untuk secara otomatis menugaskan kegiatan ini ke user tertentu saat tipe " -"kegiatan ini dijadwalkan, pilih nama dari menu drop-down :guilabel:`User " -"Default `. Bila field ini dibiarkan kosong, kegiatan ini akan ditugaskan ke " -"user yang membuat kegiatan." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:170 -msgid "Default summary" -msgstr "Ringkasan default" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:279 +msgid "Activity Settings section" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:281 msgid "" -"To include notes whenever this activity type is created, enter them into the" -" :guilabel:`Default Summary` field." +":guilabel:`Action`: using the drop-down menu, select an action associated " +"with this new activity type. Some actions trigger specific behaviors after " +"an activity is scheduled, such as:" msgstr "" -"Untuk mengikutsertakan catatan kapan pun tipe kegiatan ini dibuat, masukkan " -"mereka ke field :guilabel:`Ringkasan Default`." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:284 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Upload Document`: if selected, a link to upload a document is " +"automatically added to the planned activity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:286 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Call` or :guilabel:`Meeting`: if selected, users have the option " +"to open their calendar to select a date and time for the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request Signature`: if selected, a link to open a signature " +"request pop-up window is automatically added to the planned activity in the " +"chatter. This requires the Odoo *Sign* application to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Available activity types vary based on the installed applications in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folder`: select a specific :ref:`workspace " +"` folder to save a document to. This field **only** " +"appears if :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Action`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Folder` the document is " +"saved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default User`: select a user from the drop-down menu to " +"automatically assign this activity to the selected user when this activity " +"type is scheduled. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to " +"the user who creates the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Summary`: enter a note to include whenever this activity " +"type is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:307 msgid "" "The information in the :guilabel:`Default User` and :guilabel:`Default " "Summary` fields are included when an activity is created. However, they can " @@ -473,130 +606,86 @@ msgstr "" "Default` diikutsertakan saat kegiatan dibuat. Namun, mereka dapat diubah " "sebelum kegiatan dijadwalkan atau disimpan." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:181 -msgid "Next activity" -msgstr "Kegiatan berikutnya" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:311 msgid "" -"To automatically suggest, or trigger, a new activity after an activity has " -"been marked complete, the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` must be set." +":guilabel:`Keep Done`: tick this checkbox to keep activities that have been " +"marked as `Done` visible in the :ref:`activity view `." msgstr "" -"Untuk secara otomatis menyarankan, atau memicu, kegiatan baru setelah " -"kegiatan telah ditandai sebagai selesai, :guilabel:`Chaining Type` harus " -"ditetapkan." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:187 -msgid "Suggest next activity" -msgstr "Sarankan kegiatan berikutnya" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:313 +msgid ":guilabel:`Default Note`: enter any notes to appear with the activity." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:316 +msgid "Next Activity section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:318 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field, select :guilabel:`Suggest Next " -"Activity`. Upon doing so, the field underneath changes to: " -":guilabel:`Suggest`. Click the :guilabel:`Suggest` field drop-down menu to " -"select any activities to recommend as follow-up tasks to this activity type." +"It is possible to have another activity either suggested or triggered. To do" +" so, configure the :guilabel:`Next Activity` section." msgstr "" -"Di field :guilabel:`Chaining Type`, pilih :guilabel:`Sarankan Kegiatan " -"Berikutnya`. Setelah melakukan itu, field di bawah berubah menjadi " -":guilabel:`Saran`. Klik menu drop-down :guilabel:`Saran` untuk memilih " -"kegiatan apa pun untuk disarankan sebagai task follow-up untuk tipe kegiatan" -" ini." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:321 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Schedule` field, choose a default deadline for these " -"activities. To do so, configure a desired number of :guilabel:`Days`, " -":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, decide if it should occur " -":guilabel:`after completion date` or :guilabel:`after previous activity " -"deadline`." +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`: select either :guilabel:`Suggest Next Activity` " +"or :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` from the drop-down menu. Depending on " +"the selected option, either the :guilabel:`Suggest` or :guilabel:`Trigger` " +"field is displayed." msgstr "" -"Di field :guilabel:`Jadwal`, pilih tanggal tenggat default untuk kegiatan-" -"kegiatan ini. Konfigurasikan angka yang diinginkan untuk :guilabel:`Hari`, " -":guilabel:`Minggu`, atau :guilabel:`Bulan`. Lalu, putuskan apakah akan " -"terjadi :guilabel:`setelah tanggal selesai` atau :guilabel:`setelah tanggal " -"tenggat kegiatan sebelumnya`." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:198 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:326 msgid "" -"This :guilabel:`Schedule` field information can be altered before the " -"activity is scheduled." +"The :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field does **not** appear if :guilabel:`Upload" +" Document` is selected for the :guilabel:`Action`." msgstr "" -"Field informasi :guilabel:`Jadwal` ini dapat diubah sebelum kegiatan " -"dijadwalkan." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:227 -msgid "When all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "Saat semua konfigurasi selesai, klik :guilabel:`Simpan`." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Suggest/Trigger`: depending on what is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`, this field either displays :guilabel:`Suggest` or" +" :guilabel:`Trigger`. Using the drop-down menu, select the activity to " +"recommend or schedule as a follow-up task to the activity type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:332 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: configure when the next activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:334 +msgid "" +"First, enter a numerical value indicating when the activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. Click " +":guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. Select the" +" desired time-frame option from the list. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:340 +msgid "" +"Lastly, using the drop-down menu, select whether the activity is scheduled " +"or triggered either :guilabel:`after previous activity deadline` or " +":guilabel:`after completion date`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "Schedule activity popup with emphasis on recommended activities." -msgstr "Jadwalkan popup kegiatan yang mengutamakan kegiatan yang disarankan." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Suggest " -"Next Activity`, and has activities listed in the :guilabel:`Suggest` field, " -"users are presented with recommendations for activities as next steps." +msgid "A new Activity form with all the fields filled out." msgstr "" -"Bila kegiatan memiliki :guilabel:`Chaining Type` yang ditetapkan menjadi " -":guilabel:`Sarankan Kegiatan Berikutnya`, dan memiliki kegiatan yang " -"didaftarkan di field :guilabel:`Saran`, user diberikan rekomendasi untuk " -"kegiatan sebagai langkah berikutnya." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:211 -msgid "Trigger next activity" -msgstr "Picu kegiatan berikutnya" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Setting the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` to :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` " -"immediately launches the next activity once the previous one is completed." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:348 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss`" msgstr "" -"Menetapkan :guilabel:`Chaining Type` menjadi :guilabel:`Picu Kegiatan " -"Berikutnya` langsung meluncurkan kegiatan berikutnya setelah yang sebelumnya" -" selesai." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` is selected in the :guilabel:`Chaining " -"Type` field, the field beneath changes to: :guilabel:`Trigger`. From the " -":guilabel:`Trigger` field drop-down menu, select the activity that should be" -" launched once this activity is completed." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:349 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss/team_communication`" msgstr "" -"Bila :guilabel:`Picu Kegiatan Berikutnya` dipilih di field " -":guilabel:`Chaining Type`, field di bawah berganti menjadi: " -":guilabel:`Picu`. Dari field menu drop-down :guilabel:`Picu`, pilih kegiatan" -" yang harus diluncurkan setelah kegiatan ini selesai." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Schedule new activity popup with emphasis on Done and launch next button." -msgstr "" -"Jadwalkan popup kegiatan berikutnya dengan penekanan pada Selesai dan tombol" -" luncurkan berikutnya." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Trigger" -" Next Activity`, marking the activity as `Done` immediately launches the " -"next activity listed in the :guilabel:`Trigger` field." -msgstr "" -"Saat kegiatan memiliki :guilabel:`Chaining Type` yang ditetapkan menjadi " -":guilabel:`Picu Kegiatan Berikutnya`, tandai kegiatan berikutnya sebagai " -"`Selesai` langsung meluncurkan kegiatan berikutnya yang terdaftar di field " -":guilabel:`Picu`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:238 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:239 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:3 msgid "Export and import data" diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index d91f309f4..049365d42 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Abe Manyo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" @@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 @@ -694,6 +694,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:583 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:701 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 @@ -872,7 +873,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Assets`." msgstr "" "Akun-akun ini harus merupakan :ref:`tipe ` " -":guilabel:`Aset Lancar`." +":guilabel:`Aktiva Lancar`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -1158,14 +1159,19 @@ msgid "" "synchronizations. In this case, make sure to perform manual " "synchronizations." msgstr "" +"Beberapa lembaga tidak mengizinkan transaksi untuk diambil secara otomatis. " +"Untuk lembaga-lembaga tersebut, selama sinkronisasi otomatis akun, Anda " +"menerima pesan error yang meminta Anda untuk menonaktifkan sinkronisasi " +"otomatis. Pesan ini dapat ditemukan di chatter sinkronisasi online Anda. " +"Untuk kasus ini, pastikan untuk melakukan sinkronisasi manual." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:94 msgid "Issues" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Isu-Isu" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:97 msgid "Synchronization in error" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sinkronisasi error" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -1174,16 +1180,22 @@ msgid "" " Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`, select the " "connection that failed, and copy the error description and the reference." msgstr "" +"Untuk melaporkan error hubungan ke `bantuan Odoo " +"`_, kunjungi :menuselection:`Dashboard " +"Akuntansi--> Konfigurasi --> Akuntansi: Sinkronisasi Online`, pilih hubungan" +" yang gagal, dan salin keterangan error serta referensi." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:104 msgid "Synchronization disconnected" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sinkronisasi terputus" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:106 msgid "" "If your connection with the proxy is disconnected, you can reconnect with " "the proxy using the :guilabel:`Fetch Account` button." msgstr "" +"Bila hubungan Anda dengan proxy terputus, Anda dapat menghubungkan ulang " +"dengan proxy menggunakan tombol :guilabel:`Fetch Account`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -1191,22 +1203,30 @@ msgid "" "please contact the `support `_ directly with your" " client id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." msgstr "" +"Bila Anda tidak dapat menghubungkan ulang menggunakan tombol " +":guilabel:`Reconnect`, silakan hubungi `bantuan " +"`_ langsung dengan id klien Anda atau referensi " +"dari error yang tertulis di chatter." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:117 msgid "Migration process for users having installed Odoo before December 2020" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Proses migrasi untuk user yang menginstal Odoo sebelum Desember 2020" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:119 msgid "" "If you are on-premise, please first make sure that your source is up-to-date" " with the latest version of Odoo." msgstr "" +"Bila Anda adalah on-premise, silakan pastikan source Anda up-to-date dengan " +"versi terkini Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:122 msgid "" "Users who have created a database before December 2020 need to install the " "new module manually to use the new functionalities." msgstr "" +"User yang membuat database sebelum Desember 2020 harus menginstal modul baru" +" secara manual untuk menggunakan fungsionalitas baru." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -1215,12 +1235,19 @@ msgid "" "You can then click on :guilabel:`Install`. Finally, make sure all your users" " refresh their Odoo page by pressing CTRL+F5." msgstr "" +"Untuk melakukan ini, pergi ke :menuselection:`App --> Update Daftar App`, " +"hapus filter default di kolom pencarian dan ketik " +"`account_online_synchronization`. Anda lalu dapat klik pada " +":guilabel:`Instal`. Terakhir, pastikan semua user refresh halaman Odoo " +"mereka dengan memencet CTRL+F5." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:131 msgid "" "All previous synchronizations are disconnected during the installation and " "won't work anymore." msgstr "" +"Semua sinkronisasi sebelumnya diputuskan selama penginstalan dan tidak akan " +"bekerja lagi." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -1229,18 +1256,26 @@ msgid "" "Online Synchronization`). It is not possible to resynchronize these " "connections; you have to make new ones." msgstr "" +"Anda dapat menemukan mereka langsung di menu sinkronisasi " +"(:menuselection:`Dashboard Akuntansi --> Konfigurasi --> Akuntansi: " +"Sinkronisasi Online`). Tidak mungkin untuk sinkronisasi ulang hubungan-" +"hubungan ini; Anda harus membuat yang baru." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:136 msgid "" "Do not uninstall `account_online_sync`, which is the previous module for " "online synchronization. The new one overrides it." msgstr "" +"Jangan uninstal `account_online_sync`, yang merupakan module sebelumnya " +"untuk sinkronisasi online. Sinkronisasi baru akan mengesampingkannya." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:138 msgid "" "By default, `account_online_synchronization` is installed automatically with" " Accounting." msgstr "" +"Secara default, `account_online_synchronization` diinstal otomatis dengan " +"Akuntansi." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:141 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:95 @@ -1250,7 +1285,7 @@ msgstr "FAQ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:144 msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time. Is that normal?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sinkronisasi tidak bekerja secara real-time. Apakah ini normal?" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -1264,6 +1299,16 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` does not get your latest transactions if you " "already performed such action earlier in the day." msgstr "" +"Proses sinkronisasi memang tidak dimaksudkan untuk bekerja secara real-time " +"karena provider pihak ketiga akan melakukan sinkronisasi akun Anda pada " +"interval yang berbeda-beda. Untuk memaksakan sinkronisasi dan mengambil " +"laporan, kunjungi :guilabel:`Dashboard Akuntansi`, dan klik pada tombol " +":guilabel:`Sinkronisasi Sekarang`. Anda juga dapat sinkronisasi dan " +"mengambil transaksi melalui :menuselection:`Dashboard Akuntansi --> " +"Konfigurasi --> Akuntansi: Sinkronisasi Online`. Beberapa provider hanya " +"mengizinkan satu refresh per hari, sehingga mungkin dengan mengeklik pada " +":guilabel:`Sinkronisasi Sekarang` Anda tidak mendapatkan transaksi terkini " +"bila Anda sudah melakukan sinkronisasi terlebih dahulu di awal hari." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -1272,31 +1317,39 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Posted` status will be retrieved. If the transaction is not " "**Posted** yet, you will have to wait until the status changes." msgstr "" +"Transaksi dapat muncul pada akun bank Anda tapi tidak dapat diambil bila " +"memiliki status :guilabel:`Pending`. Hanya transaksi dengan status " +":guilabel:`Posted` akan diambil. Bila transaksi belum **Posted**, Anda harus" +" menunggu sampai status beruba." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:159 msgid "Is the Online Bank Synchronization feature included in my contract?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Apakah fitur Sinkronisasi Bank Online termasuk di kontrak saya?" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:161 msgid "" "**Community Version**: No, this feature is not included in the Community " "Version." msgstr "" +"**Versi Community**: Tidak, fitur ini tidak tersedia di Versi Community." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:162 msgid "" "**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." msgstr "" +"**Versi Online**: Ya, bahkan bila Anda memanfaatkan kontrak Satu App Gratis." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:163 msgid "" "**Enterprise Version**: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked " "to your database." msgstr "" +"**Versi Enterprise**: Ya, bila Anda memiliki kontrak enterprise yang sah " +"yang terhubung ke database Anda." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:166 msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta.\" What does this mean?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beberapa bank memiliki status \"Beta.\" Apa artinya?" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:168 msgid "" @@ -1307,10 +1360,16 @@ msgid "" " the development process since the Provider will have real data and feedback" " from the connection." msgstr "" +"Ini berarti lembaga bank tersebut belum sepenuhnya didukung oleh Provider " +"Pihak Ketiga kami. Bug atau masalah lain mungkin muncul. Odoo tidak " +"mendukung masalah teknis yang muncul dengan bank dalam fase Beta, tapi user " +"masih dapat memilih untuk terhubung dengan mereka. Membuat hubungan dengan " +"bank-bank tersebut berkontribusi ke proses development karena Provider akan " +"memilki data dan feedback riil dari hubungan tersebut." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:174 msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kenapa transaksi saya hanya sinkron saat saya refresh manual?" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -1319,20 +1378,26 @@ msgid "" " the integrator cannot pull transactions until the security code is " "provided." msgstr "" +"Beberapa bank memiliki persyaratan keamanan tambahan dan membutuhkan " +"langkah-langkah ekstra, seperti kode autentikasi SMS/email atau tipe MFA " +"lainnya. Oleh karena itu, integrator tidak dapat mengambil transaksi sampai " +"kode keamanan disediakan." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:181 msgid "Not all of my past transactions are in Odoo, why?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tidak semua transaksi saya di masa lalu ada di Odoo, kenapa?" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:183 msgid "" "For some institutions, transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in " "the past." msgstr "" +"Untuk beberapa bank, transaksi hanya dapat diambil sampai dengan 3 bulan di " +"masa lalu." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:186 msgid "Why don't I see any transactions?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kenapa saya tidak melihat transaksi apa pun?" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -1342,10 +1407,15 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization` to click on the " ":guilabel:`Fetch Account` button on the connection." msgstr "" +"Pada transaksi pertama Anda, Anda memilih akun bank yang Anda putuskan untuk" +" sinkronisasi dengan Odoo. Bila Anda belum sinkronisasi akun apa pun, Anda " +"dapat mengunjungi :menuselection:`Dashboard Akun --> Konfigurasi --> " +"Akuntansi: Sinkronisasi Online` untuk mengeklik pada tombol :guilabel:`Fetch" +" Account` pada hubungan." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:193 msgid "There may also be no new transactions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mungkin juga tidak ada transaksi baru." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:195 msgid "" @@ -1353,10 +1423,13 @@ msgid "" " are not visible in your database, please `submit a support ticket " "`_." msgstr "" +"Bila akun bank Anda secara tepat terhubung ke jurnal dan transaksi yang " +"posted tidak muncul di database Anda, silakan `buka tiket bantuan " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:199 msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bagaimana cara saya mengupdate kredensial bank saya?" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -1365,10 +1438,14 @@ msgid "" " connection you want to update your credentials and click on the " ":guilabel:`Update Credentials` button." msgstr "" +"Anda dapat mengupdate kredensial dengan mengunjungi " +":menuselection:`Dashboard Akuntansi --> Konfigurasi --> Akuntansi: " +"Sinkronisasi Online`, buka hubungan yang Anda ingin update kredensial dan " +"klik pada tombol :guilabel:`Update Kredensial`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:3 msgid "Enable Banking" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enable Banking" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1376,58 +1453,67 @@ msgid "" " from bank accounts all in one place. It offers non-intrusive connectivity " "to ASPSPs' official APIs across Europe without storing data." msgstr "" +"**Enable Banking** adalah provider pihak-ketiga informasi bank agregat dari " +"akun-akun bank semuanya di satu tempat. Mereka menawarkan hubungan yang non-" +"intrusive ke API resmi ASPSP di seluruh Eropa tanpa menyimpan data." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst-1 msgid "Enable Banking logo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "logo Enable Banking" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:13 msgid "" "**Odoo** synchronizes directly with banks to get access to all bank " "transactions and automatically import them into your database." msgstr "" +"**Odoo** sinkronisasi langsung dengan bank untuk mendapatkan akses ke semua " +"transaksi bank dan secara otomatis mengimpor mereka ke database Anda." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`../bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../bank_synchronization`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:18 msgid "`Enable Banking website `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`website Enable Banking `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:24 msgid "Link bank accounts with Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Link akun bank dengan Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:26 msgid "" "Start synchronization by clicking on :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`;" msgstr "" +"Mulai sinkronisasi dengan mengeklik pada :menuselection:`Akuntansi --> " +"Konfigurasi --> Tambahkan Akun Bank`;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:28 msgid "Select your bank;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pilih bank Anda;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:29 msgid "" "Make sure you give your consent to share your account information with Odoo " "by clicking :guilabel:`Continue authentication`;" msgstr "" +"Pastikan Anda memberikan persetujuan Anda untuk membagikan informasi akun " +"Anda dengan Odoo dengan mengeklik :guilabel:`Lanjutkan autentikasi`;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:0 msgid "Enable Banking authentication page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Halaman autentikasi Enable Banking" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:36 msgid "Finally, you are redirected to your bank's login page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Terakhir, Anda akan dialihkan ulang ke halaman login bank Anda." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:3 msgid "Ponto" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ponto" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1436,16 +1522,22 @@ msgid "" "one app. It is a third-party solution that is continuously expanding the " "number of bank institutions that can be synchronized with Odoo." msgstr "" +"**Ponto** adalah layanan yang memungkinkan perusahaan dan profesional untuk " +"mengumpulkan akun mereka di satu tempat dan langsung melihat semua transaksi" +" mereka dalam satu app. Ini adalah solusi pihak-ketiga yang terus menerus " +"mengembangkan jumlah lembaga bank yang dapat disinkronisasikan dengan Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst-1 msgid "Logo of the Ponto brand" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Logo dari brand Ponto" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:13 msgid "" "**Odoo** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " "imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" +"**Odoo** dapat sinkronisasi langsung dengan bank Anda untuk mengimpor semua " +"laporan bank Anda otomatis ke database Anda." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -1453,39 +1545,43 @@ msgid "" "between your bank accounts and Odoo. `Its pricing is 4€/month per " "account/integration `_." msgstr "" +"Ponto adalah provider pihak-ketiga berbayar yang dapat menangani " +"sinkronisasi antara akun-akun bank Anda dan Odoo. `Harganya adalah 4€/bulan " +"per akun/integrasi `_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`../transactions`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../transactions`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:27 msgid "Link your bank accounts with Ponto" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hubungkan akun-akun bank Anda dengan Ponto" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:29 msgid "Go to `Ponto's website (https://myponto.com) `_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kungjun `website Ponto (https://myponto.com) `_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:30 msgid "Create an account if you don't have one yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Buat akun bila Anda belum memiliki akun." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:31 msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Setelah Anda log in, buat *organisasi*." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:0 msgid "Fill out the form to add an organization in Ponto." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Isi formulir untuk menambahkan organisasi ke Ponto." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:0 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounts --> Live`, and click on *Add account*." msgstr "" +"Kunjungi :menuselection:`Akun --> Live`, dan klik pada *Tambahkan akun*." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:0 msgid "You might have to add your **Billing Information** first." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anda mungkin harus menambahkan **Informasi Billing** terlebih dahulu." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -1493,25 +1589,32 @@ msgid "" " follow the steps on-screen to link your bank account with your Ponto " "account." msgstr "" +"Pilih negara Anda, lembaga bank Anda, berikan persetujuan ke Ponto, dan " +"ikuti langkah-langkah di layar untuk menghubungkan akun bank Anda dengan " +"akun Ponto Anda." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:0 msgid "Add bank accounts to your Ponto account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tambahkan akun-akun bank ke akun Ponto Anda." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:46 msgid "" "Make sure to add all bank accounts you want to synchronize with your Odoo " "database before moving on to the next steps." msgstr "" +"Pastikan untuk menambahkan semua akun bank Anda yang Anda ingin " +"sinkronisasikan dengan database Odoo Anda sebelum bergerak ke langkah " +"berikutnya." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:50 msgid "Link your Ponto account with your Odoo database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hubungkan akun Ponto Anda dengan database Odoo Anda" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:52 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." msgstr "" +"Kunjungi :menuselection:`Akuntansi --> Konfigurasi --> Tambahkan Akun Bank`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -1519,10 +1622,12 @@ msgid "" "selecting the institution, you can verify that the third party provider is " "Ponto." msgstr "" +"Cari bank Anda, pastikan untuk memilih bank yang tepat. Dengan memilih bank," +" Anda dapat memverifikasi bahwa provider pihak ketiga adalah Ponto." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:55 msgid "Click on *Connect* and follow the steps." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klik pada *Connect* dan ikuti langkah-langkah tertera." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -1530,14 +1635,17 @@ msgid "" " Odoo. Please select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize. Even the " "ones coming from other banking institutions." msgstr "" +"Pada titik tertentu, Anda harus mengotorisasi akun-akun yang Anda ingin " +"akses di Odoo. Silakan pilih **semua akun** yang Anda ingin sinkronisasikan." +" Bahkan akun-akun dari lembaga bank lain." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:0 msgid "Selection of the accounts you wish to synchronize with Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pemilihan akun yang Anda ingin sinkronisasikan dengan Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:64 msgid "Finish the flow." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selesaikan langkah-langkahnya." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -1545,16 +1653,21 @@ msgid "" "will filter the accounts based on the institution you selected in the second" " step." msgstr "" +"Anda harus mengotorisasi semua akun-akun yang Anda ingin akses di Odoo, tapi" +" Odoo akan memfilter akun-akun berdasarkan lembaga yang Anda pilih di " +"langkah kedua." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:71 msgid "Update your synchronization credentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Update kredensial sinkronisasi Anda" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:73 msgid "" "You might have to update your Ponto credentials or modify the " "synchronization settings." msgstr "" +"Anda mungkin harus mengupdate kredensial Ponto Anda atau memodifikasi " +"pengaturan sinkronisasi Anda." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:75 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:87 @@ -1563,42 +1676,51 @@ msgid "" "Synchronization` and select the institution you want to fetch the other " "accounts. Click on *Fetch Accounts* button to start the flow." msgstr "" +"Untuk melakukan ini, kunjungi :menuselection:`Akuntansi --> Konfigurasi --> " +"Sinkronisasi Online` dan pilih bank yang Anda ingin ambilkan untuk mengambil" +" akun-akun lain. Klik pada tombol *Fetch Accounts* untuk memulai." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:79 msgid "" "During the update, select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize, even" " the ones coming from other banking institutions." msgstr "" +"Selama update, pilih **semua akun bank** yang Anda ingin sinkronisasi, " +"termasuk yang datang dari lembaga bank lain." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:69 msgid "Fetch new accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ambil akun-akun baru" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:71 msgid "You might want to add new online accounts to your connection." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anda mungkin ingin menambahkan akun online baru ke hubungan Anda." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:91 msgid "" "Don't forget to keep authorization for existing accounts (for all " "institutions that you have synchronized with Ponto)." msgstr "" +"Jangan lupa untuk menyimpan otorisasi untuk akun yang tersedia (untuk semua " +"bank yang tersinkronisasi dengan Ponto)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:98 msgid "After my synchronization, no account appears" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Setelah sinkronisasi saya, tidak ada akun yang muncul" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:100 msgid "" "You selected an institution from the list and did not authorize any accounts" " from this institution." msgstr "" +"Anda memilih bank dari daftar dan tidak mengotorisasi akun apa pun dari bank" +" ini." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:103 msgid "I have an error about that my authorization has expired" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Saya memiliki error bahwa otorisasi saya kadaluwarsa" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -1607,26 +1729,34 @@ msgid "" "`_. If you do not do this, the synchronization will " "stop for these accounts." msgstr "" +"Setiap **3 bulan** (90 hari) Anda harus mengotorisasi ulang hubungan di " +"antara akun bank Anda dan Ponto. Ini harus dilakukan dari `website Ponto " +"`_. Bila Anda tidak melakukan ini, sinkronisasi akan " +"berhenti untuk akun-akun ini." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:110 msgid "I have some errors with my beta institution" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Saya memiliki beberapa error dengan bank beta saya" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:112 msgid "" "Ponto provides institutions in *beta*, these institutions are not directly " "supported by Odoo and we advise you to contact Ponto directly." msgstr "" +"Ponto menyediakan bank di *beta*, bank-bank ini tidak langsung didukung oleh" +" Odoo dan kami menyarankan Anda untuk menghubungi Ponto secara langsung." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:116 msgid "" "Using an institution in beta is beneficial for Ponto, it allows them to have" " real feedback on the connection with the institution." msgstr "" +"Menggunakan bank di beta bermanfaat untuk Ponto, karena memberikan mereka " +"feedback nyata mengenai hubungan dengan bank tersebut." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:3 msgid "Salt Edge" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Salt Edge" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1634,32 +1764,41 @@ msgid "" "from your bank accounts. It supports ~5000 institutions in more than 50 " "countries." msgstr "" +"**Salt Edge** adalah penyedia pihak-ketiga yang mengumpulkan informasi bank " +"dari akun-akun bank Anda. Salt Edge mendukung ~5000 bank di lebih dari 50 " +"negara." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst-1 msgid "Salt Edge Logo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Logo Salt Edge" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:14 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " "imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" +"Odoo dapat sinkronisasi langsung dengan bank Anda agar semua laporan bank " +"diimpor secara otomatis ke database Anda." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:25 msgid "Link your bank accounts with Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hubungkan akun bank Anda dengan Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:27 msgid "" "Start synchronization by clicking on :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." msgstr "" +"Mulai sinkronisasi dengan mengeklik pada :menuselection:`Akuntansi --> " +"Konfigurasi --> Tambahkan Akun Bank`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:29 msgid "" "Select the institution you want to synchronize. You can see if Salt Edge is " "the third party provider of the institution by selecting it." msgstr "" +"Pilih bank yang Anda ingin sinkronisasi. Anda dapat melihat bila Salt Edge " +"adalah provider pihak ketiga bank dengan memilihnya." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -1668,43 +1807,52 @@ msgid "" " enter a valid email address, as otherwise, you will not be able to access " "your Salt Edge account." msgstr "" +"Setelah memberikan nomor telepon Anda, alamat email akan diminta. Alamat " +"email ini akan digunakan untuk membuat akun Salt Edge Anda. Pastikan Anda " +"memasukkan alamat email yang salah, karena bila tidak, Anda tidak akan dapat" +" mengakses akun Salt Edge Anda." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:0 msgid "" "Email address to provide to Salt Edge for the creation of your account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alamat email untuk disediakan ke Salt Edge untuk pembuatan akun Anda." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:40 msgid "" "After entering your email address, you are redirected to Salt Edge to " "continue the synchronization process." msgstr "" +"Setelah memasukkan alamat email Anda, Anda akan dialihkan ulang ke Salt Edge" +" untuk melanjutkan proses sinkronisasi." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:0 msgid "Salt Edge Login page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Halaman Login Salt Edge." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:47 msgid "Make sure you give your consent by checking the consent checkbox." msgstr "" +"Pastikan Anda memberikan persetujuan Anda dengan mencentang kotak consent." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:0 msgid "Salt Edge give consent page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Salt Edge memberikan halaman consent." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:53 msgid "Complete the synchronization by following the steps." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selesaikan sinkronisasi dengan mengikuti langkah-langkah." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:57 msgid "Update your credentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Update kredensial Anda" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:59 msgid "" "You might have to update your Salt Edge credentials or modify the " "synchronization settings." msgstr "" +"Anda mungkin harus mengupdate kredensial Salt Edge Anda atau memodifikasi " +"pengaturan sinkronisasi." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -1713,6 +1861,10 @@ msgid "" "Click on the *Update Credentials* button to start the flow and follow the " "steps." msgstr "" +"Untuk melakukan ini, kunjungi :menuselection:`Akuntansi --> Konfigurasi --> " +"Sinkronisasi Online` dan pilih bank yang Anda ingin ambilkan untuk " +"mengupdate kredensial. Klik pada tombol *Update Kredensial* untuk memulai " +"and ikuti langkah-langkahnya." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:77 @@ -1720,6 +1872,8 @@ msgid "" "Don't forget to check the consent checkbox. Otherwise, Odoo may not be able " "to access your information." msgstr "" +"Jangan lupa untuk mencentang kotak persetujuan. Bila tidak, Odoo mungkin " +"tidak dapat mengakses informasi Anda." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -1727,10 +1881,15 @@ msgid "" "Synchronization` and select the institution to fetch the new accounts. Click" " on the *Fetch Accounts* button to start the flow and follow the steps." msgstr "" +"Untuk melakukan ini, kunjungi :menuselection:`Akuntansi --> Konfigurasi --> " +"Sinkronisasi Online` dan pilih bank untuk memilih lembaga untuk mengambil " +"akun-akun baru. Klik pada tombol *Fetch Accounts* untuk memulai dan ikuti " +"langkah-langkahnya." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:84 msgid "I have an error when I try to delete my synchronization within Odoo" msgstr "" +"Saya mendapati error saya mencoba menghapus sinkronisasi saya dalam Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -1744,10 +1903,21 @@ msgid "" "synchronization. Once this is done, you can go back to Odoo to delete the " "record." msgstr "" +"Odoo tidak dapat secara permanen menghapus hubungan yang Anda buat dengan " +"lembaga bank. Namun, Anda dapat mencabut persetujuan yang Anda berikan agar " +"Odoo tidak dapat mengakses akun Anda lagi. Error yang Anda lihat mungkin " +"adalah pesan memberitahukan Anda bahwa persetujuan dicabut, tapi record " +"tidak dapat dihapus karena masih ada di dalam Salt Edge. Bila Anda ingin " +"menghapus hubungan secara total, masuk ke `akun Salt Edge " +"`_ Anda dan secara manual hapus " +"sinkronisasi Anda. Setelah itu, Anda dapat kembali ke Odoo untuk menghapus " +"recordnya." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:95 msgid "I have an error saying that I have already synchronized this account" msgstr "" +"Saya memiliki error yang mengatakan saya sudah melakukan sinkronisasi untuk " +"akun ini" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -1755,6 +1925,9 @@ msgid "" "please check on your `dashboard `_ that " "you don't already have a connection with the same credentials." msgstr "" +"Anda mungkin sudah sinkronisasi akun bank Anda dengan Salt Edge, mohon " +"periksa di `dashboard `_ Anda bahwa Anda" +" tidak memiliki hubungan dengan kredensial yang sama." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -1762,6 +1935,9 @@ msgid "" " on your Salt Edge dashboard and this synchronization has not been created " "with Odoo, please delete it and create it from your Odoo database." msgstr "" +"Bila Anda sudah memiliki sinkronisasi dengan kredensial yang sama pada " +"dashboard Salt Edge Anda dan sinkronisasi ini tidak dibuat dengan Odoo, " +"mohon hapus dan buat lagi dari database Odoo Anda." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -1771,6 +1947,11 @@ msgid "" " Configuration --> Online Synchronization`. Please make sure to do an " "*Update Credentials* to reactivate the connection." msgstr "" +"Bila Anda sudah memiliki hubungan dengan kredensial yang sama pada dashboard" +" Salt Edge Anda dan sinkronisasi ini dibuat dengan Odoo, Anda seharusnya " +"bisa menemukannya dengan mengunjungi :menuselection:`Akuntansi --> " +"Konfigurasi --> Sinkronisasi Online`. Mohon pastikan untuk melakukan " +"*Update Kredensial* untuk mengaktifkan ulang hubungan." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:3 msgid "Cash register" @@ -1782,18 +1963,24 @@ msgid "" "transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " "balance." msgstr "" +"Mesin kas adalah jurnal untuk mendaftar transaksi diterima dan pembayaran. " +"Mesin kas menghitung jumlah uang masuk dan keluar, menghitung total saldo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:14 msgid "" "Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Journals`." msgstr "" +"Konfigurasikan jurnal Kas di :menuselection:`Akuntansi --> Konfigurasi --> " +"Jurnal`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:17 msgid "" "In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " "configured as well as the currency of the journal" msgstr "" +"Di tab Entri Jurnal, Akun Default Debit dan Credit Account dapat " +"dikonfigurasi sekaligus juga mata uang jurnal" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:34 @@ -1802,33 +1989,37 @@ msgstr "Penggunaan" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bagaimana cara mendaftarkan pembayaran kas?" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:26 msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" msgstr "" +"Untuk mendaftarkan pembayaran kas khusus untuk pelanggan tertentu, Anda " +"harus mengikuti langkah-langkah berikut:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" msgstr "" +"Kunjungi :menuselection:`Akuntansi --> Dashboard --> Kas --> Daftarkan " +"Transaksi`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Masukkan saldo mulai dan saldo akhir" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Daftarkan transaksi, menentukan pelanggan yang terhubung ke transaksi" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Masukkan uang" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -1836,10 +2027,13 @@ msgid "" "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" msgstr "" +"Masukkan uang digunakan untuk memasukkan uang tunai Anda secara manual " +"sebelum memulai transaksi Anda. Dari jendela Daftarkan Transaksi, kunjungi " +":menuselection:`More --> Masukkan uang`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Keluarkan uang" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -1847,15 +2041,18 @@ msgid "" "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" msgstr "" +"Keluarkan uang digunakan untuk mengumpulkan/mendapatkan tunai Anda secara " +"manual setelah mengakhiri semua transaksi Anda. Dari jendela Daftarkan " +"Transaksi, kunjungi :menuselection:`More --> Keluarkan uang`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Transaksi akan ditambahkan ke pendaftaran pembayaran kas saat ini." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:3 msgid "Manage a bank account in a foreign currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kelola akun bank dalam mata uang asing" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1864,14 +2061,17 @@ msgid "" " bank account in a foreign currency, for every transaction, Odoo stores two " "values:" msgstr "" +"Di Odoo, setiap transaksi dicatat dalam mata uang default perusahaan, dan " +"laporan berdasarkan mata uang tersebut. Saat Anda memiliki akun bank dengan " +"mata uang asing, untuk setiap transaksi, Odoo menyimpan dua value:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:9 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the *company*;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Debit/kredit dalam mata uang *perusahaan*;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:10 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the *bank account*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Debit/kredit dalam mata uang *akun bank*;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -1879,10 +2079,13 @@ msgid "" " institution. By default, Odoo uses the European Central Bank's web services" " but other options are available." msgstr "" +"Kurs diupdate secara otomatis menggunakan layanan website lembaga bank. " +"Secara default, Odoo menggunakan layanan website European Central Bank tapi " +"opsi-opsi lain tersedia." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:19 msgid "Activate multi-currencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktifkan multi-currencies" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -1892,10 +2095,15 @@ msgid "" " a :guilabel:`Journal`, a :guilabel:`Gain Account`, a :guilabel:`Loss " "Account`, and then click on :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Untuk menggunakan lebih dari satu mata uang, kunjungi " +":menuselection:`Akuntansi --> Konfigurasi --> Pengaturan --> Mata Uang` dan " +"centang :guilabel:`Multi-Currencies`. Di bawah :guilabel:`Post Exchange " +"difference entries in:`, sediakan :guilabel:`Jurnal`, :guilabel:`Gain " +"Account`, :guilabel:`Loss Account`, dan klik pada :guilabel:`Simpan`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:27 msgid "Configure currencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurasikan mata uang" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -1905,6 +2113,11 @@ msgid "" "Currencies` setting or go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Accounting: Currencies`." msgstr "" +"Setelah Odoo dikonfigurasikan untuk mendukung lebih dari satu mata uang, " +"mereka semua dibuat secara default, tapi tidak berarti aktif. Untuk " +"mengaktifkan mata uang baru, klik pada :guilabel:`Aktifkan Mata Uang Lain` " +"di bawah pengaturan :guilabel:`Multi-Currencies` atau kunjungi " +":menuselection:`Akuntansi --> Konfigurasi --> Akuntansi: Mata Uang`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -1916,12 +2129,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`. You also have the option to choose the :guilabel:`Service`" " you wish to obtain currency rates from." msgstr "" +"Saat mata uang diaktifkan, Anda dapat memilih untuk **mengotomatiskan** " +"update kurs. atau biarkan pada **manual**. Untuk mengonfigurasi update kurs," +" kembali ke :menuselection:`Akuntansi --> Konfigurasi --> Pengaturan --> " +"Mata Uang`, centang :guilabel:`Kurs Otomatis`, tetapkan :guilabel:`Interval`" +" pada frekuensi yang Anda inginkan, dan klik pada :guilabel:`Simpan`. Anda " +"juga memiliki opsi untuk memilih :guilabel:`Layanan` yang Anda ingin gunakan" +" sebagai sumber kurs." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:40 msgid "" "Click on the Update now button (:guilabel:`🗘`) besides the :guilabel:`Next " "Run` field to update the currency rates manually." msgstr "" +"Klik pada tombol Update sekarang (:guilabel:`🗘`) di sebelah field " +":guilabel:`Next Run` untuk mengupdate kurs mata uangsecara manual." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:44 msgid "Create a new bank account" @@ -1940,10 +2162,19 @@ msgid "" "in the pop-up window, fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number`, " ":guilabel:`Bank` of your account, and save." msgstr "" +"Di aplikasi akuntansi, kunjungi :menuselection:`Akuntansi --> Konfigurasi " +"--> Jurnal` dan buat yang baru. Masukkan :guilabel:`Nama Jurnal` dan " +"tetapkan :guilabel:`Tipe` menjadi `Bank`. Di tab :guilabel:`Entri Jurnal`, " +"masukkan **short code**, **mata uang**, lalu klik pada field :guilabel:`Akun" +" Bank` untuk membuat akun baru. Di jendela pop-up pembuatan akun, masukkan " +"nama, kode (contoh.: 550007), tetapkan tipenya menjadi `Bank dan Kas`, " +"tetapkan tipe mata uang, dan simpan. Saat Anda kembali ke **jurnal**, klik " +"pada field :guilabel:`Nomor Akun`, dan di jendela pop-up, isi " +":guilabel:`Nomor Akun`, :guilabel:`Bank` dari akun Anda, dan simpan." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst-1 msgid "Example of a created bank journal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contoh jurnal bank yang dibuat." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -1951,10 +2182,13 @@ msgid "" "the journal. It can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of Accounts`." msgstr "" +"Pada pembuatan jurnal, Odoo secara otomatis menghubungkan akun bank ke " +"jurnal. Ini dapat ditemukan di bawah :menuselection:`Akuntansi --> " +"Konfigurasi --> Akuntansi: Bagan Akun`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:63 msgid "Vendor bill in a foreign currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tagihan vendor dalam mata uang asing" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -1963,20 +2197,27 @@ msgid "" "creates and posts the foreign **exchange gain or loss** as a new journal " "entry." msgstr "" +"Untuk membayar tagihan dalam mata uang asing, cukup pilih mata uang di " +"sebelah field :guilabel:`Jurnal` dan daftarkan pembayaran. Odoo secara " +"otomatis membuat dan memposting **exchange gain or loss** sebagai entri " +"jurnal baru." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst-1 msgid "How to set a bill currency." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bagaimana cara menetapkan mata uang tagihan." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:74 msgid "" "Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In that case, " "Odoo automatically converts between the two currencies." msgstr "" +"Ingat bahwa Anda dapat membayar tagihan asing dengan mata uang lain. Pada " +"kasus tersebut, Odoo secara otomatis mengonversi antara dua mata uang " +"tersebut." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:78 msgid "Unrealized Currency Gains/Losses Report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Unrealized Currency Gains/Losses Report" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -1986,10 +2227,16 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Reporting --> Management: Unrealized Currency Gains/Losses`." " From here, you have access to all open entries in your **balance sheet**." msgstr "" +"Laporan ini memberikan gambaran umum semua jumlah yang belum direalisasi " +"dalam mata uang asing di neraca keuangan Anda, dan memungkinkan Anda untuk " +"menyesuaikan entri atau secara manaul menetapkan kurs. Untuk mengakses " +"laporan ini, kunjungungi :menuselection:`Laporan --> Manajemen: Unrealized " +"Currency Gains/Losses`. Dari sini, Anda memiliki akses ke semua entri yang " +"terbuka di **neraca keuangan** Anda." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst-1 msgid "View of the Unrealized Gains/Losses journal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tampilan Jurnal Unrealized Gains/Losses." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -1998,10 +2245,13 @@ msgid "" "click the :guilabel:`Exchange Rates` button and change the rate of the " "foreign currencies in the report." msgstr "" +"Bila Anda ingin menggunakan kurs mata uang berbeda dari yang ditetapkan di " +":menuselection:`Akuntansi --> Konfigurasi --> Pengaturan --> Mata Uang`, " +"klik tombol :guilabel:`Kurs` dan ganti kurs mata uang di laporan." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst-1 msgid "Menu to manually change exchange rates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menu untuk secara manual mengganti kurs." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -2009,10 +2259,13 @@ msgid "" "you to reset back to Odoo's rate. To do so, simply click on :guilabel:`Reset" " to Odoo's Rate`." msgstr "" +"Saat secara manual mengubah **kurs**, banner kuning muncul memungkinkan Anda" +" untuk reset kembali ke kurs Odoo. Untuk melakukan ini, cukup klik pada " +":guilabel:`Reset ke Kurs Odoo`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst-1 msgid "Banner to reset back to Odoo's rates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Banner untuk reset kembali ke kurs Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -2022,6 +2275,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expense Account` and :guilabel:`Income Account` to calculate and " "process the **unrealized gains and losses**." msgstr "" +"Untuk mengupdate **neraca keuangan** Anda dengan jumlah di kolom " +":guilabel:`penyesuaian`, klik pada tombol :guilabel:`Entri Penyesuaian`. Di " +"jendela pop-up, pilih :guilabel:`Jurnal`, :guilabel:`Akun Pengeluaran` dan " +":guilabel:`Akun Pemasukan` untuk menghitung dan memproses **unrealized gains" +" and losses**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -2029,21 +2287,26 @@ msgid "" "automatically reverses the booking entry to the date set in " ":guilabel:`Reversal Date`." msgstr "" +"Anda dapat menetapkan tanggal laporan di field :guilabel:`Tanggal`. Odoo " +"secara otomatis memutarbalikkan entri booking ke tanggal yang ditetapkan di " +":guilabel:`Tanggal Reversal`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:112 msgid "" "Once posted, the :guilabel:`adjustment` column should indicate `0.00`, " "meaning all **unrealized gains/losses** have been adjusted." msgstr "" +"Setelah dipost, kolom :guilabel:`penyesuaian` harus mengindikasikan `0.00`, " +"yang berarti semua **unrealized gains/losses** telah disesuaikan." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst-1 msgid "Unrealized Currency Gains/Losses report once adjusted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Laporan unrealized Currency Gains/Losses setelah disesuaikan." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:52 msgid "Bank reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rekonsiliasi bank" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2055,39 +2318,54 @@ msgid "" " reduced risk of errors in financial reports, detection of fraudulent " "activities, and improved cash flow management." msgstr "" +"**Rekonsiliasi bank** adalah proses pencocokkan :doc:`transaksi bank " +"` Anda dengan record bisnis, seperti :doc:`faktur pelanggan " +"<../customer_invoices>`, :doc:`tagihan vendor <../vendor_bills>`, dan " +":doc:`pembayaran <../payments>`. Ini tidak hanya wajib untuk kebanyakan " +"bisnis, tapi juga menawarkan beberapa manfaat, seperti pengurangan risiko " +"eror di laporan keuangan, deteksi kegiatan penipuan, dan peningkatan " +"manajemen arus kas." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:11 msgid "" "Thanks to the bank :doc:`reconciliation models `, " "Odoo pre-selects the matching entries automatically." msgstr "" +"Berkat :doc:`model rekonsiliasi ` bank, Odoo memilih " +"terlebih dahulu entri yang cocok secara otomatis." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:15 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Bank reconciliation " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Rekonsiliasi bank `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:13 msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:21 msgid "Bank reconciliation view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tampilan rekonsiliasi bank" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:23 msgid "" "To access a bank journal's **reconciliation view**, go to your " ":guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` and either:" msgstr "" +"Untuk mengakses **tampilan rekonsiliasi** jurnal bank, kunjungi " +":guilabel:`Dashboard Akuntansi` Anda dan:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:26 msgid "" "click the journal name (e.g., :guilabel:`Bank`) to display all transactions," " including those previously reconciled or" msgstr "" +"klik nama jurnal (contoh., :guilabel:`Bank`) untuk menampilkan semua " +"transaksi, termasuk yang sudah direkonsiliasi sebelumnya atau" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -2096,23 +2374,31 @@ msgid "" "Matched` filter from the search bar to include previously reconciled " "transactions." msgstr "" +"klik tombol :guilabel:`Rekonsiliasi item` untuk menampilkan semua transaksi " +"yang Odoo pilih sebelumnya untuk rekonsiliasi. Anda dapat menghapus filter " +":guilabel:`Tidak Cocok` dari kolom pencarian untuk memasukkan transaksi yang" +" sudah direkonsiliasi sebelumnya." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 msgid "Reaching the bank reconciliation tool from your accounting dashboard" msgstr "" +"Menggunakan alat bantu rekonsiliasi bank dari dashboard akuntansi Anda" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:35 msgid "" "The bank reconciliation view is structured into three distinct sections: " "transactions, counterpart entries, and resulting entry." msgstr "" +"Tampilan rekonsiliasi bank distrukturkan menjadi tiga bagian khusus: " +"transaksi, entri counterpart, dan entri hasil." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 msgid "The user interface of the reconciliation view of a bank journal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Antarmuka user dari tampilan rekonsiliasi jurnal bank." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:32 msgid "Transactions" msgstr "Transaksi" @@ -2121,10 +2407,13 @@ msgid "" "The transactions section on the left shows all bank transactions, with the " "newest displayed first. Click a transaction to select it." msgstr "" +"Bagian transaksi di sebelah kiri menunjukkan semua transaksi bank, dengan " +"yang paling baru ditampilkan terlebih dahulu. Klik transaksi untuk " +"memilihnya." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:50 msgid "Counterpart entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Entri counterpart" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -2134,10 +2423,15 @@ msgid "" "payments`, :ref:`reconciliation/manual-operations`, and :guilabel:`Discuss`," " which contains the chatter for the selected bank transaction." msgstr "" +"Bagian entri counterpart di kanan bawah menampilkan opsi untuk mencocokkan " +"transaksi bank terpilih. Lebih dari satu tab tersedia, termasuk " +":ref:`reconciliation/existing-entries`, :ref:`reconciliation/batch-" +"payments`, :ref:`reconciliation/manual-operations`, dan :guilabel:`Discuss`," +" yang memiliki chatter untuk transaksi bank terpilih." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:56 msgid "Resulting entry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Entri hasil" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -2147,10 +2441,15 @@ msgid "" "mark it as :guilabel:`To Check`. Any :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " "` are also available in the resulting entry section." msgstr "" +"Bagian entri hasil pada kanan atas menampilkan transaksi bank terpilih yang " +"cocok dengan entri counterpart dan termasuk debit atau kredit tersisa. Di " +"bagian ini, Anda dapat memvalidasi rekonsiliasi atau menandainya sebagai " +":guilabel:`Untuk Diperiksa`. :ref:`Tombol model rekonsiliasi " +"` apa pun juga tersedia di bagian entri hasil." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:59 msgid "Reconcile transactions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rekonsiliasi transaksi" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -2161,10 +2460,16 @@ msgid "" "`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " "`." msgstr "" +"Transaksi dapat dicocokkan secara otomatis dengan penggunaan :doc:` model " +"rekonsiliasi `, atau mereka dapat dicocokkan dengan " +":ref:`entri yang tersedia `, " +":ref:`pembayaran batch `, :ref:`operasi " +"manual `, dan :ref:`tombol model " +"rekonsiliasi `." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:67 msgid "Select a transaction among unmatched bank transactions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pilih transaksi di antara transaksi bank yang belum dicocokkan." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -2175,6 +2480,12 @@ msgid "" "`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " "`." msgstr "" +"Definisikan counterpart. Terdapat beberapa opsi untuk mendefinisikan " +"counterpart, termasuk :ref:`mencocokkan entri yang tersedia " +"`, :ref:`operasi manual " +"`, :ref:`pembayaran batch " +"`, dan :ref:`tombol model rekonsiliasi " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -2182,12 +2493,17 @@ msgid "" "existing counterpart entry or writing it off with a :ref:`manual operation " "`." msgstr "" +"Bila entri hasil tidak sepenuhnya seimbang, seimbangkan dengan menambahkan " +"entri counterpart tersedia lagi atau mengurusnya dengan :ref:`operasi manual" +" `." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:74 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to confirm the reconciliation and move" " to the next transaction." msgstr "" +"Klik tombol :guilabel:`Validasi` untuk mengonfirmasi rekonsiliasi dan " +"bergerak ke transaksi berikutnya." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -2196,6 +2512,10 @@ msgid "" "transactions marked as :guilabel:`To Check` can be displayed using the " ":guilabel:`To Check` filter." msgstr "" +"Apabila Anda tidak yakin bagaimana cara merekonsiliasi transaksi tertentu " +"dan ingin melakukannya nanti, gunakan tombol :guilabel:`Untuk Diperiksa`. " +"Semua transaksi yang ditandai dengan :guilabel:`Untuk Diperiksa` dapat " +"ditampilkan menggunakan filter :guilabel:`Untuk Diperiksa`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -2204,10 +2524,14 @@ msgid "" "journal entry by replacing the bank suspense account with the corresponding " "receivable, payable, or outstanding account." msgstr "" +"Transaksi pank diposting pada **suspense account jurnal** sampai " +"rekonsiliasi. Pada titik ini, rekonsiliasi memodifikasi entri jurnal " +"transaksi dengan mengganti suspense account bank dengan akun outstanding, " +"akun piutang, atau akun hutang yang sesuai." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:90 msgid "Match existing entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cocokkan entri yang tersedia" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -2216,16 +2540,22 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`reconciliation models `, with suggested entries" " appearing first." msgstr "" +"Tab ini memiliki entri yang cocok yang Odoo otomatis pilih sebelumnya sesuai" +" dengan model rekonsiliasi. Urutan entri berdasarkan :doc:`model " +"rekonsiliasi `, dengan entri yang disarankan muncul " +"terlebih dahulu." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:97 msgid "" "The search bar within the :guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab allows you " "to search for specific journal items." msgstr "" +"Kolom pencarian di dalam tab :guilabel:`Cocokkan Entri yang Tersedia` " +"memungkinkan Anda untuk mencari item jurnal tertentu." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:103 msgid "Batch payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pembayaran batch" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -2235,10 +2565,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab, the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab " "has a search bar that allows you to search for specific batch payments." msgstr "" +"`Pembayaran batch `_ memungkinkan Anda untuk " +"mengelompokkan kelompok pembayaran yang berbeda untuk memudahkan " +"rekonsiliasi. Gunakan tab :guilabel:`Pembayaran Batch` untuk mencari " +"pembayaran batch untuk pelanggan dan tagihan. Mirip dengan tab " +":guilabel:`Cocokkan Entri yang Tersedia`, tab :guilabel:`Pembayaran Batch " +"Payments` memiliki kolom pencarian yang memungkinkan Anda untuk mencari " +"pembayaran batch tertentu." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:113 msgid "Manual operations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Operasi manual" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -2246,6 +2583,9 @@ msgid "" " instead wish to reconcile the transaction manually by choosing the correct " "account and amount. Then, complete any of the relevant optional fields." msgstr "" +"Bila tidak ada entri tersedia untuk mencocokkan transaksi terpilih, Anda " +"mungkin dapat merekonsiliasi transaksi secara manual dengan memilih jumlah " +"dan akun yang tepat. Lalu, selesaikkan field opsional relevan apa pun." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -2256,20 +2596,30 @@ msgid "" " the new line in the resulting entry section and selecting the " ":guilabel:`Account` to record the open balance." msgstr "" +"Anda dapat menggunakan opsi :guilabel:`dibayar penuh` untuk merekonsiliasi " +"pembayaran, bahkan dalam kasus di mana hanya pembayaran parsial yang " +"diterima. Baris baru akan muncul di bagian entri hasil untuk merefleksikan " +"saldo terbuka yang terdaftarkan pada Akun Piutang. Anda dapat memilih akun " +"lain dengan mengeklik pada baris baru di bagian entri hasil dan memilih " +":guilabel:`Akun` untuk mencatat saldo terbuka." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:127 msgid "" "Lines are silently reconciled unless a write-off entry is required, which " "launches a reconciliation wizard." msgstr "" +"Baris secara semu direkonsiliasi kecuali entri write-off diperlukan, yang " +"mana akan meluncurkan alat bantu rekonsiliasi." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:0 msgid "Click on fully paid to manually set an invoice as entirely paid." msgstr "" +"Klik pada dibayar penuh untuk secara manual menetapkan faktur sebagai " +"sepenuhnya dibayar." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:136 msgid "Reconciliation model buttons" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tombol model rekonsiliasi" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -2278,10 +2628,14 @@ msgid "" "quickly reconcile bank transactions manually and can also be used in " "combination with existing entries." msgstr "" +"Gunakan tombol :doc:`model rekonsiliasi ` untuk " +"operasi manual yang sering digunakan. Tombol-tombol kustom ini memungkinkan " +"Anda untuk dengan cepat merekonsiliasi transaksi bank secara manual dan juga" +" dapat digunakan bersamaan dengan entri yang tersedia." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:3 msgid "Reconciliation models" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Model-model rekonsiliasi" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2290,12 +2644,19 @@ msgid "" "recurring entries like bank fees. Reconciliation models can also be helpful " "in handling :doc:`cash discounts <../customer_invoices/cash_discounts>`." msgstr "" +"Model-model rekonsiliasi digunakan untuk mengotomatiskan proses " +":doc:`rekonsiliasi bank `, yang sangat berguna saat " +"menghadapi entri berulang seperti ongkos bank. Model-model rekonsiliasi " +"dapat juga berguna dalam menangani :doc:`diskon kas " +"<../customer_invoices/cash_discounts>`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:9 msgid "" "Each model is created based on a :ref:`model type ` and " ":guilabel:`bank transaction conditions`." msgstr "" +"Setiap model dibuat berdasarkan pada :ref:`tipe model ` dan " +":guilabel:`kondisi transaksi bank`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -2303,10 +2664,13 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Model-model rekonsiliasi " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:19 msgid "Reconciliation model types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipe-tipe model rekonsiliasi" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -2315,6 +2679,10 @@ msgid "" "Models`. For each reconciliation model, a :guilabel:`Type` must be set. " "Three types of models exist:" msgstr "" +"Model-model rekonsiliasi tersedia dengan mengunjungi " +":menuselection:`Akuntansi --> Konfigurasi --> Bank: Model-Model " +"Rekonsiliasi`. Untuk setiap model rekonsiliasi, :guilabel:`Tipe` harus " +"ditetapkan. Tiga tipe model tersedia:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -2325,6 +2693,12 @@ msgid "" "model determine the counterpart entry's account(s), amount(s), label(s), and" " analytic distribution;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tombol untuk membuat entri counterpart`: tombol dibuat di bagian " +"entri hasil dari tampilan rekonsiliasi bank. Bila di-klik, tombol ini " +"membuat entri counterpart untuk merekonsiliasi dengan transaksi aktif " +"berdasarkan peraturan yang ditetapkan di model ini. Peraturan-peraturan yang" +" ditentukan di model menentukan akun, jumlah, label, dan distribusi analitik" +" dari entri counterpart;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -2332,6 +2706,9 @@ msgid "" "transactions to match the transaction to a new entry based on conditions " "that must match the information on the transaction;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Peraturan untuk menyarankan entri counterpart`: digunakan untuk " +"transaksi berulang untuk mencocokkan transaksi ke entri baru berdasarkan " +"kondisi yang harus cocok dengan informasi pada transaksi;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -2339,10 +2716,14 @@ msgid "" " match the transaction to existing invoices, bills, or payments based on " "conditions that must match the information on the transaction." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Peraturan untuk mencocokkan faktur/tagihan`: digunakan untuk " +"transaksi berulang untuk mencocokkan transaksi ke faktur, tagihan atau " +"pembayaran yang tersedia berdasarkan kondisi yang harus cocok dengan " +"informasi pada transaksi." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:37 msgid "Default reconciliation models" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Model-model rekonsiliasi default" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -2350,6 +2731,10 @@ msgid "" "company's fiscal localization. These can be updated if needed. Users can " "also create their own reconciliation models by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +"Di Odoo, model-model berbeda tersedia secara default tergantung pada " +"lokalisasi fiskal perusahaan. Ini dapat diupdate bila diperlukan. User-user " +"dapat juga membuat model rekonsiliasi mereka sendiri dengan mengeklik " +":guilabel:`Baru`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -2357,14 +2742,17 @@ msgid "" " *sequence* of models is applied. You can rearrange the order by dragging " "and dropping the handle next to the name." msgstr "" +"Bila record cocok dengan beberapa model rekonsiliasi, yang pertama pada " +"*urutan* model akan diterapkan. Anda dapat mengganti urutan dengan menarik " +"dan melepas gagang di sebelah nama." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:0 msgid "Rearrange the sequence of models in the list view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mengganti urutan model di tampilan list." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:51 msgid "Invoices/Bills perfect match" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Faktur/Tagihan cocok sempurna" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -2372,12 +2760,15 @@ msgid "" "Odoo to suggest matching existing invoices or bills with a bank transaction " "based on set conditions." msgstr "" +"Model ini sebaiknya di atas *urutan* model, karena memungkinkan Odoo untuk " +"menyarankan faktur atau tagihan yang tersedia dan cocok dengan transaksi " +"bank berdasarkan kondisi tertentu." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst-1 msgid "Set rules to trigger the reconciliation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tetapkan peraturan untuk memicu rekonsiliasi." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -2388,10 +2779,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partner is set` is selected) to suggest the correct counterpart " "entry and reconcile the payment automatically." msgstr "" +"Odoo secara otomatis merekonsiliasi pembayaran saat opsi " +":guilabel:`Validasi-otomatis` dipilih, dan kondisi model secara sempurna " +"terpenuhi. Bila ini terjadi, Odoo mengharapkan untuk menemukan di baris " +"laporan bank referensi faktur/pembayaran (bila :guilabel:`Label` dipilih) " +"dan nama partner (bila :guilabel:`Partner ditetapkan` dipilih) untuk " +"menyarankan entri counterpart yang tepat dan merekonsiliasi pembayaran " +"secara otomatis." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:66 msgid "Invoices/Bills partial match if underpaid" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pencocokkan parsial Faktur/Tagihan bila bayaran kurang" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -2401,26 +2799,36 @@ msgid "" "reconciled with the account indicated in the :guilabel:`counterpart entries`" " tab." msgstr "" +"Model ini menyarankan faktur pelanggan atau tagihan vendor yang cocok " +"parsial dengan pembayaran saat jumlah yang diterima sedikit lebih rendah " +"dibanding jumla hfaktur, contoh kasus ini adalah **diskon kas**. Perbedaan " +"akan direkonsiliasi dengan akun yang diindikasikan di tab :guilabel:`entri " +"counterpart.`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:73 msgid "" "The reconciliation model :guilabel:`Type` is :guilabel:`Rule to match " "invoices/bills`, and the :guilabel:`Payment tolerance` should be set." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tipe` model rekonsiliasi adalah :guilabel:`Peraturan untuk " +"mencocokkan faktur/tagihan`, dan :guilabel:`Toleransi pembayaran` harus " +"ditetapkan." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:80 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Payment tolerance` is only applicable to lower payments. It " "is disregarded when an overpayment is received." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Toleransi pembayaran` hanya berlaku untuk pembayaran yang kurang." +" Akan dikesampingkan saat pembayaran berlebih diterima." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:84 msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:87 msgid "Line with bank fees" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Baris dengan ongkos bank" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -2430,6 +2838,11 @@ msgid "" " be used for example, to identify the information referring to the " ":guilabel:`Bank fees` in the label of the transaction." msgstr "" +"Model ini menyarankan entri counterpart menurut peraturan yang ditetapkan di" +" model. Di kasus ini, :guilabel:`Tipe` model rekonsiliasi adalah " +":guilabel:`Peraturan untuk menyarankan entri counterpart`, dan " +":guilabel:`Label` dapat digunakan sebagai contoh, untuk mengidentifikasi " +"informasi yang merujuk ke :guilabel:`ongkos Bank` di label transaksi." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -2439,6 +2852,11 @@ msgid "" "so it's essential to use it judiciously and with a good understanding of the" " patterns you're working with." msgstr "" +"`Regular expressions `_, seringkali disingkat sebagai" +" **Regex**, dapat digunakan di Odoo dalam beragam cara untuk mencari, " +"memvalidasi, dan memanipulasi data di dalam sistem. Regex dapat sangat " +"berguna tapi juga rumit, sehingga penting untuk menggunakannya dengan " +"bijaksana dan dengan pemahaman yang baik mengenai pola yang Anda kerjakan." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -2447,14 +2865,18 @@ msgid "" "expression. Odoo automatically retrieves the transactions that match your " "Regex expression and the conditions specified in your model." msgstr "" +"Untuk menggunakan regex di model rekonsiliasi Anda, tetapkan :guilabel:`Tipe" +" Transaksi` menjadi :guilabel:`Cocokkan Regex` dan tambahkan regex Anda. " +"Odoo secara otomatis mengambil transaksi yang cocok dengan Regex Anda dan " +"kondisi yang ditentukan di model Anda." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:0 msgid "Using Regex in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menggunakan Regex di Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:111 msgid "Partner mapping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Partner mapping" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -2466,6 +2888,13 @@ msgid "" "incoming payment meets these criteria, Odoo automatically maps it to the " "corresponding customer's account." msgstr "" +"Partner mapping memungkinkan Anda untuk membentuk peraturan untuk secara " +"otomatis mencocokkan transaksi ke akun partner yang tepat, menghemat waktu " +"dan mengurangi risiko kesalahan yang dapat muncul pada rekonsiliasi manual. " +"Contoh, Anda dapat membuat peraturan partner mapping untuk pembayaran masuk " +"dengan nomor referensi atau kata kunci tertentu di keterangan transaksi. " +"Saat pembayaran masuk memenuhi kriteria tersebut, Odoo secara otomatis " +"memetakannya ke akun pelanggan yang sesuai." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -2473,10 +2902,13 @@ msgid "" "and enter the :guilabel:`Find Text in Label`, :guilabel:`Find Text in " "Notes`, and :guilabel:`Partner`." msgstr "" +"Untuk membuat peraturan partner mapping, pergi ke tab :guilabel:`Partner " +"Mapping` dan masukkan :guilabel:`Cari Teks di Label`, :guilabel:`Cari Teks " +"di Catatan`, dan :guilabel:`Partner`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst-1 msgid "defining partner mapping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "mendefinisikan partner mapping" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2484,6 +2916,9 @@ msgid "" "bank account transactions and reconciling them with the ones recorded in " "your accounting." msgstr "" +"Mengimpor transaksi dari laporan bank Anda memungkinkan Anda untuk melacak " +"transaksi akun bank dan merekonsiliasi mereka dengan yang dicatat di " +"akuntansi Anda." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -2491,66 +2926,77 @@ msgid "" "However, if you do not want to use it or if your bank is not yet supported, " "other options exist:" msgstr "" +":doc:`Sinkronisasi bank ` mengotomatiskan proses. " +"Namun, bila Anda tidak ingin menggunakannya atau bila bank Anda belum " +"didukung, tersedia opsi lain:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:11 msgid "" ":ref:`Import bank transactions ` delivered by your " "bank;" msgstr "" +":ref:`Impor transaksi bank ` dikirim oleh bank Anda;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:12 msgid ":ref:`Register bank transactions ` manually." msgstr "" +":ref:`Daftarkan transaksi bank ` secara manual." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:15 msgid "" ":ref:`Grouping transactions by statement ` is " "optional." msgstr "" +":ref:`Mengelompokkan transaksi berdasarkan laporan " +"` bersifat opsional." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:20 msgid "Import transactions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Impor transaksi" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:22 msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import transactions:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo mendukung lebih dari satu format file untuk mengimpor transaksi:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:24 msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053);" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SEPA menyarankan format Cash Managemen t (CAMT.053);" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:25 msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV);" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comma-separated values (.CSV);" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:26 msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX);" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX);" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:27 msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF);" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF);" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:28 msgid "Belgium: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Belgium: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:30 msgid "" "To import a file, go to the **Accounting Dashboard**, and in the " ":guilabel:`Bank` journal, click on :guilabel:`Import File`." msgstr "" +"Untuk mengimpor file, kunjungi **Dashboard Akuntansi**, dan di jurnal " +":guilabel:`Bank`, klik pada :guilabel:`Impor File`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:34 msgid "Alternatively, you can also:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sebagai alternatif, Anda juga dapat:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:36 msgid "" "click :guilabel:`⋮` on the :guilabel:`Bank` journal and select " ":guilabel:`Import file`;" msgstr "" +"klik :guilabel:`⋮` pada jurnal :guilabel:`Bank` dan pilih :guilabel:`Impor " +"file`;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -2558,14 +3004,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bank` journal and selecting :guilabel:`Transactions`, then click " "the gear icon :guilabel:`(⚙)` and select :guilabel:`Import records`." msgstr "" +"atau akses daftar transaksi dengan mengeklik :guilabel:`⋮` pada jurnal " +":guilabel:`Bank`dan memilih :guilabel:`Transaksi`, lalu memilih ikon roda " +"gigi :guilabel:`(⚙)` dan memilih :guilabel:`Impor record`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:0 msgid "Import bank transactions from the bank journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Impor transaksi bank dari jurnal bank" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:44 msgid "Next, select the file and upload it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lalu, pilih file dan unggah." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -2573,14 +3022,17 @@ msgid "" "with their related Odoo fields, you can run a :guilabel:`Test` and " ":guilabel:`Import` your bank transactions." msgstr "" +"Setelah menetapkan opsi format yang diperlukan dan memetakkan kolom file " +"dengan field Odoo terkait, Anda dapat menjalankan :guilabel:`Test` dan " +":guilabel:`Impor` transaksi bank Anda." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:50 msgid ":doc:`/applications/essentials/export_import_data`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/essentials/export_import_data`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:55 msgid "Register bank transactions manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Daftarkan transaksi bank secara manual" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -2589,10 +3041,15 @@ msgid "" " then on :guilabel:`New`. Make sure to fill out the :guilabel:`Partner` and " ":guilabel:`Label` fields to ease the reconciliation process." msgstr "" +"Anda juga dapat mencatat transaksi bank Anda secara manual. Untuk melakukan " +"ini, kunjungi :guilabel:`Dashboard Akuntansi`, klik pada jurnal " +":guilabel:`Bank` dan pilih :guilabel:`Baru`. Pastikan Anda mengisi field " +":guilabel:`Partner` dan :guilabel:`Label` untuk memudahkan proses " +"rekonsiliasi." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:64 msgid "Statements" -msgstr "Pernyataan" +msgstr "Laporan Bank" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -2600,6 +3057,9 @@ msgid "" "institution that lists the transactions that have occurred in a particular " "bank account over a specified period of time." msgstr "" +"**Laporan bank** adalah dokumen yang disediakan oleh bank atau lembaga " +"keuangan yang menunjukkan daftar transaksi yang terjadi di akun bank " +"tertentu selama periode waktu tertentu." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -2607,6 +3067,9 @@ msgid "" "statement, but depending on your business flow, you may want to record them " "for control purposes." msgstr "" +"Di Akuntansi Odoo, mengelompokkan transaksi berdasarkan laporan yang terkait" +" bersifat opsional, tapi tergantung pada arus bisnis Anda, Anda mungkin " +"ingin mencatat mereka untuk tujuan control." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -2616,6 +3079,11 @@ msgid "" "begin synchronizing or importing transactions. This is necessary to ensure " "the accuracy of your accounting." msgstr "" +"Bila Anda ingin membandingkan saldo akhir laporan bank Anda dengan saldo " +"akhir record keuangan Anda, *jangan lupa untuk membuat transaksi awal* untuk" +" mencatat saldo akun bank pada tanggal Anda memulai sinkronisasi atau " +"mengimpor transaksi. Ini diperlukan untuk memastikan ketepatan akuntansi " +"Anda." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -2623,10 +3091,13 @@ msgid "" " click on the vertical ellipsis (:guilabel:`⋮`) button next to the bank or " "cash journal you want to check, then on :guilabel:`Statements`" msgstr "" +"Untuk mengakses daftar laporan, kunjungi :guilabel:` Dashboard Akuntansi`, " +"klik pada tombol elipsis vertikal (:guilabel:`⋮`) di sebelah jurnal bank " +"atau kash yang Anda ingin periksa, lalu pada :guilabel:`Laporan`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:83 msgid "Statement creation from the kanban view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pembuatan laporan dari tampilan kanban" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -2635,22 +3106,30 @@ msgid "" "of your bank statement. Click on the :guilabel:`STATEMENT` button when " "hovering on the upper separator line." msgstr "" +"Buka tampilan rekonsiliasi bank dengan mengeklik pada nama jurnal bank, dan " +"identifikasikan transaksi yang sesuai dengan transaksi terakhir laporan bank" +" Anda. Klik pada tombol :guilabel:`LAPORAN` saat mouse Anda hovering di " +"baris pemisah atas." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst-1 msgid "" "A \"STATEMENT\" button is visible when hovering on the line separating two " "transactions." msgstr "" +"Tombol \"LAPORAN\" akan tampil saat mouse hovering di baris pemisah dua " +"transaksi." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:92 msgid "" "Fill out the statement's details and save. The newly created statement " "includes the previous transactions following the last statement." msgstr "" +"Isi detail laporan dan simpan. Laporan yang baru dibuat termasuk transaksi " +"sebelumyna mengikuti laporan terakhir." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:96 msgid "Statement creation from the list view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pembuatan laporan dari tampilan list" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -2661,18 +3140,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create and edit...`, filling out the statement's details, and " "saving." msgstr "" +"Buka daftar transaksi dengan mengeklik pada nama jurnal bank dan mengganti " +"ke tampilan list. Pilih semua transaksi yang sesuai dengan laporan bank, " +"dan, di kolom :guilabel:`Laporan`, pilih laporan yang tersedia atau buat " +"baru dengan mengetik referensinya, mengeklik pada :guilabel:`Buat dan " +"edit...`, mengisi detail laporan, dan menyimpannya." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:90 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:432 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:363 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "Customer invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Faktur-fakturpelanggan" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:8 msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dari Faktur Pelanggan ke Pengambilan Pembayaran" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -2682,10 +3166,15 @@ msgid "" "multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so " "efficiently and accurately." msgstr "" +"Odoo mendukung lebih dari satu workflow faktur dan pembayaran, supaya Anda " +"dapat memilih dan menggunakan yang cocok dengan kebutuhan bisnis Anda. Baik " +"itu menerima satu pembayaran untuk satu faktur, atau memproses pembayaran " +"untuk lebih dari satu faktur dan mengambil diskon untuk pembayaran dini, " +"Anda dapat melakukannya dengan efisien dan akurat." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:17 msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dari Draft Faktur sampai Laba dan Rugi" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -2696,6 +3185,11 @@ msgid "" "Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet " "report." msgstr "" +"Bila kita memulai di akhir scenario 'order to cash' tipikal, setelah produk " +"dikirim, Anda akan: mengirim faktur; menerima pembayaran; deposit pembayaran" +" ke bank; memastikan Faktur Pelanggan ditutup; follow up bila Pelanggan " +"terlambat; dan akhirnya menunjukkan Pemasukan di laporan Laba dan Rugi dan " +"menunjukkan pengurangan Aset di laporan Neraca Keuangan." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -2706,11 +3200,17 @@ msgid "" "fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo " "supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." msgstr "" +"Faktur di kebanyakan negara terjadi saat obligasi kontrak dipenuhi. Bila " +"Anda mengirim kotak ke pelanggan, Anda telah memenuhi syarat kontrak dan " +"dapat menagih mereka. Bila supplier mengirim Anda barang, mereka telah " +"memenuhi syarat kontrak dan dapat menagih Anda. Oleh karena itu, syarat " +"kontrak dipenuhi saat kotak bergerak ke atau dari truk. Di titik ini, Odoo " +"mendukung pembuatan apa yang disebut sebagai Draft Faktur oleh staff Gudang." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:284 msgid "Invoice creation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pembuatan faktur" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -2718,6 +3218,9 @@ msgid "" "Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " "directly if you would like." msgstr "" +"Draft faktur dapat secara manual dibuat dari dokumen lain seperti Sale " +"Order, Purchase Order, dsb. Walau Anda dapat membuat draft faktur langsung " +"bila Anda inginkan." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -2726,10 +3229,14 @@ msgid "" "It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely" " and precise manner." msgstr "" +"Faktur harus disediakan ke pelanggan dengan informasi yang diperlukan agar " +"mereka dapat membayar untuk barang dan layanan yang dipesan dan dikirim. Ini" +" juga termasuk informasi lain yang diperlukan untuk membayar faktur secara " +"tepat waktu dan akurat." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:47 msgid "Draft invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Draft faktur" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -2738,50 +3245,54 @@ msgid "" "within the system. There is nothing to stop users from creating their own " "draft invoices." msgstr "" +"Sistem membuat faktur yang awalnya ditetapkan sebagai status Draft. Selama " +"faktur ini belum divalidasi, mereka tidak memiliki dampak akuntansi dalam " +"sistem. Tidak ada yang menghentikan user dari membuat draft faktur mereka " +"sendiri." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:53 msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mari membuat faktur pelanggan dengan informasi berikut:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:55 msgid "Customer: Agrolait" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pelanggan: Agrolait" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:56 msgid "Product: iMac" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produk: iMac" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:57 msgid "Quantity: 1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kuantitas: 1" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:58 msgid "Unit Price: 100" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Harga Satuan: 100" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:59 msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pajak: Pajak 15%" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:65 msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dokumen terdiri dari tiga bagian:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:67 msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," -msgstr "" +msgstr "bagian atas faktur, dengan informasi pelanggan," #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:68 msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," -msgstr "" +msgstr "bagian utama faktur, dengan detail baris faktur," #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:69 msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." -msgstr "" +msgstr "bagian bawah halaman, dengan detail mengenai pajak, dan totalnya." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:72 msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Faktur open atau pro-forma" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -2789,18 +3300,24 @@ msgid "" "services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" " tax information." msgstr "" +"Faktur biasanya termasuk kuantitas dan harga barang dan/atau layanan, " +"tanggal, pihak terlibat, nomor unik faktur, dan informasi pajak apa pun." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:78 msgid "" "\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " "moves from the Draft state to the Open state." msgstr "" +"\"Validasi\" faktur saat Anda siap menyetujuinya. Faktur lalu berubah dari " +"status Draft menjadi status Open." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:81 msgid "" "When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " "defined, and modifiable, sequence." msgstr "" +"Saat Anda memvalidasi faktur, Odoo memberikannya nomor unik dari urutan yang" +" didefinisikan dan dapat dimodifikasi." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -2808,39 +3325,46 @@ msgid "" " when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " "entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." msgstr "" +"Entri-entri akuntansi sesuai dengan faktur ini secara otomatis dibuat saat " +"Anda memvalidasi faktur. Anda dapat melihat detail dengan mengeklik pada " +"entri di field Entri Jurnal di tab \"Info Lainnya\"." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:94 msgid "Send the invoice to customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kirim faktur ke pelanggan" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:96 msgid "" "After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " "customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." msgstr "" +"Setelah memvalidasi faktur pelanggan, Anda dapat langsung mengirimnya ke " +"pelanggan melalui fungsionalitas 'Kirim melalui email'." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:101 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" " follows:" msgstr "" +"Entri jurnal tipikal yang dibuat dari faktur yang divalidasi akan terlihat " +"seperti berikut:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:105 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:126 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:56 msgid "**Account**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Akun**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:105 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:126 msgid "**Partner**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Partner**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:105 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:126 msgid "**Due date**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Tanggal Jatuh Tempo**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:105 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:126 @@ -2850,7 +3374,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:99 msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Debit**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:105 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:126 @@ -2860,37 +3384,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:99 msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Kredit**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:170 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:58 msgid "Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Akun Piutang" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:128 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:130 msgid "Agrolait" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Agrolait" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:107 msgid "01/07/2015" -msgstr "" +msgstr "01/07/2015" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:128 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:130 msgid "115" -msgstr "" +msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:169 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:242 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:376 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 @@ -2922,7 +3446,7 @@ msgstr "15" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:134 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "Sales" -msgstr "Penjualan" +msgstr "Sales" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:172 @@ -2947,11 +3471,16 @@ msgid "" "reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have " "entered the payment." msgstr "" +"Di Odoo, faktur dianggap dibayar saat entri akuntansi terkait telah " +"direkonsiliasi dengan entri pembayaran. Bila tidak ada rekonsiliasi, faktur " +"akan tetap dalam status Open sampai Anda memasukkan pembayaran." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:122 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" msgstr "" +"Entri jurnal tipikal yang dibuat dari pembayaran akan terlihat seperti " +"berikut:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:128 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:238 @@ -2964,7 +3493,7 @@ msgstr "Bank" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:134 msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menerima pembayaran parsial melalui rekening koran" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -2972,12 +3501,17 @@ msgid "" "in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " "your accounting localisation." msgstr "" +"Anda dapat secara manual memasukkan rekening koran di Odoo, atau Anda dapat " +"mengimpor mereka dari file csv atau beberapa format yang sudah didefinisikan" +" sebelumnya menurut lokalisasi akuntansi Anda." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:140 msgid "" "Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " "journal and enter an amount of $100 ." msgstr "" +"Buat rekening koran dari dashboard akuntansi dengan jurnal terkait dan " +"masukkan $100 sebagai jumlah." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:146 msgid "Reconcile" @@ -2985,13 +3519,15 @@ msgstr "Rekonsiliasi" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:148 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ayo kita rekonsiliasi!" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:152 msgid "" "You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " "reconcile with instructions at the bottom." msgstr "" +"Anda sekarang dapat melihat semua transaksi dan merekonsiliasi mereka atau " +"Anda dapat merekonsiliasi massal dengan instruksi di bawah." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -2999,12 +3535,17 @@ msgid "" "display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" " them to pay this invoice. \"" msgstr "" +"Setelah merekonsiliasi item di lembaran, faktur terkait akan sekarang " +"menampilkan \"Anda memiliki pembayaran yang belum lunas untuk pelanggan ini." +" Anda dapat merekonsiliasi untuk membayar faktur ini.\"" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:162 msgid "" "Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" " invoice." msgstr "" +"Terapkan pembayaran. Di bawah, Anda dapat melihat pembayaran telah " +"ditambahkan ke faktur." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:168 msgid "Payment Followup" @@ -3016,6 +3557,9 @@ msgid "" "Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" " faster." msgstr "" +"Ada tren yang mulai berkembang di mana pelanggan semakin lambat membayar " +"tagihan. Oleh karena itu, kita harus meningkatkan upaya mengumpulkan " +"pembayaran yang belum dilunasi dan mengumpulkannya lebih cepat." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -3026,28 +3570,43 @@ msgid "" "passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the" " same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." msgstr "" +"Odoo akan membantu Anda mendefinisikan strategi follow-up Anda. Untuk " +"mengingatkan pelanggan untuk membayaran faktur mereka yang belum lunas, Anda" +" dapat mendefinisikan beberapa tindakan tergantung pada tingkat " +"keterlambatan pelanggan dalam membayar. Tindakan-tindakan ini dikelompokkan " +"menjadi tingkat follow-up yang akan dipicu saat tanggal jatuh tempo faktur " +"telah dilampaui sekian hari. Bila ada faktur-faktur lain yang belum lunas " +"untuk pelanggan yang sama, tindakan tertinggi untuk faktur terlambat akan " +"dilaksanakan." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:182 msgid "" "By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" " will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." msgstr "" +"Dengan pergi ke catatan pelanggan dan masuk ke \"Pembayaran Terlambat\" Anda" +" akan melihat pesan follow-up dan semua faktur terlambat." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:192 msgid "Customer aging report:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Laporan customer aging:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:194 msgid "" "The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " "to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." msgstr "" +"Laporan customer aging akan menjadi alat bantu kunci tambahan bagi penagih " +"utang untuk memahami masalah kredit pelanggan, dan untuk memprioritaskan " +"pekerjaan mereka." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:198 msgid "" "Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" " collection efforts." msgstr "" +"Gunakan laporan aging untuk menentukan pelanggan mana yang terlambat dan " +"mulai upaya penagihan utang Anda." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:206 msgid "" @@ -3056,12 +3615,18 @@ msgid "" "sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues" " and Expenses.\"" msgstr "" +"Laporan Laba dan Rugi menampilikan detail pendapatan dan pengeluaran Anda. " +"Pada akhirnya, ini memberikan Anda gambaran jelas Laba dan Rugi Bersih Anda." +" Ini terkadang disebut sebagai \"Income Statement\" atau \"Statement of " +"Revenues and Expenses.\"" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:216 msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " "at a specific moment in time." msgstr "" +"Neraca keuangan merangkum kewajiban, aset dan ekuitas perusahaan pada waktu " +"tertentu." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -3069,10 +3634,13 @@ msgid "" "method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " "material has been shipped to the customer." msgstr "" +"Sebagai contoh, bila Anda mengelola inventaris Anda menggunakan metode " +"perpetual accounting, Anda harus menantikan pengurangan di akun \"Aset " +"Lancar\" setelah barang telah dikirim ke pelanggan." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 msgid "Cash discounts and tax reduction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Diskon kas dan pengurangan pajak" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -3082,6 +3650,12 @@ msgid "" "are applied if the customer pays within a specified time. Cash discounts can" " help a company maintain a steady cash flow." msgstr "" +"**Diskon kas** adalah pengurangan dalam jumlah yang pelanggan yang harus " +"bayar untuk barang atau layanan yang ditawarkan sebagai insentif untuk " +"membayar faktur mereka tepat waktu. Diskon-diskon ini biasanya persentase " +"dari jumlah total faktur dan akan diterapkan bila pelanggan membayar dalam " +"kurun waktu tertentu. Diskon kas dapat membantu perusahaan menjaga alur kas " +"yang stabil." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -3089,27 +3663,34 @@ msgid "" "within 30 days, and you also offer a 2% discount if your customer pays you " "within seven days." msgstr "" +"Anda memberikan faktur €100 pada tanggal 1 Januari. Pembayaran penuh harus " +"terjadi dalam 30 hari, dan Anda juga menawarkan diskon 2% bila pelanggan " +"Anda membayar Anda dalam tujuh hari." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 msgid "" "The customer can pay €98 up to the 8th of January. After that date, they " "would have to pay €100 by the 31st of January." msgstr "" +"Pelanggan dapat membayar €98 sampai dengan 8 Januari. Setelah tanggal " +"tersebut, Anda harus membayar €100 sebelum 31 Januari." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:17 msgid "" "A :ref:`tax reduction ` can also be applied " "depending on the country or region." msgstr "" +":ref:`Pengurangan pajak ` dapat juga " +"diterapkan tergantung pada negara atau daerah." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`payment_terms`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`../payments`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../payments`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -3120,6 +3701,12 @@ msgid "" "discount percentage, discount days, and :ref:`tax reduction ` fields." msgstr "" +"Untuk memberikan diskon kas ke pelanggan, Anda harus memverifikasi terlebih " +"dahulu :ref:`akun untung dan rugi `. " +"Lalu, konfigurasi :ref:`termin pembayaran ` " +"dan menambahkan diskon kas dengan mencentang :guilabel:`Early Discount` dan " +"mengisi persentase diskon, hari diskon, dan field :ref:`pengurangan pajak " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:38 msgid "Cash discount gain/loss accounts" @@ -4266,6 +4853,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:38 msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" msgstr "" @@ -6038,23 +6626,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 msgid "" -"This document addresses a specific use case for theoretical purposes. " -"Navigate :ref:`here ` for " -"instructions on how to set up and use |AVCO| in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:32 -msgid "" -":ref:`Using inventory valuation `" +"This document addresses a specific use case for theoretical purposes. For " +"instructions on how to set up and use |AVCO|, refer to the :doc:`inventory " +"valuation configuration " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +" doc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 msgid "" +":doc:`Using inventory valuation " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:35 +msgid "" ":ref:`Other inventory valuation methods " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:40 msgid "" "To use average cost inventory valuation on a product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and " @@ -6063,17 +6654,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to `Automated`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:46 msgid "" -":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration " -"`" +":doc:`Inventory valuation configuration " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 msgid "Using average cost valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "" "The average cost method adjusts the inventory valuation when products are " "received in the warehouse. This section explains how it works, but if the " @@ -6081,37 +6672,37 @@ msgid "" "` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:59 msgid "Formula" msgstr "Rumus" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:61 msgid "" "When new products arrive, the new average cost for each product is " "recomputed using the formula:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:63 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{(Old~Qty \\times Old~Avg~Cost) + (Incoming~Qty \\times Purchase~Price)}{Final~Qty}\n" "\n" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:66 msgid "**Old Qty**: product count in stock before receiving the new shipment;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:67 msgid "" "**Old Avg Cost**: calculated average cost for a single product from the " "previous inventory valuation;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:69 msgid "**Incoming Qty**: count of products arriving in the new shipment;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:70 msgid "" "**Purchase Price**: estimated price of products at the reception of products" " (since vendor bills may arrive later). The amount includes not only the " @@ -6120,214 +6711,217 @@ msgid "" "vendor bill, this price is adjusted;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:74 msgid "**Final Qty**: quantity of on-hand stock after the stock move." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 msgid "" "When products leave the warehouse, the average cost **does not** change. " "Read about why the average cost valuation is **not** adjusted :ref:`here " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:85 msgid "Compute average cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:87 msgid "" "To understand how the average cost of a product changes with each shipment, " "consider the following table of warehouse operations and stock moves. Each " "is a different example of how the average cost valuation is affected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Operation" msgstr "Operasi" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 msgid "Incoming Value" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "Nilai Stok Persediaan" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Avg Cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:424 msgid "$0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 msgid "0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "Receive 8 tables at $10/unit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "8 * $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "$80" msgstr "$80" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "8" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "$10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 msgid "Receive 4 tables at $16/unit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 msgid "4 * $16" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 msgid "$144" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "$12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 msgid "Deliver 10 tables" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 msgid "-10 * $12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "$24" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:106 msgid "" "Ensure comprehension of the above computations by reviewing the \"Receive 8 " "tables at $10/unit\" example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:109 msgid "Initially, the product stock is 0, so all values are $0." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:111 msgid "" "In the first warehouse operation, `8` tables are received at `$10` each. The" " average cost is calculated using the :ref:`formula " "`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:114 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{0 + 8 \\times $10}{8} = \\frac{$80}{8} = $10\n" "\n" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "" "Since the *incoming quantity* of tables is `8` and the *purchase price* for " "each is `$10`," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:118 msgid "The inventory value in the numerator is evaluated to `$80`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 msgid "`$80` is divided by the total amount of tables to store, `8`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:120 msgid "`$10` is the average cost of a single table from the first shipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:122 msgid "" "To verify this in Odoo, in the *Purchase* app, order `8` quantities of a new" " product, `Table`, with no previous stock moves, for `$10` each." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:125 msgid "" "In the table's :guilabel:`Product Category` field in the :guilabel:`General " "Information` tab of the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon," @@ -6336,13 +6930,13 @@ msgid "" " Valuation` to `Automated`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "" "Then, return to the purchase order. Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`, and " "click :guilabel:`Receive Products` to confirm receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:133 msgid "" "Next, check the inventory valuation record generated by the product " "reception by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> " @@ -6356,7 +6950,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show inventory valuation of 8 tables in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "" "When the product category's :guilabel:`Costing Method` is set to " ":guilabel:`AVCO`, then the average cost of a product is also displayed on " @@ -6364,11 +6958,11 @@ msgid "" "on the product page itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:149 msgid "Product delivery (use case)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:151 msgid "" "For outgoing shipments, :ref:`outbound products have no effect on the " "average cost valuation `. Although the " @@ -6377,47 +6971,47 @@ msgid "" "customer location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:157 msgid "" "To demonstrate that the average cost valuation is not recalculated, examine " "the \"Deliver 10 tables\" example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{12 \\times $12 + (-10) \\times $12}{12-10} = \\frac{24}{2} = $12\n" "\n" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "" "Because 10 tables are being sent out to customers, the *incoming quantity* " "is `-10`. The previous average cost (`$12`) is used in lieu of a vendor's " "*purchase price*;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:165 msgid "The *incoming inventory value* is `-10 * $12 = -$120`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:166 msgid "" "The old *inventory value* (`$144`) is added to the *incoming inventory " "value* (`-$120`), so `$144 + -$120 = $24`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:168 msgid "" "Only `2` tables remain after shipping out `10` tables from `12`. So the " "current *inventory value* (`$24`) is divided by the on-hand quantity (`2`);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:170 msgid "" "`$24 / 2 = $12`, which is the same average cost as the previous operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:172 msgid "" "To verify this in Odoo, sell `10` tables in the *Sales* app, validate the " "delivery, and then review the inventory valuation record by going to in " @@ -6426,7 +7020,7 @@ msgid "" "by `-$120`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:177 msgid "" "**Note**: What is not represented in this stock valuation record is the " "revenue made from this sale, so this decrease is not a loss to the company." @@ -6436,53 +7030,53 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show how deliveries decrease inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:187 msgid "Return items to supplier (use case)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:189 msgid "" "Because the price paid to suppliers can differ from the price the product is" " valued at with the |AVCO| method, Odoo handles returned items in a specific" " way." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:192 msgid "" "Products are returned to suppliers at the original purchase price, but;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:193 msgid "The internal cost valuation remains unchanged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 msgid "" "The above :ref:`example table ` is updated as" " follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 msgid "Qty*Avg Cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 msgid "Return 1 table bought at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 msgid "-1 * $12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:242 msgid "1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:205 msgid "" "In other words, returns to vendors are perceived by Odoo as another form of " "a product exiting the warehouse. To Odoo, because the table is valued at $12" @@ -6491,7 +7085,7 @@ msgid "" "average cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:211 msgid "" "To return a single table that was purchased for `$10`, navigate to the " "receipt in the *Inventory* app for the :ref:`8 tables purchased in Exercise " @@ -6499,7 +7093,7 @@ msgid "" " clicking on :guilabel:`Receipts`, and selecting the desired receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:216 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Return` on the validated delivery order, and modify " "the quantity to `1` in the reverse transfer window. This creates an outgoing" @@ -6507,7 +7101,7 @@ msgid "" " shipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:220 msgid "" "Return to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation` " "to see how the outgoing shipment decreases the inventory value by $12." @@ -6517,63 +7111,63 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inventory valuation for return." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:230 msgid "Eliminate stock valuation errors in outgoing products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:232 msgid "" "Inconsistencies can occur in a company's inventory when the average cost " "valuation is recalculated on outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:235 msgid "" "To demonstrate this error, the table below displays a scenario in which 1 " "table is shipped to a customer and another is returned to a supplier at the " "purchased price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 msgid "Qty*Price" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 msgid "Ship 1 product to customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 msgid "-1 \\* $12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "Return 1 product initially bought at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "-1 \\* $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$2**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "**0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:248 msgid "" "In the final operation above, the final inventory valuation for the table is" " `$2` even though there are `0` tables left in stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:251 msgid "Correct method" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:253 msgid "" "Use the average cost to value the return. This does not mean the company " "gets $12 back for a $10 purchase; the item returned for $10 is valued " @@ -6581,11 +7175,11 @@ msgid "" " no longer being accounted for in company assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:258 msgid "Anglo-Saxon accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:260 msgid "" "In addition to using |AVCO|, companies that use **Anglo-Saxon accounting** " "also keep a holding account that tracks the amount to be paid to vendors. " @@ -6595,13 +7189,13 @@ msgid "" "vendor bill is received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:266 msgid "" ":ref:`Anglo-Saxon vs. Continental " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:268 msgid "" "The table below reflects journal entries and accounts. The *stock input* " "account stores the money intended to pay vendors when the vendor bill has " @@ -6610,71 +7204,71 @@ msgid "" "price it was bought for, a *price difference* account is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Stock Input" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Price Diff" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 msgid "Receive 8 tables at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 msgid "($80)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 msgid "Receive 4 tables at $16" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 msgid "($64)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "Deliver 10 tables to customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "Return 1 table initially bought at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$10**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$12**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "$2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:296 msgid "Product reception" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:299 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Ringkasan" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:301 msgid "" "At product reception, Odoo ensures companies can pay for goods that were " "purchased by preemptively moving an amount matching the price of received " @@ -6686,7 +7280,7 @@ msgid "" "bill is received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:308 msgid "" "Inventory valuation is a method of calculating how much each in-stock " "product is worth internally. Since there is a difference between the price " @@ -6695,44 +7289,44 @@ msgid "" "crediting and debiting operations of the **Stock Input** account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:313 msgid "To conceptualize all this, follow the breakdown below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:316 msgid "Accounts balanced at received products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:318 msgid "" "In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, `table`, in " "stock. Then, 8 tables are received from the vendor:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:321 msgid "" "The **Stock Input** account stores `$80` of credit owed to the vendor. The " "amount in this account is unrelated to the inventory value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:323 msgid "" "`$80` worth of tables came **in** (**debit** the *Inventory Value* account " "`$80`), and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:324 msgid "" "`$80` must be paid **out** for received goods (**credit** the *Stock Input* " "account `$80`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:324 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:370 msgid "In Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:329 msgid "" "Odoo generates an accounting journal entry when shipments that use |AVCO| " "costing method are received. Configure a :guilabel:`Price Difference " @@ -6740,7 +7334,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category` field on the product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:333 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Account Properties`, create a new :guilabel:`Price " "Difference Account` by typing in the name of the account and clicking " @@ -6752,7 +7346,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create price difference account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:341 msgid "" "Then, receive the shipment in the *Purchase* app or *Inventory* app, and " "navigate to the :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal " @@ -6764,7 +7358,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show accounting entry of 8 tables from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:349 msgid "" "Click on the line for 8 tables. This accounting journal entry shows that " "when the 8 tables were received, the `Stock Valuation` account increased by " @@ -6776,35 +7370,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit stock valuation and credit stock input 80 dollars." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:358 msgid "Accounts balanced at received vendor bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:360 msgid "" "In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, table, in " "stock. Then, 8 tables are received from the vendor. When the bill is " "received from vendor for 8 tables:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:363 msgid "" "Use `$80` in the **Stock Input** account to pay the bill. This cancels out " "and the account now holds `$0`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:365 msgid "Debit **Stock Input** `$80` (to reconcile this account)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:366 msgid "" "Credit **Accounts payable** `$80`. This account stores the amount the " "company owes others, so accountants use the amount to write checks to " "vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:372 msgid "" "Once the vendor requests payment, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Orders --> Purchase` and select the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for " @@ -6812,7 +7406,7 @@ msgid "" "Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:376 msgid "" "Switch to the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view how `$80` is transferred" " from the holding account, `Stock Interim (Received)` to `Accounts Payable`." @@ -6823,24 +7417,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show bill linked to the purchase order for 8 tables." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:385 msgid "On product delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:387 msgid "" "In the :ref:`above example table `, when 10" " products are delivered to a customer, the **Stock Input** account is " "untouched because there are no new products coming in. To put it simply:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:391 msgid "" "**Inventory valuation** is credited `$120`. Subtracting from inventory " "valuation represents `$120` worth of products exiting the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:393 msgid "Debit **Accounts Receivable** to record revenue from the sale." msgstr "" @@ -6848,7 +7442,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show journal items linked to sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:401 msgid "" "In the accounting journal entry invoicing a customer for 10 tables, the " "accounts **Product Sales**, **Tax Received**, and **Accounts Receivable** " @@ -6856,7 +7450,7 @@ msgid "" "account where the customer payment will be received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:405 msgid "" "Anglo-Saxon accounting recognizes the cost of goods sold (COGS) once the " "sale is made. So, up until the product is sold, scrapped, or returned, costs" @@ -6865,11 +7459,11 @@ msgid "" "period of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:411 msgid "On product return" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:413 msgid "" "In the :ref:`above example table `, when " "returning 1 product to a vendor purchased at `$10`, a company expects `$10` " @@ -6880,31 +7474,31 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:420 msgid "" "Behavior of *price difference accounts* varies from localization. In this " "case, the account is intended to store differences between vendor price and " "*automated* inventory valuation methods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:423 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "Ringkasan:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:425 msgid "" "Debit **Stock Input** account `$10` to move the table from stock to stock " "input. This move is to indicate that the table is to be processed for an " "outgoing shipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:427 msgid "" "Debit **Stock Input** an additional `$2` to account for the **Price " "Difference**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:428 msgid "" "Credit **Stock Valuation** `$12` because the item is leaving the stock." msgstr "" @@ -6913,16 +7507,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "2 dollar difference expensed in Price Difference account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:434 msgid "Once the vendor's refund is received," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:436 msgid "" "Credit **Stock Input** account `$10` to reconcile the price of the table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:437 msgid "" "Debit **Accounts Payable** `$10` to have the accountants collect and " "register the payment in their journal." @@ -6936,7 +7530,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:361 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:247 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:258 @@ -7082,7 +7676,7 @@ msgstr "Bank dan Kas" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:83 msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "Aktiva Terkini" +msgstr "Aktiva Lancar" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:86 @@ -7629,6 +8223,7 @@ msgid "Partial payment 2/2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:422 msgid "30" msgstr "30" @@ -7866,7 +8461,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:254 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:278 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 @@ -8023,6 +8618,7 @@ msgid "VAT units tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:339 msgid "Fiscal position" msgstr "Fiscal position" @@ -11730,6 +12326,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:32 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "Prasyarat-Prasyarat" @@ -11880,6 +12477,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:150 msgid ":doc:`../get_started`" msgstr "" @@ -12107,11 +12705,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:105 msgid "" -"Setting an :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` is **irreversible** and cannot be" -" removed." +"Install the :guilabel:`Irreversible Lock Date` (`account_lock`) module to " +"make the :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` *irreversible* once set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:109 msgid "" "A specific year-end closing entry is **optional** in order to close out the " "**profit and loss statement**. The reports are created in real-time, meaning" @@ -12205,7 +12803,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:386 msgid "Tax computation" msgstr "" @@ -12268,6 +12866,7 @@ msgstr "Pajak" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:397 msgid "Total" msgstr "Total" @@ -12962,110 +13561,1701 @@ msgid "" "to only work with one price reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:3 -msgid "Avatax integration" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:5 -msgid "Avatax is a tax calculation provider that can be integrated in Odoo." +msgid "AvaTax integration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:98 -msgid "Credential configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:7 msgid "" -"To integrate Avatax with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes` and add your Avatax credentials in the" -" :guilabel:`Avatax` section." +"Avalara's *AvaTax* is a cloud-based tax software. Integrating *AvaTax* with " +"Odoo provides real-time and region-specific tax calculations when users " +"sell, purchase, and invoice items in Odoo. *AvaTax* tax calculation is " +"supported with every United Nations charted country, including inter-border " +"transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:13 msgid "" -"If you do not yet have credentials, click on :guilabel:`How to Get " -"Credentials`." +"*AvaTax* is only available for integration with databases/companies that " +"have locations in the United States, Canada, and Brazil. This means the " +"fiscal position/country of a database can only be set to the United States, " +"Canada, or Brazil. For more information, reference this documentation: " +":ref:`avatax/fiscal_country`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Configure Avatax settings" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:18 +msgid "" +"*AvaTax* accounts for location-based tax rates for each state, county, and " +"city. It improves remittance accuracy by paying close attention to laws, " +"rules, jurisdiction boundaries, and special circumstances (like, tax " +"holidays, and product exemptions). Companies who integrate with *AvaTax* can" +" maintain control of tax-calculations in-house with this simple :abbr:`API " +"(application programming interface)` integration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:25 -msgid "Tax mapping" +msgid "" +"Some limitations exist in Odoo while using *AvaTax* for tax calculation:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:27 msgid "" -"The Avatax integration is available on Sale Orders and Invoices with the " -"included Avatax fiscal position." +"*AvaTax* is **not** supported in Odoo's *Point of Sale* app, because a " +"dynamic tax calculation model is excessive for transactions within a single " +"delivery address, such as stores or restaurants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:30 msgid "" -"Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the " -"product categories." +"*AvaTax* and Odoo use the company address and **not** the warehouse address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Specify Avatax Category on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:31 msgid "" -"Avatax Categories may be overridden or set on individual products as well." +"Exercise tax is **not** supported. This includes tobacco/vape taxes, fuel " +"taxes, and other specific industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Avalara's support documents: `About AvaTax " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:39 +msgid "Set up on AvaTax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To use *AvaTax*, an account with Avalara is required for the setup. If one " +"has not been set up yet, connect with Avalara to purchase a license: " +"`Avalara: Let's Talk `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Upon account setup, take note of the *AvaTax* :guilabel:`Account ID`. This " +"will be needed in the :ref:`Odoo setup `. In Odoo, this " +"number is the :guilabel:`API ID`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Then, `create a basic company profile " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:53 +msgid "Create basic company profile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Collect essential business details for the next step: locations where tax is" +" collected, products/services sold (and their sales locations), and customer" +" tax exemptions, if applicable. Follow the Avalara documentation for " +"creating a basic company profile:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:59 +msgid "" +"`Add company information `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:61 +msgid "" +"`Tell us where the company collects and pays tax " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:63 +msgid "" +"`Verify jurisdictions and activate the company " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Add other company locations for location-based filing " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:67 +msgid "" +"`Add a marketplace to the company profile " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:73 +msgid "Connect to AvaTax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:75 +msgid "" +"After creating the basic company profile in Avalara, connect to *AvaTax*. " +"This step links Odoo and *AvaTax* bidirectionally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox `_" +" or `production `_ environment. This will depend" +" on which type of Avalara account the company would like to integrate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:83 +msgid "" +"`Sandbox vs production environments in Avalara " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Log in to create the :guilabel:`License Key`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> License and API Keys`. Click :guilabel:`Generate License Key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:90 +msgid "" +"A warning appears stating: `If your business app is connected to Avalara " +"solutions, the connection will be broken until you update the app with the " +"new license key. This action cannot be undone.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Generating a new license key breaks the connection with existing business " +"apps using the *AvaTax* integration. Make sure to update these apps with the" +" new license key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If this will be the first :abbr:`API (application programming interface)` " +"integration being made with *AvaTax* and Odoo, then click " +":guilabel:`Generate license key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:100 +msgid "" +"If this is an additional license key, ensure the previous connection can be " +"broken. There is **only** one license key associated with each of the " +"Avalara sandbox and production accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Copy this key to a safe place. It is **strongly encouraged** to backup the " +"license key for future reference. This key cannot be retrieved after leaving" +" this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:108 +msgid "Odoo configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Before using *AvaTax*, there are some additional configurations in Odoo to " +"ensure tax calculations are made accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Verify that the Odoo database contains necessary data. The country initially" +" set up in the database determines the fiscal position, and aids *AvaTax* in" +" calculating accurate tax rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:119 +msgid "Fiscal country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Country`, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Country` " +"feature to :guilabel:`United States`, :guilabel:`Canada`, or " +":guilabel:`Brazil`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:131 +msgid "Company settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:133 +msgid "" +"All companies operating under the Odoo database should have a full and " +"complete address listed in the settings. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Settings app`, and under the :guilabel:`Companies` section, " +"ensure there is only one company operating the Odoo database. Click " +":guilabel:`Update Info` to open a separate page to update company details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:138 +msgid "" +"If there are multiple companies operating in the database, click " +":guilabel:`Manage Companies` to load a list of companies to select from. " +"Update company information by clicking into the specific company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Database administrators should ensure that the :guilabel:`Street...`, " +":guilabel:`Street2...`, :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, " +":guilabel:`ZIP`, and :guilabel:`Country` are all updated for the companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This ensures accurate tax calculations and smooth end-of-year accounting " +"operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:149 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:153 +msgid "Module installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, ensure that the Odoo *AvaTax* module is installed. To do so, navigate " +"to the :menuselection:`Apps application`. In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, " +"type in `avatax`, and press :kbd:`Enter`. The following results populate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nama" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 +msgid "Technical name" +msgstr "Nama teknis" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Keterangan" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:167 +msgid "`account_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Default *AvaTax* module. This module adds the base *AvaTax* features for tax" +" calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:169 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for geo localization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:170 +msgid "`account_avatax_geolocalize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:171 +msgid "" +"This module includes the features required for integration of *AvaTax* into " +"geo-localization in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:173 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SO`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:174 +msgid "`account_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Includes the information needed for tax calculation on sales orders in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:176 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for Inventory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:177 +msgid "`account_avatax_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:178 +msgid "Includes tax calculation in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:179 +msgid ":guilabel:`Amazon/Avatax Bridge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:180 +msgid "`sale_amazon_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Includes tax calculation features between the *Amazon Connector* and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:182 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:183 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:184 +msgid "Includes information for tax calculation in the Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:185 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:186 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:187 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for tax calculation for services " +"in the Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil Sale for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:190 +msgid "`l10n_br_edi_sale_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:191 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for tax calculation for the sale " +"of services in the Brazil localization. This includes electronic data " +"interchange (EDI)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:193 +msgid ":guilabel:`Test SOs for the Brazilian AvaTax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:194 +msgid "`l10n_br_test_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:195 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for test sales orders in the " +"Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Install` button on the module labeled, " +":guilabel:`Avatax`: `account_avatax`. Doing so installs the following " +"modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:200 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax`: `account_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:201 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SO`: `account_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:202 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for Inventory`: `account_avatax_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Should *AvaTax* be needed for geo-localization, or with the *Amazon " +"Connector*, then install those modules individually by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Install` on :guilabel:`Avatax for geo localization` and " +":guilabel:`Amazon/Avatax Bridge`, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:209 +msgid "" +"For localization specific *AvaTax* instructions, view the following " +":doc:`fiscal localization <../../fiscal_localizations>` documentation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:212 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:217 +msgid "Odoo AvaTax settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To integrate the *AvaTax* :abbr:`API (application programming interface)` " +"with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` section. The :guilabel:`AvaTax` fields in the :guilabel:`Taxes` " +"section is where the *AvaTax* configurations are made, and the credentials " +"are entered in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:224 +msgid "" +"First, tick the checkbox to the left of the :guilabel:`AvaTax` settings, to " +"activate *AvaTax* on the database. This is a quick, convenient way to " +"activate and deactivate *AvaTax* tax calculation on the Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Override product categories as needed" +msgid "Configure AvaTax settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:235 +msgid "" +"First, select the :guilabel:`Environment` in which the company wishes to use" +" *AvaTax* in. It can either be :guilabel:`Sandbox` or " +":guilabel:`Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:239 +msgid "" +"For help determining which *AvaTax* environment to use (either " +":guilabel:`Production` or :guilabel:`Sandbox`), visit: `Sandbox vs " +"Production environments " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:244 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Now, the credentials can be entered in. The *AvaTax* :guilabel:`Account ID` " +"should be entered in the :guilabel:`API ID` field, and the " +":guilabel:`License Key` should be entered in the :guilabel:`API Key` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Account ID` can be found by logging into the *AvaTax* portal " +"(`sandbox `_ or `production " +"`_). In the upper-right corner, click on the " +"initials of the user and :guilabel:`Account`. The :guilabel:`Account ID` is " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To access the :guilabel:`License Key` see this documentation: " +":ref:`avatax/create_avalara_credentials`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:259 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Company Code` field, enter the Avalara company code for " +"the company being configured. Avalara interprets this as `DEFAULT`, if it is" +" not set. The :guilabel:`Company Code` can be accessed in the Avalara " +"management portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:263 +msgid "" +"First, log into the *AvaTax* portal (`sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_). Then, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Manage Companies`. The :guilabel:`Company Code` value is located in the " +"row of the :guilabel:`Company` in the :guilabel:`Company Code` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "AvaTax company code highlighted on the company details page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:273 +msgid "Transaction options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:275 +msgid "" +"There are two transactional settings in the Odoo *AvaTax* settings that can " +"be configured: :guilabel:`Use UPC` and :guilabel:`Commit Transactions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:278 +msgid "" +"If the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Use UPC` is ticked, the transactions will" +" use Universal Product Codes (UPC), instead of custom defined codes in " +"Avalara. Consult a certified public accountant (CPA) for specific guidance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:282 +msgid "" +"Should the :guilabel:`Commit Transactions` checkbox be ticked, then, the " +"transactions in the Odoo database will be committed for reporting in " +"*AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:286 msgid "Address validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:288 msgid "" -"Manually validate customer addresses by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate " -"address` link in the customer form view." +"The *Address Validation* feature ensures that the most up-to-date address by" +" postal standards is set on a contact in Odoo. This is important to provide " +"accurate tax calculations for customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:292 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Address Validation` feature only works with " +"partners/customers in North America." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Additionally, tick the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Address validation` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:297 +msgid "" +"For accurate tax calculations, it is best practice to enter a complete " +"address for the contacts saved in the database. However, *AvaTax* can still " +"function by implementing a best effort attempt using only the " +":guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`State`, and :guilabel:`Zip code`. These are " +"the three minimum required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:302 +msgid ":guilabel:`Save` the settings to implement the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Manually :guilabel:`Validate` the address by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Contacts app`, and selecting a contact. Now that the " +"*AvaTax* module has been configured on the database, a :guilabel:`Validate` " +"button appears directly below the :guilabel:`Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:309 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a pop-up window appears with a " +":guilabel:`Validated Address` and :guilabel:`Original Address` listed. If " +"the :guilabel:`Validated Address` is the correct mailing address for tax " +"purposes, click :guilabel:`Save Validated`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Validate address pop-up window in Odoo with \"Save Validated\" button and \"Validated\n" +"Address\" highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:319 +msgid "" +"All previously-entered addresses for contacts in the Odoo database will need" +" to be validated using the manually validate process outlined above. " +"Addresses are not automatically validated if they were entered previously. " +"This only occurs upon tax calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:324 +msgid "Test connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:326 +msgid "" +"After entering all the above information into the *AvaTax* setup on Odoo, " +"click :guilabel:`Test connection`. This ensures the :guilabel:`API ID` and " +":guilabel:`API KEY` are correct, and a connection is made between Odoo and " +"the *AvaTax* application programming interface (API)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:331 +msgid "Sync parameters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Upon finishing the configuration and settings of the *AvaTax* section, click" +" the :guilabel:`Sync Parameters` button. This action synchronizes the " +"exemption codes from *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:341 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Fiscal Positions`. A :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` is listed " +"named, :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)`. Click it to open " +"*AvaTax's* fiscal position configuration page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:345 +msgid "Here, ensure that the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` checkbox is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the checkbox next to the field labeled: :guilabel:`Detect " +"Automatically`. Should this option be ticked, then, Odoo will automatically " +"apply this :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for transactions in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Enabling :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` also makes specific parameters, " +"such as :guilabel:`VAT required`, :guilabel:`Foreign Tax ID`, " +":guilabel:`Country Group`, :guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`Federal States`, " +"or :guilabel:`Zip Range` appear. Filling these parameters filters the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` usage. Leaving them blank ensures all " +"calculations are made using this :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:358 +msgid "" +"Should the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` checkbox not be ticked, each " +"customer will need to have the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set on their " +":guilabel:`Sales and Purchase` tab of the contact record. To do so, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Order --> Customers`, or " +":menuselection:`Contacts app --> Contacts`. Then, select a customer or " +"contact to set the fiscal position on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:364 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Sales and Purchase` tab, and down to the section " +"labeled, :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`. Set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` " +"field to the fiscal position for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:372 +msgid "AvaTax accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Upon selecting the checkbox option for :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` a new " +":guilabel:`AvaTax` tab appears. Click into this tab to reveal two different " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:377 +msgid "" +"The first setting is the :guilabel:`AvaTax Invoice Account`, while the " +"second is, :guilabel:`AvaTax Refund Account`. Ensure both accounts are set " +"for smooth end-of-year record keeping. Consult a certified public accountant" +" (CPA) for specific guidance on setting both accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:381 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to implement the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:384 +msgid "Tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:386 +msgid "" +"The *AvaTax* integration is available on sale orders and invoices with the " +"included *AvaTax* fiscal position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:390 +msgid "" +"Additionally, there is a :guilabel:`Tax Mapping` tab and :guilabel:`Account " +"Mapping` tab in the :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)` fiscal " +"position, where mapping for products can also be configured. To access " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Positions` navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Fiscal Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:396 +msgid "Product category mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the " +"product categories. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Product Categories`. Select the product category to add " +"the :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` to. In the :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` " +"field, select a category from the drop-down menu, or :guilabel:`Search " +"More...` to open the complete list of options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Validate customer addresses" +msgid "Specify AvaTax Category on products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:409 +msgid "Product mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:411 msgid "" -"If preferred, choose to keep the newly validated address or the original " -"address in the wizard that pops up." +"*AvaTax* Categories may be set on individual products, as well. To set the " +":guilabel:`Avatax Category` navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Products --> Products`. Select the product to add the :guilabel:`Avatax " +"Category` to. Under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, on the far-" +"right, is a selector field labeled: :guilabel:`Avatax Category`. Finally, " +"click the drop-down menu, and select a category, or :guilabel:`Search " +"More...` to find one that is not listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:418 +msgid "" +"If both the product, and its category, have an :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` " +"set, the product's :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` takes precedence." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Address validation wizard" +msgid "Override product categories as needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:426 +msgid "" +"Mapping an :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` on either the *Product* or *Product " +"Category* should be completed for every *Product* or *Product Category*, " +"depending the route that is chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:431 +msgid ":doc:`avatax/avatax_use`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:432 +msgid ":doc:`avatax/avalara_portal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:163 +msgid "" +"`US Tax Compliance: Avatax elearning video " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:6 +msgid "Avalara (Avatax) portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Avalara's (*AvaTax*) management console offers account management options " +"including: viewing/editing the transactions sent from Odoo to *AvaTax*, " +"details on how the taxes are calculated, tax reporting, tax exemption " +"management, and tax return resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:13 +msgid "Avalara is the software developer of the tax software, *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the console, first, navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_ environment. This will depend on which type " +"of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`. Log in to the " +"management console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara dashboard after logging into management portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"For more information see Avalara's documentation: `Activate your " +"Communications Customer Portal account " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To access transactions, click in the :guilabel:`Transactions` link on the " +"main dashboard upon logging into the :ref:`avatax/portal`. To manually " +"access the *Transactions* page, while logged into the Avalara console, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Transactions --> Transactions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara portal with the transactions shortcut highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:43 +msgid "Edit transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click into a transaction to reveal more details about the transaction. These" +" details include sections on :guilabel:`Invoice detail`, " +":guilabel:`Additional info`, and :guilabel:`Customer info`. Click :icon:`fa-" +"pencil` :guilabel:`Edit document details` to make changes to the " +"transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:49 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Discount` can be added to adjust the invoice. This is " +"especially useful in cases where the transaction has already synced with " +"Avalara / *AvaTax*, and changes need to be made afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:55 +msgid "Filter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Filter transactions on the :guilabel:`Transactions` page, by setting the " +":guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields, and configuring other fields to " +"filter by, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Status`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Code`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`Exactly " +"match`, :guilabel:`Starts with`, or :guilabel:`Contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer/Vendor Code`: the customer/vendor code in Odoo (e.g. " +"`Contact18`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: the country this tax was calculated in; this is a text " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: the region of the country, which varies based on the " +":guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Filters` to access the following filter " +"conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Type`: any of the following selections, :guilabel:`All`," +" :guilabel:`Sales Invoice`, :guilabel:`Purchase Invoice`, :guilabel:`Return " +"Invoice`, :guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Inbound Invoice`, " +":guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Outbound Invoice`, or :guilabel:`Customs " +"Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Import ID`: represents the import ID of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:78 +msgid "Sort by" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:80 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Transactions` page, transactions will be listed below, " +"according to the set :ref:`avalara/portal-filter`, located in the top half " +"of the page. The following columns are available by default, to sort by " +"ascending or descending order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc Code`: either of the following options, :guilabel:`Exactly " +"match`, :guilabel:`Starts with`, or :guilabel:`Contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc Status`: either of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cust/Vendor Code` : this is the customer/vendor code in Odoo " +"(e.g. Contact18)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: this is the region of the country, this will vary based " +"on the :guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amount`: the numeric amount of the total amount on the Odoo " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax`: the numeric amount of the tax applied to the total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Transactions page on the Avalara portal with the filter and sort-by options " +"highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:99 +msgid "Customize columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Additional columns can be added by clicking the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Customize columns`. On the resulting popover window, click the " +"drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`column` that should be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The following columns can be added for additional transactional information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`AvaTax calculated`: the amount of tax calculated by *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cust/vendor code`: the customer/vendor code in Odoo (e.g. " +"`Contact18`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Currency`: the standardized abbreviation for the currency the " +"amount total is in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doc date`: the document's date of creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc status`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc type`: any of the following selections, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Sales Invoice`, :guilabel:`Purchase Invoice`, :guilabel:`Return " +"Invoice`, :guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Inbound Invoice`, " +":guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Outbound Invoice`, or :guilabel:`Customs " +"Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last modified`: timestamp of the last time the document was " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location code`: the location code used to calculate the tax, " +"based on the delivery address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:122 +msgid ":guilabel:`PO number`: the purchase order number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference code`: the Odoo reference code (e.g. NV/2024/00003)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: the region of the country,which varies based on the " +":guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson code`: the numeric ID of the user assigned to the " +"sales order in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax date`: the month/day/year of the tax calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax override type`: where an exemption would appear, should there" +" be none, the field populates with :guilabel:`None`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:131 +msgid "To add a new column click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:134 +msgid "" +"For more information on *AvaTax* transactions, refer to this Avalara " +"documentation: `Transactions " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:138 +msgid "Import-export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"While on the :ref:`avalara/portal-transactions`, click :icon:`fa-download` " +":guilabel:`Import transactions` or :icon:`fa-upload` :guilabel:`Export " +"transactions` to import or export transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1019 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:42 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "Laporan" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To access reporting, navigate to the :menuselection:`Reports` link in the " +"top menu of the Avalara management console. Next, select from one of the " +"available reporting tabs: :guilabel:`Transactions reports`, " +":guilabel:`Liability & tax return reports`, or :guilabel:`Exemption " +"reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Additionally, there is a :guilabel:`Favorites` tab and :guilabel:`Downloads`" +" tab. The :guilabel:`Favorites` tab contains any favorited report " +"configurations for the Avalara user. The :guilabel:`Downloads` tab contains " +"a list view where the user can download the high-volume transaction reports " +"created in the last 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Make a selection for the :guilabel:`Report Category`, and the " +":guilabel:`Report Name`, under the :guilabel:`Select a report` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Next, fill out the :guilabel:`Select report details` section. These options " +"will vary based on the tab selected above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Depending on the report size, the following two options are available in the" +" section labeled, :guilabel:`Select the approximate number of transactions " +"for your report`: :guilabel:`Create and download the report instantly` (for " +"small reports) and :guilabel:`Create and download the report in the " +"background` (for larger reports). Select one or the other depending on the " +"volume of transactions in this report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Finally, under the section labeled, :guilabel:`Report preview and export` " +"make a selection of the file type to download. Either a :guilabel:`.PDF` or " +":guilabel:`.XLS` can be chosen. Alternatively, the file can be previewed by " +"selecting the :guilabel:`Preview` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:172 +msgid "" +"After making all the configurations, click :guilabel:`Create report` to " +"download the report. Click :icon:`fa-star-o` :guilabel:`Make this report a " +"favorite` to save the report configuration to the user's favorites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:176 +msgid "" +"After the report is created, click :icon:`fa-download` :guilabel:`Download` " +"to download the file to the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Select a pre-configured report from the :guilabel:`Frequently used reports` " +"section of the reporting dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Access this list by clicking on the :guilabel:`Reports` option in the top " +"menu of the Avalara management console, and scroll to the bottom of the " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"`See Avalara's documentation: Reports in AvaTax " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:191 +msgid "Add more jurisdictions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Additional jurisdictions (tax locations) can be added in the Avalara " +"management console. Navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_ environment. This will depend on which type " +"of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Where you collect tax`. " +"Choose between the three different tabs, depending on the business need. The" +" first tab is :guilabel:`Sales and use tax`, where tax can be collected for " +"the United States. Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add to where you " +"collect sales and use tax` to add another location where the company " +"collects sales and use tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The second option, is the :guilabel:`VAT/GST` tab where the :icon:`fa-plus` " +":guilabel:`Add a country or territory where you collect VAT/GST` can be " +"selected to add another country or territory where the company collects " +"VAT/GST." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Finally, on the far-right, is the :guilabel:`Customs duty` tab, where a " +"country can be added where the company collects customs duty. Simply click " +"on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a country where you calculate customs " +"duty` icon below the tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"AvaTax management console, on the Where you collect tax page, with the add button and\n" +"sales and use tax tab highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:217 +msgid "" +"`See Avalara's documentation: Add local jurisdiction taxes " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:221 +msgid "Tax exemption certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Tax exemption certificates for customers can be added into the Avalara " +"management console, so that *AvaTax* is aware of which customers may be " +"exempt from paying certain taxes. To add an *exception certificate* navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Exemptions --> Customer certificates`. From there, click" +" on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a certificate` to configure an " +"exemption." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:229 +msgid "" +"An Avalara subscription to Exemption Certificate Management (ECM) is " +"required in order to attach certificate images, and to be ready for an " +"audit. For more on subscribing to this add-on, visit `Avalara " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:235 +msgid "End-of-year operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Avalara's services include tax return services, for when it is time to file " +"taxes at the end of the year. To access Avalara's tax services log, into the" +" `management portal `_. Then, from the main " +"dashboard, click :guilabel:`Returns`. Avalara will prompt the Avalara user " +"to log in for security purposes, and redirect the user to the *Returns* " +"portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara portal with the returns shortcut highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Get started` to begin the tax return process. For more " +"information, refer to this Avalara documentation: `About Managed Returns " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, click on the :menuselection:`Returns` button in the top menu " +"of the Avalara management console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:161 +msgid ":doc:`../avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`avatax_use`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:3 +msgid "AvaTax use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:5 +msgid "" +"AvaTax is a tax calculation software that can be integrated with Odoo in the" +" United States and Canada. Once the :doc:`integration setup <../avatax>` is " +"complete, the calculated tax is simple and automatic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:10 msgid "Tax calculation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:12 msgid "" -"Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with Avatax by" -" confirming the documents. Alternatively, calculate the taxes manually by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`Compute taxes using Avatax` button while these " -"documents are in draft mode." +"Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with AvaTax by" +" confirming the documents during the sales flow. Alternatively, calculate " +"the taxes manually by clicking the :guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button, while " +"these documents are in draft stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:17 msgid "" -"Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Code` field that's available on customers, " -"quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and Avatax." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button recalculates taxes, if any " +"product lines are edited on the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 -msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Sales quotation with the confirm and compute taxes button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The tax calculation is triggered during the following :ref:`automatic " +"trigger ` and :ref:`manual trigger " +"` circumstances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:30 +msgid "Automatic triggers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the sales rep sends the quote by email with :guilabel:`Send by email` " +"button (pop-up)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:33 +msgid "When the customer views the online quote on the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:34 +msgid "When a quote is confirmed and becomes a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:35 +msgid "When the customer views the invoice on the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:36 +msgid "When a draft invoice is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:37 +msgid "When the customer views the subscription in the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:38 +msgid "When a subscription generates an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:39 +msgid "When the customer gets to the last screen of the eCommerce checkout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:44 +msgid "Manual triggers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button at the bottom of the quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button at the top of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:49 +msgid "Use each of these buttons to manually re-calculate the sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Partner Code` field that is available on customer" +" records, quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and " +"AvaTax. This field is located under the :menuselection:`Other info` tab of " +"the sales order or quotation in the :guilabel:`Sales` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:56 +msgid "" +"On the customer record, navigate to *Contacts app* and select a contact. " +"Then open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab and the :guilabel:`Avalara " +"Partner Code` under the :guilabel:`Sales` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)` fiscal position is also " +"applied on those Odoo documents, like subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:165 +msgid ":doc:`../fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:68 +msgid "AvaTax synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Synchronization occurs with AvaTax, when the *invoice* is created in Odoo. " +"This means the sales tax is recorded with Avalara (AvaTax software " +"developer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`. " +"Select a quotation from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:76 +msgid "" +"After confirming a quotation and validating the delivery, click " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice`. Indicate whether it is a :guilabel:`Regular " +"invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or :guilabel:`Down payment " +"(fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Then click :guilabel:`Create and view invoice`. The recorded taxes can be " +"seen in the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab of the invoice. There will be " +"different taxes depending on the location of the :guilabel:`Delivery " +"Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Journal items highlighted on a invoice in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Finally, press the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to complete the invoice and " +"synchronize with the AvaTax portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:92 +msgid "" +"An invoice cannot be :guilabel:`Reset to draft` because this causes de-" +"synchronization with the AvaTax Portal. Instead, click :guilabel:`Add credit" +" note` and state: `Sync with AvaTax Portal`. See this documentation: " +":doc:`../../../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:97 +msgid "Fixed price discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Add a fixed price discount to a valuable customer, by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line` on the customer's invoice. Add the product discount, " +"and set the :guilabel:`Price` to either a positive or negative value. To " +"recalculate the taxes, click :guilabel:`Compute Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Tax calculation can even be done on negative subtotals and credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:107 +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:109 +msgid "" +"It is possible to log Avalara/*AvaTax* actions in Odoo for further analysis," +" or verification of functionality. Logging is accessible through the " +"*AvaTax* settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To start logging *AvaTax* actions, first, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, under the :guilabel:`AvaTax` " +"settings, click :guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Upon starting the log process, Odoo will log all Avalara/*AvaTax* actions " +"performed in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To view the logs, click on :guilabel:`Show logs` to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`. This reveals a detailed list of " +"Avalara/*AvaTax* actions. This list is sortable by the following columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:124 +msgid ":guilabel:`Created on`: timestamp of the *AvaTax* calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`Created by`: numeric value of the user in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Database name`: name of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: two values can be chosen for this field, " +":guilabel:`Server` or :guilabel:`Client`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Avalara service name. In this case, it will be *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:130 +msgid ":guilabel:`Level`: by default, this will be `INFO`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:131 +msgid ":guilabel:`Path`: indicates the path taken to make the calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`Line`: indicates the line the calculation is made on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:133 +msgid ":guilabel:`Function`: indicates the calculation taken on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara logging page with top row of list highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Click into the log line to reveal another field, called :guilabel:`Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:141 +msgid "" +"This field populates a raw transcription of the transaction, which involves " +"the creation (or adjustment) of a sales invoice using the Avalara *AvaTax* " +"API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The transaction includes details, such as addresses for shipping from and " +"to, line items describing the products or services, tax codes, tax amounts, " +"and other relevant information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:147 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Message` contains the calculated taxes for different " +"jurisdictions and confirms the creation (or adjustment) of the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Custom fields can be made using Odoo *Studio*. Click the :icon:`fa-" +"ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(ellipsis)` menu to the far-right of the header row. " +"Then click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add custom field`. This action opens " +"Odoo *Studio*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Studio* requires a *custom* pricing plan. Consult the database's " +"customer success manager for more information on switching plans. Or to see " +"if Odoo *Studio* is included in the database's current pricing plan. See " +"this documentation: :doc:`../../../../studio`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:162 +msgid ":doc:`avalara_portal`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:3 @@ -13301,13 +15491,6 @@ msgid "" "services and the **Import OSS** scheme for goods valued at or below €150." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1019 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:42 -msgid "Reports" -msgstr "Laporan" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:54 msgid "" "To generate **OSS sales** or **OSS imports** reports and submit them onto " @@ -13655,7 +15838,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:592 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:570 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:700 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:710 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:119 @@ -16141,6 +18324,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 @@ -16153,73 +18337,6 @@ msgid "" "features of the Argentinean localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "Nama" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 -msgid "Technical name" -msgstr "Nama teknis" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "Keterangan" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:32 msgid ":guilabel:`Argentina - Accounting`" msgstr "" @@ -16279,7 +18396,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:52 @@ -16328,7 +18445,7 @@ msgid "Select Fiscal Localization Package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:205 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:255 msgid "Configure master data" msgstr "" @@ -17799,7 +19916,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:923 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:267 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:181 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:270 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 @@ -19051,6 +21168,7 @@ msgid "`Stripe Terminal `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:150 msgid "Payroll" msgstr "Penggajian" @@ -19554,6 +21672,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:308 msgid "Pay employees" msgstr "" @@ -19771,11 +21890,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can choose any Odoo journal to post the payslip entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:908 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:906 +msgid "" +"Configure the tax by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`. Create the necessary taxes for the Employment Hero payslip " +"entries. Fill in the tax code from **Employment Hero** in the " +":guilabel:`Matching Employment Hero Tax` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:911 msgid "How does the API work?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:910 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:913 msgid "" "The API syncs the journal entries from Employment Hero to Odoo and leaves " "them in draft mode. The reference includes the Employment Hero payslip entry" @@ -19788,7 +21915,7 @@ msgid "" "Example of a Employment Hero Journal Entry in Odoo Accounting (Australia)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:920 msgid "" "By default, the synchronisation happens once per week. You can fetch the " "records manually by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " @@ -19796,12 +21923,12 @@ msgid "" "option, click on :guilabel:`Fetch Payruns Manually`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:921 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:924 msgid "" "Employment Hero payslip entries also work based on double-entry bookkeeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:926 msgid "" "The accounts used by Employment Hero are defined in the section " ":guilabel:`Payroll settings`." @@ -19811,7 +21938,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chart of Accounts menu in Employment Hero" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:928 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:931 msgid "" "For the API to work, you need to create the same accounts as the default " "accounts of your Employment Hero business (**same name and same code**) in " @@ -19945,6 +22072,8 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:325 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:292 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" @@ -21095,17 +23224,18 @@ msgstr "Brazil" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:12 msgid "" "With the Brazilian localization, sales taxes can be automatically computed " -"and electronic invoices (NF-e) for goods can be sent using AvaTax (Avalara) " -"through |API| calls. Moreover, taxes for services can be configured." +"and electronic invoices for goods (NF-e) and services (NFS-e) can be sent " +"using AvaTax (Avalara) through |API| calls. Moreover, taxes for services can" +" be configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:16 msgid "" -"For the goods tax computation and electronic invoicing process, you need to " -"configure the :ref:`contacts `, :ref:`company " +"For the goods and services tax computation and electronic invoicing process," +" you need to configure the :ref:`contacts `, :ref:`company " "`, :ref:`products `, and :ref:`create an " -"account in Avatax ` need to be configured in the " -"general settings." +"account in AvaTax ` which needs to be configured in " +"the general settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:21 @@ -21120,133 +23250,230 @@ msgid "" "can be modified if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:33 msgid "" -"Install the :guilabel:`🇧🇷 Brazil` :ref:`fiscal localization package " -"` to get all the default accounting features " -"of the Brazilian localization, following the :abbr:`IFRS (International " -"Financial Reporting Standards)` rules." +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Brazilian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazilian - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_br`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `, " +"which represents having the Generic Brazilian chart of accounts and Taxes, " +"together with document types and identification types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazil - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:49 +msgid "`l10n_br_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:50 +msgid "Accounting reports for Brazil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` & :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:52 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax` & `l10n_br_avatax_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:53 +msgid "Goods and Services tax computation through Avalara." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Brazilian Accounting EDI` & :guilabel:`Brazilian Accounting EDI " +"for services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:55 +msgid "`l10n_br_edi` & `l10n_br_edi_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Provides electronic invoicing for goods and services for Brazil through " +"AvaTax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazil Pix QR codes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:58 +msgid "`l10n_br_pix`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:59 +msgid "Implements Pix QR codes for Brazil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:66 msgid "" "To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " "app and search the name given to your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:69 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option at the top of the page. Then, " "configure the following fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:245 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1096 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:314 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Address` (add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip" -" Code`, :guilabel:`Country`)." +":guilabel:`Address`: add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip" +" Code`, :guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:76 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street name, number, and any " "additional address information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:318 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Street 2` field, enter the neighborhood." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:252 -msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number` (:guilabel:`CNPJ`, :guilabel:`CPF`)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:320 +msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`: :guilabel:`CNPJ` or :guilabel:`CPF`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:253 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID` (associated with the identification type)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:321 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: associated with the identification type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:55 -msgid ":guilabel:`IE` (State registration)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: State registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:56 -msgid ":guilabel:`IM` (Municipal registration)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: Municipal registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:84 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code` (Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " -"add if applicable)." +":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " +"add if applicable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:257 -msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:258 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1097 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:293 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Company configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:91 msgid "" "Configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` within the :guilabel:`Sales and" " Purchase` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:104 msgid "" -"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`Avatax Brazil `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:67 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime` (Federal Tax Regime)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:94 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: Federal Tax Regime" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:95 msgid "" -":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type` (indicates ICMS regime, Exempt status, or " -"Non-Taxpayer)." +":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: indicates :guilabel:`ICMS regime`, " +":guilabel:`Exempt status`, or :guilabel:`Non-Taxpayer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:69 -msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:97 +msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Company fiscal configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:74 -msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Configure the following extra :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` if you are " +"going to issue NFS-e:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:350 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`COFINS Details`: :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with " +"rate 0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PIS Details` :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with rate " +"0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:109 +msgid ":guilabel:`CSLL Taxable` If the company is subject to CSLL or not" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Company fiscal configuration for NFSe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:114 +msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:117 msgid "" "If you are a simplified regime, you need to configure the ICMS rate under " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> " -"Avatax Brazil`." +"AvaTax Brazil`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:123 msgid "Configure AvaTax integration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:125 msgid "" "Avalara AvaTax is a tax calculation and electronic invoicing provider that " "can be integrated in Odoo to automatically compute taxes by taking into " @@ -21255,63 +23482,103 @@ msgid "" " afterward with the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:130 msgid "" "Using this integration requires :doc:`In-App-Purchases (IAPs) " "<../../essentials/in_app_purchase>` to compute the taxes and to send the " -"electronic invoices. Whenever you compute taxes, an |API| call is made using" -" credits from your |IAP| credits balance." +"electronic invoices. Whenever you compute taxes, send an electronic document" +" (NF-e, NFS-e, etc), or perform any electronic flow (NF-e Cancellation, " +"Correction letter, Invalidate invoice number range), an API call is made " +"using credits from your `IAP credits balance `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:137 msgid "Odoo is a certified partner of Avalara Brazil." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:138 +msgid "" +"You can `buy IAP credit on odoo.com `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:141 +msgid "Credential configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:143 msgid "" "To activate AvaTax in Odoo, you need to create an account. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, and in" " the :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` section, add the administration email address" -" to be used for the AvaTax portal in the :guilabel:`Avatax Portal Email`, " +" to be used for the AvaTax portal in the :guilabel:`AvaTax Portal Email`, " "and then click on :guilabel:`Create account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:149 msgid "" -"When **testing** an :guilabel:`Avatax Portal Email` integration in a testing" -" or sandbox database, use an alternate email address. It is **not** possible" -" to re-use the same email address on the production database." +"When **testing** or **creating a production** :guilabel:`AvaTax Portal " +"Email` integration in a sandbox or production database, use a real email " +"address, as it is needed to log in to the Avalara Portal and set up the " +"certificates, whether you want to test or use it on production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:153 +msgid "" +"There are two different Avalara Portals, one for testing and one for " +"production:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:155 +msgid "Sandbox: https://portal.sandbox.avalarabrasil.com.br/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 +msgid "Production: https://portal.avalarabrasil.com.br/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:158 +msgid "" +"When you create the account from Odoo, be sure to select the right " +"environment. Moreover, the email used to open the account cannot be used to " +"open another account. Save your :guilabel:`API ID` and :guilabel:`API Key` " +"when you create the account from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Transfer API Credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 msgid "" "After you create the account from Odoo, you need to go to the Avalara Portal" " to set up your password:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 msgid "" "Access the `Avalara portal `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:169 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Meu primeiro acesso`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:170 msgid "" -"Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/Avatax account," +"Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/AvaTax account," " and then click :guilabel:`Solicitar Senha`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:172 msgid "" "You will receive an email with a token and a link to create your password. " "Click on this link and copy-paste the token to allocate your desired " "password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:176 msgid "" "You can start using AvaTax in Odoo for tax computation **only** without " "creating a password and accessing the Avalara portal in the Odoo database. " @@ -21320,26 +23587,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 -msgid "Avatax account configuration." +msgid "AvaTax account configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:184 msgid "" "You can transfer |API| credentials. Use this only when you have already " "created an account in another Odoo instance and wish to reuse it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:188 msgid "A1 certificate upload" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:190 msgid "" "In order to issue electronic invoices, a certificate needs to be uploaded to" " the `AvaTax portal `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:193 msgid "" "The certificate will be synchronized with Odoo, as long as the external " "identifier number in the AvaTax portal matches - without special characters " @@ -21347,7 +23614,20 @@ msgid "" " with the CNPJ in AvaTax." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:198 +msgid "" +"To issue NFS-e, some cities require that you link the certificate within the" +" City Portal system before issuing NFS-e from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:201 +msgid "" +"If you receive an error message from the city that says :guilabel:`Your " +"certificate is not linked to the user`, that means this process needs to be " +"done in the city portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:210 msgid "" "The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " "is installed by default as part of the data set included in the localization" @@ -21355,18 +23635,18 @@ msgid "" " and the default account payable and account receivable fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:215 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Brazil is based on the SPED CoA, which gives a " "baseline of the accounts needed in Brazil." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:218 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:223 msgid "" "In Brazil, a *series* number is linked to a sequence number range for " "electronic invoices. The series number can be configured in Odoo on a sales " @@ -21375,7 +23655,7 @@ msgid "" "number assigned to it for each series needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:228 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Use Documents` field needs to be selected. When issuing " "electronic and non-electronic invoices, the :guilabel:`Type` field selects " @@ -21388,7 +23668,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Journal configuration with the Use Documents? field checked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 msgid "" "When creating the journal, ensure the field :guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note" " Sequence` is unchecked, as in Brazil, sequences between invoices, credit " @@ -21396,40 +23676,28 @@ msgid "" "journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:244 msgid "" "Taxes are automatically created when installing the Brazilian localization. " "Taxes are already configured, and some of them are used by Avalara when " "computing taxes on the sales order or invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:247 msgid "" "Taxes can be edited, or more taxes can be added. For example, some taxes " "used for services need to be manually added and configured, as the rate may " "differ depending on the city where you are offering the service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:252 msgid "" -"Taxes attached to services are not computed by AvaTax. Only goods taxes are " -"computed." +"If you decide to do service taxes manually, you won't be able to issue an " +"NFS-e. To electronically send an NFS-e, you need to compute taxes using " +"Avalara." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When configuring a tax used for a service that is included in the final " -"price (when the tax is not added or subtracted on top of the product price)," -" set the :guilabel:`Tax Computation` to :guilabel:`Percentage of Price Tax " -"Included`, and, on the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, check the " -":guilabel:`Included in Price` option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 -msgid "Tax configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 msgid "" "Do not delete taxes, as they are used for the AvaTax tax computation. If " "deleted, Odoo creates them again when used in an |SO| or invoice and " @@ -21439,50 +23707,56 @@ msgid "" "refunds` sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:262 msgid ":doc:`Taxes functional documentation <../accounting/taxes>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 msgid "" "To use the AvaTax integration on sale orders and invoices, first specify the" -" following information on the product:" +" following information on the product depending on its intended use:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:217 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`CEST Code` (Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:273 +msgid "E-Invoice for goods (NF-e)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:275 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code` (Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code)." +":guilabel:`CEST Code`: Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Source of Origin` (Indicates the origin of the product, which can" +":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code`: Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:277 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source of Origin`: Indicates the origin of the product, which can" " be foreign or domestic, among other possible options depending on the " -"specific use case)." +"specific use case" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:279 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type` (Fiscal product type according to SPED " -"list table)." +":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type`: Fiscal product type according to SPED " +"list table" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:296 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Purpose of Use` (Specify the intended purpose of use for this " -"product)." +":guilabel:`Purpose of Use`: Specify the intended purpose of use for this " +"product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Product configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:286 msgid "" "Odoo automatically creates three products to be used for transportation " "costs associated with sales. These are named `Freight`, `Insurance`, and " @@ -21492,7 +23766,27 @@ msgid "" "`Insurance`, `Freight`, or `Other Costs`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:293 +msgid "E-Invoice for services (NFS-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Code Origin`: City Service Code where the provider is " +"registered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:298 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Codes`: City Service Code where the service will be " +"provided, if no code is added, the Origin City Code will be used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:300 +msgid ":guilabel:`Labor Assignment`: Defines if your services includes labor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:305 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:282 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:656 @@ -21500,74 +23794,75 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contacts" msgstr "Kontak" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:307 msgid "" "Before using the integration, specify the following information on the " "contact:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 msgid "General information about the contact:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:311 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option for a contact with a tax ID (CNPJ), or" " check :guilabel:`Individual` for a contact with a CPF." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:317 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street, number, and any extra " "address information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:254 -msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:255 -msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipal tax identification number." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:323 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipal tax identification number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 -msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:324 +msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Contact configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:332 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`CPF`, :guilabel:`IE`, :guilabel:`IM`, and :guilabel:`SUFRAMA " "code` fields are are hidden until the :guilabel:`Country` is set to " "`Brazil`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:335 msgid "" "Fiscal information about the contact under the :guilabel:`Sales \\& " "Purchase` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position`: add the AvaTax fiscal position to automatically" " compute taxes on sale orders and invoices automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:339 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: federal tax regime" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:340 msgid "" ":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: taxpayer type determines if the contact is " -"within the ICMS regime, if it is exempt, or if it is a non-taxpayer" +"within the :guilabel:`ICMS regime`, :guilabel:`Exempt status`, or " +":guilabel:`Non-taxpayer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:342 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`: list of main activity sectors of the " "contact" @@ -21577,200 +23872,213 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contact fiscal configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:349 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`AvaTax Brazil `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PIS Details`: :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with rate " +"0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:354 +msgid ":guilabel:`CSLL Taxable`: If the company is subject to CSLL or not" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Contact fiscal configuration for NFSe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:362 msgid "Fiscal positions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:364 msgid "" "To compute taxes and send electronic invoices on sale orders and invoices, " "both the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` and the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API`" " options need to be enabled in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:368 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the contact or selected" -" when creating a sales order or an invoice." +"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the :ref:`contact " +"` or selected when creating a sales order or an invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Fiscal position configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:375 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:355 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:311 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:377 msgid "" "This section provides an overview of the actions that trigger `API calls " -"`_ for tax computation, and how to send " -"an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) for government validation." +"`_ for tax computation, along with " +"instructions on how to send electronic invoices for goods (NF-e) and " +"services (NFS-e) for government validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:382 msgid "" "Please note that each |API| call incurs a cost. Be mindful of the actions " "that trigger these calls to manage costs effectively." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:389 msgid "Tax calculations on quotations and sales orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:391 msgid "" "Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a quotation or sales order " "automatically with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:394 msgid "**Quotation confirmation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:395 msgid "Confirm a quotation into a sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:316 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:412 msgid "**Manual trigger**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:317 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using Avatax`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:413 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:318 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:414 msgid "**Preview**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:319 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:415 msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Preview` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:400 msgid "**Email a quotation / sales order**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:401 msgid "Send a quotation or sales order to a customer via email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:404 msgid "**Online quotation access**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:403 msgid "" "When a customer accesses the quotation online (via the portal view), the " "|API| call is triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:407 msgid "Tax calculations on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:409 msgid "" "Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a customer invoice automatically" -" with AvaTax any of the following ways:" +" with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:333 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:417 msgid "**Online invoice access**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:417 msgid "" "When a customer accesses the invoice online (via the portal view), the |API|" " call is triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:420 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` must be set to `Automatic Tax Mapping " "(Avalara Brazil)` for any of these actions to compute taxes automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:424 msgid "" ":doc:`Fiscal positions (tax and account mapping) " "<../accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:429 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 msgid "Electronic documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:434 msgid "" -"To process an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e), the invoice needs to be " -"confirmed and taxes need to be computed by Avalara. Once that step is done, " -"click on the :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` button in the upper left corner, and" -" a pop-up will appear. Then click on :guilabel:`Process e-invoice` and any " -"of the other options - :guilabel:`Download` or :guilabel:`Email`. Finally, " -"click on :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` to process the invoice against the " -"government." +"To process an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) or services (NFS-e), the " +"invoice needs to be confirmed and taxes need to be computed by Avalara. Once" +" that step is done, click on the :guilabel:`Send & Print` button in the " +"upper left corner. In the pop-up that appears, click on :guilabel:`Process " +"e-invoice` and any of the other options - :guilabel:`Download` or " +":guilabel:`Email`. Finally, click on :guilabel:`Send & Print` to process the" +" invoice with the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:441 msgid "" -"Before sending the electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) some fields need to " -"be filled out on the invoice:" +"Before sending the electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) or services (NFS-e), " +"some fields need to be filled out on the invoice:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:363 -msgid ":guilabel:`Customer` with all the customer information" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:444 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`, with all the customer information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:578 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil` (how the invoice is planned to be paid)" +":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil`: how the invoice is planned to be paid" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:446 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set as the :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping " "(Avalara Brazil)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:447 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Document Type` set as :guilabel:`(55) Electronic Invoice (NF-e)`." -" This is the only" +":guilabel:`Document Type` set as :guilabel:`(55) Electronic Invoice (NF-e)` " +"or :guilabel:`(SE) Electronic Service Invoice (NFS-e)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:367 -msgid "" -"electronic document supported at the moment. Non-electronic invoices can be " -"registered, and other document types can be activated if needed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:450 msgid "" "There are some other optional fields that depend on the nature of the " "transaction. These fields are not required, so no errors will appear from " "the government if these optional fields are not populated for most cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:454 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Freight Model` determines how the goods are planned to be " "transported - domestic" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:455 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` determines who is doing the transportation" msgstr "" @@ -21783,7 +24091,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Process electronic invoice pop-up in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:464 msgid "" "All of the fields available on the invoice used to issue an electronic " "invoice are also available on the sales order, if needed. When creating the " @@ -21791,36 +24099,46 @@ msgid "" " as the first number to be used sequentially for subsequent invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:470 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:595 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "Credit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:472 msgid "" "If a sales return needs to be registered, then a credit note can be created " "in Odoo to be sent to the government for validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:476 +msgid "" +"Credit notes are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:479 msgid ":ref:`Issue a credit note `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:482 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:594 msgid "Debit Notes" msgstr "Nota-Nota Debit" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:484 msgid "" "If additional information needs to be included, or values need to be " "corrected that were not accurately provided in the original invoice, a debit" " note can be issued." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:488 +msgid "" +"Debit notes are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:490 msgid "" "Only the products included in the original invoice can be part of the debit " "note. While changes can be made to the product's unit price or quantity, " @@ -21829,49 +24147,74 @@ msgid "" "for the same or fewer products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:496 msgid ":ref:`Issue a debit note `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:499 msgid "Invoice cancellation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:501 msgid "" "It is possible to cancel an electronic invoice that was validated by the " "government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:504 msgid "" "Check whether the electronic invoice is still within the cancellation " "deadline, which may vary according to the legislation of each state." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:508 +msgid "E-invoices for goods (NF-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:510 msgid "" -"This can be done in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request Cancel` and adding a" -" cancellation :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. If you want to " -"send this cancellation reason to the customer via email, activate the " -":guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." +"Cancel an e-invoice for goods (NF-e) in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request " +"Cancel` and adding a cancellation :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that " +"appears. If you want to send this cancellation reason to the customer via " +"email, activate the :guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Invoice cancellation reason in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:518 +msgid "" +"This is an electronic cancellation, which means that Odoo will send a " +"request to the government to cancel the NF-e, and it will then consume one " +"|IAP| credit, as an |API| call occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:522 +msgid "E-invoices for services (NFS-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Cancel an e-invoice for services (NFS-e) in Odoo by clicking " +":guilabel:`Request Cancel`. In this case, there is no electronic " +"cancellation process, as not every city has this service available. The user" +" needs to manually cancel this NFS-e on the city portal. Once that step is " +"completed, they can request the cancellation in Odoo, which will cancel the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:530 msgid "Correction letter" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:532 msgid "" -"A correction letter can be created and linked to an electronic invoice that " -"was validated by the government." +"A correction letter can be created and linked to an electronic invoice for " +"goods (NF-e) that was validated by the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:535 msgid "" "This can be done in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Correction Letter` and " "adding a correction :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. To send " @@ -21883,11 +24226,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Correction letter reason in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:543 +msgid "" +"Correction letters are only available for electronic invoices for goods " +"(NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:546 msgid "Invalidate invoice number range" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:548 msgid "" "A range of sequences that are assigned to sales journals can be invalidated " "with the government if they are not currently used, **and** will not be used" @@ -21906,13 +24255,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Number range invalidation wizard in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:562 +msgid "" +"Invalidate invoice number range documents are only available for electronic " +"invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:566 msgid "" "The log of the canceled numbers along with the XML file are recorded in the " "chatter of the journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:572 msgid "" "On the vendor bills side, when receiving an invoice from a supplier, you can" " encode the bill in Odoo by adding all the commercial information together " @@ -21920,31 +24275,28 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`customer invoices `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:576 msgid "These Brazilian specific fields are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:579 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: used by your vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:580 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number`: the invoice number from your supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:581 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil` (how the invoice is planned to be paid)." +":guilabel:`Freight Model`: **NF-e specific** how goods are planned to be " +"transported - domestic" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:472 -msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type` used by your vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:473 -msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number` (the invoice number from your supplier)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:582 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Freight Model` (how goods are planned to be transported - " -"domestic)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:475 -msgid ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` (who is doing the transportation)." +":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil`: **NF-e specific** who is doing the " +"transportation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:3 @@ -22416,20 +24768,6 @@ msgid "" " new or existing contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1096 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1097 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:293 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:97 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" @@ -28620,113 +30958,1145 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hong Kong" msgstr "Hong Kong" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:6 -msgid "Add FPS QR codes to invoices" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:8 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get the latest " +"features of the Hong Kong localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:18 +msgid "`l10n_hk`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The base module to manage chart of accounting and localization for Hong " +"Kong." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:20 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:21 +msgid "`l10n_hk_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Enables :ref:`payroll ` specific localization features " +"for Odoo *Payroll* app. This module also installs :guilabel:`Hong Kong - " +"Payroll with Accounting` and :guilabel:`Documents - Hong Kong Payroll`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:26 +msgid "`l10n_hk_hr_payroll_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:27 +msgid "Installs the link between Hong Kong payroll and accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Documents - Hong Kong Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:29 +msgid "`documents_l10n_hk_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:30 +msgid "Integrates employee ir56 forms in the Odoo *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:33 +msgid "FPS QR codes on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:35 msgid "" ":abbr:`FPS (Faster Payment System)` is a payment service platform that " "allows customers to make instant domestic payments to individuals and " "merchants in Hong Kong dollars or Renminbi via online and mobile banking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:12 msgid "Activate QR codes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:42 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " -":guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` " -"feature." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under " +"the :guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, tick the checkbox beside the " +":guilabel:`QR Codes` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:47 msgid "FPS bank account configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:49 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"select the bank account for which you want to activate FPS. Set the " -":guilabel:`Proxy Type` and fill in the :guilabel:`Proxy Value` field " -"depending on the type you chose." +"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts app --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts " +"section --> Bank Accounts`. Then select the bank account for FPS activation." +" Proceed to set the :guilabel:`Proxy Type` and fill in the :guilabel:`Proxy " +"Value` field, depending on the type chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:53 msgid "" -"The account holder's country must be set to Hong Kong on its contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:27 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:27 -msgid "" -"You could also include the invoice number in the QR code by checking the " +"Remember to include the invoice number in the QR code, by ticking the " ":guilabel:`Include Reference` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "FPS bank account configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The account holder's country **must** be set to `Hong Kong` on their contact" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/bank`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:147 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:37 msgid "Bank journal configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:69 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the " -"bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " -":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Journals` and " +"open the bank journal. Then, fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` fields, located in the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 -msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration" +msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:78 msgid "Issue invoices with FPS QR codes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:158 msgid "" "When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" -" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to *EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code*." +" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to :guilabel:`EMV Merchant-Presented QR-" +"code`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 -msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option" +msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:87 msgid "" -"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " -"Odoo uses this field to generate the FPS QR code." +"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is configured, as Odoo uses this " +"field to generate the FPS QR code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Ensure the :guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll` (`l10n_hk_hr_payroll`) module is " +"installed before proceeding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:100 +msgid "Create employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Employees` app and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, " +"configure the following fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:105 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: :guilabel:`HK Standard 40 hours/week` option " +"**must** be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:109 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Surname, Given Name, Name in Chinese`: name of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:112 +msgid ":guilabel:`Private Address`: address of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:113 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bank Account Number`: employee's bank account number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Current Rental`: employee's rental records (if rental allowance " +"is applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Autopay Type`: :guilabel:`BBAN`, :guilabel:`SVID`, " +":guilabel:`EMAL`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Autopay Reference`: autopay reference number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Identification No`: HKID of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Gender`: gender of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:121 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Bank Account Number`, this account should be set as " +":guilabel:`Trusted` before further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:124 +msgid "" +"To achieve this, click on the right-arrow button next to :guilabel:`Bank " +"Account Number` field. Set the :guilabel:`Send Money` to :guilabel:`Trusted`" +" by clicking on the toggle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:128 +msgid "" +"To populate the :guilabel:`Current Rental`, click on the :guilabel:`History`" +" button. Then, click on :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the relevant details and " +"save the rental record. Upon saving the record, the rental contract " +":guilabel:`state` will be visible (at the top-right corner) and can be set " +"to :guilabel:`Running`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:133 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`HR Settings` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Volunteer Contribution Option`: select either :guilabel:`Only " +"Mandatory Contribution`, :guilabel:`With Fixed %VC`, or :guilabel:`Cap 5% " +"VC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:137 +msgid ":guilabel:`MPF Manulife Account`: account number, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:142 +msgid "Manage contracts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once the new employee has been created, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` " +"smart button on the employee record, or navigate to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Employees --> Contracts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Only **one** contract can be active simultaneously per employee, but an " +"employee can be assigned consecutive contracts during their employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:151 +msgid "The following are critical for setting up a contract:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: set as :guilabel:`CAP57: Hong Kong " +"Employee`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:154 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: start date of employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: set as :guilabel:`HK Standard 40 hours/week` " +"(from employee record)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select either :guilabel:`Working Schedule`, " +":guilabel:`Attendances` or :guilabel:`Planning`. This field determines how " +"the work entries are accounted for in the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:160 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: the work entries are generated automatically " +"based on the employee's working schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendances`: the work entries are generated based on the check-" +"in/out period logged in the *Attendances*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: the work entries are generated from planning shifts " +"only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:166 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Salary Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` for Full-time or Part-" +"time employees, or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage` for employees who are paid " +"hourly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:170 +msgid ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: the frequency of payslip issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage`: :guilabel:`Monthly` or :guilabel:`Hourly` depending on the" +" :guilabel:`Wage Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internet Subscription`: this is an **optional** field to provide " +"additional internet allowance on top of the current salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:177 +msgid "Timesheets do **not** impact work entries in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Once all information has been setup, set the contract status to " +":guilabel:`Running` by clicking the :guilabel:`Running` button in the top-" +"right of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong employment contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:189 +msgid "Generate payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Once the employees, and their contracts, are configured, payslips can be " +"generated in the *Payroll* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides **four** different salary structures under CAP57 regulation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:196 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Employees Monthly Pay`: to process the monthly employee " +"salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice`: to process final payment upon " +"contract termination using :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:199 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Long Service Payment`: applicable to employees with more " +"than five years of service upon contract termination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Severance Payment`: applicable to employees with more than" +" two years of service upon contract termination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Before running the payslips, the accounts used in the salary rule can be " +"adjusted by navigating to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> " +"Rules`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Salary Rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Odoo can create pay runs in two ways: via :ref:`batch " +"` or :ref:`individual " +"` payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:217 +msgid "Batch payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:219 +msgid "" +"This method of payslip generation is used for recurring payments, since " +"multiple employee payslips can be managed at once. Go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:514 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Batch Name` (e.g. `2024 - Jan`) and :guilabel:`Period` " +"(e.g. `01/01/2024` - `01/31/2024`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:225 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Generate Payslips`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Choose which :guilabel:`Salary Structure` to use for this batch. The " +"department filter allows the batch to only apply to a specific group of " +"employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:228 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Generate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:229 +msgid "A :guilabel:`Payslips` smart button is created automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` to generate a draft journal entry" +" found in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of each payslip. A " +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears asking :guilabel:`Are you " +"sure you want to proceed?`. Click :guilabel:`Ok` to create the journal " +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:238 +msgid "Individual payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:240 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> All Payslips`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:242 +msgid "" +"This method of payslip generation is commonly used to handle non-recurring " +"payments (e.g. :guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice`, " +":guilabel:`CAP57: Long Service Payment` or :guilabel:`CAP57: Severance " +"Payment`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Select an :guilabel:`Employee`. When selected, the :guilabel:`Contract` is " +"filled out automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:249 +msgid "Add a pay :guilabel:`Period`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Select a salary :guilabel:`Structure` (e.g. :guilabel:`CAP57: Employees " +"Monthly Pay`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Worked Days & Inputs` tab automatically compute the worked " +"days/hours and time off leaves that are applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Additional payslip items can be added at this time (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Commissions`, :guilabel:`Deductions`) under the :guilabel:`Other " +"Inputs` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button to generate the payslip lines. " +"This button updates the :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:259 +msgid "" +"If the work entry for an employee was amended, click the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Recompute Whole Sheet` to " +"refresh the payslip's :guilabel:`Worked Days & Inputs` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:263 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab shows the detailed breakdown of the " +"computation, based on the salary rules configured for each structure type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rent Allowance`: amount derived from the employee's active rental" +" record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Basic Salary`: amount of base salary provided (after rent " +"allowance deduction)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`713 Gross`: net payable amount considering *Commission*, " +"*Internet Allowance*, *Reimbursements*, *Back-pay*, *Deduction*, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:270 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`MPF Gross`: net payable amount from 713 gross after consideration" +" of additional allowances, deductions, and end-of-year payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:272 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Mandatory Contribution`: employee MPF Contribution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:273 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employer Mandatory Contribution`: employer MPF Contribution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gross`: net payable amount from MPF gross after consideration of " +"MPF deductions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:275 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Net Salary`: final payable amount to be paid to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:278 +msgid "" +"There are no MPF contributions for the first month. Both employee and " +"employer contribution starts on second month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Salary computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` section in :guilabel:`Worked Days & " +"Inputs` tab, there are additional manual input types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Back Pay`: additional salary payout can be included under this " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:289 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Commission`: the commission earned during the period can be " +"manually entered here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Global Deduction`: a lump-sum deduction from the entire payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:291 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Global Reimbursement`: a lump-sum reimbursement to the entire " +"payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:292 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referral Fee`: the additional bonus offered for any form of " +"business-related referral." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Moving Daily Wage`: to override the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily " +"Wage)` value used for leaves computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skip Rent Allowance`: if set, the rental allowance is excluded " +"from the current payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Average Monthly Salary`: to override the average monthly " +"salary used for end-of-year payment (rule is only applicable to payslips " +"generated in December)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lieu of Notice Period (Months)`: only applicable to " +":guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice` salary structure. By default, " +"the final payout is set as 1-month. Use the :guilabel:`Count` field under " +"the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` section to set a different notice period " +"duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:304 +msgid "" +"Once the payslips are ready, click on :guilabel:`Compute Sheet`, followed by" +" :guilabel:`Create Draft entry` to generate a draft journal entry found in " +"the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Once the draft journal entries have been posted, the company can now pay the" +" employees. The user can choose between **two** different *payment methods*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:313 +msgid "" +"From the employee's payslip (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> " +"All Payslips`), once the payslip's journal entry has been posted, click " +":guilabel:`Register Payment`. The process is the same as :doc:`paying vendor" +" bills <../accounting/payments>`. Select the desired bank journal and " +"payment method, then later reconcile the payment with the corresponding bank" +" statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:317 +msgid "" +"For batch payments (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`), " +"once all draft journal entries from the batch are confirmed, click " +":guilabel:`Mark as Paid` to post the payment journal entry. Then " +":doc:`create a payment <../accounting/payments>` in the *Accounting* app, " +"and reconcile accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:323 +msgid "Attendances and hourly wage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:325 +msgid "" +"To configure the contract for an employee paid hourly using the " +"*Attendances* app for hours tracking, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll " +"app --> Contracts --> Contracts`. Create a new :ref:`contract " +"`. It is important to remember to set the " +":guilabel:`Work Entry Source` as :guilabel:`Attendances`, and " +":guilabel:`Wage Type` as :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:331 +msgid "To record the hours logged by the employee using *Attendances* app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:333 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Attendances app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:334 +msgid "" +"The employee can check-in/out, via the kiosk mode and the time will be " +"logged automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:335 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Payroll app`, review the attendance work entries " +"generated from :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Work Entries --> Work " +"Entries`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:337 +msgid "" +"Next, generate the :ref:`payslips ` and process " +"the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Attendance Work Entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Attendance Payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:348 +msgid "Time Off with Payroll" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:350 +msgid "" +"The work entry types and time off types are fully integrated between the " +"*Time Off* and *Payroll* apps. There are several default time off types and " +"work entry types specific to Hong Kong which are installed automatically " +"along with the *Hong Kong - Payroll* module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types` " +"and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:356 +msgid "" +"There are two checkboxes to be considered when setting up the work entry " +"type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use 713`: Include this leave type as part of 713 computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:359 +msgid ":guilabel:`Non-full pay`: 80% of the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Work Entry Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:366 +msgid "" +":ref:`Creating and configuring work entry types `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:369 +msgid "Understanding 713 Ordinance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:371 +msgid "" +"The *Hong Kong - Payroll* module is compliant with 713 Ordinance which " +"relates to the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` computation to ensure fair " +"compensation for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:374 +msgid "The ADW computation is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:379 +msgid "Hong Kong ADW Formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:379 +msgid "" +":abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` equals the total wage in a 12-month period," +" minus the wages of non-full pay, divided by the total days in a 12-month " +"period minus the days of non-full pay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:383 +msgid "" +"For 418 compliance, there is no automated allocation of the *Statutory " +"Holiday* entitlement to the employees. As soon as 418 requirements are met, " +"manually allocate the leaves, via the *Time Off* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Before generating payslips, ensure the statuses are :guilabel:`Done` to " +"validate the outcome." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:393 +msgid "Period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:394 +msgid "Days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:395 +msgid "Wage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:396 +msgid "Commission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:398 +msgid "ADW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:399 +msgid "Leave Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:400 +msgid "Jan" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:415 +msgid "31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:409 +msgid "$20200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:405 +msgid "$651.61 ($20200/31)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:413 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:407 +msgid "Feb" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:408 +msgid "28" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:410 +msgid "$5000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:411 +msgid "$25200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:412 +msgid "$769.49 ($45400/59)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:414 +msgid "Mar (One Day Annual Leave)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:418 +msgid "$20324.33" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:419 +msgid "$730.27 ($65724.33/90)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:420 +msgid "$769.49" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:421 +msgid "Apr (One Day 80% Sick Leave)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:423 +msgid "$20117.56" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:427 +msgid "$584.22 ($730.27*0.8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:430 +msgid "Here is an example demonstrating the 713 logic:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:432 +msgid "" +"**Jan**: Generate a payslip with a monthly wage of $20200. The :abbr:`ADW " +"(Average Daily Wage)` is always computed on a cumulative basis of the " +"trailing 12-months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:434 +msgid "" +"**Feb**: Generate a similar payslip, but add an :guilabel:`Other Input Type`" +" for the :guilabel:`Commission`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Mar**: Apply for **one** full-paid annual leave in March. The salary " +"compensation for the leave taken is based on :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily " +"Wage)` thus far." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:0 +msgid "Hong Kong March 713." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:443 +msgid "" +"**Apr**: Apply for a 1-day non-full pay leave in April. Since this is a non-" +"full pay leave, the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` is computed " +"accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:0 +msgid "Hong Kong April 713." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:451 +msgid "" +"The value of :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` is computed in the backend, " +"and not be visible to the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:455 +msgid "" +"`HK 713 Ordinance " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:456 +msgid "" +"`HK 418 Ordinance `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:459 +msgid "Generate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:461 +msgid "" +"Before generating the below reports, setup the following in " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Payroll`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:464 +msgid "Configure the following in the :guilabel:`Accounting` section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:466 +msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`Payroll HSBC Autopay` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:468 +msgid ":guilabel:`Autopay Type`: Set as :guilabel:`H2H Submission`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:469 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Bank Account` to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:471 +msgid "Configure the following in the :guilabel:`HK Localization` section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:473 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employer's Name shows on reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:474 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employer's File Number`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:475 +msgid ":guilabel:`Manulife MPF Scheme`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Payroll Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:482 +msgid "IRD report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:484 +msgid "There are a total of **four** IRD reports available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:486 +msgid ":guilabel:`IR56B`: employer's Return of Remuneration and Pensions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:487 +msgid ":guilabel:`IR56E`: notification of Commencement of Employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:488 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`IR56F`: notification of Ceasation of Employment (remaining in " +"HK)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:489 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`IR56G`: notification of Ceasation of Employment (departing from " +"HK permanently)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:491 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting`, and select one of the " +":guilabel:`IR56B/E/F/G Sheet` options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:495 +msgid "Fill in the relevant information for the IRD report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:496 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Populate`, and the :guilabel:`Eligible Employees` smart " +"button appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:497 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Employee Declarations` status is :guilabel:`Draft` and " +"changed to :guilabel:`Generated PDF` status once the schedule runs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:499 +msgid "Once the PDF is generated, the IRD form may be downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong IR56B report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:506 +msgid "" +"The scheduled action called *Payroll: Generate pdfs* can be manually " +"triggered. It is set by default to run the PDF generation monthly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:510 +msgid "Manulife MPF sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:512 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting --> Manulife MPF Sheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:515 +msgid "" +"Select the relevant :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Month`, and " +":guilabel:`Sequence No.`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:516 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create XLSX`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:517 +msgid "" +"The *Manulife MPF XLSX* file is then generated, and available for download." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Manulife Sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Odoo will not be developing further reports for other MPF trustee as there " +"will soon be an eMPF platform setup by the local government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:528 +msgid "`eMPF `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:531 +msgid "HSBC autopay report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:533 +msgid "" +"If *HSBC Autopay* is selected as the batch payment method, click on " +":guilabel:`Create HSBC Autopay Report`, and fill in the mandatory fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong HSBC Autopay wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:540 +msgid "" +"This creates an :file:`.apc` file format which can be uploaded to the HSCB " +"portal for processing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:3 @@ -35447,6 +38817,15 @@ msgid "" "online and mobile banking." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` " +"feature." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 msgid "PayNow bank account configuration" @@ -35465,10 +38844,44 @@ msgid "" "The account holder's country must be set to Singapore on its contact form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You could also include the invoice number in the QR code by checking the " +":guilabel:`Include Reference` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the " +"bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 +msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:45 msgid "Issue invoices with PayNow QR codes" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" +" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to *EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 +msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:53 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " @@ -36358,13 +39771,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Issue invoices with PromptPay QR code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:158 -msgid "" -"When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" -" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to :guilabel:`EMV Merchant-Presented QR-" -"code`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:164 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " @@ -39838,9 +43244,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:33 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` section, enter your Odoo database URL (e.g., " -"`https://example.odoo.com`) in the field :guilabel:`Invoices paid` and click" -" the :guilabel:`Test and save` button next to it." +"In the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` section, enter your Odoo database's URL, " +"followed by `/payment/xendit/webhook` (e.g., " +"`https://example.odoo.com/payment/xendit/webhook`) in the field " +":guilabel:`Invoices paid` and click the :guilabel:`Test and save` button " +"next to it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:40 diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index c372c76a6..cf2447222 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" @@ -1698,146 +1698,111 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:5 -msgid "Developer Mode (debug mode)" +msgid "Developer mode (debug mode)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:7 msgid "" -"The developer mode (or debug mode) unlocks access to extra and advanced " -"tools in Odoo. There are several ways to activate the developer mode: " -"through the :ref:`settings `, the " -":ref:`browser extension `, through" -" the :ref:`command palette ` or the" -" :ref:`URL `." +"The developer mode, also known as debug mode, unlocks access to advanced " +":ref:`tools and settings ` in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:17 -msgid "Activate through the Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:11 msgid "" -"The debug mode can be activated in the Odoo database settings. Go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Developer Tools` and click" -" on :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`. At least one application needs " -"to be installed for the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` section to appear in the" -" :guilabel:`Settings` module." +"Proceed with caution, as some developer tools and technical settings are " +"considered advanced and may have associated risks. Only use them if you " +"understand the implications and are confident in your actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of the debug options under settings in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:16 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with assets)` is used by developers;" -" :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with tests assets)` is used by " -"developers and testers." +"The developer mode is also available with :ref:`assets " +"`, which are used to debug JavaScript " +"code, and with :ref:`tests assets `, " +"which are used to run test tours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:23 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Pengaktifan" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To activate it, open the :guilabel:`Settings` app, scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Developer Tools` section, and click :guilabel:`Activate the " +"developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:28 msgid "" "Once activated, the :guilabel:`Deactivate the developer mode` option becomes" " available." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 +msgid "Activating the developer mode in the Settings app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To activate the developer mode **from anywhere in the database**, add " +"`?debug=1` to the URL after `/web` (e.g., " +"`https://example.odoo.com/web?debug=1#action=menu&cids=1`). To deactivate " +"it, use `?debug=0` instead." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:37 -msgid "Activate through the browser extension" +msgid "" +"Use `?debug=assets` to activate the developer mode with assets and " +"`?debug=tests` to activate it with tests assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:41 msgid "" -"Within a web browser, navigate to the browser settings and extensions and " -"search for the `Odoo Debug` extension. Once the extension is installed, a " -"new icon will be shown on the browser's toolbar." +"Open the **command palette** by pressing `Ctrl + K` or `Cmd ⌘ + K`, then " +"type `debug` to activate the developer mode with assets or deactivate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:44 +msgid "Browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:46 msgid "" -"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " -"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" -" a single click." +"The `Odoo Debug `_ browser extension " +"adds an icon to toggle developer mode on or off from the browser's toolbar. " +"It is available on the `Chrome Web Store " +"`_ and `Firefox Add-ons " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:54 +msgid "Developer tools and technical menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once the developer mode is activated, the developer tools can be accessed by" +" clicking the :icon:`fa-bug` :guilabel:`(bug)` icon. The menu contains tools" +" useful for understanding or editing technical data, such as a view's field," +" filters, or actions. The options available depend on where the menu is " +"accessed from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "View of Odoo's debug icon in a Google Chrome toolbar." +msgid "Accessing the developer tools" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:53 -msgid "Activate through the command palette" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:64 msgid "" -"In Odoo, the command palette tool has a command to activate the debug mode. " -"First, open the command palette tool with the keyboard shortcut `ctrl+k` and" -" then type `debug`. A command will show up to activate the debug mode." +"Database administrators can access the technical menu from the " +":guilabel:`Settings` app. It contains advanced database settings, such as " +"ones related to the database structure, security, actions, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Command palette with debug command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:68 -msgid "Activate through the URL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The debug mode can also be activated by adding an extra query string to the " -"database's URL. In the URL, add `?debug=1` or `?debug=true` after `/web`. To" -" deactivate the debug mode, change the value to `?debug=0` instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a URL with the debug mode command added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Additional modes are available for developers: `?debug=assets` enables the " -":ref:`assets mode `, and " -"`?debug=tests` enables the :ref:`tests mode " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:86 -msgid "Locate the developer mode tools" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Once developer mode is activated, the developer mode tools can be accessed " -"from the :guilabel:`Open Developer Tools` button, the bug icon located in " -"the header of the Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a console page and the debug icon being shown in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:95 -msgid "" -"This menu contains additional tools that are useful to understand or edit " -"technical data, such as the views or actions of a page. On a page that has " -"filters, actions, and view options, the developer mode tools contain some " -"useful menu items such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:99 -msgid ":guilabel:`Edit Action`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:100 -msgid ":guilabel:`Manage Filters`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:101 -msgid "Edit the current view (e.g. Kanban, List, Graph, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:102 -msgid "See the :guilabel:`Fields View Get`" +msgid "Accessing the technical menu" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:5 @@ -2540,11 +2505,11 @@ msgid "" "is asked, enter `odoo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 msgid "Check the DMARC policy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:104 msgid "" "The Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance (DMARC) " "record is a protocol that unifies :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` and " @@ -2555,41 +2520,41 @@ msgid "" " and/or :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` check." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 msgid "DMARC: TXT record" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 msgid "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:116 msgid "" "There are three :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` policies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 msgid "`p=none`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:118 -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 msgid "`p=quarantine`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 msgid "`p=reject`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:123 msgid "" "`p=quarantine` and `p=reject` instruct the server that receives an email to " "quarantine that email or ignore it if the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy " "Framework)` and/or :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` check fails." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:127 msgid "" "If the domain name uses :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` and has defined one of these policies, the domain" @@ -2597,7 +2562,7 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:132 msgid "" "Yahoo or AOL are examples of email providers with a :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-" "based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` policy set to " @@ -2606,7 +2571,7 @@ msgid "" "their recipient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:137 msgid "" "`p=none` is used for the domain owner to receive reports about entities " "using their domain. It should not impact the deliverability if the " @@ -2614,7 +2579,7 @@ msgid "" "Conformance)` check fails." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:141 msgid "" ":abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` records are comprised of tags in the form of :abbr:`DNS " @@ -2629,181 +2594,181 @@ msgid "" " too restrictive." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:150 msgid "The following chart displays available tags:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 msgid "Tag Name" msgstr "Nama Tag" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 msgid "Purpose" msgstr "Purpose" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 msgid "Example" msgstr "Contoh" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 msgid "v" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 msgid "Protocol version" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 msgid "`v=DMARC1`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 msgid "pct" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 msgid "Percentage of messages subjected to filtering" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 msgid "`pct=20`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 msgid "ruf" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 msgid "Reporting URI for forensic reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 msgid "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 msgid "rua" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 msgid "Reporting URI of aggregate reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 msgid "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 msgid "p" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 msgid "Policy for organizational domain" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 msgid "sp" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 msgid "Policy for subdomains of the OD" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 msgid "`sp=reject`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 msgid "adkim" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 msgid "Alignment mode for DKIM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 msgid "`adkim=s`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 msgid "aspf" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:181 msgid "Alignment mode for SPF" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 msgid "`aspf=r`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:184 msgid "" "Check the :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` record of a domain name with a tool like `MXToolbox DMARC " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:188 msgid "" "`DMARC.org is another great resource to learn about DMARC records. " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 msgid "SPF, DKIM & DMARC documentation of common providers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:196 msgid "" "`OVH DNS " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 msgid "" "`OVH SPF `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 msgid "" "`GoDaddy TXT record `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 msgid "`GoDaddy SPF `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:200 msgid "" "`GoDaddy DKIM `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:201 msgid "" "`NameCheap " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 msgid "" "`CloudFlare DNS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:204 msgid "" "`Google Domains `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 msgid "" "`Azure DNS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:207 msgid "" "To fully test the configuration, use the `Mail-Tester `_ tool, which gives a full overview of the content and " @@ -2811,7 +2776,7 @@ msgid "" "records for other, lesser-known providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:212 msgid "" "`Using Mail-Tester to set SPF Records for specific carriers " "`_" @@ -7921,10 +7886,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 msgid "" "To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation " -"package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download " -"page `_. Next, install and setup the Odoo " -":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " -"start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +"package for Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download page " +"`_. Next, install and setup the Odoo :file:`.exe`" +" file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to start the " +"installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 @@ -8441,10 +8406,22 @@ msgid "" "Odoo uninstall guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:7 msgid "Devices" msgstr "Perangkat" +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:21 +msgid "" +":doc:`Worldline payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:23 +msgid "" +":doc:`Ingenico payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 msgid "Connect a camera" msgstr "" @@ -10037,9 +10014,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:126 msgid "" "On a form, navigate to any field, and hover over the field name. A box of " -"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Object`" -" name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be" -" added." +"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Model` " +"name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be " +"added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:0 diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 100cb1767..6d8ec009a 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Abe Manyo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" @@ -27,13 +27,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Human resources" msgstr "Manajemen Sumber Daya Manusia" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 msgid "Appraisals" msgstr "Penilaian" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, the *Appraisals* application can be used to evaluate employee " "performance on a recurring basis. Managers can evaluate the performance of " @@ -42,28 +42,28 @@ msgid "" "desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:12 msgid "" "Appraisals give employees valuable feedback, including actionable goals to " "work toward, and measurable skills to improve upon. Additionally, appraisals" " may form the basis for raises, promotions, and other benefits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:16 msgid "" "Regular appraisals are good for both the employees and the company, since " "they can accurately measure performance based on company goals, and show " "employees where they need to improve." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:31 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Configuration` menu in the *Appraisals* application is where " "the settings can be configured, feedback templates can be edited, " @@ -71,31 +71,32 @@ msgid "" "feedback can be stored, and goal tags can be viewed/created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Pengaturan" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:29 msgid "" "To access the *Settings* menu, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " "application --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 msgid "Feedback templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:35 msgid "" "Feedback templates are form outlines used during an employee appraisal. Any " "edits made to a template are, ultimately, reflected in the appraisals sent " "to employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:38 msgid "" "There are two default templates pre-configured in Odoo *Appraisals*: one for" " employee feedback, and one for manager feedback. Each contains several " @@ -103,25 +104,25 @@ msgid "" " the questions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:42 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`My work`, :guilabel:`My future`, and :guilabel:`My feelings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:45 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`Feedback`, :guilabel:`Evaluation`, and :guilabel:`Improvements`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:48 msgid "" "Any desired changes to the default feedback templates can be made by making " "changes directly in each template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:54 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Appraisals` section of the settings menu determines the " "frequency that appraisals are performed, and if it is possible to request " @@ -134,56 +135,56 @@ msgid "" "enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 msgid "Appraisals plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:66 msgid "" "By default, appraisals are pre-configured to be automatically created six " "months after an employee is hired, with a second appraisal exactly six " "months after that." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:69 msgid "" "Once those two initial appraisals have been completed in the employee's " "first year, following appraisals are only created once a year (every twelve " "months)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:72 msgid "" "To modify this schedule, change the number of months in the blank fields " "under the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:76 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section is modified, **all** empty " ":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Dates` are modified for **all** employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 msgid "360 feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:82 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option can be enabled to allow managers to " "request feedback from other employees using a different survey form, at any " "time, independent of the appraisal schedule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:85 msgid "" "Typically, managers ask for feedback from other people who work with an " "employee they manage. This includes the employee's various managers, peers, " "and direct reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:88 msgid "" "To view the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey, click the :guilabel:`→ Internal" " link` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`Default Template` field. The " @@ -191,13 +192,13 @@ msgid "" " can be made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:92 msgid "" "For more information on how to edit a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:96 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` form is a pre-configured survey within the " "*Surveys* application. In order to use the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option, " @@ -205,11 +206,11 @@ msgid "" " be installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 msgid "Evaluation scale" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:103 msgid "" "On each employee appraisal form, final rating options appear by default. To " "view and edit these options, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " @@ -217,7 +218,7 @@ msgid "" "ratings in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:107 msgid "" "The pre-configured ratings are :guilabel:`Needs Improvement`, " ":guilabel:`Meets Expectations`, :guilabel:`Exceeds Expectations`, and " @@ -225,14 +226,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:111 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`New` button is clicked on the :guilabel:`Evaluation " "Scale` page, a blank line appears at the bottom of the list. Enter the name " "of the rating in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:114 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the ratings, click the :guilabel:`(six small gray " "boxes)` icon to the left of a rating, and drag the rating to the desired " @@ -245,7 +246,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:124 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` section displays information for all the " "surveys currently configured in the *Appraisals* application. To view the " @@ -257,55 +258,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list view of all available surveys in the Appraisals application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:132 msgid "" "Each appraisal (or survey) is presented in its own line on the " ":guilabel:`360 Feedback` page, along with various information related to " "that particular appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 msgid "Each appraisal includes the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:137 msgid ":guilabel:`Survey Name`: the name of the specific survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the employee responsible for the survey, including " "the month and year they were given that designation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Questions`: the number of questions in that particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Duration`: the average time a user spends completing the " "survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Registered`: the number of people who have been sent the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Completed`: the number of people who have completed the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:145 msgid "" "Each appraisal also has two buttons at the end of each line: a " ":guilabel:`Test` button and a :guilabel:`See Results` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:148 msgid "" "To see what an appraisal looks like for the end user (i.e. an employee), " "click the :guilabel:`Test` button, and the appraisal loads in a new browser " @@ -313,14 +314,14 @@ msgid "" "to enter any answers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:152 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`This is a Test Survey. → Edit " "Survey` at the top of the page to be taken to the detail form for that " "particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:155 msgid "" "To view the results from everyone who completed an appraisal, click the " ":guilabel:`See Results` button. This presents all the answers for the survey" @@ -329,13 +330,13 @@ msgid "" "each question are visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:160 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`→ Edit Survey` at the top of " "the page to be taken to the detail form for that particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:163 msgid "" "In addition to viewing the responses from past appraisals and surveys, new " "surveys can also be created from the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` page. Simply " @@ -343,123 +344,77 @@ msgid "" " survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:167 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:171 msgid "" "In previous versions of Odoo, this section was referred to as " ":guilabel:`Surveys`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:172 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "Label" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 -msgid "" -"An additional feature of the *Appraisals* application is the ability to set " -":ref:`goals ` for employees. On each goal form, there is a" -" field to add tags. The available tags are pulled from a list that is " -"configured from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To view a list of all existing goal tags, and to create new tags, go to the " -":guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, by navigating to :menuselection:`Appraisals " -"application --> Configuration --> Tags`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:181 -msgid "All currently configured tags are presented in a list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:183 -msgid "" -"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " -"all tags need to be added from this list, or directly from the goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 -msgid "" -"To create a new tag from the :guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, click the " -":guilabel:`New` button, and a blank line appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the tag on the line. Then, press the enter key to save the" -" tag, and create a new blank line. Repeat this for all tags that need to be " -"added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:192 -msgid "The list of tags is automatically arranged in alphabetical order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:176 msgid "" "Navigate to the main *Appraisals* dashboard by opening the " ":guilabel:`Appraisals` application. The :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard is " "the default view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:179 msgid "" "To view the dashboard at any point in the application, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Appraisals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:182 msgid "" "All appraisals are displayed on the dashboard in a Kanban view, by default, " "with a list of groupings on the left side of the dashboard, including " ":guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Department`, and :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 msgid "" "Click any grouping option to view appraisals for **only** the chosen " "selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 msgid "" "Only groupings with multiple selections appear in the list. For example, if " "a database only has one company, the :guilabel:`Company` grouping does " "**not** appear, since there is no other company to select." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:193 msgid "Each appraisal card displays the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: the department the employee is associated with." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company the employee works for. This only appears " "in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date`: the date the appraisal was requested, or is scheduled for " "in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activities`: any activities that are scheduled for the appraisal," " such as :guilabel:`Meetings` or :guilabel:`Phone Calls.` If no activities " @@ -467,13 +422,13 @@ msgid "" "icon, located in the bottom-left corner of an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:204 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: the employee's manager, indicated by the profile icon " "in the bottom-right corner of an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:206 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status banner`: the status of the appraisal. A banner appears if " "an appraisal is marked as either :guilabel:`Canceled` or :guilabel:`Done`. " @@ -481,7 +436,7 @@ msgid "" "not been scheduled yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 msgid "" "To view the details of any appraisal, click on the card to open the " "appraisal form." @@ -491,22 +446,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Appraisals dashboard with each appraisal in its own box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 msgid "New appraisal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new appraisal, click the :guilabel:`New` button at the top of " "the :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard to load a blank appraisal form. Then, " "enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:222 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:223 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu. " "The manager is responsible for completing the :guilabel:`Manager's Feedback`" @@ -514,7 +469,7 @@ msgid "" "selected, if they have a manager set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appraisal Date`: the current date is automatically entered in " "this field. This field is automatically updated once the appraisal is " @@ -522,39 +477,39 @@ msgid "" "cancellation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu. This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have" " a department set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:233 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the employee's company from the drop-down menu. " "This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have a " "company set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 msgid "" "The only required fields for the appraisal form are the employee's " ":guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Manager`, and the :guilabel:`Company`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:241 msgid "" "Once the form is complete, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm " "the appraisal request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 msgid "" "Once confirmed, the employee receives an email stating that an appraisal was" " requested, and is then prompted to schedule an appraisal date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:246 msgid "" "The status changes to :guilabel:`Confirmed`, and the :guilabel:`Employee's " "Feedback` section of the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab is grayed out. The " @@ -563,18 +518,18 @@ msgid "" "once the appraisal request is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 msgid "" "If there are any existing appraisals for the employee, an " ":guilabel:`Appraisal` smart button appears at the top of the page, listing " "the total number of appraisals there are for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:255 msgid "Ask for feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:257 msgid "" "As part of the appraisal process, the manager can request feedback on an " "employee from anyone in the company. Feedback is usually requested from co-" @@ -583,43 +538,43 @@ msgid "" "manager's overall assessment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 msgid "" "To request feedback, the appraisal **must** be confirmed. Once confirmed, an" " :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button appears at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:265 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button is clicked, an :guilabel:`Ask " "Feedback` email pop-up form appears, using the :guilabel:`Appraisal: Ask " "Feedback` email template, which sends the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:269 msgid "" "Enter the employees being asked to complete the survey in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field. Multiple employees may be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 msgid "" "The email template has dynamic placeholders to personalize the message. Add " "any additional text to the email, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:275 msgid "If required, an :guilabel:`Answer Deadline` can be added, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:277 msgid "" "If any attachments are needed, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button, and" " a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the file(s), select them, then " "click :guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:280 msgid "When the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send.`" msgstr "" @@ -627,21 +582,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The email pop-up when requesting feedback from other employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:287 msgid "Appraisal form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:289 msgid "" "Once an appraisal is confirmed, the next steps are for the employee to fill " "out the self-assessment, after which the manager completes their assessment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:295 msgid "Employee's feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:297 msgid "" "To complete their portion of feedback, employees should navigate to the main" " :menuselection:`Appraisals application` dashboard, where the only entries " @@ -649,14 +604,14 @@ msgid "" "manage and have to provide manager feedback for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 msgid "" "Click on the appraisal to open the appraisal form. Enter responses in the " ":guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` " "tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:304 msgid "" "When completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to Manager` toggle (the " "default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When clicked, the toggle " @@ -668,24 +623,24 @@ msgid "" "The feedback section for the employee with the toggle button highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:314 msgid "Manager's feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 msgid "" "After the employee has completed the :guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` " "section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab, it is time for the manager to " "fill out the :guilabel:`Manager's Feedback` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:320 msgid "" "The manager enters their responses in the fields in the :ref:`same manner as" " the employee `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:323 msgid "" "When the feedback section is completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to " "Employee` toggle (the default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When " @@ -698,11 +653,12 @@ msgid "" " highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:748 msgid "Skills tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:334 msgid "" "Part of an appraisal is evaluating an employee's skills, and tracking their " "progress over time. The :guilabel:`Skills` tab of the appraisal form auto-" @@ -710,32 +666,32 @@ msgid "" "<../hr/employees/new_employee>`, once an appraisal is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:338 msgid "" "Each skill is grouped with like skills, and the :guilabel:`Skill Level`, " ":guilabel:`Progress`, and :guilabel:`Justification` are displayed for each " "skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 msgid "" "Update any skills, or add any new skills to the :guilabel:`Skills` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:343 msgid "" "If a skill level has increased, a reason for the improved rating can be " "entered into the :guilabel:`Justification` field, such as `took a fluency " "language test` or `received Javascript certification`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:347 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`Create a new employee ` document for " "detailed instructions on adding or updating a skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:350 msgid "" "After an appraisal is completed, and the skills have been updated, the next " "time an appraisal is confirmed, the updated skills populate the " @@ -746,11 +702,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The skills tab of an appraisal form, all filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:358 msgid "Private note tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:360 msgid "" "If managers want to leave notes that are only visible to other managers, " "they can be entered in the :guilabel:`Private Note` tab. The employee being " @@ -758,12 +714,12 @@ msgid "" "appear on their appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:386 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:520 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 msgid "Schedule a meeting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:367 msgid "" "Once both portions of an appraisal are completed (the :ref:`employee " "` and :ref:`manager Appraisals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:377 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, beneath the appraisal date on the " "desired appraisal card, and a :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window " @@ -791,47 +747,47 @@ msgid "" "activity form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Meeting` for the :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the drop-" "down menu. Doing so causes the form to change, so only the " ":guilabel:`Activity Type` and :guilabel:`Summary` fields appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:385 msgid "" "If scheduling an activity other than a meeting, such as a :guilabel:`Call` " "or a :guilabel:`To-Do`, the fields that appear on the :guilabel:`Schedule " "Activity` pop-up form change, accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:389 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon may appear as a number of different icons, " "depending on what, if any, scheduled activities are in place, and the color " "represents their corresponding due dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:392 msgid "" "If no activities are scheduled, that is represented by a gray :guilabel:`🕘 " "(clock)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:394 msgid "" "However, if a specific activity is scheduled, the icon may appear as a " ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon for a phone call, a :guilabel:`👥 (group of " "people)` icon for a meeting, and so on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:397 msgid "" "The color of the icon indicates the status; a green icon means an activity " "is scheduled in the future, and a red icon means the activity is past due." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:400 msgid "" "For more details on activities, refer to the :doc:`../essentials/activities`" " document." @@ -841,46 +797,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The appraisal cards with the various activity icons highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 msgid "" "Enter a brief description in the :guilabel:`Summary` field of the " ":guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window, such as `Annual Appraisal for " "(Employee)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:409 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button. From the calendar page " "that appears, navigate to, and double-click on, the desired date and time " "for the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:412 msgid "" "Doing so opens a :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up form. From this pop-up form, " "make any desired modifications, such as designating a :guilabel:`Start` " "time, or giving a :guilabel:`Name` to the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:416 msgid "" "Add the appraisee in the :guilabel:`Attendees` section, and include anyone " "else who should be in the meeting, if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:419 msgid "" "To make the meeting a video call, instead of an in-person meeting, click " ":guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting`, and a :guilabel:`Videocall URL` link appears in " "the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:422 msgid "" "Once all the desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:424 msgid "" "The meeting now appears on the calendar, and the invited parties are " "informed, via email." @@ -892,183 +848,46 @@ msgid "" "appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 msgid "" "The other way to schedule a meeting is from the individual appraisal form. " "To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Appraisal application` " "dashboard, then click on an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button, and the calendar loads." " Follow the same directions above to create the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 msgid "" -"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button says " +"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button reads " ":guilabel:`No Meeting`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:463 -msgid "Goals" -msgstr "Tujuan" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:465 -msgid "" -"The ability to set goals for employees to work toward is an important " -"feature of Odoo *Appraisals*. Goals are typically set during an appraisal, " -"so the employee knows what they need to work toward before their next " -"appraisal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:469 -msgid "" -"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> " -"Goals`. This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban " -"view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:472 -msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:474 -msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the name of the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:475 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee the goal is assigned to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 -msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:477 -msgid ":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Employee`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is assigned " -"to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:480 -msgid "" -"If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " -"corner of the goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 -msgid "" -"Every individual goal requires its own entry for each employee. If employees" -" have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the list. For " -"example, if both Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " -"appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " -"goal for Sara." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 -msgid "New goal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:495 -msgid "" -"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application -->" -" Goals`, and click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:498 -msgid "" -"Enter the information on the card. The information requested is all the same" -" information that appears on the :ref:`goal card ` in the " -"Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field and a " -":guilabel:`Description` tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:502 -msgid "" -"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field by default, and " -"the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" -" profile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:505 -msgid "" -"Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " -"useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:513 -msgid "Completed goals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:515 -msgid "" -"When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " -"be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " -"dashboard, or from the individual goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:518 -msgid "" -"To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" -" the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the top-right of a goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:522 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon **only** appears when the mouse hovers " -"over the corner of a goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:525 -msgid "" -"Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " -"green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " -"card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:528 -msgid "" -"To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " -"open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " -"the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner " -"appears in the top-right corner of the goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:533 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:526 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:753 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:830 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Laporan" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:442 msgid "" "The *Appraisals* application tracks two metrics across two different " "reports: an :ref:`appraisal analysis `, and a " ":ref:`skills evolution `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:448 msgid "Appraisal analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:450 msgid "" "To access the *Appraisal Analysis* report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Appraisal " @@ -1076,7 +895,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted in different colors to represent their status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 msgid "" "Appraisals in yellow are completed, appraisals in orange are in-progress " "(the appraisal is confirmed, but not completed), and appraisals in gray are " @@ -1084,13 +903,13 @@ msgid "" "been confirmed yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 msgid "" "The report displays the whole current year, by default, grouped by " "department." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:460 msgid "" "To change the calendar view presented, change the date settings in the top-" "left of the report. The options to display are :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -1098,13 +917,13 @@ msgid "" " move forward or backward in time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:464 msgid "" "At any point, click the :guilabel:`Today` button to present the calendar to " "include today's date in the view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:467 msgid "" "The report can have other filters and groupings set in the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top." @@ -1114,64 +933,64 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A report showing all the appraisals for the Appraisal Analysis report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 msgid "Skills evolution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 msgid "" "To access the *Skills Evolution* report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Skills Evolution`. " "This displays a report of all skills, grouped by employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:481 msgid "" "All the lines of the report are collapsed, by default. To view the details " "of a line, click on a line to expand the data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:484 msgid "Each skill has the following information listed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:486 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: name of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 msgid ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: the category the skill falls under." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:488 msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the specific, individual skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:489 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Level`: the level the employee had previously " "achieved for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:583 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Progress`: the previous percentage of competency " "achieved for the skill (based on the :guilabel:`Skill Level`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:585 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Skill Level`: the current level the employee has achieved" " for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Skill Progress`: the current percentage of competency " "achieved for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:494 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Justification`: any notes entered on the skill explaining the " "progress." @@ -1181,11 +1000,182 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A report showing all the skills grouped by employee." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:501 +msgid ":doc:`appraisals/goals`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:3 +msgid "Goals" +msgstr "Tujuan" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Appraisals* application allows managers to set goals for their " +"employees. That way, employees know what to work toward before their next " +"review." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`. " +"This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:13 +msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:15 +msgid ":guilabel:`Goal`: the name of the goal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:16 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the employee the goal is assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:17 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-clock-o` :guilabel:`(clock)` icon: displays the corresponding " +":doc:`activity icon <../../essentials/activities>` for the record. If no " +"activities are scheduled, the default icon is the :icon:`fa-clock-o` " +":guilabel:`(clock)`. If any activities have been scheduled, the icon " +"represents the activity scheduled soonest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:21 +msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal. The " +"options are :guilabel:`0%`, :guilabel:`25%`, :guilabel:`50%`, " +":guilabel:`75%`, or :guilabel:`100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Icon`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is " +"assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " +"corner of the goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 +msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every individual goal requires its own record for each employee. If multiple" +" employees have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For example, if Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " +"appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " +"goal for Sara." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:40 +msgid "New goal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`," +" and click :guilabel:`New` top-left corner to open a blank goal form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Input the :guilabel:`Goal`, :guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Progress`, and " +":guilabel:`Deadline`, information on the goal card, as discussed in the " +":ref:`goal card ` section of this document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The information requested is all the same information that appears on the " +"goal card in the Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field " +"and a :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " +"all tags need to be added. To add a tag, enter the name of the tag on the " +"line, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(tag)\"`. Repeat this for all tags that" +" need to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field, by default, and " +"the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" +" profile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " +"useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 +msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:68 +msgid "Completed goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:70 +msgid "" +"When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " +"be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " +"dashboard, or from the individual goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" +" the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon in the top-" +"right of a goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon **only** " +"appears when the mouse hovers over the top-right corner of a goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " +"green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " +"open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " +"the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner " +"appears in the top-right corner of the goal form." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:5 msgid "Attendances" msgstr "Absensi" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Attendances* application functions as a time clock. Employees are " "able to check in and out of work using a dedicated device in kiosk mode, " @@ -1195,56 +1185,55 @@ msgid "" " are working overtime, or checking out of work earlier than expected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:16 msgid "Access rights" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:18 msgid "" "It is important to understand how the different access rights affect what " -"users can access in the *Attendances* application." +"options and features users can access in the *Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 msgid "" -"Every user in the database is always able to access their own information on" -" the dashboard and can check in and out directly from the database. Access " -"to all the other features is determined by access rights." +"Every user in the database is able to check in and out directly from the " +"database, without needing access to the *Attendances* application. " +"Additionally, all users can access their own attendance records from their " +"employee form in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Access to both the *Attendances* application, and the various features " +"within the application is determined by access rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:28 msgid "" "To see what access rights a user has, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Settings application --> Users & Companies: Users`, and " -"click on an individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by" -" default. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the " -"setting. For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to " -"leave the field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users & Companies: Users`, and click on an " +"individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by default. " +"Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the setting. " +"For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to leave the " +"field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:34 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Administrator` option is selected, the user has full " "access to the entire *Attendances* application, with no restrictions. They " -"can view all employee attendance records, enter kiosk mode from the " +"can view all employee attendance records, enter *Kiosk mMode* from the " "application, access all reporting metrics, and make modifications to the " -"settings." +"settings. If left blank, the user does **not** have access to the " +"*Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If left blank, the user can only view their own information on the " -"*Attendances* application dashboard and can view their own personal " -"attendance records under the reporting feature. All other attendance records" -" are hidden from view on the report. There is no access to either the kiosk " -"mode or the configuration menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:42 msgid "Approvers" msgstr "Approver" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:44 msgid "" "The **only** other scenario where different information may be accessible in" " the *Attendances* application is for approvers. If a user does *not* have " @@ -1257,7 +1246,7 @@ msgid "" "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:52 msgid "" "To see who the attendance approver is for an employee, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Employees application` and click on the specific employee. " @@ -1268,7 +1257,7 @@ msgid "" "reports, and make modifications to their records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:61 msgid "" "Few configurations are needed in the *Attendances* application. Determining " "how employees check in and out, defining how the kiosks function, and " @@ -1277,11 +1266,11 @@ msgid "" "Configuration` to access the configuration menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:67 msgid "Modes" msgstr "Mode-Mode" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how an employee " "checks in when using a kiosk. Options are :guilabel:`Barcode/RFID`, " @@ -1289,31 +1278,31 @@ msgid "" "Selection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:76 msgid "" "The *Barcode* application **does not** need to be installed to use one of " "the Barcode/RFID settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances from Backend`: activate this selection to allow users" " to check in and out directly from the Odoo database. If this is not " "activated, users must use a kiosk to check in and out of work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 msgid "Kiosk settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:88 msgid "" "This section only needs to be configured if employees use kiosks for " "checking in and out. If kiosks are **not** being used, modifying any of " "these fields does **not** adversely affect the *Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode Source`: this setting appears **only** if either of the " "two Barcode/RFID selections were configured for the :ref:`Kiosk Mode " @@ -1322,7 +1311,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Front Camera`, or :guilabel:`Back Camera`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:96 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification`: activate this option if employees " "should use a unique PIN to check in. PINs are configured on each individual " @@ -1330,14 +1319,14 @@ msgid "" "documentation for more information on setting up PINs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Time`: set the duration (in seconds) the check in and " "check out confirmation screen remains on the kiosk before going back to the " "main check in screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:101 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendance Kiosk Url`: Odoo generates a unique web address (URL) " "to use a device as a kiosk without having to sign in to the Odoo database. " @@ -1345,7 +1334,7 @@ msgid "" " browser to present the Attendances application kiosk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 msgid "" "These kiosk URLs are **not** secured with any type of access code. Anyone " "who has the URL can access the Attendances application kiosk. If the URL is " @@ -1354,17 +1343,17 @@ msgid "" "generate a new URL and update the kiosk accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:112 msgid "Extra hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:114 msgid "" "This section specifies how extra time is calculated, including when extra " "time is counted and what time is not logged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count of Extra Hours`: enable this box to allow employees to log " "extra hours beyond their set working hours (sometimes referred to as " @@ -1372,14 +1361,14 @@ msgid "" "well. If this is not activated, no other configurations appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start From`: the current date is automatically entered in this " "field. If desired, click on this field and use the calendar selector to " "modify the start date on which extra hours are logged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Company`: enter the amount of time, in" " minutes, that is **not** counted towards an employee's overtime. When an " @@ -1387,7 +1376,7 @@ msgid "" "minutes, the extra time is **not** counted as overtime for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Employee`: enter the amount of time, " "in minutes, that an employee is given, that does **not** adversely affect " @@ -1397,33 +1386,33 @@ msgid "" "they are **not** penalized for their reduced hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 msgid "" "A company sets both of the :guilabel:`Tolerance` fields to `15` minutes, and" " the working hours for the entire company are set from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:138 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:00 AM, and checks out at 5:14 PM, the extra 14" " minutes are **not** counted towards their overtime." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:141 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:05 AM, and checks out at 4:55 PM, even though " "they logged a total of 10 minutes less than their full working hours, they " "are **not** penalized for this discrepancy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Extra Hours`: activate this box to display the extra " "hours logged by an employee when they check out with a kiosk, or when a user" " checks out in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:149 msgid "" "Employees are still able to log overtime hours even if the :guilabel:`Count " "of Extra Hours` option is not activated. The difference is that when " @@ -1432,177 +1421,41 @@ msgid "" "hours>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:164 -msgid "Check in and out via the database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users who are logged into the " -"database to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " -"application, or use a kiosk. For some smaller companies, where every " -"employee is also a user, this feature may be useful." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:170 -msgid "" -"A user can check in and out on the main database dashboard, as well as in " -"any application. In the upper right corner of the top main menu, which is " -"always visible regardless of what application the user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴" -" (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is visible. Click on the " -"colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, enabling the user to check " -"in and/or out." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:180 -msgid "Check in" -msgstr "Check in" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:182 -msgid "" -"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " -"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` and the " -"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:190 -msgid "" -"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 -msgid "" -"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " -"their computer to access their location information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:197 -msgid "" -"If the user has not checked in and out already during the current work day, " -"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " -"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" -" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " -"appears beneath that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:202 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to check in. The :guilabel:`🔴 (red " -"circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget changes appearance" -" as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has checked in, by " -"changing the green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to a yellow " -":guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:207 -msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:210 -msgid "Check out" -msgstr "Check out" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:212 -msgid "" -"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " -"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" -" populating the time field. Beneath that line, :guilabel:`HH:MM` is " -"displayed, indicating the hours and minutes that have elapsed since checking" -" in. As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes " -"that have passed since the user checked in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:218 -msgid "" -"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " -"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears in addition to " -"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The time displayed in both of " -"these fields are populated with the most recent check in time, and will " -"match. Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously " -"logged hours are displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 -msgid "" -"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " -"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " -"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that will " -"be logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:228 -msgid "" -"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " -":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button. The attendance widget updates again," -" displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the logged time, and the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check " -"in ➡️` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " -"user allows their computer to access this information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:242 -msgid "" -"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " -"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " -"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" -" appears on the dashboard, including check ins and check outs with no time " -"value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:157 msgid "Kiosk mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:159 msgid "" "Some companies may opt to use a dedicated device (a laptop or desktop PC, a " "tablet, or a mobile phone) for employees to check in and check out from. " "Kiosk mode is used for these scenarios." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:163 msgid "" "If users check in and out using either a badge or an RFID, then an " "accessible device in kiosk mode **must** be available to check in and check " "out using these two methods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 msgid "" "Entering kiosk mode is only available for users with specific :ref:`access " "rights `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:169 msgid "Kiosk mode can be activated in three different ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:171 msgid "" "Navigate to the :guilabel:`Attendances` application, and click " ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode` in the top menu. The device then enters kiosk mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:173 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click on the link in the " @@ -1610,7 +1463,7 @@ msgid "" " recommended to close the database tab to keep the database secure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:177 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click :guilabel:`Copy` next to " @@ -1624,7 +1477,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:186 msgid "" "As a security measure, once a device is in kiosk mode, it is not possible to" " exit kiosk mode and go back into the database without signing back in. To " @@ -1633,11 +1486,11 @@ msgid "" "an extra layer of security, preventing anyone from accessing the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:192 msgid "Badge" msgstr "Lencana" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 msgid "" "To check in or out using a badge, tap the :guilabel:`📷 (camera) Tap to scan`" " image in the center of the kiosk. Then, scan the barcode on the badge using" @@ -1653,11 +1506,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Attendances Kiosk view displaying the scan badge image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:206 msgid "RFID" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:208 msgid "" "To check in or out using an RFID key fob, simply scan the fob with an RFID " "reader. Once scanned, the employee is then either checked in or checked out," @@ -1665,11 +1518,11 @@ msgid "" "all the check in or check out information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:213 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manual" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:215 msgid "" "Users who do not have a scannable badge or an RFID fob can manually check in" " and out at a kiosk. Tap the :guilabel:`Identify Manually` button on the " @@ -1679,20 +1532,20 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`confirmation message ` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:221 msgid "" "When a large number of employees appear in the list, making scrolling " "inefficient, there are two ways to quickly find a specific person:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Search...`: tap on the :guilabel:`Search...` field and enter the " "person's name. As the name is typed in, the matching results are displayed " "on the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: to quickly filter the presented employees, tap on a " "department to display only those employees that are part of that department." @@ -1701,11 +1554,11 @@ msgid "" "part of the department, and is displayed when selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:232 msgid "PIN" msgstr "PIN" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:234 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification` option was activated in the " ":ref:`kiosk settings ` section of the " @@ -1713,7 +1566,7 @@ msgid "" "checking in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:238 msgid "" "After the employee is selected, a number pad appears with a message. When " "checking in, :guilabel:`(Employee) Welcome! Please enter your PIN to check " @@ -1722,7 +1575,7 @@ msgid "" "numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:243 msgid "" "Tap in the PIN using the number pad, then tap :guilabel:`OK` when done. The " "employee is then checked in or out, and a :ref:`confirmation message " @@ -1733,11 +1586,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pop-up that appears when prompted to enter a pin." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:253 msgid "Confirmation message" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:255 msgid "" "When an employee checks in or out, a confirmation message appears with all " "the check in or check out information. When checking in, a welcome message " @@ -1749,7 +1602,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 msgid "" "When checking out, the screen displays a goodbye message, with the date and " "time of check out, and the total hours logged for the day. Beneath the " @@ -1761,12 +1614,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The goodbye message with all the employee's check out information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:681 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Gambaran Umum" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:273 msgid "" "When entering the *Attendances* application, the :guilabel:`Overview` " "dashboard is presented, containing all the check in and check out " @@ -1777,11 +1630,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:280 msgid "Views" msgstr "Tampilan" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:282 msgid "" "To change the view from the default Gantt chart to a list view, click the " ":guilabel:`List` icon in the top right of the dashboard, beneath the user's " @@ -1789,7 +1642,7 @@ msgid "" "button, located next to the :guilabel:`List` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:286 msgid "" "The default view presents the current day's information. To present the " "information for the :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or " @@ -1803,7 +1656,7 @@ msgid "" "dashboard, presenting information containing the current day's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:295 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Day` view, the column for the current hour is highlighted " "in yellow. If the :guilabel:`Week` or :guilabel:`Month` view is selected, " @@ -1817,7 +1670,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:304 msgid "" "Any entries that have errors appear in red, indicating they need to be " "resolved by a user with the proper :ref:`access rights ` that need to be resolved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this filter has a drop-down to further select a " "specific time period. Select the desired time period from the options " "presented, a specific month, quarter, or year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Last 7 days`: this filter presents the attendance data for the " "last seven days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:332 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`: create a custom filter using the pop-up that " "appears when this is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 msgid "Groups" msgstr "Kelompok" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:338 msgid "The default groups that can be selected are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:340 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing the" " following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -1908,13 +1761,13 @@ msgid "" " period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:344 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee`: this group presents the attendance data organized by " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:345 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing " "the following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -1923,7 +1776,7 @@ msgid "" "time period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:349 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`: this option displays a drop-down menu with a " "variety of options to group the attendance data by, including " @@ -1931,53 +1784,53 @@ msgid "" "Address`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:356 msgid "Attendance log details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:358 msgid "" "Odoo captures various time and location details when a user checks in and " "out. The specific details provided are determined by the method the user " "checked in and out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:361 msgid "" "To view the specific check in and/or check out details for an employee, " "click on an individual entry in the overview dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 msgid "" "A detailed attendance log for the user appears in a pop-up window. To close " "the detailed attendance log, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` button in " "the bottom-left corner of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:367 msgid "The detailed attendance log contains the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:370 msgid "Main details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:372 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the name of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 msgid ":guilabel:`Check In`: the date and time the employee checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:374 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: the date and time the employee checked out. This only" " appears if the employee has checked out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:376 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Worked Hours`: the total amount of time the employee logged for " "the day, in an hour and minute format (HH:MM). This value calculates all the" @@ -1985,23 +1838,23 @@ msgid "" "multiple times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Extra Hours`: any extra hours the employee logged that is beyond " "their expected working hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:383 msgid "Check in/check out details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:385 msgid "" "The following information appears for both the :guilabel:`Check In` and " ":guilabel:`Check Out` sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: the method with which the attendance information was " "gathered. :guilabel:`Systray` is displayed if the employee logged in and out" @@ -2010,24 +1863,24 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`using an attendance kiosk `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:392 msgid "" ":guilabel:`IP Address`: the IP address for the computer the employee used to" " log in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:393 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browser`: the web browser the employee used to log in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:394 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Localization`: the city and country associated with the " "computer's IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:395 msgid "" ":guilabel:`GPS Coordinates`: the specific coordinates when the user logged " "in or out. To view the specific coordinates on a map, click the :guilabel:`→" @@ -2039,26 +1892,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The detailed information for an attendance entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:405 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:84 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Error" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:407 msgid "" "Entries that contain an error appear on the overview dashboard in red. In " "the :guilabel:`Gantt view`, the entry appears with a red background. If in " "the :guilabel:`List view`, the entry text appears in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:411 msgid "" "An error typically occurs when an employee has checked in but has not " "checked out within the last 24 hours, or when an employee has a check in and" " check out period spanning over 16 hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:414 msgid "" "To fix the error, the attendance entry must be modified or deleted. Click on" " the entry to reveal a pop-up containing the details for that particular " @@ -2075,27 +1928,27 @@ msgid "" "selector is shown, and the time selector is highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:426 msgid "" "When all the information on the pop-up is correct, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close`. When the entry no longer has an error, the entry appears in gray " "instead of red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 msgid "" "To delete an entry, click :guilabel:`Remove` on the pop-up instead of making" " modifications to the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:435 msgid "" "To view attendance reports, click :guilabel:`Reporting` in the top menu. The" " default report displays each employee's attendance information for the past" " 3 months, in a :guilabel:`Line Chart`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 msgid "" "The default view is a :guilabel:`Graph`. To view the data in a pivot table, " "click the :guilabel:`Pivot Table` button on the top right of the report. To " @@ -2103,14 +1956,14 @@ msgid "" "next to the :guilabel:`Pivot Table` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 msgid "" "To present different information, adjust the :ref:`filters and groups " "` in the same way as in the :guilabel:`Overview`" " dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:445 msgid "" "The data can be presented in either a :guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line" " Chart`, :guilabel:`Pie Chart`, :guilabel:`Stacked` chart, or in " @@ -2119,13 +1972,13 @@ msgid "" "chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 msgid "" "To change the :guilabel:`Measures`, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button " "and select the desired measure from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:452 msgid "" "The report can also be inserted into a spreadsheet. Click the " ":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button and a pop-up appears. Select the " @@ -2137,6 +1990,151 @@ msgid "" "The default report view, with all the optional view buttons highlighted." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/check_in_check_out`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:461 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/hardware`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:3 +msgid "Check in and out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users, who are logged into the " +"database, to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " +"application, or use a kiosk. For smaller companies, where every employee is " +"also a user, this feature may be useful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A user can check in and/or out on the main database Odoo dashboard, or while" +" inside any application. To do so, in the upper-right corner of the top main" +" header menu, which is always visible regardless of what application the " +"user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is " +"visible. Click on the colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, " +"enabling the user to check in and/or out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:22 +msgid "Check in" +msgstr "Check in" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " +"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)`, and the " +"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in` " +":icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " +"their computer to access their location information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If the user has not already checked in and out during the current work day, " +"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " +"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" +" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " +"appears in that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button to check in. The " +":guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget " +"changes appearance, as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has" +" checked in, by changing the green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` " +"button to a yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:49 +msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:148 +msgid "Check out" +msgstr "Check out" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " +"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" +" populating the time field. Beneath that line, the hours and minutes that " +"have elapsed since checking in are displayed in a :guilabel:`HH:MM` format. " +"As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes that " +"have passed since the user checked in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " +"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears, in addition to " +"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The times displayed in both of " +"these fields match, and are populated with the most recent check in time. " +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously logged " +"time is displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " +"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " +"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that is " +"logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:70 +msgid "" +"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " +":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " +"yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button. The attendance " +"widget updates again, displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the " +"logged time, while the yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` " +"button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " +"user allows their computer to access this information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:85 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " +"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " +"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" +" appears on the main *Attendances* dashboard, including check ins and check " +"outs with no time value." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Hardware" msgstr "Perangkat keras" @@ -2239,6 +2237,305 @@ msgid "" "departments." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:3 +msgid "Departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"All employees in the *Employees* app fall under specific departments within " +"a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:8 +msgid "Create new departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To make a new department, navigate to :menuselection:`Employees app --> " +"Departments`, then click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left to reveal a blank " +"department form. Fill out the following information on the department form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The department for with all fields filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:18 +msgid ":guilabel:`Department Name`: enter a name for the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: using the drop-down menu, select the department " +"manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Parent Department`: if the new department is housed within " +"another department (has a parent department), select the parent department " +"using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates`: if employees in this department " +"require a specific appraisal form that is different from the default " +"appraisal form, tick the checkbox. If this option is activated, an " +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab appears below the form. This field " +"**only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " +"department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Survey`: using the drop-down menu, select the default " +"survey to use for the department when requesting feedback from employees. " +"This field **only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed, **and** " +"the *360 Feedback* option is enabled in the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the department. Click the default " +"white color box to display all the color options. Click on a color to select" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab: this tab **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates` options is activated on the form. " +"Make any desired edits to the appraisal form. The appraisal form is used for" +" appraisals for all employees within this department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:36 +msgid "" +"After the form is completed, click the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon to manually save the changes. When saved, a " +":guilabel:`Department Organization` chart appears in the top-right of the " +"department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The form auto-saves while data is entered, however the :guilabel:`Department" +" Organization` chart does **not** appear until the form is manually saved. " +"If the form is not saved, the :guilabel:`Department Organization` chart is " +"visible upon opening the department card from the :guilabel:`Departments` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:47 +msgid "Refer to the :doc:`../appraisals` documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:50 +msgid "Departments dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured departments, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Departments`. All departments appear in a " +"Kanban view, by default, and are listed in alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The departments dashboard view with all the department cards in a Kanban " +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:175 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "Tampilan kanban" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each department has its own Kanban card on the main :guilabel:`Departments` " +":icon:`oi-view-kanban` :guilabel:`(Kanban)` dashboard view, that can display" +" the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:66 +msgid "Department name: the name of the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:67 +msgid "Company: the company the department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employees`: the number of employees within the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisals`: the number of appraisals scheduled for employees in " +"the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Requests`: the number of unapproved time off requests " +"for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval ` . This **only** appears if there are requests to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allocation Requests`: the number of unapproved allocation " +"requests for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval " +"`. This **only** appears if there are requests " +"to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Applicants`: the number of :ref:`new applicants " +"` for a position in this department. This **only** appears " +"if there are new applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expense Reports`: the number of employees in the department with " +":ref:`open expense reports to approve `. This **only** " +"appears if there are any expense reports waiting for approval." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Absence`: the number of absences for the current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Color bar: the selected color for the department appears as a vertical bar " +"on the left side of the department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click on an alert in a department card, such as :guilabel:`Time Off " +"Requests`, to reveal a list view of the requests to approve. This list " +"includes **all** open requests to approve, not just from the specific " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The default view for the :guilabel:`Departments` dashboard is a Kanban view." +" It is possible to view the departments in two other forms: a list view and " +"a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Tampilan list" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a list view, click the :icon:`fa-align-justify` " +":guilabel:`(list)` icon in the top-right corner. The departments appear in a" +" list view, which displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Employees`, " +":guilabel:`Parent Department`, and :guilabel:`Color` for each department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The departments are sorted alphabetically by :guilabel:`Department Name`, by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The departments presented in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When in list view, departments can be managed in batch by selecting one or " +"multiple record's checkbox, then select the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Actions` button to reveal a drop-down menu of actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:113 +msgid "Hierarchy view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a hierarchy view, click the :icon:`fa-share-alt " +"fa-rotate-90` :guilabel:`(hierarchy)` icon in the top-right corner. The " +"departments appear in an organizational chart format, with the highest-level" +" department at the top (typically :guilabel:`Management`), and all other " +"departments beneath it. All child departments of the first-level child " +"departments are folded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Each department card displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, the " +":guilabel:`Manager` (and their profile image), the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Employees` in the department, and the ability to expand the department " +"(:guilabel:`Unfold`) if there are child departments beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Unfold` button on a department card to expand it. Once " +"expanded, the :guilabel:`Unfold` button changes to a :guilabel:`Fold` " +"button. To collapse the department, click the :guilabel:`Fold` button. Only " +"**one** department *per row* can be unfolded at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Click anywhere on a department card to open the department form. Click the " +":guilabel:`(#) Employees` smart button to view a list of all the employees " +"in that department, including all employees in the child departments beneath" +" it, organized by individual department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In the hierarchy view, if the :guilabel:`(2) Employees` button on the " +":guilabel:`Management` card is clicked (the highest-level department card), " +"**all** employees appear in a list view, grouped by department. This is " +"because **all** departments are children of the :guilabel:`Management` " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`(3) Employees` button in the :guilabel:`Sales` department " +"card is clicked, the employees from the :guilabel:`Sales` department, as " +"well as its two child departments (:guilabel:`East Coast Territory` and " +":guilabel:`West Coat Territory`), appear in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "The departments presented in a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list view of employees for the department that was clicked, including all child\n" +"departments." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 msgid "New employees" msgstr "Karyawan baru" @@ -2313,7 +2610,6 @@ msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:736 msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "" @@ -2434,7 +2730,8 @@ msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:869 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "" @@ -3673,7 +3970,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:398 msgid "Salary" msgstr "Gaji " @@ -5038,10 +5335,6 @@ msgid "" "different ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 -msgid "List view" -msgstr "Tampilan list" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:304 msgid "" "The default view of the service records is a list view. This presents all " @@ -5089,11 +5382,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The form automatically saves as data is entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 -msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "Tampilan kanban" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:331 msgid "" "To view services by their stage, click the :guilabel:`Kanban` button, which " @@ -5179,11 +5467,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:380 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:230 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:889 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:894 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "" @@ -5454,11 +5742,11 @@ msgid "" " pop-up windows close, and the activity now appears on the activity view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 msgid "Frontdesk" msgstr "Frontdesk" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:7 msgid "" "The Odoo *Frontdesk* application provides a way for visitors to check in to " "a building or location, and alert the person they are meeting about their " @@ -5466,24 +5754,24 @@ msgid "" "brought to them, while they wait." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:11 msgid "" "This application is ideal for businesses that do **not** have someone " "working at a reception desk, locations **without** a designated waiting area" " available to guests and visitors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:17 msgid "" "The first item to configure with the *Frontdesk* application is the station," " followed by any drink selections that might optionally be offered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 msgid "Stations" msgstr "Station-Station" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:23 msgid "" "In Odoo's *Frontdesk* application, a *Station* can be thought of as any " "location where someone can sign in and wait for an employee. This is " @@ -5491,35 +5779,35 @@ msgid "" "kiosk where visitors check in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:27 msgid "" "When setting up the *Frontdesk* application, a minimum of one station " "**must** be configured, but there is no limit to how many stations can be " "created and configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:30 msgid "" "To create a station, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Stations`, and click :guilabel:`New`. When clicked, a " "blank frontdesk form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Name`: enter a name for the specific frontdesk " "location. This should be short and easily identifiable, such as `Reception " "Desk` or `Main Lobby`. This field is required in order to create a station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:38 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsibles`: select the person (or persons) who are alerted " "when a visitor checks in using this specific frontdesk. Multiple selections " "can be entered. This field is required in order to create a station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk URL`: this field auto-populates once the frontdesk form is " "saved, with at least the :guilabel:`Frontdesk Name` and " @@ -5527,46 +5815,45 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`(cloud with upward arrow)` icon, located at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:45 msgid "" "Once saved, a URL is generated in the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` field. This URL " "is one way the frontdesk kiosk is accessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:48 msgid "" "To access the kiosk, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at the end of the " "URL, and navigate to that URL in a web browser. This URL opens that specific" " station's frontdesk sign-in page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:52 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a frontdesk form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera" " with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:166 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:184 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to open a file explorer, navigate " "to the desired image/photo file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:58 msgid "" "The image selected for the station photo appears as the background image for" " the station kiosk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:61 msgid "Options tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Host Selection`: if the visitor is attending a meeting, this " "option allows the visitor to select the meeting host from a presented list, " @@ -5574,35 +5861,35 @@ msgid "" "detailed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Authenticate Guest`: if additional information is required when a" " guest checks in, enable this option, and select which of the following are " "required:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: select whether the guest's email address is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Phone`: select whether the guest's phone number is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Organization`: select whether the guest's organization is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Theme`: select the color mode of the kiosk. Choose either " ":guilabel:`Light` or :guilabel:`Dark`. The :guilabel:`Light` selection " @@ -5610,7 +5897,7 @@ msgid "" "selection displays a dark gray and black background." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Self Check-In`: enable this option to present a check-in QR code " "on the kiosk. The QR code allows guests to check in using their mobile " @@ -5618,7 +5905,7 @@ msgid "" "kiosk with multiple guests checking in at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Offer Drinks`: enable this option to offer guests a drink upon " "check in. If this option is enabled, it is necessary to :ref:`configure the " @@ -5627,13 +5914,13 @@ msgid "" " are configured, select each drink to be offered using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:90 msgid "" "The following options are only visible in the :guilabel:`Options` tab if the" " :ref:`Host Selection ` option is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by email`: enable this option to have an email sent to the" " person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -5641,20 +5928,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Email Template` selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:97 msgid "" "To change the default email template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`Email Template` field, then select another email template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any edits to the " "template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:102 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by SMS`: enable this option to have an SMS (text) message " "sent to the person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -5662,13 +5949,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk SMS Template` selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:106 msgid "" "To change the default SMS template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`SMS Template` field, and select another SMS template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:109 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any desired edits to the" @@ -5676,7 +5963,7 @@ msgid "" "characters, which fits in 4 SMS (UNICODE) messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by Discuss`: this option is enabled by default when the " ":guilabel:`Host Selection` option is enabled. This option opens a *Discuss* " @@ -5684,28 +5971,28 @@ msgid "" "in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:116 msgid "" "When enabled, a default message appears for the person the guest is " "visiting. The *Discuss* application **must** be installed in order for this " "option to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:120 msgid "" "*Discuss* is installed by default when creating an Odoo database, and does " "not count towards billing. As long as the *Discuss* application is not " "intentionally uninstalled, the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option works." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:125 msgid "" "The default message format for the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option is: " "`(Frontdesk Station) Check-In: (Guest Name) (Guest Phone Number) " "(Organization) to meet (Name of employee).`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:128 msgid "" "An example of how that might appear in a *Discuss* message is: `Main Lobby " "Check-In: John Doe (123-555-1234) (Odoo, Inc.) to meet Marc Demo.`" @@ -5715,11 +6002,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Frontdesk station form with all the information filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 msgid "Side Message tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:138 msgid "" "Enter any desired text to appear on the station kiosk after a guest has " "checked in, such as a welcome greeting or any necessary instructions. The " @@ -5727,11 +6014,12 @@ msgid "" " a guest has completed the check-in process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:112 msgid "Drinks" msgstr "Minuman" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:147 msgid "" "After a station is created, the next step is to configure the drinks to " "offer visitors, if desired. This step is **not** necessary or required for " @@ -5739,31 +6027,31 @@ msgid "" "drinks are offered to guests." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:151 msgid "" "To add a drink option, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Drinks`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a " "blank drink form to configure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 msgid "Enter the following information on the drink form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Drink Name`: type the name of the drink option in this field. " "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 msgid "" ":guilabel:`People to Notify`: use the drop-down menu in this field to select" " who is notified when the drink is selected. Multiple people can be entered " "in this field. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:159 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a numerical value in this field to indicate " "where in the list of drink options this specific option appears. The lower " @@ -5772,16 +6060,16 @@ msgid "" "first in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:163 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:181 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a drink form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera " "with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:169 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:187 msgid "" "The image selected now appears in the picture field, and is set as the image" " for the drink." @@ -5791,156 +6079,237 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Drink form with the information filled out for an espresso." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:178 msgid "Station dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:192 +msgid "Kiosk setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " +"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " +"tablet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:197 +msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " +":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" +" a new browser tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " +"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" +" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " +"browser tab or window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " +"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " +"accessing the database when checking-in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" +" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " +":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " +"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " +"requests were made for each drink." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:220 +msgid "" +"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " +"other metrics, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`frontdesk/visitors`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:3 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "Pengunjung" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:5 msgid "" -"To access a complete list of visitors that are currently checked in, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +"In the Odoo *Frontdesk* application, a *visitor* is defined as any non-" +"employee (e.g., repair person, job candidate, etc.). These visitors can be " +"logged upon arrival and departure for security purposes. This ensures an " +"accurate list of people on the premises." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:196 -msgid "" -"The visitors are listed in a list view, with the following details that were" -" entered when they checked in:" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:12 +msgid "Visitor list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To access a complete list of checked-in visitors, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:18 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Planned or Checked-In` and :guilabel:`Today` " "filters appear in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:21 +msgid "" +"All visitors are presented in a list view, with the following details that " +"were entered upon check in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:24 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the guest's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:25 msgid ":guilabel:`Visitor Company`: the company the guest represents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: the guest's phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 -msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`: the drink the guest requested." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`\\*: the drink the guest requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:28 msgid ":guilabel:`Host`: who the guest is waiting to see." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:29 msgid ":guilabel:`CheckIn`: the date and time the guest checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Checkout`: the date and time the guest checked out. As mentioned," -" in the default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " +":guilabel:`Checkout`\\*: the date and time the guest checked out. In the " +"default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " ":guilabel:`Planned` status are visible. Guests with check-out times are only" " visible if the :guilabel:`Today` filter is not active." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duration`: the amount of time the guest has been checked in for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`Station`: the location of where the guest checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: the status of the guest. The options are " ":guilabel:`Checked-In`, :guilabel:`Planned`, :guilabel:`Checked-Out`, or " -":guilabel:`Canceled`. In the default view, only guests with a " -":guilabel:`Checked-In` or :guilabel:`Planned` status are visible." +":guilabel:`Canceled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: the guest's email address." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`\\*: the guest's email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:39 msgid "" -"To the far right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page is " -"an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +"\\* These fields are not visible in the default :guilabel:`Visitor` list. " +"These must be enabled using the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` " +":guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon in the top-right of the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To the far-right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page, " +"there is an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:46 msgid "" "When a guest leaves, click the available :guilabel:`Check out` button to " "update the guest's record, and log the date and time they left." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:49 msgid "" "If a scheduled guest arrives, and they did not check in using the " "*Frontdesk* kiosk, they can be checked in here, by clicking the available " ":guilabel:`Check in` button to log the date and time they arrived." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:53 msgid "" -"Beside the untitled status column a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button appears," -" but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." +"Beside the untitled status column, a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " +"appears, but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:56 msgid "" "When their drink has been served, click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " "to indicate the drink has been delivered to the guest. Once clicked, that " "button disappears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst-1 msgid "" "The full list of currently checked in visitors, with the drinks to be served" " highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:63 msgid "" "If any column is not visible, or if a visible column is preferred to be " -"hidden, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options (two horizontal lines with " -"dots)` icon, located at the end of the column name list." +"hidden, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(additional " +"options)` icon, located at the end of the column name list. Doing so, " +"reveals a reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or disable. A" +" :icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`(check)` icon indicates the column is visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Clicking that reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or " -"disable. A :guilabel:`✅ (checkmark)` icon indicates the column is visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:69 msgid "Planned visitors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:71 msgid "" -"If a guest is expected to arrive at a future date and time, it is possible " -"to enter their information into the *Frontdesk* application in advance." +"Enter expected guest information in advance by creating a planned guest in " +"the *Frontdesk* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:73 msgid "" "To create a planned guest, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Visitors --> New`. Then, enter the same information as any other " -":ref:`visitor `. The only required fields are the " -"visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the :guilabel:`Station` at which they are " -"expected to arrive." +"Visitors`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, enter the same information as " +"any other :ref:`visitor ` on the guest form that appears. " +"The only required fields are the visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Station` at which they are expected to arrive." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:79 msgid "" "If a guest is planned in advance, they must be checked in from the list on " "the :guilabel:`Visitors` page in the *Frontdesk* application " @@ -5949,96 +6318,71 @@ msgid "" " entry remains listed as :guilabel:`Planned`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:84 msgid "" -"Only when a planned guest is checked in inside the application's visitor " -"list, their :guilabel:`Planned` status changes to :guilabel:`Checked-In`." +"The :guilabel:`Planned` status of a planned guest **only** changes to " +":guilabel:`Checked-In` when they are checked in *inside* the application's " +":guilabel:`Visitors` list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:87 msgid "" "If a guest does check in using a kiosk, ensure all records are current, and " -"the list of currently on-site guests is correct. Be sure to check in and/or " -"check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly reflects who " -"is currently on the premises." +"the list of guests that are currently on-site is correct. Be sure to check " +"in and/or check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly " +"reflects who is currently on the premises." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:91 msgid "" "Ensure planned guests are informed that they should **not** check in using " "the kiosk if they are listed as a planned guest in advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:274 -msgid "Frontdesk flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " -"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " -"tablet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:279 -msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:281 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " -":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" -" a new browser tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:283 -msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " -"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" -" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " -"browser tab or window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:288 -msgid "" -"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " -"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " -"accessing the database when checking-in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:95 msgid "Visitor flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:294 -msgid "" -"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a frontdesk kiosk, and " -"enter their information. The information requested is what was configured " -"for that specific frontdesk station. If any information is required, the " -"field displays a red asterisk (*). The visitor must enter the required " -"information in order to check in." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:98 +msgid "Visitor check in" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a :ref:`Frontdesk kiosk " +"`, and click :guilabel:`Check in`. The information " +"requested from the visitor is what was configured for that specific " +"*Frontdesk* station. If any information is required, the field displays a " +"red asterisk (\\*). The visitor **must** enter the required information in " +"order to check in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:105 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, the visitor taps the :guilabel:`Check " "In` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:108 msgid "" -"If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check " -"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: `Do " -"you want something to drink?`" +"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," +" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check " +"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: " +":guilabel:`Do you want something to drink?`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:117 msgid "" "The visitor can tap either :guilabel:`Yes, please`, or :guilabel:`No, thank " "you`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:119 msgid "" "If they select :guilabel:`Yes, please`, a drink selection screen appears, " "and the pre-configured options are listed. The visitor then taps the desired" @@ -6046,47 +6390,46 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Nothing, thanks` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:123 msgid "" -"If a drink selection was made, a `Thank you for registering! Your drink is " -"on the way.` message appears." +"If a drink selection was made, a :guilabel:`Thank you for registering! Your " +"drink is on the way.` message appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:313 -msgid "" -"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," -" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:127 +msgid "Notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:129 msgid "" "Once the visitor has checked in, the person they are visiting, and any other" -" users who were configured to be notified when checks ins occur at the " -"kiosk, are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a " -"*Discuss* chat, or any combination of those three options." +" users who were configured to be notified when check-ins occur at the kiosk," +" are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a *Discuss*" +" chat, or any combination of those three options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:133 msgid "" "If the visitor requested a drink, the user(s) configured as the " -":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified via the " -"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: `(Visitor Name) just " -"checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" +":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified, via the " +"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: :guilabel:`(Visitor " +"Name) just checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the drink has been delivered to the guest, the person who delivered the" " drink is responsible for marking the drink as delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:140 msgid "" "To mark a drink as delivered, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Stations --> (#) Drinks to serve` on the desired station card." +"Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#) " +"Drinks to serve`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:143 msgid "" "This opens a list of all the visitors checked in at that station, and are " "waiting for a drink. Click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button at the end of" @@ -6094,64 +6437,39 @@ msgid "" "their drink served, the visitor disappears from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:150 msgid "" "Once the visitor has completed their business, and has left the premises, it" " is important to check them out for accurate record keeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:153 msgid "" "To check visitors out properly, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app " -"--> Stations --> (#) On Site`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who" -" are currently checked-in at that station." +"--> Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#)" +" Drinks to serve`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who are " +"currently checked-in at that station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:157 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check Out` button near the end of the line for the " +"Click the :guilabel:`Check out` button near the end of the line for the " "visitor who left. Once they are marked as checked-out, the visitor " "disappears from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:161 msgid "" -"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important to" -" check out visitors for accurate record keeping." +"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important " +"for *Frontdesk* users to check out visitors for accurate record keeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:164 msgid "" "Always have an accurate list of who is on the premises at any given time. " "This is important for security purposes, and in the case of an emergency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:353 -msgid "" -"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " -"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:355 -msgid "" -"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" -" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " -":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:358 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " -"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " -"requests were made for each drink." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:361 -msgid "" -"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " -"other metrics, as well." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:5 msgid "Lunch" msgstr "Makan siang" @@ -6659,7 +6977,7 @@ msgid "The category form, with the fields filled out for a Soup category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:280 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:701 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:392 msgid "Alerts" msgstr "Alert" @@ -7876,13 +8194,20 @@ msgid "" "the changes are also reflected in the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To access contract templates, the *Salary Configurator* " +"(`hr_contract_salary`) module **must** be :ref:`installed " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "To view all the current contract templates in the database, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Contracts: Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Contract Templates` page, all current contract templates " "appear in a list view. To view the details of a contract template, click " @@ -7891,40 +8216,40 @@ msgid "" "contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" "To create a new contract template, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Then, " "enter the following information on the blank contract template form that " "appears:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Reference`: enter a brief description for the template. " "This should be clear and easily understood, as this name appears in the " "*Recruitment* application, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: select the desired working schedule the " "contract applies to from the drop-down menu. If a new working schedule is " "needed, create a :ref:`new working schedule `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select how the work entries are generated. " "Choices are either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: work entries are generated based on the " "selected working schedule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "attendance, as they are logged in the *Attendances* application. Refer to " @@ -7932,56 +8257,56 @@ msgid "" "on checking in and out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Planning`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "planning in the *Planning* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select the :ref:`salary structure type " "` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the contract template applies " "to from the drop-down menu. If blank, the template applies to all " "departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Job Position`: select the :ref:`job position ` the contract template applies to from the drop-down menu. If " "blank, the template applies to all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 msgid ":guilabel:`Wage on Payroll`: enter the monthly wage in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Type`: select the type of contract from the drop-down " "menu. This list is the same as the :ref:`Employment Types " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: select the employee responsible for validating " "contracts, using this template, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`: select a default document that a" " new employee has to sign to accept an offer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template`: select a default document " "that a current employee has to sign to update their contract." @@ -7991,18 +8316,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new contract template form, with the fields filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 msgid "Salary information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or " ":guilabel:`Hourly Wage` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: using the drop-down menu, select how often the " "employee is paid. Options include :guilabel:`Annually`, :guilabel:`Semi-" @@ -8011,7 +8336,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Weekly`, or :guilabel:`Daily`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage`: enter the gross wage. The time period presented in this " "field is based on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Scheduled Pay` field. " @@ -8019,21 +8344,21 @@ msgid "" "*first*, since that entry updates this field automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:172 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)`: enter the total yearly cost the employee " "costs the employer. When this value is entered, the :guilabel:`Monthly Cost " "(Real)` is automatically updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Monthly Cost (Real)`: this field is **not** editable. The value " "is automatically populated after the :guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)` is " "entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:178 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Schedule Pay`, :guilabel:`Wage`, and :guilabel:`Yearly Cost " "(Real)` fields are all linked. If any of these fields are updated, the other" @@ -8046,60 +8371,60 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The salary information tab, with the fields filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 msgid "Pre-tax benefits and post-tax deductions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:190 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings set for the company, the entries " "presented in this section either vary, or may not appear at all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "For example, some entries may pertain to retirement accounts, health " "insurance benefits, and commuter benefits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:196 msgid "" "Enter the monetary amounts or percentages to specify how much of the " "employee's salary goes to the various benefits and/or deductions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "Employment types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:204 msgid "" "To view all the pre-configured employment types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll application --> Configuration --> Contracts: " "Employment Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:207 msgid "" "The employment types are presented in a list view on the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:209 msgid "" "The default employment types are :guilabel:`Permanent`, " ":guilabel:`Temporary`, :guilabel:`Seasonal`, :guilabel:`Interim`, " ":guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, and :guilabel:`Permanent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 msgid "" "To make a new employment type, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the " "upper-left corner, and a blank line appears at the bottom of the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:215 msgid "" "On this new blank line, enter the name of the employment type in the " ":guilabel:`Name` column. If the employment type is country-specific, select " @@ -8108,7 +8433,7 @@ msgid "" " specific country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:220 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the employment types, click the :guilabel:`six " "small gray boxes` icon to the left of the employment type :guilabel:`Name`, " @@ -8119,12 +8444,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The employment types in the database by default, in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -8132,15 +8457,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:238 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:241 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -8148,14 +8473,14 @@ msgid "" "automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work " "Entry Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:251 msgid "" "Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." @@ -8167,29 +8492,29 @@ msgid "" "code and color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 msgid "" "To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:730 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:43 msgid "General information section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: the name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:269 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: this code appears with the work entry type on " "timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " @@ -8197,7 +8522,7 @@ msgid "" "department for a code to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:272 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DMFA code`: this code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " "Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding :abbr:`DMFA (De " @@ -8208,50 +8533,50 @@ msgid "" "salaries paid to those employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 msgid "" ":guilabel:`External Code`: this code is used for exporting data to a third-" "party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used to determine " "the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: this code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " "payroll service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the particular work entry type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:285 msgid "Display in payslip section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rounding`: the rounding method selected determines how quantities" " on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: a timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:295 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -8261,11 +8586,11 @@ msgid "" "hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:301 msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: if the work entry is for work that " "is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " @@ -8274,39 +8599,39 @@ msgid "" " training, or volunteer work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:309 msgid "Valid for advantages section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: if the work entry should count towards a meal " "voucher, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:312 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: if the work entry should count towards " "representation fees, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: if the work entry should count " "towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:318 msgid "Time off options section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off`: check this box if the work entry type can be selected " "for a time off request, or entry, in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field " "appears. This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time" @@ -8314,14 +8639,14 @@ msgid "" "example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "A new type of time off can be entered in the field, if the listed types of " "time off in the drop-down menu do **not** display the type of time off " "needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: this is for Belgian-specific companies " "**only**, and does **not** appear for other localizations. Check this box if" @@ -8332,11 +8657,11 @@ msgid "" "year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:336 msgid "Reporting section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:338 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: if the work entry should be visible on the " "unforeseen absences report, check this box." @@ -8346,11 +8671,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:348 msgid "Working schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 msgid "" "To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " @@ -8358,21 +8683,21 @@ msgid "" "contracts and work entries are found in this list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 msgid "" "Working schedules are company-specific. Each company **must** identify each " "type of working schedule they use. If the database is created for only one " "company, the company column is not available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" "An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " "work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " "that uses the 40-hour standard work week." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "" "A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " "needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." @@ -8384,17 +8709,17 @@ msgid "" "the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "New working schedule" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:373 msgid "" "To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " "enter the information on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -8402,7 +8727,7 @@ msgid "" "times that apply to the new working time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:380 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -8411,16 +8736,16 @@ msgid "" "modified by typing in the time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:386 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:389 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top-left. This creates " "entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" @@ -8428,11 +8753,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New working schedule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:403 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -8442,7 +8767,7 @@ msgid "" "on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:411 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -8452,73 +8777,77 @@ msgid "" "structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:417 msgid "" "The different :guilabel:`Structure Types` can be seen by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure " -"Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary: Structure Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:420 msgid "" -"There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: " -":guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Worker`. Typically, :guilabel:`Employee`" -" is used for salaried employees, which is why the wage type is " -":guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is typically used for" -" employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +"Two default structure types are configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Employee` and" +" :guilabel:`Worker`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:422 +msgid "" +"Typically, :guilabel:`Employee` is used for salaried employees, which is why" +" the wage type is :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is " +"typically used for employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is " +":guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "New structure type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " "structure type form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 msgid "" "Proceed to enter information in the fields. Most fields are pre-populated, " "but all the fields can be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:441 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Structure Type`: enter the name for the new structure type, such " "as `Employee` or `Worker`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Country`: select the country that the new structure type applies " "to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:445 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select what type of wage the new structure type uses," " either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for salaried employees, who receive the same wage " "every pay period, select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:451 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for employees, who receive wages based on how many" " hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: select the typical pay schedule for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," @@ -8527,7 +8856,7 @@ msgid "" "indicates how often this specific type of structure is paid out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: select the default working hours for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " @@ -8538,13 +8867,13 @@ msgid "" "hours>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: type in the name for the regular pay " "structure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:463 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: select the default type of work entry " "the new structure type falls under from the drop-down menu. The default " @@ -8555,13 +8884,13 @@ msgid "" "Hours`, and :guilabel:`Long Term Time Off`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 msgid "" "To view all the options for the :guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`, click " "the :guilabel:`Search More..` button at the bottom of the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:472 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings, this list may contain more options " "in addition to the default options." @@ -8572,11 +8901,11 @@ msgid "" "New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 msgid "New default working hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:484 msgid "" "To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " "in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " @@ -8586,14 +8915,14 @@ msgid "" "time. When the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: type in the name for the new default working hours. This " "should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " "Hours/Week`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that can use these new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " @@ -8601,7 +8930,7 @@ msgid "" " to have their own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:495 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: the average hours per day field is auto-" "populated, based on the working hours configured in the :guilabel:`Working " @@ -8609,13 +8938,13 @@ msgid "" "hours affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:499 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Timezone`: select the time zone to be used for the new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:501 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: enter the number of hours per week an " "employee would need to work to be considered a full-time employee. " @@ -8624,7 +8953,7 @@ msgid "" "(full-time vs part-time)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:505 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Time Rate`: this percentage is auto-generated based on the " "entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" @@ -8634,7 +8963,7 @@ msgid "" "adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: this tab is where each day's specific working" " hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " @@ -8642,26 +8971,26 @@ msgid "" "with each day divided into three timed sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:513 msgid "" "Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening " "(13:00-17:00) hours configured, using a 24 hour time format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:516 msgid "" "To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field to adjust, and " "make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the specific case of " "the times, type in the desired time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:519 msgid "" "Keep in mind, working hours are company-specific, and cannot be shared " "between companies. Each company needs to have their own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "" "If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " "bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " @@ -8670,17 +8999,17 @@ msgid "" " be adjusted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 msgid "Structures" msgstr "Struktur-Struktur" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:531 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -8688,13 +9017,13 @@ msgid "" "`Bonus`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:538 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:541 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " @@ -8705,7 +9034,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All available salary structures." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:548 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." @@ -8717,12 +9046,12 @@ msgid "" "Rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:551 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:556 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:261 msgid "Rules" msgstr "Aturan" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:558 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " "purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" @@ -8730,35 +9059,35 @@ msgid "" "the creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:562 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " "Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:565 msgid "" "To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " "the following information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 msgid "Top section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:571 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rule Name`: enter a name for the rule. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " "recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " @@ -8766,38 +9095,38 @@ msgid "" "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:577 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a number indicating when this rule is calculated" " in the sequence of all other rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:576 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Active`: enable this toggle, so the rule is available for use. " "Disable the toggle to hide the rule without deleting it in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:583 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appears on payslip`: tick the checkbox to have the rule appear on" " employee payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:584 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Employer Cost Dashboard`: tick the checkbox to have the " "rule appear on the :guilabel:`Employer Cost` report, located on the " "*Payroll* app dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:586 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Payroll Reporting`: tick the checkbox to have the rule " "appear on payroll reports." @@ -8807,15 +9136,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 msgid "General tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:597 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "Kondisi" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:599 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: select from the drop-down menu whether the " "rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always applies), a :guilabel:`Range` " @@ -8824,11 +9153,11 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:600 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:605 msgid "Computation" msgstr "Penghitungan" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:607 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: select from the drop-down menu whether the amount " "is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a :guilabel:`Percentage (%)`, or a " @@ -8836,54 +9165,54 @@ msgid "" "percentage, or Python code needs to be entered next. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:613 msgid "Company contribution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:615 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partner`: if another company financially contributes to this " "rule, select the company from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:614 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:810 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 msgid "Description tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:621 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the rule. " "This tab only appears in the rule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:625 msgid "Accounting tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:627 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Debit Account`: select the debit account from the drop-down menu " "the rule affects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Credit Account`: select the credit account from the drop-down " "menu the rule affects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:624 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:629 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not computed in net accountability`: tick the checkbox to delete " "the value of this rule in the `Net Salary` rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:633 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:636 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " @@ -8892,11 +9221,11 @@ msgid "" "has matured to more markets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:642 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:644 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " @@ -8910,14 +9239,14 @@ msgid "" "a payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 msgid "" "To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " ":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " "applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:658 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" " :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " @@ -8929,11 +9258,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new Input Type form filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:664 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:669 msgid "Salary attachment types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:671 msgid "" "Salary attachments, also thought of as \"wage garnishments\", are portions " "of earnings taken out of a payslip for something specific. Much like all " @@ -8941,7 +9270,7 @@ msgid "" "**must** be defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:675 msgid "" "To view the currently configured salary attachments, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Salary " @@ -8950,7 +9279,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Child Support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:679 msgid "" "To make a new type of salary attachment, click the :guilabel:`New` button. " "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Code` (used in the salary " @@ -8962,11 +9291,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new salary attachment form filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " "section of the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary " @@ -8976,7 +9306,7 @@ msgid "" "their salary package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:695 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -8985,11 +9315,11 @@ msgid "" "sees, and what is populated, as the applicant enters information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:701 msgid "Benefits" msgstr "Manfaat-Manfaat" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:703 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain benefits " "set in Odoo, in addition to the salary, to make an offer more appealing " @@ -8997,7 +9327,7 @@ msgid "" " or internet, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:707 msgid "" "To view the benefits, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary Package Configurator: Benefits`. Benefits are grouped by " @@ -9009,7 +9339,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list view of all the benefits available for each structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:716 msgid "" "A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " "another labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " @@ -9017,7 +9347,7 @@ msgid "" "structure type has a meal voucher benefit available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:720 msgid "" "A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use the " "company car benefit, but cannot have meal vouchers. A person hired under the" @@ -9025,29 +9355,29 @@ msgid "" "available to them, not the use of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:724 msgid "" "To make a new benefit, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " "information in the fields on the blank benefits form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:722 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 msgid "The various fields for creating a benefit are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:732 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefits`: enter the name for the benefit. This field is " "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:733 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "benefit this is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of cost " "incurred by the company for this specific benefit. The default options are " @@ -9058,7 +9388,7 @@ msgid "" "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:739 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Related Type`: select from the drop-down menu what type of " "benefit it is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -9067,52 +9397,52 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:738 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the specific field" " on the contract the benefit appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select the specific field on the contract that the " "cost of the benefit is linked to, using the drop-down menu. If this field is" " left blank, the cost of the benefit is not computed in the employee budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:748 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Net Salary`: tick the checkbox if the benefit should " "impact the employee's net salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requested Documents`: select any document that is required to be " "submitted for this benefit, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:752 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mandatory Benefits`: using the drop-down menu, select the benefit" " that is required in order for this specific benefit to be offered to the " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 msgid "" "For example, a benefit for car insurance would populate `Company Car` in " "this field. This would allow the car insurance benefit to **only** be " "displayed if the employee has selected/enabled the benefit of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:758 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this benefit applies to. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:760 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select the metric that the benefit is granted, " "using the drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " @@ -9123,17 +9453,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new benefit form filled out for an internet subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:768 msgid "Display section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:770 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show Name`: tick the checkbox to have the benefit name appear in " "the salary package configurator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:767 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: select from the drop-down menu how this benefit is" " displayed. The options are :guilabel:`Always Selected`, " @@ -9142,14 +9472,14 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 msgid "" "Depending on the selection made, additional configurations need to be made. " "For example, if :guilabel:`Radio Buttons` is selected, the individual radio " "buttons must be entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Icon`: an icon from the `Font Awesome 4 library " "`_ can be visible for this benefit. Enter" @@ -9157,43 +9487,43 @@ msgid "" "suitcase icon, the code `fa fa-suitcase` is entered on this line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hide Description`: tick the checkbox to hide the benefit " "description if the benefit is not selected by the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:784 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded`: if the benefit should be folded, or hidden, because it " "is dependant on another benefit selection, tick the checkbox. The following " "fields appear when this is active:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Label`: enter a name for the folded section of the benefit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:783 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:788 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Res Field`: select the contract field this benefit is tied " "to using the drop-down menu. If this field is selected on the contract, then" " this benefit becomes visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:792 msgid "Activity section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the activity type" " that is automatically created when this benefit is selected by the " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:796 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation`: select when the activity is created, either " "when the :guilabel:`Employee signs his contract`, or when the " @@ -9201,7 +9531,7 @@ msgid "" "desired selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:799 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation Type`: select the parameters for when the " "activity is created, either :guilabel:`When the benefit is set` or " @@ -9209,47 +9539,47 @@ msgid "" " desired selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:802 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Assigned to`: select the user the activity is automatically " "assigned to, using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:143 msgid "Sign section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:808 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Template to Sign`: if the employee is required to sign a document" " when selecting this benefit, select the document template from the drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:811 msgid "" "For example, a benefit regarding the use of a company car may require the " "employee to sign a document acknowledging the company's car policies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:812 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the benefit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:820 msgid "Personal info" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:822 msgid "" "Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " "candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " "information, resume, work information, and documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:826 msgid "" "The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " "section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " @@ -9257,17 +9587,17 @@ msgid "" "hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:825 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:830 msgid "" "To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " "dashboard, and click on the employee's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:829 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:834 msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:836 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Personal Info` section lists all of the fields that are " "available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " @@ -9281,25 +9611,25 @@ msgid "" "enter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:839 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 msgid "" "To edit a personal info entry, select an entry from the list on the " ":guilabel:`Personal Info` page, and modify the personal info on the form " "that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:842 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 msgid "To create a new personal info entry, click the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:849 msgid "" "The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " "are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " ":guilabel:`Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:852 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down menu. " ":guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the :guilabel:`Bank" @@ -9307,7 +9637,7 @@ msgid "" "account, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:851 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from the drop-down menu that best " "describes what kind of personal information this entry is, and where it is " @@ -9316,13 +9646,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address` or :guilabel:`Personal Documents`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:861 msgid "" "The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " "Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:859 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:864 msgid "" "Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required` box makes the field mandatory on the " "employee's card. The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the " @@ -9335,50 +9665,50 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:871 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:876 msgid "" "The resumé section, housed within the salary package configurator section of" " the settings menu, is how salary information rules are configured when " "offering a position to potential employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:879 msgid "" "When an offer is sent to a prospective employee, the values for the offer " "are computed from these settings, and appear on the offer page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:877 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:882 msgid "" "To configure this section, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator: Resumé`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:885 msgid "" "By default, there are three :guilabel:`Salary Structure Types` pre-" "configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Worker`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " ":guilabel:`None`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:888 msgid "" "Each :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` has several rules configured. These " "affect how an offer is calculated using that particular :guilabel:`Salary " "Structure Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:886 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " ":guilabel:`Contract Salary Resumé` form loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 msgid ":guilabel:`Information`: type in a name for this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:892 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:897 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select the category this value is housed under, using " "the drop-down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Monthly Salary`, " @@ -9386,11 +9716,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:901 msgid "New categories can be made if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, then enter the name for the new category " "in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, select the :guilabel:`Periodicity` from" @@ -9399,23 +9729,23 @@ msgid "" "appears in the :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` rule list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:908 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Monthly Total`: tick the checkbox if this value is added " "in the monthly total calculation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:911 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select what kind of value this rule is, either " ":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Days`, or :guilabel:`Percent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency` is for a set monetary value, :guilabel:`Days` is for " "compensation in the form of time off, and :guilabel:`Percent` is for a " @@ -9423,13 +9753,13 @@ msgid "" "commissions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:912 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select which :guilabel:`Salary Structure " "Type` this rule is nested under, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:919 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Value Type`: select how the value is computed, using the drop-" "down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Fixed Value`, " @@ -9437,7 +9767,7 @@ msgid "" "Benefits Values`, and :guilabel:`Monthly Total`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:922 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: select the code this rule applies to from the drop-down " "menu." @@ -9448,23 +9778,23 @@ msgid "" "The net wage rule form filled out, with all the information for net pay." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:929 msgid "Jobs" msgstr "Pekerjaan" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:926 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:931 msgid "" "Since the *Payroll* application is responsible for paying employees for " "specific job positions, the complete list of job positions can be found in " "both the *Payroll* and *Recruitment* applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:937 #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:934 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:939 msgid "" "The job positions listed in the *Payroll* application are identical to the " "job positions listed in the *Recruitment* application. If a new job position" @@ -9472,13 +9802,13 @@ msgid "" "*Payroll* application, and vice versa." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:943 msgid "" "To view the job positions, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Jobs: Job Positions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:941 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:946 msgid "" "A list of all the job positions appear, along with the corresponding " "department, on the :guilabel:`Job Position` page." @@ -9488,38 +9818,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list of all the job positions and corresponding departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 msgid "" "To create a new job description, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a job " "form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:955 msgid "" "Enter the information on the form for the new position. The information is " "identical as to the information entered when creating a new job position in " "the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 msgid "" "Refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation for more details" " on how to fill out this form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:957 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:962 msgid ":doc:`payroll/contracts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:963 msgid ":doc:`payroll/payslips`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:959 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:964 msgid ":doc:`payroll/work_entries`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:965 msgid ":doc:`payroll/reporting`" msgstr "" @@ -12193,8 +12523,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " "steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" " step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," -" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " -"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +" conducting an interview, or sending a job offer, for example. This process " +"is referred to as the 'applicant flow.'" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 @@ -12227,18 +12557,245 @@ msgid "" "positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " "` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " "stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " -"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes are " "visible on all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:37 msgid "" -"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +"Before creating a job position in Odoo, configure the necessary settings for" +" the *Recruitment* app. To view and edit the settings, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Settings`. After any " +"changes are made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the top-left corner " +"to save all the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:43 +msgid "Job posting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Job Posting` section of the *Recruitment* app settings has " +"only one selection to make. If job positions are to be posted to the " +"company's website, enable the :guilabel:`Online Posting` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Online Posting` is only available if the *Website* " +"application is also installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:53 +msgid "Recruitment process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recruitment process` section of the settings page specifies " +"what the database can and cannot do during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:59 +msgid "Send interview survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Odoo is capable of having a survey sent to an applicant to gather more " +"information about them. Surveys can be thought of as exams, or " +"questionnaires, and can be customized in various ways to provide the " +"recruitment team with valuable insights into the applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option to send surveys to " +"applicants. Once enabled, an :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Interview " +"Survey` internal link appears. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`Interview Survey` link to navigate to a list of all created " +"surveys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:70 +msgid "" +"This list includes all surveys that were created in the database, not just " +"surveys used in the *Recruitment* app. If no surveys have been created, the " +"surveys list displays a :guilabel:`No Survey Found` message, and presents " +"options to create a survey from several pre-configured survey templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:76 +msgid "" +"For more detailed information about surveys, refer to the :doc:`survey " +"essentials <../marketing/surveys/create>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Enabling the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option will install the " +"*Surveys* application once the settings are saved, if it is not installed " +"already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:84 +msgid "Send SMS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:86 +msgid "" +"It is possible to send text messages to applicants directly through the " +"*Recruitment* app. To do so, enable the :guilabel:`Send SMS` option. This " +"option requires credits to use, which can be obtained by clicking the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` internal link that emerges " +"when the feature is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For more information, refer to the :doc:`SMS pricing and FAQs " +"<../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:98 +msgid "CV display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When applicants submit an application, one of the default required fields is" +" a resumé, or :abbr:`CV (curriculum vitae)`. All resumés are stored in the " +"*Documents* application, and are accessible on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:104 +msgid "" +"A resumé has the option to appear on the applicant's form, which can be " +"viewed by clicking on the applicant's card. The resumé appears on the right-" +"side of the screen. If this is not enabled, the resumé is accessed via a " +"link in the chatter, where it needs to be clicked to expand and view it, or " +"downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`CV Display` option to show the resumé on the " +"applicant's card by default, and in addition to the document link. When " +"enabled, the resumé appears on the right side of the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"For the resumé to appear on the right-side, the browser window must be in " +"full-screen mode (where the browser spans the entire screen)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the browser window is set to a size smaller than the entire width of the " +"screen (not full-screen), then the resumé does not appear on the right-side." +" Instead, the resumé appears in the :guilabel:`Files` section of the " +"chatter, below the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The resumé on an applicant's card, appearing on the right side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:128 +msgid "CV digitization (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:130 +msgid "" +"When an application is submitted using any of the available methods, such as" +" an online application submission, emailing a resume to the job position " +"alias, or creating an applicant record directly from the database, it is " +"possible to have Odoo extract the applicant's name, phone number, and email " +"address from the resumé and populate the applicant's form. To do so, enable " +"the :guilabel:`CV Digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:136 +msgid "" +"When enabled, additional options appear. Click on the corresponding radio " +"button to select one of the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not digitize`: this option turns off resumé digitization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize on demand only`: this option only digitizes resumes when" +" requested. A :guilabel:`Digitize document` buttons appears on applicant " +"cards. When clicked, the resumé is scanned and the applicant's card is " +"updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize automatically`: this option automatically digitizes all " +"resumés when they are submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Beneath these options are two additional links. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-" +"right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` button to purchase credits for CV " +"digitization. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`View My Services` " +"to view a list of all current services, and their remaining credit balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:151 +msgid "" +"For more information on document digitization and :abbr:`IAP's (in-app " +"purchases)`, refer to the :doc:`In-app purchase (IAP) " +"<../essentials/in_app_purchase>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:155 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option for :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)`" +" at first may seem like a redundancy. It seems to be the same as disabling " +"the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option is enabled, a module is " +"installed so that resumés can be scanned. Disabling this option would " +"uninstall the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If at some point, there is a desire to temporarily stop digitizing resumés, " +"the :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option is selected. The reason this option " +"is available is so that the module is not uninstalled, allowing for " +"digitization to be enabled in the future by selecting one of the other two " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"When sending an offer to an applicant, an expiration date can be set on the " +"offer. Enter the number of days an offer is valid for in the " +":guilabel:`days` field. After the set amount of days has passed, if the " +"applicant has not accepted the offer, the offer is no longer available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To access the Kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " ":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " "opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " -"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " -"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " -"job position." +"Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` smart button on a job position " +"card to navigate to the Kanban view for all the applicants for that " +"particular job position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12246,119 +12803,130 @@ msgid "" "Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:186 msgid "" -"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"Inside the job application, the Kanban stages appear, with all the " "applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" -" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +" are currently in. There are six default stages in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:190 +msgid ":ref:`New `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:191 msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:194 msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:195 msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:197 msgid "" -"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " -"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " -"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " -"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " -"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default. Folded " +"columns appear gray, and the applicants in it are hidden from view. To " +"expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that column, click " +"anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and the column " +"expands, revealing the applicants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:206 msgid "" -"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " -"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, providing status " +"information for the applicant's in that specific stage. The status colors " +"are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:209 +msgid ":guilabel:`Green`: the applicant is ready to move to the next stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:210 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " -"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " -"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " -"stage." +":guilabel:`Red`: the applicant is blocked from moving to the next stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " -"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +":guilabel:`Gray`: the applicant is still in progress in the current stage " +"and is neither ready nor blocked from the next stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " -"which need to be scheduled." +"The status for each card is set manually. To set the status, click on the " +"small circle in the lower-left of the applicant card. A status pop-up window" +" appears. Click on the desired status for the applicant. The status dot on " +"the applicant card as well as the status bar updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The applicant card statuses, and status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:223 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " -"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " -"applicants currently in the stage." +"The names for the three status colors (`In Progress`, `Blocked`, and `Ready " +"for Next Stage`) :ref:`can be modified `, if " +"desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:229 msgid "Customize stages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:231 msgid "" "Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " "particular hiring steps of a business." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:235 msgid "New stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 msgid "" -"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " -"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " -"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" -" the screen to exit the new column creation." +"To create a new stage, click on :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Stage` and a new " +"column appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Stage " +"title` field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and " +"another new stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click" +" anywhere on the screen to exit the new stage creation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgid "The plus sign to click to add a new column to the Kanban stages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:249 msgid "Modify stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:251 msgid "" "To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " -":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " -"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " -"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " -"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " -"when done." +":icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side " +"of the stage. Click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon and a menu" +" appears. Then click on the :guilabel:`Edit` option. An :guilabel:`Edit: " +"(Stage)` form appears. Make any desired modifications to the form, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12367,40 +12935,39 @@ msgid "" "displays when clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 -msgid "Edit column form" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:265 +msgid "Edit stage form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:267 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " -"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" -" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +"The :guilabel:`Edit: (Stage)` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required field is the :guilabel:`Stage Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:272 msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " "drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " -"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"the stage, an email is automatically sent to the applicant using the " "selected template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " "(hidden) at all times in the default view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " "applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " @@ -12408,138 +12975,147 @@ msgid "" "is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:282 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " -"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " -"job positions can be selected." +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to specific job " +"positions, select the job positions from the drop-down menu. Multiple job " +"positions can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" " the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" " referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " ":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " -"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage. The *Referrals* app " +"must be installed in order to use this option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:289 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" -" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" -" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " -"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " -"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured status labels " +"(colored circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These " +"colors are displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the" +" applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the" +" label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " ":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " ":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" " any requirements of the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:298 msgid "Delete stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:300 msgid "" "If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," -" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." -" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " -"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " -":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " -":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` " +"icon appears. First, click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A " +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up warning appears, asking :guilabel:`Are you " +"sure you want to delete this column?` Click :guilabel:`Delete` to delete the" +" column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:307 msgid "" "If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " -"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" -" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" -" before deleting." +"up when attempting to delete the stage. The records currently in the stage " +"to need to be either deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage before" +" the stage can be deleted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:312 msgid "Email templates" msgstr "Templat-templat email" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 msgid "" "To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " "templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " "use them are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " -"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " -"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " -"Interview` stage." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Applicant Acknowledgement`: this template is used to" +" let the applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`New` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:320 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " -"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " -"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Interest`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application caught the recruiter's attention, and " +"they have been shortlisted for either a phone call or an interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:323 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" -" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " -"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview`: this template is used to let " +"the applicant know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial " +"Qualification` stage and they will be contacted to set up an interview with " +"the recruiter. This email is automatically sent out once the applicant is in" +" the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:327 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" -" longer being considered for the position." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when " +"an applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the " +"position, and thanks them for their time and consideration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:330 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " -"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " -"configure their salary package." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is " +"no longer being considered for the position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 msgid "" "Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" " business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " ":doc:`../general/companies/email_template` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:337 msgid "" -"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " -"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " -":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " -"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +"To manually send an email, click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send an email from the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:344 msgid "" -"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " -":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " -"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " -"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +"Click the :icon:`fa-expand` :guilabel:`(expand)` full composer icon in the " +"bottom right corner of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter. A " +":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window loads, with the " +":guilabel:`Recipients` and :guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The " +"applicant's email address is entered in the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and" +" the :guilabel:`Subject` is `(Job Position)`. The email body is empty by " +"default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:350 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the field next to " +":guilabel:`Load template` in the bottom section of the window. Select the " +"email template to use from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 msgid "" -"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " -":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " "Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " "information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" " the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " @@ -12547,47 +13123,55 @@ msgid "" "change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:359 msgid "" -"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " -"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " -"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" -" of available templates." +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model load. There are " +"other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not configured" +" for the recruitment application, they do not appear in the list of " +"available templates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 msgid "" -"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " -"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " -"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " -":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " -"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " -"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " -"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " -"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " -"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button" +" in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the :icon:`fa-" +"close` :guilabel:`(delete)` icon to the right of the attachment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:367 +msgid "" +"If any changes need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If " +"the edits should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved " +"as a new template. Click the :guilabel:`Save Template` button in the bottom." +" To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email is sent to the " +"applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 msgid "Stage flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:375 msgid "" "In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " -"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the Kanban view to the" " desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:379 msgid "" "To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " -"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " -"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " -"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"in the Kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted at the top, above the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 +msgid "" +"Click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " "indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " -"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " -"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +"Kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top-left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12596,104 +13180,137 @@ msgid "" "applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:233 -msgid "Initial qualification" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:643 +msgid "New" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:398 msgid "" "The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " "flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " "recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:402 msgid "" -"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " -"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " -"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " -"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " -":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " -"required when applying for a job position." +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`New` stage, whether submitted online" +" or if the applicant is manually entered by a recruiter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:405 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically populates the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`, the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile` number, and :guilabel:`LinkedIn " +"Profile` on the applicant's card. This information is required when applying" +" for a job position, by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If the website application form is modified, different fields may be " +"populated based on what information is requested on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:414 msgid "" "If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " -"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " -":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " -"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " -"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " -"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " -"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " -"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" -" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +"Introduction` section of the online application, it will populate in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:421 +msgid "" +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé would appear " +"in the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"*Documents* application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the left-" +"hand side. All recruitment documents are stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "" +"If the :ref:`CV Display ` option was enabled in the " +":ref:`Settings ` menu, the resumé appears on the " +"applicant's card, on the right-hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:431 msgid "Send interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:433 msgid "" "At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " "applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " "can be formatted in a variety of ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid "" +"The *Surveys* application is used to send these *interviews*, therefore the " +"*Surveys* application must be installed to send an interview to an " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 msgid "" "Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " "questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " -"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " -"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " -"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " -"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " -"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" -" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" -" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +"be formatted to suit each individual job positions needs. For more " +"information on creating and editing interview forms, refer to the " +":doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 +msgid "" +"A job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form" +" of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:450 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top-left of the " +"applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Send Interview` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Send an " +"interview` pop-up window appears, with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:458 msgid "" "In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" " the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" -" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " -"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " -"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " -"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " -":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, an " +":guilabel:`Edit:(Applicant)` pop-up window appears on top of the " +":guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window. Enter the email address in the " +":guilabel:`email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. Once the " +"applicant's information is saved, the :guilabel:`Edit: (Applicant)` closes " +"and the :guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window remains." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 msgid "" -"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " -"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " -"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +"Email templates use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the " +"applicant and the job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey" +" if more people should receive the email. If an email is in the database as " +"a contact, add that contact in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. If an email" +" should be sent to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they" +" should **not** be added as a contact, add their email in the " +":guilabel:`Additional emails` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:279 -msgid "" -"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " -"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " -"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " -"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " -"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 -msgid "" -"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " -"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " -"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " -"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " -"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " -"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " -"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1066 msgid "" "If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " "button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " @@ -12701,25 +13318,26 @@ msgid "" " and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:475 msgid "" "If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" " for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " "window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " -"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " -"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " -"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +"calendar selector appears. Use the :icon:`fa-chevron-left` " +":guilabel:`(left)` and :icon:`fa-chevron-right` :guilabel:`(right)` arrows " +"on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then click on " +"the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"The :guilabel:`Mail Template` field is pre-populated based on the " "configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" " drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " "template loads in the email body." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 msgid "" "To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " ":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." @@ -12731,11 +13349,11 @@ msgid "" "pre-configured template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:494 msgid "Refuse" msgstr "Tolak" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:496 msgid "" "At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " "the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" @@ -12744,95 +13362,265 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refuse`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " -"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " -":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " -"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " -"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " -"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " -"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" -" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " -"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " -"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " -"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Click the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reason` from the presented options. The default refuse " +"reasons in Odoo, and their corresponding email templates, are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:508 +msgid "Email Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:509 +msgid "Refusal Reason" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:510 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Language issues`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Role already fulfilled`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Duplicate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Spam`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:516 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: don't like job`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: better offer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "" +"Additional refusal reasons :ref:`can be created and existing ones can be " +"modified or deleted `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:525 msgid "" "Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " "which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " "example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " -"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" -" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"applicant's name appears anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the " +"email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " "the :doc:`../general/companies/email_template` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 msgid "" -"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " -"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," -" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " -"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" -" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" -" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +"After a :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` is selected, two fields appear below the " +"refusal reason: :guilabel:`Send Email` and :guilabel:`Email Template`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:534 msgid "" -"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"The applicant's email address automatically populates the :guilabel:`Send " +"Email` field; additional email recipients cannot be added. If an email " +"should **not** be sent to the applicant, uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:538 +msgid "" +"The email template associated with the refusal reason populates the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field. If a different email template is desired, " +"select a different template from the :guilabel:`Email Template` drop-down " +"menu. To view the email template, click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon " +"to the right of the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. The email template " +"loads in a :guilabel:`Open: Email Template` pop-up window, and can be " +"modified if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:545 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Refuse`. The " "refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " -"appears on the applicant's card." +"appears on the applicant's card in the top-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top-right " "corner in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 msgid "" "After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " -"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " -"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" -" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " -":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " -"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " -"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +"position's Kanban view. To view the refused applicants only, click the " +":guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the search box, then click " +":guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` section. All applicants " +"that have been refused for the job position appear, in the stage they were " +"when they were refused." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:558 +msgid "" +"To view all applicants that have been refused from all job positions, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All " +"Applications`. Click the :guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the " +"search box, then click :guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"section. All applications for all job positions are presented in a list " +"view, organized by stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "Create or modify refuse reasons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:569 +msgid "" +"To view all currently configured refuse reasons, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Settings --> Applications: Refuse " +"Reasons`. All the refuse reasons appear in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +"To create a new refuse reason, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" +"left corner. A blank line appears at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Description` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +"Type in the new refuse reason in the field. It is recommended to enter a " +"reason that is short and concise, such as `offer expired` or `withdrew " +"application`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, click on the field to reveal " +"a drop-down menu. Select an :guilabel:`Email Template` from the list to be " +"used when this refuse reason is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +"If a new :guilabel:`Email Template` is desired, type in the name for the new" +" template in the field. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` and a " +":guilabel:`Create Email Template` form pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the form and an email :guilabel:`Subject` in " +"the corresponding fields. Enter the email content in the :guilabel:`Content`" +" tab. Make any other desired modifications to the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the template and return to the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reasons` list. The new template appears in the new refuse " +"reason :guilabel:`Email Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +"To make any modifications to a refuse reason, click on the line, and make " +"any desired changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:594 msgid "New applicant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:596 msgid "" "An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " "be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" -" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " -"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " -"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " -"button." +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online) an applicant " +"card can be easily added from the job position Kanban view in one of two " +"ways, using either the :ref:`quick add ` " +"button or the :ref:`New ` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 msgid "Quick add" msgstr "Tambah Dengan Cepat" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:607 msgid "" -"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " -"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " -"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"Quickly add a new applicant using the *quick add* button. If not already in " +"the job position Kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by " +"going to :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job " +"Positions`. Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` button on the job " "position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " -"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " -":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +"small :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in the top-right of the " +":guilabel:`New` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:616 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`: Enter the title for the card. Typically " +"this is the applicant's name and job position being applied to, for example:" +" `Laura Smith - HR Manager`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, " +"unless the :guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:671 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:623 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card appears in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:628 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`delete` icon or anywhere on the screen to " +"close the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12841,104 +13629,60 @@ msgid "" "option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 -msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:645 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" -" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " -"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the *New* " +"button. If not already in the Kanban view for the job position to add an " +"applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by going to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job Positions`. " +"Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left of the Kanban view " +"and a blank applicant form loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:389 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:434 -msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " -"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " -"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " -"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:396 -msgid "" -"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " -"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " -"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " -"the card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:400 -msgid "" -"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " -"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " -"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:407 -msgid "Create" -msgstr "Buat" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:409 -msgid "" -"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " -":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " -"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," -" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " -"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:651 msgid "" "Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " "the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " "well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" " fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" " configurations, some fields may not be displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:662 msgid "Applicant section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:664 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" " the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +"position being applied to, for example: `John Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, unless the " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " -"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:672 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:673 msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:674 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`LinkedIn Profile`: enter the web address for the applicant's " +"personal profile on LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" " from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " @@ -12948,132 +13692,189 @@ msgid "" " high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:681 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" -" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " -":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " -"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: using the drop-down menu, select the people who " +"will conduct the interview(s). The selected people must have either " "*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " -"in order to appear on the drop-down." +"to appear in the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " "recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " "all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:687 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " -"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Evaluation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for the" +" applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " ":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:690 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source`: using the drop-down menu, select where the applicant " +"learned about the job position. The following options come pre-configured in" +" Odoo: :guilabel:`Search engine`, :guilabel:`Lead Recall`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Monster`, :guilabel:`Glassdoor`, and " +":guilabel:`Craigslist`. To add a new :guilabel:`Source`, type in the source," +" then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new source)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:695 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Medium`: using the drop-down menu, select the method, or " +":guilabel:`Medium`, for the :guilabel:`Source` that the applicant found the " +"job listing with. The pre-configured options are: :guilabel:`Banner`, " +":guilabel:`Direct`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, " +":guilabel:`Google Adwords`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Phone`, " +":guilabel:`Television`, :guilabel:`Twitter` (now known as \"X\"), or " +":guilabel:`Website`. To add a new :guilabel:`Medium`, type in the medium, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new medium)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:701 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " "job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " "the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " -"installed for this to appear." +"installed for this field to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:704 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: select the available start date for the applicant." +" To select a date, click on the field to reveal a calendar. Use the " +":guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrows on either side of the " +"month to navigate to the desired month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to" +" select the date. If no entry is selected that indicates the applicant is " +"ready to begin work immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:709 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, then click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 msgid "Job section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 msgid "" "The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " "long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" " possible, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " "to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:722 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " -"drop-down menu." +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job position is for using the " +"drop-down menu. This field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:726 msgid "Contract section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:728 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " "for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " "The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:731 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" -" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are requested by " +"the applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Expected Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" -" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " -"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are offered to the " +"applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Proposed Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `unlimited sick time` or `retirement plan`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:484 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " -"select the available start date for the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:742 msgid "Application summary tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 msgid "" "Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" " can be typed into this field." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +"Skills can be added to the applicant's card. To add a skill, follow the same" +" steps as outlined in the skills section of the :ref:`Create new employees " +"` document." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:760 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "" +"If an applicant seems to be a good potential candidate, they are moved to " +"the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage. This could be for a number of " +"reasons, such as they have the relevant experience, education, or " +"certifications the position requires." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:766 +msgid "" +"This stage is to quickly sort candidates that have potential, and those that" +" do not meet the requirements. No automatic actions, such as emails, are set" +" for this stage. This stage simply informs the recruitment team to " +"potentially set up a phone call or an interview with the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:773 msgid "First interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:775 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " "they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " -"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +"position Kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" " the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " "the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " "applicant's card." @@ -13081,155 +13882,176 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"An applicant's card moves from one stage to another by using the click and " "drag method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:785 msgid "" -"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" -" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " -"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " -"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " -"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " -"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " -"the chatter." +"The :guilabel:`First Interview` stage can be modified so when the " +"applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an email is" +" automatically sent to the applicant stating an interview is requested. In " +"this pre-configured email template, a link to the recruiting team's calendar" +" appears, allowing the applicant to schedule their interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 msgid "" -"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " -"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " -"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " -"button at the top of the applicant's record." +":ref:`Edit ` the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, " +"and select the :guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` for the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field, to automate this action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 msgid "" -"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " -":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " -"the applicant's card." +"An interview can be scheduled in one of two ways: either manually by the " +"recruitment team, or by the applicant themselves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:802 msgid "" -"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " -"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " -":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " -"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " -":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +"If the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage was modified to send the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` email template when an applicant" +" reaches that stage, the applicant received a link to the recruitment team's" +" calendar, and can schedule the interview on their own. The recruitment " +"team's availability is reflected in the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +msgid "" +"If the interview needs to be scheduled by the recruitment team, they should " +"reach out to the applicant for a date and time that works. When a date and " +"time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and interviewer, the " +"interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, whether a phone or in-" +"person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button at the top of " +"the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button displays :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings are " +"currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage, this is the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:817 +msgid "" +"If there is one meeting already scheduled, the smart button displays " +":guilabel:`1 Meeting`, with the date of the upcoming meeting beneath it. If " +"more than one meeting is scheduled, the button displays :guilabel:`Next " +"Meeting`, with the date of the first upcoming meeting beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:821 msgid "" "Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " "meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " "the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " "right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" " events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " -"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +"hidden. Only the checked attendees are visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:827 msgid "" -"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " -"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " -":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " -"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " -"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " -"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +"The default view is the :guilabel:`Week` view. To change the calendar view, " +"click the :guilabel:`Week` button, then select the desired view from the " +"drop-down menu. The other options are either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:831 +msgid "" +"An option to display or hide weekends is available. Click the " +":guilabel:`Week` button, then click :guilabel:`Show weekends` to deactivate " +"it (the default is to show weekends). If a check mark is next to " +":guilabel:`Show weekends`, weekends are visible. If there is no check mark, " +"weekends are hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:836 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed date range for the calendar, either use the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-left` :guilabel:`(left arrow)`, :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`(Right arrow)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, " +"or click on a date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed " +"calendar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:845 msgid "" -"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " -"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " -"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " -"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " -"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " -"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " -"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +"To add a meeting to the calendar when in the day or week view, click on the " +"start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, to select the date, " +"time, and the length of the meeting. A meeting can also be added in this " +"view by clicking on the day *and* the time slot the meeting is to take " +"place." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:850 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " -"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +"Both methods cause a :ref:`New Event ` pop up window" +" to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:564 -msgid "New event card" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:855 +msgid "New event pop-up window" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:857 msgid "" -"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " -"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " -"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " -"save the changes and create the meeting." +"Enter the information on the form. The only required fields to enter are the" +" :guilabel:`Meeting Title`, and the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` " +"fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to" +" save the changes and create the interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:861 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"The fields available to populate or modify on the :guilabel:`New Event` card" +" are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:863 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Title`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " "clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:866 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End`: select the start and end date and " +"times for the meeting. Click on one of the fields and a calendar pop-up " +"window appears. Select both the start and end date and times, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:869 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all-day interview, check the box. " +"If this box is checked, the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` fields are" +" hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:871 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " "default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " "many other people as desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 -msgid "Meeting details tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:873 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting start time." +":guilabel:`Videocall URL`: if the meeting is virtual, or if there is a " +"virtual option available, click :guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting` and a URL is " +"automatically created for the meeting and populates the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:582 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting end time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:584 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " -":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " -"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " -"duration length." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:587 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " -"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " -":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " -"and end times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:590 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " -"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:876 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " "an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," @@ -13240,42 +14062,107 @@ msgid "" "instructions for each command to complete the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:598 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " -"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" -" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " -"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" -" via the selected option." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:884 +msgid "More options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:886 +msgid "" +"To add additional information to the meeting, click the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button in the lower-right corner of the pop-up window. Enter any of" +" the following additional fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:889 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length. The default length of a meeting is one hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:892 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. Several additional fields appear when this is " +"enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:896 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: using the drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:898 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings " +"repeat. The available options are :guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Yearly`, or :guilabel:`Custom`. If " +":guilabel:`Custom` is selected, a :guilabel:`Repeat Every` field appears " +"beneath it, along with another time frequency parameter (:guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, :guilabel:`Months`, or :guilabel:`Years`). Enter a number" +" in the blank field, then select the time period using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:904 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat on`: if :guilabel:`Weekly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Repeat on` field appears. Click on " +"the corresponding day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:906 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day of Month`: if :guilabel:`Monthly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Day of Month` field appears. Using " +"the drop-down menu, select either :guilabel:`Date of month` or " +":guilabel:`Day of month`. If :guilabel:`Date of month` is selected, enter " +"the date the meeting repeats. If :guilabel:`Day of month` is selected, use " +"the drop-down menus to determine the frequency. Select either " +":guilabel:`First`, :guilabel:`Second`, :guilabel:`Third`, " +":guilabel:`Fourth`, or :guilabel:`Last` for the first drop-down menu, then " +"select the day (:guilabel:`Monday`, :guilabel:`Tuesday`, etc.) in the second" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:913 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Until`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings stop " +"repeating. The available options are :guilabel:`Number of repetitions`, " +":guilabel:`End date`, and :guilabel:`Forever`. If :guilabel:`Number of " +"repetitions` is selected, enter the number of total meetings to occur in the" +" blank field. If :guilabel:`End date` is selected, specify the date using " +"the calendar pop-up window, or type in a date in a XX/XX/XXXX format. " +":guilabel:`Forever` schedules meetings indefinitely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:920 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " -"in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:921 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " "menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:923 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " -"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " -":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " -"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +":guilabel:`Appointment`: if an appointment is associated with this meeting, " +"select it form the drop-down menu, or create a new appointment by typing in " +"the appointment name, then click :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. A " +":guilabel:`Create Appointment` form loads. Enter the information on the " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:613 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:927 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select if the organizer appears either " +":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Busy` for the duration of the meeting, " +"using the drop-down menu. Next, select the visibility of this meeting, using" +" the drop-down menu to the right of the first selection. Options are " ":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " "users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " ":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " @@ -13283,41 +14170,50 @@ msgid "" "the company database to see the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:934 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " -"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" -" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " -"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " -"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " -"attendees at the same time." +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:936 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Default " +"options include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`SMS Text Message`, each with a specific time period before the " +"event (hours, days, etc). The reminder chosen alerts the meeting " +"participants of the meeting via the selected option at the specified time. " +"Multiple reminders can be selected in this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:947 msgid "Send meeting to attendees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:949 msgid "" "Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " -"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message from the " +"expanded :guilabel:`Event Form` (what is seen when the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button is clicked on in the event pop-up window)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:953 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " -"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " -"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" -" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " -"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " -"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " -"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " -"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " -"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +"To send the meeting via email, click the :icon:`fa-envelope` " +":guilabel:`Email` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact" +" Attendees` email configurator pop-up window appears. A pre-formatted email " +"using the default :guilabel:`Calendar: Event Update` email template " +"populates the email body field. The followers of the document (job " +"application), as well as the user who created the meeting are added as " +":guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's email address to the " +"list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make any other desired " +"changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button, navigate to the file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " ":guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" @@ -13326,39 +14222,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:647 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:966 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " -"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " -"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " -"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." -" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " -"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " -":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :icon:`fa-mobile` " +":guilabel:`SMS` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS " +"Text Message` pop-up appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:969 msgid "" -"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " -":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " -"contacts with a valid phone number." +"At the top, a blue box appears if any attendees do not have valid mobile " +"numbers, and lists how many records are invalid. If a contact does not have " +"a valid mobile number listed, click :guilabel:`Close`, and edit the " +"attendee's record, then redo these steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:658 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:973 msgid "" -"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " -"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" -" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " -"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" -" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " -"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +"When no warning message appears, type in the message to be sent to the " +"attendees in the :guilabel:`Message` field. to add any emojis to the " +"message, click the :guilabel:`Add Emoji` icon on the right-side of the pop-" +"up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:977 +msgid "" +"Beneath the message field, the number of characters, as well as the amount " +"of text messages required to send the message (according to GSM7 criteria) " +"appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue` to have the text sent later, after " +"any other messages are scheduled, or click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the " +"message immediately." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:669 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:987 msgid "" "Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " "messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " @@ -13366,11 +14266,11 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`../essentials/in_app_purchase` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:994 msgid "Second interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:996 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " "can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " @@ -13379,72 +14279,87 @@ msgid "" "Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1001 msgid "" "When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " -"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " -"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " -":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " -"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage. The " +"recruiter can now :ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the applicant, following the same process as the first " +"interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1009 msgid "Contract proposal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1011 msgid "" "When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " "be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " "and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" -" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top-right of" " the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1016 msgid "" "The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," " click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " -"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " -"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " -"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " -"is set to `0.00`)." +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. Most fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position. If any necessary fields are blank, enter " +"the relevant information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:705 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1022 msgid "" "Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" "up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " "applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " -"not appear on the pop-up." +"*Fleet* application is not installed, any fields related to vehicles do not " +"appear on the pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1028 msgid "Universal fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1030 msgid "" "The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " "localization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1032 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " -"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: the template currently being used to populate" +" the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window. To modify the " +"template, click the :guilabel:`Internal link` icon to the right of the drop-" +"down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. A " +"different :guilabel:`Contract Template` can be selected using the drop-down " +"menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1037 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " -"applicant." +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the name of the :guilabel:`Job Position` being " +"offered to the applicant. The selections available in the drop-down menu " +"correspond to the :guilabel:`Job Positions` configured on the main " +"*Recruitment* dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1040 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the specific name of the position being offered to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1041 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the :guilabel:`Department` the job position falls " +"under." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1042 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " "default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" @@ -13453,109 +14368,50 @@ msgid "" "click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1046 msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1047 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " -"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " -"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " -"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," -" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" -" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " -"application." +":guilabel:`Link Expiration Date`: job offers are only valid for a specific " +"period of time. The default expiration date is 30 days. Modify the " +"expiration date, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:732 -msgid "" -"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " -"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:738 -msgid "" -"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " -"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" -" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:743 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" -" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:746 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " -"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" -" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:749 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " -"the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " -"that will be assigned to the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:752 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " -"for the cafeteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " -"contract that is being offered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " -"sending." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1051 msgid "Send offer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1053 msgid "" -"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" -" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " -"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" -" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " -"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " -"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +"When the information is all updated, click :guilabel:`Send By Email` to send" +" the offer to the applicant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1056 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " -"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" -"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " -"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." -" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " -"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " -":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " -":guilabel:`Send`." +"If the applicant does not have an email address listed on their applicant " +"card, a warning appears in a red box at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window, stating :guilabel:`The" +" applicant does not have a valid email set. The Offer Link won't be able to " +"be completed.` Click :guilabel:`Discard`, enter an email on the applicant's " +"card, then click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1062 +msgid "" +"An email pop-up window loads. The default :guilabel:`Recruitment: Your " +"Salary Package` email template is used, and the :guilabel:`Recipients`, " +":guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-populated based on the email " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1070 +msgid "Once the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1073 msgid "" "To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " "necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " @@ -13566,11 +14422,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1081 +msgid "Configure your package" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1083 +msgid "" +"The email template includes a :guilabel:`Configure your package` button. " +"This link takes the applicant to a webpage where they can modify the " +"proposed salary package, and enter their personal information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1087 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant is hired, the personal information entered on the webpage" +" is imported to their employee record, when created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1090 +msgid "" +"If applicable, the applicant can modify their salary package. This option is" +" not available for all localizations. Depending on where the company is " +"located, this option may not be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1093 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is completed, the applicant accepts the offer by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Review Contract & Sign` button to accept the " +"contract and sign it using the *Sign* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1100 msgid "Contract signed" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1102 msgid "" "Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " "step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " @@ -13581,16 +14468,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:796 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1109 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the Kanban view, but the " "card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1112 msgid "" "Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " -"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"green :guilabel:`HIRED` banner appears in the top-right of the applicant's " "card." msgstr "" @@ -13598,24 +14485,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1120 msgid "Create employee" msgstr "Buat karyawan" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:809 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1122 msgid "" "Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " "record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " -"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"Employee` button in the top-left. An employee form appears, and any " "information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" " card appears in the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1127 msgid "" "Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" -" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " -":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, the employee" +" record is saved in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:5 @@ -13883,107 +14770,108 @@ msgid "" "by-step instructions on how to create and configure a survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 msgid "Referrals" msgstr "Referral" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " -"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"regarding referrals is housed - from points earned, coworkers hired, and " "rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " -"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " -"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " -"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " -"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" -" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +"and then earn referral points as those people progress through the " +"recruitment pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be " +"exchanged for prizes. The *Referrals* application integrates with the " +"*Employees*, *Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be" +" installed in order for the *Referrals* application to function." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:14 msgid "" -"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " -"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " -"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +"The only configurations needed for the *Referrals* application *after* " +"installation are related to the :ref:`rewards `; " +"everything else is pre-configured when Odoo *Referrals* is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:18 msgid "" -"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " -"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " -"` and configurations menus. For more information on " -"users and access rights, refer to these documents: :doc:`../general/users` " -"and :doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +"Users with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the *Referrals* application. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the :ref:`reporting ` and configurations" +" menus. For more information on users and access rights, refer to these " +"documents: :doc:`../general/users` and " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 msgid "Onboarding" msgstr "Onboarding" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:28 msgid "" "When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" "configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " -"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" -" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"each explaining the different parts of the *Referrals* application. At the " +"top of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " "onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " "Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " "text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 msgid "" "Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " "displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " "advance to the next slide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " "superheroes to save the day!`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " "or refer friends.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " "league!`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:46 msgid "" -"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the *Referrals* application is " "opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " "button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" " :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " -"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +"will begin again when the *Referrals* application is opened. Once the " ":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " -"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the *Referrals* " "application is opened from that point on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:53 msgid "" "At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " -"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main *Referrals* dashboard loads. If " ":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " -"opening the Referrals application." +"opening the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -13991,7 +14879,7 @@ msgid "" "An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:62 msgid "" "If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " "opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " @@ -14000,60 +14888,53 @@ msgid "" "screen appears instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:70 msgid "" "Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " -"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " -"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " -"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " -"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`." +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* application can " +"modify onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line " +"displays the text for the individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding" +" slide, click on an individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:76 msgid "" -"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " -"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " -"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " -"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " -"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " -"that particular company." +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` field. A " +":guilabel:`Company` may be selected, as well. However, if this field is " +"populated, that slide is *only* displayed for that particular company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:81 msgid "" -"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" -" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " -"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" -" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " -"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " -"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " -"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +"The :guilabel:`Company` field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:83 msgid "" -"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +"The image can be modified, as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the " +"top-right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and " +":guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` " +"icon to change the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the " +"desired image, select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears" +" in the thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage " +"can)` icon, then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:94 msgid "" -"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " -"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " -"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " -"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " -":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " -"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +"The sequence in which the slides appear can be changed from the *Onboarding*" +" dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`(six small gray boxes)` icon to the left of" +" the the slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -14061,567 +14942,18 @@ msgid "" "The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:103 -msgid "Share job positions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:105 -msgid "" -"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " -"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " -"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " -"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:113 -msgid "View Jobs" -msgstr "Lihat Pekerjaan" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:115 -msgid "" -"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " -":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " -"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" -"displayed on the card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:124 -msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:128 -msgid "" -"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " -"of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 -msgid "" -"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " -"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:134 -msgid "" -"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " -"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " -"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " -"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " -":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 -msgid "Refer friends" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:145 -msgid "" -"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " -"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " -"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:149 -msgid "" -"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " -"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:152 -msgid "" -"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " -"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " -"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " -"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" -" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " -"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " -"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " -"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 -msgid "Share a job" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:169 -msgid "" -"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " -"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" -" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " -"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " -"applicants in the Referrals application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 -msgid "Link" -msgstr "Tautan..." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:181 -msgid "" -"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " -":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " -"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " -"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" -" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" -" prospective employee however desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:188 -msgid "Facebook" -msgstr "Facebook" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:190 -msgid "" -"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " -"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " -"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " -"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " -"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " -"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" -"in to Facebook first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" -" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" -" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " -"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " -"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " -"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " -"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " -":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " -"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " -"specific activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 -msgid "" -"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " -":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " -":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " -"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" -" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" -"highlighted, as are all the required settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 -msgid "Share to news feed or story" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:218 -msgid "" -"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " -":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " -"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " -":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " -"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," -" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " -"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" -" story, or both." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:225 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " -"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " -"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " -"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " -"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" -" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " -"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " -":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" -" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " -":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:236 -msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " -"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:242 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" -" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " -"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " -"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:246 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:275 -msgid "" -"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " -"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 -msgid "Share in a group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:251 -msgid "" -"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " -"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" -" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " -":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " -"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " -"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " -"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " -"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " -"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:264 -msgid "Share in an event" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:266 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:269 -msgid "" -"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " -"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " -"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" -" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " -"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " -"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 -msgid "Share in a private message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:280 -msgid "" -"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" -" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" -"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " -"Private Message`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:284 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " -"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " -"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " -"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " -"process for each friend to be added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:289 -msgid "" -"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " -"message` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:293 -msgid "X/Twitter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:295 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " -"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " -"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " -"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " -"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" -" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:301 -msgid "The default message is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:303 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" -" Position)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:305 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " -"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " -"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," -" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " -"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " -":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " -"X/Twitter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:312 -msgid "" -"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " -"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " -":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" -" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " -":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " -":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " -"restricts who can reply to the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 -msgid "" -"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " -"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " -"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " -"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:322 -msgid "" -"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" -" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " -"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 -msgid "" -"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" -" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" -"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:336 -msgid "LinkedIn" -msgstr "LinkedIn" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:338 -msgid "" -"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " -"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " -"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " -"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " -"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " -"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:344 -msgid "" -"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " -"message to an individual or group of individuals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 -msgid "Share in a post" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:350 -msgid "" -"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" -" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " -":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " -"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:354 -msgid "" -"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " -"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " -"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " -"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " -":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " -"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " -":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" -" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " -"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " -"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " -"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " -"right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:366 -msgid "" -"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " -"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " -"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " -"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " -":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " -"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " -"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" -" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " -"the far lower right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:375 -msgid "" -"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " -":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " -"post button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:383 -msgid "Send as private message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:385 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " -"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " -"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" -" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" -" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " -"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." -" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " -"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" -" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " -":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " -":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " -"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " -"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " -"browser tab to exit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 -msgid "Email a friend" -msgstr "Email teman" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:401 -msgid "" -"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " -"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " -"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" -" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " -"Mail` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:406 -msgid "" -"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " -"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" -" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " -"`Job for you`, but can be edited." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:410 -msgid "" -"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " -"appears is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:412 -msgid "`Hello,`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:414 -msgid "" -"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " -"interesting for you`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:416 -msgid "`See Job Offers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:418 -msgid "" -"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " -"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " -"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " -"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " -"message will be sent and the window will close." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:426 msgid "Hired referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:107 msgid "" "When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" " their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:110 msgid "" "After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," " instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " @@ -14629,21 +14961,21 @@ msgid "" "friend!` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 msgid "" "Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " -"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " -"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" -" an available avatar to select it." +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is grayed out, and " +"the name that the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. " +"Click on an available avatar to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:118 msgid "" -"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," -" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " -"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " -"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " -"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the *Referrals* " +"application, after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to " +"select another avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars " +"have been selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible." +" Mouse over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -14652,15 +14984,15 @@ msgid "" "chosen are greyed out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 msgid "Modify friends" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 msgid "" "Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " "` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"rights for the *Recruitment* application can make modifications to friends. " "The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " "avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " @@ -14669,17 +15001,17 @@ msgid "" " dogs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:138 msgid "" "To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" " an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " ":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " "friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" -" else in the Referrals application." +" else in the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " ":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " @@ -14688,65 +15020,66 @@ msgid "" "user's avatar when activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:148 msgid "" "If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " ":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " "replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" -" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " -"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:474 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 msgid "" -"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " -"original information." +"The referral friend form automatically saves, but can be saved manually at " +"any time by clicking the *Save manually* option, represented by a " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel " +"any changes made, click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to " +"delete any changes, and revert to the original content." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A friend form in edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:482 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 msgid "" "It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " "background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " "about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " -"Referrals application." +"*Referrals* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:172 msgid "Referral points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:174 msgid "" "The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " -"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"rewards. On the main *Referrals* application dashboard, the top displays a " "summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " "the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " "available to spend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 msgid "" "To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" " the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:183 msgid "" "The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " "pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " @@ -14756,7 +15089,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 msgid "" "To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " @@ -14764,11 +15097,11 @@ msgid "" "category are displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:194 msgid "My referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 msgid "" "To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " ":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " @@ -14776,26 +15109,31 @@ msgid "" "card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:200 msgid "" -"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " -"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " -"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " -"the top right corner." +"A successful referral displays a green :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the top-" +"right corner of the card. Referrals that are in process display a purple " +":guilabel:`In Progress` banner in the top-right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 msgid "" -"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " -"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " -"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the subject/application " +"title (as it appears on the applicant card in the *Recruitment* app), the " +"name of the job position, the person responsible for filling the role " +"(recruiter), and the points earned. For referrals that have been hired, the " +"selected avatar also appears on the card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two referral cards, one hired and one in-progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:214 msgid "Points" msgstr "Poin-Poin" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 msgid "" "The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " "positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " @@ -14803,14 +15141,14 @@ msgid "" " *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:220 msgid "" "On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " "that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " "points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:224 msgid "" "Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " "points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " @@ -14818,108 +15156,109 @@ msgid "" " the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:229 msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:231 msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:232 msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:235 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 msgid "" "The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " -"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" -" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " -"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage are done in the " +"*Recruitment* application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment " +"` documentation to modify the points for each " +"stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:244 msgid "Rewards" msgstr "Hadiah" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 msgid "Create rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 msgid "" -"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" -" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " -"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " -"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " -"information on the form:" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the " +"*Referrals* application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights " +"for the *Recruitment* application can create or modify rewards. To add " +"rewards, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> " +"Rewards`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and a reward form loads. Enter the " +"following information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:254 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +":guilabel:`Product Name`: enter the name as it should appear for the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" -" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " -"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" -" form." +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" appears for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each company " +"needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the form. " +"This field only appears if in a multi-company environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:259 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: select the person who will be responsible for " "procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " -"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" -" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is bought in the *Referrals* " +"application, so they know when to deliver the reward to the recipient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:263 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +":guilabel:`Description`: type in the description for the reward. This will " "be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +":guilabel:`Photo`: add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " "page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " "(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " -"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" -" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +"(pencil)` icon, and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 msgid "" "The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " -":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +":guilabel:`Company` (if applicable), and :guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 msgid "" "It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " "cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " @@ -14927,31 +15266,31 @@ msgid "" "placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:595 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:283 msgid "Redeem rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 msgid "" "To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " "main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " "individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " -"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +"listed in the top-right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" " purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " "bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " "the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" " instead of a buy button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:292 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " -"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " -"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " -":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears, asking if the user is sure " +"they want to purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item," +" or :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:297 msgid "" "After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " "used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." @@ -14965,27 +15304,27 @@ msgid "" "many more reward points are needed to redeem." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:309 msgid "Levels" msgstr "Level-Level" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:311 msgid "" -"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"The *Referrals* application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " "the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " "employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:315 msgid "" "Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" " are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " "participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 msgid "" -"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main *Referrals* " "application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " "X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " "indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " @@ -14994,13 +15333,13 @@ msgid "" "points still needed before they can level up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:636 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:325 msgid "Modify levels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:638 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " "modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " "--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " @@ -15009,48 +15348,58 @@ msgid "" "element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:334 msgid "" "To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " -"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form, then make " +"modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 msgid "" -"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." -" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" -" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " -"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" -" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " -"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +"Type in the name (or number) of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` " +"field. What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main " +"dashboard when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points " +"needed to reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points" +" needed to level up are the total accumulated points earned over the " +"lifetime of the employee, not additional points from the previous level that" +" must be earned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:654 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:343 msgid "" "If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" " to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " -"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " -"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to " "select it." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The level form saves automatically, but can be saved manually at any time by" +" clicking the *save manually* option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel any changes made, " +"click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to delete any changes, " +"and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A level form in edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:671 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:362 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 msgid "Level up" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:369 msgid "" "Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " "user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " @@ -15059,7 +15408,7 @@ msgid "" "level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:374 msgid "" "Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " "text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" @@ -15067,7 +15416,7 @@ msgid "" "the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:687 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:378 msgid "" "Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" " the specified amount of points required." @@ -15079,16 +15428,16 @@ msgid "" "above their image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:387 msgid "" "Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " "accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " "to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:394 msgid "" -"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"In the *Referrals* application, it is possible to post a message, also " "referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " "information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " "banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " @@ -15096,85 +15445,86 @@ msgid "" "an :guilabel:`X`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 msgid "" "Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" " individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " "click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" " alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " -"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +"*Referrals* application for the first time in a new session." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:409 msgid "Create an alert" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " "information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date From`: the date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " "will be visible on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date To`: the date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " "will be hidden from view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:420 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +":guilabel:`Company`: the current company populates this field by default. To" " modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " "from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " -"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"to everyone with access to the *Referrals* application. If a company is " "specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " -"Referrals application) will see the alert." +"*Referrals* application) will see the alert. This field only appears when in" +" a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +":guilabel:`Alert`: enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" " the alert banner on the main dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +":guilabel:`On Click`: there are three options for the alert. Click the radio" " button next to the desired selection. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:739 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:430 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: the alert only displays text, there is no link to" " click." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: the alert contains a link that when clicked, " "navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:433 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: the alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " "when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " "appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." msgstr "" @@ -15183,15 +15533,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:446 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " -"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" -" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " -"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in *Referrals*. To access " +"the reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The" +" main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 msgid "" "In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " "many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " @@ -15201,7 +15551,7 @@ msgid "" "there are no referrals from that particular channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:457 msgid "" "The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " "includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " @@ -15210,7 +15560,7 @@ msgid "" "many points were given for refused applicants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:770 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:462 msgid "" "The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " "new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " @@ -15221,34 +15571,330 @@ msgid "" "in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 msgid "" "The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " -"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " -"option." +"needs to be installed to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:473 +msgid ":doc:`referrals/share_jobs`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:3 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo *Referrals*, users can earn referral points by sharing job positions" +" with potential applicants. Job positions can be shared in several ways, " +"through the :ref:`View Jobs ` button and the " +":ref:`Email A Friend ` button, located at the bottom " +"of the *Referrals* app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Sharing jobs can **only** occur after onboarding slides have been viewed or " +"skipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:16 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "Lihat Pekerjaan" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main *Referrals* dashboard. This " +"presents all job positions, with each individual job presented with its own " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:27 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the *Job " +"Position* field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The number of :guilabel:`Open Positions` being recruited. This information " +"is taken from the *Expected New Employees* field of the *Recruitment* tab of" +" the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:33 +msgid "The points a user earns when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the *Job Position* tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions are visible in the *Referrals* app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`../recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:46 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Subject` and :guilabel:`Body` are populated using a default " +"template. The :guilabel:`Subject` `Job for you` is present, by default, but " +"can be modified, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position populates the *Job Position* " +"placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the email body is" +" an individualized tracking link to the specific job position listed on the " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When the prospective employee receives the email, the link sends them to the" +" job position page, where they can apply for the position, and the person " +"who referred them is tracked in the *Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:72 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Other than sending an email, job positions can be shared, via social media " +"platforms, and by tracking links to the job position. At the bottom of each " +"job position card are four icons, and corresponding tracking links, that can" +" be used to share the job position, keeping track of applicants in the " +"*Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:84 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "Tautan..." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :icon:`fa-chain` :guilabel:`(link)` " +"icon above it. A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the " +"tracking link. Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is " +"copied, click the :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up window. Next," +" share the link with the prospective employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:93 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :icon:`fa-facebook` :guilabel:`(Facebook)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into Facebook, when the the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button is clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new " +"tab, with the link populated in the main body of the new post in a pop-up " +"window. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads, " +"instead, prompting the user to log-in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, then share the job " +"position using the available options in Facebook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:107 +msgid "X (formerly Twitter)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:109 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X. Click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`(X)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the user is already signed-in to X, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button" +" is clicked, an X page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready" +" to post, in a draft pop-up window. If the user is *not* already signed-in, " +"a sign-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to first sign-in to X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:117 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:119 +msgid "" +"`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job " +"Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message, then " +"share using the available options in X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:125 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "LinkedIn" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :icon:`fa-linkedin` :guilabel:`(LinkedIn)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button is clicked, a new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job " +"position at the top. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen" +" loads instead, prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:134 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual (or group of individuals)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message or " +"post, then share using the available options in LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:143 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "Email teman" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions, instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Referrals` main dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`Email a friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Send Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address in the :guilabel:`Email` field. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients by separating each email address with a comma " +"followed by a single space. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +":guilabel:`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The email :guilabel:`Body` is also populated with pre-configured text. The " +"text that appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:156 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:158 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you\\:`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:160 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:162 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of" +" all job positions currently being recruited for. Add any additional text " +"and make any edits to the message body, if necessary. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. This sends the message, and closes " +"the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 msgid "Time Off" msgstr "Cuti" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Time Off* application serves as a centralized hub for all time-off-" "related information. This application manages requests, balances, " "allocations, approvals, and reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:10 msgid "" -"Users can :ref:`request time off `, and see an " -"overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " +"Users can :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`, and see" +" an overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " ":ref:`allocate time off ` to individuals, teams, or the " "whole company, and :ref:`approve time off requests `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:15 msgid "" "Detailed :ref:`reports ` can be run to see how much time" " off (and what kinds of time off) are being used, :ref:`accrual plans " @@ -15256,45 +15902,45 @@ msgid "" "` can be set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 msgid "" "Be advised, only users with specific access rights can see all aspects of " "the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 msgid "" "All users can access the :guilabel:`My Time Off` and :guilabel:`Overview` " "sections of the *Time Off* application. All other sections require specific " "access rights." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:26 msgid "" "To better understand how access rights affect the *Time Off* application, " "refer to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` document, specifically the " "section about configuring the work information tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to allocate time off to employees, and for employees to request and" " use their time off, the various time off types must be configured first, " "then allocated to employees (if allocation is required)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:40 msgid "Time off types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 msgid "" "To view the currently configured time off types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. The time" " off types are presented in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:45 msgid "" "The *Time Off* application comes with four pre-configured time off types: " ":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, " @@ -15302,25 +15948,25 @@ msgid "" "needs or used as-is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:50 msgid "Create time off type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 msgid "" "To create a new time off type, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Time Off Types`. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button to reveal a blank time off type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:55 msgid "" "Enter the name for the particular type of time off in the blank line at the " "top of the form, such as `Sick Time` or `Vacation`. Then, enter the " "following information on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:59 msgid "" "The only **required** fields on the time off type form are the name of the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, the :guilabel:`Take Time Off In`, and the " @@ -15328,23 +15974,23 @@ msgid "" " and :guilabel:`Allocation Requests` sections **must** be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:65 msgid "Time Off Requests section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select what specific kind of approval is required for " "the time off type. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No Validation`: no approvals are required when requesting this " "type of time off. The time off request is automatically approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Time Off Officer`: only the specified :ref:`Time Off Officer " "`, set on this form in the :guilabel:`Notified " @@ -15352,7 +15998,7 @@ msgid "" "option is selected by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver`: only the employee's specified approver " "for time off, which is set on the *Work Information* tab on the " @@ -15360,7 +16006,7 @@ msgid "" " time off request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver and Time Off Officer`: both the employee's" " :ref:`specified time off approver` and the " @@ -15368,11 +16014,11 @@ msgid "" "the time off request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:83 msgid "Allocation Requests section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requires allocation`: if the time off must be allocated to " "employees, select :guilabel:`Yes`. If the time off can be requested without " @@ -15381,20 +16027,20 @@ msgid "" " form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee Requests`: select :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests " "Allowed` if the employee is able to request more time off than was " "allocated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:92 msgid "" "If employees should **not** be able to make requests for more time off than " "what was allocated, select the :guilabel:`Not Allowed` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:96 msgid "" "Ten days are allocated to the employee for this particular type of time off," " and the :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests Allowed` option is enabled. The " @@ -15403,81 +16049,81 @@ msgid "" "option is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 msgid "" "It is important to note that requesting additional time off does **not** " "guarantee that time off is granted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select the type of approvals required for the " "allocation of this particular time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approved by Time Off Officer` indicates the :ref:`Time Off " "Officer ` set on this form must approve the " "allocation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No validation needed` indicates that no approvals are required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:113 msgid "Configuration section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notified Time Off Officer`: select the person who is notified and" " responsible for approving requests and allocations for this specific type " "of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take Time Off in`: select the format the time off is requested in" " from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 msgid "The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: if time off can only be requested in full day increments (8" " hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:125 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: if time off can only be requested in half day " "increments (4 hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Hours`: if the time off can be taken in hourly increments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Deduct Extra Hours`: enable this option if the time off request " "should factor in any extra time accrued by the employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:134 msgid "" "If an employee works two extra hours for the week, and requests five hours " "of time off, the request would be for three hours, since the two extra " "worked hours are used first, and deducted from the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow To Attach Supporting Document`: enable this option to allow" " the employee to attach documents to the time off request. This is useful in" @@ -15485,7 +16131,7 @@ msgid "" "leave." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kind of Time Off`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "time off this is, either :guilabel:`Worked Time` or :guilabel:`Absence`. " @@ -15494,7 +16140,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Absence` does not count toward any type of accrual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if multiple companies are created in the database, and " "this time off type only applies to one company, select the company from the " @@ -15503,11 +16149,11 @@ msgid "" "company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:151 msgid "Negative Cap section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:153 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option if employees are able to " "request more time off than they currently have, allowing a negative balance." @@ -15515,19 +16161,19 @@ msgid "" " enter the maximum amount of negative time allowed, in days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 msgid "" "Sara currently has three days of the time off type `Vacation`. She is " "planning a trip that requires five days of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 msgid "" "The `Vacation` time off type has the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option " "enabled, and the :guilabel:`Amount in Negative` is set to five." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:164 msgid "" "These settings allow Sara to submit a request for five days of the " "`Vacation` time off type. If approved, her `Vacation` time off balance will " @@ -15540,59 +16186,59 @@ msgid "" "off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:173 msgid "Payroll section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:175 msgid "" "If the time off type should create :doc:`../hr/payroll/work_entries` in the " "*Payroll* application, select the :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` from the drop-" "down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 msgid "Timesheets section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Timesheets` section only appears if the user is in developer " "mode. Refer to the :ref:`developer-mode` document for details on how to " "access the developer mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 msgid "" "When an employee takes time off, and is also using timesheets, Odoo creates " "entries in the *Timesheets* application for the time off. This section " "defines how they are entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:188 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Project`: select the project that the time off type entries " "appear in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:189 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Task`: select the task that appears in the timesheet for this " "time off type. The default options are: :guilabel:`Time Off`, " ":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`Training`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 msgid "Display Option section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:195 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color to be used in the *Time Off* application " "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cover Image`: select an icon to be used in the *Time Off* " "application dashboard." @@ -15604,65 +16250,65 @@ msgid "" "off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:206 msgid "Accrual plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:208 msgid "" "Some time off is earned through an accrual plan, meaning that for every " "specified amount of time an employee works (hour, day, week, etc), they earn" " or *accrue* a specified amount of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:212 msgid "" "If an employee accrues a vacation day for every week they work, they would " "earn 0.2 vacation days for each hour they work. At the end of a forty hour " "work week, they would earn one whole vacation day (8 hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:217 msgid "Create accrual plan" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new accrual plan, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Accrual Plans`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, " "which reveals a blank accrual plan form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the accrual plan name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrued Gain Time`: select when the employee begins to accrue " "time off, either :guilabel:`At the start of the accrual period` or " ":guilabel:`At the end of the accrual period`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry-Over Time`: select when the employee received previously " "earned time. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the start of the year`: select this if the accrual rolls over " "on January 1 of the upcoming year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:232 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the allocation date`: select this if the accrual rolls over as" " soon as time is allocated to the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Other`: select this option if neither of the other two options " "are applicable. When selected, a :guilabel:`Carry-Over Date` field appears. " @@ -15670,14 +16316,14 @@ msgid "" "the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Based on worked time`: enable this option if time off accrual is " "determined by the employee's worked hours. Days **not** considered as worked" " time do **not** contribute to the accrual plan in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:241 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone Transition`: this selection determines when employees " "move up to a new milestone. If they qualify to change milestones in the " @@ -15686,14 +16332,14 @@ msgid "" "the current pay period)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Milestone Transition` field is **only** visible after a " "minimum of two :ref:`rules ` have been configured on the " "accrual plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:250 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " "accrual plan applies to. If left blank, the accrual plan can be used for all" @@ -15704,43 +16350,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An accrual plan form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:263 msgid "" "Rules must be created in order for employees to accrue time off from the " "accrual plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New Milestone` button in the gray" " :guilabel:`Rules` section, and a :guilabel:`Create Milestone` modal form " "appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:268 msgid "Fill out the following fields on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee accrue`: select the parameters for earned time off in " "this section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 msgid "" "First, select either :guilabel:`Days` or :guilabel:`Hours` for the increment" " of accrued time using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 msgid "" "Next, enter the numerical amount of the selected parameter that is accrued. " "The numerical format is `X.XXXX`, so that partial days or hours can also be " "configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:278 msgid "" "Last, select how often the time is accrued using the drop-down menu. The " "default options are :guilabel:`Hourly`, :guilabel:`Daily`, " @@ -15748,64 +16394,64 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Twice a year`, and :guilabel:`Yearly`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 msgid "" "Depending on which option is selected, additional fields may appear. For " "example, if :guilabel:`Twice a month` is selected, two additional fields " "appear, to specify the two days of each month that the milestone occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cap accrued time`: if there is a maximum amount of days the " "employee can accrue with this plan, enable this option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 msgid "" "When enabled, two additional fields appear beneath it. Select the type of " "time period from the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Days` or " ":guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:291 msgid "" "Then, enter a numerical value in the field to specify the maximum amount of " "time that can be accrued." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:293 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone reached`: enter the number and value of the time period" " that must pass before the employee starts to accumulate time off. The first" " value is numerical; enter a number in the first field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:297 msgid "" "Then, select the type of time period using the drop-down menu in the second " "field. The options are: :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Months`, or " ":guilabel:`Years`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over`: select how any unused time off is handled. The " "options are either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None. Accrued time reset to 0`: any unused time off is gone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:302 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All accrued time carried over`: all unused time off is rolled " "over to the next calendar year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over with a maximum`: unused time off is rolled over to the" " next calendar year, but there is a cap. An :guilabel:`Up to` field appears " @@ -15813,7 +16459,7 @@ msgid "" "roll over to the following year. Any time off beyond this parameter is lost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:309 msgid "" "Once the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the form " "and close the modal, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the form and " @@ -15824,72 +16470,72 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A milestone form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:320 msgid "Public holidays" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 msgid "" "To observe public or national holidays, and provide extra days off as " "holidays to employees, configure the observed *public holidays* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 msgid "" "It is important to configure these days in Odoo, so employees are aware of " "the days they have off, and do not request time off on days that are already" " set as a public holiday (non-working days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 msgid "" "Additionally, all public holidays configured in the *Time Off* app are also " "reflected in any app that uses working schedules, such as *Calendar*, " "*Planning*, *Manufacturing*, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:331 msgid "" "Due to Odoo's integration with other apps that use working schedules, it is " "considered best practice to ensure *all* public holidays are configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:335 msgid "Create public holiday" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 msgid "" "To create a public holiday, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Public Holidays`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:340 msgid "All currently configured public holidays appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:342 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a new line appears at the bottom of " "the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:341 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 msgid "Enter the following information on that new line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:346 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the holiday." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:347 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, the current company " "populates this field by default. It is not possible to edit this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:351 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company` field is hidden by default. To view this field, " "click the two dots in the top-right corner of the list, to the far-right of " @@ -15897,7 +16543,7 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:355 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday starts. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -15908,7 +16554,7 @@ msgid "" "company's time zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:360 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday ends. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -15919,33 +16565,33 @@ msgid "" " zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 msgid "" "A company located in San Francisco operates from 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM, with an " "eight hour work day and one hour lunch break." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:370 msgid "" "For a user in New York, with a computer time zone set to Eastern Standard " "Time, a created public holiday displays a start time of 12:00 PM - 9:00 PM, " "accounting for the three hour time zone difference." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 msgid "" "Similarly, a user located in Los Angeles, with a computer time zone set to " "Pacific Standard Time, sees a public holiday time as 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: if the holiday should only apply to employees who" " have a specific set of working hours, select the working hours from the " "drop-down menu. If left blank, the holiday applies to all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:380 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: if using the *Payroll* application, this field " "defines how the :ref:`work entries ` for the holiday " @@ -15956,18 +16602,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The list of public holidays in the configuration menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:389 msgid "Mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 msgid "" "Some companies have special days where specific departments, or the entire " "staff, is required to be present, and time off is not allowed on those " "specific days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:394 msgid "" "These types of days are called *mandatory days* in Odoo. These can be " "configured to be company-wide, or department specific. When configured, " @@ -15975,35 +16621,35 @@ msgid "" "off requests for these mandatory days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:399 msgid "Create mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 msgid "" "No mandatory days are configured in Odoo by default. To create a mandatory " "day, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> " "Mandatory Days`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:404 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner, and a blank line " "appears in the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:408 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the mandatory day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, this field is visible, " "and the current company populates this field by default. Using the drop-down" " menu, select the company the mandatory day is for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:412 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Departments`: this column is hidden by default. First, click the " ":guilabel:`(optional columns)` icon in the top-right corner, next to " @@ -16011,33 +16657,33 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Departments` to reveal that column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 msgid "" "Next, select the desired departments from the drop-down menu. Multiple " "departments can be selected, and there is no limit to the amount of " "departments that can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:419 msgid "" "If this field is left blank, the mandatory day applies to the entire " "company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day starts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:421 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day ends. If creating a single mandatory day, the end date should " "be the same as the start date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: if desired, select a color from the available presented " "options. If no color is desired, select the `No color` option, represented " @@ -16050,11 +16696,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Mandatory Days section with three configured days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:435 msgid "Allocate time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:437 msgid "" "Once time off types and accrual plans have been configured, the next step is" " to allocate, or give, time off to employees. This section is only visible " @@ -16062,44 +16708,44 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 msgid "" "To create a new allocation, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Management --> Allocations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:444 msgid "" "This presents a list of all current allocations, including their respective " "statuses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:446 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`New` to allocate time off, and a blank allocation form " "appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 msgid "" "After entering a name for the allocation on the first blank field of the " "form, enter the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:451 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of time" " off that is being allocated to the employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`: select either :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` or" " :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`. If the allocation is **not** based on an " "accrual plan, select :guilabel:`Regular Allocation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:456 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Plan`: if :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for " "the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, the :guilabel:`Accrual Plan` field appears." @@ -16108,7 +16754,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:460 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period/Start Date`: if :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` is" " selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, this field is labeled " @@ -16117,7 +16763,7 @@ msgid "" "Date`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:465 msgid "" "The current date populates the first date field by default. To select " "another date, click on the pre-populated date to reveal a popover calendar " @@ -16125,20 +16771,20 @@ msgid "" "the date to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:469 msgid "" "If the allocation expires, select the expiration date in the next date " "field. If the time off does *not* expire, leave the second date field blank." " `No Limit` appears in the field if no date is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:473 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation " "Type`, this second field is labeled :guilabel:`Run until`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time that is being allocated to " "the employees. This field displays the time in either :guilabel:`Hours` or " @@ -16146,7 +16792,7 @@ msgid "" "` is configured (in hours or days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:478 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how the allocation is " "assigned. This selection determines who receives the time off allocation. " @@ -16154,32 +16800,32 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Department`, or :guilabel:`By Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 msgid "" "Depending on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Mode`, this following field" " is labeled either: :guilabel:`Employees`, :guilabel:`Company`, " ":guilabel:`Department`, or :guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 msgid "" "Using the drop-down menu, indicate the specific employees, company, " "department, or employee tags who are receiving this time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 msgid "" "Multiple selections can be made for either :guilabel:`Employees` or " ":guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:490 msgid "" "Only one selection can be made for the :guilabel:`Company` or " ":guilabel:`Department`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:491 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: if any description or note is necessary to " "explain the time off allocation, enter it in this field at the bottom of the" @@ -16192,158 +16838,11 @@ msgid "" "granted to all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:499 -msgid "Request time off" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Once an employee has been allocated time off, a request to use the time off " -"can be submitted. Time off can be requested in one of two ways, either from " -"the :ref:`dashboard ` or from the :ref:`My Time Off " -"` view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:505 -msgid "" -"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " -"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " -"Off` list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:509 -msgid "" -"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " -"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" -" form appears in a modal. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` " -"list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:514 -msgid "" -"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " -"form:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:516 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " -"the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:517 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " -"two fields to populate, the start and end dates. Click on either date field " -"and a popover calendar appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 -msgid "" -"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " -"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " -"applicable)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:523 -msgid "" -"If the time off requested is for a single day, click on the start date, then" -" click the same date again for the end date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:526 -msgid "" -"When the correct dates are selected/highlighted, click the :guilabel:`Apply`" -" button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:528 -msgid "" -"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " -"field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 -msgid "" -"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" -" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:533 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, check this " -"box. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " -"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " -"day is being requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:537 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " -"day, check this box. A :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` field appears " -"beneath this option, if selected. Using the drop-down menu, select the start" -" and end time for the time off request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " -":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " -"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " -"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " -"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:545 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " -"should include any details that managers and approvers may need in order to " -"approve the request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:547 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachments of documents. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " -"appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:551 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the desired files to attach, select them, then click the " -":guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off request form." -" Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:554 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:604 -msgid "" -"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " -"request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:557 -msgid "" -"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " -"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " -"be saved manually at any time by clicking the *save manually* button, " -"represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " -"with the flu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:502 msgid "Request allocation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:504 msgid "" "If an employee has used all their time off, or is going to run out of time " "off, they can request an allocation for additional time. Allocations can be " @@ -16352,7 +16851,7 @@ msgid "" " view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:508 msgid "" "To create a new allocation request, click either the :guilabel:`New " "Allocation Request` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the " @@ -16360,7 +16859,7 @@ msgid "" "buttons open a new allocation request form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:513 msgid "" "Both :guilabel:`New` buttons open a :guilabel:`New Allocation` request form," " but when requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, the form appears in a " @@ -16368,20 +16867,20 @@ msgid "" "screen navigates to a new allocation request page, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:518 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Allocation` request " "form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested for " "the allocation from the drop-down menu. After a selection is made, the title" " updates with the time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:522 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period`: this field **only** appears if requesting an " "allocation with a time off type that has the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` " @@ -16390,18 +16889,18 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` field is set to :guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:527 msgid "" "Using the calendar selector, select a start and end date the allocation is " "valid for. By default, the current date populates the first field, and " ":guilabel:`No Limit` populates the second field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 msgid "Adjust both of these dates, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:531 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time being requested in this " "field. The format is presented in either days or hours, depending on how the" @@ -16409,14 +16908,21 @@ msgid "" "allocation request is updated to include the amount of time being requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:535 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: enter a description for the allocation request." " This should include any details that managers and approvers may need in " "order to approve the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:538 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 msgid "" "If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Allocations` list view, the" " information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " @@ -16430,11 +16936,11 @@ msgid "" "sick time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:553 msgid "Management" msgstr "Manajemen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:555 msgid "" "Time off and allocation requests typically undergo an approval process " "before being granted. Requests either need one or two approvals, if any, " @@ -16443,17 +16949,17 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:560 msgid "" "Only users who can approve allocation and time off requests have the " ":guilabel:`Management` section visible in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:566 msgid "Manage time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 msgid "" "To view time off requests that need approval, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Management --> Time Off`. The only time off" @@ -16462,7 +16968,7 @@ msgid "" "in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:573 msgid "" "The default filter in the :guilabel:`Time Off` list is `Waiting For Me`. " "This only presents time off requests that need to be approved for current " @@ -16470,7 +16976,7 @@ msgid "" " or :guilabel:`Second Approval`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:643 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:577 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented time off requests. Since only time off requests that need to be " @@ -16480,28 +16986,28 @@ msgid "" "appear on the left side of the screen, under :guilabel:`Departments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 msgid "" "If there are no requests that fall under one of the status options or " "departments, that status or department is **not** visible on the left-side " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:587 msgid "" "To display time off requests for specific departments only, click on the " ":guilabel:`Department` on the left-hand side. Only requests within the " "selected department are then presented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:656 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:657 msgid "" "The status column displays the status of each request, with the status " "highlighted in a specific color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` and :guilabel:`Second Approval` requests are " "highlighted in yellow and are the only ones that appear in the list by " @@ -16511,7 +17017,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:665 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:599 msgid "" "To approve a time off request, click the :guilabel:`👍 Approve` button at the" " end of the line. To validate a time off request that has already been " @@ -16526,7 +17032,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:608 msgid "" "For more details, click anywhere on the time off request line (except for " "the :guilabel:`👍 Approve`, :guilabel:`✔️ Validate`, and :guilabel:`✖️ " @@ -16534,24 +17040,24 @@ msgid "" "of the user, changes can be made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:612 msgid "" "To modify the request, make any desired changes to the form. All changes are" " automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:614 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Approve` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button " "to refuse the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:684 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:620 msgid "Manage allocations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:686 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:622 msgid "" "To view allocations that need approval, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off" " app --> Management --> Allocations`. The only allocations visible on this " @@ -16559,7 +17065,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:627 msgid "" "The default filters that are configured to be in place when navigating to " "the :guilabel:`Allocations` list are :guilabel:`My Team` and " @@ -16567,13 +17073,13 @@ msgid "" "team (who they manage) and active employees. Inactive users are not shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented allocation requests." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:635 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Status` options are :guilabel:`To Approve`, " ":guilabel:`Refused`, and :guilabel:`Approved`. Click on a specific " @@ -16581,14 +17087,14 @@ msgid "" "allocation requests, click :guilabel:`All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 msgid "" "It is also possible to display allocation requests by department. Click on " "the :guilabel:`Department` in the left side of the screen to only present " "allocations for that specific department." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:644 msgid "" "The groupings on the left side only present allocation requests that fall " "under the default filters of :guilabel:`My Team` and :guilabel:`Active " @@ -16596,34 +17102,34 @@ msgid "" "filters are presented on the left side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:712 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:648 msgid "" "For example, if there are no requests with a status of :guilabel:`To " "Submit`, that status option does not appear in the left-hand side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:651 msgid "" "All departments for the user's employees appear in the list. If there are no" " allocation requests that fall under that department matching the pre-" "configured filters, the list is blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:654 msgid "" "It is always possible to remove any of the pre-configured filters, by " "clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon on the specific filter to remove " "it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:660 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, " ":guilabel:`Approved` requests are highlighted in green, and the " ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:663 msgid "" "To approve an allocation request, click the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` button at" " the end of the line. To refuse a request, click the :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` " @@ -16635,28 +17141,28 @@ msgid "" "Allocations with the filter, groupings, and status sections highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:670 msgid "" "If more details are needed, click anywhere on the allocation request line " "(except for the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` buttons) to" " view the request in detail." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:673 msgid "" "Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be made to the allocation " "request form that appears. To modify the request, make any desired changes " "to the form. All changes are automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:741 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:677 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Validate` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button" " to refuse the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:683 msgid "" "To view a color-coded schedule of the user's time off, and/or of the team " "managed by them, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Overview`. " @@ -16664,7 +17170,7 @@ msgid "" "view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:687 msgid "" "To change the time period displayed, click on the :guilabel:`Month` button " "to reveal a drop-down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -16672,7 +17178,7 @@ msgid "" "corresponding view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 msgid "" "To navigate forward or backward in time, in the selected increment " "(:guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, etc.), click the :guilabel:`← (left " @@ -16680,44 +17186,44 @@ msgid "" " that specified amount of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:695 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Month` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by" " one month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:697 msgid "" "To return to a view containing the current day, click the :guilabel:`Today` " "button at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 msgid "" "Team members are listed alphabetically on individual lines, and their " "requested time off, regardless of the status (*validated* or *to approve*), " "is visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:766 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:702 msgid "" "Each employee is color-coded. The employee's color is selected at random, " "and does *not* correspond to the type of time off they requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:705 msgid "" "The status of the time off is represented by the color detail of the " "request, either appearing solid (*validated*) or striped (*to approve*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 msgid "" "The number of days or hours requested is written on the request (if there is" " enough space)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:710 msgid "" "At the bottom of the calendar, in the :guilabel:`Total` line, a bar graph " "shows how many people are projected to be out on any given day. The number " @@ -16725,7 +17231,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:778 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:714 msgid "" "Click on a time off entry to view the details for the specific time off " "entry. The total number of hours or days are listed, along with the start " @@ -16737,21 +17243,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview of the user's team, with time off requests shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:723 msgid "My time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:725 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`My Time` section of the *Time Off* application contains the " "time off dashboard, as well as the user's time off requests and allocations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:795 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:731 msgid "Dashboard" msgstr "Dashboard" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:733 msgid "" "All users have access to the time off dashboard, which is the default view " "in the *Time Off* application. The dashboard can also be accessed at any " @@ -16759,38 +17265,38 @@ msgid "" "My Time --> Dashboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 msgid "" "The current year is displayed, and the current day is highlighted in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:739 msgid "" "To change the view, click on the :guilabel:`Year` button to reveal a drop-" "down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, or " ":guilabel:`Month` to present the calendar in that corresponding view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:743 msgid "" "To change the presented dates, click the :guilabel:`← (left arrow)` or " ":guilabel:`→ (right arrow)` icons to the left of the :guilabel:`Year` " "button. The calendar view adjusts in increments of the presented view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:811 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Year` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by " "one year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:813 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:749 msgid "" "To change the view at any point to a view that includes the current date, " "click the :guilabel:`Today` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:816 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:752 msgid "" "Above the calendar view is a summary of the user's time off balances. Every " "time off type that has been allocated appears in its own summary box. Each " @@ -16799,7 +17305,7 @@ msgid "" "applicable)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:757 msgid "" "To view the full details of a time off balance, click the :guilabel:`? " "(question mark)` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`(DAYS/HOURS) AVAILABLE` " @@ -16813,7 +17319,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A view of the complete time off balance details in the popover window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:767 msgid "" "A user is also able to see how much time off they will have accrued in the " "future. On the right side of the time off summary blocks, there is a " @@ -16821,7 +17327,7 @@ msgid "" "selector popover appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:771 msgid "" "The current date is the default date selected. Navigate to the desired date," " and Odoo displays the time off balances the user will have on that date. " @@ -16830,14 +17336,14 @@ msgid "" "of the date field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:840 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:776 msgid "" "On the right side of the calendar, the various time off types are displayed," " with their corresponding colors. The :guilabel:`Legend` explains how the " "various statuses for time off requests are presented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:780 msgid "" "Time off that has been validated appears in a solid color (in the color " "specified in the :guilabel:`Time Off Type` section above the " @@ -16846,19 +17352,19 @@ msgid "" "line through the dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:849 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:785 msgid "" -"New time off requests can be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :ref:`New Time Off" -" ` modal appears." +"New time off requests can be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. Click the " +":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :doc:`New Time Off" +" <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:852 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 msgid "" -"New allocation requests can also be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the dashboard to " -"request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation ` modal appears." +"New allocation requests can also be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard` to request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation " +"` modal appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 @@ -16867,56 +17373,56 @@ msgid "" "buttons highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:863 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:800 msgid "My time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:865 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:802 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`. Here, all time " "off requests, both past and present, appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:868 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:805 msgid "" "The list includes the following information for each request: the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Start Date`, " ":guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and the :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:872 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:809 msgid "" "A new time off request can be made from this view. Click the :guilabel:`New`" -" button to :ref:`request time off `." +" button to :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:878 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:815 msgid "My allocations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:817 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's allocations, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Allocations`. All " "allocations and requested allocations appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:820 msgid "" "The information presented on the :guilabel:`My Allocations` page includes: " "the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Amount`, " ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`, and :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:824 msgid "" "A new allocation request can be made from this view, as well. Click the " ":guilabel:`New` button to :ref:`request an allocation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:895 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:832 msgid "" "The reporting feature allows users to view time off for their team, either " "by employee or type of time off. This allows users to see which employees " @@ -16924,7 +17430,7 @@ msgid "" "types are being used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:899 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:836 msgid "" "Any report can be added to a spreadsheet through the *Insert in Spreadsheet*" " button that appears in the top-left of a report. If the *Documents* " @@ -16932,31 +17438,31 @@ msgid "" "appears. If not, the report can be added to a *Dashboard*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:841 msgid "By employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:843 msgid "" "To view a report of employee time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Employee`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:846 msgid "" "The default report presents the current year's data in a list view, " "displaying all the employees in alphabetical order. Each employee's line is " "collapsed by default. To expand a line, click anywhere on the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:913 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:850 msgid "" "The view expands, and has the time off requests organized by time off type. " "Click anywhere on a time off type line to expand it, and view all the " "individual time off requests that fall under that type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:916 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:853 msgid "" "The information shown in the list includes: the :guilabel:`Employee` name, " ":guilabel:`Number of Days` off requested, the :guilabel:`Start Date`, " @@ -16967,7 +17473,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Report of time off, shown by each employee in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:861 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " @@ -16979,8 +17485,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The various other views highlighted, for the employee time off report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:933 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:870 msgid "" "When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " "particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports and their" @@ -16988,18 +17493,18 @@ msgid "" "documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:875 msgid "By type" msgstr "Berdasarkan jenis" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:940 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:877 msgid "" "To view a list of all time off, organized by time off type, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Type`. This shows all time" " off requests in a default bar chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:943 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 msgid "" "Hover over a bar to view the :guilabel:`Duration (Days)` of that specific " "time off type." @@ -17011,13 +17516,13 @@ msgid "" "highlighted in a red box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 msgid "" "Click on a bar to go to a detailed list view of all the time off requests " "for that time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:952 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:889 msgid "" "Each request is listed, with the following information displayed: the " ":guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Request Type`, " @@ -17025,10 +17530,174 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " "way. The various options are a :guilabel:`Graph` (the default view), " ":guilabel:`List`, or :guilabel:`Pivot` table." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:897 +msgid "" +"When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " +"particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports, and " +"their various options, refer to the :doc:`reporting " +"<../essentials/reporting>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:902 +msgid ":doc:`time_off/request_time_off`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Request time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once time off has been allocated to an employee, a request to use it can be " +"submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Time off can be requested in one of two ways: either from the main *Time " +"Off* application :guilabel:`Dashboard` (:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My " +"Time --> Dashboard`), or from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` dashboard view " +"(:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " +"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " +"Off` dashboard, in the default list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " +"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" +" form appears in a pop-up window. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time" +" Off` list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " +"form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " +"the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " +"two fields to populate: the start and end dates. Click on either date field " +"and a popover calendar appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " +"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " +"applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If only requesting time off for a single day, click on the start date, then " +"click the same date again for the end date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the correct dates are selected, click the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" +" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, tick this " +"checkbox. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " +"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " +"day is being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " +"day, tick this checkbox. If selected, a :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` " +"field appears beneath this option. Using the drop-down menu, select the " +"start and end time for the time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " +":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " +"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " +"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " +"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " +"should include any details that managers and approvers may need to approve " +"the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachment of documents. " +"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the desired files that should be attached, select them, then " +"click The :guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off " +"request form. Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information, and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " +"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " +"be saved manually at any time by clicking the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " +"with the flu." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index d91506c79..0b516c851 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Abe Manyo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory & MRP" +msgid "Supply Chain" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 @@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:20 msgid "Location" msgstr "Lokasi " @@ -1484,14 +1484,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:16 @@ -1506,16 +1508,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:26 @@ -3729,6 +3738,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:182 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Manual" @@ -3805,12 +3816,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:214 msgid "" -"The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is four days," -" and the :ref:`purchase security lead time ` is one day." +"The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is " +"four days, and the :ref:`purchase security lead time " +"` is one day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:218 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` field of the reordering rule is set to " "zero, the product appears on the replenishment dashboard five days before " @@ -3823,34 +3834,34 @@ msgid "" "Feb 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:226 msgid "" "To see the product on the replenishment dashboard for the current date, " "February 20, set the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` to `7.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:229 msgid "" "To determine the amount of visibility days needed to see a product on the " "replenishment dashboard, subtract *today's date* from the *date the need " "appears* on the replenishment dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:232 msgid "Visibility~days = Need~appears~date - Today's~date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:237 msgid "" "Referring to the example above, today's date is February 20th, and the need " "for the product appears on February 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:240 msgid "(February 27 - February 20 = 7 days)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:242 msgid "" "Incorrectly setting the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` fewer than seven days in" " this case results in the need **not** appearing on the replenishment " @@ -3863,11 +3874,11 @@ msgid "" "days set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:252 msgid "Route" msgstr "Rute" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:254 msgid "" "Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected under the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it is possible" @@ -3875,7 +3886,7 @@ msgid "" "the functionality of both routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:258 msgid "" "Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering " "rule. This is the route that the rule defaults to, if multiple are selected." @@ -3883,20 +3894,20 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:262 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Route` column is hidden on the " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:264 msgid "" "Reveal the :guilabel:`Route` column by selecting the :guilabel:`(slider)` " "icon to the far-right of the column titles, and checking the " ":guilabel:`Route` option from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:267 msgid "" "Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule, and a drop-down " "menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the " @@ -3907,7 +3918,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:275 msgid "" "If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set " "for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the selected route " @@ -4576,7 +4587,7 @@ msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:100 msgid "Assign serial numbers" msgstr "" @@ -4596,7 +4607,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr "" @@ -4623,56 +4634,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:21 -msgid "when closing a manufacturing order" +msgid "" +":doc:`during a manufacturing order " +"<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product>` for a " +"product tracked by lot/serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:24 msgid "when making an inventory adjustment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:32 msgid "" "Display the Detailed Operations smart button and bulleted list icon on a " "receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:32 msgid "" "Display the **Detailed Operations** smart button and bulleted list icon on a" " receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:37 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers to products, activate the :guilabel:`Lots and " "Serial Numbers` feature in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " "--> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:40 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of an item's product form, set the " ":guilabel:`Tracking` field to :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:44 msgid "" ":ref:`Enable serial numbers `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:45 msgid "" ":ref:`Track products by serial numbers " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:49 msgid "" "Next, enable creating new serial numbers by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:52 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, select the desired operation " "type (e.g. :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, or " @@ -4685,11 +4699,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show \"Create New\" option is selected on the Receipts operation type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:64 msgid "Detailed Operations" msgstr "Operasi Detail" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:66 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned to products when entering stock for the first" " time, from the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` page on the receipt. " @@ -4697,7 +4711,7 @@ msgid "" "Operations --> Receipts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:71 msgid "" "Serial numbers can **not** be assigned to products on a request for " "quotation (RfQ) or purchase order (PO) — **only** on a receipt." @@ -4707,13 +4721,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the purchase order and the Receipt smart button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:78 msgid "" "Screenshot of a \"Purchase Order\" with the \"Receipt\" smart button at the " "top." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:80 msgid "" "To record an item's serial number before receiving the item, follow the " "steps in the next sections to assign serial numbers, but do **not** click " @@ -4721,13 +4735,13 @@ msgid "" "from the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:84 msgid "" "Assign a single serial number to a product by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` smart button on a receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:87 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, manually type in the " "serial number for a single product." @@ -4737,13 +4751,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a line on the Detailed Operations page to assign serial numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:94 msgid "" "When finished, click the receipt's breadcrumbs, and the assigned serial " "numbers are automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:102 msgid "" "To generate new serial numbers in a sequence, click the :guilabel:`+ (plus)`" " icon in the :ref:`product line `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:113 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` pop-up window. The " ":guilabel:`Number of SN` field is auto-filled based on the product quantity " @@ -4775,22 +4789,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show Assign Serial numbers pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:125 msgid "Stock move pop-up window" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:127 msgid "" "For various methods of assigning serial numbers in bulk, click the " ":guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the :ref:`product line " "` of a receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:132 msgid "Add a line" msgstr "Tambahkan baris" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:134 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window that appears, manually " "input the serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." @@ -4800,11 +4814,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a line on the Stock move pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:142 msgid "Generate Serials" msgstr "Buat Seri" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:144 msgid "" "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Generate " "Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." @@ -4814,7 +4828,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show generate serials button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:151 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Generate Serial numbers` pop-up window, where " "the first serial number is entered in the :guilabel:`First SN` field to " @@ -4822,36 +4836,36 @@ msgid "" "entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:155 msgid "" "For more details on how to fill in this pop-up window, :ref:`refer to this " "section `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:159 msgid "Import Serials" msgstr "Impor Seri" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:161 msgid "" "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Import " "Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:165 msgid "" "If the button is not visible, ensure the :guilabel:`Create New` option is " "selected in the :ref:`receipt's configuration page " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:168 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window. Enter each serial " "number on a separate line in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:172 msgid "" "Copy/paste serial numbers from an existing excel spreadsheet and add them to" " the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." @@ -4861,7 +4875,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show excel sheet to copy serial numbers from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:179 msgid "" "Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to add serial numbers to " "the list of products, and serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " @@ -4870,25 +4884,26 @@ msgid "" "option unchecked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:146 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Generate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:187 msgid "" "For a receipt with a :guilabel:`Demand` of `3.00` products, one product has " "already been assigned a serial number in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` " "pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:190 msgid "" "So, in the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window, two serial numbers, `124` " "and `125` are assigned to the remaining products by entering the following " "in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` input field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:199 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option is selected to add these two " "serial numbers **in addition** to the serial number, `123`, that has already" @@ -4930,7 +4945,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "" @@ -5002,6 +5017,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:343 msgid "Traceability" msgstr "Bisa Ditelusuri" @@ -5457,6 +5473,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:189 msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" msgstr "" @@ -5488,17 +5505,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 msgid "Expiration alerts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 msgid "" "To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:251 msgid "" "Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " "Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " @@ -5506,14 +5523,14 @@ msgid "" "related to the products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:255 msgid "" "To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " "form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " "earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:259 msgid "" "After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " "Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " @@ -5521,14 +5538,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:263 msgid "" "To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " "are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" " :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:267 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." msgstr "" @@ -5538,486 +5555,593 @@ msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" +msgid "Lot numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:10 msgid "" -"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" -" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " -"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" -" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." +"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. They " +"typically represent a specific batch of products that were received, stored," +" shipped, or manufactured in-house." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:13 msgid "" -"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " -"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " -"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " -"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " -"lifecycles." +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products sharing common " +"properties, facilitating end-to-end traceability through their lifecycles." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:16 msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " -"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " -"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " -"expiration dates." +"Lots are useful for managing large quantities of manufactured or received " +"products, aiding in tracing items back to their group, particularly for " +"product recalls or :doc:`expiration dates `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:26 msgid "" -"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " -"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " -"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " -"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " -":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +"To track products using lots, enable the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature. Go" +" to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and tick the checkbox " +"next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 -msgid "Track products by lots" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`Tracking expiration dates `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:33 msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " -"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " -"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " -"and choose a product." +":ref:`Print GS1 barcodes for lots and serial numbers " +"`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:42 +msgid "Track by lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:44 msgid "" -"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " -"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " -":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " -"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, configure " +"individual products to be tracked using lots. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and choose a " +"product to configure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:48 msgid "" +"On the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, select the :guilabel:`By Lots` option in " +"the :guilabel:`Tracking` field. Now, new or existing lot numbers can be " +"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`expiration_dates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 +msgid "" "If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " -"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" -" lot numbers to the existing stock." +"serial numbers, a warning message appears. Use an :doc:`inventory adjustment" +" ` to assign lot numbers to existing products in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 -msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:65 +msgid "Assign lots for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:67 msgid "" -"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " -"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" -" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " -"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " -"automatically." +"Assign new lot numbers to :ref:`incoming goods " +"` on the receipt form. When " +"shipping :ref:`outgoing goods `, select products with specific lot numbers on the delivery order " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:75 +msgid "On receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Assigning new or existing lot numbers to incoming goods can be done directly" +" on receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To begin, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app to `create and confirm " +"`_ a |PO| for products tracked " +"by lot numbers. Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button that " +"appears at the top of the page to navigate to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to an existing receipt by going to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, clicking the :guilabel:`Receipts` Kanban " +"card, and choosing the desired receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number triggers an " +"error, indicating that a lot number **must** be assigned before validating " +"the receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:96 +msgid "" +"On the receipt form, on the product line in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, " +"select the |list| icon to the right of the product that is tracked by lot " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the bulleted list icon on the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, where the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` and :guilabel:`Quantity` are assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 +msgid "The two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **importing**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:109 +msgid "Manual assignment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"To manually assign lot numbers, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Input the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, :guilabel:`Store To` location for the lot, " +":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Destination Package`, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To assign multiple lot numbers, or store to multiple locations, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and type a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` for " +"additional quantities. Repeat until the total in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"column matches the :guilabel:`Demand` at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:125 +msgid "Import lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:127 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, click :guilabel:`Import " +"Serials/Lots`, then paste the bulk lot numbers, in the " +":guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on *Google* spreadsheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 +msgid "Lot numbers copied to the lot number line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Lot numbers pasted to the \"Lots/Serial numbers\" field, in the **Import " +"Lots** pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to generate *additional* " +"lot numbers in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window. To replace " +"the lot numbers in the list, leave the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option" +" unticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` on the receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:200 +msgid "" +":ref:`Traceability report for lot numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:157 +msgid "On delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Odoo makes it possible to specify which lot numbers for a product are chosen" +" for outgoing shipment on a delivery order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To begin, create or select an existing quotation from the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app. After confirming the |SO|, the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button becomes available. Click the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt form for " +"that specific |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to delivery orders by going to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`" +" kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button opens the the delivery order " +"form, where lot numbers are picked for delivery. In the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab, click the |list| icon to the right of the " +"product that is tracked by lot numbers. Clicking that icon reveals a " +":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, the chosen lot number and its storage location is " +"displayed in the :guilabel:`Pick From` column, with the with the full " +":guilabel:`Quantity` taken from that specific lot (if there is enough stock " +"in that particular lot)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:179 +msgid "" +"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " +":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:183 +msgid "" +"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " +"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It also " +"depends on the ordered quantity, and whether the lot's on-hand quantity is " +"enough to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Repeat the above steps to select enough lots to fulfill the " +":guilabel:`Demand`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. " +"Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button on the |DO| to deliver the " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Popup for source lot number on sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:203 +msgid "Lot management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Manage and view existing lot numbers for products in the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` dashboard by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:208 +msgid "" +"By default, lot numbers are grouped by product, and selecting the drop-down " +"menu for each product displays the existing lot numbers. Select a lot number" +" to :ref:`modify or add details ` " +"linked to the lot. Lot numbers can also be :ref:`created " +"` from this page, by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 +msgid "Show the \"Lot/Serial Number\" dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Display lot numbers, grouped by products, on the **Lot/Serial Number** " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 +msgid "Modify lot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Clicking a lot from the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` dashboard reveals a " +"separate page where additional information can be provided about the lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to follow " +"the most recent number. However, it can be edited, by clicking the line " +"under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and changing the generated " +"number to any desired one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:233 +msgid "On the lot number form, the following fields can be modified:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:235 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: change the lot number linked to the " +":guilabel:`Product`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:236 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internal Reference`: records an alternative lot/serial number " +"used within the warehouse that differs from the one used by the supplier " +"manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company where the lot number is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:239 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: add extra details about the lot or serial number in" +" this text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:242 +msgid "" +"On existing lots, the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"fields **cannot** be modified, as the lot numbers are linked with existing " +"stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the lot number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:250 +msgid ":doc:`Set expiration dates for lots `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:253 +msgid "Add property" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:255 +msgid "" +"To add custom fields to lots for enhanced traceability, there are two " +"methods of adding properties on a lot number form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon at the top-left of the page," +" then select :icon:`fa-cogs` :guilabel:`Add Properties` from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a Property` button, located below " +"the existing fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Name and :doc:`configure the new field " +"<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`. Once finished, enter the " +"property value in the new field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The new property, `Wood type`, is added. The value is recorded as `Cherry " +"wood`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Show the \"Add Properties\" button on a lot number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:273 +msgid "" +":doc:`Configuring custom properties " +"<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 +msgid "Reserve lot number for a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:280 +msgid "" +"To create a lot number for a product, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lot/Serial Numbers`, and " +"click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Creating a lot number reserves it for a product but **does not** assign it. " +"To assign lot numbers, refer to the section on :ref:`assigning lot numbers " +"on receipts `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:289 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " "follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " -"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " -"and changing the generated number." +"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field " +"on the lot form, and changing the generated number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:293 msgid "" "Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " "field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " "menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:72 -msgid "" -"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " -"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " -"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " -"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" -"website environment)." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:298 +msgid "The lot number, `000001`, is created for the product, `Drawer Black`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 -msgid "" -"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " -"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:83 -msgid "" -"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " -"button to save all changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:304 msgid "" "After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " -"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" -" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " -"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." +"product, the lot number is saved as an existing lot number linked to the " +"product, and can be selected when :ref:`assigning lot numbers to products on" +" a receipt `, or when making an " +"inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:310 msgid "" -"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " -"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " -"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" -" assigned to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:95 -msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " -"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " -"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " -"order form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:104 -msgid "Manage lots on receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " -"purchase order (PO)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:108 -msgid "" -"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " -"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 -msgid "" -"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " -"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " -"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " -"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " -"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " -"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " -":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " -"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " -"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" -"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " -":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " -"number being assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:133 -msgid "" -"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " -":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " -"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " -"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:137 -msgid "" -"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " -"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " -"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 -msgid "" -"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" -" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " -"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " -"quantity." +"After creating the lot number, `000001` appears as an option for `Drawer " +"Black` when assigning lot numbers on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` " +"page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 -msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgid "Show how to assign lot numbers on the Inventory Adjustment page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " -":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " -"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " -"the :guilabel:`Demand`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:155 -msgid "" -"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " -"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " -"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" -" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" -" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " -":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " -"entered in each of the lot number lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 -msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:168 -msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." -" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " -":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " -"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" -" assigned, and more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:174 -msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " -"sales order (SO)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " -"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:181 -msgid "" -"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" -" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " -"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:185 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" -" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " -":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:201 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " -"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 -msgid "" -"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " -"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " -":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " -"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:198 -msgid "" -"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " -"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" -" there is enough stock in that particular lot)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:202 -msgid "" -"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " -":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " -"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " -"total quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:207 -msgid "" -"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " -"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " -"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " -"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " -"lot to fulfill the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:213 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:215 -msgid "" -"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " -"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" -" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 -msgid "" -"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " -"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " -":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " -"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " -"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:228 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" -" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " -"the same lot number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:318 msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:320 msgid "" -"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " -"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " -"be used." +"By default, new lots can only be created when receiving products, and " +"existing lot numbers cannot be used. For sales orders, only existing lot " +"numbers can be utilized, and new ones cannot be created on the delivery " +"order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:237 -msgid "" -"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" -" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:324 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " "type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " -"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +"Operations Types`, and select the desired operation type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:328 msgid "" -"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " -"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " -"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" -" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " -":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" -" to save the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:249 -msgid "" -"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " -"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " -"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " -"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." +"On the operation type form, under the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"section, tick the :guilabel:`Create New` checkbox to enable new lot numbers " +"to be created during this operation type. Choose :guilabel:`Use Existing " +"ones` if only existing lot numbers can be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:337 msgid "" "For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " "useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" " warehouse receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:345 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " -"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " -"stored, and who (and when) it went to." +"entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from, when it arrived, where it" +" was stored, who it went to (and when)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:348 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:352 msgid "" "From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " "assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:355 msgid "" -"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " -"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " -":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " -"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." +"To group by lots, begin by removing any filters in the :guilabel:`Search...`" +" bar. Then, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(caret down)` icon to" +" open a drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` options," +" and :guilabel:`Favorites`. Under the :guilabel:`Group By` section, click " +"the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` option, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"Number` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:361 msgid "" -"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " -"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." +"Doing so reorganizes all the records on the page to display all existing " +"lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded to show all quantities of " +"products with that assigned number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:369 +msgid "Traceability report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To view a full stock moves report for a lot number, select the lot number " +"line from the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Number` dashboard. On the lot number " +"form, click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the Traceability Report for a lot, that displays the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:380 msgid ":doc:`differences`" msgstr "" @@ -6536,6 +6660,144 @@ msgid "" " packaging to the internal count of the product." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:3 +msgid "Reassign lot/serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Changing a product's tracking settings to use lots or serial numbers, " +"*after* storing products in Odoo without them, can lead to inconsistent " +"records. Follow this documentation to learn how to use an inventory " +"adjustment to assign lot or serial numbers to products that were not " +"originally assigned lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Warning message: products in stock have no lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This document outlines the process of using two inventory adjustments: one " +"to remove incorrect records *without* lot numbers, and another to save the " +"quantities *with* the lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`Set up and use lot numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Set up serial numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Use serial numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:24 +msgid "Change on-hand quantity to zero" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To change the product's settings to track by lots or serial numbers, begin " +"by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and select the intended product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, click the product's :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button to open the " +":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. In the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"column, change the value to zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If the product is stored in multiple locations, make sure the **total** on " +"hand quantity at **all** locations is zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Show the Inventory Adjustments model, highlighting the \"On Hand Quantity\" " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:41 +msgid "Change traceability setting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Return to the product form (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Products`), and switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, change the :guilabel:`Tracking` option " +"from :guilabel:`No Tracking` to :guilabel:`By Lots` or :guilabel:`By Unique " +"Serial Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 +msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:56 +msgid "Restore on-hand quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:58 +msgid "" +"After manually changing the on-hand quantity to zero and changing the " +":guilabel:`Tracking` setting to lots or serial numbers, restore the " +"quantities by clicking the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button from the desired" +" product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:62 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Update Quantity` page, because the on-hand quantity had " +"been previously changed to zero, a :guilabel:`No Stock On Hand` warning " +"appears on the page. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" +"left corner. Doing so reveals a new, modifiable line on the " +":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. Then, input a desired lot number in the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` to its original value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Fill in the \"Lot/Serial Number\" and \"On Hand Quantity\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To find the original quantity, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"accordingly, after assigning a new lot or serial number, click the " +":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon in the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` column. Then, click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` " +"button on the far-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Show the \"History\" button on the Inventory Adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The inventory adjustment that changed the on-hand quantity to zero is " +"displayed in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:0 +msgid "Show the history entry." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "" @@ -6665,6 +6927,12 @@ msgid "" "in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "" @@ -6849,6 +7117,12 @@ msgid "" "tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:197 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" @@ -6857,6 +7131,20 @@ msgid "" " appears." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " +"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:208 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " @@ -7211,6 +7499,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:80 msgid "Create purchase order" msgstr "" @@ -7482,12 +7772,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:160 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:161 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" msgstr "" @@ -7689,7 +7979,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:124 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" @@ -7870,8 +8160,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "Create a sales order" msgstr "" @@ -7933,7 +8221,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Print shipping labels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:8 msgid "" "Integrate Odoo with :doc:`third-party shipping carriers " "<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>` to automatically generate " @@ -7941,7 +8229,7 @@ msgid "" "numbers, and barcodes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:15 msgid "" "To generate labels for a third-party shipping carrier, first :doc:`install " "the third-party shipping connector " @@ -7958,36 +8246,83 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set the \"Get Rate and Create Shipment\" option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:33 +msgid "Labels for multi-step" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"For companies using :doc:`two " +"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or :doc:`three step " +"delivery <../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, labels can be " +"triggered to print after validating the picking or packing operation. To do " +"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations " +"Types`, and choose the desired operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Operation Type` configuration page, tick the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` checkbox. Enabling this feature ensures that the " +"third-party shipping label is printed upon validating this operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:45 +msgid "" +"For :doc:`two-step delivery " +"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, where products are " +"placed directly in packages during picking, companies can print shipping " +"labels during picking instead of delivery. Odoo allows users to enable the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` feature on the `Pick` operation itself to achieve " +"this flexibility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:0 +msgid "Enable the \"Print Label\" feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:55 msgid "Print tracking labels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:57 msgid "" -"Tracking labels are generated after the delivery order (DO) is validated." +"Tracking labels are printed when specific operations are validated. By " +"default, validating a delivery order (DO) generates a tracking label in the " +"chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:61 msgid "" -"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin on the " -":menuselection:`Sales app`, and proceed to the desired quotation to " -":ref:`add the shipping cost `, confirm the sales order, and validate the |DO|." +"For companies using two or three step delivery, refer to the :ref:`printing " +"labels for multi-step delivery ` section to learn how to print the label after validating a picking " +"or packing operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin in the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and proceed to the desired quotation or sales " +"order (SO). There, and :ref:`add the shipping cost " +"` to the order. Then, " +"navigate to the linked |DO| — or another operation type when using multi-" +"step delivery — to validate the operation and print the label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:71 msgid "" "If only the *Inventory* app is installed, create :abbr:`DOs (Delivery " -"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app , :ref:`add the " +"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, :ref:`add the " "third-party carrier ` in " "the :guilabel:`Carrier` field, and validate the |DO|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:79 msgid "Add shipping on quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:81 msgid "" "To generate a tracking label for an order, begin by creating a quotation in " ":menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`, clicking " @@ -7999,15 +8334,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the \"Add Shipping\" button on the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:89 msgid "" "In the resulting pop-up window, select the intended carrier from the " -":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. Clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` " -"displays the shipping cost for the customer, via the third-party carrier in " -"the :guilabel:`Cost` field." +":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Total Order " +"Weight` field is automatically populated, based on the :ref:`weight of " +"products in the order `. " +"Modify this field to overwrite the predicted weight, and use this weight to " +"estimate the cost of shipping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Get Rate` to display the shipping cost for the " +"customer, via the third-party carrier in the :guilabel:`Cost` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 msgid "" "If clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` results in an error, ensure the " ":ref:`warehouse's address ` are properly configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:102 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the cost to the quotation, which is listed as " "the :ref:`configured delivery product " @@ -8028,49 +8371,49 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show \"Get rate\" pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:112 msgid "" -"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, the shipping carrier is" -" specified in a delivery order's :guilabel:`Carrier` field of the " -":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." +"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, specify the " +":guilabel:`Carrier` by going to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, " +"navigating to the |DO|, and going to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:0 msgid "Show the \"Additional Info\" tab of a delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:123 msgid "Validate delivery order" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:125 msgid "" "On a delivery order form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab to" " ensure the third-party shipping carrier has been added to the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:129 msgid "" "If the *Sales* app is not installed, the third-party carrier is set in the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:132 msgid "" "After the items in the order have been packed, click :guilabel:`Validate` to" " get the shipping carrier's tracking number, and generate the shipping " "label." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:136 msgid "" "Create or select an existing delivery order by going to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and selecting the :guilabel:`Delivery " "Orders` card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:139 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` number is generated in the " ":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab of the delivery order. Click the " @@ -8078,7 +8421,7 @@ msgid "" "shipping carrier's website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:143 msgid "The tracking label is found in PDF format in the chatter." msgstr "" @@ -8086,14 +8429,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show generated shipping label in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:150 msgid "" "For multi-package shipping, one label is generated per package. Each label " "appears in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:157 msgid "Sample label generated from Odoo's shipping connector with FedEx." msgstr "" @@ -8280,11 +8623,282 @@ msgid "" "create the first backorder." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:3 +msgid "Printable delivery PDFs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automatically print delivery-related PDFs documents and labels in Odoo, " +"containing package recipient details, contents, or handling instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The following PDFs can be configured to print upon validating an *Inventory*" +" operation (e.g. receipt, picking, delivery orders, quality checks):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:11 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery slip `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`Return slip `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:13 +msgid "" +":ref:`Product labels of items in the order " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:14 +msgid "" +":ref:`Lot and serial number labels `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:15 +msgid "Carrier labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:16 +msgid "Export documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:17 +msgid "Package Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:18 +msgid "Package label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To automatically print these forms, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`, and select the desired " +"operation type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick each of the desired options available " +"in the :guilabel:`Print on Validation` section to download the PDF of those " +"selected documents automatically after validating the :guilabel:`Operation " +"Type`. For details on what each of the checkbox options do, jump to the " +"related section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Print on Validation* option in the \"Pick\" *Operation Type*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:36 +msgid "Delivery slip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A *delivery slip* contains recipient and package details, usually placed " +"inside (or attached to) the package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:42 +msgid ":ref:`Picking list `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`Tracking label `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:45 +msgid "" +"After :ref:`enabling the Delivery Slip setting " +"` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " +"configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " +"operation type downloads a PDF of the delivery slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The delivery slip shows products, quantities, the delivery order reference " +"number, and the total order weight." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Example delivery slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:58 +msgid "Return slip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Print a *return slip* to include in a delivery for customer return packages." +" It identifies the return, links to the sales order, and includes item " +"details and customer information. It can also include specific return " +"instructions for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:64 +msgid "" +"After :ref:`enabling the Return Slip setting " +"` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " +"configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " +"operation type downloads a PDF of the return slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The return slip displays the company's return address, along with barcodes " +"for both the order and the return operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Example return slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:77 +msgid "Product labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Print *product labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " +"information, such as product name, barcode, and price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"After navigating to the intended operation type (:menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`), in the :guilabel:`Hardware` " +"tab, tick the :guilabel:`Product Labels` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Print label as:` drop-down menu visible, where" +" each product label can be printed as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`2 x 7 with price`: PDF displays product name, barcode, and price," +" fitting two rows and seven columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 2 x 7 with price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 7 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price, " +"fitting four rows and seven columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 4 x 7 with price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12`: displays product name and barcode. Fits four rows and " +"twelve columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 4 x 12." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price. " +"Fits four rows and twelve columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels`: prints labels in the Zebra Programming Language " +"(ZPL) containing the product name and barcode. Readable for Zebra printers " +"to automatically print labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels with price`: prints labels in the :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " +"Programming Language)` containing the product name, barcode, and price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Product labels can be manually printed from any delivery order, by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Print Labels` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:128 +msgid "Lot/SN Labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Print *lot/SN labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " +"information, such as product name, lot or serial number, and the barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To automatically print this PDF, navigate to the intended operation type's " +"options page (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations" +" Types`). Then, in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick the :guilabel:`Lot/SN " +"Labels` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per lot/SN`: PDF with labels for unique lot/serial " +"numbers in the order, including product name, lot/serial number, and " +"barcode. Fits four rows and twelve columns per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:150 +msgid "Labels for an order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per unit`: PDF with labels matching the quantity of " +"items, displaying the product name, lot/serial number, and barcode. Fits " +"four rows and twelve columns per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per lot/SN`: prints labels in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " +"Programming Language)`, containing the product name, lot/serial number, and " +"barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per unit`: prints labels with the quantity of " +"items in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming Language)`, containing the product " +"name, lot/serial number, and barcode." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "Scheduled delivery dates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 msgid "" "Accurately forecasting delivery dates is vital for fulfilling customer " "expectations. In Odoo, the *Inventory* app allows for comprehensive lead " @@ -8292,11 +8906,11 @@ msgid "" "orders, deliveries, and receptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:15 msgid "Lead time types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:17 msgid "" "Different lead times for different operations can impact various stages of " "the order fulfillment process. Here's a summary of the types of lead times " @@ -8307,66 +8921,85 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show graphic of all lead times working together." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "" -":ref:`Customer lead time `: The default " -"time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is the " -"number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the date " -"the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as *delivery" -" lead time*." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:24 msgid "" -":ref:`Sales security lead time `: " -"moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of days. " -"This serves as a buffer to allow the team ample time to prepare the outgoing" -" shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " -"process." +":ref:`Customer lead time `: " +"default time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is" +" the number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the " +"date the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as " +"*delivery lead time*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:29 msgid "" -":ref:`Purchase lead time `: the number of " -"days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " +":ref:`Sales security lead time `: moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of " +"days. This serves as a buffer to allow ample time to prepare the outgoing " +"shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 +msgid "" +":ref:`Purchase lead time `: number" +" of days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " "products. It provides insight on the time it takes for products to arrive at" " the warehouse, facilitating effective scheduling and planning of supplier " "deliveries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:39 msgid "" -":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` by a " -"specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders earlier " -"mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products that are" -" set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment report* " -"earlier, according to the specified number of days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:40 -msgid "" -":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: the number " -"of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date of " -"confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in Odoo), " -"and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished good." +":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " +"by a specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders " +"earlier mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products " +"that are set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment " +"report* earlier, according to the specified number of days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:45 msgid "" -":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " -"forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with " -":ref:`replenish to order `, the " +":ref:`Days to Purchase `: " +"days needed for the vendor to receive a request for quotation (RFQ) and " +"confirm it. It advances the deadline to schedule a |RFQ| by a specified " +"number of days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:49 +msgid "" +":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: " +"number of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date " +"of confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in " +"Odoo), and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished" +" good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:54 +msgid "" +":ref:`Days to prepare manufacturing order " +"`: number of days " +"needed to replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the " +"product. Either set one directly on the bill of materials (BoM), or click " +"*Compute* to sum up purchase and manufacturing lead times of components in " +"the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:60 +msgid "" +":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing " +"Order)` forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with" +" :ref:`replenish to order `, the " "security lead time makes the need appear earlier on the replenishment " "report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:69 msgid "Sales lead times" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 msgid "" "Customer lead times and sales security lead times can be configured to " "automatically compute an *expected delivery date* on a :abbr:`SO (Sales " @@ -8374,14 +9007,14 @@ msgid "" "setting for shipments from the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:75 msgid "" "Odoo issues a warning message if the set delivery date is earlier than the " "expected date, as it may not be feasible to fulfill the order by that time, " "which would impact other warehouse operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:79 msgid "" "A :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` containing a `Coconut-scented candle` is " "confirmed on July 11th. The product has a customer lead time of 14 days, and" @@ -8394,17 +9027,17 @@ msgid "" "Set *Delivery Date* in a sales order. Enables delivery lead times feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:87 msgid "" "The following sections demonstrate how to automatically compute expected " "delivery dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:90 msgid "Customer lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:92 msgid "" "Set the customer lead time on each product form, by navigating to the " "products page. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> " @@ -8414,7 +9047,7 @@ msgid "" "order from start to finish." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 msgid "" "Set a 14-day customer lead time for the `Coconut-scented candle` by " "navigating to its product form. Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, type" @@ -8425,31 +9058,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set *Customer Lead Time* on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:109 msgid "Sales security lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:111 msgid "" "*Sales security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:114 msgid "" "On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " "heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales`, and " "click the checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. This security lead time is " "a buffer notifying the team to prepare for outgoing shipments earlier than " "the scheduled date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales` to `1.00` day, pushes " "the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of a delivery order (DO) forward by one day. " @@ -8464,11 +9097,11 @@ msgid "" "settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:131 msgid "Deliver several products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:133 msgid "" "For orders that include multiple products with different lead times, the " "lead times can be configured directly from the quotation itself. On a " @@ -8476,7 +9109,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Policy` to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`As soon as possible` to deliver products as soon as they are " "ready. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " @@ -8484,7 +9117,7 @@ msgid "" "products in the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`When all products are ready` to wait to fulfill the entire order " "at once. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " @@ -8496,14 +9129,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show *Shipping Policy* field in the *Other Info* tab of a quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:150 msgid "" "In a quotation containing 2 products, `Yoga mat` and `Resistance band,` the " "products have a lead time of 8 days and 5 days, respectively. Today's date " "is April 2nd." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:153 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Shipping Policy` is set to :guilabel:`As soon as " "possible`, the scheduled delivery date is 5 days from today: April 7th. On " @@ -8511,17 +9144,17 @@ msgid "" " the scheduled date to be 8 days from today: April 10th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:160 msgid "Purchase lead times" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 msgid "" "Automatically determining the dates on which to place orders from suppliers " "can help simplify the procurement process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 msgid "" "Odoo calculates the supplier shipment *receipt date*, and :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` deadline, based on the required date the product is needed" @@ -8530,7 +9163,7 @@ msgid "" "determine the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` deadline." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 msgid "" "This deadline is the date by which the order should be confirmed, in order " "to ensure timely arrival by the expected receipt date." @@ -8541,24 +9174,24 @@ msgid "" "Visualization of PO deadline and receipt date used with vendor lead times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:178 msgid "" ":ref:`PO scheduling with reordering rules " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:181 msgid "Vendor lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:183 msgid "" "To set a vendor lead time for orders arriving in the warehouse from a vendor" " location, begin by navigating to a product form through " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:186 msgid "" "Next, select the desired product, and switch to the :guilabel:`Purchase` " "tab. In the editable vendor pricelist, click the :guilabel:`Add a line` " @@ -8567,14 +9200,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:192 msgid "" "Multiple vendors and lead times can be added to the vendor pricelist. The " "default vendor and lead time selected will be the entry at the top of the " "list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:196 msgid "" "On the vendor pricelist of the product form, the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " "Time` for the selected vendor is set to `10 days.`" @@ -8584,7 +9217,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add delivery lead times to vendor pricelist on a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:203 msgid "" "By setting the vendor lead time, the expected arrival date of the item is " "automatically determined as the date of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " @@ -8593,7 +9226,7 @@ msgid "" "expected timeframe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 msgid "" "On a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` confirmed on July 11th, for a product " "configured with a 10-day vendor lead time, Odoo automatically sets the " @@ -8612,34 +9245,33 @@ msgid "" "Show expected *Scheduled Date* of arrival of the product from the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:225 msgid "Purchase security lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:227 msgid "" "*Purchase security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:230 msgid "" -"On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " -"heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`, and" -" click the checkbox to enable the feature." +"On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " +"heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in supplier " -"deliveries." +"deliveries. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:237 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase` to `2.00` days, " -"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by one day. In that " +"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by two days. In that " "case, if a product is initially scheduled to arrive on April 6th, with a " "two-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the receipt would be " "April 8th." @@ -8651,18 +9283,35 @@ msgid "" "Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 +msgid "Days to purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To set up the *days to purchase* lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Advanced " +"Scheduling` section, in the :guilabel:`Days to Purchase` field, specify the " +"number of days required for the vendor to confirm a |RFQ| after receiving it" +" from the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Show \"Days to Purchase\" configuration in the Settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 msgid "Manufacturing lead times" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:265 msgid "" "Lead times can help simplify the procurement process for consumable " "materials and components used in manufactured products with bills of " -"materials." +"materials (BoMs)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:268 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the deadline to " "begin the manufacturing process to complete the product by the scheduled " @@ -8676,43 +9325,54 @@ msgid "" "times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 msgid "Manufacturing lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:279 msgid "" -"Configure the manufacturing lead time directly on the product form, by " -"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products`, " -"and select the desired product." +"Manufacturing lead times for products are configured from a product's bill " +"of materials (BoM) form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:281 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product, specify the calendar days " -"needed to the manufacture the product in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead " -"Time` field." +"To add a lead time to a |BoM|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" +" --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM| to edit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:284 msgid "" -"Specify a 14-day :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead Time` for a product directly " -"in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product." +"On the |BoM| form, click the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. Change the value" +" (in days) in the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field to specify the calendar" +" days needed to manufacture the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 -msgid "" -"View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Manuf. Lead Time value specified on a product's Bill of Material form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:292 +msgid "" +"If the selected |BoM| is a multi-level |BoM|, the manufacturing lead times " +"of the components are added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 +msgid "" +"If the |BoM| product is subcontracted, the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` can " +"be used to determine the date at which components should be sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:298 msgid "" "Establish a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, based on the " "*expected delivery date*, indicated in the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field " "of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:301 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field on the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`, is" @@ -8720,31 +9380,32 @@ msgid "" "lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:305 msgid "" "This ensures the manufacturing process begins on time, in order to meet the " "delivery date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:307 msgid "" -"However, it's important to note that lead times are based on calendar days. " -"Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center capacity*" -" (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work center " -"simultaneously`)." +"However, it is important to note that lead times are based on calendar days." +" Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center " +"capacity* (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work " +"center simultaneously`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 -msgid ":ref:`Manufacturing planning `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 msgid "" -":ref:`Configure automatic MO scheduling with reordering rules " -"`" +":doc:`Manufacturing planning <../../../manufacturing/workflows/use_mps>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:313 +msgid "" +":doc:`Schedule MOs with reordering rules " +"<../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 msgid "" "A product's scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " "August 15th. The product requires 14 days to manufacture. So, the latest " @@ -8752,23 +9413,63 @@ msgid "" "date is August 1st." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:324 +msgid "Days to prepare manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Configure the days required to gather components to manufacture a product by" +" going to its |BoM|. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" +" Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:330 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab of the |BoM|, specify the calendar days" +" needed to obtain components of the product in the :guilabel:`Days to " +"prepare Manufacturing Order` field. Doing so creates |MOs| in advance, and " +"ensures there is enough time to either replenish components, or manufacture " +"semi-finished products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Compute`, located next to the :guilabel:`Days to prepare" +" Manufacturing Order` field, calculates the longest lead time among all the " +"components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:339 +msgid "" +"*Purchase security lead times* that impact this specific |BoM| are also " +"added to this value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:343 +msgid "" +"A |BoM| has two components, one has a manufacturing lead time of two days, " +"and the other has a purchase lead time of four days. The :guilabel:`Days to " +"prepare Manufacturing Order` is four days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:350 msgid "Manufacturing security lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:352 msgid "" "*Manufacturing security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the" -" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead " -"Time`, and click the checkbox to enable the feature." +" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security " +"Lead Time`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:356 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in the " -"manufacturing process." +"manufacturing process. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 @@ -8777,7 +9478,7 @@ msgid "" "settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:364 msgid "" "A product has a scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " "set for August 15th. The manufacturing lead time is 7 days, and " @@ -8787,37 +9488,37 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is August 5th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:371 msgid "Global example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:373 msgid "" "See the following example to understand how all the lead times work together" " to ensure timely order fulfillment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:376 msgid "**Sales security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:377 msgid "**Manufacturing security lead time**: 2 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:378 msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**: 3 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:379 msgid "**Purchase security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:380 msgid "**Vendor lead time**: 4 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:382 msgid "" "The customer places an order for a manufactured product on September 1st, " "and the scheduled delivery date from the warehouse is on September 20th. " @@ -8832,24 +9533,24 @@ msgid "" "operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:390 msgid "**September 1st**: Sales order created, confirmed by salesperson." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:392 msgid "" "**September 9th**: Deadline to order components to ensure they arrive in " "time when manufacturing begins (4-day supplier lead time)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:395 msgid "" "**September 13th**: Scheduled date of receipt for components. Initially, it " "was set to 9/14, but the 1-day purchase security lead time pushed the date " "earlier by 1 day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:398 msgid "" "**September 14th**: Deadline to begin manufacturing. Calculated by " "subtracting the manufacturing lead time of 3 days, and the manufacturing " @@ -8857,7 +9558,7 @@ msgid "" "19th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:402 msgid "" "**September 19th**: :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the delivery order form " "indicates the updated expected delivery date, which was originally set as " @@ -8865,7 +9566,7 @@ msgid "" "a day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:406 msgid "" "Odoo's replenishment planning maps a business' order fulfillment process, " "setting pre-determined deadlines and raw material order dates, including " @@ -8906,7 +9607,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings." msgstr "" @@ -9073,475 +9773,536 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in one step" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:11 msgid "" -"By default, incoming shipments are configured to be received directly into " -"stock, and outgoing shipments are configured to be delivered directly from " -"stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one " -"step receipts and deliveries." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " +"process in one step, by default. This means purchases will be received " +"directly into stock, and deliveries will be moved directly from stock to " +"customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:30 msgid "" -"Incoming and outgoing shipments do not need to be configured with the same " -"steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in " -"three steps." +"Incoming and outgoing shipments do **not** need to be configured with the " +"same amount of steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18 msgid "" -"In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and " -"deliveries." +"For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " +"received directly in one step, and delivered in three steps (pick + pack + " +"ship)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20 -msgid "Configure the warehouse" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To configure one-step receipts and deliveries for a warehouse, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and select " +"a warehouse to edit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:27 msgid "" -"If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they" -" can easily be set back to the one step setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`, and click on the desired warehouse to edit. Next, on the " -":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, under the :guilabel:`Shipments` " -"section, select :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)` for " -":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " -"step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)`, and set " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " +"step)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one " -"step." +msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to one-step on warehouse form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Since one-step receipt and delivery is the default for incoming and outgoing" +" shipments in Odoo, the *Multi-Step Routes* feature is *not* required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 +msgid "" +"However, for the :guilabel:`Shipments` settings to appear on a warehouse " +"form, the feature **must** be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick " +"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Doing so also activates the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` " +"feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:50 msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "Terima barang langsung (1 langkah)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "Create a purchase order" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When products are received in one step, they will move from the vendor " +"location to warehouse stock in the database immediately upon validation of a" +" purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:81 msgid "" -"On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making" -" a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, select (or create) a " -":guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` " -"to finalize the quote as a new purchase order." +"To create a |PO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank :guilabel:`Request for Quotation` (RfQ) " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:61 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " -"the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " -"receipt for the purchase order." +"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Supplier` field. Then, fill out the various " +"fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order." +msgid "Filled out new request for quotation form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 -msgid "Process the receipt" +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the |RfQ|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:94 msgid "" -"When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click " -":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This moves the |RfQ| to the " +":guilabel:`Purchase Order` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once the |PO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears at " +"the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse receipt " +"(WH/IN) form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ " -"(bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon " -"enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows " -"the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n" -"pop-up." +msgid "Receipt smart button on confirmed purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier " -"Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives " -"here, it will be available for manufacturing, sales, etc. Then, the status " -"of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the " -"reception process in one step." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 +msgid "Process receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:84 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " +"the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " +"validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validated warehouse receipt in Done stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Click back to the |PO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" +" the |PO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Received` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:99 msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "Kirimkan barang secara langsung (1 langkah)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:101 msgid "" -"Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and " -"make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then select (or create) a " -":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down field, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order." +"When products are delivered in one step, they will move from warehouse stock" +" to the customer location in the database immediately upon validation of a " +"sales order (SO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:156 +msgid "Create sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:158 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " -"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " -"delivery order for the sales order." +"To create a |SO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales app`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank sales quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field. Then, fill out the various" +" fields on the sales quotation form, as necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed." +msgid "Filled out new sales quotation form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:117 msgid "" -"Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." +"Under the :guilabel:`Product` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:120 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:172 -msgid "Process the delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. This moves the quotation to the " +":guilabel:`Sales Order` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 msgid "" -"When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), " -"click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery." +"Once the |SO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears at " +"the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse delivery " +"(WH/OUT) form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the delivery order." +msgid "Delivery smart button on confirmed sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:207 +msgid "Process delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:133 msgid "" -"Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the " -":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers" -" location`. Then, the status of the document will change to " -":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step." +"From the warehouse delivery form, the products ordered by the customer can " +"be delivered from the warehouse. To deliver the products, change the value " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field to match the ordered quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Demand` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once validated, the delivery order " +"moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validated delivery order in Done stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click back to the |SO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" +" the |SO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Delivered` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:229 +msgid ":doc:`shipments_deliveries`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in two steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12 msgid "" -"Depending on a company's business processes, multiple steps may be needed " -"before receiving or shipping products. In the two-step receipt process, " -"products are received in an input area, then transferred to stock. Two-step " -"receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as " -"locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves." +"Depending on a company's needs, receiving and shipping products in and out " +"of the warehouse might require multi-step operations. In Odoo *Inventory*, " +"this can be done using *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the two-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, " +"then transferred to stock. This kind of process for incoming shipments might" +" be beneficial for warehouses with specific storage locations, such as " +"freezers and refrigerators, secured locked areas, or special aisles and " +"shelves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:19 msgid "" "Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and " "employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The " -"products are not available for further processing until they are transferred" -" into stock." +"products are *not* available for further processing, until they are " +"transferred into stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:23 msgid "" -"In the two-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order" -" are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and " -"brought to an output location before being shipped." +"In the two-step delivery process, products are first picked from their " +"respective location in the warehouse, then transferred to an output location" +" before being shipped to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:26 msgid "" -"One situation where this would be useful is when using either a :abbr:`FIFO " -"(First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO " -"(First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, where the products that are " -"being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration " -"date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" -" `, so the settings need to be changed" -" in order to utilize two-step receipts and deliveries. Incoming and outgoing" -" shipments do not need to be set to have the same steps. For example, " -"products can be received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the " -"following example, two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries." +"This might be beneficial for companies using a First In, First Out (FIFO), " +"Last In, First Out (LIFO), or First Expired, First Out (FEFO) removal " +"strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "Configure multi-step routes" +msgid "" +"For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " +"received in two steps (input + stock), and delivered in three steps (pick + " +"pack + ship)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:38 msgid "" -"First, make sure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` option is enabled in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " -":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save` " -"the changes." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " +"process in one step, by default. To change these settings, the *Multi-Step " +"Routes* feature must be enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and " -"deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`, and click on the warehouse to change the warehouse settings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Multi-Step Routes feature in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for" -" :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and " -"then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +"Next, configure a warehouse for two-step receipts and deliveries. Navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and " +"select a warehouse to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)`, " +"and set :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Send goods in output " +"and then deliver (2 steps)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to two-step on warehouse form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:62 msgid "" -"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two " -"steps." +"Selecting two-step receipts and deliveries automatically creates new *Input*" +" and *Output* warehouse locations in the database, named `WH/Input` and " +"`WH/Output`, respectively." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:65 msgid "" -"Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and " -"*output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and " -":guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard." -" To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations`, and select the :guilabel:`Location` to change. On the location " -"form, update the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any other changes (if " -"necessary)." +"To rename or edit these locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Locations`, and select the desired location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:66 -msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the location's form, change the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any " +"other necessary changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:72 +msgid "Process receipt in two steps (input + stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When products are received in two steps, they first move from the vendor " +"location to an input location. Then, they move from the input location to " +"warehouse stock in the database, upon validation of a purchase order (PO), " +"and a subsequent internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, fill out the various " +"fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out new Request for Quotation from vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery smart button for validated purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:105 msgid "" "For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step " -"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase " -"Order)` form may need to be specified as the correct *input location* " -"connected to the two-step warehouse, which can be done by selecting the " -"warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at" -" the end of the name." +"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the |PO| form **must** " +"be specified as the correct *input location* connected to the two-step " +"warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:109 msgid "" -"After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` " -"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` form. " -"Click it to reveal the new receipt (WH/IN) operation." +"This can be done by selecting the warehouse from the drop-down menu that " +"includes the `Receipts` label at the end of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:115 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " +"the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " +"validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage, and the products" +" move to the :guilabel:`WH/Input` location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 -msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." +msgid "Receipt form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Once the purchase order is confirmed, a receipt is generated and ready to " -"process." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:128 +msgid "Process internal transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the " -":guilabel:`Receipts` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " -"dashboard. This reveals a list of all receipts to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` associated with the purchase order, then " -"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to " -":guilabel:`WH/Input`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Receipt form for product move to WH/Input." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:106 -msgid "Process the internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "" "Once the receipt is validated, an internal transfer is created and ready to " "process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:132 msgid "" -"Click back to the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` in the breadcrumbs, and " -"locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." +"To view the internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app`, and locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:135 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to reveal a list of all internal " -"transfers to process, and select the transfer associated with the previously" -" validated receipt." +"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " +"of all internal transfers to process, and select the transfer associated " +"with the previously validated receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:138 msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product " -"from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move " +"the product from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:141 msgid "" -"Once the transfer is validated, the product enters inventory and is " +"Once the transfer is validated, the products enter inventory, and are " "available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock." +msgid "Internal transfer form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:127 -msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:149 +msgid "Process delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:151 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " -":guilabel:`New`. Select (or create) a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:136 -msgid "" -"After confirming the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart " -"button will appear in the top, above the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal the associated " -"receipt." +"When products are delivered in two steps, they move from warehouse stock to " +"an output location. Then, they move from the output location to a customer " +"location in the database, upon validation of a picking order, and a " +"subsequent delivery order (DO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Delivery smart button on sales order form." +msgid "Filled out new sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168 msgid "" -"Sales order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` Kanban card." +"Under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:150 -msgid "Process the picking" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery smart button on validated sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:182 +msgid "Process picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 msgid "" "Once the sales order is confirmed, a picking order is generated and ready to" " process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:186 msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the " -":guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. " -"This reveals a list of all pickings to process." +"To complete the picking, navigate to the :guilabel:`Inventory app`, and " +"locate the :guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " +"dashboard. Alternatively, the picking order can also be accessed via the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:190 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, click the :guilabel:`# To " +"Process` button on the :guilabel:`Pick` task card. This reveals a list of " +"all pickings to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:193 msgid "" "Click on the picking (WH/PICK) operation associated with the sales order to " "reveal the picking order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Check Availability` on the picking order form. If the " -"product is in stock, Odoo automatically reserves the product. Quantities can" -" also be manually set by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " -"column to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Picking order form for products included in sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:200 msgid "" -"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking and move the " -"product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" +"Manually set the quantity by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"column, to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking, and move the" +" product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Once the picking is validated, a delivery order is created, and ready to " +"process. Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button on the sales order " +"form reveals the newly created delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, to view the delivery order, navigate back to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, via the breadcrumbs, and locate the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` task card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " +"of all delivery orders to process, and select the order associated with the " +"previously validated picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Picking operation form moving product to WH/Output." +msgid "Delivery order form for products ordered by customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:222 msgid "" -"Once the picking has been processed, the delivery order is generated, and " -"can be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Navigate back to the original sales order by going to :menuselection:`Sales " -"app`, and selecting the associated sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:179 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button now indicates there are two transfers." -" Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal each transfer tied to" -" this sales order: the completed picking, and the new delivery (WH/OUT) " -"operation. Click the delivery operation to open the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 -msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Delivery operation form moving product to customer location." +"To deliver the products, change the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field " +"to match the ordered quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:3 @@ -9611,6 +10372,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " @@ -9627,6 +10392,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "" @@ -11097,7 +11866,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo" +msgid "Sendcloud configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5 @@ -11141,16 +11910,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank" " account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping " -"rules or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " -"required." +"rules, or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " +"**required**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:174 msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:39 msgid "" "Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings" " --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse" @@ -11161,7 +11930,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:46 msgid "" "To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` " "is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field " @@ -11205,24 +11974,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:63 msgid "" "Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo" " configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:69 msgid "" "In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo " "Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:72 msgid "" "After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and " @@ -11232,7 +12001,7 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo StealthyWood`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:77 msgid "" "Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the " "shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public " @@ -11243,32 +12012,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:158 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86 -msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To ensure seamless Sendcloud integration with Odoo, :ref:`install " +"` and :ref:`link " +"` the Sendcloud shipping" +" connector to the Sendcloud account. Then, :ref:`configure Odoo fields " +"`, so Sendcloud can " +"accurately pull shipping data to generate labels." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +msgid "Install Sendcloud shipping module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 msgid "" "After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure" -" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " -"search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." +" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " +"search for the `Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:110 msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:112 msgid "" "Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The " @@ -11276,14 +12055,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:116 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once" " on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to " @@ -11291,69 +12070,69 @@ msgid "" "Methods`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 msgid "" "Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this " "shipping method or create a new product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:131 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:146 msgid "" "Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:135 msgid "" "After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the " "shipping products:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:137 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New " "Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping " "products` link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:139 msgid "" "Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries " "and returns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:140 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:143 msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:" msgstr "" @@ -11377,7 +12156,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`" " `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` " @@ -11416,7 +12195,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:169 msgid "" "Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a " "package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured " @@ -11424,20 +12203,64 @@ msgid "" " within 24 hours of creation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using " "test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used " "to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the " "creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment " -"settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`." +"settings can be toggled back and forth from their respective smart buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166 -msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:181 +msgid "Shipping information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 +msgid "" +"To use Sendcloud to generate shipping labels, the following information " +"**must** be filled out accurately and completely in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Customer information**: when creating a quotation, ensure the selected " +":guilabel:`Customer` has a valid phone number, email address, and shipping " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:189 +msgid "" +"To verify, select the :guilabel:`Customer` field to open their contact page." +" Here, add their shipping address in the :guilabel:`Contact` field, along " +"with their :guilabel:`Mobile` number and :guilabel:`Email` address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:193 +msgid "" +"**Product weight**: ensure all products in an order have a specified " +":guilabel:`Weight` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of their product form. " +"Refer to the :ref:`Product weight section " +"` of this article for " +"detailed instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +msgid "" +"**Warehouse address**: ensure the warehouse name and address in Odoo match " +"the :ref:`previously defined warehouse " +"` in the Sendcloud " +"setup. For details on warehouse configuration in Odoo, refer to the " +":ref:`warehouse configuration section " +"` of the third-party " +"shipping documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:204 +msgid "Generate labels with Sendcloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:206 msgid "" "When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud " "shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label " @@ -11445,41 +12268,41 @@ msgid "" "following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:205 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for " "returns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:212 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214 msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 msgid "" "When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the " "configured Sendcloud account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 msgid "Shipment is too heavy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 msgid "" "If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, " "then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need " @@ -11487,7 +12310,7 @@ msgid "" "transfer and generate labels." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping " "methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will " @@ -11495,11 +12318,11 @@ msgid "" "order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 msgid "Personal carrier contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:237 msgid "" "Use custom prices from a direct carrier contract, via CSV upload, by first " "logging into Sendcloud, navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Carriers " @@ -11510,14 +12333,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:245 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Contract prices` section, click :guilabel:`Download " "CSV` and fill out the contract prices in the :guilabel:`price` column of the" " CSV file template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:249 msgid "" "Ensure the CSV file includes the correct prices to avoid any inaccuracies." msgstr "" @@ -11527,23 +12350,23 @@ msgid "" "Show sample contract CSV from Sendcloud, highlighting the price column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:255 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload` the completed CSV file to Sendcloud, then click " ":guilabel:`Save these prices`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:258 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to upload contract prices with carriers " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:262 msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:264 msgid "" "Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight " "of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* " @@ -11551,27 +12374,27 @@ msgid "" "transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:269 msgid "" "Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute" " the volumetric weight." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:273 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:277 msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:279 msgid "" -"First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by " -"the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " +"First, verify that the product being shipped has a weight that is supported " +"by the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " "destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier." " The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the " "carrier." @@ -12972,7 +13795,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:15 msgid "" -":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings `" +":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings " +"`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:17 @@ -15069,7 +15893,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:94 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:160 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is greater than the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **green**. If " @@ -15112,17 +15936,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Applying an inventory adjustment simultaneously creates a :doc:`stock move " +"line (SML) <../reporting/moves_history>` in the *Moves History* report for " +"traceability." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " "specified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:129 msgid "Count products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131 msgid "" "Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is " "complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory " @@ -15130,7 +15961,7 @@ msgid "" "product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135 msgid "" "On each product line, identify whether the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` column recorded in the database matches the newly-counted value. " @@ -15138,7 +15969,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Set` button (target icon) at the far right of the product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:139 msgid "" "Doing so copies the value from the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column over " "to the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and sets the value of the " @@ -15151,7 +15982,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148 msgid "" "If the newly-counted value for a given product does **not** match the value " "in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, instead of " @@ -15159,7 +15990,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152 msgid "" "To do so, click the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column on the " "specific inventory adjustment line for the product whose count is being " @@ -15167,7 +15998,7 @@ msgid "" "`0.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 msgid "" "To change this value, type in a new value that matches the real, newly-" "counted value. Then, click away from the line. Doing so saves the " @@ -15175,7 +16006,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:166 msgid "" "Subsequently, once applied, a move with the difference between the " ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is " @@ -15188,7 +16019,7 @@ msgid "" "moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:174 msgid "" "Sometimes a count occurs, but cannot be applied in the database right away. " "In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, " @@ -15198,11 +16029,11 @@ msgid "" "adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:181 msgid "Change inventory count frequency" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183 msgid "" "By default, the *scheduled date* for inventory adjustments are always " "scheduled for the 31st of December of the current year. However, for some " @@ -15210,7 +16041,7 @@ msgid "" "times. In such cases, the default scheduled date can be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:187 msgid "" "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " @@ -15224,43 +16055,43 @@ msgid "" " setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:195 msgid "" "To change the day, click the :guilabel:`31`, and change it to a day within " "the range `1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:198 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:117 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" "down menu, and select the desired month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:201 msgid "" "Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all " "changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:204 msgid "Plan big inventory counts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:206 msgid "" "To plan big inventory counts, such as a full count of everything currently " "in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->" " Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209 msgid "" "Then, select the desired products to be counted by clicking the checkbox on " "the far left of each product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:213 msgid "" "To request a count of **all** products currently in stock, click the " "checkbox at the very top of the table, in the header row next to the " @@ -15271,7 +16102,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221 msgid "" "Once all desired products have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Request a" " Count` button at the top of the page. This causes a :guilabel:`Request a " @@ -15279,21 +16110,21 @@ msgid "" "information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:225 msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:226 msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" " be accounted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the on-hand quantity of each product line blank," " select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To pre-fill the on-hand quantity of each " @@ -15301,17 +16132,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Set Current Value`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:232 msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 msgid "" "In the Odoo *Barcode* app, users can only view inventory counts that are " "assigned to **them**, and are scheduled for **today** or **earlier**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:239 msgid ":doc:`cycle_counts`" msgstr "" @@ -15320,228 +16151,286 @@ msgid "Create a second warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 msgid "" -"A *warehouse* is a physical building or space where items are stored. In " -"Odoo, it is possible to set up multiple warehouses and transfer stored items" -" between them." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *warehouse* is a physical building or space where " +"items are stored. By default, each Odoo database has one warehouse already " +"pre-configured, with the address set as the company's address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:9 msgid "" -"By default, the Odoo platform has one warehouse that is already configured, " -"with the address set as the company's address. To create a second warehouse," -" select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, then click " -":guilabel:`Create` and configure the form as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:12 -msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code by which the warehouse is " -"referred to; the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is **WH**" +"However, it is possible to set up multiple additional warehouses, and " +"transfer stored items between them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:15 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse; this can be set as" -" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " -"vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:17 -msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The options below will only appear if the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " -"checkbox is enabled in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` under the" -" :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " -"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: select the routes that incoming and" -" outgoing shipments should follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:27 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " -"from this warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:28 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: allow for items to be manufactured in " -"this warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture`: select the route that should be followed when " -"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: check the box to allow for purchased products " -"to be delivered to the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:33 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Resupply From`: select warehouses that can be used to resupply " -"the warehouse being created" +"To create a second warehouse, the *Storage Locations* feature must be " +"enabled. To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, " +"tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and " +":guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "A filled out form for creating a new warehouse." +msgid "" +"Warning pop-up window for creating a second warehouse before enabling " +"Storage Locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:97 msgid "" -"Creating a second warehouse will automatically enable the *Storage " -"Locations* setting, which allows location tracking of products within a " -"warehouse. To toggle this setting, navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings` and click the checkbox under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " -"heading." +"Creating a second warehouse without first enabling the *Storage Locations* " +"feature triggers a :guilabel:`Warning` pop-up window. It indicates creating " +"a second warehouse automatically activates the *Storage Locations* setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:30 +msgid "Create new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:70 msgid "" -"After filling out the form, click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse " -"will be created." +"To create a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens a " +"blank warehouse creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:35 +msgid "Fill out the following fields as necessary:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code used to identify the warehouse," +" i.e. `WH2` (the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is `WH`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse. This can be set as" +" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " +"vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located. By default," +" this is set to the company's address in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Filled out warehouse name and address settings on warehouse creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:49 -msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, configure the warehouse's" +" main workflow in the :guilabel:`Shipments` section, and set available " +"replenishment methods in the :guilabel:`Resupply` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:54 msgid "" -"If a new warehouse is created that has existing inventory in it, the " -"inventory counts should be added to Odoo so that the stock listed in the " -"Odoo database reflects what is in the physical warehouse. To add inventory " -"to a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations -->" -" Inventory Adjustments`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`. The inventory " -"adjustment form can then be filled out as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:57 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: the name or code that the inventory " -"adjustment can be referred to by" +"The :guilabel:`Shipments` and :guilabel:`Resupply` sections only appear if " +"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` checkbox is enabled in " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " +"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Locations`: the location(s) where the inventory is stored; " -"include the new warehouse and any locations within it that inventory will be" -" added to" +"In the :guilabel:`Shipments` section, choose between one, two, or three-step" +" processes for both incoming and outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:61 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Products`: include all products that will be added to inventory " -"or leave blank to select any product during the next step" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:62 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Resupply` section, edit the following settings:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:64 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Include Exhausted Products`: include products with a quantity of " -"zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they " -"have no existing inventory" +":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractors`: enable this feature to coordinate with " +"vendors, and have components dropshipped directly to subcontractors for " +"manufacturing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:66 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date used by accounting teams for " -"bookkeeping related to the inventory" +":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " +"with goods from this warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:68 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the inventory; can be set as the " -"user's company or as a customer or vendor" +":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: when products are manufactured, they " +"can be delivered to this warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Counted Quantities`: choose whether the counted quantities for " -"products being added should default to stock on hand or zero; does not " -"affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing " -"inventory" +":guilabel:`Manufacture`: the route that should be followed when " +"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse. Choose from one, two, and three-" +"step production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: when products are purchased, they can be " +"delivered to this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resupply From`: Check the box next to the other warehouses from " +"which this warehouse can replenish products. If the current warehouse does " +"not have the stock, it can also pull products from these selected warehouses" +" in the database. Automatic resupply routes will be created accordingly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "A filled out form for an inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:77 msgid "" -"Once the form is properly configured, click on :guilabel:`Start Inventory` " -"to be taken to the next page where products can be added to the inventory " -"adjustment. Add a new product by clicking on :guilabel:`Create` and then " -"fill out the product line as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:81 -msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory" +"Filled out Warehouse Configuration tab settings on warehouse creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:82 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " -"the new warehouse; this can be set as the overall warehouse or a location " -"within the warehouse" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new warehouse's settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:84 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " -"serial number used to identify it" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:85 +msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:87 msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Hand`: the total quantity of the product stored in the " -"location for which inventory is being adjusted; this should be zero for a " -"new location or warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:88 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Counted`: the amount of the product that is being added to " -"inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:89 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the *On Hand* and *Counted* " -"values; this will automatically update to reflect the value entered in the " -":guilabel:`Counted` column" +"If a new warehouse is created to represent a real-world storage location " +"with existing stock, update the warehouse's stock using an inventory " +"adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:91 -msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for counting the product" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`count_products`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "Include a line for each product being added to inventory." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To perform an inventory adjustment, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Operations --> Physical Inventory`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing" +" so adds a new line at the bottom of the list of inventory adjustments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:97 +msgid "Configure the line by filling out the following fields as necessary:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:99 msgid "" -"After adding all the products already stored in the new warehouse, click " -":guilabel:`Validate Inventory` to complete the inventory adjustment. The " -"values in the :guilabel:`On Hand` column will update to reflect those in the" -" :guilabel:`Counted` column and the products added will appear in the " -"inventory of the new warehouse." +":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " +"the new warehouse. This can be set as the overall warehouse, or a location " +"within the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " +"serial number used to identify it, if the product is tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the total quantity of the product stored in " +"the location for which inventory is being adjusted. For a new warehouse or " +"location where a count or a prior inventory adjustment has not taken place, " +"this should be set to `0.00`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure (UoM) used for counting the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: the amount of the product being added to " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the on-hand and counted " +"quantities. This automatically updates to reflect the value entered in the " +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date selected for the next inventory count " +"for this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`User`: the user who recorded the inventory adjustment in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out inventory adjustment line for product in new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once each line for the products being added to the new warehouse is " +"configured, click :guilabel:`Apply` on each line to apply the new inventory " +"counts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The values in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column update to reflect " +"those in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and the products added " +"appear in the new warehouse's stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:125 +msgid "" +"If products tracked using a lot number or serial number are added without " +"specifying the tracking number, a :guilabel:`Tracked Products in Inventory " +"Adjustment` pop-up window appears upon clicking :guilabel:`Apply` on that " +"product's line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The pop-up indicates tracked products were added, but the lots/serial " +"numbers were not defined. To apply the adjustment without the numbers, click" +" :guilabel:`Apply`. To add the numbers before applying, click " +":guilabel:`Discard`, and add the numbers. Then, once ready, click " +":guilabel:`Apply` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:0 +msgid "Tracked Products in Inventory Adjustment pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`warehouses_locations`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:3 @@ -15734,10 +16623,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once all necessary changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123 -msgid ":doc:`count_products`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`use_locations`" msgstr "" @@ -15850,46 +16735,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Scrap inventory" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:8 msgid "" -"In some cases, a product in inventory may be damaged or found to be " -"defective. If it is not possible to repair or return the product, Odoo " -"*Inventory* allows users to scrap it, ensuring that usable inventory counts " -"remain accurate." +"Sometimes, products in a company's warehouse stock might be found to be " +"damaged or defective, past the point of being reparable. If it is not " +"possible to repair the product, or return the product to a vendor, it can be" +" scrapped." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:12 msgid "" -"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " -"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." +"Odoo *Inventory* allows users to scrap inventory, designating goods or " +"materials that are no longer usable or sellable for disposal (or recycling)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:15 msgid "" -"To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`. Remove the " -":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display " -"virtual locations. Finally, select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` " -"location." +"Scrapping inventory in a database helps stock counts remain accurate, by " +"removing scrapped products from physical inventory, and placing it in a " +"virtual scrap location (*Virtual Locations/Scrap*)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:19 msgid "" -"By default, scrapping a product removes it from physical inventory, and " -"places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual Locations/Scrap*. A virtual " -"location is **not** a physical space, but rather a designation in Odoo that " -"is used to track items that are no longer in physical inventory." +"*Virtual locations* in Odoo are **not** real, physical spaces in a " +"warehouse. Rather, they are designated locations in a database that provide " +"tracking of items that shouldn't be counted in a physical inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:68 -msgid "Learn more" -msgstr "Ketahui lebih lanjut" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:25 msgid "" "For more information about virtual locations, see the documentation about " "the different types of :ref:`locations " @@ -15897,119 +16771,174 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:29 -msgid "Scrap from stock" +msgid "" +"To use locations in warehouse, including a virtual scrap location, the " +"*Storage Locations* feature must first be enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:32 msgid "" -"To scrap a product located in inventory, begin by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Scrap`. On the :guilabel:`Scrap" -" Orders` page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new scrap order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:35 -msgid "" -"On the scrap order, select the product being scrapped from the " -":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` field. The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the " -"location where the product is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` " -"defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be " -"changed by selecting a different location from their respective drop-down " -"menus." +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Tick the " +"checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` to enable the feature, and " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "A new scrap order." +msgid "Enabled Storage Locations setting in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:41 +msgid "Scrap from stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:43 msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to scrap the product. The on-hand " -"inventory count for the scrapped product updates to subtract the scrapped " -"quantity." +"To create a new scrap order (SP) for an in-stock product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Scrap`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a new |SP| form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:49 -msgid "Scrap from a receipt, transfer, or delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:46 msgid "" -"It is also possible to scrap products during the receipt, transfer, and " -"delivery operations. This can be necessary if any products are found to be " -"defective when receiving them into inventory, transferring them from one " -"location to another, or preparing them for delivery." +"Click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and select the " +"product that should be scrapped from inventory. In the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"field, change the value to the quantity of the product that should be " +"scrapped (by default, this value is set to `1.00`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To scrap a product during the receipt, transfer, or delivery operations, " -"begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app. On the " -":guilabel:`Overview` page, select the :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the" -" :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`, or " -":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, depending on the type of operation the " -"product is being scrapped from." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out new scrap order form with product details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:54 msgid "" -"For the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card to appear on the " -":menuselection:`Overview` page of the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, the " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next " -"to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading." +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " +"is currently stored. The :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to the " +"designated scrap location (:guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`). Either of " +"these locations can be changed by selecting a different location from their " +"respective drop-down menus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If the scrapping is tied to a specific existing operation, specify the " +"operation in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company` field displays the company whose warehouse this " +"product belongs to. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " +"scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:66 msgid "" -"Alternatively, a list of all delivery orders, receipts, and transfers can be" -" viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> " -"Transfers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Next, open a delivery order, receipt, or transfer from the corresponding " -"page by clicking on it. A :guilabel:`Scrap` button appears at the top of the" -" page. Click it to open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the new |SP|. Once " +"validated, a :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button appears at the top of " +"the form. Click the smart button to view the details of the scrap operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "The scrap pop-up in the Inventory app." +msgid "Product Moves smart button on new scrap order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:75 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Scrap` button will only appear on a receipt that has been " -"validated. This is because Odoo only allows products to be scrapped once " -"they have been entered into inventory." +"To view the all-time total quantities of scrapped items, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Click the " +":guilabel:`x (remove)` button on the :guilabel:`Internal` filter in the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar, to display virtual locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window, select the product being scrapped " -"from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Then, enter the quantity in the" -" :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +"Select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` location. From the " +":guilabel:`Scrap` location's form, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` smart" +" button, at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " -"is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual" -" Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be changed by selecting a " -"different location from their respective drop-down menus." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:82 +msgid "A list of all scrapped products, and their quantities, is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:0 +msgid "Current Stock list of all scrapped products in virtual scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:89 +msgid "Scrap from an existing operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:91 msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the product. After doing so, the " -":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window disappears and a :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " -"button appears in the top right of the page. Click it to view all of the " -"scrap orders created from that operation." +"Scrap orders (SPs) can *also* be created from existing operations, such as " +"receipts, delivery orders, and internal transfers, before they are entered " +"into, or removed from, stock for an operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To scrap a product during an operation, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview`, " +"click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on an operation's task card (i.e. " +"the :guilabel:`Receipts` task card)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "The Scraps smart button." +msgid "# To Process button on Receipts task card on Inventory Overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, select an operation to process from the resulting list of existing " +"orders. Doing so opens that operation's form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon, and select " +":guilabel:`Scrap` from the resulting drop-down menu. This opens a " +":guilabel:`Scrap Products` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Scrap Products pop-up window on operation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:113 +msgid "" +"From this pop-up window, click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product`" +" field, and select the products from the operation that should be scrapped. " +"Adjust the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Product` selected is tracked using a lot or serial number," +" a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial` field appears. Specify the tracking number in that" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` and :guilabel:`Scrap Location` can be " +"changed, if needed. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " +"scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Scrap Products`. A :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " +"button appears at the top of the operation form. Click this smart button to " +"view the details of all scrap orders created from this specific operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Scraps smart button showing all scrap orders from operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:3 @@ -16018,126 +16947,220 @@ msgstr "Lokasi" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:5 msgid "" -"A *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. This can be a shelf, " -"room, aisle, etc. There are three types of locations in Odoo:" +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. " +"This can be a shelf, room, aisle, rack, bin, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:8 msgid "" -"*Physical locations* are spaces within a warehouse owned by the user's " -"company. These can be a an area where items are stored like an aisle or " -"shelf, or an area where operations take place, like loading and unloading " -"bays." +"There are also external and virtual locations. For example, customer " +"locations, and locations specifically designated as \"virtual\", instead of " +"real, physical locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:11 msgid "" -"*Partner locations* are the same as physical locations except that they " -"exist within the warehouse of a customer or vendor." +"Locations allow for the storage of products in designated areas of the " +"warehouse, to help track inventory accurately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:17 msgid "" -"*Virtual locations* are locations that do not exist physically, but where " -"items that are not in inventory can be placed. These can be items that have " -"not yet entered inventory, like products that are on the way to a warehouse," -" or items that are no longer in inventory due to loss or other factors." +"To specify storage locations, the *Storage Locations* setting must be " +"enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"section. Tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` to enable " +"the feature, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In order to use locations, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be" -" enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, and enable " -"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:24 -msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Storage Location setting in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:26 msgid "" -"Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations --> Create`. The new location " -"form can then be configured as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location Name`: the name that will be used to reference the " -"location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:30 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Parent Location`: the location or warehouse that the new location" -" exists within" +"Once the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is enabled, two additional " +"internal link options appear below it: :guilabel:`Locations` and " +":guilabel:`Putaway Rules`. Click :guilabel:`Locations` to open a list of all" +" existing locations in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location Type`: choose the category that the location belongs to" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse that the location " -"is inside of" +msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:104 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: check this box to allow for " -"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: check this box to allow products to be " -"returned to this location" +"To create a new location inside a warehouse, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Doing so " +"opens a list of all existing locations. Click :guilabel:`New` to open a new " +"location creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:37 -msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode number assigned to the location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:108 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Removal Strategy`: the :doc:`strategy <../removal_strategies>` " -"for how items should be taken from inventory" +"In the :guilabel:`Location Name` field, assign a name for the new location. " +"In the :guilabel:`Parent Location` field, assign the location that this new " +"location exists in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 -msgid "The form for creating a new location." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:41 +msgid "" +"A new location `Gate 1` is created. Its parent location is `Dispatch Zone`. " +"In the :guilabel:`Parent Location` for `Gate 1`, select `Dispatch Zone`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:48 -msgid "Create location hierarchies" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, fill out the necessary " +"details for the new location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Location Type` field, select which type of location this " +"is. There are seven different types of locations to choose from:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:50 msgid "" -"The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" -" to exist within a warehouse or another location. Every location can serve " -"as a parent location, and every parent location can have multiple locations " -"within it, allowing for the creation of a virtually infinite hierarchical " -"structure." +":guilabel:`Vendor Location`: virtual location representing the source " +"location for products coming from vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:52 msgid "" -"Location hierarchy could be organized so that a shelf is located within an " -"aisle, which is located within a room, which is located within the overall " -"warehouse." +":guilabel:`View`: virtual location used to create a hierarchical structure " +"for a warehouse; aggregates its child locations. **Should not directly " +"contain products**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`Internal Location`: physical location inside a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:55 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer Location`: virtual location representing the destination" +" location for products sent to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Inventory Loss`: virtual location serving as a counterpart for " +"inventory operations. Used to correct stock levels of physical inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:59 msgid "" -"To create the location hierarchy in the example above, set the warehouse as " -"the parent of the room, the room as the parent of the aisle, and the aisle " -"as the parent of the shelf. This can be adapted to a hierarchy of any " -"magnitude." +":guilabel:`Production`: virtual counterpart location for production " +"operations. This location consumes components and produces finished " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transit Location`: counterpart location that should be used in " +"inter-company or inter-warehouse operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Additional Information section of new location creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Configure the remaining fields in the :guilabel:`Additional Information` " +"section as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose warehouse the location is inside of. " +"Leave this field blank if this location is shared between companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow for " +"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow products to " +"be returned to this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode assigned to the location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Replenish Location`: tick this checkbox to get all quantities to " +"replenish at this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Cyclic Counting` section, change the value in the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field from the default `0`, if " +"necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Cyclic Counting section of new location creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When different than `0`, the inventory count dates for products stored at " +"this location are automatically set at the defined frequency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:90 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, in the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` " +"field, click the drop-down menu and select the :doc:`removal strategy " +"<../removal_strategies>` for how items should be removed from this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:97 +msgid "Create location hierarchies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" +" to exist within a warehouse, or below another location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Every location can serve as a parent location, and every parent location can" +" have multiple locations within it, allowing for the creation of a " +"hierarchical structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Location hierarchy could be organized so that a small refrigerator is " +"located on a specific shelf, which is located in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Location hierarchy of small refrigerator, on a shelf in a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To create the location hierarchy in the example above (`WH/Stock/Shelf " +"2/Small Refrigerator`), set the warehouse stock as the parent of the shelf, " +"and the shelf as the parent of the small refrigerator. This can be adapted " +"to a hierarchy of any magnitude." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:5 @@ -16875,6 +17898,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 +msgid "Process the receipt" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99 msgid "" "Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for " @@ -16972,147 +17999,160 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations" +msgid "Manage warehouses and locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:9 msgid "Warehouse" msgstr "Gudang" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:15 msgid "" -"In Odoo, a *warehouse* is the actual building/place in which a company's " -"items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user " -"can create moves between warehouses." +"Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo, and stock moves can be created " +"between warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:22 msgid "" -"A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a " -"sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). " -"Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible " -"to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can " -"be configured as needed under one warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:24 -msgid "There are three types of locations:" +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. " +"This can be a shelf, room, aisle, rack, bin, etc. Locations allow for the " +"storage of products in designated areas of the warehouse, to help track " +"inventory accurately." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:26 msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading " -"areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc." +"A location is only part of *one* warehouse, and can **not** be linked to " +"multiple warehouses. As many locations can be configured as needed under one" +" warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:29 +msgid "There are three types of locations in Odoo *Inventory*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:31 msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only " -"difference being that they are not owned by the user's company." +"**Physical Locations**: internal locations within a single warehouse owned " +"by the company. This can include shipping and loading docks, aisles, " +"shelves, storage areas, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:33 msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory " -"Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse " -"(**Procurements**)." +"**Partner Locations**: external locations, such as designated spaces in a " +"customer or vendor's warehouse. They are similar to physical locations, but " +"they are **not** owned by the user's company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:36 msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be " -"structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the " -"organization of the warehouses." +"**Virtual Locations**: this type of location does not exist as a physical " +"space, but products can be \"stored\" here when they are not physically in " +"an inventory yet. *Inventory Loss* and *Procurements* are examples of " +"virtual locations, for products that are lost or in transit to the " +"warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:41 msgid "" -"To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" -" enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"Every location within a warehouse can serve as a parent location, and every " +"parent location can have multiple locations within it, allowing for the " +"creation of a hierarchical structure. This allows for more detailed levels " +"of analysis of the stock operations and the organization of the warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:48 +msgid "" +"For companies with one warehouse, no additional settings are required to " +"activate before editing the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:51 +msgid "" +"For companies with multiple warehouses, and to create locations within a " +"warehouse, the *Storage Locations* feature must be enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:54 msgid "" -"To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable " -":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check " -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes`." +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Tick the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox to enable the feature, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:58 -msgid "Create a new warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " -"Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Storage Locations feature enabled in the Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:63 msgid "" -"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. " -"The short name is five characters maximum." +"To manage warehouse *routes*, such as two-and-three-step receipts and " +"deliveries, enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature from the *Inventory* app " +"settings, as well. For more on routes, see :doc:`use_routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:68 +msgid "Create a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Begin by assigning a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name`, and a :guilabel:`Short " +"Name`. The :guilabel:`Short Name` field is limited to a **five** character " +"maximum." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." +msgid "New warehouse creation form name configuration fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:81 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse " -"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first " -"letters of location]\"." +"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like `WH/[first " +"letters of location]`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:84 msgid "" -"Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations " -"related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently " -"created warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the " -":guilabel:`Locations` setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:85 -msgid "Create a new location" +"For example, a warehouse named `Warehouse #2` might have the " +":guilabel:`Short Name` `WH2` (the short name for the default warehouse in " +"Odoo is `WH`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:87 msgid "" -"To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " -"Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +"Once the warehouse is created, navigate back to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard. New operations for the newly created " +"warehouse are automatically generated there." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:90 msgid "" -"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`" -" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +"For more on creating new warehouses, see :doc:`create_a_second_warehouse`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." +msgid "" +"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfers for the new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:102 +msgid "Create a new location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:111 +msgid "For more on locations, see :doc:`use_locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "New warehouse location creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 msgid "Inventory valuation" msgstr "Nilai Stok Persediaan" @@ -17453,7 +18493,7 @@ msgid "" "The Inventory Valuation fields are located on the Product Categories form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 msgid "" "Alternatively, automated inventory valuation is an integrated valuation " "method that updates the inventory value in real-time by creating journal " @@ -17461,7 +18501,7 @@ msgid "" "company's inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:26 msgid "" "Automated inventory valuation is a method recommended for expert " "accountants, given the extra steps involved in journal entry configuration. " @@ -17470,118 +18510,104 @@ msgid "" "basis depending on the needs and priorities of the business." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 msgid "Types of accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 msgid "" "Accounting entries will depend on the accounting mode: *Continental* or " "*Anglo-Saxon*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39 msgid "" "Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and " -"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Then, in the search bar, look for :guilabel:`Anglo-Saxon Accounting`, to see" +" if the feature is enabled. If it is **not** enabled, Continental accounting" +" mode is in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the Anglo-Saxon accounting mode feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 msgid "" "In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported " "when products are sold or delivered. This means that the cost of a good is " -"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. " -"*Interim Stock Accounts* are used for the input and output accounts, and are" -" both *Asset Accounts* in the balance sheet." +"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. So " +"for **manual** valuation method, set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to " +"`Stock Valuation` for the current asset type; for **automatic** valuation " +"method, set the the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to an *Expenses* or a *Cost " +"of Revenue* type (e.g. `Cost of Production`, `Cost of Goods Sold`, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 msgid "" "In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a " -"product is received into stock. Additionally, a single *Expense* account is " -"used for both input and output accounts in the balance sheet." +"product is received into stock. Because of this, the :guilabel:`Expense " +"Account` can be set to **either** *Expenses* or a *Cost of Revenue* type, " +"however, it is more commonly set to an *Expenses* account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 -msgid "Costing methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 msgid "" -"Below are the three costing methods that can be used in Odoo for inventory " -"valuation." +":ref:`Details about configuring Expense and Stock accounts " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Standard Price**: is the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the " -"product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used to " -"compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " -"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Average Cost (AVCO)**: calculates the valuation of a product based on the " -"average cost of that product, divided by the total number of available stock" -" on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and " -"constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**First In First Out (FIFO)**: tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing " -"items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to change the " -"valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the next good " -"sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next inventory " -"lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based on the " -"valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most accurate " -"inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it's highly " -"sensitive to input data and human error." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It's highly" -" recommended to consult an accountant first before making any adjustments " -"here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:78 -msgid "Configure automated inventory valuation in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:67 msgid "" "Make changes to inventory valuation options by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and " -"choose the category/categories where the automated valuation method should " -"apply." +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. In " +"the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` section, select the desired " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:72 msgid "" "It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product " "categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` heading are two labels: " -":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`. Pick the " -"desired :guilabel:`Costing Method` using the drop-down menu (e.g. " -":guilabel:`Standard`, :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`, or :guilabel:`First " -"In First Out (FIFO)`) and switch the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to " -":guilabel:`Automated`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 +msgid "Show inventory valuation configuration options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 -msgid "" -":ref:`Using the inventory " -"valuation`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +msgid "Costing method" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +msgid "" +"From the product category's configuration page, choose the desired " +":guilabel:`Costing Method`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Standard Price`: the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of " +"the product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used " +"to compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " +"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`: calculates the valuation of a product based" +" on the average cost of that product, divided by the total number of " +"available stock on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is " +"*dynamic*, and constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " "Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " @@ -17592,7 +18618,30 @@ msgid "" "validated purchase orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`: tracks the costs of incoming and " +"outgoing items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to " +"change the valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the " +"next good sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next " +"inventory lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based " +"on the valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most " +"accurate inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it is" +" highly sensitive to input data and human error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It is " +"highly recommended to consult an accountant first before making any " +"adjustments here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`using_inventory_valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " "that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " @@ -17603,21 +18652,122 @@ msgid "" "*Inventory Valuation* report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 msgid "" -"On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " -"appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " -"inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" +"Inventory valuation in Odoo can be set to be updated manually or " +"automatically. While *Expense* accounts apply to both, the *Stock Input* and" +" *Stock Output* accounts are only used for automated valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Refer to the :ref:`Expense ` and " +":ref:`Stock input/output ` sections for " +"details on configuring each account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +msgid "Expense account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To configure the *expense account*, go to the :guilabel:`Account Properties`" +" section of the intended product category (:menuselection:`Inventory app -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`). Then, choose an existing account " +"from the :guilabel:`Expense Account` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +msgid "" +"To ensure the chosen account is the correct :guilabel:`Type,` click the " +"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account. Then, set the account type " +"based on the information below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177 +msgid "Automated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +msgid "" +"In Anglo-Saxon accounting for automated inventory valuation, set the " +":guilabel:`Expense Account` to the `Expenses` account. Then, click the " +"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, choose :guilabel:`Expenses` or :guilabel:`Cost of " +"Revenue` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show **Expense Account** field, and external link icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To configure the :guilabel:`Expense Account`, choose :guilabel:`Stock " +"Valuation` from the field's drop-down menu. Verify the account's type by " +"clicking the |right arrow| icon, and then ensure the :guilabel:`Type` is " +":guilabel:`Current Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the **Expense Account** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +msgid "Continental" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to the :guilabel:`Expenses` or " +":guilabel:`Cost of Revenue` account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:190 +msgid "Stock input/output (automated only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:192 +msgid "" +"To configure the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and :guilabel:`Stock Output" +" Account`, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product" +" Categories` and select the desired product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field, select :guilabel:`Automated`. " +"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` section appear. " +"These accounts are defined as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " "products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: accounting journal where entries are " +"automatically posted when a product's inventory valuation changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -17626,7 +18776,7 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:207 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -17635,11 +18785,57 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:124 -msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:216 +msgid "" +"In Anglo-Saxon accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to *different* :guilabel:`Current " +"Assets` accounts. This way, delivering products and invoicing the customer " +"balance the *Stock Output* account, while receiving products and billing " +"vendors balance the *Stock Input* account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +msgid "" +"To modify the account type, go to the click the |right arrow| icon to the " +"right of the stock input/output account. In the pop-up window, choose " +":guilabel:`Current Assets` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Display account setup page, highlighting the **Type** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +msgid "" +"The *Stock Input* account is set to `Stock Interim (Received)`, a *Current " +"Asset* account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 +msgid "" +"In Continental accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to **the same** :guilabel:`Current " +"Assets` account. That way, one account can be balanced when items are bought" +" and sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:239 +msgid "" +"The stock input and output accounts are both set to `Stock Interim " +"(Received)`, a :guilabel:`Current Assets` account type. They can also be set" +" to the `Stock Interim (Delivered)`, as long as the input and output " +"accounts are assigned to the **same** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the Stock Input and Output accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 +msgid "Inventory valuation reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." " At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " @@ -17648,14 +18844,18 @@ msgid "" " at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 msgid "" "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " "all of the inventory on hand is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 msgid "" "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " "Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " @@ -17702,9 +18902,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 -msgid "" -":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " -"`" +msgid ":doc:`Set up inventory valuation `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:26 @@ -18153,10 +19351,6 @@ msgid "" "& Serial Numbers` to enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:115 msgid "" "Next, ensure the intended product is tracked by lots or serial numbers by " @@ -18171,7 +19365,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "After enabling the features, assign lot or serial numbers to products using " "an :doc:`inventory adjustment ` or " -"during :ref:`product reception `." +"during :ref:`product reception `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:126 @@ -19020,6 +20214,956 @@ msgid "" "The detailed operations shows which lots are being selected for the picking." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory aging report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The inventory aging report evaluates all items in stock, providing insights " +"into potentially sunken purchase costs and delays in profitability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Create customized pivot tables to analyze product, operation types, month, " +"or company breakdowns. This helps identify products in stock that are at " +"risk of passing their expiration or viability dates, or instances of " +"rot/decay for fast-expiring items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The *Reporting* menu in *Inventory* is only accessible to users with " +":doc:`admin access <../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To access the inventory aging report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Reporting --> Inventory Aging`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:24 +msgid "Navigate the inventory aging report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report displays a pivot table, " +"with the month in columns, and product category in rows. The default " +"filters, :guilabel:`Incoming` and :guilabel:`Has Remaining Qty`, show only " +"products from receipts, and are currently in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining Qty` displays the number of on-hand items, and " +":guilabel:`Remaining Value` displays the total cost of purchasing these " +"items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in each column " +"or row reveals options to expand the pivot table and show a detailed " +"breakdown of the :guilabel:`Remaining Qty` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` " +"by :guilabel:`Product`, :guilabel:`Product Category`, :guilabel:`Date`, or " +":guilabel:`Company`. Clicking the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` " +":guilabel:`(minus)` icon collapses it back to its previous state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:43 +msgid "Inventory aging report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Inventory aging report, showing each **Product** in rows and each reception " +"**Date** in columns, to better monitor products with fast expiration dates. " +"Each row shows the the total on-hand quantity and inventory valuation of " +"items purchased on each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Records in the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report are *stock valuation " +"layers* (SVLs), representing product moves that impact stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Inventory adjustments do **not** create |SVLs|; only items purchased from " +"vendors do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:71 +msgid "Generate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After learning how to :ref:`navigate the inventory aging report " +"`, it can be used to create and " +"share different reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Aging` report are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:63 +msgid "Rotating stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To create a report to identify items that have been in stock for a while, " +"follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Aging`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` " +":guilabel:`(caret down)` icon in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to see a " +"drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and " +":guilabel:`Favorite` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Product` under the :guilabel:`Group By` section. Doing so " +"expands the pivot table to show a product in each row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to the left of the " +"date column. Hover over :guilabel:`Date` from the drop-down menu and choose " +":guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, :guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +"or :guilabel:`Day`. Doing so expands the columns to show the " +":guilabel:`Remaining Qty` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` by the selected " +"time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For products that have a longer shelf life, choose longer time periods such " +"as :guilabel:`Month` or :guilabel:`Quarter` when expanding columns by " +":guilabel:`Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 +msgid "Pivot table, highlighting the plus icon to expand columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The report now displays the on-hand stock of items, and their total " +"purchasing cost, for each time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Inventory aging report, with the :guilabel:`Group By`: :guilabel:`Product` " +"option selected, and with the :guilabel:`Date` column set to " +":guilabel:`Day`. It gives insight into how much raw fish sashimi products " +"were purchased on each day, and how much it cost. This informs the business " +"owners how much stock is at risk of rotting in stock, per day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 +msgid "Inventory aging report, showing product row items and day columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:3 +msgid "Locations dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The *Locations* dashboard in the *Inventory* application provides an " +"overview of on-hand storage locations for company products. Use this report " +"to see where stock is stored, identify :ref:`misplaced items " +"`, or view past inventory to see " +"product locations on specific dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To access the locations report, the *Storage Locations* feature must be " +"enabled. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and click :guilabel:`Save`. Then, access the " +"locations dashboard by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:24 +msgid "Navigate the locations dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard lists all on-hand products " +"in stock (in the :guilabel:`Product` column), along with the following " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: current storage location. If a product is stored at " +"`Shelf 1` and `Shelf 2`, the product is listed twice, showing quantities at " +"each location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Package`: the package that the product is stored in, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: if the product has a lot or serial number, it" +" is specified here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: current quantity of products. Click the " +":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand " +"quantity <../inventory_management/count_products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reserved Quantity`: on-hand quantity reserved for operations, " +"such as pickings, delivery orders, or manufacturings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: the unit of measure of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Click the buttons to the right of each row item to access additional " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:42 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the" +" product, displaying information about the quantity and description of why " +"the product was moved from one location to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:47 +msgid "" +"View what the product is reserved for, by clicking the :icon:`fa-history` " +":guilabel:`History` button on the far-right of the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Moves History` page, remove the :icon:`fa-filter` " +":guilabel:`Done` filter. Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar to reveal filter options, and select the " +":guilabel:`To Do` filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Display *Moves History* page of to-do deliveries that reserved the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:58 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering " +"rules <../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>` " +"page to replenish products at the specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In the upper-left corner of the page, click the the :guilabel:`New` button " +"to make an :doc:`inventory adjustment " +"<../inventory_management/count_products>` to record quantities of a certain " +"product at a specific :guilabel:`Location`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To view products, quantities, and their locations for a specified date, " +"click the :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button (also located in the upper-" +"left corner of the page). Select a date and time in the :guilabel:`Inventory" +" at Date` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After learning how to :ref:`navigate the locations dashboard " +"`, it can be used to create " +"and share different reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Locations` " +"dashboard are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:81 +msgid "Dead stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To get list of expired items, also referred to as *dead stock*, follow these" +" steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:143 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to" +" reveal a drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and " +":guilabel:`Favorite` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts` " +"option under the :guilabel:`Filters` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:91 +msgid "The report now displays a list of expired products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:94 +msgid "" +"This report can also be generated from the :ref:`Lot and Serials Numbers " +"` page, accessed by going to" +" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst-1 +msgid "Show a list of products whose expiration dates have exceeded today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:105 +msgid "Stranded inventory report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Businesses using multi-step flows in the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* " +"apps, may have *stranded* items, which are products not in their proper " +"storage locations, due to human error. Use this report to periodically check" +" transfer locations (e.g. *WH/Input*, *WH/Pre-Processing*) to ensure items " +"are moved to their intended storage locations, and accurately recorded in " +"the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To get a list of items that might be sitting idly in storage, follow these " +"steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, begin typing the name of the location " +"where products are intended to be moved to, such as `WH/Input`, or " +"`WH/Packing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Search Location for:` [location name] option from the " +"resulting drop-down menu that appears beneath the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show search result for the location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:124 +msgid "The report now displays a list of products at the transit location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Searching `Input` in :guilabel:`Location` shows a list of products at a " +"*WH/Input* location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The list shows `500` quantities of `Chicken`, which is alarming if not " +"refrigerated soon after reception. The stranded inventory report helps " +"identify items that have been idling in non-storage locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show items stored at a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:138 +msgid "Inventory discrepancy report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:140 +msgid "" +"To generate a report of items that have been moved since the last " +":doc:`inventory audit <../inventory_management/cycle_counts>`, follow these " +"steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Conflicts` option " +"from the :guilabel:`Filters` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The report now displays items whose quantities have changed since the last " +"cycle count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show items from the *Conflicts* filter in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` button to view inventory " +"transfers, including receipts and deliveries, that have occurred since the " +"inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show *Moves History*, showing a delivery that occurred after an inventory " +"adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:3 +msgid "Moves history dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Moves History* report in Odoo *Inventory* provides a detailed record of" +" product movements (containing past and current locations), lot numbers, and" +" reasons for movement. Reports can be generated for any time frame, making " +"this report essential for analyzing stock levels, monitoring inventory " +"turnover, and identifying any discrepancies in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The reporting feature is only accessible to users with :doc:`admin access " +"<../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Moves History`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst-1 +msgid "Display Moves History report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:23 +msgid "Navigate the moves history report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:25 +msgid "In the report, the columns represent:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: calendar date and time of the stock move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: description of the reason for the stock move or " +"quantity change, such as a receipt number (e.g. `WH/IN/00012`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product involved in the move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: specifies the lot or serial number of the " +"tracked product being moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:33 +msgid ":guilabel:`From`: source location of the moved product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`To`: destination location of the moved product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity`: number of products moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: unit of measure of the products moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: indicates the move status, which can be " +":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available` (ready for action), or " +":guilabel:`Partially Available` (insufficient quantities to complete the " +"operation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:66 +msgid "Search options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Use the following search options to customize the :guilabel:`Moves History` " +"report to display relevant information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:70 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Filters` section allows users to search among pre-made and " +"custom filters to find specific stock records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Do`: show stock move records that are in progress. This " +"includes lines with a :guilabel:`Status` column value of " +":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Partially Available`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done`: completed stock moves, with a :guilabel:`Status` of " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Incoming`: displays move records from vendor locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:58 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Outgoing`: displays move records to customer locations, including" +" customer returns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internal`: displays move records from one internal location to " +"another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturing`: shows records where products were produced from " +"the virtual, production :doc:`location " +"<../inventory_management/use_locations>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: select this drop-down menu to access various date filter " +"options and view stock moves from a specific month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last 30 Days`: show records that occurred in the last thirty " +"days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Last 3 Months`: show records from the last three months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:113 +msgid "Group By" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " +"groupings to the search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: group records by product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: group records by the three status types: " +":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available`, and :guilabel:`Partially " +"Available`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: group records by :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, or :guilabel:`Day`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transfers`: group records by operation number, e.g. " +"`WH/OUT/00012`, `WH/MO/00211`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: group records by source location (the :guilabel:`From`" +" column in this report)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: group records by product category. To configure these," +" go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: Product" +" Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Batch Transfer`: group records by :doc:`batch " +"<../advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:125 +msgid "Favorites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To save the current applied filters and groups, so the same information can " +"be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save current " +"search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " +"current view the default filter when opening the :guilabel:`Moves History` " +"report. Or tick the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option " +"available to other users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:134 +msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:137 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../essentials/search`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:3 +msgid "Stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the stock report in Odoo *Inventory* for a detailed list of all stored " +"products, including those reserved, purchased and in transit, as well as " +"those delivered to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Stock`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Show the stock report, accessible by going to Inventory > Reporting > Stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:19 +msgid "Navigate the stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:21 +msgid "" +"On the stock report, the left sidebar includes several groupings to narrow " +"down what is being shown. The default groupings are :guilabel:`Warehouses`," +" which filters products by specific warehouses, and :guilabel:`Category`, " +"which shows products within a selected product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Warehouse` grouping is only available when there are multiple" +" warehouses in the database. Refer to the " +":doc:`../inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse` documentation for " +"more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:30 +msgid "In the report itself, the columns represent:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:32 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unit Cost`: average inventory valuation per unit, adjusted based " +"on the cost to purchase and/or manufacture the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Value`: Total inventory valuation of the product, " +"calculated by multiplying unit cost by on-hand quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:39 +msgid "" +":ref:`Compute average cost inventory valuation per unit " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:40 +msgid "" +":doc:`Inventory valuation methods " +"<../inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand`: current quantity of products. Click the :icon:`fa-" +"pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand quantity " +"<../inventory_management/count_products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Free to Use`: on-hand quantity that are **not** reserved for " +"delivery or manufacturing orders, and are available to sell or use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Incoming`: items expected to arrive at the warehouse. Number of " +"products is based on quantities in confirmed purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Outgoing`: items expected to leave the warehouse or be consumed " +"in manufacturing orders. Number of products is based on quantities in " +"confirmed sales or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the product, " +"displaying information about the quantity and description of why the product" +" was moved from one location to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering rules " +"<../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>` page for " +"the product to create or manage methods of procuring the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Locations`: break down of on-hand quantity at multiple storage " +"locations. Only available when the product is stored in multiple locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forecast`: access the forecasted report to view on-hand, " +"incoming, and outgoing quantities. Report also contains links to confirmed " +"purchase, sales, or manufacturing orders. Only available when there are " +"confirmed sales, purchase, or manufacturing orders for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Published`: display products published on the website. Only " +"available with the *Website* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available in POS`: display products available through the *Point " +"of Sale* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available in Self`: display products available in self order " +"through the *Point of Sale* app. Appears in the search because the " +":guilabel:`Available in Self Order` checkbox was ticked in the " +":guilabel:`Point of Sale` section of a product form's :guilabel:`Sales` tab." +" The option is only available when the :guilabel:`Available in POS` checkbox" +" is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In the Sales tab of a product form, showing *Available in Self Order* " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not available in Self`: display products available in *PoS*, but " +"not available in self order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:91 +msgid "`Configure PoS products `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Sold`: display products that can be sold to customers. " +"Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Sold` checkbox is ticked" +" on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Purchased`: display products that can be bought from " +"vendors. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` " +"checkbox is ticked on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Recurring`: show subscription products, indicated by " +"ticking the :guilabel:`Recurring` checkbox on the product form. Only " +"available with the *Subscription* app activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Rented`: show products that can be loaned to customers for" +" a certain time. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Rented`" +" checkbox was ticked on the product form. Only available with the *Rental* " +"app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Subcontracted`: display products that can be produced by a" +" :doc:`third-party manufacturer " +"<../../../manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic>`. Available " +"only with the *Manufacturing* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Expensed`: show items that can be expensed. Only available" +" with the *Expenses* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`../../product_management/product_tracking/type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " +"groupings to the search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Type`: group items by :doc:`product type " +"<../../product_management/product_tracking/type>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Category`: group items by product category. To configure " +"these, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: " +"Product Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`POS Product Category`: group items by :doc:`point of sale product" +" categories <../../../../sales/point_of_sale/configuration>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To save the current applied filters and groupbys, so the same information " +"can be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save " +"current search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " +"current view the default filter when opening the stock report. Or tick the " +":guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option available to other " +"users." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "Maintenance" @@ -21575,11 +23719,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:94 +msgid "Learn more" +msgstr "Ketahui lebih lanjut" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:32 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to properly configure a new |BOM|, see the " -"documentation on :ref:`creating a bill of materials " -"`." +"documentation on :doc:`creating a bill of materials " +"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:35 @@ -21728,163 +23877,434 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bill of materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:9 msgid "" -"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " -"quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " -"It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines " -"needed to complete a production process." +"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) documents specific components, " +"along with their respective quantities, that are needed to produce or repair" +" a product. In Odoo, |BoMs| as blueprints for manufactured goods and kits, " +"and often include production operations and step-by-step guidelines, as " +"well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " -"linked to each product, so even product variants can have their own tailored" -" :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:15 +msgid "BoM setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:17 msgid "" -"Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " -"manufacturing process and save time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:18 -msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" +"To create a |BOM|, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> " +"Bills of Materials` and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" -"The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" -" or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " -"managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." +"Next, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type` to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " -":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " -"of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the " -":guilabel:`Product`." +"Then, specify :ref:`required components ` and, if necessary, define any :ref:`manufacturing operations " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:26 msgid "" -"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " -"product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." +"Individual |BOMs| can also be quickly accessed or created by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on any product form, as " +"accessible through the *Sales*, *Inventory*, and *Manufacturing* apps, as " +"well as through any internal links where a product is referenced (such as in" +" a field or a line item)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "Show BoM for a product, with components listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "BoM for `Drawer`, displaying the **Components** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:38 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/kit_shipping`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`../subcontracting/subcontracting_basic`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:44 +msgid "Components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:46 msgid "" -"For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" -" to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" -" to specify the various components that make up the production of the final " -"product and their respective quantities. New components can be created " -"quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created " -"beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> " -"Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)`." +"In the :guilabel:`Components` tab of a |BOM|, specify components used to " +"manufacture the product by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the " +":guilabel:`Components` drop-down menu, select from existing products or " +"create a new product by typing the name and selecting either the " +":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option to quickly add the line item, or the " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` option to add the component and continue to " +"its configuration form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." +msgid "Add a component by selecting it from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:43 -msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:56 msgid "" -":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " -"Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." +"Optionally, access additional fields by clicking the :icon:`oi-settings-" +"adjust` :guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon to the far-right of the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab. Tick the checkboxes for the following features " +"to enable these columns:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:60 msgid "" -"In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " -"the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " -"form." +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify which :doc:`product variant " +"<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>` each component is used in. " +"When the field is left blank, the component is used in all product variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:66 msgid "" -"The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " -"variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" -" :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master " -":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and " -"specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply " -"on Variants` column." +":guilabel:`Consumed in Operation`: specify the operation using the " +"component. Useful for determining :ref:`manufacturing readiness " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:62 -msgid "Set up operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:68 msgid "" -"Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" -" instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" -" this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Operations`." +":guilabel:`Manual Consumption`: tick the checkbox to force operators to " +"check the :guilabel:`Consumed` checkbox on a manufacturing order (MO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show a manufacturing order, highlighting the *Consumed* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:75 msgid "" -"Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " -":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " -"operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a " -"name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like " -"components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the " -":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that " -"variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +"Not doing so triggers the :guilabel:`Consumption Warning` error message, " +"where the consumed component quantity must be manually inputted. Otherwise, " +"the operation cannot be completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " -":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" -" new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing " -"Operations` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show the consumption warning error message." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:85 -msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" +msgid "Operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" -"A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " -"addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " -"the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)`." +"Add an *operation* to a |BOM| to specify instructions for production and " +"register time spent on an operation. To use this feature, first enable the " +"*Work Orders* feature by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the" +" :guilabel:`Work Orders` checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " -":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "\"Work Orders\" feature in the Settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:99 msgid "" -"Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " -"of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " -":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which " -"operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in " -"Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"Next, navigate to the |BOM| by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app " +"--> Products --> Bill of Materials` and selecting the desired |BOM|. To add " +"a new operation, go to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, and click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window, where the " +"various fields of the operation are configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: name of the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: select existing locations to perform the operation," +" or create a new work center by typing the name and selecting the " +":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify if this operation is only available " +"for certain product variants. If the operation applies to all product " +"variants, leave this field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Configuring BoMs for product variants " +"<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration Computation`: choose how time spent on the operation is " +"tracked. Opt for :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` to use the " +"operation's time tracker or :guilabel:`Set duration manually` if operators " +"can record and modify time themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Choosing the :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` option enables the " +":guilabel:`Based on last __ work orders` option, which automatically " +"estimates the time to complete this operation based on the last few " +"operations. Choosing :guilabel:`Set duration manually` enables the " +":guilabel:`Default Duration` field instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Duration`: estimated amount of time to complete the " +"operation; used for `planning manufacturing orders " +"`_ and determining `work center" +" availability `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company the |BOM| is available in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Include operation details in the :guilabel:`Work Sheet` tab. Choose " +":guilabel:`PDF` to attach a file or :guilabel:`Google Slide` with *public* " +"access to share a link. Select :guilabel:`Text` to type instructions in the " +":guilabel:`Description` text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Type `/` for a list of formatting options and features, including ChatGPT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show ChatGPT feature to generate instructions for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Fill out the Create Operations pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save \\& Close` to close the pop-up window. To add" +" more operations, click :guilabel:`Save & New` and repeat the same steps " +"above to configure another operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +"After creating an operation, click the :guilabel:`Copy Existing Operations` " +"button to choose an operation to duplicate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show Operation tab, highlighting the \"Copy Existing Operations\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:158 +msgid "Instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To add detailed instructions to operations, the *Quality* app must be " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add specific instructions to an existing operation by clicking the " +"operation's :icon:`fa-list-ul` :guilabel:`(list)` icon in the " +":guilabel:`Instructions` column. The number in the :guilabel:`Instructions` " +"column shows the number of existing detailed instructions there are for the " +"operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the Instructions column, and list icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:172 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Steps` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank " +"quality control point form where the new manufacturing step can be created. " +"Here, give the specific instruction a :guilabel:`Title` and set the " +":guilabel:`Type` to :guilabel:`Instructions`. In the " +":guilabel:`Instructions` tab of the form, write out the directions for the " +"step in the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Further customizations can be made here on this form, beyond ordinary " +"instructions, to also include specific types of quality control points that " +"carry specific (or complex) conditions. For more details about quality " +"control points refer the :doc:`Instruction check " +"<../../quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the page to add a quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:188 +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab contains more |BoM| configurations to " +"customize procurement, calculate costs, and define how components are " +"consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturing Readiness`: choosing :guilabel:`When components for" +" the 1st operation are available` shows the :guilabel:`Component Status` as " +"a **green** :guilabel:`Not Available`, when only the components that are " +"consumed in the first operation are in stock. This indicates that although " +"not all components are available, operators can at least begin with the " +"first operation. Choosing :guilabel:`When all components are available` " +"displays a **red** :guilabel:`Not Available` component status unless all " +"components are in available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Specify which operation consumes each component on the |BoM| in the " +":ref:`Manual Consumption field `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show the *Component Status* field on the manufacturing order dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:210 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Version`: displays the current |BoM| version, visible with the " +"Odoo *PLM* app installed for managing |BoM| changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:212 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Flexible Consumption`: specifies if components used can deviate " +"from the quantity defined on the |BoM|. Choose :guilabel:`Blocked` if " +"operators **must** adhere strictly to the |BoM| quantity. Otherwise, choose " +":guilabel:`Allowed` or :guilabel:`Allowed with Warning`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:215 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Routing`: select the preferred warehouse's manufacturing " +"operation type for products produced in multiple warehouses. If left blank, " +"this warehouse's `Manufacturing` operation type is used by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:218 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: select pre-created :doc:`analytic " +"distribution models " +"<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>` from the list " +"to automatically record the cost of manufacturing products in the chosen " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:221 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manuf Lead Time`: define the number of days needed to complete a " +"|MO| from the date of confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to prepare Manufacturing Order`: number of days needed to " +"replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +":doc:`Analytic distribution " +"<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:228 +msgid "" +":doc:`Lead times " +"<../../inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Miscellaneous* tab of the BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:236 +msgid "Add by-products to BoMs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:238 +msgid "" +"A *by-product* is a residual product that is created during production in " +"addition to the main product of a |BOM|. Unlike the primary product, there " +"can be more than one by-product on a |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To add by-products to a |BOM|, first enable the *By-Products* feature in " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`By-" +"Products` to enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "\"By Products\" feature in the settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, add by-products to a |BOM| by clicking the " +":guilabel:`By-products` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and fill in the " +":guilabel:`By-product`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Unit of " +"Measure`. Optionally, specify a :guilabel:`Produced in Operation` for the " +"by-product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The by-product, `Mush`, is created in the `Grind grapes` operation when " +"producing `Red Wine`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show sample by-product in the BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 @@ -21923,18 +24343,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 +msgid "Lot/serial number tracking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The assignment of lots or serial numbers to newly manufactured products is " +"optional. To optionally :doc:`assign lots or serial numbers " +"<../../inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn>` to newly " +"manufactured products, go to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section in the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the :guilabel:`Tracking` field, select " +":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Doing so enables the *Lot/Serial Number* field on a manufacturing order, or " +"the *Register Production* instruction on a work order card in the *Shop " +"Floor* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 +msgid "\"Lot/Serial Number\" field on the MO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 +msgid "**Lot/Serial Number** field on the MO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Register Production** option to generate lot/serial number on a work order" +" card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:54 msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:56 msgid "" "Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " "manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" " manufacture a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " @@ -21947,14 +24403,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 msgid "" "On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." " In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" " produces." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 msgid "" "Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" " clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " @@ -21967,7 +24423,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:79 msgid "" "Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " "and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " @@ -21978,7 +24434,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:86 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " "setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " @@ -21990,14 +24446,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:96 msgid "" "The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " "allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " "exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " "For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " -"to :ref:`create a bill of materials `." +"to :doc:`create a bill of materials `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:3 @@ -23065,6 +25520,2033 @@ msgid "" "of the |MO| itself." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "Subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a " +"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" +" then sold by the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting " +"company and the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide " +"variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in" +" and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the " +"manufacturing themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:19 +msgid "" +"This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, " +"as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with " +"subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they " +"are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized " +"work to subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors " +"to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as " +"profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain " +"arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which " +"projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a " +"variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what" +" happens to finished products once they are manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " +":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst-1 +msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:62 +msgid "" +"With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in " +"Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:64 +msgid "" +"On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a " +"*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates" +" the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that" +" it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the " +"Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can " +"be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product " +"pages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:72 +msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:75 +msgid "Subcontracting workflows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference " +"between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully " +"responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the " +":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_basic` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " +"sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This " +"workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " +"purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to " +"the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the " +":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary " +"to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to" +" products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:94 +msgid "" +"In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are " +"to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:97 +msgid "" +"In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can " +"either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an " +"end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured" +" to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are " +"outlined in their respective documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:104 +msgid "Subcontracted product valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different " +"variables:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;" +" from here on referred to as `C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them " +"shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor" +" to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred " +"to as `x`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be " +"represented by the following equation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"P = C + M + S + D + x\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:124 +msgid "" +"It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will " +"include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not " +"dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost" +" of dropshipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Basic subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " +"certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " +"purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " +"the product's vendor to delivery the product to the purchasing company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For subcontracted products specifically, delivery lead times can be " +"configured to take into account the amount of time required for the " +"subcontractor to manufacture a product. Doing so allows the contracting " +"company to better predict the delivery dates of subcontracted products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Like all lead times in Odoo, lead times for subcontracted products are only " +"an estimate, and are based on how long actions are *expected* to take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " +"means that lead times should not be viewed as guarantees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`basic subcontracting ` workflow " +"to manufacture a product, a company is not responsible for supplying the " +"subcontractor with the necessary components. This means that the only " +"factors affecting the delivery date of a product are the amount of time it " +"takes the subcontractor to manufacture and deliver it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time that considers " +"both of these factors, the *Expected Arrival* date displayed on purchase " +"orders (POs) for the product more accurately reflects the amount of time " +"required for both manufacturing and delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 +msgid "Product delivery lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " +"subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has been added, enter the number of days it takes " +"them to manufacture and deliver the product, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead" +" Time` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Delivery Lead Time field for a subcontractor, on the Purchase tab of a " +"product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Multiple subcontractors can be added to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a " +"product's page, and a different :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` can be set " +"for each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:57 +msgid "Lead time workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 +msgid "" +"After setting a delivery lead time for a product's vendor, create an |RfQ| " +"by navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase " +"Orders`, and clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Specify the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the " +"product in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and " +"adding a quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once a product has been added, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field on the" +" |RfQ| auto-populates with a date that reflects the vendor's delivery lead " +"time, as specified on the product's page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If the date needs to be adjusted, click on the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` " +"field to open a calendar popover, and select the desired date. Make sure not" +" to choose a date sooner than the one that was auto-populated, unless the " +"subcontractor has confirmed that they are able to deliver the product by " +"that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` on the |RfQ| to turn it into a " +"|PO|. At this point, the subcontractor should begin manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, before delivering it to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Tricycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends requires three days to manufacture a tricycle, plus" +" an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " +"tricycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " +"two days for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:88 +msgid "" +"On May 3rd, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| to purchase one tricycle from Bike " +"Friends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date listed on the |PO| is May 8th, five " +"days after the :guilabel:`Confirmation Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Expected Arrival date on a PO for a subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Bike Friends begins manufacturing the tricycle on May 3rd — the day that the" +" |PO| is confirmed — and finishes on May 6th, three days later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The tricycle is then shipped to Mike's Bikes the same day, and they receive " +"it on May 8th, two days later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " +"certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " +"purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " +"the product's vendor to deliver the product to the purchasing company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Certain subcontracted products require the contracting company to supply the" +" subcontractor with manufacturing components. In this case, a *manufacturing" +" lead time* can be used, in addition to the delivery lead time, to generate " +"the date on which the subcontractor must receive the required components, in" +" order to manufacture the product and deliver it on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In cases where components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, an " +"additional delivery lead time can be set for each component. This should be " +"set to the amount of time it takes the vendor to deliver components to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once a delivery lead time has been set on a component, dropship orders for " +"the component display the date by which the order must be confirmed, so that" +" it can be dropshipped to the subcontractor by the date on which " +"manufacturing must begin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order " +"` route, a company is responsible for purchasing " +"the necessary components from a vendor, and having them dropshipped directly" +" to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 +msgid "" +"This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, it is also necessary " +"to consider how long it takes the component vendor to dropship the " +"components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:48 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a *delivery lead time*, specifying a " +"*manufacturing lead time* on the product's BoM, and assigning the vendor of " +"the components an additional *delivery lead time*, *Dropship Subcontractor* " +"orders for the product's components display the deadline for confirming a " +"dropship order to send the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " +":guilabel:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:61 +msgid "Product manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a BoM" +" from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 +msgid "" +"On the |BoM|, select the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the same number of days that was " +"entered in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` field of the |BoM|'s product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Manuf. Lead Time field on a product's BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 +msgid "" +"While not all of these days are actually used for manufacturing by the " +"subcontractor, setting the same number of days in each field tells Odoo that" +" the subcontractor must receive the components and begin production by the " +"start of the product's delivery lead time. This gives the subcontractor " +"enough time to both manufacture and deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 +msgid "Component delivery lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:92 +msgid "" +"From the product's BoM, navigate to each component by clicking on the " +"component in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and then clicking the " +":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` button to the right of the " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:96 +msgid "" +"On the product page for each component, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab." +" If the vendor has not already been added, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor has been added, enter the number of days it takes them to " +"dropship the product to the subcontractor, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " +"Time` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:104 +msgid "Dropship subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Create a request for quotation (RfQ) for the product by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`, and " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Specify the subcontractor in :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the product" +" in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, " +"selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and specifying a " +"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:113 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" +" time for the component vendor to dropship the components, and the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " +"auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " +"of the product. However, this does not consider the time it takes to " +"dropship the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:121 +msgid "" +"When purchasing a product subcontracted using the *Dropship Subcontractor on" +" Order* route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " +"extra time needed for the components to be delivered to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Since production does not begin until they receive the components, leaving " +"the date as is results in the finished product arriving *after* the date " +"listed on the |RfQ|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " +"so creates a second |RfQ| to purchase the components from the dropshipper, " +"and have them sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for " +"Quotation`, and select the |RfQ| that lists the dropshipper in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 +msgid "" +"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field lists the date on which" +" the subcontractor must receive the components, in order to deliver the " +"finished product by the *Expected Arrival* date listed on the subcontractor " +"|PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Order Deadline` field lists the latest date on which the " +"|RfQ| can be confirmed, in order for the dropshipper to deliver the " +"components to the subcontractor by the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|, and confirm " +"the purchase of the components from the dropshipper. Doing so causes a " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to appear at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to open the dropship order. This" +" order can also be accessed from the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button that " +"now appears on the subcontractor |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:149 +msgid "" +"After the dropshipper has delivered the components to the subcontractor, " +"click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the dropship order to " +"confirm that the subcontractor has received the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor receives the components, they begin manufacturing the" +" component, before delivering it to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Bicycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes must purchase the required components from vendor Bike World, " +"and have them dropshipped to Bike Friends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:164 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each bicycle, plus " +"an addition two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:167 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for bicycle" +" manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus two days " +"for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:170 +msgid "" +"On the bicycle's BoM, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days as " +"well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered to " +"the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:173 +msgid "" +"On the product pages for each of the bicycle's components, they assign Bike " +"World a delivery lead time of two days. This is the amount of time it takes " +"Bike World to dropship each component directly to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:177 +msgid "" +"On May 10th, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| for one bicycle, with an expected " +"delivery date of May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:180 +msgid "" +"The |RfQ| for purchasing the components from Bike World and having them " +"dropshipped to Bike Friends has an Expected Arrival date of May 12th, and a " +"Deadline of May 10th. The |RfQ| must be confirmed by the deadline in order " +"for Bike Friends to receive the components by the Expected Arrival date, " +"giving them enough time to deliver the finished bicycle to Mike's Bikes by " +"May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Order Deadline and Expected Arrival dates on a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes confirms the |RfQ| on May 10th, and Bike World delivers the " +"components to Bike Friends on May 12th. Bike Friends manufactures the " +"bicycle, and delivers it to Mike's Bikes on May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " +"means that lead times should **not** be viewed as guarantees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order " +"` route, a company is responsible for supplying the" +" subcontractor with the necessary components. As a result, the subcontractor" +" cannot begin manufacturing until the components have been received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, the date they receive " +"the components must also be considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:39 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time, and specifying " +"a manufacturing lead time on the product's bill of materials (BoM), " +"*Resupply Subcontractor* orders for the product's components display the " +"deadline by which the subcontractor must receive the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " +"subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a " +"|BoM| from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:80 +msgid "Resupply subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" +" time for the subcontractor to receive the components, manufacture the " +"product, and deliver it back to the subcontracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " +"auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " +"of the product. However, this does **not** consider the time it takes to " +"ship the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:98 +msgid "" +"When purchasing a product subcontracted using the Resupply Subcontractor on " +"Order route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " +"extra time needed for the components to be shipped to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " +"so causes a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to appear at the top of the " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to open the resupply " +"subcontractor order, which is the order created to send components to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Deadline` field on the resupply subcontractor order shows the" +" deadline for the subcontractor to receive the components, in order for them" +" to have enough time to manufacture and deliver the finished product by the " +"Expected Arrival date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field should display the latest date on which" +" components can be shipped, while still arriving to the subcontractor by the" +" :guilabel:`Deadline`. However, by default, the date displayed is the same " +"as the date in the :guilabel:`Deadline` field, and must be updated to take " +"into account the time required for shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field to open a calendar popover " +"from which a date can be selected. Select a date that allows for the " +"components to be delivered by the :guilabel:`Deadline` on the resupply " +"subcontractor order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:124 +msgid "" +"After the components are shipped, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at " +"the top of the order to confirm they have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Unicycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes must supply Bike Friends with the necessary components for " +"manufacturing the unicycles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:137 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each unicycle, plus" +" an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:140 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " +"unicycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " +"two days for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:143 +msgid "" +"On the unicycle's |BoM|, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days, " +"as well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered " +"to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 +msgid "" +"They confirm a |PO| for one unicycle, with an expected arrival date of May " +"30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The resupply subcontractor order for shipping the components to the " +"subcontractor shows a *Deadline* of May 25th. The subcontractor must receive" +" the components by this date, in order to have enough time to manufacture " +"the unicycle, and deliver it by May 30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:152 +msgid "" +"It takes Mike's Bikes two days to deliver the components, so they update the" +" *Scheduled Date* field on the resupply subcontractor order to May 23rd, two" +" days before the Deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Scheduled Date and Deadline fields on a resupply subcontractor order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes ships the components to Bike Friends on the scheduled date of " +"May 23rd, and they arrive on the deadline of May 25th. This gives Bike " +"Friends enough time to manufacture the unicycle, and ship it back to Mike's " +"Bikes by the expected arrival date of May 30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:3 +msgid "Basic subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a " +"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" +" then sold by the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the " +"necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to " +"worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic " +"subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-" +"subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that " +"subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted " +"products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be " +"manufactured by them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " +":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary" +" to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53 +msgid "Configure product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the " +"product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, " +"selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and " +"entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`" +" field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished " +"product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " +"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " +"subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83 +msgid "Configure BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " +"--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials " +"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` " +"option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the " +":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using" +" subcontracting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when " +"calculating the product's expected arrival date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:81 +msgid "" +"When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for " +"manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:86 +msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:88 +msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " +"|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a receipt order or a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, " +"**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" +" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " +"product is shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted " +"product is being purchased from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " +"with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer," +" or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process " +"starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169 +msgid "Create SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171 +msgid "" +"It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased" +" from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being " +"purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " +"Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a " +"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a" +" quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens" +" the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:128 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough " +"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates" +" a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193 +msgid "" +"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " +"end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is " +"enough stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197 +msgid "Process PO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:140 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to " +":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the " +"|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to " +"the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a " +"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the " +"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:153 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic " +"subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and " +"can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 +msgid "" +"A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " +"top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 +msgid "" +"PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " +"top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242 +msgid "Process receipt or dropship order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " +"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " +"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251 +msgid "" +"If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, " +"once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " +"Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the" +" :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the " +"receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter" +" the product into inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260 +msgid "Process dropship order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262 +msgid "" +"If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select" +" the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open " +"the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order " +"to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270 +msgid "Process delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " +"finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " +"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" +" the customer, and process the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " +"the product has been shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship to subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the" +" necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have " +"them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order " +"(PO) for that product is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " +"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and " +"*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve " +"dropshipping, they are used for different purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have " +"them shipped directly to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components " +"from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By " +"default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the " +"contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33 +msgid "" +"However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship " +"Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In " +"this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then " +"ships the finished product directly to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37 +msgid "" +"This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the " +":ref:`workflow section ` of" +" this doc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " +"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " +"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the " +"components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as " +"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in " +"the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the " +":guilabel:`Price` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that " +"determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been " +"manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock " +"on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " +"subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73 +msgid "Configure bill of materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click " +"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " +"select the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and" +" specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97 +msgid "Configure Components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " +"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " +"arrow)` button to the right of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106 +msgid "" +"On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add " +"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in " +"the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the" +" subcontractor, once they are purchased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the " +":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119 +msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " +"*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the" +" vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so " +"creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the " +"components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" +" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" +" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " +"product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " +"with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, " +"or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts " +"with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148 +msgid "Create an SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the " +"product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is " +"the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted " +"product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the " +"*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** " +"there is no stock of the product on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead " +"create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172 +msgid "" +"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " +"end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, " +"even if there is stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176 +msgid "Process subcontractor PO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178 +msgid "" +"If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`," +" and clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a" +" new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* " +"|PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components" +" to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, " +"and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" +"button at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from " +"the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** " +"automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship " +"Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* " +"|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205 +msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. " +"Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` " +"field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after " +"confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212 +msgid "" +"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship " +"Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of" +" the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and " +"confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, " +"and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the " +"*subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" +"Dropship smart button at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227 +msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" +" *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, " +"respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the " +":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the " +"subcontractor has received the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" +" *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the " +"product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of" +" the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the" +" *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the " +":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship " +"order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the " +"product to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product " +"has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the " +"necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each " +"time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " +"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping" +" it to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply " +"Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24 +msgid "" +"While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components " +"required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are " +"sourced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from " +"the warehouse of the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from " +"a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of " +"the subcontracting company and their subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36 +msgid "" +"See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of " +"the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " +"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " +"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of " +"materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`" +" tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the " +"subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68 +msgid "" +"This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other " +"elements, like the cost of the product's components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " +"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click " +"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " +"select the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107 +msgid "Configure components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " +"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " +"arrow)` button to the right of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116 +msgid "" +"On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and " +"select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the " +":guilabel:`Routes` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122 +msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to " +"purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a" +" dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the " +"subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" +" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149 +msgid "" +"While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to " +"automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is " +"also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful " +"when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply " +"Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking" +" :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom " +"the components should be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` " +"drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the " +"components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` " +"to confirm that the order has been sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough " +"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead" +" creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase " +"app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a " +"subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically " +"created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the " +"required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed " +"from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top " +"of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 +msgid "" +"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n" +"buttons at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 +msgid "" +"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and " +"Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227 +msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the " +"subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " +"Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open" +" the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` " +"card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " +"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " +"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " +"finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " +"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" +" the customer, and process the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " +"the product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows.rst:5 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "" @@ -23346,6 +27828,13 @@ msgid "" "only after closing the associated |MO|." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " +"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29 msgid "" "To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " @@ -23610,1355 +28099,6 @@ msgid "" "and *WH/MO/00010*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontracting overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:7 -msgid "" -"In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a " -"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" -" then sold by the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting " -"company and the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:13 -msgid "" -"For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide " -"variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in" -" and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the " -"manufacturing themselves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:17 -msgid "" -"This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, " -"as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with " -"subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they " -"are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized " -"work to subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:22 -msgid "" -"On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors " -"to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as " -"profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain " -"arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which " -"projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a " -"variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what" -" happens to finished products once they are manufactured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " -"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " -":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " -"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst-1 -msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:42 -msgid "" -"With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in " -"Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a " -"*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates" -" the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that" -" it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the " -"Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can " -"be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product " -"pages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:51 -msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:52 -msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:55 -msgid "Subcontracting workflows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:57 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference " -"between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully " -"responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the " -":doc:`subcontracting_basic` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " -"sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This " -"workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting_resupply` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " -"purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to " -"the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the " -":doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:69 -msgid "" -"In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary " -"to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to" -" products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are " -"to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can " -"either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an " -"end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured" -" to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are " -"outlined in their respective documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:83 -msgid "Subcontracted product valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different " -"variables:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;" -" from here on referred to as `C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "" -"The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them " -"shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:93 -msgid "" -"The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor" -" to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred " -"to as `x`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be " -"represented by the following equation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:100 -msgid "" -"P = C + M + S + D + x\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:103 -msgid "" -"It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will " -"include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not " -"dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost" -" of dropshipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:3 -msgid "Basic subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a " -"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" -" then sold by the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the " -"necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to " -"worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic " -"subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-" -"subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that " -"subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted " -"products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be " -"manufactured by them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" -" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " -":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " -"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary" -" to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53 -msgid "Configure product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " -"product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the " -"product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, " -"selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and " -"entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`" -" field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished " -"product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " -"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " -"subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83 -msgid "Configure BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " -"Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " -"--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92 -msgid "" -"For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials " -"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` " -"option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the " -":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using" -" subcontracting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " -":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the " -"subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when " -"calculating the product's expected arrival date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:81 -msgid "" -"When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the " -":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for " -"manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:86 -msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:88 -msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " -"|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a receipt order or a dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, " -"**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" -" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " -"product is shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138 -msgid "" -"The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted " -"product is being purchased from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " -"with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer," -" or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process " -"starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into " -"inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169 -msgid "Create SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:112 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171 -msgid "" -"It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased" -" from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being " -"purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next " -"step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175 -msgid "" -"To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " -"Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178 -msgid "" -"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a " -"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a" -" quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:123 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens" -" the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:128 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough " -"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates" -" a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:134 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193 -msgid "" -"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " -"end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is " -"enough stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197 -msgid "Process PO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:140 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to " -":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the " -"|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to " -"the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:145 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking " -":guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:148 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a " -"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the " -"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:153 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic " -"subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and " -"can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 -msgid "" -"A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " -"top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 -msgid "" -"PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " -"top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:164 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242 -msgid "Process receipt or dropship order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " -"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " -"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 -msgid "Process receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:173 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251 -msgid "" -"If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, " -"once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " -"Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:177 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the" -" :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the " -"receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter" -" the product into inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260 -msgid "Process dropship order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:184 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262 -msgid "" -"If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select" -" the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:187 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open " -"the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order " -"to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270 -msgid "Process delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " -"finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " -"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" -" the customer, and process the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:198 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " -"the product has been shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3 -msgid "Dropship to subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the" -" necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have " -"them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order " -"(PO) for that product is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " -"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23 -msgid "" -"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and " -"*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve " -"dropshipping, they are used for different purposes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have " -"them shipped directly to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components " -"from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By " -"default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the " -"contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33 -msgid "" -"However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship " -"Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In " -"this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then " -"ships the finished product directly to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37 -msgid "" -"This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the " -":ref:`workflow section ` of" -" this doc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " -"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " -":guilabel:`Operations` heading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " -"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the " -"components listed on the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " -"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as " -"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in " -"the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the " -":guilabel:`Price` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that " -"determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been " -"manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock " -"on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " -"subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73 -msgid "Configure bill of materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click " -"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " -"select the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the " -":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a " -"line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and" -" specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97 -msgid "Configure Components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99 -msgid "" -"To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " -"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " -"arrow)` button to the right of the name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " -"component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106 -msgid "" -"On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add " -"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in " -"the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the" -" subcontractor, once they are purchased." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the " -":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " -"section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119 -msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121 -msgid "" -"The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " -"*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the" -" vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so " -"creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the " -"components to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" -" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" -" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " -"product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " -"with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, " -"or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts " -"with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148 -msgid "Create an SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the " -"product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in " -"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is " -"the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted " -"product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the " -"*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** " -"there is no stock of the product on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169 -msgid "" -"If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead " -"create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172 -msgid "" -"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " -"end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, " -"even if there is stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176 -msgid "Process subcontractor PO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by" -" navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`," -" and clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a" -" new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the " -":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* " -"|PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components" -" to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, " -"and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" -"button at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198 -msgid "" -"In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from " -"the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** " -"automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201 -msgid "" -"Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship " -"Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* " -"|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205 -msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207 -msgid "" -"To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. " -"Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` " -"field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after " -"confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212 -msgid "" -"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship " -"Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of" -" the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and " -"confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, " -"and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the " -"*subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" -"Dropship smart button at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227 -msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229 -msgid "" -"Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" -" *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, " -"respectively." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the " -":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the " -"subcontractor has received the components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" -" *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the " -"product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of" -" the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into " -"inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the" -" *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the " -"receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the " -":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship " -"order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the " -"product to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product " -"has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3 -msgid "Resupply subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the " -"necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each " -"time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " -"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping" -" it to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21 -msgid "" -"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply " -"Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24 -msgid "" -"While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components " -"required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are " -"sourced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from " -"the warehouse of the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from " -"a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of " -"the subcontracting company and their subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36 -msgid "" -"See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of " -"the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " -"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " -":guilabel:`Operations` heading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " -"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of " -"materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " -"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`" -" tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the " -"subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68 -msgid "" -"This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other " -"elements, like the cost of the product's components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " -"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click " -"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " -"select the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107 -msgid "Configure components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109 -msgid "" -"To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " -"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " -"arrow)` button to the right of the name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116 -msgid "" -"On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and " -"select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the " -":guilabel:`Routes` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122 -msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124 -msgid "" -"The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to " -"purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a" -" dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the " -"subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" -" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149 -msgid "" -"While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to " -"automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is " -"also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful " -"when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154 -msgid "" -"To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply " -"Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking" -" :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom " -"the components should be sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking " -":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` " -"drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the " -"components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` " -"to confirm that the order has been sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough " -"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190 -msgid "" -"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead" -" creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase " -"app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a " -"subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically " -"created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214 -msgid "" -"In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the " -"required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed " -"from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top " -"of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 -msgid "" -"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n" -"buttons at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 -msgid "" -"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and " -"Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227 -msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the " -"subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " -"Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open" -" the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to " -"confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the " -":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` " -"card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " -"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " -"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " -"finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " -"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" -" the customer, and process the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " -"the product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:3 msgid "Unbuild orders" msgstr "" @@ -25721,8 +28861,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:12 msgid "" "Utilize *engineering change orders* (*ECOs*) to track, implement, and revert" -" change versions made to products, and :ref:`bills of materials " -"`." +" change versions made to products, and :doc:`bills of materials " +"<../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:15 @@ -27161,6 +30301,354 @@ msgid "" "export it as an Excel file." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:3 +msgid "Procurement expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:12 +msgid "" +"With the *Purchase* application, users can monitor procurement expenses over" +" time. This report helps companies track and analyze spending, identify " +"cost-saving opportunities, and ensure efficient budget management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:17 +msgid "Create procurement expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To create a |per|, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " +"Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:22 +msgid "" +"By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` (POs) with a " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of Requests for " +"Quotation (RFQs) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent*, or *Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:25 +msgid "Add filters and groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the top-right, click the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot)` icon " +"to switch to pivot view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:32 +msgid "" +"While the |per| can also be :ref:`viewed ` as a " +":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " +":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`, " +"the pivot view provides the most detailed view of the data, and is the " +"recommended starting point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Remove any default filters from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. Then, click " +"the |caret| to open the drop-down menu that contains the " +":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and :guilabel:`Favorites` " +"columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Unless otherwise specified, the report displays data from both |RFQs| and " +"|POs|. This can be changed by selecting either :guilabel:`Requests for " +"Quotation` or :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a time frame to use for " +"comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " +"|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " +"Then, select :guilabel:`Product Category`, which is also located in the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The selections under the :guilabel:`Group By` heading can be altered, " +"depending on the needs of the individual company. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Product`, instead of :guilabel:`Product Category`, provides a " +"more in depth look at the performance of specific items, in place of an " +"entire category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading that " +"appears. These options are only available after the date range is selected " +"under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " +":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " +"as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " +"time period from the previous year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:60 +msgid "" +"While multiple time-based filters can be added at once, only one comparison " +"can be selected at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the procurement expenses\n" +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The filter for Q2, comparison for **Previous Period**, and group-by for " +"**Vendor** and **Product Category** were selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:68 +msgid "Add measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:70 +msgid "" +"After selecting the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group by`, and " +":guilabel:`Comparison` settings, click out of the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:82 +msgid "" +"By default, the report displays data with the following measures: " +":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " +":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " +"drop-down list of available measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click the following specific measures to include additional columns for the " +"procurement expenses report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total` and :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`: can include one or both " +"measures. These are included for overall spending analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:91 +msgid ":guilabel:`Average Cost`: included to evaluate cost efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to Confirm` and :guilabel:`Days to Receive`: used to assess " +"supplier performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Qty Ordered` and :guilabel:`Qty Received`: used to understand " +"order efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Qty Billed` and :guilabel:`Qty to be Billed`: used to track order" +" accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Additional measures can be included in the report, if desired, to provide " +"additional insights. For example, :guilabel:`Gross Weight` and " +":guilabel:`Volume` may be included for further logistics and management " +"analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:101 +msgid "" +"After selecting all necessary measures, click out of the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:85 +msgid "View results" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:108 +msgid "" +"After all of the filters and measures have been selected, the report " +"generates in the selected view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst-1 +msgid "A sample version of the procurement expenses report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " +"editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is **only** available if the " +"*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The |per| is also available in graph view. Click the :icon:`fa-area-chart` " +":guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view. Click the " +"corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a :icon:`fa-bar-" +"chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` :guilabel:`(line " +"chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:107 +msgid "To save this report as a *favorite*, see :ref:`search/favorites`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor costs report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With the *Purchase* application, users can track the fluctuation of vendor " +"costs over time. This allows users to identify the most expensive vendors, " +"and track seasonal changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:14 +msgid "Create vendor costs reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To create a vendor costs report, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase " +"app --> Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` " +"dashboard. By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of POs (Purchase Orders) with a " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of RFQs (Requests " +"for Quotation) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent, or *Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a date range to use for " +"comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " +"|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " +"Then, select :guilabel:`Product`, which is also located in the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Product` is **not** required for this report. However, " +"it is recommended, as it provides additional insight into the performance of" +" individual vendors. Additional selections can be made under the " +":guilabel:`Group by` heading as well, including :guilabel:`Product " +"Category`, :guilabel:`Status`, and :guilabel:`Purchase Representative`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To ensure the report is generated correctly, make sure that " +":guilabel:`Vendor` is the **first** selection made under the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading. These " +"options are only available after the date range is selected under the " +":guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " +":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " +"as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " +"time period from the previous year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the " +"vendor costs report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"By default, the report displays with the following measures: " +":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " +":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " +"drop-down list of available measures. Click :guilabel:`Average Cost` to add " +"it to the report. Select any additional measures to add to the report, or " +"click on any of the already selected measures to remove them, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:80 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to run the report with at least :guilabel:`Average Cost`, " +":guilabel:`Total`, or :guilabel:`Untaxed Total` selected from the " +":guilabel:`Measures` list. Additional measures, such as :guilabel:`Days to " +"Receive`, can be added to provide additional insights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:87 +msgid "" +"After all of the :ref:`filters and measures have been selected " +"`, the report generates in the pivot " +"view. Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " +"editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is only available if the " +"*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A sample of a vendor costs report with the measures set as total and average" +" costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The vendor costs report is also available in *graph* view. Click the " +":icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view." +" Click the corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a " +":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " +":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5 msgid "Manage deals" msgstr "" @@ -28374,9 +31862,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51 msgid "" "To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> " -"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, check" -" the box next to :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and " -"bills`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, tick " +"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`3-way matching`, and click :guilabel:`Save` " +"to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56 @@ -28385,15 +31873,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 -msgid "Activated three-way matching feature in purchase settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:60 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:62 msgid "" "When products are received into a company's warehouse, receipts are created." " Once the company processes the received quantities, they can choose to " @@ -28402,11 +31886,11 @@ msgid "" "completed at different steps of the procurement process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:68 msgid "With the bill control policy set to ordered quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:70 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *ordered quantities*" " bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " @@ -28415,42 +31899,42 @@ msgid "" "Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:75 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new request for quotation (RFQ). Doing so reveals a blank " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 msgid "" "On the blank detail form, add a vendor to the :abbr:`RFQ (request for " "quotation)` in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the " ":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 msgid "" "Then, confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` button above the detail form. Doing so turns the " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a vendor bill for " "the purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:88 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button reveals the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill` page for the purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:91 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button to modify " "the bill, and add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field. If needed," @@ -28458,21 +31942,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 msgid "" "Next, confirm the bill by clicking the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *ordered quantities*, the draft bill" " can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:175 msgid "" "On the new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` number," " which can be used to match the bill with additional documents (such as the " @@ -28483,7 +31967,7 @@ msgid "" "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:108 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " @@ -28496,7 +31980,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Vendor bill form for ordered quantities control policy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:118 msgid "" "Each vendor bill provides the option to either :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " "or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note`. A *credit note* is typically issued when a " @@ -28505,11 +31989,11 @@ msgid "" "returned from the customer/buyer to the vendor or supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:124 msgid "With the bill control policy set to received quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:127 msgid "" "If the creation of a vendor bill is attempted without receiving any " "quantities of a product (while using the *received quantities* bill control " @@ -28517,7 +32001,7 @@ msgid "" "proceeding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *received " "quantities* bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " @@ -28526,38 +32010,38 @@ msgid "" "Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:136 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`. Doing so reveals a " "blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a bill for the " "purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:151 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Create Bill` before any products have been received will" -" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to appear. The :guilabel:`Purchase " -"Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity of the items " -"included on the order to create a vendor bill." +" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up message to appear. The " +":guilabel:`Purchase Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity" +" of the items included on the order to create a vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:159 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the warehouse " "receipt form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:161 msgid "" "On the warehouse receipt form, click :menuselection:`Validate --> Apply` to " "mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities. Then, navigate back to the " @@ -28565,7 +32049,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Bill` button on the purchase order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 msgid "" "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Draft Bill` for the purchase order. On the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and add a " @@ -28573,20 +32057,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:172 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *received quantities*, the draft " "bill can **only** be confirmed when at least some of the quantities are " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:181 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " @@ -28595,11 +32079,11 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:187 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills in Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:189 msgid "" "Vendor bills can also be created directly from the *Accounting* app, " "**without** having to create a purchase order first. To do this, go to " @@ -28607,7 +32091,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a blank vendor bill detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 msgid "" "On this blank vendor bill detail form, add a vendor in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " @@ -28617,27 +32101,27 @@ msgid "" "the bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:198 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view (or change) the " ":guilabel:`Account` journals that were populated based on the configuration " "on the corresponding :guilabel:`Vendor` and :guilabel:`Product` forms." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` to add" " credit or debit notes to the bill. Or, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` " "number (while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:205 msgid "" "Then, when ready, click :menuselection:`Register Payment --> Create Payment`" " to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 msgid "" "To tie the draft bill to an existing purchase order, click the drop-down " "menu next to :guilabel:`Auto-Complete`, and select a :abbr:`PO (purchase " @@ -28649,17 +32133,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Auto-complete drop-down list on draft vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:218 msgid "Batch billing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:220 msgid "" "Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 msgid "" "To do this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. " "Then, click the :guilabel:`checkbox` at the top left of the page, beside the" @@ -28668,7 +32152,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Draft` :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:227 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon to export, delete, or send" " & print the bills; click the :guilabel:`Print` icon to print the invoices " @@ -28676,7 +32160,7 @@ msgid "" "payments for multiple vendor bills at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Register Payment` is selected, a pop-up appears. In this " "pop-up window, select the appropriate journal in the :guilabel:`Journal` " @@ -28685,7 +32169,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Group Payments` on this pop-up, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:236 msgid "" "When ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button, which creates a " "list of journal entries on a separate page. This list of journal entries are" @@ -28693,19 +32177,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 -msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up." +msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:244 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Register Payment` option for vendor bills in batches will " "only work for journal entries whose :guilabel:`Status` is set to " ":guilabel:`Posted`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:252 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 +msgid ":doc:`control_bills`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5 @@ -29099,16 +32582,16 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" +msgid "Purchase units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" -" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " -"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " -"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " -"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." +" unit of measure than when it is sold. This can cause confusion between " +"sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to convert " +"measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your product once" +" and let Odoo handle the conversion." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 @@ -29215,21 +32698,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "" -"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." +"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, click into " +"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure Category` field and enter a name for the " +"category. Then, under the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:77 msgid "" "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" -" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" -" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" -" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " -"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " -"Odoo is always a multiple of this value." +" to other units of measure inside the category. Name the unit, and select " +"the units of measure category you just created. For the *Type*, select " +"*Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter the *Rounding " +"Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by Odoo is always a " +"multiple of this value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:83 msgid "" "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " "fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." @@ -29239,7 +32724,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "" "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " "appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " @@ -29251,35 +32736,31 @@ msgid "" "0.00001, set *Digits* to 5." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:97 msgid "" "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" " measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " "*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:101 msgid "" "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " "*Smaller*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:103 msgid "" "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " "second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " "than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:107 msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 -msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:109 msgid "" "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " "units of measure." diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index e57d66365..2614612b6 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Abe Manyo, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Abe Manyo, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -44,11 +44,11 @@ msgid "" "marketing-essentials-989?fullscreen=1>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:38 msgid "Email marketing dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:40 msgid "" "After installing the application, click the :menuselection:`Email Marketing`" " app icon from the main Odoo dashboard. Doing so reveals the main " @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the main dashboard of the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:47 msgid "" "In the search bar, the default filter of :guilabel:`My Mailings` is present " "to show all the mailings related to the current user. To remove that filter," @@ -67,101 +67,101 @@ msgid "" "bar. Doing so reveals all the mailings in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:51 msgid "" "The information on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard has four different " "view options, located in the upper-right corner as individual icons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:54 msgid "The view options, from left-to-right, are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:56 msgid ":ref:`List ` (default view)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:57 msgid ":ref:`Kanban `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:58 msgid ":ref:`Calendar `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:59 msgid ":ref:`Graph `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:61 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:733 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:736 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:420 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:145 msgid "List view" msgstr "Tampilan list" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:66 msgid "" "The list view, represented by the :guilabel:`☰ (horizontal lines)` icon in " "the upper-right corner, is the default view of the :guilabel:`Mailings` " "dashboard in the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:69 msgid "" "While in list view, there are columns dedicated to different aspects of " "information related to the listed emails. Those columns are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:72 msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: the date the email was sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Subject`: the subject of the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the user who created the email, or the user who has" " been assigned to the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Sent`: how many times the email has been sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:77 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivered (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been " "successfully delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Opened (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been opened by " "the recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been clicked by" " the recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replied (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been replied to" " by the recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: the status of the email (:guilabel:`Draft`, " ":guilabel:`In Queue`, or :guilabel:`Sent`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:84 msgid "" "To add or remove columns, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options (two " "horizontal lines with dots)` icon, located to the far-right of the column " @@ -169,13 +169,13 @@ msgid "" "options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:706 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:709 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:391 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "Tampilan kanban" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:93 msgid "" "The Kanban view, represented by the :guilabel:`(inverted bar graph)` icon, " "can be accessed in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Mailings` " @@ -187,50 +187,50 @@ msgid "" "Kanban view of the main dashboard of the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:100 msgid "" "While in Kanban view, the email information is displayed in the various " "stages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:102 msgid "" "The stages are: :guilabel:`Draft`, :guilabel:`In Queue`, " ":guilabel:`Sending`, and :guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Draft`: the email is still being written/created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`In Queue`: the email is scheduled to be sent at a later date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:106 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sending`: the email is currently being sent to its recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:107 msgid ":guilabel:`Sent`: the email has already been sent to its recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:109 msgid "" "In each stage, there are drag-and-drop cards representing the emails that " "have been created/sent, and the stage they are in represents the current " "status of that mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:112 msgid "" "Each card on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard provides key information " "related to that specific email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:115 msgid "" "When the cursor hovers over the upper-right corner of an email campaign " "card, a :guilabel:`⋮ (three vertical dots)` icon appears. When clicked, a " @@ -244,19 +244,19 @@ msgid "" "View of the three-dot drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:404 msgid "Calendar view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:129 msgid "" "The calendar view, represented by a :guilabel:`📆 (calendar)` icon, can be " "accessed in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in " "the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:132 msgid "" "While in calendar view, a monthly calendar (by default), shows when the " "mailings have been sent or are scheduled to be sent." @@ -267,26 +267,26 @@ msgid "" "Calendar view of the mailings dashboard in the Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:139 msgid "" "The current date is represented by a :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` icon over " "the date on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:141 msgid "" "To the right of the calendar, the options to filter the results by " ":guilabel:`Responsible` and/or :guilabel:`Status` are available, via " "checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:145 msgid "" "To hide the right sidebar, click the :guilabel:`(panel-right)` icon, located" " above the sidebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:147 msgid "" "In the top-left corner, above the calendar, the option to change the time " "period being displayed is available via a drop-down menu, which shows " @@ -296,35 +296,35 @@ msgid "" "default)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:152 msgid "" "Clicking any of those options changes the calendar display to reflect that " "desired amount of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:154 msgid "" "Clicking either :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` icon or :guilabel:`➡️ (right " "arrow)` icon changes the calendar to a previous or future time, depending on" " what is clicked, based on the chosen amount of time being represented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:158 msgid "To jump back to the current date, click the :guilabel:`Today` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:163 msgid "Graph view" msgstr "Tampilan grafik" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:165 msgid "" "The graph view, represented by a :guilabel:`(line graph)` icon, can be " "accessed in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in " "the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:168 msgid "" "While in graph view, the status of the emails on the :guilabel:`Mailings` " "page is represented in a bar graph, but other graph view options can be " @@ -335,20 +335,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the Graph view appears in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:175 msgid "" "In the upper-left corner, above the graph, there is a :guilabel:`Measures` " "drop-down menu. When clicked, different filter options become available to " "further customize the graph views." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:178 msgid "" "Those :guilabel:`Measures` options are: :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage` " "and :guilabel:`Count` (default)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:181 msgid "" "To the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu is an " ":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button, if the *Documents* application is " @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ msgid "" "add the graph to a spreadsheet or dashboard becomes available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:185 msgid "" "Beside the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu and :guilabel:`Insert in " "Spreadsheet` button are different graph view options. From left-to-right, " @@ -364,17 +364,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`(line chart)`, and :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:190 msgid "" "Each graph view option provides its own series of additional view options, " "which appear to the right of the selected graph view option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:194 msgid "Search options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:196 msgid "" "Regardless of the view chosen for the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in the " ":guilabel:`Email Marketing` app, the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group " @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ msgid "" "customize the information being displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:200 msgid "" "To access those options, click the :guilabel:`(downward arrow)` icon, " "located to the right of the search bar. Doing so reveals a drop-down mega " @@ -395,17 +395,17 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:207 msgid "" "These options provide various ways to specify and organize the information " "seen on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:212 msgid "Filters" msgstr "Penyaring" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:214 msgid "" "This section of the drop-down mega menu provides different ways to filter " "email results being shown on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in the " @@ -418,14 +418,14 @@ msgid "" "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:221 msgid "" "The options are: :guilabel:`My Mailings`, :guilabel:`Sent Date`, " ":guilabel:`A/B Tests`, :guilabel:`A/B Tests to review`, " ":guilabel:`Archived`, and :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:224 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` is selected, Odoo reveals a pop-up window, " "with three customizable fields to fill in, in order to create custom filter " @@ -437,11 +437,11 @@ msgid "" "Add custom filter pop-up window that appears in Odoo Email Marketing app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:232 msgid "Group By" msgstr "Dikelompokkan berdasarkan" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:234 msgid "" "This section of the drop-down mega menu provides different ways to group " "email results being shown on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in the " @@ -453,13 +453,13 @@ msgid "" "View of the Group By drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:241 msgid "" "Using this section, the data can be grouped by the messages' " ":guilabel:`Status`, or who it was :guilabel:`Sent By`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:244 msgid "" "There is also the option to group the data by :guilabel:`Sent Period`, which" " has its own sub-menu of options to choose from. The :guilabel:`Sent Period`" @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Week`, and :guilabel:`Day`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:248 msgid "" "If none of the above :guilabel:`Group By` options deliver the desired " "results, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` at the bottom of the " @@ -476,11 +476,11 @@ msgid "" " data that may be desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:253 msgid "Favorites" msgstr "Favorit" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:255 msgid "" "This section provides the opportunity to save custom filters and/or " "groupings for future use. To utilize this section, click the :guilabel:`Save" @@ -493,31 +493,31 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:263 msgid "" "Give the favorited filter/grouping a title on the blank line above the " "checkboxes for :guilabel:`Default filter` and :guilabel:`Shared`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:266 msgid "" "Ticking the box for :guilabel:`Default filter` makes this favorited " "filter/grouping the default option. Ticking the box for :guilabel:`Shared` " "allows other users to see and use this favorited filter/grouping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:270 msgid "" "When all desired options are configured, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the " "filter/grouping in the :guilabel:`Favorites` section of the mega drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:274 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Pengaturan" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:276 msgid "" "To view and modify the *Email Marketing* settings, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ msgid "" "Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:283 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, there are four features available." msgstr "" @@ -537,23 +537,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the Settings page in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:289 msgid "The features are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:291 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns`: enables the option to manage mass mailing " "campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing`: allows recipients to " "blacklist themselves from future mailings during the unsubscribing process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dedicated Server`: provides the option to utilize a separate, " "dedicated server for mailings. When enabled, Odoo reveals a new field (and " @@ -561,24 +561,24 @@ msgid "" " for it to connect properly to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:297 msgid "" ":guilabel:`24H Stat Mailing Reports`: allows users to check how well " "mailings have performed a day after it has been sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:303 msgid "Create an email" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:305 msgid "" "To create an email, open the :menuselection:`Email Marketing` application, " "and click the :guilabel:`New` button in the upper-left corner of the " ":guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:308 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`New` reveals a blank email form." msgstr "" @@ -586,38 +586,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of a blank email detail form in Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:314 msgid "" "On the email form, there are fields for the :ref:`Subject " "` and :ref:`Recipients " "` of the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:317 msgid "" "Beneath that, there are three tabs: :ref:`Mail Body " "`, :ref:`A/B Tests `, " "and :ref:`Settings `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:323 msgid "Subject" msgstr "Judul" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:325 msgid "" "First, enter a :guilabel:`Subject` to the email. The :guilabel:`Subject` is " "visible in the recipients' inbox, allowing them to quickly see what the " "message is about." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:329 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Subject` field is mandatory. An email can **not** be sent " "without a :guilabel:`Subject`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:332 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`(smiley face with a plus sign)` icon at the end of the " ":guilabel:`Subject` field represents emojis that can be added to the " @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ msgid "" "emojis that can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:336 msgid "" "Beside the :guilabel:`(smiley face with a plus sign)` icon at the end of the" " :guilabel:`Subject` field is an empty :guilabel:`(star)` icon. When " @@ -634,11 +634,11 @@ msgid "" "future." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:344 msgid "Recipients" msgstr "Penerima" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:346 msgid "" "Beneath the :guilabel:`Subject` field on the email form is the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field. In this field, select the recipients of the " @@ -646,30 +646,30 @@ msgid "" "clicking the field reveals a drop-down menu of other recipient options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:350 msgid "" "With the default :guilabel:`Mailing List` option selected, a specific " "mailing list **must** be chosen from the adjacent :guilabel:`Select mailing " "lists` field drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:354 msgid "" "More than one mailing list can be chosen from the :guilabel:`Select mailing " "lists` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:356 msgid "" "Odoo then sends the email to contacts on that specific mailing list(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:356 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:822 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:825 msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/mailing_lists`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:361 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Recipients` field is clicked, a drop-down menu of other " "options is revealed. Each option provides different ways Odoo can create a " @@ -681,26 +681,26 @@ msgid "" "View of recipients drop-down menu in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:368 msgid "" "Those options (excluding the default :guilabel:`Mailing List`) provide the " "option to create a more specified recipient filter, in an equation-like " "format, which appears beneath the :guilabel:`Recipients` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:372 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Recipients` field options, other than the default " ":guilabel:`Mailing List` option, are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:375 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: ties specifically to the *Contacts* app, and includes " "all the contacts entered in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:377 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Event Registration`: ties specifically to the *Events* app, and " "provides opportunities to interact with event registrants, in order to " @@ -708,14 +708,14 @@ msgid "" "valuable actions, such as post-event surveys, purchases, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:380 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`: ties specifically to records in the *CRM* " "application, which opens up a number of opportunities to influence sales or " "purchase decisions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:382 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mailing Contact`: ties specifically to the *Email Marketing* app," " and focuses on specific mailing contacts that have been entered in that " @@ -726,17 +726,17 @@ msgid "" "Contacts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:387 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sales Order`: ties specifically to the *Sales* app, and focuses " "on a specific sales orders in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:391 msgid "Add recipient filter" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:393 msgid "" "To add a more specific recipient filter to any :guilabel:`Recipient` option," " select any recipient option (other than :guilabel:`Mailing List`), and " @@ -745,14 +745,14 @@ msgid "" "formatted like an equation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:398 msgid "" "It is highly recommended that users implement detailed targeting criteria " "for the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. Typically, a single line of targeting " "logic is not sufficient enough for an email campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:402 msgid "" "While the :guilabel:`Mailing List` option is adequate for the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field, the :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity` and " @@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ msgid "" "criteria, which can be added on top of those seed sources." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:407 msgid "" "For example, with the :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity` option chosen in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field, users can add various custom criteria related " @@ -775,57 +775,57 @@ msgid "" "View of how recipient filters can be customized in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:416 msgid "" "To reveal the sub-menu options within the filter rule fields, click each " "field, and make the desired selections, until the preferred configuration " "has been achieved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:419 msgid "" "The number of :guilabel:`records` in the database that match the configured " "rule(s) are indicated beneath the configured filter rule(s), in green." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:427 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:191 msgid "" "Some sub-menu options in the first rule field allow for a second choice to " "provide even more specificity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:430 msgid "" "To the right of each rule, there are three additional options, represented " "by :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)`, :guilabel:`(sitemap)`, and :guilabel:`🗑️ " "(trash)` icons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:433 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon adds a new node (line) to the overall " "targeting logic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:434 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`(sitemap)` icon adds a branch to the node. A branch contains " "two additional, indented sub-nodes that are related to that specific rule, " "providing even more specificity to the parent line above it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:437 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon deletes a specific node (line) in the array " "of logic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:442 msgid "Mail Body tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:444 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab, there are a number of pre-configured " "message templates to choose from." @@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:451 msgid "" "Select the desired template, and proceed to modify every element of its " "design details with Odoo's drag-and-drop building blocks, which appear on " @@ -850,14 +850,14 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:455 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:458 msgid "" "The features on the sidebar used to create and customize emails are " "separated into three sections: :guilabel:`Blocks`, :guilabel:`Customize`, " "and :guilabel:`Design`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:461 msgid "" "Each building block provides unique features and professional design " "elements. To use a building block, drag-and-drop the desired block element " @@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ msgid "" " building block can be customized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:466 msgid "" "To build an email from the ground up, without any building block elements, " "select the :guilabel:`Plain Text` template. When selected, Odoo provides a " @@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ msgid "" "commands." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:471 msgid "" "When `/` is typed into the blank body of the email, while using a " ":guilabel:`Plain Text` template, a drop-down menu of various design elements" @@ -887,24 +887,24 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:482 msgid "A/B Tests tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:484 msgid "" "Initially, when the :guilabel:`A/B Tests` tab is opened on an email form, " "the only option available is :guilabel:`Allow A/B Testing`. This is **not** " "a required option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:487 msgid "" "If this option is enabled, recipients are only mailed *once* for the " "entirety of the campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:489 msgid "" "This allows the user to send different versions of the same mailing to " "randomly selected recipients to gauge the effectiveness of various designs, " @@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ msgid "" " sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:493 msgid "" "When the checkbox beside :guilabel:`Allow A/B Testing` is ticked, an " ":guilabel:`on (%)` field appears, in which the user determines the " @@ -920,70 +920,70 @@ msgid "" "current version of the mailing as part of the test." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:498 msgid "" "The default figure in the :guilabel:`on (%)` field is `10`, but that figure " "can be changed at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:501 msgid "Beneath that, two additional fields appear:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:503 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Winner Selection` field provides a drop-down menu of options," " wherein the user decides what criteria should be used to determine the " "\"winning\" version of the email tests that are sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:507 msgid "The options in the :guilabel:`Winner Selection` field are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manual`: allows the user to determine the \"winning\" version of " "the mailing. This option removes the :guilabel:`Send Final On` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:511 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Highest Open Rate` (default): the mailing with the highest open " "rate is determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:513 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Highest Click Rate`: the mailing with the highest click rate is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:515 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Highest Reply Rate`: the mailing with the highest reply rate is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:517 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Leads`: the mailing with the most leads generated is determined " "to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:516 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:519 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quotations`: the mailing with the most quotations generated is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:521 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Revenues`: the mailing with the most revenue generated is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:524 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Send Final On` field allows users to choose a date that is " "used to know *when* Odoo should determine the \"winning\" email, and " @@ -994,25 +994,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the A/B Tests tab in Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:532 msgid "" "To the right of those fields is a :guilabel:`Create an Alternative Version` " "button. When clicked, Odoo presents a new :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab for the " "user to create an alternate version of the email to test." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:539 msgid "Settings tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:541 msgid "" "The options present in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of the mail form are " "divided into two sections: :guilabel:`Email Content` and " ":guilabel:`Tracking`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:545 msgid "" "The options available in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab vary depending on if " "the *Mailing Campaigns* feature is activated in :menuselection:`Email " @@ -1020,7 +1020,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`email_marketing/mailing-campaigns` for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:549 msgid "" "Without the *Mailing Campaigns* feature activated, the :guilabel:`Settings` " "tab on the email form only contains the :guilabel:`Preview Text`, " @@ -1034,11 +1034,11 @@ msgid "" "activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:558 msgid "Email content" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:560 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preview Text`: allows the user to enter a preview sentence to " "encourage recipients to open the email. In most inboxes, this is displayed " @@ -1047,36 +1047,36 @@ msgid "" "available, as well, via the :guilabel:`(smiley face with a plus sign)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:564 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send From`: designate an email alias that displays as the sender " "of this particular email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:563 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:566 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Reply To`: designate an email alias to whom all the replies of " "this particular email are sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:565 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:568 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attach a file`: if any specific files are required (or helpful) " "for this email, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button, and upload the " "desired file(s) to the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:572 msgid "Tracking" msgstr "Pelacakan" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:574 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: designate a user in the database to be responsible " "for this particular email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:578 msgid "" "If the *Mailing Campaign* feature *is* activated, an additional " ":guilabel:`Campaign` field appears in the :guilabel:`Tracking` section of " @@ -1089,31 +1089,31 @@ msgid "" "activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:585 msgid "" "The additional :guilabel:`Campaign` field allows users to attach this " "particular email to a mailing campaign, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:585 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:588 msgid "" "If the desired campaign is not available in the initial drop-down menu, " "select :guilabel:`Search More` to reveal a complete list of all mailing " "campaigns in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:591 msgid "" "Or, type the name of the desired mailing campaign in the " ":guilabel:`Campaign` field, until Odoo reveals the desired campaign in the " "drop-down menu. Then, select the desired campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:595 msgid "Send, schedule, test" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:597 msgid "" "Once the mailing is finalized, the following options can be utilized, via " "buttons located in the upper-left corner of the email form: :ref:`Send " @@ -1121,11 +1121,11 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Test `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:604 msgid "Send" msgstr "Kirim" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:603 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:606 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Send` button reveals a :guilabel:`Ready to unleash emails?` " "pop-up window." @@ -1137,18 +1137,18 @@ msgid "" "clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:609 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:612 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Send to all` button is clicked, Odoo sends the email to " "the desired recipients. Once Odoo has sent the mailing, the status changes " "to :guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:615 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:618 msgid "Schedule" msgstr "Jadwal" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:617 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:620 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Schedule` button reveals a :guilabel:`When do you want to " "send your mailing?` pop-up window." @@ -1161,13 +1161,13 @@ msgid "" " is clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:624 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:627 msgid "" "In this pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Send on` field to reveal a " "calendar pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:630 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:633 msgid "" "From the calendar pop-up window, select the future date and time for Odoo to" " send this email. Then, click :guilabel:`✔️ Apply`. When a date and time are" @@ -1175,11 +1175,11 @@ msgid "" "mailing changes to :guilabel:`In Queue`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:640 msgid "Test" msgstr "Test" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:642 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Test` button reveals a :guilabel:`Test Mailing` pop-up " "window." @@ -1191,20 +1191,20 @@ msgid "" "clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:648 msgid "" "From this pop-up window, enter the email addresses of the contacts to whom " "Odoo should send this test email in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. " "Multiple contacts can be added in this field, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:649 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:652 msgid "" "Once all the desired email addresses have been entered in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field, click the :guilabel:`Send Test` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:656 msgid "" "By default, there's a daily limit applied for **all emails** sent throughout" " **all applications**. So, if there are remaining emails to be sent after a " @@ -1213,17 +1213,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Retry`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:661 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:664 msgid "Mailing campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:663 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:666 msgid "" "The *Email Marketing* application provides users with the ability to build " "mailing campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:665 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:668 msgid "" "In order to create and customize mailing campaigns, the *Mailing Campaigns* " "feature **must** be activated in the *Settings* page of the *Email " @@ -1236,13 +1236,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign feature setting in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:677 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature is activated, a new " ":guilabel:`Campaigns` menu option appears in the header." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:677 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:680 msgid "" "When that is clicked, Odoo reveals a separate :guilabel:`Campaigns` page, " "displaying all the mailing campaigns in the database, and the current stage " @@ -1253,19 +1253,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign page in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:688 msgid "" "This information can also be viewed in a list, by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ " "(horizontal lines)` icon in the upper-right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:691 msgid "" "Clicking any campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page reveals that " "campaign's form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:693 msgid "" "There are two different ways to create and customize campaigns in the *Email" " Marketing* application, either directly from the :ref:`Campaigns page " @@ -1273,24 +1273,24 @@ msgid "" "` on an email form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:697 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:700 msgid "Create mailing campaign (from campaigns page)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:699 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:702 msgid "" "When the *Mailing Campaigns* feature is activated, a new *Campaigns* option " "appears in the header of the *Email Marketing* application. Campaigns can be" " created directly on the *Campaigns* page in the *Email Marketing* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:706 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Campaigns " "--> New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:711 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`New` button is clicked in the default Kanban view on the" " :guilabel:`Campaigns` page, a Kanban card appears in the :guilabel:`New` " @@ -1301,42 +1301,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign pop-up kanban in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:718 msgid "" "New campaign cards can also be made by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " "sign)` at the top of any Kanban stage on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:721 msgid "" "When the new campaign Kanban card appears, the options to enter a " ":guilabel:`Campaign Name`, a :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` " "become readily available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:724 msgid "" "To add the campaign to the Kanban stage, click the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:726 msgid "To delete the campaign, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:728 msgid "" "To further customize the campaign, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, which " "reveals the campaign form for additional modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:732 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Campaign Name` **must** be entered in the Kanban card, in order" " for the :guilabel:`Edit` button to reveal the campaign form for further " "modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:735 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:738 msgid "" "To enter the list view on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page, click the " ":guilabel:`☰ (horizontal lines)` icon in the upper-right corner. Doing so " @@ -1347,7 +1347,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign page in list view in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:745 msgid "" "To create a campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page while in list view," " click the :guilabel:`New` button. Doing so reveals a blank campaign form." @@ -1357,13 +1357,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the blank campaign form in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:749 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:752 msgid "" "From this campaign form, a :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, a " ":guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:752 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:755 msgid "" "At the top of the form, various metric-related smart buttons can be seen " "that showcase specific analytics related to the campaign. Those smart " @@ -1371,23 +1371,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Opportunities`, and :guilabel:`Clicks`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:757 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:760 msgid "" "Once a :guilabel:`Campaign Name` is entered and saved, additional buttons " "appear at the top of the campaign form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:760 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:763 msgid "" "Those additional buttons are: :guilabel:`Send Mailing` and :guilabel:`Send " "SMS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:766 msgid "Campaign form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:768 msgid "" "On the campaign form (after clicking :guilabel:`Edit` from the Kanban card, " "or selecting an existing campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page) there" @@ -1398,7 +1398,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign form in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:775 msgid "" "At the top of the form, various smart buttons can be seen that showcase " "specific analytics related to the campaign. Those smart buttons are: " @@ -1406,30 +1406,30 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Clicks`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:776 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:779 msgid "" "There are also buttons to :guilabel:`Send Mailing`, :guilabel:`Send SMS`, " ":guilabel:`Add Post`, and :guilabel:`Add Push` (push notification)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:780 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:783 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Send Mailing` and :guilabel:`Send SMS` buttons are not " "readily available, enter a :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, then save (either " "manually or automatically). Doing so reveals those buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:784 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:787 msgid "" "The status of the campaign can be viewed in the upper-right corner of the " "campaign form, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:792 msgid "Create mailing campaign (from settings tab)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:794 msgid "" "To create a new campaign from the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of a mailing " "form, click the :guilabel:`Campaign` field, and start typing the name of the" @@ -1442,13 +1442,13 @@ msgid "" "View of the mailing campaign creation in the Settings tab of an email form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:800 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:803 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Create` to add this new mailing campaign to the database, " "and modify its settings in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:806 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Create and Edit...` to add this new mailing campaign to " "the database, and reveal a :guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up window." @@ -1460,39 +1460,244 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:810 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:813 msgid "" "Here, the new mailing campaign can be further customized. Users can adjust " "the :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, assign a :guilabel:`Responsible`, and add " ":guilabel:`Tags`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:813 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:816 msgid "" "Buttons to :guilabel:`Add Post` or :guilabel:`Send Push` (push " "notifications) are also available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:815 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:818 msgid "" "There is also a status located in the upper-right corner of the " ":guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:818 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:821 msgid "" "When all modifications are ready to be finalized, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close`. To delete the entire campaign, click :guilabel:`Discard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:823 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:826 msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/unsubscriptions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:824 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:827 msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/lost_leads_email`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:828 +msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/analyze_metrics`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to properly understand the success or failure of an email marketing" +" campaign, it is necessary to monitor several key metrics. The insights " +"gained from these metrics can then be used to optimize future campaigns. " +"Odoo's *Email Marketing* application tracks several :ref:`key metrics " +"`, that can be interpreted to improve future " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:13 +msgid "View metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:15 +msgid "" +"After a mass mail has been sent, the results for that particular mailing are" +" displayed in multiple locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To access the metrics for an individual mailing, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Mailings`. Locate the specific " +"mailing in the list view, and use the column headings to view the results " +"for that mailing. Click on one of the mailings in the list to open the " +"record. At the top of the record, detailed metrics are displayed as smart " +"buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The smart buttons on a mass mailing, displaying the results of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Click on the smart buttons to see the recipient records for each metric." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:33 +msgid "Opened rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The *Opened* rate measures the percentage of emails opened by recipients " +"against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A high open rate may indicate that the subject line was timely, compelling, " +"and successfully prompted the recipients to view the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"A low open rate may indicate the subject line failed to capture the " +"recipients' interest. It could also indicate the email ended up in a spam or" +" junk folder due to having a poor sender reputation or failing to " +":doc:`configure the proper DNS records " +"<../../general/email_communication/email_domain>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:46 +msgid "Replied rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The *Replied* rate measures the percentage of recipients who responded to " +"the email directly against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:51 +msgid "" +"A high replied rate may indicate the email resonated with recipients, " +"prompting them to take action or provide feedback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:54 +msgid "" +"A low replied rate may suggest that the message lacked relevance or did not " +"contain a clear call to action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:58 +msgid "Clicked rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The *Clicked* through rate (CTR), measures the percentage of recipients who " +"clicked on a link within the email against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A high |CTR| may indicate the email content was relevant and appropriately " +"targeted. Recipients were motivated to click the links provided, and likely " +"found the content engaging." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:66 +msgid "" +"A low |CTR| may indicate issues with either the targeting, or the content " +"itself. Recipients may have been unmotivated by the calls to action, if " +"there were any, or the message itself may have been directed toward the " +"wrong audience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "Received rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The *Received* rate measures the percentage of emails that were successfully" +" delivered against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:76 +msgid "" +"A high received rate can indicate that the mailing list used is up to date " +"and the sender authentication is trusted by email providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:79 +msgid "" +"A low received rate may indicate issues either with the mailing list used " +"for the mailing or with the sender authentication. View the :ref:`email-" +"marketing/deliverability-issues` section for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:84 +msgid "Bounced rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The *Bounced* rate measures the percentage of emails that were " +"unsuccessfully delivered, against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:89 +msgid "" +"A high bounce rate could indicate issues either with the mailing list used " +"for the mailing or with the sender authentication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:92 +msgid "" +"A low bounce rate may indicate that the mailing list used is up to date and " +"the sender authentication is trusted by email providers. View the " +":ref:`email-marketing/deliverability-issues` section for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:99 +msgid "Deliverability issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The following define possible reasons for a high bounce rate or low received" +" rate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Using a mailing list that contains outdated contact information, or " +"malformed email addresses are likely to result in a high bounce rate and/or " +"a low received rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Mailings sent using a *From* email address that differs from the sender's " +"domain are likely to bounce with certain email providers due to failing " +":ref:`DMARC authentication `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Failing to :doc:`configure the proper DNS records " +"<../../general/email_communication/email_domain>` can also result in a high " +"bounce rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:112 +msgid ":ref:`Mailing campaigns `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:113 +msgid ":doc:`Manage unsubscriptions `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:3 msgid "Lost leads reactivation email" msgstr "" @@ -2834,6 +3039,835 @@ msgstr "Acara" msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Events `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:3 +msgid "Create events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With the *Events* application, event organizers can create and configure in-" +"person or online-only events in Odoo. Each new event contains a number of " +"customizable options that are geared around specific event logistics, as " +"needed per event, such as ticket sales and registration desk, booths, " +"tracks, sponsors, rooms, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Events can be manually created from scratch or built off of pre-made " +"templates. Once launched, the *Events* application then integrates with the " +"*Website* app for the front-end promotion and registration of the event for " +"attendees, the *Sales* app for the purchasing ability of paid tickets, as " +"well the *CRM* application through customizable lead generation rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:16 +msgid "New event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To create a new event, begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Events " +"app` to land on the default :guilabel:`Events` dashboard, in the :icon:`oi-" +"view-kanban` :guilabel:`Kanban` view. From there, or alternatively from the " +":icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`List` or :icon:`fa-tasks` :guilabel:`Gantt` " +"views, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the upper-left corner of the " +"dashboard to open up a new event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "Typical event template in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If certain fields do not readily appear on the event form, that means an " +"additional application needs to be installed, or the database is not " +"operating in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For example, the :guilabel:`Twitter Wall` field **only** appears if the " +"*Social Marketing* app is installed, and the :guilabel:`Company` field " +"**only** appears if the database is working in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:36 +msgid "" +"These are just *additional* elements that can be used for an event. They are" +" **not** required to create, host, and manage an event with Odoo *Events*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:40 +msgid "Event form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:42 +msgid "" +"At the top of the event form are a series of smart buttons related to " +"various event metrics, which will autopopulate with pertinent data once " +"attendees begin to register, booths and sponsors sign on for the event, the " +"event takes place, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Beneath the smart buttons is the event form, which contains various fields " +"and clickable tabs that serve to configure the initial, necessary details of" +" the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:49 +msgid "The following are fields found on an event form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Event Name`: the title of the event. This field is **required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: when the event is scheduled to take place. This field is " +"auto-populated, but modifiable, and is **required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: the corresponding timezone related to the event. This " +"field is auto-populated, but modifiable, and is **required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Language`: designate a specific language for all event " +"communications to be translated into, if necessary. This field is blank, by " +"default, so if event-related communications are being sent to recipients who" +" speak a different language, be sure to configure this field properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Twitter Wall`: creates a separate page on the event website to " +"feature specific social posts on X (formerly Twitter) that contain pre-" +"determined desired elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To create and customize a :guilabel:`Twitter Wall`, type the name of the " +"desired wall into the field, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from " +"the resulting drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:66 +msgid "Doing so reveals :guilabel:`Create Twitter Wall` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:0 +msgid "The Twitter Wall pop-up window in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:72 +msgid "" +"From this window, enter a :guilabel:`Wall Name`. Then, select a certain word" +" or hashtag for Odoo to search for on X, like `#WoodWorkingExpo24`, for " +"example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Next, determine the :guilabel:`Type of tweets` Odoo should showcase with " +"that predetermined criteria. The choices in this field are: " +":guilabel:`Recent`, :guilabel:`Popular`, or :guilabel:`Mixed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Users also have the option to add a brief :guilabel:`Description` to the " +"wall, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the greyed-out, non-modifiable :guilabel:`Website URL` field will " +"autopopulate with the full URL needed to access the document through the " +"event website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:84 +msgid "" +"An image can also be added to the wall by clicking the :icon:`fa-pencil` " +":guilabel:`(pencil)` icon that appears when the cursor hovers over the " +":guilabel:`(camera)` placeholder image in the upper-right corner of the pop-" +"up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, from the resulting file explorer window, select the desired image to " +"be added to the wall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:91 +msgid "" +"This :guilabel:`Twitter Wall` field **only** appears on the event form if " +"the *Social Marketing* app is installed, and an X account has been added as " +"a stream on the application. To learn more, check out the :doc:`Social " +"marketing essentials <../social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials>` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Template`: choose a pre-configured event template from the " +"resulting drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Or, create a new one directly from this field, by typing in the name of the " +"new template, and selecting either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:101 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create` (which creates the template, and can be edited later) or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` (which creates the template, and reveals a " +"separate template page to configure the template in greater detail)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: add any corresponding tags to briefly describe the event " +"(e.g. `Online`, `Conference`, etc.). Multiple tags can be added per event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Tags can be displayed on events that are listed on the website by enabling " +"the *Show on Website* checkbox from :menuselection:`Events app --> " +"Configuration --> Event Tag Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: designate the organizer of the event (a company, " +"contact, or employee)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:113 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: designate a user in the database to be responsible " +"for this event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: designate which company in the database to which this " +"event is related. This field **only** appears if working in a multi-company " +"environment. This field is auto-populated, but modifiable, and is " +"**required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: choose to restrict the publishing of this event to a " +"specific website created in Odoo. If this field is left blank, the event can" +" be published on *all* websites in the database. To learn more, refer to the" +" :doc:`Multiple websites " +"<../../websites/website/configuration/multi_website>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Venue`: enter the pertinent event venue details in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Exhibition Map`: if desired, click the :guilabel:`Upload your " +"file` button to upload an image of the event venue map." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Registrations`: if this checkbox is ticked, a limit to the " +"amount of registrations is added to the event, and that desired limit amount" +" **must** be entered in the blank field before :guilabel:`Attendees`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge Dimension`: select a desired paper format dimension for " +"event badges. The options are: :guilabel:`A4 foldable`, :guilabel:`A6`, or " +":guilabel:`4 per sheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge Background`: if desired, click the :guilabel:`Upload your " +"file` button to upload a custom background image for event badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:132 +msgid "" +"When the above fields in the event form have been adequately filled in, move" +" on to the four tabs at the bottom of the event form for further " +"customization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Those tabs are: :ref:`Tickets `, :ref:`Communication " +"`, :ref:`Questions `, " +"and :ref:`Notes `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:142 +msgid "Tickets tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Create custom tickets (and ticket tiers) for events in the " +":guilabel:`Tickets` tab of an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "A typical tickets tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:150 +msgid "" +"To create a ticket, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Tickets` " +"tab. Then, enter a name for the ticket (e.g. `Basic Ticket` or `VIP`) in the" +" :guilabel:`Name` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:153 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Product` field, either select the pre-configured " +":guilabel:`Event Registration` product, or create a new one by typing in the" +" name of the new event registration product, and then select either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the resulting " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Upon installing Odoo *Events*, a new product type, *Event Ticket*, becomes " +"available on product forms (:menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> " +"Products`). In order for an event registration product to be selectable in " +"the *Tickets* tab, the event registration :guilabel:`Product Type` **must** " +"be set to :guilabel:`Event Ticket`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Existing event registration products can be modified directly from this " +"field, as well, by clicking the :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right " +"arrow)` icon, located beside the event registration product. Doing so " +"reveals that product's form. If the *Inventory* application is installed, " +"additional choices are available to customize for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Next, set the registration cost of the ticket in the :guilabel:`Price` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:173 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Price* defined on the event registration product's product form " +"sets the default cost of a ticket. Modifying the :guilabel:`Price` of a " +"ticket in the :guilabel:`Tickets` tab, sets a new registration cost of the " +"ticket for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Next, determine a :guilabel:`Sales Start` and :guilabel:`Sales End` date in " +"their respective fields. To do that, click into the blank field to reveal a " +"calendar popover. From there, select the desired date and time, then click " +":icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Then, if desired, designate a :guilabel:`Maximum` amount of that specific " +"ticket that can be sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:183 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Taken` column populates with the number of tickets that are " +"sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Optionally, in the :guilabel:`Color` column, add a custom color to " +"differentiate ticket badges. The selected color displays on ticket badges " +"when printed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To delete any tickets from the :guilabel:`Tickets` tab, click the :icon:`fa-" +"trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` icon on the corresponding line for the " +"ticket that should be deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:192 +msgid "" +"To add an optional :guilabel:`Description` column to the :guilabel:`Tickets`" +" tab, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(additional options)` " +"drop-down menu, located to the far-right of the column titles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Then, tick the checkbox beside :guilabel:`Description` from the resulting " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:198 +msgid "" +"When added, the option to add brief descriptions for each event ticket " +"appears, which can be used to inform attendees of any perks or amenities " +"that may coincide with specific ticket purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:204 +msgid "Communication tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:206 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Communication` tab of an event form, create various " +"marketing communications that can be scheduled to be sent at specific " +"intervals leading up to, and following, the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Typical communication tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:214 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo provides three separate pre-configured communications on " +"every new event form. One is an email sent after each registration to " +"confirm the purchase with the attendee. The other two are email event " +"reminders that are scheduled to be sent at different time intervals leading " +"up to the event to remind the recipient of the upcoming event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To add a communication in the :guilabel:`Communication` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, select the desired type of communication in " +"the :guilabel:`Send` field. The options are: :guilabel:`Mail`, " +":guilabel:`SMS`, :guilabel:`Social Post`, or :guilabel:`WhatsApp`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:223 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the number of communications that can be added in the " +":guilabel:`Communication` tab of an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:226 +msgid "" +"To delete a communication from the :guilabel:`Communication` tab, click the " +":icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` icon on the corresponding " +"communication line. Doing so removes the communication from the event " +"entirely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:231 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Social Post` option **only** appears if the *Social " +"Marketing* application is installed. The :guilabel:`WhatsApp` option " +"**only** appears if the *WhatsApp Integration* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:235 +msgid "" +":doc:`WhatsApp <../../productivity/whatsapp>` templates **cannot** be edited" +" during active configuration. A separate approval from *Meta* is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:239 +msgid "Mail" +msgstr "Surat" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:241 +msgid "" +"Select an existing email template from the :guilabel:`Template` drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:243 +msgid "" +"Next, define the :guilabel:`Interval`, :guilabel:`Unit`, and " +":guilabel:`Trigger` from their respective drop-down fields, letting Odoo " +"know when the communication should be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Unit` options are: :guilabel:`Immediately`, " +":guilabel:`Hours`, :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, and " +":guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Then, select an option from the :guilabel:`Trigger` drop-down menu. The " +"options are: :guilabel:`After each registration`, :guilabel:`Before the " +"event`, and :guilabel:`After the event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:252 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Sent` column populates with the number of sent " +"communications. And, beside the number are different icons that appear, " +"depending on the status of that particular communication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The status of *Running* is represented by a :icon:`fa-cogs` " +":guilabel:`(three gears)` icon. The status of *Sent* is represented by a " +":icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`(checkmark)` icon. And, the status of " +"*Scheduled* is represented by an :icon:`fa-hourglass-half` " +":guilabel:`(hourglass)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:260 +msgid "" +"To send a confirmation email an hour after an attendee registers for an " +"event, configure the following communication:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:263 +msgid ":guilabel:`Interval`: `1`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:264 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: :guilabel:`Hours`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:265 +msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: :guilabel:`After each registration`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Existing email templates can be modified directly from the " +":guilabel:`Template` drop-down menu, if necessary, by clicking the " +":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` icon next to the template " +"name. Doing so reveals a separate page where users can edit the " +":guilabel:`Content`, :guilabel:`Email Configuration`, and " +":guilabel:`Settings` of that particular email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:273 +msgid "" +"To view and manage all email templates, activate :ref:`developer-mode` and " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email: Email " +"Templates`. Modify with caution as email templates effect all communications" +" where the template is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:20 +msgid "Questions tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:282 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab of an event form, users can create brief " +"questionnaires for registrants to interact with, and respond to, after they " +"register for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:285 +msgid "" +"These questions can be focused on gathering basic information about the " +"attendee, learning about their preferences, expectations, and other things " +"of that nature. This information can also be used to create more detailed " +"reporting metrics, in addition to being utilized to create specific lead " +"generation rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "Typical questions tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:295 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo provides three questions in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab " +"for every event form. The default questions require the registrant(s) to " +"provide their :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Email`, and make it optional " +"to include their :guilabel:`Phone` number, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:299 +msgid "" +"The information gathered from the :guilabel:`Questions` tab can be found on " +"the :guilabel:`Attendees` dashboard, accessible via the :icon:`fa-users` " +":guilabel:`Attendees` smart button. Odoo populates individual records that " +"contain basic information about the registrant(s), as well as their " +"preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:304 +msgid "" +"To add a question in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Question` pop-up window. From " +"here, users can create and configure their question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Question pop-up window that appears in the Odoo Events " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:311 +msgid "" +"First, enter the question in the field at the top of the form. Then, decide " +"if the question should require a :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer` and/or if Odoo" +" should :guilabel:`Ask once per order`, by ticking their respective boxes, " +"if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Ask once per order` checkbox is ticked, the question will " +"only be asked once, and its value is propogated to every attendee in the " +"order (if multiple tickets are purchased at once). If the checkbox is *not* " +"ticked for this setting, Odoo will present the question for every attendee " +"that is connected to that registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:320 +msgid "Next, select a :guilabel:`Question Type` option:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:322 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Selection`: provide answer options to the question for " +"registrants to choose from. Selectable answer options can be managed in the " +":guilabel:`Answers` column at the bottom of the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:325 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Text Input`: lets the users enter a custom response to the " +"question in a text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:326 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter their " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:327 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter their" +" email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:328 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Phone`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter their" +" phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter a " +"company they are associated with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:332 +msgid "" +"Once all the desired configurations have been entered, either click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the question, and return to the " +":guilabel:`Questions` tab on the event form, or click :guilabel:`Save & New`" +" to save the question and immediately create a new question on a new " +":guilabel:`Create Question` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:337 +msgid "" +"As questions are added to the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, the informative " +"columns showcase the configurations of each question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:340 +msgid "The informative columns are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:342 +msgid ":guilabel:`Title`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:343 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mandatory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:344 +msgid ":guilabel:`Once per Order`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:345 +msgid ":guilabel:`Type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:346 +msgid ":guilabel:`Answers` (if applicable)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:348 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Selection` and :guilabel:`Text Input` types, a :icon:`fa-bar-" +"chart` :guilabel:`Stats` button appears on the right side of the question " +"line. When clicked, Odoo reveals a separate page, showcasing the response " +"metrics to that specific question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:352 +msgid "" +"To delete any question from the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click the " +":icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` icon on the corresponding " +"question line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:355 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the number of questions that can be added in the " +":guilabel:`Questions` tab of an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:361 +msgid "Notes tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:363 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Notes` tab of an event form, users can leave detailed " +"internal notes and/or event-related instructions/information for attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "Typical notes tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:370 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Note` field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, users can leave " +"internal notes for other event employees, like \"to-do\" lists, contact " +"information, instructions, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:373 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Ticket Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, " +"users can leave specific instructions for people attending the event that " +"appear on the attendees ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:266 +msgid "Publish events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:379 +msgid "" +"Once all configurations and modifications are complete on the event form, it" +" is time to publish the event on the website. Doing so makes the event " +"visible to website visitors, and makes it possible for people to register " +"for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:383 +msgid "" +"To publish an event after all the customizations are complete, click the " +":icon:`fa-globe` :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button at the top of the " +"event form. Doing so reveals the event's web page, which can be customized " +"like any other web page on the site, via the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:388 +msgid "" +"To learn more about website design functionality and options, consult the " +":doc:`Building block <../../websites/website/web_design/building_blocks>` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:391 +msgid "" +"Once the event website is ready to be shared, click the red " +":guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch in the header menu, changing it to a " +"green :guilabel:`Published` switch. At this point, the event web page is " +"published, and viewable/accessible by all website visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:396 +msgid "Send event invites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:398 +msgid "" +"To send event invites to potential attendees, navigate to the desired event " +"form, via :menuselection:`Events app --> Events`, and click into the desired" +" event. Following this, click the :guilabel:`Invite` button in the upper-" +"left corner of the event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:402 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a blank email form to fill out, as desired. To learn more " +"about how to create and customize emails like this, refer to the " +":ref:`Create an email ` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:406 +msgid "" +"Proceed to create and customize an email message to send as an invite to " +"potential attendees. Remember to include a link to the registration page on " +"the event website, allowing interested recipients to quickly register." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Sending emails from Odoo is subject to a daily limit, which, by default, is " +"200. To learn more about daily limits, visit the " +":ref:`email_communication/daily_limit_mail` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:217 +msgid ":doc:`event_essentials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:416 +msgid ":doc:`track_manage_talks`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:3 msgid "Event essentials" msgstr "" @@ -3306,10 +4340,6 @@ msgid "" " all function the same way for both :guilabel:`Mailing Type` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:266 -msgid "Publish events" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:268 msgid "" "Until an event is published, it will remain hidden from public view on the " @@ -3341,6 +4371,424 @@ msgid "" "View of a website page and the option to publish the event in Odoo Events." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:3 +msgid "Event templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Events* application provides the ability to customize and " +"configure event templates, which can be used to expedite the event-creation " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:8 +msgid "" +"These templates can be created and personalized in the application, and then" +" selected from an event form, in order to quickly apply a series of settings" +" and elements to the new event, all of which can be further modified, if " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:13 +msgid "Event templates page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo *Events* application, event templates can quickly be created and" +" modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To begin, navigate to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Event" +" Templates`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Event Templates` page. Here, " +"find all the existing event templates in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "The Event Templates page in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo provides three pre-configured event templates: " +":guilabel:`Exhibition`, :guilabel:`Training`, and :guilabel:`Sport`, which " +"all have their own unique customizations applied to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To change how these event templates appear on the *Template* drop-down field" +" on an event form, drag-and-drop them into any desired order, using the " +":icon:`oi-draggable` :guilabel:`(draggable)` icon, located to the left of " +"each event template line on the :guilabel:`Event Templates` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To learn more about event forms, refer to the :doc:`create_events` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:37 +msgid "Create event template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:39 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to create and configure an event template in Odoo " +"*Events*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**On the dashboard**, by navigating to :menuselection:`Events app --> " +"Configuration --> Event Templates` and clicking the :guilabel:`New` button " +"in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank event template form that " +"can be customized in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**On an event form itself**. Start by typing the name of a new event " +"template in the *Template* field, and click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` " +"from the resulting drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a *Create Template* pop-" +"up window, featuring all the same configurable fields and elements found on " +"a standard event template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create \"[template name]\"` from the resulting drop-down" +" menu, via the *Template* field on an event form creates the event template " +"in the database, but does **not** present the user with the *Create " +"Template* pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The event template would have to be modified, by selecting it on the *Event " +"Templates* page (:menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Event " +"Templates`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:58 +msgid "Event template form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:60 +msgid "" +"All the fields on a standard :guilabel:`Event Template` form are *also* on " +"the *Create Template* pop-up window, accessible via the *Template* field on " +"an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "A standard event template form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Start by providing the event template with a name in the :guilabel:`Event " +"Template` field, located at the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Beneath that field, there is a series of selectable checkboxes, all of which" +" are related to how the event menu will be displayed on the event web page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website Submenu`: enables a submenu on the event's website. When " +"this checkbox is ticked, every other checkbox in this series is " +"automatically ticked, as well. Then, choose to untick (deselect) any of the " +"checkbox options, as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tracks Menu Item`: adds a submenu item to navigate to a page " +"displaying all planned tracks for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Track Proposals Menu Item`: adds a submenu item to navigate to a " +"page, in which visitors can fill out a form to propose a track (talk, " +"lecture, presentation, etc.) to happen during the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Booth Menu Item`: adds a submenu item that takes visitors to a " +"separate page, where an event booth can be purchased. Event booths can be " +"customized and configured in the :guilabel:`Booths` tab of the event " +"template form, from the *Booth Categories* page (:menuselection:`Events app " +"--> Configuration --> Booth Categories`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:87 +msgid "" +"First, users **must** create a booth product with the required *Event Booth*" +" option set as the :guilabel:`Product Type` on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Exhibitors Menu Item`: adds a submenu item that takes visitors to" +" a separate page, showcasing all the exhibitors related to that specific " +"event. Icons representing those exhibitors are also found on the footer of " +"every event-specific web page, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Community`: adds a submenu item allowing attendees to access pre-" +"configured virtual community rooms to meet with other attendees, and discuss" +" various topics related to the event. When this checkbox is ticked, the " +":guilabel:`Allow Room Creation` feature becomes available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allow Room Creation`: allow visitors to create community rooms of" +" their own." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Register Button`: adds a button at the end of the event submenu " +"that takes visitors to the event-specific registration page when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Once the desired checkboxes have been ticked, select an appropriate " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the event from the available drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, for organizational purposes, there is the option to add " +":guilabel:`Tags` to this event template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to :guilabel:`Limit Registrations` to this specific" +" event template by ticking that checkbox. If ticked, proceed to enter the " +"number of :guilabel:`Attendees` this template should be limited to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Beneath those general information fields at the top of the event template " +"form, there are five tabs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:112 +msgid ":ref:`Tickets `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:113 +msgid ":ref:`Communication `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:114 +msgid ":ref:`Booths `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:115 +msgid ":ref:`Questions `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:116 +msgid ":ref:`Notes `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:121 +msgid "Booths tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:123 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Booths` tab on an event template form is the only tab that " +"differentiates itself from a standard event form, where the other tabs " +"(:guilabel:`Tickets`, :guilabel:`Communication`, :guilabel:`Questions`, and " +":guilabel:`Notes`) are present and configured using the same process. For " +"more information about those tabs, refer to the :doc:`create_events` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To create a booth or booth category, an event booth product **must** be " +"created in the database first, with the *Product Type* set to *Event Booth*." +" **Only** products with that specific configuration can be selected in the " +"required *Product* field of a booth or booth category form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Event booths can be created and customized in two ways in the Odoo *Events* " +"application. Either in the :guilabel:`Booths` tab of an event template form," +" or by navigating to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Booth " +"Categories`, and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To add a booth from the :guilabel:`Booths` tab of an event template form, " +"click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create " +"Booths` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "A Create Booths pop-up window in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Start by providing a :guilabel:`Name` for this booth in the corresponding " +"field at the top of the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Then, select an appropriate :guilabel:`Booth Category` from the drop-down " +"field below. Booth categories can be created and modified from the *Booth " +"Categories* page in the *Events* application, which is accessible by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Booth " +"Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:154 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Booth Category` can be created directly from this field on the " +":guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-up window. To accomplish that, type the name " +"of the new booth category in the :guilabel:`Booth Category` field, and " +"select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the " +"resulting drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` merely creates the category, which can (and " +"should be) customized at a later date. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and " +"edit...` reveals a new :guilabel:`Create Booth Category` pop-up window, from" +" which the category can be configured in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Booth Category pop-up window in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:167 +msgid "" +"From this pop-up window, proceed to name the :guilabel:`Booth Category`, " +"modify its :guilabel:`Booth Details` settings, configure its " +":guilabel:`Sponsorship` options (if applicable), and leave an optional " +":guilabel:`Description` to explain any pertinent details related to this " +"specific category of booths." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:172 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to add a photo/visual representation of the booth " +"category, via the :guilabel:`(camera)` icon in the upper-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:175 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The same configurations and options are available by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Booth Categories`, and " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Once the desired :guilabel:`Booth Category` is selected, the remaining " +"fields on the :guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-up window (:guilabel:`Currency`," +" :guilabel:`Product`, and :guilabel:`Price`) autopopulate, based on " +"information configured for that selected :guilabel:`Booth Category`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:186 +msgid "" +"These fields **cannot** be modified from the :guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-" +"up window. They can only be modified from the specific booth category form " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:189 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`" +" to save the booth, and return to the event template form. Or, click " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to save the booth, and start creating another booth " +"on a fresh :guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-up window. Click " +":guilabel:`Discard` to remove all changes, and return to the event template " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Once the booth has been saved, it appears in the :guilabel:`Booths` tab on " +"the event template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:197 +msgid "Use event templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Once an event template is complete, it is accessible on all event forms in " +"the Odoo *Events* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:202 +msgid "" +"To use an event template, navigate to the :menuselection:`Events app` and " +"click :guilabel:`New` to open a new event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:205 +msgid "" +"From the event form, click the :guilabel:`Template` field to reveal all the " +"existing event templates in the database. They appear in the same order as " +"they are listed in on the *Event Templates* page (:menuselection:`Events app" +" --> Configuration --> Event Templates`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Select the desired event template from the :guilabel:`Template` drop-down " +"field on the event form. Pre-configured settings automatically populate the " +"event form, saving time during the event creation process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Any of these pre-configured settings related to the selected event template " +"chosen in the :guilabel:`Template` field on an event form can be modified, " +"as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:218 +msgid ":doc:`create_events`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:3 msgid "Sell tickets" msgstr "" @@ -8782,11 +10230,6 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Options`, :guilabel:`Description`, and :guilabel:`End Message`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:20 -msgid "Questions tab" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:52 msgid "" "View, access, add, and/or delete questions and sections to the survey in the" diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 7ae26f3d9..f058096d1 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ # Translators: # Wongcie Cahyono, 2023 # Muftiara Syuhada , 2024 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Abe Manyo, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Abe Manyo, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:44 @@ -252,233 +252,280 @@ msgid "" "the top :guilabel:`Pipeline` page to view all opportunities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:3 +msgid "Create leads (from email or manually)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:8 msgid "" -"Two key ways to generate new leads or opportunities for your business are " -"through email aliases and website contact forms. Odoo automatically creates " -"leads in your CRM whenever someone sends a message to a Sales Team email " -"alias or fills out a contact form on your website." +"Leads can be added to the *CRM* app from custom email aliases, and by " +"manually creating new records. This is in addition to the leads and " +"opportunities created in the app through the :doc:`website contact form " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:12 +msgid "" +"First, ensure the *Leads* feature is enabled in the database by navigating " +"to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:17 msgid "Configure email aliases" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:19 msgid "" -"Each Sales Team can use its own unique email alias to generate " -"leads/opportunities. Any email sent to a Sales Team's email alias will " -"automatically create a lead (if leads are activated in your CRM settings) or" -" an opportunity in the pipeline for that particular team. Configure custom " -"email aliases on the configuration page for each Sales Team by navigating to" -" :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`." +"Each sales team has the option to create and utilize their own unique email " +"alias. When messages are sent to this address, a lead (or opportunity), is " +"created with the information from the message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Configuring Sales Teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:23 -msgid "Use Contact Forms on your website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:23 msgid "" -"By default, your website's *Contact Us* page displays Odoo's ready-to-use " -"Contact Form. Whenever someone submits this form, a lead or an opportunity " -"is generated in your database." +"To create or update a sales teams' email alias, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`. Click on a team " +"from the list to open the team's details page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Default Contact Us page" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The sales team details page, focused on the email alias section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:30 msgid "" -"The Contact Form can be activated or deactivated at any time by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Go to Website --> Customize --> Contact Form`." +"In the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field, enter a name for the email alias, or " +"edit the existing name. In the :guilabel:`Accept Emails From` field, use the" +" drop-down menu to choose who is allowed to send messages to this email " +"alias:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Form toggle" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Everyone`: messages are accepted from any email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:35 msgid "" -"When the Form is deactivated, the *Contact Us* page simply displays a button" -" to email your company directly. Any email sent this way will generate a " -"lead/opportunity." +":guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`: only accepts messages from email " +"addresses associated with a a partner (contact or customer) record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Us Page using email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:37 msgid "" -"Choose which Sales Team or salesperson is automatically assigned to the " -"leads/opportunities created from the Contact Form by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Communication`." +":guilabel:`Followers only`: only accepts messages from those who are " +"following a record related to the team, such as a lead or opportunity. " +"Messages are also accepted from team members." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Form settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:55 -msgid "Customize Contact Forms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:39 msgid "" -"Contact Forms can be customized for the specific information your team " -"needs, using the free *Form Builder* module." +":guilabel:`Authenticated Employees`: only accepts messages from email " +"addresses that are connected to a record in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:43 +msgid "Leads created from email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:45 msgid "" -"The *Form Builder* module is installed automatically when a Form element is " -"added to a web page via the Website Builder. It can also be installed " -"manually from the :guilabel:`Apps` page." +"Leads created from email alias messages can be viewed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads`. Click a lead from the list to open it, " +"and view the details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Form Builder building blocks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:48 msgid "" -"Forms can be created from scratch to serve a wide variety of purposes. " -"However, Odoo's default *Contact Us* page is designed to fit most users' " -"needs. Start with the default form and modify from there." +"The email received by the alias is added to the *chatter* thread for the " +"lead. The subject line of the message is added to the title field, and the " +":guilabel:`Email` field is updated with the contact's email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:73 -msgid "Edit Contact Form fields" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The chatter thread of a newly created lead in the CRM app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:57 msgid "" -"In Edit mode on your website, click on any field to start editing it. The " -"following information can be edited for each field on the Contact Form:" +"If the *leads* feature is **not** enabled on the database, messages to the " +"email alias are added to the database as opportunities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:64 +msgid "Manually create leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:66 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Type`: Choose a custom field option or an existing field. " -"Examples include phone, file upload, language, etc." +"Leads can be added directly to the *CRM* app by manually creating a new " +"record. Navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads` to view a list of " +"existing leads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Input Type`: Determine the type of entry customers should input. " -"Available options are text,email, telephone, and URL." +"Leads can also be added via the :doc:`Generate Leads ` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:72 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Input Placeholder`: Type in an example to guide users how to " -"input information where formatting is important, such as a phone number or " -"email address." +"At the top-left of the list, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank " +":guilabel:`Leads` form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:74 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Label Name`: Type in the display name to show users what " -"information is needed from them." +"In the first field of the new form, enter a title for the new lead. Next, " +"enter a :guilabel:`Contact Name`, and a :guilabel:`Company Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:78 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Label Position`: Choose the way the label is aligned with the " -"rest of the form. The label can be hidden, above the field, to the far left " -"of the field, or right adjusted and closer to the field." +"If a lead is :doc:`converted to an opportunity `, the " +":guilabel:`Company Name` field is used to either link this opportunity to an" +" existing customer, or to create a new customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:82 +msgid "Manually create opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:84 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Required`: Toggle this option for information that you absolutely" -" need entered." +"To manually create an opportunity, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Sales --> My Pipeline`. At the top-left of the page, click :guilabel:`New` " +"to create a new opportunity Kanban card. In the " +":guilabel:`Organization/Contact` field, enter the name of the company the " +"opportunity is for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:88 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hidden`: Toggle this option to hide the field without deleting " -"it." +"Choose a name, and enter it in the :guilabel:`Opportunity` field. *This is a" +" required field.* When manually creating an opportunity, it is helpful to " +"add a name that relates to the details of the opportunity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:93 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Shown on Mobile`: Toggle this option to show the field to users " -"on mobile devices." +"In the example below, the opportunity is named `5 VP Chairs`. This " +"identifies the product the customer is interested in, as well as the " +"potential number of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Editable field options" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:0 +msgid "An example of an opportunity in the CRM pipeline." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:100 msgid "" -"By default, when a Form is submitted, it sends you an email with the " -"customer's inputted information. To have it automatically generate a " -"lead/opportunity instead, edit the Form and select :guilabel:`Create an " -"Opportunity` as the Action." +"Enter the contact information for the opportunity in the :guilabel:`Email` " +"and :guilabel:`Phone` fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:103 msgid "" -"If leads are activated in your CRM settings, selecting :guilabel:`Create an " -"Opportunity` generates a lead instead. To learn more about activating leads " -"in the CRM settings, head over to :doc:`convert`." +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Revenue` field, enter an estimated value for the " +"opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The information in the :guilabel:`Expected Revenue` and priority fields can " +"be used to track performance for individual salespeople, and on a team " +"basis. See :doc:`../performance/expected_revenue_report` and " +":doc:`../track_leads/lead_scoring` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:111 +msgid "Then, use the |st-o| :guilabel:`(star)` icons to assign a priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:113 +msgid "|st-o| |st-o| |st-o|: low priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:114 +msgid "|st| |st-o| |st-o|: medium priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:115 +msgid "|st| |st| |st-o|: high priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:116 +msgid "|st| |st| |st|: very high priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Assigning a priority changes the order of leads in Kanban view, with higher " +"priority leads displayed first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once all the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Add`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The CRM pipeline with a newly created opportunity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 msgid "Lead mining" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 msgid "" -"Lead mining is a feature that allows CRM users to generate new leads " +"*Lead mining* is a feature that allows *CRM* users to generate new leads " "directly into their Odoo database. To ensure lead qualification, lead mining" " output is determined by a variety of filtering criteria, such as the " "country, the company size, and the industry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:15 msgid "" -"To get started, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and activate :guilabel:`Lead Mining`." +"To get started, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`Lead Mining` checkbox to activate the " +"feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "Activate lead mining in Odoo CRM settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:23 msgid "Generate leads" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:25 msgid "" -"After the :guilabel:`Lead Mining` setting is activated, a new button called " -":guilabel:`Generate Leads` is available to use in the :guilabel:`CRM` " -"pipeline. Lead mining requests are also available through " -":menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests`, or through " -":menuselection:`CRM --> Leads --> Leads` where the :guilabel:`Generate " -"Leads` button is also available." +"After the *Lead Mining* setting is activated, a new button called *Generate " +"Leads* is available to use in the upper-left corner of the *CRM* *Pipeline* " +"(:menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales --> My Pipeline`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Lead mining requests are also available through :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests`, or through :menuselection:`CRM app " +"--> Leads --> Leads`, where the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button is also " +"available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "The Generate Leads button to use the lead mining feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:37 msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button, and a window will appear " +"Click the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button, and a pop-up window appears, " "offering a variety of criteria by which to generate leads." msgstr "" @@ -488,109 +535,141 @@ msgid "" "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:44 msgid "" "Choose to generate leads for :guilabel:`Companies` to get company " -"information only, or choose :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` to get " -"company information as well as individual employee contact information. When" -" targeting :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts`, there is an option to " -"filter contacts based on :guilabel:`Role` or :guilabel:`Seniority`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:44 -msgid "Additional filtering options include:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Size`: filter leads based on the number of employees at the " -"company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Countries`: filter leads based on the country (or countries) they" -" are located in" +"information only, or choose |CC| to get company information and individual " +"employee contact information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:48 msgid "" -":guilabel:`States`: further filter leads based on the state they are located" -" in, if applicable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:49 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Industries`: filter leads based on the specific industry they " -"work in" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose which Sales Team the leads will be assigned " -"to" +"When targeting |CC|, additional options are available to filter contacts " +"based on :guilabel:`Role` or :guilabel:`Seniority`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Salesperson`: choose which person(s) on the Sales Team the leads " -"will be assigned to" +msgid "Additional filtering options include the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Countries`: filter leads based on the country (or countries) they" +" are located in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`States`: further filter leads based on the state in which they " +"are located, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Industries`: filter leads based on the specific industry they " +"work in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Filter on Size`: tick this checkbox to specify the number of " +"employees at the company. This generates a field labeled :guilabel:`Size`. " +"Fill in the blanks to create a range for the desired company size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose which Sales Team the leads will be assigned " +"to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson`: choose which member of the Sales Team the leads " +"will be assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:62 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Tags`: choose which tags are applied directly to the " -"leads once found" +"leads once found." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 msgid "" "Make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulations when receiving contact " "information. Get more information about the General Data Protection " "Regulation on `Odoo GDPR `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:69 +msgid "View leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +msgid "" +"After leads are generated, they are assigned to the designated salesperson " +"and team. To view additional information regarding the lead, select one from" +" the list, and click to open it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the chatter thread for the lead, additional information is provided. This" +" can include the number of employees, the technology used by the company, " +"the timezone, and direct contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 +msgid "The chatter thread of a newly generated lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Leads` are **not** enabled for the database, then leads are " +"generated as *opportunities*, and added to the pipeline for the designated " +"salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To enable the :guilabel:`Leads` feature, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:88 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "Harga" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:91 msgid "" -"Lead mining is an *In-App Purchase* feature and each generated lead costs " -"one credit." +"Lead mining is an *In-App Purchase* feature, and each generated lead costs " +"one :ref:`credit `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:95 msgid "" -"Choosing to generate :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` costs one " -"additional credit for each contact generated." +"Generating |CC| costs one additional credit for each contact generated. See " +"here for complete pricing information: `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP " +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:99 msgid "" -"See here for full pricing information: `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:70 -msgid "" -"To buy credits, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"To buy credits, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Lead Generation` section, under the " -":guilabel:`Lead Mining` feature, click on :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." +":guilabel:`Lead Mining` feature, click :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 -msgid "Buy credits from the lead mining settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:103 msgid "" "Credits may also be purchased by navigating to the :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> General Settings`. In the :guilabel:`In-App Purchases` section, under " -"the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` feature, click on :guilabel:`View My Services`." +"app`. In the :guilabel:`Contacts` section, under the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` " +"feature, click :guilabel:`View My Services`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 @@ -598,20 +677,272 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Buy credits in the Odoo IAP settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:87 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:112 msgid "" "Enterprise Odoo users with a valid subscription get free credits to test " -":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` features before deciding to purchase more " -"credits for the database. This includes demo/training databases, educational" -" databases, and one-app-free databases." +"|IAP| features before purchasing more credits for the database. This " +"includes demo/training databases, educational databases, and one-app-free " +"databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:3 +msgid "Create opportunities from web contact forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Adding a contact form to a website makes it easy to convert visitors into " +"leads and opportunities. After a visitor submits their information, an " +"opportunity can be created automatically, and assigned to a designated sales" +" team and salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:12 +msgid "Customize contact forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By default, the *Contact Us* page on an Odoo website displays a " +"preconfigured contact form. This form can be customized, as needed, to suit " +"the needs of a specific sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Website app --> Contact Us`, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit` in the top-right of the screen to open the web editor. " +"Click on the form building block in the body of the webpage to open the form" +" configuration settings on the right sidebar. The following options are " +"available to customize the contact form from the :guilabel:`From` section of" +" the right sidebar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst-1 +msgid "The form configuration settings on an Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Action`: the default action for a contact form is :guilabel:`Send" +" an Email`. Select :guilabel:`Create an Opportunity` from the drop-down list" +" to capture the information in the *CRM* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose a sales team from the drop-down menu that the" +" opportunities from this form should be assigned to. This field **only** " +"appears if the :guilabel:`Action` field is set to :guilabel:`Create an " +"Opportunity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson`: if the opportunities should be assigned to a " +"specific salesperson, select them from the drop-down menu. If no selection " +"is made in this field, the opportunities are assigned based on the team's " +"existing rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marked Fields`: use this field to alter how the form handles " +"marked fields. The default option is to treat marked fields as " +":guilabel:`Required`, which is the recommended setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mark Text`: choose how :guilabel:`Marked Fields` should be " +"identified. The default character is an asterisk (`*`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Labels Width`: use this field to alter the pixel width of the " +"labels, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Success`: select how the webpage reacts after a customer " +"successfully submits a form. :guilabel:`Nothing` keeps the customer on the " +"same screen, with the addition of a confirmation message that the form was " +"submitted successfully. :guilabel:`Redirect` sends the customer to a new " +"webpage, based on the address provided in the :guilabel:`URL` field below. " +":guilabel:`Show Message` replaces the form with a preconfigured message that" +" informs the customer someone should respond to them as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL`: if :guilabel:`Redirect` is selected in the :guilabel:`On " +"Success` field, enter the URL for the webpage, where customers should be " +"directed after successfully submitting a form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visibility`: use the drop-down menu to add any visibility " +"conditions for this field, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If *leads* are activated in *CRM* settings, selecting :guilabel:`Create an " +"Opportunity` generates a lead instead. To activate leads, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:57 +msgid "Customize contact form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In addition to the settings for the form, the settings for each field can be" +" customized, as well. With the web editor menu still open, click into a " +"field to open the :guilabel:`Field` configuration settings section on the " +"sidebar. The following options are available to customize a field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: choose a custom field option or an existing field type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input Type`: determine the type of information customers should " +"input. Available options are :guilabel:`Text`, :guilabel:`Email`, " +":guilabel:`Telephone`, or :guilabel:`Url`. The selection made in this field " +"limits the format that customers can use when entering information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Label`: enter the name for the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Position`: choose the way the label is aligned with the rest of " +"the form. The label can be hidden, above the field, to the left of the " +"field, or right adjusted and closer to the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: slide the toggle to add a description for the " +"field, which can provide additional instructions to customers. Click under " +"the field on the form to add the description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Placeholder`: enter an example to help users know how to input " +"information where formatting is important, such as a phone number or email " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Value`: enter a value to include in the form, by default," +" if the customer does not provide information in the field. *It is not " +"recommended to include a default value for required fields*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required`: slide the toggle to mark this field as required if it " +"**must** be filled in for every submission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visibility`: select when this field should be visible. Use the " +"button on the left to choose whether to show or hide this field on a desktop" +" users. Use the button on the right to choose whether to show or hide this " +"field to mobile users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`Animation`: select if this field should have any animation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst-1 +msgid "The field configuration settings on an Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:89 +msgid "View opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:91 +msgid "" +"After a customer submits a contact form, and an opportunity is created, it " +"is assigned based on the :ref:`form settings `. " +"To view opportunities, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales --> My " +"Pipeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If leads are activated on the database, contact form submissions are " +"generated as leads, not opportunities. To activate leads, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads` to view the newly-created " +"leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:102 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`My Pipeline` dashboard, click on an opportunity card in " +"the Kanban view to open the opportunity record. The information submitted by" +" the customer is visible on the opportunity record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:107 +msgid "" +"As the contact form fields are customizable, the fields on the opportunity " +"record, where the form information is stored, varies accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the preconfigured contact form is used, the *Subject* field is added to " +"the :guilabel:`Title` field, and the content in the :guilabel:`Notes` field," +" which is labeled as :guilabel:`Your Question`, is added to the " +":guilabel:`Internal Notes` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../pipeline/manage_sales_teams`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`convert`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`../track_leads/lead_scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:118 +msgid ":ref:`Website forms `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 msgid "Create and send quotations" msgstr "" @@ -1021,20 +1352,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:12 msgid "" -"To install the *Gamification* module, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` " -"application. Click into the :guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top of the page" -" and remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter. Type `Gamification` to search." +"To install the *CRM Gamification* module, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Apps` application. Click into the :guilabel:`Search...` bar " +"at the top of the page and remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter. Type `CRM " +"Gamification` to search." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:16 msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Gamification` module is **not** already installed, click " -":guilabel:`Install`. After completing the installation, return to the " -":menuselection:`Apps` application and search for `Gamification` again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:20 -msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`CRM Gamification` module, click :guilabel:`Install`. This " "module features goals and challenges related to the *CRM* and *Sales* " "applications." @@ -1044,31 +1369,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the gamification module being installed in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:24 msgid "" -"If both the *CRM* and *Sales* apps are installed, the *CRM Gamification* " -"module is automatically installed on the database." +"If **both** the *CRM* and *Sales* apps are installed, the *CRM Gamification*" +" module is automatically installed on the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 msgid "" "To access the *Gamification Tools* menu, first enable :ref:`developer-mode`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:29 msgid "" "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Gamification Tools`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1 -msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings" +msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 msgid "Create badges" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 msgid "" "*Badges* are awarded to users when they have completed a challenge. " "Different badges can be awarded based on the type of task completed, and can" @@ -1076,7 +1401,7 @@ msgid "" "goal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:44 msgid "" "To view the existing badges, or create a new one, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." @@ -1086,7 +1411,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the badges page in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:52 msgid "" "Some badges can be awarded outside of challenges, as well. Select the Kanban" " card for the desired badge, then click :guilabel:`Grant`. This opens a " @@ -1094,30 +1419,30 @@ msgid "" " would you like to reward?` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:56 msgid "" "Add any additional information regarding why the user is receiving the " "reward in the field below, then click :guilabel:`Grant Badge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a new badge, click :guilabel:`New` at the top-left of the page to " "open a blank form. Enter a name for the :guilabel:`Badge`, followed by a " "description." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Allowance to Grant` field determines when a badge can be " "granted, and by whom:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:64 msgid ":guilabel:`Everyone`: this badge can be manually granted by any user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`A selected list of users`: this badge can only be granted by a " "select group of users. If this option is selected, it generates a new field," @@ -1125,7 +1450,7 @@ msgid "" "down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`People having some badges`: this badge can only be granted by " "users who have already been awarded a specific badge. If this option is " @@ -1134,13 +1459,13 @@ msgid "" " this badge to others." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No one, assigned through challenges`: this badge cannot be " "manually granted, it can only be awarded through challenges." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:75 msgid "" "To limit the number of badges a user can send, tick the :guilabel:`Monthly " "Limited Spending` checkbox. This sets a limit on the number of times a user " @@ -1152,32 +1477,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The details page for a new badge." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:87 msgid "Create a challenge" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:89 msgid "" "To create a challenge, navigate to to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Gamification Tools --> Challenges`. Click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left " "corner to open a blank challenge form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:92 msgid "At the top of the form, enter a :guilabel:`Challenge Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:95 msgid "Create assignment rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:97 msgid "" "To assign the challenge to specific users, one or more assignment rules must" " be utilized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:99 msgid "" "Click into the first field under :guilabel:`Assign Challenge to`, and select" " a parameter from the drop-down list to define the rule. Then, click into " @@ -1185,73 +1510,84 @@ msgid "" "third field to further define the parameter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:104 msgid "" "To include all users with permissions in the *Sales* app, create a rule with" -" the following parameters: - :guilabel:`Groups` - :guilabel:`is in` - " -"`Sales/User: Own Documents Only`" +" the following parameters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:107 +msgid ":guilabel:`Groups`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`is in`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:109 +msgid "`Sales/User: Own Documents Only`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:0 msgid "View of the assignation rules section of a Challenge form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:115 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Periodicity` field, select a time frame for goals to be " "automatically assessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:118 msgid "Add goals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:120 msgid "" "Challenges can be based on a single goal, or can include multiple goals with" " different targets. To add a goal to the challenge, click :guilabel:`Add a " "line` on the :guilabel:`Goals` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:123 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Goal Definition` field, choose a goal from the drop-down " "list. The :guilabel:`Condition` field automatically updates to reflect the " "condition set on the goal definition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:128 msgid "" "The *CRM Gamification* module contains preconfigured goals geared towards " "salesteams:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:130 msgid ":guilabel:`New Leads`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Time to Qualify a Lead`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:132 msgid ":guilabel:`Days to Close a Dead`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:133 msgid ":guilabel:`New Opportunities`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`New Sales Orders`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:136 msgid "" "Enter a :guilabel:`Target` for the goal based on the :guilabel:`Suffix`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:138 msgid "Repeat these steps for each additional goal." msgstr "" @@ -1259,25 +1595,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The goals tab of a challenge form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:145 msgid "Add rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:147 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Reward` tab. Choose the :ref:`badges ` to be awarded :guilabel:`For 1st User` and :guilabel:`For Every " "Succeeding User` by selecting them from the drop-down lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:152 msgid "" "Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " "of a running period, at the end date of a challenge, or when the challenge " "is manually closed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:155 msgid "" "After setup is complete, click the :guilabel:`Start Challenge` button at the" " top-left of the page to begin the challenge." @@ -1305,6 +1641,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Timezone`, and :guilabel:`Technologies Used`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Enterprise Odoo users with a valid subscription get free credits to test " +":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` features before deciding to purchase more " +"credits for the database. This includes demo/training databases, educational" +" databases, and one-app-free databases." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:21 msgid "" "The *leads* feature **must** be activated in the *CRM* settings page in " @@ -4244,6 +4589,182 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:3 +msgid "Manage sales teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Teams* feature within Odoo's *CRM* app allows for the creation " +"and management of multiple sales teams, each with their own assignment " +"rules, invoicing targets, and roster of salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:9 +msgid "Create a sales team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To create a new sales team, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration " +"--> Sales Teams`, then click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the blank sales team form, enter a name in the :guilabel:`Sales Team` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:16 +msgid "Next, select a :guilabel:`Team Leader` from the drop-down list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Set an :guilabel:`Email Alias` to automatically generate a lead/opportunity " +"for this sales team whenever a message is sent to that unique email address." +" Choose whether to accept emails from :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`, :guilabel:`Followers Only`, or " +":guilabel:`Authenticated Employees`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Select a :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu to assign this team to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company` field is only visible in multi-company databases, " +"and is not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The settings page for a new sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If the *Sales* app is installed on the database, an :guilabel:`Invoicing " +"Target` field appears on the sales team form. This is the revenue target for" +" the current month. The amount entered in this field is used to populate the" +" invoicing progress bar on the :ref:`sales team dashboard `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:39 +msgid "Add sales team members" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To add team members, click :guilabel:`Add` under the :guilabel:`Members` tab" +" when editing the sales team's configuration page. This opens a " +":guilabel:`Create Sales Team Members` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Rule-Based Assignment` feature has **not** been enabled on" +" the *CRM* app's *Settings* page, clicking :guilabel:`Add` under the " +":guilabel:`Members` tab opens an :guilabel:`Add: Salespersons` pop-up " +"window. Tick the checkbox to the far-left of the salesperson to be added to " +"the team, then click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:0 +msgid "The Add: Salespersons pop-up window on a new sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Select a user from the :guilabel:`Salesperson` drop-down list to add them to" +" the team. To prevent this salesperson from being automatically assigned " +"leads, tick the :guilabel:`Skip auto assignment` checkbox. If this feature " +"is activated, the salesperson can still be assigned leads manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The Create Sales Team Members pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Leads (30 days)` field tracks how many leads the salesperson " +"has been assigned in the past thirty days for this team, and the maximum " +"number of leads they should be assigned. To edit the maximum number of leads" +" this salesperson can be assigned, enter that amount in the :guilabel:`Leads" +" (30 days)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:68 +msgid "" +":doc:`Assignment rules <../track_leads/lead_scoring>` can be configured for " +"individual salespeople using the :guilabel:`Domain` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when finished, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to " +"add additional members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:74 +msgid "Enable multi teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To allow salespeople to be assigned to more than one sales team, the *Multi " +"Teams* setting needs to be enabled. First, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`CRM` section, tick" +" the checkbox labeled :guilabel:`Multi Teams`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` " +"at the top-left of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The settings page of the CRM app with the Multi Teams setting enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:88 +msgid "Sales team dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view the sales team dashboard, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales " +"--> Teams`. Any team the user is a member of appears in the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The sales team dashboard in the CRM app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Each Kanban card gives an overview of the sales team's open opportunities, " +"quotations, sales orders, and expected revenue, as well as a bar graph of " +"new opportunities per week, and an invoicing progress bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Pipeline` button to go directly to that team's *CRM* " +"pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Click on the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon in " +"the top-right corner of the Kanban card to open a drop-down menu. Then, to " +"view or edit the team's settings, click :guilabel:`Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../optimize/utilize_activities`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/merge_similar.rst:3 msgid "Merge similar leads and opportunities" msgstr "" @@ -4426,113 +4947,6 @@ msgid "" "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 -msgid "Multiple sales teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Sales Teams* feature to manage several sales teams, departments, or" -" channels, each with their own unique sales processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 -msgid "Create a new sales team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new sales team, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Sales Teams`, then click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:15 -msgid "" -"On the creation page, set an :guilabel:`Email Alias` to automatically " -"generate a lead/opportunity for this sales team every time a message is sent" -" to that unique email address. Choose whether to accept emails from " -":guilabel:`Everyone`, :guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`, or " -":guilabel:`Followers Only`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Set an :guilabel:`Invoicing Target` if this team has specific monthly " -"revenue goals. Set a :guilabel:`Domain` to assign leads/opportunities to " -"this sales team based on specific filters, such as country, language, or " -"campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Create a sales team in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:29 -msgid "Add members to a sales team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To add team members, click :guilabel:`Add` under the :guilabel:`Members` tab" -" when editing the sales team's configuration page. Select a salesperson from" -" the drop-down menu or create new salesperson. Set a maximum number of leads" -" that can be assigned to this salesperson in a 30-day period to ensure that " -"they do not overwork." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Add a salesperson in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 -msgid "" -"One person can be added as a team member or :guilabel:`Team Leader` to " -"multiple sales teams, allowing them to access all of the pipelines that they" -" need to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:44 -msgid "Sales team dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 -msgid "" -"To view the sales team dashboard, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Sales --> " -"Teams`. Odoo users will see any teams that they are a part of as dashboard " -"tiles." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Each tile gives an overview of the sales team's open opportunities, " -"quotations, sales orders, and expected revenue, as well as a bar graph of " -"new opportunities per week and an invoicing progress bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Sales team overview dashboard in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Click on the three dots in the corner of a tile to open a navigational menu " -"that lets users quickly view documents or reports, create new quotations or " -"opportunities, pick a color for this team, or access the team's " -"configuration page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Click the Three Dot Menu in Odoo CRM dashboard to view documents and create " -"opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Pipeline` button to go directly to that team's CRM " -"pipeline." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:5 msgid "Assign and track leads" msgstr "" @@ -6762,7 +7176,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -6961,7 +7375,7 @@ msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` at the bottom of the screen to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:72 @@ -6984,7 +7398,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:96 @@ -7030,16 +7444,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 msgid "" -"Worldline payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " +"Ingenico payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:10 msgid "" -"Worldline is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " +"Ingenico is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " "Luxembourg." msgstr "" @@ -7056,31 +7468,54 @@ msgstr "Hubungkan Kotak IoT" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:20 msgid "" -"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"Connecting an Ingenico payment terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " "an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " "database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:26 -msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:25 +msgid "Configure the Lane/Desk/Move 5000 terminals for Ingenico BENELUX" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:27 msgid "" -"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " -"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." +"Press the function button (:guilabel:`F` on Lane/5000, :guilabel:`⦿` on " +"Desk/5000 and Move/5000)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Kassa menu --> Settings Menu` and enter the settings " +"password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Change Connection` and press :guilabel:`OK` on the next " +"screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, click on connection change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " -"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " -"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " -"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." +msgid "Select :guilabel:`TCP/IP` and :guilabel:`IP-address`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:32 +msgid "On the next screen, enter the IP address of your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Enter `9000` as port number and press :guilabel:`OK` on the next screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:35 +msgid "" +"At this point, the terminal restarts and should be displayed in your IoT Box" +" form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:43 msgid "" "Enable the payment terminal :ref:`in the application settings " "` and :doc:`create the related payment method " @@ -7090,7 +7525,7 @@ msgid "" "Device` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:57 msgid "" "In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " "Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " @@ -7099,26 +7534,26 @@ msgid "" "Successful*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:66 msgid "" "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " "retry to send the payment request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:69 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" " Odoo even if the connection between the terminal and Odoo has issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:75 msgid "" "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " "you the connection failed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:78 msgid "" "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " "of card that has been used and the transaction ID." @@ -7539,6 +7974,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Worldline" msgstr "Worldline" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Worldline payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Worldline is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " +"Luxembourg." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo is compatible with Worldline terminals that use the CTEP protocol " @@ -8439,7 +8886,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:42 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:243 msgid "Multiple prices per product" msgstr "Lebih dari satu harge per produk" @@ -8484,7 +8931,7 @@ msgid "Setup form of a multiple prices pricelist" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:321 msgid "Advanced price rules" msgstr "" @@ -10503,21 +10950,108 @@ msgid "" " usual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:71 +msgid "" +"As of February 19, 2024, in North American marketplaces, :abbr:`FBA " +"(Fulfilled by Amazon)` orders created with the *Amazon Connector*, do not " +"get the customer's name passed onto the sales/delivery order in Odoo. This " +"is due to the fact that Amazon now calculates, and remits, sales tax on " +"behalf of sellers. In other words, personally identifiable customer " +"information is not transmitted to the seller any longer, after a :abbr:`FBA " +"(Fulfilled by Amazon)` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 msgid "Supported marketplaces" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:75 -msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 msgid "" "If a marketplace is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, it's possible to" " :ref:`add a new marketplace `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:86 +msgid "**North America region**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Canada" +msgstr "Kanada" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Amazon.ca" +msgstr "Amazon.ca" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "Mexico" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Amazon.com.mx" +msgstr "Amazon.com.mx" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:92 +msgid "US" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:92 +msgid "Amazon.com" +msgstr "Amazon.com" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:96 +msgid "**Europe region**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:98 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "Jerman" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:98 +msgid "Amazon.de" +msgstr "Amazon.de" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:100 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "Spanyol" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:100 +msgid "Amazon.es" +msgstr "Amazon.es" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:102 +msgid "France" +msgstr "Perancis" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:102 +msgid "Amazon.fr" +msgstr "Amazon.fr" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:104 +msgid "UK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:104 +msgid "Amazon.co.uk" +msgstr "Amazon.co.uk" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:106 +msgid "Italy" +msgstr "Italy" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:106 +msgid "Amazon.it" +msgstr "Amazon.it" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:108 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "Netherlands" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:108 +msgid "Amazon.nl" +msgstr "Amazon.nl" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:30 @@ -10525,7 +11059,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:155 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:17 @@ -15298,7 +15832,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Loyalty Cards`: When making purchases, the customer accumulates " -"points to exchange for rewards on future orders." +"points to exchange for rewards on current and/or future orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:90 @@ -16004,7 +16538,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:337 msgid "" "Either option reveals the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, in which pricelists " "can be created and/or modified at any time." @@ -16015,13 +16549,27 @@ msgid "How the pricelists page looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:267 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " -"*Sales* and *eCommerce*." +"The order of the pricelists on the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page has an impact" +" on how they are applied. If several pricelists share the same criteria, " +"**only** the first listed pricelist is applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"For example, for two pricelists with different rules, but same criteria " +"(e.g., same website, same country), only the *first* pricelist in the list " +"is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " +"*Sales* and *eCommerce*. This pricelist is applied by default, if there are " +"no matching criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:64 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, either select the desired pricelist to" " edit, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new pricelist, which reveals a " @@ -16032,14 +16580,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the pricelist detail form looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:72 msgid "" "When creating a new pricelist, start by adding a name for the pricelist at " "the top of the form, in the blank field. Next, select which " ":guilabel:`Currency` should be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:75 msgid "" "Then, if working in a multi-company environment, select which company this " "pricelist should apply to in the :guilabel:`Company` field. If this field is" @@ -16047,11 +16595,11 @@ msgid "" "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:80 msgid "Price rules tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:82 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab functionality on a pricelist form varies " "depending on the :guilabel:`Pricelists` setting chosen: either " @@ -16059,25 +16607,25 @@ msgid "" "(discounts, formulas)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:86 msgid "" "However, the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab and :guilabel:`Configuration` " "tab are always the same, regardless of the chosen :guilabel:`Pricelists` " "setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:90 msgid "Price rules tab (multiple prices per product)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:92 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Multiple prices per product` setting activated, the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab on pricelist forms provides the option to add " "specific products, with a specific price, to a pricelist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96 msgid "" "To add a specific product and price to a pricelist form, click the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab, then click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the " @@ -16085,20 +16633,20 @@ msgid "" "specific price should be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 msgid "" "Next, if necessary, select a product variant under the :guilabel:`Variants` " "column (e.g. a specific product size, color, etc.). If no variants are " "selected, then this price will apply to all variants of the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104 msgid "" "If a minimum amount of the product must be purchased in order to apply the " "specific price, enter the amount under the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:107 msgid "" "To configure the price of the product for this specific pricelist, enter the" " desired amount under the :guilabel:`Price` column. Then, there is the " @@ -16106,56 +16654,56 @@ msgid "" "configured product price, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "" "To add another product line, click :guilabel:`Add a line` again, and repeat " "the process. There is no limit to how many products can be added in the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab of a pricelist form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:114 msgid "" "For more information, check out the following section: :ref:`Multiple prices" " per product `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:118 msgid "Price rules tab (advanced price rules)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` setting " "activated, the :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab on pricelist forms provides the " "option to configure detailed price rules based on formulas." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:124 msgid "" "Check out the :ref:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas) " "` section for detailed steps on how to add " "advanced price rules to a pricelist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 msgid "Time-based rules tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 msgid "" "Time-based rules are used specifically with :doc:`subscription products " "`. Be sure to check out the Odoo" " *Subscriptions* :doc:`documentation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:134 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab, the same functionality of the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab is present, with the only difference being that " "a repeating time period can be applied in the :guilabel:`Period` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:138 msgid "" "After a :guilabel:`Product` and potential :guilabel:`Variant` are selected " "in the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab, select the blank field in the " @@ -16163,7 +16711,7 @@ msgid "" "recurrence periods (e.g. `Monthly`, `Quarterly`, `Weekly`, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:142 msgid "" "New recurrence periods can also be directly created from this column, by " "typing in the new name for the :guilabel:`Period` and then selecting " @@ -16176,28 +16724,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Custom time period pop-up form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:151 msgid "" "From this :guilabel:`Create Period` pop-up form, add a :guilabel:`Name`, " ":guilabel:`Duration`, then a :guilabel:`Unit` (e.g. `Days`, `Weeks`, etc.). " "When finished, click :guilabel:`Save and Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:154 msgid "" "Lastly, add the desired price for this time-based rule in the " ":guilabel:`Price` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:157 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:160 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:162 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, there are a few options that can " "further customize the pricelist." @@ -16207,7 +16755,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuration tab on pricelist detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:169 msgid "" "From here, under the :guilabel:`Availability` section, in the " ":guilabel:`Country Groups` field, certain country groups can be added to the" @@ -16215,13 +16763,13 @@ msgid "" "this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:174 msgid "" "If no country is set for a customer, Odoo takes the first pricelist without " "any country group." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:176 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Website` section, there are a few options that can be " "configured. In the :guilabel:`Website` field, this pricelist can be applied " @@ -16229,7 +16777,7 @@ msgid "" "blank, the pricelist will be applied to all websites in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:181 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Selectable` checkbox to have this pricelist as a " "selectable option for customers to choose as they shop. If the " @@ -16237,7 +16785,7 @@ msgid "" "this pricelist for themselves as they shop." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:185 msgid "" "Lastly, there is the option to add an :guilabel:`E-commerce Promotional " "Code`. To add a code, type in the desired promo code that, when entered " @@ -16245,17 +16793,17 @@ msgid "" "the customer does not fall into the previously-specified criteria." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:190 msgid "Show discount percentage to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:192 msgid "" "With Odoo *Sales*, the option to show the public price *and* the computed " "discount percentage on the product catalog is available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:195 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Pricing` section, click the checkbox next " @@ -16263,7 +16811,7 @@ msgid "" "save all changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:199 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Discounts` feature, navigate to the " "pricelists page, either by clicking the :guilabel:`Pricelists` link from the" @@ -16271,7 +16819,7 @@ msgid "" "Products --> Pricelists`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:203 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, select the desired pricelist to edit. On" " the pricelist form, click into the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab. In the " @@ -16285,34 +16833,34 @@ msgid "" "Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:211 msgid "The options available in this section are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:213 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Discount included in the price`: shows the customer only the " "final price with the discount already included." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:215 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show public price & discount to the customer`: shows the customer" " the public price *and* the discount they're earning." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:219 msgid "Customer pricelist application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:221 msgid "" "While the default pricelist applied to any customer is the :guilabel:`Public" " Pricelist`, Odoo provides the opportunity to directly apply a different " "pricelist to customers on their contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:224 msgid "" "To do that, open the desired customer's contact form, either by navigating " "to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Customers` and selecting the " @@ -16324,7 +16872,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sample customer detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:232 msgid "" "On the desired customer's contact form, under the :guilabel:`Sales & " "Purchase` tab, in the :guilabel:`Sales` section, designate what pricelist " @@ -16336,7 +16884,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pricelist field in a customer detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:245 msgid "" "To apply several prices per individual product, select the " ":guilabel:`Multiple prices per product` option, after enabling the " @@ -16345,7 +16893,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:249 msgid "" "Next, apply pricelists to specific products using the product form. Navigate" " to the :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and select the " @@ -16354,7 +16902,7 @@ msgid "" "form on a separate page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:254 msgid "" "On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Extra Prices` smart button, " "located at the top of the form." @@ -16364,7 +16912,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the extra prices smart button appears in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:261 msgid "" "Doing so reveals a separate page displaying the :guilabel:`Price Rules` that" " are specific to that particular product. Here, price rules can be edited or" @@ -16375,20 +16923,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the extra price rules per product page appears in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:268 msgid "" "To create a new price rule for a product from this specific :guilabel:`Price" " Rules` page, click :guilabel:`New` to add a new, customizable row that has " "the desired product already populated in the :guilabel:`Applied On` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:272 msgid "" "Next, select which :guilabel:`Pricelist` this specific product price rule " "should apply to, via the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:276 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " +"*Sales* and *eCommerce*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:279 msgid "" "To create a new pricelist from this page, type in the desired name of the " "new pricelist in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column, then select " @@ -16398,13 +16952,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pricelists` page, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:285 msgid "" "After the desired pricelist is added to the row, designate a :guilabel:`Min." " Quantity` for the price rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:289 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` column is set to `2`, the new price in the " ":guilabel:`Price` column will be applied to orders of 2 or more products. " @@ -16413,14 +16967,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min. Quantity` of `2` products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:294 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired amount in the :guilabel:`Price` column. Then, if " "needed, enter a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End Date` for the " "product's price rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:297 msgid "" "And lastly, if working in a multi-company environment, select which company " "this price rule should be applied to in the :guilabel:`Company` field. " @@ -16428,19 +16982,19 @@ msgid "" "the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:301 msgid "" "Click away from the row to activate Odoo's auto-save capability, meaning " "that newly-created price rule is now ready to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:304 msgid "" "Proceed to add as many unique price rules per product as desired. There is " "no limit to how many price rules can be added per product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:307 msgid "" "With the price rule(s) in place for a specific product, customers who fall " "into those corresponding pricelists automatically see those new prices " @@ -16449,7 +17003,7 @@ msgid "" "product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:313 msgid "" "When a price rule/pricelist is added to a product via the :guilabel:`Extra " "Prices` smart button, it is also reflected on the pricelist itself. " @@ -16458,7 +17012,7 @@ msgid "" "smart button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:323 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` pricelist feature" " provides the option to set price change rules based on discounts and " @@ -16466,7 +17020,7 @@ msgid "" "the product's cost, or another pricelist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:327 msgid "" "To use advanced pricing rules, with discounts and formulas, select the " ":guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` option, after " @@ -16475,7 +17029,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:332 msgid "" "After activating and saving that :guilabel:`Pricelists` feature, the " ":guilabel:`Settings` page reloads and, from here, either select the " @@ -16484,13 +17038,13 @@ msgid "" " Products --> Pricelists`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:340 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, select a desired pricelist to modify, " "or create a new pricelist by clicking the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:343 msgid "" "On the pricelist form, under the :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line` to add an advanced price rule. Doing so reveals a " @@ -16502,35 +17056,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the Create Pricelist Rules pop-up form looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:352 msgid "Price computation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:354 msgid "" "On this form, first choose one of the three :guilabel:`Computation` options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fixed Price`: the price computation is based on a fixed price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:357 msgid ":guilabel:`Discount`: the price computation is based on a discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:358 msgid ":guilabel:`Formula`: the price computation is based on a formula." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:361 msgid "" "Each :guilabel:`Computation` option reveals its own computation-specific " "fields on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:363 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Fixed Price` is selected, enter the desired price in the " ":guilabel:`Fixed Price` field below. If :guilabel:`Discount` is selected, " @@ -16538,7 +17092,7 @@ msgid "" " appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:367 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Formula` is selected, a number of configurable options appear." msgstr "" @@ -16547,7 +17101,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The various formula computation options present in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:373 msgid "" "To configure the :guilabel:`Formula` computation option, start by selecting " "an option from the :guilabel:`Based on` field: :guilabel:`Sales Price`, " @@ -16555,14 +17109,14 @@ msgid "" "advanced price rule formula will be based on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:377 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Discount` field, determine how much of a discount " "should be applied. It should be noted that a mark-up can be applied by " "setting a negative discount in this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:381 msgid "" "To formulate a 100% markup (or 2 times the cost of the product), with a $5 " "minimum margin, set the :guilabel:`Based on` field to :guilabel:`Cost`, the " @@ -16576,7 +17130,7 @@ msgid "" " Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:389 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` field, specify a fixed amount to add (or " "subtract) to the amount calculated with the discount. After that, enter a " @@ -16584,29 +17138,29 @@ msgid "" " sets the price so that it is a multiple of the value in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:394 msgid "Rounding is applied *after* the discount and *before* the surcharge." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:397 msgid "" "To have prices that end in 9.99, set the :guilabel:`Rounding Method` to `10`" " and the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` to `-0.01`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:400 msgid "" "Lastly, specify the minimum amount of margin over the base price in the " ":guilabel:`Margins` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:402 msgid "" "Once all formula-related configurations are complete, Odoo provides an " "example of the formula in a blue block to the right of the configurations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:406 msgid "" "To apply 20% discounts, with prices rounded up to 9.99, set the " ":guilabel:`Based on` field to :guilabel:`Sales Price`, the " @@ -16618,47 +17172,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a 20% discount with prices rounded to 9.99 in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:415 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "Kondisi" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:417 msgid "" "At the bottom of the :guilabel:`Create Pricelist Rules` pop-up form is the " ":guilabel:`Conditions` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:420 msgid "" "Here, start by selecting one of the options in the :guilabel:`Apply On` " "field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:422 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All Products`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to all" " products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to" " a specific category of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:425 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to a " "specific product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:426 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to " "a specific product variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:429 msgid "" "If any of those options, apart from :guilabel:`All Products`, are selected, " "a new option-specific field appears, in which the specific " @@ -16666,31 +17220,31 @@ msgid "" "Variant` must be chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:433 msgid "" "Then, select a minimum quantity to be applied to the advanced pricelist rule" " in the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` field. Lastly, select a range of dates for" " the pricelist item validation in the :guilabel:`Validity` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:437 msgid "" "Once all configurations are complete, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " "to save the advanced pricelist rule, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to " "immediately create another advanced pricelist rule on a fresh form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:442 msgid "" "If a price rule is set for a particular product, and another one for its " "product category, Odoo takes the rule of the product itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:446 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:447 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management`" msgstr "" @@ -20421,7 +20975,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:406 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:107 msgid ":doc:`../subscriptions`" msgstr "" @@ -20430,7 +20984,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:407 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:183 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`plans`" msgstr "" @@ -20439,7 +20993,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:408 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:184 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`products`" msgstr "" @@ -22581,7 +23135,14 @@ msgid "" "initial subscription product in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The prorated amount is **only** applied to *Service* product types. It is " +"**not** applied to *Consumable* or *Storable* product types, even if the " +"message appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:75 msgid "" "From this new upsell quotation form, add new subscription products in the " ":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " @@ -22594,27 +23155,27 @@ msgid "" "Subscriptions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:82 msgid "" "Once the desired upsell subscription product(s) have been added, it can be " "sent to the customer for approval by clicking the :guilabel:`Send by Email` " "button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:86 msgid "" "When the quotation is confirmed by the customer, the upsell products are " "added to the initial subscription. Quotation prices are then prorated to the" " remaining time of the current invoicing period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:91 msgid "" "Before sending the new quotation to the customer, the unit price, taxes, and" " even discount can be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:94 msgid "" "Once the customer approves, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " "quotation, making it a sales order. When that's clicked, a :guilabel:`Sales " @@ -22622,7 +23183,7 @@ msgid "" " to this initial subscription order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:98 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Sales History` smart button is clicked, Odoo reveals a " "separate page containing a list of the related sales orders, clearly " diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 3eed54db8..81d1846af 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Abe Manyo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" @@ -232,11 +232,421 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Plan intervention from helpdesk tickets in Odoo Helpdesk" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:7 msgid "Helpdesk" msgstr "Helpdesk" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* is a ticketing-based customer support application. Multiple " +"teams can be configured and managed in one dashboard, each with their own " +"pipeline for tickets submitted by customers. Pipelines are organized in " +"customizable stages that enable teams to track, prioritize, and solve " +"customer issues quickly and efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:15 +msgid "Create a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To view or modify *Helpdesk* teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. To create a new team, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button in the top-left of the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "View of the Helpdesk teams page in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:25 +msgid "" +"On the blank Helpdesk team form, enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the new team. " +"Then, enter a description of the team in the field below the team name, if " +"desired. To change the company this team is assigned to, select it from the " +":guilabel:`Company` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The team description is published on the public facing :doc:`website form " +"`, where customers and portal users " +"submit tickets. The description included in this field should **not** " +"include any information that is for internal use only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:0 +msgid "" +"View of a Helpdesk team's website form displaying the team description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:40 +msgid "Visibility & Assignment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The *Visibility* settings alter which internal users and portal users have " +"access to this team and its tickets. The *Assignment* settings alter how " +"users are assigned to handle each ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:46 +msgid "Determine team visibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Visibility` section, select one of the following " +"options to determine who can view this team and its tickets:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invited internal users (private)`: internal users can access the " +"team and the tickets they are following. This access can be modified on each" +" ticket individually by adding or removing the user as a follower. Internal " +"users are considered *invited* once they are added as followers to an " +"individual ticket, or :ref:`to the team itself `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:55 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All internal users (company)`: all internal users can access the " +"team and all of its tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)`: all " +"internal users can access the team and all of its tickets. Portal users can " +"only access the tickets they are following." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:61 +msgid "" +"A `Customer Support` team, meant to handle general shipping and product " +"issues, would have the visibility set on :guilabel:`Invited portal users and" +" all internal users`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:64 +msgid "" +"At the same time, a `Financial Services` team handling tickets related to " +"accounting or tax information would only need to be visible to " +":guilabel:`Invited internal users`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A team's visibility can be altered after the initial configuration. However," +" if the team changes from public access to either private or company-only " +"access, portal users are removed as followers from both the team, and from " +"individual tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:75 +msgid "Follow all team's tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If a user should be notified about any updates regarding tickets for this " +"team, select their name from the :guilabel:`Followers` drop-down menu, " +"located in the :guilabel:`Follow All Team's Tickets` field. Multiple users " +"can be selected to follow a single team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:82 +msgid "" +"External contacts can be selected in the :guilabel:`Followers` field. If the" +" team's visibility is set to :guilabel:`Invited internal users (private)`, " +"followers are notified about updates to the team's tickets, but are **not** " +"able to view them in the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:87 +msgid "Automatically assign new tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:89 +msgid "" +"When tickets are received, they need to be assigned to a member of the team." +" This is done either manually on each ticket individually, or through " +":guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`. Check the :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`" +" checkbox to enable this feature for the team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a Helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the automatic assignment features in Odoo\n" +"Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:98 +msgid "" +"As soon as :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment` has been enabled, additional " +"fields appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Select one of the following assignment methods, based on how the workload " +"should be allocated across the team:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Each user is assigned an equal number of tickets`: tickets are " +"assigned to team members based on total ticket count, regardless of the " +"number of open or closed tickets they are currently assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Each user has an equal number of open tickets`: tickets are " +"assigned to team members based on how many open tickets they are currently " +"assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:110 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Each user is assigned an equal number of tickets` is " +"selected, the overall number of tickets assigned to team members is the " +"same, but it does **not** consider the current workload." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Each user has an equal number of open tickets` is selected, " +"it ensures a balanced workload among team members, as it takes the current " +"number of active tickets into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Finally, add the :guilabel:`Team Members` who are to be assigned tickets for" +" this team. Leave the field empty to include all employees who have the " +"proper assignments and access rights configured in their user account " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If an employee has time off scheduled in the *Time Off* application, they " +"are **not** assigned tickets during that time. If no employees are " +"available, the system looks ahead until there is a match." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:127 +msgid ":ref:`Manage users `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`Access rights <../general/users/access_rights>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:131 +msgid "Create or modify stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:133 +msgid "" +"*Stages* are used to organize the *Helpdesk* pipeline and track the progress" +" of tickets. Stages are customizable, and can be renamed to fit the needs of" +" each team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:137 +msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be activated to access the " +"stages menu. To activate developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Settings app " +"--> General Settings --> Developer Tools`, and click :guilabel:`Activate the" +" developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:141 +msgid "" +"To view or modify *Helpdesk* stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " +"Configuration --> Stages`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The default list view on the :guilabel:`Stages` page displays the stages " +"currently available in *Helpdesk*. They are listed in the order they appear " +"in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To change the order of the stages, click the :guilabel:`(six square)` icon, " +"to the left of the stage name, and drag it to the desired place on the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the stage list page emphasizing the buttons used to change the order the stages\n" +"appear in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Change the stage order on the Kanban view of a *Helpdesk* team's pipeline by" +" dragging and dropping individual columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click the :guilabel:`New` button at the top-left of " +"the stage list. Doing so reveals a blank stage form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Choose a :guilabel:`Name` for the new stage, and add a description, if " +"desired. Then, proceed to fill out the remaining fields following the steps " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "View of a stage's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:170 +msgid "Add email and SMS templates to stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When an :guilabel:`Email Template` is added to a stage, an email is " +"automatically sent to the customer when a ticket reaches that specific stage" +" in the pipeline. Likewise, adding an :guilabel:`SMS Template` triggers an " +"SMS text message to send to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:177 +msgid "" +"SMS Text Messaging is an :doc:`In-App Purchase (IAP) " +"` service that requires prepaid " +"credits to work. Refer to `SMS Pricing FAQ `_ for additional information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To select an existing email template, select it from the :guilabel:`Email " +"Template` field. Click on the :guilabel:`→ (Internal Link)` icon to the " +"right of the field to edit the chosen template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:184 +msgid "" +"To create a new template, click the field, and enter a title for the new " +"template. Then, select :guilabel:`Create and edit` from the drop-down menu " +"that appears, and complete the form details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Follow the same steps to select, edit, or create an :guilabel:`SMS " +"Template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "View of an SMS template setup page in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/companies/email_template`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:197 +msgid "Assign stages to a team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Make a selection in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk Teams` field on the " +":guilabel:`Stages` form. More than one team may be selected, since the same " +"stage can be assigned to multiple teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:203 +msgid "Fold a stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:205 +msgid "" +"By default, stages are unfolded in the Kanban view of either tickets " +"dashboard: :guilabel:`My Tickets` (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets " +"--> My Tickets`) or :guilabel:`All Tickets` (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app " +"--> Tickets --> All Tickets`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Tickets in an unfolded stage are visible in the pipeline under the stage " +"name, and are considered *open*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Stages can be configured to be folded in the Kanban view of a tickets page " +"(:guilabel:`My Tickets` or :guilabel:`All Tickets`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:215 +msgid "" +"The name of the folded stages are still visible, though the tickets in the " +"stage are no longer immediately visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:218 +msgid "" +"To fold a stage, check the :guilabel:`Folded in Kanban` box on the " +":guilabel:`Stages` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Tickets that reach a *folded* stage are considered *closed*. Closing a " +"ticket before the work is completed can result in reporting and " +"communication issues. This setting should **only** be enabled for stages " +"that are considered *closing* stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Stages can be temporarily folded in the Kanban view of the tickets pipeline," +" as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:227 +msgid "" +"View a specific team's pipeline by navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk " +"app`, and clicking the team's Kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Select a stage to fold temporarily, then click the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` " +"icon, and select :guilabel:`Fold`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Kanban view of a Helpdesk stage, with the temporary fold option emphasized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Manually folding a stage from the Kanban view is temporary and does **not** " +"close the tickets in the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:242 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Helpdesk `_" msgstr "" @@ -1097,7 +1507,7 @@ msgid "" "To view and enable the *Track & Bill Time* features on a *Helpdesk* team, " "first navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> " "Helpdesk Teams`. Then, select a team from the list, or create a :doc:`new " -"one <../overview/getting_started>`. This reveals a team's settings page." +"one <../../helpdesk>`. This reveals a team's settings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:31 @@ -1520,422 +1930,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview" msgstr "Gambaran Umum" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo *Helpdesk* is a ticketing-based customer support application. Multiple " -"teams can be configured and managed in one dashboard, each with their own " -"pipeline for tickets submitted by customers. Pipelines are organized in " -"customizable stages that enable teams to track, prioritize, and solve " -"customer issues quickly and efficiently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:11 -msgid "Create a Helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To view or modify *Helpdesk* teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. To create a new team, click the " -":guilabel:`New` button in the top-left of the dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of the Helpdesk teams page in Odoo Helpdesk." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "" -"On the blank Helpdesk team form, enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the new team. " -"Then, enter a description of the team in the field below the team name, if " -"desired. To change the company this team is assigned to, select it from the " -":guilabel:`Company` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The team description is published on the public facing :doc:`website form " -"`, where customers and portal users submit tickets. The " -"description included in this field should **not** include any information " -"that is for internal use only." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:0 -msgid "" -"View of a Helpdesk team's website form displaying the team description." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:35 -msgid "Visibility & Assignment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The *Visibility* settings alter which internal users and portal users have " -"access to this team and its tickets. The *Assignment* settings alter how " -"users are assigned to handle each ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:41 -msgid "Determine team visibility" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Visibility` section, select one of the following " -"options to determine who can view this team and its tickets:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Invited internal users (private)`: internal users can access the " -"team and the tickets they are following. This access can be modified on each" -" ticket individually by adding or removing the user as a follower. Internal " -"users are considered *invited* once they are added as followers to an " -"individual ticket, or :ref:`to the team itself " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:50 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`All internal users (company)`: all internal users can access the " -"team and all of its tickets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:52 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)`: all " -"internal users can access the team and all of its tickets. Portal users can " -"only access the tickets they are following." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:56 -msgid "" -"A `Customer Support` team, meant to handle general shipping and product " -"issues, would have the visibility set on :guilabel:`Invited portal users and" -" all internal users`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:59 -msgid "" -"At the same time, a `Financial Services` team handling tickets related to " -"accounting or tax information would only need to be visible to " -":guilabel:`Invited internal users`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:63 -msgid "" -"A team's visibility can be altered after the initial configuration. However," -" if the team changes from public access to either private or company-only " -"access, portal users are removed as followers from both the team, and from " -"individual tickets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:70 -msgid "Follow all team's tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:72 -msgid "" -"If a user should be notified about any updates regarding tickets for this " -"team, select their name from the :guilabel:`Followers` drop-down menu, " -"located in the :guilabel:`Follow All Team's Tickets` field. Multiple users " -"can be selected to follow a single team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:77 -msgid "" -"External contacts can be selected in the :guilabel:`Followers` field. If the" -" team's visibility is set to :guilabel:`Invited internal users (private)`, " -"followers are notified about updates to the team's tickets, but are **not** " -"able to view them in the portal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:82 -msgid "Automatically assign new tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:84 -msgid "" -"When tickets are received, they need to be assigned to a member of the team." -" This is done either manually on each ticket individually, or through " -":guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`. Check the :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`" -" checkbox to enable this feature for the team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a Helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the automatic assignment features in Odoo\n" -"Helpdesk." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:93 -msgid "" -"As soon as :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment` has been enabled, additional " -"fields appear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Select one of the following assignment methods, based on how the workload " -"should be allocated across the team:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:98 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Each user is assigned an equal number of tickets`: tickets are " -"assigned to team members based on total ticket count, regardless of the " -"number of open or closed tickets they are currently assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:101 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Each user has an equal number of open tickets`: tickets are " -"assigned to team members based on how many open tickets they are currently " -"assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:105 -msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Each user is assigned an equal number of tickets` is " -"selected, the overall number of tickets assigned to team members is the " -"same, but it does **not** consider the current workload." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:109 -msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Each user has an equal number of open tickets` is selected, " -"it ensures a balanced workload among team members, as it takes the current " -"number of active tickets into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Finally, add the :guilabel:`Team Members` who are to be assigned tickets for" -" this team. Leave the field empty to include all employees who have the " -"proper assignments and access rights configured in their user account " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:117 -msgid "" -"If an employee has time off scheduled in the *Time Off* application, they " -"are **not** assigned tickets during that time. If no employees are " -"available, the system looks ahead until there is a match." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:122 -msgid ":ref:`Manage users `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid ":doc:`Access rights <../../../general/users/access_rights>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:126 -msgid "Create or modify stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:128 -msgid "" -"*Stages* are used to organize the *Helpdesk* pipeline and track the progress" -" of tickets. Stages are customizable, and can be renamed to fit the needs of" -" each team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:132 -msgid "" -":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be activated to access the " -"stages menu. To activate developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Settings app " -"--> General Settings --> Developer Tools`, and click :guilabel:`Activate the" -" developer mode`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:136 -msgid "" -"To view or modify *Helpdesk* stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " -"Configuration --> Stages`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:139 -msgid "" -"The default list view on the :guilabel:`Stages` page displays the stages " -"currently available in *Helpdesk*. They are listed in the order they appear " -"in the pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:142 -msgid "" -"To change the order of the stages, click the :guilabel:`(six square)` icon, " -"to the left of the stage name, and drag it to the desired place on the list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the stage list page emphasizing the buttons used to change the order the stages\n" -"appear in the list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Change the stage order on the Kanban view of a *Helpdesk* team's pipeline by" -" dragging and dropping individual columns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:154 -msgid "" -"To create a new stage, click the :guilabel:`New` button at the top-left of " -"the stage list. Doing so reveals a blank stage form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Choose a :guilabel:`Name` for the new stage, and add a description, if " -"desired. Then, proceed to fill out the remaining fields following the steps " -"below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of a stage's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:165 -msgid "Add email and SMS templates to stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:167 -msgid "" -"When an :guilabel:`Email Template` is added to a stage, an email is " -"automatically sent to the customer when a ticket reaches that specific stage" -" in the pipeline. Likewise, adding an :guilabel:`SMS Template` triggers an " -"SMS text message to send to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:172 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is an :doc:`In-App Purchase (IAP) " -"` service that requires prepaid " -"credits to work. Refer to `SMS Pricing FAQ `_ for additional information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:176 -msgid "" -"To select an existing email template, select it from the :guilabel:`Email " -"Template` field. Click on the :guilabel:`→ (Internal Link)` icon to the " -"right of the field to edit the chosen template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:179 -msgid "" -"To create a new template, click the field, and enter a title for the new " -"template. Then, select :guilabel:`Create and edit` from the drop-down menu " -"that appears, and complete the form details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Follow the same steps to select, edit, or create an :guilabel:`SMS " -"Template`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of an SMS template setup page in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/companies/email_template`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:192 -msgid "Assign stages to a team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Make a selection in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk Teams` field on the " -":guilabel:`Stages` form. More than one team may be selected, since the same " -"stage can be assigned to multiple teams." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:198 -msgid "Fold a stage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:200 -msgid "" -"By default, stages are unfolded in the Kanban view of either tickets " -"dashboard: :guilabel:`My Tickets` (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets " -"--> My Tickets`) or :guilabel:`All Tickets` (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app " -"--> Tickets --> All Tickets`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:204 -msgid "" -"Tickets in an unfolded stage are visible in the pipeline under the stage " -"name, and are considered *open*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:207 -msgid "" -"Stages can be configured to be folded in the Kanban view of a tickets page " -"(:guilabel:`My Tickets` or :guilabel:`All Tickets`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:210 -msgid "" -"The name of the folded stages are still visible, though the tickets in the " -"stage are no longer immediately visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:213 -msgid "" -"To fold a stage, check the :guilabel:`Folded in Kanban` box on the " -":guilabel:`Stages` form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Tickets that reach a *folded* stage are considered *closed*. Closing a " -"ticket before the work is completed can result in reporting and " -"communication issues. This setting should **only** be enabled for stages " -"that are considered *closing* stages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:220 -msgid "" -"Stages can be temporarily folded in the Kanban view of the tickets pipeline," -" as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:222 -msgid "" -"View a specific team's pipeline by navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk " -"app`, and clicking the team's Kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Select a stage to fold temporarily, then click the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` " -"icon, and select :guilabel:`Fold`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Kanban view of a Helpdesk stage, with the temporary fold option emphasized." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Manually folding a stage from the Kanban view is temporary and does **not** " -"close the tickets in the stage." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3 msgid "Help Center" msgstr "Pusat Bantua" @@ -1959,8 +1953,8 @@ msgid "" "To activate any *Help Center* features (*Forums*, *eLearning*, or " "*Knowledge*) on a *Helpdesk* team, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and select a team, or create a :doc:`new " -"one `. Verify the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team is set" -" to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)` in the " +"one <../../helpdesk>`. Verify the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team is set " +"to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)` in the " ":guilabel:`Visibility & Assignment` section." msgstr "" @@ -1987,7 +1981,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`Getting Started `" +msgid ":doc:`Helpdesk Overview <../../helpdesk>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:38 @@ -2014,7 +2008,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To enable the *Knowledge* feature on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " ":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one `." +"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one <../../helpdesk>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:54 @@ -2264,7 +2258,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To enable :guilabel:`Community Forums` on a *Helpdesk* team, start by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk " -"Teams` and select a team, or create a :doc:`new one `." +"Teams` and select a team, or create a :doc:`new one <../../helpdesk>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:197 @@ -2363,7 +2357,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To enable *eLearning* courses on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " ":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one `." +"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one <../../helpdesk>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:249 @@ -2546,21 +2540,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Asking customers to rate the support they received from a *Helpdesk* team " "provides an opportunity to gauge team performance and track customer " -"satisfaction. Ratings can be published to the portal, providing customers " +"satisfaction. Ratings can be published on the portal, providing customers " "with a general overview of the team's performance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 -msgid "Enable customer ratings on a Helpdesk team" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "Enable customer ratings on Helpdesk teams" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:14 msgid "" -"To enable *customer ratings* on a helpdesk team by going to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams`. Select a team from " -"the list and navigate to the settings page. Scroll to the " -":guilabel:`Performance` section, and check the box for :guilabel:`Customer " -"Ratings`." +"To enable *customer ratings* on a helpdesk team, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select a" +" team from the list and click on it to open the settings page. Scroll to the" +" :guilabel:`Performance` section, and tick the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst-1 @@ -2569,84 +2563,83 @@ msgid "" "in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:25 msgid "Set a ratings request email template on a stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:27 msgid "" "To automatically request ratings from customers once their tickets have " "closed, an email template should be added to the appropriate stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:30 msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` setting has been enabled on the team's" -" settings page, (see above) click the :guilabel:`Set an Email Template on " -"Stages` link. Select a stage from the list, or click :guilabel:`New` to " -"create a new stage." +"After the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` :ref:`setting has been enabled " +"` on the team's settings page, click the " +":guilabel:`Set an Email Template on Stages` link. Select a stage from the " +"list, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 msgid "" "Customers should only be asked to rate tickets once an issue has been " -"resolved and their ticket is closed. Therefore, a *ratings request* email " -"should only be added to a stage that is **folded** in the kanban, as tickets" +"resolved and their ticket is *closed*. Therefore, a *ratings request* email " +"should **only** be added to a stage that is folded in the Kanban, as tickets" " in a *folded stage* are considered closed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 msgid "" -"On the stage's settings page, select `Helpdesk: Ticket Rating Request` in " -"the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. This template has been pre-configured " -"with ratings customers can use to provide feedback. To view the template, " -"click the arrow button to the right of the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the template has been added to the stage, it will automatically send a " -"message when a ticket is moved to that stage. Customers will be asked to " -"rate the support they received with colored icons." +"On the stage's settings page, select the template, `Helpdesk: Ticket Rating " +"Request` in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. This template has been " +"preconfigured with ratings customers can use to provide feedback. To view " +"the template, click the arrow button to the right of the field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:43 +msgid "" +"After the template is added to the stage, it automatically sends a message " +"when a ticket is moved to that stage. Customers are then asked to rate the " +"support they received with colored icons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:46 msgid "*Green smiling face* - Satisfied" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:47 msgid "*Yellow neutral face* - Okay" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:48 msgid "*Red frowning face* - Dissatisfied" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a standard helpdesk customer review email template for Odoo " -"Helpdesk." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:50 msgid "" "After selecting a rating, customers are taken to a webpage where they can " -"provide specific written feedback to support their rating. Once a rating is " -"submitted, it is added to the chatter on the ticket." +"provide specific written feedback to support their rating. The rating is " +"then submitted, and the rating, as well as any additional comments, are " +"added to the chatter on the ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:55 msgid "" "Customer ratings can also be viewed through the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings`" -" report. To view this report, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting " -"--> Customer Ratings`." +" report. To view this report, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " +"Reporting --> Customer Ratings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/companies/email_template`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:62 msgid "Publish ratings on the customer portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:64 msgid "" "After enabling the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` setting, an option to " "publish ratings on the team's website appears. Enabling this setting " @@ -2655,23 +2648,26 @@ msgid "" "only statistics of the team's performance will be visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:70 msgid "" -"In order to display ratings on the customer portal, a team has to have their" -" visibility setting set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal " -"users`. This setting is found on the team's settings page under " -":guilabel:`Visibility`." +"To display ratings on the customer portal, a team **must** have their " +"visibility setting set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal " +"users (public)`. To enable this setting, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select a" +" team from the list and click on it to open the settings page. Scroll to the" +" :guilabel:`Visibility & Assignment` section, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:77 msgid "" -"Next, to publish the ratings, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Teams` and select a team. Scroll to " -":guilabel:`Performance` and enable :guilabel:`Publish this team's ratings on" -" your website`." +"Next, to publish the ratings, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app--> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and select a team. Scroll to " +":guilabel:`Performance` and tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Publish this " +"team's ratings on your website`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:81 msgid "" "To view the ratings for a team, a customer will log into the portal and " "navigate to one of their tickets. After clicking on the team name in the " @@ -2684,50 +2680,53 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the ratings performance overview from the customer portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:88 -msgid "Manually hide individual ratings" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Individual ratings can be manually hidden from the portal. This allows for " -"specific ratings to be kept out of the performance metrics that are shown to" -" customers." +msgid ":doc:`Portal access <../../../general/users/portal>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:93 +msgid "Manually hide individual ratings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Individual ratings can be manually hidden from the portal. This allows for " +"specific ratings to be kept out of the performance metrics shared with " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:98 msgid "" "To make a rating visible only to internal users, navigate to the page for a " "rating. This can be done in one of the following ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:101 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` and click" -" on one of the kanban cards for an individual rating." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` and " +"click on one of the Kanban cards for an individual rating." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:103 msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Tickets --> All Tickets` and remove" -" the :guilabel:`Open` filter from the search bar. Then filter by " +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app--> Tickets --> All Tickets` and " +"remove the :guilabel:`Open` filter from the search bar. Then filter by " ":guilabel:`Satisfied`, :guilabel:`Okay` and/or :guilabel:`Dissatisfied`. " "Select a ticket from the results. Click the :guilabel:`Rating` smart button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:108 msgid "" "Once on the rating details page, check the :guilabel:`Visible Internally " "Only` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:350 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets`" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports`" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`reports`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 @@ -2751,7 +2750,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, " "and choose an existing team, or click :guilabel:`New` to :doc:`create a new " -"team `." +"team <../../helpdesk>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:16 @@ -3358,6 +3357,10 @@ msgid "" "Level Agreement)` deadline." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:350 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:351 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" @@ -3370,49 +3373,49 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Laporan" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:8 msgid "" -"Odoo *Helpdesk* includes several reports that provide the opportunity to " -"track trends for customer support tickets, identify areas for improvement, " -"manage employee workloads, and confirm when customer expectations are met." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 -msgid "Available reports" +"Reports in Odoo *Helpdesk* provide the opportunity to manage employee " +"workloads, identify areas for improvement, and confirm if customer " +"expectations are being met." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 +msgid "Available reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 msgid "" "Details about the reports available in Odoo *Helpdesk* can be found below. " -"To view the different reports, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Reporting`." +"To view the different reports, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " +"Reporting`, and select one of the following: :guilabel:`Tickets Analysis`, " +":guilabel:`SLA Status Analysis`, or :guilabel:`Customer Ratings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:16 -msgid "Ticket Analysis" -msgstr "Analisis Tiket" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The *Ticket Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> " -"Ticket Analysis`) provides an overview of every customer support ticket in " -"the database. This includes the number of tickets assigned among teams and " -"individual users." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 +msgid "Tickets Analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:21 msgid "" -"This report is useful in identifying where teams are spending the most time," -" and helps determine if there is an uneven workload distribution among the " -"support staff. The default report counts the number of tickets per team and " -"groups them by stage." +"The *Tickets Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Reporting " +"--> Tickets Analysis`) provides an overview of every customer support ticket" +" in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"This report is useful for identifying where teams are spending the most " +"time, and helps determine if there is an uneven workload distribution among " +"the support staff. The default report counts the number of tickets per team " +"and groups them by stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 msgid "View of Ticket Analysis report default view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:32 msgid "" "Alternative measures can be selected to track where the most time is spent " "at different points in the workflow. To change the measures used for the " @@ -3421,197 +3424,158 @@ msgid "" "down menu:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Hours to Respond`: average number of working hours " "between a message sent from the customer and the response from the support " -"team. *This is does not include messages sent when the ticket was in a " -"folded stage*" +"team. *This does not include messages sent when the ticket was in a folded " +"stage.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:40 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hours Open`: number of hours between the date the ticket was " "created and the closed date. If there is no closed date on the ticket, the " -"current date is used. **This measure is not specific to working hours**" +"current date is used. **This measure is not specific to working hours.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hours Spent`: number of *Timesheet* hours logged on a ticket. " "*This measure is only available if Timesheets are enabled on a team, and the" -" current user has the access rights to view them*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:44 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the date on " -"which the ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team member" +" current user has the access rights to view them.*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:46 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date on " -"which the ticket was created and the date it was closed" +":guilabel:`Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the date the " +"ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team member." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hours to First Response`: number of working hours between the " -"date on which the ticket was received and the date one which the first " -"message was sent. *This does not include email sent automatically when a " -"ticket reaches a stage*" +":guilabel:`Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date the " +"ticket was created and the date it was closed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hours to SLA Deadline`: number of working hours remaining to " -"reach the last :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` deadline on a ticket" +":guilabel:`Hours to First Response`: number of working hours between the " +"date the ticket was received and the date on which the first message was " +"sent. *This does not include email sent automatically when a ticket reaches " +"a stage.*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:53 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Rating /5`: number valued assigned to the rating received from a " -"customer (Dissatisfied = 1, Okay/Neutral = 3, Satisfied = 5)" +":guilabel:`Hours until SLA Deadline`: number of working hours remaining to " +"reach the last |SLA| deadline on a ticket." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:99 -msgid ":guilabel:`Count`: number of tickets in total" +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rating (/5)`: number out of five to represent customer feedback " +"(Dissatisfied = 1, Okay/Neutral = 3, Satisfied = 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining Hours on SO`: hours remaining on a linked sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Count`: number of tickets in total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:61 msgid "" "*Working hours* are calculated based on the default working calendar. To " "view or change the working calendar, go to the :menuselection:`Settings` " "application and select :menuselection:`Employees --> Company Working Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:66 msgid "SLA Status Analysis" msgstr "Analisis Status SLA" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:68 msgid "" -"The *SLA Status Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting -->" -" SLA Status Analysis`) tracks how quickly an SLA (Service Level Agreement) " -"is fulfilled, as well as the success rate of individual policies." +"The *SLA Status Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Reporting" +" --> SLA Status Analysis`) :ref:`analyzes the performance ` of individual SLA (Service Level Agreement) policies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:72 msgid "" -"By default, this report is filtered to show the number of :abbr:`SLAs " -"(Service Level Agreements)` failed, as well as the failure rate over the " -"last 30 days, grouped by team." +"By default, this report is filtered to show the number of |SLAs| failed, in " +"progress, and the number that have been successful. The results are grouped " +"by teams." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 msgid "View of Group by options of Ticket Analysis report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:79 msgid "" "To change the measures used for the report that is currently displayed, or " "to add more, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button, and select one or more " "options from the drop-down menu:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:82 msgid "" -":guilabel:`% of Failed SLA`: percentage of tickets that have failed at least" -" one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`" +":guilabel:`Number of SLA Failed`: number of tickets that have failed at " +"least one |SLA|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:83 msgid "" -":guilabel:`% of SLA in Progress`: percentage of tickets that have at least " -"one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` still in progress, and have not " -"failed any :abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:84 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`% of Successful SLA`: percentage of tickets where all :abbr:`SLAs" -" (Service Level Agreements)` have been successful" +":guilabel:`Rating (/5)`: number value representing customer feedback " +"(Dissatisfied = 1, Okay/Neutral = 3, Satisfied = 5)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:86 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Number of SLA Failed`: number of tickets that have failed at " -"least one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`" +":guilabel:`Working Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the " +"date the ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team member." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:88 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Number of SLA Successful`: number of tickets where all " -":abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)` have been successful" +":guilabel:`Working Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date" +" the ticket was created and the date it was closed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:90 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Number of SLA in Progress`: number of tickets that have at least " -"one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` still in progress, and have not " -"failed any :abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:93 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Working Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the " -"date on which the ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team " -"member" +":guilabel:`Working Hours to Reach SLA`: number of working hours between the " +"date the ticket was created and the date the |SLA| was satisfied." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:95 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Working Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date" -" on which the ticket was created and the date it was closed" +msgid ":doc:`Service Level Agreements (SLA) `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:97 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Working Hours to Reach SLA`: number of working hours between the " -"date on which the ticket was created and the date the :abbr:`SLA (Service " -"Level Agreement)` was satisfied" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:102 -msgid "" -"To see the number of tickets that were able to achieve the stated :abbr:`SLA" -" (Service Level Agreement)` objectives, and track the amount of time it took" -" to achieve those objectives, click :menuselection:`Measures --> Number of " -"SLA Successful` and :menuselection:`Measures --> Working Hours to Reach " -"SLA`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:107 -msgid "" -"To sort these results by the team members assigned to the tickets, select " -":menuselection:`Total --> Assigned to`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:111 -msgid "" -":doc:`Service Level Agreements (SLA) " -"`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:98 msgid "Customer Ratings" msgstr "Rating Pelanggan" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:100 msgid "" -"The *Customer Ratings* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting -- " -"Customer Ratings`) displays an overview of the ratings received on " +"The *Customer Ratings* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app--> Reporting -->" +" Customer Ratings`) displays an overview of the ratings received on " "individual support tickets, as well as any additional comments submitted " "with the rating." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 -msgid "View of the kanban display in the Customer Ratings report." +msgid "View of the Kanban display in the Customer Ratings report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:108 msgid "" "Click on an individual rating to see additional details about the rating " "submitted by the customer, including a link to the original ticket." @@ -3621,87 +3585,88 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the details of an individual customer rating." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:116 msgid "" -"On the rating's details page, select the :guilabel:`Visible Internally Only`" -" option to hide the rating from the customer portal." +"On the rating's details page, tick the :guilabel:`Visible Internally Only` " +"checkbox to hide the rating from the customer portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:119 msgid "" -"The *Customer Ratings* report is displayed in a kanban view by default, but " +"The *Customer Ratings* report is displayed in a Kanban view by default, but " "can also be displayed in graph, list, or pivot view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:139 -msgid ":doc:`Ratings `" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`Ratings `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:126 msgid "View and filter options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:128 msgid "" "On any Odoo report, the view and filter options vary, depending on what data" " is being analyzed, measured, and grouped. See below for additional " "information on the available views for the *Helpdesk* reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:133 msgid "" "Only one measure may be selected at a time for graphs, but pivot tables can " "include multiple measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:153 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:141 msgid "Pivot view" msgstr "Tampilan pivot" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:139 msgid "" "The *pivot* view presents data in an interactive manner. All three " "*Helpdesk* reports are available in pivot view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:142 msgid "" -"The pivot view can be accessed on any report by selecting the " -":guilabel:`grid icon` at the top right of the screen." +"The pivot view can be accessed on any report by selecting the :icon:`oi-" +"view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot)` icon at the top-right of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:151 msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:149 msgid "" -"To add a group to a row or column to the pivot view, click the :guilabel:`➕ " -"(plus sign)` next to :guilabel:`Total`, and then select one of the groups. " -"To remove one, click the :guilabel:`➖ (minus sign)` and de-select the " -"appropriate option." +"To add a group to a row or column to the pivot view, click the :icon:`fa-" +"plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon next to :guilabel:`Total`, and then " +"select one of the groups. To remove one, click the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o`" +" :guilabel:`(minus)` icon, and de-select the appropriate option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:170 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:173 msgid "Graph view" msgstr "Tampilan grafik" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:156 msgid "" "The *graph* view presents data in either a *bar*, *line*, or *pie* chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:158 msgid "" -"Switch to the graph view by selecting the :guilabel:`line chart icon` at the" -" top right of the screen. To switch between the different charts, select the" -" *related icon* at the top left of the chart, while in graph view." +"Switch to the graph view by selecting the :icon:`fa-area-chart` " +":guilabel:`(area chart)` icon at the top-right of the screen. To switch " +"between the different charts, select the *related icon* at the top-left of " +"the chart, while in graph view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:164 msgid "Bar chart" msgstr "Grafik batang" @@ -3710,7 +3675,7 @@ msgstr "Grafik batang" msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in bar view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:170 msgid "Line chart" msgstr "Grafik gari" @@ -3718,7 +3683,7 @@ msgstr "Grafik gari" msgid "View of the Customer Ratings report in line view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:176 msgid "Pie chart" msgstr "Grafik lingkaran" @@ -3726,58 +3691,69 @@ msgstr "Grafik lingkaran" msgid "View of the Ticket analysis report in pie chart view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:183 msgid "" "Both the *bar chart* and *line chart* can utilize the *stacked* view option." -" This presents two (or more) groups of data on top of each other, instead of" -" next to each other, making it easier to compare data." +" This presents two or more groups of data on top of each other, instead of " +"next to each other, making it easier to compare data. While viewing either a" +" bar chart or line chart, click the :icon:`fa-database` " +":guilabel:`(stacked)` icon to toggle the stacked view option on or off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:189 msgid "Save and share a favorite search" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:191 msgid "" "The *Favorites* feature found on *Helpdesk* reports allows users to save " -"their most commonly used filters without having to reconstruct them every " +"their most commonly used filters, without having to reconstruct them every " "time they are needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:194 msgid "" -"To create and save new *Favorites* on a report, follow the steps below:" +"To create and save a new *Favorites* configuration on a report, follow the " +"steps below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:196 msgid "" "Set the necessary parameters using the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group" " By` and :guilabel:`Measures` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:213 -msgid "Click :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:214 -msgid "Rename the search." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:198 msgid "" -"Select :guilabel:`Use by default` to have these filter settings " +"Click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(down)` icon next to the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar to open the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Favorites` heading, click :guilabel:`Save current " +"search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:201 +msgid "If desired, enter a new name for the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Default Filter` checkbox to have these filter settings " "automatically displayed when the report is opened. Otherwise, leave it " "blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:204 msgid "" -"Select :guilabel:`Share with all users` to make this filter available to all" -" other database users. If this box is not checked, it will only be available" -" to the user who creates it." +"Tick the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make this filter configuration " +"available to all other database users. If this checkbox is not ticked, only " +"the user who creates the filter can access it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:207 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to preserve the configuration for future use." msgstr "" @@ -3785,14 +3761,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the save favorites option in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:226 -msgid "" -":doc:`Start receiving tickets " -"`" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:214 +msgid ":doc:`Start receiving tickets `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:227 -msgid ":doc:`Odoo reporting `" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:215 +msgid ":doc:`Odoo reporting <../../../essentials/reporting>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 @@ -4030,11 +4004,11 @@ msgid "" "View of a ticket's form with a failing and passing SLA in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:133 msgid "Analyze SLA performance" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:135 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`SLA Status Analysis` report tracks how quickly an :abbr:`SLA " "(Service Level Agreement)` is fulfilled, as well as the performance of " @@ -4043,7 +4017,7 @@ msgid "" " Analysis`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:143 msgid "" "By default, the report displays in a :guilabel:`Pivot` view. Any :abbr:`SLA " "(Service Level Agreement)` policies in the database with tickets that failed" @@ -4051,20 +4025,20 @@ msgid "" "listed. By default, they are grouped by team and ticket count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:151 msgid "" "The pivot view aggregates data, which can be manipulated by adding measures " "and filters." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:153 msgid "" "To change the display, or add additional measurements, click the " ":guilabel:`Measures` button to reveal a drop-down menu of reporting " "criteria, and choose from the options available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:156 msgid "" "Whenever a measurement is picked, a :guilabel:`✔️ (checkmark)` icon appears " "in the drop-down menu to indicate that the measurement is included, and a " @@ -4076,7 +4050,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the available measures in the SLA status analysis report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:164 msgid "" "To add a group to a row or column, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` icon next " "to the policy name and then select one of the groups. To remove one, click " @@ -4088,7 +4062,7 @@ msgid "" "View of the available group by options in the SLA status analysis report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:175 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`SLA Status Analysis` report can also be viewed as a " ":guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line Chart`, or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`. " @@ -4097,17 +4071,17 @@ msgid "" "at the top-left of the graph." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:182 msgid "Bar Chart" msgstr "Bagan Bilah" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:188 msgid "" "A bar chart can deal with larger data sets and compare data across several " "categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:190 msgid "Line Chart" msgstr "Grafik Garis" @@ -4115,11 +4089,11 @@ msgstr "Grafik Garis" msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in line view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:196 msgid "A line chart can visualize data trends or changes over time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:198 msgid "Pie Chart" msgstr "Grafik Pie" @@ -4127,11 +4101,11 @@ msgstr "Grafik Pie" msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in pie chart view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:204 msgid "A pie chart compares data among a small number of categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:207 msgid "" "Both the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` and :guilabel:`Line Chart` views can be " ":guilabel:`Stacked` by selecting the :guilabel:`Stacked` icon. This displays" @@ -4143,11 +4117,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in bar view, stacked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:216 msgid "Cohort view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:218 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Cohort` view is used to track the changes in data over a " "period of time. To display the :guilabel:`SLA Status Analysis` report in a " @@ -4156,19 +4130,19 @@ msgid "" "next to the other view options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:227 msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in cohort view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:227 msgid "The cohort view examines the life cycle of data over time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:230 msgid ":ref:`Reporting views `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:231 msgid "" ":doc:`Allow customers to close their tickets " "`" diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 0883db9f4..049097280 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Abe Manyo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" @@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ msgid "eCommerce management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:124 msgid "Customer accounts" msgstr "" @@ -1447,7 +1447,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:147 msgid "Analytics" msgstr "Analitik" @@ -2450,8 +2450,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:168 msgid "" -"The file is then available after checkout in the **purchase order** section " -"found on the customer's portal." +"The file is then available after checkout in the :guilabel:`Sales Orders` " +"section, found on the customer's portal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:172 @@ -6025,7 +6025,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:156 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started`" +msgid ":doc:`../../services/helpdesk`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:161 @@ -7222,7 +7222,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:11 msgid "" "Each website can be designed and configured independently with its own " -":doc:`domain name `, theme, pages, menus, :doc:`languages " +":doc:`domain name `, :doc:`theme <../web_design/themes>`, " +":doc:`pages <../pages>`, :doc:`menus <../pages/menus>`, :doc:`languages " "`, :doc:`products <../../ecommerce/managing_products/products>`, " "assigned sales team, etc. They can also :ref:`share content and pages " "`." @@ -7243,7 +7244,7 @@ msgid "To create a new website, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:136 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" @@ -7300,21 +7301,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:55 msgid "" -"When you switch websites, you are redirected to the other website, to the " -"same page (URL) as the current one. If the page you are currently viewing " -"does not exist on the other website, you are redirected to a 404 error page." -" Once redirected, click :guilabel:`Create page` to create the page." +"When you switch websites, you are redirected to the homepage of the other " +"website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:0 -msgid "Create a page from a 404 error page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:58 msgid "Website-specific configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:60 msgid "" "Most website settings are website-specific, which means they can be " "enabled/disabled per website. To adapt the settings for a website, go to " @@ -7324,13 +7319,13 @@ msgid "" " for that specific website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:67 msgid "" "Websites are created with the default settings; the settings are not copied " "from one website to the other." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:69 msgid "" "In a :doc:`multi-company environment `, " "each website can be linked to a specific company in your database so that " @@ -7339,11 +7334,11 @@ msgid "" " the :guilabel:`Company` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:77 msgid "Content availability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:79 msgid "" "By default, pages, products, events, etc. created from the frontend (using " "the :guilabel:`+New` button) are only available on the website from which it" @@ -7359,39 +7354,39 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Website field in Forum form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:92 msgid "Records and features can be made available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:94 msgid "On all websites: leave the :guilabel:`Website` field empty;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:95 msgid "Only on one website: set the :guilabel:`Website` field accordingly;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:96 msgid "" "On some websites: in this case, you should duplicate the item and set the " ":guilabel:`Website` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:100 msgid "Website pages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:102 msgid "" "To modify the website on which a page is to be published, proceed as " "follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:104 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:105 msgid "" "Open the search panel and select the website on which the page is currently " "published." @@ -7401,34 +7396,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Display pages per website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:110 msgid "Tick the check box next to the page(s) you want to change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:111 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Website` field and select the website, or empty it to " "publish the page on all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:115 msgid "" "Each website must have its own homepage; you may not use the same homepage " "for several websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:118 msgid "eCommerce features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:120 msgid "" "eCommerce features such as products, eCommerce categories, pricelists, " "discounts, payment providers, etc. can be restricted to :ref:`a specific " "website `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:126 msgid "" "You can :doc:`allow your customers to use the same account " "<../../ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts>` on all of your " @@ -7436,41 +7431,41 @@ msgid "" "the website settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:131 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "Harga" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:133 msgid "" "Products can be priced differently based on the website using " ":ref:`pricelists `. The following configuration is " "required:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:137 msgid "" "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section and select the " ":guilabel:`Pricelists` option :guilabel:`Multiple prices per product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:139 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Pricelists` to define new pricelists or edit existing ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:140 msgid "" "Select the pricelist or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new one, then " "select the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and set the :guilabel:`Website` " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting.rst:5 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Laporan" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:149 msgid "" "Each website has its own :ref:`analytics `. To switch " "between websites, click the buttons in the upper right corner." @@ -7480,11 +7475,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Switch websites in analytics" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:156 msgid "Other reporting data" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:158 msgid "" "Other reporting data such as eCommerce dashboard data, online sales analyses" " and visitors can be grouped by website if necessary. Open the search panel " @@ -7505,69 +7500,66 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Cloudflare Turnstile is recommended** as it is possible to add an " -"interactive check if the automated check fails. Also, Google reCAPTCHA v3 is" -" limited to `1 million assessments per month per domain " -"`_." +"We recommend using **Cloudflare Turnstile** as reCAPTCHA v3 may not be " +"compliant with local data protection regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:14 msgid "" "All pages using the :guilabel:`Form`, :guilabel:`Newsletter Block`, " ":guilabel:`Newsletter Popup` snippets, and the eCommerce :guilabel:`Extra " "Step During Checkout` form are protected by both tools." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:19 msgid "" "`Cloudflare Turnstile's documentation " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:20 msgid "" "`Google's reCAPTCHA v3 guide " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:25 msgid "Cloudflare Turnstile configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:28 msgid "On Cloudflare" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:30 msgid "" "`Create `_ a Cloudflare account or use " "an existing one and `log in `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:32 msgid "On the dashboard navigation sidebar, click :guilabel:`Turnstile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:33 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Turnstile Sites` page, click :guilabel:`Add Site`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:34 msgid "Add a :guilabel:`Site name` to identify it easily." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:35 msgid "" "Enter or select the website's :guilabel:`Domain` (e.g., *example.com* or " "*subdomain.example.com*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:36 msgid "Select a :guilabel:`Widget Mode`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:38 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Managed` mode is **recommended**, as visitors can be prompted" " to check a box confirming they are human if deemed necessary by Turnstile." @@ -7577,7 +7569,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Cloudflare Turnstile human verification widget" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:44 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Non-interactive` and :guilabel:`Invisible` modes, " "visitors are never prompted to interact. In :guilabel:`Non-interactive` " @@ -7585,7 +7577,7 @@ msgid "" "protects the form; however, the widget is not supported by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:49 msgid "" "If the Turnstile check fails, visitors are not able to submit the form, and " "the following error message is displayed:" @@ -7595,8 +7587,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Cloudflare Turnstile verification error message" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:28 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" @@ -7604,82 +7596,87 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding a website to Cloudflare Turnstile" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:60 msgid "" "The generated keys are then displayed. Leave the page open for convenience, " "as copying the keys in Odoo is required next." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:111 msgid "On Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:66 msgid "" "From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " ":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`Cloudflare Turnstile` and click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:68 msgid "" "Open the Cloudflare Turnstile page, copy the :guilabel:`Site Key`, and paste" " it into the :guilabel:`CF Site Key` field in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:70 msgid "" "Open the Cloudflare Turnstile page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret Key`, and " "paste it into the :guilabel:`CF Secret Key` field in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:75 msgid "" "Navigate to Turnstile on your Cloudflare account to view the solve rates and" " access more settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:81 msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:85 -msgid "On Google" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:84 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 may not be compliant with local data protection regulations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:87 +msgid "On Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:89 msgid "" "Open `the reCAPTCHA website registration page " "`_. Log in or create a Google" " account if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:92 msgid "On the website registration page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:94 msgid "Give the website a :guilabel:`Label`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:95 msgid "Leave the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA type` on :guilabel:`Score based (v3)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:96 msgid "" "Enter one or more :guilabel:`Domains` (e.g., *example.com* or " "*subdomain.example.com*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:97 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform`, a project is automatically selected" " if one was already created with the logged-in Google account. If not, one " @@ -7687,11 +7684,11 @@ msgid "" "a project yourself or rename the automatically created project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:101 msgid "Agree to the terms of service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:102 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit`." msgstr "" @@ -7699,45 +7696,45 @@ msgstr "" msgid "reCAPTCHA website registration example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:107 msgid "" "A new page with the generated keys is then displayed. Leave it open for " "convenience, as copying the keys to Odoo is required next." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:113 msgid "" "From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " ":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:117 msgid "" "Do not disable the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` feature or uninstall the " ":guilabel:`Google reCAPTCHA integration` module, as many other modules would" " also be removed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:120 msgid "" "Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Site key`, and paste it " "into the :guilabel:`Site Key` field in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:122 msgid "" "Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret key`, and paste " "it into the :guilabel:`Secret Key` field in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:124 msgid "" "Change the default :guilabel:`Minimum score` (`0.50`) if necessary, using a " "value between `1.00` and `0.00`. The higher the threshold is, the more " "difficult it is to pass the reCAPTCHA, and vice versa." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:129 msgid "" "You can notify visitors that reCAPTCHA protects a form. To do so, open the " "website editor and navigate to the form. Then, click somewhere on the form, " @@ -7749,7 +7746,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "reCAPTCHA policy message displayed on a form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:138 msgid "" "If the reCAPTCHA check fails, the following error message is displayed:" msgstr "" @@ -7758,7 +7755,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Google reCAPTCHA verification error message" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:144 msgid "" "Analytics and additional settings are available on `Google's reCAPTCHA " "administration page `_. For " @@ -8201,72 +8198,72 @@ msgid "" " and appearance to your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:12 msgid "" -"*Static* pages are pages that have stable content, such as the homepage. You" -" can manually create new ones, define their URL, adapt their " -":ref:`properties `, etc. *Dynamic* pages, on the " -"other hand, are generated dynamically. All pages generated automatically by " -"Odoo, for example when you install an app or module (e.g., `/shop` or " -"`/blog`) or publish a new product or blog post, are dynamic pages and are " -"therefore managed differently." +"**Static** pages have stable content, such as the homepage. You can manually" +" create new ones, define their URLs, adapt their :ref:`properties " +"`, etc. **Dynamic** pages, on the other hand, are " +"generated dynamically. All pages generated automatically by Odoo, for " +"example, when you install an app or module (e.g., `/shop` or `/blog`) or " +"publish a new product or blog post, are dynamic pages and are therefore " +"managed differently." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:19 msgid "Page creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:21 msgid "" "Website pages can be created from the **frontend** and the **backend**. To " "create a new website page, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:24 msgid "" "Either open the **Website** app, click :guilabel:`+ New` in the top-right " "corner, then select :guilabel:`Page`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:26 msgid "" "Or go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages` and click " ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:27 msgid "" -"Enter a :guilabel:`Page Title`; this title is used in the menu, as well as " -"in the page's URL." +"Enter a :guilabel:`Page Title`; this title is used in the menu and the " +"page's URL." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:29 msgid "" "Customize the page's content and appearance using the website builder, then " "click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:31 msgid ":ref:`Publish ` the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:34 msgid "" "Disable :guilabel:`Add to menu` if the page should not appear in the menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:37 msgid "Page management" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:42 msgid "Publishing/unpublishing pages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:44 msgid "" "Pages need to be published to make them accessible to website visitors. To " -"publish or unpublish a page, access it, then toggle the switch in the upper-" +"publish or unpublish a page, access it and toggle the switch in the upper-" "right corner from :guilabel:`Unpublished` to :guilabel:`Published`, or vice " "versa." msgstr "" @@ -8275,63 +8272,63 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Unpublished/Published toggle" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:52 msgid "It is also possible to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:54 msgid "" "publish/unpublish a page from the :ref:`page properties " "`, where you can define a publishing date and/or " "restrict the page's visibility if needed;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:56 msgid "" "publish/unpublish several pages at once: go to :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Site --> Pages`, select the pages, then, click :guilabel:`Action` and select" -" :guilabel:`Publish` or :guilabel:`Unpublish`." +"Site --> Pages`, select the pages, then click :guilabel:`Action` and select " +":guilabel:`Publish` or :guilabel:`Unpublish`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:61 msgid "Homepage" msgstr "Beranda" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:63 msgid "" -"By default, when you create a website, Odoo creates a dedicated " -":guilabel:`Home` page, but you can define any website page as your homepage." -" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, " -"then, in the :guilabel:`Website info` section, define the URL of the desired" -" page in the field :guilabel:`Homepage URL` (e.g., `/shop`)." +"When you create a website, Odoo creates a dedicated :guilabel:`Home` page by" +" default, but you can define any website page as your homepage. To do so, go" +" to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, then, in the " +":guilabel:`Website info` section, define the URL of the desired page in the " +"field :guilabel:`Homepage URL` (e.g., `/shop`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:68 msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can define any static page as your homepage by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Properties`. Select the " -":guilabel:`Publish` tab and enable :guilabel:`Use as Homepage`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:73 -msgid "Page properties" +"Alternatively, you can define any :ref:`static page ` as " +"your homepage by going to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Properties`. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Publish` tab and enable :guilabel:`Use as Homepage`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To modify a static page's properties, access the page you wish to modify, " -"then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties`." +msgid "Page properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:78 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Name` tab allows you to:" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To modify a :ref:`static page's ` properties, access the " +"page you wish to modify, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:80 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Name` tab allows you to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:82 msgid "rename the page using the :guilabel:`Page Name` field;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:83 msgid "" "modify the :guilabel:`Page URL`. In this case, you can redirect the old URL " "to the new one if needed. To do so, enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old URL`, " @@ -8339,11 +8336,11 @@ msgid "" "redirection>`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`301 Moved permanently`: to redirect the page permanently;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`302 Moved temporarily`: to redirect the page temporarily." msgstr "" @@ -8351,76 +8348,76 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Redirect old URL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:93 msgid "" "You can further adapt the page's properties in the :guilabel:`Publish` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:95 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show in Top Menu`: Disable if you don't want the page to appear " "in the menu;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:96 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use as Homepage`: Enable if you want the page to be the homepage " "of your website;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:97 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Indexed`: Disable if you don't want the page to be shown in " "search engine results;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:98 msgid ":guilabel:`Published`: Enable to publish the page;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Publishing Date`: To publish the page at a specific moment, " "select the date, click the clock icon to set the time, then click the green " "check mark to validate your selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:101 msgid ":guilabel:`Visibility`: Select who can access the page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:103 msgid ":guilabel:`All`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Signed In`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Restricted Group`: Select the :doc:`user access group(s) " "` in the :guilabel:`Authorized " "group` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`With Password`: Enter the password in the :guilabel:`Password` " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:110 msgid "" "*Some* of these properties can also be modified from :menuselection:`Website" " --> Site --> Pages`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:113 msgid "Duplicating pages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:115 msgid "" "To duplicate a page, access the page, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> " "Properties` and click :guilabel:`Duplicate Page`. Enter a :guilabel:`Page " @@ -8429,21 +8426,21 @@ msgid "" "change its position using the :doc:`menu editor `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:123 msgid "Deleting pages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:125 msgid "To delete a page, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:127 msgid "" "Access the page, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties` and click " ":guilabel:`Delete Page`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:129 msgid "" "A pop-up window appears on the screen with all links referring to the page " "you want to delete, organized by category. To ensure website visitors don't " @@ -8453,131 +8450,137 @@ msgid "" "` for the deleted page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:134 msgid "" "Once you have updated the links (or set up a :ref:`redirection `), select the :guilabel:`I am sure about this` check box, then " "click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:138 -msgid "URL redirects" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Redirecting URLs consists in sending visitors and search engines to a URL " -"that is different from the one they originally requested. This technique is " -"used, for example, to prevent broken links when you :ref:`delete a page " -"`, :ref:`modify its URL `, or " -"move your site to a new :doc:`domain `. It can " -"also be used to improve :doc:`pages/seo`." +msgid "URL redirect mapping" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:142 +msgid "" +"URL redirect mapping consists in sending visitors and search engines to a " +"URL different from the one they initially requested. This technique is used," +" for example, to prevent broken links when you :ref:`delete a page " +"`, :ref:`modify its URL `, or " +"migrate your site from another platform to an Odoo :doc:`domain " +"`. It can also be used to improve " +":doc:`pages/seo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:148 msgid "" "To access existing URL redirections and create new ones, :doc:`activate the " "developer mode ` and go to " ":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Redirects`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:151 -msgid "" -"A record is added automatically every time you :ref:`modify a page's URL " -"` and enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old URL`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:153 -msgid "You can set up redirections for static and dynamic pages." +msgid "" +"A redirect record is added automatically every time you :ref:`modify a " +"page's URL ` and enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old " +"URL`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:155 msgid "" +"You can set up redirections for :ref:`static and dynamic pages " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:157 +msgid "" "To create a new redirection, click the :guilabel:`New` button, then fill in " "the fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:159 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name to identify the redirect." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:158 -msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: Select the type of redirection:" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:160 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`404 Not found`: visitors are redirected to a 404 error page when " -"they try to access the page." +msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: Select the type of redirection:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:162 msgid "" -":guilabel:`301 Moved Permanently`: for permanent redirections of static " -"pages; the new URL is shown in search engine results and the redirect is " -"cached by browsers." +":guilabel:`404 Not found`: visitors are redirected to a 404 error page when " +"they try to access an unpublished or deleted page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:164 msgid "" -":guilabel:`302 Moved Temporarily`: for short-term redirections, for example," -" if you are redesigning or updating the page. The new URL is neither cached " -"by browsers, nor shown in search engine results." +":guilabel:`301 Moved Permanently`: for permanent redirections of unpublished" +" or deleted :ref:`static pages `. The new URL is shown in" +" search engine results, and the redirect is cached by browsers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:167 msgid "" -":guilabel:`308 Redirect / Rewrite`: for permanent redirections of dynamic " -"pages; the new URL is shown in search engine results and the redirect is " -"cached by browsers. Use this redirect type to rename a dynamic page, for " -"example, if you wish to rename `/shop` into `/market`." +":guilabel:`302 Moved Temporarily`: for short-term redirections, for example," +" if you are redesigning or updating a page. The new URL is neither cached by" +" browsers nor shown in search engine results." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:170 msgid "" -":guilabel:`URL from`: Enter the URL to be redirected (e.g., `/about-the-" -"company`) or search for the desired dynamic page and select it from the " -"list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:173 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`URL to`: For 301, 302 and 308 redirects, enter the URL to be " -"redirected to. If you want to redirect to an external URL, make sure to " -"include the protocol (e.g., `https://`)." +":guilabel:`308 Redirect/Rewrite`: for permanent redirections of existing " +":ref:`dynamic pages `. The URL is renamed; the new name " +"is shown in search engine results and is cached by browsers. Use this " +"redirect type to rename a dynamic page, for example, if you wish to rename " +"`/shop` into `/market`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:175 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL from`: Enter the URL to be redirected (e.g., `/about-the-" +"company`) or search for the desired :ref:`dynamic page ` " +"and select it from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:177 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL to`: For 301, 302, and 308 redirects, enter the URL to be " +"redirected to. If you want to redirect to an external URL, include the " +"protocol (e.g., `https://`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:179 msgid ":guilabel:`Website`: Select a specific website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:180 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sequence`: to define the order in which redirections are " +":guilabel:`Sequence`: To define the order in which redirections are " "performed, e.g., in the case of redirect chains (i.e., a series of redirects" " where one URL is redirected to another one, which is itself further " "redirected to another URL)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:184 msgid "Toggle the :guilabel:`Activate` switch to deactivate the redirection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:187 msgid "" -"404, 301 and 302 redirections only work if the original page has been " +"404, 301, and 302 redirections are meant to migrate traffic from " ":ref:`unpublished ` or :ref:`deleted " -"`." +"` pages to *new* pages, while the 308 redirect is used " +"for *permanent* redirections of *existing* pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:192 msgid "" "`Google documentation on redirects and search " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:193 msgid ":doc:`pages/seo`" msgstr "" @@ -9322,36 +9325,46 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`GTM (Google Tag Manager)` is a tag management system that allows you " "to easily update measurement codes and related code fragments, collectively " "known as tags on your website or mobile app, directly through the code " -"injector. To use GTM, proceed as follows:" +"injector." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Google Tag Manager may not be compliant with local data protection " +"regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:142 +msgid "To use GTM, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:144 msgid "" "Create or sign in to a Google account by going to " "https://tagmanager.google.com/." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:146 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Accounts` tab, click :guilabel:`Create account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:148 msgid "" "Enter an :guilabel:`Account Name` and select the account's " ":guilabel:`Country`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:150 msgid "" "Enter your website's URL in the :guilabel:`Container name` field and select " "the :guilabel:`Target platform`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:153 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create` and agree to the Terms of Service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:155 msgid "" "Copy the `` and `` codes from the popup window. Then, go to your" " website, click :guilabel:`Edit`, go to the :guilabel:`Themes` tab, scroll " @@ -9363,7 +9376,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Install Google Tag Manager" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:164 msgid "" "The data is collected in the marketing tools used to monitor the website " "(e.g., Google Analytics, Plausible, Facebook Pixel), not in Odoo." @@ -9748,6 +9761,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/dynamic_content.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/inner_content.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -9906,6 +9920,59 @@ msgid "" "enter the code, replacing the code used to show the block's instructions." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:3 +msgid "Features" +msgstr "Fitur-Fitur" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Features` :doc:`building blocks <../building_blocks>` allow " +"you to list multiple items next to each other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The :ref:`Table of Content ` and the :ref:`Call " +"to Action ` blocks are presented below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:20 +msgid "Table of content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Table of Content` block is used to list many different items " +"grouped under several headings. A clickable index is available to navigate " +"quickly between the different categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst-1 +msgid "The default Table of Content block" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:29 +msgid "Call to action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Call to Action` block is used to prompt visitors to take a " +"specific action, such as signing up for a newsletter or contacting you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst-1 +msgid "The default Call to Action block" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To change the button's link, select it, go to the :guilabel:`Customize` " +"tab's :guilabel:`Inline Text` section and replace `/contactus` with another " +"URL." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/inner_content.rst:3 msgid "Inner content" msgstr "Konten inner" @@ -9974,10 +10041,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The default banner block" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:29 -msgid "Call to action" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:31 msgid "" "The call to action button encourages visitors to take a specific action, for" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 1d19ca033..5010f080e 100644 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:55+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Marianna Ciofani, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" @@ -679,11 +679,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delete Account` button to confirm the deletion." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:36 msgid "Odoo.com account password change" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:38 msgid "" "To change an Odoo.com account password, first login into the Odoo.com user " "account from the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-" @@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ msgid "" "dashboard appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:41 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:43 msgid "" "To change the Odoo.com password, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security " "Settings` link, below the :menuselection:`Account Security` section. Next, " @@ -701,23 +701,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Change Password` to complete the password change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:47 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:49 msgid "" "If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:53 msgid "" "Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the " "same email address is used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:55 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:57 msgid "Add two-factor authentication" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:59 msgid "" "To add two-factor authentication, login into the Odoo.com user account from " "the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-right corner of " @@ -726,14 +726,14 @@ msgid "" "dashboard appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:64 msgid "" "If the user would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " "Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below " "the :menuselection:`Account Security` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:67 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " "(two-factor authentication)`. Then, confirm the current password in the " @@ -744,26 +744,26 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Verification Code`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:71 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:73 msgid "" "Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete " "the setup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:76 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:76 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`" msgstr "" @@ -1420,7 +1420,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:6 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:170 msgid "Submodules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Moduli secondarii" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -1601,6 +1601,8 @@ msgid "" "The branches view gives you an overview of the different branches your " "repository has." msgstr "" +"La visualizzazione dei rami offre una panoramica dei vari rami che " +"compongono un archivio." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:16 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:41 @@ -1612,12 +1614,15 @@ msgid "" "Odoo.sh offers three different stages for your branches: production, staging" " and development." msgstr "" +"Odoo.sh offre tre fasi diverse per i rami: produzione, staging e sviluppo." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:20 msgid "" "You can change the stage of a branch by drag and dropping it into the stage " "section title." msgstr "" +"È possibile modificare la fase di un ramo trascinandolo e rilasciandolo " +"all'interno della sezione desiderata." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:28 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:44 @@ -1629,12 +1634,16 @@ msgid "" "This is the branch holding the code on which your production database runs. " "There can be only one production branch." msgstr "" +"Si tratta del ramo che contiene il codice utilizzato per l'esecuzione del " +"database di produzione. È possibile avere un solo ramo di produzione." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:33 msgid "" "When you push a new commit in this branch, your production server is updated" " with the code of the new revision and is then restarted." msgstr "" +"Quando esegui un nuovo commit in questo ramo, il server di produzione viene " +"aggiornato con il codice della nuova revisione per poi essere riavviato." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -1644,6 +1653,12 @@ msgid "" "then take care to perform the update during which the instance will be held " "temporarily unavailable for maintenance reason." msgstr "" +"Se le modifiche richiedono l'aggiornamento di un modulo, come una modifica " +"in una vista modulo e vuoi che venga eseguito automaticamente, aumenta il " +"numero della versione del modulo nel manifesto (*__manifest__.py*). In " +"seguito, la piattaforma si occuperà di eseguire l'aggiornamento durante il " +"quale l'istanza sarà temporaneamente non disponivile per motivi di " +"manutenzione." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -1651,6 +1666,9 @@ msgid "" "Apps menu, or through the :code:`-u` switch of :doc:`the command line " "`." msgstr "" +"Il metodo equivale a eseguire un aggiornamento del modulo tramite il menu " +"delle app o attraverso l'opzione :code:`-u` della :doc:`riga di comando " +"`." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -1660,6 +1678,12 @@ msgid "" "before the update. You still have access to the log of the failed update, so" " you can troubleshoot it." msgstr "" +"Nel caso in cui le modifiche nel commit impediscano al server di riavviarsi " +"oppure se l'aggiornamento dei moduli fallisce, il server verrà ripristinato " +"automaticamente alla revisione del codice precedente e il database verrà " +"ripristinato alla versione precedente l'aggiornamento. Avrai ancora accesso " +"al registro dell'aggiornamento che non è andato a buon fine così da poter " +"risolvere il problema." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -1667,6 +1691,10 @@ msgid "" "database. The unit tests are not performed, as it would increase the " "unavailability time of the production database during the updates." msgstr "" +"I dati demo non vengono caricati in quanto non vengono utilizzati in un " +"database di produzione. I test di unità non vengono eseguiti perché " +"aumenterebbero il tempo di non disponibilità del database di produzione " +"durante gli aggiornamenti." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -1674,11 +1702,14 @@ msgid "" " with all the staging branches, will automatically be set back to the " "development stage after 30 days." msgstr "" +"I partner che utilizzato progetti di prova devono essere consapevoli del " +"fatto che il loro ramo di produzione, così come i rami di staging, verranno " +"reimpostati automaticamente alla fase di sviluppo dopo 30 giorni." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:61 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:63 msgid "Staging" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Staging" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -1687,10 +1718,14 @@ msgid "" "They will create databases that are neutralized duplicates of the production" " database." msgstr "" +"I rami di staging servono a testare le nuove funzionalità utilizzando i dati" +" di produzione senza compromettere il database di produzione corrente con " +"record di prova. Verranno creati database che sono duplicati neutralizzati " +"del database di produzione." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:67 msgid "The neutralization includes:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "La neutralizzazione include:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -1699,6 +1734,10 @@ msgid "" "them less often if no one is using the database in order to save up " "resources." msgstr "" +"la disabilitazione delle azioni programmate. Se vuoi provarle, puoi attivare" +" manualmente le azioni o riabilitarle. Tieni presente che la piattaforma le " +"eseguirà in maniera meno frequente se nessuno utilizza il database, al fine " +"di risparmiare risorse." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -1707,14 +1746,21 @@ msgid "" "emails sent by your database is provided. That way, you do not have to worry" " about sending test emails to your contacts." msgstr "" +"La disabilitazione delle e-mail in uscita intercettandole con un " +"mailcatcher. Viene fornita anche una :ref:`interfaccia oer visualizzare " +"` le e-mail inviate dal tuo " +"database. In questo modo, non devi preoccuparti dell'invio di e-mail di " +"prova ai tuoi contatti." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:75 msgid "Setting payment providers and shipping providers in test mode." msgstr "" +"La configurazione di fornitori di servizi di pagamento e di spedizione in " +"modalità test." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:76 msgid "Disabling IAP services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Disabilitare servizi IAP" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -1725,6 +1771,12 @@ msgid "" "document them or write them directly in the modules of the branch, using XML" " data files overriding the default configuration or views." msgstr "" +"L'ultimo database verrà conservato a vita, quelli più vecchi appartenenti " +"allo stesso ramo potrebbero essere cestinati per fare spazio ai nuovi. Sarà " +"valido per 3 mesi dopo i quali dovrai ricostruire il ramo. Se modifichi le " +"impostazioni o le viste nei database, assicurati di documentare le modifiche" +" o scriverle nei moduli del ramo utilizzando file dati XML sovrascrivendo le" +" configurazioni o le viste predefinite." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -1733,6 +1785,10 @@ msgid "" " Odoo supports to run the unit tests without the demo data, Odoo.sh will " "then consider running the tests on staging databases." msgstr "" +"In Odoo, i unit test non vengono eseguiti perché si basano su dati di prova " +"che non vengono caricati nel database di produzione, Nel futuro, se Odoo " +"supporterà l'esecuzione di unit test senza utilizzare dati di prova, Odoo.sh" +" valuterà la possibilità di eseguire i test su database di staging." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:88 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:81 @@ -1747,6 +1803,11 @@ msgid "" "You can change this list of modules to install in your :ref:`project " "Settings `." msgstr "" +"I rami di sviluppo creano nuovi database utilizzando dati di prova per " +"eseguire unit test. I moduli installati sono quelli inclusi nei rami. È " +"possibile modificare l'elenco dei moduli da installare dalle " +":ref:`Impostazioni di progetto `." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -1758,6 +1819,14 @@ msgid "" "be run with custom tags in the :ref:`branch's settings `." msgstr "" +"Al momento dell'esecuzione di un commit in uno dei rami, verrà avviato un " +"nuovo server con un database creato da capo e la nuova revisione del ramo. I" +" dati di prova vengono caricati e in seguito vengono eseguiti unit test in " +"maniera predefinita. Il processo permette di verificare che le modifiche non" +" compromettano nessuna delle funzionalità testate. Se lo desideri, è " +"possibile disabilitare i test o consentire test specifici da eseguire con " +"tag personalizzati dalle :ref:`impostazioni del ramo `." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -1765,6 +1834,9 @@ msgid "" "a mailcatcher and scheduled actions are not triggered as long as the " "database is not in use." msgstr "" +"Le e-mail, simili a i rami di staging, non vengono inviate ma sono " +"intercettate da un mailcatcher e le azioni programmate non vengono eseguite " +"quando il database non è in uso." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -1772,34 +1844,43 @@ msgid "" "three days. After that, they can be automatically garbage collected to make " "room for new databases without prior notice." msgstr "" +"I database creati per i rami di sviluppo saranno attivi per 3 giorni " +"all'incirca. Dopodiché, possono essere eliminati per fare spazio a nuovi " +"database senza preavviso." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:110 msgid "Merging your branches" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Unificare i rami" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:112 msgid "" "You can merge your branches easily by drag and dropping them into each " "other." -msgstr "" +msgstr "È possibile unire i rami facilmente, trascinandoli e rilasciandoli." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:117 msgid "" "When you want to test the changes of your development branches with the " "production data, you can either:" msgstr "" +"Al fine di testare le modifiche dei rami di sviluppo con i dati di " +"produzione, è possibile:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:120 msgid "" "merge the development branch into your staging branch, by drag and dropping " "it onto the desired staging branch," msgstr "" +"unire il ramo di sviluppo con il ramo di staging, trascinandolo e " +"rilasciandolo nel ramo di staging desiderato." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:121 msgid "" "drag and dropping the development branch on the staging section title, to " "make it become a staging branch." msgstr "" +"Trascinare e rilasciare il ramo di sviluppo nella sezione titolo staging per" +" renderlo un ramo." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -1807,6 +1888,9 @@ msgid "" "your staging branch onto your production branch to merge and deploy in " "production your newest features." msgstr "" +"Quando le ultime modifiche saranno pronte per la produzione, è possibile " +"trascinare e rilasciare il ramo di staging nel ramo di produzione per unirli" +" e distribuire le nuove funzionalità in produzione." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -1814,12 +1898,15 @@ msgid "" "production branch as well. It just means you skip the validation of your " "changes with the production data through a staging branch." msgstr "" +"Se sei abbastanza coraggioso, puoi unire i rami di sviluppo con il ramo di " +"produzione. Significa saltare la convalida delle modifiche con i dati di " +"oroduzione attraverso un ramo di staging." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:131 msgid "" "You can merge your development branches into each other, and your staging " "branches into each other." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Puoi unire i rami di sviluppo e i rami di staging tra loro." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -1827,6 +1914,9 @@ msgid "" "to merge your branches. Odoo.sh will be notified when new revisions have " "been pushed in your branches." msgstr "" +"Per unire i rami, ovviamente è anche possibile utilizzare :code:`git merge` " +"direttamente nella stazione di lavoro. Odoo.sh riceverà una notifica quando " +"le nuove revisioni verranno integrate nei rami." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -1834,12 +1924,18 @@ msgid "" "code: Any configuration changes you made in the staging databases are not " "passed to the production database." msgstr "" +"L'unione di un ramo di staging con un ramo di produzione comporta solo " +"l'unione del codice sorgente: qualsiasi modifica relativa alle impostazioni " +"realizzata nei database di staging non viene trasferita al database di " +"produzione." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:139 msgid "" "If you test configuration changes in staging branches, and want them to be " "applied in the production, you have to either:" msgstr "" +"Se le impostazioni del test cambiano nei rami di staging e vuoi che vengano " +"applicate in produzione, puoi:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -1851,12 +1947,22 @@ msgid "" "will use the Git versioning features for all your configuration changes, and" " therefore have a traceability for your changes." msgstr "" +"scrivere le modifiche relative alle impostazioni in un file dati XML che " +"sostituiranno le impostazioni o le viste predefinite nei rami. In seguito, " +"la versione del modulo aumenterà nel manifesto (*__manifest__.py*) per " +"attivare l'aggiornamento del modulo al momento dell'unione del ramo di " +"staging con il ramo di produzione. Questa è la pratica più adatta per " +"ottenere una migliore scalabilità degli sviluppi in quanto utilizzerai le " +"funzionalità di versionamento Git per tutte le modifiche relative alle " +"impostazioni e quindi otterrai tracciabilità delle modifiche apportate." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:147 msgid "" "pass them manually from your staging to your production database, by " "copy/pasting them." msgstr "" +"Trasferire manualmente le modifiche dal database di staging a quello di " +"produzione tramite la funzione copia/incolla." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:152 msgid "Tabs" @@ -1870,17 +1976,19 @@ msgstr "Storia" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:157 msgid "An overview of your branch history:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Una panoramica della cronologia del ramo:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:159 msgid "The messages of the commits and their authors," -msgstr "" +msgstr "i messaggi dei commit e i rispettivi autori;" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:160 msgid "" "The various events linked to the platform, such as stage changes, database " "imports, backup restores." msgstr "" +"i vari eventi collegati alla piattaforma, come le modifiche di fase, le " +"importazioni dei database, il ripristino di backup." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -1890,6 +1998,11 @@ msgid "" "successful backup import, ...). When an operation is successful, you can " "access the database thanks to the *connect* button." msgstr "" +"Nell'angolo in alto a destra, viene visualizzato lo stato di ogni evento. " +"Può fornire informazioni su operazioni in corso sul database (installazione," +" aggiornamento, importazione backup...) o i risultati (feedback test, " +"importazione backup riuscita...). Quando un'operazione avviene con successo," +" è possibile accedere al database grazie al pulsante *connessione*." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:173 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:73 @@ -1904,10 +2017,14 @@ msgid "" "and staging branches as the emails of your production database are really " "sent instead of being intercepted." msgstr "" +"Questa scheda contiene il mailcatcher e mostra una panoramica delle e-mail " +"inviate al tuo database. Il mailcatcher è disponibile per i rami di sviluppo" +" e staging in quanto le e-mail del database di produzione vengono davvero " +"inviate e non solo intercettate." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:184 msgid "Shell" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Shell" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:186 msgid "" @@ -1915,6 +2032,9 @@ msgid "" "(:code:`ls`, :code:`top`) and open a shell on your database by typing " ":code:`psql`." msgstr "" +"Accesso all'interprete dei comandi (shell) nel contenitore. È possibile " +"eseguire comandi linux di base (:code:`ls`, :code:`top`) e aprire una shell " +"nel database digitando :code:`psql`." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:192 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:208 @@ -1922,12 +2042,16 @@ msgid "" "You can open multiple tabs and drag-and-drop them to arrange the layout as " "you wish, for instance side by side." msgstr "" +"Puoi aprire più schede e trascinarle e rilasciarle per organizzare il layout" +" come preferisci, ad esempio una accanto all'altra." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:196 msgid "" "Long running shell instances are not guaranteed. Idle shells can be " "disconnected at anytime in order to free up resources." msgstr "" +"Non sono garantite istanze shell di lunga durata. Le shell non attive " +"possono essere scollegate in qualsiasi momento per liberare altre risorse." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:200 msgid "Editor" @@ -1938,15 +2062,20 @@ msgid "" "An online integrated development environment (IDE) to edit the source code. " "You can also open terminals, Python consoles and even Odoo Shell consoles." msgstr "" +"Ambiente di sviluppo integrato online (IDE) per modificare il codice " +"sorgente. È possibile aprire terminali, console Python e anche console Odoo " +"Shell." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:212 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:105 msgid "Monitoring" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Monitoraggio" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:214 msgid "This link contains various monitoring metrics of the current build." msgstr "" +"Il presente link contiene varie metriche di monitoraggio per il build " +"attuale." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -1954,6 +2083,10 @@ msgid "" "graph. On the graphs, annotations help you relate to changes on the build " "(database import, git push, etc...)." msgstr "" +"È possibile ingrandire, modificare l'intervallo di tempo o selezionare una " +"metrica specifica per ogni grafico. Le annotazioni nei grafici ti aiutano a " +"individuare i cambiamenti nel build (importazione database, esecuzione git, " +"ecc.)." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:225 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:65 @@ -1963,42 +2096,46 @@ msgstr "Log" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:227 msgid "A viewer to have a look to your server logs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Un visualizzatore per dare un'occhiata ai registri del server." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:232 msgid "Different logs are available:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sono disponibili vari registri:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:234 msgid "" "install.log: The logs of the database installation. In a development branch," " the logs of the tests are included." msgstr "" +"install.log: i registri relativi all'installazione del database. Nel ramo di" +" sviluppo, sono inclusi i registri dei test." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:235 msgid "pip.log: The logs of the Python dependencies installation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "pip.log: i registri dell'installazione delle dipendenze Python." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:236 msgid "odoo.log: The logs of the running server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "odoo.log: i registri per il server in esecuzione." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:237 msgid "update.log: The logs of the database updates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "update.log: i registri per gli aggiornamenti del database." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:238 msgid "" "pg_long_queries.log: The logs of psql queries that take an unusual amount of" " time." msgstr "" +"pg_long_queries.log: i registri delle query psql che richiedono un periodo " +"di tempo insolito." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:240 msgid "" "If new lines are added in the logs, they will be displayed automatically. If" " you scroll to the bottom, the browser will scroll automatically each time a" " new line is added." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se vengono aggiunte nuove righe ai registri, " #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:243 msgid "" @@ -2006,17 +2143,23 @@ msgid "" "upper right corner of the view. The fetching is automatically stopped after " "5 minutes. You can restart it using the play button." msgstr "" +"È possibile mettere in pausa il recupero dei registri facendo clic sul " +"pulsante corrispondente nell'angolo in alto a destra della vista. Il " +"recupero viene interrotto automaticamente dopo 5 minuti. È possibile " +"riavviarlo utilizzando il pulsante di avvio." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:249 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:109 msgid "Backups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Backup" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:251 msgid "" "A list of the backups available for download and restore, the ability to " "perform a manual backup and to import a database." msgstr "" +"Elenco dei backup disponibili per il download e il ripristino, la " +"possibilità di eseguire un backup manuale e importare un database." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:257 msgid "" @@ -2024,6 +2167,10 @@ msgid "" "weekly and 3 monthly backups. Each backup includes the database dump, the " "filestore (attachments, binary fields), logs and sessions." msgstr "" +"Odoo.sh esegue backup giornalieri del database di produzione e nello " +"specifico: 7 al giorno, 4 a settimana e 3 mensili. Ogni backup include il " +"dump del database, il filestore (allegati, campi binari), registri e " +"sessioni." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:260 msgid "" @@ -2032,6 +2179,11 @@ msgid "" "staging branches, for testing purposes, or to manually recover data that has" " been deleted by accident from the production database." msgstr "" +"Per i database di staging e sviluppo il backup non viene eseguito. " +"Ciononostante, hai la possibilità di ripristinare un backup del database di " +"produzione nei rami di staging, a scopo di test o per recuperare manualmente" +" dati che sono stati eliminati accidentalmente dal database di produzione " +"stesso." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:264 msgid "" @@ -2039,6 +2191,9 @@ msgid "" " hosted on. This server only keeps one month of backups: 7 daily and 4 " "weekly backups." msgstr "" +"L'elenco contiene i backup salvati nel server che ospita il tuo database di " +"produzione. Il server conserva solo backup di un mese: 7 giornalieri e 4 " +"settimanali." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:267 msgid "" @@ -2046,6 +2201,9 @@ msgid "" "monthly backups. To restore or download one of these monthly backups, please" " `contact us `_." msgstr "" +"I server dedicati al backup conservano gli stessi backup e 3 backup mensili " +"aggiuntivi. Per ripristinare o scaricare uno di questi, `contattaci " +"all'indirizzo `_." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:270 msgid "" @@ -2057,6 +2215,14 @@ msgid "" "will be changed with the module update triggered afterwards. In these two " "cases, we are doing a backup as it may potentially break things." msgstr "" +"Se unisci un commit che aggiorna la versione di uno o più moduli (in " +":file:`__manifest__.py`) o le dipendenze python collegate (in " +":file:`requirements.txt`), Odoo.sh eseguirà un backup in automatico " +"(contrassegnate dal tipo di aggiornamento nell'elenco) perché il contenitore" +" verrà modificato dall'installazione di nuovi pacchetti pip o il database " +"verrà modificato con l'aggiornamento del modulo attivato in seguito. In " +"questi due casi, realizziamo un backup in quanto potrebbero verificarsi " +"problemi." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:276 msgid "" @@ -2068,40 +2234,54 @@ msgid "" "wrong (those manual backups are available for about one week). To avoid " "abuse, we limit manual backups to 5 per day." msgstr "" +"Se unisci un commit che modifica solamente una parte del codice, senza " +"apportare le modifiche citate in precedenza, Odoo.sh non effettuerà nessun " +"backup perché né il contenitore né il database verranno modificati quindi la" +" piattaforma lo ritiene un comportamento abbastanza sicuro. Come ulteriore " +"precauzione, puoi eseguire un backup manualmente prima di apportare notevoli" +" modifiche alle risorse di produzione in caso qualcosa vada storto (i backup" +" manuali sono disponibili per una settimana circa). Per evitare l'abuso, " +"limitiamo i backup manuali a 5 al giorno." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:282 msgid "" "The *import database* feature accepts database archives in the format " "provided by:" msgstr "" +"La funzionalità *Importa database* accetta archivi database nei formati " +"forniti da:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:284 msgid "" "the standard Odoo databases manager, (available for on-premise Odoo servers " "under :code:`/web/database/manager`)" msgstr "" +"il gestore standard di database Odoo (disponibile per server Odoo on-premise" +" su :code:`/web/database/manager`)" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:286 msgid "the Odoo online databases manager," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Il gestore online di database Odoo." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:287 msgid "the Odoo.sh backup download button of this *Backups* tab," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Il pulsante di download del backup Odoo.sh nella finestra \"Backup\"." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:288 msgid "" "the Odoo.sh dump download button in the :ref:`Builds view `." msgstr "" +"Il pulsante di download del dump Odoo.sh nella :ref:`Vista build `." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:295 msgid "Available for production and staging branches for valid projects." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Disponibile per i rami di produzione e staging per progetti validi." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:298 msgid ":doc:`Upgrade documentation <../../upgrade>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Documentazione aggiornamento <../../upgrade>`" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:303 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:3 @@ -2116,10 +2296,12 @@ msgid "" "Here you can find a couple of settings that only apply to the currently " "selected branch." msgstr "" +"Qui puoi trovare un paio di impostazioni che si applicano solo al ramo " +"selezionato." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:310 msgid "**Behaviour upon new commit**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Comportamento a seguito di un nuovo commit**" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:312 msgid "" @@ -2133,15 +2315,26 @@ msgid "" " the production build every time a commit is pushed. A branch that is put " "back from staging to development will automatically be set to 'Do nothing'." msgstr "" +"Per i rami di sviluppo e di staging, è possibile modificare il comportamento" +" del ramo dopo aver ricevuto un nuovo commit. Per impostazione predefinita, " +"un ramo di sviluppo porterà alla creazione di un nuovo build e un ramo di " +"staging aggiornerà il build precedente (vedi :ref:`Fase di produzione " +"`). Si tratta di una pratica utile se la funzionalità " +"sulla quale stai lavorando richiede una configurazione particolare, per " +"evitare di doverla configurare manualmente per ogni commit. Se scegli un " +"nuovo build per un ramo di staging, ogni volta che viene eseguito un commit " +"verrà creata una nuova copia dal build di produzione. Un ramo che passa da " +"staging a sviluppo verrà impostato automaticamente su \"Non fare nulla\"." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:320 msgid "**Modules installation**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Installazione dei moduli**" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:322 msgid "" "Choose the modules to install automatically for your development builds." msgstr "" +"Scegli i moduli da installare automaticamente per i build di sviluppo." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:327 msgid "" @@ -2149,6 +2342,9 @@ msgid "" "is the default option. The :ref:`submodules ` " "are excluded." msgstr "" +"*Installa solo i miei moduli* installerà solo i moduli del ramo. Si tratta " +"di un'impostazione predefinita. I :ref:`moduli secondari ` sono esclusi." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:329 msgid "" @@ -2156,6 +2352,10 @@ msgid "" "the modules included in the submodules and all standard modules of Odoo. " "When running the full installation, the test suite is disabled." msgstr "" +"*Installazione completa (tutti i moduli)* installerà i moduli del ramo, i " +"moduli inclusi nei moduli secondari e tutti i moduli standard di Odoo. " +"Durante l'esecuzione dell'installazione completa, il gruppo di test è " +"disabilitato." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:331 msgid "" @@ -2163,6 +2363,9 @@ msgid "" "just below this option. The names are the technical name of the modules, and" " they must be comma-separated." msgstr "" +"*Installa un elenco di moduli* installerà solo i moduli specificati " +"nell'inserimento in basso all'opzione. I nomi corrispondono ai nomi tecnici " +"dei moduli e devono essere separati da virgole." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:334 msgid "" @@ -2170,10 +2373,14 @@ msgid "" "hour. This setting applies to development builds only. Staging builds " "duplicate the production build and the production build only installs base." msgstr "" +"Se i test sono abilitati, l'insieme di moduli standard Odoo può impiegare " +"fino ad 1 ora. L'impostazione si applica solo ai build di sviluppo. I build " +"di staging duplicano il build di produzione e il build di produzione " +"installa solo la base." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:339 msgid "**Test suite**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Gruppo di test**" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:341 msgid "" @@ -2182,10 +2389,14 @@ msgid "" "restrict them by specifying test tags :ref:`test tags " "`." msgstr "" +"Per i rami di sviluppo, puoi scegliere di abilitare o disabilitare il gruppo" +" di test, abilitato per impostazione predefinita. Se abilitato, puoi " +"limitarlo specificando i :ref:`tag del test " +"`." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:345 msgid "**Odoo Version**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Versione Odoo**" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:347 msgid "" @@ -2193,12 +2404,17 @@ msgid "" "you want to test upgraded code or develop features while your production " "database is in the process of being upgraded to a newer version." msgstr "" +"Solo per i rami di sviluppo, è possibile modificare la versione di Odoo se " +"vuoi testare il codice aggiornato o sviluppare funzionalità mentre il " +"database di produzione è in fase di aggiornamento." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:350 msgid "" "In addition, for each version you have two options regarding the code " "update." msgstr "" +"Inoltre, per ogni versione hai due opzioni relative all'aggiornamento del " +"codice." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:352 msgid "" @@ -2206,6 +2422,9 @@ msgid "" "fixes automatically. The sources of your Odoo server will be updated weekly." " This is the 'Latest' option." msgstr "" +"Puoi scegliere di beneficiare delle ultime correzioni di bug, sicurezza e " +"prestazioni automatiche. Le fonti del server Odoo verranno aggiornate " +"settimanalmente. Questa è \"l'ultima\" opzione." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:354 msgid "" @@ -2214,10 +2433,14 @@ msgid "" " notified by mail when the expiration date approaches and if you don't take " "action afterwards, you will automatically be set to the latest revision." msgstr "" +"Puoi scegliere di fissare le fonti Odoo in una revisione specifica " +"selezionandole dall'elenco delle date. Le revisioni scadranno dopo 3 mesi. " +"Riceverai una notifica via e-mail quando la data di scadenza sarà vicina e " +"se non agisci verrai portato automaticamente all'utlima revisione." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:359 msgid "**Custom domains**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Domini personalizzati**" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:361 msgid "" @@ -2225,32 +2448,42 @@ msgid "" "possible to add other *.odoo.com* domains or your own custom domains. " "For the latter you have to:" msgstr "" +"Qui puoi configurare domini aggiuntivi per il ramo selezionato. È possibile " +"aggiungere altri domini *.odoo.com* o i tuoi domini personalizzati. " +"Nell'ultimo caso, è necessario:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:364 msgid "own or purchase the domain name," -msgstr "" +msgstr "essere proprietario o acquistare il nome di dominio;" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:365 msgid "add the domain name in this list," -msgstr "" +msgstr "aggiungere il nome di dominio all'elenco;" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:366 msgid "" "in your registrar's domain name manager, configure the domain name with a " "``CNAME`` record set to your production database domain name." msgstr "" +"configurare il nome di dominio con un record ``CNAME`` impostato come nome " +"di dominio del database di produzione dal gestore dei nomi di dominio del " +"registrar." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:369 msgid "" "For instance, to associate *www.mycompany.com* to your database " "*mycompany.odoo.com*:" msgstr "" +"Ad esempio, per associare *www.mycompany.com* al tuo database " +"*mycompany.odoo.com*: " #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:371 msgid "" "in Odoo.sh, add *www.mycompany.com* in the custom domains of your project " "settings," msgstr "" +"in Odoo.sh, aggiungi *www.mycompany.com* tra i domini personalizati dalle " +"impostazioni di progetto," #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:372 msgid "" @@ -2258,30 +2491,38 @@ msgid "" "configure *www.mycompany.com* with a ``CNAME`` record with as value " "*mycompany.odoo.com*." msgstr "" +"nel gestore dei nomi di dominio (ad es. *godaddy.com*, *gandi.net*, " +"*ovh.com*) imposta un record ``CNAME`` per *www.mycompany.com* con " +"*mycompany.odoo.com* come valore." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:375 msgid "Bare domains (e.g. *mycompany.com*) are not accepted:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "I domini semplici (ad es. *mycompany.com*) non sono accettati:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:377 msgid "they can only be configured using ``A`` records," -msgstr "" +msgstr "possono essere configurati solo utilizzando record ``A``;" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:378 msgid "``A`` records only accept IP addresses as value," -msgstr "" +msgstr "i record ``A`` accettano solo indirizzi IP come valori;" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:379 msgid "" "the IP address of your database can change, following an upgrade, a hardware" " failure or your wish to host your database in another country or continent." msgstr "" +"l'indirizzo IP del tuo database può cambiare a seguito di un aggiornamento, " +"del fallimento dell'hardware o del desiderio di ospitare il database in un " +"altro Paese o continente." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:382 msgid "" "Therefore, bare domains could suddenly no longer work because of this change" " of IP address." msgstr "" +"Di conseguenza, i domini semplici possono smettere di funzionare a causa " +"delle modifiche apportate all'indirizzo IP." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:384 msgid "" @@ -2294,10 +2535,19 @@ msgid "" "*www.mycompany.com*. Most domain managers have the feature to configure this" " redirection. This is commonly called a web redirection." msgstr "" +"Inoltre, se vorresti far funzionare sia *mycompany.com* che " +"*www.mycompany.com* con il tuo database, il fatto che il primo rimandi al " +"secondo, fa parte delle `migliori pratiche SEO " +"`_ (consulta la " +"pagina *Fornire la versione di un URL per raggiunger un documento*) per " +"avere un URL dominante. Di conseguenza, puoi configurare solo " +"*mycompany.com* per il reindirizzamento verso *www.mycompany.com*. La " +"maggior parte dei gestori di dominio hanno la funzionalitò per configurare " +"il reindirizzamento, nota come reindirizzamento web." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:391 msgid "**HTTPS/SSL**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**HTTPS/SSL**" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:393 msgid "" @@ -2306,6 +2556,10 @@ msgid "" "`_ within the hour and your domain will be " "accessible through HTTPS." msgstr "" +"Se il reindirizzamento viene configurato correttamente, la piattaforma " +"genererà, nel giro di un'ora, un certificato SSL in automatico con `Let's " +"Encrypt `_ e il tuo dominio sarà accessibile" +" attraverso HTTPS." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:397 msgid "" @@ -2313,10 +2567,13 @@ msgid "" " the Odoo.sh platform we are considering the feature if there is enough " "demand." msgstr "" +"Dato che non è possibile attualmente configurare le tue certificazioni SSL " +"sulla piattaforma Odoo.sh, stiamo considerando di sviluppare la funzionalità" +" se la richiesta è notevole." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:401 msgid "**SPF and DKIM compliance**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Conformità SPF e DKIM**" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:403 msgid "" @@ -2328,22 +2585,34 @@ msgid "" "` and :ref:`DKIM " "`." msgstr "" +"Nel caso in cui il dominio degli indirizzi e-mail degli utenti utilizzi un " +"dominio SPF (Sender Policy Framework) o DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail), " +"non dimenticare di autorizzare Odoo come host di invio nelle impsotazioni " +"del nome di dominio per aumentare il tasso di recapito delle e-mail in " +"uscita. Le fase di configurazione vengono spiegate nella documentazione " +"relativa a :ref:`SPF ` e :ref:`DKIM " +"`." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:410 msgid "" "Forgetting to configure your SPF or DKIM to authorize Odoo as a sending host" " can lead to the delivery of your emails as spam in your contacts inbox." msgstr "" +"Se dimentichi di configurare il tuo SPF o DKIM per autorizzare Odoo come " +"host di invio, può causare la consegna delle e-mail come spam nelle caselle " +"di posta dei contatti." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:414 msgid "Shell commands" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comandi shell" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:416 msgid "" "In the top right-hand corner of the view, different shell commands are " "available." msgstr "" +"Nell'angolo in alto a destra della vista, sono disponibili vari comandi " +"shell." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:421 msgid "" @@ -2352,54 +2621,66 @@ msgid "" "in such case a popup will prompt the user in order to define eventual " "placeholders such as ````, ````, ..." msgstr "" +"Ogni comando può essere copiato negli appunti e utilizzato in un terminale e" +" alcuni di loro possono essere utilizzati direttamente su Odoo.sh facendo " +"clic sul pulsante *run*. In questo caso una finestra popup richiederà " +"all'utente di definire eventuali segnaposto come ````, ````, ..." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:427 msgid "Clone" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Clonare" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:429 msgid "Download the Git repository." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Scarica l'archivio Git." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:435 msgid "Clones the repository *odoo/odoo*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Clona l'archivio *odoo/odoo*." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:437 msgid "" ":code:`--recurse-submodules`: Downloads the submodules of your repository. " "Submodules included in the submodules are downloaded as well." msgstr "" +":code:`--recurse-submodules`: scarica i moduli secondari del tuo archivio. " +"Vengono scaricati anche i moduli secondari inclusi nei moduli secondari." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:438 msgid "" ":code:`--branch`: checks out a specific branch of the repository, in this " "case *master*." msgstr "" +":code:`--branch`: verifica un ramo specifico dell'archiviso, in questo caso " +"*master*." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:440 msgid "" "The *run* button is not available for this command, as it is meant to be " "used on your machines." msgstr "" +"Il pulsante *run* non è disponibile per questo comando, in quanto è " +"progettato per essere utilizzato sui tuoi dispositivi." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:443 msgid "Fork" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fork" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:445 msgid "Create a new branch based on the current branch." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crea un nuovo ramo basato sul ramo attuale." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:451 msgid "" "Creates a new branch called *feature-1* based on the branch *master*, and " "then checkouts it." msgstr "" +"Crea un nuovo ramo chiamato *feature-1* basato sul ramo *master* e in " +"seguito lo verifica." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:457 msgid "Uploads the new branch *feature-1* on your remote repository." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Carica il nuovo ramo *feature-1* nell'archivio remoto." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:460 msgid "Merge" @@ -2407,11 +2688,11 @@ msgstr "Accorpa" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:462 msgid "Merge the current branch in another branch." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Unisce il ramo attuale con un altro ramo." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:468 msgid "Merges the branch *staging-1* in the current branch." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Unisce il ramo *staging-1* al ramo attuale." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:474 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:547 @@ -2419,10 +2700,11 @@ msgid "" "Uploads the changes you just added in the *master* branch on your remote " "repository." msgstr "" +"Carica le modifiche appena aggiunte nel ramo *master* nell'archivio remoto." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:477 msgid "SSH" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SSH" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 msgid "Setup" @@ -2433,6 +2715,8 @@ msgid "" "In order to use SSH, you have to set up your profile SSH public key (if it " "is not already done). To do so, follow these steps:" msgstr "" +"Per utilizzare SSH, è necessario configurare la chiave pubblica SHH del tuo " +"profilo (se non è stato già fatto). Per farlo, segui questi step:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:485 msgid "" @@ -2440,6 +2724,9 @@ msgid "" "to-github/generating-a-new-ssh-key-and-adding-it-to-the-ssh-" "agent#generating-a-new-ssh-key>`_" msgstr "" +"`genera una nuova chiave SSH " +"`_;" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:487 msgid "" @@ -2447,14 +2734,19 @@ msgid "" "`_ (only apply the step 1)" msgstr "" +"`copia la chiave SSH negli appunti " +"`_ (vale solo per il primo step);" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:490 msgid "Paste the copied content to your profile SSH keys and press \"Add\"" msgstr "" +"incolla il contenuto copiato nelle chiavi SSH del tuo profilo e fai clic su " +"\"Aggiungi\"" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:495 msgid "The key should appear below" -msgstr "" +msgstr "La chiave dovrebbe apparire in basso" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:501 msgid "Connection" @@ -2464,12 +2756,16 @@ msgstr "Connessione" msgid "" "To connect to your builds using ssh use the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" +"Per connetterti ai build utilizzando ssh, utilizza il seguente comando in un" +" terminale:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:509 msgid "" "You will find a shortcut for this command into the SSH tab in the upper " "right corner." msgstr "" +"Troverai una scelta rapida per il comando nella scheda SSH nell'angolo in " +"alto a destra." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:514 msgid "" @@ -2477,60 +2773,73 @@ msgid "" "settings-collaborators>` on the project, you'll be granted ssh access to the" " build." msgstr "" +"Se disponi dei :ref:`diritti di accesso corretti ` per il progetto, ti sarà garantito l'accesso ssh al" +" build." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:518 msgid "" "Long running ssh connections are not guaranteed. Idle connections will be " "disconnected in order to free up resources." msgstr "" +"Connessioni ssh di lunga durata non sono garantite. Le connessioni inattive " +"verranno scollegate per liberare risorse." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:522 msgid "Submodule" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modulo secondario" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:524 msgid "" "Add a branch from another repository in your current branch as a " "*submodule*." msgstr "" +"Aggiungi un ramo da un altro archivio nel tuo ramo corrente come *modulo " +"secondario*." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:526 msgid "" "*Submodules* allows you to use modules from other repositories in your " "project." msgstr "" +"I *moduli secondari* consentono di utilizzare moduli da altri archivi nei " +"progetti." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:528 msgid "" "The submodules feature is detailed in the chapter :ref:`Submodules ` of this documentation." msgstr "" +"La funzione dei moduli secondari è descritta in dettaglio nel capitolo " +":ref:`Moduli secondari ` della documentazione." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:535 msgid "" "Adds the branch *master* of the repository ** as a submodule under the " "path ** in your current branch." msgstr "" +"Aggiunge il ramo *master* dell'archivio ** come modulo secondario nel " +"percorso ** nel ramo corrente." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:541 msgid "Commits all your current changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Conferma tutti i cambiamenti attuali." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:552 msgid "Delete a branch from your repository." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Elimina un ramo dall'archivio." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:558 msgid "Deletes the branch in your remote repository." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Elimina il ramo nell'archivio remoto." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:564 msgid "Deletes the branch in your local copy of the repository." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Elimina il ramo dalla copia locale dell'archivio." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:6 msgid "Builds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Build" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -2541,12 +2850,18 @@ msgid "" "test the well-behavior of the server, the database and the features with " "this revision." msgstr "" +"In Odoo.sh, un build corrisponde ad un database gestito da un server Odoo " +"(`odoo/odoo `_ e `odoo/enterprise " +"`_), in esecuzione su una revisione " +"specifica dell'archivio di progetto e in un ambiente in contenitori." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:20 msgid "" "In this view, a row represents a branch, and a cell of a row represents a " "build of this branch." msgstr "" +"In questa vista, ogni riga rappresenta un ramo, e la cella di una riga " +"rappresenta un build del ramo stesso." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -2555,18 +2870,28 @@ msgid "" "operations, such as importing a database on Odoo.sh or asking a rebuild for " "a branch in your project." msgstr "" +"La maggior parte delle volte, i build vengono creati seguendo i push Github " +"relativi ai rami del tuo archivio. È possibile crearli anche quando esegui " +"altre operazioni, come importare un database su Odoo.sh o chiedere il " +"rebuild di un ramo nel tuo progetto." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:26 msgid "" "A build is considered successful if no errors or warnings come up during its" " creation. A successful build is highlighted in green." msgstr "" +"Se durante il processo di creazione non vengono visualizzati errori o " +"messaggi di avviso, significa che il build è stato creato con successo e " +"sarà evidenziato in verde." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:29 msgid "" "A build is considered failed if errors come up during its creation. A failed" " build is highlighted in red." msgstr "" +"Se durante il processo di creazione vengono visualizzati errori o messaggi " +"di avviso, significa che il build non è stato creato con successo e sarà " +"evidenziato in rosso." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -2574,6 +2899,10 @@ msgid "" "is considered almost successful. It is highlighted in yellow to notify the " "developer warnings were raised." msgstr "" +"Se durante la creazione vengono visualizzati messaggi di avviso ma non ci " +"sono errori, il build viene considerato quasi riuscito. Sarà evidenziato in" +" giallo per indicare allo sviluppatore che sono stati visualizzati degli " +"avvisi." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -2583,6 +2912,11 @@ msgid "" "database on it. If no errors come up, the build is considered successful, " "and otherwise failed." msgstr "" +"I build non sempre creano un database da capo. Ad esempio, quando esegui il " +"push di un cambiamento nel ramo di produzione, il build creato avvia il " +"server con la nuova revisione e prova a caricare il database di produzione " +"corrente. Se non vengono visualizzati errori, il build viene considerato " +"riuscito." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -2590,12 +2924,18 @@ msgid "" "this build is successful, this database is considered as the production " "database of your project." msgstr "" +"Il primo build di un ramo di produzione crea un database da capo. Se il " +"build ha esito positivo, il database viene considerato come database di " +"produzione del tuo progetto." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:49 msgid "" "From then, pushes on the production branch will create new builds that " "attempt to load the database using a server running with the new revision." msgstr "" +"Da questo momento, i push sul ramo di produzione porteranno alla creazione " +"di nuovi build che provano a caricare il database usando un server in " +"esecuzione con la nuova revisione." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -2603,6 +2943,9 @@ msgid "" "database will now run with this build, along with the revision associated to" " this build." msgstr "" +"Se il build è riuscito o presenta avvisi ma non errori, il database di " +"produzione funzionerà con questo build insieme con la revisione associata al" +" build stesso." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -2610,6 +2953,10 @@ msgid "" "successful build is re-used to load the database, and therefore the database" " will run using a server running with the previous successful revision." msgstr "" +"Se il build non riesce a caricare o aggiornare il database, verrà " +"riutilizzato il build precedente per caricare il database e quindi il " +"database funzionerà utilizzando un server che utilizza la revisione di " +"successo precedente ." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -2617,12 +2964,17 @@ msgid "" "builds list. If a build fails, it is put after the build currently running " "the production database." msgstr "" +"Il build utilizzato per far funzionare il database di produzione è sempre il" +" primo dell'elenco dei build. Se un build fallisce, viene messo dopo il " +"build che sta eseguendo il database di produzione." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:65 msgid "" "Staging builds duplicate the production database, and try to load this " "duplicate with the revisions of the staging branches." msgstr "" +"I build di staging duplicano il database di produzione e provano a caricare " +"il duplicato con le revisioni dei rami di staging." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -2630,12 +2982,18 @@ msgid "" "uses a new copy of the production database. The databases are not re-used " "between builds of the same branch. This ensures:" msgstr "" +"Ogni volta che esegui il push di una nuova revisione su un ramo di staging, " +"il build creato utilizza una nuova copia del database di produzione. I " +"database non vengono riutilizzati tra i build dello stesso ramo e ciò " +"garantisce:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:71 msgid "" "staging builds use databases that are close to what the production looks " "like, so you do not make your tests with outdated data," msgstr "" +"che i build di staging usino database simili alla produzione così non " +"eseguirai test con dati vecchi;" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -2643,6 +3001,9 @@ msgid "" "you can then ask for a rebuild when you want to restart with a new copy of " "the production." msgstr "" +"che tu possa giocare quanto vuoi nello stesso database di staging per poi " +"chiedere il rebuild quando vuoi ricominciare con una nuova copia della " +"produzione." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -2650,12 +3011,17 @@ msgid "" "databases and do not apply them in the production, they will not be passed " "on the next build of the same staging branch." msgstr "" +"Tuttavia, questo significa che se apporti modifiche ai database di staging e" +" non le applichi alla produzione, esse non verranno trasferite al prossimo " +"build dello stesso ramo di staging." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:83 msgid "" "Development builds create new databases, load the demo data and run the unit" " tests." msgstr "" +"Lo sviluppo di build porta alla creazione di nuovi database, al caricamento " +"di dati demo e all'esecuzione di unit test." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -2663,12 +3029,17 @@ msgid "" "during the installation, as they are meant to raise errors if something " "wrong occurs." msgstr "" +"Il build verrà considerato non riuscito ed evidenziato in rosso se durante " +"l'installazione i test falliscono, in quanto hanno lo scopo di generare " +"errori se si verifica qualcosa di sbagliato." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:88 msgid "" "If all tests pass, and there is no error, the build will be considered " "successful." msgstr "" +"Se tutti i test riescono con successo e non vi sono errori, il build verrà " +"considerato riuscito." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -2676,6 +3047,9 @@ msgid "" "can take up to 1 hour to be ready. This is due to the large number of tests " "set in the default Odoo modules suite." msgstr "" +"Secondo l'elenco di moduli da installare e provare, il build di sviluppo può" +" impiegare fino ad 1 ora per essere pronto. Ciò è dovuto al grande numero di" +" test configurati nella suite di moduli Odoo." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:94 msgid "Features" @@ -2686,6 +3060,9 @@ msgid "" "The production branch will always appear first, and then the other branches " "are ordered by last build created. You can filter out the branches." msgstr "" +"Il ramo di produzione apparirà sempre per primo e gli altri rami verranno " +"ordinati secondo l'ultimo build creato. Inoltre, è possibile filtrare i " +"rami." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -2696,6 +3073,12 @@ msgid "" "link is not available when there is already a build in progress for the " "branch." msgstr "" +"Per ogni ramo, è possibile accedere all'ultimo database del build " +"utilizzando il link *Connect* e passare al codice del ramo utilizzando il " +"link *Github*. Per altri rami diversi dalla produzione, puoi creare un nuovo" +" build che utilizzerà l'ultima revisione del ramo utilizzando il link " +"*rebuild*. L'ultimo link non è disponibile se un build è già in corso per il" +" ramo." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -2705,6 +3088,11 @@ msgid "" "user using the *Connect as* button, in the dropdown menu of the *Connect* " "button." msgstr "" +"Per ogni build, è possibile accedere alle modifiche della revisione " +"utilizzando il pulsante con l'icona Github. È possibile accedere al database" +" del build come amministratore utilizzando il pulsante *Connect*. Inoltre, " +"puoi accedere al database con un altro utente utilizzando il pulsante " +"*Connect as* nel menu a discesa del pulsante *Connect*." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -2713,6 +3101,10 @@ msgid "" " Shell*, *Editor*, *Outgoing e-mails*. You also have the possibility to " "*Download a dump* of the build's database." msgstr "" +"Nel menu a discesa del build, puoi accedere alle stesse funzionalità della " +":ref:`vista rami `: *Registri*, *Shell " +"web*, *Editor*, *E-mail in uscita*. Hai anche la possibilità di *Scaricare " +"un dump* del database del build." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:6 msgid "Create your project" @@ -3752,7 +4144,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:6 msgid "Online Editor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Editor online" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -3761,6 +4153,10 @@ msgid "" "consoles, Odoo Shell consoles and `Notebooks " "`_." msgstr "" +"L'editor online consente di modificare il codice fonte dei build da un " +"browser. Inoltre, offre la possibilità di aprire terminali, console Python, " +"console Odoo Shell e `Notebooks " +"`_." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -3770,62 +4166,79 @@ msgid "" " to your build domain name (e.g. *https://odoo-addons-" "master-1.dev.odoo.com/odoo-sh/editor*)." msgstr "" +"È possibile accedere all'editor di un build attraverso :ref:`le schede rami" +" `, :ref:`il menu a discesa dei build " +"` oppure aggiungendo */odoo-" +"sh/editor* al nome di dominio del build (e.g. *https://odoo-addons-" +"master-1.dev.odoo.com/odoo-sh/editor*)." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:25 msgid "Edit the source code" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modificare il codice sorgente" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:27 msgid "The working directory is composed of the following folders:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "La cartella di lavoro è composta dalle seguenti cartelle." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:49 msgid "" "You can edit the source code (files under */src*) in development and staging" " builds." msgstr "" +"È possibile modificare il codice sorgente (file sotto */src*) nei build di " +"sviluppo e staging." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:52 msgid "" "Your changes won't be propagated to a new build, you must commit them in " "your source code if you want to make them persist." msgstr "" +"Le modifiche non verranno propagate in un nuovo build, è necessario eseguire" +" il commit nel codice sorgente se vuoi che restino attive." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:56 msgid "" "For production builds, the source code is read-only, because applying local " "changes on a production server is not a good practice." msgstr "" +"Per i build di produzione, il codice sorgente è di sola lettura, perché " +"l'applicazione di cambiamenti locali su un server di produzione non è una " +"buona pratica." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:59 msgid "" "The source code of your Github repository is located under */src/user*," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Il codice sorgente dell'archivio Github si trova in */src/user*," #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:60 msgid "The source code of Odoo is located under" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Il codice sorgente di Odoo è situtato sotto" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:62 msgid "*/src/odoo* (`odoo/odoo `_)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "*/src/odoo* (`odoo/odoo `_)," #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:63 msgid "" "*/src/enterprise* (`odoo/enterprise `_)," msgstr "" +"*/src/enterprise* (`odoo/enterprise `_)," #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:64 msgid "" "*/src/themes* (`odoo/design-themes `_)." msgstr "" +"*/src/themes* (`odoo/design-themes `_)." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:66 msgid "" "To open a file in the editor, just double-click on it in the file browser " "panel on the left." msgstr "" +"Per aprire un file nell'editor, fai doppio clic nel pannello di " +"visualizzazione dei file a sinistra." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -3833,6 +4246,9 @@ msgid "" "menu :menuselection:`File --> Save .. File` or by hitting the :kbd:`Ctrl+S` " "shortcut." msgstr "" +"In seguito, è possibile iniziare ad apportare modifiche. Puoi salvarle " +"grazie al menu :menuselection:`File --> Save .. File` oppure tramite la " +"scelta rapida da tastiera :kbd:`Ctrl+S`. " #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -3840,6 +4256,10 @@ msgid "" "will detect it and reload automatically so your changes are reflected " "immediately, without having to restart the server manually." msgstr "" +"Se salvi un file Python sotto il percorso dei componenti aggiuntivi del " +"server Odoo, Odoo lo individuerà e caricherà automaticamente in modo che le " +"tue modifiche siano visibili immediatamente, senza dover riavviare il server" +" manualmente." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -3850,54 +4270,69 @@ msgid "" "considered as currently opened is the file focused in the text editor, not " "the file highlighted in the file browser." msgstr "" +"Tuttavia, se la modifica corrisponde a dati salvati nel database, come " +"l'etichetta di un campo o una vista, è necessario aggiornare il modulo " +"corrispondente per applicare la modifica. È possibile aggiornare il modulo " +"del file attualmente aperto utilizzando il menu :menuselection:`Odoo --> " +"Aggiorna modulo corrente`. Nota che il file considerato attualmente aperto è" +" il file evidenziato nell'editor di testo non il file evidenziato nel " +"navigatore." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:93 msgid "You can also open a terminal and execute the command:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "È anche possibile aprire un terminale ed eseguire il comando:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:102 msgid "Commit & Push your changes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eseguire il commit e applicare le modifiche" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:104 msgid "" "You have the possibility to commit and push your changes to your Github " "repository." msgstr "" +"Hai la possibilità di eseguire il commit e applicare le modifiche " +"nell'archivio Github." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:106 msgid "Open a terminal (:menuselection:`File --> New --> Terminal`)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Apri un terminale (:menuselection:`File --> New --> Terminal`)," #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:107 msgid "Change the directory to *~/src/user* using :code:`cd ~/src/user`," msgstr "" +"modifica la cartella in *~/src/user* utilizzando :code:`cd ~/src/user`; " #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:108 msgid "Stage your changes using :code:`git add`," -msgstr "" +msgstr "prepara il commit per le modifiche :code:`git add`;" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:109 msgid "Commit your changes using :code:`git commit`," -msgstr "" +msgstr "esegui il commit delle modifiche utilizzando :code:`git commit`; " #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:110 msgid "Push your changes using :code:`git push https HEAD:`." msgstr "" +"esegui il push delle modifiche utilizzando :code:`git push https " +"HEAD:`." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:112 msgid "In this last command," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Per quanto riguarda l'ultimo comando," #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:114 msgid "" "*https* is the name of your *HTTPS* Github remote repository (e.g. " "https://github.com/username/repository.git)," msgstr "" +"*https* è il nome del tuo archivio Github remoto *HTTPS* Github (ad es. " +"https://github.com/username/repository.git);" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:116 msgid "HEAD is the reference to the latest revision you committed," msgstr "" +"HEAD è il riferimento all'ultima versione di cui è stato eseguito il commit;" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -3905,6 +4340,9 @@ msgid "" "push the changes, most-likely the current branch if you work in a " "development build." msgstr "" +" deve essere sostituito dal nome del ramo per il quale vuoi eseguire" +" il push delle modifiche, molto probabilmente il ramo corrente, se si lavora" +" in un build di sviluppo." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -3920,6 +4358,18 @@ msgid "" "command-line/>`_ and use it as password. Granting the ``repo`` permission " "suffices." msgstr "" +"L'SSH Github remoto non viene utilizzato perché la chiave privata SSH non è " +"ospitata nei contenitori del tuo build (per ovvi motivi di sicurezza) " +"tantomento inviata tramite un agente (in quanto puoi accedere all'editor " +"attraverso un browser web) e quindi non è possibile autenticarsi su Github " +"utilizzando SSH. È necessario utilizzare l'HTTPS remoto dell'archivio Github" +" per eseguire il push delle modifiche, il quale viene aggiunto " +"automaticamente e nominato *https* nei Git remoti. Ti verrà richiesto di " +"inserire username e password Github. Se hai attivato l'autenticazione a due " +"fattori su Github, puoi creare un `token personale di accesso " +"`_ e utilizzarlo come password. È sufficiente garantire " +"l'autorizzazione ``repo``." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -3928,6 +4378,10 @@ msgid "" "rather than branches. In other words, this means you can have multiple " "builds on the same branch, but on different revisions." msgstr "" +"La cartella sorgente Git *~/src/user* non viene spuntata per un ramo ma per " +"una revisione distaccata: questo accade perché i build lavorano su revisioni" +" specifiche invece che rami. In altre parole, significa che puoi avere più " +"build nello stesso ramo ma su revisioni diverse." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -3937,10 +4391,16 @@ msgid "" " same revision as the new build that was created, but always make sure to be" " in an editor of a build using the latest revision of your branch." msgstr "" +"Una volta che le modifiche sono state applicate, secondo il " +":ref:`comportamento del push del ramo `, potrebbe essere creato un nuovo build. Puoi continuare a " +"lavorare nell'editor dal quale hai eseguito il push, in quanto avrà la " +"stessa revisione del nuovo build appena creato ma assicurati sempre di " +"essere nell'editor di un build che usa l'ultima revisione del tuo ramo." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:148 msgid "Consoles" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Console" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -3952,12 +4412,21 @@ msgid "" "display>`_ capabilities. Thanks to this, you will be able to display objects" " in HTML." msgstr "" +"È possibile aprire console Python che sono `shell interattive IPython " +"`_. Uno " +"degli aspetti più interessanti dell'utilizzo di una console Python rispetto " +"ad una shell IPython in un terminale è la `ricchezza delle possibilità di " +"visualizzazione " +"`_. " #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:158 msgid "" "You can for instance display cells of a CSV file using `pandas " "`_." msgstr "" +"Ad esempio, puoi visualizzare le celle di un file CSV utilizzando `pandas " +"`_." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -3965,6 +4434,9 @@ msgid "" "registry and model methods of your database. You can also directly read or " "write on your records." msgstr "" +"Puoi anche aprire una console Odoo Shell per giocare con i metodi del " +"registro e del modello del database. È possibile anche leggere o scrivere " +"direttamente record." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:169 msgid "" @@ -3974,12 +4446,19 @@ msgid "" "in your database as well. You therefore should use Odoo consoles carefully " "on production databases." msgstr "" +"In una console Odoo, le transazioni vengono effettuate automaticamente. Ad " +"esempio, ciò significa che le modifiche ai record vengono applicate in modo " +"efficace al database. Se modifichi il nome di un utente, questo viene " +"modificato anche nel database. Di conseguenza, devi usare con attenzione le " +"console Odoo nei database di produzione." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:174 msgid "" "You can use *env* to invoke models of your database registry, e.g. " ":code:`env['res.users']`." msgstr "" +"Puoi utilizzare *env* per richiamare i modelli del registro del database, ad" +" es. :code:`env['res.users']`." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:184 msgid "" @@ -3988,30 +4467,39 @@ msgid "" "`_ mentioned above." msgstr "" +"La classe :code:`Pretty` consente di visualizzare facilmente elenchi e " +"dizionari in modo carino usando `ricchezza di visualizzazione " +"`_ citata in precedenza." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:192 msgid "" "You can also use `pandas `_ to display graphs." msgstr "" +"È anche possibile utilizzare `pandas `_ per visualizzare grafici." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:8 msgid "The settings allow you to manage the configuration of your project." msgstr "" +"Le impostazioni consento di gestire la configurazione del tuo progetto." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:14 msgid "Project name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nome progetto" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:16 msgid "The name of your project." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Il nome del tuo progetto." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:21 msgid "" "This defines the address that will be used to access your production " "database." msgstr "" +"Definisce l'indirizzo che verrà utilizzato per accedere al database di " +"produzione." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -4019,6 +4507,9 @@ msgid "" "and assigned automatically. However, when you change your project name, only" " future builds will use the new name." msgstr "" +"Gli indirizzi dei build di staging e di sviluppo derivano da questo nome e " +"sono assegnati in modo automatico. Tuttavia, quando modifichi il nome del " +"tuo progetto, solo i build futuri utilizzeranno il nuovo nome." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:29 msgid "Collaborators" @@ -4026,21 +4517,23 @@ msgstr "Collaboratori" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:31 msgid "Manage the Github users who can access your project." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gestisci gli utenti Github che possono accedere al progetto." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:36 msgid "There are two levels of users:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Esistono due livelli di utente:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:38 msgid "Admin: has access to all features of Odoo.sh." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Amministratore: ha accesso a tutte le funzionalità di Odoo.sh;" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:39 msgid "" "User: does not have access to the project settings nor to the production and" " staging databases." msgstr "" +"Utente: non ha accesso alle impostazioni del progetto, tantomeno ai database" +" di produzione e staging." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -4050,12 +4543,20 @@ msgid "" "connect* feature, but they can of course use their regular account on these " "databases if they have one, using their regular credentials." msgstr "" +"Il gruppo utenti è per sviluppatori che possono apportare modifiche al " +"codice ma non hanno accesso ai dati di produzione. Gli utenti di questo " +"gruppo non possono collegarsi ai database di produzione e staging " +"utilizzando la funzione *connessione 1 clic* ma possono utilizzare il " +"proprio account su questi database se ne hanno uno, utilizzando le proprie " +"credenziali." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:46 msgid "" "In addition, they cannot use the webshell nor have access to the server " "logs." msgstr "" +"Inoltre, non possono utilizzare la webshell o avere accesso ai registri del " +"server." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:54 msgid "User" @@ -4105,25 +4606,25 @@ msgstr "Amministratore" #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:96 #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:97 msgid "|green|" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|green|" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:61 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:89 msgid "1-click connect" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Connessione 1 clic" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:69 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:97 msgid "Shell/SSH" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Shell/SSH" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:84 msgid "Production & Staging" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produzione e staging" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:118 msgid "|green|\\*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|green|\\*" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:120 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/status.rst:3 @@ -4132,49 +4633,60 @@ msgstr "Stato" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:130 msgid "\\* Only in staging branches" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\\* Solo nei rami di staging" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:145 msgid "Public Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Accesso pubblico" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:147 msgid "Allow public access to your development builds." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Consenti l'accesso pubblico ai tuoi build di sviluppo." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:152 msgid "" "If activated, this option exposes the Builds page publicly, allowing " "visitors to connect to your development builds." msgstr "" +"Se attivata, l'opzione rende pubblica la pagina relativa ai build, " +"permettendo ai visitatori di collegarsi ai tuoi build di sviluppo." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:155 msgid "" "In addition, visitors have access to the logs, shell and mails of your " "development builds." msgstr "" +"Inoltre, i visitatori hanno accesso ai registri, alla shell e alle e-mail " +"dei tuoi build di sviluppo." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:157 msgid "" "Production and staging builds are excluded, visitors can only see their " "status." msgstr "" +"I build di produzione e staging sono esclusi, i visitatori possono solo " +"vederne lo stato." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:162 msgid "Custom domains" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Domini personalizzati" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:164 msgid "" "To configure additional domains please refer to the corresponding branch's " ":ref:`settings tab `." msgstr "" +"Per configurare domini aggiuntivi, fai riferimento alla :ref:`scheda " +"impostazioni ` del ramo " +"corrispondente." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:172 msgid "" "Configure the deploy keys for the private repositories you use as submodules" " in your branches to allow Odoo.sh to download them." msgstr "" +"Configura le chiavi di distribuzione per gli archivi privati che utilizzi " +"come moduli secondari nei tuoi rami per consentire a Odoo.sh di scaricarli." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -4183,6 +4695,10 @@ msgid "" "chapter :ref:`Submodules ` of this " "documentation." msgstr "" +"Queste impostazioni sono richieste solo per **archivi privati**. Se sei alla" +" ricerca di come configurare i moduli secondari, le istruzioni sono " +"disponibili al capitolo :ref:`Moduli secondari ` della documentazione." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:183 msgid "" @@ -4191,98 +4707,122 @@ msgid "" "for Odoo.sh, so the remote Git server allows our platform to download the " "revisions of this private repository." msgstr "" +"Quando un archivio è privato, non è possibile scaricarne pubblicamente i " +"rami e le revisioni. Per questo motivo, è necessario configurare una chiave " +"di distribuzione per Odoo.sh, in modo che il server Git remoto permetta alla" +" nostra piattorma di scaricare le revisioni dell'archivio privato." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:188 msgid "" "To configure the deploy key for a private repository, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" +"La configurazione di una chiave di distribuzione per un archivio priviato " +"avviene seguendo questi step:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:190 msgid "" "in the input, paste the SSH URL of your private sub-repository and click on " "*Add*," msgstr "" +"nella casella di testo, incolla l'URL SSH del sub-archivio privato e fai " +"clic su *Add*;" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:192 msgid "e.g. *git@github.com:USERNAME/REPOSITORY.git*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ad es. *git@github.com:USERNAME/REPOSITORY.git*; " #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:193 msgid "" "it can be another Git server than Github, such as Bitbucket, Gitlab or even " "your own self-hosted server" msgstr "" +"può trattarsi di un server Git diverso da Github, come Bitbucket, Gitlab o " +"anche il proprio server di host;" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:196 msgid "copy the public key," -msgstr "" +msgstr "copia la chiave pubblica;" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:198 msgid "it should look like *ssh-rsa some...random...characters...here...==*" msgstr "" +"dovrebbe somigliare a *ssh-rsa some...random...characters...here...==*;" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:200 msgid "" "in the settings of the private sub-repository, add the public key amongst " "the deploy keys." msgstr "" +"nelle impostazioni del sub-archivio privato, aggiungi la chiave pubblica tra" +" le chiavi di distribuzione;" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:202 msgid "" "Github.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Deploy keys --> Add deploy key`" msgstr "" +"Github.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Deploy keys --> Add deploy key`" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:203 msgid "Bitbucket.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Access keys --> Add key`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bitbucket.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Access keys --> Add key`" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:204 msgid "Gitlab.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Repository --> Deploy Keys`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gitlab.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Repository --> Deploy Keys`" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:205 msgid "" "Self-hosted: append the key to the git user’s authorized_keys file in its " ".ssh directory" msgstr "" +"self-hosted: aggiunge la chiave al file authorized_keys dell'utente git " +"nella cartella .ssh corrispondente;" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:208 msgid "Storage Size" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dimensioni di archiviazione" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:210 msgid "This section shows the storage size used by your project." msgstr "" +"La sezione illustra le dimensioni di archiviazione utilizzate dal tuo " +"progetto." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:215 msgid "Storage size is computed as follows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le dimensioni di archiviazione sono calcolate come segue:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:217 msgid "the size of the PostgreSQL database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "la dimensione del database PostgreSQL;" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:219 msgid "" "the size of the disk files available in your container: database filestore, " "sessions storage directory..." msgstr "" +"la dimensione dei file del disco disponibile nel contenitore: filestore del " +"database, cartella archiviazione sessioni..." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:222 msgid "" "In case you want to analyze disk usage, you can run the tool `ncdu " "`_ in your Web Shell." msgstr "" +"In caso tu voglia analizzare l'utilizzo del disco, puoi utilizzare lo " +"strumento `ncdu `_  nella Web Shell." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:225 msgid "" "Should your production database size grow to exceed what's provisioned in " "your subscription, it will automatically be synchronized with it." msgstr "" +"Se le dimensioni del tuo database di produzione aumentano fino a superare " +"quanto stabilito dall'abbonamento, la sincronizzazione sarà automatica." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:229 msgid "Database Workers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Worker del database" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:231 msgid "" @@ -4290,6 +4830,10 @@ msgid "" "increase the load your production database is able to handle. If you add " "more, it will automatically be synchronized with your subscription." msgstr "" +"Worker aggiuntivi per il database possono essere configurati qui. Un numero " +"maggiore di worker aiuta ad aumentare il carico che il database di " +"produzione può gestire. Se ne aggiungi altri, il tutto verrà automaticamente" +" sincronizzato con l'abbonamento." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:239 msgid "" @@ -4299,10 +4843,15 @@ msgid "" "it's not due to your own customizations you can open a ticket `here " "`_." msgstr "" +"L'aggiunta di worker non risolverà magicamente i problemi di prestazione. " +"Consente solo al servere di gestire più connessioni allo stesso tempo. Se " +"alcune operazioni sono stranamente lente, è probabile che si tratti di un " +"problema di codice, se non dipende dalle personalizzazioni puoi aprire un " +"ticket `qui `_." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:245 msgid "Staging Branches" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rami di staging" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:247 msgid "" @@ -4310,6 +4859,9 @@ msgid "" "the same time. If you add more, it will automatically be synchronized with " "your subscription." msgstr "" +"Rami di staging aggiuntivi permettono di sviluppare e testare più " +"funzionalità allo stesso tempo. Se ne aggiungi uno, verrà sincronizzato " +"automaticamente con l'abbonamento." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:254 msgid "Activation" @@ -4320,12 +4872,17 @@ msgid "" "Shows the status of the project's activation. You can change the project's " "activation code if needed." msgstr "" +"Mostra lo stato di attivazione del progetto. È possibile modificare il " +"codice di attivazione del progetto se necessario." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/status.rst:8 msgid "" "The status page shows statistics regarding the servers your project uses. It" " includes the servers availability." msgstr "" +"La pagina relativa allo stato mostra statistiche relative ai server " +"utilizzati dal tuo progetto e include anche la disponibilità dei server " +"stessi." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/overview/introduction.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo.sh" @@ -5595,63 +6152,309 @@ msgid "It should be stored securely, and should be generated randomly e.g." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:743 -msgid "which will generate a 32 characters pseudorandom printable string." +msgid "which generates a 32-character pseudorandom printable string." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:746 -msgid "Supported Browsers" +msgid "Reset the master password" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:748 msgid "" +"There may be instances where the master password is misplaced, or " +"compromised, and needs to be reset. The following process is for system " +"administrators of an Odoo on-premise database detailing how to manually " +"reset and re-encrypt the master password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:753 +msgid "" +"For more information about changing an Odoo.com account password, see this " +"documentation: :ref:`odoocom/change_password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:756 +msgid "" +"When creating a new on-premise database, a random master password is " +"generated. Odoo recommends using this password to secure the database. This " +"password is implemented by default, so there is a secure master password for" +" any Odoo on-premise deployment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:761 +msgid "" +"When creating an Odoo on-premise database the installation is accessible to " +"anyone on the internet, until this password is set to secure the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:764 +msgid "" +"The master password is specified in the Odoo configuration file (`odoo.conf`" +" or `odoorc` (hidden file)). The Odoo master password is needed to modify, " +"create, or delete a database through the graphical user interface (GUI)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:769 +msgid "Locate configuration file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:771 +msgid "" +"First, open the Odoo configuration file (`odoo.conf` or `odoorc` (hidden " +"file))." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:775 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:148 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:133 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:158 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:180 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:328 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:397 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:460 +msgid "Windows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:777 +msgid "" +"The configuration file is located at: " +"`c:\\\\ProgramFiles\\\\Odoo{VERSION}\\\\server\\\\odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:779 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:25 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:152 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:174 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:199 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:228 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:388 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:450 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:781 +msgid "" +"Depending on how Odoo is installed on the Linux machine, the configuration " +"file is located in one of two different places:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:784 +msgid "Package installation: `/etc/odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:785 +msgid "Source installation: `~/.odoorc`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:788 +msgid "Change old password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:790 +msgid "" +"Once the appropriate file has been opened, proceed to modify the old " +"password in the configuration file to a temporary password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:795 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:843 +msgid "Graphical user interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:797 +msgid "" +"After locating the configuration file, open it using a (:abbr:`GUI " +"(graphical user interface)`). This can be achieved by simply double clicking" +" on the file. Then, the device should have a default :abbr:`GUI (graphical " +"user interface)` to open the file with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:801 +msgid "" +"Next, modify the master password line `admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sha…` to " +"`admin_passwd = newpassword1234`, for example. This password can be " +"anything, as long as it is saved temporarily. Make sure to modify all " +"characters after the `=`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:806 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:825 +msgid "" +"The line appears like this: `admin_passwd = " +"$pbkdf2-sh39dji295.59mptrfW.9z6HkA$w9j9AMVmKAP17OosCqDxDv2hjsvzlLpF8Rra8I7p/b573hji540mk/.3ek0lg%kvkol6k983mkf/40fjki79m`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:810 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:829 +msgid "The modified line appears like this: `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:812 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:852 +msgid "Command-line interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:814 +msgid "" +"Modify the master password line using the following Unix command detailed " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:816 +msgid "" +"Connect to the Odoo server's terminal via Secure Shell (SSH) protocol, and " +"edit the configuration file. To modify the configuration file, enter the " +"following command: :command:`sudo nano /etc/odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:820 +msgid "" +"After opening the configuration file, modify the master password line " +"`admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sha…` to `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`. This " +"password can be anything, as long as it is saved temporarily. Make sure to " +"modify all characters after the `=`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:832 +msgid "" +"It is essential that the password is changed to something else, rather than " +"triggering a new password reset by adding a semicolon `;` at the beginning " +"of the line. This ensures the database is secure throughout the entire " +"password reset process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:837 +msgid "Restart Odoo server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:839 +msgid "" +"After setting the temporary password, a restart of the Odoo server is " +"**required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:845 +msgid "" +"To restart the Odoo server, first, type `services` into the Windows " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. Then, select the :guilabel:`Services` application, " +"and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Odoo` service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:849 +msgid "" +"Next, right click on :guilabel:`Odoo`, and select :guilabel:`Start` or " +":guilabel:`Restart`. This action manually restarts the Odoo server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:854 +msgid "" +"Restart the Odoo server by typing the command: :command:`sudo service odoo15" +" restart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:857 +msgid "" +"Change the number after `odoo` to fit the specific version the server is " +"running on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:860 +msgid "Use web interface to re-encrypt password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:862 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to `/web/database/manager` or " +"`http://server_ip:port/web/database/manager` in a browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:866 +msgid "" +"Replace `server_ip` with the IP address of the database. Replace `port` with" +" the numbered port the database is accessible from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:869 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Set Master Password`, and type in the previously-" +"selected temporary password into the :guilabel:`Master Password` field. " +"Following this step, type in a :guilabel:`New Master Password`. The " +":guilabel:`New Master Password` is hashed (or encrypted), once the " +":guilabel:`Continue` button is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:874 +msgid "" +"At this point, the password has been successfully reset, and a hashed " +"version of the new password now appears in the configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:878 +msgid "" +"For more information on Odoo database security, see this documentation: " +":ref:`db_manager_security`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:882 +msgid "Supported Browsers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:884 +msgid "" "Odoo supports all the major desktop and mobile browsers available on the " "market, as long as they are supported by their publishers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:751 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:887 msgid "Here are the supported browsers:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:753 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:889 msgid "Google Chrome" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:754 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:890 msgid "Mozilla Firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:755 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:891 msgid "Microsoft Edge" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:756 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:892 msgid "Apple Safari" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:758 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:894 msgid "" "Please make sure your browser is up-to-date and still supported by its " "publisher before filing a bug report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:763 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:899 msgid "Since Odoo 13.0, ES6 is supported. Therefore, IE support is dropped." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:766 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:902 msgid "" "to have multiple Odoo installations use the same PostgreSQL database, or to " "provide more computing resources to both software." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:769 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:905 msgid "" "technically a tool like socat_ can be used to proxy UNIX sockets across " "networks, but that is mostly for software which can only be used over UNIX " "sockets" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:773 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:909 msgid "" "or be accessible only over an internal packet-switched network, but that " "requires secured switches, protections against `ARP spoofing`_ and precludes" @@ -5867,19 +6670,6 @@ msgid "" " download the Enterprise packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:25 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:52 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:129 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:152 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:174 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:199 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:228 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:271 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:384 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:446 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:28 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:116 msgid "Prepare" @@ -5918,7 +6708,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:57 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:416 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:420 msgid "" "`wkhtmltopdf` is not installed through **pip** and must be installed " "manually in `version 0.12.6 " @@ -5996,19 +6786,6 @@ msgid "" "manager:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:148 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:70 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:133 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:158 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:180 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:208 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:239 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:324 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:393 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:456 -msgid "Windows" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:151 msgid "" "Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running " @@ -6153,9 +6930,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:186 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:213 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:253 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:347 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:405 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:467 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:351 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:471 msgid "Mac OS" msgstr "" @@ -6307,40 +7084,46 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:280 msgid "" -"For Debian-based systems, the packages are listed in the `debian/control " -"`_ file of the Odoo " -"sources." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:283 -msgid "" "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following commands should install the required " "packages:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:287 +msgid "" +"The `setup/debinstall.sh` script will parse the `debian/control " +"`_ file and install " +"the found packages." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:290 msgid "Install with pip" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:292 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Using pip may lead to security issues and broken dependencies; only do this " +"if you know what you are doing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:296 msgid "" "As some of the Python packages need a compilation step, they require system " "libraries to be installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:295 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:299 msgid "" "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following command should install these required " "libraries:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:301 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:305 msgid "" "Odoo dependencies are listed in the :file:`requirements.txt` file located at" " the root of the Odoo Community directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:305 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:309 msgid "" "The Python packages in :file:`requirements.txt` are based on their " "stable/LTS Debian/Ubuntu corresponding version at the moment of the Odoo " @@ -6349,9 +7132,9 @@ msgid "" "then chosen in the :file:`requirements.txt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:312 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:334 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:353 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:357 msgid "" "It can be preferable not to mix Python module packages between different " "instances of Odoo or with the system. However, it is possible to use " @@ -6359,143 +7142,143 @@ msgid "" "Python environments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:320 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation " "(:file:`CommunityPath`) and run **pip** on the requirements file to install " "the requirements for the current user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:326 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:330 msgid "" "Before installing the dependencies, download and install the `Build Tools " "for Visual Studio `_. Select " "**C++ build tools** in the **Workloads** tab and install them when prompted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:330 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:349 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:334 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:353 msgid "" "Odoo dependencies are listed in the `requirements.txt` file located at the " "root of the Odoo Community directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:342 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " "and run **pip** on the requirements file in a terminal **with Administrator " "privileges**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:357 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:361 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " "and run **pip** on the requirements file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:367 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:371 msgid "" "Non-Python dependencies must be installed with a package manager (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:370 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:374 msgid "Download and install the **Command Line Tools**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:376 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:380 msgid "Use the package manager to install non-Python dependencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:379 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:383 msgid "" "For languages using a **right-to-left interface** (such as Arabic or " "Hebrew), the `rtlcss` package is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:386 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:390 msgid "Download and install **nodejs** and **npm** with a package manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:387 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:396 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:391 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:400 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:413 msgid "Install `rtlcss`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:395 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:399 msgid "Download and install `nodejs `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:402 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:406 msgid "" "Edit the system environment's variable `PATH` to add the folder where " "`rtlcss.cmd` is located (typically: " ":file:`C:\\\\Users\\\\\\\\AppData\\\\Roaming\\\\npm\\\\`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:407 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:411 msgid "" "Download and install **nodejs** with a package manager (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:424 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:428 msgid "Running Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:426 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:430 msgid "" "Once all dependencies are set up, Odoo can be launched by running `odoo-" "bin`, the command-line interface of the server. It is located at the root of" " the Odoo Community directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:429 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:433 msgid "" "To configure the server, either specify :ref:`command-line arguments " "` or a :ref:`configuration file " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:433 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:437 msgid "" "For the Enterprise edition, add the path to the `enterprise` add-ons to the " "`addons-path` argument. Note that it must come before the other paths in " "`addons-path` for add-ons to be loaded correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:437 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:441 msgid "Common necessary configurations are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:439 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:443 msgid "PostgreSQL user and password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:440 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:444 msgid "Custom addon paths beyond the defaults to load custom modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:442 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:446 msgid "A typical way to run the server would be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:453 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:474 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:457 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:478 msgid "" "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, and " "`mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:463 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:467 msgid "" "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, " "`dbuser` is the PostgreSQL login, `dbpassword` is the PostgreSQL password, " "and `mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:477 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:481 msgid "" "After the server has started (the INFO log `odoo.modules.loading: Modules " "loaded.` is printed), open http://localhost:8069 in a web browser and log " @@ -6503,19 +7286,19 @@ msgid "" "the email and, again, `admin` as the password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:482 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:486 msgid "" "From there, create and manage new :doc:`users " "<../../applications/general/users>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:483 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:487 msgid "" "The user account used to log into Odoo's web interface differs from the " ":option:`--db_user ` CLI argument." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:487 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:491 msgid "" ":doc:`The list of CLI arguments for odoo-bin `" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po index 2953445eb..f8b176436 100644 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po @@ -5,17 +5,17 @@ # # Translators: # Sergio Zanchetta , 2024 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Marianna Ciofani, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Marianna Ciofani, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -32,233 +32,195 @@ msgid "Activities" msgstr "Attività" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database. " -"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " -"chatter thread, kanban view, list view, or activities view of an " -"application." +msgid "*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database." msgstr "" -"Le *attività* rappresentano operazioni di follow-up legate ad un record in " -"un database Odoo. Le attività possono essere programmate su qualsiasi pagina" -" del database contenente una finestra di dialogo, una vista kanban, una " -"vista elenco oppure la vista attività di un'applicazione." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The icon used to display activities varies depending on the :ref:`activity " +"type `:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:11 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`🕘 (clock)`: the default icon, which appears if nothing is " +"scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 +msgid ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)`: this icon appears if a phone call is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:13 +msgid ":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)`: this icon appears if an email is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:14 +msgid ":guilabel:`✔️ (checkmark)`: this icon appears if a to-do is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:15 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(group of people)`: this icon appears if a meeting is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(arrow pointing up above a line)`: this icon appears if a " +"document is scheduled to be uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(pencil in a box)`: this icon appears if a signature request is " +"scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 msgid "Schedule activities" msgstr "Pianifica attività" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:23 msgid "" -"One way that activities are created is by clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule " -"Activity` button, located at the top of the *chatter* on any record. On the " -"pop-up window that appears, select an :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the " -"drop-down menu." +"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " +":ref:`chatter ` thread, :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or " +":ref:`activities view ` of an application." msgstr "" -"Uno dei modi per creare le attività è fare clic sul pulsante " -":guilabel:`Programma attività` situato nella parte alta del *chatter* su " -"qualsiasi record. Nella finestra pop-up che appare, seleziona un " -":guilabel:`Tipo di attività` dal menu a discesa." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Individual applications have a list of *Activity Types* dedicated to that " -"application. For example, to view and edit the activities available for the " -"*CRM* application, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " -"Activity Types`." -msgstr "" -"Le singole applicazioni presentano un elenco di *Tipi di attività* " -"specifici. Ad esempio, per visualizzare e modificare le attività disponibili" -" per l'applicazione *CRM* vai sull'app :menuselection:`CRM --> " -"Configurazione --> Tipi di attività`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Enter a title for the activity in the :guilabel:`Summary` field, located in " -"the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window." -msgstr "" -"Inserisci un titolo per l'attività nel campo :guilabel:`Riepilogo` situato " -"nella finestra pop-up :guilabel:`Programma attività`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To assign the activity to a different user, select a name from the " -":guilabel:`Assigned to` drop-down menu. Otherwise, the user creating the " -"activity is automatically assigned." -msgstr "" -"Per assegnare l'attività ad un altro utente, seleziona il nome dal menu a " -"discesa :guilabel:`Assegnata a`. Altrimenti, all'utente che sta creando " -"l'attività verrà automaticamente assegnata l'attività stessa." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Lastly, feel free to add any additional information in the optional " -":guilabel:`Log a note...` field." -msgstr "" -"Infine, è possibile aggiungere informazioni aggiuntive nel campo facoltativo" -" :guilabel:`Registra una nota...`. " #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Due Date` field on the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " -"window auto-populates based on the configuration settings for the selected " -":guilabel:`Activity Type`. However, this date can be changed by selecting a " -"day on the calendar in the :guilabel:`Due Date` field." +msgid "Chatter" +msgstr "Chatter" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:32 +msgid "Activities can be created from the chatter on any record." msgstr "" -"Il campo :guilabel:`Scadenza` presente nella finestra pop-up " -":guilabel:`Programma attività` viene riempito automaticamente in base alle " -"impostazioni di configurazione del :guilabel:`Tipo di attività` selezionato." -" Tuttavia, la data può essere modificata selezionando un giorno sul " -"calendario per il campo :guilabel:`Scadenza`." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:34 -msgid "Lastly, click one of the following buttons:" -msgstr "Per concludere, fai clic su uno dei seguenti pulsanti:" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:36 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Schedule`: adds the activity to the chatter under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." +"To schedule a new activity, click the :guilabel:`Activities` button, located" +" at the top of the chatter. In the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " +"window that appears, :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Programma`: aggiunge l'attività al chatter corrispondente ad " -":guilabel:`Attività pianificate`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the chatter " -"under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, it is automatically " -"marked as completed." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Segna come completata`: aggiunge i dettagli dell'attività al " -"chatter corrispondente a :guilabel:`Oggi`. L'attività non viene programmata " -"ma viene contrassegnata automaticamente come completata." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:39 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Done \\& Schedule Next`: adds the task under :guilabel:`Today` " -"marked as done, and opens a new activity window." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Completata/Programma successiva`: aggiunge l'attività a " -":guilabel:`Oggi` contrassegnata come completata e apre una nuova finestra " -"attività." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Discard`: discards any changes made on the pop-up window." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Abbandona`: elimina tutte le modifiche apportate alla finestra " -"pop-up." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "Vista lead CRM e opzione per programmare un'attività." +msgid "New activity type form." +msgstr "Modulo nuovo tipo di attività." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Depending on the activity type, the :guilabel:`Schedule` button may be " -"replaced by a :guilabel:`Save` button, or an :guilabel:`Open Calendar` " -"button." -msgstr "" -"In base al tipo di attività, il pulsante :guilabel:`Programma` potrebbe " -"essere sostituito dal pulsante :guilabel:`Salva` oppure dal pulsante " -":guilabel:`Apri calendario`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Scheduled activities are added to the chatter for the record under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." -msgstr "" -"Le attività programmate vengono aggiunte al chatter per il record nella " -"sezione :guilabel:`Attività pianificate`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Activities can also be scheduled from the kanban, list, or activities view " -"of an application." -msgstr "" -"Le attività possono essere anche programmate dalle viste kanban, elenco o " -"attività di un'applicazione." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:45 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "Vista kanban" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`, and proceed to fill " -"out the pop-up form." +"Another way that activities are created is from the Kanban view in an " +"application." msgstr "" -"Seleziona un record per il quale vuoi programmare un'attività. Fai clic " -"sull'icona :guilabel:`🕘 (orologio)`, in seguito guilabel:`Programma " -"un'attività` e riempi il modulo pop-up." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "The Kanban icon in the top menu, highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon located at the bottom of " +"an individual record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`+ Schedule An Activity`, then proceed to :ref:`fill out the" +" Schedule Activity form `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 msgid "" "Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." msgstr "" "Vista Kanban della pipeline CRM e l'opzione per programmare un'attività." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If a record already has a scheduled activity, the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon" +" is replaced by the icon that represents the existing scheduled activity. " +"Click on the activity type's icon to schedule another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:70 msgid "List view" msgstr "Vista elenco" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`. If the record already " -"has an activity scheduled, the clock icon may be replaced by a :guilabel:`📞 " -"(phone)` or an :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:72 +msgid "Activities can also be created from a list view." msgstr "" -"Seleziona un record per il quale vuoi programmare un'attività. Fai clic " -"sull'icona :guilabel:`🕘 (orologio)`, in seguito guilabel:`Programma " -"un'attività`. Se per il record è già presente un'attività programmata, " -"l'icona orologio potrebbe essere sostituita da un :guilabel:`📞 (telefono)` " -"oppure da un'icona :guilabel:`✉️ (lettera)`." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Activities` column is hidden, reveal it using the " +":guilabel:`(additional options toggle)` icon in the far-right of the top " +"row, represented by two horizontal lines with two dots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon for the record the activity is" +" being added to, then click :guilabel:`+ Schedule an activity`. Proceed to " +":ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form ` that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." msgstr "" "Vista elenco della pipeline CRM e opzione per programmare un'attività." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:93 msgid "Activity view" msgstr "Vista attività" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 msgid "" -"To open the activity view for an application, select the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon from the menu bar anywhere in the database. Select any " -"application from the drop-down menu, and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " -"icon for the desired app." +"Most applications in Odoo have an *Activity* view available. If available, a" +" :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon is visible in the top-right of the main" +" menu bar." msgstr "" -"Per aprire la vista attività per un'applicazione, seleziona l'icona " -":guilabel:`🕘 (orologio)` dalla barra del menu in qualsiasi sezione del " -"database. Seleziona qualsiasi applicazione del menu a discesa e fai clic " -"sull'icona :guilabel:`🕘 (orologio)` per l'app desiderata." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:98 msgid "" -"Activity menu drop down with focus on where to open activity view for CRM." +"To open the activity view, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon." msgstr "" -"Menu a discesa attività con focus su dove aprire la vista attività per il " -"CRM." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "Top-right menu with the Activities icon called out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:104 msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Move across the row to " -"find the desired activity type, then click the :guilabel:`＋ (plus sign)`." +"In this view, all the available activities are listed in the columns, while " +"the horizontal entries represent all the individual records." msgstr "" -"Seleziona un record per il quale programmare un'attività. Spostalo nella " -"riga per trovare il tipo di attività desiderato e poi fai clic su " -":guilabel:`＋ (segno più)`." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:107 msgid "" -"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +"Activities that appear green have a due date in the future, activities that " +"appear orange are due today, while activities appearing red are overdue." msgstr "" -"Vista attività della pipeline CRM e opzione per programmare un'attività." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Color bars in each column represent records for specific activity types, and" +" display a number indicating how many activities are scheduled for that " +"type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If multiple activity types are scheduled for a record, a number appears in " +"the box, indicating the total number of scheduled activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:117 msgid "" "Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" " throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." @@ -267,105 +229,266 @@ msgstr "" "sempre gli stessi all'interno di Odoo, indipendentemente dal tipo di " "attività o dalla vista selezionata." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:120 msgid "" -"Activities that appear in **green** indicate a due date sometime in the " -"future." -msgstr "Le attività che appaiono in **verde** indica una scadenza futura." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:96 -msgid "**Yellow** indicates that the activity's due date is today." +"To schedule an activity for a record, hover over the corresponding field, " +"and a :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` appears. Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)`, and then :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." msgstr "" -"Il colore **giallo** indica che la data di scadenza dell'attività è oggi." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Red** indicates that the activity is overdue and the due date has passed." -msgstr "" -"Il **rosso** indica che l'attività è in ritardo e la scadenza è stata " -"superata." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:99 -msgid "" -"For example, if an activity is created for a phone call, and the due date " -"passes, the activity appears with a red phone in list view, and a red clock " -"on the kanban view." -msgstr "" -"Ad esempio, se un'attività viene creata per una chiamata telefonica e la " -"data di scadenza viene superata, nella vista elenco accanto all'attività " -"apparirà un telefono rosso e un orologio rosso nella vista kanban." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:103 -msgid "View scheduled activities" -msgstr "Visualizza attività pianificate" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:105 -msgid "" -"To view scheduled activities, open either the :menuselection:`Sales app` or " -":menuselection:`CRM app` and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, located " -"to the far-right side of the other view options." -msgstr "" -"Per visualizzare le attività programmate, è possibile aprire l' " -":menuselection:`app Vendite` oppure l' :menuselection:`app CRM` e fai clic " -"sull'icona :guilabel:`🕘 (orologio)` situata a destra delle altre opzioni di " -"visualizzazione. " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Doing so opens the activities menu, showcasing all the scheduled activities " -"for the user, by default. To show all activities for every user, remove the " -":guilabel:`My Pipeline` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." -msgstr "" -"In questo modo, è possibile visualizzare il menu delle attività, " -"visualizzando tutte le attività programmate per l'utente, in maniera " -"predefinita. Per visualizzare tutte le attività per ogni utente, elimina il " -"filtro :guilabel:`Il mio flusso` dalla barra di :guilabel:`Ricerca...`. " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To view a consolidated list of activities separated by the application where" -" they were created, and by deadline, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon on" -" the header menu to see the activities for that specific application in a " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" -"Per visualizzare un elenco consolidato di attività separate in base " -"all'applicazione dove sono state create e per data di scadenza, fai clic " -"sull'icona :guilabel:`🕘 (orologio)` nel menu in alto per vedere le attività" -" corrispondenti ad un'app specifica nel menu a discesa." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The possibility to :guilabel:`Add new note` and :guilabel:`Request a " -"Document` appear at the bottom of this drop-down menu, when the :guilabel:`🕘" -" (clock)` icon on the header menu is clicked." -msgstr "" -"In fondo al menu a discesa, è possibile selezionare :guilabel:`Aggiungi " -"nuova nota` oppure :guilabel:`Richiedi documento` quando viene cliccata " -"l'icona :guilabel:`🕘 (orologio)` nel menu in alto. " #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads page emphasizing the activities menu." -msgstr "Vista della pagina lead CRM che mette in risalto il menu attività." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:123 -msgid "Configure activity types" -msgstr "Configura tipi di attività" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:125 msgid "" -"To configure the types of activities in the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss --> Activities --> Activity Types`." +"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." msgstr "" -"Per configurare i tipi di attività in un database, vai su " -":menuselection:`Impostazioni --> Comunicazioni --> Attività --> Tipi di " -"attività`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types." -msgstr "" -"Vista pagina impostazioni che mette in risalto il menu con le attività." +"Vista attività della pipeline CRM e opzione per programmare un'attività." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 +msgid "Schedule Activity form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Activities can be scheduled from many different places, such as from the " +":ref:`chatter ` of a record, or from one of multiple " +"views in an application, when available: the :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or :ref:`activity " +"view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Activity Type`: select the type of activity from the drop-down " +"menu. The default options are: :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Call`, " +":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`To-Do`. Depending on what other " +"applications are installed, additional options may be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Individual applications have a list of dedicated :ref:`activity types " +"`. For example, installing the *Sales* application makes " +":guilabel:`Order Upsell` available, while installing the *Sign* application " +"makes :guilabel:`Request Signature` available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Summary`: enter a short title for the activity, such as `Discuss " +"Proposal`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date`: using the calendar popover, select the activity's " +"deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assigned to`: by default, the current user populates this field. " +"To assign a different user to the activity, select them from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: add any additional information for the activity in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window is completed, click one" +" of the following buttons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:158 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Open Calendar`: opens the user's calendar to add and schedule the" +" activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Click on the desired date and time for the activity, and a :guilabel:`New " +"Event` pop-up window appears. The summary from the *Schedule Activity* pop-" +"up window populates the :guilabel:`Title` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Enter the information in the :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up window, then click" +" :guilabel:`Save & Close` to schedule it. Once scheduled, the activity is " +"added to the chatter under the :guilabel:`Planned Activities` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Activity Type` is set to either :guilabel:`Call` or " +":guilabel:`Meeting`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: schedules the activity, and adds the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Planned Activities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:174 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule & Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the" +" chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, and is " +"automatically marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next`: adds the details of the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, is " +"automatically marked as done, and a new :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up" +" window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancel`: discards any changes made on the :guilabel:`Schedule " +"Activity` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "Vista lead CRM e opzione per programmare un'attività." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:188 +msgid "All scheduled activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To view a consolidated list of activities, organized by application, click " +"the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon in the header menu, located in the top-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If any activities are scheduled, the number of activities appear in a red " +"bubble on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:196 +msgid "" +"All activities for each application are further divided into subsections, " +"indicating where in the application the activity is to be completed. Each " +"sub-section lists the number of scheduled activities that are " +":guilabel:`Late`, due :guilabel:`Today`, and scheduled in the " +":guilabel:`Future`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:202 +msgid "" +"In the *Time Off* application, one activity is scheduled to be done in the " +"*All Time Off* requests dashboard, and six activities are scheduled to be " +"done in the *Allocations* dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:205 +msgid "" +"These requests appear in two separate lists in the all activities drop-down " +"menu: one labeled `Time Off` and one labeled `Time Off Allocation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list of activities that is accessed from the main menu bar. Two entries for the Time\n" +"Off application are highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:214 +msgid "Request a document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The option to :guilabel:`Request a Document` is available at the bottom of " +"the list of :ref:`all scheduled activities `, the option to " +":guilabel:`Request a Document` appears. Click :guilabel:`Request a " +"Document`, and a :guilabel:`Request a file` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:222 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Name`: enter a name for the document being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request To`: select the user the document is being requested from" +" using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date In`: enter a numerical value indicating when the " +"document is due. Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. " +"Click :guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. " +"Select the desired time-frame option from the list. The options are " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:229 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +":ref:`Workspace ` the document is being uploaded to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any desired tags from the drop-down menu. The " +"available tags displayed are based on the tags configured for the selected " +":guilabel:`Workspace`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message`: enter a message to clarify the document request in this" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:235 +msgid "" +"When all the fields are completed, click :guilabel:`Request` to send the " +"document request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Request a file form, with all fields filled out to request a contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:244 +msgid "Activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured types of activities in the database, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss section --> Activities " +"setting --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activity Types button in the Settings application under the Discuss section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:253 msgid "" "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " "activity types are found." @@ -373,106 +496,110 @@ msgstr "" "In questo modo avrai accesso alla pagina :guilabel:`Tipi di attività` dove " "sono elencati i tipi di attività esistenti. " -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To edit an existing activity type, select it from the list, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`. To create a new activity type, click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" -"Per modificare un tipo di attività esistente, selezionalo dall'elenco e fai " -"clic su :guilabel:`Modifica`. Per creare un nuovo tipo di attività, fai clic" -" su :guilabel:`Crea`. " - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:136 -msgid "" -"At the top of a blank activity type form, start by choosing a " -":guilabel:`Name` for the new activity type." -msgstr "" -"Nel modulo per la creazione di un nuovo tipo di attività, inizia scegliendo " -"un :guilabel:`Nome`." - #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "New activity type form." -msgstr "Modulo nuovo tipo di attività." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:143 -msgid "Activity settings" -msgstr "Impostazioni attività" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:146 -msgid "Action" -msgstr "Azione" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:148 -msgid "" -"The *Action* field specifies the intent of the activity. Some actions " -"trigger specific behaviors after an activity is scheduled." +msgid "The list of activity types already configured and available." msgstr "" -"Il campo *Azione* specifica lo scopo dell'attività. Alcune azioni attivano " -"comportamenti specifici dopo la programmazione di un'attività." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected, a link to upload a document is " -"added directly to the planned activity in the chatter." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:260 +msgid "Edit activity types" msgstr "" -"Se selezioni :guilabel:`Carica documento`, nel chatter, all'attività " -"pianificata verrà aggiunto direttamente un link per caricare un documento. " -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:262 msgid "" -"If either :guilabel:`Phonecall` or :guilabel:`Meeting` are selected, users " -"have the option to open their calendar to schedule a time for this activity." +"To edit an existing :ref:`activity type `, click on the " +"activity type, and the activity type form loads." msgstr "" -"Se selezioni :guilabel:`Chiamata` oppure :guilabel:`Incontro`, gli utenti " -"hanno la possibilità di aprire il proprio calendario per programmare " -"l'attività stessa." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:265 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Request Signature` is selected, a link is added to the planned" -" activity in the chatter that opens a signature request pop-up window." +"Make any desired changes to the activity type form. The form automatically " +"saves, but it can be saved manually at any time by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Save Manually` option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner of the page." msgstr "" -"Se hai selezionato :guilabel:`Richiedi firma`, all'attività pianificata " -"viene aggiunto un link che apre una finestra pop-up relativa alla richiesta " -"di firma." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:270 +msgid "Create new activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:272 msgid "" -"The actions available to select on an activity type vary, depending on the " -"applications currently installed in the database." +"To create a new :ref:`activity type `, click " +":guilabel:`New` from the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, and a blank " +"activity type form loads." msgstr "" -"Le azioni da selezionare disponibili per un tipo di attività variano in base" -" alle applicazioni installate nel database." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:163 -msgid "Default user" -msgstr "Utente predefinito" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:275 msgid "" -"To automatically assign this activity to a specific user when this activity " -"type is scheduled, choose a name from the :guilabel:`Default User` drop-down" -" menu. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to the user who" -" creates the activity." +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the activity type at the top of the form, then " +"enter the following information on the form." msgstr "" -"Per assegnare automaticamente l'attività ad un utente specifico quando il " -"tipo di attività è programmato, scegli un nome dal menu a discesa " -":guilabel:`Utente predefinito`. Se il campo è vuoto, l'attività viene " -"assegnata all'utente che l'ha creata." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:170 -msgid "Default summary" -msgstr "Riepilogo predefinito" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:279 +msgid "Activity Settings section" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:281 msgid "" -"To include notes whenever this activity type is created, enter them into the" -" :guilabel:`Default Summary` field." +":guilabel:`Action`: using the drop-down menu, select an action associated " +"with this new activity type. Some actions trigger specific behaviors after " +"an activity is scheduled, such as:" msgstr "" -"Per inserire delle note indipendentemente dalla data di creazione del tipo " -"di attività, inseriscile nel campo :guilabel:`Riepilogo predefinito`. " -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:284 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Upload Document`: if selected, a link to upload a document is " +"automatically added to the planned activity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:286 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Call` or :guilabel:`Meeting`: if selected, users have the option " +"to open their calendar to select a date and time for the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request Signature`: if selected, a link to open a signature " +"request pop-up window is automatically added to the planned activity in the " +"chatter. This requires the Odoo *Sign* application to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Available activity types vary based on the installed applications in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folder`: select a specific :ref:`workspace " +"` folder to save a document to. This field **only** " +"appears if :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Action`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Folder` the document is " +"saved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default User`: select a user from the drop-down menu to " +"automatically assign this activity to the selected user when this activity " +"type is scheduled. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to " +"the user who creates the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Summary`: enter a note to include whenever this activity " +"type is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:307 msgid "" "The information in the :guilabel:`Default User` and :guilabel:`Default " "Summary` fields are included when an activity is created. However, they can " @@ -483,132 +610,86 @@ msgstr "" " di un'attività. Tuttavia, possono essere modificate prima che l'attività " "venga programmata o salvata." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:181 -msgid "Next activity" -msgstr "Attività successiva" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:311 msgid "" -"To automatically suggest, or trigger, a new activity after an activity has " -"been marked complete, the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` must be set." +":guilabel:`Keep Done`: tick this checkbox to keep activities that have been " +"marked as `Done` visible in the :ref:`activity view `." msgstr "" -"Per suggerire o avviare automaticamente una nuova attività dopo che un'altra" -" è stata contrassegnata come completata, è necessario configurare il " -":guilabel:`Tipo di concatenamento`." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:187 -msgid "Suggest next activity" -msgstr "Suggerimento attività successiva" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:313 +msgid ":guilabel:`Default Note`: enter any notes to appear with the activity." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:316 +msgid "Next Activity section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:318 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field, select :guilabel:`Suggest Next " -"Activity`. Upon doing so, the field underneath changes to: " -":guilabel:`Suggest`. Click the :guilabel:`Suggest` field drop-down menu to " -"select any activities to recommend as follow-up tasks to this activity type." +"It is possible to have another activity either suggested or triggered. To do" +" so, configure the :guilabel:`Next Activity` section." msgstr "" -"Nel campo :guilabel:`Tipo di concatenamento`, seleziona " -":guilabel:`Suggerisci prossima attività`. Dopo averlo fatto, il campo al di " -"sotto diventa :guilabel:`Suggerisci`. Fai clic sul menu a discesa del campo " -":guilabel:`Suggerisci` per selezionare qualsiasi attività da consigliare " -"come follow-up per questo tipo di attività." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:321 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Schedule` field, choose a default deadline for these " -"activities. To do so, configure a desired number of :guilabel:`Days`, " -":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, decide if it should occur " -":guilabel:`after completion date` or :guilabel:`after previous activity " -"deadline`." +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`: select either :guilabel:`Suggest Next Activity` " +"or :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` from the drop-down menu. Depending on " +"the selected option, either the :guilabel:`Suggest` or :guilabel:`Trigger` " +"field is displayed." msgstr "" -"Nel campo :guilabel:`Programma`, scegli un scadenza predefinita per queste " -"attività. Per farlo, configura il numero che vuoi di :guilabel:`Giorni`, " -":guilabel:`Settimane` o :guilabel:`Mesi`. In seguito, scegli tra " -":guilabel:`dopo la data di completamento` oppure :guilabel:`dopo la scadenza" -" dell'attività precedente`." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:198 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:326 msgid "" -"This :guilabel:`Schedule` field information can be altered before the " -"activity is scheduled." +"The :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field does **not** appear if :guilabel:`Upload" +" Document` is selected for the :guilabel:`Action`." msgstr "" -"Le informazioni del campo :guilabel:`Programma` possono essere modificate " -"prima della programmazione dell'attività." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:227 -msgid "When all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Suggest/Trigger`: depending on what is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`, this field either displays :guilabel:`Suggest` or" +" :guilabel:`Trigger`. Using the drop-down menu, select the activity to " +"recommend or schedule as a follow-up task to the activity type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:332 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: configure when the next activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:334 +msgid "" +"First, enter a numerical value indicating when the activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. Click " +":guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. Select the" +" desired time-frame option from the list. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:340 +msgid "" +"Lastly, using the drop-down menu, select whether the activity is scheduled " +"or triggered either :guilabel:`after previous activity deadline` or " +":guilabel:`after completion date`." msgstr "" -"Quando tutte le impostazioni sono state configurate, fai clic su " -":guilabel:`Salva`." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "Schedule activity popup with emphasis on recommended activities." -msgstr "Popup programma attività con focus sulle attività consigliate." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Suggest " -"Next Activity`, and has activities listed in the :guilabel:`Suggest` field, " -"users are presented with recommendations for activities as next steps." +msgid "A new Activity form with all the fields filled out." msgstr "" -"Se un'attività ha il :guilabel:`Tipo di concatenamento` configurato su " -":guilabel:`Suggerisci prossima attività` e presenta attività elencate nel " -"campo :guilabel:`Suggerisci`, gli utenti vengono presentati con " -"raccomandazioni per le attività da svolgere nelle fasi successive." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:211 -msgid "Trigger next activity" -msgstr "Avviare attività successiva" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Setting the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` to :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` " -"immediately launches the next activity once the previous one is completed." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:348 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss`" msgstr "" -"Se configuri il :guilabel:`Tipo di concatenamento` su :guilabel:`Attiva " -"attività successiva`, quest'ultima verrà lanciata immediatamente una volta " -"che la precedente viene completata." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` is selected in the :guilabel:`Chaining " -"Type` field, the field beneath changes to: :guilabel:`Trigger`. From the " -":guilabel:`Trigger` field drop-down menu, select the activity that should be" -" launched once this activity is completed." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:349 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss/team_communication`" msgstr "" -"Se selezioni :guilabel:`Attiva attività successiva` nel campo " -":guilabel:`Tipo di concatenamento`, il campo in basso diventa: " -":guilabel:`Attiva`. Dal menu a discesa del campo :guilabel:`Attiva`, " -"seleziona l'attività che dovrebbe essere avviata una volta completata." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Schedule new activity popup with emphasis on Done and launch next button." -msgstr "" -"Popup pianificazione nuova attività con focus sul pulsante Fatto e avvia " -"prossima." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Trigger" -" Next Activity`, marking the activity as `Done` immediately launches the " -"next activity listed in the :guilabel:`Trigger` field." -msgstr "" -"Quando il :guilabel:`Tipo di concatenamento` di un'attività è configurato su" -" :guilabel:`Attiva attività successiva`, contrassegnato l'attività come " -"`Completata`, l'attività immediatamente successiva elencata nel campo " -":guilabel:`Attiva` viene lanciata." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:238 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:239 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:3 msgid "Export and import data" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index c1c3aba34..ac83db86e 100644 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Marianna Ciofani, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" @@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 @@ -583,6 +583,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:583 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:701 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 @@ -1902,6 +1903,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:32 msgid "Transactions" msgstr "Transazioni" @@ -2453,7 +2455,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:90 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:432 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:363 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "Customer invoices" @@ -2679,7 +2681,7 @@ msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:169 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:242 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:376 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 @@ -4055,6 +4057,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:38 msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" msgstr "" @@ -5827,23 +5830,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 msgid "" -"This document addresses a specific use case for theoretical purposes. " -"Navigate :ref:`here ` for " -"instructions on how to set up and use |AVCO| in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:32 -msgid "" -":ref:`Using inventory valuation `" +"This document addresses a specific use case for theoretical purposes. For " +"instructions on how to set up and use |AVCO|, refer to the :doc:`inventory " +"valuation configuration " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +" doc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 msgid "" +":doc:`Using inventory valuation " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:35 +msgid "" ":ref:`Other inventory valuation methods " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:40 msgid "" "To use average cost inventory valuation on a product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and " @@ -5852,17 +5858,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to `Automated`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:46 msgid "" -":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration " -"`" +":doc:`Inventory valuation configuration " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 msgid "Using average cost valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "" "The average cost method adjusts the inventory valuation when products are " "received in the warehouse. This section explains how it works, but if the " @@ -5870,37 +5876,37 @@ msgid "" "` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:59 msgid "Formula" msgstr "Formula" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:61 msgid "" "When new products arrive, the new average cost for each product is " "recomputed using the formula:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:63 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{(Old~Qty \\times Old~Avg~Cost) + (Incoming~Qty \\times Purchase~Price)}{Final~Qty}\n" "\n" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:66 msgid "**Old Qty**: product count in stock before receiving the new shipment;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:67 msgid "" "**Old Avg Cost**: calculated average cost for a single product from the " "previous inventory valuation;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:69 msgid "**Incoming Qty**: count of products arriving in the new shipment;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:70 msgid "" "**Purchase Price**: estimated price of products at the reception of products" " (since vendor bills may arrive later). The amount includes not only the " @@ -5909,214 +5915,217 @@ msgid "" "vendor bill, this price is adjusted;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:74 msgid "**Final Qty**: quantity of on-hand stock after the stock move." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 msgid "" "When products leave the warehouse, the average cost **does not** change. " "Read about why the average cost valuation is **not** adjusted :ref:`here " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:85 msgid "Compute average cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:87 msgid "" "To understand how the average cost of a product changes with each shipment, " "consider the following table of warehouse operations and stock moves. Each " "is a different example of how the average cost valuation is affected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Operation" msgstr "Operazione" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 msgid "Incoming Value" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "Valore di magazzino" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Avg Cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:424 msgid "$0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 msgid "0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "Receive 8 tables at $10/unit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "8 * $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "$80" msgstr "80 €" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "8" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "$10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 msgid "Receive 4 tables at $16/unit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 msgid "4 * $16" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 msgid "$144" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "$12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 msgid "Deliver 10 tables" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 msgid "-10 * $12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "$24" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:106 msgid "" "Ensure comprehension of the above computations by reviewing the \"Receive 8 " "tables at $10/unit\" example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:109 msgid "Initially, the product stock is 0, so all values are $0." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:111 msgid "" "In the first warehouse operation, `8` tables are received at `$10` each. The" " average cost is calculated using the :ref:`formula " "`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:114 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{0 + 8 \\times $10}{8} = \\frac{$80}{8} = $10\n" "\n" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "" "Since the *incoming quantity* of tables is `8` and the *purchase price* for " "each is `$10`," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:118 msgid "The inventory value in the numerator is evaluated to `$80`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 msgid "`$80` is divided by the total amount of tables to store, `8`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:120 msgid "`$10` is the average cost of a single table from the first shipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:122 msgid "" "To verify this in Odoo, in the *Purchase* app, order `8` quantities of a new" " product, `Table`, with no previous stock moves, for `$10` each." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:125 msgid "" "In the table's :guilabel:`Product Category` field in the :guilabel:`General " "Information` tab of the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon," @@ -6125,13 +6134,13 @@ msgid "" " Valuation` to `Automated`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "" "Then, return to the purchase order. Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`, and " "click :guilabel:`Receive Products` to confirm receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:133 msgid "" "Next, check the inventory valuation record generated by the product " "reception by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> " @@ -6145,7 +6154,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show inventory valuation of 8 tables in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "" "When the product category's :guilabel:`Costing Method` is set to " ":guilabel:`AVCO`, then the average cost of a product is also displayed on " @@ -6153,11 +6162,11 @@ msgid "" "on the product page itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:149 msgid "Product delivery (use case)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:151 msgid "" "For outgoing shipments, :ref:`outbound products have no effect on the " "average cost valuation `. Although the " @@ -6166,47 +6175,47 @@ msgid "" "customer location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:157 msgid "" "To demonstrate that the average cost valuation is not recalculated, examine " "the \"Deliver 10 tables\" example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{12 \\times $12 + (-10) \\times $12}{12-10} = \\frac{24}{2} = $12\n" "\n" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "" "Because 10 tables are being sent out to customers, the *incoming quantity* " "is `-10`. The previous average cost (`$12`) is used in lieu of a vendor's " "*purchase price*;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:165 msgid "The *incoming inventory value* is `-10 * $12 = -$120`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:166 msgid "" "The old *inventory value* (`$144`) is added to the *incoming inventory " "value* (`-$120`), so `$144 + -$120 = $24`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:168 msgid "" "Only `2` tables remain after shipping out `10` tables from `12`. So the " "current *inventory value* (`$24`) is divided by the on-hand quantity (`2`);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:170 msgid "" "`$24 / 2 = $12`, which is the same average cost as the previous operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:172 msgid "" "To verify this in Odoo, sell `10` tables in the *Sales* app, validate the " "delivery, and then review the inventory valuation record by going to in " @@ -6215,7 +6224,7 @@ msgid "" "by `-$120`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:177 msgid "" "**Note**: What is not represented in this stock valuation record is the " "revenue made from this sale, so this decrease is not a loss to the company." @@ -6225,53 +6234,53 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show how deliveries decrease inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:187 msgid "Return items to supplier (use case)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:189 msgid "" "Because the price paid to suppliers can differ from the price the product is" " valued at with the |AVCO| method, Odoo handles returned items in a specific" " way." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:192 msgid "" "Products are returned to suppliers at the original purchase price, but;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:193 msgid "The internal cost valuation remains unchanged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 msgid "" "The above :ref:`example table ` is updated as" " follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 msgid "Qty*Avg Cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 msgid "Return 1 table bought at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 msgid "-1 * $12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:242 msgid "1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:205 msgid "" "In other words, returns to vendors are perceived by Odoo as another form of " "a product exiting the warehouse. To Odoo, because the table is valued at $12" @@ -6280,7 +6289,7 @@ msgid "" "average cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:211 msgid "" "To return a single table that was purchased for `$10`, navigate to the " "receipt in the *Inventory* app for the :ref:`8 tables purchased in Exercise " @@ -6288,7 +6297,7 @@ msgid "" " clicking on :guilabel:`Receipts`, and selecting the desired receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:216 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Return` on the validated delivery order, and modify " "the quantity to `1` in the reverse transfer window. This creates an outgoing" @@ -6296,7 +6305,7 @@ msgid "" " shipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:220 msgid "" "Return to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation` " "to see how the outgoing shipment decreases the inventory value by $12." @@ -6306,63 +6315,63 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inventory valuation for return." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:230 msgid "Eliminate stock valuation errors in outgoing products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:232 msgid "" "Inconsistencies can occur in a company's inventory when the average cost " "valuation is recalculated on outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:235 msgid "" "To demonstrate this error, the table below displays a scenario in which 1 " "table is shipped to a customer and another is returned to a supplier at the " "purchased price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 msgid "Qty*Price" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 msgid "Ship 1 product to customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 msgid "-1 \\* $12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "Return 1 product initially bought at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "-1 \\* $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$2**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "**0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:248 msgid "" "In the final operation above, the final inventory valuation for the table is" " `$2` even though there are `0` tables left in stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:251 msgid "Correct method" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:253 msgid "" "Use the average cost to value the return. This does not mean the company " "gets $12 back for a $10 purchase; the item returned for $10 is valued " @@ -6370,11 +6379,11 @@ msgid "" " no longer being accounted for in company assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:258 msgid "Anglo-Saxon accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:260 msgid "" "In addition to using |AVCO|, companies that use **Anglo-Saxon accounting** " "also keep a holding account that tracks the amount to be paid to vendors. " @@ -6384,13 +6393,13 @@ msgid "" "vendor bill is received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:266 msgid "" ":ref:`Anglo-Saxon vs. Continental " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:268 msgid "" "The table below reflects journal entries and accounts. The *stock input* " "account stores the money intended to pay vendors when the vendor bill has " @@ -6399,71 +6408,71 @@ msgid "" "price it was bought for, a *price difference* account is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Stock Input" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Price Diff" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 msgid "Receive 8 tables at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 msgid "($80)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 msgid "Receive 4 tables at $16" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 msgid "($64)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "Deliver 10 tables to customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "Return 1 table initially bought at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$10**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$12**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "$2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:296 msgid "Product reception" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:299 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Riepilogo" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:301 msgid "" "At product reception, Odoo ensures companies can pay for goods that were " "purchased by preemptively moving an amount matching the price of received " @@ -6475,7 +6484,7 @@ msgid "" "bill is received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:308 msgid "" "Inventory valuation is a method of calculating how much each in-stock " "product is worth internally. Since there is a difference between the price " @@ -6484,44 +6493,44 @@ msgid "" "crediting and debiting operations of the **Stock Input** account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:313 msgid "To conceptualize all this, follow the breakdown below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:316 msgid "Accounts balanced at received products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:318 msgid "" "In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, `table`, in " "stock. Then, 8 tables are received from the vendor:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:321 msgid "" "The **Stock Input** account stores `$80` of credit owed to the vendor. The " "amount in this account is unrelated to the inventory value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:323 msgid "" "`$80` worth of tables came **in** (**debit** the *Inventory Value* account " "`$80`), and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:324 msgid "" "`$80` must be paid **out** for received goods (**credit** the *Stock Input* " "account `$80`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:324 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:370 msgid "In Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:329 msgid "" "Odoo generates an accounting journal entry when shipments that use |AVCO| " "costing method are received. Configure a :guilabel:`Price Difference " @@ -6529,7 +6538,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category` field on the product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:333 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Account Properties`, create a new :guilabel:`Price " "Difference Account` by typing in the name of the account and clicking " @@ -6541,7 +6550,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create price difference account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:341 msgid "" "Then, receive the shipment in the *Purchase* app or *Inventory* app, and " "navigate to the :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal " @@ -6553,7 +6562,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show accounting entry of 8 tables from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:349 msgid "" "Click on the line for 8 tables. This accounting journal entry shows that " "when the 8 tables were received, the `Stock Valuation` account increased by " @@ -6565,35 +6574,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit stock valuation and credit stock input 80 dollars." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:358 msgid "Accounts balanced at received vendor bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:360 msgid "" "In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, table, in " "stock. Then, 8 tables are received from the vendor. When the bill is " "received from vendor for 8 tables:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:363 msgid "" "Use `$80` in the **Stock Input** account to pay the bill. This cancels out " "and the account now holds `$0`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:365 msgid "Debit **Stock Input** `$80` (to reconcile this account)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:366 msgid "" "Credit **Accounts payable** `$80`. This account stores the amount the " "company owes others, so accountants use the amount to write checks to " "vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:372 msgid "" "Once the vendor requests payment, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Orders --> Purchase` and select the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for " @@ -6601,7 +6610,7 @@ msgid "" "Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:376 msgid "" "Switch to the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view how `$80` is transferred" " from the holding account, `Stock Interim (Received)` to `Accounts Payable`." @@ -6612,24 +6621,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show bill linked to the purchase order for 8 tables." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:385 msgid "On product delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:387 msgid "" "In the :ref:`above example table `, when 10" " products are delivered to a customer, the **Stock Input** account is " "untouched because there are no new products coming in. To put it simply:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:391 msgid "" "**Inventory valuation** is credited `$120`. Subtracting from inventory " "valuation represents `$120` worth of products exiting the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:393 msgid "Debit **Accounts Receivable** to record revenue from the sale." msgstr "" @@ -6637,7 +6646,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show journal items linked to sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:401 msgid "" "In the accounting journal entry invoicing a customer for 10 tables, the " "accounts **Product Sales**, **Tax Received**, and **Accounts Receivable** " @@ -6645,7 +6654,7 @@ msgid "" "account where the customer payment will be received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:405 msgid "" "Anglo-Saxon accounting recognizes the cost of goods sold (COGS) once the " "sale is made. So, up until the product is sold, scrapped, or returned, costs" @@ -6654,11 +6663,11 @@ msgid "" "period of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:411 msgid "On product return" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:413 msgid "" "In the :ref:`above example table `, when " "returning 1 product to a vendor purchased at `$10`, a company expects `$10` " @@ -6669,31 +6678,31 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:420 msgid "" "Behavior of *price difference accounts* varies from localization. In this " "case, the account is intended to store differences between vendor price and " "*automated* inventory valuation methods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:423 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "Riepilogo:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:425 msgid "" "Debit **Stock Input** account `$10` to move the table from stock to stock " "input. This move is to indicate that the table is to be processed for an " "outgoing shipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:427 msgid "" "Debit **Stock Input** an additional `$2` to account for the **Price " "Difference**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:428 msgid "" "Credit **Stock Valuation** `$12` because the item is leaving the stock." msgstr "" @@ -6702,16 +6711,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "2 dollar difference expensed in Price Difference account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:434 msgid "Once the vendor's refund is received," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:436 msgid "" "Credit **Stock Input** account `$10` to reconcile the price of the table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:437 msgid "" "Debit **Accounts Payable** `$10` to have the accountants collect and " "register the payment in their journal." @@ -6725,7 +6734,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:361 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:247 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:258 @@ -7418,6 +7427,7 @@ msgid "Partial payment 2/2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:422 msgid "30" msgstr "30" @@ -7655,7 +7665,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:254 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:278 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 @@ -7812,6 +7822,7 @@ msgid "VAT units tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:339 msgid "Fiscal position" msgstr "Posizione di bilancio" @@ -11519,6 +11530,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:32 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "Prerequisiti" @@ -11669,6 +11681,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:150 msgid ":doc:`../get_started`" msgstr "" @@ -11896,11 +11909,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:105 msgid "" -"Setting an :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` is **irreversible** and cannot be" -" removed." +"Install the :guilabel:`Irreversible Lock Date` (`account_lock`) module to " +"make the :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` *irreversible* once set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:109 msgid "" "A specific year-end closing entry is **optional** in order to close out the " "**profit and loss statement**. The reports are created in real-time, meaning" @@ -11994,7 +12007,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:386 msgid "Tax computation" msgstr "" @@ -12057,6 +12070,7 @@ msgstr "Imposta" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:397 msgid "Total" msgstr "Totale" @@ -12751,110 +12765,1701 @@ msgid "" "to only work with one price reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:3 -msgid "Avatax integration" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:5 -msgid "Avatax is a tax calculation provider that can be integrated in Odoo." +msgid "AvaTax integration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:98 -msgid "Credential configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:7 msgid "" -"To integrate Avatax with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes` and add your Avatax credentials in the" -" :guilabel:`Avatax` section." +"Avalara's *AvaTax* is a cloud-based tax software. Integrating *AvaTax* with " +"Odoo provides real-time and region-specific tax calculations when users " +"sell, purchase, and invoice items in Odoo. *AvaTax* tax calculation is " +"supported with every United Nations charted country, including inter-border " +"transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:13 msgid "" -"If you do not yet have credentials, click on :guilabel:`How to Get " -"Credentials`." +"*AvaTax* is only available for integration with databases/companies that " +"have locations in the United States, Canada, and Brazil. This means the " +"fiscal position/country of a database can only be set to the United States, " +"Canada, or Brazil. For more information, reference this documentation: " +":ref:`avatax/fiscal_country`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Configure Avatax settings" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:18 +msgid "" +"*AvaTax* accounts for location-based tax rates for each state, county, and " +"city. It improves remittance accuracy by paying close attention to laws, " +"rules, jurisdiction boundaries, and special circumstances (like, tax " +"holidays, and product exemptions). Companies who integrate with *AvaTax* can" +" maintain control of tax-calculations in-house with this simple :abbr:`API " +"(application programming interface)` integration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:25 -msgid "Tax mapping" +msgid "" +"Some limitations exist in Odoo while using *AvaTax* for tax calculation:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:27 msgid "" -"The Avatax integration is available on Sale Orders and Invoices with the " -"included Avatax fiscal position." +"*AvaTax* is **not** supported in Odoo's *Point of Sale* app, because a " +"dynamic tax calculation model is excessive for transactions within a single " +"delivery address, such as stores or restaurants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:30 msgid "" -"Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the " -"product categories." +"*AvaTax* and Odoo use the company address and **not** the warehouse address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Specify Avatax Category on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:31 msgid "" -"Avatax Categories may be overridden or set on individual products as well." +"Exercise tax is **not** supported. This includes tobacco/vape taxes, fuel " +"taxes, and other specific industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Avalara's support documents: `About AvaTax " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:39 +msgid "Set up on AvaTax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To use *AvaTax*, an account with Avalara is required for the setup. If one " +"has not been set up yet, connect with Avalara to purchase a license: " +"`Avalara: Let's Talk `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Upon account setup, take note of the *AvaTax* :guilabel:`Account ID`. This " +"will be needed in the :ref:`Odoo setup `. In Odoo, this " +"number is the :guilabel:`API ID`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Then, `create a basic company profile " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:53 +msgid "Create basic company profile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Collect essential business details for the next step: locations where tax is" +" collected, products/services sold (and their sales locations), and customer" +" tax exemptions, if applicable. Follow the Avalara documentation for " +"creating a basic company profile:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:59 +msgid "" +"`Add company information `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:61 +msgid "" +"`Tell us where the company collects and pays tax " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:63 +msgid "" +"`Verify jurisdictions and activate the company " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Add other company locations for location-based filing " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:67 +msgid "" +"`Add a marketplace to the company profile " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:73 +msgid "Connect to AvaTax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:75 +msgid "" +"After creating the basic company profile in Avalara, connect to *AvaTax*. " +"This step links Odoo and *AvaTax* bidirectionally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox `_" +" or `production `_ environment. This will depend" +" on which type of Avalara account the company would like to integrate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:83 +msgid "" +"`Sandbox vs production environments in Avalara " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Log in to create the :guilabel:`License Key`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> License and API Keys`. Click :guilabel:`Generate License Key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:90 +msgid "" +"A warning appears stating: `If your business app is connected to Avalara " +"solutions, the connection will be broken until you update the app with the " +"new license key. This action cannot be undone.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Generating a new license key breaks the connection with existing business " +"apps using the *AvaTax* integration. Make sure to update these apps with the" +" new license key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If this will be the first :abbr:`API (application programming interface)` " +"integration being made with *AvaTax* and Odoo, then click " +":guilabel:`Generate license key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:100 +msgid "" +"If this is an additional license key, ensure the previous connection can be " +"broken. There is **only** one license key associated with each of the " +"Avalara sandbox and production accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Copy this key to a safe place. It is **strongly encouraged** to backup the " +"license key for future reference. This key cannot be retrieved after leaving" +" this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:108 +msgid "Odoo configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Before using *AvaTax*, there are some additional configurations in Odoo to " +"ensure tax calculations are made accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Verify that the Odoo database contains necessary data. The country initially" +" set up in the database determines the fiscal position, and aids *AvaTax* in" +" calculating accurate tax rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:119 +msgid "Fiscal country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Country`, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Country` " +"feature to :guilabel:`United States`, :guilabel:`Canada`, or " +":guilabel:`Brazil`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:131 +msgid "Company settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:133 +msgid "" +"All companies operating under the Odoo database should have a full and " +"complete address listed in the settings. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Settings app`, and under the :guilabel:`Companies` section, " +"ensure there is only one company operating the Odoo database. Click " +":guilabel:`Update Info` to open a separate page to update company details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:138 +msgid "" +"If there are multiple companies operating in the database, click " +":guilabel:`Manage Companies` to load a list of companies to select from. " +"Update company information by clicking into the specific company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Database administrators should ensure that the :guilabel:`Street...`, " +":guilabel:`Street2...`, :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, " +":guilabel:`ZIP`, and :guilabel:`Country` are all updated for the companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This ensures accurate tax calculations and smooth end-of-year accounting " +"operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:149 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:153 +msgid "Module installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, ensure that the Odoo *AvaTax* module is installed. To do so, navigate " +"to the :menuselection:`Apps application`. In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, " +"type in `avatax`, and press :kbd:`Enter`. The following results populate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nome" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 +msgid "Technical name" +msgstr "Nome tecnico" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Descrizione" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:167 +msgid "`account_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Default *AvaTax* module. This module adds the base *AvaTax* features for tax" +" calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:169 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for geo localization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:170 +msgid "`account_avatax_geolocalize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:171 +msgid "" +"This module includes the features required for integration of *AvaTax* into " +"geo-localization in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:173 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SO`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:174 +msgid "`account_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Includes the information needed for tax calculation on sales orders in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:176 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for Inventory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:177 +msgid "`account_avatax_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:178 +msgid "Includes tax calculation in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:179 +msgid ":guilabel:`Amazon/Avatax Bridge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:180 +msgid "`sale_amazon_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Includes tax calculation features between the *Amazon Connector* and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:182 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:183 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:184 +msgid "Includes information for tax calculation in the Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:185 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:186 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:187 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for tax calculation for services " +"in the Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil Sale for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:190 +msgid "`l10n_br_edi_sale_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:191 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for tax calculation for the sale " +"of services in the Brazil localization. This includes electronic data " +"interchange (EDI)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:193 +msgid ":guilabel:`Test SOs for the Brazilian AvaTax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:194 +msgid "`l10n_br_test_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:195 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for test sales orders in the " +"Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Install` button on the module labeled, " +":guilabel:`Avatax`: `account_avatax`. Doing so installs the following " +"modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:200 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax`: `account_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:201 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SO`: `account_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:202 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for Inventory`: `account_avatax_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Should *AvaTax* be needed for geo-localization, or with the *Amazon " +"Connector*, then install those modules individually by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Install` on :guilabel:`Avatax for geo localization` and " +":guilabel:`Amazon/Avatax Bridge`, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:209 +msgid "" +"For localization specific *AvaTax* instructions, view the following " +":doc:`fiscal localization <../../fiscal_localizations>` documentation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:212 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:217 +msgid "Odoo AvaTax settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To integrate the *AvaTax* :abbr:`API (application programming interface)` " +"with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` section. The :guilabel:`AvaTax` fields in the :guilabel:`Taxes` " +"section is where the *AvaTax* configurations are made, and the credentials " +"are entered in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:224 +msgid "" +"First, tick the checkbox to the left of the :guilabel:`AvaTax` settings, to " +"activate *AvaTax* on the database. This is a quick, convenient way to " +"activate and deactivate *AvaTax* tax calculation on the Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Override product categories as needed" +msgid "Configure AvaTax settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:235 +msgid "" +"First, select the :guilabel:`Environment` in which the company wishes to use" +" *AvaTax* in. It can either be :guilabel:`Sandbox` or " +":guilabel:`Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:239 +msgid "" +"For help determining which *AvaTax* environment to use (either " +":guilabel:`Production` or :guilabel:`Sandbox`), visit: `Sandbox vs " +"Production environments " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:244 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Now, the credentials can be entered in. The *AvaTax* :guilabel:`Account ID` " +"should be entered in the :guilabel:`API ID` field, and the " +":guilabel:`License Key` should be entered in the :guilabel:`API Key` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Account ID` can be found by logging into the *AvaTax* portal " +"(`sandbox `_ or `production " +"`_). In the upper-right corner, click on the " +"initials of the user and :guilabel:`Account`. The :guilabel:`Account ID` is " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To access the :guilabel:`License Key` see this documentation: " +":ref:`avatax/create_avalara_credentials`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:259 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Company Code` field, enter the Avalara company code for " +"the company being configured. Avalara interprets this as `DEFAULT`, if it is" +" not set. The :guilabel:`Company Code` can be accessed in the Avalara " +"management portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:263 +msgid "" +"First, log into the *AvaTax* portal (`sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_). Then, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Manage Companies`. The :guilabel:`Company Code` value is located in the " +"row of the :guilabel:`Company` in the :guilabel:`Company Code` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "AvaTax company code highlighted on the company details page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:273 +msgid "Transaction options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:275 +msgid "" +"There are two transactional settings in the Odoo *AvaTax* settings that can " +"be configured: :guilabel:`Use UPC` and :guilabel:`Commit Transactions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:278 +msgid "" +"If the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Use UPC` is ticked, the transactions will" +" use Universal Product Codes (UPC), instead of custom defined codes in " +"Avalara. Consult a certified public accountant (CPA) for specific guidance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:282 +msgid "" +"Should the :guilabel:`Commit Transactions` checkbox be ticked, then, the " +"transactions in the Odoo database will be committed for reporting in " +"*AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:286 msgid "Address validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:288 msgid "" -"Manually validate customer addresses by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate " -"address` link in the customer form view." +"The *Address Validation* feature ensures that the most up-to-date address by" +" postal standards is set on a contact in Odoo. This is important to provide " +"accurate tax calculations for customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:292 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Address Validation` feature only works with " +"partners/customers in North America." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Additionally, tick the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Address validation` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:297 +msgid "" +"For accurate tax calculations, it is best practice to enter a complete " +"address for the contacts saved in the database. However, *AvaTax* can still " +"function by implementing a best effort attempt using only the " +":guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`State`, and :guilabel:`Zip code`. These are " +"the three minimum required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:302 +msgid ":guilabel:`Save` the settings to implement the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Manually :guilabel:`Validate` the address by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Contacts app`, and selecting a contact. Now that the " +"*AvaTax* module has been configured on the database, a :guilabel:`Validate` " +"button appears directly below the :guilabel:`Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:309 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a pop-up window appears with a " +":guilabel:`Validated Address` and :guilabel:`Original Address` listed. If " +"the :guilabel:`Validated Address` is the correct mailing address for tax " +"purposes, click :guilabel:`Save Validated`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Validate address pop-up window in Odoo with \"Save Validated\" button and \"Validated\n" +"Address\" highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:319 +msgid "" +"All previously-entered addresses for contacts in the Odoo database will need" +" to be validated using the manually validate process outlined above. " +"Addresses are not automatically validated if they were entered previously. " +"This only occurs upon tax calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:324 +msgid "Test connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:326 +msgid "" +"After entering all the above information into the *AvaTax* setup on Odoo, " +"click :guilabel:`Test connection`. This ensures the :guilabel:`API ID` and " +":guilabel:`API KEY` are correct, and a connection is made between Odoo and " +"the *AvaTax* application programming interface (API)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:331 +msgid "Sync parameters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Upon finishing the configuration and settings of the *AvaTax* section, click" +" the :guilabel:`Sync Parameters` button. This action synchronizes the " +"exemption codes from *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:341 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Fiscal Positions`. A :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` is listed " +"named, :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)`. Click it to open " +"*AvaTax's* fiscal position configuration page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:345 +msgid "Here, ensure that the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` checkbox is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the checkbox next to the field labeled: :guilabel:`Detect " +"Automatically`. Should this option be ticked, then, Odoo will automatically " +"apply this :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for transactions in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Enabling :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` also makes specific parameters, " +"such as :guilabel:`VAT required`, :guilabel:`Foreign Tax ID`, " +":guilabel:`Country Group`, :guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`Federal States`, " +"or :guilabel:`Zip Range` appear. Filling these parameters filters the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` usage. Leaving them blank ensures all " +"calculations are made using this :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:358 +msgid "" +"Should the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` checkbox not be ticked, each " +"customer will need to have the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set on their " +":guilabel:`Sales and Purchase` tab of the contact record. To do so, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Order --> Customers`, or " +":menuselection:`Contacts app --> Contacts`. Then, select a customer or " +"contact to set the fiscal position on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:364 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Sales and Purchase` tab, and down to the section " +"labeled, :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`. Set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` " +"field to the fiscal position for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:372 +msgid "AvaTax accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Upon selecting the checkbox option for :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` a new " +":guilabel:`AvaTax` tab appears. Click into this tab to reveal two different " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:377 +msgid "" +"The first setting is the :guilabel:`AvaTax Invoice Account`, while the " +"second is, :guilabel:`AvaTax Refund Account`. Ensure both accounts are set " +"for smooth end-of-year record keeping. Consult a certified public accountant" +" (CPA) for specific guidance on setting both accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:381 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to implement the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:384 +msgid "Tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:386 +msgid "" +"The *AvaTax* integration is available on sale orders and invoices with the " +"included *AvaTax* fiscal position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:390 +msgid "" +"Additionally, there is a :guilabel:`Tax Mapping` tab and :guilabel:`Account " +"Mapping` tab in the :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)` fiscal " +"position, where mapping for products can also be configured. To access " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Positions` navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Fiscal Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:396 +msgid "Product category mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the " +"product categories. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Product Categories`. Select the product category to add " +"the :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` to. In the :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` " +"field, select a category from the drop-down menu, or :guilabel:`Search " +"More...` to open the complete list of options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Validate customer addresses" +msgid "Specify AvaTax Category on products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:409 +msgid "Product mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:411 msgid "" -"If preferred, choose to keep the newly validated address or the original " -"address in the wizard that pops up." +"*AvaTax* Categories may be set on individual products, as well. To set the " +":guilabel:`Avatax Category` navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Products --> Products`. Select the product to add the :guilabel:`Avatax " +"Category` to. Under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, on the far-" +"right, is a selector field labeled: :guilabel:`Avatax Category`. Finally, " +"click the drop-down menu, and select a category, or :guilabel:`Search " +"More...` to find one that is not listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:418 +msgid "" +"If both the product, and its category, have an :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` " +"set, the product's :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` takes precedence." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Address validation wizard" +msgid "Override product categories as needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:426 +msgid "" +"Mapping an :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` on either the *Product* or *Product " +"Category* should be completed for every *Product* or *Product Category*, " +"depending the route that is chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:431 +msgid ":doc:`avatax/avatax_use`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:432 +msgid ":doc:`avatax/avalara_portal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:163 +msgid "" +"`US Tax Compliance: Avatax elearning video " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:6 +msgid "Avalara (Avatax) portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Avalara's (*AvaTax*) management console offers account management options " +"including: viewing/editing the transactions sent from Odoo to *AvaTax*, " +"details on how the taxes are calculated, tax reporting, tax exemption " +"management, and tax return resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:13 +msgid "Avalara is the software developer of the tax software, *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the console, first, navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_ environment. This will depend on which type " +"of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`. Log in to the " +"management console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara dashboard after logging into management portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"For more information see Avalara's documentation: `Activate your " +"Communications Customer Portal account " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To access transactions, click in the :guilabel:`Transactions` link on the " +"main dashboard upon logging into the :ref:`avatax/portal`. To manually " +"access the *Transactions* page, while logged into the Avalara console, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Transactions --> Transactions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara portal with the transactions shortcut highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:43 +msgid "Edit transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click into a transaction to reveal more details about the transaction. These" +" details include sections on :guilabel:`Invoice detail`, " +":guilabel:`Additional info`, and :guilabel:`Customer info`. Click :icon:`fa-" +"pencil` :guilabel:`Edit document details` to make changes to the " +"transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:49 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Discount` can be added to adjust the invoice. This is " +"especially useful in cases where the transaction has already synced with " +"Avalara / *AvaTax*, and changes need to be made afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:55 +msgid "Filter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Filter transactions on the :guilabel:`Transactions` page, by setting the " +":guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields, and configuring other fields to " +"filter by, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Status`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Code`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`Exactly " +"match`, :guilabel:`Starts with`, or :guilabel:`Contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer/Vendor Code`: the customer/vendor code in Odoo (e.g. " +"`Contact18`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: the country this tax was calculated in; this is a text " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: the region of the country, which varies based on the " +":guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Filters` to access the following filter " +"conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Type`: any of the following selections, :guilabel:`All`," +" :guilabel:`Sales Invoice`, :guilabel:`Purchase Invoice`, :guilabel:`Return " +"Invoice`, :guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Inbound Invoice`, " +":guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Outbound Invoice`, or :guilabel:`Customs " +"Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Import ID`: represents the import ID of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:78 +msgid "Sort by" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:80 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Transactions` page, transactions will be listed below, " +"according to the set :ref:`avalara/portal-filter`, located in the top half " +"of the page. The following columns are available by default, to sort by " +"ascending or descending order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc Code`: either of the following options, :guilabel:`Exactly " +"match`, :guilabel:`Starts with`, or :guilabel:`Contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc Status`: either of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cust/Vendor Code` : this is the customer/vendor code in Odoo " +"(e.g. Contact18)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: this is the region of the country, this will vary based " +"on the :guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amount`: the numeric amount of the total amount on the Odoo " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax`: the numeric amount of the tax applied to the total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Transactions page on the Avalara portal with the filter and sort-by options " +"highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:99 +msgid "Customize columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Additional columns can be added by clicking the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Customize columns`. On the resulting popover window, click the " +"drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`column` that should be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The following columns can be added for additional transactional information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`AvaTax calculated`: the amount of tax calculated by *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cust/vendor code`: the customer/vendor code in Odoo (e.g. " +"`Contact18`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Currency`: the standardized abbreviation for the currency the " +"amount total is in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doc date`: the document's date of creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc status`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc type`: any of the following selections, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Sales Invoice`, :guilabel:`Purchase Invoice`, :guilabel:`Return " +"Invoice`, :guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Inbound Invoice`, " +":guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Outbound Invoice`, or :guilabel:`Customs " +"Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last modified`: timestamp of the last time the document was " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location code`: the location code used to calculate the tax, " +"based on the delivery address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:122 +msgid ":guilabel:`PO number`: the purchase order number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference code`: the Odoo reference code (e.g. NV/2024/00003)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: the region of the country,which varies based on the " +":guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson code`: the numeric ID of the user assigned to the " +"sales order in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax date`: the month/day/year of the tax calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax override type`: where an exemption would appear, should there" +" be none, the field populates with :guilabel:`None`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:131 +msgid "To add a new column click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:134 +msgid "" +"For more information on *AvaTax* transactions, refer to this Avalara " +"documentation: `Transactions " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:138 +msgid "Import-export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"While on the :ref:`avalara/portal-transactions`, click :icon:`fa-download` " +":guilabel:`Import transactions` or :icon:`fa-upload` :guilabel:`Export " +"transactions` to import or export transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1019 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:42 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "Report" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To access reporting, navigate to the :menuselection:`Reports` link in the " +"top menu of the Avalara management console. Next, select from one of the " +"available reporting tabs: :guilabel:`Transactions reports`, " +":guilabel:`Liability & tax return reports`, or :guilabel:`Exemption " +"reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Additionally, there is a :guilabel:`Favorites` tab and :guilabel:`Downloads`" +" tab. The :guilabel:`Favorites` tab contains any favorited report " +"configurations for the Avalara user. The :guilabel:`Downloads` tab contains " +"a list view where the user can download the high-volume transaction reports " +"created in the last 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Make a selection for the :guilabel:`Report Category`, and the " +":guilabel:`Report Name`, under the :guilabel:`Select a report` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Next, fill out the :guilabel:`Select report details` section. These options " +"will vary based on the tab selected above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Depending on the report size, the following two options are available in the" +" section labeled, :guilabel:`Select the approximate number of transactions " +"for your report`: :guilabel:`Create and download the report instantly` (for " +"small reports) and :guilabel:`Create and download the report in the " +"background` (for larger reports). Select one or the other depending on the " +"volume of transactions in this report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Finally, under the section labeled, :guilabel:`Report preview and export` " +"make a selection of the file type to download. Either a :guilabel:`.PDF` or " +":guilabel:`.XLS` can be chosen. Alternatively, the file can be previewed by " +"selecting the :guilabel:`Preview` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:172 +msgid "" +"After making all the configurations, click :guilabel:`Create report` to " +"download the report. Click :icon:`fa-star-o` :guilabel:`Make this report a " +"favorite` to save the report configuration to the user's favorites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:176 +msgid "" +"After the report is created, click :icon:`fa-download` :guilabel:`Download` " +"to download the file to the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Select a pre-configured report from the :guilabel:`Frequently used reports` " +"section of the reporting dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Access this list by clicking on the :guilabel:`Reports` option in the top " +"menu of the Avalara management console, and scroll to the bottom of the " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"`See Avalara's documentation: Reports in AvaTax " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:191 +msgid "Add more jurisdictions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Additional jurisdictions (tax locations) can be added in the Avalara " +"management console. Navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_ environment. This will depend on which type " +"of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Where you collect tax`. " +"Choose between the three different tabs, depending on the business need. The" +" first tab is :guilabel:`Sales and use tax`, where tax can be collected for " +"the United States. Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add to where you " +"collect sales and use tax` to add another location where the company " +"collects sales and use tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The second option, is the :guilabel:`VAT/GST` tab where the :icon:`fa-plus` " +":guilabel:`Add a country or territory where you collect VAT/GST` can be " +"selected to add another country or territory where the company collects " +"VAT/GST." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Finally, on the far-right, is the :guilabel:`Customs duty` tab, where a " +"country can be added where the company collects customs duty. Simply click " +"on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a country where you calculate customs " +"duty` icon below the tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"AvaTax management console, on the Where you collect tax page, with the add button and\n" +"sales and use tax tab highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:217 +msgid "" +"`See Avalara's documentation: Add local jurisdiction taxes " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:221 +msgid "Tax exemption certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Tax exemption certificates for customers can be added into the Avalara " +"management console, so that *AvaTax* is aware of which customers may be " +"exempt from paying certain taxes. To add an *exception certificate* navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Exemptions --> Customer certificates`. From there, click" +" on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a certificate` to configure an " +"exemption." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:229 +msgid "" +"An Avalara subscription to Exemption Certificate Management (ECM) is " +"required in order to attach certificate images, and to be ready for an " +"audit. For more on subscribing to this add-on, visit `Avalara " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:235 +msgid "End-of-year operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Avalara's services include tax return services, for when it is time to file " +"taxes at the end of the year. To access Avalara's tax services log, into the" +" `management portal `_. Then, from the main " +"dashboard, click :guilabel:`Returns`. Avalara will prompt the Avalara user " +"to log in for security purposes, and redirect the user to the *Returns* " +"portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara portal with the returns shortcut highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Get started` to begin the tax return process. For more " +"information, refer to this Avalara documentation: `About Managed Returns " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, click on the :menuselection:`Returns` button in the top menu " +"of the Avalara management console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:161 +msgid ":doc:`../avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`avatax_use`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:3 +msgid "AvaTax use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:5 +msgid "" +"AvaTax is a tax calculation software that can be integrated with Odoo in the" +" United States and Canada. Once the :doc:`integration setup <../avatax>` is " +"complete, the calculated tax is simple and automatic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:10 msgid "Tax calculation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:12 msgid "" -"Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with Avatax by" -" confirming the documents. Alternatively, calculate the taxes manually by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`Compute taxes using Avatax` button while these " -"documents are in draft mode." +"Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with AvaTax by" +" confirming the documents during the sales flow. Alternatively, calculate " +"the taxes manually by clicking the :guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button, while " +"these documents are in draft stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:17 msgid "" -"Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Code` field that's available on customers, " -"quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and Avatax." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button recalculates taxes, if any " +"product lines are edited on the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 -msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Sales quotation with the confirm and compute taxes button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The tax calculation is triggered during the following :ref:`automatic " +"trigger ` and :ref:`manual trigger " +"` circumstances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:30 +msgid "Automatic triggers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the sales rep sends the quote by email with :guilabel:`Send by email` " +"button (pop-up)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:33 +msgid "When the customer views the online quote on the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:34 +msgid "When a quote is confirmed and becomes a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:35 +msgid "When the customer views the invoice on the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:36 +msgid "When a draft invoice is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:37 +msgid "When the customer views the subscription in the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:38 +msgid "When a subscription generates an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:39 +msgid "When the customer gets to the last screen of the eCommerce checkout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:44 +msgid "Manual triggers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button at the bottom of the quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button at the top of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:49 +msgid "Use each of these buttons to manually re-calculate the sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Partner Code` field that is available on customer" +" records, quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and " +"AvaTax. This field is located under the :menuselection:`Other info` tab of " +"the sales order or quotation in the :guilabel:`Sales` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:56 +msgid "" +"On the customer record, navigate to *Contacts app* and select a contact. " +"Then open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab and the :guilabel:`Avalara " +"Partner Code` under the :guilabel:`Sales` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)` fiscal position is also " +"applied on those Odoo documents, like subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:165 +msgid ":doc:`../fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:68 +msgid "AvaTax synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Synchronization occurs with AvaTax, when the *invoice* is created in Odoo. " +"This means the sales tax is recorded with Avalara (AvaTax software " +"developer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`. " +"Select a quotation from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:76 +msgid "" +"After confirming a quotation and validating the delivery, click " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice`. Indicate whether it is a :guilabel:`Regular " +"invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or :guilabel:`Down payment " +"(fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Then click :guilabel:`Create and view invoice`. The recorded taxes can be " +"seen in the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab of the invoice. There will be " +"different taxes depending on the location of the :guilabel:`Delivery " +"Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Journal items highlighted on a invoice in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Finally, press the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to complete the invoice and " +"synchronize with the AvaTax portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:92 +msgid "" +"An invoice cannot be :guilabel:`Reset to draft` because this causes de-" +"synchronization with the AvaTax Portal. Instead, click :guilabel:`Add credit" +" note` and state: `Sync with AvaTax Portal`. See this documentation: " +":doc:`../../../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:97 +msgid "Fixed price discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Add a fixed price discount to a valuable customer, by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line` on the customer's invoice. Add the product discount, " +"and set the :guilabel:`Price` to either a positive or negative value. To " +"recalculate the taxes, click :guilabel:`Compute Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Tax calculation can even be done on negative subtotals and credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:107 +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:109 +msgid "" +"It is possible to log Avalara/*AvaTax* actions in Odoo for further analysis," +" or verification of functionality. Logging is accessible through the " +"*AvaTax* settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To start logging *AvaTax* actions, first, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, under the :guilabel:`AvaTax` " +"settings, click :guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Upon starting the log process, Odoo will log all Avalara/*AvaTax* actions " +"performed in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To view the logs, click on :guilabel:`Show logs` to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`. This reveals a detailed list of " +"Avalara/*AvaTax* actions. This list is sortable by the following columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:124 +msgid ":guilabel:`Created on`: timestamp of the *AvaTax* calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`Created by`: numeric value of the user in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Database name`: name of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: two values can be chosen for this field, " +":guilabel:`Server` or :guilabel:`Client`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Avalara service name. In this case, it will be *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:130 +msgid ":guilabel:`Level`: by default, this will be `INFO`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:131 +msgid ":guilabel:`Path`: indicates the path taken to make the calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`Line`: indicates the line the calculation is made on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:133 +msgid ":guilabel:`Function`: indicates the calculation taken on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara logging page with top row of list highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Click into the log line to reveal another field, called :guilabel:`Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:141 +msgid "" +"This field populates a raw transcription of the transaction, which involves " +"the creation (or adjustment) of a sales invoice using the Avalara *AvaTax* " +"API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The transaction includes details, such as addresses for shipping from and " +"to, line items describing the products or services, tax codes, tax amounts, " +"and other relevant information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:147 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Message` contains the calculated taxes for different " +"jurisdictions and confirms the creation (or adjustment) of the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Custom fields can be made using Odoo *Studio*. Click the :icon:`fa-" +"ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(ellipsis)` menu to the far-right of the header row. " +"Then click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add custom field`. This action opens " +"Odoo *Studio*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Studio* requires a *custom* pricing plan. Consult the database's " +"customer success manager for more information on switching plans. Or to see " +"if Odoo *Studio* is included in the database's current pricing plan. See " +"this documentation: :doc:`../../../../studio`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:162 +msgid ":doc:`avalara_portal`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:3 @@ -13090,13 +14695,6 @@ msgid "" "services and the **Import OSS** scheme for goods valued at or below €150." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1019 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:42 -msgid "Reports" -msgstr "Report" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:54 msgid "" "To generate **OSS sales** or **OSS imports** reports and submit them onto " @@ -13444,7 +15042,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:592 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:570 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:700 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:710 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:119 @@ -15930,6 +17528,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 @@ -15942,73 +17541,6 @@ msgid "" "features of the Argentinean localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "Nome" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 -msgid "Technical name" -msgstr "Nome tecnico" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "Descrizione" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:32 msgid ":guilabel:`Argentina - Accounting`" msgstr "" @@ -16068,7 +17600,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:52 @@ -16117,7 +17649,7 @@ msgid "Select Fiscal Localization Package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:205 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:255 msgid "Configure master data" msgstr "" @@ -17588,7 +19120,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:923 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:267 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:181 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:270 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 @@ -18840,6 +20372,7 @@ msgid "`Stripe Terminal `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:150 msgid "Payroll" msgstr "Libro paga" @@ -19343,6 +20876,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:308 msgid "Pay employees" msgstr "" @@ -19560,11 +21094,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can choose any Odoo journal to post the payslip entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:908 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:906 +msgid "" +"Configure the tax by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`. Create the necessary taxes for the Employment Hero payslip " +"entries. Fill in the tax code from **Employment Hero** in the " +":guilabel:`Matching Employment Hero Tax` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:911 msgid "How does the API work?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:910 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:913 msgid "" "The API syncs the journal entries from Employment Hero to Odoo and leaves " "them in draft mode. The reference includes the Employment Hero payslip entry" @@ -19577,7 +21119,7 @@ msgid "" "Example of a Employment Hero Journal Entry in Odoo Accounting (Australia)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:920 msgid "" "By default, the synchronisation happens once per week. You can fetch the " "records manually by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " @@ -19585,12 +21127,12 @@ msgid "" "option, click on :guilabel:`Fetch Payruns Manually`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:921 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:924 msgid "" "Employment Hero payslip entries also work based on double-entry bookkeeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:926 msgid "" "The accounts used by Employment Hero are defined in the section " ":guilabel:`Payroll settings`." @@ -19600,7 +21142,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chart of Accounts menu in Employment Hero" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:928 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:931 msgid "" "For the API to work, you need to create the same accounts as the default " "accounts of your Employment Hero business (**same name and same code**) in " @@ -19734,6 +21276,8 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:325 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:292 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" @@ -20884,17 +22428,18 @@ msgstr "Brasile" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:12 msgid "" "With the Brazilian localization, sales taxes can be automatically computed " -"and electronic invoices (NF-e) for goods can be sent using AvaTax (Avalara) " -"through |API| calls. Moreover, taxes for services can be configured." +"and electronic invoices for goods (NF-e) and services (NFS-e) can be sent " +"using AvaTax (Avalara) through |API| calls. Moreover, taxes for services can" +" be configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:16 msgid "" -"For the goods tax computation and electronic invoicing process, you need to " -"configure the :ref:`contacts `, :ref:`company " +"For the goods and services tax computation and electronic invoicing process," +" you need to configure the :ref:`contacts `, :ref:`company " "`, :ref:`products `, and :ref:`create an " -"account in Avatax ` need to be configured in the " -"general settings." +"account in AvaTax ` which needs to be configured in " +"the general settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:21 @@ -20909,133 +22454,230 @@ msgid "" "can be modified if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:33 msgid "" -"Install the :guilabel:`🇧🇷 Brazil` :ref:`fiscal localization package " -"` to get all the default accounting features " -"of the Brazilian localization, following the :abbr:`IFRS (International " -"Financial Reporting Standards)` rules." +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Brazilian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazilian - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_br`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `, " +"which represents having the Generic Brazilian chart of accounts and Taxes, " +"together with document types and identification types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazil - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:49 +msgid "`l10n_br_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:50 +msgid "Accounting reports for Brazil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` & :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:52 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax` & `l10n_br_avatax_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:53 +msgid "Goods and Services tax computation through Avalara." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Brazilian Accounting EDI` & :guilabel:`Brazilian Accounting EDI " +"for services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:55 +msgid "`l10n_br_edi` & `l10n_br_edi_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Provides electronic invoicing for goods and services for Brazil through " +"AvaTax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazil Pix QR codes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:58 +msgid "`l10n_br_pix`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:59 +msgid "Implements Pix QR codes for Brazil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:66 msgid "" "To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " "app and search the name given to your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:69 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option at the top of the page. Then, " "configure the following fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:245 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1096 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:314 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Address` (add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip" -" Code`, :guilabel:`Country`)." +":guilabel:`Address`: add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip" +" Code`, :guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:76 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street name, number, and any " "additional address information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:318 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Street 2` field, enter the neighborhood." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:252 -msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number` (:guilabel:`CNPJ`, :guilabel:`CPF`)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:320 +msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`: :guilabel:`CNPJ` or :guilabel:`CPF`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:253 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID` (associated with the identification type)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:321 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: associated with the identification type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:55 -msgid ":guilabel:`IE` (State registration)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: State registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:56 -msgid ":guilabel:`IM` (Municipal registration)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: Municipal registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:84 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code` (Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " -"add if applicable)." +":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " +"add if applicable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:257 -msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:258 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1097 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:293 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Company configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:91 msgid "" "Configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` within the :guilabel:`Sales and" " Purchase` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:104 msgid "" -"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`Avatax Brazil `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:67 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime` (Federal Tax Regime)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:94 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: Federal Tax Regime" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:95 msgid "" -":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type` (indicates ICMS regime, Exempt status, or " -"Non-Taxpayer)." +":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: indicates :guilabel:`ICMS regime`, " +":guilabel:`Exempt status`, or :guilabel:`Non-Taxpayer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:69 -msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:97 +msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Company fiscal configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:74 -msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Configure the following extra :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` if you are " +"going to issue NFS-e:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:350 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`COFINS Details`: :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with " +"rate 0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PIS Details` :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with rate " +"0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:109 +msgid ":guilabel:`CSLL Taxable` If the company is subject to CSLL or not" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Company fiscal configuration for NFSe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:114 +msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:117 msgid "" "If you are a simplified regime, you need to configure the ICMS rate under " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> " -"Avatax Brazil`." +"AvaTax Brazil`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:123 msgid "Configure AvaTax integration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:125 msgid "" "Avalara AvaTax is a tax calculation and electronic invoicing provider that " "can be integrated in Odoo to automatically compute taxes by taking into " @@ -21044,63 +22686,103 @@ msgid "" " afterward with the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:130 msgid "" "Using this integration requires :doc:`In-App-Purchases (IAPs) " "<../../essentials/in_app_purchase>` to compute the taxes and to send the " -"electronic invoices. Whenever you compute taxes, an |API| call is made using" -" credits from your |IAP| credits balance." +"electronic invoices. Whenever you compute taxes, send an electronic document" +" (NF-e, NFS-e, etc), or perform any electronic flow (NF-e Cancellation, " +"Correction letter, Invalidate invoice number range), an API call is made " +"using credits from your `IAP credits balance `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:137 msgid "Odoo is a certified partner of Avalara Brazil." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:138 +msgid "" +"You can `buy IAP credit on odoo.com `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:141 +msgid "Credential configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:143 msgid "" "To activate AvaTax in Odoo, you need to create an account. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, and in" " the :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` section, add the administration email address" -" to be used for the AvaTax portal in the :guilabel:`Avatax Portal Email`, " +" to be used for the AvaTax portal in the :guilabel:`AvaTax Portal Email`, " "and then click on :guilabel:`Create account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:149 msgid "" -"When **testing** an :guilabel:`Avatax Portal Email` integration in a testing" -" or sandbox database, use an alternate email address. It is **not** possible" -" to re-use the same email address on the production database." +"When **testing** or **creating a production** :guilabel:`AvaTax Portal " +"Email` integration in a sandbox or production database, use a real email " +"address, as it is needed to log in to the Avalara Portal and set up the " +"certificates, whether you want to test or use it on production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:153 +msgid "" +"There are two different Avalara Portals, one for testing and one for " +"production:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:155 +msgid "Sandbox: https://portal.sandbox.avalarabrasil.com.br/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 +msgid "Production: https://portal.avalarabrasil.com.br/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:158 +msgid "" +"When you create the account from Odoo, be sure to select the right " +"environment. Moreover, the email used to open the account cannot be used to " +"open another account. Save your :guilabel:`API ID` and :guilabel:`API Key` " +"when you create the account from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Transfer API Credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 msgid "" "After you create the account from Odoo, you need to go to the Avalara Portal" " to set up your password:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 msgid "" "Access the `Avalara portal `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:169 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Meu primeiro acesso`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:170 msgid "" -"Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/Avatax account," +"Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/AvaTax account," " and then click :guilabel:`Solicitar Senha`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:172 msgid "" "You will receive an email with a token and a link to create your password. " "Click on this link and copy-paste the token to allocate your desired " "password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:176 msgid "" "You can start using AvaTax in Odoo for tax computation **only** without " "creating a password and accessing the Avalara portal in the Odoo database. " @@ -21109,26 +22791,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 -msgid "Avatax account configuration." +msgid "AvaTax account configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:184 msgid "" "You can transfer |API| credentials. Use this only when you have already " "created an account in another Odoo instance and wish to reuse it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:188 msgid "A1 certificate upload" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:190 msgid "" "In order to issue electronic invoices, a certificate needs to be uploaded to" " the `AvaTax portal `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:193 msgid "" "The certificate will be synchronized with Odoo, as long as the external " "identifier number in the AvaTax portal matches - without special characters " @@ -21136,7 +22818,20 @@ msgid "" " with the CNPJ in AvaTax." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:198 +msgid "" +"To issue NFS-e, some cities require that you link the certificate within the" +" City Portal system before issuing NFS-e from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:201 +msgid "" +"If you receive an error message from the city that says :guilabel:`Your " +"certificate is not linked to the user`, that means this process needs to be " +"done in the city portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:210 msgid "" "The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " "is installed by default as part of the data set included in the localization" @@ -21144,18 +22839,18 @@ msgid "" " and the default account payable and account receivable fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:215 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Brazil is based on the SPED CoA, which gives a " "baseline of the accounts needed in Brazil." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:218 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:223 msgid "" "In Brazil, a *series* number is linked to a sequence number range for " "electronic invoices. The series number can be configured in Odoo on a sales " @@ -21164,7 +22859,7 @@ msgid "" "number assigned to it for each series needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:228 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Use Documents` field needs to be selected. When issuing " "electronic and non-electronic invoices, the :guilabel:`Type` field selects " @@ -21177,7 +22872,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Journal configuration with the Use Documents? field checked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 msgid "" "When creating the journal, ensure the field :guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note" " Sequence` is unchecked, as in Brazil, sequences between invoices, credit " @@ -21185,40 +22880,28 @@ msgid "" "journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:244 msgid "" "Taxes are automatically created when installing the Brazilian localization. " "Taxes are already configured, and some of them are used by Avalara when " "computing taxes on the sales order or invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:247 msgid "" "Taxes can be edited, or more taxes can be added. For example, some taxes " "used for services need to be manually added and configured, as the rate may " "differ depending on the city where you are offering the service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:252 msgid "" -"Taxes attached to services are not computed by AvaTax. Only goods taxes are " -"computed." +"If you decide to do service taxes manually, you won't be able to issue an " +"NFS-e. To electronically send an NFS-e, you need to compute taxes using " +"Avalara." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When configuring a tax used for a service that is included in the final " -"price (when the tax is not added or subtracted on top of the product price)," -" set the :guilabel:`Tax Computation` to :guilabel:`Percentage of Price Tax " -"Included`, and, on the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, check the " -":guilabel:`Included in Price` option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 -msgid "Tax configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 msgid "" "Do not delete taxes, as they are used for the AvaTax tax computation. If " "deleted, Odoo creates them again when used in an |SO| or invoice and " @@ -21228,50 +22911,56 @@ msgid "" "refunds` sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:262 msgid ":doc:`Taxes functional documentation <../accounting/taxes>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 msgid "" "To use the AvaTax integration on sale orders and invoices, first specify the" -" following information on the product:" +" following information on the product depending on its intended use:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:217 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`CEST Code` (Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:273 +msgid "E-Invoice for goods (NF-e)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:275 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code` (Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code)." +":guilabel:`CEST Code`: Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Source of Origin` (Indicates the origin of the product, which can" +":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code`: Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:277 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source of Origin`: Indicates the origin of the product, which can" " be foreign or domestic, among other possible options depending on the " -"specific use case)." +"specific use case" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:279 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type` (Fiscal product type according to SPED " -"list table)." +":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type`: Fiscal product type according to SPED " +"list table" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:296 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Purpose of Use` (Specify the intended purpose of use for this " -"product)." +":guilabel:`Purpose of Use`: Specify the intended purpose of use for this " +"product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Product configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:286 msgid "" "Odoo automatically creates three products to be used for transportation " "costs associated with sales. These are named `Freight`, `Insurance`, and " @@ -21281,7 +22970,27 @@ msgid "" "`Insurance`, `Freight`, or `Other Costs`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:293 +msgid "E-Invoice for services (NFS-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Code Origin`: City Service Code where the provider is " +"registered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:298 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Codes`: City Service Code where the service will be " +"provided, if no code is added, the Origin City Code will be used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:300 +msgid ":guilabel:`Labor Assignment`: Defines if your services includes labor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:305 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:282 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:656 @@ -21289,74 +22998,75 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contacts" msgstr "Contatti" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:307 msgid "" "Before using the integration, specify the following information on the " "contact:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 msgid "General information about the contact:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:311 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option for a contact with a tax ID (CNPJ), or" " check :guilabel:`Individual` for a contact with a CPF." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:317 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street, number, and any extra " "address information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:254 -msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:255 -msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipal tax identification number." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:323 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipal tax identification number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 -msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:324 +msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Contact configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:332 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`CPF`, :guilabel:`IE`, :guilabel:`IM`, and :guilabel:`SUFRAMA " "code` fields are are hidden until the :guilabel:`Country` is set to " "`Brazil`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:335 msgid "" "Fiscal information about the contact under the :guilabel:`Sales \\& " "Purchase` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position`: add the AvaTax fiscal position to automatically" " compute taxes on sale orders and invoices automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:339 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: federal tax regime" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:340 msgid "" ":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: taxpayer type determines if the contact is " -"within the ICMS regime, if it is exempt, or if it is a non-taxpayer" +"within the :guilabel:`ICMS regime`, :guilabel:`Exempt status`, or " +":guilabel:`Non-taxpayer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:342 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`: list of main activity sectors of the " "contact" @@ -21366,200 +23076,213 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contact fiscal configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:349 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`AvaTax Brazil `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PIS Details`: :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with rate " +"0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:354 +msgid ":guilabel:`CSLL Taxable`: If the company is subject to CSLL or not" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Contact fiscal configuration for NFSe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:362 msgid "Fiscal positions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:364 msgid "" "To compute taxes and send electronic invoices on sale orders and invoices, " "both the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` and the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API`" " options need to be enabled in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:368 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the contact or selected" -" when creating a sales order or an invoice." +"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the :ref:`contact " +"` or selected when creating a sales order or an invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Fiscal position configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:375 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:355 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:311 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "Workflow" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:377 msgid "" "This section provides an overview of the actions that trigger `API calls " -"`_ for tax computation, and how to send " -"an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) for government validation." +"`_ for tax computation, along with " +"instructions on how to send electronic invoices for goods (NF-e) and " +"services (NFS-e) for government validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:382 msgid "" "Please note that each |API| call incurs a cost. Be mindful of the actions " "that trigger these calls to manage costs effectively." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:389 msgid "Tax calculations on quotations and sales orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:391 msgid "" "Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a quotation or sales order " "automatically with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:394 msgid "**Quotation confirmation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:395 msgid "Confirm a quotation into a sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:316 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:412 msgid "**Manual trigger**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:317 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using Avatax`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:413 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:318 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:414 msgid "**Preview**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:319 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:415 msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Preview` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:400 msgid "**Email a quotation / sales order**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:401 msgid "Send a quotation or sales order to a customer via email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:404 msgid "**Online quotation access**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:403 msgid "" "When a customer accesses the quotation online (via the portal view), the " "|API| call is triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:407 msgid "Tax calculations on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:409 msgid "" "Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a customer invoice automatically" -" with AvaTax any of the following ways:" +" with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:333 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:417 msgid "**Online invoice access**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:417 msgid "" "When a customer accesses the invoice online (via the portal view), the |API|" " call is triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:420 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` must be set to `Automatic Tax Mapping " "(Avalara Brazil)` for any of these actions to compute taxes automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:424 msgid "" ":doc:`Fiscal positions (tax and account mapping) " "<../accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:429 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 msgid "Electronic documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:434 msgid "" -"To process an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e), the invoice needs to be " -"confirmed and taxes need to be computed by Avalara. Once that step is done, " -"click on the :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` button in the upper left corner, and" -" a pop-up will appear. Then click on :guilabel:`Process e-invoice` and any " -"of the other options - :guilabel:`Download` or :guilabel:`Email`. Finally, " -"click on :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` to process the invoice against the " -"government." +"To process an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) or services (NFS-e), the " +"invoice needs to be confirmed and taxes need to be computed by Avalara. Once" +" that step is done, click on the :guilabel:`Send & Print` button in the " +"upper left corner. In the pop-up that appears, click on :guilabel:`Process " +"e-invoice` and any of the other options - :guilabel:`Download` or " +":guilabel:`Email`. Finally, click on :guilabel:`Send & Print` to process the" +" invoice with the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:441 msgid "" -"Before sending the electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) some fields need to " -"be filled out on the invoice:" +"Before sending the electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) or services (NFS-e), " +"some fields need to be filled out on the invoice:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:363 -msgid ":guilabel:`Customer` with all the customer information" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:444 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`, with all the customer information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:578 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil` (how the invoice is planned to be paid)" +":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil`: how the invoice is planned to be paid" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:446 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set as the :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping " "(Avalara Brazil)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:447 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Document Type` set as :guilabel:`(55) Electronic Invoice (NF-e)`." -" This is the only" +":guilabel:`Document Type` set as :guilabel:`(55) Electronic Invoice (NF-e)` " +"or :guilabel:`(SE) Electronic Service Invoice (NFS-e)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:367 -msgid "" -"electronic document supported at the moment. Non-electronic invoices can be " -"registered, and other document types can be activated if needed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:450 msgid "" "There are some other optional fields that depend on the nature of the " "transaction. These fields are not required, so no errors will appear from " "the government if these optional fields are not populated for most cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:454 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Freight Model` determines how the goods are planned to be " "transported - domestic" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:455 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` determines who is doing the transportation" msgstr "" @@ -21572,7 +23295,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Process electronic invoice pop-up in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:464 msgid "" "All of the fields available on the invoice used to issue an electronic " "invoice are also available on the sales order, if needed. When creating the " @@ -21580,36 +23303,46 @@ msgid "" " as the first number to be used sequentially for subsequent invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:470 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:595 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "Credit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:472 msgid "" "If a sales return needs to be registered, then a credit note can be created " "in Odoo to be sent to the government for validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:476 +msgid "" +"Credit notes are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:479 msgid ":ref:`Issue a credit note `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:482 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:594 msgid "Debit Notes" msgstr "Note di debito" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:484 msgid "" "If additional information needs to be included, or values need to be " "corrected that were not accurately provided in the original invoice, a debit" " note can be issued." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:488 +msgid "" +"Debit notes are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:490 msgid "" "Only the products included in the original invoice can be part of the debit " "note. While changes can be made to the product's unit price or quantity, " @@ -21618,49 +23351,74 @@ msgid "" "for the same or fewer products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:496 msgid ":ref:`Issue a debit note `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:499 msgid "Invoice cancellation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:501 msgid "" "It is possible to cancel an electronic invoice that was validated by the " "government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:504 msgid "" "Check whether the electronic invoice is still within the cancellation " "deadline, which may vary according to the legislation of each state." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:508 +msgid "E-invoices for goods (NF-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:510 msgid "" -"This can be done in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request Cancel` and adding a" -" cancellation :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. If you want to " -"send this cancellation reason to the customer via email, activate the " -":guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." +"Cancel an e-invoice for goods (NF-e) in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request " +"Cancel` and adding a cancellation :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that " +"appears. If you want to send this cancellation reason to the customer via " +"email, activate the :guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Invoice cancellation reason in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:518 +msgid "" +"This is an electronic cancellation, which means that Odoo will send a " +"request to the government to cancel the NF-e, and it will then consume one " +"|IAP| credit, as an |API| call occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:522 +msgid "E-invoices for services (NFS-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Cancel an e-invoice for services (NFS-e) in Odoo by clicking " +":guilabel:`Request Cancel`. In this case, there is no electronic " +"cancellation process, as not every city has this service available. The user" +" needs to manually cancel this NFS-e on the city portal. Once that step is " +"completed, they can request the cancellation in Odoo, which will cancel the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:530 msgid "Correction letter" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:532 msgid "" -"A correction letter can be created and linked to an electronic invoice that " -"was validated by the government." +"A correction letter can be created and linked to an electronic invoice for " +"goods (NF-e) that was validated by the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:535 msgid "" "This can be done in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Correction Letter` and " "adding a correction :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. To send " @@ -21672,11 +23430,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Correction letter reason in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:543 +msgid "" +"Correction letters are only available for electronic invoices for goods " +"(NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:546 msgid "Invalidate invoice number range" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:548 msgid "" "A range of sequences that are assigned to sales journals can be invalidated " "with the government if they are not currently used, **and** will not be used" @@ -21695,13 +23459,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Number range invalidation wizard in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:562 +msgid "" +"Invalidate invoice number range documents are only available for electronic " +"invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:566 msgid "" "The log of the canceled numbers along with the XML file are recorded in the " "chatter of the journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:572 msgid "" "On the vendor bills side, when receiving an invoice from a supplier, you can" " encode the bill in Odoo by adding all the commercial information together " @@ -21709,31 +23479,28 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`customer invoices `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:576 msgid "These Brazilian specific fields are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:579 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: used by your vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:580 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number`: the invoice number from your supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:581 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil` (how the invoice is planned to be paid)." +":guilabel:`Freight Model`: **NF-e specific** how goods are planned to be " +"transported - domestic" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:472 -msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type` used by your vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:473 -msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number` (the invoice number from your supplier)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:582 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Freight Model` (how goods are planned to be transported - " -"domestic)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:475 -msgid ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` (who is doing the transportation)." +":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil`: **NF-e specific** who is doing the " +"transportation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:3 @@ -22205,20 +23972,6 @@ msgid "" " new or existing contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1096 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1097 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:293 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:97 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" @@ -28411,113 +30164,1145 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hong Kong" msgstr "Hong Kong" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:6 -msgid "Add FPS QR codes to invoices" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:8 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get the latest " +"features of the Hong Kong localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:18 +msgid "`l10n_hk`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The base module to manage chart of accounting and localization for Hong " +"Kong." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:20 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:21 +msgid "`l10n_hk_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Enables :ref:`payroll ` specific localization features " +"for Odoo *Payroll* app. This module also installs :guilabel:`Hong Kong - " +"Payroll with Accounting` and :guilabel:`Documents - Hong Kong Payroll`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:26 +msgid "`l10n_hk_hr_payroll_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:27 +msgid "Installs the link between Hong Kong payroll and accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Documents - Hong Kong Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:29 +msgid "`documents_l10n_hk_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:30 +msgid "Integrates employee ir56 forms in the Odoo *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:33 +msgid "FPS QR codes on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:35 msgid "" ":abbr:`FPS (Faster Payment System)` is a payment service platform that " "allows customers to make instant domestic payments to individuals and " "merchants in Hong Kong dollars or Renminbi via online and mobile banking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:12 msgid "Activate QR codes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:42 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " -":guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` " -"feature." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under " +"the :guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, tick the checkbox beside the " +":guilabel:`QR Codes` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:47 msgid "FPS bank account configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:49 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"select the bank account for which you want to activate FPS. Set the " -":guilabel:`Proxy Type` and fill in the :guilabel:`Proxy Value` field " -"depending on the type you chose." +"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts app --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts " +"section --> Bank Accounts`. Then select the bank account for FPS activation." +" Proceed to set the :guilabel:`Proxy Type` and fill in the :guilabel:`Proxy " +"Value` field, depending on the type chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:53 msgid "" -"The account holder's country must be set to Hong Kong on its contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:27 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:27 -msgid "" -"You could also include the invoice number in the QR code by checking the " +"Remember to include the invoice number in the QR code, by ticking the " ":guilabel:`Include Reference` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "FPS bank account configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The account holder's country **must** be set to `Hong Kong` on their contact" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/bank`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:147 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:37 msgid "Bank journal configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:69 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the " -"bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " -":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Journals` and " +"open the bank journal. Then, fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` fields, located in the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 -msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration" +msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:78 msgid "Issue invoices with FPS QR codes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:158 msgid "" "When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" -" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to *EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code*." +" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to :guilabel:`EMV Merchant-Presented QR-" +"code`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 -msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option" +msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:87 msgid "" -"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " -"Odoo uses this field to generate the FPS QR code." +"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is configured, as Odoo uses this " +"field to generate the FPS QR code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Ensure the :guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll` (`l10n_hk_hr_payroll`) module is " +"installed before proceeding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:100 +msgid "Create employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Employees` app and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, " +"configure the following fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:105 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: :guilabel:`HK Standard 40 hours/week` option " +"**must** be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:109 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Surname, Given Name, Name in Chinese`: name of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:112 +msgid ":guilabel:`Private Address`: address of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:113 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bank Account Number`: employee's bank account number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Current Rental`: employee's rental records (if rental allowance " +"is applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Autopay Type`: :guilabel:`BBAN`, :guilabel:`SVID`, " +":guilabel:`EMAL`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Autopay Reference`: autopay reference number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Identification No`: HKID of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Gender`: gender of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:121 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Bank Account Number`, this account should be set as " +":guilabel:`Trusted` before further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:124 +msgid "" +"To achieve this, click on the right-arrow button next to :guilabel:`Bank " +"Account Number` field. Set the :guilabel:`Send Money` to :guilabel:`Trusted`" +" by clicking on the toggle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:128 +msgid "" +"To populate the :guilabel:`Current Rental`, click on the :guilabel:`History`" +" button. Then, click on :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the relevant details and " +"save the rental record. Upon saving the record, the rental contract " +":guilabel:`state` will be visible (at the top-right corner) and can be set " +"to :guilabel:`Running`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:133 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`HR Settings` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Volunteer Contribution Option`: select either :guilabel:`Only " +"Mandatory Contribution`, :guilabel:`With Fixed %VC`, or :guilabel:`Cap 5% " +"VC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:137 +msgid ":guilabel:`MPF Manulife Account`: account number, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:142 +msgid "Manage contracts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once the new employee has been created, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` " +"smart button on the employee record, or navigate to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Employees --> Contracts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Only **one** contract can be active simultaneously per employee, but an " +"employee can be assigned consecutive contracts during their employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:151 +msgid "The following are critical for setting up a contract:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: set as :guilabel:`CAP57: Hong Kong " +"Employee`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:154 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: start date of employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: set as :guilabel:`HK Standard 40 hours/week` " +"(from employee record)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select either :guilabel:`Working Schedule`, " +":guilabel:`Attendances` or :guilabel:`Planning`. This field determines how " +"the work entries are accounted for in the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:160 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: the work entries are generated automatically " +"based on the employee's working schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendances`: the work entries are generated based on the check-" +"in/out period logged in the *Attendances*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: the work entries are generated from planning shifts " +"only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:166 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Salary Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` for Full-time or Part-" +"time employees, or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage` for employees who are paid " +"hourly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:170 +msgid ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: the frequency of payslip issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage`: :guilabel:`Monthly` or :guilabel:`Hourly` depending on the" +" :guilabel:`Wage Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internet Subscription`: this is an **optional** field to provide " +"additional internet allowance on top of the current salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:177 +msgid "Timesheets do **not** impact work entries in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Once all information has been setup, set the contract status to " +":guilabel:`Running` by clicking the :guilabel:`Running` button in the top-" +"right of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong employment contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:189 +msgid "Generate payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Once the employees, and their contracts, are configured, payslips can be " +"generated in the *Payroll* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides **four** different salary structures under CAP57 regulation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:196 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Employees Monthly Pay`: to process the monthly employee " +"salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice`: to process final payment upon " +"contract termination using :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:199 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Long Service Payment`: applicable to employees with more " +"than five years of service upon contract termination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Severance Payment`: applicable to employees with more than" +" two years of service upon contract termination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Before running the payslips, the accounts used in the salary rule can be " +"adjusted by navigating to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> " +"Rules`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Salary Rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Odoo can create pay runs in two ways: via :ref:`batch " +"` or :ref:`individual " +"` payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:217 +msgid "Batch payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:219 +msgid "" +"This method of payslip generation is used for recurring payments, since " +"multiple employee payslips can be managed at once. Go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:514 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Batch Name` (e.g. `2024 - Jan`) and :guilabel:`Period` " +"(e.g. `01/01/2024` - `01/31/2024`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:225 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Generate Payslips`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Choose which :guilabel:`Salary Structure` to use for this batch. The " +"department filter allows the batch to only apply to a specific group of " +"employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:228 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Generate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:229 +msgid "A :guilabel:`Payslips` smart button is created automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` to generate a draft journal entry" +" found in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of each payslip. A " +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears asking :guilabel:`Are you " +"sure you want to proceed?`. Click :guilabel:`Ok` to create the journal " +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:238 +msgid "Individual payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:240 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> All Payslips`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:242 +msgid "" +"This method of payslip generation is commonly used to handle non-recurring " +"payments (e.g. :guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice`, " +":guilabel:`CAP57: Long Service Payment` or :guilabel:`CAP57: Severance " +"Payment`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Select an :guilabel:`Employee`. When selected, the :guilabel:`Contract` is " +"filled out automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:249 +msgid "Add a pay :guilabel:`Period`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Select a salary :guilabel:`Structure` (e.g. :guilabel:`CAP57: Employees " +"Monthly Pay`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Worked Days & Inputs` tab automatically compute the worked " +"days/hours and time off leaves that are applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Additional payslip items can be added at this time (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Commissions`, :guilabel:`Deductions`) under the :guilabel:`Other " +"Inputs` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button to generate the payslip lines. " +"This button updates the :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:259 +msgid "" +"If the work entry for an employee was amended, click the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Recompute Whole Sheet` to " +"refresh the payslip's :guilabel:`Worked Days & Inputs` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:263 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab shows the detailed breakdown of the " +"computation, based on the salary rules configured for each structure type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rent Allowance`: amount derived from the employee's active rental" +" record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Basic Salary`: amount of base salary provided (after rent " +"allowance deduction)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`713 Gross`: net payable amount considering *Commission*, " +"*Internet Allowance*, *Reimbursements*, *Back-pay*, *Deduction*, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:270 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`MPF Gross`: net payable amount from 713 gross after consideration" +" of additional allowances, deductions, and end-of-year payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:272 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Mandatory Contribution`: employee MPF Contribution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:273 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employer Mandatory Contribution`: employer MPF Contribution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gross`: net payable amount from MPF gross after consideration of " +"MPF deductions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:275 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Net Salary`: final payable amount to be paid to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:278 +msgid "" +"There are no MPF contributions for the first month. Both employee and " +"employer contribution starts on second month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Salary computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` section in :guilabel:`Worked Days & " +"Inputs` tab, there are additional manual input types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Back Pay`: additional salary payout can be included under this " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:289 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Commission`: the commission earned during the period can be " +"manually entered here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Global Deduction`: a lump-sum deduction from the entire payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:291 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Global Reimbursement`: a lump-sum reimbursement to the entire " +"payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:292 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referral Fee`: the additional bonus offered for any form of " +"business-related referral." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Moving Daily Wage`: to override the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily " +"Wage)` value used for leaves computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skip Rent Allowance`: if set, the rental allowance is excluded " +"from the current payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Average Monthly Salary`: to override the average monthly " +"salary used for end-of-year payment (rule is only applicable to payslips " +"generated in December)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lieu of Notice Period (Months)`: only applicable to " +":guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice` salary structure. By default, " +"the final payout is set as 1-month. Use the :guilabel:`Count` field under " +"the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` section to set a different notice period " +"duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:304 +msgid "" +"Once the payslips are ready, click on :guilabel:`Compute Sheet`, followed by" +" :guilabel:`Create Draft entry` to generate a draft journal entry found in " +"the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Once the draft journal entries have been posted, the company can now pay the" +" employees. The user can choose between **two** different *payment methods*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:313 +msgid "" +"From the employee's payslip (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> " +"All Payslips`), once the payslip's journal entry has been posted, click " +":guilabel:`Register Payment`. The process is the same as :doc:`paying vendor" +" bills <../accounting/payments>`. Select the desired bank journal and " +"payment method, then later reconcile the payment with the corresponding bank" +" statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:317 +msgid "" +"For batch payments (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`), " +"once all draft journal entries from the batch are confirmed, click " +":guilabel:`Mark as Paid` to post the payment journal entry. Then " +":doc:`create a payment <../accounting/payments>` in the *Accounting* app, " +"and reconcile accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:323 +msgid "Attendances and hourly wage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:325 +msgid "" +"To configure the contract for an employee paid hourly using the " +"*Attendances* app for hours tracking, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll " +"app --> Contracts --> Contracts`. Create a new :ref:`contract " +"`. It is important to remember to set the " +":guilabel:`Work Entry Source` as :guilabel:`Attendances`, and " +":guilabel:`Wage Type` as :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:331 +msgid "To record the hours logged by the employee using *Attendances* app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:333 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Attendances app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:334 +msgid "" +"The employee can check-in/out, via the kiosk mode and the time will be " +"logged automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:335 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Payroll app`, review the attendance work entries " +"generated from :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Work Entries --> Work " +"Entries`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:337 +msgid "" +"Next, generate the :ref:`payslips ` and process " +"the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Attendance Work Entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Attendance Payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:348 +msgid "Time Off with Payroll" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:350 +msgid "" +"The work entry types and time off types are fully integrated between the " +"*Time Off* and *Payroll* apps. There are several default time off types and " +"work entry types specific to Hong Kong which are installed automatically " +"along with the *Hong Kong - Payroll* module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types` " +"and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:356 +msgid "" +"There are two checkboxes to be considered when setting up the work entry " +"type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use 713`: Include this leave type as part of 713 computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:359 +msgid ":guilabel:`Non-full pay`: 80% of the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Work Entry Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:366 +msgid "" +":ref:`Creating and configuring work entry types `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:369 +msgid "Understanding 713 Ordinance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:371 +msgid "" +"The *Hong Kong - Payroll* module is compliant with 713 Ordinance which " +"relates to the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` computation to ensure fair " +"compensation for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:374 +msgid "The ADW computation is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:379 +msgid "Hong Kong ADW Formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:379 +msgid "" +":abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` equals the total wage in a 12-month period," +" minus the wages of non-full pay, divided by the total days in a 12-month " +"period minus the days of non-full pay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:383 +msgid "" +"For 418 compliance, there is no automated allocation of the *Statutory " +"Holiday* entitlement to the employees. As soon as 418 requirements are met, " +"manually allocate the leaves, via the *Time Off* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Before generating payslips, ensure the statuses are :guilabel:`Done` to " +"validate the outcome." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:393 +msgid "Period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:394 +msgid "Days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:395 +msgid "Wage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:396 +msgid "Commission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:398 +msgid "ADW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:399 +msgid "Leave Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:400 +msgid "Jan" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:415 +msgid "31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:409 +msgid "$20200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:405 +msgid "$651.61 ($20200/31)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:413 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:407 +msgid "Feb" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:408 +msgid "28" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:410 +msgid "$5000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:411 +msgid "$25200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:412 +msgid "$769.49 ($45400/59)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:414 +msgid "Mar (One Day Annual Leave)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:418 +msgid "$20324.33" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:419 +msgid "$730.27 ($65724.33/90)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:420 +msgid "$769.49" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:421 +msgid "Apr (One Day 80% Sick Leave)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:423 +msgid "$20117.56" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:427 +msgid "$584.22 ($730.27*0.8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:430 +msgid "Here is an example demonstrating the 713 logic:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:432 +msgid "" +"**Jan**: Generate a payslip with a monthly wage of $20200. The :abbr:`ADW " +"(Average Daily Wage)` is always computed on a cumulative basis of the " +"trailing 12-months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:434 +msgid "" +"**Feb**: Generate a similar payslip, but add an :guilabel:`Other Input Type`" +" for the :guilabel:`Commission`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Mar**: Apply for **one** full-paid annual leave in March. The salary " +"compensation for the leave taken is based on :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily " +"Wage)` thus far." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:0 +msgid "Hong Kong March 713." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:443 +msgid "" +"**Apr**: Apply for a 1-day non-full pay leave in April. Since this is a non-" +"full pay leave, the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` is computed " +"accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:0 +msgid "Hong Kong April 713." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:451 +msgid "" +"The value of :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` is computed in the backend, " +"and not be visible to the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:455 +msgid "" +"`HK 713 Ordinance " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:456 +msgid "" +"`HK 418 Ordinance `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:459 +msgid "Generate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:461 +msgid "" +"Before generating the below reports, setup the following in " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Payroll`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:464 +msgid "Configure the following in the :guilabel:`Accounting` section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:466 +msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`Payroll HSBC Autopay` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:468 +msgid ":guilabel:`Autopay Type`: Set as :guilabel:`H2H Submission`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:469 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Bank Account` to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:471 +msgid "Configure the following in the :guilabel:`HK Localization` section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:473 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employer's Name shows on reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:474 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employer's File Number`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:475 +msgid ":guilabel:`Manulife MPF Scheme`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Payroll Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:482 +msgid "IRD report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:484 +msgid "There are a total of **four** IRD reports available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:486 +msgid ":guilabel:`IR56B`: employer's Return of Remuneration and Pensions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:487 +msgid ":guilabel:`IR56E`: notification of Commencement of Employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:488 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`IR56F`: notification of Ceasation of Employment (remaining in " +"HK)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:489 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`IR56G`: notification of Ceasation of Employment (departing from " +"HK permanently)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:491 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting`, and select one of the " +":guilabel:`IR56B/E/F/G Sheet` options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:495 +msgid "Fill in the relevant information for the IRD report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:496 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Populate`, and the :guilabel:`Eligible Employees` smart " +"button appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:497 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Employee Declarations` status is :guilabel:`Draft` and " +"changed to :guilabel:`Generated PDF` status once the schedule runs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:499 +msgid "Once the PDF is generated, the IRD form may be downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong IR56B report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:506 +msgid "" +"The scheduled action called *Payroll: Generate pdfs* can be manually " +"triggered. It is set by default to run the PDF generation monthly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:510 +msgid "Manulife MPF sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:512 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting --> Manulife MPF Sheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:515 +msgid "" +"Select the relevant :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Month`, and " +":guilabel:`Sequence No.`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:516 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create XLSX`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:517 +msgid "" +"The *Manulife MPF XLSX* file is then generated, and available for download." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Manulife Sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Odoo will not be developing further reports for other MPF trustee as there " +"will soon be an eMPF platform setup by the local government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:528 +msgid "`eMPF `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:531 +msgid "HSBC autopay report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:533 +msgid "" +"If *HSBC Autopay* is selected as the batch payment method, click on " +":guilabel:`Create HSBC Autopay Report`, and fill in the mandatory fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong HSBC Autopay wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:540 +msgid "" +"This creates an :file:`.apc` file format which can be uploaded to the HSCB " +"portal for processing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:3 @@ -35657,6 +38442,15 @@ msgid "" "online and mobile banking." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` " +"feature." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 msgid "PayNow bank account configuration" @@ -35675,10 +38469,44 @@ msgid "" "The account holder's country must be set to Singapore on its contact form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You could also include the invoice number in the QR code by checking the " +":guilabel:`Include Reference` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the " +"bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 +msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:45 msgid "Issue invoices with PayNow QR codes" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" +" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to *EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 +msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:53 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " @@ -36568,13 +39396,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Issue invoices with PromptPay QR code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:158 -msgid "" -"When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" -" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to :guilabel:`EMV Merchant-Presented QR-" -"code`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:164 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " @@ -40048,9 +42869,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:33 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` section, enter your Odoo database URL (e.g., " -"`https://example.odoo.com`) in the field :guilabel:`Invoices paid` and click" -" the :guilabel:`Test and save` button next to it." +"In the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` section, enter your Odoo database's URL, " +"followed by `/payment/xendit/webhook` (e.g., " +"`https://example.odoo.com/payment/xendit/webhook`) in the field " +":guilabel:`Invoices paid` and click the :guilabel:`Test and save` button " +"next to it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:40 diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index e8560679d..aa65b8b12 100644 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -8,17 +8,17 @@ # Sergio Zanchetta , 2024 # Martin Trigaux, 2024 # Sara Ciaurri , 2024 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Marianna Ciofani, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Marianna Ciofani, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1700,146 +1700,111 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:5 -msgid "Developer Mode (debug mode)" +msgid "Developer mode (debug mode)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:7 msgid "" -"The developer mode (or debug mode) unlocks access to extra and advanced " -"tools in Odoo. There are several ways to activate the developer mode: " -"through the :ref:`settings `, the " -":ref:`browser extension `, through" -" the :ref:`command palette ` or the" -" :ref:`URL `." +"The developer mode, also known as debug mode, unlocks access to advanced " +":ref:`tools and settings ` in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:17 -msgid "Activate through the Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:11 msgid "" -"The debug mode can be activated in the Odoo database settings. Go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Developer Tools` and click" -" on :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`. At least one application needs " -"to be installed for the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` section to appear in the" -" :guilabel:`Settings` module." +"Proceed with caution, as some developer tools and technical settings are " +"considered advanced and may have associated risks. Only use them if you " +"understand the implications and are confident in your actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of the debug options under settings in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:16 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with assets)` is used by developers;" -" :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with tests assets)` is used by " -"developers and testers." +"The developer mode is also available with :ref:`assets " +"`, which are used to debug JavaScript " +"code, and with :ref:`tests assets `, " +"which are used to run test tours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:23 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Attivazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To activate it, open the :guilabel:`Settings` app, scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Developer Tools` section, and click :guilabel:`Activate the " +"developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:28 msgid "" "Once activated, the :guilabel:`Deactivate the developer mode` option becomes" " available." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 +msgid "Activating the developer mode in the Settings app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To activate the developer mode **from anywhere in the database**, add " +"`?debug=1` to the URL after `/web` (e.g., " +"`https://example.odoo.com/web?debug=1#action=menu&cids=1`). To deactivate " +"it, use `?debug=0` instead." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:37 -msgid "Activate through the browser extension" +msgid "" +"Use `?debug=assets` to activate the developer mode with assets and " +"`?debug=tests` to activate it with tests assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:41 msgid "" -"Within a web browser, navigate to the browser settings and extensions and " -"search for the `Odoo Debug` extension. Once the extension is installed, a " -"new icon will be shown on the browser's toolbar." +"Open the **command palette** by pressing `Ctrl + K` or `Cmd ⌘ + K`, then " +"type `debug` to activate the developer mode with assets or deactivate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:44 +msgid "Browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:46 msgid "" -"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " -"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" -" a single click." +"The `Odoo Debug `_ browser extension " +"adds an icon to toggle developer mode on or off from the browser's toolbar. " +"It is available on the `Chrome Web Store " +"`_ and `Firefox Add-ons " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:54 +msgid "Developer tools and technical menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once the developer mode is activated, the developer tools can be accessed by" +" clicking the :icon:`fa-bug` :guilabel:`(bug)` icon. The menu contains tools" +" useful for understanding or editing technical data, such as a view's field," +" filters, or actions. The options available depend on where the menu is " +"accessed from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "View of Odoo's debug icon in a Google Chrome toolbar." +msgid "Accessing the developer tools" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:53 -msgid "Activate through the command palette" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:64 msgid "" -"In Odoo, the command palette tool has a command to activate the debug mode. " -"First, open the command palette tool with the keyboard shortcut `ctrl+k` and" -" then type `debug`. A command will show up to activate the debug mode." +"Database administrators can access the technical menu from the " +":guilabel:`Settings` app. It contains advanced database settings, such as " +"ones related to the database structure, security, actions, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Command palette with debug command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:68 -msgid "Activate through the URL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The debug mode can also be activated by adding an extra query string to the " -"database's URL. In the URL, add `?debug=1` or `?debug=true` after `/web`. To" -" deactivate the debug mode, change the value to `?debug=0` instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a URL with the debug mode command added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Additional modes are available for developers: `?debug=assets` enables the " -":ref:`assets mode `, and " -"`?debug=tests` enables the :ref:`tests mode " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:86 -msgid "Locate the developer mode tools" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Once developer mode is activated, the developer mode tools can be accessed " -"from the :guilabel:`Open Developer Tools` button, the bug icon located in " -"the header of the Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a console page and the debug icon being shown in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:95 -msgid "" -"This menu contains additional tools that are useful to understand or edit " -"technical data, such as the views or actions of a page. On a page that has " -"filters, actions, and view options, the developer mode tools contain some " -"useful menu items such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:99 -msgid ":guilabel:`Edit Action`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:100 -msgid ":guilabel:`Manage Filters`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:101 -msgid "Edit the current view (e.g. Kanban, List, Graph, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:102 -msgid "See the :guilabel:`Fields View Get`" +msgid "Accessing the technical menu" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:5 @@ -2542,11 +2507,11 @@ msgid "" "is asked, enter `odoo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 msgid "Check the DMARC policy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:104 msgid "" "The Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance (DMARC) " "record is a protocol that unifies :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` and " @@ -2557,41 +2522,41 @@ msgid "" " and/or :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` check." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 msgid "DMARC: TXT record" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 msgid "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:116 msgid "" "There are three :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` policies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 msgid "`p=none`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:118 -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 msgid "`p=quarantine`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 msgid "`p=reject`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:123 msgid "" "`p=quarantine` and `p=reject` instruct the server that receives an email to " "quarantine that email or ignore it if the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy " "Framework)` and/or :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` check fails." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:127 msgid "" "If the domain name uses :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` and has defined one of these policies, the domain" @@ -2599,7 +2564,7 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:132 msgid "" "Yahoo or AOL are examples of email providers with a :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-" "based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` policy set to " @@ -2608,7 +2573,7 @@ msgid "" "their recipient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:137 msgid "" "`p=none` is used for the domain owner to receive reports about entities " "using their domain. It should not impact the deliverability if the " @@ -2616,7 +2581,7 @@ msgid "" "Conformance)` check fails." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:141 msgid "" ":abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` records are comprised of tags in the form of :abbr:`DNS " @@ -2631,181 +2596,181 @@ msgid "" " too restrictive." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:150 msgid "The following chart displays available tags:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 msgid "Tag Name" msgstr "Nome etichetta" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 msgid "Purpose" msgstr "Scopo" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 msgid "Example" msgstr "Esempio" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 msgid "v" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 msgid "Protocol version" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 msgid "`v=DMARC1`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 msgid "pct" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 msgid "Percentage of messages subjected to filtering" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 msgid "`pct=20`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 msgid "ruf" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 msgid "Reporting URI for forensic reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 msgid "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" msgstr "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 msgid "rua" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 msgid "Reporting URI of aggregate reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 msgid "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" msgstr "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 msgid "p" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 msgid "Policy for organizational domain" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 msgid "sp" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 msgid "Policy for subdomains of the OD" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 msgid "`sp=reject`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 msgid "adkim" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 msgid "Alignment mode for DKIM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 msgid "`adkim=s`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 msgid "aspf" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:181 msgid "Alignment mode for SPF" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 msgid "`aspf=r`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:184 msgid "" "Check the :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` record of a domain name with a tool like `MXToolbox DMARC " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:188 msgid "" "`DMARC.org is another great resource to learn about DMARC records. " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 msgid "SPF, DKIM & DMARC documentation of common providers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:196 msgid "" "`OVH DNS " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 msgid "" "`OVH SPF `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 msgid "" "`GoDaddy TXT record `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 msgid "`GoDaddy SPF `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:200 msgid "" "`GoDaddy DKIM `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:201 msgid "" "`NameCheap " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 msgid "" "`CloudFlare DNS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:204 msgid "" "`Google Domains `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 msgid "" "`Azure DNS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:207 msgid "" "To fully test the configuration, use the `Mail-Tester `_ tool, which gives a full overview of the content and " @@ -2813,7 +2778,7 @@ msgid "" "records for other, lesser-known providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:212 msgid "" "`Using Mail-Tester to set SPF Records for specific carriers " "`_" @@ -7923,10 +7888,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 msgid "" "To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation " -"package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download " -"page `_. Next, install and setup the Odoo " -":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " -"start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +"package for Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download page " +"`_. Next, install and setup the Odoo :file:`.exe`" +" file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to start the " +"installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 @@ -8443,10 +8408,22 @@ msgid "" "Odoo uninstall guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:7 msgid "Devices" msgstr "Dispositivi" +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:21 +msgid "" +":doc:`Worldline payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:23 +msgid "" +":doc:`Ingenico payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 msgid "Connect a camera" msgstr "" @@ -10039,9 +10016,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:126 msgid "" "On a form, navigate to any field, and hover over the field name. A box of " -"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Object`" -" name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be" -" added." +"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Model` " +"name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be " +"added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:0 diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index c0707cbb4..4be579c6d 100644 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" @@ -28,13 +28,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Human resources" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 msgid "Appraisals" msgstr "Valutazioni" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, the *Appraisals* application can be used to evaluate employee " "performance on a recurring basis. Managers can evaluate the performance of " @@ -43,28 +43,28 @@ msgid "" "desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:12 msgid "" "Appraisals give employees valuable feedback, including actionable goals to " "work toward, and measurable skills to improve upon. Additionally, appraisals" " may form the basis for raises, promotions, and other benefits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:16 msgid "" "Regular appraisals are good for both the employees and the company, since " "they can accurately measure performance based on company goals, and show " "employees where they need to improve." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:31 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configurazione" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Configuration` menu in the *Appraisals* application is where " "the settings can be configured, feedback templates can be edited, " @@ -72,31 +72,32 @@ msgid "" "feedback can be stored, and goal tags can be viewed/created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Impostazioni" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:29 msgid "" "To access the *Settings* menu, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " "application --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 msgid "Feedback templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:35 msgid "" "Feedback templates are form outlines used during an employee appraisal. Any " "edits made to a template are, ultimately, reflected in the appraisals sent " "to employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:38 msgid "" "There are two default templates pre-configured in Odoo *Appraisals*: one for" " employee feedback, and one for manager feedback. Each contains several " @@ -104,25 +105,25 @@ msgid "" " the questions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:42 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`My work`, :guilabel:`My future`, and :guilabel:`My feelings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:45 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`Feedback`, :guilabel:`Evaluation`, and :guilabel:`Improvements`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:48 msgid "" "Any desired changes to the default feedback templates can be made by making " "changes directly in each template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:54 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Appraisals` section of the settings menu determines the " "frequency that appraisals are performed, and if it is possible to request " @@ -135,56 +136,56 @@ msgid "" "enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 msgid "Appraisals plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:66 msgid "" "By default, appraisals are pre-configured to be automatically created six " "months after an employee is hired, with a second appraisal exactly six " "months after that." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:69 msgid "" "Once those two initial appraisals have been completed in the employee's " "first year, following appraisals are only created once a year (every twelve " "months)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:72 msgid "" "To modify this schedule, change the number of months in the blank fields " "under the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:76 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section is modified, **all** empty " ":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Dates` are modified for **all** employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 msgid "360 feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:82 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option can be enabled to allow managers to " "request feedback from other employees using a different survey form, at any " "time, independent of the appraisal schedule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:85 msgid "" "Typically, managers ask for feedback from other people who work with an " "employee they manage. This includes the employee's various managers, peers, " "and direct reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:88 msgid "" "To view the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey, click the :guilabel:`→ Internal" " link` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`Default Template` field. The " @@ -192,13 +193,13 @@ msgid "" " can be made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:92 msgid "" "For more information on how to edit a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:96 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` form is a pre-configured survey within the " "*Surveys* application. In order to use the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option, " @@ -206,11 +207,11 @@ msgid "" " be installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 msgid "Evaluation scale" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:103 msgid "" "On each employee appraisal form, final rating options appear by default. To " "view and edit these options, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " @@ -218,7 +219,7 @@ msgid "" "ratings in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:107 msgid "" "The pre-configured ratings are :guilabel:`Needs Improvement`, " ":guilabel:`Meets Expectations`, :guilabel:`Exceeds Expectations`, and " @@ -226,14 +227,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:111 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`New` button is clicked on the :guilabel:`Evaluation " "Scale` page, a blank line appears at the bottom of the list. Enter the name " "of the rating in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:114 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the ratings, click the :guilabel:`(six small gray " "boxes)` icon to the left of a rating, and drag the rating to the desired " @@ -246,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:124 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` section displays information for all the " "surveys currently configured in the *Appraisals* application. To view the " @@ -258,55 +259,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list view of all available surveys in the Appraisals application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:132 msgid "" "Each appraisal (or survey) is presented in its own line on the " ":guilabel:`360 Feedback` page, along with various information related to " "that particular appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 msgid "Each appraisal includes the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:137 msgid ":guilabel:`Survey Name`: the name of the specific survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the employee responsible for the survey, including " "the month and year they were given that designation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Questions`: the number of questions in that particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Duration`: the average time a user spends completing the " "survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Registered`: the number of people who have been sent the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Completed`: the number of people who have completed the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:145 msgid "" "Each appraisal also has two buttons at the end of each line: a " ":guilabel:`Test` button and a :guilabel:`See Results` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:148 msgid "" "To see what an appraisal looks like for the end user (i.e. an employee), " "click the :guilabel:`Test` button, and the appraisal loads in a new browser " @@ -314,14 +315,14 @@ msgid "" "to enter any answers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:152 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`This is a Test Survey. → Edit " "Survey` at the top of the page to be taken to the detail form for that " "particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:155 msgid "" "To view the results from everyone who completed an appraisal, click the " ":guilabel:`See Results` button. This presents all the answers for the survey" @@ -330,13 +331,13 @@ msgid "" "each question are visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:160 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`→ Edit Survey` at the top of " "the page to be taken to the detail form for that particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:163 msgid "" "In addition to viewing the responses from past appraisals and surveys, new " "surveys can also be created from the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` page. Simply " @@ -344,123 +345,77 @@ msgid "" " survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:167 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:171 msgid "" "In previous versions of Odoo, this section was referred to as " ":guilabel:`Surveys`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:172 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "Etichette" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 -msgid "" -"An additional feature of the *Appraisals* application is the ability to set " -":ref:`goals ` for employees. On each goal form, there is a" -" field to add tags. The available tags are pulled from a list that is " -"configured from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To view a list of all existing goal tags, and to create new tags, go to the " -":guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, by navigating to :menuselection:`Appraisals " -"application --> Configuration --> Tags`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:181 -msgid "All currently configured tags are presented in a list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:183 -msgid "" -"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " -"all tags need to be added from this list, or directly from the goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 -msgid "" -"To create a new tag from the :guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, click the " -":guilabel:`New` button, and a blank line appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the tag on the line. Then, press the enter key to save the" -" tag, and create a new blank line. Repeat this for all tags that need to be " -"added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:192 -msgid "The list of tags is automatically arranged in alphabetical order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:176 msgid "" "Navigate to the main *Appraisals* dashboard by opening the " ":guilabel:`Appraisals` application. The :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard is " "the default view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:179 msgid "" "To view the dashboard at any point in the application, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Appraisals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:182 msgid "" "All appraisals are displayed on the dashboard in a Kanban view, by default, " "with a list of groupings on the left side of the dashboard, including " ":guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Department`, and :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 msgid "" "Click any grouping option to view appraisals for **only** the chosen " "selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 msgid "" "Only groupings with multiple selections appear in the list. For example, if " "a database only has one company, the :guilabel:`Company` grouping does " "**not** appear, since there is no other company to select." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:193 msgid "Each appraisal card displays the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: the department the employee is associated with." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company the employee works for. This only appears " "in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date`: the date the appraisal was requested, or is scheduled for " "in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activities`: any activities that are scheduled for the appraisal," " such as :guilabel:`Meetings` or :guilabel:`Phone Calls.` If no activities " @@ -468,13 +423,13 @@ msgid "" "icon, located in the bottom-left corner of an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:204 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: the employee's manager, indicated by the profile icon " "in the bottom-right corner of an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:206 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status banner`: the status of the appraisal. A banner appears if " "an appraisal is marked as either :guilabel:`Canceled` or :guilabel:`Done`. " @@ -482,7 +437,7 @@ msgid "" "not been scheduled yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 msgid "" "To view the details of any appraisal, click on the card to open the " "appraisal form." @@ -492,22 +447,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Appraisals dashboard with each appraisal in its own box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 msgid "New appraisal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new appraisal, click the :guilabel:`New` button at the top of " "the :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard to load a blank appraisal form. Then, " "enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:222 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:223 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu. " "The manager is responsible for completing the :guilabel:`Manager's Feedback`" @@ -515,7 +470,7 @@ msgid "" "selected, if they have a manager set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appraisal Date`: the current date is automatically entered in " "this field. This field is automatically updated once the appraisal is " @@ -523,39 +478,39 @@ msgid "" "cancellation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu. This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have" " a department set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:233 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the employee's company from the drop-down menu. " "This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have a " "company set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 msgid "" "The only required fields for the appraisal form are the employee's " ":guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Manager`, and the :guilabel:`Company`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:241 msgid "" "Once the form is complete, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm " "the appraisal request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 msgid "" "Once confirmed, the employee receives an email stating that an appraisal was" " requested, and is then prompted to schedule an appraisal date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:246 msgid "" "The status changes to :guilabel:`Confirmed`, and the :guilabel:`Employee's " "Feedback` section of the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab is grayed out. The " @@ -564,18 +519,18 @@ msgid "" "once the appraisal request is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 msgid "" "If there are any existing appraisals for the employee, an " ":guilabel:`Appraisal` smart button appears at the top of the page, listing " "the total number of appraisals there are for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:255 msgid "Ask for feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:257 msgid "" "As part of the appraisal process, the manager can request feedback on an " "employee from anyone in the company. Feedback is usually requested from co-" @@ -584,43 +539,43 @@ msgid "" "manager's overall assessment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 msgid "" "To request feedback, the appraisal **must** be confirmed. Once confirmed, an" " :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button appears at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:265 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button is clicked, an :guilabel:`Ask " "Feedback` email pop-up form appears, using the :guilabel:`Appraisal: Ask " "Feedback` email template, which sends the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:269 msgid "" "Enter the employees being asked to complete the survey in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field. Multiple employees may be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 msgid "" "The email template has dynamic placeholders to personalize the message. Add " "any additional text to the email, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:275 msgid "If required, an :guilabel:`Answer Deadline` can be added, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:277 msgid "" "If any attachments are needed, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button, and" " a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the file(s), select them, then " "click :guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:280 msgid "When the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send.`" msgstr "" @@ -628,21 +583,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The email pop-up when requesting feedback from other employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:287 msgid "Appraisal form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:289 msgid "" "Once an appraisal is confirmed, the next steps are for the employee to fill " "out the self-assessment, after which the manager completes their assessment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:295 msgid "Employee's feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:297 msgid "" "To complete their portion of feedback, employees should navigate to the main" " :menuselection:`Appraisals application` dashboard, where the only entries " @@ -650,14 +605,14 @@ msgid "" "manage and have to provide manager feedback for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 msgid "" "Click on the appraisal to open the appraisal form. Enter responses in the " ":guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` " "tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:304 msgid "" "When completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to Manager` toggle (the " "default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When clicked, the toggle " @@ -669,24 +624,24 @@ msgid "" "The feedback section for the employee with the toggle button highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:314 msgid "Manager's feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 msgid "" "After the employee has completed the :guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` " "section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab, it is time for the manager to " "fill out the :guilabel:`Manager's Feedback` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:320 msgid "" "The manager enters their responses in the fields in the :ref:`same manner as" " the employee `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:323 msgid "" "When the feedback section is completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to " "Employee` toggle (the default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When " @@ -699,11 +654,12 @@ msgid "" " highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:748 msgid "Skills tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:334 msgid "" "Part of an appraisal is evaluating an employee's skills, and tracking their " "progress over time. The :guilabel:`Skills` tab of the appraisal form auto-" @@ -711,32 +667,32 @@ msgid "" "<../hr/employees/new_employee>`, once an appraisal is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:338 msgid "" "Each skill is grouped with like skills, and the :guilabel:`Skill Level`, " ":guilabel:`Progress`, and :guilabel:`Justification` are displayed for each " "skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 msgid "" "Update any skills, or add any new skills to the :guilabel:`Skills` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:343 msgid "" "If a skill level has increased, a reason for the improved rating can be " "entered into the :guilabel:`Justification` field, such as `took a fluency " "language test` or `received Javascript certification`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:347 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`Create a new employee ` document for " "detailed instructions on adding or updating a skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:350 msgid "" "After an appraisal is completed, and the skills have been updated, the next " "time an appraisal is confirmed, the updated skills populate the " @@ -747,11 +703,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The skills tab of an appraisal form, all filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:358 msgid "Private note tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:360 msgid "" "If managers want to leave notes that are only visible to other managers, " "they can be entered in the :guilabel:`Private Note` tab. The employee being " @@ -759,12 +715,12 @@ msgid "" "appear on their appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:386 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:520 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 msgid "Schedule a meeting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:367 msgid "" "Once both portions of an appraisal are completed (the :ref:`employee " "` and :ref:`manager Appraisals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:377 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, beneath the appraisal date on the " "desired appraisal card, and a :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window " @@ -792,47 +748,47 @@ msgid "" "activity form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Meeting` for the :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the drop-" "down menu. Doing so causes the form to change, so only the " ":guilabel:`Activity Type` and :guilabel:`Summary` fields appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:385 msgid "" "If scheduling an activity other than a meeting, such as a :guilabel:`Call` " "or a :guilabel:`To-Do`, the fields that appear on the :guilabel:`Schedule " "Activity` pop-up form change, accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:389 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon may appear as a number of different icons, " "depending on what, if any, scheduled activities are in place, and the color " "represents their corresponding due dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:392 msgid "" "If no activities are scheduled, that is represented by a gray :guilabel:`🕘 " "(clock)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:394 msgid "" "However, if a specific activity is scheduled, the icon may appear as a " ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon for a phone call, a :guilabel:`👥 (group of " "people)` icon for a meeting, and so on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:397 msgid "" "The color of the icon indicates the status; a green icon means an activity " "is scheduled in the future, and a red icon means the activity is past due." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:400 msgid "" "For more details on activities, refer to the :doc:`../essentials/activities`" " document." @@ -842,46 +798,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The appraisal cards with the various activity icons highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 msgid "" "Enter a brief description in the :guilabel:`Summary` field of the " ":guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window, such as `Annual Appraisal for " "(Employee)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:409 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button. From the calendar page " "that appears, navigate to, and double-click on, the desired date and time " "for the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:412 msgid "" "Doing so opens a :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up form. From this pop-up form, " "make any desired modifications, such as designating a :guilabel:`Start` " "time, or giving a :guilabel:`Name` to the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:416 msgid "" "Add the appraisee in the :guilabel:`Attendees` section, and include anyone " "else who should be in the meeting, if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:419 msgid "" "To make the meeting a video call, instead of an in-person meeting, click " ":guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting`, and a :guilabel:`Videocall URL` link appears in " "the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:422 msgid "" "Once all the desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:424 msgid "" "The meeting now appears on the calendar, and the invited parties are " "informed, via email." @@ -893,183 +849,46 @@ msgid "" "appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 msgid "" "The other way to schedule a meeting is from the individual appraisal form. " "To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Appraisal application` " "dashboard, then click on an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button, and the calendar loads." " Follow the same directions above to create the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 msgid "" -"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button says " +"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button reads " ":guilabel:`No Meeting`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:463 -msgid "Goals" -msgstr "Obiettivi" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:465 -msgid "" -"The ability to set goals for employees to work toward is an important " -"feature of Odoo *Appraisals*. Goals are typically set during an appraisal, " -"so the employee knows what they need to work toward before their next " -"appraisal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:469 -msgid "" -"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> " -"Goals`. This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban " -"view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:472 -msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:474 -msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the name of the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:475 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee the goal is assigned to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 -msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:477 -msgid ":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Employee`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is assigned " -"to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:480 -msgid "" -"If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " -"corner of the goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 -msgid "" -"Every individual goal requires its own entry for each employee. If employees" -" have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the list. For " -"example, if both Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " -"appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " -"goal for Sara." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 -msgid "New goal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:495 -msgid "" -"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application -->" -" Goals`, and click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:498 -msgid "" -"Enter the information on the card. The information requested is all the same" -" information that appears on the :ref:`goal card ` in the " -"Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field and a " -":guilabel:`Description` tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:502 -msgid "" -"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field by default, and " -"the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" -" profile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:505 -msgid "" -"Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " -"useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:513 -msgid "Completed goals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:515 -msgid "" -"When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " -"be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " -"dashboard, or from the individual goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:518 -msgid "" -"To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" -" the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the top-right of a goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:522 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon **only** appears when the mouse hovers " -"over the corner of a goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:525 -msgid "" -"Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " -"green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " -"card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:528 -msgid "" -"To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " -"open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " -"the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner " -"appears in the top-right corner of the goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:533 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:526 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:753 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:830 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Rendiconto" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:442 msgid "" "The *Appraisals* application tracks two metrics across two different " "reports: an :ref:`appraisal analysis `, and a " ":ref:`skills evolution `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:448 msgid "Appraisal analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:450 msgid "" "To access the *Appraisal Analysis* report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Appraisal " @@ -1077,7 +896,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted in different colors to represent their status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 msgid "" "Appraisals in yellow are completed, appraisals in orange are in-progress " "(the appraisal is confirmed, but not completed), and appraisals in gray are " @@ -1085,13 +904,13 @@ msgid "" "been confirmed yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 msgid "" "The report displays the whole current year, by default, grouped by " "department." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:460 msgid "" "To change the calendar view presented, change the date settings in the top-" "left of the report. The options to display are :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -1099,13 +918,13 @@ msgid "" " move forward or backward in time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:464 msgid "" "At any point, click the :guilabel:`Today` button to present the calendar to " "include today's date in the view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:467 msgid "" "The report can have other filters and groupings set in the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top." @@ -1115,64 +934,64 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A report showing all the appraisals for the Appraisal Analysis report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 msgid "Skills evolution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 msgid "" "To access the *Skills Evolution* report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Skills Evolution`. " "This displays a report of all skills, grouped by employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:481 msgid "" "All the lines of the report are collapsed, by default. To view the details " "of a line, click on a line to expand the data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:484 msgid "Each skill has the following information listed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:486 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: name of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 msgid ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: the category the skill falls under." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:488 msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the specific, individual skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:489 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Level`: the level the employee had previously " "achieved for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:583 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Progress`: the previous percentage of competency " "achieved for the skill (based on the :guilabel:`Skill Level`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:585 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Skill Level`: the current level the employee has achieved" " for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Skill Progress`: the current percentage of competency " "achieved for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:494 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Justification`: any notes entered on the skill explaining the " "progress." @@ -1182,11 +1001,182 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A report showing all the skills grouped by employee." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:501 +msgid ":doc:`appraisals/goals`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:3 +msgid "Goals" +msgstr "Obiettivi" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Appraisals* application allows managers to set goals for their " +"employees. That way, employees know what to work toward before their next " +"review." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`. " +"This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:13 +msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:15 +msgid ":guilabel:`Goal`: the name of the goal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:16 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the employee the goal is assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:17 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-clock-o` :guilabel:`(clock)` icon: displays the corresponding " +":doc:`activity icon <../../essentials/activities>` for the record. If no " +"activities are scheduled, the default icon is the :icon:`fa-clock-o` " +":guilabel:`(clock)`. If any activities have been scheduled, the icon " +"represents the activity scheduled soonest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:21 +msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal. The " +"options are :guilabel:`0%`, :guilabel:`25%`, :guilabel:`50%`, " +":guilabel:`75%`, or :guilabel:`100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Icon`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is " +"assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " +"corner of the goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 +msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every individual goal requires its own record for each employee. If multiple" +" employees have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For example, if Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " +"appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " +"goal for Sara." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:40 +msgid "New goal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`," +" and click :guilabel:`New` top-left corner to open a blank goal form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Input the :guilabel:`Goal`, :guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Progress`, and " +":guilabel:`Deadline`, information on the goal card, as discussed in the " +":ref:`goal card ` section of this document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The information requested is all the same information that appears on the " +"goal card in the Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field " +"and a :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " +"all tags need to be added. To add a tag, enter the name of the tag on the " +"line, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(tag)\"`. Repeat this for all tags that" +" need to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field, by default, and " +"the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" +" profile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " +"useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 +msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:68 +msgid "Completed goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:70 +msgid "" +"When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " +"be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " +"dashboard, or from the individual goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" +" the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon in the top-" +"right of a goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon **only** " +"appears when the mouse hovers over the top-right corner of a goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " +"green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " +"open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " +"the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner " +"appears in the top-right corner of the goal form." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:5 msgid "Attendances" msgstr "Presenze" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Attendances* application functions as a time clock. Employees are " "able to check in and out of work using a dedicated device in kiosk mode, " @@ -1196,56 +1186,55 @@ msgid "" " are working overtime, or checking out of work earlier than expected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:16 msgid "Access rights" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:18 msgid "" "It is important to understand how the different access rights affect what " -"users can access in the *Attendances* application." +"options and features users can access in the *Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 msgid "" -"Every user in the database is always able to access their own information on" -" the dashboard and can check in and out directly from the database. Access " -"to all the other features is determined by access rights." +"Every user in the database is able to check in and out directly from the " +"database, without needing access to the *Attendances* application. " +"Additionally, all users can access their own attendance records from their " +"employee form in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Access to both the *Attendances* application, and the various features " +"within the application is determined by access rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:28 msgid "" "To see what access rights a user has, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Settings application --> Users & Companies: Users`, and " -"click on an individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by" -" default. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the " -"setting. For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to " -"leave the field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users & Companies: Users`, and click on an " +"individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by default. " +"Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the setting. " +"For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to leave the " +"field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:34 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Administrator` option is selected, the user has full " "access to the entire *Attendances* application, with no restrictions. They " -"can view all employee attendance records, enter kiosk mode from the " +"can view all employee attendance records, enter *Kiosk mMode* from the " "application, access all reporting metrics, and make modifications to the " -"settings." +"settings. If left blank, the user does **not** have access to the " +"*Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If left blank, the user can only view their own information on the " -"*Attendances* application dashboard and can view their own personal " -"attendance records under the reporting feature. All other attendance records" -" are hidden from view on the report. There is no access to either the kiosk " -"mode or the configuration menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:42 msgid "Approvers" msgstr "Approvatori" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:44 msgid "" "The **only** other scenario where different information may be accessible in" " the *Attendances* application is for approvers. If a user does *not* have " @@ -1258,7 +1247,7 @@ msgid "" "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:52 msgid "" "To see who the attendance approver is for an employee, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Employees application` and click on the specific employee. " @@ -1269,7 +1258,7 @@ msgid "" "reports, and make modifications to their records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:61 msgid "" "Few configurations are needed in the *Attendances* application. Determining " "how employees check in and out, defining how the kiosks function, and " @@ -1278,11 +1267,11 @@ msgid "" "Configuration` to access the configuration menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:67 msgid "Modes" msgstr "Modalità" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how an employee " "checks in when using a kiosk. Options are :guilabel:`Barcode/RFID`, " @@ -1290,31 +1279,31 @@ msgid "" "Selection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:76 msgid "" "The *Barcode* application **does not** need to be installed to use one of " "the Barcode/RFID settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances from Backend`: activate this selection to allow users" " to check in and out directly from the Odoo database. If this is not " "activated, users must use a kiosk to check in and out of work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 msgid "Kiosk settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:88 msgid "" "This section only needs to be configured if employees use kiosks for " "checking in and out. If kiosks are **not** being used, modifying any of " "these fields does **not** adversely affect the *Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode Source`: this setting appears **only** if either of the " "two Barcode/RFID selections were configured for the :ref:`Kiosk Mode " @@ -1323,7 +1312,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Front Camera`, or :guilabel:`Back Camera`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:96 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification`: activate this option if employees " "should use a unique PIN to check in. PINs are configured on each individual " @@ -1331,14 +1320,14 @@ msgid "" "documentation for more information on setting up PINs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Time`: set the duration (in seconds) the check in and " "check out confirmation screen remains on the kiosk before going back to the " "main check in screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:101 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendance Kiosk Url`: Odoo generates a unique web address (URL) " "to use a device as a kiosk without having to sign in to the Odoo database. " @@ -1346,7 +1335,7 @@ msgid "" " browser to present the Attendances application kiosk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 msgid "" "These kiosk URLs are **not** secured with any type of access code. Anyone " "who has the URL can access the Attendances application kiosk. If the URL is " @@ -1355,17 +1344,17 @@ msgid "" "generate a new URL and update the kiosk accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:112 msgid "Extra hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:114 msgid "" "This section specifies how extra time is calculated, including when extra " "time is counted and what time is not logged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count of Extra Hours`: enable this box to allow employees to log " "extra hours beyond their set working hours (sometimes referred to as " @@ -1373,14 +1362,14 @@ msgid "" "well. If this is not activated, no other configurations appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start From`: the current date is automatically entered in this " "field. If desired, click on this field and use the calendar selector to " "modify the start date on which extra hours are logged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Company`: enter the amount of time, in" " minutes, that is **not** counted towards an employee's overtime. When an " @@ -1388,7 +1377,7 @@ msgid "" "minutes, the extra time is **not** counted as overtime for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Employee`: enter the amount of time, " "in minutes, that an employee is given, that does **not** adversely affect " @@ -1398,33 +1387,33 @@ msgid "" "they are **not** penalized for their reduced hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 msgid "" "A company sets both of the :guilabel:`Tolerance` fields to `15` minutes, and" " the working hours for the entire company are set from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:138 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:00 AM, and checks out at 5:14 PM, the extra 14" " minutes are **not** counted towards their overtime." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:141 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:05 AM, and checks out at 4:55 PM, even though " "they logged a total of 10 minutes less than their full working hours, they " "are **not** penalized for this discrepancy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Extra Hours`: activate this box to display the extra " "hours logged by an employee when they check out with a kiosk, or when a user" " checks out in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:149 msgid "" "Employees are still able to log overtime hours even if the :guilabel:`Count " "of Extra Hours` option is not activated. The difference is that when " @@ -1433,177 +1422,41 @@ msgid "" "hours>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:164 -msgid "Check in and out via the database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users who are logged into the " -"database to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " -"application, or use a kiosk. For some smaller companies, where every " -"employee is also a user, this feature may be useful." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:170 -msgid "" -"A user can check in and out on the main database dashboard, as well as in " -"any application. In the upper right corner of the top main menu, which is " -"always visible regardless of what application the user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴" -" (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is visible. Click on the " -"colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, enabling the user to check " -"in and/or out." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:180 -msgid "Check in" -msgstr "Check-in" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:182 -msgid "" -"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " -"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` and the " -"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:190 -msgid "" -"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 -msgid "" -"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " -"their computer to access their location information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:197 -msgid "" -"If the user has not checked in and out already during the current work day, " -"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " -"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" -" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " -"appears beneath that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:202 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to check in. The :guilabel:`🔴 (red " -"circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget changes appearance" -" as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has checked in, by " -"changing the green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to a yellow " -":guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:207 -msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:210 -msgid "Check out" -msgstr "Check-out" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:212 -msgid "" -"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " -"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" -" populating the time field. Beneath that line, :guilabel:`HH:MM` is " -"displayed, indicating the hours and minutes that have elapsed since checking" -" in. As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes " -"that have passed since the user checked in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:218 -msgid "" -"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " -"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears in addition to " -"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The time displayed in both of " -"these fields are populated with the most recent check in time, and will " -"match. Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously " -"logged hours are displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 -msgid "" -"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " -"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " -"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that will " -"be logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:228 -msgid "" -"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " -":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button. The attendance widget updates again," -" displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the logged time, and the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check " -"in ➡️` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " -"user allows their computer to access this information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:242 -msgid "" -"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " -"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " -"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" -" appears on the dashboard, including check ins and check outs with no time " -"value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:157 msgid "Kiosk mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:159 msgid "" "Some companies may opt to use a dedicated device (a laptop or desktop PC, a " "tablet, or a mobile phone) for employees to check in and check out from. " "Kiosk mode is used for these scenarios." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:163 msgid "" "If users check in and out using either a badge or an RFID, then an " "accessible device in kiosk mode **must** be available to check in and check " "out using these two methods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 msgid "" "Entering kiosk mode is only available for users with specific :ref:`access " "rights `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:169 msgid "Kiosk mode can be activated in three different ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:171 msgid "" "Navigate to the :guilabel:`Attendances` application, and click " ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode` in the top menu. The device then enters kiosk mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:173 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click on the link in the " @@ -1611,7 +1464,7 @@ msgid "" " recommended to close the database tab to keep the database secure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:177 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click :guilabel:`Copy` next to " @@ -1625,7 +1478,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:186 msgid "" "As a security measure, once a device is in kiosk mode, it is not possible to" " exit kiosk mode and go back into the database without signing back in. To " @@ -1634,11 +1487,11 @@ msgid "" "an extra layer of security, preventing anyone from accessing the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:192 msgid "Badge" msgstr "Riconoscimento" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 msgid "" "To check in or out using a badge, tap the :guilabel:`📷 (camera) Tap to scan`" " image in the center of the kiosk. Then, scan the barcode on the badge using" @@ -1654,11 +1507,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Attendances Kiosk view displaying the scan badge image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:206 msgid "RFID" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:208 msgid "" "To check in or out using an RFID key fob, simply scan the fob with an RFID " "reader. Once scanned, the employee is then either checked in or checked out," @@ -1666,11 +1519,11 @@ msgid "" "all the check in or check out information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:213 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manuale" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:215 msgid "" "Users who do not have a scannable badge or an RFID fob can manually check in" " and out at a kiosk. Tap the :guilabel:`Identify Manually` button on the " @@ -1680,20 +1533,20 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`confirmation message ` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:221 msgid "" "When a large number of employees appear in the list, making scrolling " "inefficient, there are two ways to quickly find a specific person:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Search...`: tap on the :guilabel:`Search...` field and enter the " "person's name. As the name is typed in, the matching results are displayed " "on the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: to quickly filter the presented employees, tap on a " "department to display only those employees that are part of that department." @@ -1702,11 +1555,11 @@ msgid "" "part of the department, and is displayed when selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:232 msgid "PIN" msgstr "PIN" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:234 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification` option was activated in the " ":ref:`kiosk settings ` section of the " @@ -1714,7 +1567,7 @@ msgid "" "checking in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:238 msgid "" "After the employee is selected, a number pad appears with a message. When " "checking in, :guilabel:`(Employee) Welcome! Please enter your PIN to check " @@ -1723,7 +1576,7 @@ msgid "" "numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:243 msgid "" "Tap in the PIN using the number pad, then tap :guilabel:`OK` when done. The " "employee is then checked in or out, and a :ref:`confirmation message " @@ -1734,11 +1587,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pop-up that appears when prompted to enter a pin." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:253 msgid "Confirmation message" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:255 msgid "" "When an employee checks in or out, a confirmation message appears with all " "the check in or check out information. When checking in, a welcome message " @@ -1750,7 +1603,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 msgid "" "When checking out, the screen displays a goodbye message, with the date and " "time of check out, and the total hours logged for the day. Beneath the " @@ -1762,12 +1615,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The goodbye message with all the employee's check out information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:681 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Panoramica" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:273 msgid "" "When entering the *Attendances* application, the :guilabel:`Overview` " "dashboard is presented, containing all the check in and check out " @@ -1778,11 +1631,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:280 msgid "Views" msgstr "Visualizzazioni" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:282 msgid "" "To change the view from the default Gantt chart to a list view, click the " ":guilabel:`List` icon in the top right of the dashboard, beneath the user's " @@ -1790,7 +1643,7 @@ msgid "" "button, located next to the :guilabel:`List` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:286 msgid "" "The default view presents the current day's information. To present the " "information for the :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or " @@ -1804,7 +1657,7 @@ msgid "" "dashboard, presenting information containing the current day's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:295 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Day` view, the column for the current hour is highlighted " "in yellow. If the :guilabel:`Week` or :guilabel:`Month` view is selected, " @@ -1818,7 +1671,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:304 msgid "" "Any entries that have errors appear in red, indicating they need to be " "resolved by a user with the proper :ref:`access rights ` that need to be resolved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this filter has a drop-down to further select a " "specific time period. Select the desired time period from the options " "presented, a specific month, quarter, or year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Last 7 days`: this filter presents the attendance data for the " "last seven days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:332 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`: create a custom filter using the pop-up that " "appears when this is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 msgid "Groups" msgstr "Gruppi" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:338 msgid "The default groups that can be selected are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:340 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing the" " following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -1909,13 +1762,13 @@ msgid "" " period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:344 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee`: this group presents the attendance data organized by " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:345 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing " "the following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -1924,7 +1777,7 @@ msgid "" "time period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:349 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`: this option displays a drop-down menu with a " "variety of options to group the attendance data by, including " @@ -1932,53 +1785,53 @@ msgid "" "Address`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:356 msgid "Attendance log details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:358 msgid "" "Odoo captures various time and location details when a user checks in and " "out. The specific details provided are determined by the method the user " "checked in and out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:361 msgid "" "To view the specific check in and/or check out details for an employee, " "click on an individual entry in the overview dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 msgid "" "A detailed attendance log for the user appears in a pop-up window. To close " "the detailed attendance log, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` button in " "the bottom-left corner of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:367 msgid "The detailed attendance log contains the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:370 msgid "Main details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:372 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the name of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 msgid ":guilabel:`Check In`: the date and time the employee checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:374 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: the date and time the employee checked out. This only" " appears if the employee has checked out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:376 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Worked Hours`: the total amount of time the employee logged for " "the day, in an hour and minute format (HH:MM). This value calculates all the" @@ -1986,23 +1839,23 @@ msgid "" "multiple times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Extra Hours`: any extra hours the employee logged that is beyond " "their expected working hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:383 msgid "Check in/check out details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:385 msgid "" "The following information appears for both the :guilabel:`Check In` and " ":guilabel:`Check Out` sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: the method with which the attendance information was " "gathered. :guilabel:`Systray` is displayed if the employee logged in and out" @@ -2011,24 +1864,24 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`using an attendance kiosk `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:392 msgid "" ":guilabel:`IP Address`: the IP address for the computer the employee used to" " log in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:393 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browser`: the web browser the employee used to log in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:394 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Localization`: the city and country associated with the " "computer's IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:395 msgid "" ":guilabel:`GPS Coordinates`: the specific coordinates when the user logged " "in or out. To view the specific coordinates on a map, click the :guilabel:`→" @@ -2040,26 +1893,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The detailed information for an attendance entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:405 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:84 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Errori" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:407 msgid "" "Entries that contain an error appear on the overview dashboard in red. In " "the :guilabel:`Gantt view`, the entry appears with a red background. If in " "the :guilabel:`List view`, the entry text appears in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:411 msgid "" "An error typically occurs when an employee has checked in but has not " "checked out within the last 24 hours, or when an employee has a check in and" " check out period spanning over 16 hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:414 msgid "" "To fix the error, the attendance entry must be modified or deleted. Click on" " the entry to reveal a pop-up containing the details for that particular " @@ -2076,27 +1929,27 @@ msgid "" "selector is shown, and the time selector is highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:426 msgid "" "When all the information on the pop-up is correct, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close`. When the entry no longer has an error, the entry appears in gray " "instead of red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 msgid "" "To delete an entry, click :guilabel:`Remove` on the pop-up instead of making" " modifications to the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:435 msgid "" "To view attendance reports, click :guilabel:`Reporting` in the top menu. The" " default report displays each employee's attendance information for the past" " 3 months, in a :guilabel:`Line Chart`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 msgid "" "The default view is a :guilabel:`Graph`. To view the data in a pivot table, " "click the :guilabel:`Pivot Table` button on the top right of the report. To " @@ -2104,14 +1957,14 @@ msgid "" "next to the :guilabel:`Pivot Table` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 msgid "" "To present different information, adjust the :ref:`filters and groups " "` in the same way as in the :guilabel:`Overview`" " dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:445 msgid "" "The data can be presented in either a :guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line" " Chart`, :guilabel:`Pie Chart`, :guilabel:`Stacked` chart, or in " @@ -2120,13 +1973,13 @@ msgid "" "chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 msgid "" "To change the :guilabel:`Measures`, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button " "and select the desired measure from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:452 msgid "" "The report can also be inserted into a spreadsheet. Click the " ":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button and a pop-up appears. Select the " @@ -2138,6 +1991,151 @@ msgid "" "The default report view, with all the optional view buttons highlighted." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/check_in_check_out`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:461 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/hardware`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:3 +msgid "Check in and out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users, who are logged into the " +"database, to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " +"application, or use a kiosk. For smaller companies, where every employee is " +"also a user, this feature may be useful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A user can check in and/or out on the main database Odoo dashboard, or while" +" inside any application. To do so, in the upper-right corner of the top main" +" header menu, which is always visible regardless of what application the " +"user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is " +"visible. Click on the colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, " +"enabling the user to check in and/or out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:22 +msgid "Check in" +msgstr "Check-in" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " +"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)`, and the " +"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in` " +":icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " +"their computer to access their location information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If the user has not already checked in and out during the current work day, " +"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " +"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" +" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " +"appears in that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button to check in. The " +":guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget " +"changes appearance, as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has" +" checked in, by changing the green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` " +"button to a yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:49 +msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:148 +msgid "Check out" +msgstr "Check-out" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " +"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" +" populating the time field. Beneath that line, the hours and minutes that " +"have elapsed since checking in are displayed in a :guilabel:`HH:MM` format. " +"As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes that " +"have passed since the user checked in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " +"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears, in addition to " +"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The times displayed in both of " +"these fields match, and are populated with the most recent check in time. " +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously logged " +"time is displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " +"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " +"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that is " +"logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:70 +msgid "" +"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " +":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " +"yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button. The attendance " +"widget updates again, displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the " +"logged time, while the yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` " +"button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " +"user allows their computer to access this information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:85 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " +"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " +"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" +" appears on the main *Attendances* dashboard, including check ins and check " +"outs with no time value." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Hardware" msgstr "Hardware" @@ -2240,6 +2238,305 @@ msgid "" "departments." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:3 +msgid "Departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"All employees in the *Employees* app fall under specific departments within " +"a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:8 +msgid "Create new departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To make a new department, navigate to :menuselection:`Employees app --> " +"Departments`, then click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left to reveal a blank " +"department form. Fill out the following information on the department form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The department for with all fields filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:18 +msgid ":guilabel:`Department Name`: enter a name for the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: using the drop-down menu, select the department " +"manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Parent Department`: if the new department is housed within " +"another department (has a parent department), select the parent department " +"using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates`: if employees in this department " +"require a specific appraisal form that is different from the default " +"appraisal form, tick the checkbox. If this option is activated, an " +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab appears below the form. This field " +"**only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " +"department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Survey`: using the drop-down menu, select the default " +"survey to use for the department when requesting feedback from employees. " +"This field **only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed, **and** " +"the *360 Feedback* option is enabled in the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the department. Click the default " +"white color box to display all the color options. Click on a color to select" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab: this tab **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates` options is activated on the form. " +"Make any desired edits to the appraisal form. The appraisal form is used for" +" appraisals for all employees within this department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:36 +msgid "" +"After the form is completed, click the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon to manually save the changes. When saved, a " +":guilabel:`Department Organization` chart appears in the top-right of the " +"department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The form auto-saves while data is entered, however the :guilabel:`Department" +" Organization` chart does **not** appear until the form is manually saved. " +"If the form is not saved, the :guilabel:`Department Organization` chart is " +"visible upon opening the department card from the :guilabel:`Departments` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:47 +msgid "Refer to the :doc:`../appraisals` documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:50 +msgid "Departments dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured departments, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Departments`. All departments appear in a " +"Kanban view, by default, and are listed in alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The departments dashboard view with all the department cards in a Kanban " +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:175 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "Vista kanban" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each department has its own Kanban card on the main :guilabel:`Departments` " +":icon:`oi-view-kanban` :guilabel:`(Kanban)` dashboard view, that can display" +" the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:66 +msgid "Department name: the name of the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:67 +msgid "Company: the company the department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employees`: the number of employees within the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisals`: the number of appraisals scheduled for employees in " +"the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Requests`: the number of unapproved time off requests " +"for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval ` . This **only** appears if there are requests to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allocation Requests`: the number of unapproved allocation " +"requests for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval " +"`. This **only** appears if there are requests " +"to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Applicants`: the number of :ref:`new applicants " +"` for a position in this department. This **only** appears " +"if there are new applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expense Reports`: the number of employees in the department with " +":ref:`open expense reports to approve `. This **only** " +"appears if there are any expense reports waiting for approval." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Absence`: the number of absences for the current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Color bar: the selected color for the department appears as a vertical bar " +"on the left side of the department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click on an alert in a department card, such as :guilabel:`Time Off " +"Requests`, to reveal a list view of the requests to approve. This list " +"includes **all** open requests to approve, not just from the specific " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The default view for the :guilabel:`Departments` dashboard is a Kanban view." +" It is possible to view the departments in two other forms: a list view and " +"a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Vista elenco" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a list view, click the :icon:`fa-align-justify` " +":guilabel:`(list)` icon in the top-right corner. The departments appear in a" +" list view, which displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Employees`, " +":guilabel:`Parent Department`, and :guilabel:`Color` for each department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The departments are sorted alphabetically by :guilabel:`Department Name`, by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The departments presented in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When in list view, departments can be managed in batch by selecting one or " +"multiple record's checkbox, then select the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Actions` button to reveal a drop-down menu of actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:113 +msgid "Hierarchy view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a hierarchy view, click the :icon:`fa-share-alt " +"fa-rotate-90` :guilabel:`(hierarchy)` icon in the top-right corner. The " +"departments appear in an organizational chart format, with the highest-level" +" department at the top (typically :guilabel:`Management`), and all other " +"departments beneath it. All child departments of the first-level child " +"departments are folded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Each department card displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, the " +":guilabel:`Manager` (and their profile image), the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Employees` in the department, and the ability to expand the department " +"(:guilabel:`Unfold`) if there are child departments beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Unfold` button on a department card to expand it. Once " +"expanded, the :guilabel:`Unfold` button changes to a :guilabel:`Fold` " +"button. To collapse the department, click the :guilabel:`Fold` button. Only " +"**one** department *per row* can be unfolded at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Click anywhere on a department card to open the department form. Click the " +":guilabel:`(#) Employees` smart button to view a list of all the employees " +"in that department, including all employees in the child departments beneath" +" it, organized by individual department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In the hierarchy view, if the :guilabel:`(2) Employees` button on the " +":guilabel:`Management` card is clicked (the highest-level department card), " +"**all** employees appear in a list view, grouped by department. This is " +"because **all** departments are children of the :guilabel:`Management` " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`(3) Employees` button in the :guilabel:`Sales` department " +"card is clicked, the employees from the :guilabel:`Sales` department, as " +"well as its two child departments (:guilabel:`East Coast Territory` and " +":guilabel:`West Coat Territory`), appear in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "The departments presented in a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list view of employees for the department that was clicked, including all child\n" +"departments." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 msgid "New employees" msgstr "Nuovi dipendenti" @@ -2314,7 +2611,6 @@ msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:736 msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "" @@ -2435,7 +2731,8 @@ msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:869 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "Curriculum vitae" @@ -3674,7 +3971,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:398 msgid "Salary" msgstr "Retribuzione" @@ -5039,10 +5336,6 @@ msgid "" "different ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 -msgid "List view" -msgstr "Vista elenco" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:304 msgid "" "The default view of the service records is a list view. This presents all " @@ -5090,11 +5383,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The form automatically saves as data is entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 -msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "Vista kanban" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:331 msgid "" "To view services by their stage, click the :guilabel:`Kanban` button, which " @@ -5180,11 +5468,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:380 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:230 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:889 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:894 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "" @@ -5455,11 +5743,11 @@ msgid "" " pop-up windows close, and the activity now appears on the activity view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 msgid "Frontdesk" msgstr "Reception" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:7 msgid "" "The Odoo *Frontdesk* application provides a way for visitors to check in to " "a building or location, and alert the person they are meeting about their " @@ -5467,24 +5755,24 @@ msgid "" "brought to them, while they wait." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:11 msgid "" "This application is ideal for businesses that do **not** have someone " "working at a reception desk, locations **without** a designated waiting area" " available to guests and visitors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:17 msgid "" "The first item to configure with the *Frontdesk* application is the station," " followed by any drink selections that might optionally be offered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 msgid "Stations" msgstr "Aree" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:23 msgid "" "In Odoo's *Frontdesk* application, a *Station* can be thought of as any " "location where someone can sign in and wait for an employee. This is " @@ -5492,35 +5780,35 @@ msgid "" "kiosk where visitors check in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:27 msgid "" "When setting up the *Frontdesk* application, a minimum of one station " "**must** be configured, but there is no limit to how many stations can be " "created and configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:30 msgid "" "To create a station, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Stations`, and click :guilabel:`New`. When clicked, a " "blank frontdesk form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Name`: enter a name for the specific frontdesk " "location. This should be short and easily identifiable, such as `Reception " "Desk` or `Main Lobby`. This field is required in order to create a station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:38 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsibles`: select the person (or persons) who are alerted " "when a visitor checks in using this specific frontdesk. Multiple selections " "can be entered. This field is required in order to create a station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk URL`: this field auto-populates once the frontdesk form is " "saved, with at least the :guilabel:`Frontdesk Name` and " @@ -5528,46 +5816,45 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`(cloud with upward arrow)` icon, located at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:45 msgid "" "Once saved, a URL is generated in the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` field. This URL " "is one way the frontdesk kiosk is accessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:48 msgid "" "To access the kiosk, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at the end of the " "URL, and navigate to that URL in a web browser. This URL opens that specific" " station's frontdesk sign-in page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:52 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a frontdesk form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera" " with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:166 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:184 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to open a file explorer, navigate " "to the desired image/photo file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:58 msgid "" "The image selected for the station photo appears as the background image for" " the station kiosk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:61 msgid "Options tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Host Selection`: if the visitor is attending a meeting, this " "option allows the visitor to select the meeting host from a presented list, " @@ -5575,35 +5862,35 @@ msgid "" "detailed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Authenticate Guest`: if additional information is required when a" " guest checks in, enable this option, and select which of the following are " "required:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: select whether the guest's email address is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Phone`: select whether the guest's phone number is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Organization`: select whether the guest's organization is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Theme`: select the color mode of the kiosk. Choose either " ":guilabel:`Light` or :guilabel:`Dark`. The :guilabel:`Light` selection " @@ -5611,7 +5898,7 @@ msgid "" "selection displays a dark gray and black background." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Self Check-In`: enable this option to present a check-in QR code " "on the kiosk. The QR code allows guests to check in using their mobile " @@ -5619,7 +5906,7 @@ msgid "" "kiosk with multiple guests checking in at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Offer Drinks`: enable this option to offer guests a drink upon " "check in. If this option is enabled, it is necessary to :ref:`configure the " @@ -5628,13 +5915,13 @@ msgid "" " are configured, select each drink to be offered using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:90 msgid "" "The following options are only visible in the :guilabel:`Options` tab if the" " :ref:`Host Selection ` option is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by email`: enable this option to have an email sent to the" " person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -5642,20 +5929,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Email Template` selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:97 msgid "" "To change the default email template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`Email Template` field, then select another email template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any edits to the " "template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:102 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by SMS`: enable this option to have an SMS (text) message " "sent to the person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -5663,13 +5950,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk SMS Template` selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:106 msgid "" "To change the default SMS template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`SMS Template` field, and select another SMS template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:109 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any desired edits to the" @@ -5677,7 +5964,7 @@ msgid "" "characters, which fits in 4 SMS (UNICODE) messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by Discuss`: this option is enabled by default when the " ":guilabel:`Host Selection` option is enabled. This option opens a *Discuss* " @@ -5685,28 +5972,28 @@ msgid "" "in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:116 msgid "" "When enabled, a default message appears for the person the guest is " "visiting. The *Discuss* application **must** be installed in order for this " "option to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:120 msgid "" "*Discuss* is installed by default when creating an Odoo database, and does " "not count towards billing. As long as the *Discuss* application is not " "intentionally uninstalled, the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option works." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:125 msgid "" "The default message format for the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option is: " "`(Frontdesk Station) Check-In: (Guest Name) (Guest Phone Number) " "(Organization) to meet (Name of employee).`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:128 msgid "" "An example of how that might appear in a *Discuss* message is: `Main Lobby " "Check-In: John Doe (123-555-1234) (Odoo, Inc.) to meet Marc Demo.`" @@ -5716,11 +6003,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Frontdesk station form with all the information filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 msgid "Side Message tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:138 msgid "" "Enter any desired text to appear on the station kiosk after a guest has " "checked in, such as a welcome greeting or any necessary instructions. The " @@ -5728,11 +6015,12 @@ msgid "" " a guest has completed the check-in process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:112 msgid "Drinks" msgstr "Bevande" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:147 msgid "" "After a station is created, the next step is to configure the drinks to " "offer visitors, if desired. This step is **not** necessary or required for " @@ -5740,31 +6028,31 @@ msgid "" "drinks are offered to guests." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:151 msgid "" "To add a drink option, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Drinks`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a " "blank drink form to configure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 msgid "Enter the following information on the drink form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Drink Name`: type the name of the drink option in this field. " "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 msgid "" ":guilabel:`People to Notify`: use the drop-down menu in this field to select" " who is notified when the drink is selected. Multiple people can be entered " "in this field. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:159 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a numerical value in this field to indicate " "where in the list of drink options this specific option appears. The lower " @@ -5773,16 +6061,16 @@ msgid "" "first in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:163 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:181 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a drink form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera " "with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:169 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:187 msgid "" "The image selected now appears in the picture field, and is set as the image" " for the drink." @@ -5792,156 +6080,237 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Drink form with the information filled out for an espresso." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:178 msgid "Station dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:192 +msgid "Kiosk setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " +"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " +"tablet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:197 +msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " +":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" +" a new browser tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " +"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" +" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " +"browser tab or window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " +"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " +"accessing the database when checking-in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" +" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " +":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " +"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " +"requests were made for each drink." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:220 +msgid "" +"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " +"other metrics, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`frontdesk/visitors`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:3 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "Visitatori" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:5 msgid "" -"To access a complete list of visitors that are currently checked in, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +"In the Odoo *Frontdesk* application, a *visitor* is defined as any non-" +"employee (e.g., repair person, job candidate, etc.). These visitors can be " +"logged upon arrival and departure for security purposes. This ensures an " +"accurate list of people on the premises." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:196 -msgid "" -"The visitors are listed in a list view, with the following details that were" -" entered when they checked in:" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:12 +msgid "Visitor list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To access a complete list of checked-in visitors, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:18 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Planned or Checked-In` and :guilabel:`Today` " "filters appear in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:21 +msgid "" +"All visitors are presented in a list view, with the following details that " +"were entered upon check in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:24 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the guest's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:25 msgid ":guilabel:`Visitor Company`: the company the guest represents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: the guest's phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 -msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`: the drink the guest requested." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`\\*: the drink the guest requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:28 msgid ":guilabel:`Host`: who the guest is waiting to see." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:29 msgid ":guilabel:`CheckIn`: the date and time the guest checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Checkout`: the date and time the guest checked out. As mentioned," -" in the default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " +":guilabel:`Checkout`\\*: the date and time the guest checked out. In the " +"default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " ":guilabel:`Planned` status are visible. Guests with check-out times are only" " visible if the :guilabel:`Today` filter is not active." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duration`: the amount of time the guest has been checked in for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`Station`: the location of where the guest checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: the status of the guest. The options are " ":guilabel:`Checked-In`, :guilabel:`Planned`, :guilabel:`Checked-Out`, or " -":guilabel:`Canceled`. In the default view, only guests with a " -":guilabel:`Checked-In` or :guilabel:`Planned` status are visible." +":guilabel:`Canceled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: the guest's email address." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`\\*: the guest's email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:39 msgid "" -"To the far right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page is " -"an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +"\\* These fields are not visible in the default :guilabel:`Visitor` list. " +"These must be enabled using the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` " +":guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon in the top-right of the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To the far-right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page, " +"there is an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:46 msgid "" "When a guest leaves, click the available :guilabel:`Check out` button to " "update the guest's record, and log the date and time they left." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:49 msgid "" "If a scheduled guest arrives, and they did not check in using the " "*Frontdesk* kiosk, they can be checked in here, by clicking the available " ":guilabel:`Check in` button to log the date and time they arrived." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:53 msgid "" -"Beside the untitled status column a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button appears," -" but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." +"Beside the untitled status column, a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " +"appears, but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:56 msgid "" "When their drink has been served, click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " "to indicate the drink has been delivered to the guest. Once clicked, that " "button disappears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst-1 msgid "" "The full list of currently checked in visitors, with the drinks to be served" " highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:63 msgid "" "If any column is not visible, or if a visible column is preferred to be " -"hidden, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options (two horizontal lines with " -"dots)` icon, located at the end of the column name list." +"hidden, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(additional " +"options)` icon, located at the end of the column name list. Doing so, " +"reveals a reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or disable. A" +" :icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`(check)` icon indicates the column is visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Clicking that reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or " -"disable. A :guilabel:`✅ (checkmark)` icon indicates the column is visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:69 msgid "Planned visitors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:71 msgid "" -"If a guest is expected to arrive at a future date and time, it is possible " -"to enter their information into the *Frontdesk* application in advance." +"Enter expected guest information in advance by creating a planned guest in " +"the *Frontdesk* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:73 msgid "" "To create a planned guest, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Visitors --> New`. Then, enter the same information as any other " -":ref:`visitor `. The only required fields are the " -"visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the :guilabel:`Station` at which they are " -"expected to arrive." +"Visitors`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, enter the same information as " +"any other :ref:`visitor ` on the guest form that appears. " +"The only required fields are the visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Station` at which they are expected to arrive." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:79 msgid "" "If a guest is planned in advance, they must be checked in from the list on " "the :guilabel:`Visitors` page in the *Frontdesk* application " @@ -5950,96 +6319,71 @@ msgid "" " entry remains listed as :guilabel:`Planned`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:84 msgid "" -"Only when a planned guest is checked in inside the application's visitor " -"list, their :guilabel:`Planned` status changes to :guilabel:`Checked-In`." +"The :guilabel:`Planned` status of a planned guest **only** changes to " +":guilabel:`Checked-In` when they are checked in *inside* the application's " +":guilabel:`Visitors` list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:87 msgid "" "If a guest does check in using a kiosk, ensure all records are current, and " -"the list of currently on-site guests is correct. Be sure to check in and/or " -"check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly reflects who " -"is currently on the premises." +"the list of guests that are currently on-site is correct. Be sure to check " +"in and/or check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly " +"reflects who is currently on the premises." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:91 msgid "" "Ensure planned guests are informed that they should **not** check in using " "the kiosk if they are listed as a planned guest in advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:274 -msgid "Frontdesk flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " -"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " -"tablet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:279 -msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:281 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " -":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" -" a new browser tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:283 -msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " -"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" -" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " -"browser tab or window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:288 -msgid "" -"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " -"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " -"accessing the database when checking-in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:95 msgid "Visitor flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:294 -msgid "" -"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a frontdesk kiosk, and " -"enter their information. The information requested is what was configured " -"for that specific frontdesk station. If any information is required, the " -"field displays a red asterisk (*). The visitor must enter the required " -"information in order to check in." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:98 +msgid "Visitor check in" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a :ref:`Frontdesk kiosk " +"`, and click :guilabel:`Check in`. The information " +"requested from the visitor is what was configured for that specific " +"*Frontdesk* station. If any information is required, the field displays a " +"red asterisk (\\*). The visitor **must** enter the required information in " +"order to check in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:105 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, the visitor taps the :guilabel:`Check " "In` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:108 msgid "" -"If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check " -"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: `Do " -"you want something to drink?`" +"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," +" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check " +"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: " +":guilabel:`Do you want something to drink?`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:117 msgid "" "The visitor can tap either :guilabel:`Yes, please`, or :guilabel:`No, thank " "you`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:119 msgid "" "If they select :guilabel:`Yes, please`, a drink selection screen appears, " "and the pre-configured options are listed. The visitor then taps the desired" @@ -6047,47 +6391,46 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Nothing, thanks` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:123 msgid "" -"If a drink selection was made, a `Thank you for registering! Your drink is " -"on the way.` message appears." +"If a drink selection was made, a :guilabel:`Thank you for registering! Your " +"drink is on the way.` message appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:313 -msgid "" -"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," -" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:127 +msgid "Notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:129 msgid "" "Once the visitor has checked in, the person they are visiting, and any other" -" users who were configured to be notified when checks ins occur at the " -"kiosk, are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a " -"*Discuss* chat, or any combination of those three options." +" users who were configured to be notified when check-ins occur at the kiosk," +" are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a *Discuss*" +" chat, or any combination of those three options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:133 msgid "" "If the visitor requested a drink, the user(s) configured as the " -":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified via the " -"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: `(Visitor Name) just " -"checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" +":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified, via the " +"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: :guilabel:`(Visitor " +"Name) just checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the drink has been delivered to the guest, the person who delivered the" " drink is responsible for marking the drink as delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:140 msgid "" "To mark a drink as delivered, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Stations --> (#) Drinks to serve` on the desired station card." +"Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#) " +"Drinks to serve`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:143 msgid "" "This opens a list of all the visitors checked in at that station, and are " "waiting for a drink. Click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button at the end of" @@ -6095,64 +6438,39 @@ msgid "" "their drink served, the visitor disappears from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:150 msgid "" "Once the visitor has completed their business, and has left the premises, it" " is important to check them out for accurate record keeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:153 msgid "" "To check visitors out properly, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app " -"--> Stations --> (#) On Site`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who" -" are currently checked-in at that station." +"--> Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#)" +" Drinks to serve`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who are " +"currently checked-in at that station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:157 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check Out` button near the end of the line for the " +"Click the :guilabel:`Check out` button near the end of the line for the " "visitor who left. Once they are marked as checked-out, the visitor " "disappears from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:161 msgid "" -"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important to" -" check out visitors for accurate record keeping." +"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important " +"for *Frontdesk* users to check out visitors for accurate record keeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:164 msgid "" "Always have an accurate list of who is on the premises at any given time. " "This is important for security purposes, and in the case of an emergency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:353 -msgid "" -"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " -"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:355 -msgid "" -"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" -" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " -":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:358 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " -"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " -"requests were made for each drink." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:361 -msgid "" -"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " -"other metrics, as well." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:5 msgid "Lunch" msgstr "Mensa" @@ -6660,7 +6978,7 @@ msgid "The category form, with the fields filled out for a Soup category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:280 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:701 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:392 msgid "Alerts" msgstr "Avvisi" @@ -7877,13 +8195,20 @@ msgid "" "the changes are also reflected in the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To access contract templates, the *Salary Configurator* " +"(`hr_contract_salary`) module **must** be :ref:`installed " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "To view all the current contract templates in the database, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Contracts: Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Contract Templates` page, all current contract templates " "appear in a list view. To view the details of a contract template, click " @@ -7892,40 +8217,40 @@ msgid "" "contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" "To create a new contract template, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Then, " "enter the following information on the blank contract template form that " "appears:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Reference`: enter a brief description for the template. " "This should be clear and easily understood, as this name appears in the " "*Recruitment* application, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: select the desired working schedule the " "contract applies to from the drop-down menu. If a new working schedule is " "needed, create a :ref:`new working schedule `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select how the work entries are generated. " "Choices are either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: work entries are generated based on the " "selected working schedule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "attendance, as they are logged in the *Attendances* application. Refer to " @@ -7933,56 +8258,56 @@ msgid "" "on checking in and out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Planning`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "planning in the *Planning* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select the :ref:`salary structure type " "` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the contract template applies " "to from the drop-down menu. If blank, the template applies to all " "departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Job Position`: select the :ref:`job position ` the contract template applies to from the drop-down menu. If " "blank, the template applies to all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 msgid ":guilabel:`Wage on Payroll`: enter the monthly wage in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Type`: select the type of contract from the drop-down " "menu. This list is the same as the :ref:`Employment Types " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: select the employee responsible for validating " "contracts, using this template, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`: select a default document that a" " new employee has to sign to accept an offer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template`: select a default document " "that a current employee has to sign to update their contract." @@ -7992,18 +8317,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new contract template form, with the fields filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 msgid "Salary information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or " ":guilabel:`Hourly Wage` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: using the drop-down menu, select how often the " "employee is paid. Options include :guilabel:`Annually`, :guilabel:`Semi-" @@ -8012,7 +8337,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Weekly`, or :guilabel:`Daily`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage`: enter the gross wage. The time period presented in this " "field is based on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Scheduled Pay` field. " @@ -8020,21 +8345,21 @@ msgid "" "*first*, since that entry updates this field automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:172 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)`: enter the total yearly cost the employee " "costs the employer. When this value is entered, the :guilabel:`Monthly Cost " "(Real)` is automatically updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Monthly Cost (Real)`: this field is **not** editable. The value " "is automatically populated after the :guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)` is " "entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:178 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Schedule Pay`, :guilabel:`Wage`, and :guilabel:`Yearly Cost " "(Real)` fields are all linked. If any of these fields are updated, the other" @@ -8047,60 +8372,60 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The salary information tab, with the fields filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 msgid "Pre-tax benefits and post-tax deductions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:190 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings set for the company, the entries " "presented in this section either vary, or may not appear at all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "For example, some entries may pertain to retirement accounts, health " "insurance benefits, and commuter benefits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:196 msgid "" "Enter the monetary amounts or percentages to specify how much of the " "employee's salary goes to the various benefits and/or deductions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "Employment types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:204 msgid "" "To view all the pre-configured employment types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll application --> Configuration --> Contracts: " "Employment Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:207 msgid "" "The employment types are presented in a list view on the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:209 msgid "" "The default employment types are :guilabel:`Permanent`, " ":guilabel:`Temporary`, :guilabel:`Seasonal`, :guilabel:`Interim`, " ":guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, and :guilabel:`Permanent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 msgid "" "To make a new employment type, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the " "upper-left corner, and a blank line appears at the bottom of the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:215 msgid "" "On this new blank line, enter the name of the employment type in the " ":guilabel:`Name` column. If the employment type is country-specific, select " @@ -8109,7 +8434,7 @@ msgid "" " specific country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:220 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the employment types, click the :guilabel:`six " "small gray boxes` icon to the left of the employment type :guilabel:`Name`, " @@ -8120,12 +8445,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The employment types in the database by default, in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -8133,15 +8458,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:238 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:241 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -8149,14 +8474,14 @@ msgid "" "automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work " "Entry Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:251 msgid "" "Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." @@ -8168,29 +8493,29 @@ msgid "" "code and color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 msgid "" "To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:730 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:43 msgid "General information section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: the name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:269 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: this code appears with the work entry type on " "timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " @@ -8198,7 +8523,7 @@ msgid "" "department for a code to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:272 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DMFA code`: this code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " "Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding :abbr:`DMFA (De " @@ -8209,50 +8534,50 @@ msgid "" "salaries paid to those employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 msgid "" ":guilabel:`External Code`: this code is used for exporting data to a third-" "party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used to determine " "the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: this code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " "payroll service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the particular work entry type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:285 msgid "Display in payslip section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rounding`: the rounding method selected determines how quantities" " on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: a timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:295 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -8262,11 +8587,11 @@ msgid "" "hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:301 msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: if the work entry is for work that " "is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " @@ -8275,39 +8600,39 @@ msgid "" " training, or volunteer work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:309 msgid "Valid for advantages section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: if the work entry should count towards a meal " "voucher, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:312 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: if the work entry should count towards " "representation fees, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: if the work entry should count " "towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:318 msgid "Time off options section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off`: check this box if the work entry type can be selected " "for a time off request, or entry, in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field " "appears. This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time" @@ -8315,14 +8640,14 @@ msgid "" "example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "A new type of time off can be entered in the field, if the listed types of " "time off in the drop-down menu do **not** display the type of time off " "needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: this is for Belgian-specific companies " "**only**, and does **not** appear for other localizations. Check this box if" @@ -8333,11 +8658,11 @@ msgid "" "year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:336 msgid "Reporting section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:338 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: if the work entry should be visible on the " "unforeseen absences report, check this box." @@ -8347,11 +8672,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:348 msgid "Working schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 msgid "" "To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " @@ -8359,21 +8684,21 @@ msgid "" "contracts and work entries are found in this list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 msgid "" "Working schedules are company-specific. Each company **must** identify each " "type of working schedule they use. If the database is created for only one " "company, the company column is not available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" "An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " "work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " "that uses the 40-hour standard work week." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "" "A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " "needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." @@ -8385,17 +8710,17 @@ msgid "" "the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "New working schedule" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:373 msgid "" "To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " "enter the information on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -8403,7 +8728,7 @@ msgid "" "times that apply to the new working time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:380 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -8412,16 +8737,16 @@ msgid "" "modified by typing in the time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:386 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:389 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top-left. This creates " "entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" @@ -8429,11 +8754,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New working schedule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:403 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -8443,7 +8768,7 @@ msgid "" "on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:411 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -8453,73 +8778,77 @@ msgid "" "structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:417 msgid "" "The different :guilabel:`Structure Types` can be seen by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure " -"Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary: Structure Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:420 msgid "" -"There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: " -":guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Worker`. Typically, :guilabel:`Employee`" -" is used for salaried employees, which is why the wage type is " -":guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is typically used for" -" employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +"Two default structure types are configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Employee` and" +" :guilabel:`Worker`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:422 +msgid "" +"Typically, :guilabel:`Employee` is used for salaried employees, which is why" +" the wage type is :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is " +"typically used for employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is " +":guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "New structure type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " "structure type form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 msgid "" "Proceed to enter information in the fields. Most fields are pre-populated, " "but all the fields can be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:441 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Structure Type`: enter the name for the new structure type, such " "as `Employee` or `Worker`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Country`: select the country that the new structure type applies " "to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:445 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select what type of wage the new structure type uses," " either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for salaried employees, who receive the same wage " "every pay period, select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:451 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for employees, who receive wages based on how many" " hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: select the typical pay schedule for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," @@ -8528,7 +8857,7 @@ msgid "" "indicates how often this specific type of structure is paid out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: select the default working hours for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " @@ -8539,13 +8868,13 @@ msgid "" "hours>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: type in the name for the regular pay " "structure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:463 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: select the default type of work entry " "the new structure type falls under from the drop-down menu. The default " @@ -8556,13 +8885,13 @@ msgid "" "Hours`, and :guilabel:`Long Term Time Off`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 msgid "" "To view all the options for the :guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`, click " "the :guilabel:`Search More..` button at the bottom of the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:472 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings, this list may contain more options " "in addition to the default options." @@ -8573,11 +8902,11 @@ msgid "" "New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 msgid "New default working hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:484 msgid "" "To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " "in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " @@ -8587,14 +8916,14 @@ msgid "" "time. When the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: type in the name for the new default working hours. This " "should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " "Hours/Week`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that can use these new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " @@ -8602,7 +8931,7 @@ msgid "" " to have their own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:495 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: the average hours per day field is auto-" "populated, based on the working hours configured in the :guilabel:`Working " @@ -8610,13 +8939,13 @@ msgid "" "hours affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:499 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Timezone`: select the time zone to be used for the new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:501 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: enter the number of hours per week an " "employee would need to work to be considered a full-time employee. " @@ -8625,7 +8954,7 @@ msgid "" "(full-time vs part-time)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:505 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Time Rate`: this percentage is auto-generated based on the " "entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" @@ -8635,7 +8964,7 @@ msgid "" "adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: this tab is where each day's specific working" " hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " @@ -8643,26 +8972,26 @@ msgid "" "with each day divided into three timed sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:513 msgid "" "Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening " "(13:00-17:00) hours configured, using a 24 hour time format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:516 msgid "" "To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field to adjust, and " "make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the specific case of " "the times, type in the desired time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:519 msgid "" "Keep in mind, working hours are company-specific, and cannot be shared " "between companies. Each company needs to have their own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "" "If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " "bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " @@ -8671,17 +9000,17 @@ msgid "" " be adjusted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 msgid "Structures" msgstr "Strutture" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:531 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -8689,13 +9018,13 @@ msgid "" "`Bonus`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:538 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:541 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " @@ -8706,7 +9035,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All available salary structures." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:548 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." @@ -8718,12 +9047,12 @@ msgid "" "Rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:551 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:556 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:261 msgid "Rules" msgstr "Regole" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:558 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " "purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" @@ -8731,35 +9060,35 @@ msgid "" "the creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:562 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " "Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:565 msgid "" "To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " "the following information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 msgid "Top section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:571 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rule Name`: enter a name for the rule. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " "recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " @@ -8767,38 +9096,38 @@ msgid "" "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:577 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a number indicating when this rule is calculated" " in the sequence of all other rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:576 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Active`: enable this toggle, so the rule is available for use. " "Disable the toggle to hide the rule without deleting it in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:583 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appears on payslip`: tick the checkbox to have the rule appear on" " employee payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:584 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Employer Cost Dashboard`: tick the checkbox to have the " "rule appear on the :guilabel:`Employer Cost` report, located on the " "*Payroll* app dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:586 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Payroll Reporting`: tick the checkbox to have the rule " "appear on payroll reports." @@ -8808,15 +9137,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 msgid "General tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:597 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "Condizioni" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:599 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: select from the drop-down menu whether the " "rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always applies), a :guilabel:`Range` " @@ -8825,11 +9154,11 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:600 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:605 msgid "Computation" msgstr "Calcolo" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:607 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: select from the drop-down menu whether the amount " "is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a :guilabel:`Percentage (%)`, or a " @@ -8837,54 +9166,54 @@ msgid "" "percentage, or Python code needs to be entered next. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:613 msgid "Company contribution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:615 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partner`: if another company financially contributes to this " "rule, select the company from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:614 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:810 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 msgid "Description tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:621 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the rule. " "This tab only appears in the rule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:625 msgid "Accounting tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:627 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Debit Account`: select the debit account from the drop-down menu " "the rule affects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Credit Account`: select the credit account from the drop-down " "menu the rule affects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:624 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:629 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not computed in net accountability`: tick the checkbox to delete " "the value of this rule in the `Net Salary` rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:633 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:636 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " @@ -8893,11 +9222,11 @@ msgid "" "has matured to more markets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:642 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:644 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " @@ -8911,14 +9240,14 @@ msgid "" "a payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 msgid "" "To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " ":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " "applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:658 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" " :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " @@ -8930,11 +9259,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new Input Type form filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:664 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:669 msgid "Salary attachment types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:671 msgid "" "Salary attachments, also thought of as \"wage garnishments\", are portions " "of earnings taken out of a payslip for something specific. Much like all " @@ -8942,7 +9271,7 @@ msgid "" "**must** be defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:675 msgid "" "To view the currently configured salary attachments, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Salary " @@ -8951,7 +9280,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Child Support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:679 msgid "" "To make a new type of salary attachment, click the :guilabel:`New` button. " "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Code` (used in the salary " @@ -8963,11 +9292,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new salary attachment form filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " "section of the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary " @@ -8977,7 +9307,7 @@ msgid "" "their salary package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:695 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -8986,11 +9316,11 @@ msgid "" "sees, and what is populated, as the applicant enters information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:701 msgid "Benefits" msgstr "Benefici" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:703 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain benefits " "set in Odoo, in addition to the salary, to make an offer more appealing " @@ -8998,7 +9328,7 @@ msgid "" " or internet, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:707 msgid "" "To view the benefits, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary Package Configurator: Benefits`. Benefits are grouped by " @@ -9010,7 +9340,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list view of all the benefits available for each structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:716 msgid "" "A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " "another labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " @@ -9018,7 +9348,7 @@ msgid "" "structure type has a meal voucher benefit available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:720 msgid "" "A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use the " "company car benefit, but cannot have meal vouchers. A person hired under the" @@ -9026,29 +9356,29 @@ msgid "" "available to them, not the use of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:724 msgid "" "To make a new benefit, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " "information in the fields on the blank benefits form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:722 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 msgid "The various fields for creating a benefit are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:732 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefits`: enter the name for the benefit. This field is " "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:733 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "benefit this is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of cost " "incurred by the company for this specific benefit. The default options are " @@ -9059,7 +9389,7 @@ msgid "" "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:739 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Related Type`: select from the drop-down menu what type of " "benefit it is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -9068,52 +9398,52 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:738 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the specific field" " on the contract the benefit appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select the specific field on the contract that the " "cost of the benefit is linked to, using the drop-down menu. If this field is" " left blank, the cost of the benefit is not computed in the employee budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:748 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Net Salary`: tick the checkbox if the benefit should " "impact the employee's net salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requested Documents`: select any document that is required to be " "submitted for this benefit, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:752 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mandatory Benefits`: using the drop-down menu, select the benefit" " that is required in order for this specific benefit to be offered to the " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 msgid "" "For example, a benefit for car insurance would populate `Company Car` in " "this field. This would allow the car insurance benefit to **only** be " "displayed if the employee has selected/enabled the benefit of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:758 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this benefit applies to. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:760 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select the metric that the benefit is granted, " "using the drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " @@ -9124,17 +9454,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new benefit form filled out for an internet subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:768 msgid "Display section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:770 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show Name`: tick the checkbox to have the benefit name appear in " "the salary package configurator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:767 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: select from the drop-down menu how this benefit is" " displayed. The options are :guilabel:`Always Selected`, " @@ -9143,14 +9473,14 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 msgid "" "Depending on the selection made, additional configurations need to be made. " "For example, if :guilabel:`Radio Buttons` is selected, the individual radio " "buttons must be entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Icon`: an icon from the `Font Awesome 4 library " "`_ can be visible for this benefit. Enter" @@ -9158,43 +9488,43 @@ msgid "" "suitcase icon, the code `fa fa-suitcase` is entered on this line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hide Description`: tick the checkbox to hide the benefit " "description if the benefit is not selected by the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:784 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded`: if the benefit should be folded, or hidden, because it " "is dependant on another benefit selection, tick the checkbox. The following " "fields appear when this is active:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Label`: enter a name for the folded section of the benefit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:783 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:788 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Res Field`: select the contract field this benefit is tied " "to using the drop-down menu. If this field is selected on the contract, then" " this benefit becomes visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:792 msgid "Activity section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the activity type" " that is automatically created when this benefit is selected by the " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:796 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation`: select when the activity is created, either " "when the :guilabel:`Employee signs his contract`, or when the " @@ -9202,7 +9532,7 @@ msgid "" "desired selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:799 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation Type`: select the parameters for when the " "activity is created, either :guilabel:`When the benefit is set` or " @@ -9210,47 +9540,47 @@ msgid "" " desired selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:802 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Assigned to`: select the user the activity is automatically " "assigned to, using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:143 msgid "Sign section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:808 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Template to Sign`: if the employee is required to sign a document" " when selecting this benefit, select the document template from the drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:811 msgid "" "For example, a benefit regarding the use of a company car may require the " "employee to sign a document acknowledging the company's car policies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:812 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the benefit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:820 msgid "Personal info" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:822 msgid "" "Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " "candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " "information, resume, work information, and documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:826 msgid "" "The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " "section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " @@ -9258,17 +9588,17 @@ msgid "" "hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:825 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:830 msgid "" "To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " "dashboard, and click on the employee's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:829 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:834 msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:836 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Personal Info` section lists all of the fields that are " "available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " @@ -9282,25 +9612,25 @@ msgid "" "enter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:839 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 msgid "" "To edit a personal info entry, select an entry from the list on the " ":guilabel:`Personal Info` page, and modify the personal info on the form " "that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:842 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 msgid "To create a new personal info entry, click the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:849 msgid "" "The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " "are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " ":guilabel:`Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:852 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down menu. " ":guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the :guilabel:`Bank" @@ -9308,7 +9638,7 @@ msgid "" "account, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:851 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from the drop-down menu that best " "describes what kind of personal information this entry is, and where it is " @@ -9317,13 +9647,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address` or :guilabel:`Personal Documents`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:861 msgid "" "The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " "Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:859 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:864 msgid "" "Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required` box makes the field mandatory on the " "employee's card. The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the " @@ -9336,50 +9666,50 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:871 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:876 msgid "" "The resumé section, housed within the salary package configurator section of" " the settings menu, is how salary information rules are configured when " "offering a position to potential employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:879 msgid "" "When an offer is sent to a prospective employee, the values for the offer " "are computed from these settings, and appear on the offer page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:877 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:882 msgid "" "To configure this section, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator: Resumé`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:885 msgid "" "By default, there are three :guilabel:`Salary Structure Types` pre-" "configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Worker`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " ":guilabel:`None`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:888 msgid "" "Each :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` has several rules configured. These " "affect how an offer is calculated using that particular :guilabel:`Salary " "Structure Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:886 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " ":guilabel:`Contract Salary Resumé` form loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 msgid ":guilabel:`Information`: type in a name for this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:892 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:897 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select the category this value is housed under, using " "the drop-down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Monthly Salary`, " @@ -9387,11 +9717,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:901 msgid "New categories can be made if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, then enter the name for the new category " "in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, select the :guilabel:`Periodicity` from" @@ -9400,23 +9730,23 @@ msgid "" "appears in the :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` rule list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:908 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Monthly Total`: tick the checkbox if this value is added " "in the monthly total calculation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:911 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select what kind of value this rule is, either " ":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Days`, or :guilabel:`Percent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency` is for a set monetary value, :guilabel:`Days` is for " "compensation in the form of time off, and :guilabel:`Percent` is for a " @@ -9424,13 +9754,13 @@ msgid "" "commissions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:912 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select which :guilabel:`Salary Structure " "Type` this rule is nested under, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:919 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Value Type`: select how the value is computed, using the drop-" "down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Fixed Value`, " @@ -9438,7 +9768,7 @@ msgid "" "Benefits Values`, and :guilabel:`Monthly Total`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:922 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: select the code this rule applies to from the drop-down " "menu." @@ -9449,23 +9779,23 @@ msgid "" "The net wage rule form filled out, with all the information for net pay." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:929 msgid "Jobs" msgstr "Lavori" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:926 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:931 msgid "" "Since the *Payroll* application is responsible for paying employees for " "specific job positions, the complete list of job positions can be found in " "both the *Payroll* and *Recruitment* applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:937 #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:934 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:939 msgid "" "The job positions listed in the *Payroll* application are identical to the " "job positions listed in the *Recruitment* application. If a new job position" @@ -9473,13 +9803,13 @@ msgid "" "*Payroll* application, and vice versa." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:943 msgid "" "To view the job positions, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Jobs: Job Positions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:941 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:946 msgid "" "A list of all the job positions appear, along with the corresponding " "department, on the :guilabel:`Job Position` page." @@ -9489,38 +9819,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list of all the job positions and corresponding departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 msgid "" "To create a new job description, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a job " "form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:955 msgid "" "Enter the information on the form for the new position. The information is " "identical as to the information entered when creating a new job position in " "the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 msgid "" "Refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation for more details" " on how to fill out this form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:957 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:962 msgid ":doc:`payroll/contracts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:963 msgid ":doc:`payroll/payslips`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:959 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:964 msgid ":doc:`payroll/work_entries`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:965 msgid ":doc:`payroll/reporting`" msgstr "" @@ -12194,8 +12524,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " "steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" " step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," -" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " -"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +" conducting an interview, or sending a job offer, for example. This process " +"is referred to as the 'applicant flow.'" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 @@ -12228,18 +12558,245 @@ msgid "" "positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " "` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " "stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " -"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes are " "visible on all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:37 msgid "" -"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +"Before creating a job position in Odoo, configure the necessary settings for" +" the *Recruitment* app. To view and edit the settings, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Settings`. After any " +"changes are made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the top-left corner " +"to save all the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:43 +msgid "Job posting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Job Posting` section of the *Recruitment* app settings has " +"only one selection to make. If job positions are to be posted to the " +"company's website, enable the :guilabel:`Online Posting` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Online Posting` is only available if the *Website* " +"application is also installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:53 +msgid "Recruitment process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recruitment process` section of the settings page specifies " +"what the database can and cannot do during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:59 +msgid "Send interview survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Odoo is capable of having a survey sent to an applicant to gather more " +"information about them. Surveys can be thought of as exams, or " +"questionnaires, and can be customized in various ways to provide the " +"recruitment team with valuable insights into the applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option to send surveys to " +"applicants. Once enabled, an :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Interview " +"Survey` internal link appears. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`Interview Survey` link to navigate to a list of all created " +"surveys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:70 +msgid "" +"This list includes all surveys that were created in the database, not just " +"surveys used in the *Recruitment* app. If no surveys have been created, the " +"surveys list displays a :guilabel:`No Survey Found` message, and presents " +"options to create a survey from several pre-configured survey templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:76 +msgid "" +"For more detailed information about surveys, refer to the :doc:`survey " +"essentials <../marketing/surveys/create>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Enabling the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option will install the " +"*Surveys* application once the settings are saved, if it is not installed " +"already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:84 +msgid "Send SMS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:86 +msgid "" +"It is possible to send text messages to applicants directly through the " +"*Recruitment* app. To do so, enable the :guilabel:`Send SMS` option. This " +"option requires credits to use, which can be obtained by clicking the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` internal link that emerges " +"when the feature is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For more information, refer to the :doc:`SMS pricing and FAQs " +"<../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:98 +msgid "CV display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When applicants submit an application, one of the default required fields is" +" a resumé, or :abbr:`CV (curriculum vitae)`. All resumés are stored in the " +"*Documents* application, and are accessible on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:104 +msgid "" +"A resumé has the option to appear on the applicant's form, which can be " +"viewed by clicking on the applicant's card. The resumé appears on the right-" +"side of the screen. If this is not enabled, the resumé is accessed via a " +"link in the chatter, where it needs to be clicked to expand and view it, or " +"downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`CV Display` option to show the resumé on the " +"applicant's card by default, and in addition to the document link. When " +"enabled, the resumé appears on the right side of the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"For the resumé to appear on the right-side, the browser window must be in " +"full-screen mode (where the browser spans the entire screen)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the browser window is set to a size smaller than the entire width of the " +"screen (not full-screen), then the resumé does not appear on the right-side." +" Instead, the resumé appears in the :guilabel:`Files` section of the " +"chatter, below the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The resumé on an applicant's card, appearing on the right side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:128 +msgid "CV digitization (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:130 +msgid "" +"When an application is submitted using any of the available methods, such as" +" an online application submission, emailing a resume to the job position " +"alias, or creating an applicant record directly from the database, it is " +"possible to have Odoo extract the applicant's name, phone number, and email " +"address from the resumé and populate the applicant's form. To do so, enable " +"the :guilabel:`CV Digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:136 +msgid "" +"When enabled, additional options appear. Click on the corresponding radio " +"button to select one of the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not digitize`: this option turns off resumé digitization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize on demand only`: this option only digitizes resumes when" +" requested. A :guilabel:`Digitize document` buttons appears on applicant " +"cards. When clicked, the resumé is scanned and the applicant's card is " +"updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize automatically`: this option automatically digitizes all " +"resumés when they are submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Beneath these options are two additional links. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-" +"right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` button to purchase credits for CV " +"digitization. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`View My Services` " +"to view a list of all current services, and their remaining credit balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:151 +msgid "" +"For more information on document digitization and :abbr:`IAP's (in-app " +"purchases)`, refer to the :doc:`In-app purchase (IAP) " +"<../essentials/in_app_purchase>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:155 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option for :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)`" +" at first may seem like a redundancy. It seems to be the same as disabling " +"the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option is enabled, a module is " +"installed so that resumés can be scanned. Disabling this option would " +"uninstall the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If at some point, there is a desire to temporarily stop digitizing resumés, " +"the :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option is selected. The reason this option " +"is available is so that the module is not uninstalled, allowing for " +"digitization to be enabled in the future by selecting one of the other two " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"When sending an offer to an applicant, an expiration date can be set on the " +"offer. Enter the number of days an offer is valid for in the " +":guilabel:`days` field. After the set amount of days has passed, if the " +"applicant has not accepted the offer, the offer is no longer available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To access the Kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " ":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " "opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " -"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " -"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " -"job position." +"Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` smart button on a job position " +"card to navigate to the Kanban view for all the applicants for that " +"particular job position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12247,119 +12804,130 @@ msgid "" "Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:186 msgid "" -"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"Inside the job application, the Kanban stages appear, with all the " "applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" -" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +" are currently in. There are six default stages in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:190 +msgid ":ref:`New `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:191 msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:194 msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:195 msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:197 msgid "" -"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " -"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " -"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " -"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " -"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default. Folded " +"columns appear gray, and the applicants in it are hidden from view. To " +"expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that column, click " +"anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and the column " +"expands, revealing the applicants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:206 msgid "" -"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " -"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, providing status " +"information for the applicant's in that specific stage. The status colors " +"are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:209 +msgid ":guilabel:`Green`: the applicant is ready to move to the next stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:210 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " -"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " -"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " -"stage." +":guilabel:`Red`: the applicant is blocked from moving to the next stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " -"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +":guilabel:`Gray`: the applicant is still in progress in the current stage " +"and is neither ready nor blocked from the next stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " -"which need to be scheduled." +"The status for each card is set manually. To set the status, click on the " +"small circle in the lower-left of the applicant card. A status pop-up window" +" appears. Click on the desired status for the applicant. The status dot on " +"the applicant card as well as the status bar updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The applicant card statuses, and status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:223 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " -"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " -"applicants currently in the stage." +"The names for the three status colors (`In Progress`, `Blocked`, and `Ready " +"for Next Stage`) :ref:`can be modified `, if " +"desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:229 msgid "Customize stages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:231 msgid "" "Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " "particular hiring steps of a business." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:235 msgid "New stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 msgid "" -"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " -"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " -"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" -" the screen to exit the new column creation." +"To create a new stage, click on :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Stage` and a new " +"column appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Stage " +"title` field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and " +"another new stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click" +" anywhere on the screen to exit the new stage creation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgid "The plus sign to click to add a new column to the Kanban stages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:249 msgid "Modify stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:251 msgid "" "To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " -":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " -"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " -"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " -"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " -"when done." +":icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side " +"of the stage. Click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon and a menu" +" appears. Then click on the :guilabel:`Edit` option. An :guilabel:`Edit: " +"(Stage)` form appears. Make any desired modifications to the form, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12368,40 +12936,39 @@ msgid "" "displays when clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 -msgid "Edit column form" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:265 +msgid "Edit stage form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:267 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " -"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" -" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +"The :guilabel:`Edit: (Stage)` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required field is the :guilabel:`Stage Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:272 msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " "drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " -"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"the stage, an email is automatically sent to the applicant using the " "selected template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " "(hidden) at all times in the default view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " "applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " @@ -12409,138 +12976,147 @@ msgid "" "is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:282 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " -"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " -"job positions can be selected." +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to specific job " +"positions, select the job positions from the drop-down menu. Multiple job " +"positions can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" " the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" " referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " ":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " -"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage. The *Referrals* app " +"must be installed in order to use this option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:289 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" -" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" -" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " -"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " -"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured status labels " +"(colored circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These " +"colors are displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the" +" applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the" +" label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " ":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " ":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" " any requirements of the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:298 msgid "Delete stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:300 msgid "" "If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," -" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." -" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " -"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " -":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " -":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` " +"icon appears. First, click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A " +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up warning appears, asking :guilabel:`Are you " +"sure you want to delete this column?` Click :guilabel:`Delete` to delete the" +" column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:307 msgid "" "If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " -"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" -" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" -" before deleting." +"up when attempting to delete the stage. The records currently in the stage " +"to need to be either deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage before" +" the stage can be deleted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:312 msgid "Email templates" msgstr "Modelli e-mail" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 msgid "" "To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " "templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " "use them are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " -"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " -"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " -"Interview` stage." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Applicant Acknowledgement`: this template is used to" +" let the applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`New` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:320 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " -"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " -"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Interest`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application caught the recruiter's attention, and " +"they have been shortlisted for either a phone call or an interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:323 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" -" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " -"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview`: this template is used to let " +"the applicant know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial " +"Qualification` stage and they will be contacted to set up an interview with " +"the recruiter. This email is automatically sent out once the applicant is in" +" the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:327 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" -" longer being considered for the position." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when " +"an applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the " +"position, and thanks them for their time and consideration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:330 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " -"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " -"configure their salary package." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is " +"no longer being considered for the position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 msgid "" "Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" " business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " ":doc:`../general/companies/email_template` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:337 msgid "" -"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " -"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " -":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " -"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +"To manually send an email, click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send an email from the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:344 msgid "" -"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " -":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " -"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " -"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +"Click the :icon:`fa-expand` :guilabel:`(expand)` full composer icon in the " +"bottom right corner of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter. A " +":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window loads, with the " +":guilabel:`Recipients` and :guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The " +"applicant's email address is entered in the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and" +" the :guilabel:`Subject` is `(Job Position)`. The email body is empty by " +"default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:350 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the field next to " +":guilabel:`Load template` in the bottom section of the window. Select the " +"email template to use from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 msgid "" -"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " -":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " "Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " "information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" " the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " @@ -12548,47 +13124,55 @@ msgid "" "change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:359 msgid "" -"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " -"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " -"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" -" of available templates." +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model load. There are " +"other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not configured" +" for the recruitment application, they do not appear in the list of " +"available templates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 msgid "" -"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " -"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " -"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " -":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " -"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " -"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " -"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " -"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " -"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button" +" in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the :icon:`fa-" +"close` :guilabel:`(delete)` icon to the right of the attachment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:367 +msgid "" +"If any changes need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If " +"the edits should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved " +"as a new template. Click the :guilabel:`Save Template` button in the bottom." +" To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email is sent to the " +"applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 msgid "Stage flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:375 msgid "" "In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " -"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the Kanban view to the" " desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:379 msgid "" "To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " -"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " -"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " -"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"in the Kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted at the top, above the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 +msgid "" +"Click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " "indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " -"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " -"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +"Kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top-left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12597,104 +13181,137 @@ msgid "" "applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:233 -msgid "Initial qualification" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:643 +msgid "New" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:398 msgid "" "The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " "flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " "recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:402 msgid "" -"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " -"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " -"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " -"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " -":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " -"required when applying for a job position." +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`New` stage, whether submitted online" +" or if the applicant is manually entered by a recruiter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:405 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically populates the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`, the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile` number, and :guilabel:`LinkedIn " +"Profile` on the applicant's card. This information is required when applying" +" for a job position, by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If the website application form is modified, different fields may be " +"populated based on what information is requested on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:414 msgid "" "If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " -"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " -":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " -"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " -"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " -"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " -"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " -"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" -" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +"Introduction` section of the online application, it will populate in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:421 +msgid "" +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé would appear " +"in the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"*Documents* application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the left-" +"hand side. All recruitment documents are stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "" +"If the :ref:`CV Display ` option was enabled in the " +":ref:`Settings ` menu, the resumé appears on the " +"applicant's card, on the right-hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:431 msgid "Send interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:433 msgid "" "At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " "applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " "can be formatted in a variety of ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid "" +"The *Surveys* application is used to send these *interviews*, therefore the " +"*Surveys* application must be installed to send an interview to an " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 msgid "" "Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " "questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " -"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " -"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " -"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " -"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " -"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" -" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" -" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +"be formatted to suit each individual job positions needs. For more " +"information on creating and editing interview forms, refer to the " +":doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 +msgid "" +"A job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form" +" of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:450 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top-left of the " +"applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Send Interview` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Send an " +"interview` pop-up window appears, with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:458 msgid "" "In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" " the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" -" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " -"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " -"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " -"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " -":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, an " +":guilabel:`Edit:(Applicant)` pop-up window appears on top of the " +":guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window. Enter the email address in the " +":guilabel:`email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. Once the " +"applicant's information is saved, the :guilabel:`Edit: (Applicant)` closes " +"and the :guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window remains." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 msgid "" -"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " -"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " -"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +"Email templates use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the " +"applicant and the job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey" +" if more people should receive the email. If an email is in the database as " +"a contact, add that contact in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. If an email" +" should be sent to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they" +" should **not** be added as a contact, add their email in the " +":guilabel:`Additional emails` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:279 -msgid "" -"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " -"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " -"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " -"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " -"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 -msgid "" -"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " -"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " -"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " -"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " -"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " -"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " -"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1066 msgid "" "If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " "button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " @@ -12702,25 +13319,26 @@ msgid "" " and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:475 msgid "" "If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" " for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " "window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " -"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " -"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " -"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +"calendar selector appears. Use the :icon:`fa-chevron-left` " +":guilabel:`(left)` and :icon:`fa-chevron-right` :guilabel:`(right)` arrows " +"on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then click on " +"the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"The :guilabel:`Mail Template` field is pre-populated based on the " "configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" " drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " "template loads in the email body." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 msgid "" "To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " ":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." @@ -12732,11 +13350,11 @@ msgid "" "pre-configured template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:494 msgid "Refuse" msgstr "Respingi" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:496 msgid "" "At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " "the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" @@ -12745,95 +13363,265 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refuse`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " -"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " -":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " -"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " -"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " -"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " -"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" -" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " -"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " -"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " -"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Click the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reason` from the presented options. The default refuse " +"reasons in Odoo, and their corresponding email templates, are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:508 +msgid "Email Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:509 +msgid "Refusal Reason" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:510 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Language issues`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Role already fulfilled`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Duplicate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Spam`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:516 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: don't like job`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: better offer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "" +"Additional refusal reasons :ref:`can be created and existing ones can be " +"modified or deleted `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:525 msgid "" "Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " "which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " "example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " -"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" -" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"applicant's name appears anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the " +"email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " "the :doc:`../general/companies/email_template` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 msgid "" -"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " -"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," -" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " -"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" -" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" -" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +"After a :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` is selected, two fields appear below the " +"refusal reason: :guilabel:`Send Email` and :guilabel:`Email Template`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:534 msgid "" -"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"The applicant's email address automatically populates the :guilabel:`Send " +"Email` field; additional email recipients cannot be added. If an email " +"should **not** be sent to the applicant, uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:538 +msgid "" +"The email template associated with the refusal reason populates the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field. If a different email template is desired, " +"select a different template from the :guilabel:`Email Template` drop-down " +"menu. To view the email template, click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon " +"to the right of the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. The email template " +"loads in a :guilabel:`Open: Email Template` pop-up window, and can be " +"modified if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:545 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Refuse`. The " "refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " -"appears on the applicant's card." +"appears on the applicant's card in the top-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top-right " "corner in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 msgid "" "After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " -"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " -"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" -" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " -":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " -"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " -"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +"position's Kanban view. To view the refused applicants only, click the " +":guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the search box, then click " +":guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` section. All applicants " +"that have been refused for the job position appear, in the stage they were " +"when they were refused." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:558 +msgid "" +"To view all applicants that have been refused from all job positions, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All " +"Applications`. Click the :guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the " +"search box, then click :guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"section. All applications for all job positions are presented in a list " +"view, organized by stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "Create or modify refuse reasons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:569 +msgid "" +"To view all currently configured refuse reasons, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Settings --> Applications: Refuse " +"Reasons`. All the refuse reasons appear in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +"To create a new refuse reason, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" +"left corner. A blank line appears at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Description` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +"Type in the new refuse reason in the field. It is recommended to enter a " +"reason that is short and concise, such as `offer expired` or `withdrew " +"application`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, click on the field to reveal " +"a drop-down menu. Select an :guilabel:`Email Template` from the list to be " +"used when this refuse reason is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +"If a new :guilabel:`Email Template` is desired, type in the name for the new" +" template in the field. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` and a " +":guilabel:`Create Email Template` form pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the form and an email :guilabel:`Subject` in " +"the corresponding fields. Enter the email content in the :guilabel:`Content`" +" tab. Make any other desired modifications to the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the template and return to the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reasons` list. The new template appears in the new refuse " +"reason :guilabel:`Email Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +"To make any modifications to a refuse reason, click on the line, and make " +"any desired changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:594 msgid "New applicant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:596 msgid "" "An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " "be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" -" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " -"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " -"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " -"button." +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online) an applicant " +"card can be easily added from the job position Kanban view in one of two " +"ways, using either the :ref:`quick add ` " +"button or the :ref:`New ` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 msgid "Quick add" msgstr "Aggiunta rapida" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:607 msgid "" -"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " -"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " -"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"Quickly add a new applicant using the *quick add* button. If not already in " +"the job position Kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by " +"going to :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job " +"Positions`. Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` button on the job " "position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " -"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " -":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +"small :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in the top-right of the " +":guilabel:`New` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:616 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`: Enter the title for the card. Typically " +"this is the applicant's name and job position being applied to, for example:" +" `Laura Smith - HR Manager`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, " +"unless the :guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:671 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:623 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card appears in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:628 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`delete` icon or anywhere on the screen to " +"close the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12842,104 +13630,60 @@ msgid "" "option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 -msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:645 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" -" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " -"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the *New* " +"button. If not already in the Kanban view for the job position to add an " +"applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by going to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job Positions`. " +"Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left of the Kanban view " +"and a blank applicant form loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:389 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:434 -msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " -"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " -"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " -"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:396 -msgid "" -"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " -"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " -"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " -"the card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:400 -msgid "" -"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " -"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " -"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:407 -msgid "Create" -msgstr "Crea" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:409 -msgid "" -"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " -":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " -"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," -" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " -"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:651 msgid "" "Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " "the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " "well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" " fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" " configurations, some fields may not be displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:662 msgid "Applicant section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:664 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" " the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +"position being applied to, for example: `John Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, unless the " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " -"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:672 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:673 msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:674 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`LinkedIn Profile`: enter the web address for the applicant's " +"personal profile on LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" " from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " @@ -12949,132 +13693,189 @@ msgid "" " high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:681 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" -" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " -":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " -"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: using the drop-down menu, select the people who " +"will conduct the interview(s). The selected people must have either " "*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " -"in order to appear on the drop-down." +"to appear in the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " "recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " "all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:687 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " -"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Evaluation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for the" +" applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " ":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:690 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source`: using the drop-down menu, select where the applicant " +"learned about the job position. The following options come pre-configured in" +" Odoo: :guilabel:`Search engine`, :guilabel:`Lead Recall`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Monster`, :guilabel:`Glassdoor`, and " +":guilabel:`Craigslist`. To add a new :guilabel:`Source`, type in the source," +" then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new source)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:695 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Medium`: using the drop-down menu, select the method, or " +":guilabel:`Medium`, for the :guilabel:`Source` that the applicant found the " +"job listing with. The pre-configured options are: :guilabel:`Banner`, " +":guilabel:`Direct`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, " +":guilabel:`Google Adwords`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Phone`, " +":guilabel:`Television`, :guilabel:`Twitter` (now known as \"X\"), or " +":guilabel:`Website`. To add a new :guilabel:`Medium`, type in the medium, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new medium)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:701 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " "job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " "the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " -"installed for this to appear." +"installed for this field to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:704 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: select the available start date for the applicant." +" To select a date, click on the field to reveal a calendar. Use the " +":guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrows on either side of the " +"month to navigate to the desired month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to" +" select the date. If no entry is selected that indicates the applicant is " +"ready to begin work immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:709 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, then click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 msgid "Job section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 msgid "" "The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " "long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" " possible, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " "to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:722 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " -"drop-down menu." +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job position is for using the " +"drop-down menu. This field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:726 msgid "Contract section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:728 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " "for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " "The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:731 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" -" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are requested by " +"the applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Expected Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" -" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " -"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are offered to the " +"applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Proposed Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `unlimited sick time` or `retirement plan`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:484 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " -"select the available start date for the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:742 msgid "Application summary tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 msgid "" "Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" " can be typed into this field." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +"Skills can be added to the applicant's card. To add a skill, follow the same" +" steps as outlined in the skills section of the :ref:`Create new employees " +"` document." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:760 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "" +"If an applicant seems to be a good potential candidate, they are moved to " +"the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage. This could be for a number of " +"reasons, such as they have the relevant experience, education, or " +"certifications the position requires." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:766 +msgid "" +"This stage is to quickly sort candidates that have potential, and those that" +" do not meet the requirements. No automatic actions, such as emails, are set" +" for this stage. This stage simply informs the recruitment team to " +"potentially set up a phone call or an interview with the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:773 msgid "First interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:775 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " "they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " -"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +"position Kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" " the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " "the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " "applicant's card." @@ -13082,155 +13883,176 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"An applicant's card moves from one stage to another by using the click and " "drag method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:785 msgid "" -"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" -" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " -"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " -"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " -"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " -"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " -"the chatter." +"The :guilabel:`First Interview` stage can be modified so when the " +"applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an email is" +" automatically sent to the applicant stating an interview is requested. In " +"this pre-configured email template, a link to the recruiting team's calendar" +" appears, allowing the applicant to schedule their interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 msgid "" -"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " -"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " -"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " -"button at the top of the applicant's record." +":ref:`Edit ` the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, " +"and select the :guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` for the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field, to automate this action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 msgid "" -"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " -":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " -"the applicant's card." +"An interview can be scheduled in one of two ways: either manually by the " +"recruitment team, or by the applicant themselves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:802 msgid "" -"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " -"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " -":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " -"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " -":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +"If the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage was modified to send the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` email template when an applicant" +" reaches that stage, the applicant received a link to the recruitment team's" +" calendar, and can schedule the interview on their own. The recruitment " +"team's availability is reflected in the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +msgid "" +"If the interview needs to be scheduled by the recruitment team, they should " +"reach out to the applicant for a date and time that works. When a date and " +"time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and interviewer, the " +"interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, whether a phone or in-" +"person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button at the top of " +"the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button displays :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings are " +"currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage, this is the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:817 +msgid "" +"If there is one meeting already scheduled, the smart button displays " +":guilabel:`1 Meeting`, with the date of the upcoming meeting beneath it. If " +"more than one meeting is scheduled, the button displays :guilabel:`Next " +"Meeting`, with the date of the first upcoming meeting beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:821 msgid "" "Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " "meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " "the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " "right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" " events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " -"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +"hidden. Only the checked attendees are visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:827 msgid "" -"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " -"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " -":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " -"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " -"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " -"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +"The default view is the :guilabel:`Week` view. To change the calendar view, " +"click the :guilabel:`Week` button, then select the desired view from the " +"drop-down menu. The other options are either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:831 +msgid "" +"An option to display or hide weekends is available. Click the " +":guilabel:`Week` button, then click :guilabel:`Show weekends` to deactivate " +"it (the default is to show weekends). If a check mark is next to " +":guilabel:`Show weekends`, weekends are visible. If there is no check mark, " +"weekends are hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:836 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed date range for the calendar, either use the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-left` :guilabel:`(left arrow)`, :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`(Right arrow)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, " +"or click on a date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed " +"calendar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:845 msgid "" -"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " -"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " -"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " -"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " -"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " -"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " -"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +"To add a meeting to the calendar when in the day or week view, click on the " +"start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, to select the date, " +"time, and the length of the meeting. A meeting can also be added in this " +"view by clicking on the day *and* the time slot the meeting is to take " +"place." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:850 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " -"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +"Both methods cause a :ref:`New Event ` pop up window" +" to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:564 -msgid "New event card" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:855 +msgid "New event pop-up window" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:857 msgid "" -"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " -"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " -"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " -"save the changes and create the meeting." +"Enter the information on the form. The only required fields to enter are the" +" :guilabel:`Meeting Title`, and the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` " +"fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to" +" save the changes and create the interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:861 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"The fields available to populate or modify on the :guilabel:`New Event` card" +" are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:863 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Title`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " "clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:866 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End`: select the start and end date and " +"times for the meeting. Click on one of the fields and a calendar pop-up " +"window appears. Select both the start and end date and times, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:869 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all-day interview, check the box. " +"If this box is checked, the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` fields are" +" hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:871 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " "default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " "many other people as desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 -msgid "Meeting details tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:873 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting start time." +":guilabel:`Videocall URL`: if the meeting is virtual, or if there is a " +"virtual option available, click :guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting` and a URL is " +"automatically created for the meeting and populates the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:582 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting end time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:584 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " -":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " -"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " -"duration length." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:587 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " -"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " -":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " -"and end times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:590 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " -"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:876 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " "an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," @@ -13241,42 +14063,107 @@ msgid "" "instructions for each command to complete the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:598 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " -"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" -" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " -"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" -" via the selected option." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:884 +msgid "More options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:886 +msgid "" +"To add additional information to the meeting, click the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button in the lower-right corner of the pop-up window. Enter any of" +" the following additional fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:889 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length. The default length of a meeting is one hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:892 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. Several additional fields appear when this is " +"enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:896 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: using the drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:898 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings " +"repeat. The available options are :guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Yearly`, or :guilabel:`Custom`. If " +":guilabel:`Custom` is selected, a :guilabel:`Repeat Every` field appears " +"beneath it, along with another time frequency parameter (:guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, :guilabel:`Months`, or :guilabel:`Years`). Enter a number" +" in the blank field, then select the time period using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:904 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat on`: if :guilabel:`Weekly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Repeat on` field appears. Click on " +"the corresponding day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:906 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day of Month`: if :guilabel:`Monthly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Day of Month` field appears. Using " +"the drop-down menu, select either :guilabel:`Date of month` or " +":guilabel:`Day of month`. If :guilabel:`Date of month` is selected, enter " +"the date the meeting repeats. If :guilabel:`Day of month` is selected, use " +"the drop-down menus to determine the frequency. Select either " +":guilabel:`First`, :guilabel:`Second`, :guilabel:`Third`, " +":guilabel:`Fourth`, or :guilabel:`Last` for the first drop-down menu, then " +"select the day (:guilabel:`Monday`, :guilabel:`Tuesday`, etc.) in the second" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:913 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Until`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings stop " +"repeating. The available options are :guilabel:`Number of repetitions`, " +":guilabel:`End date`, and :guilabel:`Forever`. If :guilabel:`Number of " +"repetitions` is selected, enter the number of total meetings to occur in the" +" blank field. If :guilabel:`End date` is selected, specify the date using " +"the calendar pop-up window, or type in a date in a XX/XX/XXXX format. " +":guilabel:`Forever` schedules meetings indefinitely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:920 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " -"in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:921 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " "menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:923 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " -"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " -":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " -"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +":guilabel:`Appointment`: if an appointment is associated with this meeting, " +"select it form the drop-down menu, or create a new appointment by typing in " +"the appointment name, then click :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. A " +":guilabel:`Create Appointment` form loads. Enter the information on the " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:613 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:927 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select if the organizer appears either " +":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Busy` for the duration of the meeting, " +"using the drop-down menu. Next, select the visibility of this meeting, using" +" the drop-down menu to the right of the first selection. Options are " ":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " "users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " ":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " @@ -13284,41 +14171,50 @@ msgid "" "the company database to see the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:934 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " -"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" -" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " -"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " -"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " -"attendees at the same time." +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:936 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Default " +"options include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`SMS Text Message`, each with a specific time period before the " +"event (hours, days, etc). The reminder chosen alerts the meeting " +"participants of the meeting via the selected option at the specified time. " +"Multiple reminders can be selected in this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:947 msgid "Send meeting to attendees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:949 msgid "" "Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " -"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message from the " +"expanded :guilabel:`Event Form` (what is seen when the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button is clicked on in the event pop-up window)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:953 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " -"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " -"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" -" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " -"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " -"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " -"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " -"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " -"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +"To send the meeting via email, click the :icon:`fa-envelope` " +":guilabel:`Email` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact" +" Attendees` email configurator pop-up window appears. A pre-formatted email " +"using the default :guilabel:`Calendar: Event Update` email template " +"populates the email body field. The followers of the document (job " +"application), as well as the user who created the meeting are added as " +":guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's email address to the " +"list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make any other desired " +"changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button, navigate to the file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " ":guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" @@ -13327,39 +14223,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:647 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:966 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " -"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " -"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " -"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." -" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " -"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " -":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :icon:`fa-mobile` " +":guilabel:`SMS` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS " +"Text Message` pop-up appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:969 msgid "" -"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " -":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " -"contacts with a valid phone number." +"At the top, a blue box appears if any attendees do not have valid mobile " +"numbers, and lists how many records are invalid. If a contact does not have " +"a valid mobile number listed, click :guilabel:`Close`, and edit the " +"attendee's record, then redo these steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:658 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:973 msgid "" -"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " -"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" -" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " -"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" -" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " -"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +"When no warning message appears, type in the message to be sent to the " +"attendees in the :guilabel:`Message` field. to add any emojis to the " +"message, click the :guilabel:`Add Emoji` icon on the right-side of the pop-" +"up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:977 +msgid "" +"Beneath the message field, the number of characters, as well as the amount " +"of text messages required to send the message (according to GSM7 criteria) " +"appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue` to have the text sent later, after " +"any other messages are scheduled, or click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the " +"message immediately." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:669 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:987 msgid "" "Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " "messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " @@ -13367,11 +14267,11 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`../essentials/in_app_purchase` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:994 msgid "Second interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:996 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " "can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " @@ -13380,72 +14280,87 @@ msgid "" "Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1001 msgid "" "When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " -"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " -"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " -":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " -"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage. The " +"recruiter can now :ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the applicant, following the same process as the first " +"interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1009 msgid "Contract proposal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1011 msgid "" "When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " "be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " "and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" -" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top-right of" " the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1016 msgid "" "The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," " click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " -"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " -"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " -"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " -"is set to `0.00`)." +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. Most fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position. If any necessary fields are blank, enter " +"the relevant information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:705 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1022 msgid "" "Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" "up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " "applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " -"not appear on the pop-up." +"*Fleet* application is not installed, any fields related to vehicles do not " +"appear on the pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1028 msgid "Universal fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1030 msgid "" "The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " "localization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1032 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " -"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: the template currently being used to populate" +" the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window. To modify the " +"template, click the :guilabel:`Internal link` icon to the right of the drop-" +"down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. A " +"different :guilabel:`Contract Template` can be selected using the drop-down " +"menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1037 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " -"applicant." +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the name of the :guilabel:`Job Position` being " +"offered to the applicant. The selections available in the drop-down menu " +"correspond to the :guilabel:`Job Positions` configured on the main " +"*Recruitment* dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1040 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the specific name of the position being offered to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1041 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the :guilabel:`Department` the job position falls " +"under." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1042 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " "default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" @@ -13454,109 +14369,50 @@ msgid "" "click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1046 msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1047 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " -"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " -"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " -"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," -" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" -" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " -"application." +":guilabel:`Link Expiration Date`: job offers are only valid for a specific " +"period of time. The default expiration date is 30 days. Modify the " +"expiration date, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:732 -msgid "" -"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " -"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:738 -msgid "" -"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " -"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" -" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:743 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" -" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:746 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " -"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" -" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:749 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " -"the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " -"that will be assigned to the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:752 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " -"for the cafeteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " -"contract that is being offered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " -"sending." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1051 msgid "Send offer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1053 msgid "" -"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" -" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " -"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" -" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " -"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " -"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +"When the information is all updated, click :guilabel:`Send By Email` to send" +" the offer to the applicant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1056 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " -"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" -"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " -"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." -" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " -"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " -":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " -":guilabel:`Send`." +"If the applicant does not have an email address listed on their applicant " +"card, a warning appears in a red box at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window, stating :guilabel:`The" +" applicant does not have a valid email set. The Offer Link won't be able to " +"be completed.` Click :guilabel:`Discard`, enter an email on the applicant's " +"card, then click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1062 +msgid "" +"An email pop-up window loads. The default :guilabel:`Recruitment: Your " +"Salary Package` email template is used, and the :guilabel:`Recipients`, " +":guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-populated based on the email " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1070 +msgid "Once the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1073 msgid "" "To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " "necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " @@ -13567,11 +14423,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1081 +msgid "Configure your package" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1083 +msgid "" +"The email template includes a :guilabel:`Configure your package` button. " +"This link takes the applicant to a webpage where they can modify the " +"proposed salary package, and enter their personal information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1087 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant is hired, the personal information entered on the webpage" +" is imported to their employee record, when created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1090 +msgid "" +"If applicable, the applicant can modify their salary package. This option is" +" not available for all localizations. Depending on where the company is " +"located, this option may not be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1093 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is completed, the applicant accepts the offer by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Review Contract & Sign` button to accept the " +"contract and sign it using the *Sign* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1100 msgid "Contract signed" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1102 msgid "" "Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " "step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " @@ -13582,16 +14469,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:796 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1109 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the Kanban view, but the " "card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1112 msgid "" "Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " -"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"green :guilabel:`HIRED` banner appears in the top-right of the applicant's " "card." msgstr "" @@ -13599,24 +14486,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1120 msgid "Create employee" msgstr "Crea dipendente" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:809 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1122 msgid "" "Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " "record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " -"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"Employee` button in the top-left. An employee form appears, and any " "information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" " card appears in the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1127 msgid "" "Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" -" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " -":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, the employee" +" record is saved in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:5 @@ -13884,107 +14771,108 @@ msgid "" "by-step instructions on how to create and configure a survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 msgid "Referrals" msgstr "Referenze" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " -"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"regarding referrals is housed - from points earned, coworkers hired, and " "rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " -"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " -"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " -"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " -"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" -" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +"and then earn referral points as those people progress through the " +"recruitment pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be " +"exchanged for prizes. The *Referrals* application integrates with the " +"*Employees*, *Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be" +" installed in order for the *Referrals* application to function." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:14 msgid "" -"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " -"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " -"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +"The only configurations needed for the *Referrals* application *after* " +"installation are related to the :ref:`rewards `; " +"everything else is pre-configured when Odoo *Referrals* is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:18 msgid "" -"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " -"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " -"` and configurations menus. For more information on " -"users and access rights, refer to these documents: :doc:`../general/users` " -"and :doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +"Users with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the *Referrals* application. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the :ref:`reporting ` and configurations" +" menus. For more information on users and access rights, refer to these " +"documents: :doc:`../general/users` and " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 msgid "Onboarding" msgstr "Inserimento lavorativo" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:28 msgid "" "When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" "configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " -"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" -" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"each explaining the different parts of the *Referrals* application. At the " +"top of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " "onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " "Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " "text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 msgid "" "Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " "displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " "advance to the next slide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " "superheroes to save the day!`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " "or refer friends.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " "league!`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:46 msgid "" -"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the *Referrals* application is " "opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " "button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" " :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " -"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +"will begin again when the *Referrals* application is opened. Once the " ":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " -"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the *Referrals* " "application is opened from that point on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:53 msgid "" "At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " -"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main *Referrals* dashboard loads. If " ":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " -"opening the Referrals application." +"opening the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -13992,7 +14880,7 @@ msgid "" "An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:62 msgid "" "If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " "opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " @@ -14001,60 +14889,53 @@ msgid "" "screen appears instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:70 msgid "" "Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " -"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " -"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " -"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " -"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`." +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* application can " +"modify onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line " +"displays the text for the individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding" +" slide, click on an individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:76 msgid "" -"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " -"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " -"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " -"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " -"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " -"that particular company." +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` field. A " +":guilabel:`Company` may be selected, as well. However, if this field is " +"populated, that slide is *only* displayed for that particular company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:81 msgid "" -"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" -" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " -"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" -" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " -"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " -"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " -"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +"The :guilabel:`Company` field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:83 msgid "" -"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +"The image can be modified, as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the " +"top-right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and " +":guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` " +"icon to change the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the " +"desired image, select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears" +" in the thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage " +"can)` icon, then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:94 msgid "" -"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " -"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " -"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " -"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " -":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " -"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +"The sequence in which the slides appear can be changed from the *Onboarding*" +" dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`(six small gray boxes)` icon to the left of" +" the the slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -14062,567 +14943,18 @@ msgid "" "The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:103 -msgid "Share job positions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:105 -msgid "" -"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " -"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " -"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " -"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:113 -msgid "View Jobs" -msgstr "Vedi lavori" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:115 -msgid "" -"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " -":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " -"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" -"displayed on the card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:124 -msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:128 -msgid "" -"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " -"of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 -msgid "" -"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " -"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:134 -msgid "" -"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " -"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " -"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " -"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " -":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 -msgid "Refer friends" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:145 -msgid "" -"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " -"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " -"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:149 -msgid "" -"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " -"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:152 -msgid "" -"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " -"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " -"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " -"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" -" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " -"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " -"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " -"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 -msgid "Share a job" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:169 -msgid "" -"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " -"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" -" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " -"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " -"applicants in the Referrals application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 -msgid "Link" -msgstr "Collega" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:181 -msgid "" -"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " -":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " -"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " -"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" -" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" -" prospective employee however desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:188 -msgid "Facebook" -msgstr "Facebook" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:190 -msgid "" -"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " -"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " -"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " -"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " -"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " -"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" -"in to Facebook first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" -" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" -" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " -"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " -"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " -"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " -"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " -":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " -"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " -"specific activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 -msgid "" -"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " -":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " -":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " -"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" -" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" -"highlighted, as are all the required settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 -msgid "Share to news feed or story" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:218 -msgid "" -"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " -":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " -"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " -":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " -"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," -" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " -"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" -" story, or both." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:225 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " -"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " -"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " -"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " -"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" -" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " -"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " -":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" -" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " -":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:236 -msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " -"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:242 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" -" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " -"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " -"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:246 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:275 -msgid "" -"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " -"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 -msgid "Share in a group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:251 -msgid "" -"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " -"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" -" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " -":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " -"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " -"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " -"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " -"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " -"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:264 -msgid "Share in an event" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:266 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:269 -msgid "" -"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " -"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " -"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" -" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " -"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " -"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 -msgid "Share in a private message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:280 -msgid "" -"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" -" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" -"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " -"Private Message`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:284 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " -"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " -"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " -"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " -"process for each friend to be added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:289 -msgid "" -"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " -"message` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:293 -msgid "X/Twitter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:295 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " -"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " -"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " -"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " -"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" -" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:301 -msgid "The default message is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:303 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" -" Position)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:305 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " -"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " -"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," -" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " -"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " -":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " -"X/Twitter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:312 -msgid "" -"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " -"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " -":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" -" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " -":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " -":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " -"restricts who can reply to the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 -msgid "" -"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " -"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " -"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " -"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:322 -msgid "" -"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" -" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " -"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 -msgid "" -"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" -" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" -"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:336 -msgid "LinkedIn" -msgstr "LinkedIn" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:338 -msgid "" -"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " -"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " -"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " -"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " -"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " -"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:344 -msgid "" -"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " -"message to an individual or group of individuals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 -msgid "Share in a post" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:350 -msgid "" -"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" -" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " -":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " -"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:354 -msgid "" -"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " -"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " -"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " -"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " -":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " -"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " -":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" -" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " -"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " -"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " -"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " -"right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:366 -msgid "" -"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " -"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " -"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " -"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " -":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " -"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " -"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" -" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " -"the far lower right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:375 -msgid "" -"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " -":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " -"post button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:383 -msgid "Send as private message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:385 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " -"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " -"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" -" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" -" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " -"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." -" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " -"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" -" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " -":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " -":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " -"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " -"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " -"browser tab to exit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 -msgid "Email a friend" -msgstr "Invia e-mail a un amico" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:401 -msgid "" -"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " -"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " -"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" -" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " -"Mail` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:406 -msgid "" -"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " -"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" -" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " -"`Job for you`, but can be edited." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:410 -msgid "" -"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " -"appears is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:412 -msgid "`Hello,`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:414 -msgid "" -"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " -"interesting for you`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:416 -msgid "`See Job Offers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:418 -msgid "" -"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " -"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " -"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " -"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " -"message will be sent and the window will close." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:426 msgid "Hired referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:107 msgid "" "When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" " their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:110 msgid "" "After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," " instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " @@ -14630,21 +14962,21 @@ msgid "" "friend!` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 msgid "" "Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " -"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " -"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" -" an available avatar to select it." +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is grayed out, and " +"the name that the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. " +"Click on an available avatar to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:118 msgid "" -"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," -" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " -"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " -"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " -"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the *Referrals* " +"application, after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to " +"select another avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars " +"have been selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible." +" Mouse over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -14653,15 +14985,15 @@ msgid "" "chosen are greyed out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 msgid "Modify friends" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 msgid "" "Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " "` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"rights for the *Recruitment* application can make modifications to friends. " "The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " "avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " @@ -14670,17 +15002,17 @@ msgid "" " dogs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:138 msgid "" "To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" " an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " ":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " "friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" -" else in the Referrals application." +" else in the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " ":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " @@ -14689,65 +15021,66 @@ msgid "" "user's avatar when activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:148 msgid "" "If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " ":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " "replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" -" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " -"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:474 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 msgid "" -"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " -"original information." +"The referral friend form automatically saves, but can be saved manually at " +"any time by clicking the *Save manually* option, represented by a " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel " +"any changes made, click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to " +"delete any changes, and revert to the original content." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A friend form in edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:482 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 msgid "" "It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " "background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " "about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " -"Referrals application." +"*Referrals* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:172 msgid "Referral points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:174 msgid "" "The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " -"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"rewards. On the main *Referrals* application dashboard, the top displays a " "summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " "the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " "available to spend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 msgid "" "To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" " the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:183 msgid "" "The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " "pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " @@ -14757,7 +15090,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 msgid "" "To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " @@ -14765,11 +15098,11 @@ msgid "" "category are displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:194 msgid "My referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 msgid "" "To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " ":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " @@ -14777,26 +15110,31 @@ msgid "" "card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:200 msgid "" -"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " -"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " -"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " -"the top right corner." +"A successful referral displays a green :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the top-" +"right corner of the card. Referrals that are in process display a purple " +":guilabel:`In Progress` banner in the top-right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 msgid "" -"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " -"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " -"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the subject/application " +"title (as it appears on the applicant card in the *Recruitment* app), the " +"name of the job position, the person responsible for filling the role " +"(recruiter), and the points earned. For referrals that have been hired, the " +"selected avatar also appears on the card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two referral cards, one hired and one in-progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:214 msgid "Points" msgstr "Punti" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 msgid "" "The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " "positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " @@ -14804,14 +15142,14 @@ msgid "" " *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:220 msgid "" "On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " "that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " "points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:224 msgid "" "Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " "points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " @@ -14819,108 +15157,109 @@ msgid "" " the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:229 msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:231 msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:232 msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:235 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 msgid "" "The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " -"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" -" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " -"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage are done in the " +"*Recruitment* application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment " +"` documentation to modify the points for each " +"stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:244 msgid "Rewards" msgstr "Premi" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 msgid "Create rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 msgid "" -"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" -" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " -"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " -"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " -"information on the form:" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the " +"*Referrals* application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights " +"for the *Recruitment* application can create or modify rewards. To add " +"rewards, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> " +"Rewards`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and a reward form loads. Enter the " +"following information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:254 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +":guilabel:`Product Name`: enter the name as it should appear for the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" -" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " -"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" -" form." +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" appears for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each company " +"needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the form. " +"This field only appears if in a multi-company environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:259 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: select the person who will be responsible for " "procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " -"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" -" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is bought in the *Referrals* " +"application, so they know when to deliver the reward to the recipient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:263 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +":guilabel:`Description`: type in the description for the reward. This will " "be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +":guilabel:`Photo`: add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " "page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " "(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " -"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" -" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +"(pencil)` icon, and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 msgid "" "The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " -":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +":guilabel:`Company` (if applicable), and :guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 msgid "" "It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " "cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " @@ -14928,31 +15267,31 @@ msgid "" "placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:595 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:283 msgid "Redeem rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 msgid "" "To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " "main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " "individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " -"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +"listed in the top-right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" " purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " "bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " "the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" " instead of a buy button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:292 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " -"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " -"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " -":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears, asking if the user is sure " +"they want to purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item," +" or :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:297 msgid "" "After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " "used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." @@ -14966,27 +15305,27 @@ msgid "" "many more reward points are needed to redeem." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:309 msgid "Levels" msgstr "Livelli" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:311 msgid "" -"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"The *Referrals* application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " "the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " "employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:315 msgid "" "Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" " are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " "participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 msgid "" -"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main *Referrals* " "application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " "X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " "indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " @@ -14995,13 +15334,13 @@ msgid "" "points still needed before they can level up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:636 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:325 msgid "Modify levels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:638 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " "modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " "--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " @@ -15010,48 +15349,58 @@ msgid "" "element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:334 msgid "" "To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " -"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form, then make " +"modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 msgid "" -"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." -" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" -" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " -"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" -" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " -"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +"Type in the name (or number) of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` " +"field. What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main " +"dashboard when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points " +"needed to reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points" +" needed to level up are the total accumulated points earned over the " +"lifetime of the employee, not additional points from the previous level that" +" must be earned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:654 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:343 msgid "" "If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" " to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " -"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " -"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to " "select it." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The level form saves automatically, but can be saved manually at any time by" +" clicking the *save manually* option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel any changes made, " +"click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to delete any changes, " +"and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A level form in edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:671 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:362 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 msgid "Level up" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:369 msgid "" "Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " "user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " @@ -15060,7 +15409,7 @@ msgid "" "level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:374 msgid "" "Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " "text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" @@ -15068,7 +15417,7 @@ msgid "" "the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:687 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:378 msgid "" "Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" " the specified amount of points required." @@ -15080,16 +15429,16 @@ msgid "" "above their image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:387 msgid "" "Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " "accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " "to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:394 msgid "" -"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"In the *Referrals* application, it is possible to post a message, also " "referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " "information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " "banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " @@ -15097,85 +15446,86 @@ msgid "" "an :guilabel:`X`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 msgid "" "Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" " individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " "click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" " alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " -"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +"*Referrals* application for the first time in a new session." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:409 msgid "Create an alert" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " "information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date From`: the date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " "will be visible on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date To`: the date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " "will be hidden from view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:420 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +":guilabel:`Company`: the current company populates this field by default. To" " modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " "from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " -"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"to everyone with access to the *Referrals* application. If a company is " "specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " -"Referrals application) will see the alert." +"*Referrals* application) will see the alert. This field only appears when in" +" a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +":guilabel:`Alert`: enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" " the alert banner on the main dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +":guilabel:`On Click`: there are three options for the alert. Click the radio" " button next to the desired selection. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:739 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:430 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: the alert only displays text, there is no link to" " click." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: the alert contains a link that when clicked, " "navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:433 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: the alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " "when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " "appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." msgstr "" @@ -15184,15 +15534,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:446 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " -"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" -" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " -"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in *Referrals*. To access " +"the reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The" +" main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 msgid "" "In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " "many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " @@ -15202,7 +15552,7 @@ msgid "" "there are no referrals from that particular channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:457 msgid "" "The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " "includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " @@ -15211,7 +15561,7 @@ msgid "" "many points were given for refused applicants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:770 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:462 msgid "" "The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " "new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " @@ -15222,34 +15572,330 @@ msgid "" "in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 msgid "" "The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " -"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " -"option." +"needs to be installed to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:473 +msgid ":doc:`referrals/share_jobs`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:3 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo *Referrals*, users can earn referral points by sharing job positions" +" with potential applicants. Job positions can be shared in several ways, " +"through the :ref:`View Jobs ` button and the " +":ref:`Email A Friend ` button, located at the bottom " +"of the *Referrals* app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Sharing jobs can **only** occur after onboarding slides have been viewed or " +"skipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:16 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "Vedi lavori" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main *Referrals* dashboard. This " +"presents all job positions, with each individual job presented with its own " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:27 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the *Job " +"Position* field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The number of :guilabel:`Open Positions` being recruited. This information " +"is taken from the *Expected New Employees* field of the *Recruitment* tab of" +" the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:33 +msgid "The points a user earns when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the *Job Position* tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions are visible in the *Referrals* app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`../recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:46 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Subject` and :guilabel:`Body` are populated using a default " +"template. The :guilabel:`Subject` `Job for you` is present, by default, but " +"can be modified, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position populates the *Job Position* " +"placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the email body is" +" an individualized tracking link to the specific job position listed on the " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When the prospective employee receives the email, the link sends them to the" +" job position page, where they can apply for the position, and the person " +"who referred them is tracked in the *Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:72 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Other than sending an email, job positions can be shared, via social media " +"platforms, and by tracking links to the job position. At the bottom of each " +"job position card are four icons, and corresponding tracking links, that can" +" be used to share the job position, keeping track of applicants in the " +"*Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:84 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "Collega" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :icon:`fa-chain` :guilabel:`(link)` " +"icon above it. A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the " +"tracking link. Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is " +"copied, click the :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up window. Next," +" share the link with the prospective employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:93 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :icon:`fa-facebook` :guilabel:`(Facebook)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into Facebook, when the the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button is clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new " +"tab, with the link populated in the main body of the new post in a pop-up " +"window. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads, " +"instead, prompting the user to log-in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, then share the job " +"position using the available options in Facebook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:107 +msgid "X (formerly Twitter)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:109 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X. Click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`(X)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the user is already signed-in to X, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button" +" is clicked, an X page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready" +" to post, in a draft pop-up window. If the user is *not* already signed-in, " +"a sign-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to first sign-in to X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:117 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:119 +msgid "" +"`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job " +"Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message, then " +"share using the available options in X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:125 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "LinkedIn" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :icon:`fa-linkedin` :guilabel:`(LinkedIn)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button is clicked, a new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job " +"position at the top. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen" +" loads instead, prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:134 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual (or group of individuals)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message or " +"post, then share using the available options in LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:143 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "Invia e-mail a un amico" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions, instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Referrals` main dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`Email a friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Send Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address in the :guilabel:`Email` field. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients by separating each email address with a comma " +"followed by a single space. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +":guilabel:`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The email :guilabel:`Body` is also populated with pre-configured text. The " +"text that appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:156 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:158 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you\\:`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:160 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:162 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of" +" all job positions currently being recruited for. Add any additional text " +"and make any edits to the message body, if necessary. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. This sends the message, and closes " +"the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 msgid "Time Off" msgstr "Ferie" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Time Off* application serves as a centralized hub for all time-off-" "related information. This application manages requests, balances, " "allocations, approvals, and reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:10 msgid "" -"Users can :ref:`request time off `, and see an " -"overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " +"Users can :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`, and see" +" an overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " ":ref:`allocate time off ` to individuals, teams, or the " "whole company, and :ref:`approve time off requests `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:15 msgid "" "Detailed :ref:`reports ` can be run to see how much time" " off (and what kinds of time off) are being used, :ref:`accrual plans " @@ -15257,45 +15903,45 @@ msgid "" "` can be set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 msgid "" "Be advised, only users with specific access rights can see all aspects of " "the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 msgid "" "All users can access the :guilabel:`My Time Off` and :guilabel:`Overview` " "sections of the *Time Off* application. All other sections require specific " "access rights." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:26 msgid "" "To better understand how access rights affect the *Time Off* application, " "refer to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` document, specifically the " "section about configuring the work information tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to allocate time off to employees, and for employees to request and" " use their time off, the various time off types must be configured first, " "then allocated to employees (if allocation is required)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:40 msgid "Time off types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 msgid "" "To view the currently configured time off types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. The time" " off types are presented in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:45 msgid "" "The *Time Off* application comes with four pre-configured time off types: " ":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, " @@ -15303,25 +15949,25 @@ msgid "" "needs or used as-is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:50 msgid "Create time off type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 msgid "" "To create a new time off type, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Time Off Types`. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button to reveal a blank time off type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:55 msgid "" "Enter the name for the particular type of time off in the blank line at the " "top of the form, such as `Sick Time` or `Vacation`. Then, enter the " "following information on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:59 msgid "" "The only **required** fields on the time off type form are the name of the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, the :guilabel:`Take Time Off In`, and the " @@ -15329,23 +15975,23 @@ msgid "" " and :guilabel:`Allocation Requests` sections **must** be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:65 msgid "Time Off Requests section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select what specific kind of approval is required for " "the time off type. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No Validation`: no approvals are required when requesting this " "type of time off. The time off request is automatically approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Time Off Officer`: only the specified :ref:`Time Off Officer " "`, set on this form in the :guilabel:`Notified " @@ -15353,7 +15999,7 @@ msgid "" "option is selected by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver`: only the employee's specified approver " "for time off, which is set on the *Work Information* tab on the " @@ -15361,7 +16007,7 @@ msgid "" " time off request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver and Time Off Officer`: both the employee's" " :ref:`specified time off approver` and the " @@ -15369,11 +16015,11 @@ msgid "" "the time off request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:83 msgid "Allocation Requests section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requires allocation`: if the time off must be allocated to " "employees, select :guilabel:`Yes`. If the time off can be requested without " @@ -15382,20 +16028,20 @@ msgid "" " form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee Requests`: select :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests " "Allowed` if the employee is able to request more time off than was " "allocated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:92 msgid "" "If employees should **not** be able to make requests for more time off than " "what was allocated, select the :guilabel:`Not Allowed` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:96 msgid "" "Ten days are allocated to the employee for this particular type of time off," " and the :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests Allowed` option is enabled. The " @@ -15404,81 +16050,81 @@ msgid "" "option is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 msgid "" "It is important to note that requesting additional time off does **not** " "guarantee that time off is granted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select the type of approvals required for the " "allocation of this particular time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approved by Time Off Officer` indicates the :ref:`Time Off " "Officer ` set on this form must approve the " "allocation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No validation needed` indicates that no approvals are required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:113 msgid "Configuration section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notified Time Off Officer`: select the person who is notified and" " responsible for approving requests and allocations for this specific type " "of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take Time Off in`: select the format the time off is requested in" " from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 msgid "The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: if time off can only be requested in full day increments (8" " hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:125 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: if time off can only be requested in half day " "increments (4 hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Hours`: if the time off can be taken in hourly increments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Deduct Extra Hours`: enable this option if the time off request " "should factor in any extra time accrued by the employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:134 msgid "" "If an employee works two extra hours for the week, and requests five hours " "of time off, the request would be for three hours, since the two extra " "worked hours are used first, and deducted from the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow To Attach Supporting Document`: enable this option to allow" " the employee to attach documents to the time off request. This is useful in" @@ -15486,7 +16132,7 @@ msgid "" "leave." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kind of Time Off`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "time off this is, either :guilabel:`Worked Time` or :guilabel:`Absence`. " @@ -15495,7 +16141,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Absence` does not count toward any type of accrual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if multiple companies are created in the database, and " "this time off type only applies to one company, select the company from the " @@ -15504,11 +16150,11 @@ msgid "" "company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:151 msgid "Negative Cap section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:153 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option if employees are able to " "request more time off than they currently have, allowing a negative balance." @@ -15516,19 +16162,19 @@ msgid "" " enter the maximum amount of negative time allowed, in days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 msgid "" "Sara currently has three days of the time off type `Vacation`. She is " "planning a trip that requires five days of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 msgid "" "The `Vacation` time off type has the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option " "enabled, and the :guilabel:`Amount in Negative` is set to five." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:164 msgid "" "These settings allow Sara to submit a request for five days of the " "`Vacation` time off type. If approved, her `Vacation` time off balance will " @@ -15541,59 +16187,59 @@ msgid "" "off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:173 msgid "Payroll section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:175 msgid "" "If the time off type should create :doc:`../hr/payroll/work_entries` in the " "*Payroll* application, select the :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` from the drop-" "down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 msgid "Timesheets section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Timesheets` section only appears if the user is in developer " "mode. Refer to the :ref:`developer-mode` document for details on how to " "access the developer mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 msgid "" "When an employee takes time off, and is also using timesheets, Odoo creates " "entries in the *Timesheets* application for the time off. This section " "defines how they are entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:188 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Project`: select the project that the time off type entries " "appear in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:189 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Task`: select the task that appears in the timesheet for this " "time off type. The default options are: :guilabel:`Time Off`, " ":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`Training`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 msgid "Display Option section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:195 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color to be used in the *Time Off* application " "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cover Image`: select an icon to be used in the *Time Off* " "application dashboard." @@ -15605,65 +16251,65 @@ msgid "" "off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:206 msgid "Accrual plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:208 msgid "" "Some time off is earned through an accrual plan, meaning that for every " "specified amount of time an employee works (hour, day, week, etc), they earn" " or *accrue* a specified amount of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:212 msgid "" "If an employee accrues a vacation day for every week they work, they would " "earn 0.2 vacation days for each hour they work. At the end of a forty hour " "work week, they would earn one whole vacation day (8 hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:217 msgid "Create accrual plan" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new accrual plan, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Accrual Plans`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, " "which reveals a blank accrual plan form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the accrual plan name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrued Gain Time`: select when the employee begins to accrue " "time off, either :guilabel:`At the start of the accrual period` or " ":guilabel:`At the end of the accrual period`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry-Over Time`: select when the employee received previously " "earned time. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the start of the year`: select this if the accrual rolls over " "on January 1 of the upcoming year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:232 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the allocation date`: select this if the accrual rolls over as" " soon as time is allocated to the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Other`: select this option if neither of the other two options " "are applicable. When selected, a :guilabel:`Carry-Over Date` field appears. " @@ -15671,14 +16317,14 @@ msgid "" "the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Based on worked time`: enable this option if time off accrual is " "determined by the employee's worked hours. Days **not** considered as worked" " time do **not** contribute to the accrual plan in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:241 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone Transition`: this selection determines when employees " "move up to a new milestone. If they qualify to change milestones in the " @@ -15687,14 +16333,14 @@ msgid "" "the current pay period)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Milestone Transition` field is **only** visible after a " "minimum of two :ref:`rules ` have been configured on the " "accrual plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:250 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " "accrual plan applies to. If left blank, the accrual plan can be used for all" @@ -15705,43 +16351,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An accrual plan form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:263 msgid "" "Rules must be created in order for employees to accrue time off from the " "accrual plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New Milestone` button in the gray" " :guilabel:`Rules` section, and a :guilabel:`Create Milestone` modal form " "appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:268 msgid "Fill out the following fields on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee accrue`: select the parameters for earned time off in " "this section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 msgid "" "First, select either :guilabel:`Days` or :guilabel:`Hours` for the increment" " of accrued time using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 msgid "" "Next, enter the numerical amount of the selected parameter that is accrued. " "The numerical format is `X.XXXX`, so that partial days or hours can also be " "configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:278 msgid "" "Last, select how often the time is accrued using the drop-down menu. The " "default options are :guilabel:`Hourly`, :guilabel:`Daily`, " @@ -15749,64 +16395,64 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Twice a year`, and :guilabel:`Yearly`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 msgid "" "Depending on which option is selected, additional fields may appear. For " "example, if :guilabel:`Twice a month` is selected, two additional fields " "appear, to specify the two days of each month that the milestone occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cap accrued time`: if there is a maximum amount of days the " "employee can accrue with this plan, enable this option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 msgid "" "When enabled, two additional fields appear beneath it. Select the type of " "time period from the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Days` or " ":guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:291 msgid "" "Then, enter a numerical value in the field to specify the maximum amount of " "time that can be accrued." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:293 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone reached`: enter the number and value of the time period" " that must pass before the employee starts to accumulate time off. The first" " value is numerical; enter a number in the first field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:297 msgid "" "Then, select the type of time period using the drop-down menu in the second " "field. The options are: :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Months`, or " ":guilabel:`Years`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over`: select how any unused time off is handled. The " "options are either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None. Accrued time reset to 0`: any unused time off is gone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:302 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All accrued time carried over`: all unused time off is rolled " "over to the next calendar year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over with a maximum`: unused time off is rolled over to the" " next calendar year, but there is a cap. An :guilabel:`Up to` field appears " @@ -15814,7 +16460,7 @@ msgid "" "roll over to the following year. Any time off beyond this parameter is lost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:309 msgid "" "Once the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the form " "and close the modal, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the form and " @@ -15825,72 +16471,72 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A milestone form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:320 msgid "Public holidays" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 msgid "" "To observe public or national holidays, and provide extra days off as " "holidays to employees, configure the observed *public holidays* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 msgid "" "It is important to configure these days in Odoo, so employees are aware of " "the days they have off, and do not request time off on days that are already" " set as a public holiday (non-working days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 msgid "" "Additionally, all public holidays configured in the *Time Off* app are also " "reflected in any app that uses working schedules, such as *Calendar*, " "*Planning*, *Manufacturing*, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:331 msgid "" "Due to Odoo's integration with other apps that use working schedules, it is " "considered best practice to ensure *all* public holidays are configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:335 msgid "Create public holiday" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 msgid "" "To create a public holiday, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Public Holidays`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:340 msgid "All currently configured public holidays appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:342 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a new line appears at the bottom of " "the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:341 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 msgid "Enter the following information on that new line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:346 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the holiday." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:347 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, the current company " "populates this field by default. It is not possible to edit this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:351 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company` field is hidden by default. To view this field, " "click the two dots in the top-right corner of the list, to the far-right of " @@ -15898,7 +16544,7 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:355 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday starts. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -15909,7 +16555,7 @@ msgid "" "company's time zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:360 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday ends. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -15920,33 +16566,33 @@ msgid "" " zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 msgid "" "A company located in San Francisco operates from 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM, with an " "eight hour work day and one hour lunch break." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:370 msgid "" "For a user in New York, with a computer time zone set to Eastern Standard " "Time, a created public holiday displays a start time of 12:00 PM - 9:00 PM, " "accounting for the three hour time zone difference." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 msgid "" "Similarly, a user located in Los Angeles, with a computer time zone set to " "Pacific Standard Time, sees a public holiday time as 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: if the holiday should only apply to employees who" " have a specific set of working hours, select the working hours from the " "drop-down menu. If left blank, the holiday applies to all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:380 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: if using the *Payroll* application, this field " "defines how the :ref:`work entries ` for the holiday " @@ -15957,18 +16603,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The list of public holidays in the configuration menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:389 msgid "Mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 msgid "" "Some companies have special days where specific departments, or the entire " "staff, is required to be present, and time off is not allowed on those " "specific days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:394 msgid "" "These types of days are called *mandatory days* in Odoo. These can be " "configured to be company-wide, or department specific. When configured, " @@ -15976,35 +16622,35 @@ msgid "" "off requests for these mandatory days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:399 msgid "Create mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 msgid "" "No mandatory days are configured in Odoo by default. To create a mandatory " "day, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> " "Mandatory Days`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:404 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner, and a blank line " "appears in the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:408 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the mandatory day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, this field is visible, " "and the current company populates this field by default. Using the drop-down" " menu, select the company the mandatory day is for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:412 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Departments`: this column is hidden by default. First, click the " ":guilabel:`(optional columns)` icon in the top-right corner, next to " @@ -16012,33 +16658,33 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Departments` to reveal that column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 msgid "" "Next, select the desired departments from the drop-down menu. Multiple " "departments can be selected, and there is no limit to the amount of " "departments that can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:419 msgid "" "If this field is left blank, the mandatory day applies to the entire " "company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day starts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:421 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day ends. If creating a single mandatory day, the end date should " "be the same as the start date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: if desired, select a color from the available presented " "options. If no color is desired, select the `No color` option, represented " @@ -16051,11 +16697,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Mandatory Days section with three configured days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:435 msgid "Allocate time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:437 msgid "" "Once time off types and accrual plans have been configured, the next step is" " to allocate, or give, time off to employees. This section is only visible " @@ -16063,44 +16709,44 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 msgid "" "To create a new allocation, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Management --> Allocations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:444 msgid "" "This presents a list of all current allocations, including their respective " "statuses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:446 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`New` to allocate time off, and a blank allocation form " "appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 msgid "" "After entering a name for the allocation on the first blank field of the " "form, enter the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:451 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of time" " off that is being allocated to the employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`: select either :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` or" " :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`. If the allocation is **not** based on an " "accrual plan, select :guilabel:`Regular Allocation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:456 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Plan`: if :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for " "the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, the :guilabel:`Accrual Plan` field appears." @@ -16109,7 +16755,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:460 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period/Start Date`: if :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` is" " selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, this field is labeled " @@ -16118,7 +16764,7 @@ msgid "" "Date`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:465 msgid "" "The current date populates the first date field by default. To select " "another date, click on the pre-populated date to reveal a popover calendar " @@ -16126,20 +16772,20 @@ msgid "" "the date to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:469 msgid "" "If the allocation expires, select the expiration date in the next date " "field. If the time off does *not* expire, leave the second date field blank." " `No Limit` appears in the field if no date is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:473 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation " "Type`, this second field is labeled :guilabel:`Run until`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time that is being allocated to " "the employees. This field displays the time in either :guilabel:`Hours` or " @@ -16147,7 +16793,7 @@ msgid "" "` is configured (in hours or days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:478 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how the allocation is " "assigned. This selection determines who receives the time off allocation. " @@ -16155,32 +16801,32 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Department`, or :guilabel:`By Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 msgid "" "Depending on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Mode`, this following field" " is labeled either: :guilabel:`Employees`, :guilabel:`Company`, " ":guilabel:`Department`, or :guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 msgid "" "Using the drop-down menu, indicate the specific employees, company, " "department, or employee tags who are receiving this time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 msgid "" "Multiple selections can be made for either :guilabel:`Employees` or " ":guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:490 msgid "" "Only one selection can be made for the :guilabel:`Company` or " ":guilabel:`Department`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:491 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: if any description or note is necessary to " "explain the time off allocation, enter it in this field at the bottom of the" @@ -16193,158 +16839,11 @@ msgid "" "granted to all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:499 -msgid "Request time off" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Once an employee has been allocated time off, a request to use the time off " -"can be submitted. Time off can be requested in one of two ways, either from " -"the :ref:`dashboard ` or from the :ref:`My Time Off " -"` view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:505 -msgid "" -"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " -"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " -"Off` list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:509 -msgid "" -"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " -"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" -" form appears in a modal. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` " -"list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:514 -msgid "" -"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " -"form:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:516 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " -"the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:517 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " -"two fields to populate, the start and end dates. Click on either date field " -"and a popover calendar appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 -msgid "" -"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " -"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " -"applicable)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:523 -msgid "" -"If the time off requested is for a single day, click on the start date, then" -" click the same date again for the end date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:526 -msgid "" -"When the correct dates are selected/highlighted, click the :guilabel:`Apply`" -" button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:528 -msgid "" -"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " -"field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 -msgid "" -"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" -" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:533 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, check this " -"box. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " -"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " -"day is being requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:537 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " -"day, check this box. A :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` field appears " -"beneath this option, if selected. Using the drop-down menu, select the start" -" and end time for the time off request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " -":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " -"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " -"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " -"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:545 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " -"should include any details that managers and approvers may need in order to " -"approve the request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:547 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachments of documents. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " -"appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:551 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the desired files to attach, select them, then click the " -":guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off request form." -" Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:554 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:604 -msgid "" -"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " -"request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:557 -msgid "" -"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " -"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " -"be saved manually at any time by clicking the *save manually* button, " -"represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " -"with the flu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:502 msgid "Request allocation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:504 msgid "" "If an employee has used all their time off, or is going to run out of time " "off, they can request an allocation for additional time. Allocations can be " @@ -16353,7 +16852,7 @@ msgid "" " view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:508 msgid "" "To create a new allocation request, click either the :guilabel:`New " "Allocation Request` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the " @@ -16361,7 +16860,7 @@ msgid "" "buttons open a new allocation request form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:513 msgid "" "Both :guilabel:`New` buttons open a :guilabel:`New Allocation` request form," " but when requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, the form appears in a " @@ -16369,20 +16868,20 @@ msgid "" "screen navigates to a new allocation request page, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:518 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Allocation` request " "form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested for " "the allocation from the drop-down menu. After a selection is made, the title" " updates with the time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:522 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period`: this field **only** appears if requesting an " "allocation with a time off type that has the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` " @@ -16391,18 +16890,18 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` field is set to :guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:527 msgid "" "Using the calendar selector, select a start and end date the allocation is " "valid for. By default, the current date populates the first field, and " ":guilabel:`No Limit` populates the second field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 msgid "Adjust both of these dates, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:531 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time being requested in this " "field. The format is presented in either days or hours, depending on how the" @@ -16410,14 +16909,21 @@ msgid "" "allocation request is updated to include the amount of time being requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:535 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: enter a description for the allocation request." " This should include any details that managers and approvers may need in " "order to approve the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:538 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 msgid "" "If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Allocations` list view, the" " information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " @@ -16431,11 +16937,11 @@ msgid "" "sick time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:553 msgid "Management" msgstr "Amministrazione" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:555 msgid "" "Time off and allocation requests typically undergo an approval process " "before being granted. Requests either need one or two approvals, if any, " @@ -16444,17 +16950,17 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:560 msgid "" "Only users who can approve allocation and time off requests have the " ":guilabel:`Management` section visible in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:566 msgid "Manage time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 msgid "" "To view time off requests that need approval, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Management --> Time Off`. The only time off" @@ -16463,7 +16969,7 @@ msgid "" "in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:573 msgid "" "The default filter in the :guilabel:`Time Off` list is `Waiting For Me`. " "This only presents time off requests that need to be approved for current " @@ -16471,7 +16977,7 @@ msgid "" " or :guilabel:`Second Approval`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:643 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:577 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented time off requests. Since only time off requests that need to be " @@ -16481,28 +16987,28 @@ msgid "" "appear on the left side of the screen, under :guilabel:`Departments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 msgid "" "If there are no requests that fall under one of the status options or " "departments, that status or department is **not** visible on the left-side " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:587 msgid "" "To display time off requests for specific departments only, click on the " ":guilabel:`Department` on the left-hand side. Only requests within the " "selected department are then presented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:656 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:657 msgid "" "The status column displays the status of each request, with the status " "highlighted in a specific color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` and :guilabel:`Second Approval` requests are " "highlighted in yellow and are the only ones that appear in the list by " @@ -16512,7 +17018,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:665 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:599 msgid "" "To approve a time off request, click the :guilabel:`👍 Approve` button at the" " end of the line. To validate a time off request that has already been " @@ -16527,7 +17033,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:608 msgid "" "For more details, click anywhere on the time off request line (except for " "the :guilabel:`👍 Approve`, :guilabel:`✔️ Validate`, and :guilabel:`✖️ " @@ -16535,24 +17041,24 @@ msgid "" "of the user, changes can be made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:612 msgid "" "To modify the request, make any desired changes to the form. All changes are" " automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:614 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Approve` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button " "to refuse the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:684 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:620 msgid "Manage allocations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:686 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:622 msgid "" "To view allocations that need approval, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off" " app --> Management --> Allocations`. The only allocations visible on this " @@ -16560,7 +17066,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:627 msgid "" "The default filters that are configured to be in place when navigating to " "the :guilabel:`Allocations` list are :guilabel:`My Team` and " @@ -16568,13 +17074,13 @@ msgid "" "team (who they manage) and active employees. Inactive users are not shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented allocation requests." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:635 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Status` options are :guilabel:`To Approve`, " ":guilabel:`Refused`, and :guilabel:`Approved`. Click on a specific " @@ -16582,14 +17088,14 @@ msgid "" "allocation requests, click :guilabel:`All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 msgid "" "It is also possible to display allocation requests by department. Click on " "the :guilabel:`Department` in the left side of the screen to only present " "allocations for that specific department." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:644 msgid "" "The groupings on the left side only present allocation requests that fall " "under the default filters of :guilabel:`My Team` and :guilabel:`Active " @@ -16597,34 +17103,34 @@ msgid "" "filters are presented on the left side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:712 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:648 msgid "" "For example, if there are no requests with a status of :guilabel:`To " "Submit`, that status option does not appear in the left-hand side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:651 msgid "" "All departments for the user's employees appear in the list. If there are no" " allocation requests that fall under that department matching the pre-" "configured filters, the list is blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:654 msgid "" "It is always possible to remove any of the pre-configured filters, by " "clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon on the specific filter to remove " "it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:660 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, " ":guilabel:`Approved` requests are highlighted in green, and the " ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:663 msgid "" "To approve an allocation request, click the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` button at" " the end of the line. To refuse a request, click the :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` " @@ -16636,28 +17142,28 @@ msgid "" "Allocations with the filter, groupings, and status sections highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:670 msgid "" "If more details are needed, click anywhere on the allocation request line " "(except for the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` buttons) to" " view the request in detail." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:673 msgid "" "Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be made to the allocation " "request form that appears. To modify the request, make any desired changes " "to the form. All changes are automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:741 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:677 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Validate` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button" " to refuse the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:683 msgid "" "To view a color-coded schedule of the user's time off, and/or of the team " "managed by them, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Overview`. " @@ -16665,7 +17171,7 @@ msgid "" "view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:687 msgid "" "To change the time period displayed, click on the :guilabel:`Month` button " "to reveal a drop-down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -16673,7 +17179,7 @@ msgid "" "corresponding view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 msgid "" "To navigate forward or backward in time, in the selected increment " "(:guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, etc.), click the :guilabel:`← (left " @@ -16681,44 +17187,44 @@ msgid "" " that specified amount of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:695 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Month` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by" " one month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:697 msgid "" "To return to a view containing the current day, click the :guilabel:`Today` " "button at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 msgid "" "Team members are listed alphabetically on individual lines, and their " "requested time off, regardless of the status (*validated* or *to approve*), " "is visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:766 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:702 msgid "" "Each employee is color-coded. The employee's color is selected at random, " "and does *not* correspond to the type of time off they requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:705 msgid "" "The status of the time off is represented by the color detail of the " "request, either appearing solid (*validated*) or striped (*to approve*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 msgid "" "The number of days or hours requested is written on the request (if there is" " enough space)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:710 msgid "" "At the bottom of the calendar, in the :guilabel:`Total` line, a bar graph " "shows how many people are projected to be out on any given day. The number " @@ -16726,7 +17232,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:778 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:714 msgid "" "Click on a time off entry to view the details for the specific time off " "entry. The total number of hours or days are listed, along with the start " @@ -16738,21 +17244,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview of the user's team, with time off requests shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:723 msgid "My time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:725 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`My Time` section of the *Time Off* application contains the " "time off dashboard, as well as the user's time off requests and allocations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:795 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:731 msgid "Dashboard" msgstr "Bacheca" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:733 msgid "" "All users have access to the time off dashboard, which is the default view " "in the *Time Off* application. The dashboard can also be accessed at any " @@ -16760,38 +17266,38 @@ msgid "" "My Time --> Dashboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 msgid "" "The current year is displayed, and the current day is highlighted in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:739 msgid "" "To change the view, click on the :guilabel:`Year` button to reveal a drop-" "down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, or " ":guilabel:`Month` to present the calendar in that corresponding view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:743 msgid "" "To change the presented dates, click the :guilabel:`← (left arrow)` or " ":guilabel:`→ (right arrow)` icons to the left of the :guilabel:`Year` " "button. The calendar view adjusts in increments of the presented view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:811 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Year` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by " "one year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:813 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:749 msgid "" "To change the view at any point to a view that includes the current date, " "click the :guilabel:`Today` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:816 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:752 msgid "" "Above the calendar view is a summary of the user's time off balances. Every " "time off type that has been allocated appears in its own summary box. Each " @@ -16800,7 +17306,7 @@ msgid "" "applicable)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:757 msgid "" "To view the full details of a time off balance, click the :guilabel:`? " "(question mark)` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`(DAYS/HOURS) AVAILABLE` " @@ -16814,7 +17320,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A view of the complete time off balance details in the popover window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:767 msgid "" "A user is also able to see how much time off they will have accrued in the " "future. On the right side of the time off summary blocks, there is a " @@ -16822,7 +17328,7 @@ msgid "" "selector popover appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:771 msgid "" "The current date is the default date selected. Navigate to the desired date," " and Odoo displays the time off balances the user will have on that date. " @@ -16831,14 +17337,14 @@ msgid "" "of the date field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:840 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:776 msgid "" "On the right side of the calendar, the various time off types are displayed," " with their corresponding colors. The :guilabel:`Legend` explains how the " "various statuses for time off requests are presented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:780 msgid "" "Time off that has been validated appears in a solid color (in the color " "specified in the :guilabel:`Time Off Type` section above the " @@ -16847,19 +17353,19 @@ msgid "" "line through the dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:849 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:785 msgid "" -"New time off requests can be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :ref:`New Time Off" -" ` modal appears." +"New time off requests can be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. Click the " +":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :doc:`New Time Off" +" <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:852 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 msgid "" -"New allocation requests can also be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the dashboard to " -"request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation ` modal appears." +"New allocation requests can also be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard` to request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation " +"` modal appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 @@ -16868,56 +17374,56 @@ msgid "" "buttons highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:863 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:800 msgid "My time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:865 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:802 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`. Here, all time " "off requests, both past and present, appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:868 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:805 msgid "" "The list includes the following information for each request: the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Start Date`, " ":guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and the :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:872 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:809 msgid "" "A new time off request can be made from this view. Click the :guilabel:`New`" -" button to :ref:`request time off `." +" button to :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:878 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:815 msgid "My allocations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:817 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's allocations, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Allocations`. All " "allocations and requested allocations appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:820 msgid "" "The information presented on the :guilabel:`My Allocations` page includes: " "the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Amount`, " ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`, and :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:824 msgid "" "A new allocation request can be made from this view, as well. Click the " ":guilabel:`New` button to :ref:`request an allocation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:895 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:832 msgid "" "The reporting feature allows users to view time off for their team, either " "by employee or type of time off. This allows users to see which employees " @@ -16925,7 +17431,7 @@ msgid "" "types are being used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:899 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:836 msgid "" "Any report can be added to a spreadsheet through the *Insert in Spreadsheet*" " button that appears in the top-left of a report. If the *Documents* " @@ -16933,31 +17439,31 @@ msgid "" "appears. If not, the report can be added to a *Dashboard*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:841 msgid "By employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:843 msgid "" "To view a report of employee time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Employee`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:846 msgid "" "The default report presents the current year's data in a list view, " "displaying all the employees in alphabetical order. Each employee's line is " "collapsed by default. To expand a line, click anywhere on the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:913 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:850 msgid "" "The view expands, and has the time off requests organized by time off type. " "Click anywhere on a time off type line to expand it, and view all the " "individual time off requests that fall under that type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:916 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:853 msgid "" "The information shown in the list includes: the :guilabel:`Employee` name, " ":guilabel:`Number of Days` off requested, the :guilabel:`Start Date`, " @@ -16968,7 +17474,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Report of time off, shown by each employee in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:861 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " @@ -16980,8 +17486,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The various other views highlighted, for the employee time off report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:933 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:870 msgid "" "When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " "particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports and their" @@ -16989,18 +17494,18 @@ msgid "" "documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:875 msgid "By type" msgstr "Per tipo" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:940 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:877 msgid "" "To view a list of all time off, organized by time off type, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Type`. This shows all time" " off requests in a default bar chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:943 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 msgid "" "Hover over a bar to view the :guilabel:`Duration (Days)` of that specific " "time off type." @@ -17012,13 +17517,13 @@ msgid "" "highlighted in a red box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 msgid "" "Click on a bar to go to a detailed list view of all the time off requests " "for that time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:952 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:889 msgid "" "Each request is listed, with the following information displayed: the " ":guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Request Type`, " @@ -17026,10 +17531,174 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " "way. The various options are a :guilabel:`Graph` (the default view), " ":guilabel:`List`, or :guilabel:`Pivot` table." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:897 +msgid "" +"When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " +"particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports, and " +"their various options, refer to the :doc:`reporting " +"<../essentials/reporting>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:902 +msgid ":doc:`time_off/request_time_off`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Request time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once time off has been allocated to an employee, a request to use it can be " +"submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Time off can be requested in one of two ways: either from the main *Time " +"Off* application :guilabel:`Dashboard` (:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My " +"Time --> Dashboard`), or from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` dashboard view " +"(:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " +"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " +"Off` dashboard, in the default list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " +"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" +" form appears in a pop-up window. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time" +" Off` list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " +"form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " +"the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " +"two fields to populate: the start and end dates. Click on either date field " +"and a popover calendar appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " +"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " +"applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If only requesting time off for a single day, click on the start date, then " +"click the same date again for the end date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the correct dates are selected, click the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" +" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, tick this " +"checkbox. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " +"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " +"day is being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " +"day, tick this checkbox. If selected, a :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` " +"field appears beneath this option. Using the drop-down menu, select the " +"start and end time for the time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " +":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " +"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " +"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " +"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " +"should include any details that managers and approvers may need to approve " +"the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachment of documents. " +"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the desired files that should be attached, select them, then " +"click The :guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off " +"request form. Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information, and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " +"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " +"be saved manually at any time by clicking the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " +"with the flu." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 7f9d93be6..46147c51c 100644 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -5,17 +5,17 @@ # # Translators: # Sergio Zanchetta , 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Marianna Ciofani, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Marianna Ciofani, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -45,11 +45,11 @@ msgid "" "marketing-essentials-989?fullscreen=1>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:38 msgid "Email marketing dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:40 msgid "" "After installing the application, click the :menuselection:`Email Marketing`" " app icon from the main Odoo dashboard. Doing so reveals the main " @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the main dashboard of the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:47 msgid "" "In the search bar, the default filter of :guilabel:`My Mailings` is present " "to show all the mailings related to the current user. To remove that filter," @@ -68,101 +68,101 @@ msgid "" "bar. Doing so reveals all the mailings in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:51 msgid "" "The information on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard has four different " "view options, located in the upper-right corner as individual icons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:54 msgid "The view options, from left-to-right, are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:56 msgid ":ref:`List ` (default view)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:57 msgid ":ref:`Kanban `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:58 msgid ":ref:`Calendar `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:59 msgid ":ref:`Graph `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:61 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:733 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:736 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:420 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:145 msgid "List view" msgstr "Vista elenco" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:66 msgid "" "The list view, represented by the :guilabel:`☰ (horizontal lines)` icon in " "the upper-right corner, is the default view of the :guilabel:`Mailings` " "dashboard in the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:69 msgid "" "While in list view, there are columns dedicated to different aspects of " "information related to the listed emails. Those columns are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:72 msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: the date the email was sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Subject`: the subject of the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the user who created the email, or the user who has" " been assigned to the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Sent`: how many times the email has been sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:77 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivered (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been " "successfully delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Opened (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been opened by " "the recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been clicked by" " the recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replied (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been replied to" " by the recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: the status of the email (:guilabel:`Draft`, " ":guilabel:`In Queue`, or :guilabel:`Sent`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:84 msgid "" "To add or remove columns, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options (two " "horizontal lines with dots)` icon, located to the far-right of the column " @@ -170,13 +170,13 @@ msgid "" "options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:706 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:709 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:391 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "Vista kanban" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:93 msgid "" "The Kanban view, represented by the :guilabel:`(inverted bar graph)` icon, " "can be accessed in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Mailings` " @@ -188,50 +188,50 @@ msgid "" "Kanban view of the main dashboard of the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:100 msgid "" "While in Kanban view, the email information is displayed in the various " "stages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:102 msgid "" "The stages are: :guilabel:`Draft`, :guilabel:`In Queue`, " ":guilabel:`Sending`, and :guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Draft`: the email is still being written/created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`In Queue`: the email is scheduled to be sent at a later date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:106 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sending`: the email is currently being sent to its recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:107 msgid ":guilabel:`Sent`: the email has already been sent to its recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:109 msgid "" "In each stage, there are drag-and-drop cards representing the emails that " "have been created/sent, and the stage they are in represents the current " "status of that mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:112 msgid "" "Each card on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard provides key information " "related to that specific email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:115 msgid "" "When the cursor hovers over the upper-right corner of an email campaign " "card, a :guilabel:`⋮ (three vertical dots)` icon appears. When clicked, a " @@ -245,19 +245,19 @@ msgid "" "View of the three-dot drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:404 msgid "Calendar view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:129 msgid "" "The calendar view, represented by a :guilabel:`📆 (calendar)` icon, can be " "accessed in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in " "the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:132 msgid "" "While in calendar view, a monthly calendar (by default), shows when the " "mailings have been sent or are scheduled to be sent." @@ -268,26 +268,26 @@ msgid "" "Calendar view of the mailings dashboard in the Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:139 msgid "" "The current date is represented by a :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` icon over " "the date on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:141 msgid "" "To the right of the calendar, the options to filter the results by " ":guilabel:`Responsible` and/or :guilabel:`Status` are available, via " "checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:145 msgid "" "To hide the right sidebar, click the :guilabel:`(panel-right)` icon, located" " above the sidebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:147 msgid "" "In the top-left corner, above the calendar, the option to change the time " "period being displayed is available via a drop-down menu, which shows " @@ -297,35 +297,35 @@ msgid "" "default)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:152 msgid "" "Clicking any of those options changes the calendar display to reflect that " "desired amount of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:154 msgid "" "Clicking either :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` icon or :guilabel:`➡️ (right " "arrow)` icon changes the calendar to a previous or future time, depending on" " what is clicked, based on the chosen amount of time being represented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:158 msgid "To jump back to the current date, click the :guilabel:`Today` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:163 msgid "Graph view" msgstr "Vista grafico" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:165 msgid "" "The graph view, represented by a :guilabel:`(line graph)` icon, can be " "accessed in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in " "the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:168 msgid "" "While in graph view, the status of the emails on the :guilabel:`Mailings` " "page is represented in a bar graph, but other graph view options can be " @@ -336,20 +336,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the Graph view appears in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:175 msgid "" "In the upper-left corner, above the graph, there is a :guilabel:`Measures` " "drop-down menu. When clicked, different filter options become available to " "further customize the graph views." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:178 msgid "" "Those :guilabel:`Measures` options are: :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage` " "and :guilabel:`Count` (default)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:181 msgid "" "To the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu is an " ":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button, if the *Documents* application is " @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ msgid "" "add the graph to a spreadsheet or dashboard becomes available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:185 msgid "" "Beside the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu and :guilabel:`Insert in " "Spreadsheet` button are different graph view options. From left-to-right, " @@ -365,17 +365,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`(line chart)`, and :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:190 msgid "" "Each graph view option provides its own series of additional view options, " "which appear to the right of the selected graph view option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:194 msgid "Search options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:196 msgid "" "Regardless of the view chosen for the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in the " ":guilabel:`Email Marketing` app, the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group " @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ msgid "" "customize the information being displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:200 msgid "" "To access those options, click the :guilabel:`(downward arrow)` icon, " "located to the right of the search bar. Doing so reveals a drop-down mega " @@ -396,17 +396,17 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:207 msgid "" "These options provide various ways to specify and organize the information " "seen on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:212 msgid "Filters" msgstr "Filtri" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:214 msgid "" "This section of the drop-down mega menu provides different ways to filter " "email results being shown on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in the " @@ -419,14 +419,14 @@ msgid "" "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:221 msgid "" "The options are: :guilabel:`My Mailings`, :guilabel:`Sent Date`, " ":guilabel:`A/B Tests`, :guilabel:`A/B Tests to review`, " ":guilabel:`Archived`, and :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:224 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` is selected, Odoo reveals a pop-up window, " "with three customizable fields to fill in, in order to create custom filter " @@ -438,11 +438,11 @@ msgid "" "Add custom filter pop-up window that appears in Odoo Email Marketing app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:232 msgid "Group By" msgstr "Raggruppa per" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:234 msgid "" "This section of the drop-down mega menu provides different ways to group " "email results being shown on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in the " @@ -454,13 +454,13 @@ msgid "" "View of the Group By drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:241 msgid "" "Using this section, the data can be grouped by the messages' " ":guilabel:`Status`, or who it was :guilabel:`Sent By`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:244 msgid "" "There is also the option to group the data by :guilabel:`Sent Period`, which" " has its own sub-menu of options to choose from. The :guilabel:`Sent Period`" @@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Week`, and :guilabel:`Day`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:248 msgid "" "If none of the above :guilabel:`Group By` options deliver the desired " "results, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` at the bottom of the " @@ -477,11 +477,11 @@ msgid "" " data that may be desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:253 msgid "Favorites" msgstr "Preferiti" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:255 msgid "" "This section provides the opportunity to save custom filters and/or " "groupings for future use. To utilize this section, click the :guilabel:`Save" @@ -494,31 +494,31 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:263 msgid "" "Give the favorited filter/grouping a title on the blank line above the " "checkboxes for :guilabel:`Default filter` and :guilabel:`Shared`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:266 msgid "" "Ticking the box for :guilabel:`Default filter` makes this favorited " "filter/grouping the default option. Ticking the box for :guilabel:`Shared` " "allows other users to see and use this favorited filter/grouping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:270 msgid "" "When all desired options are configured, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the " "filter/grouping in the :guilabel:`Favorites` section of the mega drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:274 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Impostazioni" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:276 msgid "" "To view and modify the *Email Marketing* settings, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ msgid "" "Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:283 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, there are four features available." msgstr "" @@ -538,23 +538,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the Settings page in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:289 msgid "The features are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:291 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns`: enables the option to manage mass mailing " "campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing`: allows recipients to " "blacklist themselves from future mailings during the unsubscribing process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dedicated Server`: provides the option to utilize a separate, " "dedicated server for mailings. When enabled, Odoo reveals a new field (and " @@ -562,24 +562,24 @@ msgid "" " for it to connect properly to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:297 msgid "" ":guilabel:`24H Stat Mailing Reports`: allows users to check how well " "mailings have performed a day after it has been sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:303 msgid "Create an email" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:305 msgid "" "To create an email, open the :menuselection:`Email Marketing` application, " "and click the :guilabel:`New` button in the upper-left corner of the " ":guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:308 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`New` reveals a blank email form." msgstr "" @@ -587,38 +587,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of a blank email detail form in Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:314 msgid "" "On the email form, there are fields for the :ref:`Subject " "` and :ref:`Recipients " "` of the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:317 msgid "" "Beneath that, there are three tabs: :ref:`Mail Body " "`, :ref:`A/B Tests `, " "and :ref:`Settings `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:323 msgid "Subject" msgstr "Oggetto" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:325 msgid "" "First, enter a :guilabel:`Subject` to the email. The :guilabel:`Subject` is " "visible in the recipients' inbox, allowing them to quickly see what the " "message is about." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:329 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Subject` field is mandatory. An email can **not** be sent " "without a :guilabel:`Subject`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:332 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`(smiley face with a plus sign)` icon at the end of the " ":guilabel:`Subject` field represents emojis that can be added to the " @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ msgid "" "emojis that can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:336 msgid "" "Beside the :guilabel:`(smiley face with a plus sign)` icon at the end of the" " :guilabel:`Subject` field is an empty :guilabel:`(star)` icon. When " @@ -635,11 +635,11 @@ msgid "" "future." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:344 msgid "Recipients" msgstr "Destinatari" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:346 msgid "" "Beneath the :guilabel:`Subject` field on the email form is the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field. In this field, select the recipients of the " @@ -647,30 +647,30 @@ msgid "" "clicking the field reveals a drop-down menu of other recipient options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:350 msgid "" "With the default :guilabel:`Mailing List` option selected, a specific " "mailing list **must** be chosen from the adjacent :guilabel:`Select mailing " "lists` field drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:354 msgid "" "More than one mailing list can be chosen from the :guilabel:`Select mailing " "lists` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:356 msgid "" "Odoo then sends the email to contacts on that specific mailing list(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:356 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:822 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:825 msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/mailing_lists`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:361 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Recipients` field is clicked, a drop-down menu of other " "options is revealed. Each option provides different ways Odoo can create a " @@ -682,26 +682,26 @@ msgid "" "View of recipients drop-down menu in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:368 msgid "" "Those options (excluding the default :guilabel:`Mailing List`) provide the " "option to create a more specified recipient filter, in an equation-like " "format, which appears beneath the :guilabel:`Recipients` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:372 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Recipients` field options, other than the default " ":guilabel:`Mailing List` option, are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:375 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: ties specifically to the *Contacts* app, and includes " "all the contacts entered in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:377 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Event Registration`: ties specifically to the *Events* app, and " "provides opportunities to interact with event registrants, in order to " @@ -709,14 +709,14 @@ msgid "" "valuable actions, such as post-event surveys, purchases, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:380 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`: ties specifically to records in the *CRM* " "application, which opens up a number of opportunities to influence sales or " "purchase decisions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:382 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mailing Contact`: ties specifically to the *Email Marketing* app," " and focuses on specific mailing contacts that have been entered in that " @@ -727,17 +727,17 @@ msgid "" "Contacts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:387 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sales Order`: ties specifically to the *Sales* app, and focuses " "on a specific sales orders in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:391 msgid "Add recipient filter" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:393 msgid "" "To add a more specific recipient filter to any :guilabel:`Recipient` option," " select any recipient option (other than :guilabel:`Mailing List`), and " @@ -746,14 +746,14 @@ msgid "" "formatted like an equation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:398 msgid "" "It is highly recommended that users implement detailed targeting criteria " "for the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. Typically, a single line of targeting " "logic is not sufficient enough for an email campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:402 msgid "" "While the :guilabel:`Mailing List` option is adequate for the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field, the :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity` and " @@ -761,7 +761,7 @@ msgid "" "criteria, which can be added on top of those seed sources." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:407 msgid "" "For example, with the :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity` option chosen in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field, users can add various custom criteria related " @@ -776,57 +776,57 @@ msgid "" "View of how recipient filters can be customized in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:416 msgid "" "To reveal the sub-menu options within the filter rule fields, click each " "field, and make the desired selections, until the preferred configuration " "has been achieved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:419 msgid "" "The number of :guilabel:`records` in the database that match the configured " "rule(s) are indicated beneath the configured filter rule(s), in green." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:427 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:191 msgid "" "Some sub-menu options in the first rule field allow for a second choice to " "provide even more specificity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:430 msgid "" "To the right of each rule, there are three additional options, represented " "by :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)`, :guilabel:`(sitemap)`, and :guilabel:`🗑️ " "(trash)` icons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:433 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon adds a new node (line) to the overall " "targeting logic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:434 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`(sitemap)` icon adds a branch to the node. A branch contains " "two additional, indented sub-nodes that are related to that specific rule, " "providing even more specificity to the parent line above it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:437 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon deletes a specific node (line) in the array " "of logic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:442 msgid "Mail Body tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:444 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab, there are a number of pre-configured " "message templates to choose from." @@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:451 msgid "" "Select the desired template, and proceed to modify every element of its " "design details with Odoo's drag-and-drop building blocks, which appear on " @@ -851,14 +851,14 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:455 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:458 msgid "" "The features on the sidebar used to create and customize emails are " "separated into three sections: :guilabel:`Blocks`, :guilabel:`Customize`, " "and :guilabel:`Design`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:461 msgid "" "Each building block provides unique features and professional design " "elements. To use a building block, drag-and-drop the desired block element " @@ -866,7 +866,7 @@ msgid "" " building block can be customized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:466 msgid "" "To build an email from the ground up, without any building block elements, " "select the :guilabel:`Plain Text` template. When selected, Odoo provides a " @@ -875,7 +875,7 @@ msgid "" "commands." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:471 msgid "" "When `/` is typed into the blank body of the email, while using a " ":guilabel:`Plain Text` template, a drop-down menu of various design elements" @@ -888,24 +888,24 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:482 msgid "A/B Tests tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:484 msgid "" "Initially, when the :guilabel:`A/B Tests` tab is opened on an email form, " "the only option available is :guilabel:`Allow A/B Testing`. This is **not** " "a required option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:487 msgid "" "If this option is enabled, recipients are only mailed *once* for the " "entirety of the campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:489 msgid "" "This allows the user to send different versions of the same mailing to " "randomly selected recipients to gauge the effectiveness of various designs, " @@ -913,7 +913,7 @@ msgid "" " sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:493 msgid "" "When the checkbox beside :guilabel:`Allow A/B Testing` is ticked, an " ":guilabel:`on (%)` field appears, in which the user determines the " @@ -921,70 +921,70 @@ msgid "" "current version of the mailing as part of the test." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:498 msgid "" "The default figure in the :guilabel:`on (%)` field is `10`, but that figure " "can be changed at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:501 msgid "Beneath that, two additional fields appear:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:503 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Winner Selection` field provides a drop-down menu of options," " wherein the user decides what criteria should be used to determine the " "\"winning\" version of the email tests that are sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:507 msgid "The options in the :guilabel:`Winner Selection` field are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manual`: allows the user to determine the \"winning\" version of " "the mailing. This option removes the :guilabel:`Send Final On` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:511 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Highest Open Rate` (default): the mailing with the highest open " "rate is determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:513 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Highest Click Rate`: the mailing with the highest click rate is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:515 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Highest Reply Rate`: the mailing with the highest reply rate is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:517 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Leads`: the mailing with the most leads generated is determined " "to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:516 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:519 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quotations`: the mailing with the most quotations generated is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:521 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Revenues`: the mailing with the most revenue generated is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:524 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Send Final On` field allows users to choose a date that is " "used to know *when* Odoo should determine the \"winning\" email, and " @@ -995,25 +995,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the A/B Tests tab in Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:532 msgid "" "To the right of those fields is a :guilabel:`Create an Alternative Version` " "button. When clicked, Odoo presents a new :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab for the " "user to create an alternate version of the email to test." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:539 msgid "Settings tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:541 msgid "" "The options present in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of the mail form are " "divided into two sections: :guilabel:`Email Content` and " ":guilabel:`Tracking`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:545 msgid "" "The options available in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab vary depending on if " "the *Mailing Campaigns* feature is activated in :menuselection:`Email " @@ -1021,7 +1021,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`email_marketing/mailing-campaigns` for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:549 msgid "" "Without the *Mailing Campaigns* feature activated, the :guilabel:`Settings` " "tab on the email form only contains the :guilabel:`Preview Text`, " @@ -1035,11 +1035,11 @@ msgid "" "activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:558 msgid "Email content" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:560 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preview Text`: allows the user to enter a preview sentence to " "encourage recipients to open the email. In most inboxes, this is displayed " @@ -1048,36 +1048,36 @@ msgid "" "available, as well, via the :guilabel:`(smiley face with a plus sign)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:564 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send From`: designate an email alias that displays as the sender " "of this particular email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:563 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:566 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Reply To`: designate an email alias to whom all the replies of " "this particular email are sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:565 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:568 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attach a file`: if any specific files are required (or helpful) " "for this email, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button, and upload the " "desired file(s) to the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:572 msgid "Tracking" msgstr "Tracciare" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:574 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: designate a user in the database to be responsible " "for this particular email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:578 msgid "" "If the *Mailing Campaign* feature *is* activated, an additional " ":guilabel:`Campaign` field appears in the :guilabel:`Tracking` section of " @@ -1090,31 +1090,31 @@ msgid "" "activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:585 msgid "" "The additional :guilabel:`Campaign` field allows users to attach this " "particular email to a mailing campaign, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:585 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:588 msgid "" "If the desired campaign is not available in the initial drop-down menu, " "select :guilabel:`Search More` to reveal a complete list of all mailing " "campaigns in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:591 msgid "" "Or, type the name of the desired mailing campaign in the " ":guilabel:`Campaign` field, until Odoo reveals the desired campaign in the " "drop-down menu. Then, select the desired campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:595 msgid "Send, schedule, test" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:597 msgid "" "Once the mailing is finalized, the following options can be utilized, via " "buttons located in the upper-left corner of the email form: :ref:`Send " @@ -1122,11 +1122,11 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Test `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:604 msgid "Send" msgstr "Invia" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:603 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:606 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Send` button reveals a :guilabel:`Ready to unleash emails?` " "pop-up window." @@ -1138,18 +1138,18 @@ msgid "" "clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:609 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:612 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Send to all` button is clicked, Odoo sends the email to " "the desired recipients. Once Odoo has sent the mailing, the status changes " "to :guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:615 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:618 msgid "Schedule" msgstr "Programma" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:617 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:620 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Schedule` button reveals a :guilabel:`When do you want to " "send your mailing?` pop-up window." @@ -1162,13 +1162,13 @@ msgid "" " is clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:624 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:627 msgid "" "In this pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Send on` field to reveal a " "calendar pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:630 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:633 msgid "" "From the calendar pop-up window, select the future date and time for Odoo to" " send this email. Then, click :guilabel:`✔️ Apply`. When a date and time are" @@ -1176,11 +1176,11 @@ msgid "" "mailing changes to :guilabel:`In Queue`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:640 msgid "Test" msgstr "Prova" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:642 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Test` button reveals a :guilabel:`Test Mailing` pop-up " "window." @@ -1192,20 +1192,20 @@ msgid "" "clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:648 msgid "" "From this pop-up window, enter the email addresses of the contacts to whom " "Odoo should send this test email in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. " "Multiple contacts can be added in this field, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:649 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:652 msgid "" "Once all the desired email addresses have been entered in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field, click the :guilabel:`Send Test` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:656 msgid "" "By default, there's a daily limit applied for **all emails** sent throughout" " **all applications**. So, if there are remaining emails to be sent after a " @@ -1214,17 +1214,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Retry`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:661 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:664 msgid "Mailing campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:663 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:666 msgid "" "The *Email Marketing* application provides users with the ability to build " "mailing campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:665 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:668 msgid "" "In order to create and customize mailing campaigns, the *Mailing Campaigns* " "feature **must** be activated in the *Settings* page of the *Email " @@ -1237,13 +1237,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign feature setting in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:677 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature is activated, a new " ":guilabel:`Campaigns` menu option appears in the header." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:677 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:680 msgid "" "When that is clicked, Odoo reveals a separate :guilabel:`Campaigns` page, " "displaying all the mailing campaigns in the database, and the current stage " @@ -1254,19 +1254,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign page in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:688 msgid "" "This information can also be viewed in a list, by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ " "(horizontal lines)` icon in the upper-right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:691 msgid "" "Clicking any campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page reveals that " "campaign's form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:693 msgid "" "There are two different ways to create and customize campaigns in the *Email" " Marketing* application, either directly from the :ref:`Campaigns page " @@ -1274,24 +1274,24 @@ msgid "" "` on an email form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:697 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:700 msgid "Create mailing campaign (from campaigns page)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:699 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:702 msgid "" "When the *Mailing Campaigns* feature is activated, a new *Campaigns* option " "appears in the header of the *Email Marketing* application. Campaigns can be" " created directly on the *Campaigns* page in the *Email Marketing* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:706 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Campaigns " "--> New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:711 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`New` button is clicked in the default Kanban view on the" " :guilabel:`Campaigns` page, a Kanban card appears in the :guilabel:`New` " @@ -1302,42 +1302,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign pop-up kanban in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:718 msgid "" "New campaign cards can also be made by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " "sign)` at the top of any Kanban stage on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:721 msgid "" "When the new campaign Kanban card appears, the options to enter a " ":guilabel:`Campaign Name`, a :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` " "become readily available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:724 msgid "" "To add the campaign to the Kanban stage, click the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:726 msgid "To delete the campaign, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:728 msgid "" "To further customize the campaign, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, which " "reveals the campaign form for additional modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:732 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Campaign Name` **must** be entered in the Kanban card, in order" " for the :guilabel:`Edit` button to reveal the campaign form for further " "modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:735 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:738 msgid "" "To enter the list view on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page, click the " ":guilabel:`☰ (horizontal lines)` icon in the upper-right corner. Doing so " @@ -1348,7 +1348,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign page in list view in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:745 msgid "" "To create a campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page while in list view," " click the :guilabel:`New` button. Doing so reveals a blank campaign form." @@ -1358,13 +1358,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the blank campaign form in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:749 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:752 msgid "" "From this campaign form, a :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, a " ":guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:752 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:755 msgid "" "At the top of the form, various metric-related smart buttons can be seen " "that showcase specific analytics related to the campaign. Those smart " @@ -1372,23 +1372,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Opportunities`, and :guilabel:`Clicks`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:757 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:760 msgid "" "Once a :guilabel:`Campaign Name` is entered and saved, additional buttons " "appear at the top of the campaign form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:760 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:763 msgid "" "Those additional buttons are: :guilabel:`Send Mailing` and :guilabel:`Send " "SMS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:766 msgid "Campaign form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:768 msgid "" "On the campaign form (after clicking :guilabel:`Edit` from the Kanban card, " "or selecting an existing campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page) there" @@ -1399,7 +1399,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign form in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:775 msgid "" "At the top of the form, various smart buttons can be seen that showcase " "specific analytics related to the campaign. Those smart buttons are: " @@ -1407,30 +1407,30 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Clicks`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:776 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:779 msgid "" "There are also buttons to :guilabel:`Send Mailing`, :guilabel:`Send SMS`, " ":guilabel:`Add Post`, and :guilabel:`Add Push` (push notification)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:780 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:783 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Send Mailing` and :guilabel:`Send SMS` buttons are not " "readily available, enter a :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, then save (either " "manually or automatically). Doing so reveals those buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:784 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:787 msgid "" "The status of the campaign can be viewed in the upper-right corner of the " "campaign form, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:792 msgid "Create mailing campaign (from settings tab)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:794 msgid "" "To create a new campaign from the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of a mailing " "form, click the :guilabel:`Campaign` field, and start typing the name of the" @@ -1443,13 +1443,13 @@ msgid "" "View of the mailing campaign creation in the Settings tab of an email form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:800 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:803 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Create` to add this new mailing campaign to the database, " "and modify its settings in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:806 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Create and Edit...` to add this new mailing campaign to " "the database, and reveal a :guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up window." @@ -1461,39 +1461,244 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:810 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:813 msgid "" "Here, the new mailing campaign can be further customized. Users can adjust " "the :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, assign a :guilabel:`Responsible`, and add " ":guilabel:`Tags`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:813 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:816 msgid "" "Buttons to :guilabel:`Add Post` or :guilabel:`Send Push` (push " "notifications) are also available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:815 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:818 msgid "" "There is also a status located in the upper-right corner of the " ":guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:818 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:821 msgid "" "When all modifications are ready to be finalized, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close`. To delete the entire campaign, click :guilabel:`Discard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:823 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:826 msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/unsubscriptions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:824 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:827 msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/lost_leads_email`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:828 +msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/analyze_metrics`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to properly understand the success or failure of an email marketing" +" campaign, it is necessary to monitor several key metrics. The insights " +"gained from these metrics can then be used to optimize future campaigns. " +"Odoo's *Email Marketing* application tracks several :ref:`key metrics " +"`, that can be interpreted to improve future " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:13 +msgid "View metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:15 +msgid "" +"After a mass mail has been sent, the results for that particular mailing are" +" displayed in multiple locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To access the metrics for an individual mailing, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Mailings`. Locate the specific " +"mailing in the list view, and use the column headings to view the results " +"for that mailing. Click on one of the mailings in the list to open the " +"record. At the top of the record, detailed metrics are displayed as smart " +"buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The smart buttons on a mass mailing, displaying the results of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Click on the smart buttons to see the recipient records for each metric." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:33 +msgid "Opened rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The *Opened* rate measures the percentage of emails opened by recipients " +"against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A high open rate may indicate that the subject line was timely, compelling, " +"and successfully prompted the recipients to view the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"A low open rate may indicate the subject line failed to capture the " +"recipients' interest. It could also indicate the email ended up in a spam or" +" junk folder due to having a poor sender reputation or failing to " +":doc:`configure the proper DNS records " +"<../../general/email_communication/email_domain>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:46 +msgid "Replied rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The *Replied* rate measures the percentage of recipients who responded to " +"the email directly against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:51 +msgid "" +"A high replied rate may indicate the email resonated with recipients, " +"prompting them to take action or provide feedback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:54 +msgid "" +"A low replied rate may suggest that the message lacked relevance or did not " +"contain a clear call to action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:58 +msgid "Clicked rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The *Clicked* through rate (CTR), measures the percentage of recipients who " +"clicked on a link within the email against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A high |CTR| may indicate the email content was relevant and appropriately " +"targeted. Recipients were motivated to click the links provided, and likely " +"found the content engaging." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:66 +msgid "" +"A low |CTR| may indicate issues with either the targeting, or the content " +"itself. Recipients may have been unmotivated by the calls to action, if " +"there were any, or the message itself may have been directed toward the " +"wrong audience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "Received rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The *Received* rate measures the percentage of emails that were successfully" +" delivered against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:76 +msgid "" +"A high received rate can indicate that the mailing list used is up to date " +"and the sender authentication is trusted by email providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:79 +msgid "" +"A low received rate may indicate issues either with the mailing list used " +"for the mailing or with the sender authentication. View the :ref:`email-" +"marketing/deliverability-issues` section for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:84 +msgid "Bounced rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The *Bounced* rate measures the percentage of emails that were " +"unsuccessfully delivered, against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:89 +msgid "" +"A high bounce rate could indicate issues either with the mailing list used " +"for the mailing or with the sender authentication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:92 +msgid "" +"A low bounce rate may indicate that the mailing list used is up to date and " +"the sender authentication is trusted by email providers. View the " +":ref:`email-marketing/deliverability-issues` section for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:99 +msgid "Deliverability issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The following define possible reasons for a high bounce rate or low received" +" rate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Using a mailing list that contains outdated contact information, or " +"malformed email addresses are likely to result in a high bounce rate and/or " +"a low received rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Mailings sent using a *From* email address that differs from the sender's " +"domain are likely to bounce with certain email providers due to failing " +":ref:`DMARC authentication `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Failing to :doc:`configure the proper DNS records " +"<../../general/email_communication/email_domain>` can also result in a high " +"bounce rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:112 +msgid ":ref:`Mailing campaigns `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:113 +msgid ":doc:`Manage unsubscriptions `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:3 msgid "Lost leads reactivation email" msgstr "" @@ -2835,6 +3040,835 @@ msgstr "Eventi" msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Events `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:3 +msgid "Create events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With the *Events* application, event organizers can create and configure in-" +"person or online-only events in Odoo. Each new event contains a number of " +"customizable options that are geared around specific event logistics, as " +"needed per event, such as ticket sales and registration desk, booths, " +"tracks, sponsors, rooms, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Events can be manually created from scratch or built off of pre-made " +"templates. Once launched, the *Events* application then integrates with the " +"*Website* app for the front-end promotion and registration of the event for " +"attendees, the *Sales* app for the purchasing ability of paid tickets, as " +"well the *CRM* application through customizable lead generation rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:16 +msgid "New event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To create a new event, begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Events " +"app` to land on the default :guilabel:`Events` dashboard, in the :icon:`oi-" +"view-kanban` :guilabel:`Kanban` view. From there, or alternatively from the " +":icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`List` or :icon:`fa-tasks` :guilabel:`Gantt` " +"views, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the upper-left corner of the " +"dashboard to open up a new event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "Typical event template in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If certain fields do not readily appear on the event form, that means an " +"additional application needs to be installed, or the database is not " +"operating in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For example, the :guilabel:`Twitter Wall` field **only** appears if the " +"*Social Marketing* app is installed, and the :guilabel:`Company` field " +"**only** appears if the database is working in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:36 +msgid "" +"These are just *additional* elements that can be used for an event. They are" +" **not** required to create, host, and manage an event with Odoo *Events*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:40 +msgid "Event form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:42 +msgid "" +"At the top of the event form are a series of smart buttons related to " +"various event metrics, which will autopopulate with pertinent data once " +"attendees begin to register, booths and sponsors sign on for the event, the " +"event takes place, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Beneath the smart buttons is the event form, which contains various fields " +"and clickable tabs that serve to configure the initial, necessary details of" +" the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:49 +msgid "The following are fields found on an event form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Event Name`: the title of the event. This field is **required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: when the event is scheduled to take place. This field is " +"auto-populated, but modifiable, and is **required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: the corresponding timezone related to the event. This " +"field is auto-populated, but modifiable, and is **required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Language`: designate a specific language for all event " +"communications to be translated into, if necessary. This field is blank, by " +"default, so if event-related communications are being sent to recipients who" +" speak a different language, be sure to configure this field properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Twitter Wall`: creates a separate page on the event website to " +"feature specific social posts on X (formerly Twitter) that contain pre-" +"determined desired elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To create and customize a :guilabel:`Twitter Wall`, type the name of the " +"desired wall into the field, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from " +"the resulting drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:66 +msgid "Doing so reveals :guilabel:`Create Twitter Wall` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:0 +msgid "The Twitter Wall pop-up window in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:72 +msgid "" +"From this window, enter a :guilabel:`Wall Name`. Then, select a certain word" +" or hashtag for Odoo to search for on X, like `#WoodWorkingExpo24`, for " +"example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Next, determine the :guilabel:`Type of tweets` Odoo should showcase with " +"that predetermined criteria. The choices in this field are: " +":guilabel:`Recent`, :guilabel:`Popular`, or :guilabel:`Mixed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Users also have the option to add a brief :guilabel:`Description` to the " +"wall, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the greyed-out, non-modifiable :guilabel:`Website URL` field will " +"autopopulate with the full URL needed to access the document through the " +"event website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:84 +msgid "" +"An image can also be added to the wall by clicking the :icon:`fa-pencil` " +":guilabel:`(pencil)` icon that appears when the cursor hovers over the " +":guilabel:`(camera)` placeholder image in the upper-right corner of the pop-" +"up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, from the resulting file explorer window, select the desired image to " +"be added to the wall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:91 +msgid "" +"This :guilabel:`Twitter Wall` field **only** appears on the event form if " +"the *Social Marketing* app is installed, and an X account has been added as " +"a stream on the application. To learn more, check out the :doc:`Social " +"marketing essentials <../social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials>` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Template`: choose a pre-configured event template from the " +"resulting drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Or, create a new one directly from this field, by typing in the name of the " +"new template, and selecting either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:101 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create` (which creates the template, and can be edited later) or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` (which creates the template, and reveals a " +"separate template page to configure the template in greater detail)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: add any corresponding tags to briefly describe the event " +"(e.g. `Online`, `Conference`, etc.). Multiple tags can be added per event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Tags can be displayed on events that are listed on the website by enabling " +"the *Show on Website* checkbox from :menuselection:`Events app --> " +"Configuration --> Event Tag Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: designate the organizer of the event (a company, " +"contact, or employee)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:113 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: designate a user in the database to be responsible " +"for this event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: designate which company in the database to which this " +"event is related. This field **only** appears if working in a multi-company " +"environment. This field is auto-populated, but modifiable, and is " +"**required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: choose to restrict the publishing of this event to a " +"specific website created in Odoo. If this field is left blank, the event can" +" be published on *all* websites in the database. To learn more, refer to the" +" :doc:`Multiple websites " +"<../../websites/website/configuration/multi_website>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Venue`: enter the pertinent event venue details in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Exhibition Map`: if desired, click the :guilabel:`Upload your " +"file` button to upload an image of the event venue map." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Registrations`: if this checkbox is ticked, a limit to the " +"amount of registrations is added to the event, and that desired limit amount" +" **must** be entered in the blank field before :guilabel:`Attendees`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge Dimension`: select a desired paper format dimension for " +"event badges. The options are: :guilabel:`A4 foldable`, :guilabel:`A6`, or " +":guilabel:`4 per sheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge Background`: if desired, click the :guilabel:`Upload your " +"file` button to upload a custom background image for event badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:132 +msgid "" +"When the above fields in the event form have been adequately filled in, move" +" on to the four tabs at the bottom of the event form for further " +"customization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Those tabs are: :ref:`Tickets `, :ref:`Communication " +"`, :ref:`Questions `, " +"and :ref:`Notes `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:142 +msgid "Tickets tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Create custom tickets (and ticket tiers) for events in the " +":guilabel:`Tickets` tab of an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "A typical tickets tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:150 +msgid "" +"To create a ticket, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Tickets` " +"tab. Then, enter a name for the ticket (e.g. `Basic Ticket` or `VIP`) in the" +" :guilabel:`Name` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:153 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Product` field, either select the pre-configured " +":guilabel:`Event Registration` product, or create a new one by typing in the" +" name of the new event registration product, and then select either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the resulting " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Upon installing Odoo *Events*, a new product type, *Event Ticket*, becomes " +"available on product forms (:menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> " +"Products`). In order for an event registration product to be selectable in " +"the *Tickets* tab, the event registration :guilabel:`Product Type` **must** " +"be set to :guilabel:`Event Ticket`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Existing event registration products can be modified directly from this " +"field, as well, by clicking the :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right " +"arrow)` icon, located beside the event registration product. Doing so " +"reveals that product's form. If the *Inventory* application is installed, " +"additional choices are available to customize for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Next, set the registration cost of the ticket in the :guilabel:`Price` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:173 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Price* defined on the event registration product's product form " +"sets the default cost of a ticket. Modifying the :guilabel:`Price` of a " +"ticket in the :guilabel:`Tickets` tab, sets a new registration cost of the " +"ticket for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Next, determine a :guilabel:`Sales Start` and :guilabel:`Sales End` date in " +"their respective fields. To do that, click into the blank field to reveal a " +"calendar popover. From there, select the desired date and time, then click " +":icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Then, if desired, designate a :guilabel:`Maximum` amount of that specific " +"ticket that can be sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:183 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Taken` column populates with the number of tickets that are " +"sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Optionally, in the :guilabel:`Color` column, add a custom color to " +"differentiate ticket badges. The selected color displays on ticket badges " +"when printed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To delete any tickets from the :guilabel:`Tickets` tab, click the :icon:`fa-" +"trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` icon on the corresponding line for the " +"ticket that should be deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:192 +msgid "" +"To add an optional :guilabel:`Description` column to the :guilabel:`Tickets`" +" tab, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(additional options)` " +"drop-down menu, located to the far-right of the column titles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Then, tick the checkbox beside :guilabel:`Description` from the resulting " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:198 +msgid "" +"When added, the option to add brief descriptions for each event ticket " +"appears, which can be used to inform attendees of any perks or amenities " +"that may coincide with specific ticket purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:204 +msgid "Communication tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:206 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Communication` tab of an event form, create various " +"marketing communications that can be scheduled to be sent at specific " +"intervals leading up to, and following, the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Typical communication tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:214 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo provides three separate pre-configured communications on " +"every new event form. One is an email sent after each registration to " +"confirm the purchase with the attendee. The other two are email event " +"reminders that are scheduled to be sent at different time intervals leading " +"up to the event to remind the recipient of the upcoming event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To add a communication in the :guilabel:`Communication` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, select the desired type of communication in " +"the :guilabel:`Send` field. The options are: :guilabel:`Mail`, " +":guilabel:`SMS`, :guilabel:`Social Post`, or :guilabel:`WhatsApp`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:223 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the number of communications that can be added in the " +":guilabel:`Communication` tab of an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:226 +msgid "" +"To delete a communication from the :guilabel:`Communication` tab, click the " +":icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` icon on the corresponding " +"communication line. Doing so removes the communication from the event " +"entirely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:231 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Social Post` option **only** appears if the *Social " +"Marketing* application is installed. The :guilabel:`WhatsApp` option " +"**only** appears if the *WhatsApp Integration* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:235 +msgid "" +":doc:`WhatsApp <../../productivity/whatsapp>` templates **cannot** be edited" +" during active configuration. A separate approval from *Meta* is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:239 +msgid "Mail" +msgstr "Messaggio di posta" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:241 +msgid "" +"Select an existing email template from the :guilabel:`Template` drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:243 +msgid "" +"Next, define the :guilabel:`Interval`, :guilabel:`Unit`, and " +":guilabel:`Trigger` from their respective drop-down fields, letting Odoo " +"know when the communication should be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Unit` options are: :guilabel:`Immediately`, " +":guilabel:`Hours`, :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, and " +":guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Then, select an option from the :guilabel:`Trigger` drop-down menu. The " +"options are: :guilabel:`After each registration`, :guilabel:`Before the " +"event`, and :guilabel:`After the event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:252 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Sent` column populates with the number of sent " +"communications. And, beside the number are different icons that appear, " +"depending on the status of that particular communication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The status of *Running* is represented by a :icon:`fa-cogs` " +":guilabel:`(three gears)` icon. The status of *Sent* is represented by a " +":icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`(checkmark)` icon. And, the status of " +"*Scheduled* is represented by an :icon:`fa-hourglass-half` " +":guilabel:`(hourglass)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:260 +msgid "" +"To send a confirmation email an hour after an attendee registers for an " +"event, configure the following communication:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:263 +msgid ":guilabel:`Interval`: `1`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:264 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: :guilabel:`Hours`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:265 +msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: :guilabel:`After each registration`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Existing email templates can be modified directly from the " +":guilabel:`Template` drop-down menu, if necessary, by clicking the " +":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` icon next to the template " +"name. Doing so reveals a separate page where users can edit the " +":guilabel:`Content`, :guilabel:`Email Configuration`, and " +":guilabel:`Settings` of that particular email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:273 +msgid "" +"To view and manage all email templates, activate :ref:`developer-mode` and " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email: Email " +"Templates`. Modify with caution as email templates effect all communications" +" where the template is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:20 +msgid "Questions tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:282 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab of an event form, users can create brief " +"questionnaires for registrants to interact with, and respond to, after they " +"register for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:285 +msgid "" +"These questions can be focused on gathering basic information about the " +"attendee, learning about their preferences, expectations, and other things " +"of that nature. This information can also be used to create more detailed " +"reporting metrics, in addition to being utilized to create specific lead " +"generation rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "Typical questions tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:295 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo provides three questions in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab " +"for every event form. The default questions require the registrant(s) to " +"provide their :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Email`, and make it optional " +"to include their :guilabel:`Phone` number, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:299 +msgid "" +"The information gathered from the :guilabel:`Questions` tab can be found on " +"the :guilabel:`Attendees` dashboard, accessible via the :icon:`fa-users` " +":guilabel:`Attendees` smart button. Odoo populates individual records that " +"contain basic information about the registrant(s), as well as their " +"preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:304 +msgid "" +"To add a question in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Question` pop-up window. From " +"here, users can create and configure their question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Question pop-up window that appears in the Odoo Events " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:311 +msgid "" +"First, enter the question in the field at the top of the form. Then, decide " +"if the question should require a :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer` and/or if Odoo" +" should :guilabel:`Ask once per order`, by ticking their respective boxes, " +"if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Ask once per order` checkbox is ticked, the question will " +"only be asked once, and its value is propogated to every attendee in the " +"order (if multiple tickets are purchased at once). If the checkbox is *not* " +"ticked for this setting, Odoo will present the question for every attendee " +"that is connected to that registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:320 +msgid "Next, select a :guilabel:`Question Type` option:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:322 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Selection`: provide answer options to the question for " +"registrants to choose from. Selectable answer options can be managed in the " +":guilabel:`Answers` column at the bottom of the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:325 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Text Input`: lets the users enter a custom response to the " +"question in a text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:326 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter their " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:327 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter their" +" email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:328 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Phone`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter their" +" phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter a " +"company they are associated with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:332 +msgid "" +"Once all the desired configurations have been entered, either click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the question, and return to the " +":guilabel:`Questions` tab on the event form, or click :guilabel:`Save & New`" +" to save the question and immediately create a new question on a new " +":guilabel:`Create Question` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:337 +msgid "" +"As questions are added to the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, the informative " +"columns showcase the configurations of each question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:340 +msgid "The informative columns are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:342 +msgid ":guilabel:`Title`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:343 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mandatory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:344 +msgid ":guilabel:`Once per Order`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:345 +msgid ":guilabel:`Type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:346 +msgid ":guilabel:`Answers` (if applicable)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:348 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Selection` and :guilabel:`Text Input` types, a :icon:`fa-bar-" +"chart` :guilabel:`Stats` button appears on the right side of the question " +"line. When clicked, Odoo reveals a separate page, showcasing the response " +"metrics to that specific question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:352 +msgid "" +"To delete any question from the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click the " +":icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` icon on the corresponding " +"question line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:355 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the number of questions that can be added in the " +":guilabel:`Questions` tab of an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:361 +msgid "Notes tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:363 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Notes` tab of an event form, users can leave detailed " +"internal notes and/or event-related instructions/information for attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "Typical notes tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:370 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Note` field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, users can leave " +"internal notes for other event employees, like \"to-do\" lists, contact " +"information, instructions, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:373 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Ticket Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, " +"users can leave specific instructions for people attending the event that " +"appear on the attendees ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:266 +msgid "Publish events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:379 +msgid "" +"Once all configurations and modifications are complete on the event form, it" +" is time to publish the event on the website. Doing so makes the event " +"visible to website visitors, and makes it possible for people to register " +"for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:383 +msgid "" +"To publish an event after all the customizations are complete, click the " +":icon:`fa-globe` :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button at the top of the " +"event form. Doing so reveals the event's web page, which can be customized " +"like any other web page on the site, via the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:388 +msgid "" +"To learn more about website design functionality and options, consult the " +":doc:`Building block <../../websites/website/web_design/building_blocks>` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:391 +msgid "" +"Once the event website is ready to be shared, click the red " +":guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch in the header menu, changing it to a " +"green :guilabel:`Published` switch. At this point, the event web page is " +"published, and viewable/accessible by all website visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:396 +msgid "Send event invites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:398 +msgid "" +"To send event invites to potential attendees, navigate to the desired event " +"form, via :menuselection:`Events app --> Events`, and click into the desired" +" event. Following this, click the :guilabel:`Invite` button in the upper-" +"left corner of the event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:402 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a blank email form to fill out, as desired. To learn more " +"about how to create and customize emails like this, refer to the " +":ref:`Create an email ` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:406 +msgid "" +"Proceed to create and customize an email message to send as an invite to " +"potential attendees. Remember to include a link to the registration page on " +"the event website, allowing interested recipients to quickly register." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Sending emails from Odoo is subject to a daily limit, which, by default, is " +"200. To learn more about daily limits, visit the " +":ref:`email_communication/daily_limit_mail` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:217 +msgid ":doc:`event_essentials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:416 +msgid ":doc:`track_manage_talks`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:3 msgid "Event essentials" msgstr "" @@ -3307,10 +4341,6 @@ msgid "" " all function the same way for both :guilabel:`Mailing Type` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:266 -msgid "Publish events" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:268 msgid "" "Until an event is published, it will remain hidden from public view on the " @@ -3342,6 +4372,424 @@ msgid "" "View of a website page and the option to publish the event in Odoo Events." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:3 +msgid "Event templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Events* application provides the ability to customize and " +"configure event templates, which can be used to expedite the event-creation " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:8 +msgid "" +"These templates can be created and personalized in the application, and then" +" selected from an event form, in order to quickly apply a series of settings" +" and elements to the new event, all of which can be further modified, if " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:13 +msgid "Event templates page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo *Events* application, event templates can quickly be created and" +" modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To begin, navigate to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Event" +" Templates`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Event Templates` page. Here, " +"find all the existing event templates in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "The Event Templates page in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo provides three pre-configured event templates: " +":guilabel:`Exhibition`, :guilabel:`Training`, and :guilabel:`Sport`, which " +"all have their own unique customizations applied to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To change how these event templates appear on the *Template* drop-down field" +" on an event form, drag-and-drop them into any desired order, using the " +":icon:`oi-draggable` :guilabel:`(draggable)` icon, located to the left of " +"each event template line on the :guilabel:`Event Templates` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To learn more about event forms, refer to the :doc:`create_events` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:37 +msgid "Create event template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:39 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to create and configure an event template in Odoo " +"*Events*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**On the dashboard**, by navigating to :menuselection:`Events app --> " +"Configuration --> Event Templates` and clicking the :guilabel:`New` button " +"in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank event template form that " +"can be customized in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**On an event form itself**. Start by typing the name of a new event " +"template in the *Template* field, and click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` " +"from the resulting drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a *Create Template* pop-" +"up window, featuring all the same configurable fields and elements found on " +"a standard event template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create \"[template name]\"` from the resulting drop-down" +" menu, via the *Template* field on an event form creates the event template " +"in the database, but does **not** present the user with the *Create " +"Template* pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The event template would have to be modified, by selecting it on the *Event " +"Templates* page (:menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Event " +"Templates`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:58 +msgid "Event template form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:60 +msgid "" +"All the fields on a standard :guilabel:`Event Template` form are *also* on " +"the *Create Template* pop-up window, accessible via the *Template* field on " +"an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "A standard event template form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Start by providing the event template with a name in the :guilabel:`Event " +"Template` field, located at the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Beneath that field, there is a series of selectable checkboxes, all of which" +" are related to how the event menu will be displayed on the event web page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website Submenu`: enables a submenu on the event's website. When " +"this checkbox is ticked, every other checkbox in this series is " +"automatically ticked, as well. Then, choose to untick (deselect) any of the " +"checkbox options, as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tracks Menu Item`: adds a submenu item to navigate to a page " +"displaying all planned tracks for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Track Proposals Menu Item`: adds a submenu item to navigate to a " +"page, in which visitors can fill out a form to propose a track (talk, " +"lecture, presentation, etc.) to happen during the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Booth Menu Item`: adds a submenu item that takes visitors to a " +"separate page, where an event booth can be purchased. Event booths can be " +"customized and configured in the :guilabel:`Booths` tab of the event " +"template form, from the *Booth Categories* page (:menuselection:`Events app " +"--> Configuration --> Booth Categories`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:87 +msgid "" +"First, users **must** create a booth product with the required *Event Booth*" +" option set as the :guilabel:`Product Type` on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Exhibitors Menu Item`: adds a submenu item that takes visitors to" +" a separate page, showcasing all the exhibitors related to that specific " +"event. Icons representing those exhibitors are also found on the footer of " +"every event-specific web page, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Community`: adds a submenu item allowing attendees to access pre-" +"configured virtual community rooms to meet with other attendees, and discuss" +" various topics related to the event. When this checkbox is ticked, the " +":guilabel:`Allow Room Creation` feature becomes available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allow Room Creation`: allow visitors to create community rooms of" +" their own." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Register Button`: adds a button at the end of the event submenu " +"that takes visitors to the event-specific registration page when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Once the desired checkboxes have been ticked, select an appropriate " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the event from the available drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, for organizational purposes, there is the option to add " +":guilabel:`Tags` to this event template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to :guilabel:`Limit Registrations` to this specific" +" event template by ticking that checkbox. If ticked, proceed to enter the " +"number of :guilabel:`Attendees` this template should be limited to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Beneath those general information fields at the top of the event template " +"form, there are five tabs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:112 +msgid ":ref:`Tickets `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:113 +msgid ":ref:`Communication `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:114 +msgid ":ref:`Booths `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:115 +msgid ":ref:`Questions `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:116 +msgid ":ref:`Notes `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:121 +msgid "Booths tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:123 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Booths` tab on an event template form is the only tab that " +"differentiates itself from a standard event form, where the other tabs " +"(:guilabel:`Tickets`, :guilabel:`Communication`, :guilabel:`Questions`, and " +":guilabel:`Notes`) are present and configured using the same process. For " +"more information about those tabs, refer to the :doc:`create_events` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To create a booth or booth category, an event booth product **must** be " +"created in the database first, with the *Product Type* set to *Event Booth*." +" **Only** products with that specific configuration can be selected in the " +"required *Product* field of a booth or booth category form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Event booths can be created and customized in two ways in the Odoo *Events* " +"application. Either in the :guilabel:`Booths` tab of an event template form," +" or by navigating to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Booth " +"Categories`, and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To add a booth from the :guilabel:`Booths` tab of an event template form, " +"click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create " +"Booths` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "A Create Booths pop-up window in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Start by providing a :guilabel:`Name` for this booth in the corresponding " +"field at the top of the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Then, select an appropriate :guilabel:`Booth Category` from the drop-down " +"field below. Booth categories can be created and modified from the *Booth " +"Categories* page in the *Events* application, which is accessible by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Booth " +"Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:154 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Booth Category` can be created directly from this field on the " +":guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-up window. To accomplish that, type the name " +"of the new booth category in the :guilabel:`Booth Category` field, and " +"select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the " +"resulting drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` merely creates the category, which can (and " +"should be) customized at a later date. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and " +"edit...` reveals a new :guilabel:`Create Booth Category` pop-up window, from" +" which the category can be configured in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Booth Category pop-up window in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:167 +msgid "" +"From this pop-up window, proceed to name the :guilabel:`Booth Category`, " +"modify its :guilabel:`Booth Details` settings, configure its " +":guilabel:`Sponsorship` options (if applicable), and leave an optional " +":guilabel:`Description` to explain any pertinent details related to this " +"specific category of booths." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:172 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to add a photo/visual representation of the booth " +"category, via the :guilabel:`(camera)` icon in the upper-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:175 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The same configurations and options are available by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Booth Categories`, and " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Once the desired :guilabel:`Booth Category` is selected, the remaining " +"fields on the :guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-up window (:guilabel:`Currency`," +" :guilabel:`Product`, and :guilabel:`Price`) autopopulate, based on " +"information configured for that selected :guilabel:`Booth Category`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:186 +msgid "" +"These fields **cannot** be modified from the :guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-" +"up window. They can only be modified from the specific booth category form " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:189 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`" +" to save the booth, and return to the event template form. Or, click " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to save the booth, and start creating another booth " +"on a fresh :guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-up window. Click " +":guilabel:`Discard` to remove all changes, and return to the event template " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Once the booth has been saved, it appears in the :guilabel:`Booths` tab on " +"the event template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:197 +msgid "Use event templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Once an event template is complete, it is accessible on all event forms in " +"the Odoo *Events* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:202 +msgid "" +"To use an event template, navigate to the :menuselection:`Events app` and " +"click :guilabel:`New` to open a new event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:205 +msgid "" +"From the event form, click the :guilabel:`Template` field to reveal all the " +"existing event templates in the database. They appear in the same order as " +"they are listed in on the *Event Templates* page (:menuselection:`Events app" +" --> Configuration --> Event Templates`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Select the desired event template from the :guilabel:`Template` drop-down " +"field on the event form. Pre-configured settings automatically populate the " +"event form, saving time during the event creation process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Any of these pre-configured settings related to the selected event template " +"chosen in the :guilabel:`Template` field on an event form can be modified, " +"as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:218 +msgid ":doc:`create_events`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:3 msgid "Sell tickets" msgstr "" @@ -8783,11 +10231,6 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Options`, :guilabel:`Description`, and :guilabel:`End Message`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:20 -msgid "Questions tab" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:52 msgid "" "View, access, add, and/or delete questions and sections to the survey in the" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index d0ab585d8..fdd32119e 100644 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ # Translators: # Sergio Zanchetta , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Marianna Ciofani, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Marianna Ciofani, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -956,7 +956,7 @@ msgid "eCommerce management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:124 msgid "Customer accounts" msgstr "" @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:147 msgid "Analytics" msgstr "Analitiche" @@ -2451,8 +2451,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:168 msgid "" -"The file is then available after checkout in the **purchase order** section " -"found on the customer's portal." +"The file is then available after checkout in the :guilabel:`Sales Orders` " +"section, found on the customer's portal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:172 @@ -6026,7 +6026,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:156 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started`" +msgid ":doc:`../../services/helpdesk`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:161 @@ -7161,7 +7161,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:11 msgid "" "Each website can be designed and configured independently with its own " -":doc:`domain name `, theme, pages, menus, :doc:`languages " +":doc:`domain name `, :doc:`theme <../web_design/themes>`, " +":doc:`pages <../pages>`, :doc:`menus <../pages/menus>`, :doc:`languages " "`, :doc:`products <../../ecommerce/managing_products/products>`, " "assigned sales team, etc. They can also :ref:`share content and pages " "`." @@ -7182,7 +7183,7 @@ msgid "To create a new website, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:136 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" @@ -7239,21 +7240,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:55 msgid "" -"When you switch websites, you are redirected to the other website, to the " -"same page (URL) as the current one. If the page you are currently viewing " -"does not exist on the other website, you are redirected to a 404 error page." -" Once redirected, click :guilabel:`Create page` to create the page." +"When you switch websites, you are redirected to the homepage of the other " +"website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:0 -msgid "Create a page from a 404 error page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:58 msgid "Website-specific configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:60 msgid "" "Most website settings are website-specific, which means they can be " "enabled/disabled per website. To adapt the settings for a website, go to " @@ -7263,13 +7258,13 @@ msgid "" " for that specific website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:67 msgid "" "Websites are created with the default settings; the settings are not copied " "from one website to the other." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:69 msgid "" "In a :doc:`multi-company environment `, " "each website can be linked to a specific company in your database so that " @@ -7278,11 +7273,11 @@ msgid "" " the :guilabel:`Company` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:77 msgid "Content availability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:79 msgid "" "By default, pages, products, events, etc. created from the frontend (using " "the :guilabel:`+New` button) are only available on the website from which it" @@ -7298,39 +7293,39 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Website field in Forum form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:92 msgid "Records and features can be made available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:94 msgid "On all websites: leave the :guilabel:`Website` field empty;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:95 msgid "Only on one website: set the :guilabel:`Website` field accordingly;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:96 msgid "" "On some websites: in this case, you should duplicate the item and set the " ":guilabel:`Website` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:100 msgid "Website pages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:102 msgid "" "To modify the website on which a page is to be published, proceed as " "follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:104 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:105 msgid "" "Open the search panel and select the website on which the page is currently " "published." @@ -7340,34 +7335,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Display pages per website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:110 msgid "Tick the check box next to the page(s) you want to change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:111 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Website` field and select the website, or empty it to " "publish the page on all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:115 msgid "" "Each website must have its own homepage; you may not use the same homepage " "for several websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:118 msgid "eCommerce features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:120 msgid "" "eCommerce features such as products, eCommerce categories, pricelists, " "discounts, payment providers, etc. can be restricted to :ref:`a specific " "website `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:126 msgid "" "You can :doc:`allow your customers to use the same account " "<../../ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts>` on all of your " @@ -7375,41 +7370,41 @@ msgid "" "the website settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:131 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "Tariffazione" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:133 msgid "" "Products can be priced differently based on the website using " ":ref:`pricelists `. The following configuration is " "required:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:137 msgid "" "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section and select the " ":guilabel:`Pricelists` option :guilabel:`Multiple prices per product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:139 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Pricelists` to define new pricelists or edit existing ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:140 msgid "" "Select the pricelist or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new one, then " "select the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and set the :guilabel:`Website` " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting.rst:5 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Rendiconto" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:149 msgid "" "Each website has its own :ref:`analytics `. To switch " "between websites, click the buttons in the upper right corner." @@ -7419,11 +7414,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Switch websites in analytics" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:156 msgid "Other reporting data" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:158 msgid "" "Other reporting data such as eCommerce dashboard data, online sales analyses" " and visitors can be grouped by website if necessary. Open the search panel " @@ -7444,69 +7439,66 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Cloudflare Turnstile is recommended** as it is possible to add an " -"interactive check if the automated check fails. Also, Google reCAPTCHA v3 is" -" limited to `1 million assessments per month per domain " -"`_." +"We recommend using **Cloudflare Turnstile** as reCAPTCHA v3 may not be " +"compliant with local data protection regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:14 msgid "" "All pages using the :guilabel:`Form`, :guilabel:`Newsletter Block`, " ":guilabel:`Newsletter Popup` snippets, and the eCommerce :guilabel:`Extra " "Step During Checkout` form are protected by both tools." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:19 msgid "" "`Cloudflare Turnstile's documentation " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:20 msgid "" "`Google's reCAPTCHA v3 guide " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:25 msgid "Cloudflare Turnstile configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:28 msgid "On Cloudflare" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:30 msgid "" "`Create `_ a Cloudflare account or use " "an existing one and `log in `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:32 msgid "On the dashboard navigation sidebar, click :guilabel:`Turnstile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:33 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Turnstile Sites` page, click :guilabel:`Add Site`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:34 msgid "Add a :guilabel:`Site name` to identify it easily." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:35 msgid "" "Enter or select the website's :guilabel:`Domain` (e.g., *example.com* or " "*subdomain.example.com*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:36 msgid "Select a :guilabel:`Widget Mode`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:38 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Managed` mode is **recommended**, as visitors can be prompted" " to check a box confirming they are human if deemed necessary by Turnstile." @@ -7516,7 +7508,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Cloudflare Turnstile human verification widget" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:44 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Non-interactive` and :guilabel:`Invisible` modes, " "visitors are never prompted to interact. In :guilabel:`Non-interactive` " @@ -7524,7 +7516,7 @@ msgid "" "protects the form; however, the widget is not supported by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:49 msgid "" "If the Turnstile check fails, visitors are not able to submit the form, and " "the following error message is displayed:" @@ -7534,8 +7526,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Cloudflare Turnstile verification error message" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:28 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" @@ -7543,82 +7535,87 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding a website to Cloudflare Turnstile" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:60 msgid "" "The generated keys are then displayed. Leave the page open for convenience, " "as copying the keys in Odoo is required next." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:111 msgid "On Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:66 msgid "" "From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " ":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`Cloudflare Turnstile` and click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:68 msgid "" "Open the Cloudflare Turnstile page, copy the :guilabel:`Site Key`, and paste" " it into the :guilabel:`CF Site Key` field in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:70 msgid "" "Open the Cloudflare Turnstile page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret Key`, and " "paste it into the :guilabel:`CF Secret Key` field in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:75 msgid "" "Navigate to Turnstile on your Cloudflare account to view the solve rates and" " access more settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:81 msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:85 -msgid "On Google" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:84 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 may not be compliant with local data protection regulations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:87 +msgid "On Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:89 msgid "" "Open `the reCAPTCHA website registration page " "`_. Log in or create a Google" " account if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:92 msgid "On the website registration page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:94 msgid "Give the website a :guilabel:`Label`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:95 msgid "Leave the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA type` on :guilabel:`Score based (v3)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:96 msgid "" "Enter one or more :guilabel:`Domains` (e.g., *example.com* or " "*subdomain.example.com*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:97 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform`, a project is automatically selected" " if one was already created with the logged-in Google account. If not, one " @@ -7626,11 +7623,11 @@ msgid "" "a project yourself or rename the automatically created project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:101 msgid "Agree to the terms of service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:102 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit`." msgstr "" @@ -7638,45 +7635,45 @@ msgstr "" msgid "reCAPTCHA website registration example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:107 msgid "" "A new page with the generated keys is then displayed. Leave it open for " "convenience, as copying the keys to Odoo is required next." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:113 msgid "" "From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " ":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:117 msgid "" "Do not disable the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` feature or uninstall the " ":guilabel:`Google reCAPTCHA integration` module, as many other modules would" " also be removed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:120 msgid "" "Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Site key`, and paste it " "into the :guilabel:`Site Key` field in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:122 msgid "" "Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret key`, and paste " "it into the :guilabel:`Secret Key` field in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:124 msgid "" "Change the default :guilabel:`Minimum score` (`0.50`) if necessary, using a " "value between `1.00` and `0.00`. The higher the threshold is, the more " "difficult it is to pass the reCAPTCHA, and vice versa." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:129 msgid "" "You can notify visitors that reCAPTCHA protects a form. To do so, open the " "website editor and navigate to the form. Then, click somewhere on the form, " @@ -7688,7 +7685,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "reCAPTCHA policy message displayed on a form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:138 msgid "" "If the reCAPTCHA check fails, the following error message is displayed:" msgstr "" @@ -7697,7 +7694,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Google reCAPTCHA verification error message" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:144 msgid "" "Analytics and additional settings are available on `Google's reCAPTCHA " "administration page `_. For " @@ -8140,72 +8137,72 @@ msgid "" " and appearance to your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:12 msgid "" -"*Static* pages are pages that have stable content, such as the homepage. You" -" can manually create new ones, define their URL, adapt their " -":ref:`properties `, etc. *Dynamic* pages, on the " -"other hand, are generated dynamically. All pages generated automatically by " -"Odoo, for example when you install an app or module (e.g., `/shop` or " -"`/blog`) or publish a new product or blog post, are dynamic pages and are " -"therefore managed differently." +"**Static** pages have stable content, such as the homepage. You can manually" +" create new ones, define their URLs, adapt their :ref:`properties " +"`, etc. **Dynamic** pages, on the other hand, are " +"generated dynamically. All pages generated automatically by Odoo, for " +"example, when you install an app or module (e.g., `/shop` or `/blog`) or " +"publish a new product or blog post, are dynamic pages and are therefore " +"managed differently." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:19 msgid "Page creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:21 msgid "" "Website pages can be created from the **frontend** and the **backend**. To " "create a new website page, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:24 msgid "" "Either open the **Website** app, click :guilabel:`+ New` in the top-right " "corner, then select :guilabel:`Page`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:26 msgid "" "Or go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages` and click " ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:27 msgid "" -"Enter a :guilabel:`Page Title`; this title is used in the menu, as well as " -"in the page's URL." +"Enter a :guilabel:`Page Title`; this title is used in the menu and the " +"page's URL." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:29 msgid "" "Customize the page's content and appearance using the website builder, then " "click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:31 msgid ":ref:`Publish ` the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:34 msgid "" "Disable :guilabel:`Add to menu` if the page should not appear in the menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:37 msgid "Page management" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:42 msgid "Publishing/unpublishing pages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:44 msgid "" "Pages need to be published to make them accessible to website visitors. To " -"publish or unpublish a page, access it, then toggle the switch in the upper-" +"publish or unpublish a page, access it and toggle the switch in the upper-" "right corner from :guilabel:`Unpublished` to :guilabel:`Published`, or vice " "versa." msgstr "" @@ -8214,63 +8211,63 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Unpublished/Published toggle" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:52 msgid "It is also possible to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:54 msgid "" "publish/unpublish a page from the :ref:`page properties " "`, where you can define a publishing date and/or " "restrict the page's visibility if needed;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:56 msgid "" "publish/unpublish several pages at once: go to :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Site --> Pages`, select the pages, then, click :guilabel:`Action` and select" -" :guilabel:`Publish` or :guilabel:`Unpublish`." +"Site --> Pages`, select the pages, then click :guilabel:`Action` and select " +":guilabel:`Publish` or :guilabel:`Unpublish`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:61 msgid "Homepage" msgstr "Pagina principale" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:63 msgid "" -"By default, when you create a website, Odoo creates a dedicated " -":guilabel:`Home` page, but you can define any website page as your homepage." -" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, " -"then, in the :guilabel:`Website info` section, define the URL of the desired" -" page in the field :guilabel:`Homepage URL` (e.g., `/shop`)." +"When you create a website, Odoo creates a dedicated :guilabel:`Home` page by" +" default, but you can define any website page as your homepage. To do so, go" +" to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, then, in the " +":guilabel:`Website info` section, define the URL of the desired page in the " +"field :guilabel:`Homepage URL` (e.g., `/shop`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:68 msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can define any static page as your homepage by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Properties`. Select the " -":guilabel:`Publish` tab and enable :guilabel:`Use as Homepage`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:73 -msgid "Page properties" +"Alternatively, you can define any :ref:`static page ` as " +"your homepage by going to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Properties`. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Publish` tab and enable :guilabel:`Use as Homepage`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To modify a static page's properties, access the page you wish to modify, " -"then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties`." +msgid "Page properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:78 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Name` tab allows you to:" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To modify a :ref:`static page's ` properties, access the " +"page you wish to modify, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:80 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Name` tab allows you to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:82 msgid "rename the page using the :guilabel:`Page Name` field;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:83 msgid "" "modify the :guilabel:`Page URL`. In this case, you can redirect the old URL " "to the new one if needed. To do so, enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old URL`, " @@ -8278,11 +8275,11 @@ msgid "" "redirection>`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`301 Moved permanently`: to redirect the page permanently;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`302 Moved temporarily`: to redirect the page temporarily." msgstr "" @@ -8290,76 +8287,76 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Redirect old URL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:93 msgid "" "You can further adapt the page's properties in the :guilabel:`Publish` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:95 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show in Top Menu`: Disable if you don't want the page to appear " "in the menu;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:96 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use as Homepage`: Enable if you want the page to be the homepage " "of your website;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:97 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Indexed`: Disable if you don't want the page to be shown in " "search engine results;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:98 msgid ":guilabel:`Published`: Enable to publish the page;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Publishing Date`: To publish the page at a specific moment, " "select the date, click the clock icon to set the time, then click the green " "check mark to validate your selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:101 msgid ":guilabel:`Visibility`: Select who can access the page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:103 msgid ":guilabel:`All`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Signed In`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Restricted Group`: Select the :doc:`user access group(s) " "` in the :guilabel:`Authorized " "group` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`With Password`: Enter the password in the :guilabel:`Password` " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:110 msgid "" "*Some* of these properties can also be modified from :menuselection:`Website" " --> Site --> Pages`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:113 msgid "Duplicating pages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:115 msgid "" "To duplicate a page, access the page, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> " "Properties` and click :guilabel:`Duplicate Page`. Enter a :guilabel:`Page " @@ -8368,21 +8365,21 @@ msgid "" "change its position using the :doc:`menu editor `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:123 msgid "Deleting pages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:125 msgid "To delete a page, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:127 msgid "" "Access the page, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties` and click " ":guilabel:`Delete Page`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:129 msgid "" "A pop-up window appears on the screen with all links referring to the page " "you want to delete, organized by category. To ensure website visitors don't " @@ -8392,131 +8389,137 @@ msgid "" "` for the deleted page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:134 msgid "" "Once you have updated the links (or set up a :ref:`redirection `), select the :guilabel:`I am sure about this` check box, then " "click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:138 -msgid "URL redirects" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Redirecting URLs consists in sending visitors and search engines to a URL " -"that is different from the one they originally requested. This technique is " -"used, for example, to prevent broken links when you :ref:`delete a page " -"`, :ref:`modify its URL `, or " -"move your site to a new :doc:`domain `. It can " -"also be used to improve :doc:`pages/seo`." +msgid "URL redirect mapping" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:142 +msgid "" +"URL redirect mapping consists in sending visitors and search engines to a " +"URL different from the one they initially requested. This technique is used," +" for example, to prevent broken links when you :ref:`delete a page " +"`, :ref:`modify its URL `, or " +"migrate your site from another platform to an Odoo :doc:`domain " +"`. It can also be used to improve " +":doc:`pages/seo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:148 msgid "" "To access existing URL redirections and create new ones, :doc:`activate the " "developer mode ` and go to " ":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Redirects`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:151 -msgid "" -"A record is added automatically every time you :ref:`modify a page's URL " -"` and enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old URL`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:153 -msgid "You can set up redirections for static and dynamic pages." +msgid "" +"A redirect record is added automatically every time you :ref:`modify a " +"page's URL ` and enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old " +"URL`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:155 msgid "" +"You can set up redirections for :ref:`static and dynamic pages " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:157 +msgid "" "To create a new redirection, click the :guilabel:`New` button, then fill in " "the fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:159 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name to identify the redirect." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:158 -msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: Select the type of redirection:" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:160 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`404 Not found`: visitors are redirected to a 404 error page when " -"they try to access the page." +msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: Select the type of redirection:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:162 msgid "" -":guilabel:`301 Moved Permanently`: for permanent redirections of static " -"pages; the new URL is shown in search engine results and the redirect is " -"cached by browsers." +":guilabel:`404 Not found`: visitors are redirected to a 404 error page when " +"they try to access an unpublished or deleted page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:164 msgid "" -":guilabel:`302 Moved Temporarily`: for short-term redirections, for example," -" if you are redesigning or updating the page. The new URL is neither cached " -"by browsers, nor shown in search engine results." +":guilabel:`301 Moved Permanently`: for permanent redirections of unpublished" +" or deleted :ref:`static pages `. The new URL is shown in" +" search engine results, and the redirect is cached by browsers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:167 msgid "" -":guilabel:`308 Redirect / Rewrite`: for permanent redirections of dynamic " -"pages; the new URL is shown in search engine results and the redirect is " -"cached by browsers. Use this redirect type to rename a dynamic page, for " -"example, if you wish to rename `/shop` into `/market`." +":guilabel:`302 Moved Temporarily`: for short-term redirections, for example," +" if you are redesigning or updating a page. The new URL is neither cached by" +" browsers nor shown in search engine results." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:170 msgid "" -":guilabel:`URL from`: Enter the URL to be redirected (e.g., `/about-the-" -"company`) or search for the desired dynamic page and select it from the " -"list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:173 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`URL to`: For 301, 302 and 308 redirects, enter the URL to be " -"redirected to. If you want to redirect to an external URL, make sure to " -"include the protocol (e.g., `https://`)." +":guilabel:`308 Redirect/Rewrite`: for permanent redirections of existing " +":ref:`dynamic pages `. The URL is renamed; the new name " +"is shown in search engine results and is cached by browsers. Use this " +"redirect type to rename a dynamic page, for example, if you wish to rename " +"`/shop` into `/market`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:175 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL from`: Enter the URL to be redirected (e.g., `/about-the-" +"company`) or search for the desired :ref:`dynamic page ` " +"and select it from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:177 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL to`: For 301, 302, and 308 redirects, enter the URL to be " +"redirected to. If you want to redirect to an external URL, include the " +"protocol (e.g., `https://`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:179 msgid ":guilabel:`Website`: Select a specific website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:180 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sequence`: to define the order in which redirections are " +":guilabel:`Sequence`: To define the order in which redirections are " "performed, e.g., in the case of redirect chains (i.e., a series of redirects" " where one URL is redirected to another one, which is itself further " "redirected to another URL)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:184 msgid "Toggle the :guilabel:`Activate` switch to deactivate the redirection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:187 msgid "" -"404, 301 and 302 redirections only work if the original page has been " +"404, 301, and 302 redirections are meant to migrate traffic from " ":ref:`unpublished ` or :ref:`deleted " -"`." +"` pages to *new* pages, while the 308 redirect is used " +"for *permanent* redirections of *existing* pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:192 msgid "" "`Google documentation on redirects and search " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:193 msgid ":doc:`pages/seo`" msgstr "" @@ -9261,36 +9264,46 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`GTM (Google Tag Manager)` is a tag management system that allows you " "to easily update measurement codes and related code fragments, collectively " "known as tags on your website or mobile app, directly through the code " -"injector. To use GTM, proceed as follows:" +"injector." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Google Tag Manager may not be compliant with local data protection " +"regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:142 +msgid "To use GTM, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:144 msgid "" "Create or sign in to a Google account by going to " "https://tagmanager.google.com/." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:146 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Accounts` tab, click :guilabel:`Create account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:148 msgid "" "Enter an :guilabel:`Account Name` and select the account's " ":guilabel:`Country`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:150 msgid "" "Enter your website's URL in the :guilabel:`Container name` field and select " "the :guilabel:`Target platform`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:153 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create` and agree to the Terms of Service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:155 msgid "" "Copy the `` and `` codes from the popup window. Then, go to your" " website, click :guilabel:`Edit`, go to the :guilabel:`Themes` tab, scroll " @@ -9302,7 +9315,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Install Google Tag Manager" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:164 msgid "" "The data is collected in the marketing tools used to monitor the website " "(e.g., Google Analytics, Plausible, Facebook Pixel), not in Odoo." @@ -9687,6 +9700,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/dynamic_content.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/inner_content.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -9845,6 +9859,59 @@ msgid "" "enter the code, replacing the code used to show the block's instructions." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:3 +msgid "Features" +msgstr "Funzionalità" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Features` :doc:`building blocks <../building_blocks>` allow " +"you to list multiple items next to each other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The :ref:`Table of Content ` and the :ref:`Call " +"to Action ` blocks are presented below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:20 +msgid "Table of content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Table of Content` block is used to list many different items " +"grouped under several headings. A clickable index is available to navigate " +"quickly between the different categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst-1 +msgid "The default Table of Content block" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:29 +msgid "Call to action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Call to Action` block is used to prompt visitors to take a " +"specific action, such as signing up for a newsletter or contacting you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst-1 +msgid "The default Call to Action block" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To change the button's link, select it, go to the :guilabel:`Customize` " +"tab's :guilabel:`Inline Text` section and replace `/contactus` with another " +"URL." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/inner_content.rst:3 msgid "Inner content" msgstr "Contenuto interno" @@ -9913,10 +9980,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The default banner block" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:29 -msgid "Call to action" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:31 msgid "" "The call to action button encourages visitors to take a specific action, for" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po index 8b7728621..a134156ae 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" @@ -31,373 +31,567 @@ msgid "Activities" msgstr "活動" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database. " -"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " -"chatter thread, kanban view, list view, or activities view of an " -"application." +msgid "*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database." msgstr "" -"*活動*はOdooデータベースのレコードに関連付けられたフォローアップタスクです。活動は、アプリケーションのチャットスレッド、かんばんビュー、リストビュー、活動ビューを含むデータベースのどのページでもスケジュールすることができます。" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The icon used to display activities varies depending on the :ref:`activity " +"type `:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:11 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`🕘 (clock)`: the default icon, which appears if nothing is " +"scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 +msgid ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)`: this icon appears if a phone call is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:13 +msgid ":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)`: this icon appears if an email is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:14 +msgid ":guilabel:`✔️ (checkmark)`: this icon appears if a to-do is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:15 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(group of people)`: this icon appears if a meeting is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(arrow pointing up above a line)`: this icon appears if a " +"document is scheduled to be uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(pencil in a box)`: this icon appears if a signature request is " +"scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 msgid "Schedule activities" msgstr "活動をスケジュールする" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:23 msgid "" -"One way that activities are created is by clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule " -"Activity` button, located at the top of the *chatter* on any record. On the " -"pop-up window that appears, select an :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the " -"drop-down menu." +"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " +":ref:`chatter ` thread, :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or " +":ref:`activities view ` of an application." msgstr "" -"活動を作成する1つの方法として、任意のレコードの*チャター*の上部にある :guilabel:`アクティビティを予定` " -"ボタンをクリックします。表示されるポップアップウィンドウで、ドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`活動タイプ` を選択します。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Individual applications have a list of *Activity Types* dedicated to that " -"application. For example, to view and edit the activities available for the " -"*CRM* application, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " -"Activity Types`." -msgstr "" -"個々のアプリケーションには、そのアプリケーション専用の*活動タイプ*のリストがあります。例えば、*CRM*アプリケーションで利用可能な活動を表示および編集するには、" -" :menuselection:`CRMアプリ --> 設定 --> 活動タイプ`に進みます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Enter a title for the activity in the :guilabel:`Summary` field, located in " -"the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window." -msgstr "活動のタイトルを :guilabel:`活動` ポップアップウィンドウの :guilabel:`概要` フィールドに入力します。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To assign the activity to a different user, select a name from the " -":guilabel:`Assigned to` drop-down menu. Otherwise, the user creating the " -"activity is automatically assigned." -msgstr "" -"活動を別のユーザに割当てるには、:guilabel:`担当者`ドロップダウンメニューから名前を選択して下さい。そうでない場合は、活動を作成したユーザが自動的に割当てられます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Lastly, feel free to add any additional information in the optional " -":guilabel:`Log a note...` field." -msgstr "最後に、オプションの:guilabel:`メモを記録...`フィールドに追加情報を自由に追加して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Due Date` field on the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " -"window auto-populates based on the configuration settings for the selected " -":guilabel:`Activity Type`. However, this date can be changed by selecting a " -"day on the calendar in the :guilabel:`Due Date` field." +msgid "Chatter" +msgstr "おしゃべり" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:32 +msgid "Activities can be created from the chatter on any record." msgstr "" -"guilabel:`活動のスケジュール`ポップアップウィンドウの :guilabel:`期日` フィールドは、選択した " -":guilabel:`活動タイプ` の設定に基づいて自動入力されます。ただし、この日付は :guilabel:`期日` " -"フィールドでカレンダ上の日を選択することで変更できます。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:34 -msgid "Lastly, click one of the following buttons:" -msgstr "最後に、以下のボタンのいずれかをクリックします:" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:36 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Schedule`: adds the activity to the chatter under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." -msgstr ":guilabel:`スケジュール`: :guilabel:`予定済の活動` の下のチャターに活動を追加します。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the chatter " -"under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, it is automatically " -"marked as completed." +"To schedule a new activity, click the :guilabel:`Activities` button, located" +" at the top of the chatter. In the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " +"window that appears, :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`完了とする`: :guilabel:`今日` " -"の下のチャッターに活動の詳細を追加します。活動はスケジュールされず、自動的に完了としてマークされます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:39 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Done \\& Schedule Next`: adds the task under :guilabel:`Today` " -"marked as done, and opens a new activity window." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`完了\\& 次をスケジュール`: はタスクを:guilabel:`今日` " -"の下の完了とするに追加し、新しい活動ウィンドウを開きます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Discard`: discards any changes made on the pop-up window." -msgstr ":guilabel:`破棄`: ポップアップウィンドウで行われた変更を破棄します。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "CRMのリードを表示し、活動をスケジュールするオプション。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Depending on the activity type, the :guilabel:`Schedule` button may be " -"replaced by a :guilabel:`Save` button, or an :guilabel:`Open Calendar` " -"button." -msgstr "" -"活動タイプによっては、:guilabel:`スケジュール`ボタンが:guilabel:`保存`ボタンや:guilabel:`カレンダを開く`ボタンに置き換わることがあります。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Scheduled activities are added to the chatter for the record under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." -msgstr "スケジュールされた活動は、そのレコードのチャターに :guilabel:`予定済の活動` の下に追加されます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Activities can also be scheduled from the kanban, list, or activities view " -"of an application." -msgstr "活動は、アプリケーションのかんばん、リスト、または活動ビューからスケジュールすることもできます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:59 -msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "かんばんビュー" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`, and proceed to fill " -"out the pop-up form." -msgstr "" -"活動をスケジュールするレコードを選択します。guilabel:`🕘(時計)`アイコンをクリックし、:guilabel:`活動をスケジュール`をクリックし、ポップアップフォームに必要事項を記入して下さい。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "CRMパイプラインのかんばん表示とアクティビティのスケジュールオプション。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:67 -msgid "List view" -msgstr "ビュー一覧" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`. If the record already " -"has an activity scheduled, the clock icon may be replaced by a :guilabel:`📞 " -"(phone)` or an :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon." -msgstr "" -"活動をスケジュールするレコードを選択します。guilabel:`🕘(時計)`アイコンをクリックし、 " -":guilabel:`活動をスケジュール`をクリックします。そのレコードに既に活動がスケジュールされている場合、時計のアイコンは " -":guilabel:`📞(電話)` または :guilabel:`✉️(封筒)` アイコンに置き換わります。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "CRMパイプラインのリストビューと活動のスケジュールオプション。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:76 -msgid "Activity view" -msgstr "活動ビュー" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:78 -msgid "" -"To open the activity view for an application, select the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon from the menu bar anywhere in the database. Select any " -"application from the drop-down menu, and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " -"icon for the desired app." -msgstr "" -"アプリケーションの活動ビューを開くには、データベース内のメニューバーから :guilabel:`🕘(時計)` " -"アイコンを選択します。ドロップダウンメニューからアプリケーションを選択し、希望のアプリ用の :guilabel:`🕘(時計)`アイコンをクリックします。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Activity menu drop down with focus on where to open activity view for CRM." -msgstr "CRMの活動ビューを開く場所に焦点を当てた活動メニューのドロップダウン。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Move across the row to " -"find the desired activity type, then click the :guilabel:`＋ (plus sign)`." -msgstr "" -"活動をスケジュールするレコードを選択します。行を移動して希望の活動タイプを見つけ、 :guilabel:＋(プラス記号)`をクリックします。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "CRMパイプラインの活動ビューと活動のスケジュールオプション。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" -" throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." -msgstr "活動の色と期日は活動の種類やビューに関係なく、Odoo全体で一貫しています。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Activities that appear in **green** indicate a due date sometime in the " -"future." -msgstr "緑色**で表示される活動は、期日が今後であることを示します。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:96 -msgid "**Yellow** indicates that the activity's due date is today." -msgstr "**黄色**は活動の期日が今日であることを示します。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Red** indicates that the activity is overdue and the due date has passed." -msgstr "**赤**は、その活動が遅れており期日が過ぎていることを示します。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:99 -msgid "" -"For example, if an activity is created for a phone call, and the due date " -"passes, the activity appears with a red phone in list view, and a red clock " -"on the kanban view." -msgstr "例えば、電話のためにかつどうが作成され、期日が過ぎると、その活動はリストビューでは赤い電話、かんばんビューでは赤い時計で表示されます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:103 -msgid "View scheduled activities" -msgstr "スケジュール済の活動を見る" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:105 -msgid "" -"To view scheduled activities, open either the :menuselection:`Sales app` or " -":menuselection:`CRM app` and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, located " -"to the far-right side of the other view options." -msgstr "" -"スケジュール済の活動を表示するには、 :menuselection:`販売アプリ` または :menuselection:`CRMアプリ` " -"を開き、他の表示オプションの右端にある :guilabel:`🕘(時計)` アイコンをクリックします。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Doing so opens the activities menu, showcasing all the scheduled activities " -"for the user, by default. To show all activities for every user, remove the " -":guilabel:`My Pipeline` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." -msgstr "" -"そうすると活動メニューが開き、デフォルトではユーザのスケジュールされた活動が全て表示されます。全てのユーザの全ての活動を表示するには、 " -":guilabel:`検索...` バーから :guilabel:`自分のパイプライン` フィルタを削除して下さい。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To view a consolidated list of activities separated by the application where" -" they were created, and by deadline, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon on" -" the header menu to see the activities for that specific application in a " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" -"作成されたアプリケーション別、および期日別に活動の統合リストを表示するにはヘッダメニューの :guilabel:`🕘(時計)` " -"アイコンをクリックすると、そのアプリケーションの活動がドロップダウンメニューに表示されます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The possibility to :guilabel:`Add new note` and :guilabel:`Request a " -"Document` appear at the bottom of this drop-down menu, when the :guilabel:`🕘" -" (clock)` icon on the header menu is clicked." -msgstr "" -"ヘッダーメニューの :guilabel:`🕘(時計)` アイコンをクリックすると、このドロップダウンメニューの下に :guilabel:`新規メモ追加`" -" と :guilabel:`ドキュメントを要求` の可能性が表示されます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads page emphasizing the activities menu." -msgstr "活動メニューを強調したCRMのリードページ。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:123 -msgid "Configure activity types" -msgstr "活動タイプを設定する" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:125 -msgid "" -"To configure the types of activities in the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss --> Activities --> Activity Types`." -msgstr "" -"データベースの活動のタイプを設定するには、:menuselection:`設定アプリ --> ディスカス --> 活動 --> " -"活動タイプ`にアクセスして下さい。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types." -msgstr "メニューの活動タイプを強調した設定ページの表示。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " -"activity types are found." -msgstr "そうすると :guilabel:`活動タイプ` ページが表示され、既存の活動タイプが表示されます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To edit an existing activity type, select it from the list, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`. To create a new activity type, click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" -"既存の活動タイプを編集するには、リストから選択して :guilabel:`編集` をクリックして下さい。新規活動タイプを作成するには、 " -":guilabel:`作成` をクリックして下さい。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:136 -msgid "" -"At the top of a blank activity type form, start by choosing a " -":guilabel:`Name` for the new activity type." -msgstr "空白の活動タイプフォームの上部で、新規活動タイプの:guilabel:`名前`を選択することから始めます。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 msgid "New activity type form." msgstr "新規活動タイプフォーム。" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:143 -msgid "Activity settings" -msgstr "活動設定" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:45 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "かんばんビュー" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:146 -msgid "Action" -msgstr "アクション" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 msgid "" -"The *Action* field specifies the intent of the activity. Some actions " -"trigger specific behaviors after an activity is scheduled." -msgstr "* 活動*フィールドは活動の意図を指定します。いくつかのアクションは、活動がスケジュールされた後、特定の動作をトリガします。" +"Another way that activities are created is from the Kanban view in an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "The Kanban icon in the top menu, highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon located at the bottom of " +"an individual record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`+ Schedule An Activity`, then proceed to :ref:`fill out the" +" Schedule Activity form `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "CRMパイプラインのかんばん表示とアクティビティのスケジュールオプション。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If a record already has a scheduled activity, the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon" +" is replaced by the icon that represents the existing scheduled activity. " +"Click on the activity type's icon to schedule another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:70 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "ビュー一覧" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:72 +msgid "Activities can also be created from a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Activities` column is hidden, reveal it using the " +":guilabel:`(additional options toggle)` icon in the far-right of the top " +"row, represented by two horizontal lines with two dots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon for the record the activity is" +" being added to, then click :guilabel:`+ Schedule an activity`. Proceed to " +":ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form ` that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "CRMパイプラインのリストビューと活動のスケジュールオプション。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:93 +msgid "Activity view" +msgstr "活動ビュー" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Most applications in Odoo have an *Activity* view available. If available, a" +" :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon is visible in the top-right of the main" +" menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To open the activity view, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "Top-right menu with the Activities icon called out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In this view, all the available activities are listed in the columns, while " +"the horizontal entries represent all the individual records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Activities that appear green have a due date in the future, activities that " +"appear orange are due today, while activities appearing red are overdue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Color bars in each column represent records for specific activity types, and" +" display a number indicating how many activities are scheduled for that " +"type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If multiple activity types are scheduled for a record, a number appears in " +"the box, indicating the total number of scheduled activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" +" throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." +msgstr "活動の色と期日は活動の種類やビューに関係なく、Odoo全体で一貫しています。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To schedule an activity for a record, hover over the corresponding field, " +"and a :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` appears. Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)`, and then :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "CRMパイプラインの活動ビューと活動のスケジュールオプション。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 +msgid "Schedule Activity form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Activities can be scheduled from many different places, such as from the " +":ref:`chatter ` of a record, or from one of multiple " +"views in an application, when available: the :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or :ref:`activity " +"view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Activity Type`: select the type of activity from the drop-down " +"menu. The default options are: :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Call`, " +":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`To-Do`. Depending on what other " +"applications are installed, additional options may be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Individual applications have a list of dedicated :ref:`activity types " +"`. For example, installing the *Sales* application makes " +":guilabel:`Order Upsell` available, while installing the *Sign* application " +"makes :guilabel:`Request Signature` available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Summary`: enter a short title for the activity, such as `Discuss " +"Proposal`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date`: using the calendar popover, select the activity's " +"deadline." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected, a link to upload a document is " -"added directly to the planned activity in the chatter." +":guilabel:`Assigned to`: by default, the current user populates this field. " +"To assign a different user to the activity, select them from the drop-down " +"menu." msgstr "" -"guilabel:`ドキュメントをアップロード` " -"が選択された場合、チャターの予定されている活動にドキュメントをアップロードするリンクが直接追加されます。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 msgid "" -"If either :guilabel:`Phonecall` or :guilabel:`Meeting` are selected, users " -"have the option to open their calendar to schedule a time for this activity." +":guilabel:`Notes`: add any additional information for the activity in this " +"field." msgstr "" -"guilabel:`電話`または:guilabel:`ミーティング`が選択された場合、ユーザはカレンダを開いてこの活動の時間を予約することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Request Signature` is selected, a link is added to the planned" -" activity in the chatter that opens a signature request pop-up window." +"When the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window is completed, click one" +" of the following buttons:" msgstr "" -"guilabel:`署名を依頼` が選択された場合、チャターの予定されている活動にリンクが追加され、署名依頼のポップアップウィンドウが開きます。" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:158 msgid "" -"The actions available to select on an activity type vary, depending on the " -"applications currently installed in the database." -msgstr "活動タイプで選択できるアクションは、現在データベースにインストールされているアプリケーションによって異なります。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:163 -msgid "Default user" -msgstr "デフォルトユーザ" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:165 -msgid "" -"To automatically assign this activity to a specific user when this activity " -"type is scheduled, choose a name from the :guilabel:`Default User` drop-down" -" menu. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to the user who" -" creates the activity." +":guilabel:`Open Calendar`: opens the user's calendar to add and schedule the" +" activity." msgstr "" -"この活動タイプがスケジュールされたときに、この活動を特定のユーザに自動的に割当てるには、 :guilabel:`デフォルトユーザ` " -"ドロップダウンメニューから名前を選択します。このフィールドが空白の場合、活動は活動を作成したユーザに割当てられます。" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:170 -msgid "Default summary" -msgstr "デフォルト概要" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Click on the desired date and time for the activity, and a :guilabel:`New " +"Event` pop-up window appears. The summary from the *Schedule Activity* pop-" +"up window populates the :guilabel:`Title` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Enter the information in the :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up window, then click" +" :guilabel:`Save & Close` to schedule it. Once scheduled, the activity is " +"added to the chatter under the :guilabel:`Planned Activities` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Activity Type` is set to either :guilabel:`Call` or " +":guilabel:`Meeting`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 msgid "" -"To include notes whenever this activity type is created, enter them into the" -" :guilabel:`Default Summary` field." -msgstr "この活動タイプが作成されるたびにメモを含めるには、:guilabel:`デフォルト概要`フィールドに入力して下さい。" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: schedules the activity, and adds the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Planned Activities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:174 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule & Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the" +" chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, and is " +"automatically marked as done." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next`: adds the details of the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, is " +"automatically marked as done, and a new :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up" +" window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancel`: discards any changes made on the :guilabel:`Schedule " +"Activity` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "CRMのリードを表示し、活動をスケジュールするオプション。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:188 +msgid "All scheduled activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To view a consolidated list of activities, organized by application, click " +"the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon in the header menu, located in the top-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If any activities are scheduled, the number of activities appear in a red " +"bubble on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:196 +msgid "" +"All activities for each application are further divided into subsections, " +"indicating where in the application the activity is to be completed. Each " +"sub-section lists the number of scheduled activities that are " +":guilabel:`Late`, due :guilabel:`Today`, and scheduled in the " +":guilabel:`Future`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:202 +msgid "" +"In the *Time Off* application, one activity is scheduled to be done in the " +"*All Time Off* requests dashboard, and six activities are scheduled to be " +"done in the *Allocations* dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:205 +msgid "" +"These requests appear in two separate lists in the all activities drop-down " +"menu: one labeled `Time Off` and one labeled `Time Off Allocation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list of activities that is accessed from the main menu bar. Two entries for the Time\n" +"Off application are highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:214 +msgid "Request a document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The option to :guilabel:`Request a Document` is available at the bottom of " +"the list of :ref:`all scheduled activities `, the option to " +":guilabel:`Request a Document` appears. Click :guilabel:`Request a " +"Document`, and a :guilabel:`Request a file` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:222 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Name`: enter a name for the document being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request To`: select the user the document is being requested from" +" using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date In`: enter a numerical value indicating when the " +"document is due. Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. " +"Click :guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. " +"Select the desired time-frame option from the list. The options are " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:229 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +":ref:`Workspace ` the document is being uploaded to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any desired tags from the drop-down menu. The " +"available tags displayed are based on the tags configured for the selected " +":guilabel:`Workspace`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message`: enter a message to clarify the document request in this" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:235 +msgid "" +"When all the fields are completed, click :guilabel:`Request` to send the " +"document request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Request a file form, with all fields filled out to request a contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:244 +msgid "Activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured types of activities in the database, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss section --> Activities " +"setting --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activity Types button in the Settings application under the Discuss section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " +"activity types are found." +msgstr "そうすると :guilabel:`活動タイプ` ページが表示され、既存の活動タイプが表示されます。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "The list of activity types already configured and available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:260 +msgid "Edit activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:262 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing :ref:`activity type `, click on the " +"activity type, and the activity type form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:265 +msgid "" +"Make any desired changes to the activity type form. The form automatically " +"saves, but it can be saved manually at any time by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Save Manually` option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:270 +msgid "Create new activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:272 +msgid "" +"To create a new :ref:`activity type `, click " +":guilabel:`New` from the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, and a blank " +"activity type form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the activity type at the top of the form, then " +"enter the following information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:279 +msgid "Activity Settings section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:281 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Action`: using the drop-down menu, select an action associated " +"with this new activity type. Some actions trigger specific behaviors after " +"an activity is scheduled, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:284 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Upload Document`: if selected, a link to upload a document is " +"automatically added to the planned activity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:286 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Call` or :guilabel:`Meeting`: if selected, users have the option " +"to open their calendar to select a date and time for the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request Signature`: if selected, a link to open a signature " +"request pop-up window is automatically added to the planned activity in the " +"chatter. This requires the Odoo *Sign* application to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Available activity types vary based on the installed applications in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folder`: select a specific :ref:`workspace " +"` folder to save a document to. This field **only** " +"appears if :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Action`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Folder` the document is " +"saved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default User`: select a user from the drop-down menu to " +"automatically assign this activity to the selected user when this activity " +"type is scheduled. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to " +"the user who creates the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Summary`: enter a note to include whenever this activity " +"type is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:307 +msgid "" "The information in the :guilabel:`Default User` and :guilabel:`Default " "Summary` fields are included when an activity is created. However, they can " "be altered before the activity is scheduled or saved." @@ -405,111 +599,86 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel:`デフォルトユーザ`フィールドと " ":guilabel:`デフォルト概要`フィールドの情報は、活動の作成時に含まれます。しかし、これらは活動がスケジュールされたり、保存される前に変更することができます。" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:181 -msgid "Next activity" -msgstr "次の活動" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:311 msgid "" -"To automatically suggest, or trigger, a new activity after an activity has " -"been marked complete, the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` must be set." +":guilabel:`Keep Done`: tick this checkbox to keep activities that have been " +"marked as `Done` visible in the :ref:`activity view `." msgstr "" -"活動が完了と表示された後に、新しい活動を自動的に提案、またはトリガするには、 :guilabel:`チェーンタイプ`を設定する必要があります。" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:187 -msgid "Suggest next activity" -msgstr "次の活動を提案" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:189 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field, select :guilabel:`Suggest Next " -"Activity`. Upon doing so, the field underneath changes to: " -":guilabel:`Suggest`. Click the :guilabel:`Suggest` field drop-down menu to " -"select any activities to recommend as follow-up tasks to this activity type." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:313 +msgid ":guilabel:`Default Note`: enter any notes to appear with the activity." msgstr "" -"guilabel:`チェーンタイプ`フィールドで、:guilabel:`次の活動を提案`を選択します。そうすると、下のフィールドが " -":guilabel:`提案` " -"に変わります。guilabel:`提案`フィールドのドロップダウンメニューをクリックして、この活動タイプのフォローアップタスクとして推奨する活動を選択します。" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Schedule` field, choose a default deadline for these " -"activities. To do so, configure a desired number of :guilabel:`Days`, " -":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, decide if it should occur " -":guilabel:`after completion date` or :guilabel:`after previous activity " -"deadline`." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:316 +msgid "Next Activity section" msgstr "" -"guilabel:`スケジュール`フィールドで、これらの活動のデフォルトの期日を選択します。そのためには、guilabel:`日`、 " -":guilabel:`週`、 " -":guilabel:`月`のいずれかで希望の数を設定します。そして、:guilabel:`完了日`の後に発生させるか、:guilabel:`前の活動の期日`の後に発生させるかを決定します。" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:198 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:318 msgid "" -"This :guilabel:`Schedule` field information can be altered before the " -"activity is scheduled." -msgstr "この :guilabel:`スケジュール` フィールド情報は、活動がスケジュールされる前に変更することができます。" +"It is possible to have another activity either suggested or triggered. To do" +" so, configure the :guilabel:`Next Activity` section." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:227 -msgid "When all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "全ての設定が完了したら :guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:321 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`: select either :guilabel:`Suggest Next Activity` " +"or :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` from the drop-down menu. Depending on " +"the selected option, either the :guilabel:`Suggest` or :guilabel:`Trigger` " +"field is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:326 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field does **not** appear if :guilabel:`Upload" +" Document` is selected for the :guilabel:`Action`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Suggest/Trigger`: depending on what is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`, this field either displays :guilabel:`Suggest` or" +" :guilabel:`Trigger`. Using the drop-down menu, select the activity to " +"recommend or schedule as a follow-up task to the activity type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:332 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: configure when the next activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:334 +msgid "" +"First, enter a numerical value indicating when the activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. Click " +":guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. Select the" +" desired time-frame option from the list. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:340 +msgid "" +"Lastly, using the drop-down menu, select whether the activity is scheduled " +"or triggered either :guilabel:`after previous activity deadline` or " +":guilabel:`after completion date`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "Schedule activity popup with emphasis on recommended activities." -msgstr "推奨活動に重点を置いたスケジュール活動のポップアップ。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Suggest " -"Next Activity`, and has activities listed in the :guilabel:`Suggest` field, " -"users are presented with recommendations for activities as next steps." +msgid "A new Activity form with all the fields filled out." msgstr "" -"活動に :guilabel:`チェーンタイプ` が :guilabel:`次の活動を提案` に設定されていて、 :guilabel:`提案` " -"フィールドにリストされている活動がある場合、ユーザは次のステップとして推奨活動を提示されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:211 -msgid "Trigger next activity" -msgstr "次の活動をトリガする" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Setting the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` to :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` " -"immediately launches the next activity once the previous one is completed." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:348 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss`" msgstr "" -"guilabel:`チェーンタイプ`を:guilabel:`次の活動をトリガ`に設定すると、前の活動が終了した後、すぐに次の活動が開始されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` is selected in the :guilabel:`Chaining " -"Type` field, the field beneath changes to: :guilabel:`Trigger`. From the " -":guilabel:`Trigger` field drop-down menu, select the activity that should be" -" launched once this activity is completed." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:349 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss/team_communication`" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`チェーンタイプ`フィールドで:guilabel:`次の活動をトリガを選択すると、下のフィールドが:guilabel:`トリガ`に変わります。guilabel:`トリガ`フィールドのドロップダウンメニューから、この活動が完了したら開始する活動を選択します。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Schedule new activity popup with emphasis on Done and launch next button." -msgstr "完了と次を起動を強調したポップアップボタンで新規活動をスケジュールします。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Trigger" -" Next Activity`, marking the activity as `Done` immediately launches the " -"next activity listed in the :guilabel:`Trigger` field." -msgstr "" -"活動に :guilabel:`チェーンタイプ` が :guilabel:`次の活動をトリガ` に設定されている場合、活動を `完了` とマークすると、 " -":guilabel:`トリガ` フィールドにリストされている次の活動が即座に起動されます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:238 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:239 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:3 msgid "Export and import data" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 1c131cef1..f362a112e 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Junko Augias, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 @@ -621,6 +621,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:583 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:701 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 @@ -2071,6 +2072,7 @@ msgstr "銀行仕訳帳の消込ビューのユーザインターフェイス。 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:32 msgid "Transactions" msgstr "取引明細書" @@ -2706,7 +2708,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:90 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:432 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:363 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "Customer invoices" @@ -2940,7 +2942,7 @@ msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:169 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:242 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:376 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 @@ -4420,6 +4422,7 @@ msgstr "Odooで生成されたPDFには**Factur-X** XMLファイルが含まれ #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:38 msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" msgstr ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" @@ -6376,25 +6379,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 msgid "" -"This document addresses a specific use case for theoretical purposes. " -"Navigate :ref:`here ` for " -"instructions on how to set up and use |AVCO| in Odoo." +"This document addresses a specific use case for theoretical purposes. For " +"instructions on how to set up and use |AVCO|, refer to the :doc:`inventory " +"valuation configuration " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +" doc." msgstr "" -"このドキュメントでは理論的な目的のために特定のユースケースを取り上げています。Odooで|平均原価法(AVCO)|を設定・使用する方法は " -":ref:`here ` を参照して下さい。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:32 -msgid "" -":ref:`Using inventory valuation `" -msgstr ":ref:`在庫評価の利用 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 msgid "" +":doc:`Using inventory valuation " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:35 +msgid "" ":ref:`Other inventory valuation methods " "`" msgstr ":ref:`他の在庫評価方法`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:40 msgid "" "To use average cost inventory valuation on a product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and " @@ -6406,17 +6410,17 @@ msgstr "" "に移動し、|平均原価法(AVCO)| を使用するカテゴリを選択します。プロダクトカテゴリページで :guilabel:`原価法` を `平均原価法 " "(AVCO)` に、 :guilabel:`在庫評価` を `自動化済` に設定します。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:46 msgid "" -":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration " -"`" -msgstr ":ref:`在庫評価設定 `" +":doc:`Inventory valuation configuration " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 msgid "Using average cost valuation" msgstr "平均原価法を使用" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "" "The average cost method adjusts the inventory valuation when products are " "received in the warehouse. This section explains how it works, but if the " @@ -6426,17 +6430,17 @@ msgstr "" "平均原価法は、プロダクトが倉庫に入荷した際に在庫評価を調整します。このセクションではその仕組みを説明しますが、説明が不要な場合は " ":ref:サプライや使用例に戻る ` セクションに飛んで下さい。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:59 msgid "Formula" msgstr "計算式" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:61 msgid "" "When new products arrive, the new average cost for each product is " "recomputed using the formula:" msgstr "新しいプロダクトが入荷すると、各商品の新しい平均コストが計算式を使って再計算されます:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:63 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{(Old~Qty \\times Old~Avg~Cost) + (Incoming~Qty \\times Purchase~Price)}{Final~Qty}\n" "\n" @@ -6444,21 +6448,21 @@ msgstr "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{(Old~Qty \\times Old~Avg~Cost) + (Incoming~Qty \\times Purchase~Price)}{Final~Qty}\n" "\n" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:66 msgid "**Old Qty**: product count in stock before receiving the new shipment;" msgstr "**旧数量**：新入荷前の在庫数です;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:67 msgid "" "**Old Avg Cost**: calculated average cost for a single product from the " "previous inventory valuation;" msgstr "**旧平均原価**: 前回の在庫評価で算出された単一プロダクトの平均原価;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:69 msgid "**Incoming Qty**: count of products arriving in the new shipment;" msgstr "**入荷数**：新しい配送で入荷するプロダクトの数;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:70 msgid "" "**Purchase Price**: estimated price of products at the reception of products" " (since vendor bills may arrive later). The amount includes not only the " @@ -6470,11 +6474,11 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`仕入諸掛 ` " "などの追加原価も含まれます。仕入先請求書を受け取った時点で、この価格は調整されます;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:74 msgid "**Final Qty**: quantity of on-hand stock after the stock move." msgstr "**最終数量**: 在庫移動後の手持ち在庫の数量。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 msgid "" "When products leave the warehouse, the average cost **does not** change. " "Read about why the average cost valuation is **not** adjusted :ref:`here " @@ -6483,11 +6487,11 @@ msgstr "" "プロダクトが倉庫から出るとき、平均原価は変わり**ません**。平均原価の評価が調整され**ない**理由については、こちらをご覧下さい。 :ref:`ここ" " `." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:85 msgid "Compute average cost" msgstr "平均原価を計算" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:87 msgid "" "To understand how the average cost of a product changes with each shipment, " "consider the following table of warehouse operations and stock moves. Each " @@ -6495,155 +6499,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "出荷のたびにプロダクトの平均原価がどのように変化するかを理解するために、次の倉庫作業と在庫移動の表を見てみましょう。それぞれ、平均原価評価がどのように影響されるかを示す異なる例です。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Operation" msgstr "工程" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 msgid "Incoming Value" msgstr "入荷額" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "在庫金額" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "手持ち在庫数" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Avg Cost" msgstr "平均原価" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:424 msgid "$0" msgstr "$0" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "Receive 8 tables at $10/unit" msgstr "テーブル8台を1台につき10ドルで入荷" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "8 * $10" msgstr "8 * $10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "$80" msgstr "$80" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "8" msgstr "8" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "$10" msgstr "$10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 msgid "Receive 4 tables at $16/unit" msgstr "4テーブルを$16/台で入荷" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 msgid "4 * $16" msgstr "4 * $16" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 msgid "$144" msgstr "$144" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "$12" msgstr "$12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 msgid "Deliver 10 tables" msgstr "10テーブルを配送" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 msgid "-10 * $12" msgstr "-10 * $12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "$24" msgstr "$24" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "2" msgstr "2" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:106 msgid "" "Ensure comprehension of the above computations by reviewing the \"Receive 8 " "tables at $10/unit\" example." msgstr "上記の計算を理解するために、\"1台につき10ドルで8台のテーブルを入荷\"例を確認して下さい。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:109 msgid "Initially, the product stock is 0, so all values are $0." msgstr "初期状態では、プロダクト在庫は0なので、すべての値は0ドルです。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:111 msgid "" "In the first warehouse operation, `8` tables are received at `$10` each. The" " average cost is calculated using the :ref:`formula " @@ -6652,7 +6659,7 @@ msgstr "" "最初の倉庫作業では、`8`個のテーブルがそれぞれ`$10`で入荷されます。平均原価は :ref:`式 " "` を使って計算されます：" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:114 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{0 + 8 \\times $10}{8} = \\frac{$80}{8} = $10\n" "\n" @@ -6660,32 +6667,32 @@ msgstr "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{0 + 8 \\times $10}{8} = \\frac{$80}{8} = $10\n" "\n" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "" "Since the *incoming quantity* of tables is `8` and the *purchase price* for " "each is `$10`," msgstr "テーブルの*入荷*数量*は`8`で、それぞれの*購入価格*は`$10`です、" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:118 msgid "The inventory value in the numerator is evaluated to `$80`;" msgstr "分子の在庫金額は80ドルと評価されます;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 msgid "`$80` is divided by the total amount of tables to store, `8`;" msgstr "$80`は、保存するテーブルの合計量である`8`で割られます;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:120 msgid "`$10` is the average cost of a single table from the first shipment." msgstr "`$10` 初回出荷分のテーブル1台の平均コストです。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:122 msgid "" "To verify this in Odoo, in the *Purchase* app, order `8` quantities of a new" " product, `Table`, with no previous stock moves, for `$10` each." msgstr "" "これをOdooで確認するために、*購買*アプリで、過去に在庫が移動していない新プロダクト、`テーブル`を8`個、それぞれ$10`でオーダします。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:125 msgid "" "In the table's :guilabel:`Product Category` field in the :guilabel:`General " "Information` tab of the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon," @@ -6697,14 +6704,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`➡️ (矢印)` アイコンをクリックし、プロダクトカテゴリを編集する :guilabel:`外部リンク` " "を開きます。guilabel:`原価計算法`を`平均原価法 (AVCO)`に、 :guilabel:`在庫評価`を`自動化済`に設定します。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "" "Then, return to the purchase order. Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`, and " "click :guilabel:`Receive Products` to confirm receipt." msgstr "" "その後、オーダに戻ります。guilabel:`オーダを確認`をクリックし、:guilabel:`プロダクト入荷`をクリックして入荷を確認します。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:133 msgid "" "Next, check the inventory valuation record generated by the product " "reception by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> " @@ -6721,7 +6728,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show inventory valuation of 8 tables in Odoo." msgstr "Odooでテーブル8台の在庫評価を表示" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "" "When the product category's :guilabel:`Costing Method` is set to " ":guilabel:`AVCO`, then the average cost of a product is also displayed on " @@ -6732,11 +6739,11 @@ msgstr "" "に設定されている場合、プロダクトの平均原価はプロダクトページの :guilabel:`一般情報` タブにある :guilabel:`原価` " "フィールドにも表示されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:149 msgid "Product delivery (use case)" msgstr "プロダクト配送(使用例)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:151 msgid "" "For outgoing shipments, :ref:`outbound products have no effect on the " "average cost valuation `. Although the " @@ -6746,13 +6753,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "出荷配送の場合、:ref:`出荷プロダクトは平均原価評価`に影響しません。平均原価評価は再計算されませんが、在庫からプロダクトが取り除かれ、顧客ロケーションに配送されるため、在庫値は依然として減少します。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:157 msgid "" "To demonstrate that the average cost valuation is not recalculated, examine " "the \"Deliver 10 tables\" example." msgstr "平均原価評価が再計算されないことを説明するために、\"テーブル10台の配送\"の例を検証します。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{12 \\times $12 + (-10) \\times $12}{12-10} = \\frac{24}{2} = $12\n" "\n" @@ -6760,7 +6767,7 @@ msgstr "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{12 \\times $12 + (-10) \\times $12}{12-10} = \\frac{24}{2} = $12\n" "\n" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "" "Because 10 tables are being sent out to customers, the *incoming quantity* " "is `-10`. The previous average cost (`$12`) is used in lieu of a vendor's " @@ -6768,17 +6775,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "10台のテーブルが顧客に発送されるため、*入荷数* は `-10` となります。仕入先の*購買価格*の代わりに以前の平均原価($12`)が使われます;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:165 msgid "The *incoming inventory value* is `-10 * $12 = -$120`;" msgstr "*入荷在庫金額* は `-10 * $12 = -$120`;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:166 msgid "" "The old *inventory value* (`$144`) is added to the *incoming inventory " "value* (`-$120`), so `$144 + -$120 = $24`;" msgstr "旧*在庫金額*（$144`）は*入荷在庫金額*（-$120`）に加えられるので、$144 + -$120 = $24`となります;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:168 msgid "" "Only `2` tables remain after shipping out `10` tables from `12`. So the " "current *inventory value* (`$24`) is divided by the on-hand quantity (`2`);" @@ -6786,12 +6793,12 @@ msgstr "" " " "`12`のテーブルから10`のテーブルを出荷した後、`2`のテーブルだけが残ります。つまり、現在の*在庫金額*（$24`）は手持ち在庫数（`2`）で割られます;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:170 msgid "" "`$24 / 2 = $12`, which is the same average cost as the previous operation." msgstr "`$24 / 2 = $12`, これは前のオペレーションと同じ平均コストです。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:172 msgid "" "To verify this in Odoo, sell `10` tables in the *Sales* app, validate the " "delivery, and then review the inventory valuation record by going to in " @@ -6803,7 +6810,7 @@ msgstr "" "レポーティング --> " "在庫評価`で在庫評価記録を確認します。一番上の評価レイヤーでは、`10`テーブルを納品すると、商品価値が`-$120`下がります。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:177 msgid "" "**Note**: What is not represented in this stock valuation record is the " "revenue made from this sale, so this decrease is not a loss to the company." @@ -6813,11 +6820,11 @@ msgstr "**注**:この在庫評価記録には、この販売による収益が msgid "Show how deliveries decrease inventory valuation." msgstr "納品によって在庫評価がどのように低下するかを示します。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:187 msgid "Return items to supplier (use case)" msgstr "サプライヤーに商品を返品する(使用例)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:189 msgid "" "Because the price paid to suppliers can differ from the price the product is" " valued at with the |AVCO| method, Odoo handles returned items in a specific" @@ -6825,42 +6832,42 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "|平均原価|法でプロダクトが評価される価格とサプライヤーに支払われる価格が異なる場合があるため、Odooは返品された商品を特殊な方法で処理します。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:192 msgid "" "Products are returned to suppliers at the original purchase price, but;" msgstr "プロダクトは購入時の価格でサプライヤーに返却されますが、" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:193 msgid "The internal cost valuation remains unchanged." msgstr "内部原価評価に変更はありません。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 msgid "" "The above :ref:`example table ` is updated as" " follows:" msgstr "上記:ref:`例テーブル ` は以下のように更新されています:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 msgid "Qty*Avg Cost" msgstr "数量*平均原価" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 msgid "Return 1 table bought at $10" msgstr "$10で購入したテーブル1台を返品" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 msgid "-1 * $12" msgstr "-1 * $12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:242 msgid "1" msgstr "1" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:205 msgid "" "In other words, returns to vendors are perceived by Odoo as another form of " "a product exiting the warehouse. To Odoo, because the table is valued at $12" @@ -6870,7 +6877,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "言い換えると、取引先への返品は倉庫から出荷されるプロダクトの一形態としてOdooに認識されます。Odooにとって、テーブルは1台あたり12ドルで評価されるため、プロダクトが返品されると在庫金額は12ドル減少します。最初の購入価格である10ドルは、テーブルの平均原価とは無関係です。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:211 msgid "" "To return a single table that was purchased for `$10`, navigate to the " "receipt in the *Inventory* app for the :ref:`8 tables purchased in Exercise " @@ -6881,7 +6888,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`入荷`をクリックし、目的の入荷を選択して、 " ":ref:`練習1`で購入した8台のテーブルの入荷に移動します。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:216 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Return` on the validated delivery order, and modify " "the quantity to `1` in the reverse transfer window. This creates an outgoing" @@ -6891,7 +6898,7 @@ msgstr "" "次に、有効な配送オーダの :guilabel:`返品` をクリックし、逆送信ウィンドウで数量を `1` " "に修正します。これでテーブルの出荷が作成されます。guilabel:`検証`を選択して出荷配送を確定します。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:220 msgid "" "Return to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation` " "to see how the outgoing shipment decreases the inventory value by $12." @@ -6901,17 +6908,17 @@ msgstr "menuselection:`在庫 --> レポーティング --> 在庫評価` に戻 msgid "Inventory valuation for return." msgstr "返品用在庫評価" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:230 msgid "Eliminate stock valuation errors in outgoing products" msgstr "出荷プロダクトの在庫評価ミスの排除" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:232 msgid "" "Inconsistencies can occur in a company's inventory when the average cost " "valuation is recalculated on outgoing shipments." msgstr "平均原価評価を出荷時に再計算すると、会社の在庫に矛盾が生じる可能性があります。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:235 msgid "" "To demonstrate this error, the table below displays a scenario in which 1 " "table is shipped to a customer and another is returned to a supplier at the " @@ -6919,46 +6926,46 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "このエラーを説明するため、下の表は、テーブル1台が顧客に出荷され、もう1台のテーブルが仕入価格でサプライヤーに返品されるシナリオを示しています。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 msgid "Qty*Price" msgstr "数量*価格" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 msgid "Ship 1 product to customer" msgstr "1プロダクトを顧客に配送" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 msgid "-1 \\* $12" msgstr "-1 \\* $12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "Return 1 product initially bought at $10" msgstr "$10で購入したプロダクト1点を返品" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "-1 \\* $10" msgstr "-1 \\* $10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$2**" msgstr "**$2**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "**0**" msgstr "**0**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:248 msgid "" "In the final operation above, the final inventory valuation for the table is" " `$2` even though there are `0` tables left in stock." msgstr "上記の最終操作では、テーブルの在庫が残り0`であるにもかかわらず、テーブルの最終的な在庫評価は`$2`です。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:251 msgid "Correct method" msgstr "修正方法" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:253 msgid "" "Use the average cost to value the return. This does not mean the company " "gets $12 back for a $10 purchase; the item returned for $10 is valued " @@ -6968,11 +6975,11 @@ msgstr "" "返品の評価には平均原価を使用します。$10で返品された商品は、社内では1$12で評価されます。在庫金額の変動は、$12 " "の価値があるプロダクトが会社の資産に計上されなくなったことを意味します。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:258 msgid "Anglo-Saxon accounting" msgstr "アングロサクソン会計" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:260 msgid "" "In addition to using |AVCO|, companies that use **Anglo-Saxon accounting** " "also keep a holding account that tracks the amount to be paid to vendors. " @@ -6983,13 +6990,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "|平均原価法(AVCO)|を使用することに加えて、**英米式会計**を使用する企業は、仕入先に支払うべき金額を追跡する保留勘定も保持します。仕入先がオーダを納品すると、在庫に入ったプロダクトの仕入先価格に基づいて**在庫金額**が増加します。保有勘定(**在庫入力**と呼ばれます)は貸方記入され、仕入先の請求書が届いて初めて消込されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:266 msgid "" ":ref:`Anglo-Saxon vs. Continental " "`" msgstr ":ref:`英米式 vs. 大陸式 `" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:268 msgid "" "The table below reflects journal entries and accounts. The *stock input* " "account stores the money intended to pay vendors when the vendor bill has " @@ -6999,71 +7006,71 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "以下の表は、仕訳と勘定を反映したものです。*在庫入力*勘定は、仕入先からの請求書をまだ受け取っていない場合に、仕入先に支払うための資金を保管します。プロダクトの**評価額**と購入価格との間に価格差があるプロダクトを返品する際に、勘定科目のバランスをとるために、*価格差異*勘定が作成されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Stock Input" msgstr "在庫入力" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Price Diff" msgstr "価格差異" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 msgid "Receive 8 tables at $10" msgstr "テーブル8台を$10で入荷" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 msgid "($80)" msgstr "($80)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" msgstr "入荷仕入先請求書 $80" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 msgid "Receive 4 tables at $16" msgstr "テーブル4台を$16で入荷" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 msgid "($64)" msgstr "($64)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" msgstr "仕入先請求書$64を受取る" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "Deliver 10 tables to customer" msgstr "テーブル10台を顧客に配送" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "Return 1 table initially bought at $10" msgstr "元は$10で購入したテーブル1台を返品" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$10**" msgstr "**$10**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$12**" msgstr "**$12**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" msgstr "取引先から返金 $10受取る" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "$2" msgstr "$2" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:296 msgid "Product reception" msgstr "プロダクト入荷" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:299 msgid "Summary" msgstr "概要" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:301 msgid "" "At product reception, Odoo ensures companies can pay for goods that were " "purchased by preemptively moving an amount matching the price of received " @@ -7076,7 +7083,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "プロダクト入荷時に、Odooは入荷した商品の価格に一致する金額を**在庫入力**という:doc:`負債勘定`に先払いすることで、企業が購買した商品の代金を支払うことができるようにします。その後、請求書が受領されると、保有口座の金額が**買掛金**に振り込まれます。この勘定への振替は仕入先請求書が支払われたことを意味します。**在庫入力**は、仕入先請求書を受領した時点で消込されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:308 msgid "" "Inventory valuation is a method of calculating how much each in-stock " "product is worth internally. Since there is a difference between the price " @@ -7086,44 +7093,44 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在庫評価とは、各在庫製品が内部的にいくらの価値があるかを計算する方法です。プロダクトが**評価された価格**と、プロダクトが実際に**購買された価格**との間には差があるため、**在庫評価**勘定は、**在庫入力**勘定の貸方操作および借方操作とは無関係です。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:313 msgid "To conceptualize all this, follow the breakdown below." msgstr "これら全てを概念化するには、以下の内訳に従って下さい。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:316 msgid "Accounts balanced at received products" msgstr "入荷プロダクトで均衡している勘定" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:318 msgid "" "In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, `table`, in " "stock. Then, 8 tables are received from the vendor:" msgstr "この例では、ある会社で、あるプロダクト`テーブル`の在庫が0個からスタートしたとします。その後、取引先から8台テーブルが届きます:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:321 msgid "" "The **Stock Input** account stores `$80` of credit owed to the vendor. The " "amount in this account is unrelated to the inventory value." msgstr "**在庫入力**勘定には、仕入先に支払うべき貸方`$80`があります。この勘定科目の金額は在庫金額とは無関係です。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:323 msgid "" "`$80` worth of tables came **in** (**debit** the *Inventory Value* account " "`$80`), and" msgstr "`$80` 相当のテーブルが**入荷**(**棚卸資産*勘定から`$80`**貸方記入**)、そして" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:324 msgid "" "`$80` must be paid **out** for received goods (**credit** the *Stock Input* " "account `$80`)." msgstr "入荷した商品に対して**$80`を払**出**する必要があります。(**在庫入力**勘定`$80`を**貸方記入**)。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:324 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:370 msgid "In Odoo" msgstr "Odooで" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:329 msgid "" "Odoo generates an accounting journal entry when shipments that use |AVCO| " "costing method are received. Configure a :guilabel:`Price Difference " @@ -7133,7 +7140,7 @@ msgstr "" " |平均原価(AVCO)| 法を使用する配送を受取ると、Odooは会計仕訳を作成します。プロダクトページの :guilabel:`プロダクトカテゴリ` " "フィールドの横にある :guilabel:`➡️ (矢印)` アイコンを選択して :guilabel:`価格差異勘定科目` を設定します。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:333 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Account Properties`, create a new :guilabel:`Price " "Difference Account` by typing in the name of the account and clicking " @@ -7148,7 +7155,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create price difference account." msgstr "価格差異勘定科目を作成" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:341 msgid "" "Then, receive the shipment in the *Purchase* app or *Inventory* app, and " "navigate to the :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal " @@ -7162,7 +7169,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show accounting entry of 8 tables from the list." msgstr "リストから8台のテーブルの会計仕訳を表示します。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:349 msgid "" "Click on the line for 8 tables. This accounting journal entry shows that " "when the 8 tables were received, the `Stock Valuation` account increased by " @@ -7177,11 +7184,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit stock valuation and credit stock input 80 dollars." msgstr "借方在庫評価額と貸方在庫入力 80 ドル。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:358 msgid "Accounts balanced at received vendor bill" msgstr "仕入先請求書を受領した時点で勘定が均衡している" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:360 msgid "" "In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, table, in " "stock. Then, 8 tables are received from the vendor. When the bill is " @@ -7189,17 +7196,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "この例では、ある会社が、あるプロダクト(テーブル)の在庫が0個からスタートしたとします。その後、仕入先から8台のテーブルが入荷します。仕入先から8台分の請求書が届いた時:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:363 msgid "" "Use `$80` in the **Stock Input** account to pay the bill. This cancels out " "and the account now holds `$0`." msgstr "仕入先請求書の支払に **在庫入力** 勘定科目の `$80` を使用します。これは相殺され、勘定科目には現在 `$0` があります。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:365 msgid "Debit **Stock Input** `$80` (to reconcile this account)." msgstr "借方**在庫入力** `$80` (この勘定科目を消込する)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:366 msgid "" "Credit **Accounts payable** `$80`. This account stores the amount the " "company owes others, so accountants use the amount to write checks to " @@ -7208,7 +7215,7 @@ msgstr "" "**買掛金** " "`$80`を借方記入します。この勘定科目には、会社が他へ支払うべき金額が保存されており、経理担当者はこの金額を使って仕入先に小切手を発行します。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:372 msgid "" "Once the vendor requests payment, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Orders --> Purchase` and select the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for " @@ -7218,7 +7225,7 @@ msgstr "" "仕入先が支払を要求したら、 :menuselection:`購買アプリ --> オーダ --> 購買` に移動し、8台のテーブルの " ":abbr:`購買オーダ` を選択します。その :abbr:`購買オーダ` の中で :guilabel:`請求書を発行` を選択します。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:376 msgid "" "Switch to the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view how `$80` is transferred" " from the holding account, `Stock Interim (Received)` to `Accounts Payable`." @@ -7231,11 +7238,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show bill linked to the purchase order for 8 tables." msgstr "テーブル8台分のオーダにリンクされた請求書を表示します。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:385 msgid "On product delivery" msgstr "プロダクト配達時" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:387 msgid "" "In the :ref:`above example table `, when 10" " products are delivered to a customer, the **Stock Input** account is " @@ -7244,13 +7251,13 @@ msgstr "" "ref:`上記の例のテーブル`では、10個のプロダクトが顧客に納品されると、新しいプロダクトが入ってこないため、**在庫入力**勘定はそのままになります。簡潔に言うと:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:391 msgid "" "**Inventory valuation** is credited `$120`. Subtracting from inventory " "valuation represents `$120` worth of products exiting the company." msgstr "**在庫評価**には`$120`が貸方記入されます。在庫評価から差し引いて`$120`ドル相当のプロダクトが会社から出ることになります。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:393 msgid "Debit **Accounts Receivable** to record revenue from the sale." msgstr "**売掛金**を借方計上し、販売による収益を計上します。" @@ -7258,7 +7265,7 @@ msgstr "**売掛金**を借方計上し、販売による収益を計上しま msgid "Show journal items linked to sale order." msgstr "販売オーダにリンクされた仕訳帳項目を表示します。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:401 msgid "" "In the accounting journal entry invoicing a customer for 10 tables, the " "accounts **Product Sales**, **Tax Received**, and **Accounts Receivable** " @@ -7267,7 +7274,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "会計仕訳で、顧客にテーブル10台分の請求書を発行する場合、**プロダクト売上高**、**受取税**、**売掛金**の勘定科目はすべて商品の売上に関係します。**売掛金**は、顧客からの支払いを受け取る勘定科目です。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:405 msgid "" "Anglo-Saxon accounting recognizes the cost of goods sold (COGS) once the " "sale is made. So, up until the product is sold, scrapped, or returned, costs" @@ -7277,11 +7284,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "英米式会計では、販売が完了した時点で売上原価(COGS)を認識します。したがって、プロダクトが販売されるか、廃棄されるか、返品されるまでは、プロダクトを在庫として保管するための原価は計上されません。この期間にテーブル10台を保管するための費用を計上するため、**費用**勘定から120ドルが引き落とされます。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:411 msgid "On product return" msgstr "プロダクト返品時" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:413 msgid "" "In the :ref:`above example table `, when " "returning 1 product to a vendor purchased at `$10`, a company expects `$10` " @@ -7295,7 +7302,7 @@ msgstr "" "table>`において、$10`で購入したプロダクトを1つ返品する場合、ある会社は仕入先から**買掛金**勘定に$10`が入ることを期待します。しかし、返品時の平均原価は12ドルであるため、**在庫入力**勘定からは12ドルが引き落とされなければなりません。不足分の" " `$2` は、商品の :guilabel:`プロダクトカテゴリ` に設定されている :guilabel:`価格差異勘定` に計上されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:420 msgid "" "Behavior of *price difference accounts* varies from localization. In this " "case, the account is intended to store differences between vendor price and " @@ -7303,11 +7310,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" " *価格差勘定*の動作はローカライゼーションによって異なります。この場合、勘定科目は仕入先価格と*自動*在庫評価方法の差額を保存するためのものです。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:423 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "要約:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:425 msgid "" "Debit **Stock Input** account `$10` to move the table from stock to stock " "input. This move is to indicate that the table is to be processed for an " @@ -7315,13 +7322,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在庫から在庫入力にテーブルを移動させるために、**在庫入力**勘定`$10`を借方記入します。この移動は、テーブルが出荷処理されることを示すものです。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:427 msgid "" "Debit **Stock Input** an additional `$2` to account for the **Price " "Difference**." msgstr " **在庫入力**に**価格差異**用の勘定科目に追加の `$2`を借方記入します。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:428 msgid "" "Credit **Stock Valuation** `$12` because the item is leaving the stock." msgstr "在庫がなくなるので、**在庫評価** `$12`を貸方記入します。" @@ -7330,16 +7337,16 @@ msgstr "在庫がなくなるので、**在庫評価** `$12`を貸方記入し msgid "2 dollar difference expensed in Price Difference account." msgstr "2ドルの差額は価格差勘定で費用処理されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:434 msgid "Once the vendor's refund is received," msgstr "仕入先の返金を受取ったら、" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:436 msgid "" "Credit **Stock Input** account `$10` to reconcile the price of the table." msgstr "テーブルの価格を消込するために、**在庫入力** 勘定 `$10` を貸方記入します。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:437 msgid "" "Debit **Accounts Payable** `$10` to have the accountants collect and " "register the payment in their journal." @@ -7353,7 +7360,7 @@ msgstr "戻って10ドルを取り戻す。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:361 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:247 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:258 @@ -8101,6 +8108,7 @@ msgid "Partial payment 2/2" msgstr "部分支払 2/2" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:422 msgid "30" msgstr "30" @@ -8359,7 +8367,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:254 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:278 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 @@ -8536,6 +8544,7 @@ msgid "VAT units tab" msgstr "VATユニットタブ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:339 msgid "Fiscal position" msgstr "会計ポジション" @@ -12674,6 +12683,7 @@ msgstr "" "`_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:32 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "前提条件" @@ -12841,6 +12851,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" msgstr ":doc:`../taxes`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:150 msgid ":doc:`../get_started`" msgstr ":doc:`../get_started`" @@ -13093,11 +13104,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:105 msgid "" -"Setting an :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` is **irreversible** and cannot be" -" removed." -msgstr "guilabel:`全ユーザロック日`の設定は**不可逆**であり、削除することはできません。" +"Install the :guilabel:`Irreversible Lock Date` (`account_lock`) module to " +"make the :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` *irreversible* once set." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:109 msgid "" "A specific year-end closing entry is **optional** in order to close out the " "**profit and loss statement**. The reports are created in real-time, meaning" @@ -13206,7 +13217,7 @@ msgstr "" "`、プロダクトフォームなどの :guilabel:`税` フィールドに表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:386 msgid "Tax computation" msgstr "税計算" @@ -13271,6 +13282,7 @@ msgstr "税" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:397 msgid "Total" msgstr "合計" @@ -14022,117 +14034,1703 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "税込価格で会計ポジションを設定し、税抜価格リストを使用した場合、間違った価格が計算される可能性があります。そのため、通常、1つの価格参照のみを使用することをお勧めします。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:3 -msgid "Avatax integration" -msgstr "Avatax統合" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:5 -msgid "Avatax is a tax calculation provider that can be integrated in Odoo." -msgstr "AvataxはOdooに統合可能な税金計算プロバイダです。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:98 -msgid "Credential configuration" -msgstr "認証情報設定" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To integrate Avatax with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes` and add your Avatax credentials in the" -" :guilabel:`Avatax` section." +msgid "AvaTax integration" msgstr "" -"AvataxをOdooと統合するには、以下に行きます :menuselection:`会計 --> 設定 --> 管理設定--> 税` " -"そしてAvatax認証情報を :guilabel:`Avatax`セクションに追加します。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you do not yet have credentials, click on :guilabel:`How to Get " -"Credentials`." -msgstr "まだ認証情報を持っていない場合は、 :guilabel:`認証情報の取得方法` をクリックしてj下さい。" +"Avalara's *AvaTax* is a cloud-based tax software. Integrating *AvaTax* with " +"Odoo provides real-time and region-specific tax calculations when users " +"sell, purchase, and invoice items in Odoo. *AvaTax* tax calculation is " +"supported with every United Nations charted country, including inter-border " +"transactions." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Configure Avatax settings" -msgstr "Avatax設定を行う" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:13 +msgid "" +"*AvaTax* is only available for integration with databases/companies that " +"have locations in the United States, Canada, and Brazil. This means the " +"fiscal position/country of a database can only be set to the United States, " +"Canada, or Brazil. For more information, reference this documentation: " +":ref:`avatax/fiscal_country`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:18 +msgid "" +"*AvaTax* accounts for location-based tax rates for each state, county, and " +"city. It improves remittance accuracy by paying close attention to laws, " +"rules, jurisdiction boundaries, and special circumstances (like, tax " +"holidays, and product exemptions). Companies who integrate with *AvaTax* can" +" maintain control of tax-calculations in-house with this simple :abbr:`API " +"(application programming interface)` integration." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:25 -msgid "Tax mapping" -msgstr "税マッピング" +msgid "" +"Some limitations exist in Odoo while using *AvaTax* for tax calculation:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:27 msgid "" -"The Avatax integration is available on Sale Orders and Invoices with the " -"included Avatax fiscal position." -msgstr "Avataxとの統合は、Avataxの会計ポジションを含む販売オーダと請求書で利用できます。" +"*AvaTax* is **not** supported in Odoo's *Point of Sale* app, because a " +"dynamic tax calculation model is excessive for transactions within a single " +"delivery address, such as stores or restaurants." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:30 msgid "" -"Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the " -"product categories." -msgstr "統合を使用する前に、プロダクトカテゴリに :guilabel:`Avataxカテゴリ` を指定して下さい。" +"*AvaTax* and Odoo use the company address and **not** the warehouse address." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Specify Avatax Category on products" -msgstr "Avataxカテゴリをプロダクトで定義" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:31 msgid "" -"Avatax Categories may be overridden or set on individual products as well." -msgstr "Avataxカテゴリは、個々のプロダクトにも上書きまたは設定することができます。" +"Exercise tax is **not** supported. This includes tobacco/vape taxes, fuel " +"taxes, and other specific industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Avalara's support documents: `About AvaTax " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:39 +msgid "Set up on AvaTax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To use *AvaTax*, an account with Avalara is required for the setup. If one " +"has not been set up yet, connect with Avalara to purchase a license: " +"`Avalara: Let's Talk `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Upon account setup, take note of the *AvaTax* :guilabel:`Account ID`. This " +"will be needed in the :ref:`Odoo setup `. In Odoo, this " +"number is the :guilabel:`API ID`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Then, `create a basic company profile " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:53 +msgid "Create basic company profile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Collect essential business details for the next step: locations where tax is" +" collected, products/services sold (and their sales locations), and customer" +" tax exemptions, if applicable. Follow the Avalara documentation for " +"creating a basic company profile:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:59 +msgid "" +"`Add company information `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:61 +msgid "" +"`Tell us where the company collects and pays tax " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:63 +msgid "" +"`Verify jurisdictions and activate the company " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Add other company locations for location-based filing " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:67 +msgid "" +"`Add a marketplace to the company profile " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:73 +msgid "Connect to AvaTax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:75 +msgid "" +"After creating the basic company profile in Avalara, connect to *AvaTax*. " +"This step links Odoo and *AvaTax* bidirectionally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox `_" +" or `production `_ environment. This will depend" +" on which type of Avalara account the company would like to integrate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:83 +msgid "" +"`Sandbox vs production environments in Avalara " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Log in to create the :guilabel:`License Key`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> License and API Keys`. Click :guilabel:`Generate License Key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:90 +msgid "" +"A warning appears stating: `If your business app is connected to Avalara " +"solutions, the connection will be broken until you update the app with the " +"new license key. This action cannot be undone.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Generating a new license key breaks the connection with existing business " +"apps using the *AvaTax* integration. Make sure to update these apps with the" +" new license key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If this will be the first :abbr:`API (application programming interface)` " +"integration being made with *AvaTax* and Odoo, then click " +":guilabel:`Generate license key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:100 +msgid "" +"If this is an additional license key, ensure the previous connection can be " +"broken. There is **only** one license key associated with each of the " +"Avalara sandbox and production accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Copy this key to a safe place. It is **strongly encouraged** to backup the " +"license key for future reference. This key cannot be retrieved after leaving" +" this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:108 +msgid "Odoo configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Before using *AvaTax*, there are some additional configurations in Odoo to " +"ensure tax calculations are made accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Verify that the Odoo database contains necessary data. The country initially" +" set up in the database determines the fiscal position, and aids *AvaTax* in" +" calculating accurate tax rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:119 +msgid "Fiscal country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Country`, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Country` " +"feature to :guilabel:`United States`, :guilabel:`Canada`, or " +":guilabel:`Brazil`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:131 +msgid "Company settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:133 +msgid "" +"All companies operating under the Odoo database should have a full and " +"complete address listed in the settings. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Settings app`, and under the :guilabel:`Companies` section, " +"ensure there is only one company operating the Odoo database. Click " +":guilabel:`Update Info` to open a separate page to update company details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:138 +msgid "" +"If there are multiple companies operating in the database, click " +":guilabel:`Manage Companies` to load a list of companies to select from. " +"Update company information by clicking into the specific company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Database administrators should ensure that the :guilabel:`Street...`, " +":guilabel:`Street2...`, :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, " +":guilabel:`ZIP`, and :guilabel:`Country` are all updated for the companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This ensures accurate tax calculations and smooth end-of-year accounting " +"operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:149 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:153 +msgid "Module installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, ensure that the Odoo *AvaTax* module is installed. To do so, navigate " +"to the :menuselection:`Apps application`. In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, " +"type in `avatax`, and press :kbd:`Enter`. The following results populate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "名称" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 +msgid "Technical name" +msgstr "技術名" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "説明" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:167 +msgid "`account_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Default *AvaTax* module. This module adds the base *AvaTax* features for tax" +" calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:169 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for geo localization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:170 +msgid "`account_avatax_geolocalize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:171 +msgid "" +"This module includes the features required for integration of *AvaTax* into " +"geo-localization in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:173 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SO`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:174 +msgid "`account_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Includes the information needed for tax calculation on sales orders in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:176 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for Inventory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:177 +msgid "`account_avatax_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:178 +msgid "Includes tax calculation in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:179 +msgid ":guilabel:`Amazon/Avatax Bridge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:180 +msgid "`sale_amazon_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Includes tax calculation features between the *Amazon Connector* and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:182 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:183 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:184 +msgid "Includes information for tax calculation in the Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:185 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:186 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:187 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for tax calculation for services " +"in the Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil Sale for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:190 +msgid "`l10n_br_edi_sale_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:191 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for tax calculation for the sale " +"of services in the Brazil localization. This includes electronic data " +"interchange (EDI)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:193 +msgid ":guilabel:`Test SOs for the Brazilian AvaTax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:194 +msgid "`l10n_br_test_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:195 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for test sales orders in the " +"Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Install` button on the module labeled, " +":guilabel:`Avatax`: `account_avatax`. Doing so installs the following " +"modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:200 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax`: `account_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:201 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SO`: `account_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:202 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for Inventory`: `account_avatax_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Should *AvaTax* be needed for geo-localization, or with the *Amazon " +"Connector*, then install those modules individually by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Install` on :guilabel:`Avatax for geo localization` and " +":guilabel:`Amazon/Avatax Bridge`, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:209 +msgid "" +"For localization specific *AvaTax* instructions, view the following " +":doc:`fiscal localization <../../fiscal_localizations>` documentation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:212 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:217 +msgid "Odoo AvaTax settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To integrate the *AvaTax* :abbr:`API (application programming interface)` " +"with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` section. The :guilabel:`AvaTax` fields in the :guilabel:`Taxes` " +"section is where the *AvaTax* configurations are made, and the credentials " +"are entered in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:224 +msgid "" +"First, tick the checkbox to the left of the :guilabel:`AvaTax` settings, to " +"activate *AvaTax* on the database. This is a quick, convenient way to " +"activate and deactivate *AvaTax* tax calculation on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Override product categories as needed" -msgstr "必要に応じてプロダクトカテゴリを上書" +msgid "Configure AvaTax settings" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:235 +msgid "" +"First, select the :guilabel:`Environment` in which the company wishes to use" +" *AvaTax* in. It can either be :guilabel:`Sandbox` or " +":guilabel:`Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:239 +msgid "" +"For help determining which *AvaTax* environment to use (either " +":guilabel:`Production` or :guilabel:`Sandbox`), visit: `Sandbox vs " +"Production environments " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:244 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Now, the credentials can be entered in. The *AvaTax* :guilabel:`Account ID` " +"should be entered in the :guilabel:`API ID` field, and the " +":guilabel:`License Key` should be entered in the :guilabel:`API Key` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Account ID` can be found by logging into the *AvaTax* portal " +"(`sandbox `_ or `production " +"`_). In the upper-right corner, click on the " +"initials of the user and :guilabel:`Account`. The :guilabel:`Account ID` is " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To access the :guilabel:`License Key` see this documentation: " +":ref:`avatax/create_avalara_credentials`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:259 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Company Code` field, enter the Avalara company code for " +"the company being configured. Avalara interprets this as `DEFAULT`, if it is" +" not set. The :guilabel:`Company Code` can be accessed in the Avalara " +"management portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:263 +msgid "" +"First, log into the *AvaTax* portal (`sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_). Then, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Manage Companies`. The :guilabel:`Company Code` value is located in the " +"row of the :guilabel:`Company` in the :guilabel:`Company Code` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "AvaTax company code highlighted on the company details page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:273 +msgid "Transaction options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:275 +msgid "" +"There are two transactional settings in the Odoo *AvaTax* settings that can " +"be configured: :guilabel:`Use UPC` and :guilabel:`Commit Transactions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:278 +msgid "" +"If the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Use UPC` is ticked, the transactions will" +" use Universal Product Codes (UPC), instead of custom defined codes in " +"Avalara. Consult a certified public accountant (CPA) for specific guidance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:282 +msgid "" +"Should the :guilabel:`Commit Transactions` checkbox be ticked, then, the " +"transactions in the Odoo database will be committed for reporting in " +"*AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:286 msgid "Address validation" msgstr "住所検証" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:288 msgid "" -"Manually validate customer addresses by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate " -"address` link in the customer form view." -msgstr "顧客フォームビューの :guilabel:`住所検証` リンクをクリックして、顧客の住所を手動で検証します。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Validate customer addresses" -msgstr "顧客の住所検証" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If preferred, choose to keep the newly validated address or the original " -"address in the wizard that pops up." -msgstr "必要に応じて、ポップアップ表示されるウィザードで、新しく検証された住所を保持するか、元の住所を保持するかを選択します。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Address validation wizard" -msgstr "住所検証ウィザード" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:64 -msgid "Tax calculation" -msgstr "税計算" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with Avatax by" -" confirming the documents. Alternatively, calculate the taxes manually by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`Compute taxes using Avatax` button while these " -"documents are in draft mode." +"The *Address Validation* feature ensures that the most up-to-date address by" +" postal standards is set on a contact in Odoo. This is important to provide " +"accurate tax calculations for customers." msgstr "" -"Odooの見積書や請求書を確認すると、Avataxを使用して自動的に税金が計算されます。または、これらのドキュメントがドラフトモードの時に " -":guilabel:`Avataxを使用して税金を計算する` ボタンをクリックして手動で税金を計算することもできます。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:292 msgid "" -"Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Code` field that's available on customers, " -"quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and Avatax." +"The :guilabel:`Address Validation` feature only works with " +"partners/customers in North America." msgstr "" -"顧客、見積書、請求書にある :guilabel:`Avalaraコード` フィールドを使用して、OdooとAvataxのデータを相互参照できます。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Additionally, tick the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Address validation` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:297 +msgid "" +"For accurate tax calculations, it is best practice to enter a complete " +"address for the contacts saved in the database. However, *AvaTax* can still " +"function by implementing a best effort attempt using only the " +":guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`State`, and :guilabel:`Zip code`. These are " +"the three minimum required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:302 +msgid ":guilabel:`Save` the settings to implement the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Manually :guilabel:`Validate` the address by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Contacts app`, and selecting a contact. Now that the " +"*AvaTax* module has been configured on the database, a :guilabel:`Validate` " +"button appears directly below the :guilabel:`Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:309 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a pop-up window appears with a " +":guilabel:`Validated Address` and :guilabel:`Original Address` listed. If " +"the :guilabel:`Validated Address` is the correct mailing address for tax " +"purposes, click :guilabel:`Save Validated`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Validate address pop-up window in Odoo with \"Save Validated\" button and \"Validated\n" +"Address\" highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:319 +msgid "" +"All previously-entered addresses for contacts in the Odoo database will need" +" to be validated using the manually validate process outlined above. " +"Addresses are not automatically validated if they were entered previously. " +"This only occurs upon tax calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:324 +msgid "Test connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:326 +msgid "" +"After entering all the above information into the *AvaTax* setup on Odoo, " +"click :guilabel:`Test connection`. This ensures the :guilabel:`API ID` and " +":guilabel:`API KEY` are correct, and a connection is made between Odoo and " +"the *AvaTax* application programming interface (API)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:331 +msgid "Sync parameters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Upon finishing the configuration and settings of the *AvaTax* section, click" +" the :guilabel:`Sync Parameters` button. This action synchronizes the " +"exemption codes from *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:341 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Fiscal Positions`. A :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` is listed " +"named, :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)`. Click it to open " +"*AvaTax's* fiscal position configuration page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:345 +msgid "Here, ensure that the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` checkbox is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the checkbox next to the field labeled: :guilabel:`Detect " +"Automatically`. Should this option be ticked, then, Odoo will automatically " +"apply this :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for transactions in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Enabling :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` also makes specific parameters, " +"such as :guilabel:`VAT required`, :guilabel:`Foreign Tax ID`, " +":guilabel:`Country Group`, :guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`Federal States`, " +"or :guilabel:`Zip Range` appear. Filling these parameters filters the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` usage. Leaving them blank ensures all " +"calculations are made using this :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:358 +msgid "" +"Should the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` checkbox not be ticked, each " +"customer will need to have the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set on their " +":guilabel:`Sales and Purchase` tab of the contact record. To do so, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Order --> Customers`, or " +":menuselection:`Contacts app --> Contacts`. Then, select a customer or " +"contact to set the fiscal position on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:364 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Sales and Purchase` tab, and down to the section " +"labeled, :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`. Set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` " +"field to the fiscal position for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:430 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:372 +msgid "AvaTax accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Upon selecting the checkbox option for :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` a new " +":guilabel:`AvaTax` tab appears. Click into this tab to reveal two different " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:377 +msgid "" +"The first setting is the :guilabel:`AvaTax Invoice Account`, while the " +"second is, :guilabel:`AvaTax Refund Account`. Ensure both accounts are set " +"for smooth end-of-year record keeping. Consult a certified public accountant" +" (CPA) for specific guidance on setting both accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:381 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to implement the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:384 +msgid "Tax mapping" +msgstr "税マッピング" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:386 +msgid "" +"The *AvaTax* integration is available on sale orders and invoices with the " +"included *AvaTax* fiscal position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:390 +msgid "" +"Additionally, there is a :guilabel:`Tax Mapping` tab and :guilabel:`Account " +"Mapping` tab in the :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)` fiscal " +"position, where mapping for products can also be configured. To access " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Positions` navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Fiscal Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:396 +msgid "Product category mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the " +"product categories. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Product Categories`. Select the product category to add " +"the :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` to. In the :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` " +"field, select a category from the drop-down menu, or :guilabel:`Search " +"More...` to open the complete list of options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "Specify AvaTax Category on products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:409 +msgid "Product mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:411 +msgid "" +"*AvaTax* Categories may be set on individual products, as well. To set the " +":guilabel:`Avatax Category` navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Products --> Products`. Select the product to add the :guilabel:`Avatax " +"Category` to. Under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, on the far-" +"right, is a selector field labeled: :guilabel:`Avatax Category`. Finally, " +"click the drop-down menu, and select a category, or :guilabel:`Search " +"More...` to find one that is not listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:418 +msgid "" +"If both the product, and its category, have an :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` " +"set, the product's :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` takes precedence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "Override product categories as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:426 +msgid "" +"Mapping an :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` on either the *Product* or *Product " +"Category* should be completed for every *Product* or *Product Category*, " +"depending the route that is chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:431 +msgid ":doc:`avatax/avatax_use`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:432 +msgid ":doc:`avatax/avalara_portal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:163 +msgid "" +"`US Tax Compliance: Avatax elearning video " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:6 +msgid "Avalara (Avatax) portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Avalara's (*AvaTax*) management console offers account management options " +"including: viewing/editing the transactions sent from Odoo to *AvaTax*, " +"details on how the taxes are calculated, tax reporting, tax exemption " +"management, and tax return resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:13 +msgid "Avalara is the software developer of the tax software, *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the console, first, navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_ environment. This will depend on which type " +"of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`. Log in to the " +"management console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara dashboard after logging into management portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"For more information see Avalara's documentation: `Activate your " +"Communications Customer Portal account " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To access transactions, click in the :guilabel:`Transactions` link on the " +"main dashboard upon logging into the :ref:`avatax/portal`. To manually " +"access the *Transactions* page, while logged into the Avalara console, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Transactions --> Transactions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara portal with the transactions shortcut highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:43 +msgid "Edit transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click into a transaction to reveal more details about the transaction. These" +" details include sections on :guilabel:`Invoice detail`, " +":guilabel:`Additional info`, and :guilabel:`Customer info`. Click :icon:`fa-" +"pencil` :guilabel:`Edit document details` to make changes to the " +"transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:49 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Discount` can be added to adjust the invoice. This is " +"especially useful in cases where the transaction has already synced with " +"Avalara / *AvaTax*, and changes need to be made afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:55 +msgid "Filter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Filter transactions on the :guilabel:`Transactions` page, by setting the " +":guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields, and configuring other fields to " +"filter by, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Status`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Code`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`Exactly " +"match`, :guilabel:`Starts with`, or :guilabel:`Contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer/Vendor Code`: the customer/vendor code in Odoo (e.g. " +"`Contact18`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: the country this tax was calculated in; this is a text " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: the region of the country, which varies based on the " +":guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Filters` to access the following filter " +"conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Type`: any of the following selections, :guilabel:`All`," +" :guilabel:`Sales Invoice`, :guilabel:`Purchase Invoice`, :guilabel:`Return " +"Invoice`, :guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Inbound Invoice`, " +":guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Outbound Invoice`, or :guilabel:`Customs " +"Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Import ID`: represents the import ID of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:78 +msgid "Sort by" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:80 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Transactions` page, transactions will be listed below, " +"according to the set :ref:`avalara/portal-filter`, located in the top half " +"of the page. The following columns are available by default, to sort by " +"ascending or descending order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc Code`: either of the following options, :guilabel:`Exactly " +"match`, :guilabel:`Starts with`, or :guilabel:`Contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc Status`: either of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cust/Vendor Code` : this is the customer/vendor code in Odoo " +"(e.g. Contact18)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: this is the region of the country, this will vary based " +"on the :guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amount`: the numeric amount of the total amount on the Odoo " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax`: the numeric amount of the tax applied to the total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Transactions page on the Avalara portal with the filter and sort-by options " +"highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:99 +msgid "Customize columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Additional columns can be added by clicking the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Customize columns`. On the resulting popover window, click the " +"drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`column` that should be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The following columns can be added for additional transactional information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`AvaTax calculated`: the amount of tax calculated by *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cust/vendor code`: the customer/vendor code in Odoo (e.g. " +"`Contact18`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Currency`: the standardized abbreviation for the currency the " +"amount total is in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doc date`: the document's date of creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc status`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc type`: any of the following selections, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Sales Invoice`, :guilabel:`Purchase Invoice`, :guilabel:`Return " +"Invoice`, :guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Inbound Invoice`, " +":guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Outbound Invoice`, or :guilabel:`Customs " +"Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last modified`: timestamp of the last time the document was " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location code`: the location code used to calculate the tax, " +"based on the delivery address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:122 +msgid ":guilabel:`PO number`: the purchase order number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference code`: the Odoo reference code (e.g. NV/2024/00003)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: the region of the country,which varies based on the " +":guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson code`: the numeric ID of the user assigned to the " +"sales order in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax date`: the month/day/year of the tax calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax override type`: where an exemption would appear, should there" +" be none, the field populates with :guilabel:`None`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:131 +msgid "To add a new column click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:134 +msgid "" +"For more information on *AvaTax* transactions, refer to this Avalara " +"documentation: `Transactions " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:138 +msgid "Import-export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"While on the :ref:`avalara/portal-transactions`, click :icon:`fa-download` " +":guilabel:`Import transactions` or :icon:`fa-upload` :guilabel:`Export " +"transactions` to import or export transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1019 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:42 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "レポート" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To access reporting, navigate to the :menuselection:`Reports` link in the " +"top menu of the Avalara management console. Next, select from one of the " +"available reporting tabs: :guilabel:`Transactions reports`, " +":guilabel:`Liability & tax return reports`, or :guilabel:`Exemption " +"reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Additionally, there is a :guilabel:`Favorites` tab and :guilabel:`Downloads`" +" tab. The :guilabel:`Favorites` tab contains any favorited report " +"configurations for the Avalara user. The :guilabel:`Downloads` tab contains " +"a list view where the user can download the high-volume transaction reports " +"created in the last 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Make a selection for the :guilabel:`Report Category`, and the " +":guilabel:`Report Name`, under the :guilabel:`Select a report` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Next, fill out the :guilabel:`Select report details` section. These options " +"will vary based on the tab selected above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Depending on the report size, the following two options are available in the" +" section labeled, :guilabel:`Select the approximate number of transactions " +"for your report`: :guilabel:`Create and download the report instantly` (for " +"small reports) and :guilabel:`Create and download the report in the " +"background` (for larger reports). Select one or the other depending on the " +"volume of transactions in this report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Finally, under the section labeled, :guilabel:`Report preview and export` " +"make a selection of the file type to download. Either a :guilabel:`.PDF` or " +":guilabel:`.XLS` can be chosen. Alternatively, the file can be previewed by " +"selecting the :guilabel:`Preview` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:172 +msgid "" +"After making all the configurations, click :guilabel:`Create report` to " +"download the report. Click :icon:`fa-star-o` :guilabel:`Make this report a " +"favorite` to save the report configuration to the user's favorites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:176 +msgid "" +"After the report is created, click :icon:`fa-download` :guilabel:`Download` " +"to download the file to the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Select a pre-configured report from the :guilabel:`Frequently used reports` " +"section of the reporting dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Access this list by clicking on the :guilabel:`Reports` option in the top " +"menu of the Avalara management console, and scroll to the bottom of the " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"`See Avalara's documentation: Reports in AvaTax " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:191 +msgid "Add more jurisdictions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Additional jurisdictions (tax locations) can be added in the Avalara " +"management console. Navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_ environment. This will depend on which type " +"of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Where you collect tax`. " +"Choose between the three different tabs, depending on the business need. The" +" first tab is :guilabel:`Sales and use tax`, where tax can be collected for " +"the United States. Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add to where you " +"collect sales and use tax` to add another location where the company " +"collects sales and use tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The second option, is the :guilabel:`VAT/GST` tab where the :icon:`fa-plus` " +":guilabel:`Add a country or territory where you collect VAT/GST` can be " +"selected to add another country or territory where the company collects " +"VAT/GST." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Finally, on the far-right, is the :guilabel:`Customs duty` tab, where a " +"country can be added where the company collects customs duty. Simply click " +"on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a country where you calculate customs " +"duty` icon below the tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"AvaTax management console, on the Where you collect tax page, with the add button and\n" +"sales and use tax tab highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:217 +msgid "" +"`See Avalara's documentation: Add local jurisdiction taxes " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:221 +msgid "Tax exemption certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Tax exemption certificates for customers can be added into the Avalara " +"management console, so that *AvaTax* is aware of which customers may be " +"exempt from paying certain taxes. To add an *exception certificate* navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Exemptions --> Customer certificates`. From there, click" +" on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a certificate` to configure an " +"exemption." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:229 +msgid "" +"An Avalara subscription to Exemption Certificate Management (ECM) is " +"required in order to attach certificate images, and to be ready for an " +"audit. For more on subscribing to this add-on, visit `Avalara " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:235 +msgid "End-of-year operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Avalara's services include tax return services, for when it is time to file " +"taxes at the end of the year. To access Avalara's tax services log, into the" +" `management portal `_. Then, from the main " +"dashboard, click :guilabel:`Returns`. Avalara will prompt the Avalara user " +"to log in for security purposes, and redirect the user to the *Returns* " +"portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara portal with the returns shortcut highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Get started` to begin the tax return process. For more " +"information, refer to this Avalara documentation: `About Managed Returns " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, click on the :menuselection:`Returns` button in the top menu " +"of the Avalara management console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:161 +msgid ":doc:`../avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`avatax_use`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:3 +msgid "AvaTax use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:5 +msgid "" +"AvaTax is a tax calculation software that can be integrated with Odoo in the" +" United States and Canada. Once the :doc:`integration setup <../avatax>` is " +"complete, the calculated tax is simple and automatic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:10 +msgid "Tax calculation" +msgstr "税計算" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with AvaTax by" +" confirming the documents during the sales flow. Alternatively, calculate " +"the taxes manually by clicking the :guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button, while " +"these documents are in draft stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button recalculates taxes, if any " +"product lines are edited on the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Sales quotation with the confirm and compute taxes button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The tax calculation is triggered during the following :ref:`automatic " +"trigger ` and :ref:`manual trigger " +"` circumstances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:30 +msgid "Automatic triggers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the sales rep sends the quote by email with :guilabel:`Send by email` " +"button (pop-up)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:33 +msgid "When the customer views the online quote on the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:34 +msgid "When a quote is confirmed and becomes a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:35 +msgid "When the customer views the invoice on the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:36 +msgid "When a draft invoice is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:37 +msgid "When the customer views the subscription in the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:38 +msgid "When a subscription generates an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:39 +msgid "When the customer gets to the last screen of the eCommerce checkout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:44 +msgid "Manual triggers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button at the bottom of the quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button at the top of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:49 +msgid "Use each of these buttons to manually re-calculate the sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Partner Code` field that is available on customer" +" records, quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and " +"AvaTax. This field is located under the :menuselection:`Other info` tab of " +"the sales order or quotation in the :guilabel:`Sales` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:56 +msgid "" +"On the customer record, navigate to *Contacts app* and select a contact. " +"Then open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab and the :guilabel:`Avalara " +"Partner Code` under the :guilabel:`Sales` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)` fiscal position is also " +"applied on those Odoo documents, like subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:165 +msgid ":doc:`../fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:68 +msgid "AvaTax synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Synchronization occurs with AvaTax, when the *invoice* is created in Odoo. " +"This means the sales tax is recorded with Avalara (AvaTax software " +"developer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`. " +"Select a quotation from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:76 +msgid "" +"After confirming a quotation and validating the delivery, click " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice`. Indicate whether it is a :guilabel:`Regular " +"invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or :guilabel:`Down payment " +"(fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Then click :guilabel:`Create and view invoice`. The recorded taxes can be " +"seen in the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab of the invoice. There will be " +"different taxes depending on the location of the :guilabel:`Delivery " +"Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Journal items highlighted on a invoice in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Finally, press the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to complete the invoice and " +"synchronize with the AvaTax portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:92 +msgid "" +"An invoice cannot be :guilabel:`Reset to draft` because this causes de-" +"synchronization with the AvaTax Portal. Instead, click :guilabel:`Add credit" +" note` and state: `Sync with AvaTax Portal`. See this documentation: " +":doc:`../../../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:97 +msgid "Fixed price discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Add a fixed price discount to a valuable customer, by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line` on the customer's invoice. Add the product discount, " +"and set the :guilabel:`Price` to either a positive or negative value. To " +"recalculate the taxes, click :guilabel:`Compute Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Tax calculation can even be done on negative subtotals and credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:107 +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:109 +msgid "" +"It is possible to log Avalara/*AvaTax* actions in Odoo for further analysis," +" or verification of functionality. Logging is accessible through the " +"*AvaTax* settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To start logging *AvaTax* actions, first, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, under the :guilabel:`AvaTax` " +"settings, click :guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Upon starting the log process, Odoo will log all Avalara/*AvaTax* actions " +"performed in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To view the logs, click on :guilabel:`Show logs` to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`. This reveals a detailed list of " +"Avalara/*AvaTax* actions. This list is sortable by the following columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:124 +msgid ":guilabel:`Created on`: timestamp of the *AvaTax* calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`Created by`: numeric value of the user in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Database name`: name of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: two values can be chosen for this field, " +":guilabel:`Server` or :guilabel:`Client`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Avalara service name. In this case, it will be *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:130 +msgid ":guilabel:`Level`: by default, this will be `INFO`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:131 +msgid ":guilabel:`Path`: indicates the path taken to make the calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`Line`: indicates the line the calculation is made on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:133 +msgid ":guilabel:`Function`: indicates the calculation taken on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara logging page with top row of list highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Click into the log line to reveal another field, called :guilabel:`Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:141 +msgid "" +"This field populates a raw transcription of the transaction, which involves " +"the creation (or adjustment) of a sales invoice using the Avalara *AvaTax* " +"API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The transaction includes details, such as addresses for shipping from and " +"to, line items describing the products or services, tax codes, tax amounts, " +"and other relevant information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:147 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Message` contains the calculated taxes for different " +"jurisdictions and confirms the creation (or adjustment) of the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Custom fields can be made using Odoo *Studio*. Click the :icon:`fa-" +"ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(ellipsis)` menu to the far-right of the header row. " +"Then click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add custom field`. This action opens " +"Odoo *Studio*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Studio* requires a *custom* pricing plan. Consult the database's " +"customer success manager for more information on switching plans. Or to see " +"if Odoo *Studio* is included in the database's current pricing plan. See " +"this documentation: :doc:`../../../../studio`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:162 +msgid ":doc:`avalara_portal`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:3 msgid "Cash basis taxes" msgstr "現金ベース税" @@ -14393,13 +15991,6 @@ msgstr "" "システムは、商品・サービスの**国境を越えた**販売におけるVAT徴収を簡素化するものです。主に企業対消費者**(B2C)**のケースに適用されます。OSSにより、企業は自国でVAT登録を行い、単一のオンラインポータルを使用してEU域内の販売に関するVAT義務を処理することができます。2つの主要なスキーム**があります：国境を越えたサービスに対する**EU" " OSS**スキームと、 €150以下の商品に対する**輸入OSS**スキームです。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1019 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:42 -msgid "Reports" -msgstr "レポート" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:54 msgid "" "To generate **OSS sales** or **OSS imports** reports and submit them onto " @@ -14796,7 +16387,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:592 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:570 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:700 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:710 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:119 @@ -17624,6 +19215,7 @@ msgstr "" "tutorial-localizacion-de-argentina-130>`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 @@ -17637,73 +19229,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" ":ref:`インストール ` アルゼンチンローカライゼーションの全機能を入手するには、次のモジュールを使用します:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "名称" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 -msgid "Technical name" -msgstr "技術名" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "説明" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:32 msgid ":guilabel:`Argentina - Accounting`" msgstr ":guilabel:`アルゼンチン - 会計`" @@ -17766,7 +19291,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "(オプション) 電子請求書を作成するために、eコマースのチェックアウトフォームで識別タイプとAFIP責任を確認できるようにします。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:52 @@ -17819,7 +19344,7 @@ msgid "Select Fiscal Localization Package." msgstr "会計ローカライゼーションパッケージを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:205 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:255 msgid "Configure master data" msgstr "マスタデータの設定" @@ -19442,7 +20967,7 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`決済プロバイダー <../payment_providers>` を設定する**必要があります**。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:923 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:267 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:181 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:270 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 @@ -20805,6 +22330,7 @@ msgid "`Stripe Terminal `_" msgstr "`Stripe端末 `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:150 msgid "Payroll" msgstr "給与計算" @@ -21368,6 +22894,7 @@ msgstr "" "をクリックして、会計担当者が確認できる会計仕訳のドラフトを作成します。給与明細バッチ処理の場合、この会計仕訳は全ての給与明細の残高を合計することに注意して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:308 msgid "Pay employees" msgstr "従業員に支払う" @@ -21617,11 +23144,19 @@ msgstr "Employment Heroの \"ビジネスID \"番号はURLの中にあります msgid "You can choose any Odoo journal to post the payslip entries." msgstr "Odooのどの仕訳帳を選択しても、給与明細の仕訳を記帳することができます。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:908 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:906 +msgid "" +"Configure the tax by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`. Create the necessary taxes for the Employment Hero payslip " +"entries. Fill in the tax code from **Employment Hero** in the " +":guilabel:`Matching Employment Hero Tax` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:911 msgid "How does the API work?" msgstr "APIはどのように機能するのか？" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:910 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:913 msgid "" "The API syncs the journal entries from Employment Hero to Odoo and leaves " "them in draft mode. The reference includes the Employment Hero payslip entry" @@ -21636,7 +23171,7 @@ msgid "" "Example of a Employment Hero Journal Entry in Odoo Accounting (Australia)" msgstr "Odoo会計におけるEmployment Hero仕訳入力例(オーストラリア)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:920 msgid "" "By default, the synchronisation happens once per week. You can fetch the " "records manually by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " @@ -21647,12 +23182,12 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Employment Heroの統合を有効にする`オプションで、 " ":guilabel:`Payrunsを手動で取得する`をクリックします。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:921 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:924 msgid "" "Employment Hero payslip entries also work based on double-entry bookkeeping." msgstr "Employment Heroの給与明細の記入も複式簿記に基づいています。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:926 msgid "" "The accounts used by Employment Hero are defined in the section " ":guilabel:`Payroll settings`." @@ -21662,7 +23197,7 @@ msgstr "Employment Heroで使用される勘定科目は、セクション :guil msgid "Chart of Accounts menu in Employment Hero" msgstr "Employment Heroでの勘定科目メニュー" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:928 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:931 msgid "" "For the API to work, you need to create the same accounts as the default " "accounts of your Employment Hero business (**same name and same code**) in " @@ -21810,6 +23345,8 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Country`" msgstr ":guilabel:`国`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:325 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:292 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" @@ -23123,22 +24660,19 @@ msgstr "ブラジル" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:12 msgid "" "With the Brazilian localization, sales taxes can be automatically computed " -"and electronic invoices (NF-e) for goods can be sent using AvaTax (Avalara) " -"through |API| calls. Moreover, taxes for services can be configured." +"and electronic invoices for goods (NF-e) and services (NFS-e) can be sent " +"using AvaTax (Avalara) through |API| calls. Moreover, taxes for services can" +" be configured." msgstr "" -"ブラジルへのローカライズにより、消費税は自動的に計算され、商品の電子請求書(NF-e)は、｜API｜コールを介してAvaTax(Avalara)を使用して送信することができます。さらに、サービスに対する税金も設定できます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:16 msgid "" -"For the goods tax computation and electronic invoicing process, you need to " -"configure the :ref:`contacts `, :ref:`company " +"For the goods and services tax computation and electronic invoicing process," +" you need to configure the :ref:`contacts `, :ref:`company " "`, :ref:`products `, and :ref:`create an " -"account in Avatax ` need to be configured in the " -"general settings." +"account in AvaTax ` which needs to be configured in " +"the general settings." msgstr "" -"商品税計算と電子請求書発行プロセスのために、一般設定で :ref:`連絡先 `, :ref:`company " -"`, :ref:`プロダクト `, :ref:`Avataxでアカウントを作成 " -"` を設定する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -23152,142 +24686,230 @@ msgid "" "can be modified if needed." msgstr "ローカライゼーションには、税金と、必要に応じて変更可能な勘定科目表テンプレートも含まれています。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:33 msgid "" -"Install the :guilabel:`🇧🇷 Brazil` :ref:`fiscal localization package " -"` to get all the default accounting features " -"of the Brazilian localization, following the :abbr:`IFRS (International " -"Financial Reporting Standards)` rules." +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Brazilian localization:" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`🇧🇷 Brazil` :ref:`fiscal localization package " -"` をインストールすると、 :abbr:`IFRS (International " -"Financial Reporting " -"Standards)`規則に従って、ブラジルのローカライゼーションのデフォルトの会計機能を全て入手することができます。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazilian - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_br`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `, " +"which represents having the Generic Brazilian chart of accounts and Taxes, " +"together with document types and identification types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazil - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:49 +msgid "`l10n_br_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:50 +msgid "Accounting reports for Brazil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` & :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:52 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax` & `l10n_br_avatax_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:53 +msgid "Goods and Services tax computation through Avalara." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Brazilian Accounting EDI` & :guilabel:`Brazilian Accounting EDI " +"for services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:55 +msgid "`l10n_br_edi` & `l10n_br_edi_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Provides electronic invoicing for goods and services for Brazil through " +"AvaTax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazil Pix QR codes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:58 +msgid "`l10n_br_pix`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:59 +msgid "Implements Pix QR codes for Brazil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:66 msgid "" "To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " "app and search the name given to your company." msgstr "会社情報を設定するには、:menuselection:`連絡先`アプリで会社名を検索します。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:69 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option at the top of the page. Then, " "configure the following fields:" msgstr "ページ上部の :guilabel:`会社` オプションを選択します。次に、以下のフィールドを設定します:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:245 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`." -msgstr ":guilabel:`名前`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1096 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`名前`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:314 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Address` (add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip" -" Code`, :guilabel:`Country`)." +":guilabel:`Address`: add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip" +" Code`, :guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`住所` (:guilabel:`都市`, :guilabel:`都道府県・州`, :guilabel:`郵便番号`, " -":guilabel:`国`を追加)。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:76 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street name, number, and any " "additional address information." msgstr "guilabel:`通り`フィールドに、通り名、番号、その他の住所情報を入力します。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:318 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Street 2` field, enter the neighborhood." msgstr "guilabel:`通り2`フィールドに、近所を入力します。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:252 -msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number` (:guilabel:`CNPJ`, :guilabel:`CPF`)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`識別番号` (:guilabel:`CNPJ`, :guilabel:`CPF`)。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:320 +msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`: :guilabel:`CNPJ` or :guilabel:`CPF`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:253 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID` (associated with the identification type)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`税ID` (識別タイプと関連する)。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:321 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: associated with the identification type" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:55 -msgid ":guilabel:`IE` (State registration)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`IE` (州・都道府県登録)。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: State registration" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:56 -msgid ":guilabel:`IM` (Municipal registration)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`IM` (市町村登録)。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: Municipal registration" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:84 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code` (Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " -"add if applicable)." -msgstr "guilabel:`SUFRAMAコード`(マナウス自由貿易地域監督局-該当する場合は追加)。" +":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " +"add if applicable" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:257 -msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`." -msgstr ":guilabel:`電話`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:258 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Eメール`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1097 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:293 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Eメール`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Company configuration." msgstr "会社設定。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:91 msgid "" "Configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` within the :guilabel:`Sales and" " Purchase` tab:" msgstr " :guilabel:`販売と購買`タブ内で:guilabel:`会計情報`を設定:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:104 msgid "" -"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`Avatax Brazil `." msgstr "" -"ref:`Avataxブラジル ` に :guilabel:`会計ポジション` を追加します。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:67 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime` (Federal Tax Regime)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`税制` (連邦税制)。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:94 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: Federal Tax Regime" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:95 msgid "" -":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type` (indicates ICMS regime, Exempt status, or " -"Non-Taxpayer)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`ICMS納税者タイプ`(ICMSレジーム、免除ステータス、または非納税者を示す)。" +":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: indicates :guilabel:`ICMS regime`, " +":guilabel:`Exempt status`, or :guilabel:`Non-Taxpayer`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:69 -msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`." -msgstr ":guilabel:`主な活動セクター`。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:97 +msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Company fiscal configuration." msgstr "会社の会計設定。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:74 -msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact" -msgstr "最後に、会社のロゴをアップロードし、連絡先を保存します。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Configure the following extra :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` if you are " +"going to issue NFS-e:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:350 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`COFINS Details`: :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with " +"rate 0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PIS Details` :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with rate " +"0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:109 +msgid ":guilabel:`CSLL Taxable` If the company is subject to CSLL or not" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Company fiscal configuration for NFSe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:114 +msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:117 msgid "" "If you are a simplified regime, you need to configure the ICMS rate under " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> " -"Avatax Brazil`." +"AvaTax Brazil`." msgstr "" -"簡素化された体制の場合、ICMSレートを :menuselection:`会計 --> 設定 --> 管理設定 --> 税 --> " -"Avataxブラジル` で設定する必要があります。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:123 msgid "Configure AvaTax integration" msgstr "AvaTax統合設定" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:125 msgid "" "Avalara AvaTax is a tax calculation and electronic invoicing provider that " "can be integrated in Odoo to automatically compute taxes by taking into " @@ -23298,66 +24920,96 @@ msgstr "" "Avalara " "AvaTaxは、Odooに統合可能な税金計算および電子請求書プロバイダーで、会社、連絡先(顧客)、商品、取引情報を考慮して自動的に税金を計算し、使用する正しい税金を取得し、その後政府に電子請求書を処理します。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:130 msgid "" "Using this integration requires :doc:`In-App-Purchases (IAPs) " "<../../essentials/in_app_purchase>` to compute the taxes and to send the " -"electronic invoices. Whenever you compute taxes, an |API| call is made using" -" credits from your |IAP| credits balance." +"electronic invoices. Whenever you compute taxes, send an electronic document" +" (NF-e, NFS-e, etc), or perform any electronic flow (NF-e Cancellation, " +"Correction letter, Invalidate invoice number range), an API call is made " +"using credits from your `IAP credits balance `_." msgstr "" -"この統合を使用するには、税金の計算と電子顧客請求書の送信に :doc:`アプリ内課金 (IAPs) " -"<../../essentials/in_app_purchase>` " -"が必要です。税金を計算するときはいつでも、IAP|クレジット残高からクレジットを使用して|API|コールが行われます。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:137 msgid "Odoo is a certified partner of Avalara Brazil." msgstr "OdooはAvalara Brazilの認定パートナーです。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:138 +msgid "" +"You can `buy IAP credit on odoo.com `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:141 +msgid "Credential configuration" +msgstr "認証情報設定" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:143 msgid "" "To activate AvaTax in Odoo, you need to create an account. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, and in" " the :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` section, add the administration email address" -" to be used for the AvaTax portal in the :guilabel:`Avatax Portal Email`, " +" to be used for the AvaTax portal in the :guilabel:`AvaTax Portal Email`, " "and then click on :guilabel:`Create account`." msgstr "" -"OdooでAvaTaxを有効にするには、アカウントを作成する必要があります。そのためには :menuselection:`会計 --> 設定 --> " -"管理設定 --> 税` にアクセスし、 :guilabel:`AvaTaxブラジル` セクションの :guilabel:`AvataxポータルEメール`" -" にAvaTaxポータルで使用する管理用メールアドレスを追加し、 :guilabel:`アカウントを作成` をクリックします。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:149 msgid "" -"When **testing** an :guilabel:`Avatax Portal Email` integration in a testing" -" or sandbox database, use an alternate email address. It is **not** possible" -" to re-use the same email address on the production database." +"When **testing** or **creating a production** :guilabel:`AvaTax Portal " +"Email` integration in a sandbox or production database, use a real email " +"address, as it is needed to log in to the Avalara Portal and set up the " +"certificates, whether you want to test or use it on production." msgstr "" -"テスト用データベースまたはサンドボックス・データベースで :guilabel:`AvataxポータルEメール` の統合を **テスト** " -"する場合は、別のメールアドレスを使用して下さい。本番データベースで同じ電子メールアドレスを再使用することは **できません**。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:153 +msgid "" +"There are two different Avalara Portals, one for testing and one for " +"production:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:155 +msgid "Sandbox: https://portal.sandbox.avalarabrasil.com.br/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 +msgid "Production: https://portal.avalarabrasil.com.br/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:158 +msgid "" +"When you create the account from Odoo, be sure to select the right " +"environment. Moreover, the email used to open the account cannot be used to " +"open another account. Save your :guilabel:`API ID` and :guilabel:`API Key` " +"when you create the account from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Transfer API Credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 msgid "" "After you create the account from Odoo, you need to go to the Avalara Portal" " to set up your password:" msgstr "Odooからアカウントを作成した後、Avalaraポータルでパスワードを設定する必要があります:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 msgid "" "Access the `Avalara portal `_." msgstr " `Avalara portal `_にアクセス" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:169 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Meu primeiro acesso`." msgstr ":guilabel:`Meu primeiro acesso`をクリック。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:170 msgid "" -"Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/Avatax account," +"Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/AvaTax account," " and then click :guilabel:`Solicitar Senha`." msgstr "" -"OdooでAvalara/Avataxアカウントを作成する際に使用したメールアドレスを追加し、:guilabel:`Solicitar " -"Senha`をクリックします。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:172 msgid "" "You will receive an email with a token and a link to create your password. " "Click on this link and copy-paste the token to allocate your desired " @@ -23365,7 +25017,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "トークンとパスワード作成用のリンクが記載されたEメールが届きます。このリンクをクリックし、トークンをコピーペーストしてご希望のパスワードを割当てて下さい。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:176 msgid "" "You can start using AvaTax in Odoo for tax computation **only** without " "creating a password and accessing the Avalara portal in the Odoo database. " @@ -23375,27 +25027,27 @@ msgstr "" "パスワードを作成してOdooデータベース内のAvalaraポータルにアクセスしなくても、OdooでAvaTaxを使用して税額計算**のみ**を開始することができます。ただし、電子請求書サービスを利用するには、AvaTaxポータルにアクセスし、証明書をアップロードする必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 -msgid "Avatax account configuration." -msgstr "Avataxアカウント設定。" +msgid "AvaTax account configuration." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:184 msgid "" "You can transfer |API| credentials. Use this only when you have already " "created an account in another Odoo instance and wish to reuse it." msgstr "API認証情報を転送することができます。別のOdooインスタンスでアカウントを作成済みで、それを再利用したい場合にのみ使用して下さい。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:188 msgid "A1 certificate upload" msgstr "A1認証アップロード" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:190 msgid "" "In order to issue electronic invoices, a certificate needs to be uploaded to" " the `AvaTax portal `_." msgstr "" "電子請求書を発行するには、証明書を`AvaTaxポータル`_にアップロードする必要があります。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:193 msgid "" "The certificate will be synchronized with Odoo, as long as the external " "identifier number in the AvaTax portal matches - without special characters " @@ -23404,7 +25056,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "証明書は、AvaTaxポータルの外部識別番号とCNPJ番号が特殊文字なしで一致し、Odooの識別番号(CNPJ)とAvaTaxのCNPJが一致する限り、Odooと同期されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:198 +msgid "" +"To issue NFS-e, some cities require that you link the certificate within the" +" City Portal system before issuing NFS-e from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:201 +msgid "" +"If you receive an error message from the city that says :guilabel:`Your " +"certificate is not linked to the user`, that means this process needs to be " +"done in the city portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:210 msgid "" "The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " "is installed by default as part of the data set included in the localization" @@ -23414,18 +25079,18 @@ msgstr "" "doc:`勘定科目表 <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " "はローカライゼーションモジュールに含まれるデータセットの一部としてデフォルトでインストールされます。勘定科目は対応する税金とデフォルトの買掛金と売掛金フィールドに自動的にマッピングされます。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:215 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Brazil is based on the SPED CoA, which gives a " "baseline of the accounts needed in Brazil." msgstr "ブラジルの勘定科目表は、ブラジルで必要とされる勘定科目のベースラインを示すSPED CoAに基づいています。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:218 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." msgstr "企業のニーズに応じて、アカウントを追加したり削除したりすることができます。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:223 msgid "" "In Brazil, a *series* number is linked to a sequence number range for " "electronic invoices. The series number can be configured in Odoo on a sales " @@ -23435,7 +25100,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "ブラジルでは、*シリーズ*番号は電子請求書のシーケンス番号範囲にリンクされています。シリーズ番号はOdooの販売仕訳の:guilabel:`シリーズ`フィールドで設定できます。複数のシリーズが必要な場合は、新しい売上仕訳帳を作成し、必要なシリーズごとに新しいシリーズ番号を割当てる必要があります。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:228 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Use Documents` field needs to be selected. When issuing " "electronic and non-electronic invoices, the :guilabel:`Type` field selects " @@ -23451,7 +25116,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Journal configuration with the Use Documents? field checked." msgstr "ドキュメントを使用しますか？フィールドがチェックされた仕訳帳設定。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 msgid "" "When creating the journal, ensure the field :guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note" " Sequence` is unchecked, as in Brazil, sequences between invoices, credit " @@ -23459,7 +25124,7 @@ msgid "" "journal." msgstr "ブラジルでは、請求書、クレジットノート、デビットノートの連番はシリーズ番号ごと、つまり仕訳帳ごとに共有されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:244 msgid "" "Taxes are automatically created when installing the Brazilian localization. " "Taxes are already configured, and some of them are used by Avalara when " @@ -23467,7 +25132,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "ブラジルのローカライズをインストールすると、税が自動的に作成されます。税はすでに設定されており、その一部は販売注文または請求書の税金を計算するときにAvalaraによって使用されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:247 msgid "" "Taxes can be edited, or more taxes can be added. For example, some taxes " "used for services need to be manually added and configured, as the rate may " @@ -23475,29 +25140,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "税は編集することも、追加することもできます。例えば、サービスに使用されるいくつかの税は、サービスを提供する都市によって税率が異なる可能性があるため、手動で追加および設定する必要があります。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:252 msgid "" -"Taxes attached to services are not computed by AvaTax. Only goods taxes are " -"computed." -msgstr "サービスに付随する税はAvaTaxでは計算されません。商品税のみが計算されます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When configuring a tax used for a service that is included in the final " -"price (when the tax is not added or subtracted on top of the product price)," -" set the :guilabel:`Tax Computation` to :guilabel:`Percentage of Price Tax " -"Included`, and, on the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, check the " -":guilabel:`Included in Price` option." +"If you decide to do service taxes manually, you won't be able to issue an " +"NFS-e. To electronically send an NFS-e, you need to compute taxes using " +"Avalara." msgstr "" -"最終価格に含まれるサービス(商品価格に税が加算または減算されない場合)に使用される税を設定する場合、 :guilabel:`税計算` を " -":guilabel:`税込価格に対する割合` に設定し、 :guilabel:`高度なオプション` タブの :guilabel:`価格に含む` " -"オプションをチェックします。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 -msgid "Tax configuration." -msgstr "税金設定" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 msgid "" "Do not delete taxes, as they are used for the AvaTax tax computation. If " "deleted, Odoo creates them again when used in an |SO| or invoice and " @@ -23510,54 +25160,56 @@ msgstr "" " :guilabel:`定義` タブの :guilabel:`請求書の分配` および :guilabel:`払戻の分配` " "セクションで、税金の登録に使用したアカウントを再設定する必要があります。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:262 msgid ":doc:`Taxes functional documentation <../accounting/taxes>`" msgstr ":doc:`税機能ドキュメンテーション <../accounting/taxes>`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 msgid "" "To use the AvaTax integration on sale orders and invoices, first specify the" -" following information on the product:" -msgstr "販売オーダと請求書でAvaTax統合を使用するには、まずプロダクトで以下の情報を指定します:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:217 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`CEST Code` (Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution)." +" following information on the product depending on its intended use:" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`CEST Code` (Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:218 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code` (Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:273 +msgid "E-Invoice for goods (NF-e)" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code` (Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:275 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Source of Origin` (Indicates the origin of the product, which can" +":guilabel:`CEST Code`: Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code`: Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:277 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source of Origin`: Indicates the origin of the product, which can" " be foreign or domestic, among other possible options depending on the " -"specific use case)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`原産地` (プロダクトの原産地を示す。特定のユースケースに応じて、外国産または国内産などの選択肢があります)。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:221 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type` (Fiscal product type according to SPED " -"list table)." +"specific use case" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type` (Fiscal product type according to SPED " -"list table)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:279 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Purpose of Use` (Specify the intended purpose of use for this " -"product)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`使用目的` (本製品の使用目的を特定して下さい。)" +":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type`: Fiscal product type according to SPED " +"list table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:296 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Purpose of Use`: Specify the intended purpose of use for this " +"product" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Product configuration." msgstr "プロダクト設定" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:286 msgid "" "Odoo automatically creates three products to be used for transportation " "costs associated with sales. These are named `Freight`, `Insurance`, and " @@ -23569,7 +25221,27 @@ msgstr "" "Odooは売上に関連する輸送費に使用する3つの商品を自動的に作成します。これらは`運賃`、`保険料`、`その他費用`という名前です。これらは既に設定されているので、さらに作成する必要がある場合は、同じ設定を複製して使用して下さい(必要な設定：" " :guilabel:`プロダクトタイプ` `サービス`, :guilabel:`輸送費用タイプ` `保険料`、`運賃`、`その他費用`）。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:293 +msgid "E-Invoice for services (NFS-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Code Origin`: City Service Code where the provider is " +"registered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:298 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Codes`: City Service Code where the service will be " +"provided, if no code is added, the Origin City Code will be used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:300 +msgid ":guilabel:`Labor Assignment`: Defines if your services includes labor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:305 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:282 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:656 @@ -23577,17 +25249,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contacts" msgstr "連絡先" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:307 msgid "" "Before using the integration, specify the following information on the " "contact:" msgstr "統合を使用する前に、連絡先に以下の情報を指定して下さい:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 msgid "General information about the contact:" msgstr "連絡先に関する一般的な情報:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:311 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option for a contact with a tax ID (CNPJ), or" " check :guilabel:`Individual` for a contact with a CPF." @@ -23595,29 +25267,29 @@ msgstr "" "タックスID(CNPJ)を持つ連絡先の場合は :guilabel:`会社`オプションを選択し、CPFを持つ連絡先の場合は " ":guilabel:`個人`をチェックします。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:317 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street, number, and any extra " "address information." msgstr "guilabel:`通り`フィールドに、通り名、番地、その他の住所情報を入力します。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:254 -msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number." -msgstr ":guilabel:`IE`: 州・都道府県納税者番号。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:255 -msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipal tax identification number." -msgstr ":guilabel:`IM`: 市町村納税者番号。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:323 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipal tax identification number" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 -msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number." -msgstr ":guilabel:`SUFRAMAコード`： SUFRAMA登録番号。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:324 +msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Contact configuration." msgstr "連絡先設定" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:332 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`CPF`, :guilabel:`IE`, :guilabel:`IM`, and :guilabel:`SUFRAMA " "code` fields are are hidden until the :guilabel:`Country` is set to " @@ -23626,31 +25298,30 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel:`CPF`, :guilabel:`IE`, :guilabel:`IM`, :guilabel:`SUFRAMA code` " "フィールドは :guilabel:`国` が `ブラジル` に設定されるまで非表示になります。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:335 msgid "" "Fiscal information about the contact under the :guilabel:`Sales \\& " "Purchase` tab:" msgstr "guilabel:`営業・購買`タブの下にある連絡先に関する財務情報:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position`: add the AvaTax fiscal position to automatically" " compute taxes on sale orders and invoices automatically" msgstr ":guilabel:`会計ポジション`: AvaTaxの会計ポジションを追加し、販売オーダと請求書の税金を自動的に計算します。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:339 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: federal tax regime" msgstr ":guilabel:`税制`: 連邦税制" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:340 msgid "" ":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: taxpayer type determines if the contact is " -"within the ICMS regime, if it is exempt, or if it is a non-taxpayer" +"within the :guilabel:`ICMS regime`, :guilabel:`Exempt status`, or " +":guilabel:`Non-taxpayer`" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: " -"納税者タイプは、連絡先がICMS体制内にあるか、免除されているか、または非納税者であるかを決定します。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:342 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`: list of main activity sectors of the " "contact" @@ -23660,11 +25331,31 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`: 連絡先の主な活動分野のリ msgid "Contact fiscal configuration." msgstr "連絡先会計設定" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:349 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`AvaTax Brazil `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PIS Details`: :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with rate " +"0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:354 +msgid ":guilabel:`CSLL Taxable`: If the company is subject to CSLL or not" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Contact fiscal configuration for NFSe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:362 msgid "Fiscal positions" msgstr "会計ポジション" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:364 msgid "" "To compute taxes and send electronic invoices on sale orders and invoices, " "both the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` and the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API`" @@ -23673,117 +25364,114 @@ msgstr "" "販売注文や請求書において税金を計算し、電子請求書を送信するには、 :guilabel:`自動的に検出` と :guilabel:`AvaTax " "API使用` オプションの両方を :guilabel:`会計ポジション` で有効にする必要があります。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:368 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the contact or selected" -" when creating a sales order or an invoice." -msgstr "guilabel:`会計ポジション`は連絡先で設定するか、販売オーダや請求書を作成する際に選択することができます。" +"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the :ref:`contact " +"` or selected when creating a sales order or an invoice." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Fiscal position configuration" msgstr "会計ポジション設定" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:375 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:355 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:311 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "ワークフロー" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:377 msgid "" "This section provides an overview of the actions that trigger `API calls " -"`_ for tax computation, and how to send " -"an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) for government validation." +"`_ for tax computation, along with " +"instructions on how to send electronic invoices for goods (NF-e) and " +"services (NFS-e) for government validation." msgstr "" -"このセクションでは、税金計算のための`APIコール`_のトリガとなるアクションの概要と、政府による検証のために商品の電子請求書(NF-e)を送信する方法について説明します。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:382 msgid "" "Please note that each |API| call incurs a cost. Be mindful of the actions " "that trigger these calls to manage costs effectively." msgstr "" "APIを呼び出すたびに費用が発生することに注意してください。費用を効果的に管理するために、これらの呼出しを引き起こすアクションに注意して下さい。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:389 msgid "Tax calculations on quotations and sales orders" msgstr "見積書と販売オーダの税金計算" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:391 msgid "" "Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a quotation or sales order " "automatically with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" msgstr "API|コールをトリガとして、AvaTaxを使用して見積書または販売オーダの税金を自動的に計算します:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:394 msgid "**Quotation confirmation**" msgstr "**見積書検証**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:395 msgid "Confirm a quotation into a sales order." msgstr "見積書を販売オーダに確認。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:316 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:412 msgid "**Manual trigger**" msgstr "**手動トリガ**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:317 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using Avatax`." -msgstr "guilabel:`Avataxを使って税を計算する`をクリックして下さい。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:413 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." +msgstr "guilabel:`AvaTaxを使って税を計算`をクリックします。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:318 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:414 msgid "**Preview**" msgstr "**プレビュー**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:319 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:415 msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Preview` button." msgstr " :guilabel:`プレビュー` ボタンをクリック。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:400 msgid "**Email a quotation / sales order**" msgstr "**見積書をEメール送信 / 販売オーダ**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:401 msgid "Send a quotation or sales order to a customer via email." msgstr "見積書や販売オーダをEメールで顧客に送信します。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:404 msgid "**Online quotation access**" msgstr "**オンライン見積書アクセス**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:403 msgid "" "When a customer accesses the quotation online (via the portal view), the " "|API| call is triggered." msgstr "顧客がオンラインで(ポータルビュー経由で)見積書にアクセスすると、|API|コールがトリガされます。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:407 msgid "Tax calculations on invoices" msgstr "請求書での税計算" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:409 msgid "" "Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a customer invoice automatically" -" with AvaTax any of the following ways:" -msgstr "APIコールをトリガとして、AvaTaxを使用して顧客請求書の税を自動的に計算します:" +" with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:333 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." -msgstr "guilabel:`AvaTaxを使って税を計算`をクリックします。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:417 msgid "**Online invoice access**" msgstr "**オンライン請求書アクセス**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:417 msgid "" "When a customer accesses the invoice online (via the portal view), the |API|" " call is triggered." msgstr "顧客がオンラインで(ポータルビュー経由で)請求書にアクセスすると、|API|コールがトリガされます。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:420 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` must be set to `Automatic Tax Mapping " "(Avalara Brazil)` for any of these actions to compute taxes automatically." @@ -23791,66 +25479,57 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel:`会計ポジション` は、これらのアクションのいずれかが自動的に税金を計算するためには、`自動税金マッピング(アバララ・ブラジル)` " "に設定する必要があります。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:424 msgid "" ":doc:`Fiscal positions (tax and account mapping) " "<../accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" msgstr ":doc:`会計ポジション(税と勘定科目のマッピング) <../accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:429 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 msgid "Electronic documents" msgstr "電子ドキュメント" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:434 msgid "" -"To process an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e), the invoice needs to be " -"confirmed and taxes need to be computed by Avalara. Once that step is done, " -"click on the :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` button in the upper left corner, and" -" a pop-up will appear. Then click on :guilabel:`Process e-invoice` and any " -"of the other options - :guilabel:`Download` or :guilabel:`Email`. Finally, " -"click on :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` to process the invoice against the " -"government." +"To process an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) or services (NFS-e), the " +"invoice needs to be confirmed and taxes need to be computed by Avalara. Once" +" that step is done, click on the :guilabel:`Send & Print` button in the " +"upper left corner. In the pop-up that appears, click on :guilabel:`Process " +"e-invoice` and any of the other options - :guilabel:`Download` or " +":guilabel:`Email`. Finally, click on :guilabel:`Send & Print` to process the" +" invoice with the government." msgstr "" -"商品の電子請求書(NF-e)を処理するには、請求書を確認し、Avalaraで税金を計算する必要があります。そのステップが完了したら、左上にある " -":guilabel:`送信&印刷` " -"ボタンをクリックすると、ポップアップが表示されます。次に、:guilabel:`電子請求書処理`をクリックし、他のオプション:guilabel:`ダウンロード`または:guilabel:`Eメール`のいずれかをクリックします。最後に、:guilabel:`送信" -" \\& 印刷`をクリックすると、政府に対する請求書の処理が行われます。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:441 msgid "" -"Before sending the electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) some fields need to " -"be filled out on the invoice:" -msgstr "商品の電子請求書(NF-e)を送信する前に、請求書にいくつかの項目を記入する必要があります: " +"Before sending the electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) or services (NFS-e), " +"some fields need to be filled out on the invoice:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:363 -msgid ":guilabel:`Customer` with all the customer information" -msgstr ":guilabel:全ての顧客情報を含む`顧客` " +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:444 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`, with all the customer information" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:578 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil` (how the invoice is planned to be paid)" -msgstr ":guilabel:`支払方法 ブラジル` (請求書の支払方法)" +":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil`: how the invoice is planned to be paid" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:446 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set as the :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping " "(Avalara Brazil)`" msgstr ":guilabel:`自動税マッピング(Avalaraブラジル)`として設定された :guilabel:`会計ポジション`。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:447 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Document Type` set as :guilabel:`(55) Electronic Invoice (NF-e)`." -" This is the only" -msgstr ":guilabel:`ドキュメントタイプ`は :guilabel:`(55)電子請求書(NF-e)` に設定されています。これは唯一の" +":guilabel:`Document Type` set as :guilabel:`(55) Electronic Invoice (NF-e)` " +"or :guilabel:`(SE) Electronic Service Invoice (NFS-e)`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:367 -msgid "" -"electronic document supported at the moment. Non-electronic invoices can be " -"registered, and other document types can be activated if needed" -msgstr "現時点でサポートされている電子ドキュメント。電子ドキュメント以外の請求書も登録可能で、必要に応じて他のドキュメントタイプも有効化できます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:450 msgid "" "There are some other optional fields that depend on the nature of the " "transaction. These fields are not required, so no errors will appear from " @@ -23858,13 +25537,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "取引の性質に依存するオプションフィールドが他にもいくつかあります。これらのフィールドは必須ではないので、ほとんどの場合、これらのオプションフィールドに入力しなくても政府からエラーが表示されることはありません:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:454 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Freight Model` determines how the goods are planned to be " "transported - domestic" msgstr "guilabel:`輸送モデル` は、商品がどのように輸送されるかを決定します。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:455 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` determines who is doing the transportation" msgstr ":guilabel:`輸送者ブラジル`は誰が輸送を行うかを決定します。" @@ -23877,7 +25556,7 @@ msgstr "電子請求書を処理するために必要な請求書情報。" msgid "Process electronic invoice pop-up in Odoo." msgstr "Odooで電子請求書のポップアップを処理します。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:464 msgid "" "All of the fields available on the invoice used to issue an electronic " "invoice are also available on the sales order, if needed. When creating the " @@ -23887,29 +25566,34 @@ msgstr "" "電子請求書を発行するために使用される請求書で使用可能なフィールドは、必要に応じてすべて販売オーダでも使用可能です。最初の請求書を作成する際、 " ":guilabel:`ドキュメント番号` フィールドが表示され、以降の請求書に順次使用される最初の番号として割当てられます。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:470 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:595 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "Credit notes" msgstr "クレジットノート" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:472 msgid "" "If a sales return needs to be registered, then a credit note can be created " "in Odoo to be sent to the government for validation." msgstr "売上高を登録する必要がある場合、Odooでクレジットノートを作成し、政府に送って検証してもらうことができます。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:476 +msgid "" +"Credit notes are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:479 msgid ":ref:`Issue a credit note `" msgstr ":ref:クレジットノートを発行 `" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:482 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:594 msgid "Debit Notes" msgstr "デビットノート" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:484 msgid "" "If additional information needs to be included, or values need to be " "corrected that were not accurately provided in the original invoice, a debit" @@ -23917,7 +25601,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "追加情報を記載する必要がある場合、または元の請求書に正確に記載されていなかった数値を修正する必要がある場合は、デビットノートを発行することができます。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:488 +msgid "" +"Debit notes are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:490 msgid "" "Only the products included in the original invoice can be part of the debit " "note. While changes can be made to the product's unit price or quantity, " @@ -23927,51 +25616,74 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "元の請求書に含まれるプロダクトのみをデビットノートの一部とすることができます。プロダクトの単価や数量を変更することは可能ですが、プロダクトをデビットノートに追加することは**できません**。このドキュメントの目的は、同じまたは少ないプロダクト用の元の請求書に追加したい金額を申告することだけです。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:496 msgid ":ref:`Issue a debit note `" msgstr ":ref:デビットノートを発行 `" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:499 msgid "Invoice cancellation" msgstr "請求書取消" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:501 msgid "" "It is possible to cancel an electronic invoice that was validated by the " "government." msgstr "政府によって認証された電子請求書を取消すことは可能です。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:504 msgid "" "Check whether the electronic invoice is still within the cancellation " "deadline, which may vary according to the legislation of each state." msgstr "各州の法律により異なりますが、電子請求書が取消期限内かどうかを確認して下さい。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:422 -msgid "" -"This can be done in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request Cancel` and adding a" -" cancellation :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. If you want to " -"send this cancellation reason to the customer via email, activate the " -":guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:508 +msgid "E-invoices for goods (NF-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:510 +msgid "" +"Cancel an e-invoice for goods (NF-e) in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request " +"Cancel` and adding a cancellation :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that " +"appears. If you want to send this cancellation reason to the customer via " +"email, activate the :guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." msgstr "" -"これはOdooで :guilabel:`取消を要求` をクリックし、表示されるポップアップで取消の :guilabel:`理由` " -"を追加することで行うことができます。この取消理由をメールで顧客に送信したい場合は、 :guilabel:`Eメール`チェックボックスを有効にして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Invoice cancellation reason in Odoo." msgstr "Odooでの請求書取消理由。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:518 +msgid "" +"This is an electronic cancellation, which means that Odoo will send a " +"request to the government to cancel the NF-e, and it will then consume one " +"|IAP| credit, as an |API| call occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:522 +msgid "E-invoices for services (NFS-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Cancel an e-invoice for services (NFS-e) in Odoo by clicking " +":guilabel:`Request Cancel`. In this case, there is no electronic " +"cancellation process, as not every city has this service available. The user" +" needs to manually cancel this NFS-e on the city portal. Once that step is " +"completed, they can request the cancellation in Odoo, which will cancel the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:530 msgid "Correction letter" msgstr "訂正レター" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:532 msgid "" -"A correction letter can be created and linked to an electronic invoice that " -"was validated by the government." -msgstr "訂正レターを作成し、政府によって検証された電子請求書にリンクすることができます。" +"A correction letter can be created and linked to an electronic invoice for " +"goods (NF-e) that was validated by the government." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:535 msgid "" "This can be done in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Correction Letter` and " "adding a correction :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. To send " @@ -23985,11 +25697,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Correction letter reason in Odoo." msgstr "Odooでの訂正レター理由。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:543 +msgid "" +"Correction letters are only available for electronic invoices for goods " +"(NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:546 msgid "Invalidate invoice number range" msgstr "請求書番号範囲の無効化" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:548 msgid "" "A range of sequences that are assigned to sales journals can be invalidated " "with the government if they are not currently used, **and** will not be used" @@ -24012,13 +25730,19 @@ msgstr "Odooでの数値範囲無効化選択。" msgid "Number range invalidation wizard in Odoo." msgstr "Odooでの数値範囲無効化ウィザード。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:562 +msgid "" +"Invalidate invoice number range documents are only available for electronic " +"invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:566 msgid "" "The log of the canceled numbers along with the XML file are recorded in the " "chatter of the journal." msgstr "取消された番号のログは、XMLファイルとともに仕訳帳のチャッターに記録されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:572 msgid "" "On the vendor bills side, when receiving an invoice from a supplier, you can" " encode the bill in Odoo by adding all the commercial information together " @@ -24028,32 +25752,29 @@ msgstr "" "仕入先請求書側では、サプライヤーから請求書を受け取る際、:ref:`顧客請求書 `に記録されているブラジルの特定情報と一緒に全ての商業情報を追加することで、Odooで請求書をエンコードすることができます。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:576 msgid "These Brazilian specific fields are:" msgstr "ブラジルに特定のフィールド:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:579 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: used by your vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:580 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number`: the invoice number from your supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:581 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil` (how the invoice is planned to be paid)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`支払方法: ブラジル`（請求書の支払方法）。" +":guilabel:`Freight Model`: **NF-e specific** how goods are planned to be " +"transported - domestic" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:472 -msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type` used by your vendor." -msgstr ":guilabel:仕入先に使用される`ドキュメントタイプ`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:473 -msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number` (the invoice number from your supplier)." -msgstr ":guilabel:ドキュメント番号` (サプライヤからの請求書番号)。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:582 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Freight Model` (how goods are planned to be transported - " -"domestic)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`輸送モデル`（商品がどのように輸送されるかを計画-国内）。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:475 -msgid ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` (who is doing the transportation)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`輸送業者ブラジル` (輸送を行う)。" +":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil`: **NF-e specific** who is doing the " +"transportation." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:3 msgid "Chile" @@ -24587,20 +26308,6 @@ msgstr "" "Internos):`を送信するには、取引先連絡先の設定が必要です。そのためには :menuselection:`連絡先` " "アプリを開き、新規または既存の連絡先フォームに以下のフィールドを入力します。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1096 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`名前`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1097 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:293 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Eメール`" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:97 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" @@ -31107,113 +32814,1145 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hong Kong" msgstr "香港" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:6 -msgid "Add FPS QR codes to invoices" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:8 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get the latest " +"features of the Hong Kong localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:18 +msgid "`l10n_hk`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The base module to manage chart of accounting and localization for Hong " +"Kong." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:20 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:21 +msgid "`l10n_hk_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Enables :ref:`payroll ` specific localization features " +"for Odoo *Payroll* app. This module also installs :guilabel:`Hong Kong - " +"Payroll with Accounting` and :guilabel:`Documents - Hong Kong Payroll`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:26 +msgid "`l10n_hk_hr_payroll_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:27 +msgid "Installs the link between Hong Kong payroll and accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Documents - Hong Kong Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:29 +msgid "`documents_l10n_hk_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:30 +msgid "Integrates employee ir56 forms in the Odoo *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:33 +msgid "FPS QR codes on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:35 msgid "" ":abbr:`FPS (Faster Payment System)` is a payment service platform that " "allows customers to make instant domestic payments to individuals and " "merchants in Hong Kong dollars or Renminbi via online and mobile banking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:12 msgid "Activate QR codes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:42 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " -":guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` " -"feature." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under " +"the :guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, tick the checkbox beside the " +":guilabel:`QR Codes` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:47 msgid "FPS bank account configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:49 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"select the bank account for which you want to activate FPS. Set the " -":guilabel:`Proxy Type` and fill in the :guilabel:`Proxy Value` field " -"depending on the type you chose." +"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts app --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts " +"section --> Bank Accounts`. Then select the bank account for FPS activation." +" Proceed to set the :guilabel:`Proxy Type` and fill in the :guilabel:`Proxy " +"Value` field, depending on the type chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:53 msgid "" -"The account holder's country must be set to Hong Kong on its contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:27 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:27 -msgid "" -"You could also include the invoice number in the QR code by checking the " +"Remember to include the invoice number in the QR code, by ticking the " ":guilabel:`Include Reference` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "FPS bank account configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The account holder's country **must** be set to `Hong Kong` on their contact" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/bank`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:147 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:37 msgid "Bank journal configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:69 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the " -"bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " -":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Journals` and " +"open the bank journal. Then, fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` fields, located in the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 -msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration" +msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:78 msgid "Issue invoices with FPS QR codes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:158 msgid "" "When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" -" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to *EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code*." +" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to :guilabel:`EMV Merchant-Presented QR-" +"code`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 -msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option" +msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:87 msgid "" -"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " -"Odoo uses this field to generate the FPS QR code." +"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is configured, as Odoo uses this " +"field to generate the FPS QR code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Ensure the :guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll` (`l10n_hk_hr_payroll`) module is " +"installed before proceeding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:100 +msgid "Create employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Employees` app and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, " +"configure the following fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:105 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: :guilabel:`HK Standard 40 hours/week` option " +"**must** be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:109 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Surname, Given Name, Name in Chinese`: name of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:112 +msgid ":guilabel:`Private Address`: address of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:113 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bank Account Number`: employee's bank account number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Current Rental`: employee's rental records (if rental allowance " +"is applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Autopay Type`: :guilabel:`BBAN`, :guilabel:`SVID`, " +":guilabel:`EMAL`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Autopay Reference`: autopay reference number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Identification No`: HKID of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Gender`: gender of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:121 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Bank Account Number`, this account should be set as " +":guilabel:`Trusted` before further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:124 +msgid "" +"To achieve this, click on the right-arrow button next to :guilabel:`Bank " +"Account Number` field. Set the :guilabel:`Send Money` to :guilabel:`Trusted`" +" by clicking on the toggle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:128 +msgid "" +"To populate the :guilabel:`Current Rental`, click on the :guilabel:`History`" +" button. Then, click on :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the relevant details and " +"save the rental record. Upon saving the record, the rental contract " +":guilabel:`state` will be visible (at the top-right corner) and can be set " +"to :guilabel:`Running`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:133 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`HR Settings` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Volunteer Contribution Option`: select either :guilabel:`Only " +"Mandatory Contribution`, :guilabel:`With Fixed %VC`, or :guilabel:`Cap 5% " +"VC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:137 +msgid ":guilabel:`MPF Manulife Account`: account number, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:142 +msgid "Manage contracts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once the new employee has been created, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` " +"smart button on the employee record, or navigate to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Employees --> Contracts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Only **one** contract can be active simultaneously per employee, but an " +"employee can be assigned consecutive contracts during their employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:151 +msgid "The following are critical for setting up a contract:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: set as :guilabel:`CAP57: Hong Kong " +"Employee`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:154 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: start date of employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: set as :guilabel:`HK Standard 40 hours/week` " +"(from employee record)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select either :guilabel:`Working Schedule`, " +":guilabel:`Attendances` or :guilabel:`Planning`. This field determines how " +"the work entries are accounted for in the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:160 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: the work entries are generated automatically " +"based on the employee's working schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendances`: the work entries are generated based on the check-" +"in/out period logged in the *Attendances*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: the work entries are generated from planning shifts " +"only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:166 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Salary Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` for Full-time or Part-" +"time employees, or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage` for employees who are paid " +"hourly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:170 +msgid ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: the frequency of payslip issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage`: :guilabel:`Monthly` or :guilabel:`Hourly` depending on the" +" :guilabel:`Wage Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internet Subscription`: this is an **optional** field to provide " +"additional internet allowance on top of the current salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:177 +msgid "Timesheets do **not** impact work entries in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Once all information has been setup, set the contract status to " +":guilabel:`Running` by clicking the :guilabel:`Running` button in the top-" +"right of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong employment contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:189 +msgid "Generate payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Once the employees, and their contracts, are configured, payslips can be " +"generated in the *Payroll* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides **four** different salary structures under CAP57 regulation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:196 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Employees Monthly Pay`: to process the monthly employee " +"salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice`: to process final payment upon " +"contract termination using :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:199 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Long Service Payment`: applicable to employees with more " +"than five years of service upon contract termination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Severance Payment`: applicable to employees with more than" +" two years of service upon contract termination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Before running the payslips, the accounts used in the salary rule can be " +"adjusted by navigating to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> " +"Rules`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Salary Rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Odoo can create pay runs in two ways: via :ref:`batch " +"` or :ref:`individual " +"` payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:217 +msgid "Batch payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:219 +msgid "" +"This method of payslip generation is used for recurring payments, since " +"multiple employee payslips can be managed at once. Go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:514 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Batch Name` (e.g. `2024 - Jan`) and :guilabel:`Period` " +"(e.g. `01/01/2024` - `01/31/2024`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:225 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Generate Payslips`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Choose which :guilabel:`Salary Structure` to use for this batch. The " +"department filter allows the batch to only apply to a specific group of " +"employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:228 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Generate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:229 +msgid "A :guilabel:`Payslips` smart button is created automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` to generate a draft journal entry" +" found in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of each payslip. A " +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears asking :guilabel:`Are you " +"sure you want to proceed?`. Click :guilabel:`Ok` to create the journal " +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:238 +msgid "Individual payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:240 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> All Payslips`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:242 +msgid "" +"This method of payslip generation is commonly used to handle non-recurring " +"payments (e.g. :guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice`, " +":guilabel:`CAP57: Long Service Payment` or :guilabel:`CAP57: Severance " +"Payment`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Select an :guilabel:`Employee`. When selected, the :guilabel:`Contract` is " +"filled out automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:249 +msgid "Add a pay :guilabel:`Period`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Select a salary :guilabel:`Structure` (e.g. :guilabel:`CAP57: Employees " +"Monthly Pay`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Worked Days & Inputs` tab automatically compute the worked " +"days/hours and time off leaves that are applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Additional payslip items can be added at this time (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Commissions`, :guilabel:`Deductions`) under the :guilabel:`Other " +"Inputs` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button to generate the payslip lines. " +"This button updates the :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:259 +msgid "" +"If the work entry for an employee was amended, click the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Recompute Whole Sheet` to " +"refresh the payslip's :guilabel:`Worked Days & Inputs` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:263 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab shows the detailed breakdown of the " +"computation, based on the salary rules configured for each structure type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rent Allowance`: amount derived from the employee's active rental" +" record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Basic Salary`: amount of base salary provided (after rent " +"allowance deduction)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`713 Gross`: net payable amount considering *Commission*, " +"*Internet Allowance*, *Reimbursements*, *Back-pay*, *Deduction*, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:270 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`MPF Gross`: net payable amount from 713 gross after consideration" +" of additional allowances, deductions, and end-of-year payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:272 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Mandatory Contribution`: employee MPF Contribution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:273 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employer Mandatory Contribution`: employer MPF Contribution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gross`: net payable amount from MPF gross after consideration of " +"MPF deductions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:275 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Net Salary`: final payable amount to be paid to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:278 +msgid "" +"There are no MPF contributions for the first month. Both employee and " +"employer contribution starts on second month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Salary computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` section in :guilabel:`Worked Days & " +"Inputs` tab, there are additional manual input types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Back Pay`: additional salary payout can be included under this " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:289 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Commission`: the commission earned during the period can be " +"manually entered here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Global Deduction`: a lump-sum deduction from the entire payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:291 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Global Reimbursement`: a lump-sum reimbursement to the entire " +"payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:292 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referral Fee`: the additional bonus offered for any form of " +"business-related referral." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Moving Daily Wage`: to override the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily " +"Wage)` value used for leaves computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skip Rent Allowance`: if set, the rental allowance is excluded " +"from the current payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Average Monthly Salary`: to override the average monthly " +"salary used for end-of-year payment (rule is only applicable to payslips " +"generated in December)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lieu of Notice Period (Months)`: only applicable to " +":guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice` salary structure. By default, " +"the final payout is set as 1-month. Use the :guilabel:`Count` field under " +"the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` section to set a different notice period " +"duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:304 +msgid "" +"Once the payslips are ready, click on :guilabel:`Compute Sheet`, followed by" +" :guilabel:`Create Draft entry` to generate a draft journal entry found in " +"the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Once the draft journal entries have been posted, the company can now pay the" +" employees. The user can choose between **two** different *payment methods*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:313 +msgid "" +"From the employee's payslip (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> " +"All Payslips`), once the payslip's journal entry has been posted, click " +":guilabel:`Register Payment`. The process is the same as :doc:`paying vendor" +" bills <../accounting/payments>`. Select the desired bank journal and " +"payment method, then later reconcile the payment with the corresponding bank" +" statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:317 +msgid "" +"For batch payments (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`), " +"once all draft journal entries from the batch are confirmed, click " +":guilabel:`Mark as Paid` to post the payment journal entry. Then " +":doc:`create a payment <../accounting/payments>` in the *Accounting* app, " +"and reconcile accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:323 +msgid "Attendances and hourly wage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:325 +msgid "" +"To configure the contract for an employee paid hourly using the " +"*Attendances* app for hours tracking, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll " +"app --> Contracts --> Contracts`. Create a new :ref:`contract " +"`. It is important to remember to set the " +":guilabel:`Work Entry Source` as :guilabel:`Attendances`, and " +":guilabel:`Wage Type` as :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:331 +msgid "To record the hours logged by the employee using *Attendances* app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:333 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Attendances app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:334 +msgid "" +"The employee can check-in/out, via the kiosk mode and the time will be " +"logged automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:335 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Payroll app`, review the attendance work entries " +"generated from :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Work Entries --> Work " +"Entries`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:337 +msgid "" +"Next, generate the :ref:`payslips ` and process " +"the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Attendance Work Entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Attendance Payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:348 +msgid "Time Off with Payroll" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:350 +msgid "" +"The work entry types and time off types are fully integrated between the " +"*Time Off* and *Payroll* apps. There are several default time off types and " +"work entry types specific to Hong Kong which are installed automatically " +"along with the *Hong Kong - Payroll* module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types` " +"and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:356 +msgid "" +"There are two checkboxes to be considered when setting up the work entry " +"type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use 713`: Include this leave type as part of 713 computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:359 +msgid ":guilabel:`Non-full pay`: 80% of the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Work Entry Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:366 +msgid "" +":ref:`Creating and configuring work entry types `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:369 +msgid "Understanding 713 Ordinance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:371 +msgid "" +"The *Hong Kong - Payroll* module is compliant with 713 Ordinance which " +"relates to the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` computation to ensure fair " +"compensation for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:374 +msgid "The ADW computation is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:379 +msgid "Hong Kong ADW Formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:379 +msgid "" +":abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` equals the total wage in a 12-month period," +" minus the wages of non-full pay, divided by the total days in a 12-month " +"period minus the days of non-full pay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:383 +msgid "" +"For 418 compliance, there is no automated allocation of the *Statutory " +"Holiday* entitlement to the employees. As soon as 418 requirements are met, " +"manually allocate the leaves, via the *Time Off* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Before generating payslips, ensure the statuses are :guilabel:`Done` to " +"validate the outcome." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:393 +msgid "Period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:394 +msgid "Days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:395 +msgid "Wage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:396 +msgid "Commission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:398 +msgid "ADW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:399 +msgid "Leave Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:400 +msgid "Jan" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:415 +msgid "31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:409 +msgid "$20200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:405 +msgid "$651.61 ($20200/31)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:413 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:407 +msgid "Feb" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:408 +msgid "28" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:410 +msgid "$5000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:411 +msgid "$25200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:412 +msgid "$769.49 ($45400/59)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:414 +msgid "Mar (One Day Annual Leave)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:418 +msgid "$20324.33" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:419 +msgid "$730.27 ($65724.33/90)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:420 +msgid "$769.49" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:421 +msgid "Apr (One Day 80% Sick Leave)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:423 +msgid "$20117.56" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:427 +msgid "$584.22 ($730.27*0.8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:430 +msgid "Here is an example demonstrating the 713 logic:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:432 +msgid "" +"**Jan**: Generate a payslip with a monthly wage of $20200. The :abbr:`ADW " +"(Average Daily Wage)` is always computed on a cumulative basis of the " +"trailing 12-months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:434 +msgid "" +"**Feb**: Generate a similar payslip, but add an :guilabel:`Other Input Type`" +" for the :guilabel:`Commission`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Mar**: Apply for **one** full-paid annual leave in March. The salary " +"compensation for the leave taken is based on :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily " +"Wage)` thus far." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:0 +msgid "Hong Kong March 713." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:443 +msgid "" +"**Apr**: Apply for a 1-day non-full pay leave in April. Since this is a non-" +"full pay leave, the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` is computed " +"accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:0 +msgid "Hong Kong April 713." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:451 +msgid "" +"The value of :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` is computed in the backend, " +"and not be visible to the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:455 +msgid "" +"`HK 713 Ordinance " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:456 +msgid "" +"`HK 418 Ordinance `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:459 +msgid "Generate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:461 +msgid "" +"Before generating the below reports, setup the following in " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Payroll`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:464 +msgid "Configure the following in the :guilabel:`Accounting` section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:466 +msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`Payroll HSBC Autopay` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:468 +msgid ":guilabel:`Autopay Type`: Set as :guilabel:`H2H Submission`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:469 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Bank Account` to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:471 +msgid "Configure the following in the :guilabel:`HK Localization` section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:473 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employer's Name shows on reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:474 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employer's File Number`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:475 +msgid ":guilabel:`Manulife MPF Scheme`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Payroll Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:482 +msgid "IRD report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:484 +msgid "There are a total of **four** IRD reports available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:486 +msgid ":guilabel:`IR56B`: employer's Return of Remuneration and Pensions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:487 +msgid ":guilabel:`IR56E`: notification of Commencement of Employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:488 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`IR56F`: notification of Ceasation of Employment (remaining in " +"HK)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:489 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`IR56G`: notification of Ceasation of Employment (departing from " +"HK permanently)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:491 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting`, and select one of the " +":guilabel:`IR56B/E/F/G Sheet` options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:495 +msgid "Fill in the relevant information for the IRD report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:496 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Populate`, and the :guilabel:`Eligible Employees` smart " +"button appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:497 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Employee Declarations` status is :guilabel:`Draft` and " +"changed to :guilabel:`Generated PDF` status once the schedule runs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:499 +msgid "Once the PDF is generated, the IRD form may be downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong IR56B report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:506 +msgid "" +"The scheduled action called *Payroll: Generate pdfs* can be manually " +"triggered. It is set by default to run the PDF generation monthly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:510 +msgid "Manulife MPF sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:512 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting --> Manulife MPF Sheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:515 +msgid "" +"Select the relevant :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Month`, and " +":guilabel:`Sequence No.`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:516 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create XLSX`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:517 +msgid "" +"The *Manulife MPF XLSX* file is then generated, and available for download." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Manulife Sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Odoo will not be developing further reports for other MPF trustee as there " +"will soon be an eMPF platform setup by the local government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:528 +msgid "`eMPF `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:531 +msgid "HSBC autopay report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:533 +msgid "" +"If *HSBC Autopay* is selected as the batch payment method, click on " +":guilabel:`Create HSBC Autopay Report`, and fill in the mandatory fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong HSBC Autopay wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:540 +msgid "" +"This creates an :file:`.apc` file format which can be uploaded to the HSCB " +"portal for processing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:3 @@ -37934,6 +40673,15 @@ msgid "" "online and mobile banking." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` " +"feature." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 msgid "PayNow bank account configuration" @@ -37952,10 +40700,44 @@ msgid "" "The account holder's country must be set to Singapore on its contact form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You could also include the invoice number in the QR code by checking the " +":guilabel:`Include Reference` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the " +"bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 +msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:45 msgid "Issue invoices with PayNow QR codes" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" +" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to *EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 +msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:53 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " @@ -38846,13 +41628,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Issue invoices with PromptPay QR code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:158 -msgid "" -"When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" -" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to :guilabel:`EMV Merchant-Presented QR-" -"code`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:164 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " @@ -42326,9 +45101,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:33 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` section, enter your Odoo database URL (e.g., " -"`https://example.odoo.com`) in the field :guilabel:`Invoices paid` and click" -" the :guilabel:`Test and save` button next to it." +"In the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` section, enter your Odoo database's URL, " +"followed by `/payment/xendit/webhook` (e.g., " +"`https://example.odoo.com/payment/xendit/webhook`) in the field " +":guilabel:`Invoices paid` and click the :guilabel:`Test and save` button " +"next to it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:40 diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 4ead0f97c..75f9b1f25 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ # Translators: # Ryoko Tsuda , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Junko Augias, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Junko Augias, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1698,146 +1698,111 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:5 -msgid "Developer Mode (debug mode)" +msgid "Developer mode (debug mode)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:7 msgid "" -"The developer mode (or debug mode) unlocks access to extra and advanced " -"tools in Odoo. There are several ways to activate the developer mode: " -"through the :ref:`settings `, the " -":ref:`browser extension `, through" -" the :ref:`command palette ` or the" -" :ref:`URL `." +"The developer mode, also known as debug mode, unlocks access to advanced " +":ref:`tools and settings ` in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:17 -msgid "Activate through the Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:11 msgid "" -"The debug mode can be activated in the Odoo database settings. Go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Developer Tools` and click" -" on :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`. At least one application needs " -"to be installed for the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` section to appear in the" -" :guilabel:`Settings` module." +"Proceed with caution, as some developer tools and technical settings are " +"considered advanced and may have associated risks. Only use them if you " +"understand the implications and are confident in your actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of the debug options under settings in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:16 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with assets)` is used by developers;" -" :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with tests assets)` is used by " -"developers and testers." +"The developer mode is also available with :ref:`assets " +"`, which are used to debug JavaScript " +"code, and with :ref:`tests assets `, " +"which are used to run test tours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:23 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "アクティベーション" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To activate it, open the :guilabel:`Settings` app, scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Developer Tools` section, and click :guilabel:`Activate the " +"developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:28 msgid "" "Once activated, the :guilabel:`Deactivate the developer mode` option becomes" " available." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 +msgid "Activating the developer mode in the Settings app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To activate the developer mode **from anywhere in the database**, add " +"`?debug=1` to the URL after `/web` (e.g., " +"`https://example.odoo.com/web?debug=1#action=menu&cids=1`). To deactivate " +"it, use `?debug=0` instead." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:37 -msgid "Activate through the browser extension" +msgid "" +"Use `?debug=assets` to activate the developer mode with assets and " +"`?debug=tests` to activate it with tests assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:41 msgid "" -"Within a web browser, navigate to the browser settings and extensions and " -"search for the `Odoo Debug` extension. Once the extension is installed, a " -"new icon will be shown on the browser's toolbar." +"Open the **command palette** by pressing `Ctrl + K` or `Cmd ⌘ + K`, then " +"type `debug` to activate the developer mode with assets or deactivate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:44 +msgid "Browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:46 msgid "" -"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " -"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" -" a single click." +"The `Odoo Debug `_ browser extension " +"adds an icon to toggle developer mode on or off from the browser's toolbar. " +"It is available on the `Chrome Web Store " +"`_ and `Firefox Add-ons " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:54 +msgid "Developer tools and technical menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once the developer mode is activated, the developer tools can be accessed by" +" clicking the :icon:`fa-bug` :guilabel:`(bug)` icon. The menu contains tools" +" useful for understanding or editing technical data, such as a view's field," +" filters, or actions. The options available depend on where the menu is " +"accessed from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "View of Odoo's debug icon in a Google Chrome toolbar." +msgid "Accessing the developer tools" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:53 -msgid "Activate through the command palette" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:64 msgid "" -"In Odoo, the command palette tool has a command to activate the debug mode. " -"First, open the command palette tool with the keyboard shortcut `ctrl+k` and" -" then type `debug`. A command will show up to activate the debug mode." +"Database administrators can access the technical menu from the " +":guilabel:`Settings` app. It contains advanced database settings, such as " +"ones related to the database structure, security, actions, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Command palette with debug command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:68 -msgid "Activate through the URL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The debug mode can also be activated by adding an extra query string to the " -"database's URL. In the URL, add `?debug=1` or `?debug=true` after `/web`. To" -" deactivate the debug mode, change the value to `?debug=0` instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a URL with the debug mode command added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Additional modes are available for developers: `?debug=assets` enables the " -":ref:`assets mode `, and " -"`?debug=tests` enables the :ref:`tests mode " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:86 -msgid "Locate the developer mode tools" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Once developer mode is activated, the developer mode tools can be accessed " -"from the :guilabel:`Open Developer Tools` button, the bug icon located in " -"the header of the Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a console page and the debug icon being shown in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:95 -msgid "" -"This menu contains additional tools that are useful to understand or edit " -"technical data, such as the views or actions of a page. On a page that has " -"filters, actions, and view options, the developer mode tools contain some " -"useful menu items such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:99 -msgid ":guilabel:`Edit Action`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:100 -msgid ":guilabel:`Manage Filters`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:101 -msgid "Edit the current view (e.g. Kanban, List, Graph, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:102 -msgid "See the :guilabel:`Fields View Get`" +msgid "Accessing the technical menu" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:5 @@ -2540,11 +2505,11 @@ msgid "" "is asked, enter `odoo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 msgid "Check the DMARC policy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:104 msgid "" "The Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance (DMARC) " "record is a protocol that unifies :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` and " @@ -2555,41 +2520,41 @@ msgid "" " and/or :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` check." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 msgid "DMARC: TXT record" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 msgid "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:116 msgid "" "There are three :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` policies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 msgid "`p=none`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:118 -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 msgid "`p=quarantine`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 msgid "`p=reject`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:123 msgid "" "`p=quarantine` and `p=reject` instruct the server that receives an email to " "quarantine that email or ignore it if the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy " "Framework)` and/or :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` check fails." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:127 msgid "" "If the domain name uses :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` and has defined one of these policies, the domain" @@ -2597,7 +2562,7 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:132 msgid "" "Yahoo or AOL are examples of email providers with a :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-" "based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` policy set to " @@ -2606,7 +2571,7 @@ msgid "" "their recipient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:137 msgid "" "`p=none` is used for the domain owner to receive reports about entities " "using their domain. It should not impact the deliverability if the " @@ -2614,7 +2579,7 @@ msgid "" "Conformance)` check fails." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:141 msgid "" ":abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` records are comprised of tags in the form of :abbr:`DNS " @@ -2629,181 +2594,181 @@ msgid "" " too restrictive." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:150 msgid "The following chart displays available tags:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 msgid "Tag Name" msgstr "タグ名" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 msgid "Purpose" msgstr "目的" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 msgid "Example" msgstr "例" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 msgid "v" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 msgid "Protocol version" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 msgid "`v=DMARC1`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 msgid "pct" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 msgid "Percentage of messages subjected to filtering" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 msgid "`pct=20`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 msgid "ruf" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 msgid "Reporting URI for forensic reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 msgid "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 msgid "rua" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 msgid "Reporting URI of aggregate reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 msgid "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 msgid "p" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 msgid "Policy for organizational domain" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 msgid "sp" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 msgid "Policy for subdomains of the OD" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 msgid "`sp=reject`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 msgid "adkim" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 msgid "Alignment mode for DKIM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 msgid "`adkim=s`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 msgid "aspf" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:181 msgid "Alignment mode for SPF" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 msgid "`aspf=r`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:184 msgid "" "Check the :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` record of a domain name with a tool like `MXToolbox DMARC " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:188 msgid "" "`DMARC.org is another great resource to learn about DMARC records. " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 msgid "SPF, DKIM & DMARC documentation of common providers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:196 msgid "" "`OVH DNS " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 msgid "" "`OVH SPF `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 msgid "" "`GoDaddy TXT record `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 msgid "`GoDaddy SPF `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:200 msgid "" "`GoDaddy DKIM `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:201 msgid "" "`NameCheap " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 msgid "" "`CloudFlare DNS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:204 msgid "" "`Google Domains `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 msgid "" "`Azure DNS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:207 msgid "" "To fully test the configuration, use the `Mail-Tester `_ tool, which gives a full overview of the content and " @@ -2811,7 +2776,7 @@ msgid "" "records for other, lesser-known providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:212 msgid "" "`Using Mail-Tester to set SPF Records for specific carriers " "`_" @@ -7921,10 +7886,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 msgid "" "To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation " -"package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download " -"page `_. Next, install and setup the Odoo " -":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " -"start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +"package for Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download page " +"`_. Next, install and setup the Odoo :file:`.exe`" +" file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to start the " +"installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 @@ -8441,10 +8406,22 @@ msgid "" "Odoo uninstall guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:7 msgid "Devices" msgstr "装置" +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:21 +msgid "" +":doc:`Worldline payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:23 +msgid "" +":doc:`Ingenico payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 msgid "Connect a camera" msgstr "" @@ -10037,9 +10014,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:126 msgid "" "On a form, navigate to any field, and hover over the field name. A box of " -"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Object`" -" name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be" -" added." +"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Model` " +"name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be " +"added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:0 diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 9b5548598..f5f593984 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" @@ -28,13 +28,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Human resources" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 msgid "Appraisals" msgstr "査定" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, the *Appraisals* application can be used to evaluate employee " "performance on a recurring basis. Managers can evaluate the performance of " @@ -43,28 +43,28 @@ msgid "" "desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:12 msgid "" "Appraisals give employees valuable feedback, including actionable goals to " "work toward, and measurable skills to improve upon. Additionally, appraisals" " may form the basis for raises, promotions, and other benefits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:16 msgid "" "Regular appraisals are good for both the employees and the company, since " "they can accurately measure performance based on company goals, and show " "employees where they need to improve." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:31 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "設定" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Configuration` menu in the *Appraisals* application is where " "the settings can be configured, feedback templates can be edited, " @@ -72,31 +72,32 @@ msgid "" "feedback can be stored, and goal tags can be viewed/created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 msgid "Settings" msgstr "管理設定" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:29 msgid "" "To access the *Settings* menu, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " "application --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 msgid "Feedback templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:35 msgid "" "Feedback templates are form outlines used during an employee appraisal. Any " "edits made to a template are, ultimately, reflected in the appraisals sent " "to employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:38 msgid "" "There are two default templates pre-configured in Odoo *Appraisals*: one for" " employee feedback, and one for manager feedback. Each contains several " @@ -104,25 +105,25 @@ msgid "" " the questions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:42 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`My work`, :guilabel:`My future`, and :guilabel:`My feelings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:45 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`Feedback`, :guilabel:`Evaluation`, and :guilabel:`Improvements`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:48 msgid "" "Any desired changes to the default feedback templates can be made by making " "changes directly in each template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:54 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Appraisals` section of the settings menu determines the " "frequency that appraisals are performed, and if it is possible to request " @@ -135,56 +136,56 @@ msgid "" "enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 msgid "Appraisals plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:66 msgid "" "By default, appraisals are pre-configured to be automatically created six " "months after an employee is hired, with a second appraisal exactly six " "months after that." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:69 msgid "" "Once those two initial appraisals have been completed in the employee's " "first year, following appraisals are only created once a year (every twelve " "months)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:72 msgid "" "To modify this schedule, change the number of months in the blank fields " "under the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:76 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section is modified, **all** empty " ":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Dates` are modified for **all** employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 msgid "360 feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:82 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option can be enabled to allow managers to " "request feedback from other employees using a different survey form, at any " "time, independent of the appraisal schedule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:85 msgid "" "Typically, managers ask for feedback from other people who work with an " "employee they manage. This includes the employee's various managers, peers, " "and direct reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:88 msgid "" "To view the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey, click the :guilabel:`→ Internal" " link` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`Default Template` field. The " @@ -192,13 +193,13 @@ msgid "" " can be made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:92 msgid "" "For more information on how to edit a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:96 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` form is a pre-configured survey within the " "*Surveys* application. In order to use the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option, " @@ -206,11 +207,11 @@ msgid "" " be installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 msgid "Evaluation scale" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:103 msgid "" "On each employee appraisal form, final rating options appear by default. To " "view and edit these options, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " @@ -218,7 +219,7 @@ msgid "" "ratings in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:107 msgid "" "The pre-configured ratings are :guilabel:`Needs Improvement`, " ":guilabel:`Meets Expectations`, :guilabel:`Exceeds Expectations`, and " @@ -226,14 +227,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:111 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`New` button is clicked on the :guilabel:`Evaluation " "Scale` page, a blank line appears at the bottom of the list. Enter the name " "of the rating in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:114 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the ratings, click the :guilabel:`(six small gray " "boxes)` icon to the left of a rating, and drag the rating to the desired " @@ -246,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:124 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` section displays information for all the " "surveys currently configured in the *Appraisals* application. To view the " @@ -258,55 +259,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list view of all available surveys in the Appraisals application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:132 msgid "" "Each appraisal (or survey) is presented in its own line on the " ":guilabel:`360 Feedback` page, along with various information related to " "that particular appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 msgid "Each appraisal includes the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:137 msgid ":guilabel:`Survey Name`: the name of the specific survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the employee responsible for the survey, including " "the month and year they were given that designation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Questions`: the number of questions in that particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Duration`: the average time a user spends completing the " "survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Registered`: the number of people who have been sent the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Completed`: the number of people who have completed the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:145 msgid "" "Each appraisal also has two buttons at the end of each line: a " ":guilabel:`Test` button and a :guilabel:`See Results` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:148 msgid "" "To see what an appraisal looks like for the end user (i.e. an employee), " "click the :guilabel:`Test` button, and the appraisal loads in a new browser " @@ -314,14 +315,14 @@ msgid "" "to enter any answers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:152 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`This is a Test Survey. → Edit " "Survey` at the top of the page to be taken to the detail form for that " "particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:155 msgid "" "To view the results from everyone who completed an appraisal, click the " ":guilabel:`See Results` button. This presents all the answers for the survey" @@ -330,13 +331,13 @@ msgid "" "each question are visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:160 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`→ Edit Survey` at the top of " "the page to be taken to the detail form for that particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:163 msgid "" "In addition to viewing the responses from past appraisals and surveys, new " "surveys can also be created from the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` page. Simply " @@ -344,123 +345,77 @@ msgid "" " survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:167 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:171 msgid "" "In previous versions of Odoo, this section was referred to as " ":guilabel:`Surveys`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:172 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "タグ" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 -msgid "" -"An additional feature of the *Appraisals* application is the ability to set " -":ref:`goals ` for employees. On each goal form, there is a" -" field to add tags. The available tags are pulled from a list that is " -"configured from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To view a list of all existing goal tags, and to create new tags, go to the " -":guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, by navigating to :menuselection:`Appraisals " -"application --> Configuration --> Tags`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:181 -msgid "All currently configured tags are presented in a list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:183 -msgid "" -"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " -"all tags need to be added from this list, or directly from the goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 -msgid "" -"To create a new tag from the :guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, click the " -":guilabel:`New` button, and a blank line appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the tag on the line. Then, press the enter key to save the" -" tag, and create a new blank line. Repeat this for all tags that need to be " -"added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:192 -msgid "The list of tags is automatically arranged in alphabetical order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:176 msgid "" "Navigate to the main *Appraisals* dashboard by opening the " ":guilabel:`Appraisals` application. The :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard is " "the default view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:179 msgid "" "To view the dashboard at any point in the application, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Appraisals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:182 msgid "" "All appraisals are displayed on the dashboard in a Kanban view, by default, " "with a list of groupings on the left side of the dashboard, including " ":guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Department`, and :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 msgid "" "Click any grouping option to view appraisals for **only** the chosen " "selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 msgid "" "Only groupings with multiple selections appear in the list. For example, if " "a database only has one company, the :guilabel:`Company` grouping does " "**not** appear, since there is no other company to select." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:193 msgid "Each appraisal card displays the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: the department the employee is associated with." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company the employee works for. This only appears " "in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date`: the date the appraisal was requested, or is scheduled for " "in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activities`: any activities that are scheduled for the appraisal," " such as :guilabel:`Meetings` or :guilabel:`Phone Calls.` If no activities " @@ -468,13 +423,13 @@ msgid "" "icon, located in the bottom-left corner of an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:204 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: the employee's manager, indicated by the profile icon " "in the bottom-right corner of an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:206 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status banner`: the status of the appraisal. A banner appears if " "an appraisal is marked as either :guilabel:`Canceled` or :guilabel:`Done`. " @@ -482,7 +437,7 @@ msgid "" "not been scheduled yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 msgid "" "To view the details of any appraisal, click on the card to open the " "appraisal form." @@ -492,22 +447,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Appraisals dashboard with each appraisal in its own box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 msgid "New appraisal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new appraisal, click the :guilabel:`New` button at the top of " "the :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard to load a blank appraisal form. Then, " "enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:222 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:223 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu. " "The manager is responsible for completing the :guilabel:`Manager's Feedback`" @@ -515,7 +470,7 @@ msgid "" "selected, if they have a manager set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appraisal Date`: the current date is automatically entered in " "this field. This field is automatically updated once the appraisal is " @@ -523,39 +478,39 @@ msgid "" "cancellation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu. This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have" " a department set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:233 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the employee's company from the drop-down menu. " "This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have a " "company set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 msgid "" "The only required fields for the appraisal form are the employee's " ":guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Manager`, and the :guilabel:`Company`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:241 msgid "" "Once the form is complete, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm " "the appraisal request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 msgid "" "Once confirmed, the employee receives an email stating that an appraisal was" " requested, and is then prompted to schedule an appraisal date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:246 msgid "" "The status changes to :guilabel:`Confirmed`, and the :guilabel:`Employee's " "Feedback` section of the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab is grayed out. The " @@ -564,18 +519,18 @@ msgid "" "once the appraisal request is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 msgid "" "If there are any existing appraisals for the employee, an " ":guilabel:`Appraisal` smart button appears at the top of the page, listing " "the total number of appraisals there are for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:255 msgid "Ask for feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:257 msgid "" "As part of the appraisal process, the manager can request feedback on an " "employee from anyone in the company. Feedback is usually requested from co-" @@ -584,43 +539,43 @@ msgid "" "manager's overall assessment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 msgid "" "To request feedback, the appraisal **must** be confirmed. Once confirmed, an" " :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button appears at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:265 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button is clicked, an :guilabel:`Ask " "Feedback` email pop-up form appears, using the :guilabel:`Appraisal: Ask " "Feedback` email template, which sends the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:269 msgid "" "Enter the employees being asked to complete the survey in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field. Multiple employees may be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 msgid "" "The email template has dynamic placeholders to personalize the message. Add " "any additional text to the email, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:275 msgid "If required, an :guilabel:`Answer Deadline` can be added, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:277 msgid "" "If any attachments are needed, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button, and" " a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the file(s), select them, then " "click :guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:280 msgid "When the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send.`" msgstr "" @@ -628,21 +583,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The email pop-up when requesting feedback from other employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:287 msgid "Appraisal form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:289 msgid "" "Once an appraisal is confirmed, the next steps are for the employee to fill " "out the self-assessment, after which the manager completes their assessment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:295 msgid "Employee's feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:297 msgid "" "To complete their portion of feedback, employees should navigate to the main" " :menuselection:`Appraisals application` dashboard, where the only entries " @@ -650,14 +605,14 @@ msgid "" "manage and have to provide manager feedback for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 msgid "" "Click on the appraisal to open the appraisal form. Enter responses in the " ":guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` " "tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:304 msgid "" "When completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to Manager` toggle (the " "default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When clicked, the toggle " @@ -669,24 +624,24 @@ msgid "" "The feedback section for the employee with the toggle button highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:314 msgid "Manager's feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 msgid "" "After the employee has completed the :guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` " "section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab, it is time for the manager to " "fill out the :guilabel:`Manager's Feedback` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:320 msgid "" "The manager enters their responses in the fields in the :ref:`same manner as" " the employee `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:323 msgid "" "When the feedback section is completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to " "Employee` toggle (the default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When " @@ -699,11 +654,12 @@ msgid "" " highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:748 msgid "Skills tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:334 msgid "" "Part of an appraisal is evaluating an employee's skills, and tracking their " "progress over time. The :guilabel:`Skills` tab of the appraisal form auto-" @@ -711,32 +667,32 @@ msgid "" "<../hr/employees/new_employee>`, once an appraisal is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:338 msgid "" "Each skill is grouped with like skills, and the :guilabel:`Skill Level`, " ":guilabel:`Progress`, and :guilabel:`Justification` are displayed for each " "skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 msgid "" "Update any skills, or add any new skills to the :guilabel:`Skills` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:343 msgid "" "If a skill level has increased, a reason for the improved rating can be " "entered into the :guilabel:`Justification` field, such as `took a fluency " "language test` or `received Javascript certification`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:347 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`Create a new employee ` document for " "detailed instructions on adding or updating a skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:350 msgid "" "After an appraisal is completed, and the skills have been updated, the next " "time an appraisal is confirmed, the updated skills populate the " @@ -747,11 +703,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The skills tab of an appraisal form, all filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:358 msgid "Private note tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:360 msgid "" "If managers want to leave notes that are only visible to other managers, " "they can be entered in the :guilabel:`Private Note` tab. The employee being " @@ -759,12 +715,12 @@ msgid "" "appear on their appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:386 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:520 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 msgid "Schedule a meeting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:367 msgid "" "Once both portions of an appraisal are completed (the :ref:`employee " "` and :ref:`manager Appraisals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:377 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, beneath the appraisal date on the " "desired appraisal card, and a :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window " @@ -792,47 +748,47 @@ msgid "" "activity form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Meeting` for the :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the drop-" "down menu. Doing so causes the form to change, so only the " ":guilabel:`Activity Type` and :guilabel:`Summary` fields appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:385 msgid "" "If scheduling an activity other than a meeting, such as a :guilabel:`Call` " "or a :guilabel:`To-Do`, the fields that appear on the :guilabel:`Schedule " "Activity` pop-up form change, accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:389 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon may appear as a number of different icons, " "depending on what, if any, scheduled activities are in place, and the color " "represents their corresponding due dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:392 msgid "" "If no activities are scheduled, that is represented by a gray :guilabel:`🕘 " "(clock)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:394 msgid "" "However, if a specific activity is scheduled, the icon may appear as a " ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon for a phone call, a :guilabel:`👥 (group of " "people)` icon for a meeting, and so on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:397 msgid "" "The color of the icon indicates the status; a green icon means an activity " "is scheduled in the future, and a red icon means the activity is past due." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:400 msgid "" "For more details on activities, refer to the :doc:`../essentials/activities`" " document." @@ -842,46 +798,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The appraisal cards with the various activity icons highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 msgid "" "Enter a brief description in the :guilabel:`Summary` field of the " ":guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window, such as `Annual Appraisal for " "(Employee)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:409 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button. From the calendar page " "that appears, navigate to, and double-click on, the desired date and time " "for the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:412 msgid "" "Doing so opens a :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up form. From this pop-up form, " "make any desired modifications, such as designating a :guilabel:`Start` " "time, or giving a :guilabel:`Name` to the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:416 msgid "" "Add the appraisee in the :guilabel:`Attendees` section, and include anyone " "else who should be in the meeting, if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:419 msgid "" "To make the meeting a video call, instead of an in-person meeting, click " ":guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting`, and a :guilabel:`Videocall URL` link appears in " "the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:422 msgid "" "Once all the desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:424 msgid "" "The meeting now appears on the calendar, and the invited parties are " "informed, via email." @@ -893,183 +849,46 @@ msgid "" "appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 msgid "" "The other way to schedule a meeting is from the individual appraisal form. " "To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Appraisal application` " "dashboard, then click on an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button, and the calendar loads." " Follow the same directions above to create the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 msgid "" -"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button says " +"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button reads " ":guilabel:`No Meeting`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:463 -msgid "Goals" -msgstr "目標" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:465 -msgid "" -"The ability to set goals for employees to work toward is an important " -"feature of Odoo *Appraisals*. Goals are typically set during an appraisal, " -"so the employee knows what they need to work toward before their next " -"appraisal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:469 -msgid "" -"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> " -"Goals`. This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban " -"view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:472 -msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:474 -msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the name of the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:475 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee the goal is assigned to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 -msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:477 -msgid ":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Employee`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is assigned " -"to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:480 -msgid "" -"If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " -"corner of the goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 -msgid "" -"Every individual goal requires its own entry for each employee. If employees" -" have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the list. For " -"example, if both Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " -"appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " -"goal for Sara." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 -msgid "New goal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:495 -msgid "" -"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application -->" -" Goals`, and click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:498 -msgid "" -"Enter the information on the card. The information requested is all the same" -" information that appears on the :ref:`goal card ` in the " -"Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field and a " -":guilabel:`Description` tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:502 -msgid "" -"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field by default, and " -"the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" -" profile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:505 -msgid "" -"Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " -"useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:513 -msgid "Completed goals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:515 -msgid "" -"When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " -"be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " -"dashboard, or from the individual goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:518 -msgid "" -"To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" -" the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the top-right of a goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:522 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon **only** appears when the mouse hovers " -"over the corner of a goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:525 -msgid "" -"Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " -"green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " -"card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:528 -msgid "" -"To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " -"open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " -"the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner " -"appears in the top-right corner of the goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:533 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:526 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:753 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:830 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "レポーティング" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:442 msgid "" "The *Appraisals* application tracks two metrics across two different " "reports: an :ref:`appraisal analysis `, and a " ":ref:`skills evolution `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:448 msgid "Appraisal analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:450 msgid "" "To access the *Appraisal Analysis* report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Appraisal " @@ -1077,7 +896,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted in different colors to represent their status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 msgid "" "Appraisals in yellow are completed, appraisals in orange are in-progress " "(the appraisal is confirmed, but not completed), and appraisals in gray are " @@ -1085,13 +904,13 @@ msgid "" "been confirmed yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 msgid "" "The report displays the whole current year, by default, grouped by " "department." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:460 msgid "" "To change the calendar view presented, change the date settings in the top-" "left of the report. The options to display are :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -1099,13 +918,13 @@ msgid "" " move forward or backward in time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:464 msgid "" "At any point, click the :guilabel:`Today` button to present the calendar to " "include today's date in the view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:467 msgid "" "The report can have other filters and groupings set in the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top." @@ -1115,64 +934,64 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A report showing all the appraisals for the Appraisal Analysis report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 msgid "Skills evolution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 msgid "" "To access the *Skills Evolution* report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Skills Evolution`. " "This displays a report of all skills, grouped by employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:481 msgid "" "All the lines of the report are collapsed, by default. To view the details " "of a line, click on a line to expand the data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:484 msgid "Each skill has the following information listed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:486 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: name of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 msgid ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: the category the skill falls under." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:488 msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the specific, individual skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:489 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Level`: the level the employee had previously " "achieved for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:583 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Progress`: the previous percentage of competency " "achieved for the skill (based on the :guilabel:`Skill Level`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:585 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Skill Level`: the current level the employee has achieved" " for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Skill Progress`: the current percentage of competency " "achieved for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:494 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Justification`: any notes entered on the skill explaining the " "progress." @@ -1182,11 +1001,182 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A report showing all the skills grouped by employee." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:501 +msgid ":doc:`appraisals/goals`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:3 +msgid "Goals" +msgstr "目標" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Appraisals* application allows managers to set goals for their " +"employees. That way, employees know what to work toward before their next " +"review." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`. " +"This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:13 +msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:15 +msgid ":guilabel:`Goal`: the name of the goal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:16 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the employee the goal is assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:17 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-clock-o` :guilabel:`(clock)` icon: displays the corresponding " +":doc:`activity icon <../../essentials/activities>` for the record. If no " +"activities are scheduled, the default icon is the :icon:`fa-clock-o` " +":guilabel:`(clock)`. If any activities have been scheduled, the icon " +"represents the activity scheduled soonest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:21 +msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal. The " +"options are :guilabel:`0%`, :guilabel:`25%`, :guilabel:`50%`, " +":guilabel:`75%`, or :guilabel:`100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Icon`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is " +"assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " +"corner of the goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 +msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every individual goal requires its own record for each employee. If multiple" +" employees have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For example, if Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " +"appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " +"goal for Sara." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:40 +msgid "New goal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`," +" and click :guilabel:`New` top-left corner to open a blank goal form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Input the :guilabel:`Goal`, :guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Progress`, and " +":guilabel:`Deadline`, information on the goal card, as discussed in the " +":ref:`goal card ` section of this document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The information requested is all the same information that appears on the " +"goal card in the Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field " +"and a :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " +"all tags need to be added. To add a tag, enter the name of the tag on the " +"line, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(tag)\"`. Repeat this for all tags that" +" need to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field, by default, and " +"the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" +" profile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " +"useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 +msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:68 +msgid "Completed goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:70 +msgid "" +"When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " +"be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " +"dashboard, or from the individual goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" +" the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon in the top-" +"right of a goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon **only** " +"appears when the mouse hovers over the top-right corner of a goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " +"green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " +"open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " +"the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner " +"appears in the top-right corner of the goal form." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:5 msgid "Attendances" msgstr "勤怠" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Attendances* application functions as a time clock. Employees are " "able to check in and out of work using a dedicated device in kiosk mode, " @@ -1196,56 +1186,55 @@ msgid "" " are working overtime, or checking out of work earlier than expected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:16 msgid "Access rights" msgstr "アクセス権" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:18 msgid "" "It is important to understand how the different access rights affect what " -"users can access in the *Attendances* application." +"options and features users can access in the *Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 msgid "" -"Every user in the database is always able to access their own information on" -" the dashboard and can check in and out directly from the database. Access " -"to all the other features is determined by access rights." +"Every user in the database is able to check in and out directly from the " +"database, without needing access to the *Attendances* application. " +"Additionally, all users can access their own attendance records from their " +"employee form in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Access to both the *Attendances* application, and the various features " +"within the application is determined by access rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:28 msgid "" "To see what access rights a user has, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Settings application --> Users & Companies: Users`, and " -"click on an individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by" -" default. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the " -"setting. For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to " -"leave the field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users & Companies: Users`, and click on an " +"individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by default. " +"Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the setting. " +"For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to leave the " +"field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:34 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Administrator` option is selected, the user has full " "access to the entire *Attendances* application, with no restrictions. They " -"can view all employee attendance records, enter kiosk mode from the " +"can view all employee attendance records, enter *Kiosk mMode* from the " "application, access all reporting metrics, and make modifications to the " -"settings." +"settings. If left blank, the user does **not** have access to the " +"*Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If left blank, the user can only view their own information on the " -"*Attendances* application dashboard and can view their own personal " -"attendance records under the reporting feature. All other attendance records" -" are hidden from view on the report. There is no access to either the kiosk " -"mode or the configuration menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:42 msgid "Approvers" msgstr "承認者" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:44 msgid "" "The **only** other scenario where different information may be accessible in" " the *Attendances* application is for approvers. If a user does *not* have " @@ -1258,7 +1247,7 @@ msgid "" "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:52 msgid "" "To see who the attendance approver is for an employee, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Employees application` and click on the specific employee. " @@ -1269,7 +1258,7 @@ msgid "" "reports, and make modifications to their records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:61 msgid "" "Few configurations are needed in the *Attendances* application. Determining " "how employees check in and out, defining how the kiosks function, and " @@ -1278,11 +1267,11 @@ msgid "" "Configuration` to access the configuration menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:67 msgid "Modes" msgstr "モード" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how an employee " "checks in when using a kiosk. Options are :guilabel:`Barcode/RFID`, " @@ -1290,31 +1279,31 @@ msgid "" "Selection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:76 msgid "" "The *Barcode* application **does not** need to be installed to use one of " "the Barcode/RFID settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances from Backend`: activate this selection to allow users" " to check in and out directly from the Odoo database. If this is not " "activated, users must use a kiosk to check in and out of work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 msgid "Kiosk settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:88 msgid "" "This section only needs to be configured if employees use kiosks for " "checking in and out. If kiosks are **not** being used, modifying any of " "these fields does **not** adversely affect the *Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode Source`: this setting appears **only** if either of the " "two Barcode/RFID selections were configured for the :ref:`Kiosk Mode " @@ -1323,7 +1312,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Front Camera`, or :guilabel:`Back Camera`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:96 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification`: activate this option if employees " "should use a unique PIN to check in. PINs are configured on each individual " @@ -1331,14 +1320,14 @@ msgid "" "documentation for more information on setting up PINs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Time`: set the duration (in seconds) the check in and " "check out confirmation screen remains on the kiosk before going back to the " "main check in screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:101 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendance Kiosk Url`: Odoo generates a unique web address (URL) " "to use a device as a kiosk without having to sign in to the Odoo database. " @@ -1346,7 +1335,7 @@ msgid "" " browser to present the Attendances application kiosk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 msgid "" "These kiosk URLs are **not** secured with any type of access code. Anyone " "who has the URL can access the Attendances application kiosk. If the URL is " @@ -1355,17 +1344,17 @@ msgid "" "generate a new URL and update the kiosk accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:112 msgid "Extra hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:114 msgid "" "This section specifies how extra time is calculated, including when extra " "time is counted and what time is not logged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count of Extra Hours`: enable this box to allow employees to log " "extra hours beyond their set working hours (sometimes referred to as " @@ -1373,14 +1362,14 @@ msgid "" "well. If this is not activated, no other configurations appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start From`: the current date is automatically entered in this " "field. If desired, click on this field and use the calendar selector to " "modify the start date on which extra hours are logged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Company`: enter the amount of time, in" " minutes, that is **not** counted towards an employee's overtime. When an " @@ -1388,7 +1377,7 @@ msgid "" "minutes, the extra time is **not** counted as overtime for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Employee`: enter the amount of time, " "in minutes, that an employee is given, that does **not** adversely affect " @@ -1398,33 +1387,33 @@ msgid "" "they are **not** penalized for their reduced hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 msgid "" "A company sets both of the :guilabel:`Tolerance` fields to `15` minutes, and" " the working hours for the entire company are set from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:138 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:00 AM, and checks out at 5:14 PM, the extra 14" " minutes are **not** counted towards their overtime." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:141 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:05 AM, and checks out at 4:55 PM, even though " "they logged a total of 10 minutes less than their full working hours, they " "are **not** penalized for this discrepancy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Extra Hours`: activate this box to display the extra " "hours logged by an employee when they check out with a kiosk, or when a user" " checks out in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:149 msgid "" "Employees are still able to log overtime hours even if the :guilabel:`Count " "of Extra Hours` option is not activated. The difference is that when " @@ -1433,177 +1422,41 @@ msgid "" "hours>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:164 -msgid "Check in and out via the database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users who are logged into the " -"database to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " -"application, or use a kiosk. For some smaller companies, where every " -"employee is also a user, this feature may be useful." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:170 -msgid "" -"A user can check in and out on the main database dashboard, as well as in " -"any application. In the upper right corner of the top main menu, which is " -"always visible regardless of what application the user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴" -" (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is visible. Click on the " -"colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, enabling the user to check " -"in and/or out." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:180 -msgid "Check in" -msgstr "チェックイン" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:182 -msgid "" -"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " -"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` and the " -"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:190 -msgid "" -"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 -msgid "" -"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " -"their computer to access their location information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:197 -msgid "" -"If the user has not checked in and out already during the current work day, " -"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " -"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" -" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " -"appears beneath that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:202 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to check in. The :guilabel:`🔴 (red " -"circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget changes appearance" -" as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has checked in, by " -"changing the green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to a yellow " -":guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:207 -msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:210 -msgid "Check out" -msgstr "チェックアウト" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:212 -msgid "" -"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " -"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" -" populating the time field. Beneath that line, :guilabel:`HH:MM` is " -"displayed, indicating the hours and minutes that have elapsed since checking" -" in. As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes " -"that have passed since the user checked in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:218 -msgid "" -"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " -"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears in addition to " -"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The time displayed in both of " -"these fields are populated with the most recent check in time, and will " -"match. Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously " -"logged hours are displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 -msgid "" -"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " -"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " -"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that will " -"be logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:228 -msgid "" -"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " -":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button. The attendance widget updates again," -" displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the logged time, and the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check " -"in ➡️` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " -"user allows their computer to access this information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:242 -msgid "" -"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " -"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " -"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" -" appears on the dashboard, including check ins and check outs with no time " -"value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:157 msgid "Kiosk mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:159 msgid "" "Some companies may opt to use a dedicated device (a laptop or desktop PC, a " "tablet, or a mobile phone) for employees to check in and check out from. " "Kiosk mode is used for these scenarios." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:163 msgid "" "If users check in and out using either a badge or an RFID, then an " "accessible device in kiosk mode **must** be available to check in and check " "out using these two methods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 msgid "" "Entering kiosk mode is only available for users with specific :ref:`access " "rights `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:169 msgid "Kiosk mode can be activated in three different ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:171 msgid "" "Navigate to the :guilabel:`Attendances` application, and click " ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode` in the top menu. The device then enters kiosk mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:173 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click on the link in the " @@ -1611,7 +1464,7 @@ msgid "" " recommended to close the database tab to keep the database secure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:177 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click :guilabel:`Copy` next to " @@ -1625,7 +1478,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:186 msgid "" "As a security measure, once a device is in kiosk mode, it is not possible to" " exit kiosk mode and go back into the database without signing back in. To " @@ -1634,11 +1487,11 @@ msgid "" "an extra layer of security, preventing anyone from accessing the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:192 msgid "Badge" msgstr "バッジ" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 msgid "" "To check in or out using a badge, tap the :guilabel:`📷 (camera) Tap to scan`" " image in the center of the kiosk. Then, scan the barcode on the badge using" @@ -1654,11 +1507,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Attendances Kiosk view displaying the scan badge image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:206 msgid "RFID" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:208 msgid "" "To check in or out using an RFID key fob, simply scan the fob with an RFID " "reader. Once scanned, the employee is then either checked in or checked out," @@ -1666,11 +1519,11 @@ msgid "" "all the check in or check out information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:213 msgid "Manually" msgstr "手動" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:215 msgid "" "Users who do not have a scannable badge or an RFID fob can manually check in" " and out at a kiosk. Tap the :guilabel:`Identify Manually` button on the " @@ -1680,20 +1533,20 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`confirmation message ` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:221 msgid "" "When a large number of employees appear in the list, making scrolling " "inefficient, there are two ways to quickly find a specific person:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Search...`: tap on the :guilabel:`Search...` field and enter the " "person's name. As the name is typed in, the matching results are displayed " "on the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: to quickly filter the presented employees, tap on a " "department to display only those employees that are part of that department." @@ -1702,11 +1555,11 @@ msgid "" "part of the department, and is displayed when selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:232 msgid "PIN" msgstr "PIN" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:234 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification` option was activated in the " ":ref:`kiosk settings ` section of the " @@ -1714,7 +1567,7 @@ msgid "" "checking in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:238 msgid "" "After the employee is selected, a number pad appears with a message. When " "checking in, :guilabel:`(Employee) Welcome! Please enter your PIN to check " @@ -1723,7 +1576,7 @@ msgid "" "numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:243 msgid "" "Tap in the PIN using the number pad, then tap :guilabel:`OK` when done. The " "employee is then checked in or out, and a :ref:`confirmation message " @@ -1734,11 +1587,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pop-up that appears when prompted to enter a pin." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:253 msgid "Confirmation message" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:255 msgid "" "When an employee checks in or out, a confirmation message appears with all " "the check in or check out information. When checking in, a welcome message " @@ -1750,7 +1603,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 msgid "" "When checking out, the screen displays a goodbye message, with the date and " "time of check out, and the total hours logged for the day. Beneath the " @@ -1762,12 +1615,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The goodbye message with all the employee's check out information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:681 msgid "Overview" msgstr "概要" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:273 msgid "" "When entering the *Attendances* application, the :guilabel:`Overview` " "dashboard is presented, containing all the check in and check out " @@ -1778,11 +1631,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:280 msgid "Views" msgstr "ビュー" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:282 msgid "" "To change the view from the default Gantt chart to a list view, click the " ":guilabel:`List` icon in the top right of the dashboard, beneath the user's " @@ -1790,7 +1643,7 @@ msgid "" "button, located next to the :guilabel:`List` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:286 msgid "" "The default view presents the current day's information. To present the " "information for the :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or " @@ -1804,7 +1657,7 @@ msgid "" "dashboard, presenting information containing the current day's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:295 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Day` view, the column for the current hour is highlighted " "in yellow. If the :guilabel:`Week` or :guilabel:`Month` view is selected, " @@ -1818,7 +1671,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:304 msgid "" "Any entries that have errors appear in red, indicating they need to be " "resolved by a user with the proper :ref:`access rights ` that need to be resolved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this filter has a drop-down to further select a " "specific time period. Select the desired time period from the options " "presented, a specific month, quarter, or year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Last 7 days`: this filter presents the attendance data for the " "last seven days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:332 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`: create a custom filter using the pop-up that " "appears when this is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 msgid "Groups" msgstr "グループ" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:338 msgid "The default groups that can be selected are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:340 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing the" " following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -1909,13 +1762,13 @@ msgid "" " period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:344 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee`: this group presents the attendance data organized by " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:345 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing " "the following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -1924,7 +1777,7 @@ msgid "" "time period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:349 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`: this option displays a drop-down menu with a " "variety of options to group the attendance data by, including " @@ -1932,53 +1785,53 @@ msgid "" "Address`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:356 msgid "Attendance log details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:358 msgid "" "Odoo captures various time and location details when a user checks in and " "out. The specific details provided are determined by the method the user " "checked in and out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:361 msgid "" "To view the specific check in and/or check out details for an employee, " "click on an individual entry in the overview dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 msgid "" "A detailed attendance log for the user appears in a pop-up window. To close " "the detailed attendance log, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` button in " "the bottom-left corner of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:367 msgid "The detailed attendance log contains the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:370 msgid "Main details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:372 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the name of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 msgid ":guilabel:`Check In`: the date and time the employee checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:374 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: the date and time the employee checked out. This only" " appears if the employee has checked out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:376 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Worked Hours`: the total amount of time the employee logged for " "the day, in an hour and minute format (HH:MM). This value calculates all the" @@ -1986,23 +1839,23 @@ msgid "" "multiple times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Extra Hours`: any extra hours the employee logged that is beyond " "their expected working hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:383 msgid "Check in/check out details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:385 msgid "" "The following information appears for both the :guilabel:`Check In` and " ":guilabel:`Check Out` sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: the method with which the attendance information was " "gathered. :guilabel:`Systray` is displayed if the employee logged in and out" @@ -2011,24 +1864,24 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`using an attendance kiosk `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:392 msgid "" ":guilabel:`IP Address`: the IP address for the computer the employee used to" " log in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:393 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browser`: the web browser the employee used to log in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:394 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Localization`: the city and country associated with the " "computer's IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:395 msgid "" ":guilabel:`GPS Coordinates`: the specific coordinates when the user logged " "in or out. To view the specific coordinates on a map, click the :guilabel:`→" @@ -2040,26 +1893,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The detailed information for an attendance entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:405 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:84 msgid "Errors" msgstr "エラー" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:407 msgid "" "Entries that contain an error appear on the overview dashboard in red. In " "the :guilabel:`Gantt view`, the entry appears with a red background. If in " "the :guilabel:`List view`, the entry text appears in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:411 msgid "" "An error typically occurs when an employee has checked in but has not " "checked out within the last 24 hours, or when an employee has a check in and" " check out period spanning over 16 hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:414 msgid "" "To fix the error, the attendance entry must be modified or deleted. Click on" " the entry to reveal a pop-up containing the details for that particular " @@ -2076,27 +1929,27 @@ msgid "" "selector is shown, and the time selector is highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:426 msgid "" "When all the information on the pop-up is correct, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close`. When the entry no longer has an error, the entry appears in gray " "instead of red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 msgid "" "To delete an entry, click :guilabel:`Remove` on the pop-up instead of making" " modifications to the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:435 msgid "" "To view attendance reports, click :guilabel:`Reporting` in the top menu. The" " default report displays each employee's attendance information for the past" " 3 months, in a :guilabel:`Line Chart`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 msgid "" "The default view is a :guilabel:`Graph`. To view the data in a pivot table, " "click the :guilabel:`Pivot Table` button on the top right of the report. To " @@ -2104,14 +1957,14 @@ msgid "" "next to the :guilabel:`Pivot Table` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 msgid "" "To present different information, adjust the :ref:`filters and groups " "` in the same way as in the :guilabel:`Overview`" " dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:445 msgid "" "The data can be presented in either a :guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line" " Chart`, :guilabel:`Pie Chart`, :guilabel:`Stacked` chart, or in " @@ -2120,13 +1973,13 @@ msgid "" "chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 msgid "" "To change the :guilabel:`Measures`, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button " "and select the desired measure from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:452 msgid "" "The report can also be inserted into a spreadsheet. Click the " ":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button and a pop-up appears. Select the " @@ -2138,6 +1991,151 @@ msgid "" "The default report view, with all the optional view buttons highlighted." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/check_in_check_out`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:461 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/hardware`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:3 +msgid "Check in and out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users, who are logged into the " +"database, to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " +"application, or use a kiosk. For smaller companies, where every employee is " +"also a user, this feature may be useful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A user can check in and/or out on the main database Odoo dashboard, or while" +" inside any application. To do so, in the upper-right corner of the top main" +" header menu, which is always visible regardless of what application the " +"user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is " +"visible. Click on the colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, " +"enabling the user to check in and/or out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:22 +msgid "Check in" +msgstr "チェックイン" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " +"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)`, and the " +"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in` " +":icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " +"their computer to access their location information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If the user has not already checked in and out during the current work day, " +"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " +"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" +" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " +"appears in that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button to check in. The " +":guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget " +"changes appearance, as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has" +" checked in, by changing the green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` " +"button to a yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:49 +msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:148 +msgid "Check out" +msgstr "チェックアウト" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " +"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" +" populating the time field. Beneath that line, the hours and minutes that " +"have elapsed since checking in are displayed in a :guilabel:`HH:MM` format. " +"As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes that " +"have passed since the user checked in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " +"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears, in addition to " +"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The times displayed in both of " +"these fields match, and are populated with the most recent check in time. " +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously logged " +"time is displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " +"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " +"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that is " +"logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:70 +msgid "" +"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " +":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " +"yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button. The attendance " +"widget updates again, displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the " +"logged time, while the yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` " +"button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " +"user allows their computer to access this information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:85 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " +"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " +"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" +" appears on the main *Attendances* dashboard, including check ins and check " +"outs with no time value." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Hardware" msgstr "ハードウエア" @@ -2240,6 +2238,305 @@ msgid "" "departments." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:3 +msgid "Departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"All employees in the *Employees* app fall under specific departments within " +"a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:8 +msgid "Create new departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To make a new department, navigate to :menuselection:`Employees app --> " +"Departments`, then click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left to reveal a blank " +"department form. Fill out the following information on the department form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The department for with all fields filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:18 +msgid ":guilabel:`Department Name`: enter a name for the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: using the drop-down menu, select the department " +"manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Parent Department`: if the new department is housed within " +"another department (has a parent department), select the parent department " +"using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates`: if employees in this department " +"require a specific appraisal form that is different from the default " +"appraisal form, tick the checkbox. If this option is activated, an " +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab appears below the form. This field " +"**only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " +"department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Survey`: using the drop-down menu, select the default " +"survey to use for the department when requesting feedback from employees. " +"This field **only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed, **and** " +"the *360 Feedback* option is enabled in the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the department. Click the default " +"white color box to display all the color options. Click on a color to select" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab: this tab **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates` options is activated on the form. " +"Make any desired edits to the appraisal form. The appraisal form is used for" +" appraisals for all employees within this department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:36 +msgid "" +"After the form is completed, click the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon to manually save the changes. When saved, a " +":guilabel:`Department Organization` chart appears in the top-right of the " +"department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The form auto-saves while data is entered, however the :guilabel:`Department" +" Organization` chart does **not** appear until the form is manually saved. " +"If the form is not saved, the :guilabel:`Department Organization` chart is " +"visible upon opening the department card from the :guilabel:`Departments` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:47 +msgid "Refer to the :doc:`../appraisals` documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:50 +msgid "Departments dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured departments, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Departments`. All departments appear in a " +"Kanban view, by default, and are listed in alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The departments dashboard view with all the department cards in a Kanban " +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:175 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "かんばんビュー" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each department has its own Kanban card on the main :guilabel:`Departments` " +":icon:`oi-view-kanban` :guilabel:`(Kanban)` dashboard view, that can display" +" the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:66 +msgid "Department name: the name of the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:67 +msgid "Company: the company the department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employees`: the number of employees within the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisals`: the number of appraisals scheduled for employees in " +"the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Requests`: the number of unapproved time off requests " +"for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval ` . This **only** appears if there are requests to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allocation Requests`: the number of unapproved allocation " +"requests for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval " +"`. This **only** appears if there are requests " +"to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Applicants`: the number of :ref:`new applicants " +"` for a position in this department. This **only** appears " +"if there are new applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expense Reports`: the number of employees in the department with " +":ref:`open expense reports to approve `. This **only** " +"appears if there are any expense reports waiting for approval." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Absence`: the number of absences for the current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Color bar: the selected color for the department appears as a vertical bar " +"on the left side of the department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click on an alert in a department card, such as :guilabel:`Time Off " +"Requests`, to reveal a list view of the requests to approve. This list " +"includes **all** open requests to approve, not just from the specific " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The default view for the :guilabel:`Departments` dashboard is a Kanban view." +" It is possible to view the departments in two other forms: a list view and " +"a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "ビュー一覧" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a list view, click the :icon:`fa-align-justify` " +":guilabel:`(list)` icon in the top-right corner. The departments appear in a" +" list view, which displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Employees`, " +":guilabel:`Parent Department`, and :guilabel:`Color` for each department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The departments are sorted alphabetically by :guilabel:`Department Name`, by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The departments presented in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When in list view, departments can be managed in batch by selecting one or " +"multiple record's checkbox, then select the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Actions` button to reveal a drop-down menu of actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:113 +msgid "Hierarchy view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a hierarchy view, click the :icon:`fa-share-alt " +"fa-rotate-90` :guilabel:`(hierarchy)` icon in the top-right corner. The " +"departments appear in an organizational chart format, with the highest-level" +" department at the top (typically :guilabel:`Management`), and all other " +"departments beneath it. All child departments of the first-level child " +"departments are folded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Each department card displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, the " +":guilabel:`Manager` (and their profile image), the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Employees` in the department, and the ability to expand the department " +"(:guilabel:`Unfold`) if there are child departments beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Unfold` button on a department card to expand it. Once " +"expanded, the :guilabel:`Unfold` button changes to a :guilabel:`Fold` " +"button. To collapse the department, click the :guilabel:`Fold` button. Only " +"**one** department *per row* can be unfolded at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Click anywhere on a department card to open the department form. Click the " +":guilabel:`(#) Employees` smart button to view a list of all the employees " +"in that department, including all employees in the child departments beneath" +" it, organized by individual department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In the hierarchy view, if the :guilabel:`(2) Employees` button on the " +":guilabel:`Management` card is clicked (the highest-level department card), " +"**all** employees appear in a list view, grouped by department. This is " +"because **all** departments are children of the :guilabel:`Management` " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`(3) Employees` button in the :guilabel:`Sales` department " +"card is clicked, the employees from the :guilabel:`Sales` department, as " +"well as its two child departments (:guilabel:`East Coast Territory` and " +":guilabel:`West Coat Territory`), appear in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "The departments presented in a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list view of employees for the department that was clicked, including all child\n" +"departments." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 msgid "New employees" msgstr "新規従業員" @@ -2314,7 +2611,6 @@ msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:736 msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "" @@ -2435,7 +2731,8 @@ msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:869 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "履歴" @@ -3674,7 +3971,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:398 msgid "Salary" msgstr "給与" @@ -5039,10 +5336,6 @@ msgid "" "different ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 -msgid "List view" -msgstr "ビュー一覧" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:304 msgid "" "The default view of the service records is a list view. This presents all " @@ -5090,11 +5383,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The form automatically saves as data is entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 -msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "かんばんビュー" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:331 msgid "" "To view services by their stage, click the :guilabel:`Kanban` button, which " @@ -5180,11 +5468,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:380 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:230 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:889 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:894 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "" @@ -5455,11 +5743,11 @@ msgid "" " pop-up windows close, and the activity now appears on the activity view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 msgid "Frontdesk" msgstr "フロントデスク" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:7 msgid "" "The Odoo *Frontdesk* application provides a way for visitors to check in to " "a building or location, and alert the person they are meeting about their " @@ -5467,24 +5755,24 @@ msgid "" "brought to them, while they wait." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:11 msgid "" "This application is ideal for businesses that do **not** have someone " "working at a reception desk, locations **without** a designated waiting area" " available to guests and visitors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:17 msgid "" "The first item to configure with the *Frontdesk* application is the station," " followed by any drink selections that might optionally be offered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 msgid "Stations" msgstr "窓口" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:23 msgid "" "In Odoo's *Frontdesk* application, a *Station* can be thought of as any " "location where someone can sign in and wait for an employee. This is " @@ -5492,35 +5780,35 @@ msgid "" "kiosk where visitors check in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:27 msgid "" "When setting up the *Frontdesk* application, a minimum of one station " "**must** be configured, but there is no limit to how many stations can be " "created and configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:30 msgid "" "To create a station, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Stations`, and click :guilabel:`New`. When clicked, a " "blank frontdesk form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Name`: enter a name for the specific frontdesk " "location. This should be short and easily identifiable, such as `Reception " "Desk` or `Main Lobby`. This field is required in order to create a station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:38 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsibles`: select the person (or persons) who are alerted " "when a visitor checks in using this specific frontdesk. Multiple selections " "can be entered. This field is required in order to create a station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk URL`: this field auto-populates once the frontdesk form is " "saved, with at least the :guilabel:`Frontdesk Name` and " @@ -5528,46 +5816,45 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`(cloud with upward arrow)` icon, located at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:45 msgid "" "Once saved, a URL is generated in the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` field. This URL " "is one way the frontdesk kiosk is accessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:48 msgid "" "To access the kiosk, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at the end of the " "URL, and navigate to that URL in a web browser. This URL opens that specific" " station's frontdesk sign-in page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:52 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a frontdesk form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera" " with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:166 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:184 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to open a file explorer, navigate " "to the desired image/photo file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:58 msgid "" "The image selected for the station photo appears as the background image for" " the station kiosk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:61 msgid "Options tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Host Selection`: if the visitor is attending a meeting, this " "option allows the visitor to select the meeting host from a presented list, " @@ -5575,35 +5862,35 @@ msgid "" "detailed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Authenticate Guest`: if additional information is required when a" " guest checks in, enable this option, and select which of the following are " "required:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: select whether the guest's email address is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Phone`: select whether the guest's phone number is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Organization`: select whether the guest's organization is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Theme`: select the color mode of the kiosk. Choose either " ":guilabel:`Light` or :guilabel:`Dark`. The :guilabel:`Light` selection " @@ -5611,7 +5898,7 @@ msgid "" "selection displays a dark gray and black background." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Self Check-In`: enable this option to present a check-in QR code " "on the kiosk. The QR code allows guests to check in using their mobile " @@ -5619,7 +5906,7 @@ msgid "" "kiosk with multiple guests checking in at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Offer Drinks`: enable this option to offer guests a drink upon " "check in. If this option is enabled, it is necessary to :ref:`configure the " @@ -5628,13 +5915,13 @@ msgid "" " are configured, select each drink to be offered using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:90 msgid "" "The following options are only visible in the :guilabel:`Options` tab if the" " :ref:`Host Selection ` option is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by email`: enable this option to have an email sent to the" " person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -5642,20 +5929,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Email Template` selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:97 msgid "" "To change the default email template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`Email Template` field, then select another email template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any edits to the " "template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:102 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by SMS`: enable this option to have an SMS (text) message " "sent to the person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -5663,13 +5950,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk SMS Template` selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:106 msgid "" "To change the default SMS template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`SMS Template` field, and select another SMS template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:109 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any desired edits to the" @@ -5677,7 +5964,7 @@ msgid "" "characters, which fits in 4 SMS (UNICODE) messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by Discuss`: this option is enabled by default when the " ":guilabel:`Host Selection` option is enabled. This option opens a *Discuss* " @@ -5685,28 +5972,28 @@ msgid "" "in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:116 msgid "" "When enabled, a default message appears for the person the guest is " "visiting. The *Discuss* application **must** be installed in order for this " "option to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:120 msgid "" "*Discuss* is installed by default when creating an Odoo database, and does " "not count towards billing. As long as the *Discuss* application is not " "intentionally uninstalled, the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option works." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:125 msgid "" "The default message format for the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option is: " "`(Frontdesk Station) Check-In: (Guest Name) (Guest Phone Number) " "(Organization) to meet (Name of employee).`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:128 msgid "" "An example of how that might appear in a *Discuss* message is: `Main Lobby " "Check-In: John Doe (123-555-1234) (Odoo, Inc.) to meet Marc Demo.`" @@ -5716,11 +6003,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Frontdesk station form with all the information filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 msgid "Side Message tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:138 msgid "" "Enter any desired text to appear on the station kiosk after a guest has " "checked in, such as a welcome greeting or any necessary instructions. The " @@ -5728,11 +6015,12 @@ msgid "" " a guest has completed the check-in process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:112 msgid "Drinks" msgstr "飲み物" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:147 msgid "" "After a station is created, the next step is to configure the drinks to " "offer visitors, if desired. This step is **not** necessary or required for " @@ -5740,31 +6028,31 @@ msgid "" "drinks are offered to guests." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:151 msgid "" "To add a drink option, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Drinks`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a " "blank drink form to configure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 msgid "Enter the following information on the drink form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Drink Name`: type the name of the drink option in this field. " "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 msgid "" ":guilabel:`People to Notify`: use the drop-down menu in this field to select" " who is notified when the drink is selected. Multiple people can be entered " "in this field. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:159 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a numerical value in this field to indicate " "where in the list of drink options this specific option appears. The lower " @@ -5773,16 +6061,16 @@ msgid "" "first in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:163 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:181 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a drink form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera " "with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:169 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:187 msgid "" "The image selected now appears in the picture field, and is set as the image" " for the drink." @@ -5792,156 +6080,237 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Drink form with the information filled out for an espresso." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:178 msgid "Station dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:192 +msgid "Kiosk setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " +"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " +"tablet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:197 +msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " +":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" +" a new browser tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " +"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" +" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " +"browser tab or window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " +"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " +"accessing the database when checking-in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" +" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " +":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " +"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " +"requests were made for each drink." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:220 +msgid "" +"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " +"other metrics, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`frontdesk/visitors`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:3 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "訪問者" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:5 msgid "" -"To access a complete list of visitors that are currently checked in, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +"In the Odoo *Frontdesk* application, a *visitor* is defined as any non-" +"employee (e.g., repair person, job candidate, etc.). These visitors can be " +"logged upon arrival and departure for security purposes. This ensures an " +"accurate list of people on the premises." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:196 -msgid "" -"The visitors are listed in a list view, with the following details that were" -" entered when they checked in:" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:12 +msgid "Visitor list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To access a complete list of checked-in visitors, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:18 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Planned or Checked-In` and :guilabel:`Today` " "filters appear in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:21 +msgid "" +"All visitors are presented in a list view, with the following details that " +"were entered upon check in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:24 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the guest's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:25 msgid ":guilabel:`Visitor Company`: the company the guest represents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: the guest's phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 -msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`: the drink the guest requested." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`\\*: the drink the guest requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:28 msgid ":guilabel:`Host`: who the guest is waiting to see." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:29 msgid ":guilabel:`CheckIn`: the date and time the guest checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Checkout`: the date and time the guest checked out. As mentioned," -" in the default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " +":guilabel:`Checkout`\\*: the date and time the guest checked out. In the " +"default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " ":guilabel:`Planned` status are visible. Guests with check-out times are only" " visible if the :guilabel:`Today` filter is not active." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duration`: the amount of time the guest has been checked in for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`Station`: the location of where the guest checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: the status of the guest. The options are " ":guilabel:`Checked-In`, :guilabel:`Planned`, :guilabel:`Checked-Out`, or " -":guilabel:`Canceled`. In the default view, only guests with a " -":guilabel:`Checked-In` or :guilabel:`Planned` status are visible." +":guilabel:`Canceled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: the guest's email address." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`\\*: the guest's email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:39 msgid "" -"To the far right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page is " -"an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +"\\* These fields are not visible in the default :guilabel:`Visitor` list. " +"These must be enabled using the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` " +":guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon in the top-right of the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To the far-right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page, " +"there is an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:46 msgid "" "When a guest leaves, click the available :guilabel:`Check out` button to " "update the guest's record, and log the date and time they left." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:49 msgid "" "If a scheduled guest arrives, and they did not check in using the " "*Frontdesk* kiosk, they can be checked in here, by clicking the available " ":guilabel:`Check in` button to log the date and time they arrived." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:53 msgid "" -"Beside the untitled status column a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button appears," -" but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." +"Beside the untitled status column, a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " +"appears, but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:56 msgid "" "When their drink has been served, click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " "to indicate the drink has been delivered to the guest. Once clicked, that " "button disappears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst-1 msgid "" "The full list of currently checked in visitors, with the drinks to be served" " highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:63 msgid "" "If any column is not visible, or if a visible column is preferred to be " -"hidden, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options (two horizontal lines with " -"dots)` icon, located at the end of the column name list." +"hidden, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(additional " +"options)` icon, located at the end of the column name list. Doing so, " +"reveals a reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or disable. A" +" :icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`(check)` icon indicates the column is visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Clicking that reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or " -"disable. A :guilabel:`✅ (checkmark)` icon indicates the column is visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:69 msgid "Planned visitors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:71 msgid "" -"If a guest is expected to arrive at a future date and time, it is possible " -"to enter their information into the *Frontdesk* application in advance." +"Enter expected guest information in advance by creating a planned guest in " +"the *Frontdesk* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:73 msgid "" "To create a planned guest, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Visitors --> New`. Then, enter the same information as any other " -":ref:`visitor `. The only required fields are the " -"visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the :guilabel:`Station` at which they are " -"expected to arrive." +"Visitors`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, enter the same information as " +"any other :ref:`visitor ` on the guest form that appears. " +"The only required fields are the visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Station` at which they are expected to arrive." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:79 msgid "" "If a guest is planned in advance, they must be checked in from the list on " "the :guilabel:`Visitors` page in the *Frontdesk* application " @@ -5950,96 +6319,71 @@ msgid "" " entry remains listed as :guilabel:`Planned`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:84 msgid "" -"Only when a planned guest is checked in inside the application's visitor " -"list, their :guilabel:`Planned` status changes to :guilabel:`Checked-In`." +"The :guilabel:`Planned` status of a planned guest **only** changes to " +":guilabel:`Checked-In` when they are checked in *inside* the application's " +":guilabel:`Visitors` list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:87 msgid "" "If a guest does check in using a kiosk, ensure all records are current, and " -"the list of currently on-site guests is correct. Be sure to check in and/or " -"check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly reflects who " -"is currently on the premises." +"the list of guests that are currently on-site is correct. Be sure to check " +"in and/or check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly " +"reflects who is currently on the premises." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:91 msgid "" "Ensure planned guests are informed that they should **not** check in using " "the kiosk if they are listed as a planned guest in advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:274 -msgid "Frontdesk flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " -"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " -"tablet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:279 -msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:281 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " -":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" -" a new browser tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:283 -msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " -"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" -" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " -"browser tab or window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:288 -msgid "" -"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " -"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " -"accessing the database when checking-in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:95 msgid "Visitor flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:294 -msgid "" -"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a frontdesk kiosk, and " -"enter their information. The information requested is what was configured " -"for that specific frontdesk station. If any information is required, the " -"field displays a red asterisk (*). The visitor must enter the required " -"information in order to check in." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:98 +msgid "Visitor check in" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a :ref:`Frontdesk kiosk " +"`, and click :guilabel:`Check in`. The information " +"requested from the visitor is what was configured for that specific " +"*Frontdesk* station. If any information is required, the field displays a " +"red asterisk (\\*). The visitor **must** enter the required information in " +"order to check in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:105 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, the visitor taps the :guilabel:`Check " "In` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:108 msgid "" -"If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check " -"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: `Do " -"you want something to drink?`" +"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," +" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check " +"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: " +":guilabel:`Do you want something to drink?`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:117 msgid "" "The visitor can tap either :guilabel:`Yes, please`, or :guilabel:`No, thank " "you`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:119 msgid "" "If they select :guilabel:`Yes, please`, a drink selection screen appears, " "and the pre-configured options are listed. The visitor then taps the desired" @@ -6047,47 +6391,46 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Nothing, thanks` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:123 msgid "" -"If a drink selection was made, a `Thank you for registering! Your drink is " -"on the way.` message appears." +"If a drink selection was made, a :guilabel:`Thank you for registering! Your " +"drink is on the way.` message appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:313 -msgid "" -"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," -" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:127 +msgid "Notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:129 msgid "" "Once the visitor has checked in, the person they are visiting, and any other" -" users who were configured to be notified when checks ins occur at the " -"kiosk, are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a " -"*Discuss* chat, or any combination of those three options." +" users who were configured to be notified when check-ins occur at the kiosk," +" are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a *Discuss*" +" chat, or any combination of those three options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:133 msgid "" "If the visitor requested a drink, the user(s) configured as the " -":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified via the " -"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: `(Visitor Name) just " -"checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" +":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified, via the " +"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: :guilabel:`(Visitor " +"Name) just checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the drink has been delivered to the guest, the person who delivered the" " drink is responsible for marking the drink as delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:140 msgid "" "To mark a drink as delivered, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Stations --> (#) Drinks to serve` on the desired station card." +"Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#) " +"Drinks to serve`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:143 msgid "" "This opens a list of all the visitors checked in at that station, and are " "waiting for a drink. Click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button at the end of" @@ -6095,64 +6438,39 @@ msgid "" "their drink served, the visitor disappears from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:150 msgid "" "Once the visitor has completed their business, and has left the premises, it" " is important to check them out for accurate record keeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:153 msgid "" "To check visitors out properly, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app " -"--> Stations --> (#) On Site`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who" -" are currently checked-in at that station." +"--> Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#)" +" Drinks to serve`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who are " +"currently checked-in at that station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:157 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check Out` button near the end of the line for the " +"Click the :guilabel:`Check out` button near the end of the line for the " "visitor who left. Once they are marked as checked-out, the visitor " "disappears from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:161 msgid "" -"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important to" -" check out visitors for accurate record keeping." +"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important " +"for *Frontdesk* users to check out visitors for accurate record keeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:164 msgid "" "Always have an accurate list of who is on the premises at any given time. " "This is important for security purposes, and in the case of an emergency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:353 -msgid "" -"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " -"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:355 -msgid "" -"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" -" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " -":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:358 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " -"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " -"requests were made for each drink." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:361 -msgid "" -"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " -"other metrics, as well." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:5 msgid "Lunch" msgstr "ランチ" @@ -6660,7 +6978,7 @@ msgid "The category form, with the fields filled out for a Soup category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:280 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:701 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:392 msgid "Alerts" msgstr "アラート" @@ -7877,13 +8195,20 @@ msgid "" "the changes are also reflected in the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To access contract templates, the *Salary Configurator* " +"(`hr_contract_salary`) module **must** be :ref:`installed " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "To view all the current contract templates in the database, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Contracts: Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Contract Templates` page, all current contract templates " "appear in a list view. To view the details of a contract template, click " @@ -7892,40 +8217,40 @@ msgid "" "contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" "To create a new contract template, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Then, " "enter the following information on the blank contract template form that " "appears:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Reference`: enter a brief description for the template. " "This should be clear and easily understood, as this name appears in the " "*Recruitment* application, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: select the desired working schedule the " "contract applies to from the drop-down menu. If a new working schedule is " "needed, create a :ref:`new working schedule `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select how the work entries are generated. " "Choices are either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: work entries are generated based on the " "selected working schedule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "attendance, as they are logged in the *Attendances* application. Refer to " @@ -7933,56 +8258,56 @@ msgid "" "on checking in and out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Planning`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "planning in the *Planning* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select the :ref:`salary structure type " "` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the contract template applies " "to from the drop-down menu. If blank, the template applies to all " "departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Job Position`: select the :ref:`job position ` the contract template applies to from the drop-down menu. If " "blank, the template applies to all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 msgid ":guilabel:`Wage on Payroll`: enter the monthly wage in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Type`: select the type of contract from the drop-down " "menu. This list is the same as the :ref:`Employment Types " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: select the employee responsible for validating " "contracts, using this template, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`: select a default document that a" " new employee has to sign to accept an offer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template`: select a default document " "that a current employee has to sign to update their contract." @@ -7992,18 +8317,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new contract template form, with the fields filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 msgid "Salary information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or " ":guilabel:`Hourly Wage` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: using the drop-down menu, select how often the " "employee is paid. Options include :guilabel:`Annually`, :guilabel:`Semi-" @@ -8012,7 +8337,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Weekly`, or :guilabel:`Daily`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage`: enter the gross wage. The time period presented in this " "field is based on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Scheduled Pay` field. " @@ -8020,21 +8345,21 @@ msgid "" "*first*, since that entry updates this field automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:172 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)`: enter the total yearly cost the employee " "costs the employer. When this value is entered, the :guilabel:`Monthly Cost " "(Real)` is automatically updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Monthly Cost (Real)`: this field is **not** editable. The value " "is automatically populated after the :guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)` is " "entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:178 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Schedule Pay`, :guilabel:`Wage`, and :guilabel:`Yearly Cost " "(Real)` fields are all linked. If any of these fields are updated, the other" @@ -8047,60 +8372,60 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The salary information tab, with the fields filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 msgid "Pre-tax benefits and post-tax deductions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:190 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings set for the company, the entries " "presented in this section either vary, or may not appear at all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "For example, some entries may pertain to retirement accounts, health " "insurance benefits, and commuter benefits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:196 msgid "" "Enter the monetary amounts or percentages to specify how much of the " "employee's salary goes to the various benefits and/or deductions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "Employment types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:204 msgid "" "To view all the pre-configured employment types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll application --> Configuration --> Contracts: " "Employment Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:207 msgid "" "The employment types are presented in a list view on the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:209 msgid "" "The default employment types are :guilabel:`Permanent`, " ":guilabel:`Temporary`, :guilabel:`Seasonal`, :guilabel:`Interim`, " ":guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, and :guilabel:`Permanent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 msgid "" "To make a new employment type, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the " "upper-left corner, and a blank line appears at the bottom of the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:215 msgid "" "On this new blank line, enter the name of the employment type in the " ":guilabel:`Name` column. If the employment type is country-specific, select " @@ -8109,7 +8434,7 @@ msgid "" " specific country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:220 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the employment types, click the :guilabel:`six " "small gray boxes` icon to the left of the employment type :guilabel:`Name`, " @@ -8120,12 +8445,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The employment types in the database by default, in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -8133,15 +8458,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:238 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:241 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -8149,14 +8474,14 @@ msgid "" "automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work " "Entry Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:251 msgid "" "Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." @@ -8168,29 +8493,29 @@ msgid "" "code and color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 msgid "" "To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:730 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:43 msgid "General information section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: the name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:269 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: this code appears with the work entry type on " "timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " @@ -8198,7 +8523,7 @@ msgid "" "department for a code to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:272 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DMFA code`: this code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " "Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding :abbr:`DMFA (De " @@ -8209,50 +8534,50 @@ msgid "" "salaries paid to those employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 msgid "" ":guilabel:`External Code`: this code is used for exporting data to a third-" "party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used to determine " "the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: this code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " "payroll service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the particular work entry type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:285 msgid "Display in payslip section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rounding`: the rounding method selected determines how quantities" " on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: a timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:295 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -8262,11 +8587,11 @@ msgid "" "hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:301 msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: if the work entry is for work that " "is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " @@ -8275,39 +8600,39 @@ msgid "" " training, or volunteer work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:309 msgid "Valid for advantages section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: if the work entry should count towards a meal " "voucher, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:312 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: if the work entry should count towards " "representation fees, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: if the work entry should count " "towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:318 msgid "Time off options section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off`: check this box if the work entry type can be selected " "for a time off request, or entry, in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field " "appears. This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time" @@ -8315,14 +8640,14 @@ msgid "" "example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "A new type of time off can be entered in the field, if the listed types of " "time off in the drop-down menu do **not** display the type of time off " "needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: this is for Belgian-specific companies " "**only**, and does **not** appear for other localizations. Check this box if" @@ -8333,11 +8658,11 @@ msgid "" "year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:336 msgid "Reporting section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:338 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: if the work entry should be visible on the " "unforeseen absences report, check this box." @@ -8347,11 +8672,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:348 msgid "Working schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 msgid "" "To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " @@ -8359,21 +8684,21 @@ msgid "" "contracts and work entries are found in this list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 msgid "" "Working schedules are company-specific. Each company **must** identify each " "type of working schedule they use. If the database is created for only one " "company, the company column is not available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" "An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " "work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " "that uses the 40-hour standard work week." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "" "A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " "needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." @@ -8385,17 +8710,17 @@ msgid "" "the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "New working schedule" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:373 msgid "" "To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " "enter the information on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -8403,7 +8728,7 @@ msgid "" "times that apply to the new working time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:380 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -8412,16 +8737,16 @@ msgid "" "modified by typing in the time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:386 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:389 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top-left. This creates " "entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" @@ -8429,11 +8754,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New working schedule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:403 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -8443,7 +8768,7 @@ msgid "" "on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:411 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -8453,73 +8778,77 @@ msgid "" "structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:417 msgid "" "The different :guilabel:`Structure Types` can be seen by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure " -"Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary: Structure Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:420 msgid "" -"There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: " -":guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Worker`. Typically, :guilabel:`Employee`" -" is used for salaried employees, which is why the wage type is " -":guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is typically used for" -" employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +"Two default structure types are configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Employee` and" +" :guilabel:`Worker`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:422 +msgid "" +"Typically, :guilabel:`Employee` is used for salaried employees, which is why" +" the wage type is :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is " +"typically used for employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is " +":guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "New structure type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " "structure type form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 msgid "" "Proceed to enter information in the fields. Most fields are pre-populated, " "but all the fields can be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:441 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Structure Type`: enter the name for the new structure type, such " "as `Employee` or `Worker`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Country`: select the country that the new structure type applies " "to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:445 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select what type of wage the new structure type uses," " either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for salaried employees, who receive the same wage " "every pay period, select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:451 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for employees, who receive wages based on how many" " hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: select the typical pay schedule for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," @@ -8528,7 +8857,7 @@ msgid "" "indicates how often this specific type of structure is paid out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: select the default working hours for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " @@ -8539,13 +8868,13 @@ msgid "" "hours>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: type in the name for the regular pay " "structure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:463 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: select the default type of work entry " "the new structure type falls under from the drop-down menu. The default " @@ -8556,13 +8885,13 @@ msgid "" "Hours`, and :guilabel:`Long Term Time Off`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 msgid "" "To view all the options for the :guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`, click " "the :guilabel:`Search More..` button at the bottom of the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:472 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings, this list may contain more options " "in addition to the default options." @@ -8573,11 +8902,11 @@ msgid "" "New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 msgid "New default working hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:484 msgid "" "To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " "in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " @@ -8587,14 +8916,14 @@ msgid "" "time. When the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: type in the name for the new default working hours. This " "should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " "Hours/Week`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that can use these new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " @@ -8602,7 +8931,7 @@ msgid "" " to have their own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:495 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: the average hours per day field is auto-" "populated, based on the working hours configured in the :guilabel:`Working " @@ -8610,13 +8939,13 @@ msgid "" "hours affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:499 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Timezone`: select the time zone to be used for the new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:501 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: enter the number of hours per week an " "employee would need to work to be considered a full-time employee. " @@ -8625,7 +8954,7 @@ msgid "" "(full-time vs part-time)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:505 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Time Rate`: this percentage is auto-generated based on the " "entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" @@ -8635,7 +8964,7 @@ msgid "" "adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: this tab is where each day's specific working" " hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " @@ -8643,26 +8972,26 @@ msgid "" "with each day divided into three timed sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:513 msgid "" "Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening " "(13:00-17:00) hours configured, using a 24 hour time format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:516 msgid "" "To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field to adjust, and " "make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the specific case of " "the times, type in the desired time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:519 msgid "" "Keep in mind, working hours are company-specific, and cannot be shared " "between companies. Each company needs to have their own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "" "If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " "bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " @@ -8671,17 +9000,17 @@ msgid "" " be adjusted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 msgid "Structures" msgstr "給与体系" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:531 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -8689,13 +9018,13 @@ msgid "" "`Bonus`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:538 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:541 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " @@ -8706,7 +9035,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All available salary structures." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:548 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." @@ -8718,12 +9047,12 @@ msgid "" "Rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:551 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:556 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:261 msgid "Rules" msgstr "規則" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:558 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " "purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" @@ -8731,35 +9060,35 @@ msgid "" "the creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:562 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " "Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:565 msgid "" "To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " "the following information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 msgid "Top section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:571 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rule Name`: enter a name for the rule. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " "recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " @@ -8767,38 +9096,38 @@ msgid "" "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:577 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a number indicating when this rule is calculated" " in the sequence of all other rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:576 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Active`: enable this toggle, so the rule is available for use. " "Disable the toggle to hide the rule without deleting it in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:583 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appears on payslip`: tick the checkbox to have the rule appear on" " employee payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:584 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Employer Cost Dashboard`: tick the checkbox to have the " "rule appear on the :guilabel:`Employer Cost` report, located on the " "*Payroll* app dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:586 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Payroll Reporting`: tick the checkbox to have the rule " "appear on payroll reports." @@ -8808,15 +9137,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 msgid "General tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:597 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "条件" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:599 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: select from the drop-down menu whether the " "rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always applies), a :guilabel:`Range` " @@ -8825,11 +9154,11 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:600 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:605 msgid "Computation" msgstr "計算" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:607 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: select from the drop-down menu whether the amount " "is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a :guilabel:`Percentage (%)`, or a " @@ -8837,54 +9166,54 @@ msgid "" "percentage, or Python code needs to be entered next. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:613 msgid "Company contribution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:615 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partner`: if another company financially contributes to this " "rule, select the company from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:614 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:810 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 msgid "Description tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:621 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the rule. " "This tab only appears in the rule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:625 msgid "Accounting tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:627 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Debit Account`: select the debit account from the drop-down menu " "the rule affects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Credit Account`: select the credit account from the drop-down " "menu the rule affects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:624 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:629 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not computed in net accountability`: tick the checkbox to delete " "the value of this rule in the `Net Salary` rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:633 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:636 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " @@ -8893,11 +9222,11 @@ msgid "" "has matured to more markets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:642 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:644 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " @@ -8911,14 +9240,14 @@ msgid "" "a payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 msgid "" "To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " ":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " "applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:658 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" " :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " @@ -8930,11 +9259,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new Input Type form filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:664 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:669 msgid "Salary attachment types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:671 msgid "" "Salary attachments, also thought of as \"wage garnishments\", are portions " "of earnings taken out of a payslip for something specific. Much like all " @@ -8942,7 +9271,7 @@ msgid "" "**must** be defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:675 msgid "" "To view the currently configured salary attachments, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Salary " @@ -8951,7 +9280,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Child Support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:679 msgid "" "To make a new type of salary attachment, click the :guilabel:`New` button. " "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Code` (used in the salary " @@ -8963,11 +9292,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new salary attachment form filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " "section of the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary " @@ -8977,7 +9307,7 @@ msgid "" "their salary package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:695 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -8986,11 +9316,11 @@ msgid "" "sees, and what is populated, as the applicant enters information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:701 msgid "Benefits" msgstr "福利厚生" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:703 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain benefits " "set in Odoo, in addition to the salary, to make an offer more appealing " @@ -8998,7 +9328,7 @@ msgid "" " or internet, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:707 msgid "" "To view the benefits, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary Package Configurator: Benefits`. Benefits are grouped by " @@ -9010,7 +9340,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list view of all the benefits available for each structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:716 msgid "" "A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " "another labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " @@ -9018,7 +9348,7 @@ msgid "" "structure type has a meal voucher benefit available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:720 msgid "" "A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use the " "company car benefit, but cannot have meal vouchers. A person hired under the" @@ -9026,29 +9356,29 @@ msgid "" "available to them, not the use of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:724 msgid "" "To make a new benefit, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " "information in the fields on the blank benefits form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:722 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 msgid "The various fields for creating a benefit are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:732 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefits`: enter the name for the benefit. This field is " "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:733 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "benefit this is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of cost " "incurred by the company for this specific benefit. The default options are " @@ -9059,7 +9389,7 @@ msgid "" "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:739 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Related Type`: select from the drop-down menu what type of " "benefit it is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -9068,52 +9398,52 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:738 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the specific field" " on the contract the benefit appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select the specific field on the contract that the " "cost of the benefit is linked to, using the drop-down menu. If this field is" " left blank, the cost of the benefit is not computed in the employee budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:748 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Net Salary`: tick the checkbox if the benefit should " "impact the employee's net salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requested Documents`: select any document that is required to be " "submitted for this benefit, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:752 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mandatory Benefits`: using the drop-down menu, select the benefit" " that is required in order for this specific benefit to be offered to the " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 msgid "" "For example, a benefit for car insurance would populate `Company Car` in " "this field. This would allow the car insurance benefit to **only** be " "displayed if the employee has selected/enabled the benefit of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:758 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this benefit applies to. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:760 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select the metric that the benefit is granted, " "using the drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " @@ -9124,17 +9454,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new benefit form filled out for an internet subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:768 msgid "Display section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:770 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show Name`: tick the checkbox to have the benefit name appear in " "the salary package configurator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:767 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: select from the drop-down menu how this benefit is" " displayed. The options are :guilabel:`Always Selected`, " @@ -9143,14 +9473,14 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 msgid "" "Depending on the selection made, additional configurations need to be made. " "For example, if :guilabel:`Radio Buttons` is selected, the individual radio " "buttons must be entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Icon`: an icon from the `Font Awesome 4 library " "`_ can be visible for this benefit. Enter" @@ -9158,43 +9488,43 @@ msgid "" "suitcase icon, the code `fa fa-suitcase` is entered on this line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hide Description`: tick the checkbox to hide the benefit " "description if the benefit is not selected by the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:784 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded`: if the benefit should be folded, or hidden, because it " "is dependant on another benefit selection, tick the checkbox. The following " "fields appear when this is active:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Label`: enter a name for the folded section of the benefit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:783 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:788 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Res Field`: select the contract field this benefit is tied " "to using the drop-down menu. If this field is selected on the contract, then" " this benefit becomes visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:792 msgid "Activity section" msgstr "活動セクション" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the activity type" " that is automatically created when this benefit is selected by the " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:796 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation`: select when the activity is created, either " "when the :guilabel:`Employee signs his contract`, or when the " @@ -9202,7 +9532,7 @@ msgid "" "desired selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:799 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation Type`: select the parameters for when the " "activity is created, either :guilabel:`When the benefit is set` or " @@ -9210,47 +9540,47 @@ msgid "" " desired selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:802 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Assigned to`: select the user the activity is automatically " "assigned to, using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:143 msgid "Sign section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:808 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Template to Sign`: if the employee is required to sign a document" " when selecting this benefit, select the document template from the drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:811 msgid "" "For example, a benefit regarding the use of a company car may require the " "employee to sign a document acknowledging the company's car policies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:812 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the benefit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:820 msgid "Personal info" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:822 msgid "" "Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " "candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " "information, resume, work information, and documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:826 msgid "" "The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " "section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " @@ -9258,17 +9588,17 @@ msgid "" "hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:825 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:830 msgid "" "To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " "dashboard, and click on the employee's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:829 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:834 msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:836 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Personal Info` section lists all of the fields that are " "available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " @@ -9282,25 +9612,25 @@ msgid "" "enter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:839 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 msgid "" "To edit a personal info entry, select an entry from the list on the " ":guilabel:`Personal Info` page, and modify the personal info on the form " "that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:842 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 msgid "To create a new personal info entry, click the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:849 msgid "" "The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " "are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " ":guilabel:`Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:852 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down menu. " ":guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the :guilabel:`Bank" @@ -9308,7 +9638,7 @@ msgid "" "account, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:851 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from the drop-down menu that best " "describes what kind of personal information this entry is, and where it is " @@ -9317,13 +9647,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address` or :guilabel:`Personal Documents`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:861 msgid "" "The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " "Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:859 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:864 msgid "" "Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required` box makes the field mandatory on the " "employee's card. The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the " @@ -9336,50 +9666,50 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:871 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:876 msgid "" "The resumé section, housed within the salary package configurator section of" " the settings menu, is how salary information rules are configured when " "offering a position to potential employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:879 msgid "" "When an offer is sent to a prospective employee, the values for the offer " "are computed from these settings, and appear on the offer page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:877 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:882 msgid "" "To configure this section, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator: Resumé`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:885 msgid "" "By default, there are three :guilabel:`Salary Structure Types` pre-" "configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Worker`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " ":guilabel:`None`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:888 msgid "" "Each :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` has several rules configured. These " "affect how an offer is calculated using that particular :guilabel:`Salary " "Structure Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:886 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " ":guilabel:`Contract Salary Resumé` form loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 msgid ":guilabel:`Information`: type in a name for this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:892 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:897 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select the category this value is housed under, using " "the drop-down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Monthly Salary`, " @@ -9387,11 +9717,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:901 msgid "New categories can be made if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, then enter the name for the new category " "in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, select the :guilabel:`Periodicity` from" @@ -9400,23 +9730,23 @@ msgid "" "appears in the :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` rule list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:908 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Monthly Total`: tick the checkbox if this value is added " "in the monthly total calculation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:911 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select what kind of value this rule is, either " ":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Days`, or :guilabel:`Percent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency` is for a set monetary value, :guilabel:`Days` is for " "compensation in the form of time off, and :guilabel:`Percent` is for a " @@ -9424,13 +9754,13 @@ msgid "" "commissions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:912 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select which :guilabel:`Salary Structure " "Type` this rule is nested under, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:919 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Value Type`: select how the value is computed, using the drop-" "down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Fixed Value`, " @@ -9438,7 +9768,7 @@ msgid "" "Benefits Values`, and :guilabel:`Monthly Total`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:922 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: select the code this rule applies to from the drop-down " "menu." @@ -9449,23 +9779,23 @@ msgid "" "The net wage rule form filled out, with all the information for net pay." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:929 msgid "Jobs" msgstr "採用情報" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:926 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:931 msgid "" "Since the *Payroll* application is responsible for paying employees for " "specific job positions, the complete list of job positions can be found in " "both the *Payroll* and *Recruitment* applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:937 #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:934 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:939 msgid "" "The job positions listed in the *Payroll* application are identical to the " "job positions listed in the *Recruitment* application. If a new job position" @@ -9473,13 +9803,13 @@ msgid "" "*Payroll* application, and vice versa." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:943 msgid "" "To view the job positions, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Jobs: Job Positions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:941 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:946 msgid "" "A list of all the job positions appear, along with the corresponding " "department, on the :guilabel:`Job Position` page." @@ -9489,38 +9819,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list of all the job positions and corresponding departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 msgid "" "To create a new job description, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a job " "form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:955 msgid "" "Enter the information on the form for the new position. The information is " "identical as to the information entered when creating a new job position in " "the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 msgid "" "Refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation for more details" " on how to fill out this form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:957 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:962 msgid ":doc:`payroll/contracts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:963 msgid ":doc:`payroll/payslips`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:959 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:964 msgid ":doc:`payroll/work_entries`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:965 msgid ":doc:`payroll/reporting`" msgstr "" @@ -12194,8 +12524,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " "steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" " step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," -" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " -"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +" conducting an interview, or sending a job offer, for example. This process " +"is referred to as the 'applicant flow.'" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 @@ -12228,18 +12558,245 @@ msgid "" "positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " "` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " "stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " -"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes are " "visible on all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:37 msgid "" -"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +"Before creating a job position in Odoo, configure the necessary settings for" +" the *Recruitment* app. To view and edit the settings, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Settings`. After any " +"changes are made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the top-left corner " +"to save all the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:43 +msgid "Job posting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Job Posting` section of the *Recruitment* app settings has " +"only one selection to make. If job positions are to be posted to the " +"company's website, enable the :guilabel:`Online Posting` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Online Posting` is only available if the *Website* " +"application is also installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:53 +msgid "Recruitment process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recruitment process` section of the settings page specifies " +"what the database can and cannot do during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:59 +msgid "Send interview survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Odoo is capable of having a survey sent to an applicant to gather more " +"information about them. Surveys can be thought of as exams, or " +"questionnaires, and can be customized in various ways to provide the " +"recruitment team with valuable insights into the applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option to send surveys to " +"applicants. Once enabled, an :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Interview " +"Survey` internal link appears. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`Interview Survey` link to navigate to a list of all created " +"surveys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:70 +msgid "" +"This list includes all surveys that were created in the database, not just " +"surveys used in the *Recruitment* app. If no surveys have been created, the " +"surveys list displays a :guilabel:`No Survey Found` message, and presents " +"options to create a survey from several pre-configured survey templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:76 +msgid "" +"For more detailed information about surveys, refer to the :doc:`survey " +"essentials <../marketing/surveys/create>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Enabling the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option will install the " +"*Surveys* application once the settings are saved, if it is not installed " +"already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:84 +msgid "Send SMS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:86 +msgid "" +"It is possible to send text messages to applicants directly through the " +"*Recruitment* app. To do so, enable the :guilabel:`Send SMS` option. This " +"option requires credits to use, which can be obtained by clicking the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` internal link that emerges " +"when the feature is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For more information, refer to the :doc:`SMS pricing and FAQs " +"<../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:98 +msgid "CV display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When applicants submit an application, one of the default required fields is" +" a resumé, or :abbr:`CV (curriculum vitae)`. All resumés are stored in the " +"*Documents* application, and are accessible on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:104 +msgid "" +"A resumé has the option to appear on the applicant's form, which can be " +"viewed by clicking on the applicant's card. The resumé appears on the right-" +"side of the screen. If this is not enabled, the resumé is accessed via a " +"link in the chatter, where it needs to be clicked to expand and view it, or " +"downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`CV Display` option to show the resumé on the " +"applicant's card by default, and in addition to the document link. When " +"enabled, the resumé appears on the right side of the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"For the resumé to appear on the right-side, the browser window must be in " +"full-screen mode (where the browser spans the entire screen)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the browser window is set to a size smaller than the entire width of the " +"screen (not full-screen), then the resumé does not appear on the right-side." +" Instead, the resumé appears in the :guilabel:`Files` section of the " +"chatter, below the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The resumé on an applicant's card, appearing on the right side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:128 +msgid "CV digitization (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:130 +msgid "" +"When an application is submitted using any of the available methods, such as" +" an online application submission, emailing a resume to the job position " +"alias, or creating an applicant record directly from the database, it is " +"possible to have Odoo extract the applicant's name, phone number, and email " +"address from the resumé and populate the applicant's form. To do so, enable " +"the :guilabel:`CV Digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:136 +msgid "" +"When enabled, additional options appear. Click on the corresponding radio " +"button to select one of the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not digitize`: this option turns off resumé digitization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize on demand only`: this option only digitizes resumes when" +" requested. A :guilabel:`Digitize document` buttons appears on applicant " +"cards. When clicked, the resumé is scanned and the applicant's card is " +"updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize automatically`: this option automatically digitizes all " +"resumés when they are submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Beneath these options are two additional links. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-" +"right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` button to purchase credits for CV " +"digitization. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`View My Services` " +"to view a list of all current services, and their remaining credit balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:151 +msgid "" +"For more information on document digitization and :abbr:`IAP's (in-app " +"purchases)`, refer to the :doc:`In-app purchase (IAP) " +"<../essentials/in_app_purchase>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:155 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option for :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)`" +" at first may seem like a redundancy. It seems to be the same as disabling " +"the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option is enabled, a module is " +"installed so that resumés can be scanned. Disabling this option would " +"uninstall the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If at some point, there is a desire to temporarily stop digitizing resumés, " +"the :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option is selected. The reason this option " +"is available is so that the module is not uninstalled, allowing for " +"digitization to be enabled in the future by selecting one of the other two " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"When sending an offer to an applicant, an expiration date can be set on the " +"offer. Enter the number of days an offer is valid for in the " +":guilabel:`days` field. After the set amount of days has passed, if the " +"applicant has not accepted the offer, the offer is no longer available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To access the Kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " ":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " "opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " -"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " -"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " -"job position." +"Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` smart button on a job position " +"card to navigate to the Kanban view for all the applicants for that " +"particular job position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12247,119 +12804,130 @@ msgid "" "Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:186 msgid "" -"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"Inside the job application, the Kanban stages appear, with all the " "applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" -" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +" are currently in. There are six default stages in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:190 +msgid ":ref:`New `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:191 msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:194 msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:195 msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:197 msgid "" -"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " -"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " -"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " -"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " -"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default. Folded " +"columns appear gray, and the applicants in it are hidden from view. To " +"expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that column, click " +"anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and the column " +"expands, revealing the applicants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:206 msgid "" -"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " -"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, providing status " +"information for the applicant's in that specific stage. The status colors " +"are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:209 +msgid ":guilabel:`Green`: the applicant is ready to move to the next stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:210 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " -"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " -"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " -"stage." +":guilabel:`Red`: the applicant is blocked from moving to the next stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " -"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +":guilabel:`Gray`: the applicant is still in progress in the current stage " +"and is neither ready nor blocked from the next stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " -"which need to be scheduled." +"The status for each card is set manually. To set the status, click on the " +"small circle in the lower-left of the applicant card. A status pop-up window" +" appears. Click on the desired status for the applicant. The status dot on " +"the applicant card as well as the status bar updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The applicant card statuses, and status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:223 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " -"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " -"applicants currently in the stage." +"The names for the three status colors (`In Progress`, `Blocked`, and `Ready " +"for Next Stage`) :ref:`can be modified `, if " +"desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:229 msgid "Customize stages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:231 msgid "" "Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " "particular hiring steps of a business." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:235 msgid "New stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 msgid "" -"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " -"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " -"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" -" the screen to exit the new column creation." +"To create a new stage, click on :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Stage` and a new " +"column appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Stage " +"title` field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and " +"another new stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click" +" anywhere on the screen to exit the new stage creation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgid "The plus sign to click to add a new column to the Kanban stages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:249 msgid "Modify stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:251 msgid "" "To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " -":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " -"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " -"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " -"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " -"when done." +":icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side " +"of the stage. Click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon and a menu" +" appears. Then click on the :guilabel:`Edit` option. An :guilabel:`Edit: " +"(Stage)` form appears. Make any desired modifications to the form, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12368,40 +12936,39 @@ msgid "" "displays when clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 -msgid "Edit column form" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:265 +msgid "Edit stage form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:267 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " -"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" -" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +"The :guilabel:`Edit: (Stage)` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required field is the :guilabel:`Stage Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:272 msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " "drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " -"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"the stage, an email is automatically sent to the applicant using the " "selected template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " "(hidden) at all times in the default view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " "applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " @@ -12409,138 +12976,147 @@ msgid "" "is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:282 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " -"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " -"job positions can be selected." +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to specific job " +"positions, select the job positions from the drop-down menu. Multiple job " +"positions can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" " the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" " referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " ":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " -"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage. The *Referrals* app " +"must be installed in order to use this option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:289 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" -" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" -" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " -"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " -"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured status labels " +"(colored circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These " +"colors are displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the" +" applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the" +" label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " ":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " ":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" " any requirements of the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:298 msgid "Delete stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:300 msgid "" "If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," -" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." -" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " -"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " -":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " -":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` " +"icon appears. First, click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A " +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up warning appears, asking :guilabel:`Are you " +"sure you want to delete this column?` Click :guilabel:`Delete` to delete the" +" column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:307 msgid "" "If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " -"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" -" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" -" before deleting." +"up when attempting to delete the stage. The records currently in the stage " +"to need to be either deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage before" +" the stage can be deleted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:312 msgid "Email templates" msgstr "メールテンプレート" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 msgid "" "To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " "templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " "use them are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " -"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " -"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " -"Interview` stage." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Applicant Acknowledgement`: this template is used to" +" let the applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`New` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:320 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " -"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " -"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Interest`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application caught the recruiter's attention, and " +"they have been shortlisted for either a phone call or an interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:323 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" -" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " -"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview`: this template is used to let " +"the applicant know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial " +"Qualification` stage and they will be contacted to set up an interview with " +"the recruiter. This email is automatically sent out once the applicant is in" +" the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:327 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" -" longer being considered for the position." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when " +"an applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the " +"position, and thanks them for their time and consideration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:330 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " -"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " -"configure their salary package." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is " +"no longer being considered for the position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 msgid "" "Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" " business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " ":doc:`../general/companies/email_template` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:337 msgid "" -"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " -"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " -":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " -"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +"To manually send an email, click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send an email from the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:344 msgid "" -"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " -":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " -"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " -"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +"Click the :icon:`fa-expand` :guilabel:`(expand)` full composer icon in the " +"bottom right corner of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter. A " +":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window loads, with the " +":guilabel:`Recipients` and :guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The " +"applicant's email address is entered in the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and" +" the :guilabel:`Subject` is `(Job Position)`. The email body is empty by " +"default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:350 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the field next to " +":guilabel:`Load template` in the bottom section of the window. Select the " +"email template to use from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 msgid "" -"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " -":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " "Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " "information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" " the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " @@ -12548,47 +13124,55 @@ msgid "" "change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:359 msgid "" -"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " -"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " -"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" -" of available templates." +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model load. There are " +"other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not configured" +" for the recruitment application, they do not appear in the list of " +"available templates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 msgid "" -"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " -"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " -"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " -":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " -"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " -"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " -"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " -"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " -"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button" +" in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the :icon:`fa-" +"close` :guilabel:`(delete)` icon to the right of the attachment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:367 +msgid "" +"If any changes need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If " +"the edits should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved " +"as a new template. Click the :guilabel:`Save Template` button in the bottom." +" To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email is sent to the " +"applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 msgid "Stage flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:375 msgid "" "In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " -"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the Kanban view to the" " desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:379 msgid "" "To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " -"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " -"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " -"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"in the Kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted at the top, above the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 +msgid "" +"Click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " "indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " -"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " -"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +"Kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top-left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12597,104 +13181,137 @@ msgid "" "applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:233 -msgid "Initial qualification" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:643 +msgid "New" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:398 msgid "" "The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " "flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " "recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:402 msgid "" -"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " -"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " -"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " -"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " -":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " -"required when applying for a job position." +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`New` stage, whether submitted online" +" or if the applicant is manually entered by a recruiter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:405 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically populates the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`, the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile` number, and :guilabel:`LinkedIn " +"Profile` on the applicant's card. This information is required when applying" +" for a job position, by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If the website application form is modified, different fields may be " +"populated based on what information is requested on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:414 msgid "" "If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " -"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " -":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " -"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " -"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " -"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " -"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " -"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" -" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +"Introduction` section of the online application, it will populate in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:421 +msgid "" +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé would appear " +"in the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"*Documents* application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the left-" +"hand side. All recruitment documents are stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "" +"If the :ref:`CV Display ` option was enabled in the " +":ref:`Settings ` menu, the resumé appears on the " +"applicant's card, on the right-hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:431 msgid "Send interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:433 msgid "" "At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " "applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " "can be formatted in a variety of ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid "" +"The *Surveys* application is used to send these *interviews*, therefore the " +"*Surveys* application must be installed to send an interview to an " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 msgid "" "Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " "questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " -"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " -"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " -"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " -"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " -"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" -" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" -" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +"be formatted to suit each individual job positions needs. For more " +"information on creating and editing interview forms, refer to the " +":doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 +msgid "" +"A job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form" +" of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:450 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top-left of the " +"applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Send Interview` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Send an " +"interview` pop-up window appears, with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:458 msgid "" "In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" " the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" -" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " -"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " -"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " -"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " -":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, an " +":guilabel:`Edit:(Applicant)` pop-up window appears on top of the " +":guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window. Enter the email address in the " +":guilabel:`email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. Once the " +"applicant's information is saved, the :guilabel:`Edit: (Applicant)` closes " +"and the :guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window remains." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 msgid "" -"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " -"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " -"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +"Email templates use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the " +"applicant and the job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey" +" if more people should receive the email. If an email is in the database as " +"a contact, add that contact in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. If an email" +" should be sent to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they" +" should **not** be added as a contact, add their email in the " +":guilabel:`Additional emails` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:279 -msgid "" -"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " -"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " -"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " -"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " -"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 -msgid "" -"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " -"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " -"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " -"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " -"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " -"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " -"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1066 msgid "" "If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " "button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " @@ -12702,25 +13319,26 @@ msgid "" " and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:475 msgid "" "If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" " for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " "window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " -"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " -"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " -"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +"calendar selector appears. Use the :icon:`fa-chevron-left` " +":guilabel:`(left)` and :icon:`fa-chevron-right` :guilabel:`(right)` arrows " +"on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then click on " +"the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"The :guilabel:`Mail Template` field is pre-populated based on the " "configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" " drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " "template loads in the email body." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 msgid "" "To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " ":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." @@ -12732,11 +13350,11 @@ msgid "" "pre-configured template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:494 msgid "Refuse" msgstr "不採用" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:496 msgid "" "At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " "the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" @@ -12745,95 +13363,265 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refuse`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " -"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " -":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " -"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " -"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " -"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " -"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" -" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " -"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " -"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " -"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Click the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reason` from the presented options. The default refuse " +"reasons in Odoo, and their corresponding email templates, are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:508 +msgid "Email Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:509 +msgid "Refusal Reason" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:510 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Language issues`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Role already fulfilled`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Duplicate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Spam`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:516 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: don't like job`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: better offer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "" +"Additional refusal reasons :ref:`can be created and existing ones can be " +"modified or deleted `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:525 msgid "" "Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " "which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " "example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " -"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" -" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"applicant's name appears anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the " +"email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " "the :doc:`../general/companies/email_template` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 msgid "" -"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " -"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," -" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " -"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" -" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" -" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +"After a :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` is selected, two fields appear below the " +"refusal reason: :guilabel:`Send Email` and :guilabel:`Email Template`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:534 msgid "" -"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"The applicant's email address automatically populates the :guilabel:`Send " +"Email` field; additional email recipients cannot be added. If an email " +"should **not** be sent to the applicant, uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:538 +msgid "" +"The email template associated with the refusal reason populates the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field. If a different email template is desired, " +"select a different template from the :guilabel:`Email Template` drop-down " +"menu. To view the email template, click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon " +"to the right of the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. The email template " +"loads in a :guilabel:`Open: Email Template` pop-up window, and can be " +"modified if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:545 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Refuse`. The " "refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " -"appears on the applicant's card." +"appears on the applicant's card in the top-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top-right " "corner in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 msgid "" "After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " -"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " -"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" -" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " -":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " -"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " -"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +"position's Kanban view. To view the refused applicants only, click the " +":guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the search box, then click " +":guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` section. All applicants " +"that have been refused for the job position appear, in the stage they were " +"when they were refused." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:558 +msgid "" +"To view all applicants that have been refused from all job positions, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All " +"Applications`. Click the :guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the " +"search box, then click :guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"section. All applications for all job positions are presented in a list " +"view, organized by stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "Create or modify refuse reasons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:569 +msgid "" +"To view all currently configured refuse reasons, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Settings --> Applications: Refuse " +"Reasons`. All the refuse reasons appear in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +"To create a new refuse reason, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" +"left corner. A blank line appears at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Description` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +"Type in the new refuse reason in the field. It is recommended to enter a " +"reason that is short and concise, such as `offer expired` or `withdrew " +"application`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, click on the field to reveal " +"a drop-down menu. Select an :guilabel:`Email Template` from the list to be " +"used when this refuse reason is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +"If a new :guilabel:`Email Template` is desired, type in the name for the new" +" template in the field. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` and a " +":guilabel:`Create Email Template` form pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the form and an email :guilabel:`Subject` in " +"the corresponding fields. Enter the email content in the :guilabel:`Content`" +" tab. Make any other desired modifications to the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the template and return to the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reasons` list. The new template appears in the new refuse " +"reason :guilabel:`Email Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +"To make any modifications to a refuse reason, click on the line, and make " +"any desired changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:594 msgid "New applicant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:596 msgid "" "An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " "be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" -" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " -"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " -"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " -"button." +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online) an applicant " +"card can be easily added from the job position Kanban view in one of two " +"ways, using either the :ref:`quick add ` " +"button or the :ref:`New ` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 msgid "Quick add" msgstr "クイック追加" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:607 msgid "" -"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " -"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " -"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"Quickly add a new applicant using the *quick add* button. If not already in " +"the job position Kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by " +"going to :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job " +"Positions`. Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` button on the job " "position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " -"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " -":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +"small :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in the top-right of the " +":guilabel:`New` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:616 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`: Enter the title for the card. Typically " +"this is the applicant's name and job position being applied to, for example:" +" `Laura Smith - HR Manager`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, " +"unless the :guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:671 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:623 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card appears in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:628 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`delete` icon or anywhere on the screen to " +"close the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12842,104 +13630,60 @@ msgid "" "option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 -msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:645 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" -" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " -"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the *New* " +"button. If not already in the Kanban view for the job position to add an " +"applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by going to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job Positions`. " +"Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left of the Kanban view " +"and a blank applicant form loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:389 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:434 -msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " -"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " -"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " -"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:396 -msgid "" -"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " -"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " -"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " -"the card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:400 -msgid "" -"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " -"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " -"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:407 -msgid "Create" -msgstr "作成" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:409 -msgid "" -"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " -":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " -"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," -" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " -"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:651 msgid "" "Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " "the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " "well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" " fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" " configurations, some fields may not be displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:662 msgid "Applicant section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:664 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" " the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +"position being applied to, for example: `John Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, unless the " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " -"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:672 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:673 msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:674 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`LinkedIn Profile`: enter the web address for the applicant's " +"personal profile on LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" " from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " @@ -12949,132 +13693,189 @@ msgid "" " high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:681 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" -" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " -":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " -"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: using the drop-down menu, select the people who " +"will conduct the interview(s). The selected people must have either " "*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " -"in order to appear on the drop-down." +"to appear in the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " "recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " "all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:687 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " -"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Evaluation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for the" +" applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " ":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:690 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source`: using the drop-down menu, select where the applicant " +"learned about the job position. The following options come pre-configured in" +" Odoo: :guilabel:`Search engine`, :guilabel:`Lead Recall`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Monster`, :guilabel:`Glassdoor`, and " +":guilabel:`Craigslist`. To add a new :guilabel:`Source`, type in the source," +" then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new source)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:695 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Medium`: using the drop-down menu, select the method, or " +":guilabel:`Medium`, for the :guilabel:`Source` that the applicant found the " +"job listing with. The pre-configured options are: :guilabel:`Banner`, " +":guilabel:`Direct`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, " +":guilabel:`Google Adwords`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Phone`, " +":guilabel:`Television`, :guilabel:`Twitter` (now known as \"X\"), or " +":guilabel:`Website`. To add a new :guilabel:`Medium`, type in the medium, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new medium)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:701 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " "job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " "the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " -"installed for this to appear." +"installed for this field to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:704 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: select the available start date for the applicant." +" To select a date, click on the field to reveal a calendar. Use the " +":guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrows on either side of the " +"month to navigate to the desired month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to" +" select the date. If no entry is selected that indicates the applicant is " +"ready to begin work immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:709 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, then click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 msgid "Job section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 msgid "" "The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " "long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" " possible, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " "to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:722 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " -"drop-down menu." +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job position is for using the " +"drop-down menu. This field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:726 msgid "Contract section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:728 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " "for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " "The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:731 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" -" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are requested by " +"the applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Expected Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" -" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " -"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are offered to the " +"applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Proposed Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `unlimited sick time` or `retirement plan`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:484 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " -"select the available start date for the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:742 msgid "Application summary tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 msgid "" "Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" " can be typed into this field." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +"Skills can be added to the applicant's card. To add a skill, follow the same" +" steps as outlined in the skills section of the :ref:`Create new employees " +"` document." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:760 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "" +"If an applicant seems to be a good potential candidate, they are moved to " +"the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage. This could be for a number of " +"reasons, such as they have the relevant experience, education, or " +"certifications the position requires." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:766 +msgid "" +"This stage is to quickly sort candidates that have potential, and those that" +" do not meet the requirements. No automatic actions, such as emails, are set" +" for this stage. This stage simply informs the recruitment team to " +"potentially set up a phone call or an interview with the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:773 msgid "First interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:775 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " "they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " -"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +"position Kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" " the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " "the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " "applicant's card." @@ -13082,155 +13883,176 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"An applicant's card moves from one stage to another by using the click and " "drag method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:785 msgid "" -"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" -" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " -"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " -"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " -"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " -"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " -"the chatter." +"The :guilabel:`First Interview` stage can be modified so when the " +"applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an email is" +" automatically sent to the applicant stating an interview is requested. In " +"this pre-configured email template, a link to the recruiting team's calendar" +" appears, allowing the applicant to schedule their interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 msgid "" -"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " -"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " -"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " -"button at the top of the applicant's record." +":ref:`Edit ` the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, " +"and select the :guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` for the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field, to automate this action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 msgid "" -"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " -":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " -"the applicant's card." +"An interview can be scheduled in one of two ways: either manually by the " +"recruitment team, or by the applicant themselves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:802 msgid "" -"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " -"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " -":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " -"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " -":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +"If the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage was modified to send the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` email template when an applicant" +" reaches that stage, the applicant received a link to the recruitment team's" +" calendar, and can schedule the interview on their own. The recruitment " +"team's availability is reflected in the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +msgid "" +"If the interview needs to be scheduled by the recruitment team, they should " +"reach out to the applicant for a date and time that works. When a date and " +"time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and interviewer, the " +"interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, whether a phone or in-" +"person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button at the top of " +"the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button displays :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings are " +"currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage, this is the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:817 +msgid "" +"If there is one meeting already scheduled, the smart button displays " +":guilabel:`1 Meeting`, with the date of the upcoming meeting beneath it. If " +"more than one meeting is scheduled, the button displays :guilabel:`Next " +"Meeting`, with the date of the first upcoming meeting beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:821 msgid "" "Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " "meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " "the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " "right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" " events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " -"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +"hidden. Only the checked attendees are visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:827 msgid "" -"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " -"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " -":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " -"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " -"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " -"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +"The default view is the :guilabel:`Week` view. To change the calendar view, " +"click the :guilabel:`Week` button, then select the desired view from the " +"drop-down menu. The other options are either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:831 +msgid "" +"An option to display or hide weekends is available. Click the " +":guilabel:`Week` button, then click :guilabel:`Show weekends` to deactivate " +"it (the default is to show weekends). If a check mark is next to " +":guilabel:`Show weekends`, weekends are visible. If there is no check mark, " +"weekends are hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:836 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed date range for the calendar, either use the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-left` :guilabel:`(left arrow)`, :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`(Right arrow)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, " +"or click on a date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed " +"calendar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:845 msgid "" -"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " -"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " -"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " -"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " -"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " -"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " -"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +"To add a meeting to the calendar when in the day or week view, click on the " +"start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, to select the date, " +"time, and the length of the meeting. A meeting can also be added in this " +"view by clicking on the day *and* the time slot the meeting is to take " +"place." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:850 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " -"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +"Both methods cause a :ref:`New Event ` pop up window" +" to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:564 -msgid "New event card" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:855 +msgid "New event pop-up window" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:857 msgid "" -"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " -"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " -"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " -"save the changes and create the meeting." +"Enter the information on the form. The only required fields to enter are the" +" :guilabel:`Meeting Title`, and the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` " +"fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to" +" save the changes and create the interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:861 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"The fields available to populate or modify on the :guilabel:`New Event` card" +" are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:863 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Title`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " "clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:866 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End`: select the start and end date and " +"times for the meeting. Click on one of the fields and a calendar pop-up " +"window appears. Select both the start and end date and times, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:869 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all-day interview, check the box. " +"If this box is checked, the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` fields are" +" hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:871 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " "default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " "many other people as desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 -msgid "Meeting details tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:873 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting start time." +":guilabel:`Videocall URL`: if the meeting is virtual, or if there is a " +"virtual option available, click :guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting` and a URL is " +"automatically created for the meeting and populates the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:582 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting end time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:584 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " -":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " -"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " -"duration length." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:587 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " -"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " -":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " -"and end times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:590 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " -"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:876 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " "an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," @@ -13241,42 +14063,107 @@ msgid "" "instructions for each command to complete the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:598 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " -"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" -" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " -"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" -" via the selected option." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:884 +msgid "More options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:886 +msgid "" +"To add additional information to the meeting, click the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button in the lower-right corner of the pop-up window. Enter any of" +" the following additional fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:889 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length. The default length of a meeting is one hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:892 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. Several additional fields appear when this is " +"enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:896 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: using the drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:898 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings " +"repeat. The available options are :guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Yearly`, or :guilabel:`Custom`. If " +":guilabel:`Custom` is selected, a :guilabel:`Repeat Every` field appears " +"beneath it, along with another time frequency parameter (:guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, :guilabel:`Months`, or :guilabel:`Years`). Enter a number" +" in the blank field, then select the time period using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:904 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat on`: if :guilabel:`Weekly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Repeat on` field appears. Click on " +"the corresponding day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:906 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day of Month`: if :guilabel:`Monthly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Day of Month` field appears. Using " +"the drop-down menu, select either :guilabel:`Date of month` or " +":guilabel:`Day of month`. If :guilabel:`Date of month` is selected, enter " +"the date the meeting repeats. If :guilabel:`Day of month` is selected, use " +"the drop-down menus to determine the frequency. Select either " +":guilabel:`First`, :guilabel:`Second`, :guilabel:`Third`, " +":guilabel:`Fourth`, or :guilabel:`Last` for the first drop-down menu, then " +"select the day (:guilabel:`Monday`, :guilabel:`Tuesday`, etc.) in the second" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:913 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Until`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings stop " +"repeating. The available options are :guilabel:`Number of repetitions`, " +":guilabel:`End date`, and :guilabel:`Forever`. If :guilabel:`Number of " +"repetitions` is selected, enter the number of total meetings to occur in the" +" blank field. If :guilabel:`End date` is selected, specify the date using " +"the calendar pop-up window, or type in a date in a XX/XX/XXXX format. " +":guilabel:`Forever` schedules meetings indefinitely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:920 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " -"in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:921 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " "menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:923 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " -"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " -":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " -"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +":guilabel:`Appointment`: if an appointment is associated with this meeting, " +"select it form the drop-down menu, or create a new appointment by typing in " +"the appointment name, then click :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. A " +":guilabel:`Create Appointment` form loads. Enter the information on the " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:613 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:927 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select if the organizer appears either " +":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Busy` for the duration of the meeting, " +"using the drop-down menu. Next, select the visibility of this meeting, using" +" the drop-down menu to the right of the first selection. Options are " ":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " "users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " ":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " @@ -13284,41 +14171,50 @@ msgid "" "the company database to see the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:934 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " -"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" -" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " -"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " -"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " -"attendees at the same time." +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:936 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Default " +"options include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`SMS Text Message`, each with a specific time period before the " +"event (hours, days, etc). The reminder chosen alerts the meeting " +"participants of the meeting via the selected option at the specified time. " +"Multiple reminders can be selected in this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:947 msgid "Send meeting to attendees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:949 msgid "" "Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " -"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message from the " +"expanded :guilabel:`Event Form` (what is seen when the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button is clicked on in the event pop-up window)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:953 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " -"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " -"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" -" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " -"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " -"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " -"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " -"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " -"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +"To send the meeting via email, click the :icon:`fa-envelope` " +":guilabel:`Email` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact" +" Attendees` email configurator pop-up window appears. A pre-formatted email " +"using the default :guilabel:`Calendar: Event Update` email template " +"populates the email body field. The followers of the document (job " +"application), as well as the user who created the meeting are added as " +":guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's email address to the " +"list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make any other desired " +"changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button, navigate to the file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " ":guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" @@ -13327,39 +14223,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:647 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:966 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " -"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " -"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " -"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." -" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " -"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " -":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :icon:`fa-mobile` " +":guilabel:`SMS` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS " +"Text Message` pop-up appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:969 msgid "" -"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " -":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " -"contacts with a valid phone number." +"At the top, a blue box appears if any attendees do not have valid mobile " +"numbers, and lists how many records are invalid. If a contact does not have " +"a valid mobile number listed, click :guilabel:`Close`, and edit the " +"attendee's record, then redo these steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:658 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:973 msgid "" -"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " -"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" -" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " -"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" -" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " -"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +"When no warning message appears, type in the message to be sent to the " +"attendees in the :guilabel:`Message` field. to add any emojis to the " +"message, click the :guilabel:`Add Emoji` icon on the right-side of the pop-" +"up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:977 +msgid "" +"Beneath the message field, the number of characters, as well as the amount " +"of text messages required to send the message (according to GSM7 criteria) " +"appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue` to have the text sent later, after " +"any other messages are scheduled, or click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the " +"message immediately." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:669 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:987 msgid "" "Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " "messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " @@ -13367,11 +14267,11 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`../essentials/in_app_purchase` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:994 msgid "Second interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:996 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " "can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " @@ -13380,72 +14280,87 @@ msgid "" "Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1001 msgid "" "When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " -"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " -"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " -":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " -"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage. The " +"recruiter can now :ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the applicant, following the same process as the first " +"interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1009 msgid "Contract proposal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1011 msgid "" "When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " "be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " "and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" -" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top-right of" " the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1016 msgid "" "The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," " click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " -"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " -"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " -"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " -"is set to `0.00`)." +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. Most fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position. If any necessary fields are blank, enter " +"the relevant information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:705 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1022 msgid "" "Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" "up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " "applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " -"not appear on the pop-up." +"*Fleet* application is not installed, any fields related to vehicles do not " +"appear on the pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1028 msgid "Universal fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1030 msgid "" "The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " "localization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1032 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " -"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: the template currently being used to populate" +" the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window. To modify the " +"template, click the :guilabel:`Internal link` icon to the right of the drop-" +"down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. A " +"different :guilabel:`Contract Template` can be selected using the drop-down " +"menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1037 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " -"applicant." +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the name of the :guilabel:`Job Position` being " +"offered to the applicant. The selections available in the drop-down menu " +"correspond to the :guilabel:`Job Positions` configured on the main " +"*Recruitment* dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1040 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the specific name of the position being offered to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1041 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the :guilabel:`Department` the job position falls " +"under." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1042 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " "default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" @@ -13454,109 +14369,50 @@ msgid "" "click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1046 msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1047 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " -"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " -"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " -"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," -" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" -" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " -"application." +":guilabel:`Link Expiration Date`: job offers are only valid for a specific " +"period of time. The default expiration date is 30 days. Modify the " +"expiration date, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:732 -msgid "" -"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " -"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:738 -msgid "" -"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " -"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" -" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:743 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" -" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:746 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " -"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" -" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:749 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " -"the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " -"that will be assigned to the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:752 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " -"for the cafeteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " -"contract that is being offered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " -"sending." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1051 msgid "Send offer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1053 msgid "" -"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" -" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " -"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" -" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " -"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " -"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +"When the information is all updated, click :guilabel:`Send By Email` to send" +" the offer to the applicant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1056 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " -"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" -"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " -"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." -" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " -"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " -":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " -":guilabel:`Send`." +"If the applicant does not have an email address listed on their applicant " +"card, a warning appears in a red box at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window, stating :guilabel:`The" +" applicant does not have a valid email set. The Offer Link won't be able to " +"be completed.` Click :guilabel:`Discard`, enter an email on the applicant's " +"card, then click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1062 +msgid "" +"An email pop-up window loads. The default :guilabel:`Recruitment: Your " +"Salary Package` email template is used, and the :guilabel:`Recipients`, " +":guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-populated based on the email " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1070 +msgid "Once the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1073 msgid "" "To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " "necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " @@ -13567,11 +14423,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1081 +msgid "Configure your package" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1083 +msgid "" +"The email template includes a :guilabel:`Configure your package` button. " +"This link takes the applicant to a webpage where they can modify the " +"proposed salary package, and enter their personal information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1087 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant is hired, the personal information entered on the webpage" +" is imported to their employee record, when created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1090 +msgid "" +"If applicable, the applicant can modify their salary package. This option is" +" not available for all localizations. Depending on where the company is " +"located, this option may not be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1093 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is completed, the applicant accepts the offer by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Review Contract & Sign` button to accept the " +"contract and sign it using the *Sign* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1100 msgid "Contract signed" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1102 msgid "" "Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " "step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " @@ -13582,16 +14469,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:796 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1109 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the Kanban view, but the " "card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1112 msgid "" "Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " -"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"green :guilabel:`HIRED` banner appears in the top-right of the applicant's " "card." msgstr "" @@ -13599,24 +14486,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1120 msgid "Create employee" msgstr "従業員レコードを作成する" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:809 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1122 msgid "" "Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " "record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " -"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"Employee` button in the top-left. An employee form appears, and any " "information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" " card appears in the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1127 msgid "" "Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" -" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " -":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, the employee" +" record is saved in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:5 @@ -13884,107 +14771,108 @@ msgid "" "by-step instructions on how to create and configure a survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 msgid "Referrals" msgstr "紹介" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " -"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"regarding referrals is housed - from points earned, coworkers hired, and " "rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " -"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " -"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " -"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " -"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" -" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +"and then earn referral points as those people progress through the " +"recruitment pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be " +"exchanged for prizes. The *Referrals* application integrates with the " +"*Employees*, *Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be" +" installed in order for the *Referrals* application to function." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:14 msgid "" -"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " -"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " -"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +"The only configurations needed for the *Referrals* application *after* " +"installation are related to the :ref:`rewards `; " +"everything else is pre-configured when Odoo *Referrals* is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:18 msgid "" -"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " -"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " -"` and configurations menus. For more information on " -"users and access rights, refer to these documents: :doc:`../general/users` " -"and :doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +"Users with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the *Referrals* application. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the :ref:`reporting ` and configurations" +" menus. For more information on users and access rights, refer to these " +"documents: :doc:`../general/users` and " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 msgid "Onboarding" msgstr "オンボーディング" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:28 msgid "" "When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" "configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " -"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" -" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"each explaining the different parts of the *Referrals* application. At the " +"top of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " "onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " "Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " "text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 msgid "" "Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " "displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " "advance to the next slide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " "superheroes to save the day!`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " "or refer friends.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " "league!`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:46 msgid "" -"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the *Referrals* application is " "opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " "button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" " :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " -"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +"will begin again when the *Referrals* application is opened. Once the " ":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " -"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the *Referrals* " "application is opened from that point on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:53 msgid "" "At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " -"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main *Referrals* dashboard loads. If " ":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " -"opening the Referrals application." +"opening the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -13992,7 +14880,7 @@ msgid "" "An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:62 msgid "" "If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " "opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " @@ -14001,60 +14889,53 @@ msgid "" "screen appears instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:70 msgid "" "Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " -"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " -"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " -"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " -"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`." +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* application can " +"modify onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line " +"displays the text for the individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding" +" slide, click on an individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:76 msgid "" -"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " -"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " -"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " -"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " -"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " -"that particular company." +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` field. A " +":guilabel:`Company` may be selected, as well. However, if this field is " +"populated, that slide is *only* displayed for that particular company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:81 msgid "" -"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" -" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " -"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" -" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " -"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " -"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " -"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +"The :guilabel:`Company` field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:83 msgid "" -"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +"The image can be modified, as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the " +"top-right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and " +":guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` " +"icon to change the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the " +"desired image, select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears" +" in the thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage " +"can)` icon, then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:94 msgid "" -"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " -"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " -"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " -"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " -":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " -"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +"The sequence in which the slides appear can be changed from the *Onboarding*" +" dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`(six small gray boxes)` icon to the left of" +" the the slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -14062,567 +14943,18 @@ msgid "" "The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:103 -msgid "Share job positions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:105 -msgid "" -"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " -"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " -"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " -"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:113 -msgid "View Jobs" -msgstr "求人を見る" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:115 -msgid "" -"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " -":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " -"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" -"displayed on the card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:124 -msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:128 -msgid "" -"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " -"of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 -msgid "" -"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " -"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:134 -msgid "" -"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " -"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " -"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " -"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " -":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 -msgid "Refer friends" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:145 -msgid "" -"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " -"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " -"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:149 -msgid "" -"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " -"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:152 -msgid "" -"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " -"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " -"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " -"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" -" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " -"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " -"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " -"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 -msgid "Share a job" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:169 -msgid "" -"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " -"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" -" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " -"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " -"applicants in the Referrals application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 -msgid "Link" -msgstr "リンク" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:181 -msgid "" -"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " -":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " -"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " -"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" -" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" -" prospective employee however desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:188 -msgid "Facebook" -msgstr "Facebook" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:190 -msgid "" -"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " -"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " -"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " -"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " -"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " -"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" -"in to Facebook first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" -" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" -" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " -"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " -"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " -"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " -"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " -":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " -"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " -"specific activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 -msgid "" -"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " -":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " -":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " -"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" -" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" -"highlighted, as are all the required settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 -msgid "Share to news feed or story" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:218 -msgid "" -"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " -":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " -"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " -":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " -"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," -" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " -"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" -" story, or both." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:225 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " -"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " -"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " -"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " -"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" -" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " -"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " -":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" -" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " -":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:236 -msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " -"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:242 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" -" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " -"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " -"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:246 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:275 -msgid "" -"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " -"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 -msgid "Share in a group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:251 -msgid "" -"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " -"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" -" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " -":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " -"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " -"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " -"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " -"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " -"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:264 -msgid "Share in an event" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:266 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:269 -msgid "" -"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " -"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " -"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" -" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " -"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " -"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 -msgid "Share in a private message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:280 -msgid "" -"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" -" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" -"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " -"Private Message`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:284 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " -"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " -"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " -"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " -"process for each friend to be added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:289 -msgid "" -"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " -"message` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:293 -msgid "X/Twitter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:295 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " -"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " -"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " -"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " -"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" -" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:301 -msgid "The default message is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:303 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" -" Position)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:305 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " -"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " -"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," -" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " -"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " -":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " -"X/Twitter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:312 -msgid "" -"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " -"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " -":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" -" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " -":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " -":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " -"restricts who can reply to the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 -msgid "" -"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " -"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " -"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " -"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:322 -msgid "" -"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" -" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " -"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 -msgid "" -"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" -" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" -"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:336 -msgid "LinkedIn" -msgstr "LinkedIn" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:338 -msgid "" -"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " -"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " -"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " -"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " -"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " -"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:344 -msgid "" -"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " -"message to an individual or group of individuals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 -msgid "Share in a post" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:350 -msgid "" -"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" -" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " -":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " -"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:354 -msgid "" -"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " -"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " -"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " -"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " -":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " -"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " -":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" -" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " -"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " -"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " -"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " -"right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:366 -msgid "" -"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " -"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " -"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " -"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " -":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " -"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " -"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" -" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " -"the far lower right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:375 -msgid "" -"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " -":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " -"post button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:383 -msgid "Send as private message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:385 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " -"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " -"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" -" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" -" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " -"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." -" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " -"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" -" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " -":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " -":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " -"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " -"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " -"browser tab to exit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 -msgid "Email a friend" -msgstr "友人にメール" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:401 -msgid "" -"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " -"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " -"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" -" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " -"Mail` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:406 -msgid "" -"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " -"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" -" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " -"`Job for you`, but can be edited." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:410 -msgid "" -"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " -"appears is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:412 -msgid "`Hello,`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:414 -msgid "" -"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " -"interesting for you`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:416 -msgid "`See Job Offers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:418 -msgid "" -"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " -"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " -"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " -"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " -"message will be sent and the window will close." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:426 msgid "Hired referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:107 msgid "" "When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" " their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:110 msgid "" "After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," " instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " @@ -14630,21 +14962,21 @@ msgid "" "friend!` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 msgid "" "Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " -"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " -"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" -" an available avatar to select it." +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is grayed out, and " +"the name that the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. " +"Click on an available avatar to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:118 msgid "" -"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," -" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " -"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " -"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " -"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the *Referrals* " +"application, after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to " +"select another avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars " +"have been selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible." +" Mouse over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -14653,15 +14985,15 @@ msgid "" "chosen are greyed out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 msgid "Modify friends" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 msgid "" "Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " "` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"rights for the *Recruitment* application can make modifications to friends. " "The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " "avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " @@ -14670,17 +15002,17 @@ msgid "" " dogs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:138 msgid "" "To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" " an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " ":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " "friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" -" else in the Referrals application." +" else in the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " ":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " @@ -14689,65 +15021,66 @@ msgid "" "user's avatar when activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:148 msgid "" "If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " ":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " "replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" -" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " -"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:474 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 msgid "" -"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " -"original information." +"The referral friend form automatically saves, but can be saved manually at " +"any time by clicking the *Save manually* option, represented by a " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel " +"any changes made, click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to " +"delete any changes, and revert to the original content." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A friend form in edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:482 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 msgid "" "It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " "background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " "about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " -"Referrals application." +"*Referrals* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:172 msgid "Referral points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:174 msgid "" "The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " -"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"rewards. On the main *Referrals* application dashboard, the top displays a " "summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " "the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " "available to spend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 msgid "" "To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" " the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:183 msgid "" "The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " "pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " @@ -14757,7 +15090,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 msgid "" "To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " @@ -14765,11 +15098,11 @@ msgid "" "category are displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:194 msgid "My referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 msgid "" "To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " ":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " @@ -14777,26 +15110,31 @@ msgid "" "card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:200 msgid "" -"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " -"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " -"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " -"the top right corner." +"A successful referral displays a green :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the top-" +"right corner of the card. Referrals that are in process display a purple " +":guilabel:`In Progress` banner in the top-right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 msgid "" -"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " -"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " -"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the subject/application " +"title (as it appears on the applicant card in the *Recruitment* app), the " +"name of the job position, the person responsible for filling the role " +"(recruiter), and the points earned. For referrals that have been hired, the " +"selected avatar also appears on the card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two referral cards, one hired and one in-progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:214 msgid "Points" msgstr "ポイント" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 msgid "" "The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " "positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " @@ -14804,14 +15142,14 @@ msgid "" " *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:220 msgid "" "On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " "that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " "points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:224 msgid "" "Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " "points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " @@ -14819,108 +15157,109 @@ msgid "" " the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:229 msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:231 msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:232 msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:235 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 msgid "" "The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " -"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" -" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " -"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage are done in the " +"*Recruitment* application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment " +"` documentation to modify the points for each " +"stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:244 msgid "Rewards" msgstr "リワード" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 msgid "Create rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 msgid "" -"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" -" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " -"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " -"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " -"information on the form:" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the " +"*Referrals* application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights " +"for the *Recruitment* application can create or modify rewards. To add " +"rewards, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> " +"Rewards`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and a reward form loads. Enter the " +"following information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:254 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +":guilabel:`Product Name`: enter the name as it should appear for the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" -" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " -"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" -" form." +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" appears for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each company " +"needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the form. " +"This field only appears if in a multi-company environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:259 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: select the person who will be responsible for " "procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " -"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" -" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is bought in the *Referrals* " +"application, so they know when to deliver the reward to the recipient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:263 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +":guilabel:`Description`: type in the description for the reward. This will " "be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +":guilabel:`Photo`: add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " "page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " "(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " -"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" -" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +"(pencil)` icon, and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 msgid "" "The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " -":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +":guilabel:`Company` (if applicable), and :guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 msgid "" "It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " "cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " @@ -14928,31 +15267,31 @@ msgid "" "placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:595 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:283 msgid "Redeem rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 msgid "" "To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " "main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " "individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " -"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +"listed in the top-right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" " purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " "bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " "the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" " instead of a buy button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:292 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " -"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " -"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " -":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears, asking if the user is sure " +"they want to purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item," +" or :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:297 msgid "" "After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " "used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." @@ -14966,27 +15305,27 @@ msgid "" "many more reward points are needed to redeem." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:309 msgid "Levels" msgstr "レベル" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:311 msgid "" -"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"The *Referrals* application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " "the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " "employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:315 msgid "" "Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" " are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " "participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 msgid "" -"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main *Referrals* " "application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " "X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " "indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " @@ -14995,13 +15334,13 @@ msgid "" "points still needed before they can level up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:636 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:325 msgid "Modify levels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:638 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " "modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " "--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " @@ -15010,48 +15349,58 @@ msgid "" "element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:334 msgid "" "To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " -"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form, then make " +"modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 msgid "" -"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." -" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" -" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " -"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" -" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " -"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +"Type in the name (or number) of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` " +"field. What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main " +"dashboard when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points " +"needed to reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points" +" needed to level up are the total accumulated points earned over the " +"lifetime of the employee, not additional points from the previous level that" +" must be earned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:654 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:343 msgid "" "If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" " to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " -"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " -"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to " "select it." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The level form saves automatically, but can be saved manually at any time by" +" clicking the *save manually* option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel any changes made, " +"click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to delete any changes, " +"and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A level form in edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:671 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:362 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 msgid "Level up" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:369 msgid "" "Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " "user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " @@ -15060,7 +15409,7 @@ msgid "" "level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:374 msgid "" "Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " "text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" @@ -15068,7 +15417,7 @@ msgid "" "the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:687 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:378 msgid "" "Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" " the specified amount of points required." @@ -15080,16 +15429,16 @@ msgid "" "above their image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:387 msgid "" "Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " "accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " "to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:394 msgid "" -"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"In the *Referrals* application, it is possible to post a message, also " "referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " "information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " "banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " @@ -15097,85 +15446,86 @@ msgid "" "an :guilabel:`X`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 msgid "" "Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" " individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " "click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" " alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " -"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +"*Referrals* application for the first time in a new session." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:409 msgid "Create an alert" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " "information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date From`: the date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " "will be visible on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date To`: the date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " "will be hidden from view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:420 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +":guilabel:`Company`: the current company populates this field by default. To" " modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " "from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " -"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"to everyone with access to the *Referrals* application. If a company is " "specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " -"Referrals application) will see the alert." +"*Referrals* application) will see the alert. This field only appears when in" +" a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +":guilabel:`Alert`: enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" " the alert banner on the main dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +":guilabel:`On Click`: there are three options for the alert. Click the radio" " button next to the desired selection. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:739 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:430 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: the alert only displays text, there is no link to" " click." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: the alert contains a link that when clicked, " "navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:433 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: the alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " "when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " "appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." msgstr "" @@ -15184,15 +15534,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:446 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " -"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" -" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " -"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in *Referrals*. To access " +"the reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The" +" main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 msgid "" "In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " "many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " @@ -15202,7 +15552,7 @@ msgid "" "there are no referrals from that particular channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:457 msgid "" "The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " "includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " @@ -15211,7 +15561,7 @@ msgid "" "many points were given for refused applicants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:770 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:462 msgid "" "The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " "new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " @@ -15222,34 +15572,330 @@ msgid "" "in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 msgid "" "The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " -"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " -"option." +"needs to be installed to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:473 +msgid ":doc:`referrals/share_jobs`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:3 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo *Referrals*, users can earn referral points by sharing job positions" +" with potential applicants. Job positions can be shared in several ways, " +"through the :ref:`View Jobs ` button and the " +":ref:`Email A Friend ` button, located at the bottom " +"of the *Referrals* app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Sharing jobs can **only** occur after onboarding slides have been viewed or " +"skipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:16 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "求人を見る" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main *Referrals* dashboard. This " +"presents all job positions, with each individual job presented with its own " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:27 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the *Job " +"Position* field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The number of :guilabel:`Open Positions` being recruited. This information " +"is taken from the *Expected New Employees* field of the *Recruitment* tab of" +" the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:33 +msgid "The points a user earns when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the *Job Position* tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions are visible in the *Referrals* app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`../recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:46 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Subject` and :guilabel:`Body` are populated using a default " +"template. The :guilabel:`Subject` `Job for you` is present, by default, but " +"can be modified, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position populates the *Job Position* " +"placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the email body is" +" an individualized tracking link to the specific job position listed on the " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When the prospective employee receives the email, the link sends them to the" +" job position page, where they can apply for the position, and the person " +"who referred them is tracked in the *Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:72 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Other than sending an email, job positions can be shared, via social media " +"platforms, and by tracking links to the job position. At the bottom of each " +"job position card are four icons, and corresponding tracking links, that can" +" be used to share the job position, keeping track of applicants in the " +"*Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:84 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "リンク" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :icon:`fa-chain` :guilabel:`(link)` " +"icon above it. A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the " +"tracking link. Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is " +"copied, click the :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up window. Next," +" share the link with the prospective employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:93 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :icon:`fa-facebook` :guilabel:`(Facebook)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into Facebook, when the the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button is clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new " +"tab, with the link populated in the main body of the new post in a pop-up " +"window. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads, " +"instead, prompting the user to log-in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, then share the job " +"position using the available options in Facebook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:107 +msgid "X (formerly Twitter)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:109 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X. Click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`(X)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the user is already signed-in to X, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button" +" is clicked, an X page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready" +" to post, in a draft pop-up window. If the user is *not* already signed-in, " +"a sign-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to first sign-in to X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:117 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:119 +msgid "" +"`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job " +"Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message, then " +"share using the available options in X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:125 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "LinkedIn" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :icon:`fa-linkedin` :guilabel:`(LinkedIn)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button is clicked, a new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job " +"position at the top. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen" +" loads instead, prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:134 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual (or group of individuals)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message or " +"post, then share using the available options in LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:143 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "友人にメール" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions, instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Referrals` main dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`Email a friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Send Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address in the :guilabel:`Email` field. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients by separating each email address with a comma " +"followed by a single space. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +":guilabel:`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The email :guilabel:`Body` is also populated with pre-configured text. The " +"text that appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:156 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:158 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you\\:`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:160 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:162 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of" +" all job positions currently being recruited for. Add any additional text " +"and make any edits to the message body, if necessary. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. This sends the message, and closes " +"the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 msgid "Time Off" msgstr "休暇" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Time Off* application serves as a centralized hub for all time-off-" "related information. This application manages requests, balances, " "allocations, approvals, and reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:10 msgid "" -"Users can :ref:`request time off `, and see an " -"overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " +"Users can :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`, and see" +" an overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " ":ref:`allocate time off ` to individuals, teams, or the " "whole company, and :ref:`approve time off requests `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:15 msgid "" "Detailed :ref:`reports ` can be run to see how much time" " off (and what kinds of time off) are being used, :ref:`accrual plans " @@ -15257,45 +15903,45 @@ msgid "" "` can be set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 msgid "" "Be advised, only users with specific access rights can see all aspects of " "the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 msgid "" "All users can access the :guilabel:`My Time Off` and :guilabel:`Overview` " "sections of the *Time Off* application. All other sections require specific " "access rights." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:26 msgid "" "To better understand how access rights affect the *Time Off* application, " "refer to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` document, specifically the " "section about configuring the work information tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to allocate time off to employees, and for employees to request and" " use their time off, the various time off types must be configured first, " "then allocated to employees (if allocation is required)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:40 msgid "Time off types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 msgid "" "To view the currently configured time off types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. The time" " off types are presented in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:45 msgid "" "The *Time Off* application comes with four pre-configured time off types: " ":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, " @@ -15303,25 +15949,25 @@ msgid "" "needs or used as-is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:50 msgid "Create time off type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 msgid "" "To create a new time off type, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Time Off Types`. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button to reveal a blank time off type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:55 msgid "" "Enter the name for the particular type of time off in the blank line at the " "top of the form, such as `Sick Time` or `Vacation`. Then, enter the " "following information on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:59 msgid "" "The only **required** fields on the time off type form are the name of the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, the :guilabel:`Take Time Off In`, and the " @@ -15329,23 +15975,23 @@ msgid "" " and :guilabel:`Allocation Requests` sections **must** be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:65 msgid "Time Off Requests section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select what specific kind of approval is required for " "the time off type. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No Validation`: no approvals are required when requesting this " "type of time off. The time off request is automatically approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Time Off Officer`: only the specified :ref:`Time Off Officer " "`, set on this form in the :guilabel:`Notified " @@ -15353,7 +15999,7 @@ msgid "" "option is selected by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver`: only the employee's specified approver " "for time off, which is set on the *Work Information* tab on the " @@ -15361,7 +16007,7 @@ msgid "" " time off request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver and Time Off Officer`: both the employee's" " :ref:`specified time off approver` and the " @@ -15369,11 +16015,11 @@ msgid "" "the time off request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:83 msgid "Allocation Requests section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requires allocation`: if the time off must be allocated to " "employees, select :guilabel:`Yes`. If the time off can be requested without " @@ -15382,20 +16028,20 @@ msgid "" " form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee Requests`: select :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests " "Allowed` if the employee is able to request more time off than was " "allocated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:92 msgid "" "If employees should **not** be able to make requests for more time off than " "what was allocated, select the :guilabel:`Not Allowed` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:96 msgid "" "Ten days are allocated to the employee for this particular type of time off," " and the :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests Allowed` option is enabled. The " @@ -15404,81 +16050,81 @@ msgid "" "option is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 msgid "" "It is important to note that requesting additional time off does **not** " "guarantee that time off is granted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select the type of approvals required for the " "allocation of this particular time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approved by Time Off Officer` indicates the :ref:`Time Off " "Officer ` set on this form must approve the " "allocation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No validation needed` indicates that no approvals are required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:113 msgid "Configuration section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notified Time Off Officer`: select the person who is notified and" " responsible for approving requests and allocations for this specific type " "of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take Time Off in`: select the format the time off is requested in" " from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 msgid "The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: if time off can only be requested in full day increments (8" " hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:125 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: if time off can only be requested in half day " "increments (4 hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Hours`: if the time off can be taken in hourly increments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Deduct Extra Hours`: enable this option if the time off request " "should factor in any extra time accrued by the employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:134 msgid "" "If an employee works two extra hours for the week, and requests five hours " "of time off, the request would be for three hours, since the two extra " "worked hours are used first, and deducted from the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow To Attach Supporting Document`: enable this option to allow" " the employee to attach documents to the time off request. This is useful in" @@ -15486,7 +16132,7 @@ msgid "" "leave." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kind of Time Off`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "time off this is, either :guilabel:`Worked Time` or :guilabel:`Absence`. " @@ -15495,7 +16141,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Absence` does not count toward any type of accrual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if multiple companies are created in the database, and " "this time off type only applies to one company, select the company from the " @@ -15504,11 +16150,11 @@ msgid "" "company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:151 msgid "Negative Cap section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:153 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option if employees are able to " "request more time off than they currently have, allowing a negative balance." @@ -15516,19 +16162,19 @@ msgid "" " enter the maximum amount of negative time allowed, in days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 msgid "" "Sara currently has three days of the time off type `Vacation`. She is " "planning a trip that requires five days of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 msgid "" "The `Vacation` time off type has the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option " "enabled, and the :guilabel:`Amount in Negative` is set to five." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:164 msgid "" "These settings allow Sara to submit a request for five days of the " "`Vacation` time off type. If approved, her `Vacation` time off balance will " @@ -15541,59 +16187,59 @@ msgid "" "off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:173 msgid "Payroll section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:175 msgid "" "If the time off type should create :doc:`../hr/payroll/work_entries` in the " "*Payroll* application, select the :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` from the drop-" "down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 msgid "Timesheets section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Timesheets` section only appears if the user is in developer " "mode. Refer to the :ref:`developer-mode` document for details on how to " "access the developer mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 msgid "" "When an employee takes time off, and is also using timesheets, Odoo creates " "entries in the *Timesheets* application for the time off. This section " "defines how they are entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:188 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Project`: select the project that the time off type entries " "appear in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:189 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Task`: select the task that appears in the timesheet for this " "time off type. The default options are: :guilabel:`Time Off`, " ":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`Training`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 msgid "Display Option section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:195 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color to be used in the *Time Off* application " "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cover Image`: select an icon to be used in the *Time Off* " "application dashboard." @@ -15605,65 +16251,65 @@ msgid "" "off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:206 msgid "Accrual plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:208 msgid "" "Some time off is earned through an accrual plan, meaning that for every " "specified amount of time an employee works (hour, day, week, etc), they earn" " or *accrue* a specified amount of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:212 msgid "" "If an employee accrues a vacation day for every week they work, they would " "earn 0.2 vacation days for each hour they work. At the end of a forty hour " "work week, they would earn one whole vacation day (8 hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:217 msgid "Create accrual plan" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new accrual plan, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Accrual Plans`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, " "which reveals a blank accrual plan form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the accrual plan name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrued Gain Time`: select when the employee begins to accrue " "time off, either :guilabel:`At the start of the accrual period` or " ":guilabel:`At the end of the accrual period`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry-Over Time`: select when the employee received previously " "earned time. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the start of the year`: select this if the accrual rolls over " "on January 1 of the upcoming year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:232 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the allocation date`: select this if the accrual rolls over as" " soon as time is allocated to the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Other`: select this option if neither of the other two options " "are applicable. When selected, a :guilabel:`Carry-Over Date` field appears. " @@ -15671,14 +16317,14 @@ msgid "" "the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Based on worked time`: enable this option if time off accrual is " "determined by the employee's worked hours. Days **not** considered as worked" " time do **not** contribute to the accrual plan in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:241 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone Transition`: this selection determines when employees " "move up to a new milestone. If they qualify to change milestones in the " @@ -15687,14 +16333,14 @@ msgid "" "the current pay period)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Milestone Transition` field is **only** visible after a " "minimum of two :ref:`rules ` have been configured on the " "accrual plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:250 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " "accrual plan applies to. If left blank, the accrual plan can be used for all" @@ -15705,43 +16351,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An accrual plan form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:263 msgid "" "Rules must be created in order for employees to accrue time off from the " "accrual plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New Milestone` button in the gray" " :guilabel:`Rules` section, and a :guilabel:`Create Milestone` modal form " "appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:268 msgid "Fill out the following fields on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee accrue`: select the parameters for earned time off in " "this section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 msgid "" "First, select either :guilabel:`Days` or :guilabel:`Hours` for the increment" " of accrued time using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 msgid "" "Next, enter the numerical amount of the selected parameter that is accrued. " "The numerical format is `X.XXXX`, so that partial days or hours can also be " "configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:278 msgid "" "Last, select how often the time is accrued using the drop-down menu. The " "default options are :guilabel:`Hourly`, :guilabel:`Daily`, " @@ -15749,64 +16395,64 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Twice a year`, and :guilabel:`Yearly`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 msgid "" "Depending on which option is selected, additional fields may appear. For " "example, if :guilabel:`Twice a month` is selected, two additional fields " "appear, to specify the two days of each month that the milestone occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cap accrued time`: if there is a maximum amount of days the " "employee can accrue with this plan, enable this option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 msgid "" "When enabled, two additional fields appear beneath it. Select the type of " "time period from the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Days` or " ":guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:291 msgid "" "Then, enter a numerical value in the field to specify the maximum amount of " "time that can be accrued." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:293 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone reached`: enter the number and value of the time period" " that must pass before the employee starts to accumulate time off. The first" " value is numerical; enter a number in the first field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:297 msgid "" "Then, select the type of time period using the drop-down menu in the second " "field. The options are: :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Months`, or " ":guilabel:`Years`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over`: select how any unused time off is handled. The " "options are either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None. Accrued time reset to 0`: any unused time off is gone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:302 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All accrued time carried over`: all unused time off is rolled " "over to the next calendar year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over with a maximum`: unused time off is rolled over to the" " next calendar year, but there is a cap. An :guilabel:`Up to` field appears " @@ -15814,7 +16460,7 @@ msgid "" "roll over to the following year. Any time off beyond this parameter is lost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:309 msgid "" "Once the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the form " "and close the modal, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the form and " @@ -15825,72 +16471,72 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A milestone form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:320 msgid "Public holidays" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 msgid "" "To observe public or national holidays, and provide extra days off as " "holidays to employees, configure the observed *public holidays* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 msgid "" "It is important to configure these days in Odoo, so employees are aware of " "the days they have off, and do not request time off on days that are already" " set as a public holiday (non-working days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 msgid "" "Additionally, all public holidays configured in the *Time Off* app are also " "reflected in any app that uses working schedules, such as *Calendar*, " "*Planning*, *Manufacturing*, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:331 msgid "" "Due to Odoo's integration with other apps that use working schedules, it is " "considered best practice to ensure *all* public holidays are configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:335 msgid "Create public holiday" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 msgid "" "To create a public holiday, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Public Holidays`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:340 msgid "All currently configured public holidays appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:342 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a new line appears at the bottom of " "the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:341 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 msgid "Enter the following information on that new line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:346 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the holiday." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:347 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, the current company " "populates this field by default. It is not possible to edit this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:351 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company` field is hidden by default. To view this field, " "click the two dots in the top-right corner of the list, to the far-right of " @@ -15898,7 +16544,7 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:355 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday starts. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -15909,7 +16555,7 @@ msgid "" "company's time zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:360 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday ends. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -15920,33 +16566,33 @@ msgid "" " zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 msgid "" "A company located in San Francisco operates from 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM, with an " "eight hour work day and one hour lunch break." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:370 msgid "" "For a user in New York, with a computer time zone set to Eastern Standard " "Time, a created public holiday displays a start time of 12:00 PM - 9:00 PM, " "accounting for the three hour time zone difference." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 msgid "" "Similarly, a user located in Los Angeles, with a computer time zone set to " "Pacific Standard Time, sees a public holiday time as 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: if the holiday should only apply to employees who" " have a specific set of working hours, select the working hours from the " "drop-down menu. If left blank, the holiday applies to all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:380 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: if using the *Payroll* application, this field " "defines how the :ref:`work entries ` for the holiday " @@ -15957,18 +16603,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The list of public holidays in the configuration menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:389 msgid "Mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 msgid "" "Some companies have special days where specific departments, or the entire " "staff, is required to be present, and time off is not allowed on those " "specific days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:394 msgid "" "These types of days are called *mandatory days* in Odoo. These can be " "configured to be company-wide, or department specific. When configured, " @@ -15976,35 +16622,35 @@ msgid "" "off requests for these mandatory days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:399 msgid "Create mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 msgid "" "No mandatory days are configured in Odoo by default. To create a mandatory " "day, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> " "Mandatory Days`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:404 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner, and a blank line " "appears in the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:408 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the mandatory day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, this field is visible, " "and the current company populates this field by default. Using the drop-down" " menu, select the company the mandatory day is for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:412 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Departments`: this column is hidden by default. First, click the " ":guilabel:`(optional columns)` icon in the top-right corner, next to " @@ -16012,33 +16658,33 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Departments` to reveal that column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 msgid "" "Next, select the desired departments from the drop-down menu. Multiple " "departments can be selected, and there is no limit to the amount of " "departments that can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:419 msgid "" "If this field is left blank, the mandatory day applies to the entire " "company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day starts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:421 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day ends. If creating a single mandatory day, the end date should " "be the same as the start date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: if desired, select a color from the available presented " "options. If no color is desired, select the `No color` option, represented " @@ -16051,11 +16697,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Mandatory Days section with three configured days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:435 msgid "Allocate time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:437 msgid "" "Once time off types and accrual plans have been configured, the next step is" " to allocate, or give, time off to employees. This section is only visible " @@ -16063,44 +16709,44 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 msgid "" "To create a new allocation, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Management --> Allocations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:444 msgid "" "This presents a list of all current allocations, including their respective " "statuses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:446 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`New` to allocate time off, and a blank allocation form " "appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 msgid "" "After entering a name for the allocation on the first blank field of the " "form, enter the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:451 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of time" " off that is being allocated to the employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`: select either :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` or" " :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`. If the allocation is **not** based on an " "accrual plan, select :guilabel:`Regular Allocation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:456 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Plan`: if :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for " "the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, the :guilabel:`Accrual Plan` field appears." @@ -16109,7 +16755,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:460 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period/Start Date`: if :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` is" " selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, this field is labeled " @@ -16118,7 +16764,7 @@ msgid "" "Date`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:465 msgid "" "The current date populates the first date field by default. To select " "another date, click on the pre-populated date to reveal a popover calendar " @@ -16126,20 +16772,20 @@ msgid "" "the date to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:469 msgid "" "If the allocation expires, select the expiration date in the next date " "field. If the time off does *not* expire, leave the second date field blank." " `No Limit` appears in the field if no date is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:473 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation " "Type`, this second field is labeled :guilabel:`Run until`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time that is being allocated to " "the employees. This field displays the time in either :guilabel:`Hours` or " @@ -16147,7 +16793,7 @@ msgid "" "` is configured (in hours or days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:478 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how the allocation is " "assigned. This selection determines who receives the time off allocation. " @@ -16155,32 +16801,32 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Department`, or :guilabel:`By Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 msgid "" "Depending on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Mode`, this following field" " is labeled either: :guilabel:`Employees`, :guilabel:`Company`, " ":guilabel:`Department`, or :guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 msgid "" "Using the drop-down menu, indicate the specific employees, company, " "department, or employee tags who are receiving this time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 msgid "" "Multiple selections can be made for either :guilabel:`Employees` or " ":guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:490 msgid "" "Only one selection can be made for the :guilabel:`Company` or " ":guilabel:`Department`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:491 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: if any description or note is necessary to " "explain the time off allocation, enter it in this field at the bottom of the" @@ -16193,158 +16839,11 @@ msgid "" "granted to all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:499 -msgid "Request time off" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Once an employee has been allocated time off, a request to use the time off " -"can be submitted. Time off can be requested in one of two ways, either from " -"the :ref:`dashboard ` or from the :ref:`My Time Off " -"` view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:505 -msgid "" -"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " -"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " -"Off` list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:509 -msgid "" -"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " -"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" -" form appears in a modal. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` " -"list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:514 -msgid "" -"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " -"form:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:516 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " -"the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:517 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " -"two fields to populate, the start and end dates. Click on either date field " -"and a popover calendar appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 -msgid "" -"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " -"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " -"applicable)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:523 -msgid "" -"If the time off requested is for a single day, click on the start date, then" -" click the same date again for the end date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:526 -msgid "" -"When the correct dates are selected/highlighted, click the :guilabel:`Apply`" -" button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:528 -msgid "" -"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " -"field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 -msgid "" -"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" -" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:533 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, check this " -"box. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " -"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " -"day is being requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:537 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " -"day, check this box. A :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` field appears " -"beneath this option, if selected. Using the drop-down menu, select the start" -" and end time for the time off request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " -":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " -"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " -"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " -"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:545 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " -"should include any details that managers and approvers may need in order to " -"approve the request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:547 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachments of documents. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " -"appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:551 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the desired files to attach, select them, then click the " -":guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off request form." -" Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:554 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:604 -msgid "" -"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " -"request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:557 -msgid "" -"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " -"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " -"be saved manually at any time by clicking the *save manually* button, " -"represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " -"with the flu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:502 msgid "Request allocation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:504 msgid "" "If an employee has used all their time off, or is going to run out of time " "off, they can request an allocation for additional time. Allocations can be " @@ -16353,7 +16852,7 @@ msgid "" " view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:508 msgid "" "To create a new allocation request, click either the :guilabel:`New " "Allocation Request` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the " @@ -16361,7 +16860,7 @@ msgid "" "buttons open a new allocation request form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:513 msgid "" "Both :guilabel:`New` buttons open a :guilabel:`New Allocation` request form," " but when requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, the form appears in a " @@ -16369,20 +16868,20 @@ msgid "" "screen navigates to a new allocation request page, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:518 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Allocation` request " "form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested for " "the allocation from the drop-down menu. After a selection is made, the title" " updates with the time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:522 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period`: this field **only** appears if requesting an " "allocation with a time off type that has the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` " @@ -16391,18 +16890,18 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` field is set to :guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:527 msgid "" "Using the calendar selector, select a start and end date the allocation is " "valid for. By default, the current date populates the first field, and " ":guilabel:`No Limit` populates the second field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 msgid "Adjust both of these dates, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:531 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time being requested in this " "field. The format is presented in either days or hours, depending on how the" @@ -16410,14 +16909,21 @@ msgid "" "allocation request is updated to include the amount of time being requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:535 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: enter a description for the allocation request." " This should include any details that managers and approvers may need in " "order to approve the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:538 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 msgid "" "If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Allocations` list view, the" " information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " @@ -16431,11 +16937,11 @@ msgid "" "sick time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:553 msgid "Management" msgstr "マネジメント" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:555 msgid "" "Time off and allocation requests typically undergo an approval process " "before being granted. Requests either need one or two approvals, if any, " @@ -16444,17 +16950,17 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:560 msgid "" "Only users who can approve allocation and time off requests have the " ":guilabel:`Management` section visible in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:566 msgid "Manage time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 msgid "" "To view time off requests that need approval, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Management --> Time Off`. The only time off" @@ -16463,7 +16969,7 @@ msgid "" "in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:573 msgid "" "The default filter in the :guilabel:`Time Off` list is `Waiting For Me`. " "This only presents time off requests that need to be approved for current " @@ -16471,7 +16977,7 @@ msgid "" " or :guilabel:`Second Approval`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:643 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:577 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented time off requests. Since only time off requests that need to be " @@ -16481,28 +16987,28 @@ msgid "" "appear on the left side of the screen, under :guilabel:`Departments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 msgid "" "If there are no requests that fall under one of the status options or " "departments, that status or department is **not** visible on the left-side " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:587 msgid "" "To display time off requests for specific departments only, click on the " ":guilabel:`Department` on the left-hand side. Only requests within the " "selected department are then presented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:656 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:657 msgid "" "The status column displays the status of each request, with the status " "highlighted in a specific color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` and :guilabel:`Second Approval` requests are " "highlighted in yellow and are the only ones that appear in the list by " @@ -16512,7 +17018,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:665 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:599 msgid "" "To approve a time off request, click the :guilabel:`👍 Approve` button at the" " end of the line. To validate a time off request that has already been " @@ -16527,7 +17033,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:608 msgid "" "For more details, click anywhere on the time off request line (except for " "the :guilabel:`👍 Approve`, :guilabel:`✔️ Validate`, and :guilabel:`✖️ " @@ -16535,24 +17041,24 @@ msgid "" "of the user, changes can be made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:612 msgid "" "To modify the request, make any desired changes to the form. All changes are" " automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:614 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Approve` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button " "to refuse the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:684 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:620 msgid "Manage allocations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:686 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:622 msgid "" "To view allocations that need approval, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off" " app --> Management --> Allocations`. The only allocations visible on this " @@ -16560,7 +17066,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:627 msgid "" "The default filters that are configured to be in place when navigating to " "the :guilabel:`Allocations` list are :guilabel:`My Team` and " @@ -16568,13 +17074,13 @@ msgid "" "team (who they manage) and active employees. Inactive users are not shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented allocation requests." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:635 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Status` options are :guilabel:`To Approve`, " ":guilabel:`Refused`, and :guilabel:`Approved`. Click on a specific " @@ -16582,14 +17088,14 @@ msgid "" "allocation requests, click :guilabel:`All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 msgid "" "It is also possible to display allocation requests by department. Click on " "the :guilabel:`Department` in the left side of the screen to only present " "allocations for that specific department." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:644 msgid "" "The groupings on the left side only present allocation requests that fall " "under the default filters of :guilabel:`My Team` and :guilabel:`Active " @@ -16597,34 +17103,34 @@ msgid "" "filters are presented on the left side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:712 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:648 msgid "" "For example, if there are no requests with a status of :guilabel:`To " "Submit`, that status option does not appear in the left-hand side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:651 msgid "" "All departments for the user's employees appear in the list. If there are no" " allocation requests that fall under that department matching the pre-" "configured filters, the list is blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:654 msgid "" "It is always possible to remove any of the pre-configured filters, by " "clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon on the specific filter to remove " "it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:660 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, " ":guilabel:`Approved` requests are highlighted in green, and the " ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:663 msgid "" "To approve an allocation request, click the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` button at" " the end of the line. To refuse a request, click the :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` " @@ -16636,28 +17142,28 @@ msgid "" "Allocations with the filter, groupings, and status sections highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:670 msgid "" "If more details are needed, click anywhere on the allocation request line " "(except for the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` buttons) to" " view the request in detail." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:673 msgid "" "Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be made to the allocation " "request form that appears. To modify the request, make any desired changes " "to the form. All changes are automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:741 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:677 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Validate` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button" " to refuse the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:683 msgid "" "To view a color-coded schedule of the user's time off, and/or of the team " "managed by them, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Overview`. " @@ -16665,7 +17171,7 @@ msgid "" "view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:687 msgid "" "To change the time period displayed, click on the :guilabel:`Month` button " "to reveal a drop-down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -16673,7 +17179,7 @@ msgid "" "corresponding view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 msgid "" "To navigate forward or backward in time, in the selected increment " "(:guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, etc.), click the :guilabel:`← (left " @@ -16681,44 +17187,44 @@ msgid "" " that specified amount of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:695 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Month` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by" " one month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:697 msgid "" "To return to a view containing the current day, click the :guilabel:`Today` " "button at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 msgid "" "Team members are listed alphabetically on individual lines, and their " "requested time off, regardless of the status (*validated* or *to approve*), " "is visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:766 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:702 msgid "" "Each employee is color-coded. The employee's color is selected at random, " "and does *not* correspond to the type of time off they requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:705 msgid "" "The status of the time off is represented by the color detail of the " "request, either appearing solid (*validated*) or striped (*to approve*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 msgid "" "The number of days or hours requested is written on the request (if there is" " enough space)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:710 msgid "" "At the bottom of the calendar, in the :guilabel:`Total` line, a bar graph " "shows how many people are projected to be out on any given day. The number " @@ -16726,7 +17232,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:778 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:714 msgid "" "Click on a time off entry to view the details for the specific time off " "entry. The total number of hours or days are listed, along with the start " @@ -16738,21 +17244,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview of the user's team, with time off requests shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:723 msgid "My time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:725 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`My Time` section of the *Time Off* application contains the " "time off dashboard, as well as the user's time off requests and allocations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:795 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:731 msgid "Dashboard" msgstr "ダッシュボード" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:733 msgid "" "All users have access to the time off dashboard, which is the default view " "in the *Time Off* application. The dashboard can also be accessed at any " @@ -16760,38 +17266,38 @@ msgid "" "My Time --> Dashboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 msgid "" "The current year is displayed, and the current day is highlighted in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:739 msgid "" "To change the view, click on the :guilabel:`Year` button to reveal a drop-" "down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, or " ":guilabel:`Month` to present the calendar in that corresponding view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:743 msgid "" "To change the presented dates, click the :guilabel:`← (left arrow)` or " ":guilabel:`→ (right arrow)` icons to the left of the :guilabel:`Year` " "button. The calendar view adjusts in increments of the presented view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:811 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Year` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by " "one year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:813 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:749 msgid "" "To change the view at any point to a view that includes the current date, " "click the :guilabel:`Today` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:816 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:752 msgid "" "Above the calendar view is a summary of the user's time off balances. Every " "time off type that has been allocated appears in its own summary box. Each " @@ -16800,7 +17306,7 @@ msgid "" "applicable)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:757 msgid "" "To view the full details of a time off balance, click the :guilabel:`? " "(question mark)` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`(DAYS/HOURS) AVAILABLE` " @@ -16814,7 +17320,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A view of the complete time off balance details in the popover window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:767 msgid "" "A user is also able to see how much time off they will have accrued in the " "future. On the right side of the time off summary blocks, there is a " @@ -16822,7 +17328,7 @@ msgid "" "selector popover appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:771 msgid "" "The current date is the default date selected. Navigate to the desired date," " and Odoo displays the time off balances the user will have on that date. " @@ -16831,14 +17337,14 @@ msgid "" "of the date field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:840 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:776 msgid "" "On the right side of the calendar, the various time off types are displayed," " with their corresponding colors. The :guilabel:`Legend` explains how the " "various statuses for time off requests are presented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:780 msgid "" "Time off that has been validated appears in a solid color (in the color " "specified in the :guilabel:`Time Off Type` section above the " @@ -16847,19 +17353,19 @@ msgid "" "line through the dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:849 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:785 msgid "" -"New time off requests can be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :ref:`New Time Off" -" ` modal appears." +"New time off requests can be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. Click the " +":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :doc:`New Time Off" +" <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:852 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 msgid "" -"New allocation requests can also be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the dashboard to " -"request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation ` modal appears." +"New allocation requests can also be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard` to request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation " +"` modal appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 @@ -16868,56 +17374,56 @@ msgid "" "buttons highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:863 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:800 msgid "My time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:865 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:802 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`. Here, all time " "off requests, both past and present, appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:868 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:805 msgid "" "The list includes the following information for each request: the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Start Date`, " ":guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and the :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:872 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:809 msgid "" "A new time off request can be made from this view. Click the :guilabel:`New`" -" button to :ref:`request time off `." +" button to :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:878 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:815 msgid "My allocations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:817 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's allocations, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Allocations`. All " "allocations and requested allocations appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:820 msgid "" "The information presented on the :guilabel:`My Allocations` page includes: " "the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Amount`, " ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`, and :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:824 msgid "" "A new allocation request can be made from this view, as well. Click the " ":guilabel:`New` button to :ref:`request an allocation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:895 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:832 msgid "" "The reporting feature allows users to view time off for their team, either " "by employee or type of time off. This allows users to see which employees " @@ -16925,7 +17431,7 @@ msgid "" "types are being used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:899 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:836 msgid "" "Any report can be added to a spreadsheet through the *Insert in Spreadsheet*" " button that appears in the top-left of a report. If the *Documents* " @@ -16933,31 +17439,31 @@ msgid "" "appears. If not, the report can be added to a *Dashboard*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:841 msgid "By employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:843 msgid "" "To view a report of employee time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Employee`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:846 msgid "" "The default report presents the current year's data in a list view, " "displaying all the employees in alphabetical order. Each employee's line is " "collapsed by default. To expand a line, click anywhere on the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:913 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:850 msgid "" "The view expands, and has the time off requests organized by time off type. " "Click anywhere on a time off type line to expand it, and view all the " "individual time off requests that fall under that type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:916 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:853 msgid "" "The information shown in the list includes: the :guilabel:`Employee` name, " ":guilabel:`Number of Days` off requested, the :guilabel:`Start Date`, " @@ -16968,7 +17474,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Report of time off, shown by each employee in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:861 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " @@ -16980,8 +17486,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The various other views highlighted, for the employee time off report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:933 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:870 msgid "" "When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " "particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports and their" @@ -16989,18 +17494,18 @@ msgid "" "documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:875 msgid "By type" msgstr "タイプごと" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:940 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:877 msgid "" "To view a list of all time off, organized by time off type, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Type`. This shows all time" " off requests in a default bar chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:943 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 msgid "" "Hover over a bar to view the :guilabel:`Duration (Days)` of that specific " "time off type." @@ -17012,13 +17517,13 @@ msgid "" "highlighted in a red box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 msgid "" "Click on a bar to go to a detailed list view of all the time off requests " "for that time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:952 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:889 msgid "" "Each request is listed, with the following information displayed: the " ":guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Request Type`, " @@ -17026,10 +17531,174 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " "way. The various options are a :guilabel:`Graph` (the default view), " ":guilabel:`List`, or :guilabel:`Pivot` table." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:897 +msgid "" +"When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " +"particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports, and " +"their various options, refer to the :doc:`reporting " +"<../essentials/reporting>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:902 +msgid ":doc:`time_off/request_time_off`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Request time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once time off has been allocated to an employee, a request to use it can be " +"submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Time off can be requested in one of two ways: either from the main *Time " +"Off* application :guilabel:`Dashboard` (:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My " +"Time --> Dashboard`), or from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` dashboard view " +"(:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " +"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " +"Off` dashboard, in the default list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " +"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" +" form appears in a pop-up window. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time" +" Off` list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " +"form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " +"the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " +"two fields to populate: the start and end dates. Click on either date field " +"and a popover calendar appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " +"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " +"applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If only requesting time off for a single day, click on the start date, then " +"click the same date again for the end date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the correct dates are selected, click the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" +" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, tick this " +"checkbox. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " +"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " +"day is being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " +"day, tick this checkbox. If selected, a :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` " +"field appears beneath this option. Using the drop-down menu, select the " +"start and end time for the time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " +":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " +"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " +"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " +"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " +"should include any details that managers and approvers may need to approve " +"the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachment of documents. " +"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the desired files that should be attached, select them, then " +"click The :guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off " +"request form. Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information, and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " +"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " +"be saved manually at any time by clicking the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " +"with the flu." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 70f0b6d90..f658f416c 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Junko Augias, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory & MRP" -msgstr "在庫とMRP" +msgid "Supply Chain" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 msgid "Barcode" @@ -792,7 +792,7 @@ msgstr "ロケーションバーコード" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:20 msgid "Location" msgstr "ロケーション" @@ -1644,14 +1644,16 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:詳細オペレーションポップアップの`ロット`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:16 @@ -1666,16 +1668,23 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:詳細オペレーションポップアップの`ロット`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:26 @@ -4230,6 +4239,8 @@ msgstr "" "ルートが選択されていない場合、Odooはプロダクトフォームの:guilabel:`在庫`タブで指定された:guilabel:`ルート`を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:182 msgid "Manual" msgstr "手動" @@ -4321,15 +4332,12 @@ msgstr "現在の日付は2月20日で、(:guilabel:`その他の情報`タブ #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:214 msgid "" -"The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is four days," -" and the :ref:`purchase security lead time ` is one day." +"The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is " +"four days, and the :ref:`purchase security lead time " +"` is one day." msgstr "" -"ref:`仕入先リードタイム`は4日で、:ref:`購買セキュリティリードタイム`は1日です。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:218 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` field of the reordering rule is set to " "zero, the product appears on the replenishment dashboard five days before " @@ -4344,13 +4352,13 @@ msgid "" "Feb 27th." msgstr "補充ダッシュボードにニーズが表示されるタイミングを表すグラフィック:2月27日。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:226 msgid "" "To see the product on the replenishment dashboard for the current date, " "February 20, set the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` to `7.00`." msgstr "現在の日付、2月20日の補充ダッシュボードでプロダクトを見るには、 :guilabel:`可視性日数` を `7.00` に設定します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:229 msgid "" "To determine the amount of visibility days needed to see a product on the " "replenishment dashboard, subtract *today's date* from the *date the need " @@ -4358,21 +4366,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "補充ダッシュボードにプロダクトが表示されるのに必要な可視日数を決定するには、補充ダッシュボードに必要なものが表示される*日付*から*今日の日付*を引きます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:232 msgid "Visibility~days = Need~appears~date - Today's~date" msgstr "Visibility~days = Need~appears~date - Today's~date" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:237 msgid "" "Referring to the example above, today's date is February 20th, and the need " "for the product appears on February 27th." msgstr "上記の例を参照すると、今日の日付は2月20日で、プロダクトのニーズが現れたのは2月27日です。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:240 msgid "(February 27 - February 20 = 7 days)" msgstr "(2月27日 - 2月20日＝7日間)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:242 msgid "" "Incorrectly setting the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` fewer than seven days in" " this case results in the need **not** appearing on the replenishment " @@ -4385,11 +4393,11 @@ msgid "" "days set." msgstr "正しい可視性日数と誤った可視性日数が設定された補充ダッシュボードを表示します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:252 msgid "Route" msgstr "ルート" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:254 msgid "" "Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected under the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it is possible" @@ -4398,7 +4406,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Odooでは各プロダクトフォームの:guilabel:`在庫`タブで複数のルートを選択することができます。例えば、:guilabel:`購買`と:guilabel:`製造`の両方を選択することが可能です。これにより、両ルートの機能が可能になります。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:258 msgid "" "Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering " "rule. This is the route that the rule defaults to, if multiple are selected." @@ -4408,13 +4416,13 @@ msgstr "" "Odooではプロダクトの再オーダ規則に優先ルートを設定することもできます。複数のルールが選択されている場合、このルールがデフォルトになります。優先ルートを選択するには、まず" " :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 再オーダ規則` に移動します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:262 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Route` column is hidden on the " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` page." msgstr "デフォルトでは、 :guilabel:`ルート` 列は :guilabel:`再オーダルール` ページでは非表示になっています。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:264 msgid "" "Reveal the :guilabel:`Route` column by selecting the :guilabel:`(slider)` " "icon to the far-right of the column titles, and checking the " @@ -4423,7 +4431,7 @@ msgstr "" "列タイトルの右端にある :guilabel:`(スライダ)` アイコンを選択し、表示されるドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`ルート` " "オプションをチェックして :guilabel:`ルート`列を表示します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:267 msgid "" "Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule, and a drop-down " "menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the " @@ -4435,7 +4443,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down." msgstr "ドロップダウンから希望のルートを選択して下さい。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:275 msgid "" "If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set " "for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the selected route " @@ -5210,7 +5218,7 @@ msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "プロダクト追跡" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:100 msgid "Assign serial numbers" msgstr "シリアル番号を割当てる" @@ -5231,7 +5239,7 @@ msgstr "`Odooチュートリアル: シリアル番号 ` for a " +"product tracked by lot/serial numbers" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:24 msgid "when making an inventory adjustment" msgstr "在庫調整を行う場合" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:32 msgid "" "Display the Detailed Operations smart button and bulleted list icon on a " "receipt." msgstr "入荷時に詳細操作スマートボタンと箇条書きリストアイコンを表示します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:32 msgid "" "Display the **Detailed Operations** smart button and bulleted list icon on a" " receipt." msgstr "入荷時に**詳細操作**スマートボタンと箇条書きリストアイコンを表示します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:37 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers to products, activate the :guilabel:`Lots and " "Serial Numbers` feature in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " @@ -5291,7 +5302,7 @@ msgstr "" "プロダクトにシリアル番号を割当てたい場合は、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` で " ":guilabel:`ロットおよびシリアル番号` 機能を有効にして下さい。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:40 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of an item's product form, set the " ":guilabel:`Tracking` field to :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`." @@ -5299,26 +5310,26 @@ msgstr "" "次に、プロダクトフォームの :guilabel:`在庫 タブで :guilabel:`追跡` フィールドを :guilabel:`固有のシリアル番号` " "に設定します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:44 msgid "" ":ref:`Enable serial numbers `" msgstr ":ref:`シリアル番号を有効にする `" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:45 msgid "" ":ref:`Track products by serial numbers " "`" msgstr "" ":ref:`シリアル番号によるプロダクトの追跡 `" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:49 msgid "" "Next, enable creating new serial numbers by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`." msgstr "" "次に、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> オペレーションタイプ`で新しいシリアル番号を作成できるようにします。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:52 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, select the desired operation " "type (e.g. :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, or " @@ -5334,11 +5345,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show \"Create New\" option is selected on the Receipts operation type." msgstr "入荷時のオペレーションタイプで \"新規作成\" オプションが選択されていることを表示します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:64 msgid "Detailed Operations" msgstr "詳細オペレーション" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:66 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned to products when entering stock for the first" " time, from the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` page on the receipt. " @@ -5348,7 +5359,7 @@ msgstr "" "入荷時の :guilabel:`詳細オペレーション` ページから、初めて在庫を入力する際にプロダクトにシリアル番号を割当てられます。入荷には " ":menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> オペレーション --> 入荷` でアクセスできます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:71 msgid "" "Serial numbers can **not** be assigned to products on a request for " "quotation (RfQ) or purchase order (PO) — **only** on a receipt." @@ -5358,13 +5369,13 @@ msgstr "シリアルナンバーは、見積依頼書(RfQ)や購買オーダ(PO) msgid "Show the purchase order and the Receipt smart button" msgstr "購買オーダと入荷スマートボタンの表示" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:78 msgid "" "Screenshot of a \"Purchase Order\" with the \"Receipt\" smart button at the " "top." msgstr "\"入荷\"スマートボタンが上部にある \"購買オーダ\"のスクリーンショット" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:80 msgid "" "To record an item's serial number before receiving the item, follow the " "steps in the next sections to assign serial numbers, but do **not** click " @@ -5374,13 +5385,13 @@ msgstr "" "アイテム入荷前にシリアル番号を記録するには、次のセクションの手順に従ってシリアル番号を割当てますが、プロダクトを仕入先から受け取るまでは入荷の " ":guilabel:`検証` ボタンをクリックしないで下さい。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:84 msgid "" "Assign a single serial number to a product by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` smart button on a receipt." msgstr "入荷時の :guilabel:`詳細オペレーション` スマートボタンをクリックして、プロダクトに1つのシリアル番号を割当てます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:87 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, manually type in the " "serial number for a single product." @@ -5390,13 +5401,13 @@ msgstr "guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号名` 列に、1つのプロダク msgid "Add a line on the Detailed Operations page to assign serial numbers." msgstr "詳細オペレーションページにシリアル番号を割当てられる明細を追加します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:94 msgid "" "When finished, click the receipt's breadcrumbs, and the assigned serial " "numbers are automatically saved." msgstr "終了後、レシートのパンくずをクリックすると、割当てられたシリアル番号が自動的に保存されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:102 msgid "" "To generate new serial numbers in a sequence, click the :guilabel:`+ (plus)`" " icon in the :ref:`product line ` で :guilabel:`新規作成` オプションが選択されていることを確認して下さい。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:113 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` pop-up window. The " ":guilabel:`Number of SN` field is auto-filled based on the product quantity " @@ -5436,11 +5447,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show Assign Serial numbers pop-up." msgstr "シリアル番号割当てポップアップを表示します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:125 msgid "Stock move pop-up window" msgstr "在庫移動ポップアップウィンドウ" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:127 msgid "" "For various methods of assigning serial numbers in bulk, click the " ":guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the :ref:`product line " @@ -5450,11 +5461,11 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`プロダクト明細` にある " ":guilabel:`⦙ (箇条書きリスト)` アイコンをクリックして下さい。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:132 msgid "Add a line" msgstr "明細追加" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:134 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window that appears, manually " "input the serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." @@ -5466,11 +5477,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a line on the Stock move pop-up." msgstr "在庫移動ポップアップに明細を追加します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:142 msgid "Generate Serials" msgstr "シリアル生成" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:144 msgid "" "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Generate " "Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." @@ -5482,7 +5493,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show generate serials button." msgstr "シリアル生成ボタンを表示します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:151 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Generate Serial numbers` pop-up window, where " "the first serial number is entered in the :guilabel:`First SN` field to " @@ -5492,7 +5503,7 @@ msgstr "" "そうすると :guilabel:`シリアル番号を生成` ポップアップウィンドウが開き、 :guilabel:`最初のシリアル番号` " "フィールドに最初のシリアル番号が入力され、入力された最初のシリアル番号に基づいて一連のシリアル番号が生成されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:155 msgid "" "For more details on how to fill in this pop-up window, :ref:`refer to this " "section `." @@ -5500,11 +5511,11 @@ msgstr "" "このポップアップウィンドウの記入方法の詳細については、:ref:`以下のセクションをご確認下さい: " "`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:159 msgid "Import Serials" msgstr "シリアルをインポートする" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:161 msgid "" "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Import " "Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." @@ -5512,7 +5523,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`開く: 在庫移動`ポップアップウィンドウの :guilabel:`シリアル/ロットをインポート` " "ボタンをクリックして、一度に複数のシリアル番号を割当てます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:165 msgid "" "If the button is not visible, ensure the :guilabel:`Create New` option is " "selected in the :ref:`receipt's configuration page " @@ -5521,7 +5532,7 @@ msgstr "" "ボタンが表示されていない場合は、 :ref:`レシートの設定ページ ` で :guilabel:`新規作成` オプションが選択されていることを確認して下さい。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:168 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window. Enter each serial " "number on a separate line in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." @@ -5529,7 +5540,7 @@ msgstr "" "そうすると :guilabel:`ロットをインポート` ポップアップウィンドウが開きます。guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` " "テキストフィールドにそれぞれのシリアル番号を別の行に入力します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:172 msgid "" "Copy/paste serial numbers from an existing excel spreadsheet and add them to" " the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." @@ -5540,7 +5551,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show excel sheet to copy serial numbers from." msgstr "シリアル番号をコピーするためのエクセルシートを表示します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:179 msgid "" "Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to add serial numbers to " "the list of products, and serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " @@ -5553,11 +5564,12 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号`テーブルのシリアル番号が追加されます。リスト内のシリアル番号を置き換えるには、 " ":guilabel:`現在の明細を維持` オプションのチェックを外したままにします。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:146 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Generate`." msgstr "最後に :guilabel:`生成` をクリックします。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:187 msgid "" "For a receipt with a :guilabel:`Demand` of `3.00` products, one product has " "already been assigned a serial number in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` " @@ -5566,7 +5578,7 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel:`需要`が`3.00`プロダクトの入荷では、 :guilabel:`開く: " "在庫移動`ポップアップウィンドウで1つのプロダクトに既にシリアル番号が割当てられています。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:190 msgid "" "So, in the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window, two serial numbers, `124` " "and `125` are assigned to the remaining products by entering the following " @@ -5575,7 +5587,7 @@ msgstr "" "そこで、:guilabel:`ロットをインポート` ポップアップウィンドウの :guilabel:ロット/シリアル番号` " "入力フィールドに次のように入力して、残りのプロダクトに2つのシリアル番号、`124` と `125` を割当てます:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:199 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option is selected to add these two " "serial numbers **in addition** to the serial number, `123`, that has already" @@ -5622,7 +5634,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr ":doc:`ロット`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "ロットとシリアル番号を有効化する" @@ -5700,6 +5712,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "シリアル番号には、数字、文字、記号、あるいはこれら3種類の文字が全て混在したものなど、様々な種類の文字が含まれます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:343 msgid "Traceability" msgstr "トレーサビリティ" @@ -6239,6 +6252,7 @@ msgstr "" " :guilabel:`プロダクトカテゴリ` にも設定できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:189 msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" msgstr ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" @@ -6275,18 +6289,18 @@ msgstr "その際、全ての生鮮プロダクト、その賞味期限、割当 msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." msgstr "ロットとシリアル番号のページで有効期限ごとにグループ分けします。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 msgid "Expiration alerts" msgstr "使用期限警告" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 msgid "" "To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" "使用期限アラートを表示するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> ロット/シリアル番号`にアクセスして下さい。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:251 msgid "" "Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " "Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " @@ -6295,7 +6309,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "次に、:guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号`の生鮮プロダクトをクリックします。そうすると、シリアル番号の詳細フォームが表示されます。シリアル番号の詳細フォームで、:guilabel:`日付`タブをクリックすると、プロダクトに関連する全ての使用期限情報が表示されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:255 msgid "" "To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " "form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " @@ -6304,7 +6318,7 @@ msgstr "" "フォームを編集するには、フォームの左上にある :guilabel:`編集` をクリックし、 :guilabel:`使用期限日` " "を今日の日付(またはそれ以前)に変更し、 :guilabel:`保存` をクリックして変更を保存します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:259 msgid "" "After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " "Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " @@ -6315,7 +6329,7 @@ msgstr "" "が表示され、このロットのプロダクトが期限切れか、またはもうすぐ期限切れになることを示します。ここから :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` " "ページに(パンくずリストで)戻って下さい。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:263 msgid "" "To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " "are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" @@ -6324,7 +6338,7 @@ msgstr "" "新しい使用期限アラート、または期限切れ(またはもうすぐ期限切れ)のプロダクトの使用期限アラートを表示するには、 " ":guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` ダッシュボードの :guilabel:`検索...` バーから検索フィルタを全て削除して下さい。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:267 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." msgstr "次に、 :guilabel:`フィルタ` をクリックし、 :guilabel:`使用期限警告` を選択します。" @@ -6334,113 +6348,463 @@ msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "使用期限を過ぎたプロダクトの使用期限警告。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" -msgstr "ロットを使ってプロダクトグループを管理" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" -" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " -"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" -" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." +msgid "Lot numbers" msgstr "" -"*ロット*はOdooでプロダクトを識別・追跡する2つの方法のうちの1つです。ロットは通常、倉庫から入荷、保管、出荷された商品の特定のバッチを示しますが、インハウスで製造されたプロダクトのバッチにも適用されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:10 msgid "" -"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " -"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " -"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " -"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " -"lifecycles." +"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. They " +"typically represent a specific batch of products that were received, stored," +" shipped, or manufactured in-house." msgstr "" -"メーカーは、共通の特性を持つプロダクトのグループにロット番号を割当てます。これにより、複数の製品が同じロット番号を共有することになります。これにより、1つのグループ内で複数のプロダクトを識別することができ、ライフサイクルの各段階を通じて、これらのプロダクトのエンドツーエンドのトレーサビリティが可能になります。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:13 msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " -"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " -"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " -"expiration dates." +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products sharing common " +"properties, facilitating end-to-end traceability through their lifecycles." msgstr "" -"ロットは、大量に製造または入荷されるプロダクト(衣料品や食品など)に有効で、プロダクトをグループ単位でトレースすることができます。これは、プロダクトのリコールや使用期限日を管理する際に特に便利です。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:16 msgid "" -"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " -"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " -"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " -"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " -":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +"Lots are useful for managing large quantities of manufactured or received " +"products, aiding in tracing items back to their group, particularly for " +"product recalls or :doc:`expiration dates `." msgstr "" -"ロットを使用してプロダクトを追跡するには、*ロットとシリアル番号*機能を有効にする必要があります。menuselection:`倉庫アプリ --> 設定" -" --> 管理設定`に進み、 :guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` セクションまでスクロールダウンし、 :guilabel:`ロット & " -"シリアル番号`の横のボックスをクリックします。その後、 :guilabel:`保存` ボタンをクリックして変更を保存します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 -msgid "Track products by lots" -msgstr "ロットごとのプロダクト追跡" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:26 msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " -"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " -"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " -"and choose a product." +"To track products using lots, enable the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature. Go" +" to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and tick the checkbox " +"next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`Tracking expiration dates `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:33 +msgid "" +":ref:`Print GS1 barcodes for lots and serial numbers " +"`" msgstr "" -"guilabel:`ロット & シリアル番号`設定が活動すると、個々のプロダクトをロットを使用して追跡するように設定することができます。これを行うには、" -" :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> プロダクト` に行き、プロダクトを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " -"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " -":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " -"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +msgid "Track by lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, configure " +"individual products to be tracked using lots. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and choose a " +"product to configure." msgstr "" -"プロダクトフォームに入ったら、 :guilabel:`編集` をクリックしてフォームに変更を加えます。次に :guilabel:`在庫` " -"タブをクリックします。guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` セクションで :guilabel:`ロットごと` をクリックします。そして、 " -":guilabel:`保存`をクリックして変更を保存します。既存のロット番号や新しいロット番号を、このプロダクトの新しく受け取ったバッチや製造したバッチに割当てられるようになりました。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:48 msgid "" -"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " -"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" -" lot numbers to the existing stock." +"On the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, select the :guilabel:`By Lots` option in " +"the :guilabel:`Tracking` field. Now, new or existing lot numbers can be " +"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`expiration_dates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, a warning message appears. Use an :doc:`inventory adjustment" +" ` to assign lot numbers to existing products in stock." msgstr "" -"ロットまたはシリアル番号による追跡を有効化する前に、プロダクトに在庫がある場合、既存の在庫にロット番号を割当て、在庫調整を行う必要があるかもしれません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." msgstr "プロダクトフォームのロット別追跡機能を有効にしました。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 -msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" -msgstr "すでに在庫のあるプロダクトの新規ロット作成" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:58 -msgid "" -"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " -"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" -" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " -"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " -"automatically." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:65 +msgid "Assign lots for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -"新しいロットは、ロット番号が割当てられずに既に在庫されているプロダクトに対して作成することができます。これを行うには、 " -":menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> ロット/シリアル番号` に行き、 :guilabel:`作成` " -"をクリックします。そうすると別のページが表示され、新しい :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` が自動的に生成されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Assign new lot numbers to :ref:`incoming goods " +"` on the receipt form. When " +"shipping :ref:`outgoing goods `, select products with specific lot numbers on the delivery order " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:75 +msgid "On receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Assigning new or existing lot numbers to incoming goods can be done directly" +" on receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To begin, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app to `create and confirm " +"`_ a |PO| for products tracked " +"by lot numbers. Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button that " +"appears at the top of the page to navigate to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to an existing receipt by going to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, clicking the :guilabel:`Receipts` Kanban " +"card, and choosing the desired receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number triggers an " +"error, indicating that a lot number **must** be assigned before validating " +"the receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." +msgstr "ロット/シリアル番号のユーザエラーポップアップを追加しました。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:96 +msgid "" +"On the receipt form, on the product line in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, " +"select the |list| icon to the right of the product that is tracked by lot " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the bulleted list icon on the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, where the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` and :guilabel:`Quantity` are assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 +msgid "The two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **importing**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:109 +msgid "Manual assignment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"To manually assign lot numbers, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Input the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, :guilabel:`Store To` location for the lot, " +":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Destination Package`, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To assign multiple lot numbers, or store to multiple locations, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and type a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` for " +"additional quantities. Repeat until the total in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"column matches the :guilabel:`Demand` at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgstr "ロット番号の割当て詳細操作ポップアップ。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:125 +msgid "Import lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:127 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, click :guilabel:`Import " +"Serials/Lots`, then paste the bulk lot numbers, in the " +":guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "エクセルのスプレッドシートにコピーされたロット番号のリスト。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on *Google* spreadsheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 +msgid "Lot numbers copied to the lot number line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Lot numbers pasted to the \"Lots/Serial numbers\" field, in the **Import " +"Lots** pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to generate *additional* " +"lot numbers in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window. To replace " +"the lot numbers in the list, leave the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option" +" unticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` on the receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:200 +msgid "" +":ref:`Traceability report for lot numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:157 +msgid "On delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Odoo makes it possible to specify which lot numbers for a product are chosen" +" for outgoing shipment on a delivery order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To begin, create or select an existing quotation from the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app. After confirming the |SO|, the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button becomes available. Click the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt form for " +"that specific |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to delivery orders by going to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`" +" kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button opens the the delivery order " +"form, where lot numbers are picked for delivery. In the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab, click the |list| icon to the right of the " +"product that is tracked by lot numbers. Clicking that icon reveals a " +":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, the chosen lot number and its storage location is " +"displayed in the :guilabel:`Pick From` column, with the with the full " +":guilabel:`Quantity` taken from that specific lot (if there is enough stock " +"in that particular lot)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:179 +msgid "" +"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " +":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:183 +msgid "" +"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " +"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It also " +"depends on the ordered quantity, and whether the lot's on-hand quantity is " +"enough to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Repeat the above steps to select enough lots to fulfill the " +":guilabel:`Demand`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. " +"Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button on the |DO| to deliver the " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Popup for source lot number on sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:203 +msgid "Lot management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Manage and view existing lot numbers for products in the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` dashboard by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:208 +msgid "" +"By default, lot numbers are grouped by product, and selecting the drop-down " +"menu for each product displays the existing lot numbers. Select a lot number" +" to :ref:`modify or add details ` " +"linked to the lot. Lot numbers can also be :ref:`created " +"` from this page, by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 +msgid "Show the \"Lot/Serial Number\" dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Display lot numbers, grouped by products, on the **Lot/Serial Number** " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 +msgid "Modify lot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Clicking a lot from the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` dashboard reveals a " +"separate page where additional information can be provided about the lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to follow " +"the most recent number. However, it can be edited, by clicking the line " +"under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and changing the generated " +"number to any desired one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:233 +msgid "On the lot number form, the following fields can be modified:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:235 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: change the lot number linked to the " +":guilabel:`Product`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:236 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internal Reference`: records an alternative lot/serial number " +"used within the warehouse that differs from the one used by the supplier " +"manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company where the lot number is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:239 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: add extra details about the lot or serial number in" +" this text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:242 +msgid "" +"On existing lots, the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"fields **cannot** be modified, as the lot numbers are linked with existing " +"stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the lot number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:250 +msgid ":doc:`Set expiration dates for lots `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:253 +msgid "Add property" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:255 +msgid "" +"To add custom fields to lots for enhanced traceability, there are two " +"methods of adding properties on a lot number form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon at the top-left of the page," +" then select :icon:`fa-cogs` :guilabel:`Add Properties` from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a Property` button, located below " +"the existing fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Name and :doc:`configure the new field " +"<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`. Once finished, enter the " +"property value in the new field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The new property, `Wood type`, is added. The value is recorded as `Cherry " +"wood`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Show the \"Add Properties\" button on a lot number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:273 +msgid "" +":doc:`Configuring custom properties " +"<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 +msgid "Reserve lot number for a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:280 +msgid "" +"To create a lot number for a product, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lot/Serial Numbers`, and " +"click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Creating a lot number reserves it for a product but **does not** assign it. " +"To assign lot numbers, refer to the section on :ref:`assigning lot numbers " +"on receipts `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:289 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " "follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " -"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " -"and changing the generated number." +"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field " +"on the lot form, and changing the generated number." msgstr "" -"Odooは自動的に新しい:guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号`を生成し、最新の番号に追従させますが、:guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号`フィールドの下の行をクリックし、生成された番号を変更することで、任意の番号に編集・変更することができます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:293 msgid "" "Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " "field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " @@ -6449,414 +6813,66 @@ msgstr "" "新しい :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` が生成されたら、 :guilabel:`プロダクト` " "の隣にある空欄をクリックしてドロップダウンメニューを表示します。このメニューから、この新しい番号を割り当てるプロダクトを選択します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:72 -msgid "" -"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " -"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " -"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " -"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" -"website environment)." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:298 +msgid "The lot number, `000001`, is created for the product, `Drawer Black`." msgstr "" -"このフォームでは、 :guilabel:`数量` を調整し、一意の :guilabel:`内部参照` 番号を割当て(トレーサビリティのため)、 " -":guilabel:`ウェブサイト` " -"フィールドでこの特定のロットまたはシリアル番号設定を特定のウェブサイトに割当てるオプションも提供します(複数のウェブサイト環境で作業している場合)。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 -msgid "" -"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " -"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." -msgstr "この特定のロットまたはシリアル番号の詳細な説明は、下の :guilabel:`説明` タブに追加することもできます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:83 -msgid "" -"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " -"button to save all changes." -msgstr "全ての設定が完了したら、 :guilabel:`保存`ボタンをクリックして全ての変更を保存します。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." msgstr "割当てプロダクトによる新規ロット番号作成フォーム。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:304 msgid "" "After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " -"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" -" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " -"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." +"product, the lot number is saved as an existing lot number linked to the " +"product, and can be selected when :ref:`assigning lot numbers to products on" +" a receipt `, or when making an " +"inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -"新しいロット番号が作成され、保存され、希望のプロダクトに割当てられたら、 :menuselection:`プロダクト --> プロダクト`で " -":menuselection:`在庫` アプリ ケーションのプロダクトフォームに戻り、新しく作成されたロット番号が割当てられたプロダクトを選択し ます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:310 msgid "" -"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " -"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " -"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" -" assigned to it." +"After creating the lot number, `000001` appears as an option for `Drawer " +"Black` when assigning lot numbers on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` " +"page." msgstr "" -"そのプロダクトの詳細フォームで :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` " -"スマートボタンをクリックすると、新しいロット番号が表示されます。このプロダクトの追加数量が入荷または製造された場合、この新しいロット番号を選択して割当てることができます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:95 -msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" -msgstr "入出荷ロットの管理" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " -"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " -"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " -"order form." -msgstr "" -"ロット番号は**入荷**商品と**出荷**商品の両方に割当てられます。入荷商品の場合、ロット番号はオーダ " -"ーフォームに直接割当てられます。出荷商品の場合、ロット番号は販売オーダフォームに直接割当てられます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:104 -msgid "Manage lots on receipts" -msgstr "入荷時にロットを管理する" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " -"purchase order (PO)." -msgstr "**入荷**商品へのロット番号の割当てを購買オーダ(PO)から直接行うことができます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:108 -msgid "" -"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " -"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." -msgstr "" -" :abbr:`PO(購買オーダ)`を作成するには、 :menuselection:`購買アプリ --> " -"作成`に進みます。そうすると、新しい空白の見積依頼(RFQ)フォームが表示されます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 -msgid "" -"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " -"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " -"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " -"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." -msgstr "" -"この :abbr:`RFQ(見積依頼)` では、 :guilabel:`仕入先` を追加して必要な情報を記入し、 :guilabel:`プロダクト` " -"の明細に必要なプロダクトを追加して、 (:guilabel:`プロダクト` タブの下にある) :guilabel:`プロダクトの追加` " -"をクリックします。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " -"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." -msgstr "guilabel:`数量`列の数字を変更して、オーダするプロダクトの希望数量を選択します。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " -"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " -":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " -"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." -msgstr "" -"abbr:`RFQ(見積依頼書)`の入力が完了したら、 :guilabel:`オーダの確認` をクリックします。abbr:`RFQ(見積依頼)` " -"が確定されると :guilabel:`購買オーダ` となり、 :guilabel:`入荷` " -"スマートボタンが表示されます。guilabel:`入荷`スマートボタンをクリックすると、倉庫の入荷フォームに移動します。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " -"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" -"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " -":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " -"number being assigned." -msgstr "" -"オーダしたプロダクトの数量にロット番号を割当てる前に :guilabel:`検証` をクリックすると、 :guilabel:`ユーザエラー` " -"ポップアップが表示されます。このポップアップでは、オーダ製品のロット番号またはシリアル番号を入力する必要があります。ロット番号を割当てずに " -":abbr:`RFQ(見積依頼)` を検証することはできません。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." -msgstr "ロット/シリアル番号のユーザエラーポップアップを追加しました。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:133 -msgid "" -"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " -":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " -"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " -"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." -msgstr "" -"ここから :guilabel:`オペレーション` タブの :guilabel:`単位` 列の右にある :guilabel:`ハンバーガー " -"(横線4本)`アイコンで表される :guilabel:`追加オプション` メニューをクリックします。 このアイコンをクリックすると " -":guilabel:`詳細オペレーション` ポップアップが表示されます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:137 -msgid "" -"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " -"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " -"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." -msgstr "" -"このポップアップでは、ポップアップの一番下にある :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号名` " -"列で、ロット番号の割当てを含む多くの異なるフィールドを設定します。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." -msgstr "ロット番号の割当てには2つの方法があります:**手動**と**コピー/貼り付け**です。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 -msgid "" -"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" -" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " -"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " -"quantity." -msgstr "" -"**手動でロット番号を割当て**ます: :guilabel:`明細を追加`をクリックし、 " -":guilabel:`宛先`カラムでプロダクトが保管される場所を選択します。次に、新しい :guilabel:`ロット番号名` を入力し、 " -":guilabel:`完了` の数量を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 -msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." -msgstr "ロット番号の割当て詳細操作ポップアップ。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " -":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " -"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " -"the :guilabel:`Demand`." +msgid "Show how to assign lot numbers on the Inventory Adjustment page." msgstr "" -"数量を複数の場所やロットで処理する必要がある場合は、 :guilabel:`明細を追加` をクリックし、追加の数量を新しい " -":guilabel:`ロット番号名` に入力します。guilabel:`完了済数量`が :guilabel:`需要`と一致するまで繰り返します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:155 -msgid "" -"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " -"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " -"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" -" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" -" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " -":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " -"entered in each of the lot number lines." -msgstr "" -"**スプレッドシートからのロット番号のコピー/ペースト: スプレッドシートからのロット番号のコピー/ペースト**: " -"仕入先から受け取った(または入荷時に手動で割当てた)ロット番号を全てスプレッドシートに入力します。その後、コピーして " -":guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号名`列に貼り付けます。Odooは列に貼り付けられた番号の量に応じて、必要な行数を自動的に作成します。ここから " -":guilabel:`移動先`の場所と :guilabel:`完了済`の数量をそれぞれのロット番号の行に手動で入力することができます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 -msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." -msgstr "エクセルのスプレッドシートにコピーされたロット番号のリスト。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." -msgstr "" -"全てのプロダクトにロット番号が割当てられたら、 :guilabel:`確認`をクリックしてポップアップを閉じます。次に :guilabel:`検証` " -"をクリックします。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:168 -msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." -" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " -":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " -"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" -" assigned, and more." -msgstr "" -"入荷を確認すると :guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` " -"スマートボタンが表示されます。guilabel:`トレーサビリティ`スマートボタンをクリックすると、更新された " -":guilabel:`トレーサビリティレポート` が表示されます。このレポートには :guilabel:`参照ドキュメント`、トレース対象の " -":guilabel:`プロダクト`、割当てられた :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` などが含まれます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:174 -msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" -msgstr "納品オーダのロット管理" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " -"sales order (SO)." -msgstr "**出荷**商品へのロット番号の割当てを販売オーダ(SO)から直接行うことができます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " -"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." -msgstr "" -" :abbr:`SO (販売オーダ)`を作成するには、 :menuselection:`販売アプリ --> " -"作成`に進みます。空白の見積フォームが表示されます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:181 -msgid "" -"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" -" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " -"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." -msgstr "" -"この空白の見積フォームに :guilabel:`顧客` を追加して必要な情報を記入し、 :guilabel:`プロダクト` 明細( " -":guilabel:`オーダ明細` タブにある)に :guilabel:`プロダクトの追加` をクリックしてプロダクトを追加します。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:185 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` column." -msgstr "次に、 :guilabel:`数量` 列の数字を変更して、販売する数量を選択します。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" -" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " -":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." -msgstr "" -"見積の入力が完了したら、 :guilabel:`確認` ボタンをクリックして見積を確定します。見積が確定されると :abbr:`SO(販売オーダ)` " -"となり、 :guilabel:`配送` スマートボタンが表示されます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:201 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " -"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." -msgstr "guilabel:`納品`スマートボタンをクリックすると、その特定の :abbr:`SO (販売オーダ)` の倉庫入荷が表示されます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 -msgid "" -"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " -"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " -":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " -"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." -msgstr "" -"ここから( :guilabel:`オペレーション` タブの :guilabel:`単位` " -"カラムの右側にある4本の横線)`ハンバーガー`アイコンで表される :guilabel:`追加オプション` " -"メニューをクリックします。このアイコンをクリックすると :guilabel:`詳細オペレーション` ポップアップが表示されます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:198 -msgid "" -"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " -"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" -" there is enough stock in that particular lot)." -msgstr "" -"ポップアップでは、デフォルトで :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` が選択され、その特定のロットから :guilabel:`引当済` " -"の全数量が取り出されます(その特定のロットに十分な在庫がある場合)。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:202 -msgid "" -"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " -":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " -"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " -"total quantity." -msgstr "" -"そのロットに十分な在庫がない場合、または :guilabel:`需要`の部分的な数量を複数のロットから取る必要がある場合は、 " -":guilabel:`完了`列の数量を変更し、総数量の特定の部分のみを含めるようにします。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:207 -msgid "" -"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " -"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " -"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " -"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " -"lot to fulfill the order." -msgstr "" -"配送オーダに自動的に選択されるロットは、選択された払出方針(:abbr:`FIFO (先入先出)`、:abbr:`LIFO (後入先出)`、または " -":abbr:`FEFO " -"(有効期限先出)`）によって異なります。また、オーダ数量にもよりますが、オーダを満たすのに十分な数量が1つのロットにあるかどうかにもよります。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:213 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" -msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:215 -msgid "" -"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " -"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" -" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." -msgstr "" -"次に :guilabel:`明細追加` をクリックし、追加の(異なる) :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` を選択し、残りの " -":guilabel:`完了` 数量を適用し、 :guilabel:`確認` をクリックしてポップアップを閉じます。最後に :guilabel:`検証` " -"ボタンをクリックしてプロダクトを配送します。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." -msgstr "販売オーダにおけるソースロット番号の詳細オペレーションポップアップ。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 -msgid "" -"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " -"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " -":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " -"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " -"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." -msgstr "" -"配送オーダを確認すると、 :guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` スマートボタンが表示されます。guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` " -"スマートボタンをクリックすると、更新された :guilabel:`トレーサビリティレポート` が表示されます。このレポートには、 " -":guilabel:`参照` ドキュメント、トレースされた :guilabel:`プロダクト` 、 :guilabel:`日付` 、割当てられた " -":guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` が含まれます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:228 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" -" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " -"the same lot number." -msgstr "" -"guilabel:`トレーサビリティレポート`には、プロダクトの数量が同じロット番号を共有している場合、以前のオーダからの " -":guilabel:`参照レシート` を含めることもできます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:318 msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" msgstr "様々なオペレーションに対応したロット管理" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:320 msgid "" -"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " -"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " -"be used." +"By default, new lots can only be created when receiving products, and " +"existing lot numbers cannot be used. For sales orders, only existing lot " +"numbers can be utilized, and new ones cannot be created on the delivery " +"order." msgstr "" -"Odooでは、新規ロットの作成は、デフォルトでは購買オーダからプロダクトが**入荷する**場合のみ可能です。**既存**のロット番号は使用できません。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:237 -msgid "" -"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" -" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." -msgstr "販売オーダではその逆で、納品オーダで新しいロット番号を作成することはできず、既存のロット番号のみを使用することができます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:324 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " "type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " -"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +"Operations Types`, and select the desired operation type." msgstr "" -"どのオペレーションタイプでも新しいロット番号(または既存のロット番号)を使用できるようにするには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> " -"設定 --> オペレーションタイプ`に進み、必要な :guilabel:`オペレーションタイプ`を選択します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:328 msgid "" -"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " -"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " -"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" -" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " -":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" -" to save the changes." +"On the operation type form, under the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"section, tick the :guilabel:`Create New` checkbox to enable new lot numbers " +"to be created during this operation type. Choose :guilabel:`Use Existing " +"ones` if only existing lot numbers can be selected." msgstr "" -"guilabel:`オペレーションタイプ`ページにある :guilabel:`入荷`では、 :guilabel:`編集`をクリックし、 " -":guilabel:`既存のロット/シリアル番号を使用する`オプションの横にあるチェックボックス( " -":guilabel:`トレーサビリティ`セクション内)をクリックすることで、 " -":guilabel:`既存のロット/シリアル番号を使用する`オプションを有効にすることができます。最後に :guilabel:`保存` " -"ボタンをクリックして変更を保存します。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:249 -msgid "" -"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " -"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " -"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " -"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." -msgstr "" -"guilabel:`配送オーダ`の場合、:guilabel:`編集`をクリックし、:guilabel:`新規ロット/シリアル番号作成`オプションの横のチェックボックスをクリックすることで、:guilabel:`新規ロット/シリアル番号作成`オプションを有効にすることができます。guilabel:`保存`ボタンをクリックして、全ての変更を保存して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." msgstr "業務種別フォームのトレーサビリティ設定を有効にしました。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:337 msgid "" "For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " "useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" @@ -6865,19 +6881,14 @@ msgstr "" "ロットで追跡されるプロダクトを含む倉庫間移動の場合、倉庫のレシートで :guilabel:`既存のロット/シリアル番号を使用` " "オプションを有効にすると便利です。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "ロットトレーサビリティ" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:345 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " -"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " -"stored, and who (and when) it went to." +"entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from, when it arrived, where it" +" was stored, who it went to (and when)." msgstr "" -"製造業者や会社は、トレーサビリティレポートを参照することで、プロダクトのライフサイクル全体、つまり、プロダクトがどこから(いつ)来て、どこに保管され、誰に(いつ)渡ったのかを確認することができます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:348 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " @@ -6886,7 +6897,7 @@ msgstr "" "プロダクトの完全なトレーサビリティを見る、またはロットごとにグループ化するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト -->" " ロット/シリアル番号`に進みます。そうすると :menuselection:ロット/シリアル番号` ダッシュボードが表示されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:352 msgid "" "From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " @@ -6894,28 +6905,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "ここから、ロット番号が割当てられたプロダクトがデフォルトでリストされ、それらのプロダクトに割当てられたロット番号を表示するために拡張することができます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:355 msgid "" -"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " -"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " -":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " -"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." +"To group by lots, begin by removing any filters in the :guilabel:`Search...`" +" bar. Then, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(caret down)` icon to" +" open a drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` options," +" and :guilabel:`Favorites`. Under the :guilabel:`Group By` section, click " +"the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` option, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"Number` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -"ロット(またはシリアル番号)でグループ化するには、まず検索バーのフィルタを全て外します。次に、 :guilabel:`グループ化` " -"ドロップダウンをクリックし、 :guilabel:`カスタムグループを追加` を選択し、ドロップダウンメニューから " -":guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` を選択します。そして :guilabel:`適用` をクリックします。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:361 msgid "" -"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " -"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." -msgstr "そうすることで、既存のロットとシリアル番号が全て表示され、その割当て番号を持つプロダクトの全数量を表示するように拡張することができます。" +"Doing so reorganizes all the records on the page to display all existing " +"lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded to show all quantities of " +"products with that assigned number." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "ロットおよびシリアル番号のトレーサビリティレポート。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:369 +msgid "Traceability report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To view a full stock moves report for a lot number, select the lot number " +"line from the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Number` dashboard. On the lot number " +"form, click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the Traceability Report for a lot, that displays the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:380 msgid ":doc:`differences`" msgstr ":doc:`差異`" @@ -7515,6 +7541,144 @@ msgstr "" "梱包はOdoo " ":ref:`バーコード`と組み合わせて使用できます。サプライヤからプロダクトを受け取る際、梱包バーコードをスキャンすることで、プロダクトの内部カウントに梱包の個数が自動的に追加されます。" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:3 +msgid "Reassign lot/serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Changing a product's tracking settings to use lots or serial numbers, " +"*after* storing products in Odoo without them, can lead to inconsistent " +"records. Follow this documentation to learn how to use an inventory " +"adjustment to assign lot or serial numbers to products that were not " +"originally assigned lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Warning message: products in stock have no lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This document outlines the process of using two inventory adjustments: one " +"to remove incorrect records *without* lot numbers, and another to save the " +"quantities *with* the lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`Set up and use lot numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Set up serial numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Use serial numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:24 +msgid "Change on-hand quantity to zero" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To change the product's settings to track by lots or serial numbers, begin " +"by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and select the intended product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, click the product's :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button to open the " +":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. In the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"column, change the value to zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If the product is stored in multiple locations, make sure the **total** on " +"hand quantity at **all** locations is zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Show the Inventory Adjustments model, highlighting the \"On Hand Quantity\" " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:41 +msgid "Change traceability setting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Return to the product form (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Products`), and switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, change the :guilabel:`Tracking` option " +"from :guilabel:`No Tracking` to :guilabel:`By Lots` or :guilabel:`By Unique " +"Serial Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 +msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:56 +msgid "Restore on-hand quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:58 +msgid "" +"After manually changing the on-hand quantity to zero and changing the " +":guilabel:`Tracking` setting to lots or serial numbers, restore the " +"quantities by clicking the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button from the desired" +" product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:62 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Update Quantity` page, because the on-hand quantity had " +"been previously changed to zero, a :guilabel:`No Stock On Hand` warning " +"appears on the page. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" +"left corner. Doing so reveals a new, modifiable line on the " +":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. Then, input a desired lot number in the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` to its original value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Fill in the \"Lot/Serial Number\" and \"On Hand Quantity\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To find the original quantity, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"accordingly, after assigning a new lot or serial number, click the " +":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon in the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` column. Then, click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` " +"button on the far-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Show the \"History\" button on the Inventory Adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The inventory adjustment that changed the on-hand quantity to zero is " +"displayed in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:0 +msgid "Show the history entry." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "シリアル番号によるプロダクトの追跡" @@ -7668,6 +7832,12 @@ msgid "" "in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "この特定のロット/シリアル番号の詳細な説明は、下の :guilabel:`説明` タブに追加することもできます。" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save all changes." +msgstr "全ての設定が完了したら、 :guilabel:`保存`ボタンをクリックして全ての変更を保存します。" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "既存のプロダクト在庫に新しいシリアル番号を作成。" @@ -7888,6 +8058,12 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`顧客` を追加し、(:guilabel:`オーダ明細` タブ)の :guilabel:`プロダクト` " "明細にプロダクトを追加します。" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "次に、 :guilabel:`数量` 列の数字を変更して、販売する数量を選択します。" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:197 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" @@ -7898,6 +8074,23 @@ msgstr "" "見積の入力が完了したら、見積を確定するために :guilabel:`確認` ボタンをクリックします。見積が確定されると、見積は " ":abbr:`SO（販売オーダ）` となり、 :guilabel:`配送` スマートボタンが表示されます。" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " +"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "guilabel:`納品`スマートボタンをクリックすると、その特定の :abbr:`SO (販売オーダ)` の倉庫入荷が表示されます。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" +"ここから( :guilabel:`オペレーション` タブの :guilabel:`単位` " +"カラムの右側にある4本の横線)`ハンバーガー`アイコンで表される :guilabel:`追加オプション` " +"メニューをクリックします。このアイコンをクリックすると :guilabel:`詳細オペレーション` ポップアップが表示されます。" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:208 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " @@ -8311,6 +8504,8 @@ msgstr ":doc:`ロット/シリアル番号追跡 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:80 msgid "Create purchase order" msgstr "販売オーダを作成する" @@ -8599,12 +8794,12 @@ msgstr "" "出荷依頼を取消した後、利用する運送会社を変更することができます。**配送業者に送信**ボタンをクリックして確認して下さい。新しい追跡番号と新しいラベルが発行されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:160 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`請求`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:161 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" msgstr ":doc:`複数梱包`" @@ -8839,7 +9034,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:124 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" msgstr ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" @@ -9045,8 +9240,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "Create a sales order" msgstr "販売オーダを作成する" @@ -9114,7 +9307,7 @@ msgstr "半ページのレターサイズのFedEx発送ラベル。" msgid "Print shipping labels" msgstr "配送ラベルを印刷する" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:8 msgid "" "Integrate Odoo with :doc:`third-party shipping carriers " "<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>` to automatically generate " @@ -9123,7 +9316,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "doc:`サードパーティ運送会社<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`とOdooを統合し、価格、宛先住所、追跡番号、バーコードを含む配送ラベルを自動生成します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:15 msgid "" "To generate labels for a third-party shipping carrier, first :doc:`install " "the third-party shipping connector " @@ -9147,41 +9340,83 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set the \"Get Rate and Create Shipment\" option." msgstr "\"レート取得と配送の作成\"オプションを設定します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:33 +msgid "Labels for multi-step" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"For companies using :doc:`two " +"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or :doc:`three step " +"delivery <../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, labels can be " +"triggered to print after validating the picking or packing operation. To do " +"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations " +"Types`, and choose the desired operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Operation Type` configuration page, tick the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` checkbox. Enabling this feature ensures that the " +"third-party shipping label is printed upon validating this operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:45 +msgid "" +"For :doc:`two-step delivery " +"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, where products are " +"placed directly in packages during picking, companies can print shipping " +"labels during picking instead of delivery. Odoo allows users to enable the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` feature on the `Pick` operation itself to achieve " +"this flexibility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:0 +msgid "Enable the \"Print Label\" feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:55 msgid "Print tracking labels" msgstr "追跡ラベルを印刷する" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:57 msgid "" -"Tracking labels are generated after the delivery order (DO) is validated." -msgstr "トラッキングラベルは、配送オーダ(DO)が検証された後に作成されます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:34 -msgid "" -"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin on the " -":menuselection:`Sales app`, and proceed to the desired quotation to " -":ref:`add the shipping cost `, confirm the sales order, and validate the |DO|." +"Tracking labels are printed when specific operations are validated. By " +"default, validating a delivery order (DO) generates a tracking label in the " +"chatter." msgstr "" -"*販売*アプリと在庫*アプリの両方がインストールされている場合、:menuselection:`販売アプリ`で開始し、:ref:`送料の追加`、販売オーダの確認、|DO|の検証のために目的の見積に進みます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:61 +msgid "" +"For companies using two or three step delivery, refer to the :ref:`printing " +"labels for multi-step delivery ` section to learn how to print the label after validating a picking " +"or packing operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin in the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and proceed to the desired quotation or sales " +"order (SO). There, and :ref:`add the shipping cost " +"` to the order. Then, " +"navigate to the linked |DO| — or another operation type when using multi-" +"step delivery — to validate the operation and print the label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:71 msgid "" "If only the *Inventory* app is installed, create :abbr:`DOs (Delivery " -"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app , :ref:`add the " +"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, :ref:`add the " "third-party carrier ` in " "the :guilabel:`Carrier` field, and validate the |DO|." msgstr "" -"*在庫*アプリのみがインストールされている場合、 :menuselection:`在庫`アプリで直接 :abbr:`DO(配送オーダ)`を作成し、 " -":guilabel:`運送会社`フィールドにサードパーティーの運送会社`を追加し、 |DO|を検証します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:79 msgid "Add shipping on quotation" msgstr "見積に配送を追加" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:81 msgid "" "To generate a tracking label for an order, begin by creating a quotation in " ":menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`, clicking " @@ -9196,18 +9431,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the \"Add Shipping\" button on the quotation." msgstr "見積に\"配送方法を追加\"ボタンを表示します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:89 msgid "" "In the resulting pop-up window, select the intended carrier from the " -":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. Clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` " -"displays the shipping cost for the customer, via the third-party carrier in " -"the :guilabel:`Cost` field." +":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Total Order " +"Weight` field is automatically populated, based on the :ref:`weight of " +"products in the order `. " +"Modify this field to overwrite the predicted weight, and use this weight to " +"estimate the cost of shipping." msgstr "" -"表示されるポップアップウィンドウで、 :guilabel:`配送方法` " -"ドロップダウンメニューから目的の運送会社を選択します。guilabel:`レート取得` をクリックすると、:guilabel:`原価` " -"フィールドに、サードパーティ運送会社を経由した、顧客用の送料が表示されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Get Rate` to display the shipping cost for the " +"customer, via the third-party carrier in the :guilabel:`Cost` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 msgid "" "If clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` results in an error, ensure the " ":ref:`warehouse's address ` " "が適切に設定されていることを確認して下さい。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:102 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the cost to the quotation, which is listed as " "the :ref:`configured delivery product " @@ -9235,24 +9475,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show \"Get rate\" pop-up window." msgstr "\"レート取得\" ポップアップウィンドウを表示します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:112 msgid "" -"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, the shipping carrier is" -" specified in a delivery order's :guilabel:`Carrier` field of the " -":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." +"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, specify the " +":guilabel:`Carrier` by going to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, " +"navigating to the |DO|, and going to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." msgstr "" -"*販売*アプリをインストールしていないユーザの場合、配送会社は :guilabel:`追加情報` タブの配送オーダの :guilabel:`配送業者` " -"フィールドで指定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:0 msgid "Show the \"Additional Info\" tab of a delivery order." msgstr "配送オーダの\"追加情報\"タブを表示します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:123 msgid "Validate delivery order" msgstr "配送オーダを検証する" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:125 msgid "" "On a delivery order form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab to" " ensure the third-party shipping carrier has been added to the " @@ -9261,20 +9499,20 @@ msgstr "" "配送オーダフォームで、:guilabel:`追加情報` タブに移動し、サードパーティの配送会社が :guilabel:`Carrier` " "フィールドに追加されていることを確認します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:129 msgid "" "If the *Sales* app is not installed, the third-party carrier is set in the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "*販売*アプリがインストールされていない場合、サードパーティの運送会社が :guilabel:`運送会社` フィールドに設定されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:132 msgid "" "After the items in the order have been packed, click :guilabel:`Validate` to" " get the shipping carrier's tracking number, and generate the shipping " "label." msgstr "オーダ内の商品の梱包が完了したら、:guilabel:`検証`をクリックして運送会社の追跡番号を取得し、配送ラベルを作成します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:136 msgid "" "Create or select an existing delivery order by going to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and selecting the :guilabel:`Delivery " @@ -9283,7 +9521,7 @@ msgstr "" "menuselection:`在庫` アプリで :guilabel:`配送オーダ` " "カードを選択して、配送オーダを作成するか、既存の配送オーダを選択します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:139 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` number is generated in the " ":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab of the delivery order. Click the " @@ -9292,7 +9530,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "guilabel:`追跡参照`番号は、配送オーダの:guilabel:`追加情報`タブで生成されます。guilabel:`追跡`スマートボタンをクリックすると、運送会社のウェブサイトから追跡リンクにアクセスできます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:143 msgid "The tracking label is found in PDF format in the chatter." msgstr "追跡ラベルはPDF形式でチャターに掲載されています。" @@ -9300,14 +9538,14 @@ msgstr "追跡ラベルはPDF形式でチャターに掲載されています。 msgid "Show generated shipping label in the chatter." msgstr "生成された出荷ラベルをチャターに表示します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:150 msgid "" "For multi-package shipping, one label is generated per package. Each label " "appears in the chatter." msgstr "複数梱包の場合、梱包ごとに1つのラベルが作成されます。各ラベルはチャターに表示されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:157 msgid "Sample label generated from Odoo's shipping connector with FedEx." msgstr "OdooのFedExとの出荷コネクタから生成されたラベルのサンプル。" @@ -9529,11 +9767,282 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "また、一部の商品を発送する一方で、残りの商品のために別のバックオーダを作成することも可能です。その場合は、最初のバックオーダを作成したのと同じ手順を踏むだけです。" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:3 +msgid "Printable delivery PDFs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automatically print delivery-related PDFs documents and labels in Odoo, " +"containing package recipient details, contents, or handling instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The following PDFs can be configured to print upon validating an *Inventory*" +" operation (e.g. receipt, picking, delivery orders, quality checks):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:11 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery slip `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`Return slip `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:13 +msgid "" +":ref:`Product labels of items in the order " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:14 +msgid "" +":ref:`Lot and serial number labels `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:15 +msgid "Carrier labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:16 +msgid "Export documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:17 +msgid "Package Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:18 +msgid "Package label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To automatically print these forms, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`, and select the desired " +"operation type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick each of the desired options available " +"in the :guilabel:`Print on Validation` section to download the PDF of those " +"selected documents automatically after validating the :guilabel:`Operation " +"Type`. For details on what each of the checkbox options do, jump to the " +"related section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Print on Validation* option in the \"Pick\" *Operation Type*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:36 +msgid "Delivery slip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A *delivery slip* contains recipient and package details, usually placed " +"inside (or attached to) the package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:42 +msgid ":ref:`Picking list `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`Tracking label `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:45 +msgid "" +"After :ref:`enabling the Delivery Slip setting " +"` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " +"configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " +"operation type downloads a PDF of the delivery slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The delivery slip shows products, quantities, the delivery order reference " +"number, and the total order weight." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Example delivery slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:58 +msgid "Return slip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Print a *return slip* to include in a delivery for customer return packages." +" It identifies the return, links to the sales order, and includes item " +"details and customer information. It can also include specific return " +"instructions for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:64 +msgid "" +"After :ref:`enabling the Return Slip setting " +"` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " +"configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " +"operation type downloads a PDF of the return slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The return slip displays the company's return address, along with barcodes " +"for both the order and the return operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Example return slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:77 +msgid "Product labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Print *product labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " +"information, such as product name, barcode, and price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"After navigating to the intended operation type (:menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`), in the :guilabel:`Hardware` " +"tab, tick the :guilabel:`Product Labels` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Print label as:` drop-down menu visible, where" +" each product label can be printed as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`2 x 7 with price`: PDF displays product name, barcode, and price," +" fitting two rows and seven columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 2 x 7 with price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 7 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price, " +"fitting four rows and seven columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 4 x 7 with price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12`: displays product name and barcode. Fits four rows and " +"twelve columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 4 x 12." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price. " +"Fits four rows and twelve columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels`: prints labels in the Zebra Programming Language " +"(ZPL) containing the product name and barcode. Readable for Zebra printers " +"to automatically print labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels with price`: prints labels in the :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " +"Programming Language)` containing the product name, barcode, and price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Product labels can be manually printed from any delivery order, by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Print Labels` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:128 +msgid "Lot/SN Labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Print *lot/SN labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " +"information, such as product name, lot or serial number, and the barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To automatically print this PDF, navigate to the intended operation type's " +"options page (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations" +" Types`). Then, in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick the :guilabel:`Lot/SN " +"Labels` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per lot/SN`: PDF with labels for unique lot/serial " +"numbers in the order, including product name, lot/serial number, and " +"barcode. Fits four rows and twelve columns per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:150 +msgid "Labels for an order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per unit`: PDF with labels matching the quantity of " +"items, displaying the product name, lot/serial number, and barcode. Fits " +"four rows and twelve columns per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per lot/SN`: prints labels in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " +"Programming Language)`, containing the product name, lot/serial number, and " +"barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per unit`: prints labels with the quantity of " +"items in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming Language)`, containing the product " +"name, lot/serial number, and barcode." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "Scheduled delivery dates" msgstr "配送予定日" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 msgid "" "Accurately forecasting delivery dates is vital for fulfilling customer " "expectations. In Odoo, the *Inventory* app allows for comprehensive lead " @@ -9542,11 +10051,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "納期を正確に予測することは、顧客の期待に応えるために不可欠です。Odooの*在庫*アプリでは、包括的なリードタイム設定が可能で、製造オーダ、配送オーダ、入荷の調整と計画ができます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:15 msgid "Lead time types" msgstr "リードタイムタイプ" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:17 msgid "" "Different lead times for different operations can impact various stages of " "the order fulfillment process. Here's a summary of the types of lead times " @@ -9557,80 +10066,85 @@ msgstr "業務によって異なるリードタイムは、オーダフルフィ msgid "Show graphic of all lead times working together." msgstr "全てのリードタイムが連動するグラフィックを表示します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "" -":ref:`Customer lead time `: The default " -"time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is the " -"number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the date " -"the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as *delivery" -" lead time*." -msgstr "" -":ref:`顧客リードタイム `： " -"顧客からのオーダを処理するための既定の時間枠です。顧客リードタイムは、販売オーダ(SO)が確定してからプロダクトが倉庫から出荷されるまでの日数です。これは*配送リードタイム*とも呼ばれます。" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:24 msgid "" -":ref:`Sales security lead time `: " -"moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of days. " -"This serves as a buffer to allow the team ample time to prepare the outgoing" -" shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " -"process." +":ref:`Customer lead time `: " +"default time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is" +" the number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the " +"date the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as " +"*delivery lead time*." msgstr "" -":ref:`販売安全リードタイム `: " -"*配送予定日*を指定した日数分進めます。これは、フルフィルメントプロセスで遅延が発生する可能性を考慮し、チームが出荷を早めに準備するための十分な時間を確保するためのバッファとして機能します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:29 msgid "" -":ref:`Purchase lead time `: the number of " -"days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " +":ref:`Sales security lead time `: moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of " +"days. This serves as a buffer to allow ample time to prepare the outgoing " +"shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 +msgid "" +":ref:`Purchase lead time `: number" +" of days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " "products. It provides insight on the time it takes for products to arrive at" " the warehouse, facilitating effective scheduling and planning of supplier " "deliveries." msgstr "" -":ref:`購買リードタイム `: " -"購買オーダ(PO)が確定してからプロダクトを受け取るまでの日数。プロダクトが倉庫に到着するまでの時間を把握することができ、サプライヤの配送の効果的なスケジューリングや計画を容易にします。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:39 msgid "" -":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` by a " -"specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders earlier " -"mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products that are" -" set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment report* " -"earlier, according to the specified number of days." +":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " +"by a specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders " +"earlier mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products " +"that are set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment " +"report* earlier, according to the specified number of days." msgstr "" -":ref:`購買安全リードタイム `: " -":abbr:`PO(購買オーダ)`のオーダ期限を指定された日数分早めます。オーダを早めに発注するこの積極的なアプローチは、仕入や出荷の遅延のリスクを軽減します。このように、オーダに応じて補充するように設定されているプロダクトでは、指定された日数に従って、*補充レポート*に必要なものが早く表示されます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:40 -msgid "" -":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: the number " -"of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date of " -"confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in Odoo), " -"and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished good." -msgstr "" -":ref:`購買リードタイム `: " -"確認日から製造オーダ(MO)が完了するまでに必要な日数です。このリードタイムには週末(Odooでは非稼働時間)も含まれ、完成品のおおよその生産日を予測するために使用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:45 msgid "" -":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " -"forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with " -":ref:`replenish to order `, the " +":ref:`Days to Purchase `: " +"days needed for the vendor to receive a request for quotation (RFQ) and " +"confirm it. It advances the deadline to schedule a |RFQ| by a specified " +"number of days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:49 +msgid "" +":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: " +"number of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date " +"of confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in " +"Odoo), and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished" +" good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:54 +msgid "" +":ref:`Days to prepare manufacturing order " +"`: number of days " +"needed to replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the " +"product. Either set one directly on the bill of materials (BoM), or click " +"*Compute* to sum up purchase and manufacturing lead times of components in " +"the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:60 +msgid "" +":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing " +"Order)` forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with" +" :ref:`replenish to order `, the " "security lead time makes the need appear earlier on the replenishment " "report." msgstr "" -":ref:`製造安全リードタイム `: " -":abbr:`MO(製造オーダ)`の予定日を指定された日数分進めます。ref:`オーダ基準補充 " -"` " -"と一緒に使用すると、安全リードタイムは補充レポート上で必要なものをより早く表示します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:69 msgid "Sales lead times" msgstr "販売リードタイム" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 msgid "" "Customer lead times and sales security lead times can be configured to " "automatically compute an *expected delivery date* on a :abbr:`SO (Sales " @@ -9640,14 +10154,14 @@ msgstr "" "顧客リードタイムと販売オーダリードタイムは、SO " "(販売オーダ)`の*配送予定日*を自動的に計算するように設定できます。予定納期は、倉庫からの出荷に対して現実的な*納期*設定を保証します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:75 msgid "" "Odoo issues a warning message if the set delivery date is earlier than the " "expected date, as it may not be feasible to fulfill the order by that time, " "which would impact other warehouse operations." msgstr "Odooは設定された配送オーダが予定日より早い場合、警告メッセージを表示します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:79 msgid "" "A :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` containing a `Coconut-scented candle` is " "confirmed on July 11th. The product has a customer lead time of 14 days, and" @@ -9661,17 +10175,17 @@ msgid "" "Set *Delivery Date* in a sales order. Enables delivery lead times feature." msgstr "販売オーダで*配送日*を設定します。配送リードタイム機能を有効にします。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:87 msgid "" "The following sections demonstrate how to automatically compute expected " "delivery dates." msgstr "以下のセクションでは、配送予定日を自動的に計算する方法を説明します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:90 msgid "Customer lead time" msgstr "顧客リードタイム" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:92 msgid "" "Set the customer lead time on each product form, by navigating to the " "products page. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> " @@ -9684,7 +10198,7 @@ msgstr "" "プロダクト --> プロダクト`に進みます。そこから目的のプロダクトを選択し、 :guilabel:`在庫`タブに切り替えます。次に、 " ":guilabel:`顧客リードタイム` フィールドの下に、配送オーダの開始から終了までに必要な日数を記入します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 msgid "" "Set a 14-day customer lead time for the `Coconut-scented candle` by " "navigating to its product form. Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, type" @@ -9697,17 +10211,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set *Customer Lead Time* on the product form." msgstr "プロダクトフォームで*顧客リードタイム*を設定して下さい。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:109 msgid "Sales security lead time" msgstr "販売安全リードタイム" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:111 msgid "" "*Sales security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "*menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定`で、*販売安全リードタイム*をグローバルに設定します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:114 msgid "" "On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " "heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales`, and " @@ -9716,14 +10230,14 @@ msgstr "" "設定ページの :guilabel:`高度なスケジューリング` の下にある :guilabel:`販売用安全リードタイム " "のボックスを探し、チェックボックスをクリックして機能を有効にします。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. This security lead time is " "a buffer notifying the team to prepare for outgoing shipments earlier than " "the scheduled date." msgstr "次に、希望する暦日数を入力します。この安全リードタイムは、予定日よりも早く出荷の準備をするようチームに通知するバッファです。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales` to `1.00` day, pushes " "the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of a delivery order (DO) forward by one day. " @@ -9740,11 +10254,11 @@ msgid "" "settings." msgstr "販売設定から販売設定の安全リードタイムを表示します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:131 msgid "Deliver several products" msgstr "複数プロダクトを配送する" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:133 msgid "" "For orders that include multiple products with different lead times, the " "lead times can be configured directly from the quotation itself. On a " @@ -9754,7 +10268,7 @@ msgstr "" "リードタイムが異なる複数のプロダクトを含むオーダでは、見積から直接リードタイムを設定することができます。見積書の :guilabel:`その他情報` " "タブをクリックし、 :guilabel:`配送ポリシー` を設定します：" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`As soon as possible` to deliver products as soon as they are " "ready. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " @@ -9764,7 +10278,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`なるべく早く` は、プロダクトの準備ができ次第、すぐに配送します。abbr:`DO(配送オーダ)`の " ":guilabel:`予定日` は、オーダ内のプロダクトの中で最も短いリードタイムに今日の日付を加えて決定されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`When all products are ready` to wait to fulfill the entire order " "at once. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " @@ -9778,7 +10292,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show *Shipping Policy* field in the *Other Info* tab of a quotation." msgstr "見積の*その他情報*タブに*配送ポリシー*フィールドを表示します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:150 msgid "" "In a quotation containing 2 products, `Yoga mat` and `Resistance band,` the " "products have a lead time of 8 days and 5 days, respectively. Today's date " @@ -9786,7 +10300,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "`ヨガマット` と`レジスタンスバンド`、という2つのプロダクトを含む見積で、リードタイムはそれぞれ8日と5日です。今日の日付は4月2日です。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:153 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Shipping Policy` is set to :guilabel:`As soon as " "possible`, the scheduled delivery date is 5 days from today: April 7th. On " @@ -9796,17 +10310,17 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`配送ポリシー` が :guilabel:`なるべく早く` に設定されている場合、配送予定日は本日から5日後: 4月7日です。一方、" " :guilabel:`全プロダクトが準備できてから` を選択すると、予定日は今日から8日後: 4月10日に設定されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:160 msgid "Purchase lead times" msgstr "購買リードタイム" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 msgid "" "Automatically determining the dates on which to place orders from suppliers " "can help simplify the procurement process." msgstr "サプライヤーへのオーダ発注日を自動的に決定することで、調達プロセスを簡素化できます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 msgid "" "Odoo calculates the supplier shipment *receipt date*, and :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` deadline, based on the required date the product is needed" @@ -9818,7 +10332,7 @@ msgstr "" "の締切日を計算します。入荷日から逆算することで、仕入先リードタイムと購買安全リードタイムが考慮され、:abbr:`PO " "(購買オーダ)`期限が決定されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 msgid "" "This deadline is the date by which the order should be confirmed, in order " "to ensure timely arrival by the expected receipt date." @@ -9829,17 +10343,17 @@ msgid "" "Visualization of PO deadline and receipt date used with vendor lead times." msgstr "仕入先のリードタイムを利用した購買オーダ期日と入荷日の可視化。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:178 msgid "" ":ref:`PO scheduling with reordering rules " "`" msgstr ":ref:`再オーダ規則による購買オーダスケジューリング `" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:181 msgid "Vendor lead time" msgstr "仕入先リードタイム" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:183 msgid "" "To set a vendor lead time for orders arriving in the warehouse from a vendor" " location, begin by navigating to a product form through " @@ -9848,7 +10362,7 @@ msgstr "" "仕入先から倉庫に届くオーダのリードタイムを設定するには、まず :menuselection:`購買アプリ --> プロダクト --> プロダクト` " "からプロダクトフォームに移動します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:186 msgid "" "Next, select the desired product, and switch to the :guilabel:`Purchase` " "tab. In the editable vendor pricelist, click the :guilabel:`Add a line` " @@ -9860,14 +10374,14 @@ msgstr "" "ボタンをクリックし、 :guilabel:`仕入先の名前` 、 :guilabel:`プロダクト価格` 、 :guilabel:`納品リードタイム` " "などの仕入先詳細を追加します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:192 msgid "" "Multiple vendors and lead times can be added to the vendor pricelist. The " "default vendor and lead time selected will be the entry at the top of the " "list." msgstr "複数の仕入先とリードタイムを仕入先価格リストに追加することができます。デフォルトの仕入先とリードタイムは、リストの一番上に表示されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:196 msgid "" "On the vendor pricelist of the product form, the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " "Time` for the selected vendor is set to `10 days.`" @@ -9878,7 +10392,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add delivery lead times to vendor pricelist on a product." msgstr "プロダクトの仕入先価格リストに配送リードタイムを追加します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:203 msgid "" "By setting the vendor lead time, the expected arrival date of the item is " "automatically determined as the date of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " @@ -9889,7 +10403,7 @@ msgstr "" "仕入先リードタイムを設定することで、商品の到着予定日は自動的に :abbr:`PO(購買オーダ)` " "の確認日に仕入先リードタイムを加えた日付として決定されます。これにより、プロダクトが予定された期間内に到着しない場合、倉庫の従業員に通知されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 msgid "" "On a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` confirmed on July 11th, for a product " "configured with a 10-day vendor lead time, Odoo automatically sets the " @@ -9911,42 +10425,37 @@ msgid "" "Show expected *Scheduled Date* of arrival of the product from the vendor." msgstr "仕入先からのプロダクト到着*予定日*を表示します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:225 msgid "Purchase security lead time" msgstr "購買安全リードタイム" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:227 msgid "" "*Purchase security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "*購買安全リードタイム*は、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定`でビジネス全体に設定されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:230 msgid "" -"On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " -"heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`, and" -" click the checkbox to enable the feature." +"On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " +"heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`." msgstr "" -"設定ページの :guilabel:`高度なスケジューリング` ヘッダーの下にある :guilabel:`購買用安全リードタイム` " -"のボックスを探し、チェックボックスをクリックして機能を有効にします。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in supplier " -"deliveries." -msgstr "次に、希望する暦日数を入力します。安全リードタイムを設定することで、サプライヤーの納品遅延の可能性を考慮したバッファが設定されます。" +"deliveries. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:237 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase` to `2.00` days, " -"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by one day. In that " +"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by two days. In that " "case, if a product is initially scheduled to arrive on April 6th, with a " "two-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the receipt would be " "April 8th." msgstr "" -"guilabel:`購買用安全リードタイム`を`2.00`日に設定すると、 " -":guilabel:`入荷予定日`が1日後ろ倒しになります。この場合、安全リードタイムが2日のプロダクトが4月6日に到着する予定だった場合、新しい入荷予定日は4月8日となります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -9954,18 +10463,35 @@ msgid "" "Settings." msgstr "在庫＞設定＞管理設定から購買の安全リードタイムを設定します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 +msgid "Days to purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To set up the *days to purchase* lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Advanced " +"Scheduling` section, in the :guilabel:`Days to Purchase` field, specify the " +"number of days required for the vendor to confirm a |RFQ| after receiving it" +" from the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Show \"Days to Purchase\" configuration in the Settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 msgid "Manufacturing lead times" msgstr "製造リードタイム" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:265 msgid "" "Lead times can help simplify the procurement process for consumable " "materials and components used in manufactured products with bills of " -"materials." -msgstr "リードタイムは、消耗品や仕入先請求書付きの製造プロダクトに使用される部品の調達プロセスを簡素化するのに役立ちます。" +"materials (BoMs)." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:268 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the deadline to " "begin the manufacturing process to complete the product by the scheduled " @@ -9980,39 +10506,47 @@ msgid "" "times." msgstr "計画製造オーダ日製造リードタイム決定の可視化" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 msgid "Manufacturing lead time" msgstr "製造リードタイム" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:279 msgid "" -"Configure the manufacturing lead time directly on the product form, by " -"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products`, " -"and select the desired product." +"Manufacturing lead times for products are configured from a product's bill " +"of materials (BoM) form." msgstr "" -"menuselection:`製造アプリ --> プロダクト --> " -"プロダクト`に移動し、必要なプロダクトを選択し、プロダクトフォーム上で製造リードタイムを直接設定できます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:281 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product, specify the calendar days " -"needed to the manufacture the product in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead " -"Time` field." +"To add a lead time to a |BoM|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" +" --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM| to edit." msgstr "" -"プロダクトの :guilabel:`在庫` タブの :guilabel:`製造リードタイム` フィールドで、プロダクトの製造に必要な暦日数を指定します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:284 msgid "" -"Specify a 14-day :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead Time` for a product directly " -"in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product." -msgstr "プロダクトの :guilabel:`製造` タブに直接、14日間の :guilabel:`製造リードタイム` を指定します。" +"On the |BoM| form, click the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. Change the value" +" (in days) in the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field to specify the calendar" +" days needed to manufacture the product." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Manuf. Lead Time value specified on a product's Bill of Material form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:292 msgid "" -"View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form." -msgstr "プロダクトフォームから見た製造リードタイムの設定。" +"If the selected |BoM| is a multi-level |BoM|, the manufacturing lead times " +"of the components are added." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 +msgid "" +"If the |BoM| product is subcontracted, the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` can " +"be used to determine the date at which components should be sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:298 msgid "" "Establish a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, based on the " "*expected delivery date*, indicated in the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field " @@ -10021,7 +10555,7 @@ msgstr "" "abbr:`DO(配送オーダ)` の :guilabel:`予定日` フィールドに示された *配送予定日* に基づいて、 " ":abbr:`MO(製造オーダ)` 期限を設定します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:301 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field on the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`, is" @@ -10031,33 +10565,32 @@ msgstr "" "abbr:`MO(製造オーダ)` の :guilabel:`予定日` フィールドである :abbr:`MO(製造オーダ)` 期限は、*配送予定日* " "から製造リードタイムを差し引いたものとして計算されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:305 msgid "" "This ensures the manufacturing process begins on time, in order to meet the " "delivery date." msgstr "これにより、配送オーダに間に合うよう、製造工程を時間通りに開始することができます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:307 msgid "" -"However, it's important to note that lead times are based on calendar days. " -"Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center capacity*" -" (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work center " -"simultaneously`)." +"However, it is important to note that lead times are based on calendar days." +" Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center " +"capacity* (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work " +"center simultaneously`)." msgstr "" -"ただし、リードタイムは暦日に基づいていることに注意することが重要です。リードタイムは、週末、休日、または*作業区生産能力*（:dfn:`作業区で同時に実行できるオペレーション数`）を**考慮していません。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 -msgid ":ref:`Manufacturing planning `" -msgstr ":ref:`製造計画 `" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 msgid "" -":ref:`Configure automatic MO scheduling with reordering rules " -"`" +":doc:`Manufacturing planning <../../../manufacturing/workflows/use_mps>`" msgstr "" -":ref:`再オーダ規則による自動製造オーダスケジューリングの設定 `" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:313 +msgid "" +":doc:`Schedule MOs with reordering rules " +"<../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 msgid "" "A product's scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " "August 15th. The product requires 14 days to manufacture. So, the latest " @@ -10067,27 +10600,64 @@ msgstr "" "あるプロダクトの :abbr:`DO (配送オーダ)`上の出荷予定日が8月15日です。このプロダクトの製造には14日を要します。従って、 " ":abbr:`MO(製造オーダ)` をコミット日に間に合うように開始する直近の日付は8月1日です。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:324 +msgid "Days to prepare manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Configure the days required to gather components to manufacture a product by" +" going to its |BoM|. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" +" Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:330 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab of the |BoM|, specify the calendar days" +" needed to obtain components of the product in the :guilabel:`Days to " +"prepare Manufacturing Order` field. Doing so creates |MOs| in advance, and " +"ensures there is enough time to either replenish components, or manufacture " +"semi-finished products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Compute`, located next to the :guilabel:`Days to prepare" +" Manufacturing Order` field, calculates the longest lead time among all the " +"components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:339 +msgid "" +"*Purchase security lead times* that impact this specific |BoM| are also " +"added to this value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:343 +msgid "" +"A |BoM| has two components, one has a manufacturing lead time of two days, " +"and the other has a purchase lead time of four days. The :guilabel:`Days to " +"prepare Manufacturing Order` is four days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:350 msgid "Manufacturing security lead time" msgstr "製造安全リードタイム" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:352 msgid "" "*Manufacturing security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the" -" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead " -"Time`, and click the checkbox to enable the feature." +" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security " +"Lead Time`." msgstr "" -"*製造安全リードタイム*は :menuselection:`製造アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` " -"でそのビジネス全体に設定されます。guilabel:`計画` の下にある :guilabel:`安全リードタイム` " -"のボックスを探し、チェックボックスをクリックして機能を有効にします。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:356 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in the " -"manufacturing process." -msgstr "次に、希望する暦日数を入力します。安全リードタイムを設定することにより、製造工程における潜在的な遅延を考慮したバッファが設定されます。" +"manufacturing process. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -10095,7 +10665,7 @@ msgid "" "settings." msgstr "製造アプリの設定から製造の安全リードタイムのビュー。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:364 msgid "" "A product has a scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " "set for August 15th. The manufacturing lead time is 7 days, and " @@ -10109,37 +10679,37 @@ msgstr "" " の :guilabel:`予定日` には、製造オーダを開始する最新の日付が反映されます。この例では、 :abbr:`MO(製造オーダ)` 上の予定日は" " 8 月 5 日です。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:371 msgid "Global example" msgstr "全体例" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:373 msgid "" "See the following example to understand how all the lead times work together" " to ensure timely order fulfillment:" msgstr "タイムリーなオーダを実現するために、全てのリードタイムがどのように連携しているかを理解するために、次の例をご覧下さい:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:376 msgid "**Sales security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "**販売安全リードタイム**: 1日" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:377 msgid "**Manufacturing security lead time**: 2 days" msgstr "**製造安全リードタイム**: 2日" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:378 msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**: 3 days" msgstr "**製造リードタイム**: 3日" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:379 msgid "**Purchase security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "**購買安全リードタイム**: 1日" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:380 msgid "**Vendor lead time**: 4 days" msgstr "**仕入先リードタイム**: 4日" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:382 msgid "" "The customer places an order for a manufactured product on September 1st, " "and the scheduled delivery date from the warehouse is on September 20th. " @@ -10155,24 +10725,24 @@ msgid "" "operations." msgstr "倉庫作業のスケジュールを立てるために、リードタイムがどのように連動しているかを時系列で示します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:390 msgid "**September 1st**: Sales order created, confirmed by salesperson." msgstr "**9月1日**:販売オーダが作成され、販売担当者により確認済。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:392 msgid "" "**September 9th**: Deadline to order components to ensure they arrive in " "time when manufacturing begins (4-day supplier lead time)." msgstr "**9月9日**: 製造開始時に間に合わせるための部品オーダ期限(仕入先リードタイム4日間)。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:395 msgid "" "**September 13th**: Scheduled date of receipt for components. Initially, it " "was set to 9/14, but the 1-day purchase security lead time pushed the date " "earlier by 1 day." msgstr "**9月13日** 部品入荷予定日。当初は9/14としていましたが、購買安全リードタイムが1日となったため、1日早まりました。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:398 msgid "" "**September 14th**: Deadline to begin manufacturing. Calculated by " "subtracting the manufacturing lead time of 3 days, and the manufacturing " @@ -10180,7 +10750,7 @@ msgid "" "19th." msgstr "**9月14日** 製造開始期限。納品予定日9月19日から製造リードタイム3日、製造安全リードタイム2日を差し引いた日数。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:402 msgid "" "**September 19th**: :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the delivery order form " "indicates the updated expected delivery date, which was originally set as " @@ -10190,7 +10760,7 @@ msgstr "" "**9月19日**: " ":guilabel:`配送オーダフォームの:guilabel:`予定日`は更新された配送日を表示します。当初は、9月20日でしたが、販売安全リードタイムにより、予定日が1日早まりました。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:406 msgid "" "Odoo's replenishment planning maps a business' order fulfillment process, " "setting pre-determined deadlines and raw material order dates, including " @@ -10237,7 +10807,6 @@ msgstr "" "オプションが有効になっていることを確認して下さい。guilabel:`複数ステップルート`を有効化すると、*保管場所*も有効化されることに注意して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings." msgstr "在庫管理設定で複数ステップルートと保管場所を有効化します。" @@ -10434,549 +11003,537 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in one step" msgstr "1ステップで入出荷処理" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:11 msgid "" -"By default, incoming shipments are configured to be received directly into " -"stock, and outgoing shipments are configured to be delivered directly from " -"stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one " -"step receipts and deliveries." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " +"process in one step, by default. This means purchases will be received " +"directly into stock, and deliveries will be moved directly from stock to " +"customers." msgstr "" -"デフォルトでは、入荷は在庫に直接入庫され、出荷は在庫から顧客に直接配送されるように設定されています。Odooの倉庫のデフォルト設定は、入荷と配送が1ステップになっています。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:30 msgid "" -"Incoming and outgoing shipments do not need to be configured with the same " -"steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in " -"three steps." -msgstr "入荷と出荷を同じステップで構成する必要はありません。例えば、プロダクトを1つのステップで入荷し、3つのステップで出荷することができます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and " -"deliveries." -msgstr "以下の例では、1つのステップで入荷と配送の両方に使用します。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20 -msgid "Configure the warehouse" -msgstr "倉庫を設定する" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 -msgid "" -"If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they" -" can easily be set back to the one step setting." -msgstr "倉庫に別の入荷または出荷設定がされている場合、簡単に1ステップ設定に戻すことができます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`, and click on the desired warehouse to edit. Next, on the " -":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, under the :guilabel:`Shipments` " -"section, select :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)` for " -":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " -"step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +"Incoming and outgoing shipments do **not** need to be configured with the " +"same amount of steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18 +msgid "" +"For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " +"received directly in one step, and delivered in three steps (pick + pack + " +"ship)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To configure one-step receipts and deliveries for a warehouse, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and select " +"a warehouse to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)`, and set " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " +"step)`." msgstr "" -"まず :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> 倉庫` に移動し、編集したい倉庫をクリックします。次に、 " -":guilabel:`倉庫設定` タブの :guilabel:`運送` セクションで、 :guilabel:`入荷` の :guilabel:`直接入荷" -" (1ステップ)`、または :guilabel:`配送` の :guilabel:`直接配送 (1ステップ)`を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one " -"step." -msgstr "入出荷オプションを設定することで、ワンステップで入出荷を行うことができます。" +msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to one-step on warehouse form." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Since one-step receipt and delivery is the default for incoming and outgoing" +" shipments in Odoo, the *Multi-Step Routes* feature is *not* required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 +msgid "" +"However, for the :guilabel:`Shipments` settings to appear on a warehouse " +"form, the feature **must** be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick " +"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Doing so also activates the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` " +"feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:50 msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "直接入荷(1ステップ)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "Create a purchase order" -msgstr "購買オーダを作成" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:52 msgid "" -"On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making" -" a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, select (or create) a " -":guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` " -"to finalize the quote as a new purchase order." +"When products are received in one step, they will move from the vendor " +"location to warehouse stock in the database immediately upon validation of a" +" purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" -"メインの :menuselection:`購買` アプリケーションのダッシュボードで、まず :guilabel:`新規` " -"をクリックして新規見積を作成します。次に、ドロップダウンフィールドから :guilabel:`仕入先` を選択(または作成)し、在庫可能な " -":guilabel:`プロダクト` をオーダ明細に追加し、 :guilabel:`オーダ確認` をクリックして見積を新規購買オーダとして確定します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:81 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " -"the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " -"receipt for the purchase order." +"To create a |PO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank :guilabel:`Request for Quotation` (RfQ) " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Supplier` field. Then, fill out the various " +"fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." msgstr "" -"abbr:`PO(購買オーダ)`フォームの右上に :guilabel:`入荷` " -"スマートボタンが表示されます。クリックすると、その購買オーダに関連する入荷が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order." -msgstr "確認済の購買オーダに入荷スマートボタンが表示されます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." +msgid "Filled out new request for quotation form." msgstr "" -"オーダ入荷は :menuselection:`在庫` アプリケーションでも確認できます。guilabel:`概要` ダッシュボードで、 " -":guilabel:`入荷` かんばんカードの :guilabel:`#未処理` スマートボタンをクリックします。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." -msgstr "入荷かんばんカードの1から処理スマートボタン。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 -msgid "Process the receipt" -msgstr "入荷処理" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:65 msgid "" -"When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click " -":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt." -msgstr "入荷(上記の購買オーダに関連付けられている)を表示する場合は、:guilabel:`検証`をクリックして入荷を完了させて下さい。" +"Under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the |RfQ|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This moves the |RfQ| to the " +":guilabel:`Purchase Order` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once the |PO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears at " +"the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse receipt " +"(WH/IN) form." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button." -msgstr "検証スマートボタンで購買オーダを検証します。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ " -"(bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon " -"enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows " -"the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)." +msgid "Receipt smart button on confirmed purchase order form." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`保管ロケーション`が有効化されている場合、 :guilabel:`🗑️(ゴミ箱)`削除アイコンの隣にある " -":guilabel:`≣(箇条書きリスト)`詳細アイコンをクリックすると、 " -":guilabel:`詳細オペレーション`画面がポップアップ表示されます。これにより、入荷済プロダクトのロケーションを指定することができます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n" -"pop-up." -msgstr "" -"詳細操作ポップアップで、入荷プロダクトの保管ロケーションを\n" -"選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier " -"Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives " -"here, it will be available for manufacturing, sales, etc. Then, the status " -"of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the " -"reception process in one step." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 +msgid "Process receipt" msgstr "" -"入荷が確認されると、プロダクトは :guilabel:`仕入先ロケーション` を離れ、 :guilabel:`WH/在庫ロケーション` " -"に入ります。ここに到着すると、製造や販売などが可能になります。その後、ドキュメントのステータスが :guilabel:`完了` " -"に変わり、1ステップで入荷が完了します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:84 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " +"the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " +"validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validated warehouse receipt in Done stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Click back to the |PO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" +" the |PO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Received` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:99 msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "直接配送(1ステップ)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:101 msgid "" -"Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and " -"make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then select (or create) a " -":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down field, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order." +"When products are delivered in one step, they will move from warehouse stock" +" to the customer location in the database immediately upon validation of a " +"sales order (SO)." msgstr "" -"まずメインの :menuselection:`販売` アプリのダッシュボードに移動し、 :guilabel:`新規` " -"をクリックして新規見積を作成します。次に、ドロップダウンフィールドから :guilabel:`顧客` を選択(または作成)し、在庫可能な " -":guilabel:`プロダクト` をオーダ明細に追加し、 :guilabel:`確認` をクリックして見積を販売オーダとして確定します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:103 -msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " -"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " -"delivery order for the sales order." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:156 +msgid "Create sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:158 +msgid "" +"To create a |SO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales app`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank sales quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field. Then, fill out the various" +" fields on the sales quotation form, as necessary." msgstr "" -"abbr:`SO(販売オーダ)`フォームの右上に :guilabel:`配送` " -"スマートボタンが表示されます。クリックすると、販売オーダに関連する配送オーダが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed." -msgstr "配送スマートボタンは、販売オーダ確認後に表示されます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." +msgid "Filled out new sales quotation form." msgstr "" -"配送オーダは :menuselection:`在庫` アプリケーションでも確認できます。guilabel:`概要` ダッシュボードで、 " -":guilabel:`配送オーダ`かんばんカードの :guilabel:`#未処理` スマートボタンをクリックします。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." -msgstr "配送オーダかんばんカードの1から処理スマートボタン。" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Product` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the sales order quotation." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:120 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:172 -msgid "Process the delivery" -msgstr "配送処理" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:171 msgid "" -"When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), " -"click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery." -msgstr "配送オーダ(上記の販売オーダに関連付けられたもの)を表示したら、:guilabel:`検証`をクリックして配送を完了します。" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. This moves the quotation to the " +":guilabel:`Sales Order` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Once the |SO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears at " +"the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse delivery " +"(WH/OUT) form." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the delivery order." -msgstr "配送オーダを検証します。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the " -":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers" -" location`. Then, the status of the document will change to " -":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step." +msgid "Delivery smart button on confirmed sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:207 +msgid "Process delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:133 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse delivery form, the products ordered by the customer can " +"be delivered from the warehouse. To deliver the products, change the value " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field to match the ordered quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Demand` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once validated, the delivery order " +"moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validated delivery order in Done stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click back to the |SO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" +" the |SO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Delivered` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:229 +msgid ":doc:`shipments_deliveries`" msgstr "" -"ピッキングのオーダが認証されると、プロダクトは :guilabel:`WH/在庫ロケーション` を離れ、 " -":guilabel:`取引先/顧客ロケーション` に移動します。その後、ドキュメントのステータスは :guilabel:`完了済` " -"に変わり、1ステップで配送が完了します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in two steps" msgstr "入荷と配送を2つのステップで処理" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Depending on a company's business processes, multiple steps may be needed " -"before receiving or shipping products. In the two-step receipt process, " -"products are received in an input area, then transferred to stock. Two-step " -"receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as " -"locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves." -msgstr "" -"企業のビジネスプロセスによっては、プロダクトの入荷や出荷までに複数のステップが必要になる場合があります。2ステップ入荷プロセスでは、プロダクトは入荷エリアで入荷され、その後在庫に移されます。2ステップ入荷は、施錠された場所や安全な場所、冷凍庫や冷蔵庫、色々な棚など、さまざまな保管場所を使用する場合に最適です。" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12 msgid "" +"Depending on a company's needs, receiving and shipping products in and out " +"of the warehouse might require multi-step operations. In Odoo *Inventory*, " +"this can be done using *Multi-Step Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the two-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, " +"then transferred to stock. This kind of process for incoming shipments might" +" be beneficial for warehouses with specific storage locations, such as " +"freezers and refrigerators, secured locked areas, or special aisles and " +"shelves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:19 +msgid "" "Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and " "employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The " -"products are not available for further processing until they are transferred" -" into stock." +"products are *not* available for further processing, until they are " +"transferred into stock." msgstr "" -"プロダクトは保管場所によって分類され、従業員は特定の場所に向かうプロダクトを全て保管することができます。プロダクトは保管に移されるまで、それ以上の処理はできません。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:23 msgid "" -"In the two-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order" -" are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and " -"brought to an output location before being shipped." +"In the two-step delivery process, products are first picked from their " +"respective location in the warehouse, then transferred to an output location" +" before being shipped to the customer." msgstr "" -"2ステップ配送プロセスでは、配送オーダの一部であるプロダクトは、払出方針に従って倉庫からピッキングされ、出荷前に出荷ロケーションに運ばれます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:26 msgid "" -"One situation where this would be useful is when using either a :abbr:`FIFO " -"(First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO " -"(First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, where the products that are " -"being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration " -"date." +"This might be beneficial for companies using a First In, First Out (FIFO), " +"Last In, First Out (LIFO), or First Expired, First Out (FEFO) removal " +"strategy." msgstr "" -"これが役に立つ状況としては、 :abbr:`FIFO (先入先出)`、 :abbr:`LIFO (後入先出)`、 :abbr:`FEFO " -"(先消費先出)`のいずれかの払出方針を使用する場合で、ピッキングされるプロダクトを入荷日や使用期限に基づいて選択する必要がある場合です。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" -" `, so the settings need to be changed" -" in order to utilize two-step receipts and deliveries. Incoming and outgoing" -" shipments do not need to be set to have the same steps. For example, " -"products can be received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the " -"following example, two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries." -msgstr "" -"Odooはデフォルトで " -":ref:`商品の入荷と配送をワンステップで行う`ように設定されています。入荷と出荷が同じステップになるように設定する必要はありません。例えば、プロダクトを2ステップで入荷し、1ステップで出荷することができます。以下の例では、入荷と配送の両方に2ステップを使用します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "Configure multi-step routes" -msgstr "複数ステップルートを設定" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34 msgid "" -"First, make sure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` option is enabled in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " -":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save` " -"the changes." +"For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " +"received in two steps (input + stock), and delivered in three steps (pick + " +"pack + ship)." msgstr "" -"まず、 :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> 管理設定` の :guilabel:`倉庫` の見出しの下にある " -":guilabel:`複数ステップルート` オプションが有効になっていることを確認します。設定を有効にしたら :guilabel:`保存` して下さい。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:38 msgid "" -"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature." -msgstr "guilabel:`複数ステップルート` の設定を有効化すると、 :guilabel:`保管ロケーション` 機能も有効化されます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and " -"deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`, and click on the warehouse to change the warehouse settings." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " +"process in one step, by default. To change these settings, the *Multi-Step " +"Routes* feature must be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Multi-Step Routes feature in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -"次に、倉庫を2ステップの入荷と配送に設定する必要があります。menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> " -"倉庫`に移動し、倉庫をクリックして倉庫の設定を変更します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for" -" :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and " -"then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +"Next, configure a warehouse for two-step receipts and deliveries. Navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and " +"select a warehouse to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)`, " +"and set :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Send goods in output " +"and then deliver (2 steps)`." msgstr "" -"次に、:guilabel:`入荷` には :guilabel:`入荷場所で受入後在庫(2ステップ) ` を、:guilabel:`配送` には " -":guilabel:`出荷用置場に移動後配送(2ステップ)` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two " -"steps." -msgstr "入出荷オプションを設定し、2つのステップで入出荷を行います。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and " -"*output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and " -":guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard." -" To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations`, and select the :guilabel:`Location` to change. On the location " -"form, update the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any other changes (if " -"necessary)." +msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to two-step on warehouse form." msgstr "" -"2ステップ入荷と配達を有効化すると、新しい*入力*場所と*出力*場所が作成され、デフォルトではそれぞれ :guilabel:`WH/入荷` と " -":guilabel:`WH/出荷` というラベルが :guilabel:`ロケーション` " -"ダッシュボードに表示されます。これらの場所の名前を変更するには、 :menuselection:`設定 --> ロケーション` に行き、変更する " -":guilabel:`ロケーション` を選択します。ロケーションフォームで :guilabel:`ロケーション名` " -"を更新し、(必要であれば)その他の変更も行います。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:66 -msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)" -msgstr "入荷を2ステップで処理(入力＋在庫)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Selecting two-step receipts and deliveries automatically creates new *Input*" +" and *Output* warehouse locations in the database, named `WH/Input` and " +"`WH/Output`, respectively." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To rename or edit these locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Locations`, and select the desired location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the location's form, change the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any " +"other necessary changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:72 +msgid "Process receipt in two steps (input + stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When products are received in two steps, they first move from the vendor " +"location to an input location. Then, they move from the input location to " +"warehouse stock in the database, upon validation of a purchase order (PO), " +"and a subsequent internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, fill out the various " +"fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out new Request for Quotation from vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery smart button for validated purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:105 msgid "" "For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step " -"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase " -"Order)` form may need to be specified as the correct *input location* " -"connected to the two-step warehouse, which can be done by selecting the " -"warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at" -" the end of the name." +"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the |PO| form **must** " +"be specified as the correct *input location* connected to the two-step " +"warehouse." msgstr "" -"abbr:`PO(購買オーダ)`フォームの :guilabel:`配送先` フィールドは、2つのステップの倉庫に接続されている正しい " -"*入荷ロケーション* " -"として指定する必要があるかもしれません。これは、名前の最後に`入荷`ラベルを含むドロップダウンから倉庫を選択することにより行えます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:109 msgid "" -"After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` " -"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` form. " -"Click it to reveal the new receipt (WH/IN) operation." +"This can be done by selecting the warehouse from the drop-down menu that " +"includes the `Receipts` label at the end of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:115 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " +"the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " +"validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage, and the products" +" move to the :guilabel:`WH/Input` location." msgstr "" -":abbr:`PO (販売オーダ)`を確認すると、 :abbr:`PO (販売オーダ)`フォームの上部に :guilabel:`入荷` " -"スマートボタンが表示されます。これをクリックすると、新規入荷(WH/IN)オペレーションが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 -msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." -msgstr "購買オーダを確認すると、入荷スマートボタンが表示されます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Once the purchase order is confirmed, a receipt is generated and ready to " -"process." -msgstr "購買オーダが確認されると、入荷処理が完了します。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the " -":guilabel:`Receipts` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " -"dashboard. This reveals a list of all receipts to process." +msgid "Receipt form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" -"menuselection:`在庫アプリ` に移動し、 :guilabel:`在庫概要` ダッシュボードの :guilabel:`入荷` " -"タスクカードを探します。これにより、処理すべき全ての入荷のリストが表示されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` associated with the purchase order, then " -"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to " -":guilabel:`WH/Input`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:128 +msgid "Process internal transfer" msgstr "" -"購買オーダに関連付けられている :guilabel:`入荷` をクリックし、 :guilabel:`検証` をクリックして入荷を完了し、プロダクトを " -":guilabel:`WH/入荷` に移動します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Receipt form for product move to WH/Input." -msgstr "プロダクトがWH/入荷に移動した際の入荷フォーム。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:106 -msgid "Process the internal transfer" -msgstr "内部運送処理" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "" "Once the receipt is validated, an internal transfer is created and ready to " "process." msgstr "入荷が確認されると、内部運送が作成され、処理できるようになります。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Click back to the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` in the breadcrumbs, and " -"locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." -msgstr "パンくずで :guilabel:`在庫概要` に戻り、 :guilabel:`内部運送` タスクカードを探します。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to reveal a list of all internal " -"transfers to process, and select the transfer associated with the previously" -" validated receipt." -msgstr "" -"guilabel:`#未処理`ボタンをクリックすると、未処理の全ての内部運送のリストが表示されれ、以前に検証された入荷に関連する移動を選択して下さい。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product " -"from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." -msgstr "" -" :guilabel:`検証`をクリックして移動を完了し、guilabel:`WH/入荷` から :guilabel:`WH/在庫` " -"にプロダクトを移動します。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Once the transfer is validated, the product enters inventory and is " -"available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." -msgstr "移動が検証されると、プロダクトは在庫に入り、顧客の配送や製造オーダで使用できるようになります。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock." -msgstr "商品を在庫に移動するための内部運送を検証します。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:127 -msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" -msgstr "配送オーダを2ステップで処理(ピッキング＋発送)" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:132 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " -":guilabel:`New`. Select (or create) a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +"To view the internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app`, and locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." msgstr "" -"menuselection:`販売` アプリケーションで、 :guilabel:`新規` " -"をクリックして新規見積書を作成します。guilabel:`顧客` を選択(または作成)し、オーダ明細に在庫可能な :guilabel:`プロダクト` " -"を追加し、 :guilabel:`確認` をクリックします。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:135 msgid "" -"After confirming the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart " -"button will appear in the top, above the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal the associated " -"receipt." +"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " +"of all internal transfers to process, and select the transfer associated " +"with the previously validated receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move " +"the product from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Once the transfer is validated, the products enter inventory, and are " +"available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" -"abbr:`SO(販売オーダ)`を確認すると、上部の:abbr:`SO(販売オーダ)`フォームの上に :guilabel:`配送` " -"スマートボタンが表示されます。guilabel:`配送`スマートボタンをクリックすると、関連する入荷が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Delivery smart button on sales order form." -msgstr "販売オーダフォームの配送スマートボタン。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Sales order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` Kanban card." +msgid "Internal transfer form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" -"販売オーダ入荷は :menuselection:`在庫` アプリケーションでも確認できます。guilabel:`概要`ダッシュボードで、 " -":guilabel:`ピッキング`かんばんカードの :guilabel:`#未処理` スマートボタンをクリックします。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:150 -msgid "Process the picking" -msgstr "ピッキング処理" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:149 +msgid "Process delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:151 +msgid "" +"When products are delivered in two steps, they move from warehouse stock to " +"an output location. Then, they move from the output location to a customer " +"location in the database, upon validation of a picking order, and a " +"subsequent delivery order (DO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out new sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the sales order quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery smart button on validated sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:182 +msgid "Process picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 msgid "" "Once the sales order is confirmed, a picking order is generated and ready to" " process." msgstr "販売オーダが確認されると、ピッキングオーダが作成され、処理できるようになります。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:186 msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the " -":guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. " -"This reveals a list of all pickings to process." +"To complete the picking, navigate to the :guilabel:`Inventory app`, and " +"locate the :guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " +"dashboard. Alternatively, the picking order can also be accessed via the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales order form." msgstr "" -"menuselection:`在庫アプリ` に移動し、 :guilabel:`在庫概要` ダッシュボードの :guilabel:`ピッキング` " -"タスクカードを探します。これにより、処理する全てのピッキングのリストが表示されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:190 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, click the :guilabel:`# To " +"Process` button on the :guilabel:`Pick` task card. This reveals a list of " +"all pickings to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:193 msgid "" "Click on the picking (WH/PICK) operation associated with the sales order to " "reveal the picking order." msgstr "販売オーダに関連付けられているピッキング(WH/ピッキング)オペレーションをクリックすると、ピッキングオーダが表示されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Check Availability` on the picking order form. If the " -"product is in stock, Odoo automatically reserves the product. Quantities can" -" also be manually set by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " -"column to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Picking order form for products included in sales order." msgstr "" -"ピッキング注文フォームの :guilabel:`利用可能確認` " -"をクリックします。プロダクトに在庫がある場合、Odooは自動的にそのプロダクトを引当します。guilabel:`数量`列の値を:guilabel:`需要`カラムの値に合わせて変更することで、数量を手動で設定することもできます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:200 msgid "" -"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking and move the " -"product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" +"Manually set the quantity by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"column, to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking, and move the" +" product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Once the picking is validated, a delivery order is created, and ready to " +"process. Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button on the sales order " +"form reveals the newly created delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, to view the delivery order, navigate back to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, via the breadcrumbs, and locate the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` task card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " +"of all delivery orders to process, and select the order associated with the " +"previously validated picking." msgstr "" -"準備ができたら :guilabel:`検証` をクリックしてピッキングを完了し、プロダクトを :guilabel:`WH/在庫` から " -":guilabel:`WH/出荷` に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Picking operation form moving product to WH/Output." -msgstr "プロダクトをWH/出荷へ移動させるピッキング作業。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 -msgid "" -"Once the picking has been processed, the delivery order is generated, and " -"can be processed." -msgstr "ピッキングが処理されると配送オーダが作成され、処理できるようになります。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Navigate back to the original sales order by going to :menuselection:`Sales " -"app`, and selecting the associated sales order." -msgstr "menuselection:`販売アプリ`に移動し、関連する販売オーダを選択して、元の販売オーダに戻ります。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:179 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button now indicates there are two transfers." -" Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal each transfer tied to" -" this sales order: the completed picking, and the new delivery (WH/OUT) " -"operation. Click the delivery operation to open the delivery order." +msgid "Delivery order form for products ordered by customer." msgstr "" -"guilabel:`配送`スマートボタンは2つの転送があることを示しています。guilabel:`配送`スマートボタンをクリックすると、この販売オーダに関連付けられている各運送と完了したピッキングと、新しい配送(WH/出荷)オペレーションが表示されます。配送オーダを開くには、配送オペレーションをクリックします。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 -msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the delivery." -msgstr "準備ができたら、:guilabel:`検証`をクリックして配送を完了します。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Delivery operation form moving product to customer location." -msgstr "プロダクトを顧客ロケーションまで移動させる配送業務。" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:222 +msgid "" +"To deliver the products, change the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field " +"to match the ordered quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts in three steps" @@ -11057,6 +11614,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "3ステップ入荷(受入+品質+在庫)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "購買オーダを作成" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " @@ -11078,6 +11639,10 @@ msgstr "" "右上に :guilabel:`入荷` " "スマートボタンが表示され、入荷は購買オーダと関連付けられます。guilabel:`入荷`スマートボタンをクリックすると、入荷オーダが表示されます。" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." +msgstr "購買オーダを確認すると、入荷スマートボタンが表示されます。" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "入荷処理" @@ -11224,7 +11789,7 @@ msgid "" "`Push & Pull Rules (eLearning Tutorial) " "`_" msgstr "" -"`プッシュ＆プルルール (eラーニングチュートリアル) `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:20 @@ -12743,8 +13308,8 @@ msgstr "" "APIアクセスを取得するには、アカウント番号、地域、住所など、口座の詳細情報を添えて、xmlrequests@dhl.comに連絡して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo" -msgstr "OdooでSendcloud配送サービスを設定する" +msgid "Sendcloud configuration" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -12794,18 +13359,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank" " account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping " -"rules or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " -"required." +"rules, or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " +"**required**." msgstr "" -"OdooとSendcloudの統合は、Sendcloudの無料プランで銀行口座がリンクされている場合* " -"のみ*機能します。配送規則やカスタム運送会社の連絡先を使用するには、Sendcloudの有料プランが必要です。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:174 msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "倉庫設定" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:39 msgid "" "Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings" " --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse" @@ -12818,7 +13381,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings." msgstr "Sendcloud設定で住所を追加します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:46 msgid "" "To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` " "is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field " @@ -12864,17 +13427,17 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`会社`: `自社 (San Francisco)`" msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`" msgstr ":guilabel:`住所`: `自社 (San Francisco)`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:63 msgid "" "Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo" " configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same." msgstr "guilabel:`倉庫`フィールドの入力が、Odoo設定とSendcloud設定の両方で全く同じであることに注目して下さい。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials" msgstr "Sendcloud認証情報を生成する" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:69 msgid "" "In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo " @@ -12883,7 +13446,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sendcloudアカウントで、右側のメニューから :menuselection:`設定 --> 統合` に移動します。次に " ":guilabel:`Odoo Native` を検索します。次に :guilabel:`接続` をクリックします。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:72 msgid "" "After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and " @@ -12897,7 +13460,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:統合` に名前を付けることです。命名規則は以下の通りです:ユーザの会社名を `CompanyName` " "に置き換えて下さい(例：`Odoo StealthyWood`)。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:77 msgid "" "Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the " "shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public " @@ -12909,34 +13472,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials." msgstr "Sendcloud統合の設定と認証情報の受信。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:158 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "Odooでのセットアップ" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86 -msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module" -msgstr "Sendcloud配送モジュールをインストールする" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To ensure seamless Sendcloud integration with Odoo, :ref:`install " +"` and :ref:`link " +"` the Sendcloud shipping" +" connector to the Sendcloud account. Then, :ref:`configure Odoo fields " +"`, so Sendcloud can " +"accurately pull shipping data to generate labels." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +msgid "Install Sendcloud shipping module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 msgid "" "After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure" -" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " -"search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." +" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " +"search for the `Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." msgstr "" -"Sendcloudアカウントのセットアップと設定が完了したら、Odooデータベースの設定を行います。まずはOdooの :guilabel:`アプリ` " -"モジュールで :guilabel:`Sendcloud配送` 統合を検索し、インストールして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." msgstr "Odoo アプリモジュールのSendcloud配送モジュール。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:110 msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration" msgstr "Sendcloud配送コネクタ設定" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:112 msgid "" "Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The " @@ -12946,7 +13517,7 @@ msgstr "" "インストールしたら、 :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> 管理設定` で :guilabel:`Sendcloud 配送` " "モジュールを有効化します。guilabel:`Sendcloudコネクタ` の設定は :guilabel:`配送コネクタ` セクションにあります。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:116 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once" @@ -12955,7 +13526,7 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel:`Sendcloudコネクタ`を有効化した後、リストされたコネクタの下にある :guilabel:`Sendcloud配送方法` " "リンクをクリックします。guilabel:`配送方法` ページで、 :guilabel:`作成` をクリックします。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to " @@ -12964,39 +13535,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`配送方法`は :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> 配送 --> 配送方法`からもアクセスできます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 msgid "" "Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:" msgstr "guilabel:`新規配送方法`フォームに以下の項目を入力して下さい:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`." msgstr ":guilabel:`配送方法`: type `Sendcloud DPD`。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu." msgstr ":guilabel:`プロバイダー`: ドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`Sendcloud`を選択します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this " "shipping method or create a new product." msgstr ":guilabel:`配送プロダクト`: この配送方法に設定されたプロダクトを設定するか、新しいプロダクトを作成します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`." msgstr "guilabel:`SendCloud設定`タブで、:guilabel:`Sendcloud公開キー`を入力します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:131 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`." msgstr "guilabel:`SendCloud設定`タブで、:guilabel:`Sendcloud秘密キー`を入力します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:146 msgid "" "Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the " @@ -13004,13 +13575,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "手動で :guilabel:`配送方法/新規` パンくずの横にある雲のアイコンをクリックして、フォームを :guilabel:`保存` して下さい。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:135 msgid "" "After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the " "shipping products:" msgstr "フォームを設定し保存した後、以下の手順に従って配送プロダクトをロードして下さい:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:137 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New " "Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping " @@ -13019,17 +13590,17 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel:`新規配送方法` フォームの :guilabel:`SendCloud設定` タブで、 " ":guilabel:`SendCloud配送プロダクトをロードする` リンクをクリックします。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:139 msgid "" "Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries " "and returns." msgstr "配送と返品に使用する配送プロダクトを選択します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:140 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "Click :guilabel:`選択`。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:143 msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:" msgstr "Odooで設定されたSendcloud配送プロダクトのサンプル:" @@ -13053,7 +13624,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`最小重量`: `0.00`" msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`" msgstr ":guilabel:`最大重量`: `31.50`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`" " `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` " @@ -13098,7 +13669,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`返品国`: `Belgium` `Netherlands`" msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo." msgstr "Odooで設定された配送プロダクトの例。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:169 msgid "" "Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a " "package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured " @@ -13107,21 +13678,64 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Sendcloudは、企業がOdooで梱包の送信をテストする際にテストキーを提供しません。つまり、梱包が作成された場合、関連する梱包が作成後24時間以内に取消されない限り、設定されたSendcloudアカウントに課金されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using " "test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used " "to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the " "creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment " -"settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`." +"settings can be toggled back and forth from their respective smart buttons." msgstr "" -"Odooにはテスト環境での不要な請求に対する保護機能が組み込まれています。テスト環境では、配送方法がラベル作成に使用された場合、ラベルは作成後すぐに取消されます。これは自動で行われます。テスト環境とプロダクト環境の設定は、:guilabel:`スマートボタン`から切り替えることができます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166 -msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud" -msgstr "Sendcloudでのラベルの生成" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:181 +msgid "Shipping information" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 +msgid "" +"To use Sendcloud to generate shipping labels, the following information " +"**must** be filled out accurately and completely in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Customer information**: when creating a quotation, ensure the selected " +":guilabel:`Customer` has a valid phone number, email address, and shipping " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:189 +msgid "" +"To verify, select the :guilabel:`Customer` field to open their contact page." +" Here, add their shipping address in the :guilabel:`Contact` field, along " +"with their :guilabel:`Mobile` number and :guilabel:`Email` address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:193 +msgid "" +"**Product weight**: ensure all products in an order have a specified " +":guilabel:`Weight` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of their product form. " +"Refer to the :ref:`Product weight section " +"` of this article for " +"detailed instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +msgid "" +"**Warehouse address**: ensure the warehouse name and address in Odoo match " +"the :ref:`previously defined warehouse " +"` in the Sendcloud " +"setup. For details on warehouse configuration in Odoo, refer to the " +":ref:`warehouse configuration section " +"` of the third-party " +"shipping documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:204 +msgid "Generate labels with Sendcloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:206 msgid "" "When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud " "shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label " @@ -13131,41 +13745,41 @@ msgstr "" "Odooで見積を作成する際、配送と :guilabel:`Sendcloud配送プロダクト` を追加します。そして :guilabel:`配送を検証` " "して下さい。配送ラベルのドキュメントはチャターで自動生成されます:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:205 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages." msgstr ":guilabel:梱包の数量に応じた`配送ラベル`。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for " "returns." msgstr ":guilabel: `返品ラベル` Sendcloudコネクタが返品用に設定された場合。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:212 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them." msgstr ":guilabel:`通関書類' 配送先国が通関書類を必要とする場合。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214 msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available." msgstr "さらに、追跡番号も利用できるようになりました。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 msgid "" "When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the " "configured Sendcloud account." msgstr "返品ラベルが作成されると、Sendcloudは設定されたSendcloudアカウントに自動的に課金します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 msgid "Shipment is too heavy" msgstr "出荷重量が重すぎる" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 msgid "" "If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, " "then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need " @@ -13175,7 +13789,7 @@ msgstr "" "設定されているSendcloudサービスに対して荷物が重すぎる場合、複数の梱包をシミュレートするために重量が分割されます。転送を検証してラベルを生成するには、プロダクトを別々の" " :guilabel:`梱包` に入れる必要があります。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping " "methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will " @@ -13184,11 +13798,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`規則`をSendcloudに設定して、重量が重すぎる場合に他の配送方法を使用することもできます。ただし、これらの規則は販売オーダでの送料計算には適用されないことに注意して下さい。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 msgid "Personal carrier contract" msgstr "個人運送会社契約" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:237 msgid "" "Use custom prices from a direct carrier contract, via CSV upload, by first " "logging into Sendcloud, navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Carriers " @@ -13201,7 +13815,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud." msgstr "Sendcloudの契約セクションに移動します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:245 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Contract prices` section, click :guilabel:`Download " "CSV` and fill out the contract prices in the :guilabel:`price` column of the" @@ -13209,7 +13823,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "guilabel:`契約価格`セクションで、:guilabel:`CSVダウンロード`をクリックし、CSVファイルテンプレートの:guilabel:`価格`列に契約価格を記入します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:249 msgid "" "Ensure the CSV file includes the correct prices to avoid any inaccuracies." msgstr "CSVファイルに正しい価格が含まれていることを確認して下さい。" @@ -13219,14 +13833,14 @@ msgid "" "Show sample contract CSV from Sendcloud, highlighting the price column." msgstr "Sendcloudからの契約書CSVのサンプルを表示し、価格列を強調表示します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:255 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload` the completed CSV file to Sendcloud, then click " ":guilabel:`Save these prices`." msgstr "" "guilabel:`完成したCSVファイルをSendcloudにアップロードし、 :guilabel:`これらの価格を保存` をクリックします。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:258 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to upload contract prices with carriers " "`_" @@ -13234,11 +13848,11 @@ msgstr "" "`Sendcloud: 運送会社との契約価格をアップロードする方法 `_" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:262 msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" msgstr "体積重量の測定" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:264 msgid "" "Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight " "of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* " @@ -13247,13 +13861,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "多くの運送会社では、重量についていくつかの尺度を持っています。小包に含まれるプロダクトの実際の重量があり、*容積重量*があります(:dfn:`容積重量とは、輸送中に梱包が占める容積のことです。言い換えれば梱包の物理的な大きさです`)。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:269 msgid "" "Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute" " the volumetric weight." msgstr "選択した運送会社に、容積重量の計算式がすでに定義されているかどうかを確認して下さい。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:273 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight " "`_" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:277 msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate" msgstr "送料が計算できません" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:279 msgid "" -"First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by " -"the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " +"First, verify that the product being shipped has a weight that is supported " +"by the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " "destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier." " The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the " "carrier." msgstr "" -"まず、出荷するプロダクトの重量が、選択した配送方法でサポートされていることを確認します。これが設定されている場合は、配送先の国(顧客の住所から)が運送会社によってサポートされていることを確認します。発送元の国(倉庫の住所)も運送会社がサポートしている必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Starshipit shipping" @@ -13643,21 +14256,21 @@ msgstr "Odooの*販売*アプリケーションと*eコマース*アプリケー msgid "" "Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label documents are " "automatically generated in the chatter, which includes the following:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "その後、:guilabel:`検証` を行います。配送ラベルのドキュメントはチャターで自動生成されます: " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:206 msgid ":guilabel:`Tracking number(s)` if the selected courier supports it." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`追跡番号`（選択した配送業者が対応している場合）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:207 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Starshipit connector is configured for " "returns." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`返品ラベル'（Starshipitコネクタがリターン用に設定されている場合）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Example of a shipped order in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odooの配送済オーダの例" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:214 msgid "" @@ -13665,12 +14278,13 @@ msgid "" "plus the empty package saved in the database. Ensure the correct shipping " "option is selected, as the package weight is not automatically verified." msgstr "" +"Odooの梱包重量は、プロダクトの重量とデータベースに保存されている空の梱包重量を加算して計算されます。梱包重量は自動的には確認されないため、正しい配送オプションが選択されていることを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:218 msgid "" "Verify the destination address, as Starshipit checks it when the order is " "created." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Starshipitはオーダ作成時に配送先住所を確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:220 msgid "" @@ -13678,6 +14292,7 @@ msgid "" "address or phone number. Please ensure that all necessary information are " "set upon sending a shipping order." msgstr "" +"最後に、配送業者によっては、メールアドレスや電話番号など、その他の情報を必要とする場合があります。出荷オーダを送信する際には、必要な情報が全て設定されていることをご確認下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:224 msgid "Returns" @@ -13685,7 +14300,7 @@ msgstr "返品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:233 msgid "Starshipit allows returns with the following couriers:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Starshipitでは、以下の配送業者での返品が可能です:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:227 msgid "Australia Post eParcel" @@ -13709,11 +14324,11 @@ msgstr "StarTrack" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:232 msgid "DHL Express" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DHL Express" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:233 msgid "NZ Post Domestic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "NZ Post Domestic" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:235 msgid "" @@ -13773,7 +14388,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`sendcloud_shipping`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`ups_credentials`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`ups_credentials`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:23 msgid "The following is a list of available shipping connectors in Odoo:" @@ -14459,32 +15074,35 @@ msgid "" "After logging in, click the profile icon in the top-right corner, and select" " :guilabel:`Accounts and Payment` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"ログイン後、右上のプロフィールアイコンをクリックし、ドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`アカウントと支払` を選択して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "" "Show how to navigate to the \"Accounts and Payment\" page from the home " "screen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ホーム画面から\"口座と支払\"ページに移動する方法を示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:33 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Accounts and Payment Options` page, two accounts must be " "configured: an Odoo shipment account and a payment card." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`アカウントと支払オプション`ページで、2つのアカウントを設定する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:37 msgid "Shipping account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配送アカウント" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:39 msgid "" "To add an Odoo shipment account, select :guilabel:`Add New Account` from the" " :guilabel:`Add a Payment Method` drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" +"Odooの配送アカウントを追加するには、 :guilabel:`支払方法追加` ドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`新規アカウント追加` " +"を選択し、 :guilabel:`追加` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "Display \"Add an account\" option from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ドロップダウンメニューから\"アカウント追加\"オプションを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -14495,20 +15113,23 @@ msgid "" "Identity`, and :guilabel:`Explore Discounts`, with the last option being " "optional." msgstr "" +"次の画面では :guilabel:`配送アカウントを開く` と表示され、配送アカウントのタイプ（例 " +":guilabel:`ビジネス`）と、規制されている商品を配送するかどうかを設定します。guilabel:`住所を追加する`、 " +":guilabel:`本人確認を行う`、 :guilabel:`割引を検討する` の3つのステップを完了します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:51 msgid "" "When complete, submit the application on the last page of the wizard to " "finish setting up the shipping account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完了したら、ウィザードの最後のページにある申請書を送信して、配送アカウントの設定を完了します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "Display UPS form to fill out company shipping information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "UPSのフォームを表示し、会社の配送情報を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:61 msgid "Get account number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "アカウント番号を取得する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -14516,14 +15137,17 @@ msgid "" " available. To access it, navigate to :menuselection:`Profile --> Accounts " "and Payment` and refer to the shipping account's :guilabel:`Number` field." msgstr "" +"配送アカウントが設定されると、UPSの :guilabel:`アカウント番号` が利用可能になります。アクセスするには、 " +":menuselection:`プロフィール --> アカウントと支払` に移動し、配送アカウントの :guilabel:`番号` " +"フィールドを参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "Show Account \"Number\" field for the shipping account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "配送アカウントのアカウント\"番号\"フィールドを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:72 msgid "Payment card" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払カード" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -14532,14 +15156,16 @@ msgid "" "Method` drop-down menu. Then, complete the form to add the credit card " "information." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`アカウントと支払`ページに戻り、 :guilabel:`支払方法追加`ドロップダウンメニューから " +":guilabel:`支払カード追加` オプションを選択します。その後、フォームを入力してクレジットカード情報を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "Show \"Add Payment Card\" option from the drop-down." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ドロップダウンから \"支払カード追加\" オプションを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:83 msgid "UPS developer account setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "UPS開発者アカウントの設定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -14548,16 +15174,19 @@ msgid "" "right corner, and choose the :guilabel:`Apps` option from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" +"次に、`UPS開発者アカウント `_ " +"にログインして開発者キーを生成します。まず、右上のプロファイルアイコンをクリックし、ドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`アプリ` " +"オプションを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "" "Display the \"Apps\" drop-down option after clicking the profile picture " "icon." -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロフィール画像アイコンをクリックした後、 \"アプリ\"ドロップダウンオプションを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:94 msgid "Add app" -msgstr "" +msgstr "アプリ追加" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -14565,6 +15194,8 @@ msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`I need API credentials because \\*` field, select " ":guilabel:`I want to integrate UPS technology into my business`." msgstr "" +"次に、:guilabel:`アプリ追加` ボタンをクリックして、フォームへの入力を開始します。guilabel:`API認証情報が必要、理由は \\*`" +" フィールドで、:guilabel:`UPSの技術をビジネスに取り入れたい` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -14574,82 +15205,89 @@ msgid "" "number ` linked to the UPS " "account created in the previous step." msgstr "" +"次のラベル、 :guilabel:`これらの認証情報と関連付けるアカウントを選択します。 \\*対応するフィールドのドロップダウンメニューから " +":guilabel:`既存のアカウントを追加` を選択し、前のステップで作成した UPS アカウントにリンクされている :ref:`アカウント番号 " +"` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "Show form to fill in the UPS account number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "UPSアカウント番号を記入するフォームを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:109 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Next`, and proceed to the :guilabel:`Add App` form, and " "fill out the fields:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`次`をクリックし、:guilabel:`アプリ追加`フォームに進み、フィールドに必要事項を入力します:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:111 msgid ":guilabel:`App Name`: Type the name to identify the app by." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`アプリ名`： アプリを識別するための名前を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Callback URL`: Type the URL of the Odoo database, in the format: " "`https://databaseName.odoo.com`. Do **not** include `www` in the URL." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`コールバックURL`: 次のフォーマットでOdooデータベースのURLを入力して下さい: " +"`https://databaseName.odoo.com`。URLには`www`を含め**ない**で下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:115 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Add Products` section on the right, search for and click " "the :guilabel:`+ (plus)` icon to add the following products to the app:" msgstr "" +"右側の :guilabel:`プロダクト追加` セクションで :guilabel:`+ (プラス)` " +"アイコンを検索してクリックすると、以下のプロダクトがアプリに追加されます:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:118 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Authorization (O Auth)`: Used to generate the authorization token" " to request information from the UPS API." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`認証(O Auth)`： UPS API に情報を要求するための認証トークンを生成するために使用します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:120 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address Validation`: Validates addresses at the street level in " "the United States and Puerto Rico." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`住所検証`： 米国およびプエルトリコの住所を通りレベルで検証します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:122 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Locator`: Enables search for UPS shipping locations based on type" " and available services." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`ロケーター`:タイプや利用可能なサービスに基づいてUPSの配送先を検索できるようにします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Paperless Documents`: Enables the upload of document images to " "link to shipments." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`ペーパレスドキュメント`: 配送にリンクするドキュメント画像のアップロードを可能にします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:125 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping`: Enables UPS shipping services, such as preparing " "packages for shipment, managing returns, and canceling scheduled shipments." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`配送`: 発送準備、返品管理、予定済配送の取消など、UPS配送サービスを有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:127 msgid ":guilabel:`Rating`: Compare delivery services and shipping rates." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`評価`: 配送サービスと配送レートを比較します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:129 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` and accept UPS's terms and conditions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最後に :guilabel:`保存`をクリックして、UPSの利用規約に同意します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:132 msgid "`UPS API Catalog `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`UPS APIカタログ `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "Show \"Add Apps\" form, where the app details are configured." -msgstr "" +msgstr "アプリの詳細を設定する\"アプリを追加\"フォームを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:141 msgid "Client ID and Client Secret" -msgstr "" +msgstr "顧客IDと顧客シークレット" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -14657,20 +15295,23 @@ msgid "" "App` page, select the app from the :guilabel:`Credentials` section to view " "the UPS credentials." msgstr "" +"新しいアプリが作成されたら、 :menuselection:`プロフィール --> Myアプリ --> アプリ` ページで、 " +":guilabel:`認証` セクションからアプリを選択して UPS認証情報を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "Show newly created app in the \"My Apps\" section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "新しく作成したアプリを \"Myアプリ\"セクションに表示します。 " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:150 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Credentials` section, copy the :guilabel:`Client ID` and " ":guilabel:`Client Secret` key." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`認証情報` セクションで、 :guilabel:`顧客ID` と :guilabel:`顧客シークレット` キーをコピーします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "Display the \"Client ID\" and \"Client Secret\" key." -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"顧客ID\"と\"顧客シークレット\"キーを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -14678,11 +15319,12 @@ msgid "" "going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping " "Methods`." msgstr "" +"取得した認証情報を使って、Odooの :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 配送方法`でUPS配送方法を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:163 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click the :guilabel:`New` button." -msgstr "" +msgstr " :guilabel:`配送方法`ページで、:guilabel:`新規`ボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -14690,6 +15332,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`UPS Legacy`, archive it and create a new shipping method using " ":guilabel:`UPS`." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`プロバイダ`が:guilabel:`UPSレガシー`である既存のUPS配送方法については、それをアーカイブし、 " +":guilabel:`UPS`を使用して新しい配送方法を作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:169 msgid "" @@ -14699,17 +15343,22 @@ msgid "" "method, refer to the :doc:`Configure third-party carrier " "` documentation." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`プロバイダー`フィールドで、:guilabel:`UPS`を選択します。そうすると :guilabel:`UPS設定` " +"タブが表示され、様々なフィールドを入力する必要があります。配送方法のその他のフィールドの設定方法については、 :doc:`サードパーティ運送会社` " +"ドキュメントを参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:174 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`UPS Configuration` tab, complete the following fields:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`UPS設定`タブで、以下のフィールドに入力します:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:176 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UPS Account Number`: (*required*) Get the :ref:`account number " "` from the UPS portal." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`UPSアカウント番号`: (*必須*) UPSポータルから " +":ref:`アカウント番号` を取得します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:178 msgid "" @@ -14717,6 +15366,8 @@ msgid "" "` from the UPS developer " "website." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`UPS顧客ID`: (*必須*) UPS開発者のウェブサイトから :ref:`顧客ID " +"` を取得します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:180 msgid "" @@ -14724,12 +15375,14 @@ msgid "" "` key from the UPS developer " "website." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`UPS顧客シークレット`: (*必須*) :ref:`顧客シークレット " +"`キーをUPS開発者ウェブサイトから取得します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:182 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UPS Service Type`: Select from the drop-down menu the type of " "shipping service." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`UPSサービスタイプ`:ドロップダウンメニューから配送サービスのタイプを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:183 msgid "" @@ -14737,70 +15390,77 @@ msgid "" "the :doc:`package type <../../product_management/product_tracking/package>` " "that is supported for the shipping service." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`UPS梱包タイプ`: (*必須*) 配送サービスでサポートされている :doc:`梱包タイプ " +"<../../product_management/product_tracking/package>` をドロップダウンメニューから選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:185 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Weight Unit`: The unit of measure for the package weight." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`梱包重量単位`: 梱包重量の単位。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:186 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Size Unit`: The unit of measure for the package " "dimensions." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`梱包サイズ単位`: 梱包寸法の単位。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:187 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Label Format`: Choose the label format shipping labels: " ":guilabel:`PDF`, :guilabel:`ZPL`, :guilabel:`EPL`, or :guilabel:`SPL`." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`ラベルフォーマット`: 配送ラベルのラベルフォーマットを選択します: guilabel:`PDF`、 " +":guilabel:`ZPL`、 :guilabel:`EPL`、または :guilabel:`SPL`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "Show the \"UPS Configuration\" tab on the Shipping Methods form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "配送方法フォームの\"UPS設定\" タブを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:194 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Options` section, the following features are available:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`オプション` セクションでは、以下の機能が利用できます:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill My Account`: Charge the user's UPS account for shipping in " "the *eCommerce* app." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`自分のアカウントに請求`: *eコマース*アプリでユーザのUPSアカウントに送料を請求します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:197 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Collect on Delivery`: Collect payment from customers for shipping" " after the shipment is delivered." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`代引き`: 商品が配達された後、お客様から配送料金を集金します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Generate Return Label`: Print the return label for the order " "after the delivery order is validated." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`返品ラベル生成`： 配送オーダが検証された後、オーダの返品ラベルを印刷します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:201 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duties paid by`: Select whether duties or other fees are charged " "to the :guilabel:`Sender` or :guilabel:`Recipient` of the order." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`税支払者`： 関税またはその他の手数料をオーダの :guilabel:`発送人` または :guilabel:`受取人` " +"に請求するかどうかを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage.rst:5 msgid "Warehouses and storage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "倉庫とストレージ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:3 msgid "Batch picking" -msgstr "" +msgstr "バッチピッキング" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:7 msgid "" "*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, " "reducing the time needed to navigate to the same location in a warehouse." msgstr "" +"*バッチピッキング*により、1人のピッカーが複数のオーダを一度に処理することが可能になり、倉庫内の同じ場所への移動に必要な時間を短縮します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -14808,10 +15468,12 @@ msgid "" "list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the" " products are sorted into their respective delivery packages." msgstr "" +"バッチピッキングの場合、オーダはグループ化され、ピッキングリストに統合されます。ピッキングの後、バッチは出力場所に運ばれ、そこでプロダクトはそれぞれの配送梱包に分類されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:15 msgid "" -":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings `" +":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings " +"`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:17 @@ -14821,6 +15483,7 @@ msgid "" "often. Storing high-demand items in easily accessible locations can increase" " the number of orders that are fulfilled efficiently." msgstr "" +"オーダはピッキングされた後、出荷ロケーションで仕分けする必要があるため、このピッキング方法は、オーダの多いプロダクトが少ないビジネスに適しています。アクセスしやすい場所に需要の高い商品を保管することで、効率的に対応できるオーダの数を増やすことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -14828,10 +15491,12 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " ":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` box." msgstr "" +"バッチピッキングオプションを有効化するには、まず :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` " +"にアクセスします。guilabel:`オペレーション` セクションで :guilabel:`バッチ転送` ボックスをチェックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在庫 > 設定 > 管理設定の*バッチ転送* を可能にします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -14840,13 +15505,16 @@ msgid "" "under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this " "settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"バッチピッキングはOdooで*ピッキング*作業を最適化する方法なので、この設定ページでは :guilabel:`倉庫` の下にある " +":guilabel:`保管ロケーション` と :guilabel:`マルチステップルート` オプションもチェックする必要があります。設定が完了したら " +":guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration" " > Settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr " *保管ロケーション* と*複数ステップルート*を有効化します。在庫 > 設定 > 管理設定。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -14854,6 +15522,8 @@ msgid "" " settings page, which is accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Warehouses`." msgstr "" +"最後に、倉庫設定ページに移動して、倉庫ピッキング機能を有効にします。これは :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 倉庫` " +"からアクセスできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -14862,24 +15532,25 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)` or " ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)`." msgstr "" +"ここから、リストから希望する倉庫を選択します。次に、:guilabel:`出荷配送`で利用可能なラジオオプションから、:guilabel:`出荷用置場に移動後配送(2ステップ)`または:guilabel:`梱包して出荷用置場に移動後配送(3ステップ)`のいずれかを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:128 msgid ":ref:`Delivery in two steps `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`2ステップで配送 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:129 msgid ":ref:`Delivery in three steps `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`3ステップで配送 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Set up 2-step or 3-step outgoing shipments." -msgstr "" +msgstr "2または3ステップ出荷配送を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:56 msgid "Create batch transfers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "一括転送を作成" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -14887,51 +15558,59 @@ msgid "" "app --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` page. Click the :guilabel:`New` " "button to begin creating a batch transfer." msgstr "" +"menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> オペレーション --> " +"一括転送`ページから直接、手動で一括転送を作成します。guilabel:`新規`ボタンをクリックして一括転送の作成を開始します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:61 msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "一括転送フォームに以下の項目を入力して下さい:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:63 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this field " "blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`担当者`: " +"ピッキングに割当てられた従業員。*どの作業者でも*このピッキングを遂行できる場合は、このフィールドは空白のままにしておいて下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation " "type under which the picking is categorized." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`オペレーションタイプ`: ドロップダウンメニューから、ピッキングが分類されるオペレーションタイプを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: specifies the date by which the " ":guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output " "location." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`計画日`: :guilabel:`担当者`が出荷ロケーションへの転送を完了する日付を指定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:70 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to " "open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window." msgstr "" +"次に :guilabel:`運送` リストで :guilabel:`明細追加` をクリックして :guilabel:`追加: 運送` " +"ウィンドウを開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:73 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter " "transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" +"もし :guilabel:`オペレーションタイプ` フィールドが埋まっていた場合、リストは選択された :guilabel:`オペレーションタイプ` " +"に一致する転送レコードをフィルタリングします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:76 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`新規`ボタンをクリックして、新規運送を作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:78 msgid "" "Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm" " the batch picking." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一括転送レコードを選択したら、 :guilabel:`確認`をクリックして一括ピッキングを確定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -14939,10 +15618,12 @@ msgid "" " for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " "is set to `August 11`." msgstr "" +"`ピッキング`:guilabel:`オペレーションタイプ` の :guilabel:`担当者`、`Joel Willis` " +"に新規一括転送が割当てられました。guilabel:`予定日`は`8月11日`に設定されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*一括転送*フォームビュー。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -14950,6 +15631,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because " "the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`明細追加`ボタンをクリックすると、 " +":guilabel:`追加:転送`ウィンドウが開き、ピッキングだけが表示されます。これは一括転送フォームで :guilabel:`オペレーションタイプ`" +" が `ピッキング` に設定されているためです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -14957,14 +15641,16 @@ msgid "" "`WH/PICK/00002`, to include them in the new transfer. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Select` button to close the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window." msgstr "" +"WH/PICK/00001`と`WH/PICK/00002`の左側のチェックボックスをクリックして、新規運送に含めます。そして " +":guilabel:`選択` ボタンをクリックして :guilabel:`追加:運送` ウィンドウを閉じます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*追加:運送*ウィンドウから複数運送を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:103 msgid "Add batch from transfers list" -msgstr "" +msgstr "運送リストからバッチを追加" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -14973,12 +15659,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any" " of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers." msgstr "" +"一括転送を作成するもう一つの方法は、リスト内の :guilabel:`バッチに追加` " +"オプションを使用することです。menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> オペレーション` ドロップダウンメニューに移動し、 " +":guilabel:`運送` のいずれかを選択すると、運送のフィルタリングされたリストが開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" "Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n" "Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships." msgstr "" +"全ての運送タイプをドロップダウンメニューで表示します: 入荷、配送、内部運送、\n" +"製造、一括転送、直送。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -14987,11 +15678,13 @@ msgid "" "(gear)` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the resulting drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" +"運送リストで、一括で追加する運送の左側にあるチェックボックスを選択します。次に、 :guilabel:`アクション ⚙️ (歯車)` " +"ボタンに移動し、ドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`バッチに追加` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*アクション*ボタンリストから*バッチに追加*ボタンを使用します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:148 @@ -14999,36 +15692,38 @@ msgid "" "Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the " "employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned." msgstr "" +"そうすると :guilabel:`バッチに追加` ポップアップウィンドウが開き、そこでピッキングの :guilabel:`担当者` を割当てます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:125 msgid "" "Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch " "transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`既存の一括転送`に追加するか、 :guilabel:`新規の一括転送`を作成するか、2つのラジオオプションから選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:128 msgid "To begin with a draft, select the :guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." -msgstr "" +msgstr "下書きから始めるには、 :guilabel:`ドラフト` チェックボックスを選択して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:157 msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`確認`をクリックして処理を終了します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst-1 msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一括転送を作成するには、*一括に追加*ウィンドウを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:137 msgid "Process batch transfer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "一括転送を処理する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:139 msgid "" "Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations " "--> Batch Transfers` page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> オペレーション --> 一括転送`ページで一括転送を処理します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -15047,6 +15742,8 @@ msgid "" "button is highlighted instead, that means there are items in the batch that " "are currently *not* available in-stock." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`確認`ボタンが紫色にハイライトされたら、一括転送が完了したことを確認して下さい。その代わりに :guilabel:`利用可能確認` " +"ボタンがハイライトされている場合は、現在在庫がないアイテムがバッチに含まれていることを意味します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -15056,18 +15753,22 @@ msgid "" "column matches the value in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. However, `0.00`" " quantities have been picked for the other product, `Cable Management Box`." msgstr "" +"ピッキングされた `WH/PICK/00001` と `WH/PICK/00002` のプロダクトを含む一括転送で、 " +":guilabel:`詳細オペレーション` タブは :guilabel:`完了` 列が :guilabel:`引当済` 列の値と一致するため、プロダクト" +" `ドア付きキャビネット` がピッキングされたことを示しています。しかし、もう1つのプロダクト `ケーブル管理ボックス` は `0.00` " +"の数量がピッキングされています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "" "Show batch transfer of products from two pickings in the *Detailed " "Operations* tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*詳細オペレーション*タブに2つのピッキングからのプロダクトの一括転送を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:163 msgid "" "Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " "tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`詳細オペレーション`タブには在庫プロダクトのみが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -15077,6 +15778,9 @@ msgid "" " fulfill the order. Lastly, the :guilabel:`Done` column specifies the " "products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step." msgstr "" +"完全なプロダクトリストを表示するには、 :guilabel:`オペレーション` タブに切り替えます。このリストでは、 :guilabel:`需要` " +"列がオーダの必要数量を示します。guilabel:`引当済`列は、オーダを満たすために利用可能な在庫を示します。最後に、:guilabel:`完了` " +"列はピッキングが完了し、次のステップに進む準備ができたプロダクトを示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:171 msgid "" @@ -15085,16 +15789,19 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` " "quantities in-stock to fulfill the batch picking." msgstr "" +"上の`の :ref:`例` と同じバッチのプロダクト " +"`デスクパッド` は、バッチピッキングを満たす :guilabel:`引当` 数量の在庫がないため、 :guilabel:`オペレーション` " +"タブにのみ表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:175 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again " "for available products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`利用可能確認`ボタンをクリックすると、在庫のあるプロダクトを再度検索します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*オペレーション*タブに使用できない引当済数量を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:182 msgid "Create backorder" @@ -15105,42 +15812,46 @@ msgid "" "On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product " "is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears." msgstr "" +"一括転送フォームで、プロダクトの :guilabel:`完了` 数量が :guilabel:`引当済` 数量より *少ない* " +"場合、ポップアップウィンドウが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:187 msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "このポップアップ・ウィンドウには、 :guilabel:`バックオーダを作成しますか？`オプションを作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:189 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new" " batch transfer, containing the remaining products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`バックオーダを作成`ボタンをクリックすると、残りのプロダクトを含む新しい一括転送が自動的に作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:192 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating " "another batch picking." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`バックオーダなし`をクリックすると、ピッキングを終了します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:194 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch " "transfer form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "検証を取消し、一括転送フォームに戻るには :guilabel:`Discard` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*バックオーダ作成*ポップアップを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:203 msgid "Process batch transfer: Barcode app" -msgstr "" +msgstr "一括転送を処理: バーコードアプリ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:205 msgid "" "Created batch transfers are also listed in the :menuselection:`Barcode` app," " accessible by selecting the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button." msgstr "" +"作成された一括転送は :menuselection:`バーコード` アプリにもリストされ、 :guilabel:`一括転送` " +"ボタンを選択することでアクセスできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:208 msgid "" @@ -15148,10 +15859,12 @@ msgid "" "Transfers` page. On that page, click on the desired batch transfer to open " "the detailed list of products for the picking." msgstr "" +"デフォルトでは、確認された一括ピッキングは :guilabel:`一括転送` " +"ページに表示されます。そのページで、希望する一括転送をクリックすると、ピッキング対象プロダクトの詳細リストが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Show list of to-do batch transfers in *Barcode* app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*バーコード*アプリで一括転送のリストを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:215 msgid "" @@ -15161,12 +15874,14 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and enter the required quantities for the " "picking." msgstr "" +"選択した一括転送について、ページ上部の黒い背景の指示に従って下さい。プロダクトのバーコードをスキャンして、ピッキングするプロダクトを1つだけ記録します。複数の数量を記録するには、" +" :guilabel:`✏️ (鉛筆)` アイコンをクリックし、ピッキングに必要な数量を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:221 msgid "" "Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. " "Completed pickings are highlighted in green." -msgstr "" +msgstr "同じオーダのプロダクトは左側に同じ色で表示されています。完了したピッキングは緑色で表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:225 msgid "" @@ -15174,6 +15889,8 @@ msgid "" "and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate " "that the last two product pickings are complete." msgstr "" +"`ドア付きキャビネット`2個、 `アコースティックブロックスクリーン`3台、`4人用デスク`4台、そして `3/3` および `4/4 " +":guilabel:`単位` は、最後の2つのプロダクトのピッキングが完了したことを示しています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:229 msgid "" @@ -15182,26 +15899,31 @@ msgid "" "to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for " ":ref:`product tracking `." msgstr "" +"1/2`単位の`ドア付きキャビネット`は既にピッキング済で、2つ目のキャビネットのプロダクトバーコードをスキャンすると、Odooはユーザに " +"`シリアル番号をスキャン`して、 :ref:`プロダクト追跡 `用にシリアル番号を記録するよう指示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "Display products to be picked in barcode view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "バーコードビューでピッキングされるプロダクトを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:237 msgid "" "Once all the products have been picked, click on :guilabel:`Validate` to " "mark the batch transfer as :guilabel:`Done`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "全てのプロダクトのピッキングが完了したら、 :guilabel:`検証`をクリックして一括転送を :guilabel:`完了`とします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:3 msgid "Cluster picking" -msgstr "" +msgstr "クラスターピッキング" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:10 msgid "" "Cluster picking is an advanced order fulfillment approach derived from " ":ref:`batch picking `." msgstr "" +"クラスターピッキングは :ref:`一括ピッキング ` " +"から派生した高度なオーダフルフィルメント手法です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -15210,6 +15932,7 @@ msgid "" "each storage location, and places the products directly in the package of " "the associated order." msgstr "" +"この戦略では、ピッカーはカートに複数の梱包を積み込み、それぞれを特定の*販売オーダ*(SO)用に指定します。その後、ピッカーは各保管場所へ移動し、関連するオーダの梱包へ直接プロダクトを配置します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -15217,6 +15940,7 @@ msgid "" "volumes, and relatively few unique products, since the method eliminates the" " need for sorting products into packages for customers after picking." msgstr "" +"この方法は、ピッキング後に顧客用にプロダクトを梱包にソートする必要がないため、オーダ量が多く、一意のプロダクトが比較的少ない中規模企業にとって最も効率的です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -15224,29 +15948,30 @@ msgid "" "orders cannot be prioritized, and optimized batches must be manually created" " beforehand. As a result, the picking process can lead to bottlenecks." msgstr "" +"しかし、クラスターピッキングにはデメリットもあります。例えば、急ぎのオーダには優先順位がつけられず、最適化されたバッチを事前に手作業で作成しなければなりません。その結果、ピッキング作業が障害となる可能性があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:28 msgid "|SO| 1 calls for one apple and orange" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|SO| 1要求 1リンゴ、オレンジ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:29 msgid "|SO| 2 calls for one apple and banana" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|SO| 2要求 1リンゴ、バナナ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:30 msgid "|SO| 3 calls for one apple, orange, and banana" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|SO| 3要求 1リンゴ、オレンジ、バナナ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:32 msgid "" "Apples are stored in Shelf A, oranges in Shelf B, and bananas in Shelf C." -msgstr "" +msgstr "リンゴは棚Aに、オレンジは棚Bに、バナナは棚Cに保管されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:34 msgid "" "To pick products for three orders at once, the cart is loaded with three " "empty packages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一度に3つのオーダのプロダクトをピッキングするために、カートは3つの空の梱包でロードされます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -15255,17 +15980,19 @@ msgid "" "for |SO| 1 and |SO| 3. Finally, the picker pushes the cart to Shelf C, and " "loads packages for |SO| 2 and |SO| 3 with a banana, each." msgstr "" +"棚Aからスタートし、ピッカーはリンゴを各梱包に入れます。 次に、ピッカーは棚Bに移動し、|SO| 1 と |SO| " +"3に指定された梱包の中にオレンジを入れます。最後に、ピッカーはカートを棚Cに押し、 |SO| 2 と |SO| 3の梱包の中にバナナを1本ずつ入れます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:40 msgid "" "With the packages for all three |SOS| packed, the picker pushes the cart to " "the output location, where the packages are sealed and prepared for " "shipment." -msgstr "" +msgstr " |SOS| 3つ全ての梱包が完了すると、ピッカーはカートを出荷用ロケーションまで押し、そこで梱包は密封され発送準備に入ります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Show example of fulfilling sales orders 2 and 3 at once." -msgstr "" +msgstr "販売オーダ2と3を一度に処理する例を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -15274,10 +16001,13 @@ msgid "" "heading, activate the :guilabel:`Packages` and :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` " "options." msgstr "" +"クラスターピッキングを有効にするには、まず :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` " +"に移動します。guilabel:`オペレーション` の下にある :guilabel:`梱包` と :guilabel:`一括転送` " +"オプションを有効化します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst-1 msgid "Activate *Packages* and *Batch Transfers* features in the settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理設定で*梱包*と*一括転送*機能を有効化します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -15286,6 +16016,8 @@ msgid "" "under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, must also be checked on this " "settings page." msgstr "" +"一括ピッキングはOdooの*ピッキング*作業を最適化するために使用されるため、この設定ページでは :guilabel:`倉庫` の下にある " +":guilabel:`保管場所` と :guilabel:`複数ステップルート` オプションもチェックする必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -15293,14 +16025,15 @@ msgid "" "can be picked from, while *multi-step routes* enable the picking operation " "itself." msgstr "" +"*保管場所*は、ピッキング可能な特定の場所にプロダクトを保管することを可能にし、*複数ステップルート*は、ピッキング作業そのものを可能にします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:65 msgid "When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完了したら、 :guilabel:`保存`をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:74 msgid "Packages setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "梱包設定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -15308,6 +16041,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Packages`, and click the " ":guilabel:`New` button to create a new package." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`梱包` 機能を有効にしたら、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> 梱包` に移動し、 " +":guilabel:`新規` ボタンをクリックして新しい梱包を作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -15315,14 +16050,16 @@ msgid "" "with the next available `PACK` number in the system. :guilabel:`Pack Date` " "is automatically set to the creation date of the form." msgstr "" +"新規梱包フォームの :guilabel:`梱包参照` には、システム内で次に利用可能な `梱包` 番号があらかじめ入力されています。 " +":guilabel:`梱包日` には、フォームの作成日が自動的に設定されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:83 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Package Use` field to :guilabel:`Reusable Box`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`梱包使用`フィールドを :guilabel:`再利用可能箱` に設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:86 msgid ":doc:`Packages <../../product_management/product_tracking/package>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`梱包 <../../product_management/product_tracking/package>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -15331,14 +16068,17 @@ msgid "" "their intended shipping boxes, so :guilabel:`Package Use` is set to " ":guilabel:`Disposable Box`." msgstr "" +"クラスターピッキングを目的とした梱包は、識別しやすいように `クラスター-梱包-3` " +"という名前になります。このワークフローでは、プロダクトは出荷用の箱を使って直接梱包されるので、 :guilabel:`梱包使用` は " +":guilabel:`使い捨て箱` に設定されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Create new package form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "新規梱包フォームを作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:98 msgid "Create cluster batch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "クラスターバッチを作成" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -15348,12 +16088,16 @@ msgid "" " button becomes visible. Displayed inside the icon is a number representing " "the amount of steps in the outgoing shipment process." msgstr "" +"Odooでクラスターピッキングがどのように機能するか確認するには、 " +":menuselection:`販売`アプリに移動し、同じバッチで一緒に処理される|SO|を作成します。|SO|を確認すると、:guilabel:`配送`スマートボタンが表示されます。アイコンの中に表示されている数字は、配送プロセスのステップ数を表しています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:106 msgid "" "Begin by creating three |SOS| for the apples, oranges, and bananas, as shown" " in the :ref:`example above `." msgstr "" +"上の例`にあるように、リンゴ、オレンジ、バナナの3つの |SOS| " +"を作成することから始めます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -15361,10 +16105,12 @@ msgid "" "the number `2`, indicating there are two operations to complete: `Pick` and " "`Delivery`." msgstr "" +" |SO|を確認した後、:guilabel:`配送`スマートボタンに`2`という数字が表示され、完了する操作が2つあることを示します: " +"`ピッキング`と`配送`です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Example sales order for an apple, orange, and banana." -msgstr "" +msgstr "リンゴ、オレンジ、バナナ用の販売オーダ例" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -15373,6 +16119,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` or :guilabel:`Pick` (whichever is the first " "operation in the delivery flow)." msgstr "" +"|SOS| " +"が作成されたので、オーダをバッチにグループ化する必要があります。これを行うには、*在庫*ダッシュボードに移動し、オペレーションタイプのカード、:guilabel:`配送オーダ`または" +" :guilabel:`ピッキング`(配送フローの最初のオペレーション)を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -15380,16 +16129,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ready` status, indicating that all the products in the |SO| are " "in stock." msgstr "" +"そうすることで、:guilabel:`準備完了` " +"ステータスを持つ発送操作のフィルタリングされたリストが表示され、|SO|内のプロダクトが全て在庫があることを示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:124 msgid "" "Cluster pick batches can be created for outgoing shipments in one, two, or " "three steps." -msgstr "" +msgstr "クラスターピッキングバッチは、1ステップ、2ステップ、または3ステップで出荷配送用に作成できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:127 msgid ":ref:`Delivery in one step `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`1ステップでの配送 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -15398,6 +16149,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`⚙️ Actions (gear)` button, and select the :guilabel:`Add to " "batch` option from the resulting drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"バッチに追加するには、対応する送信操作の左側にあるチェックボックスをクリックします。希望するピッキングを選択した状態で :guilabel:`⚙️ " +"アクション (歯車)` ボタンをクリックし、表示されるドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`バッチに追加` オプションを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -15405,18 +16158,20 @@ msgid "" "`, in a warehouse configured with " "two-step outgoing shipments, the following pick operations are selected:" msgstr "" +"上記の`にある :ref:`例` " +"にあるように、2ステップ出荷配送で設定された倉庫でクラスターバッチを作成するには、以下のピッキングオペレーションを選択します:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:140 msgid "`WH/PICK/00007`: linked to |SO| 88 for one apple and orange." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`WH/PICK/00007`: |SO| 88にリンク済 1リンゴとオレンジ用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:141 msgid "`WH/PICK/00008`: linked to |SO| 89 for one apple and banana." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`WH/PICK/00008`: |SO| 89にリンク済 1リンゴとバナナ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:142 msgid "`WH/PICK/00009`: linked to |SO| 90 for one apple, orange, and banana." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`WH/PICK/00009`: |SO| 90にリンク済 1リンゴ、オレンジ、バナナ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -15424,34 +16179,38 @@ msgid "" "to :guilabel:`an existing batch transfer`, or create :guilabel:`a new batch " "transfer`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`に追加` フィールドで、以下のいずれかを選択します: " +":guilabel:`既存の一括転送`へ追加、または:guilabel:`新規の一括転送`を作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:154 msgid "" "To create draft batch pickings to be confirmed at a later date, select the " ":guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." -msgstr "" +msgstr "後日確定するドラフト一括ピッキングを作成するには、:guilabel:`ドラフト`チェックボックスを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:164 msgid "Process batches" -msgstr "" +msgstr "バッチ処理" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:166 msgid "" "To process batches, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations" " --> Batch Transfers`. Click on a batch to select it." msgstr "" +"バッチ処理するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> オペレーション --> " +"一括転送`に移動します。バッチをクリックして選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:169 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab, products that are to be picked " "are grouped by location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`詳細オペレーション`タブでは、ピッキングされるプロダクトが場所ごとにグループ化されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:171 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Source Package` or :guilabel:`Destination Package` " "field, enter the package used for the picking." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`ソース梱包` または :guilabel:`配送先梱包` フィールドに、ピッキングに使用する梱包を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:175 msgid "" @@ -15460,12 +16219,15 @@ msgid "" "package>`. This means the products are temporarily placed in a container " "during picking, before getting transferred to their final shipping box." msgstr "" +"ピッキング梱包が :ref:`梱包フォーム ` で *再利用可能* " +"として設定されている場合、 :guilabel:`ソース梱包` " +"フィールドを使用します。これは、プロダクトが最終的な配送箱に移される前に、ピッキング中に一時的にコンテナに入れられることを意味します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:179 msgid "" "Alternatively, use the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field when the " "product is directly placed in its *disposable* shipping box during picking." -msgstr "" +msgstr "また、ピッキング時にプロダクトを直接*使い捨て*の配送箱に入れる場合は、 :guilabel:`配送先梱包`フィールドを使用します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:183 msgid "" @@ -15473,6 +16235,8 @@ msgid "" "bananas :ref:`example ` by assigning" " each picking to a dedicated package." msgstr "" +"リンゴ、オレンジ、バナナ :ref:`example ` " +"の3つのオーダに対して、それぞれのピッキングを専用の梱包に割当ててクラスターバッチを処理します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:186 msgid "" @@ -15480,20 +16244,22 @@ msgid "" " all three pickings to one of the three disposable packages, `CLUSTER-" "PACK-1`, `CLUSTER-PACK-2`, or `CLUSTER-PACK-3`." msgstr "" +"リンゴの保管場所`WH/在庫/棚A`で、3つのピッキングのリンゴを全て3つの使い捨て梱包`クラスター-梱包-1`、`クラスター-" +"梱包-2`、`クラスター-梱包-3`のいずれかに割当てます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:189 msgid "" "Record this in Odoo using the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odooの :guilabel:`詳細オペレーション` タブの :guilabel:`配送先梱包` フィールドを使用してこれを記録します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Example of processing cluster pickings in *Inventory*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*在庫*のクラスターピッキングの処理例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:197 msgid "In Barcode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "バーコード内" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:199 msgid "" @@ -15501,6 +16267,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button from the *Barcode* dashboard. Then, " "select the desired batch." msgstr "" +"*バーコード*アプリから直接クラスターのピッキングを処理するには、*バーコード*ダッシュボードから:guilabel:`一括転送`ボタンを選択します。次に、希望のバッチを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:202 msgid "" @@ -15508,6 +16275,7 @@ msgid "" "location, and each line is color-coded to associate products in the same " "picking together." msgstr "" +"一括転送画面では、ピッキング中のプロダクトがロケーションごとにグループ化され、各ラインが色分けされることで、同じピッキング内のプロダクトが関連付けられます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -15515,11 +16283,13 @@ msgid "" "the storage location of the first product. Then, scan the barcode for the " "product and package to process the transfer." msgstr "" +"次に、プロンプトに従って :guilabel:`ソースロケーションをスキャン` " +"バーコードをスキャンし、最初のプロダクトの保管場所を確認します。次に、プロダクトと梱包のバーコードをスキャンして、転送処理を行います。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:208 msgid "" "Repeat this for all products, and click the :guilabel:`Validate` button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "これを全てのプロダクトに対して繰返し、 :guilabel:`検証` ボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:211 msgid "" @@ -15528,16 +16298,19 @@ msgid "" "(gear)` icon at the top of the package form, and select the " ":guilabel:`Print` option." msgstr "" +"パッケージのバーコードを見つけるには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> 梱包` " +"に移動し、必要な梱包を選択し、梱包フォームの上部にある :guilabel:`⚙️ (歯車)` アイコンをクリックし、 :guilabel:`印刷` " +"オプションを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:215 msgid "" "Next, select one of the three print options to generate the package barcode " "from the :guilabel:`Package Reference` field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "次に、 :guilabel:`梱包参照` フィールドから梱包バーコードを生成する3つの印刷オプションの1つを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Display where the package barcode can be generated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "梱包バーコードを生成できる場所を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -15546,22 +16319,26 @@ msgid "" "`. Doing so highlights all the pickings that need " "products from this particular location." msgstr "" +"最初の保管場所である `棚A` に行き、 :ref:`ロケーションバーコード ` " +"をスキャンすることでクラスターピッキングの処理を開始します。そうすることで、この特定の場所からプロダクトが必要なピッキングが全てハイライトされます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:227 msgid "" "Scan the barcode for the apple, which highlights the picking (labeled in " "red) for the product `Apple`, for the picking, `WH/PICK/00007`." msgstr "" +"リンゴのバーコードをスキャンすると、プロダクト `リンゴ` のピッキング(赤いラベル)がハイライトされ、ピッキングは `WH/PICK/00007` " +"です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:230 msgid "" "Then, scan the `CLUSTER-PACK-1` package barcode, and place the product in " "the designated package." -msgstr "" +msgstr "その後、`クラスター-梱包-1`の梱包バーコードをスキャンし、プロダクトを指定の梱包に入れて下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Example of cluster batch from the *Barcode* app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*バーコード*アプリからのクラスターバッチの例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:237 msgid "" @@ -15569,10 +16346,11 @@ msgid "" "suggests the specified package by displaying the name *in italics* under the" " product name, ensuring pickers place products into the correct boxes." msgstr "" +"一括転送を作成し、梱包をピッキングに割当てると、Odooはプロダクト名の下に*斜体*でパッケージ名を表示し、ピッカーがプロダクトを正しい箱に入れるよう提案します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:3 msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "倉庫内のクロスドックの整理" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -15581,6 +16359,7 @@ msgid "" " unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " "another truck." msgstr "" +"クロスドッキングとは、入荷したプロダクトを在庫に入れず、直接顧客に配送することです。トラックから*クロスドック*エリアに荷物を降ろし、プロダクトを整理して別のトラックに積み込むだけです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -15588,16 +16367,19 @@ msgid "" " is cross-docking and is it for me? `_" msgstr "" +"倉庫を整理する方法については、当社のブログをお読み下さい: `クロスドッキングとは？自分に活用できるか？ " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:20 msgid "" "In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" " activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*在庫*アプリで、:menuselection:`設定 --> 管理設定`を開き、*複数ステップルート*を有効化します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:27 msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "そうすることで、*保管場所*機能も有効になります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -15605,16 +16387,18 @@ msgid "" "with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." msgstr "" +"これで、*入荷*と*出荷*の両方が2ステップで動作するように設定されるはずです。設定を変更するには、 :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定" +" --> 倉庫`に行き、倉庫を編集して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:36 msgid "" "This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " "can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "この変更により、*クロスドッキング*ルートが作成され、 :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> ルート`にあります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:43 msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" -msgstr "" +msgstr "クロスドックルートでプロダクトを設定する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -15623,6 +16407,7 @@ msgid "" "purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " "for it." msgstr "" +"*クロスドックルート*を使用するプロダクトを作成し、在庫タブでルート*購買*と*クロスドック*を選択します。次に、購買タブで、プロダクトの仕入先を指定し、価格を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -15654,11 +16439,11 @@ msgstr "プロダクトがサプライヤーから届いたら、最初の販売 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:86 msgid "" "The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." -msgstr "" +msgstr "配送オーダを処理する準備が整い、検証することも可能です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:3 msgid "Consignment: buy and sell stock without owning it" -msgstr "" +msgstr "委託販売: 在庫を所有せずに売買" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -15668,6 +16453,7 @@ msgid "" "warehouse, without having to buy those items up-front. This is called " "*consignment*." msgstr "" +"通常、企業の倉庫に保管されるプロダクトは、サプライヤーから購買するか、自社で製造するかのどちらかです。しかし、サプライヤーは、企業が前もってそれらの商品を購入することなく、企業の倉庫に製品を保管し、販売することを許可することがあります。これは*委託*と呼ばれています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -15677,10 +16463,11 @@ msgid "" "efforts. Consignees can even charge a fee for the convenience of storing " "products they don't actually own." msgstr "" +"委託販売は、サプライヤーが新しいプロダクトを発表し、簡単に顧客に届けることができる便利な方法です。また、プロダクトを保管する企業(受託人)にとっても、その労力に見合った収入を得ることができる優れた方法です。委託先側は、実際に所有していないプロダクトを保管する利便性に対して手数料を請求することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:16 msgid "Enable the consignment setting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "委託在庫設定を有効にする" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -15690,14 +16477,17 @@ msgid "" " check the box next to :guilabel:`Consignment`, and then click " ":guilabel:`Save` to finish." msgstr "" +"委託在庫を受け取り、保管し、販売するには、設定でこの機能を有効にする必要があります。これを行うには、 :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定" +" --> 詳細設定` に進み、 :guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` セクションの下にある :guilabel:`委託在庫` " +"の隣にあるチェックボックスをオンにし、 :guilabel:`保存` をクリックして終了します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Enabled Consignment setting in Inventory configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在庫設定で有効化済の委託在庫の管理設定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:28 msgid "Receive (and store) consignment stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "委託在庫を入荷(および保管)する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -15705,6 +16495,8 @@ msgid "" " a warehouse. From the main :menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, click into" " the :guilabel:`Receipts` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"Odooでこの機能を有効にすると、委託在庫を倉庫に入荷することができるようになります。メインの :menuselection:`在庫` " +"ダッシュボードから :guilabel:`入荷` セクションをクリックします。次に :guilabel:`作成` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -15713,12 +16505,14 @@ msgid "" "orders involved in receiving consignment stock. So, *every* receipt of " "consignment stock will start by creating manual receipts." msgstr "" +"委託在庫は、実際に仕入先から購買されるわけではなく、単に入荷して保管されるだけです。このため、委託在庫の受領には見積や購買オーダは必要ありません。そのため、委託在庫の入荷は全て手作業で行われます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:39 msgid "" "Choose a vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Receive From` field, and then " "choose the same vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Assign Owner` field." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`入荷元` フィールドに入力する仕入先を選択し、 :guilabel:`オーナーを割当` フィールドに入力する同じ仕入先を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -15726,6 +16520,8 @@ msgid "" "vendor, the :guilabel:`Receive From` and :guilabel:`Assign Owner` fields " "must match." msgstr "" +"仕入先から受け取ったプロダクトは同じ仕入先が所有することになるので、 :guilabel:`入荷元` と :guilabel:`オーナーを割当` " +"フィールドは一致しなければなりません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -15736,14 +16532,17 @@ msgid "" "changed, as well. Once all the consignment stock has been received, " ":guilabel:`Validate` the receipt." msgstr "" +"仕入先関連のフィールドを設定したら、 :guilabel:`プロダクト` 明細にプロダクトを入力し、 :guilabel:`完了` " +"列に倉庫に入荷する数量を設定します。もし :guilabel:`単位` 機能が有効であれば、 " +":abbr:`単位`も変更することができます。委託在庫を全て入荷したら、 :guilabel:`検証` して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Matching vendor fields in consignment Receipt creation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "委託入荷作成における仕入先フィールドの一致。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:56 msgid "Sell and deliver consignment stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "委託在庫の販売と配送" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -15751,6 +16550,8 @@ msgid "" "the same as any other in-stock product that has the :guilabel:`Can Be Sold` " "option enabled on the product form." msgstr "" +"委託在庫が倉庫に入荷されると、プロダクトフォームで :guilabel:`販売可能` " +"オプションが有効になっている他の在庫プロダクトと同じように販売することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -15758,12 +16559,16 @@ msgid "" "from the :guilabel:`Quotations` overview, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, " "choose a customer to enter into the :guilabel:`Customer` field." msgstr "" +"販売オーダを作成するには、 :menuselection:`販売` アプリに移動し、 :guilabel:`見積` の概要から " +":guilabel:`作成` をクリックします。次に、 :guilabel:`顧客` フィールドに入力する顧客を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:66 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer` *must* be different from the :guilabel:`Vendor` " "that supplied the consignment stock received (and stored) in the warehouse." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`顧客` は、倉庫で入荷した(そして保管されている)委託在庫を供給した :guilabel:`仕入先` " +"と異なっている*必要があります*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -15772,10 +16577,12 @@ msgid "" "product details on the form. Once the quotation is complete, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" +"オーダ明細の :guilabel:`プロダクト` 列に委託プロダクトを追加し、 :guilabel:`数量` " +"を設定します。フォームに他の必要事項を記入して下さい。見積が完了したら、 :guilabel:`確認` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Sales order of consignment stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "委託在庫の販売オーダ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -15784,10 +16591,12 @@ msgid "" "on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button, and selecting :guilabel:`Validate`" " to validate the delivery." msgstr "" +":abbr:`見積依頼`が確認されると、販売オーダとなります。ここから :guilabel:`配送` " +"スマートボタンをクリックし、:guilabel:`検証` を選択して配送を検証することでプロダクトを配送することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:82 msgid "Traceability and reporting of consignment stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "委託在庫のトレーサビリティとレポート" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -15795,12 +16604,13 @@ msgid "" "by the company storing it in their warehouse, consignment products will " "*still* appear in certain inventory reports." msgstr "" +"委託在庫は倉庫に保管している会社ではなく、それを供給した仕入先が所有していますが、委託プロダクトは*それでも*特定の在庫レポートに表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:87 msgid "" "To find inventory reports, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting`, " "and choose a report to view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在庫レポートを見るには :menuselection:`在庫 --> レポーティング` に行き、見たいレポートを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -15808,10 +16618,12 @@ msgid "" "are *not* reflected in the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report, and have no " "impact on the consignee's inventory valuation." msgstr "" +"受託人は実際には在庫を所有していないため、これらのプロダクトは :guilabel:`在庫評価` " +"レポートには反映されず、受託人の在庫評価には影響*しません*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:96 msgid "Product moves report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクト移動レポート" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -15824,6 +16636,10 @@ msgid "" "are available, as well. The consignment stock will originate from " ":guilabel:`Partner Location/Vendors`." msgstr "" +"手持在庫の移動に関する全ての情報を表示するには、 :menuselection:`在庫 --> レポーティング --> プロダクト移動` に進み、 " +":guilabel:`プロダクト移動` ダッシュボードに移動します。guilabel:`完了数量` と :guilabel:`参照` " +"ドキュメントが利用でき、 :guilabel:`ロケーション` も利用できます。委託在庫は :guilabel:`取引先ロケーション/仕入先` " +"から発生します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -15832,20 +16648,22 @@ msgid "" "parameter, and then select :guilabel:`From Owner`, and :guilabel:`Apply` to " "finish." msgstr "" +"委託プロダクトの移動を所有者別に表示するには、:guilabel:`グループ化` フィルタを選択し、:guilabel:`カスタムグループを追加` " +"パラメータを選択し、:guilabel:`所有者から` を選択し、:guilabel:`適用` で終了します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Consignment stock moves history." -msgstr "" +msgstr "委託在庫の移動履歴" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:115 msgid "" "To see forecasted units of consignment stock, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Forecasted Inventory`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "委託在庫の予測単位を見るには、 :menuselection:`在庫 --> レポーティング --> 予測在庫`にアクセスして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:119 msgid "Stock on hand report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "手持在庫レポート" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -15856,22 +16674,26 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Owner` column will be populated with the owner of those products," " or the original vendor who supplied the products in the first place." msgstr "" +"menuselection:`在庫 --> レポーティング --> 在庫レポート`に移動して :guilabel:`手持在庫` " +"ダッシュボードを表示します。このレポートでは、手元にある全ての在庫の :guilabel:`ロケーション` " +"とロケーションごとの数量が表示されます。委託プロダクトの場合、:guilabel:`所有者`列にはそれらのプロダクトの所有者、または最初にプロダクトを供給した最初の仕入先が入力されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:3 msgid "Putaway rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "置場規則" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:5 msgid "" "Putaway is the process of routing products to appropriate storage locations " "upon shipment arrival." -msgstr "" +msgstr "プッタウェイ(置場)とは、貨物の到着後、プロダクトを適切な保管場所に移動させるプロセスのことです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo can accomplish this seamlessly using *putaway rules*, which dictate how" " products move through specified warehouse locations." msgstr "" +"Odooは、プロダクトが指定された倉庫ロケーションをどのように移動するかを指示する*置場規則*を使用して、シームレスにこれを実行することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -15879,6 +16701,7 @@ msgid "" "efficiently move products to specified locations, and ensure easy retrieval " "for future delivery orders." msgstr "" +"貨物が到着すると、置場規則に基づいてオペレーションが生成され、プロダクトを指定された場所に効率的に移動させ、将来の配送オーダ時に簡単に取り出せるようにします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -15886,12 +16709,13 @@ msgid "" "also prevent volatile substances from being stored in close proximity, by " "directing them to different locations determined by the warehouse manager." msgstr "" +"特定の種類のプロダクトを処理する倉庫では、揮発性物質を倉庫管理者が決めた別の場所に誘導することで、揮発性物質が近くに保管されるのを防ぐこともできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:18 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Putaway Rules " "`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Odooチュートリアル: 置場規則 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -15900,18 +16724,21 @@ msgid "" "feature under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. By doing so, the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically activated." msgstr "" +"置場規則を使用するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に移動し、 :guilabel:`倉庫` " +"セクションの下にある :guilabel:`複数ステップルート` 機能を有効化します。そうすることで、 :guilabel:`保管場所` " +"機能も自動的に有効化されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:27 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最後に、:guilabel:`保存`をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst-1 msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes in Inventory configuration settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在庫設定で複数ステップルートを有効化します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:36 msgid "Define putaway rule" -msgstr "" +msgstr "置場規則を定義する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -15920,6 +16747,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create` button to configure a new putaway rule on a " ":guilabel:`Product` or :guilabel:`Product Category` that the rule affects." msgstr "" +"特定のプロダクトの保管場所を管理するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 置場規則` " +"に移動します。guilabel:`プロダクト` または :guilabel:`プロダクトカテゴリ` に新しい保管規則を設定するには " +":guilabel:`作成` ボタンを使用します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -15927,6 +16757,8 @@ msgid "" "package type (the *Packages* setting must be enabled in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` for that)." msgstr "" +"置場規則は、プロダクト/プロダクトカテゴリ、梱包タイプごとに定義することができます（:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> " +"管理設定`で*梱包*設定を有効にする必要があります）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -15934,6 +16766,8 @@ msgid "" "the putaway rule is triggered to create an operation to move the product to " "the :guilabel:`Store to` location." msgstr "" +"同じ行の :guilabel:`プロダクト受入` のロケーションでは、置場規則がトリガされて、プロダクトを :guilabel:`保管先` " +"の場所に移動するオペレーションが作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -15941,20 +16775,23 @@ msgid "" " of the first (e.g., `WH/Stock/Fruits` is a specific, named location inside " "`WH/Stock` to make the products stored here easier to find)." msgstr "" +"これが機能するためには、:guilabel:`保管先` ロケーションは最初のロケーションの *サブロケーション* " +"でなければなりません(例えば、`WH/在庫/果物` は `WH/在庫` " +"内の特定の名前のロケーションで、ここに保管されているプロダクトを見つけやすくするためです)。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:55 msgid "" "In a warehouse location, **WH/Stock**, there are the following sub-" "locations:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "倉庫のロケーション、**WH/在庫**には、以下のサブロケーションがあります: " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:57 msgid "WH/Stock/Fruits" -msgstr "" +msgstr "WH/倉庫/果物" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:58 msgid "WH/Stock/Vegetables" -msgstr "" +msgstr "WH/倉庫/野菜" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -15962,46 +16799,49 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Store to` with the location `WH/Stock/Fruits` when the " ":guilabel:`Product`, `Apple` arrives in `WH/Stock`." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`プロダクト`、 `リンゴ` が `WH/在庫` に到着したら、 :guilabel:`保管先` フィールドに `WH/在庫/果物` " +"という場所を入力することで、全てのリンゴが果物セクションに保管されるようにします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:63 msgid "Repeat this for all products and hit :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "これを全てのプロダクトに対して繰り返し、:guilabel:`保存`を押して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:0 msgid "Create putaway rules for apples and carrots." -msgstr "" +msgstr "リンゴとニンジンの置場規則を作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:70 msgid "Putaway rule priority" -msgstr "" +msgstr "置場規則優先" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:72 msgid "" "Odoo selects a putaway rule based on the following priority list (from " "highest to lowest) until a match is found:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odooは一致する規則が見つかるまで、以下の優先順位リスト(高いものから低いもの)にもとづいて置場規則を選択します: " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:75 msgid "Package type and product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "梱包タイプとプロダクト" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:76 msgid "Package type and product category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "梱包タイプとプロダクトカテゴリ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:79 msgid "Product category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトカテゴリ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:82 msgid "The product `Lemonade can` has the following putaway rules configured:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクト`レモネード缶`には以下の置場規則が設定されています:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:84 msgid "" "When receiving a `Pallet` (:guilabel:`Package Type`) of `Lemonade cans`, it " "is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1`." msgstr "" +"レモネード缶 `パレット` (:guilabel:`梱包タイプ`) が入荷すると、`WH/在庫/パレット/PAL1` にリダイレクトされます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -16009,28 +16849,30 @@ msgid "" "receiving a `Box` of any item in this product category, items are redirected" " to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`." msgstr "" +"レモネード缶`の :guilabel:`プロダクトカテゴリ` は `全て/飲料` で、このプロダクトカテゴリのアイテムの `箱` " +"を受け取ると、アイテムは `WH/在庫/棚1` にリダイレクトされます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:88 msgid "Any product on a `Pallet` is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "パレット上のプロダクトは `WH/在庫/パレット` にリダイレクトされます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:89 msgid "The product `Lemonade can` is redirected to `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクト `レモネード缶` は `WH/在庫/棚2` にリダイレクトされます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:90 msgid "" "Items in the `All/drinks` product category are redirected to `WH/Stock/Small" " Refrigerator`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "全て/飲料`のプロダクトカテゴリの商品は、`WH/在庫/小冷蔵庫`にリダイレクトされます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:0 msgid "Some examples of putaway rules." -msgstr "" +msgstr "置場規則の例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:97 msgid "Storage categories" -msgstr "" +msgstr "保管カテゴリ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -16038,6 +16880,7 @@ msgid "" "allow the user to define the quantity of products that can be stored in the " "location, and how the location will be selected with putaway rules." msgstr "" +"*保管カテゴリ*は、追加のロケーション属性です。保管カテゴリにより、ユーザは、その場所に保管できるプロダクトの量と、その場所がどのように置場規則で選択されるかを定義することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -16045,28 +16888,32 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the :guilabel:`Storage Categories`" " feature in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"保管カテゴリを有効化するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に進み、 :guilabel:`倉庫` " +"セクションの :guilabel:`保管カテゴリ` 機能を有効化します。そして :guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:111 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature **must** be enabled to enable " ":guilabel:`Storage Categories`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`保管カテゴリ` を有効にするには、 :guilabel:`保管場所` 機能を有効にする必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:115 msgid "Define storage category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "保管カテゴリの定義" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:117 msgid "" "To create a storage category, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Storage Categories` and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"保管カテゴリを作成するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 保管カテゴリ` に進み、 :guilabel:`作成` " +"をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:120 msgid "" "On the storage category form, type a name for the :guilabel:`Storage " "Category` field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "保管カテゴリフォームで :guilabel:`保管カテゴリ` フィールドの名前を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -16074,36 +16921,38 @@ msgid "" "package type. The :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field defines when the " "location is considered available to store a product:" msgstr "" +"重量、プロダクト、梱包タイプで容量を制限するオプションがあります。guilabel:`新規プロダクトを許可する`フィールドは、そのロケーションがいつプロダクトを保管できるとみなされるかを定義します:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`If location is empty`: a product can be added there only if the " "location is empty." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`ロケーションが空の場合`: ロケーションが空の場合のみプロダクトを追加できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`If products are the same`: a product can be added there only if " "the same product is already there." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:` プロダクトが同じ場合`: 同じプロダクトが既にある場合のみ、そこにプロダクトを追加することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:129 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: several different products can be stored " "in this location at the same time." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`プロダクトの混在を許可`: 複数の異なるプロダクトを同時にこの場所に保管することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:133 msgid "" "Create putaway rules for pallet-stored items and ensure real-time storage " "capacity checks by creating the `High Frequency pallets` storage category." -msgstr "" +msgstr "パレット保管品の置場規則を作成し、`高頻度パレット` 保管カテゴリを作成することで、保管容量をリアルタイムで確認できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:136 msgid "" "Name the :guilabel:`Storage Category`, and select :guilabel:`If all products" " are same` in the :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`保管カテゴリ`に名前を付け、:guilabel:`新規プロダクトを許可`フィールドで:guilabel:`全てのプロダクトが同じ場合`を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -16111,16 +16960,18 @@ msgid "" "specifying the number of packages for the designated :guilabel:`Package " "Type` and setting a maximum of `2.00` `Pallets` for a specific location." msgstr "" +"次に、 :guilabel:`梱包容量` タブで梱包容量を定義し、指定された :guilabel:`梱包タイプ` " +"の梱包数を指定し、特定の場所の最大梱包数を `2.00` `パレット` に設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:0 msgid "Create a storage category on the page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ページに収納カテゴリを作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:147 msgid "" "Once the storage category settings are saved, the storage category can be " "linked to a location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "保存カテゴリの設定が保存されると、保存カテゴリを場所にリンクすることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -16129,22 +16980,25 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Edit` and select the created category in the :guilabel:`Storage " "Category` field." msgstr "" +"そのためには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> ロケーション` " +"でそのロケーションに移動し、ロケーションを選択します。guilabel:`編集`をクリックし、作成したカテゴリーを :guilabel:`保管カテゴリ`" +" フィールドで選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:154 msgid "" "Assign the `High Frequency pallets` storage category to the " "`WH/Stock/pallets/PAL 1` sub-location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "WH/在庫/パレット/PAL 1` サブロケーションに、`高頻度パレット` 保管カテゴリを割当てます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:0 msgid "" "When a Storage Category is created, it can be linked to a warehouse " "location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "保管カテゴリが作成されると、倉庫ロケーションにリンクすることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:162 msgid "Storage categories in putaway rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "置場規則内の保管カテゴリ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -16152,34 +17006,36 @@ msgid "" "the `PAL1` and `PAL2` locations and :ref:`rework the putaway rules " "` as follows:" msgstr "" +"上記の例の続きとして、`PAL1`と`PAL2`のロケーションに高頻度パレット`を適用し、以下のように :ref: `置場規則を作り直します " +"` " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:167 msgid "Assume one pallet of lemonade cans is received:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "レモネード缶を1パレット受け取ったとします:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:169 msgid "" "If PAL1 and PAL2 are empty, the pallet will be redirected to " "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." -msgstr "" +msgstr "PAL1とPAL2が空の場合、パレットはWH/在庫/パレット/PAL1にリダイレクトされます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:170 msgid "" "If PAL1 is full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2." -msgstr "" +msgstr "PAL1が満杯の場合、パレットはWH/在庫/パレット/PAL2にリダイレクトされます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:171 msgid "" "If PAL1 and 2 are full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "PAL1と2が満杯の場合、パレットはWH/在庫/パレットにリダイレクトされます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst-1 msgid "Storage Categories used in a variety of putaway rules." -msgstr "" +msgstr "様々な置場規則で使用される保管カテゴリ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Sell stock from multiple warehouses using virtual locations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "バーチャルロケーションを利用した複数倉庫からの在庫販売" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -16187,6 +17043,7 @@ msgid "" "smaller companies, bigger companies might need to keep stock in, or sell " "from, multiple warehouses in multiple locations." msgstr "" +"小規模な企業であれば、1つの倉庫で在庫を保管し、在庫を販売することも可能かもしれませんが、大企業では、複数の場所にある複数の倉庫に在庫を保管したり、複数の倉庫から在庫を販売したりする必要があるかもしれません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -16194,6 +17051,7 @@ msgid "" "two (or more) warehouses; in Odoo, pulling products from multiple warehouses" " to satisfy sales demands can be done using *virtual locations*." msgstr "" +"1つの販売オーダに含まれるプロダクトが、2つ(またはそれ以上)の倉庫から在庫を引く場合があります。Odooでは、*仮想の場所*を使用して販売オーダを満たすために複数の倉庫からプロダクトを引き出すことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -16201,6 +17059,7 @@ msgid "" "fulfill orders for multiple warehouses, has some limitations. Consider the " "following before proceeding:" msgstr "" +"このドキュメントでは、複数の倉庫のオーダを処理するために仮想倉庫を使用することを説明していますが、このソリューションにはいくつかの制限があります。先に進む前に、以下の点を考慮して下さい:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -16208,6 +17067,8 @@ msgid "" "sales order, the virtual warehouse's address is indicated on the picking, " "packing, and delivery forms, **not** the actual warehouse's address." msgstr "" +"販売オーダで :guilabel:`倉庫` " +"フィールドが仮想倉庫に設定されている場合、ピッキング、梱包、配送フォームには仮想倉庫の住所が表示され、実際の倉庫の住所は表示されません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -16216,6 +17077,7 @@ msgid "" "warehouses, but rather the sum of the stock in the locations whose warehouse" " ID is the virtual warehouse." msgstr "" +"各ロケーションは`warehouse_id`(隠しフィールド)を持っています。つまり、仮想倉庫の在庫は実際の倉庫の在庫の合計ではなく、倉庫IDが仮想倉庫のロケーションの在庫の合計になります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -16224,22 +17086,27 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`three-step delivery " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`:" msgstr "" +"doc:`2 " +"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` または" +" :doc:`3ステップ配送 " +"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>` " +"を使用している場合に制限される可能性があります: " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:29 msgid "" "The output or packing zone on the various forms is incorrectly listed as the" " virtual warehouse's address." -msgstr "" +msgstr "各種フォームに記載されている出荷ゾーンまたは梱包ゾーンが、仮想倉庫の住所として誤って記載されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:31 msgid "There is no workaround for two or three-step deliveries." -msgstr "" +msgstr "2ステップまたは3ステップ配送に対する回避策はありません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:32 msgid "" "Proceed **only** if setting a virtual warehouse's address as the output or " "packing zone makes sense for the company's workflow." -msgstr "" +msgstr "仮想倉庫の住所を出荷または梱包ゾーンとして設定することが、企業のワークフローにとって理にかなっている場合のみ**実行して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -16247,6 +17114,8 @@ msgid "" "following steps, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step" " Routes` features **must** be enabled." msgstr "" +"倉庫内に仮想の場所を作成し、次のステップに進むためには、 :guilabel:`保管場所` と :guilabel:`複数ステップルート` " +"機能を有効にする必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -16255,17 +17124,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options. " "Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish." msgstr "" +"そのためには :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に行き、 :guilabel:`倉庫` " +"セクションまでスクロールダウンし、 :guilabel:`保管場所` と :guilabel:`複数ステップルート` オプションを有効にします。そして、" +" :guilabel:`保存` で変更を終了します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:47 msgid "Create virtual parent location" -msgstr "" +msgstr "仮想の親ロケーションを作成する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:49 msgid "" "Before creating any virtual stock locations, create a new warehouse that " "acts as a *virtual* warehouse — the *parent* location of other physical " "warehouses." -msgstr "" +msgstr "仮想保管場所を作成する前に、*仮想*倉庫として機能する新しい倉庫 — 他の実際の倉庫の*親*ロケーションを作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -16275,6 +17147,7 @@ msgid "" "on-hand. In this case, stock from these two (or more) warehouses could be " "used to fulfill a single sales order." msgstr "" +"仮想倉庫は、実際の倉庫を複数持つ企業に最適です。というのも、ある倉庫で特定のプロダクトの在庫が切れても、別の倉庫にはまだ在庫があるという状況が発生するかもしれないからです。この場合、これらの2つ(またはそれ以上)の倉庫からの在庫は、単一の販売オーダを満たすために使用することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -16282,6 +17155,8 @@ msgid "" "stored in a company's physical warehouses, and is used (for traceability " "purposes) to create a hierarchy of locations in Odoo." msgstr "" +"\"仮想\" " +"倉庫は企業の実際の倉庫に保管されている全ての在庫を集約する役割を果たし、Odoo内で(トレーサビリティの目的のため)ロケーションの階層を作成するために使用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -16291,6 +17166,9 @@ msgid "" "other warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse " "Configuration` tab." msgstr "" +"新しい倉庫を作成するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 倉庫` に進み、 :guilabel:`作成` " +"をクリックします。ここから倉庫の :guilabel:`名前` と :guilabel:`略称` を変更し、その他の倉庫の詳細は " +":guilabel:`倉庫設定` タブで変更できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -16298,37 +17176,38 @@ msgid "" "Continue following the steps below to finish configuring the virtual parent " "warehouse." msgstr "" +"最後に、:guilabel:`保存`をクリックし、*通常の*倉庫の作成を終了します。仮想親倉庫の設定を完了するには、以下の手順を続けて下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "New warehouse form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "新規倉庫フォーム。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:76 msgid "" ":doc:`Warehouse configurations " "<../inventory_management/warehouses_locations>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`倉庫設定 <../inventory_management/warehouses_locations>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:77 msgid "" ":ref:`Incoming and outgoing shipments " "`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`入荷および出荷配送 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:78 msgid "" ":doc:`Resupply from another warehouse " "<../inventory_management/resupply_warehouses>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`他倉庫からの補充 <../inventory_management/resupply_warehouses>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:83 msgid "Create child warehouses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "子倉庫を作成する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:85 msgid "" "Create at least two *child* warehouses to link to the virtual warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "仮想倉庫にリンクするために、少なくとも2つの*子*倉庫を作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -16336,6 +17215,7 @@ msgid "" "there needs to be at least **two** warehouses acting as child locations of " "the virtual parent location warehouse." msgstr "" +"販売オーダを満たすために複数の倉庫から在庫を引くには、仮想の親ロケーション倉庫の子ロケーションとして機能する倉庫が少なくとも**2つ**必要です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -16344,35 +17224,37 @@ msgid "" "instructions ` to configure the physical stock " "locations." msgstr "" +"そのためには :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 倉庫` に移動し、 :guilabel:`作成` をクリックし、 " +":ref:`事前指示 ` に従って実際の在庫ロケーションを設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "**Parent Warehouse**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**親倉庫**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Virtual Warehouse`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`親倉庫`: `仮想倉庫`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH/Stock`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`ロケーション`: `VWH/在庫`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "**Child Warehouses**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**子倉庫**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouses`: `Warehouse A` and `Warehouse B`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`倉庫`: `倉庫A` と `倉庫B`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA` and `WHB`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`ロケーション`: `WHA` と `WHB`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "" "Graphic of child locations 'WHA' and 'WHB' tied to the parent location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "親ロケーションに紐づく子ロケーション 'WHA' と 'WHB'のグラフィック。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -16381,10 +17263,12 @@ msgid "" "point to :ref:`link the child warehouses ` in " "the next section." msgstr "" +"仮想在庫ロケーションは後で'ビュー'に変更されますが、次のセクションで:ref:`子倉庫をリンクする`ために、この時点で:guilabel:`ロケーションタイプ`は:guilabel:`内部ロケーション`である**必要があります**。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:117 msgid "Link child warehouses to virtual stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "子倉庫を仮想在庫にリンクする" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -16392,6 +17276,9 @@ msgid "" "configured in the :ref:`previous step `, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`." msgstr "" +"ref:`前のステップ ` " +"で設定した仮想ロケーションの子ロケーションとして実際の倉庫を設定するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> " +"ロケーション` に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -16399,6 +17286,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location` that was previously created to be a child location " "(e.g. `WHA`), and click :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" +"検索バーからフィルタを取り除きます。次に、子ロケーション(例：`WHA`)として作成した実際の倉庫 :guilabel:`ロケーション` " +"をクリックし、:guilabel:`編集` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -16406,6 +17295,8 @@ msgid "" "Locations` to the virtual warehouse's **stock location** (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) " "from the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`親ロケーション` フィールドを :guilabel:`実際のロケーション` " +"から仮想倉庫の**在庫ロケーション**(例：`VWH/在庫`)にドロップダウンメニューから変更し、 :guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -16414,25 +17305,27 @@ msgid "" "`VWH/Stock`) **must** have its :guilabel:`Location Type` set to " ":guilabel:`Internal Location`." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`親ロケーション`ドロップダウンメニューで仮想倉庫の在庫ロケーションを選択するには、親倉庫の在庫ロケーション(例：`VWH/在庫`)の" +" :guilabel:`ロケーションタイプ` が :guilabel:`内部ロケーション` に設定されている**必要があります**。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Set the child warehouse's *Parent Location* to the virtual warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "子倉庫の *親倉庫の場所* を仮想倉庫に設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:139 msgid "Repeat the preceding steps to configure two or more child warehouses." -msgstr "" +msgstr "2つ以上の子倉庫を設定するには、前述の手順を繰り返します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:141 msgid "" "Once complete, the virtual, parent warehouse (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) fulfills " "orders using stock from child warehouses (e.g. `WHA` and `WHB`), if there is" " insufficient stock in any one location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦完了すると、仮想の親倉庫(例：`VWH/在庫`)は、子倉庫(例：`WHA`と`WHB`)の在庫を使用してオーダを処理します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:145 msgid "Set virtual stock location as 'view'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "仮想在庫ロケーションを'ビュー'として設定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -16440,12 +17333,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`View`, as it is a non-existent location used to group various " "physical warehouses together." msgstr "" +"仮想在庫ロケーションの :guilabel:`ロケーションタイプ` を :guilabel:`ビュー` " +"に設定します。これは、様々な実際の倉庫をグループ化するために使用される存在しないロケーションだからです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:150 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Locations`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "そのためには :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> ロケーション` に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -16453,6 +17348,8 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`previously created `, from the " ":guilabel:`Locations` list." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`ロケーション`リストから、:ref:`前回作成済の`仮想倉庫の在庫ロケーション(例 :` VWH/在庫`)をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -16460,24 +17357,27 @@ msgid "" "set the :guilabel:`Location Type` to :guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the " "changes." msgstr "" +"ロケーションフォームの :guilabel:`追加情報` 見出しの下にある :guilabel:`ロケーションタイプ` を :guilabel:ビュー`" +" に設定します。変更を :guilabel:`保存`します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Warehouse location types in location creation screen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ロケーション作成スクリーンでの倉庫ロケーションタイプ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:163 msgid "" "To view the total quantity across **all** linked child warehouses, go to the" " product form and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button." msgstr "" +"リンクされている**全て**の子倉庫の合計数量を表示するには、プロダクトフォームに移動し、:guilabel:`手持`スマートボタンをクリックして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Display stock across all linked warehouses." -msgstr "" +msgstr "全てのリンク済倉庫の在庫を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:171 msgid "Example: sell products from a virtual warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "例: 仮想倉庫からプロダクトを販売" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:173 msgid "" @@ -16486,26 +17386,27 @@ msgid "" "least **one** product, with quantity on-hand in each warehouse, " "respectively." msgstr "" +"仮想の親ロケーションを使用して複数の倉庫からプロダクトを販売するには、データベースは少なくとも**2つ**の倉庫が、それぞれ各倉庫に手持ちの数量で、少なくとも**1つ**のプロダクトで構成されている必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:178 msgid "" "The following product, `Toy soldier`, is available at each location with the" " quantities:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下のプロダクト、`おもちゃの兵隊`は各ロケーションに数量があります:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:180 msgid "`WHA/Stock` : 1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`WHA/在庫` : 1" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:181 msgid "`WHB/Stock` : 2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`WHB/在庫` : 2" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:182 msgid "" "Warehouses `WHA` and `WHB` are child warehouses of the virtual warehouse " "`VWH`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "倉庫 `WHA` と `WHB` は仮想倉庫 `VWH` の子倉庫です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:184 msgid "" @@ -16514,6 +17415,8 @@ msgid "" "add a :guilabel:`Customer`, and click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " "two products stored in the two warehouses." msgstr "" +"menuselection:`販売` アプリに移動して :guilabel:`作成` をクリックし、プロダクトの見積を作成します。見積に " +":guilabel:`顧客` を追加し、 :guilabel:`プロダクト追加` をクリックして2つの倉庫に保管されている2つのプロダクトを追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -16522,12 +17425,15 @@ msgid "" "value to the virtual warehouse that was :ref:`previously created " "`. Next, :guilabel:`Confirm` the sales order." msgstr "" +"次に、販売オーダフォームの :guilabel:`その他情報` タブをクリックします。guilabel:`配送` セクションの " +":guilabel:`倉庫` フィールドの値を :ref:`事前に作成済 ` " +"で指定した仮想倉庫に変更します。次に、販売オーダを :guilabel:`確認` します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "" "Set virtual warehouse as the *Warehouse* field in sales order's *Other Info*" " tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "販売オーダの*その他情報*タブの*倉庫*フィールドとして仮想倉庫を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:196 msgid "" @@ -16536,6 +17442,8 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field value from the sales order. Both should list" " the virtual warehouse location." msgstr "" +"次に、 :guilabel:`配送` スマートボタンをクリックします。倉庫配送フォームから、 :guilabel:`移動元ロケーション` " +"の値が販売オーダの :guilabel:`倉庫` フィールドの値と一致することを確認します。両方が仮想倉庫の場所をリストしているはずです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:200 msgid "" @@ -16544,10 +17452,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`From` column for each product match the child locations that are " "tied to the virtual parent location." msgstr "" +"最後に、倉庫配送フォームの :guilabel:`詳細オペレーション` タブで、各プロプロダクトの :guilabel:`元` 列の " +":guilabel:`ロケーション` が、仮想親ロケーションに紐づく子ロケーションと一致していることを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Delivery order with matching source and child locations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "移動元と子ロケーションが一致する配送オーダ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:209 msgid "" @@ -16556,22 +17466,27 @@ msgid "" "order, **must** match for products in the sales order to be pulled from " "different warehouses." msgstr "" +"倉庫配送フォームの :guilabel:`移動元ロケーション` と販売オーダの :guilabel:`その他情報` タブにある " +":guilabel:`倉庫` は、販売オーダ内のプロダクトが異なる倉庫から引き出されるためには一致する**必要があります**。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:213 msgid "" "If the virtual warehouse is not in the :guilabel:`Source Location` field on " "the warehouse delivery form, retry product reservation by:" msgstr "" +"倉庫配送フォームの :guilabel:`移動元ロケーション` フィールドに仮想倉庫がない場合は、次の方法でプロダクト予約を再試行して下さい:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:216 msgid "" "Running the scheduler: turn on :ref:`developer mode `, and " "then go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`." msgstr "" +"スケジューラ実行: :ref:`開発者モード`をオンにし、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> " +"オペレーション -->スケジューラ実行`に進みます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:218 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Check Availability` on the delivery order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "配送オーダで :guilabel:`利用可能確認` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -16579,6 +17494,8 @@ msgid "" "field on the sales order, then cancel it, and create a new sales order with " "the virtual warehouse set in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field." msgstr "" +"もし仮想倉庫が販売オーダの :guilabel:`倉庫` フィールドに割当てられて**いない** なら、その販売オーダを取消し、 " +":guilabel:`倉庫` フィールドに仮想倉庫を設定して新規販売オーダを作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:222 msgid "" @@ -16587,6 +17504,9 @@ msgid "" " :ref:`previous section ` to ensure the correct " "settings." msgstr "" +"販売オーダフォームに :guilabel:`倉庫` " +"フィールドがない場合、複数の子倉庫が正しく設定されていない可能性があります。ref:`前のセクション`を見直して、正しい設定を確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:227 msgid "" @@ -16595,14 +17515,16 @@ msgid "" "from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` on their " "employee form." msgstr "" +"バーチャル*親*ロケーションを販売オーダのデフォルト倉庫として使用するには、各販売担当者が、従業員フォームの :guilabel:`デフォルト倉庫` " +"の隣にあるドロップダウンメニューからバーチャル倉庫を割当てなければなりません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Default warehouse location on employee form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "従業員フォームのデフォルト倉庫ロケーション。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:3 msgid "Process wave transfers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ウェーブ転送を処理する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -16611,24 +17533,26 @@ msgid "" "pick orders in a warehouse, and depending on the situation, one method may " "be a better fit than the other." msgstr "" +"一括転送が複数のピッキングをまとめたものであるのに対し、**ウェーブ転送**は異なるピッキングの一部分を含むだけです。どちらの方法も倉庫でオーダをピッキングするのに使われますが、状況によっては、どちらかの方法がより適している場合もあります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:9 msgid "" "To handle orders of a specific product category, or fetch products that are " "at the same location, wave transfers are the ideal method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "特定のプロダクトカテゴリのオーダを処理したり、同じ場所にあるプロダクトを取得するには、ウェーブ転送が理想的な方法です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:12 msgid "" "In Odoo, wave transfers are actually batch transfers with an extra step: " "transfers are split before being grouped in a batch." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odooでは、ウェーブ転送は実際にはバッチ転送で、バッチにグループ化される前に分割されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:18 msgid "" "Before a wave transfer can be created, the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " ":guilabel:`Wave Transfers` options must be activated." msgstr "" +"ウェーブ転送を作成する前に、 :guilabel:`一括転送` と :guilabel:`ウェーブ転送` オプションを有効化する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -16637,21 +17561,24 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wave Transfers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the " "settings." msgstr "" +"まず :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に移動します。guilabel:`オペレーション` セクションで、 " +":guilabel:`一括転送` と :guilabel:`ウェーブ転送` を有効にします。そして :guilabel:`保存` " +"をクリックして設定を適用します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" "View of Odoo Inventory app settings to enable the wave transfers option." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo在庫アプリの設定でウェーブ転送オプションを有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:30 msgid "Add products to a wave" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ウェーブにプロダクトを追加する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:32 msgid "" "Now that the settings are activated, start a wave transfer by adding " "products to a wave." -msgstr "" +msgstr "設定が有効化されたので、プロダクトをウェーブに追加してウェーブ転送を開始します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -16662,30 +17589,35 @@ msgid "" "icon in the corner of the operation type's card) and click " ":guilabel:`Operations`." msgstr "" +"ウェーブ転送には、同じオペレーションタイプの転送のプロダクトラインのみを含めることができます。特定のオペレーションに含まれる全ての転送とプロダクトラインを表示するには、まず" +" :guilabel:`在庫` " +"ダッシュボードに移動し、目的のオペレーションタイプのカードを探します。次に、オプションメニュー(オペレーションタイプのカードの隅にある3つの点のアイコン)を開き、" +" :guilabel:`オペレーション` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst-1 msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "オペレーションタイプのオペレーションリストの入手方法" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:43 msgid "" "On the operations page, select the product lines you want to add in a new or" " existing wave. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`." msgstr "" +"オペレーションページで、新規または既存のウェーブに追加したいプロダクトラインを選択します。次に、:guilabel:`ウェーブに追加`をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Select lines to add to the wave." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ウェーブに追加するラインを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:51 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same " "product, location, carrier, etc..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "検索バーの :guilabel:`フィルタ` を使用して、同じプロダクト、ロケーション、運送会社などの明細をグループ化します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:54 msgid "After that, a pop-up box appears." -msgstr "" +msgstr "その後、ポップアップボックスが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -16693,6 +17625,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`an existing wave transfer` option and select the existing wave " "transfer from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"選択した線を既存のウェーブ転送に追加するには、 :guilabel:`既存のウェーブ転送` " +"オプションを選択し、ドロップダウンメニューから既存のウェーブ転送を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -16701,10 +17635,13 @@ msgid "" "optional :guilabel:`Responsible` field. Once the desired options are " "selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add the product lines to a wave." msgstr "" +"新しいウェーブ転送を作成するには、 :guilabel:`新規ウェーブ転送` オプションを選択します。新しいウェーブ転送を作成する場合、オプションの " +":guilabel:`担当者` フィールドに従業員を設定することもできます。必要なオプションを選択したら、 :guilabel:`確認` " +"をクリックしてプロダクトラインをウェーブに追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:64 msgid "View wave transfers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ウェーブ転送の表示" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -16713,14 +17650,17 @@ msgid "" " can also be viewed in the :guilabel:`Barcode` app by going to " ":menuselection:`Barcode --> Batch Transfers`." msgstr "" +"全てのウェーブ転送とそのステータスを表示するには、 :menuselection:`在庫 --> オペレーション --> ウェーブ転送` " +"に進んで下さい。ウェーブ転送は :menuselection:`バーコード --> 一括転送` に進み、 :guilabel:`バーコード` " +"アプリで確認することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:5 msgid "Inventory management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在庫管理" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:3 msgid "Inventory adjustments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在庫調整" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -16731,20 +17671,21 @@ msgid "" "be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts in" " the database match the actual counts in the warehouse." msgstr "" +"倉庫管理システムでは、データベースに記録された在庫数と倉庫内の実際の在庫数が必ずしも一致しない場合があります。2つのカウントの不一致は、破損、人的ミス、盗難、または他の要因による可能性があります。そのため、在庫調整を行い、差異を調整し、データベースに記録されたカウントと倉庫内の実際のカウントが一致するようにする必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:12 msgid "Inventory Adjustments page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在庫調整ページ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:14 msgid "" "To view the *Inventory Adjustments* page, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在庫調整*ページを表示するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> オペレーション --> 在庫調整`に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "In stock products listed on the Inventory adjustments page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在庫調整ページに表示されている在庫プロダクト。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -16752,18 +17693,19 @@ msgid "" "currently in stock are listed, with each product line containing the " "following information:" msgstr "" +"guilabel:`在庫調整`ページでは、現在在庫のあるプロダクトが全てリストアップされ、各プロダクトラインには以下の情報が含まれています:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location in the warehouse where a product" " is stored." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`ロケーション`: プロダクトが保管されている倉庫内の特定のロケーション。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:25 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: the product whose quantity is listed on the inventory " "adjustment line." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`プロダクト`: 在庫調整明細に数量が記載されているプロダクト。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -16771,6 +17713,8 @@ msgid "" "specific product listed. It can contain letters, numbers, or a combination " "of both." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号`: " +"リスト済の特定のプロダクトに割当てられた追跡識別子です。アルファベット、数字、またはその両方を組合わせることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -16779,12 +17723,14 @@ msgid "" "identified product is displayed on its own product line with its own " "lot/serial number, displayed under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" +"特定のプロダクトに1.00`以上の在庫があり、複数のシリアル番号(またはロット番号)が割当てられた場合、一意に識別された各プロダクトは " +":guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` 列の下に表示される独自のロット/シリアル番号と共に、それ自体のプロダクト明細に表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the quantity of the product currently recorded" " in the database." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`手持数量`: 現在データベースに記録されているプロダクトの数量です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -16793,6 +17739,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ounces`), the default :abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` is " ":guilabel:`Units`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`単位`: プロダクトの *単位* を指定します。特に指定がない限り(つまり :guilabel:`ポンド` や " +":guilabel:`オンス`)、デフォルトの :abbr:`単位 (UoM)`は :guilabel:`単位` です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -16800,6 +17748,8 @@ msgid "" "count. This field is left blank by default, but can be changed, depending on" " if it matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` or not." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`棚卸数量`: 在庫棚卸時にカウントされた実際の数量です。このフィールドはデフォルトでは空白のままですが、 " +":guilabel:`手持数量` と一致するかどうかによって変更することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -16808,13 +17758,15 @@ msgid "" "made. The difference is automatically calculated after every inventory " "adjustment." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`差異`: :guilabel:`手持数量` と :guilabel:`棚卸数量` " +"の差分で、在庫調整が行われた後の値です。差分は在庫調整が行われる度に自動的に計算されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date at which a count should be made. If not" " otherwise specified, this date will default to the 31st of December of the " "current year." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`予定日`: カウントを行う日付です。特に指定がない場合、この日付のデフォルトは現在の年の12月31日となります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -16822,6 +17774,8 @@ msgid "" " either be the person physically counting the inventory, or applying the " "count in the database." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`User`: " +"データベースのカウントに割当てられたユーザです。これは在庫を物理的にカウントする人、またはデータベースでカウントを適用する人のどちらかになります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -16830,6 +17784,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rental`), the default *Product Category* is set to " ":guilabel:`All`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`プロダクトカテゴリ`: 特定のプロダクトに内部的に割当てられたカテゴリ。特に指定がない限り(つまり :guilabel:`消耗品`" +" や :guilabel:`レンタル`)、デフォルトの *プロダクトカテゴリ* は :guilabel:`全て` に設定されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -16838,12 +17794,14 @@ msgid "" "purchase orders, or manufacturing orders that might change the available " "quantity once fulfilled." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`利用可能数量`: " +"未処理/未完了の販売オーダ、購買オーダ、または製造オーダに基づいて、それらが実行されると変更する可能性のある、現在利用可能な特定のプロダクトの数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date on which the adjustments will be " "accounted in the Odoo *Accounting* app." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`会計日`: Odoo *会計*アプリで調整が計上される日付です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -16851,6 +17809,7 @@ msgid "" "are being made on. The company is listed in the top right corner of the " "database, next to the user currently logged in." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`会社`: 在庫調整を行うデータベースの会社です。会社はデータベースの右上、現在ログインしているユーザの隣に表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -16859,10 +17818,12 @@ msgid "" "the form's top row, and select any desired column to reveal by clicking the " "checkbox next to that option." msgstr "" +"いくつかの列はデフォルトでは非表示になっています。これらの列を表示するには、フォームの一番上の行の右端にある :guilabel:`追加オプション` " +"ボタン(3つの点のアイコン)をクリックし、そのオプションの横にあるチェックボックスをクリックして表示したい列を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:66 msgid "Create an inventory adjustment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在庫調整を作成する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -16870,6 +17831,8 @@ msgid "" "Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so creates a new, blank " "inventory adjustment line at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" +"menuselection:`在庫調整` ページから新しい在庫調整を作成するには、 :guilabel:`作成` " +"をクリックします。そうすることで、ページの下に新しい空白の在庫調整行が作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -16879,12 +17842,15 @@ msgid "" "number can also be chosen from the drop-down menu under the " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" +"この空白の在庫調整明細で、 :guilabel:`プロダクト` " +"列の下にあるドロップダウンメニューをクリックし、プロダクトを選択します。選択したプロダクトがロット番号またはシリアル番号を使用して追跡されている場合は、" +" :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` 列の下にあるドロップダウンメニューから希望のロット番号またはシリアル番号を選択することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:77 msgid "" "Next, set the value in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column to the " "quantity counted for that product during the inventory adjustment process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "次に、 :guilabel:`棚卸数量` 列の値を、在庫調整プロセスでそのプロダクトについてカウントされた数量に設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -16893,6 +17859,8 @@ msgid "" "is recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history, so it should be " "set to reflect the actual quantity counted." msgstr "" +"新規在庫調整の :guilabel:`棚卸数量` はデフォルトで `0.00` に設定されています。0.00`の :guilabel:`完了数量` " +"による在庫移動はプロダクトの在庫調整履歴に記録されるため、実際に棚卸数量が反映されるように設定する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -16903,6 +17871,9 @@ msgid "" "selecting a responsible :guilabel:`User` assigns a user to the specific " "inventory adjustment (for traceability purposes)." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`棚卸数量` カラムの右側にある :guilabel:`予定日` と :guilabel:`ユーザ` " +"はそれぞれのドロップダウンメニューで変更することができます。guilabel:`予定日`を変更すると、在庫調整が処理されるべき日付が変更され、担当する " +":guilabel:`ユーザ` を選択すると、特定の在庫調整にユーザを割当てます(トレーサビリティのため)。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -16910,9 +17881,10 @@ msgid "" "away from the line. Doing so saves the adjustment, and moves the line to the" " top of the page." msgstr "" +"新しい在庫調整明細に全て変更を加えたら、その明細からクリックして離れます。そうすることで、調整が保存され、明細がページの一番上に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:94 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:160 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is greater than the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **green**. If " @@ -16921,10 +17893,13 @@ msgid "" " quantities match, and haven't been changed at all, no value appears in the " ":guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" +"もし :guilabel:`棚卸数量` が :guilabel:`手持数量` より大きい場合、 :guilabel:`差異` 列の値は **緑** " +"になります。もし :guilabel:`棚卸数量` が :guilabel:`手持数量` より小さい場合、 :guilabel:`差異` 列の値は " +"**赤** となります。数量が一致し、全て変更されていない場合、 :guilabel:`差異`列に値は表示されません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Difference column on inventory adjustments page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在庫調整ページの差異列。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -16932,6 +17907,7 @@ msgid "" "yet applied. This means that the quantity on hand before the adjustment has " "not yet been updated to match the new, real counted quantity." msgstr "" +"この段階では、カウント(:dfn:`在庫調整`)は記録されていますが、まだ適用されていません。これは、調整前の手持数量が、新しい実際の棚卸数量と一致するようにまだ更新されていないことを意味します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -16942,6 +17918,10 @@ msgid "" "an :guilabel:`Apply` button. Clicking this button instead causes an " ":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment Reference / Reason` pop-up window to appear." msgstr "" +"新しい在庫調整を適用するには2つの方法があります。一つ目の方法は、ページの右端にある明細の :guilabel:`適用` " +"ボタンをクリックする方法です。もう一つは明細の左端にあるチェックボックスをクリックする方法です。そうすると、ページの上部に新しいボタンオプションが表示され、その中の一つに" +" :guilabel:`適用` ボタンがあります。このボタンをクリックすると :guilabel:`在庫調整参照 / 理由` " +"ポップアップウィンドウが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -16950,38 +17930,52 @@ msgid "" "Reason` field is pre-populated with the date the adjustment is being made " "on, but can be changed to reflect whatever reference or reason is desired." msgstr "" +"このポップアップメニューから、在庫調整に参照または理由を割当てることができます。デフォルトでは、 :guilabel:`在庫調整 / 理由` " +"フィールドには調整が行われる日付が予め入力されていますが、 どのような参照や理由であっても、それを反映するように変更することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:118 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "準備ができたら、 :guilabel:`適用` をクリックして在庫調整を適用します。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Applying an inventory adjustment simultaneously creates a :doc:`stock move " +"line (SML) <../reporting/moves_history>` in the *Moves History* report for " +"traceability." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " "specified." -msgstr "" +msgstr "全て適用オプションは、理由が指定されると在庫調整を適用します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:129 msgid "Count products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトをカウントする" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131 msgid "" "Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is " "complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory " "Adjustments` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each " "product line." msgstr "" +"プロダクトのカウント(棚卸)は倉庫で繰返し実施される活動です。カウントが完了したら、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> オペレーション" +" --> 在庫調整` で各プロダクト明細の :guilabel:`棚卸数量` 列を更新します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135 msgid "" "On each product line, identify whether the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` column recorded in the database matches the newly-counted value. " "If the recorded value and the counted value do match, click the " ":guilabel:`Set` button (target icon) at the far right of the product line." msgstr "" +"各プロダクト明細で、データベースに記録されている :guilabel:`手持数量` " +"列の値が、新しく数えた値と一致するかどうかを確認します。記録された値とカウントされた値が一致する場合は、プロダクト明細の右端にある " +":guilabel:`設定` ボタン(ターゲットアイコン)をクリックします。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:139 msgid "" "Doing so copies the value from the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column over " "to the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and sets the value of the " @@ -16989,49 +17983,58 @@ msgid "" "inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` is recorded in the " "product's inventory adjustment history." msgstr "" +"これにより :guilabel:`手持数量` 列の値が :guilabel:`棚卸数量` 列にコピーされ、 :guilabel:`差異` 列の値が " +"`0.00` に設定されます。その後、適用されると、`0.00` :guilabel:`完了数量` の在庫移動がプロダクトの在庫調整履歴に記録されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ゼロカウント在庫調整移動。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148 msgid "" "If the newly-counted value for a given product does **not** match the value " "in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, instead of " "clicking the :guilabel:`Set` button, record the real value in the field in " "the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." msgstr "" +"もしあるプロダクトの新しくカウントされた値が、データベースに記録されている :guilabel:`手持数量` の値と一致**しない**場合、 " +":guilabel:`設定` ボタンをクリックする代わりに、 :guilabel:`棚卸数量` 列のフィールドに実際の値を記録して下さい。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152 msgid "" "To do so, click the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column on the " "specific inventory adjustment line for the product whose count is being " "changed. This automatically assigns a :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` of " "`0.00`." msgstr "" +"これを行うには、カウントを変更するプロダクトの特定の在庫調整明細の :guilabel:`棚卸数量` 列のフィールドをクリックします。これで自動的に " +":guilabel:`棚卸数量` に `0.00` が割当てられます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 msgid "" "To change this value, type in a new value that matches the real, newly-" "counted value. Then, click away from the line. Doing so saves the " "adjustment, and automatically adjusts the value in the " ":guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" +"この値を変更するには、新しくカウントされた実際の値と一致する新しい値を入力します。その後、明細をクリックします。そうすることで調整が保存され、自動的に " +":guilabel:`差異` 列の値が調整されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:166 msgid "" "Subsequently, once applied, a move with the difference between the " ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is " "recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." msgstr "" +"その後、適用されると :guilabel:`手持数量` と :guilabel:`棚卸数量` の差による移動がプロダクトの在庫調整履歴に記録されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product " "moves." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在庫調整履歴ダッシュボードには、過去のプロダクト移動のリストが表示されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:174 msgid "" "Sometimes a count occurs, but cannot be applied in the database right away. " "In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, " @@ -17040,356 +18043,430 @@ msgid "" "extra precaution, Odoo asks for confirmation before applying the inventory " "adjustment." msgstr "" +"カウントが発生しても、すぐにデータベースで適用できないことがあります。実際にカウントしてから在庫調整を適用するまでの間に、プロダクトの移動が発生することがあります。その場合、データベースの手持数量が変更され、棚卸数量と一致しなくなる可能性があります。念のため、在庫調整を適用する前にOdooは確認を求めます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:181 msgid "Change inventory count frequency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在庫カウント頻度を変更する" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183 msgid "" "By default, the *scheduled date* for inventory adjustments are always " "scheduled for the 31st of December of the current year. However, for some " "companies, it is crucial that they have an accurate inventory count at all " "times. In such cases, the default scheduled date can be modified." msgstr "" +"デフォルトでは、在庫調整の*予定日*は常に当年の12月31日に予定されています。しかし、企業によっては、常に正確な在庫数を把握することが重要な場合もあります。そのような場合、デフォルトの予定日を変更することができます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:187 msgid "" "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " "section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting, " "which includes a drop-down menu that is set to `31 December` by default." msgstr "" +"デフォルトの予定日を変更するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定`に進みます。そして、 " +":guilabel:`オペレーション` セクションで、 :guilabel:`年度末棚卸の月日` " +"設定を探します。このドロップダウンメニューはデフォルトで12月31日に設定されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month" " setting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "年度末棚卸の月日の設定で、次回の在庫棚卸日を調整します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:195 msgid "" "To change the day, click the :guilabel:`31`, and change it to a day within " "the range `1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." -msgstr "" +msgstr "日付を変更する場合は、:guilabel:`31` をクリックし、その年の希望の月によって `1-31` の範囲内の日に変更します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:198 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:117 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" "down menu, and select the desired month." -msgstr "" +msgstr "月を変更するには、:guilabel:`12月`をクリックしてドロップダウンメニューを表示し、希望の月を選択します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:201 msgid "" "Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all " "changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "全ての変更が完了したら、 :guilabel:`保存` をクリックして全ての変更を保存します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:204 msgid "Plan big inventory counts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "大規模な在庫棚卸の計画" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:206 msgid "" "To plan big inventory counts, such as a full count of everything currently " "in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->" " Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" +"現在在庫があるものを全て数えるなど、大規模な在庫棚卸を計画するには、まず :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> オペレーション --> " +"在庫調整` に移動します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209 msgid "" "Then, select the desired products to be counted by clicking the checkbox on " "the far left of each product line." -msgstr "" +msgstr "次に、各製品明細の左端にあるチェックボックスをクリックして、カウントするプロダクトを選択します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:213 msgid "" "To request a count of **all** products currently in stock, click the " "checkbox at the very top of the table, in the header row next to the " ":guilabel:`Location` label. This selects **all** product lines." msgstr "" +"現在在庫のある**全て**のプロダクトのカウントを要求するには、テーブルの一番上、 :guilabel:`ロケーション` " +"ラベルの隣のヘッダー行にあるチェックボックスをクリックして下さい。これにより、**全ての**プロダクト明細が選択されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在庫調整ページの棚卸ポップアップを要求します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221 msgid "" "Once all desired products have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Request a" " Count` button at the top of the page. This causes a :guilabel:`Request a " "Count` pop-up window to appear. From this pop-up, fill in the following " "information:" msgstr "" +"希望のプロダクトを全て選択したら、ページ上部の :guilabel:`棚卸を要求` ボタンをクリックします。これにより " +":guilabel:`Request a Count` ポップアップウィンドウが表示されます。このポップアップから、以下の情報を入力して下さい:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:225 msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`棚卸日`: 棚卸の予定日。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:226 msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`ユーザ`:棚卸を担当するユーザ。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" " be accounted." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`会計日`: 在庫の調整が計上される日付。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the on-hand quantity of each product line blank," " select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To pre-fill the on-hand quantity of each " "product line with the current value recorded in the database, select " ":guilabel:`Set Current Value`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`カウント`: 各プロダクトラインの手持ち数量を空白にするには、 :guilabel:`空白のまま` " +"を選択します。各プロダクト明細の手持数量をあらかじめデータベースに記録されている現在の値で埋めるには、 :guilabel:`現在の値を設定` " +"を選択します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:232 msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最後に、準備ができたら :guilabel:`確認` をクリックしてカウントを要求します。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 msgid "" "In the Odoo *Barcode* app, users can only view inventory counts that are " "assigned to **them**, and are scheduled for **today** or **earlier**." msgstr "" +"Odoo " +"*バーコード*アプリでは、ユーザは**自分に**割当てられた**在庫数**と、**今日**または**それ以前**に予定されている在庫数のみを表示することができます。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:239 msgid ":doc:`cycle_counts`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`cycle_counts`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:3 msgid "Create a second warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "第2の倉庫を作成する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 msgid "" -"A *warehouse* is a physical building or space where items are stored. In " -"Odoo, it is possible to set up multiple warehouses and transfer stored items" -" between them." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *warehouse* is a physical building or space where " +"items are stored. By default, each Odoo database has one warehouse already " +"pre-configured, with the address set as the company's address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:9 msgid "" -"By default, the Odoo platform has one warehouse that is already configured, " -"with the address set as the company's address. To create a second warehouse," -" select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, then click " -":guilabel:`Create` and configure the form as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:12 -msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code by which the warehouse is " -"referred to; the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is **WH**" +"However, it is possible to set up multiple additional warehouses, and " +"transfer stored items between them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:15 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse; this can be set as" -" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " -"vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:17 -msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The options below will only appear if the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " -"checkbox is enabled in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` under the" -" :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " -"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: select the routes that incoming and" -" outgoing shipments should follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:27 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " -"from this warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:28 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: allow for items to be manufactured in " -"this warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture`: select the route that should be followed when " -"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: check the box to allow for purchased products " -"to be delivered to the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:33 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Resupply From`: select warehouses that can be used to resupply " -"the warehouse being created" +"To create a second warehouse, the *Storage Locations* feature must be " +"enabled. To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, " +"tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and " +":guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "A filled out form for creating a new warehouse." +msgid "" +"Warning pop-up window for creating a second warehouse before enabling " +"Storage Locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:97 msgid "" -"Creating a second warehouse will automatically enable the *Storage " -"Locations* setting, which allows location tracking of products within a " -"warehouse. To toggle this setting, navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings` and click the checkbox under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " -"heading." +"Creating a second warehouse without first enabling the *Storage Locations* " +"feature triggers a :guilabel:`Warning` pop-up window. It indicates creating " +"a second warehouse automatically activates the *Storage Locations* setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:30 +msgid "Create new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:70 msgid "" -"After filling out the form, click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse " -"will be created." +"To create a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens a " +"blank warehouse creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:35 +msgid "Fill out the following fields as necessary:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code used to identify the warehouse," +" i.e. `WH2` (the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is `WH`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse. This can be set as" +" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " +"vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located. By default," +" this is set to the company's address in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Filled out warehouse name and address settings on warehouse creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:49 -msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, configure the warehouse's" +" main workflow in the :guilabel:`Shipments` section, and set available " +"replenishment methods in the :guilabel:`Resupply` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:54 msgid "" -"If a new warehouse is created that has existing inventory in it, the " -"inventory counts should be added to Odoo so that the stock listed in the " -"Odoo database reflects what is in the physical warehouse. To add inventory " -"to a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations -->" -" Inventory Adjustments`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`. The inventory " -"adjustment form can then be filled out as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:57 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: the name or code that the inventory " -"adjustment can be referred to by" +"The :guilabel:`Shipments` and :guilabel:`Resupply` sections only appear if " +"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` checkbox is enabled in " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " +"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Locations`: the location(s) where the inventory is stored; " -"include the new warehouse and any locations within it that inventory will be" -" added to" +"In the :guilabel:`Shipments` section, choose between one, two, or three-step" +" processes for both incoming and outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:61 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Products`: include all products that will be added to inventory " -"or leave blank to select any product during the next step" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:62 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Resupply` section, edit the following settings:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:64 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Include Exhausted Products`: include products with a quantity of " -"zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they " -"have no existing inventory" +":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractors`: enable this feature to coordinate with " +"vendors, and have components dropshipped directly to subcontractors for " +"manufacturing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:66 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date used by accounting teams for " -"bookkeeping related to the inventory" +":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " +"with goods from this warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:68 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the inventory; can be set as the " -"user's company or as a customer or vendor" +":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: when products are manufactured, they " +"can be delivered to this warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Counted Quantities`: choose whether the counted quantities for " -"products being added should default to stock on hand or zero; does not " -"affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing " -"inventory" +":guilabel:`Manufacture`: the route that should be followed when " +"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse. Choose from one, two, and three-" +"step production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: when products are purchased, they can be " +"delivered to this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resupply From`: Check the box next to the other warehouses from " +"which this warehouse can replenish products. If the current warehouse does " +"not have the stock, it can also pull products from these selected warehouses" +" in the database. Automatic resupply routes will be created accordingly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "A filled out form for an inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:77 msgid "" -"Once the form is properly configured, click on :guilabel:`Start Inventory` " -"to be taken to the next page where products can be added to the inventory " -"adjustment. Add a new product by clicking on :guilabel:`Create` and then " -"fill out the product line as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:81 -msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory" +"Filled out Warehouse Configuration tab settings on warehouse creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:82 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " -"the new warehouse; this can be set as the overall warehouse or a location " -"within the warehouse" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new warehouse's settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:84 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " -"serial number used to identify it" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:85 +msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" +msgstr "新しい倉庫に在庫を追加する" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:87 msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Hand`: the total quantity of the product stored in the " -"location for which inventory is being adjusted; this should be zero for a " -"new location or warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:88 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Counted`: the amount of the product that is being added to " -"inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:89 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the *On Hand* and *Counted* " -"values; this will automatically update to reflect the value entered in the " -":guilabel:`Counted` column" +"If a new warehouse is created to represent a real-world storage location " +"with existing stock, update the warehouse's stock using an inventory " +"adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:91 -msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for counting the product" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`count_products`" +msgstr ":doc:`count_products`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "Include a line for each product being added to inventory." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To perform an inventory adjustment, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Operations --> Physical Inventory`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing" +" so adds a new line at the bottom of the list of inventory adjustments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:97 +msgid "Configure the line by filling out the following fields as necessary:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:99 msgid "" -"After adding all the products already stored in the new warehouse, click " -":guilabel:`Validate Inventory` to complete the inventory adjustment. The " -"values in the :guilabel:`On Hand` column will update to reflect those in the" -" :guilabel:`Counted` column and the products added will appear in the " -"inventory of the new warehouse." +":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " +"the new warehouse. This can be set as the overall warehouse, or a location " +"within the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " +"serial number used to identify it, if the product is tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the total quantity of the product stored in " +"the location for which inventory is being adjusted. For a new warehouse or " +"location where a count or a prior inventory adjustment has not taken place, " +"this should be set to `0.00`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure (UoM) used for counting the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: the amount of the product being added to " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the on-hand and counted " +"quantities. This automatically updates to reflect the value entered in the " +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date selected for the next inventory count " +"for this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`User`: the user who recorded the inventory adjustment in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out inventory adjustment line for product in new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once each line for the products being added to the new warehouse is " +"configured, click :guilabel:`Apply` on each line to apply the new inventory " +"counts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The values in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column update to reflect " +"those in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and the products added " +"appear in the new warehouse's stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:125 +msgid "" +"If products tracked using a lot number or serial number are added without " +"specifying the tracking number, a :guilabel:`Tracked Products in Inventory " +"Adjustment` pop-up window appears upon clicking :guilabel:`Apply` on that " +"product's line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The pop-up indicates tracked products were added, but the lots/serial " +"numbers were not defined. To apply the adjustment without the numbers, click" +" :guilabel:`Apply`. To add the numbers before applying, click " +":guilabel:`Discard`, and add the numbers. Then, once ready, click " +":guilabel:`Apply` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:0 +msgid "Tracked Products in Inventory Adjustment pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`warehouses_locations`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:3 msgid "Cycle counts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "循環棚卸" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -17398,6 +18475,7 @@ msgid "" " scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December" " of the current year." msgstr "" +"ほとんどの企業では、倉庫在庫の集計は年に一度しか必要ありません。そのため、Odooで*在庫調整*を行った後、次回の在庫棚卸予定日はその年の12月31日に設定されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -17407,12 +18485,13 @@ msgid "" "their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their " "physical inventory counts match their inventory records." msgstr "" +"しかし、企業によっては、常に正確な在庫数を把握することが重要な場合もあります。このような企業は、重要な在庫レベルを正確に保つために*循環棚卸*を使用しています。循環棚卸とは、企業が在庫を特定の*ロケーション*でより頻繁に棚卸し、物理的な在庫棚卸数が在庫記録と一致していることを確認する方法です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:17 msgid "" "In Odoo, cycle counts are performed by location. Therefore, the *Storage " "Locations* feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odooでは循環棚卸はロケーションごとに実行されます。そのため、循環棚卸を実行する前に*保管場所*機能を有効にする必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -17421,21 +18500,24 @@ msgid "" "section. Then, tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and " "click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"この機能を有効にするには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に移動し、 :guilabel:`倉庫` " +"セクションまでスクロールダウンします。そして :guilabel:`在庫ロケーション` の隣にあるチェックボックスにチェックを入れ、 " +":guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Enabled Storage Locations setting in inventory settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在庫設定の保管場所設定を有効化済。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:29 msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location" -msgstr "" +msgstr "場所ごとの在庫棚卸頻度の変更" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:31 msgid "" "Once the *Storage Locations* feature is enabled, and there are multiple " "locations created in the warehouse, the inventory count frequency can be " "changed for specific locations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*保管場所*機能が有効になり、倉庫内に複数の保管場所が作成されると、特定の保管場所の在庫棚卸頻度を変更することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -17443,12 +18525,14 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page " "containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse." msgstr "" +"ロケーションを表示、編集するには :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> ロケーション` " +"に移動します。これにより、現在作成され倉庫にリストされている全てのロケーションを含む :guilabel:`ロケーション` ページが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:38 msgid "" "From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and " "configuration page for that location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "このページから、場所をクリックすると、その場所の管理設定と設定ページが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -17457,16 +18541,18 @@ msgid "" "default (if this location has not been edited previously). In this field, " "change the value to any number of days desired for the frequency of counts." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`循環棚卸`セクションの下にある :guilabel:`棚卸頻度(日)` フィールドを探します。デフォルトでは `0` " +"に設定されているはずです (この場所が編集されていない場合)。このフィールドで、棚卸の頻度を任意の日数に変更します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Location frequency setting on location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ロケーションのロケーション頻度設定。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:50 msgid "" "A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "30日ごとの在庫カウントが必要なロケーションは :guilabel:`棚卸頻度 (日)` 値を `30` に設定して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -17474,10 +18560,11 @@ msgid "" "scheduled count date is automatically set, based on the value entered into " "the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field." msgstr "" +"このロケーションに在庫調整が適用されると、 :guilabel:`在庫頻度(日)`フィールドに入力された値に基づいて、次の予定日が自動的に設定されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:57 msgid "Count inventory by location" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ロケーションごとの在庫棚卸" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -17486,6 +18573,8 @@ msgid "" "This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all " "products currently in-stock, with each product listed on its own line." msgstr "" +"倉庫内の特定の場所の循環棚卸を行うには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> オペレーション --> 物理的在庫`に移動します。すると " +":guilabel:`在庫調整` ページが表示され、現在在庫のあるプロダクトが全て表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -17494,6 +18583,9 @@ msgid "" "of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to select specific locations " "and perform inventory counts." msgstr "" +"このページから :guilabel:`フィルタ` と :guilabel:`グループ分` オプション( :guilabel:`検索...`バーの右にある" +" :guilabel:`⬇️ (下向き矢印)` " +"アイコンをクリックすることでアクセス可能)を使って、特定の場所を選択したり、在庫棚卸を行うことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -17502,10 +18594,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Search...` bar. Then, in the :guilabel:`Group By` column, click " ":guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to reveal a new drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"特定のロケーションを選択し、そのロケーション内の全てのプロダクトを表示するには、 :guilabel:`検索...`バーの右にある " +":guilabel:`⬇️ (下向き矢印)` アイコンをクリックします。次に、 :guilabel:`グループ分` 列で、 " +":guilabel:`カスタムグループ追加` をクリックすると、新しいドロップダウンメニューが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Filters and Group By menu on Inventory Adjustments page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在庫調整ページのフィルタとグループ化メニュー。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -17513,6 +18608,8 @@ msgid "" "into their storage locations on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, " "and a cycle count can be performed for all products in that location." msgstr "" +"ドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`ロケーション` をクリックします。そうすることで、 :guilabel:`在庫調整` " +"ページでプロダクトが保管場所にソートされ、その場所にある全てのプロダクトに対して循環棚卸を実行することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -17521,12 +18618,17 @@ msgid "" "from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click the :guilabel:`⬇️ " "(down arrow)` icon to the right of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" +"複数のロケーションがあり、プロダクトが大量にある大規模な倉庫では、希望の特定のロケーションを検索する方が簡単かもしれません。これを行うには、 " +":guilabel:`在庫調整` ページから、 :guilabel:`検索...` バーの右にある :guilabel:`⬇️ (下向き矢印)` " +"アイコンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:85 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Filters` column, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`" " to open an :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"次に、 :guilabel:`フィルタ` 列で、 :guilabel:`カスタムフィルタを追加` をクリックして、 " +":guilabel:`カスタムフィルタを追加` ポップアップウィンドウを開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -17534,18 +18636,20 @@ msgid "" " list of options. Select :guilabel:`contains` in the second field. In the " "third field, type in the name of the location being searched for." msgstr "" +"最初のフィールドで値をクリックし、オプションのリストから :guilabel:`ロケーション` を選択します。2番目のフィールドで " +":guilabel:`含む` を選択します。3番目のフィールドに、検索するロケーションの名前を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:92 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add` for that location to appear on the page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`追加`をクリックすると、その場所がページに表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:0 msgid "Add Custom Filter pop-up window with location values entered." -msgstr "" +msgstr "カスタムフィルタの追加ポップアップウィンドウに場所の値が入力されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:99 msgid "Change full inventory count frequency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "全在庫棚卸頻度の変更" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -17553,6 +18657,7 @@ msgid "" "for full inventory counts of all in-stock products in the warehouse can also" " be manually changed, to push the date up sooner than the date listed." msgstr "" +"循環棚卸は通常、ロケーションごとに実行され、予定された日にちより前倒するために、倉庫内の在庫プロダクトの全棚卸予定日を手動で変更することも可能です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -17562,32 +18667,31 @@ msgid "" "field, which includes a drop-down field that is set to `31` " ":guilabel:`December`, by default." msgstr "" +"デフォルトの予定日を変更するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定`に進みます。そして、 " +":guilabel:`オペレーション年度末棚卸の月日` セクションで、 :guilabel:`年間在庫日および月` 設定フィールドを探します。 " +"これはドロップダウンフィールドを含み、デフォルトでは `31` :guilabel:`12月` に設定されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在庫アプリ管理設定の頻度フィールド。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:114 msgid "" "To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range " "`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." -msgstr "" +msgstr "日を変更するには、`31`をクリックし、その年の希望の月によって`1-31`の範囲内の日に変更します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:120 msgid "Once all necessary changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123 -msgid ":doc:`count_products`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "必要な変更が全て完了したら、 :guilabel:`保存` をクリックして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`use_locations`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`use_locations`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Resupply from another warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "他の倉庫からの補充" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -17597,6 +18701,7 @@ msgid "" "ordered to the central warehouse. Odoo allows the user to easily set which " "warehouse(s) can resupply another warehouse." msgstr "" +"複数の倉庫の一般的な使用例は、複数のショップに供給する1つの中央倉庫を持つことであり、この場合、各店舗はローカル倉庫とみなされます。店舗がプロダクトを補充したい場合、そのプロダクトは中央倉庫にオーダされます。Odooではユーザがどの倉庫から別の倉庫に補充できるかを簡単に設定できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -17604,16 +18709,18 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and activate :guilabel:`Multi-" "Step Routes`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." msgstr "" +"別の倉庫から補給するには、まず :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> 管理設定 --> 倉庫` に進み、 " +":guilabel:`複数ステップルート` を有効化します。そして :guilabel:`保存` をクリックして設定を適用します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Enable Multi-Step Routes in Inventory settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在庫アプリで複数ステップルートを有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:21 msgid "" "View all the configured warehouses by going to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Configuration --> Warehouses`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> 倉庫`で設定された倉庫を全て表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -17621,6 +18728,8 @@ msgid "" "warehouse a name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the warehouse." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`作成`をクリックして新しい倉庫を作成します。次に、倉庫に名前と :guilabel:`略称` を付けます。最後に " +":guilabel:`保存` をクリックして倉庫の作成を終了します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -17633,14 +18742,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting. Now, Odoo knows which warehouses can " "resupply this warehouse." msgstr "" +"その後、 :guilabel:`倉庫` ページに戻り、2つ目の倉庫から再供給される倉庫を開きます。そして、 :guilabel:`編集` " +"をクリックします。guilabel:`倉庫設定`タブで、 " +":guilabel:`補充元`フィールドを探し、2つ目の倉庫の名前の横のボックスにチェックを入れます。倉庫が複数の倉庫から補充される場合は、それらの倉庫のボックスにもチェックを入れて下さい。最後に" +" :guilabel:`保存` をクリックして設定を適用します。これでOdooはどの倉庫がこの倉庫に補充できるかを知ることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "倉庫設定タブで、倉庫に別の倉庫を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:39 msgid "Set route on a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトにルートを設定する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -17651,11 +18764,15 @@ msgid "" " with a reordering rule or the make to order (MTO) route to replenish stock " "by moving the product from one warehouse to another." msgstr "" +"補充する倉庫を設定した後、全てのプロダクトフォームで新しいルートが利用できるようになりました。新しいルートは、プロダクトフォームの " +":guilabel:`在庫` タブの下に :guilabel:` [倉庫名]からプロダクトを供給` として表示されます。guilabel:` " +"[Warehouse " +"Name]からプロダクトを供給`ルートを再オーダ規則または受注生産(MTO)ルートと一緒に使用すると、ある倉庫から別の倉庫にプロダクトを移動して在庫を補充できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "" "Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "第2倉庫からプロダクトを補充するためのルート設定。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -17667,6 +18784,8 @@ msgid "" " The product move from the second warehouse to the main warehouse is fully " "tracked in Odoo." msgstr "" +" :guilabel:` [倉庫名]からプロダクトを供給` " +"ルートを設定すると、Odooは自動的に2つのピッキングを作成します。1つのピッキングは必要なプロダクトを全て含む2つ目の倉庫からの*配送オーダ*で、2つ目のピッキングはメイン倉庫への同じプロダクトを含む*入荷*です。第2倉庫からメイン倉庫へのプロダクトの移動はOdooで完全に追跡されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -17674,185 +18793,233 @@ msgid "" "Document` is the product's reordering rule. The location between the " "delivery order and the receipt is a transit location." msgstr "" +"Odooが作成するピッキング/転送レコードの :guilabel:`ソースドキュメント` " +"はプロダクトの再オーダ規則です。配送オーダと入荷の間の場所は積送ロケーションです。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "" "A reordering rule automatically creates two receipts for stock between " "warehouses." -msgstr "" +msgstr "再オーダ規則は、倉庫間の在庫に対して自動的に2つの入荷を作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "A warehouse order for resupplying one warehouse's stock with another." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ある倉庫の在庫を別の倉庫に補充するための倉庫オーダ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "A receipt for stock received to one warehouse from another." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ある倉庫から他の倉庫に入荷した在庫の入荷。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:3 msgid "Scrap inventory" +msgstr "廃棄在庫" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, products in a company's warehouse stock might be found to be " +"damaged or defective, past the point of being reparable. If it is not " +"possible to repair the product, or return the product to a vendor, it can be" +" scrapped." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:12 msgid "" -"In some cases, a product in inventory may be damaged or found to be " -"defective. If it is not possible to repair or return the product, Odoo " -"*Inventory* allows users to scrap it, ensuring that usable inventory counts " -"remain accurate." +"Odoo *Inventory* allows users to scrap inventory, designating goods or " +"materials that are no longer usable or sellable for disposal (or recycling)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:15 msgid "" -"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " -"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`. Remove the " -":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display " -"virtual locations. Finally, select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` " -"location." +"Scrapping inventory in a database helps stock counts remain accurate, by " +"removing scrapped products from physical inventory, and placing it in a " +"virtual scrap location (*Virtual Locations/Scrap*)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:19 msgid "" -"By default, scrapping a product removes it from physical inventory, and " -"places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual Locations/Scrap*. A virtual " -"location is **not** a physical space, but rather a designation in Odoo that " -"is used to track items that are no longer in physical inventory." +"*Virtual locations* in Odoo are **not** real, physical spaces in a " +"warehouse. Rather, they are designated locations in a database that provide " +"tracking of items that shouldn't be counted in a physical inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:68 -msgid "Learn more" -msgstr "もっと知る" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:25 msgid "" "For more information about virtual locations, see the documentation about " "the different types of :ref:`locations " "`." msgstr "" +"仮想ロケーションの詳細については、 :ref:`ロケーション ` の種類についてのドキュメントを参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:29 -msgid "Scrap from stock" +msgid "" +"To use locations in warehouse, including a virtual scrap location, the " +"*Storage Locations* feature must first be enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:32 msgid "" -"To scrap a product located in inventory, begin by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Scrap`. On the :guilabel:`Scrap" -" Orders` page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new scrap order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:35 -msgid "" -"On the scrap order, select the product being scrapped from the " -":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` field. The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the " -"location where the product is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` " -"defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be " -"changed by selecting a different location from their respective drop-down " -"menus." +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Tick the " +"checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` to enable the feature, and " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "A new scrap order." +msgid "Enabled Storage Locations setting in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:41 +msgid "Scrap from stock" +msgstr "在庫から廃棄" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:43 msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to scrap the product. The on-hand " -"inventory count for the scrapped product updates to subtract the scrapped " -"quantity." +"To create a new scrap order (SP) for an in-stock product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Scrap`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a new |SP| form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:49 -msgid "Scrap from a receipt, transfer, or delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:46 msgid "" -"It is also possible to scrap products during the receipt, transfer, and " -"delivery operations. This can be necessary if any products are found to be " -"defective when receiving them into inventory, transferring them from one " -"location to another, or preparing them for delivery." +"Click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and select the " +"product that should be scrapped from inventory. In the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"field, change the value to the quantity of the product that should be " +"scrapped (by default, this value is set to `1.00`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To scrap a product during the receipt, transfer, or delivery operations, " -"begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app. On the " -":guilabel:`Overview` page, select the :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the" -" :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`, or " -":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, depending on the type of operation the " -"product is being scrapped from." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out new scrap order form with product details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:54 msgid "" -"For the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card to appear on the " -":menuselection:`Overview` page of the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, the " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next " -"to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading." +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " +"is currently stored. The :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to the " +"designated scrap location (:guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`). Either of " +"these locations can be changed by selecting a different location from their " +"respective drop-down menus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If the scrapping is tied to a specific existing operation, specify the " +"operation in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company` field displays the company whose warehouse this " +"product belongs to. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " +"scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:66 msgid "" -"Alternatively, a list of all delivery orders, receipts, and transfers can be" -" viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> " -"Transfers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Next, open a delivery order, receipt, or transfer from the corresponding " -"page by clicking on it. A :guilabel:`Scrap` button appears at the top of the" -" page. Click it to open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the new |SP|. Once " +"validated, a :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button appears at the top of " +"the form. Click the smart button to view the details of the scrap operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "The scrap pop-up in the Inventory app." +msgid "Product Moves smart button on new scrap order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:75 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Scrap` button will only appear on a receipt that has been " -"validated. This is because Odoo only allows products to be scrapped once " -"they have been entered into inventory." +"To view the all-time total quantities of scrapped items, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Click the " +":guilabel:`x (remove)` button on the :guilabel:`Internal` filter in the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar, to display virtual locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window, select the product being scrapped " -"from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Then, enter the quantity in the" -" :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +"Select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` location. From the " +":guilabel:`Scrap` location's form, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` smart" +" button, at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " -"is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual" -" Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be changed by selecting a " -"different location from their respective drop-down menus." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:82 +msgid "A list of all scrapped products, and their quantities, is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:0 +msgid "Current Stock list of all scrapped products in virtual scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:89 +msgid "Scrap from an existing operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:91 msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the product. After doing so, the " -":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window disappears and a :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " -"button appears in the top right of the page. Click it to view all of the " -"scrap orders created from that operation." +"Scrap orders (SPs) can *also* be created from existing operations, such as " +"receipts, delivery orders, and internal transfers, before they are entered " +"into, or removed from, stock for an operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To scrap a product during an operation, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview`, " +"click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on an operation's task card (i.e. " +"the :guilabel:`Receipts` task card)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "The Scraps smart button." +msgid "# To Process button on Receipts task card on Inventory Overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, select an operation to process from the resulting list of existing " +"orders. Doing so opens that operation's form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon, and select " +":guilabel:`Scrap` from the resulting drop-down menu. This opens a " +":guilabel:`Scrap Products` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Scrap Products pop-up window on operation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:113 +msgid "" +"From this pop-up window, click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product`" +" field, and select the products from the operation that should be scrapped. " +"Adjust the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Product` selected is tracked using a lot or serial number," +" a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial` field appears. Specify the tracking number in that" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` and :guilabel:`Scrap Location` can be " +"changed, if needed. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " +"scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Scrap Products`. A :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " +"button appears at the top of the operation form. Click this smart button to " +"view the details of all scrap orders created from this specific operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Scraps smart button showing all scrap orders from operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:3 @@ -17861,138 +19028,232 @@ msgstr "ロケーション" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:5 msgid "" -"A *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. This can be a shelf, " -"room, aisle, etc. There are three types of locations in Odoo:" +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. " +"This can be a shelf, room, aisle, rack, bin, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:8 msgid "" -"*Physical locations* are spaces within a warehouse owned by the user's " -"company. These can be a an area where items are stored like an aisle or " -"shelf, or an area where operations take place, like loading and unloading " -"bays." +"There are also external and virtual locations. For example, customer " +"locations, and locations specifically designated as \"virtual\", instead of " +"real, physical locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:11 msgid "" -"*Partner locations* are the same as physical locations except that they " -"exist within the warehouse of a customer or vendor." +"Locations allow for the storage of products in designated areas of the " +"warehouse, to help track inventory accurately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:17 msgid "" -"*Virtual locations* are locations that do not exist physically, but where " -"items that are not in inventory can be placed. These can be items that have " -"not yet entered inventory, like products that are on the way to a warehouse," -" or items that are no longer in inventory due to loss or other factors." +"To specify storage locations, the *Storage Locations* setting must be " +"enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"section. Tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` to enable " +"the feature, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In order to use locations, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be" -" enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, and enable " -"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:24 -msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Storage Location setting in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:26 msgid "" -"Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations --> Create`. The new location " -"form can then be configured as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location Name`: the name that will be used to reference the " -"location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:30 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Parent Location`: the location or warehouse that the new location" -" exists within" +"Once the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is enabled, two additional " +"internal link options appear below it: :guilabel:`Locations` and " +":guilabel:`Putaway Rules`. Click :guilabel:`Locations` to open a list of all" +" existing locations in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location Type`: choose the category that the location belongs to" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse that the location " -"is inside of" -msgstr "" +msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" +msgstr "倉庫内に新規ロケーションを作成する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:104 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: check this box to allow for " -"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: check this box to allow products to be " -"returned to this location" +"To create a new location inside a warehouse, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Doing so " +"opens a list of all existing locations. Click :guilabel:`New` to open a new " +"location creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:37 -msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode number assigned to the location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:108 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Removal Strategy`: the :doc:`strategy <../removal_strategies>` " -"for how items should be taken from inventory" +"In the :guilabel:`Location Name` field, assign a name for the new location. " +"In the :guilabel:`Parent Location` field, assign the location that this new " +"location exists in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 -msgid "The form for creating a new location." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:41 +msgid "" +"A new location `Gate 1` is created. Its parent location is `Dispatch Zone`. " +"In the :guilabel:`Parent Location` for `Gate 1`, select `Dispatch Zone`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:48 -msgid "Create location hierarchies" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, fill out the necessary " +"details for the new location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Location Type` field, select which type of location this " +"is. There are seven different types of locations to choose from:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:50 msgid "" -"The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" -" to exist within a warehouse or another location. Every location can serve " -"as a parent location, and every parent location can have multiple locations " -"within it, allowing for the creation of a virtually infinite hierarchical " -"structure." +":guilabel:`Vendor Location`: virtual location representing the source " +"location for products coming from vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:52 msgid "" -"Location hierarchy could be organized so that a shelf is located within an " -"aisle, which is located within a room, which is located within the overall " -"warehouse." +":guilabel:`View`: virtual location used to create a hierarchical structure " +"for a warehouse; aggregates its child locations. **Should not directly " +"contain products**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`Internal Location`: physical location inside a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:55 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer Location`: virtual location representing the destination" +" location for products sent to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Inventory Loss`: virtual location serving as a counterpart for " +"inventory operations. Used to correct stock levels of physical inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:59 msgid "" -"To create the location hierarchy in the example above, set the warehouse as " -"the parent of the room, the room as the parent of the aisle, and the aisle " -"as the parent of the shelf. This can be adapted to a hierarchy of any " -"magnitude." +":guilabel:`Production`: virtual counterpart location for production " +"operations. This location consumes components and produces finished " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transit Location`: counterpart location that should be used in " +"inter-company or inter-warehouse operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Additional Information section of new location creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Configure the remaining fields in the :guilabel:`Additional Information` " +"section as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose warehouse the location is inside of. " +"Leave this field blank if this location is shared between companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow for " +"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow products to " +"be returned to this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode assigned to the location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Replenish Location`: tick this checkbox to get all quantities to " +"replenish at this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Cyclic Counting` section, change the value in the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field from the default `0`, if " +"necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Cyclic Counting section of new location creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When different than `0`, the inventory count dates for products stored at " +"this location are automatically set at the defined frequency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:90 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, in the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` " +"field, click the drop-down menu and select the :doc:`removal strategy " +"<../removal_strategies>` for how items should be removed from this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:97 +msgid "Create location hierarchies" +msgstr "ロケーション階層を作成する" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" +" to exist within a warehouse, or below another location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Every location can serve as a parent location, and every parent location can" +" have multiple locations within it, allowing for the creation of a " +"hierarchical structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Location hierarchy could be organized so that a small refrigerator is " +"located on a specific shelf, which is located in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Location hierarchy of small refrigerator, on a shelf in a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To create the location hierarchy in the example above (`WH/Stock/Shelf " +"2/Small Refrigerator`), set the warehouse stock as the parent of the shelf, " +"and the shelf as the parent of the small refrigerator. This can be adapted " +"to a hierarchy of any magnitude." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:5 msgid "Routes and push/pull rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ルートおよびプッシュ/プル規則" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:7 msgid "" "In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " "should be purchased/manufactured, delivered to distribution centers, and " "made available to the retail channel." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在庫管理では、サプライチェーン戦略によって、プロダクトをいつ購買/製造し、配送センタに配送し、小売チャネルに提供するかを決定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -18001,10 +19262,11 @@ msgid "" "configured, the Inventory app can automatically generate transfers following" " the configured push/pull rules." msgstr "" +"Odooでは、プロダクトのサプライチェーン方針を*プル/プッシュ規則*を持つ*ルート*を使って設定することができます。全ての設定が完了すると、在庫管理アプリは設定されたプッシュ/プル規則に従って自動的に運送を生成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:16 msgid "Inside the warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "倉庫内" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -18013,10 +19275,11 @@ msgid "" "products go through all these locations. As the products move through the " "locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules." msgstr "" +"一般的な倉庫には、入荷ドック、品質管理エリア、保管場所、ピッキング・梱包エリア、配送ドックがあります。プロダクトは全てこれらのロケーションを通過します。プロダクトがロケーションを移動するとき、各ロケーションはプロダクトの指定されたルートそして規則をトリガします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在庫と品質管理エリアのある一般的な倉庫の様子。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -18027,10 +19290,11 @@ msgid "" " the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their " "respective locations." msgstr "" +"この例では、仕入先のトラックがオーダ製品のパレットを入荷ドックに降ろします。その後、オペレータが入荷エリアでプロダクトをスキャンします。プロダクトのルートと規則によって、これらのプロダクトのいくつかは品質管理区域に送られ(例えば、製造工程で使用される部品であるプロダクト)、他のものはそれぞれの場所に直接保管されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトを荷受けする時の規則への一般的なプッシュのビュー。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -18041,20 +19305,21 @@ msgid "" "boxes, and conveyor belts bring them to the shipping docks, ready to be " "delivered to customers." msgstr "" +"フルフィルメント・ルートの例です。朝、その日のうちに準備する必要のあるオーダを全てピッキングします。これらの商品は保管場所からピッキングされ、オーダが梱包される場所の近くにあるピッキングエリアに移動します。その後、オーダはそれぞれの箱に詰められ、ベルトコンベアで出荷ドックに運ばれ、顧客に配送されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries." -msgstr "" +msgstr "発送準備時の規則からの一般的なプルのビュー。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:46 msgid "Pull rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プル規則" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:48 msgid "" "With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " "*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*プル規則*では、あるプロダクトの需要が調達のトリガとなり、*プッシュ規則*では、プロダクトが特定の場所に到着することがトリガとなります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -18063,6 +19328,7 @@ msgid "" "triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a pull rule defined on the *Customer " "Location*." msgstr "" +"プル規則は販売オーダを処理するために使用します。Odooはオーダ内の各プロダクトの*顧客ロケーション*にニーズを生成します。プル規則はニーズによってトリガされるため、Odooは*顧客ロケーション*に定義されたプル規則を検索します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -18070,6 +19336,7 @@ msgid "" "the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer " "between the two locations is created." msgstr "" +"この場合、*配送エリア*から*顧客ロケーション*にプロダクトを転送する*配送オーダ*プル規則が見つかり、2つのロケーション間の運送が作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -18079,6 +19346,7 @@ msgid "" "triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " "created." msgstr "" +"次に、Odooは*出荷エリア*のニーズを満たそうとする別のプル規則を見つけます：*梱包エリア*から*出荷エリア*へプロダクトを転送する\"梱包\"規則です。最後に、*在庫*と*ピッキングエリア*間の運送が作成されるまで、他のプル規則がトリガされます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -18088,10 +19356,12 @@ msgid "" "transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, and " "finally the delivery order." msgstr "" +"これらのプロダクト転送は全てプル規則に基づいてOdooが自動生成し、末端(顧客ロケーション)から逆方向(在庫倉庫)に進みます。作業中、オペレーターはこれらの運送を逆のオーダで処理します:" +" 最初にピッキング、次に梱包、最後に配送オーダ。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:70 msgid "Push rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プッシュ規則" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -18100,6 +19370,8 @@ msgid "" "products arrive in a specific location. Push rules basically say: \"when a " "product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" msgstr "" +"一方、*プッシュ規則*はより理解しやすいものです。ニーズに基づいてドキュメントを生成するのではなく、プロダクトが特定の場所に到着したときにリアルタイムでトリガされます。プッシュ規則は基本的にこう言います:" +" \"プロダクトが特定の場所に到着したら、別の場所に移動して下さい。\"" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -18108,19 +19380,21 @@ msgid "" "applied to different products, the user can assign different storage " "locations for different products." msgstr "" +"プッシュ規則の例: " +"プロダクトが*入荷エリア*に到着したら、それを*保管場所*に移動します。異なるプロダクトに異なるプッシュ規則を適用することができるので、ユーザは異なるプロダクトに異なる保管場所を割当てられます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:80 msgid "" "Another push rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to" " the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them" " to their *Storage Location*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトがある場所に到着したら、それを*品質管理エリア*に移動させます。そして、品質チェックが終わったら、*保管場所*に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:84 msgid "" "Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have " "already generated the product transfers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "プッシュ規則は、すでにプロダクト運送を生成したプル規則がない場合にのみトリガできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -18130,36 +19404,37 @@ msgid "" "grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping" " per customer order." msgstr "" +"このようなプッシュ/プル規則は*ルート*と呼ばれます。規則上のグループ化は、プロダクトが同じ転送でグループ化されるかどうかを決定します。例えば、ピッキング作業では、全てのオーダとそのプロダクトは1つの運送にグループ化されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:96 msgid "Use routes and rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ルートと規則を使用する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:98 msgid "" "Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " "manage advanced route configurations such as:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ルート*は*プッシュ規則とプル規則*の集合体であるため、Odooでは以下のような高度なルート設定を管理することができます:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:101 msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains." -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクト製造チェーンを管理します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:102 msgid "Manage default locations per product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトごとにデフォルトロケーションを管理します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:103 msgid "" "Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such " "as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns." -msgstr "" +msgstr "品質管理、アフターサービス、サプライヤーからの返品など、ビジネスニーズに応じて在庫倉庫内のルートを定義します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:105 msgid "" "Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " "products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "レンタルしたプロダクトの返却を自動生成することで、レンタル管理に役立ちます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -18168,26 +19443,29 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "feature and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"プロダクトのルートを設定するには、まず :guilabel:`在庫` アプリケーションを開き、 :menuselection:`設定 --> 管理設定`" +" に進みます。次に、 :guilabel:`倉庫` セクションで :guilabel:`複数ステップルート` 機能を有効にし、 " +":guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo在庫の複数ステップルート機能を有効化します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:116 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with " "the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`保管場所` 機能は :guilabel:`複数ステップルート` 機能と同時に自動的に有効化されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:119 msgid "" "Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes " "that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "この最初のステップが完了すると、ユーザはOdooに付属している設定済のルートを使用することも、カスタムルートを作成することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:123 msgid "Pre-configured routes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "事前設定済ルート" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -18197,10 +19475,13 @@ msgid "" "pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and " ":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" +"Odooの設定済ルートにアクセスするには、 :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> " +"倉庫`にアクセスして下さい。次に倉庫フォームを開きます。guilabel:`倉庫設定`タブで、ユーザは倉庫で事前に設定された " +":guilabel:`入荷配送` と :guilabel:`出荷配送` のルートを見ることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "A pre-configured warehouse in Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo在庫での事前設定済倉庫" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -18210,10 +19491,13 @@ msgid "" " set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see" " the specific routes that Odoo generated." msgstr "" +"ピッキング-梱包-配送など、より高度なルートもあります。ユーザはビジネスニーズに最適なルートを選択できます。guilabel:`入荷配送`と " +":guilabel:`出荷配送`のルートが設定されたら、 :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> " +"ルート`にアクセスして、Odooが生成した特定のルートを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odooが提供する全ての事前設定済ルート" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -18224,11 +19508,14 @@ msgid "" "environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in " "Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`ルート`ページでルートをクリックすると、ルートフォームが開きます。ルートフォームでは、ユーザはルートがどの場所が:guilabel:`適用箇所`" +" かを見ることができます。ユーザはルートを特定の :guilabel:`会社` " +"にのみ適用するように設定することもできます。これは複数会社環境で便利です。例えば、ユーザがA国に会社と倉庫を持ち、B国に2つ目の会社と倉庫を持つことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses." -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトカテゴリと倉庫に適用されるルート例のビュー。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -18237,14 +19524,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a " ":guilabel:`Destination Location`." msgstr "" +"ルートフォームの下部で、ユーザはルートの :guilabel:`規則` を見ることができます。それぞれの :guilabel:`規則` には " +":guilabel:`アクション`、 :guilabel:`発送元ロケーション`、 :guilabel:`発送先ロケーション` があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo在庫でのプッシュ＆プルアクションのあるルールの例" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:162 msgid "Custom Routes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "カスタムルート" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -18253,10 +19542,12 @@ msgid "" "this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of " "places." msgstr "" +"カスタムルートを作成するには、 :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> ルート` に行き、 :guilabel:`作成` " +"をクリックします。次に、このルートを選択できる場所を選択します。ルートは複数の場所に適用することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ピッキング-梱包-配送ルートのビュー。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -18264,6 +19555,8 @@ msgid "" "useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the " ":guilabel:`Rules` of the route." msgstr "" +"それぞれの場所で動作が異なるので、有用なものだけにチェックを入れて、それぞれのルートにそれに応じて適合させることが重要です。次に、ルートの " +":guilabel:`規則` を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:175 msgid "" @@ -18273,6 +19566,9 @@ msgid "" "select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` " "and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" +"ルートがプロダクトカテゴリに適用される場合、ルートは :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> プロダクトカテゴリ` " +"のプロダクトカテゴリフォームで手動で設定する必要があります。次に、プロダクトカテゴリを選択し、フォームを開きます。次に :guilabel:`編集` " +"をクリックし、 :guilabel:`ロジスティクス` セクションで :guilabel:`ルート` を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:180 msgid "" @@ -18718,6 +20014,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 +msgid "Process the receipt" +msgstr "入荷処理" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99 msgid "" "Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for " @@ -18815,147 +20115,160 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations" +msgid "Manage warehouses and locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:9 msgid "Warehouse" msgstr "倉庫" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:15 msgid "" -"In Odoo, a *warehouse* is the actual building/place in which a company's " -"items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user " -"can create moves between warehouses." +"Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo, and stock moves can be created " +"between warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:22 msgid "" -"A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a " -"sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). " -"Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible " -"to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can " -"be configured as needed under one warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:24 -msgid "There are three types of locations:" +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. " +"This can be a shelf, room, aisle, rack, bin, etc. Locations allow for the " +"storage of products in designated areas of the warehouse, to help track " +"inventory accurately." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:26 msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading " -"areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc." +"A location is only part of *one* warehouse, and can **not** be linked to " +"multiple warehouses. As many locations can be configured as needed under one" +" warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:29 +msgid "There are three types of locations in Odoo *Inventory*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:31 msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only " -"difference being that they are not owned by the user's company." +"**Physical Locations**: internal locations within a single warehouse owned " +"by the company. This can include shipping and loading docks, aisles, " +"shelves, storage areas, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:33 msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory " -"Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse " -"(**Procurements**)." +"**Partner Locations**: external locations, such as designated spaces in a " +"customer or vendor's warehouse. They are similar to physical locations, but " +"they are **not** owned by the user's company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:36 msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be " -"structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the " -"organization of the warehouses." +"**Virtual Locations**: this type of location does not exist as a physical " +"space, but products can be \"stored\" here when they are not physically in " +"an inventory yet. *Inventory Loss* and *Procurements* are examples of " +"virtual locations, for products that are lost or in transit to the " +"warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:41 msgid "" -"To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" -" enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"Every location within a warehouse can serve as a parent location, and every " +"parent location can have multiple locations within it, allowing for the " +"creation of a hierarchical structure. This allows for more detailed levels " +"of analysis of the stock operations and the organization of the warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:48 +msgid "" +"For companies with one warehouse, no additional settings are required to " +"activate before editing the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:51 +msgid "" +"For companies with multiple warehouses, and to create locations within a " +"warehouse, the *Storage Locations* feature must be enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:54 msgid "" -"To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable " -":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check " -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes`." +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Tick the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox to enable the feature, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:58 -msgid "Create a new warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " -"Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Storage Locations feature enabled in the Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:63 msgid "" -"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. " -"The short name is five characters maximum." +"To manage warehouse *routes*, such as two-and-three-step receipts and " +"deliveries, enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature from the *Inventory* app " +"settings, as well. For more on routes, see :doc:`use_routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:68 +msgid "Create a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Begin by assigning a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name`, and a :guilabel:`Short " +"Name`. The :guilabel:`Short Name` field is limited to a **five** character " +"maximum." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." +msgid "New warehouse creation form name configuration fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:81 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse " -"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first " -"letters of location]\"." +"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like `WH/[first " +"letters of location]`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:84 msgid "" -"Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations " -"related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently " -"created warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the " -":guilabel:`Locations` setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:85 -msgid "Create a new location" +"For example, a warehouse named `Warehouse #2` might have the " +":guilabel:`Short Name` `WH2` (the short name for the default warehouse in " +"Odoo is `WH`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:87 msgid "" -"To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " -"Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +"Once the warehouse is created, navigate back to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard. New operations for the newly created " +"warehouse are automatically generated there." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:90 msgid "" -"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`" -" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +"For more on creating new warehouses, see :doc:`create_a_second_warehouse`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." +msgid "" +"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfers for the new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:102 +msgid "Create a new location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:111 +msgid "For more on locations, see :doc:`use_locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "New warehouse location creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 msgid "Inventory valuation" msgstr "在庫評価" @@ -19296,7 +20609,7 @@ msgid "" "The Inventory Valuation fields are located on the Product Categories form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 msgid "" "Alternatively, automated inventory valuation is an integrated valuation " "method that updates the inventory value in real-time by creating journal " @@ -19304,7 +20617,7 @@ msgid "" "company's inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:26 msgid "" "Automated inventory valuation is a method recommended for expert " "accountants, given the extra steps involved in journal entry configuration. " @@ -19313,121 +20626,104 @@ msgid "" "basis depending on the needs and priorities of the business." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 msgid "Types of accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 msgid "" "Accounting entries will depend on the accounting mode: *Continental* or " "*Anglo-Saxon*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39 msgid "" "Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and " -"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Then, in the search bar, look for :guilabel:`Anglo-Saxon Accounting`, to see" +" if the feature is enabled. If it is **not** enabled, Continental accounting" +" mode is in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the Anglo-Saxon accounting mode feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 msgid "" "In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported " "when products are sold or delivered. This means that the cost of a good is " -"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. " -"*Interim Stock Accounts* are used for the input and output accounts, and are" -" both *Asset Accounts* in the balance sheet." +"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. So " +"for **manual** valuation method, set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to " +"`Stock Valuation` for the current asset type; for **automatic** valuation " +"method, set the the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to an *Expenses* or a *Cost " +"of Revenue* type (e.g. `Cost of Production`, `Cost of Goods Sold`, etc.)." msgstr "" -"*英米式*会計では、プロダクトが販売または配送された時点で売上原価(COGS)が計上されます。つまり、商品の原価が経費として計上されるのは、顧客にプロダクトの請求書が発行されたときだけです。*中間在庫勘定*は、仕入勘定と売上勘定に使用され、貸借対照表ではどちらも*資産勘定*となります。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 msgid "" "In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a " -"product is received into stock. Additionally, a single *Expense* account is " -"used for both input and output accounts in the balance sheet." -msgstr "" -"*大陸式*会計では、プロダクトが在庫として入荷された時点で原価が計上されます。さらに、単一の*経費*勘定は、貸借対照表の入荷と出荷の両方の勘定科目に使用されます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 -msgid "Costing methods" +"product is received into stock. Because of this, the :guilabel:`Expense " +"Account` can be set to **either** *Expenses* or a *Cost of Revenue* type, " +"however, it is more commonly set to an *Expenses* account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 msgid "" -"Below are the three costing methods that can be used in Odoo for inventory " -"valuation." +":ref:`Details about configuring Expense and Stock accounts " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Standard Price**: is the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the " -"product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used to " -"compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " -"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Average Cost (AVCO)**: calculates the valuation of a product based on the " -"average cost of that product, divided by the total number of available stock" -" on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and " -"constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**First In First Out (FIFO)**: tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing " -"items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to change the " -"valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the next good " -"sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next inventory " -"lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based on the " -"valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most accurate " -"inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it's highly " -"sensitive to input data and human error." -msgstr "" -"**先入先出(FIFO)**：リアルタイムで入出庫のコストを追跡し、プロダクトの実際の価格を使用して評価を変更します。最も古い購買価格は、そのプロダクトの全ロットが販売されるまで、次に販売される商品の原価として使用されます。次の在庫ロットがキューに移動すると、その特定のロットの評価に基づいて更新されたプロダクト原価が使用されます。この方法は、様々な理由から、間違いなく最も正確な在庫評価方法ですが、入力データや人為的ミスに非常に影響を受けます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It's highly" -" recommended to consult an accountant first before making any adjustments " -"here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:78 -msgid "Configure automated inventory valuation in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:67 msgid "" "Make changes to inventory valuation options by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and " -"choose the category/categories where the automated valuation method should " -"apply." +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. In " +"the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` section, select the desired " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:72 msgid "" "It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product " "categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` heading are two labels: " -":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`. Pick the " -"desired :guilabel:`Costing Method` using the drop-down menu (e.g. " -":guilabel:`Standard`, :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`, or :guilabel:`First " -"In First Out (FIFO)`) and switch the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to " -":guilabel:`Automated`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 +msgid "Show inventory valuation configuration options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 -msgid "" -":ref:`Using the inventory " -"valuation`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +msgid "Costing method" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +msgid "" +"From the product category's configuration page, choose the desired " +":guilabel:`Costing Method`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Standard Price`: the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of " +"the product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used " +"to compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " +"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`: calculates the valuation of a product based" +" on the average cost of that product, divided by the total number of " +"available stock on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is " +"*dynamic*, and constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " "Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " @@ -19438,7 +20734,30 @@ msgid "" "validated purchase orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`: tracks the costs of incoming and " +"outgoing items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to " +"change the valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the " +"next good sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next " +"inventory lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based " +"on the valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most " +"accurate inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it is" +" highly sensitive to input data and human error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It is " +"highly recommended to consult an accountant first before making any " +"adjustments here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`using_inventory_valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " "that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " @@ -19449,21 +20768,122 @@ msgid "" "*Inventory Valuation* report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 msgid "" -"On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " -"appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " -"inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" +"Inventory valuation in Odoo can be set to be updated manually or " +"automatically. While *Expense* accounts apply to both, the *Stock Input* and" +" *Stock Output* accounts are only used for automated valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Refer to the :ref:`Expense ` and " +":ref:`Stock input/output ` sections for " +"details on configuring each account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +msgid "Expense account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To configure the *expense account*, go to the :guilabel:`Account Properties`" +" section of the intended product category (:menuselection:`Inventory app -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`). Then, choose an existing account " +"from the :guilabel:`Expense Account` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +msgid "" +"To ensure the chosen account is the correct :guilabel:`Type,` click the " +"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account. Then, set the account type " +"based on the information below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177 +msgid "Automated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +msgid "" +"In Anglo-Saxon accounting for automated inventory valuation, set the " +":guilabel:`Expense Account` to the `Expenses` account. Then, click the " +"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, choose :guilabel:`Expenses` or :guilabel:`Cost of " +"Revenue` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show **Expense Account** field, and external link icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To configure the :guilabel:`Expense Account`, choose :guilabel:`Stock " +"Valuation` from the field's drop-down menu. Verify the account's type by " +"clicking the |right arrow| icon, and then ensure the :guilabel:`Type` is " +":guilabel:`Current Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the **Expense Account** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +msgid "Continental" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to the :guilabel:`Expenses` or " +":guilabel:`Cost of Revenue` account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:190 +msgid "Stock input/output (automated only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:192 +msgid "" +"To configure the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and :guilabel:`Stock Output" +" Account`, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product" +" Categories` and select the desired product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field, select :guilabel:`Automated`. " +"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` section appear. " +"These accounts are defined as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " "products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: accounting journal where entries are " +"automatically posted when a product's inventory valuation changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -19472,7 +20892,7 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:207 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -19481,11 +20901,57 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:124 -msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:216 +msgid "" +"In Anglo-Saxon accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to *different* :guilabel:`Current " +"Assets` accounts. This way, delivering products and invoicing the customer " +"balance the *Stock Output* account, while receiving products and billing " +"vendors balance the *Stock Input* account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +msgid "" +"To modify the account type, go to the click the |right arrow| icon to the " +"right of the stock input/output account. In the pop-up window, choose " +":guilabel:`Current Assets` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Display account setup page, highlighting the **Type** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +msgid "" +"The *Stock Input* account is set to `Stock Interim (Received)`, a *Current " +"Asset* account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 +msgid "" +"In Continental accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to **the same** :guilabel:`Current " +"Assets` account. That way, one account can be balanced when items are bought" +" and sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:239 +msgid "" +"The stock input and output accounts are both set to `Stock Interim " +"(Received)`, a :guilabel:`Current Assets` account type. They can also be set" +" to the `Stock Interim (Delivered)`, as long as the input and output " +"accounts are assigned to the **same** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the Stock Input and Output accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 +msgid "Inventory valuation reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." " At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " @@ -19494,14 +20960,18 @@ msgid "" " at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 msgid "" "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " "all of the inventory on hand is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 msgid "" "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " "Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " @@ -19548,9 +21018,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 -msgid "" -":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " -"`" +msgid ":doc:`Set up inventory valuation `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:26 @@ -19999,10 +21467,6 @@ msgid "" "& Serial Numbers` to enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:115 msgid "" "Next, ensure the intended product is tracked by lots or serial numbers by " @@ -20017,7 +21481,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "After enabling the features, assign lot or serial numbers to products using " "an :doc:`inventory adjustment ` or " -"during :ref:`product reception `." +"during :ref:`product reception `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:126 @@ -20866,6 +22330,956 @@ msgid "" "The detailed operations shows which lots are being selected for the picking." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory aging report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The inventory aging report evaluates all items in stock, providing insights " +"into potentially sunken purchase costs and delays in profitability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Create customized pivot tables to analyze product, operation types, month, " +"or company breakdowns. This helps identify products in stock that are at " +"risk of passing their expiration or viability dates, or instances of " +"rot/decay for fast-expiring items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The *Reporting* menu in *Inventory* is only accessible to users with " +":doc:`admin access <../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To access the inventory aging report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Reporting --> Inventory Aging`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:24 +msgid "Navigate the inventory aging report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report displays a pivot table, " +"with the month in columns, and product category in rows. The default " +"filters, :guilabel:`Incoming` and :guilabel:`Has Remaining Qty`, show only " +"products from receipts, and are currently in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining Qty` displays the number of on-hand items, and " +":guilabel:`Remaining Value` displays the total cost of purchasing these " +"items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in each column " +"or row reveals options to expand the pivot table and show a detailed " +"breakdown of the :guilabel:`Remaining Qty` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` " +"by :guilabel:`Product`, :guilabel:`Product Category`, :guilabel:`Date`, or " +":guilabel:`Company`. Clicking the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` " +":guilabel:`(minus)` icon collapses it back to its previous state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:43 +msgid "Inventory aging report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Inventory aging report, showing each **Product** in rows and each reception " +"**Date** in columns, to better monitor products with fast expiration dates. " +"Each row shows the the total on-hand quantity and inventory valuation of " +"items purchased on each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Records in the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report are *stock valuation " +"layers* (SVLs), representing product moves that impact stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Inventory adjustments do **not** create |SVLs|; only items purchased from " +"vendors do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:71 +msgid "Generate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After learning how to :ref:`navigate the inventory aging report " +"`, it can be used to create and " +"share different reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Aging` report are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:63 +msgid "Rotating stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To create a report to identify items that have been in stock for a while, " +"follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Aging`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` " +":guilabel:`(caret down)` icon in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to see a " +"drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and " +":guilabel:`Favorite` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Product` under the :guilabel:`Group By` section. Doing so " +"expands the pivot table to show a product in each row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to the left of the " +"date column. Hover over :guilabel:`Date` from the drop-down menu and choose " +":guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, :guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +"or :guilabel:`Day`. Doing so expands the columns to show the " +":guilabel:`Remaining Qty` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` by the selected " +"time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For products that have a longer shelf life, choose longer time periods such " +"as :guilabel:`Month` or :guilabel:`Quarter` when expanding columns by " +":guilabel:`Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 +msgid "Pivot table, highlighting the plus icon to expand columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The report now displays the on-hand stock of items, and their total " +"purchasing cost, for each time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Inventory aging report, with the :guilabel:`Group By`: :guilabel:`Product` " +"option selected, and with the :guilabel:`Date` column set to " +":guilabel:`Day`. It gives insight into how much raw fish sashimi products " +"were purchased on each day, and how much it cost. This informs the business " +"owners how much stock is at risk of rotting in stock, per day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 +msgid "Inventory aging report, showing product row items and day columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:3 +msgid "Locations dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The *Locations* dashboard in the *Inventory* application provides an " +"overview of on-hand storage locations for company products. Use this report " +"to see where stock is stored, identify :ref:`misplaced items " +"`, or view past inventory to see " +"product locations on specific dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To access the locations report, the *Storage Locations* feature must be " +"enabled. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and click :guilabel:`Save`. Then, access the " +"locations dashboard by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:24 +msgid "Navigate the locations dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard lists all on-hand products " +"in stock (in the :guilabel:`Product` column), along with the following " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: current storage location. If a product is stored at " +"`Shelf 1` and `Shelf 2`, the product is listed twice, showing quantities at " +"each location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Package`: the package that the product is stored in, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: if the product has a lot or serial number, it" +" is specified here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: current quantity of products. Click the " +":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand " +"quantity <../inventory_management/count_products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reserved Quantity`: on-hand quantity reserved for operations, " +"such as pickings, delivery orders, or manufacturings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: the unit of measure of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Click the buttons to the right of each row item to access additional " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:42 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the" +" product, displaying information about the quantity and description of why " +"the product was moved from one location to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:47 +msgid "" +"View what the product is reserved for, by clicking the :icon:`fa-history` " +":guilabel:`History` button on the far-right of the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Moves History` page, remove the :icon:`fa-filter` " +":guilabel:`Done` filter. Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar to reveal filter options, and select the " +":guilabel:`To Do` filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Display *Moves History* page of to-do deliveries that reserved the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:58 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering " +"rules <../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>` " +"page to replenish products at the specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In the upper-left corner of the page, click the the :guilabel:`New` button " +"to make an :doc:`inventory adjustment " +"<../inventory_management/count_products>` to record quantities of a certain " +"product at a specific :guilabel:`Location`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To view products, quantities, and their locations for a specified date, " +"click the :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button (also located in the upper-" +"left corner of the page). Select a date and time in the :guilabel:`Inventory" +" at Date` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After learning how to :ref:`navigate the locations dashboard " +"`, it can be used to create " +"and share different reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Locations` " +"dashboard are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:81 +msgid "Dead stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To get list of expired items, also referred to as *dead stock*, follow these" +" steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:143 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to" +" reveal a drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and " +":guilabel:`Favorite` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts` " +"option under the :guilabel:`Filters` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:91 +msgid "The report now displays a list of expired products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:94 +msgid "" +"This report can also be generated from the :ref:`Lot and Serials Numbers " +"` page, accessed by going to" +" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst-1 +msgid "Show a list of products whose expiration dates have exceeded today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:105 +msgid "Stranded inventory report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Businesses using multi-step flows in the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* " +"apps, may have *stranded* items, which are products not in their proper " +"storage locations, due to human error. Use this report to periodically check" +" transfer locations (e.g. *WH/Input*, *WH/Pre-Processing*) to ensure items " +"are moved to their intended storage locations, and accurately recorded in " +"the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To get a list of items that might be sitting idly in storage, follow these " +"steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, begin typing the name of the location " +"where products are intended to be moved to, such as `WH/Input`, or " +"`WH/Packing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Search Location for:` [location name] option from the " +"resulting drop-down menu that appears beneath the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show search result for the location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:124 +msgid "The report now displays a list of products at the transit location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Searching `Input` in :guilabel:`Location` shows a list of products at a " +"*WH/Input* location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The list shows `500` quantities of `Chicken`, which is alarming if not " +"refrigerated soon after reception. The stranded inventory report helps " +"identify items that have been idling in non-storage locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show items stored at a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:138 +msgid "Inventory discrepancy report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:140 +msgid "" +"To generate a report of items that have been moved since the last " +":doc:`inventory audit <../inventory_management/cycle_counts>`, follow these " +"steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Conflicts` option " +"from the :guilabel:`Filters` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The report now displays items whose quantities have changed since the last " +"cycle count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show items from the *Conflicts* filter in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` button to view inventory " +"transfers, including receipts and deliveries, that have occurred since the " +"inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show *Moves History*, showing a delivery that occurred after an inventory " +"adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:3 +msgid "Moves history dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Moves History* report in Odoo *Inventory* provides a detailed record of" +" product movements (containing past and current locations), lot numbers, and" +" reasons for movement. Reports can be generated for any time frame, making " +"this report essential for analyzing stock levels, monitoring inventory " +"turnover, and identifying any discrepancies in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The reporting feature is only accessible to users with :doc:`admin access " +"<../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Moves History`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst-1 +msgid "Display Moves History report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:23 +msgid "Navigate the moves history report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:25 +msgid "In the report, the columns represent:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: calendar date and time of the stock move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: description of the reason for the stock move or " +"quantity change, such as a receipt number (e.g. `WH/IN/00012`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product involved in the move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: specifies the lot or serial number of the " +"tracked product being moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:33 +msgid ":guilabel:`From`: source location of the moved product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`To`: destination location of the moved product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity`: number of products moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: unit of measure of the products moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: indicates the move status, which can be " +":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available` (ready for action), or " +":guilabel:`Partially Available` (insufficient quantities to complete the " +"operation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:66 +msgid "Search options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Use the following search options to customize the :guilabel:`Moves History` " +"report to display relevant information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:70 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Filters` section allows users to search among pre-made and " +"custom filters to find specific stock records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Do`: show stock move records that are in progress. This " +"includes lines with a :guilabel:`Status` column value of " +":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Partially Available`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done`: completed stock moves, with a :guilabel:`Status` of " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Incoming`: displays move records from vendor locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:58 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Outgoing`: displays move records to customer locations, including" +" customer returns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internal`: displays move records from one internal location to " +"another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturing`: shows records where products were produced from " +"the virtual, production :doc:`location " +"<../inventory_management/use_locations>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: select this drop-down menu to access various date filter " +"options and view stock moves from a specific month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last 30 Days`: show records that occurred in the last thirty " +"days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Last 3 Months`: show records from the last three months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:113 +msgid "Group By" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " +"groupings to the search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: group records by product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: group records by the three status types: " +":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available`, and :guilabel:`Partially " +"Available`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: group records by :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, or :guilabel:`Day`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transfers`: group records by operation number, e.g. " +"`WH/OUT/00012`, `WH/MO/00211`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: group records by source location (the :guilabel:`From`" +" column in this report)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: group records by product category. To configure these," +" go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: Product" +" Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Batch Transfer`: group records by :doc:`batch " +"<../advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:125 +msgid "Favorites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To save the current applied filters and groups, so the same information can " +"be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save current " +"search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " +"current view the default filter when opening the :guilabel:`Moves History` " +"report. Or tick the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option " +"available to other users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:134 +msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:137 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../essentials/search`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:3 +msgid "Stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the stock report in Odoo *Inventory* for a detailed list of all stored " +"products, including those reserved, purchased and in transit, as well as " +"those delivered to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Stock`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Show the stock report, accessible by going to Inventory > Reporting > Stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:19 +msgid "Navigate the stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:21 +msgid "" +"On the stock report, the left sidebar includes several groupings to narrow " +"down what is being shown. The default groupings are :guilabel:`Warehouses`," +" which filters products by specific warehouses, and :guilabel:`Category`, " +"which shows products within a selected product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Warehouse` grouping is only available when there are multiple" +" warehouses in the database. Refer to the " +":doc:`../inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse` documentation for " +"more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:30 +msgid "In the report itself, the columns represent:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:32 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unit Cost`: average inventory valuation per unit, adjusted based " +"on the cost to purchase and/or manufacture the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Value`: Total inventory valuation of the product, " +"calculated by multiplying unit cost by on-hand quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:39 +msgid "" +":ref:`Compute average cost inventory valuation per unit " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:40 +msgid "" +":doc:`Inventory valuation methods " +"<../inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand`: current quantity of products. Click the :icon:`fa-" +"pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand quantity " +"<../inventory_management/count_products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Free to Use`: on-hand quantity that are **not** reserved for " +"delivery or manufacturing orders, and are available to sell or use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Incoming`: items expected to arrive at the warehouse. Number of " +"products is based on quantities in confirmed purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Outgoing`: items expected to leave the warehouse or be consumed " +"in manufacturing orders. Number of products is based on quantities in " +"confirmed sales or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the product, " +"displaying information about the quantity and description of why the product" +" was moved from one location to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering rules " +"<../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>` page for " +"the product to create or manage methods of procuring the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Locations`: break down of on-hand quantity at multiple storage " +"locations. Only available when the product is stored in multiple locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forecast`: access the forecasted report to view on-hand, " +"incoming, and outgoing quantities. Report also contains links to confirmed " +"purchase, sales, or manufacturing orders. Only available when there are " +"confirmed sales, purchase, or manufacturing orders for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Published`: display products published on the website. Only " +"available with the *Website* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available in POS`: display products available through the *Point " +"of Sale* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available in Self`: display products available in self order " +"through the *Point of Sale* app. Appears in the search because the " +":guilabel:`Available in Self Order` checkbox was ticked in the " +":guilabel:`Point of Sale` section of a product form's :guilabel:`Sales` tab." +" The option is only available when the :guilabel:`Available in POS` checkbox" +" is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In the Sales tab of a product form, showing *Available in Self Order* " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not available in Self`: display products available in *PoS*, but " +"not available in self order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:91 +msgid "`Configure PoS products `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Sold`: display products that can be sold to customers. " +"Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Sold` checkbox is ticked" +" on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Purchased`: display products that can be bought from " +"vendors. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` " +"checkbox is ticked on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Recurring`: show subscription products, indicated by " +"ticking the :guilabel:`Recurring` checkbox on the product form. Only " +"available with the *Subscription* app activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Rented`: show products that can be loaned to customers for" +" a certain time. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Rented`" +" checkbox was ticked on the product form. Only available with the *Rental* " +"app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Subcontracted`: display products that can be produced by a" +" :doc:`third-party manufacturer " +"<../../../manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic>`. Available " +"only with the *Manufacturing* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Expensed`: show items that can be expensed. Only available" +" with the *Expenses* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`../../product_management/product_tracking/type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " +"groupings to the search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Type`: group items by :doc:`product type " +"<../../product_management/product_tracking/type>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Category`: group items by product category. To configure " +"these, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: " +"Product Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`POS Product Category`: group items by :doc:`point of sale product" +" categories <../../../../sales/point_of_sale/configuration>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To save the current applied filters and groupbys, so the same information " +"can be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save " +"current search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " +"current view the default filter when opening the stock report. Or tick the " +":guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option available to other " +"users." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "メンテナンス" @@ -23423,11 +25837,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:94 +msgid "Learn more" +msgstr "もっと知る" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:32 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to properly configure a new |BOM|, see the " -"documentation on :ref:`creating a bill of materials " -"`." +"documentation on :doc:`creating a bill of materials " +"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:35 @@ -23576,163 +25995,434 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bill of materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:9 msgid "" -"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " -"quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " -"It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines " -"needed to complete a production process." +"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) documents specific components, " +"along with their respective quantities, that are needed to produce or repair" +" a product. In Odoo, |BoMs| as blueprints for manufactured goods and kits, " +"and often include production operations and step-by-step guidelines, as " +"well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " -"linked to each product, so even product variants can have their own tailored" -" :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:15 +msgid "BoM setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:17 msgid "" -"Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " -"manufacturing process and save time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:18 -msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" +"To create a |BOM|, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> " +"Bills of Materials` and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" -"The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" -" or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " -"managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." +"Next, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type` to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " -":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " -"of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the " -":guilabel:`Product`." +"Then, specify :ref:`required components ` and, if necessary, define any :ref:`manufacturing operations " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:26 msgid "" -"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " -"product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." +"Individual |BOMs| can also be quickly accessed or created by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on any product form, as " +"accessible through the *Sales*, *Inventory*, and *Manufacturing* apps, as " +"well as through any internal links where a product is referenced (such as in" +" a field or a line item)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "Show BoM for a product, with components listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "BoM for `Drawer`, displaying the **Components** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:38 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/kit_shipping`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`../subcontracting/subcontracting_basic`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:44 +msgid "Components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:46 msgid "" -"For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" -" to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" -" to specify the various components that make up the production of the final " -"product and their respective quantities. New components can be created " -"quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created " -"beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> " -"Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)`." +"In the :guilabel:`Components` tab of a |BOM|, specify components used to " +"manufacture the product by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the " +":guilabel:`Components` drop-down menu, select from existing products or " +"create a new product by typing the name and selecting either the " +":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option to quickly add the line item, or the " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` option to add the component and continue to " +"its configuration form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." +msgid "Add a component by selecting it from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:43 -msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:56 msgid "" -":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " -"Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." +"Optionally, access additional fields by clicking the :icon:`oi-settings-" +"adjust` :guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon to the far-right of the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab. Tick the checkboxes for the following features " +"to enable these columns:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:60 msgid "" -"In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " -"the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " -"form." +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify which :doc:`product variant " +"<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>` each component is used in. " +"When the field is left blank, the component is used in all product variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:66 msgid "" -"The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " -"variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" -" :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master " -":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and " -"specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply " -"on Variants` column." +":guilabel:`Consumed in Operation`: specify the operation using the " +"component. Useful for determining :ref:`manufacturing readiness " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:62 -msgid "Set up operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:68 msgid "" -"Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" -" instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" -" this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Operations`." +":guilabel:`Manual Consumption`: tick the checkbox to force operators to " +"check the :guilabel:`Consumed` checkbox on a manufacturing order (MO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show a manufacturing order, highlighting the *Consumed* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:75 msgid "" -"Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " -":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " -"operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a " -"name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like " -"components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the " -":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that " -"variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +"Not doing so triggers the :guilabel:`Consumption Warning` error message, " +"where the consumed component quantity must be manually inputted. Otherwise, " +"the operation cannot be completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " -":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" -" new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing " -"Operations` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show the consumption warning error message." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:85 -msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" +msgid "Operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" -"A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " -"addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " -"the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)`." +"Add an *operation* to a |BOM| to specify instructions for production and " +"register time spent on an operation. To use this feature, first enable the " +"*Work Orders* feature by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the" +" :guilabel:`Work Orders` checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " -":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "\"Work Orders\" feature in the Settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:99 msgid "" -"Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " -"of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " -":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which " -"operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in " -"Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"Next, navigate to the |BOM| by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app " +"--> Products --> Bill of Materials` and selecting the desired |BOM|. To add " +"a new operation, go to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, and click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window, where the " +"various fields of the operation are configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: name of the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: select existing locations to perform the operation," +" or create a new work center by typing the name and selecting the " +":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify if this operation is only available " +"for certain product variants. If the operation applies to all product " +"variants, leave this field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Configuring BoMs for product variants " +"<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration Computation`: choose how time spent on the operation is " +"tracked. Opt for :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` to use the " +"operation's time tracker or :guilabel:`Set duration manually` if operators " +"can record and modify time themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Choosing the :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` option enables the " +":guilabel:`Based on last __ work orders` option, which automatically " +"estimates the time to complete this operation based on the last few " +"operations. Choosing :guilabel:`Set duration manually` enables the " +":guilabel:`Default Duration` field instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Duration`: estimated amount of time to complete the " +"operation; used for `planning manufacturing orders " +"`_ and determining `work center" +" availability `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company the |BOM| is available in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Include operation details in the :guilabel:`Work Sheet` tab. Choose " +":guilabel:`PDF` to attach a file or :guilabel:`Google Slide` with *public* " +"access to share a link. Select :guilabel:`Text` to type instructions in the " +":guilabel:`Description` text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Type `/` for a list of formatting options and features, including ChatGPT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show ChatGPT feature to generate instructions for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Fill out the Create Operations pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save \\& Close` to close the pop-up window. To add" +" more operations, click :guilabel:`Save & New` and repeat the same steps " +"above to configure another operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +"After creating an operation, click the :guilabel:`Copy Existing Operations` " +"button to choose an operation to duplicate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show Operation tab, highlighting the \"Copy Existing Operations\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:158 +msgid "Instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To add detailed instructions to operations, the *Quality* app must be " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add specific instructions to an existing operation by clicking the " +"operation's :icon:`fa-list-ul` :guilabel:`(list)` icon in the " +":guilabel:`Instructions` column. The number in the :guilabel:`Instructions` " +"column shows the number of existing detailed instructions there are for the " +"operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the Instructions column, and list icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:172 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Steps` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank " +"quality control point form where the new manufacturing step can be created. " +"Here, give the specific instruction a :guilabel:`Title` and set the " +":guilabel:`Type` to :guilabel:`Instructions`. In the " +":guilabel:`Instructions` tab of the form, write out the directions for the " +"step in the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Further customizations can be made here on this form, beyond ordinary " +"instructions, to also include specific types of quality control points that " +"carry specific (or complex) conditions. For more details about quality " +"control points refer the :doc:`Instruction check " +"<../../quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the page to add a quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:188 +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab contains more |BoM| configurations to " +"customize procurement, calculate costs, and define how components are " +"consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturing Readiness`: choosing :guilabel:`When components for" +" the 1st operation are available` shows the :guilabel:`Component Status` as " +"a **green** :guilabel:`Not Available`, when only the components that are " +"consumed in the first operation are in stock. This indicates that although " +"not all components are available, operators can at least begin with the " +"first operation. Choosing :guilabel:`When all components are available` " +"displays a **red** :guilabel:`Not Available` component status unless all " +"components are in available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Specify which operation consumes each component on the |BoM| in the " +":ref:`Manual Consumption field `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show the *Component Status* field on the manufacturing order dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:210 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Version`: displays the current |BoM| version, visible with the " +"Odoo *PLM* app installed for managing |BoM| changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:212 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Flexible Consumption`: specifies if components used can deviate " +"from the quantity defined on the |BoM|. Choose :guilabel:`Blocked` if " +"operators **must** adhere strictly to the |BoM| quantity. Otherwise, choose " +":guilabel:`Allowed` or :guilabel:`Allowed with Warning`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:215 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Routing`: select the preferred warehouse's manufacturing " +"operation type for products produced in multiple warehouses. If left blank, " +"this warehouse's `Manufacturing` operation type is used by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:218 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: select pre-created :doc:`analytic " +"distribution models " +"<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>` from the list " +"to automatically record the cost of manufacturing products in the chosen " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:221 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manuf Lead Time`: define the number of days needed to complete a " +"|MO| from the date of confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to prepare Manufacturing Order`: number of days needed to " +"replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +":doc:`Analytic distribution " +"<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:228 +msgid "" +":doc:`Lead times " +"<../../inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Miscellaneous* tab of the BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:236 +msgid "Add by-products to BoMs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:238 +msgid "" +"A *by-product* is a residual product that is created during production in " +"addition to the main product of a |BOM|. Unlike the primary product, there " +"can be more than one by-product on a |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To add by-products to a |BOM|, first enable the *By-Products* feature in " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`By-" +"Products` to enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "\"By Products\" feature in the settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, add by-products to a |BOM| by clicking the " +":guilabel:`By-products` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and fill in the " +":guilabel:`By-product`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Unit of " +"Measure`. Optionally, specify a :guilabel:`Produced in Operation` for the " +"by-product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The by-product, `Mush`, is created in the `Grind grapes` operation when " +"producing `Red Wine`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show sample by-product in the BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 @@ -23771,18 +26461,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 +msgid "Lot/serial number tracking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The assignment of lots or serial numbers to newly manufactured products is " +"optional. To optionally :doc:`assign lots or serial numbers " +"<../../inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn>` to newly " +"manufactured products, go to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section in the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the :guilabel:`Tracking` field, select " +":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Doing so enables the *Lot/Serial Number* field on a manufacturing order, or " +"the *Register Production* instruction on a work order card in the *Shop " +"Floor* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 +msgid "\"Lot/Serial Number\" field on the MO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 +msgid "**Lot/Serial Number** field on the MO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Register Production** option to generate lot/serial number on a work order" +" card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:54 msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:56 msgid "" "Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " "manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" " manufacture a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " @@ -23795,14 +26521,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 msgid "" "On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." " In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" " produces." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 msgid "" "Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" " clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " @@ -23815,7 +26541,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:79 msgid "" "Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " "and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " @@ -23826,7 +26552,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:86 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " "setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " @@ -23838,14 +26564,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:96 msgid "" "The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " "allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " "exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " "For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " -"to :ref:`create a bill of materials `." +"to :doc:`create a bill of materials `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:3 @@ -24913,6 +27638,2033 @@ msgid "" "of the |MO| itself." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "Subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a " +"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" +" then sold by the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting " +"company and the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide " +"variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in" +" and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the " +"manufacturing themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:19 +msgid "" +"This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, " +"as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with " +"subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they " +"are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized " +"work to subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors " +"to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as " +"profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain " +"arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which " +"projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a " +"variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what" +" happens to finished products once they are manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " +":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst-1 +msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:62 +msgid "" +"With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in " +"Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:64 +msgid "" +"On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a " +"*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates" +" the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that" +" it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the " +"Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can " +"be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product " +"pages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:72 +msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:75 +msgid "Subcontracting workflows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference " +"between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully " +"responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the " +":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_basic` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " +"sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This " +"workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " +"purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to " +"the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the " +":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary " +"to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to" +" products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:94 +msgid "" +"In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are " +"to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:97 +msgid "" +"In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can " +"either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an " +"end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured" +" to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are " +"outlined in their respective documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:104 +msgid "Subcontracted product valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different " +"variables:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;" +" from here on referred to as `C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them " +"shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor" +" to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred " +"to as `x`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be " +"represented by the following equation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"P = C + M + S + D + x\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:124 +msgid "" +"It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will " +"include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not " +"dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost" +" of dropshipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Basic subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " +"certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " +"purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " +"the product's vendor to delivery the product to the purchasing company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For subcontracted products specifically, delivery lead times can be " +"configured to take into account the amount of time required for the " +"subcontractor to manufacture a product. Doing so allows the contracting " +"company to better predict the delivery dates of subcontracted products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Like all lead times in Odoo, lead times for subcontracted products are only " +"an estimate, and are based on how long actions are *expected* to take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " +"means that lead times should not be viewed as guarantees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`basic subcontracting ` workflow " +"to manufacture a product, a company is not responsible for supplying the " +"subcontractor with the necessary components. This means that the only " +"factors affecting the delivery date of a product are the amount of time it " +"takes the subcontractor to manufacture and deliver it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time that considers " +"both of these factors, the *Expected Arrival* date displayed on purchase " +"orders (POs) for the product more accurately reflects the amount of time " +"required for both manufacturing and delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 +msgid "Product delivery lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " +"subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has been added, enter the number of days it takes " +"them to manufacture and deliver the product, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead" +" Time` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Delivery Lead Time field for a subcontractor, on the Purchase tab of a " +"product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Multiple subcontractors can be added to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a " +"product's page, and a different :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` can be set " +"for each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:57 +msgid "Lead time workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 +msgid "" +"After setting a delivery lead time for a product's vendor, create an |RfQ| " +"by navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase " +"Orders`, and clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Specify the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the " +"product in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and " +"adding a quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once a product has been added, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field on the" +" |RfQ| auto-populates with a date that reflects the vendor's delivery lead " +"time, as specified on the product's page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If the date needs to be adjusted, click on the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` " +"field to open a calendar popover, and select the desired date. Make sure not" +" to choose a date sooner than the one that was auto-populated, unless the " +"subcontractor has confirmed that they are able to deliver the product by " +"that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` on the |RfQ| to turn it into a " +"|PO|. At this point, the subcontractor should begin manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, before delivering it to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Tricycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends requires three days to manufacture a tricycle, plus" +" an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " +"tricycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " +"two days for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:88 +msgid "" +"On May 3rd, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| to purchase one tricycle from Bike " +"Friends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date listed on the |PO| is May 8th, five " +"days after the :guilabel:`Confirmation Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Expected Arrival date on a PO for a subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Bike Friends begins manufacturing the tricycle on May 3rd — the day that the" +" |PO| is confirmed — and finishes on May 6th, three days later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The tricycle is then shipped to Mike's Bikes the same day, and they receive " +"it on May 8th, two days later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " +"certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " +"purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " +"the product's vendor to deliver the product to the purchasing company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Certain subcontracted products require the contracting company to supply the" +" subcontractor with manufacturing components. In this case, a *manufacturing" +" lead time* can be used, in addition to the delivery lead time, to generate " +"the date on which the subcontractor must receive the required components, in" +" order to manufacture the product and deliver it on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In cases where components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, an " +"additional delivery lead time can be set for each component. This should be " +"set to the amount of time it takes the vendor to deliver components to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once a delivery lead time has been set on a component, dropship orders for " +"the component display the date by which the order must be confirmed, so that" +" it can be dropshipped to the subcontractor by the date on which " +"manufacturing must begin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order " +"` route, a company is responsible for purchasing " +"the necessary components from a vendor, and having them dropshipped directly" +" to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 +msgid "" +"This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, it is also necessary " +"to consider how long it takes the component vendor to dropship the " +"components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:48 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a *delivery lead time*, specifying a " +"*manufacturing lead time* on the product's BoM, and assigning the vendor of " +"the components an additional *delivery lead time*, *Dropship Subcontractor* " +"orders for the product's components display the deadline for confirming a " +"dropship order to send the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " +":guilabel:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:61 +msgid "Product manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a BoM" +" from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 +msgid "" +"On the |BoM|, select the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the same number of days that was " +"entered in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` field of the |BoM|'s product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Manuf. Lead Time field on a product's BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 +msgid "" +"While not all of these days are actually used for manufacturing by the " +"subcontractor, setting the same number of days in each field tells Odoo that" +" the subcontractor must receive the components and begin production by the " +"start of the product's delivery lead time. This gives the subcontractor " +"enough time to both manufacture and deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 +msgid "Component delivery lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:92 +msgid "" +"From the product's BoM, navigate to each component by clicking on the " +"component in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and then clicking the " +":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` button to the right of the " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:96 +msgid "" +"On the product page for each component, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab." +" If the vendor has not already been added, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor has been added, enter the number of days it takes them to " +"dropship the product to the subcontractor, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " +"Time` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:104 +msgid "Dropship subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Create a request for quotation (RfQ) for the product by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`, and " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Specify the subcontractor in :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the product" +" in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, " +"selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and specifying a " +"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:113 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" +" time for the component vendor to dropship the components, and the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " +"auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " +"of the product. However, this does not consider the time it takes to " +"dropship the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:121 +msgid "" +"When purchasing a product subcontracted using the *Dropship Subcontractor on" +" Order* route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " +"extra time needed for the components to be delivered to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Since production does not begin until they receive the components, leaving " +"the date as is results in the finished product arriving *after* the date " +"listed on the |RfQ|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " +"so creates a second |RfQ| to purchase the components from the dropshipper, " +"and have them sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for " +"Quotation`, and select the |RfQ| that lists the dropshipper in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 +msgid "" +"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field lists the date on which" +" the subcontractor must receive the components, in order to deliver the " +"finished product by the *Expected Arrival* date listed on the subcontractor " +"|PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Order Deadline` field lists the latest date on which the " +"|RfQ| can be confirmed, in order for the dropshipper to deliver the " +"components to the subcontractor by the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|, and confirm " +"the purchase of the components from the dropshipper. Doing so causes a " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to appear at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to open the dropship order. This" +" order can also be accessed from the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button that " +"now appears on the subcontractor |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:149 +msgid "" +"After the dropshipper has delivered the components to the subcontractor, " +"click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the dropship order to " +"confirm that the subcontractor has received the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor receives the components, they begin manufacturing the" +" component, before delivering it to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Bicycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes must purchase the required components from vendor Bike World, " +"and have them dropshipped to Bike Friends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:164 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each bicycle, plus " +"an addition two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:167 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for bicycle" +" manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus two days " +"for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:170 +msgid "" +"On the bicycle's BoM, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days as " +"well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered to " +"the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:173 +msgid "" +"On the product pages for each of the bicycle's components, they assign Bike " +"World a delivery lead time of two days. This is the amount of time it takes " +"Bike World to dropship each component directly to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:177 +msgid "" +"On May 10th, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| for one bicycle, with an expected " +"delivery date of May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:180 +msgid "" +"The |RfQ| for purchasing the components from Bike World and having them " +"dropshipped to Bike Friends has an Expected Arrival date of May 12th, and a " +"Deadline of May 10th. The |RfQ| must be confirmed by the deadline in order " +"for Bike Friends to receive the components by the Expected Arrival date, " +"giving them enough time to deliver the finished bicycle to Mike's Bikes by " +"May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Order Deadline and Expected Arrival dates on a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes confirms the |RfQ| on May 10th, and Bike World delivers the " +"components to Bike Friends on May 12th. Bike Friends manufactures the " +"bicycle, and delivers it to Mike's Bikes on May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " +"means that lead times should **not** be viewed as guarantees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order " +"` route, a company is responsible for supplying the" +" subcontractor with the necessary components. As a result, the subcontractor" +" cannot begin manufacturing until the components have been received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, the date they receive " +"the components must also be considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:39 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time, and specifying " +"a manufacturing lead time on the product's bill of materials (BoM), " +"*Resupply Subcontractor* orders for the product's components display the " +"deadline by which the subcontractor must receive the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " +"subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a " +"|BoM| from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:80 +msgid "Resupply subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" +" time for the subcontractor to receive the components, manufacture the " +"product, and deliver it back to the subcontracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " +"auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " +"of the product. However, this does **not** consider the time it takes to " +"ship the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:98 +msgid "" +"When purchasing a product subcontracted using the Resupply Subcontractor on " +"Order route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " +"extra time needed for the components to be shipped to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " +"so causes a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to appear at the top of the " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to open the resupply " +"subcontractor order, which is the order created to send components to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Deadline` field on the resupply subcontractor order shows the" +" deadline for the subcontractor to receive the components, in order for them" +" to have enough time to manufacture and deliver the finished product by the " +"Expected Arrival date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field should display the latest date on which" +" components can be shipped, while still arriving to the subcontractor by the" +" :guilabel:`Deadline`. However, by default, the date displayed is the same " +"as the date in the :guilabel:`Deadline` field, and must be updated to take " +"into account the time required for shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field to open a calendar popover " +"from which a date can be selected. Select a date that allows for the " +"components to be delivered by the :guilabel:`Deadline` on the resupply " +"subcontractor order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:124 +msgid "" +"After the components are shipped, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at " +"the top of the order to confirm they have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Unicycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes must supply Bike Friends with the necessary components for " +"manufacturing the unicycles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:137 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each unicycle, plus" +" an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:140 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " +"unicycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " +"two days for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:143 +msgid "" +"On the unicycle's |BoM|, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days, " +"as well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered " +"to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 +msgid "" +"They confirm a |PO| for one unicycle, with an expected arrival date of May " +"30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The resupply subcontractor order for shipping the components to the " +"subcontractor shows a *Deadline* of May 25th. The subcontractor must receive" +" the components by this date, in order to have enough time to manufacture " +"the unicycle, and deliver it by May 30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:152 +msgid "" +"It takes Mike's Bikes two days to deliver the components, so they update the" +" *Scheduled Date* field on the resupply subcontractor order to May 23rd, two" +" days before the Deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Scheduled Date and Deadline fields on a resupply subcontractor order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes ships the components to Bike Friends on the scheduled date of " +"May 23rd, and they arrive on the deadline of May 25th. This gives Bike " +"Friends enough time to manufacture the unicycle, and ship it back to Mike's " +"Bikes by the expected arrival date of May 30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:3 +msgid "Basic subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a " +"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" +" then sold by the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the " +"necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to " +"worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic " +"subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-" +"subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that " +"subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted " +"products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be " +"manufactured by them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " +":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary" +" to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53 +msgid "Configure product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the " +"product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, " +"selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and " +"entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`" +" field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished " +"product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " +"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " +"subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83 +msgid "Configure BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " +"--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials " +"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` " +"option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the " +":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using" +" subcontracting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when " +"calculating the product's expected arrival date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:81 +msgid "" +"When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for " +"manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:86 +msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:88 +msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " +"|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a receipt order or a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, " +"**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" +" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " +"product is shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted " +"product is being purchased from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " +"with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer," +" or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process " +"starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169 +msgid "Create SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171 +msgid "" +"It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased" +" from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being " +"purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " +"Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a " +"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a" +" quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens" +" the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:128 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough " +"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates" +" a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193 +msgid "" +"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " +"end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is " +"enough stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197 +msgid "Process PO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:140 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to " +":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the " +"|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to " +"the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a " +"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the " +"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:153 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic " +"subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and " +"can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 +msgid "" +"A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " +"top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 +msgid "" +"PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " +"top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242 +msgid "Process receipt or dropship order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " +"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " +"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251 +msgid "" +"If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, " +"once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " +"Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the" +" :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the " +"receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter" +" the product into inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260 +msgid "Process dropship order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262 +msgid "" +"If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select" +" the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open " +"the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order " +"to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270 +msgid "Process delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " +"finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " +"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" +" the customer, and process the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " +"the product has been shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship to subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the" +" necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have " +"them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order " +"(PO) for that product is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " +"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and " +"*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve " +"dropshipping, they are used for different purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have " +"them shipped directly to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components " +"from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By " +"default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the " +"contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33 +msgid "" +"However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship " +"Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In " +"this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then " +"ships the finished product directly to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37 +msgid "" +"This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the " +":ref:`workflow section ` of" +" this doc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " +"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " +"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the " +"components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as " +"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in " +"the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the " +":guilabel:`Price` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that " +"determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been " +"manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock " +"on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " +"subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73 +msgid "Configure bill of materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click " +"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " +"select the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and" +" specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97 +msgid "Configure Components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " +"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " +"arrow)` button to the right of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106 +msgid "" +"On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add " +"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in " +"the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the" +" subcontractor, once they are purchased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the " +":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119 +msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " +"*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the" +" vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so " +"creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the " +"components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" +" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" +" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " +"product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " +"with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, " +"or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts " +"with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148 +msgid "Create an SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the " +"product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is " +"the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted " +"product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the " +"*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** " +"there is no stock of the product on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead " +"create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172 +msgid "" +"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " +"end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, " +"even if there is stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176 +msgid "Process subcontractor PO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178 +msgid "" +"If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`," +" and clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a" +" new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* " +"|PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components" +" to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, " +"and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" +"button at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from " +"the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** " +"automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship " +"Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* " +"|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205 +msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. " +"Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` " +"field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after " +"confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212 +msgid "" +"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship " +"Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of" +" the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and " +"confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, " +"and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the " +"*subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" +"Dropship smart button at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227 +msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" +" *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, " +"respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the " +":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the " +"subcontractor has received the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" +" *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the " +"product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of" +" the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the" +" *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the " +":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship " +"order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the " +"product to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product " +"has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the " +"necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each " +"time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " +"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping" +" it to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply " +"Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24 +msgid "" +"While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components " +"required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are " +"sourced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from " +"the warehouse of the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from " +"a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of " +"the subcontracting company and their subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36 +msgid "" +"See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of " +"the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " +"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " +"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of " +"materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`" +" tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the " +"subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68 +msgid "" +"This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other " +"elements, like the cost of the product's components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " +"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click " +"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " +"select the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107 +msgid "Configure components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " +"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " +"arrow)` button to the right of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116 +msgid "" +"On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and " +"select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the " +":guilabel:`Routes` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122 +msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to " +"purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a" +" dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the " +"subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" +" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149 +msgid "" +"While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to " +"automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is " +"also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful " +"when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply " +"Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking" +" :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom " +"the components should be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` " +"drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the " +"components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` " +"to confirm that the order has been sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough " +"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead" +" creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase " +"app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a " +"subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically " +"created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the " +"required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed " +"from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top " +"of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 +msgid "" +"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n" +"buttons at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 +msgid "" +"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and " +"Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227 +msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the " +"subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " +"Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open" +" the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` " +"card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " +"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " +"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " +"finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " +"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" +" the customer, and process the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " +"the product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows.rst:5 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "ワークフロー" @@ -25194,6 +29946,15 @@ msgid "" "only after closing the associated |MO|." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " +"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." +msgstr "" +"廃棄オーダは :menuselection:`在庫 --> オペレーション --> 廃棄` " +"で見ることができます。各廃棄オーダには、オーダが作成された日付と時間、廃棄されたプロダクトと数量が表示されます。" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29 msgid "" "To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " @@ -25458,1355 +30219,6 @@ msgid "" "and *WH/MO/00010*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontracting overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:7 -msgid "" -"In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a " -"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" -" then sold by the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting " -"company and the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:13 -msgid "" -"For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide " -"variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in" -" and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the " -"manufacturing themselves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:17 -msgid "" -"This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, " -"as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with " -"subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they " -"are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized " -"work to subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:22 -msgid "" -"On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors " -"to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as " -"profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain " -"arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which " -"projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a " -"variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what" -" happens to finished products once they are manufactured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " -"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " -":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " -"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst-1 -msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:42 -msgid "" -"With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in " -"Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a " -"*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates" -" the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that" -" it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the " -"Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can " -"be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product " -"pages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:51 -msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:52 -msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:55 -msgid "Subcontracting workflows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:57 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference " -"between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully " -"responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the " -":doc:`subcontracting_basic` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " -"sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This " -"workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting_resupply` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " -"purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to " -"the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the " -":doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:69 -msgid "" -"In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary " -"to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to" -" products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are " -"to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can " -"either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an " -"end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured" -" to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are " -"outlined in their respective documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:83 -msgid "Subcontracted product valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different " -"variables:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;" -" from here on referred to as `C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "" -"The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them " -"shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:93 -msgid "" -"The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor" -" to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred " -"to as `x`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be " -"represented by the following equation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:100 -msgid "" -"P = C + M + S + D + x\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:103 -msgid "" -"It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will " -"include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not " -"dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost" -" of dropshipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:3 -msgid "Basic subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a " -"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" -" then sold by the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the " -"necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to " -"worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic " -"subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-" -"subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that " -"subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted " -"products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be " -"manufactured by them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" -" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " -":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " -"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary" -" to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53 -msgid "Configure product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " -"product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the " -"product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, " -"selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and " -"entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`" -" field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished " -"product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " -"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " -"subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83 -msgid "Configure BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " -"Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " -"--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92 -msgid "" -"For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials " -"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` " -"option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the " -":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using" -" subcontracting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " -":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the " -"subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when " -"calculating the product's expected arrival date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:81 -msgid "" -"When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the " -":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for " -"manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:86 -msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:88 -msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " -"|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a receipt order or a dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, " -"**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" -" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " -"product is shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138 -msgid "" -"The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted " -"product is being purchased from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " -"with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer," -" or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process " -"starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into " -"inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169 -msgid "Create SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:112 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171 -msgid "" -"It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased" -" from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being " -"purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next " -"step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175 -msgid "" -"To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " -"Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178 -msgid "" -"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a " -"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a" -" quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:123 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens" -" the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:128 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough " -"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates" -" a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:134 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193 -msgid "" -"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " -"end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is " -"enough stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197 -msgid "Process PO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:140 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to " -":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the " -"|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to " -"the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:145 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking " -":guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:148 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a " -"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the " -"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:153 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic " -"subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and " -"can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 -msgid "" -"A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " -"top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 -msgid "" -"PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " -"top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:164 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242 -msgid "Process receipt or dropship order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " -"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " -"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 -msgid "Process receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:173 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251 -msgid "" -"If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, " -"once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " -"Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:177 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the" -" :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the " -"receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter" -" the product into inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260 -msgid "Process dropship order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:184 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262 -msgid "" -"If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select" -" the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:187 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open " -"the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order " -"to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270 -msgid "Process delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " -"finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " -"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" -" the customer, and process the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:198 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " -"the product has been shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3 -msgid "Dropship to subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the" -" necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have " -"them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order " -"(PO) for that product is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " -"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23 -msgid "" -"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and " -"*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve " -"dropshipping, they are used for different purposes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have " -"them shipped directly to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components " -"from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By " -"default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the " -"contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33 -msgid "" -"However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship " -"Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In " -"this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then " -"ships the finished product directly to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37 -msgid "" -"This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the " -":ref:`workflow section ` of" -" this doc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " -"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " -":guilabel:`Operations` heading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " -"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the " -"components listed on the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " -"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as " -"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in " -"the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the " -":guilabel:`Price` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that " -"determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been " -"manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock " -"on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " -"subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73 -msgid "Configure bill of materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click " -"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " -"select the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the " -":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a " -"line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and" -" specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97 -msgid "Configure Components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99 -msgid "" -"To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " -"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " -"arrow)` button to the right of the name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " -"component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106 -msgid "" -"On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add " -"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in " -"the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the" -" subcontractor, once they are purchased." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the " -":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " -"section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119 -msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121 -msgid "" -"The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " -"*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the" -" vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so " -"creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the " -"components to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" -" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" -" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " -"product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " -"with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, " -"or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts " -"with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148 -msgid "Create an SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the " -"product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in " -"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is " -"the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted " -"product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the " -"*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** " -"there is no stock of the product on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169 -msgid "" -"If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead " -"create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172 -msgid "" -"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " -"end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, " -"even if there is stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176 -msgid "Process subcontractor PO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by" -" navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`," -" and clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a" -" new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the " -":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* " -"|PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components" -" to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, " -"and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" -"button at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198 -msgid "" -"In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from " -"the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** " -"automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201 -msgid "" -"Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship " -"Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* " -"|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205 -msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207 -msgid "" -"To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. " -"Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` " -"field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after " -"confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212 -msgid "" -"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship " -"Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of" -" the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and " -"confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, " -"and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the " -"*subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" -"Dropship smart button at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227 -msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229 -msgid "" -"Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" -" *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, " -"respectively." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the " -":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the " -"subcontractor has received the components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" -" *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the " -"product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of" -" the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into " -"inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the" -" *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the " -"receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the " -":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship " -"order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the " -"product to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product " -"has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3 -msgid "Resupply subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the " -"necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each " -"time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " -"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping" -" it to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21 -msgid "" -"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply " -"Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24 -msgid "" -"While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components " -"required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are " -"sourced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from " -"the warehouse of the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from " -"a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of " -"the subcontracting company and their subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36 -msgid "" -"See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of " -"the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " -"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " -":guilabel:`Operations` heading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " -"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of " -"materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " -"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`" -" tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the " -"subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68 -msgid "" -"This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other " -"elements, like the cost of the product's components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " -"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click " -"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " -"select the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107 -msgid "Configure components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109 -msgid "" -"To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " -"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " -"arrow)` button to the right of the name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116 -msgid "" -"On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and " -"select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the " -":guilabel:`Routes` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122 -msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124 -msgid "" -"The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to " -"purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a" -" dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the " -"subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" -" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149 -msgid "" -"While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to " -"automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is " -"also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful " -"when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154 -msgid "" -"To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply " -"Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking" -" :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom " -"the components should be sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking " -":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` " -"drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the " -"components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` " -"to confirm that the order has been sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough " -"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190 -msgid "" -"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead" -" creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase " -"app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a " -"subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically " -"created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214 -msgid "" -"In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the " -"required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed " -"from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top " -"of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 -msgid "" -"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n" -"buttons at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 -msgid "" -"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and " -"Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227 -msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the " -"subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " -"Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open" -" the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to " -"confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the " -":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` " -"card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " -"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " -"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " -"finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " -"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" -" the customer, and process the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " -"the product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:3 msgid "Unbuild orders" msgstr "" @@ -27569,8 +30981,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:12 msgid "" "Utilize *engineering change orders* (*ECOs*) to track, implement, and revert" -" change versions made to products, and :ref:`bills of materials " -"`." +" change versions made to products, and :doc:`bills of materials " +"<../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:15 @@ -29009,6 +32421,354 @@ msgid "" "export it as an Excel file." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:3 +msgid "Procurement expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:12 +msgid "" +"With the *Purchase* application, users can monitor procurement expenses over" +" time. This report helps companies track and analyze spending, identify " +"cost-saving opportunities, and ensure efficient budget management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:17 +msgid "Create procurement expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To create a |per|, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " +"Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:22 +msgid "" +"By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` (POs) with a " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of Requests for " +"Quotation (RFQs) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent*, or *Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:25 +msgid "Add filters and groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the top-right, click the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot)` icon " +"to switch to pivot view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:32 +msgid "" +"While the |per| can also be :ref:`viewed ` as a " +":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " +":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`, " +"the pivot view provides the most detailed view of the data, and is the " +"recommended starting point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Remove any default filters from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. Then, click " +"the |caret| to open the drop-down menu that contains the " +":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and :guilabel:`Favorites` " +"columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Unless otherwise specified, the report displays data from both |RFQs| and " +"|POs|. This can be changed by selecting either :guilabel:`Requests for " +"Quotation` or :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a time frame to use for " +"comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " +"|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " +"Then, select :guilabel:`Product Category`, which is also located in the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The selections under the :guilabel:`Group By` heading can be altered, " +"depending on the needs of the individual company. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Product`, instead of :guilabel:`Product Category`, provides a " +"more in depth look at the performance of specific items, in place of an " +"entire category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading that " +"appears. These options are only available after the date range is selected " +"under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " +":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " +"as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " +"time period from the previous year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:60 +msgid "" +"While multiple time-based filters can be added at once, only one comparison " +"can be selected at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the procurement expenses\n" +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The filter for Q2, comparison for **Previous Period**, and group-by for " +"**Vendor** and **Product Category** were selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:68 +msgid "Add measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:70 +msgid "" +"After selecting the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group by`, and " +":guilabel:`Comparison` settings, click out of the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:82 +msgid "" +"By default, the report displays data with the following measures: " +":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " +":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " +"drop-down list of available measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click the following specific measures to include additional columns for the " +"procurement expenses report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total` and :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`: can include one or both " +"measures. These are included for overall spending analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:91 +msgid ":guilabel:`Average Cost`: included to evaluate cost efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to Confirm` and :guilabel:`Days to Receive`: used to assess " +"supplier performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Qty Ordered` and :guilabel:`Qty Received`: used to understand " +"order efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Qty Billed` and :guilabel:`Qty to be Billed`: used to track order" +" accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Additional measures can be included in the report, if desired, to provide " +"additional insights. For example, :guilabel:`Gross Weight` and " +":guilabel:`Volume` may be included for further logistics and management " +"analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:101 +msgid "" +"After selecting all necessary measures, click out of the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:85 +msgid "View results" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:108 +msgid "" +"After all of the filters and measures have been selected, the report " +"generates in the selected view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst-1 +msgid "A sample version of the procurement expenses report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " +"editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is **only** available if the " +"*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The |per| is also available in graph view. Click the :icon:`fa-area-chart` " +":guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view. Click the " +"corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a :icon:`fa-bar-" +"chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` :guilabel:`(line " +"chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:107 +msgid "To save this report as a *favorite*, see :ref:`search/favorites`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor costs report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With the *Purchase* application, users can track the fluctuation of vendor " +"costs over time. This allows users to identify the most expensive vendors, " +"and track seasonal changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:14 +msgid "Create vendor costs reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To create a vendor costs report, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase " +"app --> Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` " +"dashboard. By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of POs (Purchase Orders) with a " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of RFQs (Requests " +"for Quotation) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent, or *Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a date range to use for " +"comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " +"|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " +"Then, select :guilabel:`Product`, which is also located in the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Product` is **not** required for this report. However, " +"it is recommended, as it provides additional insight into the performance of" +" individual vendors. Additional selections can be made under the " +":guilabel:`Group by` heading as well, including :guilabel:`Product " +"Category`, :guilabel:`Status`, and :guilabel:`Purchase Representative`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To ensure the report is generated correctly, make sure that " +":guilabel:`Vendor` is the **first** selection made under the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading. These " +"options are only available after the date range is selected under the " +":guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " +":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " +"as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " +"time period from the previous year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the " +"vendor costs report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"By default, the report displays with the following measures: " +":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " +":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " +"drop-down list of available measures. Click :guilabel:`Average Cost` to add " +"it to the report. Select any additional measures to add to the report, or " +"click on any of the already selected measures to remove them, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:80 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to run the report with at least :guilabel:`Average Cost`, " +":guilabel:`Total`, or :guilabel:`Untaxed Total` selected from the " +":guilabel:`Measures` list. Additional measures, such as :guilabel:`Days to " +"Receive`, can be added to provide additional insights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:87 +msgid "" +"After all of the :ref:`filters and measures have been selected " +"`, the report generates in the pivot " +"view. Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " +"editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is only available if the " +"*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A sample of a vendor costs report with the measures set as total and average" +" costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The vendor costs report is also available in *graph* view. Click the " +":icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view." +" Click the corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a " +":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " +":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5 msgid "Manage deals" msgstr "" @@ -30222,9 +33982,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51 msgid "" "To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> " -"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, check" -" the box next to :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and " -"bills`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, tick " +"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`3-way matching`, and click :guilabel:`Save` " +"to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56 @@ -30233,15 +33993,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 -msgid "Activated three-way matching feature in purchase settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:60 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:62 msgid "" "When products are received into a company's warehouse, receipts are created." " Once the company processes the received quantities, they can choose to " @@ -30250,11 +34006,11 @@ msgid "" "completed at different steps of the procurement process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:68 msgid "With the bill control policy set to ordered quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:70 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *ordered quantities*" " bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " @@ -30263,42 +34019,42 @@ msgid "" "Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:75 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new request for quotation (RFQ). Doing so reveals a blank " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 msgid "" "On the blank detail form, add a vendor to the :abbr:`RFQ (request for " "quotation)` in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the " ":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 msgid "" "Then, confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` button above the detail form. Doing so turns the " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a vendor bill for " "the purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:88 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button reveals the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill` page for the purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:91 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button to modify " "the bill, and add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field. If needed," @@ -30306,21 +34062,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 msgid "" "Next, confirm the bill by clicking the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *ordered quantities*, the draft bill" " can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:175 msgid "" "On the new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` number," " which can be used to match the bill with additional documents (such as the " @@ -30331,7 +34087,7 @@ msgid "" "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:108 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " @@ -30344,7 +34100,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Vendor bill form for ordered quantities control policy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:118 msgid "" "Each vendor bill provides the option to either :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " "or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note`. A *credit note* is typically issued when a " @@ -30353,11 +34109,11 @@ msgid "" "returned from the customer/buyer to the vendor or supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:124 msgid "With the bill control policy set to received quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:127 msgid "" "If the creation of a vendor bill is attempted without receiving any " "quantities of a product (while using the *received quantities* bill control " @@ -30365,7 +34121,7 @@ msgid "" "proceeding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *received " "quantities* bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " @@ -30374,38 +34130,38 @@ msgid "" "Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:136 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`. Doing so reveals a " "blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a bill for the " "purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:151 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Create Bill` before any products have been received will" -" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to appear. The :guilabel:`Purchase " -"Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity of the items " -"included on the order to create a vendor bill." +" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up message to appear. The " +":guilabel:`Purchase Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity" +" of the items included on the order to create a vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:159 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the warehouse " "receipt form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:161 msgid "" "On the warehouse receipt form, click :menuselection:`Validate --> Apply` to " "mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities. Then, navigate back to the " @@ -30413,7 +34169,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Bill` button on the purchase order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 msgid "" "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Draft Bill` for the purchase order. On the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and add a " @@ -30421,20 +34177,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:172 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *received quantities*, the draft " "bill can **only** be confirmed when at least some of the quantities are " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:181 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " @@ -30443,11 +34199,11 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:187 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills in Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:189 msgid "" "Vendor bills can also be created directly from the *Accounting* app, " "**without** having to create a purchase order first. To do this, go to " @@ -30455,7 +34211,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a blank vendor bill detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 msgid "" "On this blank vendor bill detail form, add a vendor in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " @@ -30465,27 +34221,27 @@ msgid "" "the bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:198 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view (or change) the " ":guilabel:`Account` journals that were populated based on the configuration " "on the corresponding :guilabel:`Vendor` and :guilabel:`Product` forms." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` to add" " credit or debit notes to the bill. Or, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` " "number (while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:205 msgid "" "Then, when ready, click :menuselection:`Register Payment --> Create Payment`" " to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 msgid "" "To tie the draft bill to an existing purchase order, click the drop-down " "menu next to :guilabel:`Auto-Complete`, and select a :abbr:`PO (purchase " @@ -30497,17 +34253,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Auto-complete drop-down list on draft vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:218 msgid "Batch billing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:220 msgid "" "Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 msgid "" "To do this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. " "Then, click the :guilabel:`checkbox` at the top left of the page, beside the" @@ -30516,7 +34272,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Draft` :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:227 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon to export, delete, or send" " & print the bills; click the :guilabel:`Print` icon to print the invoices " @@ -30524,7 +34280,7 @@ msgid "" "payments for multiple vendor bills at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Register Payment` is selected, a pop-up appears. In this " "pop-up window, select the appropriate journal in the :guilabel:`Journal` " @@ -30533,7 +34289,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Group Payments` on this pop-up, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:236 msgid "" "When ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button, which creates a " "list of journal entries on a separate page. This list of journal entries are" @@ -30541,19 +34297,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 -msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up." +msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:244 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Register Payment` option for vendor bills in batches will " "only work for journal entries whose :guilabel:`Status` is set to " ":guilabel:`Posted`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:252 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 +msgid ":doc:`control_bills`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5 @@ -30947,16 +34702,16 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" +msgid "Purchase units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" -" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " -"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " -"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " -"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." +" unit of measure than when it is sold. This can cause confusion between " +"sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to convert " +"measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your product once" +" and let Odoo handle the conversion." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 @@ -31063,21 +34818,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "" -"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." +"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, click into " +"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure Category` field and enter a name for the " +"category. Then, under the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:77 msgid "" "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" -" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" -" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" -" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " -"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " -"Odoo is always a multiple of this value." +" to other units of measure inside the category. Name the unit, and select " +"the units of measure category you just created. For the *Type*, select " +"*Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter the *Rounding " +"Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by Odoo is always a " +"multiple of this value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:83 msgid "" "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " "fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." @@ -31087,7 +34844,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "" "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " "appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " @@ -31099,35 +34856,31 @@ msgid "" "0.00001, set *Digits* to 5." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:97 msgid "" "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" " measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " "*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:101 msgid "" "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " "*Smaller*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:103 msgid "" "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " "second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " "than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:107 msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 -msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:109 msgid "" "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " "units of measure." diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 8ef0da98a..90a2b5655 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Junko Augias, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" @@ -2230,16 +2230,15 @@ msgstr "会計に添付されたファイルの一元化を可能にします。 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:36 msgid "" -"If you select a new workspace, existing documents aren't moved. Only newly " +"If you select a new workspace, existing documents are not moved. Only newly " "created documents will be found under the new workspace." msgstr "" -"新しいワークスペースを選択しても、既存のドキュメントは移動しません。新しく作成されたドキュメントのみが、新しいワークスペースの下に表示されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:42 msgid "Workspaces" msgstr "ワークスペース" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:44 msgid "" "Workspaces are hierarchical folders having their own set of tags and " ":ref:`actions `. Default workspaces exist, but " @@ -2252,23 +2251,23 @@ msgstr "" "ワークスペース` と進み、 :guilabel:`New` " "をクリックすることで独自のワークスペースを作成することができます。新しいページで以下の情報を入力して下さい。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr ":guilabel:`名前`" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Parent Workspace`: if you want to create a sub-workspace, select " "its :guilabel:`Parent Workspace`" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`親ワークスペース`: サブワークスペースを作成する場合は、その :guilabel:`親ワークスペース` を選択します。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:236 msgid "Tags" msgstr "タグ" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:56 msgid "" "Tags are used within workspaces to add a level of differentiation between " "documents. They are organized per category, and filters can be used to sort " @@ -2276,7 +2275,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "タグはワークスペース内で使用され、ドキュメント間の区別をつけるために使用されます。タグはカテゴリごとに整理され、フィルタを使って並べ替えることができます。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:59 msgid "" "Tags can be created from the :guilabel:`Tags` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a " "line`, create the :guilabel:`Tag Category`, and :guilabel:`Name` your tags." @@ -2284,28 +2283,52 @@ msgstr "" "タグは :guilabel:`タグ` タブから作成することができます。guilabel:`明細を追加`をクリックし、 " ":guilabel:`カテゴリをタグ`を作成し、 :guilabel:`タグの名前` を付けます。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:63 msgid "" "The tags of a parent workspace apply to the child workspaces automatically;" msgstr "親ワークスペースのタグは、子ワークスペースにも自動的に適用されます;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:64 msgid "" "Tags can be created and modified by going to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Tags`;" msgstr "タグの作成と変更は :menuselection:`設定 --> タグ` で行えます；" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:65 msgid "" "Tags can also be created or edited by clicking the gear icon :guilabel:`⚙` " "on the left menu." msgstr "タグは左メニューの歯車アイコン :guilabel:`⚙` をクリックしても作成・編集できます。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:67 +msgid "" +"An **email alias** can be used to automatically send received documents to a" +" specific workspace based on the tag assigned. To create an email alias:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Select the tag and the corresponding workspace where the document should be " +"directed in the left column of your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Next to the :guilabel:`Upload` button, click the down arrow, and then click " +":guilabel:`Share`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In the new window, click :guilabel:`Download and Upload` and enter the email" +" alias where documents should be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:79 msgid "Access rights" msgstr "アクセス権" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:81 msgid "" "To manage your workspace access rights, go to :menuselection:`Documents --> " "Configuration --> Workspaces`, open the workspace you want to edit, and go " @@ -2318,11 +2341,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`書込グループ` を追加できます。また、ワークスペースのドキュメントのみを閲覧できる :guilabel:`閲覧グループ` " "を追加することもできます。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:87 msgid "Description" msgstr "説明" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:89 msgid "" "You can add descriptive information to your workspace by going to " ":menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration --> Workspaces`, opening the " @@ -2331,7 +2354,7 @@ msgstr "" "ワークスペースに説明情報を追加するには、 :menuselection:`ドキュメント --> 設定 --> ワークスペース` " "に進み、説明したいワークスペースを開いて :guilabel:`説明` タブを開きます。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:94 msgid "" "Workspaces can also be created and edited by clicking the gear icon " ":guilabel:`⚙` on the left menu." @@ -2341,41 +2364,32 @@ msgstr "ワークスペースは左メニューの歯車アイコン :guilabel:` msgid "Create sub-workspaces from the left menu" msgstr "左メニューからサブワークスペースを作成します" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:101 msgid "Documents management" msgstr "ドキュメント管理" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:103 msgid "" "When selecting or opening a document, the right panel displays different " "options. On the top, additional options might be available: " ":guilabel:`Download`, :guilabel:`Share`, :guilabel:`Replace`, " ":guilabel:`Lock` or :guilabel:`Split`. It is also possible to " -":guilabel:`Open chatter` or :guilabel:`Archive` the document." +":guilabel:`Open chatter` or use the :guilabel:`Move to trash` option." msgstr "" -"ドキュメントを選択したり開いたりすると、右側のパネルに様々なオプションが表示されます。一番上には :guilabel:`ダウンロード`, " -":guilabel:`共有`, :guilabel:`置換`, :guilabel:`ロック` または :guilabel:`分割` " -"という追加オプションがあります。また、ドキュメントを :guilabel:`チャターを開く` や :guilabel:`アーカイブ` " -"することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst-1 msgid "right panel options" msgstr "右パネルのオプション" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:112 msgid "" -"Then, you can modify the name of your file by clicking on " -":guilabel:`Document`. A :guilabel:`Contact` or an :guilabel:`Owner` can be " -"assigned. The related :guilabel:`Workspace` can be modified and it is " -"possible to access the related :guilabel:`Journal Entry` or add " -":guilabel:`Tags`." +"Then, you can modify the name of your file by clicking on :guilabel:`Name`. " +"A :guilabel:`Contact` or an :guilabel:`Owner` can be assigned. The related " +":guilabel:`Workspace` can be modified and it is possible to access the " +"related :guilabel:`Journal Entry` or add :guilabel:`Tags`." msgstr "" -"次に :guilabel:`ドキュメント` " -"をクリックしてファイル名を変更することができます。guilabel:`連絡先`や:guilabel:`所有者`を割り当てることができます。関連する " -":guilabel:`ワークスペース` を変更したり、関連する :guilabel:`仕訳` にアクセスしたり、 :guilabel:`タグ` " -"を追加することができます。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:117 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Contact` is the person related to the document and assigned " "to it. He can only view the document and not modify it. I.e.: an existing " @@ -2384,7 +2398,7 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel:`連絡先` " "はそのドキュメントに関連し、割当られた人です。この担当者はドキュメントを閲覧できるだけで、変更することはできません。例:あなたのデータベースにある既存の仕入先が、その請求書の連絡先となります。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:120 msgid "" "The person who creates a document is, by default :guilabel:`Owner` of it and" " has complete rights to it. It is possible to replace the owner of a " @@ -2395,7 +2409,7 @@ msgstr "" "であり、そのドキュメントに対する完全な権利を持ちます。ドキュメントの所有者を置換えることは可能です。例えば、従業員が \"自分のプロフィール " "\"でそのドキュメントを見るためには、そのドキュメントの所有者でなければなりません。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:124 msgid "" "Different :ref:`Actions ` are available at the " "bottom of the right panel, depending on the workspace where your document is" @@ -2404,17 +2418,17 @@ msgstr "" "ドキュメントが保存されているワークスペースによって、右側のパネルの下部に異なる :ref:`アクション ` が用意されています。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:128 msgid "Split PDF documents" msgstr "PDFドキュメントを分割" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:130 msgid "" "Select the PDF you want to split, and click the scissors icon. A new view " "displays all the pages of the document." msgstr "分割したいPDFを選択し、はさみアイコンをクリックします。新しいビューにドキュメントの全てのページが表示されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:133 msgid "" "By default, each page of the document will be split when clicking " ":guilabel:`Split`. To remove a split between two pages, click on the " @@ -2426,7 +2440,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "split your documents" msgstr "ドキュメントを分割" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:140 msgid "" "To merge documents from your dashboard, select them and click the scissors " "icon. Click on the scissors between the two documents and click " @@ -2434,27 +2448,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "ダッシュボードからドキュメントをマージするには、ドキュメントを選択し、はさみのアイコンをクリックします。2つの文書の間にあるはさみをクリックし、:guilabel:`Split`をクリックすると、ドキュメントがマージされます。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:144 msgid "Additional features" msgstr "追加機能" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:146 msgid "" "Select a workspace and click the arrow next to the :guilabel:`Upload` button" " to access additional features:" msgstr "ワークスペースを選択し、 :guilabel:`アップロード` ボタンの横にある矢印をクリックすると、追加機能にアクセスできます:" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:150 msgid "Request" msgstr "要求" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:152 msgid "" "You can create \"missing documents\" and organize them as documents, to " "remind users to download them." msgstr " \"不足しているドキュメント\"を作成し、ドキュメントとして整理することで、ユーザにダウンロードを促すことができます。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:154 msgid "" "Select the workspace where the file should be stored, click " ":guilabel:`Upload`, then :guilabel:`Request`. Add the :guilabel:`Document " @@ -2471,17 +2485,17 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ワークスペース`を確認し、必要であれば :guilabel:`タグ`と :guilabel:`メモ`を追加します。そして " ":guilabel:`要求` をクリックします。足りないドキュメントのプレースホルダがワークスペースに作成されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:161 msgid "When your document is available, click the placeholder to upload it." msgstr "ドキュメントが利用可能になったら、プレースホルダーをクリックしてアップロードして下さい。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:163 msgid "" "You can see all missing documents by going to the **Activity** view and to " "the :guilabel:`Requested Document` column." msgstr "**活動**ビューで :guilabel:`要求済ドキュメント` カラムを開くと、見つからないドキュメントを全て見ることができます。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:167 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Activity` view, you can send a **reminder email** to " "users from whom you are expecting a document. Go to the :guilabel:`Requested" @@ -2490,7 +2504,7 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel:`活動`ビューから、ドキュメントを受け取る予定のユーザに**リマインダメール**を送信することができます。guilabel:`要求済ドキュメント`列に移動し、↪Sm_22EE" " と :guilabel:`ドキュメント要求` をクリックします： リマインダ`をクリックします。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:171 msgid "" "Click on a date to see the details of a specific request. You can update it " "by clicking on the pen icon, :guilabel:`Preview` the content of the reminder" @@ -2502,11 +2516,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "send a reminder email from the Activity view" msgstr "活動ビューからリマインダメールを送信する" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:179 msgid "Add a link" msgstr "リンクを追加" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:181 msgid "" "To add a link to your documents dashboard, click on :guilabel:`Add a Link`, " "enter the :guilabel:`URL`, and :guilabel:`Name` it." @@ -2514,18 +2528,18 @@ msgstr "" "ドキュメントダッシュボードにリンクを追加するには、 :guilabel:`リンクを追加` をクリックし、 :guilabel:`URL`、 " ":guilabel:`名前`を入力して下さい。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:185 msgid "Share" msgstr "共有" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:187 msgid "" "You can create a share link to a document or all documents of a workspace. " "It allows anyone to download the file(s) or upload files to a workspace." msgstr "" "ワークスペースのドキュメントまたは全てのドキュメントへの共有リンクを作成できます。これにより、誰でもファイルをダウンロードしたり、ワークスペースにファイルをアップロードしたりできます。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:190 msgid "" "To do so, select the workspace or the document and click the arrow next to " "the :guilabel:`Upload` button then :guilabel:`Share`. On the pop-up, the " @@ -2542,18 +2556,18 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`サブフォルダを含める` ボックスにチェックを入れます。ユーザが自分のドキュメントをアップロードできるようにするには、 " ":guilabel:`ダウンロードとアップロード` を選択します。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:198 msgid "" "It is possible to only share one or more documents (without their workspace)" " by selecting them and clicking :guilabel:`Share`." msgstr "" "ドキュメントを選択し、:guilabel:`共有`をクリックすることで、1つまたは複数のドキュメント(ワークスペースは含まない)のみを共有することができます。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:202 msgid "New spreadsheet" msgstr "新しいスプレッドシート" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:204 msgid "" "To create a new :doc:`spreadsheet `, click :guilabel:`New " "Spreadsheet`. You can select a :guilabel:`Blank spreadsheet` or an " @@ -2563,11 +2577,11 @@ msgstr "" "をクリックします。:guilabel:`Blank spreadsheet`または " ":doc:`既存のテンプレート`を選択することができます。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:210 msgid "Workflow actions" msgstr "ワークフローアクション" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:212 msgid "" "Workflow actions help manage documents and overall business operations. " "These are automated actions that can be created and customized for each " @@ -2576,17 +2590,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "ワークフローアクションは、ドキュメントや業務全体の管理を支援します。これらは、ワークスペースごとに作成・カスタマイズできる自動化されたアクションです。例えば、ワンクリックでドキュメントの作成、移動、署名、タグの追加、請求書の処理などを行うことができます。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:216 msgid "" "These workflow actions appear on the right panel when a document meets the " "set criteria." msgstr "これらのワークフローアクションは、ドキュメントが設定された条件を満たすと右側のパネルに表示されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:219 msgid "Create workflow actions" msgstr "ワークフローアクションの作成" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:221 msgid "" "To create workflow actions, go to :menuselection:`Documents --> " "Configuration --> Actions` and click :guilabel:`New`." @@ -2594,17 +2608,17 @@ msgstr "" "ワークフローのアクションを作成するには、 :menuselection:`ドキュメント --> 設定 --> アクション` に進み、 " ":guilabel:`新規` をクリックします。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:225 msgid "" "An action applies to all **sub-workspaces** under the :guilabel:`Related " "Workspace` you selected." msgstr "アクションは、選択した :guilabel:`関連ワークスペース` の下にある全ての **サブワークスペース** に適用されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:228 msgid "Set the conditions" msgstr "条件を設定" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:230 msgid "" "You can :guilabel:`Create` a new :guilabel:`Action` or edit an existing one." " You can define the :guilabel:`Action Name` and then set the conditions that" @@ -2614,25 +2628,23 @@ msgstr "" "新しい :guilabel:`アクション` を作成したり、既存の :guilabel:`アクション` " "を編集することができます。guilabel:`アクション名`を定義し、ファイル選択時に右側のパネルにアクションボタン(:guilabel:`▶`)が表示される条件を設定します。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:234 msgid "There are three basic types of conditions you can set:" msgstr "設定できる条件は基本的に3種類あります:" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:236 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: you can use the :guilabel:`Contains` and :guilabel:`Does " -"not contain` conditions, meaning the files *must have* or *mustn't have* the" -" tags set here." +"not contain` conditions, meaning the files *must have* or *must not have* " +"the tags set here." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`タグ`: :guilabel:`含む`と " -":guilabel:`含まない`の条件を使うことができます。つまり、ファイルはここで設定されたタグを*持っている必要があるか*、*持っていない必要があります。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:239 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: the files must be associated with the contact set here." msgstr ":guilabel:`連絡先`: ファイルはここで設定された連絡先に関連付けられていなければなりません。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:241 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Owner`: the files must be associated with the owner set here." msgstr ":guilabel:`オーナー`: ファイルはここで設定されたオーナーに関連付けられている必要があります。" @@ -2641,23 +2653,23 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`オーナー`: ファイルはここで設定されたオー msgid "Example of a workflow action's basic condition in Odoo Documents" msgstr "Odooドキュメントのワークフローアクションの基本条件の例" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:247 msgid "" -"If you don't set any conditions, the action button appears for all files " +"If you do not set any conditions, the action button appears for all files " "inside the selected workspace." -msgstr "何も条件を設定しないと、選択したワークスペース内の全てのファイルに対してアクションボタンが表示されます。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:251 msgid "Advanced condition type: domain" msgstr "高度な条件タイプ:ドメイン" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:254 msgid "" "It is recommended to have some knowledge of Odoo development to configure " "*Domain* filters properly." msgstr "*ドメイン*フィルタを適切に設定するには、Odoo開発の知識があることをお勧めします。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:257 msgid "" "The :ref:`developer mode ` needs to be activated to access " "the :guilabel:`Domain` condition from the :guilabel:`Actions` tab. Once " @@ -2667,7 +2679,7 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel:`アクション`タブから :guilabel:`ドメイン` 条件にアクセスするには、 :ref:`開発者モード` " "を有効にする必要があります。guilabel:`ドメイン`コンディションを選択し、:guilabel:`条件を追加`をクリックします。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:261 msgid "" "To create a rule, you typically select a :guilabel:`field`, an " ":guilabel:`operator`, and a :guilabel:`value`. For example, if you want to " @@ -2683,7 +2695,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a workflow action's domain condition in Odoo Documents" msgstr "Odooドキュメントのワークフローアクションのドメイン条件の例" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:269 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add New Rule` (plus icon) and :guilabel:`Add branch` to add" " conditions and sub-conditions. You can then specify if your rule should " @@ -2694,114 +2706,114 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`全て` 条件にマッチするか、 :guilabel:`いずれか` 条件にマッチするかを指定できます。また、 " ":guilabel:`コードエディタ` を使って直接ルールを編集することもできます。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:274 msgid "Configure the actions" msgstr "アクションの設定" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:276 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Actions` tab to set up your action. You can " "simultaneously:" msgstr "guilabel:`アクション`タブを選択し、アクションを設定します。同時に" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:278 msgid "" "**Set Contact**: add a contact to the file, or replace an existing contact " "with a new one." msgstr "**連絡先の設定**:ファイルに連絡先を追加するか、既存の連絡先を新しい連絡先に置き換えます。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:279 msgid "" "**Set Owner**: add an owner to the file, or replace an existing owner with a" " new one." msgstr "**オーナー設定**:ファイルにオーナーを追加するか、既存のオーナーを新しいオーナーに置き換えます。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:280 msgid "**Move to Workspace**: move the file to any workspace." msgstr "**ワークスペースに移動**：ファイルを任意のワークスペースに移動します。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:281 msgid "" "**Create**: create one of the following items attached to the file in your " "database:" msgstr "**作成**:ファイルに添付されている以下の項目のいずれかをデータベースに作成します:" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:283 msgid "" "**Link to record**: link the document to a record (i.e. link to a vehicle in" " Fleet);" msgstr "**レコードへのリンク**:ドキュメントをレコードにリンクします(例：フリート内の車両へのリンク);" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:284 msgid "**Product template**: create a product you can edit directly;" msgstr "**プロダクトテンプレート**:直接編集できるプロダクトを作成します;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:285 msgid "**Task**: create a Project task you can edit directly;" msgstr "**タスク**:直接編集できるプロジェクトタスクを作成します;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:286 msgid "**Signature PDF template**: create a new Sign template to send out;" msgstr "**署名PDFテンプレート**：新しい署名テンプレートを作成して送信します; " -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:287 msgid "**PDF to sign**: create a PDF to sign;" msgstr "**署名するPDF**：署名するPDFを作成します;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:288 msgid "**Applicant**: create a new HR application you can edit directly;" msgstr "**申請者**: 直接編集可能な新しい人事申請書を作成します;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:289 msgid "" "**Vendor bill**: create a vendor bill using OCR and AI to scrape information" " from the file content;" msgstr "**仕入先請求書**: OCRとAIを使ってファイル内容から情報をスクレイピングし、仕入先請求書を作成します;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:291 msgid "" "**Customer invoice**: create a customer invoice using OCR and AI to scrape " "information from the file;" msgstr "**顧客請求書**：OCRとAIを使ってファイルから情報を取得し、顧客送り状を作成します;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:293 msgid "" "**Vendor credit note**: create a vendor credit note using OCR and AI to " "scrape information from the file;" msgstr "**仕入先クレジットノート**：OCRとAIを使ってファイルから情報を取得し、仕入先クレジットノートを作成します;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:295 msgid "" "**Credit note**: create a customer credit note using OCR and AI to scrape " "information from the file;" msgstr "**クレジットノート**：OCRとAIを使ってファイルから情報を取得し、顧客のクレジットノートを作成します;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:297 msgid "" "**Miscellaneous Operations**: create a record in :guilabel:`Miscellaneous " "Operations` in Accounting;" msgstr "**その他処理**：会計の :guilabel:`その他処理` にレコードを作成します;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:299 msgid "**Bank Statement**: create a Bank Statement in Finance;" msgstr "**銀行取引明細書**：財務で銀行取引明細書を作成します;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:300 msgid "" "**Expense**: create an expense automatically based on a file's content." msgstr "**経費**:ファイルの内容に基づいて自動的に経費を作成します。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:290 -msgid "**Set Tags**: add, remove, and replace any number of tags." -msgstr "**タグを設定**: 任意の数のタグを追加、削除、置換します。" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:302 +msgid "**Set Tags**: add, remove, and replace any number of tags;" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:303 msgid "" "**Activities - Mark all as Done**: mark all activities linked to the file as" -" done." -msgstr "**活動 - 全て完了とマーク**: ファイルにリンクされている全ての活動を完了としてマークします。" +" done;" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:304 msgid "" "**Activities - Schedule Activity**: create a new activity linked to the file" " as configured in the action. You can choose to set the activity on the " @@ -2814,11 +2826,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a workflow action Odoo Documents" msgstr "ワークフローアクションの例 Odooドキュメント" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:311 msgid "Digitize documents with AI and optical character recognition (OCR)" msgstr "AIと光学式文字認識(OCR)でドキュメントをデジタル化" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:313 msgid "" "Documents available in the Finance workspace can be digitized. Select the " "document to digitize, click :guilabel:`Create Bill`, :guilabel:`Create " @@ -2829,7 +2841,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`顧客請求書の作成`、または :guilabel:`クレジットノートの作成` をクリックし、 " ":guilabel:`デジタル化のために送信` をクリックします。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:318 msgid "" ":doc:`AI-powered document digitization " "<../finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization>`" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 6aa3b5868..6b0c2e39e 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -7,17 +7,17 @@ # Norimichi Sugimoto , 2023 # Noma Yuki, 2023 # Ryoko Tsuda , 2024 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Junko Augias, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Junko Augias, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:44 @@ -254,260 +254,282 @@ msgid "" "the top :guilabel:`Pipeline` page to view all opportunities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities" -msgstr "リード/案件を生成" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Two key ways to generate new leads or opportunities for your business are " -"through email aliases and website contact forms. Odoo automatically creates " -"leads in your CRM whenever someone sends a message to a Sales Team email " -"alias or fills out a contact form on your website." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:3 +msgid "Create leads (from email or manually)" msgstr "" -"新しいリードやビジネスチャンスを生み出す2つの重要な方法は、EメールエイリアスとWebサイトの問い合わせフォームです。Odooは、誰かが営業チームのメールエイリアスにメッセージを送信したり、ウェブサイトのコンタクトフォームに入力したりすると、自動的にCRMにリードを作成します。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Leads can be added to the *CRM* app from custom email aliases, and by " +"manually creating new records. This is in addition to the leads and " +"opportunities created in the app through the :doc:`website contact form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:12 +msgid "" +"First, ensure the *Leads* feature is enabled in the database by navigating " +"to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:17 msgid "Configure email aliases" msgstr "Eメールエイリアスを設定" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:19 msgid "" -"Each Sales Team can use its own unique email alias to generate " -"leads/opportunities. Any email sent to a Sales Team's email alias will " -"automatically create a lead (if leads are activated in your CRM settings) or" -" an opportunity in the pipeline for that particular team. Configure custom " -"email aliases on the configuration page for each Sales Team by navigating to" -" :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`." +"Each sales team has the option to create and utilize their own unique email " +"alias. When messages are sent to this address, a lead (or opportunity), is " +"created with the information from the message." msgstr "" -"各販売チームは、リード/案件を生成するために独自のEメールエイリアスを使用することができます。販売チームのEメールエイリアスに送信されたメールは、自動的にリード(CRM設定でリードが有効になっている場合)またはそのチームのパイプラインに案件を作成します。カスタムメールエイリアスは、" -" :menuselection:`CRM --> 設定 --> 販売チーム`に移動して、各販売チームの設定ページで設定します。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Configuring Sales Teams" -msgstr "販売チームを作成" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:23 -msgid "Use Contact Forms on your website" -msgstr "ウェブサイトでコンタクトフォームを使用" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:23 msgid "" -"By default, your website's *Contact Us* page displays Odoo's ready-to-use " -"Contact Form. Whenever someone submits this form, a lead or an opportunity " -"is generated in your database." +"To create or update a sales teams' email alias, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`. Click on a team " +"from the list to open the team's details page." msgstr "" -"デフォルトでは、Webサイトの*お問い合わせ*ページにはOdooのコンタクトフォームが表示されます。誰かがこのフォームを送信すると、あなたのデータベースにリードや案件が生成されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Default Contact Us page" -msgstr "デフォルトお問い合わせページ" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The Contact Form can be activated or deactivated at any time by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Go to Website --> Customize --> Contact Form`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The sales team details page, focused on the email alias section." msgstr "" -"コンタクトフォームは :menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> ウェブサイトへ --> カスタマイズ --> コンタクトフォーム` " -"でいつでも有効/無効にできます。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Form toggle" -msgstr "コンタクトフォームトグル" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:30 msgid "" -"When the Form is deactivated, the *Contact Us* page simply displays a button" -" to email your company directly. Any email sent this way will generate a " -"lead/opportunity." +"In the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field, enter a name for the email alias, or " +"edit the existing name. In the :guilabel:`Accept Emails From` field, use the" +" drop-down menu to choose who is allowed to send messages to this email " +"alias:" msgstr "" -"フォームが無効化されている場合、*お問い合わせ*ページには貴社に直接メールを送るためのボタンが表示されます。この方法で送信されたメールはすべてリード/案件を生成します。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Us Page using email" -msgstr "Eメールを使用したお問合せページ" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Choose which Sales Team or salesperson is automatically assigned to the " -"leads/opportunities created from the Contact Form by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Communication`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Everyone`: messages are accepted from any email address." msgstr "" -"menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> 設定 --> 管理設定 --> " -"コミュニケーション`で、コンタクトフォームから作成されたリード/案件にどの販売チームまたは販売担当者を自動的に割当てるかを選択します。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Form settings" -msgstr "コンタクトフォーム設定" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:55 -msgid "Customize Contact Forms" -msgstr "コンタクトフォームのカスタマイズ" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:35 msgid "" -"Contact Forms can be customized for the specific information your team " -"needs, using the free *Form Builder* module." -msgstr "コンタクトフォームは、無料の*フォームビルダー*モジュールを使用して、チームが必要とする特定の情報用にカスタマイズすることができます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The *Form Builder* module is installed automatically when a Form element is " -"added to a web page via the Website Builder. It can also be installed " -"manually from the :guilabel:`Apps` page." +":guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`: only accepts messages from email " +"addresses associated with a a partner (contact or customer) record." msgstr "" -"*フォームビルダ* モジュールは、ウェブサイトビルダ経由でフォーム要素がウェブページに追加されると自動的にインストールされます。また " -":guilabel:`アプリ` ページから手動でインストールすることもできます。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Form Builder building blocks" -msgstr "フォームビルダビルディングブロック" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:37 msgid "" -"Forms can be created from scratch to serve a wide variety of purposes. " -"However, Odoo's default *Contact Us* page is designed to fit most users' " -"needs. Start with the default form and modify from there." +":guilabel:`Followers only`: only accepts messages from those who are " +"following a record related to the team, such as a lead or opportunity. " +"Messages are also accepted from team members." msgstr "" -"フォームは様々な用途に合わせてゼロから作成することができます。しかし、Odooのデフォルトの*お問い合わせ*ページは、ほとんどのユーザのニーズに合うように設計されています。デフォルトのフォームから始めて、そこから変更しましょう。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:73 -msgid "Edit Contact Form fields" -msgstr "コンタクトフォームフィールドの編集" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:39 msgid "" -"In Edit mode on your website, click on any field to start editing it. The " -"following information can be edited for each field on the Contact Form:" +":guilabel:`Authenticated Employees`: only accepts messages from email " +"addresses that are connected to a record in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" -"ウェブサイトの編集モードで、任意のフィールドをクリックして編集を開始します。コンタクトフォームの各フィールドでは以下の情報を編集することができます:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:78 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Type`: Choose a custom field option or an existing field. " -"Examples include phone, file upload, language, etc." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:43 +msgid "Leads created from email" msgstr "" -"guilabel:`タイプ`:カスタムフィールドオプションまたは既存のフィールドを選択します。例として、電話、ファイルアップロード、言語などがあります。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:45 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Input Type`: Determine the type of entry customers should input. " -"Available options are text,email, telephone, and URL." -msgstr "guilabel:`入力タイプ`:顧客が入力する入力タイプを決定します。利用可能なオプションはテキスト、Eメール、電話、URLです。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:82 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Input Placeholder`: Type in an example to guide users how to " -"input information where formatting is important, such as a phone number or " -"email address." -msgstr "guilabel:`入力プレースホルダ`:電話番号やメールアドレスなど、書式が重要な情報の入力方法をユーザに案内するための例を入力します。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:84 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Label Name`: Type in the display name to show users what " -"information is needed from them." -msgstr ":guilabel:`ラベル名`:ユーザに必要な情報を示すための表示名を入力します。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:86 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Label Position`: Choose the way the label is aligned with the " -"rest of the form. The label can be hidden, above the field, to the far left " -"of the field, or right adjusted and closer to the field." +"Leads created from email alias messages can be viewed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads`. Click a lead from the list to open it, " +"and view the details." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`ラベル位置`:ラベルをフォームの他の部分とどのように整列させるかを選択します。ラベルを非表示にしたり、フィールドの上に配置したり、フィールドの左端に配置したり、フィールドに近い位置に配置したりすることができます。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:48 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Required`: Toggle this option for information that you absolutely" -" need entered." -msgstr ":guilabel:`必須`: 絶対に入力が必要な情報については、このオプションを切替えます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:90 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hidden`: Toggle this option to hide the field without deleting " -"it." -msgstr ":guilabel:`隠す`:このオプションを切り替えると、フィールドを削除せずに非表示にすることができます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:91 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Shown on Mobile`: Toggle this option to show the field to users " -"on mobile devices." -msgstr ":guilabel:`モバイルで表示`： モバイルデバイスのユーザにフィールドを表示するには、このオプションを切替えます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Editable field options" -msgstr "編集可能なフィールドオプション" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:97 -msgid "" -"By default, when a Form is submitted, it sends you an email with the " -"customer's inputted information. To have it automatically generate a " -"lead/opportunity instead, edit the Form and select :guilabel:`Create an " -"Opportunity` as the Action." +"The email received by the alias is added to the *chatter* thread for the " +"lead. The subject line of the message is added to the title field, and the " +":guilabel:`Email` field is updated with the contact's email address." msgstr "" -"デフォルトではフォームが送信されると、入力された顧客情報がメールで送信されます。フォームを編集して :guilabel:`案件を作成` " -"をアクションとして選択して下さい。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If leads are activated in your CRM settings, selecting :guilabel:`Create an " -"Opportunity` generates a lead instead. To learn more about activating leads " -"in the CRM settings, head over to :doc:`convert`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The chatter thread of a newly created lead in the CRM app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If the *leads* feature is **not** enabled on the database, messages to the " +"email alias are added to the database as opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:64 +msgid "Manually create leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Leads can be added directly to the *CRM* app by manually creating a new " +"record. Navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads` to view a list of " +"existing leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Leads can also be added via the :doc:`Generate Leads ` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:72 +msgid "" +"At the top-left of the list, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank " +":guilabel:`Leads` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the first field of the new form, enter a title for the new lead. Next, " +"enter a :guilabel:`Contact Name`, and a :guilabel:`Company Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If a lead is :doc:`converted to an opportunity `, the " +":guilabel:`Company Name` field is used to either link this opportunity to an" +" existing customer, or to create a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:82 +msgid "Manually create opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To manually create an opportunity, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Sales --> My Pipeline`. At the top-left of the page, click :guilabel:`New` " +"to create a new opportunity Kanban card. In the " +":guilabel:`Organization/Contact` field, enter the name of the company the " +"opportunity is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Choose a name, and enter it in the :guilabel:`Opportunity` field. *This is a" +" required field.* When manually creating an opportunity, it is helpful to " +"add a name that relates to the details of the opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:93 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the opportunity is named `5 VP Chairs`. This " +"identifies the product the customer is interested in, as well as the " +"potential number of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:0 +msgid "An example of an opportunity in the CRM pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Enter the contact information for the opportunity in the :guilabel:`Email` " +"and :guilabel:`Phone` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:103 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Revenue` field, enter an estimated value for the " +"opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The information in the :guilabel:`Expected Revenue` and priority fields can " +"be used to track performance for individual salespeople, and on a team " +"basis. See :doc:`../performance/expected_revenue_report` and " +":doc:`../track_leads/lead_scoring` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:111 +msgid "Then, use the |st-o| :guilabel:`(star)` icons to assign a priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:113 +msgid "|st-o| |st-o| |st-o|: low priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:114 +msgid "|st| |st-o| |st-o|: medium priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:115 +msgid "|st| |st| |st-o|: high priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:116 +msgid "|st| |st| |st|: very high priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Assigning a priority changes the order of leads in Kanban view, with higher " +"priority leads displayed first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once all the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Add`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The CRM pipeline with a newly created opportunity." msgstr "" -"CRM設定でリードが有効化されている場合、:guilabel:`案件を作成`を選択すると、代わりにリードが生成されます。CRMの設定でリードを有効にする方法については、:doc:`変換`をご覧下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 msgid "Lead mining" msgstr "リードマイニング" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 msgid "" -"Lead mining is a feature that allows CRM users to generate new leads " +"*Lead mining* is a feature that allows *CRM* users to generate new leads " "directly into their Odoo database. To ensure lead qualification, lead mining" " output is determined by a variety of filtering criteria, such as the " "country, the company size, and the industry." msgstr "" -"リードマイニングは、CRMユーザがOdooデータベースに直接新規リードを生成できる機能です。リードの適格性を確保するため、リードマイニングの出力は国、企業規模、業種などの様々なフィルタリング基準によって決定されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:15 msgid "" -"To get started, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and activate :guilabel:`Lead Mining`." +"To get started, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`Lead Mining` checkbox to activate the " +"feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"開始するには、 :menuselection:`CRM --> 設定 --> 管理設定`に行き、 " -":guilabel:`リードマイニング`を有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "Activate lead mining in Odoo CRM settings." msgstr "Odoo CRMの設定でリードマイニングを有効にします。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:23 msgid "Generate leads" msgstr "リードを生成" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:25 msgid "" -"After the :guilabel:`Lead Mining` setting is activated, a new button called " -":guilabel:`Generate Leads` is available to use in the :guilabel:`CRM` " -"pipeline. Lead mining requests are also available through " -":menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests`, or through " -":menuselection:`CRM --> Leads --> Leads` where the :guilabel:`Generate " -"Leads` button is also available." +"After the *Lead Mining* setting is activated, a new button called *Generate " +"Leads* is available to use in the upper-left corner of the *CRM* *Pipeline* " +"(:menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales --> My Pipeline`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Lead mining requests are also available through :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests`, or through :menuselection:`CRM app " +"--> Leads --> Leads`, where the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button is also " +"available." msgstr "" -"guilabel:`リードマイニング`設定が有効になると、 :guilabel:`CRM`パイプラインで :guilabel:`リードを生成` " -"という新しいボタンが利用できるようになります。リードマイニングのリクエストは :menuselection:`CRM --> 設定 --> " -"リードマイニング要求` からも利用できますし、 :menuselection:`CRM --> リード --> リード` の " -":guilabel:`リードを生成` ボタンからも利用できます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "The Generate Leads button to use the lead mining feature." msgstr "リードマイニング機能を使用するには、「リードを生成」ボタンをクリックします。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:37 msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button, and a window will appear " +"Click the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button, and a pop-up window appears, " "offering a variety of criteria by which to generate leads." -msgstr "guilabel:`リードを生成`ボタンをクリックすると、リードを生成するための様々な条件を提供するウィンドウが表示されます。" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -515,65 +537,67 @@ msgid "" "Odoo." msgstr "Odooでリードを生成するための選択条件がポップアップウィンドウに表示されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:44 msgid "" "Choose to generate leads for :guilabel:`Companies` to get company " -"information only, or choose :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` to get " -"company information as well as individual employee contact information. When" -" targeting :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts`, there is an option to " -"filter contacts based on :guilabel:`Role` or :guilabel:`Seniority`." +"information only, or choose |CC| to get company information and individual " +"employee contact information." msgstr "" -"会社情報のみを得るには :guilabel:`会社` のリードを生成するか、会社情報と従業員個人の連絡先情報を得るには " -":guilabel:`会社とその連絡先` を選択します。guilabel:`会社とその連絡先`を対象とする場合、 :guilabel:`役割` または " -":guilabel:`在籍期間` に基づいて連絡先をフィルタリングするオプションがあります。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:44 -msgid "Additional filtering options include:" -msgstr "その他のフィルタリングオプションは以下の通りです:" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Size`: filter leads based on the number of employees at the " -"company" -msgstr ":guilabel:`サイズ`: 会社の従業員数に基づいてリードをフィルタリングします。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Countries`: filter leads based on the country (or countries) they" -" are located in" -msgstr ":guilabel:`国`: 国(または複数の国)に基づいてリードをフィルタリングします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:48 msgid "" -":guilabel:`States`: further filter leads based on the state they are located" -" in, if applicable" -msgstr ":guilabel:`州・都道府県`: 該当する場合、リードが置かれている州・都道府県に基づいてさらにフィルタリングします。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:49 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Industries`: filter leads based on the specific industry they " -"work in" -msgstr ":guilabel:`業界`: 勤務する特定の業界に基づいてリードをフィルタリングします。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose which Sales Team the leads will be assigned " -"to" -msgstr ":guilabel:`販売チーム`: リードをどの営業チームに割当てるかを選択します。" +"When targeting |CC|, additional options are available to filter contacts " +"based on :guilabel:`Role` or :guilabel:`Seniority`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Salesperson`: choose which person(s) on the Sales Team the leads " -"will be assigned to" -msgstr ":guilabel:`販売担当者`: リードを販売チームのどの担当者に割当てるかを選択します。" +msgid "Additional filtering options include the following:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Countries`: filter leads based on the country (or countries) they" +" are located in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`States`: further filter leads based on the state in which they " +"are located, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Industries`: filter leads based on the specific industry they " +"work in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Filter on Size`: tick this checkbox to specify the number of " +"employees at the company. This generates a field labeled :guilabel:`Size`. " +"Fill in the blanks to create a range for the desired company size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose which Sales Team the leads will be assigned " +"to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson`: choose which member of the Sales Team the leads " +"will be assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:62 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Tags`: choose which tags are applied directly to the " -"leads once found" -msgstr ":guilabel:`デフォルトタグ`: 一度見つかったリードに直接適用されるタグを選択します。" +"leads once found." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 msgid "" "Make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulations when receiving contact " "information. Get more information about the General Data Protection " @@ -582,75 +606,347 @@ msgstr "" "連絡先情報を受け取る際には、最新のEU規制を必ずご確認下さい。一般データ保護規則の詳細については、`Odoo GDPR " "`_をご覧下さい。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:69 +msgid "View leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +msgid "" +"After leads are generated, they are assigned to the designated salesperson " +"and team. To view additional information regarding the lead, select one from" +" the list, and click to open it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the chatter thread for the lead, additional information is provided. This" +" can include the number of employees, the technology used by the company, " +"the timezone, and direct contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 +msgid "The chatter thread of a newly generated lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Leads` are **not** enabled for the database, then leads are " +"generated as *opportunities*, and added to the pipeline for the designated " +"salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To enable the :guilabel:`Leads` feature, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:88 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "価格設定" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:91 msgid "" -"Lead mining is an *In-App Purchase* feature and each generated lead costs " -"one credit." -msgstr "リードマイニングは*アプリ内課金*機能で、生成されたリード1つにつき1クレジットかかります。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Choosing to generate :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` costs one " -"additional credit for each contact generated." -msgstr "guilabel:`会社とその連絡先`の生成を選択すると、生成された連絡先1つにつき1クレジットが追加されます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:67 -msgid "" -"See here for full pricing information: `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP " -"`_." +"Lead mining is an *In-App Purchase* feature, and each generated lead costs " +"one :ref:`credit `." msgstr "" -"価格についてはこちらをご覧下さい: `Odoo IAPによるリード生成 `_." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:95 msgid "" -"To buy credits, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Generating |CC| costs one additional credit for each contact generated. See " +"here for complete pricing information: `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Lead Generation` section, under the " -":guilabel:`Lead Mining` feature, click on :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." +":guilabel:`Lead Mining` feature, click :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." msgstr "" -"クレジットを購入するには、 :menuselection:`CRM --> 設定 --> 管理設定` " -"に移動します。guilabel:`リード生成`セクションの :guilabel:`リードマイニング`機能の下にある " -":guilabel:`クレジットを購入` をクリックします。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 -msgid "Buy credits from the lead mining settings." -msgstr "リードマイニング設定からクレジットを購入します。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:103 msgid "" "Credits may also be purchased by navigating to the :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> General Settings`. In the :guilabel:`In-App Purchases` section, under " -"the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` feature, click on :guilabel:`View My Services`." +"app`. In the :guilabel:`Contacts` section, under the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` " +"feature, click :guilabel:`View My Services`." msgstr "" -"クレジットは :menuselection:`管理設定 --> 一般設定` で購入することもできます。guilabel:`アプリ内課金`セクションの " -":guilabel:`Odoo IAP` 機能の下にある :guilabel:`自分のサービスを見る` をクリックして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst-1 msgid "Buy credits in the Odoo IAP settings." msgstr "Buy credits in the Odoo IAP設定でクレジットを購入します。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:87 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:112 msgid "" "Enterprise Odoo users with a valid subscription get free credits to test " -":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` features before deciding to purchase more " -"credits for the database. This includes demo/training databases, educational" -" databases, and one-app-free databases." +"|IAP| features before purchasing more credits for the database. This " +"includes demo/training databases, educational databases, and one-app-free " +"databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:3 +msgid "Create opportunities from web contact forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Adding a contact form to a website makes it easy to convert visitors into " +"leads and opportunities. After a visitor submits their information, an " +"opportunity can be created automatically, and assigned to a designated sales" +" team and salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:12 +msgid "Customize contact forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By default, the *Contact Us* page on an Odoo website displays a " +"preconfigured contact form. This form can be customized, as needed, to suit " +"the needs of a specific sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Website app --> Contact Us`, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit` in the top-right of the screen to open the web editor. " +"Click on the form building block in the body of the webpage to open the form" +" configuration settings on the right sidebar. The following options are " +"available to customize the contact form from the :guilabel:`From` section of" +" the right sidebar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst-1 +msgid "The form configuration settings on an Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Action`: the default action for a contact form is :guilabel:`Send" +" an Email`. Select :guilabel:`Create an Opportunity` from the drop-down list" +" to capture the information in the *CRM* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose a sales team from the drop-down menu that the" +" opportunities from this form should be assigned to. This field **only** " +"appears if the :guilabel:`Action` field is set to :guilabel:`Create an " +"Opportunity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson`: if the opportunities should be assigned to a " +"specific salesperson, select them from the drop-down menu. If no selection " +"is made in this field, the opportunities are assigned based on the team's " +"existing rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marked Fields`: use this field to alter how the form handles " +"marked fields. The default option is to treat marked fields as " +":guilabel:`Required`, which is the recommended setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mark Text`: choose how :guilabel:`Marked Fields` should be " +"identified. The default character is an asterisk (`*`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Labels Width`: use this field to alter the pixel width of the " +"labels, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Success`: select how the webpage reacts after a customer " +"successfully submits a form. :guilabel:`Nothing` keeps the customer on the " +"same screen, with the addition of a confirmation message that the form was " +"submitted successfully. :guilabel:`Redirect` sends the customer to a new " +"webpage, based on the address provided in the :guilabel:`URL` field below. " +":guilabel:`Show Message` replaces the form with a preconfigured message that" +" informs the customer someone should respond to them as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL`: if :guilabel:`Redirect` is selected in the :guilabel:`On " +"Success` field, enter the URL for the webpage, where customers should be " +"directed after successfully submitting a form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visibility`: use the drop-down menu to add any visibility " +"conditions for this field, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If *leads* are activated in *CRM* settings, selecting :guilabel:`Create an " +"Opportunity` generates a lead instead. To activate leads, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:57 +msgid "Customize contact form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In addition to the settings for the form, the settings for each field can be" +" customized, as well. With the web editor menu still open, click into a " +"field to open the :guilabel:`Field` configuration settings section on the " +"sidebar. The following options are available to customize a field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: choose a custom field option or an existing field type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input Type`: determine the type of information customers should " +"input. Available options are :guilabel:`Text`, :guilabel:`Email`, " +":guilabel:`Telephone`, or :guilabel:`Url`. The selection made in this field " +"limits the format that customers can use when entering information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Label`: enter the name for the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Position`: choose the way the label is aligned with the rest of " +"the form. The label can be hidden, above the field, to the left of the " +"field, or right adjusted and closer to the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: slide the toggle to add a description for the " +"field, which can provide additional instructions to customers. Click under " +"the field on the form to add the description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Placeholder`: enter an example to help users know how to input " +"information where formatting is important, such as a phone number or email " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Value`: enter a value to include in the form, by default," +" if the customer does not provide information in the field. *It is not " +"recommended to include a default value for required fields*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required`: slide the toggle to mark this field as required if it " +"**must** be filled in for every submission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visibility`: select when this field should be visible. Use the " +"button on the left to choose whether to show or hide this field on a desktop" +" users. Use the button on the right to choose whether to show or hide this " +"field to mobile users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`Animation`: select if this field should have any animation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst-1 +msgid "The field configuration settings on an Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:89 +msgid "View opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:91 +msgid "" +"After a customer submits a contact form, and an opportunity is created, it " +"is assigned based on the :ref:`form settings `. " +"To view opportunities, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales --> My " +"Pipeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If leads are activated on the database, contact form submissions are " +"generated as leads, not opportunities. To activate leads, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads` to view the newly-created " +"leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:102 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`My Pipeline` dashboard, click on an opportunity card in " +"the Kanban view to open the opportunity record. The information submitted by" +" the customer is visible on the opportunity record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:107 +msgid "" +"As the contact form fields are customizable, the fields on the opportunity " +"record, where the form information is stored, varies accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the preconfigured contact form is used, the *Subject* field is added to " +"the :guilabel:`Title` field, and the content in the :guilabel:`Notes` field," +" which is labeled as :guilabel:`Your Question`, is added to the " +":guilabel:`Internal Notes` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../pipeline/manage_sales_teams`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`convert`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`../track_leads/lead_scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:118 +msgid ":ref:`Website forms `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 msgid "Create and send quotations" msgstr "見積の作成と送付" @@ -1111,20 +1407,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:12 msgid "" -"To install the *Gamification* module, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` " -"application. Click into the :guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top of the page" -" and remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter. Type `Gamification` to search." +"To install the *CRM Gamification* module, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Apps` application. Click into the :guilabel:`Search...` bar " +"at the top of the page and remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter. Type `CRM " +"Gamification` to search." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:16 msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Gamification` module is **not** already installed, click " -":guilabel:`Install`. After completing the installation, return to the " -":menuselection:`Apps` application and search for `Gamification` again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:20 -msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`CRM Gamification` module, click :guilabel:`Install`. This " "module features goals and challenges related to the *CRM* and *Sales* " "applications." @@ -1134,31 +1424,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the gamification module being installed in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:24 msgid "" -"If both the *CRM* and *Sales* apps are installed, the *CRM Gamification* " -"module is automatically installed on the database." +"If **both** the *CRM* and *Sales* apps are installed, the *CRM Gamification*" +" module is automatically installed on the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 msgid "" "To access the *Gamification Tools* menu, first enable :ref:`developer-mode`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:29 msgid "" "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Gamification Tools`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1 -msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings" -msgstr "Odoo設定のゲーミフィケーションツールメニューを表示" +msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 msgid "Create badges" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 msgid "" "*Badges* are awarded to users when they have completed a challenge. " "Different badges can be awarded based on the type of task completed, and can" @@ -1166,7 +1456,7 @@ msgid "" "goal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:44 msgid "" "To view the existing badges, or create a new one, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." @@ -1176,7 +1466,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the badges page in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:52 msgid "" "Some badges can be awarded outside of challenges, as well. Select the Kanban" " card for the desired badge, then click :guilabel:`Grant`. This opens a " @@ -1184,30 +1474,30 @@ msgid "" " would you like to reward?` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:56 msgid "" "Add any additional information regarding why the user is receiving the " "reward in the field below, then click :guilabel:`Grant Badge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a new badge, click :guilabel:`New` at the top-left of the page to " "open a blank form. Enter a name for the :guilabel:`Badge`, followed by a " "description." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Allowance to Grant` field determines when a badge can be " "granted, and by whom:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:64 msgid ":guilabel:`Everyone`: this badge can be manually granted by any user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`A selected list of users`: this badge can only be granted by a " "select group of users. If this option is selected, it generates a new field," @@ -1215,7 +1505,7 @@ msgid "" "down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`People having some badges`: this badge can only be granted by " "users who have already been awarded a specific badge. If this option is " @@ -1224,13 +1514,13 @@ msgid "" " this badge to others." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No one, assigned through challenges`: this badge cannot be " "manually granted, it can only be awarded through challenges." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:75 msgid "" "To limit the number of badges a user can send, tick the :guilabel:`Monthly " "Limited Spending` checkbox. This sets a limit on the number of times a user " @@ -1242,32 +1532,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The details page for a new badge." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:87 msgid "Create a challenge" msgstr "チャレンジを作成" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:89 msgid "" "To create a challenge, navigate to to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Gamification Tools --> Challenges`. Click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left " "corner to open a blank challenge form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:92 msgid "At the top of the form, enter a :guilabel:`Challenge Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:95 msgid "Create assignment rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:97 msgid "" "To assign the challenge to specific users, one or more assignment rules must" " be utilized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:99 msgid "" "Click into the first field under :guilabel:`Assign Challenge to`, and select" " a parameter from the drop-down list to define the rule. Then, click into " @@ -1275,73 +1565,84 @@ msgid "" "third field to further define the parameter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:104 msgid "" "To include all users with permissions in the *Sales* app, create a rule with" -" the following parameters: - :guilabel:`Groups` - :guilabel:`is in` - " -"`Sales/User: Own Documents Only`" +" the following parameters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:107 +msgid ":guilabel:`Groups`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`is in`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:109 +msgid "`Sales/User: Own Documents Only`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:0 msgid "View of the assignation rules section of a Challenge form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:115 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Periodicity` field, select a time frame for goals to be " "automatically assessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:118 msgid "Add goals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:120 msgid "" "Challenges can be based on a single goal, or can include multiple goals with" " different targets. To add a goal to the challenge, click :guilabel:`Add a " "line` on the :guilabel:`Goals` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:123 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Goal Definition` field, choose a goal from the drop-down " "list. The :guilabel:`Condition` field automatically updates to reflect the " "condition set on the goal definition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:128 msgid "" "The *CRM Gamification* module contains preconfigured goals geared towards " "salesteams:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:130 msgid ":guilabel:`New Leads`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Time to Qualify a Lead`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:132 msgid ":guilabel:`Days to Close a Dead`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:133 msgid ":guilabel:`New Opportunities`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`New Sales Orders`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:136 msgid "" "Enter a :guilabel:`Target` for the goal based on the :guilabel:`Suffix`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:138 msgid "Repeat these steps for each additional goal." msgstr "" @@ -1349,25 +1650,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The goals tab of a challenge form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:145 msgid "Add rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:147 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Reward` tab. Choose the :ref:`badges ` to be awarded :guilabel:`For 1st User` and :guilabel:`For Every " "Succeeding User` by selecting them from the drop-down lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:152 msgid "" "Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " "of a running period, at the end date of a challenge, or when the challenge " "is manually closed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:155 msgid "" "After setup is complete, click the :guilabel:`Start Challenge` button at the" " top-left of the page to begin the challenge." @@ -1395,6 +1696,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Timezone`, and :guilabel:`Technologies Used`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Enterprise Odoo users with a valid subscription get free credits to test " +":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` features before deciding to purchase more " +"credits for the database. This includes demo/training databases, educational" +" databases, and one-app-free databases." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:21 msgid "" "The *leads* feature **must** be activated in the *CRM* settings page in " @@ -4250,7 +4560,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 msgid "When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完了したら、 :guilabel:`保存`をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:69 msgid "View lost opportunities" @@ -4512,6 +4822,182 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:3 +msgid "Manage sales teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Teams* feature within Odoo's *CRM* app allows for the creation " +"and management of multiple sales teams, each with their own assignment " +"rules, invoicing targets, and roster of salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:9 +msgid "Create a sales team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To create a new sales team, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration " +"--> Sales Teams`, then click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the blank sales team form, enter a name in the :guilabel:`Sales Team` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:16 +msgid "Next, select a :guilabel:`Team Leader` from the drop-down list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Set an :guilabel:`Email Alias` to automatically generate a lead/opportunity " +"for this sales team whenever a message is sent to that unique email address." +" Choose whether to accept emails from :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`, :guilabel:`Followers Only`, or " +":guilabel:`Authenticated Employees`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Select a :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu to assign this team to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company` field is only visible in multi-company databases, " +"and is not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The settings page for a new sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If the *Sales* app is installed on the database, an :guilabel:`Invoicing " +"Target` field appears on the sales team form. This is the revenue target for" +" the current month. The amount entered in this field is used to populate the" +" invoicing progress bar on the :ref:`sales team dashboard `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:39 +msgid "Add sales team members" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To add team members, click :guilabel:`Add` under the :guilabel:`Members` tab" +" when editing the sales team's configuration page. This opens a " +":guilabel:`Create Sales Team Members` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Rule-Based Assignment` feature has **not** been enabled on" +" the *CRM* app's *Settings* page, clicking :guilabel:`Add` under the " +":guilabel:`Members` tab opens an :guilabel:`Add: Salespersons` pop-up " +"window. Tick the checkbox to the far-left of the salesperson to be added to " +"the team, then click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:0 +msgid "The Add: Salespersons pop-up window on a new sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Select a user from the :guilabel:`Salesperson` drop-down list to add them to" +" the team. To prevent this salesperson from being automatically assigned " +"leads, tick the :guilabel:`Skip auto assignment` checkbox. If this feature " +"is activated, the salesperson can still be assigned leads manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The Create Sales Team Members pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Leads (30 days)` field tracks how many leads the salesperson " +"has been assigned in the past thirty days for this team, and the maximum " +"number of leads they should be assigned. To edit the maximum number of leads" +" this salesperson can be assigned, enter that amount in the :guilabel:`Leads" +" (30 days)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:68 +msgid "" +":doc:`Assignment rules <../track_leads/lead_scoring>` can be configured for " +"individual salespeople using the :guilabel:`Domain` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when finished, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to " +"add additional members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:74 +msgid "Enable multi teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To allow salespeople to be assigned to more than one sales team, the *Multi " +"Teams* setting needs to be enabled. First, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`CRM` section, tick" +" the checkbox labeled :guilabel:`Multi Teams`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` " +"at the top-left of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The settings page of the CRM app with the Multi Teams setting enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:88 +msgid "Sales team dashboard" +msgstr "販売チームダッシュボード" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view the sales team dashboard, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales " +"--> Teams`. Any team the user is a member of appears in the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The sales team dashboard in the CRM app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Each Kanban card gives an overview of the sales team's open opportunities, " +"quotations, sales orders, and expected revenue, as well as a bar graph of " +"new opportunities per week, and an invoicing progress bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Pipeline` button to go directly to that team's *CRM* " +"pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Click on the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon in " +"the top-right corner of the Kanban card to open a drop-down menu. Then, to " +"view or edit the team's settings, click :guilabel:`Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../optimize/utilize_activities`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/merge_similar.rst:3 msgid "Merge similar leads and opportunities" msgstr "" @@ -4696,126 +5182,6 @@ msgid "" "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 -msgid "Multiple sales teams" -msgstr "複数の販売チーム" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Sales Teams* feature to manage several sales teams, departments, or" -" channels, each with their own unique sales processes." -msgstr "複数の販売チーム、部門、チャネルを管理するには、それぞれ独自の販売プロセスを持つ*販売チーム*機能を使用します。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 -msgid "Create a new sales team" -msgstr "新しい販売チームの作成" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new sales team, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Sales Teams`, then click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" -"新しい販売チームを作成するには、 :menuselection:`CRM --> 設定 --> 販売チーム` に進み、 :guilabel:`作成` " -"をクリックします。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:15 -msgid "" -"On the creation page, set an :guilabel:`Email Alias` to automatically " -"generate a lead/opportunity for this sales team every time a message is sent" -" to that unique email address. Choose whether to accept emails from " -":guilabel:`Everyone`, :guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`, or " -":guilabel:`Followers Only`." -msgstr "" -"作成ページで、 :guilabel:`Eメールエイリアス` " -"を設定し、その一意のメールアドレスにメッセージが送信されるたびに、この販売チームのリード/案件を自動的に生成します。guilabel:`全員`、:guilabel:`認証済取引先`、" -" :guilabel:`フォロワのみ`のいずれからのメールを受付けるかを選択します。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Set an :guilabel:`Invoicing Target` if this team has specific monthly " -"revenue goals. Set a :guilabel:`Domain` to assign leads/opportunities to " -"this sales team based on specific filters, such as country, language, or " -"campaign." -msgstr "" -"guilabel:`請求書発行目標`を設定することで、このチームに特定の月次収益目標を設定することができます。guilabel:`ドメイン`を設定して、国、言語、キャンペーンなどの特定のフィルタに基づいてリード/案件をこの営業チームに割当てます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Create a sales team in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "OdooCRMで販売チームを作成する" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:29 -msgid "Add members to a sales team" -msgstr "販売チームにメンバを追加する" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To add team members, click :guilabel:`Add` under the :guilabel:`Members` tab" -" when editing the sales team's configuration page. Select a salesperson from" -" the drop-down menu or create new salesperson. Set a maximum number of leads" -" that can be assigned to this salesperson in a 30-day period to ensure that " -"they do not overwork." -msgstr "" -"チームメンバを追加するには、販売チームの設定ページを編集する際に :guilabel:`メンバ` タブの下にある :guilabel:`追加` " -"をクリックします。ドロップダウンメニューから販売担当者を選択するか、新規販売担当者を作成します。販売担当者の超過労働を防ぐために、30日間にこの販売担当者に割当てられるリードの最大数を設定します。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Add a salesperson in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "OdooCRMに販売担当者を追加する" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 -msgid "" -"One person can be added as a team member or :guilabel:`Team Leader` to " -"multiple sales teams, allowing them to access all of the pipelines that they" -" need to." -msgstr "" -"1人の担当者をチームメンバまたは :guilabel:`チームリーダー` " -"として複数の販売チームに追加し、必要なパイプライン全てにアクセスできるようにすることができます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:44 -msgid "Sales team dashboard" -msgstr "販売チームダッシュボード" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 -msgid "" -"To view the sales team dashboard, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Sales --> " -"Teams`. Odoo users will see any teams that they are a part of as dashboard " -"tiles." -msgstr "" -"販売チームダッシュボードを表示するには、 :menuselection:`CRM --> 販売 --> " -"チーム`にアクセスして下さい。Odooユーザは自分が所属しているチームがダッシュボードのタイルとして表示されます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Each tile gives an overview of the sales team's open opportunities, " -"quotations, sales orders, and expected revenue, as well as a bar graph of " -"new opportunities per week and an invoicing progress bar." -msgstr "各タイルには、販売チームのオープン案件、見積、販売オーダ、見込売上の概要、週ごとの新規案件の棒グラフ、請求書の進捗バーが表示されます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Sales team overview dashboard in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "OdooCRMでの販売チーム概要ダッシュボード" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Click on the three dots in the corner of a tile to open a navigational menu " -"that lets users quickly view documents or reports, create new quotations or " -"opportunities, pick a color for this team, or access the team's " -"configuration page." -msgstr "" -"タイルの隅にある3つの点をクリックすると、ナビゲーションメニューが表示され、ドキュメントやレポートをすばやく表示したり、新しい見積や案件を作成したり、このチームの色を選んだり、チームの設定ページにアクセスしたりすることができます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Click the Three Dot Menu in Odoo CRM dashboard to view documents and create " -"opportunities." -msgstr "Odoo CRMダッシュボードの3ドットメニューをクリックすると、ドキュメントを閲覧したり、案件を作成することができます。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Pipeline` button to go directly to that team's CRM " -"pipeline." -msgstr "guilabel:`パイプライン`ボタンをクリックすると、そのチームのCRMパイプラインに直接移動します。" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:5 msgid "Assign and track leads" msgstr "リードの割当と追跡" @@ -7201,7 +7567,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`payment_methods/terminals`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -7421,7 +7787,7 @@ msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` at the bottom of the screen to save changes." msgstr "画面下の :guilabel:`保存` をクリックして変更を保存します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:72 @@ -7448,7 +7814,7 @@ msgstr "" "`, :guilabel:`Adyenマーチャントアカウント` を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:96 @@ -7496,16 +7862,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "決済端末を接続することで、顧客にスムーズな決済フローを提供し、レジ係の作業を軽減することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 msgid "" -"Worldline payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " +"Ingenico payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:10 msgid "" -"Worldline is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " +"Ingenico is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " "Luxembourg." msgstr "" @@ -7522,34 +7886,54 @@ msgstr "IoTボックスの接続" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:20 msgid "" -"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"Connecting an Ingenico payment terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " "an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " "database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:26 -msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" -msgstr "Ingenico BENELUX用Lane/5000の設定" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:25 +msgid "Configure the Lane/Desk/Move 5000 terminals for Ingenico BENELUX" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:27 msgid "" -"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " -"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." -msgstr "端末のFボタンをクリックし、:menuselection:`POSメニュー --> 管理設定`に入り、設定パスワードを入力します。" +"Press the function button (:guilabel:`F` on Lane/5000, :guilabel:`⦿` on " +"Desk/5000 and Move/5000)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Kassa menu --> Settings Menu` and enter the settings " +"password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Change Connection` and press :guilabel:`OK` on the next " +"screen." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, click on connection change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " -"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " -"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " -"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." +msgid "Select :guilabel:`TCP/IP` and :guilabel:`IP-address`." msgstr "" -"ここで、接続の変更とTCP/IPをクリックします。*IoT Box*のIPを入力する（IoT " -"Boxのフォームビューで確認できます）。次に、ポートに9000を入力します。端末が再起動します。再起動が完了したら、Odooの*IoT " -"Box*フォームに移動し、端末が見つかったことを確認して下さい。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:32 +msgid "On the next screen, enter the IP address of your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Enter `9000` as port number and press :guilabel:`OK` on the next screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:35 +msgid "" +"At this point, the terminal restarts and should be displayed in your IoT Box" +" form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:43 msgid "" "Enable the payment terminal :ref:`in the application settings " "` and :doc:`create the related payment method " @@ -7562,7 +7946,7 @@ msgstr "" " :guilabel:`銀行` に設定し、 :guilabel:`決済端末` フィールドで :guilabel:`Ingenico` を選択します。次に" " :guilabel:`決済端末デバイス` フィールドで端末デバイスを選択します。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:57 msgid "" "In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " "Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " @@ -7572,13 +7956,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "POSインターフェース*で、支払処理する際に、決済端末を使用する*支払方法*を選択します。入札欄の金額が決済端末に送信する金額であることを確認し、*送信*をクリックします。支払が成功すると、ステータスが*支払完了*に変わります。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:66 msgid "" "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " "retry to send the payment request." msgstr "支払要求を取消したい場合は、取消をクリックして下さい。支払要求の送信を再試行することができます。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:69 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" @@ -7586,13 +7970,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "決済端末に問題がある場合でも、*強制完了*を使用して強制的に決済を行うことができます。これにより、端末とOdooの接続に問題がある場合でも、Odooでオーダを検証することができます。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:75 msgid "" "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " "you the connection failed." msgstr "このオプションは、接続に失敗したというエラーメッセージを受信した場合にのみ使用できます。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:78 msgid "" "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " "of card that has been used and the transaction ID." @@ -8054,6 +8438,18 @@ msgstr "POSインターフェイスで、支払時にVantivの支払方法を選 msgid "Worldline" msgstr "Worldline" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Worldline payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Worldline is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " +"Luxembourg." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo is compatible with Worldline terminals that use the CTEP protocol " @@ -9006,7 +9402,7 @@ msgstr "" "` によって異なります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:42 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:243 msgid "Multiple prices per product" msgstr "製品毎に複数価格" @@ -9053,7 +9449,7 @@ msgid "Setup form of a multiple prices pricelist" msgstr "複数価格の価格表の設定フォーム" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:321 msgid "Advanced price rules" msgstr "高度な価格規則" @@ -11282,15 +11678,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Amazonコネクタは販売オーダのデータを同期するように設計されています。毎月の料金レポートのダウンロード、クレーム処理、返金の発行などの他のアクションは、**通常通り**Amazonセラーセントラル**から管理する必要があります。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:71 +msgid "" +"As of February 19, 2024, in North American marketplaces, :abbr:`FBA " +"(Fulfilled by Amazon)` orders created with the *Amazon Connector*, do not " +"get the customer's name passed onto the sales/delivery order in Odoo. This " +"is due to the fact that Amazon now calculates, and remits, sales tax on " +"behalf of sellers. In other words, personally identifiable customer " +"information is not transmitted to the seller any longer, after a :abbr:`FBA " +"(Fulfilled by Amazon)` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 msgid "Supported marketplaces" msgstr "サポート済マーケットプレイス" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:75 -msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces." -msgstr "Amazonコネクタは、現在の全てのマーケットプレイスをサポートしています。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 msgid "" "If a marketplace is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, it's possible to" " :ref:`add a new marketplace `." @@ -11298,7 +11701,87 @@ msgstr "" "マーケットプレイスがアマゾンのマーケットプレイスに掲載されていない場合、:ref:`新規マーケットプレイスを追加 ` で追加することができます。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:86 +msgid "**North America region**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Canada" +msgstr "カナダ" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Amazon.ca" +msgstr "Amazon.ca" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "メキシコ" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Amazon.com.mx" +msgstr "Amazon.com.mx" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:92 +msgid "US" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:92 +msgid "Amazon.com" +msgstr "Amazon.com" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:96 +msgid "**Europe region**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:98 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "ドイツ" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:98 +msgid "Amazon.de" +msgstr "Amazon.de" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:100 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "スペイン" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:100 +msgid "Amazon.es" +msgstr "Amazon.es" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:102 +msgid "France" +msgstr "フランス" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:102 +msgid "Amazon.fr" +msgstr "Amazon.fr" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:104 +msgid "UK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:104 +msgid "Amazon.co.uk" +msgstr "Amazon.co.uk" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:106 +msgid "Italy" +msgstr "イタリア" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:106 +msgid "Amazon.it" +msgstr "Amazon.it" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:108 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "オランダ" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:108 +msgid "Amazon.nl" +msgstr "Amazon.nl" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:30 @@ -11306,7 +11789,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr ":doc:`セットアップ`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:155 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:17 @@ -13921,7 +14404,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Cabinet with doors sales order that's been confirmed in the Odoo Sales " "application." -msgstr "Odoo販売アプリケーションで確認されたドア販売オーダを持つキャビネット。" +msgstr "Odoo販売アプリケーションで確認済のドア付きキャビネット販売オーダ。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -16784,8 +17267,8 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`次回オーダクーポン`: 次回のオーダで特典を #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Loyalty Cards`: When making purchases, the customer accumulates " -"points to exchange for rewards on future orders." -msgstr ":guilabel:`ロイヤルティカード`: 購買時にポイントを貯め、次回以降のオーダでリワードと交換できます。" +"points to exchange for rewards on current and/or future orders." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -17603,7 +18086,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`販売アプリ --> プロダクト --> 価格表`に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:337 msgid "" "Either option reveals the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, in which pricelists " "can be created and/or modified at any time." @@ -17614,13 +18097,27 @@ msgid "How the pricelists page looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "Odoo販売での価格表ページの見え方。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:267 +msgid "" +"The order of the pricelists on the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page has an impact" +" on how they are applied. If several pricelists share the same criteria, " +"**only** the first listed pricelist is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"For example, for two pricelists with different rules, but same criteria " +"(e.g., same website, same country), only the *first* pricelist in the list " +"is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:61 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " -"*Sales* and *eCommerce*." -msgstr "guilabel:`公開価格表`はOdoo *販売*と*eコマース*で使用されるデフォルトの価格表です。" +"*Sales* and *eCommerce*. This pricelist is applied by default, if there are " +"no matching criteria." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:64 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, either select the desired pricelist to" " edit, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new pricelist, which reveals a " @@ -17633,7 +18130,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the pricelist detail form looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "Odoo販売での価格表の詳細フォームの見え方。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:72 msgid "" "When creating a new pricelist, start by adding a name for the pricelist at " "the top of the form, in the blank field. Next, select which " @@ -17641,7 +18138,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "新しい価格表を作成する場合、まずフォームの一番上の空欄に価格表の名前を追加します。次に、どの :guilabel:`通貨` を使用するかを選択します。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:75 msgid "" "Then, if working in a multi-company environment, select which company this " "pricelist should apply to in the :guilabel:`Company` field. If this field is" @@ -17651,11 +18148,11 @@ msgstr "" "次に、複数会社で作業している場合は、 :guilabel:`会社` " "フィールドでこの価格リストを適用する会社を選択します。このフィールドが空欄の場合、価格表は自動的にデータベース内の全ての会社に適用されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:80 msgid "Price rules tab" msgstr "価格ルールタブ" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:82 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab functionality on a pricelist form varies " "depending on the :guilabel:`Pricelists` setting chosen: either " @@ -17665,7 +18162,7 @@ msgstr "" "価格リストフォームの :guilabel:`価格ルール` タブの機能は、選択された :guilabel:`価格表` 設定によって異なります: " ":guilabel:`プロダクトごとの複数価格` または :guilabel:`高度な価格ルール (値引、計算式)` です。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:86 msgid "" "However, the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab and :guilabel:`Configuration` " "tab are always the same, regardless of the chosen :guilabel:`Pricelists` " @@ -17674,11 +18171,11 @@ msgstr "" "しかし、 :guilabel:`時間基準ルール` タブと :guilabel:`設定` タブは、選択された :guilabel:`価格表` " "設定に関わらず、常に同じです。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:90 msgid "Price rules tab (multiple prices per product)" msgstr "価格ルールタブ(プロダクトごとに複数価格)" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:92 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Multiple prices per product` setting activated, the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab on pricelist forms provides the option to add " @@ -17686,7 +18183,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "guilabel:`プロダクトごとに複数価格`設定を有効にすると、価格表フォームの:guilabel:`価格ルール`タブで、特定のプロダクトを特定の価格で価格表に追加するオプションが提供されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96 msgid "" "To add a specific product and price to a pricelist form, click the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab, then click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the " @@ -17696,7 +18193,7 @@ msgstr "" "価格表フォームに特定のプロダクトと価格を追加するには、 :guilabel:`価格ルール` タブをクリックし、 :guilabel:`プロダクト` 列の" " :guilabel:`明細の追加` をクリックします。次に、特定の価格を適用したいプロダクトを選択します。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 msgid "" "Next, if necessary, select a product variant under the :guilabel:`Variants` " "column (e.g. a specific product size, color, etc.). If no variants are " @@ -17705,13 +18202,13 @@ msgstr "" "次に、必要であれば、 " ":guilabel:`バリアント`列でプロダクトのバリエーションを選択します(例：特定のプロダクトサイズ、カラーなど)。バリアントが選択されていない場合、この価格はプロダクトの全てのバリアントに適用されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104 msgid "" "If a minimum amount of the product must be purchased in order to apply the " "specific price, enter the amount under the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` column." msgstr "特定の価格を適用するためにプロダクトの最小量を購入する必要がある場合は、その量を :guilabel:`最少数量` 列に入力して下さい。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:107 msgid "" "To configure the price of the product for this specific pricelist, enter the" " desired amount under the :guilabel:`Price` column. Then, there is the " @@ -17722,7 +18219,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`価格`列に希望する金額を入力します。次に、必要であれば、設定したプロダクト価格に :guilabel:`開始日` と " ":guilabel:`終了日` を追加するオプションがあります。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "" "To add another product line, click :guilabel:`Add a line` again, and repeat " "the process. There is no limit to how many products can be added in the " @@ -17731,18 +18228,18 @@ msgstr "" "別のプロダクト明細を追加するには、もう一度 :guilabel:`明細を追加` をクリックし、このプロセスを繰り返します。価格表フォームの " ":guilabel:`価格ルール` タブに追加できるプロダクトの数に制限はありません。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:114 msgid "" "For more information, check out the following section: :ref:`Multiple prices" " per product `." msgstr "" "詳しくは次のセクションをご覧下さい: :ref:`プロダクトごとに複数価格`。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:118 msgid "Price rules tab (advanced price rules)" msgstr "価格ルールタブ(高度な価格ルール)" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` setting " "activated, the :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab on pricelist forms provides the " @@ -17751,7 +18248,7 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel:`高度な価格ルール (値引、計算式)`設定を有効にすると、価格表フォームの :guilabel:`価格ルール` " "タブに、計算式に基づいた詳細な価格ルールを設定するオプションが表示されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:124 msgid "" "Check out the :ref:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas) " "` section for detailed steps on how to add " @@ -17760,11 +18257,11 @@ msgstr "" "価格リストに詳細な価格ルールを追加する方法については、 :ref:`高度な価格ルール (値引き、計算式) ` セクションを参照して下さい。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 msgid "Time-based rules tab" msgstr "時間基準ルールタブ" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 msgid "" "Time-based rules are used specifically with :doc:`subscription products " "`. Be sure to check out the Odoo" @@ -17775,7 +18272,7 @@ msgstr "" " *サブスクリプション* :doc:`documentation " "`を確認して下さい。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:134 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab, the same functionality of the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab is present, with the only difference being that " @@ -17783,7 +18280,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "guilabel:`時間基準ルール`タブでは、:guilabel:`価格ルール`タブと同じ機能がありますが、唯一の違いは、:guilabel:`期間`列で繰返し期間を適用できることです。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:138 msgid "" "After a :guilabel:`Product` and potential :guilabel:`Variant` are selected " "in the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab, select the blank field in the " @@ -17794,7 +18291,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`期間` 列の空白フィールドを選択すると、あらかじめ指定された繰返期間(例:`月次`、`四半期ごと`、`週次` " "など)のドロップダウンメニューが表示されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:142 msgid "" "New recurrence periods can also be directly created from this column, by " "typing in the new name for the :guilabel:`Period` and then selecting " @@ -17810,7 +18307,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Custom time period pop-up form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "Odoo販売で期間をカスタムするポップアップフォーム。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:151 msgid "" "From this :guilabel:`Create Period` pop-up form, add a :guilabel:`Name`, " ":guilabel:`Duration`, then a :guilabel:`Unit` (e.g. `Days`, `Weeks`, etc.). " @@ -17819,21 +18316,21 @@ msgstr "" "この :guilabel:`期間を作成` ポップアップフォームから、 :guilabel:`名前`、 :guilabel:`期間`、そして " ":guilabel:`単位`(`日`、`週` など)を追加します。終了したら :guilabel:`保存して閉じる` をクリックします。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:154 msgid "" "Lastly, add the desired price for this time-based rule in the " ":guilabel:`Price` column." msgstr "最後に、:guilabel:`価格`列に、この時間を元にしたルールに必要な価格を追加します。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:157 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:160 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "設定タプ" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:162 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, there are a few options that can " "further customize the pricelist." @@ -17843,7 +18340,7 @@ msgstr "guilabel:`設定`タブの下には、価格リストをさらにカス msgid "Configuration tab on pricelist detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "Odoo販売の価格表詳細フォームの設定タブ。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:169 msgid "" "From here, under the :guilabel:`Availability` section, in the " ":guilabel:`Country Groups` field, certain country groups can be added to the" @@ -17853,13 +18350,13 @@ msgstr "" "ここから :guilabel:`利用可能` セクションの :guilabel:`国グループ` " "フィールドで、特定の国グループをプライスリストに追加することができます。このフィールドに追加できる国グループの数に制限はありません。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:174 msgid "" "If no country is set for a customer, Odoo takes the first pricelist without " "any country group." msgstr "顧客に国が設定されていない場合、Odooは国グループなしの最初の価格表を使用します。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:176 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Website` section, there are a few options that can be " "configured. In the :guilabel:`Website` field, this pricelist can be applied " @@ -17868,7 +18365,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "guilabel:`ウェブサイト`セクションには、設定可能なオプションがいくつかあります。guilabel:`ウェブサイト`フィールドでは、複数ウェブサイト環境で作業している場合、このプライスリストを特定のウェブサイトに適用することができます。空欄の場合、価格表はデータベース内の全てのウェブサイトに適用されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:181 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Selectable` checkbox to have this pricelist as a " "selectable option for customers to choose as they shop. If the " @@ -17877,7 +18374,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "guilabel:`選択可能`チェックボックスをクリックすると、顧客が買物をする際にこの価格表を選択することができます。guilabel:`選択可能`チェックボックスがチェックされていない場合、顧客はこの価格表を選択することはできません。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:185 msgid "" "Lastly, there is the option to add an :guilabel:`E-commerce Promotional " "Code`. To add a code, type in the desired promo code that, when entered " @@ -17886,17 +18383,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "最後に、:guilabel:`Eコマースプロモーションコード`を追加するオプションがあります。コードを追加するには、顧客が以前に指定された基準に該当しない場合でも、支払プロセスの間に入力されると、顧客に価格表を適用する希望のプロモコードを適用します。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:190 msgid "Show discount percentage to customers" msgstr "顧客に値引率を表示する" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:192 msgid "" "With Odoo *Sales*, the option to show the public price *and* the computed " "discount percentage on the product catalog is available." msgstr "Odoo *販売*では、プロダクトカタログに公開価格と計算された値引率を表示するオプションがあります。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:195 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Pricing` section, click the checkbox next " @@ -17906,7 +18403,7 @@ msgstr "" "そのためには :menuselection:`販売アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に移動し、 :guilabel:`価格` セクションで " ":guilabel:`値引` 機能の隣にあるチェックボックスをクリックし、 :guilabel:`保存` をクリックして全ての変更を保存します。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:199 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Discounts` feature, navigate to the " "pricelists page, either by clicking the :guilabel:`Pricelists` link from the" @@ -17916,7 +18413,7 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel:`値引` 機能を有効にした後、 :guilabel:`管理設定` ページから :guilabel:`価格表` リンクをクリックするか、" " :menuselection:`販売アプリ --> プロダクト --> 価格表` にアクセスして、プライスリストのページに移動します。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:203 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, select the desired pricelist to edit. On" " the pricelist form, click into the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab. In the " @@ -17932,27 +18429,27 @@ msgid "" "Odoo Sales." msgstr "Odoo販売の価格表の設定タブにある値引オプションについて教えて下さい。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:211 msgid "The options available in this section are:" msgstr "このセクションで利用可能なオプションは以下の通りです:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:213 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Discount included in the price`: shows the customer only the " "final price with the discount already included." msgstr ":guilabel:`価格に含まれる値引`: 値引を含んだ最終価格のみを表示します。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:215 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show public price & discount to the customer`: shows the customer" " the public price *and* the discount they're earning." msgstr ":guilabel:`公開価格&値引を顧客に表示`: 顧客に公開価格と値引を表示します。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:219 msgid "Customer pricelist application" msgstr "顧客価格表アプリケーション" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:221 msgid "" "While the default pricelist applied to any customer is the :guilabel:`Public" " Pricelist`, Odoo provides the opportunity to directly apply a different " @@ -17961,7 +18458,7 @@ msgstr "" "どの顧客にも適用されるデフォルトの価格表は :guilabel:`公開価格表` " "ですが、Odooでは連絡先フォームの顧客に直接別の価格表を適用することができます。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:224 msgid "" "To do that, open the desired customer's contact form, either by navigating " "to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Customers` and selecting the " @@ -17975,7 +18472,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sample customer detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "Odoo販売の顧客詳細フォームのサンプル。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:232 msgid "" "On the desired customer's contact form, under the :guilabel:`Sales & " "Purchase` tab, in the :guilabel:`Sales` section, designate what pricelist " @@ -17989,7 +18486,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pricelist field in a customer detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "Odoo販売の顧客詳細フォームの価格表フィールド。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:245 msgid "" "To apply several prices per individual product, select the " ":guilabel:`Multiple prices per product` option, after enabling the " @@ -18001,7 +18498,7 @@ msgstr "" "管理設定`）で :guilabel:`価格表` 機能を有効にした後に、 :guilabel:`プロダクトごとに複数の価格` オプションを選択し、 " ":guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:249 msgid "" "Next, apply pricelists to specific products using the product form. Navigate" " to the :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and select the " @@ -18013,7 +18510,7 @@ msgstr "" "プロダクト`に移動し、複数の価格を適用したいプロダクトを選択します。guilabel:`プロダクト` " "ページからプロダクトを選択すると、そのプロダクトのプロダクトフォームが別のページに表示されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:254 msgid "" "On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Extra Prices` smart button, " "located at the top of the form." @@ -18023,7 +18520,7 @@ msgstr "プロダクトフォームで、フォーム上部にある :guilabel:` msgid "How the extra prices smart button appears in Odoo Sales." msgstr "Odoo販売で追加価格スマートボタンを表示する方法" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:261 msgid "" "Doing so reveals a separate page displaying the :guilabel:`Price Rules` that" " are specific to that particular product. Here, price rules can be edited or" @@ -18036,7 +18533,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the extra price rules per product page appears in Odoo Sales." msgstr "Odoo販売でのプロダクトページごとの追加価格ルールの表示。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:268 msgid "" "To create a new price rule for a product from this specific :guilabel:`Price" " Rules` page, click :guilabel:`New` to add a new, customizable row that has " @@ -18045,7 +18542,7 @@ msgstr "" "この特定の :guilabel:`価格ルール` ページからプロダクトの新しい価格ルールを作成するには、 :guilabel:`新規` をクリックして、 " ":guilabel:`適用対象` 列に目的のプロダクトが既に入力されている、カスタマイズ可能な新しい明細を追加します。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:272 msgid "" "Next, select which :guilabel:`Pricelist` this specific product price rule " "should apply to, via the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column." @@ -18053,7 +18550,13 @@ msgstr "" "次に、 :guilabel:`価格表`列のドロップダウンメニューから、この特定のプロダクト価格ルールを適用する :guilabel:`価格表` " "を選択します。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:276 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " +"*Sales* and *eCommerce*." +msgstr "guilabel:`公開価格表`はOdoo *販売*と*eコマース*で使用されるデフォルトの価格表です。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:279 msgid "" "To create a new pricelist from this page, type in the desired name of the " "new pricelist in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column, then select " @@ -18066,13 +18569,13 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`作成` を選択します。全ての価格表は :menuselection:`販売アプリ --> プロダクト --> 価格表` " "に移動することで、いつでも変更することができます。価格表は特定の :guilabel:`価格表` ページで作成することもできます。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:285 msgid "" "After the desired pricelist is added to the row, designate a :guilabel:`Min." " Quantity` for the price rule." msgstr "希望する価格表が行に追加されたら、価格ルールに :guilabel:`最小数量` を指定します。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:289 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` column is set to `2`, the new price in the " ":guilabel:`Price` column will be applied to orders of 2 or more products. " @@ -18085,7 +18588,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`価格` が1つのプロダクトにつき$85に設定され、 " ":guilabel:`最小数量`が`2`プロダクトの場合、顧客はさらに購入するよう促されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:294 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired amount in the :guilabel:`Price` column. Then, if " "needed, enter a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End Date` for the " @@ -18094,7 +18597,7 @@ msgstr "" "次に、 :guilabel:`価格`列に希望する金額を入力します。次に、必要であれば、プロダクトの価格ルールの :guilabel:`開始日` と " ":guilabel:`終了日` を入力します。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:297 msgid "" "And lastly, if working in a multi-company environment, select which company " "this price rule should be applied to in the :guilabel:`Company` field. " @@ -18104,19 +18607,19 @@ msgstr "" "そして最後に、複数会社環境で作業している場合は、 :guilabel:`会社` " "フィールドでこの価格ルールを適用する会社を選択します。このフィールドを空白にすると、価格ルールはデータベース内の全ての会社に適用されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:301 msgid "" "Click away from the row to activate Odoo's auto-save capability, meaning " "that newly-created price rule is now ready to be used." msgstr "行を離れてクリックすると、Odooの自動保存機能が有効になり、新しく作成した価格ルールが使用できるようになります。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:304 msgid "" "Proceed to add as many unique price rules per product as desired. There is " "no limit to how many price rules can be added per product." msgstr "プロダクトごとにユニークな価格ルールをいくつでも追加することができます。プロダクトごとに追加できる価格ルールの数に制限はありません。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:307 msgid "" "With the price rule(s) in place for a specific product, customers who fall " "into those corresponding pricelists automatically see those new prices " @@ -18127,7 +18630,7 @@ msgstr "" "特定のプロダクトに価格ルールが適用されると、その価格表に該当する顧客には自動的に新しい価格が適用されます。特定のプロダクトに適用された価格ルールの数は、全てのプロダクトフォームにある" " :guilabel:`追加価格` スマートボタンにも表示されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:313 msgid "" "When a price rule/pricelist is added to a product via the :guilabel:`Extra " "Prices` smart button, it is also reflected on the pricelist itself. " @@ -18139,7 +18642,7 @@ msgstr "" "スマートボタンによってプロダクトに追加されると、価格表自体にも反映されます。同様に、価格表に特定のプロダクトの価格ルールが追加されると、 " ":guilabel:`追加価格` スマートボタンによってプロダクトフォームにも反映されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:323 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` pricelist feature" " provides the option to set price change rules based on discounts and " @@ -18149,7 +18652,7 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel:`高度な価格ルール " "(値引、計算式)`価格表機能は、値引や計算式に基づいた価格変更ルールを設定するオプションを提供します。これらの変更は、プロダクトリスト/カタログ価格、プロダクトのコスト、または別の価格表に対して相対的に行うことができます。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:327 msgid "" "To use advanced pricing rules, with discounts and formulas, select the " ":guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` option, after " @@ -18161,7 +18664,7 @@ msgstr "" "管理設定`）で :guilabel:`価格表` 機能を有効にした後、 :guilabel:`高度な価格ルール（値引、計算式）` オプションを選択し、 " ":guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:332 msgid "" "After activating and saving that :guilabel:`Pricelists` feature, the " ":guilabel:`Settings` page reloads and, from here, either select the " @@ -18173,14 +18676,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`価格表` リンク( :guilabel:`設定` ページの :guilabel:`価格表` 機能の下)を選択するか、 " ":menuselection:`販売アプリ --> プロダクト --> 価格表` に移動します。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:340 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, select a desired pricelist to modify, " "or create a new pricelist by clicking the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" "guilabel:`価格表`ページから、修正したい価格表を選択するか、 :guilabel:`新規`ボタンをクリックして新しい価格表を作成します。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:343 msgid "" "On the pricelist form, under the :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line` to add an advanced price rule. Doing so reveals a " @@ -18195,35 +18698,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the Create Pricelist Rules pop-up form looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "Odoo販売の価格表作成ポップアップフォームの表示。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:352 msgid "Price computation" msgstr "価格計算" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:354 msgid "" "On this form, first choose one of the three :guilabel:`Computation` options:" msgstr "このフォームでは、まず3つの :guilabel:`計算` オプションから1つを選びます:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fixed Price`: the price computation is based on a fixed price." msgstr ":guilabel:`固定価格`: 価格計算は固定価格に基づいています。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:357 msgid ":guilabel:`Discount`: the price computation is based on a discount." msgstr ":guilabel:`値引`: 価格計算は値引に基づいて行われます。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:358 msgid ":guilabel:`Formula`: the price computation is based on a formula." msgstr ":guilabel:`計算式`: 価格計算は計算式に基づいています。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:361 msgid "" "Each :guilabel:`Computation` option reveals its own computation-specific " "fields on the form." msgstr "それぞれの :guilabel:`計算式` オプションは、フォーム上にそれぞれの計算に特化したフィールドを表示します。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:363 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Fixed Price` is selected, enter the desired price in the " ":guilabel:`Fixed Price` field below. If :guilabel:`Discount` is selected, " @@ -18233,7 +18736,7 @@ msgstr "" "もし :guilabel:`固定価格` が選択された場合、下の :guilabel:`固定価格` フィールドに希望の価格を入力します。もし " ":guilabel:`値引` が選択された場合、表示される :guilabel:`値引` フィールドに希望の値引率を入力して下さい。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:367 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Formula` is selected, a number of configurable options appear." msgstr "guilabel:`計算式` を選択すると、設定可能なオプションがいくつか表示されます。" @@ -18242,7 +18745,7 @@ msgstr "guilabel:`計算式` を選択すると、設定可能なオプション msgid "The various formula computation options present in Odoo Sales." msgstr "Odoo販売には様々な計算式オプションがあります。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:373 msgid "" "To configure the :guilabel:`Formula` computation option, start by selecting " "an option from the :guilabel:`Based on` field: :guilabel:`Sales Price`, " @@ -18253,7 +18756,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`販売価格`, :guilabel:`原価`, :guilabel:`その他の価格表` " "のいずれかです。これにより、詳細価格ルールの計算式が何に基づくかを決定します。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:377 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Discount` field, determine how much of a discount " "should be applied. It should be noted that a mark-up can be applied by " @@ -18261,7 +18764,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "次に、:guilabel:`値引`フィールドで、どの程度の値引を適用するかを決定します。このフィールドにマイナスの値引を設定することで、値上を適用できることに留意して下さい。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:381 msgid "" "To formulate a 100% markup (or 2 times the cost of the product), with a $5 " "minimum margin, set the :guilabel:`Based on` field to :guilabel:`Cost`, the " @@ -18278,7 +18781,7 @@ msgid "" " Sales." msgstr "Odoo販売で最低マージン＄5の値上原価を設定するとどのように見えるか。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:389 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` field, specify a fixed amount to add (or " "subtract) to the amount calculated with the discount. After that, enter a " @@ -18288,11 +18791,11 @@ msgstr "" "次に :guilabel:`追加料金` フィールドに、値引で計算された金額に追加(または減算)する固定金額を指定します。その後、 " ":guilabel:`丸め方法` フィールドに希望する数値を入力します。丸め方法はフィールドの値の倍数になるように価格を設定します。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:394 msgid "Rounding is applied *after* the discount and *before* the surcharge." msgstr "丸めは値引きの*後*に、追加料金の*前に*適用されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:397 msgid "" "To have prices that end in 9.99, set the :guilabel:`Rounding Method` to `10`" " and the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` to `-0.01`." @@ -18300,19 +18803,19 @@ msgstr "" "9.99で終わる価格を設定するには、 :guilabel:`丸め方法` を `10` に、 :guilabel:`追加料金` を `-0.01` " "に設定します。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:400 msgid "" "Lastly, specify the minimum amount of margin over the base price in the " ":guilabel:`Margins` field." msgstr "最後に、:guilabel:`マージン`フィールドで、基本価格に対するマージンの最低額を指定します。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:402 msgid "" "Once all formula-related configurations are complete, Odoo provides an " "example of the formula in a blue block to the right of the configurations." msgstr "計算式関連の設定が全て完了すると、Odooは設定の右側にある青いブロックに計算式の例を表示します。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:406 msgid "" "To apply 20% discounts, with prices rounded up to 9.99, set the " ":guilabel:`Based on` field to :guilabel:`Sales Price`, the " @@ -18327,47 +18830,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a 20% discount with prices rounded to 9.99 in Odoo Sales." msgstr "Odoo販売で、20％値引で、価格を9.99に丸めした例。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:415 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "条件" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:417 msgid "" "At the bottom of the :guilabel:`Create Pricelist Rules` pop-up form is the " ":guilabel:`Conditions` section." msgstr "guilabel:`価格表ルールの作成`ポップアップフォームの一番下には、 :guilabel:`条件`セクションがあります。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:420 msgid "" "Here, start by selecting one of the options in the :guilabel:`Apply On` " "field:" msgstr "ここで、まず :guilabel:`適用` フィールドのオプションの一つを選択します:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:422 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All Products`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to all" " products." msgstr ":guilabel:`全てのプロダクト`: 高度な価格表ルールは全てのプロダクトに適用されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to" " a specific category of products." msgstr ":guilabel:`プロダクトカテゴリ`: 高度な価格表ルールは、プロダクトの特定のカテゴリに適用されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:425 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to a " "specific product." msgstr ":guilabel:`プロダクト`: 高度な価格表ルールは特定のプロダクトに適用されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:426 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to " "a specific product variant." msgstr ":guilabel:`プロダクトバリアント`: 高度な価格表ルールは特定のプロダクトバリエーションに適用されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:429 msgid "" "If any of those options, apart from :guilabel:`All Products`, are selected, " "a new option-specific field appears, in which the specific " @@ -18378,7 +18881,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`プロダクトカテゴリ`、 :guilabel:`プロダクト`、 :guilabel:`プロダクトバリエーション` " "を選択する必要があります。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:433 msgid "" "Then, select a minimum quantity to be applied to the advanced pricelist rule" " in the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` field. Lastly, select a range of dates for" @@ -18387,7 +18890,7 @@ msgstr "" "次に、高度な価格表ルールに適用する最小数量を :guilabel:`最小数量` フィールドで選択します。最後に、 " ":guilabel:`有効期間`フィールドで価格表アイテムが有効な日付範囲を選択します。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:437 msgid "" "Once all configurations are complete, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " "to save the advanced pricelist rule, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to " @@ -18396,18 +18899,18 @@ msgstr "" "全ての設定が完了したら、 :guilabel:`保存して閉じる` をクリックして高度な価格表ルールを保存するか、 " ":guilabel:`保存して新規作成` をクリックして新しいフォームに別の高度な価格表ルールをすぐに作成します。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:442 msgid "" "If a price rule is set for a particular product, and another one for its " "product category, Odoo takes the rule of the product itself." msgstr "" "特定のプロダクトに価格ルールが設定され、そのプロダクトカテゴリに別の価格ルールが設定されている場合、Odooはプロダクト自体のルールを適用します。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:446 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:447 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management`" msgstr "" @@ -22640,7 +23143,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:406 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:107 msgid ":doc:`../subscriptions`" msgstr ":doc:`../subscriptions`" @@ -22649,7 +23152,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../subscriptions`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:407 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:183 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`plans`" msgstr ":doc:`plans`" @@ -22658,7 +23161,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`plans`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:408 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:184 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`products`" msgstr ":doc:`products`" @@ -25000,7 +25503,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "また、:guilabel:`オーダ明細`タブの最初のサブスクリプションプロダクトの下に、定期プロダクトが日割計算された期間に応じて値引されることをユーザに知らせる警告があります。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The prorated amount is **only** applied to *Service* product types. It is " +"**not** applied to *Consumable* or *Storable* product types, even if the " +"message appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:75 msgid "" "From this new upsell quotation form, add new subscription products in the " ":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " @@ -25015,7 +25525,7 @@ msgid "" "Subscriptions" msgstr "Odooサブスクリプションのアップセルオプションでサブスクリプションにプロダクトを追加します" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:82 msgid "" "Once the desired upsell subscription product(s) have been added, it can be " "sent to the customer for approval by clicking the :guilabel:`Send by Email` " @@ -25024,7 +25534,7 @@ msgstr "" "希望するアップセルのサブスクリプションプロダクトが追加されたら、 :guilabel:`メールで送信` " "ボタンをクリックして、承認してもらうために顧客に送信することができます。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:86 msgid "" "When the quotation is confirmed by the customer, the upsell products are " "added to the initial subscription. Quotation prices are then prorated to the" @@ -25032,13 +25542,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "見積が顧客によって確認されると、アップセルプロダクトが最初のサブスクリプションに追加されます。見積価格は、現在の請求書発行期間の残りの期間で日割計算されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:91 msgid "" "Before sending the new quotation to the customer, the unit price, taxes, and" " even discount can be applied." msgstr "新しい見積を顧客に送信する前に、単価、税金、さらには値引を適用することができます。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:94 msgid "" "Once the customer approves, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " "quotation, making it a sales order. When that's clicked, a :guilabel:`Sales " @@ -25048,7 +25558,7 @@ msgstr "" "顧客が承認したら、見積の :guilabel:`確認` " "ボタンをクリックし、販売オーダとします。これがクリックされると、:guilabel:`販売履歴`スマートボタンが表示され、この最初のサブスクリプションオーダにいくつの販売オーダがついているかが表示されます。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:98 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Sales History` smart button is clicked, Odoo reveals a " "separate page containing a list of the related sales orders, clearly " diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 47c19bf88..3c502e37c 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:55+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" @@ -616,11 +616,11 @@ msgstr "" "삭제 확인을 하려면 삭제할 계정의 :guilabel:`비밀번호` 및 :guilabel:`로그인`을 입력합니다. :guilabel:`계정 " "삭제`를 클릭하면 삭제가 확정됩니다." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:36 msgid "Odoo.com account password change" msgstr "Odoo.com 계정 비밀번호 변경" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:38 msgid "" "To change an Odoo.com account password, first login into the Odoo.com user " "account from the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-" @@ -632,7 +632,7 @@ msgstr "" " 후 화면 오른쪽 상단으로 이동하여 프로필 아이콘 옆에 있는 :guilabel:`▼ (아래쪽 화살표)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 " ":guilabel:`내 계정`을 선택하면 포털 현황판이 나타납니다." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:41 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:43 msgid "" "To change the Odoo.com password, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security " "Settings` link, below the :menuselection:`Account Security` section. Next, " @@ -644,24 +644,24 @@ msgstr "" "보안` 섹션을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음, 현재 사용 중인 :guilabel:`비밀번호` 및 :guilabel:`새 비밀번호`를 입력하여 " "필요 항목을 변경하고 새로운 비밀번호를 확인합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`비밀번호 변경`을 클릭하여 비밀번호 변경을 완료합니다." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:47 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:49 msgid "" "If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here " "`_." msgstr "" "로그인 정보를 변경하려는 고객께서는 Odoo 고객팀으로 `문의 `_하시기 바랍니다." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:53 msgid "" "Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the " "same email address is used." msgstr "이메일 주소가 동일하더라도 Odoo.com 사용자와 포털 사용자의 비밀번호는 별개입니다." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:55 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:57 msgid "Add two-factor authentication" msgstr "2단계 인증 추가" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:59 msgid "" "To add two-factor authentication, login into the Odoo.com user account from " "the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-right corner of " @@ -673,7 +673,7 @@ msgstr "" "상단으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`프로필 아이콘` 옆에 있는 :guilabel:`▼ (아래쪽 화살표)` 아이콘 을 클릭합니다. 그런 " "다음 :guilabel:`내 계정`을 선택하면 포털 현황판이 나타납니다." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:64 msgid "" "If the user would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " "Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below " @@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ msgstr "" "사용자가 Odoo.com 접속용으로 2단계 인증 (2FA)을 사용하려면 :menuselection:`보안 설정 편집` 링크 아래 있는 " ":guilabel:`계정 보안` 섹션을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:67 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " "(two-factor authentication)`. Then, confirm the current password in the " @@ -697,26 +697,26 @@ msgstr "" ":abbr:`2FA (2단계 인증)` 앱 (Google Authenticator, Authy 등)에서 :guilabel:`QR 코드`를 " "스캔하거나 :guilabel:`인증 코드`를 입력하여 :abbr:`2FA (2단계 인증)`를 활성화합니다." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:71 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:73 msgid "" "Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete " "the setup." msgstr "마지막으로 :guilabel:`2단계 인증 사용`을 클릭하여 설정을 완료합니다." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:76 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:76 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`" msgstr "" @@ -1287,6 +1287,8 @@ msgid "" " Scheduled actions are therefore implemented slightly differently than on a " "regular Odoo server, and are run on a *best effort* policy." msgstr "" +"이는 동일한 서버에 고객이 여러 명 있을 수 있기 때문이며 모든 고객이 공평하게 서버를 공유할 수 있도록 보장해야 합니다. 따라서 예약 " +"작업은 일반 Odoo 서버와 약간 다르게 구현되며 *최선의 노력* 을 하는 정책에 따라 실행됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -1358,6 +1360,8 @@ msgid "" "whether you want to pin the submodule to a specific revision and when you " "want to update to a newer revision." msgstr "" +"또한 하위 모듈로 추가된 저장소의 브랜치를 선택할 수 있으며 원하는 버전을 제어할 수 있습니다. 하위 모듈을 특정 버전에 고정할지 여부 " +"및 최신 버전으로 업데이트하는 시기는 사용자가 정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -2339,6 +2343,10 @@ msgid "" "` and :ref:`DKIM " "`." msgstr "" +"사용자 이메일 주소의 도메인이 SPF (Sender Policy Framework) 또는 DKIM (DomainKeys " +"Identified Mail)를 사용하는 경우, 발신 이메일의 도달률을 높이기 위해 도메인 주소 설정에서 반드시 Odoo를 전송 호스트로" +" 승인하도록 합니다. 구성 단계는 :ref:`SPF ` 및 " +":ref:`DKIM ` 에 대한 문서에 설명되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:410 msgid "" @@ -2363,6 +2371,9 @@ msgid "" "in such case a popup will prompt the user in order to define eventual " "placeholders such as ````, ````, ..." msgstr "" +"각 명령어를 클립보드에 복사한 후 터미널에서 사용할 수 있으며, 일부는 *실행* 버튼을 클릭하여 Odoo.sh에서 직접 사용할 수 " +"있습니다. 이 경우 사용자에게 팝업 창으로 ````, ````, ...와 같은 최종 자리 표시자를 정의하라는 안내가 " +"표시됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:427 msgid "Clone" @@ -2552,6 +2563,10 @@ msgid "" "test the well-behavior of the server, the database and the features with " "this revision." msgstr "" +"Odoo.sh에서 빌드는 컨테이너화된 환경에서 프로젝트 저장소의 특정 버전에서 실행되는 Odoo 서버 (`odoo/odoo " +"`_ & `odoo/enterprise " +"`_)에서 로드한 데이터베이스로 간주됩니다. 이 테스트의 목적은 새로운 " +"버전의 서버, 데이터베이스 및 기능의 동작을 테스트하는 데 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -2737,6 +2752,9 @@ msgid "" "user using the *Connect as* button, in the dropdown menu of the *Connect* " "button." msgstr "" +"각 빌드에 대해 Github 아이콘 버튼으로 개정 변경 사항에 액세스할 수 있습니다. 관리자로 빌드의 데이터베이스에 액세스하려면 *연결*" +" 버튼을 사용합니다. 또한 *연결* 버튼 드롭다운 메뉴에 있는 *다음 계정으로 연결* 버튼을 사용하면 데이터베이스에 다른 사용자로 " +"액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -2849,6 +2867,9 @@ msgid "" " the amount back as commission. Contact your sales representative or account" " manager in order to get it." msgstr "" +"파트너는 파트너십 코드를 사용하여 평가판을 시작할 수 있습니다. 고객이 프로젝트를 시작하게 되면 Odoo.sh를 포함한 엔터프라이즈 " +"구독을 하게 되고 구독 코드를 사용해야 합니다. 파트너는 금액의 50%를 수수료로 돌려받습니다. 이와 관련된 내용은 영업 담당자나 계정 " +"관리자에게 문의하세요." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -3045,6 +3066,9 @@ msgid "" "actions are located under :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " "Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." msgstr "" +"데이터베이스를 가져와서 프로덕션으로 만들 계획이라면 예약된 작업 중에서 필요한 작업을 활성화합니다. 원본 데이터베이스에 활성화되어 있는 " +"내용을 확인한 후 가져온 데이터베이스에서도 동일한 작업을 활성화할 수 있습니다. 예약된 작업은 :menuselection:`설정 --> " +"기술 --> 자동화 --> 예약된 작업` 아래에 위치해 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:196 msgid "Register your subscription" @@ -3223,6 +3247,8 @@ msgid "" "classes of your module, and having classes name with special characters " "other than the underscore is not valid in Python." msgstr "" +"모듈 이름에는 밑줄 ( _ ) 이외의 특수 문자를 사용하지 않으며 하이픈 ( - )도 사용하지 않습니다. 이 이름은 모듈의 Python " +"클래스에서 사용되며 밑줄 이외의 특수 문자가 클래스 이름에 포하되는 경우 Python에서 유효하지 않습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:125 msgid "Uncomment the content of the files:" @@ -3411,6 +3437,8 @@ msgid "" "production you would not like your module to be installed automatically, but" " on demand." msgstr "" +"모듈은 자동으로 설치되지 않으며 앱 메뉴를 통해 직접 설치해야 합니다. 실제로 스테이징 빌드의 목적은 변경 사항이 프로덕션에서 작동하는지" +" 테스트하는 것이므로, 프로덕션에서 모듈이 자동으로 설치되지 않고 요청에 따라 설치되는 것이 더 바람직할 것입니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:263 msgid "" @@ -3932,6 +3960,9 @@ msgid "" "in your database as well. You therefore should use Odoo consoles carefully " "on production databases." msgstr "" +"Odoo 콘솔에서는 트랜잭션이 자동으로 커밋됩니다. 이를 통해 예를 들어 레코드의 변경 사항이 데이터베이스에 효과적으로 적용된다는 것을 " +"알 수 있습니다. 사용자 이름을 변경하면 데이터베이스에서도 사용자 이름이 변경됩니다. 따라서 프로덕션 데이터베이스에서는 Odoo 콘솔을 " +"주의해서 사용해야 합니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -4260,6 +4291,9 @@ msgid "" "it's not due to your own customizations you can open a ticket `here " "`_." msgstr "" +"작업자를 더 추가한다고 해서 성능과 관련한 문제가 모두 마술처럼 해결되지는 않습니다. 서버에서 동시에 연결 처리를 더 많이 할 수 있을 " +"뿐입니다. 일부 작업이 비정상적으로 느려진 경우에는 코드에 문제가 있을 가능성이 높으며 사용자 지정으로 인한 문제가 아니라면 `여기 " +"`_ 에서 고객 상담을 요청할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:245 msgid "Staging Branches" @@ -4625,6 +4659,8 @@ msgid "" "identification. You can then link your database with your Odoo Enterprise " "Subscription by entering the code you received by e-mail in the form input" msgstr "" +"서버를 수동으로 시작할 필요가 없으며 서비스는 계속 실행됩니다. 일반적인 식별 수단을 사용하여 Odoo 엔터프라이즈 인스턴스에 연결할 수" +" 있어야 합니다. 그런 다음 이메일로 받은 코드를 양식 입력란에 입력하면 데이터베이스를 Odoo 엔터프라이즈 구독과 연결할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:3 msgid "System configuration" @@ -4689,6 +4725,9 @@ msgid "" "possibly including the dynamically injected hostname (``%h``) or the first " "subdomain (``%d``) through which the system is being accessed." msgstr "" +":option:`데이터베이스 필터 ` 의 목적 중 하나는 요청하는 호스트 이름 (도메인)을 " +"기반으로 데이터베이스를 선택하는 방법을 지정하는 것입니다. 값은 '정규 표현식'_ 이며, 동적으로 삽입된 호스트 이름 (``%h``) " +"또는 시스템에 액세스하는 첫 번째 하위 도메인 (``%d``)도 포함할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -5101,6 +5140,9 @@ msgid "" "this domain at all times, otherwise your users will see security alerts or " "be entirely unable to access it." msgstr "" +"브라우저에서 이 도메인으로 일반 HTTP 요청을 보내지 못하게 하려면 모든 요청에 'Strict-Transport-Security' " +"헤더를 추가합니다. 이 도메인에서 항상 유효한 인증서를 사용하여 작동하는 HTTPS 서비스를 유지해야 하며, 그렇지 않으면 사용자에게 " +"보안 경고가 표시되거나 서비스에 완전히 액세스할 수 없게 됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:370 msgid "" @@ -5128,6 +5170,10 @@ msgid "" ":mod:`odoo.tools.config` rather than through the command-line or a " "configuration file." msgstr "" +"Odoo를 표준 WSGI_ 애플리케이션으로 마운트할 수도 있습니다. Odoo는 WSGI 실행 프로그램 스크립트의 기반을 ``odoo-" +"wsgi.example.py`` 로 제공합니다. 이 스크립트로 명령줄이나 구성 파일을 통하지 않고 " +":mod:`odoo.tools.config` 에서 직접 알맞게 환경 설정을 하려면 스크립트를 사용자 지정해야 합니다 (설정 디렉터리에서 " +"복사 후 가능)." #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:395 msgid "" @@ -5180,6 +5226,11 @@ msgid "" "--http-port>` (multi-threading server) or on the :option:`--gevent-port " "` (multi-processing server)." msgstr "" +"Odoo 크론 서버를 통해 실시간 채팅 요청을 처리할 수도 있습니다. cron 서버에서 :option:`--no-http ` cli 옵션을 삭제하고 경로가 ``/websocket/`` 으로 시작하는 요청이 " +":option:`--http-port `(멀티 스레딩 서버) 또는 " +":option:`--gevent-port ` (다중 처리 서버)에서 이 서버로 전달되기만 하면" +" 됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:430 msgid "Serving static files and attachments" @@ -5215,6 +5266,9 @@ msgid "" ":file:`static/` folder and existing images are final (they do not fetch new " "resources by themselves). However, it is good practice." msgstr "" +"웹 서버에서 제공하는 모든 이미지에서 ``Content-Security-Policy: default-src 'none'`` 헤더를 " +"설정하는 것이 좋습니다. 모듈에 있는 :file:`static/` 폴더 내부의 콘텐츠를 수정/삽입할 수 없도록 하는 것이 반드시 필수는 " +"아니며 기존 이미지를 최종 이미지로 사용합니다 (새로운 리소스를 자체적으로 가져오지 않음). 다만 그렇게 해 두는 것이 바람직합니다." #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:448 msgid "" @@ -5379,6 +5433,10 @@ msgid "" "from, instead of letting the system fetch them all from the database " "backend." msgstr "" +"호스트명에 따라 데이터베이스가 표시되게 하려면 알맞은 데이터베이스 필터 ( :option:`--db-filter `)를 사용하면 됩니다. :ref:`데이터베이스 필터` 를 참조하세요. 시스템이 데이터베이스 백엔드에서 전체 " +"데이터베이스를 가져오지 않고도 :option:`-d ` 를 사용하여 필터를 적용할 수 있는 자체 (쉼표로 구분) " +"데이터베이스 목록을 제공할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:581 msgid "" @@ -5640,63 +5698,309 @@ msgid "It should be stored securely, and should be generated randomly e.g." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:743 -msgid "which will generate a 32 characters pseudorandom printable string." +msgid "which generates a 32-character pseudorandom printable string." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:746 -msgid "Supported Browsers" +msgid "Reset the master password" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:748 msgid "" +"There may be instances where the master password is misplaced, or " +"compromised, and needs to be reset. The following process is for system " +"administrators of an Odoo on-premise database detailing how to manually " +"reset and re-encrypt the master password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:753 +msgid "" +"For more information about changing an Odoo.com account password, see this " +"documentation: :ref:`odoocom/change_password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:756 +msgid "" +"When creating a new on-premise database, a random master password is " +"generated. Odoo recommends using this password to secure the database. This " +"password is implemented by default, so there is a secure master password for" +" any Odoo on-premise deployment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:761 +msgid "" +"When creating an Odoo on-premise database the installation is accessible to " +"anyone on the internet, until this password is set to secure the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:764 +msgid "" +"The master password is specified in the Odoo configuration file (`odoo.conf`" +" or `odoorc` (hidden file)). The Odoo master password is needed to modify, " +"create, or delete a database through the graphical user interface (GUI)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:769 +msgid "Locate configuration file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:771 +msgid "" +"First, open the Odoo configuration file (`odoo.conf` or `odoorc` (hidden " +"file))." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:775 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:148 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:133 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:158 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:180 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:328 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:397 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:460 +msgid "Windows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:777 +msgid "" +"The configuration file is located at: " +"`c:\\\\ProgramFiles\\\\Odoo{VERSION}\\\\server\\\\odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:779 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:25 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:152 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:174 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:199 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:228 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:388 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:450 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "리눅스" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:781 +msgid "" +"Depending on how Odoo is installed on the Linux machine, the configuration " +"file is located in one of two different places:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:784 +msgid "Package installation: `/etc/odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:785 +msgid "Source installation: `~/.odoorc`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:788 +msgid "Change old password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:790 +msgid "" +"Once the appropriate file has been opened, proceed to modify the old " +"password in the configuration file to a temporary password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:795 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:843 +msgid "Graphical user interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:797 +msgid "" +"After locating the configuration file, open it using a (:abbr:`GUI " +"(graphical user interface)`). This can be achieved by simply double clicking" +" on the file. Then, the device should have a default :abbr:`GUI (graphical " +"user interface)` to open the file with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:801 +msgid "" +"Next, modify the master password line `admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sha…` to " +"`admin_passwd = newpassword1234`, for example. This password can be " +"anything, as long as it is saved temporarily. Make sure to modify all " +"characters after the `=`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:806 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:825 +msgid "" +"The line appears like this: `admin_passwd = " +"$pbkdf2-sh39dji295.59mptrfW.9z6HkA$w9j9AMVmKAP17OosCqDxDv2hjsvzlLpF8Rra8I7p/b573hji540mk/.3ek0lg%kvkol6k983mkf/40fjki79m`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:810 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:829 +msgid "The modified line appears like this: `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:812 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:852 +msgid "Command-line interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:814 +msgid "" +"Modify the master password line using the following Unix command detailed " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:816 +msgid "" +"Connect to the Odoo server's terminal via Secure Shell (SSH) protocol, and " +"edit the configuration file. To modify the configuration file, enter the " +"following command: :command:`sudo nano /etc/odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:820 +msgid "" +"After opening the configuration file, modify the master password line " +"`admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sha…` to `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`. This " +"password can be anything, as long as it is saved temporarily. Make sure to " +"modify all characters after the `=`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:832 +msgid "" +"It is essential that the password is changed to something else, rather than " +"triggering a new password reset by adding a semicolon `;` at the beginning " +"of the line. This ensures the database is secure throughout the entire " +"password reset process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:837 +msgid "Restart Odoo server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:839 +msgid "" +"After setting the temporary password, a restart of the Odoo server is " +"**required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:845 +msgid "" +"To restart the Odoo server, first, type `services` into the Windows " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. Then, select the :guilabel:`Services` application, " +"and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Odoo` service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:849 +msgid "" +"Next, right click on :guilabel:`Odoo`, and select :guilabel:`Start` or " +":guilabel:`Restart`. This action manually restarts the Odoo server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:854 +msgid "" +"Restart the Odoo server by typing the command: :command:`sudo service odoo15" +" restart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:857 +msgid "" +"Change the number after `odoo` to fit the specific version the server is " +"running on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:860 +msgid "Use web interface to re-encrypt password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:862 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to `/web/database/manager` or " +"`http://server_ip:port/web/database/manager` in a browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:866 +msgid "" +"Replace `server_ip` with the IP address of the database. Replace `port` with" +" the numbered port the database is accessible from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:869 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Set Master Password`, and type in the previously-" +"selected temporary password into the :guilabel:`Master Password` field. " +"Following this step, type in a :guilabel:`New Master Password`. The " +":guilabel:`New Master Password` is hashed (or encrypted), once the " +":guilabel:`Continue` button is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:874 +msgid "" +"At this point, the password has been successfully reset, and a hashed " +"version of the new password now appears in the configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:878 +msgid "" +"For more information on Odoo database security, see this documentation: " +":ref:`db_manager_security`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:882 +msgid "Supported Browsers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:884 +msgid "" "Odoo supports all the major desktop and mobile browsers available on the " "market, as long as they are supported by their publishers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:751 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:887 msgid "Here are the supported browsers:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:753 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:889 msgid "Google Chrome" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:754 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:890 msgid "Mozilla Firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:755 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:891 msgid "Microsoft Edge" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:756 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:892 msgid "Apple Safari" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:758 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:894 msgid "" "Please make sure your browser is up-to-date and still supported by its " "publisher before filing a bug report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:763 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:899 msgid "Since Odoo 13.0, ES6 is supported. Therefore, IE support is dropped." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:766 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:902 msgid "" "to have multiple Odoo installations use the same PostgreSQL database, or to " "provide more computing resources to both software." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:769 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:905 msgid "" "technically a tool like socat_ can be used to proxy UNIX sockets across " "networks, but that is mostly for software which can only be used over UNIX " "sockets" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:773 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:909 msgid "" "or be accessible only over an internal packet-switched network, but that " "requires secured switches, protections against `ARP spoofing`_ and precludes" @@ -5705,6 +6009,9 @@ msgid "" "certificates are easier to deploy on a controlled environment than over the " "internet." msgstr "" +"또는 내부 패킷 교환 네트워크를 통해서만 액세스할 수 있으나 'ARP 스푸핑'_ 에 대한 보호 스위치 및 보안이 필요하며 WiFi는 " +"사용할 수 없습니다. 보안 패킷 교환 네트워크를 통해서도 HTTPS를 통한 배포를 권장하며, \"자체 서명\" 인증서는 인터넷보다 통제된" +" 환경에서 배포하기가 더 쉽기 때문에 비용을 낮출 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/email_gateway.rst:3 msgid "Email gateway" @@ -5923,19 +6230,6 @@ msgid "" " download the Enterprise packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:25 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:52 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:129 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:152 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:174 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:199 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:228 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:271 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:384 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:446 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "리눅스" - #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:28 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:116 msgid "Prepare" @@ -5974,7 +6268,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:57 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:416 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:420 msgid "" "`wkhtmltopdf` is not installed through **pip** and must be installed " "manually in `version 0.12.6 " @@ -6052,19 +6346,6 @@ msgid "" "manager:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:148 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:70 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:133 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:158 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:180 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:208 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:239 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:324 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:393 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:456 -msgid "Windows" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:151 msgid "" "Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running " @@ -6209,9 +6490,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:186 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:213 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:253 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:347 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:405 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:467 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:351 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:471 msgid "Mac OS" msgstr "Mac OS" @@ -6367,40 +6648,46 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:280 msgid "" -"For Debian-based systems, the packages are listed in the `debian/control " -"`_ file of the Odoo " -"sources." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:283 -msgid "" "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following commands should install the required " "packages:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:287 +msgid "" +"The `setup/debinstall.sh` script will parse the `debian/control " +"`_ file and install " +"the found packages." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:290 msgid "Install with pip" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:292 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Using pip may lead to security issues and broken dependencies; only do this " +"if you know what you are doing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:296 msgid "" "As some of the Python packages need a compilation step, they require system " "libraries to be installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:295 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:299 msgid "" "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following command should install these required " "libraries:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:301 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:305 msgid "" "Odoo dependencies are listed in the :file:`requirements.txt` file located at" " the root of the Odoo Community directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:305 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:309 msgid "" "The Python packages in :file:`requirements.txt` are based on their " "stable/LTS Debian/Ubuntu corresponding version at the moment of the Odoo " @@ -6409,9 +6696,9 @@ msgid "" "then chosen in the :file:`requirements.txt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:312 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:334 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:353 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:357 msgid "" "It can be preferable not to mix Python module packages between different " "instances of Odoo or with the system. However, it is possible to use " @@ -6419,143 +6706,143 @@ msgid "" "Python environments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:320 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation " "(:file:`CommunityPath`) and run **pip** on the requirements file to install " "the requirements for the current user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:326 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:330 msgid "" "Before installing the dependencies, download and install the `Build Tools " "for Visual Studio `_. Select " "**C++ build tools** in the **Workloads** tab and install them when prompted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:330 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:349 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:334 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:353 msgid "" "Odoo dependencies are listed in the `requirements.txt` file located at the " "root of the Odoo Community directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:342 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " "and run **pip** on the requirements file in a terminal **with Administrator " "privileges**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:357 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:361 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " "and run **pip** on the requirements file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:367 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:371 msgid "" "Non-Python dependencies must be installed with a package manager (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:370 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:374 msgid "Download and install the **Command Line Tools**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:376 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:380 msgid "Use the package manager to install non-Python dependencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:379 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:383 msgid "" "For languages using a **right-to-left interface** (such as Arabic or " "Hebrew), the `rtlcss` package is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:386 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:390 msgid "Download and install **nodejs** and **npm** with a package manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:387 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:396 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:391 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:400 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:413 msgid "Install `rtlcss`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:395 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:399 msgid "Download and install `nodejs `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:402 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:406 msgid "" "Edit the system environment's variable `PATH` to add the folder where " "`rtlcss.cmd` is located (typically: " ":file:`C:\\\\Users\\\\\\\\AppData\\\\Roaming\\\\npm\\\\`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:407 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:411 msgid "" "Download and install **nodejs** with a package manager (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:424 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:428 msgid "Running Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:426 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:430 msgid "" "Once all dependencies are set up, Odoo can be launched by running `odoo-" "bin`, the command-line interface of the server. It is located at the root of" " the Odoo Community directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:429 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:433 msgid "" "To configure the server, either specify :ref:`command-line arguments " "` or a :ref:`configuration file " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:433 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:437 msgid "" "For the Enterprise edition, add the path to the `enterprise` add-ons to the " "`addons-path` argument. Note that it must come before the other paths in " "`addons-path` for add-ons to be loaded correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:437 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:441 msgid "Common necessary configurations are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:439 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:443 msgid "PostgreSQL user and password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:440 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:444 msgid "Custom addon paths beyond the defaults to load custom modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:442 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:446 msgid "A typical way to run the server would be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:453 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:474 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:457 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:478 msgid "" "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, and " "`mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:463 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:467 msgid "" "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, " "`dbuser` is the PostgreSQL login, `dbpassword` is the PostgreSQL password, " "and `mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:477 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:481 msgid "" "After the server has started (the INFO log `odoo.modules.loading: Modules " "loaded.` is printed), open http://localhost:8069 in a web browser and log " @@ -6563,19 +6850,19 @@ msgid "" "the email and, again, `admin` as the password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:482 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:486 msgid "" "From there, create and manage new :doc:`users " "<../../applications/general/users>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:483 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:487 msgid "" "The user account used to log into Odoo's web interface differs from the " ":option:`--db_user ` CLI argument." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:487 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:491 msgid "" ":doc:`The list of CLI arguments for odoo-bin `" msgstr "" @@ -6839,6 +7126,8 @@ msgid "" "with conflicts, and you will need to resolve the conflicts manually, by " "editing them and deciding which part of the code to keep." msgstr "" +"Odoo 소스 코드를 로컬에서 편집한 경우 마지막 명령어에서 소스 코드가 충돌할 수 있습니다. 오류 메시지에서 충돌이 있는 파일 목록이 " +"표시되므로, 충돌 항목을 수정하고 유지할 코드를 정하여 충돌을 수동으로 해결해야 합니다." #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/update.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -7184,6 +7473,10 @@ msgid "" "` while also :doc:`upgrading the source code " "of your custom modules `." msgstr "" +"데이터베이스에 사용자 지정 모듈이 있는 경우, 사용자 지정 모듈 버전을 업그레이드하려면 대상으로 하는 Odoo 버전에서 사용할 수 있어야" +" 합니다. 고객이 자체적으로 사용자 지정 모듈을 유지 관리하는 경우에는 :ref:`업그레이드된 데이터베이스 요청 " +"` 및 :doc:`사용자 지정 모듈의 소스 코드 업그레이드 ` 를 통해 프로세스를" +" 병렬화하는 것이 좋습니다." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:47 msgid "Upgrading in a nutshell" @@ -7309,6 +7602,9 @@ msgid "" " can also be accessed from the database manager by clicking the dropdown " "arrow before the database name." msgstr "" +"데이터베이스 이름 옆에 :guilabel:`업그레이드 진행 중` 태그가 완료될 때까지 표시됩니다. 프로세스가 완료하면 업그레이드된 테스트" +" 데이터베이스에 대한 링크를 제공된 이메일 주소로 전송합니다. 데이터베이스 이름 앞에 있는 드롭다운 화살표를 클릭하면 데이터베이스 " +"관리자로 데이터베이스에 액세스할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:0 msgid "Clicking the menu arrow displays the upgraded test database." @@ -7425,6 +7721,9 @@ msgid "" "etc.). This is the folder that should be merged with the production " "filestore in order to get the full upgraded filestore." msgstr "" +"`파일 저장소' 폴더에는 데이터베이스 내부 레코드에서 첨부 파일로 추출된 파일 (있는 경우)과 대상 Odoo 버전의 새로운 표준 Odoo" +" 파일 (예: 새 이미지, 아이콘, 결제대행업체 로고 등)을 보관합니다. 파일 저장소를 완전히 업그레이드하려면 프로덕션 파일 저장소와 " +"폴더를 병합해야 합니다." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:176 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po index 98328c9d3..df60cf7b3 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Sarah Park, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -31,377 +31,567 @@ msgid "Activities" msgstr "활동" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database. " -"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " -"chatter thread, kanban view, list view, or activities view of an " -"application." +msgid "*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database." msgstr "" -"*활동* 은 Odoo 데이터베이스의 레코드에 연결되어 있는 후속 작업입니다. 애플리케이션에 있는 메시지창 스레드, 칸반 보기, 목록 보기" -" 혹은 활동 보기 등 데이터베이스에 있는 페이지 어디에서든 활동을 예약할 수 있습니다. " -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The icon used to display activities varies depending on the :ref:`activity " +"type `:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:11 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`🕘 (clock)`: the default icon, which appears if nothing is " +"scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 +msgid ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)`: this icon appears if a phone call is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:13 +msgid ":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)`: this icon appears if an email is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:14 +msgid ":guilabel:`✔️ (checkmark)`: this icon appears if a to-do is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:15 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(group of people)`: this icon appears if a meeting is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(arrow pointing up above a line)`: this icon appears if a " +"document is scheduled to be uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(pencil in a box)`: this icon appears if a signature request is " +"scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 msgid "Schedule activities" msgstr "활동 예약하기" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:23 msgid "" -"One way that activities are created is by clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule " -"Activity` button, located at the top of the *chatter* on any record. On the " -"pop-up window that appears, select an :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the " -"drop-down menu." +"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " +":ref:`chatter ` thread, :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or " +":ref:`activities view ` of an application." msgstr "" -"활동을 만드는 방법 중 하나는 모든 레코드의 *메시지창* 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`활동 예약` 버튼을 클릭하는 것입니다. 팝업창이" -" 나타나면 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`활동 유형` 을 선택합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Individual applications have a list of *Activity Types* dedicated to that " -"application. For example, to view and edit the activities available for the " -"*CRM* application, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " -"Activity Types`." -msgstr "" -"각각의 애플리케이션에는 해당 애플리케이션 전용 *활동 유형* 목록이 있습니다. 예를 들어 *CRM* 애플리케이션에 사용할 수 있는 활동을" -" 확인하고 편집하려면 :menuselection:`CRM 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 활동 유형` 으로 이동합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Enter a title for the activity in the :guilabel:`Summary` field, located in " -"the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window." -msgstr ":guilabel:`활동 예약` 팝업창에 있는 :guilabel:`요약` 필드에 활동 제목을 입력합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To assign the activity to a different user, select a name from the " -":guilabel:`Assigned to` drop-down menu. Otherwise, the user creating the " -"activity is automatically assigned." -msgstr "" -"다른 사용자에게 활동을 배정하려면 :guilabel:`배정 대상` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 이름을 선택합니다. 선택하지 않을 경우에는 활동을 " -"생성한 사용자에게 자동으로 배정됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Lastly, feel free to add any additional information in the optional " -":guilabel:`Log a note...` field." -msgstr "마지막으로, 선택 사항인 :guilabel:`메모 로그` 필드에 추가 정보를 자유롭게 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Due Date` field on the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " -"window auto-populates based on the configuration settings for the selected " -":guilabel:`Activity Type`. However, this date can be changed by selecting a " -"day on the calendar in the :guilabel:`Due Date` field." +msgid "Chatter" +msgstr "대화 메시지" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:32 +msgid "Activities can be created from the chatter on any record." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`활동 예약` 팝업창에 있는 :guilabel:`마감일` 필드는 선택한 :guilabel:`활동 유형` 에 환경 " -"설정되어 있는 설정에 따라 자동으로 입력됩니다. 다만 이 날짜는 변경할 수 있으며 달력에 있는 :guilabel:`마감일` 필드에서 " -"날짜를 선택하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:34 -msgid "Lastly, click one of the following buttons:" -msgstr "마지막으로 다음 버튼 중에서 하나를 클릭합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:36 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Schedule`: adds the activity to the chatter under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." -msgstr ":guilabel:`스케줄`: :guilabel:`계획된 활동` 아래에 있는 메시지창에 활동을 추가합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the chatter " -"under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, it is automatically " -"marked as completed." +"To schedule a new activity, click the :guilabel:`Activities` button, located" +" at the top of the chatter. In the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " +"window that appears, :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`완료로 표시`: 활동 세부 정보를 :guilabel:`오늘` 아래에 있는 메시지창에 추가합니다. 활동은 예약되지 " -"않으며 자동으로 완료 표시됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:39 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Done \\& Schedule Next`: adds the task under :guilabel:`Today` " -"marked as done, and opens a new activity window." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`완료 및 다음 예약`: :guilabel:`오늘` 아래에 완료로 표시된 작업을 추가하고 새로 활동 창을 엽니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Discard`: discards any changes made on the pop-up window." -msgstr ":guilabel:`삭제`: 팝업창에서 변경한 내용을 모두 삭제합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "CRM 영업제안 및 활동 예약 항목 보기" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Depending on the activity type, the :guilabel:`Schedule` button may be " -"replaced by a :guilabel:`Save` button, or an :guilabel:`Open Calendar` " -"button." -msgstr "" -"활동 유형에 따라 :guilabel:`스케줄` 버튼 대신 :guilabel:`저장` 버튼 또는 :guilabel:`캘린더 열기` 버튼으로" -" 바뀔 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Scheduled activities are added to the chatter for the record under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." -msgstr "예약한 활동은 :guilabel:`계획된 활동` 아래에 있는 메시지창에 기록용으로 추가됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Activities can also be scheduled from the kanban, list, or activities view " -"of an application." -msgstr "애플리케이션의 칸반이나 목록 또는 활동 보기에서도 활동을 예약할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:59 -msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "칸반 화면" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`, and proceed to fill " -"out the pop-up form." -msgstr "" -"활동을 예약할 레코드를 선택합니다. :guilabel:`🕘 (시계)` 아이콘을 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`활동 예약하기` 를 " -"클릭하고 팝업 양식을 작성합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "CRM 파이프라인의 칸반 보기 및 활동 예약 항목" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:67 -msgid "List view" -msgstr "목록 보기" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`. If the record already " -"has an activity scheduled, the clock icon may be replaced by a :guilabel:`📞 " -"(phone)` or an :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon." -msgstr "" -"활동을 예약할 레코드를 선택합니다. :guilabel:`🕘 (시계)` 아이콘을 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`활동 일정` 을 " -"클릭합니다. 레코드에 이미 예약된 활동이 있는 경우에는 시계 아이콘이 :guilabel:`📞 (전화)` 또는 :guilabel:`✉️ " -"(편지 봉투)` 아이콘으로 바뀔 수 있습니다.." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "CRM 파이프라인 목록 보기 및 활동 예약 항목" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:76 -msgid "Activity view" -msgstr "활동 보기" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:78 -msgid "" -"To open the activity view for an application, select the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon from the menu bar anywhere in the database. Select any " -"application from the drop-down menu, and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " -"icon for the desired app." -msgstr "" -"애플리케이션에 대한 활동 보기를 열려면 데이터베이스 어디에서든 메뉴 표시줄에 있는 :guilabel:`🕘 (시계)` 아이콘을 선택합니다." -" 드롭다운 메뉴에서 애플리케이션을 고른 후, 선택할 앱의 :guilabel:`🕘 (시계)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Activity menu drop down with focus on where to open activity view for CRM." -msgstr "CRM 활동 보기를 열게 될 위치에 초점이 맞추어져 있는 활동 드롭다운 메뉴" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Move across the row to " -"find the desired activity type, then click the :guilabel:`＋ (plus sign)`." -msgstr "" -"활동을 예약할 레코드를 선택합니다. 행을 이동하여 활동 유형을 찾은 다음 :guilabel:`+ (더하기 기호)` 를 클릭합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "CRM 파이프라인 활동 보기 및 활동 예약 항목" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" -" throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." -msgstr "활동 색상과 활동 마감일에 대한 관계는 활동 유형이나 보기에 관계없이 Odoo 전체에서 일관되게 유지됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Activities that appear in **green** indicate a due date sometime in the " -"future." -msgstr "**초록색** 으로 활동이 표시되어 있으면 향후 마감일이 있다는 의미입니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:96 -msgid "**Yellow** indicates that the activity's due date is today." -msgstr "**노란색** 은 오늘이 활동 마감일이라는 의미입니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Red** indicates that the activity is overdue and the due date has passed." -msgstr "**빨간색** 은 활동 기한이 지났으며 마감일이 지났다는 의미입니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:99 -msgid "" -"For example, if an activity is created for a phone call, and the due date " -"passes, the activity appears with a red phone in list view, and a red clock " -"on the kanban view." -msgstr "" -"예를 들어, 전화 통화를 하기 위해 활동을 생성하였으나 기한이 지난 경우, 활동이 목록 보기에 빨간색 전화로 표시되고 칸반 보기에서는 " -"빨간색 시계로 표시됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:103 -msgid "View scheduled activities" -msgstr "활동 예약 보기" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:105 -msgid "" -"To view scheduled activities, open either the :menuselection:`Sales app` or " -":menuselection:`CRM app` and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, located " -"to the far-right side of the other view options." -msgstr "" -"예약된 활동을 보려면 :menuselection:`판매 앱` 또는 :menuselection:`CRM 앱` 을 연 후 다른 보기 항목의 " -"맨 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`🕘 (시계)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Doing so opens the activities menu, showcasing all the scheduled activities " -"for the user, by default. To show all activities for every user, remove the " -":guilabel:`My Pipeline` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." -msgstr "" -"그러면 활동 메뉴가 열리며, 여기에서는 사용자에 대해 예약되어 있는 모든 활동이 기본값으로 나타납니다. 전체 사용자의 활동이 모두 " -"표시되게 하려면 :guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄에서 :guilabel:`내 파이프라인` 필터를 삭제합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To view a consolidated list of activities separated by the application where" -" they were created, and by deadline, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon on" -" the header menu to see the activities for that specific application in a " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" -"생성 앱과 마감일별로 구분하여 애플리케이션별로 활동 통합 목록을 확인하려면, 헤더 메뉴에 있는 :guilabel:`🕘 (시계)` 아이콘을" -" 클릭하면 드롭다운 메뉴에서 특정한 애플리케이션에 대한 활동을 볼 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The possibility to :guilabel:`Add new note` and :guilabel:`Request a " -"Document` appear at the bottom of this drop-down menu, when the :guilabel:`🕘" -" (clock)` icon on the header menu is clicked." -msgstr "" -"헤더 메뉴에 있는 :guilabel:`🕘 (시계)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 드롭다운 메뉴 하단에 :guilabel:`새 메모 추가` 및 " -":guilabel:`문서 요청` 기능이 나타납니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads page emphasizing the activities menu." -msgstr "활동 메뉴가 강조 표시되어 있는 CRM 영업제안 페이지 화면" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:123 -msgid "Configure activity types" -msgstr "활동 유형 환경 설정" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:125 -msgid "" -"To configure the types of activities in the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss --> Activities --> Activity Types`." -msgstr "" -"데이터베이스 활동 유형을 환경 설정하려면 :menuselection:`설정 앱 --> 메일 및 채팅 --> 활동 --> 활동 유형` 으로" -" 이동합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types." -msgstr "메뉴 활동 유형이 강조되어 있는 설정 페이지 화면" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " -"activity types are found." -msgstr "그러면 기존의 활동 유형이 있는 :guilabel:`활동 유형` 페이지가 표시됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To edit an existing activity type, select it from the list, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`. To create a new activity type, click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" -"기존 활동 유형을 편집하려면 목록에서 유형을 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`편집` 을 클릭합니다. 새로 활동 유형을 생성하려면 " -":guilabel:`만들기` 를 클릭합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:136 -msgid "" -"At the top of a blank activity type form, start by choosing a " -":guilabel:`Name` for the new activity type." -msgstr "활동 유형의 빈 양식 상단에 새 활동 유형에 대한 :guilabel:` 이름` 을 선택하는 것으로 시작합니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 msgid "New activity type form." msgstr "새 활동 유형 양식" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:143 -msgid "Activity settings" -msgstr "활동 설정" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:45 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "칸반 화면" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:146 -msgid "Action" -msgstr "추가 작업" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 msgid "" -"The *Action* field specifies the intent of the activity. Some actions " -"trigger specific behaviors after an activity is scheduled." -msgstr "*활동* 항목에서는 활동의 목적을 지정합니다. 일부 활동의 경우 활동을 예약하면 특정 동작이 트리거됩니다." +"Another way that activities are created is from the Kanban view in an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "The Kanban icon in the top menu, highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon located at the bottom of " +"an individual record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`+ Schedule An Activity`, then proceed to :ref:`fill out the" +" Schedule Activity form `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "CRM 파이프라인의 칸반 보기 및 활동 예약 항목" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If a record already has a scheduled activity, the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon" +" is replaced by the icon that represents the existing scheduled activity. " +"Click on the activity type's icon to schedule another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:70 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "목록 보기" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:72 +msgid "Activities can also be created from a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Activities` column is hidden, reveal it using the " +":guilabel:`(additional options toggle)` icon in the far-right of the top " +"row, represented by two horizontal lines with two dots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon for the record the activity is" +" being added to, then click :guilabel:`+ Schedule an activity`. Proceed to " +":ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form ` that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "CRM 파이프라인 목록 보기 및 활동 예약 항목" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:93 +msgid "Activity view" +msgstr "활동 보기" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Most applications in Odoo have an *Activity* view available. If available, a" +" :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon is visible in the top-right of the main" +" menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To open the activity view, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "Top-right menu with the Activities icon called out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In this view, all the available activities are listed in the columns, while " +"the horizontal entries represent all the individual records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Activities that appear green have a due date in the future, activities that " +"appear orange are due today, while activities appearing red are overdue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Color bars in each column represent records for specific activity types, and" +" display a number indicating how many activities are scheduled for that " +"type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If multiple activity types are scheduled for a record, a number appears in " +"the box, indicating the total number of scheduled activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" +" throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." +msgstr "활동 색상과 활동 마감일에 대한 관계는 활동 유형이나 보기에 관계없이 Odoo 전체에서 일관되게 유지됩니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To schedule an activity for a record, hover over the corresponding field, " +"and a :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` appears. Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)`, and then :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "CRM 파이프라인 활동 보기 및 활동 예약 항목" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 +msgid "Schedule Activity form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Activities can be scheduled from many different places, such as from the " +":ref:`chatter ` of a record, or from one of multiple " +"views in an application, when available: the :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or :ref:`activity " +"view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" +msgstr "다음 정보를 양식에 입력하세요." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Activity Type`: select the type of activity from the drop-down " +"menu. The default options are: :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Call`, " +":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`To-Do`. Depending on what other " +"applications are installed, additional options may be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Individual applications have a list of dedicated :ref:`activity types " +"`. For example, installing the *Sales* application makes " +":guilabel:`Order Upsell` available, while installing the *Sign* application " +"makes :guilabel:`Request Signature` available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Summary`: enter a short title for the activity, such as `Discuss " +"Proposal`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date`: using the calendar popover, select the activity's " +"deadline." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected, a link to upload a document is " -"added directly to the planned activity in the chatter." -msgstr ":guilabel:`문서 업로드` 를 선택하면 문서를 업로드할 링크가 메시지창에 있는 계획된 활동에 바로 추가됩니다." +":guilabel:`Assigned to`: by default, the current user populates this field. " +"To assign a different user to the activity, select them from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 msgid "" -"If either :guilabel:`Phonecall` or :guilabel:`Meeting` are selected, users " -"have the option to open their calendar to schedule a time for this activity." +":guilabel:`Notes`: add any additional information for the activity in this " +"field." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`전화 통화` 또는 :guilabel:`미팅` 을 선택한 경우 캘린더를 열어서 활동 시간을 예약할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Request Signature` is selected, a link is added to the planned" -" activity in the chatter that opens a signature request pop-up window." +"When the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window is completed, click one" +" of the following buttons:" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`서명 요청` 을 선택하면 메시지창에 있는 계획된 활동에 링크가 추가되며, 이 링크로 서명을 요청하는 팝업 창이 " -"열립니다." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:158 msgid "" -"The actions available to select on an activity type vary, depending on the " -"applications currently installed in the database." -msgstr "활동 유형에서 선택할 수 있는 활동은 데이터베이스에 현재 설치되어 있는 애플리케이션에 따라 달라집니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:163 -msgid "Default user" -msgstr "기본 사용자" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:165 -msgid "" -"To automatically assign this activity to a specific user when this activity " -"type is scheduled, choose a name from the :guilabel:`Default User` drop-down" -" menu. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to the user who" -" creates the activity." +":guilabel:`Open Calendar`: opens the user's calendar to add and schedule the" +" activity." msgstr "" -"이 활동 유형을 예약할 경우 특정 사용자에게 자동으로 활동이 배정되게 하려면 :guilabel:`기본 사용자` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 이름을 " -"선택합니다. 이 항목을 비워두면 활동을 생성한 사용자에게 활동이 배정됩니다. " -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:170 -msgid "Default summary" -msgstr "기본 요약" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Click on the desired date and time for the activity, and a :guilabel:`New " +"Event` pop-up window appears. The summary from the *Schedule Activity* pop-" +"up window populates the :guilabel:`Title` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Enter the information in the :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up window, then click" +" :guilabel:`Save & Close` to schedule it. Once scheduled, the activity is " +"added to the chatter under the :guilabel:`Planned Activities` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Activity Type` is set to either :guilabel:`Call` or " +":guilabel:`Meeting`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 msgid "" -"To include notes whenever this activity type is created, enter them into the" -" :guilabel:`Default Summary` field." -msgstr "이 활동 유형에 항상 메모를 넣어서 생성하려면 :guilabel:`기본 요약` 항목에 메모를 입력합니다." +":guilabel:`Schedule`: schedules the activity, and adds the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Planned Activities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:174 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule & Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the" +" chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, and is " +"automatically marked as done." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next`: adds the details of the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, is " +"automatically marked as done, and a new :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up" +" window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancel`: discards any changes made on the :guilabel:`Schedule " +"Activity` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "CRM 영업제안 및 활동 예약 항목 보기" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:188 +msgid "All scheduled activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To view a consolidated list of activities, organized by application, click " +"the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon in the header menu, located in the top-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If any activities are scheduled, the number of activities appear in a red " +"bubble on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:196 +msgid "" +"All activities for each application are further divided into subsections, " +"indicating where in the application the activity is to be completed. Each " +"sub-section lists the number of scheduled activities that are " +":guilabel:`Late`, due :guilabel:`Today`, and scheduled in the " +":guilabel:`Future`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:202 +msgid "" +"In the *Time Off* application, one activity is scheduled to be done in the " +"*All Time Off* requests dashboard, and six activities are scheduled to be " +"done in the *Allocations* dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:205 +msgid "" +"These requests appear in two separate lists in the all activities drop-down " +"menu: one labeled `Time Off` and one labeled `Time Off Allocation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list of activities that is accessed from the main menu bar. Two entries for the Time\n" +"Off application are highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:214 +msgid "Request a document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The option to :guilabel:`Request a Document` is available at the bottom of " +"the list of :ref:`all scheduled activities `, the option to " +":guilabel:`Request a Document` appears. Click :guilabel:`Request a " +"Document`, and a :guilabel:`Request a file` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:222 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Name`: enter a name for the document being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request To`: select the user the document is being requested from" +" using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date In`: enter a numerical value indicating when the " +"document is due. Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. " +"Click :guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. " +"Select the desired time-frame option from the list. The options are " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:229 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +":ref:`Workspace ` the document is being uploaded to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any desired tags from the drop-down menu. The " +"available tags displayed are based on the tags configured for the selected " +":guilabel:`Workspace`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message`: enter a message to clarify the document request in this" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:235 +msgid "" +"When all the fields are completed, click :guilabel:`Request` to send the " +"document request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Request a file form, with all fields filled out to request a contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:244 +msgid "Activity types" +msgstr "활동 유형" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured types of activities in the database, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss section --> Activities " +"setting --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activity Types button in the Settings application under the Discuss section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " +"activity types are found." +msgstr "그러면 기존의 활동 유형이 있는 :guilabel:`활동 유형` 페이지가 표시됩니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "The list of activity types already configured and available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:260 +msgid "Edit activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:262 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing :ref:`activity type `, click on the " +"activity type, and the activity type form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:265 +msgid "" +"Make any desired changes to the activity type form. The form automatically " +"saves, but it can be saved manually at any time by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Save Manually` option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:270 +msgid "Create new activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:272 +msgid "" +"To create a new :ref:`activity type `, click " +":guilabel:`New` from the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, and a blank " +"activity type form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the activity type at the top of the form, then " +"enter the following information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:279 +msgid "Activity Settings section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:281 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Action`: using the drop-down menu, select an action associated " +"with this new activity type. Some actions trigger specific behaviors after " +"an activity is scheduled, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:284 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Upload Document`: if selected, a link to upload a document is " +"automatically added to the planned activity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:286 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Call` or :guilabel:`Meeting`: if selected, users have the option " +"to open their calendar to select a date and time for the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request Signature`: if selected, a link to open a signature " +"request pop-up window is automatically added to the planned activity in the " +"chatter. This requires the Odoo *Sign* application to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Available activity types vary based on the installed applications in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folder`: select a specific :ref:`workspace " +"` folder to save a document to. This field **only** " +"appears if :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Action`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Folder` the document is " +"saved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default User`: select a user from the drop-down menu to " +"automatically assign this activity to the selected user when this activity " +"type is scheduled. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to " +"the user who creates the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Summary`: enter a note to include whenever this activity " +"type is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:307 +msgid "" "The information in the :guilabel:`Default User` and :guilabel:`Default " "Summary` fields are included when an activity is created. However, they can " "be altered before the activity is scheduled or saved." @@ -409,113 +599,86 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`기본 사용자` 및 :guilabel:`기본 요약` 항목의 정보는 활동을 생성할 때 포함되는 정보입니다. 다만 활동을 " "예약하기 전이나 저장하기 전에는 변경할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:181 -msgid "Next activity" -msgstr "다음 활동" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:311 msgid "" -"To automatically suggest, or trigger, a new activity after an activity has " -"been marked complete, the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` must be set." +":guilabel:`Keep Done`: tick this checkbox to keep activities that have been " +"marked as `Done` visible in the :ref:`activity view `." msgstr "" -"활동을 완료로 표시된 후에도 자동으로 새로운 활동을 제안하거나 트리거되게 하려면 :guilabel:`연결 유형` 을 설정해야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:187 -msgid "Suggest next activity" -msgstr "다음 활동 제안" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:189 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field, select :guilabel:`Suggest Next " -"Activity`. Upon doing so, the field underneath changes to: " -":guilabel:`Suggest`. Click the :guilabel:`Suggest` field drop-down menu to " -"select any activities to recommend as follow-up tasks to this activity type." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:313 +msgid ":guilabel:`Default Note`: enter any notes to appear with the activity." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`연결 유형` 항목에서 :guilabel:`다음 활동 제안` 을 선택합니다. 선택하면 아래에 있는 항목이 " -":guilabel:`제안` 으로 변경됩니다. :guilabel:`제안` 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭하여 이 활동 유형의 후속 작업으로 추천할 " -"활동을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Schedule` field, choose a default deadline for these " -"activities. To do so, configure a desired number of :guilabel:`Days`, " -":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, decide if it should occur " -":guilabel:`after completion date` or :guilabel:`after previous activity " -"deadline`." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:316 +msgid "Next Activity section" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`스케줄` 항목에서 이와 같은 활동에 대한 기본 마감일을 선택합니다. 선택하려는 :guilabel:`일`, " -":guilabel:`주` 또는 :guilabel:`월` 을 설정합니다. 그런 다음 마감일을 :guilabel:`완료 날짜 이후` 로 할 " -"지, 혹은 :guilabel:` 이전 활동 마감일 이후` 로 할 지를 결정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:198 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:318 msgid "" -"This :guilabel:`Schedule` field information can be altered before the " -"activity is scheduled." -msgstr ":guilabel:`스케줄` 항목에 있는 정보는 활동을 예약하기 전에 변경할 수 있습니다." +"It is possible to have another activity either suggested or triggered. To do" +" so, configure the :guilabel:`Next Activity` section." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:227 -msgid "When all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "환경 설정이 모두 완료되면 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭합니다." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:321 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`: select either :guilabel:`Suggest Next Activity` " +"or :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` from the drop-down menu. Depending on " +"the selected option, either the :guilabel:`Suggest` or :guilabel:`Trigger` " +"field is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:326 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field does **not** appear if :guilabel:`Upload" +" Document` is selected for the :guilabel:`Action`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Suggest/Trigger`: depending on what is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`, this field either displays :guilabel:`Suggest` or" +" :guilabel:`Trigger`. Using the drop-down menu, select the activity to " +"recommend or schedule as a follow-up task to the activity type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:332 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: configure when the next activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:334 +msgid "" +"First, enter a numerical value indicating when the activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. Click " +":guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. Select the" +" desired time-frame option from the list. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:340 +msgid "" +"Lastly, using the drop-down menu, select whether the activity is scheduled " +"or triggered either :guilabel:`after previous activity deadline` or " +":guilabel:`after completion date`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "Schedule activity popup with emphasis on recommended activities." -msgstr "추천된 활동이 강조 표시된 활동 예약 팝업 창" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Suggest " -"Next Activity`, and has activities listed in the :guilabel:`Suggest` field, " -"users are presented with recommendations for activities as next steps." +msgid "A new Activity form with all the fields filled out." msgstr "" -"활동에 대한 :guilabel:`연결 유형` 이 :guilabel:`다음 활동 제안` 으로 설정되어 있고 :guilabel:`제안` " -"항목에 활동이 입력되어 있는 경우에는 사용자에게 다음 단계로 추천하는 활동이 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:211 -msgid "Trigger next activity" -msgstr "다음 활동 트리거" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:348 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss`" +msgstr ":doc:`../productivity/discuss`" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Setting the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` to :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` " -"immediately launches the next activity once the previous one is completed." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:349 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss/team_communication`" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`연결 유형` 을 :guilabel:`다음 활동 트리거` 로 설정할 경우 이전 활동이 완료되면 즉시 다음 활동이 " -"시작됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` is selected in the :guilabel:`Chaining " -"Type` field, the field beneath changes to: :guilabel:`Trigger`. From the " -":guilabel:`Trigger` field drop-down menu, select the activity that should be" -" launched once this activity is completed." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`연결 유형` 을 :guilabel:`다음 활동 트리거` 로 선택하면 아래에 있는 항목이 :guilabel:`트리거` " -"로 변경됩니다. 이 활동이 완료되면 시작할 활동을 :guilabel:`트리거` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 선택합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Schedule new activity popup with emphasis on Done and launch next button." -msgstr "완료 항목이 강조 표시되고 다음 버튼을 누르는 새로운 활동 예약 팝업 창" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Trigger" -" Next Activity`, marking the activity as `Done` immediately launches the " -"next activity listed in the :guilabel:`Trigger` field." -msgstr "" -"활동의 :guilabel:`연결 유형` 을 :guilabel:`다음 활동 트리거` 로 설정하면, 활동을 `완료` 로 표시하는 즉시 " -":guilabel:`트리거` 항목으로 설정되어 있는 다음 활동이 시작됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:238 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:239 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:3 msgid "Export and import data" @@ -766,10 +929,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Formatting` options. These options do **not** appear when " "importing the proprietary Excel file type (`.xls`, `.xlsx`)." msgstr "" +":abbr:`CSV (쉼표로 구분된 값)` 파일 가져오기를 할 때 Odoo에서 :guilabel:`포맷` 항목을 선택할 수 있습니다. " +"이러한 선택 항목은 Excel 파일 전용 형식 (`.xls`, `.xlsx`)을 가져올 때는 나타나지 **않습니다**." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:0 msgid "Formatting options presented when a CVS file is imported in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo에서 CVS 파일을 가져올 때 표시되는 지정 서식 옵션입니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -777,6 +942,8 @@ msgid "" "columns in the :guilabel:`Odoo field` and :guilabel:`File Column` are free " "of errors. Finally, click :guilabel:`Import` to import the data." msgstr "" +"*서식 지정* 옵션을 필요에 맞추어 조정하고 :guilabel:`Odoo 필드` 및 :guilabel:`파일 열` 에 있는 모든 열에 " +"오류가 없는지 확인하세요. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`가져오기` 를 클릭하여 데이터를 가져옵니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:127 msgid "Adapt a template" @@ -804,19 +971,19 @@ msgstr "데이터 구조에 가장 잘 맞도록 열을 추가, 삭제 및 정 msgid "" "It is strongly advised to **not** remove the :guilabel:`External ID` (ID) " "column (see why in the next section)." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`외부 ID`(ID) 열은 삭제하지 **않는** 것이 좋습니다 (다음 섹션에서 이유를 확인해 보세요)." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:138 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every record by dragging down the ID sequencing in the " ":guilabel:`External ID` (ID) column." -msgstr "" +msgstr "모든 레코드에 고유 ID를 설정하려면 :guilabel:`외부 ID`(ID) 열에서 ID 순서를 아래로 드래그합니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst-1 msgid "" "An animation of the mouse dragging down the ID column, so each record has a " "unique ID." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ID 열을 아래로 드래그하는 마우스 애니메이션으로, 레코드마다 고유한 ID가 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -836,7 +1003,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo의 초기 가져오기 화면에서 확장된 드롭다운 메뉴" msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in the import file to ensure future imports are" " successful." -msgstr "" +msgstr "그런 다음 가져오기 파일에서 나중에 이 필드의 제목으로 가져오기를 할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -844,6 +1011,8 @@ msgid "" "export a sample file using the fields that should be imported. This way, if " "there is not a sample import template, the names are accurate." msgstr "" +"가져오기를 할 알맞은 열 이름을 검색할 수 있는 또 다른 편리한 방법으로는 가져와야 하는 필드를 사용하여 예시용 파일을 내보내는 " +"것입니다. 이렇게 하면 예시용 가져오기 템플릿이 없는 경우에도 이름이 정확할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:162 msgid "Import from another application" @@ -879,6 +1048,8 @@ msgid "" "from the original application should be used to map it to the " ":guilabel:`External ID` (ID) column in Odoo." msgstr "" +"서로 다른 레코드 사이의 관계를 다시 생성하려면 원래 있었던 애플리케이션의 고유 식별자를 사용하여 Odoo의 :guilabel:`외부 " +"ID`(ID) 열에 매핑해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:175 msgid "" @@ -886,12 +1057,14 @@ msgid "" "(XXX/External ID) for the original unique identifier. This record can also " "be found using its name." msgstr "" +"첫 번째 레코드에 연결되어 있는 다른 레코드를 가져오는 경우 원래 고유 식별자로 **XXX/ID** (XXX/외부 ID)를 사용합니다. " +"이 레코드는 이름으로도 검색할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:179 msgid "" "It should be noted that there will be a conflict if two or more records have" " the same name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이름이 같은 레코드가 두 개 이상 있을 경우에는 충돌이 발생한다는 점에 유의해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -911,12 +1084,14 @@ msgid "" "Odoo heuristically tries to find the type of field for each column inside " "the imported file, based on the first ten lines of the files." msgstr "" +"Odoo에서는 시도를 통해서 발견하는 방법으로 각 열에 대한 필드 유형을 찾을 수 있도록 하며, 가져오기 한 파일에 있는 첫 10줄이 " +"기준이 됩니다. " #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:190 msgid "" "For example, if there is a column only containing numbers, only the fields " "with the *integer* type are presented as options." -msgstr "" +msgstr "예를 들어 열에 숫자만 있는 경우 유형이 *정수* 인 필드만 옵션으로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:193 msgid "" @@ -924,6 +1099,7 @@ msgid "" "that it could fail, or the column may be mapped to a field that is not " "proposed by default." msgstr "" +"이 동작은 대부분의 경우 유용하게 사용할 수 있으나 실패할 가능성이 있으며 열이 기본적으로 제안되지 않은 필드에 매핑될 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:196 msgid "" @@ -931,6 +1107,8 @@ msgid "" "(advanced) option`, then a complete list of fields becomes available for " "each column." msgstr "" +"이런 경우에는 :guilabel:`관계 필드의 필드 표시 (고급) 옵션` 을 확인합니다. 그러면 각 열에 대해 전체 필드 목록을 사용할 " +"수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst-1 msgid "Searching for the field to match the tax column." @@ -959,6 +1137,7 @@ msgid "" "When importing a :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file, Odoo provides " ":guilabel:`Formatting` options." msgstr "" +":abbr:`CSV (쉼표로 구분된 값)` 파일 가져오기를 할 때 Odoo의 :guilabel:`서식 지정` 옵션을 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:216 msgid "" @@ -978,6 +1157,8 @@ msgid "" " date format should be `YYYY-MM-DD`. So, in the case of July 24th 1981, it " "should be written as `1981-07-24`." msgstr "" +"*ISO 8601* 은 날짜 및 시간 관련 데이터의 통신과 함께 국제적인 데이터 교환을 다루는 국제 표준입니다. 예를 들어 날짜 형식은 " +"`YYYY-MM-DD`여야 합니다. 따라서 1981년 7월 24일의 경우에는 `1981-07-24` 로 기록하여야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:226 msgid "" @@ -989,7 +1170,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Excel 파일(`.xls`, `.xlsx`) 가져오기를 할 때 *날짜 셀* 을 사용하여 날짜를 저장하는 것이 좋습니다. 이는 " "Odoo에서 날짜 형식에 관계없이 표시할 로케일 날짜 형식이 유지됩니다. :abbr:`CSV (쉼표로 구분된 값)` 파일을 가져올 때 " -"Odoo의 :guilabel:`포맷` 섹션을 사용하여 가져올 날짜 형식 열을 선택합니다." +"Odoo의 :guilabel:`서식 지정` 섹션을 사용하여 가져올 날짜 형식 열을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:232 msgid "Import numbers with currency signs" @@ -1013,6 +1194,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Formatting` menu appears on the left-hand column. Under these " "options, the :guilabel:`Thousands Separator` can be changed." msgstr "" +":abbr:`CSV (쉼표로 구분된 값)` 파일을 가져오면 왼쪽 열에 :guilabel:`서식 지정` 메뉴가 나타납니다. 여기에서 " +":guilabel:`천 단위 구분 기호` 를 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:244 msgid "" @@ -1080,7 +1263,7 @@ msgid "" " (Comma-separated Values)` file)." msgstr "" "기본적으로, 가져오기 미리 보기에서는 필드 구분 기호로 쉼표가 설정되어 있으며, 텍스트 구분 기호로는 따옴표가 설정되어 있습니다. " -":abbr:`CSV (쉼표로 구분된 값)` 파일에 이와 같이 설정되지 않은 경우에는 :guilabel:`포맷` 옵션을 수정합니다 " +":abbr:`CSV (쉼표로 구분된 값)` 파일에 이와 같이 설정되지 않은 경우에는 :guilabel:`서식 지정` 옵션을 수정합니다 " "(:abbr:`CSV (쉼표로 구분된 값)` 파일을 선택한 후 :abbr:`CSV (쉼표로 구분된 값)` 파일 :guilabel:` " "가져오기` 표시줄 아래에 있음)." @@ -1135,7 +1318,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:300 msgid "**Only one** mechanism should be used per field that is imported." -msgstr "" +msgstr "가져오기를 하는 필드당 메커니즘은 **하나만** 사용해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:302 msgid "" @@ -1333,6 +1516,7 @@ msgid "" "As an example, here is a :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file of some " "quotations that can be imported, based on demo data:" msgstr "" +"예를 들어, 다음은 데모 데이터를 기반으로 가져올 수 있는 견적서에 대한 :abbr:`CSV (쉼표로 구분된 값)` 파일입니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:383 msgid "" @@ -1390,7 +1574,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Odoo takes care of creating or modifying each record, depending if it is new" " or not." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo에서는 각각의 레코드가 새 레코드인지 여부에 따라 생성하거나 수정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:408 msgid "" @@ -1452,6 +1636,8 @@ msgid "" "Test this example, with a :download:`sample of a PostgreSQL database " "`." msgstr "" +":download:`PostgreSQL 데이터베이스 예제 " +"` 를 사용하여 이 예시를 테스트합니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:437 msgid "" @@ -1526,6 +1712,9 @@ msgid "" "scanned or PDF vendor bills, expenses, and resumes with optical character " "recognition (OCR) and artificial intelligence (AI)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`SMS` 서비스를 통해 데이터베이스에서 연락처로 직접 문자 메시지를 보내고, :guilabel:`디지털 문서 변환` " +"서비스로는 광학 문자 인식 (OCR) 및 인공지능 (AI)을 이용하여 스캔이나 PDF 공급업체 청구서, 경비, 이력서 등을 디지털 " +"변환합니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -1554,7 +1743,7 @@ msgstr "IAP 서비스" msgid "" "|IAP| services are provided by Odoo, as well as third-parties, and have a " "wide range of uses." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|IAP| 서비스는 Odoo 뿐만 아니라 타사에서도 제공하고 있으며 다양한 용도로 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:36 msgid "The following |IAP| services are offered by Odoo:" @@ -1565,6 +1754,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Documents Digitization`: digitizes scanned or PDF vendor bills, " "expenses, and resumes with OCR and AI." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`디지털 문서 전환`: 스캔하거나 PDF로 생성한 공급업체 청구서, 경비, 이력서를 OCR 및 AI로 디지털화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -1576,13 +1766,13 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`파트너 자동 완성`: 연락처 기록에 회사 데이 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SMS`: sends SMS text messages to contacts directly from the " "database." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`SMS`: 데이터베이스에서 연락처로 직접 SMS 문자 메시지를 보냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lead Generation`: generates leads based on a set of criteria, and" " converts web visitors into quality leads and opportunities." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`영업제안 생성`: 기준 항목에 따라 영업제안을 생성하고 웹 방문자를 양질의 리드와 영업기회로 전환합니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -1596,6 +1786,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo *Sign* to provide their identity using the *itsme®* identity platform, " "which is available in Belgium and the Netherlands." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`itsme®️ 서명자 식별`: 벨기에와 네덜란드에서 사용할 수 있는 *itsme®* ID 플랫폼을 사용하여 Odoo " +"*전자 서명* 의 문서 서명자에게 신원을 제공하도록 요청합니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -1603,6 +1795,8 @@ msgid "" "developers other than Odoo), visit the `Odoo IAP Catalog " "`_." msgstr "" +"현재 사용할 수 있는 모든 서비스 (Odoo 이외에 다른 개발자가 제공하는 서비스)에 대한 자세한 내용은 'Odoo IAP 카탈로그 " +"`_ 를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:53 msgid "Use IAP services" @@ -1619,24 +1813,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The following flow focuses on the *SMS* |IAP| service being used from a " "contact's record." -msgstr "" +msgstr "다음 흐름은 연락처에 있는 레코드에서 사용 중인 *SMS* |IAP| 서비스에 중점을 둡니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:61 msgid "" "This can be done by clicking the :guilabel:`📱 SMS` icon within the database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 작업을 하려면 데이터베이스 내에서 :guilabel:`📱 SMS` 아이콘을 클릭하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst-1 msgid "" "The SMS icon on a typical contact information form located within an Odoo " "database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 데이터베이스 내에 있는 일반적인 연락처 정보 양식에서 사용하는 SMS 아이콘" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:67 msgid "" "One way to utilize the *SMS* |IAP| service with Odoo is showcased in the " "following steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "다음 단계에서 Odoo의 *SMS* |IAP| 서비스를 활용하는 방법을 소개합니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -1651,6 +1845,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Phone` or :guilabel:`Mobile` fields. Click the :guilabel:`📱 SMS` " "icon, and a :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" +"그 다음, :guilabel:`전화` 또는 :guilabel:`모바일` 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`📱 SMS` 아이콘을 " +"확인합니다. :guilabel:`📱 SMS` 아이콘을 클릭하면 :guilabel:`SMS 문자 메시지 보내기` 팝업 창이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -1714,6 +1910,8 @@ msgid "" "`_, and pricing is specific to" " each service." msgstr "" +"크레딧은 `Odoo IAP 카탈로그 `_ 에서 " +"*패키지* 로 구입할 수 있으며 가격은 서비스별로 다릅니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -1747,13 +1945,15 @@ msgstr "SMS IAP 서비스를 위한 네 가지 크레딧 패키지" msgid "" "The number of credits consumed depends on the length of the SMS and the " "country of destination." -msgstr "" +msgstr "사용되는 크레딧 수는 SMS 길이와 대상 국가에 따라 다릅니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:121 msgid "" "For more information, refer to the :doc:`SMS Pricing and FAQ " "<../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>` documentation." msgstr "" +"자세한 내용은 :doc:`SMS 가격 및 FAQ " +"<../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>` 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:127 msgid "Buy credits" @@ -1763,7 +1963,7 @@ msgstr "크레딧 구매하기" msgid "" "If there are not enough credits to perform a task, the database " "automatically prompts the purchase of more credits." -msgstr "" +msgstr "작업을 수행하기에 크레딧이 충분하지 않은 경우에는 데이터베이스에서 자동으로 추가 크레딧을 구매하라는 메시지가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -1800,7 +2000,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst-1 msgid "" "The Settings app showing the Odoo IAP heading and View My Services button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo IAP 제목과 내 서비스 보기 버튼이 표시되어 있는 설정 앱" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -1823,13 +2023,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The SMS service page on IAP.Odoo.com with four packs of credits available " "for purchase." -msgstr "" +msgstr "사용할 수 있는 네 가지 크레딧 패키지가 있는 IAP.Odoo.com의 SMS 서비스 페이지" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:167 msgid "" "Once the transaction is complete, the credits are available for use in the " "database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "트랜젝션이 완료되면 데이터베이스에서 크레딧을 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:172 msgid "Low-credit notification" @@ -1869,6 +2069,8 @@ msgid "" "use as the minimum threshold for this service. In the :guilabel:`Warning " "Email` field, enter the email address that receives the notification." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`임계값` 에 Odoo가 이 서비스의 최소 임계값으로 사용할 크레딧 금액을 입력하세요. :guilabel:`이메일 주의" +" 알림` 에 알림을 받을 이메일 주소를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -2286,7 +2488,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To also include records at the *quotation* stage, select " ":guilabel:`Quotations` from the :guilabel:`Filters`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*견적서* 단계에 레코드도 넣으려면 :guilabel:`필터` 에서 :guilabel:`견적서` 를 선택하세요." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/search.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -2329,6 +2531,8 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` pop-up window displays the matching " "option, filter rule, and a toggle to :guilabel:`Include archived` records." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`사용자 지정 필터 추가` 팝업 창에는 일치 옵션, 필터 규칙 및 :guilabel:`보관된 기록 포함` 토글이 " +"표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/search.rst-1 msgid "The Add Custom Filter pop-up window." @@ -2390,7 +2594,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Three inline buttons are also available to the right of the rule's filter " "criteria:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "규칙 필터에 대한 기준 오른쪽에 있는 세 개의 인라인 버튼도 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/search.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)`: adds a new rule below the existing rule." @@ -2420,19 +2624,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" ":guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`: deletes the node. If a branch node is deleted," " all children of that node are deleted, as well." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`🗑️ (휴지통)`: 노드를 삭제합니다. 브랜치 노드가 삭제되면 노드에 있는 모든 하위 노드도 삭제됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/search.rst:131 msgid "" "A new filter rule can be added to the custom filter by clicking the " ":guilabel:`New Rule` button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "사용자 지정 필터에 새 필터 규칙을 추가하려면 :guilabel:`새 규칙` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/search.rst:133 msgid "" "Once the filter criteria are defined, click :guilabel:`Add` to add the " "custom filter to the view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "필터 기준에 대한 정의가 완료되면, :guilabel:`추가`를 클릭하여 사용자 지정 필터를 보기에 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/search.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -2487,6 +2691,9 @@ msgid "" "arrow)` icon in the search bar, then select one of the :guilabel:`Group By` " "options from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"보기에 있는 레코드를 *미리 구성되어 있는 그룹* 중 하나와 함께 클러스터하여 표시할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 하려면 검색 표시줄에 있는 " +":guilabel:`🔽 (아래쪽 화살표)` 아이콘을 클릭한 다음 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`그룹 기준` 옵션 중에서 하나를 " +"선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/search.rst:167 msgid "" @@ -2543,7 +2750,7 @@ msgstr "필터명: 즐겨찾기 검색명" msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default filter`: sets the favorited search as the default filter " "for the view." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`기본 필터`: 즐겨찾기 검색을 보기의 기본 필터로 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/search.rst:198 msgid "" @@ -2555,7 +2762,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Once the options are set, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the favorited " "search." -msgstr "" +msgstr "선택 항목을 설정한 후에는 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭하여 즐겨찾기 검색을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/search.rst-1 msgid "Saving a favorite search on the Sales Analysis report" @@ -2576,3 +2783,6 @@ msgid "" "User-defined Filters`. From here, all favorited searches can be viewed, " "edited, archived, or deleted." msgstr "" +"즐겨찾기 검색을 *모두* 확인하려면 먼저 :ref:`개발자 모드 `를 활성화한 후 :menuselection:`설정 앱 --> 기술 " +"--> 사용자 인터페이스: 사용자 지정 필터` 로 이동합니다요. 여기에서 모든 즐겨찾기 검색을 확인, 편집, 보관 및 삭제할 수 " +"있습니다." diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index db939f122..03f0696f2 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" @@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 @@ -640,6 +640,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:583 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:701 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 @@ -2119,6 +2120,7 @@ msgstr "은행 전표 조정 화면의 사용자 인터페이스입니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:32 msgid "Transactions" msgstr "거래" @@ -2654,7 +2656,7 @@ msgid "" "with their related Odoo fields, you can run a :guilabel:`Test` and " ":guilabel:`Import` your bank transactions." msgstr "" -"서식 옵션을 필요에 맞게 설정하고 파일 열을 관련 Odoo 필드에 매핑한 후, 은행 거래에 대해 :guilabel:`테스트` 및 " +"서식 지정 옵션을 필요에 맞게 설정하고 파일 열을 관련 Odoo 필드에 매핑한 후, 은행 거래에 대해 :guilabel:`테스트` 및 " ":guilabel:`가져오기`를 실행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:50 @@ -2762,7 +2764,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:90 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:432 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:363 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "Customer invoices" @@ -3004,7 +3006,7 @@ msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:169 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:242 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:376 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 @@ -4065,6 +4067,9 @@ msgid "" " Date`. Deferred revenue entries are posted from the invoice date and are " "displayed in the report accordingly." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`시작일` 및 :guilabel:`종료일` 필드가 :guilabel:`청구서 줄` 탭에 표시되는지 확인합니다. 대부분의" +" 경우 :guilabel:`시작일` 은 :guilabel:`청구일` 과 같은 달이어야 합니다. 이연 수익 항목이 청구일로부터 전기되며 " +"이에 따라 보고서에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -4522,6 +4527,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo에서 생성하는 모든 PDF에는 통합 **Factur-X** XML 파일 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:38 msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" msgstr ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" @@ -6531,27 +6537,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 msgid "" -"This document addresses a specific use case for theoretical purposes. " -"Navigate :ref:`here ` for " -"instructions on how to set up and use |AVCO| in Odoo." +"This document addresses a specific use case for theoretical purposes. For " +"instructions on how to set up and use |AVCO|, refer to the :doc:`inventory " +"valuation configuration " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +" doc." msgstr "" -"이 문서에서는 특정 사용 사례를 이론적으로 다루고 있습니다. :ref:`여기 " -"`에서 Odoo에서 |AVCO|를 설정 및 " -"사용법에 대한 내용을 확인해 보세요." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:32 -msgid "" -":ref:`Using inventory valuation `" -msgstr ":ref:`재고 가치 평가 활용 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 msgid "" +":doc:`Using inventory valuation " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:35 +msgid "" ":ref:`Other inventory valuation methods " "`" msgstr "" ":ref:`기타 재고 가치 평가 방법 `" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:40 msgid "" "To use average cost inventory valuation on a product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and " @@ -6563,17 +6569,17 @@ msgstr "" "|AVCO|를 사용할 카테고리를 선택합니다. 품목 카테고리 페이지에서 :guilabel:`원가 계산 방법`을 `평균 원가법 " "(AVCO)`으로 설정하고 :guilabel:`재고 가치 평가`를 `자동`으로 설정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:46 msgid "" -":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration " -"`" -msgstr ":ref:`재고 가치 평가 설정 `" +":doc:`Inventory valuation configuration " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 msgid "Using average cost valuation" msgstr "평균 원가 평가법 사용" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "" "The average cost method adjusts the inventory valuation when products are " "received in the warehouse. This section explains how it works, but if the " @@ -6583,17 +6589,17 @@ msgstr "" "평균 원가법은 창고로 품목이 입고될 때 재고 평가 내역를 조정합니다. 이 섹션에서는 진행 방식을 설명하고 있으며, 해당 내용이 필요하지 " "않은 경우에는 :ref:`공급업체 반품 사용 사례 ` 섹션으로 건너뛰시면 됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:59 msgid "Formula" msgstr "수식" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:61 msgid "" "When new products arrive, the new average cost for each product is " "recomputed using the formula:" msgstr "새 품목이 입고되면, 공식을 사용하여 평균 원가가 품목별로 새로 다시 계산됩니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:63 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{(Old~Qty \\times Old~Avg~Cost) + (Incoming~Qty \\times Purchase~Price)}{Final~Qty}\n" "\n" @@ -6601,21 +6607,21 @@ msgstr "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{(Old~Qty \\times Old~Avg~Cost) + (Incoming~Qty \\times Purchase~Price)}{Final~Qty}\n" "\n" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:66 msgid "**Old Qty**: product count in stock before receiving the new shipment;" msgstr "**이전 수량**: 새로 배송을 받기 전까지의 재고 품목 수입니다;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:67 msgid "" "**Old Avg Cost**: calculated average cost for a single product from the " "previous inventory valuation;" msgstr "**이전 평균 원가**: 이전 재고 가치 평가에서 단일 품목에 대해 계산된 평균 원가입니다;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:69 msgid "**Incoming Qty**: count of products arriving in the new shipment;" msgstr "**입고 수량**: 새로 배송되는 품목 수입니다;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:70 msgid "" "**Purchase Price**: estimated price of products at the reception of products" " (since vendor bills may arrive later). The amount includes not only the " @@ -6627,11 +6633,11 @@ msgstr "" " 아니라 운송비, 세금 및 :ref:`양륙 비용 `과 같은 추가 비용도 " "포함됩니다. 공급업체 청구서를 받으면 해당 가격이 조정됩니다;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:74 msgid "**Final Qty**: quantity of on-hand stock after the stock move." msgstr "**최종 수량**: 재고 이동 후 보유 중인 재고 수량입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 msgid "" "When products leave the warehouse, the average cost **does not** change. " "Read about why the average cost valuation is **not** adjusted :ref:`here " @@ -6640,11 +6646,11 @@ msgstr "" "창고에서 품목이 출고되면, 평균 원가는 **변경되지** 않습니다. 평균 원가 평가가 **조정되지** 않는 이유는 :ref:`여기 " "`에서 확인해 보세요." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:85 msgid "Compute average cost" msgstr "평균 원가 계산" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:87 msgid "" "To understand how the average cost of a product changes with each shipment, " "consider the following table of warehouse operations and stock moves. Each " @@ -6653,155 +6659,158 @@ msgstr "" "배송별로 품목의 평균 원가가 어떻게 변경될 수 있는지 확인하려면 다음의 창고 운영 및 재고 이동 표를 참고하세요. 각각 평균 원가 평가가" " 어떻게 영향을 받는지 다르게 예시로 보여주고 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Operation" msgstr "생산 관리" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 msgid "Incoming Value" msgstr "입고 값" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "재고 금액" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "보유 수량" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Avg Cost" msgstr "평균 비용" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:424 msgid "$0" msgstr "$0" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "Receive 8 tables at $10/unit" msgstr "테이블 8개를 개당 $10로 수령" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "8 * $10" msgstr "8 * $10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "$80" msgstr "$80" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "8" msgstr "8" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "$10" msgstr "$10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 msgid "Receive 4 tables at $16/unit" msgstr "테이블 4개를 개당 $16로 수령" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 msgid "4 * $16" msgstr "4 * $16" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 msgid "$144" msgstr "$144" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "$12" msgstr "$12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 msgid "Deliver 10 tables" msgstr "10개 테이블 배송" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 msgid "-10 * $12" msgstr "-10 * $12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "$24" msgstr "$24" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "2" msgstr "2" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:106 msgid "" "Ensure comprehension of the above computations by reviewing the \"Receive 8 " "tables at $10/unit\" example." msgstr "\"8개 테이블 개당 $10\" 예시를 통해 위에 설명된 계산법을 확인해 보세요." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:109 msgid "Initially, the product stock is 0, so all values are $0." msgstr "먼저, 품목 재고는 0이므로 모든 값은 $0입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:111 msgid "" "In the first warehouse operation, `8` tables are received at `$10` each. The" " average cost is calculated using the :ref:`formula " @@ -6810,7 +6819,7 @@ msgstr "" "첫 번째 창고 작업에서, '8'개의 테이블이 개당 '$10'에 입고됩니다. 평균 원가는 :ref:`수식 " "`을 사용하여 계산합니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:114 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{0 + 8 \\times $10}{8} = \\frac{$80}{8} = $10\n" "\n" @@ -6818,25 +6827,25 @@ msgstr "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{0 + 8 \\times $10}{8} = \\frac{$80}{8} = $10\n" "\n" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "" "Since the *incoming quantity* of tables is `8` and the *purchase price* for " "each is `$10`," msgstr "테이블 *입고 수량*은 `8`이고 개별 테이블의 *구매 가격*은 `$10`이기 때문입니다," -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:118 msgid "The inventory value in the numerator is evaluated to `$80`;" msgstr "분자에 있는 재고 값은 `$80`으로 계산됩니다;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 msgid "`$80` is divided by the total amount of tables to store, `8`;" msgstr "`80`을 창고에 저장할 테이블의 총 수량인 `$8`로 나눕니다;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:120 msgid "`$10` is the average cost of a single table from the first shipment." msgstr "`$10`가 첫 번째 배송에서 테이블 한 개의 평균 원가입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:122 msgid "" "To verify this in Odoo, in the *Purchase* app, order `8` quantities of a new" " product, `Table`, with no previous stock moves, for `$10` each." @@ -6844,7 +6853,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo에서 이를 확인하려면, *구매* 앱에서 이전에 재고 이동이 없었던 새 제품인 `테이블`의 `8`개 수량을 각각 `$10`에 " "주문합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:125 msgid "" "In the table's :guilabel:`Product Category` field in the :guilabel:`General " "Information` tab of the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon," @@ -6856,7 +6865,7 @@ msgstr "" "(화살표)` 아이콘을 클릭 후 품목 카테고리를 편집할 수 있는 :guilabel:`외부 링크`를 엽니다. :guilabel:`원가 " "계산법`을 `평균 원가법 (AVCO)`으로 설정하고 :guilabel:`재고 가치 평가`를 `자동`으로 설정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "" "Then, return to the purchase order. Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`, and " "click :guilabel:`Receive Products` to confirm receipt." @@ -6864,7 +6873,7 @@ msgstr "" "그런 다음, 구매발주서로 돌아갑니다. :guilabel:`주문 확인`을 클릭한 후 :guilabel:`품목 수령`을 클릭하여 수령을 " "확인합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:133 msgid "" "Next, check the inventory valuation record generated by the product " "reception by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> " @@ -6881,7 +6890,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show inventory valuation of 8 tables in Odoo." msgstr "Odoo에서 테이블 8개에 대한 재고 가치 평가를 표시합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "" "When the product category's :guilabel:`Costing Method` is set to " ":guilabel:`AVCO`, then the average cost of a product is also displayed on " @@ -6891,11 +6900,11 @@ msgstr "" "품목의 카테고리에 있는 :guilabel:`원가 계산법`이 :guilabel:`AVCO`로 설정되어 있는 경우, 품목 자체 페이지에 있는" " :guilabel:`일반 정보` 탭 아래 :guilabel:`비용` 필드에도 품목 평균 원가가 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:149 msgid "Product delivery (use case)" msgstr "품목 배송 (사용 사례)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:151 msgid "" "For outgoing shipments, :ref:`outbound products have no effect on the " "average cost valuation `. Although the " @@ -6907,13 +6916,13 @@ msgstr "" " . 평균 원가가 재계산되는 것은 아니나, 품목이 재고에서 없어지고 고객의 " "위치로 배송되는 것이기 때문에 재고 가치는 여전히 감소되는 것입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:157 msgid "" "To demonstrate that the average cost valuation is not recalculated, examine " "the \"Deliver 10 tables\" example." msgstr "평균 원가가 다시 계산되지 않는다는 것을 확인하려면 '테이블 10개 배송' 예시를 확인해 보세요." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{12 \\times $12 + (-10) \\times $12}{12-10} = \\frac{24}{2} = $12\n" "\n" @@ -6921,7 +6930,7 @@ msgstr "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{12 \\times $12 + (-10) \\times $12}{12-10} = \\frac{24}{2} = $12\n" "\n" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "" "Because 10 tables are being sent out to customers, the *incoming quantity* " "is `-10`. The previous average cost (`$12`) is used in lieu of a vendor's " @@ -6930,18 +6939,18 @@ msgstr "" "테이블 10개가 고객에게 발송되었으므로, *입고 수량*은 `-10`입니다. 공급업체의 *구매 가격* 대신 이전 평균 원가 (`$12`)를" " 사용합니다;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:165 msgid "The *incoming inventory value* is `-10 * $12 = -$120`;" msgstr "*입고 재고 가치*는 `-10 * $12 = -$120`입니다;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:166 msgid "" "The old *inventory value* (`$144`) is added to the *incoming inventory " "value* (`-$120`), so `$144 + -$120 = $24`;" msgstr "" "이전 *재고 가치* (`$144`)가 *입고 재고 가치* (`-$120`)에 추가되므로 `$144 + -$120 = $24`가 됩니다;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:168 msgid "" "Only `2` tables remain after shipping out `10` tables from `12`. So the " "current *inventory value* (`$24`) is divided by the on-hand quantity (`2`);" @@ -6949,12 +6958,12 @@ msgstr "" "테이블 `12`개에서 `10`개를 출고하고 나면 테이블은 `2`개만 남습니다. 따라서 현재 *재고 가치* (`$24`)을 보유 수량 " "(`2`)으로 나눕니다;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:170 msgid "" "`$24 / 2 = $12`, which is the same average cost as the previous operation." msgstr "`$24 / 2 = $12`이며, 이는 이전에 작업했던 것과 동일한 평균 가격입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:172 msgid "" "To verify this in Odoo, sell `10` tables in the *Sales* app, validate the " "delivery, and then review the inventory valuation record by going to in " @@ -6966,7 +6975,7 @@ msgstr "" "--> 보고서 --> 재고 가치 평가`로 이동하여 재고 평가 기록을 검토합니다. 최상위 가치 평가 단계에서 테이블 `10`개를 배송하면 " "품목 가치가 `-$120` 감소합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:177 msgid "" "**Note**: What is not represented in this stock valuation record is the " "revenue made from this sale, so this decrease is not a loss to the company." @@ -6976,11 +6985,11 @@ msgstr "**참고**: 해당 판매 수익은 재고 가치 평가로 기록되지 msgid "Show how deliveries decrease inventory valuation." msgstr "재고 가치 평가가 배송으로 감소되는 내용을 확인해 보세요." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:187 msgid "Return items to supplier (use case)" msgstr "공급업체에 품목 반품 (사용 사례)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:189 msgid "" "Because the price paid to suppliers can differ from the price the product is" " valued at with the |AVCO| method, Odoo handles returned items in a specific" @@ -6988,42 +6997,42 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "공급업체에 지불하는 가격이 |AVCO| 방식으로 산출되는 원가와 다를 수 있으므로, Odoo는 특정한 방식으로 반품 품목을 처리합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:192 msgid "" "Products are returned to suppliers at the original purchase price, but;" msgstr "원래 구매 가격으로 공급업체에 품목이 반품되지만;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:193 msgid "The internal cost valuation remains unchanged." msgstr "내부 원가 가치 평가는 변경되지 않습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 msgid "" "The above :ref:`example table ` is updated as" " follows:" msgstr "위의 :ref:`예시 테이블 `을 다음과 같이 업데이트합니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 msgid "Qty*Avg Cost" msgstr "수량 * 평균 원가" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 msgid "Return 1 table bought at $10" msgstr "$10에 구매한 테이블 1개 반품하기" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 msgid "-1 * $12" msgstr "-1 * $12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:242 msgid "1" msgstr "1" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:205 msgid "" "In other words, returns to vendors are perceived by Odoo as another form of " "a product exiting the warehouse. To Odoo, because the table is valued at $12" @@ -7035,7 +7044,7 @@ msgstr "" "가치는 $12이므로 품목이 반품되면 재고 가치는 `$12`만큼 감소하며, 최초 구매 가격인 `$10`은 테이블의 평균 원가와 관련이 " "없습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:211 msgid "" "To return a single table that was purchased for `$10`, navigate to the " "receipt in the *Inventory* app for the :ref:`8 tables purchased in Exercise " @@ -7046,7 +7055,7 @@ msgstr "" "`에서 구매한 :ref:`8개의 테이블에 대한 입고 확인증으로 이동합니다. " ":guilabel:`재고 관리 전체 보기`에서 :guilabel:`입고 확인증`을 클릭한 다음 원하는 확인증을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:216 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Return` on the validated delivery order, and modify " "the quantity to `1` in the reverse transfer window. This creates an outgoing" @@ -7056,7 +7065,7 @@ msgstr "" "그런 다음, 승인된 배송주문서에서 :guilabel:`반품`을 클릭하고 역전송 창에서 수량을 `1`로 수정합니다. 그러면 테이블에 대한 " "출고 배송 항목이 생성됩니다. guilabel:`승인`을 선택하여 출고 배송을 확인합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:220 msgid "" "Return to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation` " "to see how the outgoing shipment decreases the inventory value by $12." @@ -7068,17 +7077,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inventory valuation for return." msgstr "반품과 관련된 재고 가치 평가입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:230 msgid "Eliminate stock valuation errors in outgoing products" msgstr "출고 품목의 재고 가치 평가에서 오류 없애기" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:232 msgid "" "Inconsistencies can occur in a company's inventory when the average cost " "valuation is recalculated on outgoing shipments." msgstr "출고 배송을 하기 위해 평균 원가 가치를 다시 계산할 때 회사의 재고에 불일치가 발생할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:235 msgid "" "To demonstrate this error, the table below displays a scenario in which 1 " "table is shipped to a customer and another is returned to a supplier at the " @@ -7087,46 +7096,46 @@ msgstr "" "해당 오류에 대해 설명하기 위해, 아래에 있는 표에 테이블 한 개를 고객에게 배송하고 다른 테이블이 구매 가격으로 공급업체에 반품되는 " "내용이 설명되어 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 msgid "Qty*Price" msgstr "수량 * 가격" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 msgid "Ship 1 product to customer" msgstr "고객에게 1 품목 배송" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 msgid "-1 \\* $12" msgstr "-1 \\* $12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "Return 1 product initially bought at $10" msgstr "최초 구매가 $10인 1 품목 반품" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "-1 \\* $10" msgstr "-1 \\* $10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$2**" msgstr "**$2**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "**0**" msgstr "**0**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:248 msgid "" "In the final operation above, the final inventory valuation for the table is" " `$2` even though there are `0` tables left in stock." msgstr "위에 있는 최종 작업에서, 남아 있는 테이블의 재고가 '0'개임에도 불구하고 테이블의 최종 재고 평가액은 '$2'입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:251 msgid "Correct method" msgstr "올바른 방법" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:253 msgid "" "Use the average cost to value the return. This does not mean the company " "gets $12 back for a $10 purchase; the item returned for $10 is valued " @@ -7137,11 +7146,11 @@ msgstr "" "내부적으로 $12로 평가한다는 의미입니다. 재고 가치 변경은 $12 상당의 제품이 더 이상 회사 자산으로 회계 처리되지 않음을 " "의미합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:258 msgid "Anglo-Saxon accounting" msgstr "영미식 회계 (Anglo-Saxon accounting)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:260 msgid "" "In addition to using |AVCO|, companies that use **Anglo-Saxon accounting** " "also keep a holding account that tracks the amount to be paid to vendors. " @@ -7155,7 +7164,7 @@ msgstr "" "가치 평가**가 증가합니다. 보유 계정 (**재고 입력**으로 지칭)은 공급업체 청구서 수령 이후에만 대변 처리 및 조정을 할 수 " "있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:266 msgid "" ":ref:`Anglo-Saxon vs. Continental " "`" @@ -7163,7 +7172,7 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`영미식 대 대륙식 (Anglo-Saxon vs. Continental) " "`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:268 msgid "" "The table below reflects journal entries and accounts. The *stock input* " "account stores the money intended to pay vendors when the vendor bill has " @@ -7175,71 +7184,71 @@ msgstr "" "금액을 입력합니다. 제품의 **평가 가격**과 구매 가격 사이에 가격 차이가 있는 제품을 반품할 때 계정의 균형을 맞추기 위해 *가격 " "차이* 계정이 생성됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Stock Input" msgstr "재고 입력" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Price Diff" msgstr "가격 차이" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 msgid "Receive 8 tables at $10" msgstr "$10로 테이블 8개 수령" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 msgid "($80)" msgstr "($80)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" msgstr "공급업체 청구서 $80 수령" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 msgid "Receive 4 tables at $16" msgstr "$16로 테이블 4개 수령" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 msgid "($64)" msgstr "($64)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" msgstr "$64 해당 공급업체 청구서 수령" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "Deliver 10 tables to customer" msgstr "10 테이블 고객 배송" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "Return 1 table initially bought at $10" msgstr "최초 구매가 $10인 1 테이블 반품" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$10**" msgstr "**$10**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$12**" msgstr "**$12**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" msgstr "$10 해당 공급업체 청구서 수령" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "$2" msgstr "$2" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:296 msgid "Product reception" msgstr "품목 입고" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:299 msgid "Summary" msgstr "요약" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:301 msgid "" "At product reception, Odoo ensures companies can pay for goods that were " "purchased by preemptively moving an amount matching the price of received " @@ -7255,7 +7264,7 @@ msgstr "" "선제적으로 이동시킵니다. 그런 다음, 청구서를 수령하게 되면 계정에 있는 금액이 *미지급금 계정*으로 전기됩니다. 해당 계정으로 " "전기되었다는 것은 청구서 결제가 완료되었다는 것을 의미합니다. 공급업체 청구서를 수령하면 **재고 입력**이 조정됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:308 msgid "" "Inventory valuation is a method of calculating how much each in-stock " "product is worth internally. Since there is a difference between the price " @@ -7266,46 +7275,46 @@ msgstr "" "재고 가치 평가는 내부적으로 재고로 보유 중인 품목별 가치를 계산하는 방법입니다. 품목의 **평가 가격**과 제품이 실제로 **구매 " "가격** 사이에는 차이가 있으므로 **재고 가치 평가** 계정은 **재고 입력** 계정의 차대 작업과 관련이 없습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:313 msgid "To conceptualize all this, follow the breakdown below." msgstr "다음의 상세 내용을 통해 명확하게 확인해 보세요." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:316 msgid "Accounts balanced at received products" msgstr "입고 품목의 계정 잔액" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:318 msgid "" "In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, `table`, in " "stock. Then, 8 tables are received from the vendor:" msgstr "" "이 예시에서 회사는 '테이블'이라는 품목의 재고가 0개인 상태에서 시작합니다. 그런 다음 공급업체로부터 테이블 8개를 수령합니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:321 msgid "" "The **Stock Input** account stores `$80` of credit owed to the vendor. The " "amount in this account is unrelated to the inventory value." msgstr "" "**재고 입력** 계정의 대변에 공급업체에 지불해야 할 미수금 `$80`이 기록됩니다. 이 계정의 금액은 재고 가치와 관련이 없습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:323 msgid "" "`$80` worth of tables came **in** (**debit** the *Inventory Value* account " "`$80`), and" msgstr "`$80` 상당의 테이블이 **입고** (*재고 가치* 계정 `$80`에서 **차변** 입력)되었습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:324 msgid "" "`$80` must be paid **out** for received goods (**credit** the *Stock Input* " "account `$80`)." msgstr "입고된 상품에 대해 `$80`을 **지급**해야 합니다 (*재고 입력* 계정 `$80`에 **대변** 입력)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:324 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:370 msgid "In Odoo" msgstr "Odoo에서는" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:329 msgid "" "Odoo generates an accounting journal entry when shipments that use |AVCO| " "costing method are received. Configure a :guilabel:`Price Difference " @@ -7315,7 +7324,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo는 |AVCO| 원가 계산법으로 배송을 받으면 회계 전표를 생성합니다. 품목 페이지에서 :guilabel:`➡️ (화살표)` " "아이콘 옆에 있는 :guilabel:`품목 카테고리` 필드를 선택하여 :guilabel:`가격 차이 계정`을 설정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:333 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Account Properties`, create a new :guilabel:`Price " "Difference Account` by typing in the name of the account and clicking " @@ -7329,7 +7338,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create price difference account." msgstr "가격 차이 계정을 생성합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:341 msgid "" "Then, receive the shipment in the *Purchase* app or *Inventory* app, and " "navigate to the :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal " @@ -7343,7 +7352,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show accounting entry of 8 tables from the list." msgstr "목록에서 테이블의 8개에 대한 회계 항목을 표시합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:349 msgid "" "Click on the line for 8 tables. This accounting journal entry shows that " "when the 8 tables were received, the `Stock Valuation` account increased by " @@ -7358,11 +7367,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit stock valuation and credit stock input 80 dollars." msgstr "재고 가치 평가의 차변 및 재고 입력 대변에 80달러를 기록합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:358 msgid "Accounts balanced at received vendor bill" msgstr "공급업체 청구서 수령 시 계정 잔액" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:360 msgid "" "In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, table, in " "stock. Then, 8 tables are received from the vendor. When the bill is " @@ -7371,18 +7380,18 @@ msgstr "" "이 예제에서, 회사는 테이블 품목의 재고를 0개에서 시작합니다. 그런 다음 공급업체로부터 테이블 8개를 수령합니다. 공급업체로부터 테이블" " 8개에 대한 청구서를 수령한 경우:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:363 msgid "" "Use `$80` in the **Stock Input** account to pay the bill. This cancels out " "and the account now holds `$0`." msgstr "" "**재고 입력** 계정에 있는 `$80`에 대해 청구서를 결제합니다. 이 금액은 차감되고 이제 계좌에 남은 금액은 `$0`입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:365 msgid "Debit **Stock Input** `$80` (to reconcile this account)." msgstr "**재고 입력** 차변에 `$80`를 기록합니다 (이 계정을 조정하기 위해)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:366 msgid "" "Credit **Accounts payable** `$80`. This account stores the amount the " "company owes others, so accountants use the amount to write checks to " @@ -7391,7 +7400,7 @@ msgstr "" "**미지급금** 대변에 `$80`를 기록합니다. 이 계정에는 회사가 다른 사람에게 갚아야 하는 금액이 저장되므로 회계 담당자는 이 " "금액으로 공급업체에 수표를 작성합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:372 msgid "" "Once the vendor requests payment, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Orders --> Purchase` and select the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for " @@ -7401,7 +7410,7 @@ msgstr "" "공급업체가 결제를 요청하면 :menuselection:`구매 앱 --> 주문서 --> 구매`로 이동하여 테이블 8개에 대해 " ":abbr:`PO (구매발주서)`를 선택합니다. :abbr:`PO (구매발주서)`에서 :guilabel:`청구서 생성`을 선택하세요." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:376 msgid "" "Switch to the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view how `$80` is transferred" " from the holding account, `Stock Interim (Received)` to `Accounts Payable`." @@ -7414,11 +7423,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show bill linked to the purchase order for 8 tables." msgstr "테이블 8개에 대해 구매발주서에 연결된 청구서를 표시합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:385 msgid "On product delivery" msgstr "품목 배송의 경우" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:387 msgid "" "In the :ref:`above example table `, when 10" " products are delivered to a customer, the **Stock Input** account is " @@ -7427,7 +7436,7 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`위의 예시 테이블 `에서 10개 품목을 고객에게 배송한 경우, " "**재고 입력** 계정은 새로 입고되는 품목이 없으므로 그대로 유지됩니다. 간단히 설명하면," -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:391 msgid "" "**Inventory valuation** is credited `$120`. Subtracting from inventory " "valuation represents `$120` worth of products exiting the company." @@ -7435,7 +7444,7 @@ msgstr "" "**재고 가치 평가**로 대변에 '$120'를 기록합니다. 재고 평가액에서 빼게 되면 '$120' 상당의 품목이 회사에서 빠져나가는 " "것입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:393 msgid "Debit **Accounts Receivable** to record revenue from the sale." msgstr "**미수금**을 대변에 기록하여 판매 수익을 기록합니다." @@ -7443,7 +7452,7 @@ msgstr "**미수금**을 대변에 기록하여 판매 수익을 기록합니다 msgid "Show journal items linked to sale order." msgstr "판매주문서에 연결된 전표 항목을 표시합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:401 msgid "" "In the accounting journal entry invoicing a customer for 10 tables, the " "accounts **Product Sales**, **Tax Received**, and **Accounts Receivable** " @@ -7453,7 +7462,7 @@ msgstr "" "테이블 10개에 대하여 고객에게 청구서를 발행하는 회계 전표에서, **품목 판매**, **세금 수취** 및 **미수금** 계정은 모두 " "품목의 판매와 관련된 계정입니다. **미수금**은 고객으로부터 대금을 받을 계정입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:405 msgid "" "Anglo-Saxon accounting recognizes the cost of goods sold (COGS) once the " "sale is made. So, up until the product is sold, scrapped, or returned, costs" @@ -7465,11 +7474,11 @@ msgstr "" "회계 처리되지 않습니다. 이 기간 동안 테이블 10개를 보관하는 데 드는 비용을 기록하기 위해 **비용** 계정의 차변에 '$120'을 " "기록합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:411 msgid "On product return" msgstr "반품할 경우" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:413 msgid "" "In the :ref:`above example table `, when " "returning 1 product to a vendor purchased at `$10`, a company expects `$10` " @@ -7484,7 +7493,7 @@ msgstr "" "**재고 입력** 계정의 차변에 `$12`를 기록해야 합니다. 모자란 `$2`는 제품의 :guilabel:`가격 차이 계정`에 설정되어 " "있는 :guilabel:`제품 카테고리`를 통해서 설명할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:420 msgid "" "Behavior of *price difference accounts* varies from localization. In this " "case, the account is intended to store differences between vendor price and " @@ -7493,11 +7502,11 @@ msgstr "" "*가격 차이 계정*의 쓰임은 현지화에 따라 다릅니다. 이 경우, 공급업체 가격과 *자동* 재고 가치 평가 방법 간의 차액을 기록하기 위해" " 해당 계정을 사용하고 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:423 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "요약:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:425 msgid "" "Debit **Stock Input** account `$10` to move the table from stock to stock " "input. This move is to indicate that the table is to be processed for an " @@ -7506,13 +7515,13 @@ msgstr "" "재고에서 재고 입력으로 테이블을 이동하려면 **재고 입력** 대변에 `$10`을 기록합니다. 해당 작업은 테이블이 출고 배송 작업이 될 " "예정이라는 것을 나타냅니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:427 msgid "" "Debit **Stock Input** an additional `$2` to account for the **Price " "Difference**." msgstr "**가격 차이**를 설명하기 위해, **재고 입력** 계정의 차변에 추가로 `$2`를 기록합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:428 msgid "" "Credit **Stock Valuation** `$12` because the item is leaving the stock." msgstr "품목이 재고에서 빠져나가는 것이므로, **재고 평가액** `$12`를 대변에 기록합니다." @@ -7521,16 +7530,16 @@ msgstr "품목이 재고에서 빠져나가는 것이므로, **재고 평가액* msgid "2 dollar difference expensed in Price Difference account." msgstr "가격 차이 계정에서 차액 2달러를 비용 처리합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:434 msgid "Once the vendor's refund is received," msgstr "공급업체로부터 환불을 받게 되면," -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:436 msgid "" "Credit **Stock Input** account `$10` to reconcile the price of the table." msgstr "`$10`을 대변에 **재고 입력**하여 표에서 가격을 조정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:437 msgid "" "Debit **Accounts Payable** `$10` to have the accountants collect and " "register the payment in their journal." @@ -7544,7 +7553,7 @@ msgstr "10달러를 되돌려 놓습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:361 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:247 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:258 @@ -8318,6 +8327,7 @@ msgid "Partial payment 2/2" msgstr "부분 결제 2/2" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:422 msgid "30" msgstr "30" @@ -8581,7 +8591,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:254 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:278 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 @@ -8760,6 +8770,7 @@ msgid "VAT units tab" msgstr "VAT 단위 탭" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:339 msgid "Fiscal position" msgstr "재정 위치" @@ -13007,6 +13018,7 @@ msgstr "" "`_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:32 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "전제 조건" @@ -13181,6 +13193,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" msgstr ":doc:`../taxes`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:150 msgid ":doc:`../get_started`" msgstr ":doc:`../get_started`" @@ -13438,11 +13451,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:105 msgid "" -"Setting an :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` is **irreversible** and cannot be" -" removed." -msgstr ":guilabel:`전체 사용자 잠금 날짜` 설정은 **되돌릴 수 없으며** 삭제할 수 없습니다." +"Install the :guilabel:`Irreversible Lock Date` (`account_lock`) module to " +"make the :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` *irreversible* once set." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:109 msgid "" "A specific year-end closing entry is **optional** in order to close out the " "**profit and loss statement**. The reports are created in real-time, meaning" @@ -13555,7 +13568,7 @@ msgstr "" "등에 있는 :guilabel:`세금` 필드에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:386 msgid "Tax computation" msgstr "세금 계산" @@ -13620,6 +13633,7 @@ msgstr "세금" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:397 msgid "Total" msgstr "총계" @@ -14391,118 +14405,1703 @@ msgstr "" "오류가 발생할 수 있다는 점에 유의하세요. 세금 포함 가격에 대한 재정 위치를 설정한 후 세금 미포함 가격표를 사용할 경우 가격 계산이 " "잘못될 수 있습니다. 이런 이유로, 일반적으로 회사에서는 가격 참조를 한 가지로만 작업하는 것이 좋습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:3 -msgid "Avatax integration" -msgstr "Avatax 통합" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:5 -msgid "Avatax is a tax calculation provider that can be integrated in Odoo." -msgstr "Avatax는 Odoo에 통합할 수 있는 세금 계산 서비스업체입니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:98 -msgid "Credential configuration" -msgstr "자격 증명 설정" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To integrate Avatax with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes` and add your Avatax credentials in the" -" :guilabel:`Avatax` section." +msgid "AvaTax integration" msgstr "" -"Avatax를 Odoo와 통합하려면 :menuselection:`회계 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정 --> 세금`으로 이동하여 " -":guilabel:`Avatax` 섹션에 Avatax 자격 증명을 추가합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you do not yet have credentials, click on :guilabel:`How to Get " -"Credentials`." -msgstr "아직 자격 증명이 없는 경우, :guilabel:`자격 증명을 얻는 방법`을 클릭합니다." +"Avalara's *AvaTax* is a cloud-based tax software. Integrating *AvaTax* with " +"Odoo provides real-time and region-specific tax calculations when users " +"sell, purchase, and invoice items in Odoo. *AvaTax* tax calculation is " +"supported with every United Nations charted country, including inter-border " +"transactions." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Configure Avatax settings" -msgstr "Avatax 환경 설정하기" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:13 +msgid "" +"*AvaTax* is only available for integration with databases/companies that " +"have locations in the United States, Canada, and Brazil. This means the " +"fiscal position/country of a database can only be set to the United States, " +"Canada, or Brazil. For more information, reference this documentation: " +":ref:`avatax/fiscal_country`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:18 +msgid "" +"*AvaTax* accounts for location-based tax rates for each state, county, and " +"city. It improves remittance accuracy by paying close attention to laws, " +"rules, jurisdiction boundaries, and special circumstances (like, tax " +"holidays, and product exemptions). Companies who integrate with *AvaTax* can" +" maintain control of tax-calculations in-house with this simple :abbr:`API " +"(application programming interface)` integration." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:25 -msgid "Tax mapping" -msgstr "세금 매핑" +msgid "" +"Some limitations exist in Odoo while using *AvaTax* for tax calculation:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:27 msgid "" -"The Avatax integration is available on Sale Orders and Invoices with the " -"included Avatax fiscal position." -msgstr "Avatax를 통합하여 판매주문서 및 청구서에 있는 Avatax 재정 위치에서 사용할 수 있습니다." +"*AvaTax* is **not** supported in Odoo's *Point of Sale* app, because a " +"dynamic tax calculation model is excessive for transactions within a single " +"delivery address, such as stores or restaurants." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:30 msgid "" -"Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the " -"product categories." -msgstr "통합 기능을 사용하기 전에 품목 카테고리에 :guilabel:`Avatax 카테고리`를 지정하세요." +"*AvaTax* and Odoo use the company address and **not** the warehouse address." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Specify Avatax Category on products" -msgstr "품목에 Avatax 카테고리 지정하기" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:31 msgid "" -"Avatax Categories may be overridden or set on individual products as well." -msgstr "Avatax 카테고리는 개별 품목에서도 다시 지정하거나 설정할 수 있습니다." +"Exercise tax is **not** supported. This includes tobacco/vape taxes, fuel " +"taxes, and other specific industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Avalara's support documents: `About AvaTax " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:39 +msgid "Set up on AvaTax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To use *AvaTax*, an account with Avalara is required for the setup. If one " +"has not been set up yet, connect with Avalara to purchase a license: " +"`Avalara: Let's Talk `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Upon account setup, take note of the *AvaTax* :guilabel:`Account ID`. This " +"will be needed in the :ref:`Odoo setup `. In Odoo, this " +"number is the :guilabel:`API ID`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Then, `create a basic company profile " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:53 +msgid "Create basic company profile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Collect essential business details for the next step: locations where tax is" +" collected, products/services sold (and their sales locations), and customer" +" tax exemptions, if applicable. Follow the Avalara documentation for " +"creating a basic company profile:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:59 +msgid "" +"`Add company information `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:61 +msgid "" +"`Tell us where the company collects and pays tax " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:63 +msgid "" +"`Verify jurisdictions and activate the company " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Add other company locations for location-based filing " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:67 +msgid "" +"`Add a marketplace to the company profile " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:73 +msgid "Connect to AvaTax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:75 +msgid "" +"After creating the basic company profile in Avalara, connect to *AvaTax*. " +"This step links Odoo and *AvaTax* bidirectionally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox `_" +" or `production `_ environment. This will depend" +" on which type of Avalara account the company would like to integrate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:83 +msgid "" +"`Sandbox vs production environments in Avalara " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Log in to create the :guilabel:`License Key`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> License and API Keys`. Click :guilabel:`Generate License Key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:90 +msgid "" +"A warning appears stating: `If your business app is connected to Avalara " +"solutions, the connection will be broken until you update the app with the " +"new license key. This action cannot be undone.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Generating a new license key breaks the connection with existing business " +"apps using the *AvaTax* integration. Make sure to update these apps with the" +" new license key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If this will be the first :abbr:`API (application programming interface)` " +"integration being made with *AvaTax* and Odoo, then click " +":guilabel:`Generate license key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:100 +msgid "" +"If this is an additional license key, ensure the previous connection can be " +"broken. There is **only** one license key associated with each of the " +"Avalara sandbox and production accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Copy this key to a safe place. It is **strongly encouraged** to backup the " +"license key for future reference. This key cannot be retrieved after leaving" +" this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:108 +msgid "Odoo configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Before using *AvaTax*, there are some additional configurations in Odoo to " +"ensure tax calculations are made accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Verify that the Odoo database contains necessary data. The country initially" +" set up in the database determines the fiscal position, and aids *AvaTax* in" +" calculating accurate tax rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:119 +msgid "Fiscal country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Country`, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Country` " +"feature to :guilabel:`United States`, :guilabel:`Canada`, or " +":guilabel:`Brazil`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:131 +msgid "Company settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:133 +msgid "" +"All companies operating under the Odoo database should have a full and " +"complete address listed in the settings. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Settings app`, and under the :guilabel:`Companies` section, " +"ensure there is only one company operating the Odoo database. Click " +":guilabel:`Update Info` to open a separate page to update company details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:138 +msgid "" +"If there are multiple companies operating in the database, click " +":guilabel:`Manage Companies` to load a list of companies to select from. " +"Update company information by clicking into the specific company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Database administrators should ensure that the :guilabel:`Street...`, " +":guilabel:`Street2...`, :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, " +":guilabel:`ZIP`, and :guilabel:`Country` are all updated for the companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This ensures accurate tax calculations and smooth end-of-year accounting " +"operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:149 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:153 +msgid "Module installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, ensure that the Odoo *AvaTax* module is installed. To do so, navigate " +"to the :menuselection:`Apps application`. In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, " +"type in `avatax`, and press :kbd:`Enter`. The following results populate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "이름" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 +msgid "Technical name" +msgstr "기술적 명칭" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "설명" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:167 +msgid "`account_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Default *AvaTax* module. This module adds the base *AvaTax* features for tax" +" calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:169 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for geo localization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:170 +msgid "`account_avatax_geolocalize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:171 +msgid "" +"This module includes the features required for integration of *AvaTax* into " +"geo-localization in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:173 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SO`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:174 +msgid "`account_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Includes the information needed for tax calculation on sales orders in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:176 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for Inventory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:177 +msgid "`account_avatax_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:178 +msgid "Includes tax calculation in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:179 +msgid ":guilabel:`Amazon/Avatax Bridge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:180 +msgid "`sale_amazon_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Includes tax calculation features between the *Amazon Connector* and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:182 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:183 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:184 +msgid "Includes information for tax calculation in the Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:185 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:186 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:187 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for tax calculation for services " +"in the Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil Sale for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:190 +msgid "`l10n_br_edi_sale_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:191 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for tax calculation for the sale " +"of services in the Brazil localization. This includes electronic data " +"interchange (EDI)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:193 +msgid ":guilabel:`Test SOs for the Brazilian AvaTax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:194 +msgid "`l10n_br_test_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:195 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for test sales orders in the " +"Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Install` button on the module labeled, " +":guilabel:`Avatax`: `account_avatax`. Doing so installs the following " +"modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:200 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax`: `account_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:201 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SO`: `account_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:202 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for Inventory`: `account_avatax_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Should *AvaTax* be needed for geo-localization, or with the *Amazon " +"Connector*, then install those modules individually by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Install` on :guilabel:`Avatax for geo localization` and " +":guilabel:`Amazon/Avatax Bridge`, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:209 +msgid "" +"For localization specific *AvaTax* instructions, view the following " +":doc:`fiscal localization <../../fiscal_localizations>` documentation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:212 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:217 +msgid "Odoo AvaTax settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To integrate the *AvaTax* :abbr:`API (application programming interface)` " +"with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` section. The :guilabel:`AvaTax` fields in the :guilabel:`Taxes` " +"section is where the *AvaTax* configurations are made, and the credentials " +"are entered in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:224 +msgid "" +"First, tick the checkbox to the left of the :guilabel:`AvaTax` settings, to " +"activate *AvaTax* on the database. This is a quick, convenient way to " +"activate and deactivate *AvaTax* tax calculation on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Override product categories as needed" -msgstr "필요에 따라 품목 카테고리 재지정하기" +msgid "Configure AvaTax settings" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:235 +msgid "" +"First, select the :guilabel:`Environment` in which the company wishes to use" +" *AvaTax* in. It can either be :guilabel:`Sandbox` or " +":guilabel:`Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:239 +msgid "" +"For help determining which *AvaTax* environment to use (either " +":guilabel:`Production` or :guilabel:`Sandbox`), visit: `Sandbox vs " +"Production environments " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:244 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Now, the credentials can be entered in. The *AvaTax* :guilabel:`Account ID` " +"should be entered in the :guilabel:`API ID` field, and the " +":guilabel:`License Key` should be entered in the :guilabel:`API Key` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Account ID` can be found by logging into the *AvaTax* portal " +"(`sandbox `_ or `production " +"`_). In the upper-right corner, click on the " +"initials of the user and :guilabel:`Account`. The :guilabel:`Account ID` is " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To access the :guilabel:`License Key` see this documentation: " +":ref:`avatax/create_avalara_credentials`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:259 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Company Code` field, enter the Avalara company code for " +"the company being configured. Avalara interprets this as `DEFAULT`, if it is" +" not set. The :guilabel:`Company Code` can be accessed in the Avalara " +"management portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:263 +msgid "" +"First, log into the *AvaTax* portal (`sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_). Then, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Manage Companies`. The :guilabel:`Company Code` value is located in the " +"row of the :guilabel:`Company` in the :guilabel:`Company Code` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "AvaTax company code highlighted on the company details page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:273 +msgid "Transaction options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:275 +msgid "" +"There are two transactional settings in the Odoo *AvaTax* settings that can " +"be configured: :guilabel:`Use UPC` and :guilabel:`Commit Transactions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:278 +msgid "" +"If the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Use UPC` is ticked, the transactions will" +" use Universal Product Codes (UPC), instead of custom defined codes in " +"Avalara. Consult a certified public accountant (CPA) for specific guidance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:282 +msgid "" +"Should the :guilabel:`Commit Transactions` checkbox be ticked, then, the " +"transactions in the Odoo database will be committed for reporting in " +"*AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:286 msgid "Address validation" msgstr "주소 유효성 검사하기" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:288 msgid "" -"Manually validate customer addresses by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate " -"address` link in the customer form view." -msgstr "고객 양식 화면에서 :guilabel:`주소 유효성 검사` 링크를 클릭하여 고객 주소의 유효성을 직접 검사합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Validate customer addresses" -msgstr "고객 주소 유효성 검사하기" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If preferred, choose to keep the newly validated address or the original " -"address in the wizard that pops up." -msgstr "원하는 경우 팝업으로 표시되는 마법사에서 새로 검증이 완료된 주소 또는 원래의 주소를 유지하도록 선택합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Address validation wizard" -msgstr "주소 유효성 검사 마법사" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:64 -msgid "Tax calculation" -msgstr "세금 계산" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with Avatax by" -" confirming the documents. Alternatively, calculate the taxes manually by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`Compute taxes using Avatax` button while these " -"documents are in draft mode." +"The *Address Validation* feature ensures that the most up-to-date address by" +" postal standards is set on a contact in Odoo. This is important to provide " +"accurate tax calculations for customers." msgstr "" -"문서 확인을 통해 Avatax로 Odoo 견적서 및 청구서에 대한 세금을 자동으로 계산합니다. 또는 문서가 초안 모드인 동안 " -":guilabel:`Avatax를 사용하여 세금 계산` 버튼을 클릭하여 세금을 수기로 계산할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:292 msgid "" -"Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Code` field that's available on customers, " -"quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and Avatax." +"The :guilabel:`Address Validation` feature only works with " +"partners/customers in North America." msgstr "" -"고객, 견적서 및 청구서에 있는 :guilabel:`Avalara 코드` 필드를 사용하여 Odoo와 Avatax의 데이터를 상호 " -"참조합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Additionally, tick the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Address validation` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:297 +msgid "" +"For accurate tax calculations, it is best practice to enter a complete " +"address for the contacts saved in the database. However, *AvaTax* can still " +"function by implementing a best effort attempt using only the " +":guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`State`, and :guilabel:`Zip code`. These are " +"the three minimum required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:302 +msgid ":guilabel:`Save` the settings to implement the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Manually :guilabel:`Validate` the address by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Contacts app`, and selecting a contact. Now that the " +"*AvaTax* module has been configured on the database, a :guilabel:`Validate` " +"button appears directly below the :guilabel:`Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:309 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a pop-up window appears with a " +":guilabel:`Validated Address` and :guilabel:`Original Address` listed. If " +"the :guilabel:`Validated Address` is the correct mailing address for tax " +"purposes, click :guilabel:`Save Validated`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Validate address pop-up window in Odoo with \"Save Validated\" button and \"Validated\n" +"Address\" highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:319 +msgid "" +"All previously-entered addresses for contacts in the Odoo database will need" +" to be validated using the manually validate process outlined above. " +"Addresses are not automatically validated if they were entered previously. " +"This only occurs upon tax calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:324 +msgid "Test connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:326 +msgid "" +"After entering all the above information into the *AvaTax* setup on Odoo, " +"click :guilabel:`Test connection`. This ensures the :guilabel:`API ID` and " +":guilabel:`API KEY` are correct, and a connection is made between Odoo and " +"the *AvaTax* application programming interface (API)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:331 +msgid "Sync parameters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Upon finishing the configuration and settings of the *AvaTax* section, click" +" the :guilabel:`Sync Parameters` button. This action synchronizes the " +"exemption codes from *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:341 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Fiscal Positions`. A :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` is listed " +"named, :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)`. Click it to open " +"*AvaTax's* fiscal position configuration page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:345 +msgid "Here, ensure that the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` checkbox is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the checkbox next to the field labeled: :guilabel:`Detect " +"Automatically`. Should this option be ticked, then, Odoo will automatically " +"apply this :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for transactions in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Enabling :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` also makes specific parameters, " +"such as :guilabel:`VAT required`, :guilabel:`Foreign Tax ID`, " +":guilabel:`Country Group`, :guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`Federal States`, " +"or :guilabel:`Zip Range` appear. Filling these parameters filters the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` usage. Leaving them blank ensures all " +"calculations are made using this :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:358 +msgid "" +"Should the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` checkbox not be ticked, each " +"customer will need to have the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set on their " +":guilabel:`Sales and Purchase` tab of the contact record. To do so, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Order --> Customers`, or " +":menuselection:`Contacts app --> Contacts`. Then, select a customer or " +"contact to set the fiscal position on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:364 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Sales and Purchase` tab, and down to the section " +"labeled, :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`. Set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` " +"field to the fiscal position for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:430 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:372 +msgid "AvaTax accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Upon selecting the checkbox option for :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` a new " +":guilabel:`AvaTax` tab appears. Click into this tab to reveal two different " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:377 +msgid "" +"The first setting is the :guilabel:`AvaTax Invoice Account`, while the " +"second is, :guilabel:`AvaTax Refund Account`. Ensure both accounts are set " +"for smooth end-of-year record keeping. Consult a certified public accountant" +" (CPA) for specific guidance on setting both accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:381 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to implement the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:384 +msgid "Tax mapping" +msgstr "세금 매핑" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:386 +msgid "" +"The *AvaTax* integration is available on sale orders and invoices with the " +"included *AvaTax* fiscal position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:390 +msgid "" +"Additionally, there is a :guilabel:`Tax Mapping` tab and :guilabel:`Account " +"Mapping` tab in the :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)` fiscal " +"position, where mapping for products can also be configured. To access " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Positions` navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Fiscal Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:396 +msgid "Product category mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the " +"product categories. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Product Categories`. Select the product category to add " +"the :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` to. In the :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` " +"field, select a category from the drop-down menu, or :guilabel:`Search " +"More...` to open the complete list of options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "Specify AvaTax Category on products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:409 +msgid "Product mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:411 +msgid "" +"*AvaTax* Categories may be set on individual products, as well. To set the " +":guilabel:`Avatax Category` navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Products --> Products`. Select the product to add the :guilabel:`Avatax " +"Category` to. Under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, on the far-" +"right, is a selector field labeled: :guilabel:`Avatax Category`. Finally, " +"click the drop-down menu, and select a category, or :guilabel:`Search " +"More...` to find one that is not listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:418 +msgid "" +"If both the product, and its category, have an :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` " +"set, the product's :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` takes precedence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "Override product categories as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:426 +msgid "" +"Mapping an :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` on either the *Product* or *Product " +"Category* should be completed for every *Product* or *Product Category*, " +"depending the route that is chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:431 +msgid ":doc:`avatax/avatax_use`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:432 +msgid ":doc:`avatax/avalara_portal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:163 +msgid "" +"`US Tax Compliance: Avatax elearning video " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:6 +msgid "Avalara (Avatax) portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Avalara's (*AvaTax*) management console offers account management options " +"including: viewing/editing the transactions sent from Odoo to *AvaTax*, " +"details on how the taxes are calculated, tax reporting, tax exemption " +"management, and tax return resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:13 +msgid "Avalara is the software developer of the tax software, *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the console, first, navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_ environment. This will depend on which type " +"of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`. Log in to the " +"management console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara dashboard after logging into management portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"For more information see Avalara's documentation: `Activate your " +"Communications Customer Portal account " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To access transactions, click in the :guilabel:`Transactions` link on the " +"main dashboard upon logging into the :ref:`avatax/portal`. To manually " +"access the *Transactions* page, while logged into the Avalara console, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Transactions --> Transactions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara portal with the transactions shortcut highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:43 +msgid "Edit transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click into a transaction to reveal more details about the transaction. These" +" details include sections on :guilabel:`Invoice detail`, " +":guilabel:`Additional info`, and :guilabel:`Customer info`. Click :icon:`fa-" +"pencil` :guilabel:`Edit document details` to make changes to the " +"transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:49 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Discount` can be added to adjust the invoice. This is " +"especially useful in cases where the transaction has already synced with " +"Avalara / *AvaTax*, and changes need to be made afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:55 +msgid "Filter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Filter transactions on the :guilabel:`Transactions` page, by setting the " +":guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields, and configuring other fields to " +"filter by, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Status`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Code`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`Exactly " +"match`, :guilabel:`Starts with`, or :guilabel:`Contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer/Vendor Code`: the customer/vendor code in Odoo (e.g. " +"`Contact18`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: the country this tax was calculated in; this is a text " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: the region of the country, which varies based on the " +":guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Filters` to access the following filter " +"conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Type`: any of the following selections, :guilabel:`All`," +" :guilabel:`Sales Invoice`, :guilabel:`Purchase Invoice`, :guilabel:`Return " +"Invoice`, :guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Inbound Invoice`, " +":guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Outbound Invoice`, or :guilabel:`Customs " +"Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Import ID`: represents the import ID of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:78 +msgid "Sort by" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:80 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Transactions` page, transactions will be listed below, " +"according to the set :ref:`avalara/portal-filter`, located in the top half " +"of the page. The following columns are available by default, to sort by " +"ascending or descending order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc Code`: either of the following options, :guilabel:`Exactly " +"match`, :guilabel:`Starts with`, or :guilabel:`Contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc Status`: either of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cust/Vendor Code` : this is the customer/vendor code in Odoo " +"(e.g. Contact18)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: this is the region of the country, this will vary based " +"on the :guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amount`: the numeric amount of the total amount on the Odoo " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax`: the numeric amount of the tax applied to the total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Transactions page on the Avalara portal with the filter and sort-by options " +"highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:99 +msgid "Customize columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Additional columns can be added by clicking the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Customize columns`. On the resulting popover window, click the " +"drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`column` that should be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The following columns can be added for additional transactional information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`AvaTax calculated`: the amount of tax calculated by *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cust/vendor code`: the customer/vendor code in Odoo (e.g. " +"`Contact18`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Currency`: the standardized abbreviation for the currency the " +"amount total is in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doc date`: the document's date of creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc status`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc type`: any of the following selections, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Sales Invoice`, :guilabel:`Purchase Invoice`, :guilabel:`Return " +"Invoice`, :guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Inbound Invoice`, " +":guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Outbound Invoice`, or :guilabel:`Customs " +"Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last modified`: timestamp of the last time the document was " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location code`: the location code used to calculate the tax, " +"based on the delivery address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:122 +msgid ":guilabel:`PO number`: the purchase order number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference code`: the Odoo reference code (e.g. NV/2024/00003)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: the region of the country,which varies based on the " +":guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson code`: the numeric ID of the user assigned to the " +"sales order in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax date`: the month/day/year of the tax calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax override type`: where an exemption would appear, should there" +" be none, the field populates with :guilabel:`None`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:131 +msgid "To add a new column click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:134 +msgid "" +"For more information on *AvaTax* transactions, refer to this Avalara " +"documentation: `Transactions " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:138 +msgid "Import-export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"While on the :ref:`avalara/portal-transactions`, click :icon:`fa-download` " +":guilabel:`Import transactions` or :icon:`fa-upload` :guilabel:`Export " +"transactions` to import or export transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1019 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:42 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "보고서" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To access reporting, navigate to the :menuselection:`Reports` link in the " +"top menu of the Avalara management console. Next, select from one of the " +"available reporting tabs: :guilabel:`Transactions reports`, " +":guilabel:`Liability & tax return reports`, or :guilabel:`Exemption " +"reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Additionally, there is a :guilabel:`Favorites` tab and :guilabel:`Downloads`" +" tab. The :guilabel:`Favorites` tab contains any favorited report " +"configurations for the Avalara user. The :guilabel:`Downloads` tab contains " +"a list view where the user can download the high-volume transaction reports " +"created in the last 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Make a selection for the :guilabel:`Report Category`, and the " +":guilabel:`Report Name`, under the :guilabel:`Select a report` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Next, fill out the :guilabel:`Select report details` section. These options " +"will vary based on the tab selected above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Depending on the report size, the following two options are available in the" +" section labeled, :guilabel:`Select the approximate number of transactions " +"for your report`: :guilabel:`Create and download the report instantly` (for " +"small reports) and :guilabel:`Create and download the report in the " +"background` (for larger reports). Select one or the other depending on the " +"volume of transactions in this report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Finally, under the section labeled, :guilabel:`Report preview and export` " +"make a selection of the file type to download. Either a :guilabel:`.PDF` or " +":guilabel:`.XLS` can be chosen. Alternatively, the file can be previewed by " +"selecting the :guilabel:`Preview` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:172 +msgid "" +"After making all the configurations, click :guilabel:`Create report` to " +"download the report. Click :icon:`fa-star-o` :guilabel:`Make this report a " +"favorite` to save the report configuration to the user's favorites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:176 +msgid "" +"After the report is created, click :icon:`fa-download` :guilabel:`Download` " +"to download the file to the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Select a pre-configured report from the :guilabel:`Frequently used reports` " +"section of the reporting dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Access this list by clicking on the :guilabel:`Reports` option in the top " +"menu of the Avalara management console, and scroll to the bottom of the " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"`See Avalara's documentation: Reports in AvaTax " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:191 +msgid "Add more jurisdictions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Additional jurisdictions (tax locations) can be added in the Avalara " +"management console. Navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_ environment. This will depend on which type " +"of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Where you collect tax`. " +"Choose between the three different tabs, depending on the business need. The" +" first tab is :guilabel:`Sales and use tax`, where tax can be collected for " +"the United States. Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add to where you " +"collect sales and use tax` to add another location where the company " +"collects sales and use tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The second option, is the :guilabel:`VAT/GST` tab where the :icon:`fa-plus` " +":guilabel:`Add a country or territory where you collect VAT/GST` can be " +"selected to add another country or territory where the company collects " +"VAT/GST." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Finally, on the far-right, is the :guilabel:`Customs duty` tab, where a " +"country can be added where the company collects customs duty. Simply click " +"on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a country where you calculate customs " +"duty` icon below the tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"AvaTax management console, on the Where you collect tax page, with the add button and\n" +"sales and use tax tab highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:217 +msgid "" +"`See Avalara's documentation: Add local jurisdiction taxes " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:221 +msgid "Tax exemption certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Tax exemption certificates for customers can be added into the Avalara " +"management console, so that *AvaTax* is aware of which customers may be " +"exempt from paying certain taxes. To add an *exception certificate* navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Exemptions --> Customer certificates`. From there, click" +" on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a certificate` to configure an " +"exemption." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:229 +msgid "" +"An Avalara subscription to Exemption Certificate Management (ECM) is " +"required in order to attach certificate images, and to be ready for an " +"audit. For more on subscribing to this add-on, visit `Avalara " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:235 +msgid "End-of-year operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Avalara's services include tax return services, for when it is time to file " +"taxes at the end of the year. To access Avalara's tax services log, into the" +" `management portal `_. Then, from the main " +"dashboard, click :guilabel:`Returns`. Avalara will prompt the Avalara user " +"to log in for security purposes, and redirect the user to the *Returns* " +"portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara portal with the returns shortcut highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Get started` to begin the tax return process. For more " +"information, refer to this Avalara documentation: `About Managed Returns " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, click on the :menuselection:`Returns` button in the top menu " +"of the Avalara management console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:161 +msgid ":doc:`../avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`avatax_use`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:3 +msgid "AvaTax use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:5 +msgid "" +"AvaTax is a tax calculation software that can be integrated with Odoo in the" +" United States and Canada. Once the :doc:`integration setup <../avatax>` is " +"complete, the calculated tax is simple and automatic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:10 +msgid "Tax calculation" +msgstr "세금 계산" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with AvaTax by" +" confirming the documents during the sales flow. Alternatively, calculate " +"the taxes manually by clicking the :guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button, while " +"these documents are in draft stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button recalculates taxes, if any " +"product lines are edited on the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Sales quotation with the confirm and compute taxes button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The tax calculation is triggered during the following :ref:`automatic " +"trigger ` and :ref:`manual trigger " +"` circumstances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:30 +msgid "Automatic triggers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the sales rep sends the quote by email with :guilabel:`Send by email` " +"button (pop-up)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:33 +msgid "When the customer views the online quote on the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:34 +msgid "When a quote is confirmed and becomes a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:35 +msgid "When the customer views the invoice on the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:36 +msgid "When a draft invoice is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:37 +msgid "When the customer views the subscription in the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:38 +msgid "When a subscription generates an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:39 +msgid "When the customer gets to the last screen of the eCommerce checkout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:44 +msgid "Manual triggers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button at the bottom of the quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button at the top of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:49 +msgid "Use each of these buttons to manually re-calculate the sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Partner Code` field that is available on customer" +" records, quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and " +"AvaTax. This field is located under the :menuselection:`Other info` tab of " +"the sales order or quotation in the :guilabel:`Sales` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:56 +msgid "" +"On the customer record, navigate to *Contacts app* and select a contact. " +"Then open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab and the :guilabel:`Avalara " +"Partner Code` under the :guilabel:`Sales` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)` fiscal position is also " +"applied on those Odoo documents, like subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:165 +msgid ":doc:`../fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:68 +msgid "AvaTax synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Synchronization occurs with AvaTax, when the *invoice* is created in Odoo. " +"This means the sales tax is recorded with Avalara (AvaTax software " +"developer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`. " +"Select a quotation from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:76 +msgid "" +"After confirming a quotation and validating the delivery, click " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice`. Indicate whether it is a :guilabel:`Regular " +"invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or :guilabel:`Down payment " +"(fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Then click :guilabel:`Create and view invoice`. The recorded taxes can be " +"seen in the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab of the invoice. There will be " +"different taxes depending on the location of the :guilabel:`Delivery " +"Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Journal items highlighted on a invoice in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Finally, press the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to complete the invoice and " +"synchronize with the AvaTax portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:92 +msgid "" +"An invoice cannot be :guilabel:`Reset to draft` because this causes de-" +"synchronization with the AvaTax Portal. Instead, click :guilabel:`Add credit" +" note` and state: `Sync with AvaTax Portal`. See this documentation: " +":doc:`../../../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:97 +msgid "Fixed price discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Add a fixed price discount to a valuable customer, by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line` on the customer's invoice. Add the product discount, " +"and set the :guilabel:`Price` to either a positive or negative value. To " +"recalculate the taxes, click :guilabel:`Compute Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Tax calculation can even be done on negative subtotals and credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:107 +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:109 +msgid "" +"It is possible to log Avalara/*AvaTax* actions in Odoo for further analysis," +" or verification of functionality. Logging is accessible through the " +"*AvaTax* settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To start logging *AvaTax* actions, first, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, under the :guilabel:`AvaTax` " +"settings, click :guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Upon starting the log process, Odoo will log all Avalara/*AvaTax* actions " +"performed in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To view the logs, click on :guilabel:`Show logs` to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`. This reveals a detailed list of " +"Avalara/*AvaTax* actions. This list is sortable by the following columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:124 +msgid ":guilabel:`Created on`: timestamp of the *AvaTax* calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`Created by`: numeric value of the user in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Database name`: name of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: two values can be chosen for this field, " +":guilabel:`Server` or :guilabel:`Client`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Avalara service name. In this case, it will be *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:130 +msgid ":guilabel:`Level`: by default, this will be `INFO`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:131 +msgid ":guilabel:`Path`: indicates the path taken to make the calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`Line`: indicates the line the calculation is made on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:133 +msgid ":guilabel:`Function`: indicates the calculation taken on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara logging page with top row of list highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Click into the log line to reveal another field, called :guilabel:`Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:141 +msgid "" +"This field populates a raw transcription of the transaction, which involves " +"the creation (or adjustment) of a sales invoice using the Avalara *AvaTax* " +"API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The transaction includes details, such as addresses for shipping from and " +"to, line items describing the products or services, tax codes, tax amounts, " +"and other relevant information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:147 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Message` contains the calculated taxes for different " +"jurisdictions and confirms the creation (or adjustment) of the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Custom fields can be made using Odoo *Studio*. Click the :icon:`fa-" +"ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(ellipsis)` menu to the far-right of the header row. " +"Then click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add custom field`. This action opens " +"Odoo *Studio*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Studio* requires a *custom* pricing plan. Consult the database's " +"customer success manager for more information on switching plans. Or to see " +"if Odoo *Studio* is included in the database's current pricing plan. See " +"this documentation: :doc:`../../../../studio`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:162 +msgid ":doc:`avalara_portal`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:3 msgid "Cash basis taxes" msgstr "현금주의 세금" @@ -14775,13 +16374,6 @@ msgstr "" "온라인 포털을 사용하여 EU 내 판매에 대한 부가가치세 납세 의무를 해소할 수 있습니다. **두 가지 주요 제도**를 통해 진행됩니다: " "국가간 서비스를 위한 **유니온 OSS** 제도와 €150 이하의 재화에 대한 **OSS 수입** 제도가 바로 그것입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1019 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:42 -msgid "Reports" -msgstr "보고서" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:54 msgid "" "To generate **OSS sales** or **OSS imports** reports and submit them onto " @@ -15190,7 +16782,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:592 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:570 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:700 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:710 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:119 @@ -15982,6 +17574,9 @@ msgid "" "Date`. Deferred expense entries are posted from the bill date and are " "displayed in the report accordingly." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`시작일` 및 :guilabel:`종료일` 필드가 :guilabel:`청구서 줄` 탭에 표시되는지 확인합니다. 대부분의" +" 경우 :guilabel:`시작일` 은 :guilabel:`공급업체 청구일` 과 같은 달이어야 합니다. 이연 비용 항목이 청구일로부터 " +"전기되며 이에 따라 보고서에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -18094,6 +19689,7 @@ msgstr "" "tutorial-localizacion-de-argentina-130>`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 @@ -18107,73 +19703,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "다음의 모듈을 :ref:`설치 `하면 아르헨티나 현지화 관련된 전체 기능을 사용할 수 있습니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "이름" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 -msgid "Technical name" -msgstr "기술적 명칭" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "설명" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:32 msgid ":guilabel:`Argentina - Accounting`" msgstr ":guilabel:`아르헨티나 - 회계`" @@ -18236,7 +19765,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "(선택 사항) 사용자가 전자 상거래 결제 양식에서 식별 유형 및 AFIP 책임을 확인하여 전자 청구서를 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:52 @@ -18289,7 +19818,7 @@ msgid "Select Fiscal Localization Package." msgstr "재정 현지화 패키지를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:205 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:255 msgid "Configure master data" msgstr "마스터 데이터 설정하기" @@ -19940,7 +21469,7 @@ msgstr "" "<../payment_providers>` **반드시** 설정해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:923 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:267 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:181 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:270 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 @@ -21314,6 +22843,7 @@ msgid "`Stripe Terminal `_" msgstr "`Stripe 단말기 `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:150 msgid "Payroll" msgstr "급여" @@ -21898,6 +23428,7 @@ msgstr "" "생성합니다. 급여명세서를 일괄 생성하는 경우 이 회계 항목에서는 전체 급여명세서의 잔액을 합산합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:308 msgid "Pay employees" msgstr "직원 급여 지급" @@ -22156,11 +23687,19 @@ msgstr "Employment Hero \"비즈니스 ID\" 번호는 URL에 있습니다." msgid "You can choose any Odoo journal to post the payslip entries." msgstr "급여명세서 항목을 발행할 Odoo 전표을 선택할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:908 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:906 +msgid "" +"Configure the tax by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`. Create the necessary taxes for the Employment Hero payslip " +"entries. Fill in the tax code from **Employment Hero** in the " +":guilabel:`Matching Employment Hero Tax` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:911 msgid "How does the API work?" msgstr "API는 어떻게 작동하나요?" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:910 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:913 msgid "" "The API syncs the journal entries from Employment Hero to Odoo and leaves " "them in draft mode. The reference includes the Employment Hero payslip entry" @@ -22175,7 +23714,7 @@ msgid "" "Example of a Employment Hero Journal Entry in Odoo Accounting (Australia)" msgstr "Odoo 회계 (호주)의 Employment Hero 급여 명세서 항목 예시" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:920 msgid "" "By default, the synchronisation happens once per week. You can fetch the " "records manually by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " @@ -22186,12 +23725,12 @@ msgstr "" "직접 가져올 수 있으며, :guilabel:`Employment Hero 통합 활성화` 옵션에서 :guilabel:`급여 명세서 직접 " "가져오기`를 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:921 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:924 msgid "" "Employment Hero payslip entries also work based on double-entry bookkeeping." msgstr "Employment Hero 급여 명세서 항목은 복식 부기를 기준으로 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:926 msgid "" "The accounts used by Employment Hero are defined in the section " ":guilabel:`Payroll settings`." @@ -22201,7 +23740,7 @@ msgstr "Employment Hero에서 사용하는 계정은 :guilabel:`급여 설정` msgid "Chart of Accounts menu in Employment Hero" msgstr "Employment Hero의 계정과목표 메뉴" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:928 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:931 msgid "" "For the API to work, you need to create the same accounts as the default " "accounts of your Employment Hero business (**same name and same code**) in " @@ -22349,6 +23888,8 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Country`" msgstr ":guilabel:`국가`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:325 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:292 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" @@ -23685,23 +25226,19 @@ msgstr "브라질" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:12 msgid "" "With the Brazilian localization, sales taxes can be automatically computed " -"and electronic invoices (NF-e) for goods can be sent using AvaTax (Avalara) " -"through |API| calls. Moreover, taxes for services can be configured." +"and electronic invoices for goods (NF-e) and services (NFS-e) can be sent " +"using AvaTax (Avalara) through |API| calls. Moreover, taxes for services can" +" be configured." msgstr "" -"브라질 현지화를 통해 판매세를 자동으로 계산할 수 있으며, 상품에 대한 전자 청구서 (NF-e)는 |API| 호출을 통해 AvaTax " -"(Avalara)를 사용하여 전송할 수 있습니다. 또한 서비스에 대한 세금도 설정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:16 msgid "" -"For the goods tax computation and electronic invoicing process, you need to " -"configure the :ref:`contacts `, :ref:`company " +"For the goods and services tax computation and electronic invoicing process," +" you need to configure the :ref:`contacts `, :ref:`company " "`, :ref:`products `, and :ref:`create an " -"account in Avatax ` need to be configured in the " -"general settings." +"account in AvaTax ` which needs to be configured in " +"the general settings." msgstr "" -"품목 세금 계산 및 전자 청구서 발행 프로세스를 진행하려면 일반 설정에서 :ref:`contacts `, " -":ref:`company `, :ref:`품목 ` 및 :ref:`avatax " -"계정 만들기 ` 설정을 해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -23715,141 +25252,230 @@ msgid "" "can be modified if needed." msgstr "현지화에는 필요한 경우 수정할 수 있는 세금 및 계정과목표 서식도 들어 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:33 msgid "" -"Install the :guilabel:`🇧🇷 Brazil` :ref:`fiscal localization package " -"` to get all the default accounting features " -"of the Brazilian localization, following the :abbr:`IFRS (International " -"Financial Reporting Standards)` rules." +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Brazilian localization:" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`🇧🇷 브라질` :ref:`재정 현지화 패키지 `를 설치하면 " -":abbr:`IFRS (International Financial Reporting Standards)` 규칙에 따라 브라질 현지화의 " -"기본 회계 기능 전체를 사용할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazilian - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_br`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `, " +"which represents having the Generic Brazilian chart of accounts and Taxes, " +"together with document types and identification types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazil - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:49 +msgid "`l10n_br_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:50 +msgid "Accounting reports for Brazil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` & :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:52 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax` & `l10n_br_avatax_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:53 +msgid "Goods and Services tax computation through Avalara." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Brazilian Accounting EDI` & :guilabel:`Brazilian Accounting EDI " +"for services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:55 +msgid "`l10n_br_edi` & `l10n_br_edi_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Provides electronic invoicing for goods and services for Brazil through " +"AvaTax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazil Pix QR codes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:58 +msgid "`l10n_br_pix`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:59 +msgid "Implements Pix QR codes for Brazil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:66 msgid "" "To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " "app and search the name given to your company." msgstr "회사 정보를 설정하려면 :menuselection:`연락처` 앱으로 이동하여 회사 이름을 검색합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:69 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option at the top of the page. Then, " "configure the following fields:" msgstr "페이지 상단에서 :guilabel:`회사` 옵션을 선택합니다. 선택한 후, 다음 내용을 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:245 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1096 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr ":guilabel:`이름`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:314 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Address` (add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip" -" Code`, :guilabel:`Country`)." +":guilabel:`Address`: add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip" +" Code`, :guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`주소` (추가 :guilabel:`도시`, :guilabel:`주`, :guilabel:`우편번호`, " -":guilabel:`국가`)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:76 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street name, number, and any " "additional address information." msgstr ":guilabel:`도로명` 필드에는 도로명, 번호 및 추가 주소 정보를 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:318 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Street 2` field, enter the neighborhood." msgstr ":guilabel:`도로명 2` 필드에 동 주소를 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:252 -msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number` (:guilabel:`CNPJ`, :guilabel:`CPF`)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`식별 번호` (:guilabel:`CNPJ`, :guilabel:`CPF`)를 입력합니다." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:320 +msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`: :guilabel:`CNPJ` or :guilabel:`CPF`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:253 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID` (associated with the identification type)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`세금 ID` (식별 유형과 연결)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:321 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: associated with the identification type" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:55 -msgid ":guilabel:`IE` (State registration)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`IE` (주 등록)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: State registration" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:56 -msgid ":guilabel:`IM` (Municipal registration)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`IM` (시 등록)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: Municipal registration" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:84 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code` (Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " -"add if applicable)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA 코드` (Manaus 자유 무역 지대 감독관 - 해당되는 경우 추가)." +":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " +"add if applicable" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:257 -msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`." -msgstr ":guilabel:`전화번호`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:258 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`." -msgstr ":guilabel:`이메일`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1097 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:293 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`이메일`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Company configuration." msgstr "회사 환경 설정" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:91 msgid "" "Configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` within the :guilabel:`Sales and" " Purchase` tab:" msgstr ":guilabel:`판매 및 매입` 탭에서 :guilabel:`재정 정보`를 설정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:104 msgid "" -"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`Avatax Brazil `." msgstr "" -":ref:`Avatax Brazil `에 대해 :guilabel:`재정 위치`를 추가합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:67 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime` (Federal Tax Regime)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`세금 제도 ` (연방 세금 제도)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:94 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: Federal Tax Regime" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:95 msgid "" -":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type` (indicates ICMS regime, Exempt status, or " -"Non-Taxpayer)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`ICMS 납세자 유형` (ICMS 체제, 면제 상태 또는 비과세자 표시)." +":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: indicates :guilabel:`ICMS regime`, " +":guilabel:`Exempt status`, or :guilabel:`Non-Taxpayer`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:69 -msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`." -msgstr ":guilabel:`주요 활동 분야`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:97 +msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Company fiscal configuration." msgstr "회사 재정 환경 설정" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:74 -msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact" -msgstr "마지막으로 회사 로고를 업로드하고 연락처를 저장합니다." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Configure the following extra :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` if you are " +"going to issue NFS-e:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:350 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`COFINS Details`: :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with " +"rate 0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PIS Details` :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with rate " +"0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:109 +msgid ":guilabel:`CSLL Taxable` If the company is subject to CSLL or not" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Company fiscal configuration for NFSe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:114 +msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:117 msgid "" "If you are a simplified regime, you need to configure the ICMS rate under " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> " -"Avatax Brazil`." +"AvaTax Brazil`." msgstr "" -"단순화된 정책을 사용하고 있는 경우 :menuselection:`회계 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정 --> 세금 -->Avatax " -"Brazil `에서 ICMS 요율 설정을 해야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:123 msgid "Configure AvaTax integration" msgstr "AvaTax 통합 설정" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:125 msgid "" "Avalara AvaTax is a tax calculation and electronic invoicing provider that " "can be integrated in Odoo to automatically compute taxes by taking into " @@ -23860,66 +25486,96 @@ msgstr "" "Avalara Avatax는 세금 계산 및 전자 세금계산서 제공업체로 Odoo에서 연동하여 회사, 연락처 (고객), 품목, 거래 정보를 " "고려하여 자동으로 세금을 계산하여 정확한 세금을 조회하고 정부에 전자 세금계산서를 사후 처리할 수 있는 서비스입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:130 msgid "" "Using this integration requires :doc:`In-App-Purchases (IAPs) " "<../../essentials/in_app_purchase>` to compute the taxes and to send the " -"electronic invoices. Whenever you compute taxes, an |API| call is made using" -" credits from your |IAP| credits balance." +"electronic invoices. Whenever you compute taxes, send an electronic document" +" (NF-e, NFS-e, etc), or perform any electronic flow (NF-e Cancellation, " +"Correction letter, Invalidate invoice number range), an API call is made " +"using credits from your `IAP credits balance `_." msgstr "" -"연동하여 사용하려면 세금 계산 및 전자 청구서 전송용으로 :doc:`인앱 구매(IAP) " -"<../../general/in_app_purchase>` 기능을 사용할 수 있어야 합니다. 세금을 계산할 때마다 |IAP| 크레딧 " -"잔액에 있는 크레딧을 사용하여 |API| 호출을 하게 됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:137 msgid "Odoo is a certified partner of Avalara Brazil." msgstr "Odoo는 Avalara 브라질의 인증된 파트너입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:138 +msgid "" +"You can `buy IAP credit on odoo.com `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:141 +msgid "Credential configuration" +msgstr "자격 증명 설정" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:143 msgid "" "To activate AvaTax in Odoo, you need to create an account. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, and in" " the :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` section, add the administration email address" -" to be used for the AvaTax portal in the :guilabel:`Avatax Portal Email`, " +" to be used for the AvaTax portal in the :guilabel:`AvaTax Portal Email`, " "and then click on :guilabel:`Create account`." msgstr "" -"Odoo에서 AvaTax를 활성화하려면 계정을 만들어야 합니다. 생성하려면 :menuselection:`회계 --> 환경 설정 --> " -"설정 --> 세금`으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`AvaTax 브라질` 섹션의 :guilabel:`Avatax 포털 이메일`에 " -"AvaTax 포털에 사용할 관리 이메일 주소를 추가한 다음 :guilabel:`계정 만들기`를 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:149 msgid "" -"When **testing** an :guilabel:`Avatax Portal Email` integration in a testing" -" or sandbox database, use an alternate email address. It is **not** possible" -" to re-use the same email address on the production database." +"When **testing** or **creating a production** :guilabel:`AvaTax Portal " +"Email` integration in a sandbox or production database, use a real email " +"address, as it is needed to log in to the Avalara Portal and set up the " +"certificates, whether you want to test or use it on production." msgstr "" -"테스트 또는 샌드박스 데이터베이스에서 :guilabel:`Avatax 포털 이메일` 연동을 **테스트**하는 경우, 이메일 주소를 다르게" -" 사용합니다. 프로덕션 데이터베이스에서 동일한 이메일 주소를 다시 사용할 수 **없습니다**." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:153 +msgid "" +"There are two different Avalara Portals, one for testing and one for " +"production:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:155 +msgid "Sandbox: https://portal.sandbox.avalarabrasil.com.br/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 +msgid "Production: https://portal.avalarabrasil.com.br/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:158 +msgid "" +"When you create the account from Odoo, be sure to select the right " +"environment. Moreover, the email used to open the account cannot be used to " +"open another account. Save your :guilabel:`API ID` and :guilabel:`API Key` " +"when you create the account from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Transfer API Credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 msgid "" "After you create the account from Odoo, you need to go to the Avalara Portal" " to set up your password:" msgstr "Odoo에서 계정을 생성한 후 Avalara 포털로 이동하여 비밀번호를 설정해야 합니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 msgid "" "Access the `Avalara portal `_." msgstr "Avalara 포털 `_에 접속합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:169 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Meu primeiro acesso`." msgstr ":guilabel:`Meu primeiro acesso`을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:170 msgid "" -"Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/Avatax account," +"Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/AvaTax account," " and then click :guilabel:`Solicitar Senha`." msgstr "" -"Avalara/Avatax 계정을 생성할 때 Odoo에서 사용한 이메일 주소를 추가한 다음 :guilabel:`Solicitar " -"Senha`를 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:172 msgid "" "You will receive an email with a token and a link to create your password. " "Click on this link and copy-paste the token to allocate your desired " @@ -23928,7 +25584,7 @@ msgstr "" "토큰과 비밀번호를 생성할 수 있는 링크를 이메일로 받게 됩니다. 이 링크를 클릭한 후 복사한 토큰을 붙여넣어 원하는 비밀번호를 " "설정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:176 msgid "" "You can start using AvaTax in Odoo for tax computation **only** without " "creating a password and accessing the Avalara portal in the Odoo database. " @@ -23939,10 +25595,10 @@ msgstr "" "있습니다. 다만 전자 청구서 서비스를 사용하려면 반드시 AvaTax 포털에 액세스하여 인증서를 업로드해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 -msgid "Avatax account configuration." -msgstr "Avatax 계정 환경 설정." +msgid "AvaTax account configuration." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:184 msgid "" "You can transfer |API| credentials. Use this only when you have already " "created an account in another Odoo instance and wish to reuse it." @@ -23950,11 +25606,11 @@ msgstr "" "|API| 자격 증명을 전송할 수 있습니다. 다른 Odoo 인스턴스에서 이미 계정을 생성하여 다시 사용하려는 경우에만 이 기능을 " "사용합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:188 msgid "A1 certificate upload" msgstr "A1 인증서 업로드" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:190 msgid "" "In order to issue electronic invoices, a certificate needs to be uploaded to" " the `AvaTax portal `_." @@ -23962,7 +25618,7 @@ msgstr "" "전자 청구서를 발행하려면 `AvaTax 포털 `_에 인증서를" " 업로드해야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:193 msgid "" "The certificate will be synchronized with Odoo, as long as the external " "identifier number in the AvaTax portal matches - without special characters " @@ -23972,7 +25628,20 @@ msgstr "" "인증서는 AvaTax 포털의 외부 식별자 번호가 특수 문자 없이 CNPJ 번호와 일치하고 Odoo에서의 식별 번호 (CNPJ)가 " "AvaTax의 CNPJ와 일치할 경우 Odoo와 동기화됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:198 +msgid "" +"To issue NFS-e, some cities require that you link the certificate within the" +" City Portal system before issuing NFS-e from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:201 +msgid "" +"If you receive an error message from the city that says :guilabel:`Your " +"certificate is not linked to the user`, that means this process needs to be " +"done in the city portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:210 msgid "" "The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " "is installed by default as part of the data set included in the localization" @@ -23982,18 +25651,18 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`계정과목표 <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>`는 현지화 모듈에 포함되어 있는 " "데이터 집합의 일부로 기본 설치됩니다. 계정은 해당하는 세금과 기본 미지급금 및 미수금 필드에 자동으로 매핑됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:215 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Brazil is based on the SPED CoA, which gives a " "baseline of the accounts needed in Brazil." msgstr "브라질의 계정과목표는 브라질에서 필요한 계정의 기준선을 제공하는 SPED CoA를 기반으로 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:218 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." msgstr "회사의 필요에 따라 계정을 추가하거나 삭제할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:223 msgid "" "In Brazil, a *series* number is linked to a sequence number range for " "electronic invoices. The series number can be configured in Odoo on a sales " @@ -24005,7 +25674,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`일련번호` 필드에서 설정할 수 있습니다. 일련번호 항목이 두 개 이상 필요한 경우에는 새로 판매 전표를 생성하고 " "필요한 각 연련 항목에 대해 새로 일련번호를 배정해야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:228 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Use Documents` field needs to be selected. When issuing " "electronic and non-electronic invoices, the :guilabel:`Type` field selects " @@ -24021,7 +25690,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Journal configuration with the Use Documents? field checked." msgstr "문서 사용? 필드에 표시가 되어 있는 전표 환경 설정" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 msgid "" "When creating the journal, ensure the field :guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note" " Sequence` is unchecked, as in Brazil, sequences between invoices, credit " @@ -24031,7 +25700,7 @@ msgstr "" "브라질에서는 청구서, 대변전표, 차변전표 사이의 순서가 일련번호, 즉 전표별로 공유되므로 전표를 만들 때 :guilabel:`대변전표 " "전용 일련번호` 필드 선택이 취소되어 있는지 확인합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:244 msgid "" "Taxes are automatically created when installing the Brazilian localization. " "Taxes are already configured, and some of them are used by Avalara when " @@ -24040,7 +25709,7 @@ msgstr "" "브라질 현지화를 설치할 때 세금은 자동으로 생성됩니다. 세금은 환경 설정이 이미 완료되어 있으며, 일부는 판매주문서 또는 청구서 관련 " "세금을 계산할 때 Avalara에서 사용합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:247 msgid "" "Taxes can be edited, or more taxes can be added. For example, some taxes " "used for services need to be manually added and configured, as the rate may " @@ -24049,29 +25718,14 @@ msgstr "" "세금을 편집하거나, 세금을 더 추가할 수 있습니다. 예를 들어, 서비스가 제공되는 도시에 따라 세율이 다를 수 있으므로 서비스에 사용되는" " 일부 세금은 직접 추가하고 설정해야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:252 msgid "" -"Taxes attached to services are not computed by AvaTax. Only goods taxes are " -"computed." -msgstr "서비스에 부과되는 세금은 AvaTax에서 계산되지 않습니다. 재화에 대한 세금만 계산됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When configuring a tax used for a service that is included in the final " -"price (when the tax is not added or subtracted on top of the product price)," -" set the :guilabel:`Tax Computation` to :guilabel:`Percentage of Price Tax " -"Included`, and, on the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, check the " -":guilabel:`Included in Price` option." +"If you decide to do service taxes manually, you won't be able to issue an " +"NFS-e. To electronically send an NFS-e, you need to compute taxes using " +"Avalara." msgstr "" -"서비스에 부과된 세금이 최종 가격에 포함되도록 설정하는 경우 (품목 가격에 세금을 더하거나 빼지 않는 경우) :guilabel:`세금 " -"계산`을 :guilabel:`세금 포함가 비율`로 설정하고 :guilabel:`고급 옵션` 탭에서 :guilabel:`가격에 포함` " -"옵션에 표시합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 -msgid "Tax configuration." -msgstr "세금 환경 설정" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 msgid "" "Do not delete taxes, as they are used for the AvaTax tax computation. If " "deleted, Odoo creates them again when used in an |SO| or invoice and " @@ -24084,50 +25738,56 @@ msgstr "" " 다시 생성하고 AvaTax로 세금을 계산하지만 세금을 등록하는 데 사용되는 계정은 세금의 :guilabel:`정의` 탭의 " ":guilabel:`청구서용 배포` 및 :guilabel:`환불용 배포` 섹션에서 다시 설정해야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:262 msgid ":doc:`Taxes functional documentation <../accounting/taxes>`" msgstr ":doc:`세금 기능 문서 <../accounting/taxes>`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 msgid "" "To use the AvaTax integration on sale orders and invoices, first specify the" -" following information on the product:" -msgstr "판매주문서 및 청구서에 AvaTax 통합을 사용하려면 먼저 품목에 다음 정보를 지정합니다:" +" following information on the product depending on its intended use:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:217 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`CEST Code` (Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`CEST 코드` (ICMS 세금 대체 대상 품목 코드)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:273 +msgid "E-Invoice for goods (NF-e)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:275 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code` (Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM 코드` (Mercosur 공통 품목 코드 명명법)." +":guilabel:`CEST Code`: Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Source of Origin` (Indicates the origin of the product, which can" +":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code`: Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:277 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source of Origin`: Indicates the origin of the product, which can" " be foreign or domestic, among other possible options depending on the " -"specific use case)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`원산지` (특정 사용 사례별로 가능한 옵션 중에서 외국 또는 국내인 품목의 원산지를 나타냅니다)." +"specific use case" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:279 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type` (Fiscal product type according to SPED " -"list table)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`SPED 재정 품목 유형` (SPED 목록 표에 따른 재정 품목 유형)." +":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type`: Fiscal product type according to SPED " +"list table" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:296 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Purpose of Use` (Specify the intended purpose of use for this " -"product)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`사용 목적` (해당 품목의 사용 목적을 명시합니다)." +":guilabel:`Purpose of Use`: Specify the intended purpose of use for this " +"product" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Product configuration." msgstr "품목 환경 설정" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:286 msgid "" "Odoo automatically creates three products to be used for transportation " "costs associated with sales. These are named `Freight`, `Insurance`, and " @@ -24140,7 +25800,27 @@ msgstr "" "환경 설정이 되어 있으므로 더 생성해야 하는 경우에는 동일한 환경 설정을 복사하여 사용합니다 (환경 설정 필요: :guilabel:`품목" " 유형` `서비스`, :guilabel:`운송비 유형` `보험`, `운임` 또는 '기타 비용')." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:293 +msgid "E-Invoice for services (NFS-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Code Origin`: City Service Code where the provider is " +"registered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:298 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Codes`: City Service Code where the service will be " +"provided, if no code is added, the Origin City Code will be used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:300 +msgid ":guilabel:`Labor Assignment`: Defines if your services includes labor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:305 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:282 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:656 @@ -24148,17 +25828,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contacts" msgstr "연락처" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:307 msgid "" "Before using the integration, specify the following information on the " "contact:" msgstr "연동 기능을 사용하기 전에 연락처에 다음 정보를 지정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 msgid "General information about the contact:" msgstr "연락처에 대한 일반 정보입니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:311 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option for a contact with a tax ID (CNPJ), or" " check :guilabel:`Individual` for a contact with a CPF." @@ -24166,29 +25846,29 @@ msgstr "" "세금 ID (CNPJ)가 연락처에 있는 경우, :guilabel:`회사` 옵션을 선택하고, CPF가 있는 연락처인 경우 " ":guilabel:`개인`을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:317 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street, number, and any extra " "address information." msgstr ":guilabel:`도로명` 필드에는 도로명, 번호 및 추가 주소 정보를 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:254 -msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number." -msgstr ":guilabel:`IE`: 지역 세금 식별 번호" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:255 -msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipal tax identification number." -msgstr ":guilabel:`IM`: 지방세 식별 번호" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:323 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipal tax identification number" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 -msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number." -msgstr ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA 코드`: SUFRAMA 등록 번호" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:324 +msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Contact configuration." msgstr "연락처 환경 설정" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:332 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`CPF`, :guilabel:`IE`, :guilabel:`IM`, and :guilabel:`SUFRAMA " "code` fields are are hidden until the :guilabel:`Country` is set to " @@ -24197,32 +25877,31 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`CPF`, :guilabel:`IE`, :guilabel:`IM` 및 :guilabel:`SUFRAMA 코드` 필드는" " :guilabel:`국가`가 `브라질`로 설정될 때까지 숨겨져 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:335 msgid "" "Fiscal information about the contact under the :guilabel:`Sales \\& " "Purchase` tab:" msgstr ":guilabel:`판매 \\& 매입` 탭 하단에 있는 연락처에 대한 재정 정보:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position`: add the AvaTax fiscal position to automatically" " compute taxes on sale orders and invoices automatically" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`재정 위치`: AvaTax 재정상의 위치를 추가하여 판매주문서 및 청구서에 대한 세금을 자동으로 계산합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:339 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: federal tax regime" msgstr ":guilabel:`세금 제도`: 연방 조세 제도" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:340 msgid "" ":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: taxpayer type determines if the contact is " -"within the ICMS regime, if it is exempt, or if it is a non-taxpayer" +"within the :guilabel:`ICMS regime`, :guilabel:`Exempt status`, or " +":guilabel:`Non-taxpayer`" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`ICMS 납세자 유형`: 납세자 유형은 연락처가 ICMS 체제 내에 있는지, 면세 대상인지, 비납세자인지를 " -"결정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:342 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`: list of main activity sectors of the " "contact" @@ -24232,11 +25911,31 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`주요 활동 분야`: 연락처의 주요 활동 분야 목 msgid "Contact fiscal configuration." msgstr "연락처 재정 환경 설정" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:349 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`AvaTax Brazil `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PIS Details`: :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with rate " +"0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:354 +msgid ":guilabel:`CSLL Taxable`: If the company is subject to CSLL or not" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Contact fiscal configuration for NFSe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:362 msgid "Fiscal positions" msgstr "재정 위치" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:364 msgid "" "To compute taxes and send electronic invoices on sale orders and invoices, " "both the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` and the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API`" @@ -24245,118 +25944,114 @@ msgstr "" "세금을 계산하고 판매주문서 및 청구서에 대한 전자 청구서를 보내려면 :guilabel:`재정 위치`에서 :guilabel:`자동 감지` " "및 :guilabel:`AvaTax API 사용` 옵션이 모두 활성화되어 있어야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:368 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the contact or selected" -" when creating a sales order or an invoice." -msgstr ":guilabel:`재정 위치`는 연락처에서 설정하거나 판매주문서나 청구서를 생성할 때 선택할 수 있습니다." +"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the :ref:`contact " +"` or selected when creating a sales order or an invoice." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Fiscal position configuration" msgstr "재정 상태 설정" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:375 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:355 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:311 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "워크플로우" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:377 msgid "" "This section provides an overview of the actions that trigger `API calls " -"`_ for tax computation, and how to send " -"an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) for government validation." +"`_ for tax computation, along with " +"instructions on how to send electronic invoices for goods (NF-e) and " +"services (NFS-e) for government validation." msgstr "" -"이 섹션에서는 세금 계산을 위해 `API 호출 `_을 트리거하는 작업과 " -"정부에서 승인을 받기 위해 물품에 대한 전자 청구서 (NF-e)를 보내는 방법에 대한 개요를 다룹니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:382 msgid "" "Please note that each |API| call incurs a cost. Be mindful of the actions " "that trigger these calls to manage costs effectively." msgstr "|API| 호출에는 비용이 발생합니다. 비용을 효과적으로 관리하려면 이러한 호출을 트리거하는 활동에 유의합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:389 msgid "Tax calculations on quotations and sales orders" msgstr "견적서 및 판매주문서에 대한 세금 계산" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:391 msgid "" "Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a quotation or sales order " "automatically with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" msgstr "" "다음의 방법 중에서 견적서 또는 판매 주문에 대한 세금을 자동으로 계산하도록 |API| 호출을 트리거하여 AvaTax로 계산합니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:394 msgid "**Quotation confirmation**" msgstr "**견적 확인**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:395 msgid "Confirm a quotation into a sales order." msgstr "견적서를 확인하여 판매주문서로 만듭니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:316 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:412 msgid "**Manual trigger**" msgstr "**수동 트리거**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:317 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using Avatax`." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Avatax를 사용하여 세금 계산`을 클릭합니다." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:413 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." +msgstr ":guilabel:`AvaTax를 사용하여 세금 계산`을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:318 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:414 msgid "**Preview**" msgstr "**미리 보기**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:319 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:415 msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Preview` button." msgstr ":guilabel:`미리 보기` 버튼을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:400 msgid "**Email a quotation / sales order**" msgstr "**견적서/판매주문서를 이메일로 보내기**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:401 msgid "Send a quotation or sales order to a customer via email." msgstr "이메일을 통해 고객에게 견적서나 판매주문서를 보냅니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:404 msgid "**Online quotation access**" msgstr "**온라인 견적서 접근 권한**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:403 msgid "" "When a customer accesses the quotation online (via the portal view), the " "|API| call is triggered." msgstr "고객이 온라인으로 (포털 화면을 통하여) 견적서에 액세스하면 |API| 호출이 트리거됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:407 msgid "Tax calculations on invoices" msgstr "청구서에 대한 세금 계산" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:409 msgid "" "Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a customer invoice automatically" -" with AvaTax any of the following ways:" -msgstr "다음의 방법 중에서 고객 청구서에 대한 세금을 자동으로 계산하기 위해 |API| 호출을 트리거합니다:" +" with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:333 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." -msgstr ":guilabel:`AvaTax를 사용하여 세금 계산`을 클릭합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:417 msgid "**Online invoice access**" msgstr "**온라인 청구서 액세스**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:417 msgid "" "When a customer accesses the invoice online (via the portal view), the |API|" " call is triggered." msgstr "고객이 온라인으로 (포털 화면을 통하여) 청구서에 액세스하면 |API| 호출이 트리거됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:420 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` must be set to `Automatic Tax Mapping " "(Avalara Brazil)` for any of these actions to compute taxes automatically." @@ -24364,67 +26059,57 @@ msgstr "" "세금을 자동으로 계산하려면 반드시 :guilabel:`재정 위치`가 `자동 세금 매핑 (Avalara 브라질)`로 설정되어 있어야 이와 " "같이 작업을 수행할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:424 msgid "" ":doc:`Fiscal positions (tax and account mapping) " "<../accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" msgstr ":doc:`재정 위치 (세금 및 계정 매핑) <../accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:429 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 msgid "Electronic documents" msgstr "전자 문서" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:434 msgid "" -"To process an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e), the invoice needs to be " -"confirmed and taxes need to be computed by Avalara. Once that step is done, " -"click on the :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` button in the upper left corner, and" -" a pop-up will appear. Then click on :guilabel:`Process e-invoice` and any " -"of the other options - :guilabel:`Download` or :guilabel:`Email`. Finally, " -"click on :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` to process the invoice against the " -"government." +"To process an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) or services (NFS-e), the " +"invoice needs to be confirmed and taxes need to be computed by Avalara. Once" +" that step is done, click on the :guilabel:`Send & Print` button in the " +"upper left corner. In the pop-up that appears, click on :guilabel:`Process " +"e-invoice` and any of the other options - :guilabel:`Download` or " +":guilabel:`Email`. Finally, click on :guilabel:`Send & Print` to process the" +" invoice with the government." msgstr "" -"품목에 대한 전자 청구서 (NF-e)를 처리하려면 Avalara에서 청구서를 확인하고 세금을 계산해야 합니다. 해당 단계가 완료되면 왼쪽" -" 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`전송 및 인쇄` 버튼을 클릭하면 팝업이 나타납니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`전차 청구서 처리`와" -" 기타 옵션으로 :guilabel:`다운로드` 또는 :guilabel:`이메일` 중 하나를 클릭합니다. 마지막으로 " -":guilabel:`전송 및 인쇄`를 클릭하여 정부 청구서를 처리합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:441 msgid "" -"Before sending the electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) some fields need to " -"be filled out on the invoice:" -msgstr "품목별 전자 청구서 (NF-e) 전송 전에 청구서서 다음 내용을 작성해야 합니다." +"Before sending the electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) or services (NFS-e), " +"some fields need to be filled out on the invoice:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:363 -msgid ":guilabel:`Customer` with all the customer information" -msgstr ":guilabel:`고객` 전체 고객 정보 포함" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:444 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`, with all the customer information" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:578 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil` (how the invoice is planned to be paid)" -msgstr ":guilabel:`결제 방법: 브라질` (청구서 결제 방법)" +":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil`: how the invoice is planned to be paid" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:446 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set as the :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping " "(Avalara Brazil)`" msgstr ":guilabel:`재정 위치`를 :guilabel:`자동 세금 매핑(Avalara 브라질)`로 설정" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:447 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Document Type` set as :guilabel:`(55) Electronic Invoice (NF-e)`." -" This is the only" -msgstr ":guilabel:`문서 유형`이 :guilabel:` (55) 전자 청구서 (NF-e)`로 설정되었습니다. 이것이 유일하게" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:367 -msgid "" -"electronic document supported at the moment. Non-electronic invoices can be " -"registered, and other document types can be activated if needed" +":guilabel:`Document Type` set as :guilabel:`(55) Electronic Invoice (NF-e)` " +"or :guilabel:`(SE) Electronic Service Invoice (NFS-e)`" msgstr "" -"현재 지원되는 전자 문서입니다. 전자 형식이 아닌 청구서를 등록할 수 있으며, 필요한 경우 다른 문서 유형을 활성화할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:450 msgid "" "There are some other optional fields that depend on the nature of the " "transaction. These fields are not required, so no errors will appear from " @@ -24433,13 +26118,13 @@ msgstr "" "거래의 성격에 따라 몇 가지 다른 선택 필드가 있습니다. 이러한 필드는 필수가 아니므로 대부분의 경우 선택 필드를 입력하지 않더라도 정부" " 문서에서 오류로 표시되지 않습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:454 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Freight Model` determines how the goods are planned to be " "transported - domestic" msgstr ":guilabel:'운송 모델'은 화물을 어떻게 운송할 계획인지 방법을 지정합니다 (국내)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:455 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` determines who is doing the transportation" msgstr ":guilabel:`브라질 운송업체`는 어느 업체에서 운송을 담당하는지 지정합니다." @@ -24452,7 +26137,7 @@ msgstr "전자청구서를 처리하기 위해 필요한 청구서 정보입니 msgid "Process electronic invoice pop-up in Odoo." msgstr "Odoo에서 전자 청구서 팝업이 처리됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:464 msgid "" "All of the fields available on the invoice used to issue an electronic " "invoice are also available on the sales order, if needed. When creating the " @@ -24462,29 +26147,34 @@ msgstr "" "전자 청구서 발행에 사용하는 청구서에서 있는 모든 필드는 필요한 경우 판매주문서에서도 사용할 수 있습니다. 처음으로 청구서를 생성할 때 " ":guilabel:`문서 번호` 필드가 표시되며, 이는 후속 청구서에 순차적으로 사용될 첫 번째 번호로 배정됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:470 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:595 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "Credit notes" msgstr "대변전표" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:472 msgid "" "If a sales return needs to be registered, then a credit note can be created " "in Odoo to be sent to the government for validation." msgstr "판매 반품 등록을 하는 경우 Odoo에서 대변전표를 생성한 후 정부로 전송하여 승인을 받을 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:476 +msgid "" +"Credit notes are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:479 msgid ":ref:`Issue a credit note `" msgstr ":ref:`대변전표 발행 `" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:482 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:594 msgid "Debit Notes" msgstr "차변전표" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:484 msgid "" "If additional information needs to be included, or values need to be " "corrected that were not accurately provided in the original invoice, a debit" @@ -24492,7 +26182,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "추가 정보가 있어야 하거나 원래 청구서에 정확하게 표시되지 않은 값을 수정해야 하는 경우 차변전표를 발행해야 할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:488 +msgid "" +"Debit notes are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:490 msgid "" "Only the products included in the original invoice can be part of the debit " "note. While changes can be made to the product's unit price or quantity, " @@ -24503,51 +26198,74 @@ msgstr "" "원래의 청구서에 있던 품목만 차변전표에 포함될 수 있습니다. 품목의 단가나 수량은 변경할 수 있지만 차변전표에 품목을 추가하는 것은 " "**불가**합니다. 이 문서의 목적은 원래의 청구서에 있던 품목 수량 이하로 추가 금액을 신고하는 것입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:496 msgid ":ref:`Issue a debit note `" msgstr ":ref:`차변전표 발행 `" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:499 msgid "Invoice cancellation" msgstr "청구서 취소" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:501 msgid "" "It is possible to cancel an electronic invoice that was validated by the " "government." msgstr "정부로부터 승인을 받은 전자 청구서는 취소할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:504 msgid "" "Check whether the electronic invoice is still within the cancellation " "deadline, which may vary according to the legislation of each state." msgstr "전자 청구서의 취소 기한이 지나지 않았는지 확인하며, 취소 기한은 각 주의 법률에 따라 다를 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:422 -msgid "" -"This can be done in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request Cancel` and adding a" -" cancellation :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. If you want to " -"send this cancellation reason to the customer via email, activate the " -":guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:508 +msgid "E-invoices for goods (NF-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:510 +msgid "" +"Cancel an e-invoice for goods (NF-e) in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request " +"Cancel` and adding a cancellation :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that " +"appears. If you want to send this cancellation reason to the customer via " +"email, activate the :guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." msgstr "" -"Odoo에서 :guilabel:`취소 요청`을 클릭하여 팝업이 나타나면 취소 :guilabel:`사유`를 추가하면 됩니다. 이 취소 " -"사유를 고객에게 이메일을 전송하려면 :guilabel:`이메일` 확인란에 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Invoice cancellation reason in Odoo." msgstr "Odoo의 청구서 취소 사유" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:518 +msgid "" +"This is an electronic cancellation, which means that Odoo will send a " +"request to the government to cancel the NF-e, and it will then consume one " +"|IAP| credit, as an |API| call occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:522 +msgid "E-invoices for services (NFS-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Cancel an e-invoice for services (NFS-e) in Odoo by clicking " +":guilabel:`Request Cancel`. In this case, there is no electronic " +"cancellation process, as not every city has this service available. The user" +" needs to manually cancel this NFS-e on the city portal. Once that step is " +"completed, they can request the cancellation in Odoo, which will cancel the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:530 msgid "Correction letter" msgstr "정정요청서" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:532 msgid "" -"A correction letter can be created and linked to an electronic invoice that " -"was validated by the government." -msgstr "정정요청서를 작성하여 정부에서 승인한 전자 청구서에 연결할 수 있습니다." +"A correction letter can be created and linked to an electronic invoice for " +"goods (NF-e) that was validated by the government." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:535 msgid "" "This can be done in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Correction Letter` and " "adding a correction :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. To send " @@ -24561,11 +26279,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Correction letter reason in Odoo." msgstr "Odoo의 정정요청서 사유" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:543 +msgid "" +"Correction letters are only available for electronic invoices for goods " +"(NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:546 msgid "Invalidate invoice number range" msgstr "청구서 번호 넘버링 취소" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:548 msgid "" "A range of sequences that are assigned to sales journals can be invalidated " "with the government if they are not currently used, **and** will not be used" @@ -24588,13 +26312,19 @@ msgstr "Odoo에서 넘버링 취소 선택" msgid "Number range invalidation wizard in Odoo." msgstr "Odoo의 넘버링 취소 마법사" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:562 +msgid "" +"Invalidate invoice number range documents are only available for electronic " +"invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:566 msgid "" "The log of the canceled numbers along with the XML file are recorded in the " "chatter of the journal." msgstr "취소된 번호의 로그는 XML 파일과 함께 전표에 있는 메시지창에 기록됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:572 msgid "" "On the vendor bills side, when receiving an invoice from a supplier, you can" " encode the bill in Odoo by adding all the commercial information together " @@ -24605,32 +26335,29 @@ msgstr "" "`에 기록된 것과 동일한 브라질의 특정 정보를 전체 비즈니스 정보와 함께 추가할 수 " "있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:576 msgid "These Brazilian specific fields are:" msgstr "브라질과 관련된 특정 필드는 다음과 같습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:579 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: used by your vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:580 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number`: the invoice number from your supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:581 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil` (how the invoice is planned to be paid)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`결제 방법: 브라질` (청구서 결제 방법)" +":guilabel:`Freight Model`: **NF-e specific** how goods are planned to be " +"transported - domestic" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:472 -msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type` used by your vendor." -msgstr ":guilabel:`문서 유형`은 공급업체에서 사용하는 유형을 의미합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:473 -msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number` (the invoice number from your supplier)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`문서 번호` (공급업체의 청구서 번호)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:582 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Freight Model` (how goods are planned to be transported - " -"domestic)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`운송 모델` (품목 운송 계획 방식 - 국내)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:475 -msgid ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` (who is doing the transportation)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`브라질 운송업체` (운송 담당 업체)" +":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil`: **NF-e specific** who is doing the " +"transportation." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:3 msgid "Chile" @@ -25166,20 +26893,6 @@ msgstr "" "있어서도 필수 사항입니다. 설정하려면 :menuselection:`연락처` 앱을 열고 새 연락처 양식이나 기존 양식에 다음 내용을 " "입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1096 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`이름`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1097 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:293 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`이메일`" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:97 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" @@ -26238,6 +27951,10 @@ msgid "" "acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic purchase " "invoices." msgstr "" +":ref:`전자 청구서 ` (예: 유효한 회사 인증서 업로드, 마스터 데이터 설정 등)에 " +"대해 환경 설정이 모두 완료되면 전자 매입 청구서에 대한 고유한 :abbr:`CAF (Folio 인증 코드)` 이 있어야 합니다. 전자 " +"매입 청구서용 :abbr:`CAF (Folio 인증 코드)` 를 받는 방법에 대한 자세한 내용은 :ref:`CAF 문서 " +"` 를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:759 msgid "" @@ -29532,6 +31249,9 @@ msgid "" "bill. Then, enter the number from the vendor's invoice in the " ":guilabel:`Authorization Number` field." msgstr "" +"공급업체 청구서를 생성할 때, 업체에서는 매입 건에 대해 생성하는 청구서에 인증 번호를 등록해야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면 " +":menuselection:`회계 --> 공급업체 --> 청구서` 로 이동하여 청구서를 선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`인증 " +"번호` 필드에 공급업체 청구서에 있는 번호를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:718 msgid "Credit and debit notes" @@ -32096,12 +33816,71 @@ msgstr "위반 시에는 벌금이 부과될 뿐 아니라 특정 조치를 이 msgid "Hong Kong" msgstr "홍콩" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:6 -msgid "Add FPS QR codes to invoices" -msgstr "청구서에 FPS QR 코드 추가하기" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:8 msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get the latest " +"features of the Hong Kong localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:18 +msgid "`l10n_hk`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The base module to manage chart of accounting and localization for Hong " +"Kong." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:20 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:21 +msgid "`l10n_hk_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Enables :ref:`payroll ` specific localization features " +"for Odoo *Payroll* app. This module also installs :guilabel:`Hong Kong - " +"Payroll with Accounting` and :guilabel:`Documents - Hong Kong Payroll`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:26 +msgid "`l10n_hk_hr_payroll_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:27 +msgid "Installs the link between Hong Kong payroll and accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Documents - Hong Kong Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:29 +msgid "`documents_l10n_hk_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:30 +msgid "Integrates employee ir56 forms in the Odoo *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:33 +msgid "FPS QR codes on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:35 +msgid "" ":abbr:`FPS (Faster Payment System)` is a payment service platform that " "allows customers to make instant domestic payments to individuals and " "merchants in Hong Kong dollars or Renminbi via online and mobile banking." @@ -32109,112 +33888,1076 @@ msgstr "" ":abbr:`FPS (Faster Payment System)`는 고객이 온라인 및 모바일 뱅킹을 통해 홍콩 달러 또는 위안화로 개인 및" " 가맹점에 즉시 지역 내 결제를 할 수 있는 결제 서비스 플랫폼입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:12 msgid "Activate QR codes" msgstr "QR 코드 사용 설정하기" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:42 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " -":guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` " -"feature." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under " +"the :guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, tick the checkbox beside the " +":guilabel:`QR Codes` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -":menuselection:`회계 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정`으로 이동합니다. :guilabel:`고객 결제` 섹션에서 " -":guilabel:`QR 코드` 기능을 사용하도록 설정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:47 msgid "FPS bank account configuration" msgstr "FPS 은행 계좌 환경 설정" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:49 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"select the bank account for which you want to activate FPS. Set the " -":guilabel:`Proxy Type` and fill in the :guilabel:`Proxy Value` field " -"depending on the type you chose." +"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts app --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts " +"section --> Bank Accounts`. Then select the bank account for FPS activation." +" Proceed to set the :guilabel:`Proxy Type` and fill in the :guilabel:`Proxy " +"Value` field, depending on the type chosen." msgstr "" -":menuselection:`연락처 --> 환경 설정 --> 은행 계좌`로 이동하여 FPS를 사용 설정하려는 은행 계좌를 선택합니다. " -":guilabel:`프록시 유형`을 설정하고 선택한 유형에 따라 :guilabel:`프록시 값`을 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:53 msgid "" -"The account holder's country must be set to Hong Kong on its contact form." -msgstr "문의 양식을 작성할 때 계정 소유자의 국가는 반드시 홍콩으로 설정해야 합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:27 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:27 -msgid "" -"You could also include the invoice number in the QR code by checking the " +"Remember to include the invoice number in the QR code, by ticking the " ":guilabel:`Include Reference` checkbox." -msgstr ":guilabel:`참조 포함` 확인란에 표시하면 QR 코드에 청구서 번호를 넣을 수도 있습니다." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "FPS bank account configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The account holder's country **must** be set to `Hong Kong` on their contact" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/bank`" msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/bank`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:147 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:37 msgid "Bank journal configuration" msgstr "은행 전표 환경 설정" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:69 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the " -"bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " -":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Journals` and " +"open the bank journal. Then, fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` fields, located in the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." msgstr "" -":menuselection:`회계 --> 환경 설정 --> 전표`로 이동하여 은행 전표를 연 다음 :guilabel:`전표 항목` 탭 " -"아래에 :guilabel:`계좌 번호` 및 :guilabel:`은행`을 입력합니다. ." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 -msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration" -msgstr "은행 계좌에 대한 전표 환경 설정" +msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:78 msgid "Issue invoices with FPS QR codes" msgstr "FPS QR 코드로 청구서 발행하기" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:158 msgid "" "When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" -" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to *EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code*." +" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to :guilabel:`EMV Merchant-Presented QR-" +"code`." msgstr "" -"새 청구서를 생성할 때 :guilabel:`기타 정보` 탭을 열고 :guilabel:`결제 QR 코드` 옵션을 *EMV 판매자 제시용 " -"QR 코드*로 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 -msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option" -msgstr "EMV 판매자 표시 QR 코드 항목을 선택합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " -"Odoo uses this field to generate the FPS QR code." +msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is configured, as Odoo uses this " +"field to generate the FPS QR code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Ensure the :guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll` (`l10n_hk_hr_payroll`) module is " +"installed before proceeding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:100 +msgid "Create employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Employees` app and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, " +"configure the following fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:105 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: :guilabel:`HK Standard 40 hours/week` option " +"**must** be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:109 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Surname, Given Name, Name in Chinese`: name of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:112 +msgid ":guilabel:`Private Address`: address of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:113 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bank Account Number`: employee's bank account number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Current Rental`: employee's rental records (if rental allowance " +"is applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Autopay Type`: :guilabel:`BBAN`, :guilabel:`SVID`, " +":guilabel:`EMAL`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Autopay Reference`: autopay reference number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Identification No`: HKID of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Gender`: gender of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:121 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Bank Account Number`, this account should be set as " +":guilabel:`Trusted` before further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:124 +msgid "" +"To achieve this, click on the right-arrow button next to :guilabel:`Bank " +"Account Number` field. Set the :guilabel:`Send Money` to :guilabel:`Trusted`" +" by clicking on the toggle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:128 +msgid "" +"To populate the :guilabel:`Current Rental`, click on the :guilabel:`History`" +" button. Then, click on :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the relevant details and " +"save the rental record. Upon saving the record, the rental contract " +":guilabel:`state` will be visible (at the top-right corner) and can be set " +"to :guilabel:`Running`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:133 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`HR Settings` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Volunteer Contribution Option`: select either :guilabel:`Only " +"Mandatory Contribution`, :guilabel:`With Fixed %VC`, or :guilabel:`Cap 5% " +"VC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:137 +msgid ":guilabel:`MPF Manulife Account`: account number, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:142 +msgid "Manage contracts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once the new employee has been created, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` " +"smart button on the employee record, or navigate to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Employees --> Contracts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Only **one** contract can be active simultaneously per employee, but an " +"employee can be assigned consecutive contracts during their employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:151 +msgid "The following are critical for setting up a contract:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: set as :guilabel:`CAP57: Hong Kong " +"Employee`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:154 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: start date of employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: set as :guilabel:`HK Standard 40 hours/week` " +"(from employee record)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select either :guilabel:`Working Schedule`, " +":guilabel:`Attendances` or :guilabel:`Planning`. This field determines how " +"the work entries are accounted for in the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:160 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: the work entries are generated automatically " +"based on the employee's working schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendances`: the work entries are generated based on the check-" +"in/out period logged in the *Attendances*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: the work entries are generated from planning shifts " +"only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:166 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Salary Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` for Full-time or Part-" +"time employees, or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage` for employees who are paid " +"hourly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:170 +msgid ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: the frequency of payslip issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage`: :guilabel:`Monthly` or :guilabel:`Hourly` depending on the" +" :guilabel:`Wage Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internet Subscription`: this is an **optional** field to provide " +"additional internet allowance on top of the current salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:177 +msgid "Timesheets do **not** impact work entries in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Once all information has been setup, set the contract status to " +":guilabel:`Running` by clicking the :guilabel:`Running` button in the top-" +"right of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong employment contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:189 +msgid "Generate payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Once the employees, and their contracts, are configured, payslips can be " +"generated in the *Payroll* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides **four** different salary structures under CAP57 regulation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:196 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Employees Monthly Pay`: to process the monthly employee " +"salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice`: to process final payment upon " +"contract termination using :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:199 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Long Service Payment`: applicable to employees with more " +"than five years of service upon contract termination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Severance Payment`: applicable to employees with more than" +" two years of service upon contract termination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Before running the payslips, the accounts used in the salary rule can be " +"adjusted by navigating to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> " +"Rules`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Salary Rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Odoo can create pay runs in two ways: via :ref:`batch " +"` or :ref:`individual " +"` payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:217 +msgid "Batch payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:219 +msgid "" +"This method of payslip generation is used for recurring payments, since " +"multiple employee payslips can be managed at once. Go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:514 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Batch Name` (e.g. `2024 - Jan`) and :guilabel:`Period` " +"(e.g. `01/01/2024` - `01/31/2024`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:225 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Generate Payslips`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Choose which :guilabel:`Salary Structure` to use for this batch. The " +"department filter allows the batch to only apply to a specific group of " +"employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:228 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Generate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:229 +msgid "A :guilabel:`Payslips` smart button is created automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` to generate a draft journal entry" +" found in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of each payslip. A " +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears asking :guilabel:`Are you " +"sure you want to proceed?`. Click :guilabel:`Ok` to create the journal " +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:238 +msgid "Individual payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:240 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> All Payslips`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:242 +msgid "" +"This method of payslip generation is commonly used to handle non-recurring " +"payments (e.g. :guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice`, " +":guilabel:`CAP57: Long Service Payment` or :guilabel:`CAP57: Severance " +"Payment`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Select an :guilabel:`Employee`. When selected, the :guilabel:`Contract` is " +"filled out automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:249 +msgid "Add a pay :guilabel:`Period`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Select a salary :guilabel:`Structure` (e.g. :guilabel:`CAP57: Employees " +"Monthly Pay`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Worked Days & Inputs` tab automatically compute the worked " +"days/hours and time off leaves that are applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Additional payslip items can be added at this time (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Commissions`, :guilabel:`Deductions`) under the :guilabel:`Other " +"Inputs` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button to generate the payslip lines. " +"This button updates the :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:259 +msgid "" +"If the work entry for an employee was amended, click the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Recompute Whole Sheet` to " +"refresh the payslip's :guilabel:`Worked Days & Inputs` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:263 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab shows the detailed breakdown of the " +"computation, based on the salary rules configured for each structure type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rent Allowance`: amount derived from the employee's active rental" +" record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Basic Salary`: amount of base salary provided (after rent " +"allowance deduction)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`713 Gross`: net payable amount considering *Commission*, " +"*Internet Allowance*, *Reimbursements*, *Back-pay*, *Deduction*, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:270 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`MPF Gross`: net payable amount from 713 gross after consideration" +" of additional allowances, deductions, and end-of-year payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:272 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Mandatory Contribution`: employee MPF Contribution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:273 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employer Mandatory Contribution`: employer MPF Contribution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gross`: net payable amount from MPF gross after consideration of " +"MPF deductions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:275 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Net Salary`: final payable amount to be paid to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:278 +msgid "" +"There are no MPF contributions for the first month. Both employee and " +"employer contribution starts on second month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Salary computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` section in :guilabel:`Worked Days & " +"Inputs` tab, there are additional manual input types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Back Pay`: additional salary payout can be included under this " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:289 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Commission`: the commission earned during the period can be " +"manually entered here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Global Deduction`: a lump-sum deduction from the entire payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:291 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Global Reimbursement`: a lump-sum reimbursement to the entire " +"payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:292 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referral Fee`: the additional bonus offered for any form of " +"business-related referral." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Moving Daily Wage`: to override the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily " +"Wage)` value used for leaves computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skip Rent Allowance`: if set, the rental allowance is excluded " +"from the current payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Average Monthly Salary`: to override the average monthly " +"salary used for end-of-year payment (rule is only applicable to payslips " +"generated in December)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lieu of Notice Period (Months)`: only applicable to " +":guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice` salary structure. By default, " +"the final payout is set as 1-month. Use the :guilabel:`Count` field under " +"the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` section to set a different notice period " +"duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:304 +msgid "" +"Once the payslips are ready, click on :guilabel:`Compute Sheet`, followed by" +" :guilabel:`Create Draft entry` to generate a draft journal entry found in " +"the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Once the draft journal entries have been posted, the company can now pay the" +" employees. The user can choose between **two** different *payment methods*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:313 +msgid "" +"From the employee's payslip (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> " +"All Payslips`), once the payslip's journal entry has been posted, click " +":guilabel:`Register Payment`. The process is the same as :doc:`paying vendor" +" bills <../accounting/payments>`. Select the desired bank journal and " +"payment method, then later reconcile the payment with the corresponding bank" +" statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:317 +msgid "" +"For batch payments (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`), " +"once all draft journal entries from the batch are confirmed, click " +":guilabel:`Mark as Paid` to post the payment journal entry. Then " +":doc:`create a payment <../accounting/payments>` in the *Accounting* app, " +"and reconcile accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:323 +msgid "Attendances and hourly wage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:325 +msgid "" +"To configure the contract for an employee paid hourly using the " +"*Attendances* app for hours tracking, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll " +"app --> Contracts --> Contracts`. Create a new :ref:`contract " +"`. It is important to remember to set the " +":guilabel:`Work Entry Source` as :guilabel:`Attendances`, and " +":guilabel:`Wage Type` as :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:331 +msgid "To record the hours logged by the employee using *Attendances* app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:333 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Attendances app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:334 +msgid "" +"The employee can check-in/out, via the kiosk mode and the time will be " +"logged automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:335 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Payroll app`, review the attendance work entries " +"generated from :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Work Entries --> Work " +"Entries`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:337 +msgid "" +"Next, generate the :ref:`payslips ` and process " +"the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Attendance Work Entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Attendance Payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:348 +msgid "Time Off with Payroll" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:350 +msgid "" +"The work entry types and time off types are fully integrated between the " +"*Time Off* and *Payroll* apps. There are several default time off types and " +"work entry types specific to Hong Kong which are installed automatically " +"along with the *Hong Kong - Payroll* module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types` " +"and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:356 +msgid "" +"There are two checkboxes to be considered when setting up the work entry " +"type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use 713`: Include this leave type as part of 713 computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:359 +msgid ":guilabel:`Non-full pay`: 80% of the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Work Entry Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:366 +msgid "" +":ref:`Creating and configuring work entry types `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:369 +msgid "Understanding 713 Ordinance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:371 +msgid "" +"The *Hong Kong - Payroll* module is compliant with 713 Ordinance which " +"relates to the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` computation to ensure fair " +"compensation for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:374 +msgid "The ADW computation is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:379 +msgid "Hong Kong ADW Formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:379 +msgid "" +":abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` equals the total wage in a 12-month period," +" minus the wages of non-full pay, divided by the total days in a 12-month " +"period minus the days of non-full pay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:383 +msgid "" +"For 418 compliance, there is no automated allocation of the *Statutory " +"Holiday* entitlement to the employees. As soon as 418 requirements are met, " +"manually allocate the leaves, via the *Time Off* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Before generating payslips, ensure the statuses are :guilabel:`Done` to " +"validate the outcome." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:393 +msgid "Period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:394 +msgid "Days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:395 +msgid "Wage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:396 +msgid "Commission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:398 +msgid "ADW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:399 +msgid "Leave Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:400 +msgid "Jan" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:415 +msgid "31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:409 +msgid "$20200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:405 +msgid "$651.61 ($20200/31)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:413 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:407 +msgid "Feb" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:408 +msgid "28" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:410 +msgid "$5000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:411 +msgid "$25200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:412 +msgid "$769.49 ($45400/59)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:414 +msgid "Mar (One Day Annual Leave)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:418 +msgid "$20324.33" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:419 +msgid "$730.27 ($65724.33/90)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:420 +msgid "$769.49" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:421 +msgid "Apr (One Day 80% Sick Leave)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:423 +msgid "$20117.56" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:427 +msgid "$584.22 ($730.27*0.8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:430 +msgid "Here is an example demonstrating the 713 logic:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:432 +msgid "" +"**Jan**: Generate a payslip with a monthly wage of $20200. The :abbr:`ADW " +"(Average Daily Wage)` is always computed on a cumulative basis of the " +"trailing 12-months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:434 +msgid "" +"**Feb**: Generate a similar payslip, but add an :guilabel:`Other Input Type`" +" for the :guilabel:`Commission`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Mar**: Apply for **one** full-paid annual leave in March. The salary " +"compensation for the leave taken is based on :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily " +"Wage)` thus far." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:0 +msgid "Hong Kong March 713." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:443 +msgid "" +"**Apr**: Apply for a 1-day non-full pay leave in April. Since this is a non-" +"full pay leave, the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` is computed " +"accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:0 +msgid "Hong Kong April 713." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:451 +msgid "" +"The value of :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` is computed in the backend, " +"and not be visible to the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:455 +msgid "" +"`HK 713 Ordinance " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:456 +msgid "" +"`HK 418 Ordinance `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:459 +msgid "Generate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:461 +msgid "" +"Before generating the below reports, setup the following in " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Payroll`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:464 +msgid "Configure the following in the :guilabel:`Accounting` section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:466 +msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`Payroll HSBC Autopay` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:468 +msgid ":guilabel:`Autopay Type`: Set as :guilabel:`H2H Submission`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:469 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Bank Account` to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:471 +msgid "Configure the following in the :guilabel:`HK Localization` section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:473 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employer's Name shows on reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:474 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employer's File Number`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:475 +msgid ":guilabel:`Manulife MPF Scheme`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Payroll Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:482 +msgid "IRD report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:484 +msgid "There are a total of **four** IRD reports available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:486 +msgid ":guilabel:`IR56B`: employer's Return of Remuneration and Pensions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:487 +msgid ":guilabel:`IR56E`: notification of Commencement of Employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:488 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`IR56F`: notification of Ceasation of Employment (remaining in " +"HK)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:489 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`IR56G`: notification of Ceasation of Employment (departing from " +"HK permanently)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:491 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting`, and select one of the " +":guilabel:`IR56B/E/F/G Sheet` options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:495 +msgid "Fill in the relevant information for the IRD report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:496 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Populate`, and the :guilabel:`Eligible Employees` smart " +"button appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:497 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Employee Declarations` status is :guilabel:`Draft` and " +"changed to :guilabel:`Generated PDF` status once the schedule runs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:499 +msgid "Once the PDF is generated, the IRD form may be downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong IR56B report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:506 +msgid "" +"The scheduled action called *Payroll: Generate pdfs* can be manually " +"triggered. It is set by default to run the PDF generation monthly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:510 +msgid "Manulife MPF sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:512 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting --> Manulife MPF Sheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:515 +msgid "" +"Select the relevant :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Month`, and " +":guilabel:`Sequence No.`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:516 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create XLSX`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:517 +msgid "" +"The *Manulife MPF XLSX* file is then generated, and available for download." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Manulife Sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Odoo will not be developing further reports for other MPF trustee as there " +"will soon be an eMPF platform setup by the local government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:528 +msgid "`eMPF `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:531 +msgid "HSBC autopay report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:533 +msgid "" +"If *HSBC Autopay* is selected as the batch payment method, click on " +":guilabel:`Create HSBC Autopay Report`, and fill in the mandatory fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong HSBC Autopay wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:540 +msgid "" +"This creates an :file:`.apc` file format which can be uploaded to the HSCB " +"portal for processing." msgstr "" -"설정한 :guilabel:`수취 은행`이 맞는지 확인합니다. Odoo에서는 이 항목을 이용하여 FPS QR 코드를 생성하게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:3 msgid "India" @@ -34564,6 +37307,9 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`CIG (Codice Identificativo Gara)` and :abbr:`CUP (Codice Unico di " "Progetto)`." msgstr "" +"XML 파일에 필요한 경우, :abbr:`AdE (Agenzia Delle Entrate)` 는 :abbr:`CIG (Codice " +"Identificativo Gara)` 및 :abbr:`CUP (Codice Unico di Progetto)` 가 포함된 " +"경우에*한해서만* 전자 청구서에 대한 결제를 진행할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:562 msgid "" @@ -34572,6 +37318,9 @@ msgid "" "`DatiContratto`, `DatiConvenzione`, `DateRicezione`, or " "`DatiFattureCollegate` XML tags." msgstr "" +":abbr:`CUP (Codice Unico di Progetto)` 및 :abbr:`CIG (Codice Identificativo " +"Gara)` 는 `DatiOrdineAcquisto`, `DatiContratto`, `DatiConvenzione`, " +"`DateRicezione` 또는 `DatiFattureCollegate` XML 태그 중 하나에 반드시 들어 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:566 msgid "" @@ -34579,16 +37328,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`CodiceCIG` of the electronic invoice XML file, whose table can be" " found on the government `website `_." msgstr "" +"이는 전자 청구서 XML 파일의 :guilabel:`CodiceCUP` 및 :guilabel:`CodiceCIG` 라는 요소에 해당하며 " +"정부 `웹사이트 `_에서 해당 표를 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:573 msgid "Split Payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "분할 결제" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:575 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Split Payment` mechanism behaves much like " ":ref:`italy/reverse-charge`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`분할 결제` 메커니즘은 :ref:`이탈리아/대리 납부` 와 매우 유사하게 작용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:578 msgid "" @@ -34598,6 +37349,9 @@ msgid "" "themselves, and the vendor just has to select the appropriate tax with the " "right :guilabel:`Tax Exemption` for their invoice lines." msgstr "" +"이탈리아 회사가 :abbr:`PA (공공행정)` 사업으로 공공 건물 청소 서비스 등에 대해 청구하는 경우에는, :abbr:`PA " +"(공공행정)` 사업체에서 부가가치세를 국세청에 자체 신고한 후 공급업체가 청구서 내역오른쪽 :guilabel:`면세` 항목으로 적절하게 " +"세금을 선택하기만 하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:583 msgid "" @@ -34605,6 +37359,7 @@ msgid "" "available to deal with partners belonging to the :abbr:`PA (Public " "Administration)`." msgstr "" +"특정한 :guilabel:`면세` 재정 위치를 :abbr:`PA (공공 행정)` 에 해당하는 파트너와의 거래에 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:592 msgid "Digital qualified signature" @@ -34617,6 +37372,9 @@ msgid "" " :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)`. The XML file must be certified using" " a certificate that is either:" msgstr "" +":abbr:`PA (공공 행정)` 용 청구서 및 업체 청구서의 경우 :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)` " +"를 통해 전송하는 모든 파일에 **디지털 적격 서명** 이 필요합니다. XML 파일은 반드시 다음 인증서 중에서 하나를 사용하여 인증해야" +" 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:598 msgid "a **smart card**;" @@ -34679,7 +37437,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:625 msgid "Expired Terms" -msgstr "" +msgstr "만료 약관" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:627 msgid "" @@ -34689,6 +37447,9 @@ msgid "" "notification by email. You can make an arrangement with them and manually " "set the correct :guilabel:`SdI State` on your invoice." msgstr "" +":abbr:`PA (공공 행정)` 사업에서 15일 이내에 응답하지 않는 경우 :abbr:`PA (공공 행정)` 사업에 직접 연락하여 " +"청구서과 입고 마감일 알림을 모두 이메일로 전송해야 합니다.협의를 통해 청구서에 올바른 :guilabel:`SdI 상태` 를 직접 설정할" +" 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:3 msgid "Kenya" @@ -34827,6 +37588,9 @@ msgid "" "(type C) appears, confirming the connection between the device and your " "computer." msgstr "" +"새 페이지가 열리면 :doc:`IoT 박스 <../../general/iot/config/connect>` 가 실행 중임을 확인합니다. " +"USB를 통해 실제 **Tremol G03 제어 장치 (유형 C)** 디바이스를 노트북에 연결합니다. :guilabel:`IoT 장치` " +"섹션에서 Tremol G03 제어 장치 (C 유형)가 나타나는지 확인하여 장치와 컴퓨터가 연결되어 있는지 여부를 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst-1 msgid "Your IoT box is up and running" @@ -34842,7 +37606,7 @@ msgstr "장치가 감지되지 않을 경우 다시 전원을 연결하거나 msgid "" ":doc:`Connect an IoT box to your database " "<../../general/iot/config/connect>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`IoT 박스를 데이터베이스에 연결하기 <../../general/iot/config/connect>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:93 msgid "Sending the data to KRA using the Tremol G03 Control Unit" @@ -35602,10 +38366,13 @@ msgid "" "Taxes`, you need to add the correct :guilabel:`Tax Grids` for it (`IVA`, " "`ISR` or `IEPS`). Odoo **only** supports these three groups of taxes." msgstr "" +":menuselection:`회계 --> 환경 설정 --> 세금` 에서 새 세금을 생성하는 경우 올바른 :guilabel:`세율표` " +"(`IVA`, `ISR` 또는 `IEPS`)를 추가해야 합니다. . Odoo에서는 이 세 가지 세금 그룹에 **한해서만** 지원하고 " +"있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "Tax accounts available for Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo에서 사용할 수 있는 세금 계정" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:253 msgid "" @@ -35625,7 +38392,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "All products need to have an |SAT| code associated with them in order to " "prevent validation errors." -msgstr "" +msgstr "유효성 검사 오류를 방지하기 위해 모든 품목에는 |SAT| 코드가 연결되어 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:266 msgid "PAC credentials" @@ -35699,11 +38466,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:306 msgid ":download:`Certificate `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":download:`인증서 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:307 msgid ":download:`Certificate Key `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":download:`인증서 키 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "**Password**: ``12345678a``" @@ -36003,6 +38770,9 @@ msgid "" "Odoo. For this, you need to cancel the invoice directly in the |SAT|, and " "press :guilabel:`Retry` in the :guilabel:`SAT Status field`." msgstr "" +"Odoo에서는 |SAT|에서 특정한 경우에만 청구서를 취소하도록 제한하고 있습니다. 사유 03 및 04 (각각 *작업이 이루어지지 않음*" +" 및 *글로벌 인보이스와 관련된 명목상의 거래*)는 현재 Odoo에서 지원되지 않습니다. 취소하려면 |SAT|에서 직접 청구서를 취소한 " +"후 :guilabel:`SAT 상태 필드` 에서 :guilabel:`재시도` 를 눌러야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:480 msgid "01 - invoices sent with errors with a relation" @@ -36424,6 +39194,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` option. Selecting this option hides mandatory " "fields that are required for external trade contact configuration." msgstr "" +"기존의 다른 멕시코 연락처를 복제하여 새 연락처를 생성한 경우 :guilabel:`재정 체제` 필드에서 이월된 정보를 모두 삭제해야 " +"합니다. 또한 :guilabel:`세금 내역 없음` 옵션을 활성화하지 마세요. 선택할 경우 외부 거래 연락처 설정에 필요한 필수 필드가 " +"숨겨집니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "Required external trade customer fields." @@ -36734,6 +39507,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hazardous Packaging (MX)` must be filled with the correct code " "from the |SAT| catalog." msgstr "" +"먼저 :menuselection:`재고 --> 품목 --> 폼목` 에서 품목을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`회계` 탭에서 " +"|SAT| 카탈로그에 있는 알맞은 코드를 반드시 :guilabel:`위험물 지정 코드 (MX)` 및 :guilabel:`위험 포장 " +"(MX)` 항목에 입력해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "Delivery guide hazardous material product required fields." @@ -36864,6 +39640,9 @@ msgid "" "smart button. Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to " ":guilabel:`Validate` the receipt." msgstr "" +":menuselection:`구매 --> 주문서 --> 구매발주서` 에서 구매발주서를 생성합니다. 그런 다음 주문서를 확인하면 " +":guilabel:`입고` 스마트 버튼이 표시됩니다. :guilabel:`입고` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 입고 :guilabel:`승인` " +"이 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:947 msgid "" @@ -37214,7 +39993,7 @@ msgstr "네덜란드" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:6 msgid "XAF Export" -msgstr "" +msgstr "XAF 내보내기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -37224,6 +40003,9 @@ msgid "" " entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " "then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." msgstr "" +"네덜란드 회계 현지화를 설치하면 모든 회계 항목을 XAF 형식으로 내보낼 수 있습니다. 이를 위해서는 :menuselection:`회계 " +"--> 보고 --> 총계정원장` 으로 이동하여 필터 (기간, 전표 등)를 사용하여 내보내려는 항목을 지정한 다음 **내보내기 " +"(XAF)** 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:15 msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" @@ -37749,6 +40531,8 @@ msgid "" "related to the different set of document types available in Peru. By " "default, all the sales journals created use documents." msgstr "" +"이 필드는 전표에서 문서 유형을 사용할지 여부를 지정하는 데 사용합니다. 페루에서 사용할 수 있는 다양한 문서 유형 세트와 관련된 매입 " +"및 판매 전표에만 적용됩니다. 기본적으로 모든 판매 전표를 생성할 때에는 문서를 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 msgid "Electronic Data Interchange" @@ -37864,6 +40648,8 @@ msgid "" "the Electronic invoice workflow to send it to the OSE and the SUNAT. The " "following message is displayed at the top of the invoice:" msgstr "" +"청구서에 있는 내용이 모두 정확한지 확인이 되면 유효성 검사를 진행할 수 있습니다. 이 활동을 통해 계정 작업을 등록하고 전자 청구서 " +"워크플로우가 트리거되도록 하여 OSE 및 SUNAT로 전송합니다. 다음 메시지가 청구서 상단에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Sending of EDI Invoice in blue" @@ -38666,6 +41452,9 @@ msgid "" " or *12 (others)* does not work in Odoo, since you should not have an empty " "or blank customer." msgstr "" +"전송 사유를 *기타* 로 설정할 경우 이와 같은 오류가 발생합니다. 다른 옵션을 선택해 주세요. |SUNAT| 운송장 청구서 가이드의 " +"공식 문서에 따르면 배송사유 *03 (제3자에게 배송 포함하여 판매)* 또는 *12 (기타)* 는 고객란이 입력되지 않거나 혹은 " +"비어있으면 안되므로 Odoo에서 진행이 되지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:864 msgid "`Duda cliente: consumo de créditos IAP al usar GRE 2.0`" @@ -39179,6 +41968,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Products`, select a product, " "and in the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, set a :guilabel:`Commodity Code`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`인트라스탯 코드` 를 설정하려면 :menuselection:`회계--> 고객--> 품목` 으로 이동하여 품목을 선택한" +" 후 :guilabel:`회계` 탭에서 :guilabel:`상품 코드` 를 설정합니다. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/intrastat`" @@ -39440,6 +42231,9 @@ msgid "" " to draft and edited on Odoo. Furthermore, at the end of each day, Odoo " "sends all unprocessed invoices to the portal." msgstr "" +"청구서를 확인할 때 이제 청구서를 처리하여 Fatoora 시뮬레이션 포털로 직접 전송할 지 여부를 선택할 수 있게 되었습니다. Odoo는" +" 제출할 때마다 포털에서 응답받은 내용을 표시합니다. 청구서가 거부된 경우에만 Odoo에서 초안으로 재설정하고 편집할 수 있습니다. 또한" +" Odoo는 매일 마감 시 처리되지 않은 모든 청구서를 포털로 전송합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -39461,6 +42255,9 @@ msgid "" "open the tax to edit. Under the :guilabel:`Advanced Options`, select an " ":guilabel:`Exemption Reason Code` and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"고객 청구서에 **세금 0%** 을 적용하는 경우 해당 세율에 대한 사유를 명시해야 합니다. 세금에 대한 환경 설정을 하려면 " +":menuselection:`회계 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정 --> 세금` 으로 이동하여 편집할 세금을 엽니다. " +":guilabel:`고급 옵션` 에서 :guilabel:`면제 사유 코드` 를 선택하고 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -39507,6 +42304,17 @@ msgid "" "online and mobile banking." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` " +"feature." +msgstr "" +":menuselection:`회계 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정`으로 이동합니다. :guilabel:`고객 결제` 섹션에서 " +":guilabel:`QR 코드` 기능을 사용하도록 설정합니다." + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 msgid "PayNow bank account configuration" @@ -39525,10 +42333,48 @@ msgid "" "The account holder's country must be set to Singapore on its contact form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You could also include the invoice number in the QR code by checking the " +":guilabel:`Include Reference` checkbox." +msgstr ":guilabel:`참조 포함` 확인란에 표시하면 QR 코드에 청구서 번호를 넣을 수도 있습니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the " +"bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." +msgstr "" +":menuselection:`회계 --> 환경 설정 --> 전표`로 이동하여 은행 전표를 연 다음 :guilabel:`전표 항목` 탭 " +"아래에 :guilabel:`계좌 번호` 및 :guilabel:`은행`을 입력합니다. ." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 +msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration" +msgstr "은행 계좌에 대한 전표 환경 설정" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:45 msgid "Issue invoices with PayNow QR codes" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" +" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to *EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code*." +msgstr "" +"새 청구서를 생성할 때 :guilabel:`기타 정보` 탭을 열고 :guilabel:`결제 QR 코드` 옵션을 *EMV 판매자 제시용 " +"QR 코드*로 설정합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 +msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option" +msgstr "EMV 판매자 표시 QR 코드 항목을 선택합니다." + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:53 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " @@ -39600,6 +42446,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Statements Reports: Tax " "Report`." msgstr "" +"기본 스페인 관련 세금은 :guilabel:`스페인 - 회계 (PGCE 2008) (l10n_es)` 모듈을 설치하면 자동으로 생성되며," +" 세금계산서는 :guilabel:`스페인 - 회계 (PGCE 2008) 모듈을 설치하면 사용할 수 있습니다 " +"(l10n_es_reports)`. 각 세금에 영향을 미치는 스페인 전용 **세금계산서 (Modelo)** 는, " +":menuselection:`회계 --> 보고 --> 명세서 보고서: 세금계산서` 에서 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:44 msgid "Here is the list of Spanish-specific statement reports available:" @@ -39754,6 +42604,10 @@ msgid "" "certificate` by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, uploading the certificate " "provided by the tax agency, and entering the provided password." msgstr "" +"FACe를 활성화하려면 :menuselection:`설정 --> 일반 설정` 으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`회사` 섹션에서 " +":guilabel:`정보 업데이트` 를 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`국가` 및 :guilabel:`세금 ID` 를 설정합니다. 그 " +"다음 :guilabel:`줄 추가` 를 클릭하고 세무 기관에서 제공한 인증서를 업로드한 후 비밀번호를 입력하여 :guilabel:`사실 " +"확인 서명 인증서 (Facturae signature certificate)` 를 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -39870,6 +42724,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " "Invoices` and enable **Print bank on ISR**:" msgstr "" +"ISR에는 은행 코드가 있는 것과 없는 것의 두 가지 레이아웃이 있습니다. 사용할 양식을 선택하려면, ISR에 은행 정보를 인쇄하는 " +"옵션이 있습니다. 활성화하려면 :menuselection:`회계 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정 --> 고객 청구서` 로 이동하여 " +"**ISR에서 은행 인쇄** 를 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:38 msgid "ISR reference on invoices" @@ -40432,13 +43289,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Issue invoices with PromptPay QR code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:158 -msgid "" -"When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" -" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to :guilabel:`EMV Merchant-Presented QR-" -"code`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:164 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " @@ -40519,6 +43369,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Enable`/:guilabel:`Disable` reconciliation or **configure** " "specific accounts according to your needs." msgstr "" +":menuselection:`회계 --> 환경 설정 --> 계정과목표' 로 이동하여 UAE 현지화 패키지에 사용할 수 있는 모든 기본 " +"계정을 확인합니다. 맨 왼쪽에 있는 숫자를 사용하거나 :menuselection:`그룹 기준 --> 계정 유형` 을 클릭하여 " +":guilabel:`코드` 로 필터를 할 수 있습니다. 필요에 따라 :guilabel:`사용`/:guilabel:`사용 안 함` 으로 " +"조정하거나 특정 계정을 **환경 설정** 할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -41025,6 +43879,10 @@ msgid "" " such credentials from the `HMRC Developer Hub " "`_." msgstr "" +"더미 자격 증명을 사용하여 HMRC 진행 흐름을 시연할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 하려면 :ref:`개발자 모드 ` 를 활성화하고 :menuselection:`일반 설정 --> 기술 --> 시스템 매개변수` 로 이동합니다. 여기에서 " +"`l10n_uk_reports.hmrc_mode` 를 검색하고 값 행을 `demo` 로 변경합니다. 자격 증명은 `HMRC 개발자 허브 " +"`_ 에서 받을 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:107 msgid "Periodic submission to HMRC for multi-company" @@ -41088,7 +43946,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 msgid "Vietnamese QR banking bank account configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "베트남 QR 뱅킹 은행 계좌에 대한 환경 설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -41098,6 +43956,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Proxy Type` and fill in the :guilabel:`Proxy Value` field " "depending on the type you chose." msgstr "" +":menuselection:`연락처 --> 환경 설정 --> 은행 계좌` 로 이동하여 베트남 QR 뱅킹을 활성화할 은행 계좌를 " +"선택합니다. 은행에 :guilabel:`은행 식별 코드` 를 설정합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`프록시 타입` 을 설정하고 선택한" +" 유형에 따라 :guilabel:`프록시 값` 을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -41291,6 +44152,9 @@ msgid "" "pay online, and bank accounts are added and configured in the Accounting app" " to do a :doc:`bank reconciliation `." msgstr "" +"이러한 온라인 결제대행업체를 :doc:`은행 계좌 <../finance/accounting/bank>` 로 추가할 수도 있지만 이는 " +"결제대행업체 추가 절차와 동일하지 **않습니다**. 결제대행업체를 통해 고객이 온라인으로 결제할 수 있으며, 회계 앱에 은행 계좌를 " +"추가한 후 환경 설정하여 :doc:`은행 조정 ` 을 할 수 있게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -41375,6 +44239,9 @@ msgid "" "they can still manage :dfn:`(delete and assign to a subscription)` their " "existing tokens linked to such a provider." msgstr "" +"결제대행업체를 활성화하면 자동으로 웹사이트에 게시됩니다. 게시 취소를 하려면 :guilabel:`게시됨` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 게시되지 " +"않은 대행업체를 통해서는 고객이 결제할 수 없지만 해당 업체에 연결된 기존 토큰을 :dfn:`(구독 삭제 및 할당)` 관리할 수 " +"있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:207 msgid "Test mode" @@ -41492,6 +44359,10 @@ msgid "" "` for a method linked to a provider that " "does not support it will not produce the intended results." msgstr "" +"결제 수단에 대한 환경 설정을 변경하면 해당 수단과 대행업체에서 가능한 범위 내에서만 동작합니다. 예를 들어, 한 국가에서만 지원되는 " +"결제 수단에 대해 :ref:`국가 ` 를 추가하거나 대행업체에서 " +"지원하지 않는 수단에 대한 :ref:`토큰화 ` 를 활성화하는 경우에는 결과가 " +"원하는 대로 진행되지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:276 msgid "Tokenization" @@ -41543,6 +44414,8 @@ msgid "" "to cancel it and release the reserved funds. Capturing payments manually is " "helpful in many situations:" msgstr "" +"결제를 승인하면 고객의 결제 수단으로 금액이 예약되지만 즉시 청구되지는 않습니다. 금액은 나중에 수동으로 결제를 처리할 때 청구됩니다. " +"승인 취소하고 예약된 금액을 해제할 수도 있습니다. 여러 가지 상황에서 수동으로 결제 매입을 하는 것이 유용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:307 msgid "" @@ -41583,6 +44456,9 @@ msgid "" "`. The providers that only support " "capturing or voiding the total amount have the value **Full only**." msgstr "" +"일부 결제대행업체에서는 승인된 금액의 일부만 매입을 지원합니다. 그러면 나머지 금액은 매입하거나 취소될 수 있습니다. 이와 같이 업체에서" +" 지원하는 **전체 및 일부** 값은 :ref:`위의 표 ` 에서 확인할" +" 수 있습니다. 업체에서 총액 매입 혹은 취소를 지원하는 경우 **전체** 금액에 대해서만 지원하고 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:323 msgid "" @@ -41616,6 +44492,9 @@ msgid "" "`. The providers that only support " "refunding the total amount have the value **Full only**." msgstr "" +"일부 결제대행업체에서는 일부 금액에 대해서만 환불을 지원합니다. 이후에 남은 금액도 선택적으로 환불될 수 있습니다. 이와 같이 업체에서 " +"지원하는 **전체 및 일부** 값은 :ref:`위의 표 ` 에서 확인할 " +"수 있습니다. 업체에서 환불을 지원하는 경우 **전체** 금액에 대해서만 지원하고 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:343 msgid "" @@ -41724,7 +44603,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:404 msgid "Payment journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "결제 전표" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:406 msgid "" @@ -41734,6 +44613,9 @@ msgid "" " providers. To modify it, go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab of the " "selected payment provider and select another :guilabel:`Payment journal`." msgstr "" +"결제대행업체가 **미납 계정** 에 결제를 기록하려면 반드시 :doc:`결제 전표 ` 를 지정해야 합니다." +" 기본적으로 :guilabel:`은행` 전표는 모든 결제대행업체의 결제 전표로 추가됩니다. 수정하려면 선택한 결제대행업체의 " +":guilabel:`환경 설정` 탭으로 이동하여 다른 :guilabel:`결제 전표` 를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:412 msgid "The payment journal must be a :guilabel:`Bank` journal." @@ -42235,7 +45117,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:11 msgid "Configuration on APS Dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "APS 현황판 환경 설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -43127,7 +46009,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:46 msgid "Set up Ogone for Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo용 Ogone 설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -43138,6 +46020,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Data and Origin verification` tab of the same page and leave the " "URL field of the :guilabel:`e-Commerce and Alias Gateway` section blank." msgstr "" +"이제 Odoo에서 결제를 수락하도록 Ogone을 설정해야 합니다. :menuselection:`환경 설정 --> 기술 정보 --> 글로벌" +" 보안 매개변수` 로 이동하여 :guilabel:`SHA-512` 를 :guilabel:`해시 알고리즘` 으로, " +":guilabel:`UTF-8` 을 :guilabel:`문자 인코딩` 으로 선택합니다. 그런 다음 같은 페이지의 " +":guilabel:`데이터 및 출처 확인` 탭으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`전자 상거래 및 별칭 게이트웨이` 섹션의 URL 필드를 " +"비워 둡니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -43148,6 +46035,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Credentials` tab, select the algorithm you wish to use in the " ":guilabel:`Hash function` field." msgstr "" +"Odoo 내에서 `sha-1` 또는 `sha-256` 과 같은 다른 알고리즘을 사용해야 하는 경우 :ref:`개발자 모드 " +"` 를 활성화하고 :menuselection:`회계 --> 환경 설정 --> 결제대행업체` 에서 " +"**결제대행업체** 페이지로 이동합니다. :guilabel:`Ogone` 을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`자격 증명` 탭의 " +":guilabel:`해시 함수` 에서 사용하려는 알고리즘을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -43157,6 +46048,9 @@ msgid "" "the `sha-1` algorithm, both systems can ensure that the information they " "receive from the other was not altered or tampered with." msgstr "" +"이제 **SHA-IN** 암호를 생성해야 합니다. **SHA-IN** 및 **SHA-OUT** 암호는 Odoo와 Ogone 간에 " +"트랜젝션을 요청하거나 응답할 경우 디지털 서명을 하기 위해 사용합니다. 이러한 비밀번호 구문과 'sha-1' 알고리즘을 사용하여 두 " +"시스템 모두 상대로부터 받은 정보가 변경되거나 변조되지 않았다는 것을 보장할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -43239,6 +46133,9 @@ msgid "" "card details saved, for how long the information is saved, if a checkbox to " "save the card information should be displayed, etc." msgstr "" +"고객이 나중에 사용할 수 있도록 신용 카드 자격 증명을 저장할 수 있도록 하려면 :menuselection:`환경 설정 --> 별칭 " +"--> 내 별칭 정보` 로 이동합니다. 이 탭에서는 사용자의 카드 정보 저장 방법, 정보 저장 기간, 카드 정보 저장 확인란 표시 여부 " +"등을 설정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:103 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:83 @@ -43352,6 +46249,9 @@ msgid "" "Settings --> Website payments --> Update` and select :guilabel:`On` for " ":guilabel:`PayPal account optional`." msgstr "" +"결제 시 고객에게 PayPal 계정으로 로그인하라는 메시지를 표시하지 않는 것이 좋습니다. 고객 측에서 직불/신용카드로 결제하는 것이 더" +" 바람직하며 접근성이 높습니다. 이 메시지를 비활성화하려면 :menuselection:`계정 설정 --> 웹사이트 결제 --> 업데이트`" +" 로 이동하여 :guilabel:`PayPal 계정 선택 가능` 에 대해 :guilabel:`켜기` 를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:65 msgid "Payment Messages Format" @@ -43982,9 +46882,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:33 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` section, enter your Odoo database URL (e.g., " -"`https://example.odoo.com`) in the field :guilabel:`Invoices paid` and click" -" the :guilabel:`Test and save` button next to it." +"In the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` section, enter your Odoo database's URL, " +"followed by `/payment/xendit/webhook` (e.g., " +"`https://example.odoo.com/payment/xendit/webhook`) in the field " +":guilabel:`Invoices paid` and click the :guilabel:`Test and save` button " +"next to it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:40 diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 6e895b242..fa8c425b1 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Daye Jeong, 2024 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Sarah Park, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -186,6 +186,9 @@ msgid "" " information, consult the `Odoo Pricing page `_." msgstr "" +"Odoo 데이터베이스에서 여러 회사 환경을 활용하면 *표준* (또는 *무료 요금제*)에서 *맞춤형* 요금제로 구독으로 변경해야 합니다. " +"관리자가 다른 회사를 추가한 후 구독을 *맞춤형* 요금제로 마이그레이션하지 않으면 데이터베이스가 비활성화될 위험이 있습니다. 자세한 " +"내용은 `Odoo 요금제 페이지 `_ 를 참조합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -234,6 +237,9 @@ msgid "" "view, click the :guilabel:`≣ (four bars)` icon, located in the top-right " "corner of the page." msgstr "" +"회사를 보관하려면 :menuselection:`설정 앱 --> 회사 섹션 --> 회사 관리` 로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 보관할 회사 " +"왼쪽에 있는 확인란을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`회사` 페이지가 목록 보기에 나타나지 않는 경우 페이지 오른쪽 상단에 있는 " +":guilabel:`≣ (4개의 막대)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -296,6 +302,9 @@ msgid "" "environment that is in use. To switch environments, click on the desired " "company name." msgstr "" +"데이터베이스 어디에서든 헤더 메뉴의 맨 오른쪽 끝에 있는 회사명을 클릭하면 여러 회사 사이에 전환 (또는 선택)할 수 있습니다. 원하는 " +"회사명 옆에 있는 확인란을 선택하여 활성화합니다. 강조 표시된 회사는 현재 사용 중인 환경을 나타냅니다. 환경을 전환하려면 전환할 " +"회사명을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -368,6 +377,9 @@ msgid "" "the company from the *company selector* in the top menu, and go to " ":menuselection:`Settings app --> Accounting --> Fiscal Localization`." msgstr "" +"브랜차에는 :ref:`개발자 모드 ` 의 브랜치 양식에 :guilabel:`모회사` 가 설정되어 있습니다. " +"브랜치의 회계 및 회계 현지가 :guilabel:`모회사` 에 설정됩니다. 이렇게 하려면 상단 메뉴의 *회사 선택기* 에서 회사를 선택한" +" 후 :menuselection:`설정 앱 --> 회계 --> 재정 현지화` 로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -598,6 +610,9 @@ msgid "" "company. If, instead of a drafted purchase/sales order, it should be " "validated, enable :guilabel:`Automatic Validation`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`청구서/ 공급업체 청구서 동기화`: `벨기에 JS 스토어` 발행 청구서가 `미국 JS 스토어` 대상인 경우, 선택한 " +"회사에 대해 매입/판매 주문서가 확인되면 자동으로 공급업체 청구서를 만들고 선택한 회사의 창고를 통하는 매입/판매 주문서 초안을 " +"생성합니다. 매입/판매주문서 초안을 만드는 대신 승인을 해야 하는 경우 :guilabel:`자동 승인` 기능을 사용하도록 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:244 msgid "" @@ -1224,7 +1239,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Odoo의 이메일 서식에서는 최종 렌더링에서 이메일을 편집할 수 있는 QWeb 또는 XML을 사용하므로 코드를 전혀 편집하지 않고도 더욱" " 강력한 커스터마이징 기능을 사용할 수 있습니다. 다시 말해, Odoo는 백엔드 코드를 편집하는 그래픽 사용자 인터페이스 (GUI)를 " -"사용하여 이메일을 편집할 수 있습니다. 최종 사용자의 프로그램에서 수신 이메일을 확인할 때 다양한 서식과 그래픽이 최종 형태로 " +"사용하여 이메일을 편집할 수 있습니다. 최종 사용자의 프로그램에서 수신 이메일을 확인할 때 다양한 지정 서식 및 그래픽이 최종 형태로 " "나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/email_template.rst:19 @@ -1247,8 +1262,8 @@ msgid "" "email template, as well as the ability to add links, buttons, appointment " "options, or images." msgstr "" -"이메일 서식으로 작업할 때 *파워박스* 기능을 사용할 수 있습니다. 이 기능을 통해 이메일 서식에서 양식이나 텍스트를 직접 편집할 수 " -"있을 뿐만 아니라 링크, 버튼, 약속 옵션이나 이미지를 추가할 수 있습니다." +"이메일 서식으로 작업할 때 *파워박스* 기능을 사용할 수 있습니다. 이 기능을 통해 이메일 서식에서 서식 지정 또는 텍스트를 직접 편집할" +" 수 있을 뿐만 아니라 링크, 버튼, 약속 옵션이나 이미지를 추가할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/email_template.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -1270,7 +1285,7 @@ msgid "" " email template. The powerbox feature is activated by typing a forward slash" " `/` in the body of the email template." msgstr "" -"*파워박스* 는 텍스트 편집기를 한층 강화한 기능으로, 다양한 서식, 레이아웃, 텍스트 옵션을 갖추고 있습니다. 이메일 서식에 " +"*파워박스* 는 텍스트 편집기를 한층 강화한 기능으로, 다양한 서식 지정, 레이아웃, 텍스트 옵션을 갖추고 있습니다. 이메일 서식에 " "XML/HTML 기능을 추가하는 데도 사용할 수 있습니다. 이메일 서식 본문에 슬래시 `/`를 입력하면 파워박스 기능이 활성화됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/email_template.rst:40 @@ -1787,172 +1802,112 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:5 -msgid "Developer Mode (debug mode)" -msgstr "개발자 모드 (디버그 모드)" +msgid "Developer mode (debug mode)" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:7 msgid "" -"The developer mode (or debug mode) unlocks access to extra and advanced " -"tools in Odoo. There are several ways to activate the developer mode: " -"through the :ref:`settings `, the " -":ref:`browser extension `, through" -" the :ref:`command palette ` or the" -" :ref:`URL `." +"The developer mode, also known as debug mode, unlocks access to advanced " +":ref:`tools and settings ` in Odoo." msgstr "" -"개발자 모드 (또는 디버그 모드)에서는 Odoo에서 추가 및 고급 도구를 사용할 수 있습니다. 개발자 모드를 활성화하는 방법으로는, " -":ref:`설정 `, :ref:`브라우저 확장 프로그램 " -"`, :ref:`명령어 모음 " -"` 또는 :ref:`URL " -"`과 같은 방법들이 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:17 -msgid "Activate through the Settings" -msgstr "설정을 통해 활성화" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:11 msgid "" -"The debug mode can be activated in the Odoo database settings. Go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Developer Tools` and click" -" on :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`. At least one application needs " -"to be installed for the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` section to appear in the" -" :guilabel:`Settings` module." +"Proceed with caution, as some developer tools and technical settings are " +"considered advanced and may have associated risks. Only use them if you " +"understand the implications and are confident in your actions." msgstr "" -"디버그 모드는 Odoo 데이터베이스 설정에서 활성화할 수 있습니다. :menuselection:`설정 --> 일반 설정 --> 개발자 " -"도구`로 이동하여 :guilabel:`개발자 모드 활성화`를 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`설정` 모듈에서 :guilabel:`개발자 " -"도구` 영역이 표시되려면 최소한 하나 이상의 앱이 설치되어 있어야 합니다. " -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of the debug options under settings in Odoo." -msgstr "Odoo 설정에서의 디버그 옵션 전체보기" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:16 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with assets)` is used by developers;" -" :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with tests assets)` is used by " -"developers and testers." +"The developer mode is also available with :ref:`assets " +"`, which are used to debug JavaScript " +"code, and with :ref:`tests assets `, " +"which are used to run test tours." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`개발자 모드 활성화 (에셋 포함)`는 개발자용으로 사용합니다. :guilabel:`개발자 모드 활성화 (테스트 자산 " -"포함)`는 개발자와 테스터가 사용합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:23 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "활성화" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To activate it, open the :guilabel:`Settings` app, scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Developer Tools` section, and click :guilabel:`Activate the " +"developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:28 msgid "" "Once activated, the :guilabel:`Deactivate the developer mode` option becomes" " available." msgstr "활성화시킨 후에는 :guilabel:`개발자 모드 비활성화` 옵션을 사용할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 +msgid "Activating the developer mode in the Settings app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To activate the developer mode **from anywhere in the database**, add " +"`?debug=1` to the URL after `/web` (e.g., " +"`https://example.odoo.com/web?debug=1#action=menu&cids=1`). To deactivate " +"it, use `?debug=0` instead." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:37 -msgid "Activate through the browser extension" -msgstr "브라우저 확장 기능을 통한 활성화" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:39 msgid "" -"Within a web browser, navigate to the browser settings and extensions and " -"search for the `Odoo Debug` extension. Once the extension is installed, a " -"new icon will be shown on the browser's toolbar." +"Use `?debug=assets` to activate the developer mode with assets and " +"`?debug=tests` to activate it with tests assets." msgstr "" -"웹 브라우저 내에서 브라우저 설정 및 확장 항목으로 이동하여 `Odoo 디버그` 확장 프로그램을 검색합니다. 확장 프로그램이 설치되면 " -"브라우저 툴바에 새로운 아이콘이 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:41 msgid "" -"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " -"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" -" a single click." +"Open the **command palette** by pressing `Ctrl + K` or `Cmd ⌘ + K`, then " +"type `debug` to activate the developer mode with assets or deactivate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:44 +msgid "Browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The `Odoo Debug `_ browser extension " +"adds an icon to toggle developer mode on or off from the browser's toolbar. " +"It is available on the `Chrome Web Store " +"`_ and `Firefox Add-ons " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:54 +msgid "Developer tools and technical menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once the developer mode is activated, the developer tools can be accessed by" +" clicking the :icon:`fa-bug` :guilabel:`(bug)` icon. The menu contains tools" +" useful for understanding or editing technical data, such as a view's field," +" filters, or actions. The options available depend on where the menu is " +"accessed from." msgstr "" -"*Odoo 디버그* 확장 프로그램의 경우, 한 번 클릭하면 모드에서 일반 버전이 활성화되고 두 번 클릭하면 에셋이 활성화됩니다. " -"비활성화하려면 한 번 클릭하십시오." #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "View of Odoo's debug icon in a Google Chrome toolbar." -msgstr "구글 크롬 툴바에서 Odoo의 디버그 아이콘 보기." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:53 -msgid "Activate through the command palette" -msgstr "명령어 모음을 통해 활성화" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the command palette tool has a command to activate the debug mode. " -"First, open the command palette tool with the keyboard shortcut `ctrl+k` and" -" then type `debug`. A command will show up to activate the debug mode." +msgid "Accessing the developer tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Database administrators can access the technical menu from the " +":guilabel:`Settings` app. It contains advanced database settings, such as " +"ones related to the database structure, security, actions, etc." msgstr "" -"Odoo의 명령어 모음 도구에는 디버그 모드를 활성화할 수 있는 명령어가 있습니다. 먼저 키보드 단축키 `ctrl+k` 로 명령어 모음 " -"도구를 연 후 `debug`를 입력합니다. 디버그 모드를 활성화하라는 명령이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Command palette with debug command." -msgstr "디버그 명령어를 사용할 수 있는 명령어 모음." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:68 -msgid "Activate through the URL" -msgstr "URL을 통한 활성화" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The debug mode can also be activated by adding an extra query string to the " -"database's URL. In the URL, add `?debug=1` or `?debug=true` after `/web`. To" -" deactivate the debug mode, change the value to `?debug=0` instead." +msgid "Accessing the technical menu" msgstr "" -"데이터베이스의 URL에 추가 쿼리 문자열을 추가하여 디버그 모드를 활성화하는 방법도 있습니다. URL에서 `/web` 뒤에 " -"`?debug=1` 또는 `?debug=true`를 추가합니다. 디버그 모드를 비활성화하려면 값을 `?debug=0`으로 변경하십시오." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a URL with the debug mode command added." -msgstr "디버그 모드 명령이 추가된 URL 전체보기" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Additional modes are available for developers: `?debug=assets` enables the " -":ref:`assets mode `, and " -"`?debug=tests` enables the :ref:`tests mode " -"`." -msgstr "" -"개발자를 위한 추가 모드: `?debug=assets`로 :ref:`에셋 모드 " -"`를 활성화시키고, `?debug=tests`로 :ref:`테스트 " -"모드 `를 활성화합니다. tests_debug_mode>`." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:86 -msgid "Locate the developer mode tools" -msgstr "개발자 모드 도구 찾기" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Once developer mode is activated, the developer mode tools can be accessed " -"from the :guilabel:`Open Developer Tools` button, the bug icon located in " -"the header of the Odoo database." -msgstr "" -"개발자 모드가 활성화된 후에는, Odoo 데이터베이스의 헤더에 있는 버그 아이콘인 :guilabel:`개발자 도구 열기` 버튼을 누르면 " -"개발자 모드 도구에 액세스할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a console page and the debug icon being shown in Odoo." -msgstr "콘솔 페이지 전체보기 및 Odoo에서 표시되는 디버그 아이콘." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:95 -msgid "" -"This menu contains additional tools that are useful to understand or edit " -"technical data, such as the views or actions of a page. On a page that has " -"filters, actions, and view options, the developer mode tools contain some " -"useful menu items such as:" -msgstr "" -"이 메뉴에는 페이지에서의 화면보기나 작업과 같이 기술 데이터를 이해하거나 편집하기에 유용한 추가 도구가 있습니다. 필터, 작업 및 " -"화면보기 옵션 페이지에서 개발자 모드 도구로 다음과 같은 몇 가지 유용한 메뉴 항목을 확인하실 수 있습니다:" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:99 -msgid ":guilabel:`Edit Action`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`편집 작업`" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:100 -msgid ":guilabel:`Manage Filters`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`필터 관리`" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:101 -msgid "Edit the current view (e.g. Kanban, List, Graph, etc.)" -msgstr "현재 화면보기 편집 (예: 칸반, 목록, 도표 등)" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:102 -msgid "See the :guilabel:`Fields View Get`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`필드 화면 가져오기`를 참고하시기 바랍니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:5 msgid "Email communication" @@ -2150,7 +2105,7 @@ msgid "" " the :guilabel:`Essentials` overview of the app." msgstr "" "이제 Microsoft Azure 앱이 설정되었으므로 Odoo 설정을 위한 자격 증명을 생성해야 합니다. 여기에는 " -":guilabel:`클라이언트 ID` 및 :guilabel:`클라이언트 비밀번호`가 포함됩니다. 시작하려면 앱에 있는 " +":guilabel:`클라이언트 ID` 및 :guilabel:`클라이언트 보안` 이 포함되어 있습니다. 시작하려면 앱에 있는 " ":guilabel:`클라이언트 ID`를 :guilabel:`전체 보기` 페이지에서 복사할 수 있습니다. :guilabel:`클라이언트 " "ID` 또는 :guilabel:`애플리케이션 ID`는 앱의 :guilabel:`주요 내용` 전체 보기에 있는 :guilabel:`표시 " "이름` 아래에 있습니다." @@ -2166,6 +2121,9 @@ msgid "" "menu. Then, a :guilabel:`Client Secret` needs to be produced. In order to do" " this, click on the :guilabel:`(+) New Client Secret` button." msgstr "" +"다음으로 :guilabel:`클라이언트 보안 값` 을 검색해야 합니다. 이 값을 가져오려면 왼쪽 사이드바 메뉴에서 " +":guilabel:`인증서 및 비밀번호` 를 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`클라이언트 비밀번호` 를 생성합니다. 생성하려면 " +":guilabel:`(+) 새 클라이언트 비밀번호` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -2190,6 +2148,10 @@ msgid "" "Value` into a notepad as it will become encrypted after leaving this page. " "The :guilabel:`Secret ID` is not needed." msgstr "" +"다음으로, 이 두 값을 입력한 후 :guilabel:`추가` 를 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`클라이언트 보안 값` 및 " +":guilabel:`보안 ID` 가 생성됩니다. 이 페이지에서 나갈 경우 암호화되기 때문에 :guilabel:`값` 또는 " +":guilabel:`클라이언트 보안 값` 을 메모장에 복사해 두는 것이 중요합니다. :guilabel:`보안 ID` 는 필요하지 " +"않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth.rst-1 msgid "Client Secret Value or Value in the app's credentials." @@ -2336,6 +2298,10 @@ msgid "" "`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` key combination in the system " "parameters." msgstr "" +"일반 이메일 주소는 데이터베이스 내에 있는 모든 사용자에게 이메일을 보내는 데 사용합니다. 예를 들어 `알림` 별칭 " +"(`notifications@example.com`) 또는 `연락처` 별칭 (`contact@example.com`) 으로 설정할 수 " +"있습니다. 이 주소는 서버의 :guilabel:`보낸 사람 필터` 로 설정되어야 합니다. 이 주소는 시스템 매개변수의 " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` 키 조합과도 일치해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth.rst:247 @@ -2422,6 +2388,9 @@ msgid "" "server. In other words, only a user with an email address that matches the " "set :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` is able to use this server." msgstr "" +"사용자별로 별도의 이메일 서버를 설정해야 합니다. :guilabel:`보낸 사람 필터`를 설정하여 서버에서 해당하는 사용자의 이메일만 " +"전송되도록 해야 합니다. 즉, 사용자의 이메일 주소가 설정된 :guilabel:`보낸 사람 필터` 와 일치하는 경우에만 이 서버를 사용할" +" 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth.rst:249 msgid "" @@ -2549,6 +2518,10 @@ msgid "" "is greatly improved with the :ref:`notifications configuration " "`." msgstr "" +"Odoo에서는 ``\"작성자 이름\" `` 으로 이메일을 수신하는 것이 " +"표준으로 되어 있습니다. ``\"작성자 이름\" <{ICP.mail.from.filter}@{mail.catchall.domain}>``" +" 으로도 기재될 수 있습니다. 이 경우 ICP는 시스템 매개변수인 'ir.config_parameter' 를 나타냅니다. :ref:`알림" +" 환경 설정 ` 을 해 두면 이메일 도달 가능성이 크게 향상되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -2733,11 +2706,11 @@ msgstr "" "(DomainKeys Identified Mail: 도메인키 식별 메일)` 레코드가 유효한지 확인하세요. 선택 항목으로는 `odoo`를 " "입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 msgid "Check the DMARC policy" msgstr "DMARC 정책 확인" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:104 msgid "" "The Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance (DMARC) " "record is a protocol that unifies :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` and " @@ -2755,15 +2728,15 @@ msgstr "" "메일 서버 등록) 또는 :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail: 도메인키 식별 메일)` 검증을 통과하지 " "못했을 경우 수행할 작업을 안내합니다. " -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 msgid "DMARC: TXT record" msgstr "DMARC: TXT 레코드" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 msgid "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`" msgstr "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:116 msgid "" "There are three :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` policies:" @@ -2771,20 +2744,20 @@ msgstr "" "DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance: 도메인 기반" " 메일 인증)`에는 다음과 같은 세 가지 방식이 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 msgid "`p=none`" msgstr "`p=none`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:118 -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 msgid "`p=quarantine`" msgstr "`p=quarantine`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 msgid "`p=reject`" msgstr "`p=reject`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:123 msgid "" "`p=quarantine` and `p=reject` instruct the server that receives an email to " "quarantine that email or ignore it if the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy " @@ -2794,7 +2767,7 @@ msgstr "" "Framework: 메일 서버 등록)` 및/또는 :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail: 도메인키 식별 " "메일)` 단계에서 검증되지 못한 경우 이메일을 스팸 처리하거나 휴지통으로 보냅니다." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:127 msgid "" "If the domain name uses :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` and has defined one of these policies, the domain" @@ -2806,7 +2779,7 @@ msgstr "" "(Sender Policy Framework: 메일 서버 등록)`을 따르는 한편 DKIM (DomainKeys Identified " "Mail: 도메인키 식별 메일)`을 사용하고 있어야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:132 msgid "" "Yahoo or AOL are examples of email providers with a :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-" "based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` policy set to " @@ -2819,7 +2792,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo에서는 데이터베이스 사용자들이 *@yahoo.com* 또는 *@aol.com* 주소를 사용하지 않도록 강력히 권해드리고 있습니다." " 해당 이메일은 받는 사람이 수신할 수가 없습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:137 msgid "" "`p=none` is used for the domain owner to receive reports about entities " "using their domain. It should not impact the deliverability if the " @@ -2830,7 +2803,7 @@ msgstr "" "based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance: 도메인 기반 메일 인증)` 검증되지 " "않는 메일이더라도 도달 가능성에는 미치는 영향이 없어야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:141 msgid "" ":abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` records are comprised of tags in the form of :abbr:`DNS " @@ -2856,115 +2829,115 @@ msgstr "" "based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance: 도메인 기반 메일 인증)` 정책 " "사용을 너무 제한적으로 시작해서는 안 될 것입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:150 msgid "The following chart displays available tags:" msgstr "다음 표에는 사용할 수 있는 태그가 표시되어 있습니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 msgid "Tag Name" msgstr "태그 이름" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 msgid "Purpose" msgstr "목적" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 msgid "Example" msgstr "예시" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 msgid "v" msgstr "v" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 msgid "Protocol version" msgstr "프로토콜 버전" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 msgid "`v=DMARC1`" msgstr "`v=DMARC1`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 msgid "pct" msgstr "pct" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 msgid "Percentage of messages subjected to filtering" msgstr "필터링되는 메시지 비율" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 msgid "`pct=20`" msgstr "`pct=20`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 msgid "ruf" msgstr "ruf" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 msgid "Reporting URI for forensic reports" msgstr "포렌식 보고서용 보고 URI" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 msgid "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" msgstr "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 msgid "rua" msgstr "rua" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 msgid "Reporting URI of aggregate reports" msgstr "집계 보고서용 보고 URI" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 msgid "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" msgstr "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 msgid "p" msgstr "p" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 msgid "Policy for organizational domain" msgstr "조직 도메인에 대한 정책" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 msgid "sp" msgstr "sp" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 msgid "Policy for subdomains of the OD" msgstr "OD 하위 도메인 관련 정책" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 msgid "`sp=reject`" msgstr "`sp=reject`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 msgid "adkim" msgstr "adkim" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 msgid "Alignment mode for DKIM" msgstr "DKIM 정렬 모드" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 msgid "`adkim=s`" msgstr "`adkim=s`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 msgid "aspf" msgstr "aspf" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:181 msgid "Alignment mode for SPF" msgstr "SPF 정렬 모드" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 msgid "`aspf=r`" msgstr "`aspf=r`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:184 msgid "" "Check the :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` record of a domain name with a tool like `MXToolbox DMARC " @@ -2974,7 +2947,7 @@ msgstr "" " :abbr:`DMARC(Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance:" " 도메인기반메일인증)` 레코드를 확인합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:188 msgid "" "`DMARC.org is another great resource to learn about DMARC records. " "`_" @@ -2982,64 +2955,64 @@ msgstr "" "`DMARC.org 웹사이트에서 DMARC 레코드에 대해 자세히 알아볼 수 있습니다. " "`_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 msgid "SPF, DKIM & DMARC documentation of common providers" msgstr "SPF, DKIM & DMARC documentation of common providers" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 -msgid "" -"`OVH DNS " -"`_" -msgstr "" -"`OVH DNS " -"`_" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:195 -msgid "" -"`OVH SPF `_" -msgstr "" -"`OVH SPF `_" - #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:196 msgid "" -"`GoDaddy TXT record `_" +"`OVH DNS " +"`_" msgstr "" -"`GoDaddy TXT record `_" +"`OVH DNS " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 -msgid "`GoDaddy SPF `_" -msgstr "`GoDaddy SPF `_" +msgid "" +"`OVH SPF `_" +msgstr "" +"`OVH SPF `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 msgid "" -"`GoDaddy DKIM `_" +"`GoDaddy TXT record `_" msgstr "" -"`GoDaddy DKIM `_" +"`GoDaddy TXT record `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 +msgid "`GoDaddy SPF `_" +msgstr "`GoDaddy SPF `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:200 msgid "" -"`NameCheap " -"`_" +"`GoDaddy DKIM `_" msgstr "" -"`NameCheap " -"`_" +"`GoDaddy DKIM `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:201 msgid "" +"`NameCheap " +"`_" +msgstr "" +"`NameCheap " +"`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 +msgid "" "`CloudFlare DNS `_" msgstr "" "`CloudFlare DNS `_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:204 msgid "" "`Google Domains `_" msgstr "`구글 도메인 `_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 msgid "" "`Azure DNS `_" @@ -3047,7 +3020,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Azure DNS `_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:207 msgid "" "To fully test the configuration, use the `Mail-Tester `_ tool, which gives a full overview of the content and " @@ -3058,7 +3031,7 @@ msgstr "" "통 만으로 콘텐츠와 구성 항목에 대한 전체 내용을 파악할 수 있습니다. 별로 알려지지 않은 업체를 사용하는 경우에도 메일테스터를 통해 " "레코드를 구성할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:212 msgid "" "`Using Mail-Tester to set SPF Records for specific carriers " "`_" @@ -4523,7 +4496,7 @@ msgstr "" "다음으로, :menuselection:`설정 --> 일반 설정` 으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`메일 및 채팅` 섹션에서 " ":guilabel:`사용자 지정 이메일 서버` 또는 :guilabel:`외부 이메일 서버` 확인란이 선택되어 있는지 확인합니다. " "확인했습니다. 그러면 :guilabel:`Gmail 자격 증명` 또는 :guilabel:`Gmail 서버 사용` 에 대한 새로운 선택 " -"항목이 입력됩니다. 그런 다음 각 값을 :guilabel:`클라이언트 ID` 및 :guilabel:`클라이언트 비밀` 에 복사하여 " +"항목이 입력됩니다. 그런 다음 각 값을 :guilabel:`클라이언트 ID` 및 :guilabel:`클라이언트 보안` 에 복사하여 " "붙여넣고 설정을 :guilabel:`저장`합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:129 @@ -4689,6 +4662,9 @@ msgid "" "database. In some circumstances, settings need to be configured on the " "custom domain's :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` settings as well." msgstr "" +"Odoo는 대량 메일 발송을 위해 Mailjet의 :abbr:`API (애플리케이션 프로그래밍 인터페이스)` 와 호환됩니다. " +"Mailjet 계정 및 Odoo 데이터베이스에서 환경 설정을 하면 Mailjet을 통해 전용 대량 메일링 서버를 설정할 수 있습니다. " +"경우에 따라 사용자 지정 도메인의 :abbr:`DNS (도메인 주소 시스템)` 설정에도 환경 설정을 해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/mailjet_api.rst:11 msgid "Set up in Mailjet" @@ -4758,6 +4734,10 @@ msgid "" "generate the :guilabel:`Secret Key`. Copy this key to a notepad, as this " "serves as the :guilabel:`Password` in the Odoo configuration." msgstr "" +"그런 다음 눈 모양 아이콘을 클릭하면 :guilabel:`API 키` 가 표시됩니다. 이 키는 Odoo 환결 설정에서 " +":guilabel:`사용자 이름` 역할을 하므로 메모장에 복사해 두세요. 다음으로, :guilabel:`비밀번호 키 생성` 버튼을 " +"클릭하여 :guilabel:`비밀번호 키` 를 생성합니다. 이 키는 Odoo 환경 설정에서 :guilabel:`비밀번호` 역할을 하므로 " +"메모장에 복사합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/mailjet_api.rst:52 msgid "Add verified sender address(es)" @@ -4789,6 +4769,9 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Add a domain ` section for steps on " "adding the domain." msgstr "" +"Mailjet 설정에 발신자의 이메일 주소 또는 전체 도메인을 추가할 지 여부를 지정합니다. :abbr:`DNS (도메인 주소 시스템)`" +" 에 액세스할 수 있는 경우에는 전체 도메인을 설정하는 것이 더 편리할 수 있습니다. 도메인 추가 단계를 확인하려면 :ref:`도메인 " +"추가 ` 섹션으로 이동하세요." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/mailjet_api.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -4860,6 +4843,8 @@ msgid "" "above) should be set up in Odoo CRM to create a lead. Then, the database is " "able to receive the verification email and verify the accounts." msgstr "" +"데이터베이스에서 사용자 지정 도메인을 사용하지 않는 경우 발신자 주소를 확인하려면 임시 별칭 (위에 언급된 세 개의 이메일 주소 중)을 " +"Odoo CRM에 설정하여 영업제안을 생성해야 합니다. 그러면 데이터베이스에서 인증용 이메일을 수신하여 계정을 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/mailjet_api.rst:107 msgid "Add a domain" @@ -4899,6 +4884,9 @@ msgid "" "to a notepad and then navigate to the domain's :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name " "System)` provider to complete validation." msgstr "" +"도메인을 추가하면 유효성 검사 페이지가 나타납다. Odoo 데이터베이스가 온프레미스가 아닌 경우 (이 경우 :guilabel:`옵션 1`" +" 선택) :guilabel:`옵션 2: DNS 레코드 만들기` 를 선택합니다. TXT 레코드 정보를 메모장에 복사한 다음 도메인의 " +":abbr:`DNS (도메인 주소 시스템)` 공급업체로 이동하여 유효성 검사를 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/mailjet_api.rst-1 msgid "The TXT record information to input on the domain's DNS." @@ -5605,6 +5593,10 @@ msgid "" "Script `_.)" msgstr "" +"보안 가이드라인의 일환으로 Google에서는 추가 기능 제작사에서 추가 기능으로 실행되는 작업 및 리디렉션에 사용할 수 있는 URL " +"목록을 제공하도록 요구하고 있습니다. 예를 들어, 추가 기능이 사용자를 악성 웹사이트로 리디렉션하지 않도록 하여 사용자를 보호합니다. " +"('Google 앱 스크립트 `_ 에서 자세히 확인해 보세요.)" #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -6086,6 +6078,9 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is :ref:`flashed ` " "with the most up-to-date disk image." msgstr "" +":abbr:`IoT (사물 인터넷)` 박스 SD 카드가 구성되는 디스크 이미지는 :abbr:`IoT (사물 인터넷)` 박스가 실행 중인 " +"Odoo 데이터베이스 버전에 따라 고유하게 구성됩니다. :abbr:`IoT (사물 인터넷)` 박스가 최신 디스크 이미지와 함께 " +":ref:`플래시된 ` 되어 있는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/connect.rst:46 msgid "Ethernet connection" @@ -6363,6 +6358,10 @@ msgid "" "(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` is encrypted in order to increase the " "security of data transfer." msgstr "" +"*Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure* (HTTPS: 하이퍼텍스트 전송 프로토콜 보안)은 웹 브라우저와 " +"웹사이트 간에 데이터를 주고받는 데 사용되는 기본 프로토콜인 *Hypertext Transfer Protocol* (HTTP: " +"하이퍼텍스트 전송 프로토콜)의 보안 버전입니다. 데이터 전송 보안을 강화하기 위해 :abbr:'HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)' 는 데이터 전송 보안을 강화하기 위해 암호화되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -6663,6 +6662,10 @@ msgid "" "will appear on the Odoo database, inside of the :menuselection:`IoT` " "application on that specific device's form." msgstr "" +"인증서 적용이 성공적으로 완료되면, 새로운 :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` " +":abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)` 이 '.odoo-iot.com'으로 끝나는 :abbr:`IoT " +"(사물 인터넷)` 박스에 대해 Odoo 데이터베이스에서, 장치의 양식에 있는 :menuselection:`IoT` 애플리케이션 내부에 " +"나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst-1 msgid "Odoo IoT app IoT box with .odoo-iot.com domain." @@ -6930,6 +6933,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`IoT Box` option, and select the devices to be used in this " ":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`. :guilabel:`Save` the the changes." msgstr "" +"완료 후에는 :abbr:`IoT (사물 인터넷)` 박스를 :menuselection:`POS` 애플리케이션에 연결합니다. 이렇게 하려면 " +":menuselection:`POS --> 환경 설정 --> POS` 로 이동하여 :guilabel:`IoT 박스` 옵션을 선택하고 이 " +":abbr:`POS (Point of Sale)` 에서 사용할 장치를 선택합니다.변경 사항을 :guilabel:`저장` 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/pos.rst-1 msgid "Configuring the connected devices in the POS application." @@ -6991,6 +6997,9 @@ msgid "" "flashed to update the image (see :ref:`Flashing the SD Card " "`)." msgstr "" +":abbr:`IoT (사물 인터넷)` 박스 이미지가 너무 오래된 버전입니다. 이전 버전으로 :abbr:`IoT (사물 인터넷)` 박스 " +"이미지를 사용 중인 경우 :abbr:`IoT (사물 인터넷)` 박스의 SD 카드를 다시 구동하여 이미지를 업데이트해야 합니다 " +"(:ref:`SD 카드 구동 ` 참조)." #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -7112,6 +7121,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Modify Printer`. Follow the steps and select the *make* and " "*model* corresponding to the printer." msgstr "" +"이를 해결하기 위해서는 해당 드라이버를 수동으로 선택하면 됩니다. :abbr:`IoT (사물 인터넷)` 박스 홈페이지에서 " +":guilabel:`프린터 서버` 를 클릭하고 :guilabel:`프린터` 탭으로 이동하여 목록에서 프린터를 선택합니다. " +":guilabel:`관리` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`프린터 수정` 을 클릭합니다. 단계별로 프린터에 해당하는 *제조사* 와 " +"*모델* 을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Edit the printer connected to the IoT box." @@ -7632,6 +7645,9 @@ msgid "" "the correct :guilabel:`Make and Model` needs to be set, so the correct " "driver is referenced when using the device." msgstr "" +"DYMO LabelWriter에서 :abbr:`IoT (사물 인터넷)` 박스를 사용하여 인쇄 시 발생되는 문제가 있습니다. " +"OpenPrinting CUPS 서버에서 :guilabel:` 로컬 원시 프린터` 드라이버를 사용하여 프린터를 설치합니다. 인쇄하려면 " +":guilabel:`제조사 및 모델` 을 정확히 설정해야 하므로 장치를 사용할 때 알맞은 드라이버를 참조합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:354 msgid "" @@ -7681,6 +7697,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance` in the first drop-down menu. Then, select " ":guilabel:`Modify Printer` in the second drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"먼저 :abbr:`IoT (사물 인터넷)` 박스 홈페이지 하단에 있는 :menuselection:`프린터 서버` 를 클릭하면 " +"OpenPrinting CUPS 콘솔이 열립니다. 그 다음, 상단에 있는 메뉴에서 :menuselection:`프린터` 를 클릭합니다. " +"문제가 있는 프린터를 클릭한 후 첫 번째 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`유지관리` 를 선택합니다. 그런 다음 두 번째 드롭다운 " +"메뉴에서 :guilabel:`프린터 수정` 을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -7780,6 +7800,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Administration` in the top menu, then click :guilabel:`Add a" " Printer`." msgstr "" +"드라이버 수정 후 지연 문제를 해결하려면 **반드시** 프린터를 재설치해야 합니다. 프린터를 재설치하려면 :abbr:`IoT (사물 " +"인터넷)` 박스 홈페이지 하단에 있는 :menuselection:`프린터 서버` 를 클릭하여 OpenPrinting CUPS 관리 " +"페이지를 엽니다. 그런 다음 상단 메뉴에서 :menuselection:`관리` 를 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`프린터 추가` 를 " +"클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:442 msgid "" @@ -7978,6 +8002,9 @@ msgid "" "on the POS --> IoT Box section --> Edit --> Receipt Printer --> Cashdrawer " "checkbox`." msgstr "" +"금전 등록기가 프린터에 연결되어야 하며 :abbr:`POS (Point of Sale)` 환경 설정 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`금전 " +"등록기` 확인란에 표시가 되어 있어야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`POS 앱 --> POS의 점 3개 메뉴 -->" +" IoT Box 섹션 --> 편집 --> 영수증 프린터 --> 금전등록기 확인란` 로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:573 msgid "" @@ -8023,6 +8050,10 @@ msgid "" "attached to a serial-to-:abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` adapter is " "**not** effective." msgstr "" +"Mettler 부품 번호는 72256236 - :abbr:`USB (범용 직렬 버스)`- :abbr:`POS (Point of " +"Sale)` 케이블입니다. 정품 케이블을 구매하려면 Mettler 또는 파트너에게 문의하세요. Mettler 케이블 이외의 **다른 " +"케이블** 은 설정에서 작동하지 않습니다. :abbr:`USB(범용 직렬 버스)` 어댑터에 연결된 직렬 전용 케이블을 사용하는 것은 " +"효율적이지 **않습니다**." #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Authentic Mettler USB to POS cable, part number 72256236." @@ -8444,6 +8475,9 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box flashes itself to the newer version. " "All of the previous configurations are then saved." msgstr "" +"새 버전으로 :abbr:`IoT (사물 인터넷)` 박스 이미지를 사용할 수 있는 경우 :guilabel:`_xx.xx_로 업그레이드` " +"버튼이 페이지 하단에 나타납니다. 디바이스를 업그레이드하려면 이 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그러면 :abbr:`IoT (사물 인터넷)` 박스가 " +"최신 버전으로 깜박입니다. 그러면 이전 환경 설정 내용이 모두 저장됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:189 msgid "" @@ -8605,10 +8639,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 msgid "" "To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation " -"package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download " -"page `_. Next, install and setup the Odoo " -":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " -"start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +"package for Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download page " +"`_. Next, install and setup the Odoo :file:`.exe`" +" file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to start the " +"installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 @@ -8772,6 +8806,9 @@ msgid "" "(Internet of Things)` box a manual restart of the Odoo server can resolve " "database connection issues." msgstr "" +"경우에 따라서는 수동으로 실제 :abbr:`IoT (사물 인터넷)` 박스를 다시 시작하면 데이터베이스에 :abbr:`IoT (사물 " +"인터넷)` 박스가 표시되지 않는 문제를 해결할 수 있습니다. Windows 가상 :abbr:`IoT (사물 인터넷)` 박스의 경우 " +"Odoo 서버를 수동으로 다시 시작하면 데이터베이스 연결 문제를 해결할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:139 msgid "To restart the virtual Windows IoT server:" @@ -8831,6 +8868,9 @@ msgid "" "through port `8069`. The following process describes the steps to take in " "order to make this exception." msgstr "" +"방화벽을 켜둔 상태에서 다른 장치가 Windows 가상 :abbr:`IoT (사물 인터넷)` 박스에 액세스하도록 허용할 수 있습니다. " +"*Windows Defender* 에서 규칙을 생성한 후 포트 '8069'를 통한 통신을 허용하면 됩니다. 다음 프로세스에서는 이와 같은" +" 예외 사항을 적용시키기 위해 수행해야 하는 단계를 설명합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:169 msgid "Create a rule in Windows Defender" @@ -8865,6 +8905,10 @@ msgid "" "text box, type in `8069, 443`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Next` to continue " "to the next step." msgstr "" +":menuselection:`규칙 유형` 화면에서 :guilabel:`포트` 를 선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`다음` 을 " +"클릭합니다. :menuselection:`프로토콜 및 포트` 페이지에서 규칙 적용을 :guilabel:`TCP` 로 둡니다. 그런 다음 " +":guilabel:`포트` 항목에 대해 :guilabel:`특정 로컬 포트` 를 선택합니다. 텍스트 상자에 '8069, 443'을 " +"입력합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`다음` 을 클릭하여 다음 단계로 진행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:187 msgid "" @@ -9141,10 +9185,22 @@ msgid "" "Odoo uninstall guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:7 msgid "Devices" msgstr "장치" +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:21 +msgid "" +":doc:`Worldline payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:23 +msgid "" +":doc:`Ingenico payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 msgid "Connect a camera" msgstr "" @@ -9535,6 +9591,9 @@ msgid "" "trigger* during the manufacturing process, or added onto a quality control " "point or a quality check." msgstr "" +"간단한 몇 가지 단계만 거치면 프린터를 설치할 수 있습니다. 프린터로 영수증, 라벨, 주문서 또는 다른 Odoo 앱의 보고서까지 인쇄할 " +"수 있습니다. 또한 프린터 작업을 제조 과정에서 *트리거로 진행되는 작업* 으로 지정하거나 품질 관리 지점 또는 품질 검사에 추가할 수 " +"있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -9691,6 +9750,9 @@ msgid "" "From here, the individual report can be found in this list, where the " ":guilabel:`IoT Device` can be set on the report." msgstr "" +"보고서는 :ref:`디버그 모드 ` 로 :guilabel:`기술 메뉴` 에서 설정할 수도 있습니다. 그렇게 " +"하려면 :menuselection:`설정 앱 --> 기술 메뉴 --> 작업 --> 보고서` 로 이동합니다. 여기에서 이 목록에서 개별 " +"보고서를 찾을 수 있으며, 보고서에 :guilabel:`IoT 장치` 를 설정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 msgid "Connect a scale" @@ -9765,6 +9827,9 @@ msgid "" "and click on :guilabel:`Drivers List`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Load " "Drivers`." msgstr "" +":abbr:`IoT (사물 인터넷)` 박스를 다시 시작해야 할 수 있으며 경우에 따라 박스에 측량계 드라이버를 다운로드 받아야 할 수도 " +"있습니다. 드라이버를 업데이트하려면 :abbr:`IoT (사물 인터넷)` 박스 홈페이지로 이동하여 :guilabel:`드라이버 목록` 을" +" 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`드라이버 불러오기` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "View of the IoT box settings and driver list." @@ -9806,6 +9871,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`PoS` screen opens the scale screen, where the cashier can weigh " "the product and add the correct price to the cart." msgstr "" +"이제 모든 :abbr:`POS (Point of Sale)` 세션에서 측량계를 사용할 수 있습니다. 품목에 중량당 가격이 설정되어 있는 " +"경우 :guilabel:`POS` 화면에서 해당 품목을 클릭하면 측량계 화면이 열리면서 캐셔가 품목 무게를 측정하고 정확한 가격을 " +"장바구니에 추가할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "Electronic Scale dashboard view when no items are being weighed." @@ -9834,6 +9902,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and click on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet" " of Things)` box homepage link." msgstr "" +"고객 디스플레이에 액세스하려면 :abbr:`IoT (사물 인터넷)` 박스 홈페이지로 이동하여 :guilabel:`POS 디스플레이` " +"버튼을 클릭합니다. :abbr:`IoT (사물 인터넷)` 박스 홈페이지로 이동하려면 :menuselection:`IoT 앱 --> IoT" +" 박스` 로 이동한 후 :abbr:`IoT (사물 인터넷)` 박스 홈페이지 링크를 클릭합니다. ." #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/screen.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -9987,6 +10058,9 @@ msgid "" "restrict the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied " "to each user. Users and access rights can be added and changed at any point." msgstr "" +"Odoo에서 *사용자* 를 데이터베이스에 액세스할 수 있는 사람으로 정의합니다. 관리자는 회사에서 필요한 만큼 사용자를 추가할 수 " +"있으며, 각 사용자가 액세스할 수 있는 정보에 대한 종류를 제한하기 위해 각 사용자에게 규칙을 적용할 수 있습니다. 사용자 및 액세스 " +"권한은 언제든지 추가하거나 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:12 msgid ":doc:`users/language`" @@ -10043,6 +10117,9 @@ msgid "" "on the link included in the email to accept the invitation, and to create a " "database login." msgstr "" +"페이지에서 필요한 모든 필드를 작성한 후 직접 :guilabel:`저장` 합니다. :guilabel:`이메일 주소` 에 있는 이메일을 " +"사용하여 사용자에게 자동으로 초대 이메일이 전송됩니다. 초대를 수락하고 데이터베이스 로그인을 생성하려면 반드시 이메일에 있는 링크를 " +"클릭해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -10132,6 +10209,9 @@ msgid "" "to the access rights. For this reason, Odoo recommends contacting an Odoo " "Business Analyst, or our Support Team, before making changes." msgstr "" +"**절대로** 기본/관리자 사용자 (관리자)를 비활성화하지 마세요. 관리자인 사용자를 변경하면 데이터베이스에 악영향이 있을 수 있습니다." +" 여기에는 데이터베이스에서 액세스 권한을 변경할 수 있는 사용자가 없게 되는 *관리자 권한 불가* 상태까지 있을 수 있습니다. 따라서 " +"Odoo는 변경하기 전에 Odoo 비즈니스 분석 담당자 또는 지원 팀에 문의하는 것을 권장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:96 msgid "Error: too many users" @@ -10346,6 +10426,9 @@ msgid "" "select the user to open their user form, and configure with multi-company " "access." msgstr "" +"사용자 양식의 :guilabel:`다중 회사` 필드를 통해 관리자는 사용자에게 여러 회사에 대한 액세스 권한을 부여할 수 있습니다. " +"사용자용으로 다중 회사 환경을 설정하려면 :menuselection:`설정 앱 --> 사용자 섹션 --> 사용자 관리` 로 이동하여 " +"해당하는 사용자로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 사용자를 선택하여 사용자 양식을 열고 다중 회사 액세스로 환경 설정을 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:229 msgid "" @@ -10572,6 +10655,9 @@ msgid "" "who need them ensures that users do not modify or delete anything they " "should not have access to." msgstr "" +"*접근 권한* 은 사용자가 접근하고 편집할 수 있는 콘텐츠 및 애플리케이션을 결정하는 권한입니다. Odoo에서는 이러한 권한을 개별 " +"사용자 또는 사용자 그룹에 대해 설정할 수 있습니다. 필요한 사용하에 한하도록 권한을 제한하여 사용자 권한이 없는 항목을 수정하거나 " +"삭제하지 않도록 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:10 msgid "**Only** an *administrator* can change access rights." @@ -10585,6 +10671,9 @@ msgid "" "recommends contacting an Odoo Business Analyst, or our Support Team, before " "making changes." msgstr "" +"액세스 권한을 변경하면 데이터베이스에 악영향을 미칠 수 있습니다. 여기에는 데이터베이스에서 액세스 권한을 변경할 수 있는 사용자가 없게 " +"되는 *관리자 권한 불가* 상태까지 있을 수 있습니다. 따라서 Odoo는 변경하기 전에 Odoo 비즈니스 분석 담당자 또는 지원 팀에 " +"문의하는 것을 권장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -10797,9 +10886,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:126 msgid "" "On a form, navigate to any field, and hover over the field name. A box of " -"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Object`" -" name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be" -" added." +"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Model` " +"name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be " +"added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:0 @@ -11271,8 +11360,8 @@ msgid "" "conditions that the Odoo application will access their Microsoft " "information." msgstr "" -"마지막으로, 계정에 로그인하면 권한 페이지로 페이지를 이동하여 Odoo 애플리케이션이 Microsoft 정보에 액세스하는 조건에 " -":guilabel:`동의`하라는 메시지가 사용자에게 표시됩니다." +"마지막으로, 계정에 로그인하면 권한 페이지로 이동하여 Odoo 애플리케이션이 Microsoft 정보에 접근할 수 있다는 조건에 " +":guilabel:`동의` 하라는 메시지가 사용자에게 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/azure.rst-1 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index bbb238342..f01e2c634 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" @@ -28,13 +28,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Human resources" msgstr "인적자원 관리" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 msgid "Appraisals" msgstr "업무 평가" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, the *Appraisals* application can be used to evaluate employee " "performance on a recurring basis. Managers can evaluate the performance of " @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo에서는 *인사 평가* 애플리케이션을 사용하여 직원 성과 평가를 반복적으로 실행할 수 있습니다. 관리자가 직원의 성과를 평가하거나," " 직원이 스스로 자기 평가를 할 수도 있습니다. 평가는 커스터마이징을 할 수 있으며 일정에 맞추어 설정할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:12 msgid "" "Appraisals give employees valuable feedback, including actionable goals to " "work toward, and measurable skills to improve upon. Additionally, appraisals" @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ msgstr "" "평가를 통해 실행 가능한 목표, 개선할 수 있는 측정 가능 기술과 같이 귀중한 피드백을 제공합니다. 또한, 평가를 기준으로 임금 인상과 " "승진 및 기타 복지를 산정할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:16 msgid "" "Regular appraisals are good for both the employees and the company, since " "they can accurately measure performance based on company goals, and show " @@ -63,14 +63,14 @@ msgstr "" "정기적인 평가는 회사의 목표에 따라 성과를 정확하게 측정하고, 직원이 개선이 필요한 부분을 확인할 수 있기 때문에 직원과 회사 모두에게 " "바람직합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:31 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "환경 설정" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Configuration` menu in the *Appraisals* application is where " "the settings can be configured, feedback templates can be edited, " @@ -80,24 +80,25 @@ msgstr "" "*평가* 애플리케이션의 :guilabel:`환경 설정` 메뉴에서 설정 메뉴 구성, 피드백 템플릿 편집며, 빈도 설정과 평가 척도 관리, " "360도 피드백 데이터 저장 및 목표 태그 보기와 생성을 할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 msgid "Settings" msgstr "설정" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:29 msgid "" "To access the *Settings* menu, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " "application --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "*설정* 메뉴를 이용하려면 :menuselection:`평가 신청 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정`으로 이동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 msgid "Feedback templates" msgstr "피드백 템플릿" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:35 msgid "" "Feedback templates are form outlines used during an employee appraisal. Any " "edits made to a template are, ultimately, reflected in the appraisals sent " @@ -105,7 +106,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "피드백 템플릿은 직원 평가 중에 사용되는 양식에 대한 개요입니다. 최종적으로 템플릿 편집 내용은 직원에게 전송되는 평가에 반영됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:38 msgid "" "There are two default templates pre-configured in Odoo *Appraisals*: one for" " employee feedback, and one for manager feedback. Each contains several " @@ -115,7 +116,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo *인사 평가*에는 두 가지 기본 템플릿이 사전 설정되어 있으며, 직원 피드백용 및 관리자 피드백용으로 되어 있습니다. 각각의 " "템플릿은 질문과 함께 몇 가지 섹션이 구성되어 있으며, 질문에 대한 응답 방법이 간략하게 설명되어 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:42 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`My work`, :guilabel:`My future`, and :guilabel:`My feelings`." @@ -123,7 +124,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`직원 피드백 템플릿`에는 :guilabel:`내 작업`, :guilabel:`내 미래` 및 :guilabel:`내 " "감정` 섹션이 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:45 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`Feedback`, :guilabel:`Evaluation`, and :guilabel:`Improvements`." @@ -131,13 +132,13 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`관리자 피드백 템플릿`에는 :guilabel:`피드백`, :guilabel:`평가` 및 :guilabel:`개선점` " "섹션이 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:48 msgid "" "Any desired changes to the default feedback templates can be made by making " "changes directly in each template." msgstr "기본 피드백 템플릿을 원하는 대로 변경하려면 각각의 템플릿에서 직접 변경하면 됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:54 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Appraisals` section of the settings menu determines the " "frequency that appraisals are performed, and if it is possible to request " @@ -150,11 +151,11 @@ msgid "" "enabled." msgstr "평가 섹션에 타임라인이 채워지고 360도 피드백이 사용 설정됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 msgid "Appraisals plans" msgstr "평가 계획" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:66 msgid "" "By default, appraisals are pre-configured to be automatically created six " "months after an employee is hired, with a second appraisal exactly six " @@ -162,20 +163,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "기본적으로, 평가는 직원이 채용된 후 6개월 후에 자동 생성되며 정확히 6개월 후에 두 번째 평가가 생성되도록 미리 구성되어 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:69 msgid "" "Once those two initial appraisals have been completed in the employee's " "first year, following appraisals are only created once a year (every twelve " "months)." msgstr "직원 대상으로 하는 초기 평가 두 건이 첫 해에 완료되면, 다음 평가는 1년에 한 번만 (12개월마다) 생성됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:72 msgid "" "To modify this schedule, change the number of months in the blank fields " "under the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section." msgstr "일정을 수정하려면 :guilabel:`평가 계획` 섹션 아래에 있는 빈 필드에서 개월 수를 변경합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:76 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section is modified, **all** empty " ":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Dates` are modified for **all** employees." @@ -183,12 +184,12 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`평가 계획` 영역이 수정될 경우, **전체** 직원 대상으로 비어있는 :guilabel:`다음 평가 날짜`가 " "**모두** 수정됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 msgid "360 feedback" msgstr "360도 피드백" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:82 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option can be enabled to allow managers to " "request feedback from other employees using a different survey form, at any " @@ -197,7 +198,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`360도 피드백` 항목을 사용하도록 설정해 놓으면, 관리자가 평가 일정과 무관하게 언제든지 다른 설문 양식을 사용하여" " 다른 직원에게 피드백을 요청할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:85 msgid "" "Typically, managers ask for feedback from other people who work with an " "employee they manage. This includes the employee's various managers, peers, " @@ -206,7 +207,7 @@ msgstr "" "일반적으로, 관리자는 본인이 관리 중인 직원과 함께 일하는 다른 사람에게 피드백을 요청하게 됩니다. 여기에는 직원의 다양한 관리자, 동료" " 및 직속 상사 등이 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:88 msgid "" "To view the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey, click the :guilabel:`→ Internal" " link` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`Default Template` field. The " @@ -217,13 +218,13 @@ msgstr "" " 링크` 아이콘을 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`360도 피드백` 설문조사가 로드되고 설문조사에 원하는 변경 사항을 적용할 수 " "있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:92 msgid "" "For more information on how to edit a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." msgstr "설문조사 편집 방법에 대한 자세한 내용은 :doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` 문서를 참조하세요." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:96 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` form is a pre-configured survey within the " "*Surveys* application. In order to use the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option, " @@ -233,11 +234,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`360도 피드백` 양식은 *설문조사* 애플리케이션 내에서 사전 설정된 설문조사입니다. 설문조사 편집 기능을 포함하여 " ":guilabel:`360도 피드백` 옵션을 사용하려면 **반드시***설문 조사* 애플리케이션을 설치해야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 msgid "Evaluation scale" msgstr "평가 척도" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:103 msgid "" "On each employee appraisal form, final rating options appear by default. To " "view and edit these options, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " @@ -247,7 +248,7 @@ msgstr "" "각 직원 평가 양식에는 기본적으로 최종 평가 옵션이 나타납니다. 이러한 옵션을 보고 편집하려면 :menuselection:`평가 신청 " "--> 환경 설정 --> 평가 척도`로 이동합니다. 이를 통해 목록 보기로 레벨이 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:107 msgid "" "The pre-configured ratings are :guilabel:`Needs Improvement`, " ":guilabel:`Meets Expectations`, :guilabel:`Exceeds Expectations`, and " @@ -257,7 +258,7 @@ msgstr "" "사전 설정된 레벨은 :guilabel:`개선 필요`, :guilabel:`기대치 부합`, :guilabel:`기대치 초과` 및 " ":guilabel:`기대치를 크게 초과`입니다. 다른 레벨을 추가하려면 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:111 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`New` button is clicked on the :guilabel:`Evaluation " "Scale` page, a blank line appears at the bottom of the list. Enter the name " @@ -266,7 +267,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`평가 척도` 페이지에서 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭하면 목록 하단에 빈 줄이 나타납니다. 평가 " "제목을 이 항목에 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:114 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the ratings, click the :guilabel:`(six small gray " "boxes)` icon to the left of a rating, and drag the rating to the desired " @@ -281,7 +282,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "새로 만들기 버튼과 함께 클릭 및 드래그 아이콘이 강조 표시되어 있는 평가 척도" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:124 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` section displays information for all the " "surveys currently configured in the *Appraisals* application. To view the " @@ -295,7 +296,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list view of all available surveys in the Appraisals application." msgstr "평가 애플리케이션에서 사용 가능한 전체 설문에 대한 목록 화면" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:132 msgid "" "Each appraisal (or survey) is presented in its own line on the " ":guilabel:`360 Feedback` page, along with various information related to " @@ -304,49 +305,49 @@ msgstr "" "모든 평가 (또는 설문)는 특정한 평가와 관련된 다양한 정보와 함께 :guilabel:`360도 피드백` 페이지에 있는 고유한 줄에 " "표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 msgid "Each appraisal includes the following information:" msgstr "각 평가에 있는 정보는 다음과 같습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:137 msgid ":guilabel:`Survey Name`: the name of the specific survey." msgstr ":guilabel:`설문명`: 해당 설문조사의 제목입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the employee responsible for the survey, including " "the month and year they were given that designation." msgstr ":guilabel:`담당자`: 설문을 담당하는 직원을 표시하며, 지정을 받은 연도 및 월이 포함되어 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Questions`: the number of questions in that particular survey." msgstr ":guilabel:`문항`: 해당 설문의 문항 수입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Duration`: the average time a user spends completing the " "survey." msgstr ":guilabel:`평균 소요 기간`: 사용자가 설문을 완료하는 데 소요되는 평균 시간입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Registered`: the number of people who have been sent the survey." msgstr ":guilabel:`등록`: 설문을 받은 사람의 수입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Completed`: the number of people who have completed the survey." msgstr ":guilabel:`완료`: 설문을 완료한 사람의 수입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:145 msgid "" "Each appraisal also has two buttons at the end of each line: a " ":guilabel:`Test` button and a :guilabel:`See Results` button." msgstr "" "모든 평가에는 각 줄마다 끝에 :guilabel:`테스트`와 :guilabel:`결과 보기`라는 두 개의 버튼이 있습니다: ." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:148 msgid "" "To see what an appraisal looks like for the end user (i.e. an employee), " "click the :guilabel:`Test` button, and the appraisal loads in a new browser " @@ -356,7 +357,7 @@ msgstr "" "최종 사용자 (예: 직원)에게 평가가 어떻게 보이는지 확인하려면 :guilabel:`테스트` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그러면 평가가 브라우저의" " 새 탭에 로딩됩니다. 전체 평가가 로딩되면 답변을 입력할 필요 없이 클릭만 하면 됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:152 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`This is a Test Survey. → Edit " "Survey` at the top of the page to be taken to the detail form for that " @@ -365,7 +366,7 @@ msgstr "" "종료하려면 탭을 닫으세요. 또는 페이지 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`테스트용 설문입니다.→ 설문 편집하기`를 클릭하면 특정 설문에 " "해당하는 세부 양식으로 이동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:155 msgid "" "To view the results from everyone who completed an appraisal, click the " ":guilabel:`See Results` button. This presents all the answers for the survey" @@ -376,7 +377,7 @@ msgstr "" "평가를 완료한 사람의 결과를 모두 보려면 :guilabel:`결과 보기` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그러면 설문에 대한 모든 답변이 새 탭에서 " "표시됩니다. 모든 질문마다 질문 응답자 수와 질문을 건너뛴 사람 수에 대한 정보가 나와 있습니다. 질문별로 답변이 전부 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:160 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`→ Edit Survey` at the top of " "the page to be taken to the detail form for that particular survey." @@ -384,7 +385,7 @@ msgstr "" "종료하려면 탭을 닫으세요. 또는 페이지 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`→ 설문 편집하기`를 클릭하면 특정 설문에 해당하는 세부 양식으로" " 이동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:163 msgid "" "In addition to viewing the responses from past appraisals and surveys, new " "surveys can also be created from the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` page. Simply " @@ -394,75 +395,19 @@ msgstr "" "예전의 평가 및 설문에 대한 응답 결과를 볼 수 있을 뿐 아니라, :guilabel:`360도 피드백` 페이지에서 새로운 설문을 생성할 " "수도 있습니다. 새로 설문을 제작하려면 페이지 왼쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:167 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." msgstr "설문을 제작하는 방법에 대한 자세한 내용은 :doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` 문서를 참조하세요." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:171 msgid "" "In previous versions of Odoo, this section was referred to as " ":guilabel:`Surveys`." msgstr "Odoo 이전 버전에서는 이 섹션은 :guilabel:`설문 조사`로 표시되었습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:172 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "태그" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 -msgid "" -"An additional feature of the *Appraisals* application is the ability to set " -":ref:`goals ` for employees. On each goal form, there is a" -" field to add tags. The available tags are pulled from a list that is " -"configured from the settings." -msgstr "" -"*평가* 애플리케이션에는 직원의 :ref:`목표 `를 설정하는 추가 기능이 있습니다. 각 목표 양식에 " -"있는 필드에 태그를 추가할 수 있습니다. 사용할 수 있는 태그는 설정 메뉴에 환경 설정되어 있는 목록에서 가져옵니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To view a list of all existing goal tags, and to create new tags, go to the " -":guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, by navigating to :menuselection:`Appraisals " -"application --> Configuration --> Tags`." -msgstr "" -"기존의 모든 목표 태그 목록을 확인한 후 새 태그를 생성하려면 :menuselection:`평가 애플리케이션 --> 환경 설정 --> " -"태그`로 이동하여 :guilabel:`목표 태그` 페이지로 이동합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:181 -msgid "All currently configured tags are presented in a list view." -msgstr "목록 보기에서 현재 구성되어 있는 태그를 모두 확인할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:183 -msgid "" -"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " -"all tags need to be added from this list, or directly from the goal form." -msgstr "" -"*평가* 애플리케이션에는 태그가 미리 구성되어 있지 **않기** 때문에, 태그를 모두 이 목록에 추가하거나 사용하려는 양식에 직접 " -"추가해야 합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 -msgid "" -"To create a new tag from the :guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, click the " -":guilabel:`New` button, and a blank line appears." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`목표 태그` 페이지에서 새 태그를 생성하려면 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그러면 빈 줄이 " -"나타납니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the tag on the line. Then, press the enter key to save the" -" tag, and create a new blank line. Repeat this for all tags that need to be " -"added." -msgstr "" -"태그 이름을 줄에서 입력합니다. 그런 다음 엔터 키를 누르면 태그가 저장되고 새로 빈 줄을 만들어집니다. 추가해야 하는 전체 태그에 대해" -" 이 과정을 반복합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:192 -msgid "The list of tags is automatically arranged in alphabetical order." -msgstr "태그 목록이 자동으로 알파벳 순서로 정렬됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:176 msgid "" "Navigate to the main *Appraisals* dashboard by opening the " ":guilabel:`Appraisals` application. The :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard is " @@ -470,13 +415,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`평가` 애플리케이션을 열고 기본 *평가* 현황판으로 이동합니다. :guilabel:`평가` 현황판이 기본 보기입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:179 msgid "" "To view the dashboard at any point in the application, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Appraisals`." msgstr "애플리케이션에서 어느 지점에서든 현황판을 보려면 :menuselection:`평가 애플리케이션 --> 평가`로 이동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:182 msgid "" "All appraisals are displayed on the dashboard in a Kanban view, by default, " "with a list of groupings on the left side of the dashboard, including " @@ -485,13 +430,13 @@ msgstr "" "모든 평가는 기본값으로 현황판에 칸반 보기로 표시되며, 현황판 왼쪽에 :guilabel:`회사`, :guilabel:`부서` 및 " ":guilabel:`상태` 등이 그룹 목록으로 표시됩니다. ." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 msgid "" "Click any grouping option to view appraisals for **only** the chosen " "selection." msgstr "그룹화 옵션을 클릭하면 선택한 항목에 **한해서만** 평가를 볼 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 msgid "" "Only groupings with multiple selections appear in the list. For example, if " "a database only has one company, the :guilabel:`Company` grouping does " @@ -500,32 +445,32 @@ msgstr "" "선택 항목이 여러 개인 그룹만 목록에 표시됩니다. 예를 들어, 데이터베이스에 회사가 하나만 있는 경우에는 선택할 다른 회사가 없으므로 " ":guilabel:`회사` 그룹이 표시되지 **않습니다**." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:193 msgid "Each appraisal card displays the following information:" msgstr "평가 카드에는 다음과 같은 정보가 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee's name." msgstr ":guilabel:`이름`: 직원의 이름입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: the department the employee is associated with." msgstr ":guilabel:`부서`: 직원이 소속되어 있는 부서입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company the employee works for. This only appears " "in a multi-company database." msgstr ":guilabel:`회사`: 직원이 근무하는 회사입니다. 회사가 여러 개인 데이터베이스에만 나타납니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date`: the date the appraisal was requested, or is scheduled for " "in the future." msgstr ":guilabel:`날짜`: 평가가 요청된 날짜 혹은 향후 예정되어 있는 날짜입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activities`: any activities that are scheduled for the appraisal," " such as :guilabel:`Meetings` or :guilabel:`Phone Calls.` If no activities " @@ -535,13 +480,13 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`활동`: :guilabel:`회의`나 :guilabel:`전화 통화`와 같이, 평가를 하기 위해 예약된 모든 활동을 " "말합니다. 예정된 활동이 없으면 평가 카드의 왼쪽 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`🕘(시계)` 아이콘으로 활동을 예약할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:204 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: the employee's manager, indicated by the profile icon " "in the bottom-right corner of an appraisal card." msgstr "guilabel:`관리자`: 직원의 관리자로, 평가 카드에서 오른쪽 하단에 있는 프로필 아이콘으로 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:206 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status banner`: the status of the appraisal. A banner appears if " "an appraisal is marked as either :guilabel:`Canceled` or :guilabel:`Done`. " @@ -551,7 +496,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`상태 배너`: 평가의 상태를 표시합니다. 평가를 `취소됨` 또는 `완료`로 표시하는 경우 배너가 표시됩니다. 배너가 " "표시되지 않았다면, 평가가 진행되지 않았거나 아직 예정이 되지 않았다는 것을 의미합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 msgid "" "To view the details of any appraisal, click on the card to open the " "appraisal form." @@ -561,11 +506,11 @@ msgstr "평가에서 세부 정보를 보려면 카드를 클릭하여 평가 msgid "The Appraisals dashboard with each appraisal in its own box." msgstr "자체 박스에 평가가 표시되어 있는 평가 현황판" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 msgid "New appraisal" msgstr "새 평가" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new appraisal, click the :guilabel:`New` button at the top of " "the :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard to load a blank appraisal form. Then, " @@ -574,11 +519,11 @@ msgstr "" "새 평가를 생성하려면 :guilabel:`평가` 현황판 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭하여 평가 양식을 " "로드합니다. 그런 다음 양식에 다음 정보를 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:222 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the employee's name." msgstr ":guilabel:`이름`: 직원 이름을 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:223 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu. " "The manager is responsible for completing the :guilabel:`Manager's Feedback`" @@ -588,7 +533,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`관리자`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 직원의 관리자를 선택합니다. 관리자는 평가에 있는 :guilabel:`관리자의 피드백` " "섹션을 작성 책임이 있는 사람입니다. 직원 프로필에 관리자가 설정되어 있는 경우에는, 직원을 선택하면 해당 항목이 자동으로 입력됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appraisal Date`: the current date is automatically entered in " "this field. This field is automatically updated once the appraisal is " @@ -598,7 +543,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`평가 날짜`: 자동으로 현재 날짜가 입력됩니다. 평가가 완료되거나 취소될 경우, 완료일이나 취소일로 자동으로 " "업데이트됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu. This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have" @@ -607,7 +552,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`부서`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 직원의 부서를 선택합니다. 직원 프로필에 부서가 설정되어 있는 경우에는, 직원을 선택하면 " "해당 항목이 자동으로 입력됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:233 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the employee's company from the drop-down menu. " "This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have a " @@ -616,26 +561,26 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`회사`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 직원의 회사를 선택합니다. 직원 프로필에 회사가 설정되어 있는 경우에는, 직원을 선택하면 " "해당 항목이 자동으로 입력됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 msgid "" "The only required fields for the appraisal form are the employee's " ":guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Manager`, and the :guilabel:`Company`." msgstr "" "평가 양식에서는 직원의 :guilabel:`이름`, :guilabel:`관리자` 및 :guilabel:`회사`만 필수 항목입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:241 msgid "" "Once the form is complete, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm " "the appraisal request." msgstr "양식 입력이 끝나면, :guilabel:`확인` 버튼을 클릭하여 평가 요청을 확정합니다" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 msgid "" "Once confirmed, the employee receives an email stating that an appraisal was" " requested, and is then prompted to schedule an appraisal date." msgstr "확정이 되면, 평가가 요청되었다는 사실을 직원에게 이메일로 알려주게 되며 평가 날짜를 예약하라는 메시지가 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:246 msgid "" "The status changes to :guilabel:`Confirmed`, and the :guilabel:`Employee's " "Feedback` section of the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab is grayed out. The " @@ -647,7 +592,7 @@ msgstr "" "표시됩니다. 해당 항목에 대한 내용은 직원이 자기 평가를 게시한 후에만 표시됩니다. 평가 요청이 확정이 되면 :guilabel:`최종 " "평점` 항목도 나타나게 됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 msgid "" "If there are any existing appraisals for the employee, an " ":guilabel:`Appraisal` smart button appears at the top of the page, listing " @@ -656,11 +601,11 @@ msgstr "" "해당 직원에 대해 기존에 평가했던 내용이 있는 경우에는, 직원에 대한 총 평가 수가 페이지 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`평가` 스마트" " 버튼에 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:255 msgid "Ask for feedback" msgstr "피드백 요청" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:257 msgid "" "As part of the appraisal process, the manager can request feedback on an " "employee from anyone in the company. Feedback is usually requested from co-" @@ -672,7 +617,7 @@ msgstr "" "함께 소통하거나 일하는 다른 사람들에게 요청합니다. 이를 통해 직원을 보다 균형 잡힌 시각으로 볼 수 있으며, 관리자가 전반적으로 평가를" " 할 수 있게 됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 msgid "" "To request feedback, the appraisal **must** be confirmed. Once confirmed, an" " :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button appears at the top of the form." @@ -680,7 +625,7 @@ msgstr "" "피드백을 요청하려면 **반드시** 평가를 확정하여야 합니다. 확정이 될 경우, 영삭 성던애 :guilabel:`피드백 요청` 버튼이 " "나타납니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:265 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button is clicked, an :guilabel:`Ask " "Feedback` email pop-up form appears, using the :guilabel:`Appraisal: Ask " @@ -689,24 +634,24 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel:`피드백 요청` 버튼을 클릭하면 :guilabel:`피드백 요청`이 :guilabel:`평가: 피드백 요청` 이메일 " "템플릿을 사용하여 이메일 팝업 양식으로 나타나며, :guilabel:`360도 피드백` 설문을 전송합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:269 msgid "" "Enter the employees being asked to complete the survey in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field. Multiple employees may be selected." msgstr "guilabel:`수신자` 필드에는 설문 요청을 보낼 직원을 입력합니다. 직원을 여러 명 선택할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 msgid "" "The email template has dynamic placeholders to personalize the message. Add " "any additional text to the email, if desired." msgstr "" "이메일 템플릿에는 메시지를 개인용 맞춤으로 만들 수 있는 동적 자리 표시자가 있습니다. 원하는 경우 이메일에 텍스트를 추가합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:275 msgid "If required, an :guilabel:`Answer Deadline` can be added, as well." msgstr "필요한 경우 :guilabel:`응답 마감일`도 추가할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:277 msgid "" "If any attachments are needed, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button, and" " a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the file(s), select them, then " @@ -715,7 +660,7 @@ msgstr "" "파일을 첨부해야 하는 경우에는, :guilabel:`첨부 파일` 버튼을 클릭하면 파일 탐색기 창이 나타납니다. 파일을 검색하여 선택한 " "다음 :guilabel:`열기`를 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:280 msgid "When the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send.`" msgstr "이메일 전송 준비가 완료되면 :guilabel:`보내기`를 클릭합니다." @@ -723,21 +668,21 @@ msgstr "이메일 전송 준비가 완료되면 :guilabel:`보내기`를 클릭 msgid "The email pop-up when requesting feedback from other employees." msgstr "다른 직원에게 피드백을 요청하는 경우 이메일 팝업창이 나타납니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:287 msgid "Appraisal form" msgstr "평가 양식" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:289 msgid "" "Once an appraisal is confirmed, the next steps are for the employee to fill " "out the self-assessment, after which the manager completes their assessment." msgstr "평가 확정이 완료되면, 다음 단계는 직원이 자기 평가를 작성하고 관리자가 평가를 완료하는 것입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:295 msgid "Employee's feedback" msgstr "직원의 피드백" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:297 msgid "" "To complete their portion of feedback, employees should navigate to the main" " :menuselection:`Appraisals application` dashboard, where the only entries " @@ -747,7 +692,7 @@ msgstr "" "피드백 부분에 대한 작성을 완료하려면, 직원은 기본 :menuselection:`평가 신청` 현황판으로 이동하며 여기에서는 직원이나 " "본인, 또는 해당 직원의 관리 하에 있으며 관리자에게 피드백을 제공해야 하는 사람에 대한 평가 항목만 볼 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 msgid "" "Click on the appraisal to open the appraisal form. Enter responses in the " ":guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` " @@ -756,7 +701,7 @@ msgstr "" "평가를 클릭하면 평가 양식이 열립니다. :guilabel:`평가` 탭 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`직원의 피드백`에 응답을 " "입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:304 msgid "" "When completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to Manager` toggle (the " "default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When clicked, the toggle " @@ -770,11 +715,11 @@ msgid "" "The feedback section for the employee with the toggle button highlighted." msgstr "토글 버튼이 강조 표시되어 있는 직원의 피드백 항목" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:314 msgid "Manager's feedback" msgstr "관리자의 피드백" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 msgid "" "After the employee has completed the :guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` " "section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab, it is time for the manager to " @@ -783,14 +728,14 @@ msgstr "" "직원이 :guilabel:`평가` 탭 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`직원의 피드백` 섹션 입력을 완료한 후에는, 관리자가 " ":guilabel:`관리자의 피드백` 섹션을 작성할 차례입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:320 msgid "" "The manager enters their responses in the fields in the :ref:`same manner as" " the employee `." msgstr "" "관리자는 :ref:`직원과 동일한 방식 `으로 해당 항목에 응답을 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:323 msgid "" "When the feedback section is completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to " "Employee` toggle (the default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When " @@ -805,11 +750,12 @@ msgid "" " highlighted." msgstr "직원 및 관리자 모두를 위한 피드백 섹션입니다. 토글 버튼이 강조 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:748 msgid "Skills tab" msgstr "기술 탭" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:334 msgid "" "Part of an appraisal is evaluating an employee's skills, and tracking their " "progress over time. The :guilabel:`Skills` tab of the appraisal form auto-" @@ -820,7 +766,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`직무 기술` 탭에 :doc:`직원 양식 <../hr/employees/new_employee>`의 기술 내용이 " "자동으로 입력됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:338 msgid "" "Each skill is grouped with like skills, and the :guilabel:`Skill Level`, " ":guilabel:`Progress`, and :guilabel:`Justification` are displayed for each " @@ -829,12 +775,12 @@ msgstr "" "직무 기술은 유사한 기술별로 그룹으로 만들어져 있으며, 각 기술별로 :guilabel:`기술 수준`, :guilabel:`진척도`, " ":guilabel:`사유 설명`이 표시되어 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 msgid "" "Update any skills, or add any new skills to the :guilabel:`Skills` tab." msgstr "기술을 업데이트하거나 새로운 기술을 추가하려면 :guilabel:`직무 기술` 탭을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:343 msgid "" "If a skill level has increased, a reason for the improved rating can be " "entered into the :guilabel:`Justification` field, such as `took a fluency " @@ -843,14 +789,14 @@ msgstr "" "기술 레벨이 높아진 것에 대해서, 평가 결과가 향상된 이유를 :guilabel:`사유 설명`에 입력할 수 있습니다. 예를 들어, '언어 " "능력 유창성 테스트 응시' 또는 'Javascript 인증 받음' 등을 기록합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:347 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`Create a new employee ` document for " "detailed instructions on adding or updating a skill." msgstr "" "기술을 추가하거나 업데이트하는 것에 대한 자세한 내용은 :ref:`새 직원 만들기 ` 문서를 참조하세요." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:350 msgid "" "After an appraisal is completed, and the skills have been updated, the next " "time an appraisal is confirmed, the updated skills populate the " @@ -863,11 +809,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The skills tab of an appraisal form, all filled out." msgstr "평가 양식에 있는 기술 탭 내용이 모두 작성되어 있는 모습입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:358 msgid "Private note tab" msgstr "비공개 메모 탭" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:360 msgid "" "If managers want to leave notes that are only visible to other managers, " "they can be entered in the :guilabel:`Private Note` tab. The employee being " @@ -877,12 +823,12 @@ msgstr "" "관리자가 메모를 다른 관리자만 확인할 수 있게 하려면, :guilabel:`비공개 메모` 탭에 입력하면 됩니다. 평가 대상인 직원은 이 " "탭에 접근할 수 **없으며** 평가에서 해당 탭은 보이지 **않습니다**." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:386 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:520 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 msgid "Schedule a meeting" msgstr "미팅 예약하기" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:367 msgid "" "Once both portions of an appraisal are completed (the :ref:`employee " "` and :ref:`manager ` 피드백 섹션)이 모두 완료되면 직원과 관리자가 대면하여 평가에 대해 논의할 " "차례입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:371 msgid "" "A meeting can be scheduled in one of two ways: either from the *Appraisals* " "application dashboard, or from an individual appraisal card." msgstr "회의를 예약하려면 *평가* 애플리케이션 현황판이나 개별 평가 카드에서 예약할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:374 msgid "" "To schedule an appraisal from the dashboard of the *Appraisals* application," " first navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Appraisals`." @@ -907,7 +853,7 @@ msgstr "" "*평가* 애플리케이션에 있는 현황판에서 평가 예약을 하려면, 먼저 :menuselection:`평가 애플리케이션 --> 평가`로 " "이동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:377 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, beneath the appraisal date on the " "desired appraisal card, and a :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window " @@ -917,7 +863,7 @@ msgstr "" "사용할 평가 카드의 평가 날짜 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`🕘 (시계)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 :guilabel:`활동 예약` 팝업창이 " "나타납니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`+ 활동 예약`을 클릭하면 활동 양식이 새로 생성됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Meeting` for the :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the drop-" "down menu. Doing so causes the form to change, so only the " @@ -926,7 +872,7 @@ msgstr "" "드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`활동 유형`으로 :guilabel:`회의`를 선택합니다. 선택하면 양식이 변경되어 " ":guilabel:`활동 유형` 및 :guilabel:`요약` 필드만 나타나게 됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:385 msgid "" "If scheduling an activity other than a meeting, such as a :guilabel:`Call` " "or a :guilabel:`To-Do`, the fields that appear on the :guilabel:`Schedule " @@ -935,7 +881,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`통화` 또는 :guilabel:`To-Do`와 같이 회의 이외의 활동을 예약하는 경우에는, :guilabel:`활동 " "예약` 팝업 양식에 나타나는 필드도 이에 따라 알맞게 변경됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:389 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon may appear as a number of different icons, " "depending on what, if any, scheduled activities are in place, and the color " @@ -944,13 +890,13 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`🕘 (시계)` 아이콘은 예정되어 있는 활동에 따라서 다양한 아이콘으로 표시할 수 있으며 색상으로 해당되는 마감일을 " "나타낼 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:392 msgid "" "If no activities are scheduled, that is represented by a gray :guilabel:`🕘 " "(clock)` icon." msgstr "예정되어 있는 활동이 없으면 :guilabel:`🕘(시계)` 아이콘이 회색으로 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:394 msgid "" "However, if a specific activity is scheduled, the icon may appear as a " ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon for a phone call, a :guilabel:`👥 (group of " @@ -959,14 +905,14 @@ msgstr "" "단. 특정 활동이 예약되어 있는 경우에는 전화 통화의 경우 :guilabel:`📞 (전화)` 아이콘으로, 회의의 경우에는 " ":guilabel:`👥 (그룹)` 아이콘으로 표시될 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:397 msgid "" "The color of the icon indicates the status; a green icon means an activity " "is scheduled in the future, and a red icon means the activity is past due." msgstr "" "아이콘 색상은 상태를 나타냅니다. 초록색 아이콘은 향후 예된 활동이 있음을 의미하고 빨간색 아이콘은 활동 기한이 지났음을 의미합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:400 msgid "" "For more details on activities, refer to the :doc:`../essentials/activities`" " document." @@ -976,7 +922,7 @@ msgstr "활동에 대한 자세한 내용은 :doc:`../essentials/activities` 문 msgid "The appraisal cards with the various activity icons highlighted." msgstr "다양한 활동 아이콘이 강조 표시되어 있는 평가 카드" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 msgid "" "Enter a brief description in the :guilabel:`Summary` field of the " ":guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window, such as `Annual Appraisal for " @@ -985,7 +931,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`활동 예약` 팝업 창의 :guilabel:`요약` 필드에 `(직원)에 대한 연간 평가`와 같이 간단하게 설명을 " "입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:409 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button. From the calendar page " "that appears, navigate to, and double-click on, the desired date and time " @@ -994,7 +940,7 @@ msgstr "" "그 다음 :guilabel:`캘린더 열기` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 캘린더 페이지가 표시되면 원하는 회의 날짜와 시간을 찾아서 더블 " "클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:412 msgid "" "Doing so opens a :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up form. From this pop-up form, " "make any desired modifications, such as designating a :guilabel:`Start` " @@ -1003,13 +949,13 @@ msgstr "" "그러면 :guilabel:`새 행사` 양식 팝업창이 열립니다. 이 양식 팝업창에서 :guilabel:`시작` 시간을 지정하거나 회의에 " ":guilabel:`이름`을 지정하는 등 원하는 대로 편집합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:416 msgid "" "Add the appraisee in the :guilabel:`Attendees` section, and include anyone " "else who should be in the meeting, if necessary." msgstr ":guilabel:`참석자` 섹션에 평가받는 사람을 추가하고 필요한 경우 회의에 참석해야 하는 다른 사람을 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:419 msgid "" "To make the meeting a video call, instead of an in-person meeting, click " ":guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting`, and a :guilabel:`Videocall URL` link appears in " @@ -1018,12 +964,12 @@ msgstr "" "대면 회의 대신 화상 통화로 회의를 진행하려면, :guilabel:`+ Odoo 회의`를 클릭하면 해당 필드에 :guilabel:`화상 " "통화 URL` 링크가 나타납니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:422 msgid "" "Once all the desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "원하는 대로 변경 사항이 모두 완료되면 :guilabel:`저장 후 닫기`를 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:424 msgid "" "The meeting now appears on the calendar, and the invited parties are " "informed, via email." @@ -1035,7 +981,7 @@ msgid "" "appraisal." msgstr "로니 하트 님의 연간 평가용 정보가 모두 입력되어 있는 회의 양식" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 msgid "" "The other way to schedule a meeting is from the individual appraisal form. " "To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Appraisal application` " @@ -1044,7 +990,7 @@ msgstr "" "회의 예약을 하는 또 다른 방법으로, 개별 평가 양식을 이용하는 방법이 있습니다. 이렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`평가 신청`" " 현황판으로 이동한 다음 평가 카드를 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button, and the calendar loads." " Follow the same directions above to create the meeting." @@ -1052,129 +998,294 @@ msgstr "" "다음으로 :guilabel:`회의` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 캘린더를 불러오게 됩니다. 회의를 생성하려면 위에서 안내된 내용과 동일한 " "방법으로 진행합니다." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 +msgid "" +"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button reads " +":guilabel:`No Meeting`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:830 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "보고" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:442 +msgid "" +"The *Appraisals* application tracks two metrics across two different " +"reports: an :ref:`appraisal analysis `, and a " +":ref:`skills evolution `." +msgstr "" +"*평가* 애플리케이션에서는 두 가지 지표를 서로 다른 보고서인 :ref:`평가 분석 `, 및 " +":ref:`직무 기술 발전 `에서 추적합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:448 +msgid "Appraisal analysis" +msgstr "평가 분석" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:450 +msgid "" +"To access the *Appraisal Analysis* report, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Appraisal " +"Analysis`. This displays a report of all the appraisals in the database, " +"highlighted in different colors to represent their status." +msgstr "" +"*평가 분석* 보고서에 액세스하려면 :menuselection:`평가 적용 --> 보고 --> 평가 분석`으로 이동합니다. 데이터베이스에" +" 있는 모든 평가 보고서가 표시되며 상태를 나타내기 위해 다양한 색상으로 강조 표시됩니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 +msgid "" +"Appraisals in yellow are completed, appraisals in orange are in-progress " +"(the appraisal is confirmed, but not completed), and appraisals in gray are " +"scheduled (according to the :ref:`appraisals/appraisal-plan`), but have not " +"been confirmed yet." +msgstr "" +"노란색은 평가가 완료된 상태를 의미하며, 주황색은 평가 진행 중 (평가가 확정되었으나 완료되지 않음), 회색은 평가가 예정되어 있는 경우" +" (:ref:`appraisals/appraisal-plan`에 따라)이나 아직 확정되지 않은 상태를 의미합니다." + #: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 msgid "" -"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button says " -":guilabel:`No Meeting`." -msgstr "예약된 회의가 없는 경우에는 :guilabel:`회의` 스마트 버튼에 :guilabel:`회의 없음`으로 표시됩니다." +"The report displays the whole current year, by default, grouped by " +"department." +msgstr "보고서에는 기본적으로 현재 연도 전체가 표시되며, 부서별로 그룹화되어 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:463 -msgid "Goals" -msgstr "목표 설정" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:460 msgid "" -"The ability to set goals for employees to work toward is an important " -"feature of Odoo *Appraisals*. Goals are typically set during an appraisal, " -"so the employee knows what they need to work toward before their next " -"appraisal." +"To change the calendar view presented, change the date settings in the top-" +"left of the report. The options to display are :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, and :guilabel:`Year`. Use the arrows to" +" move forward or backward in time." msgstr "" -"직원의 업무 달성 목표를 설정하는 것은 Odoo *평가*에 있는 중요한 기능입니다. 보통 평가가 진행되는 동안 목표가 설정되므로, 직원은" -" 다음 평가 전까지 어떤 점에서 노력해야 할지 알 수 있습니다." +"표시되는 달력 화면을 변경하려면 보고서 왼쪽 상단에 있는 날짜 설정을 변경합니다. :guilabel:`일`, :guilabel:`주`, " +":guilabel:`월` 및 :guilabel:`연도`가 표시되도록 선택할 수 있습니다. 화살표를 사용하여 전후 시간으로 이동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:464 msgid "" -"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> " -"Goals`. This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban " -"view." -msgstr "" -"모든 목표를 확인하려면 :menuselection:`평가 적용 --> 목표`로 이동합니다. 기본 칸반 보기에서 모든 직원의 목표가 모두 " -"표시됩니다." +"At any point, click the :guilabel:`Today` button to present the calendar to " +"include today's date in the view." +msgstr "언제든지 :guilabel:`오늘` 버튼을 클릭하면 오늘 날짜가 표시된 달력이 화면에 나타납니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:472 -msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" -msgstr "각각의 목표 카드에는 다음과 같은 내용이 있습니다." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:467 +msgid "" +"The report can have other filters and groupings set in the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top." +msgstr "보고서 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄에 다른 필터 및 그룹을 설정할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:474 -msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the name of the goal." -msgstr ":guilabel:`직무 기술`: 목표의 제목입니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:475 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee the goal is assigned to." -msgstr ":guilabel:`이름`: 목표가 할당된 직원입니다." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 +msgid "A report showing all the appraisals for the Appraisal Analysis report." +msgstr "평가 분석 보고서의 평가를 모두 표시하는 보고서입니다." #: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 -msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." -msgstr ":guilabel:`마감일`: 목표에 대한 마감일입니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:477 -msgid ":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal." -msgstr ":guilabel:`진행 상황`: 목표에 설정된 역량의 백분율입니다." +msgid "Skills evolution" +msgstr "직무 기술 발전" #: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Employee`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is assigned " -"to." -msgstr ":guilabel:`직원`: 목표를 할당받은 직원의 프로필 아이콘입니다." +"To access the *Skills Evolution* report, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Skills Evolution`. " +"This displays a report of all skills, grouped by employee." +msgstr "" +"*직무 기술 발전* 보고서를 이용하려면 :menuselection:`평가 신청 --> 보고 --> 직무 기술 발전` 항목으로 이동합니다." +" 직원별 그룹으로 기술 보고서가 모두 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:480 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:481 +msgid "" +"All the lines of the report are collapsed, by default. To view the details " +"of a line, click on a line to expand the data." +msgstr "기본적으로 보고서의 모든 내용은 접혀서 표시됩니다. 각 내역의 세부 정보를 보려면 클릭하여 데이터를 펼치면 됩니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:484 +msgid "Each skill has the following information listed:" +msgstr "각각의 직무 기술에는 다음과 같은 정보가 표시되어 있습니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:486 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: name of the employee." +msgstr ":guilabel:`직원`: 직원의 이름입니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 +msgid ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: the category the skill falls under." +msgstr ":guilabel:`기술 유형`: 기술이 속하는 카테고리입니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:488 +msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the specific, individual skill." +msgstr ":guilabel:`직무 기술`: 구체적인 개별 기술입니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:489 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Previous Skill Level`: the level the employee had previously " +"achieved for the skill." +msgstr ":guilabel:`이전 기술 수준`: 해당 기술에 대해 직원이 이전에 달성한 수준입니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:490 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Previous Skill Progress`: the previous percentage of competency " +"achieved for the skill (based on the :guilabel:`Skill Level`)." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`이전 기술 진행 상황`: 해당 기술에서 달성한 이전의 역량 비율입니다 (:guilabel:`직무 기술 수준` 에 " +"기반)." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:492 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Current Skill Level`: the current level the employee has achieved" +" for the skill." +msgstr ":guilabel:`현재 기술 수준`: 해당 기술에 대해 직원이 달성한 현재 수준입니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Current Skill Progress`: the current percentage of competency " +"achieved for the skill." +msgstr ":guilabel:`현재 기술 진행 상황`: 해당 기술에 대해 달성한 현재의 역량 비율입니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:494 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Justification`: any notes entered on the skill explaining the " +"progress." +msgstr ":guilabel:`사유 설명`: 진행 상황을 설명하도록 직무 기술 항목에 입력된 메모입니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 +msgid "A report showing all the skills grouped by employee." +msgstr "직원별 그룹으로 직무 기술 전체를 보여주는 보고서입니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:501 +msgid ":doc:`appraisals/goals`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:3 +msgid "Goals" +msgstr "목표 설정" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Appraisals* application allows managers to set goals for their " +"employees. That way, employees know what to work toward before their next " +"review." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`. " +"This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:13 +msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" +msgstr "각각의 목표 카드에는 다음과 같은 내용이 있습니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:15 +msgid ":guilabel:`Goal`: the name of the goal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:16 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the employee the goal is assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:17 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-clock-o` :guilabel:`(clock)` icon: displays the corresponding " +":doc:`activity icon <../../essentials/activities>` for the record. If no " +"activities are scheduled, the default icon is the :icon:`fa-clock-o` " +":guilabel:`(clock)`. If any activities have been scheduled, the icon " +"represents the activity scheduled soonest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:21 +msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." +msgstr ":guilabel:`마감일`: 목표에 대한 마감일입니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal. The " +"options are :guilabel:`0%`, :guilabel:`25%`, :guilabel:`50%`, " +":guilabel:`75%`, or :guilabel:`100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Icon`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is " +"assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:26 msgid "" "If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " "corner of the goal card." msgstr "목표가 완료되면 :guilabel:`완료` 배너가 목표 카드의 오른쪽 상단에 나타납니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." msgstr "9개의 목표 카드가 있는 목표 칸반 화면" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:33 msgid "" -"Every individual goal requires its own entry for each employee. If employees" -" have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the list. For " -"example, if both Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " +"Every individual goal requires its own record for each employee. If multiple" +" employees have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For example, if Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " "appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " "goal for Sara." msgstr "" -"개별 목표에는 각 직원별 고유 항목이 있어야 합니다. 목표가 동일한 직원이 있는 경우, 직원의 목표 카드가 각각 목록에 나타납니다. 예를" -" 들어, 재훈 님과 지영 님이 '타이핑'이라는 동일한 목표를 설정한 경우, 칸반 보기에 재훈 님의 '타이핑' 목표 카드 1개와 지영 님의" -" '타이핑' 목표 카드 1개라는 두 개의 카드가 나타납니다. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:40 msgid "New goal" msgstr "새로운 목표" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:42 msgid "" -"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application -->" -" Goals`, and click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank goal form." +"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`," +" and click :guilabel:`New` top-left corner to open a blank goal form." msgstr "" -"새 목표를 생성하려면 :menuselection:`평가 신청 --> 목표`로 이동한 후 :guilabel:`새로 만들기`를 클릭하여 목표" -" 양식을 엽니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:45 msgid "" -"Enter the information on the card. The information requested is all the same" -" information that appears on the :ref:`goal card ` in the " -"Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field and a " -":guilabel:`Description` tab." +"Input the :guilabel:`Goal`, :guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Progress`, and " +":guilabel:`Deadline`, information on the goal card, as discussed in the " +":ref:`goal card ` section of this document." msgstr "" -"카드에 있는 정보를 입력합니다. 입력할 정보는 칸반 화면의 :ref:`목표 카드 `에 표시된 것과 동일한" -" 내용이며, :guilabel:`태그` 필드와 :guilabel:`설명` 탭이 추가되어 있습니다. ." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:49 msgid "" -"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field by default, and " +"The information requested is all the same information that appears on the " +"goal card in the Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field " +"and a :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " +"all tags need to be added. To add a tag, enter the name of the tag on the " +"line, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(tag)\"`. Repeat this for all tags that" +" need to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field, by default, and " "the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" " profile." msgstr "" -"현재 사용자가 :guilabel:`직원` 필드에 기본값으로 입력되고, :guilabel:`관리자`에는 직원 프로필에 설정되어 있는 " -"관리자가 입력됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:505 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:60 msgid "" "Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " "useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." msgstr "필요에 따라 양식을 변경하고 목표를 명확하게 하는 데 도움이 될 만한 메모를 :guilabel:`설명` 탭에 추가합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." msgstr "목표 양식이 Python 기술에 대해 숙련도 50%로 설정되어 있는 모습" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:68 msgid "Completed goals" msgstr "목표 달성" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:70 msgid "" "When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " "be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " @@ -1183,21 +1294,20 @@ msgstr "" "목표가 달성되면 기록을 업데이트하는 것이 중요합니다. 목표를 '완료' 표시하는 방법에는 두 가지가 있으며, 기본 " ":guilabel:`목표` 현황판 또는 개별 목표 카드에서 표시할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:73 msgid "" "To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" -" the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the top-right of a goal card." +" the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon in the top-" +"right of a goal card." msgstr "" -"기본 :guilabel:`목표` 현황판에서 목표를 `완료`로 표시하려면 목표 카드의 오른쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`⋮ (점 " -"3개)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:77 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon **only** appears when the mouse hovers " -"over the corner of a goal card." -msgstr ":guilabel:`⋮ (점 3개)` 아이콘은 마우스를 목표 카드 모서리 위에 가져갈 때에 **한해서만** 나타납니다." +"The :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon **only** " +"appears when the mouse hovers over the top-right corner of a goal card." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:80 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " "green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " @@ -1206,7 +1316,7 @@ msgstr "" "그런 다음 드롭다운 메뉴가 나타나면 :guilabel:`완료로 표시`를 클릭합니다. 초록색 :guilabel:`완료` 배너가 목표 카드의" " 오른쪽 상단에 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:83 msgid "" "To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " "open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " @@ -1217,156 +1327,11 @@ msgstr "" " :guilabel:`완료로 표시` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 클릭하면 초록색 :guilabel:`완료` 배너가 목표 양식의 오른쪽 상단에 " "나타납니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:533 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:526 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:351 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:753 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "보고" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:535 -msgid "" -"The *Appraisals* application tracks two metrics across two different " -"reports: an :ref:`appraisal analysis `, and a " -":ref:`skills evolution `." -msgstr "" -"*평가* 애플리케이션에서는 두 가지 지표를 서로 다른 보고서인 :ref:`평가 분석 `, 및 " -":ref:`직무 기술 발전 `에서 추적합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:541 -msgid "Appraisal analysis" -msgstr "평가 분석" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:543 -msgid "" -"To access the *Appraisal Analysis* report, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Appraisal " -"Analysis`. This displays a report of all the appraisals in the database, " -"highlighted in different colors to represent their status." -msgstr "" -"*평가 분석* 보고서에 액세스하려면 :menuselection:`평가 적용 --> 보고 --> 평가 분석`으로 이동합니다. 데이터베이스에" -" 있는 모든 평가 보고서가 표시되며 상태를 나타내기 위해 다양한 색상으로 강조 표시됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:547 -msgid "" -"Appraisals in yellow are completed, appraisals in orange are in-progress " -"(the appraisal is confirmed, but not completed), and appraisals in gray are " -"scheduled (according to the :ref:`appraisals/appraisal-plan`), but have not " -"been confirmed yet." -msgstr "" -"노란색은 평가가 완료된 상태를 의미하며, 주황색은 평가 진행 중 (평가가 확정되었으나 완료되지 않음), 회색은 평가가 예정되어 있는 경우" -" (:ref:`appraisals/appraisal-plan`에 따라)이나 아직 확정되지 않은 상태를 의미합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:551 -msgid "" -"The report displays the whole current year, by default, grouped by " -"department." -msgstr "보고서에는 기본적으로 현재 연도 전체가 표시되며, 부서별로 그룹화되어 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:553 -msgid "" -"To change the calendar view presented, change the date settings in the top-" -"left of the report. The options to display are :guilabel:`Day`, " -":guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, and :guilabel:`Year`. Use the arrows to" -" move forward or backward in time." -msgstr "" -"표시되는 달력 화면을 변경하려면 보고서 왼쪽 상단에 있는 날짜 설정을 변경합니다. :guilabel:`일`, :guilabel:`주`, " -":guilabel:`월` 및 :guilabel:`연도`가 표시되도록 선택할 수 있습니다. 화살표를 사용하여 전후 시간으로 이동합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:557 -msgid "" -"At any point, click the :guilabel:`Today` button to present the calendar to " -"include today's date in the view." -msgstr "언제든지 :guilabel:`오늘` 버튼을 클릭하면 오늘 날짜가 표시된 달력이 화면에 나타납니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:560 -msgid "" -"The report can have other filters and groupings set in the " -":guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top." -msgstr "보고서 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄에 다른 필터 및 그룹을 설정할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "A report showing all the appraisals for the Appraisal Analysis report." -msgstr "평가 분석 보고서의 평가를 모두 표시하는 보고서입니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:569 -msgid "Skills evolution" -msgstr "직무 기술 발전" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:571 -msgid "" -"To access the *Skills Evolution* report, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Skills Evolution`. " -"This displays a report of all skills, grouped by employee." -msgstr "" -"*직무 기술 발전* 보고서를 이용하려면 :menuselection:`평가 신청 --> 보고 --> 직무 기술 발전` 항목으로 이동합니다." -" 직원별 그룹으로 기술 보고서가 모두 표시됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:574 -msgid "" -"All the lines of the report are collapsed, by default. To view the details " -"of a line, click on a line to expand the data." -msgstr "기본적으로 보고서의 모든 내용은 접혀서 표시됩니다. 각 내역의 세부 정보를 보려면 클릭하여 데이터를 펼치면 됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:577 -msgid "Each skill has the following information listed:" -msgstr "각각의 직무 기술에는 다음과 같은 정보가 표시되어 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:579 -msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: name of the employee." -msgstr ":guilabel:`직원`: 직원의 이름입니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:580 -msgid ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: the category the skill falls under." -msgstr ":guilabel:`기술 유형`: 기술이 속하는 카테고리입니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:581 -msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the specific, individual skill." -msgstr ":guilabel:`직무 기술`: 구체적인 개별 기술입니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:582 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Skill Level`: the level the employee had previously " -"achieved for the skill." -msgstr ":guilabel:`이전 기술 수준`: 해당 기술에 대해 직원이 이전에 달성한 수준입니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:583 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Skill Progress`: the previous percentage of competency " -"achieved for the skill (based on the :guilabel:`Skill Level`)." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`이전 기술 진행 상황`: 해당 기술에서 달성한 이전의 역량 비율입니다 (:guilabel:`직무 기술 수준` 에 " -"기반)." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:585 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Current Skill Level`: the current level the employee has achieved" -" for the skill." -msgstr ":guilabel:`현재 기술 수준`: 해당 기술에 대해 직원이 달성한 현재 수준입니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:586 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Current Skill Progress`: the current percentage of competency " -"achieved for the skill." -msgstr ":guilabel:`현재 기술 진행 상황`: 해당 기술에 대해 달성한 현재의 역량 비율입니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:587 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Justification`: any notes entered on the skill explaining the " -"progress." -msgstr ":guilabel:`사유 설명`: 진행 상황을 설명하도록 직무 기술 항목에 입력된 메모입니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "A report showing all the skills grouped by employee." -msgstr "직원별 그룹으로 직무 기술 전체를 보여주는 보고서입니다." - #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:5 msgid "Attendances" msgstr "근태 관리" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Attendances* application functions as a time clock. Employees are " "able to check in and out of work using a dedicated device in kiosk mode, " @@ -1380,68 +1345,55 @@ msgstr "" " 빠르게 확인할 수 있으며, 보고서를 작성하여 전체 직원 근무 시간을 확인하고, 초과 근무 중인 직원 혹은 예상보다 일찍 퇴근하는 직원에" " 대한 전체적인 검토도 할 수 있게 됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:16 msgid "Access rights" msgstr "접근 권한" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:18 msgid "" "It is important to understand how the different access rights affect what " -"users can access in the *Attendances* application." +"options and features users can access in the *Attendances* application." msgstr "" -"*근태* 애플리케이션에서 사용할 수 있는 항목에 대해 접근 권한을 다양하게 부여하면 어떤 영향이 있는지 이해하는 것이 중요합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 msgid "" -"Every user in the database is always able to access their own information on" -" the dashboard and can check in and out directly from the database. Access " -"to all the other features is determined by access rights." +"Every user in the database is able to check in and out directly from the " +"database, without needing access to the *Attendances* application. " +"Additionally, all users can access their own attendance records from their " +"employee form in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" -"모든 데이터베이스 사용자는 현황판에 있는 자신의 정보에 언제든 액세스할 수 있으며 데이터베이스에서 직접 체크인 및 체크아웃할 수 " -"있습니다. 다른 전체 기능에 대해서는 액세스 권한에 따라 결정됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Access to both the *Attendances* application, and the various features " +"within the application is determined by access rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:28 msgid "" "To see what access rights a user has, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Settings application --> Users & Companies: Users`, and " -"click on an individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by" -" default. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the " -"setting. For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to " -"leave the field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users & Companies: Users`, and click on an " +"individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by default. " +"Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the setting. " +"For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to leave the " +"field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." msgstr "" -"사용자에게 부여된 액세스 권한을 확인하려면 :menuselection:`설정 애플리케이션 --> 사용자 및 회사: 사용자` 로 이동하여 " -"개별 사용자를 클릭합니다. 기본값으로 :guilabel:`액세스 권한` 탭이 표시됩니다. 설정을 확인하려면 :guilabel:`인적 자원" -" 관리` 섹션까지 아래로 스크롤을 이동합니다. :guilabel:`근태` 필드의 경우 항목을 비워놓거나 :guilabel:`관리자` 를 " -"선택하는 옵션이 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:34 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Administrator` option is selected, the user has full " "access to the entire *Attendances* application, with no restrictions. They " -"can view all employee attendance records, enter kiosk mode from the " +"can view all employee attendance records, enter *Kiosk mMode* from the " "application, access all reporting metrics, and make modifications to the " -"settings." +"settings. If left blank, the user does **not** have access to the " +"*Attendances* application." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`관리자` 를 선택할 경우, 사용자는 제한 없이 전체 *근태* 애플리케이션에 대한 액세스 권한을 모두 갖게 됩니다. " -"전체 직원의 근태 기록을 확인할 수 있으며, 애플리케이션에서 키오스크 모드를 입력하거나 모든 보고 지표에 액세스할 수 있으며 설정 항목을" -" 수정할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If left blank, the user can only view their own information on the " -"*Attendances* application dashboard and can view their own personal " -"attendance records under the reporting feature. All other attendance records" -" are hidden from view on the report. There is no access to either the kiosk " -"mode or the configuration menu." -msgstr "" -"비워둘 경우, 사용자는 *근태* 애플리케이션 현황판에서 자신의 정보만 볼 수 있으며 보고 기능에서 본인의 개인 근태 기록을 확인할 수 " -"있습니다. 다른 모든 근태 기록은 보고서 화면에서 숨겨집니다. 키오스크 모드나 설정 메뉴에 액세스 권한이 없습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:42 msgid "Approvers" msgstr "결재권자" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:44 msgid "" "The **only** other scenario where different information may be accessible in" " the *Attendances* application is for approvers. If a user does *not* have " @@ -1458,7 +1410,7 @@ msgstr "" "필요한 경우 해당 직원의 근태 기록을 수정할 수도 있습니다. 이러한 내용은 사용자에게 *근태* 신청 승인자로 지정된 직원에 대해 모두 " "적용됩니다. 일반적으로 관리자가 승인자가 되지만, 반드시 필수인 것은 아닙니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:52 msgid "" "To see who the attendance approver is for an employee, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Employees application` and click on the specific employee. " @@ -1472,7 +1424,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`근무 정보` 탭을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`승인자` 섹션으로 스크롤하여 :guilabel:`근태` 필드를 " "확인합니다. 선택한 사람은 *근태* 애플리케이션 현황판 및 근태 보고서에서 직원의 근태 기록을 확인하고 기록을 수정할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:61 msgid "" "Few configurations are needed in the *Attendances* application. Determining " "how employees check in and out, defining how the kiosks function, and " @@ -1484,11 +1436,11 @@ msgstr "" " 방법을 정의할 수 있으며, 추가 시간을 계산하는 방법을 결정하는 등 모두 환경 설정 메뉴에서 설정할 수 있습니다. " ":menuselection:`근태 애플리케이션 --> 환경 설정` 으로 이동하여 환경 설정 메뉴에서 진행합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:67 msgid "Modes" msgstr "모드" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how an employee " "checks in when using a kiosk. Options are :guilabel:`Barcode/RFID`, " @@ -1499,13 +1451,13 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`바코드/RFID`, :guilabel:`바코드/RFID 및 직접 선택` 또는 :guilabel:`직접 선택` 중에서 " "선택할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:76 msgid "" "The *Barcode* application **does not** need to be installed to use one of " "the Barcode/RFID settings." msgstr "*바코드* 애플리케이션을 설치하지 **않더라도** 바코드/RFID 설정 항목을 사용할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances from Backend`: activate this selection to allow users" " to check in and out directly from the Odoo database. If this is not " @@ -1514,11 +1466,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`백엔드 근태 처리`: 사용자가 Odoo 데이터베이스에서 직접 체크인 및 체크아웃할 수 있게 하려면 이 항목을 " "사용하도록 설정합니다. 사용 설정을 하지 않은 경우 사용자는 키오스크를 이용해 출퇴근 체크인 아웃 처리를 해야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 msgid "Kiosk settings" msgstr "키오스크 설정" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:88 msgid "" "This section only needs to be configured if employees use kiosks for " "checking in and out. If kiosks are **not** being used, modifying any of " @@ -1527,7 +1479,7 @@ msgstr "" "이 섹션은 직원이 체크인 및 체크아웃용으로 키오스크를 사용하는 경우에만 설정하면 됩니다. 키오스크를 사용하지 **않는** 경우에는, " "필드를 수정하더라도 *근태* 애플리케이션에 특별히 좋지 않은 영향이 있지는 **않습니다**." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode Source`: this setting appears **only** if either of the " "two Barcode/RFID selections were configured for the :ref:`Kiosk Mode " @@ -1540,7 +1492,7 @@ msgstr "" "스캔할 방법을 전용 바코드 :guilabel:`스캐너` 나 장치의 :guilabel:`전면 카메라` 또는 :guilabel:`후면 " "카메라` 중에서 선택하세요." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:96 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification`: activate this option if employees " "should use a unique PIN to check in. PINs are configured on each individual " @@ -1551,7 +1503,7 @@ msgstr "" " 각 개별 직원 기록에 설정합니다. PIN 설정 방법에 대한 자세한 내용은 " ":doc:`../hr/employees/new_employee` 문서를 참조하세요." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Time`: set the duration (in seconds) the check in and " "check out confirmation screen remains on the kiosk before going back to the " @@ -1560,7 +1512,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`표시 시간`: 기본 체크인 화면으로 돌아가기 전에 체크인 및 체크아웃 확인 화면이 키오스크에 남아서 표시되는 시간 " "(초)을 설정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:101 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendance Kiosk Url`: Odoo generates a unique web address (URL) " "to use a device as a kiosk without having to sign in to the Odoo database. " @@ -1571,7 +1523,7 @@ msgstr "" "로그인하지 않고도 어떤 디바이스든 키오스크로 사용할 수 있습니다. 키오스크 디바이스를 설정하려면, 웹 브라우저에서 해당하는 고유한 인터넷" " 주소로 이동하여 근태 애플리케이션 키오스크를 표시합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 msgid "" "These kiosk URLs are **not** secured with any type of access code. Anyone " "who has the URL can access the Attendances application kiosk. If the URL is " @@ -1583,17 +1535,17 @@ msgstr "" "액세스할 수 있습니다. 보안 위반 등과 같이 어떤 이유로든 URL이 손상된 경우에는 링크 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`새 키오스크 " "모드 URL 생성` 을 클릭하여 새로운 URL을 생성하고 그에 따라 키오스크를 업데이트합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:112 msgid "Extra hours" msgstr "시간외 근무" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:114 msgid "" "This section specifies how extra time is calculated, including when extra " "time is counted and what time is not logged." msgstr "이 섹션에서는 추가 근무 시간을 계산하는 방법을 추가 시간이 계산되는 시기와 기록되지 않은 시간을 포함하여 설명합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count of Extra Hours`: enable this box to allow employees to log " "extra hours beyond their set working hours (sometimes referred to as " @@ -1604,7 +1556,7 @@ msgstr "" " 수 있습니다. 이 항목을 선택할 경우에는 다음 설정 메뉴도 표시됩니다. 사용 설정을 하지 않을 경우에는 다른 환경 설정 메뉴가 표시되지" " 않습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start From`: the current date is automatically entered in this " "field. If desired, click on this field and use the calendar selector to " @@ -1613,7 +1565,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`시작일`: 현재 날짜가 자동으로 입력됩니다. 원하는 경우 항목을 클릭한 후 달력 선택기를 사용하여 시간외 근무를 " "기록할 시작 날짜를 수정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Company`: enter the amount of time, in" " minutes, that is **not** counted towards an employee's overtime. When an " @@ -1623,7 +1575,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`회사에 유리한 시간 차이`: 직원의 초과 근무에 **미포함**되는 시간을 분 단위로 입력합니다. 직원이 체크아웃을 한" " 후 기록한 추가 시간이 지정 시간 (분) 미만인 경우에는, 추가 시간이 직원의 초과 근무 시간으로 계산되지 **않습니다**." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Employee`: enter the amount of time, " "in minutes, that an employee is given, that does **not** adversely affect " @@ -1636,7 +1588,7 @@ msgstr "" "시간을 분 단위로 입력합니다. 직원이 체크아웃한 후 기록된 당일 총 시간이 지정된 근무 시간 및 특정 유예 기간보다 적은 경우에 단축된 " "시간에 대해 불이익을 받지 **않습니다**." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 msgid "" "A company sets both of the :guilabel:`Tolerance` fields to `15` minutes, and" " the working hours for the entire company are set from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM." @@ -1644,14 +1596,14 @@ msgstr "" "회사에서는 :guilabel:`시간 차이` 필드를 모두 `15`분으로 설정하고, 전체 회사 근무 시간은 오전 9시부터 오후 5시까지로 " "설정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:138 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:00 AM, and checks out at 5:14 PM, the extra 14" " minutes are **not** counted towards their overtime." msgstr "" "직원이 오전 9시에 체크인하고 오후 5시 14분에 체크아웃하는 경우에 추가된 14분은 초과 근무 시간에 포함되지 **않습니다**." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:141 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:05 AM, and checks out at 4:55 PM, even though " "they logged a total of 10 minutes less than their full working hours, they " @@ -1660,7 +1612,7 @@ msgstr "" "직원이 오전 9시 5분에 체크인하고 오후 4시 55분에 체크아웃하는 경우, 전체 근무 시간보다 총 10분 적게 기록했더라도 이와 같은 " "불일치로 인해 불이익을 받지는 **않습니다**." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Extra Hours`: activate this box to display the extra " "hours logged by an employee when they check out with a kiosk, or when a user" @@ -1669,7 +1621,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`시간외 근무 표시`: 이 확인란에 표시하면 직원이 키오스크에서 체크아웃할 때 또는 사용자가 데이터베이스에서 체크아웃할" " 때 기록된 초과 근무 시간이 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:149 msgid "" "Employees are still able to log overtime hours even if the :guilabel:`Count " "of Extra Hours` option is not activated. The difference is that when " @@ -1681,180 +1633,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`시간외 근무 계산` 을 사용하도록 설정할 경우에는 시간외 근무를 :ref:`승인받은 휴가에서 차감 " "` 할 수 있다는 점입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:164 -msgid "Check in and out via the database" -msgstr "데이터베이스를 통한 체크인 및 체크아웃" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users who are logged into the " -"database to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " -"application, or use a kiosk. For some smaller companies, where every " -"employee is also a user, this feature may be useful." -msgstr "" -"Odoo의 *근태* 애플리케이션을 사용하면 데이터베이스에 로그인한 사용자가 *근태* 애플리케이션으로 이동하거나 키오스크를 사용할 필요 " -"없이 체크인 및 체크아웃할 수 있습니다. 직원 전체가 사용해야 하는 소규모 회사의 경우 특히 유용하게 사용할 수 있는 기능입니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:170 -msgid "" -"A user can check in and out on the main database dashboard, as well as in " -"any application. In the upper right corner of the top main menu, which is " -"always visible regardless of what application the user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴" -" (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is visible. Click on the " -"colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, enabling the user to check " -"in and/or out." -msgstr "" -"사용자는 기본 데이터베이스 현황판 뿐 아니라 모든 애플리케이션에서 체크인 및 체크아웃을 할 수 있습니다. 어떤 애플리케이션을 사용 중이든" -" 항상 표시되는 상단 기본 메뉴를 보면, 오른쪽 상단에 :guilabel:`🔴 (빨간색 원)` 또는 :guilabel:`🟢 (초록색 " -"원)` 이 있습니다. 색깔 표시된 원을 클릭하면 근태 위젯이 나타나며 체크인 및/또는 체크아웃을 할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." -msgstr "체크인 버튼이 강조 표시되어 있는 오른쪽 상단 기본 메뉴" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:180 -msgid "Check in" -msgstr "체크인" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:182 -msgid "" -"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " -"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` and the " -"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` " -"button." -msgstr "" -"근태 위젯 원이 빨간색이면 사용자가 현재 체크인하지 않은 상태임을 나타냅니다. :guilabel:`🔴 (빨간색 원)` 을 클릭하면 근태 " -"위젯이 나타나고 녹색 :guilabel:`체크인 ➡️` 버튼이 표시됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:190 -msgid "" -"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." -msgstr "" -"사용자가 데이터베이스에서 체크인할 경우 *근태* 앱에서는 IP 주소 및 GPS 좌표를 포함하여 사용자의 위치 세부 정보를 기록합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 -msgid "" -"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " -"their computer to access their location information." -msgstr "*근태* 앱에서 위치 세부 정보를 기록하려면 사용자는 본인의 컴퓨터가 위치 정보에 액세스할 수 있도록 허용해야 합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:197 -msgid "" -"If the user has not checked in and out already during the current work day, " -"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " -"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" -" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " -"appears beneath that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" -"사용자가 현재 근무일 중에 아직 체크인 및 체크아웃하지 않은 경우, 위젯에는 이 버튼만 표시됩니다. 이전에 체크인 및 체크아웃을 한 " -"경우에는, :guilabel:`당일 총계` 필드가 버튼 위에 나타나고 해당 날짜에 기록된 총 시간이 해당 필드 아래의 " -":guilabel:`시간:분` (시:분) 형식으로 표시됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:202 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to check in. The :guilabel:`🔴 (red " -"circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget changes appearance" -" as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has checked in, by " -"changing the green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to a yellow " -":guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button." -msgstr "" -"체크인하려면 :guilabel:`체크인 ➡️` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 상단 메뉴에 있는 :guilabel:`🔴 (빨간색 원)` 이 초록색으로" -" 바뀌고 위젯 모양도 변경됩니다. 사용자가 체크인하면 해당 내용이 반영되어 위젯에 있는 초록색 :guilabel:`체크인 ➡️` 버튼이 " -"노란색 :guilabel:`체크아웃 ➡️` 버튼으로 변경됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:207 -msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." -msgstr "근태 위젯을 종료하려면 화면에서 아무 곳이나 클릭합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:210 -msgid "Check out" -msgstr "체크아웃" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:212 -msgid "" -"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " -"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" -" populating the time field. Beneath that line, :guilabel:`HH:MM` is " -"displayed, indicating the hours and minutes that have elapsed since checking" -" in. As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes " -"that have passed since the user checked in." -msgstr "" -"사용자가 처음으로 체크아웃하는 경우에는 위젯 상단에 :guilabel:`HH:MM (AM/PM) 부터` 항목이 표시되어 사용자가 체크인한" -" 시간이 시간 필드에 입력됩니다. 그 아래에 표시되는 :guilabel:`HH:MM` 에는 체크인 이후 경과한 시간과 분을이 표시됩니다." -" 시간이 경과함에 따라 이 값은 사용자가 체크인한 이후 경과한 시간과 분을 반영하도록 업데이트됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:218 -msgid "" -"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " -"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears in addition to " -"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The time displayed in both of " -"these fields are populated with the most recent check in time, and will " -"match. Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously " -"logged hours are displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" -"사용자가 이전에 체크인 및 체크아웃을 한 경우 추가 필드가 나타납니다. :guilabel:`HH:MM (AM/PM) 이전` 필드가 " -":guilabel:`HH:MM (AM/PM) 부터` 필드에 추가로 표시됩니다. 두 가지 필드에 표시되는 시간은 가장 최근에 체크인한 " -"시간이 입력되며 같은 시간입니다. :guilabel:`HH:MM (AM/PM) 이전` 필드 아래에는 이전에 기록된 시간이 " -":guilabel:`HH:MM` (시:분) 형식으로 표시됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 -msgid "" -"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " -"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " -"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that will " -"be logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." -msgstr "" -"또한 두 가지 필드 아래에는 :guilabel:`당일 총계` 필드가 표시됩니다. 이 필드는 :guilabel:`HH:MM (AM/PM) " -"이전` 및 :guilabel:`HH:MM (AM/PM) 이후` 필드의 합계이며, 사용자가 해당 시점에 로그아웃할 경우 기록되는 총 시간이" -" 됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:228 -msgid "" -"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " -":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button. The attendance widget updates again," -" displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the logged time, and the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check " -"in ➡️` button." -msgstr "" -"시간이 지남에 따라 :guilabel:`HH:MM (AM/PM) 이후` 및 :guilabel:`당일 총계` 필드가 모두 실시간으로 " -"업데이트됩니다. 체크아웃하려면 노란색 :guilabel:`체크아웃 ➡️` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 근태 위젯이 다시 업데이트되며 " -":guilabel:`당일 총계` 필드에 기록된 시간이 표시되고 노란색 :guilabel:`체크 아웃 ➡️` 버튼이 초록색 " -":guilabel:`체크인 ➡️` 버튼으로 변경됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " -"user allows their computer to access this information." -msgstr "" -"사용자가 데이터베이스에서 체크아웃할 경우 *근태* 앱에서는 사용자의 위치 세부 정보를 기록합니다. 이 정보는 사용자가 컴퓨터에서 이 " -"정보에 액세스하도록 허용한 경우에 **한해서만** 기록됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." -msgstr "직원이 데이터베이스 내부에서 체크인할 때 나타나는 팝업창입니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:242 -msgid "" -"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " -"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " -"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" -" appears on the dashboard, including check ins and check outs with no time " -"value." -msgstr "" -"사용자가 체크인 및 체크아웃 할 수 있는 횟수에는 제한이 없습니다. 사용자는 시간에 차이를 두지 않고도 체크인 및 체크아웃을 할 수 " -"있습니다 (00:00 값). 직원이 로그인 및 아웃을 할 때마다 정보가 저장되어 현황판에 표시되며, 체크인 및 체크아웃 정보가 시간 값 " -"없이 포함되어 나타납니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:157 msgid "Kiosk mode" msgstr "키오스크 모드" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:159 msgid "" "Some companies may opt to use a dedicated device (a laptop or desktop PC, a " "tablet, or a mobile phone) for employees to check in and check out from. " @@ -1863,7 +1646,7 @@ msgstr "" "일부 회사에서는 직원이 전용 장치 (노트북이나 데스크톱 PC, 태블릿, 휴대폰)를 통해 체크인 및 체크아웃을 하도록 선택할 수도 " "있습니다. 이러한 경우에 키오스크 모드를 사용합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:163 msgid "" "If users check in and out using either a badge or an RFID, then an " "accessible device in kiosk mode **must** be available to check in and check " @@ -1872,18 +1655,18 @@ msgstr "" "사용자가 사원증이나 RFID를 사용하여 체크인 및 아웃하는 경우에는, 키오스크 모드에서 사용하는 디바이스에서 **반드시** 이 두 가지 " "방법을 사용하여 체크인 및 체크아웃할 수 있어야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 msgid "" "Entering kiosk mode is only available for users with specific :ref:`access " "rights `." msgstr "" "키오스크 모드는 특정 :ref:`접근 권한 ` 이 있는 사용자만 사용할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:169 msgid "Kiosk mode can be activated in three different ways:" msgstr "키오스크 모드는 다음과 같은 세 가지 방법으로 사용 설정을 할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:171 msgid "" "Navigate to the :guilabel:`Attendances` application, and click " ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode` in the top menu. The device then enters kiosk mode." @@ -1891,7 +1674,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`근태` 애플리케이션으로 이동하여 상단 메뉴에 있는 :guilabel:`키오스크 모드` 를 클릭합니다. 그러면 " "디바이스가 키오스크 모드가 됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:173 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click on the link in the " @@ -1902,7 +1685,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`근태 키오스크 URL` 링크를 클릭합니다. 키오스크 모드에서 새 탭이 열립니다. 데이터베이스 보안을 위해서는 " "데이터베이스 탭을 닫는 것이 좋습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:177 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click :guilabel:`Copy` next to " @@ -1919,7 +1702,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "근태 애플리케이션의 설정 메뉴에 있는 근태 키오스크 URL 입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:186 msgid "" "As a security measure, once a device is in kiosk mode, it is not possible to" " exit kiosk mode and go back into the database without signing back in. To " @@ -1931,11 +1714,11 @@ msgstr "" "키오스크 모드를 종료하려면 웹 브라우저에서 뒤로가기 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그러면 데이터베이스에서 사용자가 로그아웃되고 기본 로그인 화면으로" " 돌아갑니다. 이렇게 하면 보안이 한층 더 강화되어 아무나 데이터베이스에 액세스할 수 없도록 보호합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:192 msgid "Badge" msgstr "배지" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 msgid "" "To check in or out using a badge, tap the :guilabel:`📷 (camera) Tap to scan`" " image in the center of the kiosk. Then, scan the barcode on the badge using" @@ -1956,11 +1739,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Attendances Kiosk view displaying the scan badge image." msgstr "사원증 스캔 이미지가 표시되어 있는 근태 키오스크 화면" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:206 msgid "RFID" msgstr "RFID" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:208 msgid "" "To check in or out using an RFID key fob, simply scan the fob with an RFID " "reader. Once scanned, the employee is then either checked in or checked out," @@ -1970,11 +1753,11 @@ msgstr "" "RFID 키를 사용하여 체크인하거나 체크아웃하려면 RFID 리더로 스캔만 하면 됩니다. 스캔이 완료되면 직원은 체크인 또는 체크아웃되며 " "전체 체크인 또는 체크아웃 정보와 함께 :ref:`확인 메시지 ` 가 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:213 msgid "Manually" msgstr "수동" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:215 msgid "" "Users who do not have a scannable badge or an RFID fob can manually check in" " and out at a kiosk. Tap the :guilabel:`Identify Manually` button on the " @@ -1988,14 +1771,14 @@ msgstr "" "관리* 애플리케이션 현황판과 같은 화면입니다. 해당하는 직원을 탭하면 체크인 또는 체크아웃이 되며 :ref:`확인 메시지 " "` 이 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:221 msgid "" "When a large number of employees appear in the list, making scrolling " "inefficient, there are two ways to quickly find a specific person:" msgstr "" "목록에 있는 직원 수가 너무 많아서 스크롤을 내리는 방법이 비효율적인 경우 특정한 직원을 빠르게 찾으려면 두 가지 방법을 이용합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Search...`: tap on the :guilabel:`Search...` field and enter the " "person's name. As the name is typed in, the matching results are displayed " @@ -2004,7 +1787,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`검색...`: :guilabel:`검색...` 필드를 탭한 후 이름을 입력합니다. 이름을 입력하면 일치하는 결과가 " "화면에 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: to quickly filter the presented employees, tap on a " "department to display only those employees that are part of that department." @@ -2016,11 +1799,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`부서` 는 화면 왼쪽에 있으며, 각 부서 끝에 있는 숫자는 해당 부서에 소속되어 있는 직원 수를 나타내며 선택할 경우" " 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:232 msgid "PIN" msgstr "사원 번호" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:234 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification` option was activated in the " ":ref:`kiosk settings ` section of the " @@ -2030,7 +1813,7 @@ msgstr "" "환경 설정 메뉴에 있는 :ref:`키오스크 설정 ` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`직원 " "PIN 식별` 항목을 사용 설정하면 직원이 직접 체크인하거나 체크아웃할 때 PIN을 입력하라는 메시지가 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:238 msgid "" "After the employee is selected, a number pad appears with a message. When " "checking in, :guilabel:`(Employee) Welcome! Please enter your PIN to check " @@ -2042,7 +1825,7 @@ msgstr "" "입력하세요.' 가 숫자 위에 표시됩니다. 체크아웃을 할 때는 :guilabel:`(직원)님 체크아웃할까요? 체크아웃하려면 PIN을 " "입력하세요.'가 숫자 위에 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:243 msgid "" "Tap in the PIN using the number pad, then tap :guilabel:`OK` when done. The " "employee is then checked in or out, and a :ref:`confirmation message " @@ -2055,11 +1838,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pop-up that appears when prompted to enter a pin." msgstr "PIN 번호를 입력하라는 메시지가 표시될 때 나타나는 팝업창입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:253 msgid "Confirmation message" msgstr "확인 메시지" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:255 msgid "" "When an employee checks in or out, a confirmation message appears with all " "the check in or check out information. When checking in, a welcome message " @@ -2076,7 +1859,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`OK` 버튼이 있습니다. 키오스크에서 미리 설정한 시간 전에 화면을 종료하려면 :guilabel:`확인` 버튼을 " "탭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 msgid "" "When checking out, the screen displays a goodbye message, with the date and " "time of check out, and the total hours logged for the day. Beneath the " @@ -2091,12 +1874,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The goodbye message with all the employee's check out information." msgstr "직원의 체크아웃 정보가 모두 담겨있는 인사 메시지입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:681 msgid "Overview" msgstr "전체 보기" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:273 msgid "" "When entering the *Attendances* application, the :guilabel:`Overview` " "dashboard is presented, containing all the check in and check out " @@ -2111,11 +1894,11 @@ msgstr "" " :ref:`승인자 ` 인 경우에는 해당하는 직원에 대한 체크인 및 체크아웃 정보도 추가로 " ":guilabel:`개요` 현황판에 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:280 msgid "Views" msgstr "화면" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:282 msgid "" "To change the view from the default Gantt chart to a list view, click the " ":guilabel:`List` icon in the top right of the dashboard, beneath the user's " @@ -2125,7 +1908,7 @@ msgstr "" "화면을 기본 간트 그래프에서 목록 보기로 변경하려면 현황판 오른쪽 상단에서 사용자 사진 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`목록` 아이콘을 " "클릭합니다. 간트 그래프로 다시 전환하려면 :guilabel:`목록` 버튼 옆에 있는 :guilabel:`간트` 버튼을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:286 msgid "" "The default view presents the current day's information. To present the " "information for the :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or " @@ -2145,7 +1928,7 @@ msgstr "" " 클릭합니다. 현재 날짜가 있는 화면으로 돌아가려면 :guilabel:`오늘` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그러면 현황판이 새로고침되어 오늘자 " "날짜 정보가 있는 내용이 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:295 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Day` view, the column for the current hour is highlighted " "in yellow. If the :guilabel:`Week` or :guilabel:`Month` view is selected, " @@ -2164,7 +1947,7 @@ msgstr "" "한 주의 정보를 제공하는 개요 현황판에서 현재 날짜가 강조 표시되어 있는\n" "화면" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:304 msgid "" "Any entries that have errors appear in red, indicating they need to be " "resolved by a user with the proper :ref:`access rights ` 이 " "있거나 오류가 있는 직원에 대해 :ref:`승인자 ` 인 사용자가 해결해야 한다는 의미입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:311 msgid "Filters and groups" msgstr "필터 및 그룹" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:313 msgid "" "To filter the results in the overview dashboard, or to present different " "groups of information, click the :guilabel:`🔻 (triangle drop down)` button " @@ -2191,34 +1974,34 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`🔻(삼각형 드롭다운)` 버튼을 클릭한 후, :guilabel:`필터` 또는 :guilabel:`그룹 기준` 항목 중 " "하나를 선택합니다. 미리 설정되어 있는 여러 가지 필터와 그룹 중에서 선택할 수 있으며, 사용자 지정 필터도 만들 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:320 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:276 msgid "Filters" msgstr "필터" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:322 msgid "The default filters that can be selected are:" msgstr "다음과 같은 기본 필터를 선택할 수 있습니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:324 msgid "" ":guilabel:`My Attendances`: this filter only presents the user's attendance " "data." msgstr ":guilabel:`내 근태`: 사용자의 근태 정보만 표시하는 필터입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:325 msgid "" ":guilabel:`My Team`: this filter presents the attendance data for the user's" " team." msgstr ":guilabel:`내 팀`: 사용자가 속한 팀에 대한 근태 정보를 표시하는 필터입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:326 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At Work`: this filter displays the attendance data for everyone " "currently checked in." msgstr ":guilabel:`근무 중`: 현재 체크인한 모든 사람의 근태 데이터를 표시하는 필터입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:327 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Errors`: this filter displays any entries with :ref:`errors " "` that need to be resolved." @@ -2226,7 +2009,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`오류`: 해결해야 할 :ref:`오류 ` 가 있는 모든 항목을 표시하는 " "필터입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this filter has a drop-down to further select a " "specific time period. Select the desired time period from the options " @@ -2235,27 +2018,27 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`체크인`: 이 필터에는 특정 기간을 추가로 선택할 수 있는 드롭다운 메뉴가 있습니다. 표시되는 선택 항목에 있는 특정" " 월, 분기 또는 연도 중에서 원하는 기간을 선택하세요." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Last 7 days`: this filter presents the attendance data for the " "last seven days." msgstr ":guilabel:`지난 7일`: 지난 7일 동안의 근태 정보를 표시하는 필터입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:332 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`: create a custom filter using the pop-up that " "appears when this is selected." msgstr ":guilabel:`사용자 지정 필터 추가`: 선택하면 팝업창이 표시되어 사용자 지정 필터를 만들 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 msgid "Groups" msgstr "그룹" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:338 msgid "The default groups that can be selected are:" msgstr "다음과 같은 기본 그룹을 선택할 수 있습니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:340 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing the" " following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -2267,13 +2050,13 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`분기`, :guilabel:`월`, :guilabel:`주` , 및 :guilabel:`일`. 선택한 기간에 따라 " "모든 체크인 정보가 선택 기간별로 그룹화되어 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:344 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee`: this group presents the attendance data organized by " "employee." msgstr ":guilabel:`직원`: 직원별로 근태 정보가 정리되어 있는 그룹입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:345 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing " "the following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -2285,7 +2068,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`분기`, :guilabel:`월`, :guilabel:`주` , 및 :guilabel:`일`. 선택한 기간에 따라 " "모든 체크아웃 정보가 선택 기간별로 그룹화되어 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:349 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`: this option displays a drop-down menu with a " "variety of options to group the attendance data by, including " @@ -2296,11 +2079,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`도시`, :guilabel:`국가`, :guilabel:`모드`, :guilabel:`IP 주소` 등의 그룹으로 만들" " 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:356 msgid "Attendance log details" msgstr "근태 로그 세부 정보" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:358 msgid "" "Odoo captures various time and location details when a user checks in and " "out. The specific details provided are determined by the method the user " @@ -2309,13 +2092,13 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo에서는 사용자가 체크인 및 체크아웃할 때 다양한 시간 및 위치 세부 정보를 수집합니다. 구체적인 세부 내용은 사용자가 체크인 및 " "체크아웃한 방법에 따라 결정됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:361 msgid "" "To view the specific check in and/or check out details for an employee, " "click on an individual entry in the overview dashboard." msgstr "직원에 대한 특정 체크인 및/또는 체크아웃 세부 정보를 확인하려면 개요 현황판에서 개별 항목을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 msgid "" "A detailed attendance log for the user appears in a pop-up window. To close " "the detailed attendance log, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` button in " @@ -2324,29 +2107,29 @@ msgstr "" "해당 사용자의 근태에 대한 세부 로그 정보가 팝업창으로 나타납니다. 근태 로그를 닫으려면 양식 왼쪽 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`저장" " 및 닫기` 버튼을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:367 msgid "The detailed attendance log contains the following information:" msgstr "근태 로그 세부 정보에는 다음의 내용이 포함되어 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:370 msgid "Main details" msgstr "주요 세부 정보" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:372 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the name of the employee." msgstr ":guilabel:`직원`: 직원의 이름입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 msgid ":guilabel:`Check In`: the date and time the employee checked in." msgstr ":guilabel:`체크인`: 직원이 체크인한 날짜와 시간입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:374 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: the date and time the employee checked out. This only" " appears if the employee has checked out." msgstr ":guilabel:`체크아웃`: 직원이 체크아웃한 날짜와 시간입니다. 직원이 체크아웃한 경우에만 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:376 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Worked Hours`: the total amount of time the employee logged for " "the day, in an hour and minute format (HH:MM). This value calculates all the" @@ -2356,23 +2139,23 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`근무 시간`: 직원에 대해 하루 동안 기록된 총 시간으로, 시/분 형식 (HH:MM)입니다. 직원이 여러 번 체크인 " "및 체크아웃한 경우에는 해당 날짜 동안의 모든 체크인 및 체크아웃을 계산한 값입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Extra Hours`: any extra hours the employee logged that is beyond " "their expected working hours." msgstr ":guilabel:`시간외 근무`: 예상 근무 시간을 초과하여 직원이 근무한 추가 시간입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:383 msgid "Check in/check out details" msgstr "체크인/체크아웃 세부 정보" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:385 msgid "" "The following information appears for both the :guilabel:`Check In` and " ":guilabel:`Check Out` sections." msgstr "다음 정보는 :guilabel:`체크인` 및 :guilabel:`체크아웃` 섹션에서 모두 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: the method with which the attendance information was " "gathered. :guilabel:`Systray` is displayed if the employee logged in and out" @@ -2385,24 +2168,24 @@ msgstr "" " 사용` 하여 로그인 및 로그아웃하는 경우에는 :guilabel:`수동` 으로 " "표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:392 msgid "" ":guilabel:`IP Address`: the IP address for the computer the employee used to" " log in or out." msgstr ":guilabel:`IP 주소`: 직원이 로그인하거나 로그아웃할 때 사용한 컴퓨터의 IP 주소입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:393 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browser`: the web browser the employee used to log in or out." msgstr ":guilabel:`브라우저`: 직원이 로그인 또는 로그아웃할 때 사용한 웹 브라우저입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:394 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Localization`: the city and country associated with the " "computer's IP address." msgstr ":guilabel:`현지화`: 컴퓨터의 IP 주소와 연결되어 있는 도시 및 국가입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:395 msgid "" ":guilabel:`GPS Coordinates`: the specific coordinates when the user logged " "in or out. To view the specific coordinates on a map, click the :guilabel:`→" @@ -2417,12 +2200,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The detailed information for an attendance entry." msgstr "근태 항목에 대한 세부 정보입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:405 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:84 msgid "Errors" msgstr "오류" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:407 msgid "" "Entries that contain an error appear on the overview dashboard in red. In " "the :guilabel:`Gantt view`, the entry appears with a red background. If in " @@ -2431,7 +2214,7 @@ msgstr "" "오류가 있는 항목은 개요 현황판에 빨간색으로 표시됩니다. :guilabel:`간트 보기` 에서는 항목이 빨간색 배경으로 나타납니다. " ":guilabel:`목록 보기`에 있는 경우에는 항목 텍스트가 빨간색으로 나타납니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:411 msgid "" "An error typically occurs when an employee has checked in but has not " "checked out within the last 24 hours, or when an employee has a check in and" @@ -2440,7 +2223,7 @@ msgstr "" "일반적으로 직원이 체크인한 후 24시간 이내에 체크아웃하지 않았거나 직원의 체크인 및 체크아웃 시간이 16시간을 초과하는 경우에 오류가 " "발생합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:414 msgid "" "To fix the error, the attendance entry must be modified or deleted. Click on" " the entry to reveal a pop-up containing the details for that particular " @@ -2463,7 +2246,7 @@ msgstr "" "오류가 발생한 근태 항목을 수정할 수 있도록 팝업창이 나타납니다. 달력선택기가 표시되고 시간 선택기가\n" "강조 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:426 msgid "" "When all the information on the pop-up is correct, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close`. When the entry no longer has an error, the entry appears in gray " @@ -2472,13 +2255,13 @@ msgstr "" "팝업창에 있는 정보가 모두 정확하면 :guilabel:`저장 후 닫기` 를 클릭합니다. 더 이상 오류가 없으면 항목이 빨간색 대신 " "회색으로 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 msgid "" "To delete an entry, click :guilabel:`Remove` on the pop-up instead of making" " modifications to the entry." msgstr "항목을 삭제하려면 항목을 수정하는 대신 팝업창에서 :guilabel:`삭제` 를 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:435 msgid "" "To view attendance reports, click :guilabel:`Reporting` in the top menu. The" " default report displays each employee's attendance information for the past" @@ -2487,7 +2270,7 @@ msgstr "" "근태 보고서를 확인하려면 상단 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`보고` 를 클릭합니다. 기본 보고서에는 지난 3개월 동안의 각 직원의 근태 " "정보가 :guilabel:`선 그래프` 로 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 msgid "" "The default view is a :guilabel:`Graph`. To view the data in a pivot table, " "click the :guilabel:`Pivot Table` button on the top right of the report. To " @@ -2498,7 +2281,7 @@ msgstr "" "버튼을 클릭합니다. 그래프 보기로 다시 전환하려면 :guilabel:`피벗 테이블` 버튼 옆에 있는 :guilabel:`그래프` 버튼을 " "클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 msgid "" "To present different information, adjust the :ref:`filters and groups " "` in the same way as in the :guilabel:`Overview`" @@ -2507,7 +2290,7 @@ msgstr "" "다른 정보를 표시하려면 :ref:`필터 및 그룹 ` 을 :guilabel:`개요` " "현황판에서와 동일한 방식으로 조정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:445 msgid "" "The data can be presented in either a :guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line" " Chart`, :guilabel:`Pie Chart`, :guilabel:`Stacked` chart, or in " @@ -2519,14 +2302,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`누적형` 차트 또는 :guilabel:`내림차순` 또는 :guilabel:`오름차순` 으로 표시할 수 있습니다. " "화면을 위와 같은 그래프로 변경하려면 표시된 그래프 위에 있는 버튼을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 msgid "" "To change the :guilabel:`Measures`, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button " "and select the desired measure from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`측정` 을 변경하려면 :guilabel:`측정` 버튼을 클릭하고 드롭다운 메뉴에서 원하는 측정값을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:452 msgid "" "The report can also be inserted into a spreadsheet. Click the " ":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button and a pop-up appears. Select the " @@ -2540,6 +2323,154 @@ msgid "" "The default report view, with all the optional view buttons highlighted." msgstr "선택 화면 버튼이 모두 강조 표시된 기본 보고서 화면" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/check_in_check_out`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:461 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/hardware`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:3 +msgid "Check in and out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users, who are logged into the " +"database, to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " +"application, or use a kiosk. For smaller companies, where every employee is " +"also a user, this feature may be useful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A user can check in and/or out on the main database Odoo dashboard, or while" +" inside any application. To do so, in the upper-right corner of the top main" +" header menu, which is always visible regardless of what application the " +"user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is " +"visible. Click on the colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, " +"enabling the user to check in and/or out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." +msgstr "체크인 버튼이 강조 표시되어 있는 오른쪽 상단 기본 메뉴" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:22 +msgid "Check in" +msgstr "체크인" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " +"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)`, and the " +"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in` " +":icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." +msgstr "" +"사용자가 데이터베이스에서 체크인할 경우 *근태* 앱에서는 IP 주소 및 GPS 좌표를 포함하여 사용자의 위치 세부 정보를 기록합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " +"their computer to access their location information." +msgstr "*근태* 앱에서 위치 세부 정보를 기록하려면 사용자는 본인의 컴퓨터가 위치 정보에 액세스할 수 있도록 허용해야 합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If the user has not already checked in and out during the current work day, " +"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " +"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" +" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " +"appears in that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button to check in. The " +":guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget " +"changes appearance, as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has" +" checked in, by changing the green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` " +"button to a yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:49 +msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." +msgstr "근태 위젯을 종료하려면 화면에서 아무 곳이나 클릭합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:148 +msgid "Check out" +msgstr "체크아웃" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " +"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" +" populating the time field. Beneath that line, the hours and minutes that " +"have elapsed since checking in are displayed in a :guilabel:`HH:MM` format. " +"As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes that " +"have passed since the user checked in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " +"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears, in addition to " +"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The times displayed in both of " +"these fields match, and are populated with the most recent check in time. " +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously logged " +"time is displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " +"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " +"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that is " +"logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:70 +msgid "" +"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " +":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " +"yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button. The attendance " +"widget updates again, displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the " +"logged time, while the yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` " +"button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " +"user allows their computer to access this information." +msgstr "" +"사용자가 데이터베이스에서 체크아웃할 경우 *근태* 앱에서는 사용자의 위치 세부 정보를 기록합니다. 이 정보는 사용자가 컴퓨터에서 이 " +"정보에 액세스하도록 허용한 경우에 **한해서만** 기록됩니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." +msgstr "직원이 데이터베이스 내부에서 체크인할 때 나타나는 팝업창입니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:85 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " +"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " +"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" +" appears on the main *Attendances* dashboard, including check ins and check " +"outs with no time value." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Hardware" msgstr "하드웨어" @@ -2657,6 +2588,305 @@ msgid "" "departments." msgstr "Odoo *임직원 관리*로 회사의 직원 기록과 계약서 및 부서를 체계적으로 관리합니다." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:3 +msgid "Departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"All employees in the *Employees* app fall under specific departments within " +"a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:8 +msgid "Create new departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To make a new department, navigate to :menuselection:`Employees app --> " +"Departments`, then click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left to reveal a blank " +"department form. Fill out the following information on the department form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The department for with all fields filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:18 +msgid ":guilabel:`Department Name`: enter a name for the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: using the drop-down menu, select the department " +"manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Parent Department`: if the new department is housed within " +"another department (has a parent department), select the parent department " +"using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates`: if employees in this department " +"require a specific appraisal form that is different from the default " +"appraisal form, tick the checkbox. If this option is activated, an " +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab appears below the form. This field " +"**only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " +"department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Survey`: using the drop-down menu, select the default " +"survey to use for the department when requesting feedback from employees. " +"This field **only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed, **and** " +"the *360 Feedback* option is enabled in the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the department. Click the default " +"white color box to display all the color options. Click on a color to select" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab: this tab **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates` options is activated on the form. " +"Make any desired edits to the appraisal form. The appraisal form is used for" +" appraisals for all employees within this department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:36 +msgid "" +"After the form is completed, click the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon to manually save the changes. When saved, a " +":guilabel:`Department Organization` chart appears in the top-right of the " +"department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The form auto-saves while data is entered, however the :guilabel:`Department" +" Organization` chart does **not** appear until the form is manually saved. " +"If the form is not saved, the :guilabel:`Department Organization` chart is " +"visible upon opening the department card from the :guilabel:`Departments` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:47 +msgid "Refer to the :doc:`../appraisals` documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:50 +msgid "Departments dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured departments, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Departments`. All departments appear in a " +"Kanban view, by default, and are listed in alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The departments dashboard view with all the department cards in a Kanban " +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:175 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "칸반 화면" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each department has its own Kanban card on the main :guilabel:`Departments` " +":icon:`oi-view-kanban` :guilabel:`(Kanban)` dashboard view, that can display" +" the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:66 +msgid "Department name: the name of the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:67 +msgid "Company: the company the department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employees`: the number of employees within the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisals`: the number of appraisals scheduled for employees in " +"the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Requests`: the number of unapproved time off requests " +"for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval ` . This **only** appears if there are requests to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allocation Requests`: the number of unapproved allocation " +"requests for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval " +"`. This **only** appears if there are requests " +"to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Applicants`: the number of :ref:`new applicants " +"` for a position in this department. This **only** appears " +"if there are new applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expense Reports`: the number of employees in the department with " +":ref:`open expense reports to approve `. This **only** " +"appears if there are any expense reports waiting for approval." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Absence`: the number of absences for the current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Color bar: the selected color for the department appears as a vertical bar " +"on the left side of the department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click on an alert in a department card, such as :guilabel:`Time Off " +"Requests`, to reveal a list view of the requests to approve. This list " +"includes **all** open requests to approve, not just from the specific " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The default view for the :guilabel:`Departments` dashboard is a Kanban view." +" It is possible to view the departments in two other forms: a list view and " +"a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "목록 보기" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a list view, click the :icon:`fa-align-justify` " +":guilabel:`(list)` icon in the top-right corner. The departments appear in a" +" list view, which displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Employees`, " +":guilabel:`Parent Department`, and :guilabel:`Color` for each department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The departments are sorted alphabetically by :guilabel:`Department Name`, by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The departments presented in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When in list view, departments can be managed in batch by selecting one or " +"multiple record's checkbox, then select the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Actions` button to reveal a drop-down menu of actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:113 +msgid "Hierarchy view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a hierarchy view, click the :icon:`fa-share-alt " +"fa-rotate-90` :guilabel:`(hierarchy)` icon in the top-right corner. The " +"departments appear in an organizational chart format, with the highest-level" +" department at the top (typically :guilabel:`Management`), and all other " +"departments beneath it. All child departments of the first-level child " +"departments are folded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Each department card displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, the " +":guilabel:`Manager` (and their profile image), the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Employees` in the department, and the ability to expand the department " +"(:guilabel:`Unfold`) if there are child departments beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Unfold` button on a department card to expand it. Once " +"expanded, the :guilabel:`Unfold` button changes to a :guilabel:`Fold` " +"button. To collapse the department, click the :guilabel:`Fold` button. Only " +"**one** department *per row* can be unfolded at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Click anywhere on a department card to open the department form. Click the " +":guilabel:`(#) Employees` smart button to view a list of all the employees " +"in that department, including all employees in the child departments beneath" +" it, organized by individual department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In the hierarchy view, if the :guilabel:`(2) Employees` button on the " +":guilabel:`Management` card is clicked (the highest-level department card), " +"**all** employees appear in a list view, grouped by department. This is " +"because **all** departments are children of the :guilabel:`Management` " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`(3) Employees` button in the :guilabel:`Sales` department " +"card is clicked, the employees from the :guilabel:`Sales` department, as " +"well as its two child departments (:guilabel:`East Coast Territory` and " +":guilabel:`West Coat Territory`), appear in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "The departments presented in a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list view of employees for the department that was clicked, including all child\n" +"departments." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 msgid "New employees" msgstr "신입 직원" @@ -2743,7 +2973,6 @@ msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted." msgstr "필수 필드가 강조 표시되어 있는 새 직원 양식" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:736 msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "선택 항목" @@ -2890,7 +3119,8 @@ msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "이력서 탭" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:869 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "경력 사항" @@ -4366,7 +4596,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr ":guilabel:`견인 장치`: 차량에 견인 장치가 설치되어 있는 경우 확인란에 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:398 msgid "Salary" msgstr "급여" @@ -5956,10 +6186,6 @@ msgstr "" "오른쪽 상단에 있는 아이콘을 클릭하면 다양한 방법으로 내용을 확인할 수\n" "있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 -msgid "List view" -msgstr "목록 보기" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:304 msgid "" "The default view of the service records is a list view. This presents all " @@ -6019,11 +6245,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The form automatically saves as data is entered." msgstr "데이터를 입력하면 양식이 자동으로 저장됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 -msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "칸반 화면" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:331 msgid "" "To view services by their stage, click the :guilabel:`Kanban` button, which " @@ -6126,11 +6347,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`📞 (전화)` 가, 이메일이 예정되어 있으면 :guilabel:`✉️ (편지 봉투)` 가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:380 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:230 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:889 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:894 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "다음 정보를 양식에 입력하세요." @@ -6447,11 +6668,11 @@ msgstr "" "양식이 입력이 완료되면 :guilabel:`스케줄` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그러면 팝업 창이 두 개가 모두 닫히고 이제 활동이 활동 보기에 " "나타납니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 msgid "Frontdesk" msgstr "프론트 데스크" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:7 msgid "" "The Odoo *Frontdesk* application provides a way for visitors to check in to " "a building or location, and alert the person they are meeting about their " @@ -6461,7 +6682,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo *프론트 데스크* 애플리케이션은 방문자가 건물이나 장소에 체크인하고 도착 사실을 방문 대상에게 알리는 기능을 합니다. 또한 미리" " 음료를 지정해 놓고 기다리는 동안 서빙 요청을 할 수도 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:11 msgid "" "This application is ideal for businesses that do **not** have someone " "working at a reception desk, locations **without** a designated waiting area" @@ -6470,7 +6691,7 @@ msgstr "" "이 애플리케이션은 리셉션 데스크에 근무하는 직원이 **없거나** 손님 및 방문객이 이용할 수 있는 지정된 대기 공간이 **없는** " "비즈니스에서 이상적으로 활용할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:17 msgid "" "The first item to configure with the *Frontdesk* application is the station," " followed by any drink selections that might optionally be offered." @@ -6478,11 +6699,11 @@ msgstr "" "*프론트 데스크* 애플리케이션에 있는 첫 번째 환경 설정 메뉴는 스테이션이며, 그 다음에는 음료 제공을 할 경우 선택적으로 설정할 수 " "있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 msgid "Stations" msgstr "스테이션" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:23 msgid "" "In Odoo's *Frontdesk* application, a *Station* can be thought of as any " "location where someone can sign in and wait for an employee. This is " @@ -6492,7 +6713,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo의 *프론트 데스크* 애플리케이션에서 *스테이션* 은 로그인 후에 직원을 기다릴 수 있는 장소라고 생각할 수 있습니다. 이는 " "일반적으로 로비와 같은 일종의 대기실 형태입니다. 각 역에는 방문객들이 체크인할 수 있는 키오스크가 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:27 msgid "" "When setting up the *Frontdesk* application, a minimum of one station " "**must** be configured, but there is no limit to how many stations can be " @@ -6501,7 +6722,7 @@ msgstr "" "*프론트데스크* 애플리케이션을 설정할 때 스테이션을 최소한 하나는 **반드시** 설정해야 하지만, 생성 및 설정할 수 있는 스테이션 " "수에는 제한이 없습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:30 msgid "" "To create a station, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Stations`, and click :guilabel:`New`. When clicked, a " @@ -6510,7 +6731,7 @@ msgstr "" "스테이션을 생성하려면 :menuselection:`프론트 데스크 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 스테이션` 으로 이동한 후 " ":guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭합니다. 클릭하면 새로운 프론트 데스크 양식이 나타납니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Name`: enter a name for the specific frontdesk " "location. This should be short and easily identifiable, such as `Reception " @@ -6519,7 +6740,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`프론트 데스크 이름`: 특정 프론트데스크 위치에 대한 이름을 입력합니다. '리셉션 데스크' 나 '메인 로비' 와 같이" " 짧고 쉽게 식별할 수 있는 이름이어야 합니다. 스테이션을 생성하기 위한 입력 필수 항목입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:38 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsibles`: select the person (or persons) who are alerted " "when a visitor checks in using this specific frontdesk. Multiple selections " @@ -6528,7 +6749,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`책임자`: 방문자가 특정 프론트 데스크를 사용하여 체크인할 때 알림을 받을 담당자를 한 명 이상 선택합니다. 여러 " "명을 선택할 수 있습니다. 단계를 생성하려면 필수로 입력해야 하는 항목입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk URL`: this field auto-populates once the frontdesk form is " "saved, with at least the :guilabel:`Frontdesk Name` and " @@ -6539,7 +6760,7 @@ msgstr "" "이름` 및 :guilabel:`책임자` 항목을 입력해야 합니다. 수동으로 저장하려면 양식 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`(위쪽 화살표가" " 있는 구름)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:45 msgid "" "Once saved, a URL is generated in the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` field. This URL " "is one way the frontdesk kiosk is accessed." @@ -6547,7 +6768,7 @@ msgstr "" "저장하면 :guilabel:`키오스크 URL` 필드에 URL이 생성됩니다. 이 URL을 통해서도 프론트데스크 키오스크에 액세스할 수 " "있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:48 msgid "" "To access the kiosk, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at the end of the " "URL, and navigate to that URL in a web browser. This URL opens that specific" @@ -6556,7 +6777,7 @@ msgstr "" "키오스크를 이용하려면 URL 마지막 부분에 있는 :guilabel:`복사` 버튼을 클릭하여 웹 브라우저에서 해당 URL로 이동합니다. 이" " URL로 특정 스테이션의 프런트데스크 로그인 페이지를 엽니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:52 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a frontdesk form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera" " with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " @@ -6565,9 +6786,9 @@ msgstr "" "프론트 데스크 양식에 이미지나 사진을 추가하려면 양식 오른쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:` ('+' 기호가 있는 카메라)` 아이콘 " "위에 마우스를 가져가며 :guilabel:`✏️ (연필)` 아이콘이 표시됩니다. ." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:166 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:184 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to open a file explorer, navigate " "to the desired image/photo file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." @@ -6575,18 +6796,17 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`✏️ (연필)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 파일 탐색기가 열리고 원하는 이미지나 사진 파일로 이동한 후 " ":guilabel:`열기`를 클릭하여 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:58 msgid "" "The image selected for the station photo appears as the background image for" " the station kiosk." msgstr "스테이션 사진으로 선택한 이미지가 스테이션 키오스크의 배경 이미지로 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:61 msgid "Options tab" msgstr "옵션 탭" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Host Selection`: if the visitor is attending a meeting, this " "option allows the visitor to select the meeting host from a presented list, " @@ -6596,7 +6816,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`호스트 선택`: 방문자가 회의에 참석 중인 경우 이 항목을 선택하면 제시된 목록에서 방문자가 회의 호스트를 선택하여 " "대상자에게 알릴 수 있습니다. 사용 설정을 하면 아래에 설명된 대로 추가 항목이 나타납니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Authenticate Guest`: if additional information is required when a" " guest checks in, enable this option, and select which of the following are " @@ -6605,7 +6825,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`게스트 인증`: 게스트가 체크인할 때 필요한 추가 정보가 있는 경우에는 이 항목을 사용 설정한 후 다음 중에서 필요한" " 내용을 선택합니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: select whether the guest's email address is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " @@ -6614,7 +6834,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`이메일`: 게스트의 이메일 주소가 :guilabel:`필수`, :guilabel:`선택` 항목인지 또는 전혀 입력할 " "필요가 없는지 (:guilabel:`없음`) 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Phone`: select whether the guest's phone number is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " @@ -6623,7 +6843,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`전화`: 게스트의 전화번호가 :guilabel:`필수`, :guilabel:`선택` 항목인지 또는 전혀 입력할 필요가" " 없는지 (:guilabel:`없음`) 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Organization`: select whether the guest's organization is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " @@ -6632,7 +6852,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`조직`: 게스트가 소속된 조직이 :guilabel:`필수`, :guilabel:`선택` 항목인지 또는 전혀 입력할 " "필요가 없는지 (:guilabel:`없음`) 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Theme`: select the color mode of the kiosk. Choose either " ":guilabel:`Light` or :guilabel:`Dark`. The :guilabel:`Light` selection " @@ -6643,7 +6863,7 @@ msgstr "" "선택합니다. :guilabel:`밝게` 를 선택하면 키오스크 배경이 연한 회색으로 표시하는 반면, :guilabel:`어둡게` 를 " "선택하면 어두운 회색과 검정색 배경이 됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Self Check-In`: enable this option to present a check-in QR code " "on the kiosk. The QR code allows guests to check in using their mobile " @@ -6654,7 +6874,7 @@ msgstr "" "키오스크 대신 모바일 장치를 사용하여 체크인을 할 수 있습니다. 상시 수많은 게스트가 체크인을 하는 관계로 키오스크가 붐비는 경우에 " "사용하면 좋은 선택 항목입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Offer Drinks`: enable this option to offer guests a drink upon " "check in. If this option is enabled, it is necessary to :ref:`configure the " @@ -6666,7 +6886,7 @@ msgstr "" " 링크가 표시되며 이를 통해 :ref:`제공되는 음료 구성 ` 을 해야 합니다. 음료 설정이 모두 " "완료되면 드롭다운 메뉴를 사용하여 제공 음료를 선택할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:90 msgid "" "The following options are only visible in the :guilabel:`Options` tab if the" " :ref:`Host Selection ` option is enabled." @@ -6674,7 +6894,7 @@ msgstr "" "다음의 선택 항목은 :ref:`호스트 선택 ` 항목이 활성화되어 있는 경우에만 :guilabel:`옵션` " "탭에서 확인할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by email`: enable this option to have an email sent to the" " person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -6684,7 +6904,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`이메일로 알림`: 게스트가 체크인하면 방문 대상자에게 이메일을 보내는 기능을 사용하려면 선택합니다. 사용 설정을 하면" " 기본값인 :guilabel:`프론트 데스크 이메일 템플릿` 이 선택되어 :guilabel:`이메일 템플릿` 필드가 하단에 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:97 msgid "" "To change the default email template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`Email Template` field, then select another email template." @@ -6692,7 +6912,7 @@ msgstr "" "기본 이메일 템플릿을 변경하려면 :guilabel:`이메일 템플릿` 에 있는 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭한 다음 다른 이메일 템플릿을 " "선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any edits to the " @@ -6700,7 +6920,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "현재 선택한 템플릿을 편집하려면, 줄 끝에 있는 :guilabel:`내부 링크 (화살표)` 아이콘을 클릭한 후 템플릿을 편집합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:102 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by SMS`: enable this option to have an SMS (text) message " "sent to the person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -6711,14 +6931,14 @@ msgstr "" "선택합니다. 사용 설정을 하면 기본값인 :guilabel:`프론트 데스크 SMS 템플릿` 이 선택되어 :guilabel:`SMS 템플릿`" " 필드가 하단에 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:106 msgid "" "To change the default SMS template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`SMS Template` field, and select another SMS template." msgstr "" "기본 SMS 템플릿을 변경하려면 :guilabel:`SMS 템플릿` 에 있는 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭한 후 다른 SMS 템플릿을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:109 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any desired edits to the" @@ -6728,7 +6948,7 @@ msgstr "" "현재 선택한 템플릿을 편집하려면 줄 끝에 있는 :guilabel:`내부 링크 (화살표)` 아이콘을 클릭한 후 템플릿 내용을 원하는 대로 " "편집합니다. SMS 메시지는 최대 242자까지 가능하며 이는 SMS (유니코드) 메시지 4개에 해당하는 분량입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by Discuss`: this option is enabled by default when the " ":guilabel:`Host Selection` option is enabled. This option opens a *Discuss* " @@ -6738,7 +6958,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`메일 및 채팅 앱 알림`: 이 항목은 :guilabel:`호스트 선택` 항목을 선택할 경우 기본적으로 사용 " "설정됩니다. 선택하게 되면 게스트가 체크인할 경우 방문 대상자와 연락할 *메일 및 채팅* 애플리케이션 메시지 창이 열립니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:116 msgid "" "When enabled, a default message appears for the person the guest is " "visiting. The *Discuss* application **must** be installed in order for this " @@ -6747,7 +6967,7 @@ msgstr "" "사용 설정하면 게스트의 방문 대상자에게 기본 메시지가 표시됩니다. 이 항목을 사용하려면 *회의 및 채팅* 애플리케이션이 **반드시** " "설치되어 있어야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:120 msgid "" "*Discuss* is installed by default when creating an Odoo database, and does " "not count towards billing. As long as the *Discuss* application is not " @@ -6756,7 +6976,7 @@ msgstr "" "*메일 및 채팅* 은 Odoo 데이터베이스를 생성할 때 기본적으로 설치되며 요금을 청구할 때 포함되지 않습니다. *메일 및 채팅* " "애플리케이션을 일부러 삭제하지 않는 한 :guilabel:`메일 및 채팅 앱 알림` 항목이 계속 작동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:125 msgid "" "The default message format for the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option is: " "`(Frontdesk Station) Check-In: (Guest Name) (Guest Phone Number) " @@ -6765,7 +6985,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`메일 및 채팅 앱 알림` 에서 기본 메시지 형식은 `(프론트 데스크 스테이션) 체크인: (손님 이름) (손님 " "전화번호) (조직) 미팅 대상자 (직원 이름)` 입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:128 msgid "" "An example of how that might appear in a *Discuss* message is: `Main Lobby " "Check-In: John Doe (123-555-1234) (Odoo, Inc.) to meet Marc Demo.`" @@ -6777,11 +6997,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Frontdesk station form with all the information filled out." msgstr "모든 정보가 기입되어 있는 프론트 데스크 스테이션 양식" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 msgid "Side Message tab" msgstr "사이드 메시지 탭" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:138 msgid "" "Enter any desired text to appear on the station kiosk after a guest has " "checked in, such as a welcome greeting or any necessary instructions. The " @@ -6791,11 +7011,12 @@ msgstr "" "환영 인사말이나 필요한 안내 사항과 같이 고객이 체크인한 후 스테이션 키오스크에 표시할 텍스트를 입력합니다. 텍스트는 고객이 체크인 " "절차를 완료한 후 화면 오른쪽의 확인 페이지에 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:112 msgid "Drinks" msgstr "음료수" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:147 msgid "" "After a station is created, the next step is to configure the drinks to " "offer visitors, if desired. This step is **not** necessary or required for " @@ -6805,7 +7026,7 @@ msgstr "" "스테이션을 생성한 후 다음 단계는 방문자가 원할 경우 제공할 음료를 구성하는 것입니다. 이 단계는 *프론트 데스크* 애플리케이션 작동에 " "필요하거나 반드시 필수인 항목은 **아니며**, 게스트에게 음료를 제공하는 경우에 한해서만 구성하면 됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:151 msgid "" "To add a drink option, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Drinks`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a " @@ -6814,17 +7035,17 @@ msgstr "" "음료 선택 항목을 추가하려면 :menuselection:`프론트 데스크 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 음료` 로 이동하여 " ":guilabel:`새로 만들기`를 클릭합니다. 그렇게 하면 새로운 음료 양식이 표시되어 구성할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 msgid "Enter the following information on the drink form:" msgstr "음료 양식에 다음 정보를 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Drink Name`: type the name of the drink option in this field. " "This field is required." msgstr ":guilabel:`음료 이름`: 음료 선택 항목의 이름을 입력합니다. 필수 입력 항목입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 msgid "" ":guilabel:`People to Notify`: use the drop-down menu in this field to select" " who is notified when the drink is selected. Multiple people can be entered " @@ -6833,7 +7054,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`알림 대상자`: 드롭다운 메뉴를 사용하여 음료가 선택되면 알림을 받을 대상자를 선택합니다. 여러 명을 입력할 수 " "있습니다. 필수 입력 항목입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:159 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a numerical value in this field to indicate " "where in the list of drink options this specific option appears. The lower " @@ -6845,8 +7066,8 @@ msgstr "" "목록에서 해당 음료가 더 높은 순위에 표시됩니다. 예를 들어, 숫자 1을 입력하면 해당 음료가 목록의 맨 위에 배치되고 순서에서 첫 " "번째로 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:163 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:181 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a drink form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera " "with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " @@ -6855,8 +7076,8 @@ msgstr "" "음료 양식에 이미지나 사진을 추가하려면 양식 오른쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:` ('+' 기호가 있는 카메라)` 아이콘 위에 " "마우스를 가져가서 :guilabel:`✏️ (연필)` 아이콘을 표시합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:169 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:187 msgid "" "The image selected now appears in the picture field, and is set as the image" " for the drink." @@ -6866,28 +7087,114 @@ msgstr "이제 선택한 이미지가 사진 항목에 표시되고 음료 이 msgid "Drink form with the information filled out for an espresso." msgstr "에스프레소 관련 정보가 기재된 음료 주문 양식" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:178 msgid "Station dashboard" msgstr "스테이션 현황판" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:192 +msgid "Kiosk setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " +"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " +"tablet." +msgstr "" +"스테이션에 다양한 환경 설정을 한 후 각각의 키오스크를 사용 설정합니다. 각 프런트 데스크에는 태블릿과 같은 키오스크 전용 디바이스를 " +"사용하는 것이 좋습니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:197 +msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" +msgstr "다음 두 가지 방법 중에서 선택하여 키오스크로 이동합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " +":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" +" a new browser tab." +msgstr "" +"*프론트 데스크* 애플리케이션 기본 현황판으로 이동하여 원하는 스테이션 카드에 있는 :guilabel:`데스크 열기` 버튼을 클릭합니다." +" 키오스크를 새 브라우저 탭으로 불러옵니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " +"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" +" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " +"browser tab or window." +msgstr "" +":menuselection:`프론트 데스크 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 스테이션` 으로 이동하여 원하는 스테이션을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음" +" :guilabel:`키오스크 URL` 끝에 있는 :guilabel:`복사` 버튼을 클릭한 후 URL을 새 브라우저 탭이나 창에 " +"붙여넣습니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " +"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " +"accessing the database when checking-in." +msgstr "" +"키오스크로 이동한 후에는 데이터베이스에서 로그아웃하고 탭을 닫는 것이 좋습니다. 이렇게 해야 체크인을 할 때 방문자가 데이터베이스에 " +"액세스하는 경우가 없게 됩니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" +"*프론트 데스크* 애플리케이션에 있는 두 가지 보고서에는 :guilabel:`방문자` 와 :guilabel:`음료` 가 있습니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" +" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " +":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" +"확인하려는 보고서가 있으면, :menuselection:`프론트 데스크 앱 --> 보고` 로 이동하여 :guilabel:`방문자` 및 " +":guilabel:`음료` 선택 항목을 드롭다운 메뉴로 표시합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " +"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " +"requests were made for each drink." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`방문자` 보고서에서는 현재 연도 기준으로 월별 방문자 수가 표시됩니다. :guilabel:`음료` 보고서에는 음료별 " +"총 요청 수가 표시됩니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:220 +msgid "" +"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " +"other metrics, as well." +msgstr "다른 모든 Odoo 보고서와 마찬가지로 필터와 그룹 기능을 변경하여 다른 수치도 표시할 수 있습니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`frontdesk/visitors`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:3 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "방문자" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:5 msgid "" -"To access a complete list of visitors that are currently checked in, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +"In the Odoo *Frontdesk* application, a *visitor* is defined as any non-" +"employee (e.g., repair person, job candidate, etc.). These visitors can be " +"logged upon arrival and departure for security purposes. This ensures an " +"accurate list of people on the premises." msgstr "" -"현재 체크인되어 있는 전체 방문자 목록에 액세스하려면 :menuselection:`프론트데스크 앱 --> 방문자` 로 이동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:12 +msgid "Visitor list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:14 msgid "" -"The visitors are listed in a list view, with the following details that were" -" entered when they checked in:" -msgstr "방문자는 목록 보기로 표시되며, 체크인할 때 입력했던 다음의 세부 정보와 함께 표시됩니다." +"To access a complete list of checked-in visitors, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:18 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Planned or Checked-In` and :guilabel:`Today` " "filters appear in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." @@ -6895,79 +7202,85 @@ msgstr "" "기본값으로 :guilabel:`예정 또는 체크인` 및 :guilabel:`오늘` 필터가 :guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄에 " "나타납니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:21 +msgid "" +"All visitors are presented in a list view, with the following details that " +"were entered upon check in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:24 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the guest's name." msgstr ":guilabel:`이름`: 방문자의 이름입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:25 msgid ":guilabel:`Visitor Company`: the company the guest represents." msgstr ":guilabel:`방문자 소속 회사`: 방문자가 소속되어 있는 회사입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: the guest's phone number." msgstr ":guilabel:`전화번호`: 방문자의 전화번호입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 -msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`: the drink the guest requested." -msgstr ":guilabel:`음료`: 방문자가 요청한 음료입니다." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`\\*: the drink the guest requested." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:28 msgid ":guilabel:`Host`: who the guest is waiting to see." msgstr ":guilabel:`호스트`: 방문자가 미팅 대기 중인 사람입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:29 msgid ":guilabel:`CheckIn`: the date and time the guest checked in." msgstr ":guilabel:`체크인`: 방문자가 체크인한 날짜 및 시간입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Checkout`: the date and time the guest checked out. As mentioned," -" in the default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " +":guilabel:`Checkout`\\*: the date and time the guest checked out. In the " +"default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " ":guilabel:`Planned` status are visible. Guests with check-out times are only" " visible if the :guilabel:`Today` filter is not active." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`체크아웃`: 게스트가 체크아웃한 날짜와 시간입니다. 앞에서와 같이, 기본 보기에서는 게스트 상태가 " -":guilabel:`체크인됨` 또는 :guilabel:`예정됨` 인 경우에만 확인할 수 있습니다. 체크아웃 시간이 있는 게스트는 " -":guilabel:`오늘` 필터 사용이 설정되지 않은 경우에만 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duration`: the amount of time the guest has been checked in for." msgstr ":guilabel:`소요 시간`: 게스트가 체크인한 시간입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`Station`: the location of where the guest checked in." msgstr ":guilabel:`스테이션`: 게스트가 체크인한 위치입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: the status of the guest. The options are " ":guilabel:`Checked-In`, :guilabel:`Planned`, :guilabel:`Checked-Out`, or " -":guilabel:`Canceled`. In the default view, only guests with a " -":guilabel:`Checked-In` or :guilabel:`Planned` status are visible." +":guilabel:`Canceled`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`상태`: 게스트의 상태입니다. :guilabel:`체크인됨`, :guilabel:`예정됨`, " -":guilabel:`체크아웃됨` 또는 :guilabel:`취소됨` 중에서 선택할 수 있습니다. 기본 보기에서는 " -":guilabel:`체크인됨` 또는 :guilabel:`예약됨` 상태의 게스트만 표시됩니다" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: the guest's email address." -msgstr ":guilabel:`이메일`: 게스트의 이메일 주소입니다." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`\\*: the guest's email address." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:39 msgid "" -"To the far right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page is " -"an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." -msgstr ":guilabel:`방문자` 페이지의 제목 열 오른쪽 끝에 있는 제목 없는 열에 게스트의 상태를 업데이트할 수 있습니다." +"\\* These fields are not visible in the default :guilabel:`Visitor` list. " +"These must be enabled using the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` " +":guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon in the top-right of the list." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To the far-right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page, " +"there is an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:46 msgid "" "When a guest leaves, click the available :guilabel:`Check out` button to " "update the guest's record, and log the date and time they left." msgstr "" "게스트가 떠날 경우, :guilabel:`체크아웃` 버튼을 클릭하여 게스트 기록을 업데이트하고 떠난 날짜와 시간을 기록합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:49 msgid "" "If a scheduled guest arrives, and they did not check in using the " "*Frontdesk* kiosk, they can be checked in here, by clicking the available " @@ -6976,14 +7289,13 @@ msgstr "" "예정 손님이 도착한 후 *프론트 데스크* 키오스크를 사용하여 체크인하지 않은 경우에는 여기에서 체크인을 할 수 있으며 " ":guilabel:`체크인` 버튼을 클릭하면 도착 날짜와 시간이 기록됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:53 msgid "" -"Beside the untitled status column a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button appears," -" but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." +"Beside the untitled status column, a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " +"appears, but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." msgstr "" -"제목 없는 상태 열 옆에 :guilabel:`음료 제공 완료` 버튼이 표시되며, 이 버튼은 방문자가 음료를 요청한 경우에만 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:56 msgid "" "When their drink has been served, click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " "to indicate the drink has been delivered to the guest. Once clicked, that " @@ -6992,53 +7304,41 @@ msgstr "" "음료가 제공되면 :guilabel:`음료 제공 완료` 버튼을 클릭하여 음료가 손님에게 전달되었음을 표시합니다. 클릭하면 해당 버튼이 " "사라집니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst-1 msgid "" "The full list of currently checked in visitors, with the drinks to be served" " highlighted." msgstr "현재 체크인한 전체 방문자 목록과 함께 강조 표시되어 있는 제공 음료" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:63 msgid "" "If any column is not visible, or if a visible column is preferred to be " -"hidden, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options (two horizontal lines with " -"dots)` icon, located at the end of the column name list." +"hidden, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(additional " +"options)` icon, located at the end of the column name list. Doing so, " +"reveals a reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or disable. A" +" :icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`(check)` icon indicates the column is visible." msgstr "" -"열을 표시하지 않거나 표시 열을 숨기려면 열 이름 목록 끝에 있는 :guilabel:`추가 옵션 (점으로 된 가로줄 2개)` 아이콘을 " -"클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Clicking that reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or " -"disable. A :guilabel:`✅ (checkmark)` icon indicates the column is visible." -msgstr "" -"클릭하면 열 선택 항목을 사용 혹은 사용하지 않도록 하는 드롭다운 메뉴가 표시됩니다. :guilabel:`✅ (체크 표시)` 아이콘은 " -"해당 열이 표시된다는 의미입니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:69 msgid "Planned visitors" msgstr "예정 방문자" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:71 msgid "" -"If a guest is expected to arrive at a future date and time, it is possible " -"to enter their information into the *Frontdesk* application in advance." +"Enter expected guest information in advance by creating a planned guest in " +"the *Frontdesk* app." msgstr "" -"고객이 나중에 특정한 일시에 도착할 것으로 예상하는 경우에는 *프론트 데스크* 애플리케이션에 미리 정보를 입력할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:73 msgid "" "To create a planned guest, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Visitors --> New`. Then, enter the same information as any other " -":ref:`visitor `. The only required fields are the " -"visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the :guilabel:`Station` at which they are " -"expected to arrive." +"Visitors`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, enter the same information as " +"any other :ref:`visitor ` on the guest form that appears. " +"The only required fields are the visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Station` at which they are expected to arrive." msgstr "" -"게스트 방문 예정 항목을 생성하려면 :menuselection:`프론트 데스크 앱 --> 방문자 --> 새로 만들기` 로 이동합니다. " -"그런 다음 다른 :ref:`방문자 ` 와 동일하게 정보를 입력합니다. 입력 필수인 항목은 방문자의 " -":guilabel:`이름` 과 방문자가 도착할 것으로 예상되는 :guilabel:`스테이션` 뿐입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:79 msgid "" "If a guest is planned in advance, they must be checked in from the list on " "the :guilabel:`Visitors` page in the *Frontdesk* application " @@ -7050,114 +7350,72 @@ msgstr "" "(:menuselection:`프론트 데스크 앱 --> 방문자`) 목록에서 체크인해야 합니다. 방문 예정인 게스트가 키오스크를 사용하여 " "체크인하는 경우 별도로 체크인되며 예정된 방문자 항목은 :guilabel:`예정됨` 으로 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:84 msgid "" -"Only when a planned guest is checked in inside the application's visitor " -"list, their :guilabel:`Planned` status changes to :guilabel:`Checked-In`." +"The :guilabel:`Planned` status of a planned guest **only** changes to " +":guilabel:`Checked-In` when they are checked in *inside* the application's " +":guilabel:`Visitors` list." msgstr "" -"예정된 게스트가 애플리케이션의 방문자 목록에서 체크인해야 해당 게스트의 :guilabel:`예정됨` 상태가 :guilabel:`체크인됨`" -" 으로 변경됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:87 msgid "" "If a guest does check in using a kiosk, ensure all records are current, and " -"the list of currently on-site guests is correct. Be sure to check in and/or " -"check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly reflects who " -"is currently on the premises." +"the list of guests that are currently on-site is correct. Be sure to check " +"in and/or check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly " +"reflects who is currently on the premises." msgstr "" -"키오스크를 사용하여 게스트가 체크인하는 경우, 내용이 모두 최근 상태인지 여부와 함께 현장 게스트 목록이 현재 기준으로 정확한지 " -"확인합니다. 체크인이나 체크아웃을 할 때 정확한 내용을 입력하여 방문자 목록에 현장의 현황이 정확하게 반영되게 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:91 msgid "" "Ensure planned guests are informed that they should **not** check in using " "the kiosk if they are listed as a planned guest in advance." msgstr "" "예정되어 있는 방문자가 예약된 게스트로 이미 등록되어 있는 경우에는 키오스크로 체크인하면 **안 된다는** 내용을 안내해 줍니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:274 -msgid "Frontdesk flow" -msgstr "프론트 데스크 진행 흐름" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " -"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " -"tablet." -msgstr "" -"스테이션에 다양한 환경 설정을 한 후 각각의 키오스크를 사용 설정합니다. 각 프런트 데스크에는 태블릿과 같은 키오스크 전용 디바이스를 " -"사용하는 것이 좋습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:279 -msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" -msgstr "다음 두 가지 방법 중에서 선택하여 키오스크로 이동합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:281 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " -":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" -" a new browser tab." -msgstr "" -"*프론트 데스크* 애플리케이션 기본 현황판으로 이동하여 원하는 스테이션 카드에 있는 :guilabel:`데스크 열기` 버튼을 클릭합니다." -" 키오스크를 새 브라우저 탭으로 불러옵니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:283 -msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " -"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" -" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " -"browser tab or window." -msgstr "" -":menuselection:`프론트 데스크 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 스테이션` 으로 이동하여 원하는 스테이션을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음" -" :guilabel:`키오스크 URL` 끝에 있는 :guilabel:`복사` 버튼을 클릭한 후 URL을 새 브라우저 탭이나 창에 " -"붙여넣습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:288 -msgid "" -"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " -"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " -"accessing the database when checking-in." -msgstr "" -"키오스크로 이동한 후에는 데이터베이스에서 로그아웃하고 탭을 닫는 것이 좋습니다. 이렇게 해야 체크인을 할 때 방문자가 데이터베이스에 " -"액세스하는 경우가 없게 됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:95 msgid "Visitor flow" msgstr "방문자 진행 흐름" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:294 -msgid "" -"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a frontdesk kiosk, and " -"enter their information. The information requested is what was configured " -"for that specific frontdesk station. If any information is required, the " -"field displays a red asterisk (*). The visitor must enter the required " -"information in order to check in." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:98 +msgid "Visitor check in" msgstr "" -"방문자가 시설에 도착하면 프런트 데스크 키오스크를 이용하여 정보를 입력합니다. 입력할 정보는 특정 프런트 데스크 스테이션에서 환경 설정이" -" 되어 있는 정보입니다. 필수 항목인 경우에는 빨간색 별표 (*)가 표시됩니다. 방문자가 체크인을 반드시 필수 항목을 입력해야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a :ref:`Frontdesk kiosk " +"`, and click :guilabel:`Check in`. The information " +"requested from the visitor is what was configured for that specific " +"*Frontdesk* station. If any information is required, the field displays a " +"red asterisk (\\*). The visitor **must** enter the required information in " +"order to check in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:105 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, the visitor taps the :guilabel:`Check " "In` button." msgstr "모든 정보를 입력한 후 :guilabel:`체크인` 버튼을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:108 +msgid "" +"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," +" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." +msgstr "체크인 중에 아무 것도 선택하지 않은 채로 10초가 경과하면 키오스크는 기본 환영 메시지 화면으로 돌아갑니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:114 msgid "" "If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check " -"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: `Do " -"you want something to drink?`" +"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: " +":guilabel:`Do you want something to drink?`" msgstr "" -"스테이션에 음료를 구성해 놓은 경우에는 :guilabel:`체크인` 을 클릭하면 `음료를 드릴까요?` 라는 질문과 함께 등록 확인 화면이" -" 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:117 msgid "" "The visitor can tap either :guilabel:`Yes, please`, or :guilabel:`No, thank " "you`." msgstr "방문자는 :guilabel:`예, 주세요.` 또는 :guilabel:`아니요, 괜찮습니다.` 중에서 선택하여 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:119 msgid "" "If they select :guilabel:`Yes, please`, a drink selection screen appears, " "and the pre-configured options are listed. The visitor then taps the desired" @@ -7167,54 +7425,46 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`예, 주세요.` 를 선택하면 음료 선택 화면이 나타나고 미리 구성되어 있는 선택 항목이 표시됩니다. 방문자는 원하는 " "메뉴를 선택하거나 선택할 메뉴가 없으면 화면 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`아니요, 괜찮습니다.` 버튼을 클릭할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:123 msgid "" -"If a drink selection was made, a `Thank you for registering! Your drink is " -"on the way.` message appears." -msgstr "음료를 선택하면 '선택해 주셔서 감사합니다! 음료를 준비 중입니다.' 라는 메시지가 나타납니다." +"If a drink selection was made, a :guilabel:`Thank you for registering! Your " +"drink is on the way.` message appears." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:313 -msgid "" -"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," -" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." -msgstr "체크인 중에 아무 것도 선택하지 않은 채로 10초가 경과하면 키오스크는 기본 환영 메시지 화면으로 돌아갑니다." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:127 +msgid "Notifications" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:129 msgid "" "Once the visitor has checked in, the person they are visiting, and any other" -" users who were configured to be notified when checks ins occur at the " -"kiosk, are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a " -"*Discuss* chat, or any combination of those three options." +" users who were configured to be notified when check-ins occur at the kiosk," +" are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a *Discuss*" +" chat, or any combination of those three options." msgstr "" -"방문자가 체크인하면 방문 대상자와 함께, 키오스크 체크인이 되면 알림이 전송되도록 설정해 놓은 다른 사용자 모두에게 알림이 전송됩니다. " -"알림은 이메일, SMS 메시지, *메일 및 채팅* 메시지창으로 전송되거나 세 가지 중에서 중복하여 알림을 전송하게 됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:133 msgid "" "If the visitor requested a drink, the user(s) configured as the " -":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified via the " -"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: `(Visitor Name) just " -"checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" +":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified, via the " +"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: :guilabel:`(Visitor " +"Name) just checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" msgstr "" -"방문자가 음료를 요청한 경우에는 음료 양식에서 :guilabel:`알림 대상자` 로 설정되어 있는 사용자에게 *메일 및 채팅* " -"애플리케이션을 통해 알림이 전송됩니다. 메시지는 다음과 같이 표시됩니다: `(방문자 이름) 님이 방금 체크인했습니다. 요청한 음료는 " -"(음료 이름) 입니다.`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the drink has been delivered to the guest, the person who delivered the" " drink is responsible for marking the drink as delivered." msgstr "게스트에게 음료 전달이 완료되면, 음료를 전달한 사람이 음료 서빙 완료 표시를 해야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:140 msgid "" "To mark a drink as delivered, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Stations --> (#) Drinks to serve` on the desired station card." +"Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#) " +"Drinks to serve`." msgstr "" -"음료 전달 완료로 표시하려면 원하는 스테이션 카드에서 :menuselection:`프론트 데스크 앱 --> 스테이션 --> (#) 제공할" -" 음료` 로 이동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:143 msgid "" "This opens a list of all the visitors checked in at that station, and are " "waiting for a drink. Click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button at the end of" @@ -7224,37 +7474,34 @@ msgstr "" "그러면 해당 스테이션에 체크인하고 음료를 기다리고 있는 전체 방문자 목록이 열립니다. 음료를 받은 방문자의 줄 끝에 있는 " ":guilabel:`음료 제공 완료` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 음료가 제공된 것으로 표시되면 방문자가 목록에서 사라집니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:150 msgid "" "Once the visitor has completed their business, and has left the premises, it" " is important to check them out for accurate record keeping." msgstr "방문자가 업무를 끝내고 장소를 떠난 후 기록을 정확하게 유지하기 위해 체크아웃을 기록하는 것이 중요합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:153 msgid "" "To check visitors out properly, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app " -"--> Stations --> (#) On Site`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who" -" are currently checked-in at that station." +"--> Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#)" +" Drinks to serve`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who are " +"currently checked-in at that station." msgstr "" -"방문자를 알맞게 체크아웃 하려면 :menuselection:`프론트 데스크 앱 --> 스테이션 --> (#) 현장` 으로 이동합니다. " -"그러면 현재 해당 스테이션에 체크인한 전체 방문자 목록이 열립니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:157 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check Out` button near the end of the line for the " +"Click the :guilabel:`Check out` button near the end of the line for the " "visitor who left. Once they are marked as checked-out, the visitor " "disappears from the list." msgstr "" -"떠난 방문자의 줄 끝 부분에 있는 :guilabel:`체크아웃` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 체크아웃으로 표시되면 방문자는 목록에서 사라집니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:161 msgid "" -"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important to" -" check out visitors for accurate record keeping." +"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important " +"for *Frontdesk* users to check out visitors for accurate record keeping." msgstr "" -"방문자는 떠날 때 직접 체크아웃을 하지 **않습니다**. 기록을 정확하게 유지하기 위해 방문자를 체크아웃 처리하는 것이 중요합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:164 msgid "" "Always have an accurate list of who is on the premises at any given time. " "This is important for security purposes, and in the case of an emergency." @@ -7262,37 +7509,6 @@ msgstr "" "현장에서 있는 관리자 혹은 시기를 불문하고 언제든지 목록을 정확하게 확보하고 있어야 합니다. 보안 목적과 긴급 상황에 대비하여 중요한 " "사항입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:353 -msgid "" -"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " -"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" -"*프론트 데스크* 애플리케이션에 있는 두 가지 보고서에는 :guilabel:`방문자` 와 :guilabel:`음료` 가 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:355 -msgid "" -"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" -" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " -":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" -"확인하려는 보고서가 있으면, :menuselection:`프론트 데스크 앱 --> 보고` 로 이동하여 :guilabel:`방문자` 및 " -":guilabel:`음료` 선택 항목을 드롭다운 메뉴로 표시합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:358 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " -"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " -"requests were made for each drink." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`방문자` 보고서에서는 현재 연도 기준으로 월별 방문자 수가 표시됩니다. :guilabel:`음료` 보고서에는 음료별 " -"총 요청 수가 표시됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:361 -msgid "" -"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " -"other metrics, as well." -msgstr "다른 모든 Odoo 보고서와 마찬가지로 필터와 그룹 기능을 변경하여 다른 수치도 표시할 수 있습니다." - #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:5 msgid "Lunch" msgstr "점심" @@ -7883,7 +8099,7 @@ msgid "The category form, with the fields filled out for a Soup category." msgstr "카테고리 양식에서 수프 카테고리 내용이 입력되어 있는 모습" #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:280 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:701 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:392 msgid "Alerts" msgstr "알림" @@ -9322,7 +9538,14 @@ msgstr "" " 지원자나 직원에 맞게 수정할 수 있습니다. *급여* 애플리케이션에서 계약서 템플릿을 생성하거나 수정하면 변경 사항이 *채용* " "애플리케이션에도 반영됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To access contract templates, the *Salary Configurator* " +"(`hr_contract_salary`) module **must** be :ref:`installed " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "To view all the current contract templates in the database, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Contracts: Templates`." @@ -9330,7 +9553,7 @@ msgstr "" "데이터베이스에 현재 있는 계약서 템플릿을 모두 확인하려면 :menuselection:`급여 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 계약: 템플릿` " "으로 이동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Contract Templates` page, all current contract templates " "appear in a list view. To view the details of a contract template, click " @@ -9342,7 +9565,7 @@ msgstr "" " 확인하려면 아무 줄이나 클릭하여 계약 양식을 엽니다. 이 양식에서 계약서 템플릿을 수정할 수 있습니다. 계약서를 원하는 대로 " "변경합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" "To create a new contract template, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Then, " "enter the following information on the blank contract template form that " @@ -9351,7 +9574,7 @@ msgstr "" "새 계약서 템플릿을 생성하려면 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 새로운 계약서 템플릿 양식이 나타나면 다음 정보를 " "입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Reference`: enter a brief description for the template. " "This should be clear and easily understood, as this name appears in the " @@ -9360,7 +9583,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`계약서 참조 사항`: 템플릿에 대한 간략한 설명을 입력합니다. *채용* 지원서에도 표시되는 내용이므로 명확하고 쉽게 " "이해할 수 있는 내용이어야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: select the desired working schedule the " "contract applies to from the drop-down menu. If a new working schedule is " @@ -9369,19 +9592,19 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`근무 스케줄`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 계약이 적용될 근무 스케줄을 선택합니다. 새로운 근무 스케줄이 필요한 경우 " ":ref:`새 근무 스케줄 ` 을 생성합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select how the work entries are generated. " "Choices are either:" msgstr ":guilabel:`근무 항목 출처`: 근무 항목을 생성하는 방법을 선택합니다. 다음 중에서 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: work entries are generated based on the " "selected working schedule." msgstr ":guilabel:`근무 스케줄`: 선택한 작업 일정에 따라 근무 항목이 생성됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "attendance, as they are logged in the *Attendances* application. Refer to " @@ -9391,13 +9614,13 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`근태`: 작업 항목은 직원 근태를 기준으로 생성되며 *근태* 애플리케이션에 기록됩니다. 체크인 및 체크아웃 관련 " "정보는 :ref:`근태 ` 문서를 참조합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Planning`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "planning in the *Planning* application." msgstr ":guilabel:`일정 수립`: 작업 항목은 *일정 수립* 애플리케이션에서 직원의 계획에 따라 생성됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select the :ref:`salary structure type " "` from the drop-down menu." @@ -9405,7 +9628,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`급여 구조 유형`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :ref:`급여 구조 유형 ` 을 " "선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the contract template applies " "to from the drop-down menu. If blank, the template applies to all " @@ -9413,7 +9636,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`부서`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 계약서 템플릿이 적용될 부서를 선택합니다. 비워두면 템플릿이 모든 부서에 적용됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Job Position`: select the :ref:`job position ` the contract template applies to from the drop-down menu. If " @@ -9422,11 +9645,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`채용 부문`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 계약서 템플릿이 적용되는 :ref:`채용 부문 ` 을 선택합니다. 비워두면 템플릿이 모든 채용 부문에 적용됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 msgid ":guilabel:`Wage on Payroll`: enter the monthly wage in the field." msgstr ":guilabel:`급여에 대한 임금`: 월급을 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Type`: select the type of contract from the drop-down " "menu. This list is the same as the :ref:`Employment Types " @@ -9435,19 +9658,19 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`계약 유형`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 계약 유형을 선택합니다. :ref:`고용 유형 ` 에 있는 목록과 같은 목록입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: select the employee responsible for validating " "contracts, using this template, from the drop-down menu." msgstr ":guilabel:`HR 책임자`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 이 템플릿을 사용하여 계약서 확인을 담당하는 직원을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`: select a default document that a" " new employee has to sign to accept an offer." msgstr ":guilabel:`신규 계약 문서 템플릿`: 신입 직원이 채용 제안을 수락하려면 서명해야 하는 기본 문서를 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template`: select a default document " "that a current employee has to sign to update their contract." @@ -9457,11 +9680,11 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`계약 변경 문서 템플릿`: 계약 중인 직원이 계 msgid "A new contract template form, with the fields filled in." msgstr "항목이 입력되어 있는 새 계약서 템플릿 양식" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 msgid "Salary information tab" msgstr "급여 정보 탭" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or " @@ -9469,7 +9692,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`임금 유형`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`고정급` 또는 :guilabel:`시간급` 을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: using the drop-down menu, select how often the " "employee is paid. Options include :guilabel:`Annually`, :guilabel:`Semi-" @@ -9482,7 +9705,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`반월`, :guilabel:`격주`, :guilabel:`매주` 또는 :guilabel:`매일` 중에서 선택할 수 " "있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage`: enter the gross wage. The time period presented in this " "field is based on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Scheduled Pay` field. " @@ -9493,7 +9716,7 @@ msgstr "" "기준으로 합니다. :guilabel:`연간 비용 (실제)` 항목에서 해당 내용이 자동으로 업데이트되기 때문에, *먼저* 입력하는 것이 " "좋습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:172 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)`: enter the total yearly cost the employee " "costs the employer. When this value is entered, the :guilabel:`Monthly Cost " @@ -9502,7 +9725,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`연간 비용 (실제)`: 직원이 고용주에게 지불하는 연간 총 비용을 입력합니다. 이 값을 입력하면 자동으로 " ":guilabel:`월별 비용 (실제)` 이 업데이트됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Monthly Cost (Real)`: this field is **not** editable. The value " "is automatically populated after the :guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)` is " @@ -9511,7 +9734,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`월별 비용 (실제)`: 이 필드는 수정할 수 **없습니다**. :guilabel:`연간 비용 (실제)` 을 입력하면 " "자동으로 값이 입력됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:178 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Schedule Pay`, :guilabel:`Wage`, and :guilabel:`Yearly Cost " "(Real)` fields are all linked. If any of these fields are updated, the other" @@ -9527,33 +9750,33 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The salary information tab, with the fields filled in." msgstr "항목이 입력되어 있는 급여 정보 탭" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 msgid "Pre-tax benefits and post-tax deductions" msgstr "세전 혜택 및 세후 공제 항목" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:190 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings set for the company, the entries " "presented in this section either vary, or may not appear at all." msgstr "회사에서 구성한 현지화 설정 항목에 따라 이 섹션에 표시되는 항목이 다르게 표시되거나 전혀 표시되지 않을 수도 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "For example, some entries may pertain to retirement accounts, health " "insurance benefits, and commuter benefits." msgstr "예를 들어, 퇴직금 계정, 건강 보험 혜택, 통근 혜택과 관련된 항목이 있을 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:196 msgid "" "Enter the monetary amounts or percentages to specify how much of the " "employee's salary goes to the various benefits and/or deductions." msgstr "직원의 급여에 각종 혜택으로 지급 또는 공제액으로 지출될 금액을 금액이나 백분율을 입력하여 지정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "Employment types" msgstr "고용 유형" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:204 msgid "" "To view all the pre-configured employment types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll application --> Configuration --> Contracts: " @@ -9562,13 +9785,13 @@ msgstr "" "사전 구성되어 있는 고용 유형을 모두 확인하려면 :menuselection:`급여 신청 --> 환경 설정 --> 계약: 고용 유형` 으로" " 이동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:207 msgid "" "The employment types are presented in a list view on the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." msgstr "고용 유형은 :guilabel:`고용 유형` 페이지에 있는 목록 보기에 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:209 msgid "" "The default employment types are :guilabel:`Permanent`, " ":guilabel:`Temporary`, :guilabel:`Seasonal`, :guilabel:`Interim`, " @@ -9577,7 +9800,7 @@ msgstr "" "기본 고용 유형으로는 :guilabel:`정규직`, :guilabel:`임시직`, :guilabel:`기간제`, " ":guilabel:`임시직`, :guilabel:`전일제`, :guilabel:`파트 타임` 이 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 msgid "" "To make a new employment type, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the " "upper-left corner, and a blank line appears at the bottom of the " @@ -9586,7 +9809,7 @@ msgstr "" "새로운 고용 유형을 생성하려면 왼쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그러면 :guilabel:`고용 " "유형` 페이지 하단에 새로운 줄이 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:215 msgid "" "On this new blank line, enter the name of the employment type in the " ":guilabel:`Name` column. If the employment type is country-specific, select " @@ -9598,7 +9821,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`국가` 열의 드롭다운 메뉴를 사용하여 국가를 선택합니다. 국가를 선택하면 고용 유형은 해당 특정 국가에 *한해서만* " "적용됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:220 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the employment types, click the :guilabel:`six " "small gray boxes` icon to the left of the employment type :guilabel:`Name`, " @@ -9611,12 +9834,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The employment types in the database by default, in a list view." msgstr "데이터베이스에서 고용 유형은 기본적으로 목록 보기로 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "근무 항목" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -9627,15 +9850,15 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`교육` 또는 :guilabel:`공휴일` 과 같은 전체 근무 및 휴가 유형에 대해 자세히 근무 항목을 구성할 수 " "있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:238 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr ":doc:`근무 항목 관리 `" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:241 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "근무 항목 유형" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -9645,7 +9868,7 @@ msgstr "" "*급여* 애플리케이션에서 근무 항목을 생성하거나 직원이 *작업 기록* 애플리케이션에 정보를 입력하려면 :guilabel:`근무 항목 " "유형` 을 선택해야 합니다. :guilabel:`근무 항목 유형` 목록은 데이터베이스에 설정된 현지화 설정에 따라 자동으로 생성됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work " @@ -9654,7 +9877,7 @@ msgstr "" "현재 사용할 수 있는 근무 항목 유형을 보려면 :menuselection:`급여 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 근무 항목 --> 근무 항목" " 유형` 으로 이동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:251 msgid "" "Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." @@ -9666,11 +9889,11 @@ msgid "" "code and color." msgstr "급여 코드 및 색상 등 현재 사용할 수 있는 작업 항목 유형에 대한 전체 목록입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "새 근무 항목 유형" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 msgid "" "To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." @@ -9678,19 +9901,19 @@ msgstr "" "새로운 :guilabel:`근무 항목 유형` 을 생성하려면 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭한 후 양식에 있는 다음의 섹션에" " 대한 내용을 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:730 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:43 msgid "General information section" msgstr "일반 정보 섹션" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: the name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." msgstr ":guilabel:`근무 항목 유형 이름`: `병가` 또는 `공휴일`과 같이 짧게 설명할 수 있는 이름이어야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:269 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: this code appears with the work entry type on " "timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " @@ -9700,7 +9923,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`급여 코드`: 이 코드는 작업시간표 및 급여명세서에 근무 항목 유형과 함께 표시됩니다. *회계* 애플리케이션에 " "연동되는 코드이므로, 사용할 코드를 회계 부서에 문의하는 것이 좋습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:272 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DMFA code`: this code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " "Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding :abbr:`DMFA (De " @@ -9716,7 +9939,7 @@ msgstr "" "목적으로 제출해야 하는 분기별 보고서입니다. 이 보고서에는 해당 분기 동안 직원이 수행한 업무 및 해당 직원에게 지급된 급여가 명시되어 " "있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 msgid "" ":guilabel:`External Code`: this code is used for exporting data to a third-" "party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used to determine " @@ -9725,43 +9948,43 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`외부 코드`: 이 코드는 외부 급여 서비스 업체로 데이터 내보내기를 할 때 사용합니다. 해당 회사에 문의하여 새 근무" " 입력 유형에 입력할 :guilabel:`외부 코드` 를 확인하세요." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: this code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " "payroll service provider." msgstr ":guilabel:`SDWorx 코드`: 이 코드는 급여 서비스 제공업체인 SDWorx를 사용하는 회사 전용 코드입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the particular work entry type." msgstr ":guilabel:`색상`: 특정 근무 항목 유형에 대한 색상을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:285 msgid "Display in payslip section" msgstr "급여명세서 섹션 표시" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rounding`: the rounding method selected determines how quantities" " on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." msgstr ":guilabel:`반올림`: 반올림 선택 방법에 따라 작업시간표 항목의 수치가 급여명세서에 표시되는 방식이 정해집니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: a timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr ":guilabel:`반올림 없음`: 작업시간표 항목이 수정되지 않습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." msgstr ":guilabel:`반일`: 작업시간표 항목은 가장 근접한 반일 금액으로 반올림됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." msgstr ":guilabel:`전일`: 작업시간표표 항목은 가장 근접한 전일 금액으로 반올림됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:295 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -9775,11 +9998,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`반올림` 이 :guilabel:`반일` 로 설정된 경우에는 항목이 4시간으로 변경됩니다. :guilabel:`일` 로" " 설정된 경우에는 8시간으로 변경됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:301 msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "무급 섹션" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: if the work entry is for work that " "is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " @@ -9790,33 +10013,33 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`무급 구조 유형`: 무급 근무에 대한 근무 항목의 경우, 드롭다운 메뉴에서 무급 근무를 적용할 급여 구조를 " "지정합니다. 작업시간표에는 근무로 기록되지만 무급인 항목으로는 무급 인턴십, 무급 교육 또는 자원 봉사 등이 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:309 msgid "Valid for advantages section" msgstr "복리후생 승인 섹션" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: if the work entry should count towards a meal " "voucher, check the box." msgstr ":guilabel:`식권`: 근무 항목에 식권을 포함할 경우 확인란에 표시합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:312 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: if the work entry should count towards " "representation fees, check the box." msgstr ":guilabel:`대리 수수료`: 근무 항목에 대리 수수료를 포함할 경우 확인란에 표시합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: if the work entry should count " "towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." msgstr ":guilabel:`개인 차량 리베이트`: 근무 항목에 개인 차량 리베이트를 포함할 경우 확인란에 표시합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:318 msgid "Time off options section" msgstr "휴가 선택 섹션" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off`: check this box if the work entry type can be selected " "for a time off request, or entry, in the *Time Off* application." @@ -9824,7 +10047,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`휴가`: *휴가* 애플리케이션에서 휴가 신청을 하거나 항목에 대하여 근무 항목 유형을 선택할 수 있게 하려면 확인란에" " 표시합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field " "appears. This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time" @@ -9834,14 +10057,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`휴가` 를 선택하면 :guilabel:`휴가 유형` 필드가 표시됩니다. 이 필드에는 '유급 휴가', '병가' 또는 " "'시간외 근무' 와 같은 특정 휴가 유형을 드롭다운 메뉴에서 선택할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "A new type of time off can be entered in the field, if the listed types of " "time off in the drop-down menu do **not** display the type of time off " "needed." msgstr "필요한 휴가 유형이 드롭다운 메뉴에 있지 **않는** 경우에는, 새로운 휴가 유형을 필드에 입력할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: this is for Belgian-specific companies " "**only**, and does **not** appear for other localizations. Check this box if" @@ -9855,11 +10078,11 @@ msgstr "" " 근무 항목이 다음 연도의 휴가 혜택에 영향을 미치는 휴가 관련 항목인 경우에는 확인란에 표시합니다. 정부에 따르면, 근로자는 매년 " "휴가를 부여받으며 경우에 따라서는 특정 기간 동안 사용한 휴가는 다음 해에 받거나 발생되는 휴가에 영향을 미칠 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:336 msgid "Reporting section" msgstr "보고서 섹션" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:338 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: if the work entry should be visible on the " "unforeseen absences report, check this box." @@ -9869,11 +10092,11 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`무단 결근`: 근무 항목을 무단 결근 보고서에 msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." msgstr "모든 필드가 입력되어 있는 새로운 작업 항목 유형 양식" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:348 msgid "Working schedules" msgstr "근무 스케줄" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 msgid "" "To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " @@ -9883,7 +10106,7 @@ msgstr "" "현재 설정되어 있는 근무 스케줄을 확인하려면 :menuselection:`급여 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 근무 항목 --> 근무 일정`" " 으로 이동합니다. 직원 계약서 및 근무 항목에 사용할 수 있는 근무 스케줄이 목록에 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 msgid "" "Working schedules are company-specific. Each company **must** identify each " "type of working schedule they use. If the database is created for only one " @@ -9892,7 +10115,7 @@ msgstr "" "근무 스케줄은 회사마다 다릅니다. 각 회사는 **반드시** 사용하는 근무 스케줄을 유형별로 구분하고 있어야 합니다. 데이터베이스가 한 " "회사에 대해서만 생성되어 있는 경우에는 회사 열을 사용할 수 없습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" "An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " "work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " @@ -9901,7 +10124,7 @@ msgstr "" "주 40시간 표준 근무를 적용하고 있는 다중 회사용 Odoo 데이터베이스에는, 주 40시간 표준 근무를 채택한 각 회사별로 별도의 근무 " "스케줄을 두고 있어야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "" "A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " "needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." @@ -9915,17 +10138,17 @@ msgid "" "the company." msgstr "현재 회사의 데이터베이스에 설정되어 있는 모든 근무 스케줄을 사용할 수 있습니다. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "New working schedule" msgstr "새 근무 스케줄" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:373 msgid "" "To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " "enter the information on the form." msgstr "새로운 근무 스케줄을 생성하려면 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭한 후 양식에 정보를 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -9935,7 +10158,7 @@ msgstr "" "주 40시간 표준 근무에 대해 자동으로 입력되나 수정할 수 있습니다. 먼저 :guilabel:`이름` 항목의 텍스트를 수정하여 근무 시간" " 이름을 변경합니다. 그런 다음 새 근무 시간에 적용될 요일과 시간을 조정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:380 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -9947,7 +10170,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`일 기준 기간` 및 :guilabel:`근무 항목 유형` 선택 항목을 수정합니다. :guilabel:`근무 시작` 및" " :guilabel:`근무 종료` 열은 시간을 입력하면 수정할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:386 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." @@ -9955,24 +10178,22 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`근무 시작` 및 :guilabel:`근무 종료` 시간은 24시간 형식이어야 합니다. 예를 들어 '2:00 PM'은 " "'14:00'으로 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:389 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top-left. This creates " "entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" -"근무 시간을 2주로 설정해야 하는 경우 왼쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`2주 달력으로 전환` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 이는 " -":guilabel:`짝수 주` 및 :guilabel:`홀수 주` 로 항목을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "New working schedule form." msgstr "새 근무 스케줄 양식" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:403 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "구조 유형" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -9986,7 +10207,7 @@ msgstr "" "유형에는 직원이 급여를 지급받는 빈도, 근무 시간, 급여가 급여 형식 (고정) 또는 직원이 근무한 시간에 따라 결정되는지 (변동)여부가 " "정의되어 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:411 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -9999,60 +10220,59 @@ msgstr "" "완비되어 있는 '정기 급여' 구조와 연말 보너스만을 위한 규칙인 `연말 보너스` 구조의 두 가지 구조가 있을 수 있습니다. `정기 급여`" " 구조와 `연말 보너스` 구조 모두 `직원` 구조 유형에 속하는 구조입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:417 msgid "" "The different :guilabel:`Structure Types` can be seen by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure " -"Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary: Structure Types`." msgstr "" -"다른 :guilabel:`구조 유형` 은 :menuselection:`급여 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 급여 --> 구조 유형` 으로 " -"이동하면 확인할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:420 msgid "" -"There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: " -":guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Worker`. Typically, :guilabel:`Employee`" -" is used for salaried employees, which is why the wage type is " -":guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is typically used for" -" employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +"Two default structure types are configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Employee` and" +" :guilabel:`Worker`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:422 +msgid "" +"Typically, :guilabel:`Employee` is used for salaried employees, which is why" +" the wage type is :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is " +"typically used for employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is " +":guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -"Odoo에는 :guilabel:`직원` 과 :guilabel:`근로자` 라는 두 가지 기본 구조 유형이 설정되어 있습니다. 일반적으로 " -":guilabel:`직원` 은 급여를 받는 직원에게 사용되므로 임금 유형은 :guilabel:`월 고정급` 이고 " -":guilabel:`근로자` 는 시간 단위로 지급되는 직원에게 일반적으로 사용되므로 임금 유형은 :guilabel:`시간급` 이 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." msgstr "현재 사용할 수 있도록 환경 설정이 완료된 구조 유형 전체 목록" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "New structure type" msgstr "새 구조 유형" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " "structure type form appears." msgstr "새로운 구조 유형을 만들려면 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭하며 새 구조 유형 양식이 나타납니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 msgid "" "Proceed to enter information in the fields. Most fields are pre-populated, " "but all the fields can be modified." msgstr "필드에 정보를 계속 입력합니다. 대부분의 필드는 미리 입력이 완료되어 있으나 필드는 모두 수정할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:441 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Structure Type`: enter the name for the new structure type, such " "as `Employee` or `Worker`." msgstr ":guilabel:`구조 유형`: `직원` 또는 `근로자`와 같이 새 구조 유형의 이름을 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Country`: select the country that the new structure type applies " "to from the drop-down menu." msgstr ":guilabel:`국가`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 새 구조 유형이 적용될 국가를 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:445 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select what type of wage the new structure type uses," " either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." @@ -10060,19 +10280,19 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`임금 유형`: 새로운 구조 유형으로 사용할 임금 유형을 :guilabel:`고정급` 또는 :guilabel:`시간급`" " 중에서 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for salaried employees, who receive the same wage " "every pay period, select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage`." msgstr "급여 기간마다 동일한 임금을 받는 급여 근로자 대상으로 유형을 사용하려면 :guilabel:`고정급` 을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:451 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for employees, who receive wages based on how many" " hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "급여 기간 동안 근무한 시간에 따라 임금을 받는 직원 대상으로 유형을 사용하려면 :guilabel:`시간급` 을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: select the typical pay schedule for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," @@ -10085,7 +10305,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`주별`, :guilabel:`격주별`, :guilabel:`격월별` 중에서 선택할 수 있습니다. 이를 통해 특정 구조" " 유형으로 지급되는 빈도를 표시합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: select the default working hours for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " @@ -10100,13 +10320,13 @@ msgstr "" "40시간 표준` 항목입니다. 필요한 근무 시간이 목록에 없는 경우에는 :ref:`새 기본 근무 시간 세트를 생성할 수 있습니다 `." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: type in the name for the regular pay " "structure." msgstr ":guilabel:`정규 급여 구조`: 정규 급여 구조의 이름을 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:463 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: select the default type of work entry " "the new structure type falls under from the drop-down menu. The default " @@ -10121,7 +10341,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`재택 근무`, : guilabel:`무급`, :guilabel:`병가`, :guilabel:`유급 휴가`, " ":guilabel:`계약 외`, :guilabel:`시간외 근무`, :guilabel:`장기 휴가` 중에서 선택할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 msgid "" "To view all the options for the :guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`, click " "the :guilabel:`Search More..` button at the bottom of the drop-down list." @@ -10129,7 +10349,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`기본 근무 항목 유형` 에 대한 선택 항목을 보려면 드롭다운 목록 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`추가 검색..` " "버튼을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:472 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings, this list may contain more options " "in addition to the default options." @@ -10140,11 +10360,11 @@ msgid "" "New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." msgstr "새 구조 유형을 생성할 때 작성해야 하는 새로운 구조 유형 양식" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 msgid "New default working hours" msgstr "새 기본 근무 시간" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:484 msgid "" "To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " "in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " @@ -10158,7 +10378,7 @@ msgstr "" " 개 있으며, 일반 정보 섹션과 함께 개별 근무 시간을 요일 및 시간별로 표시하는 탭이 있습니다. 양식을 작성한 후에는 " ":guilabel:`저장 및 닫기` 를 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: type in the name for the new default working hours. This " "should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " @@ -10167,7 +10387,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`이름`: 새로운 기본 근무 시간의 제목을 입력합니다. 이는 `표준 20시간/주'와 같이 이해하기 쉽게 설명하고 " "명확해야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that can use these new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " @@ -10177,7 +10397,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`회사`: 새로운 기본 근무 시간을 적용할 회사를 드롭다운 메뉴에서 선택합니다. 근무 시간은 회사마다 다르며 회사 간에" " 공유할 수 없다는 점에 유의합니다. 회사별로 고유하게 근무 시간을 설정해야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:495 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: the average hours per day field is auto-" "populated, based on the working hours configured in the :guilabel:`Working " @@ -10187,13 +10407,13 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`일 평균 근무 시간`: 일 평균 근무 시간 필드는 :guilabel:`근무 시간` 탭에 설정되어 있는 근무 시간을 " "기준으로 자동 입력됩니다. 근무일당 가용 자원과 수량에 영향을 미치므로 리소스 계획을 수립하는 데 영향이 있는 항목입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:499 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Timezone`: select the time zone to be used for the new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu." msgstr ":guilabel:`시간대`: 새로운 기본 근무 시간에 사용할 시간대를 드롭다운 메뉴에서 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:501 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: enter the number of hours per week an " "employee would need to work to be considered a full-time employee. " @@ -10205,7 +10425,7 @@ msgstr "" "시간은 40시간 정도이며, 이 시간에 따라 고용 상태 (정규직 대비 파트타임) 기준으로 직원이 혜택을 받을 수 있는 복리후생 종류에 " "영향이 있게 됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:505 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Time Rate`: this percentage is auto-generated based on the " "entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" @@ -10218,7 +10438,7 @@ msgstr "" " 시간에 따라 자동 생성되는 비율입니다. '0.00%'에서 '100%' 사이의 숫자여야 하므로 백분율이 '100%'를 초과한다는 것은 " "근무 시간 혹은 :guilabel:`회사 정규직` 근무 시간을 조정해야 할 필요가 있다는 것을 의미합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: this tab is where each day's specific working" " hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " @@ -10228,14 +10448,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`근무 시간` 탭: 이 탭에는 날짜별 근무 시간이 구체적으로 표시되어 있습니다. 새 기본 근무 시간 양식이 생성되면 " ":guilabel:`근무 시간` 탭은 기본 주 40시간으로 미리 입력되며, 각 날짜에는 시간 섹션이 세 개로 나뉩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:513 msgid "" "Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening " "(13:00-17:00) hours configured, using a 24 hour time format." msgstr "" "날짜는 아침 (8:00-12:00), 점심 (12:00-13:00), 저녁 (13:00-17:00) 시간이 24시간 형식으로 설정됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:516 msgid "" "To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field to adjust, and " "make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the specific case of " @@ -10244,13 +10464,13 @@ msgstr "" "시간을 조정하려면 해당하는 필드를 클릭한 후 드롭다운 메뉴를 사용하여 조정하거나 특정한 시간으로 조정하려는 경우 원하는 시간을 " "입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:519 msgid "" "Keep in mind, working hours are company-specific, and cannot be shared " "between companies. Each company needs to have their own working hours set." msgstr "근무 시간은 회사마다 다르며 회사 간에 공유할 수 없다는 점에 유의합니다. 회사마다 고유한 근무 시간을 정해야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "" "If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " "bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " @@ -10262,18 +10482,18 @@ msgstr "" "전환` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그러면 :guilabel:`근무 시간` 탭이 2주 간의 작업 시간이 표시되도록 변경되며 조정도 할 수 " "있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 msgid "Structures" msgstr "구조" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:531 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." msgstr "" "*급여 구조* 는 직원이 특정 *구조* 내에서 급여를 지급받는 다양한 방식을 의미하며, 여러 가지 규칙을 통해 구체적으로 정해집니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -10283,7 +10503,7 @@ msgstr "" "각 구조 유형에서 필요로 하는 구조의 개수는 직원 급여에 대한 다양한 지급 방식과 계산 방법에 따라 다릅니다. 예를 들어, 공통 구조로 " "'보너스'를 추가할 경우 유용하게 사용할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:538 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." @@ -10291,7 +10511,7 @@ msgstr "" "각 구조 유형별로 다양하게 있는 구조를 모두 확인하려면 :menuselection:`급여 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 급여 --> 구조`" " 로 이동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:541 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " @@ -10304,7 +10524,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All available salary structures." msgstr "사용할 수 있는 전체 급여 구조" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:548 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." @@ -10316,12 +10536,12 @@ msgid "" "Rules." msgstr "모든 급여 규칙이 구체적으로 표시되어 있는 정규 급여에 대한 급여 구조 세부 정보" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:551 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:556 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:261 msgid "Rules" msgstr "규칙" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:558 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " "purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" @@ -10331,7 +10551,7 @@ msgstr "" "각 구조에는 회계 목적으로 따라야 하는 일련의 *급여 규칙* 이 있습니다. 이러한 규칙은 현지화를 통해 설정되며 *회계* 애플리케이션의 " "작업에 영향을 미치게 되므로 필요한 경우에만 기본 규칙을 수정하거나 새 규칙을 생성해야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:562 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " @@ -10340,30 +10560,30 @@ msgstr "" "모든 규칙을 확인하려면 :menuselection:`급여 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 급여 --> 규칙` 으로 이동합니다. 모든 규칙을 " "확인하려면 구조 (예: :guilabel:`정기 급여`)를 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:565 msgid "" "To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " "the following information in the fields." msgstr "" "새로운 규칙을 만들려면 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭합니다. 새로운 규칙 양식이 표시됩니다. 다음 정보를 필드에 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 msgid "Top section" msgstr "상단 섹션" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:571 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rule Name`: enter a name for the rule. This field is required." msgstr ":guilabel:`규칙 이름`: 규칙명을 입력합니다. 필수 입력 항목입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`카테고리`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 규칙이 적용될 카테고리를 선택하거나 새 카테고리를 입력합니다. 필수 입력 항목입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " "recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " @@ -10373,20 +10593,20 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`코드`: 새 규칙에 사용할 코드를 입력합니다. 이 코드는 회계 보고서 및 급여 처리에 영향이 있으므로 회계 부서와 " "사용 코드를 조율하는 것이 좋습니다. 필수 입력 항목입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:577 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a number indicating when this rule is calculated" " in the sequence of all other rules." msgstr ":guilabel:`순서`: 이 규칙이 다른 전체 규칙 중에 계산되는 순서를 숫자로 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`급여 구조`: 규칙이 적용되는 급여 구조를 드롭다운 메뉴에서 선택하거나 새 구조를 입력합니다. 필수 입력 항목입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:576 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Active`: enable this toggle, so the rule is available for use. " "Disable the toggle to hide the rule without deleting it in the database." @@ -10394,13 +10614,13 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`활성화`: 이 토글을 활성화시키면 규칙을 사용할 수 있게 됩니다. 데이터베이스에서 규칙을 삭제하지 않고 숨기려면 " "토글을 비활성화합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:583 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appears on payslip`: tick the checkbox to have the rule appear on" " employee payslips." msgstr ":guilabel:`급여명세서에 표시`: 직원 급여명세서에 규칙을 표시하려면 확인란을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:584 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Employer Cost Dashboard`: tick the checkbox to have the " "rule appear on the :guilabel:`Employer Cost` report, located on the " @@ -10409,7 +10629,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`고용주 비용 현황판 보기`: *급여* 앱 현황판에 있는 :guilabel:`고용주 비용` 보고서에 규칙을 표시하려면 " "확인란을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:586 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Payroll Reporting`: tick the checkbox to have the rule " "appear on payroll reports." @@ -10419,15 +10639,15 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`급여 보고서에서 보기`: 급여 보고서에 규칙을 msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." msgstr "새 규칙 양식에 새로운 규칙 정보를 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 msgid "General tab" msgstr "일반 탭" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:597 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "조건" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:599 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: select from the drop-down menu whether the " "rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always applies), a :guilabel:`Range` " @@ -10439,11 +10659,11 @@ msgstr "" " 아래에 입력된 특정 범위에 적용) 또는 :guilabel:`Python 표현식` (선택 아래에 입력된 코드)인지 여부를 선택합니다. " "필수 입력 항목입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:600 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:605 msgid "Computation" msgstr "계산" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:607 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: select from the drop-down menu whether the amount " "is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a :guilabel:`Percentage (%)`, or a " @@ -10454,55 +10674,55 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Python 코드` 중에서 선택합니다. 선택한 항목에 따라 고정 금액, 백분율 또는 Python 코드를 다음에 " "입력해야 합니다. 필수 입력 항목입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:613 msgid "Company contribution" msgstr "회사 기여분" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:615 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partner`: if another company financially contributes to this " "rule, select the company from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`파트너`: 이 규칙에서 재정적인 기여를 하는 다른 회사가 있는 경우에는 드롭다운 메뉴에서 해당 회사를 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:614 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:810 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 msgid "Description tab" msgstr "설명 탭" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:621 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the rule. " "This tab only appears in the rule form." msgstr "이 탭에는 규칙을 명확하게 설명하기 위한 추가 정보를 입력합니다. 규칙 양식에만 표시되는 탭입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:625 msgid "Accounting tab" msgstr "회계 탭" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:627 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Debit Account`: select the debit account from the drop-down menu " "the rule affects." msgstr ":guilabel:`출금 계정` (직불): 드롭다운 메뉴에서 규칙이 적용될 출금 계정을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Credit Account`: select the credit account from the drop-down " "menu the rule affects." msgstr ":guilabel:`입금 계정` (신용): 드롭다운 메뉴에서 규칙이 적용될 입금 계정을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:624 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:629 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not computed in net accountability`: tick the checkbox to delete " "the value of this rule in the `Net Salary` rule." msgstr ":guilabel:`순 계정에서 계산되지 않음`: `순 급여` 규칙에서 이 규칙의 값을 삭제하려면 확인란에 표시합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:633 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "규칙 매개변수" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:636 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " @@ -10514,11 +10734,11 @@ msgstr "" "매개변수` 은 아직 개발 중인 기능이며 벨기에 시장의 특정한 사용 사례에만 적용됩니다. 이 섹션의 내용이 적용될 시장이 더 많아질 경우 " "문서 업데이트를 시행할 예정입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:642 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "기타 입력 유형" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:644 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " @@ -10535,7 +10755,7 @@ msgid "" "a payslip." msgstr "급여명세서에 새 항목을 생성할 때 선택하는 급여 관련된 기타 입력 유형 목록" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 msgid "" "To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " ":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " @@ -10544,7 +10764,7 @@ msgstr "" "새로운 입력 유형을 생성하려면 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`설명`, " ":guilabel:`코드` 및 :guilabel:`구조 사용 가능` 항목에 적용되는 구조를 필드에 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:658 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" " :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " @@ -10558,11 +10778,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new Input Type form filled in." msgstr "내용이 입력되어 있는 새로운 입력 유형 양식" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:664 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:669 msgid "Salary attachment types" msgstr "급여 압류 유형" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:671 msgid "" "Salary attachments, also thought of as \"wage garnishments\", are portions " "of earnings taken out of a payslip for something specific. Much like all " @@ -10572,7 +10792,7 @@ msgstr "" "급여 압류는 \"임금 압류\"라고도 하며, 급여명세서에서 특정 항목에 대해 급여에서 공제되는 일부 소득을 의미합니다. 다른 항목들과 " "마찬가지로 급여 환경 설정을 할 때 급여 압류 항목의 유형도 **반드시** 지정해야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:675 msgid "" "To view the currently configured salary attachments, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Salary " @@ -10584,7 +10804,7 @@ msgstr "" " 으로 이동합니다. 기본 급여 압류 유형은 :guilabel:`급여 압류`, :guilabel:`급여 할당` 및 :guilabel:`자녀" " 양육비` 입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:679 msgid "" "To make a new type of salary attachment, click the :guilabel:`New` button. " "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Code` (used in the salary " @@ -10599,11 +10819,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new salary attachment form filled in." msgstr "새로운 급여 압류 양식이 작성된 모습" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "급여 패키지 설정기" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " "section of the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary " @@ -10616,7 +10837,7 @@ msgstr "" "섹션에 있는 다양한 옵션은 모두 직원 급여에 향후 영향을 주게 됩니다. 이 섹션 (:guilabel:`복리후생`, " ":guilabel:`개인 정보` 및 :guilabel:`이력서`)에서는 직원에게 급여 패키지에서 제공할 수 있는 혜택을 지정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:695 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -10628,11 +10849,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`급여 패키지 설정기` 아래 섹션은 지원자가 확인하고 정보를 입력할 때 채워지는 내용에 직접적으로 영향을 미치게 " "됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:701 msgid "Benefits" msgstr "헤택" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:703 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain benefits " "set in Odoo, in addition to the salary, to make an offer more appealing " @@ -10642,7 +10863,7 @@ msgstr "" "채용 대상자에게 채용 제안을 할 때 Odoo에는 급여 외에 복리후생을 추가하여 제안을 더욱 긍정적으로 고려하게 할 수 있습니다 (예: " "연차 수 추가, 법인 차량 사용, 전화 또는 인터넷 비용 환급 등)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:707 msgid "" "To view the benefits, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary Package Configurator: Benefits`. Benefits are grouped by " @@ -10657,7 +10878,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list view of all the benefits available for each structure type." msgstr "각 구조 유형에 사용할 수 있는 모든 복리후생 목록 보기" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:716 msgid "" "A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " "another labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " @@ -10668,7 +10889,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`직원` 구조 유형에는 법인 차량 이용이 복지로 포함되어 있고, :guilabel:`인턴` 구조 유형은 복지로 식권을 " "사용할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:720 msgid "" "A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use the " "company car benefit, but cannot have meal vouchers. A person hired under the" @@ -10678,30 +10899,30 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`직원` 구조 유형으로 채용된 경우 법인 차량을 복지로 이용할 수 있지만 식권은 받을 수 없습니다. " ":guilabel:`인턴` 구조 유형으로 채용되면 법인 차량을 이용할 수 없으며 식권은 사용할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:724 msgid "" "To make a new benefit, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " "information in the fields on the blank benefits form." msgstr "" "새로운 복지 항목을 생성하려면 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭한 후 복리후생 양식에 있는 항목에 정보를 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:722 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 msgid "The various fields for creating a benefit are as follows:" msgstr "다음과 같이 복리후생 항목을 다양하게 생성할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:732 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefits`: enter the name for the benefit. This field is " "required." msgstr ":guilabel:`복리후생`: 복지 항목의 이름을 입력합니다. 필수 입력 항목입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:733 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "benefit this is." msgstr ":guilabel:`복리후생 필드`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 복지 유형을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of cost " "incurred by the company for this specific benefit. The default options are " @@ -10716,7 +10937,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`시간급`, :guilabel:`파트타임`, :guilabel:`임금`, :guilabel:`휴일 포함 임금` 및 " ":guilabel:`근로 시간 비율` 입니다. 현지화 설정에 따라 다른 선택 사항을 추가로 사용할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:739 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Related Type`: select from the drop-down menu what type of " "benefit it is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -10728,13 +10949,13 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`월별 순 혜택`, :guilabel:`월별 현금 혜택`, :guilabel:`연간 현금 혜택` 또는 " ":guilabel:`비금전적 혜택` 중에서 선택합니다. 필수 입력 항목입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:738 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the specific field" " on the contract the benefit appears." msgstr ":guilabel:`복리후생 필드`: 계약서에서 복리후생이 표시될 필드를 드롭다운 메뉴에서 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select the specific field on the contract that the " "cost of the benefit is linked to, using the drop-down menu. If this field is" @@ -10743,19 +10964,19 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`비용 필드`: 드롭다운 메뉴를 사용하여 계약서에서 복지 비용이 연결되어 있는 특정 필드를 선택합니다. 이 필드를 " "비워두면 직원 예산에서 복리후생 비용이 계산되지 않습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:748 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Net Salary`: tick the checkbox if the benefit should " "impact the employee's net salary." msgstr ":guilabel:`순 급여에 영향`: 직원 순 급여에 복리후생 영향이 있어야 하는 경우에 확인란을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requested Documents`: select any document that is required to be " "submitted for this benefit, from the drop-down menu." msgstr ":guilabel:`요청 문서`: 복리후생 신청을 하려면 제출해야 하는 문서를 드롭다운 메뉴에서 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:752 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mandatory Benefits`: using the drop-down menu, select the benefit" " that is required in order for this specific benefit to be offered to the " @@ -10763,7 +10984,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`필수 복지`: 특정 복지 혜택을 직원이 받을 수 있으려면 필수적인 복지 항목을 드롭다운 메뉴에서 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 msgid "" "For example, a benefit for car insurance would populate `Company Car` in " "this field. This would allow the car insurance benefit to **only** be " @@ -10772,14 +10993,14 @@ msgstr "" "예를 들어 이 항목에서 자동차 보험 혜택 항목은 '법인 차량'으로 입력됩니다. 이렇게 하면 직원이 법인 차량의 혜택을 선택하거나 " "사용하도록 설정한 경우에 **한해서만** 자동차 보험 혜택이 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:758 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this benefit applies to. This field is required." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`급여 구조 유형`: 복지 항목이 적용될 급여 구조 유형을 드롭다운 메뉴에서 선택합니다. 필수 입력 항목입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:760 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select the metric that the benefit is granted, " "using the drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " @@ -10792,17 +11013,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new benefit form filled out for an internet subscription." msgstr "인터넷 구독용으로 작성된 새로운 복지 양식" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:768 msgid "Display section" msgstr "표시 섹션" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:770 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show Name`: tick the checkbox to have the benefit name appear in " "the salary package configurator." msgstr ":guilabel:`이름 표시`: 급여 패키지 설정기에 복지명을 표시하려면 확인란을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:767 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: select from the drop-down menu how this benefit is" " displayed. The options are :guilabel:`Always Selected`, " @@ -10814,7 +11035,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`드롭다운`, :guilabel:`그룹 드롭다운`, :guilabel:`슬라이드`, :guilabel:`선택 버튼`, " ":guilabel:`직접 입력` 또는 :guilabel:`텍스트` 중에서 선택할 수 있습니다. 필수 입력 항목입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 msgid "" "Depending on the selection made, additional configurations need to be made. " "For example, if :guilabel:`Radio Buttons` is selected, the individual radio " @@ -10823,7 +11044,7 @@ msgstr "" "선택한 항목에 따라 추가 환경 설정을 해야 합니다. 예를 들어, :guilabel:`선택 버튼` 을 사용하는 경우에는 개별적으로 선택 " "버튼을 입력해야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Icon`: an icon from the `Font Awesome 4 library " "`_ can be visible for this benefit. Enter" @@ -10834,14 +11055,14 @@ msgstr "" " 아이콘을 복지 항목을 표시하는 데 활용할 수 있습니다. 이 필드에 아이콘의 텍스트 코드를 입력합니다. 예를 들어, 여행 가방 아이콘을 " "표시하려면 이 줄에 `fa fa-suitcase` 코드를 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hide Description`: tick the checkbox to hide the benefit " "description if the benefit is not selected by the employee." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`설명 숨기기`: 직원이 복리후생 선택을 하지 않는 경우 복지에 대한 설명을 숨기게 하려면 확인란을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:784 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded`: if the benefit should be folded, or hidden, because it " "is dependant on another benefit selection, tick the checkbox. The following " @@ -10850,12 +11071,12 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`접힘`: 다른 복지 항목을 선택하는 경우에는 해당 복지를 접기나 숨김이 되게 하려면 확인란을 선택합니다. 사용 설정을" " 하면 다음과 같은 필드가 나타납니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Label`: enter a name for the folded section of the benefit." msgstr ":guilabel:`접기 라벨`: 복지 항목이 접혀질 섹션 이름을 입력합니다. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:783 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:788 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Res Field`: select the contract field this benefit is tied " "to using the drop-down menu. If this field is selected on the contract, then" @@ -10864,18 +11085,18 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`계약 필드 접기`: 이 복지 항목과 연결되어 있는 계약서 필드를 드롭다운 메뉴로 선택합니다. 계약서에서 이 필드를 " "선택하면 해당 복지 항목이 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:792 msgid "Activity section" msgstr "활동 섹션" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the activity type" " that is automatically created when this benefit is selected by the " "employee." msgstr ":guilabel:`활동 유형`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 직원이 복지 항목을 선택하면 자동으로 생성될 활동 유형을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:796 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation`: select when the activity is created, either " "when the :guilabel:`Employee signs his contract`, or when the " @@ -10885,7 +11106,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`활동 생성`: 활동이 생성될 때 선택하며 :guilabel:`직원이 계약서에 서명` 또는 :guilabel:`계약 " "상대방이 서명` 중에서 선택합니다. 원하는 항목 옆에 있는 선택 버튼을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:799 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation Type`: select the parameters for when the " "activity is created, either :guilabel:`When the benefit is set` or " @@ -10895,18 +11116,18 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`활동 생성 유형`: 활동이 생성되는 시점의 매개변수를 :guilabel:`복지 설정 시점` 또는 " ":guilabel:`복지 수정 시점` 중에서 선택합니다. 원하는 항목 옆에 있는 선택 버튼을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:802 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Assigned to`: select the user the activity is automatically " "assigned to, using the drop-down menu." msgstr ":guilabel:`할당 대상`: 드롭다운 메뉴를 사용하여 활동이 자동 할당될 사용자를 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:143 msgid "Sign section" msgstr "서명 섹션" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:808 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Template to Sign`: if the employee is required to sign a document" " when selecting this benefit, select the document template from the drop-" @@ -10914,22 +11135,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`서명할 템플릿`: 직원이 복지 항목을 선택하면 문서에 서명해야 하는 경우 드롭다운 메뉴에서 문서 템플릿을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:811 msgid "" "For example, a benefit regarding the use of a company car may require the " "employee to sign a document acknowledging the company's car policies." msgstr "예를 들어, 직원이 법인 차량 사용 혜택을 받으려면 회사의 차량 정책에 동의하는 문서에 서명해야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:812 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the benefit." msgstr "이 탭에 추가 정보를 입력하여 복리후생 관련 내용을 명확히 알 수 있도록 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:820 msgid "Personal info" msgstr "개인 정보" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:822 msgid "" "Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " "candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " @@ -10938,7 +11159,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo에 있는 모든 직원은 지원자가 직원으로 채용되면 받게되는 *직원 카드*를 가지고 있습니다. 이 카드에는 개인 정보, 이력서, 근무" " 정보 및 문서 등 모든 정보가 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:826 msgid "" "The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " "section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " @@ -10948,17 +11169,17 @@ msgstr "" "개인 정보는 지원자가 채용 제안을 받은 후에 작성하는 급여 패키지 설정 섹션에서 수집됩니다. 해당 개인정보는 채용이 되면 직원 카드로 " "전송됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:825 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:830 msgid "" "To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " "dashboard, and click on the employee's card." msgstr "직원 카드를 보려면 :menuselection:`직원` 앱 기본 현황판으로 이동하여 직원 카드를 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:829 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:834 msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." msgstr "직원 카드는 직원 인사 파일과 같다고 보면 됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:836 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Personal Info` section lists all of the fields that are " "available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " @@ -10974,7 +11195,7 @@ msgid "" "enter." msgstr "직원 카드에 표시되어 있는 모든 개인 정보가 입력된 목록" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:839 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 msgid "" "To edit a personal info entry, select an entry from the list on the " ":guilabel:`Personal Info` page, and modify the personal info on the form " @@ -10983,11 +11204,11 @@ msgstr "" "개인 정보 항목을 편집하려면 :guilabel:`개인 정보` 페이지에 있는 목록에서 항목을 선택한 후 양식이 나타나면 개인 정보를 " "수정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:842 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 msgid "To create a new personal info entry, click the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "새 개인 정보 항목을 생성하려면 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:849 msgid "" "The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " "are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " @@ -10996,7 +11217,7 @@ msgstr "" "필수 입력 항목은 :guilabel:`정보` 이름을 입력 항목 및 :guilabel:`관련 모델`, :guilabel:`관련 필드` 및 " ":guilabel:`카테고리` 항목입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:852 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down menu. " ":guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the :guilabel:`Bank" @@ -11006,7 +11227,7 @@ msgstr "" "드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`관련 모델` 을 선택합니다. 기본적으로 :guilabel:`직원` 이 입력되어 있으나 은행 계좌와 " "관련된 정보인 경우에는 :guilabel:`은행 계좌` 를 대신 선택하여 사용할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:851 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from the drop-down menu that best " "describes what kind of personal information this entry is, and where it is " @@ -11018,14 +11239,14 @@ msgstr "" "선택합니다. 그런 다음 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`주소` 나 :guilabel:`개인 문서` 와 같은 개인 정보가 속해야 하는" " :guilabel:`카테고리` 를 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:861 msgid "" "The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " "Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`." msgstr "" "개인 정보 양식에 있는 필드 중 가장 중요한 두 가지는 :guilabel:`필수` 및 :guilabel:`표시 유형` 필드입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:859 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:864 msgid "" "Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required` box makes the field mandatory on the " "employee's card. The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the " @@ -11041,7 +11262,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "새로 개인 정보를 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:871 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:876 msgid "" "The resumé section, housed within the salary package configurator section of" " the settings menu, is how salary information rules are configured when " @@ -11049,13 +11270,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "이력서 섹션은 설정 메뉴의 급여 패키지 설정기 섹션에 있으며 합격자에게 채용 제안을 할 때 급여 정보 규칙을 설정할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:879 msgid "" "When an offer is sent to a prospective employee, the values for the offer " "are computed from these settings, and appear on the offer page." msgstr "합격자에게 제안을 전송하면 설정에 따라 제안 내용에 대한 값이 계산되어 제안 페이지에 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:877 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:882 msgid "" "To configure this section, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator: Resumé`." @@ -11063,7 +11284,7 @@ msgstr "" "이 섹션에 대해 환경 설정을 하려면 :menuselection:`급여 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 급여 패키지 설정기: 이력서` 로 " "이동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:885 msgid "" "By default, there are three :guilabel:`Salary Structure Types` pre-" "configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Worker`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " @@ -11072,7 +11293,7 @@ msgstr "" "기본적으로 Odoo에는 세 가지 :guilabel:`급여 구조 유형` 이 :guilabel:`근로자`, :guilabel:`직원` 및 " ":guilabel:`없음` 으로 미리 구성되어 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:888 msgid "" "Each :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` has several rules configured. These " "affect how an offer is calculated using that particular :guilabel:`Salary " @@ -11081,7 +11302,7 @@ msgstr "" "각 :guilabel:`급여 구조 유형` 에는 여러 가지 규칙이 설정되어 있습니다. 이와 같은 규칙은 특정 :guilabel:`급여 구조" " 유형` 을 사용하여 오퍼를 계산하는 방식에 영향을 미치게 됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:886 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " ":guilabel:`Contract Salary Resumé` form loads." @@ -11089,11 +11310,11 @@ msgstr "" "새 규칙을 생성하려면 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그러면 빈 :guilabel:`계약 급여 이력서` 양식을 " "불러옵니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 msgid ":guilabel:`Information`: type in a name for this field." msgstr ":guilabel:`정보`: 필드 이름을 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:892 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:897 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select the category this value is housed under, using " "the drop-down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Monthly Salary`, " @@ -11103,11 +11324,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`카테고리`: 드롭다운 메뉴를 사용하여 이 값에 해당하는 카테고리를 선택합니다. 기본 옵션은 :guilabel:`월별 " "급여`, :guilabel:`월별 복지`, :guilabel:`연간 복지` 및 :guilabel:`총계` 입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:901 msgid "New categories can be made if needed." msgstr "필요한 경우 새로운 카테고리를 만들 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, then enter the name for the new category " "in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, select the :guilabel:`Periodicity` from" @@ -11119,17 +11340,17 @@ msgstr "" "드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`주기` 를 :guilabel:`매월` 또는 :guilabel:`매년` 중 선택합니다. 마지막으로 " "번호 순서를 입력합니다. 이 숫자는 :guilabel:`급여 구조 유형` 규칙 목록에서 이 규칙이 표시되는 위치입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:908 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장 후 닫기` 를 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Monthly Total`: tick the checkbox if this value is added " "in the monthly total calculation." msgstr ":guilabel:`월 합계에 추가`: 이 값을 월별 총 합계 계산에 추가하려면 확인란을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:911 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select what kind of value this rule is, either " ":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Days`, or :guilabel:`Percent`." @@ -11137,7 +11358,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`측정 단위`: 이 규칙에 있는 값의 종류를 :guilabel:`통화`, :guilabel:`일` 또는 " ":guilabel:`퍼센트` 중에서 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency` is for a set monetary value, :guilabel:`Days` is for " "compensation in the form of time off, and :guilabel:`Percent` is for a " @@ -11147,14 +11368,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`통화` 는 정해져 있는 금전적인 가치이고 :guilabel:`일` 은 휴가 형태의 보상이며 " ":guilabel:`퍼센트` 는 수수료와 같이 다른 지표를 기준으로 부여된 금전적 가치입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:912 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select which :guilabel:`Salary Structure " "Type` this rule is nested under, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`급여 구조 유형`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 기본적으로 탑재될 :guilabel:`급여 구조 유형` 을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:919 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Value Type`: select how the value is computed, using the drop-" "down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Fixed Value`, " @@ -11165,7 +11386,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`계약 값`, :guilabel:`급여 명세서 값`, :guilabel:`급여 값 합계`, :guilabel:`월별 " "합계` 입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:922 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: select the code this rule applies to from the drop-down " "menu." @@ -11176,11 +11397,11 @@ msgid "" "The net wage rule form filled out, with all the information for net pay." msgstr "순 임금에 대한 모든 정보가 작성되어 있는 순 임금 규칙 양식" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:929 msgid "Jobs" msgstr "직무" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:926 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:931 msgid "" "Since the *Payroll* application is responsible for paying employees for " "specific job positions, the complete list of job positions can be found in " @@ -11189,12 +11410,12 @@ msgstr "" "*급여* 애플리케이션을 통해 특정 직위에 있는 직원에게 급여를 지급할 수 있으며, 전체 직위 목록은 *급여* 및 *채용* 애플리케이션 " "양쪽에서 확인할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:937 #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "직위" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:934 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:939 msgid "" "The job positions listed in the *Payroll* application are identical to the " "job positions listed in the *Recruitment* application. If a new job position" @@ -11204,13 +11425,13 @@ msgstr "" "*급여* 애플리케이션에서 사용하는 직위는 *채용* 애플리케이션에 있는 채용 부문과 동일합니다. *채용* 애플리케이션에 새 직위가 추가되면" " *급여* 애플리케이션에도 표시되며, 반대의 경우도 마찬가지입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:943 msgid "" "To view the job positions, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Jobs: Job Positions`." msgstr "직위를 확인하려면 :menuselection:`급여 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 직무: 직위` 로 이동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:941 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:946 msgid "" "A list of all the job positions appear, along with the corresponding " "department, on the :guilabel:`Job Position` page." @@ -11220,13 +11441,13 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`직위` 페이지에 해당 부서와 함께 모든 직위 msgid "A list of all the job positions and corresponding departments." msgstr "전체 직위 및 해당 부서 목록" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 msgid "" "To create a new job description, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a job " "form appears." msgstr "새로운 직무 설명을 생성하려면 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭하여 채용 양식을 표시합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:955 msgid "" "Enter the information on the form for the new position. The information is " "identical as to the information entered when creating a new job position in " @@ -11234,25 +11455,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "새 직무에 대한 내용을 양식에 입력합니다. 해당 정보는 *채용* 애플리케이션에서 새 채용 부문을 생성할 때 입력한 정보와 같습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 msgid "" "Refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation for more details" " on how to fill out this form." msgstr "양식 작성 방법에 대한 자세한 내용은 :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` 문서를 참조하세요." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:957 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:962 msgid ":doc:`payroll/contracts`" msgstr ":doc:`급여/계약서`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:963 msgid ":doc:`payroll/payslips`" msgstr ":doc:`급여/급여명세서`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:959 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:964 msgid ":doc:`payroll/work_entries`" msgstr ":doc:`급여/근무_항목`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:965 msgid ":doc:`payroll/reporting`" msgstr ":doc:`급여/보고`" @@ -14416,12 +14637,9 @@ msgid "" "Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " "steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" " step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," -" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " -"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +" conducting an interview, or sending a job offer, for example. This process " +"is referred to as the 'applicant flow.'" msgstr "" -"Odoo는 모든 입사 지원자를 사전에 구성해놓은 일련의 절차와 각 지원자가 거치게 되는 단계를 통해 체계적으로 관리하고 있습니다. 각 " -"단계에는 특정한 절차가 수행되도록 하고 있습니다. 여기에는 전화 통화 예약, 인터뷰 진행, 채용 공고 내보내기 등이 있습니다. 이 과정을" -" '지원자 흐름'이라고 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -14460,160 +14678,377 @@ msgid "" "positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " "` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " "stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " -"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes are " "visible on all job positions." msgstr "" -"모든 단계에서 지원자 흐름은 특별한 경우를 제외하고는 전체 부문에 적용되는 일반적인 지원자 흐름입니다. 부문별로 :ref:`특정 단계에 " -"대한 환경 설정 ` 을 하여 직무에 맞추어 단계가 표시되도록 할 수 있습니다. " -"그렇지 않은 경우 새로 단계를 생성되거나 기존 단계를 수정하면 변경 사항이 전체 직무에 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:37 msgid "" -"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +"Before creating a job position in Odoo, configure the necessary settings for" +" the *Recruitment* app. To view and edit the settings, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Settings`. After any " +"changes are made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the top-left corner " +"to save all the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:43 +msgid "Job posting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Job Posting` section of the *Recruitment* app settings has " +"only one selection to make. If job positions are to be posted to the " +"company's website, enable the :guilabel:`Online Posting` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Online Posting` is only available if the *Website* " +"application is also installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:53 +msgid "Recruitment process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recruitment process` section of the settings page specifies " +"what the database can and cannot do during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:59 +msgid "Send interview survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Odoo is capable of having a survey sent to an applicant to gather more " +"information about them. Surveys can be thought of as exams, or " +"questionnaires, and can be customized in various ways to provide the " +"recruitment team with valuable insights into the applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option to send surveys to " +"applicants. Once enabled, an :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Interview " +"Survey` internal link appears. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`Interview Survey` link to navigate to a list of all created " +"surveys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:70 +msgid "" +"This list includes all surveys that were created in the database, not just " +"surveys used in the *Recruitment* app. If no surveys have been created, the " +"surveys list displays a :guilabel:`No Survey Found` message, and presents " +"options to create a survey from several pre-configured survey templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:76 +msgid "" +"For more detailed information about surveys, refer to the :doc:`survey " +"essentials <../marketing/surveys/create>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Enabling the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option will install the " +"*Surveys* application once the settings are saved, if it is not installed " +"already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:84 +msgid "Send SMS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:86 +msgid "" +"It is possible to send text messages to applicants directly through the " +"*Recruitment* app. To do so, enable the :guilabel:`Send SMS` option. This " +"option requires credits to use, which can be obtained by clicking the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` internal link that emerges " +"when the feature is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For more information, refer to the :doc:`SMS pricing and FAQs " +"<../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:98 +msgid "CV display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When applicants submit an application, one of the default required fields is" +" a resumé, or :abbr:`CV (curriculum vitae)`. All resumés are stored in the " +"*Documents* application, and are accessible on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:104 +msgid "" +"A resumé has the option to appear on the applicant's form, which can be " +"viewed by clicking on the applicant's card. The resumé appears on the right-" +"side of the screen. If this is not enabled, the resumé is accessed via a " +"link in the chatter, where it needs to be clicked to expand and view it, or " +"downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`CV Display` option to show the resumé on the " +"applicant's card by default, and in addition to the document link. When " +"enabled, the resumé appears on the right side of the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"For the resumé to appear on the right-side, the browser window must be in " +"full-screen mode (where the browser spans the entire screen)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the browser window is set to a size smaller than the entire width of the " +"screen (not full-screen), then the resumé does not appear on the right-side." +" Instead, the resumé appears in the :guilabel:`Files` section of the " +"chatter, below the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The resumé on an applicant's card, appearing on the right side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:128 +msgid "CV digitization (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:130 +msgid "" +"When an application is submitted using any of the available methods, such as" +" an online application submission, emailing a resume to the job position " +"alias, or creating an applicant record directly from the database, it is " +"possible to have Odoo extract the applicant's name, phone number, and email " +"address from the resumé and populate the applicant's form. To do so, enable " +"the :guilabel:`CV Digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:136 +msgid "" +"When enabled, additional options appear. Click on the corresponding radio " +"button to select one of the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not digitize`: this option turns off resumé digitization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize on demand only`: this option only digitizes resumes when" +" requested. A :guilabel:`Digitize document` buttons appears on applicant " +"cards. When clicked, the resumé is scanned and the applicant's card is " +"updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize automatically`: this option automatically digitizes all " +"resumés when they are submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Beneath these options are two additional links. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-" +"right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` button to purchase credits for CV " +"digitization. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`View My Services` " +"to view a list of all current services, and their remaining credit balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:151 +msgid "" +"For more information on document digitization and :abbr:`IAP's (in-app " +"purchases)`, refer to the :doc:`In-app purchase (IAP) " +"<../essentials/in_app_purchase>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:155 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option for :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)`" +" at first may seem like a redundancy. It seems to be the same as disabling " +"the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option is enabled, a module is " +"installed so that resumés can be scanned. Disabling this option would " +"uninstall the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If at some point, there is a desire to temporarily stop digitizing resumés, " +"the :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option is selected. The reason this option " +"is available is so that the module is not uninstalled, allowing for " +"digitization to be enabled in the future by selecting one of the other two " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"When sending an offer to an applicant, an expiration date can be set on the " +"offer. Enter the number of days an offer is valid for in the " +":guilabel:`days` field. After the set amount of days has passed, if the " +"applicant has not accepted the offer, the offer is no longer available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To access the Kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " ":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " "opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " -"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " -"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " -"job position." +"Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` smart button on a job position " +"card to navigate to the Kanban view for all the applicants for that " +"particular job position." msgstr "" -"채용 부문에 대한 칸반 보기에 액세스하려면 애플리케이션을 열 때 기본 보기인 :menuselection:`채용 앱` 기본 현황판으로 " -"이동합니다.모든 부문은 기본 현황판에 표시됩니다. :guilabel:`새 지원서` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 해당 부문에 대한 전체 지원자의" -" 칸반 보기로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" "Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." msgstr "새 지원서 버튼이 표시된 채용 부문 카드의 기본 현황판 보기" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:186 msgid "" -"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"Inside the job application, the Kanban stages appear, with all the " "applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" -" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +" are currently in. There are six default stages in Odoo:" msgstr "" -"입사 지원서에는 칸반 단계가 표시되며 모든 지원자가 각 열에 입력되어 현재 위치하고 있는 단계가 표시됩니다. Odoo에는 다섯 가지 기본" -" 단계가 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:190 +msgid ":ref:`New `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:191 msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" msgstr ":ref:`기본 자격 `" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" msgstr ":ref:`1차 면접 `" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" msgstr ":ref:`2차 면접 `" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:194 msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" msgstr ":ref:`계약 제안서 `" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:195 msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" msgstr ":ref:`계약서 서명 `" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:197 msgid "" -"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " -"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " -"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " -"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " -"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default. Folded " +"columns appear gray, and the applicants in it are hidden from view. To " +"expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that column, click " +"anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and the column " +"expands, revealing the applicants." msgstr "" -"마지막 열인 :guilabel:`계약서 서명` 은 기본적으로 접혀 있어서, 해당 열은 회색으로 표시되고 내부에 표시된 지원자는 보기에서 " -"숨겨집니다. 접힌 단계를 펼쳐서 해당 열에 있는 지원자 카드를 보려면 단계 이름이 표시된 가느다란 회색 열의 아무 곳이나 클릭하면 열이 " -"확장되어 지원자가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." -msgstr "칸반 보기에서 접힌 열을 클릭하여 펼칩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " -"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -"각 단계에서는 단계 이름 아래에 있는 색상으로 구분된 막대에서 해당 단계의 지원자 상태에 대한 정보를 확인할 수 있습니다. 색상은 다음과" -" 같습니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:206 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " -"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " -"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " -"stage." +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, providing status " +"information for the applicant's in that specific stage. The status colors " +"are:" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`초록색`: 특정 단계의 매개변수에 따라서, 이미 예약되어 있거나 앞으로 예약할 활동 (예: 전화 통화 또는 면접) " -"대상자인 지원자가 단계에 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:209 +msgid ":guilabel:`Green`: the applicant is ready to move to the next stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:210 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " -"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." -msgstr ":guilabel:`노란색`: 오늘 예약되어 있거나 예약 마감이 오늘인 단계에 지원자가 있습니다." +":guilabel:`Red`: the applicant is blocked from moving to the next stage." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " -"which need to be scheduled." -msgstr ":guilabel:`빨간색`: 예약해야 하는 마감 기한이 이미 지난 활동이 단계에 지원자가 있습니다." +":guilabel:`Gray`: the applicant is still in progress in the current stage " +"and is neither ready nor blocked from the next stage." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " -"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " -"applicants currently in the stage." -msgstr ":guilabel:`회색`: 현재 예약된 활동이 없고 예약해야 하는 향후 활동도 없거나, 현재 단계에 지원자가 없습니다." +"The status for each card is set manually. To set the status, click on the " +"small circle in the lower-left of the applicant card. A status pop-up window" +" appears. Click on the desired status for the applicant. The status dot on " +"the applicant card as well as the status bar updates." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The applicant card statuses, and status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:223 +msgid "" +"The names for the three status colors (`In Progress`, `Blocked`, and `Ready " +"for Next Stage`) :ref:`can be modified `, if " +"desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:229 msgid "Customize stages" msgstr "단계 맞춤 설정" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:231 msgid "" "Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " "particular hiring steps of a business." msgstr "비즈니스의 특정한 채용 절차에서 필요한 부분에 가장 부합할 수 있도록 단계를 수정하거나 추가 혹은 삭제할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:235 msgid "New stage" msgstr "새 단계" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 msgid "" -"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " -"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " -"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" -" the screen to exit the new column creation." +"To create a new stage, click on :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Stage` and a new " +"column appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Stage " +"title` field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and " +"another new stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click" +" anywhere on the screen to exit the new stage creation." msgstr "" -"새 단계를 생성하려면 :guilabel:`+ 열 추가` 를 클릭하면 새 열이 나타납니다. :guilabel:`열 제목` 필드에 새로운 " -"단계의 제목을 입력한 다음 :guilabel:`추가` 를 클릭합니다. 새로운 열이 나타나고 다른 새 단계를 다시 생성할 수 있습니다. 새" -" 단계를 만들 필요가 없으면 화면의 아무 곳이나 클릭하여 새 열 만들기를 종료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." -msgstr "클릭하면 칸반 단계에 새 열이 추가되는 더하기 기호" +msgid "The plus sign to click to add a new column to the Kanban stages." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:249 msgid "Modify stage" msgstr "단계 수정하기" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:251 msgid "" "To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " -":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " -"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " -"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " -"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " -"when done." +":icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side " +"of the stage. Click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon and a menu" +" appears. Then click on the :guilabel:`Edit` option. An :guilabel:`Edit: " +"(Stage)` form appears. Make any desired modifications to the form, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when done." msgstr "" -"단계 설정을 수정하려면 단계 이름 위로 마우스를 가져가며, 그러면 단계 오른쪽 상단 :guilabel:`⚙️ (톱니바퀴)` 아이콘이 " -"나타납니다. :guilabel:`⚙️ (톱니바퀴)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 메뉴가 표시됩니다. 여기에서 :guilabel:`단계 수정` 을 " -"클릭합니다. :guilabel:`열 편집` 양식이 나타납니다. 양식을 수정한 다음 완료되면 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -14623,44 +15058,39 @@ msgstr "" "열 이름 위에 마우스를 대면 나타나는 톱니바퀴 아이콘과 클릭하면 나타나는 드롭다운\n" "메뉴" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 -msgid "Edit column form" -msgstr "열 편집 양식" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " -"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" -" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:265 +msgid "Edit stage form" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`열 편집` 양식은 단계 설정에 대한 환경 설정 메뉴입니다. :guilabel:`단계 이름`과 " -":guilabel:`툴팁` 항목만 필수 입력 항목입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:267 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Edit: (Stage)` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required field is the :guilabel:`Stage Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" msgstr "다음 항목을 입력하거나 수정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:272 msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." msgstr ":guilabel:`단계 이름`: 단계명을 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " "drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " -"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"the stage, an email is automatically sent to the applicant using the " "selected template." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`이메일 템플릿`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 사용할 이메일 템플릿을 선택합니다. 템플릿을 선택할 경우 지원자 카드가 단계로 " -"이동하면 지원자에게 자동으로 선택한 템플릿을 활용하여 이메일이 전송됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " "(hidden) at all times in the default view." msgstr ":guilabel:`칸반에서 접힘`: 기본 화면에서 단계를 항상 접힘 (숨겨짐) 상태로 하려면 확인란에 표시합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " "applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " @@ -14671,81 +15101,68 @@ msgstr "" " 단계에 진입하면 카드의 오른쪽 상단에 :guilabel:`채용됨` 배너가 표시됩니다. 확인란을 선택하면 이 단계에서 지원자의 채용 " "날짜가 결정됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:282 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " -"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " -"job positions can be selected." +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to specific job " +"positions, select the job positions from the drop-down menu. Multiple job " +"positions can be selected." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`직무별`: 이 단계를 특정 직무에만 적용시킬 경우에는 드롭다운 메뉴에서 직무를 선택합니다. 직무를 여러 개를 선택할 " -"수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" " the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" " referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " ":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " -"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage. The *Referrals* app " +"must be installed in order to use this option." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`인재추천앱에 표시하기`: 이 단계가 *인재 추천* 애플리케이션에 표시되어 추천받은 지원자가 이 단계에 도달하면 " -"추천인이 포인트를 적립할 수 있게 하려면 확인란에 표시합니다. 이 항목을 사용하도록 설정할 경우:guilabel:`포인트` 필드가 " -"나타납니다. 지원자가 이 단계에 도달하면 직원이 받게 될 추천 포인트를 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:289 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" -" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" -" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " -"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " -"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured status labels " +"(colored circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These " +"colors are displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the" +" applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the" +" label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " ":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " ":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`툴팁` 섹션: 각 신청자의 카드에는 상태를 나타내는 세 개의 라벨 (색상 원)이 미리 준비되어 있습니다. 이 색상은 " -"해당 단계에 있는 지원자의 상태를 반영하여 각 단계의 상단에 표시됩니다. 라벨 *이름* 은 수정할 수 있지만 라벨 자체 (색상)는 수정할" -" 수 없습니다. 기본 이름과 라벨은 :guilabel:`진행 중` (회색), :guilabel:`중단됨` (빨간색) 및 " -":guilabel:`다음 단계 준비 완료` (초록색)입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" " any requirements of the stage." msgstr ":guilabel:`요건`: 단계에서 필요한 요건에 대한 설명을 내부 메모로 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:298 msgid "Delete stage" msgstr "단계 삭제하기" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:300 msgid "" "If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," -" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." -" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " -"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " -":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " -":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` " +"icon appears. First, click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A " +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up warning appears, asking :guilabel:`Are you " +"sure you want to delete this column?` Click :guilabel:`Delete` to delete the" +" column." msgstr "" -"단계가 더 이상 필요하지 않으면 해당 단계를 삭제할 수 있습니다. 단계를 삭제하려면 단계 이름 위로 마우스를 가져가서 " -":guilabel:`⚙️ (톱니바퀴)` 아이콘을 표시합니다. 먼저 :guilabel:`⚙️ (톱니바퀴)` 아이콘을 클릭하여 드롭다운 " -"메뉴를 표시한 다음 :guilabel:`삭제` 를 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`이 열을 삭제할까요?` 라는 알림이 팝업으로 " -"나타납니다. :guilabel:`확인` 을 클릭하여 열을 삭제합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:307 msgid "" "If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " -"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" -" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" -" before deleting." +"up when attempting to delete the stage. The records currently in the stage " +"to need to be either deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage before" +" the stage can be deleted." msgstr "" -"현재 삭제하려는 단계에 지원자가 있는 경우에는, 단계를 삭제하려고 하면 오류 안내 팝업이 나타나면서 삭제하기 전에 다른 단계로 삭제하거나" -" 보관 또는 이동해야 하는 자료가 있다는 내용이 안내됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:312 msgid "Email templates" msgstr "이메일 서식" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 msgid "" "To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " "templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " @@ -14754,50 +15171,43 @@ msgstr "" "지원자와 커뮤니케이션을 하기 위해 Odoo에서는 사전 구성된 여러 가지 이메일 템플릿을 사용할 수 있습니다. 사전 구성되어 있는 이메일 " "템플릿 및 사용 시기는 다음과 같습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " -"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " -"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " -"Interview` stage." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Applicant Acknowledgement`: this template is used to" +" let the applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`New` stage." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`지원자: 안내용`: 지원자에게 지원서가 접수되었다는 안내에 사용하는 템플릿입니다. 지원자가 :guilabel:`1차 " -"면접` 단계에 들어가면 이 이메일이 자동으로 발송됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:320 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " -"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " -"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Interest`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application caught the recruiter's attention, and " +"they have been shortlisted for either a phone call or an interview." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`지원자: 관심 있음`: 지원자가 :guilabel:`기본 자격` 단계를 통과했으며 면접 일정을 조율하기 위해 채용 " -"담당자가 연락할 예정이라는 안내에 사용하는 템플릿입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:323 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" -" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " -"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview`: this template is used to let " +"the applicant know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial " +"Qualification` stage and they will be contacted to set up an interview with " +"the recruiter. This email is automatically sent out once the applicant is in" +" the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`지원자: 더 이상 관심 없음`: 지원자가 해당 포지션에 더 이상 관심이 없다는 연락을 받았을 때 지원자에게 시간을 " -"내어 참여해 준 것에 대해 감사하다는 연락을 하는 용도로 사용하는 템플릿입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:327 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" -" longer being considered for the position." -msgstr ":guilabel:`지원자: 불합격`: 지원자가 더 이상 해당 포지션 고려 대상이 아닌 경우에 사용하는 템플릿입니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " -"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " -"configure their salary package." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when " +"an applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the " +"position, and thanks them for their time and consideration." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`지원자: 급여 패키지`: 지원자에게 채용 제안을 할 때 사용하는 템플릿입니다. 지원자가 급여 패키지를 설정할 수 " -"있다는 내용을 안내합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:330 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is " +"no longer being considered for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 msgid "" "Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" " business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " @@ -14806,102 +15216,93 @@ msgstr "" "비즈니스에서 필요한 대로 이메일 템플릿을 알맞게 생성하거나 편집, 삭제할 수 있습니다. 이메일 템플릿에 대한 자세한 내용은 " ":doc:`../general/companies/email_template` 문서를 참조하세요." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:337 msgid "" -"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " -"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " -":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " -"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +"To manually send an email, click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address." msgstr "" -"이메일을 직접 전송하려면 메시지창에서 :guilabel:`메시지 보내기` 를 클릭합니다. 지원자의 이메일 주소와 함께 텍스트 상자가 " -"나타납니다. 메시지창의 :guilabel:`메시지 보내기` 탭 오른쪽 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`⤢ (이중 화살표)` 전체 작성기 " -"아이콘을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send an email from the chatter." msgstr "메시지창에서 이메일을 전송합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:344 msgid "" -"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " -":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " -"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " -"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +"Click the :icon:`fa-expand` :guilabel:`(expand)` full composer icon in the " +"bottom right corner of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter. A " +":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window loads, with the " +":guilabel:`Recipients` and :guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The " +"applicant's email address is entered in the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and" +" the :guilabel:`Subject` is `(Job Position)`. The email body is empty by " +"default." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`수신자` 및 :guilabel:`제목` 이 미리 입력되어 있는 이메일 작성기 팝업을 불러옵니다. " -":guilabel:`수신자` 줄에는 지원자 이메일 주소가 입력되어 있으며, :guilabel:`제목`는 `Re: (제목/지원서 이름)` " -"으로 되어 있습니다. 기본적으로 이메일 본문은 비어 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:350 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the field next to " +":guilabel:`Load template` in the bottom section of the window. Select the " +"email template to use from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 msgid "" -"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " -":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " "Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " "information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" " the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " "from. Depending on the template selected, the email subject and/or body may " "change." msgstr "" -"미리 구성되어 있는 이메일 템플릿을 사용하려면 창 오른쪽 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`템플릿 불러오기` 필드 옆에 있는 드롭다운 " -"메뉴를 클릭합니다. 미리 구성된 이메일 템플릿에 동적 자리 표시자가 있는 경우에는 지원자 개인 맞춤형 메시지를 만들어서 고유한 내용을 " -"이메일에 넣을 수 있습니다. 선택할 수 있는 사전 구성 이메일 템플릿에는 여러 가지가 있습니다. 선택한 템플릿에 따라 이메일 제목 이나 " -"본문 내용이 변경될 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:359 msgid "" -"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " -"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " -"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" -" of available templates." +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model load. There are " +"other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not configured" +" for the recruitment application, they do not appear in the list of " +"available templates." msgstr "" -"모델에 대해 사전에 구성되어 있는 이메일 템플릿만 불러옵니다. Odoo에 다른 이메일 템플릿이 미리 구성되어 있으나 채용 지원서용이 아닌" -" 경우에는 사용할 수 있는 템플릿 목록에 표시되지 않습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 msgid "" -"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " -"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " -"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " -":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " -"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " -"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " -"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " -"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " -"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button" +" in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the :icon:`fa-" +"close` :guilabel:`(delete)` icon to the right of the attachment." msgstr "" -"첨부 파일을 추가하려면 왼쪽 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`파일 첨부` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 첨부할 파일로 이동한 다음 " -":guilabel:`열기` 를 클릭하여 첨부합니다. 첨부 파일을 삭제하려면 첨부 파일 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`X (삭제)` " -"아이콘을 클릭합니다. 이메일을 변경해야 하는 경우에는 이메일 본문을 수정합니다. 수정 내용을 저장하여 나중에 사용하려면 이메일을 새 " -"템플릿으로 저장하면 됩니다. 오른쪽 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`새 템플릿으로 저장` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 이메일을 전송하려면 " -":guilabel:`보내기` 를 클릭릭하여 지원자에게 이메일을 전송합니다. 그러면 이메일이 메시지창에 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:367 +msgid "" +"If any changes need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If " +"the edits should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved " +"as a new template. Click the :guilabel:`Save Template` button in the bottom." +" To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email is sent to the " +"applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 msgid "Stage flow" msgstr "단계별 흐름" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:375 msgid "" "In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " -"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the Kanban view to the" " desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -"지원자 카드를 특정 단계에서 다른 단계로 이동하려면 칸반 보기에서 지원자 카드를 원하는 단계로 끌어다 놓거나 지원자 카드에서 단계를 " -"수정할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:379 msgid "" "To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " -"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " -"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " -"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " -"indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " -"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " -"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +"in the Kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted at the top, above the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 +msgid "" +"Click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " +"Kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top-left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." msgstr "" -"지원자 카드의 단계를 변경하려면 칸반 보기에서 신청자 카드를 클릭하여 카드의 상세 보기로 이동합니다. 카드의 현재 단계는 카드 위쪽 " -"상단에 보라색으로 강조 표시됩니다. 원하는 단계를 카드에서 클릭하기만 하면 단계가 변경됩니다. 메시지창에 단계 변경에 대한 로그 메모가 " -"표시됩니다. 왼쪽 상단에 있는 이동 경로 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`지원자` 를 클릭하면 칸반 보기로 돌아가며 이제 지원자 카드가 새 " -"단계에서 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -14911,11 +15312,12 @@ msgstr "" "지원자 카드 상단에 있는 단계 중 원하는 단계를 클릭하여 지원자의 단계를\n" "변경합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:233 -msgid "Initial qualification" -msgstr "기본 자격" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:643 +msgid "New" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:398 msgid "" "The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " "flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " @@ -14924,41 +15326,56 @@ msgstr "" "다음의 내용은 Odoo의 기본적인 채용 파이프라인 흐름을 기반으로 합니다. 맞춤형으로 채용 파이프라인 흐름을 생성하기 위해 수정을 한 " "경우에는 다음 내용과 달라질 수 있다는 점에 유의합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:402 msgid "" -"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " -"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " -"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " -"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " -":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " -"required when applying for a job position." +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`New` stage, whether submitted online" +" or if the applicant is manually entered by a recruiter." msgstr "" -"온라인 제출 또는 채용 담당자가 직접 입력했는지 여부와 상관없이 모든 지원자는 :guilabel:`기본 자격` 단계에 표시됩니다. 지원자" -" 카드가 생성되면 Odoo에서는 지원자 카드에 지원자 :guilabel:`이름`, :guilabel:`이메일 주소` 및 " -":guilabel:`전화번호` 가 자동으로 입력됩니다. 해당 부문에 지원할 때 입력이 필수인 항목입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:405 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically populates the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`, the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile` number, and :guilabel:`LinkedIn " +"Profile` on the applicant's card. This information is required when applying" +" for a job position, by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If the website application form is modified, different fields may be " +"populated based on what information is requested on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:414 msgid "" "If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " -"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " -":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " -"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " -"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " -"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " -"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " -"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" -" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +"Introduction` section of the online application, it will populate in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card." msgstr "" -"지원자가 온라인 신청서의 :guilabel:`간략한 자기 소개` 섹션에 내용을 입력하면 해당 정보는 지원자 카드 하단의 " -":guilabel:`지원 요약` 탭에 입력됩니다. 온라인 지원서에 이력서를 첨부한 경우에는 메시지창의 첨부 파일 섹션에 이력서가 표시되며" -" *문서* 애플리케이션에도 저장됩니다. 문서 애플리케이션에서 저장된 채용 문서를 찾으려면 :menuselection:`문서` 기본 " -"현황판으로 이동하여 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`채용` 폴더를 클릭합니다. 해당 폴더에 모든 채용 관련 문서가 저장됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:421 +msgid "" +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé would appear " +"in the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"*Documents* application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the left-" +"hand side. All recruitment documents are stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "" +"If the :ref:`CV Display ` option was enabled in the " +":ref:`Settings ` menu, the resumé appears on the " +"applicant's card, on the right-hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:431 msgid "Send interview" msgstr "인터뷰 보내기" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:433 msgid "" "At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " "applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " @@ -14967,78 +15384,69 @@ msgstr "" "더 많은 정보를 확인하기 위해 채용 과정에서 언제든 지원자에게 *인터뷰* 를 보낼 수 있습니다. 인터뷰는 맞춤형으로 제작되며 다양한 " "방식으로 구성할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid "" +"The *Surveys* application is used to send these *interviews*, therefore the " +"*Surveys* application must be installed to send an interview to an " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 msgid "" "Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " "questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " -"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " -"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " -"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"be formatted to suit each individual job positions needs. For more " +"information on creating and editing interview forms, refer to the " +":doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 +msgid "" +"A job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form" +" of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " "position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " "the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" -" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" -" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +" on weekend evenings." msgstr "" -"Odoo에서는 *인터뷰* 라는 용어를 사용하고 있지만, 설문지, 설문조사, 테스트, 인증 등과 같다고 보면 됩니다. 채용 부문별로 필요에" -" 맞추어 맞춤형 인터뷰 형식을 지정할 수 있습니다. 예를 들어, 컴퓨터 프로그래머 부문의 경우에는 지원자의 기술 수준을 파악하기 위해 " -"프로그래밍 퀴즈 형식의 인터뷰를 할 수 있습니다. 레스토랑 서버 부문용으로는 대상 지원자가 주말 저녁에 근무해야 하는 경우 지원자의 참석" -" 가능 여부를 묻는 설문지가 될 수 있습니다. 인터뷰 양식 작성과 편집에 대한 자세한 내용은 " -":doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` 문서를 참조하세요." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:450 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top-left of the " +"applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Send Interview` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Send an " +"interview` pop-up window appears, with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:458 msgid "" "In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" " the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" -" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " -"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " -"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " -"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " -":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, an " +":guilabel:`Edit:(Applicant)` pop-up window appears on top of the " +":guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window. Enter the email address in the " +":guilabel:`email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. Once the " +"applicant's information is saved, the :guilabel:`Edit: (Applicant)` closes " +"and the :guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window remains." msgstr "" -"지원자에게 이메일을 전송하려면 지원자 카드에 이메일 주소가 있어야 합니다. 지원자 카드에 이메일 주소가 입력되어 있지 않은 경우 " -":guilabel:`인터뷰 보내기` 를 클릭하면 :guilabel:`설문조사` 팝업창 대신 지원자 카드가 나타납니다. 이메일 필드에 " -"이메일 주소를 입력한 후 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭합니다. 지원자 카드가 저장되면 지원자 카드가 닫히고 " -":guilabel:`설문조사` 팝업창이 나타납니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 msgid "" -"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " -"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " -"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +"Email templates use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the " +"applicant and the job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey" +" if more people should receive the email. If an email is in the database as " +"a contact, add that contact in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. If an email" +" should be sent to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they" +" should **not** be added as a contact, add their email in the " +":guilabel:`Additional emails` field." msgstr "" -"지원자에게 인터뷰를 전송하려면 지원자 카드를 클릭하여 지원자 카드 상세 보기로 이동합니다. 지원자 카드 상단에 있는 " -":guilabel:`인터뷰 보내기` 버튼을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:279 -msgid "" -"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " -"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " -"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " -"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " -"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" -"지원자 카드에 이메일 주소가 등록되어 있으면 모든 정보가 입력되어 있는 :guilabel:`설문조사` 팝업창이 나타납니다. 지원자 카드에" -" 이메일이 없는 경우에는 연락처 양식이 나타납니다. 지원자의 이메일 주소를 입력한 후 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭합니다. 카드가 " -"닫히고 :guilabel:`설문조사` 팝업창이 나타납니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 -msgid "" -"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " -"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " -"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " -"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " -"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " -"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " -"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " -"line." -msgstr "" -"Odoo에서는 인터뷰 양식을 *설문조사*라고 지칭하고 있습니다. 이와 같은 이메일 템플릿은 동적 자리 표시자를 사용하여 지원자 및 채용 " -"부문에 맞추어 이메일을 개인 맞춤형으로 작성할 수 있습니다. 이메일 수신자가 많은 경우에는 설문조사에 수신자를 추가합니다. 데이터베이스에" -" 있는 연락처가 이메일인 경우에는 해당 연락처를 :guilabel:`수신자` 줄에 추가합니다. 데이터베이스에 연락처로 등록되지 않은 " -"사람에게 이메일을 보내야 할 때 해당 수신자를 연락처로 추가하지는 **않는** 경우에는, :guilabel:`추가 이메일` 줄에 해당 " -"이메일을 추가합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1066 msgid "" "If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " "button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " @@ -15049,31 +15457,26 @@ msgstr "" "후 :guilabel:`열기` 를 클릭하여 이메일에 첨부합니다. 첨부 파일을 불러와서 :guilabel:`첨부 파일` 버튼 위에 " "표시합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:475 msgid "" "If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" " for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " "window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " -"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " -"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " -"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +"calendar selector appears. Use the :icon:`fa-chevron-left` " +":guilabel:`(left)` and :icon:`fa-chevron-right` :guilabel:`(right)` arrows " +"on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then click on " +"the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" -"이메일로 보낸 인터뷰를 반드시 특정일까지 완료하도록 할 경우에는 팝업창 오른쪽 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`응답 마감일` 에서 날짜를" -" 선택합니다. :guilabel:`응답 마감일` 옆에 있는 줄을 클릭하면 달력 선택기가 나타납니다. 달의 양쪽에 있는 " -":guilabel:`< (왼쪽)` 및 :guilabel:`> (오른쪽)` 화살표를 사용하여 원하는 달로 이동한 다음 " -":guilabel:`일` 을 클릭하여 날짜를 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"The :guilabel:`Mail Template` field is pre-populated based on the " "configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" " drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " "template loads in the email body." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`메일 템플릿` 필드는 인터뷰 설정에 따라서 미리 입력되어 있습니다. 원하는 경우 드롭다운 메뉴에서 다른 템플릿을 " -"선택할 수 있습니다. 새 템플릿을 선택하면 새로운 이메일 템플릿을 이메일 본문으로 불러옵니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 msgid "" "To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " ":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." @@ -15087,11 +15490,11 @@ msgstr "" "미리 구성해 놓은 템플릿을 사용하여 지원자에게 인터뷰 양식이라고 하는\n" "맞춤형 설문조사를 보냅니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:494 msgid "Refuse" msgstr "반려" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:496 msgid "" "At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " "the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" @@ -15102,126 +15505,266 @@ msgstr "" "채용 파이프라인에서 언제든지 지원자는 입사 지원 절차 중에 탈락할 수 있습니다. 지원자를 탈락시키려면 지원자 카드를 클릭하여 지원자 카드" " 상세 보기로 이동합니다. 지원자 카드 상단에는 여러 개의 버튼이 있습니다. :guilabel:`탈락` 버튼을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " -"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " -":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " -"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " -"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " -"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " -"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" -" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " -"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " -"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " -"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Click the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reason` from the presented options. The default refuse " +"reasons in Odoo, and their corresponding email templates, are:" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`탈락 사유` 팝업이 나타납니다. 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`탈락 사유` 를 선택합니다. Odoo에 있는 " -"기본 탈락 사유는 :guilabel:`직무 요건에 맞지 않음`, :guilabel:`지원자가 더 이상 관심이 없음` 및 " -":guilabel:`지원자가 다른 곳에 채용됨` 입니다. 이와 같은 세 가지 탈락 사유에는 관련된 이메일 템플릿이 미리 구성되어 " -"있습니다. 추가로 탈락 사유를 생성하거나, 기존의 탈락 사유를 수정하거나 삭제할 수 있습니다. 새로 탈락 사유를 추가하려면 사유 제목을 " -"입력한 후 :guilabel:`만들기 및 편집...` 을 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`만들기: 탈락 사유` 팝업창이 나타납니다. " -":guilabel:`이메일 템플릿` 필드에 새 이메일 템플릿의 이름을 입력하고 :guilabel:`만들기 및 편집...` 을 클릭합니다." -" :guilabel:`만들기: 이메일 템플릿` 창을 불러옵니다. 새 이메일 템플릿을 설정한 다음 :guilabel:`저장` 을 " -"클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:508 +msgid "Email Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:509 +msgid "Refusal Reason" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:510 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Language issues`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Role already fulfilled`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Duplicate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Spam`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:516 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: don't like job`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: better offer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "" +"Additional refusal reasons :ref:`can be created and existing ones can be " +"modified or deleted `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:525 msgid "" "Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " "which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " "example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " -"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" -" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"applicant's name appears anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the " +"email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " "the :doc:`../general/companies/email_template` documentation." msgstr "" -"Odoo에서 사전 구성해놓은 이메일 템플릿은 동적 자리 표지자를 사용하며, 이는 동적 콘텐츠를 입력할 수 있는 맞춤형 데이터입니다. 예를" -" 들어 지원자의 이름이 동적 콘텐츠로 되어 있는 경우, 이메일 템플릿에 동적 자리 표시자가 표시될 때마다 지원자의 이름이 나타납니다. " -"이메일 템플릿에 대한 자세한 내용은 :doc:`../general/companies/email_template` 문서를 참조하세요." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 msgid "" -"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " -"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," -" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " -"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" -" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" -" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +"After a :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` is selected, two fields appear below the " +"refusal reason: :guilabel:`Send Email` and :guilabel:`Email Template`." msgstr "" -"탈락 사유를 선택하면 이메일 템플릿이 :guilabel:`이메일 템플릿` 필드에 입력됩니다. 지원자에게 이메일을 보내지 않으려면 " -":guilabel:`이메일 보내기` 확인란을 해제합니다. 이메일 템플릿을 확인하려면 선택한 이메일 템플릿 오른쪽에 있는 " -":guilabel:`외부 링크` 아이콘을 클릭합니다. 이메일 템플릿이 팝업창으로 불러와지며 필요한 경우 수정할 수 있습니다. 수정한 " -"후에는 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭합니다. 이메일 템플릿을 닫으려면 :guilabel:`취소` 를 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:534 msgid "" -"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"The applicant's email address automatically populates the :guilabel:`Send " +"Email` field; additional email recipients cannot be added. If an email " +"should **not** be sent to the applicant, uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:538 +msgid "" +"The email template associated with the refusal reason populates the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field. If a different email template is desired, " +"select a different template from the :guilabel:`Email Template` drop-down " +"menu. To view the email template, click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon " +"to the right of the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. The email template " +"loads in a :guilabel:`Open: Email Template` pop-up window, and can be " +"modified if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:545 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Refuse`. The " "refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " -"appears on the applicant's card." +"appears on the applicant's card in the top-right corner." msgstr "" -"지원자에게 탈락 이메일을 보내려면 :guilabel:`보내기` 를 클릭합니다. 탈락 메일이 지원자에게 전송되고, 지원자 카드에 " -":guilabel:`탈락됨` 배너가 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top-right " "corner in red." -msgstr "오른쪽 상단에 빨간색으로 탈락 배너가 표시된 지원자 카드" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 msgid "" "After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " -"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " -"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" -" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " -":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " -"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " -"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +"position's Kanban view. To view the refused applicants only, click the " +":guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the search box, then click " +":guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` section. All applicants " +"that have been refused for the job position appear, in the stage they were " +"when they were refused." msgstr "" -"탈락 후에는 지원자 카드가 더 이상 채용 부문에 대한 칸반 보기에 표시되지 않습니다. 탈락된 지원자를 보려면 " -":menuselection:`채용 앱 --> 지원서 --> 모든 지원서` 로 이동합니다. 채용 부문에 대한 지원서는 모두 목록 보기로 " -"표시됩니다. 탈락자만 보려면 :guilabel:`필터` 를 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`보관/탈락` 을 클릭합니다. 보관되었거나 " -"탈락된 모든 지원자가 목록에 나타납니다. 목록을 세분화하고 부문별 탈락자를 보려면 :guilabel:`≣ 그룹` 을 클릭한 다음 " -":guilabel:`채용 부문` 을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:558 +msgid "" +"To view all applicants that have been refused from all job positions, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All " +"Applications`. Click the :guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the " +"search box, then click :guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"section. All applications for all job positions are presented in a list " +"view, organized by stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "Create or modify refuse reasons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:569 +msgid "" +"To view all currently configured refuse reasons, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Settings --> Applications: Refuse " +"Reasons`. All the refuse reasons appear in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +"To create a new refuse reason, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" +"left corner. A blank line appears at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Description` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +"Type in the new refuse reason in the field. It is recommended to enter a " +"reason that is short and concise, such as `offer expired` or `withdrew " +"application`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, click on the field to reveal " +"a drop-down menu. Select an :guilabel:`Email Template` from the list to be " +"used when this refuse reason is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +"If a new :guilabel:`Email Template` is desired, type in the name for the new" +" template in the field. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` and a " +":guilabel:`Create Email Template` form pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the form and an email :guilabel:`Subject` in " +"the corresponding fields. Enter the email content in the :guilabel:`Content`" +" tab. Make any other desired modifications to the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the template and return to the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reasons` list. The new template appears in the new refuse " +"reason :guilabel:`Email Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +"To make any modifications to a refuse reason, click on the line, and make " +"any desired changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:594 msgid "New applicant" msgstr "신규 지원자" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:596 msgid "" "An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " "be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" -" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " -"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " -"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " -"button." +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online) an applicant " +"card can be easily added from the job position Kanban view in one of two " +"ways, using either the :ref:`quick add ` " +"button or the :ref:`New ` button." msgstr "" -"필요한 경우 지원자 카드를 직접 추가할 수 있습니다. 지원자를 예비 후보자 목록에 추가할 예정이나 지원자 카드가 아직 생성되지 않은 " -"경우에는 (아직 온라인 입사 지원을 하지 않은 경우) 지원자 카드는 채용 부문의 칸반 보기에 있는 :ref:`빠른 추가 " -"` 아이콘이나 :ref:`만들기 ` 두 가지 방법 중에서 선택하여 쉽게 추가할 수 있습니다" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 msgid "Quick add" msgstr "빠른 추가" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:607 msgid "" -"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " -"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " -"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"Quickly add a new applicant using the *quick add* button. If not already in " +"the job position Kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by " +"going to :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job " +"Positions`. Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` button on the job " "position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " -"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " -":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +"small :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in the top-right of the " +":guilabel:`New` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "다음 정보를 카드에 입력합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:616 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`: Enter the title for the card. Typically " +"this is the applicant's name and job position being applied to, for example:" +" `Laura Smith - HR Manager`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, " +"unless the :guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr ":guilabel:`지원자 이름`: 지원자의 이름을 입력합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:671 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr ":guilabel:`이메일`: 지원자의 이메일 주소를 입력합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:623 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card appears in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:628 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`delete` icon or anywhere on the screen to " +"close the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`빠른 추가` 아이콘을 사용하여 새 지원자를 빠르게 추가할 수 있습니다. 아직 채용 부문의 칸반 보기에 없는 경우에는 " -"채용 기본 현황판으로 이동하여 지원자를 추가할 채용 부문 카드에서 :guilabel:`새 지원자` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 " -":guilabel:`기본 자격` 단계 오른쪽 상단에 있는 작은 :guilabel:`+ (더하기 기호) 빠른 추가` 아이콘을 클릭하여 새 " -"지원자를 빠르게 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -15229,80 +15772,17 @@ msgid "" "option." msgstr "빠른 추가 옵션을 사용하여 입력된 새 지원자 양식 전체 필드" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 -msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" -msgstr "다음 정보를 카드에 입력합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:645 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" -" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " -"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the *New* " +"button. If not already in the Kanban view for the job position to add an " +"applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by going to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job Positions`. " +"Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left of the Kanban view " +"and a blank applicant form loads." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`제목/지원자 이름`: 유일한 필수 입력 항목입니다. 카드의 제목을 입력합니다. 보통 지원하는 지원자의 이름과 채용 " -"부문이며, '김지영 - 개발 경력자' 와 같이 표시합니다. 이 필드는 칸반 보기에는 표시되지 않지만 (개발자 모드에서는 제외) 개별 " -"카드에는 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:389 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:434 -msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." -msgstr ":guilabel:`지원자 이름`: 지원자의 이름을 입력합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." -msgstr ":guilabel:`이메일`: 지원자의 이메일 주소를 입력합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " -"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " -"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " -"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`지원 부문`: 현재 채용 중인 포지션이 입력됩니다. 필요한 경우 드롭다운 메뉴에서 다른 채용 부문을 선택하여 채용 " -"부문을 변경할 수 있습니다. 다른 채용 부문을 선택하면 카드가 생성되어 선택한 부문에 카드가 나타납니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:396 -msgid "" -"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " -"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " -"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " -"the card." -msgstr "" -"정보를 입력한 후 :guilabel:`추가` 클릭합니다. 지원자가 목록에 표시되고 지원자 카드가 빈 채로 새로 나타납니다. " -":guilabel:`🗑️ (삭제)` 아이콘을 클릭하거나 화면 아무 곳이나 클릭하여 카드를 닫습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:400 -msgid "" -"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " -"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " -"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" -"필요한 경우, 지원자 이름을 입력한 후 :guilabel:`편집` 을 클릭하면 자세한 :guilabel:`지원자 양식` 이 불러와집니다." -" :ref:`양식에 정보를 입력 ` 한 후 :guilabel:`저장`을 " -"클릭합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:407 -msgid "Create" -msgstr "작성" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:409 -msgid "" -"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " -":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " -"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," -" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " -"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`만들기` 버튼으로 새로운 지원자를 모든 관련 정보와 함께 추가하세요. 지원자를 추가할 채용 부문의 칸반 보기에 아직 " -"없는 경우에는, 채용 기본 현황판으로 이동하여 지원자를 추가할 채용 부문 카드에 있는 :guilabel:`새 지원자` 버튼을 클릭합니다." -" 그런 다음 칸반 보기 왼쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`만들기` 버튼을 클릭하면 지원자 양식을 불러옵니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:651 msgid "" "Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " "the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " @@ -15311,7 +15791,7 @@ msgstr "" "지원자 카드에 있는 필드는 직무 구성 방식에 따라 미리 입력되어 있을 수 있습니다. 보통 :guilabel:`채용 부문` 섹션과 " ":guilabel:`채용 담당자` 필드는 모두 입력이 완료되어 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" " fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" @@ -15320,34 +15800,36 @@ msgstr "" "신규 지원자 양식에 다음 정보를 입력합니다. 아래 항목 중에서 일부만 표시될 수 있습니다. 설치된 애플리케이션 및 환경 설정에 따라 일부" " 항목은 표시되지 않을 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:662 msgid "Applicant section" msgstr "지원자 섹션" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:664 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" " the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +"position being applied to, for example: `John Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, unless the " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " -"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`제목/지원자 이름`: 유일한 필수 입력 항목입니다. 카드의 제목을 입력합니다. 보통 지원하는 지원자의 이름과 채용 " -"부문이며, '김지영 - 개발 경력자' 와 같이 표시합니다. :guilabel:`지원자 이름` 이 입력되어 있지 않으면 이 필드는 칸반 " -"보기에 표시되지 않습니다. :guilabel:`지원자 이름` 이 없는 경우에는 :guilabel:`제목/지원자 이름`이 칸반 보기의 " -"지원자 카드에 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:672 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." msgstr ":guilabel:`전화`: 지원자의 전화번호를 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:673 msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." msgstr ":guilabel:`휴대폰`: 지원자의 휴대폰 번호를 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:674 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`LinkedIn Profile`: enter the web address for the applicant's " +"personal profile on LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" " from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " @@ -15360,26 +15842,15 @@ msgstr "" " :guilabel:`석사` 또는 :guilabel:`박사` 중에서 선택합니다. :guilabel:`고졸` 의 경우에는 국가에 따라 " "고등학교 또는 중고등학교 졸업과 같이 학사 학위 취득 이전의 최고 학력에 해당하는 학교를 졸업했음을 나타냅니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:681 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" -" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " -":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`태그`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 원하는 만큼 태그를 선택합니다. 추가하려는 태그가 없는 경우에는 태그 이름을 입력하고 " -":guilabel:`\"새 태그\" 만들기` 를 클릭합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " -"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: using the drop-down menu, select the people who " +"will conduct the interview(s). The selected people must have either " "*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " -"in order to appear on the drop-down." +"to appear in the drop-down list." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`면접관`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 면접을 진행할 사람을 선택합니다. 드롭다운에 나타나기 위해서는 채용 애플리케이션에서 " -"해당하는 사람의 권한이 반드시 *채용 담당자* 또는 *관리자* 로 설정되어 있어야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " "recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " @@ -15388,30 +15859,66 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`채용 담당자`: 채용 부문에 있어서 전체 채용 프로세스를 담당하는 사람을 선택합니다. *사용자* 만 선택할 수 있으며" " 모든 사용자가 선택할 수 있도록 드롭다운에 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:687 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " -"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Evaluation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for the" +" applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " ":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`평가`: 별표 중에서 하나를 클릭하여 지원자에 대한 평가를 선택합니다. 별 하나는 :guilabel:`좋음` 을 " -"나타내고, 별 두 개는 :guilabel:`매우 좋음` 을 나타내며, 별 세 개는 :guilabel:`탁월함` 을 나타냅니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:690 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source`: using the drop-down menu, select where the applicant " +"learned about the job position. The following options come pre-configured in" +" Odoo: :guilabel:`Search engine`, :guilabel:`Lead Recall`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Monster`, :guilabel:`Glassdoor`, and " +":guilabel:`Craigslist`. To add a new :guilabel:`Source`, type in the source," +" then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new source)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:695 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Medium`: using the drop-down menu, select the method, or " +":guilabel:`Medium`, for the :guilabel:`Source` that the applicant found the " +"job listing with. The pre-configured options are: :guilabel:`Banner`, " +":guilabel:`Direct`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, " +":guilabel:`Google Adwords`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Phone`, " +":guilabel:`Television`, :guilabel:`Twitter` (now known as \"X\"), or " +":guilabel:`Website`. To add a new :guilabel:`Medium`, type in the medium, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new medium)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:701 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " "job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " "the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " -"installed for this to appear." +"installed for this field to appear." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`사용자 추천`: *추천* 애플리케이션에서 해다 채용 부문에 대해 추천 포인트를 적립하려면 드롭다운 메뉴에서 지원자를 " -"추천한 사용자를 선택합니다. 반드시 *인재 추천* 애플리케이션을 설치해야 내용이 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:704 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: select the available start date for the applicant." +" To select a date, click on the field to reveal a calendar. Use the " +":guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrows on either side of the " +"month to navigate to the desired month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to" +" select the date. If no entry is selected that indicates the applicant is " +"ready to begin work immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:709 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, then click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 msgid "Job section" msgstr "채용 부문 섹션" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 msgid "" "The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " "long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" @@ -15419,29 +15926,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "다음의 항목은 해당 내용이 채용 부문에 지정되어 있으면 새로운 지원자를 생성할 때 미리 입력됩니다. 원하는 경우 편집할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " "to from the drop-down menu." msgstr ":guilabel:`지원한 직무`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 지원자가 지원하는 직무를 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr ":guilabel:`부서`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 직무가 속하는 부서를 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:722 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr ":guilabel:`회사`: 드롭다운 메뉴를 사용하여 직무가 속하는 회사를 선택합니다." +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job position is for using the " +"drop-down menu. This field only appears when in a multi-company database." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:726 msgid "Contract section" msgstr "계약서 섹션" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:728 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " "for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " @@ -15450,204 +15957,242 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`희망 급여`: 해당 직무에 대한 지원자의 희망 급여를 항목에 입력합니다. 금액은 `XX,XXX.XX` 형식이어야 " "합니다. 통화는 회사의 현지화 설정에 따라 지정됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:731 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" -" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are requested by " +"the applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Expected Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`희망 급여 - 추가 복지 항목...`: 지원자가 추가 복리후생 항목을 요청하는 경우 이 필드에 입력합니다. '1주 " -"추가 휴가' 또는 '치과 의료보험' 과 같이 짧게 설명할 수 있는 내용이어야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" -" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`급여 제시 금액`: 해당 직무에 대해 지원자에게 제시할 금액을 입력합니다. 금액은 `XX,XXX.XX` 형식이어야 " -"합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " -"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are offered to the " +"applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Proposed Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `unlimited sick time` or `retirement plan`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`급여 제시 금액 - 추가 복지 항목...`: 지원자에게 추가 복리후생을 제공하는 경우 입력합니다. '1주 추가 휴가'" -" 또는 '치과 의료보험' 과 같이 짧게 설명할 수 있는 내용이어야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:484 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " -"select the available start date for the applicant." -msgstr ":guilabel:`가능 여부`: 드롭다운 메뉴에 있는 달력 모듈을 사용하여 지원자가 시작할 수 있는 날짜를 선택합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:742 msgid "Application summary tab" msgstr "애플리케이션 요약 탭" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 msgid "" "Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" " can be typed into this field." msgstr "지원자 카드에 추가해야 할 추가 세부 정보나 메모를 여기에 입력할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +"Skills can be added to the applicant's card. To add a skill, follow the same" +" steps as outlined in the skills section of the :ref:`Create new employees " +"` document." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." msgstr "항목이 모두 입력되어 있는 새 지원자 양식" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:760 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "기본 자격" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "" +"If an applicant seems to be a good potential candidate, they are moved to " +"the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage. This could be for a number of " +"reasons, such as they have the relevant experience, education, or " +"certifications the position requires." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:766 +msgid "" +"This stage is to quickly sort candidates that have potential, and those that" +" do not meet the requirements. No automatic actions, such as emails, are set" +" for this stage. This stage simply informs the recruitment team to " +"potentially set up a phone call or an interview with the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:773 msgid "First interview" msgstr "1차 면접" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:775 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " "they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " -"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +"position Kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" " the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " "the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " "applicant's card." msgstr "" -"지원자가 :guilabel:`기본 자격` 단계를 통과하면 채용 부문 칸반 보기에서 :guilabel:`1차 면접` 단계로 이동할 수 " -"있습니다. 지원자를 다음 단계로 이동시키려면 지원자 카드를 :guilabel:`1차 면접` 단계로 끌어다 놓거나, 개별 지원자의 카드 " -"상단에 있는 :guilabel:`1차 면접` 단계 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"An applicant's card moves from one stage to another by using the click and " "drag method." -msgstr "지원자 카드는 클릭하여 끌어다 놓는 방식으로 한 단계에서 다른 단계로 이동합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:511 -msgid "" -"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" -" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " -"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " -"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " -"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " -"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " -"the chatter." msgstr "" -"지원자 카드를 :guilabel:`1차 면접` 단계로 이동시키면 지원자에게 안내용 이메일이 자동 발송됩니다. 이메일은 " -":guilabel:`지원자: 안내용` 제목으로 이메일 템플릿을 사용하여 작성합니다. 이메일 템플릿은 Odoo에 사전에 구성되어 있으며 " -"채용 부문, 채용 담당자 이름 및 회사 정보에 대한 동적 자리 표시자가 포함되어 있습니다. 이메일이 전송되면 해당 이메일이 메시지창에 " -"표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:785 msgid "" -"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " -"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " -"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " -"button at the top of the applicant's record." +"The :guilabel:`First Interview` stage can be modified so when the " +"applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an email is" +" automatically sent to the applicant stating an interview is requested. In " +"this pre-configured email template, a link to the recruiting team's calendar" +" appears, allowing the applicant to schedule their interview." msgstr "" -"지원자와 면접관 양쪽이 날짜와 시간을 협의하여 면접 일정을 조율할 수 있습니다. 전화 또는 대면 면접으로 인터뷰 일정을 예약하려면 지원자" -" 기록 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`미팅` 스마트 버튼을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 msgid "" -"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " -":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " -"the applicant's card." +":ref:`Edit ` the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, " +"and select the :guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` for the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field, to automate this action." msgstr "" -"지원자 카드는 :menuselection:`채용 지원서` 현황판으로 이동하여 채용 부문 카드에 있는 :guilabel:`새 지원서` " -"버튼을 클릭한 후 지원자 카드를 클릭하면 확인할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 msgid "" -"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " -"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " -":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " -"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " -":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +"An interview can be scheduled in one of two ways: either manually by the " +"recruitment team, or by the applicant themselves." msgstr "" -"현재 예약된 미팅이 없는 경우에는 미팅 스마트 버튼에 :guilabel:`미팅 없음` 이 표시됩니다. :guilabel:`1차 면접` " -"단계를 처음 참여하는 신규 지원자의 경우 이 항목이 기본값이 됩니다. 이미 예약된 미팅이 있는 경우에는 스마트 버튼에 미팅 예정 날짜와 " -"함께 :guilabel:`다음 미팅` 이 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:802 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage was modified to send the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` email template when an applicant" +" reaches that stage, the applicant received a link to the recruitment team's" +" calendar, and can schedule the interview on their own. The recruitment " +"team's availability is reflected in the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +msgid "" +"If the interview needs to be scheduled by the recruitment team, they should " +"reach out to the applicant for a date and time that works. When a date and " +"time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and interviewer, the " +"interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, whether a phone or in-" +"person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button at the top of " +"the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button displays :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings are " +"currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage, this is the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:817 +msgid "" +"If there is one meeting already scheduled, the smart button displays " +":guilabel:`1 Meeting`, with the date of the upcoming meeting beneath it. If " +"more than one meeting is scheduled, the button displays :guilabel:`Next " +"Meeting`, with the date of the first upcoming meeting beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:821 msgid "" "Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " "meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " "the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " "right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" " events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " -"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +"hidden. Only the checked attendees are visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -"그러면 *캘린더* 애플리케이션이 불러와지고 사용자에게 현재 예정된 미팅 및 행사가 표시됩니다. 표시되는 미팅 및 행사는 캘린더 보기 " -"오른쪽 :guilabel:`참석자` 섹션에 있는 직원을 위한 내용입니다. 현재 불러온 미팅 및 행사를 변경하려면 캘린더 행사를 숨길 " -"사람을 선택 해제합니다. 체크한 참석자만 캘린더에 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:827 msgid "" -"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " -"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " -":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " -"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " -"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " -"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +"The default view is the :guilabel:`Week` view. To change the calendar view, " +"click the :guilabel:`Week` button, then select the desired view from the " +"drop-down menu. The other options are either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:831 +msgid "" +"An option to display or hide weekends is available. Click the " +":guilabel:`Week` button, then click :guilabel:`Show weekends` to deactivate " +"it (the default is to show weekends). If a check mark is next to " +":guilabel:`Show weekends`, weekends are visible. If there is no check mark, " +"weekends are hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:836 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed date range for the calendar, either use the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-left` :guilabel:`(left arrow)`, :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`(Right arrow)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, " +"or click on a date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed " +"calendar." msgstr "" -"기본 보기는 주별 보기입니다. 캘린더 보기를 변경하려면 버튼을 클릭하여 :guilabel:`일`, :guilabel:`월` 또는 " -":guilabel:`연도` 등의 다른 보기로 캘린더를 표시합니다. 캘린더에 표시된 날짜 범위를 변경하려면 달력 위에 있는 " -":guilabel:`⬅️ (왼쪽)`, :guilabel:`➡️ (오른쪽)` 또는 :guilabel:`오늘` 버튼을 사용하거나 표시된 " -"캘린더의 오른쪽에 있는 캘린더에서 날짜를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." msgstr "표시된 미팅을 변경하는 방법이 강조되어 있는 캘린더 화면" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:845 msgid "" -"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " -"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " -"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " -"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " -"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " -"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " -"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +"To add a meeting to the calendar when in the day or week view, click on the " +"start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, to select the date, " +"time, and the length of the meeting. A meeting can also be added in this " +"view by clicking on the day *and* the time slot the meeting is to take " +"place." msgstr "" -"캘린더에 미팅을 추가하려면 미팅을 할 날짜를 클릭하거나, 미팅 시작 시간을 클릭한 후 종료 시간으로 드래그하여 미팅 날짜, 시간, 소요 " -"시간을 선택합니다. 캘린더에 일별 또는 주별 보기가 표시되는 경우 미팅을 할 날짜 *및* 시간대를 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`새 " -"행사` 팝업이 나타나고 :guilabel:`미팅 제목` 에 지원자 카드에 있는 :guilabel:`제목/지원자 이름` 이 입력됩니다. " -"시간대 기본 단위는 30분입니다. 모든 정보가 정확하면 :guilabel:`만들기` 를 클릭하여 캘린더에 미팅을 추가하거나 " -":guilabel:`편집` 을 클릭하여 미팅을 수정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:850 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " -"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +"Both methods cause a :ref:`New Event ` pop up window" +" to appear." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`편집` 을 클릭하면 :guilabel:`새 행사` 카드를 펼쳐서 불러옵니다. 필요한 내용을 양식에서 변경합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:564 -msgid "New event card" -msgstr "새 행사 카드" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:566 -msgid "" -"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " -"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " -"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " -"save the changes and create the meeting." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:855 +msgid "New event pop-up window" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`새 행사` 카드에서 세부적으로 입력하거나 수정할 수 있는 필드는 다음과 같습니다. 필수 입력인 항목은 " -":guilabel:`미팅 제목`, :guilabel:`시작일` 및 :guilabel:`종료일` 입니다. 카드 세부 정보를 입력한 후 " -":guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 저장한 후 미팅을 생성합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:857 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"Enter the information on the form. The only required fields to enter are the" +" :guilabel:`Meeting Title`, and the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` " +"fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to" +" save the changes and create the interview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:861 +msgid "" +"The fields available to populate or modify on the :guilabel:`New Event` card" +" are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:863 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Title`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " "clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`미팅 제목`: 미팅 제목을 입력합니다. 미팅을 하는 목적을 명확하게 나타내야 합니다. 기본 제목은 신청자 카드에 " -"기재된 :guilabel:`제목/지원서 이름` 으로 되어 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:866 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End`: select the start and end date and " +"times for the meeting. Click on one of the fields and a calendar pop-up " +"window appears. Select both the start and end date and times, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:869 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all-day interview, check the box. " +"If this box is checked, the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` fields are" +" hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:871 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " "default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " @@ -15656,49 +16201,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`참석자`: 참석 대상자를 선택합니다. 기본값으로 표시되는 직원은 미팅을 생성한 사람입니다. 얼마든지 다른 사람을 " "추가할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 -msgid "Meeting details tab" -msgstr "미팅 세부 정보 탭" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:873 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting start time." -msgstr ":guilabel:`시작 일시`: 드롭다운 달력을 사용하여 미팅이 시작될 날짜와 시간을 선택합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:582 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting end time." -msgstr ":guilabel:`종료 일시`: 드롭다운 달력을 사용하여 미팅이 종료될 날짜와 시간을 선택합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:584 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " -":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " -"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " -"duration length." +":guilabel:`Videocall URL`: if the meeting is virtual, or if there is a " +"virtual option available, click :guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting` and a URL is " +"automatically created for the meeting and populates the field." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`소요 기간`: 입력된 :guilabel:`시작 일시` 및 :guilabel:`종료 일시` 에 따라 자동으로 입력되는 " -"항목입니다. 미팅 시간이 조정되면 자동으로 시간에 맞추어 알맞게 조정됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:587 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " -"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " -":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " -"and end times." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`전일`: 미팅이 하루 종일 진행되는 행사인 경우에는 :guilabel:`전일` 옆에 있는 확인란을 선택합니다. " -"확인란을 선택하면 :guilabel:`소요 기간` 과 미팅 시작 및 종료 일시는 보이지 않게 숨겨집니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:590 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " -"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." -msgstr ":guilabel:`주최자`: 미팅을 생성한 직원이 입력됩니다. 선택된 직원을 변경하려면 드롭다운 메뉴를 사용하세요." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:876 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " "an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," @@ -15713,157 +16223,204 @@ msgstr "" "스크롤로 이동하여 원하는 항목을 클릭합니다. 항목이 필드에 표시되고 수정할 수 있습니다. 각 명령어로 각기 다른 팝업창을 표시합니다. " "명령어 안내에 따라 항목을 완료합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:598 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " -"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" -" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " -"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" -" via the selected option." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:884 +msgid "More options" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`리마인더`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 리마인더를 선택합니다. :guilabel:`알림`, :guilabel:`이메일`, " -":guilabel:`SMS 문자 메시지` 중에서 선택할 수 있으며, 각각 행사까지 남은 기간 (시간, 일 등)이 표시됩니다. 선택한 " -"리마인더로 미팅 참가자에게 선택 항목을 통해 미팅에 대해 알림을 보내게 됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:886 +msgid "" +"To add additional information to the meeting, click the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button in the lower-right corner of the pop-up window. Enter any of" +" the following additional fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:889 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length. The default length of a meeting is one hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:892 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. Several additional fields appear when this is " +"enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:896 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: using the drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:898 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings " +"repeat. The available options are :guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Yearly`, or :guilabel:`Custom`. If " +":guilabel:`Custom` is selected, a :guilabel:`Repeat Every` field appears " +"beneath it, along with another time frequency parameter (:guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, :guilabel:`Months`, or :guilabel:`Years`). Enter a number" +" in the blank field, then select the time period using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:904 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat on`: if :guilabel:`Weekly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Repeat on` field appears. Click on " +"the corresponding day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:906 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day of Month`: if :guilabel:`Monthly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Day of Month` field appears. Using " +"the drop-down menu, select either :guilabel:`Date of month` or " +":guilabel:`Day of month`. If :guilabel:`Date of month` is selected, enter " +"the date the meeting repeats. If :guilabel:`Day of month` is selected, use " +"the drop-down menus to determine the frequency. Select either " +":guilabel:`First`, :guilabel:`Second`, :guilabel:`Third`, " +":guilabel:`Fourth`, or :guilabel:`Last` for the first drop-down menu, then " +"select the day (:guilabel:`Monday`, :guilabel:`Tuesday`, etc.) in the second" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:913 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Until`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings stop " +"repeating. The available options are :guilabel:`Number of repetitions`, " +":guilabel:`End date`, and :guilabel:`Forever`. If :guilabel:`Number of " +"repetitions` is selected, enter the number of total meetings to occur in the" +" blank field. If :guilabel:`End date` is selected, specify the date using " +"the calendar pop-up window, or type in a date in a XX/XX/XXXX format. " +":guilabel:`Forever` schedules meetings indefinitely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:920 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." msgstr ":guilabel:`위치`: 미팅 장소를 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " -"in this field." -msgstr ":guilabel:`미팅 URL`: 온라인으로 미팅을 하는 경우에는 여기에 미팅 링크를 입력합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:921 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " "menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`태그`: 드롭다운 메뉴를 사용하여 미팅에 대한 태그를 선택합니다. 사용할 수 있는 태그 수에는 제한이 없습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:923 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " -"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " -":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " -"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +":guilabel:`Appointment`: if an appointment is associated with this meeting, " +"select it form the drop-down menu, or create a new appointment by typing in " +"the appointment name, then click :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. A " +":guilabel:`Create Appointment` form loads. Enter the information on the " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`반복`: 선택한 기간 간격으로 미팅을 반복해서 해야 하는 경우 (첫 면접에서는 일반적으로 사용하지 않습니다) " -":guilabel:`반복` 옆의 확인란을 선택합니다. 그러면 반복 섹션이 표시됩니다. 미팅을 얼마나 자주 반복 진행할지 종료 시간을 " -"포함하여 세부 정보를 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:613 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:927 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select if the organizer appears either " +":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Busy` for the duration of the meeting, " +"using the drop-down menu. Next, select the visibility of this meeting, using" +" the drop-down menu to the right of the first selection. Options are " ":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " "users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " ":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " "the meeting, and :guilabel:`Only internal users` allows anyone logged into " "the company database to see the meeting." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`비공개`: 미팅 공개 여부를 선택합니다. :guilabel:`공개`, :guilabel:`비공개` 및 " -":guilabel:`내부 사용자만` 중에서 선택할 수 있습니다. :guilabel:`공개` 로 할 경우 모든 사람이 미팅을 볼 수 있고," -" :guilabel:`비공개` 인 경우에는 회의에 등록된 참석자만 볼 수 있으며 :guilabel:`내부 사용자만` 의 경우에는 회사 " -"데이터베이스에 로그인한 사람만 볼 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:934 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " -"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" -" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " -"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " -"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " -"attendees at the same time." +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr ":guilabel:`주최자`: 미팅을 생성한 직원이 입력됩니다. 선택된 직원을 변경하려면 드롭다운 메뉴를 사용하세요." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:936 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Default " +"options include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`SMS Text Message`, each with a specific time period before the " +"event (hours, days, etc). The reminder chosen alerts the meeting " +"participants of the meeting via the selected option at the specified time. " +"Multiple reminders can be selected in this field." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`다음으로 표시`: 드롭다운 메뉴를 이용하여 참석자 일정에 미팅 시간을 :guilabel:`바쁨` 또는 " -":guilabel:`가능` 으로 표시할지 선택합니다. :guilabel:`가능` 으로 설정하면 같은 시간에 다른 미팅을 예약할 수 " -"있습니다. 참석자가 동시에 다른 미팅을 예약하는 일이 없도록 :guilabel:`바쁨` 으로 설정하는 것이 좋습니다." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." msgstr "세부 정보가 모두 입력되어 있고 저장할 준비가 된 새 미팅 카드" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:947 msgid "Send meeting to attendees" msgstr "참석자에게 미팅 내용 보내기" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:949 msgid "" "Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " -"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message from the " +"expanded :guilabel:`Event Form` (what is seen when the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button is clicked on in the event pop-up window)." msgstr "" -"변경 사항을 입력한 후 회의 세부 정보가 모두 정확한지 확인이 되면, 이메일이나 문자 메시지를 통해 참석자에게 미팅 내용을 보낼 수 " -"있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:953 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " -"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " -"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" -" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " -"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " -"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " -"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " -"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " -"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +"To send the meeting via email, click the :icon:`fa-envelope` " +":guilabel:`Email` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact" +" Attendees` email configurator pop-up window appears. A pre-formatted email " +"using the default :guilabel:`Calendar: Event Update` email template " +"populates the email body field. The followers of the document (job " +"application), as well as the user who created the meeting are added as " +":guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's email address to the " +"list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make any other desired " +"changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button, navigate to the file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " ":guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" -"이메일로 미팅 내용을 전송하려면 참석자 목록 옆에 있는 :guilabel:`이메일` 버튼을 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`참석자 " -"연락하기` 이메일 설정기가 팝업으로 나타납니다. 기본 :guilabel:`캘린더: 행사 업데이트` 이메일 템플릿을 사용하여 미리 서식이 " -"지정되어 있는 이메일이 이메일 본문 필드에 입력됩니다. 문서 (입사 지원서)의 팔로워와 미팅을 생성한 사용자는 기본 " -":guilabel:`수신자` 로 추가됩니다. 지원자의 이메일 주소를 목록에 추가하면 지원자에게도 이메일이 전송됩니다. 이메일을 원하는 " -"내용에 맞게 변경합니다. 파일을 첨부해야 하는 경우에는 :guilabel:`파일 첨부` 버튼을 클릭하고 파일로 찾아서 " -":guilabel:`열기` 를 클릭합니다. 이메일을 보낼 준비가 끝나면 :guilabel:`보내기` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." msgstr "이메일로 행사 내용을 전송할 수 있도록 정보를 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:647 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:966 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " -"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " -"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " -"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." -" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " -"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " -":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :icon:`fa-mobile` " +":guilabel:`SMS` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS " +"Text Message` pop-up appears." msgstr "" -"문자 메시지로 미팅 내용을 전송하려면 참석자 목록 옆에 있는 :guilabel:`SMS` 버튼을 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`SMS " -"문자 메시지 보내기` 팝업이 나타납니다. 상단에 있는 파란색 상자에는 메시지와 관련된 정보가 표시됩니다. 첫 번째 줄에는 선택한 레코드 " -"(전화번호) 수가 표시됩니다. 두 번째 줄에는 수신자 수와 그 중 유효하지 않은 수가 표시됩니다. 연락처에 메시지를 수신할 수 있는 " -"전화번호가 없는 경우에는 :guilabel:`닫기` 를 클릭하고 참석자 기록을 편집한 후 이 단계를 다시 실행합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:969 msgid "" -"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " -":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " -"contacts with a valid phone number." +"At the top, a blue box appears if any attendees do not have valid mobile " +"numbers, and lists how many records are invalid. If a contact does not have " +"a valid mobile number listed, click :guilabel:`Close`, and edit the " +"attendee's record, then redo these steps." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`SMS 문자 메시지 보내기` 팝업에서 모든 기록에 보내기 확인란에 표시하는 것은 권장하지 *않습니다*. 표시할 경우 " -"메시지를 받을 수 있는 모든 연락 번호로 메시지를 전송하게 됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:658 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:973 msgid "" -"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " -"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" -" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " -"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" -" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " -"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +"When no warning message appears, type in the message to be sent to the " +"attendees in the :guilabel:`Message` field. to add any emojis to the " +"message, click the :guilabel:`Add Emoji` icon on the right-side of the pop-" +"up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:977 +msgid "" +"Beneath the message field, the number of characters, as well as the amount " +"of text messages required to send the message (according to GSM7 criteria) " +"appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue` to have the text sent later, after " +"any other messages are scheduled, or click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the " +"message immediately." msgstr "" -"메시지에 :guilabel:`불가능: 0개` 로 표시되면 전송할 메시지를 :guilabel:`메시지` 필드에 입력합니다. 메시지 필드 " -"아래에 문자 수와 함께 메시지를 보내는 데 필요한 문자 수 (GSM7 기준)가 표시됩니다. 예약되어 있는 다른 메시지를 보낸 후 나중에 " -"메시지가 전송되게 하려면 :guilabel:`대기열에 넣기` 를 클릭하고, 메시지를 즉시 보내려면 :guilabel:`지금 보내기` 를 " -"클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." msgstr "미팅 참석자에게 문자 메시지를 보냅니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:669 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:987 msgid "" "Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " "messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " @@ -15873,11 +16430,11 @@ msgstr "" "문자 메시지 보내기는 Odoo의 기본 기능이 아닙니다. 문자 메시지를 전송하려면 크레딧이 있어야 하며, 크레딧은 구매를 해야 합니다. " "IAP 크레딧 및 요금제에 대한 자세한 내용은 :doc:`../essentials/in_app_purchase` 문서를 참조하세요." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:994 msgid "Second interview" msgstr "2차 면접" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:996 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " "can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " @@ -15889,88 +16446,87 @@ msgstr "" " 이동하려면 지원자 카드를 :guilabel:`2차 면접` 단계로 끌어다 놓거나, 개별 지원자 카드 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`2차" " 면접` 단계 버튼을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1001 msgid "" "When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " -"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " -"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " -":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " -"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage. The " +"recruiter can now :ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the applicant, following the same process as the first " +"interview." msgstr "" -"지원자 카드가 :guilabel:`2차 면접` 단계로 이동하면 :guilabel:`1차 면접` 단계와 달리 단계에서 자동으로 활동이나 " -"이메일이 설정되지 않습니다. 이제 채용 담당자는 1차 면접과 동일한 절차에 따라 지원자와 :ref:`2차 면접 스케줄 " -"` 을 진행할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1009 msgid "Contract proposal" msgstr "계약 제안서" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1011 msgid "" "When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " "be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " "and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" -" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top-right of" " the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" -"지원자가 면접에 합격하여 제안서를 보낼 준비가 되면 :guilabel:`계약 제안서` 단계로 이동할 수 있습니다. 지원자 카드를 " -":guilabel:`계약 제안서` 단계로 끌어다 놓거나, 개별 지원자 카드 오른쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`계약 제안서` 단계 " -"버튼을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1016 msgid "" "The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," " click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " -"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " -"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " -"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " -"is set to `0.00`)." +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. Most fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position. If any necessary fields are blank, enter " +"the relevant information in the fields." msgstr "" -"다음 단계는 지원자에게 제안서를 전송하는 단계입니다. 지원자 카드에서 :guilabel:`제안서 생성` 버튼을 클릭합니다. " -":guilabel:`시뮬레이션 링크 생성` 팝업이 나타납니다. :guilabel:`신차 목록 강제 적용`, :guilabel:`기본 " -"차량` 및 :guilabel:`구내식당 비용` (`0.00`으로 설정)을 제외한 모든 필드가 해당 채용 부문 정보로 미리 입력되어 " -"있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:705 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1022 msgid "" "Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" "up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " "applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " -"not appear on the pop-up." +"*Fleet* application is not installed, any fields related to vehicles do not " +"appear on the pop-up window." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`시뮬레이션 링크 생성` 팝업에서는 일부 필드만 표시됩니다. 회사 및 설치된 애플리케이션의 현지화 설정에 따라서 " -"표시되지 않는 필드가 있을 수 있습니다. 예를 들어 *차량 관리* 애플리케이션이 설치되지 않은 경우에는 차량과 관련된 필드는 팝업에 " -"표시되지 않습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1028 msgid "Universal fields" msgstr "일반 필드" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1030 msgid "" "The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " "localization settings." msgstr "현지화 설정과 무관하게 지원자 측에 제안서를 전송하면 다음 필드가 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1032 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " -"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: the template currently being used to populate" +" the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window. To modify the " +"template, click the :guilabel:`Internal link` icon to the right of the drop-" +"down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. A " +"different :guilabel:`Contract Template` can be selected using the drop-down " +"menu." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`제안서 템플릿`: :guilabel:`시뮬레이션 링크 생성` 팝업에 입력되는 현재 사용 중인 템플릿입니다. 템플릿을 " -"수정하려면 드롭다운 화살표 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`외부 링크` 아이콘을 클릭합니다. 변경한 후에는 :guilabel:`저장` " -"을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1037 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " -"applicant." -msgstr ":guilabel:`직무명`: 지원자에게 제안할 직무의 명칭입니다." +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the name of the :guilabel:`Job Position` being " +"offered to the applicant. The selections available in the drop-down menu " +"correspond to the :guilabel:`Job Positions` configured on the main " +"*Recruitment* dashboard." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1040 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the specific name of the position being offered to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1041 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the :guilabel:`Department` the job position falls " +"under." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1042 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " "default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" @@ -15982,130 +16538,50 @@ msgstr "" "메뉴를 클릭하여 달력을 표시합니다. 달의 양쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`< (왼쪽)` 및 :guilabel:`> (오른쪽)` 화살표를 " "사용하여 원하는 달로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`일` 을 클릭하여 날짜를 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1046 msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." msgstr ":guilabel:`연간 비용`: 제안할 연봉 금액입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1047 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " -"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " -"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " -"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," -" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" -" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " -"application." +":guilabel:`Link Expiration Date`: job offers are only valid for a specific " +"period of time. The default expiration date is 30 days. Modify the " +"expiration date, if desired." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`제안서 링크`: 지원자는 이 링크를 통해 개인 정보를 입력하는 웹페이지로 이동하며 정보를 입력하면 직원 기록으로 " -"가져오게 됩니다. 해당하는 경우 지원자가 급여 패키지를 수정할 수 있습니다 (일부 현지화 버전에서 사용 가능). 마지막으로 지원자가 " -":guilabel:`계약서 검토 및 서명` 을 클릭하여 계약을 수락하고 *전자 서명* 애플리케이션을 사용하여 서명하게 됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:732 -msgid "" -"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " -"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." -msgstr "" -"문서에 서명하려면 *전자 서명* 애플리케이션을 설치해야 합니다. 기능을 사용하려면 *전자 서명* 애플리케이션이 설치되어 있는지 " -"확인합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:738 -msgid "" -"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " -"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" -" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." -msgstr "" -"다음 필드는 특정한 현지화 설정을 하거나 애플리케이션을 설치한 경우에만 표시됩니다. 예를 들어 *차량 관리* 애플리케이션이 설치되지 않은" -" 경우에는 :guilabel:`신차 목록 강제 적용` 이나 :guilabel:`기본 차량` 과 같이 차량과 관련된 선택 항목이 표시되지 " -"않습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:743 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" -" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`채용 부문`: 지원자에게 제안하는 공식적인 직무로, :guilabel:`채용 부문` 카드에서 확인할 수 있습니다. " -"제목을 수정하려면 드롭다운 화살표 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`외부 링크` 아이콘을 클릭합니다. 변경한 후 " -":guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:746 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " -"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" -" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`부서`: 채용 부문 부서입니다. 부서를 수정하려면 드롭다운 화살표 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`외부 링크` " -"아이콘을 클릭합니다. 변경한 후 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:749 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " -"the applicant." -msgstr ":guilabel:`신차 목록 강제 적용`: 지원자에게 새 차량을 제안하려면 확인란을 선택합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " -"that will be assigned to the applicant." -msgstr ":guilabel:`기본 차량`: 드롭다운 메뉴를 사용하여 지원자에게 배정할 차량을 선택합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:752 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " -"for the cafeteria." -msgstr ":guilabel:`구내식당 비용`: 카페테리아 이용 시 지원자에게 제안되는 금액을 입력합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " -"contract that is being offered." -msgstr ":guilabel:`계약 유형`: 드롭다운 메뉴를 사용하여 제안할 계약 유형을 선택합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " -"sending." -msgstr "지원자에게 전송할 제안서 형식을 지정합니다. 수정 사항이 있을 경우 전송 전에 수정하도록 합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1051 msgid "Send offer" msgstr "채용 제안 안내" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1053 msgid "" -"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" -" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " -"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" -" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " -"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " -"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +"When the information is all updated, click :guilabel:`Send By Email` to send" +" the offer to the applicant." msgstr "" -"지원자에게 채용 제안을 하려면 :guilabel:`보내기` 를 클릭합니다. 지원자 카드에 지원자의 이메일 주소가 기재되어 있지 않은 경우" -" 이메일을 설정할 수 있도록 지원자 양식이 표시됩니다. 지원자 카드에 이미 이메일이 설정되어 있는 경우에는 이메일 팝업이 대신 " -"표시됩니다. 지원자 카드가 나타나면 :guilabel:`이메일` 필드에 지원자 이메일 주소를 입력한 다음 :guilabel:`저장` 을 " -"클릭합니다. 지원자 양식이 닫히고 이메일 팝업이 나타납니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1056 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " -"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" -"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " -"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." -" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " -"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " -":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " -":guilabel:`Send`." +"If the applicant does not have an email address listed on their applicant " +"card, a warning appears in a red box at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window, stating :guilabel:`The" +" applicant does not have a valid email set. The Offer Link won't be able to " +"be completed.` Click :guilabel:`Discard`, enter an email on the applicant's " +"card, then click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button again." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`지원자: 급여 패키지` 이메일 템플릿을 사용하며 :guilabel:`수신자`, :guilabel:`제목` 및 이메일 " -"본문은 이메일 템플릿을 기준으로 미리 입력됩니다. 첨부 파일을 추가해야 하는 경우에는 :guilabel:`첨부 파일` 버튼을 클릭하면 " -"파일 탐색기 창이 나타납니다. 원하는 파일로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`열기`를 클릭하여 이메일에 첨부합니다. 첨부 파일이 로딩되면" -" :guilabel:`첨부 파일` 버튼 위에 표시됩니다. 이메일을 보낼 준비가 끝나면 :guilabel:`보내기`를 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1062 +msgid "" +"An email pop-up window loads. The default :guilabel:`Recruitment: Your " +"Salary Package` email template is used, and the :guilabel:`Recipients`, " +":guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-populated based on the email " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1070 +msgid "Once the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1073 msgid "" "To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " "necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " @@ -16118,11 +16594,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." msgstr "지원자에게 제안한 급여 관련 링크를 이메일로 전송합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1081 +msgid "Configure your package" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1083 +msgid "" +"The email template includes a :guilabel:`Configure your package` button. " +"This link takes the applicant to a webpage where they can modify the " +"proposed salary package, and enter their personal information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1087 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant is hired, the personal information entered on the webpage" +" is imported to their employee record, when created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1090 +msgid "" +"If applicable, the applicant can modify their salary package. This option is" +" not available for all localizations. Depending on where the company is " +"located, this option may not be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1093 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is completed, the applicant accepts the offer by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Review Contract & Sign` button to accept the " +"contract and sign it using the *Sign* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1100 msgid "Contract signed" msgstr "계약서 서명 완료" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1102 msgid "" "Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " "step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " @@ -16137,48 +16644,42 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`더 보기` 버튼을 클릭하여 개별 신청자 카드 상단에 :guilabel:`계약서 서명 완료` 단계 버튼이 표시되게 한 " "후 :guilabel:`계약서 서명 완료` 를 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:796 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1109 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the Kanban view, but the " "card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." -msgstr "칸반 보기에서 :guilabel:`계약서 서명 완료` 단계는 접혀 있지만 해당 단계로 계속 카드를 끌어다 놓을 수 있습니다." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1112 msgid "" "Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " -"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"green :guilabel:`HIRED` banner appears in the top-right of the applicant's " "card." msgstr "" -"지원자 카드를 :guilabel:`계약서 서명 완료` 단계로 이동하면 지원자 카드의 오른쪽 상단에 초록색 :guilabel:`채용됨` " -"배너가 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." msgstr "지원자 카드 오른쪽 상단에 표시되어 있는 채용됨 배너" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1120 msgid "Create employee" msgstr "직원 생성" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:809 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1122 msgid "" "Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " "record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " -"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"Employee` button in the top-left. An employee form appears, and any " "information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" " card appears in the form." msgstr "" -"지원자 채용이 완료되면 다음 단계는 직원 기록을 생성하는 것입니다. 지원자 카드의 왼쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`직원 만들기` " -"버튼을 클릭합니다. 직원 양식이 나타나고 직원 카드로 가져올 수 있는 지원자 카드의 정보가 모두 양식에 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1127 msgid "" "Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" -" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " -":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, the employee" +" record is saved in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" -"양식에 있는 나머지 부분을 작성합니다. 필드 관련된 자세한 내용은 :doc:`employees/new_employee` 문서를 " -"참조하세요. 완료한 후에는 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭합니다. 이제 직원 기록이 *임직원 관리* 앱에 저장됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -16487,71 +16988,57 @@ msgstr "" "일반적인 설문조사와 같이 모달 면접 양식을 입력합니다. 설문을 만드는 방법에 대한 자세한 내용은 설문조사를 만들고 설정하는 방법을 " "단계별로 안내하는 :doc:`설문조사 필수 정보 <../../marketing/surveys/create>` 문서를 참조하세요." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 msgid "Referrals" msgstr "인재 추천" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " -"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"regarding referrals is housed - from points earned, coworkers hired, and " "rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " -"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " -"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " -"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " -"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" -" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +"and then earn referral points as those people progress through the " +"recruitment pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be " +"exchanged for prizes. The *Referrals* application integrates with the " +"*Employees*, *Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be" +" installed in order for the *Referrals* application to function." msgstr "" -"Odoo의 *인재 추천* 애플리케이션은 포인트 적립이나 채용된 동료 정보, 리워드 선택 등 추천과 관련된 모든 정보를 보관하는 중앙 " -"집중식 공간입니다. 채용 부문에 지인을 추천한 후, 대상자가 채용 파이프라인을 통해 진행이 되면 추천 포인트를 받을 수 있습니다. 일정한" -" 추천 포인트가 적립되면 상품으로 교환을 할 수 있게 됩니다. 인재 추천 애플리케이션은 *임직원 관리*, *채용* 및 *웹사이트* " -"애플리케이션과 연동되며, *인재 추천* 애플리케이션이 작동하려면 해당 앱이 설치되어 있어야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:14 msgid "" -"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " -"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " -"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +"The only configurations needed for the *Referrals* application *after* " +"installation are related to the :ref:`rewards `; " +"everything else is pre-configured when Odoo *Referrals* is installed." msgstr "" -"환경 설정은 인재 추천 애플리케이션을 설치한 후 :ref:`리워드 ` 설정만 하면 되며, 다른 항목은 " -"모두 Odoo 인재 추천 앱을 설치할 때 이미 구성되어 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:18 msgid "" -"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " -"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " -"` and configurations menus. For more information on " -"users and access rights, refer to these documents: :doc:`../general/users` " -"and :doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +"Users with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the *Referrals* application. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the :ref:`reporting ` and configurations" +" menus. For more information on users and access rights, refer to these " +"documents: :doc:`../general/users` and " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." msgstr "" -"채용 애플리케이션에서 :guilabel:`사용자 추천`, :guilabel:`담당자` 또는 :guilabel:`권리자` 권한을 가진 " -"사용자는 인재 추천 애플리케이션에 액세스할 수 있습니다. 채용 지원서에 대해서는 :guilabel:`관리자` 권한이 있는 사용자만 " -":ref:`보고` 및 환경 설정 메뉴에 액세스할 수 있습니다. 사용자 및 액세스 권한에 대한 자세한" -" 내용은 :doc:`../general/users` 및 :doc:`../general/users/access_rights` 문서를 " -"참조하세요." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 msgid "Onboarding" msgstr "온보딩" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:28 msgid "" "When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" "configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " -"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" -" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"each explaining the different parts of the *Referrals* application. At the " +"top of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " "onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " "Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " "text." msgstr "" -"*인재 추천* 애플리케이션을 처음 열게 되면 사전 구성되어 있는 온보딩 스크립트가 나타납니다. 네 개의 슬라이드로 구성되어 있으며, " -"각각의 슬라이드에서는 인재 추천 애플리케이션에 있는 다양한 내용에 대해 설명합니다. 현황판 상단에는 전체 온보딩 슬라이드에 걸쳐 다음과 " -"같은 메시지가 표시됩니다: :guilabel:`팀을 구성해 보세요! 추천제 채용 프로그램`. 이 기본 메시지에는 배경 이미지와 함께 " -"아래에 텍스트로 추가로 설명이 되어 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 msgid "" "Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " "displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " @@ -16560,67 +17047,60 @@ msgstr "" "각 온보딩 슬라이드에는 해당하는 이미지와 메시지가 표시됩니다. 메시지를 모두 확인한 후 :guilabel:`다음` 버튼을 클릭하여 다음 " "슬라이드로 이동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" msgstr "각 슬라이드에는 다음과 같은 텍스트가 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " "superheroes to save the day!`" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`도와주세요! 악당들이 곳곳에 도사리고 있습니다! 세상을 구할 슈퍼 히어로 팀을 만들 수 있도록 도와주세요!`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " "or refer friends.`" msgstr ":guilabel:`채용 공고를 확인하여 소셜 미디어에 올리거나 친구를 추천해 주세요.`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" msgstr ":guilabel:`포인트를 적립하시면 스토어에서 멋진 선물로 교환해 드립니다.`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " "league!`" msgstr ":guilabel:`경쟁을 통해 최고의 저스티스 리그를 만들어 보세요!`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:46 msgid "" -"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the *Referrals* application is " "opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " "button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" " :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " -"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +"will begin again when the *Referrals* application is opened. Once the " ":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " -"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the *Referrals* " "application is opened from that point on." msgstr "" -"온보딩 슬라이드는 인재 추천 애플리케이션을 열 때마다 나타나며, 모든 슬라이드를 확인하고 :guilabel:`지금 시작하기` 버튼을 " -"클릭할 때까지 계속 표시됩니다. 온보딩 중에 종료하거나 :guilabel:`지금 시작하기` 버튼 클릭을 하지 *않은* 상태에서 인재 추천" -" 애플리케이션을 열면 온보딩 슬라이드가 다시 시작됩니다. :guilabel:`지금 시작하기` 버튼을 클릭하면 온보딩 슬라이드가 더 이상 " -"표시되지 않으며 해당 시점부터는 인재 추천 애플리케이션을 열면 기본 현황판을 불러오게 됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:53 msgid "" "At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " -"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main *Referrals* dashboard loads. If " ":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " -"opening the Referrals application." +"opening the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" -"온보딩 중에는 언제든지 :guilabel:`건너뛰기` 버튼을 클릭할 수 있습니다. 그러면 온보딩이 종료되고 기본 인재 추천 현황판을 " -"불러오게 됩니다. :guilabel:`건너뛰기` 를 클릭하면 인재 추천 애플리케이션을 열 때 온보딩 슬라이드를 더 이상 불러오지 않게 " -"됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "" "An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." msgstr "하단에 건너뛰기 및 다음 버튼이 표시되어 있는 온보딩 슬라이드" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:62 msgid "" "If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " "opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " @@ -16632,771 +17112,65 @@ msgstr "" "온보딩 마지막 단계에서 :guilabel:`지금 시작하기` 를 클릭하면 기본 현황판으로 이동하는 대신 :ref:`채용 완료 " "` 화면이 나타납니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" msgstr "온보딩 슬라이드 수정하기" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:70 msgid "" "Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " -"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " -"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " -"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " -"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`." +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* application can " +"modify onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line " +"displays the text for the individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding" +" slide, click on an individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding " +"form." msgstr "" -"원하는 경우 온보딩 슬라이드를 수정할 수 있습니다. 인재 채용 애플리케이션에 :guilabel:`관리자` 권한이 있는 사용자만 온보딩 " -"슬라이드를 수정할 수 있습니다. 슬라이드를 편집하려면 :menuselection:`추천 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 온보딩` 으로 " -"이동합니다. 각 줄에 개별 온보딩 슬라이드에 대한 텍스트가 표시됩니다. 온보딩 슬라이드를 편집하려면 개별 슬라이드 줄을 클릭하여 " -"슬라이드의 온보딩 양식을 연 다음 :guilabel:`편집` 을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:76 msgid "" -"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " -"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " -"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " -"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " -"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " -"that particular company." +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` field. A " +":guilabel:`Company` may be selected, as well. However, if this field is " +"populated, that slide is *only* displayed for that particular company." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`텍스트` 상자 메시지를 변경합니다. 온보딩 슬라이드 순서를 변경하려면 :guilabel:`순서` 를 편집하면 됩니다." -" 알맞은 번호를 입력하여 슬라이드 표시 순서를 지정합니다. :guilabel:`회사` 를 선택할 수 있으나, 이 항목이 입력되어 있으면 " -"슬라이드는 해당하는 특정 회사에 대해서만 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:81 msgid "" -"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" -" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " -"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" -" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " -"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " -"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " -"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +"The :guilabel:`Company` field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -"이미지를 수정할 수도 있습니다. 양식의 오른쪽 상단에 있는 이미지 썸네일 위에로 마우스를 가져갑니다. :guilabel:`✏️ (연필)`" -" 아이콘과 :guilabel:`🗑️ (휴지통)` 아이콘이 나타납니다. 이미지를 변경하려면 :guilabel:`✏️ (연필)` 아이콘을 " -"클릭합니다. 파일 탐색기 창을 불러옵니다. 원하는 이미지로 이동하여 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`열기` 를 클릭합니다. 새 이미지가 " -"썸네일에 나타납니다. 이미지를 삭제하려면 :guilabel:`🗑️ (휴지통)` 아이콘을 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`✏️ (연필)` " -"아이콘으로 새 이미지를 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:83 msgid "" -"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +"The image can be modified, as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the " +"top-right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and " +":guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` " +"icon to change the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the " +"desired image, select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears" +" in the thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage " +"can)` icon, then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" -"변경 사항을 저장하려면 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭하고, 변경 사항을 삭제하고 원래 내용으로 돌아가려면 :guilabel:`삭제`" -" 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." msgstr "주요 필드가 강조 표시되어 있는 온보딩 슬라이드 편집 모드" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:94 msgid "" -"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " -"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " -"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " -"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " -":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " -"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +"The sequence in which the slides appear can be changed from the *Onboarding*" +" dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`(six small gray boxes)` icon to the left of" +" the the slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position." msgstr "" -"온보딩 슬라이드를 개별적으로 편집하지 않고도 온보딩 현황판에서 슬라이드 순서를 직접 변경할 수도 있습니다. 확인란 뒤와 슬라이드 텍스트 " -"앞에 있는 위쪽 및 아래쪽 화살표 기호를 클릭한 후 슬라이드를 원하는 위치로 끌어다 놓습니다. 전체 슬라이드 온보딩 양식에서 새로운 " -"순서를 반영하여 자동으로 :guilabel:순서` 가 변경됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "" "The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." msgstr "목록에서 드래그 앤 드롭 화살표가 강조 표시되어 있는 온보딩 슬라이드" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:103 -msgid "Share job positions" -msgstr "채용 공고 공유하기" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:105 -msgid "" -"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " -"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " -"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " -"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." -msgstr "" -"추천 포인트를 받으려면, 먼저 채용 공고를 공유하여 지원자가 해당 부문에 지원할 수 있도록 합니다. 인재 추천 애플리케이션 에서는 여러 " -"가지 방법으로 채용 공고를 공유할 수 있으며 :ref:`채용 부문 확인 ` 버튼과 " -":ref:`친구에게 이메일 보내기 ` 버튼을 활용할 수 있습니다. " - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:113 -msgid "View Jobs" -msgstr "채용 공고 확인" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:115 -msgid "" -"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " -":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " -"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." -msgstr "" -"현재 지원자를 모집 중인 채용 공고를 모두 확인하려면 인재 추천 앱의 기본 현황판에서 :guilabel:`채용 부문 확인` 버튼을 " -"클릭합니다. 그러면 모든 채용 공고가 표시되며 각각의 채용 공고가 개별 카드로 나타납니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" -"displayed on the card." -msgstr "" -"현재 채용 중인 모든 부문이 표시되어 있는 '채용 부문 확인' 화면입니다. 모든 정보는 카드에\n" -"표시됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:124 -msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" -msgstr "채용 부문 카드에는 다음과 같은 정보가 표시됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." -msgstr "채용 중인 부문의 직책입니다. 채용 양식에 있는 :guilabel:`채용 부문` 에서 가져온 내용입니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:128 -msgid "" -"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " -"of the job form." -msgstr "" -"채용 중인 부문의 숫자입니다. 채용 양식에 있는 :guilabel:`채용` 탭 :guilabel:`신입 직원 예정자` 에서 가져온 " -"내용입니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." -msgstr "지원자가 해당 직무에 지원하면 사용자가 받게 되는 포인트입니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 -msgid "" -"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " -"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." -msgstr "" -"채용 부문에 대해 자세히 설명되어 있는 직무 안내입니다. 채용 양식에 있는 :guilabel:`채용 부문` 탭에서 가져온 내용입니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:134 -msgid "" -"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " -"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " -"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." -msgstr "" -"해당 채용 부문에 대한 상세 정보를 모두 확인하려면 카드에 있는 :guilabel:`추가 정보` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그러면 새 브라우저 " -"탭에서 채용 공고 웹페이지가 열립니다. 지원자가 채용 부문에 지원하기 전에 보게 되는 화면입니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " -"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " -":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." -msgstr "" -"인재 추천 앱에는 게시가 되어 있는 채용 공고만 표시됩니다. 어떤 채용 공고가 게시되었는지 확인하려면 " -":doc:`recruitment/new_job` 문서를 참조하세요." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 -msgid "Refer friends" -msgstr "친구 추천" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:145 -msgid "" -"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " -"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " -"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." -msgstr "" -"채용 공고를 다른 사람에게 공유하려면 채용 부문 카드에 있는 :guilabel:`친구 추천` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 미리 구성되어 있는 " -":guilabel:`메일로 채용 정보 보내기` 이메일 팝업창이 나타납니다. :guilabel:`이메일` 에 받을 사람의 이메일 주소를 " -"입력합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:149 -msgid "" -"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " -"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." -msgstr "제목과 본문은 기본 템플릿을 사용하여 입력됩니다. '채용 안내'라는 제목이 표시되며, 수정할 수도 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:152 -msgid "" -"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " -"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " -"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " -"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" -" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " -"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " -"application." -msgstr "" -"채용 부문에서 구체적인 직책이 이메일 본문에 있는 :guilabel:`채용 부문` 자리 표시자에 입력됩니다. 이메일 본문에 있는 `채용 " -"공고 보기` 텍스트는 웹사이트에 게시된 채용 공고에 대한 개별적인 추적 링크입니다. 채용 대상자가 이메일을 받으면 이 링크를 통해 채용 " -"공고 페이지로 이동하여 해당 직책에 지원할 수 있으며, 추천한 사람이 인재 추천 애플리케이션에서 추적됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " -"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " -"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." -msgstr "" -"원하는 경우 텍스트나 마무리 인사말을 이메일 본문에 추가합니다. 편집이 완료되면 :guilabel:`이메일 보내기` 를 클릭하여 이메일을" -" 전송하거나 :guilabel:`취소` 를 클릭하여 이메일 팝업창을 닫습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." -msgstr "이메일 메시지가 있는 추천 이메일 팝업창" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 -msgid "Share a job" -msgstr "채용 공고 공유" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:169 -msgid "" -"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " -"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" -" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " -"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " -"applicants in the Referrals application." -msgstr "" -"이메일을 보내는 것 외에도 채용 공고를 공유하는 방법에는 여러 가지가 있으며 소셜 미디어 플랫폼과 채용 공고에 대한 추적 링크를 활용할 " -"수 있습니다. 각 채용 공고 카드 하단에 있는 4개의 아이콘과 추적 링크로 채용 공고를 공유할 수 있으며 인재 추천 애플리케이션에서 " -"지원자를 추적합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." -msgstr "각각의 채용 공고에 표시되는 다양한 공유용 아이콘" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 -msgid "Link" -msgstr "링크" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:181 -msgid "" -"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " -":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " -"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " -"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" -" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" -" prospective employee however desired." -msgstr "" -"추적 링크를 사용자 지정하여 채용 공고를 공유하려면 :guilabel:`🔗 (체인)` 아이콘이 안에 있는 :guilabel:`지금 " -"공유하기` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 추적 링크가 있는 :guilabel:`공유 링크` 팝업창이 나타납니다. :guilabel:`복사` 를 " -"클릭하여 링크를 복사합니다. 링크를 복사한 후 :guilabel:`닫기` 버튼을 클릭하여 팝업을 닫습니다. 다음으로, 채용 지원 " -"대상자에게 링크를 공유합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:188 -msgid "Facebook" -msgstr "페이스북" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:190 -msgid "" -"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " -"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " -"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " -"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " -"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " -"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" -"in to Facebook first." -msgstr "" -"Facebook에 채용 공고를 공유하려면 안에 :guilabel:`f (Facebook 아이콘)`이 있는 :guilabel:`지금 " -"공유하기` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 사용자가 Facebook에 로그인되어 있는 경우 :guilabel:`f (Facebook 아이콘)` 을 " -"클릭하면 새 탭으로 :guilabel:`Facebook에서 공유하기` 페이지가 불러와지고 새로운 게시물 항목의 본문에 링크가 입력됩니다." -" 사용자가 아직 로그인하지 *않은* 경우에는 로그인 화면이 표시되면서 먼저 Facebook에 로그인하라는 메시지가 나타납니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" -" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" -" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " -"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " -"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " -"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " -"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " -":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " -"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " -"specific activity." -msgstr "" -"게시물에 추가할 기타 정보가 있으면 이름 바로 아래 공간에 입력합니다. 원하는 경우 사용자를 :guilabel:`태그` 하거나 특정 " -"위치에 :guilabel:`체크인` 할 수 있으며 게시물 :guilabel:`상태` 를 추가합니다. 사용자를 태그하려면 " -":guilabel:`친구 태그` 아이콘을 클릭한 후 게시물에 태그할 사람을 선택합니다. 체크인 위치를 추가하려면 " -":guilabel:`체크인` 아이콘을 클릭한 후 현재 위치를 기준으로 미리 지정되어 있는 위치 팝업에서 위치를 선택합니다. " -":guilabel:`상태` 를 추가하려면 :guilabel:`기분/활동` 아이콘을 클릭한 다음 기분이나 활동 유형을 선택하며 마지막으로 " -"활동 유형을 선택한 경우 특정 활동을 선택합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 -msgid "" -"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " -":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " -":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " -"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" -" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." -msgstr "" -"채용 공고를 공유하려면 :guilabel:`내 스토리`, :guilabel:`친구의 타임라인에 공유하기`, :guilabel:`그룹에 " -"공유하기`, :guilabel:`행사에 공유하기`, :guilabel:`개인 메시지로 공유하기` 의 5가지 방법 중에서 선택합니다. 공유" -" 방법을 선택하려면 페이지 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`Facebook에서 공유하기` 배너 바로 아래에 있는 드롭다운 메뉴를 " -"클릭합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" -"highlighted, as are all the required settings." -msgstr "" -"채용 공고를 공유하면 Facebook에 표시되는 화면입니다. 다른 필수 설정 항목과 함께 다양한\n" -"공유 방법이 모두 강조 표시되어 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 -msgid "Share to news feed or story" -msgstr "뉴스피드 또는 스토리에 공유하기" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:218 -msgid "" -"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " -":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " -"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " -":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " -"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," -" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " -"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" -" story, or both." -msgstr "" -"기본 공유 방법은 :guilabel:`뉴스피드`, :guilabel:`스토리` 이며 둘 다 사용할 수도 있습니다. 양식 하단의 " -":guilabel:`피드` (뉴스 피드용) 및 :guilabel:`내 스토리` (스토리용) 항목 옆에 선택 버튼이 있습니다. " -":guilabel:`뉴스피드 또는 스토리에 공유` 를 선택하면 이 버튼이 활성화되고, 다른 항목을 선택하는 경우에는 선택 버튼이 회색으로" -" 표시됩니다. 선택 버튼을 활성화하여 채용 공고를 뉴스피드나 스토리 혹은 양쪽 모두에서 공유할지 지정합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:225 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " -"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " -"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " -"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " -"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" -" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " -"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " -":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" -" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`뉴스 피드 또는 스토리에 공유하기` 항목을 사용하는 경우에는 개인정보 보호 설정을 선택할 수 있습니다. 화면 오른쪽 " -"하단에는 있는 두 개의 드롭다운 메뉴 중에서 하나는 :guilabel:`Feed` 항목이고 다른 하나는 :guilabel:`내 스토리` " -"옵션입니다. 드롭다운 메뉴에서 게시 매개변수를 선택합니다. :guilabel:`피드` 및 :guilabel:`내 스토리` 항목은 " -"Facebook에 생성된 개인정보 보호 설정에 따라 사용자마다 다르게 표시됩니다. 기본값은 :guilabel:`공개` 및 " -":guilabel:`친구 공개` 로 되어 있으나 사용자 지정 그룹과 같이 사용자가 지정한 다른 옵션도 표시됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " -":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" -"게시물이나 스토리를 공유할 준비가 되었으면 화면 하단에 있는 파란색 :guilabel:`Facebook에 게시하기` 버튼을 클릭합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:236 -msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" -msgstr "친구의 타임라인에 공유하기" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " -"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." -msgstr "" -"사용자의 Facebook 페이지에 공개 상태로 게시물을 포스팅하는 대신 채용 공고를 친구의 타임라인에 직접 공유할 수 있습니다. 페이지 " -"상단에 있는 :guilabel:`뉴스피드 또는 스토리에 공유하기` 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭하고 :guilabel:`친구의 타임라인에 " -"공유하기` 를 선택합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:242 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" -" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " -"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " -"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." -msgstr "" -"선택하면 :guilabel:`친구` 가 선택 항목 아래에 나타납니다. 친구의 이름을 입력합니다. 이름을 입력하면 입력 내용과 일치하는 " -"이름 목록이 나타납니다. 목록에서 친구를 선택합니다. 친구는 *한 명만* 선택할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:246 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:275 -msgid "" -"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " -"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "게시물을 공유할 준비가 되었으면 화면 하단에 있는 파란색 :guilabel:`Facebook에 게시하기` 버튼을 클릭합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 -msgid "Share in a group" -msgstr "그룹에 공유하기" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:251 -msgid "" -"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " -"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" -" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " -":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." -msgstr "" -"모든 사람에게 공개 상태로 채용 공고를 공유하는 대신 특정 대상에게만 안내할 수 있도록 그룹에게 채용 공고를 공유할 수 있습니다. 페이지" -" 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`뉴스피드 또는 스토리에 공유하기` 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭하고 :guilabel:`그룹에서 공유하기` 를 " -"선택합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " -"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " -"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " -"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " -"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " -"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." -msgstr "" -"선택하면 :guilabel:`그룹` 필드가 선택 항목 아래에 나타납니다. 게시물을 포스팅하려면 사용자가 현재 그룹에 회원으로 가입되어 " -"있어야 합니다. 사용자가 가입되어 있지 않은 그룹에는 채용 정보를 공유할 수 없습니다. 그룹 이름을 입력합니다. 그룹 이름을 입력하면 " -"입력 내용과 일치하는 그룹 목록이 나타납니다. 목록에서 그룹을 선택합니다. 그룹은 하나만 선택할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:264 -msgid "Share in an event" -msgstr "행사에 공유하기" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:266 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." -msgstr "" -"행사 페이지에서도 채용 공고를 공유할 수 있습니다. 페이지 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`뉴스피드 또는 스토리에 공유하기` 드롭다운 " -"메뉴를 클릭하고 :guilabel:`행사에서 공유하기` 를 선택합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:269 -msgid "" -"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " -"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " -"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" -" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " -"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " -"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " -"selected." -msgstr "" -"선택하면 :guilabel:`행사` 필드가 선택 항목 아래에 나타납니다. 게시물을 포스팅하려면 사용자가 행사에 초대되어 있어야 합니다. " -"사용자가 아직 초대에 응답하지 않은 행사 및 이전 행사도 포함됩니다. 행사명을 입력하는 것부터 시작합니다. 행사명을 입력하면 입력한 " -"내용과 일치하는 행사 목록이 나타납니다. 목록에서 행사를 선택합니다. 행사는 하나만 선택할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 -msgid "Share in a private message" -msgstr "비공개 메시지로 공유하기" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:280 -msgid "" -"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" -" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" -"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " -"Private Message`." -msgstr "" -"마지막으로 선택할 수 있는 항목은 채용 공고를 공개 대신 비공개 Facebook 메시지로 공유하는 것입니다. 페이지 상단에 있는 " -"'뉴스피드 또는 스토리에 공유하기' 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭하고 '비공개 메시지로 공유하기'를 선택합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:284 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " -"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " -"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " -"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " -"process for each friend to be added." -msgstr "" -"선택하면 :guilabel:`받는 사람` 필드가 선택 항목 아래에 나타납니다. 친구의 이름을 입력합니다. 이름을 입력하면 입력 내용과 " -"일치하는 이름 목록이 나타납니다. 목록에서 친구를 선택합니다. 친구를 여러 명 선택하여 한 메시지에 추가할 수 있습니다. 추가할 친구별로" -" 이 과정을 반복합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:289 -msgid "" -"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " -"message` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "메시지를 보낼 준비가 되었으면 화면 하단에 있는 파란색 :guilabel:`메시지 보내기` 버튼을 클릭합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:293 -msgid "X/Twitter" -msgstr "X (Twitter)" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:295 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " -"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " -"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " -"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " -"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" -" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." -msgstr "" -"채용 공고를 X (Twitter)에서도 공유할 수 있습니다. 새 아이콘이 안에 있는 :guilabel:`지금 공유하기` 버튼을 " -"클릭합니다. 사용자가 이미 X (Twitter)에 로그인되어 있는 경우에는 :guilabel:`지금 공유하기` 아이콘을 클릭하면 새 탭에" -" X (Twitter) 페이지를 불러오며 초안 팝업에 미리 입력되어 게시할 준비가 완료되어 있습니다. 사용자가 아직 로그인하지 *않은* " -"경우에는 로그인 화면을 대신 불러오고 사용자에게 X (Twitter)에 로그인하라는 메시지가 표시됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:301 -msgid "The default message is:" -msgstr "메시지 기본값은 다음과 같습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:303 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" -" Position)`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`관심을 가지실 만한 (채용 공고) 포지션을 소개합니다! 실시간으로 확인해 보세요: (채용 공고 링크)`" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:305 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " -"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " -"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," -" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " -"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " -":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " -"X/Twitter." -msgstr "" -"추가로 정보를 입력하거나 메시지를 편집합니다. 원하는 경우 웹페이지 썸네일 미리보기에서 왼쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`X` 를 " -"클릭한 후 삭제합니다. 메시지를 발송할 대상을 수정하려면 :guilabel:`모든 사람` 이라고 표시된 드롭다운 버튼을 클릭합니다. " -"드롭다운 메뉴에서 원하는 대상을 선택합니다. 기본값은 :guilabel:`모든 사람` 으로 되어 있으며, :guilabel:`서클` 을 " -"선택할 수도 있습니다. :guilabel:`서클` 은 사용자가 X (Twitter)에서 선택한 사용자 그룹입니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:312 -msgid "" -"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " -"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " -":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" -" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " -":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " -":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " -"restricts who can reply to the message." -msgstr "" -"기본 설정은 :guilabel:`🌎 (지구본) 모든 사람이 답글을 달 수 있습니다` 로 되어 있으며, X (Twitter)에서 모든 " -"사용자가 답글을 달 수 있습니다. 설정을 변경하려면 메시지 왼쪽 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`🌎 (지구본) 모든 사람이 답글을 달 수" -" 있습니다` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 선택 항목은 네 가지로, :guilabel:`모든 사람`, :guilabel:`내가 팔로우하는 계정`, " -":guilabel:`인증된 계정`, :guilabel:`내가 멘션하는 계정만` 항목이 표시됩니다. 선택할 경우 메시지에 답글을 달 수 " -"있는 사람을 제한하게 됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 -msgid "" -"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " -"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " -"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " -"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." -msgstr "" -"이 밖에도 메시지에 다양한 항목을 추가할 수 있습니다. 미디어 (사진, 동영상 등), GIF, 투표, 이모티콘 및 위치 등을 추가할 수 " -"있습니다. 메시지 왼쪽 하단에 있는 아이콘을 클릭한 후 안내에 따라 원하는 별도 요소를 추가합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:322 -msgid "" -"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" -" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " -"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." -msgstr "" -"메시지를 향후에 정해진 날짜와 시간에 게시하려면 메시지 창 왼쪽 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`스케줄` 아이콘을 클릭합니다. 왼쪽에서 " -"다섯 번째 아이콘입니다. 표시된 날짜 및 시간 선택기를 사용하여 메시지를 게시할 날짜와 시간을 입력합니다. :guilabel:`확인` 을" -" 클릭하면 예약한 시간이 메시지에 추가됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 -msgid "" -"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" -" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " -"time." -msgstr "" -"메시지를 포스팅하려면 :guilabel:`게시` 를 클릭합니다. 메시지는 즉시 게시되며, 예약된 경우에는 예정된 날짜와 시간에 " -"포시팅됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" -"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." -msgstr "" -"직무에 대한 설명을 공유할 때 표시되는 X (Twitter) 팝업창입니다. 메시지에 추가할 수 있는 항목 외에는 모두 공개 설정 및 게시" -" 버튼과 마찬가지로 강조 표시됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:336 -msgid "LinkedIn" -msgstr "링크드인" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:338 -msgid "" -"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " -"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " -"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " -"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " -"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " -"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." -msgstr "" -"LinkedIn에 채용 공고를 공유하려면 안에 :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn 로고)` 가 있는 :guilabel:`지금 " -"공유하기` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 사용자가 LinkedIn에 로그인되어 있는 경우 :guilabel:`지금 공유하기` 버튼을 클릭하면 새 " -"탭으로 LinkedIn이 불러와지고 상단에 해당 채용 공고 링크가 표시됩니다. 사용자가 아직 로그인하지 *않은* 경우에는 로그인 화면이 " -"표시되면서 먼저 LinkedIn에 로그인하라는 메시지가 나타납니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:344 -msgid "" -"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " -"message to an individual or group of individuals." -msgstr "채용 정보는 개인이나 개인 그룹에 공개 게시물이나 비공개 메시지로 공유할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 -msgid "Share in a post" -msgstr "게시물로 공유하기" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:350 -msgid "" -"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" -" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " -":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " -"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." -msgstr "" -"채용 공고를 공개 게시물로 공유하려면 화면 왼쪽 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`✏️ (연필) 게시물 공유` 버튼을 클릭합니다. " -":guilabel:`게시물 만들기` 창이 불러와지고 채용 공고 링크가 입력됩니다. 게시물에 대한 기타 정보를 항목에 입력합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:354 -msgid "" -"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " -"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " -"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " -"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." -msgstr "" -"게시물을 볼 수 있는 대상을 변경하려면 계정명 바로 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`🌎 (지구본) 모두` 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭합니다. " -"원하는 항목을 선택한 다음 화면 맨 오른쪽의 마지막 항목 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`저장` 버튼을 클릭합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " -":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " -"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " -":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" -" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " -"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " -"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " -"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " -"right corner." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`전체공개` 를 선택하면 LinkedIn에서 누구나 게시물을 볼 수 있습니다. :guilabel:`1촌만` 은 사용자와" -" 연결된 사람에게만 게시물을 공유하고 다른 사람에게는 숨겨집니다. :guilabel:`그룹` 은 사용자가 속한 특정 그룹에 게시물을 " -"공유합니다. 게시물은 하나의 그룹에만 공유할 수 있으며 여러 그룹에 동시에 게시할 수 없습니다. :guilabel:`그룹` 을 선택하면 " -"사용자가 현재 가입되어 있는 전체 그룹 목록 페이지가 로드됩니다. 그룹을 클릭하여 선택한 다음, 오른쪽 하단에 있는 " -":guilabel:`저장` 버튼을 클릭합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:366 -msgid "" -"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " -"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " -"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " -"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " -":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " -"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " -"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" -" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " -"the far lower right corner." -msgstr "" -"다음으로, 게시물에 댓글을 달 수 있는 사람을 선택합니다. 이 설정을 변경하려면 게시물 본문 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`💬 " -"(말풍선) 전체회원` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 다양한 선택 항목이 있는 페이지가 불러와집니다. 세 가지 옵션 중 하나를 클릭하여 선택합니다. " -"세 가지 옵션은 :guilabel:`전체회원`, :guilabel:`1촌만` 및 :guilabel:`비공개`입니다. 기본값은 " -":guilabel:`전체회원`으로 되어 있으며, LinkedIn 계정이 있는 사람은 누구나 게시물에 댓글을 달 수 있습니다. " -":guilabel:`1촌만`을 선택하면 사용자와 연결된 사람들만 게시물에 댓글을 달 수 있습니다. :guilabel:`비공개` 항목은 " -"댓글 기능을 해제합니다. 선택한 후, 오른쪽 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`저장` 버튼을 클릭합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:375 -msgid "" -"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " -":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." -msgstr "마지막으로 게시물 편집 및 설정 선택이 완료되었으면 :guilabel:`글 올리기` 를 클릭하여 채용 정보를 공유합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " -"post button." -msgstr "채용 정보를 공유하기 위한 linkedIn 게시물입니다. 글 올리기 버튼과 함께 채용 공고가 강조 표시됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:383 -msgid "Send as private message" -msgstr "비공개 메시지로 보내기" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:385 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " -"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " -"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" -" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" -" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " -"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." -" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " -"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" -" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " -":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " -":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " -"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " -"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " -"browser tab to exit." -msgstr "" -"공개 게시물 대신 비공개 메시지로 해당 게시물을 연결해서 보낼 수 있습니다. 그렇게 하려면 왼쪽 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`비공개 " -"메시지로 보내기` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 창 하단에 작업 설명에 대한 링크가 있는 메시지 창을 불러옵니다. 먼저 메시지를 받을 사람을 " -"선택합니다. :guilabel:`메시지 수신자 검색` 필드에 이름을 입력합니다. 이름을 입력하면 일치하는 연결 항목이 모두 나타납니다. " -"연결을 클릭하여 추가합니다. 메시지를 보낼 모든 수신자에 대해 이 과정을 반복합니다. 메시지를 보낼 수 있는 연결 수에는 제한이 " -"없습니다. 그런 다음 메시지 본문에 추가 텍스트를 입력합니다. 메시지를 보내려면 오른쪽 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`보내기` 를 " -"클릭합니다. :guilabel:`메시지가 성공적으로 전송되었습니다!` 화면을 불러옵니다. 선택할 수 있는 항목이 " -":guilabel:`메시지 보기` 및 :guilabel:`LinkedIn으로 계속하기` 두 가지로 표시됩니다. 원하는 선택 항목을 " -"클릭하여 해당 항목으로 이동하거나 브라우저 탭을 닫아 종료합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 -msgid "Email a friend" -msgstr "추천 인재에게 이메일 보내기" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:401 -msgid "" -"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " -"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " -"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" -" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " -"Mail` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" -"채용 정보를 공유하는 다른 방법으로는 한 번에 하나씩 채용 공고를 게시하는 대신 현재 채용 중인 부문에 대한 전체 목록을 공유하는 방법이" -" 있습니다. 이렇게 하려면 *인재 추천* 앱 기본 현황판으로 이동합니다. 화면 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`친구에게 이메일 보내기` " -"버튼을 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`메일로 채용 정보 보내기` 팝업 창이 나타납니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:406 -msgid "" -"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " -"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" -" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " -"`Job for you`, but can be edited." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`이메일` 에 이메일 주소를 입력합니다. 여러 명의 수신자에게 이메일을 보낼 수 있으며, 이메일 주소 뒤에 쉼표를 " -"입력하고 한 칸만 띄어쓰면 됩니다. :guilabel:`제목`은 `채용 정보 안내` 로 사전 구성되어 있지만 수정할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:410 -msgid "" -"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " -"appears is:" -msgstr "이메일 본문에도 미리 구성해 놓은 텍스트가 입력됩니다. 텍스트는 다음과 같이 나타납니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:412 -msgid "`Hello,`" -msgstr "`안녕하세요,`" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:414 -msgid "" -"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " -"interesting for you`" -msgstr "`관심을 가지실 만한 채용 공고를 안내해 드립니다! 직접 확인해 보세요.`" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:416 -msgid "`See Job Offers`" -msgstr "`채용 정보 보기`" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:418 -msgid "" -"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " -"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " -"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " -"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " -"message will be sent and the window will close." -msgstr "" -"`채용 정보 보기' 텍스트는 현재 채용 중인 전체 채용 공고 목록에 연결되어 있는 추적 링크로, 회사 웹사이트에서 확인할 수 있습니다 " -"(게시 완료). 별도의 텍스트를 추가하거나 메시지 본문을 수정한 다음 :guilabel:`메일 보내기` 를 클릭하여 이메일을 전송합니다." -" 메시지가 전송되고 창이 닫힙니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:426 msgid "Hired referrals" msgstr "추천한 인재가 채용된 경우" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:107 msgid "" "When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" " their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " @@ -17404,7 +17178,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "사용자가 추천한 사람이 채용되면 사용자는 \"슈퍼 히어로 팀 계발\" 을 하게 되어 인재 추천 현황판에 슈퍼 히어로 아바타가 생깁니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:110 msgid "" "After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," " instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " @@ -17414,27 +17188,22 @@ msgstr "" "추천 인재가 채용된 후에 사용자가 인재 추천 앱을 열면 기본 현황판 대신 채용 페이지를 불러옵니다. :guilabel:`(추천한 대상자 " "이름) 님이 채용되었습니다! 새 친구의 아바타를 선택하세요.\" 라는 텍스트가 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 msgid "" "Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " -"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " -"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" -" an available avatar to select it." +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is grayed out, and " +"the name that the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. " +"Click on an available avatar to select it." msgstr "" -"메시지 아래에서 선택할 수 있도록 아바타 썸네일 5개가 표시됩니다. 이미 추천인이 사용 중인 아바타는 미리보기 이미지에서 회색으로 " -"표시되고 선택한 아바타 이름이 아바타 아래에 나타납니다. 사용할 수 있는 아바타를 클릭하여 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:118 msgid "" -"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," -" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " -"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " -"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " -"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the *Referrals* " +"application, after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to " +"select another avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars " +"have been selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible." +" Mouse over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." msgstr "" -"인재 추천 애플리케이션을 사용한 이후로 추천한 사람이 두 명 이상 채용된 경우에는, 첫 번째 아바타를 선택한 이후에 채용된 추천 대상자에" -" 대해서 다른 아바타를 선택하라는 메시지가 표시됩니다. 아바타가 모두 선택이 된 경우에는 현황판이 로드되고 전체 아바타가 표시됩니다. 각" -" 아바타 위에 마우스를 가져가면 아바타 이름이 그 위에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -17444,15 +17213,15 @@ msgstr "" "채용 화면입니다. 선택할 수 있는 아바타가 다양하게 표시되어 있으며 이미 선택한 아바타는\n" "회색으로 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 msgid "Modify friends" msgstr "친구 수정하기" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 msgid "" "Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " "` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"rights for the *Recruitment* application can make modifications to friends. " "The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " "avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " @@ -17460,26 +17229,18 @@ msgid "" "default images are a motley group of hero characters, ranging from robots to" " dogs." msgstr "" -"친구 아바타는 :ref:`레벨 ` 수정과 동일한 방법으로 수정할 수 있습니다. 인재 채용 애플리케이션에 " -":guilabel:`관리자` 권한이 있는 사용자만 친구 수정을 할 수 있습니다. :menuselection:`추천 앱 --> 환경 설정 " -"--> 친구` 로 이동하여 사전 구성되어 있는 친구 항목을 확인하고 수정할 수 있습니다. 각 친구 아바타는 :guilabel:`현황판 " -"이미지` 열에 표시되며 :guilabel:`친구 이름` 열에 이름이 표시됩니다. 기본 이미지는 로봇부터 개까지 다양한 영웅 캐릭터 " -"그룹으로 되어 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:138 msgid "" "To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" " an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " ":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " "friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" -" else in the Referrals application." +" else in the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" -"친구에 대한 현황판 이미지, 썸네일, 이름 또는 위치를 수정하려면 개별 친구를 클릭하여 친구 추천 양식을 엽니다. " -":guilabel:`편집` 을 클릭하여 수정합니다. :guilabel:`친구 이름` 에 이름을 입력합니다. 이름은 환경 설정 메뉴에서 " -"친구를 구별하기 위한 용도로만 사용하며, 친구의 이름은 인재 추천 애플리케이션의 다른 곳에서는 표시되지 않습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " ":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " @@ -17491,71 +17252,59 @@ msgstr "" "아바타를 기준으로 친구의 위치를 결정합니다. 원하는 항목 옆에 있는 선택 버튼을 클릭하면 활성화된 친구가 사용자 아바타 앞이나 뒤에 " "나타납니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:148 msgid "" "If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " ":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " "replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" -" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " -"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -"원하는 경우 썸네일 :guilabel:`이미지` 와 :guilabel:`현황판 이미지` 를 모두 수정할 수 있습니다. 교체할 이미지 위로" -" 마우스를 가져가면 :guilabel:`✏️ (연필)` 아이콘과 :guilabel:`🗑️ (휴지통)` 아이콘이 표시됩니다. " -":guilabel:`✏️ (연필)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 파일 탐색기 창이 표시됩니다. 원하는 이미지 파일을 탐색한 후 " -":guilabel:`열기` 를 클릭하여 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:474 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 msgid "" -"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " -"original information." +"The referral friend form automatically saves, but can be saved manually at " +"any time by clicking the *Save manually* option, represented by a " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel " +"any changes made, click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to " +"delete any changes, and revert to the original content." msgstr "" -"모두 변경했으면 :guilabel:`저장` 버튼을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 저장하거나 :guilabel:`삭제` 버튼을 클릭하여 원래 정보로" -" 돌아갑니다." #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A friend form in edit mode." msgstr "친구 양식 편집 모드" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:482 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 msgid "" "It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " "background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " "about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " -"Referrals application." +"*Referrals* application." msgstr "" -"이미지는 편집하지 않는 것이 좋습니다. 이미지 파일이 제대로 렌더링되려면 배경이 투명해야 합니다. 투명 이미지에 대한 지식이 있는 " -"경우에만 인재 추천 애플리케이션에서 이미지를 조정하도록 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -"이미지를 변경하고 친구를 저장한 후에는 이전 이미지로 되돌릴 수 **없습니다**. 원래의 이미지로 되돌리려면 인재 추천 애플리케이션을 " -"*삭제한 후 다시 설치해야 합니다.*" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:172 msgid "Referral points" msgstr "추천 포인트" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:174 msgid "" "The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " -"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"rewards. On the main *Referrals* application dashboard, the top displays a " "summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " "the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " "available to spend." msgstr "" -"인재 추천 프로그램은 포인트를 적립한 후 리워드를 교환하는 방식으로 운영됩니다. 인재 추천 애플리케이션의 기본 현황판 상단에는 사용자의 " -"현재 포인트에 대한 요약 내용이 표시됩니다. 요약 내용 왼쪽에는 적립된 포인트 총액이 표시되고, 오른쪽에는 사용할 수 있는 포인트가 " -"표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 msgid "" "To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" " the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " @@ -17564,7 +17313,7 @@ msgstr "" "다양한 추천 내용과 함께 각각에 대해 적립된 포인트를 확인하려면 아바타 바로 아래에 있는 버튼 중에서 하나를 클릭합니다. " ":guilabel:`인재 추천`, :guilabel:`진행 중` 및 :guilabel:`성공` 중에서 선택할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:183 msgid "" "The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " "pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " @@ -17577,7 +17326,7 @@ msgstr "" "표시됩니다. 채용 확정된 추천인 숫자는 :guilabel:`성공` 버튼 위에 표시됩니다. 총 추천한 대상자 수 (진행 중이거나 합격한 " "추천인을 모두 합한 숫자)는 :guilabel:`추천` 버튼 위에 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 msgid "" "To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " @@ -17587,11 +17336,11 @@ msgstr "" "각 카테고리 별로:guilabel:`추천`, :guilabel:`진행 중` 및 :guilabel:`성공` 관련된 추천 항목을 확인하려면 " "해당 버튼을 클릭합니다. 해당 카테고리에 있는 추천 내용이 모두 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:194 msgid "My referrals" msgstr "내 추천" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 msgid "" "To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " ":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " @@ -17601,29 +17350,31 @@ msgstr "" "추천 내역을 모두 보려면 (진행 중이거나 합격한 추천 대상자 전체) :guilabel:`추천` 버튼을 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`내" " 추천` 창이 로드됩니다. 이 화면에는 모든 추천 내용이 표시되며 각 추천 항목은 자체 추천 카드에 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:200 msgid "" -"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " -"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " -"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " -"the top right corner." +"A successful referral displays a green :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the top-" +"right corner of the card. Referrals that are in process display a purple " +":guilabel:`In Progress` banner in the top-right corner." msgstr "" -"추천한 사람이 합격에 성공한 경우에는 카드 왼쪽 아래에 초록색 선이 표시되고 카드 오른쪽 상단에 :guilabel:`✓ 채용됨` 이미지가" -" 표시됩니다. 추천한 사람에 대해 채용 과정이 진행 중인 경우에는 오른쪽 상단에 :guilabel:`진행 중` 이미지가 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 msgid "" -"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " -"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " -"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the subject/application " +"title (as it appears on the applicant card in the *Recruitment* app), the " +"name of the job position, the person responsible for filling the role " +"(recruiter), and the points earned. For referrals that have been hired, the " +"selected avatar also appears on the card." msgstr "" -"각 추천 카드에는 지원자의 이름, 채용 부문의 소속 부서, 직책명, 업무 담당자 (채용 담당) 및 적립된 포인트가 표시되어 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two referral cards, one hired and one in-progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:214 msgid "Points" msgstr "포인트" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 msgid "" "The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " "positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " @@ -17633,7 +17384,7 @@ msgstr "" "추천으로 적립할 수 있는 포인트는 모든 채용 부문에 걸쳐 동일합니다. 채용 프로세스에 있는 각 단계별로 포인트가 배정되어 있습니다. " "표시된 단계는 *인재 채용* 애플리케이션 환경 설정 메뉴에 있는 단계에 해당합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:220 msgid "" "On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " "that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " @@ -17642,7 +17393,7 @@ msgstr "" "개별 추천 카드에는 적립된 포인트 아래에 막대 그래프가 표시되어 있으며, 지원자가 합격할 경우 적립되는 총 포인트 중에서 몇 점을 " "적립했는지 나타냅니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:224 msgid "" "Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " "points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " @@ -17652,123 +17403,109 @@ msgstr "" "막대 그래프 아래에 여러 가지 채용 단계 목록 및 추천한 사람이 단계별 이동을 할 때 적립되는 포인트가 표시됩니다. 단계를 통과하여 " "포인트가 적립된 경우 해당 단계 옆에 초록색 체크 표시가 나타납니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:229 msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" msgstr "추천에 대해 사전 구성되어 있는 포인트 점수 구조는 다음과 같습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:231 msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" msgstr ":guilabel:`기본 자격`: 1 포인트" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:232 msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" msgstr ":guilabel:`1차 면접`: 20 포인트" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" msgstr ":guilabel:`2차 면접`: 9 포인트" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" msgstr ":guilabel:`계약 제안서`: 5 포인트" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:235 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" msgstr ":guilabel:`계약서 서명 완료`: 50 포인트" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 msgid "" "The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " -"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" -" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " -"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage are done in the " +"*Recruitment* application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment " +"` documentation to modify the points for each " +"stage." msgstr "" -"추천한 사람이 채용에 합격하여 적립하게 된 총 포인트는 85 포인트입니다. 단계별로 적립한 포인트는 채용 애플리케이션에서 수정할 수 " -"있습니다. 단계별로 포인트를 수정하는 것에 대한 내용은 :ref:`채용 ` 문서를 " -"참고하세요." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:244 msgid "Rewards" msgstr "보상" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 msgid "Create rewards" msgstr "리워드 생성하기" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 msgid "" -"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" -" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " -"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " -"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " -"information on the form:" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the " +"*Referrals* application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights " +"for the *Recruitment* application can create or modify rewards. To add " +"rewards, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> " +"Rewards`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and a reward form loads. Enter the " +"following information on the form:" msgstr "" -"리워드는 인재 추천 애플리케이션을 설정할 때 필요한 유일한 환경 설정 항목입니다. 채용 애플리케이션에서 :guilabel:`관리자` " -"권한이 있는 사용자만 리워드를 생성하거나 수정할 수 있습니다. 리워드를 추가하려면 :menuselection:`인재 추천 앱 --> 환경" -" 설정 --> 리워드` 로 이동합니다. :guilabel:`만들기`를 클릭하면 리워드 양식이 로드됩니다. 다음과 같은 정보를 양식에 " -"입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:254 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." -msgstr ":guilabel:`상품명`: 리워드에 표시될 이름을 입력합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." -msgstr ":guilabel:`비용`: 리워드를 교환하려면 필요한 포인트를 입력합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" -" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " -"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" -" form." +":guilabel:`Product Name`: enter the name as it should appear for the reward." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`회사`: 드롭다운 메뉴를 사용하여, 리워드를 지급하는 회사를 선택합니다. 리워드를 여러 회사에서 사용할 경우 각 " -"회사마다 리워드 관련 기록을 보유해야 하며 해당 회사가 양식에 나타나 있어야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" appears for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each company " +"needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the form. " +"This field only appears if in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:259 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: select the person who will be responsible for " "procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " -"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" -" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is bought in the *Referrals* " +"application, so they know when to deliver the reward to the recipient." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`상품 담당자`: 리워드 상품을 확보하고 수령인에게 전달할 책임자를 드롭다운 메뉴로 선택합니다. 리워드 상품이 선택될 " -"경우 담당자에게 알림이 전달되므로 수령인에게 상품이 언제 배송되어야 하는지 알 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:263 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +":guilabel:`Description`: type in the description for the reward. This will " "be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." -msgstr ":guilabel:`설명`: 리워드에 대한 설명 내용을 입력합니다. 제목 아래에 있는 리워드 카드에 표시됩니다." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +":guilabel:`Photo`: add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " "page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " "(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " -"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" -" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +"(pencil)` icon, and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`사진`: 리워드 페이지에서 표시되는 리워드 상품 사진을 추가합니다. 사각형 이미지 위로 마우스를 가져가면 " -":guilabel:`✏️ (연필)` 및 :guilabel:`🗑️ (휴지통)` 아이콘이 나타납니다. :guilabel:`✏️ (연필)` " -"아이콘을 클릭하면 파일 탐색기가 나타납니다. 사진 파일을 확인한 다음 :guilabel:`열기` 를 클릭하여 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 msgid "" "The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " -":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +":guilabel:`Company` (if applicable), and :guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" -"필수로 입력해야 하는 항목은 :guilabel:`상품명`, :guilabel:`회사` 및 :guilabel:`설명` 항목 뿐입니다." #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." msgstr "세부 정보를 모두 입력한 리워드 양식" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 msgid "" "It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " "cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " @@ -17779,39 +17516,31 @@ msgstr "" "0으로 표시되어 리워드가 무료인 것으로 리워드 스토어에서 표시됩니다. 사진을 선택하지 않는 경우에는 리워드 페이지에 자리 표시자 아이콘이" " 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:595 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:283 msgid "Redeem rewards" msgstr "리워드 사용하기" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 msgid "" "To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " "main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " "individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " -"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +"listed in the top-right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" " purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " "bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " "the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" " instead of a buy button." msgstr "" -"포인트를 리워드로 교환하려면 인재 추천 기본 현황판에서 :guilabel:`리워드` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 리워드로 설정되어 있는 모든 " -"상품이 개별 리워드 카드에 표시됩니다. 리워드를 구매할 때 필요한 포인트는 카드 오른쪽 상단에 표시되어 있습니다. 리워드를 구매할 수 " -"있는 포인트가 충분하지 않은 경우에는 리워드 카드 하단에 :guilabel:`🧺 (장바구니) 구매` 버튼이 나타납니다. 리워드를 구매할 " -"수 있는 포인트가 충분하지 않은 경우 리워드 카드에는 구매 버튼 대신 :guilabel:`이 상품을 구매하려면 추가로 (x) 포인트가 더" -" 필요합니다.` 가 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:292 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " -"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " -"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " -":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears, asking if the user is sure " +"they want to purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item," +" or :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." msgstr "" -"리워드를 구매하려면 :guilabel:`🧺 (장바구니) 구매` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 확인용 팝업창이 나타나면서 리워드 상품을 구매할 지 " -"묻게 됩니다. 상품을 구매하려면 :guilabel:`확인` 을 클릭하고, 창을 닫고 구매를 취소하려면 :guilabel:`취소` 를 " -"클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:297 msgid "" "After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " "used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." @@ -17829,20 +17558,18 @@ msgstr "" "머그컵과 백팩 리워드 상품 아래에 구매 버튼이 있으며, 자전거 리워드 상품을 구매하려면\n" "포인트가 얼마나 더 있어야 하는지 표시되어 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:309 msgid "Levels" msgstr "등급" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:311 msgid "" -"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"The *Referrals* application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " "the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " "employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." msgstr "" -"인재 추천 애플리케이션에는 추천 현황판에 있는 사용자의 아바타 레벨이 미리 구성되어 반영되어 있습니다. 인재를 추천하여 포인트가 적립될 " -"경우에는 비디오 게임처럼 *레벨 업* 을 할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:315 msgid "" "Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" " are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " @@ -17851,9 +17578,9 @@ msgstr "" "레벨이 애플리케이션 성능에 기능적으로 미치는 영향은 없습니다. 참여하는 사람이 목표로 삼을 수 있도록 목표 등급을 추가하고 인재 추천을 " "게임화하기 위한 목적으로만 사용합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 msgid "" -"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main *Referrals* " "application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " "X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " "indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " @@ -17861,17 +17588,14 @@ msgid "" "represents points earned, while the white colored portion represents the " "points still needed before they can level up." msgstr "" -"사용자의 현재 레벨은 인재 추천 애플리케이션의 기본 현황판 위쪽이자 사진 바로 아래에 :guilabel:`레벨: X` 형식으로 " -"표시됩니다. 또한 사용자 사진 주변에 칼라로 된 링 표시로 현재 보유하고 있는 포인트 금액과 레벨 업에 필요한 추가 포인트 금액이 " -"나타납니다. 링의 청록색 부분은 적립된 포인트를 나타내고, 흰색 부분은 레벨을 올리기 위해 필요한 포인트를 나타냅니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:636 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:325 msgid "Modify levels" msgstr "레벨 수정하기" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:638 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " "modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " "--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " @@ -17879,63 +17603,59 @@ msgid "" " default images are of Odoo superheroes, and each level adds an additional " "element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." msgstr "" -"채용 애플리케이션에 :guilabel:`관리자` 권한이 있는 사용자만 레벨을 수정할 수 있습니다. 레벨의 사전 구성 현황은 " -":menuselection:`인재 추천 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 레벨` 에서 확인하고 수정할 수 있습니다. 각 아바타는 " -":guilabel:`이미지` 열에 표시되고 해당하는 레벨 숫자가 :guilabel:`레벨명` 열에 표시됩니다. 기본 이미지는 Odoo " -"슈퍼 히어로 이미지이며 각 레벨마다 아바타에 망토 및 방패와 같은 추가 요소가 더해집니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:334 msgid "" "To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " -"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form, then make " +"modifications." msgstr "" -"레벨의 이미지, 이름 또는 레벨에 도달하려면 필요한 포인트를 수정하려면 목록에서 개별 레벨을 클릭하여 레벨 양식을 엽니다. " -":guilabel:`편집` 을 클릭하여 수정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 msgid "" -"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." -" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" -" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " -"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" -" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " -"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +"Type in the name (or number) of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` " +"field. What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main " +"dashboard when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points " +"needed to reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points" +" needed to level up are the total accumulated points earned over the " +"lifetime of the employee, not additional points from the previous level that" +" must be earned." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`레벨명` 에 레벨의 이름이나 숫자를 입력합니다. 해당 레벨에 도달하면 기본 현황판의 사용자 사진 아래에 입력한 내용이" -" 표시됩니다. :guilabel:`요건` 에는 해당 레벨에 도달하는 데 필요한 추천 포인트 금액을 입력합니다. 레벨 업을 하기 위해 " -"필요한 포인트는 이전 레벨에서 추가로 적립해야 하는 포인트가 아니라, 직원이 전 기간동안 적립해야 하는 누적 포인트 총계입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:654 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:343 msgid "" "If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" " to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " -"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " -"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to " "select it." msgstr "" -"원하는 경우 :guilabel:`이미지` 도 수정할 수 있습니다. 이미지 위로 마우스를 가져가면 :guilabel:`✏️ (연필)` " -"아이콘과 :guilabel:`🗑️ (휴지통)` 아이콘이 표시됩니다. :guilabel:`✏️ (연필)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 파일 탐색기 " -"창이 표시됩니다. 원하는 이미지 파일을 탐색한 후 :guilabel:`열기` 를 클릭하여 선택합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The level form saves automatically, but can be saved manually at any time by" +" clicking the *save manually* option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel any changes made, " +"click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to delete any changes, " +"and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A level form in edit mode." msgstr "레벨 양식 편집 모드" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:671 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:362 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -"이미지를 변경하고 레벨을 저장한 후에는 이전 이미지로 되돌릴 수 **없습니다**. 원래의 이미지로 되돌리려면 인재 추천 애플리케이션을 " -"*삭제한 후 다시 설치해야 합니다.*" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 msgid "Level up" msgstr "레벨 업" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:369 msgid "" "Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " "user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " @@ -17947,7 +17667,7 @@ msgstr "" " 업!` 이라는 큰 이미지가 나타나며, 사진 및 현재 레벨 아래 쪽에 :guilabel:'레벨 업하려면 클릭하세요.'라는 메시지가 " "나타납니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:374 msgid "" "Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " "text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" @@ -17957,7 +17677,7 @@ msgstr "" "레벨 업을 하려면 :guilabel:`레벨 업!` 이미지나 사용자 사진 또는 사진 아래에 있는 :guilabel:'레벨 업하려면 " "클릭하세요.' 텍스트를 클릭합니다. 사용자 아바타가 현재 레벨로 변경되고 사진 주변에 있는 링이 업데이트되면서 현재 포인트가 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:687 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:378 msgid "" "Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" " the specified amount of points required." @@ -17971,7 +17691,7 @@ msgstr "" "사용자 이미지 아래에 '레벨 업하려면 클릭하세요!\"라는 문구가 나타나고, 이미지 위에는\n" "'레벨 업!\" 이 크게 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:387 msgid "" "Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " "accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " @@ -17980,132 +17700,113 @@ msgstr "" "설정한 최고 레벨에 사용자가 도달할 경우 리워드를 교환할 수 있는 포인트는 계속 적립되지만 레벨 업은 더 이상 되지 않습니다. 사진 " "주위에 있는 링은 청록색으로 유지됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:394 msgid "" -"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"In the *Referrals* application, it is possible to post a message, also " "referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " "information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " "banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " "for the alert is in the center of the banner, and on the far right side is " "an :guilabel:`X`." msgstr "" -"인재 추천 애플리케이션에서는 현황판 상단에 *알림* 이라는 메시지를 게시하여 중요한 정보를 사용자와 공유할 수 있습니다. 알림은 얇은 " -"반투명 배너로 표시되며 맨 왼쪽에 :guilabel:`새 소식!` 이라는 문구가 표시됩니다. 알림 텍스트는 배너 중앙에 있으며 맨 " -"오른쪽에는 :guilabel:`X` 가 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 msgid "" "Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" " individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " "click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" " alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " -"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +"*Referrals* application for the first time in a new session." msgstr "" -"기본 현황판에 알림이 개별 알림별로 설정된 지정 시간 동안 나타납니다. 사용자가 특정 알림 항목을 다시 보고 싶지 않은 경우에는 알림의 " -"맨 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`X` 를 클릭합니다. 이렇게 하면 현황판에서 알림이 삭제되어 새 세션에서 처음으로 인재 추천 " -"애플리케이션을 여는 경우에도 다시 표시되지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." msgstr "사용자 사진 위에 표시되어 있는 두 개의 알림 배너" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:409 msgid "Create an alert" msgstr "알림 만들기" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." msgstr "" -"채용 애플리케이션에 :guilabel:`관리자` 권한이 있는 사용자만 알림을 생성할 수 있습니다. 새 알림을 추가하려면 " -":menuselection:`인재 추천 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 알림` 으로 이동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " "information on the form:" msgstr ":guilabel:`만들기` 를 클릭하면 알림 양식이 새로 로드됩니다. 다음의 정보를 양식에 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date From`: the date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " "will be visible on the dashboard." -msgstr ":guilabel:`시작일`: 알림 시작일입니다. 이 날짜에 알림이 현황판에 표시됩니다." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date To`: the date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " "will be hidden from view." -msgstr ":guilabel:`종료일`: 알림 종료일입니다. 이 날짜 이후에는 알림이 숨겨집니다." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:420 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +":guilabel:`Company`: the current company populates this field by default. To" " modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " "from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " -"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"to everyone with access to the *Referrals* application. If a company is " "specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " -"Referrals application) will see the alert." +"*Referrals* application) will see the alert. This field only appears when in" +" a multi-company database." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`회사`: 기본값은 현재 회사가 입력되어 있습니다. 알림을 표시할 회사를 수정하려면 드롭다운 메뉴에서 회사를 " -"선택합니다. 필드를 비워놓으면 인재 추천 애플리케이션을 사용하는 모든 사람에게 알림이 표시됩니다. 회사를 지정한 경우에는 해당 회사 내 " -"사용자 (인재 추천 애플리케이션에 대한 액세스 권한이 있는 경우)에게만 알림이 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +":guilabel:`Alert`: enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" " the alert banner on the main dashboard." -msgstr ":guilabel:`알림`: 알림용 텍스트를 입력합니다. 이 메시지는 기본 현황판에 있는 알림 배너 안에 표시됩니다." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +":guilabel:`On Click`: there are three options for the alert. Click the radio" " button next to the desired selection. The options are:" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`클릭 시`: 알림에는 세 가지 선택 항목이 있습니다. 원하는 항목 옆에 있는 선택 버튼을 클릭합니다. 선택할 수 있는" -" 항목은 다음과 같습니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:739 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:430 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: the alert only displays text, there is no link to" " click." -msgstr ":guilabel:`클릭할 수 없음`: 알림에 텍스트만 표시되고 클릭할 링크가 없습니다." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: the alert contains a link that when clicked, " "navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`모든 채용 공고로 이동`: 알림에 링크가 포함되어 있어서 클릭하면 현재 채용 중인 정보가 모두 게시되어 있는 " -"웹사이트로 이동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:433 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: the alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " "when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " "appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`URL 지정`: 알림에 URL 링크가 포함되어 있어서 클릭하면 해당 URL로 이동합니다. 이 항목을 선택하면 " -":guilabel:`URL` 필드가 :guilabel:`클릭 시` 섹션 아래에 나타납니다. 필드에 URL을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." msgstr "모든 선택 항목 입력이 완료된 알림 양식" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:446 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " -"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" -" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " -"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in *Referrals*. To access " +"the reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The" +" main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." msgstr "" -"채용 애플리케이션에 :guilabel:`관리자` 권한이 있는 사용자만 인재 추천 앱의 보고 기능에 액세스할 수 있습니다. 보고서에 " -"액세스하려면 :menuselection:`인재 추천 애플리케이션 --> 보고` 를 클릭합니다. 기본 화면은 세 개의 섹션으로 구성된 " -"보고서 현황판 화면입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 msgid "" "In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " "many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " @@ -18118,7 +17819,7 @@ msgstr "" "세분화하여 직접 추천, Facebook 등 추천된 출처를 구체적으로 표시합니다. 보고서에 채널이 표시되지 않는 경우 해당 특정 채널을 " "통해서는 추천된 사람이 없다는 뜻입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:457 msgid "" "The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " "includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " @@ -18130,7 +17831,7 @@ msgstr "" "채용 혹은 불합격한 지원자 수, 지원자 중에서 현재 로그인되어 있는 추천 대상자 수, 적립한 총 포인트 금액 및 불합격한 지원자에 대해 " "적립된 포인트 등이 있습니다. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:770 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:462 msgid "" "The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " "new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " @@ -18145,20 +17846,318 @@ msgstr "" "나타납니다. 드롭다운 메뉴에서 원하는 스프레드시트를 선택하거나 :guilabel:`새 스프레드시트` 를 선택합니다. " ":guilabel:`확인` 을 클릭하면 선택한 스프레드시트가 새 테이블과 함께 불러와집니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 msgid "" "The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " -"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " -"option." +"needs to be installed to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." msgstr "" -"스프레드시트는 *문서* 애플리케이션에 저장됩니다. 문서 앱을 설치해야 :guilabel:`스프레드시트에 삽입` 항목을 사용할 수 " -"있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:473 +msgid ":doc:`referrals/share_jobs`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:3 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "채용 공고 공유하기" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo *Referrals*, users can earn referral points by sharing job positions" +" with potential applicants. Job positions can be shared in several ways, " +"through the :ref:`View Jobs ` button and the " +":ref:`Email A Friend ` button, located at the bottom " +"of the *Referrals* app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Sharing jobs can **only** occur after onboarding slides have been viewed or " +"skipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:16 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "채용 공고 확인" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main *Referrals* dashboard. This " +"presents all job positions, with each individual job presented with its own " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" +"현재 채용 중인 모든 부문이 표시되어 있는 '채용 부문 확인' 화면입니다. 모든 정보는 카드에\n" +"표시됩니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:27 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "채용 부문 카드에는 다음과 같은 정보가 표시됩니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the *Job " +"Position* field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The number of :guilabel:`Open Positions` being recruited. This information " +"is taken from the *Expected New Employees* field of the *Recruitment* tab of" +" the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:33 +msgid "The points a user earns when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the *Job Position* tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" +"해당 채용 부문에 대한 상세 정보를 모두 확인하려면 카드에 있는 :guilabel:`추가 정보` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그러면 새 브라우저 " +"탭에서 채용 공고 웹페이지가 열립니다. 지원자가 채용 부문에 지원하기 전에 보게 되는 화면입니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions are visible in the *Referrals* app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`../recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:46 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "친구 추천" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Subject` and :guilabel:`Body` are populated using a default " +"template. The :guilabel:`Subject` `Job for you` is present, by default, but " +"can be modified, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position populates the *Job Position* " +"placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the email body is" +" an individualized tracking link to the specific job position listed on the " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When the prospective employee receives the email, the link sends them to the" +" job position page, where they can apply for the position, and the person " +"who referred them is tracked in the *Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "이메일 메시지가 있는 추천 이메일 팝업창" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:72 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "채용 공고 공유" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Other than sending an email, job positions can be shared, via social media " +"platforms, and by tracking links to the job position. At the bottom of each " +"job position card are four icons, and corresponding tracking links, that can" +" be used to share the job position, keeping track of applicants in the " +"*Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "각각의 채용 공고에 표시되는 다양한 공유용 아이콘" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:84 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "링크" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :icon:`fa-chain` :guilabel:`(link)` " +"icon above it. A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the " +"tracking link. Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is " +"copied, click the :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up window. Next," +" share the link with the prospective employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:93 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "페이스북" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :icon:`fa-facebook` :guilabel:`(Facebook)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into Facebook, when the the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button is clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new " +"tab, with the link populated in the main body of the new post in a pop-up " +"window. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads, " +"instead, prompting the user to log-in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, then share the job " +"position using the available options in Facebook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:107 +msgid "X (formerly Twitter)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:109 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X. Click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`(X)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the user is already signed-in to X, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button" +" is clicked, an X page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready" +" to post, in a draft pop-up window. If the user is *not* already signed-in, " +"a sign-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to first sign-in to X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:117 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "메시지 기본값은 다음과 같습니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:119 +msgid "" +"`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job " +"Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message, then " +"share using the available options in X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:125 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "링크드인" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :icon:`fa-linkedin` :guilabel:`(LinkedIn)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button is clicked, a new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job " +"position at the top. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen" +" loads instead, prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:134 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual (or group of individuals)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message or " +"post, then share using the available options in LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:143 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "추천 인재에게 이메일 보내기" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions, instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Referrals` main dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`Email a friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Send Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address in the :guilabel:`Email` field. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients by separating each email address with a comma " +"followed by a single space. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +":guilabel:`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The email :guilabel:`Body` is also populated with pre-configured text. The " +"text that appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:156 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "`안녕하세요,`" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:158 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you\\:`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:160 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "`채용 정보 보기`" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:162 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of" +" all job positions currently being recruited for. Add any additional text " +"and make any edits to the message body, if necessary. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. This sends the message, and closes " +"the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 msgid "Time Off" msgstr "휴가" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Time Off* application serves as a centralized hub for all time-off-" "related information. This application manages requests, balances, " @@ -18167,19 +18166,16 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo *휴가* 애플리케이션은 모든 휴가 관련 정보에 대한 중앙 집중식 허브 역할을 합니다. 앱에서 신청이나 남은 일수 관리, 배정, " "승인 및 보고서를 관리합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:10 msgid "" -"Users can :ref:`request time off `, and see an " -"overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " +"Users can :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`, and see" +" an overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " ":ref:`allocate time off ` to individuals, teams, or the " "whole company, and :ref:`approve time off requests `." msgstr "" -"사용자는 :ref:`휴가 요청 ` 을 할 수 있으며 신청 상황이나 남은 휴가에 대한 " -"개요를 확인할 수 있습니다. 관리자는 개인, 팀 또는 회사 전체에 대한 :ref:`휴가 배정 ` 를 " -"하며 :ref:`휴가 신청 승인 ` 을 할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:15 msgid "" "Detailed :ref:`reports ` can be run to see how much time" " off (and what kinds of time off) are being used, :ref:`accrual plans " @@ -18190,13 +18186,13 @@ msgstr "" "있으며, :ref:`누적 제도 ` 를 만들거나 :ref:`공휴일 " "` 설정을 할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 msgid "" "Be advised, only users with specific access rights can see all aspects of " "the *Time Off* application." msgstr "접근 권한이 있는 사용자만 *휴가* 애플리케이션의 전체 항목을 볼 수 있다는 점에 유념하시기 바랍니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 msgid "" "All users can access the :guilabel:`My Time Off` and :guilabel:`Overview` " "sections of the *Time Off* application. All other sections require specific " @@ -18205,7 +18201,7 @@ msgstr "" "*휴가* 애플리케이션의 :guilabel:`내 휴가` 및 :guilabel:`개요` 섹션은 전체 사용자가 이용할 수 있습니다. 다른 " "섹션은 모두 접근 권한이 있어야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:26 msgid "" "To better understand how access rights affect the *Time Off* application, " "refer to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` document, specifically the " @@ -18214,7 +18210,7 @@ msgstr "" "*휴가* 애플리케이션에서 접근 권한이 어떻게 적용되는지 알아보려면 :doc:`employees/new_employee` 문서, 특히 근무" " 정보 탭 환경 설정에 대한 섹션을 참조하세요." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to allocate time off to employees, and for employees to request and" " use their time off, the various time off types must be configured first, " @@ -18223,11 +18219,11 @@ msgstr "" "직원에게 휴가를 할당하고 직원이 휴가를 신청하고 사용하게 하려면, 먼저 여러 가지 휴가 유형을 설정한 다음 직원에게 할당해야 합니다 " "(할당해야 하는 경우)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:40 msgid "Time off types" msgstr "휴가 유형" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 msgid "" "To view the currently configured time off types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. The time" @@ -18236,7 +18232,7 @@ msgstr "" "현재 설정되어 있는 휴가 유형을 확인하려면 :menuselection:`휴가 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 휴가 유형` 으로 이동합니다. " "휴가 유형이 목록 보기로 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:45 msgid "" "The *Time Off* application comes with four pre-configured time off types: " ":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, " @@ -18246,11 +18242,11 @@ msgstr "" "*휴가* 애플리케이션에는 네 가지 휴가 유형이 :guilabel:`유급 휴가`, :guilabel:`병가`, :guilabel:`무급` " "및 :guilabel:`보상 휴가` 으로 사전에 설정되어 있습니 . 비즈니스 요구 사항에 맞게 수정하거나 그대로 사용할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:50 msgid "Create time off type" msgstr "휴가 유형 만들기" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 msgid "" "To create a new time off type, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Time Off Types`. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` " @@ -18259,7 +18255,7 @@ msgstr "" "새로운 휴가 유형을 생성하려면 :menuselection:`휴가 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 휴가 유형` 으로 이동합니다. 여기서 " ":guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭하면 빈 휴가 유형 양식이 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:55 msgid "" "Enter the name for the particular type of time off in the blank line at the " "top of the form, such as `Sick Time` or `Vacation`. Then, enter the " @@ -18268,7 +18264,7 @@ msgstr "" "휴가 양식 상단에 있는 빈 칸에 `병가` 또는 `휴가` 와 같이 휴가 유형의 이름을 입력합니다. 그런 다음 양식에 다음 내용을 " "입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:59 msgid "" "The only **required** fields on the time off type form are the name of the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, the :guilabel:`Take Time Off In`, and the " @@ -18279,24 +18275,24 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`휴가 종류` 밖에 없습니다. 이와 함께, :guilabel:`휴가 신청` 및 :guilabel:`배정 요청` 섹션을 " "**반드시** 설정해야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:65 msgid "Time Off Requests section" msgstr "휴가 신청 섹션" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select what specific kind of approval is required for " "the time off type. The options are:" msgstr ":guilabel:`승인`: 휴가 유형별 승인 방법을 선택합니다. 다음 중에서 선택할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No Validation`: no approvals are required when requesting this " "type of time off. The time off request is automatically approved." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`승인 불요`: 이러한 유형의 휴가는 신청 후 승인이 필요하지 않습니다. 휴가 신청을 하면 자동으로 승인됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Time Off Officer`: only the specified :ref:`Time Off Officer " "`, set on this form in the :guilabel:`Notified " @@ -18307,7 +18303,7 @@ msgstr "" "담당자 ` 만 휴가 신청서를 승인할 수 있습니다. 이 항목은 기본값으로 선택되어 " "있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver`: only the employee's specified approver " "for time off, which is set on the *Work Information* tab on the " @@ -18317,7 +18313,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`직원의 승인자`: 직원에게 지정되어 있는 휴가 승인자는 :ref:`직원 양식 `의 *근무 정보* 탭에 설정되어 있으며, 이 승인자만 휴가 신청을 승인할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver and Time Off Officer`: both the employee's" " :ref:`specified time off approver` and the " @@ -18327,11 +18323,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`직원의 승인자 및 휴가 담당자`: 직원의 :ref:`지정된 휴가 승인자 ` 및 :ref:`휴가 담당자 ` 양쪽에서 휴가 신청을 승인해야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:83 msgid "Allocation Requests section" msgstr "배정 요청 섹션" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requires allocation`: if the time off must be allocated to " "employees, select :guilabel:`Yes`. If the time off can be requested without " @@ -18343,7 +18339,7 @@ msgstr "" "않고도 휴가 신청을 할 수 있는 경우에는 :guilabel:`제한 없음` 을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`제한 없음` 을 선택할 경우" " 다음 항목은 양식에 표시되지 않습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee Requests`: select :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests " "Allowed` if the employee is able to request more time off than was " @@ -18352,13 +18348,13 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`직원 요청`: 직원이 할당된 휴가보다 휴가를 더 요청할 수 있게 하려면 :guilabel:`추가 휴가 요청 허용`을 " "선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:92 msgid "" "If employees should **not** be able to make requests for more time off than " "what was allocated, select the :guilabel:`Not Allowed` option." msgstr "직원이 할당받은 휴가보다 더 휴가를 요청할 수 **없게** 하려면, :guilabel:`허용하지 않음` 을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:96 msgid "" "Ten days are allocated to the employee for this particular type of time off," " and the :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests Allowed` option is enabled. The " @@ -18370,19 +18366,19 @@ msgstr "" "휴가 일수가 12일이라고 해 봅시다. :guilabel:`추가 휴일 신청 허용` 옵션이 활성화되어 있으므로 추가로 2일 동안 신청할 수 " "있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 msgid "" "It is important to note that requesting additional time off does **not** " "guarantee that time off is granted." msgstr "추가 휴가를 신청한다고 해서 휴가가 승인되는 것은 **아니라는** 점에 유의하세요." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select the type of approvals required for the " "allocation of this particular time off type." msgstr ":guilabel:`승인`: 이와 같은 특정한 휴가 유형을 배정할 때 필요한 승인 유형을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approved by Time Off Officer` indicates the :ref:`Time Off " "Officer ` set on this form must approve the " @@ -18391,16 +18387,16 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`휴가 담당자 승인` 은 양식에 설정되어 있는 :ref:`휴가 담당자 `가 승인하는 경우 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No validation needed` indicates that no approvals are required." msgstr ":guilabel:`승인 불요` 는 승인이 필요하지 않을 경우 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:113 msgid "Configuration section" msgstr "환경 설정 섹션" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notified Time Off Officer`: select the person who is notified and" " responsible for approving requests and allocations for this specific type " @@ -18408,33 +18404,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`휴가 담당자 알림`: 특정한 휴가 유형에 대해 신청 알림을 받아서 승인하거나 배정하는 담당자를 선택합니다. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take Time Off in`: select the format the time off is requested in" " from the drop-down menu." msgstr ":guilabel:`휴가 단위`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 휴가 신청 단위를 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 msgid "The options are:" msgstr "다음 중에서 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: if time off can only be requested in full day increments (8" " hours)." msgstr ":guilabel:`일`: 휴가는 하루 단위 (8시간)로만 신청할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:125 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: if time off can only be requested in half day " "increments (4 hours)." msgstr ":guilabel:`반일`: 휴가는 반일 단위 (4시간)로만 신청할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Hours`: if the time off can be taken in hourly increments." msgstr ":guilabel:`시간`: 휴가는 시간 단위로 신청할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Deduct Extra Hours`: enable this option if the time off request " "should factor in any extra time accrued by the employee" @@ -18442,7 +18438,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`추가 시간 공제`: 휴가 신청과 관련하여 직원의 초과 근무 적립 시간을 고려해야 하는 경우 이 항목을 사용하도록 " "설정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:134 msgid "" "If an employee works two extra hours for the week, and requests five hours " "of time off, the request would be for three hours, since the two extra " @@ -18451,7 +18447,7 @@ msgstr "" "직원이 한 주 동안 2시간을 초과 근무하고 5시간 휴가를 요청하는 경우 2시간의 추가 근무 시간이 먼저 사용되어 신청 시 공제되므로 신청" " 시간은 3시간이 됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow To Attach Supporting Document`: enable this option to allow" " the employee to attach documents to the time off request. This is useful in" @@ -18461,7 +18457,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`증빙 문서 첨부 허용`: 직원이 휴가를 신청할 때 문서를 첨부할 수 있게 하려면 이 항목을 사용합니다. 장기 병가와 " "같이 서류가 필요한 상황에서 유용합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kind of Time Off`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "time off this is, either :guilabel:`Worked Time` or :guilabel:`Absence`. " @@ -18473,7 +18469,7 @@ msgstr "" "선택합니다. :guilabel:`근무` 로 선택할 경우 어떤 근무 유형이든 전체 누적 근무 시간으로 휴가가 계산될 수 있는 반면에, " ":guilabel:`결근` 인 경우에는 전혀 누적 시간에 포함되지 않음을 나타냅니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if multiple companies are created in the database, and " "this time off type only applies to one company, select the company from the " @@ -18485,11 +18481,11 @@ msgstr "" "회사를 선택합니다. 비워두면 휴가 유형이 데이터베이스에 있는 모든 회사에 휴가 유형이 적용됩니다. 이 항목은 데이터베이스에 회사가 여러 " "개 있는 경우에 **한해서만** 나타납니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:151 msgid "Negative Cap section" msgstr "마이너스 한도 섹션" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:153 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option if employees are able to " "request more time off than they currently have, allowing a negative balance." @@ -18500,13 +18496,13 @@ msgstr "" "잔여 일수를 허용합니다. 활성화할 경우 :guilabel:`마이너스 잔여일` 이 나타납니다. 허용할 최대 마이너스 날짜 수일 단위로 " "입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 msgid "" "Sara currently has three days of the time off type `Vacation`. She is " "planning a trip that requires five days of time off." msgstr "지영 씨에게는 현재 휴가 유형으로 '여름휴가'가 3일 있습니다. 개인 여행으로 휴가를 5일 내는 것을 계획하고 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 msgid "" "The `Vacation` time off type has the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option " "enabled, and the :guilabel:`Amount in Negative` is set to five." @@ -18514,7 +18510,7 @@ msgstr "" "휴가 유형 `여름휴가`에는 :guilabel:`마이너스 잔여일 허용` 이 활성화되어 있고 :guilabel:`마이너스 잔여일` 이 5로 " "설정되어 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:164 msgid "" "These settings allow Sara to submit a request for five days of the " "`Vacation` time off type. If approved, her `Vacation` time off balance will " @@ -18529,11 +18525,11 @@ msgid "" "off." msgstr "휴가 유형 양식의 상단 절반까지 내용이 모두 입력되어 있는 병가 양식" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:173 msgid "Payroll section" msgstr "급여 섹션" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:175 msgid "" "If the time off type should create :doc:`../hr/payroll/work_entries` in the " "*Payroll* application, select the :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` from the drop-" @@ -18542,11 +18538,11 @@ msgstr "" "*급여* 애플리케이션에 휴가 유형으로 :doc:`../hr/payroll/work_entries` 항목을 생성해야 하는 경우, 드롭다운 " "목록에서 :guilabel:`근무 항목 유형` 을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 msgid "Timesheets section" msgstr "작업 기록 섹션" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Timesheets` section only appears if the user is in developer " "mode. Refer to the :ref:`developer-mode` document for details on how to " @@ -18555,7 +18551,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`작업 기록` 섹션은 사용자가 개발자 모드에 있는 경우에만 표시됩니다. 개발자 모드에 액세스하는 방법에 대한 자세한 " "내용은 :ref:`developer-mode` 문서를 참조하세요." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 msgid "" "When an employee takes time off, and is also using timesheets, Odoo creates " "entries in the *Timesheets* application for the time off. This section " @@ -18564,13 +18560,13 @@ msgstr "" "직원이 휴가 기간 중에 작업시간표도 사용하게 되는 경우에는 Odoo에서는 *작업 기록* 애플리케이션에 휴가와 관련된 항목을 생성합니다. " "이 섹션에서는 이 경우 입력하는 방법에 대해 설명합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:188 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Project`: select the project that the time off type entries " "appear in." msgstr ":guilabel:`프로젝트`: 휴가 유형 항목이 표시될 프로젝트를 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:189 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Task`: select the task that appears in the timesheet for this " "time off type. The default options are: :guilabel:`Time Off`, " @@ -18579,17 +18575,17 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`작업`: 작업시간표에서 해당 휴가 유형으로 표시될 작업을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`휴가`, " ":guilabel:`미팅`, 또는 :guilabel:`교육` 이 기본 선택 항목으로 설정되어 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 msgid "Display Option section" msgstr "표시 항목 섹션" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:195 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color to be used in the *Time Off* application " "dashboard." msgstr ":guilabel:`색상`: *휴가* 애플리케이션 현황판에서 사용할 색상을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cover Image`: select an icon to be used in the *Time Off* " "application dashboard." @@ -18603,11 +18599,11 @@ msgstr "" "휴가 유형 양식의 하단 절반까지 내용이 모두 입력되어 있는 병가\n" "양식" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:206 msgid "Accrual plans" msgstr "적립 계획" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:208 msgid "" "Some time off is earned through an accrual plan, meaning that for every " "specified amount of time an employee works (hour, day, week, etc), they earn" @@ -18615,7 +18611,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "일부 휴가의 경우 적립 계획을 통해 부여되며, 일정한 근무 시간 (시간, 일, 주 등)마다 지정된 휴가가 부여되거나 *적립* 됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:212 msgid "" "If an employee accrues a vacation day for every week they work, they would " "earn 0.2 vacation days for each hour they work. At the end of a forty hour " @@ -18624,11 +18620,11 @@ msgstr "" "직원이 만근하는 주마다 휴가가 발생하는 경우에는 근무 시간당 0.2일씩 휴가가 생기게 됩니다. 주 40시간 근무가 종료되면 하루에 " "해당하는 전일 휴가 (8시간)가 적립됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:217 msgid "Create accrual plan" msgstr "적립 제도 생성하기" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new accrual plan, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Accrual Plans`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, " @@ -18637,11 +18633,11 @@ msgstr "" "새로운 적립 제도를 생성하려면 :menuselection:`휴가 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 적립 제도` 로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 " ":guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭하면 새로운 적립 계획 양식이 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the accrual plan name." msgstr ":guilabel:`이름`: 적립 제도 이름을 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrued Gain Time`: select when the employee begins to accrue " "time off, either :guilabel:`At the start of the accrual period` or " @@ -18650,25 +18646,25 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`누적 적립 시간`: 직원이 휴가를 누적하기 시작할 시점을 :guilabel:`누적 기간 시작 시` 또는 " ":guilabel:`누적 기간 종료 시` 중에서 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry-Over Time`: select when the employee received previously " "earned time. The options are:" msgstr ":guilabel:`휴가 이월`: 직원이 이전에 적립한 휴가를 언제 사용할 지 선택합니다. 다음 중에서 선택할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the start of the year`: select this if the accrual rolls over " "on January 1 of the upcoming year." msgstr ":guilabel:`연도 초기`: 다음 해 1월 1일로 누적된 휴가가 이월되게 하려면 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:232 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the allocation date`: select this if the accrual rolls over as" " soon as time is allocated to the employee." msgstr ":guilabel:`배정일`: 직원에게 휴가를 배정하는 즉시 누적 휴가가 이월되게 하려면 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Other`: select this option if neither of the other two options " "are applicable. When selected, a :guilabel:`Carry-Over Date` field appears. " @@ -18678,7 +18674,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`기타`: 다른 두 항목 중에서 적용할 만한 내용이 없는 경우에 선택합니다. 선택하면 :guilabel:`이월 날짜` " "필드가 나타납니다. 월일로 구성된 드롭다운 메뉴 두 개를 이용하여 날짜를 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Based on worked time`: enable this option if time off accrual is " "determined by the employee's worked hours. Days **not** considered as worked" @@ -18687,7 +18683,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`근무 시간 기준`: 직원의 근무 시간에 따라 휴가 발생 여부가 정해지도록 하려면 이 항목을 활성화합니다. 근무 " "시간으로 간주되지 **않는** 날짜는 Odoo에서 누적되지 **않습니다**." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:241 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone Transition`: this selection determines when employees " "move up to a new milestone. If they qualify to change milestones in the " @@ -18699,7 +18695,7 @@ msgstr "" "자격이 생기는 경우 직원이 마일스톤을 변경하는 시기를 :guilabel:`즉시` 또는 :guilabel:` 이 누적 기간 이후` (현재 " "급여 기간 이후) 중에서 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Milestone Transition` field is **only** visible after a " "minimum of two :ref:`rules ` have been configured on the " @@ -18708,7 +18704,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`마일스톤 전환` 항목은 누적 제도에 최소 두 개의 :ref:`규칙 ` 을 환경 설정한 " "후에 **한해서만** 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:250 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " "accrual plan applies to. If left blank, the accrual plan can be used for all" @@ -18721,13 +18717,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An accrual plan form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "모든 항목이 입력되어 있는 누적 제도 양식" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:263 msgid "" "Rules must be created in order for employees to accrue time off from the " "accrual plan." msgstr "직원이 누적 제도 하에서 휴가를 누적하려면 반드시 규칙을 만들어야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New Milestone` button in the gray" " :guilabel:`Rules` section, and a :guilabel:`Create Milestone` modal form " @@ -18736,24 +18732,24 @@ msgstr "" "새 규칙을 생성하려면 회색 :guilabel:`규칙` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`새로운 마일스톤` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그러면 " ":guilabel:`마일스톤 만들기` 모달 양식이 나타납니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:268 msgid "Fill out the following fields on the form:" msgstr "다음과 같이 양식을 작성합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee accrue`: select the parameters for earned time off in " "this section." msgstr ":guilabel:`직원 누적 휴가`: 이 섹션에서 누적된 휴가에 대한 매개변수를 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 msgid "" "First, select either :guilabel:`Days` or :guilabel:`Hours` for the increment" " of accrued time using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" "먼저, 드롭다운 메뉴를 사용하여 적립될 누적 휴가 단위를 :guilabel:`일` 또는 :guilabel:`시간` 중에서 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 msgid "" "Next, enter the numerical amount of the selected parameter that is accrued. " "The numerical format is `X.XXXX`, so that partial days or hours can also be " @@ -18762,7 +18758,7 @@ msgstr "" "그 다음, 선택한 매개변수의 누적 일수를 숫자로 입력합니다. 숫자 형식은 'X.XXXX'이므로 날짜나 시간을 부분적으로도 설정할 수 " "있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:278 msgid "" "Last, select how often the time is accrued using the drop-down menu. The " "default options are :guilabel:`Hourly`, :guilabel:`Daily`, " @@ -18773,7 +18769,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`매일`, :guilabel:`매주`, :guilabel:`월 2회`, :guilabel:`매월`, " ":guilabel:`연 2회`, 및 :guilabel:`매년` 중에서 선택할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 msgid "" "Depending on which option is selected, additional fields may appear. For " "example, if :guilabel:`Twice a month` is selected, two additional fields " @@ -18782,13 +18778,13 @@ msgstr "" "선택하는 필드에 따라 추가 필드가 나타날 수 있습니다. 예를 들어, :guilabel:`월 2회` 를 선택하면 마일스톤이 발생하는 매월 " "중 2일을 지정하는 필드가 나타납니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cap accrued time`: if there is a maximum amount of days the " "employee can accrue with this plan, enable this option." msgstr ":guilabel:`누적일 한도`: 직원이 누적제에서 누적할 수 있는 최대 일수를 설정하려면 이 옵션을 활성화합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 msgid "" "When enabled, two additional fields appear beneath it. Select the type of " "time period from the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Days` or " @@ -18797,13 +18793,13 @@ msgstr "" "활성화하면 아래에 두 개의 추가 필드가 나타납니다. 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`일` 또는 :guilabel:`시간` 중 " "기간으로 사용할 유형을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:291 msgid "" "Then, enter a numerical value in the field to specify the maximum amount of " "time that can be accrued." msgstr "그런 다음 숫자 값을 입력하여 누적될 수 있는 최대 시간을 지정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:293 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone reached`: enter the number and value of the time period" " that must pass before the employee starts to accumulate time off. The first" @@ -18812,7 +18808,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`마일스톤 도달`: 직원 휴가 적립이 시작되기 전에 반드시 경과해야 하는 기간을 숫자와 값으로 입력합니다. 첫 번째 " "값은 숫자이므로 첫 번째 필드에 숫자를 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:297 msgid "" "Then, select the type of time period using the drop-down menu in the second " "field. The options are: :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Months`, or " @@ -18821,24 +18817,24 @@ msgstr "" "그런 다음 두 번째 필드의 드롭다운 메뉴로 기간 유형을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`일`, :guilabel:`월` 또는 " ":guilabel:`연도` 중에서 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over`: select how any unused time off is handled. The " "options are either:" msgstr ":guilabel:`이월`: 사용하지 않은 휴가를 처리하는 방법을 선택합니다. 다음 중에서 선택할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None. Accrued time reset to 0`: any unused time off is gone." msgstr ":guilabel:`없음. 누적 휴가를 0으로 초기화`: 미사용 휴가는 모두 소멸됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:302 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All accrued time carried over`: all unused time off is rolled " "over to the next calendar year." msgstr ":guilabel:`모든 누적 휴가 이월`: 사용하지 않은 휴가는 모두 다음 연도로 이월됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over with a maximum`: unused time off is rolled over to the" " next calendar year, but there is a cap. An :guilabel:`Up to` field appears " @@ -18849,7 +18845,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`최대` 가 나타납니다. 다음 연도로 이월할 수 있는 최대 :guilabel:`일` 수를 입력합니다. 이 매개변수를 " "초과하는 휴가는 모두 소멸됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:309 msgid "" "Once the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the form " "and close the modal, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the form and " @@ -18862,17 +18858,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A milestone form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "모든 항목이 입력된 마일스톤 양식" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:320 msgid "Public holidays" msgstr "공휴일" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 msgid "" "To observe public or national holidays, and provide extra days off as " "holidays to employees, configure the observed *public holidays* in Odoo." msgstr "공휴일이나 국경일을 준수하고 직원에게 추가로 휴가를 부여하려면, Odoo에서 기준으로 삼을 *공휴일* 을 설정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 msgid "" "It is important to configure these days in Odoo, so employees are aware of " "the days they have off, and do not request time off on days that are already" @@ -18881,7 +18877,7 @@ msgstr "" "직원이 휴무일을 파악하고 이미 공휴일 (휴일)로 설정된 날짜에 휴가 신청을 하지 않도록 Odoo에서 이러한 날짜를 설정해 놓은 것이 " "중요합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 msgid "" "Additionally, all public holidays configured in the *Time Off* app are also " "reflected in any app that uses working schedules, such as *Calendar*, " @@ -18890,50 +18886,50 @@ msgstr "" "또한 *휴가* 앱에서 설정한 공휴일은 *캘린더*, *일정 수립*, *제조 관리* 등과 같이 근무 스케줄을 사용하는 모든 앱에도 " "반영됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:331 msgid "" "Due to Odoo's integration with other apps that use working schedules, it is " "considered best practice to ensure *all* public holidays are configured." msgstr "" "Odoo는 근무 스케줄을 사용하는 모든 앱이 통합되어 있으므로 환경 설정에서 *모든* 공휴일을 설정해 두는 것이 가장 바람직합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:335 msgid "Create public holiday" msgstr "공휴일 생성하기" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 msgid "" "To create a public holiday, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Public Holidays`." msgstr "공휴일을 생성하려면 :menuselection:`휴가 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 공휴일` 로 이동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:340 msgid "All currently configured public holidays appear in a list view." msgstr "현재 설정된 공휴일이 모두 목록 보기로 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:342 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a new line appears at the bottom of " "the list." msgstr ":guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭하면 목록 하단에 새로운 줄이 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:341 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 msgid "Enter the following information on that new line:" msgstr "새 줄에 다음의 정보를 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:346 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the holiday." msgstr ":guilabel:`이름`: 공휴일 명칭을 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:347 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, the current company " "populates this field by default. It is not possible to edit this field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`회사`: 데이터베이스에 있는 회사가 여러 개인 경우, 현재 회사가 기본값으로 입력됩니다. 수정할 수 없는 항목입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:351 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company` field is hidden by default. To view this field, " "click the two dots in the top-right corner of the list, to the far-right of " @@ -18943,7 +18939,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`회사` 는 기본적으로 숨겨져 있습니다. 이 필드를 보려면 목록의 오른쪽 상단에서 열 제목의 맨 오른쪽에 있는 두 개의" " 점을 클릭하면 나타나는 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`회사` 선택 항목을 활성화합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:355 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday starts. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -18957,7 +18953,7 @@ msgstr "" "날짜로 설정되어 있습니다. 시작 시간은 회사의 시작 시간을 기준으로 설정됩니다 (:ref:`근무 스케줄 ` 기준). 사용자의 컴퓨터가 다른 시간대로 설정되어 있는 경우에는 회사의 시간대와 차이를 비교하여 시작 시간이 조정됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:360 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday ends. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -18971,7 +18967,7 @@ msgstr "" "날짜로 설정되어 있으며, 시간은 회사의 종료 시간으로 설정됩니다 (:ref:`근무 스케줄 ` " "기준). 사용자의 컴퓨터가 다른 시간대로 설정되어 있는 경우에는 회사의 시간대와 차이를 비교하여 시작 시간이 조정됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 msgid "" "A company located in San Francisco operates from 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM, with an " "eight hour work day and one hour lunch break." @@ -18979,7 +18975,7 @@ msgstr "" "어떤 회사가 샌프란시스코에 위치하고 있으며 근무 시간은 오전 9시부터 오후 6시까지 하루 8시간 근무하고 점심시간은 1시간이라고 " "하겠습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:370 msgid "" "For a user in New York, with a computer time zone set to Eastern Standard " "Time, a created public holiday displays a start time of 12:00 PM - 9:00 PM, " @@ -18988,7 +18984,7 @@ msgstr "" "뉴욕에 있는 사용자에 대해서는 컴퓨터 표준 시간대가 동부 표준시인 점을 고려하여, 공휴일을 생성할 때 3시간의 시간대 차이를 반영하여 " "시간을 오후 12시~오후 9시로 표시합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 msgid "" "Similarly, a user located in Los Angeles, with a computer time zone set to " "Pacific Standard Time, sees a public holiday time as 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM." @@ -18996,7 +18992,7 @@ msgstr "" "마찬가지로 로스앤젤레스에 있는 사용자의 경우에는 컴퓨터 시간대가 태평양 표준시로 설정되어 있으므로, 공휴일 시간이 오전 9시~오후 6시로" " 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: if the holiday should only apply to employees who" " have a specific set of working hours, select the working hours from the " @@ -19005,7 +19001,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`근무 시간`: 근무 시간대가 특정하게 정해져 있는 직원에게만 휴일을 적용하려면 드롭다운 메뉴에서 근무 시간을 " "선택합니다. 비워둘 경우 모든 직원에게 휴일이 적용됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:380 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: if using the *Payroll* application, this field " "defines how the :ref:`work entries ` for the holiday " @@ -19018,11 +19014,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The list of public holidays in the configuration menu." msgstr "환경 설정 메뉴에 있는 공휴일 목록" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:389 msgid "Mandatory days" msgstr "필수 근무일" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 msgid "" "Some companies have special days where specific departments, or the entire " "staff, is required to be present, and time off is not allowed on those " @@ -19031,7 +19027,7 @@ msgstr "" "회사에 따라서는 특정 부서나 전체 직원이 출근해야 하는 특별한 날짜를 지정하고 있으며, 이와 같은 날짜에는 휴가를 내지 않도록 않고 " "있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:394 msgid "" "These types of days are called *mandatory days* in Odoo. These can be " "configured to be company-wide, or department specific. When configured, " @@ -19041,11 +19037,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo에서는 이런 종류의 날을 *필수 근무일* 이라고 합니다. 필수 근무일은 전체 회사 혹은 부서별로 설정할 수 있습니다. 설정하면 " "지정된 부서나 회사의 직원은 필수 근무일에 휴가 신청을 할 수 없습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:399 msgid "Create mandatory days" msgstr "필수 근무일 만들기" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 msgid "" "No mandatory days are configured in Odoo by default. To create a mandatory " "day, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> " @@ -19054,17 +19050,17 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo에는 필수 근무일이 기본 설정되어 있지 않습니다. 필수 근무일을 생성하려면 :menuselection:`휴가 앱 --> 환경 설정" " --> 필수 근무일` 로 이동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:404 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner, and a blank line " "appears in the list." msgstr "왼쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭하면 목록에 빈 줄이 나타납니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:408 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the mandatory day." msgstr ":guilabel:`이름`: 필수 근무일의 이름을 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, this field is visible, " "and the current company populates this field by default. Using the drop-down" @@ -19073,7 +19069,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`회사`: 데이터베이스에 회사가 여러 개 있는 경우 표시되며 현재 회사가 기본값으로 입력되어 있습니다. 드롭다운 메뉴를" " 사용하여 필수 근무일을 정할 회사를 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:412 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Departments`: this column is hidden by default. First, click the " ":guilabel:`(optional columns)` icon in the top-right corner, next to " @@ -19083,7 +19079,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`부서`: 이 열은 기본적으로 숨겨져 있습니다. 먼저, 오른쪽 상단 모서리에 있는 :guilabel:`색상` 옆 " ":guilabel:`(선택적 열)` 아이콘을 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`부서` 옆에 있는 확인란을 클릭하면 해당 열이 나타납니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 msgid "" "Next, select the desired departments from the drop-down menu. Multiple " "departments can be selected, and there is no limit to the amount of " @@ -19091,19 +19087,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "그 다음 드롭다운 메뉴에서 원하는 부서를 선택합니다. 여러 개의 부서를 선택할 수 있으며, 추가할 수 있는 부서 수에는 제한이 없습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:419 msgid "" "If this field is left blank, the mandatory day applies to the entire " "company." msgstr "이 필드를 비워두면 회사 전체에 필수 근무일이 적용됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day starts." msgstr ":guilabel:`시작일`: 달력 선택기를 사용하여 필수 근무일이 시작될 날짜를 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:421 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day ends. If creating a single mandatory day, the end date should " @@ -19112,7 +19108,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`종료일`: 달력 선택기를 사용하여 필수 근무일이 종료되는 날짜를 선택합니다. 필수 종료일이 하루인 경우 종료일은 " "시작일과 동일해야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: if desired, select a color from the available presented " "options. If no color is desired, select the `No color` option, represented " @@ -19127,11 +19123,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Mandatory Days section with three configured days." msgstr "3일이 설정되어 있는 필수 근무일 섹션" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:435 msgid "Allocate time off" msgstr "휴가 할당" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:437 msgid "" "Once time off types and accrual plans have been configured, the next step is" " to allocate, or give, time off to employees. This section is only visible " @@ -19141,37 +19137,37 @@ msgstr "" "휴가 유형과 적립 제도에 대한 설정이 완료되면 다음 단계로 직원에게 휴가를 할당하거나 부여해 줍니다. 이 섹션은 *휴가* 애플리케이션에 " ":guilabel:`휴가 담당자` 또는 :guilabel:`관리자` 접근 권한이 있는 사용자에게만 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 msgid "" "To create a new allocation, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Management --> Allocations`." msgstr "새로 배정하려면 :menuselection:`휴가 앱 --> 관리 --> 배정` 으로 이동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:444 msgid "" "This presents a list of all current allocations, including their respective " "statuses." msgstr "여기에서 현재 배정 목록과 함께 해당하는 상태가 모두 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:446 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`New` to allocate time off, and a blank allocation form " "appears." msgstr "휴가 배정을 하려면 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭하고 빈 배정 양식이 나타납니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 msgid "" "After entering a name for the allocation on the first blank field of the " "form, enter the following information:" msgstr "양식에서 비어있는 첫 번째 필드에 할당 이름을 입력한 후 다음의 정보를 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:451 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of time" " off that is being allocated to the employees." msgstr ":guilabel:`휴가 유형`: 드롭다운 메뉴를 사용하여 직원에게 할당할 휴가 유형을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`: select either :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` or" " :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`. If the allocation is **not** based on an " @@ -19180,7 +19176,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`배정 유형`: :guilabel:`일반 배정` 또는 :guilabel:`누적 배정` 을 선택합니다. 누적 제도를 " "기준으로 배정하지 **않는** 경우에는 :guilabel:`일반 배정` 을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:456 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Plan`: if :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for " "the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, the :guilabel:`Accrual Plan` field appears." @@ -19192,7 +19188,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`적립 제도` 필드가 나타납니다. 드롭다운 메뉴를 사용하여 할당과 연관된 적립 제도를 선택합니다. " ":guilabel:`누적 할당` 을 사용하려면 **반드시** 적립 제도를 선택해야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:460 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period/Start Date`: if :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` is" " selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, this field is labeled " @@ -19204,7 +19200,7 @@ msgstr "" " :guilabel:`유효 기간` 이라는 제목이 지정됩니다. :guilabel:`배정 유형` 으로 :guilabel:`누적 배정` 을 " "선택한 경우에는, :guilabel:`시작일` 이라는 제목으로 지정됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:465 msgid "" "The current date populates the first date field by default. To select " "another date, click on the pre-populated date to reveal a popover calendar " @@ -19214,7 +19210,7 @@ msgstr "" "기본적으로 현재 날짜가 첫 번째 날짜 항목에 입력됩니다. 다른 날짜를 선택하려면 미리 입력되어 있는 날짜를 클릭하여 팝업 달력 창을 " "표시합니다. 배정을 시작할 날짜로 이동한 후 날짜를 클릭하여 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:469 msgid "" "If the allocation expires, select the expiration date in the next date " "field. If the time off does *not* expire, leave the second date field blank." @@ -19223,7 +19219,7 @@ msgstr "" "배정한 날짜가 만료되면 다음 날짜 필드에서 만료일을 선택합니다. 휴가 기간에 만료일을 두지 *않으려면* 두 번째 날짜 항목을 비워둡니다." " 날짜를 선택하지 않으면 '제한 없음'이라는 표시가 나타납니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:473 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation " "Type`, this second field is labeled :guilabel:`Run until`." @@ -19231,7 +19227,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`배정 유형` 으로 :guilabel:`누적 배정` 을 선택한 경우, 여기 두 번째 필드에 :guilabel:`실행 " "기간` 이라는 라벨이 지정됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time that is being allocated to " "the employees. This field displays the time in either :guilabel:`Hours` or " @@ -19242,7 +19238,7 @@ msgstr "" "off-types>` 을 설정한 방식에 따라 :guilabel:`시간` 또는 :guilabel:`일` 로 시간이 표시됩니다 (시간 또는 " "일 단위)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:478 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how the allocation is " "assigned. This selection determines who receives the time off allocation. " @@ -19253,7 +19249,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`직원별`, :guilabel:`회사별`, :guilabel:`부서별` 또는 :guilabel:`직원 태그별` 중에서 " "선택할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 msgid "" "Depending on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Mode`, this following field" " is labeled either: :guilabel:`Employees`, :guilabel:`Company`, " @@ -19262,25 +19258,25 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`모드` 로 선택한 항목에 따라 이 다음 필드에 :guilabel:`직원`, :guilabel:`회사`, " ":guilabel:`부서`, 또는 :guilabel:`직원 태그` 라벨이 지정됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 msgid "" "Using the drop-down menu, indicate the specific employees, company, " "department, or employee tags who are receiving this time off." msgstr "드롭다운 메뉴를 사용하여 휴가를 받을 특정 직원, 회사, 부서 또는 직원 태그를 지정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 msgid "" "Multiple selections can be made for either :guilabel:`Employees` or " ":guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "guilabel:`직원` 또는 :guilabel:`직원 태그` 는 여러 개를 선택할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:490 msgid "" "Only one selection can be made for the :guilabel:`Company` or " ":guilabel:`Department`." msgstr ":guilabel:`회사` 또는 :guilabel:`부서` 는 하나만 선택할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:491 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: if any description or note is necessary to " "explain the time off allocation, enter it in this field at the bottom of the" @@ -19297,189 +19293,11 @@ msgstr "" "전체 직원에게 매년 부여되는 2주간의 휴가에 대해 새로운 배정 양식이 모두 작성되어\n" "있는 모습" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:499 -msgid "Request time off" -msgstr "휴가 신청" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Once an employee has been allocated time off, a request to use the time off " -"can be submitted. Time off can be requested in one of two ways, either from " -"the :ref:`dashboard ` or from the :ref:`My Time Off " -"` view." -msgstr "" -"직원에게 휴가를 배정하면 휴가 사용 신청서를 제출할 수 있습니다. 휴가 신청은 :ref:`현황판 ` " -"또는 :ref:`내 휴가 ` 보기의 두 가지 방법 중에서 선택하여 신청할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:505 -msgid "" -"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " -"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " -"Off` list view." -msgstr "" -"새로 휴가 신청을 하려면, 기본 *휴가* :guilabel:`현황판` 또는 :guilabel:`내 휴가` 목록 보기에서 " -":guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:509 -msgid "" -"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " -"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" -" form appears in a modal. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` " -"list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, instead." -msgstr "" -"두 가지 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼으로 모두 휴가 신청을 할 수 있지만 :guilabel:`현황판` 에서 신청을 할 경우에는" -" :guilabel:`새 휴가` 신청 양식이 모달에 나타납니다. :guilabel:`내 휴가` 목록 보기에서 신청하면 대신 새 휴가 신청" -" 페이지로 화면이 이동합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:514 -msgid "" -"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " -"form:" -msgstr ":guilabel:`새 휴가` 신청 양식에 다음 정보를 입력합니다:" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:516 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " -"the drop-down menu." -msgstr ":guilabel:`휴가 유형`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 신청할 휴가 유형을 선택합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:517 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " -"two fields to populate, the start and end dates. Click on either date field " -"and a popover calendar appears." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`날짜`: 휴가 날짜를 입력합니다. 두 가지 항목인 시작일과 종료일을 입력합니다. 날짜 항목 중에서 하나를 클릭하면 " -"팝오버 달력이 나타납니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 -msgid "" -"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " -"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " -"applicable)." -msgstr "" -"시작일을 클릭한 후 종료일을 클릭합니다. 선택한 시작일과 종료일에 동그라미가 표시되고 그 사이의 날짜가 강조 표시됩니다 (해당되는 " -"경우)." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:523 -msgid "" -"If the time off requested is for a single day, click on the start date, then" -" click the same date again for the end date." -msgstr "하루만 휴가 신청을 한 경우 시작일을 클릭한 다음 동일한 날짜를 종료일로 다시 클릭합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:526 -msgid "" -"When the correct dates are selected/highlighted, click the :guilabel:`Apply`" -" button." -msgstr "날짜가 알맞게 선택되거나 강조 표시된 것을 확인한 후 :guilabel:`적용` 버튼을 클릭합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:528 -msgid "" -"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " -"field." -msgstr "이제 선택한 날짜가 :guilabel:`날짜` 에 있는 두 부분에 입력됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 -msgid "" -"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" -" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" -msgstr "선택한 :guilabel:`휴가 유형` 에 대해 시간 단위로 휴가를 사용하도록 설정한 경우에는 다음의 두 항목도 표시됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:533 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, check this " -"box. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " -"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " -"day is being requested." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`반일`: 반일만 휴가 신청을 하는 경우 확인란에 표시합니다. 선택할 경우 두 번째 날짜 필드가 사라지고 드롭다운 " -"메뉴로 대체됩니다. 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`오전` 또는 :guilabel:`오후` 를 선택하여 하루 중 어느 시간대를 " -"신청했는지 나타냅니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:537 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " -"day, check this box. A :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` field appears " -"beneath this option, if selected. Using the drop-down menu, select the start" -" and end time for the time off request." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`사용자 지정 시간`: 신청하는 휴가가 전일 혹은 반일이 아닌 경우에는 이 확인란을 선택합니다. 선택할 경우 " -":guilabel:`시작` 및 :guilabel:`종료` 필드가 아래에 나타납니다. 드롭다운 메뉴를 사용하여 휴가 신청 시작 및 종료 " -"시간을 선택합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " -":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " -"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " -"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " -"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`소요 기간`: :guilabel:`날짜` 섹션이 완료되면 자동으로 업데이트되는 항목입니다. :guilabel:`날짜`" -" 섹션이 수정되면 전체 휴가 신청 기간을 반영하여 자동으로 업데이트됩니다. 선택한 :guilabel:`휴가 유형` 이 설정되어 있는 " -"방식에 따라 시간 또는 일 단위로 표시됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:545 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " -"should include any details that managers and approvers may need in order to " -"approve the request." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`설명`: 휴가 신청과 관련된 설명을 입력합니다. 여기에는 관리자 및 승인자가 신청 승인을 하기 위해서 필요한 상세 " -"정보가 모두 있어야 합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:547 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachments of documents. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " -"appears." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`증빙 문서`: 선택한 :guilabel:`휴가 유형` 에서 문서를 첨부할 수 있는 경우에만 표시됩니다. " -":guilabel:`파일 첨부` 버튼을 클릭하면 파일 탐색기 창이 나타납니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:551 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the desired files to attach, select them, then click the " -":guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off request form." -" Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." -msgstr "" -"첨부하려는 파일로 이동하여 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`열기` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그러면 파일이 휴가 요청 양식에 나타납니다. 필요한" -" 경우 문서를 여러 개 첨부할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:554 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:604 -msgid "" -"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " -"request." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`현황판` 에서 신청서를 만든 경우 :guilabel:`저장 후 닫기` 버튼을 클릭하여 정보를 저장하고 신청서를 " -"제출합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:557 -msgid "" -"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " -"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " -"be saved manually at any time by clicking the *save manually* button, " -"represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`내 휴가` 목록 보기에서 양식을 작성하면 입력하는 동시에 자동으로 정보가 저장됩니다. 다만 " -":guilabel:`(클라우드 업로드)` 아이콘으로 표시되어 있는 *수동 저장* 버튼을 클릭하면 언제든지 양식을 직접 저장할 수 " -"있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " -"with the flu." -msgstr "직원이 독감 때문에 이틀 동안 자택에서 병가 중인 경우의 휴가 신청서" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:502 msgid "Request allocation" msgstr "할당 요청" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:504 msgid "" "If an employee has used all their time off, or is going to run out of time " "off, they can request an allocation for additional time. Allocations can be " @@ -19491,7 +19309,7 @@ msgstr "" "` 또는 :ref:`내 배정 ` 보기에 있는 두 가지 중" " 한 가지 방법을 통해 배정을 요청할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:508 msgid "" "To create a new allocation request, click either the :guilabel:`New " "Allocation Request` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the " @@ -19501,7 +19319,7 @@ msgstr "" "새로 배정 요청을 하려면 기본 *휴가* 현황판에서 :guilabel:`새 배정 요청` 버튼을 클릭하거나 :guilabel:`내 배정` " "목록 보기에서 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 두 가지 버튼 모두 새로 배정 요청 양식을 열 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:513 msgid "" "Both :guilabel:`New` buttons open a :guilabel:`New Allocation` request form," " but when requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, the form appears in a " @@ -19512,13 +19330,13 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`현황판`에서 요청을 할 경우에는 양식이 모달로 나타납니다. 대신 :guilabel:`내 배정` 목록 보기에서 요청하는" " 경우에는 화면이 새 배정 요청 페이지로 이동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:518 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Allocation` request " "form:" msgstr ":guilabel:`새 배정` 요청 양식에 다음과 같은 내용을 입력합니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested for " "the allocation from the drop-down menu. After a selection is made, the title" @@ -19527,7 +19345,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`휴가 유형`: 배정을 요청할 휴가 유형을 드롭다운 메뉴에서 선택합니다. 선택한 후에는 제목이 휴가 유형으로 " "업데이트됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:522 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period`: this field **only** appears if requesting an " "allocation with a time off type that has the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` " @@ -19540,7 +19358,7 @@ msgstr "" " 경우에 **한해서만** 표시됩니다. :guilabel:`휴가 단위` 필드가 :guilabel:`시간` 으로 설정된 경우에는 표시되지 " "**않습니다**." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:527 msgid "" "Using the calendar selector, select a start and end date the allocation is " "valid for. By default, the current date populates the first field, and " @@ -19549,11 +19367,11 @@ msgstr "" "캘린더 선택기를 사용하여 배정이 유효해지는 시작일과 종료일을 선택합니다. 기본적으로 현재 날짜가 첫 번째 필드에 입력되고 " ":guilabel:`제한 없음` 이 두 번째 필드에 입력됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 msgid "Adjust both of these dates, if desired." msgstr "원하는 경우 두 날짜를 모두 조정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:531 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time being requested in this " "field. The format is presented in either days or hours, depending on how the" @@ -19563,7 +19381,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`배정`: 여기에 요청할 휴가 기간을 입력합니다. 휴가 유형에 환경 설정되어 있는 방식에 따라 일 또는 시간 단위로 " "표시됩니다. 이 항목이 입력 후에는 배정 요청 제목에 요청한 휴가 기간에 대한 내용이 포함되도록 업데이트됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:535 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: enter a description for the allocation request." " This should include any details that managers and approvers may need in " @@ -19572,7 +19390,16 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`사유 추가...`: 할당 요청과 관련된 설명을 입력합니다. 여기에는 관리자와 승인자가 신청 승인을 하기 위해서 필요한" " 상세 정보가 모두 있어야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:538 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`현황판` 에서 신청서를 만든 경우 :guilabel:`저장 후 닫기` 버튼을 클릭하여 정보를 저장하고 신청서를 " +"제출합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 msgid "" "If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Allocations` list view, the" " information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " @@ -19589,11 +19416,11 @@ msgid "" "sick time." msgstr "직원이 추가로 병가 1주일을 요청하는 경우의 할당 요청 양식" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:553 msgid "Management" msgstr "관리" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:555 msgid "" "Time off and allocation requests typically undergo an approval process " "before being granted. Requests either need one or two approvals, if any, " @@ -19605,18 +19432,18 @@ msgstr "" " 승인을 한 번 혹은 두 번 받아야 합니다. 이러한 내용은 모두 *휴가* 애플리케이션의 :guilabel:`관리자` 섹션에서 확인할 수 " "있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:560 msgid "" "Only users who can approve allocation and time off requests have the " ":guilabel:`Management` section visible in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" "휴가 배정 및 신청 내용을 승인할 수 있는 사용자만 *휴가* 애플리케이션에 있는 :guilabel:`관리자` 섹션을 확인할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:566 msgid "Manage time off" msgstr "휴가 관리" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 msgid "" "To view time off requests that need approval, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Management --> Time Off`. The only time off" @@ -19628,7 +19455,7 @@ msgstr "" "*휴가* 애플리케이션에서 :guilabel:`휴가 담당자` 또는 :guilabel:`관리자` 액세스 권한을 가지고 있는 직원만 목록에 " "있는 휴가 신청을 볼 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:573 msgid "" "The default filter in the :guilabel:`Time Off` list is `Waiting For Me`. " "This only presents time off requests that need to be approved for current " @@ -19638,7 +19465,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`휴가` 목록에 적용되어 있는 기본 필터는 `대기 중` 필터입니다. 이 필터를 사용하면 현재 사용자의 팀에 있는 직원이" " 신청한 휴가 신청서 내역 중에서 :guilabel:`승인 예정` 이나 :guilabel:`두 번째 승인` 상태인 신청서만 나타납니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:643 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:577 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented time off requests. Since only time off requests that need to be " @@ -19651,14 +19478,14 @@ msgstr "" " 표시되므로 상태 옵션으로는 :guilabel:`모두`, :guilabel:`승인 예정` 및 :guilabel:`두 번째 승인` 만 " "있습니다. 사용자가 소속되어 직원을 관리하는 부서 항목이 다양하게 화면 왼쪽의 :guilabel:`부서` 아래에 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 msgid "" "If there are no requests that fall under one of the status options or " "departments, that status or department is **not** visible on the left-side " "menu." msgstr "신청서가 여기에 있는 상태나 부서에 해당하지 않는 경우에는 관련 상태나 부서는 왼쪽 메뉴에 나타나지 **않습니다**." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:587 msgid "" "To display time off requests for specific departments only, click on the " ":guilabel:`Department` on the left-hand side. Only requests within the " @@ -19667,14 +19494,14 @@ msgstr "" "특정 부서에 대한 휴가 신청서만 표시하려면 왼쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`부서` 를 클릭합니다. 그러면 선택한 부서에서 신청한 내역만 " "표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:656 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:657 msgid "" "The status column displays the status of each request, with the status " "highlighted in a specific color." msgstr "각 요청별로 상태가 상태 열에서 특정 색상으로 강조 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` and :guilabel:`Second Approval` requests are " "highlighted in yellow and are the only ones that appear in the list by " @@ -19687,7 +19514,7 @@ msgstr "" "나타납니다. '대기 중' 필터를 삭제하면 모든 상태가 나타납니다. :guilabel:`승인 완료` 요청은 초록색으로 강조 표시되고, " ":guilabel:`제출 예정` (초안) 요청은 파란색으로 강조 표시되고, :guilabel:`반려됨` 요청은 회색으로 강조 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:665 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:599 msgid "" "To approve a time off request, click the :guilabel:`👍 Approve` button at the" " end of the line. To validate a time off request that has already been " @@ -19705,7 +19532,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "필터, 그룹화 및 상태 섹션이 강조 표시되어 있는 휴가 신청서" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:608 msgid "" "For more details, click anywhere on the time off request line (except for " "the :guilabel:`👍 Approve`, :guilabel:`✔️ Validate`, and :guilabel:`✖️ " @@ -19715,13 +19542,13 @@ msgstr "" "자세한 내용을 확인하려면 휴가 신청 줄에서 아무 곳이나 클릭하면 (:guilabel:`👍 승인`, :guilabel:`✔️ 확인` 및 " ":guilabel:`✖️ 반려` 버튼 제외) 휴가 요청 양식이 로드됩니다. 사용자 권한에 따라 변경할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:612 msgid "" "To modify the request, make any desired changes to the form. All changes are" " automatically saved." msgstr "신청서를 수정하려면 양식을 원하는 대로 변경합니다. 모든 변경 사항이 자동으로 저장됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:614 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Approve` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button " @@ -19730,11 +19557,11 @@ msgstr "" "이 양식에서도 신청을 승인을 하거나 반려할 수 있습니다. 승인하려면 :guilabel:`승인` 버튼을 클릭하며 :guilabel:`반려`" " 버튼을 클릭하면 신청이 반려됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:684 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:620 msgid "Manage allocations" msgstr "배정 관리" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:686 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:622 msgid "" "To view allocations that need approval, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off" " app --> Management --> Allocations`. The only allocations visible on this " @@ -19745,7 +19572,7 @@ msgstr "" "*휴가* 애플리케이션에서 :guilabel:`휴가 담당자` 또는 :guilabel:`관리자` 액세스 권한이 있는 직원만 목록에 있는 배정" " 상황을 볼 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:627 msgid "" "The default filters that are configured to be in place when navigating to " "the :guilabel:`Allocations` list are :guilabel:`My Team` and " @@ -19756,13 +19583,13 @@ msgstr "" "적용되도록 설정되어 있습니다. 여기에는 사용자의 팀에 속한 직원 (사용자의 관리 대상)과 활성화되어 있는 직원만 표시됩니다. 활성화되지 " "않은 사용자는 표시되지 않습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented allocation requests." msgstr "화면 왼쪽에 제시되어 있는 다양한 그룹 옵션으로 할당 요청 범위를 줄일 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:635 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Status` options are :guilabel:`To Approve`, " ":guilabel:`Refused`, and :guilabel:`Approved`. Click on a specific " @@ -19773,7 +19600,7 @@ msgstr "" "선택할 수 있습니다. 특정한 상태에 해당하는 요청만 확인하려면 해당하는 :guilabel:`상태` 를 클릭합니다. 전체 배정 요청을 " "보려면 :guilabel:`모두` 를 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 msgid "" "It is also possible to display allocation requests by department. Click on " "the :guilabel:`Department` in the left side of the screen to only present " @@ -19782,7 +19609,7 @@ msgstr "" "배정 요청을 부서별로 표시할 수도 있습니다. 특정한 부서에 대한 배정만 나타나게 하려면 화면 왼쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`부서` 를 " "클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:644 msgid "" "The groupings on the left side only present allocation requests that fall " "under the default filters of :guilabel:`My Team` and :guilabel:`Active " @@ -19792,14 +19619,14 @@ msgstr "" "왼쪽 그룹에서는 기본 필터인 :guilabel:`내 팀` 및 :guilabel:`활성화된 직원` 가 적용된 할당 요청만 나타납니다. 이 " "필터가 적용되어 해당하는 할당 요청 상태만 왼쪽에 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:712 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:648 msgid "" "For example, if there are no requests with a status of :guilabel:`To " "Submit`, that status option does not appear in the left-hand side." msgstr "" "예를 들어, 요청 상태가 :guilabel:`제출 예정` 인 요청이 없는 경우에는 해당 상태 항목이 왼쪽에 표시되지 않습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:651 msgid "" "All departments for the user's employees appear in the list. If there are no" " allocation requests that fall under that department matching the pre-" @@ -19808,7 +19635,7 @@ msgstr "" "직원과 관련된 모든 부서가 목록에 표시됩니다. 사전 구성되어 있는 필터 중에서 해당 부서의 할당 요청과 일치하는 요청이 없는 경우에는 " "목록이 비어있게 됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:654 msgid "" "It is always possible to remove any of the pre-configured filters, by " "clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon on the specific filter to remove " @@ -19817,7 +19644,7 @@ msgstr "" "사전에 구성해 놓은 필터는 언제든지 삭제할 수 있으며, 특정 필터에 :guilabel:`✖️ (삭제)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 필터가 " "삭제됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:660 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, " ":guilabel:`Approved` requests are highlighted in green, and the " @@ -19826,7 +19653,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`승인 예정` 요청은 노란색으로 강조 표시되고, :guilabel:`승인 완료` 요청은 초록색으로, " ":guilabel:`반려됨` 요청은 회색으로 강조 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:663 msgid "" "To approve an allocation request, click the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` button at" " the end of the line. To refuse a request, click the :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` " @@ -19840,7 +19667,7 @@ msgid "" "Allocations with the filter, groupings, and status sections highlighted." msgstr "필터, 그룹화 및 상태 섹션이 강조 표시되어 있는 할당 항목" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:670 msgid "" "If more details are needed, click anywhere on the allocation request line " "(except for the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` buttons) to" @@ -19849,7 +19676,7 @@ msgstr "" "더 자세히 내용을 확인하려면 배정 요청 줄에서 아무 곳이나 클릭하면 (:guilabel:`✔ 확인` 및 :guilabel:`✖️ 반려` " "버튼 제외) 요청 내용을을 자세히 볼 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:673 msgid "" "Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be made to the allocation " "request form that appears. To modify the request, make any desired changes " @@ -19858,7 +19685,7 @@ msgstr "" "사용자의 권한에 따라 표시되는 배정 요청 양식이 변경될 수 있습니다. 요청 내용을 수정하려면 양식을 원하는 대로 변경합니다. 모든 변경 " "사항은 자동으로 저장됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:741 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:677 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Validate` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button" @@ -19867,7 +19694,7 @@ msgstr "" "이 양식에서도 신청을 승인하거나 반려할 수 있습니다. 승인하려면 :guilabel:`승인` 버튼을 클릭하며 :guilabel:`반려` " "버튼을 클릭하면 신청이 반려됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:683 msgid "" "To view a color-coded schedule of the user's time off, and/or of the team " "managed by them, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Overview`. " @@ -19877,7 +19704,7 @@ msgstr "" "사용자 본인의 휴가 일정과 함께 사용자가 관리하는 팀의 일정을 색상으로 구분하여 보려면 :menuselection:`휴가 앱 --> " "개요` 으로 이동합니다. 그러면 '내 팀' 이 기본 필터로 되어 있는 달력이 월별 보기로 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:687 msgid "" "To change the time period displayed, click on the :guilabel:`Month` button " "to reveal a drop-down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -19887,7 +19714,7 @@ msgstr "" "표시되는 기간을 변경하려면 :guilabel:`월` 버튼을 클릭하여 드롭다운 메뉴가 나타나게 합니다. 그런 다음 " ":guilabel:`일`, :guilabel:`주` 또는 :guilabel:`연도` 를 선택하여 해당 보기에 캘린더를 표시합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 msgid "" "To navigate forward or backward in time, in the selected increment " "(:guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, etc.), click the :guilabel:`← (left " @@ -19897,19 +19724,19 @@ msgstr "" "전후 기간을 탐색하려면 선택한 단위 (:guilabel:`월`, :guilabel:`주` 등)에서 :guilabel:`← (왼쪽 " "화살표)` 또는 :guilabel:`→ ( 오른쪽 화살표)` 를 사용하여 지정된 기간만큼 전후로 이동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:695 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Month` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by" " one month." msgstr "예를 들어, :guilabel:`월` 을 선택할 경우 화살표로 보기를 한 달 단위로 조정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:697 msgid "" "To return to a view containing the current day, click the :guilabel:`Today` " "button at any time." msgstr "언제든지 현재 날짜의 보기로 돌아가려면 :guilabel:`오늘` 버튼을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 msgid "" "Team members are listed alphabetically on individual lines, and their " "requested time off, regardless of the status (*validated* or *to approve*), " @@ -19917,25 +19744,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "팀원은 알파벳순으로 줄마다 나열되며 상태와 무관하게 (*확인 완료* 또는 *승인 예정*) 휴가 신청 내역이 캘린더에 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:766 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:702 msgid "" "Each employee is color-coded. The employee's color is selected at random, " "and does *not* correspond to the type of time off they requested." msgstr "각 직원은 색상으로 구분되어 있습니다. 직원의 색상은 무작위로 선택되며 직원이 신청한 휴가 유형과 일치하지 *않습니다*." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:705 msgid "" "The status of the time off is represented by the color detail of the " "request, either appearing solid (*validated*) or striped (*to approve*)." msgstr "휴가 상태는 신청 색상을 통해 세부적으로 표시되며 단색 (*확인 완료*) 또는 줄무늬 (*승인 예정*)로 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 msgid "" "The number of days or hours requested is written on the request (if there is" " enough space)." msgstr "신청 날짜 또는 기간은 신청서에 기록됩니다 (공간이 충분한 경우)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:710 msgid "" "At the bottom of the calendar, in the :guilabel:`Total` line, a bar graph " "shows how many people are projected to be out on any given day. The number " @@ -19945,7 +19772,7 @@ msgstr "" "캘린더 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`총액` 행의 막대 그래프에는 특정 날짜에 자리를 비우게 될 예상 직원 숫자가 표시됩니다. 막대에 " "있는 숫자는 강조 표시된 날짜에 부재 중인 직원 수를 나타냅니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:778 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:714 msgid "" "Click on a time off entry to view the details for the specific time off " "entry. The total number of hours or days are listed, along with the start " @@ -19959,11 +19786,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview of the user's team, with time off requests shown." msgstr "휴가 신청 항목이 표시되어 있는 팀의 개요" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:723 msgid "My time" msgstr "내 휴가" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:725 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`My Time` section of the *Time Off* application contains the " "time off dashboard, as well as the user's time off requests and allocations." @@ -19971,11 +19798,11 @@ msgstr "" "*휴가* 애플리케이션에 있는 :guilabel:`내 휴가` 섹션에서는 휴가 현황판과 함께 사용자의 휴가 신청 및 배정 내용을 확인할 수 " "있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:795 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:731 msgid "Dashboard" msgstr "현황판" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:733 msgid "" "All users have access to the time off dashboard, which is the default view " "in the *Time Off* application. The dashboard can also be accessed at any " @@ -19985,12 +19812,12 @@ msgstr "" "모든 사용자가 *휴가* 애플리케이션의 기본 보기인 휴가 현황판에 액세스할 수 있습니다. :menuselection:`휴가 앱 --> 내 " "휴가 --> 현황판` 을 통해서도 이동하여 애플리케이션 어디에서나 현황판에 액세스할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 msgid "" "The current year is displayed, and the current day is highlighted in red." msgstr "현재 연도가 표시되며, 현재 날짜는 빨간색으로 강조하여 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:739 msgid "" "To change the view, click on the :guilabel:`Year` button to reveal a drop-" "down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, or " @@ -19999,7 +19826,7 @@ msgstr "" "보기를 변경하려면 :guilabel:`연도` 버튼을 클릭하여 드롭다운 메뉴를 표시합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`일`, " ":guilabel:`주` 또는 :guilabel:`월` 를 선택하면 해당 보기에 캘린더가 나타납니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:743 msgid "" "To change the presented dates, click the :guilabel:`← (left arrow)` or " ":guilabel:`→ (right arrow)` icons to the left of the :guilabel:`Year` " @@ -20008,19 +19835,19 @@ msgstr "" "표시된 날짜를 변경하려면 :guilabel:`연도` 버튼 왼쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`← (왼쪽 화살표)` 또는 " ":guilabel:`→ (오른쪽 화살표)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다. 캘린더 보기는 표시된 보기에서 단위대로 조정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:811 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Year` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by " "one year." msgstr "예를 들어, :guilabel:`연도` 를 선택한 경우에는 화살표는 보기가 1년 단위로 조정됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:813 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:749 msgid "" "To change the view at any point to a view that includes the current date, " "click the :guilabel:`Today` button." msgstr "언제든 보기에서 현재 날짜를 보도록 변경하려면 :guilabel:`오늘` 버튼을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:816 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:752 msgid "" "Above the calendar view is a summary of the user's time off balances. Every " "time off type that has been allocated appears in its own summary box. Each " @@ -20031,7 +19858,7 @@ msgstr "" "캘린더 보기 위에는 사용자의 잔여 휴가에 대한 요약이 표시됩니다. 배정된 휴가 유형별로 각각의 요약 상자에 표시됩니다. 각 요약에는 휴가" " 유형, 해당하는 아이콘, 현재 사용 가능한 잔여 휴가 (시간 또는 일 단위) 및 만료일 (해당하는 경우)가 표시되어 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:757 msgid "" "To view the full details of a time off balance, click the :guilabel:`? " "(question mark)` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`(DAYS/HOURS) AVAILABLE` " @@ -20049,7 +19876,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A view of the complete time off balance details in the popover window." msgstr "팝업 창에서 잔여 휴가에 대한 세부 정보를 모두 볼 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:767 msgid "" "A user is also able to see how much time off they will have accrued in the " "future. On the right side of the time off summary blocks, there is a " @@ -20059,7 +19886,7 @@ msgstr "" "앞으로 발생할 휴가 수를 확인하는 것도 가능합니다. 휴가 요약 블록의 오른쪽에는 :guilabel:`(날짜) 잔여일` 필드가 있습니다. " "날짜를 클릭하면 캘린더 선택기 팝업이 나타납니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:771 msgid "" "The current date is the default date selected. Navigate to the desired date," " and Odoo displays the time off balances the user will have on that date. " @@ -20071,7 +19898,7 @@ msgstr "" "여기에는 현재 계획 중이거나 승인된 휴가까지 모두 고려되어 있습니다. 현재 날짜로 돌아가려면 날짜 필드 오른쪽에 있는 " ":guilabel:`오늘` 버튼을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:840 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:776 msgid "" "On the right side of the calendar, the various time off types are displayed," " with their corresponding colors. The :guilabel:`Legend` explains how the " @@ -20080,7 +19907,7 @@ msgstr "" "캘린더 오른쪽에는 다양한 휴가 유형이 색상과 함께 표시됩니다. :guilabel:`범례` 를 통해 휴가 요청에 대해 여러 가지 상태가 " "표시되는 방법을 설명합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:780 msgid "" "Time off that has been validated appears in a solid color (in the color " "specified in the :guilabel:`Time Off Type` section above the " @@ -20091,24 +19918,20 @@ msgstr "" "확인이 완료된 휴가는 단색으로 표시됩니다 (:guilabel:`범례` 위에 있는 :guilabel:`휴가 유형` 섹션에 지정된 색상). " "아직 승인 대기 중인 휴가 신청서는 흰색 줄무늬로 표시됩니다. 반려된 휴가 신청서에는 날짜에 색상으로 줄이 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:849 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:785 msgid "" -"New time off requests can be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :ref:`New Time Off" -" ` modal appears." +"New time off requests can be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. Click the " +":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :doc:`New Time Off" +" <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -"현황판에서 새로 휴가 신청을 할 수 있습니다. 현황판 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭하면 :ref:`새 " -"휴가` 모달이 나타납니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:852 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 msgid "" -"New allocation requests can also be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the dashboard to " -"request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation ` modal appears." +"New allocation requests can also be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard` to request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation " +"` modal appears." msgstr "" -"현황판에서 새로운 배정 요청을 할 수도 있습니다. 추가 휴가를 신청하려면 현황판 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`새 배정 요청` 버튼을 " -"클릭합니다. 그러면 :ref:`새 배정 ` 모달이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -20116,11 +19939,11 @@ msgid "" "buttons highlighted." msgstr "범례, 휴가 요약, 보기 버튼이 강조 표시되어 있는 휴가 현황판 화면" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:863 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:800 msgid "My time off" msgstr "내 휴가" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:865 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:802 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`. Here, all time " @@ -20129,7 +19952,7 @@ msgstr "" "사용자가 신청한 전체 휴가 목록을 보려면 :menuselection:`휴가 앱 --> 내 휴가 --> 내 휴가` 로 이동합니다. " "여기에서는 예전 및 현재 신청한 모든 휴가 내역이 목록 보기로 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:868 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:805 msgid "" "The list includes the following information for each request: the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Start Date`, " @@ -20138,19 +19961,17 @@ msgstr "" "목록에는 신청 항목별로 :guilabel:`휴가 유형`, :guilabel:`설명`, :guilabel:`시작일`, " ":guilabel:`종료일`, :guilabel:`소요 기간`, 및 :guilabel:`상태` 에 대한 정보가 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:872 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:809 msgid "" "A new time off request can be made from this view. Click the :guilabel:`New`" -" button to :ref:`request time off `." +" button to :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`." msgstr "" -"이 보기에서 새로 휴가 신청을 할 수 있습니다. :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭하여 :ref:`휴가 신청 " -"` 을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:878 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:815 msgid "My allocations" msgstr "내 할당" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:817 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's allocations, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Allocations`. All " @@ -20159,7 +19980,7 @@ msgstr "" "모든 사용자 배정 목록을 보려면 :menuselection:`휴가 앱 --> 내 휴가 --> 내 배정` 으로 이동합니다. 모든 배정 내용" " 및 배정 요청 사항이 목록 보기에 나타납니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:820 msgid "" "The information presented on the :guilabel:`My Allocations` page includes: " "the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Amount`, " @@ -20168,7 +19989,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`내 배정` 페이지에서 :guilabel:`휴가 유형`, :guilabel:`설명`, :guilabel:`금액`, " ":guilabel:`배정 유형` 및 :guilabel:`상태` 정보를 확인할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:824 msgid "" "A new allocation request can be made from this view, as well. Click the " ":guilabel:`New` button to :ref:`request an allocation ` 을 하려면 " ":guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:895 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:832 msgid "" "The reporting feature allows users to view time off for their team, either " "by employee or type of time off. This allows users to see which employees " @@ -20187,7 +20008,7 @@ msgstr "" "보고 기능을 통해 직원별 또는 휴가 유형별로 팀에서의 휴가 상황을 볼 수 있습니다. 이를 통해 휴가 중인 직원과 휴가 기간 및 사용 중인" " 휴가 유형을 확인할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:899 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:836 msgid "" "Any report can be added to a spreadsheet through the *Insert in Spreadsheet*" " button that appears in the top-left of a report. If the *Documents* " @@ -20197,17 +20018,17 @@ msgstr "" "보고서 왼쪽 상단에 있는 *스프레드시트에 삽입* 버튼을 통해 모든 보고서를 스프레드시트에 추가할 수 있습니다. *문서* 애플리케이션이 " "설치되어 있으면 보고서를 스프레드시트에 추가하도록 선택하는 항목이 나타납니다. 그렇지 않으면 보고서는 *현황판* 에 추가할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:841 msgid "By employee" msgstr "직원별" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:843 msgid "" "To view a report of employee time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Employee`." msgstr "직원 휴가 신청 보고서를 보려면 :menuselection:`휴가 앱 --> 보고 --> 직원별` 로 이동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:846 msgid "" "The default report presents the current year's data in a list view, " "displaying all the employees in alphabetical order. Each employee's line is " @@ -20216,7 +20037,7 @@ msgstr "" "기본 보고서는 현재 연도에 해당하는 데이터를 목록 보기로 표시하며 전체 직원을 알파벳순으로 표시합니다. 각 직원별 줄은 기본적으로 접혀 " "있습니다. 줄을 펼치려면 줄에서 아무 곳이나 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:913 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:850 msgid "" "The view expands, and has the time off requests organized by time off type. " "Click anywhere on a time off type line to expand it, and view all the " @@ -20225,7 +20046,7 @@ msgstr "" "보기가 확장되고 휴가 유형별로 휴가 요청이 정리되어 나타납니다. 휴가 유형 줄에서 아무 곳이나 클릭하면 펼쳐져서 해당 유형에 해당하는 " "개별 휴가 요청을 모두 확인할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:916 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:853 msgid "" "The information shown in the list includes: the :guilabel:`Employee` name, " ":guilabel:`Number of Days` off requested, the :guilabel:`Start Date`, " @@ -20238,7 +20059,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Report of time off, shown by each employee in a list view." msgstr "직원별 휴가 보고서가 목록 보기에 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:861 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " @@ -20253,8 +20074,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The various other views highlighted, for the employee time off report." msgstr "직원 휴가 보고서의 여러 가지 다른 보기가 강조 표시되어 있는 모습" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:933 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:870 msgid "" "When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " "particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports and their" @@ -20264,11 +20084,11 @@ msgstr "" "선택한 후에는 선택 내용에 대한 추가 항목이 나타납니다. 보고서 및 여러 가지 선택 항목에 대해 자세히 확인하려면 :doc:`보고 " "<../essentials/reporting>` 문서를 참조하세요." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:875 msgid "By type" msgstr "유형별" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:940 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:877 msgid "" "To view a list of all time off, organized by time off type, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Type`. This shows all time" @@ -20277,7 +20097,7 @@ msgstr "" "휴가 목록을 휴가 유형별로 모두 보려면 :menuselection:`휴가 앱 --> 보고 --> 유형별` 로 이동합니다. 모든 휴가 신청" " 상황이 기본 막대 그래프에 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:943 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 msgid "" "Hover over a bar to view the :guilabel:`Duration (Days)` of that specific " "time off type." @@ -20291,13 +20111,13 @@ msgstr "" "여러 가지 휴가 유형과 신청한 날짜 수가 막대 그래프로 표시됩니다. 세부 정보는 빨간색\n" "상자로 강조 표시되어 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 msgid "" "Click on a bar to go to a detailed list view of all the time off requests " "for that time off type." msgstr "막대를 클릭하면 해당 휴가 유형으로 신청한 휴가가 모두 표시된 세부 목록 보기로 이동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:952 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:889 msgid "" "Each request is listed, with the following information displayed: the " ":guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Request Type`, " @@ -20308,7 +20128,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`시작일`, :guilabel:`종료일 `, :guilabel:`상태` 및 :guilabel:`설명` 과 같은 정보와 " "함께 표시됩니다: ." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " @@ -20318,3 +20138,172 @@ msgstr "" "보고서는 다른 방법으로도 나타낼 수 있습니다. 다른 방식으로 데이터를 보려면 페이지 오른쪽 상단에 있는 선택 버튼을 클릭합니다. " ":guilabel:`그래프` (기본 보기), :guilabel:`목록` 또는 :guilabel:`피벗` 테이블 중에서 다양하게 선택할 수" " 있습니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:897 +msgid "" +"When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " +"particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports, and " +"their various options, refer to the :doc:`reporting " +"<../essentials/reporting>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:902 +msgid ":doc:`time_off/request_time_off`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Request time off" +msgstr "휴가 신청" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once time off has been allocated to an employee, a request to use it can be " +"submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Time off can be requested in one of two ways: either from the main *Time " +"Off* application :guilabel:`Dashboard` (:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My " +"Time --> Dashboard`), or from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` dashboard view " +"(:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " +"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " +"Off` dashboard, in the default list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " +"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" +" form appears in a pop-up window. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time" +" Off` list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " +"form:" +msgstr ":guilabel:`새 휴가` 신청 양식에 다음 정보를 입력합니다:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " +"the drop-down menu." +msgstr ":guilabel:`휴가 유형`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 신청할 휴가 유형을 선택합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " +"two fields to populate: the start and end dates. Click on either date field " +"and a popover calendar appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " +"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " +"applicable)." +msgstr "" +"시작일을 클릭한 후 종료일을 클릭합니다. 선택한 시작일과 종료일에 동그라미가 표시되고 그 사이의 날짜가 강조 표시됩니다 (해당되는 " +"경우)." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If only requesting time off for a single day, click on the start date, then " +"click the same date again for the end date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the correct dates are selected, click the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " +"field." +msgstr "이제 선택한 날짜가 :guilabel:`날짜` 에 있는 두 부분에 입력됩니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" +" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" +msgstr "선택한 :guilabel:`휴가 유형` 에 대해 시간 단위로 휴가를 사용하도록 설정한 경우에는 다음의 두 항목도 표시됩니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, tick this " +"checkbox. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " +"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " +"day is being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " +"day, tick this checkbox. If selected, a :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` " +"field appears beneath this option. Using the drop-down menu, select the " +"start and end time for the time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " +":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " +"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " +"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " +"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`소요 기간`: :guilabel:`날짜` 섹션이 완료되면 자동으로 업데이트되는 항목입니다. :guilabel:`날짜`" +" 섹션이 수정되면 전체 휴가 신청 기간을 반영하여 자동으로 업데이트됩니다. 선택한 :guilabel:`휴가 유형` 이 설정되어 있는 " +"방식에 따라 시간 또는 일 단위로 표시됩니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " +"should include any details that managers and approvers may need to approve " +"the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachment of documents. " +"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the desired files that should be attached, select them, then " +"click The :guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off " +"request form. Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information, and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " +"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " +"be saved manually at any time by clicking the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " +"with the flu." +msgstr "직원이 독감 때문에 이틀 동안 자택에서 병가 중인 경우의 휴가 신청서" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 2a2d97180..2307f4048 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" @@ -26,8 +26,8 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory & MRP" -msgstr "재고 관리 & MRP" +msgid "Supply Chain" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 msgid "Barcode" @@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:20 msgid "Location" msgstr "위치" @@ -1620,14 +1620,16 @@ msgstr "세부 작업 팝업에서 :guilabel:`로트` 표시" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:16 @@ -1642,16 +1644,23 @@ msgstr "세부 작업 팝업에서 :guilabel:`로트` 표시" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:26 @@ -4214,6 +4223,8 @@ msgstr "" "선택됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:182 msgid "Manual" msgstr "수동" @@ -4307,14 +4318,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:214 msgid "" -"The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is four days," -" and the :ref:`purchase security lead time ` is one day." +"The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is " +"four days, and the :ref:`purchase security lead time " +"` is one day." msgstr "" -":ref:`공급업체 리드 타임 `은 4일이고, :ref:`매입 안전 리드 " -"타임 `는 1일입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:218 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` field of the reordering rule is set to " "zero, the product appears on the replenishment dashboard five days before " @@ -4329,13 +4338,13 @@ msgid "" "Feb 27th." msgstr "보충 현황판에 필요 항목이 생기는 시기를 나타내는 그래픽: 2월 27일 자" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:226 msgid "" "To see the product on the replenishment dashboard for the current date, " "February 20, set the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` to `7.00`." msgstr "현재 날짜인 2월 20일로 보충 현황판에서 품목을 확인하려면 :guilabel:`표시 일자`를 `7.00`로 설정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:229 msgid "" "To determine the amount of visibility days needed to see a product on the " "replenishment dashboard, subtract *today's date* from the *date the need " @@ -4344,21 +4353,21 @@ msgstr "" "보충 현황판에서 품목을 확인하는 데 필요한 표시 일자를 계산하려면 보충 현황판의 *필요 항목이 표시되는 날짜*에서 *당일 날짜*를 " "뺍니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:232 msgid "Visibility~days = Need~appears~date - Today's~date" msgstr "표시 일자 = 필요 항목이 표시되는 날짜 - 당일 날짜" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:237 msgid "" "Referring to the example above, today's date is February 20th, and the need " "for the product appears on February 27th." msgstr "위의 예시를 참고할 경우, 오늘 날짜가 2월 20일이고 해당 품목에 대한 필요 표시가 2월 27일에 나타납니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:240 msgid "(February 27 - February 20 = 7 days)" msgstr "(2월 27일 - 2월 20일 = 7일)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:242 msgid "" "Incorrectly setting the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` fewer than seven days in" " this case results in the need **not** appearing on the replenishment " @@ -4372,11 +4381,11 @@ msgid "" "days set." msgstr "잘못되게 표시된 표시 일자와 정확한 표시 일자를 보충 현황판에서 같이 보여 줍니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:252 msgid "Route" msgstr "경로" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:254 msgid "" "Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected under the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it is possible" @@ -4386,7 +4395,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo에서는 각 품목 양식의 :guilabel:`재고` 탭에서 여러 경로를 선택할 수 있습니다. 즉, 단일 제품에 대해 두 경로의 " "기능을 모두 사용할 수 있도록 :guilabel:`구매`와 :guilabel:`제조`를 모두 선택할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:258 msgid "" "Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering " "rule. This is the route that the rule defaults to, if multiple are selected." @@ -4397,13 +4406,13 @@ msgstr "" " 설정되는 경로입니다. 기본 경로를 지정하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 재주문 규칙`으로 " "이동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:262 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Route` column is hidden on the " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` page." msgstr "기본값으로, :guilabel:`경로` 열은 :guilabel:`재주문 규칙` 페이지에 숨겨져 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:264 msgid "" "Reveal the :guilabel:`Route` column by selecting the :guilabel:`(slider)` " "icon to the far-right of the column titles, and checking the " @@ -4412,7 +4421,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`경로` 열을 표시하려면 제목 열의 맨 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`(슬라이더)` 아이콘을 선택하여 드롭다운 " "메뉴가 나타나면 :guilabel:`경로` 항목을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:267 msgid "" "Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule, and a drop-down " "menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the " @@ -4425,7 +4434,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down." msgstr "드롭다운에서 선호하는 경로를 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:275 msgid "" "If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set " "for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the selected route " @@ -5217,7 +5226,7 @@ msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "제품 추적" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:100 msgid "Assign serial numbers" msgstr "" @@ -5237,7 +5246,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" @@ -5264,56 +5273,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:21 -msgid "when closing a manufacturing order" +msgid "" +":doc:`during a manufacturing order " +"<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product>` for a " +"product tracked by lot/serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:24 msgid "when making an inventory adjustment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:32 msgid "" "Display the Detailed Operations smart button and bulleted list icon on a " "receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:32 msgid "" "Display the **Detailed Operations** smart button and bulleted list icon on a" " receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:37 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers to products, activate the :guilabel:`Lots and " "Serial Numbers` feature in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " "--> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:40 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of an item's product form, set the " ":guilabel:`Tracking` field to :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:44 msgid "" ":ref:`Enable serial numbers `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:45 msgid "" ":ref:`Track products by serial numbers " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:49 msgid "" "Next, enable creating new serial numbers by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:52 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, select the desired operation " "type (e.g. :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, or " @@ -5326,11 +5338,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show \"Create New\" option is selected on the Receipts operation type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:64 msgid "Detailed Operations" msgstr "세부 작업" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:66 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned to products when entering stock for the first" " time, from the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` page on the receipt. " @@ -5338,7 +5350,7 @@ msgid "" "Operations --> Receipts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:71 msgid "" "Serial numbers can **not** be assigned to products on a request for " "quotation (RfQ) or purchase order (PO) — **only** on a receipt." @@ -5348,13 +5360,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the purchase order and the Receipt smart button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:78 msgid "" "Screenshot of a \"Purchase Order\" with the \"Receipt\" smart button at the " "top." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:80 msgid "" "To record an item's serial number before receiving the item, follow the " "steps in the next sections to assign serial numbers, but do **not** click " @@ -5362,13 +5374,13 @@ msgid "" "from the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:84 msgid "" "Assign a single serial number to a product by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` smart button on a receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:87 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, manually type in the " "serial number for a single product." @@ -5378,13 +5390,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a line on the Detailed Operations page to assign serial numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:94 msgid "" "When finished, click the receipt's breadcrumbs, and the assigned serial " "numbers are automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:102 msgid "" "To generate new serial numbers in a sequence, click the :guilabel:`+ (plus)`" " icon in the :ref:`product line `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:113 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` pop-up window. The " ":guilabel:`Number of SN` field is auto-filled based on the product quantity " @@ -5411,27 +5423,30 @@ msgid "" "generate a sequence of serial numbers based on the first serial number " "entered." msgstr "" +"그러면 :guilabel:`일련번호 할당` 팝업 창이 열립니다. 일련 번호가 채번해야 하는 품목 수량에 따라 :guilabel:`SN " +"번호` 필드는 자동으로 입력됩니다. 첫 번째 일련번호를 :guilabel:`첫 번째 SN` 에 직접 입력한 후 " +":guilabel:`일련번호 할당` 을 클릭하여 입력된 첫 일련번호를 기준으로 연속된 일련번호를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst-1 msgid "Show Assign Serial numbers pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:125 msgid "Stock move pop-up window" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:127 msgid "" "For various methods of assigning serial numbers in bulk, click the " ":guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the :ref:`product line " "` of a receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:132 msgid "Add a line" msgstr "항목 추가" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:134 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window that appears, manually " "input the serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." @@ -5441,11 +5456,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a line on the Stock move pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:142 msgid "Generate Serials" msgstr "일련번호 생성" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:144 msgid "" "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Generate " "Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." @@ -5455,7 +5470,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show generate serials button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:151 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Generate Serial numbers` pop-up window, where " "the first serial number is entered in the :guilabel:`First SN` field to " @@ -5463,36 +5478,36 @@ msgid "" "entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:155 msgid "" "For more details on how to fill in this pop-up window, :ref:`refer to this " "section `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:159 msgid "Import Serials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:161 msgid "" "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Import " "Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:165 msgid "" "If the button is not visible, ensure the :guilabel:`Create New` option is " "selected in the :ref:`receipt's configuration page " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:168 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window. Enter each serial " "number on a separate line in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:172 msgid "" "Copy/paste serial numbers from an existing excel spreadsheet and add them to" " the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." @@ -5502,7 +5517,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show excel sheet to copy serial numbers from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:179 msgid "" "Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to add serial numbers to " "the list of products, and serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " @@ -5511,25 +5526,26 @@ msgid "" "option unchecked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:146 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Generate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:187 msgid "" "For a receipt with a :guilabel:`Demand` of `3.00` products, one product has " "already been assigned a serial number in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` " "pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:190 msgid "" "So, in the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window, two serial numbers, `124` " "and `125` are assigned to the remaining products by entering the following " "in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` input field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:199 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option is selected to add these two " "serial numbers **in addition** to the serial number, `123`, that has already" @@ -5577,7 +5593,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr ":doc:`lots`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "로트 및 일련번호 활성화" @@ -5658,6 +5674,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "일련번호에는 숫자, 문자, 특수문자 또는 세 가지 유형의 문자가 혼합된 다양한 유형의 문자가 포함될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:343 msgid "Traceability" msgstr "추적" @@ -6207,6 +6224,7 @@ msgstr "" "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:189 msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" msgstr ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" @@ -6243,17 +6261,17 @@ msgstr "이렇게 하면 모든 부패하기 쉬운 제품이 각각의 유통 msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." msgstr "로트 및 일련번호 페이지에서 만료일별로 그룹화합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 msgid "Expiration alerts" msgstr "만료일 알림" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 msgid "" "To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "만료일 알림을 확인하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 로트/일련번호`로 이동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:251 msgid "" "Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " "Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " @@ -6263,7 +6281,7 @@ msgstr "" "부패하기 쉬운 제품과 관련된 특정 :guilabel:`로트/일련 번호`를 클릭합니다. 그러면 일련번호 세부 정보 양식이 표시됩니다. 이 " "양식의 :guilabel:`날짜` 탭으로 이동하여 제품과 관련된 모든 만료 정보를 확인할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:255 msgid "" "To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " "form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " @@ -6272,7 +6290,7 @@ msgstr "" "양식을 수정하려면 왼쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`수정`을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`만료일`을 오늘 날짜 (또는 " "이전 날짜)로 조정하고 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 저장합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:259 msgid "" "After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " "Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " @@ -6282,7 +6300,7 @@ msgstr "" "저장 후 로트 번호 양식 상단에 빨간색 :guilabel:`만료 알림`이 표시되는지 확인합니다. 이는 해당 로트의 제품이 만료되었거나 " "만료가 임박했음을 알려줍니다. :guilabel:`로트/일련번호` 페이지로 돌아가려면 이동 경로 탐색을 활용하세요." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:263 msgid "" "To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " "are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" @@ -6291,7 +6309,7 @@ msgstr "" "업데이트된 만료 알림 또는 만료되었거나 만료가 임박한 제품과 관련된 알림을 확인하려면 :guilabel:`로트/일련 번호` 대시보드의 " ":guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄에서 모든 검색 필터를 제거합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:267 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." msgstr "그런 다음 :guilabel:`필터`를 클릭하고 :guilabel:`만료 알림`을 선택합니다." @@ -6301,118 +6319,463 @@ msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "유효기간이 지난 제품에 대한 만료 알림." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" -msgstr "로트를 사용하여 제품 그룹 관리" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" -" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " -"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" -" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." +msgid "Lot numbers" msgstr "" -"*로트*는 Odoo 내에서 제품을 식별하고 추적하는 두 가지 방법 중 하나입니다. 일반적으로 로트는 입고, 보관, 또는 배송된 품목의 " -"고유한 배치를 의미합니다. 또한 조직 내에서 내부적으로 생산된 제품 배치를 나타낼 수도 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:10 msgid "" -"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " -"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " -"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " -"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " -"lifecycles." +"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. They " +"typically represent a specific batch of products that were received, stored," +" shipped, or manufactured in-house." msgstr "" -"제조업체는 공통 속성을 가진 제품 그룹에 로트 번호를 할당하며, 이로 인해 여러 제품이 동일한 로트 번호를 공유할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 " -"하면 단일 그룹에 속한 여러 제품을 식별하는 데 도움이 되며, 수명 주기의 모든 단계에서 포괄적인 추적을 용이하게 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:13 msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " -"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " -"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " -"expiration dates." +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products sharing common " +"properties, facilitating end-to-end traceability through their lifecycles." msgstr "" -"로트는 의류나 식품과 같이 대량으로 입고되거나 제조된 품목을 관리하는 데 유리합니다. 특정 그룹으로 제품을 역추적할 수 있으므로 제품 " -"리콜이나 유통기한을 관리할 때 특히 유용성을 제공합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:16 msgid "" -"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " -"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " -"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " -"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " -":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +"Lots are useful for managing large quantities of manufactured or received " +"products, aiding in tracing items back to their group, particularly for " +"product recalls or :doc:`expiration dates `." msgstr "" -"로트를 사용하여 제품을 추적하려면 *로트 및 일련번호* 기능을 활성화합니다. :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 " -"--> 설정`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`추적성` 섹션까지 아래로 스크롤한 다음 :guilabel:`로트 및 일련번호` 옆의 " -"확인란을 클릭합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 저장합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 -msgid "Track products by lots" -msgstr "로트별 제품 추적" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:26 msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " -"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " -"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " -"and choose a product." +"To track products using lots, enable the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature. Go" +" to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and tick the checkbox " +"next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`Tracking expiration dates `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:33 +msgid "" +":ref:`Print GS1 barcodes for lots and serial numbers " +"`" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`로트 및 일련 번호` 설정이 활성화되면 이제 로트를 사용하여 개별 제품을 추적하도록 구성할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 " -"하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목`으로 이동하여 제품을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " -"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " -":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " -"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +msgid "Track by lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, configure " +"individual products to be tracked using lots. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and choose a " +"product to configure." msgstr "" -"제품 양식에서 :guilabel:`편집`을 클릭하여 정보를 수정합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`재고` 탭을 클릭하여 " -":guilabel:`추적` 섹션으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`로트별`을 클릭합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장`을 " -"클릭하여 변경 사항을 저장합니다. 이제 이 제품의 신규 입고 또는 생산 배치에 기존 또는 신규 로트 번호를 할당할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:48 msgid "" -"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " -"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" -" lot numbers to the existing stock." +"On the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, select the :guilabel:`By Lots` option in " +"the :guilabel:`Tracking` field. Now, new or existing lot numbers can be " +"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`expiration_dates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, a warning message appears. Use an :doc:`inventory adjustment" +" ` to assign lot numbers to existing products in stock." msgstr "" -"로트 또는 일련번호 추적을 활성화하기 전에 보유 중인 기존 재고가 있는 경우 재고 조정을 수행하여 현재 재고에 로트 번호를 할당하는 것이" -" 좋습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." msgstr "제품 양식에서 로트별 추적 기능을 사용하도록 설정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 -msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" -msgstr "이미 재고가 있는 제품에 대한 새 로트 생성" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:58 -msgid "" -"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " -"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" -" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " -"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " -"automatically." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:65 +msgid "Assign lots for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -"지정된 로트 번호가 없는 재고 제품에 대해 새 로트를 생성할 수 있습니다. :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 -->" -" 로트/일련번호`로 이동하여 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭합니다. 이렇게 하면 새 :guilabel:`로트/일련번호`가 자동으로 " -"생성되는 별도의 페이지가 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Assign new lot numbers to :ref:`incoming goods " +"` on the receipt form. When " +"shipping :ref:`outgoing goods `, select products with specific lot numbers on the delivery order " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:75 +msgid "On receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Assigning new or existing lot numbers to incoming goods can be done directly" +" on receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To begin, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app to `create and confirm " +"`_ a |PO| for products tracked " +"by lot numbers. Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button that " +"appears at the top of the page to navigate to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to an existing receipt by going to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, clicking the :guilabel:`Receipts` Kanban " +"card, and choosing the desired receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number triggers an " +"error, indicating that a lot number **must** be assigned before validating " +"the receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." +msgstr "로트/일련번호 사용자 오류 팝업 추가." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:96 +msgid "" +"On the receipt form, on the product line in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, " +"select the |list| icon to the right of the product that is tracked by lot " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the bulleted list icon on the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, where the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` and :guilabel:`Quantity` are assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 +msgid "The two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **importing**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:109 +msgid "Manual assignment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"To manually assign lot numbers, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Input the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, :guilabel:`Store To` location for the lot, " +":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Destination Package`, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To assign multiple lot numbers, or store to multiple locations, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and type a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` for " +"additional quantities. Repeat until the total in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"column matches the :guilabel:`Demand` at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgstr "로트 번호 지정 세부 작업 팝업." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:125 +msgid "Import lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:127 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, click :guilabel:`Import " +"Serials/Lots`, then paste the bulk lot numbers, in the " +":guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "엑셀 스프레드시트에 복사된 로트 번호 목록입니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on *Google* spreadsheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 +msgid "Lot numbers copied to the lot number line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Lot numbers pasted to the \"Lots/Serial numbers\" field, in the **Import " +"Lots** pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to generate *additional* " +"lot numbers in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window. To replace " +"the lot numbers in the list, leave the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option" +" unticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` on the receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:200 +msgid "" +":ref:`Traceability report for lot numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:157 +msgid "On delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Odoo makes it possible to specify which lot numbers for a product are chosen" +" for outgoing shipment on a delivery order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To begin, create or select an existing quotation from the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app. After confirming the |SO|, the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button becomes available. Click the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt form for " +"that specific |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to delivery orders by going to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`" +" kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button opens the the delivery order " +"form, where lot numbers are picked for delivery. In the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab, click the |list| icon to the right of the " +"product that is tracked by lot numbers. Clicking that icon reveals a " +":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, the chosen lot number and its storage location is " +"displayed in the :guilabel:`Pick From` column, with the with the full " +":guilabel:`Quantity` taken from that specific lot (if there is enough stock " +"in that particular lot)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:179 +msgid "" +"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " +":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:183 +msgid "" +"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " +"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It also " +"depends on the ordered quantity, and whether the lot's on-hand quantity is " +"enough to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Repeat the above steps to select enough lots to fulfill the " +":guilabel:`Demand`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. " +"Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button on the |DO| to deliver the " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Popup for source lot number on sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:203 +msgid "Lot management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Manage and view existing lot numbers for products in the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` dashboard by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:208 +msgid "" +"By default, lot numbers are grouped by product, and selecting the drop-down " +"menu for each product displays the existing lot numbers. Select a lot number" +" to :ref:`modify or add details ` " +"linked to the lot. Lot numbers can also be :ref:`created " +"` from this page, by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 +msgid "Show the \"Lot/Serial Number\" dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Display lot numbers, grouped by products, on the **Lot/Serial Number** " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 +msgid "Modify lot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Clicking a lot from the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` dashboard reveals a " +"separate page where additional information can be provided about the lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to follow " +"the most recent number. However, it can be edited, by clicking the line " +"under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and changing the generated " +"number to any desired one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:233 +msgid "On the lot number form, the following fields can be modified:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:235 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: change the lot number linked to the " +":guilabel:`Product`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:236 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internal Reference`: records an alternative lot/serial number " +"used within the warehouse that differs from the one used by the supplier " +"manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company where the lot number is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:239 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: add extra details about the lot or serial number in" +" this text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:242 +msgid "" +"On existing lots, the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"fields **cannot** be modified, as the lot numbers are linked with existing " +"stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the lot number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:250 +msgid ":doc:`Set expiration dates for lots `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:253 +msgid "Add property" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:255 +msgid "" +"To add custom fields to lots for enhanced traceability, there are two " +"methods of adding properties on a lot number form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon at the top-left of the page," +" then select :icon:`fa-cogs` :guilabel:`Add Properties` from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a Property` button, located below " +"the existing fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Name and :doc:`configure the new field " +"<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`. Once finished, enter the " +"property value in the new field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The new property, `Wood type`, is added. The value is recorded as `Cherry " +"wood`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Show the \"Add Properties\" button on a lot number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:273 +msgid "" +":doc:`Configuring custom properties " +"<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 +msgid "Reserve lot number for a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:280 +msgid "" +"To create a lot number for a product, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lot/Serial Numbers`, and " +"click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Creating a lot number reserves it for a product but **does not** assign it. " +"To assign lot numbers, refer to the section on :ref:`assigning lot numbers " +"on receipts `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:289 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " "follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " -"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " -"and changing the generated number." +"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field " +"on the lot form, and changing the generated number." msgstr "" -"Odoo에서 새 로트/일련번호를 생성할 때 시스템은 일반적으로 최신 :guilabel:`로트/일련번호`를 자동으로 생성합니다. 그러나 " -":guilabel:`로트/일련번호` 필드 아래의 줄을 클릭하고 생성된 번호를 수정하여 원하는 번호로 변경할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:293 msgid "" "Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " "field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " @@ -6421,411 +6784,66 @@ msgstr "" "새 :guilabel:`로트/일련번호`가 생성되면 :guilabel:`품목` 옆의 빈 필드를 클릭합니다. 드롭다운 메뉴가 표시되면 " "여기에서 이 새로 생성된 번호에 연결할 특정 제품을 선택할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:72 -msgid "" -"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " -"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " -"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " -"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" -"website environment)." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:298 +msgid "The lot number, `000001`, is created for the product, `Drawer Black`." msgstr "" -"이 양식에는 :guilabel:`수량`을 조정하고, 추적성을 위해 고유한 :guilabel:`내부 참조` 번호를 할당하고, 여러 " -"웹사이트에서 작업하는 경우 특정 로트 또는 일련번호 구성을 특정 :guilabel:`웹사이트`에 연결할 수 있는 옵션이 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 -msgid "" -"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " -"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." -msgstr "이 특정 로트 또는 일련번호에 대한 자세한 설명은 아래의 :guilabel:`설명` 탭에서도 추가할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:83 -msgid "" -"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " -"button to save all changes." -msgstr "설정이 모두 완료되면 :guilabel:`저장` 버튼을 클릭하여 모든 변경 사항을 저장합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." msgstr "제품이 할당된 새로운 로트 번호 생성 양식." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:304 msgid "" "After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " -"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" -" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " -"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." +"product, the lot number is saved as an existing lot number linked to the " +"product, and can be selected when :ref:`assigning lot numbers to products on" +" a receipt `, or when making an " +"inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -"새 로트 번호가 생성, 저장 및 제품에 연결되면 :menuselection:`재고 관리` 앱의 품목 양식으로 돌아가서 " -":menuselection:`품목 --> 품목`으로 이동하여 새로 할당된 로트 번호를 받은 특정 제품을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:310 msgid "" -"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " -"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " -"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" -" assigned to it." +"After creating the lot number, `000001` appears as an option for `Drawer " +"Black` when assigning lot numbers on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` " +"page." msgstr "" -"해당 품목의 세부 정보 양식에서 :guilabel:`로트/일련번호` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 새 로트 번호를 볼 수 있습니다. 이 제품의 " -"수량이 더 많이 입고되거나 생산되면 이 새 로트 번호를 선택하고 그에 따라 할당합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:95 -msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" -msgstr "배송 및 입고용 로트 관리" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " -"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " -"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " -"order form." -msgstr "" -"로트 번호는 **입고** 및 **출고** 상품 모두에 할당할 수 있습니다. 입고되는 상품에 로트 번호를 할당하려면 발주서 양식에서 설정할" -" 수 있습니다. 출고 상품의 경우에도 마찬가지로 판매 주문 양식에서 직접 로트 번호를 할당할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:104 -msgid "Manage lots on receipts" -msgstr "입고에 대한 로트 관리" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " -"purchase order (PO)." -msgstr "**입고** 상품에 로트 번호를 할당하는 작업은 발주서(PO)에서 바로 수행할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:108 -msgid "" -"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " -"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." -msgstr "" -":abbr:`PO (발주서)`를 생성하려면 :menuselection:`구매 앱 --> 생성`으로 이동합니다. 이렇게 하면 새로운 빈 " -"견적 요청(RFQ) 양식이 표시됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 -msgid "" -"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " -"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " -"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " -"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." -msgstr "" -":abbr:`견적 요청서(RFQ)`에 :guilabel:`공급업체`를 추가하여 필요한 정보를 입력하고, :guilabel:`품목` 탭에서" -" :guilabel:`품목 추가`를 클릭하여 원하는 제품을 :guilabel:`제품` 항목에 추가합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " -"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." -msgstr ":guilabel:`수량` 열의 숫자를 변경하여 주문할 제품의 수량을 선택합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " -"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " -":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " -"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." -msgstr "" -":abbr:`견적 요청서(RFQ)`를 작성했으면 :guilabel:`주문 확인`을 클릭합니다. :abbr:`견적 요청(RFQ)`이 " -"확인되면 :guilabel:`발주서`로 전환되고 :guilabel:`입고` 스마트 버튼이 나타납니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " -"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" -"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " -":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " -"number being assigned." -msgstr "" -"주문한 품목 수량에 로트 번호를 할당하기 전 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭하면 :guilabel:`사용자 오류` 팝업이 표시됩니다. " -"이 팝업에서는 주문한 품목의 로트 또는 일련번호를 입력해야 합니다. 로트 번호가 할당되지 않으면 :abbr:`견적 요청(RFQ)`을 " -"**승인할 수 없습니다**." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." -msgstr "로트/일련번호 사용자 오류 팝업 추가." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:133 -msgid "" -"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " -":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " -"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " -"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." -msgstr "" -"여기에서 :guilabel:`추가 옵션` 메뉴를 클릭하고, :guilabel:`작업` 탭의 :guilabel:`측정 단위` 열 오른쪽에 " -"있는 햄버거 (가로줄 4개) 아이콘으로 표시된 :guilabel:`추가 옵션` 메뉴를 선택합니다. 해당 아이콘을 클릭하면 " -":guilabel:`세부 작업` 팝업 창이 열립니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:137 -msgid "" -"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " -"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " -"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." -msgstr "" -"이 팝업에서 :guilabel:`로트/일련번호 이름` 열이 있는 아래쪽 섹션으로 이동합니다. 여기에서 로트 번호 할당을 비롯한 다양한 " -"필드를 설정할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." -msgstr "**수동**으로 입력하거나 **복사/붙여넣기** 방법을 사용하여 로트 번호를 할당할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 -msgid "" -"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" -" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " -"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " -"quantity." -msgstr "" -"**로트 번호 수동 할당**: guilabel:`줄 추가`를 선택하고 :guilabel:`도착지` 아래에 보관 위치를 지정합니다. 그런 " -"다음 새 :guilabel:`로트 번호 이름`을 수동으로 입력하고 :guilabel:`완료` 수량을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 -msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." -msgstr "로트 번호 지정 세부 작업 팝업." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " -":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " -"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " -"the :guilabel:`Demand`." +msgid "Show how to assign lot numbers on the Inventory Adjustment page." msgstr "" -"여러 위치 및 로트에서 수량을 처리하려면 :guilabel:`줄 추가`를 클릭하고 추가 수량을 위해 새 :guilabel:`로트 번호 " -"이름`을 입력합니다. `수량 완료`가 `수요`와 일치할 때까지 이 과정을 반복합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:155 -msgid "" -"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " -"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " -"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" -" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" -" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " -":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " -"entered in each of the lot number lines." -msgstr "" -"**스프레드시트에서 로트 번호 복사/붙여넣기**: 공급업체의 모든 로트 번호 또는 수령 시 할당할 로트 번호가 포함된 스프레드시트를 " -"준비합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`로트/일련 번호 이름` 열에 붙여넣습니다. Odoo는 해당 열의 항목 수에 따라 필요한 개수의" -" 줄을 자동으로 생성합니다. 그런 다음 각 로트 번호 줄에 :guilabel:`배송지` 위치 및 :guilabel:`완료` 수량을 " -"수동으로 입력합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 -msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." -msgstr "엑셀 스프레드시트에 복사된 로트 번호 목록입니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." -msgstr "" -"모든 제품 수량에 로트 번호가 할당되면 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 팝업을 닫고 :guilabel:`승인`을 선택합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:168 -msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." -" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " -":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " -"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" -" assigned, and more." -msgstr "" -"입고를 확인하면 :guilabel:`추적성` 스마트 버튼이 나타납니다. :guilabel:`추적성` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 업데이트된 " -":guilabel:`추적성 보고서`에 액세스할 수 있으며, 여기에는 :guilabel:`참조` 문서; 추적 중인 " -":guilabel:`품목`; :guilabel:`로트/일련번호`; 등이 포함됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:174 -msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" -msgstr "배송 주문에 대한 로트 관리" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " -"sales order (SO)." -msgstr "**출고** 상품에 로트 번호를 할당하는 작업은 판매주문서(SO)에서 바로 수행할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " -"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." -msgstr "" -":abbr:`SO (판매주문서)`를 생성하려면 :menuselection:`판매 앱 --> 생성`으로 이동합니다. 이렇게 하면 새로운 빈" -" 견적서 양식이 표시됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:181 -msgid "" -"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" -" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " -"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." -msgstr "" -"빈 견적서 양식에 :guilabel:`고객`을 추가하여 필요한 정보를 입력하고 :guilabel:`주문 항목` 탭에서 " -":guilabel:`품목 추가`를 클릭하여 :guilabel:`품목` 라인에 품목을 새로 추가합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:185 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` column." -msgstr ":guilabel:`수량` 열의 숫자를 변경하여 판매할 제품의 수량을 선택합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" -" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " -":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." -msgstr "" -"견적서 작성이 완료되면 :guilabel:`확인` 버튼을 클릭하여 견적을 확정합니다. 견적이 확인되면 :abbr:`SO (판매주문서)`로" -" 전환되고 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼이 나타납니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:201 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " -"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 해당 특정 :abbr:`SO (판매주문서)`에 연결된 창고 입고 양식에 액세스할 수 " -"있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 -msgid "" -"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " -"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " -":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " -"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." -msgstr "" -"여기에서 :guilabel:`추가 옵션` 메뉴를 클릭하고, :guilabel:`작업` 탭의 :guilabel:`측정 단위` 열 오른쪽에 " -"있는 햄버거 (가로줄 4개) 아이콘으로 표시된 :guilabel:`추가 옵션` 메뉴를 선택합니다. 해당 아이콘을 클릭하면 " -":guilabel:`세부 작업` 팝업 창이 열립니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:198 -msgid "" -"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " -"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" -" there is enough stock in that particular lot)." -msgstr "" -"팝업에서 기본적으로 :guilabel:`로트/일련 번호`가 미리 선택되며, 해당 로트에 재고가 충분할 경우 전체 " -":guilabel:`예약` 수량을 가져옵니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:202 -msgid "" -"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " -":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " -"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " -"total quantity." -msgstr "" -"해당 로트의 재고가 충분하지 않거나 여러 로트에서 :guilabel:`수요`의 일부 수량을 가져와야 하는 경우 전체 수량 중 해당 특정 " -"부분만 포함하도록 :guilabel:`완료` 열의 수량을 조정합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:207 -msgid "" -"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " -"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " -"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " -"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " -"lot to fulfill the order." -msgstr "" -"배송 주문에 대해 선택된 로트는 선택한 제거 전략(:abbr:`FIFO (선입선출)`, :abbr:`LIFO (후입선출)` 또는 " -":abbr:`FEFO (선한선출)`)에 따라 달라집니다. 또한 주문 수량과 한 로트에 주문을 처리할 수 있는 충분한 재고가 있는지 여부에" -" 따라 달라집니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:213 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" -msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:215 -msgid "" -"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " -"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" -" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." -msgstr "" -"그런 다음 :guilabel:`줄 추가`를 클릭하고 다른 추가 :guilabel:`로트/일련번호`를 선택할 수 있습니다. 나머지 " -":guilabel:`완료` 수량을 적용하고 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭한 다음 마지막으로 :guilabel:`승인` 버튼을 클릭하여" -" 제품 배송을 완료합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." -msgstr "판매 주문의 출발지 로트 번호에 대한 세부 작업 팝업이 표시됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 -msgid "" -"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " -"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " -":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " -"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " -"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." -msgstr "" -"배송 주문을 확인하면 :guilabel:`추적성` 스마트 버튼이 표시됩니다. :guilabel:`추적성` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 " -"업데이트된 :guilabel:`추적성 보고서`가 표시되며, 여기에는 :guilabel:`참조` 문서; 추적 중인 " -":guilabel:`품목`; :guilabel:`날짜` :guilabel:`로트/일련번호`; 등이 포함됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:228 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" -" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " -"the same lot number." -msgstr "" -"제품 수량이 동일한 로트 번호와 연결되어 있는 경우 :guilabel:`추적성 보고서`에는 이전 구매 주문의 :guilabel:`참조` " -"영수증도 포함될 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:318 msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" msgstr "다양한 작업 유형에 따른 로트 관리" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:320 msgid "" -"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " -"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " -"be used." +"By default, new lots can only be created when receiving products, and " +"existing lot numbers cannot be used. For sales orders, only existing lot " +"numbers can be utilized, and new ones cannot be created on the delivery " +"order." msgstr "" -"Odoo에서는 기본적으로 발주서에서 품목을 **수령**한 경우에만 새 로트 생성이 허용됩니다. **기존** 로트 번호는 이 용도로 사용할" -" 수 없습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:237 -msgid "" -"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" -" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." -msgstr "" -"판매 주문의 경우, 시스템은 배송 주문에 직접 새 로트 번호를 생성하는 기능을 지원하지 않으며 기존 로트 번호의 활용만 허용합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:324 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " "type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " -"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +"Operations Types`, and select the desired operation type." msgstr "" -"모든 작업 유형에서 신규 또는 기존 로트 번호를 사용하는 기능을 수정하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 " -"--> 작업 유형`으로 이동하여 원하는 :guilabel:`작업 유형`을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:328 msgid "" -"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " -"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " -"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" -" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " -":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" -" to save the changes." +"On the operation type form, under the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"section, tick the :guilabel:`Create New` checkbox to enable new lot numbers " +"to be created during this operation type. Choose :guilabel:`Use Existing " +"ones` if only existing lot numbers can be selected." msgstr "" -":menuselection:`작업 유형` 페이지에 있는 :guilabel:`입고`의 경우 :guilabel:`편집`을 클릭하고 " -":guilabel:`기존 로트/일련번호 사용` 옵션 옆의 체크박스를 선택하여 :guilabel:`추적성` 섹션의 :guilabel:`기존" -" 로트/일련번호 사용` 옵션을 활성화할 수 있습니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장` 버튼을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 저장합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:249 -msgid "" -"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " -"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " -"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " -"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`배송 주문`의 경우 :guilabel:`새 로트/일련번호 생성` 옵션을 활성화하려면 :guilabel:`편집`을 " -"클릭하고 :guilabel:`새 로트/일련번호 생성` 옵션 옆의 체크박스를 클릭합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장` 버튼을 " -"클릭하여 변경 사항을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." msgstr "작업 유형 양식에서 추적성 설정을 활성화합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:337 msgid "" "For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " "useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" @@ -6834,20 +6852,14 @@ msgstr "" "로트별로 추적되는 품목이 포함된 창고 간 이동의 경우 창고 입고에 대해 :guilabel:`기존 로트/일련번호 사용` 옵션을 활성화하면 " "재고 관리의 효율성과 정확성을 높일 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "로트 추적성" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:345 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " -"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " -"stored, and who (and when) it went to." +"entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from, when it arrived, where it" +" was stored, who it went to (and when)." msgstr "" -"제조업체와 기업은 추적성 보고서를 참조하여 제품의 전체 수명 주기, 즉 제품의 출처와 보관 위치 및 공급망 내 이동 이력 등을 확인할 수" -" 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:348 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " @@ -6856,7 +6868,7 @@ msgstr "" "품목의 전체 추적성 또는 로트별 그룹을 확인하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 제품 --> 로트/일련번호`로 " "이동합니다. 이렇게 하면 :menuselection:`로트/일련번호`를 관리할 수 있는 전용 대시보드가 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:352 msgid "" "From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " @@ -6864,30 +6876,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "이 섹션에서는 로트 번호에 연결된 품목이 기본적으로 표시됩니다. 항목을 확장하여 각 품목에 할당된 관련 로트 번호를 표시할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:355 msgid "" -"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " -"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " -":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " -"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." +"To group by lots, begin by removing any filters in the :guilabel:`Search...`" +" bar. Then, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(caret down)` icon to" +" open a drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` options," +" and :guilabel:`Favorites`. Under the :guilabel:`Group By` section, click " +"the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` option, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"Number` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -"각 로트 또는 일련번호별로 품목을 그룹화하려면 먼저 검색 창에서 기존 필터를 모두 제거합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`그룹화 " -"기준` 드롭다운을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`사용자 지정 그룹 추가`를 선택한 다음 드롭다운 메뉴에서 " -":guilabel:`로트/일련번호`를 선택합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`적용`을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:361 msgid "" -"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " -"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." +"Doing so reorganizes all the records on the page to display all existing " +"lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded to show all quantities of " +"products with that assigned number." msgstr "" -"이 작업을 수행하면 기존의 모든 로트와 일련번호가 표시되며, 확장 가능한 보기를 통해 해당 번호가 할당된 제품의 모든 수량을 표시할 수 " -"있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "로트 및 일련번호 추적 보고서." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:369 +msgid "Traceability report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To view a full stock moves report for a lot number, select the lot number " +"line from the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Number` dashboard. On the lot number " +"form, click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the Traceability Report for a lot, that displays the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:380 msgid ":doc:`differences`" msgstr ":doc:`차이`" @@ -7495,6 +7520,144 @@ msgstr "" "포장은 Odoo :ref:`바코드 `와 함께 사용할 수 있습니다. 공급업체로부터 제품을" " 수령할 때 포장에 있는 바코드를 스캔하면 포장에 있는 해당 개수가 제품의 내부 카운트에 자동으로 추가됩니다." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:3 +msgid "Reassign lot/serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Changing a product's tracking settings to use lots or serial numbers, " +"*after* storing products in Odoo without them, can lead to inconsistent " +"records. Follow this documentation to learn how to use an inventory " +"adjustment to assign lot or serial numbers to products that were not " +"originally assigned lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Warning message: products in stock have no lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This document outlines the process of using two inventory adjustments: one " +"to remove incorrect records *without* lot numbers, and another to save the " +"quantities *with* the lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`Set up and use lot numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Set up serial numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Use serial numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:24 +msgid "Change on-hand quantity to zero" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To change the product's settings to track by lots or serial numbers, begin " +"by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and select the intended product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, click the product's :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button to open the " +":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. In the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"column, change the value to zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If the product is stored in multiple locations, make sure the **total** on " +"hand quantity at **all** locations is zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Show the Inventory Adjustments model, highlighting the \"On Hand Quantity\" " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:41 +msgid "Change traceability setting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Return to the product form (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Products`), and switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, change the :guilabel:`Tracking` option " +"from :guilabel:`No Tracking` to :guilabel:`By Lots` or :guilabel:`By Unique " +"Serial Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 +msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." +msgstr "로트 및 일련번호를 활성화합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:56 +msgid "Restore on-hand quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:58 +msgid "" +"After manually changing the on-hand quantity to zero and changing the " +":guilabel:`Tracking` setting to lots or serial numbers, restore the " +"quantities by clicking the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button from the desired" +" product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:62 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Update Quantity` page, because the on-hand quantity had " +"been previously changed to zero, a :guilabel:`No Stock On Hand` warning " +"appears on the page. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" +"left corner. Doing so reveals a new, modifiable line on the " +":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. Then, input a desired lot number in the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` to its original value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Fill in the \"Lot/Serial Number\" and \"On Hand Quantity\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To find the original quantity, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"accordingly, after assigning a new lot or serial number, click the " +":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon in the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` column. Then, click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` " +"button on the far-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Show the \"History\" button on the Inventory Adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The inventory adjustment that changed the on-hand quantity to zero is " +"displayed in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:0 +msgid "Show the history entry." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "일련번호를 사용하여 제품 추적" @@ -7650,6 +7813,12 @@ msgid "" "in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "이 특정 로트/일련번호에 대한 자세한 설명은 아래의 :guilabel:`설명` 탭에서도 추가할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save all changes." +msgstr "설정이 모두 완료되면 :guilabel:`저장` 버튼을 클릭하여 모든 변경 사항을 저장합니다." + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "기존 제품 재고에 대한 새 일련번호가 생성됩니다." @@ -7860,6 +8029,12 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`품목` 라인에 제품을 추가한 다음 :guilabel:`주문 항목` 탭에서 :guilabel:`제품 추가`를 클릭하여 " "세부 정보를 입력합니다." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr ":guilabel:`수량` 열의 숫자를 변경하여 판매할 제품의 수량을 선택합니다." + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:197 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" @@ -7870,6 +8045,25 @@ msgstr "" "견적서 작성이 완료되면 :guilabel:`확인` 버튼을 클릭하여 견적을 확정합니다. 견적이 확인되면 :abbr:`SO (판매주문서)`로" " 전환되고 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼이 나타납니다." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " +"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 해당 특정 :abbr:`SO (판매주문서)`에 연결된 창고 입고 양식에 액세스할 수 " +"있습니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" +"여기에서 :guilabel:`추가 옵션` 메뉴를 클릭하고, :guilabel:`작업` 탭의 :guilabel:`측정 단위` 열 오른쪽에 " +"있는 햄버거 (가로줄 4개) 아이콘으로 표시된 :guilabel:`추가 옵션` 메뉴를 선택합니다. 해당 아이콘을 클릭하면 " +":guilabel:`세부 작업` 팝업 창이 열립니다." + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:208 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " @@ -8260,6 +8454,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:80 msgid "Create purchase order" msgstr "" @@ -8537,12 +8733,12 @@ msgstr "" "클릭하여 선택을 확인합니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 업데이트된 배송업체 선택에 해당하는 새 추적 번호와 새 레이블이 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:160 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:161 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" msgstr ":doc:`multipack`" @@ -8769,7 +8965,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:124 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" msgstr ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" @@ -8963,8 +9159,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "Create a sales order" msgstr "판매주문서 생성하기" @@ -9031,7 +9225,7 @@ msgstr "반쪽짜리 편지 크기의 FedEx 배송 라벨." msgid "Print shipping labels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:8 msgid "" "Integrate Odoo with :doc:`third-party shipping carriers " "<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>` to automatically generate " @@ -9039,7 +9233,7 @@ msgid "" "numbers, and barcodes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:15 msgid "" "To generate labels for a third-party shipping carrier, first :doc:`install " "the third-party shipping connector " @@ -9051,41 +9245,94 @@ msgid "" "` and :ref:`product " "weights `." msgstr "" +"타사 배송업체에 대한 라벨을 생성하려면 먼저 :doc:`타사 배송 커넥터를 설치합니다 " +"<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`. 그런 다음 :ref:`배송 방법 " +"` 에 대한 환경 설정 및 활성화를 " +"하고, 배송 라벨을 생성하려면 :guilabel:`통합 수준` 을 :guilabel:`요금 받기 및 배송 생성` 으로 설정하여야 합니다." +" 마지막으로 회사의 :ref:`원 주소 `" +" 및 :ref:`품목 중량 ` 를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst-1 msgid "Set the \"Get Rate and Create Shipment\" option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:33 +msgid "Labels for multi-step" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"For companies using :doc:`two " +"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or :doc:`three step " +"delivery <../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, labels can be " +"triggered to print after validating the picking or packing operation. To do " +"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations " +"Types`, and choose the desired operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Operation Type` configuration page, tick the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` checkbox. Enabling this feature ensures that the " +"third-party shipping label is printed upon validating this operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:45 +msgid "" +"For :doc:`two-step delivery " +"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, where products are " +"placed directly in packages during picking, companies can print shipping " +"labels during picking instead of delivery. Odoo allows users to enable the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` feature on the `Pick` operation itself to achieve " +"this flexibility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:0 +msgid "Enable the \"Print Label\" feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:55 msgid "Print tracking labels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:57 msgid "" -"Tracking labels are generated after the delivery order (DO) is validated." +"Tracking labels are printed when specific operations are validated. By " +"default, validating a delivery order (DO) generates a tracking label in the " +"chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:61 msgid "" -"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin on the " -":menuselection:`Sales app`, and proceed to the desired quotation to " -":ref:`add the shipping cost `, confirm the sales order, and validate the |DO|." +"For companies using two or three step delivery, refer to the :ref:`printing " +"labels for multi-step delivery ` section to learn how to print the label after validating a picking " +"or packing operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin in the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and proceed to the desired quotation or sales " +"order (SO). There, and :ref:`add the shipping cost " +"` to the order. Then, " +"navigate to the linked |DO| — or another operation type when using multi-" +"step delivery — to validate the operation and print the label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:71 msgid "" "If only the *Inventory* app is installed, create :abbr:`DOs (Delivery " -"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app , :ref:`add the " +"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, :ref:`add the " "third-party carrier ` in " "the :guilabel:`Carrier` field, and validate the |DO|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:79 msgid "Add shipping on quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:81 msgid "" "To generate a tracking label for an order, begin by creating a quotation in " ":menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`, clicking " @@ -9097,15 +9344,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the \"Add Shipping\" button on the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:89 msgid "" "In the resulting pop-up window, select the intended carrier from the " -":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. Clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` " -"displays the shipping cost for the customer, via the third-party carrier in " -"the :guilabel:`Cost` field." +":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Total Order " +"Weight` field is automatically populated, based on the :ref:`weight of " +"products in the order `. " +"Modify this field to overwrite the predicted weight, and use this weight to " +"estimate the cost of shipping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Get Rate` to display the shipping cost for the " +"customer, via the third-party carrier in the :guilabel:`Cost` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 msgid "" "If clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` results in an error, ensure the " ":ref:`warehouse's address ` are properly configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:102 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the cost to the quotation, which is listed as " "the :ref:`configured delivery product " @@ -9126,49 +9381,49 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show \"Get rate\" pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:112 msgid "" -"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, the shipping carrier is" -" specified in a delivery order's :guilabel:`Carrier` field of the " -":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." +"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, specify the " +":guilabel:`Carrier` by going to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, " +"navigating to the |DO|, and going to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:0 msgid "Show the \"Additional Info\" tab of a delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:123 msgid "Validate delivery order" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:125 msgid "" "On a delivery order form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab to" " ensure the third-party shipping carrier has been added to the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:129 msgid "" "If the *Sales* app is not installed, the third-party carrier is set in the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:132 msgid "" "After the items in the order have been packed, click :guilabel:`Validate` to" " get the shipping carrier's tracking number, and generate the shipping " "label." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:136 msgid "" "Create or select an existing delivery order by going to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and selecting the :guilabel:`Delivery " "Orders` card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:139 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` number is generated in the " ":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab of the delivery order. Click the " @@ -9176,7 +9431,7 @@ msgid "" "shipping carrier's website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:143 msgid "The tracking label is found in PDF format in the chatter." msgstr "" @@ -9184,14 +9439,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show generated shipping label in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:150 msgid "" "For multi-package shipping, one label is generated per package. Each label " "appears in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:157 msgid "Sample label generated from Odoo's shipping connector with FedEx." msgstr "" @@ -9419,11 +9674,282 @@ msgstr "" "첫 번째 이월 주문을 생성하는 데 사용한 단계를 반복하여 일부 품목을 배송하고 나머지 품목에 대한 또 다른 이월 주문을 생성할 수 " "있습니다." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:3 +msgid "Printable delivery PDFs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automatically print delivery-related PDFs documents and labels in Odoo, " +"containing package recipient details, contents, or handling instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The following PDFs can be configured to print upon validating an *Inventory*" +" operation (e.g. receipt, picking, delivery orders, quality checks):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:11 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery slip `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`Return slip `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:13 +msgid "" +":ref:`Product labels of items in the order " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:14 +msgid "" +":ref:`Lot and serial number labels `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:15 +msgid "Carrier labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:16 +msgid "Export documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:17 +msgid "Package Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:18 +msgid "Package label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To automatically print these forms, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`, and select the desired " +"operation type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick each of the desired options available " +"in the :guilabel:`Print on Validation` section to download the PDF of those " +"selected documents automatically after validating the :guilabel:`Operation " +"Type`. For details on what each of the checkbox options do, jump to the " +"related section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Print on Validation* option in the \"Pick\" *Operation Type*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:36 +msgid "Delivery slip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A *delivery slip* contains recipient and package details, usually placed " +"inside (or attached to) the package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:42 +msgid ":ref:`Picking list `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`Tracking label `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:45 +msgid "" +"After :ref:`enabling the Delivery Slip setting " +"` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " +"configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " +"operation type downloads a PDF of the delivery slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The delivery slip shows products, quantities, the delivery order reference " +"number, and the total order weight." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Example delivery slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:58 +msgid "Return slip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Print a *return slip* to include in a delivery for customer return packages." +" It identifies the return, links to the sales order, and includes item " +"details and customer information. It can also include specific return " +"instructions for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:64 +msgid "" +"After :ref:`enabling the Return Slip setting " +"` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " +"configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " +"operation type downloads a PDF of the return slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The return slip displays the company's return address, along with barcodes " +"for both the order and the return operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Example return slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:77 +msgid "Product labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Print *product labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " +"information, such as product name, barcode, and price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"After navigating to the intended operation type (:menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`), in the :guilabel:`Hardware` " +"tab, tick the :guilabel:`Product Labels` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Print label as:` drop-down menu visible, where" +" each product label can be printed as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`2 x 7 with price`: PDF displays product name, barcode, and price," +" fitting two rows and seven columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 2 x 7 with price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 7 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price, " +"fitting four rows and seven columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 4 x 7 with price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12`: displays product name and barcode. Fits four rows and " +"twelve columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 4 x 12." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price. " +"Fits four rows and twelve columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels`: prints labels in the Zebra Programming Language " +"(ZPL) containing the product name and barcode. Readable for Zebra printers " +"to automatically print labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels with price`: prints labels in the :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " +"Programming Language)` containing the product name, barcode, and price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Product labels can be manually printed from any delivery order, by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Print Labels` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:128 +msgid "Lot/SN Labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Print *lot/SN labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " +"information, such as product name, lot or serial number, and the barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To automatically print this PDF, navigate to the intended operation type's " +"options page (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations" +" Types`). Then, in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick the :guilabel:`Lot/SN " +"Labels` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per lot/SN`: PDF with labels for unique lot/serial " +"numbers in the order, including product name, lot/serial number, and " +"barcode. Fits four rows and twelve columns per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:150 +msgid "Labels for an order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per unit`: PDF with labels matching the quantity of " +"items, displaying the product name, lot/serial number, and barcode. Fits " +"four rows and twelve columns per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per lot/SN`: prints labels in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " +"Programming Language)`, containing the product name, lot/serial number, and " +"barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per unit`: prints labels with the quantity of " +"items in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming Language)`, containing the product " +"name, lot/serial number, and barcode." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "Scheduled delivery dates" msgstr "예약된 배송 날짜" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 msgid "" "Accurately forecasting delivery dates is vital for fulfilling customer " "expectations. In Odoo, the *Inventory* app allows for comprehensive lead " @@ -9433,11 +9959,11 @@ msgstr "" "정확한 납기 예측은 고객의 기대치를 충족하는 데 중요한 역할을 합니다. Odoo의 *재고 관리* 앱은 광범위한 리드 타임 구성 기능을 " "제공하여 제조 주문, 배송 및 수령을 효과적으로 조정하고 계획하여 원활한 운영과 적시 납품을 보장합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:15 msgid "Lead time types" msgstr "리드 타임 유형" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:17 msgid "" "Different lead times for different operations can impact various stages of " "the order fulfillment process. Here's a summary of the types of lead times " @@ -9450,86 +9976,85 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show graphic of all lead times working together." msgstr "모든 리드 타임이 함께 작동하는 그래픽을 표시합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "" -":ref:`Customer lead time `: The default " -"time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is the " -"number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the date " -"the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as *delivery" -" lead time*." -msgstr "" -":ref:`고객 리드 타임 `: 고객 주문을 처리하는 기본 기간입니다. 고객" -" 리드 타임은 판매 주문 (SO)이 확인된 날부터 창고에서 제품을 배송하는 날까지의 일수입니다. 이 기간은 일반적으로 *배송 리드 " -"타임*이라고도 합니다." - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:24 msgid "" -":ref:`Sales security lead time `: " -"moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of days. " -"This serves as a buffer to allow the team ample time to prepare the outgoing" -" shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " -"process." +":ref:`Customer lead time `: " +"default time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is" +" the number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the " +"date the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as " +"*delivery lead time*." msgstr "" -":ref:`판매 보안 리드 타임 `: *예정 배송일*을 지정된 " -"일수만큼 앞당깁니다. 이는 주문 처리 프로세스가 지연될 가능성을 고려하여 팀이 발송되는 배송을 더 일찍 준비할 수 있도록 충분한 시간을 " -"확보하는 버퍼 역할을 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:29 msgid "" -":ref:`Purchase lead time `: the number of " -"days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " +":ref:`Sales security lead time `: moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of " +"days. This serves as a buffer to allow ample time to prepare the outgoing " +"shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 +msgid "" +":ref:`Purchase lead time `: number" +" of days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " "products. It provides insight on the time it takes for products to arrive at" " the warehouse, facilitating effective scheduling and planning of supplier " "deliveries." msgstr "" -":ref:`구매 리드 타임 `: 발주서 (PO) 확인부터 제품 수령까지의 " -"기간을 나타냅니다. 제품이 창고에 도착하는 데 필요한 기간에 대한 인사이트를 제공하여 공급업체 배송의 효율적인 일정과 계획을 수립하는 데" -" 도움을 줍니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:39 msgid "" -":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` by a " -"specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders earlier " -"mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products that are" -" set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment report* " -"earlier, according to the specified number of days." +":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " +"by a specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders " +"earlier mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products " +"that are set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment " +"report* earlier, according to the specified number of days." msgstr "" -":ref:`구매 보안 리드 타임 `: :abbr:`PO " -"(발주서)`의 주문 기한을 정의된 일수만큼 조정합니다. 이렇게 미리 주문하는 사전 예방적 접근 방식은 공급업체 또는 배송 지연과 관련된" -" 위험을 줄이는 것이 포함됩니다. 따라서 주문에 보충하도록 설정된 제품의 경우 지정된 일수에 따라 *보충 보고서*에 필요성이 더 일찍 " -"표시됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:40 -msgid "" -":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: the number " -"of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date of " -"confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in Odoo), " -"and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished good." -msgstr "" -":ref:`제조 리드 타임 `: 확인일로부터 제조 주문(MO)을 처리하는 데 " -"필요한 기간을 나타냅니다. 주말 (Odoo에서는 휴무일))을 포함한 이 기간은 완제품의 생산 날짜를 대략적으로 예측하는 데 도움이 " -"됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:45 msgid "" -":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " -"forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with " -":ref:`replenish to order `, the " +":ref:`Days to Purchase `: " +"days needed for the vendor to receive a request for quotation (RFQ) and " +"confirm it. It advances the deadline to schedule a |RFQ| by a specified " +"number of days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:49 +msgid "" +":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: " +"number of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date " +"of confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in " +"Odoo), and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished" +" good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:54 +msgid "" +":ref:`Days to prepare manufacturing order " +"`: number of days " +"needed to replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the " +"product. Either set one directly on the bill of materials (BoM), or click " +"*Compute* to sum up purchase and manufacturing lead times of components in " +"the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:60 +msgid "" +":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing " +"Order)` forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with" +" :ref:`replenish to order `, the " "security lead time makes the need appear earlier on the replenishment " "report." msgstr "" -":ref:`제조 보안 리드 타임 `: :abbr:`MO(제조 " -"주문)`의 예정 날짜를 지정된 일수만큼 앞당깁니다. 이 보안 리드 타임을 :ref:`재고 보충 주문 " -"`과 함께 사용하면 보충 보고서에 제품의 필요성이 더 일찍 " -"표시되도록 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:69 msgid "Sales lead times" msgstr "영업 리드 타임" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 msgid "" "Customer lead times and sales security lead times can be configured to " "automatically compute an *expected delivery date* on a :abbr:`SO (Sales " @@ -9539,7 +10064,7 @@ msgstr "" "고객 리드 타임 및 판매 보안 리드 타임은 :abbr:`SO (판매 주문)`에서 *예상 배송 날짜*를 자동으로 계산하도록 구성할 수 " "있습니다. 이렇게 계산된 예상 배송 날짜는 창고 배송에 대한 현실적인 *배송 날짜*를 설정하는 데 도움이 됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:75 msgid "" "Odoo issues a warning message if the set delivery date is earlier than the " "expected date, as it may not be feasible to fulfill the order by that time, " @@ -9548,7 +10073,7 @@ msgstr "" "지정된 배송 날짜가 예상 날짜보다 앞당겨지면 Odoo는 경고 메시지를 트리거합니다. 이 경고 메시지는 지정된 시간까지 주문을 처리하는 " "것이 불가능하여 다른 창고 작업에 영향을 미칠 수 있음을 알려줍니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:79 msgid "" "A :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` containing a `Coconut-scented candle` is " "confirmed on July 11th. The product has a customer lead time of 14 days, and" @@ -9563,17 +10088,17 @@ msgid "" "Set *Delivery Date* in a sales order. Enables delivery lead times feature." msgstr "판매 주문에서 *배송 날짜*를 설정합니다. 배송 리드 타임 기능을 활성화합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:87 msgid "" "The following sections demonstrate how to automatically compute expected " "delivery dates." msgstr "다음 섹션에서는 예상 배송일을 자동으로 계산하는 방법을 설명합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:90 msgid "Customer lead time" msgstr "고객 리드타임" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:92 msgid "" "Set the customer lead time on each product form, by navigating to the " "products page. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> " @@ -9586,7 +10111,7 @@ msgstr "" "--> 품목`으로 이동합니다. 거기에서 원하는 제품을 선택하고 :guilabel:`재` 탭으로 전환합니다. 그런 다음 " ":guilabel:`고객 리드 타임` 필드에 배송 주문의 시작부터 완료까지 처리하는 데 필요한 일수를 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 msgid "" "Set a 14-day customer lead time for the `Coconut-scented candle` by " "navigating to its product form. Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, type" @@ -9599,11 +10124,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set *Customer Lead Time* on the product form." msgstr "품목 양식에서 *고객 리드타임*을 설정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:109 msgid "Sales security lead time" msgstr "영업 보안 리드타임" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:111 msgid "" "*Sales security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -9611,7 +10136,7 @@ msgstr "" "*판매 보안 리드타임*은 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`에서 전체 비즈니스에 대해 보편적으로 " "설정됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:114 msgid "" "On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " "heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales`, and " @@ -9620,7 +10145,7 @@ msgstr "" "설정 페이지의 :guilabel:`고급 예약` 아래에서 :guilabel:`판매 보안 리드타임`에 해당하는 상자를 찾습니다. 이 기능과 " "관련된 확인란을 클릭하여 이 기능을 사용 설정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. This security lead time is " "a buffer notifying the team to prepare for outgoing shipments earlier than " @@ -9628,7 +10153,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "다음으로 원하는 달력 일수를 입력합니다. 이 보안 리드타임은 버퍼 역할을 하여 팀에서 예정된 날짜보다 일찍 발송을 준비하도록 유도합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales` to `1.00` day, pushes " "the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of a delivery order (DO) forward by one day. " @@ -9645,11 +10170,11 @@ msgid "" "settings." msgstr "판매 설정에서 판매 구성에 대한 보안 리드타임을 확인합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:131 msgid "Deliver several products" msgstr "여러 제품 배송" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:133 msgid "" "For orders that include multiple products with different lead times, the " "lead times can be configured directly from the quotation itself. On a " @@ -9659,7 +10184,7 @@ msgstr "" "리드 타임이 다른 여러 제품이 포함된 주문의 경우 견적 자체에서 직접 리드 타임을 구성할 수 있습니다. 견적에서 :guilabel:`기타" " 정보` 탭을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`배송 정책`을 다음과 같이 조정합니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`As soon as possible` to deliver products as soon as they are " "ready. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " @@ -9669,7 +10194,7 @@ msgstr "" "제품 준비 시 배송을 앞당기려면 배송 정책에서 :guilabel:`가능한 한 빨리`를 선택합니다. 이 경우 주문에 포함된 제품 중 가장 " "짧은 리드 타임에 오늘 날짜를 더하여 :abbr:`DO (배송 주문)`의 :guilabel:`예정 날짜`가 계산됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`When all products are ready` to wait to fulfill the entire order " "at once. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " @@ -9683,7 +10208,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show *Shipping Policy* field in the *Other Info* tab of a quotation." msgstr "견적의 *기타 정보* 탭에 *배송 정책* 필드를 표시합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:150 msgid "" "In a quotation containing 2 products, `Yoga mat` and `Resistance band,` the " "products have a lead time of 8 days and 5 days, respectively. Today's date " @@ -9692,7 +10217,7 @@ msgstr "" "'요가 매트'와 '레지스턴스 밴드' 두 가지 제품이 포함된 견적에서 제품의 리드 타임은 각각 8일과 5일입니다. 오늘 날짜는 4월 " "2일입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:153 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Shipping Policy` is set to :guilabel:`As soon as " "possible`, the scheduled delivery date is 5 days from today: April 7th. On " @@ -9702,17 +10227,17 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`배송 정책`이 :guilabel:`가능한 한 빨리`로 설정된 경우, 배송 예정일은 오늘로부터 5일 후인 4월 7일이 " "됩니다. 반면에 :guilabel:`모든 제품이 준비되면`을 선택하면 오늘로부터 8일 후인 4월 10일이 배송 예정일로 설정됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:160 msgid "Purchase lead times" msgstr "구매 리드타임" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 msgid "" "Automatically determining the dates on which to place orders from suppliers " "can help simplify the procurement process." msgstr "공급업체에 주문할 날짜를 자동으로 결정하면 조달 프로세스를 간소화하는 데 도움이 될 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 msgid "" "Odoo calculates the supplier shipment *receipt date*, and :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` deadline, based on the required date the product is needed" @@ -9723,7 +10248,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo는 제품이 창고에 필요한 날짜를 기준으로 공급업체 배송 *수령일*과 :abbr:`PO(구매 주문서)` 기한을 계산합니다. 이 " "계산은 수령일로부터 역산하여 공급업체 리드 타임과 구매 보안 리드 타임을 고려해 :abbr:`PO (발주서)` 기한을 결정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 msgid "" "This deadline is the date by which the order should be confirmed, in order " "to ensure timely arrival by the expected receipt date." @@ -9734,17 +10259,17 @@ msgid "" "Visualization of PO deadline and receipt date used with vendor lead times." msgstr "공급업체 리드 타임과 함께 사용되는 PO 마감일 및 수령 날짜를 시각화합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:178 msgid "" ":ref:`PO scheduling with reordering rules " "`" msgstr ":ref:`재주문 규칙이 있는 PO 예약 `" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:181 msgid "Vendor lead time" msgstr "거래처 리드타임" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:183 msgid "" "To set a vendor lead time for orders arriving in the warehouse from a vendor" " location, begin by navigating to a product form through " @@ -9753,7 +10278,7 @@ msgstr "" "공급업체 위치에서 창고에 도착하는 주문의 공급업체 리드타임을 설정하려면 :menuselection:`구매 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목` " "경로를 사용하여 품목 양식으로 이동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:186 msgid "" "Next, select the desired product, and switch to the :guilabel:`Purchase` " "tab. In the editable vendor pricelist, click the :guilabel:`Add a line` " @@ -9765,7 +10290,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`줄 추가` 버튼을 클릭하여 공급업체 세부 정보를 입력합니다. :guilabel:`공급업체` 이름과 제품에 대해 제공된" " :guilabel:`가격`을 입력한 다음 :guilabel:`배송 리드 타임`을 지정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:192 msgid "" "Multiple vendors and lead times can be added to the vendor pricelist. The " "default vendor and lead time selected will be the entry at the top of the " @@ -9774,7 +10299,7 @@ msgstr "" "공급업체 가격표에서는 여러 공급업체를 각각의 리드타임과 함께 추가할 수 있습니다. 항목 상단에 나열된 공급업체 및 리드타임이 기본 선택 " "항목으로 설정됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:196 msgid "" "On the vendor pricelist of the product form, the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " "Time` for the selected vendor is set to `10 days.`" @@ -9784,7 +10309,7 @@ msgstr "품목 양식의 공급업체 가격 목록에서 선택한 공급업체 msgid "Add delivery lead times to vendor pricelist on a product." msgstr "제품의 공급업체 가격표에 배송 리드타임을 추가합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:203 msgid "" "By setting the vendor lead time, the expected arrival date of the item is " "automatically determined as the date of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " @@ -9795,7 +10320,7 @@ msgstr "" "공급업체 리드타임을 구성하면 품목의 예상 도착 날짜가 :abbr:`PO(구매 주문)` 확인 날짜에 공급업체 리드타임을 더한 날짜로 자동 " "설정됩니다. 이렇게 하면 제품이 예상 기간 내에 도착하지 않을 경우 창고 직원에게 알림이 전송됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 msgid "" "On a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` confirmed on July 11th, for a product " "configured with a 10-day vendor lead time, Odoo automatically sets the " @@ -9817,11 +10342,11 @@ msgid "" "Show expected *Scheduled Date* of arrival of the product from the vendor." msgstr "공급업체로부터 제품이 도착할 것으로 예상되는 *예정일*을 표시합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:225 msgid "Purchase security lead time" msgstr "구매 보안 리드타임" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:227 msgid "" "*Purchase security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -9829,33 +10354,27 @@ msgstr "" "*구매 보안 리드타임*은 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`에서 전체 비즈니스에 대해 보편적으로 " "설정됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:230 msgid "" -"On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " -"heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`, and" -" click the checkbox to enable the feature." +"On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " +"heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`." msgstr "" -"설정 페이지의 :guilabel:`고급 예약` 아래에서 :guilabel:`구매 보안 리드타임`에 해당하는 상자를 찾습니다. 이 기능과 " -"관련된 확인란을 클릭하여 이 기능을 사용 설정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in supplier " -"deliveries." -msgstr "그런 다음 원하는 달력 일수를 입력합니다. 보안 리드타임을 구성하면 공급업체 배송의 잠재적 지연을 고려한 버퍼가 설정됩니다." +"deliveries. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:237 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase` to `2.00` days, " -"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by one day. In that " +"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by two days. In that " "case, if a product is initially scheduled to arrive on April 6th, with a " "two-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the receipt would be " "April 8th." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`구매 보안 리드타임`이 `2.00`일로 구성되면, 수령 예정일인 :guilabel:`수령 예정일`이 하루 뒤로 " -"미뤄집니다. 예를 들어, 제품이 처음에 4월 6일에 도착할 예정이었던 경우 보안 리드 타임을 2일로 설정하면 새 수령 예정 날짜가 4월 " -"8일로 수정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -9863,19 +10382,35 @@ msgid "" "Settings." msgstr "재고 관리 > 환경설정 > 설정에서 구매 시 보안 리드타임을 설정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 +msgid "Days to purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To set up the *days to purchase* lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Advanced " +"Scheduling` section, in the :guilabel:`Days to Purchase` field, specify the " +"number of days required for the vendor to confirm a |RFQ| after receiving it" +" from the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Show \"Days to Purchase\" configuration in the Settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 msgid "Manufacturing lead times" msgstr "제조 리드타임" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:265 msgid "" "Lead times can help simplify the procurement process for consumable " "materials and components used in manufactured products with bills of " -"materials." +"materials (BoMs)." msgstr "" -"리드타임은 자재 명세서가 있는 제조 제품에 사용되는 소모성 자재 및 부품의 경우 조달 프로세스를 간소화하는 데 중요한 역할을 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:268 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the deadline to " "begin the manufacturing process to complete the product by the scheduled " @@ -9891,40 +10426,47 @@ msgid "" "times." msgstr "계획된 제조 주문 날짜의 제조 리드타임을 시각화하여 결정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 msgid "Manufacturing lead time" msgstr "제조 리드타임" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:279 msgid "" -"Configure the manufacturing lead time directly on the product form, by " -"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products`, " -"and select the desired product." +"Manufacturing lead times for products are configured from a product's bill " +"of materials (BoM) form." msgstr "" -"제조 리드 타임을 설정하려면 :menuselection:`제조 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목`을 통해 품목 양식에 액세스한 다음 특정" -" 제품을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:281 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product, specify the calendar days " -"needed to the manufacture the product in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead " -"Time` field." +"To add a lead time to a |BoM|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" +" --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM| to edit." msgstr "" -"제품의 :guilabel:`재고` 탭에서 :guilabel:`제조 리드타임` 필드에 제품 제조에 필요한 달력 일수를 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:284 msgid "" -"Specify a 14-day :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead Time` for a product directly " -"in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product." +"On the |BoM| form, click the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. Change the value" +" (in days) in the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field to specify the calendar" +" days needed to manufacture the product." msgstr "" -"각 품목 양식의 :guilabel:`재고` 탭에서 직접 제품에 대한 14일의 :guilabel:`제조 리드타임`을 지정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Manuf. Lead Time value specified on a product's Bill of Material form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:292 msgid "" -"View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form." -msgstr "품목 양식에서 제조 리드타임 설정 보기." +"If the selected |BoM| is a multi-level |BoM|, the manufacturing lead times " +"of the components are added." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 +msgid "" +"If the |BoM| product is subcontracted, the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` can " +"be used to determine the date at which components should be sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:298 msgid "" "Establish a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, based on the " "*expected delivery date*, indicated in the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field " @@ -9933,7 +10475,7 @@ msgstr "" "관련 :abbr:`DO (배송 주문)`의 :guilabel:`예정 날짜` 필드에 지정된 *예상 배송일*을 기준으로 :abbr:`MO " "(제조 주문)`의 기한을 설정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:301 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field on the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`, is" @@ -9943,34 +10485,32 @@ msgstr "" ":abbr:`MO (제조 주문)`의 마감일은 *예상 배송일*에서 제조 리드타임을 뺀 값으로 계산되며, 이는 :abbr:`MO (제조 " "주문)`의 :guilabel:`예정일` 필드에 반영됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:305 msgid "" "This ensures the manufacturing process begins on time, in order to meet the " "delivery date." msgstr "이렇게 하면 납기를 맞추기 위해 제조 공정이 정시에 시작될 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:307 msgid "" -"However, it's important to note that lead times are based on calendar days. " -"Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center capacity*" -" (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work center " -"simultaneously`)." +"However, it is important to note that lead times are based on calendar days." +" Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center " +"capacity* (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work " +"center simultaneously`)." msgstr "" -"그러나 리드타임은 달력 일수를 기준으로 합니다. 리드타임은 주말, 공휴일 또는 *작업 센터 수용 능력* (:dfn:`작업 센터에서 동시에" -" 수행할 수 있는 작업 수`)을 고려하지 **않습니다.**" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 -msgid ":ref:`Manufacturing planning `" -msgstr ":ref:`생산 계획 `" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 msgid "" -":ref:`Configure automatic MO scheduling with reordering rules " -"`" +":doc:`Manufacturing planning <../../../manufacturing/workflows/use_mps>`" msgstr "" -":ref:`재주문 규칙으로 자동 생산 주문 예약 설정 `" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:313 +msgid "" +":doc:`Schedule MOs with reordering rules " +"<../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 msgid "" "A product's scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " "August 15th. The product requires 14 days to manufacture. So, the latest " @@ -9980,26 +10520,64 @@ msgstr "" ":abbr:`DO (배송 주문)`에 표시된 제품의 배송 예정일은 8월 15일입니다. 제품을 제조하는 데 14일이 필요하므로 이 약정을 " "충족하기 위한 제조 주문(MO)의 가능한 가장 최근 시작 날짜는 8월 1일입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:324 +msgid "Days to prepare manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Configure the days required to gather components to manufacture a product by" +" going to its |BoM|. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" +" Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:330 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab of the |BoM|, specify the calendar days" +" needed to obtain components of the product in the :guilabel:`Days to " +"prepare Manufacturing Order` field. Doing so creates |MOs| in advance, and " +"ensures there is enough time to either replenish components, or manufacture " +"semi-finished products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Compute`, located next to the :guilabel:`Days to prepare" +" Manufacturing Order` field, calculates the longest lead time among all the " +"components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:339 +msgid "" +"*Purchase security lead times* that impact this specific |BoM| are also " +"added to this value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:343 +msgid "" +"A |BoM| has two components, one has a manufacturing lead time of two days, " +"and the other has a purchase lead time of four days. The :guilabel:`Days to " +"prepare Manufacturing Order` is four days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:350 msgid "Manufacturing security lead time" msgstr "제조 보안 리드타임" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:352 msgid "" "*Manufacturing security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the" -" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead " -"Time`, and click the checkbox to enable the feature." +" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security " +"Lead Time`." msgstr "" -"*제조 보안 리드타임*은 :menuselection:`제조 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`에서 전체 비즈니스에 대해 보편적으로 " -"설정됩니다. :guilabel:`계획` 아래에서 :guilabel:`보안 리드타임`을 찾아 확인란을 클릭하여 이 기능을 활성화합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:356 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in the " -"manufacturing process." -msgstr "그런 다음 원하는 달력 일수를 입력합니다. 보안 리드타임을 구성하면 제조 공정의 잠재적 지연을 고려한 버퍼가 설정됩니다." +"manufacturing process. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -10007,7 +10585,7 @@ msgid "" "settings." msgstr "제조 앱 설정에서 제조에 필요한 보안 리드타임을 확인할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:364 msgid "" "A product has a scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " "set for August 15th. The manufacturing lead time is 7 days, and " @@ -10020,37 +10598,37 @@ msgstr "" "리드타임이 3일인 경우 :abbr:`MO (제조 주문)`의 :guilabel:`예정 날짜`는 제조 공정의 가능한 최신 시작 날짜를 " "반영합니다. 이 예제에서 :abbr:`MO (제조 주문)`의 예정 날짜는 8월 5일이 됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:371 msgid "Global example" msgstr "글로벌 예시" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:373 msgid "" "See the following example to understand how all the lead times work together" " to ensure timely order fulfillment:" msgstr "다음 예시를 참조하여 모든 리드타임이 적시에 주문을 처리하기 위해 함께 작동하는 방식을 파악하세요:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:376 msgid "**Sales security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "**영업 보안 리드타임**: 1 일" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:377 msgid "**Manufacturing security lead time**: 2 days" msgstr "**제조 보안 리드타임**: 2 일" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:378 msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**: 3 days" msgstr "**제조 보안 리드타임**: 3 일" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:379 msgid "**Purchase security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "**구매 보안 리드타임**: 1 일" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:380 msgid "**Vendor lead time**: 4 days" msgstr "**공급업체 리드타임**: 4 일" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:382 msgid "" "The customer places an order for a manufactured product on September 1st, " "and the scheduled delivery date from the warehouse is on September 20th. " @@ -10067,17 +10645,17 @@ msgid "" "operations." msgstr "리드타임이 창고 운영 일정과 어떻게 연동되는지 타임라인을 표시합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:390 msgid "**September 1st**: Sales order created, confirmed by salesperson." msgstr "**9월 1일**: 판매 주문이 생성되어 영업 담당자가 확인합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:392 msgid "" "**September 9th**: Deadline to order components to ensure they arrive in " "time when manufacturing begins (4-day supplier lead time)." msgstr "**9월 9일**: 제조가 시작될 때 제때 도착할 수 있도록 부품을 주문해야 하는 마감일입니다. (공급업체 리드타임 4일)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:395 msgid "" "**September 13th**: Scheduled date of receipt for components. Initially, it " "was set to 9/14, but the 1-day purchase security lead time pushed the date " @@ -10085,7 +10663,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "**9월 13일**: 부품의 수령 예정일은 당초 9월 14일로 설정되었으나, 구매 보안 리드타임이 1일이 소요되어 하루 앞당겨졌습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:398 msgid "" "**September 14th**: Deadline to begin manufacturing. Calculated by " "subtracting the manufacturing lead time of 3 days, and the manufacturing " @@ -10095,7 +10673,7 @@ msgstr "" "**9월 14일**: 제조를 시작하기 위한 마감일입니다. 예상 배송일인 9월 19일에서 제조 리드 타임 3일과 제조 보안 리드 타임 " "2일을 차감하여 계산한 값입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:402 msgid "" "**September 19th**: :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the delivery order form " "indicates the updated expected delivery date, which was originally set as " @@ -10105,7 +10683,7 @@ msgstr "" "**9월 19일**: 배송 주문서의 :guilabel:`예정 날짜`는 원래 9월 20일로 설정되었지만 판매 보안 리드타임으로 인해 하루 " "앞당겨진 수정된 예상 배송 날짜를 반영합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:406 msgid "" "Odoo's replenishment planning maps a business' order fulfillment process, " "setting pre-determined deadlines and raw material order dates, including " @@ -10157,7 +10735,6 @@ msgstr "" "*보관 위치*도 함께 활성화됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings." msgstr "재고 관리 설정에서 다단계 경로 및 보관 위치를 활성화하세요." @@ -10340,536 +10917,536 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in one step" msgstr "한 번에 입고 및 배송 처리하기" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:11 msgid "" -"By default, incoming shipments are configured to be received directly into " -"stock, and outgoing shipments are configured to be delivered directly from " -"stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one " -"step receipts and deliveries." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " +"process in one step, by default. This means purchases will be received " +"directly into stock, and deliveries will be moved directly from stock to " +"customers." msgstr "" -"Odoo의 기본 설정은 들어오는 배송은 재고로 직접 입고되고 나가는 배송은 재고에서 고객에게 직접 배송되도록 구성됩니다. 이 기본 구성은" -" 1단계 입고 및 배송 설정을 따릅니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:30 msgid "" -"Incoming and outgoing shipments do not need to be configured with the same " -"steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in " -"three steps." +"Incoming and outgoing shipments do **not** need to be configured with the " +"same amount of steps." msgstr "" -"수신 및 발신 배송을 동일한 단계로 구성할 필요는 없습니다. 예를 들어, 제품 수령은 1단계로 설정하고 배송은 3단계 프로세스를 선택할 " -"수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18 msgid "" -"In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and " -"deliveries." -msgstr "다음 예제에서는 입고와 배송 모두에 하나의 단계를 사용합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20 -msgid "Configure the warehouse" -msgstr "창고 설정" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 -msgid "" -"If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they" -" can easily be set back to the one step setting." -msgstr "창고에 다른 구성이 설정되어 있는 경우 입고 또는 배송에 대한 기본 1단계 구성으로 쉽게 되돌릴 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`, and click on the desired warehouse to edit. Next, on the " -":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, under the :guilabel:`Shipments` " -"section, select :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)` for " -":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " -"step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +"For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " +"received directly in one step, and delivered in three steps (pick + pack + " +"ship)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To configure one-step receipts and deliveries for a warehouse, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and select " +"a warehouse to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)`, and set " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " +"step)`." msgstr "" -"먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 창고`로 이동하여 원하는 창고를 선택합니다. 그런 다음 " -":guilabel:`창고 설정` 탭의 :guilabel:`배송` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`입고 배송`의 경우 :guilabel:`상품" -" 직접 수령 (1단계)` 및/또는 :guilabel:`발신 배송`의 경우 :guilabel:`상품 직접 배송(1단계)`을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one " -"step." -msgstr "수신 및 발신 배송 옵션을 설정하여 수신 및 배송을 한 번에 처리할 수 있습니다." +msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to one-step on warehouse form." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Since one-step receipt and delivery is the default for incoming and outgoing" +" shipments in Odoo, the *Multi-Step Routes* feature is *not* required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 +msgid "" +"However, for the :guilabel:`Shipments` settings to appear on a warehouse " +"form, the feature **must** be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick " +"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Doing so also activates the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` " +"feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:50 msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "상품을 바로 입고(1단계)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "Create a purchase order" -msgstr "발주서 생성" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:52 msgid "" -"On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making" -" a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, select (or create) a " -":guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` " -"to finalize the quote as a new purchase order." +"When products are received in one step, they will move from the vendor " +"location to warehouse stock in the database immediately upon validation of a" +" purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" -"기본 :menuselection:`구매` 앱 대시보드에서 :guilabel:`신규`를 클릭하여 새 견적을 작성합니다. 그런 다음 드롭다운" -" 필드에서 :guilabel:`공급업체`를 선택 (또는 생성)하고, 원하는 보관 제품을 :guilabel:`품목`에 추가한 다음 " -":guilabel:`주문 확인`을 클릭하여 견적을 새 구매 주문으로 마무리합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:81 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " -"the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " -"receipt for the purchase order." +"To create a |PO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank :guilabel:`Request for Quotation` (RfQ) " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Supplier` field. Then, fill out the various " +"fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." msgstr "" -":abbr:`PO (발주서)` 양식의 오른쪽 상단에 :guilabel:`입고` 스마트 버튼이 표시됩니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 구매 주문에" -" 대한 관련 입고 내역이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order." -msgstr "구매 주문이 확인되면 입고라고 표시된 스마트 버튼이 나타납니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." +msgid "Filled out new request for quotation form." msgstr "" -"구매 주문 입고 내역은 :menuselection:`재고 관리` 앱에서도 찾을 수 있습니다. :guilabel:`현황` 대시보드의 " -":guilabel:`입고` 칸반 카드에 있는 :guilabel:`# 진행 대기` 스마트 버튼을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." -msgstr "입고 칸반 카드의 1건 처리 중 스마트 버튼." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 -msgid "Process the receipt" -msgstr "입고 처리" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:65 msgid "" -"When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click " -":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt." -msgstr "구매 주문에 연결된 입고 페이지에서 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭하여 입고 프로세스를 완료합니다." +"Under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the |RfQ|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This moves the |RfQ| to the " +":guilabel:`Purchase Order` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once the |PO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears at " +"the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse receipt " +"(WH/IN) form." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button." -msgstr "승인 스마트 버튼을 통해 구매 주문을 승인합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ " -"(bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon " -"enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows " -"the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)." +msgid "Receipt smart button on confirmed purchase order form." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`보관 위치`가 활성화된 경우, :guilabel:`≣ (글머리 기호)` 세부 정보 아이콘 옆의 " -":guilabel:`🗑️ (휴지통)` 삭제 아이콘을 클릭하면 :guilabel:`세부 작업` 화면이 팝업으로 표시됩니다. 여기에서 수령한" -" 제품의 보관 위치를 지정할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n" -"pop-up." -msgstr "" -"'세부 작업' 팝업에서 수령할 제품의 보관 위치를 \n" -"선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier " -"Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives " -"here, it will be available for manufacturing, sales, etc. Then, the status " -"of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the " -"reception process in one step." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 +msgid "Process receipt" msgstr "" -"입고가 확인되면 제품은 :guilabel:`공급업체 위치`를 벗어나 :guilabel:`WH/재고 위치`로 이동합니다. 제품이 도착하면 " -"제조 또는 판매 등 다양한 용도로 사용할 수 있게 됩니다. 그러면 문서 상태가 :guilabel:`완료`로 변경되어 접수 프로세스가 한 " -"단계로 완료됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:84 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " +"the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " +"validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validated warehouse receipt in Done stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Click back to the |PO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" +" the |PO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Received` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:99 msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "상품을 바로 배송(1단계)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:101 msgid "" -"Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and " -"make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then select (or create) a " -":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down field, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order." +"When products are delivered in one step, they will move from warehouse stock" +" to the customer location in the database immediately upon validation of a " +"sales order (SO)." msgstr "" -"기본 :menuselectiom:`판매` 앱 대시보드로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`신규`를 클릭하여 새 견적을 시작합니다. 그런 " -"다음 드롭다운 필드에서 :guilabel:`고객`을 선택 (또는 생성)하고, 재고가 있는 저장 가능한 :guilabel:`제품`을 주문 " -"라인에 추가한 다음 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 견적을 판매 주문으로 최종 확정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:103 -msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " -"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " -"delivery order for the sales order." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:156 +msgid "Create sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:158 +msgid "" +"To create a |SO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales app`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank sales quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field. Then, fill out the various" +" fields on the sales quotation form, as necessary." msgstr "" -":abbr:`SO(판매 주문)` 양식의 오른쪽 상단에 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼이 표시됩니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 판매 " -"주문과 관련된 배송 주문이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed." -msgstr "판매 주문이 확인되면 배송 스마트 버튼이 표시됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." +msgid "Filled out new sales quotation form." msgstr "" -":menuselection:`재고 관리` 앱에서도 배송 주문을 확인할 수 있습니다. :guilabel:`현황` 대시보드로 이동한 다음, " -":guilabel:`배송 주문` 칸반 카드에 있는 :guilabel:`# 처리하기` 스마트 버튼을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." -msgstr "배송 주문 칸반 카드의 1건 처리 중 스마트 버튼." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Product` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the sales order quotation." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:120 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:172 -msgid "Process the delivery" -msgstr "배송 처리" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:171 msgid "" -"When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), " -"click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery." -msgstr "배송 주문 (위의 판매 주문과 연결된)을 확인할 때 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭하여 배송을 완료합니다." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. This moves the quotation to the " +":guilabel:`Sales Order` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Once the |SO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears at " +"the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse delivery " +"(WH/OUT) form." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the delivery order." -msgstr "배송 주문을 확인합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the " -":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers" -" location`. Then, the status of the document will change to " -":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step." +msgid "Delivery smart button on confirmed sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:207 +msgid "Process delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:133 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse delivery form, the products ordered by the customer can " +"be delivered from the warehouse. To deliver the products, change the value " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field to match the ordered quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Demand` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once validated, the delivery order " +"moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validated delivery order in Done stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click back to the |SO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" +" the |SO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Delivered` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:229 +msgid ":doc:`shipments_deliveries`" msgstr "" -"피킹 주문이 확인되면 제품은 :guilabel:`WH/재고 위치`에서 벗어나 :guilabel:`파트너/고객 위치`로 이동합니다. 그 후" -" 문서 상태가 '완료'로 변경되어 한 단계로 배송이 완료됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in two steps" msgstr "2단계로 입고 및 배송 처리하기" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Depending on a company's business processes, multiple steps may be needed " -"before receiving or shipping products. In the two-step receipt process, " -"products are received in an input area, then transferred to stock. Two-step " -"receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as " -"locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves." -msgstr "" -"기업의 비즈니스 프로세스에 따라 제품을 수령하거나 배송하기 전에 여러 단계가 필요할 수 있습니다. 2단계 입고 프로세스에서는 제품이 입고" -" 위치에 도착한 후 재고로 이동합니다. 2단계 입고 프로세스는 보안 구역, 냉장실 또는 선반과 같은 다양한 보관 장소를 활용할 때 " -"유용합니다." - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12 msgid "" +"Depending on a company's needs, receiving and shipping products in and out " +"of the warehouse might require multi-step operations. In Odoo *Inventory*, " +"this can be done using *Multi-Step Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the two-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, " +"then transferred to stock. This kind of process for incoming shipments might" +" be beneficial for warehouses with specific storage locations, such as " +"freezers and refrigerators, secured locked areas, or special aisles and " +"shelves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:19 +msgid "" "Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and " "employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The " -"products are not available for further processing until they are transferred" -" into stock." +"products are *not* available for further processing, until they are " +"transferred into stock." msgstr "" -"직원들은 지정된 보관 위치에 따라 제품을 정리한 후 그에 따라 재고를 입고할 수 있습니다. 그러나 이러한 제품은 기본 재고로 이전될 " -"때까지 추가 처리를 할 수 없습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:23 msgid "" -"In the two-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order" -" are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and " -"brought to an output location before being shipped." +"In the two-step delivery process, products are first picked from their " +"respective location in the warehouse, then transferred to an output location" +" before being shipped to the customer." msgstr "" -"2단계 배송 프로세스에서는 배송 주문에 포함된 품목이 제거 전략에 따라 창고에서 집하된 후 발송 전에 출력 위치로 이동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:26 msgid "" -"One situation where this would be useful is when using either a :abbr:`FIFO " -"(First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO " -"(First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, where the products that are " -"being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration " -"date." +"This might be beneficial for companies using a First In, First Out (FIFO), " +"Last In, First Out (LIFO), or First Expired, First Out (FEFO) removal " +"strategy." msgstr "" -"이 접근 방식은 특히 :abbr:`FIFO (선입선출), :abbr: LIFO (후입선출) 또는 :abbr:FEFO (선한선출)과 같은 " -"전략을 사용할 때 유용합니다. 이를 통해 피킹 시 입고일 또는 유통기한을 기준으로 제품을 선택할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" -" `, so the settings need to be changed" -" in order to utilize two-step receipts and deliveries. Incoming and outgoing" -" shipments do not need to be set to have the same steps. For example, " -"products can be received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the " -"following example, two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries." -msgstr "" -"기본적으로 Odoo는 :ref:`1단계 입고 및 배송 프로세스 `로 " -"설정되어 있지만 2단계 입고 및 배송을 사용하도록 변경하려면 설정을 조정해야 합니다. 입고 및 출고 배송이 동일한 단계를 갖도록 설정할 " -"필요는 없습니다. 예를 들어 제품은 2단계로 입고되지만 배송은 1단계로 진행될 수 있습니다. 다음 예제에서는 수령과 배송 모두에 2단계가" -" 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "Configure multi-step routes" -msgstr "다중 단계 경로 설정" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34 msgid "" -"First, make sure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` option is enabled in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " -":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save` " -"the changes." +"For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " +"received in two steps (input + stock), and delivered in three steps (pick + " +"pack + ship)." msgstr "" -"먼저, :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`의 :guilabel:`창고` 섹션 아래에서 " -":guilabel:`다중 단계 경로` 옵션이 활성화되어 있는지 확인합니다. 설정 후에는 :guilabel:`저장`을 눌러 변경 사항을 " -"저장합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:38 msgid "" -"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature." -msgstr ":guilabel:`다중 단계 경로` 설정을 활성화하면 :guilabel:`보관 위치` 기능도 활성화됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and " -"deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`, and click on the warehouse to change the warehouse settings." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " +"process in one step, by default. To change these settings, the *Multi-Step " +"Routes* feature must be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Multi-Step Routes feature in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -"다음으로 2단계 입고 및 배송을 위해 창고를 구성해야 합니다. :menuselection: `재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 창고`로 " -"이동하여 원하는 창고를 선택하고 설정을 변경합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for" -" :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and " -"then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +"Next, configure a warehouse for two-step receipts and deliveries. Navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and " +"select a warehouse to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)`, " +"and set :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Send goods in output " +"and then deliver (2 steps)`." msgstr "" -"그런 다음 :guilabel:`입고 배송`의 경우 :guilabel:`상품 수령 후 입고 (2단계)`를 선택하고 :guilabel:`출고" -" 배송`의 경우 :guilabel:`상품 출고 후 배송 (2단계)`을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two " -"steps." -msgstr "수신 및 발신 배송 옵션을 설정하여 2단계로 입고 및 배송을 진행합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and " -"*output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and " -":guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard." -" To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations`, and select the :guilabel:`Location` to change. On the location " -"form, update the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any other changes (if " -"necessary)." +msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to two-step on warehouse form." msgstr "" -"2단계 입고 및 배송을 활성화하면 새로운 *입고* 및 *출고* 위치가 생성되며, 이 위치는 기본적으로 :guilabel:`WH/입고` 및" -" :guilabel:`WH/출고`로 각각 :guilabel:`위치` 대시보드에 라벨이 지정됩니다. 위치 이름을 변경하려면 " -":menuselection:`환경설정 --> 위치`로 이동하여 변경할 :guilabel:`위치`를 선택합니다. 거기에서 각 위치를 " -"선택하고 필요에 따라 :guilabel:`위치 이름`을 업데이트합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:66 -msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)" -msgstr "입고를 2단계 (입고 + 재고)로 처리합니다." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Selecting two-step receipts and deliveries automatically creates new *Input*" +" and *Output* warehouse locations in the database, named `WH/Input` and " +"`WH/Output`, respectively." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To rename or edit these locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Locations`, and select the desired location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the location's form, change the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any " +"other necessary changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:72 +msgid "Process receipt in two steps (input + stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When products are received in two steps, they first move from the vendor " +"location to an input location. Then, they move from the input location to " +"warehouse stock in the database, upon validation of a purchase order (PO), " +"and a subsequent internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, fill out the various " +"fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out new Request for Quotation from vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery smart button for validated purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:105 msgid "" "For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step " -"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase " -"Order)` form may need to be specified as the correct *input location* " -"connected to the two-step warehouse, which can be done by selecting the " -"warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at" -" the end of the name." +"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the |PO| form **must** " +"be specified as the correct *input location* connected to the two-step " +"warehouse." msgstr "" -"단계 구성이 다른 여러 창고가 있는 비즈니스의 경우, 2단계 창고에 연결된 정확한 *입력 위치*를 지정하는 것이 중요합니다. 이는 " -":abbr:`PO (구매 주문)` 양식의 :guilabel:`배송지` 필드에 적절한 위치를 지정하면 됩니다. 드롭다운 목록에서 창고를 " -"선택하고 이름 끝에 `입고` 레이블이 포함되어 있는지 확인합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:109 msgid "" -"After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` " -"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` form. " -"Click it to reveal the new receipt (WH/IN) operation." +"This can be done by selecting the warehouse from the drop-down menu that " +"includes the `Receipts` label at the end of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:115 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " +"the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " +"validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage, and the products" +" move to the :guilabel:`WH/Input` location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 -msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." -msgstr "구매 주문을 확인하면 입고 스마트 버튼이 나타납니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Once the purchase order is confirmed, a receipt is generated and ready to " -"process." +msgid "Receipt form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the " -":guilabel:`Receipts` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " -"dashboard. This reveals a list of all receipts to process." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:128 +msgid "Process internal transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` associated with the purchase order, then " -"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to " -":guilabel:`WH/Input`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Receipt form for product move to WH/Input." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:106 -msgid "Process the internal transfer" -msgstr "내부 이동 처리" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "" "Once the receipt is validated, an internal transfer is created and ready to " "process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:132 msgid "" -"Click back to the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` in the breadcrumbs, and " -"locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." +"To view the internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app`, and locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:135 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to reveal a list of all internal " -"transfers to process, and select the transfer associated with the previously" -" validated receipt." +"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " +"of all internal transfers to process, and select the transfer associated " +"with the previously validated receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:138 msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product " -"from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move " +"the product from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:141 msgid "" -"Once the transfer is validated, the product enters inventory and is " +"Once the transfer is validated, the products enter inventory, and are " "available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock." -msgstr "내부 이동을 확인하여 품목을 재고로 이동합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:127 -msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" -msgstr "2단계 (픽업 + 배송)로 배송 주문을 처리합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:132 -msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " -":guilabel:`New`. Select (or create) a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgid "Internal transfer form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" -":menuselection:`판매` 앱에서 :guilabel:`신규`를 클릭하여 새 견적을 생성합니다. :guilabel:`고객`을 선택" -" (또는 생성)하고 저장 가능한 :guilabel:`품목`을 주문에 추가한 다음 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:136 -msgid "" -"After confirming the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart " -"button will appear in the top, above the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal the associated " -"receipt." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:149 +msgid "Process delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:151 +msgid "" +"When products are delivered in two steps, they move from warehouse stock to " +"an output location. Then, they move from the output location to a customer " +"location in the database, upon validation of a picking order, and a " +"subsequent delivery order (DO)." msgstr "" -":abbr:판매 주문 (SO)`을 확인하면 :abbr:`판매 주문 (SO)` 양식 위쪽 상단에 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼이 " -"나타납니다. guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 관련 영수증이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Delivery smart button on sales order form." +msgid "Filled out new sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168 msgid "" -"Sales order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` Kanban card." +"Under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:150 -msgid "Process the picking" -msgstr "피킹 처리" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery smart button on validated sales order form." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:182 +msgid "Process picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 msgid "" "Once the sales order is confirmed, a picking order is generated and ready to" " process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:186 msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the " -":guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. " -"This reveals a list of all pickings to process." +"To complete the picking, navigate to the :guilabel:`Inventory app`, and " +"locate the :guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " +"dashboard. Alternatively, the picking order can also be accessed via the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:190 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, click the :guilabel:`# To " +"Process` button on the :guilabel:`Pick` task card. This reveals a list of " +"all pickings to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:193 msgid "" "Click on the picking (WH/PICK) operation associated with the sales order to " "reveal the picking order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Check Availability` on the picking order form. If the " -"product is in stock, Odoo automatically reserves the product. Quantities can" -" also be manually set by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " -"column to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Picking order form for products included in sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:200 msgid "" -"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking and move the " -"product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" +"Manually set the quantity by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"column, to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking, and move the" +" product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Once the picking is validated, a delivery order is created, and ready to " +"process. Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button on the sales order " +"form reveals the newly created delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, to view the delivery order, navigate back to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, via the breadcrumbs, and locate the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` task card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " +"of all delivery orders to process, and select the order associated with the " +"previously validated picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Picking operation form moving product to WH/Output." +msgid "Delivery order form for products ordered by customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:222 msgid "" -"Once the picking has been processed, the delivery order is generated, and " -"can be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Navigate back to the original sales order by going to :menuselection:`Sales " -"app`, and selecting the associated sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:179 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button now indicates there are two transfers." -" Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal each transfer tied to" -" this sales order: the completed picking, and the new delivery (WH/OUT) " -"operation. Click the delivery operation to open the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 -msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Delivery operation form moving product to customer location." +"To deliver the products, change the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field " +"to match the ordered quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:3 @@ -10954,6 +11531,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "3단계(입고 + 품질 + 재고)로 받기" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "발주서 생성" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " @@ -10975,6 +11556,10 @@ msgstr "" "오른쪽 상단에 :guilabel:`입고` 스마트 버튼이 나타나고 입고 내역이 구매 주문과 연결됩니다. :guilabel:`입고` 스마트 " "버튼을 클릭하면 입고 주문이 표시됩니다." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." +msgstr "구매 주문을 확인하면 입고 스마트 버튼이 나타납니다." + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "입고 처리" @@ -11456,6 +12041,9 @@ msgid "" "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations" " Types`, and then clicking on a specific operations type." msgstr "" +"이러한 앱을 설치하면 예약 방법 설정에서 추가 기능을 활성화지 않아도 작동할 수 있습니다. 특정 운영 방식에서 기본적으로 사용할 수 " +"있으며 :menuselection:`재고 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 작업 유형` 으로 이동한 다음 특정 운영 방식을 클릭하여 확인 및 " +"변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:31 @@ -11623,6 +12211,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity` columns match (in this case, both should read " "`100.00`)." msgstr "" +"품목을 배송하려면 판매주문서 상단의 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼을 클릭합니다. 예약이 제대로 되었는지 확인하려면 " +":guilabel:`품목 사용 가능 여부` 에 `사용 가능` (초록색 텍스트)이 표시되고 :guilabel:`요청` 및 " +":guilabel:`수량` 열의 숫자가 일치하는지 확인합니다 (이 경우 둘 다 '100.00' 으로 표시되어야 합니다.)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -12510,8 +13101,8 @@ msgstr "" "합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo에서 Sendcloud 배송 서비스 설정" +msgid "Sendcloud configuration" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -12563,19 +13154,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank" " account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping " -"rules or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " -"required." +"rules, or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " +"**required**." msgstr "" -"Sendcloud는 무료로 제공되지 않으므로 은행 계좌가 *연결된 경우에만* 무료 Sendcloud 요금제에서 Odoo의 " -"Sendcloud 통합 기능을 사용할 수 있습니다. 배송 규칙이나 배송업체와의 개별 사용자 지정 연락처를 사용하려면 유료 " -"Sendcloud 요금제가 필요합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:174 msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "창고 환경 설정" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:39 msgid "" "Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings" " --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse" @@ -12588,7 +13176,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings." msgstr "Sendcloud 설정에서 주소 추가하기." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:46 msgid "" "To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` " "is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field " @@ -12634,17 +13222,17 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`회사`: 내 회사 (샌프란시스코)`" msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`" msgstr ":guilabel:`주소`: 내 회사 (샌프란시스코)`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:63 msgid "" "Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo" " configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same." msgstr ":guilabel:`창고` 필드는 Odoo 구성과 Sendcloud 구성 모두에서 동일해야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials" msgstr "Sendcloud 자격 증명 생성" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:69 msgid "" "In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo " @@ -12653,7 +13241,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sendcloud 계정에서 오른쪽 메뉴의 :menuselection:`설정 --> 연동`으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 " ":guilabel:`Odoo Native`를 검색합니다. 이어서 :guilabel:`연결`을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:72 msgid "" "After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and " @@ -12667,7 +13255,7 @@ msgstr "" "규칙은 ``Odoo CompanyName`이며, 사용자의 회사 이름이 `CompanyName`을 대체합니다. (예: `Odoo " "StealthyWood`)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:77 msgid "" "Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the " "shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public " @@ -12680,34 +13268,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials." msgstr "Sendcloud 통합 설정 및 자격 증명 받기." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:158 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "Odoo에서 설정" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86 -msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module" -msgstr "Sendcloud 배송 모듈 설치" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To ensure seamless Sendcloud integration with Odoo, :ref:`install " +"` and :ref:`link " +"` the Sendcloud shipping" +" connector to the Sendcloud account. Then, :ref:`configure Odoo fields " +"`, so Sendcloud can " +"accurately pull shipping data to generate labels." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +msgid "Install Sendcloud shipping module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 msgid "" "After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure" -" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " -"search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." +" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " +"search for the `Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." msgstr "" -"Sendcloud 계정을 설정했으면 이제 Odoo 데이터베이스를 구성할 차례입니다. 시작하려면 Odoo의 :guilabel:`앱` 모듈로" -" 이동하여 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 배송` 통합을 검색하여 설치하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." msgstr "Odoo 앱 모듈의 Sendcloud 배송 모듈입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:110 msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration" msgstr "Sendcloud 배송 커넥터 구성" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:112 msgid "" "Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The " @@ -12717,7 +13313,7 @@ msgstr "" "설치가 완료되면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`에서 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 배송` " "모듈을 활성화합니다. guilabel:`Sendcloud 커넥터` 설정은 :guilabel:`배송 커넥터` 섹션 아래에 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:116 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once" @@ -12726,7 +13322,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Sendcloud 커넥터`를 활성화한 후, 나열된 커넥터 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 배송 " "방법` 링크를 클릭합니다. guilabel:`배송 방법` 페이지에서 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to " @@ -12736,39 +13332,39 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 배송 --> 배송 방법`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`배송 방법`에 " "액세스할 수도 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 msgid "" "Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:" msgstr ":guilabel:`새 배송 방법` 양식에 다음 필드를 입력합니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`." msgstr ":guilabel:`배송 방법`: `Sendcloud DPD`를 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu." msgstr ":guilabel:`공급업체`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`Sendcloud`를 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this " "shipping method or create a new product." msgstr ":guilabel:`배송 제품`: 이 배송 방법에 대해 구성된 제품을 설정하거나 새 제품을 생성합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`." msgstr ":guilabel:`SendCloud 설정` 탭에 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 공개 키`를 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:131 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`." msgstr ":guilabel:`SendCloud 구성` 탭에 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 비밀 키`를 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:146 msgid "" "Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the " @@ -12776,30 +13372,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`배송 방법/신규` 이동 경로 기호 옆의 구름 기호를 클릭하여 양식을 수동으로 :guilabel:`저장`합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:135 msgid "" "After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the " "shipping products:" msgstr "양식을 구성하고 저장한 후에는 다음 단계에 따라 배송 제품을 로드합니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:137 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New " "Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping " "products` link." msgstr "'새 배송 방법' 양식의 'SendCloud 설정' 탭에서 'SendCloud 배송 제품 로드' 링크를 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:139 msgid "" "Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries " "and returns." msgstr "회사에서 배송 및 반품에 모두 사용할 배송 제품을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:140 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "guilabel:`선택`을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:143 msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:" msgstr "Odoo에서 구성된 Sendcloud 배송 제품 샘플:" @@ -12823,7 +13419,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`최소 중량`: `0.00`" msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`" msgstr ":guilabel:`최대 중량`: `31.50`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`" " `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` " @@ -12866,7 +13462,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`반품 국가`: `벨기에` `네덜란드`" msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo." msgstr "Odoo에서 구성된 배송 제품의 예시입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:169 msgid "" "Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a " "package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured " @@ -12876,23 +13472,64 @@ msgstr "" "회사가 Odoo에서 패키지 전송 기능을 검토하는 동안 Sendcloud는 테스트 키를 제공하지 않습니다. 따라서 패키지가 생성된 경우 " "24시간 이내에 취소되지 않는 한 구성된 Sendcloud 계정에 요금이 부과됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using " "test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used " "to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the " "creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment " -"settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`." +"settings can be toggled back and forth from their respective smart buttons." msgstr "" -"Odoo에는 테스트 환경 내에서 작동할 때 실수로 요금이 청구되는 것을 방지하기 위한 기능이 내장되어 있습니다. 테스트 환경에서 배송 " -"방법을 사용하여 레이블을 생성하는 경우 해당 레이블은 생성 직후 자동으로 무효화됩니다. 테스트 환경과 프로덕션 환경 설정 간의 전환은 " -":guilabel:`스마트 버튼`을 통해 관리할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166 -msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud" -msgstr "Sendcloud로 라벨 생성" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:181 +msgid "Shipping information" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 +msgid "" +"To use Sendcloud to generate shipping labels, the following information " +"**must** be filled out accurately and completely in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Customer information**: when creating a quotation, ensure the selected " +":guilabel:`Customer` has a valid phone number, email address, and shipping " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:189 +msgid "" +"To verify, select the :guilabel:`Customer` field to open their contact page." +" Here, add their shipping address in the :guilabel:`Contact` field, along " +"with their :guilabel:`Mobile` number and :guilabel:`Email` address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:193 +msgid "" +"**Product weight**: ensure all products in an order have a specified " +":guilabel:`Weight` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of their product form. " +"Refer to the :ref:`Product weight section " +"` of this article for " +"detailed instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +msgid "" +"**Warehouse address**: ensure the warehouse name and address in Odoo match " +"the :ref:`previously defined warehouse " +"` in the Sendcloud " +"setup. For details on warehouse configuration in Odoo, refer to the " +":ref:`warehouse configuration section " +"` of the third-party " +"shipping documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:204 +msgid "Generate labels with Sendcloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:206 msgid "" "When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud " "shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label " @@ -12902,41 +13539,41 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo에서 견적을 작성할 때 배송을 통합하고 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 배송 제품`을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 배송 " ":guilabel:`승인`을 진행합니다. 채팅에서 자동으로 배송 라벨 문서가 생성되며, 이 문서에는 다음과 같은 세부 정보가 포함됩니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:205 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages." msgstr "패키지 수에 따라 :guilabel:`배송 라벨`을 추가합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for " "returns." msgstr ":guilabel:`반송 레이블`을 반환하도록 Sendcloud 커넥터가 구성된 경우." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:212 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them." msgstr "도착지 국가에서 통관 서류가 필요한 경우 :guilabel:`통관 서류`를 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214 msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available." msgstr "이제 추적 번호도 사용할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 msgid "" "When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the " "configured Sendcloud account." msgstr "반송 레이블이 생성되면 센드클라우드는 구성된 Sendcloud 계정에 자동으로 요금을 청구합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 msgid "Shipment is too heavy" msgstr "배송물이 너무 무거움" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 msgid "" "If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, " "then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need " @@ -12946,7 +13583,7 @@ msgstr "" "발송물이 구성된 Sendcloud 서비스의 중량 제한을 초과하는 경우 중량을 분할하여 여러 개의 패키지를 시뮬레이션합니다. 제품을 별도의" " :guilabel:`패키지`에 배치하고 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭하여 라벨을 생성해야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping " "methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will " @@ -12956,11 +13593,11 @@ msgstr "" "중량 초과 시 다른 배송 방법을 사용하도록 Sendcloud에서 `규칙`을 설정할 수 있습니다. 단, 이 규칙은 판매 주문 계산 시 " "배송료 계산에는 적용되지 않습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 msgid "Personal carrier contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:237 msgid "" "Use custom prices from a direct carrier contract, via CSV upload, by first " "logging into Sendcloud, navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Carriers " @@ -12971,14 +13608,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:245 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Contract prices` section, click :guilabel:`Download " "CSV` and fill out the contract prices in the :guilabel:`price` column of the" " CSV file template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:249 msgid "" "Ensure the CSV file includes the correct prices to avoid any inaccuracies." msgstr "" @@ -12988,23 +13625,23 @@ msgid "" "Show sample contract CSV from Sendcloud, highlighting the price column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:255 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload` the completed CSV file to Sendcloud, then click " ":guilabel:`Save these prices`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:258 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to upload contract prices with carriers " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:262 msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" msgstr "부피 중량 측정" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:264 msgid "" "Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight " "of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* " @@ -13014,13 +13651,13 @@ msgstr "" "많은 배송업체가 여러 가지 무게 측정 방법을 사용합니다. 무게 측정 방법에는 소포에 들어 있는 제품의 실제 무게와 *용적 " "중량*(:dfn:`용적 중량은 운송 중 패키지가 차지하는 부피, 즉 패키지의 물리적 크기`)이 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:269 msgid "" "Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute" " the volumetric weight." msgstr "선택한 배송업체에 부피 중량 계산을 위한 공식이 미리 정의되어 있는지 확인합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:273 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight " "`_" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:277 msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate" msgstr "배송비를 계산할 수 없습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:279 msgid "" -"First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by " -"the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " +"First, verify that the product being shipped has a weight that is supported " +"by the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " "destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier." " The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the " "carrier." msgstr "" -"먼저 배송되는 제품의 중량이 선택한 배송 방법에서 지원하는 중량인지 확인합니다. 또한 배송업체가 고객 주소에 지정된 목적지 국가를 " -"지원하는지도 확인합니다. 마지막으로, 배송업체가 지원하는 위치 내에 출발지 국가 (창고 주소)가 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Starshipit shipping" @@ -13759,6 +14394,9 @@ msgid "" "more details about configuring specific carriers' credentials, refer to the " "following documents:" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`환경 설정` 탭에서 API 자격 증명 필드 (예: API 키, 비밀번호, 계정 번호 등)를 입력합니다. " +":guilabel:`제공업체` 에서 선택한 타사 운송업체에 따라 :guilabel:`환경 설정` 탭의 필수 입력 항목이 달라집니다. 특정" +" 운송업체용 자격 증명을 환경 설정하는 자세한 내용에 대해서는 다음 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:149 msgid ":doc:`DHL credentials `" @@ -13875,6 +14513,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Shipping` button in the bottom-right corner of the " ":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab." msgstr "" +"타사 배송업체를 지정하고 예상 배송비를 확인하려면 :menuselection:`판매 앱 --> 주문서 --> 견적서` 로 이동합니다. " +":guilabel:`주문 내역` 탭의 오른쪽 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`배송 추가` 버튼을 클릭하여 새로 생성하거나 기존 견적서를 " +"선택한 후 타사 운송업체를 통할 경우의 배송비를 견적에 추가합니다. ." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Show the \"Add shipping\" button at the bottom of a quotation." @@ -13925,6 +14566,9 @@ msgid "" "and choose the desired delivery order that is not already marked as " ":guilabel:`Done` or :guilabel:`Cancelled`." msgstr "" +"*판매* 앱을 설치하지 않고 배송하려면, 먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리` 앱으로 이동하여 배송주문서에 배송업체를 " +"지정합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`재고 개요` 현황판에서 :guilabel:`배송주문서` 작업 유형을 선택하고 아직 " +":guilabel:`완료` 또는 :guilabel:`취소됨` 으로 표시되지 않은 배송주문서를 선택합니다. ." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:263 msgid "" @@ -14127,6 +14771,9 @@ msgid "" "Identity`, and :guilabel:`Explore Discounts`, with the last option being " "optional." msgstr "" +"다음 화면에서 :guilabel:`배송 계정 개설하기` 라고 표시된 양식을 작성하여 배송 계정 유형 (예: " +":guilabel:`비즈니스`)을 설정하고 규제 품목에 대한 배송 여부를 설정합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`주소 추가`, " +":guilabel:`신원 확인` 및 :guilabel:`할인 검색` 마법사의 나머지 세 단계를 완료하되, 마지막 옵션은 선택 사항입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -14447,8 +15094,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:15 msgid "" -":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings `" -msgstr ":ref:`바코드 앱을 사용하여 피킹하기 `" +":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings " +"`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -16809,7 +17457,7 @@ msgstr "" "페이지 상단으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:94 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:160 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is greater than the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **green**. If " @@ -16864,17 +17512,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the inventory adjustment." msgstr "준비가 완료되면 :guilabel:`적용`을 클릭하여 재고 조정을 적용합니다." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Applying an inventory adjustment simultaneously creates a :doc:`stock move " +"line (SML) <../reporting/moves_history>` in the *Moves History* report for " +"traceability." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " "specified." msgstr "모두 적용 옵션은 이유를 지정하면 재고 조정을 적용합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:129 msgid "Count products" msgstr "제품 개수 계산" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131 msgid "" "Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is " "complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory " @@ -16884,7 +17539,7 @@ msgstr "" "제품 계산은 창고에서 반복되는 작업입니다. 개수 계산을 완료한 후에는 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 작업 --> 재고" " 조정`으로 이동하여 각 제품 라인의 :guilabel:`계산된 수량` 열을 업데이트합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135 msgid "" "On each product line, identify whether the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` column recorded in the database matches the newly-counted value. " @@ -16894,7 +17549,7 @@ msgstr "" "각 제품 라인에 대해 데이터베이스에 저장된 :guilabel:`보유 수량` 열의 값이 새로 카운트된 값과 일치하는지 확인합니다. 기록된 " "값과 카운트된 값이 일치하면 제품 라인의 맨 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`설정` 버튼 (대상 아이콘)을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:139 msgid "" "Doing so copies the value from the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column over " "to the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and sets the value of the " @@ -16910,7 +17565,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move." msgstr "재고 조정 이동 횟수 없음." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148 msgid "" "If the newly-counted value for a given product does **not** match the value " "in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, instead of " @@ -16920,7 +17575,7 @@ msgstr "" "특정 제품에 대해 새로 계산된 값이 데이터베이스에 기록된 :guilabel:`보유 수량`의 값과 일치하지 않는 경우 " ":guilabel:`설정` 버튼을 클릭하는 대신 :guilabel:`계산된 수량` 열 내의 필드에 실제 값을 기록합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152 msgid "" "To do so, click the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column on the " "specific inventory adjustment line for the product whose count is being " @@ -16930,7 +17585,7 @@ msgstr "" "이 작업을 실행하려면 개수를 변경할 제품의 특정 재고 조정 라인에 있는 :guilabel:`계산된 수량` 열의 필드를 클릭합니다. 이 " "작업은 자동으로 :guilabel:`수량 계산`을 `0.00`으로 지정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 msgid "" "To change this value, type in a new value that matches the real, newly-" "counted value. Then, click away from the line. Doing so saves the " @@ -16940,7 +17595,7 @@ msgstr "" "이 값을 변경하려면 새로 계산된 실제 수량과 일치하는 새 값을 입력합니다. 그런 다음 줄을 클릭합니다. 이렇게 하면 조정 내용이 저장되고" " :guilabel:`차이` 열의 값이 자동으로 업데이트됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:166 msgid "" "Subsequently, once applied, a move with the difference between the " ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is " @@ -16954,7 +17609,7 @@ msgid "" "moves." msgstr "이전 제품 이동 목록을 자세히 보여주는 재고 조정 내역 대시보드입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:174 msgid "" "Sometimes a count occurs, but cannot be applied in the database right away. " "In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, " @@ -16967,11 +17622,11 @@ msgstr "" " 발생할 수 있습니다. 이러한 경우 데이터베이스의 보유 수량이 변경되어 처음에 계산된 수량과 차이가 발생할 수 있습니다. 추가적인 " "안전장치로 Odoo는 재고 조정 적용을 실행하기 전에 확인 메시지를 표시합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:181 msgid "Change inventory count frequency" msgstr "재고 수 계산 주기 변경" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183 msgid "" "By default, the *scheduled date* for inventory adjustments are always " "scheduled for the 31st of December of the current year. However, for some " @@ -16981,7 +17636,7 @@ msgstr "" "기본 설정으로 재고 조정을 위한 *예정일*은 현재 연도의 12월 31일로 예약되어 있습니다. 하지만 정확한 재고 수를 유지하는 것이 " "필수적인 일부 회사의 경우 기본 예정일을 변경할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:187 msgid "" "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " @@ -16998,14 +17653,14 @@ msgid "" " setting." msgstr "연간 재고 요일 및 월 설정을 활용하여 다음 재고 집계 날짜를 조정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:195 msgid "" "To change the day, click the :guilabel:`31`, and change it to a day within " "the range `1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." msgstr "" "요일을 변경하려면 :guilabel:`31`을 클릭하고 원하는 연도의 월에 따라 `1-31` 범위 내의 날짜로 업데이트합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:198 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:117 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" @@ -17013,17 +17668,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "그런 다음 월을 수정하려면 :guilabel:`12월`을 클릭하여 드롭다운 메뉴를 표시한 다음 옵션에서 원하는 월을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:201 msgid "" "Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all " "changes." msgstr "원하는 대로 모두 변경했으면 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 모든 변경 사항을 적용합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:204 msgid "Plan big inventory counts" msgstr "대규모 재고 관리 계획" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:206 msgid "" "To plan big inventory counts, such as a full count of everything currently " "in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->" @@ -17032,13 +17687,13 @@ msgstr "" "현재 보유하고 있는 모든 재고의 전체 집계와 같은 대규모 재고 계산을 계획하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 작업" " --> 재고 조정`으로 이동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209 msgid "" "Then, select the desired products to be counted by clicking the checkbox on " "the far left of each product line." msgstr "그런 다음 각 제품 라인의 맨 왼쪽에 있는 확인란을 클릭하여 계산할 제품을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:213 msgid "" "To request a count of **all** products currently in stock, click the " "checkbox at the very top of the table, in the header row next to the " @@ -17051,7 +17706,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "재고 조정 페이지에서 개수 요청 팝업이 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221 msgid "" "Once all desired products have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Request a" " Count` button at the top of the page. This causes a :guilabel:`Request a " @@ -17061,21 +17716,21 @@ msgstr "" "원하는 제품을 모두 선택했으면 페이지 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`카운트 요청` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 " ":guilabel:`카운트 요청` 팝업 창이 나타납니다. 이 팝업 창에서 다음 정보를 입력합니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:225 msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." msgstr ":guilabel:`재고 날짜`: 카운트 예정일입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:226 msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." msgstr ":guilabel:`사용자`: 카운트를 담당하는 사용자입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" " be accounted." msgstr ":guilabel:`회계 처리 날짜`: 재고 조정이 회계 처리되는 날짜입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the on-hand quantity of each product line blank," " select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To pre-fill the on-hand quantity of each " @@ -17083,18 +17738,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Set Current Value`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:232 msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." msgstr "마지막으로 준비가 완료되면 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 카운트를 요청합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 msgid "" "In the Odoo *Barcode* app, users can only view inventory counts that are " "assigned to **them**, and are scheduled for **today** or **earlier**." msgstr "" "Odoo *바코드* 앱 내에서 사용자는 **자신**에게 할당되고 **오늘** 또는 **이전**으로 예약된 재고 수만 볼 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:239 msgid ":doc:`cycle_counts`" msgstr "" @@ -17103,263 +17758,287 @@ msgid "Create a second warehouse" msgstr "두 번째 창고 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 msgid "" -"A *warehouse* is a physical building or space where items are stored. In " -"Odoo, it is possible to set up multiple warehouses and transfer stored items" -" between them." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *warehouse* is a physical building or space where " +"items are stored. By default, each Odoo database has one warehouse already " +"pre-configured, with the address set as the company's address." msgstr "" -"*창고*는 물품을 보관하기 위해 설계된 유형의 구조물 또는 공간입니다. Odoo에서는 여러 개의 창고를 설정할 수 있고 창고 간에 보관된" -" 물품을 쉽게 이동할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:9 msgid "" -"By default, the Odoo platform has one warehouse that is already configured, " -"with the address set as the company's address. To create a second warehouse," -" select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, then click " -":guilabel:`Create` and configure the form as follows:" +"However, it is possible to set up multiple additional warehouses, and " +"transfer stored items between them." msgstr "" -"기본적으로 Odoo 플랫폼에는 주소가 회사 주소로 설정된 하나의 창고가 이미 구성되어 있습니다. 두 번째 창고를 생성하려면 " -":menuselection:`환경설정 --> 창고`를 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭하고 다음과 같이 양식을 구성합니다:" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:12 -msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse" -msgstr ":guilabel:`창고`: 창고의 전체 이름입니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code by which the warehouse is " -"referred to; the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is **WH**" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`단축 이름`: 이는 웨어하우스를 참조하는 데 사용되는 약식 코드를 나타냅니다. Odoo의 기본 웨어하우스의 단축 " -"이름은 **WH**입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:15 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse; this can be set as" -" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " -"vendor" +"To create a second warehouse, the *Storage Locations* feature must be " +"enabled. To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, " +"tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and " +":guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`회사`: 창고를 소유한 회사를 지정합니다. Odoo 데이터베이스를 소유한 회사 또는 고객 또는 공급업체와 연관된 " -"회사로 구성할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:17 -msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located" -msgstr ":guilabel:`주소`: 창고가 위치한 주소입니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The options below will only appear if the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " -"checkbox is enabled in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` under the" -" :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " -"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." -msgstr "" -"아래 옵션은 :menuselection:`환경설정 --> 설정`의 :guilabel:`창고` 섹션 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`다중 " -"단계 경로` 확인란이 활성화된 경우에만 표시됩니다. Odoo에서 경로와 그 기능에 대한 자세한 내용은 :ref:`경로 및 풀/푸시 규칙 " -"사용 `을 참조하세요." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: select the routes that incoming and" -" outgoing shipments should follow" -msgstr ":guilabel:`수신/발신 배송`: 수신 및 발신 배송이 따라야 할 경로를 지정합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:27 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " -"from this warehouse" -msgstr ":guilabel:`하청업체 재공급`: 이 창고에서 하청업체를 재공급할 수 있는 기능을 활성화합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:28 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: allow for items to be manufactured in " -"this warehouse" -msgstr ":guilabel:`재공급을 위한 생산`: 이 창고에서 품목을 제조할 수 있도록 허용합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture`: select the route that should be followed when " -"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse" -msgstr ":guilabel:`제조`: 창고 내에서 상품을 제조할 때 따라야 하는 경로를 선택합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: check the box to allow for purchased products " -"to be delivered to the warehouse" -msgstr ":guilabel:`재공급을 위한 구매`: 구매한 제품을 창고로 배송할 수 있도록 허용하려면 이 확인란을 선택합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:33 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Resupply From`: select warehouses that can be used to resupply " -"the warehouse being created" -msgstr ":guilabel:`재공급처`: 생성 중인 창고를 재공급하는 데 사용할 수 있는 창고를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "A filled out form for creating a new warehouse." -msgstr "새 창고를 만들기 위해 작성된 양식입니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:41 msgid "" -"Creating a second warehouse will automatically enable the *Storage " -"Locations* setting, which allows location tracking of products within a " -"warehouse. To toggle this setting, navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings` and click the checkbox under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " -"heading." +"Warning pop-up window for creating a second warehouse before enabling " +"Storage Locations." msgstr "" -"두 번째 창고를 설정하면 *보관 위치* 설정이 자동으로 활성화되어 창고 내 제품 위치를 추적할 수 있습니다. 이 설정을 전환하려면 " -":menuselection:`환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`창고` 섹션 아래의 확인란을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:97 msgid "" -"After filling out the form, click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse " -"will be created." -msgstr "양식을 작성한 후 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하면 새 창고가 생성됩니다." +"Creating a second warehouse without first enabling the *Storage Locations* " +"feature triggers a :guilabel:`Warning` pop-up window. It indicates creating " +"a second warehouse automatically activates the *Storage Locations* setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:30 +msgid "Create new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To create a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens a " +"blank warehouse creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:35 +msgid "Fill out the following fields as necessary:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code used to identify the warehouse," +" i.e. `WH2` (the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is `WH`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse. This can be set as" +" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " +"vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located. By default," +" this is set to the company's address in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Filled out warehouse name and address settings on warehouse creation form." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:49 -msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" -msgstr "새 창고에 재고 추가" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:51 msgid "" -"If a new warehouse is created that has existing inventory in it, the " -"inventory counts should be added to Odoo so that the stock listed in the " -"Odoo database reflects what is in the physical warehouse. To add inventory " -"to a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations -->" -" Inventory Adjustments`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`. The inventory " -"adjustment form can then be filled out as follows:" +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, configure the warehouse's" +" main workflow in the :guilabel:`Shipments` section, and set available " +"replenishment methods in the :guilabel:`Resupply` section." msgstr "" -"기존 재고로 새 창고를 설정하는 경우, 재고 개수를 Odoo에 입력하는 것이 필수적입니다. 이렇게 하면 Odoo 데이터베이스에 나열된 " -"재고가 실제 창고의 내용을 정확하게 반영할 수 있습니다. 새 창고에 재고를 추가하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 작업" -" --> 재고 조정`으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 아래 설명된 대로 재고 조정 양식을 작성합니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:54 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: the name or code that the inventory " -"adjustment can be referred to by" -msgstr ":guilabel:`재고 참조`: 재고 조정이 참조할 수 있는 이름 또는 코드입니다." +"The :guilabel:`Shipments` and :guilabel:`Resupply` sections only appear if " +"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` checkbox is enabled in " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " +"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Locations`: the location(s) where the inventory is stored; " -"include the new warehouse and any locations within it that inventory will be" -" added to" -msgstr ":guilabel:`위치`: 새 창고와 재고를 추가할 내부 위치를 포함하여 재고를 저장할 위치를 지정합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:61 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Products`: include all products that will be added to inventory " -"or leave blank to select any product during the next step" +"In the :guilabel:`Shipments` section, choose between one, two, or three-step" +" processes for both incoming and outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`품목`: 재고 추가할 모든 제품을 나열하거나 필드를 비워 두어 다음 단계에서 아무 제품이나 선택할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:63 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Include Exhausted Products`: include products with a quantity of " -"zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they " -"have no existing inventory" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:62 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Resupply` section, edit the following settings:" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`소진된 제품 포함`: 수량이 0인 제품을 포함합니다. 그러나 이 설정은 새 창고에는 기존 재고가 없으므로 새 창고의 " -"재고 조정에는 영향을 미치지 않습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:64 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date used by accounting teams for " -"bookkeeping related to the inventory" -msgstr ":guilabel:`회계 날짜`: 회계팀에서 재고와 관련된 장부 정리에 사용하는 날짜입니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:67 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the inventory; can be set as the " -"user's company or as a customer or vendor" +":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractors`: enable this feature to coordinate with " +"vendors, and have components dropshipped directly to subcontractors for " +"manufacturing." msgstr "" -"guilabel:`회사`: 재고를 소유한 회사를 지정합니다. 이는 사용자 회사 또는 고객 또는 공급업체와 연결된 회사로 설정할 수 " -"있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:66 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Counted Quantities`: choose whether the counted quantities for " -"products being added should default to stock on hand or zero; does not " -"affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing " -"inventory" +":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " +"with goods from this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: when products are manufactured, they " +"can be delivered to this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacture`: the route that should be followed when " +"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse. Choose from one, two, and three-" +"step production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: when products are purchased, they can be " +"delivered to this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resupply From`: Check the box next to the other warehouses from " +"which this warehouse can replenish products. If the current warehouse does " +"not have the stock, it can also pull products from these selected warehouses" +" in the database. Automatic resupply routes will be created accordingly." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`계산된 수량`: 추가할 제품의 계산된 수량을 기본값으로 재고 보유량 또는 0으로 설정할지 여부를 결정합니다. 단, 새" -" 창고에는 기존 재고가 없으므로 이 설정은 새 창고에 대한 재고 조정에는 영향을 미치지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "A filled out form for an inventory adjustment." -msgstr "재고 조정을 위해 작성된 양식입니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:77 msgid "" -"Once the form is properly configured, click on :guilabel:`Start Inventory` " -"to be taken to the next page where products can be added to the inventory " -"adjustment. Add a new product by clicking on :guilabel:`Create` and then " -"fill out the product line as follows:" +"Filled out Warehouse Configuration tab settings on warehouse creation form." msgstr "" -"양식을 구성한 후 :guilabel:`재고 시작`을 클릭하여 제품을 재고 조정에 포함할 수 있는 다음 페이지로 이동합니다. 새 제품을 " -"추가하려면 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭하고 아래 설명에 따라 제품 라인을 작성합니다:" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:81 -msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory" -msgstr ":guilabel:`품목`: 재고에 추가되는 품목입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:82 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " -"the new warehouse; this can be set as the overall warehouse or a location " -"within the warehouse" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new warehouse's settings." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`위치`: 새 창고 내에서 제품이 현재 저장되어 있는 위치를 나타냅니다. 전체 창고 또는 창고 내 특정 위치로 설정할 " -"수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:84 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " -"serial number used to identify it" -msgstr ":guilabel:`로트/일련번호`: 제품이 속한 로트 또는 제품 식별에 사용되는 일련번호입니다." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:85 +msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" +msgstr "새 창고에 재고 추가" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:87 msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Hand`: the total quantity of the product stored in the " -"location for which inventory is being adjusted; this should be zero for a " -"new location or warehouse" +"If a new warehouse is created to represent a real-world storage location " +"with existing stock, update the warehouse's stock using an inventory " +"adjustment." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`보유 중`: 재고 조정 중인 위치에 저장된 제품의 전체 수량을 나타냅니다. 새 위치 또는 창고의 경우 이 값은 " -"0이어야 합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:88 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Counted`: the amount of the product that is being added to " -"inventory" -msgstr ":guilabel:`계산된 수량`: 재고에 추가되는 제품의 수량을 나타냅니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:89 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the *On Hand* and *Counted* " -"values; this will automatically update to reflect the value entered in the " -":guilabel:`Counted` column" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`차이`: *보유량*와 *계산된 수량* 값 간의 차이를 나타냅니다. 이 필드는 :guilabel:`계산된 수량` 열에 " -"입력된 값을 반영하도록 자동으로 업데이트됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:91 -msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for counting the product" -msgstr ":guilabel:`UoM`: 제품 계산에 사용되는 측정 단위입니다." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`count_products`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "Include a line for each product being added to inventory." -msgstr "재고에 추가되는 각 제품에 대해 항목을 추가합니다." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To perform an inventory adjustment, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Operations --> Physical Inventory`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing" +" so adds a new line at the bottom of the list of inventory adjustments." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:97 -msgid "" -"After adding all the products already stored in the new warehouse, click " -":guilabel:`Validate Inventory` to complete the inventory adjustment. The " -"values in the :guilabel:`On Hand` column will update to reflect those in the" -" :guilabel:`Counted` column and the products added will appear in the " -"inventory of the new warehouse." +msgid "Configure the line by filling out the following fields as necessary:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " +"the new warehouse. This can be set as the overall warehouse, or a location " +"within the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " +"serial number used to identify it, if the product is tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the total quantity of the product stored in " +"the location for which inventory is being adjusted. For a new warehouse or " +"location where a count or a prior inventory adjustment has not taken place, " +"this should be set to `0.00`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure (UoM) used for counting the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: the amount of the product being added to " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the on-hand and counted " +"quantities. This automatically updates to reflect the value entered in the " +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date selected for the next inventory count " +"for this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`User`: the user who recorded the inventory adjustment in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out inventory adjustment line for product in new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once each line for the products being added to the new warehouse is " +"configured, click :guilabel:`Apply` on each line to apply the new inventory " +"counts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The values in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column update to reflect " +"those in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and the products added " +"appear in the new warehouse's stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:125 +msgid "" +"If products tracked using a lot number or serial number are added without " +"specifying the tracking number, a :guilabel:`Tracked Products in Inventory " +"Adjustment` pop-up window appears upon clicking :guilabel:`Apply` on that " +"product's line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The pop-up indicates tracked products were added, but the lots/serial " +"numbers were not defined. To apply the adjustment without the numbers, click" +" :guilabel:`Apply`. To add the numbers before applying, click " +":guilabel:`Discard`, and add the numbers. Then, once ready, click " +":guilabel:`Apply` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:0 +msgid "Tracked Products in Inventory Adjustment pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`warehouses_locations`" msgstr "" -"새 창고에 저장된 모든 제품이 추가되면 :guilabel:`재고 승인`을 클릭하여 재고 조정을 완료합니다. 그러면 " -":guilabel:`보유` 열의 값이 :guilabel:`계산된 수량` 열의 값과 일치하도록 업데이트되고 새로 추가된 제품이 새 창고의 " -"재고에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:3 msgid "Cycle counts" @@ -17559,10 +18238,6 @@ msgstr "요일을 조정하려면 `31`을 선택하고 원하는 연도 월에 msgid "Once all necessary changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123 -msgid ":doc:`count_products`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`use_locations`" msgstr "" @@ -17695,55 +18370,35 @@ msgstr "한 창고에서 다른 창고로 입고된 재고에 대한 입고 내 msgid "Scrap inventory" msgstr "재고 폐기" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:8 msgid "" -"In some cases, a product in inventory may be damaged or found to be " -"defective. If it is not possible to repair or return the product, Odoo " -"*Inventory* allows users to scrap it, ensuring that usable inventory counts " -"remain accurate." +"Sometimes, products in a company's warehouse stock might be found to be " +"damaged or defective, past the point of being reparable. If it is not " +"possible to repair the product, or return the product to a vendor, it can be" +" scrapped." msgstr "" -"재고에 있는 품목이 손상되었거나 수리 또는 반품이 불가능한 결함이 있는 것으로 판단되는 경우, Odoo의 *재고 관리* 기능을 통해 " -"사용자는 해당 제품을 폐기할 수 있습니다. 이를 통해 재고 수치가 사용 가능한 재고를 정확하게 반영할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:12 msgid "" -"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " -"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." +"Odoo *Inventory* allows users to scrap inventory, designating goods or " +"materials that are no longer usable or sellable for disposal (or recycling)." msgstr "" -"폐기 주문은 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 작업 --> 폐기`로 이동합니다. 표시되는 각 폐기 주문에는 생성 날짜 및 " -"시간과 같은 세부 정보와 함께 폐기된 제품 및 수량에 대한 정보가 포함됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:15 msgid "" -"To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`. Remove the " -":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display " -"virtual locations. Finally, select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` " -"location." +"Scrapping inventory in a database helps stock counts remain accurate, by " +"removing scrapped products from physical inventory, and placing it in a " +"virtual scrap location (*Virtual Locations/Scrap*)." msgstr "" -"폐기된 각 항목의 총 수량을 확인하려면 :menuselection:`재고관리 --> 환경설정 --> 위치`로 이동합니다. " -":guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄에서 :guilabel:`내부` 필터를 제거한 다음 :guilabel:`가상 위치/폐기` 위치를 " -"클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:19 msgid "" -"By default, scrapping a product removes it from physical inventory, and " -"places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual Locations/Scrap*. A virtual " -"location is **not** a physical space, but rather a designation in Odoo that " -"is used to track items that are no longer in physical inventory." +"*Virtual locations* in Odoo are **not** real, physical spaces in a " +"warehouse. Rather, they are designated locations in a database that provide " +"tracking of items that shouldn't be counted in a physical inventory." msgstr "" -"기본적으로 품목이 폐기되면 실제 재고에서 제거되어 *가상 위치/폐기물*이라는 가상 위치로 재배치됩니다. 가상 위치는 물리적 공간을 " -"나타내는 것이 아니라 실제 재고에서 제거된 품목을 추적하는 데 사용되는 Odoo 내의 공간입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:68 -msgid "Learn more" -msgstr "추가 정보" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:25 msgid "" "For more information about virtual locations, see the documentation about " "the different types of :ref:`locations " @@ -17753,147 +18408,175 @@ msgstr "" "` 관련 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To use locations in warehouse, including a virtual scrap location, the " +"*Storage Locations* feature must first be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Tick the " +"checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` to enable the feature, and " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Storage Locations setting in Inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:41 msgid "Scrap from stock" msgstr "재고에서 폐기" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:43 msgid "" -"To scrap a product located in inventory, begin by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Scrap`. On the :guilabel:`Scrap" -" Orders` page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new scrap order." +"To create a new scrap order (SP) for an in-stock product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Scrap`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a new |SP| form." msgstr "" -"재고 내 제품을 폐기하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 작업 --> 폐기`로 이동합니다. :guilabel:`폐기" -" 주문` 페이지에서 :guilabel:`생성`을 선택하여 새 폐기 주문을 설정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:46 msgid "" -"On the scrap order, select the product being scrapped from the " -":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` field. The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the " -"location where the product is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` " -"defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be " -"changed by selecting a different location from their respective drop-down " -"menus." +"Click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and select the " +"product that should be scrapped from inventory. In the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"field, change the value to the quantity of the product that should be " +"scrapped (by default, this value is set to `1.00`)." msgstr "" -"폐기 주문의 :guilabel:`품목` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 폐기할 제품을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`수량` 필드에 수량을 " -"입력합니다. :guilabel:`출처 위치`의 기본 설정은 품목의 저장 위치이며, :guilabel:`폐기 위치`는 기본적으로 " -":guilabel:`가상 위치/폐기`로 설정됩니다. 그러나 각각의 드롭다운 메뉴에서 대체 위치를 선택하여 수정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "A new scrap order." -msgstr "새 폐기 주문." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to scrap the product. The on-hand " -"inventory count for the scrapped product updates to subtract the scrapped " -"quantity." +msgid "Filled out new scrap order form with product details." msgstr "" -"마지막으로 :guilabel:`검증`을 선택하여 제품의 폐기 프로세스를 완료합니다. 승인이 완료되면 폐기된 제품의 보유 재고 수량이 " -"차감된 수량을 반영하도록 조정됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:49 -msgid "Scrap from a receipt, transfer, or delivery" -msgstr "입고, 이동 또는 배송에서 폐기하기" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:54 msgid "" -"It is also possible to scrap products during the receipt, transfer, and " -"delivery operations. This can be necessary if any products are found to be " -"defective when receiving them into inventory, transferring them from one " -"location to another, or preparing them for delivery." +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " +"is currently stored. The :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to the " +"designated scrap location (:guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`). Either of " +"these locations can be changed by selecting a different location from their " +"respective drop-down menus." msgstr "" -"입고, 이동 및 배송 작업 중에 품목을 폐기할 수도 있습니다. 이는 품목을 재고로 입고하거나, 다른 장소로 옮기거나, 배송을 준비하는 " -"과정에서 결함이 있는 품목이 발견될 경우 필요합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:59 msgid "" -"To scrap a product during the receipt, transfer, or delivery operations, " -"begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app. On the " -":guilabel:`Overview` page, select the :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the" -" :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`, or " -":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, depending on the type of operation the " -"product is being scrapped from." +"If the scrapping is tied to a specific existing operation, specify the " +"operation in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." msgstr "" -"입고, 이동 또는 배송 작업 중에 품목을 폐기하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`재고` 앱에 액세스합니다. " -":guilabel:`현황` 페이지에서 품목을 폐기하려는 작업 유형에 따라 :guilabel:`입고`, :guilabel:`내부 이동` " -"또는 :guilabel:`배송 주문` 카드에 있는 :guilabel:`# 진행 대기` 버튼을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:62 msgid "" -"For the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card to appear on the " -":menuselection:`Overview` page of the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, the " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next " -"to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading." +"The :guilabel:`Company` field displays the company whose warehouse this " +"product belongs to. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " +"scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." msgstr "" -":menuselection:`재고 관리` 앱 내의 :menuselection:`현황` 페이지에 :guilabel:`내부 이동` 카드를 " -"표시하려면 :guilabel:`저장 위치` 설정을 활성화해야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`환경설정 --> " -"설정`으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`창고` 섹션 아래의 :guilabel:`보관 위치` 옆 확인란을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:66 msgid "" -"Alternatively, a list of all delivery orders, receipts, and transfers can be" -" viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> " -"Transfers`." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the new |SP|. Once " +"validated, a :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button appears at the top of " +"the form. Click the smart button to view the details of the scrap operation." msgstr "" -"또는 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 작업 --> 이동`으로 이동하여 모든 배송 주문, 입고 및 이동 목록을 볼 수 " -"있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Next, open a delivery order, receipt, or transfer from the corresponding " -"page by clicking on it. A :guilabel:`Scrap` button appears at the top of the" -" page. Click it to open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." -msgstr "" -"해당 페이지에서 배송 주문, 입고 또는 이동을 선택하여 클릭하여 엽니다. 페이지 상단에 :guilabel:`폐기` 버튼이 표시되면 이 " -"버튼을 클릭하여 :guilabel:`폐기` 팝업 창을 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "The scrap pop-up in the Inventory app." -msgstr "재고 관리 앱에 폐기 팝업이 나타납니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:78 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Scrap` button will only appear on a receipt that has been " -"validated. This is because Odoo only allows products to be scrapped once " -"they have been entered into inventory." +msgid "Product Moves smart button on new scrap order form." msgstr "" -"Odoo는 품목이 재고에 입력된 후에만 제품 폐기를 허용하므로 입고가 승인 완료된 후 :guilabel:`폐기` 버튼이 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:75 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window, select the product being scrapped " -"from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Then, enter the quantity in the" -" :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +"To view the all-time total quantities of scrapped items, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Click the " +":guilabel:`x (remove)` button on the :guilabel:`Internal` filter in the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar, to display virtual locations." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`폐기` 팝업 창에서 :guilabel:`품목` 드롭다운 메뉴를 통해 폐기할 품목을 선택합니다. 이어서 " -":guilabel:`수량` 필드에 수량을 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:79 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " -"is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual" -" Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be changed by selecting a " -"different location from their respective drop-down menus." +"Select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` location. From the " +":guilabel:`Scrap` location's form, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` smart" +" button, at the top of the form." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`기존 위치`는 기본적으로 품목이 저장된 위치로 설정되며, :guilabel:`폐기 위치`는 :guilabel:`가상 " -"위치/폐기`로 설정됩니다. 그러나 각 드롭다운 메뉴에서 다른 위치를 선택하여 이러한 위치를 변경할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the product. After doing so, the " -":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window disappears and a :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " -"button appears in the top right of the page. Click it to view all of the " -"scrap orders created from that operation." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:82 +msgid "A list of all scrapped products, and their quantities, is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:0 +msgid "Current Stock list of all scrapped products in virtual scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:89 +msgid "Scrap from an existing operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Scrap orders (SPs) can *also* be created from existing operations, such as " +"receipts, delivery orders, and internal transfers, before they are entered " +"into, or removed from, stock for an operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To scrap a product during an operation, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview`, " +"click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on an operation's task card (i.e. " +"the :guilabel:`Receipts` task card)." msgstr "" -"마지막으로 :guilabel:`완료`를 클릭하여 품목 폐기 프로세스를 완료합니다. 그러면 :guilabel:`폐기` 팝업 창이 닫히고 " -"페이지 오른쪽 상단에 :guilabel:`폐기` 스마트 버튼이 표시됩니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 특정 작업에서 생성된 모든 폐기 주문에 " -"액세스하고 검토할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "The Scraps smart button." -msgstr "폐기 스마트 버튼" +msgid "# To Process button on Receipts task card on Inventory Overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, select an operation to process from the resulting list of existing " +"orders. Doing so opens that operation's form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon, and select " +":guilabel:`Scrap` from the resulting drop-down menu. This opens a " +":guilabel:`Scrap Products` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Scrap Products pop-up window on operation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:113 +msgid "" +"From this pop-up window, click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product`" +" field, and select the products from the operation that should be scrapped. " +"Adjust the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Product` selected is tracked using a lot or serial number," +" a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial` field appears. Specify the tracking number in that" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` and :guilabel:`Scrap Location` can be " +"changed, if needed. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " +"scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Scrap Products`. A :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " +"button appears at the top of the operation form. Click this smart button to " +"view the details of all scrap orders created from this specific operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Scraps smart button showing all scrap orders from operation." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:3 msgid "Locations" @@ -17901,142 +18584,221 @@ msgstr "위치" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:5 msgid "" -"A *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. This can be a shelf, " -"room, aisle, etc. There are three types of locations in Odoo:" -msgstr "*위치*는 선반, 방, 통로 등과 같은 창고 내의 특정 영역을 의미합니다. Odoo는 위치를 세 가지 유형으로 분류합니다:" +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. " +"This can be a shelf, room, aisle, rack, bin, etc." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:8 msgid "" -"*Physical locations* are spaces within a warehouse owned by the user's " -"company. These can be a an area where items are stored like an aisle or " -"shelf, or an area where operations take place, like loading and unloading " -"bays." +"There are also external and virtual locations. For example, customer " +"locations, and locations specifically designated as \"virtual\", instead of " +"real, physical locations." msgstr "" -"*물리적 위치*는 사용자 회사가 소유한 창고 내의 공간입니다. 이러한 공간은 통로 또는 선반과 같은 보관 위치 또는 베이에서 적재 및 " -"하역과 같은 작업을 위한 운영 영역으로 사용될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:11 msgid "" -"*Partner locations* are the same as physical locations except that they " -"exist within the warehouse of a customer or vendor." -msgstr "*파트너 위치*는 고객 또는 공급업체의 창고 내에 위치한다는 점을 제외하면 실제 위치와 동일합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:13 -msgid "" -"*Virtual locations* are locations that do not exist physically, but where " -"items that are not in inventory can be placed. These can be items that have " -"not yet entered inventory, like products that are on the way to a warehouse," -" or items that are no longer in inventory due to loss or other factors." +"Locations allow for the storage of products in designated areas of the " +"warehouse, to help track inventory accurately." msgstr "" -"*가상 위치*는 물리적으로 존재하지 않는 지정된 영역입니다. 현재 재고가 없는 품목을 관리하는 데 사용됩니다. 여기에는 창고로 운송 중인" -" 제품이나 분실 또는 기타 상황으로 인해 재고에서 제거된 품목이 포함될 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:17 msgid "" -"In order to use locations, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be" -" enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, and enable " -"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox." +"To specify storage locations, the *Storage Locations* setting must be " +"enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"section. Tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` to enable " +"the feature, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"위치를 사용하려면 :guilabel:`보관 위치` 설정을 활성화해야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 -->" -" 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`창고` 섹션으로 스크롤한 다음 :guilabel:`보관 위치` 확인란을 " -"활성화합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:24 -msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" -msgstr "창고 내에 새 위치 만들기" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Storage Location setting in Inventory app settings." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:26 msgid "" -"Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations --> Create`. The new location " -"form can then be configured as follows:" +"Once the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is enabled, two additional " +"internal link options appear below it: :guilabel:`Locations` and " +":guilabel:`Putaway Rules`. Click :guilabel:`Locations` to open a list of all" +" existing locations in the warehouse." msgstr "" -":menuselection:`재고 관리` 앱에서 시작하여 :menuselection:`환경설정 --> 위치 --> 생성`를 선택합니다. " -"그런 다음 다음 단계에 따라 새 위치 양식을 구성합니다:" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location Name`: the name that will be used to reference the " -"location" -msgstr ":guilabel:`위치 이름`: 위치를 참조하는 데 사용할 이름입니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:30 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Parent Location`: the location or warehouse that the new location" -" exists within" -msgstr ":guilabel:`상위 위치`: 이 필드는 새 위치가 위치한 위치 또는 창고를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location Type`: choose the category that the location belongs to" -msgstr ":guilabel:`위치 유형`: 위치가 속한 카테고리를 선택합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse that the location " -"is inside of" -msgstr ":guilabel:`회사`: 해당 위치가 속한 창고를 소유한 회사를 나타냅니다." +msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" +msgstr "창고 내에 새 위치 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:104 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: check this box to allow for " -"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location" -msgstr ":guilabel:`폐기 위치입니까?`: 이 확인란을 선택하면 폐기/손상된 상품을 이 위치에 보관할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: check this box to allow products to be " -"returned to this location" -msgstr ":guilabel:`반품 위치입니까?`: 이 확인란을 선택하면 이 위치로 제품을 반품할 수 있습니다." +"To create a new location inside a warehouse, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Doing so " +"opens a list of all existing locations. Click :guilabel:`New` to open a new " +"location creation form." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:37 -msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode number assigned to the location" -msgstr ":guilabel:`바코드`: 위치에 할당된 바코드 번호입니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:108 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Removal Strategy`: the :doc:`strategy <../removal_strategies>` " -"for how items should be taken from inventory" +"In the :guilabel:`Location Name` field, assign a name for the new location. " +"In the :guilabel:`Parent Location` field, assign the location that this new " +"location exists in." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`제거 전략`: 재고 상태에서 아이템을 가져오는 방법에 대한 :doc:`전략 " -"<../removal_strategies>`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 -msgid "The form for creating a new location." -msgstr "새 위치 생성을 위한 양식입니다." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:41 +msgid "" +"A new location `Gate 1` is created. Its parent location is `Dispatch Zone`. " +"In the :guilabel:`Parent Location` for `Gate 1`, select `Dispatch Zone`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:48 -msgid "Create location hierarchies" -msgstr "위치 계층 구조 생성" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, fill out the necessary " +"details for the new location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Location Type` field, select which type of location this " +"is. There are seven different types of locations to choose from:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:50 msgid "" -"The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" -" to exist within a warehouse or another location. Every location can serve " -"as a parent location, and every parent location can have multiple locations " -"within it, allowing for the creation of a virtually infinite hierarchical " -"structure." +":guilabel:`Vendor Location`: virtual location representing the source " +"location for products coming from vendors." msgstr "" -"새 위치 양식의 *상위 위치* 설정을 사용하면 하나의 위치가 창고 또는 다른 위치 내에 존재할 수 있습니다. 모든 위치가 상위 위치 " -"역할을 할 수 있으며, 하나의 상위 위치 내에 여러 위치가 존재할 수 있으므로 매우 유연한 계층 구조를 만들 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:52 msgid "" -"Location hierarchy could be organized so that a shelf is located within an " -"aisle, which is located within a room, which is located within the overall " -"warehouse." -msgstr "선반이 통로 안에 있고, 통로가 방 안에 있으며, 방이 전체 창고 안에 있도록 위치 계층을 구성할 수 있습니다." +":guilabel:`View`: virtual location used to create a hierarchical structure " +"for a warehouse; aggregates its child locations. **Should not directly " +"contain products**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`Internal Location`: physical location inside a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:55 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer Location`: virtual location representing the destination" +" location for products sent to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Inventory Loss`: virtual location serving as a counterpart for " +"inventory operations. Used to correct stock levels of physical inventory." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:59 msgid "" -"To create the location hierarchy in the example above, set the warehouse as " -"the parent of the room, the room as the parent of the aisle, and the aisle " -"as the parent of the shelf. This can be adapted to a hierarchy of any " -"magnitude." +":guilabel:`Production`: virtual counterpart location for production " +"operations. This location consumes components and produces finished " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transit Location`: counterpart location that should be used in " +"inter-company or inter-warehouse operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Additional Information section of new location creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Configure the remaining fields in the :guilabel:`Additional Information` " +"section as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose warehouse the location is inside of. " +"Leave this field blank if this location is shared between companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow for " +"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow products to " +"be returned to this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode assigned to the location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Replenish Location`: tick this checkbox to get all quantities to " +"replenish at this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Cyclic Counting` section, change the value in the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field from the default `0`, if " +"necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Cyclic Counting section of new location creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When different than `0`, the inventory count dates for products stored at " +"this location are automatically set at the defined frequency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:90 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, in the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` " +"field, click the drop-down menu and select the :doc:`removal strategy " +"<../removal_strategies>` for how items should be removed from this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:97 +msgid "Create location hierarchies" +msgstr "위치 계층 구조 생성" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" +" to exist within a warehouse, or below another location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Every location can serve as a parent location, and every parent location can" +" have multiple locations within it, allowing for the creation of a " +"hierarchical structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Location hierarchy could be organized so that a small refrigerator is " +"located on a specific shelf, which is located in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Location hierarchy of small refrigerator, on a shelf in a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To create the location hierarchy in the example above (`WH/Stock/Shelf " +"2/Small Refrigerator`), set the warehouse stock as the parent of the shelf, " +"and the shelf as the parent of the small refrigerator. This can be adapted " +"to a hierarchy of any magnitude." msgstr "" -"이 예에서 설명한 위치 계층 구조를 설정하려면 창고를 방의 상위, 방을 통로의 상위, 통로를 선반의 상위로 지정합니다. 이 방법은 모든 " -"규모의 계층 구조에 적용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:5 msgid "Routes and push/pull rules" @@ -18904,6 +19666,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse." msgstr "출고 창고에 대한 배송 주문을 표시하는 카드입니다." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 +msgid "Process the receipt" +msgstr "입고 처리" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99 msgid "" "Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for " @@ -19019,174 +19785,160 @@ msgstr "" " 것과 동일한 방법으로 처리해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations" -msgstr "창고 및 위치 관리" +msgid "Manage warehouses and locations" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:9 msgid "Warehouse" msgstr "창고" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:15 msgid "" -"In Odoo, a *warehouse* is the actual building/place in which a company's " -"items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user " -"can create moves between warehouses." +"Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo, and stock moves can be created " +"between warehouses." msgstr "" -"Odoo에서 *창고*는 회사의 품목이 보관되어 있는 실제 건물이나 장소를 말합니다. Odoo에거는 여러 개의 창고를 설정할 수 있으며, " -"사용자는 창고 간 이동을 생성할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:22 msgid "" -"A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a " -"sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). " -"Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible " -"to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can " -"be configured as needed under one warehouse." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. " +"This can be a shelf, room, aisle, rack, bin, etc. Locations allow for the " +"storage of products in designated areas of the warehouse, to help track " +"inventory accurately." msgstr "" -"Odoo에서 **위치**는 선반, 바닥, 통로 등과 같은 창고 내의 특정 영역을 의미합니다. 위치는 단일 창고와 연결되며 여러 창고에 " -"연결할 수 없습니다. Odoo에서는 사용자가 단일 창고에서 필요한 만큼의 위치를 유연하게 구성할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:24 -msgid "There are three types of locations:" -msgstr "위치는 세 가지 유형으로 나뉩니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:26 msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading " -"areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc." +"A location is only part of *one* warehouse, and can **not** be linked to " +"multiple warehouses. As many locations can be configured as needed under one" +" warehouse." msgstr "" -"Odoo의 **물리적 위치**는 회사가 소유한 창고 내 내부 위치입니다. 이러한 위치에는 적재 및 하역 구역, 선반, 부서 등의 영역이 " -"포함됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:29 +msgid "There are three types of locations in Odoo *Inventory*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:31 msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only " -"difference being that they are not owned by the user's company." +"**Physical Locations**: internal locations within a single warehouse owned " +"by the company. This can include shipping and loading docks, aisles, " +"shelves, storage areas, and more." msgstr "" -"**파트너 위치**는 고객 및/또는 공급업체의 창고 내 공간입니다. 이러한 위치는 실제 위치와 유사하게 작동하지만, 사용자 회사가 " -"소유하지 않는다는 점이 가장 큰 차이점입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:33 msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory " -"Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse " -"(**Procurements**)." +"**Partner Locations**: external locations, such as designated spaces in a " +"customer or vendor's warehouse. They are similar to physical locations, but " +"they are **not** owned by the user's company." msgstr "" -"**가상 위치**는 제품이 재고에 물리적으로 존재하지 않거나 더 이상 존재하지 않을 때 제품을 할당할 수 있는 존재하지 않는 장소를 " -"나타냅니다. 이러한 위치는 분실된 제품 (**재고 손실**)을 기록하거나 창고로 운송 중인 제품(**조달**)을 회계 처리하는 데 " -"유용합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:36 msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be " -"structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the " -"organization of the warehouses." +"**Virtual Locations**: this type of location does not exist as a physical " +"space, but products can be \"stored\" here when they are not physically in " +"an inventory yet. *Inventory Loss* and *Procurements* are examples of " +"virtual locations, for products that are lost or in transit to the " +"warehouse." msgstr "" -"Odoo에서 위치는 상위-하위 관계에 따라 트리 형식으로 구조화되어 계층적으로 구성됩니다. 이러한 계층적 구조는 재고 운영과 창고의 전체" -" 조직에 대해 보다 상세한 수준의 분석을 제공합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:41 msgid "" -"To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" -" enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"Every location within a warehouse can serve as a parent location, and every " +"parent location can have multiple locations within it, allowing for the " +"creation of a hierarchical structure. This allows for more detailed levels " +"of analysis of the stock operations and the organization of the warehouses." msgstr "" -"위치를 활성화하려면 :menuselection:`환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`보관 위치`를 활성화합니다. 그런" -" 다음 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings." -msgstr "Odoo 재고 설정에서 보관 위치 기능을 활성화합니다." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:48 +msgid "" +"For companies with one warehouse, no additional settings are required to " +"activate before editing the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:51 +msgid "" +"For companies with multiple warehouses, and to create locations within a " +"warehouse, the *Storage Locations* feature must be enabled." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:54 msgid "" -"To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable " -":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check " -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes`." +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Tick the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox to enable the feature, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"창고 내에서 여러 경로를 관리하려면 :guilabel:`다중 단계 경로`를 활성화하고 " -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/ventory_management/use_routes`를" -" 참조하세요." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:58 -msgid "Create a new warehouse" -msgstr "새 창고 만들기" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " -"Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Storage Locations feature enabled in the Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -"창고를 생성하려면 :menuselection:`환경설정 --> 창고 관리 --> 창고`로 이동하여 :guilabel:`생성`을 " -"클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:63 msgid "" -"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. " -"The short name is five characters maximum." +"To manage warehouse *routes*, such as two-and-three-step receipts and " +"deliveries, enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature from the *Inventory* app " +"settings, as well. For more on routes, see :doc:`use_routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:68 +msgid "Create a new warehouse" +msgstr "새 창고 만들기" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Begin by assigning a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name`, and a :guilabel:`Short " +"Name`. The :guilabel:`Short Name` field is limited to a **five** character " +"maximum." msgstr "" -"그런 다음 :guilabel:`창고 이름`과 :guilabel:`단축 이름`을 입력합니다. 단축 이름은 최대 5자까지 입력할 수 " -"있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "Odoo 재고 관리에 있는 창고의 단축 이름 필드입니다." +msgid "New warehouse creation form name configuration fields." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:81 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse " -"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first " -"letters of location]\"." +"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like `WH/[first " +"letters of location]`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`단축 이름`은 이송 주문 및 기타 창고 문서에 표시됩니다. Odoo는 \"WH/[위치의 첫 글자]\"와 같이 이해하기" -" 쉬운 이름을 사용할 것을 권장합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:84 msgid "" -"Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations " -"related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated." -msgstr "이제 :guilabel:`재고 관리` 대시보드로 돌아갑니다. 새로 생성된 창고와 관련된 새 작업이 자동으로 생성되었습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently " -"created warehouse." -msgstr "최근에 생성된 창고에 대한 새로운 이송 유형을 표시하는 재고 관리 앱 대시보드." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the " -":guilabel:`Locations` setting." -msgstr "두 번째 창고를 추가하면 자동으로 :guilabel:`위치` 설정이 활성화됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:85 -msgid "Create a new location" -msgstr "새 위치 생성" +"For example, a warehouse named `Warehouse #2` might have the " +":guilabel:`Short Name` `WH2` (the short name for the default warehouse in " +"Odoo is `WH`)." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:87 msgid "" -"To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " -"Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +"Once the warehouse is created, navigate back to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard. New operations for the newly created " +"warehouse are automatically generated there." msgstr "" -"위치를 설정하려면 :menuselection:`환경설정 --> 창고 관리 --> 위치`로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`생성`을 " -"클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:90 msgid "" -"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`" -" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +"For more on creating new warehouses, see :doc:`create_a_second_warehouse`." msgstr "" -"그런 다음 :guilabel:`위치 이름`과 :guilabel:`상위 위치`를 입력한 후 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "Odoo 재고 관리에서 새 창고 위치를 생성합니다." +msgid "" +"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfers for the new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:102 +msgid "Create a new location" +msgstr "새 위치 생성" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:111 +msgid "For more on locations, see :doc:`use_locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "New warehouse location creation form." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 msgid "Inventory valuation" msgstr "재고 가치 평가" @@ -19253,6 +20005,8 @@ msgid "" "quickly added to a vendor bill as an invoice line, instead of having to be " "manually entered every time a new vendor bill is created." msgstr "" +"양륙 비용이 지속적으로 요금에 추가되는 경우에는 Odoo에서 양륙 비용을 품목으로 생성할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 하면 새 공급업체 청구서를" +" 만들 때마다 수기로 입력할 필요 없이 양륙 비용 품목을 공급업체 청구서에 청구서 항목으로 신속하게 추가할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -19450,6 +20204,9 @@ msgid "" "landed cost, and the :guilabel:`New Value` displays the sum of the two, for " "the total cost of the |PO|." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`평가 조정` 탭을 클릭하여 양륙 비용이 미치는 영향을 확인합니다. :guilabel:`원래 값` 열에는 |PO|의 " +"원래 가격이 표시되고, :guilabel:`추가 수입 비용` 열에는 양륙 비용이 표시되며 :guilabel:`새 값` 에는 두 값의 " +"합계가 |PO|의 총 비용으로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -19532,7 +20289,7 @@ msgid "" "The Inventory Valuation fields are located on the Product Categories form." msgstr "재고 평가 필드는 품목 카테고리 양식 내에 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 msgid "" "Alternatively, automated inventory valuation is an integrated valuation " "method that updates the inventory value in real-time by creating journal " @@ -19542,7 +20299,7 @@ msgstr "" "또는 자동 재고 평가는 재고 가치를 실시간으로 업데이트하는 통합 평가 방법입니다. 이는 회사 재고의 위치 간에 재고 이동이 있을 때마다 " "분개 항목을 생성하여 수행됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:26 msgid "" "Automated inventory valuation is a method recommended for expert " "accountants, given the extra steps involved in journal entry configuration. " @@ -19553,139 +20310,104 @@ msgstr "" "자동 재고 평가는 분개 항목 구성과 관련된 추가 단계를 고려할 때 전문 회계사에게 권장되는 방법입니다. 초기 설정 후에도 정확성을 " "보장하기 위해 주기적인 점검이 필요하며, 비즈니스의 필요와 우선순위에 따라 지속적인 조정이 필요할 수도 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 msgid "Types of accounting" msgstr "계정의 유형" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 msgid "" "Accounting entries will depend on the accounting mode: *Continental* or " "*Anglo-Saxon*." msgstr "회계 항목은 선택한 회계 모드에 따라 달라집니다: *콘티넨탈형* 또는 *영미형 회계*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39 msgid "" "Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and " -"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`." msgstr "" -":ref:`개발자 모드`를 활성화하고 :menuselection:`회계 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동하여 계정 모드를 " -"확인합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Then, in the search bar, look for :guilabel:`Anglo-Saxon Accounting`, to see" +" if the feature is enabled. If it is **not** enabled, Continental accounting" +" mode is in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the Anglo-Saxon accounting mode feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 msgid "" "In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported " "when products are sold or delivered. This means that the cost of a good is " -"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. " -"*Interim Stock Accounts* are used for the input and output accounts, and are" -" both *Asset Accounts* in the balance sheet." +"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. So " +"for **manual** valuation method, set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to " +"`Stock Valuation` for the current asset type; for **automatic** valuation " +"method, set the the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to an *Expenses* or a *Cost " +"of Revenue* type (e.g. `Cost of Production`, `Cost of Goods Sold`, etc.)." msgstr "" -"*영미형* 회계에서는 제품 판매 또는 배송 시점에 매출원가 (COGS)가 보고됩니다. 즉, 제품 원가는 고객에게 송장이 발행될 때만 " -"비용으로 기록됩니다. *중간재고 계정*은 대차대조표에서 *자산 계정*의 역할을 하는 입력 계정과 출력 계정의 역할을 모두 수행합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 msgid "" "In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a " -"product is received into stock. Additionally, a single *Expense* account is " -"used for both input and output accounts in the balance sheet." +"product is received into stock. Because of this, the :guilabel:`Expense " +"Account` can be set to **either** *Expenses* or a *Cost of Revenue* type, " +"however, it is more commonly set to an *Expenses* account." msgstr "" -"*콘티넨탈* 회계에서는 제품의 원가가 재고로 입고되는 즉시 기록됩니다. 또한, 대차 대조표의 입력 계정과 출력 계정 모두에 단일 *비용*" -" 계정이 사용됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 -msgid "Costing methods" -msgstr "원가계산법" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 msgid "" -"Below are the three costing methods that can be used in Odoo for inventory " -"valuation." -msgstr "Odoo에서 재고 평가에 사용할 수 있는 세 가지 원가 계산 방법은 다음과 같습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Standard Price**: is the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the " -"product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used to " -"compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " -"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." +":ref:`Details about configuring Expense and Stock accounts " +"`" msgstr "" -"**표준 가격**: Odoo의 기본 원가 계산 방법입니다. 제품 원가는 제품 양식에 수동으로 지정되며, 이 원가가 가치 평가에 " -"사용됩니다. 구매 주문서의 구매 가격이 달라지더라도 가치 평가는 제품 양식에 정의된 비용을 계속 사용합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Average Cost (AVCO)**: calculates the valuation of a product based on the " -"average cost of that product, divided by the total number of available stock" -" on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and " -"constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." -msgstr "" -"**평균 원가(AVCO)**: 이 방법은 해당 제품의 총 원가를 전체 보유 재고 수량으로 나누어 제품의 가치를 계산합니다. 이 원가 계산" -" 방법에서 재고 평가는 *동적*이며, 제품 구매 가격에 따라 지속적으로 조정됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**First In First Out (FIFO)**: tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing " -"items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to change the " -"valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the next good " -"sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next inventory " -"lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based on the " -"valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most accurate " -"inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it's highly " -"sensitive to input data and human error." -msgstr "" -"**선입선출 (FIFO)**: 입출고되는 품목의 비용을 실시간으로 추적하고 제품의 실제 가격을 사용하여 자산 평가를 반영합니다. 해당 " -"제품의 전체 로트가 판매될 때까지 가장 오래된 구매 가격이 다음에 판매되는 상품의 원가로 사용됩니다. 다음 재고 로트가 대기열에서 위로 " -"이동하면 해당 특정 로트의 평가에 따라 업데이트된 제품 원가가 사용됩니다. 이 방법은 여러 가지 이유로 가장 정확한 재고 평가 방법이지만" -" 입력 데이터와 인적 오류에 매우 민감합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It's highly" -" recommended to consult an accountant first before making any adjustments " -"here." -msgstr "" -"원가 계산 방법을 수정하면 재고 평가에 큰 영향을 미칩니다. 이와 관련하여 조정하기 전에 회계사의 조언을 구할 것을 강력히 권장합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:78 -msgid "Configure automated inventory valuation in Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo에서 자동 재고 자산 평가 설정하기" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:67 msgid "" "Make changes to inventory valuation options by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and " -"choose the category/categories where the automated valuation method should " -"apply." +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. In " +"the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` section, select the desired " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` options." msgstr "" -":menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 설정 --> 품목 카테고리`로 이동하여 재고 평가 옵션을 변경하고 자동화된 평가 방법을 " -"적용할 카테고리를 하나 이상 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:72 msgid "" "It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product " "categories." msgstr "제품 카테고리별로 서로 다른 밸류에이션 설정을 적용할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` heading are two labels: " -":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`. Pick the " -"desired :guilabel:`Costing Method` using the drop-down menu (e.g. " -":guilabel:`Standard`, :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`, or :guilabel:`First " -"In First Out (FIFO)`) and switch the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to " -":guilabel:`Automated`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 +msgid "Show inventory valuation configuration options." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`재고 평가` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`원가 계산 방법`과 :guilabel:`재고 자산 평가` 두 개의 레이블을 " -"찾습니다. 드롭다운 메뉴에서 원하는 :guilabel:`원가 계산 방법`을 선택하고 (예: :guilabel:`표준`, " -":guilabel:`평균 비용 (AVCO)` 또는 :guilabel:`선입선출 (FIFO)`) :guilabel:`재고 자산 평가`를 " -":guilabel:`자동`으로 설정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +msgid "Costing method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 msgid "" -":ref:`Using the inventory " -"valuation`" -msgstr ":ref:`재고 가치 평가 활용 `" +"From the product category's configuration page, choose the desired " +":guilabel:`Costing Method`:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Standard Price`: the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of " +"the product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used " +"to compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " +"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`: calculates the valuation of a product based" +" on the average cost of that product, divided by the total number of " +"available stock on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is " +"*dynamic*, and constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " "Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " @@ -19699,7 +20421,30 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`비용` 필드에서 숫자 값을 변경하면 *재고 평가* 보고서에 새 레코드가 생성되어 제품 값이 조정됩니다. 그러면 보유 " "재고의 평균 구매 가격과 확인된 구매 주문에서 누적된 비용을 기준으로 :guilabel:`비용` 금액이 자동으로 다시 계산됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`: tracks the costs of incoming and " +"outgoing items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to " +"change the valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the " +"next good sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next " +"inventory lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based " +"on the valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most " +"accurate inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it is" +" highly sensitive to input data and human error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It is " +"highly recommended to consult an accountant first before making any " +"adjustments here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`using_inventory_valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " "that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " @@ -19713,23 +20458,122 @@ msgstr "" "값이 변경되지 않습니다. 대신 기존 단위는 그 값을 유지하며, 이후의 제품 이동은 평균 원가에 영향을 미쳐 제품 원가가 변동됩니다. 제품" " 양식의 :guilabel:`비용` 필드의 값이 수동으로 변경되면 Odoo는 *재고 평가* 보고서에 해당 레코드를 생성합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 msgid "" -"On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " -"appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " -"inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" +"Inventory valuation in Odoo can be set to be updated manually or " +"automatically. While *Expense* accounts apply to both, the *Stock Input* and" +" *Stock Output* accounts are only used for automated valuation." msgstr "" -"같은 화면에서 자동 재고 평가로 변경되어 이제 필수 필드가 된 :guilabel:`계정 재고 속성` 필드가 표시됩니다. 이러한 계정은 " -"다음과 같이 정의됩니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Refer to the :ref:`Expense ` and " +":ref:`Stock input/output ` sections for " +"details on configuring each account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +msgid "Expense account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To configure the *expense account*, go to the :guilabel:`Account Properties`" +" section of the intended product category (:menuselection:`Inventory app -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`). Then, choose an existing account " +"from the :guilabel:`Expense Account` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +msgid "" +"To ensure the chosen account is the correct :guilabel:`Type,` click the " +"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account. Then, set the account type " +"based on the information below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177 +msgid "Automated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +msgid "" +"In Anglo-Saxon accounting for automated inventory valuation, set the " +":guilabel:`Expense Account` to the `Expenses` account. Then, click the " +"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, choose :guilabel:`Expenses` or :guilabel:`Cost of " +"Revenue` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show **Expense Account** field, and external link icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To configure the :guilabel:`Expense Account`, choose :guilabel:`Stock " +"Valuation` from the field's drop-down menu. Verify the account's type by " +"clicking the |right arrow| icon, and then ensure the :guilabel:`Type` is " +":guilabel:`Current Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the **Expense Account** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +msgid "Continental" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to the :guilabel:`Expenses` or " +":guilabel:`Cost of Revenue` account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:190 +msgid "Stock input/output (automated only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:192 +msgid "" +"To configure the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and :guilabel:`Stock Output" +" Account`, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product" +" Categories` and select the desired product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field, select :guilabel:`Automated`. " +"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` section appear. " +"These accounts are defined as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " "products." msgstr ":guilabel:`재고 평가 계정`: 제품에서 자동 재고 평가가 활성화된 경우 이 계정에 제품의 현재 가치가 저장됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: accounting journal where entries are " +"automatically posted when a product's inventory valuation changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -19740,7 +20584,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`재고 입고 계정`: 이 계정은 원 위치에 대해 지정된 특정 평가 계정이 없는 경우 모든 입고 재고 이동과 관련된 분개" " 항목에 대한 대응 계정으로 사용됩니다. 이 값은 특정 카테고리의 모든 상품에 대한 기본값이며 각 상품에서 직접 설정할 수도 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:207 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -19751,11 +20595,57 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`재고 출고 계정`: 목적지 위치에 지정된 특정 평가 계정이 없는 경우 모든 출고 재고 이동과 관련된 거래 저널 항목이" " 이 계좌에 게시됩니다. 이 값은 특정 카테고리의 모든 상품에 대한 기본값이며, 각 상품에서 직접 설정할 수도 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:124 -msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" -msgstr "재고 자산 평가로 생성된 보고 데이터 액세스" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:216 +msgid "" +"In Anglo-Saxon accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to *different* :guilabel:`Current " +"Assets` accounts. This way, delivering products and invoicing the customer " +"balance the *Stock Output* account, while receiving products and billing " +"vendors balance the *Stock Input* account." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +msgid "" +"To modify the account type, go to the click the |right arrow| icon to the " +"right of the stock input/output account. In the pop-up window, choose " +":guilabel:`Current Assets` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Display account setup page, highlighting the **Type** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +msgid "" +"The *Stock Input* account is set to `Stock Interim (Received)`, a *Current " +"Asset* account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 +msgid "" +"In Continental accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to **the same** :guilabel:`Current " +"Assets` account. That way, one account can be balanced when items are bought" +" and sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:239 +msgid "" +"The stock input and output accounts are both set to `Stock Interim " +"(Received)`, a :guilabel:`Current Assets` account type. They can also be set" +" to the `Stock Interim (Delivered)`, as long as the input and output " +"accounts are assigned to the **same** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the Stock Input and Output accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 +msgid "Inventory valuation reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." " At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " @@ -19767,7 +20657,11 @@ msgstr "" " 필드 값을 :guilabel:`오늘`로 수정하고, 모든 최신 데이터를 동시에 볼 수 있도록 필터링 :guilabel:`옵션`을 " ":guilabel:`모두 펼치기`로 구성합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 msgid "" "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " @@ -19776,7 +20670,7 @@ msgstr "" "상위 :guilabel:`현재 자산` 항목 아래에서 중첩된 :guilabel:`재고 평가 계정` 항목을 찾으면 보유 중인 모든 재고의 총" " 평가액이 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 msgid "" "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " "Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " @@ -19832,10 +20726,8 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`자동`으로 설정하고 :guilabel:`원가 계산 방법`을 세 가지 옵션 중 하나로 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 -msgid "" -":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " -"`" -msgstr ":ref:`재고 자산 평가 설정 `" +msgid ":doc:`Set up inventory valuation `" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -20356,10 +21248,6 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동합니다. :guilabel:`추적성` 섹션에서 " ":guilabel:`로트 및 일련번호` 옆의 확인란을 선택하여 기능을 활성화합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." -msgstr "로트 및 일련번호를 활성화합니다." - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:115 msgid "" "Next, ensure the intended product is tracked by lots or serial numbers by " @@ -20377,11 +21265,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "After enabling the features, assign lot or serial numbers to products using " "an :doc:`inventory adjustment ` or " -"during :ref:`product reception `." +"during :ref:`product reception `." msgstr "" -"기능을 사용하도록 설정한 후 :doc:`재고 조정 ` 또는 " -":ref:`품목 입고 ` 를 통해 품목에 로트번호나 " -"일련번호를 할당합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:126 msgid "Locations and routes" @@ -21347,6 +22232,956 @@ msgid "" "The detailed operations shows which lots are being selected for the picking." msgstr "세부 작업은 피킹을 위해 어떤 로트가 선택되는지 보여줍니다." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory aging report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The inventory aging report evaluates all items in stock, providing insights " +"into potentially sunken purchase costs and delays in profitability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Create customized pivot tables to analyze product, operation types, month, " +"or company breakdowns. This helps identify products in stock that are at " +"risk of passing their expiration or viability dates, or instances of " +"rot/decay for fast-expiring items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The *Reporting* menu in *Inventory* is only accessible to users with " +":doc:`admin access <../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To access the inventory aging report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Reporting --> Inventory Aging`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:24 +msgid "Navigate the inventory aging report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report displays a pivot table, " +"with the month in columns, and product category in rows. The default " +"filters, :guilabel:`Incoming` and :guilabel:`Has Remaining Qty`, show only " +"products from receipts, and are currently in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining Qty` displays the number of on-hand items, and " +":guilabel:`Remaining Value` displays the total cost of purchasing these " +"items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in each column " +"or row reveals options to expand the pivot table and show a detailed " +"breakdown of the :guilabel:`Remaining Qty` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` " +"by :guilabel:`Product`, :guilabel:`Product Category`, :guilabel:`Date`, or " +":guilabel:`Company`. Clicking the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` " +":guilabel:`(minus)` icon collapses it back to its previous state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:43 +msgid "Inventory aging report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Inventory aging report, showing each **Product** in rows and each reception " +"**Date** in columns, to better monitor products with fast expiration dates. " +"Each row shows the the total on-hand quantity and inventory valuation of " +"items purchased on each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Records in the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report are *stock valuation " +"layers* (SVLs), representing product moves that impact stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Inventory adjustments do **not** create |SVLs|; only items purchased from " +"vendors do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:71 +msgid "Generate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After learning how to :ref:`navigate the inventory aging report " +"`, it can be used to create and " +"share different reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Aging` report are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:63 +msgid "Rotating stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To create a report to identify items that have been in stock for a while, " +"follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Aging`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` " +":guilabel:`(caret down)` icon in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to see a " +"drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and " +":guilabel:`Favorite` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Product` under the :guilabel:`Group By` section. Doing so " +"expands the pivot table to show a product in each row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to the left of the " +"date column. Hover over :guilabel:`Date` from the drop-down menu and choose " +":guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, :guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +"or :guilabel:`Day`. Doing so expands the columns to show the " +":guilabel:`Remaining Qty` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` by the selected " +"time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For products that have a longer shelf life, choose longer time periods such " +"as :guilabel:`Month` or :guilabel:`Quarter` when expanding columns by " +":guilabel:`Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 +msgid "Pivot table, highlighting the plus icon to expand columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The report now displays the on-hand stock of items, and their total " +"purchasing cost, for each time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Inventory aging report, with the :guilabel:`Group By`: :guilabel:`Product` " +"option selected, and with the :guilabel:`Date` column set to " +":guilabel:`Day`. It gives insight into how much raw fish sashimi products " +"were purchased on each day, and how much it cost. This informs the business " +"owners how much stock is at risk of rotting in stock, per day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 +msgid "Inventory aging report, showing product row items and day columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:3 +msgid "Locations dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The *Locations* dashboard in the *Inventory* application provides an " +"overview of on-hand storage locations for company products. Use this report " +"to see where stock is stored, identify :ref:`misplaced items " +"`, or view past inventory to see " +"product locations on specific dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To access the locations report, the *Storage Locations* feature must be " +"enabled. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and click :guilabel:`Save`. Then, access the " +"locations dashboard by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:24 +msgid "Navigate the locations dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard lists all on-hand products " +"in stock (in the :guilabel:`Product` column), along with the following " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: current storage location. If a product is stored at " +"`Shelf 1` and `Shelf 2`, the product is listed twice, showing quantities at " +"each location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Package`: the package that the product is stored in, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: if the product has a lot or serial number, it" +" is specified here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: current quantity of products. Click the " +":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand " +"quantity <../inventory_management/count_products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reserved Quantity`: on-hand quantity reserved for operations, " +"such as pickings, delivery orders, or manufacturings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: the unit of measure of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Click the buttons to the right of each row item to access additional " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:42 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the" +" product, displaying information about the quantity and description of why " +"the product was moved from one location to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:47 +msgid "" +"View what the product is reserved for, by clicking the :icon:`fa-history` " +":guilabel:`History` button on the far-right of the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Moves History` page, remove the :icon:`fa-filter` " +":guilabel:`Done` filter. Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar to reveal filter options, and select the " +":guilabel:`To Do` filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Display *Moves History* page of to-do deliveries that reserved the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:58 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering " +"rules <../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>` " +"page to replenish products at the specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In the upper-left corner of the page, click the the :guilabel:`New` button " +"to make an :doc:`inventory adjustment " +"<../inventory_management/count_products>` to record quantities of a certain " +"product at a specific :guilabel:`Location`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To view products, quantities, and their locations for a specified date, " +"click the :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button (also located in the upper-" +"left corner of the page). Select a date and time in the :guilabel:`Inventory" +" at Date` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After learning how to :ref:`navigate the locations dashboard " +"`, it can be used to create " +"and share different reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Locations` " +"dashboard are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:81 +msgid "Dead stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To get list of expired items, also referred to as *dead stock*, follow these" +" steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:143 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to" +" reveal a drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and " +":guilabel:`Favorite` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts` " +"option under the :guilabel:`Filters` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:91 +msgid "The report now displays a list of expired products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:94 +msgid "" +"This report can also be generated from the :ref:`Lot and Serials Numbers " +"` page, accessed by going to" +" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst-1 +msgid "Show a list of products whose expiration dates have exceeded today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:105 +msgid "Stranded inventory report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Businesses using multi-step flows in the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* " +"apps, may have *stranded* items, which are products not in their proper " +"storage locations, due to human error. Use this report to periodically check" +" transfer locations (e.g. *WH/Input*, *WH/Pre-Processing*) to ensure items " +"are moved to their intended storage locations, and accurately recorded in " +"the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To get a list of items that might be sitting idly in storage, follow these " +"steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, begin typing the name of the location " +"where products are intended to be moved to, such as `WH/Input`, or " +"`WH/Packing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Search Location for:` [location name] option from the " +"resulting drop-down menu that appears beneath the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show search result for the location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:124 +msgid "The report now displays a list of products at the transit location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Searching `Input` in :guilabel:`Location` shows a list of products at a " +"*WH/Input* location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The list shows `500` quantities of `Chicken`, which is alarming if not " +"refrigerated soon after reception. The stranded inventory report helps " +"identify items that have been idling in non-storage locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show items stored at a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:138 +msgid "Inventory discrepancy report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:140 +msgid "" +"To generate a report of items that have been moved since the last " +":doc:`inventory audit <../inventory_management/cycle_counts>`, follow these " +"steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Conflicts` option " +"from the :guilabel:`Filters` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The report now displays items whose quantities have changed since the last " +"cycle count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show items from the *Conflicts* filter in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` button to view inventory " +"transfers, including receipts and deliveries, that have occurred since the " +"inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show *Moves History*, showing a delivery that occurred after an inventory " +"adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:3 +msgid "Moves history dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Moves History* report in Odoo *Inventory* provides a detailed record of" +" product movements (containing past and current locations), lot numbers, and" +" reasons for movement. Reports can be generated for any time frame, making " +"this report essential for analyzing stock levels, monitoring inventory " +"turnover, and identifying any discrepancies in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The reporting feature is only accessible to users with :doc:`admin access " +"<../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Moves History`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst-1 +msgid "Display Moves History report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:23 +msgid "Navigate the moves history report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:25 +msgid "In the report, the columns represent:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: calendar date and time of the stock move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: description of the reason for the stock move or " +"quantity change, such as a receipt number (e.g. `WH/IN/00012`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product involved in the move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: specifies the lot or serial number of the " +"tracked product being moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:33 +msgid ":guilabel:`From`: source location of the moved product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`To`: destination location of the moved product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity`: number of products moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: unit of measure of the products moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: indicates the move status, which can be " +":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available` (ready for action), or " +":guilabel:`Partially Available` (insufficient quantities to complete the " +"operation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:66 +msgid "Search options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Use the following search options to customize the :guilabel:`Moves History` " +"report to display relevant information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:70 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Filters` section allows users to search among pre-made and " +"custom filters to find specific stock records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Do`: show stock move records that are in progress. This " +"includes lines with a :guilabel:`Status` column value of " +":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Partially Available`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done`: completed stock moves, with a :guilabel:`Status` of " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Incoming`: displays move records from vendor locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:58 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Outgoing`: displays move records to customer locations, including" +" customer returns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internal`: displays move records from one internal location to " +"another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturing`: shows records where products were produced from " +"the virtual, production :doc:`location " +"<../inventory_management/use_locations>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: select this drop-down menu to access various date filter " +"options and view stock moves from a specific month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last 30 Days`: show records that occurred in the last thirty " +"days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Last 3 Months`: show records from the last three months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:113 +msgid "Group By" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " +"groupings to the search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: group records by product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: group records by the three status types: " +":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available`, and :guilabel:`Partially " +"Available`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: group records by :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, or :guilabel:`Day`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transfers`: group records by operation number, e.g. " +"`WH/OUT/00012`, `WH/MO/00211`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: group records by source location (the :guilabel:`From`" +" column in this report)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: group records by product category. To configure these," +" go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: Product" +" Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Batch Transfer`: group records by :doc:`batch " +"<../advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:125 +msgid "Favorites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To save the current applied filters and groups, so the same information can " +"be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save current " +"search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " +"current view the default filter when opening the :guilabel:`Moves History` " +"report. Or tick the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option " +"available to other users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:134 +msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:137 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../essentials/search`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:3 +msgid "Stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the stock report in Odoo *Inventory* for a detailed list of all stored " +"products, including those reserved, purchased and in transit, as well as " +"those delivered to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Stock`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Show the stock report, accessible by going to Inventory > Reporting > Stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:19 +msgid "Navigate the stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:21 +msgid "" +"On the stock report, the left sidebar includes several groupings to narrow " +"down what is being shown. The default groupings are :guilabel:`Warehouses`," +" which filters products by specific warehouses, and :guilabel:`Category`, " +"which shows products within a selected product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Warehouse` grouping is only available when there are multiple" +" warehouses in the database. Refer to the " +":doc:`../inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse` documentation for " +"more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:30 +msgid "In the report itself, the columns represent:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:32 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unit Cost`: average inventory valuation per unit, adjusted based " +"on the cost to purchase and/or manufacture the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Value`: Total inventory valuation of the product, " +"calculated by multiplying unit cost by on-hand quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:39 +msgid "" +":ref:`Compute average cost inventory valuation per unit " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:40 +msgid "" +":doc:`Inventory valuation methods " +"<../inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand`: current quantity of products. Click the :icon:`fa-" +"pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand quantity " +"<../inventory_management/count_products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Free to Use`: on-hand quantity that are **not** reserved for " +"delivery or manufacturing orders, and are available to sell or use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Incoming`: items expected to arrive at the warehouse. Number of " +"products is based on quantities in confirmed purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Outgoing`: items expected to leave the warehouse or be consumed " +"in manufacturing orders. Number of products is based on quantities in " +"confirmed sales or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the product, " +"displaying information about the quantity and description of why the product" +" was moved from one location to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering rules " +"<../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>` page for " +"the product to create or manage methods of procuring the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Locations`: break down of on-hand quantity at multiple storage " +"locations. Only available when the product is stored in multiple locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forecast`: access the forecasted report to view on-hand, " +"incoming, and outgoing quantities. Report also contains links to confirmed " +"purchase, sales, or manufacturing orders. Only available when there are " +"confirmed sales, purchase, or manufacturing orders for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Published`: display products published on the website. Only " +"available with the *Website* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available in POS`: display products available through the *Point " +"of Sale* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available in Self`: display products available in self order " +"through the *Point of Sale* app. Appears in the search because the " +":guilabel:`Available in Self Order` checkbox was ticked in the " +":guilabel:`Point of Sale` section of a product form's :guilabel:`Sales` tab." +" The option is only available when the :guilabel:`Available in POS` checkbox" +" is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In the Sales tab of a product form, showing *Available in Self Order* " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not available in Self`: display products available in *PoS*, but " +"not available in self order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:91 +msgid "`Configure PoS products `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Sold`: display products that can be sold to customers. " +"Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Sold` checkbox is ticked" +" on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Purchased`: display products that can be bought from " +"vendors. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` " +"checkbox is ticked on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Recurring`: show subscription products, indicated by " +"ticking the :guilabel:`Recurring` checkbox on the product form. Only " +"available with the *Subscription* app activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Rented`: show products that can be loaned to customers for" +" a certain time. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Rented`" +" checkbox was ticked on the product form. Only available with the *Rental* " +"app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Subcontracted`: display products that can be produced by a" +" :doc:`third-party manufacturer " +"<../../../manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic>`. Available " +"only with the *Manufacturing* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Expensed`: show items that can be expensed. Only available" +" with the *Expenses* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`../../product_management/product_tracking/type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " +"groupings to the search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Type`: group items by :doc:`product type " +"<../../product_management/product_tracking/type>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Category`: group items by product category. To configure " +"these, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: " +"Product Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`POS Product Category`: group items by :doc:`point of sale product" +" categories <../../../../sales/point_of_sale/configuration>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To save the current applied filters and groupbys, so the same information " +"can be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save " +"current search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " +"current view the default filter when opening the stock report. Or tick the " +":guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option available to other " +"users." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "유지보수" @@ -22254,6 +24089,9 @@ msgid "" "click :guilabel:`➕ Schedule an activity`. This opens a :guilabel:`Schedule " "Activity` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"유지 관리 요청은 :guilabel:`유지 관리 요청` 열에 활동으로 기재되어 있습니다. 요청 내용을 클릭하면 요청 상태와 담당 기술자를" +" 나타내는 :guilabel:`유지 관리 요청` 팝업이 열립니다. 팝업 창에서 활동을 직접 예약하려면 :guilabel:`➕ 활동 예약`" +" 을 클릭합니다. 그러면 :guilabel:`활동 예약` 팝업 창이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:350 msgid "" @@ -22505,6 +24343,8 @@ msgid "" " a new page, and then selecting the desired stage from the stage indicator " "bar, located above the top-right corner of the request's form." msgstr "" +"유지 관리 신청서는 드래그 앤 드롭 방식을 이용하여 다른 단계로 이동시킬 수 있습니다. 신청서를 클릭하여 새 페이지에서 연 다음 신청서 " +"양식의 오른쪽 상단에 있는 단계 표시줄에서 원하는 단계를 선택하여 이동시킬 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -24115,14 +25955,17 @@ msgstr "" "작업 주문 종속성은 제품의 |BOM|에 구성됩니다. 설정하려면 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 품목 --> 자재명세서`로 " "이동한 다음 |BOM|을 선택하거나 :guilabel:`신규`를 클릭하여 새로 생성합니다." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:94 +msgid "Learn more" +msgstr "추가 정보" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:32 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to properly configure a new |BOM|, see the " -"documentation on :ref:`creating a bill of materials " -"`." +"documentation on :doc:`creating a bill of materials " +"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" -"새 |BOM|을 올바르게 구성하는 방법에 대한 자세한 가이드는 :ref:`자재명세서 생성 " -"`.`에 대한 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -24298,202 +26141,435 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bill of materials" msgstr "자재명세서" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:9 msgid "" -"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " -"quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " -"It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines " -"needed to complete a production process." +"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) documents specific components, " +"along with their respective quantities, that are needed to produce or repair" +" a product. In Odoo, |BoMs| as blueprints for manufactured goods and kits, " +"and often include production operations and step-by-step guidelines, as " +"well." msgstr "" -"*자재명세서*(또는 *BoM*)는 완제품을 생산하거나 납품하는 데 필요한 각 구성품의 수량을 명시한 문서입니다. 또한 생산 공정을 " -"완료하는 데 필요한 다양한 작업과 상세한 단계별 지침이 포함될 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " -"linked to each product, so even product variants can have their own tailored" -" :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:15 +msgid "BoM setup" msgstr "" -"Odoo 제조 관리에서는 각 품목에 여러 개의 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`를 연결할 수 있으므로 품목 세부사항도 자체 맞춤형 " -":abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`를 가질 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:17 msgid "" -"Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " -"manufacturing process and save time." -msgstr ":abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`을 올바르게 설정하면 제조 공정을 최적화하고 시간을 절약할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:18 -msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" -msgstr "자재명세서(BoM) 설정하기" +"To create a |BOM|, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> " +"Bills of Materials` and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" -"The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" -" or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " -"managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." +"Next, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type` to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`." msgstr "" -"가장 간단한 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)` 설정에는 작업이나 지침 없이 구성 요소만 포함됩니다. 이 경우 생산은 전적으로 *제조 " -"주문*을 사용하여 관리됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " -":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " -"of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the " -":guilabel:`Product`." +"Then, specify :ref:`required components ` and, if necessary, define any :ref:`manufacturing operations " +"`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`제조 관리` 모듈에서 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`을 생성하려면 :menuselection:`품목 --> " -"자재명세서`로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭합니다. 다음으로 :guilabel:`품목`을 지정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:26 msgid "" -"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " -"product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." +"Individual |BOMs| can also be quickly accessed or created by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on any product form, as " +"accessible through the *Sales*, *Inventory*, and *Manufacturing* apps, as " +"well as through any internal links where a product is referenced (such as in" +" a field or a line item)." msgstr "" -"품목 양식에서 직접 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`을 생성할 수도 있으며, 이 경우 :guilabel:`품목` 필드가 미리 채워져 " -"있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:31 -msgid "" -"For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" -" to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" -" to specify the various components that make up the production of the final " -"product and their respective quantities. New components can be created " -"quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created " -"beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> " -"Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "Show BoM for a product, with components listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "BoM for `Drawer`, displaying the **Components** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:38 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/kit_shipping`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`../subcontracting/subcontracting_basic`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:44 +msgid "Components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Components` tab of a |BOM|, specify components used to " +"manufacture the product by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the " +":guilabel:`Components` drop-down menu, select from existing products or " +"create a new product by typing the name and selecting either the " +":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option to quickly add the line item, or the " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` option to add the component and continue to " +"its configuration form." msgstr "" -"표준 :abbr:`BoM (자재 명세서)`의 경우 :guilabel:`BoM 유형`을 :guilabel:`본 제품 제조`로 설정합니다. " -"그런 다음 :guilabel:`항목 추가`를 선택하여 최종 제품의 생산을 구성하는 다양한 부품과 각 수량을 지정합니다. abbr:`BoM" -" (자재 명세서)`을 통해 새 부품을 효율적으로 생성하거나 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 품목 --> 품목 --> " -"생성`으로 이동하여 미리 생성할 수 있습니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 :abbr:`BoM (자재 명세서)` " -"생성을 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." -msgstr "자재명세서 설정." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:43 -msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" -msgstr "품목 세부사항에 대한 자재 명세서 (BoM)를 지정합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:45 -msgid "" -":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " -"Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." +msgid "Add a component by selecting it from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -":abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`는 특정 *품목 세부사항*에도 할당할 수 있으며, 두 가지 설정 옵션 중에서 선택할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:56 msgid "" -"In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " -"the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " -"form." +"Optionally, access additional fields by clicking the :icon:`oi-settings-" +"adjust` :guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon to the far-right of the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab. Tick the checkboxes for the following features " +"to enable these columns:" msgstr "" -"품목 세부사항에 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`을 할당하려면 미리 품목 양식에 제품의 세부사항 속성이 구성되어 있어야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:60 msgid "" -"The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " -"variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" -" :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master " -":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and " -"specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply " -"on Variants` column." +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify which :doc:`product variant " +"<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>` each component is used in. " +"When the field is left blank, the component is used in all product variants." msgstr "" -"첫 번째 방법은 세부사항 품목당 하나의 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`을 새로 생성하고 :guilabel:`품목 세부사항`을 지정하여" -" 세부 품목당 하나의 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`을 생성하는 것입니다. 두 번째 방법은 모든 부품을 포함하는 하나의 마스터 " -":abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`을 생성하고 :guilabel:`세부선택사항 적용` 열을 사용하여 각 부품이 적용되는 세부사항 품목을 " -"지정하는 것입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." -msgstr "자재명세서의 품목 세부사항." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:62 -msgid "Set up operations" -msgstr "작업 설정" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:66 msgid "" -"Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" -" instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" -" this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Operations`." +":guilabel:`Consumed in Operation`: specify the operation using the " +"component. Useful for determining :ref:`manufacturing readiness " +"`." msgstr "" -"생산에 대한 지침을 제공하고 작업에 소요된 시간을 기록하려면 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`에 :guilabel:`작업`을 " -"포함합니다. 이 기능을 사용하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 설정 --> 작업`에서 " -":guilabel:`작업 지시` 기능을 활성화합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:68 msgid "" -"Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " -":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " -"operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a " -"name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like " -"components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the " -":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that " -"variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +":guilabel:`Manual Consumption`: tick the checkbox to force operators to " +"check the :guilabel:`Consumed` checkbox on a manufacturing order (MO)." msgstr "" -"그런 다음 새 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`을 생성하는 동안 :guilabel:`작업` 탭으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`항목 " -"추가`를 선택하고 새 작업을 추가합니다. :guilabel:`작업 생성` 상자에서 작업의 이름을 지정하고 :guilabel:`작업장` 및" -" 기간 설정을 구성합니다. 부품과 마찬가지로, Odoo는 :guilabel:`품목 세부사항 적용` 필드에서 품목 세부사항을 지정하여 " -"작업이 해당 상품에만 적용되도록 합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장 후 닫기`를 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show a manufacturing order, highlighting the *Consumed* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:75 msgid "" -"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " -":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" -" new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing " -"Operations` feature." +"Not doing so triggers the :guilabel:`Consumption Warning` error message, " +"where the consumed component quantity must be manually inputted. Otherwise, " +"the operation cannot be completed." msgstr "" -"각 작업은 항상 하나의 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`와 독점적으로 연결되므로 고유합니다. 새 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`을 " -"설정할 때 :guilabel:`기존 작업 복사` 기능을 사용하여 작업을 재사용할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." -msgstr "기존 작업 복사 기능." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show the consumption warning error message." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:85 -msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" -msgstr "자재명세서 (BoM)에 부산물 추가하기" +msgid "Operations" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" -"A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " -"addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " -"the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)`." +"Add an *operation* to a |BOM| to specify instructions for production and " +"register time spent on an operation. To use this feature, first enable the " +"*Work Orders* feature by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the" +" :guilabel:`Work Orders` checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" -"*부산물*은 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`의 주요 제품 외에 생산 중에 생성되는 잔여 제품을 말합니다. 주 제품과 달리, " -":abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`에는 하나 이상의 부산물이 있을 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " -":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies`" msgstr "" -"부산물을 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`에 추가하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 설정 -->환경설정 --> " -"작업`에서 :guilabel:`부산물` 기능을 활성화합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " -"of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " -":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which " -"operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in " -"Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "\"Work Orders\" feature in the Settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the |BOM| by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app " +"--> Products --> Bill of Materials` and selecting the desired |BOM|. To add " +"a new operation, go to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, and click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window, where the " +"various fields of the operation are configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: name of the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: select existing locations to perform the operation," +" or create a new work center by typing the name and selecting the " +":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify if this operation is only available " +"for certain product variants. If the operation applies to all product " +"variants, leave this field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Configuring BoMs for product variants " +"<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration Computation`: choose how time spent on the operation is " +"tracked. Opt for :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` to use the " +"operation's time tracker or :guilabel:`Set duration manually` if operators " +"can record and modify time themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Choosing the :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` option enables the " +":guilabel:`Based on last __ work orders` option, which automatically " +"estimates the time to complete this operation based on the last few " +"operations. Choosing :guilabel:`Set duration manually` enables the " +":guilabel:`Default Duration` field instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Duration`: estimated amount of time to complete the " +"operation; used for `planning manufacturing orders " +"`_ and determining `work center" +" availability `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company the |BOM| is available in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Include operation details in the :guilabel:`Work Sheet` tab. Choose " +":guilabel:`PDF` to attach a file or :guilabel:`Google Slide` with *public* " +"access to share a link. Select :guilabel:`Text` to type instructions in the " +":guilabel:`Description` text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Type `/` for a list of formatting options and features, including ChatGPT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show ChatGPT feature to generate instructions for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Fill out the Create Operations pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save \\& Close` to close the pop-up window. To add" +" more operations, click :guilabel:`Save & New` and repeat the same steps " +"above to configure another operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +"After creating an operation, click the :guilabel:`Copy Existing Operations` " +"button to choose an operation to duplicate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show Operation tab, highlighting the \"Copy Existing Operations\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:158 +msgid "Instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To add detailed instructions to operations, the *Quality* app must be " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add specific instructions to an existing operation by clicking the " +"operation's :icon:`fa-list-ul` :guilabel:`(list)` icon in the " +":guilabel:`Instructions` column. The number in the :guilabel:`Instructions` " +"column shows the number of existing detailed instructions there are for the " +"operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the Instructions column, and list icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:172 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Steps` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank " +"quality control point form where the new manufacturing step can be created. " +"Here, give the specific instruction a :guilabel:`Title` and set the " +":guilabel:`Type` to :guilabel:`Instructions`. In the " +":guilabel:`Instructions` tab of the form, write out the directions for the " +"step in the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Further customizations can be made here on this form, beyond ordinary " +"instructions, to also include specific types of quality control points that " +"carry specific (or complex) conditions. For more details about quality " +"control points refer the :doc:`Instruction check " +"<../../quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the page to add a quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:188 +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab contains more |BoM| configurations to " +"customize procurement, calculate costs, and define how components are " +"consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturing Readiness`: choosing :guilabel:`When components for" +" the 1st operation are available` shows the :guilabel:`Component Status` as " +"a **green** :guilabel:`Not Available`, when only the components that are " +"consumed in the first operation are in stock. This indicates that although " +"not all components are available, operators can at least begin with the " +"first operation. Choosing :guilabel:`When all components are available` " +"displays a **red** :guilabel:`Not Available` component status unless all " +"components are in available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Specify which operation consumes each component on the |BoM| in the " +":ref:`Manual Consumption field `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show the *Component Status* field on the manufacturing order dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:210 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Version`: displays the current |BoM| version, visible with the " +"Odoo *PLM* app installed for managing |BoM| changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:212 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Flexible Consumption`: specifies if components used can deviate " +"from the quantity defined on the |BoM|. Choose :guilabel:`Blocked` if " +"operators **must** adhere strictly to the |BoM| quantity. Otherwise, choose " +":guilabel:`Allowed` or :guilabel:`Allowed with Warning`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:215 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Routing`: select the preferred warehouse's manufacturing " +"operation type for products produced in multiple warehouses. If left blank, " +"this warehouse's `Manufacturing` operation type is used by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:218 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: select pre-created :doc:`analytic " +"distribution models " +"<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>` from the list " +"to automatically record the cost of manufacturing products in the chosen " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:221 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manuf Lead Time`: define the number of days needed to complete a " +"|MO| from the date of confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to prepare Manufacturing Order`: number of days needed to " +"replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +":doc:`Analytic distribution " +"<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:228 +msgid "" +":doc:`Lead times " +"<../../inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Miscellaneous* tab of the BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:236 +msgid "Add by-products to BoMs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:238 +msgid "" +"A *by-product* is a residual product that is created during production in " +"addition to the main product of a |BOM|. Unlike the primary product, there " +"can be more than one by-product on a |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To add by-products to a |BOM|, first enable the *By-Products* feature in " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`By-" +"Products` to enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "\"By Products\" feature in the settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, add by-products to a |BOM| by clicking the " +":guilabel:`By-products` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and fill in the " +":guilabel:`By-product`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Unit of " +"Measure`. Optionally, specify a :guilabel:`Produced in Operation` for the " +"by-product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The by-product, `Mush`, is created in the `Grind grapes` operation when " +"producing `Red Wine`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show sample by-product in the BoM." msgstr "" -"기능을 활성화한 후에는 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`로 이동하여 :guilabel:`작업` 탭을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`항목 " -"추가`를 선택하여 부산물을 포함할 수 있습니다. 다음으로 부산물의 이름을 입력하고 :guilabel:`수량` 및 :guilabel:`측정" -" 단위`를 지정합니다. abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`에 구성된 작업이 있는 경우, 부산물이 어떤 작업에서 생산되는지 " -":guilabel:`운영 중 생산` 필드에 정확하게 표시합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" @@ -24537,11 +26613,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." msgstr "품목 페이지의 재고 관리 탭에 있는 제조 경로입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 +msgid "Lot/serial number tracking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The assignment of lots or serial numbers to newly manufactured products is " +"optional. To optionally :doc:`assign lots or serial numbers " +"<../../inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn>` to newly " +"manufactured products, go to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section in the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the :guilabel:`Tracking` field, select " +":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Doing so enables the *Lot/Serial Number* field on a manufacturing order, or " +"the *Register Production* instruction on a work order card in the *Shop " +"Floor* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 +msgid "\"Lot/Serial Number\" field on the MO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 +msgid "**Lot/Serial Number** field on the MO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Register Production** option to generate lot/serial number on a work order" +" card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:54 msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "자재명세서 (BoM) 설정하기" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:56 msgid "" "Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " "manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" @@ -24550,7 +26662,7 @@ msgstr "" "다음으로, Odoo가 품목 제조 방법을 알 수 있도록 품목에 대한 |BOM|을 구성해야 합니다. BOM은 제품을 제조하는 데 필요한 " "부품과 작업의 목록입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " @@ -24566,7 +26678,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." msgstr "품목 페이지의 자재 명세서 스마트 버튼입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 msgid "" "On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." " In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" @@ -24575,7 +26687,7 @@ msgstr "" "|BOM|에서 :guilabel:`품목` 필드에 제품이 자동으로 채워집니다. :guilabel:`수량` 필드에 BoM이 생산하는 단위 " "수를 지정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 msgid "" "Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" " clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " @@ -24591,7 +26703,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "자재명세서의 부품 탭입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:79 msgid "" "Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " "and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " @@ -24606,7 +26718,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`작업장` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 작업이 수행될 작업 센터를 선택합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장 후 닫기`를 " "클릭하여 작업 추가를 완료하거나 :guilabel:`저장 후 새로 만들기`를 클릭하여 더 추가합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:86 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " "setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " @@ -24621,18 +26733,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "자재명세서의 작업 탭입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:96 msgid "" "The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " "allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " "exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " "For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " -"to :ref:`create a bill of materials `." +"to :doc:`create a bill of materials `." msgstr "" -"위의 섹션에서는 Odoo에서 제품을 제조하기 위한 기본적인 |자재명세서| 생성에 대한 지침을 제공합니다. 그러나 |자재명세서|를 구성할 " -"때 모든 옵션에 대한 완전한 개요는 아닙니다. 자재명세서에 대한 자세한 내용은 :ref:`자재명세서 " -"`에 대한 문서를 참조하십시오." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "One-step manufacturing" @@ -24857,6 +26965,9 @@ msgid "" "Orders` pop-up window, with details and processing options for the work " "order." msgstr "" +"|MO|에서 :guilabel:`작업지시서` 탭을 클릭한 다음 처리할 첫 번째 작업지시서 줄에 있는 :guilabel:`↗️ (화살표가 " +"나오는 사각형)` 버튼을 선택합니다. 그러면 작업지시서에 대한 세부 정보 및 처리 항목이 있는 :guilabel:`작업지시서` 팝업 창이" +" 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:120 @@ -24900,6 +27011,8 @@ msgid "" "the pop-up window that appears. Once the step is completed, click " ":guilabel:`Next` to move on to the next step, if any are required." msgstr "" +"작업지시서를 처리하려면 카드에 나열된 각 단계를 완료합니다. 단계를 클릭하면 나타나는 팝업 창에 기재된 안내를 따르면 됩니다. 단계를 " +"완료한 후에는 필요한 경우 :guilabel:`다음` 을 클릭하여 다음 단계로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:117 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:140 @@ -25103,6 +27216,8 @@ msgid "" "the pop-up window that appears. Once the step is completed, click " ":guilabel:`Next` to move on to the next step, if any are required." msgstr "" +"작업지시서를 처리하려면 카드에 나열된 각 단계를 완료합니다. 단계를 클릭하면 나타나는 팝업 창에 기재된 안내를 따르면 됩니다. 단계를 " +"완료한 후에는 필요한 경우 :guilabel:`다음` 을 클릭하여 다음 단계로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:183 msgid "Process finished product transfer" @@ -25735,6 +27850,8 @@ msgid "" "the panel can list multiple employees, only one employee can be active at " "any given time, on a single instance of the *Shop Floor* module." msgstr "" +"직원이 모듈에 로그인하면 로그인한 다른 모든 직원과 함께 운영자 패널에 이름이 표시됩니다. 패널에는 여러 직원이 나타날 수 있으나 *작업" +" 현장* 모듈의 단일 인스턴스에서는 한 번에 한 명의 직원만 활성화할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -25857,6 +27974,2066 @@ msgid "" "of the |MO| itself." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "Subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a " +"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" +" then sold by the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting " +"company and the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide " +"variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in" +" and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the " +"manufacturing themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:19 +msgid "" +"This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, " +"as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with " +"subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they " +"are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized " +"work to subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors " +"to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as " +"profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain " +"arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which " +"projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given " +"time." +msgstr "" +"관계에 있어 다른 측면으로는, 하도급을 통해 하도급업체 측에서는 하도급 계약 범위 밖에서는 수익성이 떨어질 수밖에 없는 틈새 생산 분야를" +" 전문화할 수 있습니다. 또한 특정한 계약에 대해서는 유연하게 프로젝트를 수락 혹은 거절 여부를 선택하거나 주어진 시간 동안 작업할 " +"프로젝트 수를 선택할 수 있습니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a " +"variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what" +" happens to finished products once they are manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " +":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst-1 +msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:62 +msgid "" +"With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in " +"Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:64 +msgid "" +"On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a " +"*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates" +" the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that" +" it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the " +"Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can " +"be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product " +"pages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:72 +msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:75 +msgid "Subcontracting workflows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference " +"between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully " +"responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the " +":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_basic` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " +"sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This " +"workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " +"purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to " +"the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the " +":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary " +"to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to" +" products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:94 +msgid "" +"In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are " +"to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:97 +msgid "" +"In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can " +"either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an " +"end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured" +" to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are " +"outlined in their respective documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:104 +msgid "Subcontracted product valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different " +"variables:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;" +" from here on referred to as `C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them " +"shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor" +" to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred " +"to as `x`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be " +"represented by the following equation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"P = C + M + S + D + x\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:124 +msgid "" +"It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will " +"include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not " +"dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost" +" of dropshipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Basic subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " +"certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " +"purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " +"the product's vendor to delivery the product to the purchasing company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For subcontracted products specifically, delivery lead times can be " +"configured to take into account the amount of time required for the " +"subcontractor to manufacture a product. Doing so allows the contracting " +"company to better predict the delivery dates of subcontracted products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Like all lead times in Odoo, lead times for subcontracted products are only " +"an estimate, and are based on how long actions are *expected* to take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " +"means that lead times should not be viewed as guarantees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`basic subcontracting ` workflow " +"to manufacture a product, a company is not responsible for supplying the " +"subcontractor with the necessary components. This means that the only " +"factors affecting the delivery date of a product are the amount of time it " +"takes the subcontractor to manufacture and deliver it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time that considers " +"both of these factors, the *Expected Arrival* date displayed on purchase " +"orders (POs) for the product more accurately reflects the amount of time " +"required for both manufacturing and delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 +msgid "Product delivery lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " +"subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has been added, enter the number of days it takes " +"them to manufacture and deliver the product, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead" +" Time` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Delivery Lead Time field for a subcontractor, on the Purchase tab of a " +"product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Multiple subcontractors can be added to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a " +"product's page, and a different :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` can be set " +"for each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:57 +msgid "Lead time workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 +msgid "" +"After setting a delivery lead time for a product's vendor, create an |RfQ| " +"by navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase " +"Orders`, and clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Specify the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the " +"product in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and " +"adding a quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once a product has been added, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field on the" +" |RfQ| auto-populates with a date that reflects the vendor's delivery lead " +"time, as specified on the product's page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If the date needs to be adjusted, click on the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` " +"field to open a calendar popover, and select the desired date. Make sure not" +" to choose a date sooner than the one that was auto-populated, unless the " +"subcontractor has confirmed that they are able to deliver the product by " +"that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` on the |RfQ| to turn it into a " +"|PO|. At this point, the subcontractor should begin manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, before delivering it to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Tricycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends requires three days to manufacture a tricycle, plus" +" an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " +"tricycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " +"two days for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:88 +msgid "" +"On May 3rd, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| to purchase one tricycle from Bike " +"Friends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date listed on the |PO| is May 8th, five " +"days after the :guilabel:`Confirmation Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Expected Arrival date on a PO for a subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Bike Friends begins manufacturing the tricycle on May 3rd — the day that the" +" |PO| is confirmed — and finishes on May 6th, three days later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The tricycle is then shipped to Mike's Bikes the same day, and they receive " +"it on May 8th, two days later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " +"certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " +"purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " +"the product's vendor to deliver the product to the purchasing company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Certain subcontracted products require the contracting company to supply the" +" subcontractor with manufacturing components. In this case, a *manufacturing" +" lead time* can be used, in addition to the delivery lead time, to generate " +"the date on which the subcontractor must receive the required components, in" +" order to manufacture the product and deliver it on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In cases where components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, an " +"additional delivery lead time can be set for each component. This should be " +"set to the amount of time it takes the vendor to deliver components to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once a delivery lead time has been set on a component, dropship orders for " +"the component display the date by which the order must be confirmed, so that" +" it can be dropshipped to the subcontractor by the date on which " +"manufacturing must begin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order " +"` route, a company is responsible for purchasing " +"the necessary components from a vendor, and having them dropshipped directly" +" to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 +msgid "" +"This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, it is also necessary " +"to consider how long it takes the component vendor to dropship the " +"components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:48 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a *delivery lead time*, specifying a " +"*manufacturing lead time* on the product's BoM, and assigning the vendor of " +"the components an additional *delivery lead time*, *Dropship Subcontractor* " +"orders for the product's components display the deadline for confirming a " +"dropship order to send the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " +":guilabel:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:61 +msgid "Product manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a BoM" +" from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 +msgid "" +"On the |BoM|, select the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the same number of days that was " +"entered in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` field of the |BoM|'s product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Manuf. Lead Time field on a product's BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 +msgid "" +"While not all of these days are actually used for manufacturing by the " +"subcontractor, setting the same number of days in each field tells Odoo that" +" the subcontractor must receive the components and begin production by the " +"start of the product's delivery lead time. This gives the subcontractor " +"enough time to both manufacture and deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 +msgid "Component delivery lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:92 +msgid "" +"From the product's BoM, navigate to each component by clicking on the " +"component in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and then clicking the " +":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` button to the right of the " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:96 +msgid "" +"On the product page for each component, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab." +" If the vendor has not already been added, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor has been added, enter the number of days it takes them to " +"dropship the product to the subcontractor, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " +"Time` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:104 +msgid "Dropship subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Create a request for quotation (RfQ) for the product by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`, and " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Specify the subcontractor in :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the product" +" in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, " +"selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and specifying a " +"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:113 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" +" time for the component vendor to dropship the components, and the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " +"auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " +"of the product. However, this does not consider the time it takes to " +"dropship the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:121 +msgid "" +"When purchasing a product subcontracted using the *Dropship Subcontractor on" +" Order* route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " +"extra time needed for the components to be delivered to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Since production does not begin until they receive the components, leaving " +"the date as is results in the finished product arriving *after* the date " +"listed on the |RfQ|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " +"so creates a second |RfQ| to purchase the components from the dropshipper, " +"and have them sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for " +"Quotation`, and select the |RfQ| that lists the dropshipper in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 +msgid "" +"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field lists the date on which" +" the subcontractor must receive the components, in order to deliver the " +"finished product by the *Expected Arrival* date listed on the subcontractor " +"|PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Order Deadline` field lists the latest date on which the " +"|RfQ| can be confirmed, in order for the dropshipper to deliver the " +"components to the subcontractor by the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|, and confirm " +"the purchase of the components from the dropshipper. Doing so causes a " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to appear at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to open the dropship order. This" +" order can also be accessed from the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button that " +"now appears on the subcontractor |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:149 +msgid "" +"After the dropshipper has delivered the components to the subcontractor, " +"click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the dropship order to " +"confirm that the subcontractor has received the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor receives the components, they begin manufacturing the" +" component, before delivering it to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Bicycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes must purchase the required components from vendor Bike World, " +"and have them dropshipped to Bike Friends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:164 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each bicycle, plus " +"an addition two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:167 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for bicycle" +" manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus two days " +"for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:170 +msgid "" +"On the bicycle's BoM, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days as " +"well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered to " +"the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:173 +msgid "" +"On the product pages for each of the bicycle's components, they assign Bike " +"World a delivery lead time of two days. This is the amount of time it takes " +"Bike World to dropship each component directly to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:177 +msgid "" +"On May 10th, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| for one bicycle, with an expected " +"delivery date of May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:180 +msgid "" +"The |RfQ| for purchasing the components from Bike World and having them " +"dropshipped to Bike Friends has an Expected Arrival date of May 12th, and a " +"Deadline of May 10th. The |RfQ| must be confirmed by the deadline in order " +"for Bike Friends to receive the components by the Expected Arrival date, " +"giving them enough time to deliver the finished bicycle to Mike's Bikes by " +"May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Order Deadline and Expected Arrival dates on a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes confirms the |RfQ| on May 10th, and Bike World delivers the " +"components to Bike Friends on May 12th. Bike Friends manufactures the " +"bicycle, and delivers it to Mike's Bikes on May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " +"means that lead times should **not** be viewed as guarantees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order " +"` route, a company is responsible for supplying the" +" subcontractor with the necessary components. As a result, the subcontractor" +" cannot begin manufacturing until the components have been received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, the date they receive " +"the components must also be considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:39 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time, and specifying " +"a manufacturing lead time on the product's bill of materials (BoM), " +"*Resupply Subcontractor* orders for the product's components display the " +"deadline by which the subcontractor must receive the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " +"subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a " +"|BoM| from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:80 +msgid "Resupply subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" +" time for the subcontractor to receive the components, manufacture the " +"product, and deliver it back to the subcontracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " +"auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " +"of the product. However, this does **not** consider the time it takes to " +"ship the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:98 +msgid "" +"When purchasing a product subcontracted using the Resupply Subcontractor on " +"Order route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " +"extra time needed for the components to be shipped to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " +"so causes a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to appear at the top of the " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to open the resupply " +"subcontractor order, which is the order created to send components to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Deadline` field on the resupply subcontractor order shows the" +" deadline for the subcontractor to receive the components, in order for them" +" to have enough time to manufacture and deliver the finished product by the " +"Expected Arrival date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field should display the latest date on which" +" components can be shipped, while still arriving to the subcontractor by the" +" :guilabel:`Deadline`. However, by default, the date displayed is the same " +"as the date in the :guilabel:`Deadline` field, and must be updated to take " +"into account the time required for shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field to open a calendar popover " +"from which a date can be selected. Select a date that allows for the " +"components to be delivered by the :guilabel:`Deadline` on the resupply " +"subcontractor order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:124 +msgid "" +"After the components are shipped, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at " +"the top of the order to confirm they have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Unicycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes must supply Bike Friends with the necessary components for " +"manufacturing the unicycles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:137 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each unicycle, plus" +" an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:140 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " +"unicycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " +"two days for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:143 +msgid "" +"On the unicycle's |BoM|, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days, " +"as well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered " +"to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 +msgid "" +"They confirm a |PO| for one unicycle, with an expected arrival date of May " +"30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The resupply subcontractor order for shipping the components to the " +"subcontractor shows a *Deadline* of May 25th. The subcontractor must receive" +" the components by this date, in order to have enough time to manufacture " +"the unicycle, and deliver it by May 30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:152 +msgid "" +"It takes Mike's Bikes two days to deliver the components, so they update the" +" *Scheduled Date* field on the resupply subcontractor order to May 23rd, two" +" days before the Deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Scheduled Date and Deadline fields on a resupply subcontractor order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes ships the components to Bike Friends on the scheduled date of " +"May 23rd, and they arrive on the deadline of May 25th. This gives Bike " +"Friends enough time to manufacture the unicycle, and ship it back to Mike's " +"Bikes by the expected arrival date of May 30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:3 +msgid "Basic subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a " +"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" +" then sold by the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the " +"necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to " +"worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic " +"subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-" +"subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that " +"subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted " +"products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be " +"manufactured by them." +msgstr "" +"기본 하도급 (하청)을 통해 제조된 제품을 구매하는 워크플로우는 하청 없이 공급업체 제품을 구매할 때 적용되는 워크플로우와 유사합니다. " +"가장 큰 차이점은 하청 제품이 구성되는 방식 및 하청 제품이 먼저 공급업체에서 제조되어야 하기 때문에 업체로부터 배송되는 데 시간이 더 " +"오래 걸린다는 점입니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " +":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary" +" to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53 +msgid "Configure product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the " +"product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, " +"selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and " +"entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`" +" field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished " +"product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " +"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" +"완제품이 계약한 업체로 다시 배송되는 경우 :guilabel:`매입` 경로가 선택되어 있는지 확인합니다. 또한 |SO|를 충족할 만큼 " +"보유 재고가 충분하지 않은 경우 판매주문서 (SO)가 확인되면 해당 제품에 대해 자동으로 |PO| 를 생성하도록 :guilabel:`주문" +" 시 보충 (MTO)` 경로를 선택합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " +"subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83 +msgid "Configure BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " +"--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials " +"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` " +"option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the " +":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using" +" subcontracting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when " +"calculating the product's expected arrival date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:81 +msgid "" +"When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for " +"manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:86 +msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:88 +msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " +"|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a receipt order or a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, " +"**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" +" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " +"product is shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted " +"product is being purchased from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " +"with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer," +" or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process " +"starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169 +msgid "Create SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171 +msgid "" +"It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased" +" from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being " +"purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " +"Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a " +"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a" +" quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens" +" the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:128 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough " +"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates" +" a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193 +msgid "" +"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " +"end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is " +"enough stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197 +msgid "Process PO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:140 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to " +":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the " +"|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to " +"the next step." +msgstr "" +"이전 단계에서 |PO|를 생성한 경우에는 |SO| 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`매입` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하거나 " +":guilabel:`매입 앱 --> 주문서 --> 매입발주서` 로 이동하여 |PO|를 선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`주문서 " +"확인` 을 클릭하여 확인한 후 다음 단계로 이동합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a " +"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the " +"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`공급업체` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 하도급 업체를 선택하는 것으로 |PO| 작성을 시작합니다. :guilabel:`품목` " +"탭에서 :guilabel:`품목 추가` 를 클릭하여 새 제품을 입력할 줄을 생성합니다. :guilabel:`품목` 에서 하도급 제품을 " +"선택하고 :guilabel:`수량` 에 갯수를 입력합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`주문 확인` 을 클릭하여 |PO|를 확인합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:153 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic " +"subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and " +"can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 +msgid "" +"A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " +"top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 +msgid "" +"PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " +"top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242 +msgid "Process receipt or dropship order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " +"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " +"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251 +msgid "" +"If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, " +"once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " +"Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the" +" :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the " +"receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter" +" the product into inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260 +msgid "Process dropship order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262 +msgid "" +"If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select" +" the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open " +"the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order " +"to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270 +msgid "Process delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " +"finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " +"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" +" the customer, and process the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " +"the product has been shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship to subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the" +" necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have " +"them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order " +"(PO) for that product is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " +"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and " +"*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve " +"dropshipping, they are used for different purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have " +"them shipped directly to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components " +"from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By " +"default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the " +"contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33 +msgid "" +"However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship " +"Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In " +"this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then " +"ships the finished product directly to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37 +msgid "" +"This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the " +":ref:`workflow section ` of" +" this doc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " +"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " +"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the " +"components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as " +"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in " +"the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the " +":guilabel:`Price` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that " +"determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been " +"manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock " +"on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" +"완제품이 계약한 업체로 다시 배송되는 경우 :guilabel:`매입` 경로가 선택되어 있는지 확인합니다. 또한 |SO|를 충족할 만큼 " +"보유 재고가 충분하지 않은 경우 |SO|가 확인되면 해당 제품에 대해 자동으로 |PO| 를 생성하도록 :guilabel:`주문 시 보충 " +"(MTO)` 경로를 선택합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " +"subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73 +msgid "Configure bill of materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click " +"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " +"select the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and" +" specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97 +msgid "Configure Components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " +"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " +"arrow)` button to the right of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106 +msgid "" +"On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add " +"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in " +"the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the" +" subcontractor, once they are purchased." +msgstr "" +"구성품 양식에 있는 :guilabel:`매입` 탭을 선택한 후 공급업체를 추가하려면 :guilabel:`줄 추가` 를 클릭한 후 " +":guilabel:`공급업체` 에서 업체를 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`가격` 에 품목의 판매가를 추가합니다. 이 업체는 구성품을 " +"매입한 후 하도급업체에 부품을 보내는 공급업체입니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the " +":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119 +msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " +"*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the" +" vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so " +"creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the " +"components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" +" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" +" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " +"product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " +"with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, " +"or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts " +"with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148 +msgid "Create an SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the " +"product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is " +"the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted " +"product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the " +"*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** " +"there is no stock of the product on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead " +"create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172 +msgid "" +"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " +"end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, " +"even if there is stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176 +msgid "Process subcontractor PO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178 +msgid "" +"If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`," +" and clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a" +" new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* " +"|PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components" +" to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, " +"and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" +"button at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from " +"the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** " +"automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship " +"Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* " +"|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205 +msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. " +"Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` " +"field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after " +"confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." +msgstr "" +"|RfQ|에 액세스하려면 *하도급 업체* |PO|를 확인하여 생성한 후 :menuselection:`매입 앱 --> 주문서 --> 견적 " +"요청` 으로 이동합니다. :guilabel:`공급업체` 에 공급업체가 알맞게 기재된 |RfQ|를 선택한 후 :guilabel:`원본 " +"문서` 필드에 있는 *하도급 업체* |PO|를 확인한 후 생성된 영수증의 참조 번호를 입력합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212 +msgid "" +"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship " +"Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of" +" the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and " +"confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, " +"and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the " +"*subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" +"Dropship smart button at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227 +msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" +" *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, " +"respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the " +":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the " +"subcontractor has received the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" +" *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the " +"product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of" +" the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the" +" *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the " +":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship " +"order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the " +"product to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product " +"has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" +"고객에게 품목 배송이 완료되면 :menuselection:`판매` 앱으로 이동하여 |SO|를 선택합니다. 페이지 상단에 있는 " +":guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼을 선택하여 배송 주문서를 열고, :guilabel:`승인` 을 클릭하여 고객에게 품목이 " +"배송되었다는 것을 확인합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the " +"necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each " +"time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " +"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping" +" it to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply " +"Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24 +msgid "" +"While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components " +"required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are " +"sourced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from " +"the warehouse of the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from " +"a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of " +"the subcontracting company and their subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36 +msgid "" +"See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of " +"the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " +"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " +"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of " +"materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`" +" tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the " +"subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68 +msgid "" +"This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other " +"elements, like the cost of the product's components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " +"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" +"완제품이 계약한 업체로 다시 배송되는 경우 :guilabel:`매입` 경로가 선택되어 있는지 확인합니다. 또한 |SO|를 충족할 만큼 " +"보유 재고가 충분하지 않은 경우 판매주문서 (SO)가 확인되면 해당 제품에 대해 자동으로 |PO| 를 생성하도록 :guilabel:`주문" +" 시 보충 (MTO)` 경로를 선택합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click " +"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " +"select the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107 +msgid "Configure components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " +"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " +"arrow)` button to the right of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116 +msgid "" +"On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and " +"select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the " +":guilabel:`Routes` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122 +msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to " +"purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a" +" dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the " +"subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" +" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149 +msgid "" +"While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to " +"automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is " +"also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful " +"when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply " +"Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking" +" :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom " +"the components should be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` " +"drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the " +"components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` " +"to confirm that the order has been sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough " +"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead" +" creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase " +"app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a " +"subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically " +"created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the " +"required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed " +"from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top " +"of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 +msgid "" +"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n" +"buttons at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 +msgid "" +"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and " +"Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227 +msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the " +"subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " +"Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open" +" the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` " +"card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " +"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " +"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " +"finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " +"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" +" the customer, and process the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " +"the product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" +"고객에게 품목 배송이 완료되면 :menuselection:`판매` 앱으로 이동하여 |SO|를 선택합니다. 페이지 상단에 있는 " +":guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼을 선택하여 배송 주문서를 열고, 주문서에서 :guilabel:`승인` 을 클릭하여 고객에게 품목이" +" 배송되었다는 것을 확인합니다." + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows.rst:5 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "워크플로우" @@ -26038,6 +30215,9 @@ msgid "" "window, click the :guilabel:`Open Shop Floor` button to open the *Shop " "Floor* module." msgstr "" +"|MO|에서 :guilabel:`작업지시서` 탭을 선택한 후 처리할 작업지시서 라인에서 :guilabel:`작업지시서 열기 (외부 링크 " +"아이콘)` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 결과 :guilabel:`작업지시서` 팝업 창에서 :guilabel:`작업 현장 열기` 버튼을 클릭하여 " +"*작업 현장* 모듈을 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:80 @@ -26089,6 +30269,9 @@ msgid "" "disappears completely, a new work order card appears, titled with the " "original |MO|'s reference number with a `-002` tag added to the end of it." msgstr "" +"그 다음, 작업지시서 카드의 오른쪽 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`완료로 표시` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 작업지시서 카드가 서서히 " +"사라집니다. 완전히 사라지면 원본 |MO|의 참조 번호가 제목으로 되어 있고 끝에 '-002' 태그가 추가된 새 작업지시서 카드가 " +"나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -26171,6 +30354,15 @@ msgid "" "only after closing the associated |MO|." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " +"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." +msgstr "" +"폐기 주문은 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 작업 --> 폐기`로 이동합니다. 표시되는 각 폐기 주문에는 생성 날짜 및 " +"시간과 같은 세부 정보와 함께 폐기된 제품 및 수량에 대한 정보가 포함됩니다." + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29 msgid "" "To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " @@ -26245,6 +30437,9 @@ msgid "" " navigation, and click the :guilabel:`⋮ (three vertical dots)` button on a " "work order card." msgstr "" +"*작업 현장* 모듈에서 구성 요소를 폐기하려면 먼저 :guilabel:`작업 현장` 으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 |MO|에서 " +":guilabel:`⋮ (세 개의 수직 점)` 버튼을 클릭하거나 |MO| 카드를 클릭하거나, 상단 탐색창에서 작업장을 선택한 후 " +"작업지시서 카드에서 :guilabel:`⋮ (세로 점 3개)` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -26284,6 +30479,11 @@ msgid "" "enabled, since components are not picked as part of the :doc:`one-step " "<../basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing>` manufacturing process." msgstr "" +"폐기 주문을 확인하여 폐기된 구성품을 대체하기 위해 피킹 주문서를 생성해야 하는 경우에는 :guilabel:`폐기 수량 보충` 확인란을 " +"활성화합니다. :doc:`1단계 <../basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing>` 제조 공정에서는 부품이 선택되지" +" 않기 때문에 이 항목은 :doc:`2단계 <../basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing>` 또는 " +":doc:`3단계 <../basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing>` 제조가 활성화된 창고에서만 사용해야 " +"합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Scrap pop-up window." @@ -26465,1358 +30665,6 @@ msgstr "" "제조 주문 *WH/MO/00009*와 *WH/MO/00010*이 병합되어 *WH/MO/00011*이 생성됩니다. WH/MO/00011*의" " :guilabel:`원본` 필드에는 *WH/MO/00009*와 *WH/MO/00010*가 모두 나열됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontracting overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:7 -msgid "" -"In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a " -"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" -" then sold by the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting " -"company and the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:13 -msgid "" -"For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide " -"variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in" -" and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the " -"manufacturing themselves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:17 -msgid "" -"This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, " -"as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with " -"subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they " -"are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized " -"work to subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:22 -msgid "" -"On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors " -"to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as " -"profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain " -"arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which " -"projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given " -"time." -msgstr "" -"관계에 있어 다른 측면으로는, 하도급을 통해 하도급업체 측에서는 하도급 계약 범위 밖에서는 수익성이 떨어질 수밖에 없는 틈새 생산 분야를" -" 전문화할 수 있습니다. 또한 특정한 계약에 대해서는 유연하게 프로젝트를 수락 혹은 거절 여부를 선택하거나 주어진 시간 동안 작업할 " -"프로젝트 수를 선택할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a " -"variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what" -" happens to finished products once they are manufactured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " -"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " -":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " -"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst-1 -msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:42 -msgid "" -"With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in " -"Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a " -"*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates" -" the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that" -" it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the " -"Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can " -"be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product " -"pages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:51 -msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:52 -msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:55 -msgid "Subcontracting workflows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:57 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference " -"between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully " -"responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the " -":doc:`subcontracting_basic` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " -"sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This " -"workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting_resupply` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " -"purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to " -"the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the " -":doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:69 -msgid "" -"In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary " -"to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to" -" products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are " -"to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can " -"either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an " -"end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured" -" to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are " -"outlined in their respective documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:83 -msgid "Subcontracted product valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different " -"variables:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;" -" from here on referred to as `C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "" -"The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them " -"shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:93 -msgid "" -"The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor" -" to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred " -"to as `x`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be " -"represented by the following equation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:100 -msgid "" -"P = C + M + S + D + x\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:103 -msgid "" -"It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will " -"include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not " -"dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost" -" of dropshipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:3 -msgid "Basic subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a " -"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" -" then sold by the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the " -"necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to " -"worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic " -"subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-" -"subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that " -"subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted " -"products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be " -"manufactured by them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" -" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " -":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " -"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary" -" to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53 -msgid "Configure product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " -"product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the " -"product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, " -"selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and " -"entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`" -" field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished " -"product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " -"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " -"subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83 -msgid "Configure BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " -"Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " -"--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92 -msgid "" -"For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials " -"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` " -"option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the " -":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using" -" subcontracting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " -":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the " -"subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when " -"calculating the product's expected arrival date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:81 -msgid "" -"When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the " -":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for " -"manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:86 -msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:88 -msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " -"|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a receipt order or a dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, " -"**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" -" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " -"product is shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138 -msgid "" -"The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted " -"product is being purchased from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " -"with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer," -" or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process " -"starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into " -"inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169 -msgid "Create SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:112 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171 -msgid "" -"It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased" -" from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being " -"purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next " -"step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175 -msgid "" -"To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " -"Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178 -msgid "" -"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a " -"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a" -" quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:123 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens" -" the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:128 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough " -"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates" -" a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:134 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193 -msgid "" -"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " -"end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is " -"enough stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197 -msgid "Process PO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:140 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to " -":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the " -"|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to " -"the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:145 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking " -":guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:148 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a " -"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the " -"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:153 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic " -"subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and " -"can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 -msgid "" -"A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " -"top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 -msgid "" -"PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " -"top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:164 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242 -msgid "Process receipt or dropship order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " -"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " -"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 -msgid "Process receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:173 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251 -msgid "" -"If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, " -"once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " -"Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:177 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the" -" :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the " -"receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter" -" the product into inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260 -msgid "Process dropship order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:184 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262 -msgid "" -"If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select" -" the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:187 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open " -"the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order " -"to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270 -msgid "Process delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " -"finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " -"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" -" the customer, and process the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:198 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " -"the product has been shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3 -msgid "Dropship to subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the" -" necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have " -"them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order " -"(PO) for that product is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " -"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23 -msgid "" -"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and " -"*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve " -"dropshipping, they are used for different purposes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have " -"them shipped directly to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components " -"from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By " -"default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the " -"contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33 -msgid "" -"However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship " -"Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In " -"this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then " -"ships the finished product directly to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37 -msgid "" -"This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the " -":ref:`workflow section ` of" -" this doc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " -"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " -":guilabel:`Operations` heading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " -"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the " -"components listed on the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " -"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as " -"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in " -"the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the " -":guilabel:`Price` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that " -"determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been " -"manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock " -"on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " -"subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73 -msgid "Configure bill of materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click " -"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " -"select the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the " -":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a " -"line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and" -" specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97 -msgid "Configure Components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99 -msgid "" -"To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " -"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " -"arrow)` button to the right of the name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " -"component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106 -msgid "" -"On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add " -"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in " -"the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the" -" subcontractor, once they are purchased." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the " -":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " -"section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119 -msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121 -msgid "" -"The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " -"*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the" -" vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so " -"creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the " -"components to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" -" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" -" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " -"product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " -"with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, " -"or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts " -"with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148 -msgid "Create an SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the " -"product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in " -"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is " -"the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted " -"product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the " -"*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** " -"there is no stock of the product on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169 -msgid "" -"If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead " -"create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172 -msgid "" -"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " -"end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, " -"even if there is stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176 -msgid "Process subcontractor PO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by" -" navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`," -" and clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a" -" new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the " -":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* " -"|PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components" -" to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, " -"and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" -"button at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198 -msgid "" -"In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from " -"the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** " -"automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201 -msgid "" -"Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship " -"Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* " -"|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205 -msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207 -msgid "" -"To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. " -"Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` " -"field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after " -"confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212 -msgid "" -"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship " -"Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of" -" the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and " -"confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, " -"and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the " -"*subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" -"Dropship smart button at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227 -msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229 -msgid "" -"Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" -" *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, " -"respectively." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the " -":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the " -"subcontractor has received the components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" -" *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the " -"product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of" -" the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into " -"inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the" -" *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the " -"receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the " -":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship " -"order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the " -"product to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product " -"has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3 -msgid "Resupply subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the " -"necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each " -"time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " -"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping" -" it to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21 -msgid "" -"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply " -"Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24 -msgid "" -"While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components " -"required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are " -"sourced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from " -"the warehouse of the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from " -"a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of " -"the subcontracting company and their subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36 -msgid "" -"See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of " -"the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " -"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " -":guilabel:`Operations` heading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " -"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of " -"materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " -"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`" -" tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the " -"subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68 -msgid "" -"This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other " -"elements, like the cost of the product's components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " -"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click " -"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " -"select the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107 -msgid "Configure components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109 -msgid "" -"To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " -"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " -"arrow)` button to the right of the name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116 -msgid "" -"On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and " -"select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the " -":guilabel:`Routes` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122 -msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124 -msgid "" -"The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to " -"purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a" -" dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the " -"subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" -" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149 -msgid "" -"While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to " -"automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is " -"also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful " -"when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154 -msgid "" -"To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply " -"Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking" -" :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom " -"the components should be sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking " -":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` " -"drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the " -"components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` " -"to confirm that the order has been sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough " -"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190 -msgid "" -"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead" -" creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase " -"app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a " -"subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically " -"created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214 -msgid "" -"In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the " -"required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed " -"from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top " -"of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 -msgid "" -"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n" -"buttons at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 -msgid "" -"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and " -"Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227 -msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the " -"subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " -"Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open" -" the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to " -"confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the " -":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` " -"card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " -"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " -"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " -"finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " -"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" -" the customer, and process the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " -"the product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:3 msgid "Unbuild orders" msgstr "" @@ -27857,6 +30705,9 @@ msgid "" "|BoM| should be used, click on the :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field, and " "select it from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"빌드를 해제할 :guilabel:`품목` 를 선택하여 새로운 빌드 해제 주문서를 작성하는 것부터 시작합니다. 그렇게 하면 " +":guilabel:`자재명세서` 필드에 해당 자재명세서 (BOM: Bill of Material)가 자동으로 입력됩니다. 다른 " +"|BoM|를 사용하려면 :guilabel:`자재명세서` 필드를 클릭한 후 드롭다운 메뉴에서 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -28690,11 +31541,9 @@ msgstr "엔지니어링 변경 주문" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:12 msgid "" "Utilize *engineering change orders* (*ECOs*) to track, implement, and revert" -" change versions made to products, and :ref:`bills of materials " -"`." +" change versions made to products, and :doc:`bills of materials " +"<../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" -"설계 변경 주문*(*ECO*)을 사용하여 제품 및 :ref:`자재명세서 `에 대한 변경 사항을 모니터링, 시행 및 되돌리세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:15 msgid "Engineering change orders can be created:" @@ -30397,6 +33246,354 @@ msgid "" "export it as an Excel file." msgstr "피벗 테이블의 데이터를 스프레드시트 앱에 직접 삽입하거나 Excel 파일로 내보낼 수 있습니다." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:3 +msgid "Procurement expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:12 +msgid "" +"With the *Purchase* application, users can monitor procurement expenses over" +" time. This report helps companies track and analyze spending, identify " +"cost-saving opportunities, and ensure efficient budget management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:17 +msgid "Create procurement expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To create a |per|, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " +"Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:22 +msgid "" +"By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` (POs) with a " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of Requests for " +"Quotation (RFQs) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent*, or *Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:25 +msgid "Add filters and groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the top-right, click the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot)` icon " +"to switch to pivot view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:32 +msgid "" +"While the |per| can also be :ref:`viewed ` as a " +":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " +":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`, " +"the pivot view provides the most detailed view of the data, and is the " +"recommended starting point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Remove any default filters from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. Then, click " +"the |caret| to open the drop-down menu that contains the " +":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and :guilabel:`Favorites` " +"columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Unless otherwise specified, the report displays data from both |RFQs| and " +"|POs|. This can be changed by selecting either :guilabel:`Requests for " +"Quotation` or :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a time frame to use for " +"comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " +"|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " +"Then, select :guilabel:`Product Category`, which is also located in the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The selections under the :guilabel:`Group By` heading can be altered, " +"depending on the needs of the individual company. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Product`, instead of :guilabel:`Product Category`, provides a " +"more in depth look at the performance of specific items, in place of an " +"entire category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading that " +"appears. These options are only available after the date range is selected " +"under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " +":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " +"as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " +"time period from the previous year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:60 +msgid "" +"While multiple time-based filters can be added at once, only one comparison " +"can be selected at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the procurement expenses\n" +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The filter for Q2, comparison for **Previous Period**, and group-by for " +"**Vendor** and **Product Category** were selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:68 +msgid "Add measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:70 +msgid "" +"After selecting the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group by`, and " +":guilabel:`Comparison` settings, click out of the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:82 +msgid "" +"By default, the report displays data with the following measures: " +":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " +":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " +"drop-down list of available measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click the following specific measures to include additional columns for the " +"procurement expenses report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total` and :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`: can include one or both " +"measures. These are included for overall spending analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:91 +msgid ":guilabel:`Average Cost`: included to evaluate cost efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to Confirm` and :guilabel:`Days to Receive`: used to assess " +"supplier performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Qty Ordered` and :guilabel:`Qty Received`: used to understand " +"order efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Qty Billed` and :guilabel:`Qty to be Billed`: used to track order" +" accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Additional measures can be included in the report, if desired, to provide " +"additional insights. For example, :guilabel:`Gross Weight` and " +":guilabel:`Volume` may be included for further logistics and management " +"analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:101 +msgid "" +"After selecting all necessary measures, click out of the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:85 +msgid "View results" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:108 +msgid "" +"After all of the filters and measures have been selected, the report " +"generates in the selected view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst-1 +msgid "A sample version of the procurement expenses report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " +"editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is **only** available if the " +"*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The |per| is also available in graph view. Click the :icon:`fa-area-chart` " +":guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view. Click the " +"corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a :icon:`fa-bar-" +"chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` :guilabel:`(line " +"chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:107 +msgid "To save this report as a *favorite*, see :ref:`search/favorites`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor costs report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With the *Purchase* application, users can track the fluctuation of vendor " +"costs over time. This allows users to identify the most expensive vendors, " +"and track seasonal changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:14 +msgid "Create vendor costs reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To create a vendor costs report, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase " +"app --> Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` " +"dashboard. By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of POs (Purchase Orders) with a " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of RFQs (Requests " +"for Quotation) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent, or *Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a date range to use for " +"comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " +"|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " +"Then, select :guilabel:`Product`, which is also located in the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Product` is **not** required for this report. However, " +"it is recommended, as it provides additional insight into the performance of" +" individual vendors. Additional selections can be made under the " +":guilabel:`Group by` heading as well, including :guilabel:`Product " +"Category`, :guilabel:`Status`, and :guilabel:`Purchase Representative`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To ensure the report is generated correctly, make sure that " +":guilabel:`Vendor` is the **first** selection made under the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading. These " +"options are only available after the date range is selected under the " +":guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " +":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " +"as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " +"time period from the previous year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the " +"vendor costs report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"By default, the report displays with the following measures: " +":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " +":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " +"drop-down list of available measures. Click :guilabel:`Average Cost` to add " +"it to the report. Select any additional measures to add to the report, or " +"click on any of the already selected measures to remove them, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:80 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to run the report with at least :guilabel:`Average Cost`, " +":guilabel:`Total`, or :guilabel:`Untaxed Total` selected from the " +":guilabel:`Measures` list. Additional measures, such as :guilabel:`Days to " +"Receive`, can be added to provide additional insights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:87 +msgid "" +"After all of the :ref:`filters and measures have been selected " +"`, the report generates in the pivot " +"view. Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " +"editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is only available if the " +"*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A sample of a vendor costs report with the measures set as total and average" +" costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The vendor costs report is also available in *graph* view. Click the " +":icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view." +" Click the corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a " +":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " +":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5 msgid "Manage deals" msgstr "거래 관리" @@ -30958,6 +34155,9 @@ msgid "" " the checkbox checked. Once finished, click :guilabel:`Create Alternative`. " "This opens a new |RfQ| form." msgstr "" +"이 옆에는 :guilabel:`품목 복사` 확인란이 기본적으로 선택되어 있습니다. 확인란을 선택하면 원본 |RfQ|의 품목 수량이 " +"대체용으로 복사됩니다. 첫 번째 대체 견적서의 경우 확인란을 선택한 상태로 둡니다. 완료되면 :guilabel:`대안 만들기` 를 " +"클릭합니다. 그러면 새로운 |RfQ| 양식이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -31436,6 +34636,9 @@ msgid "" "created until at least some of the products included in a |PO| have been " "received." msgstr "" +"*3단계 매칭* 이 활성화되면 공급업체 청구서에 :guilabel:`결제해야 함` 필드가 :guilabel:`기타 정보` 탭 아래에 " +"표시됩니다. 새 공급업체 청구서가 생성되면 이 필드는 :guilabel:`예` 로 설정되는데, 이는 |PO|에 있는 최소 품목을 수령할 " +"때까지는 청구서를 생성할 수 없기 때문입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -31494,6 +34697,8 @@ msgid "" "the discrepancy, but does not block the changes or display an error message," " since there might be a valid reason for making changes to the draft bill." msgstr "" +"청구서 초안 내용이 변경되면 :guilabel:`결제해야 함` 상태가 :guilabel:`예외` 로 설정됩니다. 즉, Odoo가 불일치 " +"내용을 인식하나 청구서 초안을 변경하는 이유가 있을 수 있으므로 변경하지 못하게 금지하거나 오류 메시지를 표시하지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -31701,13 +34906,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51 msgid "" "To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> " -"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, check" -" the box next to :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and " -"bills`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, tick " +"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`3-way matching`, and click :guilabel:`Save` " +"to save changes." msgstr "" -"이 기능을 활성화하려면 :menuselection:`구매 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`청구서` " -"섹션으로 스크롤한 다음 :guilabel:`3단계 매칭: 매입, 입고 및 청구` 옆의 확인란을 선택합니다. 변경 사항을 적용하려면 " -":guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -31717,15 +34919,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`3단계 매칭`은 :guilabel:`청구서 관리` 정책이 :guilabel:`입고 수량`으로 설정된 **경우에만** " "작동하도록 되어 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 -msgid "Activated three-way matching feature in purchase settings." -msgstr "구매 설정에서 3단계 매칭 기능을 활성화합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:60 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts" msgstr "입고 내역에 대한 공급업체 청구서 생성 및 관리" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:62 msgid "" "When products are received into a company's warehouse, receipts are created." " Once the company processes the received quantities, they can choose to " @@ -31736,11 +34934,11 @@ msgstr "" "회사 창고에 제품이 도착하면 입고가 생성됩니다. 입고된 수량을 처리한 후에는 창고 입고 양식에서 바로 공급업체 청구서를 생성하도록 선택할" " 수 있습니다. 설정에서 선택한 청구서 관리 정책에 따라 공급업체 청구서는 조달 프로세스의 여러 단계에서 생성됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:68 msgid "With the bill control policy set to ordered quantities" msgstr "청구서 관리 정책이 주문 수량을 기준으로 설정된 경우" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:70 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *ordered quantities*" " bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " @@ -31752,7 +34950,7 @@ msgstr "" " 설정`으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`청구서` 섹션의 :guilabel:`청구서 관리` 아래에서 :guilabel:`주문 수량`을" " 선택합니다. 변경 사항을 적용하려면 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:75 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new request for quotation (RFQ). Doing so reveals a blank " @@ -31761,8 +34959,8 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`구매` 앱으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`생성`을 선택하면 빈 :abbr:`RFQ (견적요청서)` 세부 " "정보 양식이 열리고 새 견적요청서 (RFQ)를 작성할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 msgid "" "On the blank detail form, add a vendor to the :abbr:`RFQ (request for " "quotation)` in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the " @@ -31771,8 +34969,8 @@ msgstr "" "빈 세부 정보 양식의 :guilabel:`공급업체` 필드에 있는 :abbr:`RFQ (견적요청서)`에 공급업체를 지정합니다.  " ":guilabel:`항목 추가`를 선택하여 원하는 제품을 :guilabel:`품목`에 추가합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 msgid "" "Then, confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` button above the detail form. Doing so turns the " @@ -31781,19 +34979,19 @@ msgstr "" "그런 다음 세부 양식 위에 있는 :guilabel:`주문 확인` 버튼을 클릭하여 :abbr:`견적요청서 (RFQ)`을 확인합니다. 이렇게" " 하면 :abbr:`RFQ (견적요청서)`가 발주서로 전환됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a vendor bill for " "the purchase order." msgstr "구매 주문에 대한 공급업체 청구서를 생성하려면 :guilabel:`청구서 생성` 버튼을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:88 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button reveals the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill` page for the purchase order." msgstr ":guilabel:`청구서 생성` 옵션을 선택하면 구매 주문과 연결된 :guilabel:`청구서 초안` 페이지가 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:91 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button to modify " "the bill, and add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field. If needed," @@ -31804,13 +35002,13 @@ msgstr "" "청구서 날짜를 추가합니다. 지정된 :guilabel:`청구서 날짜` 필드에 청구서 날짜를 입력합니다. 추가 :guilabel:`품목`이 " "필요한 경우 :guilabel:`청구서 항목` 탭에서 :guilabel:`항목 추가`를 선택하여 해당 품목을 포함시킵니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 msgid "" "Next, confirm the bill by clicking the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill` page." msgstr "그런 다음 :guilabel:`확인` 버튼을 선택하여 청구서를 확인합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *ordered quantities*, the draft bill" " can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been " @@ -31818,8 +35016,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "청구서 관리 정책은 *주문 수량*으로 설정되어 있으므로 제품이 입고되기 전이라도 청구서 초안을 작성하는 즉시 확인할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:175 msgid "" "On the new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` number," " which can be used to match the bill with additional documents (such as the " @@ -31834,7 +35032,7 @@ msgstr "" "클릭합니다. 표시되는 팝업창에서 결제 :guilabel:`전표`와 :guilabel:`결제 방법`을 선택한 다음, 드롭다운 메뉴에서 " ":guilabel:`수취인 은행 계좌`를 선택할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:108 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " @@ -31850,7 +35048,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Vendor bill form for ordered quantities control policy." msgstr "주문 수량 관리 정책에 대한 공급업체 청구서 양식입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:118 msgid "" "Each vendor bill provides the option to either :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " "or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note`. A *credit note* is typically issued when a " @@ -31862,11 +35060,11 @@ msgstr "" "*대변전표*는 거래처 또는 공급업체가 처음 판매한 고객으로부터 일정 수량의 제품을 돌려받을 때 발행됩니다. 반대로 *차변전표*는 " "고객/구매자가 거래처 또는 공급업체에 반품한 상품에 사용됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:124 msgid "With the bill control policy set to received quantities" msgstr "청구서 관리 정책이 입고된 수량을 기준으로 설정된 경우" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:127 msgid "" "If the creation of a vendor bill is attempted without receiving any " "quantities of a product (while using the *received quantities* bill control " @@ -31876,7 +35074,7 @@ msgstr "" "*입고된 수량* 청구서 관리 정책 사용 중 제품을 입고하지 않고 공급업체 청구서를 생성하려고 하면 오류 메시지가 표시되며, 설정을 변경한" " 후에 진행할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *received " "quantities* bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " @@ -31888,7 +35086,7 @@ msgstr "" " 설정`으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`청구서` 섹션의 :guilabel:`청구서 관리` 아래에서 :guilabel:`입고 수량`을" " 선택합니다. 변경 사항을 적용하려면 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:136 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`. Doing so reveals a " @@ -31897,33 +35095,31 @@ msgstr "" "다음으로 :menuselection:`구매` 앱으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭하고 새 :abbr:`견적요청서 " "(RFQ)`를 생성합니다. 그러면 빈 :abbr:`RFQ (견적요청서)` 세부 정보 양식이 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a bill for the " "purchase order." msgstr "구매 주문에 대한 청구서를 생성하려면 :guilabel:`청구서 생성` 버튼을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:151 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Create Bill` before any products have been received will" -" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to appear. The :guilabel:`Purchase " -"Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity of the items " -"included on the order to create a vendor bill." +" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up message to appear. The " +":guilabel:`Purchase Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity" +" of the items included on the order to create a vendor bill." msgstr "" -"제품을 입고하기 전에 :guilabel:`청구서 생성`을 클릭하면 :guilabel:`사용자 오류` 팝업이 표시됩니다. 공급업체 청구서 " -"생성을 시작하기 전에 :guilabel:`구매 주문서`에서 품목의 일부 수량 이상을 입고해야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy." msgstr "입고된 수량 관리 정책에 대한 사용자 오류 팝업." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:159 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the warehouse " "receipt form." msgstr "그런 다음 :guilabel:`입고` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하여 창고 입고 양식을 확인합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:161 msgid "" "On the warehouse receipt form, click :menuselection:`Validate --> Apply` to " "mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities. Then, navigate back to the " @@ -31934,7 +35130,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`완료`합니다. 그런 다음 사이트 이동 경로를 통해 menuselection:`구매 주문`으로 다시 이동하고 구매 주문" " 양식에서 :guilabel:`청구서 생성` 버튼을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 msgid "" "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Draft Bill` for the purchase order. On the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and add a " @@ -31945,13 +35141,13 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`편집` 버튼을 사용하여 지정된 :guilabel:`청구서 날짜`를 포함합니다. 필요한 경우 " ":guilabel:`품목`에서 :guilabel:`항목 추가`를 선택하여 제품을 추가합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill`." msgstr "다음으로 :guilabel:`확인` 버튼을 클릭하여 :guilabel:`청구서 초안`을 확인합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:172 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *received quantities*, the draft " "bill can **only** be confirmed when at least some of the quantities are " @@ -31959,7 +35155,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "청구서 관리 정책은 *입고 수량*으로 설정되어 있으므로 청구서 초안은 최소 일부 수량이 접수된 **경우에만** 확인할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:181 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " @@ -31971,11 +35167,11 @@ msgstr "" " 변경할 수 있습니다. 완료되면 :guilabel:`결제 생성`을 클릭하여 공급업체 청구서 생성을 완료합니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 녹색 " "**결제 중** 배너가 :abbr:`RFQ (견적요청서)` 양식에 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:187 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills in Accounting" msgstr "회계 앱에서 공급업체 청구서 생성 및 관리" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:189 msgid "" "Vendor bills can also be created directly from the *Accounting* app, " "**without** having to create a purchase order first. To do this, go to " @@ -31986,7 +35182,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`회계 앱 --> 공급업체 --> 청구서`로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭합니다. 그러면 빈 " "공급업체 청구서 세부 정보 양식이 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 msgid "" "On this blank vendor bill detail form, add a vendor in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " @@ -32000,7 +35196,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`청구서 날짜` 필드에 청구서 날짜를 관련 정보와 함께 입력합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`확인`을 선택하여 " "청구서를 확인합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:198 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view (or change) the " ":guilabel:`Account` journals that were populated based on the configuration " @@ -32009,7 +35205,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`전표 항목` 탭으로 이동하여 해당 :guilabel:`공급업체` 및 :guilabel:`품목` 양식 내의 구성에 따라" " 채워진 :guilabel:`회계` 전표를 확인 (또는 변경)하세요." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` to add" " credit or debit notes to the bill. Or, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` " @@ -32018,14 +35214,14 @@ msgstr "" "추가 수정이 필요한 경우 :guilabel:`대변전표 추가` 또는 :guilabel:`차변전표 추가`를 선택하여 청구서에 대변 또는 " "차변전표를 추가합니다. 또는 :guilabel:`편집` 모드에서 지정된 :guilabel:`청구서 참조` 번호를 추가할 수도 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:205 msgid "" "Then, when ready, click :menuselection:`Register Payment --> Create Payment`" " to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." msgstr "" "완료되면 :menuselection:`결제 등록 --> 결제 생성`을 선택하여 :guilabel:`공급업체 청구서`를 마무리합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 msgid "" "To tie the draft bill to an existing purchase order, click the drop-down " "menu next to :guilabel:`Auto-Complete`, and select a :abbr:`PO (purchase " @@ -32040,17 +35236,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Auto-complete drop-down list on draft vendor bill." msgstr "공급업체 청구서 초안의 자동 완성 드롭다운 목록입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:218 msgid "Batch billing" msgstr "일괄 청구" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:220 msgid "" "Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* " "app." msgstr "공급업체 청구서는 *회계* 앱에서 일괄 처리하고 관리할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 msgid "" "To do this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. " "Then, click the :guilabel:`checkbox` at the top left of the page, beside the" @@ -32062,7 +35258,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`번호` 열 옆 :guilabel:`생성` 버튼 아래 있는 :guilabel:`체크박스`를 선택합니다. 이렇게 하면 " ":guilabel:`게시됨` 또는 :guilabel:`초안` :guilabel:`상태`인 기존 공급업체 청구서가 모두 선택됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:227 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon to export, delete, or send" " & print the bills; click the :guilabel:`Print` icon to print the invoices " @@ -32073,7 +35269,7 @@ msgstr "" "인쇄하려면 :guilabel:`인쇄` 아이콘을 활용하세요. 여러 공급업체 청구서에 대한 결제를 동시에 시작하고 처리하려면 " ":guilabel:`결제 등록`을 선택할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Register Payment` is selected, a pop-up appears. In this " "pop-up window, select the appropriate journal in the :guilabel:`Journal` " @@ -32085,7 +35281,7 @@ msgstr "" " :guilabel:`결제일` 필드에서 날짜를 지정한 다음 :guilabel:`결제 방법`을 선택합니다. 이 팝업에는 " ":guilabel:`그룹 결제` 옵션도 사용할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:236 msgid "" "When ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button, which creates a " "list of journal entries on a separate page. This list of journal entries are" @@ -32095,10 +35291,10 @@ msgstr "" "항목은 모두 해당 공급업체 청구서에 연결됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 -msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up." -msgstr "일괄 청구 등록 결제 팝업입니다." +msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up window." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:244 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Register Payment` option for vendor bills in batches will " "only work for journal entries whose :guilabel:`Status` is set to " @@ -32107,11 +35303,9 @@ msgstr "" "공급업체 청구서의 :guilabel:`결제 등록` 옵션은 :guilabel:`상태`가 :guilabel:`발행 완료`으로 표시된 분개 " "항목에만 일괄 적용됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:252 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 +msgid ":doc:`control_bills`" msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5 msgid "Products" @@ -32532,20 +35726,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" -msgstr "판매 단위와 다른 매입 단위 사용하기" +msgid "Purchase units of measure" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" -" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " -"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " -"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " -"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." +" unit of measure than when it is sold. This can cause confusion between " +"sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to convert " +"measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your product once" +" and let Odoo handle the conversion." msgstr "" -"어떤 품목을 매입할 때, 해당 품목을 판매할 때의 측정 단위와 다른 단위를 업체에서 사용하는 경우가 생길 수 있습니다. 이 때문에 판매 " -"담당자와 구매 담당자 간에 업무 혼선이 발생하는 경우도 생깁니다. 단위값을 매번 수기로 변환하기에도 시간이 너무 많이 걸립니다. " -"Odoo를 사용하면, 품목에 대해서 한 번 구성을 해두기만 하면 변환 관련 작업은 Odoo에서 처리합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 msgid "Consider the following examples:" @@ -32668,25 +35859,23 @@ msgstr "Odoo 구매 앱에서 측정 단위에 대한 새 카테고리를 생성 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "" -"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." +"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, click into " +"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure Category` field and enter a name for the " +"category. Then, under the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -"다음 단계로는 두 가지의 측정 단위를 생성해냅니다. 이를 위해 :menuselection:`구성 --> 측정 단위`로 이동하십시오." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:77 msgid "" "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" -" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" -" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" -" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " -"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " -"Odoo is always a multiple of this value." +" to other units of measure inside the category. Name the unit, and select " +"the units of measure category you just created. For the *Type*, select " +"*Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter the *Rounding " +"Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by Odoo is always a " +"multiple of this value." msgstr "" -"먼저, *생성*을 클릭하여, 카테고리 내에서 다른 측정 단위로 변화시킬 기준점으로 삼을 측정 단위를 생성합니다. 방금 생성한 항목의 단위" -" 이름을 지정하고 측정 단위 카테고리를 선택합니다. *유형*의 경우, *이 카테고리 유형에 사용할 참조용 측정 단위*를 선택합니다. " -"사용하려는 *반올림 기준*을 입력합니다. Odoo에서 계산되는 수량은 언제나 이 값의 배수에 해당하는 값이 됩니다. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:83 msgid "" "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " "fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." @@ -32697,7 +35886,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "Odoo 구매 앱에서 새 기준 측정 단위를 생성합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "" "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " "appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " @@ -32714,7 +35903,7 @@ msgstr "" "*품목의 측정 단위* 를 선택, *자릿수* 항목을 필요에 따라 편집하십시오. 예를 들어, 0.00001를 반올림 기준으로 사용하시려면 " "*자릿수*를 5로 설정합니다. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:97 msgid "" "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" " measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " @@ -32723,13 +35912,13 @@ msgstr "" "다음으로, 두번째 측정 단위를 생성하고 이름 지정 후 같은 측정 단위 카테고리를 선택하여 참조 단위로 사용할 수 있도록 하십시오. " "*유형*으로 상황에 맞도록 *참조용 측정 단위보다 작게* 또는*참조용 측정 단위보다 크게*를 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:101 msgid "" "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " "*Smaller*." msgstr "커튼 롤 크기가 100 평방미터이므로, *작게*를 선택해야 합니다. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:103 msgid "" "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " "second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " @@ -32738,15 +35927,11 @@ msgstr "" "그 다음으로는 참조용으로 입력한 단위와 두번째 단위 간의 *비율*을 입력합니다. 두번째 단위가 더 작은 경우, *비율*은 1보다는 커야 " "합니다. 두번째 단위가 더 큰 경우에는, 비율이 1보다 작아야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:107 msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "커튼 롤의 경우에는, 비율을 100으로 설정해야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 -msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "Odoo 구매 앱에서 추가 측정 단위를 생성합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:109 msgid "" "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " "units of measure." @@ -32915,6 +36100,8 @@ msgid "" "*Instructions* quality check is created for that specific work order, rather" " than the |MO| as a whole." msgstr "" +"제조주문서로 |QCP|가 트리거되도록 설정할 때 |QCP|의 :guilabel:`작업지시서 운영` 필드에서 특정 작업지시서를 지정할 수도" +" 있습니다. 작업지시서를 지정하면 전체 |MO| 대신 해당 특정 작업지시서에 대한 품질 검사 *지침* 이 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -32933,6 +36120,9 @@ msgid "" " Orders` pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Open Shop Floor` button to open" " the *Shop Floor* module." msgstr "" +"|MO|에서 :guilabel:`작업지시서` 탭을 선택한 후 처리할 작업지시서 줄에서 :guilabel:`작업지시서 열기 (화살표가 " +"나오는 사각형)` 버튼을 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`작업지시서` 결과 팝업 창에서 :guilabel:`작업 현장 열기` 버튼을 " +"클릭하여 *작업 현장* 모듈을 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -33295,6 +36485,9 @@ msgid "" "Select an |MO| that includes a work order for which a *Measure* quality " "check is required." msgstr "" +"작업지시서에 설정되어 있는 *측정* 품질 검사는 *작업 현장* 모듈에서 **반드시** 완료해야 합니다. 진행하려면 먼저 " +":menuselection:`제조 --> 운영 --> 제조주문서` 로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 *측정* 품질 검사를 해야 할 작업지시서가 " +"있는 |MO|를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -33321,10 +36514,12 @@ msgid "" "measurement, enter it in the :guilabel:`Measure` field of the pop-up window," " and then click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" +"품질 검사가 *측정* 단계에 도달할 때까지 작업지시서의 단계를 처리합니다. 단계를 클릭하면 팝업 창으로 측정을 하는 방법에 대한 안내가 " +"열립니다. 측정한 후 팝업 창에 있는 :guilabel:`측정` 필드에 입력하고 :guilabel:`승인` 를을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "A Measure check in the Shop Floor module." -msgstr "" +msgstr "작업 현장 모듈의 측정값 검사" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -33334,6 +36529,9 @@ msgid "" "the measurement entered is outside of the specified range, a new pop-up " "window appears, titled :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed`." msgstr "" +"입력한 측정값이 |QCP|의 :guilabel:`오차 허용` 에서 지정된 범위 내에 있으면 품질 검사를 통과하고 팝업 창이 작업 주문의 " +"다음 단계로 이동합니다. 그러나 입력된 측정값이 지정된 범위를 벗어나면 :guilabel:`품질 검사 실패` 라는 제목의 팝업 창이 새로" +" 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -33352,7 +36550,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The Quality Check Failed pop-up window for a Measure check in the Shop Floor" " module." -msgstr "" +msgstr "작업 현장 모듈의 측정값 검사에 대한 품질 검사 실패 팝업 창" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:190 msgid "" @@ -33362,6 +36560,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Measure` field, and then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete " "the check and close the pop-up window." msgstr "" +"측정값이 올바르게 입력되지 않아 변경해야 하는 경우 :guilabel:`측정 수정`을 선택합니다. 이렇게 하면 :guilabel:`품질 " +"검사`라는 제목의 새 팝업이 표시됩니다. 수정된 측정값을 :guilabel:`측정` 필드에 입력한 다음 :guilabel:`승인`을 " +"클릭하여 확인을 완료하고 팝업 창을 닫습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:199 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:158 @@ -33393,6 +36594,8 @@ msgid "" "documentation on :doc:`quality alerts " "<../quality_management/quality_alerts>`." msgstr "" +"품질 경고 양식을 작성하는 방법에 대한 전체 가이드라인에 대해서는 :doc:`품질 경고 " +"<../quality_management/quality_alerts>` 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:3 msgid "Pass - Fail quality check" @@ -33615,6 +36818,8 @@ msgid "" "using this method, the quality check passes automatically, without a pop-up " "window appearing." msgstr "" +"또는 단계를 클릭하여 팝업 창을 여는 대신 작업지시서 카드의 단계 줄 오른쪽에 표시되는 확인란을 클릭하면 *합격 - 불합격* 품질 검사를" +" 완료할 수 있습니다. 이 방법을 사용하면 품질 검사를 자동으로 통과하며 팝업 창이 나타나지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:3 msgid "Take a Picture quality check" @@ -33827,6 +37032,9 @@ msgid "" "Then, select an |MO| that includes a work order for which a *Take a Picture*" " quality check is required." msgstr "" +"작업지시서에 설정되어 있는 *사진 촬영* 품질 검사는 *작업 현장* 모듈에서 **반드시** 완료해야 합니다. 진행하려면 먼저 " +":menuselection:`제조 --> 운영 --> 제조주문서` 로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 *사진 촬영* 품질 검사를 해야 할 " +"작업지시서가 있는 |MO|를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -33836,6 +37044,8 @@ msgid "" "make sure it is stored on the device being used to process the quality check" " (computer, tablet, etc.)." msgstr "" +"품질 검사가 *사진 찍기* 단계에 도달할 때까지 작업지시서의 단계를 처리합니다. 단계를 클릭하면 팝업 창으로 사진 촬영 방법에 대한 " +"안내가 열립니다. 사진을 촬영한 후 품질 검사에 사용할 디바이스 (컴퓨터, 태블릿 등)에 사진이 저장되어 있는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -34394,6 +37604,9 @@ msgid "" "to complete the check. Alternatively, if a *Pass - Fail* check is being " "processed, click either the :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` button." msgstr "" +"품질 확인 단계에 도달할 때까지 작업지시서의 단계대로 처리합니다. 단계를 클릭하면 검사를 완료하는 방법이 자세히 설명된 팝업 창이 " +"열립니다. 안내대로 진행한 후 :guilabel:`승인` 을 클릭하여 확인을 완료합니다. 또는 *합격 - 불합격* 으로 검사를 처리하는 " +"경우 :guilabel:`합격` 또는 :guilabel:`불합격` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -34529,6 +37742,9 @@ msgid "" "value in the :guilabel:`Percentage` field that appears below. If the " "checkbox is not enabled, one quality check is created for the full quantity." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`수량`: 지정된 작업 내에서 항목에 특정 비율대로 검사를 요청합니다. 이 백분율은 :guilabel:`부분 전송 " +"테스트` 확인란을 활성화하면 아래에 나타나는 :guilabel:`백분율` 에 숫자 값을 입력하면 설정할 수 있습니다. 확인란을 활성화하지" +" 않으면 전체 수량에 대해 품질 검사를 한 번 시행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -34663,6 +37879,9 @@ msgid "" "file manager, and then select a file, or add a link to a Google Slides " "document in the :guilabel:`Google Slide Link` field." msgstr "" +"위의 :guilabel:`단계 문서` 에서 :guilabel:`사용자 지정` 옵션을 선택한 경우 이 탭에 문서를 첨부할 수 있습니다. " +"첨부하려면 :guilabel:`파일 업로드` 버튼을 선택하여 디바이스에서 파일 관리자를 연 다음 파일을 선택하거나 " +":guilabel:`Google 슬라이드 링크` 필드에 Google 슬라이드 문서에 대한 링크를 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -34929,6 +38148,9 @@ msgid "" "user can indicate that, too, and the components can be saved for another " "use." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`추가` 를 선택하면 이 구성품이 |RO|에 추가됩니다. 부품을 추가하면 수리에 사용할 구성품이 기재됩니다. 구성품을 " +"사용한 경우에는 사용자가 수리를 완료한 후 해당 부품이 사용되었다는 기록을 할 수 있습니다. 사용하지 않은 경우에도 이를 표시할 수 " +"있으며 다른 용도로 사용하도록 부품을 저장할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:133 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 9edd3ae36..585ebf22b 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -5,17 +5,17 @@ # # Translators: # Daye Jeong, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Sarah Park, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -45,11 +45,11 @@ msgid "" "marketing-essentials-989?fullscreen=1>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:38 msgid "Email marketing dashboard" msgstr "이메일 마케팅 현황판" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:40 msgid "" "After installing the application, click the :menuselection:`Email Marketing`" " app icon from the main Odoo dashboard. Doing so reveals the main " @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the main dashboard of the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "Odoo 이메일 마케팅 애플리케이션의 기본 현황판 화면" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:47 msgid "" "In the search bar, the default filter of :guilabel:`My Mailings` is present " "to show all the mailings related to the current user. To remove that filter," @@ -68,101 +68,101 @@ msgid "" "bar. Doing so reveals all the mailings in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:51 msgid "" "The information on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard has four different " "view options, located in the upper-right corner as individual icons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:54 msgid "The view options, from left-to-right, are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:56 msgid ":ref:`List ` (default view)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:57 msgid ":ref:`Kanban `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:58 msgid ":ref:`Calendar `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:59 msgid ":ref:`Graph `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:61 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:733 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:736 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:420 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:145 msgid "List view" msgstr "목록 보기" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:66 msgid "" "The list view, represented by the :guilabel:`☰ (horizontal lines)` icon in " "the upper-right corner, is the default view of the :guilabel:`Mailings` " "dashboard in the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:69 msgid "" "While in list view, there are columns dedicated to different aspects of " "information related to the listed emails. Those columns are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:72 msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: the date the email was sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Subject`: the subject of the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the user who created the email, or the user who has" " been assigned to the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Sent`: how many times the email has been sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:77 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivered (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been " "successfully delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Opened (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been opened by " "the recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been clicked by" " the recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replied (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been replied to" " by the recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: the status of the email (:guilabel:`Draft`, " ":guilabel:`In Queue`, or :guilabel:`Sent`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:84 msgid "" "To add or remove columns, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options (two " "horizontal lines with dots)` icon, located to the far-right of the column " @@ -170,13 +170,13 @@ msgid "" "options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:706 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:709 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:391 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "칸반 화면" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:93 msgid "" "The Kanban view, represented by the :guilabel:`(inverted bar graph)` icon, " "can be accessed in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Mailings` " @@ -188,50 +188,50 @@ msgid "" "Kanban view of the main dashboard of the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:100 msgid "" "While in Kanban view, the email information is displayed in the various " "stages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:102 msgid "" "The stages are: :guilabel:`Draft`, :guilabel:`In Queue`, " ":guilabel:`Sending`, and :guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Draft`: the email is still being written/created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`In Queue`: the email is scheduled to be sent at a later date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:106 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sending`: the email is currently being sent to its recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:107 msgid ":guilabel:`Sent`: the email has already been sent to its recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:109 msgid "" "In each stage, there are drag-and-drop cards representing the emails that " "have been created/sent, and the stage they are in represents the current " "status of that mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:112 msgid "" "Each card on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard provides key information " "related to that specific email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:115 msgid "" "When the cursor hovers over the upper-right corner of an email campaign " "card, a :guilabel:`⋮ (three vertical dots)` icon appears. When clicked, a " @@ -245,19 +245,19 @@ msgid "" "View of the three-dot drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing dashboard." msgstr "Odoo 이메일 마케팅 현황판에 있는 점 3개 드롭다운 메뉴 화면" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:404 msgid "Calendar view" msgstr "캘린더 화면" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:129 msgid "" "The calendar view, represented by a :guilabel:`📆 (calendar)` icon, can be " "accessed in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in " "the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:132 msgid "" "While in calendar view, a monthly calendar (by default), shows when the " "mailings have been sent or are scheduled to be sent." @@ -268,26 +268,26 @@ msgid "" "Calendar view of the mailings dashboard in the Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:139 msgid "" "The current date is represented by a :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` icon over " "the date on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:141 msgid "" "To the right of the calendar, the options to filter the results by " ":guilabel:`Responsible` and/or :guilabel:`Status` are available, via " "checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:145 msgid "" "To hide the right sidebar, click the :guilabel:`(panel-right)` icon, located" " above the sidebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:147 msgid "" "In the top-left corner, above the calendar, the option to change the time " "period being displayed is available via a drop-down menu, which shows " @@ -297,35 +297,35 @@ msgid "" "default)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:152 msgid "" "Clicking any of those options changes the calendar display to reflect that " "desired amount of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:154 msgid "" "Clicking either :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` icon or :guilabel:`➡️ (right " "arrow)` icon changes the calendar to a previous or future time, depending on" " what is clicked, based on the chosen amount of time being represented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:158 msgid "To jump back to the current date, click the :guilabel:`Today` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:163 msgid "Graph view" msgstr "그래프 보기" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:165 msgid "" "The graph view, represented by a :guilabel:`(line graph)` icon, can be " "accessed in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in " "the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:168 msgid "" "While in graph view, the status of the emails on the :guilabel:`Mailings` " "page is represented in a bar graph, but other graph view options can be " @@ -336,20 +336,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the Graph view appears in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "Odoo 이메일 마케팅 애플리케이션에 그래프 화면이 나타나는 방식입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:175 msgid "" "In the upper-left corner, above the graph, there is a :guilabel:`Measures` " "drop-down menu. When clicked, different filter options become available to " "further customize the graph views." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:178 msgid "" "Those :guilabel:`Measures` options are: :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage` " "and :guilabel:`Count` (default)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:181 msgid "" "To the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu is an " ":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button, if the *Documents* application is " @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ msgid "" "add the graph to a spreadsheet or dashboard becomes available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:185 msgid "" "Beside the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu and :guilabel:`Insert in " "Spreadsheet` button are different graph view options. From left-to-right, " @@ -365,17 +365,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`(line chart)`, and :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:190 msgid "" "Each graph view option provides its own series of additional view options, " "which appear to the right of the selected graph view option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:194 msgid "Search options" msgstr "검색 옵션" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:196 msgid "" "Regardless of the view chosen for the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in the " ":guilabel:`Email Marketing` app, the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group " @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ msgid "" "customize the information being displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:200 msgid "" "To access those options, click the :guilabel:`(downward arrow)` icon, " "located to the right of the search bar. Doing so reveals a drop-down mega " @@ -396,17 +396,17 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:207 msgid "" "These options provide various ways to specify and organize the information " "seen on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:212 msgid "Filters" msgstr "필터" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:214 msgid "" "This section of the drop-down mega menu provides different ways to filter " "email results being shown on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in the " @@ -419,14 +419,14 @@ msgid "" "dashboard." msgstr "Odoo 이메일 마케팅 현황판에 있는 필터 드롭다운 메뉴 옵션 화면" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:221 msgid "" "The options are: :guilabel:`My Mailings`, :guilabel:`Sent Date`, " ":guilabel:`A/B Tests`, :guilabel:`A/B Tests to review`, " ":guilabel:`Archived`, and :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:224 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` is selected, Odoo reveals a pop-up window, " "with three customizable fields to fill in, in order to create custom filter " @@ -438,11 +438,11 @@ msgid "" "Add custom filter pop-up window that appears in Odoo Email Marketing app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:232 msgid "Group By" msgstr "그룹별" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:234 msgid "" "This section of the drop-down mega menu provides different ways to group " "email results being shown on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in the " @@ -454,13 +454,13 @@ msgid "" "View of the Group By drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "Odoo 이메일 마케팅 애플리케이션의 그룹화 기준 드롭다운 메뉴 화면" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:241 msgid "" "Using this section, the data can be grouped by the messages' " ":guilabel:`Status`, or who it was :guilabel:`Sent By`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:244 msgid "" "There is also the option to group the data by :guilabel:`Sent Period`, which" " has its own sub-menu of options to choose from. The :guilabel:`Sent Period`" @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ msgstr "" "기간` 옵션에는 :guilabel:`연도`, :guilabel:`분기`, :guilabel:`월`, :guilabel:`주` 및 " ":guilabel:`일`이 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:248 msgid "" "If none of the above :guilabel:`Group By` options deliver the desired " "results, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` at the bottom of the " @@ -480,11 +480,11 @@ msgid "" " data that may be desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:253 msgid "Favorites" msgstr "즐겨찾기" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:255 msgid "" "This section provides the opportunity to save custom filters and/or " "groupings for future use. To utilize this section, click the :guilabel:`Save" @@ -497,31 +497,31 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "Odoo 이메일 마케팅 애플리케이션의 즐겨찾기 드롭다운 메뉴 화면" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:263 msgid "" "Give the favorited filter/grouping a title on the blank line above the " "checkboxes for :guilabel:`Default filter` and :guilabel:`Shared`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:266 msgid "" "Ticking the box for :guilabel:`Default filter` makes this favorited " "filter/grouping the default option. Ticking the box for :guilabel:`Shared` " "allows other users to see and use this favorited filter/grouping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:270 msgid "" "When all desired options are configured, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the " "filter/grouping in the :guilabel:`Favorites` section of the mega drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:274 msgid "Settings" msgstr "설정" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:276 msgid "" "To view and modify the *Email Marketing* settings, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ msgid "" "Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:283 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, there are four features available." msgstr "" @@ -541,17 +541,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the Settings page in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "Odoo 이메일 마케팅 애플리케이션의 설정 페이지 화면" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:289 msgid "The features are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:291 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns`: enables the option to manage mass mailing " "campaigns." msgstr ":guilabel:`메일링 캠페인`: 대량 메일링 캠페인을 관리 옵션을 활성화합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing`: allows recipients to " "blacklist themselves from future mailings during the unsubscribing process." @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`구독 취소 시 수신 거부 선택`: 수신자가 구독 취소 과정에서 향후 메일링에서 본인 이메일을 수신 거부할 수 있게 " "합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dedicated Server`: provides the option to utilize a separate, " "dedicated server for mailings. When enabled, Odoo reveals a new field (and " @@ -569,24 +569,24 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`전용 서버`: 메일링용으로 별도의 전용 서버를 활용할 수 있는 옵션이 있습니다. 이 옵션을 활성화하면, Odoo에서는" " 새로운 필드 (및 링크)를 표시하며, 제대로 Odoo에 연결하기 위해 반드시 특정 서버 환경 설정을 입력해야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:297 msgid "" ":guilabel:`24H Stat Mailing Reports`: allows users to check how well " "mailings have performed a day after it has been sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:303 msgid "Create an email" msgstr "이메일 생성" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:305 msgid "" "To create an email, open the :menuselection:`Email Marketing` application, " "and click the :guilabel:`New` button in the upper-left corner of the " ":guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:308 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`New` reveals a blank email form." msgstr "" @@ -594,38 +594,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of a blank email detail form in Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "Odoo 이메일 마케팅 애플리케이션의 빈 이메일 세부 양식 화면" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:314 msgid "" "On the email form, there are fields for the :ref:`Subject " "` and :ref:`Recipients " "` of the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:317 msgid "" "Beneath that, there are three tabs: :ref:`Mail Body " "`, :ref:`A/B Tests `, " "and :ref:`Settings `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:323 msgid "Subject" msgstr "제목" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:325 msgid "" "First, enter a :guilabel:`Subject` to the email. The :guilabel:`Subject` is " "visible in the recipients' inbox, allowing them to quickly see what the " "message is about." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:329 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Subject` field is mandatory. An email can **not** be sent " "without a :guilabel:`Subject`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:332 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`(smiley face with a plus sign)` icon at the end of the " ":guilabel:`Subject` field represents emojis that can be added to the " @@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ msgid "" "emojis that can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:336 msgid "" "Beside the :guilabel:`(smiley face with a plus sign)` icon at the end of the" " :guilabel:`Subject` field is an empty :guilabel:`(star)` icon. When " @@ -641,12 +641,15 @@ msgid "" " template in the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab, which can be used again in the " "future." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`제목` 필드 끝에 있는 :guilabel:`(더하기 기호가 있는 웃는 얼굴)` 아이콘 옆에는 " +":guilabel:`(별)` 아이콘이 비워져 있습니다. 클릭하면 :guilabel:`(별)` 아이콘이 금색으로 바뀌고 이메일은 " +":guilabel:`메일 본문` 탭에 템플릿으로 저장되어 나중에 다시 사용할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:344 msgid "Recipients" msgstr "수신인" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:346 msgid "" "Beneath the :guilabel:`Subject` field on the email form is the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field. In this field, select the recipients of the " @@ -654,30 +657,30 @@ msgid "" "clicking the field reveals a drop-down menu of other recipient options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:350 msgid "" "With the default :guilabel:`Mailing List` option selected, a specific " "mailing list **must** be chosen from the adjacent :guilabel:`Select mailing " "lists` field drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:354 msgid "" "More than one mailing list can be chosen from the :guilabel:`Select mailing " "lists` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:356 msgid "" "Odoo then sends the email to contacts on that specific mailing list(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:356 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:822 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:825 msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/mailing_lists`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:361 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Recipients` field is clicked, a drop-down menu of other " "options is revealed. Each option provides different ways Odoo can create a " @@ -691,26 +694,26 @@ msgid "" "View of recipients drop-down menu in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "Odoo 이메일 마케팅 애플리케이션의 수신자 드롭다운 메뉴 화면" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:368 msgid "" "Those options (excluding the default :guilabel:`Mailing List`) provide the " "option to create a more specified recipient filter, in an equation-like " "format, which appears beneath the :guilabel:`Recipients` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:372 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Recipients` field options, other than the default " ":guilabel:`Mailing List` option, are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:375 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: ties specifically to the *Contacts* app, and includes " "all the contacts entered in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:377 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Event Registration`: ties specifically to the *Events* app, and " "provides opportunities to interact with event registrants, in order to " @@ -718,14 +721,14 @@ msgid "" "valuable actions, such as post-event surveys, purchases, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:380 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`: ties specifically to records in the *CRM* " "application, which opens up a number of opportunities to influence sales or " "purchase decisions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:382 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mailing Contact`: ties specifically to the *Email Marketing* app," " and focuses on specific mailing contacts that have been entered in that " @@ -739,17 +742,17 @@ msgstr "" "연락처에 초점을 맞춥니다. 이러한 연락처는 *연락처* 애플리케이션에는 자체 연락처 카드가 *없는* 고유한 연락처입니다. 이 목록은 " ":menuselection:`이메일 마케팅 앱 --> 메일링 목록 --> 메일링 목록 연락처` 로 이동하여 액세스할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:387 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sales Order`: ties specifically to the *Sales* app, and focuses " "on a specific sales orders in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:391 msgid "Add recipient filter" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:393 msgid "" "To add a more specific recipient filter to any :guilabel:`Recipient` option," " select any recipient option (other than :guilabel:`Mailing List`), and " @@ -758,14 +761,14 @@ msgid "" "formatted like an equation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:398 msgid "" "It is highly recommended that users implement detailed targeting criteria " "for the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. Typically, a single line of targeting " "logic is not sufficient enough for an email campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:402 msgid "" "While the :guilabel:`Mailing List` option is adequate for the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field, the :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity` and " @@ -773,7 +776,7 @@ msgid "" "criteria, which can be added on top of those seed sources." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:407 msgid "" "For example, with the :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity` option chosen in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field, users can add various custom criteria related " @@ -788,57 +791,57 @@ msgid "" "View of how recipient filters can be customized in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "Odoo 이메일 마케팅에서 수신자 필터를 커스터마이징하면 화면" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:416 msgid "" "To reveal the sub-menu options within the filter rule fields, click each " "field, and make the desired selections, until the preferred configuration " "has been achieved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:419 msgid "" "The number of :guilabel:`records` in the database that match the configured " "rule(s) are indicated beneath the configured filter rule(s), in green." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:427 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:191 msgid "" "Some sub-menu options in the first rule field allow for a second choice to " "provide even more specificity." msgstr "첫번째 규칙 필드의 일부 하위 메뉴 옵션에 두번째 규칙을 선택하여 훨씬 더 구체적으로 설정할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:430 msgid "" "To the right of each rule, there are three additional options, represented " "by :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)`, :guilabel:`(sitemap)`, and :guilabel:`🗑️ " "(trash)` icons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:433 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon adds a new node (line) to the overall " "targeting logic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:434 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`(sitemap)` icon adds a branch to the node. A branch contains " "two additional, indented sub-nodes that are related to that specific rule, " "providing even more specificity to the parent line above it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:437 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon deletes a specific node (line) in the array " "of logic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:442 msgid "Mail Body tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:444 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab, there are a number of pre-configured " "message templates to choose from." @@ -850,7 +853,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:451 msgid "" "Select the desired template, and proceed to modify every element of its " "design details with Odoo's drag-and-drop building blocks, which appear on " @@ -863,14 +866,14 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:455 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:458 msgid "" "The features on the sidebar used to create and customize emails are " "separated into three sections: :guilabel:`Blocks`, :guilabel:`Customize`, " "and :guilabel:`Design`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:461 msgid "" "Each building block provides unique features and professional design " "elements. To use a building block, drag-and-drop the desired block element " @@ -878,7 +881,7 @@ msgid "" " building block can be customized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:466 msgid "" "To build an email from the ground up, without any building block elements, " "select the :guilabel:`Plain Text` template. When selected, Odoo provides a " @@ -887,7 +890,7 @@ msgid "" "commands." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:471 msgid "" "When `/` is typed into the blank body of the email, while using a " ":guilabel:`Plain Text` template, a drop-down menu of various design elements" @@ -900,24 +903,24 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:482 msgid "A/B Tests tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:484 msgid "" "Initially, when the :guilabel:`A/B Tests` tab is opened on an email form, " "the only option available is :guilabel:`Allow A/B Testing`. This is **not** " "a required option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:487 msgid "" "If this option is enabled, recipients are only mailed *once* for the " "entirety of the campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:489 msgid "" "This allows the user to send different versions of the same mailing to " "randomly selected recipients to gauge the effectiveness of various designs, " @@ -925,7 +928,7 @@ msgid "" " sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:493 msgid "" "When the checkbox beside :guilabel:`Allow A/B Testing` is ticked, an " ":guilabel:`on (%)` field appears, in which the user determines the " @@ -933,70 +936,70 @@ msgid "" "current version of the mailing as part of the test." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:498 msgid "" "The default figure in the :guilabel:`on (%)` field is `10`, but that figure " "can be changed at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:501 msgid "Beneath that, two additional fields appear:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:503 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Winner Selection` field provides a drop-down menu of options," " wherein the user decides what criteria should be used to determine the " "\"winning\" version of the email tests that are sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:507 msgid "The options in the :guilabel:`Winner Selection` field are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manual`: allows the user to determine the \"winning\" version of " "the mailing. This option removes the :guilabel:`Send Final On` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:511 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Highest Open Rate` (default): the mailing with the highest open " "rate is determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:513 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Highest Click Rate`: the mailing with the highest click rate is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:515 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Highest Reply Rate`: the mailing with the highest reply rate is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:517 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Leads`: the mailing with the most leads generated is determined " "to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:516 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:519 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quotations`: the mailing with the most quotations generated is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:521 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Revenues`: the mailing with the most revenue generated is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:524 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Send Final On` field allows users to choose a date that is " "used to know *when* Odoo should determine the \"winning\" email, and " @@ -1007,25 +1010,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the A/B Tests tab in Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:532 msgid "" "To the right of those fields is a :guilabel:`Create an Alternative Version` " "button. When clicked, Odoo presents a new :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab for the " "user to create an alternate version of the email to test." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:539 msgid "Settings tab" msgstr "설정 탭" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:541 msgid "" "The options present in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of the mail form are " "divided into two sections: :guilabel:`Email Content` and " ":guilabel:`Tracking`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:545 msgid "" "The options available in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab vary depending on if " "the *Mailing Campaigns* feature is activated in :menuselection:`Email " @@ -1033,7 +1036,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`email_marketing/mailing-campaigns` for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:549 msgid "" "Without the *Mailing Campaigns* feature activated, the :guilabel:`Settings` " "tab on the email form only contains the :guilabel:`Preview Text`, " @@ -1047,11 +1050,11 @@ msgid "" "activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:558 msgid "Email content" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:560 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preview Text`: allows the user to enter a preview sentence to " "encourage recipients to open the email. In most inboxes, this is displayed " @@ -1063,36 +1066,36 @@ msgstr "" "편지함에서 제목 옆에 표시됩니다. 비워 두면 이메일 본문 중 처음에 있는 내용이 대신 나타납니다. 이 에 :guilabel:`(더하기 " "기호가 있는 웃는 얼굴)` 아이콘을 통해 이모티콘 추가 기능도 사용할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:564 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send From`: designate an email alias that displays as the sender " "of this particular email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:563 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:566 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Reply To`: designate an email alias to whom all the replies of " "this particular email are sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:565 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:568 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attach a file`: if any specific files are required (or helpful) " "for this email, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button, and upload the " "desired file(s) to the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:572 msgid "Tracking" msgstr "추적" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:574 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: designate a user in the database to be responsible " "for this particular email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:578 msgid "" "If the *Mailing Campaign* feature *is* activated, an additional " ":guilabel:`Campaign` field appears in the :guilabel:`Tracking` section of " @@ -1105,31 +1108,31 @@ msgid "" "activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:585 msgid "" "The additional :guilabel:`Campaign` field allows users to attach this " "particular email to a mailing campaign, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:585 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:588 msgid "" "If the desired campaign is not available in the initial drop-down menu, " "select :guilabel:`Search More` to reveal a complete list of all mailing " "campaigns in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:591 msgid "" "Or, type the name of the desired mailing campaign in the " ":guilabel:`Campaign` field, until Odoo reveals the desired campaign in the " "drop-down menu. Then, select the desired campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:595 msgid "Send, schedule, test" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:597 msgid "" "Once the mailing is finalized, the following options can be utilized, via " "buttons located in the upper-left corner of the email form: :ref:`Send " @@ -1137,11 +1140,11 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Test `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:604 msgid "Send" msgstr "보내기" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:603 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:606 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Send` button reveals a :guilabel:`Ready to unleash emails?` " "pop-up window." @@ -1153,18 +1156,18 @@ msgid "" "clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:609 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:612 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Send to all` button is clicked, Odoo sends the email to " "the desired recipients. Once Odoo has sent the mailing, the status changes " "to :guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:615 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:618 msgid "Schedule" msgstr "예약" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:617 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:620 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Schedule` button reveals a :guilabel:`When do you want to " "send your mailing?` pop-up window." @@ -1177,13 +1180,13 @@ msgid "" " is clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:624 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:627 msgid "" "In this pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Send on` field to reveal a " "calendar pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:630 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:633 msgid "" "From the calendar pop-up window, select the future date and time for Odoo to" " send this email. Then, click :guilabel:`✔️ Apply`. When a date and time are" @@ -1191,11 +1194,11 @@ msgid "" "mailing changes to :guilabel:`In Queue`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:640 msgid "Test" msgstr "테스트" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:642 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Test` button reveals a :guilabel:`Test Mailing` pop-up " "window." @@ -1207,20 +1210,20 @@ msgid "" "clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:648 msgid "" "From this pop-up window, enter the email addresses of the contacts to whom " "Odoo should send this test email in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. " "Multiple contacts can be added in this field, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:649 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:652 msgid "" "Once all the desired email addresses have been entered in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field, click the :guilabel:`Send Test` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:656 msgid "" "By default, there's a daily limit applied for **all emails** sent throughout" " **all applications**. So, if there are remaining emails to be sent after a " @@ -1228,18 +1231,21 @@ msgid "" "next day. The sending needs to be forced, by opening the email and clicking " ":guilabel:`Retry`." msgstr "" +"기본적으로, **모든 애플리케이션** 을 통해서 전송되는 **모든 이메일** 에는 일일 한도가 적용됩니다. 따라서 한도에 도달한 후에도 " +"전송해야 할 이메일이 남아 있는 경우라도 해당 메일은 다음날 자동으로 전송되지 **않습니다**. 이메일을 열고 " +":guilabel:`재시도` 를 클릭하여 강제 전송해야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:661 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:664 msgid "Mailing campaigns" msgstr "메일링 캠페인" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:663 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:666 msgid "" "The *Email Marketing* application provides users with the ability to build " "mailing campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:665 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:668 msgid "" "In order to create and customize mailing campaigns, the *Mailing Campaigns* " "feature **must** be activated in the *Settings* page of the *Email " @@ -1252,13 +1258,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign feature setting in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:677 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature is activated, a new " ":guilabel:`Campaigns` menu option appears in the header." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:677 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:680 msgid "" "When that is clicked, Odoo reveals a separate :guilabel:`Campaigns` page, " "displaying all the mailing campaigns in the database, and the current stage " @@ -1269,19 +1275,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign page in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:688 msgid "" "This information can also be viewed in a list, by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ " "(horizontal lines)` icon in the upper-right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:691 msgid "" "Clicking any campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page reveals that " "campaign's form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:693 msgid "" "There are two different ways to create and customize campaigns in the *Email" " Marketing* application, either directly from the :ref:`Campaigns page " @@ -1289,24 +1295,24 @@ msgid "" "` on an email form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:697 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:700 msgid "Create mailing campaign (from campaigns page)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:699 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:702 msgid "" "When the *Mailing Campaigns* feature is activated, a new *Campaigns* option " "appears in the header of the *Email Marketing* application. Campaigns can be" " created directly on the *Campaigns* page in the *Email Marketing* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:706 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Campaigns " "--> New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:711 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`New` button is clicked in the default Kanban view on the" " :guilabel:`Campaigns` page, a Kanban card appears in the :guilabel:`New` " @@ -1317,42 +1323,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign pop-up kanban in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:718 msgid "" "New campaign cards can also be made by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " "sign)` at the top of any Kanban stage on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:721 msgid "" "When the new campaign Kanban card appears, the options to enter a " ":guilabel:`Campaign Name`, a :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` " "become readily available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:724 msgid "" "To add the campaign to the Kanban stage, click the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:726 msgid "To delete the campaign, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:728 msgid "" "To further customize the campaign, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, which " "reveals the campaign form for additional modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:732 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Campaign Name` **must** be entered in the Kanban card, in order" " for the :guilabel:`Edit` button to reveal the campaign form for further " "modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:735 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:738 msgid "" "To enter the list view on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page, click the " ":guilabel:`☰ (horizontal lines)` icon in the upper-right corner. Doing so " @@ -1363,7 +1369,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign page in list view in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:745 msgid "" "To create a campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page while in list view," " click the :guilabel:`New` button. Doing so reveals a blank campaign form." @@ -1373,13 +1379,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the blank campaign form in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:749 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:752 msgid "" "From this campaign form, a :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, a " ":guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:752 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:755 msgid "" "At the top of the form, various metric-related smart buttons can be seen " "that showcase specific analytics related to the campaign. Those smart " @@ -1387,23 +1393,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Opportunities`, and :guilabel:`Clicks`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:757 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:760 msgid "" "Once a :guilabel:`Campaign Name` is entered and saved, additional buttons " "appear at the top of the campaign form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:760 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:763 msgid "" "Those additional buttons are: :guilabel:`Send Mailing` and :guilabel:`Send " "SMS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:766 msgid "Campaign form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:768 msgid "" "On the campaign form (after clicking :guilabel:`Edit` from the Kanban card, " "or selecting an existing campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page) there" @@ -1414,7 +1420,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign form in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:775 msgid "" "At the top of the form, various smart buttons can be seen that showcase " "specific analytics related to the campaign. Those smart buttons are: " @@ -1422,30 +1428,30 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Clicks`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:776 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:779 msgid "" "There are also buttons to :guilabel:`Send Mailing`, :guilabel:`Send SMS`, " ":guilabel:`Add Post`, and :guilabel:`Add Push` (push notification)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:780 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:783 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Send Mailing` and :guilabel:`Send SMS` buttons are not " "readily available, enter a :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, then save (either " "manually or automatically). Doing so reveals those buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:784 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:787 msgid "" "The status of the campaign can be viewed in the upper-right corner of the " "campaign form, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:792 msgid "Create mailing campaign (from settings tab)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:794 msgid "" "To create a new campaign from the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of a mailing " "form, click the :guilabel:`Campaign` field, and start typing the name of the" @@ -1458,13 +1464,13 @@ msgid "" "View of the mailing campaign creation in the Settings tab of an email form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:800 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:803 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Create` to add this new mailing campaign to the database, " "and modify its settings in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:806 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Create and Edit...` to add this new mailing campaign to " "the database, and reveal a :guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up window." @@ -1476,39 +1482,244 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "Odoo 이메일 마케팅 애플리케이션의 이메일 메일링 캠페인 팝업 창 화면" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:810 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:813 msgid "" "Here, the new mailing campaign can be further customized. Users can adjust " "the :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, assign a :guilabel:`Responsible`, and add " ":guilabel:`Tags`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:813 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:816 msgid "" "Buttons to :guilabel:`Add Post` or :guilabel:`Send Push` (push " "notifications) are also available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:815 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:818 msgid "" "There is also a status located in the upper-right corner of the " ":guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:818 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:821 msgid "" "When all modifications are ready to be finalized, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close`. To delete the entire campaign, click :guilabel:`Discard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:823 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:826 msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/unsubscriptions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:824 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:827 msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/lost_leads_email`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:828 +msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/analyze_metrics`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to properly understand the success or failure of an email marketing" +" campaign, it is necessary to monitor several key metrics. The insights " +"gained from these metrics can then be used to optimize future campaigns. " +"Odoo's *Email Marketing* application tracks several :ref:`key metrics " +"`, that can be interpreted to improve future " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:13 +msgid "View metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:15 +msgid "" +"After a mass mail has been sent, the results for that particular mailing are" +" displayed in multiple locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To access the metrics for an individual mailing, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Mailings`. Locate the specific " +"mailing in the list view, and use the column headings to view the results " +"for that mailing. Click on one of the mailings in the list to open the " +"record. At the top of the record, detailed metrics are displayed as smart " +"buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The smart buttons on a mass mailing, displaying the results of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Click on the smart buttons to see the recipient records for each metric." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:33 +msgid "Opened rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The *Opened* rate measures the percentage of emails opened by recipients " +"against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A high open rate may indicate that the subject line was timely, compelling, " +"and successfully prompted the recipients to view the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"A low open rate may indicate the subject line failed to capture the " +"recipients' interest. It could also indicate the email ended up in a spam or" +" junk folder due to having a poor sender reputation or failing to " +":doc:`configure the proper DNS records " +"<../../general/email_communication/email_domain>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:46 +msgid "Replied rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The *Replied* rate measures the percentage of recipients who responded to " +"the email directly against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:51 +msgid "" +"A high replied rate may indicate the email resonated with recipients, " +"prompting them to take action or provide feedback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:54 +msgid "" +"A low replied rate may suggest that the message lacked relevance or did not " +"contain a clear call to action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:58 +msgid "Clicked rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The *Clicked* through rate (CTR), measures the percentage of recipients who " +"clicked on a link within the email against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A high |CTR| may indicate the email content was relevant and appropriately " +"targeted. Recipients were motivated to click the links provided, and likely " +"found the content engaging." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:66 +msgid "" +"A low |CTR| may indicate issues with either the targeting, or the content " +"itself. Recipients may have been unmotivated by the calls to action, if " +"there were any, or the message itself may have been directed toward the " +"wrong audience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "Received rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The *Received* rate measures the percentage of emails that were successfully" +" delivered against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:76 +msgid "" +"A high received rate can indicate that the mailing list used is up to date " +"and the sender authentication is trusted by email providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:79 +msgid "" +"A low received rate may indicate issues either with the mailing list used " +"for the mailing or with the sender authentication. View the :ref:`email-" +"marketing/deliverability-issues` section for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:84 +msgid "Bounced rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The *Bounced* rate measures the percentage of emails that were " +"unsuccessfully delivered, against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:89 +msgid "" +"A high bounce rate could indicate issues either with the mailing list used " +"for the mailing or with the sender authentication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:92 +msgid "" +"A low bounce rate may indicate that the mailing list used is up to date and " +"the sender authentication is trusted by email providers. View the " +":ref:`email-marketing/deliverability-issues` section for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:99 +msgid "Deliverability issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The following define possible reasons for a high bounce rate or low received" +" rate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Using a mailing list that contains outdated contact information, or " +"malformed email addresses are likely to result in a high bounce rate and/or " +"a low received rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Mailings sent using a *From* email address that differs from the sender's " +"domain are likely to bounce with certain email providers due to failing " +":ref:`DMARC authentication `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Failing to :doc:`configure the proper DNS records " +"<../../general/email_communication/email_domain>` can also result in a high " +"bounce rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:112 +msgid ":ref:`Mailing campaigns `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:113 +msgid ":doc:`Manage unsubscriptions `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:3 msgid "Lost leads reactivation email" msgstr "" @@ -1541,6 +1752,8 @@ msgid "" "a lost leads email to reach out to old opportunities that were lost, and " "inform them that the limited merchandise is back in stock." msgstr "" +"작년에 한정 수량으로 판매한 상품 중 남은 상품이 창고에 있습니다. 창고 관리자는 초과 재고를 정리하기 위해 실패한 영업제안 이메일을 " +"작성하여 성공하지 못했던 예전 영업기회에 한정 상품이 다시 입고되었음을 연락하여 알립니다." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -1769,6 +1982,9 @@ msgid "" "method, however, only allows for one selection at a time, which can be " "useful for quickly turning on/off filters in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" +"*단계* 규칙을 추가하는 또 다른 방법으로는 :guilabel:`포함` 또는 :guilabel:`미포함` 연산자를 사용하여 행마다 하나의" +" 규칙을 두는 것으로, 각 단계명에 지정된 문자를 직접 입력하는 방법이 있습니다. 다만 이 방법은 한 번에 하나만 선택할 수 있으므로 " +":guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄에서 필터를 빠르게 켜거나 끄는 데 유용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -1880,6 +2096,10 @@ msgid "" " Marketing* :ref:`documentation on how to create an email " "`." msgstr "" +"이제 이메일 캠페인에서 도메인 섹션이 완료되면 미리 양식이 만들어져 있는 템플릿을 사용하여 이메일의 본문 내용을 생성하거나 " +":guilabel:`일반 텍스트` 또는 :guilabel:`처음부터 시작하기` 옵션 중에서 선택하여 보다 정교하게 제어할 수 있습니다. " +"자세한 내용은 *이메일 마케팅* :ref:`이메일을 생성하는 방법에 대한 문서 ` " +"를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:209 msgid "" @@ -1984,6 +2204,9 @@ msgid "" "*does not contain* `_____` for every reason in the database, **except** for " "the relevant one(s)." msgstr "" +"실패한 영업제안을 다시 활성화하는 이메일에 어떤 사유를 넣을지 결정할 때는, 이메일을 통해 광고하고자 하는 내용을 고려하여 실패 사유를 " +"하나 이상 정확히 찾아내도록 합니다. 그런 다음, 관련 사유를 **제외** 하고, 데이터베이스에 있는 모든 사유에 대해 " +":guilabel:`실패 사유` 에는 `_____` 가(이) *포함되지 않음* 이라는 규칙을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:267 msgid "" @@ -2192,6 +2415,8 @@ msgid "" "analyze reports on how many opportunities, quotations, and invoices have " "been generated by the campaign." msgstr "" +"캠페인 기간 동안 마케팅 팀에서는 메일링 페이지 상단에 있는 스마트 버튼을 통하여 지속적으로 영업제안의 이메일 확인, 클릭 또는 무시하는" +" 비율을 확인합니다. 또한 캠페인을 통해 생성된 영업기회, 견적서 및 청구서 숫자에 대한 보고서를 정기적으로 분석합니다." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:355 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:223 @@ -2977,6 +3202,835 @@ msgstr "행사" msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Events `_" msgstr "`Odoo 튜토리얼: 행사 `_" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:3 +msgid "Create events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With the *Events* application, event organizers can create and configure in-" +"person or online-only events in Odoo. Each new event contains a number of " +"customizable options that are geared around specific event logistics, as " +"needed per event, such as ticket sales and registration desk, booths, " +"tracks, sponsors, rooms, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Events can be manually created from scratch or built off of pre-made " +"templates. Once launched, the *Events* application then integrates with the " +"*Website* app for the front-end promotion and registration of the event for " +"attendees, the *Sales* app for the purchasing ability of paid tickets, as " +"well the *CRM* application through customizable lead generation rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:16 +msgid "New event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To create a new event, begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Events " +"app` to land on the default :guilabel:`Events` dashboard, in the :icon:`oi-" +"view-kanban` :guilabel:`Kanban` view. From there, or alternatively from the " +":icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`List` or :icon:`fa-tasks` :guilabel:`Gantt` " +"views, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the upper-left corner of the " +"dashboard to open up a new event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "Typical event template in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If certain fields do not readily appear on the event form, that means an " +"additional application needs to be installed, or the database is not " +"operating in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For example, the :guilabel:`Twitter Wall` field **only** appears if the " +"*Social Marketing* app is installed, and the :guilabel:`Company` field " +"**only** appears if the database is working in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:36 +msgid "" +"These are just *additional* elements that can be used for an event. They are" +" **not** required to create, host, and manage an event with Odoo *Events*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:40 +msgid "Event form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:42 +msgid "" +"At the top of the event form are a series of smart buttons related to " +"various event metrics, which will autopopulate with pertinent data once " +"attendees begin to register, booths and sponsors sign on for the event, the " +"event takes place, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Beneath the smart buttons is the event form, which contains various fields " +"and clickable tabs that serve to configure the initial, necessary details of" +" the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:49 +msgid "The following are fields found on an event form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Event Name`: the title of the event. This field is **required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: when the event is scheduled to take place. This field is " +"auto-populated, but modifiable, and is **required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: the corresponding timezone related to the event. This " +"field is auto-populated, but modifiable, and is **required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Language`: designate a specific language for all event " +"communications to be translated into, if necessary. This field is blank, by " +"default, so if event-related communications are being sent to recipients who" +" speak a different language, be sure to configure this field properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Twitter Wall`: creates a separate page on the event website to " +"feature specific social posts on X (formerly Twitter) that contain pre-" +"determined desired elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To create and customize a :guilabel:`Twitter Wall`, type the name of the " +"desired wall into the field, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from " +"the resulting drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:66 +msgid "Doing so reveals :guilabel:`Create Twitter Wall` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:0 +msgid "The Twitter Wall pop-up window in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:72 +msgid "" +"From this window, enter a :guilabel:`Wall Name`. Then, select a certain word" +" or hashtag for Odoo to search for on X, like `#WoodWorkingExpo24`, for " +"example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Next, determine the :guilabel:`Type of tweets` Odoo should showcase with " +"that predetermined criteria. The choices in this field are: " +":guilabel:`Recent`, :guilabel:`Popular`, or :guilabel:`Mixed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Users also have the option to add a brief :guilabel:`Description` to the " +"wall, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the greyed-out, non-modifiable :guilabel:`Website URL` field will " +"autopopulate with the full URL needed to access the document through the " +"event website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:84 +msgid "" +"An image can also be added to the wall by clicking the :icon:`fa-pencil` " +":guilabel:`(pencil)` icon that appears when the cursor hovers over the " +":guilabel:`(camera)` placeholder image in the upper-right corner of the pop-" +"up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, from the resulting file explorer window, select the desired image to " +"be added to the wall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:91 +msgid "" +"This :guilabel:`Twitter Wall` field **only** appears on the event form if " +"the *Social Marketing* app is installed, and an X account has been added as " +"a stream on the application. To learn more, check out the :doc:`Social " +"marketing essentials <../social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials>` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Template`: choose a pre-configured event template from the " +"resulting drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Or, create a new one directly from this field, by typing in the name of the " +"new template, and selecting either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:101 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create` (which creates the template, and can be edited later) or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` (which creates the template, and reveals a " +"separate template page to configure the template in greater detail)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: add any corresponding tags to briefly describe the event " +"(e.g. `Online`, `Conference`, etc.). Multiple tags can be added per event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Tags can be displayed on events that are listed on the website by enabling " +"the *Show on Website* checkbox from :menuselection:`Events app --> " +"Configuration --> Event Tag Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: designate the organizer of the event (a company, " +"contact, or employee)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:113 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: designate a user in the database to be responsible " +"for this event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: designate which company in the database to which this " +"event is related. This field **only** appears if working in a multi-company " +"environment. This field is auto-populated, but modifiable, and is " +"**required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: choose to restrict the publishing of this event to a " +"specific website created in Odoo. If this field is left blank, the event can" +" be published on *all* websites in the database. To learn more, refer to the" +" :doc:`Multiple websites " +"<../../websites/website/configuration/multi_website>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Venue`: enter the pertinent event venue details in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Exhibition Map`: if desired, click the :guilabel:`Upload your " +"file` button to upload an image of the event venue map." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Registrations`: if this checkbox is ticked, a limit to the " +"amount of registrations is added to the event, and that desired limit amount" +" **must** be entered in the blank field before :guilabel:`Attendees`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge Dimension`: select a desired paper format dimension for " +"event badges. The options are: :guilabel:`A4 foldable`, :guilabel:`A6`, or " +":guilabel:`4 per sheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge Background`: if desired, click the :guilabel:`Upload your " +"file` button to upload a custom background image for event badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:132 +msgid "" +"When the above fields in the event form have been adequately filled in, move" +" on to the four tabs at the bottom of the event form for further " +"customization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Those tabs are: :ref:`Tickets `, :ref:`Communication " +"`, :ref:`Questions `, " +"and :ref:`Notes `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:142 +msgid "Tickets tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Create custom tickets (and ticket tiers) for events in the " +":guilabel:`Tickets` tab of an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "A typical tickets tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:150 +msgid "" +"To create a ticket, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Tickets` " +"tab. Then, enter a name for the ticket (e.g. `Basic Ticket` or `VIP`) in the" +" :guilabel:`Name` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:153 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Product` field, either select the pre-configured " +":guilabel:`Event Registration` product, or create a new one by typing in the" +" name of the new event registration product, and then select either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the resulting " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Upon installing Odoo *Events*, a new product type, *Event Ticket*, becomes " +"available on product forms (:menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> " +"Products`). In order for an event registration product to be selectable in " +"the *Tickets* tab, the event registration :guilabel:`Product Type` **must** " +"be set to :guilabel:`Event Ticket`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Existing event registration products can be modified directly from this " +"field, as well, by clicking the :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right " +"arrow)` icon, located beside the event registration product. Doing so " +"reveals that product's form. If the *Inventory* application is installed, " +"additional choices are available to customize for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Next, set the registration cost of the ticket in the :guilabel:`Price` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:173 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Price* defined on the event registration product's product form " +"sets the default cost of a ticket. Modifying the :guilabel:`Price` of a " +"ticket in the :guilabel:`Tickets` tab, sets a new registration cost of the " +"ticket for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Next, determine a :guilabel:`Sales Start` and :guilabel:`Sales End` date in " +"their respective fields. To do that, click into the blank field to reveal a " +"calendar popover. From there, select the desired date and time, then click " +":icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Then, if desired, designate a :guilabel:`Maximum` amount of that specific " +"ticket that can be sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:183 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Taken` column populates with the number of tickets that are " +"sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Optionally, in the :guilabel:`Color` column, add a custom color to " +"differentiate ticket badges. The selected color displays on ticket badges " +"when printed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To delete any tickets from the :guilabel:`Tickets` tab, click the :icon:`fa-" +"trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` icon on the corresponding line for the " +"ticket that should be deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:192 +msgid "" +"To add an optional :guilabel:`Description` column to the :guilabel:`Tickets`" +" tab, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(additional options)` " +"drop-down menu, located to the far-right of the column titles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Then, tick the checkbox beside :guilabel:`Description` from the resulting " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:198 +msgid "" +"When added, the option to add brief descriptions for each event ticket " +"appears, which can be used to inform attendees of any perks or amenities " +"that may coincide with specific ticket purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:204 +msgid "Communication tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:206 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Communication` tab of an event form, create various " +"marketing communications that can be scheduled to be sent at specific " +"intervals leading up to, and following, the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Typical communication tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:214 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo provides three separate pre-configured communications on " +"every new event form. One is an email sent after each registration to " +"confirm the purchase with the attendee. The other two are email event " +"reminders that are scheduled to be sent at different time intervals leading " +"up to the event to remind the recipient of the upcoming event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To add a communication in the :guilabel:`Communication` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, select the desired type of communication in " +"the :guilabel:`Send` field. The options are: :guilabel:`Mail`, " +":guilabel:`SMS`, :guilabel:`Social Post`, or :guilabel:`WhatsApp`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:223 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the number of communications that can be added in the " +":guilabel:`Communication` tab of an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:226 +msgid "" +"To delete a communication from the :guilabel:`Communication` tab, click the " +":icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` icon on the corresponding " +"communication line. Doing so removes the communication from the event " +"entirely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:231 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Social Post` option **only** appears if the *Social " +"Marketing* application is installed. The :guilabel:`WhatsApp` option " +"**only** appears if the *WhatsApp Integration* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:235 +msgid "" +":doc:`WhatsApp <../../productivity/whatsapp>` templates **cannot** be edited" +" during active configuration. A separate approval from *Meta* is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:239 +msgid "Mail" +msgstr "메일" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:241 +msgid "" +"Select an existing email template from the :guilabel:`Template` drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:243 +msgid "" +"Next, define the :guilabel:`Interval`, :guilabel:`Unit`, and " +":guilabel:`Trigger` from their respective drop-down fields, letting Odoo " +"know when the communication should be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Unit` options are: :guilabel:`Immediately`, " +":guilabel:`Hours`, :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, and " +":guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Then, select an option from the :guilabel:`Trigger` drop-down menu. The " +"options are: :guilabel:`After each registration`, :guilabel:`Before the " +"event`, and :guilabel:`After the event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:252 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Sent` column populates with the number of sent " +"communications. And, beside the number are different icons that appear, " +"depending on the status of that particular communication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The status of *Running* is represented by a :icon:`fa-cogs` " +":guilabel:`(three gears)` icon. The status of *Sent* is represented by a " +":icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`(checkmark)` icon. And, the status of " +"*Scheduled* is represented by an :icon:`fa-hourglass-half` " +":guilabel:`(hourglass)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:260 +msgid "" +"To send a confirmation email an hour after an attendee registers for an " +"event, configure the following communication:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:263 +msgid ":guilabel:`Interval`: `1`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:264 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: :guilabel:`Hours`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:265 +msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: :guilabel:`After each registration`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Existing email templates can be modified directly from the " +":guilabel:`Template` drop-down menu, if necessary, by clicking the " +":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` icon next to the template " +"name. Doing so reveals a separate page where users can edit the " +":guilabel:`Content`, :guilabel:`Email Configuration`, and " +":guilabel:`Settings` of that particular email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:273 +msgid "" +"To view and manage all email templates, activate :ref:`developer-mode` and " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email: Email " +"Templates`. Modify with caution as email templates effect all communications" +" where the template is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:20 +msgid "Questions tab" +msgstr "질문 탭" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:282 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab of an event form, users can create brief " +"questionnaires for registrants to interact with, and respond to, after they " +"register for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:285 +msgid "" +"These questions can be focused on gathering basic information about the " +"attendee, learning about their preferences, expectations, and other things " +"of that nature. This information can also be used to create more detailed " +"reporting metrics, in addition to being utilized to create specific lead " +"generation rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "Typical questions tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:295 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo provides three questions in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab " +"for every event form. The default questions require the registrant(s) to " +"provide their :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Email`, and make it optional " +"to include their :guilabel:`Phone` number, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:299 +msgid "" +"The information gathered from the :guilabel:`Questions` tab can be found on " +"the :guilabel:`Attendees` dashboard, accessible via the :icon:`fa-users` " +":guilabel:`Attendees` smart button. Odoo populates individual records that " +"contain basic information about the registrant(s), as well as their " +"preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:304 +msgid "" +"To add a question in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Question` pop-up window. From " +"here, users can create and configure their question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Question pop-up window that appears in the Odoo Events " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:311 +msgid "" +"First, enter the question in the field at the top of the form. Then, decide " +"if the question should require a :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer` and/or if Odoo" +" should :guilabel:`Ask once per order`, by ticking their respective boxes, " +"if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Ask once per order` checkbox is ticked, the question will " +"only be asked once, and its value is propogated to every attendee in the " +"order (if multiple tickets are purchased at once). If the checkbox is *not* " +"ticked for this setting, Odoo will present the question for every attendee " +"that is connected to that registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:320 +msgid "Next, select a :guilabel:`Question Type` option:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:322 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Selection`: provide answer options to the question for " +"registrants to choose from. Selectable answer options can be managed in the " +":guilabel:`Answers` column at the bottom of the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:325 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Text Input`: lets the users enter a custom response to the " +"question in a text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:326 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter their " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:327 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter their" +" email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:328 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Phone`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter their" +" phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter a " +"company they are associated with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:332 +msgid "" +"Once all the desired configurations have been entered, either click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the question, and return to the " +":guilabel:`Questions` tab on the event form, or click :guilabel:`Save & New`" +" to save the question and immediately create a new question on a new " +":guilabel:`Create Question` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:337 +msgid "" +"As questions are added to the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, the informative " +"columns showcase the configurations of each question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:340 +msgid "The informative columns are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:342 +msgid ":guilabel:`Title`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:343 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mandatory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:344 +msgid ":guilabel:`Once per Order`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:345 +msgid ":guilabel:`Type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:346 +msgid ":guilabel:`Answers` (if applicable)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:348 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Selection` and :guilabel:`Text Input` types, a :icon:`fa-bar-" +"chart` :guilabel:`Stats` button appears on the right side of the question " +"line. When clicked, Odoo reveals a separate page, showcasing the response " +"metrics to that specific question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:352 +msgid "" +"To delete any question from the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click the " +":icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` icon on the corresponding " +"question line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:355 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the number of questions that can be added in the " +":guilabel:`Questions` tab of an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:361 +msgid "Notes tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:363 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Notes` tab of an event form, users can leave detailed " +"internal notes and/or event-related instructions/information for attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "Typical notes tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:370 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Note` field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, users can leave " +"internal notes for other event employees, like \"to-do\" lists, contact " +"information, instructions, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:373 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Ticket Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, " +"users can leave specific instructions for people attending the event that " +"appear on the attendees ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:266 +msgid "Publish events" +msgstr "행사 게시" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:379 +msgid "" +"Once all configurations and modifications are complete on the event form, it" +" is time to publish the event on the website. Doing so makes the event " +"visible to website visitors, and makes it possible for people to register " +"for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:383 +msgid "" +"To publish an event after all the customizations are complete, click the " +":icon:`fa-globe` :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button at the top of the " +"event form. Doing so reveals the event's web page, which can be customized " +"like any other web page on the site, via the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:388 +msgid "" +"To learn more about website design functionality and options, consult the " +":doc:`Building block <../../websites/website/web_design/building_blocks>` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:391 +msgid "" +"Once the event website is ready to be shared, click the red " +":guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch in the header menu, changing it to a " +"green :guilabel:`Published` switch. At this point, the event web page is " +"published, and viewable/accessible by all website visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:396 +msgid "Send event invites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:398 +msgid "" +"To send event invites to potential attendees, navigate to the desired event " +"form, via :menuselection:`Events app --> Events`, and click into the desired" +" event. Following this, click the :guilabel:`Invite` button in the upper-" +"left corner of the event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:402 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a blank email form to fill out, as desired. To learn more " +"about how to create and customize emails like this, refer to the " +":ref:`Create an email ` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:406 +msgid "" +"Proceed to create and customize an email message to send as an invite to " +"potential attendees. Remember to include a link to the registration page on " +"the event website, allowing interested recipients to quickly register." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Sending emails from Odoo is subject to a daily limit, which, by default, is " +"200. To learn more about daily limits, visit the " +":ref:`email_communication/daily_limit_mail` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:217 +msgid ":doc:`event_essentials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:416 +msgid ":doc:`track_manage_talks`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:3 msgid "Event essentials" msgstr "행사 관련 필수 사항" @@ -3309,7 +4363,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`구조` 옵션의 하위 메뉴를 표시하려면 텍스트 필드 (:guilabel:`메모` 또는 :guilabel:`티켓 " "안내`)에 `/`를 입력합니다. 이러한 옵션에서 행사 담당자가 검토할 수 있도록 중요한 내부 정보를 체계적으로 정리할 수 있도록 다양한 " -"서식 옵션을 사용할 수 있습니다." +"서식 지정 옵션을 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst-1 msgid "View of the Notes tab in Odoo Events." @@ -3550,10 +4604,6 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`지금 보내기`, :guilabel:`스케줄` 및 :guilabel:`테스트` 옵션 모두가 :guilabel:`메일링 " "유형` 의 두 가지 옵션에 대해 동일한 방식으로 작동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:266 -msgid "Publish events" -msgstr "행사 게시" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:268 msgid "" "Until an event is published, it will remain hidden from public view on the " @@ -3593,6 +4643,424 @@ msgid "" "View of a website page and the option to publish the event in Odoo Events." msgstr "웹사이트 페이지 및 Odoo 행사에 행사를 게시하는 옵션 화면" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:3 +msgid "Event templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Events* application provides the ability to customize and " +"configure event templates, which can be used to expedite the event-creation " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:8 +msgid "" +"These templates can be created and personalized in the application, and then" +" selected from an event form, in order to quickly apply a series of settings" +" and elements to the new event, all of which can be further modified, if " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:13 +msgid "Event templates page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo *Events* application, event templates can quickly be created and" +" modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To begin, navigate to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Event" +" Templates`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Event Templates` page. Here, " +"find all the existing event templates in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "The Event Templates page in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo provides three pre-configured event templates: " +":guilabel:`Exhibition`, :guilabel:`Training`, and :guilabel:`Sport`, which " +"all have their own unique customizations applied to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To change how these event templates appear on the *Template* drop-down field" +" on an event form, drag-and-drop them into any desired order, using the " +":icon:`oi-draggable` :guilabel:`(draggable)` icon, located to the left of " +"each event template line on the :guilabel:`Event Templates` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To learn more about event forms, refer to the :doc:`create_events` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:37 +msgid "Create event template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:39 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to create and configure an event template in Odoo " +"*Events*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**On the dashboard**, by navigating to :menuselection:`Events app --> " +"Configuration --> Event Templates` and clicking the :guilabel:`New` button " +"in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank event template form that " +"can be customized in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**On an event form itself**. Start by typing the name of a new event " +"template in the *Template* field, and click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` " +"from the resulting drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a *Create Template* pop-" +"up window, featuring all the same configurable fields and elements found on " +"a standard event template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create \"[template name]\"` from the resulting drop-down" +" menu, via the *Template* field on an event form creates the event template " +"in the database, but does **not** present the user with the *Create " +"Template* pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The event template would have to be modified, by selecting it on the *Event " +"Templates* page (:menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Event " +"Templates`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:58 +msgid "Event template form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:60 +msgid "" +"All the fields on a standard :guilabel:`Event Template` form are *also* on " +"the *Create Template* pop-up window, accessible via the *Template* field on " +"an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "A standard event template form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Start by providing the event template with a name in the :guilabel:`Event " +"Template` field, located at the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Beneath that field, there is a series of selectable checkboxes, all of which" +" are related to how the event menu will be displayed on the event web page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website Submenu`: enables a submenu on the event's website. When " +"this checkbox is ticked, every other checkbox in this series is " +"automatically ticked, as well. Then, choose to untick (deselect) any of the " +"checkbox options, as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tracks Menu Item`: adds a submenu item to navigate to a page " +"displaying all planned tracks for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Track Proposals Menu Item`: adds a submenu item to navigate to a " +"page, in which visitors can fill out a form to propose a track (talk, " +"lecture, presentation, etc.) to happen during the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Booth Menu Item`: adds a submenu item that takes visitors to a " +"separate page, where an event booth can be purchased. Event booths can be " +"customized and configured in the :guilabel:`Booths` tab of the event " +"template form, from the *Booth Categories* page (:menuselection:`Events app " +"--> Configuration --> Booth Categories`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:87 +msgid "" +"First, users **must** create a booth product with the required *Event Booth*" +" option set as the :guilabel:`Product Type` on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Exhibitors Menu Item`: adds a submenu item that takes visitors to" +" a separate page, showcasing all the exhibitors related to that specific " +"event. Icons representing those exhibitors are also found on the footer of " +"every event-specific web page, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Community`: adds a submenu item allowing attendees to access pre-" +"configured virtual community rooms to meet with other attendees, and discuss" +" various topics related to the event. When this checkbox is ticked, the " +":guilabel:`Allow Room Creation` feature becomes available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allow Room Creation`: allow visitors to create community rooms of" +" their own." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Register Button`: adds a button at the end of the event submenu " +"that takes visitors to the event-specific registration page when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Once the desired checkboxes have been ticked, select an appropriate " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the event from the available drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, for organizational purposes, there is the option to add " +":guilabel:`Tags` to this event template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to :guilabel:`Limit Registrations` to this specific" +" event template by ticking that checkbox. If ticked, proceed to enter the " +"number of :guilabel:`Attendees` this template should be limited to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Beneath those general information fields at the top of the event template " +"form, there are five tabs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:112 +msgid ":ref:`Tickets `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:113 +msgid ":ref:`Communication `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:114 +msgid ":ref:`Booths `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:115 +msgid ":ref:`Questions `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:116 +msgid ":ref:`Notes `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:121 +msgid "Booths tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:123 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Booths` tab on an event template form is the only tab that " +"differentiates itself from a standard event form, where the other tabs " +"(:guilabel:`Tickets`, :guilabel:`Communication`, :guilabel:`Questions`, and " +":guilabel:`Notes`) are present and configured using the same process. For " +"more information about those tabs, refer to the :doc:`create_events` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To create a booth or booth category, an event booth product **must** be " +"created in the database first, with the *Product Type* set to *Event Booth*." +" **Only** products with that specific configuration can be selected in the " +"required *Product* field of a booth or booth category form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Event booths can be created and customized in two ways in the Odoo *Events* " +"application. Either in the :guilabel:`Booths` tab of an event template form," +" or by navigating to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Booth " +"Categories`, and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To add a booth from the :guilabel:`Booths` tab of an event template form, " +"click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create " +"Booths` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "A Create Booths pop-up window in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Start by providing a :guilabel:`Name` for this booth in the corresponding " +"field at the top of the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Then, select an appropriate :guilabel:`Booth Category` from the drop-down " +"field below. Booth categories can be created and modified from the *Booth " +"Categories* page in the *Events* application, which is accessible by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Booth " +"Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:154 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Booth Category` can be created directly from this field on the " +":guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-up window. To accomplish that, type the name " +"of the new booth category in the :guilabel:`Booth Category` field, and " +"select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the " +"resulting drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` merely creates the category, which can (and " +"should be) customized at a later date. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and " +"edit...` reveals a new :guilabel:`Create Booth Category` pop-up window, from" +" which the category can be configured in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Booth Category pop-up window in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:167 +msgid "" +"From this pop-up window, proceed to name the :guilabel:`Booth Category`, " +"modify its :guilabel:`Booth Details` settings, configure its " +":guilabel:`Sponsorship` options (if applicable), and leave an optional " +":guilabel:`Description` to explain any pertinent details related to this " +"specific category of booths." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:172 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to add a photo/visual representation of the booth " +"category, via the :guilabel:`(camera)` icon in the upper-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:175 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The same configurations and options are available by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Booth Categories`, and " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Once the desired :guilabel:`Booth Category` is selected, the remaining " +"fields on the :guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-up window (:guilabel:`Currency`," +" :guilabel:`Product`, and :guilabel:`Price`) autopopulate, based on " +"information configured for that selected :guilabel:`Booth Category`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:186 +msgid "" +"These fields **cannot** be modified from the :guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-" +"up window. They can only be modified from the specific booth category form " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:189 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`" +" to save the booth, and return to the event template form. Or, click " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to save the booth, and start creating another booth " +"on a fresh :guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-up window. Click " +":guilabel:`Discard` to remove all changes, and return to the event template " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Once the booth has been saved, it appears in the :guilabel:`Booths` tab on " +"the event template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:197 +msgid "Use event templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Once an event template is complete, it is accessible on all event forms in " +"the Odoo *Events* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:202 +msgid "" +"To use an event template, navigate to the :menuselection:`Events app` and " +"click :guilabel:`New` to open a new event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:205 +msgid "" +"From the event form, click the :guilabel:`Template` field to reveal all the " +"existing event templates in the database. They appear in the same order as " +"they are listed in on the *Event Templates* page (:menuselection:`Events app" +" --> Configuration --> Event Templates`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Select the desired event template from the :guilabel:`Template` drop-down " +"field on the event form. Pre-configured settings automatically populate the " +"event form, saving time during the event creation process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Any of these pre-configured settings related to the selected event template " +"chosen in the :guilabel:`Template` field on an event form can be modified, " +"as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:218 +msgid ":doc:`create_events`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:3 msgid "Sell tickets" msgstr "티켓 판매" @@ -5322,6 +6790,10 @@ msgid "" "new activity` button in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section. Doing so opens the" " :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"새 활동을 추가하려면 기존 캠페인을 선택하거나 :menuselection:`마케팅 자동화 앱 --> 캠페인` 현황판에서 :ref:`새 " +"캠페인 만들기 ` 를 선택한 후 :guilabel:`워크플로우` 섹션에서 " +":guilabel:`새 활동 추가` 버튼을 클릭하면 캠페인 양식의 워크플로우에 추가할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 하면 :guilabel:`활동" +" 만들기` 팝업 창이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -5346,6 +6818,9 @@ msgid "" " window to add another activity. Clicking :guilabel:`Discard` closes the " "pop-up window without saving the activity." msgstr "" +"활동에 대한 환경 설정이 완료되면 :guilabel:`저장 및 닫기` 를 클릭하여 캠페인 워크플로우에 추가하거나 :guilabel:`저장" +" 및 새로 만들기` 를 클릭하여 워크플로우에 활동을 추가하고 새 :guilabel:`활동 만들기` 팝업 창을 열어서 다른 활동을 " +"추가합니다. guilabel:`삭제` 를 클릭하면 활동이 저장되지 않고 팝업 창이 닫힙니다." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "The create activities pop-up window." @@ -5452,6 +6927,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Server Action` pop-up window, wherein a custom server " "action can be created and configured." msgstr "" +"새 서버 작업을 만드는 옵션도 사용할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 하려면 :guilabel:`서버 활동` 필드에 새 작업의 제목을 입력한 다음 " +":guilabel:`만들기 및 편집...` 을 클릭합니다. 그러면 빈 :guilabel:`서버 활동 만들기` 팝업 창이 나타나며, " +"여기에서 사용자 지정 서버 작업을 생성하고 설정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "The Create Server Action pop-up window." @@ -5742,6 +7220,10 @@ msgid "" "the campaign, and the fields that are available to filter are also specific " "to the :guilabel:`Target` of the campaign." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`활동 필터` 필드는 이 활동 **및** 해당 :ref:`하위 활동 ` 에 초점을 맞추고 있으며, 캠페인 필터에 있는 특정 그룹에 대해서는 더욱 강조하게 됩니다. 이 프로세스는 캠페인의" +" :ref:`필터 정의 ` 프로세스와 동일하며, 필터를 할 수 있는" +" 필드도 캠페인의 :guilabel:`대상` 에 따라 달라집니다." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:260 msgid "" @@ -5888,6 +7370,9 @@ msgid "" " trigger type, and the :guilabel:`Activity` field has the parent activity " "selected." msgstr "" +"트리거 유형을 선택하면 :guilabel:`활동 만들기` 팝업 창이 열리고 하위 활동을 설정할 수 있습니다. 프로세스는 :ref:`새 " +"활동 만들기 ` 와 동일하지만 예외적으로 :guilabel:`트리거` 필드가 " +"선택한 트리거 유형으로 미리 입력되어 있고 :guilabel:`활동` 필드에 상위 활동이 선택되어 있다는 점은 다릅니다." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8 msgid "SMS Marketing" @@ -7010,6 +8495,10 @@ msgid "" "execute this rule. Leave the field empty to allow all groups. See this " "documentation: :ref:`access-rights/groups`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`해야 할 활동` 탭에서 :guilabel:`활동 추가` 를 선택합니다. 다음으로, :guilabel:`활동 만들기` " +"팝업 창이 나타나면 :guilabel:`SMS 보내기` 를 선택하고 :guilabel:`허용 그룹` 을 설정합니다. " +":guilabel:`허용 그룹` 은 이 규칙을 실행하도록 접근이 허용된 그룹입니다. 모든 그룹을 허용하려면 필드를 비워 두세요. " +":ref:`접근 권한 및 그룹` 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:241 msgid "" @@ -9480,6 +10969,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo reveals a separate page showing that participant's survey details, " "along with their submitted answers." msgstr "" +"여기에서 개별 참가자가 특정 설문조사에 참여한 정보를 볼 수 있습니다. 여러 가지 답변과 응답에 대해 더 자세히 분석하여 보려는 경우, " +"참가자를 클릭하면 Odoo에서 참가자의 설문 세부 내역과 제출한 답변을 별도의 페이지로 표시합니다. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -9610,6 +11101,9 @@ msgid "" "be used as the background image for the entire survey. This is **not** a " "required option." msgstr "" +"필드의 오른쪽과 탭 위에는 배경 이미지를 추가할 수 있는 :guilabel:`📷 (카메라)` 아이콘이 표시되어 있습니다. 아이콘을 " +"클릭하면 이미지 업로드 옵션을 사용할 수 있습니다. 이 이미지는 전체 설문조사의 배경 이미지로 사용됩니다. 필수 선택 항목은 " +"**아닙니다**." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -9617,11 +11111,6 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Options`, :guilabel:`Description`, and :guilabel:`End Message`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:20 -msgid "Questions tab" -msgstr "질문 탭" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:52 msgid "" "View, access, add, and/or delete questions and sections to the survey in the" @@ -9729,6 +11218,9 @@ msgid "" "type in the desired number in its place. Then, either press :kbd:`Enter`, or" " click away." msgstr "" +"이는 설문조사에 참여하는 각 참가자에게 해당 섹션에서 '1' 번 문항이 무작위로 선택되며, 섹션에서 선택되지 않은 다른 모든 문항을 " +"건너뛴다는 의미입니다. 이 숫자를 변경하려면 다른 숫자를 선택한 후 그 자리에 원하는 숫자를 입력합니다. 그런 다음 :kbd:`엔터` 을" +" 누르거나 클릭하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:108 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/live_session.rst:57 @@ -9985,6 +11477,9 @@ msgid "" "they'd simply have to wait until the host of the live session begins the " "survey, and then they'd be able to enter." msgstr "" +"참가자가 실시간 세션 설문조사에 입장할 때 전체 :guilabel:`세션 링크`(사용자 지정 :guilabel:`세션 코드` 로 끝남)를" +" 사용하는 경우에는, 링크는 *이미* 입력이 되어 있습니다. 이 경우 실시간 세션 호스트가 설문조사를 시작할 때까지 기다리기만 하면 " +"입장할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:241 msgid "" @@ -10077,6 +11572,9 @@ msgid "" "Below that, a dynamic email template, complete with a :guilabel:`Start " "Certification` button appears, which can also be modified." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`이메일로 보내기` 토글이 초록색 스위치로 표시된 '켜짐' 위치에 있으면 추가 필드가 나타나며, 여기에서 " +":guilabel:`받는 사람` 및 :guilabel:`제목` 을 이메일에 추가할 수 있습니다. 그 아래에는 동적 이메일 템플릿이 " +"표시되고 :guilabel:`인증 시작` 버튼이 있으며 수정할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:298 msgid "" @@ -10095,6 +11593,9 @@ msgid "" " live session survey clicks the :guilabel:`Start` button on the *Session " "Manager* window." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`실시간 세션 생성`: 이 버튼을 클릭하면 별도 탭으로 *세션 관리자* 가 열립니다. 또한 참가자는 실시간 세션에 " +"입장할 수 있으나 실제 설문조사는 실시간 세션 설문조사를 호스팅하는 사용자가 *세션 관리자* 창에서 :guilabel:`시작` 버튼을 " +"클릭할 때까지 시작되지 **않습니다**." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:307 msgid "" @@ -10349,6 +11850,10 @@ msgid "" "session participants only get to attempt the survey once, as the host leads " "them through it." msgstr "" +"*실시간 세션* 설문조사에서 :guilabel:`로그인 필요` 항목을 사용할 수 있습니다. 그러나 선택 버튼에서 " +":guilabel:`실시간 세션` 설문조사 유형을 선택한 경우에는 :guilabel:`로그인 필요` 항목이 활성화될 때 나타나는 일반적인" +" :guilabel:`시도 제한` 필드가 표시되지 **않습니다**. 이는 실시간 세션 참가자는 호스트가 안내하는 대로 설문조사를 한 번만" +" 응답할 수 있기 때문입니다." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/live_session.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -10488,6 +11993,9 @@ msgid "" "question`. This message appears whenever a section title appears during a " "*Live Session*." msgstr "" +"설문조사가 설문 양식에 있는 섹션 제목으로 시작되면 해당 섹션 제목이 *세션 관리자* 에 나타나고, 참가자의 설문조사 보기에 '다음 " +"질문까지 호스트 화면을 주의해서 확인하세요' 라는 메시지가 표시됩니다. 이 메시지는 *실시간 세션* 중에 섹션 제목이 나타날 때마다 " +"표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/live_session.rst:195 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index a0278e994..a6875bcc0 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" @@ -1212,6 +1212,8 @@ msgid "" " chatter thread when a change is made. The note includes details of the " "change, and a time stamp." msgstr "" +"*메시지창 스레드* 는 데이터베이스에 있는 대부분의 페이지에서 확인할 수 있으며 레코드에 대한 업데이트 및 편집 내용을 기록하는 역할을 " +"합니다. 변경 사항이 있을 경우 메시지창 스레드에 메모가 기록됩니다. 메모에는 변경 사항의 세부 내용과 타임스탬프가 함께 기록됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/chatter.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -1318,6 +1320,9 @@ msgid "" "follower in the list, then click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon. This " "opens the :guilabel:`Edit Subscription` pop-up window for the follower." msgstr "" +"팔로어가 받게 되는 업데이트는 구독 설정에 따라 달라질 수 있습니다. 팔로어가 구독 중인 업데이트 유형을 확인하고 목록을 편집하려면 " +":guilabel:`👤 (사용자)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다. 목록에서 팔로어를 찾은 다음 :guilabel:`✏️ (연필)` 아이콘을 " +"클릭합니다. 그러면 팔로어에 대한 :guilabel:`구독 수정` 팝업 창이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/chatter.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -1362,6 +1367,9 @@ msgid "" "Pipeline`, and click on the Kanban card of an opportunity to open it. Then, " "at the top-right, above the chatter composer, click :guilabel:`Log note`." msgstr "" +"내부 메모를 기록하려면 먼저 레코드로 이동합니다. 예를 들어 *CRM* 영업기회를 열려면 :menuselection:`CRM 앱 --> " +"영업 --> 내 파이프라인` 으로 이동한 후 영업기회의 칸반 카드를 클릭하여 엽니다. 그런 다음 오른쪽 상단, 메시지창의 작성창 위에 " +"있는 :guilabel:`메모 로그` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/chatter.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -1411,6 +1419,9 @@ msgid "" "open it. Then, at the top-right, above the chatter composer, click " ":guilabel:`Send message`." msgstr "" +"메시지를 보내려면 먼저 레코드로 이동합니다. 예를 들어 *CRM* 영업기회에서 메시지를 보내려면 :menuselection:`CRM 앱 " +"--> 영업 --> 내 파이프라인` 으로 이동한 다음 영업기회 칸반 카드를 클릭하여 엽니다. 그런 다음 오른쪽 상단의 메시지창의 작성창 " +"위에 있는 :guilabel:`메시지 보내기` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/chatter.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -1551,6 +1562,9 @@ msgid "" "at the top-right, above the chatter composer, click the :guilabel:`🔍 " "(magnifying glass)` icon to open the search bar." msgstr "" +"먼저 메시지창 스레드가 있는 레코드를 선택합니다. 예를 들어 *CRM* 영업기회를 검색하려면 :menuselection:`CRM 앱 " +"--> 영업 --> 내 파이프라인` 으로 이동한 다음 영업기회 칸반 카드를 클릭하여 엽니다. 그런 다음 오른쪽 상단, 메시지창 대화창 " +"위의 :guilabel:`🔍 (돋보기)` 아이콘을 클릭하여 검색창을 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/chatter.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -2356,15 +2370,15 @@ msgstr "회계 첨부 파일에 대한 중앙 집중화 기능을 사용하도 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:36 msgid "" -"If you select a new workspace, existing documents aren't moved. Only newly " +"If you select a new workspace, existing documents are not moved. Only newly " "created documents will be found under the new workspace." -msgstr "새로운 작업 공간을 선택할 경우, 기존 문서는 이동되지 않습니다. 새로 만든 문서만 새 작업 공간에서 확인할 수 있습니다." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:42 msgid "Workspaces" msgstr "저장공간" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:44 msgid "" "Workspaces are hierarchical folders having their own set of tags and " ":ref:`actions `. Default workspaces exist, but " @@ -2376,23 +2390,23 @@ msgstr "" " 작업 공간이 있으나, :menuselection:`문서 --> 구성 --> 작업 공간`으로 이동한 후 :guilabel:`새로 " "만들기`를 클릭하여 직접 만들 수 있습니다. 새 페이지에서 다음 정보를 입력합니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr ":guilabel:`이름`" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Parent Workspace`: if you want to create a sub-workspace, select " "its :guilabel:`Parent Workspace`" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`상위 작업 공간`: 하위 작업 공간을 생성하려면, 해당하는 :guilabel:`상위 작업 공간`을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:236 msgid "Tags" msgstr "태그" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:56 msgid "" "Tags are used within workspaces to add a level of differentiation between " "documents. They are organized per category, and filters can be used to sort " @@ -2401,7 +2415,7 @@ msgstr "" "태그는 작업 공간 내에서 문서 간의 차별화 수준을 추가하기 위해서 사용합니다. 카테고리별로 구성되어 있으며 필터를 이용하여 정렬할 수 " "있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:59 msgid "" "Tags can be created from the :guilabel:`Tags` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a " "line`, create the :guilabel:`Tag Category`, and :guilabel:`Name` your tags." @@ -2409,28 +2423,52 @@ msgstr "" "태그는 :guilabel:`태그` 탭에서 생성할 수 있습니다. guilabel:`줄 추가`를 클릭하고 :guilabel:`태그 " "카테고리`를 생성한 후 :guilabel:`태그 이름`을 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:63 msgid "" "The tags of a parent workspace apply to the child workspaces automatically;" msgstr "상위 작업 공간의 태그는 하위 작업 공간으로 자동 적용됩니다;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:64 msgid "" "Tags can be created and modified by going to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Tags`;" msgstr ":menuselection:`환경 설정 --> 태그`로 이동하여 태그를 생성 및 수정할 수 있습니다;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:65 msgid "" "Tags can also be created or edited by clicking the gear icon :guilabel:`⚙` " "on the left menu." msgstr "왼쪽 메뉴에 있는 톱니바퀴 아이콘 :guilabel:`⚙`을 클릭하면 태그를 만들거나 수정할 수도 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:67 +msgid "" +"An **email alias** can be used to automatically send received documents to a" +" specific workspace based on the tag assigned. To create an email alias:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Select the tag and the corresponding workspace where the document should be " +"directed in the left column of your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Next to the :guilabel:`Upload` button, click the down arrow, and then click " +":guilabel:`Share`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In the new window, click :guilabel:`Download and Upload` and enter the email" +" alias where documents should be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:79 msgid "Access rights" msgstr "접근 권한" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:81 msgid "" "To manage your workspace access rights, go to :menuselection:`Documents --> " "Configuration --> Workspaces`, open the workspace you want to edit, and go " @@ -2443,11 +2481,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`쓰기 그룹`을 추가할 수 있습니다. 작업 공간 문서를 보기만 할 수 있는 :guilabel:`읽기 그룹`을 추가할 " "수도 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:87 msgid "Description" msgstr "설명" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:89 msgid "" "You can add descriptive information to your workspace by going to " ":menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration --> Workspaces`, opening the " @@ -2456,7 +2494,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`문서 --> 환경 설정 --> 작업 공간`으로 이동하여 설명하려는 작업 공간을 열고 " ":guilabel:`설명` 탭으로 이동하면 작업 공간에 설명 정보를 추가할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:94 msgid "" "Workspaces can also be created and edited by clicking the gear icon " ":guilabel:`⚙` on the left menu." @@ -2466,39 +2504,32 @@ msgstr "왼쪽 메뉴에 있는 톱니바퀴 아이콘 :guilabel:`⚙`을 클릭 msgid "Create sub-workspaces from the left menu" msgstr "왼쪽 메뉴에 있는 톱니바퀴 아이콘 :guilabel:`⚙`을 클릭하면 작업 공간을 만들거나 편집할 수도 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:101 msgid "Documents management" msgstr "문서 관리" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:103 msgid "" "When selecting or opening a document, the right panel displays different " "options. On the top, additional options might be available: " ":guilabel:`Download`, :guilabel:`Share`, :guilabel:`Replace`, " ":guilabel:`Lock` or :guilabel:`Split`. It is also possible to " -":guilabel:`Open chatter` or :guilabel:`Archive` the document." +":guilabel:`Open chatter` or use the :guilabel:`Move to trash` option." msgstr "" -"문서를 선택하거나 열면, 오른쪽 패널에 다양한 옵션이 표시됩니다. 상단에 있는 추가 옵션을 사용할 수 있습니다: " -":guilabel:`다운로드`, :guilabel:`공유`, :guilabel:`바꾸기`, :guilabel:`잠금` 또는 " -":guilabel:`분할`. 문서를 :guilabel:`대화 열기` 또는 :guilabel:`보관`할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst-1 msgid "right panel options" msgstr "오른쪽 패널 옵션" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:112 msgid "" -"Then, you can modify the name of your file by clicking on " -":guilabel:`Document`. A :guilabel:`Contact` or an :guilabel:`Owner` can be " -"assigned. The related :guilabel:`Workspace` can be modified and it is " -"possible to access the related :guilabel:`Journal Entry` or add " -":guilabel:`Tags`." +"Then, you can modify the name of your file by clicking on :guilabel:`Name`. " +"A :guilabel:`Contact` or an :guilabel:`Owner` can be assigned. The related " +":guilabel:`Workspace` can be modified and it is possible to access the " +"related :guilabel:`Journal Entry` or add :guilabel:`Tags`." msgstr "" -"그런 다음, :guilabel:`문서`를 클릭하면 파일명을 수정할 수 있습니다. :guilabel:`연락처`나 " -":guilabel:`소유자`를 지정할 수 있습니다. 관련 :guilabel:`작업 공간`을 수정할 수 있으며, 관련 " -":guilabel:`전표 항목`에 액세스하거나 :guilabel:`태그`를 추가할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:117 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Contact` is the person related to the document and assigned " "to it. He can only view the document and not modify it. I.e.: an existing " @@ -2507,7 +2538,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`연락처`는 문서와 관련하여 할당된 사람입니다. 이 사람은 문서를 보기만 할 수만 있고 수정할 수는 없습니다. 즉, " "데이터베이스에 있는 기존 공급업체가 청구서에서의 연락처입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:120 msgid "" "The person who creates a document is, by default :guilabel:`Owner` of it and" " has complete rights to it. It is possible to replace the owner of a " @@ -2517,7 +2548,7 @@ msgstr "" "문서를 생성하는 사람은 기본 :guilabel:`소유자`가 되며 문서에 대한 모든 권한을 갖습니다. 문서의 소유자는 교체할 수 있습니다." " 즉, 직원이 '내 프로필'에서 문서를 보려면 반드시 해당 문서의 소유자여야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:124 msgid "" "Different :ref:`Actions ` are available at the " "bottom of the right panel, depending on the workspace where your document is" @@ -2526,17 +2557,17 @@ msgstr "" "문서가 저장된 작업 공간에 따라 오른쪽 패널 하단에서 다른 :ref:`활동 `을 진행할" " 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:128 msgid "Split PDF documents" msgstr "PDF 문서 분할하기" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:130 msgid "" "Select the PDF you want to split, and click the scissors icon. A new view " "displays all the pages of the document." msgstr "분할하려는 PDF를 선택하고 가위 아이콘을 클릭합니다. 새로운 문서 화면에 전체 페이지가 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:133 msgid "" "By default, each page of the document will be split when clicking " ":guilabel:`Split`. To remove a split between two pages, click on the " @@ -2549,7 +2580,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "split your documents" msgstr "문서 분할하기" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:140 msgid "" "To merge documents from your dashboard, select them and click the scissors " "icon. Click on the scissors between the two documents and click " @@ -2558,27 +2589,27 @@ msgstr "" "현황판에서 문서를 병합하려면, 문서를 선택하고 가위 아이콘을 클릭합니다. 두 문서 사이에 있는 가위를 클릭하고 " ":guilabel:`분할`로 문서를 병합합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:144 msgid "Additional features" msgstr "추가 기능" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:146 msgid "" "Select a workspace and click the arrow next to the :guilabel:`Upload` button" " to access additional features:" msgstr "추가 기능에 액세스하려면, 작업 공간을 선택한 후 :guilabel:`업로드` 버튼 옆에 있는 화살표를 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:150 msgid "Request" msgstr "요청" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:152 msgid "" "You can create \"missing documents\" and organize them as documents, to " "remind users to download them." msgstr "\"누락된 문서' 항목을 생성하고 이를 문서로 정리하여 사용자에게 다운로드하도록 알릴 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:154 msgid "" "Select the workspace where the file should be stored, click " ":guilabel:`Upload`, then :guilabel:`Request`. Add the :guilabel:`Document " @@ -2595,17 +2626,17 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`메모`를 추가합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`요청`을 클릭합니다. 누락된 문서의 자리 표지자가 작업 공간에 " "생성됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:161 msgid "When your document is available, click the placeholder to upload it." msgstr "문서가 준비되면, 자리 표지자를 클릭하여 업로드합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:163 msgid "" "You can see all missing documents by going to the **Activity** view and to " "the :guilabel:`Requested Document` column." msgstr "**활동** 화면에서 :guilabel:`요청된 문서` 열로 이동하면 누락 문서를 모두 볼 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:167 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Activity` view, you can send a **reminder email** to " "users from whom you are expecting a document. Go to the :guilabel:`Requested" @@ -2614,7 +2645,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`활동` 화면에서 **이메일 리마인더** 를 문서를 사용하려고 대기 중인 사용자에게 보낼 수 있습니다. " ":guilabel:`요청된 문서` 열로 이동하여 ⋮를 클릭한 후 :guilabel:`문서 요청: 리마인더` 를 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:171 msgid "" "Click on a date to see the details of a specific request. You can update it " "by clicking on the pen icon, :guilabel:`Preview` the content of the reminder" @@ -2627,11 +2658,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "send a reminder email from the Activity view" msgstr "활동 화면에서 이메일 리마인더 보내기" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:179 msgid "Add a link" msgstr "링크 추가" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:181 msgid "" "To add a link to your documents dashboard, click on :guilabel:`Add a Link`, " "enter the :guilabel:`URL`, and :guilabel:`Name` it." @@ -2639,11 +2670,11 @@ msgstr "" "문서 현황판에 링크를 추가하려면 :guilabel:`링크 추가`를 클릭하고 :guilabel:`URL`을 입력한 후 " ":guilabel:`이름`을 지정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:185 msgid "Share" msgstr "공유" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:187 msgid "" "You can create a share link to a document or all documents of a workspace. " "It allows anyone to download the file(s) or upload files to a workspace." @@ -2651,7 +2682,7 @@ msgstr "" "작업 공간에 있는 특정 문서나 전체 문서에 대해 공유 링크를 생성할 수 있습니다. 링크를 통해 누구나 파일을 다운로드하거나 작업 공간에 " "파일을 업로드할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:190 msgid "" "To do so, select the workspace or the document and click the arrow next to " "the :guilabel:`Upload` button then :guilabel:`Share`. On the pop-up, the " @@ -2668,17 +2699,17 @@ msgstr "" "설정합니다. 작업 공간에 있는 하위 폴더도 공유하려면 :guilabel:`하위 폴더 포함` 확인란에 표시합니다. 사용자가 직접 문서를 " "업로드하는 것을 허용하려면 :guilabel:`다운로드 및 업로드`를 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:198 msgid "" "It is possible to only share one or more documents (without their workspace)" " by selecting them and clicking :guilabel:`Share`." msgstr "문서를 선택하고 :guilabel:`공유`를 클릭하면 문서를 (해당 작업 영역 없이) 하나 이상 공유할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:202 msgid "New spreadsheet" msgstr "새 스프레드시트" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:204 msgid "" "To create a new :doc:`spreadsheet `, click :guilabel:`New " "Spreadsheet`. You can select a :guilabel:`Blank spreadsheet` or an " @@ -2687,11 +2718,11 @@ msgstr "" "새로 :doc:`스프레드시트 `를 생성하려면 :guilabel:`새 스프레드시트`를 클릭합니다. " ":guilabel:빈 스프레드시트` 또는 :doc:`기존 서식 `을 선택할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:210 msgid "Workflow actions" msgstr "워크플로우 활동" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:212 msgid "" "Workflow actions help manage documents and overall business operations. " "These are automated actions that can be created and customized for each " @@ -2702,17 +2733,17 @@ msgstr "" "있도록 작업을 자동화합니다. 예를 들어, 클릭 한 번으로 문서를 생성하거나, 이동 및 서명과 태그 추가, 청구서 처리까지 할 수 " "있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:216 msgid "" "These workflow actions appear on the right panel when a document meets the " "set criteria." msgstr "문서 설정 기준을 충족하는 경우 이러한 워크플로우 활동이 오른쪽 패널에 나타납니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:219 msgid "Create workflow actions" msgstr "워크플로우 활동 생성하기" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:221 msgid "" "To create workflow actions, go to :menuselection:`Documents --> " "Configuration --> Actions` and click :guilabel:`New`." @@ -2720,17 +2751,17 @@ msgstr "" "워크플로우 활동을 생성하려면 :menuselection:`문서 --> 환경 설정 --> 활동`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`새로 " "만들기`를 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:225 msgid "" "An action applies to all **sub-workspaces** under the :guilabel:`Related " "Workspace` you selected." msgstr "해당 활동은 선택한 :guilabel:`관련 작업 공간` 아래에 있는 모든 **하위 작업 공간**에 적용됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:228 msgid "Set the conditions" msgstr "조건 설정하기" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:230 msgid "" "You can :guilabel:`Create` a new :guilabel:`Action` or edit an existing one." " You can define the :guilabel:`Action Name` and then set the conditions that" @@ -2741,25 +2772,23 @@ msgstr "" " 작업 버튼 (:guilabel:`▶`)을 표시하는 조건을 설정하려면, :guilabel:`작업명`을 지정한 다음 조건을 설정할 수 " "있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:234 msgid "There are three basic types of conditions you can set:" msgstr "설정할 수 있는 세 가지 기본 조건의 유형은 다음과 같습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:236 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: you can use the :guilabel:`Contains` and :guilabel:`Does " -"not contain` conditions, meaning the files *must have* or *mustn't have* the" -" tags set here." +"not contain` conditions, meaning the files *must have* or *must not have* " +"the tags set here." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`태그`: :guilabel:`포함` 및 :guilabel:`포함하지 않음`을 조건으로 사용할 수 있습니다. 즉, " -"여기에 설정된 태그가 파일에 *반드시 있어야 함* 또는 *절대 있으면 안됨*이라는 의미입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:239 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: the files must be associated with the contact set here." msgstr ":guilabel:`연락처`: 여기에 설정된 연락처와 파일이 연결되어 있어야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:241 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Owner`: the files must be associated with the owner set here." msgstr ":guilabel:`소유자`: 여기에 설정된 소유자와 파일이 연결되어 있어야 합니다." @@ -2768,23 +2797,23 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`소유자`: 여기에 설정된 소유자와 파일이 연결 msgid "Example of a workflow action's basic condition in Odoo Documents" msgstr "Odoo 문서에서 워크플로우 활동의 기본 조건 예시" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:247 msgid "" -"If you don't set any conditions, the action button appears for all files " +"If you do not set any conditions, the action button appears for all files " "inside the selected workspace." -msgstr "조건을 설정하지 않으면 선택한 작업 공간 내에 있는 전체 파일에 대하여 작업 버튼이 나타납니다." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:251 msgid "Advanced condition type: domain" msgstr "고급 조건 유형: 도메인" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:254 msgid "" "It is recommended to have some knowledge of Odoo development to configure " "*Domain* filters properly." msgstr "*도메인* 필터를 올바르게 설정하기 위해서는 Odoo 개발에 대하여 어느 정도의 지식이 있는 것이 좋습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:257 msgid "" "The :ref:`developer mode ` needs to be activated to access " "the :guilabel:`Domain` condition from the :guilabel:`Actions` tab. Once " @@ -2795,7 +2824,7 @@ msgstr "" "mode>`를 활성화해야 합니다. 활성화 후 :guilabel:`도메인` 조건 유형을 선택하고 :guilabel:`조건 추가`를 " "클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:261 msgid "" "To create a rule, you typically select a :guilabel:`field`, an " ":guilabel:`operator`, and a :guilabel:`value`. For example, if you want to " @@ -2811,7 +2840,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a workflow action's domain condition in Odoo Documents" msgstr "Odoo 문서에 있는 워크플로우 활동 도메인 조건 예시" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:269 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add New Rule` (plus icon) and :guilabel:`Add branch` to add" " conditions and sub-conditions. You can then specify if your rule should " @@ -2822,114 +2851,114 @@ msgstr "" " 그런 다음 규칙이 :guilabel:`전체` 또는 :guilabel:`일부` 조건과 일치해야 하는지 여부를 지정할 수 있습니다. 또한 " ":guilabel:`코드 편집기`로 규칙을 직접 편집할 수도 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:274 msgid "Configure the actions" msgstr "활동 설정" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:276 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Actions` tab to set up your action. You can " "simultaneously:" msgstr "활동을 설정하려면 :guilabel:`활동` 탭을 선택합니다. 다음 내용을 동시에 설정할 수 있습니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:278 msgid "" "**Set Contact**: add a contact to the file, or replace an existing contact " "with a new one." msgstr "**연락처 설정**: 파일에 연락처를 추가하거나 기존 연락처를 새로운 연락처로 교체합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:279 msgid "" "**Set Owner**: add an owner to the file, or replace an existing owner with a" " new one." msgstr "**소유자 설정**: 파일에 소유자를 추가하거나 기존 소유자를 새로운 소유자로 교체합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:280 msgid "**Move to Workspace**: move the file to any workspace." msgstr "**작업 공간으로 이동**: 파일을 작업 공간으로 이동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:281 msgid "" "**Create**: create one of the following items attached to the file in your " "database:" msgstr "**만들기**: 데이터베이스에서 파일에 첨부된 다음의 항목 중 하나를 생성합니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:283 msgid "" "**Link to record**: link the document to a record (i.e. link to a vehicle in" " Fleet);" msgstr "**레코드에 연결**: 문서를 레코드에 연결합니다 (예: 차량 관리 앱에 있는 차량에 연결);" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:284 msgid "**Product template**: create a product you can edit directly;" msgstr "**품목 서식**: 직접 편집할 수 있는 품목을 생성합니다;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:285 msgid "**Task**: create a Project task you can edit directly;" msgstr "**작업**: 직접 편집할 수 있는 프로젝트 작업을 생성합니다;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:286 msgid "**Signature PDF template**: create a new Sign template to send out;" msgstr "**서명 PDF 서식**: 새로운 서명 서식을 만들어 발송합니다;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:287 msgid "**PDF to sign**: create a PDF to sign;" msgstr "**서명용 PDF**: 서명용 PDF를 생성합니다;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:288 msgid "**Applicant**: create a new HR application you can edit directly;" msgstr "**지원자**: 직접 편집할 수 있는 새로운 HR 지원서를 생성합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:289 msgid "" "**Vendor bill**: create a vendor bill using OCR and AI to scrape information" " from the file content;" msgstr "**공급업체 청구서**: OCR 및 AI로 파일 콘텐츠에서 정보를 스크랩하여 공급업체 청구서를 생성합니다;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:291 msgid "" "**Customer invoice**: create a customer invoice using OCR and AI to scrape " "information from the file;" msgstr "**고객 청구서**: OCR 및 AI로 파일에서 정보를 스크랩하여 고객 청구서를 생성합니다;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:293 msgid "" "**Vendor credit note**: create a vendor credit note using OCR and AI to " "scrape information from the file;" msgstr "**공급업체 대변전표**: OCR 및 AI로 파일에서 정보를 스크랩하여 공급업체 대변전표를 생성합니다;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:295 msgid "" "**Credit note**: create a customer credit note using OCR and AI to scrape " "information from the file;" msgstr "**대변전표**: OCR 및 AI로 파일에서 정보를 스크랩하여 고객 대변전표를 생성합니다;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:297 msgid "" "**Miscellaneous Operations**: create a record in :guilabel:`Miscellaneous " "Operations` in Accounting;" msgstr "**기타 작업**: 회계 앱의 :guilabel:`기타 작업`에 레코드를 생성합니다;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:299 msgid "**Bank Statement**: create a Bank Statement in Finance;" msgstr "**은행 명세서**: 재무 항목에 은행 명세서를 생성합니다;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:300 msgid "" "**Expense**: create an expense automatically based on a file's content." msgstr "**경비**: 파일 콘텐츠에 따라 자동으로 경비를 생성합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:290 -msgid "**Set Tags**: add, remove, and replace any number of tags." -msgstr "**태그 설정**: 원하는 수만큼 태그를 추가, 제거, 및 교체할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:302 +msgid "**Set Tags**: add, remove, and replace any number of tags;" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:303 msgid "" "**Activities - Mark all as Done**: mark all activities linked to the file as" -" done." -msgstr "**활동 - 전체 완료 표시**: 파일에 연결된 모든 활동을 완료된 것으로 표시합니다." +" done;" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:304 msgid "" "**Activities - Schedule Activity**: create a new activity linked to the file" " as configured in the action. You can choose to set the activity on the " @@ -2942,11 +2971,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a workflow action Odoo Documents" msgstr "Odoo 문서의 워크플로우 활동에 대한 예시" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:311 msgid "Digitize documents with AI and optical character recognition (OCR)" msgstr "AI 및 광학 문자 인식 (OCR: optical character recognition )을 통해 문서 디지털 변환하기" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:313 msgid "" "Documents available in the Finance workspace can be digitized. Select the " "document to digitize, click :guilabel:`Create Bill`, :guilabel:`Create " @@ -2957,7 +2986,7 @@ msgstr "" " :guilabel:`고객 청구서 생성` 또는 :guilabel:`대변전표 생성`을 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`전송하여 디지털 " "변환하기`를 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:318 msgid "" ":doc:`AI-powered document digitization " "<../finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization>`" @@ -3016,6 +3045,8 @@ msgid "" "change the name of your article later, you must do it manually. To do so, " "click the name on the top bar and proceed to the modification." msgstr "" +"상단 표시줄 왼쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`제목 없음` 을 클릭하면 h1 :dfn:`(첫 번째 수준 헤더)` 제목과 글 제목이 자동으로" +" 일치됩니다. 나중에 글 제목을 변경하려면 수동으로 변경해야 합니다. 변경하려면 상단 표시줄에 있는 제목을 클릭하고 수정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:25 msgid "Text editor" @@ -3547,6 +3578,10 @@ msgid "" "to :ref:`removal `, through :ref:`sharing " "` and :ref:`structure `." msgstr "" +"게시 문서에 대한 효과적인 관리야말로 연구 프로젝트 작업, 시험 공부, 비즈니스를 위한 지식 데이터베이스 구축 등 지식 자원의 가치를 " +"극대화한다는 점에서 핵심입니다. Knowledge를 사용하면 :ref:`생성 ` 에서 :ref:`삭제 " +"`까지, :ref:`공유 ` 및 :ref:`구조 " +"` 에 이르기까지 완벽하게 게시 문서를 관리할 수 있습니다. " #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -4048,6 +4083,16 @@ msgid "" "`_ have not " "adopted the UETA, but similar acts instead." msgstr "" +"주 단위 및 국제 수준의 `ESIGN법 (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce" +" Act: 전자 서명 및 국제 상거래법) " +"`_ 주 차원의 " +"`UETA (Uniform Electronic Transactions Act: 통합 전자 거래법) " +"`_" +" 전자 서명에 대한 법적인 기반을 제공합니다. `일리노이주 " +"`_ 및 `뉴욕주 " +"`_는 UETA를 " +"채택하지 않는 대신 유사한 법안을 채택하고 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -4113,6 +4158,9 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`role ` assigned to a field by clicking on it and selecting " "the one you want." msgstr "" +"현황판에서 :guilabel:`서명할 PDF 업로드` 를 클릭하면 일회용 서명을 할 수 있습니다. 문서를 선택하여 연 다음 문서에 필요한" +" :ref:`필드 ` 를 끌어다 놓습니다. 필드를 클릭하고 원하는 필드를 선택하면 지정된 :ref:`역할 " +"` 을 수정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -4151,6 +4199,9 @@ msgid "" "can modify the :ref:`role ` of a field by clicking on it and " "selecting the one you want." msgstr "" +"같은 문서를 여러 번 보내야 하는 경우에 대비해서 문서 템플릿을 만들 수 있습니다. 현황판에서 :guilabel:`PDF 템플릿 업로드`" +" 를 클릭합니다. 문서를 선택한 후 필수 :ref:`필드 ` 를 추가합니다. 필드의 :ref:`역할 " +"` 을 수정하려면 클릭한 후 원하는 필드를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -4161,6 +4212,10 @@ msgid "" "signature, or define :guilabel:`Authorized Users` if you want to restrict " "the use of your template to specific authorized users or groups." msgstr "" +"템플릿에서 :guilabel:`템플릿 속성` 을 클릭하여 :guilabel:`태그` 를 추가하고, :guilabel:`서명된 문서 작업 " +"영역` 을 정의하며, :guilabel:`서명된 문서 태그` 를 추가하고, 서명 후 수신되는 서명 확인 메시지에서 사용할 수 있는 " +":guilabel:`리디렉션 링크` 를 설정하거나 인증받은 사용자 또는 그룹만 템플릿을 사용하도록 제한하려는 경우 " +":guilabel:`인증된 사용자` 를 정의할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -4338,6 +4393,8 @@ msgid "" "signature is affixed can be easily detected, maintaining the document's " "authenticity and security throughout its lifecycle." msgstr "" +"문서에 서명할 때마다 작업의 고유한 디지털 서명인 **해시**가 생성되어 추적성, 무결성, 변경 불가능성을 보장합니다. 이 프로세스는 " +"서명이 첨부된 후 변경된 내용을 쉽게 감지할 수 있도록 보장하고 문서의 수명 주기 전반에 걸쳐 문서의 진위성과 보안을 유지합니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:226 msgid "" @@ -4396,6 +4453,9 @@ msgid "" "them. You can decide on the signing order by typing **1** or **2** in the " "first column." msgstr "" +"서로 역할이 다른 서명 필드가 최소 두 개는 있는 PDF를 업로드하고 :guilabel:`보내기` 를 클릭한 후 :guilabel:`서명" +" 순서 지정` 트글 버튼을 전환하고 서명자의 이름이나 이메일 정보를 검색하여 추가합니다. 서명 순서를 지정하려면 첫 번째 열에 **1**" +" 또는 **2** 를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:263 msgid "" @@ -4517,6 +4577,9 @@ msgid "" "birthdate”). You can also use a :guilabel:`Placeholder` text to be displayed" " inside the field before it is completed." msgstr "" +"다음으로 :guilabel:`팁` 을 작성합니다. 팁은 서명 과정에서 사용자 화면 왼쪽에 있는 화살표 안에 표시되어 단계 진행을 도와 " +"줍니다 (예: “여기에 서명하세요” 또는 “생년월일을 입력하세요”). :guilabel:`자리표지자` 텍스트를 사용하여 입력 전에 필드 " +"안에 텍스트로 나타나게 할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst-1 msgid "Tip and placeholder example in Odoo Sign" @@ -7941,6 +8004,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Insert pivot`, select the pivot, and tick :guilabel:`Display " "missing cells only` to preview first the missing data." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`모든 데이터 새로 고침` 을 하면 기존의 피벗 셀만 업데이트됩니다. 새 셀을 추가해야 하는 경우에는 메뉴 표시줄로 " +"이동하여 :menuselection:`데이터 --> 피벗 다시 삽입` 을 클릭하여 피벗을 완전히 업데이트합니다. 또는 " +":guilabel:`피벗 삽입` 을 클릭하고 피벗을 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`누락된 셀만 표시` 를 선택하여 누락된 데이터를 먼저" +" 미리 볼 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/insert.rst:0 msgid "Displaying missing cells in a pivot" @@ -8030,6 +8097,9 @@ msgid "" "column compares :guilabel:`Actuals` data to their corresponding budget, " "expressed as a percentage." msgstr "" +"예산 성과를 분석하려면 관련 기간 및 계정별로 예상되는 수입 (:guilabel:`수입` 행)과 지출 (:guilabel:`지출` 행)을" +" :guilabel:`예산` 열 아래의 셀에 입력합니다. 그런 다음 실적 (:guilabel:`실적`) 열에 :guilabel:`실제` " +"데이터를 해당 예산과 비교하여 백분율로 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/templates.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -9237,6 +9307,9 @@ msgid "" "automatically using a digital receptionist. This way, an administrative team" " does **not** have to be available around the clock." msgstr "" +"회사에서는 다이얼 플랜에 있는 고급 요소를 활용하여 회사 휴일과 같은 특정 날짜 또는 시간에 적용되는 통화 라우팅을 자동화할 수 " +"있습니다. 또한 발신자가 직접 내선 번호를 입력하고 디지털 안내 센터를 통해 자동으로 연결되게 할 수도 있습니다. 이렇게 하면 관리팀에서" +" 24시간 내내 대기할 필요가 **없습니다**." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -10982,6 +11055,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Destination`, a specific time frame can be selected by sliding " "the :guilabel:`seconds bar` to the desired ring time." msgstr "" +"예를 들어 :guilabel:`무응답 시 전달` 필드 아래에 :guilabel:`대상 추가` 버튼을 선택하면 사용자나 전화번호를 추가하는" +" 옵션이 표시됩니다. :guilabel:`대상` 을 입력한 후 :guilabel:`초 표시 막대` 를 벨소리 시간으로 밀면 사긴대를 " +"선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -11388,6 +11464,9 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu below the field. Then, click on the desired user, and they " "are added to the user group." msgstr "" +"다음으로 :guilabel:`이름` 에 텍스트를 입력하여 그룹명을 지정합니다. 그 다음 :guilabel:`구성원` 에 사용자 이름에 " +"있는 처음 몇 글자를 입력하여 그룹에 구성원을 추가합니다. 필드 아래의 드롭다운 메뉴에 사용자가 입력됩니다. 그런 다음 원하는 사용자를 " +"클릭하면 사용자 그룹에 추가됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:343 msgid "Repeat this process to add more users to the group." @@ -11706,6 +11785,9 @@ msgid "" "message management` field, click the drop-down menu, and select the " "extension where Axivox should call to record the message." msgstr "" +"클릭하면 :guilabel:`메시지 녹음/듣기` 팝업 창이 나타납니다. 여기에서 연결된 확장 프로그램 중 하나를 통해 메시지를 " +"녹음합니다. :guilabel:`메시지 관리에 사용할 확장 프로그램` 에서 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭한 후 Axivox가 메시지를 녹음하려면 " +"호출해야 하는 확장 프로그램을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:179 msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`OK` to begin the call." @@ -12721,6 +12803,9 @@ msgid "" " Without picking up the call in the Odoo *VoIP* phone widget, the only way " "to transfer a call is automatically though the provider console/portal." msgstr "" +"Odoo *VoIP* 전화 위젯에서는 한 사용자에서 다른 사용자로 통화를 전환할 수 있습니다. 다만 발신자와 먼저 통화를 한 후에 " +"**한해서만** 전환할 수 있습니다. Odoo *VoIP* 전화 위젯에서 전화를 받지 않고 통화 전환을 하는 방법은 공급자 콘솔/포털을 " +"통하는 방법밖에 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/transfer_forward.rst:115 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 69099a40f..08d913a49 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -7,17 +7,17 @@ # JH CHOI , 2023 # Linkup , 2024 # Daye Jeong, 2024 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Sarah Park, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ msgstr "" "전에 추가 시간을 확보할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:44 @@ -161,10 +161,12 @@ msgid "" "the database. Before converting this lead, click the smart button to confirm" " if the lead should be merged." msgstr "" +"영업제안 페이지 상단에 :guilabel:`유사한 영업제안` 스마트 버튼이 나타나는 것은 유사한 영업제안이나 영업기회가 데이터베이스에 " +"이미 존재한다는 의미입니다. 영업제안을 변환하기 전에 스마트 버튼을 클릭하여 영업제안을 병합해야 하는지 확인하세요." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:0 msgid "Close up of a lead with emphasis on the Similar Leads smart button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "유사한 영업제안 스마트 버튼이 강조되어 있는 영업제안을 확대한 모습" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -265,272 +267,282 @@ msgid "" "the top :guilabel:`Pipeline` page to view all opportunities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities" -msgstr "영업제안/영업기회 생성" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Two key ways to generate new leads or opportunities for your business are " -"through email aliases and website contact forms. Odoo automatically creates " -"leads in your CRM whenever someone sends a message to a Sales Team email " -"alias or fills out a contact form on your website." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:3 +msgid "Create leads (from email or manually)" msgstr "" -"비즈니스에 새로운 영업제안이나 영업기회를 창출하는 주요 방법 두 가지는 바로 이메일 별칭과 웹사이트 문의 양식을 이용하는 것입니다. " -"Odoo에서는 영업팀 이메일 별칭으로 메시지를 보내거나 웹사이트의 문의 양식을 작성할 때마다 자동으로 CRM에 영업제안을 생성합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Leads can be added to the *CRM* app from custom email aliases, and by " +"manually creating new records. This is in addition to the leads and " +"opportunities created in the app through the :doc:`website contact form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:12 +msgid "" +"First, ensure the *Leads* feature is enabled in the database by navigating " +"to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:17 msgid "Configure email aliases" msgstr "이메일 별칭 설정" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:19 msgid "" -"Each Sales Team can use its own unique email alias to generate " -"leads/opportunities. Any email sent to a Sales Team's email alias will " -"automatically create a lead (if leads are activated in your CRM settings) or" -" an opportunity in the pipeline for that particular team. Configure custom " -"email aliases on the configuration page for each Sales Team by navigating to" -" :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`." +"Each sales team has the option to create and utilize their own unique email " +"alias. When messages are sent to this address, a lead (or opportunity), is " +"created with the information from the message." msgstr "" -"영업팀마다 고유한 이메일 별칭을 사용하여 영업제안/영업기회를 생성할 수 있습니다. 영업팀의 이메일 별칭으로 전송된 이메일은 모두 자동으로" -" 영업제안 (CRM 설정에서 영업제안이 활성화된 경우) 또는 해당 특정 팀에 대한 파이프라인에서 영업기회를 생성합니다. " -":menuselection:`CRM --> 환경 설정 --> 영업팀`으로 이동하여 각 영업팀의 설정 페이지에 있는 사용자 정의 이메일 " -"별칭을 설정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Configuring Sales Teams" -msgstr "영업팀 설정" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:23 -msgid "Use Contact Forms on your website" -msgstr "웹사이트 문의 양식 사용하기" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:23 msgid "" -"By default, your website's *Contact Us* page displays Odoo's ready-to-use " -"Contact Form. Whenever someone submits this form, a lead or an opportunity " -"is generated in your database." +"To create or update a sales teams' email alias, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`. Click on a team " +"from the list to open the team's details page." msgstr "" -"기본적으로 웹사이트의 *연락처* 페이지에는 바로 사용할 수 있는 Odoo 문의 양식이 있습니다. 양식이 제출될 때마다 데이터베이스에 " -"영업제안 또는 영업기회가 생성됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Default Contact Us page" -msgstr "기본 문의 페이지" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The Contact Form can be activated or deactivated at any time by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Go to Website --> Customize --> Contact Form`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The sales team details page, focused on the email alias section." msgstr "" -"문의 양식은 :menuselection:`웹사이트 --> 웹사이트로 이동 --> 사용자 정의 --> 문의 양식`으로 이동하여 언제든지 " -"활성화하거나 활성화를 해제할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Form toggle" -msgstr "문의 양식 전환" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:30 msgid "" -"When the Form is deactivated, the *Contact Us* page simply displays a button" -" to email your company directly. Any email sent this way will generate a " -"lead/opportunity." +"In the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field, enter a name for the email alias, or " +"edit the existing name. In the :guilabel:`Accept Emails From` field, use the" +" drop-down menu to choose who is allowed to send messages to this email " +"alias:" msgstr "" -"양식을 활성화하지 않을 경우에는, *연락처* 페이지에 직접 회사로 이메일을 보낼 수 있는 버튼만 표시됩니다. 이 방법으로 전송된 이메일은" -" 모두 영업제안/영업기회를 생성하게 됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Us Page using email" -msgstr "이메일을 통한 문의 페이지" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Choose which Sales Team or salesperson is automatically assigned to the " -"leads/opportunities created from the Contact Form by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Communication`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Everyone`: messages are accepted from any email address." msgstr "" -":menuselection:`웹사이트 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정 --> 커뮤니케이션`으로 이동하여 문의 양식에서 생성된 " -"영업제안/영업기회를 자동으로 배정할 영업팀 또는 영업 담당자를 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Form settings" -msgstr "문의 양식 설정" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:55 -msgid "Customize Contact Forms" -msgstr "문의 양식 사용자 정의" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:35 msgid "" -"Contact Forms can be customized for the specific information your team " -"needs, using the free *Form Builder* module." -msgstr "무료 *양식 제작기* 모듈을 사용하여 팀에 필요한 특정 정보에 맞추어 문의 양식을 커스터마이징할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The *Form Builder* module is installed automatically when a Form element is " -"added to a web page via the Website Builder. It can also be installed " -"manually from the :guilabel:`Apps` page." +":guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`: only accepts messages from email " +"addresses associated with a a partner (contact or customer) record." msgstr "" -"*양식 제작기* 모듈은 웹사이트 빌더를 통해 웹 페이지에 양식 요소가 추가되면 자동으로 설치됩니다. :guilabel:`앱` 페이지에서 " -"직접 설치할 수도 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Form Builder building blocks" -msgstr "양식 제작기 빌딩 블록" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:37 msgid "" -"Forms can be created from scratch to serve a wide variety of purposes. " -"However, Odoo's default *Contact Us* page is designed to fit most users' " -"needs. Start with the default form and modify from there." +":guilabel:`Followers only`: only accepts messages from those who are " +"following a record related to the team, such as a lead or opportunity. " +"Messages are also accepted from team members." msgstr "" -"다양한 용도로 사용할 수 있도록 양식을 처음부터 만들 수 있습니다. 그러나 Odoo의 기본 *연락처* 페이지는 대부분의 사용자 요구에 " -"맞게 설계되어 있습니다. 기본 양식으로 시작하여 거기에서 수정하세요." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:73 -msgid "Edit Contact Form fields" -msgstr "문의 양식란 편집하기" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:39 msgid "" -"In Edit mode on your website, click on any field to start editing it. The " -"following information can be edited for each field on the Contact Form:" +":guilabel:`Authenticated Employees`: only accepts messages from email " +"addresses that are connected to a record in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" -"웹사이트의 편집 모드에서 편집을 시작하려면 아무 필드나 클릭합니다. 문의 양식에 있는 필드에서 다음 정보를 수정할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:78 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Type`: Choose a custom field option or an existing field. " -"Examples include phone, file upload, language, etc." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:43 +msgid "Leads created from email" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`유형`: 사용자 정의 필드 옵션이나 기존 필드를 선택합니다. 예를 들면 전화, 파일 업로드, 언어 등이 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:45 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Input Type`: Determine the type of entry customers should input. " -"Available options are text,email, telephone, and URL." +"Leads created from email alias messages can be viewed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads`. Click a lead from the list to open it, " +"and view the details." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`입력 유형`: 고객이 입력해야 하는 항목 유형을 결정합니다. 문자, 이메일, 전화, URL 등을 선택할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:48 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Input Placeholder`: Type in an example to guide users how to " -"input information where formatting is important, such as a phone number or " -"email address." +"The email received by the alias is added to the *chatter* thread for the " +"lead. The subject line of the message is added to the title field, and the " +":guilabel:`Email` field is updated with the contact's email address." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`입력 자리 표시자`: 전화번호나 이메일 주소와 같이 형식이 중요한 정보를 입력하는 방법을 사용자에게 안내하는 예시를 " -"입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:84 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Label Name`: Type in the display name to show users what " -"information is needed from them." -msgstr ":guilabel:`라벨명`: 사용자에게 필요한 정보를 표시할 표시명을 입력합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:86 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Label Position`: Choose the way the label is aligned with the " -"rest of the form. The label can be hidden, above the field, to the far left " -"of the field, or right adjusted and closer to the field." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The chatter thread of a newly created lead in the CRM app." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`라벨 위치`: 라벨이 양식의 나머지 부분과 정렬되는 방식을 선택합니다. 라벨을 숨기거나 필드 위, 필드 왼쪽 끝 또는" -" 오른쪽으로 조정되어 필드에 더 가깝도록 배치할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:57 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Required`: Toggle this option for information that you absolutely" -" need entered." -msgstr ":guilabel:`필수`: 반드시 입력해야 하는 정보인 경우에는 토글로 선택합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:90 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hidden`: Toggle this option to hide the field without deleting " -"it." -msgstr ":guilabel:`숨기기`: 필드를 삭제하지 않고 숨기려면 토글로 선택합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:91 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Shown on Mobile`: Toggle this option to show the field to users " -"on mobile devices." -msgstr ":guilabel:`모바일에 표시`: 모바일 장치에서 사용자에게 필드를 표시하려면 토글로 선택합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Editable field options" -msgstr "편집할 수 있는 필드 옵션" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:97 -msgid "" -"By default, when a Form is submitted, it sends you an email with the " -"customer's inputted information. To have it automatically generate a " -"lead/opportunity instead, edit the Form and select :guilabel:`Create an " -"Opportunity` as the Action." +"If the *leads* feature is **not** enabled on the database, messages to the " +"email alias are added to the database as opportunities." msgstr "" -"기본적으로, 양식이 제출되면 고객이 입력한 정보를 이메일로 전송받게 됩니다. 이렇게 하는 대신 영업제안/영업기회를 자동으로 생성하려면 " -"양식을 편집하고 활동으로 :guilabel:`영업기회 만들기`를 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If leads are activated in your CRM settings, selecting :guilabel:`Create an " -"Opportunity` generates a lead instead. To learn more about activating leads " -"in the CRM settings, head over to :doc:`convert`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:64 +msgid "Manually create leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Leads can be added directly to the *CRM* app by manually creating a new " +"record. Navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads` to view a list of " +"existing leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Leads can also be added via the :doc:`Generate Leads ` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:72 +msgid "" +"At the top-left of the list, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank " +":guilabel:`Leads` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the first field of the new form, enter a title for the new lead. Next, " +"enter a :guilabel:`Contact Name`, and a :guilabel:`Company Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If a lead is :doc:`converted to an opportunity `, the " +":guilabel:`Company Name` field is used to either link this opportunity to an" +" existing customer, or to create a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:82 +msgid "Manually create opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To manually create an opportunity, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Sales --> My Pipeline`. At the top-left of the page, click :guilabel:`New` " +"to create a new opportunity Kanban card. In the " +":guilabel:`Organization/Contact` field, enter the name of the company the " +"opportunity is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Choose a name, and enter it in the :guilabel:`Opportunity` field. *This is a" +" required field.* When manually creating an opportunity, it is helpful to " +"add a name that relates to the details of the opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:93 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the opportunity is named `5 VP Chairs`. This " +"identifies the product the customer is interested in, as well as the " +"potential number of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:0 +msgid "An example of an opportunity in the CRM pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Enter the contact information for the opportunity in the :guilabel:`Email` " +"and :guilabel:`Phone` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:103 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Revenue` field, enter an estimated value for the " +"opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The information in the :guilabel:`Expected Revenue` and priority fields can " +"be used to track performance for individual salespeople, and on a team " +"basis. See :doc:`../performance/expected_revenue_report` and " +":doc:`../track_leads/lead_scoring` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:111 +msgid "Then, use the |st-o| :guilabel:`(star)` icons to assign a priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:113 +msgid "|st-o| |st-o| |st-o|: low priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:114 +msgid "|st| |st-o| |st-o|: medium priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:115 +msgid "|st| |st| |st-o|: high priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:116 +msgid "|st| |st| |st|: very high priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Assigning a priority changes the order of leads in Kanban view, with higher " +"priority leads displayed first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once all the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Add`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The CRM pipeline with a newly created opportunity." msgstr "" -"CRM 설정에서 영업제안이 활성화되어 있는 경우에 :guilabel:`영업기회 만들기`를 선택하면 영업제안이 대신 생성됩니다. CRM " -"설정에서 영업제안을 활성화하는 방법에 대해 자세히 알아보려면 :doc:`전환`을 확인하세요." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 msgid "Lead mining" msgstr "영업제안 발굴" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 msgid "" -"Lead mining is a feature that allows CRM users to generate new leads " +"*Lead mining* is a feature that allows *CRM* users to generate new leads " "directly into their Odoo database. To ensure lead qualification, lead mining" " output is determined by a variety of filtering criteria, such as the " "country, the company size, and the industry." msgstr "" -"영업제안 발굴 기능은 CRM 사용자가 Odoo 데이터베이스에서 직접 새로운 영업제안을 생성할 수 있는 기능입니다. 영업제안 자격을 " -"보장하기 위해 영업제안 발굴 생산량은 국가, 회사 규모, 업계 등 다양한 필터링 기준에 따라 결정됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:15 msgid "" -"To get started, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and activate :guilabel:`Lead Mining`." +"To get started, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`Lead Mining` checkbox to activate the " +"feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"시작하려면 :menuselection:`CRM --> 환경 설정 --> 설정`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`영업제안 발굴`을 " -"활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "Activate lead mining in Odoo CRM settings." msgstr "Odoo CRM 설정에서 영업제안 발굴 기능을 활성화합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:23 msgid "Generate leads" msgstr "영업제안 생성" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:25 msgid "" -"After the :guilabel:`Lead Mining` setting is activated, a new button called " -":guilabel:`Generate Leads` is available to use in the :guilabel:`CRM` " -"pipeline. Lead mining requests are also available through " -":menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests`, or through " -":menuselection:`CRM --> Leads --> Leads` where the :guilabel:`Generate " -"Leads` button is also available." +"After the *Lead Mining* setting is activated, a new button called *Generate " +"Leads* is available to use in the upper-left corner of the *CRM* *Pipeline* " +"(:menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales --> My Pipeline`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Lead mining requests are also available through :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests`, or through :menuselection:`CRM app " +"--> Leads --> Leads`, where the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button is also " +"available." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`영업제안 발굴` 설정을 활성화되면 :guilabel:`CRM` 파이프라인에서 :guilabel:`영업제안 생성`이라는" -" 새로운 버튼을 사용할 수 있습니다. 영업제안 발굴 요청은 :menuselection:`CRM --> 환경 설정 --> 영업제안 발굴 " -"요청`을 통해, 또는 :menuselection:`CRM --> 영업제안 --> 영업제안`에 있는 :guilabel:`영업제안 생성` " -"버튼을 통해 사용할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "The Generate Leads button to use the lead mining feature." msgstr "영업제안 발굴 기능을 사용하기 위한 영업제안 생성 버튼입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:37 msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button, and a window will appear " +"Click the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button, and a pop-up window appears, " "offering a variety of criteria by which to generate leads." -msgstr ":guilabel:`영업제안 생성` 버튼을 클릭하면 영업제안을 생성하는 다양한 기준이 있는 창이 나타납니다." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -538,65 +550,67 @@ msgid "" "Odoo." msgstr "Odoo에서 영업제안을 생성하기 위한 선택 기준이 있는 팝업 창입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:44 msgid "" "Choose to generate leads for :guilabel:`Companies` to get company " -"information only, or choose :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` to get " -"company information as well as individual employee contact information. When" -" targeting :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts`, there is an option to " -"filter contacts based on :guilabel:`Role` or :guilabel:`Seniority`." +"information only, or choose |CC| to get company information and individual " +"employee contact information." msgstr "" -"회사 정보만 가져오려면 :guilabel:`회사`에 대한 영업제안 생성을 선택하고, 회사 정보와 함께 개별 직원 연락처 정보를 가져오려면" -" :guilabel:`회사 및 연락처`를 선택합니다. :guilabel:`회사 및 해당 연락처`를 대상으로 하는 경우에는, " -":guilabel:`역할` 또는 :guilabel:`직급`을 기준으로 연락처에 필터를 적용하는 옵션이 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:44 -msgid "Additional filtering options include:" -msgstr "추가 필터 옵션은 다음과 같습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Size`: filter leads based on the number of employees at the " -"company" -msgstr ":guilabel:`규모`: 회사 직원 수를 기준으로 영업제안을 선별합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Countries`: filter leads based on the country (or countries) they" -" are located in" -msgstr ":guilabel:`국가`: 영업제안이 위치한 국가를 기준으로 영업제안을 선별합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:48 msgid "" -":guilabel:`States`: further filter leads based on the state they are located" -" in, if applicable" -msgstr ":guilabel:`지역`: 해당되는 경우 영업제안이 위치한 지역에 따라 추가로 선별합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:49 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Industries`: filter leads based on the specific industry they " -"work in" -msgstr ":guilabel:`산업`: 종사하는 특정 산업을 기준으로 영업제안을 선별합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose which Sales Team the leads will be assigned " -"to" -msgstr ":guilabel:`영업 팀`: 영업제안을 할당할 영업팀을 선택합니다." +"When targeting |CC|, additional options are available to filter contacts " +"based on :guilabel:`Role` or :guilabel:`Seniority`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Salesperson`: choose which person(s) on the Sales Team the leads " -"will be assigned to" -msgstr ":guilabel:`영업 담당자`: 영업팀에서 영업제안을 할당할 담당자를 선택합니다." +msgid "Additional filtering options include the following:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Countries`: filter leads based on the country (or countries) they" +" are located in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`States`: further filter leads based on the state in which they " +"are located, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Industries`: filter leads based on the specific industry they " +"work in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Filter on Size`: tick this checkbox to specify the number of " +"employees at the company. This generates a field labeled :guilabel:`Size`. " +"Fill in the blanks to create a range for the desired company size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose which Sales Team the leads will be assigned " +"to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson`: choose which member of the Sales Team the leads " +"will be assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:62 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Tags`: choose which tags are applied directly to the " -"leads once found" -msgstr ":guilabel:`기본 태그`: 발굴한 영업제안에 직접 적용할 태그를 선택합니다." +"leads once found." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 msgid "" "Make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulations when receiving contact " "information. Get more information about the General Data Protection " @@ -605,74 +619,347 @@ msgstr "" "연락처 정보를 받을 때 최신 EU 규정을 숙지하시기 바랍니다. 'Odoo GDPR `_에 대한 " "일반 데이터 보호 규정에 대한 자세한 내용을 확인해 보세요." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:69 +msgid "View leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +msgid "" +"After leads are generated, they are assigned to the designated salesperson " +"and team. To view additional information regarding the lead, select one from" +" the list, and click to open it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the chatter thread for the lead, additional information is provided. This" +" can include the number of employees, the technology used by the company, " +"the timezone, and direct contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 +msgid "The chatter thread of a newly generated lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Leads` are **not** enabled for the database, then leads are " +"generated as *opportunities*, and added to the pipeline for the designated " +"salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To enable the :guilabel:`Leads` feature, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:88 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "가격 책정" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:91 msgid "" -"Lead mining is an *In-App Purchase* feature and each generated lead costs " -"one credit." -msgstr "영업제안 발굴은 *인앱 구매* 기능이며 생성된 각각의 영업제안당 크레딧이 하나씩 차감됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Choosing to generate :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` costs one " -"additional credit for each contact generated." -msgstr ":guilabel:`회사 및 연락처` 생성을 선택할 경우 생성된 각 연락처에 대해 추가로 크레딧이 하나씩 차감됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:67 -msgid "" -"See here for full pricing information: `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP " -"`_." +"Lead mining is an *In-App Purchase* feature, and each generated lead costs " +"one :ref:`credit `." msgstr "" -"전체 가격 정보는 여기를 참조하세요: `Odoo IAP를 통한 영업제안 생성 `_." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:95 msgid "" -"To buy credits, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Generating |CC| costs one additional credit for each contact generated. See " +"here for complete pricing information: `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Lead Generation` section, under the " -":guilabel:`Lead Mining` feature, click on :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." +":guilabel:`Lead Mining` feature, click :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." msgstr "" -"크레딧을 구매하려면 :menuselection:`CRM --> 환경 설정 --> 설정`으로 이동합니다. :guilabel:`영업제안 " -"생성` 섹션의 :guilabel:`영업제안 발굴` 기능 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`크레딧 구매`를 클릭합니다" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 -msgid "Buy credits from the lead mining settings." -msgstr "영업제안 발굴 설정 항목에서 크레딧을 구매하세요." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:103 msgid "" "Credits may also be purchased by navigating to the :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> General Settings`. In the :guilabel:`In-App Purchases` section, under " -"the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` feature, click on :guilabel:`View My Services`." +"app`. In the :guilabel:`Contacts` section, under the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` " +"feature, click :guilabel:`View My Services`." msgstr "" -":menuselection:`설정 --> 일반 설정`으로 이동하여 크레딧을 구매할 수도 있습니다. :guilabel:`인앱 구매` 섹션에" -" 있는 :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` 기능 아래 :guilabel:`내 서비스 보기`를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst-1 msgid "Buy credits in the Odoo IAP settings." msgstr "Odoo IAP 설정에서 크레딧을 구매하세요." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:87 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:112 msgid "" "Enterprise Odoo users with a valid subscription get free credits to test " -":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` features before deciding to purchase more " -"credits for the database. This includes demo/training databases, educational" -" databases, and one-app-free databases." +"|IAP| features before purchasing more credits for the database. This " +"includes demo/training databases, educational databases, and one-app-free " +"databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:3 +msgid "Create opportunities from web contact forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Adding a contact form to a website makes it easy to convert visitors into " +"leads and opportunities. After a visitor submits their information, an " +"opportunity can be created automatically, and assigned to a designated sales" +" team and salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:12 +msgid "Customize contact forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By default, the *Contact Us* page on an Odoo website displays a " +"preconfigured contact form. This form can be customized, as needed, to suit " +"the needs of a specific sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Website app --> Contact Us`, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit` in the top-right of the screen to open the web editor. " +"Click on the form building block in the body of the webpage to open the form" +" configuration settings on the right sidebar. The following options are " +"available to customize the contact form from the :guilabel:`From` section of" +" the right sidebar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst-1 +msgid "The form configuration settings on an Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Action`: the default action for a contact form is :guilabel:`Send" +" an Email`. Select :guilabel:`Create an Opportunity` from the drop-down list" +" to capture the information in the *CRM* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose a sales team from the drop-down menu that the" +" opportunities from this form should be assigned to. This field **only** " +"appears if the :guilabel:`Action` field is set to :guilabel:`Create an " +"Opportunity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson`: if the opportunities should be assigned to a " +"specific salesperson, select them from the drop-down menu. If no selection " +"is made in this field, the opportunities are assigned based on the team's " +"existing rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marked Fields`: use this field to alter how the form handles " +"marked fields. The default option is to treat marked fields as " +":guilabel:`Required`, which is the recommended setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mark Text`: choose how :guilabel:`Marked Fields` should be " +"identified. The default character is an asterisk (`*`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Labels Width`: use this field to alter the pixel width of the " +"labels, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Success`: select how the webpage reacts after a customer " +"successfully submits a form. :guilabel:`Nothing` keeps the customer on the " +"same screen, with the addition of a confirmation message that the form was " +"submitted successfully. :guilabel:`Redirect` sends the customer to a new " +"webpage, based on the address provided in the :guilabel:`URL` field below. " +":guilabel:`Show Message` replaces the form with a preconfigured message that" +" informs the customer someone should respond to them as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL`: if :guilabel:`Redirect` is selected in the :guilabel:`On " +"Success` field, enter the URL for the webpage, where customers should be " +"directed after successfully submitting a form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visibility`: use the drop-down menu to add any visibility " +"conditions for this field, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If *leads* are activated in *CRM* settings, selecting :guilabel:`Create an " +"Opportunity` generates a lead instead. To activate leads, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:57 +msgid "Customize contact form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In addition to the settings for the form, the settings for each field can be" +" customized, as well. With the web editor menu still open, click into a " +"field to open the :guilabel:`Field` configuration settings section on the " +"sidebar. The following options are available to customize a field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: choose a custom field option or an existing field type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input Type`: determine the type of information customers should " +"input. Available options are :guilabel:`Text`, :guilabel:`Email`, " +":guilabel:`Telephone`, or :guilabel:`Url`. The selection made in this field " +"limits the format that customers can use when entering information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Label`: enter the name for the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Position`: choose the way the label is aligned with the rest of " +"the form. The label can be hidden, above the field, to the left of the " +"field, or right adjusted and closer to the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: slide the toggle to add a description for the " +"field, which can provide additional instructions to customers. Click under " +"the field on the form to add the description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Placeholder`: enter an example to help users know how to input " +"information where formatting is important, such as a phone number or email " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Value`: enter a value to include in the form, by default," +" if the customer does not provide information in the field. *It is not " +"recommended to include a default value for required fields*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required`: slide the toggle to mark this field as required if it " +"**must** be filled in for every submission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visibility`: select when this field should be visible. Use the " +"button on the left to choose whether to show or hide this field on a desktop" +" users. Use the button on the right to choose whether to show or hide this " +"field to mobile users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`Animation`: select if this field should have any animation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst-1 +msgid "The field configuration settings on an Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:89 +msgid "View opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:91 +msgid "" +"After a customer submits a contact form, and an opportunity is created, it " +"is assigned based on the :ref:`form settings `. " +"To view opportunities, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales --> My " +"Pipeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If leads are activated on the database, contact form submissions are " +"generated as leads, not opportunities. To activate leads, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads` to view the newly-created " +"leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:102 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`My Pipeline` dashboard, click on an opportunity card in " +"the Kanban view to open the opportunity record. The information submitted by" +" the customer is visible on the opportunity record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:107 +msgid "" +"As the contact form fields are customizable, the fields on the opportunity " +"record, where the form information is stored, varies accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the preconfigured contact form is used, the *Subject* field is added to " +"the :guilabel:`Title` field, and the content in the :guilabel:`Notes` field," +" which is labeled as :guilabel:`Your Question`, is added to the " +":guilabel:`Internal Notes` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../pipeline/manage_sales_teams`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`convert`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`../track_leads/lead_scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:118 +msgid ":ref:`Website forms `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 msgid "Create and send quotations" msgstr "견적서 작성 및 보내기" @@ -1139,20 +1426,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:12 msgid "" -"To install the *Gamification* module, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` " -"application. Click into the :guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top of the page" -" and remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter. Type `Gamification` to search." +"To install the *CRM Gamification* module, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Apps` application. Click into the :guilabel:`Search...` bar " +"at the top of the page and remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter. Type `CRM " +"Gamification` to search." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:16 msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Gamification` module is **not** already installed, click " -":guilabel:`Install`. After completing the installation, return to the " -":menuselection:`Apps` application and search for `Gamification` again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:20 -msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`CRM Gamification` module, click :guilabel:`Install`. This " "module features goals and challenges related to the *CRM* and *Sales* " "applications." @@ -1162,31 +1443,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the gamification module being installed in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:24 msgid "" -"If both the *CRM* and *Sales* apps are installed, the *CRM Gamification* " -"module is automatically installed on the database." +"If **both** the *CRM* and *Sales* apps are installed, the *CRM Gamification*" +" module is automatically installed on the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 msgid "" "To access the *Gamification Tools* menu, first enable :ref:`developer-mode`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:29 msgid "" "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Gamification Tools`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1 -msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings" -msgstr "Odoo 설정에 게임화 도구 메뉴가 있는지 확인하기" +msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 msgid "Create badges" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 msgid "" "*Badges* are awarded to users when they have completed a challenge. " "Different badges can be awarded based on the type of task completed, and can" @@ -1194,7 +1475,7 @@ msgid "" "goal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:44 msgid "" "To view the existing badges, or create a new one, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." @@ -1204,7 +1485,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the badges page in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:52 msgid "" "Some badges can be awarded outside of challenges, as well. Select the Kanban" " card for the desired badge, then click :guilabel:`Grant`. This opens a " @@ -1212,30 +1493,30 @@ msgid "" " would you like to reward?` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:56 msgid "" "Add any additional information regarding why the user is receiving the " "reward in the field below, then click :guilabel:`Grant Badge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a new badge, click :guilabel:`New` at the top-left of the page to " "open a blank form. Enter a name for the :guilabel:`Badge`, followed by a " "description." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Allowance to Grant` field determines when a badge can be " "granted, and by whom:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:64 msgid ":guilabel:`Everyone`: this badge can be manually granted by any user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`A selected list of users`: this badge can only be granted by a " "select group of users. If this option is selected, it generates a new field," @@ -1243,7 +1524,7 @@ msgid "" "down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`People having some badges`: this badge can only be granted by " "users who have already been awarded a specific badge. If this option is " @@ -1251,51 +1532,56 @@ msgid "" "drop-down list to select the badge(s) a user must have before they can award" " this badge to others." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`배지를 받은 사람`: 이 배지는 이미 특정 배지를 받은 사용자에게만 수여할 수 있습니다. 이 옵션을 선택하면 " +":guilabel:`필수 배지` 라는 새 필드가 생성됩니다. 이 드롭다운 목록을 사용하여 사용자가 다른 사람에게 이 배지를 수여하기 전에" +" 반드시 보유하고 있어야 하는 배지를 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No one, assigned through challenges`: this badge cannot be " "manually granted, it can only be awarded through challenges." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:75 msgid "" "To limit the number of badges a user can send, tick the :guilabel:`Monthly " "Limited Spending` checkbox. This sets a limit on the number of times a user " "can grant this badge. In the :guilabel:`Limitation Number` field, enter the " "maximum number of times this badge can be sent per month, per person." msgstr "" +"사용자가 전송할 수 있는 배지 수를 제한하려면 :guilabel:`월별 지급 제한` 확인란을 선택합니다. 이렇게 하면 사용자가 배지를 " +"부여하는 횟수에 제한을 설정합니다. :guilabel:`제한 횟수` 에 매월 1인에게 배지를 보낼 수 있는 최대 횟수를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1 msgid "The details page for a new badge." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:87 msgid "Create a challenge" msgstr "챌린지 만들기" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:89 msgid "" "To create a challenge, navigate to to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Gamification Tools --> Challenges`. Click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left " "corner to open a blank challenge form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:92 msgid "At the top of the form, enter a :guilabel:`Challenge Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:95 msgid "Create assignment rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:97 msgid "" "To assign the challenge to specific users, one or more assignment rules must" " be utilized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:99 msgid "" "Click into the first field under :guilabel:`Assign Challenge to`, and select" " a parameter from the drop-down list to define the rule. Then, click into " @@ -1303,73 +1589,84 @@ msgid "" "third field to further define the parameter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:104 msgid "" "To include all users with permissions in the *Sales* app, create a rule with" -" the following parameters: - :guilabel:`Groups` - :guilabel:`is in` - " -"`Sales/User: Own Documents Only`" +" the following parameters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:107 +msgid ":guilabel:`Groups`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`is in`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:109 +msgid "`Sales/User: Own Documents Only`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:0 msgid "View of the assignation rules section of a Challenge form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:115 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Periodicity` field, select a time frame for goals to be " "automatically assessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:118 msgid "Add goals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:120 msgid "" "Challenges can be based on a single goal, or can include multiple goals with" " different targets. To add a goal to the challenge, click :guilabel:`Add a " "line` on the :guilabel:`Goals` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:123 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Goal Definition` field, choose a goal from the drop-down " "list. The :guilabel:`Condition` field automatically updates to reflect the " "condition set on the goal definition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:128 msgid "" "The *CRM Gamification* module contains preconfigured goals geared towards " "salesteams:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:130 msgid ":guilabel:`New Leads`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Time to Qualify a Lead`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:132 msgid ":guilabel:`Days to Close a Dead`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:133 msgid ":guilabel:`New Opportunities`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`New Sales Orders`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:136 msgid "" "Enter a :guilabel:`Target` for the goal based on the :guilabel:`Suffix`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:138 msgid "Repeat these steps for each additional goal." msgstr "" @@ -1377,11 +1674,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The goals tab of a challenge form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:145 msgid "Add rewards" msgstr "리워드 추가하기" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:147 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Reward` tab. Choose the :ref:`badges ` to be awarded :guilabel:`For 1st User` and :guilabel:`For Every " @@ -1390,7 +1687,7 @@ msgstr "" "다음으로 :guilabel:`리워드` 탭을 클릭합니다. 드롭다운 목록에서 :guilabel:`첫 번째 사용자` 및 " ":guilabel:`성공한 사용자 모두` 를 선택하여 받게 될 :ref:`배지 ` 를 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:152 msgid "" "Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " "of a running period, at the end date of a challenge, or when the challenge " @@ -1398,7 +1695,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "챌린지를 완료하면 배지가 수여됩니다. 실행 기간이 종료되거나 챌린지 종일 혹은 챌린지를 직접 종료하는 경우가 이에 해당합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:155 msgid "" "After setup is complete, click the :guilabel:`Start Challenge` button at the" " top-left of the page to begin the challenge." @@ -1432,6 +1729,15 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`예상 수익`, :guilabel:`전화` 번호, :guilabel:`시간대` 및 :guilabel:`사용하는 기술` " "등이 있습니다." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Enterprise Odoo users with a valid subscription get free credits to test " +":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` features before deciding to purchase more " +"credits for the database. This includes demo/training databases, educational" +" databases, and one-app-free databases." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:21 msgid "" "The *leads* feature **must** be activated in the *CRM* settings page in " @@ -2036,6 +2342,9 @@ msgid "" "as needed. It also prevents the pipeline from becoming cluttered with past " "due activities." msgstr "" +"파이프라인에서 가장 정확하게 최신 활동 상태로 확인하게 유지하려면 영업제안과 상호 소통을 하는 즉시 관련 활동을 *완료* 로 표시합니다." +" 이렇게 하면 필요에 따라서 다음 활동을 예약할 수 있습니다. 또한 파이프라인이 기한이 지난 활동때문에 복잡해지는 것을 방지할 수 " +"있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -2123,6 +2432,9 @@ msgid "" "in the :guilabel:`Trigger` field, select whether the activity should occur " "before or after the plan date." msgstr "" +"다음으로 활동에 대한 타임라인을 설정합니다. 활동은 계획일 이전 또는 이후로 진행되도록 예약할 수 있습니다. 활동 기한을 설정하려면 " +":guilabel:`간격` 및 :guilabel:`단위` 필드를 사용합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`트리거` 필드에서 활동이 " +"계획일 이전 또는 이후에 진행될 지 여부를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:208 msgid "" @@ -2189,6 +2501,10 @@ msgid "" "popover. This updates the :guilabel:`Plan summary` with deadlines based on " "the intervals configured on the :ref:`activity plan `." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`일정 수립` 에서 실행하려는 활동 계획을 선택합니다. 그러면 일정을 수립할 활동이 기재되어 있는 " +":guilabel:`계획 요약` 항목이 생성됩니다. 달력 팝업 창으로 :guilabel:`계획일` 을 선택합니다. 이는 :ref:`활동 " +"계획 ` 에 설정되어 있는 간격을 기준으로 :guilabel:`계획 요약`이 마감일과 함께 " +"업데이트됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:238 msgid "" @@ -2329,6 +2645,9 @@ msgid "" "the second field and select :guilabel:`is set`. This limits the results to " "only include leads where an estimated closing date is listed." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`사용자 지정 필터 추가` 팝업 창에서 새 규칙의 첫 번째 필드를 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄에" +" `예상 마감` 을 입력하거나 스크롤을 이동하여 목록에서 선택합니다. 두 번째 필드를 클릭하고 :guilabel:`설정됨` 을 " +"선택합니다. 이렇게 하면 예상 마감일이 있는 영업제안만 결과에 나오게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/expected_revenue_report.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -2370,6 +2689,9 @@ msgid "" " the rule's second field and select :guilabel:`is set` from the drop-down " "menu. This excludes any results without an assigned salesperson." msgstr "" +"예상 마감일로 필터를 적용한 후 :guilabel:`새 규칙` 을 추가합니다. 그런 다음 새 규칙의 첫 번째 필드를 클릭하고 " +":guilabel:`검색...` 막대에 `영업 담당자` 를 입력하거나 목록을 스크롤하여 선택합니다. 규칙에 있는 두 번째 필드를 클릭하고" +" 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`설정됨` 을 선택합니다. 이렇게 하면 배정된 영업 담당자가 없는 결과는 제외됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/expected_revenue_report.rst:89 msgid "Add a filter for sales teams" @@ -2434,6 +2756,9 @@ msgid "" "should be included. Before adding the filters, make sure :guilabel:`all` is " "selected in this field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`사용자 지정 필터 추가` 양식 상단에는 규칙 중 :guilabel:`일부` 또는 :guilabel:`전부` 와 " +"일치시키는 옵션이 있습니다. 보고서를 제대로 실행하려면 다음 필터 **전부** 와 일치하는 레코드만 있어야 합니다. 필터를 추가하기 전에" +" 여기에서 :guilabel:`전부` 가 선택되어 있는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/expected_revenue_report.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -2496,6 +2821,8 @@ msgid "" "of the report. While both the line chart and bar chart are available in " "stacked view, the pie chart is not." msgstr "" +"예상 수익 보고서의 기본 보기는 누적형 막대 그래프입니다. 다른 그래프 보기로 전환하려면 보고서 왼쪽 상단에 있는 아이콘 중에서 하나를 " +"클릭합니다. 누적 보기에서는 꺾은선 그래프와 막대 그래프는 모두 사용할 수 있지만 원 그래프는 사용할 수 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/expected_revenue_report.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -4626,6 +4953,182 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:3 +msgid "Manage sales teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Teams* feature within Odoo's *CRM* app allows for the creation " +"and management of multiple sales teams, each with their own assignment " +"rules, invoicing targets, and roster of salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:9 +msgid "Create a sales team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To create a new sales team, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration " +"--> Sales Teams`, then click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the blank sales team form, enter a name in the :guilabel:`Sales Team` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:16 +msgid "Next, select a :guilabel:`Team Leader` from the drop-down list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Set an :guilabel:`Email Alias` to automatically generate a lead/opportunity " +"for this sales team whenever a message is sent to that unique email address." +" Choose whether to accept emails from :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`, :guilabel:`Followers Only`, or " +":guilabel:`Authenticated Employees`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Select a :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu to assign this team to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company` field is only visible in multi-company databases, " +"and is not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The settings page for a new sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If the *Sales* app is installed on the database, an :guilabel:`Invoicing " +"Target` field appears on the sales team form. This is the revenue target for" +" the current month. The amount entered in this field is used to populate the" +" invoicing progress bar on the :ref:`sales team dashboard `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:39 +msgid "Add sales team members" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To add team members, click :guilabel:`Add` under the :guilabel:`Members` tab" +" when editing the sales team's configuration page. This opens a " +":guilabel:`Create Sales Team Members` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Rule-Based Assignment` feature has **not** been enabled on" +" the *CRM* app's *Settings* page, clicking :guilabel:`Add` under the " +":guilabel:`Members` tab opens an :guilabel:`Add: Salespersons` pop-up " +"window. Tick the checkbox to the far-left of the salesperson to be added to " +"the team, then click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:0 +msgid "The Add: Salespersons pop-up window on a new sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Select a user from the :guilabel:`Salesperson` drop-down list to add them to" +" the team. To prevent this salesperson from being automatically assigned " +"leads, tick the :guilabel:`Skip auto assignment` checkbox. If this feature " +"is activated, the salesperson can still be assigned leads manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The Create Sales Team Members pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Leads (30 days)` field tracks how many leads the salesperson " +"has been assigned in the past thirty days for this team, and the maximum " +"number of leads they should be assigned. To edit the maximum number of leads" +" this salesperson can be assigned, enter that amount in the :guilabel:`Leads" +" (30 days)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:68 +msgid "" +":doc:`Assignment rules <../track_leads/lead_scoring>` can be configured for " +"individual salespeople using the :guilabel:`Domain` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when finished, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to " +"add additional members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:74 +msgid "Enable multi teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To allow salespeople to be assigned to more than one sales team, the *Multi " +"Teams* setting needs to be enabled. First, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`CRM` section, tick" +" the checkbox labeled :guilabel:`Multi Teams`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` " +"at the top-left of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The settings page of the CRM app with the Multi Teams setting enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:88 +msgid "Sales team dashboard" +msgstr "영업팀 현황판" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view the sales team dashboard, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales " +"--> Teams`. Any team the user is a member of appears in the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The sales team dashboard in the CRM app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Each Kanban card gives an overview of the sales team's open opportunities, " +"quotations, sales orders, and expected revenue, as well as a bar graph of " +"new opportunities per week, and an invoicing progress bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Pipeline` button to go directly to that team's *CRM* " +"pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Click on the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon in " +"the top-right corner of the Kanban card to open a drop-down menu. Then, to " +"view or edit the team's settings, click :guilabel:`Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../optimize/utilize_activities`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/merge_similar.rst:3 msgid "Merge similar leads and opportunities" msgstr "" @@ -4815,131 +5318,6 @@ msgid "" "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 -msgid "Multiple sales teams" -msgstr "영업팀이 여러 팀인 경우" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Sales Teams* feature to manage several sales teams, departments, or" -" channels, each with their own unique sales processes." -msgstr "*영업팀* 기능을 사용하면 각각 영업 프로세스가 고유한 영업팀, 영업 부서 및 영업 채널을 여러 개 관리할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 -msgid "Create a new sales team" -msgstr "새로운 영업팀 만들기" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new sales team, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Sales Teams`, then click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" -"새로운 영업팀을 생성하려면 :menuselection:`CRM --> 환경 설정 --> 영업팀`으로 이동한 다음 " -":guilabel:`만들기`를 클릭합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:15 -msgid "" -"On the creation page, set an :guilabel:`Email Alias` to automatically " -"generate a lead/opportunity for this sales team every time a message is sent" -" to that unique email address. Choose whether to accept emails from " -":guilabel:`Everyone`, :guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`, or " -":guilabel:`Followers Only`." -msgstr "" -"생성 페이지에서 :guilabel:`이메일 별칭`을 설정해 두면 해당하는 고유한 이메일 주소로 메시지가 전송될 때마다 영업팀에 대한 " -"영업제안/영업기회를 자동으로 생성합니다. 이메일 수신 조건으로 :guilabel:`모든 사람`, :guilabel:`인증된 파트너` 또는" -" :guilabel:`팔로워만` 중에서 선택합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Set an :guilabel:`Invoicing Target` if this team has specific monthly " -"revenue goals. Set a :guilabel:`Domain` to assign leads/opportunities to " -"this sales team based on specific filters, such as country, language, or " -"campaign." -msgstr "" -"팀에 구체적인 월별 수익 목표가 있는 경우 :guilabel:`청구서 발행 목표`를 설정합니다. 국가, 언어 또는 캠페인과 같은 특정 " -"필터를 기반으로 이 영업팀에 영업제안/영업기회를 할당하려면 :guilabel:`도메인`을 설정합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Create a sales team in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "Odoo CRM에서 영업팀 만들기" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:29 -msgid "Add members to a sales team" -msgstr "영업팀에 구성원 추가하기" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To add team members, click :guilabel:`Add` under the :guilabel:`Members` tab" -" when editing the sales team's configuration page. Select a salesperson from" -" the drop-down menu or create new salesperson. Set a maximum number of leads" -" that can be assigned to this salesperson in a 30-day period to ensure that " -"they do not overwork." -msgstr "" -"팀 구성원을 추가하려면 영업팀 환경 설정 페이지를 편집할 때 :guilabel:`구성원` 탭 아래에서 :guilabel:`추가`를 " -"클릭합니다. 드롭다운 메뉴에서 영업사원을 선택하거나 새로 영업 담당자를 생성합니다. 해당 영업 담당자에게 30일 동안 할당할 수 있는 " -"최대 영업제안 수를 설정하여 영업 담당자가 초과 근무를 하지 않도록 합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Add a salesperson in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "Odoo CRM에 영업 담당자 추가하기" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 -msgid "" -"One person can be added as a team member or :guilabel:`Team Leader` to " -"multiple sales teams, allowing them to access all of the pipelines that they" -" need to." -msgstr "" -"한 사람을 구성원으로 한 팀에 추가하거나 혹은 여러 영업팀에 :guilabel:`팀 리더`로 추가하여 필요한 전체 파이프라인에 액세스 " -"권한을 줄 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:44 -msgid "Sales team dashboard" -msgstr "영업팀 현황판" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 -msgid "" -"To view the sales team dashboard, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Sales --> " -"Teams`. Odoo users will see any teams that they are a part of as dashboard " -"tiles." -msgstr "" -"영업팀 현황판을 보려면 :menuselection:`CRM --> 영업 --> 팀`으로 이동합니다. Odoo 사용자는 자신이 속해 있는 " -"전체 팀을 현황판 타일로 볼 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Each tile gives an overview of the sales team's open opportunities, " -"quotations, sales orders, and expected revenue, as well as a bar graph of " -"new opportunities per week and an invoicing progress bar." -msgstr "" -"각 타일에는 영업팀에 있는 작업 중인 영업기회, 견적서, 판매주문서 및 예상 수익에 대한 개요 뿐 아니라, 주별로 새로운 영업기회에 대한" -" 막대 그래프와 청구서 발행 진행률 표시줄도 확인할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Sales team overview dashboard in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "Odoo CRM의 영업팀 미리보기 현황판" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Click on the three dots in the corner of a tile to open a navigational menu " -"that lets users quickly view documents or reports, create new quotations or " -"opportunities, pick a color for this team, or access the team's " -"configuration page." -msgstr "" -"설정판 모서리 쪽에 있는 점 세 개 항목을 클릭하면 탐색 메뉴를 열 수 있으며 이를 통해 문서나 보고서를 신속하게 확인하거나, 새로운 " -"견적서나 영업기회를 생성 또는 해당 팀의 색상을 선택 및 구성 페이지에 액세스할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Click the Three Dot Menu in Odoo CRM dashboard to view documents and create " -"opportunities." -msgstr "Odoo CRM 현황판에서 점 3개 메뉴를 클릭하면 문서를 확인한 후 영업기회를 생성할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Pipeline` button to go directly to that team's CRM " -"pipeline." -msgstr "해당 팀의 CRM 파이프라인으로 직접 이동하려면 :guilabel:`파이프라인` 버튼을 클릭합니다." - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:5 msgid "Assign and track leads" msgstr "영업제안 배정 및 추적" @@ -5602,6 +5980,8 @@ msgid "" " attributed to positive sales outcomes, in addition to factors valued by the" " specific organization." msgstr "" +"앞서 정의한 대로 *양질의 영업제안* 은 영업기회로 성공할 가능성이 높은 영업제안입니다. 양질의 영업제안에 대한 정확한 기준은 조직마다 " +"다르지만, 특정한 조직에서 중요하게 여기는 요소 외에도 일반적으로는 영업 결과에 긍정적으로 기여하는 요소를 주로 통칭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/quality_leads_report.rst:162 msgid "" @@ -7374,7 +7754,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`payment_methods/terminals`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -7591,7 +7971,7 @@ msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` at the bottom of the screen to save changes." msgstr " 화면 하단의 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:72 @@ -7619,7 +7999,7 @@ msgstr "" "`, :guilabel:`Adyen 판매자 계정`을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:96 @@ -7669,16 +8049,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "결제 단말기를 연결하면 고객에게 원활한 결제 환경을 제공하고 계산원의 업무를 더 쉽게 처리할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 msgid "" -"Worldline payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " +"Ingenico payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:10 msgid "" -"Worldline is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " +"Ingenico is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " "Luxembourg." msgstr "" @@ -7695,35 +8073,54 @@ msgstr "IoT 박스 연결" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:20 msgid "" -"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"Connecting an Ingenico payment terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " "an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " "database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:26 -msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" -msgstr "Ingenico BENELUX용 Lane/5000 설정하기" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " -"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:25 +msgid "Configure the Lane/Desk/Move 5000 terminals for Ingenico BENELUX" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Press the function button (:guilabel:`F` on Lane/5000, :guilabel:`⦿` on " +"Desk/5000 and Move/5000)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Kassa menu --> Settings Menu` and enter the settings " +"password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Change Connection` and press :guilabel:`OK` on the next " +"screen." msgstr "" -"단말기에서 F 버튼을 누른 후 :menuselection:`PoS 메뉴 --> 설정`으로 이동하여 설정 비밀번호를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, click on connection change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " -"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " -"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " -"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." +msgid "Select :guilabel:`TCP/IP` and :guilabel:`IP-address`." msgstr "" -"이제 연결 및 TCP/IP 변경을 클릭합니다. *IoT Box*의 IP 주소 (IoT Box 양식 보기에서 찾을 수 있음)를 입력하고 " -"포트를 9000으로 설정한 후 단말기를 다시 시작합니다. 재시작이 완료되면 Odoo에서 *IoT Box* 양식을 확인하여 단말기가 " -"감지되었는지 확인합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:32 +msgid "On the next screen, enter the IP address of your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Enter `9000` as port number and press :guilabel:`OK` on the next screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:35 +msgid "" +"At this point, the terminal restarts and should be displayed in your IoT Box" +" form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:43 msgid "" "Enable the payment terminal :ref:`in the application settings " "` and :doc:`create the related payment method " @@ -7737,7 +8134,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`결제 단말기 사용` 필드에서 :guilabel:`Ingenico`를 선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`결제 " "단말기 장치` 필드에서 단말기 장치를 지정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:57 msgid "" "In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " "Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " @@ -7748,13 +8145,13 @@ msgstr "" "결제 처리 시 *POS 인터페이스*에서 결제 단말기를 사용하여 *결제 방법*을 선택합니다. 입찰 열의 금액이 결제 단말기로 송금해야 하는" " 금액인지 확인한 후 *송금*을 클릭합니다. 결제가 성공하면 상태가 *결제 완료*로 변경됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:66 msgid "" "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " "retry to send the payment request." msgstr "결제 요청을 취소하려면 취소를 클릭합니다. 결제 요청을 다시 시도할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:69 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" @@ -7763,13 +8160,13 @@ msgstr "" "결제 단말기에 문제가 있는 경우에도 *강제 완료*를 사용하여 결제를 강제로 진행할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 하면 단말기와 Odoo 간의 " "연결에 문제가 있어도 Odoo에서 주문을 확인할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:75 msgid "" "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " "you the connection failed." msgstr "이 옵션은 연결에 실패했다는 오류 메시지가 표시된 경우에만 사용할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:78 msgid "" "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " "of card that has been used and the transaction ID." @@ -8245,6 +8642,18 @@ msgstr "결제 중 PoS 인터페이스에서 Vantiv 결제 방법을 선택하 msgid "Worldline" msgstr "Worldline" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Worldline payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Worldline is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " +"Luxembourg." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo is compatible with Worldline terminals that use the CTEP protocol " @@ -9214,7 +9623,7 @@ msgstr "" "설정은 :ref:`선택한 가격표 옵션 `에 따라 달라집니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:42 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:243 msgid "Multiple prices per product" msgstr "품목당 복합 단가" @@ -9261,7 +9670,7 @@ msgid "Setup form of a multiple prices pricelist" msgstr "여러 가격이 포함된 가격표 양식 설정" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:321 msgid "Advanced price rules" msgstr "고급 가격 규칙" @@ -11518,15 +11927,22 @@ msgstr "" "Amazon 커넥터는 판매 주문 데이터를 동기화하도록 설계되었습니다. 월별 비용 보고서 다운로드, 분쟁 또는 환불 처리 등의 기타 작업은" " 평소와 같이 *Amazon 셀러 센트럴*에서 **관리해야 합니다**." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:71 +msgid "" +"As of February 19, 2024, in North American marketplaces, :abbr:`FBA " +"(Fulfilled by Amazon)` orders created with the *Amazon Connector*, do not " +"get the customer's name passed onto the sales/delivery order in Odoo. This " +"is due to the fact that Amazon now calculates, and remits, sales tax on " +"behalf of sellers. In other words, personally identifiable customer " +"information is not transmitted to the seller any longer, after a :abbr:`FBA " +"(Fulfilled by Amazon)` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 msgid "Supported marketplaces" msgstr "지원되는 마켓플레이스" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:75 -msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces." -msgstr "Amazon 커넥터는 현재 모든 마켓플레이스를 지원합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 msgid "" "If a marketplace is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, it's possible to" " :ref:`add a new marketplace `." @@ -11534,7 +11950,87 @@ msgstr "" "마켓플레이스가 Amazon 마켓플레이스에 포함되어 있지 않은 경우 :ref:`새 마켓플레이스 추가 `를 할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:86 +msgid "**North America region**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Canada" +msgstr "캐나다" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Amazon.ca" +msgstr "Amazon.ca" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "멕시코" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Amazon.com.mx" +msgstr "Amazon.com.mx" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:92 +msgid "US" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:92 +msgid "Amazon.com" +msgstr "Amazon.com" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:96 +msgid "**Europe region**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:98 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "독일" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:98 +msgid "Amazon.de" +msgstr "Amazon.de" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:100 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "스페인" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:100 +msgid "Amazon.es" +msgstr "Amazon.es" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:102 +msgid "France" +msgstr "프랑스" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:102 +msgid "Amazon.fr" +msgstr "Amazon.fr" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:104 +msgid "UK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:104 +msgid "Amazon.co.uk" +msgstr "Amazon.co.uk" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:106 +msgid "Italy" +msgstr "이탈리아" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:106 +msgid "Amazon.it" +msgstr "Amazon.it" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:108 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "네덜란드" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:108 +msgid "Amazon.nl" +msgstr "Amazon.nl" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:30 @@ -11542,7 +12038,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr ":doc:`설정`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:155 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:17 @@ -13476,6 +13972,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business`. To complete the " "confirmation, click :guilabel:`Sign into eBay to get a Token`." msgstr "" +"이렇게 하면 :guilabel:`법적 주소 확인` 팝업 창이 나타납니다. 필수 항목인 :guilabel:`이름`, " +":guilabel:`성`, :guilabel:`기본 이메일`, :guilabel:`법적 주소` 및 :guilabel:`계정 유형` 을 " +"입력합니다. :guilabel:`계정 유형` 의 경우 :guilabel:`개인` 또는 :guilabel:`비즈니스` 를 선택합니다. 확인" +" 완료를 하려면 :guilabel:`이베이에 로그인하여 토큰 받기` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:288 msgid "" @@ -16841,7 +17341,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Loyalty Cards`: When making purchases, the customer accumulates " -"points to exchange for rewards on future orders." +"points to exchange for rewards on current and/or future orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:90 @@ -17603,7 +18103,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`판매 앱 --> 품목 --> 가격표`로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:337 msgid "" "Either option reveals the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, in which pricelists " "can be created and/or modified at any time." @@ -17614,13 +18114,27 @@ msgid "How the pricelists page looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "가격표 페이지가 Odoo 판매 앱에서 표시되는 방식" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:267 +msgid "" +"The order of the pricelists on the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page has an impact" +" on how they are applied. If several pricelists share the same criteria, " +"**only** the first listed pricelist is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"For example, for two pricelists with different rules, but same criteria " +"(e.g., same website, same country), only the *first* pricelist in the list " +"is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:61 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " -"*Sales* and *eCommerce*." -msgstr ":guilabel:`정가표`는 Odoo *판매* 및 *이커머스*에서 사용되는 기본 가격표입니다." +"*Sales* and *eCommerce*. This pricelist is applied by default, if there are " +"no matching criteria." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:64 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, either select the desired pricelist to" " edit, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new pricelist, which reveals a " @@ -17633,7 +18147,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the pricelist detail form looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "가격표 세부 양식이 Odoo 판매 앱에서 표시되는 방식" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:72 msgid "" "When creating a new pricelist, start by adding a name for the pricelist at " "the top of the form, in the blank field. Next, select which " @@ -17642,7 +18156,7 @@ msgstr "" "새 가격표를 만들려면, 양식 상단에 있는 빈 필드에 가격표 이름을 추가하는 것부터 시작합니다. 그 다음, 사용할 " ":guilabel:`통화`를 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:75 msgid "" "Then, if working in a multi-company environment, select which company this " "pricelist should apply to in the :guilabel:`Company` field. If this field is" @@ -17652,11 +18166,11 @@ msgstr "" "그런 다음, 회사가 여러 개인 경우 :guilabel:`회사` 필드에서 이 가격표를 적용할 회사를 선택합니다. 이 필드를비워두면 " "데이터베이스의 모든 회사에 이 가격표가 자동으로 적용됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:80 msgid "Price rules tab" msgstr "가격 규칙 탭" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:82 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab functionality on a pricelist form varies " "depending on the :guilabel:`Pricelists` setting chosen: either " @@ -17666,7 +18180,7 @@ msgstr "" "가격표 양식에 있는 :guilabel:`가격 규칙` 탭의 기능은 선택한 :guilabel:`가격표`의 설정에 따라 :guilabel:`한" " 품목에 가격을 여러 개 적용하기` 또는 :guilabel:`고급 가격 규칙 (할인, 수식)` 중에서 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:86 msgid "" "However, the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab and :guilabel:`Configuration` " "tab are always the same, regardless of the chosen :guilabel:`Pricelists` " @@ -17675,11 +18189,11 @@ msgstr "" "그러나 :guilabel:`시간 기반 규칙` 탭과 :guilabel:`환경 설정` 탭은 선택한 :guilabel:`가격표`의 설정에 " "관계없이 항상 동일합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:90 msgid "Price rules tab (multiple prices per product)" msgstr "가격 규칙 탭 (한 품목에 가격을 여러 개 적용하기)" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:92 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Multiple prices per product` setting activated, the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab on pricelist forms provides the option to add " @@ -17688,7 +18202,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`한 품목에 가격을 여러 개 적용하기` 설정을 활성화하면 가격표 양식에 있는 :guilabel:`가격 규칙` 탭에서 " "특정 가격과 함께 특정 품목을 가격표에 추가하도록 선택할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96 msgid "" "To add a specific product and price to a pricelist form, click the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab, then click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the " @@ -17698,7 +18212,7 @@ msgstr "" "가격표 양식에 특정 품목 및 가격을 추가하려면 :guilabel:`가격 규칙` 탭을 클릭하여 :guilabel:`품목` 열에서 " ":guilabel:`줄 추가`를 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 특정 가격을 적용하려는 품목을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 msgid "" "Next, if necessary, select a product variant under the :guilabel:`Variants` " "column (e.g. a specific product size, color, etc.). If no variants are " @@ -17707,14 +18221,14 @@ msgstr "" "그런 다음 필요한 경우 :guilabel:`세부 옵션` 열에서 품목 세부 옵션 (예: 특정 품목 크기, 색상 등)을 선택합니다. 세부 " "옵션 항목을 선택하지 않으면 이 가격이 품목의 모든 세부 옵션 항목에 적용됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104 msgid "" "If a minimum amount of the product must be purchased in order to apply the " "specific price, enter the amount under the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` column." msgstr "" "특정 가격을 적용하려면 반드시 구매해야 하는 품목의 최소 수량이 있는 경우 :guilabel:`최소 수량` 열 아래에 수량을 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:107 msgid "" "To configure the price of the product for this specific pricelist, enter the" " desired amount under the :guilabel:`Price` column. Then, there is the " @@ -17724,7 +18238,7 @@ msgstr "" "이와 같은 특정 가격표에 대해 품목 가격을 설정하려면 :guilabel:`가격` 열에 원하는 금액을 입력합니다. 그런 다음 원하는 경우 " "설정된 품목 가격에 :guilabel:`시작일` 및 :guilabel:`종료일`을 추가하는 옵션이 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "" "To add another product line, click :guilabel:`Add a line` again, and repeat " "the process. There is no limit to how many products can be added in the " @@ -17733,7 +18247,7 @@ msgstr "" "다른 품목 내역을 추가하려면 다시 :guilabel:`줄 추가`를 클릭하고 이 과정을 반복합니다. 가격표 양식에 있는 " ":guilabel:`가격 규칙` 탭에 추가할 수 있는 품목 수에는 제한이 없습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:114 msgid "" "For more information, check out the following section: :ref:`Multiple prices" " per product `." @@ -17741,11 +18255,11 @@ msgstr "" "자세한 내용은 다음 섹션을 확인하세요: :ref:`한 품목에 가격을 여러 개 적용하기 `." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:118 msgid "Price rules tab (advanced price rules)" msgstr "가격 규칙 탭 (고급 가격 규칙)" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` setting " "activated, the :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab on pricelist forms provides the " @@ -17754,7 +18268,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`고급 가격 규칙 (할인, 수식)` 설정이 활성화되면 가격표 양식의 :guilabel:`가격 규칙` 탭에서 수식을 " "기반으로 세부 가격 규칙을 설정하는 선택 항목이 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:124 msgid "" "Check out the :ref:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas) " "` section for detailed steps on how to add " @@ -17763,11 +18277,11 @@ msgstr "" "가격표에 고급 가격 규칙을 추가하는 방법을 자세히 단계별로 보려면 :ref:`고급 가격 규칙 (할인, 수식) " "` 섹션을 확인합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 msgid "Time-based rules tab" msgstr "시간 기반 규칙 탭" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 msgid "" "Time-based rules are used specifically with :doc:`subscription products " "`. Be sure to check out the Odoo" @@ -17776,7 +18290,7 @@ msgstr "" "시간 기반 규칙은 특히 :doc:`구독 제품` 과 함께 " "사용됩니다. Odoo *구독* :doc:`문서 `를 꼭 확인해 보세요." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:134 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab, the same functionality of the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab is present, with the only difference being that " @@ -17785,7 +18299,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`시간 기반 규칙` 탭에서의 기능은 :guilabel:`가격 규칙` 탭과 동일하나, 유일한 차이점은 " ":guilabel:`기간` 열에 반복 기간을 적용할 수 있다는 점입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:138 msgid "" "After a :guilabel:`Product` and potential :guilabel:`Variant` are selected " "in the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab, select the blank field in the " @@ -17796,7 +18310,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`기간` 열에서 빈 필드를 선택하여 미리 지정된 반복 기간 메뉴 (예: '월별', '분기별', '주별' 등)을 드롭다운" " 메뉴로 확인합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:142 msgid "" "New recurrence periods can also be directly created from this column, by " "typing in the new name for the :guilabel:`Period` and then selecting " @@ -17812,7 +18326,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Custom time period pop-up form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "Odoo 판매의 커스터마이징된 기간 팝업 양식" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:151 msgid "" "From this :guilabel:`Create Period` pop-up form, add a :guilabel:`Name`, " ":guilabel:`Duration`, then a :guilabel:`Unit` (e.g. `Days`, `Weeks`, etc.). " @@ -17821,21 +18335,21 @@ msgstr "" "이 :guilabel:`기간 만들기` 팝업 양식에서 :guilabel:`이름`, :guilabel:`소요 기간`을 추가한 다음 " ":guilabel:`단위` (예: `일`, `주` 등을 추가합니다. ). 완료되면 :guilabel:`저장 후 닫기`를 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:154 msgid "" "Lastly, add the desired price for this time-based rule in the " ":guilabel:`Price` column." msgstr "마지막으로, :guilabel:`가격` 열에 시간을 기반으로 하는 이 규칙에 대해 원하는 가격을 추가합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:157 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:160 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "환경 설정 탭" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:162 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, there are a few options that can " "further customize the pricelist." @@ -17845,7 +18359,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`환경 설정` 탭 아래에는 가격표를 추가로 커스 msgid "Configuration tab on pricelist detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "Odoo 판매 앱에서 가격표 세부 정보 양식에 있는 환경 설정 탭" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:169 msgid "" "From here, under the :guilabel:`Availability` section, in the " ":guilabel:`Country Groups` field, certain country groups can be added to the" @@ -17855,13 +18369,13 @@ msgstr "" "여기에서 :guilabel:`사용 가능` 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`국가 그룹` 필드에서 특정한 국가 그룹을 가격표에 추가할 수 " "있습니다. 이 필드에 추가할 수 있는 국가 그룹 수에는 제한이 없습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:174 msgid "" "If no country is set for a customer, Odoo takes the first pricelist without " "any country group." msgstr "고객에 대해 국가가 설정되어 있지 않은 경우 Odoo는 국가 그룹이 없는 첫 번째 가격표를 사용합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:176 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Website` section, there are a few options that can be " "configured. In the :guilabel:`Website` field, this pricelist can be applied " @@ -17872,7 +18386,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`웹사이트` 필드에서 특정 웹사이트에 이 가격표를 적용할 수 있습니다. 비워둘 경우에는 가격표가 데이터베이스의 모든 " "웹사이트에 적용됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:181 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Selectable` checkbox to have this pricelist as a " "selectable option for customers to choose as they shop. If the " @@ -17882,7 +18396,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`선택 가능` 확인란에 표시하면 이 가격표를 고객이 쇼핑할 때 선택 옵션으로 사용할 수 있습니다. " ":guilabel:`선택 가능` 확인란을 선택하지 않을 경우 고객은 쇼핑할 때 가격표를 직접 선택할 수 **없습니다**." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:185 msgid "" "Lastly, there is the option to add an :guilabel:`E-commerce Promotional " "Code`. To add a code, type in the desired promo code that, when entered " @@ -17892,17 +18406,17 @@ msgstr "" "마지막으로, :guilabel:`전자상거래 프로모션 코드` 추가를 선택할 수 있습니다. 코드를 추가하려면 원하는 프로모션 코드를 입력하며" " 이 코드는 결제 단계에서 입력할 경우 고객용 가격표에 적용되며, 고객이 이전에 지정해 놓은 기준에 해당되지 않더라도 적용됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:190 msgid "Show discount percentage to customers" msgstr "고객에게 할인율 표시하기" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:192 msgid "" "With Odoo *Sales*, the option to show the public price *and* the computed " "discount percentage on the product catalog is available." msgstr "Odoo *판매*를 사용하면 품목 카탈로그에 정가 *및* 할인율이 표시되도록 선택할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:195 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Pricing` section, click the checkbox next " @@ -17912,7 +18426,7 @@ msgstr "" "이렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`판매 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`가격` 섹션에서 " ":guilabel:`할인` 기능 옆에 있는 확인란을 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 모든 변경 사항을 저장합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:199 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Discounts` feature, navigate to the " "pricelists page, either by clicking the :guilabel:`Pricelists` link from the" @@ -17922,7 +18436,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`할인` 기능을 활성화한 후 :guilabel:`설정` 페이지에서 :guilabel:`가격표` 링크를 클릭하거나 " ":menuselection:`판매 앱 --> 품목 --> 가격표'로 이동하여 가격표 페이지로 이동합니다. " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:203 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, select the desired pricelist to edit. On" " the pricelist form, click into the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab. In the " @@ -17938,27 +18452,27 @@ msgid "" "Odoo Sales." msgstr "Odoo 판매의 가격표 환경 설정 탭에 있는 할인 옵션" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:211 msgid "The options available in this section are:" msgstr "이 섹션에서 사용할 수 있는 옵션은 다음과 같습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:213 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Discount included in the price`: shows the customer only the " "final price with the discount already included." msgstr ":guilabel:`할인 포함가`: 고객에게 할인이 이미 포함된 최종 가격만 표시합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:215 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show public price & discount to the customer`: shows the customer" " the public price *and* the discount they're earning." msgstr ":guilabel:`고객에게 정가 및 할인 표시`: 고객에게 정가 *및* 고객이 받는 할인을 표시합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:219 msgid "Customer pricelist application" msgstr "고객 가격표 적용" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:221 msgid "" "While the default pricelist applied to any customer is the :guilabel:`Public" " Pricelist`, Odoo provides the opportunity to directly apply a different " @@ -17967,7 +18481,7 @@ msgstr "" "모든 고객에게 적용되는 기본 가격표는 :guilabel:`정가표`이지만, Odoo에서 고객 지원 양식을 통해 문의 시 다른 가격표를 직접" " 적용할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:224 msgid "" "To do that, open the desired customer's contact form, either by navigating " "to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Customers` and selecting the " @@ -17981,7 +18495,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sample customer detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "Odoo 판매의 예시용 고객 세부 정보 양식" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:232 msgid "" "On the desired customer's contact form, under the :guilabel:`Sales & " "Purchase` tab, in the :guilabel:`Sales` section, designate what pricelist " @@ -17995,7 +18509,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pricelist field in a customer detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "Odoo 판매 앱의 고객 세부 정보 양식에 있는 가격표 필드입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:245 msgid "" "To apply several prices per individual product, select the " ":guilabel:`Multiple prices per product` option, after enabling the " @@ -18007,7 +18521,7 @@ msgstr "" "설정`)에서 :guilabel:`가격표` 기능을 활성화한 후 :guilabel:`한 품목에 가격을 여러 개 적용하기` 옵션을 선택한 후," " :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:249 msgid "" "Next, apply pricelists to specific products using the product form. Navigate" " to the :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and select the " @@ -18019,7 +18533,7 @@ msgstr "" "이동하여 여러 가격을 적용해야 하는 품목을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`품목` 페이지에서 품목을 선택하면 특정 품목에 대한 품목 " "형태가 별도의 페이지에 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:254 msgid "" "On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Extra Prices` smart button, " "located at the top of the form." @@ -18029,7 +18543,7 @@ msgstr "품목 양식에서 양식 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`추가 가격` msgid "How the extra prices smart button appears in Odoo Sales." msgstr "Odoo 판매 앱에 추가 가격 스마트 버튼이 표시되는 방식" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:261 msgid "" "Doing so reveals a separate page displaying the :guilabel:`Price Rules` that" " are specific to that particular product. Here, price rules can be edited or" @@ -18042,7 +18556,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the extra price rules per product page appears in Odoo Sales." msgstr "Odoo 판매 앱에 품목 페이지별로 추가 가격 규칙이 표시되는 방식" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:268 msgid "" "To create a new price rule for a product from this specific :guilabel:`Price" " Rules` page, click :guilabel:`New` to add a new, customizable row that has " @@ -18052,7 +18566,7 @@ msgstr "" "클릭하여 커스터마이징할 수 있도록 새로운 행을 추가하며, 여기에는 :guilabel:`적용된 대상` 열에 이미 원하는 품목이 입력되어 " "있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:272 msgid "" "Next, select which :guilabel:`Pricelist` this specific product price rule " "should apply to, via the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column." @@ -18060,7 +18574,13 @@ msgstr "" "그 다음, :guilabel:`가격표` 열에 있는 드롭다운 메뉴에서 이러한 특정 품목 가격 규칙을 적용할 :guilabel:`가격표`를 " "선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:276 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " +"*Sales* and *eCommerce*." +msgstr ":guilabel:`정가표`는 Odoo *판매* 및 *이커머스*에서 사용되는 기본 가격표입니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:279 msgid "" "To create a new pricelist from this page, type in the desired name of the " "new pricelist in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column, then select " @@ -18073,13 +18593,13 @@ msgstr "" " :guilabel:`만들기`를 선택합니다. 모든 가격표는 :menuselection:`판매 앱 --> 품목 --> 가격표`로 이동하여 " "언제든지 수정할 수 있습니다. 일부 :guilabel:`가격표` 페이지에서도 가격표를 생성할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:285 msgid "" "After the desired pricelist is added to the row, designate a :guilabel:`Min." " Quantity` for the price rule." msgstr "원하는 가격표를 행에 추가한 후 가격 규칙에 :guilabel:`최소 수량`을 지정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:289 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` column is set to `2`, the new price in the " ":guilabel:`Price` column will be applied to orders of 2 or more products. " @@ -18091,7 +18611,7 @@ msgstr "" "가격이 적용됩니다. 따라서 이론적으로는 단일 품목의 가격이 $100인 경우, 품목을 '2'개 구매하는 경우에는 :guilabel:`최소 " "수량` :guilabel:`가격`이 품목당 $85로 설정되어 고객이 더 많은 품목을 구매하도록 유도할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:294 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired amount in the :guilabel:`Price` column. Then, if " "needed, enter a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End Date` for the " @@ -18100,7 +18620,7 @@ msgstr "" "다음으로, :guilabel:`가격` 열에 원하는 금액을 입력합니다. 그런 다음 필요한 경우 품목 가격 규칙에 대해 " ":guilabel:`시작일` 및 :guilabel:`종료일`을 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:297 msgid "" "And lastly, if working in a multi-company environment, select which company " "this price rule should be applied to in the :guilabel:`Company` field. " @@ -18110,19 +18630,19 @@ msgstr "" "마지막으로, 회사가 여러 개인 경우 :guilabel:`회사` 필드에서 이 가격 규칙을 적용할 회사를 선택합니다. 이 필드를 비워두면 " "데이터베이스의 모든 회사에 가격 규칙이 적용됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:301 msgid "" "Click away from the row to activate Odoo's auto-save capability, meaning " "that newly-created price rule is now ready to be used." msgstr "Odoo의 자동 저장 기능을 활성화하려면 행을 클릭합니다. 이제 새로 생성한 가격 규칙을 사용할 준비가 되었습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:304 msgid "" "Proceed to add as many unique price rules per product as desired. There is " "no limit to how many price rules can be added per product." msgstr "계속해서 품목당 고유 가격 규칙을 원하는 만큼 추가합니다. 품목당 추가할 수 있는 가격 규칙 수에는 제한이 없습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:307 msgid "" "With the price rule(s) in place for a specific product, customers who fall " "into those corresponding pricelists automatically see those new prices " @@ -18133,7 +18653,7 @@ msgstr "" "특정 품목에 대한 가격 규칙이 적용되면 해당 가격표에 해당하는 고객에게는 자동으로 새로운 가격이 적용됩니다. 특정 품목에 적용되는 가격 " "규칙의 수는 모든 품목 양식에 있는 :guilabel:`추가 가격` 스마트 버튼에도 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:313 msgid "" "When a price rule/pricelist is added to a product via the :guilabel:`Extra " "Prices` smart button, it is also reflected on the pricelist itself. " @@ -18144,7 +18664,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`추가 가격` 스마트 버튼을 통해 가격 규칙/가격표가 품목에 추가되면, 가격표 자체에도 이 내용이 반영됩니다. " "마찬가지로 특정 품목에 대한 가격 규칙이 가격표에 추가되면 :guilabel:`추가 가격` 스마트 버튼을 통해 품목 양식에도 반영됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:323 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` pricelist feature" " provides the option to set price change rules based on discounts and " @@ -18154,7 +18674,7 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel:`고급 가격 규칙(할인, 공식)` 가격표 기능을 통해 할인 및 수식에 따라 가격 변경 규칙을 설정하도록 선택할 수 " "있습니다. 이와 같은 변경 사항은 품목 목록/카탈로그 가격, 품목 원가 또는 다른 가격 목록에 연계되어 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:327 msgid "" "To use advanced pricing rules, with discounts and formulas, select the " ":guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` option, after " @@ -18166,7 +18686,7 @@ msgstr "" "설정 --> 설정`)에서 :guilabel:`고급 가격 규칙 (할인, 수식)` 옵션을 활성화한 후 :guilabel:`가격표` 기능을 " "선택한 후 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:332 msgid "" "After activating and saving that :guilabel:`Pricelists` feature, the " ":guilabel:`Settings` page reloads and, from here, either select the " @@ -18178,7 +18698,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`가격표` 링크 (:guilabel:`설정` 페이지 :guilabel:`가격표` 기능 아래)를 선택하거나 " ":menuselection:`판매 앱 --> 품목 --> 가격표`로 이동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:340 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, select a desired pricelist to modify, " "or create a new pricelist by clicking the :guilabel:`New` button." @@ -18186,7 +18706,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`가격표` 페이지에서 수정하려는 가격표를 선택하거나 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭하여 새 가격표를 " "생성합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:343 msgid "" "On the pricelist form, under the :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line` to add an advanced price rule. Doing so reveals a " @@ -18200,35 +18720,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the Create Pricelist Rules pop-up form looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "가격표 규칙 생성 팝업 양식이 Odoo 판매 앱에서 표시되는 방식" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:352 msgid "Price computation" msgstr "가격 계산" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:354 msgid "" "On this form, first choose one of the three :guilabel:`Computation` options:" msgstr "먼저 이 양식에 있는 세 가지 :guilabel:`계산` 옵션 중에서 하나를 선택합니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fixed Price`: the price computation is based on a fixed price." msgstr ":guilabel:`고정 가격`: 고정 가격을 기준으로 가격을 계산합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:357 msgid ":guilabel:`Discount`: the price computation is based on a discount." msgstr ":guilabel:`할인`: 할인을 기준으로 가격을 계산합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:358 msgid ":guilabel:`Formula`: the price computation is based on a formula." msgstr ":guilabel:`수식`: 수식을 기준으로 가격을 계산합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:361 msgid "" "Each :guilabel:`Computation` option reveals its own computation-specific " "fields on the form." msgstr "각 :guilabel:`계산` 항목은 양식에 자체적인 특정 계산 필드가 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:363 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Fixed Price` is selected, enter the desired price in the " ":guilabel:`Fixed Price` field below. If :guilabel:`Discount` is selected, " @@ -18238,7 +18758,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`고정 가격`을 선택한 경우에는 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`고정 가격` 필드에 원하는 가격을 입력합니다. " ":guilabel:`할인`를 선택한 경우에는 표시되는 :guilabel:`할인` 필드에 원하는 할인율을 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:367 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Formula` is selected, a number of configurable options appear." msgstr ":guilabel:`수식`을 선택하면 여러 가지 설정 옵션이 나타납니다." @@ -18247,7 +18767,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`수식`을 선택하면 여러 가지 설정 옵션이 나타 msgid "The various formula computation options present in Odoo Sales." msgstr "Odoo 판매 앱에는 다양한 수식 계산 옵션이 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:373 msgid "" "To configure the :guilabel:`Formula` computation option, start by selecting " "an option from the :guilabel:`Based on` field: :guilabel:`Sales Price`, " @@ -18258,7 +18778,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`원가` 또는 :guilabel:`기타 가격표 ` 중에서 선택하는 것부터 시작합니다. 이에 따라 고급 가격 규칙의 수식" " 기준이 결정됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:377 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Discount` field, determine how much of a discount " "should be applied. It should be noted that a mark-up can be applied by " @@ -18267,7 +18787,7 @@ msgstr "" "다음으로 :guilabel:`할인` 필드에서 할인을 적용할 금액을 결정합니다. 이 필드에 마이너스 할인을 설정하면 마크업이 적용될 수 " "있다는 점에 유의합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:381 msgid "" "To formulate a 100% markup (or 2 times the cost of the product), with a $5 " "minimum margin, set the :guilabel:`Based on` field to :guilabel:`Cost`, the " @@ -18284,7 +18804,7 @@ msgid "" " Sales." msgstr "Odoo 판매에서 최소 마진이 5달러인 마크업 비용 공식" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:389 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` field, specify a fixed amount to add (or " "subtract) to the amount calculated with the discount. After that, enter a " @@ -18294,11 +18814,11 @@ msgstr "" "그런 다음, 할인 계산 금액에 더할 (또는 뺄) 고정 금액을 :guilabel:`추가 금액` 필드에 지정합니다. 그 후 " ":guilabel:`반올림 방법` 필드에 원하는 숫자를 입력합니다. 반올림 방법은 필드에 있는 값의 배수가 되도록 가격을 설정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:394 msgid "Rounding is applied *after* the discount and *before* the surcharge." msgstr "반올림은 할인 *후* 및 요금 추가 *전*에 적용됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:397 msgid "" "To have prices that end in 9.99, set the :guilabel:`Rounding Method` to `10`" " and the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` to `-0.01`." @@ -18306,19 +18826,19 @@ msgstr "" "가격이 9.99로 끝나게 하려면, :guilabel:`반올림 방법`을 `10`으로 설정하고 :guilabel:`추가 금액`을 " "`-0.01`로 설정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:400 msgid "" "Lastly, specify the minimum amount of margin over the base price in the " ":guilabel:`Margins` field." msgstr "마지막으로 :guilabel:`마진`에 기준 가격에 대한 최소 마진 금액을 지정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:402 msgid "" "Once all formula-related configurations are complete, Odoo provides an " "example of the formula in a blue block to the right of the configurations." msgstr "모든 수식과 관련된 설정이 완료되면 Odoo에서는 환경 설정 항목의 오른쪽에 파란색 블록으로 수식에 대한 예시가 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:406 msgid "" "To apply 20% discounts, with prices rounded up to 9.99, set the " ":guilabel:`Based on` field to :guilabel:`Sales Price`, the " @@ -18333,47 +18853,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a 20% discount with prices rounded to 9.99 in Odoo Sales." msgstr "Odoo 판매에서 9.99로 반올림된 가격에 20% 할인한 예시" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:415 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "조건" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:417 msgid "" "At the bottom of the :guilabel:`Create Pricelist Rules` pop-up form is the " ":guilabel:`Conditions` section." msgstr ":guilabel:`가격표 규칙 만들기` 팝업 양식의 하단에는 :guilabel:`조건` 섹션이 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:420 msgid "" "Here, start by selecting one of the options in the :guilabel:`Apply On` " "field:" msgstr "여기서는 :guilabel:`적용 대상` 중에서 선택하는 것부터 시작합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:422 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All Products`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to all" " products." msgstr ":guilabel:`전체 품목`: 고급 가격표 규칙이 모든 품목에 적용됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to" " a specific category of products." msgstr ":guilabel:`품목 카테고리`: 고급 가격표 규칙이 특정 품목 카테고리에 적용됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:425 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to a " "specific product." msgstr ":guilabel:`품목`: 고급 가격표 규칙이 특정 품목에 적용됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:426 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to " "a specific product variant." msgstr ":guilabel:`품목 세부 옵션`: 고급 가격표 규칙이 특정 품목의 세부 옵션 항목에 적용됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:429 msgid "" "If any of those options, apart from :guilabel:`All Products`, are selected, " "a new option-specific field appears, in which the specific " @@ -18384,7 +18904,7 @@ msgstr "" " 특정 :guilabel:`품목 카테고리`, :guilabel:`품목` 또는 :guilabel:'품목 세부 옵션' 중에서 선택해야 " "합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:433 msgid "" "Then, select a minimum quantity to be applied to the advanced pricelist rule" " in the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` field. Lastly, select a range of dates for" @@ -18393,7 +18913,7 @@ msgstr "" "그런 다음 :guilabel:`최소 수량`에서 고급 가격표 규칙에 적용할 최소 수량을 선택합니다. 마지막으로, 가격표 항목 유효성 검사에" " 사용할 날짜 범위를 :guilabel:`유효성`에서 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:437 msgid "" "Once all configurations are complete, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " "to save the advanced pricelist rule, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to " @@ -18402,7 +18922,7 @@ msgstr "" "설정을 모두 완료한 후, :guilabel:`저장 및 닫기`를 클릭하면 고급 가격표 규칙이 저장되고 :guilabel:`저장 및 새로 " "만들기`를 클릭하면 새로운 양식에 다른 고급 가격표 규칙이 즉시 생성됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:442 msgid "" "If a price rule is set for a particular product, and another one for its " "product category, Odoo takes the rule of the product itself." @@ -18410,11 +18930,11 @@ msgstr "" "특정 품목에 가격 규칙이 설정되어 있으나 이 품목의 카테고리에는 다른 가격 규칙이 설정된 경우, Odoo는 품목 자체에 설정되어 있는 " "규칙이 적용됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:446 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:447 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management`" msgstr "" @@ -22447,7 +22967,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:406 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:107 msgid ":doc:`../subscriptions`" msgstr ":doc:`../subscriptions`" @@ -22456,7 +22976,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../subscriptions`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:407 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:183 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`plans`" msgstr ":doc:`plans`" @@ -22465,7 +22985,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`plans`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:408 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:184 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`products`" msgstr ":doc:`products`" @@ -22529,6 +23049,8 @@ msgid "" "also available after the order has been invoiced and the payment has been " "registered." msgstr "" +"이 시점에서 :guilabel:`진행 중` 및 기타 단계가 있는 행 근처 구독 주문 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`닫기` 버튼을 통해 " +"구독 해지 기능을 사용할 수 있습니다. 이 옵션은 주문 관련된 청구서가 발행되고 결제 등록이 된 후에도 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -24638,7 +25160,14 @@ msgstr "" "또한 :guilabel:`주문서 내역` 탭의 초기 구독 제품 아래에는 정기 결제 품목이 기간에 따라 비례하여 할인된다는 사실을 사용자에게" " 상기시키도록 주의 사항이 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The prorated amount is **only** applied to *Service* product types. It is " +"**not** applied to *Consumable* or *Storable* product types, even if the " +"message appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:75 msgid "" "From this new upsell quotation form, add new subscription products in the " ":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " @@ -24653,7 +25182,7 @@ msgid "" "Subscriptions" msgstr "Odoo 구독의 상향 판매 옵션을 통해 구독에 품목 추가하기" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:82 msgid "" "Once the desired upsell subscription product(s) have been added, it can be " "sent to the customer for approval by clicking the :guilabel:`Send by Email` " @@ -24661,7 +25190,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "원하는 상향 판매 구독 품목이 추가되면 :guilabel:`이메일로 보내기` 버튼을 클릭하면 고객에게 보내어 승인을 받을 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:86 msgid "" "When the quotation is confirmed by the customer, the upsell products are " "added to the initial subscription. Quotation prices are then prorated to the" @@ -24670,13 +25199,13 @@ msgstr "" "고객이 견적서를 확인하면 상향 판매 품목이 초기 구독에 추가됩니다. 그런 다음 견적서에 있는 가격은 현재 청구서 발행 기간의 남은 시간에" " 비례하여 계산됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:91 msgid "" "Before sending the new quotation to the customer, the unit price, taxes, and" " even discount can be applied." msgstr "고객에게 새 견적서를 보내기 전에 단가, 세금, 할인까지 적용할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:94 msgid "" "Once the customer approves, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " "quotation, making it a sales order. When that's clicked, a :guilabel:`Sales " @@ -24686,7 +25215,7 @@ msgstr "" "고객이 승인하게 되면, 견적서에서 :guilabel:`확인` 버튼을 클릭하여 판매주문서로 변환합니다. 클릭하면 :guilabel:`판매 " "이력` 스마트 버튼이 표시되어 초기 구독 주문서에 첨부된 판매주문서의 숫자를 표시합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:98 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Sales History` smart button is clicked, Odoo reveals a " "separate page containing a list of the related sales orders, clearly " diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 8aed61fc3..6204aba56 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" @@ -260,11 +260,493 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Plan intervention from helpdesk tickets in Odoo Helpdesk" msgstr "Odoo 헬프데스크앱의 상담 내역에서 출동 계획하기" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:7 msgid "Helpdesk" msgstr "고객센터" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* is a ticketing-based customer support application. Multiple " +"teams can be configured and managed in one dashboard, each with their own " +"pipeline for tickets submitted by customers. Pipelines are organized in " +"customizable stages that enable teams to track, prioritize, and solve " +"customer issues quickly and efficiently." +msgstr "" +"Odoo *헬프데스크*는 상담이라는 지원 항목을 기반으로 하는 고객 지원 애플리케이션입니다. 여러 개의 팀을 하나의 현황판에서 설정하고 " +"관리할 수 있으며, 각 팀에는 고객이 제출한 상담에 대해서 자체적인 파이프라인이 있습니다. 파이프라인은 단계를 커스터마이징하여 설정할 수" +" 있어서 고객 문제를 빠르고 효율적으로 추적하고 우선순위를 정하여 해결할 수 있습니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:15 +msgid "Create a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "헬프데스크 팀 만들기" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To view or modify *Helpdesk* teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. To create a new team, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button in the top-left of the dashboard." +msgstr "" +"*헬프데스크* 팀을 보거나 수정하려면 :menuselection:`헬프데스크 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 헬프데스크 팀`으로 이동합니다." +" 새 팀을 생성하려면 현황판 왼쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "View of the Helpdesk teams page in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "Odoo 헬프데스크의 헬프데스크 팀 페이지 화면" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:25 +msgid "" +"On the blank Helpdesk team form, enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the new team. " +"Then, enter a description of the team in the field below the team name, if " +"desired. To change the company this team is assigned to, select it from the " +":guilabel:`Company` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +"비어있는 헬프데스크 팀 양식에 새 팀의 :guilabel:`이름`을 입력합니다. 그런 다음 원하는 경우 팀 이름 아래에 있는 필드에 팀에" +" 대한 설명을 입력합니다. 팀에 배정된 회사를 변경하려면 :guilabel:`회사` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 선택합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The team description is published on the public facing :doc:`website form " +"`, where customers and portal users " +"submit tickets. The description included in this field should **not** " +"include any information that is for internal use only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:0 +msgid "" +"View of a Helpdesk team's website form displaying the team description." +msgstr "헬프데스크 팀의 웹사이트 양식에 팀 설명이 표시되어 있는 화면" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:40 +msgid "Visibility & Assignment" +msgstr "공개 범위 및 배정" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The *Visibility* settings alter which internal users and portal users have " +"access to this team and its tickets. The *Assignment* settings alter how " +"users are assigned to handle each ticket." +msgstr "" +"*공개 범위* 설정으로 해당 팀 및 상담 건에 액세스할 수 있는 내부 사용자와 포털 사용자를 변경할 수 있습니다. *배정* 설정 " +"메뉴에서는 각 상담을 처리하도록 사용자에게 배정하는 방법을 변경합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:46 +msgid "Determine team visibility" +msgstr "팀 공개 범위 결정하기" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Visibility` section, select one of the following " +"options to determine who can view this team and its tickets:" +msgstr ":guilabel:`공개 범위` 메뉴에서 다음 중 하나를 선택하여 이 팀과 상담 건을 볼 수 있는 사람을 결정합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invited internal users (private)`: internal users can access the " +"team and the tickets they are following. This access can be modified on each" +" ticket individually by adding or removing the user as a follower. Internal " +"users are considered *invited* once they are added as followers to an " +"individual ticket, or :ref:`to the team itself `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:55 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All internal users (company)`: all internal users can access the " +"team and all of its tickets." +msgstr ":guilabel:`모든 내부 사용자 (회사)`: 모든 내부 사용자는 팀 및 모든 상담에 액세스할 수 있습니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)`: all " +"internal users can access the team and all of its tickets. Portal users can " +"only access the tickets they are following." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`초대된 포털 사용자 및 모든 내부 사용자 (공개)`: 모든 내부 사용자는 팀 및 전체 상담에 액세스할 수 있습니다. " +"포털 사용자는 본인이 팔로우 중인 상담에만 액세스할 수 있습니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:61 +msgid "" +"A `Customer Support` team, meant to handle general shipping and product " +"issues, would have the visibility set on :guilabel:`Invited portal users and" +" all internal users`." +msgstr "" +"일반적인 배송 및 품목 문제를 처리하는 '고객 지원' 팀은 :guilabel:`초대된 포털 사용자 및 모든 내부 사용자`에 대해 공개 " +"범위를 설정합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:64 +msgid "" +"At the same time, a `Financial Services` team handling tickets related to " +"accounting or tax information would only need to be visible to " +":guilabel:`Invited internal users`." +msgstr "" +"이와 동시에, 회계 또는 세금 정보와 관련된 상담을 처리하는 '금융 서비스' 팀은 :guilabel:`초대된 내부 사용자`에게만 " +"공개되도록 설정합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A team's visibility can be altered after the initial configuration. However," +" if the team changes from public access to either private or company-only " +"access, portal users are removed as followers from both the team, and from " +"individual tickets." +msgstr "" +"팀의 공개 범위는 초기 설정 후에 변경할 수 있습니다. 그러나 팀이 공개 접근에서 비공개 접근 또는 회사 전용 접근으로 권한을 변경하면 " +"포털 사용자는 팀 및 개별 상담 모두에 대해 팔로어에서 삭제됩니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:75 +msgid "Follow all team's tickets" +msgstr "전체 팀의 상담 건 팔로우하기" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If a user should be notified about any updates regarding tickets for this " +"team, select their name from the :guilabel:`Followers` drop-down menu, " +"located in the :guilabel:`Follow All Team's Tickets` field. Multiple users " +"can be selected to follow a single team." +msgstr "" +"사용자가 이 팀에서 진행 중인 상담 건에 대한 업데이트 알림을 받아야 하는 경우 :guilabel:`모든 팀의 상담 건 팔로우하기` " +"필드에 있는 :guilabel:`팔로워` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 이름을 선택합니다. 한 팀을 팔로우하도록 여러 명의 사용자를 선택할 수도 " +"있습니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:82 +msgid "" +"External contacts can be selected in the :guilabel:`Followers` field. If the" +" team's visibility is set to :guilabel:`Invited internal users (private)`, " +"followers are notified about updates to the team's tickets, but are **not** " +"able to view them in the portal." +msgstr "" +"외부 연락처를 :guilabel:`팔로워` 필드에서 선택할 수 있습니다. 팀의 공개 범위를 :guilabel:`초대된 내부 사용자 " +"(비공개)`로 설정한 경우 팔로어는 팀 상담 건에 대한 업데이트 알림을 받지만 포털에서 확인할 수는 **없습니다**." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:87 +msgid "Automatically assign new tickets" +msgstr "신규 상담 자동 배정" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:89 +msgid "" +"When tickets are received, they need to be assigned to a member of the team." +" This is done either manually on each ticket individually, or through " +":guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`. Check the :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`" +" checkbox to enable this feature for the team." +msgstr "" +"상담이 접수되면 팀원에게 배정해야 합니다. 이 작업은 상담에 대해 개별적으로 직접 수행하거나 :guilabel:`자동 배정`을 통해 " +"수행됩니다. :guilabel:`자동 배정` 확인란을 선택하면 팀에 이 기능이 활성화됩니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a Helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the automatic assignment features in Odoo\n" +"Helpdesk." +msgstr "" +"Odoo헬프데스크의 자동 배정 기능이 강조되어 있는 헬프데스크 팀\n" +"설정 페이지 화면" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:98 +msgid "" +"As soon as :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment` has been enabled, additional " +"fields appear." +msgstr ":guilabel:`자동 배정`이 활성화되면 즉시 추가 필드가 나타납니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Select one of the following assignment methods, based on how the workload " +"should be allocated across the team:" +msgstr "팀 전체에 작업량을 어떻게 배정할지에 따라서 다음 배정 방법 중에서 하나를 선택합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Each user is assigned an equal number of tickets`: tickets are " +"assigned to team members based on total ticket count, regardless of the " +"number of open or closed tickets they are currently assigned." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`각 사용자에게 동일한 수의 상담 건 배정`: 현재 배정되어 있는 미해결 또는 완료 상담 수에 관계없이 총 상담 건수를" +" 기준으로 팀 구성원에게 상담이 배정됩니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Each user has an equal number of open tickets`: tickets are " +"assigned to team members based on how many open tickets they are currently " +"assigned." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`각 사용자에게 동일한 수의 진행 중인 상담 건 배정`: 상담은 현재 배정된 미해결 상담 수에 따라 팀 구성원에게 " +"배정됩니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:110 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Each user is assigned an equal number of tickets` is " +"selected, the overall number of tickets assigned to team members is the " +"same, but it does **not** consider the current workload." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`각 사용자에게 동일한 수의 진행 중인 상담 건 배정`을 선택한 경우 팀 구성원에게 배정된 전체 상담 수는 동일하지만 " +"현재 작업량을 고려하지는 **않습니다**." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Each user has an equal number of open tickets` is selected, " +"it ensures a balanced workload among team members, as it takes the current " +"number of active tickets into account." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`각 사용자에게 동일한 수의 진행 중인 상담 건 배정`를 선택하면 현재 활성화되어 있는 상담 수를 고려하므로 팀 구성원" +" 간에 작업량을 균형있게 유지할 수 있습니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Finally, add the :guilabel:`Team Members` who are to be assigned tickets for" +" this team. Leave the field empty to include all employees who have the " +"proper assignments and access rights configured in their user account " +"settings." +msgstr "" +"마지막으로 이 팀에서 상담을 배정받을 :guilabel:`팀원`을 추가합니다. 사용자 계정 설정에서 구성해 놓은 대로 배정 및 접근 " +"권한이 있는 직원 전체를 대상으로 하려면 필드를 비워두면 됩니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If an employee has time off scheduled in the *Time Off* application, they " +"are **not** assigned tickets during that time. If no employees are " +"available, the system looks ahead until there is a match." +msgstr "" +"직원이 :guilabel:`휴가` 애플리케이션에서 휴가를 신청한 경우 해당 기간 동안에는 상담을 배정하지 **않습니다**. 근무 중인 " +"직원이 없는 경우에는 가능한 내용을 찾을 때까지 시스템에서 미리 확인합니다. " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:127 +msgid ":ref:`Manage users `" +msgstr ":ref:`사용자 관리 `" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`Access rights <../general/users/access_rights>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:131 +msgid "Create or modify stages" +msgstr "단계 생성 또는 수정하기" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:133 +msgid "" +"*Stages* are used to organize the *Helpdesk* pipeline and track the progress" +" of tickets. Stages are customizable, and can be renamed to fit the needs of" +" each team." +msgstr "" +":guilabel: *헬프데스크*에서 파이프라인을 체계화하고 상담 진행 상황을 관리하기 위해 `단계`를 사용됩니다. 단계는 커스터마이징할" +" 수 있으며 필요에 따라서 이름을 변경할 수 있습니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:137 +msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be activated to access the " +"stages menu. To activate developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Settings app " +"--> General Settings --> Developer Tools`, and click :guilabel:`Activate the" +" developer mode`." +msgstr "" +"단계 메뉴를 사용하려면 **반드시** :ref:`개발자 모드 ` 사용 설정이 되어 있어야 합니다. 개발자 " +"모드를 활성화하려면 :menuselection:`설정 앱 --> 일반 설정 --> 개발자 도구`로 이동하여 :guilabel:`개발자 " +"모드 활성화`를 클릭합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:141 +msgid "" +"To view or modify *Helpdesk* stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " +"Configuration --> Stages`." +msgstr "" +"*헬프데스크* 단계를 보거나 수정하려면 :menuselection:`헬프데스크 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 단계`로 이동합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The default list view on the :guilabel:`Stages` page displays the stages " +"currently available in *Helpdesk*. They are listed in the order they appear " +"in the pipeline." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`단계` 페이지의 기본 목록 화면에는 현재 *헬프데스크*에서 사용할 수 있는 단계가 표시됩니다. 파이프라인에 표시되는 " +"순서대로 나열됩니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To change the order of the stages, click the :guilabel:`(six square)` icon, " +"to the left of the stage name, and drag it to the desired place on the list." +msgstr "" +"단계 순서를 변경하려면 단계명 왼쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`(사각형 6개)` 아이콘을 클릭하고 목록에서 원하는 위치로 드래그합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the stage list page emphasizing the buttons used to change the order the stages\n" +"appear in the list." +msgstr "" +"목록에 나타나는 단계의 순서 변경에 사용되는 버튼이 강조되어 있는 단계 목록 페이지\n" +"화면" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Change the stage order on the Kanban view of a *Helpdesk* team's pipeline by" +" dragging and dropping individual columns." +msgstr "칸반 화면에서 단계 순서를 변경하려면 개별 열을 *헬프데스크* 팀 파이프라인으로 끌어다 놓습니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click the :guilabel:`New` button at the top-left of " +"the stage list. Doing so reveals a blank stage form." +msgstr "" +"새로운 단계를 생성하려면 단계 목록 왼쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그렇게 하면 빈 단계 양식이 " +"나타납니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Choose a :guilabel:`Name` for the new stage, and add a description, if " +"desired. Then, proceed to fill out the remaining fields following the steps " +"below." +msgstr "" +"새 단계의 :guilabel:`이름`을 선택하고 원하는 경우 설명을 추가합니다. 그런 다음 아래 단계에 따라 나머지 필드를 작성합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "View of a stage's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "Odoo 헬프데스크의 단계 설정 페이지 화면" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:170 +msgid "Add email and SMS templates to stages" +msgstr "단계에 이메일 및 SMS 서식 추가하기" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When an :guilabel:`Email Template` is added to a stage, an email is " +"automatically sent to the customer when a ticket reaches that specific stage" +" in the pipeline. Likewise, adding an :guilabel:`SMS Template` triggers an " +"SMS text message to send to the customer." +msgstr "" +"단계에 :guilabel:`이메일 서식`을 추가할 경우 상담이 파이프라인의 특정 단계에 도달하게 되면 자동으로 고객에게 이메일이 " +"전송됩니다. 마찬가지로 :guilabel:`SMS 서식`을 추가하면 고객에게 SMS 문자 메시지를 보내도록 자동으로 작동됩니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:177 +msgid "" +"SMS Text Messaging is an :doc:`In-App Purchase (IAP) " +"` service that requires prepaid " +"credits to work. Refer to `SMS Pricing FAQ `_ for additional information." +msgstr "" +"SMS 문자 메시지는 선불 크레딧이 있어야 하는 :doc:`인앱 구매 (IAP) " +"` 서비스입니다. 자세한 내용은 `SMS 가격 FAQ " +"`_ 를 확인하세요." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To select an existing email template, select it from the :guilabel:`Email " +"Template` field. Click on the :guilabel:`→ (Internal Link)` icon to the " +"right of the field to edit the chosen template." +msgstr "" +"기존 이메일 서식을 선택하려면 :guilabel:`이메일 서식`에서 항목을 선택합니다. 선택한 서식을 편집하려면 항목의 오른쪽에 있는 " +":guilabel:`→ (내부 링크)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 됩니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:184 +msgid "" +"To create a new template, click the field, and enter a title for the new " +"template. Then, select :guilabel:`Create and edit` from the drop-down menu " +"that appears, and complete the form details." +msgstr "" +"새로운 서식을 생성하려면 항목을 클릭한 후 새 서식 제목을 입력합니다. 그런 다음 드롭다운 메뉴가 나타나면 :guilabel:`만들기 및" +" 편집`를 선택하고 양식 세부 정보를 입력합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Follow the same steps to select, edit, or create an :guilabel:`SMS " +"Template`." +msgstr "같은 방법으로 :guilabel:`SMS 서식`을 선택한 후 편집하거나 생성합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "View of an SMS template setup page in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "Odoo 헬프데스크의 SMS 서식 설정 페이지 화면" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/companies/email_template`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/companies/email_template`" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:197 +msgid "Assign stages to a team" +msgstr "단계를 팀에 배정하기" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Make a selection in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk Teams` field on the " +":guilabel:`Stages` form. More than one team may be selected, since the same " +"stage can be assigned to multiple teams." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`단계` 양식에 있는 :guilabel:`헬프데스크 팀` 항목에서 선택합니다. 동일한 단계를 여러 팀에 배정할 수 " +"있으므로, 여러 개의 팀을 선택할 수도 있습니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:203 +msgid "Fold a stage" +msgstr "단계 접기 처리하기" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:205 +msgid "" +"By default, stages are unfolded in the Kanban view of either tickets " +"dashboard: :guilabel:`My Tickets` (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets " +"--> My Tickets`) or :guilabel:`All Tickets` (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app " +"--> Tickets --> All Tickets`)." +msgstr "" +"기본적으로 단계는 상담 현황판의 칸반 화면에 펼쳐져 있습니다. :guilabel:`내 상담` (:guilabel:`헬프데스크 앱 --> " +"상담 --> 내 상담`) 또는 :guilabel:`모든 상담` (:guilabel:`헬프데스크 앱 --> 상담 --> 모든 상담`)에서 " +"확인하세요." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Tickets in an unfolded stage are visible in the pipeline under the stage " +"name, and are considered *open*." +msgstr "단계가 펼쳐져 있는 경우 상담은 파이프라인에서 단계 이름 아래에 표시되며 *진행 중*인 상태로 간주합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Stages can be configured to be folded in the Kanban view of a tickets page " +"(:guilabel:`My Tickets` or :guilabel:`All Tickets`)." +msgstr "" +"상담 페이지 의 칸반 화면에서 단계가 접히도록 설정할 수 있습니다 (:guilabel:`내 상담` 또는 :guilabel:`모든 " +"상담`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:215 +msgid "" +"The name of the folded stages are still visible, though the tickets in the " +"stage are no longer immediately visible." +msgstr "접혀있는 단계의 이름은 계속 표시되지만 더 이상 해당 단계의 상담은 바로 표시되지 않습니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:218 +msgid "" +"To fold a stage, check the :guilabel:`Folded in Kanban` box on the " +":guilabel:`Stages` form." +msgstr "단계를 접으려면 :guilabel:`단계` 양식에서 :guilabel:`칸반에 접힘` 확인란에 표시합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Tickets that reach a *folded* stage are considered *closed*. Closing a " +"ticket before the work is completed can result in reporting and " +"communication issues. This setting should **only** be enabled for stages " +"that are considered *closing* stages." +msgstr "" +"상담이 *접기* 단계에 도달하면 *종료*된 것으로 간주합니다. 작업이 완료되기 전에 상담이 종료되어 버리면 보고 업무나 커뮤니케이션과 " +"관련된 문제가 발생할 수 있습니다. *종료* 단계로 처리할 수 있는 단계에 *한해서만* 이 설정 항목을 활성화해야 합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Stages can be temporarily folded in the Kanban view of the tickets pipeline," +" as well." +msgstr "상담 파이프라인의 칸반 화면에서도 단계를 일시적으로 접을 수 있습니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:227 +msgid "" +"View a specific team's pipeline by navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk " +"app`, and clicking the team's Kanban card." +msgstr "" +":menuselection:`헬프데스크 앱`으로 이동하여 팀의 칸반 카드를 클릭하면 특정 팀의 파이프라인을 확인할 수 있습니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Select a stage to fold temporarily, then click the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` " +"icon, and select :guilabel:`Fold`." +msgstr "" +"일시적으로 접을 단계를 선택한 후 :guilabel:`⚙️ (톱니바퀴)` 아이콘을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`접기`를 선택합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Kanban view of a Helpdesk stage, with the temporary fold option emphasized." +msgstr "일시적으로 접기 항목이 강조되어 있는 헬프데스크 단계의 칸반 화면" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Manually folding a stage from the Kanban view is temporary and does **not** " +"close the tickets in the stage." +msgstr "칸반 화면에서 단계를 직접 접는 것은 일시적인 것이며 단계에 해당하는 상담은 종료되지 **않습니다**." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:242 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Helpdesk `_" msgstr "`Odoo 튜토리얼: 헬프데스크 `_" @@ -1264,11 +1746,8 @@ msgid "" "To view and enable the *Track & Bill Time* features on a *Helpdesk* team, " "first navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> " "Helpdesk Teams`. Then, select a team from the list, or create a :doc:`new " -"one <../overview/getting_started>`. This reveals a team's settings page." +"one <../../helpdesk>`. This reveals a team's settings page." msgstr "" -"*헬프데스크* 팀에서 *시간 추적 및 청구* 기능을 확인한 후 사용 설정을 하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`헬프데스크 앱 -->" -" 환경 설정 --> 팀`으로 이동하세요. 그런 다음 목록에서 팀을 선택하거나 :doc:`신규 생성 " -"<../overview/getting_started>`을 클릭하면 팀 설정 페이지가 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -1775,499 +2254,6 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment`" msgid "Overview" msgstr "입출고 현황" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk" -msgstr "헬프데스크 시작하기" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo *Helpdesk* is a ticketing-based customer support application. Multiple " -"teams can be configured and managed in one dashboard, each with their own " -"pipeline for tickets submitted by customers. Pipelines are organized in " -"customizable stages that enable teams to track, prioritize, and solve " -"customer issues quickly and efficiently." -msgstr "" -"Odoo *헬프데스크*는 상담이라는 지원 항목을 기반으로 하는 고객 지원 애플리케이션입니다. 여러 개의 팀을 하나의 현황판에서 설정하고 " -"관리할 수 있으며, 각 팀에는 고객이 제출한 상담에 대해서 자체적인 파이프라인이 있습니다. 파이프라인은 단계를 커스터마이징하여 설정할 수" -" 있어서 고객 문제를 빠르고 효율적으로 추적하고 우선순위를 정하여 해결할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:11 -msgid "Create a Helpdesk team" -msgstr "헬프데스크 팀 만들기" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To view or modify *Helpdesk* teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. To create a new team, click the " -":guilabel:`New` button in the top-left of the dashboard." -msgstr "" -"*헬프데스크* 팀을 보거나 수정하려면 :menuselection:`헬프데스크 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 헬프데스크 팀`으로 이동합니다." -" 새 팀을 생성하려면 현황판 왼쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of the Helpdesk teams page in Odoo Helpdesk." -msgstr "Odoo 헬프데스크의 헬프데스크 팀 페이지 화면" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "" -"On the blank Helpdesk team form, enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the new team. " -"Then, enter a description of the team in the field below the team name, if " -"desired. To change the company this team is assigned to, select it from the " -":guilabel:`Company` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" -"비어있는 헬프데스크 팀 양식에 새 팀의 :guilabel:`이름`을 입력합니다. 그런 다음 원하는 경우 팀 이름 아래에 있는 필드에 팀에" -" 대한 설명을 입력합니다. 팀에 배정된 회사를 변경하려면 :guilabel:`회사` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 선택합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The team description is published on the public facing :doc:`website form " -"`, where customers and portal users submit tickets. The " -"description included in this field should **not** include any information " -"that is for internal use only." -msgstr "" -"팀 설명은 고객 및 포털 사용자가 상담을 제출하는 공개 :doc:`웹사이트 양식 `에 게시됩니다. 이 " -"필드에 포함된 설명에는 내부용 정보가 포함되어서는 **안 됩니다**." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:0 -msgid "" -"View of a Helpdesk team's website form displaying the team description." -msgstr "헬프데스크 팀의 웹사이트 양식에 팀 설명이 표시되어 있는 화면" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:35 -msgid "Visibility & Assignment" -msgstr "공개 범위 및 배정" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The *Visibility* settings alter which internal users and portal users have " -"access to this team and its tickets. The *Assignment* settings alter how " -"users are assigned to handle each ticket." -msgstr "" -"*공개 범위* 설정으로 해당 팀 및 상담 건에 액세스할 수 있는 내부 사용자와 포털 사용자를 변경할 수 있습니다. *배정* 설정 " -"메뉴에서는 각 상담을 처리하도록 사용자에게 배정하는 방법을 변경합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:41 -msgid "Determine team visibility" -msgstr "팀 공개 범위 결정하기" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Visibility` section, select one of the following " -"options to determine who can view this team and its tickets:" -msgstr ":guilabel:`공개 범위` 메뉴에서 다음 중 하나를 선택하여 이 팀과 상담 건을 볼 수 있는 사람을 결정합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Invited internal users (private)`: internal users can access the " -"team and the tickets they are following. This access can be modified on each" -" ticket individually by adding or removing the user as a follower. Internal " -"users are considered *invited* once they are added as followers to an " -"individual ticket, or :ref:`to the team itself " -"`." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`초대된 내부 사용자 (비공개)`: 내부 사용자는 팀 및 팔로우하는 상담 건에 액세스할 수 있습니다. 이 액세스 권한은" -" 각 상담에서 사용자를 팔로어로 추가하거나 삭제하여 개별적으로 수정할 수 있습니다. 내부 사용자가 개별 티켓의 팔로워로 추가되거나 " -":ref:`팀 자체 `에 추가되면 내부 사용자가 *초대*된 것으로 간주합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:50 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`All internal users (company)`: all internal users can access the " -"team and all of its tickets." -msgstr ":guilabel:`모든 내부 사용자 (회사)`: 모든 내부 사용자는 팀 및 모든 상담에 액세스할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:52 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)`: all " -"internal users can access the team and all of its tickets. Portal users can " -"only access the tickets they are following." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`초대된 포털 사용자 및 모든 내부 사용자 (공개)`: 모든 내부 사용자는 팀 및 전체 상담에 액세스할 수 있습니다. " -"포털 사용자는 본인이 팔로우 중인 상담에만 액세스할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:56 -msgid "" -"A `Customer Support` team, meant to handle general shipping and product " -"issues, would have the visibility set on :guilabel:`Invited portal users and" -" all internal users`." -msgstr "" -"일반적인 배송 및 품목 문제를 처리하는 '고객 지원' 팀은 :guilabel:`초대된 포털 사용자 및 모든 내부 사용자`에 대해 공개 " -"범위를 설정합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:59 -msgid "" -"At the same time, a `Financial Services` team handling tickets related to " -"accounting or tax information would only need to be visible to " -":guilabel:`Invited internal users`." -msgstr "" -"이와 동시에, 회계 또는 세금 정보와 관련된 상담을 처리하는 '금융 서비스' 팀은 :guilabel:`초대된 내부 사용자`에게만 " -"공개되도록 설정합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:63 -msgid "" -"A team's visibility can be altered after the initial configuration. However," -" if the team changes from public access to either private or company-only " -"access, portal users are removed as followers from both the team, and from " -"individual tickets." -msgstr "" -"팀의 공개 범위는 초기 설정 후에 변경할 수 있습니다. 그러나 팀이 공개 접근에서 비공개 접근 또는 회사 전용 접근으로 권한을 변경하면 " -"포털 사용자는 팀 및 개별 상담 모두에 대해 팔로어에서 삭제됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:70 -msgid "Follow all team's tickets" -msgstr "전체 팀의 상담 건 팔로우하기" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:72 -msgid "" -"If a user should be notified about any updates regarding tickets for this " -"team, select their name from the :guilabel:`Followers` drop-down menu, " -"located in the :guilabel:`Follow All Team's Tickets` field. Multiple users " -"can be selected to follow a single team." -msgstr "" -"사용자가 이 팀에서 진행 중인 상담 건에 대한 업데이트 알림을 받아야 하는 경우 :guilabel:`모든 팀의 상담 건 팔로우하기` " -"필드에 있는 :guilabel:`팔로워` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 이름을 선택합니다. 한 팀을 팔로우하도록 여러 명의 사용자를 선택할 수도 " -"있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:77 -msgid "" -"External contacts can be selected in the :guilabel:`Followers` field. If the" -" team's visibility is set to :guilabel:`Invited internal users (private)`, " -"followers are notified about updates to the team's tickets, but are **not** " -"able to view them in the portal." -msgstr "" -"외부 연락처를 :guilabel:`팔로워` 필드에서 선택할 수 있습니다. 팀의 공개 범위를 :guilabel:`초대된 내부 사용자 " -"(비공개)`로 설정한 경우 팔로어는 팀 상담 건에 대한 업데이트 알림을 받지만 포털에서 확인할 수는 **없습니다**." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:82 -msgid "Automatically assign new tickets" -msgstr "신규 상담 자동 배정" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:84 -msgid "" -"When tickets are received, they need to be assigned to a member of the team." -" This is done either manually on each ticket individually, or through " -":guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`. Check the :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`" -" checkbox to enable this feature for the team." -msgstr "" -"상담이 접수되면 팀원에게 배정해야 합니다. 이 작업은 상담에 대해 개별적으로 직접 수행하거나 :guilabel:`자동 배정`을 통해 " -"수행됩니다. :guilabel:`자동 배정` 확인란을 선택하면 팀에 이 기능이 활성화됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a Helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the automatic assignment features in Odoo\n" -"Helpdesk." -msgstr "" -"Odoo헬프데스크의 자동 배정 기능이 강조되어 있는 헬프데스크 팀\n" -"설정 페이지 화면" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:93 -msgid "" -"As soon as :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment` has been enabled, additional " -"fields appear." -msgstr ":guilabel:`자동 배정`이 활성화되면 즉시 추가 필드가 나타납니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Select one of the following assignment methods, based on how the workload " -"should be allocated across the team:" -msgstr "팀 전체에 작업량을 어떻게 배정할지에 따라서 다음 배정 방법 중에서 하나를 선택합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:98 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Each user is assigned an equal number of tickets`: tickets are " -"assigned to team members based on total ticket count, regardless of the " -"number of open or closed tickets they are currently assigned." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`각 사용자에게 동일한 수의 상담 건 배정`: 현재 배정되어 있는 미해결 또는 완료 상담 수에 관계없이 총 상담 건수를" -" 기준으로 팀 구성원에게 상담이 배정됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:101 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Each user has an equal number of open tickets`: tickets are " -"assigned to team members based on how many open tickets they are currently " -"assigned." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`각 사용자에게 동일한 수의 진행 중인 상담 건 배정`: 상담은 현재 배정된 미해결 상담 수에 따라 팀 구성원에게 " -"배정됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:105 -msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Each user is assigned an equal number of tickets` is " -"selected, the overall number of tickets assigned to team members is the " -"same, but it does **not** consider the current workload." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`각 사용자에게 동일한 수의 진행 중인 상담 건 배정`을 선택한 경우 팀 구성원에게 배정된 전체 상담 수는 동일하지만 " -"현재 작업량을 고려하지는 **않습니다**." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:109 -msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Each user has an equal number of open tickets` is selected, " -"it ensures a balanced workload among team members, as it takes the current " -"number of active tickets into account." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`각 사용자에게 동일한 수의 진행 중인 상담 건 배정`를 선택하면 현재 활성화되어 있는 상담 수를 고려하므로 팀 구성원" -" 간에 작업량을 균형있게 유지할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Finally, add the :guilabel:`Team Members` who are to be assigned tickets for" -" this team. Leave the field empty to include all employees who have the " -"proper assignments and access rights configured in their user account " -"settings." -msgstr "" -"마지막으로 이 팀에서 상담을 배정받을 :guilabel:`팀원`을 추가합니다. 사용자 계정 설정에서 구성해 놓은 대로 배정 및 접근 " -"권한이 있는 직원 전체를 대상으로 하려면 필드를 비워두면 됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:117 -msgid "" -"If an employee has time off scheduled in the *Time Off* application, they " -"are **not** assigned tickets during that time. If no employees are " -"available, the system looks ahead until there is a match." -msgstr "" -"직원이 :guilabel:`휴가` 애플리케이션에서 휴가를 신청한 경우 해당 기간 동안에는 상담을 배정하지 **않습니다**. 근무 중인 " -"직원이 없는 경우에는 가능한 내용을 찾을 때까지 시스템에서 미리 확인합니다. " - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:122 -msgid ":ref:`Manage users `" -msgstr ":ref:`사용자 관리 `" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid ":doc:`Access rights <../../../general/users/access_rights>`" -msgstr ":doc:`접근 권한 <../../../general/users/access_rights>`" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:126 -msgid "Create or modify stages" -msgstr "단계 생성 또는 수정하기" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:128 -msgid "" -"*Stages* are used to organize the *Helpdesk* pipeline and track the progress" -" of tickets. Stages are customizable, and can be renamed to fit the needs of" -" each team." -msgstr "" -":guilabel: *헬프데스크*에서 파이프라인을 체계화하고 상담 진행 상황을 관리하기 위해 `단계`를 사용됩니다. 단계는 커스터마이징할" -" 수 있으며 필요에 따라서 이름을 변경할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:132 -msgid "" -":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be activated to access the " -"stages menu. To activate developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Settings app " -"--> General Settings --> Developer Tools`, and click :guilabel:`Activate the" -" developer mode`." -msgstr "" -"단계 메뉴를 사용하려면 **반드시** :ref:`개발자 모드 ` 사용 설정이 되어 있어야 합니다. 개발자 " -"모드를 활성화하려면 :menuselection:`설정 앱 --> 일반 설정 --> 개발자 도구`로 이동하여 :guilabel:`개발자 " -"모드 활성화`를 클릭합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:136 -msgid "" -"To view or modify *Helpdesk* stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " -"Configuration --> Stages`." -msgstr "" -"*헬프데스크* 단계를 보거나 수정하려면 :menuselection:`헬프데스크 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 단계`로 이동합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:139 -msgid "" -"The default list view on the :guilabel:`Stages` page displays the stages " -"currently available in *Helpdesk*. They are listed in the order they appear " -"in the pipeline." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`단계` 페이지의 기본 목록 화면에는 현재 *헬프데스크*에서 사용할 수 있는 단계가 표시됩니다. 파이프라인에 표시되는 " -"순서대로 나열됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:142 -msgid "" -"To change the order of the stages, click the :guilabel:`(six square)` icon, " -"to the left of the stage name, and drag it to the desired place on the list." -msgstr "" -"단계 순서를 변경하려면 단계명 왼쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`(사각형 6개)` 아이콘을 클릭하고 목록에서 원하는 위치로 드래그합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the stage list page emphasizing the buttons used to change the order the stages\n" -"appear in the list." -msgstr "" -"목록에 나타나는 단계의 순서 변경에 사용되는 버튼이 강조되어 있는 단계 목록 페이지\n" -"화면" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Change the stage order on the Kanban view of a *Helpdesk* team's pipeline by" -" dragging and dropping individual columns." -msgstr "칸반 화면에서 단계 순서를 변경하려면 개별 열을 *헬프데스크* 팀 파이프라인으로 끌어다 놓습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:154 -msgid "" -"To create a new stage, click the :guilabel:`New` button at the top-left of " -"the stage list. Doing so reveals a blank stage form." -msgstr "" -"새로운 단계를 생성하려면 단계 목록 왼쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그렇게 하면 빈 단계 양식이 " -"나타납니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Choose a :guilabel:`Name` for the new stage, and add a description, if " -"desired. Then, proceed to fill out the remaining fields following the steps " -"below." -msgstr "" -"새 단계의 :guilabel:`이름`을 선택하고 원하는 경우 설명을 추가합니다. 그런 다음 아래 단계에 따라 나머지 필드를 작성합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of a stage's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk." -msgstr "Odoo 헬프데스크의 단계 설정 페이지 화면" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:165 -msgid "Add email and SMS templates to stages" -msgstr "단계에 이메일 및 SMS 서식 추가하기" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:167 -msgid "" -"When an :guilabel:`Email Template` is added to a stage, an email is " -"automatically sent to the customer when a ticket reaches that specific stage" -" in the pipeline. Likewise, adding an :guilabel:`SMS Template` triggers an " -"SMS text message to send to the customer." -msgstr "" -"단계에 :guilabel:`이메일 서식`을 추가할 경우 상담이 파이프라인의 특정 단계에 도달하게 되면 자동으로 고객에게 이메일이 " -"전송됩니다. 마찬가지로 :guilabel:`SMS 서식`을 추가하면 고객에게 SMS 문자 메시지를 보내도록 자동으로 작동됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:172 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is an :doc:`In-App Purchase (IAP) " -"` service that requires prepaid " -"credits to work. Refer to `SMS Pricing FAQ `_ for additional information." -msgstr "" -"SMS 문자 메시지는 선불 크레딧이 있어야 하는 :doc:`인앱 구매 (IAP) " -"` 서비스입니다. 자세한 내용은 `SMS 가격 FAQ " -"`_ 를 확인하세요." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:176 -msgid "" -"To select an existing email template, select it from the :guilabel:`Email " -"Template` field. Click on the :guilabel:`→ (Internal Link)` icon to the " -"right of the field to edit the chosen template." -msgstr "" -"기존 이메일 서식을 선택하려면 :guilabel:`이메일 서식`에서 항목을 선택합니다. 선택한 서식을 편집하려면 항목의 오른쪽에 있는 " -":guilabel:`→ (내부 링크)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:179 -msgid "" -"To create a new template, click the field, and enter a title for the new " -"template. Then, select :guilabel:`Create and edit` from the drop-down menu " -"that appears, and complete the form details." -msgstr "" -"새로운 서식을 생성하려면 항목을 클릭한 후 새 서식 제목을 입력합니다. 그런 다음 드롭다운 메뉴가 나타나면 :guilabel:`만들기 및" -" 편집`를 선택하고 양식 세부 정보를 입력합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Follow the same steps to select, edit, or create an :guilabel:`SMS " -"Template`." -msgstr "같은 방법으로 :guilabel:`SMS 서식`을 선택한 후 편집하거나 생성합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of an SMS template setup page in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "Odoo 헬프데스크의 SMS 서식 설정 페이지 화면" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/companies/email_template`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/companies/email_template`" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:192 -msgid "Assign stages to a team" -msgstr "단계를 팀에 배정하기" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Make a selection in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk Teams` field on the " -":guilabel:`Stages` form. More than one team may be selected, since the same " -"stage can be assigned to multiple teams." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`단계` 양식에 있는 :guilabel:`헬프데스크 팀` 항목에서 선택합니다. 동일한 단계를 여러 팀에 배정할 수 " -"있으므로, 여러 개의 팀을 선택할 수도 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:198 -msgid "Fold a stage" -msgstr "단계 접기 처리하기" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:200 -msgid "" -"By default, stages are unfolded in the Kanban view of either tickets " -"dashboard: :guilabel:`My Tickets` (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets " -"--> My Tickets`) or :guilabel:`All Tickets` (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app " -"--> Tickets --> All Tickets`)." -msgstr "" -"기본적으로 단계는 상담 현황판의 칸반 화면에 펼쳐져 있습니다. :guilabel:`내 상담` (:guilabel:`헬프데스크 앱 --> " -"상담 --> 내 상담`) 또는 :guilabel:`모든 상담` (:guilabel:`헬프데스크 앱 --> 상담 --> 모든 상담`)에서 " -"확인하세요." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:204 -msgid "" -"Tickets in an unfolded stage are visible in the pipeline under the stage " -"name, and are considered *open*." -msgstr "단계가 펼쳐져 있는 경우 상담은 파이프라인에서 단계 이름 아래에 표시되며 *진행 중*인 상태로 간주합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:207 -msgid "" -"Stages can be configured to be folded in the Kanban view of a tickets page " -"(:guilabel:`My Tickets` or :guilabel:`All Tickets`)." -msgstr "" -"상담 페이지 의 칸반 화면에서 단계가 접히도록 설정할 수 있습니다 (:guilabel:`내 상담` 또는 :guilabel:`모든 " -"상담`)." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:210 -msgid "" -"The name of the folded stages are still visible, though the tickets in the " -"stage are no longer immediately visible." -msgstr "접혀있는 단계의 이름은 계속 표시되지만 더 이상 해당 단계의 상담은 바로 표시되지 않습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:213 -msgid "" -"To fold a stage, check the :guilabel:`Folded in Kanban` box on the " -":guilabel:`Stages` form." -msgstr "단계를 접으려면 :guilabel:`단계` 양식에서 :guilabel:`칸반에 접힘` 확인란에 표시합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Tickets that reach a *folded* stage are considered *closed*. Closing a " -"ticket before the work is completed can result in reporting and " -"communication issues. This setting should **only** be enabled for stages " -"that are considered *closing* stages." -msgstr "" -"상담이 *접기* 단계에 도달하면 *종료*된 것으로 간주합니다. 작업이 완료되기 전에 상담이 종료되어 버리면 보고 업무나 커뮤니케이션과 " -"관련된 문제가 발생할 수 있습니다. *종료* 단계로 처리할 수 있는 단계에 *한해서만* 이 설정 항목을 활성화해야 합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:220 -msgid "" -"Stages can be temporarily folded in the Kanban view of the tickets pipeline," -" as well." -msgstr "상담 파이프라인의 칸반 화면에서도 단계를 일시적으로 접을 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:222 -msgid "" -"View a specific team's pipeline by navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk " -"app`, and clicking the team's Kanban card." -msgstr "" -":menuselection:`헬프데스크 앱`으로 이동하여 팀의 칸반 카드를 클릭하면 특정 팀의 파이프라인을 확인할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Select a stage to fold temporarily, then click the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` " -"icon, and select :guilabel:`Fold`." -msgstr "" -"일시적으로 접을 단계를 선택한 후 :guilabel:`⚙️ (톱니바퀴)` 아이콘을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`접기`를 선택합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Kanban view of a Helpdesk stage, with the temporary fold option emphasized." -msgstr "일시적으로 접기 항목이 강조되어 있는 헬프데스크 단계의 칸반 화면" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Manually folding a stage from the Kanban view is temporary and does **not** " -"close the tickets in the stage." -msgstr "칸반 화면에서 단계를 직접 접는 것은 일시적인 것이며 단계에 해당하는 상담은 종료되지 **않습니다**." - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3 msgid "Help Center" msgstr "지원 센터" @@ -2293,14 +2279,10 @@ msgid "" "To activate any *Help Center* features (*Forums*, *eLearning*, or " "*Knowledge*) on a *Helpdesk* team, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and select a team, or create a :doc:`new " -"one `. Verify the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team is set" -" to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)` in the " +"one <../../helpdesk>`. Verify the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team is set " +"to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)` in the " ":guilabel:`Visibility & Assignment` section." msgstr "" -"*헬프데스크* 팀의 *헬프 센터* 기능 (*포럼*, *온라인 학습* 또는 *지식센터*)을 활성화하려면 " -":menuselection:`헬프데스크 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 헬프데스크 팀`으로 이동하여 팀을 설정하거나 :doc:`새 항목 " -"`을 생성합니다. :guilabel:`공개 범위 및 배정` 섹션에서 팀의 :guilabel:`공개 범위`가" -" :guilabel:`초대된 포털 사용자 및 모든 내부 사용자 (공개)`로 설정되어 있는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -2332,8 +2314,8 @@ msgstr "" "항목이 추가되지 않은 경우에는 더 이상 활성화하거나 액세스할 수 없게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`Getting Started `" -msgstr ":doc:`시작하기 `" +msgid ":doc:`Helpdesk Overview <../../helpdesk>`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:38 msgid "Knowledge" @@ -2361,10 +2343,8 @@ msgstr "헬프데스크 팀에서 지식 센터 사용 설정하기" msgid "" "To enable the *Knowledge* feature on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " ":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one `." +"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one <../../helpdesk>`." msgstr "" -"*헬프데스크* 팀에서 *지식센터* 기능을 활성화하려면 :menuselection:`헬프데스크 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 헬프데스크 " -"팀`으로 이동하여 팀을 선택하거나 :doc:`새 항목 `으로 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -2662,10 +2642,8 @@ msgstr "헬프데스크 팀에서 포럼을 사용하도록 설정하기" msgid "" "To enable :guilabel:`Community Forums` on a *Helpdesk* team, start by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk " -"Teams` and select a team, or create a :doc:`new one `." +"Teams` and select a team, or create a :doc:`new one <../../helpdesk>`." msgstr "" -"*헬프데스크* 팀에서 :guilabel:`커뮤니티 포럼`을 활성화하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`헬프데스크 앱 --> 환경 설정" -" --> 헬프데스크 팀`으로 이동하여 팀을 선택하거나 :doc:`새 항목 `으로 새로 만듭니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:197 msgid "" @@ -2778,10 +2756,8 @@ msgstr "헬프데스크 팀에서 온라인 학습 과정 활성화하기" msgid "" "To enable *eLearning* courses on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " ":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one `." +"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one <../../helpdesk>`." msgstr "" -"*헬프데스크* 팀에서 *온라인 학습* 과정을 사용할 수 있도록 하려면 :menuselection:`헬프데스크 앱 --> 환경 설정 -->" -" 헬프데스크 팀`으로 이동하여 팀을 선택하거나 :doc:`새 항목 `으로 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:249 msgid "" @@ -2995,27 +2971,22 @@ msgstr "고객 평가" msgid "" "Asking customers to rate the support they received from a *Helpdesk* team " "provides an opportunity to gauge team performance and track customer " -"satisfaction. Ratings can be published to the portal, providing customers " +"satisfaction. Ratings can be published on the portal, providing customers " "with a general overview of the team's performance." msgstr "" -"*헬프데스크* 팀에서 지원받은 내용에 대해 고객이 평가하도록 하면 팀의 성과 측정이나 고객 만족도를 추적할 수 있게 됩니다. 포털에 평가" -" 내용을 게시하여 팀이 어떤 성과를 보이고 있는지 전체적인 기본 내용을 보여줄 수 있습니다. " - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 -msgid "Enable customer ratings on a Helpdesk team" -msgstr "헬프데스크 팀에서 고객 평가 기능 사용하기" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To enable *customer ratings* on a helpdesk team by going to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams`. Select a team from " -"the list and navigate to the settings page. Scroll to the " -":guilabel:`Performance` section, and check the box for :guilabel:`Customer " -"Ratings`." +msgid "Enable customer ratings on Helpdesk teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To enable *customer ratings* on a helpdesk team, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select a" +" team from the list and click on it to open the settings page. Scroll to the" +" :guilabel:`Performance` section, and tick the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -":menuselection:`헬프데스크 --> 구성 --> 팀`으로 이동하여 헬프데스크 팀 항목에서 *고객 평가*를 활성화합니다. " -"해당되는 팀을 목록에서 선택하고 설정 페이지로 이동합니다. 화면 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`성과` 섹션으로 이동하여 " -":guilabel:`고객 평가` 선택란에 표시합니다. " #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -3023,96 +2994,83 @@ msgid "" "in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "Odoo 헬프데스크 상담 평가 항목이 강조되어 있는 헬프데스크 팀의 설정 페이지 화면." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:25 msgid "Set a ratings request email template on a stage" msgstr "단계에서 평가를 요청하는 이메일 서식 설정하기" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:27 msgid "" "To automatically request ratings from customers once their tickets have " "closed, an email template should be added to the appropriate stage." msgstr "상담이 종료된 후 자동으로 고객 평가를 요청하도록 하려면 해당 단계에 이메일 서식을 추가해야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:30 msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` setting has been enabled on the team's" -" settings page, (see above) click the :guilabel:`Set an Email Template on " -"Stages` link. Select a stage from the list, or click :guilabel:`New` to " -"create a new stage." +"After the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` :ref:`setting has been enabled " +"` on the team's settings page, click the " +":guilabel:`Set an Email Template on Stages` link. Select a stage from the " +"list, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new stage." msgstr "" -"팀 설정 페이지에서 `고객 평가` 항목을 활성화시킨 후 (위의 내용 참조) :guilabel:`단계에서 이메일 서식 설정` 링크를 " -"클릭하십시오. 목록에서 단계를 선택하거나 :guilabel:`새로 만들기`를 클릭하여 새로운 단계를 생성합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 msgid "" "Customers should only be asked to rate tickets once an issue has been " -"resolved and their ticket is closed. Therefore, a *ratings request* email " -"should only be added to a stage that is **folded** in the kanban, as tickets" +"resolved and their ticket is *closed*. Therefore, a *ratings request* email " +"should **only** be added to a stage that is folded in the Kanban, as tickets" " in a *folded stage* are considered closed." msgstr "" -"고객 문제가 해결되어 상담켓이 종료된 후에만 고객에게 상담에 대한 평가를 요청해야 합니다. 따라서 *접기 처리된 단계*에서는 상담이 " -"종료된 것으로 간주되므로 칸반에서 **접기** 되어 있는 단계에만 *평가 요청* 이메일을 추가해야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 msgid "" -"On the stage's settings page, select `Helpdesk: Ticket Rating Request` in " -"the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. This template has been pre-configured " -"with ratings customers can use to provide feedback. To view the template, " -"click the arrow button to the right of the field." +"On the stage's settings page, select the template, `Helpdesk: Ticket Rating " +"Request` in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. This template has been " +"preconfigured with ratings customers can use to provide feedback. To view " +"the template, click the arrow button to the right of the field." msgstr "" -"단계 설정 페이지에서 :guilabel:`이메일 서식` 필드의 `헬프데스크: 상담 평가 요청`을 선택합니다. 이 서식은 고객으로부터 " -"피드백을 받을 수 있도록 미리 구성되어 있습니다. 서식을 확인하려면 필드 오른쪽에 있는 화살표 버튼을 클릭합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the template has been added to the stage, it will automatically send a " -"message when a ticket is moved to that stage. Customers will be asked to " -"rate the support they received with colored icons." -msgstr "" -"서식이 단계에 추가되면 해당 단계로 상담이 이동하게 될 경우 자동으로 메시지가 전송됩니다. 고객은 색상으로 구별된 아이콘을 선택하여 지원" -" 내용에 대해서 평가해달라는 요청을 받게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:43 +msgid "" +"After the template is added to the stage, it automatically sends a message " +"when a ticket is moved to that stage. Customers are then asked to rate the " +"support they received with colored icons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:46 msgid "*Green smiling face* - Satisfied" msgstr "*초록색 스마일* - 만족" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:47 msgid "*Yellow neutral face* - Okay" msgstr "*노란색 보통* - 양호" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:48 msgid "*Red frowning face* - Dissatisfied" msgstr "*빨간색 찌푸린 얼굴* - 불만" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a standard helpdesk customer review email template for Odoo " -"Helpdesk." -msgstr "Odoo 헬프데스크용으로 만들어진 헬프데스크 고객 리뷰 이메일 표준 서식 화면." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:50 msgid "" "After selecting a rating, customers are taken to a webpage where they can " -"provide specific written feedback to support their rating. Once a rating is " -"submitted, it is added to the chatter on the ticket." +"provide specific written feedback to support their rating. The rating is " +"then submitted, and the rating, as well as any additional comments, are " +"added to the chatter on the ticket." msgstr "" -"고객이 평가 결과를 선택한 후 자신이 평가한 내용에 대해 구체적으로 피드백을 작성할 수 있는 웹페이지로 이동합니다. 고객 평가는 제출 후" -" 상담 대화창에 추가됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:55 msgid "" "Customer ratings can also be viewed through the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings`" -" report. To view this report, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting " -"--> Customer Ratings`." +" report. To view this report, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " +"Reporting --> Customer Ratings`." msgstr "" -"고객 평가는 :guilabel:`고객 평가` 보고서를 통해서도 확인할 수 있습니다. 이 보고서는 :menuselection:`헬프데스크 " -"--> 보고 --> 고객 평가` 메뉴에서 볼 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/companies/email_template`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:62 msgid "Publish ratings on the customer portal" msgstr "고객 포털에 평가 내용 게시" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:64 msgid "" "After enabling the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` setting, an option to " "publish ratings on the team's website appears. Enabling this setting " @@ -3124,28 +3082,26 @@ msgstr "" " 30일 동안 팀에서 받은 평가에 대한 전체적인 내용을 포털 사용자들이 확인할 수 있습니다. 여기에는 구체적 피드백 내용은 포함되지 " "않으며 팀의 성과에 대한 통계 수치만 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:70 msgid "" -"In order to display ratings on the customer portal, a team has to have their" -" visibility setting set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal " -"users`. This setting is found on the team's settings page under " -":guilabel:`Visibility`." +"To display ratings on the customer portal, a team **must** have their " +"visibility setting set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal " +"users (public)`. To enable this setting, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select a" +" team from the list and click on it to open the settings page. Scroll to the" +" :guilabel:`Visibility & Assignment` section, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)` checkbox." msgstr "" -"고객 포털에 평가 내용이 표시되도록 하려면 팀 설정에서 검토 가능성 항목이 :guilabel:`승인된 포털 사용자 및 내부 사용자 " -"전체`로 설정되어 있어야 합니다. 해당되는 설정 항목은 :guilabel:`검토 가능성` 아래에 있는 팀 설정 페이지에서 확인하실 수 " -"있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:77 msgid "" -"Next, to publish the ratings, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Teams` and select a team. Scroll to " -":guilabel:`Performance` and enable :guilabel:`Publish this team's ratings on" -" your website`." +"Next, to publish the ratings, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app--> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and select a team. Scroll to " +":guilabel:`Performance` and tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Publish this " +"team's ratings on your website`." msgstr "" -"다음으로, 평가 결과를 게시하려면 :menuselection:`헬프데스크 --> 구성 --> 팀`으로 이동하여 팀을 선택하십시오. 화면 " -"아래로 이동하여 :guilabel:`성과`에 있는 :guilabel:`팀 평가를 웹사이트에 게시` 항목을 활성화합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:81 msgid "" "To view the ratings for a team, a customer will log into the portal and " "navigate to one of their tickets. After clicking on the team name in the " @@ -3160,57 +3116,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the ratings performance overview from the customer portal." msgstr "고객 포털에서 평가 실적에 대한 전체적인 내용이 나와있는 화면." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`Portal access <../../../general/users/portal>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:93 msgid "Manually hide individual ratings" msgstr "개별 평가 내용을 수기로 숨김 처리하기" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:95 msgid "" "Individual ratings can be manually hidden from the portal. This allows for " -"specific ratings to be kept out of the performance metrics that are shown to" -" customers." +"specific ratings to be kept out of the performance metrics shared with " +"customers." msgstr "" -"포털에서 개별 평가 항목을 수동으로 숨길 수 있습니다. 이를 통해 고객에게 표시되는 실적표에서 특정 등급을 제외할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:98 msgid "" "To make a rating visible only to internal users, navigate to the page for a " "rating. This can be done in one of the following ways:" msgstr "내부 사용자에게만 평가 내용을 보이게 하려면 평가 페이지로 이동하십시오. 다음의 방법 중 하나를 선택하시면 됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:101 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` and click" -" on one of the kanban cards for an individual rating." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` and " +"click on one of the Kanban cards for an individual rating." msgstr "" -":menuselection:`헬프데스크 --> 보고 --> 고객 평가`로 이동하고 개별 평가 항목에 대한 칸반 카드 중 하나를 " -"클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:103 msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Tickets --> All Tickets` and remove" -" the :guilabel:`Open` filter from the search bar. Then filter by " +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app--> Tickets --> All Tickets` and " +"remove the :guilabel:`Open` filter from the search bar. Then filter by " ":guilabel:`Satisfied`, :guilabel:`Okay` and/or :guilabel:`Dissatisfied`. " "Select a ticket from the results. Click the :guilabel:`Rating` smart button." msgstr "" -":menuselection:`헬프데스크 --> 상담 --> 전체 상담`으로 이동한 후 검색창에서 :guilabel:`접수된 상담` 필터를" -" 삭제합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`만족`, :guilabel:`양호` 및/또는 :guilabel:`불만`으로 필터를 " -"입력합니다. 검색된 상담 내용을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`평가` 스마트 버튼을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:108 msgid "" "Once on the rating details page, check the :guilabel:`Visible Internally " "Only` box." msgstr "평가 세부 정보에서 :guilabel:`내부 검토만 허용` 선택란에 표시합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:350 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets`" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports`" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`reports`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 msgid "Receiving tickets" @@ -3236,10 +3189,8 @@ msgstr "채널 옵션 기능을 활성화하여 상담 진행" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, " "and choose an existing team, or click :guilabel:`New` to :doc:`create a new " -"team `." +"team <../../helpdesk>`." msgstr "" -":menuselection:`헬프데스크 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 헬프데스크 팀`으로 이동하여 기존 팀을 선택하거나 " -":guilabel:`새로 만들기`를 클릭하여 :doc:`새로운 팀 만들기 `를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -3954,6 +3905,10 @@ msgstr "" "우선순위 레벨은 :doc:`SLAs ` 배정 기준으로도 사용될 수 있으므로 상담 우선순위 레벨 변경 시 :abbr:`SLA " "(서비스 수준 계약)` 기한이 변경될 수 있습니다." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:350 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets`" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:351 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" @@ -3966,57 +3921,49 @@ msgstr ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat`" msgid "Reporting" msgstr "보고" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:8 msgid "" -"Odoo *Helpdesk* includes several reports that provide the opportunity to " -"track trends for customer support tickets, identify areas for improvement, " -"manage employee workloads, and confirm when customer expectations are met." +"Reports in Odoo *Helpdesk* provide the opportunity to manage employee " +"workloads, identify areas for improvement, and confirm if customer " +"expectations are being met." msgstr "" -"Odoo *헬프데스크*에서 사용할 수 있는 다양한 보고서를 통해 고객지원 상담 추세를 추적하고, 개선해야 할 부분이 있는지 파악하며 " -"영역을 식별하며, 직원들의 업무량 관리와 함께 고객 만족 달성 여부를 확인할 수 있습니다. " -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 msgid "Available reports" msgstr "사용할 수 있는 보고서 종류" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 msgid "" "Details about the reports available in Odoo *Helpdesk* can be found below. " -"To view the different reports, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Reporting`." +"To view the different reports, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " +"Reporting`, and select one of the following: :guilabel:`Tickets Analysis`, " +":guilabel:`SLA Status Analysis`, or :guilabel:`Customer Ratings`." msgstr "" -"Odoo *헬프데스크* 보고서에 대한 자세한 내용은 아래에서 확인할 수 있습니다. 보고서를 확인하시려면 " -":menuselection:`헬프데스크 --> 보고` 메뉴로 이동하십시오." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:16 -msgid "Ticket Analysis" -msgstr "티켓 분석" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 +msgid "Tickets Analysis" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:21 msgid "" -"The *Ticket Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> " -"Ticket Analysis`) provides an overview of every customer support ticket in " -"the database. This includes the number of tickets assigned among teams and " -"individual users." +"The *Tickets Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Reporting " +"--> Tickets Analysis`) provides an overview of every customer support ticket" +" in the database." msgstr "" -"*상담 분석* 보고서 (:menuselection:`헬프데스크 --> 보고 --> 상담 분석`)에서는 데이터베이스에 있는 고객 지원 " -"상담에 대한 내용 전체를 확인할 수 있습니다.여기에는 팀별 혹은 개인 사용자 별로 배정된 상담 숫자가 포함되어 있습니다. " -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:24 msgid "" -"This report is useful in identifying where teams are spending the most time," -" and helps determine if there is an uneven workload distribution among the " -"support staff. The default report counts the number of tickets per team and " -"groups them by stage." +"This report is useful for identifying where teams are spending the most " +"time, and helps determine if there is an uneven workload distribution among " +"the support staff. The default report counts the number of tickets per team " +"and groups them by stage." msgstr "" -"이 보고서는 관련 팀에서 시간이 가장 많이 소요되는 부분을 파악하기 위한 목적으로 유용하게 사용할 수 있으며 지원을 담당하는 직원 간에 " -"업무량이 적절하게 배분되었는지 검토할 수 있도록 합니다. 기본 보고서에서는 팀별로 상담 건수를 계산하여 단계별로 분류하고 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 msgid "View of Ticket Analysis report default view." msgstr "상담 분석 보고서의 기본 화면." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:32 msgid "" "Alternative measures can be selected to track where the most time is spent " "at different points in the workflow. To change the measures used for the " @@ -4027,77 +3974,72 @@ msgstr "" "작업 과정의 여러 지점 중 어느 부분에서 가장 업무 시간이 많이 소요되는지 추적하기 위해 다른 방법을 사용할 수도 있습니다. 현재 보고 " "있는 보고서 측정값을 변경하거나 추가하려면 :guilabel:`측정값` 버튼을 클릭하여 드롭다운 메뉴에서 옵션을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Hours to Respond`: average number of working hours " "between a message sent from the customer and the response from the support " -"team. *This is does not include messages sent when the ticket was in a " -"folded stage*" +"team. *This does not include messages sent when the ticket was in a folded " +"stage.*" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`평균 응답 시간`: 고객 메시지를 받은 시간부터 지원 팀이 응답하기까지 걸린 작업 시간의 평균값입니다. *접음 단계에" -" 있는 상담건에서 받은 메시지는 포함하지 않습니다*" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:40 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hours Open`: number of hours between the date the ticket was " "created and the closed date. If there is no closed date on the ticket, the " -"current date is used. **This measure is not specific to working hours**" +"current date is used. **This measure is not specific to working hours.**" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`진행 시간`: 상담이 생성된 날짜부터 종료된 날짜까지의 시간입니다. 상담에 종료 날짜가 없는 경우에는 현재 당일 " -"날짜를 사용합니다. **근무 시간으로만 국한하여 측정되는 것이 아닙니다**" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hours Spent`: number of *Timesheet* hours logged on a ticket. " "*This measure is only available if Timesheets are enabled on a team, and the" -" current user has the access rights to view them*" +" current user has the access rights to view them.*" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`소요 시간`: 상담에 기록된 *작업시간* 수치입니다. *작업시간표가 팀에서 활성화되어 있으며 현재 사용자에게 접근 " -"권한이 있는 경우에만 이 방법을 사용할 수 있습니다*" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:44 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the date on " -"which the ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team member" -msgstr ":guilabel:`배정 소요 시간`: 상담이 생성된 날짜와 담당자에게 배정되기까지 근무 시간 기준의 시간입니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:46 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date on " -"which the ticket was created and the date it was closed" -msgstr ":guilabel:`종료 시간`: 상담이 생성된 날짜와 종료되기까지의 날짜 사이의 근무 시간 기준의 시간입니다." +":guilabel:`Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the date the " +"ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team member." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hours to First Response`: number of working hours between the " -"date on which the ticket was received and the date one which the first " -"message was sent. *This does not include email sent automatically when a " -"ticket reaches a stage*" +":guilabel:`Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date the " +"ticket was created and the date it was closed." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`최초 응답 시간`: 상담이 접수된 날짜와 처음으로 메시지를 보낸 날짜 사이의 근무 시간 기준의 시간입니다. *여기에는" -" 상담 단계마다 자동 전송되는 이메일은 포함되지 않습니다*" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hours to SLA Deadline`: number of working hours remaining to " -"reach the last :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` deadline on a ticket" +":guilabel:`Hours to First Response`: number of working hours between the " +"date the ticket was received and the date on which the first message was " +"sent. *This does not include email sent automatically when a ticket reaches " +"a stage.*" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`SLA 기한일까지의 시간`: 상담에서 :abbr:`SLA (서비스 수준 계약)` 최종 기한까지 남은 근무 시간 기준의" -" 시간입니디." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:53 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Rating /5`: number valued assigned to the rating received from a " -"customer (Dissatisfied = 1, Okay/Neutral = 3, Satisfied = 5)" +":guilabel:`Hours until SLA Deadline`: number of working hours remaining to " +"reach the last |SLA| deadline on a ticket." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`평점 /5`: 고객으로부터 받은 평가를 점수로 환산한 값(불만족 = 1, 좋음/보통 = 3, 만족 = 5)입니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:99 -msgid ":guilabel:`Count`: number of tickets in total" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Count`: 상담 건수 총계" +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rating (/5)`: number out of five to represent customer feedback " +"(Dissatisfied = 1, Okay/Neutral = 3, Satisfied = 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining Hours on SO`: hours remaining on a linked sales order." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Count`: number of tickets in total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:61 msgid "" "*Working hours* are calculated based on the default working calendar. To " "view or change the working calendar, go to the :menuselection:`Settings` " @@ -4106,33 +4048,29 @@ msgstr "" "*근무 시간*은 기본 근무 일정을 기준으로 계산됩니다. 작업 일정을 보거나 변경하려면 :menuselection:`설정` 애플리케이션으로" " 이동하여 :menuselection:`직원 --> 회사 근무 시간`을 선택하십시오." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:66 msgid "SLA Status Analysis" msgstr "SLA 상태 분석" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:68 msgid "" -"The *SLA Status Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting -->" -" SLA Status Analysis`) tracks how quickly an SLA (Service Level Agreement) " -"is fulfilled, as well as the success rate of individual policies." +"The *SLA Status Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Reporting" +" --> SLA Status Analysis`) :ref:`analyzes the performance ` of individual SLA (Service Level Agreement) policies." msgstr "" -"*SLA 상태 분석* 보고서 (:menuselection:`헬프데스크 --> 보고 --> SLA 상태 분석`)는 SLA (서비스 수준 " -"계약)가 얼마나 신속하게 이행될 수 있었는지와 함께 정책별 성공률을 추적합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:72 msgid "" -"By default, this report is filtered to show the number of :abbr:`SLAs " -"(Service Level Agreements)` failed, as well as the failure rate over the " -"last 30 days, grouped by team." +"By default, this report is filtered to show the number of |SLAs| failed, in " +"progress, and the number that have been successful. The results are grouped " +"by teams." msgstr "" -"보고서 기본 설정으로 계약에 실패한 SLA (서비스 수준 계약) 수치와 지난 30일 동안의 실패율을 팀별로 묶어서 보여주도록 필터가 " -"적용되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 msgid "View of Group by options of Ticket Analysis report." msgstr "상담 분석 보고서에 그룹 필터가 적용되어 있는 화면." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:79 msgid "" "To change the measures used for the report that is currently displayed, or " "to add more, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button, and select one or more " @@ -4141,115 +4079,57 @@ msgstr "" "현재 확인하고 있는 보고서 측정값을 변경하거나 추가하려면 :guilabel:`측정값` 버튼을 클릭하고 드롭다운 메뉴에서 옵션을 " "선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:82 msgid "" -":guilabel:`% of Failed SLA`: percentage of tickets that have failed at least" -" one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`SLA 실패율`: :abbr:`SLA (서비스 수준 계약)가 실패한 건이 있는 상담 비율" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:81 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`% of SLA in Progress`: percentage of tickets that have at least " -"one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` still in progress, and have not " -"failed any :abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)`" +":guilabel:`Number of SLA Failed`: number of tickets that have failed at " +"least one |SLA|." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`SLA 진행률`: :abbr:`SLA (서비스 수준 계약)`에 대해서 하나 이상 아직 진행 중이며 실패한 항목이 없는" -" 상담 비율" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:83 msgid "" -":guilabel:`% of Successful SLA`: percentage of tickets where all :abbr:`SLAs" -" (Service Level Agreements)` have been successful" -msgstr ":guilabel:`SLA 성공률`: :abbr:`SLA (서비스 수준 계약)` 전체를 성사한 상담 비율" +":guilabel:`Rating (/5)`: number value representing customer feedback " +"(Dissatisfied = 1, Okay/Neutral = 3, Satisfied = 5)." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:86 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Number of SLA Failed`: number of tickets that have failed at " -"least one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`SLA 실패 수`: :abbr:`SLA (서비스 수준 계약)` 성사 실패한 건이 있는 상담 수" +":guilabel:`Working Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the " +"date the ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team member." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:88 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Number of SLA Successful`: number of tickets where all " -":abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)` have been successful" -msgstr ":guilabel:`SLA 성공 수`: :abbr:`SLA (서비스 수준 계약)` 전체가 성사된 상담 수" +":guilabel:`Working Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date" +" the ticket was created and the date it was closed." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:90 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Number of SLA in Progress`: number of tickets that have at least " -"one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` still in progress, and have not " -"failed any :abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)`" +":guilabel:`Working Hours to Reach SLA`: number of working hours between the " +"date the ticket was created and the date the |SLA| was satisfied." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`SLA 진행 수`: :abbr:`SLA (서비스 수준 계약)`가 아직 하나 이상 진행 중이며 실패한 항목이 없는 상담" -" 수" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:93 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Working Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the " -"date on which the ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team " -"member" -msgstr ":guilabel:`할당할 근무 시간`: 상담 생성 날짜와 담당자에게 할당된 날짜까지의 근무 시간 기준의 시간" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:95 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Working Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date" -" on which the ticket was created and the date it was closed" -msgstr ":guilabel:`종료까지의 근무 시간`: 상담 생성 날짜와 종료된 날짜 사이의 근무 시간 기준의 시간" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:97 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Working Hours to Reach SLA`: number of working hours between the " -"date on which the ticket was created and the date the :abbr:`SLA (Service " -"Level Agreement)` was satisfied" +msgid ":doc:`Service Level Agreements (SLA) `" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`SLA 까지의 근무 시간`: 상담 생성 날짜와 :abbr:`SLA (서비스 수준 계약)`가 완료된 날짜 사이의 근무" -" 시간 기준의 시간" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:102 -msgid "" -"To see the number of tickets that were able to achieve the stated :abbr:`SLA" -" (Service Level Agreement)` objectives, and track the amount of time it took" -" to achieve those objectives, click :menuselection:`Measures --> Number of " -"SLA Successful` and :menuselection:`Measures --> Working Hours to Reach " -"SLA`." -msgstr "" -"해당 :abbr:`SLA (서비스 수준 계약)` 목표를 달성한 상담 건수를 확인하고 목표 달성에 걸린 시간을 추적하려면 " -":menuselection:`측정값 --> SLA 성공 수` 및 :menuselection:`측정값 --> SLA까지의 근무 시간`을 " -"클릭하십시오." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:107 -msgid "" -"To sort these results by the team members assigned to the tickets, select " -":menuselection:`Total --> Assigned to`." -msgstr "상담을 배정한 담당자별로 결과를 정렬하려면 :menuselection:`전체 --> 할당 대상`을 선택하세요." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:111 -msgid "" -":doc:`Service Level Agreements (SLA) " -"`" -msgstr "" -":doc:`서비스 수준 계약 (SLA: Service Level Agreements) " -"`" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:98 msgid "Customer Ratings" msgstr "고객 평가" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:100 msgid "" -"The *Customer Ratings* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting -- " -"Customer Ratings`) displays an overview of the ratings received on " +"The *Customer Ratings* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app--> Reporting -->" +" Customer Ratings`) displays an overview of the ratings received on " "individual support tickets, as well as any additional comments submitted " "with the rating." msgstr "" -"*고객 평가* 보고서 (:menuselection:`헬프데스크 --> 보고 -- 고객 평가`)에서는 상담 건별 평가에 대한 전체 내용과 " -"함께 추가 코멘트를 확인할 수 있습니다. " #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 -msgid "View of the kanban display in the Customer Ratings report." -msgstr "고객 평가 보고서의 칸반 표시 화면." +msgid "View of the Kanban display in the Customer Ratings report." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:108 msgid "" "Click on an individual rating to see additional details about the rating " "submitted by the customer, including a link to the original ticket." @@ -4259,28 +4139,27 @@ msgstr "개별 평가 내용을 클릭하면 원본 상담 링크를 포함하 msgid "View of the details of an individual customer rating." msgstr "개별 고객 평가의 세부 정보 화면." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:116 msgid "" -"On the rating's details page, select the :guilabel:`Visible Internally Only`" -" option to hide the rating from the customer portal." +"On the rating's details page, tick the :guilabel:`Visible Internally Only` " +"checkbox to hide the rating from the customer portal." msgstr "" -"세부 평가 정보 페이지에서 :guilabel:`내부 검토만 허용` 옵션을 선택하면 고객 포털에서 평가 내용이 보이지 않게 됩니다" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:119 msgid "" -"The *Customer Ratings* report is displayed in a kanban view by default, but " +"The *Customer Ratings* report is displayed in a Kanban view by default, but " "can also be displayed in graph, list, or pivot view." -msgstr "*고객 평가* 보고서는 기본 설정이 칸반 보기로 되지만 그래프, 목록 또는 피벗으로도 나타낼 수 있습니다." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:139 -msgid ":doc:`Ratings `" -msgstr ":doc:`평가 `" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`Ratings `" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:126 msgid "View and filter options" msgstr "보기 및 필터 옵션" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:128 msgid "" "On any Odoo report, the view and filter options vary, depending on what data" " is being analyzed, measured, and grouped. See below for additional " @@ -4289,65 +4168,62 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo 보고서에서는 보기 및 필터 옵션은 분석이나 측정 대상 및 그룹화 대상이 되는 데이터에 따라 각각 다릅니다. *헬프데스크* 보고서" " 화면에 대한 추가 정보는 아래 내용을 참조하십시오." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:133 msgid "" "Only one measure may be selected at a time for graphs, but pivot tables can " "include multiple measures." msgstr "그래프의 측정값은 한 번에 하나만 선택할 수 있지만 피벗 테이블에는 측정값을 여러 개 넣을 수 있습니다. " -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:153 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:141 msgid "Pivot view" msgstr "피벗 보기" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:139 msgid "" "The *pivot* view presents data in an interactive manner. All three " "*Helpdesk* reports are available in pivot view." msgstr "" "*피벗*은 인터렉티브한 방식으로 데이터를 표시합니다. *헬프데스크*에서 사용되는 보고서 3 가지 모두 피벗 화면을 사용할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:142 msgid "" -"The pivot view can be accessed on any report by selecting the " -":guilabel:`grid icon` at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "피벗 화면에 있는 오른쪽 상단 :guilabel:`그리드 아이콘`을 클릭하면 어떤 보고서든 확인할 수 있습니다. " +"The pivot view can be accessed on any report by selecting the :icon:`oi-" +"view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot)` icon at the top-right of the screen." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:151 msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "Odoo 헬프데스크의 SLA 상태 분석 보고서 화면." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:149 msgid "" -"To add a group to a row or column to the pivot view, click the :guilabel:`➕ " -"(plus sign)` next to :guilabel:`Total`, and then select one of the groups. " -"To remove one, click the :guilabel:`➖ (minus sign)` and de-select the " -"appropriate option." +"To add a group to a row or column to the pivot view, click the :icon:`fa-" +"plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon next to :guilabel:`Total`, and then " +"select one of the groups. To remove one, click the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o`" +" :guilabel:`(minus)` icon, and de-select the appropriate option." msgstr "" -"피벗 화면의 행이나 열에 그룹을 추가하려면 :guilabel:`총계` 옆에 있는 :guilabel:`➕ (더하기 기호)`를 클릭한 다음 " -"그룹 중에서 하나를 선택합니다. 삭제하려면 :guilabel:`➖ (빼기 기호)`를 클릭하여 선택되어 있는 해당 옵션을 취소합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:170 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:173 msgid "Graph view" msgstr "그래프 보기" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:156 msgid "" "The *graph* view presents data in either a *bar*, *line*, or *pie* chart." msgstr "*그래프* 화면에서는 *막대*, *선* 또는 *원* 그래프로 데이터를 표시합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:158 msgid "" -"Switch to the graph view by selecting the :guilabel:`line chart icon` at the" -" top right of the screen. To switch between the different charts, select the" -" *related icon* at the top left of the chart, while in graph view." +"Switch to the graph view by selecting the :icon:`fa-area-chart` " +":guilabel:`(area chart)` icon at the top-right of the screen. To switch " +"between the different charts, select the *related icon* at the top-left of " +"the chart, while in graph view." msgstr "" -"화면 오른쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`선 그래프 아이콘`을 선택하면 그래프 화면으로 전환됩니다. 다른 차트 보기로 바꾸려면 그래프" -" 화면에서 그래프 왼쪽 상단에 있는 *관련 아이콘*을 선택하세요." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:164 msgid "Bar chart" msgstr "막대 그래프" @@ -4356,7 +4232,7 @@ msgstr "막대 그래프" msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in bar view." msgstr "막대 그래프로 나타낸 SLA 상태 분석 보고서 화면." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:170 msgid "Line chart" msgstr "선 그래프" @@ -4364,7 +4240,7 @@ msgstr "선 그래프" msgid "View of the Customer Ratings report in line view." msgstr "선 그래프로 나타낸 고객 평가 보고서 화면." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:176 msgid "Pie chart" msgstr "원 그래프" @@ -4372,67 +4248,70 @@ msgstr "원 그래프" msgid "View of the Ticket analysis report in pie chart view." msgstr "원 그래프로 나타낸 상담 분석 보고서 화면." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:183 msgid "" "Both the *bar chart* and *line chart* can utilize the *stacked* view option." -" This presents two (or more) groups of data on top of each other, instead of" -" next to each other, making it easier to compare data." +" This presents two or more groups of data on top of each other, instead of " +"next to each other, making it easier to compare data. While viewing either a" +" bar chart or line chart, click the :icon:`fa-database` " +":guilabel:`(stacked)` icon to toggle the stacked view option on or off." msgstr "" -"*막대 그래프*와 *선 그래프*에서 *누적* 보기 옵션을 활용할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 하면 데이터 그룹이 두 개 (또는 그 이상)여도 " -"나란히 표시되는 것이 아니라 서로 위에 표시되게 하여 데이터를 쉽게 비교할 수 있습니다. " -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:189 msgid "Save and share a favorite search" msgstr "즐겨찾는 검색 항목 저장 및 공유하기" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:191 msgid "" "The *Favorites* feature found on *Helpdesk* reports allows users to save " -"their most commonly used filters without having to reconstruct them every " +"their most commonly used filters, without having to reconstruct them every " "time they are needed." msgstr "" -"*헬프데스크* 보고서에서 *즐겨찾기* 기능을 사용하면 가장 일반적으로 사용하는 필터를 저장하여 필요할 때마다 다시 설정하지 않아도 " -"됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:194 msgid "" -"To create and save new *Favorites* on a report, follow the steps below:" -msgstr "보고서에 새로운 *즐겨찾기* 항목을 생성하여 저장하려면 다음의 단계대로 진행하십시오." +"To create and save a new *Favorites* configuration on a report, follow the " +"steps below:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:196 msgid "" "Set the necessary parameters using the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group" " By` and :guilabel:`Measures` options." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`필터`, :guilabel:`그룹 기준` 및 :guilabel:`측정값` 옵션으로 필요한 매개변수를 설정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:213 -msgid "Click :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search`." -msgstr ":menuselectio:`즐겨찾기 --> 현재 검색 저장`을 클릭합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:214 -msgid "Rename the search." -msgstr "검색명을 변경합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:198 msgid "" -"Select :guilabel:`Use by default` to have these filter settings " +"Click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(down)` icon next to the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar to open the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Favorites` heading, click :guilabel:`Save current " +"search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:201 +msgid "If desired, enter a new name for the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Default Filter` checkbox to have these filter settings " "automatically displayed when the report is opened. Otherwise, leave it " "blank." msgstr "" -"보고서를 열 때 설정해놓은 필터를 자동으로 표시하게 하려면 :guilabel:`기본으로 사용`을 선택하십시오. 그렇지 않을 경우에는 " -"공란으로 둡니다." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:204 msgid "" -"Select :guilabel:`Share with all users` to make this filter available to all" -" other database users. If this box is not checked, it will only be available" -" to the user who creates it." +"Tick the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make this filter configuration " +"available to all other database users. If this checkbox is not ticked, only " +"the user who creates the filter can access it." msgstr "" -"다른 데이터베이스 사용자 모두가 이 필터를 사용할 수 있도록 하려면 :guilabel:`모든 사용자와 공유`를 선택하십시오. 선택란에 " -"표시하지 않는 경우에는 필터를 만든 사람만 사용할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:207 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to preserve the configuration for future use." msgstr "나중에 사용할 수 있도록 설정 내용을 저장하려면 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하십시오." @@ -4440,16 +4319,13 @@ msgstr "나중에 사용할 수 있도록 설정 내용을 저장하려면 :guil msgid "View of the save favorites option in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "Odoo 헬프데스크의 즐겨찾기 저장 옵션 화면." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:226 -msgid "" -":doc:`Start receiving tickets " -"`" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:214 +msgid ":doc:`Start receiving tickets `" msgstr "" -":doc:`상담 접수 시작 `" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:227 -msgid ":doc:`Odoo reporting `" -msgstr ":doc:`Odoo 보고 `" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:215 +msgid ":doc:`Odoo reporting <../../../essentials/reporting>`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 msgid "Service level agreements (SLA)" @@ -4727,11 +4603,11 @@ msgid "" "View of a ticket's form with a failing and passing SLA in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "Odoo 헬프데스크에서 SLA가 실패하거나 통과한 상담 양식 화면" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:133 msgid "Analyze SLA performance" msgstr "SLA 성과 분석" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:135 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`SLA Status Analysis` report tracks how quickly an :abbr:`SLA " "(Service Level Agreement)` is fulfilled, as well as the performance of " @@ -4743,7 +4619,7 @@ msgstr "" "있는지를 추적합니다. :menuselection:`헬프데스크 --> 보고 --> SLA 상태 분석`에서 보고서 및 피벗 테이블로 " "이동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:143 msgid "" "By default, the report displays in a :guilabel:`Pivot` view. Any :abbr:`SLA " "(Service Level Agreement)` policies in the database with tickets that failed" @@ -4753,13 +4629,13 @@ msgstr "" "기본적으로 보고서는 :guilabel:`피벗` 화면으로 표시됩니다. 데이터베이스 있는 모든 상담이 :abbr:`SLA (서비스 수준 " "계약)` 정책이 정책 불이행, 진행 중 혹은 정책 충족되었다는 내용과 함께 나타납니다. 기본적으로 팀 및 상담 숫자별로 그룹화됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:151 msgid "" "The pivot view aggregates data, which can be manipulated by adding measures " "and filters." msgstr "피벗 화면에서 측정값과 필터를 추가하여 편집할 수 있는 데이터를 집계합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:153 msgid "" "To change the display, or add additional measurements, click the " ":guilabel:`Measures` button to reveal a drop-down menu of reporting " @@ -4768,7 +4644,7 @@ msgstr "" "디스플레이를 변경하거나 추가 측정 항목을 추가하려면 :guilabel:`측정` 버튼을 클릭하여 보고 기준 드롭다운 메뉴가 표시되면 사용할" " 수 있는 항목 중에서 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:156 msgid "" "Whenever a measurement is picked, a :guilabel:`✔️ (checkmark)` icon appears " "in the drop-down menu to indicate that the measurement is included, and a " @@ -4782,7 +4658,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the available measures in the SLA status analysis report." msgstr "SLA 상태 분석 보고서에서 사용 가능한 측정값 화면" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:164 msgid "" "To add a group to a row or column, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` icon next " "to the policy name and then select one of the groups. To remove one, click " @@ -4796,7 +4672,7 @@ msgid "" "View of the available group by options in the SLA status analysis report." msgstr "SLA 상태 분석 보고서에서 옵션별로 사용 가능한 그룹 화면" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:175 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`SLA Status Analysis` report can also be viewed as a " ":guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line Chart`, or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`. " @@ -4808,17 +4684,17 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`원형 그래프`로도 확인할 수 있습니다. 먼저 현황판 오른쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`그래프` 버튼을 선택하여 " "화면을 전환합니다. 그런 다음 그래프 왼쪽 상단에서 그래프 관련 아이콘을 알맞게 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:182 msgid "Bar Chart" msgstr "막대형 차트" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:188 msgid "" "A bar chart can deal with larger data sets and compare data across several " "categories." msgstr "막대 그래프는 데이터 집합이 크거나 여러 범주에 걸쳐 데이터를 비교해야 할 경우 활용할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:190 msgid "Line Chart" msgstr "선형 차트" @@ -4826,11 +4702,11 @@ msgstr "선형 차트" msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in line view." msgstr "내역 보기에서의 SLA 상태 분석 보고서 화면" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:196 msgid "A line chart can visualize data trends or changes over time." msgstr "꺾은선 그래프는 시간에 따른 데이터 추세나 변화를 시각화할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:198 msgid "Pie Chart" msgstr "원형 차트" @@ -4838,11 +4714,11 @@ msgstr "원형 차트" msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in pie chart view." msgstr "원 그래프로 SLA 상태 분석 보고서가 표시된 화면" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:204 msgid "A pie chart compares data among a small number of categories." msgstr "원 그래프는 적은수의 범주 간에 데이터를 비교합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:207 msgid "" "Both the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` and :guilabel:`Line Chart` views can be " ":guilabel:`Stacked` by selecting the :guilabel:`Stacked` icon. This displays" @@ -4857,11 +4733,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in bar view, stacked." msgstr "막대형 화면을 누적형으로 표시한 SLA 상태 분석 보고서 화면" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:216 msgid "Cohort view" msgstr "코호트 보기" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:218 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Cohort` view is used to track the changes in data over a " "period of time. To display the :guilabel:`SLA Status Analysis` report in a " @@ -4873,19 +4749,19 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`코호트`를 이용하여 표시하려면 오른쪽 상단의 다른 보기 옵션 옆에 있는 :guilabel:`(계단식 가로선 네 " "개)`로 표시되는 :guilabel:`코호트` 버튼을 클릭합니다. " -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:227 msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in cohort view." msgstr "코호트로 표시된 SLA 상태 분석 보고서 화면" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:227 msgid "The cohort view examines the life cycle of data over time." msgstr "코호트 보기에서는 시간 경과에 따른 데이터의 수명 주기를 살펴봅니다." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:230 msgid ":ref:`Reporting views `" msgstr ":ref:`보고 화면 `" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:231 msgid "" ":doc:`Allow customers to close their tickets " "`" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po index 18f1b0a69..922b9ad39 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po @@ -4,18 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Daye Jeong, 2024 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Sarah Park, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-25 16:01+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -71,375 +70,625 @@ msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Studio `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:3 -msgid "Automated actions (automations)" -msgstr "" +msgid "Automation rules" +msgstr "자동화 규칙" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:5 msgid "" -"Automated actions are used to trigger automatic changes based on user " -"actions (e.g., apply a modification when a field is set to a specific value)" -" or on time conditions (e.g., archive a record 7 days after its last " -"update)." +"Automation rules are used to trigger automatic changes based on user actions" +" (e.g., apply a modification when a field is set to a specific value), email" +" events, time conditions (e.g., archive a record 7 days after its last " +"update), or external events." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:9 -msgid "" -"To create an automated action with Studio, go to :guilabel:`Automations` " -"from anywhere within Studio." +msgid "To create an automation rule with Studio, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:11 +msgid "Open Studio and click :guilabel:`Automations`, then :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:12 msgid "" -"For every automated action you create, the following elements should be " -"defined: the :ref:`studio/automated-actions/model`, the " -":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger`, the :ref:`studio/automated-" -"actions/apply-on`, and the :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action`." +"Select the :ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger` and, if necessary, fill " +"in the fields that appear on the screen based on the chosen trigger." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add an action`, then select the :guilabel:`Type` of " +":ref:`action ` and fill in the fields that " +"appear on the screen based on your selected action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:17 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & New`." +msgstr ":guilabel:`저장 후 닫기` 또는 :guilabel:`저장 후 새로 만들기` 를 클릭합니다." + #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 msgid "Example of an automated action on the Subscription model" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:25 -msgid "Model" -msgstr "모델" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:27 -msgid "Select the model where the automated action should be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:30 msgid "" -"The model you are on when you click on :guilabel:`Automations` is pre-" -"selected by default." +"To modify the :doc:`model ` of the automation rule, " +"switch models before clicking :guilabel:`Automations` in Studio, or " +":ref:`activate the developer mode `, create or edit an " +"automation rule, and select the :guilabel:`Model` in the " +":guilabel:`Automation Rules` form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can also create automation rules from any kanban stage by clicking the " +"gear icon (:guilabel:`⚙` ) next to the kanban stage name, then selecting " +":guilabel:`Automations`. In this case, the :guilabel:`Trigger` is set to " +":guilabel:`Stage is set to` by default, but you can change it if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Create automations from a kanban stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:40 msgid "Trigger" msgstr "자동 실행" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:42 msgid "" -"Define when the automated action should be applied. Six triggers are " -"available." +"The :guilabel:`Trigger` is used to define when the automation rule should be" +" applied. The available triggers depend on the :doc:`model " +"`. Five trigger categories are available overall:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:42 -msgid "On Creation" -msgstr "생성할 때" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:46 +msgid ":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger/values-updated`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:44 -msgid "The action is triggered when a record is created and then saved." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:47 +msgid ":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger/email-events`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger/values-timing-conditions`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:49 -msgid "On Update" -msgstr "갱신할 때" +msgid ":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger/custom`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The action is triggered when a previously saved record is edited and then " -"saved." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:50 +msgid ":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger/external`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:53 msgid "" -"Use :guilabel:`Trigger Fields` to specify which fields - and only those - " -"trigger the action on their update." +"You can also define a :guilabel:`Before Update Domain` to specify the " +"conditions that must be met *before* the automation rule is triggered. In " +"contrast, the conditions defined using the :ref:`Extra Conditions " +"` and :ref:`Apply" +" on ` filters are checked *during* " +"the execution of the automation rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:59 msgid "" -"To detect when a record changes from one state to another, define a " -":guilabel:`Before Update Domain` filter, which checks if the condition is " -"satisfied before the record is updated. Then set an :ref:`studio/automated-" -"actions/apply-on` filter, which checks if the condition is met after the " -"record is updated." +"To define a :guilabel:`Before Update Domain`, :ref:`activate the developer " +"mode `, create or edit an automation rule, click " +":guilabel:`Edit Domain`, then click :guilabel:`New Rule`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:63 msgid "" -"If you want the automated action to happen when an email address is set on a" -" contact, define the :guilabel:`Before Update Domain` to `Email is not set`," -" and the :guilabel:`Apply on` domain to `Email is set`." +"For example, if you want the automated action to happen when an email " +"address is set on a contact that did not have an address before (in contrast" +" to modifying their existing address), define the :guilabel:`Before Update " +"Domain` to :guilabel:`Email is not set`, and the :guilabel:`Apply on` domain" +" to :guilabel:`Email is set`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 -msgid "Example of an On Update trigger" +msgid "Example of a trigger with a Before Update Domain" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:72 -msgid "On Creation & Update" -msgstr "생성 또는 갱신할 때" - #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:74 +msgid "Values Updated" +msgstr "값 업데이트" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:76 msgid "" -"The action is triggered when a record is created and saved or edited " -"afterward and saved." +"The triggers available in this category depend on the model and are based on" +" common field changes, such as adding a specific tag (e.g., to a task) or " +"setting the :guilabel:`User` field. Select the trigger, then select a value " +"if required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:79 -msgid "On Deletion" -msgstr "삭제할 때" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:81 -msgid "The action is triggered when a record is deleted." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a Values Updated trigger" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:86 +msgid "Email Events" +msgstr "행사 이메일" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:88 +msgid "Trigger automated actions upon receiving or sending emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:93 +msgid "Timing Conditions" +msgstr "시간 조건" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:95 msgid "" -"This trigger is rarely used, as archiving records is usually preferred to " -"deletion." +"Trigger automated actions based on a date field. The following triggers are " +"available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:89 -msgid "Based on Form Modification" -msgstr "양식 수정에 기반" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The action is triggered when any change is done to a trigger field's value " -"on the :ref:`Form view `, even before saving the " -"record. This trigger only works on the user interface when a modification is" -" made by a user. If the field is changed through another action and not by " -"the user, the action will not run." -msgstr "" -"레코드를 저장하기 전이더라도, :ref:`양식보기 `에서 필드 값이 변경될 경우에는 " -"작업이 실행됩니다. 해당 작업 실행은 사용자가 수정하는 경우에 사용자의 인터페이스에서만 동작합니다. 필드값 변경이 다른 작업을 통해서 된" -" 경우 및 해당 사용자가 하지 않은 경우에는 작업이 실행되지 않습니다." - #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:97 msgid "" -"This trigger can only be used with the :ref:`Execute Python Code action " -"`, so development is required." +":guilabel:`Based on date field`: Select the field to be used next to the " +":guilabel:`Delay` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:103 -msgid "Based on Timed Condition" -msgstr "시간 기반 조건" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:98 msgid "" -"The action is triggered when a trigger field's date or date & time value is " -"reached." +":guilabel:`After creation`: The action is triggered when a record is created" +" and saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`After last update`: The action is triggered when an existing " +"record is edited and saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:102 +msgid "You can then define:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:104 +msgid "" +"a :guilabel:`Delay`: Specify the number of minutes, hours, days, or months. " +"To trigger the action before the trigger date, specify a negative number. If" +" you selected the :guilabel:`Based on date field` trigger, you must also " +"select the date field to be used to determine the delay." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:107 msgid "" -"To trigger the action after the :guilabel:`Trigger Date`, add a number of " -"minutes, hours, days, or months under :guilabel:`Delay after trigger date`. " -"To trigger the action before, add a negative number instead." +":guilabel:`Extra Conditions`: Click :guilabel:`Add condition`, then specify " +"the conditions to be met to trigger the automation rule. Click " +":guilabel:`New Rule` to add another condition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when the delay is reached and the conditions are " +"met." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:113 msgid "" "If you want to send a reminder email 30 minutes before the start of a " "calendar event, select the :guilabel:`Start (Calendar Event)` under " -":guilabel:`Trigger Date` and set the :guilabel:`Delay after trigger date` to" -" **-30** :guilabel:`Minutes`." +":guilabel:`Trigger Date` and set the :guilabel:`Delay` to **-30** " +":guilabel:`Minutes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 -msgid "Example of a Based on Timed Condition trigger" +msgid "Example of a Based on date field trigger" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:121 -msgid "By default, the scheduler checks for trigger dates every 4 hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:126 -msgid "Apply on" -msgstr "적용" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:128 msgid "" -"Define on which records of the model the automated action should be applied." -" It works the same way as when you apply filters on a model." +"By default, the scheduler checks for trigger dates every 4 hours, meaning " +"lower granularity in time-based automations may not always be honored." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:134 -msgid "Action" -msgstr "추가 작업" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:127 +msgid "Custom" +msgstr "사용자 지정" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:129 +msgid "Trigger automated actions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:131 +msgid ":guilabel:`On save`: When the record is saved;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`On deletion`: When a record is deleted;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:133 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On UI change`: When a field's value is changed on the :ref:`Form " +"view `, even before saving the record." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:136 msgid "" -"Determine what the automated action should do (server action). There are " -"eight types of action to choose from." +"For the :guilabel:`On save` and :guilabel:`On UI change` triggers, you " +"**must** then select the field(s) to be used to trigger the automation rule " +"in the :guilabel:`When updating` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:142 -msgid "Execute Python Code" -msgstr "파이썬 코드 실행" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:140 msgid "" -"The action is used to execute Python code. The available variables are " -"described on the :guilabel:`Python Code` tab, which is also used to write " -"your code, or on the :guilabel:`Help` tab." +"If no field is selected in the :guilabel:`When updating` field, the " +"automated action may be executed multiple times per record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Optionally, you can also define additional conditions to be met to trigger " +"the automation rule in the :guilabel:`Apply on` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:147 msgid "" -"To allow the action to be run through the website, tick :guilabel:`Available" -" on the Website` and add a :guilabel:`Website Path`." +"The :guilabel:`On UI change` trigger can only be used with the " +":ref:`studio/automated-actions/action/python-code` action and only works " +"when a modification is made manually. The action is not executed if the " +"field is changed through another automation rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:153 -msgid "Create a new Record" -msgstr "새 레코드 만들기" - #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:155 -msgid "The action is used to create a new record on any model." +msgid "External" +msgstr "외부" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Trigger automated actions based on an external event using a webhook. A " +"webhook is a method of communication between two systems where the source " +"system sends an HTTP(S) request to a destination system based on a specific " +"event. It usually includes a data payload containing information about the " +"event that occurred." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:162 msgid "" -"Selecting a :guilabel:`Target Model` is only required if you want to target " -"another model than the one you are on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:161 -msgid "" -"To link the record that triggered the creation of the new record, select a " -"field under :guilabel:`Link Field`. For example, you could create a contact " -"automatically when a lead is turned into an opportunity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:164 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Data to Write` tab: the tab is used to specify the new record's " -"values. After selecting a :guilabel:`Field`, select its " -":guilabel:`Evaluation Type`:" +"To configure the :guilabel:`On webhook` trigger, copy the :guilabel:`URL` " +"generated by Odoo into the destination system (i.e., the system receiving " +"the request). Then, in the :guilabel:`Target Record` field, enter the code " +"to run to define the record(s) to be updated using the automation rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:167 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Value`: used to directly give the field's raw value in the " -":guilabel:`Value` column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:168 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reference`: used to select the record under the " -":guilabel:`Record` column and let Studio add the internal ID in the " -":guilabel:`Value` column." +"The URL must be treated as **confidential**; sharing it online or without " +"caution could potentially expose your system to malicious parties. Click the" +" :guilabel:`Rotate Secret` button to change the URL's secret if necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:172 msgid "" -"If an automated action creates a new task in a project, you can assign it to" -" a specific user by setting the :guilabel:`Field` to :guilabel:`Responsible " -"User (Project)`, the :guilabel:`Evaluation Type` to :guilabel:`Reference`, " -"and the :guilabel:`Record` to a specific user." +"The code defined by default in the :guilabel:`Target Record` field works for" +" webhooks coming from another Odoo database. It is used to determine the " +"record(s) to be updated using the information in the payload." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 -msgid "Example of a Create a new Record action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:175 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Python expression`: used to dynamically define the newly created " -"record’s value for a field using Python code in the :guilabel:`Value` " -"column." +"If you wish to use the webhook's content for a purpose other than to find " +"the record(s) (e.g., *create* a record), your only option is to use an " +":ref:`studio/automated-actions/action/python-code` action. In this case, the" +" :guilabel:`Target record` field must contain any valid code, but its result" +" doesn't have any effect on the automated action itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:187 -msgid "Update the Record" -msgstr "레코드 업데이트" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:179 msgid "" -"The action is used to set value(s) for field(s) of any record on the current" -" model." +"The webhook content is available in the server action context as a `payload`" +" variable (i.e., a dictionary that contains the GET parameters or POST JSON " +"body of the incoming request)." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:182 +msgid "" +"You can also choose to :guilabel:`Log Calls` to record the payloads " +"received, e.g., to make sure the data sent by the source system matches the " +"expected format and content. This also helps identify and diagnose any " +"issues that may arise. To access the logs, click the :guilabel:`Logs` smart " +"button at the top of the :guilabel:`Automation rules` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:190 +msgid "Actions" +msgstr "활동" + #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:192 msgid "" -"The process to fill in the :guilabel:`Data to Write` tab is the same as " -"described under :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action/new-record`." +"Once you have defined the automation rule's :ref:`trigger `, click :guilabel:`Add an action` to define the action to " +"be executed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:198 -msgid "Execute several actions" -msgstr "몇 가지 작업 실행" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:196 msgid "" -"The action is used to trigger multiple actions at the same time. To do so, " -"click on :guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Actions` tab. In the " -":guilabel:`Child Actions` pop-up, click on :guilabel:`Create` and configure " -"the action." +"You can define multiple actions for the same trigger/automation rule. The " +"actions are executed in the order they are defined. This means, for example," +" that if you define an :guilabel:`Update record` action and then a " +":guilabel:`Send email` action, the email uses the updated values. However, " +"if the :guilabel:`Send email` action is defined before the :guilabel:`Update" +" record` action, the email uses the values set *before* the update action is" +" run." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:207 -msgid "Send Email" -msgstr "이메일 전송" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:206 +msgid "Update Record" +msgstr "레코드 업데이트" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:208 msgid "" -"The action is used to send an email to a contact linked to a specific " -"record. To do so, select or create an :guilabel:`Email Template`." +"This action allows to update one of the record's (related) fields. Click the" +" :guilabel:`Update` field and, in the list that opens, select or search for " +"the field to be updated; click the right arrow next to the field name to " +"access the list of related fields if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:215 -msgid "Add Followers" -msgstr "팔로워 추가하기" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:212 +msgid "" +"If you selected a :ref:`many2many field `, choose whether the field must be updated by " +":guilabel:`Adding`, :guilabel:`Removing`, or :guilabel:`Setting it to` the " +"selected value or by :guilabel:`Clearing it`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:217 -msgid "The action is used to subscribe existing contacts to the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:222 -msgid "Create Next Activity" -msgstr "다음 활동 만들기" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:224 msgid "" -"The action is used to schedule a new activity linked to the record. Use the " -":guilabel:`Activity` tab to set it up as usual, but instead of the " -":guilabel:`Assigned to` field, select an :guilabel:`Activity User Type`. " -"Select :guilabel:`Specific User` and add the user under " -":guilabel:`Responsible` if the activity should always be assigned to the " -"same user. To dynamically target a user linked to the record, select " -":guilabel:`Generic User From Record` instead and change the :guilabel:`User " -"field name` if necessary." +"If you want the automated action to remove a tag from the customer record, " +"set the :guilabel:`Update` field to :guilabel:`Customer > Tags`, select " +":guilabel:`By Removing`, then select the tag." msgstr "" -"작업은 기록에 연결된 새로운 활동을 예약하는 데 사용합니다. :guilabel:`활동` 탭을 사용하여 평소대로 설정하되, " -":guilabel:`배정 대상` 필드 대신 :guilabel:`활동 사용자 유형`을 선택합니다. 활동이 항상 동일한 사용자에게 할당되어야" -" 하는 경우에는 :guilabel:`특정 사용자`를 선택하고 :guilabel:`담당자` 아래에 사용자를 추가합니다. 레코드에 연결된 " -"사용자를 동적으로 타겟팅하려면 대신 :guilabel:`레코드의 일반 사용자`를 선택하고 필요한 경우 :guilabel:`사용자 필드 " -"이름`을 변경합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:232 -msgid "" -"After a lead is turned into an opportunity, you want your automated action " -"to set up a call for the user responsible for the lead. To do so, set the " -":guilabel:`Activity` to :guilabel:`Call` and set the :guilabel:`Activity " -"User Type` to :guilabel:`Generic User From Record`." -msgstr "" -"영업제안이 영업기회로 전환된 후에는, 자동화 작업을 통하여 해당 영업제안 담당자에게 전화를 걸도록 설정하고자 하는 경우가 있습니다. " -"이렇게 하려면, :guilabel:`활동`을 :guilabel:`통화`로 설정하고 :guilabel:`활동 사용자 유형`을 " -":guilabel:`레코드의 일반 사용자`로 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 -msgid "Example of a Create Next Activity action" +msgid "Example of an Update Record action" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:243 -msgid "Send SMS Text Message" -msgstr "SMS 문자메시지 전송" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:225 msgid "" -"The action is used to send an SMS to a contact linked to the record. To do " -"so, select or create an :guilabel:`SMS Template`." +"Alternatively, you can also set a record's field dynamically using Python " +"code. To do so, select :guilabel:`Compute` instead of :guilabel:`Update`, " +"then enter the code to be used for computing the field's value. For example," +" if you want the automation rule to compute a custom :ref:`datetime field " +"` when a task's priority is set to " +"`High` (by starring the task), you can define the trigger " +":guilabel:`Priority is set to` to `High` and define the :guilabel:`Update " +"Record` action as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Compute a custom datetime field using a Python expression" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:236 +msgid "Create Activity" +msgstr "활동 생성" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:238 msgid "" -"If you want sent messages to be logged in the Chatter, tick :guilabel:`Log " -"as Note`." +"This action is used to schedule a new activity linked to the record. Select " +"an :guilabel:`Activity Type`, enter a :guilabel:`Title` and description, " +"then specify when you want the activity to be scheduled in the " +":guilabel:`Due Date In` field, and select a :guilabel:`User type`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:242 +msgid "" +"To always assign the activity to the same user, select :guilabel:`Specific " +"User` and add the user in the :guilabel:`Responsible` field;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:244 +msgid "" +"To target a user linked to the record dynamically, select :guilabel:`Dynamic" +" User (based on record)` and change the :guilabel:`User Field` if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:248 +msgid "" +"After a lead is turned into an opportunity, you want the automated action to" +" set up a call for the user responsible for the lead. To do so, set the " +":guilabel:`Activity Type` to :guilabel:`Call` and the :guilabel:`User Type` " +"to :guilabel:`Dynamic User (based on record)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Create Activity action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:256 +msgid "Send Email and Send SMS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:258 +msgid "" +"These actions are used to send an email or a text message to a contact " +"linked to a specific record. To do so, select or create an :guilabel:`Email " +"Template` or an :guilabel:`SMS Template`, then, in the :guilabel:`Send Email" +" As` or :guilabel:`Send SMS As` field, choose how you want to send the email" +" or text message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:263 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email`: to send the message as an email to the recipients of the " +":guilabel:`Email Template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:265 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message`: to post the message on the record and notify the " +"record's followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Note`: to send the message as an internal note visible to " +"internal users in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS (without note)`: to send the message as a text message to the" +" recipients of the :guilabel:`SMS template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:270 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS (with note)`: to send the message as a text message to the " +"recipients of the :guilabel:`SMS template` and post it as an internal note " +"in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:272 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Note only`: to only post the message as an internal note in the " +"chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:277 +msgid "Add Followers and Remove Followers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:279 +msgid "" +"Use these actions to (un)subscribe existing contacts to/from the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:282 +msgid "Create Record" +msgstr "레코드 생성" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:284 +msgid "This action is used to create a new record on any model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:286 +msgid "" +"Select the required model in the :guilabel:`Record to Create` field; it " +"contains the current model by default. Specify a :guilabel:`Name` for the " +"record, and then, if you want to create the record on another model, select " +"a field in the :guilabel:`Link Field` field to link the record that " +"triggered the creation of the new record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:292 +msgid "" +"The dropdown list related to the :guilabel:`Link Field` field only contains " +":ref:`one2many fields ` existing " +"on the current model that are linked to a :ref:`many2one field " +"` on the target model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:297 +msgid "" +"You can create another automation rule with :ref:`studio/automated-" +"actions/action/update-record` actions to update the fields of the new record" +" if necessary. For example, you can use a :guilabel:`Create Record` action " +"to create a new project task and then assign it to a specific user using an " +":guilabel:`Update Record` action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:305 +msgid "Execute Code" +msgstr "코드 실행" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:307 +msgid "" +"This action is used to execute Python code. You can write your code into the" +" :guilabel:`Code` tab using the following variables:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:310 +msgid "`env`: environment on which the action is triggered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:311 +msgid "" +"`model`: model of the record on which the action is triggered; is a void " +"recordset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:312 +msgid "`record`: record on which the action is triggered; may be void" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:313 +msgid "" +"`records`: recordset of all records on which the action is triggered in " +"multi-mode; this may be left empty" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:315 +msgid "`time`, `datetime`, `dateutil`, `timezone`: useful Python libraries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:316 +msgid "" +"`float_compare`: utility function to compare floats based on specific " +"precision" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:317 +msgid "" +"`log(message, level='info')`: logging function to record debug information " +"in ir.logging table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:319 +msgid "`_logger.info(message)`: logger to emit messages in server logs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:320 +msgid "`UserError`: exception class for raising user-facing warning messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:321 +msgid "`Command`: x2many commands namespace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:322 +msgid "`action = {...}`: to return an action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:325 +msgid "" +"The available variables are described both in the :guilabel:`Code` and " +":guilabel:`Help` tabs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:328 +msgid "Send Webhook Notification" +msgstr "웹훅 알림 보내기" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:330 +msgid "" +"This action allows to send a POST request with the values of the " +":guilabel:`Fields` to the URL specified in the :guilabel:`URL` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:333 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Sample Payload` provides a preview of the data included in " +"the request using a random record's data or dummy data if no record is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:339 +msgid "Execute Existing Actions" +msgstr "기존 작업 실행" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:341 +msgid "" +"The action is used to trigger multiple actions (linked to the current model)" +" at the same time. To do so, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`, then, in the " +":guilabel:`Add: Child Actions` pop-up, select an existing action or click " +":guilabel:`New` to create a new one." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:3 @@ -1326,6 +1575,12 @@ msgid "" "`. The :guilabel:`Color` field is added to the " ":ref:`List view `." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`파이프라인 단계` 를 선택하면 :ref:`칸반 보기 ` 가 활성화되고 :ref:`우선순위 및" +" :guilabel:`칸반 상태` 와 같은 여러 가지 필드와 :guilabel:`신규`, :guilabel:`진행 중` 및 " +":guilabel:`완료` 의 세 단계가 추가됩니다. :guilabel:`파이프라인 상태 표시줄` 및 :guilabel:`칸반 상태` 가" +" :ref:`양식 보기 ` 에 추가됩니다. :ref:`목록 보기 " +"`에는 :guilabel:`색상` 이 추가됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:105 msgid "The :guilabel:`Pipeline stages` feature can be added at a later stage." @@ -1943,7 +2198,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:265 msgid "Formatting" -msgstr "서식" +msgstr "서식 지정" #: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:267 msgid "" @@ -1990,6 +2245,8 @@ msgid "" " section (with e.g., the column title) and another one in the body section " "with the field content (usually, with a `t-out` or `t-field` directive)." msgstr "" +"테이블을 편집하려면 각 행에 데이터 셀의 수가 동일한지 확인해야 합니다. 예를 들어, 위의 경우 헤더 섹션 (예: 열 제목)에 셀을 " +"추가하고 본문 섹션에 필드 콘텐츠 (일반적으로 `t-out` 또는 `t-field` 지시문을 사용)를 추가해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:344 msgid "" @@ -2096,6 +2353,10 @@ msgid "" "directive and accompanying `t-options` attributes provides better sizing and" " positioning control." msgstr "" +"보고서에서 이미지 작업을 하기란 쉽지 않습니다. 항상 명확하게 이미지 크기와 동작이 정교하게 제어되지 않기 때문입니다. 보고서 편집기 를" +" 사용하여 이미지 필드를 삽입할 수 있지만 (:ref:`/Field 명령어 ` " +"사용), `t-field` 지시문과 함께 제공되는 `t-options` 속성을 사용하여 XML에 삽입하면 크기와 위치를 더욱 쉽게 제어할" +" 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/studio/pdf_reports.rst:513 msgid "" @@ -2515,6 +2776,10 @@ msgid "" "you set an :guilabel:`End Date Field`, the :guilabel:`Delay Field` will not " "be taken into account." msgstr "" +"행사 기간을 지정하는 모델에서 :guilabel:`지연 필드` 를 사용하면 :ref:`소수 ` 또는 :ref:`정수 ` 를 선택하여 " +"행사 기간을 시간 단위로 표시할 수 있습니다. 필드입니다. 그러나 :guilabel:`종료일 필드` 를 설정하면 :guilabel:`지연" +" 필드`는 고려되지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:0 msgid "Calendar Event model's Calendar view" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index a0e354635..e64fff0d7 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Daye Jeong, 2024 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Sarah Park, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1105,7 +1105,7 @@ msgid "eCommerce management" msgstr "이커머스 관리" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:124 msgid "Customer accounts" msgstr "고객 계정" @@ -1671,7 +1671,7 @@ msgstr "" "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:147 msgid "Analytics" msgstr "분석" @@ -2858,9 +2858,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:168 msgid "" -"The file is then available after checkout in the **purchase order** section " -"found on the customer's portal." -msgstr "파일은 고객 포털의 **구매 주문** 섹션에서 결제 후 사용할 수 있습니다." +"The file is then available after checkout in the :guilabel:`Sales Orders` " +"section, found on the customer's portal." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:172 msgid "Product configuration" @@ -6964,8 +6964,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:156 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started`" +msgid ":doc:`../../services/helpdesk`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:161 msgid "Canned responses" @@ -8343,15 +8343,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:11 msgid "" "Each website can be designed and configured independently with its own " -":doc:`domain name `, theme, pages, menus, :doc:`languages " +":doc:`domain name `, :doc:`theme <../web_design/themes>`, " +":doc:`pages <../pages>`, :doc:`menus <../pages/menus>`, :doc:`languages " "`, :doc:`products <../../ecommerce/managing_products/products>`, " "assigned sales team, etc. They can also :ref:`share content and pages " "`." msgstr "" -"각각의 웹사이트를 고유한 :doc:`도메인 주소 `, 테마, 페이지, 메뉴, :doc:`언어 " -"`, :doc:`품목 <../../ecommerce/managing_products/products>`, 지정 영업팀" -" 등을 활용하여 독립적으로 디자인하고 설정할 수 있습니다. 또한 :ref:`콘텐츠 및 페이지 ` 를 공유하는 것도 가능합니다." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -8368,7 +8365,7 @@ msgid "To create a new website, proceed as follows:" msgstr "새 웹사이트를 만들려면 다음과 같이 진행합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:136 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr ":menuselection:`웹사이트 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동합니다." @@ -8431,23 +8428,15 @@ msgstr "웹사이트 선택 도구" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:55 msgid "" -"When you switch websites, you are redirected to the other website, to the " -"same page (URL) as the current one. If the page you are currently viewing " -"does not exist on the other website, you are redirected to a 404 error page." -" Once redirected, click :guilabel:`Create page` to create the page." +"When you switch websites, you are redirected to the homepage of the other " +"website." msgstr "" -"웹사이트를 전환하면 현재 웹사이트와 동일한 페이지(URL)의 다른 웹사이트로 리디렉션됩니다. 현재 보고 있는 페이지가 존재하지 않으면 " -"404 오류가 발생합니다. 페이지를 만들려면 리디렉션 시 :guilabel:`페이지 만들기`를 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:0 -msgid "Create a page from a 404 error page" -msgstr "404 오류에서 페이지 만들기" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:58 msgid "Website-specific configuration" msgstr "웹사이트별 설정" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:60 msgid "" "Most website settings are website-specific, which means they can be " "enabled/disabled per website. To adapt the settings for a website, go to " @@ -8461,13 +8450,13 @@ msgstr "" "**노란색** 배너에 있는 :guilabel:`웹사이트 설정` 필드에서 원하는 웹사이트를 선택합니다. 그런 다음 해당 웹사이트에 맞는 " "옵션을 수정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:67 msgid "" "Websites are created with the default settings; the settings are not copied " "from one website to the other." msgstr "웹사이트는 처음에 기본 설정으로 생성되며, 웹사이트 간에 설정이 자동으로 복사되지 않습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:69 msgid "" "In a :doc:`multi-company environment `, " "each website can be linked to a specific company in your database so that " @@ -8479,11 +8468,11 @@ msgstr "" "각 웹사이트를 연결하여 회사 관련 데이터 (예: 품목, 채용 정보, 이벤트 등)만 웹사이트에 표시되게 할 수 있습니다. 회사별로 데이터를" " 표시하려면 :guilabel:`회사` 필드에 원하는 회사를 설정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:77 msgid "Content availability" msgstr "콘텐츠 가용성" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:79 msgid "" "By default, pages, products, events, etc. created from the frontend (using " "the :guilabel:`+New` button) are only available on the website from which it" @@ -8504,39 +8493,39 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Website field in Forum form" msgstr "포럼 양식 내 웹사이트 필드" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:92 msgid "Records and features can be made available:" msgstr "기록과 기능을 사용할 수 있습니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:94 msgid "On all websites: leave the :guilabel:`Website` field empty;" msgstr "모든 웹사이트에서: :guilabel:`웹사이트` 필드를 비워 둡니다;" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:95 msgid "Only on one website: set the :guilabel:`Website` field accordingly;" msgstr "하나의 웹사이트만: :guilabel:`웹사이트` 필드를 적절히 설정합니다;" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:96 msgid "" "On some websites: in this case, you should duplicate the item and set the " ":guilabel:`Website` field." msgstr "일부 웹사이트: 이 경우 항목을 복사하고 :guilabel:`웹사이트` 필드를 설정해야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:100 msgid "Website pages" msgstr "웹사이트 페이지" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:102 msgid "" "To modify the website on which a page is to be published, proceed as " "follows:" msgstr "페이지를 게시할 웹사이트를 수정하려면 다음과 같이 진행하세요:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:104 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages`." msgstr ":menuselection:`웹사이트 --> 사이트 --> 페이지`로 이동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:105 msgid "" "Open the search panel and select the website on which the page is currently " "published." @@ -8546,27 +8535,27 @@ msgstr "검색 패널을 열고 페이지가 현재 게시되어 있는 웹사 msgid "Display pages per website" msgstr "웹사이트별 페이지 표시" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:110 msgid "Tick the check box next to the page(s) you want to change." msgstr "변경하려는 페이지 옆의 확인란을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:111 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Website` field and select the website, or empty it to " "publish the page on all websites." msgstr ":guilabel:`웹사이트` 필드를 클릭하고 웹사이트를 선택하거나 비워 두면 모든 웹사이트에 페이지를 게시할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:115 msgid "" "Each website must have its own homepage; you may not use the same homepage " "for several websites." msgstr "모든 웹사이트에는 고유한 홈페이지가 필요하며, 여러 웹사이트에 동일한 홈페이지를 사용할 수 없습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:118 msgid "eCommerce features" msgstr "이커머스 기능" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:120 msgid "" "eCommerce features such as products, eCommerce categories, pricelists, " "discounts, payment providers, etc. can be restricted to :ref:`a specific " @@ -8575,7 +8564,7 @@ msgstr "" "제품, 이커머스 카테고리, 가격표, 할인, 결제 서비스 제공업체 등과 같은 기능은 :ref:`특정 웹사이트 " "`로 제한될 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:126 msgid "" "You can :doc:`allow your customers to use the same account " "<../../ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts>` on all of your " @@ -8585,11 +8574,11 @@ msgstr "" "웹사이트 설정에서 :guilabel:`공유 고객 계정` 확인란을 활성화하여 고객이 모든 웹사이트에서 동일한 계정 " "<../../ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts>`을 사용하도록 허용할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:131 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "가격 책정" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:133 msgid "" "Products can be priced differently based on the website using " ":ref:`pricelists `. The following configuration is " @@ -8598,7 +8587,7 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`가격표 `를 사용하여 웹사이트에 따라 제품 가격을 다르게 책정하려면 다음과 같은 설정을" " 구성해야 합니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:137 msgid "" "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section and select the " ":guilabel:`Pricelists` option :guilabel:`Multiple prices per product`." @@ -8606,12 +8595,12 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`쇼핑 - 품목` 섹션까지 아래로 스크롤하여 :guilabel:`가격표` 옵션과 :guilabel:`제품당 여러 " "가격`을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:139 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Pricelists` to define new pricelists or edit existing ones." msgstr ":guilabel:`가격표`를 클릭하여 새 가격표를 만들거나 기존 가격표를 수정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:140 msgid "" "Select the pricelist or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new one, then " "select the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and set the :guilabel:`Website` " @@ -8620,12 +8609,12 @@ msgstr "" "가격표를 선택하거나 :guilabel:`신규`를 클릭하여 새 가격표를 생성합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`환경설정` 탭을 선택하고" " :guilabel:`웹사이트` 필드를 설정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting.rst:5 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "보고" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:149 msgid "" "Each website has its own :ref:`analytics `. To switch " "between websites, click the buttons in the upper right corner." @@ -8637,11 +8626,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Switch websites in analytics" msgstr "애널리틱스에서 웹사이트 전환" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:156 msgid "Other reporting data" msgstr "기타 보고 데이터" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:158 msgid "" "Other reporting data such as eCommerce dashboard data, online sales analyses" " and visitors can be grouped by website if necessary. Open the search panel " @@ -8667,18 +8656,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Cloudflare Turnstile is recommended** as it is possible to add an " -"interactive check if the automated check fails. Also, Google reCAPTCHA v3 is" -" limited to `1 million assessments per month per domain " -"`_." +"We recommend using **Cloudflare Turnstile** as reCAPTCHA v3 may not be " +"compliant with local data protection regulations." msgstr "" -"자동 검사에 실패할 경우 대화형 검사를 추가할 수 있는 **Cloudflare Turnstile**을 권장 옵션으로 추천합니다. 또한 " -"Google reCAPTCHA v3는 '도메인당 월 1백만 회 " -"평가`_로 제한됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:14 msgid "" "All pages using the :guilabel:`Form`, :guilabel:`Newsletter Block`, " ":guilabel:`Newsletter Popup` snippets, and the eCommerce :guilabel:`Extra " @@ -8687,28 +8669,28 @@ msgstr "" "두 도구 모두 :guilabel:`양식`, :guilabel:`뉴스레터 블록`, :guilabel:`뉴스레터 팝업` 스니펫을 사용하는 " "모든 페이지와 전자상거래 :guilabel:`결제 중 추가 단계` 폼을 보호합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:19 msgid "" "`Cloudflare Turnstile's documentation " "`_" msgstr "`Cloudflare 턴스타일 문서 `_" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:20 msgid "" "`Google's reCAPTCHA v3 guide " "`_" msgstr "" "`구글 reCAPTCHA v3 가이드 `_" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:25 msgid "Cloudflare Turnstile configuration" msgstr "Cloudflare 턴타일 환경설정" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:28 msgid "On Cloudflare" msgstr "Cloudflare" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:30 msgid "" "`Create `_ a Cloudflare account or use " "an existing one and `log in `_." @@ -8716,19 +8698,19 @@ msgstr "" "'`_ 클라우드플레어 계정을 만들거나 기존 계정을 사용하여 " "'`_ 에 로그인합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:32 msgid "On the dashboard navigation sidebar, click :guilabel:`Turnstile`." msgstr "대시보드의 탐색 사이드바로 이동하여 :guilabel:`턴스타일`을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:33 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Turnstile Sites` page, click :guilabel:`Add Site`." msgstr ":guilabel:`턴테이블 사이트` 페이지에서 :guilabel:`사이트 추가`를 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:34 msgid "Add a :guilabel:`Site name` to identify it easily." msgstr "쉽게 식별할 수 있도록 :guilabel:`사이트 이름`을 추가합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:35 msgid "" "Enter or select the website's :guilabel:`Domain` (e.g., *example.com* or " "*subdomain.example.com*)." @@ -8736,11 +8718,11 @@ msgstr "" "웹사이트의 :guilabel:`도메인`을 입력하거나 선택합니다. (예: *example.com* 또는 " "*subdomain.example.com*)" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:36 msgid "Select a :guilabel:`Widget Mode`:" msgstr ":guilabel:`위젯 모드`를 선택합니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:38 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Managed` mode is **recommended**, as visitors can be prompted" " to check a box confirming they are human if deemed necessary by Turnstile." @@ -8752,7 +8734,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Cloudflare Turnstile human verification widget" msgstr "Cloudflare 턴타일 인적 인증 위젯" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:44 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Non-interactive` and :guilabel:`Invisible` modes, " "visitors are never prompted to interact. In :guilabel:`Non-interactive` " @@ -8763,7 +8745,7 @@ msgstr "" "않습니다. :guilabel:`비대화형` 모드에서는 로딩 위젯을 표시하여 방문자에게 Turnstile이 양식을 보호하고 있음을 경고할 수" " 있지만, 이 위젯은 Odoo에서 지원되지 않습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:49 msgid "" "If the Turnstile check fails, visitors are not able to submit the form, and " "the following error message is displayed:" @@ -8773,8 +8755,8 @@ msgstr "턴스타일 검사에 실패하면 방문자는 양식을 제출할 수 msgid "Cloudflare Turnstile verification error message" msgstr "Cloudflare 턴타일 인증 에러 메시지" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:28 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr ":guilabel:`생성`을 클릭합니다." @@ -8782,19 +8764,19 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`생성`을 클릭합니다." msgid "Adding a website to Cloudflare Turnstile" msgstr "Cloudflare 턴스타일에 웹사이트 추가하기" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:60 msgid "" "The generated keys are then displayed. Leave the page open for convenience, " "as copying the keys in Odoo is required next." msgstr "" "키를 생성한 후 해당 키가 표시됩니다. 다음 단계에서는 이 키를 Odoo에 복사해야 하므로 편의를 위해 페이지를 열어 두세요." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:111 msgid "On Odoo" msgstr "Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:66 msgid "" "From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " ":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`Cloudflare Turnstile` and click " @@ -8803,7 +8785,7 @@ msgstr "" "데이터베이스 대시보드에서 :guilabel:`설정`을 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`통합` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`클라우드플레어" " 턴스타일`을 활성화한 다음 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:68 msgid "" "Open the Cloudflare Turnstile page, copy the :guilabel:`Site Key`, and paste" " it into the :guilabel:`CF Site Key` field in Odoo." @@ -8811,7 +8793,7 @@ msgstr "" "클라우드플레어 턴스타일 페이지를 열고, :guilabel:`사이트 키`를 복사하여 Odoo의 :guilabel:`CF 사이트 키` 필드에" " 붙여넣습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:70 msgid "" "Open the Cloudflare Turnstile page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret Key`, and " "paste it into the :guilabel:`CF Secret Key` field in Odoo." @@ -8819,27 +8801,32 @@ msgstr "" "클라우드플레어 턴스타일 페이지를 열고, :guilabel:`비밀 키`를 복사하여 Odoo의 :guilabel:`CF 비밀 키` 필드에 " "붙여넣습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr ":guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:75 msgid "" "Navigate to Turnstile on your Cloudflare account to view the solve rates and" " access more settings." msgstr "클라우드플레어 계정에서 턴스타일로 이동하여 해결 속도를 확인하고 추가 설정에 액세스하세요." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:81 msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 configuration" msgstr "reCAPTCHA v3 환경설정" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:84 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 may not be compliant with local data protection regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:87 msgid "On Google" msgstr "구글" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:89 msgid "" "Open `the reCAPTCHA website registration page " "`_. Log in or create a Google" @@ -8848,26 +8835,26 @@ msgstr "" "`reCAPTCHA 웹사이트 등록 페이지 `_를 " "엽니다. 로그인하거나 필요한 경우 Google 계정을 생성합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:92 msgid "On the website registration page:" msgstr "웹사이트 등록 페이지:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:94 msgid "Give the website a :guilabel:`Label`." msgstr "웹사이트에 :guilabel:`라벨`을 지정합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:95 msgid "Leave the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA type` on :guilabel:`Score based (v3)`." msgstr ":guilabel:`reCAPTCHA 유형`을 :guilabel:`점수 기반 (v3)`에 둡니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:96 msgid "" "Enter one or more :guilabel:`Domains` (e.g., *example.com* or " "*subdomain.example.com*)." msgstr "" "하나 이상의 :guilabel:`도메인`을 입력합니다(예: *example.com* 또는 *subdomain.example.com*)." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:97 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform`, a project is automatically selected" " if one was already created with the logged-in Google account. If not, one " @@ -8878,11 +8865,11 @@ msgstr "" "프로젝트가 자동으로 선택됩니다. 없는 경우 새 프로젝트가 자동으로 생성됩니다. 프로젝트를 수동으로 선택하거나 자동으로 생성된 프로젝트의 " "이름을 변경하려면 :guilabel:`Google 클라우드 플랫폼`을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:101 msgid "Agree to the terms of service." msgstr "서비스 이용약관에 동의합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:102 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit`." msgstr ":guilabel:`제출`을 클릭합니다." @@ -8890,13 +8877,13 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`제출`을 클릭합니다." msgid "reCAPTCHA website registration example" msgstr "reCAPTCHA 웹사이트 등록 예시" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:107 msgid "" "A new page with the generated keys is then displayed. Leave it open for " "convenience, as copying the keys to Odoo is required next." msgstr "키가 생성되면 이 키를 표시하는 새 페이지가 나타납니다. 다음에 Odoo에 키를 복사해야 하므로 편의를 위해 열어 두세요. " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:113 msgid "" "From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " ":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` if needed." @@ -8904,7 +8891,7 @@ msgstr "" "데이터베이스 대시보드에서 :guilabel:`설정`을 클릭합니다. 필요한 경우 :guilabel:`통합` 섹션에서 " ":guilabel:`reCAPTCHA`를 활성화합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:117 msgid "" "Do not disable the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` feature or uninstall the " ":guilabel:`Google reCAPTCHA integration` module, as many other modules would" @@ -8913,7 +8900,7 @@ msgstr "" "다른 여러 관련 모듈도 제거될 수 있으므로 :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` 기능을 비활성화하거나 :guilabel:`Google " "reCAPTCHA 통합` 모듈을 제거하지 마세요." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:120 msgid "" "Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Site key`, and paste it " "into the :guilabel:`Site Key` field in Odoo." @@ -8921,7 +8908,7 @@ msgstr "" "Google reCAPTCHA 페이지를 열고 :guilabel:`사이트 키`를 복사합니다. 복사한 키를 Odoo의 " ":guilabel:`사이트 키`라고 표시된 지정된 필드에 붙여넣습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:122 msgid "" "Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret key`, and paste " "it into the :guilabel:`Secret Key` field in Odoo." @@ -8929,7 +8916,7 @@ msgstr "" "Google reCAPTCHA 페이지를 열고 :guilabel:`비밀 키`를 복사한 다음 Odoo의 :guilabel:`비밀 키` 필드에" " 붙여넣습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:124 msgid "" "Change the default :guilabel:`Minimum score` (`0.50`) if necessary, using a " "value between `1.00` and `0.00`. The higher the threshold is, the more " @@ -8938,7 +8925,7 @@ msgstr "" "필요한 경우 `1.00`에서 `0.00` 사이의 값을 사용하여 기본값인 :guilabel:`최소 점수`(`0.50`)를 변경합니다. " "임계값이 높을수록 reCAPTCHA 통과가 더 어려워지고, 임계값이 낮을수록 통과가 쉬워집니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:129 msgid "" "You can notify visitors that reCAPTCHA protects a form. To do so, open the " "website editor and navigate to the form. Then, click somewhere on the form, " @@ -8953,7 +8940,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "reCAPTCHA policy message displayed on a form" msgstr "양식에 표시되는 reCAPTCHA 정책 메시지" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:138 msgid "" "If the reCAPTCHA check fails, the following error message is displayed:" msgstr "reCAPTCHA 확인에 실패하면 다음과 같은 오류 메시지가 표시됩니다:" @@ -8962,7 +8949,7 @@ msgstr "reCAPTCHA 확인에 실패하면 다음과 같은 오류 메시지가 msgid "Google reCAPTCHA verification error message" msgstr "구글 reCAPTCHA 인증 에러 메시지" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:144 msgid "" "Analytics and additional settings are available on `Google's reCAPTCHA " "administration page `_. For " @@ -9478,33 +9465,29 @@ msgid "" " and appearance to your needs." msgstr "Odoo에서는 원하는 대로 웹사이트 페이지를 제작하고, 특정 요구 사항에 맞게 콘텐츠와 디자인을 설정할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:12 msgid "" -"*Static* pages are pages that have stable content, such as the homepage. You" -" can manually create new ones, define their URL, adapt their " -":ref:`properties `, etc. *Dynamic* pages, on the " -"other hand, are generated dynamically. All pages generated automatically by " -"Odoo, for example when you install an app or module (e.g., `/shop` or " -"`/blog`) or publish a new product or blog post, are dynamic pages and are " -"therefore managed differently." +"**Static** pages have stable content, such as the homepage. You can manually" +" create new ones, define their URLs, adapt their :ref:`properties " +"`, etc. **Dynamic** pages, on the other hand, are " +"generated dynamically. All pages generated automatically by Odoo, for " +"example, when you install an app or module (e.g., `/shop` or `/blog`) or " +"publish a new product or blog post, are dynamic pages and are therefore " +"managed differently." msgstr "" -"*정적* 페이지는 홈페이지와 같이 안정적인 콘텐츠를 유지하며, 수동으로 새 페이지를 만들고, URL을 정의하고, " -":ref:`properties `를 조정하는 등의 작업을 할 수 있습니다. 반대로 *동적* " -"페이지는 동적으로 생성됩니다. 이러한 페이지는 앱이나 모듈(예: `/shop` 또는 `/blog`)을 설치하거나 새 제품 또는 블로그 " -"게시물을 게시할 때 Odoo에서 자동으로 생성됩니다. 동적 페이지는 자동 생성 프로세스로 인해 다르게 관리됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:19 msgid "Page creation" msgstr "페이지 생성" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:21 msgid "" "Website pages can be created from the **frontend** and the **backend**. To " "create a new website page, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" "웹사이트 페이지는 **프론트엔드**와 **백엔드**에서 만들 수 있습니다. 새 웹사이트 페이지를 만들려면 다음과 같이 진행하세요:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:24 msgid "" "Either open the **Website** app, click :guilabel:`+ New` in the top-right " "corner, then select :guilabel:`Page`;" @@ -9512,62 +9495,59 @@ msgstr "" "**웹사이트** 앱을 열고 오른쪽 상단 모서리에 있는 :guilabel:`+신규` 버튼을 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`페이지`를 " "선택합니다;" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:26 msgid "" "Or go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages` and click " ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "또는 :menuselection:`웹사이트 --> 사이트 --> 페이지`로 이동하여 :guilabel:`신규` 버튼을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:27 msgid "" -"Enter a :guilabel:`Page Title`; this title is used in the menu, as well as " -"in the page's URL." -msgstr ":guilabel:`페이지 제목`을 입력합니다. 이 제목은 메뉴와 페이지의 URL에 사용됩니다." +"Enter a :guilabel:`Page Title`; this title is used in the menu and the " +"page's URL." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:29 msgid "" "Customize the page's content and appearance using the website builder, then " "click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "웹사이트 빌더를 사용하여 페이지의 콘텐츠와 디자인을 설정한 다음 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:31 msgid ":ref:`Publish ` the page." msgstr ":ref:페이지를 `게시`합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:34 msgid "" "Disable :guilabel:`Add to menu` if the page should not appear in the menu." msgstr "메뉴에 페이지가 표시되지 않아야 하는 경우 :guilabel:`메뉴에 추가`를 비활성화합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:37 msgid "Page management" msgstr "페이지 관리" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:42 msgid "Publishing/unpublishing pages" msgstr "페이지 게시/게시 취소" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:44 msgid "" "Pages need to be published to make them accessible to website visitors. To " -"publish or unpublish a page, access it, then toggle the switch in the upper-" +"publish or unpublish a page, access it and toggle the switch in the upper-" "right corner from :guilabel:`Unpublished` to :guilabel:`Published`, or vice " "versa." msgstr "" -"방문자가 웹사이트 페이지에 액세스할 수 있도록 하려면 페이지를 게시해야 합니다. 페이지를 게시하거나 게시 취소하려면 페이지에 액세스한 " -"다음 오른쪽 상단 모서리에 있는 스위치를 :guilabel:`게시되지 않음`에서 :guilabel:`게시됨`으로 또는 그 반대로 " -"전환합니다." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst-1 msgid "Unpublished/Published toggle" msgstr "미공개/공개 전환" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:52 msgid "It is also possible to:" msgstr "또한 다음과 같은 것도 가능합니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:54 msgid "" "publish/unpublish a page from the :ref:`page properties " "`, where you can define a publishing date and/or " @@ -9576,60 +9556,52 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`페이지 속성 `에서 직접 페이지를 게시하거나 게시를 취소할 수 있습니다. 페이지 " "속성에서 게시 날짜를 지정하거나 필요에 따라 페이지의 공개 여부를 제한할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:56 msgid "" "publish/unpublish several pages at once: go to :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Site --> Pages`, select the pages, then, click :guilabel:`Action` and select" -" :guilabel:`Publish` or :guilabel:`Unpublish`." +"Site --> Pages`, select the pages, then click :guilabel:`Action` and select " +":guilabel:`Publish` or :guilabel:`Unpublish`." msgstr "" -"한 번에 여러 페이지를 게시/게시 취소하려면 menuselection:`웹사이트 --> 사이트 --> 페이지`로 이동하여 페이지를 선택한" -" 다음 :guilabel:`작업`을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`게시` 또는 :guilabel:`게시 취소`를 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:61 msgid "Homepage" msgstr "홈페이지" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:63 msgid "" -"By default, when you create a website, Odoo creates a dedicated " -":guilabel:`Home` page, but you can define any website page as your homepage." -" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, " -"then, in the :guilabel:`Website info` section, define the URL of the desired" -" page in the field :guilabel:`Homepage URL` (e.g., `/shop`)." +"When you create a website, Odoo creates a dedicated :guilabel:`Home` page by" +" default, but you can define any website page as your homepage. To do so, go" +" to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, then, in the " +":guilabel:`Website info` section, define the URL of the desired page in the " +"field :guilabel:`Homepage URL` (e.g., `/shop`)." msgstr "" -"웹사이트를 만들면 전용 :guilabel:`홈` 페이지가 기본적으로 생성되지만, 원하는 특정 페이지를 홈페이지로 정의할 수 있습니다. " -"먼저 :menuselection:`웹사이트 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`웹사이트 정보` 섹션에서 " -":guilabel:`홈페이지 URL` 필드에 원하는 페이지의 URL을 정의합니다. (예: `/shop`)" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:68 msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can define any static page as your homepage by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Properties`. Select the " -":guilabel:`Publish` tab and enable :guilabel:`Use as Homepage`." +"Alternatively, you can define any :ref:`static page ` as " +"your homepage by going to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Properties`. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Publish` tab and enable :guilabel:`Use as Homepage`." msgstr "" -"또는 :menuelection:`웹사이트 --> 사이트 --> 속성`으로 이동하여 Odoo에서 정적 페이지를 홈페이지로 설정할 수 " -"있습니다. :guilabel:`게시` 탭을 선택하고 :guilabel:`홈페이지로 사용`을 활성화합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:75 msgid "Page properties" msgstr "페이지 속성" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:77 msgid "" -"To modify a static page's properties, access the page you wish to modify, " -"then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties`." +"To modify a :ref:`static page's ` properties, access the " +"page you wish to modify, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties`." msgstr "" -"정적 페이지의 속성을 조정하려면 원하는 페이지에 액세스한 다음 :menuselection:`사이트 --> 속성`으로 이동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:80 msgid "The :guilabel:`Name` tab allows you to:" msgstr ":guilabel:`이름` 탭을 사용하면 다음과 같이 할 수 있습니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:82 msgid "rename the page using the :guilabel:`Page Name` field;" msgstr ":guilabel:`페이지 이름` 필드를 사용하여 페이지 이름을 변경합니다;" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:83 msgid "" "modify the :guilabel:`Page URL`. In this case, you can redirect the old URL " "to the new one if needed. To do so, enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old URL`, " @@ -9640,11 +9612,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`이전 URL 리디렉션`을 활성화한 다음 :ref:`리디렉션 `의 " ":guilabel:`유형`을 선택합니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`301 Moved permanently`: to redirect the page permanently;" msgstr ":guilabel:`301 영구적으로 이동`: 페이지를 영구적으로 리디렉션합니다;" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`302 Moved temporarily`: to redirect the page temporarily." msgstr ":guilabel:`302 일시적으로 이동`: 페이지를 일시적으로 리디렉션합니다." @@ -9652,34 +9624,34 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`302 일시적으로 이동`: 페이지를 일시적으로 리 msgid "Redirect old URL" msgstr "이전 URL 리디렉션" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:93 msgid "" "You can further adapt the page's properties in the :guilabel:`Publish` tab:" msgstr ":guilabel:`게시` 탭에서 페이지의 속성을 추가로 조정할 수 있습니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:95 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show in Top Menu`: Disable if you don't want the page to appear " "in the menu;" msgstr ":guilabel:`상단 메뉴에 표시`: 페이지가 메뉴에 표시되지 않도록 하려면 비활성화합니다;" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:96 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use as Homepage`: Enable if you want the page to be the homepage " "of your website;" msgstr ":guilabel:`홈페이지로 사용`: 페이지를 웹사이트의 홈페이지로 사용하려면 활성화합니다;" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:97 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Indexed`: Disable if you don't want the page to be shown in " "search engine results;" msgstr ":guilabel:`인덱스`: 페이지가 검색 엔진 결과에 표시되지 않도록 하려면 비활성화합니다;" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:98 msgid ":guilabel:`Published`: Enable to publish the page;" msgstr ":guilabel:`게시됨`: 페이지 게시를 활성화합니다;" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Publishing Date`: To publish the page at a specific moment, " "select the date, click the clock icon to set the time, then click the green " @@ -9688,19 +9660,19 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`게시 날짜`: 특정 시간에 페이지를 게시하도록 예약하려면 원하는 날짜를 선택하고 시계 아이콘을 클릭하여 시간을 설정한" " 다음 녹색 확인 표시를 클릭하여 선택 사항을 확인합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:101 msgid ":guilabel:`Visibility`: Select who can access the page:" msgstr ":guilabel:`가시성`: 페이지에 액세스할 수 있는 사용자를 선택합니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:103 msgid ":guilabel:`All`" msgstr ":guilabel:`모두`" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Signed In`" msgstr ":guilabel:`로그인`" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Restricted Group`: Select the :doc:`user access group(s) " "` in the :guilabel:`Authorized " @@ -9709,23 +9681,23 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`제한된 그룹`: :doc:`사용자 액세스 그룹 " "`을 :guilabel:`인증된 그룹` 필드에서 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`With Password`: Enter the password in the :guilabel:`Password` " "field." msgstr ":guilabel:`비밀번호 사용`: :guilabel:`비밀번호` 필드에 비밀번호를 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:110 msgid "" "*Some* of these properties can also be modified from :menuselection:`Website" " --> Site --> Pages`." msgstr "이러한 속성 중 *일부*는 :menuselection:`웹사이트 --> 사이트 --> 페이지`에서도 수정할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:113 msgid "Duplicating pages" msgstr "페이지 복사" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:115 msgid "" "To duplicate a page, access the page, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> " "Properties` and click :guilabel:`Duplicate Page`. Enter a :guilabel:`Page " @@ -9738,22 +9710,22 @@ msgstr "" "일반적으로 메뉴에서 원본 페이지 다음에 추가되지만 :doc:`메뉴 편집기 `를 사용하여 조정하거나 제거할 수 " "있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:123 msgid "Deleting pages" msgstr "페이지 삭제" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:125 msgid "To delete a page, proceed as follows:" msgstr "페이지를 삭제하려면 다음과 같이 진행합니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:127 msgid "" "Access the page, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties` and click " ":guilabel:`Delete Page`." msgstr "" "페이지에 액세스한 다음 :menuselection:`사이트 --> 속성`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`페이지 삭제`를 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:129 msgid "" "A pop-up window appears on the screen with all links referring to the page " "you want to delete, organized by category. To ensure website visitors don't " @@ -9767,7 +9739,7 @@ msgstr "" "창에서 엽니다. 또는 삭제된 페이지에 대해 :ref:`redirection `을 설정할 수 " "있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:134 msgid "" "Once you have updated the links (or set up a :ref:`redirection `), select the :guilabel:`I am sure about this` check box, then " @@ -9776,25 +9748,22 @@ msgstr "" "링크를 업데이트한 후 (또는 :ref:`리디렉션 ` 설정을 완료한 후)에는 " ":guilabel:`확인합니다`를 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:138 -msgid "URL redirects" -msgstr "URL 리디렉션" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Redirecting URLs consists in sending visitors and search engines to a URL " -"that is different from the one they originally requested. This technique is " -"used, for example, to prevent broken links when you :ref:`delete a page " -"`, :ref:`modify its URL `, or " -"move your site to a new :doc:`domain `. It can " -"also be used to improve :doc:`pages/seo`." +msgid "URL redirect mapping" msgstr "" -"URL 리디렉션은 원래 요청했던 URL과 다른 위치로 방문자와 검색 엔진을 이동시키는 것입니다. 예를 들어 이 기술을 통해 삭제된 " -":ref:`페이지 ` 나 :ref:`URL ` 변경 " -"혹은 새로운 :doc:`도메인 ` 으로 사이트가 이동했을 때 링크에 오류가 생기는 것을" -" 막을 수 있습니다. 또한 :doc:`페이지 SEO` 개선을 하기 위해서도 사용할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:142 +msgid "" +"URL redirect mapping consists in sending visitors and search engines to a " +"URL different from the one they initially requested. This technique is used," +" for example, to prevent broken links when you :ref:`delete a page " +"`, :ref:`modify its URL `, or " +"migrate your site from another platform to an Odoo :doc:`domain " +"`. It can also be used to improve " +":doc:`pages/seo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:148 msgid "" "To access existing URL redirections and create new ones, :doc:`activate the " "developer mode ` and go to " @@ -9804,114 +9773,102 @@ msgstr "" " 활성화`를 클릭하고 :menuselection:`웹사이트 --> " "환경설정 --> 리디렉션`으로 이동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:151 -msgid "" -"A record is added automatically every time you :ref:`modify a page's URL " -"` and enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old URL`." -msgstr "" -":ref:`페이지의 URL `를 수정하면서 :guilabel:`이전 URL 리디렉션` 옵션을" -" 활성화할 때마다 항목이 자동으로 생성됩니다." - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:153 -msgid "You can set up redirections for static and dynamic pages." -msgstr "정적 및 동적 페이지에 대한 리디렉션을 설정할 수 있습니다." +msgid "" +"A redirect record is added automatically every time you :ref:`modify a " +"page's URL ` and enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old " +"URL`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:155 msgid "" +"You can set up redirections for :ref:`static and dynamic pages " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:157 +msgid "" "To create a new redirection, click the :guilabel:`New` button, then fill in " "the fields:" msgstr "새 리디렉션을 만들려면 :guilabel:`신규` 버튼을 클릭한 다음 필드를 채웁니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:159 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name to identify the redirect." msgstr ":guilabel:`이름`: 리디렉션을 식별할 이름을 입력합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:160 msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: Select the type of redirection:" msgstr ":guilabel:`행동`: 리디렉션 유형을 선택합니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:160 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`404 Not found`: visitors are redirected to a 404 error page when " -"they try to access the page." -msgstr ":guilabel:`404 찾을 수 없음`: 방문자가 페이지에 액세스할 때 404 오류 페이지로 리디렉션됩니다." - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:162 msgid "" -":guilabel:`301 Moved Permanently`: for permanent redirections of static " -"pages; the new URL is shown in search engine results and the redirect is " -"cached by browsers." +":guilabel:`404 Not found`: visitors are redirected to a 404 error page when " +"they try to access an unpublished or deleted page." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`301 영구적으로 이동`: 정적 페이지의 영구 리디렉션의 경우 새 URL이 검색 엔진 결과에 표시되고 리디렉션이 " -"브라우저에 캐시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:164 msgid "" -":guilabel:`302 Moved Temporarily`: for short-term redirections, for example," -" if you are redesigning or updating the page. The new URL is neither cached " -"by browsers, nor shown in search engine results." +":guilabel:`301 Moved Permanently`: for permanent redirections of unpublished" +" or deleted :ref:`static pages `. The new URL is shown in" +" search engine results, and the redirect is cached by browsers." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`302 일시적으로 이동`: 페이지를 재디자인하거나 업데이트하는 등의 단기 리디렉션에는 이 옵션을 사용합니다. 이 " -"유형의 리디렉션은 브라우저에 캐시되지 않으며 새 URL이 검색 엔진 결과에 표시되지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:167 msgid "" -":guilabel:`308 Redirect / Rewrite`: for permanent redirections of dynamic " -"pages; the new URL is shown in search engine results and the redirect is " -"cached by browsers. Use this redirect type to rename a dynamic page, for " -"example, if you wish to rename `/shop` into `/market`." +":guilabel:`302 Moved Temporarily`: for short-term redirections, for example," +" if you are redesigning or updating a page. The new URL is neither cached by" +" browsers nor shown in search engine results." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`308 리디렉션/다시 쓰기``: 동적 페이지를 영구적으로 리디렉션하는 경우 새 URL이 검색 엔진 결과에 표시되고 " -"리디렉션이 브라우저에 캐시되도록 합니다. 예를 들어 `/shop`의 이름을 `/market`으로 변경하려는 경우 이 리디렉션 유형을 " -"사용하여 동적 페이지의 이름을 변경할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:170 msgid "" -":guilabel:`URL from`: Enter the URL to be redirected (e.g., `/about-the-" -"company`) or search for the desired dynamic page and select it from the " -"list." +":guilabel:`308 Redirect/Rewrite`: for permanent redirections of existing " +":ref:`dynamic pages `. The URL is renamed; the new name " +"is shown in search engine results and is cached by browsers. Use this " +"redirect type to rename a dynamic page, for example, if you wish to rename " +"`/shop` into `/market`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`URL from`: 리디렉션할 URL을 입력하거나(예: `/about-the-company`) 원하는 동적 페이지를 " -"검색하여 목록에서 선택합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:173 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`URL to`: For 301, 302 and 308 redirects, enter the URL to be " -"redirected to. If you want to redirect to an external URL, make sure to " -"include the protocol (e.g., `https://`)." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`대상 URL`: 301, 302 및 308 리디렉션의 경우 리디렉션을 수행할 URL을 입력합니다. 외부 URL로 " -"리디렉션하는 경우 프로토콜(예: `https://`)을 포함해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:175 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL from`: Enter the URL to be redirected (e.g., `/about-the-" +"company`) or search for the desired :ref:`dynamic page ` " +"and select it from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:177 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL to`: For 301, 302, and 308 redirects, enter the URL to be " +"redirected to. If you want to redirect to an external URL, include the " +"protocol (e.g., `https://`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:179 msgid ":guilabel:`Website`: Select a specific website." msgstr ":guilabel:`웹사이트`: 특정 웹사이트를 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:180 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sequence`: to define the order in which redirections are " +":guilabel:`Sequence`: To define the order in which redirections are " "performed, e.g., in the case of redirect chains (i.e., a series of redirects" " where one URL is redirected to another one, which is itself further " "redirected to another URL)." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`순서`: 리디렉션이 실행되는 순서 (예: 리디렉션 체인, 한 URL이 다른 URL로 리디렉션된 후 다시 다른 " -"URL로 리디렉션되는 경우)를 정의할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:184 msgid "Toggle the :guilabel:`Activate` switch to deactivate the redirection." msgstr "리디렉션을 비활성화하려면 :guilabel:`활성화` 스위치를 전환합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:183 -msgid "" -"404, 301 and 302 redirections only work if the original page has been " -":ref:`unpublished ` or :ref:`deleted " -"`." -msgstr "" -"404, 301 및 302 리디렉션은 원본 페이지가 :ref:`미발행 ` 또는 " -":ref:`삭제된 `인 경우에만 적용됩니다." - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:187 msgid "" +"404, 301, and 302 redirections are meant to migrate traffic from " +":ref:`unpublished ` or :ref:`deleted " +"` pages to *new* pages, while the 308 redirect is used " +"for *permanent* redirections of *existing* pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:192 +msgid "" "`Google documentation on redirects and search " "`_" @@ -9919,7 +9876,7 @@ msgstr "" "리디렉션 및 검색 `_에 대한 구글 문서 참조." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:193 msgid ":doc:`pages/seo`" msgstr ":doc:`pages/seo`" @@ -10814,38 +10771,46 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`GTM (Google Tag Manager)` is a tag management system that allows you " "to easily update measurement codes and related code fragments, collectively " "known as tags on your website or mobile app, directly through the code " -"injector. To use GTM, proceed as follows:" +"injector." msgstr "" -":abbr:`GTM(Google 태그 관리자)`은 웹사이트나 모바일 앱에서 태그라고 하는 측정용 코드 및 관련 코드 일부를 직접 코드 " -"인젝터를 통해 쉽게 업데이트할 수 있는 태그 관리 시스템입니다. GTM을 사용하려면 다음과 같이 진행합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Google Tag Manager may not be compliant with local data protection " +"regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:142 +msgid "To use GTM, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:144 msgid "" "Create or sign in to a Google account by going to " "https://tagmanager.google.com/." msgstr "https://tagmanager.google.com/ 으로 이동하여 Google 계정을 새로 만들거나 로그인합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:146 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Accounts` tab, click :guilabel:`Create account`." msgstr ":guilabel:`계정` 탭에서 :guilabel:`계정 만들기`를 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:148 msgid "" "Enter an :guilabel:`Account Name` and select the account's " ":guilabel:`Country`." msgstr ":guilabel:`계정 이름`을 입력하고 계정 :guilabel:`국가`를 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:150 msgid "" "Enter your website's URL in the :guilabel:`Container name` field and select " "the :guilabel:`Target platform`." msgstr ":guilabel:`컨테이너 이름` 필드에 웹사이트 URL을 입력하고 :guilabel:`대상 플랫폼`을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:153 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create` and agree to the Terms of Service." msgstr ":guilabel:`만들기`를 클릭하고 서비스 약관에 동의합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:155 msgid "" "Copy the `` and `` codes from the popup window. Then, go to your" " website, click :guilabel:`Edit`, go to the :guilabel:`Themes` tab, scroll " @@ -10860,7 +10825,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Install Google Tag Manager" msgstr "Google 태그 관리자 설치하기" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:164 msgid "" "The data is collected in the marketing tools used to monitor the website " "(e.g., Google Analytics, Plausible, Facebook Pixel), not in Odoo." @@ -11307,6 +11272,7 @@ msgstr "" " 해줍니다." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/dynamic_content.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/inner_content.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -11489,6 +11455,59 @@ msgstr "" "페이지에 블록을 추가한 후 :guilabel:`사용자 지정` 탭 :guilabel:`코드 삽입` 섹션 아래에 있는 " ":guilabel:`편집` 버튼을 클릭한 후 코드를 입력하면 블록 안내를 표시하는 코드가 변경됩니다." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:3 +msgid "Features" +msgstr "기능" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Features` :doc:`building blocks <../building_blocks>` allow " +"you to list multiple items next to each other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The :ref:`Table of Content ` and the :ref:`Call " +"to Action ` blocks are presented below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:20 +msgid "Table of content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Table of Content` block is used to list many different items " +"grouped under several headings. A clickable index is available to navigate " +"quickly between the different categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst-1 +msgid "The default Table of Content block" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:29 +msgid "Call to action" +msgstr "클릭 유도" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Call to Action` block is used to prompt visitors to take a " +"specific action, such as signing up for a newsletter or contacting you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst-1 +msgid "The default Call to Action block" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To change the button's link, select it, go to the :guilabel:`Customize` " +"tab's :guilabel:`Inline Text` section and replace `/contactus` with another " +"URL." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/inner_content.rst:3 msgid "Inner content" msgstr "내부 컨텐츠" @@ -11571,10 +11590,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The default banner block" msgstr "기본 배너 블록" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:29 -msgid "Call to action" -msgstr "클릭 유도" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:31 msgid "" "The call to action button encourages visitors to take a specific action, for" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 6bb0c438f..f5ad51eb5 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:55+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Erwin van der Ploeg , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -754,11 +754,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Login` in voor het account dat wordt verwijderd. Klik vervolgens " "op de knop :guilabel:`Account verwijderen` om de verwijdering te bevestigen." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:36 msgid "Odoo.com account password change" msgstr "Odoo.com-accountwachtwoord wijzigen" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:38 msgid "" "To change an Odoo.com account password, first login into the Odoo.com user " "account from the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-" @@ -772,7 +772,7 @@ msgstr "" " pictogram :guilabel:`▼ (pijl omlaag)` naast het profielpictogram. Selecteer" " vervolgens :guilabel:`Mijn account`, en er verschijnt een portaaldashboard." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:41 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:43 msgid "" "To change the Odoo.com password, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security " "Settings` link, below the :menuselection:`Account Security` section. Next, " @@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ msgstr "" "wachtwoord` in te typen en verifieer het nieuwe wachtwoord. Klik ten slotte " "op :guilabel:`Wachtwoord wijzigen` om de wachtwoordwijziging te voltooien." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:47 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:49 msgid "" "If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here " "`_." @@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ msgstr "" "Als een klant de login wil wijzigen, neem dan `hier " "`_ contact op met Odoo-ondersteuning." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:53 msgid "" "Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the " "same email address is used." @@ -803,11 +803,11 @@ msgstr "" "Wachtwoorden voor Odoo.com-gebruikers en portalgebruikers blijven " "gescheiden, zelfs als hetzelfde e-mailadres wordt gebruikt." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:55 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:57 msgid "Add two-factor authentication" msgstr "Voeg twee-factor-authenticatie toe" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:59 msgid "" "To add two-factor authentication, login into the Odoo.com user account from " "the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-right corner of " @@ -822,7 +822,7 @@ msgstr "" "pictogram`. Selecteer vervolgens :guilabel:`Mijn account`, en er verschijnt " "een portaldashboard." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:64 msgid "" "If the user would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " "Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below " @@ -832,7 +832,7 @@ msgstr "" "tot Odoo.com, klik dan op de link :guilabel:`Beveiligingsinstellingen " "bewerken` onder de sectie:menuselectie:`Accountbeveiliging`." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:67 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " "(two-factor authentication)`. Then, confirm the current password in the " @@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ msgstr "" "(Google Authenticator, Authy, enz.), door de :guilabel:`QR-code te scannen `" " of voer een :guilabel:`Verificatiecode` in." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:71 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:73 msgid "" "Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete " "the setup." @@ -858,22 +858,22 @@ msgstr "" "Klik ten slotte op :guilabel:`Tweefactorauthenticatie inschakelen` om de " "installatie te voltooien." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:76 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:" msgstr "" "Onder :guilabel:`Mijn account` hebben Odoo.com-gebruikers ook toegang tot " "het volgende:" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:76 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Mijn Partnerdashboard`" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Mijn in-app-diensten`" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Mijn Apps-dashboard`" @@ -7064,15 +7064,260 @@ msgstr "" "Het moet veilig worden opgeslagen en willekeurig worden gegenereerd, b.v." #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:743 -msgid "which will generate a 32 characters pseudorandom printable string." +msgid "which generates a 32-character pseudorandom printable string." msgstr "" -"die een pseudowillekeurige afdrukbare string van 32 tekens zal genereren." #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:746 +msgid "Reset the master password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:748 +msgid "" +"There may be instances where the master password is misplaced, or " +"compromised, and needs to be reset. The following process is for system " +"administrators of an Odoo on-premise database detailing how to manually " +"reset and re-encrypt the master password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:753 +msgid "" +"For more information about changing an Odoo.com account password, see this " +"documentation: :ref:`odoocom/change_password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:756 +msgid "" +"When creating a new on-premise database, a random master password is " +"generated. Odoo recommends using this password to secure the database. This " +"password is implemented by default, so there is a secure master password for" +" any Odoo on-premise deployment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:761 +msgid "" +"When creating an Odoo on-premise database the installation is accessible to " +"anyone on the internet, until this password is set to secure the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:764 +msgid "" +"The master password is specified in the Odoo configuration file (`odoo.conf`" +" or `odoorc` (hidden file)). The Odoo master password is needed to modify, " +"create, or delete a database through the graphical user interface (GUI)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:769 +msgid "Locate configuration file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:771 +msgid "" +"First, open the Odoo configuration file (`odoo.conf` or `odoorc` (hidden " +"file))." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:775 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:148 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:133 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:158 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:180 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:328 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:397 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:460 +msgid "Windows" +msgstr "Windows" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:777 +msgid "" +"The configuration file is located at: " +"`c:\\\\ProgramFiles\\\\Odoo{VERSION}\\\\server\\\\odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:779 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:25 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:152 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:174 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:199 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:228 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:388 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:450 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "Linux" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:781 +msgid "" +"Depending on how Odoo is installed on the Linux machine, the configuration " +"file is located in one of two different places:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:784 +msgid "Package installation: `/etc/odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:785 +msgid "Source installation: `~/.odoorc`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:788 +msgid "Change old password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:790 +msgid "" +"Once the appropriate file has been opened, proceed to modify the old " +"password in the configuration file to a temporary password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:795 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:843 +msgid "Graphical user interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:797 +msgid "" +"After locating the configuration file, open it using a (:abbr:`GUI " +"(graphical user interface)`). This can be achieved by simply double clicking" +" on the file. Then, the device should have a default :abbr:`GUI (graphical " +"user interface)` to open the file with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:801 +msgid "" +"Next, modify the master password line `admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sha…` to " +"`admin_passwd = newpassword1234`, for example. This password can be " +"anything, as long as it is saved temporarily. Make sure to modify all " +"characters after the `=`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:806 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:825 +msgid "" +"The line appears like this: `admin_passwd = " +"$pbkdf2-sh39dji295.59mptrfW.9z6HkA$w9j9AMVmKAP17OosCqDxDv2hjsvzlLpF8Rra8I7p/b573hji540mk/.3ek0lg%kvkol6k983mkf/40fjki79m`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:810 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:829 +msgid "The modified line appears like this: `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:812 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:852 +msgid "Command-line interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:814 +msgid "" +"Modify the master password line using the following Unix command detailed " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:816 +msgid "" +"Connect to the Odoo server's terminal via Secure Shell (SSH) protocol, and " +"edit the configuration file. To modify the configuration file, enter the " +"following command: :command:`sudo nano /etc/odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:820 +msgid "" +"After opening the configuration file, modify the master password line " +"`admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sha…` to `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`. This " +"password can be anything, as long as it is saved temporarily. Make sure to " +"modify all characters after the `=`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:832 +msgid "" +"It is essential that the password is changed to something else, rather than " +"triggering a new password reset by adding a semicolon `;` at the beginning " +"of the line. This ensures the database is secure throughout the entire " +"password reset process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:837 +msgid "Restart Odoo server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:839 +msgid "" +"After setting the temporary password, a restart of the Odoo server is " +"**required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:845 +msgid "" +"To restart the Odoo server, first, type `services` into the Windows " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. Then, select the :guilabel:`Services` application, " +"and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Odoo` service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:849 +msgid "" +"Next, right click on :guilabel:`Odoo`, and select :guilabel:`Start` or " +":guilabel:`Restart`. This action manually restarts the Odoo server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:854 +msgid "" +"Restart the Odoo server by typing the command: :command:`sudo service odoo15" +" restart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:857 +msgid "" +"Change the number after `odoo` to fit the specific version the server is " +"running on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:860 +msgid "Use web interface to re-encrypt password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:862 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to `/web/database/manager` or " +"`http://server_ip:port/web/database/manager` in a browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:866 +msgid "" +"Replace `server_ip` with the IP address of the database. Replace `port` with" +" the numbered port the database is accessible from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:869 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Set Master Password`, and type in the previously-" +"selected temporary password into the :guilabel:`Master Password` field. " +"Following this step, type in a :guilabel:`New Master Password`. The " +":guilabel:`New Master Password` is hashed (or encrypted), once the " +":guilabel:`Continue` button is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:874 +msgid "" +"At this point, the password has been successfully reset, and a hashed " +"version of the new password now appears in the configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:878 +msgid "" +"For more information on Odoo database security, see this documentation: " +":ref:`db_manager_security`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:882 msgid "Supported Browsers" msgstr "Ondersteunde browsers" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:748 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:884 msgid "" "Odoo supports all the major desktop and mobile browsers available on the " "market, as long as they are supported by their publishers." @@ -7080,27 +7325,27 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo ondersteunt alle grote desktop- en mobiele browsers die op de markt " "beschikbaar zijn, zolang ze ondersteund worden door hun uitgevers." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:751 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:887 msgid "Here are the supported browsers:" msgstr "Dit zijn de ondersteunde browsers:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:753 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:889 msgid "Google Chrome" msgstr "Google Chrome" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:754 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:890 msgid "Mozilla Firefox" msgstr "Mozilla Firefox" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:755 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:891 msgid "Microsoft Edge" msgstr "Microsoft Edge" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:756 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:892 msgid "Apple Safari" msgstr "Apple Safari" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:758 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:894 msgid "" "Please make sure your browser is up-to-date and still supported by its " "publisher before filing a bug report." @@ -7108,13 +7353,13 @@ msgstr "" "Zorg ervoor dat jouw browser up-to-date is en nog steeds wordt ondersteund " "door de uitgever voordat je een bugrapport indient." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:763 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:899 msgid "Since Odoo 13.0, ES6 is supported. Therefore, IE support is dropped." msgstr "" "Sinds Odoo 13.0 wordt ES6 ondersteund. Daarom wordt IE-ondersteuning " "geschrapt." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:766 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:902 msgid "" "to have multiple Odoo installations use the same PostgreSQL database, or to " "provide more computing resources to both software." @@ -7122,7 +7367,7 @@ msgstr "" "om meerdere Odoo-installaties dezelfde PostgreSQL-database te laten " "gebruiken, of om meer computerbronnen aan beide software te leveren." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:769 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:905 msgid "" "technically a tool like socat_ can be used to proxy UNIX sockets across " "networks, but that is mostly for software which can only be used over UNIX " @@ -7132,7 +7377,7 @@ msgstr "" "netwerken te proxyen, maar dat is meestal voor software die alleen via UNIX-" "sockets kan worden gebruikt" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:773 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:909 msgid "" "or be accessible only over an internal packet-switched network, but that " "requires secured switches, protections against `ARP spoofing`_ and precludes" @@ -7398,19 +7643,6 @@ msgstr "" "Om de Enterprise-pakketten te kunnen downloaden, is het vereist om ingelogd " "te zijn als betalende on-premise klant of partner." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:25 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:52 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:129 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:152 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:174 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:199 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:228 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:271 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:384 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:446 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "Linux" - #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:28 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:116 msgid "Prepare" @@ -7457,7 +7689,7 @@ msgstr "" "installeren:" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:57 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:416 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:420 msgid "" "`wkhtmltopdf` is not installed through **pip** and must be installed " "manually in `version 0.12.6 " @@ -7565,19 +7797,6 @@ msgstr "" "Na het downloaden kan het pakket worden geïnstalleerd met behulp van de " "'dnf'-pakketbeheerder:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:148 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:70 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:133 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:158 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:180 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:208 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:239 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:324 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:393 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:456 -msgid "Windows" -msgstr "Windows" - #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:151 msgid "" "Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running " @@ -7758,9 +7977,9 @@ msgstr "Klonen met SSH" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:186 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:213 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:253 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:347 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:405 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:467 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:351 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:471 msgid "Mac OS" msgstr "Mac-besturingssysteem" @@ -7960,28 +8179,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:280 msgid "" -"For Debian-based systems, the packages are listed in the `debian/control " -"`_ file of the Odoo " -"sources." -msgstr "" -"Voor op Debian gebaseerde systemen worden de pakketten vermeld in het " -"bestand `debian/control " -"`_ van de Odoo-" -"bronnen." - -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:283 -msgid "" "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following commands should install the required " "packages:" msgstr "" "Op Debian/Ubuntu zouden de volgende opdrachten de vereiste pakketten moeten " "installeren:" +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:287 +msgid "" +"The `setup/debinstall.sh` script will parse the `debian/control " +"`_ file and install " +"the found packages." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:290 msgid "Install with pip" msgstr "Installeren met pip" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:292 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Using pip may lead to security issues and broken dependencies; only do this " +"if you know what you are doing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:296 msgid "" "As some of the Python packages need a compilation step, they require system " "libraries to be installed." @@ -7989,7 +8210,7 @@ msgstr "" "Omdat sommige Python-pakketten een compilatiestap nodig hebben, vereisen ze " "dat systeembibliotheken worden geïnstalleerd." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:295 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:299 msgid "" "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following command should install these required " "libraries:" @@ -7997,7 +8218,7 @@ msgstr "" "Op Debian/Ubuntu zou het volgende commando deze vereiste bibliotheken moeten" " installeren:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:301 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:305 msgid "" "Odoo dependencies are listed in the :file:`requirements.txt` file located at" " the root of the Odoo Community directory." @@ -8005,7 +8226,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo-afhankelijkheden worden vermeld in het bestand:file:`requirements.txt` " "dat zich in de hoofdmap van de Odoo Community-directory bevindt." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:305 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:309 msgid "" "The Python packages in :file:`requirements.txt` are based on their " "stable/LTS Debian/Ubuntu corresponding version at the moment of the Odoo " @@ -8019,9 +8240,9 @@ msgstr "" " 2.8.0 in Debian Bullseye en 2.6.0 in Ubuntu Focal. De laagste versie wordt " "dan gekozen in de :file:`requirements.txt`." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:312 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:334 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:353 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:357 msgid "" "It can be preferable not to mix Python module packages between different " "instances of Odoo or with the system. However, it is possible to use " @@ -8033,7 +8254,7 @@ msgstr "" "mogelijk om `virtualenv `_ te " "gebruiken om geïsoleerde Python-omgevingen te creëren." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:320 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation " "(:file:`CommunityPath`) and run **pip** on the requirements file to install " @@ -8043,7 +8264,7 @@ msgstr "" "(:file:`CommunityPath`) en voer **pip** uit op het vereistenbestand om de " "vereisten voor de huidige gebruiker te installeren." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:326 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:330 msgid "" "Before installing the dependencies, download and install the `Build Tools " "for Visual Studio `_. Select " @@ -8055,8 +8276,8 @@ msgstr "" "tools** op het tabblad **Workloads** en installeer ze wanneer daarom wordt " "gevraagd." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:330 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:349 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:334 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:353 msgid "" "Odoo dependencies are listed in the `requirements.txt` file located at the " "root of the Odoo Community directory." @@ -8064,7 +8285,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo-afhankelijkheden worden vermeld in het `requirements.txt`-bestand dat " "zich in de hoofdmap van de Odoo Community-directory bevindt." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:342 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " "and run **pip** on the requirements file in a terminal **with Administrator " @@ -8074,7 +8295,7 @@ msgstr "" " voer **pip** uit op het vereistenbestand in een terminal **met " "beheerdersrechten**:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:357 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:361 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " "and run **pip** on the requirements file:" @@ -8082,7 +8303,7 @@ msgstr "" "Navigeer naar het pad van de Odoo Community-installatie (`CommunityPath`) en" " voer **pip** uit in het vereistenbestand:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:367 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:371 msgid "" "Non-Python dependencies must be installed with a package manager (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." @@ -8091,15 +8312,15 @@ msgstr "" "pakketbeheerder (`Homebrew `_, `MacPorts " "`_)." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:370 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:374 msgid "Download and install the **Command Line Tools**:" msgstr "Download en installeer de **Opdrachtregelprogramma's**:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:376 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:380 msgid "Use the package manager to install non-Python dependencies." msgstr "Gebruik pakketbeheer om niet-Python-afhankelijkheden te installeren." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:379 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:383 msgid "" "For languages using a **right-to-left interface** (such as Arabic or " "Hebrew), the `rtlcss` package is required." @@ -8107,21 +8328,21 @@ msgstr "" "Voor talen die een **van rechts naar links-interface** gebruiken (zoals " "Arabisch of Hebreeuws), is het pakket `rtlcss` vereist." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:386 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:390 msgid "Download and install **nodejs** and **npm** with a package manager." msgstr "Download en installeer **nodejs** en **npm** met een pakketbeheerder." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:387 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:396 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:391 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:400 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:413 msgid "Install `rtlcss`:" msgstr "Installeer `rtlcss`:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:395 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:399 msgid "Download and install `nodejs `_." msgstr "Download en installeer `nodejs `_." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:402 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:406 msgid "" "Edit the system environment's variable `PATH` to add the folder where " "`rtlcss.cmd` is located (typically: " @@ -8131,7 +8352,7 @@ msgstr "" "waar `rtlcss.cmd` zich bevindt (meestal: :file:`C:\\\\Users\\\\ " "\\\\AppData\\\\Roaming\\\\npm\\\\`)." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:407 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:411 msgid "" "Download and install **nodejs** with a package manager (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." @@ -8139,11 +8360,11 @@ msgstr "" "Download en installeer **nodejs** met een pakketbeheerder (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:424 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:428 msgid "Running Odoo" msgstr "Odoo jeitvoeren" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:426 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:430 msgid "" "Once all dependencies are set up, Odoo can be launched by running `odoo-" "bin`, the command-line interface of the server. It is located at the root of" @@ -8153,7 +8374,7 @@ msgstr "" "`odoo-bin` uit te voeren, de opdrachtregelinterface van de server. Het " "bevindt zich in de hoofdmap van de Odoo Community-map." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:429 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:433 msgid "" "To configure the server, either specify :ref:`command-line arguments " "` or a :ref:`configuration file " @@ -8163,7 +8384,7 @@ msgstr "" "` of een :ref:`configuratiebestand " "`." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:433 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:437 msgid "" "For the Enterprise edition, add the path to the `enterprise` add-ons to the " "`addons-path` argument. Note that it must come before the other paths in " @@ -8173,26 +8394,26 @@ msgstr "" "aan het `addons-path`-argument. Merk op dat het vóór de andere paden in " "`addons-path` moet komen om add-ons correct te laden." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:437 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:441 msgid "Common necessary configurations are:" msgstr "Veel voorkomende noodzakelijke configuraties zijn:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:439 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:443 msgid "PostgreSQL user and password." msgstr "PostgreSQL-gebruiker en wachtwoord." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:440 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:444 msgid "Custom addon paths beyond the defaults to load custom modules." msgstr "" "Aangepaste add-onpaden die verder gaan dan de standaardwaarden om aangepaste" " modules te laden." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:442 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:446 msgid "A typical way to run the server would be:" msgstr "Een typische manier om de server te laten draaien is:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:453 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:474 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:457 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:478 msgid "" "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, and " "`mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." @@ -8200,7 +8421,7 @@ msgstr "" "Waar 'CommunityPath' het pad is van de Odoo Community-installatie, en 'mydb'" " de naam is van de PostgreSQL-database." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:463 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:467 msgid "" "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, " "`dbuser` is the PostgreSQL login, `dbpassword` is the PostgreSQL password, " @@ -8210,7 +8431,7 @@ msgstr "" "de PostgreSQL-login is, `dbpassword` het PostgreSQL-wachtwoord is en `mydb` " "de naam is van de PostgreSQL-database." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:477 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:481 msgid "" "After the server has started (the INFO log `odoo.modules.loading: Modules " "loaded.` is printed), open http://localhost:8069 in a web browser and log " @@ -8222,7 +8443,7 @@ msgstr "" "en logt je in op de Odoo-database met het basisbeheerdersaccount: gebruik ` " "admin` als e-mailadres en nogmaals `admin` als wachtwoord." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:482 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:486 msgid "" "From there, create and manage new :doc:`users " "<../../applications/general/users>`." @@ -8230,7 +8451,7 @@ msgstr "" "Van daaruit maakt en beheer je nieuwe :doc:`users " "<../../applications/general/users>`." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:483 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:487 msgid "" "The user account used to log into Odoo's web interface differs from the " ":option:`--db_user ` CLI argument." @@ -8238,7 +8459,7 @@ msgstr "" "Het gebruikersaccount dat wordt gebruikt om in te loggen op de webinterface " "van Odoo verschilt van de :option:`--db_user ` CLI-argument." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:487 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:491 msgid "" ":doc:`The list of CLI arguments for odoo-bin `" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po index 0ba345226..eb7bfe278 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -34,430 +34,651 @@ msgid "Activities" msgstr "Activiteiten" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database. " -"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " -"chatter thread, kanban view, list view, or activities view of an " -"application." +msgid "*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:10 -msgid "Schedule activities" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The icon used to display activities varies depending on the :ref:`activity " +"type `:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:11 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`🕘 (clock)`: the default icon, which appears if nothing is " +"scheduled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 -msgid "" -"One way that activities are created is by clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule " -"Activity` button, located at the top of the *chatter* on any record. On the " -"pop-up window that appears, select an :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the " -"drop-down menu." +msgid ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)`: this icon appears if a phone call is scheduled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:13 +msgid ":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)`: this icon appears if an email is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:14 +msgid ":guilabel:`✔️ (checkmark)`: this icon appears if a to-do is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:15 msgid "" -"Individual applications have a list of *Activity Types* dedicated to that " -"application. For example, to view and edit the activities available for the " -"*CRM* application, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " -"Activity Types`." +":guilabel:`(group of people)`: this icon appears if a meeting is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(arrow pointing up above a line)`: this icon appears if a " +"document is scheduled to be uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(pencil in a box)`: this icon appears if a signature request is " +"scheduled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Enter a title for the activity in the :guilabel:`Summary` field, located in " -"the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window." +msgid "Schedule activities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:23 msgid "" -"To assign the activity to a different user, select a name from the " -":guilabel:`Assigned to` drop-down menu. Otherwise, the user creating the " -"activity is automatically assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Lastly, feel free to add any additional information in the optional " -":guilabel:`Log a note...` field." +"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " +":ref:`chatter ` thread, :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or " +":ref:`activities view ` of an application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Due Date` field on the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " -"window auto-populates based on the configuration settings for the selected " -":guilabel:`Activity Type`. However, this date can be changed by selecting a " -"day on the calendar in the :guilabel:`Due Date` field." +msgid "Chatter" +msgstr "Chatter" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:32 +msgid "Activities can be created from the chatter on any record." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:34 -msgid "Lastly, click one of the following buttons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:36 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Schedule`: adds the activity to the chatter under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the chatter " -"under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, it is automatically " -"marked as completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:39 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Done \\& Schedule Next`: adds the task under :guilabel:`Today` " -"marked as done, and opens a new activity window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Discard`: discards any changes made on the pop-up window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Depending on the activity type, the :guilabel:`Schedule` button may be " -"replaced by a :guilabel:`Save` button, or an :guilabel:`Open Calendar` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Scheduled activities are added to the chatter for the record under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Activities can also be scheduled from the kanban, list, or activities view " -"of an application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:59 -msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "Kanban-weergave" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`, and proceed to fill " -"out the pop-up form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:67 -msgid "List view" -msgstr "Lijstweergave" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`. If the record already " -"has an activity scheduled, the clock icon may be replaced by a :guilabel:`📞 " -"(phone)` or an :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:76 -msgid "Activity view" -msgstr "Activiteit weergave" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:78 -msgid "" -"To open the activity view for an application, select the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon from the menu bar anywhere in the database. Select any " -"application from the drop-down menu, and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " -"icon for the desired app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Activity menu drop down with focus on where to open activity view for CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Move across the row to " -"find the desired activity type, then click the :guilabel:`＋ (plus sign)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" -" throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Activities that appear in **green** indicate a due date sometime in the " -"future." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:96 -msgid "**Yellow** indicates that the activity's due date is today." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Red** indicates that the activity is overdue and the due date has passed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:99 -msgid "" -"For example, if an activity is created for a phone call, and the due date " -"passes, the activity appears with a red phone in list view, and a red clock " -"on the kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:103 -msgid "View scheduled activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:105 -msgid "" -"To view scheduled activities, open either the :menuselection:`Sales app` or " -":menuselection:`CRM app` and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, located " -"to the far-right side of the other view options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Doing so opens the activities menu, showcasing all the scheduled activities " -"for the user, by default. To show all activities for every user, remove the " -":guilabel:`My Pipeline` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To view a consolidated list of activities separated by the application where" -" they were created, and by deadline, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon on" -" the header menu to see the activities for that specific application in a " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The possibility to :guilabel:`Add new note` and :guilabel:`Request a " -"Document` appear at the bottom of this drop-down menu, when the :guilabel:`🕘" -" (clock)` icon on the header menu is clicked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads page emphasizing the activities menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:123 -msgid "Configure activity types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:125 -msgid "" -"To configure the types of activities in the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss --> Activities --> Activity Types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " -"activity types are found." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To edit an existing activity type, select it from the list, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`. To create a new activity type, click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:136 -msgid "" -"At the top of a blank activity type form, start by choosing a " -":guilabel:`Name` for the new activity type." +"To schedule a new activity, click the :guilabel:`Activities` button, located" +" at the top of the chatter. In the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " +"window that appears, :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 msgid "New activity type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:143 -msgid "Activity settings" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:45 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "Kanban-weergave" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Another way that activities are created is from the Kanban view in an " +"application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:146 -msgid "Action" -msgstr "Actie" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "The Kanban icon in the top menu, highlighted." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:53 msgid "" -"The *Action* field specifies the intent of the activity. Some actions " -"trigger specific behaviors after an activity is scheduled." +"To do so, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon located at the bottom of " +"an individual record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`+ Schedule An Activity`, then proceed to :ref:`fill out the" +" Schedule Activity form `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If a record already has a scheduled activity, the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon" +" is replaced by the icon that represents the existing scheduled activity. " +"Click on the activity type's icon to schedule another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:70 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Lijstweergave" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:72 +msgid "Activities can also be created from a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Activities` column is hidden, reveal it using the " +":guilabel:`(additional options toggle)` icon in the far-right of the top " +"row, represented by two horizontal lines with two dots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon for the record the activity is" +" being added to, then click :guilabel:`+ Schedule an activity`. Proceed to " +":ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form ` that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:93 +msgid "Activity view" +msgstr "Activiteit weergave" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Most applications in Odoo have an *Activity* view available. If available, a" +" :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon is visible in the top-right of the main" +" menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To open the activity view, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "Top-right menu with the Activities icon called out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In this view, all the available activities are listed in the columns, while " +"the horizontal entries represent all the individual records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Activities that appear green have a due date in the future, activities that " +"appear orange are due today, while activities appearing red are overdue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Color bars in each column represent records for specific activity types, and" +" display a number indicating how many activities are scheduled for that " +"type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If multiple activity types are scheduled for a record, a number appears in " +"the box, indicating the total number of scheduled activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" +" throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To schedule an activity for a record, hover over the corresponding field, " +"and a :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` appears. Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)`, and then :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 +msgid "Schedule Activity form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Activities can be scheduled from many different places, such as from the " +":ref:`chatter ` of a record, or from one of multiple " +"views in an application, when available: the :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or :ref:`activity " +"view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Activity Type`: select the type of activity from the drop-down " +"menu. The default options are: :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Call`, " +":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`To-Do`. Depending on what other " +"applications are installed, additional options may be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Individual applications have a list of dedicated :ref:`activity types " +"`. For example, installing the *Sales* application makes " +":guilabel:`Order Upsell` available, while installing the *Sign* application " +"makes :guilabel:`Request Signature` available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Summary`: enter a short title for the activity, such as `Discuss " +"Proposal`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date`: using the calendar popover, select the activity's " +"deadline." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected, a link to upload a document is " -"added directly to the planned activity in the chatter." +":guilabel:`Assigned to`: by default, the current user populates this field. " +"To assign a different user to the activity, select them from the drop-down " +"menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 msgid "" -"If either :guilabel:`Phonecall` or :guilabel:`Meeting` are selected, users " -"have the option to open their calendar to schedule a time for this activity." +":guilabel:`Notes`: add any additional information for the activity in this " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Request Signature` is selected, a link is added to the planned" -" activity in the chatter that opens a signature request pop-up window." +"When the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window is completed, click one" +" of the following buttons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:158 msgid "" -"The actions available to select on an activity type vary, depending on the " -"applications currently installed in the database." +":guilabel:`Open Calendar`: opens the user's calendar to add and schedule the" +" activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:163 -msgid "Default user" -msgstr "Standaard gebruiker" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:160 msgid "" -"To automatically assign this activity to a specific user when this activity " -"type is scheduled, choose a name from the :guilabel:`Default User` drop-down" -" menu. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to the user who" -" creates the activity." +"Click on the desired date and time for the activity, and a :guilabel:`New " +"Event` pop-up window appears. The summary from the *Schedule Activity* pop-" +"up window populates the :guilabel:`Title` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:170 -msgid "Default summary" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Enter the information in the :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up window, then click" +" :guilabel:`Save & Close` to schedule it. Once scheduled, the activity is " +"added to the chatter under the :guilabel:`Planned Activities` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Activity Type` is set to either :guilabel:`Call` or " +":guilabel:`Meeting`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 msgid "" -"To include notes whenever this activity type is created, enter them into the" -" :guilabel:`Default Summary` field." +":guilabel:`Schedule`: schedules the activity, and adds the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Planned Activities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:174 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule & Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the" +" chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, and is " +"automatically marked as done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next`: adds the details of the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, is " +"automatically marked as done, and a new :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up" +" window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancel`: discards any changes made on the :guilabel:`Schedule " +"Activity` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:188 +msgid "All scheduled activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To view a consolidated list of activities, organized by application, click " +"the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon in the header menu, located in the top-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If any activities are scheduled, the number of activities appear in a red " +"bubble on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:196 +msgid "" +"All activities for each application are further divided into subsections, " +"indicating where in the application the activity is to be completed. Each " +"sub-section lists the number of scheduled activities that are " +":guilabel:`Late`, due :guilabel:`Today`, and scheduled in the " +":guilabel:`Future`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:202 +msgid "" +"In the *Time Off* application, one activity is scheduled to be done in the " +"*All Time Off* requests dashboard, and six activities are scheduled to be " +"done in the *Allocations* dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:205 +msgid "" +"These requests appear in two separate lists in the all activities drop-down " +"menu: one labeled `Time Off` and one labeled `Time Off Allocation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list of activities that is accessed from the main menu bar. Two entries for the Time\n" +"Off application are highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:214 +msgid "Request a document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The option to :guilabel:`Request a Document` is available at the bottom of " +"the list of :ref:`all scheduled activities `, the option to " +":guilabel:`Request a Document` appears. Click :guilabel:`Request a " +"Document`, and a :guilabel:`Request a file` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:222 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Name`: enter a name for the document being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request To`: select the user the document is being requested from" +" using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date In`: enter a numerical value indicating when the " +"document is due. Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. " +"Click :guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. " +"Select the desired time-frame option from the list. The options are " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:229 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +":ref:`Workspace ` the document is being uploaded to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any desired tags from the drop-down menu. The " +"available tags displayed are based on the tags configured for the selected " +":guilabel:`Workspace`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message`: enter a message to clarify the document request in this" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:235 +msgid "" +"When all the fields are completed, click :guilabel:`Request` to send the " +"document request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Request a file form, with all fields filled out to request a contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:244 +msgid "Activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured types of activities in the database, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss section --> Activities " +"setting --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activity Types button in the Settings application under the Discuss section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " +"activity types are found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "The list of activity types already configured and available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:260 +msgid "Edit activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:262 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing :ref:`activity type `, click on the " +"activity type, and the activity type form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:265 +msgid "" +"Make any desired changes to the activity type form. The form automatically " +"saves, but it can be saved manually at any time by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Save Manually` option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:270 +msgid "Create new activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:272 +msgid "" +"To create a new :ref:`activity type `, click " +":guilabel:`New` from the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, and a blank " +"activity type form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the activity type at the top of the form, then " +"enter the following information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:279 +msgid "Activity Settings section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:281 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Action`: using the drop-down menu, select an action associated " +"with this new activity type. Some actions trigger specific behaviors after " +"an activity is scheduled, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:284 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Upload Document`: if selected, a link to upload a document is " +"automatically added to the planned activity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:286 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Call` or :guilabel:`Meeting`: if selected, users have the option " +"to open their calendar to select a date and time for the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request Signature`: if selected, a link to open a signature " +"request pop-up window is automatically added to the planned activity in the " +"chatter. This requires the Odoo *Sign* application to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Available activity types vary based on the installed applications in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folder`: select a specific :ref:`workspace " +"` folder to save a document to. This field **only** " +"appears if :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Action`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Folder` the document is " +"saved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default User`: select a user from the drop-down menu to " +"automatically assign this activity to the selected user when this activity " +"type is scheduled. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to " +"the user who creates the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Summary`: enter a note to include whenever this activity " +"type is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:307 +msgid "" "The information in the :guilabel:`Default User` and :guilabel:`Default " "Summary` fields are included when an activity is created. However, they can " "be altered before the activity is scheduled or saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:181 -msgid "Next activity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:311 msgid "" -"To automatically suggest, or trigger, a new activity after an activity has " -"been marked complete, the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` must be set." +":guilabel:`Keep Done`: tick this checkbox to keep activities that have been " +"marked as `Done` visible in the :ref:`activity view `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:187 -msgid "Suggest next activity" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:313 +msgid ":guilabel:`Default Note`: enter any notes to appear with the activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:316 +msgid "Next Activity section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:318 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field, select :guilabel:`Suggest Next " -"Activity`. Upon doing so, the field underneath changes to: " -":guilabel:`Suggest`. Click the :guilabel:`Suggest` field drop-down menu to " -"select any activities to recommend as follow-up tasks to this activity type." +"It is possible to have another activity either suggested or triggered. To do" +" so, configure the :guilabel:`Next Activity` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:321 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Schedule` field, choose a default deadline for these " -"activities. To do so, configure a desired number of :guilabel:`Days`, " -":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, decide if it should occur " -":guilabel:`after completion date` or :guilabel:`after previous activity " -"deadline`." +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`: select either :guilabel:`Suggest Next Activity` " +"or :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` from the drop-down menu. Depending on " +"the selected option, either the :guilabel:`Suggest` or :guilabel:`Trigger` " +"field is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:198 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:326 msgid "" -"This :guilabel:`Schedule` field information can be altered before the " -"activity is scheduled." +"The :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field does **not** appear if :guilabel:`Upload" +" Document` is selected for the :guilabel:`Action`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:227 -msgid "When all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Suggest/Trigger`: depending on what is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`, this field either displays :guilabel:`Suggest` or" +" :guilabel:`Trigger`. Using the drop-down menu, select the activity to " +"recommend or schedule as a follow-up task to the activity type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:332 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: configure when the next activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:334 +msgid "" +"First, enter a numerical value indicating when the activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. Click " +":guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. Select the" +" desired time-frame option from the list. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:340 +msgid "" +"Lastly, using the drop-down menu, select whether the activity is scheduled " +"or triggered either :guilabel:`after previous activity deadline` or " +":guilabel:`after completion date`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "Schedule activity popup with emphasis on recommended activities." +msgid "A new Activity form with all the fields filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Suggest " -"Next Activity`, and has activities listed in the :guilabel:`Suggest` field, " -"users are presented with recommendations for activities as next steps." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:348 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:211 -msgid "Trigger next activity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Setting the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` to :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` " -"immediately launches the next activity once the previous one is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` is selected in the :guilabel:`Chaining " -"Type` field, the field beneath changes to: :guilabel:`Trigger`. From the " -":guilabel:`Trigger` field drop-down menu, select the activity that should be" -" launched once this activity is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Schedule new activity popup with emphasis on Done and launch next button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Trigger" -" Next Activity`, marking the activity as `Done` immediately launches the " -"next activity listed in the :guilabel:`Trigger` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:238 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:239 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:349 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss/team_communication`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 3e902a300..9f387c084 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Erwin van der Ploeg , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -553,7 +553,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 @@ -594,6 +594,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:583 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:701 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 @@ -1986,6 +1987,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:32 msgid "Transactions" msgstr "Transacties" @@ -2537,7 +2539,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:90 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:432 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:363 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "Customer invoices" @@ -2764,7 +2766,7 @@ msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:169 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:242 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:376 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 @@ -4140,6 +4142,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:38 msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" msgstr "" @@ -5944,23 +5947,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 msgid "" -"This document addresses a specific use case for theoretical purposes. " -"Navigate :ref:`here ` for " -"instructions on how to set up and use |AVCO| in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:32 -msgid "" -":ref:`Using inventory valuation `" +"This document addresses a specific use case for theoretical purposes. For " +"instructions on how to set up and use |AVCO|, refer to the :doc:`inventory " +"valuation configuration " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +" doc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 msgid "" +":doc:`Using inventory valuation " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:35 +msgid "" ":ref:`Other inventory valuation methods " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:40 msgid "" "To use average cost inventory valuation on a product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and " @@ -5969,17 +5975,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to `Automated`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:46 msgid "" -":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration " -"`" +":doc:`Inventory valuation configuration " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 msgid "Using average cost valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "" "The average cost method adjusts the inventory valuation when products are " "received in the warehouse. This section explains how it works, but if the " @@ -5987,37 +5993,37 @@ msgid "" "` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:59 msgid "Formula" msgstr "Formule" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:61 msgid "" "When new products arrive, the new average cost for each product is " "recomputed using the formula:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:63 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{(Old~Qty \\times Old~Avg~Cost) + (Incoming~Qty \\times Purchase~Price)}{Final~Qty}\n" "\n" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:66 msgid "**Old Qty**: product count in stock before receiving the new shipment;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:67 msgid "" "**Old Avg Cost**: calculated average cost for a single product from the " "previous inventory valuation;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:69 msgid "**Incoming Qty**: count of products arriving in the new shipment;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:70 msgid "" "**Purchase Price**: estimated price of products at the reception of products" " (since vendor bills may arrive later). The amount includes not only the " @@ -6026,214 +6032,217 @@ msgid "" "vendor bill, this price is adjusted;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:74 msgid "**Final Qty**: quantity of on-hand stock after the stock move." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 msgid "" "When products leave the warehouse, the average cost **does not** change. " "Read about why the average cost valuation is **not** adjusted :ref:`here " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:85 msgid "Compute average cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:87 msgid "" "To understand how the average cost of a product changes with each shipment, " "consider the following table of warehouse operations and stock moves. Each " "is a different example of how the average cost valuation is affected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Operation" msgstr "Bewerking" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 msgid "Incoming Value" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "Voorraadwaarde" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "Beschikbare Hvh" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Avg Cost" msgstr "Gemiddelde kost" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:424 msgid "$0" msgstr "$0" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "Receive 8 tables at $10/unit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "8 * $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "$80" msgstr "$80" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "8" msgstr "8" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "$10" msgstr "$10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 msgid "Receive 4 tables at $16/unit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 msgid "4 * $16" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 msgid "$144" msgstr "$144" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "$12" msgstr "$12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 msgid "Deliver 10 tables" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 msgid "-10 * $12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "$24" msgstr "$24" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "2" msgstr "2" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:106 msgid "" "Ensure comprehension of the above computations by reviewing the \"Receive 8 " "tables at $10/unit\" example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:109 msgid "Initially, the product stock is 0, so all values are $0." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:111 msgid "" "In the first warehouse operation, `8` tables are received at `$10` each. The" " average cost is calculated using the :ref:`formula " "`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:114 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{0 + 8 \\times $10}{8} = \\frac{$80}{8} = $10\n" "\n" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "" "Since the *incoming quantity* of tables is `8` and the *purchase price* for " "each is `$10`," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:118 msgid "The inventory value in the numerator is evaluated to `$80`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 msgid "`$80` is divided by the total amount of tables to store, `8`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:120 msgid "`$10` is the average cost of a single table from the first shipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:122 msgid "" "To verify this in Odoo, in the *Purchase* app, order `8` quantities of a new" " product, `Table`, with no previous stock moves, for `$10` each." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:125 msgid "" "In the table's :guilabel:`Product Category` field in the :guilabel:`General " "Information` tab of the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon," @@ -6242,13 +6251,13 @@ msgid "" " Valuation` to `Automated`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "" "Then, return to the purchase order. Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`, and " "click :guilabel:`Receive Products` to confirm receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:133 msgid "" "Next, check the inventory valuation record generated by the product " "reception by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> " @@ -6262,7 +6271,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show inventory valuation of 8 tables in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "" "When the product category's :guilabel:`Costing Method` is set to " ":guilabel:`AVCO`, then the average cost of a product is also displayed on " @@ -6270,11 +6279,11 @@ msgid "" "on the product page itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:149 msgid "Product delivery (use case)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:151 msgid "" "For outgoing shipments, :ref:`outbound products have no effect on the " "average cost valuation `. Although the " @@ -6283,47 +6292,47 @@ msgid "" "customer location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:157 msgid "" "To demonstrate that the average cost valuation is not recalculated, examine " "the \"Deliver 10 tables\" example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{12 \\times $12 + (-10) \\times $12}{12-10} = \\frac{24}{2} = $12\n" "\n" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "" "Because 10 tables are being sent out to customers, the *incoming quantity* " "is `-10`. The previous average cost (`$12`) is used in lieu of a vendor's " "*purchase price*;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:165 msgid "The *incoming inventory value* is `-10 * $12 = -$120`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:166 msgid "" "The old *inventory value* (`$144`) is added to the *incoming inventory " "value* (`-$120`), so `$144 + -$120 = $24`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:168 msgid "" "Only `2` tables remain after shipping out `10` tables from `12`. So the " "current *inventory value* (`$24`) is divided by the on-hand quantity (`2`);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:170 msgid "" "`$24 / 2 = $12`, which is the same average cost as the previous operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:172 msgid "" "To verify this in Odoo, sell `10` tables in the *Sales* app, validate the " "delivery, and then review the inventory valuation record by going to in " @@ -6332,7 +6341,7 @@ msgid "" "by `-$120`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:177 msgid "" "**Note**: What is not represented in this stock valuation record is the " "revenue made from this sale, so this decrease is not a loss to the company." @@ -6342,53 +6351,53 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show how deliveries decrease inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:187 msgid "Return items to supplier (use case)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:189 msgid "" "Because the price paid to suppliers can differ from the price the product is" " valued at with the |AVCO| method, Odoo handles returned items in a specific" " way." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:192 msgid "" "Products are returned to suppliers at the original purchase price, but;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:193 msgid "The internal cost valuation remains unchanged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 msgid "" "The above :ref:`example table ` is updated as" " follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 msgid "Qty*Avg Cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 msgid "Return 1 table bought at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 msgid "-1 * $12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:242 msgid "1" msgstr "1" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:205 msgid "" "In other words, returns to vendors are perceived by Odoo as another form of " "a product exiting the warehouse. To Odoo, because the table is valued at $12" @@ -6397,7 +6406,7 @@ msgid "" "average cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:211 msgid "" "To return a single table that was purchased for `$10`, navigate to the " "receipt in the *Inventory* app for the :ref:`8 tables purchased in Exercise " @@ -6405,7 +6414,7 @@ msgid "" " clicking on :guilabel:`Receipts`, and selecting the desired receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:216 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Return` on the validated delivery order, and modify " "the quantity to `1` in the reverse transfer window. This creates an outgoing" @@ -6413,7 +6422,7 @@ msgid "" " shipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:220 msgid "" "Return to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation` " "to see how the outgoing shipment decreases the inventory value by $12." @@ -6423,63 +6432,63 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inventory valuation for return." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:230 msgid "Eliminate stock valuation errors in outgoing products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:232 msgid "" "Inconsistencies can occur in a company's inventory when the average cost " "valuation is recalculated on outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:235 msgid "" "To demonstrate this error, the table below displays a scenario in which 1 " "table is shipped to a customer and another is returned to a supplier at the " "purchased price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 msgid "Qty*Price" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 msgid "Ship 1 product to customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 msgid "-1 \\* $12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "Return 1 product initially bought at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "-1 \\* $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$2**" msgstr "**$2**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "**0**" msgstr "**0**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:248 msgid "" "In the final operation above, the final inventory valuation for the table is" " `$2` even though there are `0` tables left in stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:251 msgid "Correct method" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:253 msgid "" "Use the average cost to value the return. This does not mean the company " "gets $12 back for a $10 purchase; the item returned for $10 is valued " @@ -6487,11 +6496,11 @@ msgid "" " no longer being accounted for in company assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:258 msgid "Anglo-Saxon accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:260 msgid "" "In addition to using |AVCO|, companies that use **Anglo-Saxon accounting** " "also keep a holding account that tracks the amount to be paid to vendors. " @@ -6501,13 +6510,13 @@ msgid "" "vendor bill is received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:266 msgid "" ":ref:`Anglo-Saxon vs. Continental " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:268 msgid "" "The table below reflects journal entries and accounts. The *stock input* " "account stores the money intended to pay vendors when the vendor bill has " @@ -6516,71 +6525,71 @@ msgid "" "price it was bought for, a *price difference* account is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Stock Input" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Price Diff" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 msgid "Receive 8 tables at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 msgid "($80)" msgstr "($80)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" msgstr "Ontvang leveranciersrekening van $80" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 msgid "Receive 4 tables at $16" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 msgid "($64)" msgstr "($64)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" msgstr "Ontvang leveranciersrekening van $64" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "Deliver 10 tables to customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "Return 1 table initially bought at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$10**" msgstr "**$10**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$12**" msgstr "**$12**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "$2" msgstr "$2" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:296 msgid "Product reception" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:299 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Samenvatting" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:301 msgid "" "At product reception, Odoo ensures companies can pay for goods that were " "purchased by preemptively moving an amount matching the price of received " @@ -6592,7 +6601,7 @@ msgid "" "bill is received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:308 msgid "" "Inventory valuation is a method of calculating how much each in-stock " "product is worth internally. Since there is a difference between the price " @@ -6601,44 +6610,44 @@ msgid "" "crediting and debiting operations of the **Stock Input** account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:313 msgid "To conceptualize all this, follow the breakdown below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:316 msgid "Accounts balanced at received products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:318 msgid "" "In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, `table`, in " "stock. Then, 8 tables are received from the vendor:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:321 msgid "" "The **Stock Input** account stores `$80` of credit owed to the vendor. The " "amount in this account is unrelated to the inventory value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:323 msgid "" "`$80` worth of tables came **in** (**debit** the *Inventory Value* account " "`$80`), and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:324 msgid "" "`$80` must be paid **out** for received goods (**credit** the *Stock Input* " "account `$80`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:324 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:370 msgid "In Odoo" msgstr "In Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:329 msgid "" "Odoo generates an accounting journal entry when shipments that use |AVCO| " "costing method are received. Configure a :guilabel:`Price Difference " @@ -6646,7 +6655,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category` field on the product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:333 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Account Properties`, create a new :guilabel:`Price " "Difference Account` by typing in the name of the account and clicking " @@ -6658,7 +6667,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create price difference account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:341 msgid "" "Then, receive the shipment in the *Purchase* app or *Inventory* app, and " "navigate to the :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal " @@ -6670,7 +6679,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show accounting entry of 8 tables from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:349 msgid "" "Click on the line for 8 tables. This accounting journal entry shows that " "when the 8 tables were received, the `Stock Valuation` account increased by " @@ -6682,35 +6691,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit stock valuation and credit stock input 80 dollars." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:358 msgid "Accounts balanced at received vendor bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:360 msgid "" "In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, table, in " "stock. Then, 8 tables are received from the vendor. When the bill is " "received from vendor for 8 tables:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:363 msgid "" "Use `$80` in the **Stock Input** account to pay the bill. This cancels out " "and the account now holds `$0`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:365 msgid "Debit **Stock Input** `$80` (to reconcile this account)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:366 msgid "" "Credit **Accounts payable** `$80`. This account stores the amount the " "company owes others, so accountants use the amount to write checks to " "vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:372 msgid "" "Once the vendor requests payment, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Orders --> Purchase` and select the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for " @@ -6718,7 +6727,7 @@ msgid "" "Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:376 msgid "" "Switch to the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view how `$80` is transferred" " from the holding account, `Stock Interim (Received)` to `Accounts Payable`." @@ -6729,24 +6738,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show bill linked to the purchase order for 8 tables." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:385 msgid "On product delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:387 msgid "" "In the :ref:`above example table `, when 10" " products are delivered to a customer, the **Stock Input** account is " "untouched because there are no new products coming in. To put it simply:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:391 msgid "" "**Inventory valuation** is credited `$120`. Subtracting from inventory " "valuation represents `$120` worth of products exiting the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:393 msgid "Debit **Accounts Receivable** to record revenue from the sale." msgstr "" @@ -6754,7 +6763,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show journal items linked to sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:401 msgid "" "In the accounting journal entry invoicing a customer for 10 tables, the " "accounts **Product Sales**, **Tax Received**, and **Accounts Receivable** " @@ -6762,7 +6771,7 @@ msgid "" "account where the customer payment will be received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:405 msgid "" "Anglo-Saxon accounting recognizes the cost of goods sold (COGS) once the " "sale is made. So, up until the product is sold, scrapped, or returned, costs" @@ -6771,11 +6780,11 @@ msgid "" "period of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:411 msgid "On product return" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:413 msgid "" "In the :ref:`above example table `, when " "returning 1 product to a vendor purchased at `$10`, a company expects `$10` " @@ -6786,31 +6795,31 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:420 msgid "" "Behavior of *price difference accounts* varies from localization. In this " "case, the account is intended to store differences between vendor price and " "*automated* inventory valuation methods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:423 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "Samenvatting:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:425 msgid "" "Debit **Stock Input** account `$10` to move the table from stock to stock " "input. This move is to indicate that the table is to be processed for an " "outgoing shipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:427 msgid "" "Debit **Stock Input** an additional `$2` to account for the **Price " "Difference**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:428 msgid "" "Credit **Stock Valuation** `$12` because the item is leaving the stock." msgstr "" @@ -6819,16 +6828,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "2 dollar difference expensed in Price Difference account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:434 msgid "Once the vendor's refund is received," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:436 msgid "" "Credit **Stock Input** account `$10` to reconcile the price of the table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:437 msgid "" "Debit **Accounts Payable** `$10` to have the accountants collect and " "register the payment in their journal." @@ -6842,7 +6851,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:361 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:247 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:258 @@ -7535,6 +7544,7 @@ msgid "Partial payment 2/2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:422 msgid "30" msgstr "30" @@ -7772,7 +7782,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:254 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:278 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 @@ -7929,6 +7939,7 @@ msgid "VAT units tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:339 msgid "Fiscal position" msgstr "Fiscale positie" @@ -11647,6 +11658,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:32 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "Vereisten" @@ -11797,6 +11809,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:150 msgid ":doc:`../get_started`" msgstr "" @@ -12024,11 +12037,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:105 msgid "" -"Setting an :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` is **irreversible** and cannot be" -" removed." +"Install the :guilabel:`Irreversible Lock Date` (`account_lock`) module to " +"make the :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` *irreversible* once set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:109 msgid "" "A specific year-end closing entry is **optional** in order to close out the " "**profit and loss statement**. The reports are created in real-time, meaning" @@ -12122,7 +12135,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:386 msgid "Tax computation" msgstr "" @@ -12185,6 +12198,7 @@ msgstr "BTW" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:397 msgid "Total" msgstr "Totaal" @@ -12961,110 +12975,1701 @@ msgstr "" "Dat is waarom we meestal bedrijven aanbevelen om met slechts één " "prijsreferentie te werken." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:3 -msgid "Avatax integration" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:5 -msgid "Avatax is a tax calculation provider that can be integrated in Odoo." +msgid "AvaTax integration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:98 -msgid "Credential configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:7 msgid "" -"To integrate Avatax with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes` and add your Avatax credentials in the" -" :guilabel:`Avatax` section." +"Avalara's *AvaTax* is a cloud-based tax software. Integrating *AvaTax* with " +"Odoo provides real-time and region-specific tax calculations when users " +"sell, purchase, and invoice items in Odoo. *AvaTax* tax calculation is " +"supported with every United Nations charted country, including inter-border " +"transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:13 msgid "" -"If you do not yet have credentials, click on :guilabel:`How to Get " -"Credentials`." +"*AvaTax* is only available for integration with databases/companies that " +"have locations in the United States, Canada, and Brazil. This means the " +"fiscal position/country of a database can only be set to the United States, " +"Canada, or Brazil. For more information, reference this documentation: " +":ref:`avatax/fiscal_country`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Configure Avatax settings" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:18 +msgid "" +"*AvaTax* accounts for location-based tax rates for each state, county, and " +"city. It improves remittance accuracy by paying close attention to laws, " +"rules, jurisdiction boundaries, and special circumstances (like, tax " +"holidays, and product exemptions). Companies who integrate with *AvaTax* can" +" maintain control of tax-calculations in-house with this simple :abbr:`API " +"(application programming interface)` integration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:25 -msgid "Tax mapping" +msgid "" +"Some limitations exist in Odoo while using *AvaTax* for tax calculation:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:27 msgid "" -"The Avatax integration is available on Sale Orders and Invoices with the " -"included Avatax fiscal position." +"*AvaTax* is **not** supported in Odoo's *Point of Sale* app, because a " +"dynamic tax calculation model is excessive for transactions within a single " +"delivery address, such as stores or restaurants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:30 msgid "" -"Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the " -"product categories." +"*AvaTax* and Odoo use the company address and **not** the warehouse address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Specify Avatax Category on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:31 msgid "" -"Avatax Categories may be overridden or set on individual products as well." +"Exercise tax is **not** supported. This includes tobacco/vape taxes, fuel " +"taxes, and other specific industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Avalara's support documents: `About AvaTax " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:39 +msgid "Set up on AvaTax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To use *AvaTax*, an account with Avalara is required for the setup. If one " +"has not been set up yet, connect with Avalara to purchase a license: " +"`Avalara: Let's Talk `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Upon account setup, take note of the *AvaTax* :guilabel:`Account ID`. This " +"will be needed in the :ref:`Odoo setup `. In Odoo, this " +"number is the :guilabel:`API ID`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Then, `create a basic company profile " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:53 +msgid "Create basic company profile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Collect essential business details for the next step: locations where tax is" +" collected, products/services sold (and their sales locations), and customer" +" tax exemptions, if applicable. Follow the Avalara documentation for " +"creating a basic company profile:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:59 +msgid "" +"`Add company information `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:61 +msgid "" +"`Tell us where the company collects and pays tax " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:63 +msgid "" +"`Verify jurisdictions and activate the company " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Add other company locations for location-based filing " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:67 +msgid "" +"`Add a marketplace to the company profile " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:73 +msgid "Connect to AvaTax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:75 +msgid "" +"After creating the basic company profile in Avalara, connect to *AvaTax*. " +"This step links Odoo and *AvaTax* bidirectionally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox `_" +" or `production `_ environment. This will depend" +" on which type of Avalara account the company would like to integrate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:83 +msgid "" +"`Sandbox vs production environments in Avalara " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Log in to create the :guilabel:`License Key`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> License and API Keys`. Click :guilabel:`Generate License Key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:90 +msgid "" +"A warning appears stating: `If your business app is connected to Avalara " +"solutions, the connection will be broken until you update the app with the " +"new license key. This action cannot be undone.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Generating a new license key breaks the connection with existing business " +"apps using the *AvaTax* integration. Make sure to update these apps with the" +" new license key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If this will be the first :abbr:`API (application programming interface)` " +"integration being made with *AvaTax* and Odoo, then click " +":guilabel:`Generate license key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:100 +msgid "" +"If this is an additional license key, ensure the previous connection can be " +"broken. There is **only** one license key associated with each of the " +"Avalara sandbox and production accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Copy this key to a safe place. It is **strongly encouraged** to backup the " +"license key for future reference. This key cannot be retrieved after leaving" +" this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:108 +msgid "Odoo configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Before using *AvaTax*, there are some additional configurations in Odoo to " +"ensure tax calculations are made accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Verify that the Odoo database contains necessary data. The country initially" +" set up in the database determines the fiscal position, and aids *AvaTax* in" +" calculating accurate tax rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:119 +msgid "Fiscal country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Country`, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Country` " +"feature to :guilabel:`United States`, :guilabel:`Canada`, or " +":guilabel:`Brazil`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:131 +msgid "Company settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:133 +msgid "" +"All companies operating under the Odoo database should have a full and " +"complete address listed in the settings. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Settings app`, and under the :guilabel:`Companies` section, " +"ensure there is only one company operating the Odoo database. Click " +":guilabel:`Update Info` to open a separate page to update company details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:138 +msgid "" +"If there are multiple companies operating in the database, click " +":guilabel:`Manage Companies` to load a list of companies to select from. " +"Update company information by clicking into the specific company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Database administrators should ensure that the :guilabel:`Street...`, " +":guilabel:`Street2...`, :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, " +":guilabel:`ZIP`, and :guilabel:`Country` are all updated for the companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This ensures accurate tax calculations and smooth end-of-year accounting " +"operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:149 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:153 +msgid "Module installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, ensure that the Odoo *AvaTax* module is installed. To do so, navigate " +"to the :menuselection:`Apps application`. In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, " +"type in `avatax`, and press :kbd:`Enter`. The following results populate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Naam" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 +msgid "Technical name" +msgstr "Technische naam" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Omschrijving" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:167 +msgid "`account_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Default *AvaTax* module. This module adds the base *AvaTax* features for tax" +" calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:169 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for geo localization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:170 +msgid "`account_avatax_geolocalize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:171 +msgid "" +"This module includes the features required for integration of *AvaTax* into " +"geo-localization in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:173 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SO`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:174 +msgid "`account_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Includes the information needed for tax calculation on sales orders in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:176 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for Inventory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:177 +msgid "`account_avatax_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:178 +msgid "Includes tax calculation in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:179 +msgid ":guilabel:`Amazon/Avatax Bridge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:180 +msgid "`sale_amazon_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Includes tax calculation features between the *Amazon Connector* and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:182 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:183 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:184 +msgid "Includes information for tax calculation in the Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:185 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:186 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:187 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for tax calculation for services " +"in the Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil Sale for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:190 +msgid "`l10n_br_edi_sale_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:191 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for tax calculation for the sale " +"of services in the Brazil localization. This includes electronic data " +"interchange (EDI)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:193 +msgid ":guilabel:`Test SOs for the Brazilian AvaTax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:194 +msgid "`l10n_br_test_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:195 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for test sales orders in the " +"Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Install` button on the module labeled, " +":guilabel:`Avatax`: `account_avatax`. Doing so installs the following " +"modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:200 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax`: `account_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:201 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SO`: `account_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:202 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for Inventory`: `account_avatax_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Should *AvaTax* be needed for geo-localization, or with the *Amazon " +"Connector*, then install those modules individually by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Install` on :guilabel:`Avatax for geo localization` and " +":guilabel:`Amazon/Avatax Bridge`, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:209 +msgid "" +"For localization specific *AvaTax* instructions, view the following " +":doc:`fiscal localization <../../fiscal_localizations>` documentation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:212 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:217 +msgid "Odoo AvaTax settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To integrate the *AvaTax* :abbr:`API (application programming interface)` " +"with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` section. The :guilabel:`AvaTax` fields in the :guilabel:`Taxes` " +"section is where the *AvaTax* configurations are made, and the credentials " +"are entered in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:224 +msgid "" +"First, tick the checkbox to the left of the :guilabel:`AvaTax` settings, to " +"activate *AvaTax* on the database. This is a quick, convenient way to " +"activate and deactivate *AvaTax* tax calculation on the Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Override product categories as needed" +msgid "Configure AvaTax settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:235 +msgid "" +"First, select the :guilabel:`Environment` in which the company wishes to use" +" *AvaTax* in. It can either be :guilabel:`Sandbox` or " +":guilabel:`Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:239 +msgid "" +"For help determining which *AvaTax* environment to use (either " +":guilabel:`Production` or :guilabel:`Sandbox`), visit: `Sandbox vs " +"Production environments " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:244 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Now, the credentials can be entered in. The *AvaTax* :guilabel:`Account ID` " +"should be entered in the :guilabel:`API ID` field, and the " +":guilabel:`License Key` should be entered in the :guilabel:`API Key` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Account ID` can be found by logging into the *AvaTax* portal " +"(`sandbox `_ or `production " +"`_). In the upper-right corner, click on the " +"initials of the user and :guilabel:`Account`. The :guilabel:`Account ID` is " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To access the :guilabel:`License Key` see this documentation: " +":ref:`avatax/create_avalara_credentials`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:259 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Company Code` field, enter the Avalara company code for " +"the company being configured. Avalara interprets this as `DEFAULT`, if it is" +" not set. The :guilabel:`Company Code` can be accessed in the Avalara " +"management portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:263 +msgid "" +"First, log into the *AvaTax* portal (`sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_). Then, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Manage Companies`. The :guilabel:`Company Code` value is located in the " +"row of the :guilabel:`Company` in the :guilabel:`Company Code` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "AvaTax company code highlighted on the company details page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:273 +msgid "Transaction options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:275 +msgid "" +"There are two transactional settings in the Odoo *AvaTax* settings that can " +"be configured: :guilabel:`Use UPC` and :guilabel:`Commit Transactions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:278 +msgid "" +"If the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Use UPC` is ticked, the transactions will" +" use Universal Product Codes (UPC), instead of custom defined codes in " +"Avalara. Consult a certified public accountant (CPA) for specific guidance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:282 +msgid "" +"Should the :guilabel:`Commit Transactions` checkbox be ticked, then, the " +"transactions in the Odoo database will be committed for reporting in " +"*AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:286 msgid "Address validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:288 msgid "" -"Manually validate customer addresses by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate " -"address` link in the customer form view." +"The *Address Validation* feature ensures that the most up-to-date address by" +" postal standards is set on a contact in Odoo. This is important to provide " +"accurate tax calculations for customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:292 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Address Validation` feature only works with " +"partners/customers in North America." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Additionally, tick the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Address validation` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:297 +msgid "" +"For accurate tax calculations, it is best practice to enter a complete " +"address for the contacts saved in the database. However, *AvaTax* can still " +"function by implementing a best effort attempt using only the " +":guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`State`, and :guilabel:`Zip code`. These are " +"the three minimum required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:302 +msgid ":guilabel:`Save` the settings to implement the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Manually :guilabel:`Validate` the address by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Contacts app`, and selecting a contact. Now that the " +"*AvaTax* module has been configured on the database, a :guilabel:`Validate` " +"button appears directly below the :guilabel:`Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:309 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a pop-up window appears with a " +":guilabel:`Validated Address` and :guilabel:`Original Address` listed. If " +"the :guilabel:`Validated Address` is the correct mailing address for tax " +"purposes, click :guilabel:`Save Validated`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Validate address pop-up window in Odoo with \"Save Validated\" button and \"Validated\n" +"Address\" highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:319 +msgid "" +"All previously-entered addresses for contacts in the Odoo database will need" +" to be validated using the manually validate process outlined above. " +"Addresses are not automatically validated if they were entered previously. " +"This only occurs upon tax calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:324 +msgid "Test connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:326 +msgid "" +"After entering all the above information into the *AvaTax* setup on Odoo, " +"click :guilabel:`Test connection`. This ensures the :guilabel:`API ID` and " +":guilabel:`API KEY` are correct, and a connection is made between Odoo and " +"the *AvaTax* application programming interface (API)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:331 +msgid "Sync parameters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Upon finishing the configuration and settings of the *AvaTax* section, click" +" the :guilabel:`Sync Parameters` button. This action synchronizes the " +"exemption codes from *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:341 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Fiscal Positions`. A :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` is listed " +"named, :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)`. Click it to open " +"*AvaTax's* fiscal position configuration page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:345 +msgid "Here, ensure that the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` checkbox is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the checkbox next to the field labeled: :guilabel:`Detect " +"Automatically`. Should this option be ticked, then, Odoo will automatically " +"apply this :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for transactions in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Enabling :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` also makes specific parameters, " +"such as :guilabel:`VAT required`, :guilabel:`Foreign Tax ID`, " +":guilabel:`Country Group`, :guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`Federal States`, " +"or :guilabel:`Zip Range` appear. Filling these parameters filters the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` usage. Leaving them blank ensures all " +"calculations are made using this :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:358 +msgid "" +"Should the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` checkbox not be ticked, each " +"customer will need to have the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set on their " +":guilabel:`Sales and Purchase` tab of the contact record. To do so, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Order --> Customers`, or " +":menuselection:`Contacts app --> Contacts`. Then, select a customer or " +"contact to set the fiscal position on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:364 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Sales and Purchase` tab, and down to the section " +"labeled, :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`. Set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` " +"field to the fiscal position for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:372 +msgid "AvaTax accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Upon selecting the checkbox option for :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` a new " +":guilabel:`AvaTax` tab appears. Click into this tab to reveal two different " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:377 +msgid "" +"The first setting is the :guilabel:`AvaTax Invoice Account`, while the " +"second is, :guilabel:`AvaTax Refund Account`. Ensure both accounts are set " +"for smooth end-of-year record keeping. Consult a certified public accountant" +" (CPA) for specific guidance on setting both accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:381 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to implement the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:384 +msgid "Tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:386 +msgid "" +"The *AvaTax* integration is available on sale orders and invoices with the " +"included *AvaTax* fiscal position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:390 +msgid "" +"Additionally, there is a :guilabel:`Tax Mapping` tab and :guilabel:`Account " +"Mapping` tab in the :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)` fiscal " +"position, where mapping for products can also be configured. To access " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Positions` navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Fiscal Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:396 +msgid "Product category mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the " +"product categories. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Product Categories`. Select the product category to add " +"the :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` to. In the :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` " +"field, select a category from the drop-down menu, or :guilabel:`Search " +"More...` to open the complete list of options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Validate customer addresses" +msgid "Specify AvaTax Category on products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:409 +msgid "Product mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:411 msgid "" -"If preferred, choose to keep the newly validated address or the original " -"address in the wizard that pops up." +"*AvaTax* Categories may be set on individual products, as well. To set the " +":guilabel:`Avatax Category` navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Products --> Products`. Select the product to add the :guilabel:`Avatax " +"Category` to. Under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, on the far-" +"right, is a selector field labeled: :guilabel:`Avatax Category`. Finally, " +"click the drop-down menu, and select a category, or :guilabel:`Search " +"More...` to find one that is not listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:418 +msgid "" +"If both the product, and its category, have an :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` " +"set, the product's :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` takes precedence." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Address validation wizard" +msgid "Override product categories as needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:426 +msgid "" +"Mapping an :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` on either the *Product* or *Product " +"Category* should be completed for every *Product* or *Product Category*, " +"depending the route that is chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:431 +msgid ":doc:`avatax/avatax_use`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:432 +msgid ":doc:`avatax/avalara_portal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:163 +msgid "" +"`US Tax Compliance: Avatax elearning video " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:6 +msgid "Avalara (Avatax) portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Avalara's (*AvaTax*) management console offers account management options " +"including: viewing/editing the transactions sent from Odoo to *AvaTax*, " +"details on how the taxes are calculated, tax reporting, tax exemption " +"management, and tax return resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:13 +msgid "Avalara is the software developer of the tax software, *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the console, first, navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_ environment. This will depend on which type " +"of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`. Log in to the " +"management console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara dashboard after logging into management portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"For more information see Avalara's documentation: `Activate your " +"Communications Customer Portal account " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To access transactions, click in the :guilabel:`Transactions` link on the " +"main dashboard upon logging into the :ref:`avatax/portal`. To manually " +"access the *Transactions* page, while logged into the Avalara console, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Transactions --> Transactions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara portal with the transactions shortcut highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:43 +msgid "Edit transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click into a transaction to reveal more details about the transaction. These" +" details include sections on :guilabel:`Invoice detail`, " +":guilabel:`Additional info`, and :guilabel:`Customer info`. Click :icon:`fa-" +"pencil` :guilabel:`Edit document details` to make changes to the " +"transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:49 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Discount` can be added to adjust the invoice. This is " +"especially useful in cases where the transaction has already synced with " +"Avalara / *AvaTax*, and changes need to be made afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:55 +msgid "Filter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Filter transactions on the :guilabel:`Transactions` page, by setting the " +":guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields, and configuring other fields to " +"filter by, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Status`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Code`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`Exactly " +"match`, :guilabel:`Starts with`, or :guilabel:`Contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer/Vendor Code`: the customer/vendor code in Odoo (e.g. " +"`Contact18`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: the country this tax was calculated in; this is a text " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: the region of the country, which varies based on the " +":guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Filters` to access the following filter " +"conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Type`: any of the following selections, :guilabel:`All`," +" :guilabel:`Sales Invoice`, :guilabel:`Purchase Invoice`, :guilabel:`Return " +"Invoice`, :guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Inbound Invoice`, " +":guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Outbound Invoice`, or :guilabel:`Customs " +"Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Import ID`: represents the import ID of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:78 +msgid "Sort by" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:80 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Transactions` page, transactions will be listed below, " +"according to the set :ref:`avalara/portal-filter`, located in the top half " +"of the page. The following columns are available by default, to sort by " +"ascending or descending order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc Code`: either of the following options, :guilabel:`Exactly " +"match`, :guilabel:`Starts with`, or :guilabel:`Contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc Status`: either of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cust/Vendor Code` : this is the customer/vendor code in Odoo " +"(e.g. Contact18)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: this is the region of the country, this will vary based " +"on the :guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amount`: the numeric amount of the total amount on the Odoo " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax`: the numeric amount of the tax applied to the total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Transactions page on the Avalara portal with the filter and sort-by options " +"highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:99 +msgid "Customize columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Additional columns can be added by clicking the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Customize columns`. On the resulting popover window, click the " +"drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`column` that should be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The following columns can be added for additional transactional information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`AvaTax calculated`: the amount of tax calculated by *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cust/vendor code`: the customer/vendor code in Odoo (e.g. " +"`Contact18`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Currency`: the standardized abbreviation for the currency the " +"amount total is in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doc date`: the document's date of creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc status`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc type`: any of the following selections, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Sales Invoice`, :guilabel:`Purchase Invoice`, :guilabel:`Return " +"Invoice`, :guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Inbound Invoice`, " +":guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Outbound Invoice`, or :guilabel:`Customs " +"Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last modified`: timestamp of the last time the document was " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location code`: the location code used to calculate the tax, " +"based on the delivery address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:122 +msgid ":guilabel:`PO number`: the purchase order number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference code`: the Odoo reference code (e.g. NV/2024/00003)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: the region of the country,which varies based on the " +":guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson code`: the numeric ID of the user assigned to the " +"sales order in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax date`: the month/day/year of the tax calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax override type`: where an exemption would appear, should there" +" be none, the field populates with :guilabel:`None`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:131 +msgid "To add a new column click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:134 +msgid "" +"For more information on *AvaTax* transactions, refer to this Avalara " +"documentation: `Transactions " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:138 +msgid "Import-export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"While on the :ref:`avalara/portal-transactions`, click :icon:`fa-download` " +":guilabel:`Import transactions` or :icon:`fa-upload` :guilabel:`Export " +"transactions` to import or export transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1019 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:42 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "Rapportages" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To access reporting, navigate to the :menuselection:`Reports` link in the " +"top menu of the Avalara management console. Next, select from one of the " +"available reporting tabs: :guilabel:`Transactions reports`, " +":guilabel:`Liability & tax return reports`, or :guilabel:`Exemption " +"reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Additionally, there is a :guilabel:`Favorites` tab and :guilabel:`Downloads`" +" tab. The :guilabel:`Favorites` tab contains any favorited report " +"configurations for the Avalara user. The :guilabel:`Downloads` tab contains " +"a list view where the user can download the high-volume transaction reports " +"created in the last 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Make a selection for the :guilabel:`Report Category`, and the " +":guilabel:`Report Name`, under the :guilabel:`Select a report` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Next, fill out the :guilabel:`Select report details` section. These options " +"will vary based on the tab selected above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Depending on the report size, the following two options are available in the" +" section labeled, :guilabel:`Select the approximate number of transactions " +"for your report`: :guilabel:`Create and download the report instantly` (for " +"small reports) and :guilabel:`Create and download the report in the " +"background` (for larger reports). Select one or the other depending on the " +"volume of transactions in this report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Finally, under the section labeled, :guilabel:`Report preview and export` " +"make a selection of the file type to download. Either a :guilabel:`.PDF` or " +":guilabel:`.XLS` can be chosen. Alternatively, the file can be previewed by " +"selecting the :guilabel:`Preview` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:172 +msgid "" +"After making all the configurations, click :guilabel:`Create report` to " +"download the report. Click :icon:`fa-star-o` :guilabel:`Make this report a " +"favorite` to save the report configuration to the user's favorites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:176 +msgid "" +"After the report is created, click :icon:`fa-download` :guilabel:`Download` " +"to download the file to the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Select a pre-configured report from the :guilabel:`Frequently used reports` " +"section of the reporting dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Access this list by clicking on the :guilabel:`Reports` option in the top " +"menu of the Avalara management console, and scroll to the bottom of the " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"`See Avalara's documentation: Reports in AvaTax " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:191 +msgid "Add more jurisdictions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Additional jurisdictions (tax locations) can be added in the Avalara " +"management console. Navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_ environment. This will depend on which type " +"of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Where you collect tax`. " +"Choose between the three different tabs, depending on the business need. The" +" first tab is :guilabel:`Sales and use tax`, where tax can be collected for " +"the United States. Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add to where you " +"collect sales and use tax` to add another location where the company " +"collects sales and use tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The second option, is the :guilabel:`VAT/GST` tab where the :icon:`fa-plus` " +":guilabel:`Add a country or territory where you collect VAT/GST` can be " +"selected to add another country or territory where the company collects " +"VAT/GST." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Finally, on the far-right, is the :guilabel:`Customs duty` tab, where a " +"country can be added where the company collects customs duty. Simply click " +"on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a country where you calculate customs " +"duty` icon below the tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"AvaTax management console, on the Where you collect tax page, with the add button and\n" +"sales and use tax tab highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:217 +msgid "" +"`See Avalara's documentation: Add local jurisdiction taxes " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:221 +msgid "Tax exemption certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Tax exemption certificates for customers can be added into the Avalara " +"management console, so that *AvaTax* is aware of which customers may be " +"exempt from paying certain taxes. To add an *exception certificate* navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Exemptions --> Customer certificates`. From there, click" +" on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a certificate` to configure an " +"exemption." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:229 +msgid "" +"An Avalara subscription to Exemption Certificate Management (ECM) is " +"required in order to attach certificate images, and to be ready for an " +"audit. For more on subscribing to this add-on, visit `Avalara " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:235 +msgid "End-of-year operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Avalara's services include tax return services, for when it is time to file " +"taxes at the end of the year. To access Avalara's tax services log, into the" +" `management portal `_. Then, from the main " +"dashboard, click :guilabel:`Returns`. Avalara will prompt the Avalara user " +"to log in for security purposes, and redirect the user to the *Returns* " +"portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara portal with the returns shortcut highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Get started` to begin the tax return process. For more " +"information, refer to this Avalara documentation: `About Managed Returns " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, click on the :menuselection:`Returns` button in the top menu " +"of the Avalara management console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:161 +msgid ":doc:`../avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`avatax_use`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:3 +msgid "AvaTax use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:5 +msgid "" +"AvaTax is a tax calculation software that can be integrated with Odoo in the" +" United States and Canada. Once the :doc:`integration setup <../avatax>` is " +"complete, the calculated tax is simple and automatic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:10 msgid "Tax calculation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:12 msgid "" -"Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with Avatax by" -" confirming the documents. Alternatively, calculate the taxes manually by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`Compute taxes using Avatax` button while these " -"documents are in draft mode." +"Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with AvaTax by" +" confirming the documents during the sales flow. Alternatively, calculate " +"the taxes manually by clicking the :guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button, while " +"these documents are in draft stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:17 msgid "" -"Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Code` field that's available on customers, " -"quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and Avatax." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button recalculates taxes, if any " +"product lines are edited on the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 -msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Sales quotation with the confirm and compute taxes button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The tax calculation is triggered during the following :ref:`automatic " +"trigger ` and :ref:`manual trigger " +"` circumstances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:30 +msgid "Automatic triggers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the sales rep sends the quote by email with :guilabel:`Send by email` " +"button (pop-up)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:33 +msgid "When the customer views the online quote on the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:34 +msgid "When a quote is confirmed and becomes a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:35 +msgid "When the customer views the invoice on the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:36 +msgid "When a draft invoice is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:37 +msgid "When the customer views the subscription in the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:38 +msgid "When a subscription generates an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:39 +msgid "When the customer gets to the last screen of the eCommerce checkout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:44 +msgid "Manual triggers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button at the bottom of the quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button at the top of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:49 +msgid "Use each of these buttons to manually re-calculate the sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Partner Code` field that is available on customer" +" records, quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and " +"AvaTax. This field is located under the :menuselection:`Other info` tab of " +"the sales order or quotation in the :guilabel:`Sales` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:56 +msgid "" +"On the customer record, navigate to *Contacts app* and select a contact. " +"Then open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab and the :guilabel:`Avalara " +"Partner Code` under the :guilabel:`Sales` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)` fiscal position is also " +"applied on those Odoo documents, like subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:165 +msgid ":doc:`../fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:68 +msgid "AvaTax synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Synchronization occurs with AvaTax, when the *invoice* is created in Odoo. " +"This means the sales tax is recorded with Avalara (AvaTax software " +"developer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`. " +"Select a quotation from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:76 +msgid "" +"After confirming a quotation and validating the delivery, click " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice`. Indicate whether it is a :guilabel:`Regular " +"invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or :guilabel:`Down payment " +"(fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Then click :guilabel:`Create and view invoice`. The recorded taxes can be " +"seen in the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab of the invoice. There will be " +"different taxes depending on the location of the :guilabel:`Delivery " +"Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Journal items highlighted on a invoice in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Finally, press the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to complete the invoice and " +"synchronize with the AvaTax portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:92 +msgid "" +"An invoice cannot be :guilabel:`Reset to draft` because this causes de-" +"synchronization with the AvaTax Portal. Instead, click :guilabel:`Add credit" +" note` and state: `Sync with AvaTax Portal`. See this documentation: " +":doc:`../../../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:97 +msgid "Fixed price discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Add a fixed price discount to a valuable customer, by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line` on the customer's invoice. Add the product discount, " +"and set the :guilabel:`Price` to either a positive or negative value. To " +"recalculate the taxes, click :guilabel:`Compute Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Tax calculation can even be done on negative subtotals and credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:107 +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:109 +msgid "" +"It is possible to log Avalara/*AvaTax* actions in Odoo for further analysis," +" or verification of functionality. Logging is accessible through the " +"*AvaTax* settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To start logging *AvaTax* actions, first, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, under the :guilabel:`AvaTax` " +"settings, click :guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Upon starting the log process, Odoo will log all Avalara/*AvaTax* actions " +"performed in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To view the logs, click on :guilabel:`Show logs` to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`. This reveals a detailed list of " +"Avalara/*AvaTax* actions. This list is sortable by the following columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:124 +msgid ":guilabel:`Created on`: timestamp of the *AvaTax* calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`Created by`: numeric value of the user in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Database name`: name of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: two values can be chosen for this field, " +":guilabel:`Server` or :guilabel:`Client`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Avalara service name. In this case, it will be *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:130 +msgid ":guilabel:`Level`: by default, this will be `INFO`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:131 +msgid ":guilabel:`Path`: indicates the path taken to make the calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`Line`: indicates the line the calculation is made on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:133 +msgid ":guilabel:`Function`: indicates the calculation taken on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara logging page with top row of list highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Click into the log line to reveal another field, called :guilabel:`Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:141 +msgid "" +"This field populates a raw transcription of the transaction, which involves " +"the creation (or adjustment) of a sales invoice using the Avalara *AvaTax* " +"API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The transaction includes details, such as addresses for shipping from and " +"to, line items describing the products or services, tax codes, tax amounts, " +"and other relevant information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:147 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Message` contains the calculated taxes for different " +"jurisdictions and confirms the creation (or adjustment) of the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Custom fields can be made using Odoo *Studio*. Click the :icon:`fa-" +"ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(ellipsis)` menu to the far-right of the header row. " +"Then click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add custom field`. This action opens " +"Odoo *Studio*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Studio* requires a *custom* pricing plan. Consult the database's " +"customer success manager for more information on switching plans. Or to see " +"if Odoo *Studio* is included in the database's current pricing plan. See " +"this documentation: :doc:`../../../../studio`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:162 +msgid ":doc:`avalara_portal`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:3 @@ -13300,13 +14905,6 @@ msgid "" "services and the **Import OSS** scheme for goods valued at or below €150." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1019 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:42 -msgid "Reports" -msgstr "Rapportages" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:54 msgid "" "To generate **OSS sales** or **OSS imports** reports and submit them onto " @@ -13654,7 +15252,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:592 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:570 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:700 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:710 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:119 @@ -16140,6 +17738,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 @@ -16152,73 +17751,6 @@ msgid "" "features of the Argentinean localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "Naam" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 -msgid "Technical name" -msgstr "Technische naam" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "Omschrijving" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:32 msgid ":guilabel:`Argentina - Accounting`" msgstr "" @@ -16278,7 +17810,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:52 @@ -16327,7 +17859,7 @@ msgid "Select Fiscal Localization Package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:205 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:255 msgid "Configure master data" msgstr "" @@ -17798,7 +19330,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:923 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:267 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:181 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:270 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 @@ -19050,6 +20582,7 @@ msgid "`Stripe Terminal `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:150 msgid "Payroll" msgstr "Loonadministratie" @@ -19553,6 +21086,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:308 msgid "Pay employees" msgstr "" @@ -19770,11 +21304,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can choose any Odoo journal to post the payslip entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:908 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:906 +msgid "" +"Configure the tax by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`. Create the necessary taxes for the Employment Hero payslip " +"entries. Fill in the tax code from **Employment Hero** in the " +":guilabel:`Matching Employment Hero Tax` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:911 msgid "How does the API work?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:910 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:913 msgid "" "The API syncs the journal entries from Employment Hero to Odoo and leaves " "them in draft mode. The reference includes the Employment Hero payslip entry" @@ -19787,7 +21329,7 @@ msgid "" "Example of a Employment Hero Journal Entry in Odoo Accounting (Australia)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:920 msgid "" "By default, the synchronisation happens once per week. You can fetch the " "records manually by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " @@ -19795,12 +21337,12 @@ msgid "" "option, click on :guilabel:`Fetch Payruns Manually`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:921 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:924 msgid "" "Employment Hero payslip entries also work based on double-entry bookkeeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:926 msgid "" "The accounts used by Employment Hero are defined in the section " ":guilabel:`Payroll settings`." @@ -19810,7 +21352,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chart of Accounts menu in Employment Hero" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:928 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:931 msgid "" "For the API to work, you need to create the same accounts as the default " "accounts of your Employment Hero business (**same name and same code**) in " @@ -19944,6 +21486,8 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:325 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:292 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" @@ -21094,17 +22638,18 @@ msgstr "Brazilië" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:12 msgid "" "With the Brazilian localization, sales taxes can be automatically computed " -"and electronic invoices (NF-e) for goods can be sent using AvaTax (Avalara) " -"through |API| calls. Moreover, taxes for services can be configured." +"and electronic invoices for goods (NF-e) and services (NFS-e) can be sent " +"using AvaTax (Avalara) through |API| calls. Moreover, taxes for services can" +" be configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:16 msgid "" -"For the goods tax computation and electronic invoicing process, you need to " -"configure the :ref:`contacts `, :ref:`company " +"For the goods and services tax computation and electronic invoicing process," +" you need to configure the :ref:`contacts `, :ref:`company " "`, :ref:`products `, and :ref:`create an " -"account in Avatax ` need to be configured in the " -"general settings." +"account in AvaTax ` which needs to be configured in " +"the general settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:21 @@ -21119,133 +22664,230 @@ msgid "" "can be modified if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:33 msgid "" -"Install the :guilabel:`🇧🇷 Brazil` :ref:`fiscal localization package " -"` to get all the default accounting features " -"of the Brazilian localization, following the :abbr:`IFRS (International " -"Financial Reporting Standards)` rules." +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Brazilian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazilian - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_br`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `, " +"which represents having the Generic Brazilian chart of accounts and Taxes, " +"together with document types and identification types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazil - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:49 +msgid "`l10n_br_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:50 +msgid "Accounting reports for Brazil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` & :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:52 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax` & `l10n_br_avatax_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:53 +msgid "Goods and Services tax computation through Avalara." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Brazilian Accounting EDI` & :guilabel:`Brazilian Accounting EDI " +"for services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:55 +msgid "`l10n_br_edi` & `l10n_br_edi_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Provides electronic invoicing for goods and services for Brazil through " +"AvaTax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazil Pix QR codes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:58 +msgid "`l10n_br_pix`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:59 +msgid "Implements Pix QR codes for Brazil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:66 msgid "" "To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " "app and search the name given to your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:69 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option at the top of the page. Then, " "configure the following fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:245 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1096 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:314 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Address` (add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip" -" Code`, :guilabel:`Country`)." +":guilabel:`Address`: add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip" +" Code`, :guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:76 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street name, number, and any " "additional address information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:318 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Street 2` field, enter the neighborhood." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:252 -msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number` (:guilabel:`CNPJ`, :guilabel:`CPF`)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:320 +msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`: :guilabel:`CNPJ` or :guilabel:`CPF`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:253 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID` (associated with the identification type)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:321 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: associated with the identification type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:55 -msgid ":guilabel:`IE` (State registration)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: State registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:56 -msgid ":guilabel:`IM` (Municipal registration)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: Municipal registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:84 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code` (Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " -"add if applicable)." +":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " +"add if applicable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:257 -msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:258 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1097 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:293 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Company configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:91 msgid "" "Configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` within the :guilabel:`Sales and" " Purchase` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:104 msgid "" -"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`Avatax Brazil `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:67 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime` (Federal Tax Regime)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:94 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: Federal Tax Regime" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:95 msgid "" -":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type` (indicates ICMS regime, Exempt status, or " -"Non-Taxpayer)." +":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: indicates :guilabel:`ICMS regime`, " +":guilabel:`Exempt status`, or :guilabel:`Non-Taxpayer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:69 -msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:97 +msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Company fiscal configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:74 -msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Configure the following extra :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` if you are " +"going to issue NFS-e:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:350 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`COFINS Details`: :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with " +"rate 0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PIS Details` :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with rate " +"0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:109 +msgid ":guilabel:`CSLL Taxable` If the company is subject to CSLL or not" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Company fiscal configuration for NFSe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:114 +msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:117 msgid "" "If you are a simplified regime, you need to configure the ICMS rate under " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> " -"Avatax Brazil`." +"AvaTax Brazil`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:123 msgid "Configure AvaTax integration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:125 msgid "" "Avalara AvaTax is a tax calculation and electronic invoicing provider that " "can be integrated in Odoo to automatically compute taxes by taking into " @@ -21254,63 +22896,103 @@ msgid "" " afterward with the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:130 msgid "" "Using this integration requires :doc:`In-App-Purchases (IAPs) " "<../../essentials/in_app_purchase>` to compute the taxes and to send the " -"electronic invoices. Whenever you compute taxes, an |API| call is made using" -" credits from your |IAP| credits balance." +"electronic invoices. Whenever you compute taxes, send an electronic document" +" (NF-e, NFS-e, etc), or perform any electronic flow (NF-e Cancellation, " +"Correction letter, Invalidate invoice number range), an API call is made " +"using credits from your `IAP credits balance `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:137 msgid "Odoo is a certified partner of Avalara Brazil." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:138 +msgid "" +"You can `buy IAP credit on odoo.com `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:141 +msgid "Credential configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:143 msgid "" "To activate AvaTax in Odoo, you need to create an account. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, and in" " the :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` section, add the administration email address" -" to be used for the AvaTax portal in the :guilabel:`Avatax Portal Email`, " +" to be used for the AvaTax portal in the :guilabel:`AvaTax Portal Email`, " "and then click on :guilabel:`Create account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:149 msgid "" -"When **testing** an :guilabel:`Avatax Portal Email` integration in a testing" -" or sandbox database, use an alternate email address. It is **not** possible" -" to re-use the same email address on the production database." +"When **testing** or **creating a production** :guilabel:`AvaTax Portal " +"Email` integration in a sandbox or production database, use a real email " +"address, as it is needed to log in to the Avalara Portal and set up the " +"certificates, whether you want to test or use it on production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:153 +msgid "" +"There are two different Avalara Portals, one for testing and one for " +"production:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:155 +msgid "Sandbox: https://portal.sandbox.avalarabrasil.com.br/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 +msgid "Production: https://portal.avalarabrasil.com.br/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:158 +msgid "" +"When you create the account from Odoo, be sure to select the right " +"environment. Moreover, the email used to open the account cannot be used to " +"open another account. Save your :guilabel:`API ID` and :guilabel:`API Key` " +"when you create the account from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Transfer API Credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 msgid "" "After you create the account from Odoo, you need to go to the Avalara Portal" " to set up your password:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 msgid "" "Access the `Avalara portal `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:169 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Meu primeiro acesso`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:170 msgid "" -"Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/Avatax account," +"Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/AvaTax account," " and then click :guilabel:`Solicitar Senha`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:172 msgid "" "You will receive an email with a token and a link to create your password. " "Click on this link and copy-paste the token to allocate your desired " "password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:176 msgid "" "You can start using AvaTax in Odoo for tax computation **only** without " "creating a password and accessing the Avalara portal in the Odoo database. " @@ -21319,26 +23001,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 -msgid "Avatax account configuration." +msgid "AvaTax account configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:184 msgid "" "You can transfer |API| credentials. Use this only when you have already " "created an account in another Odoo instance and wish to reuse it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:188 msgid "A1 certificate upload" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:190 msgid "" "In order to issue electronic invoices, a certificate needs to be uploaded to" " the `AvaTax portal `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:193 msgid "" "The certificate will be synchronized with Odoo, as long as the external " "identifier number in the AvaTax portal matches - without special characters " @@ -21346,7 +23028,20 @@ msgid "" " with the CNPJ in AvaTax." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:198 +msgid "" +"To issue NFS-e, some cities require that you link the certificate within the" +" City Portal system before issuing NFS-e from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:201 +msgid "" +"If you receive an error message from the city that says :guilabel:`Your " +"certificate is not linked to the user`, that means this process needs to be " +"done in the city portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:210 msgid "" "The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " "is installed by default as part of the data set included in the localization" @@ -21354,18 +23049,18 @@ msgid "" " and the default account payable and account receivable fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:215 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Brazil is based on the SPED CoA, which gives a " "baseline of the accounts needed in Brazil." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:218 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:223 msgid "" "In Brazil, a *series* number is linked to a sequence number range for " "electronic invoices. The series number can be configured in Odoo on a sales " @@ -21374,7 +23069,7 @@ msgid "" "number assigned to it for each series needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:228 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Use Documents` field needs to be selected. When issuing " "electronic and non-electronic invoices, the :guilabel:`Type` field selects " @@ -21387,7 +23082,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Journal configuration with the Use Documents? field checked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 msgid "" "When creating the journal, ensure the field :guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note" " Sequence` is unchecked, as in Brazil, sequences between invoices, credit " @@ -21395,40 +23090,28 @@ msgid "" "journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:244 msgid "" "Taxes are automatically created when installing the Brazilian localization. " "Taxes are already configured, and some of them are used by Avalara when " "computing taxes on the sales order or invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:247 msgid "" "Taxes can be edited, or more taxes can be added. For example, some taxes " "used for services need to be manually added and configured, as the rate may " "differ depending on the city where you are offering the service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:252 msgid "" -"Taxes attached to services are not computed by AvaTax. Only goods taxes are " -"computed." +"If you decide to do service taxes manually, you won't be able to issue an " +"NFS-e. To electronically send an NFS-e, you need to compute taxes using " +"Avalara." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When configuring a tax used for a service that is included in the final " -"price (when the tax is not added or subtracted on top of the product price)," -" set the :guilabel:`Tax Computation` to :guilabel:`Percentage of Price Tax " -"Included`, and, on the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, check the " -":guilabel:`Included in Price` option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 -msgid "Tax configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 msgid "" "Do not delete taxes, as they are used for the AvaTax tax computation. If " "deleted, Odoo creates them again when used in an |SO| or invoice and " @@ -21438,50 +23121,56 @@ msgid "" "refunds` sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:262 msgid ":doc:`Taxes functional documentation <../accounting/taxes>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 msgid "" "To use the AvaTax integration on sale orders and invoices, first specify the" -" following information on the product:" +" following information on the product depending on its intended use:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:217 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`CEST Code` (Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:273 +msgid "E-Invoice for goods (NF-e)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:275 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code` (Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code)." +":guilabel:`CEST Code`: Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Source of Origin` (Indicates the origin of the product, which can" +":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code`: Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:277 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source of Origin`: Indicates the origin of the product, which can" " be foreign or domestic, among other possible options depending on the " -"specific use case)." +"specific use case" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:279 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type` (Fiscal product type according to SPED " -"list table)." +":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type`: Fiscal product type according to SPED " +"list table" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:296 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Purpose of Use` (Specify the intended purpose of use for this " -"product)." +":guilabel:`Purpose of Use`: Specify the intended purpose of use for this " +"product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Product configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:286 msgid "" "Odoo automatically creates three products to be used for transportation " "costs associated with sales. These are named `Freight`, `Insurance`, and " @@ -21491,7 +23180,27 @@ msgid "" "`Insurance`, `Freight`, or `Other Costs`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:293 +msgid "E-Invoice for services (NFS-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Code Origin`: City Service Code where the provider is " +"registered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:298 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Codes`: City Service Code where the service will be " +"provided, if no code is added, the Origin City Code will be used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:300 +msgid ":guilabel:`Labor Assignment`: Defines if your services includes labor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:305 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:282 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:656 @@ -21499,74 +23208,75 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contacts" msgstr "Contacten" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:307 msgid "" "Before using the integration, specify the following information on the " "contact:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 msgid "General information about the contact:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:311 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option for a contact with a tax ID (CNPJ), or" " check :guilabel:`Individual` for a contact with a CPF." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:317 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street, number, and any extra " "address information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:254 -msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:255 -msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipal tax identification number." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:323 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipal tax identification number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 -msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:324 +msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Contact configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:332 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`CPF`, :guilabel:`IE`, :guilabel:`IM`, and :guilabel:`SUFRAMA " "code` fields are are hidden until the :guilabel:`Country` is set to " "`Brazil`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:335 msgid "" "Fiscal information about the contact under the :guilabel:`Sales \\& " "Purchase` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position`: add the AvaTax fiscal position to automatically" " compute taxes on sale orders and invoices automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:339 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: federal tax regime" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:340 msgid "" ":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: taxpayer type determines if the contact is " -"within the ICMS regime, if it is exempt, or if it is a non-taxpayer" +"within the :guilabel:`ICMS regime`, :guilabel:`Exempt status`, or " +":guilabel:`Non-taxpayer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:342 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`: list of main activity sectors of the " "contact" @@ -21576,200 +23286,213 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contact fiscal configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:349 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`AvaTax Brazil `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PIS Details`: :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with rate " +"0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:354 +msgid ":guilabel:`CSLL Taxable`: If the company is subject to CSLL or not" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Contact fiscal configuration for NFSe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:362 msgid "Fiscal positions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:364 msgid "" "To compute taxes and send electronic invoices on sale orders and invoices, " "both the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` and the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API`" " options need to be enabled in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:368 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the contact or selected" -" when creating a sales order or an invoice." +"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the :ref:`contact " +"` or selected when creating a sales order or an invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Fiscal position configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:375 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:355 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:311 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "Workflows" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:377 msgid "" "This section provides an overview of the actions that trigger `API calls " -"`_ for tax computation, and how to send " -"an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) for government validation." +"`_ for tax computation, along with " +"instructions on how to send electronic invoices for goods (NF-e) and " +"services (NFS-e) for government validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:382 msgid "" "Please note that each |API| call incurs a cost. Be mindful of the actions " "that trigger these calls to manage costs effectively." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:389 msgid "Tax calculations on quotations and sales orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:391 msgid "" "Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a quotation or sales order " "automatically with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:394 msgid "**Quotation confirmation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:395 msgid "Confirm a quotation into a sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:316 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:412 msgid "**Manual trigger**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:317 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using Avatax`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:413 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:318 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:414 msgid "**Preview**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:319 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:415 msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Preview` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:400 msgid "**Email a quotation / sales order**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:401 msgid "Send a quotation or sales order to a customer via email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:404 msgid "**Online quotation access**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:403 msgid "" "When a customer accesses the quotation online (via the portal view), the " "|API| call is triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:407 msgid "Tax calculations on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:409 msgid "" "Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a customer invoice automatically" -" with AvaTax any of the following ways:" +" with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:333 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:417 msgid "**Online invoice access**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:417 msgid "" "When a customer accesses the invoice online (via the portal view), the |API|" " call is triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:420 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` must be set to `Automatic Tax Mapping " "(Avalara Brazil)` for any of these actions to compute taxes automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:424 msgid "" ":doc:`Fiscal positions (tax and account mapping) " "<../accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:429 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 msgid "Electronic documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:434 msgid "" -"To process an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e), the invoice needs to be " -"confirmed and taxes need to be computed by Avalara. Once that step is done, " -"click on the :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` button in the upper left corner, and" -" a pop-up will appear. Then click on :guilabel:`Process e-invoice` and any " -"of the other options - :guilabel:`Download` or :guilabel:`Email`. Finally, " -"click on :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` to process the invoice against the " -"government." +"To process an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) or services (NFS-e), the " +"invoice needs to be confirmed and taxes need to be computed by Avalara. Once" +" that step is done, click on the :guilabel:`Send & Print` button in the " +"upper left corner. In the pop-up that appears, click on :guilabel:`Process " +"e-invoice` and any of the other options - :guilabel:`Download` or " +":guilabel:`Email`. Finally, click on :guilabel:`Send & Print` to process the" +" invoice with the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:441 msgid "" -"Before sending the electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) some fields need to " -"be filled out on the invoice:" +"Before sending the electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) or services (NFS-e), " +"some fields need to be filled out on the invoice:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:363 -msgid ":guilabel:`Customer` with all the customer information" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:444 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`, with all the customer information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:578 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil` (how the invoice is planned to be paid)" +":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil`: how the invoice is planned to be paid" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:446 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set as the :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping " "(Avalara Brazil)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:447 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Document Type` set as :guilabel:`(55) Electronic Invoice (NF-e)`." -" This is the only" +":guilabel:`Document Type` set as :guilabel:`(55) Electronic Invoice (NF-e)` " +"or :guilabel:`(SE) Electronic Service Invoice (NFS-e)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:367 -msgid "" -"electronic document supported at the moment. Non-electronic invoices can be " -"registered, and other document types can be activated if needed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:450 msgid "" "There are some other optional fields that depend on the nature of the " "transaction. These fields are not required, so no errors will appear from " "the government if these optional fields are not populated for most cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:454 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Freight Model` determines how the goods are planned to be " "transported - domestic" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:455 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` determines who is doing the transportation" msgstr "" @@ -21782,7 +23505,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Process electronic invoice pop-up in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:464 msgid "" "All of the fields available on the invoice used to issue an electronic " "invoice are also available on the sales order, if needed. When creating the " @@ -21790,36 +23513,46 @@ msgid "" " as the first number to be used sequentially for subsequent invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:470 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:595 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "Credit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:472 msgid "" "If a sales return needs to be registered, then a credit note can be created " "in Odoo to be sent to the government for validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:476 +msgid "" +"Credit notes are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:479 msgid ":ref:`Issue a credit note `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:482 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:594 msgid "Debit Notes" msgstr "Debetfacturen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:484 msgid "" "If additional information needs to be included, or values need to be " "corrected that were not accurately provided in the original invoice, a debit" " note can be issued." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:488 +msgid "" +"Debit notes are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:490 msgid "" "Only the products included in the original invoice can be part of the debit " "note. While changes can be made to the product's unit price or quantity, " @@ -21828,49 +23561,74 @@ msgid "" "for the same or fewer products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:496 msgid ":ref:`Issue a debit note `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:499 msgid "Invoice cancellation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:501 msgid "" "It is possible to cancel an electronic invoice that was validated by the " "government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:504 msgid "" "Check whether the electronic invoice is still within the cancellation " "deadline, which may vary according to the legislation of each state." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:508 +msgid "E-invoices for goods (NF-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:510 msgid "" -"This can be done in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request Cancel` and adding a" -" cancellation :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. If you want to " -"send this cancellation reason to the customer via email, activate the " -":guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." +"Cancel an e-invoice for goods (NF-e) in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request " +"Cancel` and adding a cancellation :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that " +"appears. If you want to send this cancellation reason to the customer via " +"email, activate the :guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Invoice cancellation reason in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:518 +msgid "" +"This is an electronic cancellation, which means that Odoo will send a " +"request to the government to cancel the NF-e, and it will then consume one " +"|IAP| credit, as an |API| call occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:522 +msgid "E-invoices for services (NFS-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Cancel an e-invoice for services (NFS-e) in Odoo by clicking " +":guilabel:`Request Cancel`. In this case, there is no electronic " +"cancellation process, as not every city has this service available. The user" +" needs to manually cancel this NFS-e on the city portal. Once that step is " +"completed, they can request the cancellation in Odoo, which will cancel the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:530 msgid "Correction letter" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:532 msgid "" -"A correction letter can be created and linked to an electronic invoice that " -"was validated by the government." +"A correction letter can be created and linked to an electronic invoice for " +"goods (NF-e) that was validated by the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:535 msgid "" "This can be done in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Correction Letter` and " "adding a correction :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. To send " @@ -21882,11 +23640,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Correction letter reason in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:543 +msgid "" +"Correction letters are only available for electronic invoices for goods " +"(NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:546 msgid "Invalidate invoice number range" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:548 msgid "" "A range of sequences that are assigned to sales journals can be invalidated " "with the government if they are not currently used, **and** will not be used" @@ -21905,13 +23669,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Number range invalidation wizard in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:562 +msgid "" +"Invalidate invoice number range documents are only available for electronic " +"invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:566 msgid "" "The log of the canceled numbers along with the XML file are recorded in the " "chatter of the journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:572 msgid "" "On the vendor bills side, when receiving an invoice from a supplier, you can" " encode the bill in Odoo by adding all the commercial information together " @@ -21919,31 +23689,28 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`customer invoices `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:576 msgid "These Brazilian specific fields are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:579 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: used by your vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:580 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number`: the invoice number from your supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:581 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil` (how the invoice is planned to be paid)." +":guilabel:`Freight Model`: **NF-e specific** how goods are planned to be " +"transported - domestic" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:472 -msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type` used by your vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:473 -msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number` (the invoice number from your supplier)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:582 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Freight Model` (how goods are planned to be transported - " -"domestic)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:475 -msgid ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` (who is doing the transportation)." +":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil`: **NF-e specific** who is doing the " +"transportation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:3 @@ -22415,20 +24182,6 @@ msgid "" " new or existing contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1096 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1097 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:293 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:97 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" @@ -28620,113 +30373,1145 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hong Kong" msgstr "Hong Kong" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:6 -msgid "Add FPS QR codes to invoices" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:8 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get the latest " +"features of the Hong Kong localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:18 +msgid "`l10n_hk`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The base module to manage chart of accounting and localization for Hong " +"Kong." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:20 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:21 +msgid "`l10n_hk_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Enables :ref:`payroll ` specific localization features " +"for Odoo *Payroll* app. This module also installs :guilabel:`Hong Kong - " +"Payroll with Accounting` and :guilabel:`Documents - Hong Kong Payroll`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:26 +msgid "`l10n_hk_hr_payroll_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:27 +msgid "Installs the link between Hong Kong payroll and accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Documents - Hong Kong Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:29 +msgid "`documents_l10n_hk_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:30 +msgid "Integrates employee ir56 forms in the Odoo *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:33 +msgid "FPS QR codes on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:35 msgid "" ":abbr:`FPS (Faster Payment System)` is a payment service platform that " "allows customers to make instant domestic payments to individuals and " "merchants in Hong Kong dollars or Renminbi via online and mobile banking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:12 msgid "Activate QR codes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:42 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " -":guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` " -"feature." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under " +"the :guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, tick the checkbox beside the " +":guilabel:`QR Codes` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:47 msgid "FPS bank account configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:49 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"select the bank account for which you want to activate FPS. Set the " -":guilabel:`Proxy Type` and fill in the :guilabel:`Proxy Value` field " -"depending on the type you chose." +"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts app --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts " +"section --> Bank Accounts`. Then select the bank account for FPS activation." +" Proceed to set the :guilabel:`Proxy Type` and fill in the :guilabel:`Proxy " +"Value` field, depending on the type chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:53 msgid "" -"The account holder's country must be set to Hong Kong on its contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:27 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:27 -msgid "" -"You could also include the invoice number in the QR code by checking the " +"Remember to include the invoice number in the QR code, by ticking the " ":guilabel:`Include Reference` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "FPS bank account configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The account holder's country **must** be set to `Hong Kong` on their contact" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/bank`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:147 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:37 msgid "Bank journal configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:69 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the " -"bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " -":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Journals` and " +"open the bank journal. Then, fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` fields, located in the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 -msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration" +msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:78 msgid "Issue invoices with FPS QR codes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:158 msgid "" "When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" -" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to *EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code*." +" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to :guilabel:`EMV Merchant-Presented QR-" +"code`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 -msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option" +msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:87 msgid "" -"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " -"Odoo uses this field to generate the FPS QR code." +"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is configured, as Odoo uses this " +"field to generate the FPS QR code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Ensure the :guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll` (`l10n_hk_hr_payroll`) module is " +"installed before proceeding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:100 +msgid "Create employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Employees` app and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, " +"configure the following fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:105 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: :guilabel:`HK Standard 40 hours/week` option " +"**must** be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:109 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Surname, Given Name, Name in Chinese`: name of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:112 +msgid ":guilabel:`Private Address`: address of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:113 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bank Account Number`: employee's bank account number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Current Rental`: employee's rental records (if rental allowance " +"is applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Autopay Type`: :guilabel:`BBAN`, :guilabel:`SVID`, " +":guilabel:`EMAL`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Autopay Reference`: autopay reference number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Identification No`: HKID of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Gender`: gender of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:121 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Bank Account Number`, this account should be set as " +":guilabel:`Trusted` before further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:124 +msgid "" +"To achieve this, click on the right-arrow button next to :guilabel:`Bank " +"Account Number` field. Set the :guilabel:`Send Money` to :guilabel:`Trusted`" +" by clicking on the toggle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:128 +msgid "" +"To populate the :guilabel:`Current Rental`, click on the :guilabel:`History`" +" button. Then, click on :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the relevant details and " +"save the rental record. Upon saving the record, the rental contract " +":guilabel:`state` will be visible (at the top-right corner) and can be set " +"to :guilabel:`Running`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:133 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`HR Settings` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Volunteer Contribution Option`: select either :guilabel:`Only " +"Mandatory Contribution`, :guilabel:`With Fixed %VC`, or :guilabel:`Cap 5% " +"VC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:137 +msgid ":guilabel:`MPF Manulife Account`: account number, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:142 +msgid "Manage contracts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once the new employee has been created, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` " +"smart button on the employee record, or navigate to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Employees --> Contracts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Only **one** contract can be active simultaneously per employee, but an " +"employee can be assigned consecutive contracts during their employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:151 +msgid "The following are critical for setting up a contract:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: set as :guilabel:`CAP57: Hong Kong " +"Employee`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:154 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: start date of employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: set as :guilabel:`HK Standard 40 hours/week` " +"(from employee record)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select either :guilabel:`Working Schedule`, " +":guilabel:`Attendances` or :guilabel:`Planning`. This field determines how " +"the work entries are accounted for in the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:160 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: the work entries are generated automatically " +"based on the employee's working schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendances`: the work entries are generated based on the check-" +"in/out period logged in the *Attendances*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: the work entries are generated from planning shifts " +"only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:166 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Salary Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` for Full-time or Part-" +"time employees, or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage` for employees who are paid " +"hourly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:170 +msgid ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: the frequency of payslip issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage`: :guilabel:`Monthly` or :guilabel:`Hourly` depending on the" +" :guilabel:`Wage Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internet Subscription`: this is an **optional** field to provide " +"additional internet allowance on top of the current salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:177 +msgid "Timesheets do **not** impact work entries in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Once all information has been setup, set the contract status to " +":guilabel:`Running` by clicking the :guilabel:`Running` button in the top-" +"right of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong employment contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:189 +msgid "Generate payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Once the employees, and their contracts, are configured, payslips can be " +"generated in the *Payroll* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides **four** different salary structures under CAP57 regulation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:196 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Employees Monthly Pay`: to process the monthly employee " +"salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice`: to process final payment upon " +"contract termination using :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:199 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Long Service Payment`: applicable to employees with more " +"than five years of service upon contract termination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Severance Payment`: applicable to employees with more than" +" two years of service upon contract termination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Before running the payslips, the accounts used in the salary rule can be " +"adjusted by navigating to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> " +"Rules`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Salary Rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Odoo can create pay runs in two ways: via :ref:`batch " +"` or :ref:`individual " +"` payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:217 +msgid "Batch payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:219 +msgid "" +"This method of payslip generation is used for recurring payments, since " +"multiple employee payslips can be managed at once. Go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:514 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Batch Name` (e.g. `2024 - Jan`) and :guilabel:`Period` " +"(e.g. `01/01/2024` - `01/31/2024`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:225 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Generate Payslips`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Choose which :guilabel:`Salary Structure` to use for this batch. The " +"department filter allows the batch to only apply to a specific group of " +"employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:228 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Generate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:229 +msgid "A :guilabel:`Payslips` smart button is created automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` to generate a draft journal entry" +" found in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of each payslip. A " +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears asking :guilabel:`Are you " +"sure you want to proceed?`. Click :guilabel:`Ok` to create the journal " +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:238 +msgid "Individual payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:240 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> All Payslips`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:242 +msgid "" +"This method of payslip generation is commonly used to handle non-recurring " +"payments (e.g. :guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice`, " +":guilabel:`CAP57: Long Service Payment` or :guilabel:`CAP57: Severance " +"Payment`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Select an :guilabel:`Employee`. When selected, the :guilabel:`Contract` is " +"filled out automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:249 +msgid "Add a pay :guilabel:`Period`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Select a salary :guilabel:`Structure` (e.g. :guilabel:`CAP57: Employees " +"Monthly Pay`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Worked Days & Inputs` tab automatically compute the worked " +"days/hours and time off leaves that are applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Additional payslip items can be added at this time (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Commissions`, :guilabel:`Deductions`) under the :guilabel:`Other " +"Inputs` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button to generate the payslip lines. " +"This button updates the :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:259 +msgid "" +"If the work entry for an employee was amended, click the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Recompute Whole Sheet` to " +"refresh the payslip's :guilabel:`Worked Days & Inputs` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:263 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab shows the detailed breakdown of the " +"computation, based on the salary rules configured for each structure type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rent Allowance`: amount derived from the employee's active rental" +" record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Basic Salary`: amount of base salary provided (after rent " +"allowance deduction)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`713 Gross`: net payable amount considering *Commission*, " +"*Internet Allowance*, *Reimbursements*, *Back-pay*, *Deduction*, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:270 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`MPF Gross`: net payable amount from 713 gross after consideration" +" of additional allowances, deductions, and end-of-year payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:272 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Mandatory Contribution`: employee MPF Contribution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:273 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employer Mandatory Contribution`: employer MPF Contribution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gross`: net payable amount from MPF gross after consideration of " +"MPF deductions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:275 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Net Salary`: final payable amount to be paid to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:278 +msgid "" +"There are no MPF contributions for the first month. Both employee and " +"employer contribution starts on second month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Salary computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` section in :guilabel:`Worked Days & " +"Inputs` tab, there are additional manual input types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Back Pay`: additional salary payout can be included under this " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:289 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Commission`: the commission earned during the period can be " +"manually entered here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Global Deduction`: a lump-sum deduction from the entire payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:291 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Global Reimbursement`: a lump-sum reimbursement to the entire " +"payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:292 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referral Fee`: the additional bonus offered for any form of " +"business-related referral." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Moving Daily Wage`: to override the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily " +"Wage)` value used for leaves computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skip Rent Allowance`: if set, the rental allowance is excluded " +"from the current payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Average Monthly Salary`: to override the average monthly " +"salary used for end-of-year payment (rule is only applicable to payslips " +"generated in December)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lieu of Notice Period (Months)`: only applicable to " +":guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice` salary structure. By default, " +"the final payout is set as 1-month. Use the :guilabel:`Count` field under " +"the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` section to set a different notice period " +"duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:304 +msgid "" +"Once the payslips are ready, click on :guilabel:`Compute Sheet`, followed by" +" :guilabel:`Create Draft entry` to generate a draft journal entry found in " +"the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Once the draft journal entries have been posted, the company can now pay the" +" employees. The user can choose between **two** different *payment methods*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:313 +msgid "" +"From the employee's payslip (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> " +"All Payslips`), once the payslip's journal entry has been posted, click " +":guilabel:`Register Payment`. The process is the same as :doc:`paying vendor" +" bills <../accounting/payments>`. Select the desired bank journal and " +"payment method, then later reconcile the payment with the corresponding bank" +" statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:317 +msgid "" +"For batch payments (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`), " +"once all draft journal entries from the batch are confirmed, click " +":guilabel:`Mark as Paid` to post the payment journal entry. Then " +":doc:`create a payment <../accounting/payments>` in the *Accounting* app, " +"and reconcile accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:323 +msgid "Attendances and hourly wage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:325 +msgid "" +"To configure the contract for an employee paid hourly using the " +"*Attendances* app for hours tracking, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll " +"app --> Contracts --> Contracts`. Create a new :ref:`contract " +"`. It is important to remember to set the " +":guilabel:`Work Entry Source` as :guilabel:`Attendances`, and " +":guilabel:`Wage Type` as :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:331 +msgid "To record the hours logged by the employee using *Attendances* app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:333 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Attendances app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:334 +msgid "" +"The employee can check-in/out, via the kiosk mode and the time will be " +"logged automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:335 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Payroll app`, review the attendance work entries " +"generated from :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Work Entries --> Work " +"Entries`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:337 +msgid "" +"Next, generate the :ref:`payslips ` and process " +"the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Attendance Work Entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Attendance Payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:348 +msgid "Time Off with Payroll" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:350 +msgid "" +"The work entry types and time off types are fully integrated between the " +"*Time Off* and *Payroll* apps. There are several default time off types and " +"work entry types specific to Hong Kong which are installed automatically " +"along with the *Hong Kong - Payroll* module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types` " +"and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:356 +msgid "" +"There are two checkboxes to be considered when setting up the work entry " +"type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use 713`: Include this leave type as part of 713 computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:359 +msgid ":guilabel:`Non-full pay`: 80% of the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Work Entry Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:366 +msgid "" +":ref:`Creating and configuring work entry types `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:369 +msgid "Understanding 713 Ordinance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:371 +msgid "" +"The *Hong Kong - Payroll* module is compliant with 713 Ordinance which " +"relates to the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` computation to ensure fair " +"compensation for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:374 +msgid "The ADW computation is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:379 +msgid "Hong Kong ADW Formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:379 +msgid "" +":abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` equals the total wage in a 12-month period," +" minus the wages of non-full pay, divided by the total days in a 12-month " +"period minus the days of non-full pay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:383 +msgid "" +"For 418 compliance, there is no automated allocation of the *Statutory " +"Holiday* entitlement to the employees. As soon as 418 requirements are met, " +"manually allocate the leaves, via the *Time Off* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Before generating payslips, ensure the statuses are :guilabel:`Done` to " +"validate the outcome." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:393 +msgid "Period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:394 +msgid "Days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:395 +msgid "Wage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:396 +msgid "Commission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:398 +msgid "ADW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:399 +msgid "Leave Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:400 +msgid "Jan" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:415 +msgid "31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:409 +msgid "$20200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:405 +msgid "$651.61 ($20200/31)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:413 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:407 +msgid "Feb" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:408 +msgid "28" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:410 +msgid "$5000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:411 +msgid "$25200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:412 +msgid "$769.49 ($45400/59)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:414 +msgid "Mar (One Day Annual Leave)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:418 +msgid "$20324.33" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:419 +msgid "$730.27 ($65724.33/90)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:420 +msgid "$769.49" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:421 +msgid "Apr (One Day 80% Sick Leave)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:423 +msgid "$20117.56" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:427 +msgid "$584.22 ($730.27*0.8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:430 +msgid "Here is an example demonstrating the 713 logic:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:432 +msgid "" +"**Jan**: Generate a payslip with a monthly wage of $20200. The :abbr:`ADW " +"(Average Daily Wage)` is always computed on a cumulative basis of the " +"trailing 12-months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:434 +msgid "" +"**Feb**: Generate a similar payslip, but add an :guilabel:`Other Input Type`" +" for the :guilabel:`Commission`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Mar**: Apply for **one** full-paid annual leave in March. The salary " +"compensation for the leave taken is based on :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily " +"Wage)` thus far." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:0 +msgid "Hong Kong March 713." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:443 +msgid "" +"**Apr**: Apply for a 1-day non-full pay leave in April. Since this is a non-" +"full pay leave, the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` is computed " +"accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:0 +msgid "Hong Kong April 713." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:451 +msgid "" +"The value of :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` is computed in the backend, " +"and not be visible to the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:455 +msgid "" +"`HK 713 Ordinance " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:456 +msgid "" +"`HK 418 Ordinance `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:459 +msgid "Generate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:461 +msgid "" +"Before generating the below reports, setup the following in " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Payroll`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:464 +msgid "Configure the following in the :guilabel:`Accounting` section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:466 +msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`Payroll HSBC Autopay` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:468 +msgid ":guilabel:`Autopay Type`: Set as :guilabel:`H2H Submission`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:469 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Bank Account` to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:471 +msgid "Configure the following in the :guilabel:`HK Localization` section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:473 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employer's Name shows on reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:474 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employer's File Number`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:475 +msgid ":guilabel:`Manulife MPF Scheme`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Payroll Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:482 +msgid "IRD report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:484 +msgid "There are a total of **four** IRD reports available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:486 +msgid ":guilabel:`IR56B`: employer's Return of Remuneration and Pensions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:487 +msgid ":guilabel:`IR56E`: notification of Commencement of Employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:488 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`IR56F`: notification of Ceasation of Employment (remaining in " +"HK)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:489 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`IR56G`: notification of Ceasation of Employment (departing from " +"HK permanently)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:491 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting`, and select one of the " +":guilabel:`IR56B/E/F/G Sheet` options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:495 +msgid "Fill in the relevant information for the IRD report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:496 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Populate`, and the :guilabel:`Eligible Employees` smart " +"button appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:497 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Employee Declarations` status is :guilabel:`Draft` and " +"changed to :guilabel:`Generated PDF` status once the schedule runs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:499 +msgid "Once the PDF is generated, the IRD form may be downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong IR56B report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:506 +msgid "" +"The scheduled action called *Payroll: Generate pdfs* can be manually " +"triggered. It is set by default to run the PDF generation monthly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:510 +msgid "Manulife MPF sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:512 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting --> Manulife MPF Sheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:515 +msgid "" +"Select the relevant :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Month`, and " +":guilabel:`Sequence No.`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:516 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create XLSX`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:517 +msgid "" +"The *Manulife MPF XLSX* file is then generated, and available for download." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Manulife Sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Odoo will not be developing further reports for other MPF trustee as there " +"will soon be an eMPF platform setup by the local government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:528 +msgid "`eMPF `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:531 +msgid "HSBC autopay report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:533 +msgid "" +"If *HSBC Autopay* is selected as the batch payment method, click on " +":guilabel:`Create HSBC Autopay Report`, and fill in the mandatory fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong HSBC Autopay wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:540 +msgid "" +"This creates an :file:`.apc` file format which can be uploaded to the HSCB " +"portal for processing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:3 @@ -35447,6 +38232,15 @@ msgid "" "online and mobile banking." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` " +"feature." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 msgid "PayNow bank account configuration" @@ -35465,10 +38259,44 @@ msgid "" "The account holder's country must be set to Singapore on its contact form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You could also include the invoice number in the QR code by checking the " +":guilabel:`Include Reference` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the " +"bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 +msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:45 msgid "Issue invoices with PayNow QR codes" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" +" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to *EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 +msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:53 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " @@ -36358,13 +39186,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Issue invoices with PromptPay QR code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:158 -msgid "" -"When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" -" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to :guilabel:`EMV Merchant-Presented QR-" -"code`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:164 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " @@ -39839,9 +42660,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:33 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` section, enter your Odoo database URL (e.g., " -"`https://example.odoo.com`) in the field :guilabel:`Invoices paid` and click" -" the :guilabel:`Test and save` button next to it." +"In the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` section, enter your Odoo database's URL, " +"followed by `/payment/xendit/webhook` (e.g., " +"`https://example.odoo.com/payment/xendit/webhook`) in the field " +":guilabel:`Invoices paid` and click the :guilabel:`Test and save` button " +"next to it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:40 diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 86f72e276..846d5d239 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -8,17 +8,17 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2024 # Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2024 # Jolien De Paepe, 2024 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Erwin van der Ploeg , 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Erwin van der Ploeg , 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1909,60 +1909,42 @@ msgstr "" "in het **vet** weergegeven." #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:5 -msgid "Developer Mode (debug mode)" -msgstr "Ontwikkelaarsmodus (debugmodus)" +msgid "Developer mode (debug mode)" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:7 msgid "" -"The developer mode (or debug mode) unlocks access to extra and advanced " -"tools in Odoo. There are several ways to activate the developer mode: " -"through the :ref:`settings `, the " -":ref:`browser extension `, through" -" the :ref:`command palette ` or the" -" :ref:`URL `." +"The developer mode, also known as debug mode, unlocks access to advanced " +":ref:`tools and settings ` in Odoo." msgstr "" -"De ontwikkelaarsmodus (of debugmodus) geeft toegang tot extra en " -"geavanceerde tools in Odoo. Er zijn verschillende manieren om de " -"ontwikkelaarsmodus te activeren: in de :ref:`instellingen " -"`, via de :ref:`browserextensie " -"`, via het :ref:`command palette " -"` of de :ref:`URL " -"`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:17 -msgid "Activate through the Settings" -msgstr "Activeren in de Instellingen" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:11 msgid "" -"The debug mode can be activated in the Odoo database settings. Go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Developer Tools` and click" -" on :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`. At least one application needs " -"to be installed for the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` section to appear in the" -" :guilabel:`Settings` module." +"Proceed with caution, as some developer tools and technical settings are " +"considered advanced and may have associated risks. Only use them if you " +"understand the implications and are confident in your actions." msgstr "" -"De debugmodus kan worden geactiveerd in de instellingen van de Odoo " -"database. Ga naar :menuselection:`Instellingen --> Algemene instellingen -->" -" Ontwikkelaarstools` en klik op :guilabel:`Activeer de ontwikkelaarsmodus`. " -"Er moet minstens één applicatie geïnstalleerd zijn voordat de sectie " -":guilabel:`Ontwikkelaarstools` verschijnt in de :guilabel:`Instellingen` " -"module." -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of the debug options under settings in Odoo." -msgstr "Overzicht van de debugopties in de instellingen in Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:16 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with assets)` is used by developers;" -" :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with tests assets)` is used by " -"developers and testers." +"The developer mode is also available with :ref:`assets " +"`, which are used to debug JavaScript " +"code, and with :ref:`tests assets `, " +"which are used to run test tours." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Activeer de ontwikkelaarsmodus (met assets)` wordt gebruikt door " -"ontwikkelaars; :guilabel:`Activeer de ontwikkelaarsmodus (met test assets)` " -"wordt gebruikt door ontwikkelaars en testers." -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:23 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Activeren" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To activate it, open the :guilabel:`Settings` app, scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Developer Tools` section, and click :guilabel:`Activate the " +"developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:28 msgid "" "Once activated, the :guilabel:`Deactivate the developer mode` option becomes" " available." @@ -1970,129 +1952,71 @@ msgstr "" "Eenmaal geactiveerd, wordt de optie :guilabel:`Deactiveer de " "ontwikkelaarsmodus` beschikbaar." +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 +msgid "Activating the developer mode in the Settings app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To activate the developer mode **from anywhere in the database**, add " +"`?debug=1` to the URL after `/web` (e.g., " +"`https://example.odoo.com/web?debug=1#action=menu&cids=1`). To deactivate " +"it, use `?debug=0` instead." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:37 -msgid "Activate through the browser extension" -msgstr "Activeren via de browserextensie" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:39 msgid "" -"Within a web browser, navigate to the browser settings and extensions and " -"search for the `Odoo Debug` extension. Once the extension is installed, a " -"new icon will be shown on the browser's toolbar." +"Use `?debug=assets` to activate the developer mode with assets and " +"`?debug=tests` to activate it with tests assets." msgstr "" -"Ga in een webbrowser naar de browserinstellingen en -extensies en zoek naar " -"de `Odoo Debug` extensie. Eens de extensie is geïnstalleerd, verschijnt er " -"een nieuw icoontje op de werkbalk van de browser." -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:41 msgid "" -"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " -"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" -" a single click." +"Open the **command palette** by pressing `Ctrl + K` or `Cmd ⌘ + K`, then " +"type `debug` to activate the developer mode with assets or deactivate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:44 +msgid "Browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The `Odoo Debug `_ browser extension " +"adds an icon to toggle developer mode on or off from the browser's toolbar. " +"It is available on the `Chrome Web Store " +"`_ and `Firefox Add-ons " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:54 +msgid "Developer tools and technical menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once the developer mode is activated, the developer tools can be accessed by" +" clicking the :icon:`fa-bug` :guilabel:`(bug)` icon. The menu contains tools" +" useful for understanding or editing technical data, such as a view's field," +" filters, or actions. The options available depend on where the menu is " +"accessed from." msgstr "" -"Een enkele klik op de *Odoo Debug* extensie activeert een normale versie van" -" de modus, een dubbele klik activeert de modus met assets. Klik eenmaal om " -"de modus uit te schakelen." #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "View of Odoo's debug icon in a Google Chrome toolbar." -msgstr "Weergave van het icoontje Odoo Debug in de Google Chrome werkbalk." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:53 -msgid "Activate through the command palette" -msgstr "Activeren via het command palette" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the command palette tool has a command to activate the debug mode. " -"First, open the command palette tool with the keyboard shortcut `ctrl+k` and" -" then type `debug`. A command will show up to activate the debug mode." +msgid "Accessing the developer tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Database administrators can access the technical menu from the " +":guilabel:`Settings` app. It contains advanced database settings, such as " +"ones related to the database structure, security, actions, etc." msgstr "" -"In Odoo heeft het command palette een commando om de debugmodus te " -"activeren. Open eerst het command palette met de sneltoets `ctrl+k` en typ " -"`debug`. Er verschijnt een commando om de debugmodus te activeren." #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Command palette with debug command." -msgstr "Command palette met debug commando." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:68 -msgid "Activate through the URL" -msgstr "Activeren via de URL" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The debug mode can also be activated by adding an extra query string to the " -"database's URL. In the URL, add `?debug=1` or `?debug=true` after `/web`. To" -" deactivate the debug mode, change the value to `?debug=0` instead." +msgid "Accessing the technical menu" msgstr "" -"De debugmodus kan ook worden geactiveerd door een extra querystring toe te " -"voegen aan de URL van de database. Voeg in de URL `?debug=1` of " -"`?debug=true` toe na `/web`. Als je de debugmodus wilt deactiveren, verander" -" de waarde in `?debug=0`." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a URL with the debug mode command added." -msgstr "Weergave van een URL waaraan het commando debugmodus is toegevoegd." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Additional modes are available for developers: `?debug=assets` enables the " -":ref:`assets mode `, and " -"`?debug=tests` enables the :ref:`tests mode " -"`." -msgstr "" -"Er zijn extra modi beschikbaar voor ontwikkelaars: `?debug=assets` activeert" -" de :ref:`assetmodus `, en " -"`?debug=tests` activeert de :ref:`testmodus " -"`." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:86 -msgid "Locate the developer mode tools" -msgstr "De ontwikkelaarstools vinden" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Once developer mode is activated, the developer mode tools can be accessed " -"from the :guilabel:`Open Developer Tools` button, the bug icon located in " -"the header of the Odoo database." -msgstr "" -"Zodra de ontwikkelaarsmodus is geactiveerd, zijn de ontwikkelaarstools " -"toegankelijk via de knop :guilabel:`Open de ontwikkelaarstools`, het " -"insecticoontje in de koptekst van de Odoo database." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a console page and the debug icon being shown in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Overzicht van een consolepagina en weergave van het debugicoontje in Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:95 -msgid "" -"This menu contains additional tools that are useful to understand or edit " -"technical data, such as the views or actions of a page. On a page that has " -"filters, actions, and view options, the developer mode tools contain some " -"useful menu items such as:" -msgstr "" -"Dit menu bevat extra tools die handig zijn om technische gegevens te " -"begrijpen of te bewerken, zoals de weergaves of de acties van een pagina. Op" -" een pagina met filters, acties en weergaveopties, bevatten de " -"ontwikkelaarstools een aantal handige menu-items, zoals:" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:99 -msgid ":guilabel:`Edit Action`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Bewerken`" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:100 -msgid ":guilabel:`Manage Filters`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Filters beheren`" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:101 -msgid "Edit the current view (e.g. Kanban, List, Graph, etc.)" -msgstr "De huidige weergave bewerken (bijv. kanban, lijst, grafiek, enz.)" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:102 -msgid "See the :guilabel:`Fields View Get`" -msgstr "Zie :guilabel:`Velden weergeven`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:5 msgid "Email communication" @@ -2866,11 +2790,11 @@ msgstr "" " met een gratis tool zoals `DKIM Core `_. Als " "er om een selector wordt gevraagd, voer dan `odoo` in." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 msgid "Check the DMARC policy" msgstr "Het DMARC-beleid controleren" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:104 msgid "" "The Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance (DMARC) " "record is a protocol that unifies :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` and " @@ -2889,15 +2813,15 @@ msgstr "" " Framework)` en/of :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` controle niet " "doorstaat." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 msgid "DMARC: TXT record" msgstr "DMARC: TXT record" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 msgid "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`" msgstr "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:116 msgid "" "There are three :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` policies:" @@ -2905,20 +2829,20 @@ msgstr "" "Er zijn drie :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, &" " Conformance)` beleidslijnen:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 msgid "`p=none`" msgstr "`p=none`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:118 -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 msgid "`p=quarantine`" msgstr "`p=quarantine`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 msgid "`p=reject`" msgstr "`p=reject`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:123 msgid "" "`p=quarantine` and `p=reject` instruct the server that receives an email to " "quarantine that email or ignore it if the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy " @@ -2929,7 +2853,7 @@ msgstr "" "(Sender Policy Framework)` en/of :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` " "controle mislukt." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:127 msgid "" "If the domain name uses :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` and has defined one of these policies, the domain" @@ -2941,7 +2865,7 @@ msgstr "" "bepaald, moet het domein aan :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` voldoen " "of :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` inschakelen." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:132 msgid "" "Yahoo or AOL are examples of email providers with a :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-" "based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` policy set to " @@ -2955,7 +2879,7 @@ msgstr "" "*@aol.com* adres te gebruiken voor de gebruikers van de database. Deze " "e-mails zullen de ontvanger nooit bereiken." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:137 msgid "" "`p=none` is used for the domain owner to receive reports about entities " "using their domain. It should not impact the deliverability if the " @@ -2967,7 +2891,7 @@ msgstr "" " afleverbaarheid als de :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` controle mislukt." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:141 msgid "" ":abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` records are comprised of tags in the form of :abbr:`DNS " @@ -2993,115 +2917,115 @@ msgstr "" "het :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` beleid in eerste instantie niet te beperkend zijn." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:150 msgid "The following chart displays available tags:" msgstr "Onderstaande tabel toont de beschikbare tags:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 msgid "Tag Name" msgstr "Labelnaam" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 msgid "Purpose" msgstr "Doel" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 msgid "Example" msgstr "Voorbeeld" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 msgid "v" msgstr "v" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 msgid "Protocol version" msgstr "Protocolversie" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 msgid "`v=DMARC1`" msgstr "`v=DMARC1`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 msgid "pct" msgstr "pct" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 msgid "Percentage of messages subjected to filtering" msgstr "Percentage berichten dat wordt gefilterd" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 msgid "`pct=20`" msgstr "`pct=20`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 msgid "ruf" msgstr "ruf" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 msgid "Reporting URI for forensic reports" msgstr "Rapportage-URI voor forensische rapporten" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 msgid "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" msgstr "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 msgid "rua" msgstr "rua" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 msgid "Reporting URI of aggregate reports" msgstr "Rapportage-URI van samengevoegde rapporten" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 msgid "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" msgstr "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 msgid "p" msgstr "p" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 msgid "Policy for organizational domain" msgstr "Beleid voor organisatiedomein" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 msgid "sp" msgstr "sp" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 msgid "Policy for subdomains of the OD" msgstr "Beleid voor subdomeinen van het organisatiedomein" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 msgid "`sp=reject`" msgstr "`sp=reject`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 msgid "adkim" msgstr "adkim" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 msgid "Alignment mode for DKIM" msgstr "Uitlijnmodus voor DKIM" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 msgid "`adkim=s`" msgstr "`adkim=s`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 msgid "aspf" msgstr "aspf" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:181 msgid "Alignment mode for SPF" msgstr "Uitlijnmodus voor SPF" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 msgid "`aspf=r`" msgstr "`aspf=r`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:184 msgid "" "Check the :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` record of a domain name with a tool like `MXToolbox DMARC " @@ -3111,7 +3035,7 @@ msgstr "" "& Conformance)` record van een domeinnaam met een tool zoals `MXToolbox " "DMARC `_." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:188 msgid "" "`DMARC.org is another great resource to learn about DMARC records. " "`_" @@ -3119,73 +3043,73 @@ msgstr "" "`DMARC.org is een andere goede bron om meer informatie te bekomen over DMARC" " records. `_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 msgid "SPF, DKIM & DMARC documentation of common providers" msgstr "SPF, DKIM & DMARC documentatie van veelvoorkomende providers" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 -msgid "" -"`OVH DNS " -"`_" -msgstr "" -"`OVH DNS " -"`_" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:195 -msgid "" -"`OVH SPF `_" -msgstr "" -"`OVH SPF `_" - #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:196 msgid "" -"`GoDaddy TXT record `_" +"`OVH DNS " +"`_" msgstr "" -"`GoDaddy TXT record `_" +"`OVH DNS " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 -msgid "`GoDaddy SPF `_" -msgstr "`GoDaddy SPF `_" +msgid "" +"`OVH SPF `_" +msgstr "" +"`OVH SPF `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 msgid "" -"`GoDaddy DKIM `_" +"`GoDaddy TXT record `_" msgstr "" -"`GoDaddy DKIM `_" +"`GoDaddy TXT record `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 +msgid "`GoDaddy SPF `_" +msgstr "`GoDaddy SPF `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:200 msgid "" -"`NameCheap " -"`_" +"`GoDaddy DKIM `_" msgstr "" -"`NameCheap " -"`_" +"`GoDaddy DKIM `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:201 msgid "" -"`CloudFlare DNS `_" +"`NameCheap " +"`_" msgstr "" -"`CloudFlare DNS `_" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:202 -msgid "" -"`Google Domains `_" -msgstr "" -"`Google Domains `_" +"`NameCheap " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 msgid "" +"`CloudFlare DNS `_" +msgstr "" +"`CloudFlare DNS `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:204 +msgid "" +"`Google Domains `_" +msgstr "" +"`Google Domains `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 +msgid "" "`Azure DNS `_" msgstr "" "`Azure DNS `_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:207 msgid "" "To fully test the configuration, use the `Mail-Tester `_ tool, which gives a full overview of the content and " @@ -3198,7 +3122,7 @@ msgstr "" "worden gebruikt om records te configureren voor andere, minder bekende " "providers." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:212 msgid "" "`Using Mail-Tester to set SPF Records for specific carriers " "`_" @@ -8699,10 +8623,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 msgid "" "To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation " -"package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download " -"page `_. Next, install and setup the Odoo " -":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " -"start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +"package for Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download page " +"`_. Next, install and setup the Odoo :file:`.exe`" +" file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to start the " +"installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 @@ -9219,10 +9143,22 @@ msgid "" "Odoo uninstall guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:7 msgid "Devices" msgstr "Apparaten" +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:21 +msgid "" +":doc:`Worldline payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:23 +msgid "" +":doc:`Ingenico payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 msgid "Connect a camera" msgstr "" @@ -10873,9 +10809,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:126 msgid "" "On a form, navigate to any field, and hover over the field name. A box of " -"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Object`" -" name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be" -" added." +"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Model` " +"name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be " +"added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:0 diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 89f5a766b..6fe560c4d 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -28,13 +28,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Human resources" msgstr "Personeelszaken" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 msgid "Appraisals" msgstr "Evaluaties" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, the *Appraisals* application can be used to evaluate employee " "performance on a recurring basis. Managers can evaluate the performance of " @@ -43,28 +43,28 @@ msgid "" "desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:12 msgid "" "Appraisals give employees valuable feedback, including actionable goals to " "work toward, and measurable skills to improve upon. Additionally, appraisals" " may form the basis for raises, promotions, and other benefits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:16 msgid "" "Regular appraisals are good for both the employees and the company, since " "they can accurately measure performance based on company goals, and show " "employees where they need to improve." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:31 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Configuration` menu in the *Appraisals* application is where " "the settings can be configured, feedback templates can be edited, " @@ -72,31 +72,32 @@ msgid "" "feedback can be stored, and goal tags can be viewed/created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Instellingen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:29 msgid "" "To access the *Settings* menu, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " "application --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 msgid "Feedback templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:35 msgid "" "Feedback templates are form outlines used during an employee appraisal. Any " "edits made to a template are, ultimately, reflected in the appraisals sent " "to employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:38 msgid "" "There are two default templates pre-configured in Odoo *Appraisals*: one for" " employee feedback, and one for manager feedback. Each contains several " @@ -104,25 +105,25 @@ msgid "" " the questions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:42 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`My work`, :guilabel:`My future`, and :guilabel:`My feelings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:45 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`Feedback`, :guilabel:`Evaluation`, and :guilabel:`Improvements`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:48 msgid "" "Any desired changes to the default feedback templates can be made by making " "changes directly in each template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:54 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Appraisals` section of the settings menu determines the " "frequency that appraisals are performed, and if it is possible to request " @@ -135,56 +136,56 @@ msgid "" "enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 msgid "Appraisals plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:66 msgid "" "By default, appraisals are pre-configured to be automatically created six " "months after an employee is hired, with a second appraisal exactly six " "months after that." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:69 msgid "" "Once those two initial appraisals have been completed in the employee's " "first year, following appraisals are only created once a year (every twelve " "months)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:72 msgid "" "To modify this schedule, change the number of months in the blank fields " "under the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:76 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section is modified, **all** empty " ":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Dates` are modified for **all** employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 msgid "360 feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:82 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option can be enabled to allow managers to " "request feedback from other employees using a different survey form, at any " "time, independent of the appraisal schedule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:85 msgid "" "Typically, managers ask for feedback from other people who work with an " "employee they manage. This includes the employee's various managers, peers, " "and direct reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:88 msgid "" "To view the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey, click the :guilabel:`→ Internal" " link` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`Default Template` field. The " @@ -192,13 +193,13 @@ msgid "" " can be made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:92 msgid "" "For more information on how to edit a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:96 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` form is a pre-configured survey within the " "*Surveys* application. In order to use the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option, " @@ -206,11 +207,11 @@ msgid "" " be installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 msgid "Evaluation scale" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:103 msgid "" "On each employee appraisal form, final rating options appear by default. To " "view and edit these options, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " @@ -218,7 +219,7 @@ msgid "" "ratings in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:107 msgid "" "The pre-configured ratings are :guilabel:`Needs Improvement`, " ":guilabel:`Meets Expectations`, :guilabel:`Exceeds Expectations`, and " @@ -226,14 +227,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:111 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`New` button is clicked on the :guilabel:`Evaluation " "Scale` page, a blank line appears at the bottom of the list. Enter the name " "of the rating in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:114 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the ratings, click the :guilabel:`(six small gray " "boxes)` icon to the left of a rating, and drag the rating to the desired " @@ -246,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:124 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` section displays information for all the " "surveys currently configured in the *Appraisals* application. To view the " @@ -258,55 +259,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list view of all available surveys in the Appraisals application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:132 msgid "" "Each appraisal (or survey) is presented in its own line on the " ":guilabel:`360 Feedback` page, along with various information related to " "that particular appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 msgid "Each appraisal includes the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:137 msgid ":guilabel:`Survey Name`: the name of the specific survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the employee responsible for the survey, including " "the month and year they were given that designation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Questions`: the number of questions in that particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Duration`: the average time a user spends completing the " "survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Registered`: the number of people who have been sent the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Completed`: the number of people who have completed the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:145 msgid "" "Each appraisal also has two buttons at the end of each line: a " ":guilabel:`Test` button and a :guilabel:`See Results` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:148 msgid "" "To see what an appraisal looks like for the end user (i.e. an employee), " "click the :guilabel:`Test` button, and the appraisal loads in a new browser " @@ -314,14 +315,14 @@ msgid "" "to enter any answers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:152 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`This is a Test Survey. → Edit " "Survey` at the top of the page to be taken to the detail form for that " "particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:155 msgid "" "To view the results from everyone who completed an appraisal, click the " ":guilabel:`See Results` button. This presents all the answers for the survey" @@ -330,13 +331,13 @@ msgid "" "each question are visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:160 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`→ Edit Survey` at the top of " "the page to be taken to the detail form for that particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:163 msgid "" "In addition to viewing the responses from past appraisals and surveys, new " "surveys can also be created from the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` page. Simply " @@ -344,123 +345,77 @@ msgid "" " survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:167 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:171 msgid "" "In previous versions of Odoo, this section was referred to as " ":guilabel:`Surveys`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:172 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "Labels" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 -msgid "" -"An additional feature of the *Appraisals* application is the ability to set " -":ref:`goals ` for employees. On each goal form, there is a" -" field to add tags. The available tags are pulled from a list that is " -"configured from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To view a list of all existing goal tags, and to create new tags, go to the " -":guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, by navigating to :menuselection:`Appraisals " -"application --> Configuration --> Tags`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:181 -msgid "All currently configured tags are presented in a list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:183 -msgid "" -"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " -"all tags need to be added from this list, or directly from the goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 -msgid "" -"To create a new tag from the :guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, click the " -":guilabel:`New` button, and a blank line appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the tag on the line. Then, press the enter key to save the" -" tag, and create a new blank line. Repeat this for all tags that need to be " -"added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:192 -msgid "The list of tags is automatically arranged in alphabetical order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:176 msgid "" "Navigate to the main *Appraisals* dashboard by opening the " ":guilabel:`Appraisals` application. The :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard is " "the default view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:179 msgid "" "To view the dashboard at any point in the application, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Appraisals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:182 msgid "" "All appraisals are displayed on the dashboard in a Kanban view, by default, " "with a list of groupings on the left side of the dashboard, including " ":guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Department`, and :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 msgid "" "Click any grouping option to view appraisals for **only** the chosen " "selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 msgid "" "Only groupings with multiple selections appear in the list. For example, if " "a database only has one company, the :guilabel:`Company` grouping does " "**not** appear, since there is no other company to select." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:193 msgid "Each appraisal card displays the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: the department the employee is associated with." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company the employee works for. This only appears " "in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date`: the date the appraisal was requested, or is scheduled for " "in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activities`: any activities that are scheduled for the appraisal," " such as :guilabel:`Meetings` or :guilabel:`Phone Calls.` If no activities " @@ -468,13 +423,13 @@ msgid "" "icon, located in the bottom-left corner of an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:204 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: the employee's manager, indicated by the profile icon " "in the bottom-right corner of an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:206 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status banner`: the status of the appraisal. A banner appears if " "an appraisal is marked as either :guilabel:`Canceled` or :guilabel:`Done`. " @@ -482,7 +437,7 @@ msgid "" "not been scheduled yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 msgid "" "To view the details of any appraisal, click on the card to open the " "appraisal form." @@ -492,22 +447,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Appraisals dashboard with each appraisal in its own box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 msgid "New appraisal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new appraisal, click the :guilabel:`New` button at the top of " "the :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard to load a blank appraisal form. Then, " "enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:222 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:223 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu. " "The manager is responsible for completing the :guilabel:`Manager's Feedback`" @@ -515,7 +470,7 @@ msgid "" "selected, if they have a manager set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appraisal Date`: the current date is automatically entered in " "this field. This field is automatically updated once the appraisal is " @@ -523,39 +478,39 @@ msgid "" "cancellation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu. This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have" " a department set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:233 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the employee's company from the drop-down menu. " "This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have a " "company set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 msgid "" "The only required fields for the appraisal form are the employee's " ":guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Manager`, and the :guilabel:`Company`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:241 msgid "" "Once the form is complete, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm " "the appraisal request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 msgid "" "Once confirmed, the employee receives an email stating that an appraisal was" " requested, and is then prompted to schedule an appraisal date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:246 msgid "" "The status changes to :guilabel:`Confirmed`, and the :guilabel:`Employee's " "Feedback` section of the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab is grayed out. The " @@ -564,18 +519,18 @@ msgid "" "once the appraisal request is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 msgid "" "If there are any existing appraisals for the employee, an " ":guilabel:`Appraisal` smart button appears at the top of the page, listing " "the total number of appraisals there are for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:255 msgid "Ask for feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:257 msgid "" "As part of the appraisal process, the manager can request feedback on an " "employee from anyone in the company. Feedback is usually requested from co-" @@ -584,43 +539,43 @@ msgid "" "manager's overall assessment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 msgid "" "To request feedback, the appraisal **must** be confirmed. Once confirmed, an" " :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button appears at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:265 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button is clicked, an :guilabel:`Ask " "Feedback` email pop-up form appears, using the :guilabel:`Appraisal: Ask " "Feedback` email template, which sends the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:269 msgid "" "Enter the employees being asked to complete the survey in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field. Multiple employees may be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 msgid "" "The email template has dynamic placeholders to personalize the message. Add " "any additional text to the email, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:275 msgid "If required, an :guilabel:`Answer Deadline` can be added, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:277 msgid "" "If any attachments are needed, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button, and" " a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the file(s), select them, then " "click :guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:280 msgid "When the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send.`" msgstr "" @@ -628,21 +583,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The email pop-up when requesting feedback from other employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:287 msgid "Appraisal form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:289 msgid "" "Once an appraisal is confirmed, the next steps are for the employee to fill " "out the self-assessment, after which the manager completes their assessment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:295 msgid "Employee's feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:297 msgid "" "To complete their portion of feedback, employees should navigate to the main" " :menuselection:`Appraisals application` dashboard, where the only entries " @@ -650,14 +605,14 @@ msgid "" "manage and have to provide manager feedback for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 msgid "" "Click on the appraisal to open the appraisal form. Enter responses in the " ":guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` " "tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:304 msgid "" "When completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to Manager` toggle (the " "default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When clicked, the toggle " @@ -669,24 +624,24 @@ msgid "" "The feedback section for the employee with the toggle button highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:314 msgid "Manager's feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 msgid "" "After the employee has completed the :guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` " "section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab, it is time for the manager to " "fill out the :guilabel:`Manager's Feedback` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:320 msgid "" "The manager enters their responses in the fields in the :ref:`same manner as" " the employee `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:323 msgid "" "When the feedback section is completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to " "Employee` toggle (the default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When " @@ -699,11 +654,12 @@ msgid "" " highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:748 msgid "Skills tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:334 msgid "" "Part of an appraisal is evaluating an employee's skills, and tracking their " "progress over time. The :guilabel:`Skills` tab of the appraisal form auto-" @@ -711,32 +667,32 @@ msgid "" "<../hr/employees/new_employee>`, once an appraisal is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:338 msgid "" "Each skill is grouped with like skills, and the :guilabel:`Skill Level`, " ":guilabel:`Progress`, and :guilabel:`Justification` are displayed for each " "skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 msgid "" "Update any skills, or add any new skills to the :guilabel:`Skills` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:343 msgid "" "If a skill level has increased, a reason for the improved rating can be " "entered into the :guilabel:`Justification` field, such as `took a fluency " "language test` or `received Javascript certification`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:347 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`Create a new employee ` document for " "detailed instructions on adding or updating a skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:350 msgid "" "After an appraisal is completed, and the skills have been updated, the next " "time an appraisal is confirmed, the updated skills populate the " @@ -747,11 +703,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The skills tab of an appraisal form, all filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:358 msgid "Private note tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:360 msgid "" "If managers want to leave notes that are only visible to other managers, " "they can be entered in the :guilabel:`Private Note` tab. The employee being " @@ -759,12 +715,12 @@ msgid "" "appear on their appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:386 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:520 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 msgid "Schedule a meeting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:367 msgid "" "Once both portions of an appraisal are completed (the :ref:`employee " "` and :ref:`manager Appraisals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:377 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, beneath the appraisal date on the " "desired appraisal card, and a :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window " @@ -792,47 +748,47 @@ msgid "" "activity form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Meeting` for the :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the drop-" "down menu. Doing so causes the form to change, so only the " ":guilabel:`Activity Type` and :guilabel:`Summary` fields appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:385 msgid "" "If scheduling an activity other than a meeting, such as a :guilabel:`Call` " "or a :guilabel:`To-Do`, the fields that appear on the :guilabel:`Schedule " "Activity` pop-up form change, accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:389 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon may appear as a number of different icons, " "depending on what, if any, scheduled activities are in place, and the color " "represents their corresponding due dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:392 msgid "" "If no activities are scheduled, that is represented by a gray :guilabel:`🕘 " "(clock)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:394 msgid "" "However, if a specific activity is scheduled, the icon may appear as a " ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon for a phone call, a :guilabel:`👥 (group of " "people)` icon for a meeting, and so on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:397 msgid "" "The color of the icon indicates the status; a green icon means an activity " "is scheduled in the future, and a red icon means the activity is past due." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:400 msgid "" "For more details on activities, refer to the :doc:`../essentials/activities`" " document." @@ -842,46 +798,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The appraisal cards with the various activity icons highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 msgid "" "Enter a brief description in the :guilabel:`Summary` field of the " ":guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window, such as `Annual Appraisal for " "(Employee)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:409 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button. From the calendar page " "that appears, navigate to, and double-click on, the desired date and time " "for the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:412 msgid "" "Doing so opens a :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up form. From this pop-up form, " "make any desired modifications, such as designating a :guilabel:`Start` " "time, or giving a :guilabel:`Name` to the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:416 msgid "" "Add the appraisee in the :guilabel:`Attendees` section, and include anyone " "else who should be in the meeting, if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:419 msgid "" "To make the meeting a video call, instead of an in-person meeting, click " ":guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting`, and a :guilabel:`Videocall URL` link appears in " "the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:422 msgid "" "Once all the desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:424 msgid "" "The meeting now appears on the calendar, and the invited parties are " "informed, via email." @@ -893,183 +849,46 @@ msgid "" "appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 msgid "" "The other way to schedule a meeting is from the individual appraisal form. " "To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Appraisal application` " "dashboard, then click on an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button, and the calendar loads." " Follow the same directions above to create the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 msgid "" -"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button says " +"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button reads " ":guilabel:`No Meeting`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:463 -msgid "Goals" -msgstr "Doelen" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:465 -msgid "" -"The ability to set goals for employees to work toward is an important " -"feature of Odoo *Appraisals*. Goals are typically set during an appraisal, " -"so the employee knows what they need to work toward before their next " -"appraisal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:469 -msgid "" -"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> " -"Goals`. This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban " -"view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:472 -msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:474 -msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the name of the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:475 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee the goal is assigned to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 -msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:477 -msgid ":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Employee`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is assigned " -"to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:480 -msgid "" -"If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " -"corner of the goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 -msgid "" -"Every individual goal requires its own entry for each employee. If employees" -" have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the list. For " -"example, if both Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " -"appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " -"goal for Sara." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 -msgid "New goal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:495 -msgid "" -"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application -->" -" Goals`, and click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:498 -msgid "" -"Enter the information on the card. The information requested is all the same" -" information that appears on the :ref:`goal card ` in the " -"Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field and a " -":guilabel:`Description` tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:502 -msgid "" -"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field by default, and " -"the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" -" profile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:505 -msgid "" -"Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " -"useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:513 -msgid "Completed goals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:515 -msgid "" -"When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " -"be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " -"dashboard, or from the individual goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:518 -msgid "" -"To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" -" the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the top-right of a goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:522 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon **only** appears when the mouse hovers " -"over the corner of a goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:525 -msgid "" -"Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " -"green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " -"card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:528 -msgid "" -"To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " -"open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " -"the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner " -"appears in the top-right corner of the goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:533 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:526 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:753 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:830 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Rapportages" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:442 msgid "" "The *Appraisals* application tracks two metrics across two different " "reports: an :ref:`appraisal analysis `, and a " ":ref:`skills evolution `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:448 msgid "Appraisal analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:450 msgid "" "To access the *Appraisal Analysis* report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Appraisal " @@ -1077,7 +896,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted in different colors to represent their status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 msgid "" "Appraisals in yellow are completed, appraisals in orange are in-progress " "(the appraisal is confirmed, but not completed), and appraisals in gray are " @@ -1085,13 +904,13 @@ msgid "" "been confirmed yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 msgid "" "The report displays the whole current year, by default, grouped by " "department." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:460 msgid "" "To change the calendar view presented, change the date settings in the top-" "left of the report. The options to display are :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -1099,13 +918,13 @@ msgid "" " move forward or backward in time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:464 msgid "" "At any point, click the :guilabel:`Today` button to present the calendar to " "include today's date in the view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:467 msgid "" "The report can have other filters and groupings set in the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top." @@ -1115,64 +934,64 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A report showing all the appraisals for the Appraisal Analysis report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 msgid "Skills evolution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 msgid "" "To access the *Skills Evolution* report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Skills Evolution`. " "This displays a report of all skills, grouped by employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:481 msgid "" "All the lines of the report are collapsed, by default. To view the details " "of a line, click on a line to expand the data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:484 msgid "Each skill has the following information listed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:486 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: name of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 msgid ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: the category the skill falls under." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:488 msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the specific, individual skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:489 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Level`: the level the employee had previously " "achieved for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:583 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Progress`: the previous percentage of competency " "achieved for the skill (based on the :guilabel:`Skill Level`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:585 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Skill Level`: the current level the employee has achieved" " for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Skill Progress`: the current percentage of competency " "achieved for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:494 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Justification`: any notes entered on the skill explaining the " "progress." @@ -1182,11 +1001,182 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A report showing all the skills grouped by employee." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:501 +msgid ":doc:`appraisals/goals`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:3 +msgid "Goals" +msgstr "Doelen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Appraisals* application allows managers to set goals for their " +"employees. That way, employees know what to work toward before their next " +"review." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`. " +"This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:13 +msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:15 +msgid ":guilabel:`Goal`: the name of the goal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:16 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the employee the goal is assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:17 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-clock-o` :guilabel:`(clock)` icon: displays the corresponding " +":doc:`activity icon <../../essentials/activities>` for the record. If no " +"activities are scheduled, the default icon is the :icon:`fa-clock-o` " +":guilabel:`(clock)`. If any activities have been scheduled, the icon " +"represents the activity scheduled soonest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:21 +msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal. The " +"options are :guilabel:`0%`, :guilabel:`25%`, :guilabel:`50%`, " +":guilabel:`75%`, or :guilabel:`100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Icon`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is " +"assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " +"corner of the goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 +msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every individual goal requires its own record for each employee. If multiple" +" employees have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For example, if Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " +"appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " +"goal for Sara." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:40 +msgid "New goal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`," +" and click :guilabel:`New` top-left corner to open a blank goal form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Input the :guilabel:`Goal`, :guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Progress`, and " +":guilabel:`Deadline`, information on the goal card, as discussed in the " +":ref:`goal card ` section of this document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The information requested is all the same information that appears on the " +"goal card in the Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field " +"and a :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " +"all tags need to be added. To add a tag, enter the name of the tag on the " +"line, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(tag)\"`. Repeat this for all tags that" +" need to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field, by default, and " +"the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" +" profile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " +"useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 +msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:68 +msgid "Completed goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:70 +msgid "" +"When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " +"be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " +"dashboard, or from the individual goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" +" the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon in the top-" +"right of a goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon **only** " +"appears when the mouse hovers over the top-right corner of a goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " +"green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " +"open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " +"the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner " +"appears in the top-right corner of the goal form." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:5 msgid "Attendances" msgstr "Aanwezigheid" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Attendances* application functions as a time clock. Employees are " "able to check in and out of work using a dedicated device in kiosk mode, " @@ -1196,56 +1186,55 @@ msgid "" " are working overtime, or checking out of work earlier than expected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:16 msgid "Access rights" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:18 msgid "" "It is important to understand how the different access rights affect what " -"users can access in the *Attendances* application." +"options and features users can access in the *Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 msgid "" -"Every user in the database is always able to access their own information on" -" the dashboard and can check in and out directly from the database. Access " -"to all the other features is determined by access rights." +"Every user in the database is able to check in and out directly from the " +"database, without needing access to the *Attendances* application. " +"Additionally, all users can access their own attendance records from their " +"employee form in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Access to both the *Attendances* application, and the various features " +"within the application is determined by access rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:28 msgid "" "To see what access rights a user has, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Settings application --> Users & Companies: Users`, and " -"click on an individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by" -" default. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the " -"setting. For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to " -"leave the field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users & Companies: Users`, and click on an " +"individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by default. " +"Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the setting. " +"For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to leave the " +"field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:34 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Administrator` option is selected, the user has full " "access to the entire *Attendances* application, with no restrictions. They " -"can view all employee attendance records, enter kiosk mode from the " +"can view all employee attendance records, enter *Kiosk mMode* from the " "application, access all reporting metrics, and make modifications to the " -"settings." +"settings. If left blank, the user does **not** have access to the " +"*Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If left blank, the user can only view their own information on the " -"*Attendances* application dashboard and can view their own personal " -"attendance records under the reporting feature. All other attendance records" -" are hidden from view on the report. There is no access to either the kiosk " -"mode or the configuration menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:42 msgid "Approvers" msgstr "Goedkeurders" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:44 msgid "" "The **only** other scenario where different information may be accessible in" " the *Attendances* application is for approvers. If a user does *not* have " @@ -1258,7 +1247,7 @@ msgid "" "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:52 msgid "" "To see who the attendance approver is for an employee, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Employees application` and click on the specific employee. " @@ -1269,7 +1258,7 @@ msgid "" "reports, and make modifications to their records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:61 msgid "" "Few configurations are needed in the *Attendances* application. Determining " "how employees check in and out, defining how the kiosks function, and " @@ -1278,11 +1267,11 @@ msgid "" "Configuration` to access the configuration menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:67 msgid "Modes" msgstr "Modes" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how an employee " "checks in when using a kiosk. Options are :guilabel:`Barcode/RFID`, " @@ -1290,31 +1279,31 @@ msgid "" "Selection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:76 msgid "" "The *Barcode* application **does not** need to be installed to use one of " "the Barcode/RFID settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances from Backend`: activate this selection to allow users" " to check in and out directly from the Odoo database. If this is not " "activated, users must use a kiosk to check in and out of work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 msgid "Kiosk settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:88 msgid "" "This section only needs to be configured if employees use kiosks for " "checking in and out. If kiosks are **not** being used, modifying any of " "these fields does **not** adversely affect the *Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode Source`: this setting appears **only** if either of the " "two Barcode/RFID selections were configured for the :ref:`Kiosk Mode " @@ -1323,7 +1312,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Front Camera`, or :guilabel:`Back Camera`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:96 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification`: activate this option if employees " "should use a unique PIN to check in. PINs are configured on each individual " @@ -1331,14 +1320,14 @@ msgid "" "documentation for more information on setting up PINs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Time`: set the duration (in seconds) the check in and " "check out confirmation screen remains on the kiosk before going back to the " "main check in screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:101 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendance Kiosk Url`: Odoo generates a unique web address (URL) " "to use a device as a kiosk without having to sign in to the Odoo database. " @@ -1346,7 +1335,7 @@ msgid "" " browser to present the Attendances application kiosk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 msgid "" "These kiosk URLs are **not** secured with any type of access code. Anyone " "who has the URL can access the Attendances application kiosk. If the URL is " @@ -1355,17 +1344,17 @@ msgid "" "generate a new URL and update the kiosk accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:112 msgid "Extra hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:114 msgid "" "This section specifies how extra time is calculated, including when extra " "time is counted and what time is not logged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count of Extra Hours`: enable this box to allow employees to log " "extra hours beyond their set working hours (sometimes referred to as " @@ -1373,14 +1362,14 @@ msgid "" "well. If this is not activated, no other configurations appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start From`: the current date is automatically entered in this " "field. If desired, click on this field and use the calendar selector to " "modify the start date on which extra hours are logged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Company`: enter the amount of time, in" " minutes, that is **not** counted towards an employee's overtime. When an " @@ -1388,7 +1377,7 @@ msgid "" "minutes, the extra time is **not** counted as overtime for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Employee`: enter the amount of time, " "in minutes, that an employee is given, that does **not** adversely affect " @@ -1398,33 +1387,33 @@ msgid "" "they are **not** penalized for their reduced hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 msgid "" "A company sets both of the :guilabel:`Tolerance` fields to `15` minutes, and" " the working hours for the entire company are set from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:138 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:00 AM, and checks out at 5:14 PM, the extra 14" " minutes are **not** counted towards their overtime." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:141 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:05 AM, and checks out at 4:55 PM, even though " "they logged a total of 10 minutes less than their full working hours, they " "are **not** penalized for this discrepancy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Extra Hours`: activate this box to display the extra " "hours logged by an employee when they check out with a kiosk, or when a user" " checks out in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:149 msgid "" "Employees are still able to log overtime hours even if the :guilabel:`Count " "of Extra Hours` option is not activated. The difference is that when " @@ -1433,177 +1422,41 @@ msgid "" "hours>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:164 -msgid "Check in and out via the database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users who are logged into the " -"database to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " -"application, or use a kiosk. For some smaller companies, where every " -"employee is also a user, this feature may be useful." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:170 -msgid "" -"A user can check in and out on the main database dashboard, as well as in " -"any application. In the upper right corner of the top main menu, which is " -"always visible regardless of what application the user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴" -" (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is visible. Click on the " -"colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, enabling the user to check " -"in and/or out." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:180 -msgid "Check in" -msgstr "Inchecken" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:182 -msgid "" -"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " -"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` and the " -"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:190 -msgid "" -"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 -msgid "" -"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " -"their computer to access their location information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:197 -msgid "" -"If the user has not checked in and out already during the current work day, " -"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " -"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" -" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " -"appears beneath that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:202 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to check in. The :guilabel:`🔴 (red " -"circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget changes appearance" -" as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has checked in, by " -"changing the green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to a yellow " -":guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:207 -msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:210 -msgid "Check out" -msgstr "Uitchecken" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:212 -msgid "" -"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " -"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" -" populating the time field. Beneath that line, :guilabel:`HH:MM` is " -"displayed, indicating the hours and minutes that have elapsed since checking" -" in. As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes " -"that have passed since the user checked in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:218 -msgid "" -"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " -"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears in addition to " -"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The time displayed in both of " -"these fields are populated with the most recent check in time, and will " -"match. Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously " -"logged hours are displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 -msgid "" -"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " -"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " -"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that will " -"be logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:228 -msgid "" -"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " -":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button. The attendance widget updates again," -" displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the logged time, and the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check " -"in ➡️` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " -"user allows their computer to access this information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:242 -msgid "" -"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " -"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " -"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" -" appears on the dashboard, including check ins and check outs with no time " -"value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:157 msgid "Kiosk mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:159 msgid "" "Some companies may opt to use a dedicated device (a laptop or desktop PC, a " "tablet, or a mobile phone) for employees to check in and check out from. " "Kiosk mode is used for these scenarios." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:163 msgid "" "If users check in and out using either a badge or an RFID, then an " "accessible device in kiosk mode **must** be available to check in and check " "out using these two methods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 msgid "" "Entering kiosk mode is only available for users with specific :ref:`access " "rights `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:169 msgid "Kiosk mode can be activated in three different ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:171 msgid "" "Navigate to the :guilabel:`Attendances` application, and click " ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode` in the top menu. The device then enters kiosk mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:173 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click on the link in the " @@ -1611,7 +1464,7 @@ msgid "" " recommended to close the database tab to keep the database secure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:177 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click :guilabel:`Copy` next to " @@ -1625,7 +1478,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:186 msgid "" "As a security measure, once a device is in kiosk mode, it is not possible to" " exit kiosk mode and go back into the database without signing back in. To " @@ -1634,11 +1487,11 @@ msgid "" "an extra layer of security, preventing anyone from accessing the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:192 msgid "Badge" msgstr "Badge" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 msgid "" "To check in or out using a badge, tap the :guilabel:`📷 (camera) Tap to scan`" " image in the center of the kiosk. Then, scan the barcode on the badge using" @@ -1654,11 +1507,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Attendances Kiosk view displaying the scan badge image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:206 msgid "RFID" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:208 msgid "" "To check in or out using an RFID key fob, simply scan the fob with an RFID " "reader. Once scanned, the employee is then either checked in or checked out," @@ -1666,11 +1519,11 @@ msgid "" "all the check in or check out information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:213 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Handmatig" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:215 msgid "" "Users who do not have a scannable badge or an RFID fob can manually check in" " and out at a kiosk. Tap the :guilabel:`Identify Manually` button on the " @@ -1680,20 +1533,20 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`confirmation message ` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:221 msgid "" "When a large number of employees appear in the list, making scrolling " "inefficient, there are two ways to quickly find a specific person:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Search...`: tap on the :guilabel:`Search...` field and enter the " "person's name. As the name is typed in, the matching results are displayed " "on the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: to quickly filter the presented employees, tap on a " "department to display only those employees that are part of that department." @@ -1702,11 +1555,11 @@ msgid "" "part of the department, and is displayed when selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:232 msgid "PIN" msgstr "PIN" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:234 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification` option was activated in the " ":ref:`kiosk settings ` section of the " @@ -1714,7 +1567,7 @@ msgid "" "checking in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:238 msgid "" "After the employee is selected, a number pad appears with a message. When " "checking in, :guilabel:`(Employee) Welcome! Please enter your PIN to check " @@ -1723,7 +1576,7 @@ msgid "" "numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:243 msgid "" "Tap in the PIN using the number pad, then tap :guilabel:`OK` when done. The " "employee is then checked in or out, and a :ref:`confirmation message " @@ -1734,11 +1587,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pop-up that appears when prompted to enter a pin." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:253 msgid "Confirmation message" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:255 msgid "" "When an employee checks in or out, a confirmation message appears with all " "the check in or check out information. When checking in, a welcome message " @@ -1750,7 +1603,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 msgid "" "When checking out, the screen displays a goodbye message, with the date and " "time of check out, and the total hours logged for the day. Beneath the " @@ -1762,12 +1615,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The goodbye message with all the employee's check out information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:681 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Overzicht" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:273 msgid "" "When entering the *Attendances* application, the :guilabel:`Overview` " "dashboard is presented, containing all the check in and check out " @@ -1778,11 +1631,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:280 msgid "Views" msgstr "Weergaven" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:282 msgid "" "To change the view from the default Gantt chart to a list view, click the " ":guilabel:`List` icon in the top right of the dashboard, beneath the user's " @@ -1790,7 +1643,7 @@ msgid "" "button, located next to the :guilabel:`List` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:286 msgid "" "The default view presents the current day's information. To present the " "information for the :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or " @@ -1804,7 +1657,7 @@ msgid "" "dashboard, presenting information containing the current day's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:295 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Day` view, the column for the current hour is highlighted " "in yellow. If the :guilabel:`Week` or :guilabel:`Month` view is selected, " @@ -1818,7 +1671,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:304 msgid "" "Any entries that have errors appear in red, indicating they need to be " "resolved by a user with the proper :ref:`access rights ` that need to be resolved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this filter has a drop-down to further select a " "specific time period. Select the desired time period from the options " "presented, a specific month, quarter, or year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Last 7 days`: this filter presents the attendance data for the " "last seven days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:332 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`: create a custom filter using the pop-up that " "appears when this is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 msgid "Groups" msgstr "Groepen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:338 msgid "The default groups that can be selected are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:340 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing the" " following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -1909,13 +1762,13 @@ msgid "" " period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:344 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee`: this group presents the attendance data organized by " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:345 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing " "the following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -1924,7 +1777,7 @@ msgid "" "time period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:349 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`: this option displays a drop-down menu with a " "variety of options to group the attendance data by, including " @@ -1932,53 +1785,53 @@ msgid "" "Address`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:356 msgid "Attendance log details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:358 msgid "" "Odoo captures various time and location details when a user checks in and " "out. The specific details provided are determined by the method the user " "checked in and out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:361 msgid "" "To view the specific check in and/or check out details for an employee, " "click on an individual entry in the overview dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 msgid "" "A detailed attendance log for the user appears in a pop-up window. To close " "the detailed attendance log, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` button in " "the bottom-left corner of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:367 msgid "The detailed attendance log contains the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:370 msgid "Main details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:372 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the name of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 msgid ":guilabel:`Check In`: the date and time the employee checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:374 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: the date and time the employee checked out. This only" " appears if the employee has checked out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:376 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Worked Hours`: the total amount of time the employee logged for " "the day, in an hour and minute format (HH:MM). This value calculates all the" @@ -1986,23 +1839,23 @@ msgid "" "multiple times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Extra Hours`: any extra hours the employee logged that is beyond " "their expected working hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:383 msgid "Check in/check out details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:385 msgid "" "The following information appears for both the :guilabel:`Check In` and " ":guilabel:`Check Out` sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: the method with which the attendance information was " "gathered. :guilabel:`Systray` is displayed if the employee logged in and out" @@ -2011,24 +1864,24 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`using an attendance kiosk `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:392 msgid "" ":guilabel:`IP Address`: the IP address for the computer the employee used to" " log in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:393 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browser`: the web browser the employee used to log in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:394 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Localization`: the city and country associated with the " "computer's IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:395 msgid "" ":guilabel:`GPS Coordinates`: the specific coordinates when the user logged " "in or out. To view the specific coordinates on a map, click the :guilabel:`→" @@ -2040,26 +1893,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The detailed information for an attendance entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:405 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:84 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Fouten" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:407 msgid "" "Entries that contain an error appear on the overview dashboard in red. In " "the :guilabel:`Gantt view`, the entry appears with a red background. If in " "the :guilabel:`List view`, the entry text appears in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:411 msgid "" "An error typically occurs when an employee has checked in but has not " "checked out within the last 24 hours, or when an employee has a check in and" " check out period spanning over 16 hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:414 msgid "" "To fix the error, the attendance entry must be modified or deleted. Click on" " the entry to reveal a pop-up containing the details for that particular " @@ -2076,27 +1929,27 @@ msgid "" "selector is shown, and the time selector is highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:426 msgid "" "When all the information on the pop-up is correct, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close`. When the entry no longer has an error, the entry appears in gray " "instead of red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 msgid "" "To delete an entry, click :guilabel:`Remove` on the pop-up instead of making" " modifications to the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:435 msgid "" "To view attendance reports, click :guilabel:`Reporting` in the top menu. The" " default report displays each employee's attendance information for the past" " 3 months, in a :guilabel:`Line Chart`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 msgid "" "The default view is a :guilabel:`Graph`. To view the data in a pivot table, " "click the :guilabel:`Pivot Table` button on the top right of the report. To " @@ -2104,14 +1957,14 @@ msgid "" "next to the :guilabel:`Pivot Table` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 msgid "" "To present different information, adjust the :ref:`filters and groups " "` in the same way as in the :guilabel:`Overview`" " dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:445 msgid "" "The data can be presented in either a :guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line" " Chart`, :guilabel:`Pie Chart`, :guilabel:`Stacked` chart, or in " @@ -2120,13 +1973,13 @@ msgid "" "chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 msgid "" "To change the :guilabel:`Measures`, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button " "and select the desired measure from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:452 msgid "" "The report can also be inserted into a spreadsheet. Click the " ":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button and a pop-up appears. Select the " @@ -2138,6 +1991,151 @@ msgid "" "The default report view, with all the optional view buttons highlighted." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/check_in_check_out`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:461 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/hardware`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:3 +msgid "Check in and out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users, who are logged into the " +"database, to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " +"application, or use a kiosk. For smaller companies, where every employee is " +"also a user, this feature may be useful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A user can check in and/or out on the main database Odoo dashboard, or while" +" inside any application. To do so, in the upper-right corner of the top main" +" header menu, which is always visible regardless of what application the " +"user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is " +"visible. Click on the colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, " +"enabling the user to check in and/or out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:22 +msgid "Check in" +msgstr "Inchecken" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " +"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)`, and the " +"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in` " +":icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " +"their computer to access their location information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If the user has not already checked in and out during the current work day, " +"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " +"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" +" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " +"appears in that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button to check in. The " +":guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget " +"changes appearance, as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has" +" checked in, by changing the green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` " +"button to a yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:49 +msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:148 +msgid "Check out" +msgstr "Uitchecken" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " +"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" +" populating the time field. Beneath that line, the hours and minutes that " +"have elapsed since checking in are displayed in a :guilabel:`HH:MM` format. " +"As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes that " +"have passed since the user checked in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " +"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears, in addition to " +"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The times displayed in both of " +"these fields match, and are populated with the most recent check in time. " +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously logged " +"time is displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " +"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " +"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that is " +"logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:70 +msgid "" +"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " +":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " +"yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button. The attendance " +"widget updates again, displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the " +"logged time, while the yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` " +"button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " +"user allows their computer to access this information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:85 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " +"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " +"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" +" appears on the main *Attendances* dashboard, including check ins and check " +"outs with no time value." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Hardware" msgstr "Hardware" @@ -2267,6 +2265,305 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo *Werknemers* organiseert de personeelsdossiers, contracten en " "afdelingen van een bedrijf." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:3 +msgid "Departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"All employees in the *Employees* app fall under specific departments within " +"a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:8 +msgid "Create new departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To make a new department, navigate to :menuselection:`Employees app --> " +"Departments`, then click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left to reveal a blank " +"department form. Fill out the following information on the department form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The department for with all fields filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:18 +msgid ":guilabel:`Department Name`: enter a name for the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: using the drop-down menu, select the department " +"manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Parent Department`: if the new department is housed within " +"another department (has a parent department), select the parent department " +"using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates`: if employees in this department " +"require a specific appraisal form that is different from the default " +"appraisal form, tick the checkbox. If this option is activated, an " +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab appears below the form. This field " +"**only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " +"department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Survey`: using the drop-down menu, select the default " +"survey to use for the department when requesting feedback from employees. " +"This field **only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed, **and** " +"the *360 Feedback* option is enabled in the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the department. Click the default " +"white color box to display all the color options. Click on a color to select" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab: this tab **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates` options is activated on the form. " +"Make any desired edits to the appraisal form. The appraisal form is used for" +" appraisals for all employees within this department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:36 +msgid "" +"After the form is completed, click the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon to manually save the changes. When saved, a " +":guilabel:`Department Organization` chart appears in the top-right of the " +"department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The form auto-saves while data is entered, however the :guilabel:`Department" +" Organization` chart does **not** appear until the form is manually saved. " +"If the form is not saved, the :guilabel:`Department Organization` chart is " +"visible upon opening the department card from the :guilabel:`Departments` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:47 +msgid "Refer to the :doc:`../appraisals` documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:50 +msgid "Departments dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured departments, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Departments`. All departments appear in a " +"Kanban view, by default, and are listed in alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The departments dashboard view with all the department cards in a Kanban " +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:175 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "Kanban-weergave" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each department has its own Kanban card on the main :guilabel:`Departments` " +":icon:`oi-view-kanban` :guilabel:`(Kanban)` dashboard view, that can display" +" the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:66 +msgid "Department name: the name of the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:67 +msgid "Company: the company the department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employees`: the number of employees within the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisals`: the number of appraisals scheduled for employees in " +"the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Requests`: the number of unapproved time off requests " +"for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval ` . This **only** appears if there are requests to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allocation Requests`: the number of unapproved allocation " +"requests for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval " +"`. This **only** appears if there are requests " +"to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Applicants`: the number of :ref:`new applicants " +"` for a position in this department. This **only** appears " +"if there are new applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expense Reports`: the number of employees in the department with " +":ref:`open expense reports to approve `. This **only** " +"appears if there are any expense reports waiting for approval." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Absence`: the number of absences for the current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Color bar: the selected color for the department appears as a vertical bar " +"on the left side of the department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click on an alert in a department card, such as :guilabel:`Time Off " +"Requests`, to reveal a list view of the requests to approve. This list " +"includes **all** open requests to approve, not just from the specific " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The default view for the :guilabel:`Departments` dashboard is a Kanban view." +" It is possible to view the departments in two other forms: a list view and " +"a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Lijstweergave" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a list view, click the :icon:`fa-align-justify` " +":guilabel:`(list)` icon in the top-right corner. The departments appear in a" +" list view, which displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Employees`, " +":guilabel:`Parent Department`, and :guilabel:`Color` for each department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The departments are sorted alphabetically by :guilabel:`Department Name`, by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The departments presented in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When in list view, departments can be managed in batch by selecting one or " +"multiple record's checkbox, then select the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Actions` button to reveal a drop-down menu of actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:113 +msgid "Hierarchy view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a hierarchy view, click the :icon:`fa-share-alt " +"fa-rotate-90` :guilabel:`(hierarchy)` icon in the top-right corner. The " +"departments appear in an organizational chart format, with the highest-level" +" department at the top (typically :guilabel:`Management`), and all other " +"departments beneath it. All child departments of the first-level child " +"departments are folded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Each department card displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, the " +":guilabel:`Manager` (and their profile image), the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Employees` in the department, and the ability to expand the department " +"(:guilabel:`Unfold`) if there are child departments beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Unfold` button on a department card to expand it. Once " +"expanded, the :guilabel:`Unfold` button changes to a :guilabel:`Fold` " +"button. To collapse the department, click the :guilabel:`Fold` button. Only " +"**one** department *per row* can be unfolded at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Click anywhere on a department card to open the department form. Click the " +":guilabel:`(#) Employees` smart button to view a list of all the employees " +"in that department, including all employees in the child departments beneath" +" it, organized by individual department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In the hierarchy view, if the :guilabel:`(2) Employees` button on the " +":guilabel:`Management` card is clicked (the highest-level department card), " +"**all** employees appear in a list view, grouped by department. This is " +"because **all** departments are children of the :guilabel:`Management` " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`(3) Employees` button in the :guilabel:`Sales` department " +"card is clicked, the employees from the :guilabel:`Sales` department, as " +"well as its two child departments (:guilabel:`East Coast Territory` and " +":guilabel:`West Coat Territory`), appear in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "The departments presented in a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list view of employees for the department that was clicked, including all child\n" +"departments." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 msgid "New employees" msgstr "Nieuwe werknemers" @@ -2341,7 +2638,6 @@ msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:736 msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "Optionele velden" @@ -2465,7 +2761,8 @@ msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "Tabblad Curriculum vitae" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:869 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "Cv" @@ -3710,7 +4007,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:398 msgid "Salary" msgstr "Loon" @@ -5075,10 +5372,6 @@ msgid "" "different ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 -msgid "List view" -msgstr "Lijstweergave" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:304 msgid "" "The default view of the service records is a list view. This presents all " @@ -5126,11 +5419,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The form automatically saves as data is entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 -msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "Kanban-weergave" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:331 msgid "" "To view services by their stage, click the :guilabel:`Kanban` button, which " @@ -5216,11 +5504,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:380 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:230 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:889 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:894 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "" @@ -5491,11 +5779,11 @@ msgid "" " pop-up windows close, and the activity now appears on the activity view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 msgid "Frontdesk" msgstr "Receptie" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:7 msgid "" "The Odoo *Frontdesk* application provides a way for visitors to check in to " "a building or location, and alert the person they are meeting about their " @@ -5503,24 +5791,24 @@ msgid "" "brought to them, while they wait." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:11 msgid "" "This application is ideal for businesses that do **not** have someone " "working at a reception desk, locations **without** a designated waiting area" " available to guests and visitors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:17 msgid "" "The first item to configure with the *Frontdesk* application is the station," " followed by any drink selections that might optionally be offered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 msgid "Stations" msgstr "Recepties" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:23 msgid "" "In Odoo's *Frontdesk* application, a *Station* can be thought of as any " "location where someone can sign in and wait for an employee. This is " @@ -5528,35 +5816,35 @@ msgid "" "kiosk where visitors check in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:27 msgid "" "When setting up the *Frontdesk* application, a minimum of one station " "**must** be configured, but there is no limit to how many stations can be " "created and configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:30 msgid "" "To create a station, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Stations`, and click :guilabel:`New`. When clicked, a " "blank frontdesk form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Name`: enter a name for the specific frontdesk " "location. This should be short and easily identifiable, such as `Reception " "Desk` or `Main Lobby`. This field is required in order to create a station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:38 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsibles`: select the person (or persons) who are alerted " "when a visitor checks in using this specific frontdesk. Multiple selections " "can be entered. This field is required in order to create a station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk URL`: this field auto-populates once the frontdesk form is " "saved, with at least the :guilabel:`Frontdesk Name` and " @@ -5564,46 +5852,45 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`(cloud with upward arrow)` icon, located at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:45 msgid "" "Once saved, a URL is generated in the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` field. This URL " "is one way the frontdesk kiosk is accessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:48 msgid "" "To access the kiosk, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at the end of the " "URL, and navigate to that URL in a web browser. This URL opens that specific" " station's frontdesk sign-in page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:52 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a frontdesk form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera" " with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:166 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:184 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to open a file explorer, navigate " "to the desired image/photo file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:58 msgid "" "The image selected for the station photo appears as the background image for" " the station kiosk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:61 msgid "Options tab" msgstr "Tabblad Opties" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Host Selection`: if the visitor is attending a meeting, this " "option allows the visitor to select the meeting host from a presented list, " @@ -5611,35 +5898,35 @@ msgid "" "detailed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Authenticate Guest`: if additional information is required when a" " guest checks in, enable this option, and select which of the following are " "required:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: select whether the guest's email address is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Phone`: select whether the guest's phone number is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Organization`: select whether the guest's organization is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Theme`: select the color mode of the kiosk. Choose either " ":guilabel:`Light` or :guilabel:`Dark`. The :guilabel:`Light` selection " @@ -5647,7 +5934,7 @@ msgid "" "selection displays a dark gray and black background." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Self Check-In`: enable this option to present a check-in QR code " "on the kiosk. The QR code allows guests to check in using their mobile " @@ -5655,7 +5942,7 @@ msgid "" "kiosk with multiple guests checking in at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Offer Drinks`: enable this option to offer guests a drink upon " "check in. If this option is enabled, it is necessary to :ref:`configure the " @@ -5664,13 +5951,13 @@ msgid "" " are configured, select each drink to be offered using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:90 msgid "" "The following options are only visible in the :guilabel:`Options` tab if the" " :ref:`Host Selection ` option is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by email`: enable this option to have an email sent to the" " person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -5678,20 +5965,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Email Template` selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:97 msgid "" "To change the default email template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`Email Template` field, then select another email template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any edits to the " "template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:102 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by SMS`: enable this option to have an SMS (text) message " "sent to the person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -5699,13 +5986,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk SMS Template` selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:106 msgid "" "To change the default SMS template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`SMS Template` field, and select another SMS template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:109 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any desired edits to the" @@ -5713,7 +6000,7 @@ msgid "" "characters, which fits in 4 SMS (UNICODE) messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by Discuss`: this option is enabled by default when the " ":guilabel:`Host Selection` option is enabled. This option opens a *Discuss* " @@ -5721,28 +6008,28 @@ msgid "" "in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:116 msgid "" "When enabled, a default message appears for the person the guest is " "visiting. The *Discuss* application **must** be installed in order for this " "option to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:120 msgid "" "*Discuss* is installed by default when creating an Odoo database, and does " "not count towards billing. As long as the *Discuss* application is not " "intentionally uninstalled, the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option works." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:125 msgid "" "The default message format for the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option is: " "`(Frontdesk Station) Check-In: (Guest Name) (Guest Phone Number) " "(Organization) to meet (Name of employee).`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:128 msgid "" "An example of how that might appear in a *Discuss* message is: `Main Lobby " "Check-In: John Doe (123-555-1234) (Odoo, Inc.) to meet Marc Demo.`" @@ -5752,11 +6039,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Frontdesk station form with all the information filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 msgid "Side Message tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:138 msgid "" "Enter any desired text to appear on the station kiosk after a guest has " "checked in, such as a welcome greeting or any necessary instructions. The " @@ -5764,11 +6051,12 @@ msgid "" " a guest has completed the check-in process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:112 msgid "Drinks" msgstr "Dranken" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:147 msgid "" "After a station is created, the next step is to configure the drinks to " "offer visitors, if desired. This step is **not** necessary or required for " @@ -5776,31 +6064,31 @@ msgid "" "drinks are offered to guests." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:151 msgid "" "To add a drink option, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Drinks`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a " "blank drink form to configure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 msgid "Enter the following information on the drink form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Drink Name`: type the name of the drink option in this field. " "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 msgid "" ":guilabel:`People to Notify`: use the drop-down menu in this field to select" " who is notified when the drink is selected. Multiple people can be entered " "in this field. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:159 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a numerical value in this field to indicate " "where in the list of drink options this specific option appears. The lower " @@ -5809,16 +6097,16 @@ msgid "" "first in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:163 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:181 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a drink form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera " "with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:169 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:187 msgid "" "The image selected now appears in the picture field, and is set as the image" " for the drink." @@ -5828,156 +6116,237 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Drink form with the information filled out for an espresso." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:178 msgid "Station dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:192 +msgid "Kiosk setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " +"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " +"tablet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:197 +msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " +":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" +" a new browser tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " +"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" +" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " +"browser tab or window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " +"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " +"accessing the database when checking-in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" +" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " +":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " +"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " +"requests were made for each drink." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:220 +msgid "" +"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " +"other metrics, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`frontdesk/visitors`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:3 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "Bezoekers" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:5 msgid "" -"To access a complete list of visitors that are currently checked in, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +"In the Odoo *Frontdesk* application, a *visitor* is defined as any non-" +"employee (e.g., repair person, job candidate, etc.). These visitors can be " +"logged upon arrival and departure for security purposes. This ensures an " +"accurate list of people on the premises." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:196 -msgid "" -"The visitors are listed in a list view, with the following details that were" -" entered when they checked in:" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:12 +msgid "Visitor list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To access a complete list of checked-in visitors, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:18 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Planned or Checked-In` and :guilabel:`Today` " "filters appear in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:21 +msgid "" +"All visitors are presented in a list view, with the following details that " +"were entered upon check in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:24 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the guest's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:25 msgid ":guilabel:`Visitor Company`: the company the guest represents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: the guest's phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 -msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`: the drink the guest requested." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`\\*: the drink the guest requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:28 msgid ":guilabel:`Host`: who the guest is waiting to see." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:29 msgid ":guilabel:`CheckIn`: the date and time the guest checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Checkout`: the date and time the guest checked out. As mentioned," -" in the default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " +":guilabel:`Checkout`\\*: the date and time the guest checked out. In the " +"default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " ":guilabel:`Planned` status are visible. Guests with check-out times are only" " visible if the :guilabel:`Today` filter is not active." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duration`: the amount of time the guest has been checked in for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`Station`: the location of where the guest checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: the status of the guest. The options are " ":guilabel:`Checked-In`, :guilabel:`Planned`, :guilabel:`Checked-Out`, or " -":guilabel:`Canceled`. In the default view, only guests with a " -":guilabel:`Checked-In` or :guilabel:`Planned` status are visible." +":guilabel:`Canceled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: the guest's email address." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`\\*: the guest's email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:39 msgid "" -"To the far right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page is " -"an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +"\\* These fields are not visible in the default :guilabel:`Visitor` list. " +"These must be enabled using the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` " +":guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon in the top-right of the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To the far-right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page, " +"there is an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:46 msgid "" "When a guest leaves, click the available :guilabel:`Check out` button to " "update the guest's record, and log the date and time they left." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:49 msgid "" "If a scheduled guest arrives, and they did not check in using the " "*Frontdesk* kiosk, they can be checked in here, by clicking the available " ":guilabel:`Check in` button to log the date and time they arrived." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:53 msgid "" -"Beside the untitled status column a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button appears," -" but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." +"Beside the untitled status column, a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " +"appears, but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:56 msgid "" "When their drink has been served, click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " "to indicate the drink has been delivered to the guest. Once clicked, that " "button disappears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst-1 msgid "" "The full list of currently checked in visitors, with the drinks to be served" " highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:63 msgid "" "If any column is not visible, or if a visible column is preferred to be " -"hidden, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options (two horizontal lines with " -"dots)` icon, located at the end of the column name list." +"hidden, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(additional " +"options)` icon, located at the end of the column name list. Doing so, " +"reveals a reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or disable. A" +" :icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`(check)` icon indicates the column is visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Clicking that reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or " -"disable. A :guilabel:`✅ (checkmark)` icon indicates the column is visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:69 msgid "Planned visitors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:71 msgid "" -"If a guest is expected to arrive at a future date and time, it is possible " -"to enter their information into the *Frontdesk* application in advance." +"Enter expected guest information in advance by creating a planned guest in " +"the *Frontdesk* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:73 msgid "" "To create a planned guest, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Visitors --> New`. Then, enter the same information as any other " -":ref:`visitor `. The only required fields are the " -"visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the :guilabel:`Station` at which they are " -"expected to arrive." +"Visitors`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, enter the same information as " +"any other :ref:`visitor ` on the guest form that appears. " +"The only required fields are the visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Station` at which they are expected to arrive." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:79 msgid "" "If a guest is planned in advance, they must be checked in from the list on " "the :guilabel:`Visitors` page in the *Frontdesk* application " @@ -5986,96 +6355,71 @@ msgid "" " entry remains listed as :guilabel:`Planned`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:84 msgid "" -"Only when a planned guest is checked in inside the application's visitor " -"list, their :guilabel:`Planned` status changes to :guilabel:`Checked-In`." +"The :guilabel:`Planned` status of a planned guest **only** changes to " +":guilabel:`Checked-In` when they are checked in *inside* the application's " +":guilabel:`Visitors` list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:87 msgid "" "If a guest does check in using a kiosk, ensure all records are current, and " -"the list of currently on-site guests is correct. Be sure to check in and/or " -"check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly reflects who " -"is currently on the premises." +"the list of guests that are currently on-site is correct. Be sure to check " +"in and/or check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly " +"reflects who is currently on the premises." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:91 msgid "" "Ensure planned guests are informed that they should **not** check in using " "the kiosk if they are listed as a planned guest in advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:274 -msgid "Frontdesk flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " -"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " -"tablet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:279 -msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:281 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " -":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" -" a new browser tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:283 -msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " -"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" -" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " -"browser tab or window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:288 -msgid "" -"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " -"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " -"accessing the database when checking-in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:95 msgid "Visitor flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:294 -msgid "" -"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a frontdesk kiosk, and " -"enter their information. The information requested is what was configured " -"for that specific frontdesk station. If any information is required, the " -"field displays a red asterisk (*). The visitor must enter the required " -"information in order to check in." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:98 +msgid "Visitor check in" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a :ref:`Frontdesk kiosk " +"`, and click :guilabel:`Check in`. The information " +"requested from the visitor is what was configured for that specific " +"*Frontdesk* station. If any information is required, the field displays a " +"red asterisk (\\*). The visitor **must** enter the required information in " +"order to check in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:105 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, the visitor taps the :guilabel:`Check " "In` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:108 msgid "" -"If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check " -"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: `Do " -"you want something to drink?`" +"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," +" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check " +"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: " +":guilabel:`Do you want something to drink?`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:117 msgid "" "The visitor can tap either :guilabel:`Yes, please`, or :guilabel:`No, thank " "you`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:119 msgid "" "If they select :guilabel:`Yes, please`, a drink selection screen appears, " "and the pre-configured options are listed. The visitor then taps the desired" @@ -6083,47 +6427,46 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Nothing, thanks` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:123 msgid "" -"If a drink selection was made, a `Thank you for registering! Your drink is " -"on the way.` message appears." +"If a drink selection was made, a :guilabel:`Thank you for registering! Your " +"drink is on the way.` message appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:313 -msgid "" -"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," -" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:127 +msgid "Notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:129 msgid "" "Once the visitor has checked in, the person they are visiting, and any other" -" users who were configured to be notified when checks ins occur at the " -"kiosk, are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a " -"*Discuss* chat, or any combination of those three options." +" users who were configured to be notified when check-ins occur at the kiosk," +" are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a *Discuss*" +" chat, or any combination of those three options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:133 msgid "" "If the visitor requested a drink, the user(s) configured as the " -":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified via the " -"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: `(Visitor Name) just " -"checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" +":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified, via the " +"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: :guilabel:`(Visitor " +"Name) just checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the drink has been delivered to the guest, the person who delivered the" " drink is responsible for marking the drink as delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:140 msgid "" "To mark a drink as delivered, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Stations --> (#) Drinks to serve` on the desired station card." +"Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#) " +"Drinks to serve`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:143 msgid "" "This opens a list of all the visitors checked in at that station, and are " "waiting for a drink. Click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button at the end of" @@ -6131,64 +6474,39 @@ msgid "" "their drink served, the visitor disappears from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:150 msgid "" "Once the visitor has completed their business, and has left the premises, it" " is important to check them out for accurate record keeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:153 msgid "" "To check visitors out properly, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app " -"--> Stations --> (#) On Site`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who" -" are currently checked-in at that station." +"--> Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#)" +" Drinks to serve`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who are " +"currently checked-in at that station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:157 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check Out` button near the end of the line for the " +"Click the :guilabel:`Check out` button near the end of the line for the " "visitor who left. Once they are marked as checked-out, the visitor " "disappears from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:161 msgid "" -"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important to" -" check out visitors for accurate record keeping." +"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important " +"for *Frontdesk* users to check out visitors for accurate record keeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:164 msgid "" "Always have an accurate list of who is on the premises at any given time. " "This is important for security purposes, and in the case of an emergency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:353 -msgid "" -"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " -"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:355 -msgid "" -"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" -" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " -":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:358 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " -"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " -"requests were made for each drink." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:361 -msgid "" -"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " -"other metrics, as well." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:5 msgid "Lunch" msgstr "Lunch" @@ -6696,7 +7014,7 @@ msgid "The category form, with the fields filled out for a Soup category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:280 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:701 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:392 msgid "Alerts" msgstr "Waarschuwingen" @@ -7913,13 +8231,20 @@ msgid "" "the changes are also reflected in the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To access contract templates, the *Salary Configurator* " +"(`hr_contract_salary`) module **must** be :ref:`installed " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "To view all the current contract templates in the database, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Contracts: Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Contract Templates` page, all current contract templates " "appear in a list view. To view the details of a contract template, click " @@ -7928,40 +8253,40 @@ msgid "" "contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" "To create a new contract template, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Then, " "enter the following information on the blank contract template form that " "appears:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Reference`: enter a brief description for the template. " "This should be clear and easily understood, as this name appears in the " "*Recruitment* application, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: select the desired working schedule the " "contract applies to from the drop-down menu. If a new working schedule is " "needed, create a :ref:`new working schedule `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select how the work entries are generated. " "Choices are either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: work entries are generated based on the " "selected working schedule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "attendance, as they are logged in the *Attendances* application. Refer to " @@ -7969,56 +8294,56 @@ msgid "" "on checking in and out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Planning`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "planning in the *Planning* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select the :ref:`salary structure type " "` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the contract template applies " "to from the drop-down menu. If blank, the template applies to all " "departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Job Position`: select the :ref:`job position ` the contract template applies to from the drop-down menu. If " "blank, the template applies to all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 msgid ":guilabel:`Wage on Payroll`: enter the monthly wage in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Type`: select the type of contract from the drop-down " "menu. This list is the same as the :ref:`Employment Types " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: select the employee responsible for validating " "contracts, using this template, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`: select a default document that a" " new employee has to sign to accept an offer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template`: select a default document " "that a current employee has to sign to update their contract." @@ -8028,18 +8353,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new contract template form, with the fields filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 msgid "Salary information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or " ":guilabel:`Hourly Wage` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: using the drop-down menu, select how often the " "employee is paid. Options include :guilabel:`Annually`, :guilabel:`Semi-" @@ -8048,7 +8373,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Weekly`, or :guilabel:`Daily`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage`: enter the gross wage. The time period presented in this " "field is based on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Scheduled Pay` field. " @@ -8056,21 +8381,21 @@ msgid "" "*first*, since that entry updates this field automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:172 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)`: enter the total yearly cost the employee " "costs the employer. When this value is entered, the :guilabel:`Monthly Cost " "(Real)` is automatically updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Monthly Cost (Real)`: this field is **not** editable. The value " "is automatically populated after the :guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)` is " "entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:178 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Schedule Pay`, :guilabel:`Wage`, and :guilabel:`Yearly Cost " "(Real)` fields are all linked. If any of these fields are updated, the other" @@ -8083,60 +8408,60 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The salary information tab, with the fields filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 msgid "Pre-tax benefits and post-tax deductions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:190 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings set for the company, the entries " "presented in this section either vary, or may not appear at all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "For example, some entries may pertain to retirement accounts, health " "insurance benefits, and commuter benefits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:196 msgid "" "Enter the monetary amounts or percentages to specify how much of the " "employee's salary goes to the various benefits and/or deductions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "Employment types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:204 msgid "" "To view all the pre-configured employment types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll application --> Configuration --> Contracts: " "Employment Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:207 msgid "" "The employment types are presented in a list view on the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:209 msgid "" "The default employment types are :guilabel:`Permanent`, " ":guilabel:`Temporary`, :guilabel:`Seasonal`, :guilabel:`Interim`, " ":guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, and :guilabel:`Permanent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 msgid "" "To make a new employment type, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the " "upper-left corner, and a blank line appears at the bottom of the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:215 msgid "" "On this new blank line, enter the name of the employment type in the " ":guilabel:`Name` column. If the employment type is country-specific, select " @@ -8145,7 +8470,7 @@ msgid "" " specific country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:220 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the employment types, click the :guilabel:`six " "small gray boxes` icon to the left of the employment type :guilabel:`Name`, " @@ -8156,12 +8481,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The employment types in the database by default, in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "Werkboekingen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -8173,15 +8498,15 @@ msgstr "" "en vrije tijd te registreren, zoals :guilabel:`Aanwezigheden`, " ":guilabel:`Ziekteverlof`, :guilabel:`Training`, of :guilabel:`Feestdagen`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:238 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:241 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "Werkboekingstypes" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -8194,14 +8519,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Werkboekingstypes` wordt automatisch aangemaakt op basis van de " "lokalisatie instellingen in de database." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work " "Entry Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:251 msgid "" "Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." @@ -8213,29 +8538,29 @@ msgid "" "code and color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "Nieuwe werkboekingstype" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 msgid "" "To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:730 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:43 msgid "General information section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: the name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:269 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: this code appears with the work entry type on " "timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " @@ -8243,7 +8568,7 @@ msgid "" "department for a code to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:272 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DMFA code`: this code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " "Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding :abbr:`DMFA (De " @@ -8254,50 +8579,50 @@ msgid "" "salaries paid to those employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 msgid "" ":guilabel:`External Code`: this code is used for exporting data to a third-" "party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used to determine " "the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: this code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " "payroll service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the particular work entry type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:285 msgid "Display in payslip section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rounding`: the rounding method selected determines how quantities" " on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: a timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:295 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -8313,11 +8638,11 @@ msgstr "" "dag`, wordt de post aangepast naar 4 uur. Als de afronding is ingesteld op " ":guilabel:`Dag`, wordt de post aangepast naar 8 uur." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:301 msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: if the work entry is for work that " "is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " @@ -8326,39 +8651,39 @@ msgid "" " training, or volunteer work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:309 msgid "Valid for advantages section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: if the work entry should count towards a meal " "voucher, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:312 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: if the work entry should count towards " "representation fees, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: if the work entry should count " "towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:318 msgid "Time off options section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off`: check this box if the work entry type can be selected " "for a time off request, or entry, in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field " "appears. This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time" @@ -8366,14 +8691,14 @@ msgid "" "example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "A new type of time off can be entered in the field, if the listed types of " "time off in the drop-down menu do **not** display the type of time off " "needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: this is for Belgian-specific companies " "**only**, and does **not** appear for other localizations. Check this box if" @@ -8384,11 +8709,11 @@ msgid "" "year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:336 msgid "Reporting section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:338 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: if the work entry should be visible on the " "unforeseen absences report, check this box." @@ -8398,11 +8723,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:348 msgid "Working schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 msgid "" "To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " @@ -8410,21 +8735,21 @@ msgid "" "contracts and work entries are found in this list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 msgid "" "Working schedules are company-specific. Each company **must** identify each " "type of working schedule they use. If the database is created for only one " "company, the company column is not available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" "An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " "work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " "that uses the 40-hour standard work week." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "" "A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " "needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." @@ -8436,17 +8761,17 @@ msgid "" "the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "New working schedule" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:373 msgid "" "To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " "enter the information on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -8458,7 +8783,7 @@ msgstr "" "tekst in het veld :guilabel:`Naam` aan te passen. Pas vervolgens de dagen en" " tijden aan die van toepassing zijn op de nieuwe werktijd." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:380 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -8472,7 +8797,7 @@ msgstr "" "maken. De kolommen :guilabel:`Begintijd` en :guilabel:`Eindtijd` worden " "gewijzigd door de tijd in te voeren." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:386 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." @@ -8480,10 +8805,10 @@ msgstr "" "De :guilabel:`Begintijd` en de :guilabel:`Eindtijd` moeten in een 24-uurs " "indeling zijn. Bijvoorbeeld, `2:00 PM` wordt ingegeven als `14:00`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:389 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top-left. This creates " "entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" @@ -8491,11 +8816,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New working schedule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:403 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "Structuurtypes" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -8512,7 +8837,7 @@ msgstr "" "betaald, de werkuren en of de salarissen gebaseerd zijn op een loon (vast) " "of op het aantal gewerkte uren van de werknemer (variabel)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:411 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -8528,73 +8853,77 @@ msgstr "" "eindejaarsuitkering. Zowel het `Regulier loon` als de `Eindejaarsuitkering` " "zijn structuren binnen het structuurtype `Werknemer`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:417 msgid "" "The different :guilabel:`Structure Types` can be seen by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure " -"Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary: Structure Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:420 msgid "" -"There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: " -":guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Worker`. Typically, :guilabel:`Employee`" -" is used for salaried employees, which is why the wage type is " -":guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is typically used for" -" employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +"Two default structure types are configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Employee` and" +" :guilabel:`Worker`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:422 +msgid "" +"Typically, :guilabel:`Employee` is used for salaried employees, which is why" +" the wage type is :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is " +"typically used for employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is " +":guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "New structure type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " "structure type form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 msgid "" "Proceed to enter information in the fields. Most fields are pre-populated, " "but all the fields can be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:441 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Structure Type`: enter the name for the new structure type, such " "as `Employee` or `Worker`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Country`: select the country that the new structure type applies " "to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:445 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select what type of wage the new structure type uses," " either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for salaried employees, who receive the same wage " "every pay period, select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:451 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for employees, who receive wages based on how many" " hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: select the typical pay schedule for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," @@ -8603,7 +8932,7 @@ msgid "" "indicates how often this specific type of structure is paid out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: select the default working hours for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " @@ -8614,13 +8943,13 @@ msgid "" "hours>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: type in the name for the regular pay " "structure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:463 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: select the default type of work entry " "the new structure type falls under from the drop-down menu. The default " @@ -8631,13 +8960,13 @@ msgid "" "Hours`, and :guilabel:`Long Term Time Off`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 msgid "" "To view all the options for the :guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`, click " "the :guilabel:`Search More..` button at the bottom of the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:472 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings, this list may contain more options " "in addition to the default options." @@ -8648,11 +8977,11 @@ msgid "" "New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 msgid "New default working hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:484 msgid "" "To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " "in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " @@ -8662,14 +8991,14 @@ msgid "" "time. When the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: type in the name for the new default working hours. This " "should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " "Hours/Week`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that can use these new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " @@ -8677,7 +9006,7 @@ msgid "" " to have their own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:495 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: the average hours per day field is auto-" "populated, based on the working hours configured in the :guilabel:`Working " @@ -8685,13 +9014,13 @@ msgid "" "hours affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:499 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Timezone`: select the time zone to be used for the new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:501 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: enter the number of hours per week an " "employee would need to work to be considered a full-time employee. " @@ -8700,7 +9029,7 @@ msgid "" "(full-time vs part-time)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:505 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Time Rate`: this percentage is auto-generated based on the " "entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" @@ -8710,7 +9039,7 @@ msgid "" "adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: this tab is where each day's specific working" " hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " @@ -8718,26 +9047,26 @@ msgid "" "with each day divided into three timed sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:513 msgid "" "Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening " "(13:00-17:00) hours configured, using a 24 hour time format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:516 msgid "" "To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field to adjust, and " "make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the specific case of " "the times, type in the desired time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:519 msgid "" "Keep in mind, working hours are company-specific, and cannot be shared " "between companies. Each company needs to have their own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "" "If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " "bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " @@ -8746,11 +9075,11 @@ msgid "" " be adjusted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 msgid "Structures" msgstr "Structuren" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:531 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." @@ -8759,7 +9088,7 @@ msgstr "" " wordt binnen een specifieke *structuur* en worden specifiek bepaald door " "verschillende regels." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -8771,13 +9100,13 @@ msgstr "" "worden en hoe hun loon wordt berekend. Bijvoorbeeld, een veelvoorkomende " "structuur die nuttig kan zijn is een `Bonus`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:538 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:541 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " @@ -8791,7 +9120,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All available salary structures." msgstr "Alle beschikbare loonstructuren." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:548 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." @@ -8805,12 +9134,12 @@ msgid "" "Rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:551 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:556 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:261 msgid "Rules" msgstr "Regels" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:558 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " "purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" @@ -8818,35 +9147,35 @@ msgid "" "the creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:562 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " "Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:565 msgid "" "To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " "the following information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 msgid "Top section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:571 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rule Name`: enter a name for the rule. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " "recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " @@ -8854,38 +9183,38 @@ msgid "" "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:577 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a number indicating when this rule is calculated" " in the sequence of all other rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:576 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Active`: enable this toggle, so the rule is available for use. " "Disable the toggle to hide the rule without deleting it in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:583 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appears on payslip`: tick the checkbox to have the rule appear on" " employee payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:584 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Employer Cost Dashboard`: tick the checkbox to have the " "rule appear on the :guilabel:`Employer Cost` report, located on the " "*Payroll* app dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:586 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Payroll Reporting`: tick the checkbox to have the rule " "appear on payroll reports." @@ -8895,15 +9224,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 msgid "General tab" msgstr "Algemeen tabblad" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:597 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "Voorwaarden" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:599 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: select from the drop-down menu whether the " "rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always applies), a :guilabel:`Range` " @@ -8912,11 +9241,11 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:600 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:605 msgid "Computation" msgstr "Berekening" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:607 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: select from the drop-down menu whether the amount " "is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a :guilabel:`Percentage (%)`, or a " @@ -8924,54 +9253,54 @@ msgid "" "percentage, or Python code needs to be entered next. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:613 msgid "Company contribution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:615 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partner`: if another company financially contributes to this " "rule, select the company from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:614 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:810 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 msgid "Description tab" msgstr "Tabblad Omschrijving" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:621 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the rule. " "This tab only appears in the rule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:625 msgid "Accounting tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:627 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Debit Account`: select the debit account from the drop-down menu " "the rule affects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Credit Account`: select the credit account from the drop-down " "menu the rule affects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:624 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:629 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not computed in net accountability`: tick the checkbox to delete " "the value of this rule in the `Net Salary` rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:633 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "Regel parameters" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:636 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " @@ -8980,11 +9309,11 @@ msgid "" "has matured to more markets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:642 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "Andere invoertypes" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:644 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " @@ -8998,14 +9327,14 @@ msgid "" "a payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 msgid "" "To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " ":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " "applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:658 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" " :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " @@ -9017,11 +9346,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new Input Type form filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:664 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:669 msgid "Salary attachment types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:671 msgid "" "Salary attachments, also thought of as \"wage garnishments\", are portions " "of earnings taken out of a payslip for something specific. Much like all " @@ -9029,7 +9358,7 @@ msgid "" "**must** be defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:675 msgid "" "To view the currently configured salary attachments, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Salary " @@ -9038,7 +9367,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Child Support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:679 msgid "" "To make a new type of salary attachment, click the :guilabel:`New` button. " "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Code` (used in the salary " @@ -9050,11 +9379,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new salary attachment form filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "Salarisconfigurator" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " "section of the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary " @@ -9064,7 +9394,7 @@ msgid "" "their salary package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:695 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -9073,11 +9403,11 @@ msgid "" "sees, and what is populated, as the applicant enters information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:701 msgid "Benefits" msgstr "Secundaire voordelen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:703 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain benefits " "set in Odoo, in addition to the salary, to make an offer more appealing " @@ -9085,7 +9415,7 @@ msgid "" " or internet, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:707 msgid "" "To view the benefits, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary Package Configurator: Benefits`. Benefits are grouped by " @@ -9097,7 +9427,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list view of all the benefits available for each structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:716 msgid "" "A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " "another labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " @@ -9105,7 +9435,7 @@ msgid "" "structure type has a meal voucher benefit available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:720 msgid "" "A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use the " "company car benefit, but cannot have meal vouchers. A person hired under the" @@ -9113,29 +9443,29 @@ msgid "" "available to them, not the use of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:724 msgid "" "To make a new benefit, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " "information in the fields on the blank benefits form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:722 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 msgid "The various fields for creating a benefit are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:732 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefits`: enter the name for the benefit. This field is " "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:733 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "benefit this is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of cost " "incurred by the company for this specific benefit. The default options are " @@ -9146,7 +9476,7 @@ msgid "" "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:739 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Related Type`: select from the drop-down menu what type of " "benefit it is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -9155,52 +9485,52 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:738 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the specific field" " on the contract the benefit appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select the specific field on the contract that the " "cost of the benefit is linked to, using the drop-down menu. If this field is" " left blank, the cost of the benefit is not computed in the employee budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:748 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Net Salary`: tick the checkbox if the benefit should " "impact the employee's net salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requested Documents`: select any document that is required to be " "submitted for this benefit, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:752 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mandatory Benefits`: using the drop-down menu, select the benefit" " that is required in order for this specific benefit to be offered to the " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 msgid "" "For example, a benefit for car insurance would populate `Company Car` in " "this field. This would allow the car insurance benefit to **only** be " "displayed if the employee has selected/enabled the benefit of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:758 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this benefit applies to. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:760 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select the metric that the benefit is granted, " "using the drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " @@ -9211,17 +9541,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new benefit form filled out for an internet subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:768 msgid "Display section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:770 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show Name`: tick the checkbox to have the benefit name appear in " "the salary package configurator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:767 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: select from the drop-down menu how this benefit is" " displayed. The options are :guilabel:`Always Selected`, " @@ -9230,14 +9560,14 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 msgid "" "Depending on the selection made, additional configurations need to be made. " "For example, if :guilabel:`Radio Buttons` is selected, the individual radio " "buttons must be entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Icon`: an icon from the `Font Awesome 4 library " "`_ can be visible for this benefit. Enter" @@ -9245,43 +9575,43 @@ msgid "" "suitcase icon, the code `fa fa-suitcase` is entered on this line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hide Description`: tick the checkbox to hide the benefit " "description if the benefit is not selected by the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:784 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded`: if the benefit should be folded, or hidden, because it " "is dependant on another benefit selection, tick the checkbox. The following " "fields appear when this is active:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Label`: enter a name for the folded section of the benefit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:783 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:788 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Res Field`: select the contract field this benefit is tied " "to using the drop-down menu. If this field is selected on the contract, then" " this benefit becomes visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:792 msgid "Activity section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the activity type" " that is automatically created when this benefit is selected by the " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:796 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation`: select when the activity is created, either " "when the :guilabel:`Employee signs his contract`, or when the " @@ -9289,7 +9619,7 @@ msgid "" "desired selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:799 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation Type`: select the parameters for when the " "activity is created, either :guilabel:`When the benefit is set` or " @@ -9297,47 +9627,47 @@ msgid "" " desired selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:802 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Assigned to`: select the user the activity is automatically " "assigned to, using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:143 msgid "Sign section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:808 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Template to Sign`: if the employee is required to sign a document" " when selecting this benefit, select the document template from the drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:811 msgid "" "For example, a benefit regarding the use of a company car may require the " "employee to sign a document acknowledging the company's car policies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:812 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the benefit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:820 msgid "Personal info" msgstr "Persoonlijke informatie" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:822 msgid "" "Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " "candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " "information, resume, work information, and documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:826 msgid "" "The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " "section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " @@ -9345,19 +9675,19 @@ msgid "" "hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:825 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:830 msgid "" "To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " "dashboard, and click on the employee's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:829 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:834 msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." msgstr "" "Een werknemersfiche kan worden beschouwd als een personeelsdossier van een " "werknemer." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:836 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Personal Info` section lists all of the fields that are " "available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " @@ -9371,25 +9701,25 @@ msgid "" "enter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:839 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 msgid "" "To edit a personal info entry, select an entry from the list on the " ":guilabel:`Personal Info` page, and modify the personal info on the form " "that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:842 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 msgid "To create a new personal info entry, click the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:849 msgid "" "The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " "are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " ":guilabel:`Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:852 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down menu. " ":guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the :guilabel:`Bank" @@ -9397,7 +9727,7 @@ msgid "" "account, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:851 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from the drop-down menu that best " "describes what kind of personal information this entry is, and where it is " @@ -9406,13 +9736,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address` or :guilabel:`Personal Documents`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:861 msgid "" "The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " "Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:859 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:864 msgid "" "Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required` box makes the field mandatory on the " "employee's card. The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the " @@ -9425,50 +9755,50 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "Nieuwe invoer van persoonlijke informatie." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:871 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:876 msgid "" "The resumé section, housed within the salary package configurator section of" " the settings menu, is how salary information rules are configured when " "offering a position to potential employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:879 msgid "" "When an offer is sent to a prospective employee, the values for the offer " "are computed from these settings, and appear on the offer page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:877 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:882 msgid "" "To configure this section, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator: Resumé`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:885 msgid "" "By default, there are three :guilabel:`Salary Structure Types` pre-" "configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Worker`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " ":guilabel:`None`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:888 msgid "" "Each :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` has several rules configured. These " "affect how an offer is calculated using that particular :guilabel:`Salary " "Structure Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:886 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " ":guilabel:`Contract Salary Resumé` form loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 msgid ":guilabel:`Information`: type in a name for this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:892 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:897 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select the category this value is housed under, using " "the drop-down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Monthly Salary`, " @@ -9476,11 +9806,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:901 msgid "New categories can be made if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, then enter the name for the new category " "in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, select the :guilabel:`Periodicity` from" @@ -9489,23 +9819,23 @@ msgid "" "appears in the :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` rule list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:908 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Monthly Total`: tick the checkbox if this value is added " "in the monthly total calculation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:911 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select what kind of value this rule is, either " ":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Days`, or :guilabel:`Percent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency` is for a set monetary value, :guilabel:`Days` is for " "compensation in the form of time off, and :guilabel:`Percent` is for a " @@ -9513,13 +9843,13 @@ msgid "" "commissions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:912 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select which :guilabel:`Salary Structure " "Type` this rule is nested under, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:919 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Value Type`: select how the value is computed, using the drop-" "down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Fixed Value`, " @@ -9527,7 +9857,7 @@ msgid "" "Benefits Values`, and :guilabel:`Monthly Total`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:922 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: select the code this rule applies to from the drop-down " "menu." @@ -9538,23 +9868,23 @@ msgid "" "The net wage rule form filled out, with all the information for net pay." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:929 msgid "Jobs" msgstr "Functies" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:926 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:931 msgid "" "Since the *Payroll* application is responsible for paying employees for " "specific job positions, the complete list of job positions can be found in " "both the *Payroll* and *Recruitment* applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:937 #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:934 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:939 msgid "" "The job positions listed in the *Payroll* application are identical to the " "job positions listed in the *Recruitment* application. If a new job position" @@ -9562,13 +9892,13 @@ msgid "" "*Payroll* application, and vice versa." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:943 msgid "" "To view the job positions, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Jobs: Job Positions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:941 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:946 msgid "" "A list of all the job positions appear, along with the corresponding " "department, on the :guilabel:`Job Position` page." @@ -9578,38 +9908,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list of all the job positions and corresponding departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 msgid "" "To create a new job description, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a job " "form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:955 msgid "" "Enter the information on the form for the new position. The information is " "identical as to the information entered when creating a new job position in " "the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 msgid "" "Refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation for more details" " on how to fill out this form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:957 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:962 msgid ":doc:`payroll/contracts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:963 msgid ":doc:`payroll/payslips`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:959 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:964 msgid ":doc:`payroll/work_entries`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:965 msgid ":doc:`payroll/reporting`" msgstr "" @@ -12283,8 +12613,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " "steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" " step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," -" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " -"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +" conducting an interview, or sending a job offer, for example. This process " +"is referred to as the 'applicant flow.'" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 @@ -12317,18 +12647,245 @@ msgid "" "positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " "` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " "stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " -"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes are " "visible on all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:37 msgid "" -"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +"Before creating a job position in Odoo, configure the necessary settings for" +" the *Recruitment* app. To view and edit the settings, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Settings`. After any " +"changes are made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the top-left corner " +"to save all the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:43 +msgid "Job posting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Job Posting` section of the *Recruitment* app settings has " +"only one selection to make. If job positions are to be posted to the " +"company's website, enable the :guilabel:`Online Posting` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Online Posting` is only available if the *Website* " +"application is also installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:53 +msgid "Recruitment process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recruitment process` section of the settings page specifies " +"what the database can and cannot do during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:59 +msgid "Send interview survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Odoo is capable of having a survey sent to an applicant to gather more " +"information about them. Surveys can be thought of as exams, or " +"questionnaires, and can be customized in various ways to provide the " +"recruitment team with valuable insights into the applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option to send surveys to " +"applicants. Once enabled, an :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Interview " +"Survey` internal link appears. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`Interview Survey` link to navigate to a list of all created " +"surveys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:70 +msgid "" +"This list includes all surveys that were created in the database, not just " +"surveys used in the *Recruitment* app. If no surveys have been created, the " +"surveys list displays a :guilabel:`No Survey Found` message, and presents " +"options to create a survey from several pre-configured survey templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:76 +msgid "" +"For more detailed information about surveys, refer to the :doc:`survey " +"essentials <../marketing/surveys/create>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Enabling the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option will install the " +"*Surveys* application once the settings are saved, if it is not installed " +"already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:84 +msgid "Send SMS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:86 +msgid "" +"It is possible to send text messages to applicants directly through the " +"*Recruitment* app. To do so, enable the :guilabel:`Send SMS` option. This " +"option requires credits to use, which can be obtained by clicking the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` internal link that emerges " +"when the feature is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For more information, refer to the :doc:`SMS pricing and FAQs " +"<../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:98 +msgid "CV display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When applicants submit an application, one of the default required fields is" +" a resumé, or :abbr:`CV (curriculum vitae)`. All resumés are stored in the " +"*Documents* application, and are accessible on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:104 +msgid "" +"A resumé has the option to appear on the applicant's form, which can be " +"viewed by clicking on the applicant's card. The resumé appears on the right-" +"side of the screen. If this is not enabled, the resumé is accessed via a " +"link in the chatter, where it needs to be clicked to expand and view it, or " +"downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`CV Display` option to show the resumé on the " +"applicant's card by default, and in addition to the document link. When " +"enabled, the resumé appears on the right side of the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"For the resumé to appear on the right-side, the browser window must be in " +"full-screen mode (where the browser spans the entire screen)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the browser window is set to a size smaller than the entire width of the " +"screen (not full-screen), then the resumé does not appear on the right-side." +" Instead, the resumé appears in the :guilabel:`Files` section of the " +"chatter, below the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The resumé on an applicant's card, appearing on the right side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:128 +msgid "CV digitization (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:130 +msgid "" +"When an application is submitted using any of the available methods, such as" +" an online application submission, emailing a resume to the job position " +"alias, or creating an applicant record directly from the database, it is " +"possible to have Odoo extract the applicant's name, phone number, and email " +"address from the resumé and populate the applicant's form. To do so, enable " +"the :guilabel:`CV Digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:136 +msgid "" +"When enabled, additional options appear. Click on the corresponding radio " +"button to select one of the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not digitize`: this option turns off resumé digitization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize on demand only`: this option only digitizes resumes when" +" requested. A :guilabel:`Digitize document` buttons appears on applicant " +"cards. When clicked, the resumé is scanned and the applicant's card is " +"updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize automatically`: this option automatically digitizes all " +"resumés when they are submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Beneath these options are two additional links. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-" +"right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` button to purchase credits for CV " +"digitization. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`View My Services` " +"to view a list of all current services, and their remaining credit balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:151 +msgid "" +"For more information on document digitization and :abbr:`IAP's (in-app " +"purchases)`, refer to the :doc:`In-app purchase (IAP) " +"<../essentials/in_app_purchase>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:155 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option for :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)`" +" at first may seem like a redundancy. It seems to be the same as disabling " +"the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option is enabled, a module is " +"installed so that resumés can be scanned. Disabling this option would " +"uninstall the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If at some point, there is a desire to temporarily stop digitizing resumés, " +"the :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option is selected. The reason this option " +"is available is so that the module is not uninstalled, allowing for " +"digitization to be enabled in the future by selecting one of the other two " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"When sending an offer to an applicant, an expiration date can be set on the " +"offer. Enter the number of days an offer is valid for in the " +":guilabel:`days` field. After the set amount of days has passed, if the " +"applicant has not accepted the offer, the offer is no longer available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To access the Kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " ":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " "opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " -"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " -"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " -"job position." +"Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` smart button on a job position " +"card to navigate to the Kanban view for all the applicants for that " +"particular job position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12336,119 +12893,130 @@ msgid "" "Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:186 msgid "" -"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"Inside the job application, the Kanban stages appear, with all the " "applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" -" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +" are currently in. There are six default stages in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:190 +msgid ":ref:`New `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:191 msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:194 msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:195 msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:197 msgid "" -"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " -"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " -"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " -"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " -"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default. Folded " +"columns appear gray, and the applicants in it are hidden from view. To " +"expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that column, click " +"anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and the column " +"expands, revealing the applicants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:206 msgid "" -"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " -"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, providing status " +"information for the applicant's in that specific stage. The status colors " +"are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:209 +msgid ":guilabel:`Green`: the applicant is ready to move to the next stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:210 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " -"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " -"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " -"stage." +":guilabel:`Red`: the applicant is blocked from moving to the next stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " -"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +":guilabel:`Gray`: the applicant is still in progress in the current stage " +"and is neither ready nor blocked from the next stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " -"which need to be scheduled." +"The status for each card is set manually. To set the status, click on the " +"small circle in the lower-left of the applicant card. A status pop-up window" +" appears. Click on the desired status for the applicant. The status dot on " +"the applicant card as well as the status bar updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The applicant card statuses, and status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:223 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " -"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " -"applicants currently in the stage." +"The names for the three status colors (`In Progress`, `Blocked`, and `Ready " +"for Next Stage`) :ref:`can be modified `, if " +"desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:229 msgid "Customize stages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:231 msgid "" "Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " "particular hiring steps of a business." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:235 msgid "New stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 msgid "" -"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " -"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " -"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" -" the screen to exit the new column creation." +"To create a new stage, click on :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Stage` and a new " +"column appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Stage " +"title` field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and " +"another new stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click" +" anywhere on the screen to exit the new stage creation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgid "The plus sign to click to add a new column to the Kanban stages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:249 msgid "Modify stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:251 msgid "" "To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " -":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " -"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " -"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " -"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " -"when done." +":icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side " +"of the stage. Click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon and a menu" +" appears. Then click on the :guilabel:`Edit` option. An :guilabel:`Edit: " +"(Stage)` form appears. Make any desired modifications to the form, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12457,40 +13025,39 @@ msgid "" "displays when clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 -msgid "Edit column form" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:265 +msgid "Edit stage form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:267 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " -"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" -" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +"The :guilabel:`Edit: (Stage)` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required field is the :guilabel:`Stage Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:272 msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " "drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " -"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"the stage, an email is automatically sent to the applicant using the " "selected template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " "(hidden) at all times in the default view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " "applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " @@ -12498,138 +13065,147 @@ msgid "" "is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:282 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " -"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " -"job positions can be selected." +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to specific job " +"positions, select the job positions from the drop-down menu. Multiple job " +"positions can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" " the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" " referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " ":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " -"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage. The *Referrals* app " +"must be installed in order to use this option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:289 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" -" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" -" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " -"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " -"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured status labels " +"(colored circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These " +"colors are displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the" +" applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the" +" label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " ":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " ":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" " any requirements of the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:298 msgid "Delete stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:300 msgid "" "If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," -" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." -" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " -"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " -":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " -":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` " +"icon appears. First, click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A " +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up warning appears, asking :guilabel:`Are you " +"sure you want to delete this column?` Click :guilabel:`Delete` to delete the" +" column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:307 msgid "" "If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " -"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" -" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" -" before deleting." +"up when attempting to delete the stage. The records currently in the stage " +"to need to be either deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage before" +" the stage can be deleted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:312 msgid "Email templates" msgstr "E-mailsjablonen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 msgid "" "To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " "templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " "use them are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " -"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " -"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " -"Interview` stage." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Applicant Acknowledgement`: this template is used to" +" let the applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`New` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:320 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " -"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " -"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Interest`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application caught the recruiter's attention, and " +"they have been shortlisted for either a phone call or an interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:323 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" -" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " -"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview`: this template is used to let " +"the applicant know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial " +"Qualification` stage and they will be contacted to set up an interview with " +"the recruiter. This email is automatically sent out once the applicant is in" +" the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:327 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" -" longer being considered for the position." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when " +"an applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the " +"position, and thanks them for their time and consideration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:330 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " -"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " -"configure their salary package." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is " +"no longer being considered for the position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 msgid "" "Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" " business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " ":doc:`../general/companies/email_template` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:337 msgid "" -"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " -"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " -":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " -"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +"To manually send an email, click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send an email from the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:344 msgid "" -"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " -":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " -"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " -"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +"Click the :icon:`fa-expand` :guilabel:`(expand)` full composer icon in the " +"bottom right corner of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter. A " +":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window loads, with the " +":guilabel:`Recipients` and :guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The " +"applicant's email address is entered in the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and" +" the :guilabel:`Subject` is `(Job Position)`. The email body is empty by " +"default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:350 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the field next to " +":guilabel:`Load template` in the bottom section of the window. Select the " +"email template to use from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 msgid "" -"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " -":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " "Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " "information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" " the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " @@ -12637,47 +13213,55 @@ msgid "" "change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:359 msgid "" -"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " -"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " -"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" -" of available templates." +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model load. There are " +"other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not configured" +" for the recruitment application, they do not appear in the list of " +"available templates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 msgid "" -"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " -"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " -"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " -":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " -"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " -"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " -"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " -"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " -"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button" +" in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the :icon:`fa-" +"close` :guilabel:`(delete)` icon to the right of the attachment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:367 +msgid "" +"If any changes need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If " +"the edits should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved " +"as a new template. Click the :guilabel:`Save Template` button in the bottom." +" To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email is sent to the " +"applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 msgid "Stage flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:375 msgid "" "In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " -"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the Kanban view to the" " desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:379 msgid "" "To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " -"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " -"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " -"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"in the Kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted at the top, above the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 +msgid "" +"Click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " "indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " -"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " -"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +"Kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top-left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12686,104 +13270,137 @@ msgid "" "applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:233 -msgid "Initial qualification" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:643 +msgid "New" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:398 msgid "" "The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " "flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " "recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:402 msgid "" -"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " -"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " -"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " -"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " -":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " -"required when applying for a job position." +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`New` stage, whether submitted online" +" or if the applicant is manually entered by a recruiter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:405 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically populates the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`, the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile` number, and :guilabel:`LinkedIn " +"Profile` on the applicant's card. This information is required when applying" +" for a job position, by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If the website application form is modified, different fields may be " +"populated based on what information is requested on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:414 msgid "" "If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " -"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " -":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " -"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " -"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " -"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " -"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " -"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" -" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +"Introduction` section of the online application, it will populate in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:421 +msgid "" +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé would appear " +"in the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"*Documents* application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the left-" +"hand side. All recruitment documents are stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "" +"If the :ref:`CV Display ` option was enabled in the " +":ref:`Settings ` menu, the resumé appears on the " +"applicant's card, on the right-hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:431 msgid "Send interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:433 msgid "" "At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " "applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " "can be formatted in a variety of ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid "" +"The *Surveys* application is used to send these *interviews*, therefore the " +"*Surveys* application must be installed to send an interview to an " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 msgid "" "Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " "questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " -"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " -"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " -"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " -"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " -"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" -" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" -" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +"be formatted to suit each individual job positions needs. For more " +"information on creating and editing interview forms, refer to the " +":doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 +msgid "" +"A job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form" +" of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:450 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top-left of the " +"applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Send Interview` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Send an " +"interview` pop-up window appears, with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:458 msgid "" "In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" " the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" -" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " -"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " -"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " -"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " -":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, an " +":guilabel:`Edit:(Applicant)` pop-up window appears on top of the " +":guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window. Enter the email address in the " +":guilabel:`email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. Once the " +"applicant's information is saved, the :guilabel:`Edit: (Applicant)` closes " +"and the :guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window remains." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 msgid "" -"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " -"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " -"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +"Email templates use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the " +"applicant and the job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey" +" if more people should receive the email. If an email is in the database as " +"a contact, add that contact in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. If an email" +" should be sent to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they" +" should **not** be added as a contact, add their email in the " +":guilabel:`Additional emails` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:279 -msgid "" -"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " -"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " -"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " -"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " -"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 -msgid "" -"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " -"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " -"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " -"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " -"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " -"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " -"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1066 msgid "" "If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " "button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " @@ -12791,25 +13408,26 @@ msgid "" " and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:475 msgid "" "If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" " for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " "window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " -"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " -"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " -"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +"calendar selector appears. Use the :icon:`fa-chevron-left` " +":guilabel:`(left)` and :icon:`fa-chevron-right` :guilabel:`(right)` arrows " +"on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then click on " +"the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"The :guilabel:`Mail Template` field is pre-populated based on the " "configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" " drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " "template loads in the email body." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 msgid "" "To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " ":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." @@ -12821,11 +13439,11 @@ msgid "" "pre-configured template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:494 msgid "Refuse" msgstr "Afkeuren" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:496 msgid "" "At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " "the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" @@ -12834,95 +13452,265 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refuse`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " -"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " -":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " -"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " -"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " -"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " -"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" -" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " -"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " -"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " -"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Click the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reason` from the presented options. The default refuse " +"reasons in Odoo, and their corresponding email templates, are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:508 +msgid "Email Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:509 +msgid "Refusal Reason" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:510 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Language issues`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Role already fulfilled`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Duplicate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Spam`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:516 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: don't like job`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: better offer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "" +"Additional refusal reasons :ref:`can be created and existing ones can be " +"modified or deleted `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:525 msgid "" "Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " "which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " "example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " -"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" -" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"applicant's name appears anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the " +"email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " "the :doc:`../general/companies/email_template` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 msgid "" -"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " -"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," -" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " -"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" -" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" -" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +"After a :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` is selected, two fields appear below the " +"refusal reason: :guilabel:`Send Email` and :guilabel:`Email Template`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:534 msgid "" -"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"The applicant's email address automatically populates the :guilabel:`Send " +"Email` field; additional email recipients cannot be added. If an email " +"should **not** be sent to the applicant, uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:538 +msgid "" +"The email template associated with the refusal reason populates the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field. If a different email template is desired, " +"select a different template from the :guilabel:`Email Template` drop-down " +"menu. To view the email template, click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon " +"to the right of the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. The email template " +"loads in a :guilabel:`Open: Email Template` pop-up window, and can be " +"modified if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:545 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Refuse`. The " "refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " -"appears on the applicant's card." +"appears on the applicant's card in the top-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top-right " "corner in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 msgid "" "After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " -"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " -"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" -" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " -":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " -"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " -"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +"position's Kanban view. To view the refused applicants only, click the " +":guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the search box, then click " +":guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` section. All applicants " +"that have been refused for the job position appear, in the stage they were " +"when they were refused." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:558 +msgid "" +"To view all applicants that have been refused from all job positions, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All " +"Applications`. Click the :guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the " +"search box, then click :guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"section. All applications for all job positions are presented in a list " +"view, organized by stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "Create or modify refuse reasons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:569 +msgid "" +"To view all currently configured refuse reasons, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Settings --> Applications: Refuse " +"Reasons`. All the refuse reasons appear in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +"To create a new refuse reason, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" +"left corner. A blank line appears at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Description` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +"Type in the new refuse reason in the field. It is recommended to enter a " +"reason that is short and concise, such as `offer expired` or `withdrew " +"application`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, click on the field to reveal " +"a drop-down menu. Select an :guilabel:`Email Template` from the list to be " +"used when this refuse reason is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +"If a new :guilabel:`Email Template` is desired, type in the name for the new" +" template in the field. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` and a " +":guilabel:`Create Email Template` form pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the form and an email :guilabel:`Subject` in " +"the corresponding fields. Enter the email content in the :guilabel:`Content`" +" tab. Make any other desired modifications to the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the template and return to the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reasons` list. The new template appears in the new refuse " +"reason :guilabel:`Email Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +"To make any modifications to a refuse reason, click on the line, and make " +"any desired changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:594 msgid "New applicant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:596 msgid "" "An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " "be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" -" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " -"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " -"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " -"button." +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online) an applicant " +"card can be easily added from the job position Kanban view in one of two " +"ways, using either the :ref:`quick add ` " +"button or the :ref:`New ` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 msgid "Quick add" msgstr "Snel toevoegen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:607 msgid "" -"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " -"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " -"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"Quickly add a new applicant using the *quick add* button. If not already in " +"the job position Kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by " +"going to :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job " +"Positions`. Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` button on the job " "position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " -"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " -":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +"small :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in the top-right of the " +":guilabel:`New` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:616 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`: Enter the title for the card. Typically " +"this is the applicant's name and job position being applied to, for example:" +" `Laura Smith - HR Manager`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, " +"unless the :guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:671 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:623 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card appears in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:628 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`delete` icon or anywhere on the screen to " +"close the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12931,104 +13719,60 @@ msgid "" "option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 -msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:645 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" -" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " -"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the *New* " +"button. If not already in the Kanban view for the job position to add an " +"applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by going to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job Positions`. " +"Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left of the Kanban view " +"and a blank applicant form loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:389 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:434 -msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " -"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " -"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " -"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:396 -msgid "" -"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " -"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " -"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " -"the card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:400 -msgid "" -"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " -"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " -"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:407 -msgid "Create" -msgstr "Aanmaken" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:409 -msgid "" -"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " -":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " -"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," -" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " -"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:651 msgid "" "Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " "the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " "well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" " fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" " configurations, some fields may not be displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:662 msgid "Applicant section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:664 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" " the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +"position being applied to, for example: `John Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, unless the " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " -"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:672 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:673 msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:674 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`LinkedIn Profile`: enter the web address for the applicant's " +"personal profile on LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" " from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " @@ -13038,132 +13782,189 @@ msgid "" " high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:681 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" -" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " -":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " -"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: using the drop-down menu, select the people who " +"will conduct the interview(s). The selected people must have either " "*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " -"in order to appear on the drop-down." +"to appear in the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " "recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " "all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:687 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " -"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Evaluation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for the" +" applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " ":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:690 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source`: using the drop-down menu, select where the applicant " +"learned about the job position. The following options come pre-configured in" +" Odoo: :guilabel:`Search engine`, :guilabel:`Lead Recall`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Monster`, :guilabel:`Glassdoor`, and " +":guilabel:`Craigslist`. To add a new :guilabel:`Source`, type in the source," +" then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new source)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:695 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Medium`: using the drop-down menu, select the method, or " +":guilabel:`Medium`, for the :guilabel:`Source` that the applicant found the " +"job listing with. The pre-configured options are: :guilabel:`Banner`, " +":guilabel:`Direct`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, " +":guilabel:`Google Adwords`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Phone`, " +":guilabel:`Television`, :guilabel:`Twitter` (now known as \"X\"), or " +":guilabel:`Website`. To add a new :guilabel:`Medium`, type in the medium, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new medium)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:701 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " "job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " "the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " -"installed for this to appear." +"installed for this field to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:704 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: select the available start date for the applicant." +" To select a date, click on the field to reveal a calendar. Use the " +":guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrows on either side of the " +"month to navigate to the desired month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to" +" select the date. If no entry is selected that indicates the applicant is " +"ready to begin work immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:709 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, then click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 msgid "Job section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 msgid "" "The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " "long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" " possible, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " "to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:722 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " -"drop-down menu." +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job position is for using the " +"drop-down menu. This field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:726 msgid "Contract section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:728 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " "for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " "The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:731 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" -" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are requested by " +"the applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Expected Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" -" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " -"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are offered to the " +"applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Proposed Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `unlimited sick time` or `retirement plan`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:484 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " -"select the available start date for the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:742 msgid "Application summary tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 msgid "" "Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" " can be typed into this field." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +"Skills can be added to the applicant's card. To add a skill, follow the same" +" steps as outlined in the skills section of the :ref:`Create new employees " +"` document." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:760 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "" +"If an applicant seems to be a good potential candidate, they are moved to " +"the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage. This could be for a number of " +"reasons, such as they have the relevant experience, education, or " +"certifications the position requires." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:766 +msgid "" +"This stage is to quickly sort candidates that have potential, and those that" +" do not meet the requirements. No automatic actions, such as emails, are set" +" for this stage. This stage simply informs the recruitment team to " +"potentially set up a phone call or an interview with the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:773 msgid "First interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:775 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " "they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " -"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +"position Kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" " the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " "the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " "applicant's card." @@ -13171,155 +13972,176 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"An applicant's card moves from one stage to another by using the click and " "drag method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:785 msgid "" -"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" -" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " -"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " -"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " -"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " -"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " -"the chatter." +"The :guilabel:`First Interview` stage can be modified so when the " +"applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an email is" +" automatically sent to the applicant stating an interview is requested. In " +"this pre-configured email template, a link to the recruiting team's calendar" +" appears, allowing the applicant to schedule their interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 msgid "" -"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " -"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " -"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " -"button at the top of the applicant's record." +":ref:`Edit ` the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, " +"and select the :guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` for the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field, to automate this action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 msgid "" -"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " -":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " -"the applicant's card." +"An interview can be scheduled in one of two ways: either manually by the " +"recruitment team, or by the applicant themselves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:802 msgid "" -"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " -"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " -":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " -"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " -":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +"If the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage was modified to send the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` email template when an applicant" +" reaches that stage, the applicant received a link to the recruitment team's" +" calendar, and can schedule the interview on their own. The recruitment " +"team's availability is reflected in the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +msgid "" +"If the interview needs to be scheduled by the recruitment team, they should " +"reach out to the applicant for a date and time that works. When a date and " +"time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and interviewer, the " +"interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, whether a phone or in-" +"person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button at the top of " +"the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button displays :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings are " +"currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage, this is the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:817 +msgid "" +"If there is one meeting already scheduled, the smart button displays " +":guilabel:`1 Meeting`, with the date of the upcoming meeting beneath it. If " +"more than one meeting is scheduled, the button displays :guilabel:`Next " +"Meeting`, with the date of the first upcoming meeting beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:821 msgid "" "Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " "meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " "the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " "right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" " events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " -"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +"hidden. Only the checked attendees are visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:827 msgid "" -"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " -"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " -":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " -"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " -"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " -"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +"The default view is the :guilabel:`Week` view. To change the calendar view, " +"click the :guilabel:`Week` button, then select the desired view from the " +"drop-down menu. The other options are either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:831 +msgid "" +"An option to display or hide weekends is available. Click the " +":guilabel:`Week` button, then click :guilabel:`Show weekends` to deactivate " +"it (the default is to show weekends). If a check mark is next to " +":guilabel:`Show weekends`, weekends are visible. If there is no check mark, " +"weekends are hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:836 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed date range for the calendar, either use the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-left` :guilabel:`(left arrow)`, :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`(Right arrow)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, " +"or click on a date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed " +"calendar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:845 msgid "" -"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " -"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " -"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " -"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " -"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " -"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " -"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +"To add a meeting to the calendar when in the day or week view, click on the " +"start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, to select the date, " +"time, and the length of the meeting. A meeting can also be added in this " +"view by clicking on the day *and* the time slot the meeting is to take " +"place." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:850 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " -"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +"Both methods cause a :ref:`New Event ` pop up window" +" to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:564 -msgid "New event card" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:855 +msgid "New event pop-up window" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:857 msgid "" -"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " -"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " -"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " -"save the changes and create the meeting." +"Enter the information on the form. The only required fields to enter are the" +" :guilabel:`Meeting Title`, and the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` " +"fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to" +" save the changes and create the interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:861 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"The fields available to populate or modify on the :guilabel:`New Event` card" +" are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:863 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Title`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " "clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:866 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End`: select the start and end date and " +"times for the meeting. Click on one of the fields and a calendar pop-up " +"window appears. Select both the start and end date and times, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:869 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all-day interview, check the box. " +"If this box is checked, the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` fields are" +" hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:871 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " "default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " "many other people as desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 -msgid "Meeting details tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:873 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting start time." +":guilabel:`Videocall URL`: if the meeting is virtual, or if there is a " +"virtual option available, click :guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting` and a URL is " +"automatically created for the meeting and populates the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:582 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting end time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:584 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " -":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " -"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " -"duration length." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:587 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " -"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " -":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " -"and end times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:590 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " -"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:876 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " "an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," @@ -13330,42 +14152,107 @@ msgid "" "instructions for each command to complete the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:598 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " -"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" -" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " -"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" -" via the selected option." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:884 +msgid "More options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:886 +msgid "" +"To add additional information to the meeting, click the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button in the lower-right corner of the pop-up window. Enter any of" +" the following additional fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:889 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length. The default length of a meeting is one hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:892 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. Several additional fields appear when this is " +"enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:896 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: using the drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:898 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings " +"repeat. The available options are :guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Yearly`, or :guilabel:`Custom`. If " +":guilabel:`Custom` is selected, a :guilabel:`Repeat Every` field appears " +"beneath it, along with another time frequency parameter (:guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, :guilabel:`Months`, or :guilabel:`Years`). Enter a number" +" in the blank field, then select the time period using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:904 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat on`: if :guilabel:`Weekly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Repeat on` field appears. Click on " +"the corresponding day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:906 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day of Month`: if :guilabel:`Monthly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Day of Month` field appears. Using " +"the drop-down menu, select either :guilabel:`Date of month` or " +":guilabel:`Day of month`. If :guilabel:`Date of month` is selected, enter " +"the date the meeting repeats. If :guilabel:`Day of month` is selected, use " +"the drop-down menus to determine the frequency. Select either " +":guilabel:`First`, :guilabel:`Second`, :guilabel:`Third`, " +":guilabel:`Fourth`, or :guilabel:`Last` for the first drop-down menu, then " +"select the day (:guilabel:`Monday`, :guilabel:`Tuesday`, etc.) in the second" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:913 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Until`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings stop " +"repeating. The available options are :guilabel:`Number of repetitions`, " +":guilabel:`End date`, and :guilabel:`Forever`. If :guilabel:`Number of " +"repetitions` is selected, enter the number of total meetings to occur in the" +" blank field. If :guilabel:`End date` is selected, specify the date using " +"the calendar pop-up window, or type in a date in a XX/XX/XXXX format. " +":guilabel:`Forever` schedules meetings indefinitely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:920 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " -"in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:921 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " "menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:923 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " -"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " -":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " -"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +":guilabel:`Appointment`: if an appointment is associated with this meeting, " +"select it form the drop-down menu, or create a new appointment by typing in " +"the appointment name, then click :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. A " +":guilabel:`Create Appointment` form loads. Enter the information on the " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:613 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:927 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select if the organizer appears either " +":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Busy` for the duration of the meeting, " +"using the drop-down menu. Next, select the visibility of this meeting, using" +" the drop-down menu to the right of the first selection. Options are " ":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " "users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " ":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " @@ -13373,41 +14260,50 @@ msgid "" "the company database to see the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:934 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " -"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" -" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " -"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " -"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " -"attendees at the same time." +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:936 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Default " +"options include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`SMS Text Message`, each with a specific time period before the " +"event (hours, days, etc). The reminder chosen alerts the meeting " +"participants of the meeting via the selected option at the specified time. " +"Multiple reminders can be selected in this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:947 msgid "Send meeting to attendees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:949 msgid "" "Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " -"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message from the " +"expanded :guilabel:`Event Form` (what is seen when the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button is clicked on in the event pop-up window)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:953 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " -"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " -"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" -" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " -"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " -"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " -"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " -"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " -"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +"To send the meeting via email, click the :icon:`fa-envelope` " +":guilabel:`Email` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact" +" Attendees` email configurator pop-up window appears. A pre-formatted email " +"using the default :guilabel:`Calendar: Event Update` email template " +"populates the email body field. The followers of the document (job " +"application), as well as the user who created the meeting are added as " +":guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's email address to the " +"list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make any other desired " +"changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button, navigate to the file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " ":guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" @@ -13416,39 +14312,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:647 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:966 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " -"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " -"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " -"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." -" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " -"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " -":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :icon:`fa-mobile` " +":guilabel:`SMS` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS " +"Text Message` pop-up appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:969 msgid "" -"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " -":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " -"contacts with a valid phone number." +"At the top, a blue box appears if any attendees do not have valid mobile " +"numbers, and lists how many records are invalid. If a contact does not have " +"a valid mobile number listed, click :guilabel:`Close`, and edit the " +"attendee's record, then redo these steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:658 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:973 msgid "" -"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " -"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" -" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " -"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" -" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " -"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +"When no warning message appears, type in the message to be sent to the " +"attendees in the :guilabel:`Message` field. to add any emojis to the " +"message, click the :guilabel:`Add Emoji` icon on the right-side of the pop-" +"up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:977 +msgid "" +"Beneath the message field, the number of characters, as well as the amount " +"of text messages required to send the message (according to GSM7 criteria) " +"appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue` to have the text sent later, after " +"any other messages are scheduled, or click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the " +"message immediately." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:669 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:987 msgid "" "Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " "messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " @@ -13456,11 +14356,11 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`../essentials/in_app_purchase` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:994 msgid "Second interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:996 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " "can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " @@ -13469,72 +14369,87 @@ msgid "" "Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1001 msgid "" "When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " -"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " -"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " -":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " -"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage. The " +"recruiter can now :ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the applicant, following the same process as the first " +"interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1009 msgid "Contract proposal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1011 msgid "" "When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " "be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " "and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" -" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top-right of" " the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1016 msgid "" "The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," " click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " -"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " -"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " -"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " -"is set to `0.00`)." +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. Most fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position. If any necessary fields are blank, enter " +"the relevant information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:705 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1022 msgid "" "Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" "up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " "applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " -"not appear on the pop-up." +"*Fleet* application is not installed, any fields related to vehicles do not " +"appear on the pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1028 msgid "Universal fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1030 msgid "" "The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " "localization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1032 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " -"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: the template currently being used to populate" +" the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window. To modify the " +"template, click the :guilabel:`Internal link` icon to the right of the drop-" +"down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. A " +"different :guilabel:`Contract Template` can be selected using the drop-down " +"menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1037 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " -"applicant." +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the name of the :guilabel:`Job Position` being " +"offered to the applicant. The selections available in the drop-down menu " +"correspond to the :guilabel:`Job Positions` configured on the main " +"*Recruitment* dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1040 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the specific name of the position being offered to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1041 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the :guilabel:`Department` the job position falls " +"under." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1042 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " "default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" @@ -13543,109 +14458,50 @@ msgid "" "click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1046 msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1047 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " -"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " -"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " -"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," -" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" -" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " -"application." +":guilabel:`Link Expiration Date`: job offers are only valid for a specific " +"period of time. The default expiration date is 30 days. Modify the " +"expiration date, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:732 -msgid "" -"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " -"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:738 -msgid "" -"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " -"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" -" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:743 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" -" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:746 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " -"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" -" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:749 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " -"the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " -"that will be assigned to the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:752 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " -"for the cafeteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " -"contract that is being offered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " -"sending." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1051 msgid "Send offer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1053 msgid "" -"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" -" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " -"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" -" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " -"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " -"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +"When the information is all updated, click :guilabel:`Send By Email` to send" +" the offer to the applicant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1056 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " -"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" -"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " -"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." -" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " -"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " -":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " -":guilabel:`Send`." +"If the applicant does not have an email address listed on their applicant " +"card, a warning appears in a red box at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window, stating :guilabel:`The" +" applicant does not have a valid email set. The Offer Link won't be able to " +"be completed.` Click :guilabel:`Discard`, enter an email on the applicant's " +"card, then click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1062 +msgid "" +"An email pop-up window loads. The default :guilabel:`Recruitment: Your " +"Salary Package` email template is used, and the :guilabel:`Recipients`, " +":guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-populated based on the email " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1070 +msgid "Once the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1073 msgid "" "To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " "necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " @@ -13656,11 +14512,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1081 +msgid "Configure your package" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1083 +msgid "" +"The email template includes a :guilabel:`Configure your package` button. " +"This link takes the applicant to a webpage where they can modify the " +"proposed salary package, and enter their personal information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1087 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant is hired, the personal information entered on the webpage" +" is imported to their employee record, when created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1090 +msgid "" +"If applicable, the applicant can modify their salary package. This option is" +" not available for all localizations. Depending on where the company is " +"located, this option may not be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1093 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is completed, the applicant accepts the offer by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Review Contract & Sign` button to accept the " +"contract and sign it using the *Sign* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1100 msgid "Contract signed" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1102 msgid "" "Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " "step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " @@ -13671,16 +14558,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:796 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1109 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the Kanban view, but the " "card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1112 msgid "" "Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " -"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"green :guilabel:`HIRED` banner appears in the top-right of the applicant's " "card." msgstr "" @@ -13688,24 +14575,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1120 msgid "Create employee" msgstr "Werknemer aanmaken" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:809 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1122 msgid "" "Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " "record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " -"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"Employee` button in the top-left. An employee form appears, and any " "information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" " card appears in the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1127 msgid "" "Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" -" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " -":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, the employee" +" record is saved in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:5 @@ -13973,107 +14860,108 @@ msgid "" "by-step instructions on how to create and configure a survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 msgid "Referrals" msgstr "Verwijzingen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " -"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"regarding referrals is housed - from points earned, coworkers hired, and " "rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " -"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " -"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " -"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " -"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" -" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +"and then earn referral points as those people progress through the " +"recruitment pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be " +"exchanged for prizes. The *Referrals* application integrates with the " +"*Employees*, *Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be" +" installed in order for the *Referrals* application to function." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:14 msgid "" -"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " -"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " -"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +"The only configurations needed for the *Referrals* application *after* " +"installation are related to the :ref:`rewards `; " +"everything else is pre-configured when Odoo *Referrals* is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:18 msgid "" -"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " -"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " -"` and configurations menus. For more information on " -"users and access rights, refer to these documents: :doc:`../general/users` " -"and :doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +"Users with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the *Referrals* application. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the :ref:`reporting ` and configurations" +" menus. For more information on users and access rights, refer to these " +"documents: :doc:`../general/users` and " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 msgid "Onboarding" msgstr "Onboarding" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:28 msgid "" "When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" "configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " -"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" -" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"each explaining the different parts of the *Referrals* application. At the " +"top of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " "onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " "Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " "text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 msgid "" "Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " "displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " "advance to the next slide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " "superheroes to save the day!`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " "or refer friends.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " "league!`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:46 msgid "" -"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the *Referrals* application is " "opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " "button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" " :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " -"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +"will begin again when the *Referrals* application is opened. Once the " ":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " -"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the *Referrals* " "application is opened from that point on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:53 msgid "" "At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " -"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main *Referrals* dashboard loads. If " ":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " -"opening the Referrals application." +"opening the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -14081,7 +14969,7 @@ msgid "" "An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:62 msgid "" "If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " "opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " @@ -14090,60 +14978,53 @@ msgid "" "screen appears instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:70 msgid "" "Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " -"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " -"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " -"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " -"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`." +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* application can " +"modify onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line " +"displays the text for the individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding" +" slide, click on an individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:76 msgid "" -"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " -"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " -"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " -"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " -"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " -"that particular company." +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` field. A " +":guilabel:`Company` may be selected, as well. However, if this field is " +"populated, that slide is *only* displayed for that particular company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:81 msgid "" -"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" -" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " -"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" -" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " -"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " -"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " -"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +"The :guilabel:`Company` field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:83 msgid "" -"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +"The image can be modified, as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the " +"top-right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and " +":guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` " +"icon to change the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the " +"desired image, select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears" +" in the thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage " +"can)` icon, then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:94 msgid "" -"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " -"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " -"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " -"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " -":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " -"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +"The sequence in which the slides appear can be changed from the *Onboarding*" +" dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`(six small gray boxes)` icon to the left of" +" the the slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -14151,567 +15032,18 @@ msgid "" "The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:103 -msgid "Share job positions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:105 -msgid "" -"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " -"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " -"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " -"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:113 -msgid "View Jobs" -msgstr "Bekijk vacatures" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:115 -msgid "" -"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " -":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " -"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" -"displayed on the card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:124 -msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:128 -msgid "" -"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " -"of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 -msgid "" -"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " -"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:134 -msgid "" -"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " -"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " -"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " -"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " -":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 -msgid "Refer friends" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:145 -msgid "" -"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " -"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " -"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:149 -msgid "" -"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " -"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:152 -msgid "" -"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " -"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " -"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " -"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" -" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " -"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " -"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " -"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 -msgid "Share a job" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:169 -msgid "" -"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " -"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" -" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " -"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " -"applicants in the Referrals application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 -msgid "Link" -msgstr "Link" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:181 -msgid "" -"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " -":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " -"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " -"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" -" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" -" prospective employee however desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:188 -msgid "Facebook" -msgstr "Facebook" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:190 -msgid "" -"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " -"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " -"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " -"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " -"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " -"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" -"in to Facebook first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" -" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" -" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " -"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " -"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " -"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " -"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " -":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " -"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " -"specific activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 -msgid "" -"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " -":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " -":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " -"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" -" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" -"highlighted, as are all the required settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 -msgid "Share to news feed or story" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:218 -msgid "" -"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " -":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " -"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " -":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " -"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," -" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " -"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" -" story, or both." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:225 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " -"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " -"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " -"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " -"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" -" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " -"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " -":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" -" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " -":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:236 -msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " -"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:242 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" -" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " -"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " -"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:246 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:275 -msgid "" -"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " -"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 -msgid "Share in a group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:251 -msgid "" -"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " -"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" -" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " -":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " -"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " -"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " -"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " -"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " -"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:264 -msgid "Share in an event" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:266 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:269 -msgid "" -"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " -"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " -"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" -" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " -"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " -"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 -msgid "Share in a private message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:280 -msgid "" -"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" -" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" -"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " -"Private Message`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:284 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " -"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " -"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " -"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " -"process for each friend to be added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:289 -msgid "" -"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " -"message` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:293 -msgid "X/Twitter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:295 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " -"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " -"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " -"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " -"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" -" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:301 -msgid "The default message is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:303 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" -" Position)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:305 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " -"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " -"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," -" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " -"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " -":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " -"X/Twitter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:312 -msgid "" -"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " -"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " -":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" -" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " -":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " -":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " -"restricts who can reply to the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 -msgid "" -"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " -"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " -"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " -"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:322 -msgid "" -"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" -" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " -"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 -msgid "" -"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" -" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" -"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:336 -msgid "LinkedIn" -msgstr "LinkedIn" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:338 -msgid "" -"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " -"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " -"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " -"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " -"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " -"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:344 -msgid "" -"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " -"message to an individual or group of individuals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 -msgid "Share in a post" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:350 -msgid "" -"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" -" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " -":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " -"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:354 -msgid "" -"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " -"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " -"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " -"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " -":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " -"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " -":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" -" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " -"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " -"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " -"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " -"right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:366 -msgid "" -"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " -"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " -"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " -"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " -":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " -"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " -"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" -" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " -"the far lower right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:375 -msgid "" -"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " -":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " -"post button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:383 -msgid "Send as private message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:385 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " -"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " -"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" -" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" -" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " -"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." -" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " -"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" -" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " -":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " -":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " -"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " -"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " -"browser tab to exit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 -msgid "Email a friend" -msgstr "E-mail een vriend" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:401 -msgid "" -"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " -"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " -"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" -" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " -"Mail` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:406 -msgid "" -"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " -"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" -" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " -"`Job for you`, but can be edited." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:410 -msgid "" -"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " -"appears is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:412 -msgid "`Hello,`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:414 -msgid "" -"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " -"interesting for you`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:416 -msgid "`See Job Offers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:418 -msgid "" -"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " -"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " -"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " -"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " -"message will be sent and the window will close." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:426 msgid "Hired referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:107 msgid "" "When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" " their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:110 msgid "" "After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," " instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " @@ -14719,21 +15051,21 @@ msgid "" "friend!` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 msgid "" "Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " -"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " -"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" -" an available avatar to select it." +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is grayed out, and " +"the name that the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. " +"Click on an available avatar to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:118 msgid "" -"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," -" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " -"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " -"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " -"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the *Referrals* " +"application, after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to " +"select another avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars " +"have been selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible." +" Mouse over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -14742,15 +15074,15 @@ msgid "" "chosen are greyed out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 msgid "Modify friends" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 msgid "" "Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " "` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"rights for the *Recruitment* application can make modifications to friends. " "The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " "avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " @@ -14759,17 +15091,17 @@ msgid "" " dogs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:138 msgid "" "To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" " an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " ":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " "friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" -" else in the Referrals application." +" else in the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " ":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " @@ -14778,65 +15110,66 @@ msgid "" "user's avatar when activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:148 msgid "" "If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " ":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " "replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" -" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " -"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:474 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 msgid "" -"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " -"original information." +"The referral friend form automatically saves, but can be saved manually at " +"any time by clicking the *Save manually* option, represented by a " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel " +"any changes made, click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to " +"delete any changes, and revert to the original content." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A friend form in edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:482 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 msgid "" "It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " "background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " "about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " -"Referrals application." +"*Referrals* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:172 msgid "Referral points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:174 msgid "" "The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " -"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"rewards. On the main *Referrals* application dashboard, the top displays a " "summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " "the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " "available to spend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 msgid "" "To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" " the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:183 msgid "" "The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " "pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " @@ -14846,7 +15179,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 msgid "" "To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " @@ -14854,11 +15187,11 @@ msgid "" "category are displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:194 msgid "My referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 msgid "" "To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " ":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " @@ -14866,26 +15199,31 @@ msgid "" "card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:200 msgid "" -"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " -"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " -"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " -"the top right corner." +"A successful referral displays a green :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the top-" +"right corner of the card. Referrals that are in process display a purple " +":guilabel:`In Progress` banner in the top-right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 msgid "" -"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " -"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " -"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the subject/application " +"title (as it appears on the applicant card in the *Recruitment* app), the " +"name of the job position, the person responsible for filling the role " +"(recruiter), and the points earned. For referrals that have been hired, the " +"selected avatar also appears on the card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two referral cards, one hired and one in-progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:214 msgid "Points" msgstr "Punten" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 msgid "" "The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " "positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " @@ -14893,14 +15231,14 @@ msgid "" " *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:220 msgid "" "On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " "that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " "points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:224 msgid "" "Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " "points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " @@ -14908,108 +15246,109 @@ msgid "" " the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:229 msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:231 msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:232 msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:235 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 msgid "" "The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " -"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" -" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " -"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage are done in the " +"*Recruitment* application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment " +"` documentation to modify the points for each " +"stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:244 msgid "Rewards" msgstr "Beloningen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 msgid "Create rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 msgid "" -"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" -" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " -"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " -"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " -"information on the form:" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the " +"*Referrals* application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights " +"for the *Recruitment* application can create or modify rewards. To add " +"rewards, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> " +"Rewards`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and a reward form loads. Enter the " +"following information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:254 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +":guilabel:`Product Name`: enter the name as it should appear for the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" -" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " -"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" -" form." +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" appears for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each company " +"needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the form. " +"This field only appears if in a multi-company environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:259 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: select the person who will be responsible for " "procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " -"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" -" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is bought in the *Referrals* " +"application, so they know when to deliver the reward to the recipient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:263 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +":guilabel:`Description`: type in the description for the reward. This will " "be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +":guilabel:`Photo`: add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " "page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " "(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " -"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" -" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +"(pencil)` icon, and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 msgid "" "The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " -":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +":guilabel:`Company` (if applicable), and :guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 msgid "" "It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " "cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " @@ -15017,31 +15356,31 @@ msgid "" "placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:595 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:283 msgid "Redeem rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 msgid "" "To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " "main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " "individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " -"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +"listed in the top-right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" " purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " "bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " "the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" " instead of a buy button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:292 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " -"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " -"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " -":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears, asking if the user is sure " +"they want to purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item," +" or :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:297 msgid "" "After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " "used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." @@ -15055,27 +15394,27 @@ msgid "" "many more reward points are needed to redeem." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:309 msgid "Levels" msgstr "Niveaus" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:311 msgid "" -"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"The *Referrals* application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " "the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " "employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:315 msgid "" "Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" " are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " "participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 msgid "" -"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main *Referrals* " "application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " "X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " "indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " @@ -15084,13 +15423,13 @@ msgid "" "points still needed before they can level up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:636 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:325 msgid "Modify levels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:638 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " "modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " "--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " @@ -15099,48 +15438,58 @@ msgid "" "element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:334 msgid "" "To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " -"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form, then make " +"modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 msgid "" -"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." -" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" -" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " -"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" -" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " -"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +"Type in the name (or number) of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` " +"field. What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main " +"dashboard when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points " +"needed to reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points" +" needed to level up are the total accumulated points earned over the " +"lifetime of the employee, not additional points from the previous level that" +" must be earned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:654 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:343 msgid "" "If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" " to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " -"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " -"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to " "select it." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The level form saves automatically, but can be saved manually at any time by" +" clicking the *save manually* option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel any changes made, " +"click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to delete any changes, " +"and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A level form in edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:671 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:362 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 msgid "Level up" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:369 msgid "" "Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " "user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " @@ -15149,7 +15498,7 @@ msgid "" "level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:374 msgid "" "Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " "text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" @@ -15157,7 +15506,7 @@ msgid "" "the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:687 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:378 msgid "" "Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" " the specified amount of points required." @@ -15169,16 +15518,16 @@ msgid "" "above their image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:387 msgid "" "Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " "accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " "to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:394 msgid "" -"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"In the *Referrals* application, it is possible to post a message, also " "referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " "information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " "banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " @@ -15186,85 +15535,86 @@ msgid "" "an :guilabel:`X`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 msgid "" "Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" " individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " "click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" " alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " -"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +"*Referrals* application for the first time in a new session." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:409 msgid "Create an alert" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " "information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date From`: the date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " "will be visible on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date To`: the date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " "will be hidden from view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:420 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +":guilabel:`Company`: the current company populates this field by default. To" " modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " "from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " -"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"to everyone with access to the *Referrals* application. If a company is " "specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " -"Referrals application) will see the alert." +"*Referrals* application) will see the alert. This field only appears when in" +" a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +":guilabel:`Alert`: enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" " the alert banner on the main dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +":guilabel:`On Click`: there are three options for the alert. Click the radio" " button next to the desired selection. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:739 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:430 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: the alert only displays text, there is no link to" " click." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: the alert contains a link that when clicked, " "navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:433 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: the alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " "when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " "appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." msgstr "" @@ -15273,15 +15623,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:446 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " -"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" -" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " -"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in *Referrals*. To access " +"the reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The" +" main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 msgid "" "In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " "many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " @@ -15291,7 +15641,7 @@ msgid "" "there are no referrals from that particular channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:457 msgid "" "The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " "includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " @@ -15300,7 +15650,7 @@ msgid "" "many points were given for refused applicants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:770 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:462 msgid "" "The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " "new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " @@ -15311,34 +15661,330 @@ msgid "" "in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 msgid "" "The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " -"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " -"option." +"needs to be installed to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:473 +msgid ":doc:`referrals/share_jobs`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:3 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo *Referrals*, users can earn referral points by sharing job positions" +" with potential applicants. Job positions can be shared in several ways, " +"through the :ref:`View Jobs ` button and the " +":ref:`Email A Friend ` button, located at the bottom " +"of the *Referrals* app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Sharing jobs can **only** occur after onboarding slides have been viewed or " +"skipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:16 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "Bekijk vacatures" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main *Referrals* dashboard. This " +"presents all job positions, with each individual job presented with its own " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:27 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the *Job " +"Position* field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The number of :guilabel:`Open Positions` being recruited. This information " +"is taken from the *Expected New Employees* field of the *Recruitment* tab of" +" the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:33 +msgid "The points a user earns when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the *Job Position* tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions are visible in the *Referrals* app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`../recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:46 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Subject` and :guilabel:`Body` are populated using a default " +"template. The :guilabel:`Subject` `Job for you` is present, by default, but " +"can be modified, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position populates the *Job Position* " +"placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the email body is" +" an individualized tracking link to the specific job position listed on the " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When the prospective employee receives the email, the link sends them to the" +" job position page, where they can apply for the position, and the person " +"who referred them is tracked in the *Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:72 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Other than sending an email, job positions can be shared, via social media " +"platforms, and by tracking links to the job position. At the bottom of each " +"job position card are four icons, and corresponding tracking links, that can" +" be used to share the job position, keeping track of applicants in the " +"*Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:84 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "Link" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :icon:`fa-chain` :guilabel:`(link)` " +"icon above it. A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the " +"tracking link. Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is " +"copied, click the :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up window. Next," +" share the link with the prospective employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:93 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :icon:`fa-facebook` :guilabel:`(Facebook)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into Facebook, when the the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button is clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new " +"tab, with the link populated in the main body of the new post in a pop-up " +"window. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads, " +"instead, prompting the user to log-in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, then share the job " +"position using the available options in Facebook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:107 +msgid "X (formerly Twitter)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:109 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X. Click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`(X)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the user is already signed-in to X, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button" +" is clicked, an X page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready" +" to post, in a draft pop-up window. If the user is *not* already signed-in, " +"a sign-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to first sign-in to X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:117 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:119 +msgid "" +"`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job " +"Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message, then " +"share using the available options in X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:125 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "LinkedIn" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :icon:`fa-linkedin` :guilabel:`(LinkedIn)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button is clicked, a new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job " +"position at the top. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen" +" loads instead, prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:134 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual (or group of individuals)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message or " +"post, then share using the available options in LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:143 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "E-mail een vriend" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions, instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Referrals` main dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`Email a friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Send Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address in the :guilabel:`Email` field. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients by separating each email address with a comma " +"followed by a single space. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +":guilabel:`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The email :guilabel:`Body` is also populated with pre-configured text. The " +"text that appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:156 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:158 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you\\:`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:160 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:162 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of" +" all job positions currently being recruited for. Add any additional text " +"and make any edits to the message body, if necessary. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. This sends the message, and closes " +"the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 msgid "Time Off" msgstr "Verlof" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Time Off* application serves as a centralized hub for all time-off-" "related information. This application manages requests, balances, " "allocations, approvals, and reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:10 msgid "" -"Users can :ref:`request time off `, and see an " -"overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " +"Users can :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`, and see" +" an overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " ":ref:`allocate time off ` to individuals, teams, or the " "whole company, and :ref:`approve time off requests `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:15 msgid "" "Detailed :ref:`reports ` can be run to see how much time" " off (and what kinds of time off) are being used, :ref:`accrual plans " @@ -15346,45 +15992,45 @@ msgid "" "` can be set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 msgid "" "Be advised, only users with specific access rights can see all aspects of " "the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 msgid "" "All users can access the :guilabel:`My Time Off` and :guilabel:`Overview` " "sections of the *Time Off* application. All other sections require specific " "access rights." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:26 msgid "" "To better understand how access rights affect the *Time Off* application, " "refer to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` document, specifically the " "section about configuring the work information tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to allocate time off to employees, and for employees to request and" " use their time off, the various time off types must be configured first, " "then allocated to employees (if allocation is required)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:40 msgid "Time off types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 msgid "" "To view the currently configured time off types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. The time" " off types are presented in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:45 msgid "" "The *Time Off* application comes with four pre-configured time off types: " ":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, " @@ -15392,25 +16038,25 @@ msgid "" "needs or used as-is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:50 msgid "Create time off type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 msgid "" "To create a new time off type, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Time Off Types`. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button to reveal a blank time off type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:55 msgid "" "Enter the name for the particular type of time off in the blank line at the " "top of the form, such as `Sick Time` or `Vacation`. Then, enter the " "following information on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:59 msgid "" "The only **required** fields on the time off type form are the name of the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, the :guilabel:`Take Time Off In`, and the " @@ -15418,23 +16064,23 @@ msgid "" " and :guilabel:`Allocation Requests` sections **must** be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:65 msgid "Time Off Requests section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select what specific kind of approval is required for " "the time off type. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No Validation`: no approvals are required when requesting this " "type of time off. The time off request is automatically approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Time Off Officer`: only the specified :ref:`Time Off Officer " "`, set on this form in the :guilabel:`Notified " @@ -15442,7 +16088,7 @@ msgid "" "option is selected by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver`: only the employee's specified approver " "for time off, which is set on the *Work Information* tab on the " @@ -15450,7 +16096,7 @@ msgid "" " time off request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver and Time Off Officer`: both the employee's" " :ref:`specified time off approver` and the " @@ -15458,11 +16104,11 @@ msgid "" "the time off request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:83 msgid "Allocation Requests section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requires allocation`: if the time off must be allocated to " "employees, select :guilabel:`Yes`. If the time off can be requested without " @@ -15471,20 +16117,20 @@ msgid "" " form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee Requests`: select :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests " "Allowed` if the employee is able to request more time off than was " "allocated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:92 msgid "" "If employees should **not** be able to make requests for more time off than " "what was allocated, select the :guilabel:`Not Allowed` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:96 msgid "" "Ten days are allocated to the employee for this particular type of time off," " and the :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests Allowed` option is enabled. The " @@ -15493,81 +16139,81 @@ msgid "" "option is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 msgid "" "It is important to note that requesting additional time off does **not** " "guarantee that time off is granted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select the type of approvals required for the " "allocation of this particular time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approved by Time Off Officer` indicates the :ref:`Time Off " "Officer ` set on this form must approve the " "allocation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No validation needed` indicates that no approvals are required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:113 msgid "Configuration section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notified Time Off Officer`: select the person who is notified and" " responsible for approving requests and allocations for this specific type " "of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take Time Off in`: select the format the time off is requested in" " from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 msgid "The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: if time off can only be requested in full day increments (8" " hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:125 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: if time off can only be requested in half day " "increments (4 hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Hours`: if the time off can be taken in hourly increments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Deduct Extra Hours`: enable this option if the time off request " "should factor in any extra time accrued by the employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:134 msgid "" "If an employee works two extra hours for the week, and requests five hours " "of time off, the request would be for three hours, since the two extra " "worked hours are used first, and deducted from the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow To Attach Supporting Document`: enable this option to allow" " the employee to attach documents to the time off request. This is useful in" @@ -15575,7 +16221,7 @@ msgid "" "leave." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kind of Time Off`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "time off this is, either :guilabel:`Worked Time` or :guilabel:`Absence`. " @@ -15584,7 +16230,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Absence` does not count toward any type of accrual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if multiple companies are created in the database, and " "this time off type only applies to one company, select the company from the " @@ -15593,11 +16239,11 @@ msgid "" "company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:151 msgid "Negative Cap section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:153 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option if employees are able to " "request more time off than they currently have, allowing a negative balance." @@ -15605,19 +16251,19 @@ msgid "" " enter the maximum amount of negative time allowed, in days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 msgid "" "Sara currently has three days of the time off type `Vacation`. She is " "planning a trip that requires five days of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 msgid "" "The `Vacation` time off type has the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option " "enabled, and the :guilabel:`Amount in Negative` is set to five." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:164 msgid "" "These settings allow Sara to submit a request for five days of the " "`Vacation` time off type. If approved, her `Vacation` time off balance will " @@ -15630,59 +16276,59 @@ msgid "" "off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:173 msgid "Payroll section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:175 msgid "" "If the time off type should create :doc:`../hr/payroll/work_entries` in the " "*Payroll* application, select the :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` from the drop-" "down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 msgid "Timesheets section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Timesheets` section only appears if the user is in developer " "mode. Refer to the :ref:`developer-mode` document for details on how to " "access the developer mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 msgid "" "When an employee takes time off, and is also using timesheets, Odoo creates " "entries in the *Timesheets* application for the time off. This section " "defines how they are entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:188 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Project`: select the project that the time off type entries " "appear in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:189 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Task`: select the task that appears in the timesheet for this " "time off type. The default options are: :guilabel:`Time Off`, " ":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`Training`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 msgid "Display Option section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:195 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color to be used in the *Time Off* application " "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cover Image`: select an icon to be used in the *Time Off* " "application dashboard." @@ -15694,65 +16340,65 @@ msgid "" "off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:206 msgid "Accrual plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:208 msgid "" "Some time off is earned through an accrual plan, meaning that for every " "specified amount of time an employee works (hour, day, week, etc), they earn" " or *accrue* a specified amount of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:212 msgid "" "If an employee accrues a vacation day for every week they work, they would " "earn 0.2 vacation days for each hour they work. At the end of a forty hour " "work week, they would earn one whole vacation day (8 hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:217 msgid "Create accrual plan" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new accrual plan, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Accrual Plans`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, " "which reveals a blank accrual plan form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the accrual plan name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrued Gain Time`: select when the employee begins to accrue " "time off, either :guilabel:`At the start of the accrual period` or " ":guilabel:`At the end of the accrual period`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry-Over Time`: select when the employee received previously " "earned time. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the start of the year`: select this if the accrual rolls over " "on January 1 of the upcoming year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:232 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the allocation date`: select this if the accrual rolls over as" " soon as time is allocated to the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Other`: select this option if neither of the other two options " "are applicable. When selected, a :guilabel:`Carry-Over Date` field appears. " @@ -15760,14 +16406,14 @@ msgid "" "the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Based on worked time`: enable this option if time off accrual is " "determined by the employee's worked hours. Days **not** considered as worked" " time do **not** contribute to the accrual plan in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:241 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone Transition`: this selection determines when employees " "move up to a new milestone. If they qualify to change milestones in the " @@ -15776,14 +16422,14 @@ msgid "" "the current pay period)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Milestone Transition` field is **only** visible after a " "minimum of two :ref:`rules ` have been configured on the " "accrual plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:250 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " "accrual plan applies to. If left blank, the accrual plan can be used for all" @@ -15794,43 +16440,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An accrual plan form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:263 msgid "" "Rules must be created in order for employees to accrue time off from the " "accrual plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New Milestone` button in the gray" " :guilabel:`Rules` section, and a :guilabel:`Create Milestone` modal form " "appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:268 msgid "Fill out the following fields on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee accrue`: select the parameters for earned time off in " "this section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 msgid "" "First, select either :guilabel:`Days` or :guilabel:`Hours` for the increment" " of accrued time using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 msgid "" "Next, enter the numerical amount of the selected parameter that is accrued. " "The numerical format is `X.XXXX`, so that partial days or hours can also be " "configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:278 msgid "" "Last, select how often the time is accrued using the drop-down menu. The " "default options are :guilabel:`Hourly`, :guilabel:`Daily`, " @@ -15838,64 +16484,64 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Twice a year`, and :guilabel:`Yearly`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 msgid "" "Depending on which option is selected, additional fields may appear. For " "example, if :guilabel:`Twice a month` is selected, two additional fields " "appear, to specify the two days of each month that the milestone occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cap accrued time`: if there is a maximum amount of days the " "employee can accrue with this plan, enable this option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 msgid "" "When enabled, two additional fields appear beneath it. Select the type of " "time period from the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Days` or " ":guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:291 msgid "" "Then, enter a numerical value in the field to specify the maximum amount of " "time that can be accrued." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:293 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone reached`: enter the number and value of the time period" " that must pass before the employee starts to accumulate time off. The first" " value is numerical; enter a number in the first field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:297 msgid "" "Then, select the type of time period using the drop-down menu in the second " "field. The options are: :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Months`, or " ":guilabel:`Years`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over`: select how any unused time off is handled. The " "options are either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None. Accrued time reset to 0`: any unused time off is gone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:302 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All accrued time carried over`: all unused time off is rolled " "over to the next calendar year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over with a maximum`: unused time off is rolled over to the" " next calendar year, but there is a cap. An :guilabel:`Up to` field appears " @@ -15903,7 +16549,7 @@ msgid "" "roll over to the following year. Any time off beyond this parameter is lost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:309 msgid "" "Once the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the form " "and close the modal, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the form and " @@ -15914,72 +16560,72 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A milestone form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:320 msgid "Public holidays" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 msgid "" "To observe public or national holidays, and provide extra days off as " "holidays to employees, configure the observed *public holidays* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 msgid "" "It is important to configure these days in Odoo, so employees are aware of " "the days they have off, and do not request time off on days that are already" " set as a public holiday (non-working days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 msgid "" "Additionally, all public holidays configured in the *Time Off* app are also " "reflected in any app that uses working schedules, such as *Calendar*, " "*Planning*, *Manufacturing*, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:331 msgid "" "Due to Odoo's integration with other apps that use working schedules, it is " "considered best practice to ensure *all* public holidays are configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:335 msgid "Create public holiday" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 msgid "" "To create a public holiday, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Public Holidays`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:340 msgid "All currently configured public holidays appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:342 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a new line appears at the bottom of " "the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:341 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 msgid "Enter the following information on that new line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:346 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the holiday." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:347 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, the current company " "populates this field by default. It is not possible to edit this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:351 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company` field is hidden by default. To view this field, " "click the two dots in the top-right corner of the list, to the far-right of " @@ -15987,7 +16633,7 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:355 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday starts. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -15998,7 +16644,7 @@ msgid "" "company's time zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:360 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday ends. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -16009,33 +16655,33 @@ msgid "" " zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 msgid "" "A company located in San Francisco operates from 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM, with an " "eight hour work day and one hour lunch break." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:370 msgid "" "For a user in New York, with a computer time zone set to Eastern Standard " "Time, a created public holiday displays a start time of 12:00 PM - 9:00 PM, " "accounting for the three hour time zone difference." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 msgid "" "Similarly, a user located in Los Angeles, with a computer time zone set to " "Pacific Standard Time, sees a public holiday time as 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: if the holiday should only apply to employees who" " have a specific set of working hours, select the working hours from the " "drop-down menu. If left blank, the holiday applies to all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:380 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: if using the *Payroll* application, this field " "defines how the :ref:`work entries ` for the holiday " @@ -16046,18 +16692,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The list of public holidays in the configuration menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:389 msgid "Mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 msgid "" "Some companies have special days where specific departments, or the entire " "staff, is required to be present, and time off is not allowed on those " "specific days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:394 msgid "" "These types of days are called *mandatory days* in Odoo. These can be " "configured to be company-wide, or department specific. When configured, " @@ -16065,35 +16711,35 @@ msgid "" "off requests for these mandatory days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:399 msgid "Create mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 msgid "" "No mandatory days are configured in Odoo by default. To create a mandatory " "day, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> " "Mandatory Days`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:404 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner, and a blank line " "appears in the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:408 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the mandatory day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, this field is visible, " "and the current company populates this field by default. Using the drop-down" " menu, select the company the mandatory day is for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:412 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Departments`: this column is hidden by default. First, click the " ":guilabel:`(optional columns)` icon in the top-right corner, next to " @@ -16101,33 +16747,33 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Departments` to reveal that column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 msgid "" "Next, select the desired departments from the drop-down menu. Multiple " "departments can be selected, and there is no limit to the amount of " "departments that can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:419 msgid "" "If this field is left blank, the mandatory day applies to the entire " "company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day starts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:421 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day ends. If creating a single mandatory day, the end date should " "be the same as the start date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: if desired, select a color from the available presented " "options. If no color is desired, select the `No color` option, represented " @@ -16140,11 +16786,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Mandatory Days section with three configured days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:435 msgid "Allocate time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:437 msgid "" "Once time off types and accrual plans have been configured, the next step is" " to allocate, or give, time off to employees. This section is only visible " @@ -16152,44 +16798,44 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 msgid "" "To create a new allocation, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Management --> Allocations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:444 msgid "" "This presents a list of all current allocations, including their respective " "statuses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:446 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`New` to allocate time off, and a blank allocation form " "appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 msgid "" "After entering a name for the allocation on the first blank field of the " "form, enter the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:451 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of time" " off that is being allocated to the employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`: select either :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` or" " :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`. If the allocation is **not** based on an " "accrual plan, select :guilabel:`Regular Allocation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:456 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Plan`: if :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for " "the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, the :guilabel:`Accrual Plan` field appears." @@ -16198,7 +16844,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:460 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period/Start Date`: if :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` is" " selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, this field is labeled " @@ -16207,7 +16853,7 @@ msgid "" "Date`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:465 msgid "" "The current date populates the first date field by default. To select " "another date, click on the pre-populated date to reveal a popover calendar " @@ -16215,20 +16861,20 @@ msgid "" "the date to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:469 msgid "" "If the allocation expires, select the expiration date in the next date " "field. If the time off does *not* expire, leave the second date field blank." " `No Limit` appears in the field if no date is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:473 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation " "Type`, this second field is labeled :guilabel:`Run until`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time that is being allocated to " "the employees. This field displays the time in either :guilabel:`Hours` or " @@ -16236,7 +16882,7 @@ msgid "" "` is configured (in hours or days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:478 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how the allocation is " "assigned. This selection determines who receives the time off allocation. " @@ -16244,32 +16890,32 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Department`, or :guilabel:`By Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 msgid "" "Depending on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Mode`, this following field" " is labeled either: :guilabel:`Employees`, :guilabel:`Company`, " ":guilabel:`Department`, or :guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 msgid "" "Using the drop-down menu, indicate the specific employees, company, " "department, or employee tags who are receiving this time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 msgid "" "Multiple selections can be made for either :guilabel:`Employees` or " ":guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:490 msgid "" "Only one selection can be made for the :guilabel:`Company` or " ":guilabel:`Department`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:491 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: if any description or note is necessary to " "explain the time off allocation, enter it in this field at the bottom of the" @@ -16282,158 +16928,11 @@ msgid "" "granted to all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:499 -msgid "Request time off" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Once an employee has been allocated time off, a request to use the time off " -"can be submitted. Time off can be requested in one of two ways, either from " -"the :ref:`dashboard ` or from the :ref:`My Time Off " -"` view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:505 -msgid "" -"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " -"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " -"Off` list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:509 -msgid "" -"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " -"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" -" form appears in a modal. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` " -"list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:514 -msgid "" -"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " -"form:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:516 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " -"the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:517 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " -"two fields to populate, the start and end dates. Click on either date field " -"and a popover calendar appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 -msgid "" -"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " -"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " -"applicable)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:523 -msgid "" -"If the time off requested is for a single day, click on the start date, then" -" click the same date again for the end date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:526 -msgid "" -"When the correct dates are selected/highlighted, click the :guilabel:`Apply`" -" button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:528 -msgid "" -"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " -"field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 -msgid "" -"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" -" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:533 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, check this " -"box. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " -"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " -"day is being requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:537 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " -"day, check this box. A :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` field appears " -"beneath this option, if selected. Using the drop-down menu, select the start" -" and end time for the time off request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " -":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " -"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " -"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " -"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:545 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " -"should include any details that managers and approvers may need in order to " -"approve the request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:547 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachments of documents. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " -"appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:551 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the desired files to attach, select them, then click the " -":guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off request form." -" Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:554 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:604 -msgid "" -"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " -"request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:557 -msgid "" -"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " -"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " -"be saved manually at any time by clicking the *save manually* button, " -"represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " -"with the flu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:502 msgid "Request allocation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:504 msgid "" "If an employee has used all their time off, or is going to run out of time " "off, they can request an allocation for additional time. Allocations can be " @@ -16442,7 +16941,7 @@ msgid "" " view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:508 msgid "" "To create a new allocation request, click either the :guilabel:`New " "Allocation Request` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the " @@ -16450,7 +16949,7 @@ msgid "" "buttons open a new allocation request form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:513 msgid "" "Both :guilabel:`New` buttons open a :guilabel:`New Allocation` request form," " but when requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, the form appears in a " @@ -16458,20 +16957,20 @@ msgid "" "screen navigates to a new allocation request page, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:518 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Allocation` request " "form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested for " "the allocation from the drop-down menu. After a selection is made, the title" " updates with the time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:522 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period`: this field **only** appears if requesting an " "allocation with a time off type that has the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` " @@ -16480,18 +16979,18 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` field is set to :guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:527 msgid "" "Using the calendar selector, select a start and end date the allocation is " "valid for. By default, the current date populates the first field, and " ":guilabel:`No Limit` populates the second field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 msgid "Adjust both of these dates, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:531 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time being requested in this " "field. The format is presented in either days or hours, depending on how the" @@ -16499,14 +16998,21 @@ msgid "" "allocation request is updated to include the amount of time being requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:535 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: enter a description for the allocation request." " This should include any details that managers and approvers may need in " "order to approve the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:538 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 msgid "" "If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Allocations` list view, the" " information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " @@ -16520,11 +17026,11 @@ msgid "" "sick time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:553 msgid "Management" msgstr "Management" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:555 msgid "" "Time off and allocation requests typically undergo an approval process " "before being granted. Requests either need one or two approvals, if any, " @@ -16533,17 +17039,17 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:560 msgid "" "Only users who can approve allocation and time off requests have the " ":guilabel:`Management` section visible in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:566 msgid "Manage time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 msgid "" "To view time off requests that need approval, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Management --> Time Off`. The only time off" @@ -16552,7 +17058,7 @@ msgid "" "in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:573 msgid "" "The default filter in the :guilabel:`Time Off` list is `Waiting For Me`. " "This only presents time off requests that need to be approved for current " @@ -16560,7 +17066,7 @@ msgid "" " or :guilabel:`Second Approval`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:643 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:577 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented time off requests. Since only time off requests that need to be " @@ -16570,28 +17076,28 @@ msgid "" "appear on the left side of the screen, under :guilabel:`Departments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 msgid "" "If there are no requests that fall under one of the status options or " "departments, that status or department is **not** visible on the left-side " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:587 msgid "" "To display time off requests for specific departments only, click on the " ":guilabel:`Department` on the left-hand side. Only requests within the " "selected department are then presented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:656 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:657 msgid "" "The status column displays the status of each request, with the status " "highlighted in a specific color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` and :guilabel:`Second Approval` requests are " "highlighted in yellow and are the only ones that appear in the list by " @@ -16601,7 +17107,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:665 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:599 msgid "" "To approve a time off request, click the :guilabel:`👍 Approve` button at the" " end of the line. To validate a time off request that has already been " @@ -16616,7 +17122,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:608 msgid "" "For more details, click anywhere on the time off request line (except for " "the :guilabel:`👍 Approve`, :guilabel:`✔️ Validate`, and :guilabel:`✖️ " @@ -16624,24 +17130,24 @@ msgid "" "of the user, changes can be made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:612 msgid "" "To modify the request, make any desired changes to the form. All changes are" " automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:614 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Approve` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button " "to refuse the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:684 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:620 msgid "Manage allocations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:686 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:622 msgid "" "To view allocations that need approval, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off" " app --> Management --> Allocations`. The only allocations visible on this " @@ -16649,7 +17155,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:627 msgid "" "The default filters that are configured to be in place when navigating to " "the :guilabel:`Allocations` list are :guilabel:`My Team` and " @@ -16657,13 +17163,13 @@ msgid "" "team (who they manage) and active employees. Inactive users are not shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented allocation requests." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:635 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Status` options are :guilabel:`To Approve`, " ":guilabel:`Refused`, and :guilabel:`Approved`. Click on a specific " @@ -16671,14 +17177,14 @@ msgid "" "allocation requests, click :guilabel:`All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 msgid "" "It is also possible to display allocation requests by department. Click on " "the :guilabel:`Department` in the left side of the screen to only present " "allocations for that specific department." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:644 msgid "" "The groupings on the left side only present allocation requests that fall " "under the default filters of :guilabel:`My Team` and :guilabel:`Active " @@ -16686,34 +17192,34 @@ msgid "" "filters are presented on the left side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:712 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:648 msgid "" "For example, if there are no requests with a status of :guilabel:`To " "Submit`, that status option does not appear in the left-hand side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:651 msgid "" "All departments for the user's employees appear in the list. If there are no" " allocation requests that fall under that department matching the pre-" "configured filters, the list is blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:654 msgid "" "It is always possible to remove any of the pre-configured filters, by " "clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon on the specific filter to remove " "it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:660 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, " ":guilabel:`Approved` requests are highlighted in green, and the " ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:663 msgid "" "To approve an allocation request, click the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` button at" " the end of the line. To refuse a request, click the :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` " @@ -16725,28 +17231,28 @@ msgid "" "Allocations with the filter, groupings, and status sections highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:670 msgid "" "If more details are needed, click anywhere on the allocation request line " "(except for the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` buttons) to" " view the request in detail." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:673 msgid "" "Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be made to the allocation " "request form that appears. To modify the request, make any desired changes " "to the form. All changes are automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:741 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:677 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Validate` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button" " to refuse the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:683 msgid "" "To view a color-coded schedule of the user's time off, and/or of the team " "managed by them, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Overview`. " @@ -16754,7 +17260,7 @@ msgid "" "view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:687 msgid "" "To change the time period displayed, click on the :guilabel:`Month` button " "to reveal a drop-down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -16762,7 +17268,7 @@ msgid "" "corresponding view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 msgid "" "To navigate forward or backward in time, in the selected increment " "(:guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, etc.), click the :guilabel:`← (left " @@ -16770,44 +17276,44 @@ msgid "" " that specified amount of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:695 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Month` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by" " one month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:697 msgid "" "To return to a view containing the current day, click the :guilabel:`Today` " "button at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 msgid "" "Team members are listed alphabetically on individual lines, and their " "requested time off, regardless of the status (*validated* or *to approve*), " "is visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:766 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:702 msgid "" "Each employee is color-coded. The employee's color is selected at random, " "and does *not* correspond to the type of time off they requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:705 msgid "" "The status of the time off is represented by the color detail of the " "request, either appearing solid (*validated*) or striped (*to approve*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 msgid "" "The number of days or hours requested is written on the request (if there is" " enough space)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:710 msgid "" "At the bottom of the calendar, in the :guilabel:`Total` line, a bar graph " "shows how many people are projected to be out on any given day. The number " @@ -16815,7 +17321,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:778 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:714 msgid "" "Click on a time off entry to view the details for the specific time off " "entry. The total number of hours or days are listed, along with the start " @@ -16827,21 +17333,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview of the user's team, with time off requests shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:723 msgid "My time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:725 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`My Time` section of the *Time Off* application contains the " "time off dashboard, as well as the user's time off requests and allocations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:795 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:731 msgid "Dashboard" msgstr "Dashboard" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:733 msgid "" "All users have access to the time off dashboard, which is the default view " "in the *Time Off* application. The dashboard can also be accessed at any " @@ -16849,38 +17355,38 @@ msgid "" "My Time --> Dashboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 msgid "" "The current year is displayed, and the current day is highlighted in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:739 msgid "" "To change the view, click on the :guilabel:`Year` button to reveal a drop-" "down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, or " ":guilabel:`Month` to present the calendar in that corresponding view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:743 msgid "" "To change the presented dates, click the :guilabel:`← (left arrow)` or " ":guilabel:`→ (right arrow)` icons to the left of the :guilabel:`Year` " "button. The calendar view adjusts in increments of the presented view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:811 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Year` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by " "one year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:813 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:749 msgid "" "To change the view at any point to a view that includes the current date, " "click the :guilabel:`Today` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:816 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:752 msgid "" "Above the calendar view is a summary of the user's time off balances. Every " "time off type that has been allocated appears in its own summary box. Each " @@ -16889,7 +17395,7 @@ msgid "" "applicable)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:757 msgid "" "To view the full details of a time off balance, click the :guilabel:`? " "(question mark)` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`(DAYS/HOURS) AVAILABLE` " @@ -16903,7 +17409,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A view of the complete time off balance details in the popover window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:767 msgid "" "A user is also able to see how much time off they will have accrued in the " "future. On the right side of the time off summary blocks, there is a " @@ -16911,7 +17417,7 @@ msgid "" "selector popover appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:771 msgid "" "The current date is the default date selected. Navigate to the desired date," " and Odoo displays the time off balances the user will have on that date. " @@ -16920,14 +17426,14 @@ msgid "" "of the date field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:840 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:776 msgid "" "On the right side of the calendar, the various time off types are displayed," " with their corresponding colors. The :guilabel:`Legend` explains how the " "various statuses for time off requests are presented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:780 msgid "" "Time off that has been validated appears in a solid color (in the color " "specified in the :guilabel:`Time Off Type` section above the " @@ -16936,19 +17442,19 @@ msgid "" "line through the dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:849 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:785 msgid "" -"New time off requests can be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :ref:`New Time Off" -" ` modal appears." +"New time off requests can be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. Click the " +":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :doc:`New Time Off" +" <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:852 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 msgid "" -"New allocation requests can also be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the dashboard to " -"request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation ` modal appears." +"New allocation requests can also be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard` to request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation " +"` modal appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 @@ -16957,56 +17463,56 @@ msgid "" "buttons highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:863 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:800 msgid "My time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:865 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:802 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`. Here, all time " "off requests, both past and present, appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:868 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:805 msgid "" "The list includes the following information for each request: the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Start Date`, " ":guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and the :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:872 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:809 msgid "" "A new time off request can be made from this view. Click the :guilabel:`New`" -" button to :ref:`request time off `." +" button to :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:878 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:815 msgid "My allocations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:817 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's allocations, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Allocations`. All " "allocations and requested allocations appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:820 msgid "" "The information presented on the :guilabel:`My Allocations` page includes: " "the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Amount`, " ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`, and :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:824 msgid "" "A new allocation request can be made from this view, as well. Click the " ":guilabel:`New` button to :ref:`request an allocation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:895 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:832 msgid "" "The reporting feature allows users to view time off for their team, either " "by employee or type of time off. This allows users to see which employees " @@ -17014,7 +17520,7 @@ msgid "" "types are being used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:899 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:836 msgid "" "Any report can be added to a spreadsheet through the *Insert in Spreadsheet*" " button that appears in the top-left of a report. If the *Documents* " @@ -17022,31 +17528,31 @@ msgid "" "appears. If not, the report can be added to a *Dashboard*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:841 msgid "By employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:843 msgid "" "To view a report of employee time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Employee`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:846 msgid "" "The default report presents the current year's data in a list view, " "displaying all the employees in alphabetical order. Each employee's line is " "collapsed by default. To expand a line, click anywhere on the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:913 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:850 msgid "" "The view expands, and has the time off requests organized by time off type. " "Click anywhere on a time off type line to expand it, and view all the " "individual time off requests that fall under that type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:916 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:853 msgid "" "The information shown in the list includes: the :guilabel:`Employee` name, " ":guilabel:`Number of Days` off requested, the :guilabel:`Start Date`, " @@ -17057,7 +17563,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Report of time off, shown by each employee in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:861 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " @@ -17069,8 +17575,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The various other views highlighted, for the employee time off report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:933 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:870 msgid "" "When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " "particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports and their" @@ -17078,18 +17583,18 @@ msgid "" "documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:875 msgid "By type" msgstr "Per soort" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:940 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:877 msgid "" "To view a list of all time off, organized by time off type, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Type`. This shows all time" " off requests in a default bar chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:943 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 msgid "" "Hover over a bar to view the :guilabel:`Duration (Days)` of that specific " "time off type." @@ -17101,13 +17606,13 @@ msgid "" "highlighted in a red box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 msgid "" "Click on a bar to go to a detailed list view of all the time off requests " "for that time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:952 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:889 msgid "" "Each request is listed, with the following information displayed: the " ":guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Request Type`, " @@ -17115,10 +17620,174 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " "way. The various options are a :guilabel:`Graph` (the default view), " ":guilabel:`List`, or :guilabel:`Pivot` table." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:897 +msgid "" +"When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " +"particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports, and " +"their various options, refer to the :doc:`reporting " +"<../essentials/reporting>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:902 +msgid ":doc:`time_off/request_time_off`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Request time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once time off has been allocated to an employee, a request to use it can be " +"submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Time off can be requested in one of two ways: either from the main *Time " +"Off* application :guilabel:`Dashboard` (:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My " +"Time --> Dashboard`), or from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` dashboard view " +"(:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " +"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " +"Off` dashboard, in the default list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " +"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" +" form appears in a pop-up window. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time" +" Off` list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " +"form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " +"the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " +"two fields to populate: the start and end dates. Click on either date field " +"and a popover calendar appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " +"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " +"applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If only requesting time off for a single day, click on the start date, then " +"click the same date again for the end date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the correct dates are selected, click the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" +" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, tick this " +"checkbox. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " +"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " +"day is being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " +"day, tick this checkbox. If selected, a :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` " +"field appears beneath this option. Using the drop-down menu, select the " +"start and end time for the time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " +":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " +"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " +"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " +"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " +"should include any details that managers and approvers may need to approve " +"the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachment of documents. " +"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the desired files that should be attached, select them, then " +"click The :guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off " +"request form. Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information, and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " +"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " +"be saved manually at any time by clicking the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " +"with the flu." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 81f5f1382..36d2b0b70 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory & MRP" +msgid "Supply Chain" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 @@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:20 msgid "Location" msgstr "Locatie" @@ -1486,14 +1486,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:16 @@ -1508,16 +1510,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:26 @@ -3731,6 +3740,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:182 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Handmatig" @@ -3807,12 +3818,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:214 msgid "" -"The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is four days," -" and the :ref:`purchase security lead time ` is one day." +"The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is " +"four days, and the :ref:`purchase security lead time " +"` is one day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:218 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` field of the reordering rule is set to " "zero, the product appears on the replenishment dashboard five days before " @@ -3825,34 +3836,34 @@ msgid "" "Feb 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:226 msgid "" "To see the product on the replenishment dashboard for the current date, " "February 20, set the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` to `7.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:229 msgid "" "To determine the amount of visibility days needed to see a product on the " "replenishment dashboard, subtract *today's date* from the *date the need " "appears* on the replenishment dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:232 msgid "Visibility~days = Need~appears~date - Today's~date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:237 msgid "" "Referring to the example above, today's date is February 20th, and the need " "for the product appears on February 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:240 msgid "(February 27 - February 20 = 7 days)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:242 msgid "" "Incorrectly setting the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` fewer than seven days in" " this case results in the need **not** appearing on the replenishment " @@ -3865,11 +3876,11 @@ msgid "" "days set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:252 msgid "Route" msgstr "Route" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:254 msgid "" "Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected under the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it is possible" @@ -3877,7 +3888,7 @@ msgid "" "the functionality of both routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:258 msgid "" "Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering " "rule. This is the route that the rule defaults to, if multiple are selected." @@ -3885,20 +3896,20 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:262 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Route` column is hidden on the " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:264 msgid "" "Reveal the :guilabel:`Route` column by selecting the :guilabel:`(slider)` " "icon to the far-right of the column titles, and checking the " ":guilabel:`Route` option from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:267 msgid "" "Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule, and a drop-down " "menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the " @@ -3909,7 +3920,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:275 msgid "" "If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set " "for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the selected route " @@ -4578,7 +4589,7 @@ msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:100 msgid "Assign serial numbers" msgstr "" @@ -4598,7 +4609,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" @@ -4625,56 +4636,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:21 -msgid "when closing a manufacturing order" +msgid "" +":doc:`during a manufacturing order " +"<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product>` for a " +"product tracked by lot/serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:24 msgid "when making an inventory adjustment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:32 msgid "" "Display the Detailed Operations smart button and bulleted list icon on a " "receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:32 msgid "" "Display the **Detailed Operations** smart button and bulleted list icon on a" " receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:37 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers to products, activate the :guilabel:`Lots and " "Serial Numbers` feature in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " "--> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:40 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of an item's product form, set the " ":guilabel:`Tracking` field to :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:44 msgid "" ":ref:`Enable serial numbers `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:45 msgid "" ":ref:`Track products by serial numbers " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:49 msgid "" "Next, enable creating new serial numbers by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:52 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, select the desired operation " "type (e.g. :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, or " @@ -4687,11 +4701,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show \"Create New\" option is selected on the Receipts operation type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:64 msgid "Detailed Operations" msgstr "Gedetailleerde bewerkingen" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:66 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned to products when entering stock for the first" " time, from the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` page on the receipt. " @@ -4699,7 +4713,7 @@ msgid "" "Operations --> Receipts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:71 msgid "" "Serial numbers can **not** be assigned to products on a request for " "quotation (RfQ) or purchase order (PO) — **only** on a receipt." @@ -4709,13 +4723,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the purchase order and the Receipt smart button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:78 msgid "" "Screenshot of a \"Purchase Order\" with the \"Receipt\" smart button at the " "top." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:80 msgid "" "To record an item's serial number before receiving the item, follow the " "steps in the next sections to assign serial numbers, but do **not** click " @@ -4723,13 +4737,13 @@ msgid "" "from the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:84 msgid "" "Assign a single serial number to a product by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` smart button on a receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:87 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, manually type in the " "serial number for a single product." @@ -4739,13 +4753,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a line on the Detailed Operations page to assign serial numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:94 msgid "" "When finished, click the receipt's breadcrumbs, and the assigned serial " "numbers are automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:102 msgid "" "To generate new serial numbers in a sequence, click the :guilabel:`+ (plus)`" " icon in the :ref:`product line `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:113 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` pop-up window. The " ":guilabel:`Number of SN` field is auto-filled based on the product quantity " @@ -4777,22 +4791,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show Assign Serial numbers pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:125 msgid "Stock move pop-up window" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:127 msgid "" "For various methods of assigning serial numbers in bulk, click the " ":guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the :ref:`product line " "` of a receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:132 msgid "Add a line" msgstr "Regel toevoegen" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:134 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window that appears, manually " "input the serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." @@ -4802,11 +4816,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a line on the Stock move pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:142 msgid "Generate Serials" msgstr "Genereer serienummers" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:144 msgid "" "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Generate " "Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." @@ -4816,7 +4830,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show generate serials button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:151 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Generate Serial numbers` pop-up window, where " "the first serial number is entered in the :guilabel:`First SN` field to " @@ -4824,36 +4838,36 @@ msgid "" "entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:155 msgid "" "For more details on how to fill in this pop-up window, :ref:`refer to this " "section `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:159 msgid "Import Serials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:161 msgid "" "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Import " "Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:165 msgid "" "If the button is not visible, ensure the :guilabel:`Create New` option is " "selected in the :ref:`receipt's configuration page " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:168 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window. Enter each serial " "number on a separate line in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:172 msgid "" "Copy/paste serial numbers from an existing excel spreadsheet and add them to" " the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." @@ -4863,7 +4877,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show excel sheet to copy serial numbers from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:179 msgid "" "Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to add serial numbers to " "the list of products, and serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " @@ -4872,25 +4886,26 @@ msgid "" "option unchecked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:146 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Generate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:187 msgid "" "For a receipt with a :guilabel:`Demand` of `3.00` products, one product has " "already been assigned a serial number in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` " "pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:190 msgid "" "So, in the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window, two serial numbers, `124` " "and `125` are assigned to the remaining products by entering the following " "in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` input field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:199 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option is selected to add these two " "serial numbers **in addition** to the serial number, `123`, that has already" @@ -4932,7 +4947,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr ":doc:`lots`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "" @@ -5004,6 +5019,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:343 msgid "Traceability" msgstr "Traceerbaarheid" @@ -5459,6 +5475,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:189 msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" msgstr "" @@ -5490,17 +5507,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 msgid "Expiration alerts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 msgid "" "To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:251 msgid "" "Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " "Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " @@ -5508,14 +5525,14 @@ msgid "" "related to the products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:255 msgid "" "To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " "form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " "earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:259 msgid "" "After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " "Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " @@ -5523,14 +5540,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:263 msgid "" "To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " "are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" " :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:267 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." msgstr "" @@ -5540,486 +5557,593 @@ msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" +msgid "Lot numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:10 msgid "" -"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" -" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " -"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" -" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." +"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. They " +"typically represent a specific batch of products that were received, stored," +" shipped, or manufactured in-house." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:13 msgid "" -"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " -"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " -"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " -"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " -"lifecycles." +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products sharing common " +"properties, facilitating end-to-end traceability through their lifecycles." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:16 msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " -"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " -"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " -"expiration dates." +"Lots are useful for managing large quantities of manufactured or received " +"products, aiding in tracing items back to their group, particularly for " +"product recalls or :doc:`expiration dates `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:26 msgid "" -"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " -"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " -"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " -"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " -":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +"To track products using lots, enable the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature. Go" +" to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and tick the checkbox " +"next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 -msgid "Track products by lots" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`Tracking expiration dates `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:33 msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " -"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " -"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " -"and choose a product." +":ref:`Print GS1 barcodes for lots and serial numbers " +"`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:42 +msgid "Track by lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:44 msgid "" -"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " -"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " -":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " -"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, configure " +"individual products to be tracked using lots. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and choose a " +"product to configure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:48 msgid "" +"On the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, select the :guilabel:`By Lots` option in " +"the :guilabel:`Tracking` field. Now, new or existing lot numbers can be " +"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`expiration_dates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 +msgid "" "If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " -"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" -" lot numbers to the existing stock." +"serial numbers, a warning message appears. Use an :doc:`inventory adjustment" +" ` to assign lot numbers to existing products in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 -msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:65 +msgid "Assign lots for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:67 msgid "" -"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " -"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" -" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " -"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " -"automatically." +"Assign new lot numbers to :ref:`incoming goods " +"` on the receipt form. When " +"shipping :ref:`outgoing goods `, select products with specific lot numbers on the delivery order " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:75 +msgid "On receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Assigning new or existing lot numbers to incoming goods can be done directly" +" on receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To begin, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app to `create and confirm " +"`_ a |PO| for products tracked " +"by lot numbers. Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button that " +"appears at the top of the page to navigate to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to an existing receipt by going to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, clicking the :guilabel:`Receipts` Kanban " +"card, and choosing the desired receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number triggers an " +"error, indicating that a lot number **must** be assigned before validating " +"the receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:96 +msgid "" +"On the receipt form, on the product line in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, " +"select the |list| icon to the right of the product that is tracked by lot " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the bulleted list icon on the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, where the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` and :guilabel:`Quantity` are assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 +msgid "The two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **importing**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:109 +msgid "Manual assignment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"To manually assign lot numbers, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Input the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, :guilabel:`Store To` location for the lot, " +":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Destination Package`, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To assign multiple lot numbers, or store to multiple locations, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and type a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` for " +"additional quantities. Repeat until the total in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"column matches the :guilabel:`Demand` at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:125 +msgid "Import lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:127 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, click :guilabel:`Import " +"Serials/Lots`, then paste the bulk lot numbers, in the " +":guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on *Google* spreadsheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 +msgid "Lot numbers copied to the lot number line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Lot numbers pasted to the \"Lots/Serial numbers\" field, in the **Import " +"Lots** pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to generate *additional* " +"lot numbers in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window. To replace " +"the lot numbers in the list, leave the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option" +" unticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` on the receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:200 +msgid "" +":ref:`Traceability report for lot numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:157 +msgid "On delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Odoo makes it possible to specify which lot numbers for a product are chosen" +" for outgoing shipment on a delivery order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To begin, create or select an existing quotation from the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app. After confirming the |SO|, the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button becomes available. Click the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt form for " +"that specific |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to delivery orders by going to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`" +" kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button opens the the delivery order " +"form, where lot numbers are picked for delivery. In the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab, click the |list| icon to the right of the " +"product that is tracked by lot numbers. Clicking that icon reveals a " +":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, the chosen lot number and its storage location is " +"displayed in the :guilabel:`Pick From` column, with the with the full " +":guilabel:`Quantity` taken from that specific lot (if there is enough stock " +"in that particular lot)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:179 +msgid "" +"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " +":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:183 +msgid "" +"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " +"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It also " +"depends on the ordered quantity, and whether the lot's on-hand quantity is " +"enough to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Repeat the above steps to select enough lots to fulfill the " +":guilabel:`Demand`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. " +"Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button on the |DO| to deliver the " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Popup for source lot number on sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:203 +msgid "Lot management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Manage and view existing lot numbers for products in the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` dashboard by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:208 +msgid "" +"By default, lot numbers are grouped by product, and selecting the drop-down " +"menu for each product displays the existing lot numbers. Select a lot number" +" to :ref:`modify or add details ` " +"linked to the lot. Lot numbers can also be :ref:`created " +"` from this page, by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 +msgid "Show the \"Lot/Serial Number\" dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Display lot numbers, grouped by products, on the **Lot/Serial Number** " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 +msgid "Modify lot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Clicking a lot from the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` dashboard reveals a " +"separate page where additional information can be provided about the lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to follow " +"the most recent number. However, it can be edited, by clicking the line " +"under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and changing the generated " +"number to any desired one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:233 +msgid "On the lot number form, the following fields can be modified:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:235 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: change the lot number linked to the " +":guilabel:`Product`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:236 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internal Reference`: records an alternative lot/serial number " +"used within the warehouse that differs from the one used by the supplier " +"manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company where the lot number is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:239 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: add extra details about the lot or serial number in" +" this text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:242 +msgid "" +"On existing lots, the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"fields **cannot** be modified, as the lot numbers are linked with existing " +"stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the lot number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:250 +msgid ":doc:`Set expiration dates for lots `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:253 +msgid "Add property" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:255 +msgid "" +"To add custom fields to lots for enhanced traceability, there are two " +"methods of adding properties on a lot number form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon at the top-left of the page," +" then select :icon:`fa-cogs` :guilabel:`Add Properties` from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a Property` button, located below " +"the existing fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Name and :doc:`configure the new field " +"<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`. Once finished, enter the " +"property value in the new field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The new property, `Wood type`, is added. The value is recorded as `Cherry " +"wood`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Show the \"Add Properties\" button on a lot number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:273 +msgid "" +":doc:`Configuring custom properties " +"<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 +msgid "Reserve lot number for a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:280 +msgid "" +"To create a lot number for a product, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lot/Serial Numbers`, and " +"click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Creating a lot number reserves it for a product but **does not** assign it. " +"To assign lot numbers, refer to the section on :ref:`assigning lot numbers " +"on receipts `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:289 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " "follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " -"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " -"and changing the generated number." +"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field " +"on the lot form, and changing the generated number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:293 msgid "" "Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " "field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " "menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:72 -msgid "" -"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " -"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " -"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " -"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" -"website environment)." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:298 +msgid "The lot number, `000001`, is created for the product, `Drawer Black`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 -msgid "" -"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " -"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:83 -msgid "" -"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " -"button to save all changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:304 msgid "" "After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " -"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" -" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " -"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." +"product, the lot number is saved as an existing lot number linked to the " +"product, and can be selected when :ref:`assigning lot numbers to products on" +" a receipt `, or when making an " +"inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:310 msgid "" -"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " -"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " -"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" -" assigned to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:95 -msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " -"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " -"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " -"order form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:104 -msgid "Manage lots on receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " -"purchase order (PO)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:108 -msgid "" -"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " -"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 -msgid "" -"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " -"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " -"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " -"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " -"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " -"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " -":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " -"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " -"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" -"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " -":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " -"number being assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:133 -msgid "" -"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " -":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " -"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " -"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:137 -msgid "" -"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " -"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " -"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 -msgid "" -"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" -" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " -"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " -"quantity." +"After creating the lot number, `000001` appears as an option for `Drawer " +"Black` when assigning lot numbers on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` " +"page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 -msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgid "Show how to assign lot numbers on the Inventory Adjustment page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " -":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " -"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " -"the :guilabel:`Demand`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:155 -msgid "" -"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " -"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " -"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" -" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" -" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " -":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " -"entered in each of the lot number lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 -msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:168 -msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." -" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " -":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " -"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" -" assigned, and more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:174 -msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " -"sales order (SO)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " -"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:181 -msgid "" -"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" -" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " -"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:185 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" -" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " -":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:201 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " -"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 -msgid "" -"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " -"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " -":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " -"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:198 -msgid "" -"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " -"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" -" there is enough stock in that particular lot)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:202 -msgid "" -"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " -":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " -"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " -"total quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:207 -msgid "" -"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " -"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " -"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " -"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " -"lot to fulfill the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:213 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:215 -msgid "" -"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " -"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" -" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 -msgid "" -"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " -"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " -":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " -"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " -"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:228 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" -" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " -"the same lot number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:318 msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:320 msgid "" -"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " -"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " -"be used." +"By default, new lots can only be created when receiving products, and " +"existing lot numbers cannot be used. For sales orders, only existing lot " +"numbers can be utilized, and new ones cannot be created on the delivery " +"order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:237 -msgid "" -"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" -" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:324 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " "type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " -"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +"Operations Types`, and select the desired operation type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:328 msgid "" -"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " -"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " -"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" -" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " -":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" -" to save the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:249 -msgid "" -"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " -"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " -"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " -"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." +"On the operation type form, under the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"section, tick the :guilabel:`Create New` checkbox to enable new lot numbers " +"to be created during this operation type. Choose :guilabel:`Use Existing " +"ones` if only existing lot numbers can be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:337 msgid "" "For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " "useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" " warehouse receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "Partij traceerbaarheid" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:345 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " -"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " -"stored, and who (and when) it went to." +"entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from, when it arrived, where it" +" was stored, who it went to (and when)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:348 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:352 msgid "" "From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " "assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:355 msgid "" -"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " -"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " -":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " -"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." +"To group by lots, begin by removing any filters in the :guilabel:`Search...`" +" bar. Then, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(caret down)` icon to" +" open a drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` options," +" and :guilabel:`Favorites`. Under the :guilabel:`Group By` section, click " +"the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` option, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"Number` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:361 msgid "" -"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " -"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." +"Doing so reorganizes all the records on the page to display all existing " +"lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded to show all quantities of " +"products with that assigned number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:369 +msgid "Traceability report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To view a full stock moves report for a lot number, select the lot number " +"line from the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Number` dashboard. On the lot number " +"form, click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the Traceability Report for a lot, that displays the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:380 msgid ":doc:`differences`" msgstr "" @@ -6538,6 +6662,144 @@ msgid "" " packaging to the internal count of the product." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:3 +msgid "Reassign lot/serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Changing a product's tracking settings to use lots or serial numbers, " +"*after* storing products in Odoo without them, can lead to inconsistent " +"records. Follow this documentation to learn how to use an inventory " +"adjustment to assign lot or serial numbers to products that were not " +"originally assigned lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Warning message: products in stock have no lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This document outlines the process of using two inventory adjustments: one " +"to remove incorrect records *without* lot numbers, and another to save the " +"quantities *with* the lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`Set up and use lot numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Set up serial numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Use serial numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:24 +msgid "Change on-hand quantity to zero" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To change the product's settings to track by lots or serial numbers, begin " +"by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and select the intended product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, click the product's :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button to open the " +":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. In the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"column, change the value to zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If the product is stored in multiple locations, make sure the **total** on " +"hand quantity at **all** locations is zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Show the Inventory Adjustments model, highlighting the \"On Hand Quantity\" " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:41 +msgid "Change traceability setting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Return to the product form (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Products`), and switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, change the :guilabel:`Tracking` option " +"from :guilabel:`No Tracking` to :guilabel:`By Lots` or :guilabel:`By Unique " +"Serial Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 +msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:56 +msgid "Restore on-hand quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:58 +msgid "" +"After manually changing the on-hand quantity to zero and changing the " +":guilabel:`Tracking` setting to lots or serial numbers, restore the " +"quantities by clicking the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button from the desired" +" product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:62 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Update Quantity` page, because the on-hand quantity had " +"been previously changed to zero, a :guilabel:`No Stock On Hand` warning " +"appears on the page. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" +"left corner. Doing so reveals a new, modifiable line on the " +":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. Then, input a desired lot number in the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` to its original value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Fill in the \"Lot/Serial Number\" and \"On Hand Quantity\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To find the original quantity, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"accordingly, after assigning a new lot or serial number, click the " +":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon in the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` column. Then, click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` " +"button on the far-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Show the \"History\" button on the Inventory Adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The inventory adjustment that changed the on-hand quantity to zero is " +"displayed in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:0 +msgid "Show the history entry." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "" @@ -6667,6 +6929,12 @@ msgid "" "in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "" @@ -6851,6 +7119,12 @@ msgid "" "tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:197 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" @@ -6859,6 +7133,20 @@ msgid "" " appears." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " +"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:208 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " @@ -7213,6 +7501,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:80 msgid "Create purchase order" msgstr "" @@ -7484,12 +7774,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:160 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:161 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" msgstr ":doc:`multipack`" @@ -7691,7 +7981,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:124 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" @@ -7872,8 +8162,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "Create a sales order" msgstr "" @@ -7935,7 +8223,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Print shipping labels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:8 msgid "" "Integrate Odoo with :doc:`third-party shipping carriers " "<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>` to automatically generate " @@ -7943,7 +8231,7 @@ msgid "" "numbers, and barcodes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:15 msgid "" "To generate labels for a third-party shipping carrier, first :doc:`install " "the third-party shipping connector " @@ -7960,36 +8248,83 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set the \"Get Rate and Create Shipment\" option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:33 +msgid "Labels for multi-step" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"For companies using :doc:`two " +"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or :doc:`three step " +"delivery <../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, labels can be " +"triggered to print after validating the picking or packing operation. To do " +"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations " +"Types`, and choose the desired operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Operation Type` configuration page, tick the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` checkbox. Enabling this feature ensures that the " +"third-party shipping label is printed upon validating this operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:45 +msgid "" +"For :doc:`two-step delivery " +"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, where products are " +"placed directly in packages during picking, companies can print shipping " +"labels during picking instead of delivery. Odoo allows users to enable the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` feature on the `Pick` operation itself to achieve " +"this flexibility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:0 +msgid "Enable the \"Print Label\" feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:55 msgid "Print tracking labels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:57 msgid "" -"Tracking labels are generated after the delivery order (DO) is validated." +"Tracking labels are printed when specific operations are validated. By " +"default, validating a delivery order (DO) generates a tracking label in the " +"chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:61 msgid "" -"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin on the " -":menuselection:`Sales app`, and proceed to the desired quotation to " -":ref:`add the shipping cost `, confirm the sales order, and validate the |DO|." +"For companies using two or three step delivery, refer to the :ref:`printing " +"labels for multi-step delivery ` section to learn how to print the label after validating a picking " +"or packing operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin in the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and proceed to the desired quotation or sales " +"order (SO). There, and :ref:`add the shipping cost " +"` to the order. Then, " +"navigate to the linked |DO| — or another operation type when using multi-" +"step delivery — to validate the operation and print the label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:71 msgid "" "If only the *Inventory* app is installed, create :abbr:`DOs (Delivery " -"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app , :ref:`add the " +"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, :ref:`add the " "third-party carrier ` in " "the :guilabel:`Carrier` field, and validate the |DO|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:79 msgid "Add shipping on quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:81 msgid "" "To generate a tracking label for an order, begin by creating a quotation in " ":menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`, clicking " @@ -8001,15 +8336,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the \"Add Shipping\" button on the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:89 msgid "" "In the resulting pop-up window, select the intended carrier from the " -":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. Clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` " -"displays the shipping cost for the customer, via the third-party carrier in " -"the :guilabel:`Cost` field." +":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Total Order " +"Weight` field is automatically populated, based on the :ref:`weight of " +"products in the order `. " +"Modify this field to overwrite the predicted weight, and use this weight to " +"estimate the cost of shipping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Get Rate` to display the shipping cost for the " +"customer, via the third-party carrier in the :guilabel:`Cost` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 msgid "" "If clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` results in an error, ensure the " ":ref:`warehouse's address ` are properly configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:102 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the cost to the quotation, which is listed as " "the :ref:`configured delivery product " @@ -8030,49 +8373,49 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show \"Get rate\" pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:112 msgid "" -"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, the shipping carrier is" -" specified in a delivery order's :guilabel:`Carrier` field of the " -":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." +"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, specify the " +":guilabel:`Carrier` by going to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, " +"navigating to the |DO|, and going to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:0 msgid "Show the \"Additional Info\" tab of a delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:123 msgid "Validate delivery order" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:125 msgid "" "On a delivery order form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab to" " ensure the third-party shipping carrier has been added to the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:129 msgid "" "If the *Sales* app is not installed, the third-party carrier is set in the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:132 msgid "" "After the items in the order have been packed, click :guilabel:`Validate` to" " get the shipping carrier's tracking number, and generate the shipping " "label." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:136 msgid "" "Create or select an existing delivery order by going to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and selecting the :guilabel:`Delivery " "Orders` card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:139 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` number is generated in the " ":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab of the delivery order. Click the " @@ -8080,7 +8423,7 @@ msgid "" "shipping carrier's website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:143 msgid "The tracking label is found in PDF format in the chatter." msgstr "" @@ -8088,14 +8431,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show generated shipping label in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:150 msgid "" "For multi-package shipping, one label is generated per package. Each label " "appears in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:157 msgid "Sample label generated from Odoo's shipping connector with FedEx." msgstr "" @@ -8282,11 +8625,282 @@ msgid "" "create the first backorder." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:3 +msgid "Printable delivery PDFs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automatically print delivery-related PDFs documents and labels in Odoo, " +"containing package recipient details, contents, or handling instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The following PDFs can be configured to print upon validating an *Inventory*" +" operation (e.g. receipt, picking, delivery orders, quality checks):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:11 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery slip `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`Return slip `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:13 +msgid "" +":ref:`Product labels of items in the order " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:14 +msgid "" +":ref:`Lot and serial number labels `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:15 +msgid "Carrier labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:16 +msgid "Export documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:17 +msgid "Package Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:18 +msgid "Package label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To automatically print these forms, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`, and select the desired " +"operation type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick each of the desired options available " +"in the :guilabel:`Print on Validation` section to download the PDF of those " +"selected documents automatically after validating the :guilabel:`Operation " +"Type`. For details on what each of the checkbox options do, jump to the " +"related section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Print on Validation* option in the \"Pick\" *Operation Type*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:36 +msgid "Delivery slip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A *delivery slip* contains recipient and package details, usually placed " +"inside (or attached to) the package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:42 +msgid ":ref:`Picking list `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`Tracking label `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:45 +msgid "" +"After :ref:`enabling the Delivery Slip setting " +"` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " +"configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " +"operation type downloads a PDF of the delivery slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The delivery slip shows products, quantities, the delivery order reference " +"number, and the total order weight." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Example delivery slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:58 +msgid "Return slip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Print a *return slip* to include in a delivery for customer return packages." +" It identifies the return, links to the sales order, and includes item " +"details and customer information. It can also include specific return " +"instructions for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:64 +msgid "" +"After :ref:`enabling the Return Slip setting " +"` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " +"configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " +"operation type downloads a PDF of the return slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The return slip displays the company's return address, along with barcodes " +"for both the order and the return operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Example return slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:77 +msgid "Product labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Print *product labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " +"information, such as product name, barcode, and price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"After navigating to the intended operation type (:menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`), in the :guilabel:`Hardware` " +"tab, tick the :guilabel:`Product Labels` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Print label as:` drop-down menu visible, where" +" each product label can be printed as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`2 x 7 with price`: PDF displays product name, barcode, and price," +" fitting two rows and seven columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 2 x 7 with price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 7 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price, " +"fitting four rows and seven columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 4 x 7 with price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12`: displays product name and barcode. Fits four rows and " +"twelve columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 4 x 12." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price. " +"Fits four rows and twelve columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels`: prints labels in the Zebra Programming Language " +"(ZPL) containing the product name and barcode. Readable for Zebra printers " +"to automatically print labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels with price`: prints labels in the :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " +"Programming Language)` containing the product name, barcode, and price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Product labels can be manually printed from any delivery order, by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Print Labels` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:128 +msgid "Lot/SN Labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Print *lot/SN labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " +"information, such as product name, lot or serial number, and the barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To automatically print this PDF, navigate to the intended operation type's " +"options page (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations" +" Types`). Then, in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick the :guilabel:`Lot/SN " +"Labels` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per lot/SN`: PDF with labels for unique lot/serial " +"numbers in the order, including product name, lot/serial number, and " +"barcode. Fits four rows and twelve columns per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:150 +msgid "Labels for an order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per unit`: PDF with labels matching the quantity of " +"items, displaying the product name, lot/serial number, and barcode. Fits " +"four rows and twelve columns per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per lot/SN`: prints labels in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " +"Programming Language)`, containing the product name, lot/serial number, and " +"barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per unit`: prints labels with the quantity of " +"items in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming Language)`, containing the product " +"name, lot/serial number, and barcode." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "Scheduled delivery dates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 msgid "" "Accurately forecasting delivery dates is vital for fulfilling customer " "expectations. In Odoo, the *Inventory* app allows for comprehensive lead " @@ -8294,11 +8908,11 @@ msgid "" "orders, deliveries, and receptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:15 msgid "Lead time types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:17 msgid "" "Different lead times for different operations can impact various stages of " "the order fulfillment process. Here's a summary of the types of lead times " @@ -8309,66 +8923,85 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show graphic of all lead times working together." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "" -":ref:`Customer lead time `: The default " -"time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is the " -"number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the date " -"the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as *delivery" -" lead time*." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:24 msgid "" -":ref:`Sales security lead time `: " -"moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of days. " -"This serves as a buffer to allow the team ample time to prepare the outgoing" -" shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " -"process." +":ref:`Customer lead time `: " +"default time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is" +" the number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the " +"date the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as " +"*delivery lead time*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:29 msgid "" -":ref:`Purchase lead time `: the number of " -"days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " +":ref:`Sales security lead time `: moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of " +"days. This serves as a buffer to allow ample time to prepare the outgoing " +"shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 +msgid "" +":ref:`Purchase lead time `: number" +" of days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " "products. It provides insight on the time it takes for products to arrive at" " the warehouse, facilitating effective scheduling and planning of supplier " "deliveries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:39 msgid "" -":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` by a " -"specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders earlier " -"mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products that are" -" set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment report* " -"earlier, according to the specified number of days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:40 -msgid "" -":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: the number " -"of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date of " -"confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in Odoo), " -"and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished good." +":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " +"by a specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders " +"earlier mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products " +"that are set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment " +"report* earlier, according to the specified number of days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:45 msgid "" -":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " -"forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with " -":ref:`replenish to order `, the " +":ref:`Days to Purchase `: " +"days needed for the vendor to receive a request for quotation (RFQ) and " +"confirm it. It advances the deadline to schedule a |RFQ| by a specified " +"number of days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:49 +msgid "" +":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: " +"number of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date " +"of confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in " +"Odoo), and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished" +" good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:54 +msgid "" +":ref:`Days to prepare manufacturing order " +"`: number of days " +"needed to replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the " +"product. Either set one directly on the bill of materials (BoM), or click " +"*Compute* to sum up purchase and manufacturing lead times of components in " +"the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:60 +msgid "" +":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing " +"Order)` forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with" +" :ref:`replenish to order `, the " "security lead time makes the need appear earlier on the replenishment " "report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:69 msgid "Sales lead times" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 msgid "" "Customer lead times and sales security lead times can be configured to " "automatically compute an *expected delivery date* on a :abbr:`SO (Sales " @@ -8376,14 +9009,14 @@ msgid "" "setting for shipments from the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:75 msgid "" "Odoo issues a warning message if the set delivery date is earlier than the " "expected date, as it may not be feasible to fulfill the order by that time, " "which would impact other warehouse operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:79 msgid "" "A :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` containing a `Coconut-scented candle` is " "confirmed on July 11th. The product has a customer lead time of 14 days, and" @@ -8396,17 +9029,17 @@ msgid "" "Set *Delivery Date* in a sales order. Enables delivery lead times feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:87 msgid "" "The following sections demonstrate how to automatically compute expected " "delivery dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:90 msgid "Customer lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:92 msgid "" "Set the customer lead time on each product form, by navigating to the " "products page. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> " @@ -8416,7 +9049,7 @@ msgid "" "order from start to finish." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 msgid "" "Set a 14-day customer lead time for the `Coconut-scented candle` by " "navigating to its product form. Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, type" @@ -8427,31 +9060,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set *Customer Lead Time* on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:109 msgid "Sales security lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:111 msgid "" "*Sales security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:114 msgid "" "On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " "heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales`, and " "click the checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. This security lead time is " "a buffer notifying the team to prepare for outgoing shipments earlier than " "the scheduled date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales` to `1.00` day, pushes " "the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of a delivery order (DO) forward by one day. " @@ -8466,11 +9099,11 @@ msgid "" "settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:131 msgid "Deliver several products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:133 msgid "" "For orders that include multiple products with different lead times, the " "lead times can be configured directly from the quotation itself. On a " @@ -8478,7 +9111,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Policy` to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`As soon as possible` to deliver products as soon as they are " "ready. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " @@ -8486,7 +9119,7 @@ msgid "" "products in the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`When all products are ready` to wait to fulfill the entire order " "at once. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " @@ -8498,14 +9131,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show *Shipping Policy* field in the *Other Info* tab of a quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:150 msgid "" "In a quotation containing 2 products, `Yoga mat` and `Resistance band,` the " "products have a lead time of 8 days and 5 days, respectively. Today's date " "is April 2nd." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:153 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Shipping Policy` is set to :guilabel:`As soon as " "possible`, the scheduled delivery date is 5 days from today: April 7th. On " @@ -8513,17 +9146,17 @@ msgid "" " the scheduled date to be 8 days from today: April 10th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:160 msgid "Purchase lead times" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 msgid "" "Automatically determining the dates on which to place orders from suppliers " "can help simplify the procurement process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 msgid "" "Odoo calculates the supplier shipment *receipt date*, and :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` deadline, based on the required date the product is needed" @@ -8532,7 +9165,7 @@ msgid "" "determine the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` deadline." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 msgid "" "This deadline is the date by which the order should be confirmed, in order " "to ensure timely arrival by the expected receipt date." @@ -8543,24 +9176,24 @@ msgid "" "Visualization of PO deadline and receipt date used with vendor lead times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:178 msgid "" ":ref:`PO scheduling with reordering rules " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:181 msgid "Vendor lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:183 msgid "" "To set a vendor lead time for orders arriving in the warehouse from a vendor" " location, begin by navigating to a product form through " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:186 msgid "" "Next, select the desired product, and switch to the :guilabel:`Purchase` " "tab. In the editable vendor pricelist, click the :guilabel:`Add a line` " @@ -8569,14 +9202,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:192 msgid "" "Multiple vendors and lead times can be added to the vendor pricelist. The " "default vendor and lead time selected will be the entry at the top of the " "list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:196 msgid "" "On the vendor pricelist of the product form, the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " "Time` for the selected vendor is set to `10 days.`" @@ -8586,7 +9219,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add delivery lead times to vendor pricelist on a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:203 msgid "" "By setting the vendor lead time, the expected arrival date of the item is " "automatically determined as the date of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " @@ -8595,7 +9228,7 @@ msgid "" "expected timeframe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 msgid "" "On a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` confirmed on July 11th, for a product " "configured with a 10-day vendor lead time, Odoo automatically sets the " @@ -8614,34 +9247,33 @@ msgid "" "Show expected *Scheduled Date* of arrival of the product from the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:225 msgid "Purchase security lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:227 msgid "" "*Purchase security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:230 msgid "" -"On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " -"heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`, and" -" click the checkbox to enable the feature." +"On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " +"heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in supplier " -"deliveries." +"deliveries. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:237 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase` to `2.00` days, " -"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by one day. In that " +"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by two days. In that " "case, if a product is initially scheduled to arrive on April 6th, with a " "two-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the receipt would be " "April 8th." @@ -8653,18 +9285,35 @@ msgid "" "Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 +msgid "Days to purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To set up the *days to purchase* lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Advanced " +"Scheduling` section, in the :guilabel:`Days to Purchase` field, specify the " +"number of days required for the vendor to confirm a |RFQ| after receiving it" +" from the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Show \"Days to Purchase\" configuration in the Settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 msgid "Manufacturing lead times" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:265 msgid "" "Lead times can help simplify the procurement process for consumable " "materials and components used in manufactured products with bills of " -"materials." +"materials (BoMs)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:268 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the deadline to " "begin the manufacturing process to complete the product by the scheduled " @@ -8678,43 +9327,54 @@ msgid "" "times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 msgid "Manufacturing lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:279 msgid "" -"Configure the manufacturing lead time directly on the product form, by " -"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products`, " -"and select the desired product." +"Manufacturing lead times for products are configured from a product's bill " +"of materials (BoM) form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:281 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product, specify the calendar days " -"needed to the manufacture the product in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead " -"Time` field." +"To add a lead time to a |BoM|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" +" --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM| to edit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:284 msgid "" -"Specify a 14-day :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead Time` for a product directly " -"in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product." +"On the |BoM| form, click the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. Change the value" +" (in days) in the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field to specify the calendar" +" days needed to manufacture the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 -msgid "" -"View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Manuf. Lead Time value specified on a product's Bill of Material form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:292 +msgid "" +"If the selected |BoM| is a multi-level |BoM|, the manufacturing lead times " +"of the components are added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 +msgid "" +"If the |BoM| product is subcontracted, the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` can " +"be used to determine the date at which components should be sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:298 msgid "" "Establish a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, based on the " "*expected delivery date*, indicated in the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field " "of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:301 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field on the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`, is" @@ -8722,31 +9382,32 @@ msgid "" "lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:305 msgid "" "This ensures the manufacturing process begins on time, in order to meet the " "delivery date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:307 msgid "" -"However, it's important to note that lead times are based on calendar days. " -"Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center capacity*" -" (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work center " -"simultaneously`)." +"However, it is important to note that lead times are based on calendar days." +" Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center " +"capacity* (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work " +"center simultaneously`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 -msgid ":ref:`Manufacturing planning `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 msgid "" -":ref:`Configure automatic MO scheduling with reordering rules " -"`" +":doc:`Manufacturing planning <../../../manufacturing/workflows/use_mps>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:313 +msgid "" +":doc:`Schedule MOs with reordering rules " +"<../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 msgid "" "A product's scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " "August 15th. The product requires 14 days to manufacture. So, the latest " @@ -8754,23 +9415,63 @@ msgid "" "date is August 1st." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:324 +msgid "Days to prepare manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Configure the days required to gather components to manufacture a product by" +" going to its |BoM|. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" +" Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:330 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab of the |BoM|, specify the calendar days" +" needed to obtain components of the product in the :guilabel:`Days to " +"prepare Manufacturing Order` field. Doing so creates |MOs| in advance, and " +"ensures there is enough time to either replenish components, or manufacture " +"semi-finished products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Compute`, located next to the :guilabel:`Days to prepare" +" Manufacturing Order` field, calculates the longest lead time among all the " +"components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:339 +msgid "" +"*Purchase security lead times* that impact this specific |BoM| are also " +"added to this value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:343 +msgid "" +"A |BoM| has two components, one has a manufacturing lead time of two days, " +"and the other has a purchase lead time of four days. The :guilabel:`Days to " +"prepare Manufacturing Order` is four days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:350 msgid "Manufacturing security lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:352 msgid "" "*Manufacturing security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the" -" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead " -"Time`, and click the checkbox to enable the feature." +" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security " +"Lead Time`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:356 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in the " -"manufacturing process." +"manufacturing process. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 @@ -8779,7 +9480,7 @@ msgid "" "settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:364 msgid "" "A product has a scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " "set for August 15th. The manufacturing lead time is 7 days, and " @@ -8789,37 +9490,37 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is August 5th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:371 msgid "Global example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:373 msgid "" "See the following example to understand how all the lead times work together" " to ensure timely order fulfillment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:376 msgid "**Sales security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:377 msgid "**Manufacturing security lead time**: 2 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:378 msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**: 3 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:379 msgid "**Purchase security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:380 msgid "**Vendor lead time**: 4 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:382 msgid "" "The customer places an order for a manufactured product on September 1st, " "and the scheduled delivery date from the warehouse is on September 20th. " @@ -8834,24 +9535,24 @@ msgid "" "operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:390 msgid "**September 1st**: Sales order created, confirmed by salesperson." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:392 msgid "" "**September 9th**: Deadline to order components to ensure they arrive in " "time when manufacturing begins (4-day supplier lead time)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:395 msgid "" "**September 13th**: Scheduled date of receipt for components. Initially, it " "was set to 9/14, but the 1-day purchase security lead time pushed the date " "earlier by 1 day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:398 msgid "" "**September 14th**: Deadline to begin manufacturing. Calculated by " "subtracting the manufacturing lead time of 3 days, and the manufacturing " @@ -8859,7 +9560,7 @@ msgid "" "19th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:402 msgid "" "**September 19th**: :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the delivery order form " "indicates the updated expected delivery date, which was originally set as " @@ -8867,7 +9568,7 @@ msgid "" "a day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:406 msgid "" "Odoo's replenishment planning maps a business' order fulfillment process, " "setting pre-determined deadlines and raw material order dates, including " @@ -8908,7 +9609,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings." msgstr "" @@ -9075,475 +9775,536 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in one step" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:11 msgid "" -"By default, incoming shipments are configured to be received directly into " -"stock, and outgoing shipments are configured to be delivered directly from " -"stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one " -"step receipts and deliveries." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " +"process in one step, by default. This means purchases will be received " +"directly into stock, and deliveries will be moved directly from stock to " +"customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:30 msgid "" -"Incoming and outgoing shipments do not need to be configured with the same " -"steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in " -"three steps." +"Incoming and outgoing shipments do **not** need to be configured with the " +"same amount of steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18 msgid "" -"In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and " -"deliveries." +"For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " +"received directly in one step, and delivered in three steps (pick + pack + " +"ship)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20 -msgid "Configure the warehouse" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To configure one-step receipts and deliveries for a warehouse, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and select " +"a warehouse to edit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:27 msgid "" -"If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they" -" can easily be set back to the one step setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`, and click on the desired warehouse to edit. Next, on the " -":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, under the :guilabel:`Shipments` " -"section, select :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)` for " -":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " -"step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)`, and set " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " +"step)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one " -"step." +msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to one-step on warehouse form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Since one-step receipt and delivery is the default for incoming and outgoing" +" shipments in Odoo, the *Multi-Step Routes* feature is *not* required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 +msgid "" +"However, for the :guilabel:`Shipments` settings to appear on a warehouse " +"form, the feature **must** be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick " +"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Doing so also activates the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` " +"feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:50 msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "Goederen direct ontvangen (1 stap)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "Create a purchase order" -msgstr "Maak een inkooporder" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:52 msgid "" -"On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making" -" a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, select (or create) a " -":guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` " -"to finalize the quote as a new purchase order." +"When products are received in one step, they will move from the vendor " +"location to warehouse stock in the database immediately upon validation of a" +" purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:81 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " -"the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " -"receipt for the purchase order." +"To create a |PO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank :guilabel:`Request for Quotation` (RfQ) " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Supplier` field. Then, fill out the various " +"fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order." +msgid "Filled out new request for quotation form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 -msgid "Process the receipt" +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the |RfQ|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:94 msgid "" -"When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click " -":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This moves the |RfQ| to the " +":guilabel:`Purchase Order` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once the |PO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears at " +"the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse receipt " +"(WH/IN) form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ " -"(bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon " -"enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows " -"the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n" -"pop-up." +msgid "Receipt smart button on confirmed purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier " -"Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives " -"here, it will be available for manufacturing, sales, etc. Then, the status " -"of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the " -"reception process in one step." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 +msgid "Process receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:84 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " +"the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " +"validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validated warehouse receipt in Done stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Click back to the |PO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" +" the |PO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Received` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:99 msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "Goederen direct leveren (1 stap)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:101 msgid "" -"Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and " -"make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then select (or create) a " -":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down field, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order." +"When products are delivered in one step, they will move from warehouse stock" +" to the customer location in the database immediately upon validation of a " +"sales order (SO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:156 +msgid "Create sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:158 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " -"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " -"delivery order for the sales order." +"To create a |SO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales app`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank sales quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field. Then, fill out the various" +" fields on the sales quotation form, as necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed." +msgid "Filled out new sales quotation form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:117 msgid "" -"Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." +"Under the :guilabel:`Product` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:120 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:172 -msgid "Process the delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. This moves the quotation to the " +":guilabel:`Sales Order` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 msgid "" -"When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), " -"click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery." +"Once the |SO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears at " +"the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse delivery " +"(WH/OUT) form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the delivery order." +msgid "Delivery smart button on confirmed sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:207 +msgid "Process delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:133 msgid "" -"Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the " -":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers" -" location`. Then, the status of the document will change to " -":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step." +"From the warehouse delivery form, the products ordered by the customer can " +"be delivered from the warehouse. To deliver the products, change the value " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field to match the ordered quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Demand` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once validated, the delivery order " +"moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validated delivery order in Done stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click back to the |SO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" +" the |SO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Delivered` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:229 +msgid ":doc:`shipments_deliveries`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in two steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12 msgid "" -"Depending on a company's business processes, multiple steps may be needed " -"before receiving or shipping products. In the two-step receipt process, " -"products are received in an input area, then transferred to stock. Two-step " -"receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as " -"locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves." +"Depending on a company's needs, receiving and shipping products in and out " +"of the warehouse might require multi-step operations. In Odoo *Inventory*, " +"this can be done using *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the two-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, " +"then transferred to stock. This kind of process for incoming shipments might" +" be beneficial for warehouses with specific storage locations, such as " +"freezers and refrigerators, secured locked areas, or special aisles and " +"shelves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:19 msgid "" "Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and " "employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The " -"products are not available for further processing until they are transferred" -" into stock." +"products are *not* available for further processing, until they are " +"transferred into stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:23 msgid "" -"In the two-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order" -" are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and " -"brought to an output location before being shipped." +"In the two-step delivery process, products are first picked from their " +"respective location in the warehouse, then transferred to an output location" +" before being shipped to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:26 msgid "" -"One situation where this would be useful is when using either a :abbr:`FIFO " -"(First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO " -"(First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, where the products that are " -"being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration " -"date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" -" `, so the settings need to be changed" -" in order to utilize two-step receipts and deliveries. Incoming and outgoing" -" shipments do not need to be set to have the same steps. For example, " -"products can be received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the " -"following example, two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries." +"This might be beneficial for companies using a First In, First Out (FIFO), " +"Last In, First Out (LIFO), or First Expired, First Out (FEFO) removal " +"strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "Configure multi-step routes" +msgid "" +"For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " +"received in two steps (input + stock), and delivered in three steps (pick + " +"pack + ship)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:38 msgid "" -"First, make sure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` option is enabled in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " -":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save` " -"the changes." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " +"process in one step, by default. To change these settings, the *Multi-Step " +"Routes* feature must be enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and " -"deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`, and click on the warehouse to change the warehouse settings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Multi-Step Routes feature in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for" -" :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and " -"then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +"Next, configure a warehouse for two-step receipts and deliveries. Navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and " +"select a warehouse to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)`, " +"and set :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Send goods in output " +"and then deliver (2 steps)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to two-step on warehouse form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:62 msgid "" -"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two " -"steps." +"Selecting two-step receipts and deliveries automatically creates new *Input*" +" and *Output* warehouse locations in the database, named `WH/Input` and " +"`WH/Output`, respectively." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:65 msgid "" -"Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and " -"*output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and " -":guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard." -" To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations`, and select the :guilabel:`Location` to change. On the location " -"form, update the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any other changes (if " -"necessary)." +"To rename or edit these locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Locations`, and select the desired location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:66 -msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the location's form, change the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any " +"other necessary changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:72 +msgid "Process receipt in two steps (input + stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When products are received in two steps, they first move from the vendor " +"location to an input location. Then, they move from the input location to " +"warehouse stock in the database, upon validation of a purchase order (PO), " +"and a subsequent internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, fill out the various " +"fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out new Request for Quotation from vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery smart button for validated purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:105 msgid "" "For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step " -"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase " -"Order)` form may need to be specified as the correct *input location* " -"connected to the two-step warehouse, which can be done by selecting the " -"warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at" -" the end of the name." +"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the |PO| form **must** " +"be specified as the correct *input location* connected to the two-step " +"warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:109 msgid "" -"After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` " -"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` form. " -"Click it to reveal the new receipt (WH/IN) operation." +"This can be done by selecting the warehouse from the drop-down menu that " +"includes the `Receipts` label at the end of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:115 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " +"the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " +"validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage, and the products" +" move to the :guilabel:`WH/Input` location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 -msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." +msgid "Receipt form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Once the purchase order is confirmed, a receipt is generated and ready to " -"process." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:128 +msgid "Process internal transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the " -":guilabel:`Receipts` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " -"dashboard. This reveals a list of all receipts to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` associated with the purchase order, then " -"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to " -":guilabel:`WH/Input`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Receipt form for product move to WH/Input." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:106 -msgid "Process the internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "" "Once the receipt is validated, an internal transfer is created and ready to " "process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:132 msgid "" -"Click back to the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` in the breadcrumbs, and " -"locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." +"To view the internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app`, and locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:135 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to reveal a list of all internal " -"transfers to process, and select the transfer associated with the previously" -" validated receipt." +"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " +"of all internal transfers to process, and select the transfer associated " +"with the previously validated receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:138 msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product " -"from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move " +"the product from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:141 msgid "" -"Once the transfer is validated, the product enters inventory and is " +"Once the transfer is validated, the products enter inventory, and are " "available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock." +msgid "Internal transfer form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:127 -msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:149 +msgid "Process delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:151 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " -":guilabel:`New`. Select (or create) a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:136 -msgid "" -"After confirming the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart " -"button will appear in the top, above the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal the associated " -"receipt." +"When products are delivered in two steps, they move from warehouse stock to " +"an output location. Then, they move from the output location to a customer " +"location in the database, upon validation of a picking order, and a " +"subsequent delivery order (DO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Delivery smart button on sales order form." +msgid "Filled out new sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168 msgid "" -"Sales order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` Kanban card." +"Under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:150 -msgid "Process the picking" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery smart button on validated sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:182 +msgid "Process picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 msgid "" "Once the sales order is confirmed, a picking order is generated and ready to" " process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:186 msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the " -":guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. " -"This reveals a list of all pickings to process." +"To complete the picking, navigate to the :guilabel:`Inventory app`, and " +"locate the :guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " +"dashboard. Alternatively, the picking order can also be accessed via the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:190 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, click the :guilabel:`# To " +"Process` button on the :guilabel:`Pick` task card. This reveals a list of " +"all pickings to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:193 msgid "" "Click on the picking (WH/PICK) operation associated with the sales order to " "reveal the picking order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Check Availability` on the picking order form. If the " -"product is in stock, Odoo automatically reserves the product. Quantities can" -" also be manually set by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " -"column to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Picking order form for products included in sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:200 msgid "" -"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking and move the " -"product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" +"Manually set the quantity by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"column, to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking, and move the" +" product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Once the picking is validated, a delivery order is created, and ready to " +"process. Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button on the sales order " +"form reveals the newly created delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, to view the delivery order, navigate back to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, via the breadcrumbs, and locate the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` task card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " +"of all delivery orders to process, and select the order associated with the " +"previously validated picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Picking operation form moving product to WH/Output." +msgid "Delivery order form for products ordered by customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:222 msgid "" -"Once the picking has been processed, the delivery order is generated, and " -"can be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Navigate back to the original sales order by going to :menuselection:`Sales " -"app`, and selecting the associated sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:179 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button now indicates there are two transfers." -" Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal each transfer tied to" -" this sales order: the completed picking, and the new delivery (WH/OUT) " -"operation. Click the delivery operation to open the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 -msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Delivery operation form moving product to customer location." +"To deliver the products, change the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field " +"to match the ordered quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:3 @@ -9613,6 +10374,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "Maak een inkooporder" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " @@ -9629,6 +10394,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "" @@ -11099,7 +11868,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo" +msgid "Sendcloud configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5 @@ -11143,16 +11912,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank" " account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping " -"rules or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " -"required." +"rules, or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " +"**required**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:174 msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:39 msgid "" "Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings" " --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse" @@ -11163,7 +11932,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:46 msgid "" "To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` " "is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field " @@ -11207,24 +11976,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:63 msgid "" "Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo" " configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:69 msgid "" "In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo " "Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:72 msgid "" "After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and " @@ -11234,7 +12003,7 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo StealthyWood`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:77 msgid "" "Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the " "shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public " @@ -11245,32 +12014,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:158 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "Opzetten in Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86 -msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To ensure seamless Sendcloud integration with Odoo, :ref:`install " +"` and :ref:`link " +"` the Sendcloud shipping" +" connector to the Sendcloud account. Then, :ref:`configure Odoo fields " +"`, so Sendcloud can " +"accurately pull shipping data to generate labels." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +msgid "Install Sendcloud shipping module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 msgid "" "After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure" -" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " -"search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." +" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " +"search for the `Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:110 msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:112 msgid "" "Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The " @@ -11278,14 +12057,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:116 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once" " on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to " @@ -11293,69 +12072,69 @@ msgid "" "Methods`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 msgid "" "Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this " "shipping method or create a new product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:131 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:146 msgid "" "Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:135 msgid "" "After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the " "shipping products:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:137 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New " "Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping " "products` link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:139 msgid "" "Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries " "and returns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:140 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:143 msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:" msgstr "" @@ -11379,7 +12158,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`" " `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` " @@ -11418,7 +12197,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:169 msgid "" "Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a " "package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured " @@ -11426,20 +12205,64 @@ msgid "" " within 24 hours of creation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using " "test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used " "to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the " "creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment " -"settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`." +"settings can be toggled back and forth from their respective smart buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166 -msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:181 +msgid "Shipping information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 +msgid "" +"To use Sendcloud to generate shipping labels, the following information " +"**must** be filled out accurately and completely in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Customer information**: when creating a quotation, ensure the selected " +":guilabel:`Customer` has a valid phone number, email address, and shipping " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:189 +msgid "" +"To verify, select the :guilabel:`Customer` field to open their contact page." +" Here, add their shipping address in the :guilabel:`Contact` field, along " +"with their :guilabel:`Mobile` number and :guilabel:`Email` address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:193 +msgid "" +"**Product weight**: ensure all products in an order have a specified " +":guilabel:`Weight` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of their product form. " +"Refer to the :ref:`Product weight section " +"` of this article for " +"detailed instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +msgid "" +"**Warehouse address**: ensure the warehouse name and address in Odoo match " +"the :ref:`previously defined warehouse " +"` in the Sendcloud " +"setup. For details on warehouse configuration in Odoo, refer to the " +":ref:`warehouse configuration section " +"` of the third-party " +"shipping documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:204 +msgid "Generate labels with Sendcloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:206 msgid "" "When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud " "shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label " @@ -11447,41 +12270,41 @@ msgid "" "following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:205 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for " "returns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:212 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214 msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 msgid "" "When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the " "configured Sendcloud account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 msgid "Shipment is too heavy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 msgid "" "If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, " "then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need " @@ -11489,7 +12312,7 @@ msgid "" "transfer and generate labels." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping " "methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will " @@ -11497,11 +12320,11 @@ msgid "" "order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 msgid "Personal carrier contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:237 msgid "" "Use custom prices from a direct carrier contract, via CSV upload, by first " "logging into Sendcloud, navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Carriers " @@ -11512,14 +12335,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:245 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Contract prices` section, click :guilabel:`Download " "CSV` and fill out the contract prices in the :guilabel:`price` column of the" " CSV file template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:249 msgid "" "Ensure the CSV file includes the correct prices to avoid any inaccuracies." msgstr "" @@ -11529,23 +12352,23 @@ msgid "" "Show sample contract CSV from Sendcloud, highlighting the price column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:255 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload` the completed CSV file to Sendcloud, then click " ":guilabel:`Save these prices`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:258 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to upload contract prices with carriers " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:262 msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:264 msgid "" "Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight " "of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* " @@ -11553,27 +12376,27 @@ msgid "" "transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:269 msgid "" "Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute" " the volumetric weight." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:273 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:277 msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:279 msgid "" -"First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by " -"the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " +"First, verify that the product being shipped has a weight that is supported " +"by the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " "destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier." " The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the " "carrier." @@ -12974,7 +13797,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:15 msgid "" -":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings `" +":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings " +"`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:17 @@ -15071,7 +15895,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:94 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:160 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is greater than the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **green**. If " @@ -15114,17 +15938,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Applying an inventory adjustment simultaneously creates a :doc:`stock move " +"line (SML) <../reporting/moves_history>` in the *Moves History* report for " +"traceability." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " "specified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:129 msgid "Count products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131 msgid "" "Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is " "complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory " @@ -15132,7 +15963,7 @@ msgid "" "product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135 msgid "" "On each product line, identify whether the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` column recorded in the database matches the newly-counted value. " @@ -15140,7 +15971,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Set` button (target icon) at the far right of the product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:139 msgid "" "Doing so copies the value from the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column over " "to the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and sets the value of the " @@ -15153,7 +15984,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148 msgid "" "If the newly-counted value for a given product does **not** match the value " "in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, instead of " @@ -15161,7 +15992,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152 msgid "" "To do so, click the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column on the " "specific inventory adjustment line for the product whose count is being " @@ -15169,7 +16000,7 @@ msgid "" "`0.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 msgid "" "To change this value, type in a new value that matches the real, newly-" "counted value. Then, click away from the line. Doing so saves the " @@ -15177,7 +16008,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:166 msgid "" "Subsequently, once applied, a move with the difference between the " ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is " @@ -15190,7 +16021,7 @@ msgid "" "moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:174 msgid "" "Sometimes a count occurs, but cannot be applied in the database right away. " "In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, " @@ -15200,11 +16031,11 @@ msgid "" "adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:181 msgid "Change inventory count frequency" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183 msgid "" "By default, the *scheduled date* for inventory adjustments are always " "scheduled for the 31st of December of the current year. However, for some " @@ -15212,7 +16043,7 @@ msgid "" "times. In such cases, the default scheduled date can be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:187 msgid "" "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " @@ -15226,43 +16057,43 @@ msgid "" " setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:195 msgid "" "To change the day, click the :guilabel:`31`, and change it to a day within " "the range `1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:198 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:117 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" "down menu, and select the desired month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:201 msgid "" "Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all " "changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:204 msgid "Plan big inventory counts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:206 msgid "" "To plan big inventory counts, such as a full count of everything currently " "in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->" " Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209 msgid "" "Then, select the desired products to be counted by clicking the checkbox on " "the far left of each product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:213 msgid "" "To request a count of **all** products currently in stock, click the " "checkbox at the very top of the table, in the header row next to the " @@ -15273,7 +16104,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221 msgid "" "Once all desired products have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Request a" " Count` button at the top of the page. This causes a :guilabel:`Request a " @@ -15281,21 +16112,21 @@ msgid "" "information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:225 msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:226 msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" " be accounted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the on-hand quantity of each product line blank," " select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To pre-fill the on-hand quantity of each " @@ -15303,17 +16134,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Set Current Value`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:232 msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 msgid "" "In the Odoo *Barcode* app, users can only view inventory counts that are " "assigned to **them**, and are scheduled for **today** or **earlier**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:239 msgid ":doc:`cycle_counts`" msgstr "" @@ -15322,228 +16153,286 @@ msgid "Create a second warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 msgid "" -"A *warehouse* is a physical building or space where items are stored. In " -"Odoo, it is possible to set up multiple warehouses and transfer stored items" -" between them." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *warehouse* is a physical building or space where " +"items are stored. By default, each Odoo database has one warehouse already " +"pre-configured, with the address set as the company's address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:9 msgid "" -"By default, the Odoo platform has one warehouse that is already configured, " -"with the address set as the company's address. To create a second warehouse," -" select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, then click " -":guilabel:`Create` and configure the form as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:12 -msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code by which the warehouse is " -"referred to; the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is **WH**" +"However, it is possible to set up multiple additional warehouses, and " +"transfer stored items between them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:15 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse; this can be set as" -" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " -"vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:17 -msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The options below will only appear if the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " -"checkbox is enabled in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` under the" -" :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " -"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: select the routes that incoming and" -" outgoing shipments should follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:27 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " -"from this warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:28 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: allow for items to be manufactured in " -"this warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture`: select the route that should be followed when " -"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: check the box to allow for purchased products " -"to be delivered to the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:33 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Resupply From`: select warehouses that can be used to resupply " -"the warehouse being created" +"To create a second warehouse, the *Storage Locations* feature must be " +"enabled. To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, " +"tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and " +":guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "A filled out form for creating a new warehouse." +msgid "" +"Warning pop-up window for creating a second warehouse before enabling " +"Storage Locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:97 msgid "" -"Creating a second warehouse will automatically enable the *Storage " -"Locations* setting, which allows location tracking of products within a " -"warehouse. To toggle this setting, navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings` and click the checkbox under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " -"heading." +"Creating a second warehouse without first enabling the *Storage Locations* " +"feature triggers a :guilabel:`Warning` pop-up window. It indicates creating " +"a second warehouse automatically activates the *Storage Locations* setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:30 +msgid "Create new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:70 msgid "" -"After filling out the form, click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse " -"will be created." +"To create a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens a " +"blank warehouse creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:35 +msgid "Fill out the following fields as necessary:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code used to identify the warehouse," +" i.e. `WH2` (the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is `WH`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse. This can be set as" +" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " +"vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located. By default," +" this is set to the company's address in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Filled out warehouse name and address settings on warehouse creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:49 -msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, configure the warehouse's" +" main workflow in the :guilabel:`Shipments` section, and set available " +"replenishment methods in the :guilabel:`Resupply` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:54 msgid "" -"If a new warehouse is created that has existing inventory in it, the " -"inventory counts should be added to Odoo so that the stock listed in the " -"Odoo database reflects what is in the physical warehouse. To add inventory " -"to a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations -->" -" Inventory Adjustments`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`. The inventory " -"adjustment form can then be filled out as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:57 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: the name or code that the inventory " -"adjustment can be referred to by" +"The :guilabel:`Shipments` and :guilabel:`Resupply` sections only appear if " +"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` checkbox is enabled in " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " +"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Locations`: the location(s) where the inventory is stored; " -"include the new warehouse and any locations within it that inventory will be" -" added to" +"In the :guilabel:`Shipments` section, choose between one, two, or three-step" +" processes for both incoming and outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:61 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Products`: include all products that will be added to inventory " -"or leave blank to select any product during the next step" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:62 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Resupply` section, edit the following settings:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:64 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Include Exhausted Products`: include products with a quantity of " -"zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they " -"have no existing inventory" +":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractors`: enable this feature to coordinate with " +"vendors, and have components dropshipped directly to subcontractors for " +"manufacturing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:66 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date used by accounting teams for " -"bookkeeping related to the inventory" +":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " +"with goods from this warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:68 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the inventory; can be set as the " -"user's company or as a customer or vendor" +":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: when products are manufactured, they " +"can be delivered to this warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Counted Quantities`: choose whether the counted quantities for " -"products being added should default to stock on hand or zero; does not " -"affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing " -"inventory" +":guilabel:`Manufacture`: the route that should be followed when " +"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse. Choose from one, two, and three-" +"step production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: when products are purchased, they can be " +"delivered to this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resupply From`: Check the box next to the other warehouses from " +"which this warehouse can replenish products. If the current warehouse does " +"not have the stock, it can also pull products from these selected warehouses" +" in the database. Automatic resupply routes will be created accordingly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "A filled out form for an inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:77 msgid "" -"Once the form is properly configured, click on :guilabel:`Start Inventory` " -"to be taken to the next page where products can be added to the inventory " -"adjustment. Add a new product by clicking on :guilabel:`Create` and then " -"fill out the product line as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:81 -msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory" +"Filled out Warehouse Configuration tab settings on warehouse creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:82 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " -"the new warehouse; this can be set as the overall warehouse or a location " -"within the warehouse" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new warehouse's settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:84 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " -"serial number used to identify it" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:85 +msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:87 msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Hand`: the total quantity of the product stored in the " -"location for which inventory is being adjusted; this should be zero for a " -"new location or warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:88 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Counted`: the amount of the product that is being added to " -"inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:89 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the *On Hand* and *Counted* " -"values; this will automatically update to reflect the value entered in the " -":guilabel:`Counted` column" +"If a new warehouse is created to represent a real-world storage location " +"with existing stock, update the warehouse's stock using an inventory " +"adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:91 -msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for counting the product" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`count_products`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "Include a line for each product being added to inventory." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To perform an inventory adjustment, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Operations --> Physical Inventory`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing" +" so adds a new line at the bottom of the list of inventory adjustments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:97 +msgid "Configure the line by filling out the following fields as necessary:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:99 msgid "" -"After adding all the products already stored in the new warehouse, click " -":guilabel:`Validate Inventory` to complete the inventory adjustment. The " -"values in the :guilabel:`On Hand` column will update to reflect those in the" -" :guilabel:`Counted` column and the products added will appear in the " -"inventory of the new warehouse." +":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " +"the new warehouse. This can be set as the overall warehouse, or a location " +"within the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " +"serial number used to identify it, if the product is tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the total quantity of the product stored in " +"the location for which inventory is being adjusted. For a new warehouse or " +"location where a count or a prior inventory adjustment has not taken place, " +"this should be set to `0.00`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure (UoM) used for counting the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: the amount of the product being added to " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the on-hand and counted " +"quantities. This automatically updates to reflect the value entered in the " +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date selected for the next inventory count " +"for this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`User`: the user who recorded the inventory adjustment in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out inventory adjustment line for product in new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once each line for the products being added to the new warehouse is " +"configured, click :guilabel:`Apply` on each line to apply the new inventory " +"counts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The values in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column update to reflect " +"those in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and the products added " +"appear in the new warehouse's stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:125 +msgid "" +"If products tracked using a lot number or serial number are added without " +"specifying the tracking number, a :guilabel:`Tracked Products in Inventory " +"Adjustment` pop-up window appears upon clicking :guilabel:`Apply` on that " +"product's line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The pop-up indicates tracked products were added, but the lots/serial " +"numbers were not defined. To apply the adjustment without the numbers, click" +" :guilabel:`Apply`. To add the numbers before applying, click " +":guilabel:`Discard`, and add the numbers. Then, once ready, click " +":guilabel:`Apply` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:0 +msgid "Tracked Products in Inventory Adjustment pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`warehouses_locations`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:3 @@ -15736,10 +16625,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once all necessary changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123 -msgid ":doc:`count_products`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`use_locations`" msgstr "" @@ -15852,46 +16737,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Scrap inventory" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:8 msgid "" -"In some cases, a product in inventory may be damaged or found to be " -"defective. If it is not possible to repair or return the product, Odoo " -"*Inventory* allows users to scrap it, ensuring that usable inventory counts " -"remain accurate." +"Sometimes, products in a company's warehouse stock might be found to be " +"damaged or defective, past the point of being reparable. If it is not " +"possible to repair the product, or return the product to a vendor, it can be" +" scrapped." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:12 msgid "" -"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " -"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." +"Odoo *Inventory* allows users to scrap inventory, designating goods or " +"materials that are no longer usable or sellable for disposal (or recycling)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:15 msgid "" -"To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`. Remove the " -":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display " -"virtual locations. Finally, select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` " -"location." +"Scrapping inventory in a database helps stock counts remain accurate, by " +"removing scrapped products from physical inventory, and placing it in a " +"virtual scrap location (*Virtual Locations/Scrap*)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:19 msgid "" -"By default, scrapping a product removes it from physical inventory, and " -"places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual Locations/Scrap*. A virtual " -"location is **not** a physical space, but rather a designation in Odoo that " -"is used to track items that are no longer in physical inventory." +"*Virtual locations* in Odoo are **not** real, physical spaces in a " +"warehouse. Rather, they are designated locations in a database that provide " +"tracking of items that shouldn't be counted in a physical inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:68 -msgid "Learn more" -msgstr "Leer meer" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:25 msgid "" "For more information about virtual locations, see the documentation about " "the different types of :ref:`locations " @@ -15899,119 +16773,174 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:29 -msgid "Scrap from stock" +msgid "" +"To use locations in warehouse, including a virtual scrap location, the " +"*Storage Locations* feature must first be enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:32 msgid "" -"To scrap a product located in inventory, begin by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Scrap`. On the :guilabel:`Scrap" -" Orders` page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new scrap order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:35 -msgid "" -"On the scrap order, select the product being scrapped from the " -":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` field. The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the " -"location where the product is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` " -"defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be " -"changed by selecting a different location from their respective drop-down " -"menus." +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Tick the " +"checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` to enable the feature, and " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "A new scrap order." +msgid "Enabled Storage Locations setting in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:41 +msgid "Scrap from stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:43 msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to scrap the product. The on-hand " -"inventory count for the scrapped product updates to subtract the scrapped " -"quantity." +"To create a new scrap order (SP) for an in-stock product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Scrap`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a new |SP| form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:49 -msgid "Scrap from a receipt, transfer, or delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:46 msgid "" -"It is also possible to scrap products during the receipt, transfer, and " -"delivery operations. This can be necessary if any products are found to be " -"defective when receiving them into inventory, transferring them from one " -"location to another, or preparing them for delivery." +"Click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and select the " +"product that should be scrapped from inventory. In the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"field, change the value to the quantity of the product that should be " +"scrapped (by default, this value is set to `1.00`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To scrap a product during the receipt, transfer, or delivery operations, " -"begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app. On the " -":guilabel:`Overview` page, select the :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the" -" :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`, or " -":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, depending on the type of operation the " -"product is being scrapped from." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out new scrap order form with product details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:54 msgid "" -"For the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card to appear on the " -":menuselection:`Overview` page of the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, the " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next " -"to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading." +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " +"is currently stored. The :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to the " +"designated scrap location (:guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`). Either of " +"these locations can be changed by selecting a different location from their " +"respective drop-down menus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If the scrapping is tied to a specific existing operation, specify the " +"operation in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company` field displays the company whose warehouse this " +"product belongs to. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " +"scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:66 msgid "" -"Alternatively, a list of all delivery orders, receipts, and transfers can be" -" viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> " -"Transfers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Next, open a delivery order, receipt, or transfer from the corresponding " -"page by clicking on it. A :guilabel:`Scrap` button appears at the top of the" -" page. Click it to open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the new |SP|. Once " +"validated, a :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button appears at the top of " +"the form. Click the smart button to view the details of the scrap operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "The scrap pop-up in the Inventory app." +msgid "Product Moves smart button on new scrap order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:75 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Scrap` button will only appear on a receipt that has been " -"validated. This is because Odoo only allows products to be scrapped once " -"they have been entered into inventory." +"To view the all-time total quantities of scrapped items, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Click the " +":guilabel:`x (remove)` button on the :guilabel:`Internal` filter in the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar, to display virtual locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window, select the product being scrapped " -"from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Then, enter the quantity in the" -" :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +"Select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` location. From the " +":guilabel:`Scrap` location's form, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` smart" +" button, at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " -"is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual" -" Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be changed by selecting a " -"different location from their respective drop-down menus." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:82 +msgid "A list of all scrapped products, and their quantities, is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:0 +msgid "Current Stock list of all scrapped products in virtual scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:89 +msgid "Scrap from an existing operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:91 msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the product. After doing so, the " -":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window disappears and a :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " -"button appears in the top right of the page. Click it to view all of the " -"scrap orders created from that operation." +"Scrap orders (SPs) can *also* be created from existing operations, such as " +"receipts, delivery orders, and internal transfers, before they are entered " +"into, or removed from, stock for an operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To scrap a product during an operation, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview`, " +"click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on an operation's task card (i.e. " +"the :guilabel:`Receipts` task card)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "The Scraps smart button." +msgid "# To Process button on Receipts task card on Inventory Overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, select an operation to process from the resulting list of existing " +"orders. Doing so opens that operation's form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon, and select " +":guilabel:`Scrap` from the resulting drop-down menu. This opens a " +":guilabel:`Scrap Products` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Scrap Products pop-up window on operation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:113 +msgid "" +"From this pop-up window, click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product`" +" field, and select the products from the operation that should be scrapped. " +"Adjust the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Product` selected is tracked using a lot or serial number," +" a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial` field appears. Specify the tracking number in that" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` and :guilabel:`Scrap Location` can be " +"changed, if needed. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " +"scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Scrap Products`. A :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " +"button appears at the top of the operation form. Click this smart button to " +"view the details of all scrap orders created from this specific operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Scraps smart button showing all scrap orders from operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:3 @@ -16020,126 +16949,220 @@ msgstr "Locaties" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:5 msgid "" -"A *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. This can be a shelf, " -"room, aisle, etc. There are three types of locations in Odoo:" +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. " +"This can be a shelf, room, aisle, rack, bin, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:8 msgid "" -"*Physical locations* are spaces within a warehouse owned by the user's " -"company. These can be a an area where items are stored like an aisle or " -"shelf, or an area where operations take place, like loading and unloading " -"bays." +"There are also external and virtual locations. For example, customer " +"locations, and locations specifically designated as \"virtual\", instead of " +"real, physical locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:11 msgid "" -"*Partner locations* are the same as physical locations except that they " -"exist within the warehouse of a customer or vendor." +"Locations allow for the storage of products in designated areas of the " +"warehouse, to help track inventory accurately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:17 msgid "" -"*Virtual locations* are locations that do not exist physically, but where " -"items that are not in inventory can be placed. These can be items that have " -"not yet entered inventory, like products that are on the way to a warehouse," -" or items that are no longer in inventory due to loss or other factors." +"To specify storage locations, the *Storage Locations* setting must be " +"enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"section. Tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` to enable " +"the feature, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In order to use locations, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be" -" enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, and enable " -"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:24 -msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Storage Location setting in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:26 msgid "" -"Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations --> Create`. The new location " -"form can then be configured as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location Name`: the name that will be used to reference the " -"location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:30 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Parent Location`: the location or warehouse that the new location" -" exists within" +"Once the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is enabled, two additional " +"internal link options appear below it: :guilabel:`Locations` and " +":guilabel:`Putaway Rules`. Click :guilabel:`Locations` to open a list of all" +" existing locations in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location Type`: choose the category that the location belongs to" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse that the location " -"is inside of" +msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:104 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: check this box to allow for " -"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: check this box to allow products to be " -"returned to this location" +"To create a new location inside a warehouse, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Doing so " +"opens a list of all existing locations. Click :guilabel:`New` to open a new " +"location creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:37 -msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode number assigned to the location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:108 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Removal Strategy`: the :doc:`strategy <../removal_strategies>` " -"for how items should be taken from inventory" +"In the :guilabel:`Location Name` field, assign a name for the new location. " +"In the :guilabel:`Parent Location` field, assign the location that this new " +"location exists in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 -msgid "The form for creating a new location." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:41 +msgid "" +"A new location `Gate 1` is created. Its parent location is `Dispatch Zone`. " +"In the :guilabel:`Parent Location` for `Gate 1`, select `Dispatch Zone`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:48 -msgid "Create location hierarchies" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, fill out the necessary " +"details for the new location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Location Type` field, select which type of location this " +"is. There are seven different types of locations to choose from:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:50 msgid "" -"The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" -" to exist within a warehouse or another location. Every location can serve " -"as a parent location, and every parent location can have multiple locations " -"within it, allowing for the creation of a virtually infinite hierarchical " -"structure." +":guilabel:`Vendor Location`: virtual location representing the source " +"location for products coming from vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:52 msgid "" -"Location hierarchy could be organized so that a shelf is located within an " -"aisle, which is located within a room, which is located within the overall " -"warehouse." +":guilabel:`View`: virtual location used to create a hierarchical structure " +"for a warehouse; aggregates its child locations. **Should not directly " +"contain products**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`Internal Location`: physical location inside a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:55 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer Location`: virtual location representing the destination" +" location for products sent to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Inventory Loss`: virtual location serving as a counterpart for " +"inventory operations. Used to correct stock levels of physical inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:59 msgid "" -"To create the location hierarchy in the example above, set the warehouse as " -"the parent of the room, the room as the parent of the aisle, and the aisle " -"as the parent of the shelf. This can be adapted to a hierarchy of any " -"magnitude." +":guilabel:`Production`: virtual counterpart location for production " +"operations. This location consumes components and produces finished " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transit Location`: counterpart location that should be used in " +"inter-company or inter-warehouse operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Additional Information section of new location creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Configure the remaining fields in the :guilabel:`Additional Information` " +"section as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose warehouse the location is inside of. " +"Leave this field blank if this location is shared between companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow for " +"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow products to " +"be returned to this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode assigned to the location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Replenish Location`: tick this checkbox to get all quantities to " +"replenish at this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Cyclic Counting` section, change the value in the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field from the default `0`, if " +"necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Cyclic Counting section of new location creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When different than `0`, the inventory count dates for products stored at " +"this location are automatically set at the defined frequency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:90 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, in the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` " +"field, click the drop-down menu and select the :doc:`removal strategy " +"<../removal_strategies>` for how items should be removed from this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:97 +msgid "Create location hierarchies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" +" to exist within a warehouse, or below another location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Every location can serve as a parent location, and every parent location can" +" have multiple locations within it, allowing for the creation of a " +"hierarchical structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Location hierarchy could be organized so that a small refrigerator is " +"located on a specific shelf, which is located in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Location hierarchy of small refrigerator, on a shelf in a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To create the location hierarchy in the example above (`WH/Stock/Shelf " +"2/Small Refrigerator`), set the warehouse stock as the parent of the shelf, " +"and the shelf as the parent of the small refrigerator. This can be adapted " +"to a hierarchy of any magnitude." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:5 @@ -16877,6 +17900,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 +msgid "Process the receipt" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99 msgid "" "Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for " @@ -16974,147 +18001,160 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations" +msgid "Manage warehouses and locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:9 msgid "Warehouse" msgstr "Magazijn" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:15 msgid "" -"In Odoo, a *warehouse* is the actual building/place in which a company's " -"items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user " -"can create moves between warehouses." +"Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo, and stock moves can be created " +"between warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:22 msgid "" -"A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a " -"sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). " -"Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible " -"to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can " -"be configured as needed under one warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:24 -msgid "There are three types of locations:" +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. " +"This can be a shelf, room, aisle, rack, bin, etc. Locations allow for the " +"storage of products in designated areas of the warehouse, to help track " +"inventory accurately." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:26 msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading " -"areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc." +"A location is only part of *one* warehouse, and can **not** be linked to " +"multiple warehouses. As many locations can be configured as needed under one" +" warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:29 +msgid "There are three types of locations in Odoo *Inventory*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:31 msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only " -"difference being that they are not owned by the user's company." +"**Physical Locations**: internal locations within a single warehouse owned " +"by the company. This can include shipping and loading docks, aisles, " +"shelves, storage areas, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:33 msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory " -"Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse " -"(**Procurements**)." +"**Partner Locations**: external locations, such as designated spaces in a " +"customer or vendor's warehouse. They are similar to physical locations, but " +"they are **not** owned by the user's company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:36 msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be " -"structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the " -"organization of the warehouses." +"**Virtual Locations**: this type of location does not exist as a physical " +"space, but products can be \"stored\" here when they are not physically in " +"an inventory yet. *Inventory Loss* and *Procurements* are examples of " +"virtual locations, for products that are lost or in transit to the " +"warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:41 msgid "" -"To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" -" enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"Every location within a warehouse can serve as a parent location, and every " +"parent location can have multiple locations within it, allowing for the " +"creation of a hierarchical structure. This allows for more detailed levels " +"of analysis of the stock operations and the organization of the warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:48 +msgid "" +"For companies with one warehouse, no additional settings are required to " +"activate before editing the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:51 +msgid "" +"For companies with multiple warehouses, and to create locations within a " +"warehouse, the *Storage Locations* feature must be enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:54 msgid "" -"To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable " -":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check " -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes`." +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Tick the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox to enable the feature, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:58 -msgid "Create a new warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " -"Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Storage Locations feature enabled in the Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:63 msgid "" -"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. " -"The short name is five characters maximum." +"To manage warehouse *routes*, such as two-and-three-step receipts and " +"deliveries, enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature from the *Inventory* app " +"settings, as well. For more on routes, see :doc:`use_routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:68 +msgid "Create a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Begin by assigning a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name`, and a :guilabel:`Short " +"Name`. The :guilabel:`Short Name` field is limited to a **five** character " +"maximum." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." +msgid "New warehouse creation form name configuration fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:81 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse " -"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first " -"letters of location]\"." +"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like `WH/[first " +"letters of location]`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:84 msgid "" -"Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations " -"related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently " -"created warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the " -":guilabel:`Locations` setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:85 -msgid "Create a new location" +"For example, a warehouse named `Warehouse #2` might have the " +":guilabel:`Short Name` `WH2` (the short name for the default warehouse in " +"Odoo is `WH`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:87 msgid "" -"To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " -"Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +"Once the warehouse is created, navigate back to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard. New operations for the newly created " +"warehouse are automatically generated there." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:90 msgid "" -"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`" -" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +"For more on creating new warehouses, see :doc:`create_a_second_warehouse`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." +msgid "" +"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfers for the new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:102 +msgid "Create a new location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:111 +msgid "For more on locations, see :doc:`use_locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "New warehouse location creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 msgid "Inventory valuation" msgstr "" @@ -17455,7 +18495,7 @@ msgid "" "The Inventory Valuation fields are located on the Product Categories form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 msgid "" "Alternatively, automated inventory valuation is an integrated valuation " "method that updates the inventory value in real-time by creating journal " @@ -17463,7 +18503,7 @@ msgid "" "company's inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:26 msgid "" "Automated inventory valuation is a method recommended for expert " "accountants, given the extra steps involved in journal entry configuration. " @@ -17472,118 +18512,104 @@ msgid "" "basis depending on the needs and priorities of the business." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 msgid "Types of accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 msgid "" "Accounting entries will depend on the accounting mode: *Continental* or " "*Anglo-Saxon*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39 msgid "" "Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and " -"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Then, in the search bar, look for :guilabel:`Anglo-Saxon Accounting`, to see" +" if the feature is enabled. If it is **not** enabled, Continental accounting" +" mode is in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the Anglo-Saxon accounting mode feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 msgid "" "In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported " "when products are sold or delivered. This means that the cost of a good is " -"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. " -"*Interim Stock Accounts* are used for the input and output accounts, and are" -" both *Asset Accounts* in the balance sheet." +"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. So " +"for **manual** valuation method, set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to " +"`Stock Valuation` for the current asset type; for **automatic** valuation " +"method, set the the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to an *Expenses* or a *Cost " +"of Revenue* type (e.g. `Cost of Production`, `Cost of Goods Sold`, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 msgid "" "In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a " -"product is received into stock. Additionally, a single *Expense* account is " -"used for both input and output accounts in the balance sheet." +"product is received into stock. Because of this, the :guilabel:`Expense " +"Account` can be set to **either** *Expenses* or a *Cost of Revenue* type, " +"however, it is more commonly set to an *Expenses* account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 -msgid "Costing methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 msgid "" -"Below are the three costing methods that can be used in Odoo for inventory " -"valuation." +":ref:`Details about configuring Expense and Stock accounts " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Standard Price**: is the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the " -"product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used to " -"compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " -"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Average Cost (AVCO)**: calculates the valuation of a product based on the " -"average cost of that product, divided by the total number of available stock" -" on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and " -"constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**First In First Out (FIFO)**: tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing " -"items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to change the " -"valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the next good " -"sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next inventory " -"lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based on the " -"valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most accurate " -"inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it's highly " -"sensitive to input data and human error." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It's highly" -" recommended to consult an accountant first before making any adjustments " -"here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:78 -msgid "Configure automated inventory valuation in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:67 msgid "" "Make changes to inventory valuation options by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and " -"choose the category/categories where the automated valuation method should " -"apply." +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. In " +"the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` section, select the desired " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:72 msgid "" "It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product " "categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` heading are two labels: " -":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`. Pick the " -"desired :guilabel:`Costing Method` using the drop-down menu (e.g. " -":guilabel:`Standard`, :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`, or :guilabel:`First " -"In First Out (FIFO)`) and switch the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to " -":guilabel:`Automated`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 +msgid "Show inventory valuation configuration options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 -msgid "" -":ref:`Using the inventory " -"valuation`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +msgid "Costing method" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +msgid "" +"From the product category's configuration page, choose the desired " +":guilabel:`Costing Method`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Standard Price`: the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of " +"the product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used " +"to compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " +"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`: calculates the valuation of a product based" +" on the average cost of that product, divided by the total number of " +"available stock on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is " +"*dynamic*, and constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " "Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " @@ -17594,7 +18620,30 @@ msgid "" "validated purchase orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`: tracks the costs of incoming and " +"outgoing items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to " +"change the valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the " +"next good sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next " +"inventory lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based " +"on the valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most " +"accurate inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it is" +" highly sensitive to input data and human error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It is " +"highly recommended to consult an accountant first before making any " +"adjustments here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`using_inventory_valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " "that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " @@ -17605,21 +18654,122 @@ msgid "" "*Inventory Valuation* report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 msgid "" -"On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " -"appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " -"inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" +"Inventory valuation in Odoo can be set to be updated manually or " +"automatically. While *Expense* accounts apply to both, the *Stock Input* and" +" *Stock Output* accounts are only used for automated valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Refer to the :ref:`Expense ` and " +":ref:`Stock input/output ` sections for " +"details on configuring each account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +msgid "Expense account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To configure the *expense account*, go to the :guilabel:`Account Properties`" +" section of the intended product category (:menuselection:`Inventory app -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`). Then, choose an existing account " +"from the :guilabel:`Expense Account` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +msgid "" +"To ensure the chosen account is the correct :guilabel:`Type,` click the " +"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account. Then, set the account type " +"based on the information below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177 +msgid "Automated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +msgid "" +"In Anglo-Saxon accounting for automated inventory valuation, set the " +":guilabel:`Expense Account` to the `Expenses` account. Then, click the " +"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, choose :guilabel:`Expenses` or :guilabel:`Cost of " +"Revenue` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show **Expense Account** field, and external link icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To configure the :guilabel:`Expense Account`, choose :guilabel:`Stock " +"Valuation` from the field's drop-down menu. Verify the account's type by " +"clicking the |right arrow| icon, and then ensure the :guilabel:`Type` is " +":guilabel:`Current Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the **Expense Account** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +msgid "Continental" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to the :guilabel:`Expenses` or " +":guilabel:`Cost of Revenue` account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:190 +msgid "Stock input/output (automated only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:192 +msgid "" +"To configure the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and :guilabel:`Stock Output" +" Account`, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product" +" Categories` and select the desired product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field, select :guilabel:`Automated`. " +"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` section appear. " +"These accounts are defined as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " "products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: accounting journal where entries are " +"automatically posted when a product's inventory valuation changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -17628,7 +18778,7 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:207 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -17637,11 +18787,57 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:124 -msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:216 +msgid "" +"In Anglo-Saxon accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to *different* :guilabel:`Current " +"Assets` accounts. This way, delivering products and invoicing the customer " +"balance the *Stock Output* account, while receiving products and billing " +"vendors balance the *Stock Input* account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +msgid "" +"To modify the account type, go to the click the |right arrow| icon to the " +"right of the stock input/output account. In the pop-up window, choose " +":guilabel:`Current Assets` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Display account setup page, highlighting the **Type** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +msgid "" +"The *Stock Input* account is set to `Stock Interim (Received)`, a *Current " +"Asset* account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 +msgid "" +"In Continental accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to **the same** :guilabel:`Current " +"Assets` account. That way, one account can be balanced when items are bought" +" and sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:239 +msgid "" +"The stock input and output accounts are both set to `Stock Interim " +"(Received)`, a :guilabel:`Current Assets` account type. They can also be set" +" to the `Stock Interim (Delivered)`, as long as the input and output " +"accounts are assigned to the **same** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the Stock Input and Output accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 +msgid "Inventory valuation reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." " At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " @@ -17650,14 +18846,18 @@ msgid "" " at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 msgid "" "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " "all of the inventory on hand is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 msgid "" "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " "Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " @@ -17704,9 +18904,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 -msgid "" -":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " -"`" +msgid ":doc:`Set up inventory valuation `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:26 @@ -18155,10 +19353,6 @@ msgid "" "& Serial Numbers` to enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:115 msgid "" "Next, ensure the intended product is tracked by lots or serial numbers by " @@ -18173,7 +19367,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "After enabling the features, assign lot or serial numbers to products using " "an :doc:`inventory adjustment ` or " -"during :ref:`product reception `." +"during :ref:`product reception `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:126 @@ -19022,6 +20216,956 @@ msgid "" "The detailed operations shows which lots are being selected for the picking." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory aging report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The inventory aging report evaluates all items in stock, providing insights " +"into potentially sunken purchase costs and delays in profitability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Create customized pivot tables to analyze product, operation types, month, " +"or company breakdowns. This helps identify products in stock that are at " +"risk of passing their expiration or viability dates, or instances of " +"rot/decay for fast-expiring items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The *Reporting* menu in *Inventory* is only accessible to users with " +":doc:`admin access <../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To access the inventory aging report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Reporting --> Inventory Aging`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:24 +msgid "Navigate the inventory aging report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report displays a pivot table, " +"with the month in columns, and product category in rows. The default " +"filters, :guilabel:`Incoming` and :guilabel:`Has Remaining Qty`, show only " +"products from receipts, and are currently in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining Qty` displays the number of on-hand items, and " +":guilabel:`Remaining Value` displays the total cost of purchasing these " +"items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in each column " +"or row reveals options to expand the pivot table and show a detailed " +"breakdown of the :guilabel:`Remaining Qty` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` " +"by :guilabel:`Product`, :guilabel:`Product Category`, :guilabel:`Date`, or " +":guilabel:`Company`. Clicking the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` " +":guilabel:`(minus)` icon collapses it back to its previous state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:43 +msgid "Inventory aging report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Inventory aging report, showing each **Product** in rows and each reception " +"**Date** in columns, to better monitor products with fast expiration dates. " +"Each row shows the the total on-hand quantity and inventory valuation of " +"items purchased on each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Records in the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report are *stock valuation " +"layers* (SVLs), representing product moves that impact stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Inventory adjustments do **not** create |SVLs|; only items purchased from " +"vendors do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:71 +msgid "Generate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After learning how to :ref:`navigate the inventory aging report " +"`, it can be used to create and " +"share different reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Aging` report are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:63 +msgid "Rotating stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To create a report to identify items that have been in stock for a while, " +"follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Aging`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` " +":guilabel:`(caret down)` icon in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to see a " +"drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and " +":guilabel:`Favorite` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Product` under the :guilabel:`Group By` section. Doing so " +"expands the pivot table to show a product in each row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to the left of the " +"date column. Hover over :guilabel:`Date` from the drop-down menu and choose " +":guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, :guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +"or :guilabel:`Day`. Doing so expands the columns to show the " +":guilabel:`Remaining Qty` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` by the selected " +"time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For products that have a longer shelf life, choose longer time periods such " +"as :guilabel:`Month` or :guilabel:`Quarter` when expanding columns by " +":guilabel:`Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 +msgid "Pivot table, highlighting the plus icon to expand columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The report now displays the on-hand stock of items, and their total " +"purchasing cost, for each time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Inventory aging report, with the :guilabel:`Group By`: :guilabel:`Product` " +"option selected, and with the :guilabel:`Date` column set to " +":guilabel:`Day`. It gives insight into how much raw fish sashimi products " +"were purchased on each day, and how much it cost. This informs the business " +"owners how much stock is at risk of rotting in stock, per day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 +msgid "Inventory aging report, showing product row items and day columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:3 +msgid "Locations dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The *Locations* dashboard in the *Inventory* application provides an " +"overview of on-hand storage locations for company products. Use this report " +"to see where stock is stored, identify :ref:`misplaced items " +"`, or view past inventory to see " +"product locations on specific dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To access the locations report, the *Storage Locations* feature must be " +"enabled. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and click :guilabel:`Save`. Then, access the " +"locations dashboard by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:24 +msgid "Navigate the locations dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard lists all on-hand products " +"in stock (in the :guilabel:`Product` column), along with the following " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: current storage location. If a product is stored at " +"`Shelf 1` and `Shelf 2`, the product is listed twice, showing quantities at " +"each location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Package`: the package that the product is stored in, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: if the product has a lot or serial number, it" +" is specified here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: current quantity of products. Click the " +":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand " +"quantity <../inventory_management/count_products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reserved Quantity`: on-hand quantity reserved for operations, " +"such as pickings, delivery orders, or manufacturings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: the unit of measure of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Click the buttons to the right of each row item to access additional " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:42 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the" +" product, displaying information about the quantity and description of why " +"the product was moved from one location to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:47 +msgid "" +"View what the product is reserved for, by clicking the :icon:`fa-history` " +":guilabel:`History` button on the far-right of the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Moves History` page, remove the :icon:`fa-filter` " +":guilabel:`Done` filter. Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar to reveal filter options, and select the " +":guilabel:`To Do` filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Display *Moves History* page of to-do deliveries that reserved the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:58 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering " +"rules <../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>` " +"page to replenish products at the specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In the upper-left corner of the page, click the the :guilabel:`New` button " +"to make an :doc:`inventory adjustment " +"<../inventory_management/count_products>` to record quantities of a certain " +"product at a specific :guilabel:`Location`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To view products, quantities, and their locations for a specified date, " +"click the :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button (also located in the upper-" +"left corner of the page). Select a date and time in the :guilabel:`Inventory" +" at Date` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After learning how to :ref:`navigate the locations dashboard " +"`, it can be used to create " +"and share different reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Locations` " +"dashboard are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:81 +msgid "Dead stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To get list of expired items, also referred to as *dead stock*, follow these" +" steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:143 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to" +" reveal a drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and " +":guilabel:`Favorite` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts` " +"option under the :guilabel:`Filters` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:91 +msgid "The report now displays a list of expired products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:94 +msgid "" +"This report can also be generated from the :ref:`Lot and Serials Numbers " +"` page, accessed by going to" +" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst-1 +msgid "Show a list of products whose expiration dates have exceeded today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:105 +msgid "Stranded inventory report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Businesses using multi-step flows in the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* " +"apps, may have *stranded* items, which are products not in their proper " +"storage locations, due to human error. Use this report to periodically check" +" transfer locations (e.g. *WH/Input*, *WH/Pre-Processing*) to ensure items " +"are moved to their intended storage locations, and accurately recorded in " +"the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To get a list of items that might be sitting idly in storage, follow these " +"steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, begin typing the name of the location " +"where products are intended to be moved to, such as `WH/Input`, or " +"`WH/Packing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Search Location for:` [location name] option from the " +"resulting drop-down menu that appears beneath the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show search result for the location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:124 +msgid "The report now displays a list of products at the transit location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Searching `Input` in :guilabel:`Location` shows a list of products at a " +"*WH/Input* location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The list shows `500` quantities of `Chicken`, which is alarming if not " +"refrigerated soon after reception. The stranded inventory report helps " +"identify items that have been idling in non-storage locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show items stored at a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:138 +msgid "Inventory discrepancy report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:140 +msgid "" +"To generate a report of items that have been moved since the last " +":doc:`inventory audit <../inventory_management/cycle_counts>`, follow these " +"steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Conflicts` option " +"from the :guilabel:`Filters` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The report now displays items whose quantities have changed since the last " +"cycle count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show items from the *Conflicts* filter in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` button to view inventory " +"transfers, including receipts and deliveries, that have occurred since the " +"inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show *Moves History*, showing a delivery that occurred after an inventory " +"adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:3 +msgid "Moves history dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Moves History* report in Odoo *Inventory* provides a detailed record of" +" product movements (containing past and current locations), lot numbers, and" +" reasons for movement. Reports can be generated for any time frame, making " +"this report essential for analyzing stock levels, monitoring inventory " +"turnover, and identifying any discrepancies in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The reporting feature is only accessible to users with :doc:`admin access " +"<../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Moves History`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst-1 +msgid "Display Moves History report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:23 +msgid "Navigate the moves history report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:25 +msgid "In the report, the columns represent:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: calendar date and time of the stock move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: description of the reason for the stock move or " +"quantity change, such as a receipt number (e.g. `WH/IN/00012`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product involved in the move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: specifies the lot or serial number of the " +"tracked product being moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:33 +msgid ":guilabel:`From`: source location of the moved product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`To`: destination location of the moved product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity`: number of products moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: unit of measure of the products moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: indicates the move status, which can be " +":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available` (ready for action), or " +":guilabel:`Partially Available` (insufficient quantities to complete the " +"operation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:66 +msgid "Search options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Use the following search options to customize the :guilabel:`Moves History` " +"report to display relevant information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:70 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Filters` section allows users to search among pre-made and " +"custom filters to find specific stock records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Do`: show stock move records that are in progress. This " +"includes lines with a :guilabel:`Status` column value of " +":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Partially Available`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done`: completed stock moves, with a :guilabel:`Status` of " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Incoming`: displays move records from vendor locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:58 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Outgoing`: displays move records to customer locations, including" +" customer returns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internal`: displays move records from one internal location to " +"another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturing`: shows records where products were produced from " +"the virtual, production :doc:`location " +"<../inventory_management/use_locations>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: select this drop-down menu to access various date filter " +"options and view stock moves from a specific month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last 30 Days`: show records that occurred in the last thirty " +"days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Last 3 Months`: show records from the last three months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:113 +msgid "Group By" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " +"groupings to the search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: group records by product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: group records by the three status types: " +":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available`, and :guilabel:`Partially " +"Available`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: group records by :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, or :guilabel:`Day`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transfers`: group records by operation number, e.g. " +"`WH/OUT/00012`, `WH/MO/00211`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: group records by source location (the :guilabel:`From`" +" column in this report)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: group records by product category. To configure these," +" go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: Product" +" Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Batch Transfer`: group records by :doc:`batch " +"<../advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:125 +msgid "Favorites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To save the current applied filters and groups, so the same information can " +"be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save current " +"search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " +"current view the default filter when opening the :guilabel:`Moves History` " +"report. Or tick the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option " +"available to other users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:134 +msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:137 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../essentials/search`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:3 +msgid "Stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the stock report in Odoo *Inventory* for a detailed list of all stored " +"products, including those reserved, purchased and in transit, as well as " +"those delivered to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Stock`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Show the stock report, accessible by going to Inventory > Reporting > Stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:19 +msgid "Navigate the stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:21 +msgid "" +"On the stock report, the left sidebar includes several groupings to narrow " +"down what is being shown. The default groupings are :guilabel:`Warehouses`," +" which filters products by specific warehouses, and :guilabel:`Category`, " +"which shows products within a selected product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Warehouse` grouping is only available when there are multiple" +" warehouses in the database. Refer to the " +":doc:`../inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse` documentation for " +"more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:30 +msgid "In the report itself, the columns represent:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:32 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unit Cost`: average inventory valuation per unit, adjusted based " +"on the cost to purchase and/or manufacture the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Value`: Total inventory valuation of the product, " +"calculated by multiplying unit cost by on-hand quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:39 +msgid "" +":ref:`Compute average cost inventory valuation per unit " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:40 +msgid "" +":doc:`Inventory valuation methods " +"<../inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand`: current quantity of products. Click the :icon:`fa-" +"pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand quantity " +"<../inventory_management/count_products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Free to Use`: on-hand quantity that are **not** reserved for " +"delivery or manufacturing orders, and are available to sell or use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Incoming`: items expected to arrive at the warehouse. Number of " +"products is based on quantities in confirmed purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Outgoing`: items expected to leave the warehouse or be consumed " +"in manufacturing orders. Number of products is based on quantities in " +"confirmed sales or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the product, " +"displaying information about the quantity and description of why the product" +" was moved from one location to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering rules " +"<../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>` page for " +"the product to create or manage methods of procuring the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Locations`: break down of on-hand quantity at multiple storage " +"locations. Only available when the product is stored in multiple locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forecast`: access the forecasted report to view on-hand, " +"incoming, and outgoing quantities. Report also contains links to confirmed " +"purchase, sales, or manufacturing orders. Only available when there are " +"confirmed sales, purchase, or manufacturing orders for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Published`: display products published on the website. Only " +"available with the *Website* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available in POS`: display products available through the *Point " +"of Sale* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available in Self`: display products available in self order " +"through the *Point of Sale* app. Appears in the search because the " +":guilabel:`Available in Self Order` checkbox was ticked in the " +":guilabel:`Point of Sale` section of a product form's :guilabel:`Sales` tab." +" The option is only available when the :guilabel:`Available in POS` checkbox" +" is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In the Sales tab of a product form, showing *Available in Self Order* " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not available in Self`: display products available in *PoS*, but " +"not available in self order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:91 +msgid "`Configure PoS products `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Sold`: display products that can be sold to customers. " +"Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Sold` checkbox is ticked" +" on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Purchased`: display products that can be bought from " +"vendors. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` " +"checkbox is ticked on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Recurring`: show subscription products, indicated by " +"ticking the :guilabel:`Recurring` checkbox on the product form. Only " +"available with the *Subscription* app activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Rented`: show products that can be loaned to customers for" +" a certain time. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Rented`" +" checkbox was ticked on the product form. Only available with the *Rental* " +"app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Subcontracted`: display products that can be produced by a" +" :doc:`third-party manufacturer " +"<../../../manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic>`. Available " +"only with the *Manufacturing* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Expensed`: show items that can be expensed. Only available" +" with the *Expenses* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`../../product_management/product_tracking/type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " +"groupings to the search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Type`: group items by :doc:`product type " +"<../../product_management/product_tracking/type>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Category`: group items by product category. To configure " +"these, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: " +"Product Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`POS Product Category`: group items by :doc:`point of sale product" +" categories <../../../../sales/point_of_sale/configuration>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To save the current applied filters and groupbys, so the same information " +"can be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save " +"current search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " +"current view the default filter when opening the stock report. Or tick the " +":guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option available to other " +"users." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "Onderhoud" @@ -21577,11 +23721,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:94 +msgid "Learn more" +msgstr "Leer meer" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:32 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to properly configure a new |BOM|, see the " -"documentation on :ref:`creating a bill of materials " -"`." +"documentation on :doc:`creating a bill of materials " +"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:35 @@ -21730,163 +23879,434 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bill of materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:9 msgid "" -"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " -"quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " -"It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines " -"needed to complete a production process." +"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) documents specific components, " +"along with their respective quantities, that are needed to produce or repair" +" a product. In Odoo, |BoMs| as blueprints for manufactured goods and kits, " +"and often include production operations and step-by-step guidelines, as " +"well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " -"linked to each product, so even product variants can have their own tailored" -" :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:15 +msgid "BoM setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:17 msgid "" -"Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " -"manufacturing process and save time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:18 -msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" +"To create a |BOM|, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> " +"Bills of Materials` and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" -"The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" -" or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " -"managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." +"Next, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type` to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " -":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " -"of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the " -":guilabel:`Product`." +"Then, specify :ref:`required components ` and, if necessary, define any :ref:`manufacturing operations " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:26 msgid "" -"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " -"product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." +"Individual |BOMs| can also be quickly accessed or created by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on any product form, as " +"accessible through the *Sales*, *Inventory*, and *Manufacturing* apps, as " +"well as through any internal links where a product is referenced (such as in" +" a field or a line item)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "Show BoM for a product, with components listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "BoM for `Drawer`, displaying the **Components** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:38 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/kit_shipping`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`../subcontracting/subcontracting_basic`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:44 +msgid "Components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:46 msgid "" -"For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" -" to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" -" to specify the various components that make up the production of the final " -"product and their respective quantities. New components can be created " -"quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created " -"beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> " -"Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)`." +"In the :guilabel:`Components` tab of a |BOM|, specify components used to " +"manufacture the product by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the " +":guilabel:`Components` drop-down menu, select from existing products or " +"create a new product by typing the name and selecting either the " +":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option to quickly add the line item, or the " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` option to add the component and continue to " +"its configuration form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." +msgid "Add a component by selecting it from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:43 -msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:56 msgid "" -":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " -"Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." +"Optionally, access additional fields by clicking the :icon:`oi-settings-" +"adjust` :guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon to the far-right of the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab. Tick the checkboxes for the following features " +"to enable these columns:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:60 msgid "" -"In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " -"the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " -"form." +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify which :doc:`product variant " +"<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>` each component is used in. " +"When the field is left blank, the component is used in all product variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:66 msgid "" -"The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " -"variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" -" :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master " -":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and " -"specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply " -"on Variants` column." +":guilabel:`Consumed in Operation`: specify the operation using the " +"component. Useful for determining :ref:`manufacturing readiness " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:62 -msgid "Set up operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:68 msgid "" -"Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" -" instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" -" this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Operations`." +":guilabel:`Manual Consumption`: tick the checkbox to force operators to " +"check the :guilabel:`Consumed` checkbox on a manufacturing order (MO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show a manufacturing order, highlighting the *Consumed* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:75 msgid "" -"Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " -":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " -"operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a " -"name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like " -"components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the " -":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that " -"variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +"Not doing so triggers the :guilabel:`Consumption Warning` error message, " +"where the consumed component quantity must be manually inputted. Otherwise, " +"the operation cannot be completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " -":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" -" new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing " -"Operations` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show the consumption warning error message." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:85 -msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" +msgid "Operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" -"A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " -"addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " -"the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)`." +"Add an *operation* to a |BOM| to specify instructions for production and " +"register time spent on an operation. To use this feature, first enable the " +"*Work Orders* feature by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the" +" :guilabel:`Work Orders` checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " -":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "\"Work Orders\" feature in the Settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:99 msgid "" -"Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " -"of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " -":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which " -"operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in " -"Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"Next, navigate to the |BOM| by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app " +"--> Products --> Bill of Materials` and selecting the desired |BOM|. To add " +"a new operation, go to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, and click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window, where the " +"various fields of the operation are configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: name of the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: select existing locations to perform the operation," +" or create a new work center by typing the name and selecting the " +":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify if this operation is only available " +"for certain product variants. If the operation applies to all product " +"variants, leave this field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Configuring BoMs for product variants " +"<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration Computation`: choose how time spent on the operation is " +"tracked. Opt for :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` to use the " +"operation's time tracker or :guilabel:`Set duration manually` if operators " +"can record and modify time themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Choosing the :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` option enables the " +":guilabel:`Based on last __ work orders` option, which automatically " +"estimates the time to complete this operation based on the last few " +"operations. Choosing :guilabel:`Set duration manually` enables the " +":guilabel:`Default Duration` field instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Duration`: estimated amount of time to complete the " +"operation; used for `planning manufacturing orders " +"`_ and determining `work center" +" availability `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company the |BOM| is available in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Include operation details in the :guilabel:`Work Sheet` tab. Choose " +":guilabel:`PDF` to attach a file or :guilabel:`Google Slide` with *public* " +"access to share a link. Select :guilabel:`Text` to type instructions in the " +":guilabel:`Description` text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Type `/` for a list of formatting options and features, including ChatGPT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show ChatGPT feature to generate instructions for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Fill out the Create Operations pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save \\& Close` to close the pop-up window. To add" +" more operations, click :guilabel:`Save & New` and repeat the same steps " +"above to configure another operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +"After creating an operation, click the :guilabel:`Copy Existing Operations` " +"button to choose an operation to duplicate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show Operation tab, highlighting the \"Copy Existing Operations\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:158 +msgid "Instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To add detailed instructions to operations, the *Quality* app must be " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add specific instructions to an existing operation by clicking the " +"operation's :icon:`fa-list-ul` :guilabel:`(list)` icon in the " +":guilabel:`Instructions` column. The number in the :guilabel:`Instructions` " +"column shows the number of existing detailed instructions there are for the " +"operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the Instructions column, and list icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:172 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Steps` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank " +"quality control point form where the new manufacturing step can be created. " +"Here, give the specific instruction a :guilabel:`Title` and set the " +":guilabel:`Type` to :guilabel:`Instructions`. In the " +":guilabel:`Instructions` tab of the form, write out the directions for the " +"step in the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Further customizations can be made here on this form, beyond ordinary " +"instructions, to also include specific types of quality control points that " +"carry specific (or complex) conditions. For more details about quality " +"control points refer the :doc:`Instruction check " +"<../../quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the page to add a quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:188 +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab contains more |BoM| configurations to " +"customize procurement, calculate costs, and define how components are " +"consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturing Readiness`: choosing :guilabel:`When components for" +" the 1st operation are available` shows the :guilabel:`Component Status` as " +"a **green** :guilabel:`Not Available`, when only the components that are " +"consumed in the first operation are in stock. This indicates that although " +"not all components are available, operators can at least begin with the " +"first operation. Choosing :guilabel:`When all components are available` " +"displays a **red** :guilabel:`Not Available` component status unless all " +"components are in available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Specify which operation consumes each component on the |BoM| in the " +":ref:`Manual Consumption field `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show the *Component Status* field on the manufacturing order dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:210 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Version`: displays the current |BoM| version, visible with the " +"Odoo *PLM* app installed for managing |BoM| changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:212 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Flexible Consumption`: specifies if components used can deviate " +"from the quantity defined on the |BoM|. Choose :guilabel:`Blocked` if " +"operators **must** adhere strictly to the |BoM| quantity. Otherwise, choose " +":guilabel:`Allowed` or :guilabel:`Allowed with Warning`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:215 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Routing`: select the preferred warehouse's manufacturing " +"operation type for products produced in multiple warehouses. If left blank, " +"this warehouse's `Manufacturing` operation type is used by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:218 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: select pre-created :doc:`analytic " +"distribution models " +"<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>` from the list " +"to automatically record the cost of manufacturing products in the chosen " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:221 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manuf Lead Time`: define the number of days needed to complete a " +"|MO| from the date of confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to prepare Manufacturing Order`: number of days needed to " +"replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +":doc:`Analytic distribution " +"<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:228 +msgid "" +":doc:`Lead times " +"<../../inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Miscellaneous* tab of the BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:236 +msgid "Add by-products to BoMs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:238 +msgid "" +"A *by-product* is a residual product that is created during production in " +"addition to the main product of a |BOM|. Unlike the primary product, there " +"can be more than one by-product on a |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To add by-products to a |BOM|, first enable the *By-Products* feature in " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`By-" +"Products` to enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "\"By Products\" feature in the settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, add by-products to a |BOM| by clicking the " +":guilabel:`By-products` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and fill in the " +":guilabel:`By-product`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Unit of " +"Measure`. Optionally, specify a :guilabel:`Produced in Operation` for the " +"by-product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The by-product, `Mush`, is created in the `Grind grapes` operation when " +"producing `Red Wine`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show sample by-product in the BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 @@ -21925,18 +24345,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 +msgid "Lot/serial number tracking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The assignment of lots or serial numbers to newly manufactured products is " +"optional. To optionally :doc:`assign lots or serial numbers " +"<../../inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn>` to newly " +"manufactured products, go to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section in the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the :guilabel:`Tracking` field, select " +":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Doing so enables the *Lot/Serial Number* field on a manufacturing order, or " +"the *Register Production* instruction on a work order card in the *Shop " +"Floor* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 +msgid "\"Lot/Serial Number\" field on the MO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 +msgid "**Lot/Serial Number** field on the MO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Register Production** option to generate lot/serial number on a work order" +" card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:54 msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:56 msgid "" "Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " "manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" " manufacture a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " @@ -21949,14 +24405,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 msgid "" "On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." " In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" " produces." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 msgid "" "Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" " clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " @@ -21969,7 +24425,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:79 msgid "" "Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " "and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " @@ -21980,7 +24436,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:86 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " "setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " @@ -21992,14 +24448,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:96 msgid "" "The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " "allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " "exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " "For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " -"to :ref:`create a bill of materials `." +"to :doc:`create a bill of materials `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:3 @@ -23067,6 +25522,2033 @@ msgid "" "of the |MO| itself." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "Subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a " +"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" +" then sold by the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting " +"company and the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide " +"variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in" +" and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the " +"manufacturing themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:19 +msgid "" +"This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, " +"as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with " +"subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they " +"are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized " +"work to subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors " +"to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as " +"profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain " +"arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which " +"projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a " +"variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what" +" happens to finished products once they are manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " +":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst-1 +msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:62 +msgid "" +"With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in " +"Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:64 +msgid "" +"On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a " +"*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates" +" the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that" +" it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the " +"Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can " +"be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product " +"pages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:72 +msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:75 +msgid "Subcontracting workflows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference " +"between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully " +"responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the " +":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_basic` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " +"sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This " +"workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " +"purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to " +"the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the " +":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary " +"to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to" +" products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:94 +msgid "" +"In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are " +"to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:97 +msgid "" +"In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can " +"either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an " +"end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured" +" to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are " +"outlined in their respective documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:104 +msgid "Subcontracted product valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different " +"variables:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;" +" from here on referred to as `C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them " +"shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor" +" to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred " +"to as `x`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be " +"represented by the following equation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"P = C + M + S + D + x\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:124 +msgid "" +"It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will " +"include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not " +"dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost" +" of dropshipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Basic subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " +"certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " +"purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " +"the product's vendor to delivery the product to the purchasing company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For subcontracted products specifically, delivery lead times can be " +"configured to take into account the amount of time required for the " +"subcontractor to manufacture a product. Doing so allows the contracting " +"company to better predict the delivery dates of subcontracted products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Like all lead times in Odoo, lead times for subcontracted products are only " +"an estimate, and are based on how long actions are *expected* to take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " +"means that lead times should not be viewed as guarantees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`basic subcontracting ` workflow " +"to manufacture a product, a company is not responsible for supplying the " +"subcontractor with the necessary components. This means that the only " +"factors affecting the delivery date of a product are the amount of time it " +"takes the subcontractor to manufacture and deliver it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time that considers " +"both of these factors, the *Expected Arrival* date displayed on purchase " +"orders (POs) for the product more accurately reflects the amount of time " +"required for both manufacturing and delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 +msgid "Product delivery lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " +"subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has been added, enter the number of days it takes " +"them to manufacture and deliver the product, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead" +" Time` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Delivery Lead Time field for a subcontractor, on the Purchase tab of a " +"product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Multiple subcontractors can be added to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a " +"product's page, and a different :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` can be set " +"for each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:57 +msgid "Lead time workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 +msgid "" +"After setting a delivery lead time for a product's vendor, create an |RfQ| " +"by navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase " +"Orders`, and clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Specify the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the " +"product in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and " +"adding a quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once a product has been added, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field on the" +" |RfQ| auto-populates with a date that reflects the vendor's delivery lead " +"time, as specified on the product's page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If the date needs to be adjusted, click on the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` " +"field to open a calendar popover, and select the desired date. Make sure not" +" to choose a date sooner than the one that was auto-populated, unless the " +"subcontractor has confirmed that they are able to deliver the product by " +"that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` on the |RfQ| to turn it into a " +"|PO|. At this point, the subcontractor should begin manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, before delivering it to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Tricycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends requires three days to manufacture a tricycle, plus" +" an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " +"tricycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " +"two days for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:88 +msgid "" +"On May 3rd, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| to purchase one tricycle from Bike " +"Friends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date listed on the |PO| is May 8th, five " +"days after the :guilabel:`Confirmation Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Expected Arrival date on a PO for a subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Bike Friends begins manufacturing the tricycle on May 3rd — the day that the" +" |PO| is confirmed — and finishes on May 6th, three days later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The tricycle is then shipped to Mike's Bikes the same day, and they receive " +"it on May 8th, two days later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " +"certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " +"purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " +"the product's vendor to deliver the product to the purchasing company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Certain subcontracted products require the contracting company to supply the" +" subcontractor with manufacturing components. In this case, a *manufacturing" +" lead time* can be used, in addition to the delivery lead time, to generate " +"the date on which the subcontractor must receive the required components, in" +" order to manufacture the product and deliver it on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In cases where components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, an " +"additional delivery lead time can be set for each component. This should be " +"set to the amount of time it takes the vendor to deliver components to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once a delivery lead time has been set on a component, dropship orders for " +"the component display the date by which the order must be confirmed, so that" +" it can be dropshipped to the subcontractor by the date on which " +"manufacturing must begin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order " +"` route, a company is responsible for purchasing " +"the necessary components from a vendor, and having them dropshipped directly" +" to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 +msgid "" +"This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, it is also necessary " +"to consider how long it takes the component vendor to dropship the " +"components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:48 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a *delivery lead time*, specifying a " +"*manufacturing lead time* on the product's BoM, and assigning the vendor of " +"the components an additional *delivery lead time*, *Dropship Subcontractor* " +"orders for the product's components display the deadline for confirming a " +"dropship order to send the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " +":guilabel:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:61 +msgid "Product manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a BoM" +" from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 +msgid "" +"On the |BoM|, select the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the same number of days that was " +"entered in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` field of the |BoM|'s product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Manuf. Lead Time field on a product's BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 +msgid "" +"While not all of these days are actually used for manufacturing by the " +"subcontractor, setting the same number of days in each field tells Odoo that" +" the subcontractor must receive the components and begin production by the " +"start of the product's delivery lead time. This gives the subcontractor " +"enough time to both manufacture and deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 +msgid "Component delivery lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:92 +msgid "" +"From the product's BoM, navigate to each component by clicking on the " +"component in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and then clicking the " +":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` button to the right of the " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:96 +msgid "" +"On the product page for each component, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab." +" If the vendor has not already been added, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor has been added, enter the number of days it takes them to " +"dropship the product to the subcontractor, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " +"Time` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:104 +msgid "Dropship subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Create a request for quotation (RfQ) for the product by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`, and " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Specify the subcontractor in :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the product" +" in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, " +"selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and specifying a " +"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:113 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" +" time for the component vendor to dropship the components, and the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " +"auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " +"of the product. However, this does not consider the time it takes to " +"dropship the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:121 +msgid "" +"When purchasing a product subcontracted using the *Dropship Subcontractor on" +" Order* route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " +"extra time needed for the components to be delivered to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Since production does not begin until they receive the components, leaving " +"the date as is results in the finished product arriving *after* the date " +"listed on the |RfQ|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " +"so creates a second |RfQ| to purchase the components from the dropshipper, " +"and have them sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for " +"Quotation`, and select the |RfQ| that lists the dropshipper in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 +msgid "" +"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field lists the date on which" +" the subcontractor must receive the components, in order to deliver the " +"finished product by the *Expected Arrival* date listed on the subcontractor " +"|PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Order Deadline` field lists the latest date on which the " +"|RfQ| can be confirmed, in order for the dropshipper to deliver the " +"components to the subcontractor by the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|, and confirm " +"the purchase of the components from the dropshipper. Doing so causes a " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to appear at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to open the dropship order. This" +" order can also be accessed from the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button that " +"now appears on the subcontractor |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:149 +msgid "" +"After the dropshipper has delivered the components to the subcontractor, " +"click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the dropship order to " +"confirm that the subcontractor has received the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor receives the components, they begin manufacturing the" +" component, before delivering it to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Bicycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes must purchase the required components from vendor Bike World, " +"and have them dropshipped to Bike Friends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:164 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each bicycle, plus " +"an addition two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:167 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for bicycle" +" manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus two days " +"for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:170 +msgid "" +"On the bicycle's BoM, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days as " +"well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered to " +"the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:173 +msgid "" +"On the product pages for each of the bicycle's components, they assign Bike " +"World a delivery lead time of two days. This is the amount of time it takes " +"Bike World to dropship each component directly to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:177 +msgid "" +"On May 10th, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| for one bicycle, with an expected " +"delivery date of May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:180 +msgid "" +"The |RfQ| for purchasing the components from Bike World and having them " +"dropshipped to Bike Friends has an Expected Arrival date of May 12th, and a " +"Deadline of May 10th. The |RfQ| must be confirmed by the deadline in order " +"for Bike Friends to receive the components by the Expected Arrival date, " +"giving them enough time to deliver the finished bicycle to Mike's Bikes by " +"May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Order Deadline and Expected Arrival dates on a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes confirms the |RfQ| on May 10th, and Bike World delivers the " +"components to Bike Friends on May 12th. Bike Friends manufactures the " +"bicycle, and delivers it to Mike's Bikes on May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " +"means that lead times should **not** be viewed as guarantees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order " +"` route, a company is responsible for supplying the" +" subcontractor with the necessary components. As a result, the subcontractor" +" cannot begin manufacturing until the components have been received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, the date they receive " +"the components must also be considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:39 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time, and specifying " +"a manufacturing lead time on the product's bill of materials (BoM), " +"*Resupply Subcontractor* orders for the product's components display the " +"deadline by which the subcontractor must receive the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " +"subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a " +"|BoM| from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:80 +msgid "Resupply subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" +" time for the subcontractor to receive the components, manufacture the " +"product, and deliver it back to the subcontracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " +"auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " +"of the product. However, this does **not** consider the time it takes to " +"ship the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:98 +msgid "" +"When purchasing a product subcontracted using the Resupply Subcontractor on " +"Order route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " +"extra time needed for the components to be shipped to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " +"so causes a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to appear at the top of the " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to open the resupply " +"subcontractor order, which is the order created to send components to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Deadline` field on the resupply subcontractor order shows the" +" deadline for the subcontractor to receive the components, in order for them" +" to have enough time to manufacture and deliver the finished product by the " +"Expected Arrival date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field should display the latest date on which" +" components can be shipped, while still arriving to the subcontractor by the" +" :guilabel:`Deadline`. However, by default, the date displayed is the same " +"as the date in the :guilabel:`Deadline` field, and must be updated to take " +"into account the time required for shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field to open a calendar popover " +"from which a date can be selected. Select a date that allows for the " +"components to be delivered by the :guilabel:`Deadline` on the resupply " +"subcontractor order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:124 +msgid "" +"After the components are shipped, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at " +"the top of the order to confirm they have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Unicycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes must supply Bike Friends with the necessary components for " +"manufacturing the unicycles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:137 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each unicycle, plus" +" an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:140 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " +"unicycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " +"two days for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:143 +msgid "" +"On the unicycle's |BoM|, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days, " +"as well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered " +"to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 +msgid "" +"They confirm a |PO| for one unicycle, with an expected arrival date of May " +"30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The resupply subcontractor order for shipping the components to the " +"subcontractor shows a *Deadline* of May 25th. The subcontractor must receive" +" the components by this date, in order to have enough time to manufacture " +"the unicycle, and deliver it by May 30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:152 +msgid "" +"It takes Mike's Bikes two days to deliver the components, so they update the" +" *Scheduled Date* field on the resupply subcontractor order to May 23rd, two" +" days before the Deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Scheduled Date and Deadline fields on a resupply subcontractor order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes ships the components to Bike Friends on the scheduled date of " +"May 23rd, and they arrive on the deadline of May 25th. This gives Bike " +"Friends enough time to manufacture the unicycle, and ship it back to Mike's " +"Bikes by the expected arrival date of May 30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:3 +msgid "Basic subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a " +"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" +" then sold by the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the " +"necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to " +"worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic " +"subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-" +"subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that " +"subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted " +"products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be " +"manufactured by them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " +":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary" +" to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53 +msgid "Configure product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the " +"product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, " +"selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and " +"entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`" +" field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished " +"product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " +"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " +"subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83 +msgid "Configure BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " +"--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials " +"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` " +"option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the " +":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using" +" subcontracting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when " +"calculating the product's expected arrival date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:81 +msgid "" +"When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for " +"manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:86 +msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:88 +msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " +"|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a receipt order or a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, " +"**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" +" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " +"product is shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted " +"product is being purchased from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " +"with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer," +" or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process " +"starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169 +msgid "Create SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171 +msgid "" +"It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased" +" from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being " +"purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " +"Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a " +"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a" +" quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens" +" the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:128 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough " +"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates" +" a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193 +msgid "" +"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " +"end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is " +"enough stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197 +msgid "Process PO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:140 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to " +":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the " +"|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to " +"the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a " +"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the " +"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:153 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic " +"subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and " +"can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 +msgid "" +"A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " +"top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 +msgid "" +"PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " +"top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242 +msgid "Process receipt or dropship order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " +"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " +"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251 +msgid "" +"If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, " +"once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " +"Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the" +" :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the " +"receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter" +" the product into inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260 +msgid "Process dropship order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262 +msgid "" +"If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select" +" the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open " +"the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order " +"to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270 +msgid "Process delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " +"finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " +"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" +" the customer, and process the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " +"the product has been shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship to subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the" +" necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have " +"them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order " +"(PO) for that product is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " +"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and " +"*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve " +"dropshipping, they are used for different purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have " +"them shipped directly to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components " +"from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By " +"default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the " +"contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33 +msgid "" +"However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship " +"Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In " +"this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then " +"ships the finished product directly to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37 +msgid "" +"This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the " +":ref:`workflow section ` of" +" this doc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " +"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " +"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the " +"components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as " +"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in " +"the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the " +":guilabel:`Price` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that " +"determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been " +"manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock " +"on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " +"subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73 +msgid "Configure bill of materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click " +"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " +"select the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and" +" specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97 +msgid "Configure Components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " +"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " +"arrow)` button to the right of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106 +msgid "" +"On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add " +"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in " +"the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the" +" subcontractor, once they are purchased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the " +":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119 +msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " +"*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the" +" vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so " +"creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the " +"components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" +" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" +" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " +"product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " +"with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, " +"or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts " +"with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148 +msgid "Create an SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the " +"product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is " +"the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted " +"product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the " +"*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** " +"there is no stock of the product on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead " +"create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172 +msgid "" +"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " +"end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, " +"even if there is stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176 +msgid "Process subcontractor PO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178 +msgid "" +"If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`," +" and clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a" +" new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* " +"|PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components" +" to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, " +"and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" +"button at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from " +"the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** " +"automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship " +"Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* " +"|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205 +msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. " +"Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` " +"field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after " +"confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212 +msgid "" +"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship " +"Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of" +" the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and " +"confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, " +"and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the " +"*subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" +"Dropship smart button at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227 +msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" +" *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, " +"respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the " +":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the " +"subcontractor has received the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" +" *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the " +"product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of" +" the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the" +" *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the " +":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship " +"order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the " +"product to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product " +"has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the " +"necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each " +"time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " +"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping" +" it to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply " +"Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24 +msgid "" +"While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components " +"required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are " +"sourced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from " +"the warehouse of the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from " +"a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of " +"the subcontracting company and their subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36 +msgid "" +"See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of " +"the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " +"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " +"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of " +"materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`" +" tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the " +"subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68 +msgid "" +"This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other " +"elements, like the cost of the product's components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " +"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click " +"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " +"select the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107 +msgid "Configure components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " +"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " +"arrow)` button to the right of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116 +msgid "" +"On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and " +"select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the " +":guilabel:`Routes` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122 +msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to " +"purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a" +" dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the " +"subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" +" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149 +msgid "" +"While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to " +"automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is " +"also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful " +"when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply " +"Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking" +" :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom " +"the components should be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` " +"drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the " +"components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` " +"to confirm that the order has been sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough " +"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead" +" creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase " +"app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a " +"subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically " +"created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the " +"required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed " +"from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top " +"of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 +msgid "" +"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n" +"buttons at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 +msgid "" +"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and " +"Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227 +msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the " +"subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " +"Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open" +" the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` " +"card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " +"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " +"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " +"finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " +"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" +" the customer, and process the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " +"the product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows.rst:5 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "Workflows" @@ -23348,6 +27830,13 @@ msgid "" "only after closing the associated |MO|." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " +"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29 msgid "" "To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " @@ -23612,1355 +28101,6 @@ msgid "" "and *WH/MO/00010*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontracting overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:7 -msgid "" -"In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a " -"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" -" then sold by the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting " -"company and the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:13 -msgid "" -"For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide " -"variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in" -" and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the " -"manufacturing themselves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:17 -msgid "" -"This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, " -"as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with " -"subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they " -"are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized " -"work to subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:22 -msgid "" -"On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors " -"to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as " -"profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain " -"arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which " -"projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a " -"variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what" -" happens to finished products once they are manufactured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " -"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " -":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " -"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst-1 -msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:42 -msgid "" -"With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in " -"Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a " -"*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates" -" the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that" -" it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the " -"Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can " -"be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product " -"pages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:51 -msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:52 -msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:55 -msgid "Subcontracting workflows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:57 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference " -"between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully " -"responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the " -":doc:`subcontracting_basic` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " -"sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This " -"workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting_resupply` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " -"purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to " -"the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the " -":doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:69 -msgid "" -"In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary " -"to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to" -" products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are " -"to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can " -"either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an " -"end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured" -" to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are " -"outlined in their respective documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:83 -msgid "Subcontracted product valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different " -"variables:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;" -" from here on referred to as `C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "" -"The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them " -"shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:93 -msgid "" -"The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor" -" to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred " -"to as `x`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be " -"represented by the following equation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:100 -msgid "" -"P = C + M + S + D + x\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:103 -msgid "" -"It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will " -"include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not " -"dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost" -" of dropshipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:3 -msgid "Basic subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a " -"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" -" then sold by the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the " -"necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to " -"worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic " -"subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-" -"subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that " -"subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted " -"products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be " -"manufactured by them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" -" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " -":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " -"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary" -" to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53 -msgid "Configure product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " -"product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the " -"product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, " -"selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and " -"entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`" -" field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished " -"product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " -"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " -"subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83 -msgid "Configure BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " -"Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " -"--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92 -msgid "" -"For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials " -"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` " -"option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the " -":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using" -" subcontracting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " -":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the " -"subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when " -"calculating the product's expected arrival date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:81 -msgid "" -"When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the " -":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for " -"manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:86 -msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:88 -msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " -"|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a receipt order or a dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, " -"**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" -" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " -"product is shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138 -msgid "" -"The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted " -"product is being purchased from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " -"with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer," -" or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process " -"starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into " -"inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169 -msgid "Create SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:112 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171 -msgid "" -"It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased" -" from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being " -"purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next " -"step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175 -msgid "" -"To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " -"Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178 -msgid "" -"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a " -"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a" -" quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:123 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens" -" the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:128 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough " -"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates" -" a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:134 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193 -msgid "" -"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " -"end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is " -"enough stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197 -msgid "Process PO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:140 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to " -":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the " -"|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to " -"the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:145 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking " -":guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:148 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a " -"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the " -"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:153 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic " -"subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and " -"can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 -msgid "" -"A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " -"top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 -msgid "" -"PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " -"top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:164 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242 -msgid "Process receipt or dropship order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " -"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " -"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 -msgid "Process receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:173 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251 -msgid "" -"If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, " -"once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " -"Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:177 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the" -" :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the " -"receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter" -" the product into inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260 -msgid "Process dropship order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:184 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262 -msgid "" -"If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select" -" the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:187 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open " -"the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order " -"to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270 -msgid "Process delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " -"finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " -"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" -" the customer, and process the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:198 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " -"the product has been shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3 -msgid "Dropship to subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the" -" necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have " -"them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order " -"(PO) for that product is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " -"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23 -msgid "" -"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and " -"*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve " -"dropshipping, they are used for different purposes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have " -"them shipped directly to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components " -"from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By " -"default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the " -"contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33 -msgid "" -"However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship " -"Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In " -"this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then " -"ships the finished product directly to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37 -msgid "" -"This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the " -":ref:`workflow section ` of" -" this doc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " -"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " -":guilabel:`Operations` heading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " -"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the " -"components listed on the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " -"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as " -"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in " -"the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the " -":guilabel:`Price` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that " -"determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been " -"manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock " -"on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " -"subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73 -msgid "Configure bill of materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click " -"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " -"select the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the " -":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a " -"line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and" -" specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97 -msgid "Configure Components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99 -msgid "" -"To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " -"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " -"arrow)` button to the right of the name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " -"component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106 -msgid "" -"On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add " -"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in " -"the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the" -" subcontractor, once they are purchased." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the " -":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " -"section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119 -msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121 -msgid "" -"The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " -"*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the" -" vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so " -"creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the " -"components to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" -" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" -" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " -"product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " -"with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, " -"or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts " -"with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148 -msgid "Create an SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the " -"product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in " -"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is " -"the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted " -"product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the " -"*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** " -"there is no stock of the product on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169 -msgid "" -"If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead " -"create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172 -msgid "" -"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " -"end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, " -"even if there is stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176 -msgid "Process subcontractor PO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by" -" navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`," -" and clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a" -" new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the " -":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* " -"|PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components" -" to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, " -"and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" -"button at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198 -msgid "" -"In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from " -"the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** " -"automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201 -msgid "" -"Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship " -"Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* " -"|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205 -msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207 -msgid "" -"To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. " -"Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` " -"field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after " -"confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212 -msgid "" -"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship " -"Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of" -" the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and " -"confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, " -"and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the " -"*subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" -"Dropship smart button at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227 -msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229 -msgid "" -"Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" -" *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, " -"respectively." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the " -":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the " -"subcontractor has received the components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" -" *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the " -"product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of" -" the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into " -"inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the" -" *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the " -"receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the " -":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship " -"order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the " -"product to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product " -"has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3 -msgid "Resupply subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the " -"necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each " -"time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " -"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping" -" it to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21 -msgid "" -"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply " -"Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24 -msgid "" -"While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components " -"required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are " -"sourced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from " -"the warehouse of the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from " -"a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of " -"the subcontracting company and their subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36 -msgid "" -"See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of " -"the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " -"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " -":guilabel:`Operations` heading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " -"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of " -"materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " -"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`" -" tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the " -"subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68 -msgid "" -"This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other " -"elements, like the cost of the product's components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " -"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click " -"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " -"select the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107 -msgid "Configure components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109 -msgid "" -"To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " -"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " -"arrow)` button to the right of the name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116 -msgid "" -"On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and " -"select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the " -":guilabel:`Routes` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122 -msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124 -msgid "" -"The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to " -"purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a" -" dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the " -"subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" -" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149 -msgid "" -"While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to " -"automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is " -"also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful " -"when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154 -msgid "" -"To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply " -"Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking" -" :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom " -"the components should be sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking " -":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` " -"drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the " -"components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` " -"to confirm that the order has been sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough " -"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190 -msgid "" -"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead" -" creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase " -"app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a " -"subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically " -"created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214 -msgid "" -"In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the " -"required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed " -"from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top " -"of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 -msgid "" -"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n" -"buttons at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 -msgid "" -"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and " -"Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227 -msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the " -"subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " -"Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open" -" the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to " -"confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the " -":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` " -"card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " -"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " -"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " -"finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " -"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" -" the customer, and process the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " -"the product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:3 msgid "Unbuild orders" msgstr "" @@ -25723,8 +28863,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:12 msgid "" "Utilize *engineering change orders* (*ECOs*) to track, implement, and revert" -" change versions made to products, and :ref:`bills of materials " -"`." +" change versions made to products, and :doc:`bills of materials " +"<../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:15 @@ -27163,6 +30303,354 @@ msgid "" "export it as an Excel file." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:3 +msgid "Procurement expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:12 +msgid "" +"With the *Purchase* application, users can monitor procurement expenses over" +" time. This report helps companies track and analyze spending, identify " +"cost-saving opportunities, and ensure efficient budget management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:17 +msgid "Create procurement expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To create a |per|, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " +"Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:22 +msgid "" +"By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` (POs) with a " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of Requests for " +"Quotation (RFQs) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent*, or *Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:25 +msgid "Add filters and groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the top-right, click the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot)` icon " +"to switch to pivot view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:32 +msgid "" +"While the |per| can also be :ref:`viewed ` as a " +":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " +":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`, " +"the pivot view provides the most detailed view of the data, and is the " +"recommended starting point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Remove any default filters from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. Then, click " +"the |caret| to open the drop-down menu that contains the " +":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and :guilabel:`Favorites` " +"columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Unless otherwise specified, the report displays data from both |RFQs| and " +"|POs|. This can be changed by selecting either :guilabel:`Requests for " +"Quotation` or :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a time frame to use for " +"comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " +"|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " +"Then, select :guilabel:`Product Category`, which is also located in the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The selections under the :guilabel:`Group By` heading can be altered, " +"depending on the needs of the individual company. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Product`, instead of :guilabel:`Product Category`, provides a " +"more in depth look at the performance of specific items, in place of an " +"entire category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading that " +"appears. These options are only available after the date range is selected " +"under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " +":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " +"as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " +"time period from the previous year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:60 +msgid "" +"While multiple time-based filters can be added at once, only one comparison " +"can be selected at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the procurement expenses\n" +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The filter for Q2, comparison for **Previous Period**, and group-by for " +"**Vendor** and **Product Category** were selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:68 +msgid "Add measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:70 +msgid "" +"After selecting the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group by`, and " +":guilabel:`Comparison` settings, click out of the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:82 +msgid "" +"By default, the report displays data with the following measures: " +":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " +":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " +"drop-down list of available measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click the following specific measures to include additional columns for the " +"procurement expenses report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total` and :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`: can include one or both " +"measures. These are included for overall spending analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:91 +msgid ":guilabel:`Average Cost`: included to evaluate cost efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to Confirm` and :guilabel:`Days to Receive`: used to assess " +"supplier performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Qty Ordered` and :guilabel:`Qty Received`: used to understand " +"order efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Qty Billed` and :guilabel:`Qty to be Billed`: used to track order" +" accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Additional measures can be included in the report, if desired, to provide " +"additional insights. For example, :guilabel:`Gross Weight` and " +":guilabel:`Volume` may be included for further logistics and management " +"analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:101 +msgid "" +"After selecting all necessary measures, click out of the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:85 +msgid "View results" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:108 +msgid "" +"After all of the filters and measures have been selected, the report " +"generates in the selected view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst-1 +msgid "A sample version of the procurement expenses report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " +"editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is **only** available if the " +"*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The |per| is also available in graph view. Click the :icon:`fa-area-chart` " +":guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view. Click the " +"corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a :icon:`fa-bar-" +"chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` :guilabel:`(line " +"chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:107 +msgid "To save this report as a *favorite*, see :ref:`search/favorites`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor costs report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With the *Purchase* application, users can track the fluctuation of vendor " +"costs over time. This allows users to identify the most expensive vendors, " +"and track seasonal changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:14 +msgid "Create vendor costs reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To create a vendor costs report, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase " +"app --> Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` " +"dashboard. By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of POs (Purchase Orders) with a " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of RFQs (Requests " +"for Quotation) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent, or *Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a date range to use for " +"comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " +"|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " +"Then, select :guilabel:`Product`, which is also located in the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Product` is **not** required for this report. However, " +"it is recommended, as it provides additional insight into the performance of" +" individual vendors. Additional selections can be made under the " +":guilabel:`Group by` heading as well, including :guilabel:`Product " +"Category`, :guilabel:`Status`, and :guilabel:`Purchase Representative`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To ensure the report is generated correctly, make sure that " +":guilabel:`Vendor` is the **first** selection made under the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading. These " +"options are only available after the date range is selected under the " +":guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " +":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " +"as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " +"time period from the previous year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the " +"vendor costs report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"By default, the report displays with the following measures: " +":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " +":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " +"drop-down list of available measures. Click :guilabel:`Average Cost` to add " +"it to the report. Select any additional measures to add to the report, or " +"click on any of the already selected measures to remove them, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:80 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to run the report with at least :guilabel:`Average Cost`, " +":guilabel:`Total`, or :guilabel:`Untaxed Total` selected from the " +":guilabel:`Measures` list. Additional measures, such as :guilabel:`Days to " +"Receive`, can be added to provide additional insights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:87 +msgid "" +"After all of the :ref:`filters and measures have been selected " +"`, the report generates in the pivot " +"view. Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " +"editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is only available if the " +"*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A sample of a vendor costs report with the measures set as total and average" +" costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The vendor costs report is also available in *graph* view. Click the " +":icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view." +" Click the corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a " +":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " +":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5 msgid "Manage deals" msgstr "" @@ -28376,9 +31864,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51 msgid "" "To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> " -"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, check" -" the box next to :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and " -"bills`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, tick " +"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`3-way matching`, and click :guilabel:`Save` " +"to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56 @@ -28387,15 +31875,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 -msgid "Activated three-way matching feature in purchase settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:60 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:62 msgid "" "When products are received into a company's warehouse, receipts are created." " Once the company processes the received quantities, they can choose to " @@ -28404,11 +31888,11 @@ msgid "" "completed at different steps of the procurement process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:68 msgid "With the bill control policy set to ordered quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:70 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *ordered quantities*" " bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " @@ -28417,42 +31901,42 @@ msgid "" "Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:75 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new request for quotation (RFQ). Doing so reveals a blank " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 msgid "" "On the blank detail form, add a vendor to the :abbr:`RFQ (request for " "quotation)` in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the " ":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 msgid "" "Then, confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` button above the detail form. Doing so turns the " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a vendor bill for " "the purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:88 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button reveals the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill` page for the purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:91 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button to modify " "the bill, and add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field. If needed," @@ -28460,21 +31944,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 msgid "" "Next, confirm the bill by clicking the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *ordered quantities*, the draft bill" " can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:175 msgid "" "On the new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` number," " which can be used to match the bill with additional documents (such as the " @@ -28485,7 +31969,7 @@ msgid "" "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:108 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " @@ -28498,7 +31982,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Vendor bill form for ordered quantities control policy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:118 msgid "" "Each vendor bill provides the option to either :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " "or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note`. A *credit note* is typically issued when a " @@ -28507,11 +31991,11 @@ msgid "" "returned from the customer/buyer to the vendor or supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:124 msgid "With the bill control policy set to received quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:127 msgid "" "If the creation of a vendor bill is attempted without receiving any " "quantities of a product (while using the *received quantities* bill control " @@ -28519,7 +32003,7 @@ msgid "" "proceeding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *received " "quantities* bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " @@ -28528,38 +32012,38 @@ msgid "" "Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:136 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`. Doing so reveals a " "blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a bill for the " "purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:151 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Create Bill` before any products have been received will" -" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to appear. The :guilabel:`Purchase " -"Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity of the items " -"included on the order to create a vendor bill." +" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up message to appear. The " +":guilabel:`Purchase Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity" +" of the items included on the order to create a vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:159 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the warehouse " "receipt form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:161 msgid "" "On the warehouse receipt form, click :menuselection:`Validate --> Apply` to " "mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities. Then, navigate back to the " @@ -28567,7 +32051,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Bill` button on the purchase order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 msgid "" "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Draft Bill` for the purchase order. On the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and add a " @@ -28575,20 +32059,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:172 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *received quantities*, the draft " "bill can **only** be confirmed when at least some of the quantities are " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:181 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " @@ -28597,11 +32081,11 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:187 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills in Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:189 msgid "" "Vendor bills can also be created directly from the *Accounting* app, " "**without** having to create a purchase order first. To do this, go to " @@ -28609,7 +32093,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a blank vendor bill detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 msgid "" "On this blank vendor bill detail form, add a vendor in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " @@ -28619,27 +32103,27 @@ msgid "" "the bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:198 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view (or change) the " ":guilabel:`Account` journals that were populated based on the configuration " "on the corresponding :guilabel:`Vendor` and :guilabel:`Product` forms." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` to add" " credit or debit notes to the bill. Or, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` " "number (while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:205 msgid "" "Then, when ready, click :menuselection:`Register Payment --> Create Payment`" " to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 msgid "" "To tie the draft bill to an existing purchase order, click the drop-down " "menu next to :guilabel:`Auto-Complete`, and select a :abbr:`PO (purchase " @@ -28651,17 +32135,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Auto-complete drop-down list on draft vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:218 msgid "Batch billing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:220 msgid "" "Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 msgid "" "To do this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. " "Then, click the :guilabel:`checkbox` at the top left of the page, beside the" @@ -28670,7 +32154,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Draft` :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:227 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon to export, delete, or send" " & print the bills; click the :guilabel:`Print` icon to print the invoices " @@ -28678,7 +32162,7 @@ msgid "" "payments for multiple vendor bills at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Register Payment` is selected, a pop-up appears. In this " "pop-up window, select the appropriate journal in the :guilabel:`Journal` " @@ -28687,7 +32171,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Group Payments` on this pop-up, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:236 msgid "" "When ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button, which creates a " "list of journal entries on a separate page. This list of journal entries are" @@ -28695,19 +32179,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 -msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up." +msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:244 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Register Payment` option for vendor bills in batches will " "only work for journal entries whose :guilabel:`Status` is set to " ":guilabel:`Posted`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:252 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 +msgid ":doc:`control_bills`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5 @@ -29101,16 +32584,16 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" +msgid "Purchase units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" -" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " -"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " -"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " -"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." +" unit of measure than when it is sold. This can cause confusion between " +"sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to convert " +"measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your product once" +" and let Odoo handle the conversion." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 @@ -29217,21 +32700,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "" -"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." +"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, click into " +"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure Category` field and enter a name for the " +"category. Then, under the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:77 msgid "" "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" -" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" -" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" -" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " -"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " -"Odoo is always a multiple of this value." +" to other units of measure inside the category. Name the unit, and select " +"the units of measure category you just created. For the *Type*, select " +"*Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter the *Rounding " +"Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by Odoo is always a " +"multiple of this value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:83 msgid "" "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " "fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." @@ -29241,7 +32726,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "" "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " "appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " @@ -29253,35 +32738,31 @@ msgid "" "0.00001, set *Digits* to 5." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:97 msgid "" "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" " measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " "*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:101 msgid "" "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " "*Smaller*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:103 msgid "" "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " "second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " "than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:107 msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 -msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:109 msgid "" "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " "units of measure." diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 0e82f0bf9..79d9be784 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -6,21 +6,20 @@ # Translators: # Eric Geens , 2023 # Gunther Clauwaert , 2023 -# Cédric Heylen, 2023 # Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2024 # Jolien De Paepe, 2024 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Erwin van der Ploeg , 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Erwin van der Ploeg , 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -65,7 +64,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:44 @@ -252,233 +251,280 @@ msgid "" "the top :guilabel:`Pipeline` page to view all opportunities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities" -msgstr "Genereer leads/verkoopkansen" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Two key ways to generate new leads or opportunities for your business are " -"through email aliases and website contact forms. Odoo automatically creates " -"leads in your CRM whenever someone sends a message to a Sales Team email " -"alias or fills out a contact form on your website." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:3 +msgid "Create leads (from email or manually)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Leads can be added to the *CRM* app from custom email aliases, and by " +"manually creating new records. This is in addition to the leads and " +"opportunities created in the app through the :doc:`website contact form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:12 +msgid "" +"First, ensure the *Leads* feature is enabled in the database by navigating " +"to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:17 msgid "Configure email aliases" msgstr "Configureer e-mail aliassen" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:19 msgid "" -"Each Sales Team can use its own unique email alias to generate " -"leads/opportunities. Any email sent to a Sales Team's email alias will " -"automatically create a lead (if leads are activated in your CRM settings) or" -" an opportunity in the pipeline for that particular team. Configure custom " -"email aliases on the configuration page for each Sales Team by navigating to" -" :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`." +"Each sales team has the option to create and utilize their own unique email " +"alias. When messages are sent to this address, a lead (or opportunity), is " +"created with the information from the message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Configuring Sales Teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:23 -msgid "Use Contact Forms on your website" -msgstr "Gebruik contact formulieren op je website" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:23 msgid "" -"By default, your website's *Contact Us* page displays Odoo's ready-to-use " -"Contact Form. Whenever someone submits this form, a lead or an opportunity " -"is generated in your database." +"To create or update a sales teams' email alias, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`. Click on a team " +"from the list to open the team's details page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Default Contact Us page" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The sales team details page, focused on the email alias section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:30 msgid "" -"The Contact Form can be activated or deactivated at any time by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Go to Website --> Customize --> Contact Form`." +"In the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field, enter a name for the email alias, or " +"edit the existing name. In the :guilabel:`Accept Emails From` field, use the" +" drop-down menu to choose who is allowed to send messages to this email " +"alias:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Form toggle" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Everyone`: messages are accepted from any email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:35 msgid "" -"When the Form is deactivated, the *Contact Us* page simply displays a button" -" to email your company directly. Any email sent this way will generate a " -"lead/opportunity." +":guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`: only accepts messages from email " +"addresses associated with a a partner (contact or customer) record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Us Page using email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:37 msgid "" -"Choose which Sales Team or salesperson is automatically assigned to the " -"leads/opportunities created from the Contact Form by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Communication`." +":guilabel:`Followers only`: only accepts messages from those who are " +"following a record related to the team, such as a lead or opportunity. " +"Messages are also accepted from team members." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Form settings" -msgstr "Contactformulier instellingen" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:55 -msgid "Customize Contact Forms" -msgstr "Contactformulieren aanpassen" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:39 msgid "" -"Contact Forms can be customized for the specific information your team " -"needs, using the free *Form Builder* module." +":guilabel:`Authenticated Employees`: only accepts messages from email " +"addresses that are connected to a record in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:43 +msgid "Leads created from email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:45 msgid "" -"The *Form Builder* module is installed automatically when a Form element is " -"added to a web page via the Website Builder. It can also be installed " -"manually from the :guilabel:`Apps` page." +"Leads created from email alias messages can be viewed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads`. Click a lead from the list to open it, " +"and view the details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Form Builder building blocks" -msgstr "Formulier bouwblokken" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:48 msgid "" -"Forms can be created from scratch to serve a wide variety of purposes. " -"However, Odoo's default *Contact Us* page is designed to fit most users' " -"needs. Start with the default form and modify from there." +"The email received by the alias is added to the *chatter* thread for the " +"lead. The subject line of the message is added to the title field, and the " +":guilabel:`Email` field is updated with the contact's email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:73 -msgid "Edit Contact Form fields" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The chatter thread of a newly created lead in the CRM app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:57 msgid "" -"In Edit mode on your website, click on any field to start editing it. The " -"following information can be edited for each field on the Contact Form:" +"If the *leads* feature is **not** enabled on the database, messages to the " +"email alias are added to the database as opportunities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:64 +msgid "Manually create leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:66 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Type`: Choose a custom field option or an existing field. " -"Examples include phone, file upload, language, etc." +"Leads can be added directly to the *CRM* app by manually creating a new " +"record. Navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads` to view a list of " +"existing leads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Input Type`: Determine the type of entry customers should input. " -"Available options are text,email, telephone, and URL." +"Leads can also be added via the :doc:`Generate Leads ` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:72 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Input Placeholder`: Type in an example to guide users how to " -"input information where formatting is important, such as a phone number or " -"email address." +"At the top-left of the list, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank " +":guilabel:`Leads` form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:74 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Label Name`: Type in the display name to show users what " -"information is needed from them." +"In the first field of the new form, enter a title for the new lead. Next, " +"enter a :guilabel:`Contact Name`, and a :guilabel:`Company Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:78 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Label Position`: Choose the way the label is aligned with the " -"rest of the form. The label can be hidden, above the field, to the far left " -"of the field, or right adjusted and closer to the field." +"If a lead is :doc:`converted to an opportunity `, the " +":guilabel:`Company Name` field is used to either link this opportunity to an" +" existing customer, or to create a new customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:82 +msgid "Manually create opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:84 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Required`: Toggle this option for information that you absolutely" -" need entered." +"To manually create an opportunity, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Sales --> My Pipeline`. At the top-left of the page, click :guilabel:`New` " +"to create a new opportunity Kanban card. In the " +":guilabel:`Organization/Contact` field, enter the name of the company the " +"opportunity is for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:88 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hidden`: Toggle this option to hide the field without deleting " -"it." +"Choose a name, and enter it in the :guilabel:`Opportunity` field. *This is a" +" required field.* When manually creating an opportunity, it is helpful to " +"add a name that relates to the details of the opportunity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:93 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Shown on Mobile`: Toggle this option to show the field to users " -"on mobile devices." +"In the example below, the opportunity is named `5 VP Chairs`. This " +"identifies the product the customer is interested in, as well as the " +"potential number of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Editable field options" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:0 +msgid "An example of an opportunity in the CRM pipeline." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:100 msgid "" -"By default, when a Form is submitted, it sends you an email with the " -"customer's inputted information. To have it automatically generate a " -"lead/opportunity instead, edit the Form and select :guilabel:`Create an " -"Opportunity` as the Action." +"Enter the contact information for the opportunity in the :guilabel:`Email` " +"and :guilabel:`Phone` fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:103 msgid "" -"If leads are activated in your CRM settings, selecting :guilabel:`Create an " -"Opportunity` generates a lead instead. To learn more about activating leads " -"in the CRM settings, head over to :doc:`convert`." +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Revenue` field, enter an estimated value for the " +"opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The information in the :guilabel:`Expected Revenue` and priority fields can " +"be used to track performance for individual salespeople, and on a team " +"basis. See :doc:`../performance/expected_revenue_report` and " +":doc:`../track_leads/lead_scoring` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:111 +msgid "Then, use the |st-o| :guilabel:`(star)` icons to assign a priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:113 +msgid "|st-o| |st-o| |st-o|: low priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:114 +msgid "|st| |st-o| |st-o|: medium priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:115 +msgid "|st| |st| |st-o|: high priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:116 +msgid "|st| |st| |st|: very high priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Assigning a priority changes the order of leads in Kanban view, with higher " +"priority leads displayed first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once all the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Add`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The CRM pipeline with a newly created opportunity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 msgid "Lead mining" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 msgid "" -"Lead mining is a feature that allows CRM users to generate new leads " +"*Lead mining* is a feature that allows *CRM* users to generate new leads " "directly into their Odoo database. To ensure lead qualification, lead mining" " output is determined by a variety of filtering criteria, such as the " "country, the company size, and the industry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:15 msgid "" -"To get started, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and activate :guilabel:`Lead Mining`." +"To get started, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`Lead Mining` checkbox to activate the " +"feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "Activate lead mining in Odoo CRM settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:23 msgid "Generate leads" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:25 msgid "" -"After the :guilabel:`Lead Mining` setting is activated, a new button called " -":guilabel:`Generate Leads` is available to use in the :guilabel:`CRM` " -"pipeline. Lead mining requests are also available through " -":menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests`, or through " -":menuselection:`CRM --> Leads --> Leads` where the :guilabel:`Generate " -"Leads` button is also available." +"After the *Lead Mining* setting is activated, a new button called *Generate " +"Leads* is available to use in the upper-left corner of the *CRM* *Pipeline* " +"(:menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales --> My Pipeline`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Lead mining requests are also available through :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests`, or through :menuselection:`CRM app " +"--> Leads --> Leads`, where the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button is also " +"available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "The Generate Leads button to use the lead mining feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:37 msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button, and a window will appear " +"Click the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button, and a pop-up window appears, " "offering a variety of criteria by which to generate leads." msgstr "" @@ -488,109 +534,141 @@ msgid "" "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:44 msgid "" "Choose to generate leads for :guilabel:`Companies` to get company " -"information only, or choose :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` to get " -"company information as well as individual employee contact information. When" -" targeting :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts`, there is an option to " -"filter contacts based on :guilabel:`Role` or :guilabel:`Seniority`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:44 -msgid "Additional filtering options include:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Size`: filter leads based on the number of employees at the " -"company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Countries`: filter leads based on the country (or countries) they" -" are located in" +"information only, or choose |CC| to get company information and individual " +"employee contact information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:48 msgid "" -":guilabel:`States`: further filter leads based on the state they are located" -" in, if applicable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:49 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Industries`: filter leads based on the specific industry they " -"work in" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose which Sales Team the leads will be assigned " -"to" +"When targeting |CC|, additional options are available to filter contacts " +"based on :guilabel:`Role` or :guilabel:`Seniority`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Salesperson`: choose which person(s) on the Sales Team the leads " -"will be assigned to" +msgid "Additional filtering options include the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Countries`: filter leads based on the country (or countries) they" +" are located in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`States`: further filter leads based on the state in which they " +"are located, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Industries`: filter leads based on the specific industry they " +"work in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Filter on Size`: tick this checkbox to specify the number of " +"employees at the company. This generates a field labeled :guilabel:`Size`. " +"Fill in the blanks to create a range for the desired company size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose which Sales Team the leads will be assigned " +"to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson`: choose which member of the Sales Team the leads " +"will be assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:62 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Tags`: choose which tags are applied directly to the " -"leads once found" +"leads once found." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 msgid "" "Make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulations when receiving contact " "information. Get more information about the General Data Protection " "Regulation on `Odoo GDPR `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:69 +msgid "View leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +msgid "" +"After leads are generated, they are assigned to the designated salesperson " +"and team. To view additional information regarding the lead, select one from" +" the list, and click to open it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the chatter thread for the lead, additional information is provided. This" +" can include the number of employees, the technology used by the company, " +"the timezone, and direct contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 +msgid "The chatter thread of a newly generated lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Leads` are **not** enabled for the database, then leads are " +"generated as *opportunities*, and added to the pipeline for the designated " +"salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To enable the :guilabel:`Leads` feature, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:88 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "Prijzen" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:91 msgid "" -"Lead mining is an *In-App Purchase* feature and each generated lead costs " -"one credit." +"Lead mining is an *In-App Purchase* feature, and each generated lead costs " +"one :ref:`credit `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:95 msgid "" -"Choosing to generate :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` costs one " -"additional credit for each contact generated." +"Generating |CC| costs one additional credit for each contact generated. See " +"here for complete pricing information: `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP " +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:99 msgid "" -"See here for full pricing information: `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:70 -msgid "" -"To buy credits, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"To buy credits, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Lead Generation` section, under the " -":guilabel:`Lead Mining` feature, click on :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." +":guilabel:`Lead Mining` feature, click :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 -msgid "Buy credits from the lead mining settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:103 msgid "" "Credits may also be purchased by navigating to the :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> General Settings`. In the :guilabel:`In-App Purchases` section, under " -"the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` feature, click on :guilabel:`View My Services`." +"app`. In the :guilabel:`Contacts` section, under the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` " +"feature, click :guilabel:`View My Services`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 @@ -598,20 +676,272 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Buy credits in the Odoo IAP settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:87 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:112 msgid "" "Enterprise Odoo users with a valid subscription get free credits to test " -":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` features before deciding to purchase more " -"credits for the database. This includes demo/training databases, educational" -" databases, and one-app-free databases." +"|IAP| features before purchasing more credits for the database. This " +"includes demo/training databases, educational databases, and one-app-free " +"databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:3 +msgid "Create opportunities from web contact forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Adding a contact form to a website makes it easy to convert visitors into " +"leads and opportunities. After a visitor submits their information, an " +"opportunity can be created automatically, and assigned to a designated sales" +" team and salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:12 +msgid "Customize contact forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By default, the *Contact Us* page on an Odoo website displays a " +"preconfigured contact form. This form can be customized, as needed, to suit " +"the needs of a specific sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Website app --> Contact Us`, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit` in the top-right of the screen to open the web editor. " +"Click on the form building block in the body of the webpage to open the form" +" configuration settings on the right sidebar. The following options are " +"available to customize the contact form from the :guilabel:`From` section of" +" the right sidebar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst-1 +msgid "The form configuration settings on an Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Action`: the default action for a contact form is :guilabel:`Send" +" an Email`. Select :guilabel:`Create an Opportunity` from the drop-down list" +" to capture the information in the *CRM* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose a sales team from the drop-down menu that the" +" opportunities from this form should be assigned to. This field **only** " +"appears if the :guilabel:`Action` field is set to :guilabel:`Create an " +"Opportunity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson`: if the opportunities should be assigned to a " +"specific salesperson, select them from the drop-down menu. If no selection " +"is made in this field, the opportunities are assigned based on the team's " +"existing rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marked Fields`: use this field to alter how the form handles " +"marked fields. The default option is to treat marked fields as " +":guilabel:`Required`, which is the recommended setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mark Text`: choose how :guilabel:`Marked Fields` should be " +"identified. The default character is an asterisk (`*`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Labels Width`: use this field to alter the pixel width of the " +"labels, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Success`: select how the webpage reacts after a customer " +"successfully submits a form. :guilabel:`Nothing` keeps the customer on the " +"same screen, with the addition of a confirmation message that the form was " +"submitted successfully. :guilabel:`Redirect` sends the customer to a new " +"webpage, based on the address provided in the :guilabel:`URL` field below. " +":guilabel:`Show Message` replaces the form with a preconfigured message that" +" informs the customer someone should respond to them as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL`: if :guilabel:`Redirect` is selected in the :guilabel:`On " +"Success` field, enter the URL for the webpage, where customers should be " +"directed after successfully submitting a form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visibility`: use the drop-down menu to add any visibility " +"conditions for this field, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If *leads* are activated in *CRM* settings, selecting :guilabel:`Create an " +"Opportunity` generates a lead instead. To activate leads, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:57 +msgid "Customize contact form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In addition to the settings for the form, the settings for each field can be" +" customized, as well. With the web editor menu still open, click into a " +"field to open the :guilabel:`Field` configuration settings section on the " +"sidebar. The following options are available to customize a field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: choose a custom field option or an existing field type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input Type`: determine the type of information customers should " +"input. Available options are :guilabel:`Text`, :guilabel:`Email`, " +":guilabel:`Telephone`, or :guilabel:`Url`. The selection made in this field " +"limits the format that customers can use when entering information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Label`: enter the name for the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Position`: choose the way the label is aligned with the rest of " +"the form. The label can be hidden, above the field, to the left of the " +"field, or right adjusted and closer to the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: slide the toggle to add a description for the " +"field, which can provide additional instructions to customers. Click under " +"the field on the form to add the description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Placeholder`: enter an example to help users know how to input " +"information where formatting is important, such as a phone number or email " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Value`: enter a value to include in the form, by default," +" if the customer does not provide information in the field. *It is not " +"recommended to include a default value for required fields*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required`: slide the toggle to mark this field as required if it " +"**must** be filled in for every submission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visibility`: select when this field should be visible. Use the " +"button on the left to choose whether to show or hide this field on a desktop" +" users. Use the button on the right to choose whether to show or hide this " +"field to mobile users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`Animation`: select if this field should have any animation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst-1 +msgid "The field configuration settings on an Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:89 +msgid "View opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:91 +msgid "" +"After a customer submits a contact form, and an opportunity is created, it " +"is assigned based on the :ref:`form settings `. " +"To view opportunities, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales --> My " +"Pipeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If leads are activated on the database, contact form submissions are " +"generated as leads, not opportunities. To activate leads, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads` to view the newly-created " +"leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:102 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`My Pipeline` dashboard, click on an opportunity card in " +"the Kanban view to open the opportunity record. The information submitted by" +" the customer is visible on the opportunity record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:107 +msgid "" +"As the contact form fields are customizable, the fields on the opportunity " +"record, where the form information is stored, varies accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the preconfigured contact form is used, the *Subject* field is added to " +"the :guilabel:`Title` field, and the content in the :guilabel:`Notes` field," +" which is labeled as :guilabel:`Your Question`, is added to the " +":guilabel:`Internal Notes` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../pipeline/manage_sales_teams`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`convert`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`../track_leads/lead_scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:118 +msgid ":ref:`Website forms `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 msgid "Create and send quotations" msgstr "" @@ -1021,20 +1351,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:12 msgid "" -"To install the *Gamification* module, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` " -"application. Click into the :guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top of the page" -" and remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter. Type `Gamification` to search." +"To install the *CRM Gamification* module, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Apps` application. Click into the :guilabel:`Search...` bar " +"at the top of the page and remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter. Type `CRM " +"Gamification` to search." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:16 msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Gamification` module is **not** already installed, click " -":guilabel:`Install`. After completing the installation, return to the " -":menuselection:`Apps` application and search for `Gamification` again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:20 -msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`CRM Gamification` module, click :guilabel:`Install`. This " "module features goals and challenges related to the *CRM* and *Sales* " "applications." @@ -1044,31 +1368,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the gamification module being installed in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:24 msgid "" -"If both the *CRM* and *Sales* apps are installed, the *CRM Gamification* " -"module is automatically installed on the database." +"If **both** the *CRM* and *Sales* apps are installed, the *CRM Gamification*" +" module is automatically installed on the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 msgid "" "To access the *Gamification Tools* menu, first enable :ref:`developer-mode`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:29 msgid "" "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Gamification Tools`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1 -msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings" +msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 msgid "Create badges" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 msgid "" "*Badges* are awarded to users when they have completed a challenge. " "Different badges can be awarded based on the type of task completed, and can" @@ -1076,7 +1400,7 @@ msgid "" "goal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:44 msgid "" "To view the existing badges, or create a new one, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." @@ -1086,7 +1410,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the badges page in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:52 msgid "" "Some badges can be awarded outside of challenges, as well. Select the Kanban" " card for the desired badge, then click :guilabel:`Grant`. This opens a " @@ -1094,30 +1418,30 @@ msgid "" " would you like to reward?` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:56 msgid "" "Add any additional information regarding why the user is receiving the " "reward in the field below, then click :guilabel:`Grant Badge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a new badge, click :guilabel:`New` at the top-left of the page to " "open a blank form. Enter a name for the :guilabel:`Badge`, followed by a " "description." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Allowance to Grant` field determines when a badge can be " "granted, and by whom:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:64 msgid ":guilabel:`Everyone`: this badge can be manually granted by any user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`A selected list of users`: this badge can only be granted by a " "select group of users. If this option is selected, it generates a new field," @@ -1125,7 +1449,7 @@ msgid "" "down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`People having some badges`: this badge can only be granted by " "users who have already been awarded a specific badge. If this option is " @@ -1134,13 +1458,13 @@ msgid "" " this badge to others." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No one, assigned through challenges`: this badge cannot be " "manually granted, it can only be awarded through challenges." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:75 msgid "" "To limit the number of badges a user can send, tick the :guilabel:`Monthly " "Limited Spending` checkbox. This sets a limit on the number of times a user " @@ -1152,32 +1476,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The details page for a new badge." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:87 msgid "Create a challenge" msgstr "Een uitdaging aanmaken" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:89 msgid "" "To create a challenge, navigate to to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Gamification Tools --> Challenges`. Click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left " "corner to open a blank challenge form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:92 msgid "At the top of the form, enter a :guilabel:`Challenge Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:95 msgid "Create assignment rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:97 msgid "" "To assign the challenge to specific users, one or more assignment rules must" " be utilized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:99 msgid "" "Click into the first field under :guilabel:`Assign Challenge to`, and select" " a parameter from the drop-down list to define the rule. Then, click into " @@ -1185,73 +1509,84 @@ msgid "" "third field to further define the parameter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:104 msgid "" "To include all users with permissions in the *Sales* app, create a rule with" -" the following parameters: - :guilabel:`Groups` - :guilabel:`is in` - " -"`Sales/User: Own Documents Only`" +" the following parameters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:107 +msgid ":guilabel:`Groups`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`is in`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:109 +msgid "`Sales/User: Own Documents Only`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:0 msgid "View of the assignation rules section of a Challenge form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:115 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Periodicity` field, select a time frame for goals to be " "automatically assessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:118 msgid "Add goals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:120 msgid "" "Challenges can be based on a single goal, or can include multiple goals with" " different targets. To add a goal to the challenge, click :guilabel:`Add a " "line` on the :guilabel:`Goals` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:123 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Goal Definition` field, choose a goal from the drop-down " "list. The :guilabel:`Condition` field automatically updates to reflect the " "condition set on the goal definition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:128 msgid "" "The *CRM Gamification* module contains preconfigured goals geared towards " "salesteams:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:130 msgid ":guilabel:`New Leads`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Time to Qualify a Lead`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:132 msgid ":guilabel:`Days to Close a Dead`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:133 msgid ":guilabel:`New Opportunities`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`New Sales Orders`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:136 msgid "" "Enter a :guilabel:`Target` for the goal based on the :guilabel:`Suffix`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:138 msgid "Repeat these steps for each additional goal." msgstr "" @@ -1259,25 +1594,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The goals tab of a challenge form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:145 msgid "Add rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:147 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Reward` tab. Choose the :ref:`badges ` to be awarded :guilabel:`For 1st User` and :guilabel:`For Every " "Succeeding User` by selecting them from the drop-down lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:152 msgid "" "Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " "of a running period, at the end date of a challenge, or when the challenge " "is manually closed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:155 msgid "" "After setup is complete, click the :guilabel:`Start Challenge` button at the" " top-left of the page to begin the challenge." @@ -1305,6 +1640,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Timezone`, and :guilabel:`Technologies Used`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Enterprise Odoo users with a valid subscription get free credits to test " +":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` features before deciding to purchase more " +"credits for the database. This includes demo/training databases, educational" +" databases, and one-app-free databases." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:21 msgid "" "The *leads* feature **must** be activated in the *CRM* settings page in " @@ -4201,6 +4545,182 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:3 +msgid "Manage sales teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Teams* feature within Odoo's *CRM* app allows for the creation " +"and management of multiple sales teams, each with their own assignment " +"rules, invoicing targets, and roster of salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:9 +msgid "Create a sales team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To create a new sales team, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration " +"--> Sales Teams`, then click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the blank sales team form, enter a name in the :guilabel:`Sales Team` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:16 +msgid "Next, select a :guilabel:`Team Leader` from the drop-down list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Set an :guilabel:`Email Alias` to automatically generate a lead/opportunity " +"for this sales team whenever a message is sent to that unique email address." +" Choose whether to accept emails from :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`, :guilabel:`Followers Only`, or " +":guilabel:`Authenticated Employees`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Select a :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu to assign this team to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company` field is only visible in multi-company databases, " +"and is not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The settings page for a new sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If the *Sales* app is installed on the database, an :guilabel:`Invoicing " +"Target` field appears on the sales team form. This is the revenue target for" +" the current month. The amount entered in this field is used to populate the" +" invoicing progress bar on the :ref:`sales team dashboard `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:39 +msgid "Add sales team members" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To add team members, click :guilabel:`Add` under the :guilabel:`Members` tab" +" when editing the sales team's configuration page. This opens a " +":guilabel:`Create Sales Team Members` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Rule-Based Assignment` feature has **not** been enabled on" +" the *CRM* app's *Settings* page, clicking :guilabel:`Add` under the " +":guilabel:`Members` tab opens an :guilabel:`Add: Salespersons` pop-up " +"window. Tick the checkbox to the far-left of the salesperson to be added to " +"the team, then click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:0 +msgid "The Add: Salespersons pop-up window on a new sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Select a user from the :guilabel:`Salesperson` drop-down list to add them to" +" the team. To prevent this salesperson from being automatically assigned " +"leads, tick the :guilabel:`Skip auto assignment` checkbox. If this feature " +"is activated, the salesperson can still be assigned leads manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The Create Sales Team Members pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Leads (30 days)` field tracks how many leads the salesperson " +"has been assigned in the past thirty days for this team, and the maximum " +"number of leads they should be assigned. To edit the maximum number of leads" +" this salesperson can be assigned, enter that amount in the :guilabel:`Leads" +" (30 days)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:68 +msgid "" +":doc:`Assignment rules <../track_leads/lead_scoring>` can be configured for " +"individual salespeople using the :guilabel:`Domain` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when finished, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to " +"add additional members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:74 +msgid "Enable multi teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To allow salespeople to be assigned to more than one sales team, the *Multi " +"Teams* setting needs to be enabled. First, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`CRM` section, tick" +" the checkbox labeled :guilabel:`Multi Teams`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` " +"at the top-left of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The settings page of the CRM app with the Multi Teams setting enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:88 +msgid "Sales team dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view the sales team dashboard, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales " +"--> Teams`. Any team the user is a member of appears in the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The sales team dashboard in the CRM app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Each Kanban card gives an overview of the sales team's open opportunities, " +"quotations, sales orders, and expected revenue, as well as a bar graph of " +"new opportunities per week, and an invoicing progress bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Pipeline` button to go directly to that team's *CRM* " +"pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Click on the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon in " +"the top-right corner of the Kanban card to open a drop-down menu. Then, to " +"view or edit the team's settings, click :guilabel:`Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../optimize/utilize_activities`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/merge_similar.rst:3 msgid "Merge similar leads and opportunities" msgstr "" @@ -4383,113 +4903,6 @@ msgid "" "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 -msgid "Multiple sales teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Sales Teams* feature to manage several sales teams, departments, or" -" channels, each with their own unique sales processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 -msgid "Create a new sales team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new sales team, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Sales Teams`, then click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:15 -msgid "" -"On the creation page, set an :guilabel:`Email Alias` to automatically " -"generate a lead/opportunity for this sales team every time a message is sent" -" to that unique email address. Choose whether to accept emails from " -":guilabel:`Everyone`, :guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`, or " -":guilabel:`Followers Only`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Set an :guilabel:`Invoicing Target` if this team has specific monthly " -"revenue goals. Set a :guilabel:`Domain` to assign leads/opportunities to " -"this sales team based on specific filters, such as country, language, or " -"campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Create a sales team in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:29 -msgid "Add members to a sales team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To add team members, click :guilabel:`Add` under the :guilabel:`Members` tab" -" when editing the sales team's configuration page. Select a salesperson from" -" the drop-down menu or create new salesperson. Set a maximum number of leads" -" that can be assigned to this salesperson in a 30-day period to ensure that " -"they do not overwork." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Add a salesperson in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 -msgid "" -"One person can be added as a team member or :guilabel:`Team Leader` to " -"multiple sales teams, allowing them to access all of the pipelines that they" -" need to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:44 -msgid "Sales team dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 -msgid "" -"To view the sales team dashboard, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Sales --> " -"Teams`. Odoo users will see any teams that they are a part of as dashboard " -"tiles." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Each tile gives an overview of the sales team's open opportunities, " -"quotations, sales orders, and expected revenue, as well as a bar graph of " -"new opportunities per week and an invoicing progress bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Sales team overview dashboard in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Click on the three dots in the corner of a tile to open a navigational menu " -"that lets users quickly view documents or reports, create new quotations or " -"opportunities, pick a color for this team, or access the team's " -"configuration page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Click the Three Dot Menu in Odoo CRM dashboard to view documents and create " -"opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Pipeline` button to go directly to that team's CRM " -"pipeline." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:5 msgid "Assign and track leads" msgstr "Leads toewijzen en traceren" @@ -6719,7 +7132,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -6918,7 +7331,7 @@ msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` at the bottom of the screen to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:72 @@ -6941,7 +7354,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:96 @@ -6987,16 +7400,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 msgid "" -"Worldline payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " +"Ingenico payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:10 msgid "" -"Worldline is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " +"Ingenico is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " "Luxembourg." msgstr "" @@ -7013,31 +7424,54 @@ msgstr "Verbind een IoT box" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:20 msgid "" -"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"Connecting an Ingenico payment terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " "an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " "database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:26 -msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:25 +msgid "Configure the Lane/Desk/Move 5000 terminals for Ingenico BENELUX" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:27 msgid "" -"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " -"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." +"Press the function button (:guilabel:`F` on Lane/5000, :guilabel:`⦿` on " +"Desk/5000 and Move/5000)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Kassa menu --> Settings Menu` and enter the settings " +"password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Change Connection` and press :guilabel:`OK` on the next " +"screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, click on connection change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " -"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " -"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " -"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." +msgid "Select :guilabel:`TCP/IP` and :guilabel:`IP-address`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:32 +msgid "On the next screen, enter the IP address of your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Enter `9000` as port number and press :guilabel:`OK` on the next screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:35 +msgid "" +"At this point, the terminal restarts and should be displayed in your IoT Box" +" form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:43 msgid "" "Enable the payment terminal :ref:`in the application settings " "` and :doc:`create the related payment method " @@ -7047,7 +7481,7 @@ msgid "" "Device` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:57 msgid "" "In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " "Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " @@ -7056,26 +7490,26 @@ msgid "" "Successful*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:66 msgid "" "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " "retry to send the payment request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:69 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" " Odoo even if the connection between the terminal and Odoo has issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:75 msgid "" "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " "you the connection failed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:78 msgid "" "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " "of card that has been used and the transaction ID." @@ -7494,6 +7928,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Worldline" msgstr "Worldline" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Worldline payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Worldline is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " +"Luxembourg." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo is compatible with Worldline terminals that use the CTEP protocol " @@ -8397,7 +8843,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:42 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:243 msgid "Multiple prices per product" msgstr "Meerdere prijzen per product" @@ -8442,7 +8888,7 @@ msgid "Setup form of a multiple prices pricelist" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:321 msgid "Advanced price rules" msgstr "" @@ -10461,21 +10907,108 @@ msgid "" " usual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:71 +msgid "" +"As of February 19, 2024, in North American marketplaces, :abbr:`FBA " +"(Fulfilled by Amazon)` orders created with the *Amazon Connector*, do not " +"get the customer's name passed onto the sales/delivery order in Odoo. This " +"is due to the fact that Amazon now calculates, and remits, sales tax on " +"behalf of sellers. In other words, personally identifiable customer " +"information is not transmitted to the seller any longer, after a :abbr:`FBA " +"(Fulfilled by Amazon)` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 msgid "Supported marketplaces" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:75 -msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 msgid "" "If a marketplace is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, it's possible to" " :ref:`add a new marketplace `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:86 +msgid "**North America region**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Canada" +msgstr "Canada" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Amazon.ca" +msgstr "Amazon.ca" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "Mexico" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Amazon.com.mx" +msgstr "Amazon.com.mx" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:92 +msgid "US" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:92 +msgid "Amazon.com" +msgstr "Amazon.com" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:96 +msgid "**Europe region**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:98 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "Duitsland" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:98 +msgid "Amazon.de" +msgstr "Amazon.de" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:100 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "Spanje" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:100 +msgid "Amazon.es" +msgstr "Amazon.es" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:102 +msgid "France" +msgstr "Frankrijk" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:102 +msgid "Amazon.fr" +msgstr "Amazon.fr" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:104 +msgid "UK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:104 +msgid "Amazon.co.uk" +msgstr "Amazon.co.uk" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:106 +msgid "Italy" +msgstr "Italië" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:106 +msgid "Amazon.it" +msgstr "Amazon.it" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:108 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "Nederland" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:108 +msgid "Amazon.nl" +msgstr "Amazon.nl" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:30 @@ -10483,7 +11016,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:155 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:17 @@ -15256,7 +15789,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Loyalty Cards`: When making purchases, the customer accumulates " -"points to exchange for rewards on future orders." +"points to exchange for rewards on current and/or future orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:90 @@ -15962,7 +16495,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:337 msgid "" "Either option reveals the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, in which pricelists " "can be created and/or modified at any time." @@ -15973,13 +16506,27 @@ msgid "How the pricelists page looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:267 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " -"*Sales* and *eCommerce*." +"The order of the pricelists on the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page has an impact" +" on how they are applied. If several pricelists share the same criteria, " +"**only** the first listed pricelist is applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"For example, for two pricelists with different rules, but same criteria " +"(e.g., same website, same country), only the *first* pricelist in the list " +"is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " +"*Sales* and *eCommerce*. This pricelist is applied by default, if there are " +"no matching criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:64 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, either select the desired pricelist to" " edit, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new pricelist, which reveals a " @@ -15990,14 +16537,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the pricelist detail form looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:72 msgid "" "When creating a new pricelist, start by adding a name for the pricelist at " "the top of the form, in the blank field. Next, select which " ":guilabel:`Currency` should be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:75 msgid "" "Then, if working in a multi-company environment, select which company this " "pricelist should apply to in the :guilabel:`Company` field. If this field is" @@ -16005,11 +16552,11 @@ msgid "" "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:80 msgid "Price rules tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:82 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab functionality on a pricelist form varies " "depending on the :guilabel:`Pricelists` setting chosen: either " @@ -16017,25 +16564,25 @@ msgid "" "(discounts, formulas)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:86 msgid "" "However, the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab and :guilabel:`Configuration` " "tab are always the same, regardless of the chosen :guilabel:`Pricelists` " "setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:90 msgid "Price rules tab (multiple prices per product)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:92 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Multiple prices per product` setting activated, the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab on pricelist forms provides the option to add " "specific products, with a specific price, to a pricelist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96 msgid "" "To add a specific product and price to a pricelist form, click the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab, then click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the " @@ -16043,20 +16590,20 @@ msgid "" "specific price should be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 msgid "" "Next, if necessary, select a product variant under the :guilabel:`Variants` " "column (e.g. a specific product size, color, etc.). If no variants are " "selected, then this price will apply to all variants of the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104 msgid "" "If a minimum amount of the product must be purchased in order to apply the " "specific price, enter the amount under the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:107 msgid "" "To configure the price of the product for this specific pricelist, enter the" " desired amount under the :guilabel:`Price` column. Then, there is the " @@ -16064,56 +16611,56 @@ msgid "" "configured product price, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "" "To add another product line, click :guilabel:`Add a line` again, and repeat " "the process. There is no limit to how many products can be added in the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab of a pricelist form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:114 msgid "" "For more information, check out the following section: :ref:`Multiple prices" " per product `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:118 msgid "Price rules tab (advanced price rules)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` setting " "activated, the :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab on pricelist forms provides the " "option to configure detailed price rules based on formulas." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:124 msgid "" "Check out the :ref:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas) " "` section for detailed steps on how to add " "advanced price rules to a pricelist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 msgid "Time-based rules tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 msgid "" "Time-based rules are used specifically with :doc:`subscription products " "`. Be sure to check out the Odoo" " *Subscriptions* :doc:`documentation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:134 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab, the same functionality of the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab is present, with the only difference being that " "a repeating time period can be applied in the :guilabel:`Period` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:138 msgid "" "After a :guilabel:`Product` and potential :guilabel:`Variant` are selected " "in the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab, select the blank field in the " @@ -16121,7 +16668,7 @@ msgid "" "recurrence periods (e.g. `Monthly`, `Quarterly`, `Weekly`, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:142 msgid "" "New recurrence periods can also be directly created from this column, by " "typing in the new name for the :guilabel:`Period` and then selecting " @@ -16134,28 +16681,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Custom time period pop-up form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:151 msgid "" "From this :guilabel:`Create Period` pop-up form, add a :guilabel:`Name`, " ":guilabel:`Duration`, then a :guilabel:`Unit` (e.g. `Days`, `Weeks`, etc.). " "When finished, click :guilabel:`Save and Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:154 msgid "" "Lastly, add the desired price for this time-based rule in the " ":guilabel:`Price` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:157 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:160 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:162 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, there are a few options that can " "further customize the pricelist." @@ -16165,7 +16712,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuration tab on pricelist detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:169 msgid "" "From here, under the :guilabel:`Availability` section, in the " ":guilabel:`Country Groups` field, certain country groups can be added to the" @@ -16173,13 +16720,13 @@ msgid "" "this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:174 msgid "" "If no country is set for a customer, Odoo takes the first pricelist without " "any country group." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:176 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Website` section, there are a few options that can be " "configured. In the :guilabel:`Website` field, this pricelist can be applied " @@ -16187,7 +16734,7 @@ msgid "" "blank, the pricelist will be applied to all websites in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:181 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Selectable` checkbox to have this pricelist as a " "selectable option for customers to choose as they shop. If the " @@ -16195,7 +16742,7 @@ msgid "" "this pricelist for themselves as they shop." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:185 msgid "" "Lastly, there is the option to add an :guilabel:`E-commerce Promotional " "Code`. To add a code, type in the desired promo code that, when entered " @@ -16203,17 +16750,17 @@ msgid "" "the customer does not fall into the previously-specified criteria." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:190 msgid "Show discount percentage to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:192 msgid "" "With Odoo *Sales*, the option to show the public price *and* the computed " "discount percentage on the product catalog is available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:195 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Pricing` section, click the checkbox next " @@ -16221,7 +16768,7 @@ msgid "" "save all changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:199 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Discounts` feature, navigate to the " "pricelists page, either by clicking the :guilabel:`Pricelists` link from the" @@ -16229,7 +16776,7 @@ msgid "" "Products --> Pricelists`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:203 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, select the desired pricelist to edit. On" " the pricelist form, click into the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab. In the " @@ -16243,34 +16790,34 @@ msgid "" "Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:211 msgid "The options available in this section are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:213 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Discount included in the price`: shows the customer only the " "final price with the discount already included." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:215 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show public price & discount to the customer`: shows the customer" " the public price *and* the discount they're earning." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:219 msgid "Customer pricelist application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:221 msgid "" "While the default pricelist applied to any customer is the :guilabel:`Public" " Pricelist`, Odoo provides the opportunity to directly apply a different " "pricelist to customers on their contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:224 msgid "" "To do that, open the desired customer's contact form, either by navigating " "to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Customers` and selecting the " @@ -16282,7 +16829,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sample customer detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:232 msgid "" "On the desired customer's contact form, under the :guilabel:`Sales & " "Purchase` tab, in the :guilabel:`Sales` section, designate what pricelist " @@ -16294,7 +16841,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pricelist field in a customer detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:245 msgid "" "To apply several prices per individual product, select the " ":guilabel:`Multiple prices per product` option, after enabling the " @@ -16303,7 +16850,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:249 msgid "" "Next, apply pricelists to specific products using the product form. Navigate" " to the :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and select the " @@ -16312,7 +16859,7 @@ msgid "" "form on a separate page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:254 msgid "" "On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Extra Prices` smart button, " "located at the top of the form." @@ -16322,7 +16869,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the extra prices smart button appears in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:261 msgid "" "Doing so reveals a separate page displaying the :guilabel:`Price Rules` that" " are specific to that particular product. Here, price rules can be edited or" @@ -16333,20 +16880,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the extra price rules per product page appears in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:268 msgid "" "To create a new price rule for a product from this specific :guilabel:`Price" " Rules` page, click :guilabel:`New` to add a new, customizable row that has " "the desired product already populated in the :guilabel:`Applied On` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:272 msgid "" "Next, select which :guilabel:`Pricelist` this specific product price rule " "should apply to, via the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:276 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " +"*Sales* and *eCommerce*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:279 msgid "" "To create a new pricelist from this page, type in the desired name of the " "new pricelist in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column, then select " @@ -16356,13 +16909,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pricelists` page, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:285 msgid "" "After the desired pricelist is added to the row, designate a :guilabel:`Min." " Quantity` for the price rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:289 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` column is set to `2`, the new price in the " ":guilabel:`Price` column will be applied to orders of 2 or more products. " @@ -16371,14 +16924,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min. Quantity` of `2` products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:294 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired amount in the :guilabel:`Price` column. Then, if " "needed, enter a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End Date` for the " "product's price rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:297 msgid "" "And lastly, if working in a multi-company environment, select which company " "this price rule should be applied to in the :guilabel:`Company` field. " @@ -16386,19 +16939,19 @@ msgid "" "the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:301 msgid "" "Click away from the row to activate Odoo's auto-save capability, meaning " "that newly-created price rule is now ready to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:304 msgid "" "Proceed to add as many unique price rules per product as desired. There is " "no limit to how many price rules can be added per product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:307 msgid "" "With the price rule(s) in place for a specific product, customers who fall " "into those corresponding pricelists automatically see those new prices " @@ -16407,7 +16960,7 @@ msgid "" "product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:313 msgid "" "When a price rule/pricelist is added to a product via the :guilabel:`Extra " "Prices` smart button, it is also reflected on the pricelist itself. " @@ -16416,7 +16969,7 @@ msgid "" "smart button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:323 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` pricelist feature" " provides the option to set price change rules based on discounts and " @@ -16424,7 +16977,7 @@ msgid "" "the product's cost, or another pricelist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:327 msgid "" "To use advanced pricing rules, with discounts and formulas, select the " ":guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` option, after " @@ -16433,7 +16986,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:332 msgid "" "After activating and saving that :guilabel:`Pricelists` feature, the " ":guilabel:`Settings` page reloads and, from here, either select the " @@ -16442,13 +16995,13 @@ msgid "" " Products --> Pricelists`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:340 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, select a desired pricelist to modify, " "or create a new pricelist by clicking the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:343 msgid "" "On the pricelist form, under the :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line` to add an advanced price rule. Doing so reveals a " @@ -16460,35 +17013,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the Create Pricelist Rules pop-up form looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:352 msgid "Price computation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:354 msgid "" "On this form, first choose one of the three :guilabel:`Computation` options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fixed Price`: the price computation is based on a fixed price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:357 msgid ":guilabel:`Discount`: the price computation is based on a discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:358 msgid ":guilabel:`Formula`: the price computation is based on a formula." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:361 msgid "" "Each :guilabel:`Computation` option reveals its own computation-specific " "fields on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:363 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Fixed Price` is selected, enter the desired price in the " ":guilabel:`Fixed Price` field below. If :guilabel:`Discount` is selected, " @@ -16496,7 +17049,7 @@ msgid "" " appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:367 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Formula` is selected, a number of configurable options appear." msgstr "" @@ -16505,7 +17058,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The various formula computation options present in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:373 msgid "" "To configure the :guilabel:`Formula` computation option, start by selecting " "an option from the :guilabel:`Based on` field: :guilabel:`Sales Price`, " @@ -16513,14 +17066,14 @@ msgid "" "advanced price rule formula will be based on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:377 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Discount` field, determine how much of a discount " "should be applied. It should be noted that a mark-up can be applied by " "setting a negative discount in this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:381 msgid "" "To formulate a 100% markup (or 2 times the cost of the product), with a $5 " "minimum margin, set the :guilabel:`Based on` field to :guilabel:`Cost`, the " @@ -16534,7 +17087,7 @@ msgid "" " Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:389 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` field, specify a fixed amount to add (or " "subtract) to the amount calculated with the discount. After that, enter a " @@ -16542,29 +17095,29 @@ msgid "" " sets the price so that it is a multiple of the value in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:394 msgid "Rounding is applied *after* the discount and *before* the surcharge." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:397 msgid "" "To have prices that end in 9.99, set the :guilabel:`Rounding Method` to `10`" " and the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` to `-0.01`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:400 msgid "" "Lastly, specify the minimum amount of margin over the base price in the " ":guilabel:`Margins` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:402 msgid "" "Once all formula-related configurations are complete, Odoo provides an " "example of the formula in a blue block to the right of the configurations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:406 msgid "" "To apply 20% discounts, with prices rounded up to 9.99, set the " ":guilabel:`Based on` field to :guilabel:`Sales Price`, the " @@ -16576,47 +17129,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a 20% discount with prices rounded to 9.99 in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:415 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "Voorwaarden" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:417 msgid "" "At the bottom of the :guilabel:`Create Pricelist Rules` pop-up form is the " ":guilabel:`Conditions` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:420 msgid "" "Here, start by selecting one of the options in the :guilabel:`Apply On` " "field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:422 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All Products`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to all" " products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to" " a specific category of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:425 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to a " "specific product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:426 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to " "a specific product variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:429 msgid "" "If any of those options, apart from :guilabel:`All Products`, are selected, " "a new option-specific field appears, in which the specific " @@ -16624,31 +17177,31 @@ msgid "" "Variant` must be chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:433 msgid "" "Then, select a minimum quantity to be applied to the advanced pricelist rule" " in the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` field. Lastly, select a range of dates for" " the pricelist item validation in the :guilabel:`Validity` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:437 msgid "" "Once all configurations are complete, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " "to save the advanced pricelist rule, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to " "immediately create another advanced pricelist rule on a fresh form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:442 msgid "" "If a price rule is set for a particular product, and another one for its " "product category, Odoo takes the rule of the product itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:446 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:447 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management`" msgstr "" @@ -20379,7 +20932,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:406 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:107 msgid ":doc:`../subscriptions`" msgstr "" @@ -20388,7 +20941,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:407 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:183 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`plans`" msgstr "" @@ -20397,7 +20950,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:408 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:184 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`products`" msgstr "" @@ -22539,7 +23092,14 @@ msgid "" "initial subscription product in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The prorated amount is **only** applied to *Service* product types. It is " +"**not** applied to *Consumable* or *Storable* product types, even if the " +"message appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:75 msgid "" "From this new upsell quotation form, add new subscription products in the " ":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " @@ -22552,27 +23112,27 @@ msgid "" "Subscriptions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:82 msgid "" "Once the desired upsell subscription product(s) have been added, it can be " "sent to the customer for approval by clicking the :guilabel:`Send by Email` " "button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:86 msgid "" "When the quotation is confirmed by the customer, the upsell products are " "added to the initial subscription. Quotation prices are then prorated to the" " remaining time of the current invoicing period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:91 msgid "" "Before sending the new quotation to the customer, the unit price, taxes, and" " even discount can be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:94 msgid "" "Once the customer approves, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " "quotation, making it a sales order. When that's clicked, a :guilabel:`Sales " @@ -22580,7 +23140,7 @@ msgid "" " to this initial subscription order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:98 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Sales History` smart button is clicked, Odoo reveals a " "separate page containing a list of the related sales orders, clearly " diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index e9fee0f9e..b04dd7ebf 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -9,17 +9,17 @@ # Richard Mouthier , 2024 # Gunther Clauwaert , 2024 # Jolien De Paepe, 2024 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Erwin van der Ploeg , 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Erwin van der Ploeg , 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -959,7 +959,7 @@ msgid "eCommerce management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:124 msgid "Customer accounts" msgstr "" @@ -1451,7 +1451,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:147 msgid "Analytics" msgstr "Analyses" @@ -2454,8 +2454,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:168 msgid "" -"The file is then available after checkout in the **purchase order** section " -"found on the customer's portal." +"The file is then available after checkout in the :guilabel:`Sales Orders` " +"section, found on the customer's portal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:172 @@ -6032,7 +6032,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:156 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started`" +msgid ":doc:`../../services/helpdesk`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:161 @@ -7226,7 +7226,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:11 msgid "" "Each website can be designed and configured independently with its own " -":doc:`domain name `, theme, pages, menus, :doc:`languages " +":doc:`domain name `, :doc:`theme <../web_design/themes>`, " +":doc:`pages <../pages>`, :doc:`menus <../pages/menus>`, :doc:`languages " "`, :doc:`products <../../ecommerce/managing_products/products>`, " "assigned sales team, etc. They can also :ref:`share content and pages " "`." @@ -7247,7 +7248,7 @@ msgid "To create a new website, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:136 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" @@ -7304,21 +7305,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:55 msgid "" -"When you switch websites, you are redirected to the other website, to the " -"same page (URL) as the current one. If the page you are currently viewing " -"does not exist on the other website, you are redirected to a 404 error page." -" Once redirected, click :guilabel:`Create page` to create the page." +"When you switch websites, you are redirected to the homepage of the other " +"website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:0 -msgid "Create a page from a 404 error page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:58 msgid "Website-specific configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:60 msgid "" "Most website settings are website-specific, which means they can be " "enabled/disabled per website. To adapt the settings for a website, go to " @@ -7328,13 +7323,13 @@ msgid "" " for that specific website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:67 msgid "" "Websites are created with the default settings; the settings are not copied " "from one website to the other." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:69 msgid "" "In a :doc:`multi-company environment `, " "each website can be linked to a specific company in your database so that " @@ -7343,11 +7338,11 @@ msgid "" " the :guilabel:`Company` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:77 msgid "Content availability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:79 msgid "" "By default, pages, products, events, etc. created from the frontend (using " "the :guilabel:`+New` button) are only available on the website from which it" @@ -7363,39 +7358,39 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Website field in Forum form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:92 msgid "Records and features can be made available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:94 msgid "On all websites: leave the :guilabel:`Website` field empty;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:95 msgid "Only on one website: set the :guilabel:`Website` field accordingly;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:96 msgid "" "On some websites: in this case, you should duplicate the item and set the " ":guilabel:`Website` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:100 msgid "Website pages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:102 msgid "" "To modify the website on which a page is to be published, proceed as " "follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:104 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:105 msgid "" "Open the search panel and select the website on which the page is currently " "published." @@ -7405,34 +7400,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Display pages per website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:110 msgid "Tick the check box next to the page(s) you want to change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:111 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Website` field and select the website, or empty it to " "publish the page on all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:115 msgid "" "Each website must have its own homepage; you may not use the same homepage " "for several websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:118 msgid "eCommerce features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:120 msgid "" "eCommerce features such as products, eCommerce categories, pricelists, " "discounts, payment providers, etc. can be restricted to :ref:`a specific " "website `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:126 msgid "" "You can :doc:`allow your customers to use the same account " "<../../ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts>` on all of your " @@ -7440,41 +7435,41 @@ msgid "" "the website settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:131 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "Prijzen" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:133 msgid "" "Products can be priced differently based on the website using " ":ref:`pricelists `. The following configuration is " "required:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:137 msgid "" "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section and select the " ":guilabel:`Pricelists` option :guilabel:`Multiple prices per product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:139 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Pricelists` to define new pricelists or edit existing ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:140 msgid "" "Select the pricelist or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new one, then " "select the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and set the :guilabel:`Website` " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting.rst:5 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Rapportages" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:149 msgid "" "Each website has its own :ref:`analytics `. To switch " "between websites, click the buttons in the upper right corner." @@ -7484,11 +7479,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Switch websites in analytics" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:156 msgid "Other reporting data" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:158 msgid "" "Other reporting data such as eCommerce dashboard data, online sales analyses" " and visitors can be grouped by website if necessary. Open the search panel " @@ -7509,69 +7504,66 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Cloudflare Turnstile is recommended** as it is possible to add an " -"interactive check if the automated check fails. Also, Google reCAPTCHA v3 is" -" limited to `1 million assessments per month per domain " -"`_." +"We recommend using **Cloudflare Turnstile** as reCAPTCHA v3 may not be " +"compliant with local data protection regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:14 msgid "" "All pages using the :guilabel:`Form`, :guilabel:`Newsletter Block`, " ":guilabel:`Newsletter Popup` snippets, and the eCommerce :guilabel:`Extra " "Step During Checkout` form are protected by both tools." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:19 msgid "" "`Cloudflare Turnstile's documentation " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:20 msgid "" "`Google's reCAPTCHA v3 guide " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:25 msgid "Cloudflare Turnstile configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:28 msgid "On Cloudflare" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:30 msgid "" "`Create `_ a Cloudflare account or use " "an existing one and `log in `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:32 msgid "On the dashboard navigation sidebar, click :guilabel:`Turnstile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:33 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Turnstile Sites` page, click :guilabel:`Add Site`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:34 msgid "Add a :guilabel:`Site name` to identify it easily." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:35 msgid "" "Enter or select the website's :guilabel:`Domain` (e.g., *example.com* or " "*subdomain.example.com*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:36 msgid "Select a :guilabel:`Widget Mode`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:38 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Managed` mode is **recommended**, as visitors can be prompted" " to check a box confirming they are human if deemed necessary by Turnstile." @@ -7581,7 +7573,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Cloudflare Turnstile human verification widget" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:44 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Non-interactive` and :guilabel:`Invisible` modes, " "visitors are never prompted to interact. In :guilabel:`Non-interactive` " @@ -7589,7 +7581,7 @@ msgid "" "protects the form; however, the widget is not supported by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:49 msgid "" "If the Turnstile check fails, visitors are not able to submit the form, and " "the following error message is displayed:" @@ -7599,8 +7591,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Cloudflare Turnstile verification error message" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:28 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" @@ -7608,82 +7600,87 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding a website to Cloudflare Turnstile" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:60 msgid "" "The generated keys are then displayed. Leave the page open for convenience, " "as copying the keys in Odoo is required next." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:111 msgid "On Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:66 msgid "" "From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " ":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`Cloudflare Turnstile` and click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:68 msgid "" "Open the Cloudflare Turnstile page, copy the :guilabel:`Site Key`, and paste" " it into the :guilabel:`CF Site Key` field in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:70 msgid "" "Open the Cloudflare Turnstile page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret Key`, and " "paste it into the :guilabel:`CF Secret Key` field in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:75 msgid "" "Navigate to Turnstile on your Cloudflare account to view the solve rates and" " access more settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:81 msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:85 -msgid "On Google" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:84 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 may not be compliant with local data protection regulations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:87 +msgid "On Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:89 msgid "" "Open `the reCAPTCHA website registration page " "`_. Log in or create a Google" " account if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:92 msgid "On the website registration page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:94 msgid "Give the website a :guilabel:`Label`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:95 msgid "Leave the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA type` on :guilabel:`Score based (v3)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:96 msgid "" "Enter one or more :guilabel:`Domains` (e.g., *example.com* or " "*subdomain.example.com*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:97 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform`, a project is automatically selected" " if one was already created with the logged-in Google account. If not, one " @@ -7691,11 +7688,11 @@ msgid "" "a project yourself or rename the automatically created project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:101 msgid "Agree to the terms of service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:102 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit`." msgstr "" @@ -7703,45 +7700,45 @@ msgstr "" msgid "reCAPTCHA website registration example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:107 msgid "" "A new page with the generated keys is then displayed. Leave it open for " "convenience, as copying the keys to Odoo is required next." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:113 msgid "" "From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " ":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:117 msgid "" "Do not disable the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` feature or uninstall the " ":guilabel:`Google reCAPTCHA integration` module, as many other modules would" " also be removed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:120 msgid "" "Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Site key`, and paste it " "into the :guilabel:`Site Key` field in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:122 msgid "" "Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret key`, and paste " "it into the :guilabel:`Secret Key` field in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:124 msgid "" "Change the default :guilabel:`Minimum score` (`0.50`) if necessary, using a " "value between `1.00` and `0.00`. The higher the threshold is, the more " "difficult it is to pass the reCAPTCHA, and vice versa." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:129 msgid "" "You can notify visitors that reCAPTCHA protects a form. To do so, open the " "website editor and navigate to the form. Then, click somewhere on the form, " @@ -7753,7 +7750,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "reCAPTCHA policy message displayed on a form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:138 msgid "" "If the reCAPTCHA check fails, the following error message is displayed:" msgstr "" @@ -7762,7 +7759,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Google reCAPTCHA verification error message" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:144 msgid "" "Analytics and additional settings are available on `Google's reCAPTCHA " "administration page `_. For " @@ -8205,72 +8202,72 @@ msgid "" " and appearance to your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:12 msgid "" -"*Static* pages are pages that have stable content, such as the homepage. You" -" can manually create new ones, define their URL, adapt their " -":ref:`properties `, etc. *Dynamic* pages, on the " -"other hand, are generated dynamically. All pages generated automatically by " -"Odoo, for example when you install an app or module (e.g., `/shop` or " -"`/blog`) or publish a new product or blog post, are dynamic pages and are " -"therefore managed differently." +"**Static** pages have stable content, such as the homepage. You can manually" +" create new ones, define their URLs, adapt their :ref:`properties " +"`, etc. **Dynamic** pages, on the other hand, are " +"generated dynamically. All pages generated automatically by Odoo, for " +"example, when you install an app or module (e.g., `/shop` or `/blog`) or " +"publish a new product or blog post, are dynamic pages and are therefore " +"managed differently." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:19 msgid "Page creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:21 msgid "" "Website pages can be created from the **frontend** and the **backend**. To " "create a new website page, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:24 msgid "" "Either open the **Website** app, click :guilabel:`+ New` in the top-right " "corner, then select :guilabel:`Page`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:26 msgid "" "Or go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages` and click " ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:27 msgid "" -"Enter a :guilabel:`Page Title`; this title is used in the menu, as well as " -"in the page's URL." +"Enter a :guilabel:`Page Title`; this title is used in the menu and the " +"page's URL." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:29 msgid "" "Customize the page's content and appearance using the website builder, then " "click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:31 msgid ":ref:`Publish ` the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:34 msgid "" "Disable :guilabel:`Add to menu` if the page should not appear in the menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:37 msgid "Page management" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:42 msgid "Publishing/unpublishing pages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:44 msgid "" "Pages need to be published to make them accessible to website visitors. To " -"publish or unpublish a page, access it, then toggle the switch in the upper-" +"publish or unpublish a page, access it and toggle the switch in the upper-" "right corner from :guilabel:`Unpublished` to :guilabel:`Published`, or vice " "versa." msgstr "" @@ -8279,63 +8276,63 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Unpublished/Published toggle" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:52 msgid "It is also possible to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:54 msgid "" "publish/unpublish a page from the :ref:`page properties " "`, where you can define a publishing date and/or " "restrict the page's visibility if needed;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:56 msgid "" "publish/unpublish several pages at once: go to :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Site --> Pages`, select the pages, then, click :guilabel:`Action` and select" -" :guilabel:`Publish` or :guilabel:`Unpublish`." +"Site --> Pages`, select the pages, then click :guilabel:`Action` and select " +":guilabel:`Publish` or :guilabel:`Unpublish`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:61 msgid "Homepage" msgstr "Startpagina" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:63 msgid "" -"By default, when you create a website, Odoo creates a dedicated " -":guilabel:`Home` page, but you can define any website page as your homepage." -" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, " -"then, in the :guilabel:`Website info` section, define the URL of the desired" -" page in the field :guilabel:`Homepage URL` (e.g., `/shop`)." +"When you create a website, Odoo creates a dedicated :guilabel:`Home` page by" +" default, but you can define any website page as your homepage. To do so, go" +" to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, then, in the " +":guilabel:`Website info` section, define the URL of the desired page in the " +"field :guilabel:`Homepage URL` (e.g., `/shop`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:68 msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can define any static page as your homepage by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Properties`. Select the " -":guilabel:`Publish` tab and enable :guilabel:`Use as Homepage`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:73 -msgid "Page properties" +"Alternatively, you can define any :ref:`static page ` as " +"your homepage by going to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Properties`. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Publish` tab and enable :guilabel:`Use as Homepage`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To modify a static page's properties, access the page you wish to modify, " -"then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties`." +msgid "Page properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:78 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Name` tab allows you to:" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To modify a :ref:`static page's ` properties, access the " +"page you wish to modify, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:80 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Name` tab allows you to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:82 msgid "rename the page using the :guilabel:`Page Name` field;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:83 msgid "" "modify the :guilabel:`Page URL`. In this case, you can redirect the old URL " "to the new one if needed. To do so, enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old URL`, " @@ -8343,11 +8340,11 @@ msgid "" "redirection>`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`301 Moved permanently`: to redirect the page permanently;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`302 Moved temporarily`: to redirect the page temporarily." msgstr "" @@ -8355,76 +8352,76 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Redirect old URL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:93 msgid "" "You can further adapt the page's properties in the :guilabel:`Publish` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:95 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show in Top Menu`: Disable if you don't want the page to appear " "in the menu;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:96 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use as Homepage`: Enable if you want the page to be the homepage " "of your website;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:97 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Indexed`: Disable if you don't want the page to be shown in " "search engine results;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:98 msgid ":guilabel:`Published`: Enable to publish the page;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Publishing Date`: To publish the page at a specific moment, " "select the date, click the clock icon to set the time, then click the green " "check mark to validate your selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:101 msgid ":guilabel:`Visibility`: Select who can access the page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:103 msgid ":guilabel:`All`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Signed In`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Restricted Group`: Select the :doc:`user access group(s) " "` in the :guilabel:`Authorized " "group` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`With Password`: Enter the password in the :guilabel:`Password` " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:110 msgid "" "*Some* of these properties can also be modified from :menuselection:`Website" " --> Site --> Pages`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:113 msgid "Duplicating pages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:115 msgid "" "To duplicate a page, access the page, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> " "Properties` and click :guilabel:`Duplicate Page`. Enter a :guilabel:`Page " @@ -8433,21 +8430,21 @@ msgid "" "change its position using the :doc:`menu editor `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:123 msgid "Deleting pages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:125 msgid "To delete a page, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:127 msgid "" "Access the page, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties` and click " ":guilabel:`Delete Page`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:129 msgid "" "A pop-up window appears on the screen with all links referring to the page " "you want to delete, organized by category. To ensure website visitors don't " @@ -8457,131 +8454,137 @@ msgid "" "` for the deleted page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:134 msgid "" "Once you have updated the links (or set up a :ref:`redirection `), select the :guilabel:`I am sure about this` check box, then " "click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:138 -msgid "URL redirects" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Redirecting URLs consists in sending visitors and search engines to a URL " -"that is different from the one they originally requested. This technique is " -"used, for example, to prevent broken links when you :ref:`delete a page " -"`, :ref:`modify its URL `, or " -"move your site to a new :doc:`domain `. It can " -"also be used to improve :doc:`pages/seo`." +msgid "URL redirect mapping" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:142 +msgid "" +"URL redirect mapping consists in sending visitors and search engines to a " +"URL different from the one they initially requested. This technique is used," +" for example, to prevent broken links when you :ref:`delete a page " +"`, :ref:`modify its URL `, or " +"migrate your site from another platform to an Odoo :doc:`domain " +"`. It can also be used to improve " +":doc:`pages/seo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:148 msgid "" "To access existing URL redirections and create new ones, :doc:`activate the " "developer mode ` and go to " ":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Redirects`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:151 -msgid "" -"A record is added automatically every time you :ref:`modify a page's URL " -"` and enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old URL`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:153 -msgid "You can set up redirections for static and dynamic pages." +msgid "" +"A redirect record is added automatically every time you :ref:`modify a " +"page's URL ` and enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old " +"URL`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:155 msgid "" +"You can set up redirections for :ref:`static and dynamic pages " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:157 +msgid "" "To create a new redirection, click the :guilabel:`New` button, then fill in " "the fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:159 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name to identify the redirect." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:158 -msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: Select the type of redirection:" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:160 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`404 Not found`: visitors are redirected to a 404 error page when " -"they try to access the page." +msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: Select the type of redirection:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:162 msgid "" -":guilabel:`301 Moved Permanently`: for permanent redirections of static " -"pages; the new URL is shown in search engine results and the redirect is " -"cached by browsers." +":guilabel:`404 Not found`: visitors are redirected to a 404 error page when " +"they try to access an unpublished or deleted page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:164 msgid "" -":guilabel:`302 Moved Temporarily`: for short-term redirections, for example," -" if you are redesigning or updating the page. The new URL is neither cached " -"by browsers, nor shown in search engine results." +":guilabel:`301 Moved Permanently`: for permanent redirections of unpublished" +" or deleted :ref:`static pages `. The new URL is shown in" +" search engine results, and the redirect is cached by browsers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:167 msgid "" -":guilabel:`308 Redirect / Rewrite`: for permanent redirections of dynamic " -"pages; the new URL is shown in search engine results and the redirect is " -"cached by browsers. Use this redirect type to rename a dynamic page, for " -"example, if you wish to rename `/shop` into `/market`." +":guilabel:`302 Moved Temporarily`: for short-term redirections, for example," +" if you are redesigning or updating a page. The new URL is neither cached by" +" browsers nor shown in search engine results." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:170 msgid "" -":guilabel:`URL from`: Enter the URL to be redirected (e.g., `/about-the-" -"company`) or search for the desired dynamic page and select it from the " -"list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:173 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`URL to`: For 301, 302 and 308 redirects, enter the URL to be " -"redirected to. If you want to redirect to an external URL, make sure to " -"include the protocol (e.g., `https://`)." +":guilabel:`308 Redirect/Rewrite`: for permanent redirections of existing " +":ref:`dynamic pages `. The URL is renamed; the new name " +"is shown in search engine results and is cached by browsers. Use this " +"redirect type to rename a dynamic page, for example, if you wish to rename " +"`/shop` into `/market`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:175 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL from`: Enter the URL to be redirected (e.g., `/about-the-" +"company`) or search for the desired :ref:`dynamic page ` " +"and select it from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:177 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL to`: For 301, 302, and 308 redirects, enter the URL to be " +"redirected to. If you want to redirect to an external URL, include the " +"protocol (e.g., `https://`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:179 msgid ":guilabel:`Website`: Select a specific website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:180 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sequence`: to define the order in which redirections are " +":guilabel:`Sequence`: To define the order in which redirections are " "performed, e.g., in the case of redirect chains (i.e., a series of redirects" " where one URL is redirected to another one, which is itself further " "redirected to another URL)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:184 msgid "Toggle the :guilabel:`Activate` switch to deactivate the redirection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:187 msgid "" -"404, 301 and 302 redirections only work if the original page has been " +"404, 301, and 302 redirections are meant to migrate traffic from " ":ref:`unpublished ` or :ref:`deleted " -"`." +"` pages to *new* pages, while the 308 redirect is used " +"for *permanent* redirections of *existing* pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:192 msgid "" "`Google documentation on redirects and search " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:193 msgid ":doc:`pages/seo`" msgstr "" @@ -9326,36 +9329,46 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`GTM (Google Tag Manager)` is a tag management system that allows you " "to easily update measurement codes and related code fragments, collectively " "known as tags on your website or mobile app, directly through the code " -"injector. To use GTM, proceed as follows:" +"injector." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Google Tag Manager may not be compliant with local data protection " +"regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:142 +msgid "To use GTM, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:144 msgid "" "Create or sign in to a Google account by going to " "https://tagmanager.google.com/." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:146 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Accounts` tab, click :guilabel:`Create account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:148 msgid "" "Enter an :guilabel:`Account Name` and select the account's " ":guilabel:`Country`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:150 msgid "" "Enter your website's URL in the :guilabel:`Container name` field and select " "the :guilabel:`Target platform`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:153 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create` and agree to the Terms of Service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:155 msgid "" "Copy the `` and `` codes from the popup window. Then, go to your" " website, click :guilabel:`Edit`, go to the :guilabel:`Themes` tab, scroll " @@ -9367,7 +9380,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Install Google Tag Manager" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:164 msgid "" "The data is collected in the marketing tools used to monitor the website " "(e.g., Google Analytics, Plausible, Facebook Pixel), not in Odoo." @@ -9752,6 +9765,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/dynamic_content.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/inner_content.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -9910,6 +9924,59 @@ msgid "" "enter the code, replacing the code used to show the block's instructions." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:3 +msgid "Features" +msgstr "Functies" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Features` :doc:`building blocks <../building_blocks>` allow " +"you to list multiple items next to each other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The :ref:`Table of Content ` and the :ref:`Call " +"to Action ` blocks are presented below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:20 +msgid "Table of content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Table of Content` block is used to list many different items " +"grouped under several headings. A clickable index is available to navigate " +"quickly between the different categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst-1 +msgid "The default Table of Content block" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:29 +msgid "Call to action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Call to Action` block is used to prompt visitors to take a " +"specific action, such as signing up for a newsletter or contacting you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst-1 +msgid "The default Call to Action block" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To change the button's link, select it, go to the :guilabel:`Customize` " +"tab's :guilabel:`Inline Text` section and replace `/contactus` with another " +"URL." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/inner_content.rst:3 msgid "Inner content" msgstr "Interne inhoud" @@ -9978,10 +10045,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The default banner block" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:29 -msgid "Call to action" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:31 msgid "" "The call to action button encourages visitors to take a specific action, for" diff --git a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po index db3f7876f..817277b70 100644 --- a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po +++ b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po @@ -5,16 +5,15 @@ # # Translators: # Wil Odoo, 2024 -# Damian Ratus, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Damian Ratus, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -31,430 +30,651 @@ msgid "Activities" msgstr "Czynności" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database. " -"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " -"chatter thread, kanban view, list view, or activities view of an " -"application." +msgid "*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:10 -msgid "Schedule activities" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The icon used to display activities varies depending on the :ref:`activity " +"type `:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:11 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`🕘 (clock)`: the default icon, which appears if nothing is " +"scheduled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 -msgid "" -"One way that activities are created is by clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule " -"Activity` button, located at the top of the *chatter* on any record. On the " -"pop-up window that appears, select an :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the " -"drop-down menu." +msgid ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)`: this icon appears if a phone call is scheduled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:13 +msgid ":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)`: this icon appears if an email is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:14 +msgid ":guilabel:`✔️ (checkmark)`: this icon appears if a to-do is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:15 msgid "" -"Individual applications have a list of *Activity Types* dedicated to that " -"application. For example, to view and edit the activities available for the " -"*CRM* application, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " -"Activity Types`." +":guilabel:`(group of people)`: this icon appears if a meeting is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(arrow pointing up above a line)`: this icon appears if a " +"document is scheduled to be uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(pencil in a box)`: this icon appears if a signature request is " +"scheduled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Enter a title for the activity in the :guilabel:`Summary` field, located in " -"the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window." +msgid "Schedule activities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:23 msgid "" -"To assign the activity to a different user, select a name from the " -":guilabel:`Assigned to` drop-down menu. Otherwise, the user creating the " -"activity is automatically assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Lastly, feel free to add any additional information in the optional " -":guilabel:`Log a note...` field." +"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " +":ref:`chatter ` thread, :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or " +":ref:`activities view ` of an application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Due Date` field on the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " -"window auto-populates based on the configuration settings for the selected " -":guilabel:`Activity Type`. However, this date can be changed by selecting a " -"day on the calendar in the :guilabel:`Due Date` field." +msgid "Chatter" +msgstr "Rozmowa" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:32 +msgid "Activities can be created from the chatter on any record." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:34 -msgid "Lastly, click one of the following buttons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:36 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Schedule`: adds the activity to the chatter under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the chatter " -"under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, it is automatically " -"marked as completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:39 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Done \\& Schedule Next`: adds the task under :guilabel:`Today` " -"marked as done, and opens a new activity window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Discard`: discards any changes made on the pop-up window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Depending on the activity type, the :guilabel:`Schedule` button may be " -"replaced by a :guilabel:`Save` button, or an :guilabel:`Open Calendar` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Scheduled activities are added to the chatter for the record under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Activities can also be scheduled from the kanban, list, or activities view " -"of an application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:59 -msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`, and proceed to fill " -"out the pop-up form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:67 -msgid "List view" -msgstr "Widok listy" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`. If the record already " -"has an activity scheduled, the clock icon may be replaced by a :guilabel:`📞 " -"(phone)` or an :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:76 -msgid "Activity view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:78 -msgid "" -"To open the activity view for an application, select the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon from the menu bar anywhere in the database. Select any " -"application from the drop-down menu, and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " -"icon for the desired app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Activity menu drop down with focus on where to open activity view for CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Move across the row to " -"find the desired activity type, then click the :guilabel:`＋ (plus sign)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" -" throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Activities that appear in **green** indicate a due date sometime in the " -"future." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:96 -msgid "**Yellow** indicates that the activity's due date is today." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Red** indicates that the activity is overdue and the due date has passed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:99 -msgid "" -"For example, if an activity is created for a phone call, and the due date " -"passes, the activity appears with a red phone in list view, and a red clock " -"on the kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:103 -msgid "View scheduled activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:105 -msgid "" -"To view scheduled activities, open either the :menuselection:`Sales app` or " -":menuselection:`CRM app` and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, located " -"to the far-right side of the other view options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Doing so opens the activities menu, showcasing all the scheduled activities " -"for the user, by default. To show all activities for every user, remove the " -":guilabel:`My Pipeline` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To view a consolidated list of activities separated by the application where" -" they were created, and by deadline, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon on" -" the header menu to see the activities for that specific application in a " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The possibility to :guilabel:`Add new note` and :guilabel:`Request a " -"Document` appear at the bottom of this drop-down menu, when the :guilabel:`🕘" -" (clock)` icon on the header menu is clicked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads page emphasizing the activities menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:123 -msgid "Configure activity types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:125 -msgid "" -"To configure the types of activities in the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss --> Activities --> Activity Types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " -"activity types are found." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To edit an existing activity type, select it from the list, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`. To create a new activity type, click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:136 -msgid "" -"At the top of a blank activity type form, start by choosing a " -":guilabel:`Name` for the new activity type." +"To schedule a new activity, click the :guilabel:`Activities` button, located" +" at the top of the chatter. In the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " +"window that appears, :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 msgid "New activity type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:143 -msgid "Activity settings" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:45 +msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:146 -msgid "Action" -msgstr "Akcja" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 msgid "" -"The *Action* field specifies the intent of the activity. Some actions " -"trigger specific behaviors after an activity is scheduled." +"Another way that activities are created is from the Kanban view in an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "The Kanban icon in the top menu, highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon located at the bottom of " +"an individual record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`+ Schedule An Activity`, then proceed to :ref:`fill out the" +" Schedule Activity form `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If a record already has a scheduled activity, the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon" +" is replaced by the icon that represents the existing scheduled activity. " +"Click on the activity type's icon to schedule another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:70 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Widok listy" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:72 +msgid "Activities can also be created from a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Activities` column is hidden, reveal it using the " +":guilabel:`(additional options toggle)` icon in the far-right of the top " +"row, represented by two horizontal lines with two dots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon for the record the activity is" +" being added to, then click :guilabel:`+ Schedule an activity`. Proceed to " +":ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form ` that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:93 +msgid "Activity view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Most applications in Odoo have an *Activity* view available. If available, a" +" :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon is visible in the top-right of the main" +" menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To open the activity view, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "Top-right menu with the Activities icon called out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In this view, all the available activities are listed in the columns, while " +"the horizontal entries represent all the individual records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Activities that appear green have a due date in the future, activities that " +"appear orange are due today, while activities appearing red are overdue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Color bars in each column represent records for specific activity types, and" +" display a number indicating how many activities are scheduled for that " +"type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If multiple activity types are scheduled for a record, a number appears in " +"the box, indicating the total number of scheduled activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" +" throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To schedule an activity for a record, hover over the corresponding field, " +"and a :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` appears. Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)`, and then :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 +msgid "Schedule Activity form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Activities can be scheduled from many different places, such as from the " +":ref:`chatter ` of a record, or from one of multiple " +"views in an application, when available: the :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or :ref:`activity " +"view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Activity Type`: select the type of activity from the drop-down " +"menu. The default options are: :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Call`, " +":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`To-Do`. Depending on what other " +"applications are installed, additional options may be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Individual applications have a list of dedicated :ref:`activity types " +"`. For example, installing the *Sales* application makes " +":guilabel:`Order Upsell` available, while installing the *Sign* application " +"makes :guilabel:`Request Signature` available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Summary`: enter a short title for the activity, such as `Discuss " +"Proposal`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date`: using the calendar popover, select the activity's " +"deadline." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected, a link to upload a document is " -"added directly to the planned activity in the chatter." +":guilabel:`Assigned to`: by default, the current user populates this field. " +"To assign a different user to the activity, select them from the drop-down " +"menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 msgid "" -"If either :guilabel:`Phonecall` or :guilabel:`Meeting` are selected, users " -"have the option to open their calendar to schedule a time for this activity." +":guilabel:`Notes`: add any additional information for the activity in this " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Request Signature` is selected, a link is added to the planned" -" activity in the chatter that opens a signature request pop-up window." +"When the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window is completed, click one" +" of the following buttons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:158 msgid "" -"The actions available to select on an activity type vary, depending on the " -"applications currently installed in the database." +":guilabel:`Open Calendar`: opens the user's calendar to add and schedule the" +" activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:163 -msgid "Default user" -msgstr "Domyślny użytkownik" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:160 msgid "" -"To automatically assign this activity to a specific user when this activity " -"type is scheduled, choose a name from the :guilabel:`Default User` drop-down" -" menu. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to the user who" -" creates the activity." +"Click on the desired date and time for the activity, and a :guilabel:`New " +"Event` pop-up window appears. The summary from the *Schedule Activity* pop-" +"up window populates the :guilabel:`Title` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:170 -msgid "Default summary" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Enter the information in the :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up window, then click" +" :guilabel:`Save & Close` to schedule it. Once scheduled, the activity is " +"added to the chatter under the :guilabel:`Planned Activities` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Activity Type` is set to either :guilabel:`Call` or " +":guilabel:`Meeting`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 msgid "" -"To include notes whenever this activity type is created, enter them into the" -" :guilabel:`Default Summary` field." +":guilabel:`Schedule`: schedules the activity, and adds the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Planned Activities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:174 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule & Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the" +" chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, and is " +"automatically marked as done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next`: adds the details of the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, is " +"automatically marked as done, and a new :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up" +" window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancel`: discards any changes made on the :guilabel:`Schedule " +"Activity` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:188 +msgid "All scheduled activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To view a consolidated list of activities, organized by application, click " +"the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon in the header menu, located in the top-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If any activities are scheduled, the number of activities appear in a red " +"bubble on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:196 +msgid "" +"All activities for each application are further divided into subsections, " +"indicating where in the application the activity is to be completed. Each " +"sub-section lists the number of scheduled activities that are " +":guilabel:`Late`, due :guilabel:`Today`, and scheduled in the " +":guilabel:`Future`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:202 +msgid "" +"In the *Time Off* application, one activity is scheduled to be done in the " +"*All Time Off* requests dashboard, and six activities are scheduled to be " +"done in the *Allocations* dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:205 +msgid "" +"These requests appear in two separate lists in the all activities drop-down " +"menu: one labeled `Time Off` and one labeled `Time Off Allocation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list of activities that is accessed from the main menu bar. Two entries for the Time\n" +"Off application are highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:214 +msgid "Request a document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The option to :guilabel:`Request a Document` is available at the bottom of " +"the list of :ref:`all scheduled activities `, the option to " +":guilabel:`Request a Document` appears. Click :guilabel:`Request a " +"Document`, and a :guilabel:`Request a file` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:222 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Name`: enter a name for the document being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request To`: select the user the document is being requested from" +" using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date In`: enter a numerical value indicating when the " +"document is due. Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. " +"Click :guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. " +"Select the desired time-frame option from the list. The options are " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:229 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +":ref:`Workspace ` the document is being uploaded to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any desired tags from the drop-down menu. The " +"available tags displayed are based on the tags configured for the selected " +":guilabel:`Workspace`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message`: enter a message to clarify the document request in this" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:235 +msgid "" +"When all the fields are completed, click :guilabel:`Request` to send the " +"document request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Request a file form, with all fields filled out to request a contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:244 +msgid "Activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured types of activities in the database, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss section --> Activities " +"setting --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activity Types button in the Settings application under the Discuss section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " +"activity types are found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "The list of activity types already configured and available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:260 +msgid "Edit activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:262 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing :ref:`activity type `, click on the " +"activity type, and the activity type form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:265 +msgid "" +"Make any desired changes to the activity type form. The form automatically " +"saves, but it can be saved manually at any time by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Save Manually` option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:270 +msgid "Create new activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:272 +msgid "" +"To create a new :ref:`activity type `, click " +":guilabel:`New` from the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, and a blank " +"activity type form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the activity type at the top of the form, then " +"enter the following information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:279 +msgid "Activity Settings section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:281 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Action`: using the drop-down menu, select an action associated " +"with this new activity type. Some actions trigger specific behaviors after " +"an activity is scheduled, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:284 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Upload Document`: if selected, a link to upload a document is " +"automatically added to the planned activity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:286 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Call` or :guilabel:`Meeting`: if selected, users have the option " +"to open their calendar to select a date and time for the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request Signature`: if selected, a link to open a signature " +"request pop-up window is automatically added to the planned activity in the " +"chatter. This requires the Odoo *Sign* application to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Available activity types vary based on the installed applications in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folder`: select a specific :ref:`workspace " +"` folder to save a document to. This field **only** " +"appears if :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Action`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Folder` the document is " +"saved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default User`: select a user from the drop-down menu to " +"automatically assign this activity to the selected user when this activity " +"type is scheduled. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to " +"the user who creates the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Summary`: enter a note to include whenever this activity " +"type is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:307 +msgid "" "The information in the :guilabel:`Default User` and :guilabel:`Default " "Summary` fields are included when an activity is created. However, they can " "be altered before the activity is scheduled or saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:181 -msgid "Next activity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:311 msgid "" -"To automatically suggest, or trigger, a new activity after an activity has " -"been marked complete, the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` must be set." +":guilabel:`Keep Done`: tick this checkbox to keep activities that have been " +"marked as `Done` visible in the :ref:`activity view `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:187 -msgid "Suggest next activity" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:313 +msgid ":guilabel:`Default Note`: enter any notes to appear with the activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:316 +msgid "Next Activity section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:318 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field, select :guilabel:`Suggest Next " -"Activity`. Upon doing so, the field underneath changes to: " -":guilabel:`Suggest`. Click the :guilabel:`Suggest` field drop-down menu to " -"select any activities to recommend as follow-up tasks to this activity type." +"It is possible to have another activity either suggested or triggered. To do" +" so, configure the :guilabel:`Next Activity` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:321 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Schedule` field, choose a default deadline for these " -"activities. To do so, configure a desired number of :guilabel:`Days`, " -":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, decide if it should occur " -":guilabel:`after completion date` or :guilabel:`after previous activity " -"deadline`." +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`: select either :guilabel:`Suggest Next Activity` " +"or :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` from the drop-down menu. Depending on " +"the selected option, either the :guilabel:`Suggest` or :guilabel:`Trigger` " +"field is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:198 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:326 msgid "" -"This :guilabel:`Schedule` field information can be altered before the " -"activity is scheduled." +"The :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field does **not** appear if :guilabel:`Upload" +" Document` is selected for the :guilabel:`Action`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:227 -msgid "When all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Suggest/Trigger`: depending on what is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`, this field either displays :guilabel:`Suggest` or" +" :guilabel:`Trigger`. Using the drop-down menu, select the activity to " +"recommend or schedule as a follow-up task to the activity type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:332 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: configure when the next activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:334 +msgid "" +"First, enter a numerical value indicating when the activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. Click " +":guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. Select the" +" desired time-frame option from the list. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:340 +msgid "" +"Lastly, using the drop-down menu, select whether the activity is scheduled " +"or triggered either :guilabel:`after previous activity deadline` or " +":guilabel:`after completion date`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "Schedule activity popup with emphasis on recommended activities." +msgid "A new Activity form with all the fields filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Suggest " -"Next Activity`, and has activities listed in the :guilabel:`Suggest` field, " -"users are presented with recommendations for activities as next steps." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:348 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:211 -msgid "Trigger next activity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Setting the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` to :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` " -"immediately launches the next activity once the previous one is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` is selected in the :guilabel:`Chaining " -"Type` field, the field beneath changes to: :guilabel:`Trigger`. From the " -":guilabel:`Trigger` field drop-down menu, select the activity that should be" -" launched once this activity is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Schedule new activity popup with emphasis on Done and launch next button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Trigger" -" Next Activity`, marking the activity as `Done` immediately launches the " -"next activity listed in the :guilabel:`Trigger` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:238 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:239 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:349 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss/team_communication`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 33f8b8035..36abd4413 100644 --- a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pl/)\n" @@ -1698,146 +1698,111 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:5 -msgid "Developer Mode (debug mode)" +msgid "Developer mode (debug mode)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:7 msgid "" -"The developer mode (or debug mode) unlocks access to extra and advanced " -"tools in Odoo. There are several ways to activate the developer mode: " -"through the :ref:`settings `, the " -":ref:`browser extension `, through" -" the :ref:`command palette ` or the" -" :ref:`URL `." +"The developer mode, also known as debug mode, unlocks access to advanced " +":ref:`tools and settings ` in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:17 -msgid "Activate through the Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:11 msgid "" -"The debug mode can be activated in the Odoo database settings. Go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Developer Tools` and click" -" on :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`. At least one application needs " -"to be installed for the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` section to appear in the" -" :guilabel:`Settings` module." +"Proceed with caution, as some developer tools and technical settings are " +"considered advanced and may have associated risks. Only use them if you " +"understand the implications and are confident in your actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of the debug options under settings in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:16 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with assets)` is used by developers;" -" :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with tests assets)` is used by " -"developers and testers." +"The developer mode is also available with :ref:`assets " +"`, which are used to debug JavaScript " +"code, and with :ref:`tests assets `, " +"which are used to run test tours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:23 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Aktywacja" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To activate it, open the :guilabel:`Settings` app, scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Developer Tools` section, and click :guilabel:`Activate the " +"developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:28 msgid "" "Once activated, the :guilabel:`Deactivate the developer mode` option becomes" " available." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 +msgid "Activating the developer mode in the Settings app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To activate the developer mode **from anywhere in the database**, add " +"`?debug=1` to the URL after `/web` (e.g., " +"`https://example.odoo.com/web?debug=1#action=menu&cids=1`). To deactivate " +"it, use `?debug=0` instead." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:37 -msgid "Activate through the browser extension" +msgid "" +"Use `?debug=assets` to activate the developer mode with assets and " +"`?debug=tests` to activate it with tests assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:41 msgid "" -"Within a web browser, navigate to the browser settings and extensions and " -"search for the `Odoo Debug` extension. Once the extension is installed, a " -"new icon will be shown on the browser's toolbar." +"Open the **command palette** by pressing `Ctrl + K` or `Cmd ⌘ + K`, then " +"type `debug` to activate the developer mode with assets or deactivate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:44 +msgid "Browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:46 msgid "" -"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " -"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" -" a single click." +"The `Odoo Debug `_ browser extension " +"adds an icon to toggle developer mode on or off from the browser's toolbar. " +"It is available on the `Chrome Web Store " +"`_ and `Firefox Add-ons " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:54 +msgid "Developer tools and technical menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once the developer mode is activated, the developer tools can be accessed by" +" clicking the :icon:`fa-bug` :guilabel:`(bug)` icon. The menu contains tools" +" useful for understanding or editing technical data, such as a view's field," +" filters, or actions. The options available depend on where the menu is " +"accessed from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "View of Odoo's debug icon in a Google Chrome toolbar." +msgid "Accessing the developer tools" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:53 -msgid "Activate through the command palette" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:64 msgid "" -"In Odoo, the command palette tool has a command to activate the debug mode. " -"First, open the command palette tool with the keyboard shortcut `ctrl+k` and" -" then type `debug`. A command will show up to activate the debug mode." +"Database administrators can access the technical menu from the " +":guilabel:`Settings` app. It contains advanced database settings, such as " +"ones related to the database structure, security, actions, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Command palette with debug command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:68 -msgid "Activate through the URL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The debug mode can also be activated by adding an extra query string to the " -"database's URL. In the URL, add `?debug=1` or `?debug=true` after `/web`. To" -" deactivate the debug mode, change the value to `?debug=0` instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a URL with the debug mode command added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Additional modes are available for developers: `?debug=assets` enables the " -":ref:`assets mode `, and " -"`?debug=tests` enables the :ref:`tests mode " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:86 -msgid "Locate the developer mode tools" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Once developer mode is activated, the developer mode tools can be accessed " -"from the :guilabel:`Open Developer Tools` button, the bug icon located in " -"the header of the Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a console page and the debug icon being shown in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:95 -msgid "" -"This menu contains additional tools that are useful to understand or edit " -"technical data, such as the views or actions of a page. On a page that has " -"filters, actions, and view options, the developer mode tools contain some " -"useful menu items such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:99 -msgid ":guilabel:`Edit Action`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:100 -msgid ":guilabel:`Manage Filters`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:101 -msgid "Edit the current view (e.g. Kanban, List, Graph, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:102 -msgid "See the :guilabel:`Fields View Get`" +msgid "Accessing the technical menu" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:5 @@ -2540,11 +2505,11 @@ msgid "" "is asked, enter `odoo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 msgid "Check the DMARC policy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:104 msgid "" "The Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance (DMARC) " "record is a protocol that unifies :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` and " @@ -2555,41 +2520,41 @@ msgid "" " and/or :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` check." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 msgid "DMARC: TXT record" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 msgid "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:116 msgid "" "There are three :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` policies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 msgid "`p=none`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:118 -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 msgid "`p=quarantine`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 msgid "`p=reject`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:123 msgid "" "`p=quarantine` and `p=reject` instruct the server that receives an email to " "quarantine that email or ignore it if the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy " "Framework)` and/or :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` check fails." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:127 msgid "" "If the domain name uses :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` and has defined one of these policies, the domain" @@ -2597,7 +2562,7 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:132 msgid "" "Yahoo or AOL are examples of email providers with a :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-" "based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` policy set to " @@ -2606,7 +2571,7 @@ msgid "" "their recipient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:137 msgid "" "`p=none` is used for the domain owner to receive reports about entities " "using their domain. It should not impact the deliverability if the " @@ -2614,7 +2579,7 @@ msgid "" "Conformance)` check fails." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:141 msgid "" ":abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` records are comprised of tags in the form of :abbr:`DNS " @@ -2629,181 +2594,181 @@ msgid "" " too restrictive." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:150 msgid "The following chart displays available tags:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 msgid "Tag Name" msgstr "Nazwa tagu" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 msgid "Purpose" msgstr "Cel" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 msgid "Example" msgstr "Przykład" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 msgid "v" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 msgid "Protocol version" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 msgid "`v=DMARC1`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 msgid "pct" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 msgid "Percentage of messages subjected to filtering" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 msgid "`pct=20`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 msgid "ruf" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 msgid "Reporting URI for forensic reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 msgid "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 msgid "rua" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 msgid "Reporting URI of aggregate reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 msgid "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 msgid "p" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 msgid "Policy for organizational domain" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 msgid "sp" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 msgid "Policy for subdomains of the OD" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 msgid "`sp=reject`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 msgid "adkim" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 msgid "Alignment mode for DKIM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 msgid "`adkim=s`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 msgid "aspf" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:181 msgid "Alignment mode for SPF" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 msgid "`aspf=r`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:184 msgid "" "Check the :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` record of a domain name with a tool like `MXToolbox DMARC " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:188 msgid "" "`DMARC.org is another great resource to learn about DMARC records. " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 msgid "SPF, DKIM & DMARC documentation of common providers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:196 msgid "" "`OVH DNS " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 msgid "" "`OVH SPF `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 msgid "" "`GoDaddy TXT record `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 msgid "`GoDaddy SPF `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:200 msgid "" "`GoDaddy DKIM `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:201 msgid "" "`NameCheap " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 msgid "" "`CloudFlare DNS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:204 msgid "" "`Google Domains `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 msgid "" "`Azure DNS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:207 msgid "" "To fully test the configuration, use the `Mail-Tester `_ tool, which gives a full overview of the content and " @@ -2811,7 +2776,7 @@ msgid "" "records for other, lesser-known providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:212 msgid "" "`Using Mail-Tester to set SPF Records for specific carriers " "`_" @@ -7921,10 +7886,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 msgid "" "To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation " -"package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download " -"page `_. Next, install and setup the Odoo " -":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " -"start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +"package for Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download page " +"`_. Next, install and setup the Odoo :file:`.exe`" +" file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to start the " +"installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 @@ -8441,10 +8406,22 @@ msgid "" "Odoo uninstall guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:7 msgid "Devices" msgstr "Urządzenia" +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:21 +msgid "" +":doc:`Worldline payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:23 +msgid "" +":doc:`Ingenico payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 msgid "Connect a camera" msgstr "" @@ -10037,9 +10014,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:126 msgid "" "On a form, navigate to any field, and hover over the field name. A box of " -"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Object`" -" name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be" -" added." +"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Model` " +"name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be " +"added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:0 diff --git a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 5ebf1a5fb..0588a5e11 100644 --- a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pl/)\n" @@ -27,13 +27,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Human resources" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 msgid "Appraisals" msgstr "Oceny" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, the *Appraisals* application can be used to evaluate employee " "performance on a recurring basis. Managers can evaluate the performance of " @@ -42,28 +42,28 @@ msgid "" "desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:12 msgid "" "Appraisals give employees valuable feedback, including actionable goals to " "work toward, and measurable skills to improve upon. Additionally, appraisals" " may form the basis for raises, promotions, and other benefits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:16 msgid "" "Regular appraisals are good for both the employees and the company, since " "they can accurately measure performance based on company goals, and show " "employees where they need to improve." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:31 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguracja" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Configuration` menu in the *Appraisals* application is where " "the settings can be configured, feedback templates can be edited, " @@ -71,31 +71,32 @@ msgid "" "feedback can be stored, and goal tags can be viewed/created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Ustawienia" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:29 msgid "" "To access the *Settings* menu, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " "application --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 msgid "Feedback templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:35 msgid "" "Feedback templates are form outlines used during an employee appraisal. Any " "edits made to a template are, ultimately, reflected in the appraisals sent " "to employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:38 msgid "" "There are two default templates pre-configured in Odoo *Appraisals*: one for" " employee feedback, and one for manager feedback. Each contains several " @@ -103,25 +104,25 @@ msgid "" " the questions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:42 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`My work`, :guilabel:`My future`, and :guilabel:`My feelings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:45 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`Feedback`, :guilabel:`Evaluation`, and :guilabel:`Improvements`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:48 msgid "" "Any desired changes to the default feedback templates can be made by making " "changes directly in each template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:54 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Appraisals` section of the settings menu determines the " "frequency that appraisals are performed, and if it is possible to request " @@ -134,56 +135,56 @@ msgid "" "enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 msgid "Appraisals plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:66 msgid "" "By default, appraisals are pre-configured to be automatically created six " "months after an employee is hired, with a second appraisal exactly six " "months after that." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:69 msgid "" "Once those two initial appraisals have been completed in the employee's " "first year, following appraisals are only created once a year (every twelve " "months)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:72 msgid "" "To modify this schedule, change the number of months in the blank fields " "under the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:76 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section is modified, **all** empty " ":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Dates` are modified for **all** employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 msgid "360 feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:82 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option can be enabled to allow managers to " "request feedback from other employees using a different survey form, at any " "time, independent of the appraisal schedule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:85 msgid "" "Typically, managers ask for feedback from other people who work with an " "employee they manage. This includes the employee's various managers, peers, " "and direct reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:88 msgid "" "To view the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey, click the :guilabel:`→ Internal" " link` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`Default Template` field. The " @@ -191,13 +192,13 @@ msgid "" " can be made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:92 msgid "" "For more information on how to edit a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:96 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` form is a pre-configured survey within the " "*Surveys* application. In order to use the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option, " @@ -205,11 +206,11 @@ msgid "" " be installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 msgid "Evaluation scale" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:103 msgid "" "On each employee appraisal form, final rating options appear by default. To " "view and edit these options, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " @@ -217,7 +218,7 @@ msgid "" "ratings in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:107 msgid "" "The pre-configured ratings are :guilabel:`Needs Improvement`, " ":guilabel:`Meets Expectations`, :guilabel:`Exceeds Expectations`, and " @@ -225,14 +226,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:111 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`New` button is clicked on the :guilabel:`Evaluation " "Scale` page, a blank line appears at the bottom of the list. Enter the name " "of the rating in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:114 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the ratings, click the :guilabel:`(six small gray " "boxes)` icon to the left of a rating, and drag the rating to the desired " @@ -245,7 +246,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:124 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` section displays information for all the " "surveys currently configured in the *Appraisals* application. To view the " @@ -257,55 +258,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list view of all available surveys in the Appraisals application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:132 msgid "" "Each appraisal (or survey) is presented in its own line on the " ":guilabel:`360 Feedback` page, along with various information related to " "that particular appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 msgid "Each appraisal includes the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:137 msgid ":guilabel:`Survey Name`: the name of the specific survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the employee responsible for the survey, including " "the month and year they were given that designation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Questions`: the number of questions in that particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Duration`: the average time a user spends completing the " "survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Registered`: the number of people who have been sent the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Completed`: the number of people who have completed the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:145 msgid "" "Each appraisal also has two buttons at the end of each line: a " ":guilabel:`Test` button and a :guilabel:`See Results` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:148 msgid "" "To see what an appraisal looks like for the end user (i.e. an employee), " "click the :guilabel:`Test` button, and the appraisal loads in a new browser " @@ -313,14 +314,14 @@ msgid "" "to enter any answers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:152 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`This is a Test Survey. → Edit " "Survey` at the top of the page to be taken to the detail form for that " "particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:155 msgid "" "To view the results from everyone who completed an appraisal, click the " ":guilabel:`See Results` button. This presents all the answers for the survey" @@ -329,13 +330,13 @@ msgid "" "each question are visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:160 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`→ Edit Survey` at the top of " "the page to be taken to the detail form for that particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:163 msgid "" "In addition to viewing the responses from past appraisals and surveys, new " "surveys can also be created from the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` page. Simply " @@ -343,123 +344,77 @@ msgid "" " survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:167 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:171 msgid "" "In previous versions of Odoo, this section was referred to as " ":guilabel:`Surveys`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:172 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "Tagi" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 -msgid "" -"An additional feature of the *Appraisals* application is the ability to set " -":ref:`goals ` for employees. On each goal form, there is a" -" field to add tags. The available tags are pulled from a list that is " -"configured from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To view a list of all existing goal tags, and to create new tags, go to the " -":guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, by navigating to :menuselection:`Appraisals " -"application --> Configuration --> Tags`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:181 -msgid "All currently configured tags are presented in a list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:183 -msgid "" -"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " -"all tags need to be added from this list, or directly from the goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 -msgid "" -"To create a new tag from the :guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, click the " -":guilabel:`New` button, and a blank line appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the tag on the line. Then, press the enter key to save the" -" tag, and create a new blank line. Repeat this for all tags that need to be " -"added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:192 -msgid "The list of tags is automatically arranged in alphabetical order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:176 msgid "" "Navigate to the main *Appraisals* dashboard by opening the " ":guilabel:`Appraisals` application. The :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard is " "the default view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:179 msgid "" "To view the dashboard at any point in the application, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Appraisals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:182 msgid "" "All appraisals are displayed on the dashboard in a Kanban view, by default, " "with a list of groupings on the left side of the dashboard, including " ":guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Department`, and :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 msgid "" "Click any grouping option to view appraisals for **only** the chosen " "selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 msgid "" "Only groupings with multiple selections appear in the list. For example, if " "a database only has one company, the :guilabel:`Company` grouping does " "**not** appear, since there is no other company to select." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:193 msgid "Each appraisal card displays the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: the department the employee is associated with." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company the employee works for. This only appears " "in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date`: the date the appraisal was requested, or is scheduled for " "in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activities`: any activities that are scheduled for the appraisal," " such as :guilabel:`Meetings` or :guilabel:`Phone Calls.` If no activities " @@ -467,13 +422,13 @@ msgid "" "icon, located in the bottom-left corner of an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:204 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: the employee's manager, indicated by the profile icon " "in the bottom-right corner of an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:206 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status banner`: the status of the appraisal. A banner appears if " "an appraisal is marked as either :guilabel:`Canceled` or :guilabel:`Done`. " @@ -481,7 +436,7 @@ msgid "" "not been scheduled yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 msgid "" "To view the details of any appraisal, click on the card to open the " "appraisal form." @@ -491,22 +446,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Appraisals dashboard with each appraisal in its own box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 msgid "New appraisal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new appraisal, click the :guilabel:`New` button at the top of " "the :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard to load a blank appraisal form. Then, " "enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:222 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:223 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu. " "The manager is responsible for completing the :guilabel:`Manager's Feedback`" @@ -514,7 +469,7 @@ msgid "" "selected, if they have a manager set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appraisal Date`: the current date is automatically entered in " "this field. This field is automatically updated once the appraisal is " @@ -522,39 +477,39 @@ msgid "" "cancellation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu. This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have" " a department set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:233 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the employee's company from the drop-down menu. " "This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have a " "company set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 msgid "" "The only required fields for the appraisal form are the employee's " ":guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Manager`, and the :guilabel:`Company`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:241 msgid "" "Once the form is complete, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm " "the appraisal request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 msgid "" "Once confirmed, the employee receives an email stating that an appraisal was" " requested, and is then prompted to schedule an appraisal date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:246 msgid "" "The status changes to :guilabel:`Confirmed`, and the :guilabel:`Employee's " "Feedback` section of the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab is grayed out. The " @@ -563,18 +518,18 @@ msgid "" "once the appraisal request is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 msgid "" "If there are any existing appraisals for the employee, an " ":guilabel:`Appraisal` smart button appears at the top of the page, listing " "the total number of appraisals there are for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:255 msgid "Ask for feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:257 msgid "" "As part of the appraisal process, the manager can request feedback on an " "employee from anyone in the company. Feedback is usually requested from co-" @@ -583,43 +538,43 @@ msgid "" "manager's overall assessment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 msgid "" "To request feedback, the appraisal **must** be confirmed. Once confirmed, an" " :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button appears at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:265 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button is clicked, an :guilabel:`Ask " "Feedback` email pop-up form appears, using the :guilabel:`Appraisal: Ask " "Feedback` email template, which sends the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:269 msgid "" "Enter the employees being asked to complete the survey in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field. Multiple employees may be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 msgid "" "The email template has dynamic placeholders to personalize the message. Add " "any additional text to the email, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:275 msgid "If required, an :guilabel:`Answer Deadline` can be added, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:277 msgid "" "If any attachments are needed, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button, and" " a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the file(s), select them, then " "click :guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:280 msgid "When the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send.`" msgstr "" @@ -627,21 +582,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The email pop-up when requesting feedback from other employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:287 msgid "Appraisal form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:289 msgid "" "Once an appraisal is confirmed, the next steps are for the employee to fill " "out the self-assessment, after which the manager completes their assessment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:295 msgid "Employee's feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:297 msgid "" "To complete their portion of feedback, employees should navigate to the main" " :menuselection:`Appraisals application` dashboard, where the only entries " @@ -649,14 +604,14 @@ msgid "" "manage and have to provide manager feedback for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 msgid "" "Click on the appraisal to open the appraisal form. Enter responses in the " ":guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` " "tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:304 msgid "" "When completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to Manager` toggle (the " "default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When clicked, the toggle " @@ -668,24 +623,24 @@ msgid "" "The feedback section for the employee with the toggle button highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:314 msgid "Manager's feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 msgid "" "After the employee has completed the :guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` " "section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab, it is time for the manager to " "fill out the :guilabel:`Manager's Feedback` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:320 msgid "" "The manager enters their responses in the fields in the :ref:`same manner as" " the employee `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:323 msgid "" "When the feedback section is completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to " "Employee` toggle (the default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When " @@ -698,11 +653,12 @@ msgid "" " highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:748 msgid "Skills tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:334 msgid "" "Part of an appraisal is evaluating an employee's skills, and tracking their " "progress over time. The :guilabel:`Skills` tab of the appraisal form auto-" @@ -710,32 +666,32 @@ msgid "" "<../hr/employees/new_employee>`, once an appraisal is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:338 msgid "" "Each skill is grouped with like skills, and the :guilabel:`Skill Level`, " ":guilabel:`Progress`, and :guilabel:`Justification` are displayed for each " "skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 msgid "" "Update any skills, or add any new skills to the :guilabel:`Skills` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:343 msgid "" "If a skill level has increased, a reason for the improved rating can be " "entered into the :guilabel:`Justification` field, such as `took a fluency " "language test` or `received Javascript certification`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:347 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`Create a new employee ` document for " "detailed instructions on adding or updating a skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:350 msgid "" "After an appraisal is completed, and the skills have been updated, the next " "time an appraisal is confirmed, the updated skills populate the " @@ -746,11 +702,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The skills tab of an appraisal form, all filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:358 msgid "Private note tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:360 msgid "" "If managers want to leave notes that are only visible to other managers, " "they can be entered in the :guilabel:`Private Note` tab. The employee being " @@ -758,12 +714,12 @@ msgid "" "appear on their appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:386 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:520 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 msgid "Schedule a meeting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:367 msgid "" "Once both portions of an appraisal are completed (the :ref:`employee " "` and :ref:`manager Appraisals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:377 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, beneath the appraisal date on the " "desired appraisal card, and a :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window " @@ -791,47 +747,47 @@ msgid "" "activity form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Meeting` for the :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the drop-" "down menu. Doing so causes the form to change, so only the " ":guilabel:`Activity Type` and :guilabel:`Summary` fields appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:385 msgid "" "If scheduling an activity other than a meeting, such as a :guilabel:`Call` " "or a :guilabel:`To-Do`, the fields that appear on the :guilabel:`Schedule " "Activity` pop-up form change, accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:389 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon may appear as a number of different icons, " "depending on what, if any, scheduled activities are in place, and the color " "represents their corresponding due dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:392 msgid "" "If no activities are scheduled, that is represented by a gray :guilabel:`🕘 " "(clock)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:394 msgid "" "However, if a specific activity is scheduled, the icon may appear as a " ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon for a phone call, a :guilabel:`👥 (group of " "people)` icon for a meeting, and so on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:397 msgid "" "The color of the icon indicates the status; a green icon means an activity " "is scheduled in the future, and a red icon means the activity is past due." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:400 msgid "" "For more details on activities, refer to the :doc:`../essentials/activities`" " document." @@ -841,46 +797,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The appraisal cards with the various activity icons highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 msgid "" "Enter a brief description in the :guilabel:`Summary` field of the " ":guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window, such as `Annual Appraisal for " "(Employee)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:409 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button. From the calendar page " "that appears, navigate to, and double-click on, the desired date and time " "for the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:412 msgid "" "Doing so opens a :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up form. From this pop-up form, " "make any desired modifications, such as designating a :guilabel:`Start` " "time, or giving a :guilabel:`Name` to the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:416 msgid "" "Add the appraisee in the :guilabel:`Attendees` section, and include anyone " "else who should be in the meeting, if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:419 msgid "" "To make the meeting a video call, instead of an in-person meeting, click " ":guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting`, and a :guilabel:`Videocall URL` link appears in " "the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:422 msgid "" "Once all the desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:424 msgid "" "The meeting now appears on the calendar, and the invited parties are " "informed, via email." @@ -892,183 +848,46 @@ msgid "" "appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 msgid "" "The other way to schedule a meeting is from the individual appraisal form. " "To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Appraisal application` " "dashboard, then click on an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button, and the calendar loads." " Follow the same directions above to create the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 msgid "" -"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button says " +"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button reads " ":guilabel:`No Meeting`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:463 -msgid "Goals" -msgstr "Cele" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:465 -msgid "" -"The ability to set goals for employees to work toward is an important " -"feature of Odoo *Appraisals*. Goals are typically set during an appraisal, " -"so the employee knows what they need to work toward before their next " -"appraisal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:469 -msgid "" -"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> " -"Goals`. This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban " -"view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:472 -msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:474 -msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the name of the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:475 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee the goal is assigned to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 -msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:477 -msgid ":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Employee`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is assigned " -"to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:480 -msgid "" -"If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " -"corner of the goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 -msgid "" -"Every individual goal requires its own entry for each employee. If employees" -" have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the list. For " -"example, if both Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " -"appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " -"goal for Sara." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 -msgid "New goal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:495 -msgid "" -"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application -->" -" Goals`, and click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:498 -msgid "" -"Enter the information on the card. The information requested is all the same" -" information that appears on the :ref:`goal card ` in the " -"Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field and a " -":guilabel:`Description` tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:502 -msgid "" -"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field by default, and " -"the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" -" profile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:505 -msgid "" -"Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " -"useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:513 -msgid "Completed goals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:515 -msgid "" -"When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " -"be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " -"dashboard, or from the individual goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:518 -msgid "" -"To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" -" the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the top-right of a goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:522 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon **only** appears when the mouse hovers " -"over the corner of a goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:525 -msgid "" -"Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " -"green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " -"card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:528 -msgid "" -"To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " -"open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " -"the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner " -"appears in the top-right corner of the goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:533 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:526 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:753 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:830 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Raportowanie" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:442 msgid "" "The *Appraisals* application tracks two metrics across two different " "reports: an :ref:`appraisal analysis `, and a " ":ref:`skills evolution `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:448 msgid "Appraisal analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:450 msgid "" "To access the *Appraisal Analysis* report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Appraisal " @@ -1076,7 +895,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted in different colors to represent their status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 msgid "" "Appraisals in yellow are completed, appraisals in orange are in-progress " "(the appraisal is confirmed, but not completed), and appraisals in gray are " @@ -1084,13 +903,13 @@ msgid "" "been confirmed yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 msgid "" "The report displays the whole current year, by default, grouped by " "department." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:460 msgid "" "To change the calendar view presented, change the date settings in the top-" "left of the report. The options to display are :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -1098,13 +917,13 @@ msgid "" " move forward or backward in time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:464 msgid "" "At any point, click the :guilabel:`Today` button to present the calendar to " "include today's date in the view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:467 msgid "" "The report can have other filters and groupings set in the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top." @@ -1114,64 +933,64 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A report showing all the appraisals for the Appraisal Analysis report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 msgid "Skills evolution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 msgid "" "To access the *Skills Evolution* report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Skills Evolution`. " "This displays a report of all skills, grouped by employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:481 msgid "" "All the lines of the report are collapsed, by default. To view the details " "of a line, click on a line to expand the data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:484 msgid "Each skill has the following information listed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:486 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: name of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 msgid ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: the category the skill falls under." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:488 msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the specific, individual skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:489 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Level`: the level the employee had previously " "achieved for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:583 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Progress`: the previous percentage of competency " "achieved for the skill (based on the :guilabel:`Skill Level`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:585 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Skill Level`: the current level the employee has achieved" " for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Skill Progress`: the current percentage of competency " "achieved for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:494 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Justification`: any notes entered on the skill explaining the " "progress." @@ -1181,11 +1000,182 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A report showing all the skills grouped by employee." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:501 +msgid ":doc:`appraisals/goals`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:3 +msgid "Goals" +msgstr "Cele" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Appraisals* application allows managers to set goals for their " +"employees. That way, employees know what to work toward before their next " +"review." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`. " +"This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:13 +msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:15 +msgid ":guilabel:`Goal`: the name of the goal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:16 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the employee the goal is assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:17 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-clock-o` :guilabel:`(clock)` icon: displays the corresponding " +":doc:`activity icon <../../essentials/activities>` for the record. If no " +"activities are scheduled, the default icon is the :icon:`fa-clock-o` " +":guilabel:`(clock)`. If any activities have been scheduled, the icon " +"represents the activity scheduled soonest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:21 +msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal. The " +"options are :guilabel:`0%`, :guilabel:`25%`, :guilabel:`50%`, " +":guilabel:`75%`, or :guilabel:`100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Icon`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is " +"assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " +"corner of the goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 +msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every individual goal requires its own record for each employee. If multiple" +" employees have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For example, if Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " +"appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " +"goal for Sara." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:40 +msgid "New goal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`," +" and click :guilabel:`New` top-left corner to open a blank goal form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Input the :guilabel:`Goal`, :guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Progress`, and " +":guilabel:`Deadline`, information on the goal card, as discussed in the " +":ref:`goal card ` section of this document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The information requested is all the same information that appears on the " +"goal card in the Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field " +"and a :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " +"all tags need to be added. To add a tag, enter the name of the tag on the " +"line, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(tag)\"`. Repeat this for all tags that" +" need to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field, by default, and " +"the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" +" profile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " +"useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 +msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:68 +msgid "Completed goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:70 +msgid "" +"When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " +"be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " +"dashboard, or from the individual goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" +" the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon in the top-" +"right of a goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon **only** " +"appears when the mouse hovers over the top-right corner of a goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " +"green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " +"open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " +"the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner " +"appears in the top-right corner of the goal form." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:5 msgid "Attendances" msgstr "Obecności" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Attendances* application functions as a time clock. Employees are " "able to check in and out of work using a dedicated device in kiosk mode, " @@ -1195,56 +1185,55 @@ msgid "" " are working overtime, or checking out of work earlier than expected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:16 msgid "Access rights" msgstr "Prawa dostępu" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:18 msgid "" "It is important to understand how the different access rights affect what " -"users can access in the *Attendances* application." +"options and features users can access in the *Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 msgid "" -"Every user in the database is always able to access their own information on" -" the dashboard and can check in and out directly from the database. Access " -"to all the other features is determined by access rights." +"Every user in the database is able to check in and out directly from the " +"database, without needing access to the *Attendances* application. " +"Additionally, all users can access their own attendance records from their " +"employee form in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Access to both the *Attendances* application, and the various features " +"within the application is determined by access rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:28 msgid "" "To see what access rights a user has, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Settings application --> Users & Companies: Users`, and " -"click on an individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by" -" default. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the " -"setting. For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to " -"leave the field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users & Companies: Users`, and click on an " +"individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by default. " +"Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the setting. " +"For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to leave the " +"field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:34 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Administrator` option is selected, the user has full " "access to the entire *Attendances* application, with no restrictions. They " -"can view all employee attendance records, enter kiosk mode from the " +"can view all employee attendance records, enter *Kiosk mMode* from the " "application, access all reporting metrics, and make modifications to the " -"settings." +"settings. If left blank, the user does **not** have access to the " +"*Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If left blank, the user can only view their own information on the " -"*Attendances* application dashboard and can view their own personal " -"attendance records under the reporting feature. All other attendance records" -" are hidden from view on the report. There is no access to either the kiosk " -"mode or the configuration menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:42 msgid "Approvers" msgstr "Zatwierdzający" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:44 msgid "" "The **only** other scenario where different information may be accessible in" " the *Attendances* application is for approvers. If a user does *not* have " @@ -1257,7 +1246,7 @@ msgid "" "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:52 msgid "" "To see who the attendance approver is for an employee, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Employees application` and click on the specific employee. " @@ -1268,7 +1257,7 @@ msgid "" "reports, and make modifications to their records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:61 msgid "" "Few configurations are needed in the *Attendances* application. Determining " "how employees check in and out, defining how the kiosks function, and " @@ -1277,11 +1266,11 @@ msgid "" "Configuration` to access the configuration menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:67 msgid "Modes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how an employee " "checks in when using a kiosk. Options are :guilabel:`Barcode/RFID`, " @@ -1289,31 +1278,31 @@ msgid "" "Selection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:76 msgid "" "The *Barcode* application **does not** need to be installed to use one of " "the Barcode/RFID settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances from Backend`: activate this selection to allow users" " to check in and out directly from the Odoo database. If this is not " "activated, users must use a kiosk to check in and out of work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 msgid "Kiosk settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:88 msgid "" "This section only needs to be configured if employees use kiosks for " "checking in and out. If kiosks are **not** being used, modifying any of " "these fields does **not** adversely affect the *Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode Source`: this setting appears **only** if either of the " "two Barcode/RFID selections were configured for the :ref:`Kiosk Mode " @@ -1322,7 +1311,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Front Camera`, or :guilabel:`Back Camera`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:96 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification`: activate this option if employees " "should use a unique PIN to check in. PINs are configured on each individual " @@ -1330,14 +1319,14 @@ msgid "" "documentation for more information on setting up PINs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Time`: set the duration (in seconds) the check in and " "check out confirmation screen remains on the kiosk before going back to the " "main check in screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:101 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendance Kiosk Url`: Odoo generates a unique web address (URL) " "to use a device as a kiosk without having to sign in to the Odoo database. " @@ -1345,7 +1334,7 @@ msgid "" " browser to present the Attendances application kiosk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 msgid "" "These kiosk URLs are **not** secured with any type of access code. Anyone " "who has the URL can access the Attendances application kiosk. If the URL is " @@ -1354,17 +1343,17 @@ msgid "" "generate a new URL and update the kiosk accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:112 msgid "Extra hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:114 msgid "" "This section specifies how extra time is calculated, including when extra " "time is counted and what time is not logged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count of Extra Hours`: enable this box to allow employees to log " "extra hours beyond their set working hours (sometimes referred to as " @@ -1372,14 +1361,14 @@ msgid "" "well. If this is not activated, no other configurations appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start From`: the current date is automatically entered in this " "field. If desired, click on this field and use the calendar selector to " "modify the start date on which extra hours are logged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Company`: enter the amount of time, in" " minutes, that is **not** counted towards an employee's overtime. When an " @@ -1387,7 +1376,7 @@ msgid "" "minutes, the extra time is **not** counted as overtime for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Employee`: enter the amount of time, " "in minutes, that an employee is given, that does **not** adversely affect " @@ -1397,33 +1386,33 @@ msgid "" "they are **not** penalized for their reduced hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 msgid "" "A company sets both of the :guilabel:`Tolerance` fields to `15` minutes, and" " the working hours for the entire company are set from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:138 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:00 AM, and checks out at 5:14 PM, the extra 14" " minutes are **not** counted towards their overtime." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:141 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:05 AM, and checks out at 4:55 PM, even though " "they logged a total of 10 minutes less than their full working hours, they " "are **not** penalized for this discrepancy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Extra Hours`: activate this box to display the extra " "hours logged by an employee when they check out with a kiosk, or when a user" " checks out in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:149 msgid "" "Employees are still able to log overtime hours even if the :guilabel:`Count " "of Extra Hours` option is not activated. The difference is that when " @@ -1432,177 +1421,41 @@ msgid "" "hours>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:164 -msgid "Check in and out via the database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users who are logged into the " -"database to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " -"application, or use a kiosk. For some smaller companies, where every " -"employee is also a user, this feature may be useful." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:170 -msgid "" -"A user can check in and out on the main database dashboard, as well as in " -"any application. In the upper right corner of the top main menu, which is " -"always visible regardless of what application the user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴" -" (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is visible. Click on the " -"colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, enabling the user to check " -"in and/or out." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:180 -msgid "Check in" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:182 -msgid "" -"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " -"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` and the " -"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:190 -msgid "" -"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 -msgid "" -"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " -"their computer to access their location information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:197 -msgid "" -"If the user has not checked in and out already during the current work day, " -"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " -"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" -" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " -"appears beneath that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:202 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to check in. The :guilabel:`🔴 (red " -"circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget changes appearance" -" as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has checked in, by " -"changing the green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to a yellow " -":guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:207 -msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:210 -msgid "Check out" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:212 -msgid "" -"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " -"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" -" populating the time field. Beneath that line, :guilabel:`HH:MM` is " -"displayed, indicating the hours and minutes that have elapsed since checking" -" in. As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes " -"that have passed since the user checked in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:218 -msgid "" -"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " -"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears in addition to " -"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The time displayed in both of " -"these fields are populated with the most recent check in time, and will " -"match. Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously " -"logged hours are displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 -msgid "" -"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " -"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " -"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that will " -"be logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:228 -msgid "" -"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " -":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button. The attendance widget updates again," -" displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the logged time, and the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check " -"in ➡️` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " -"user allows their computer to access this information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:242 -msgid "" -"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " -"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " -"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" -" appears on the dashboard, including check ins and check outs with no time " -"value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:157 msgid "Kiosk mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:159 msgid "" "Some companies may opt to use a dedicated device (a laptop or desktop PC, a " "tablet, or a mobile phone) for employees to check in and check out from. " "Kiosk mode is used for these scenarios." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:163 msgid "" "If users check in and out using either a badge or an RFID, then an " "accessible device in kiosk mode **must** be available to check in and check " "out using these two methods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 msgid "" "Entering kiosk mode is only available for users with specific :ref:`access " "rights `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:169 msgid "Kiosk mode can be activated in three different ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:171 msgid "" "Navigate to the :guilabel:`Attendances` application, and click " ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode` in the top menu. The device then enters kiosk mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:173 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click on the link in the " @@ -1610,7 +1463,7 @@ msgid "" " recommended to close the database tab to keep the database secure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:177 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click :guilabel:`Copy` next to " @@ -1624,7 +1477,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:186 msgid "" "As a security measure, once a device is in kiosk mode, it is not possible to" " exit kiosk mode and go back into the database without signing back in. To " @@ -1633,11 +1486,11 @@ msgid "" "an extra layer of security, preventing anyone from accessing the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:192 msgid "Badge" msgstr "Odznaka" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 msgid "" "To check in or out using a badge, tap the :guilabel:`📷 (camera) Tap to scan`" " image in the center of the kiosk. Then, scan the barcode on the badge using" @@ -1653,11 +1506,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Attendances Kiosk view displaying the scan badge image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:206 msgid "RFID" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:208 msgid "" "To check in or out using an RFID key fob, simply scan the fob with an RFID " "reader. Once scanned, the employee is then either checked in or checked out," @@ -1665,11 +1518,11 @@ msgid "" "all the check in or check out information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:213 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Ręcznie" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:215 msgid "" "Users who do not have a scannable badge or an RFID fob can manually check in" " and out at a kiosk. Tap the :guilabel:`Identify Manually` button on the " @@ -1679,20 +1532,20 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`confirmation message ` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:221 msgid "" "When a large number of employees appear in the list, making scrolling " "inefficient, there are two ways to quickly find a specific person:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Search...`: tap on the :guilabel:`Search...` field and enter the " "person's name. As the name is typed in, the matching results are displayed " "on the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: to quickly filter the presented employees, tap on a " "department to display only those employees that are part of that department." @@ -1701,11 +1554,11 @@ msgid "" "part of the department, and is displayed when selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:232 msgid "PIN" msgstr "PIN" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:234 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification` option was activated in the " ":ref:`kiosk settings ` section of the " @@ -1713,7 +1566,7 @@ msgid "" "checking in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:238 msgid "" "After the employee is selected, a number pad appears with a message. When " "checking in, :guilabel:`(Employee) Welcome! Please enter your PIN to check " @@ -1722,7 +1575,7 @@ msgid "" "numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:243 msgid "" "Tap in the PIN using the number pad, then tap :guilabel:`OK` when done. The " "employee is then checked in or out, and a :ref:`confirmation message " @@ -1733,11 +1586,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pop-up that appears when prompted to enter a pin." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:253 msgid "Confirmation message" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:255 msgid "" "When an employee checks in or out, a confirmation message appears with all " "the check in or check out information. When checking in, a welcome message " @@ -1749,7 +1602,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 msgid "" "When checking out, the screen displays a goodbye message, with the date and " "time of check out, and the total hours logged for the day. Beneath the " @@ -1761,12 +1614,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The goodbye message with all the employee's check out information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:681 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Przegląd" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:273 msgid "" "When entering the *Attendances* application, the :guilabel:`Overview` " "dashboard is presented, containing all the check in and check out " @@ -1777,11 +1630,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:280 msgid "Views" msgstr "Widoki" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:282 msgid "" "To change the view from the default Gantt chart to a list view, click the " ":guilabel:`List` icon in the top right of the dashboard, beneath the user's " @@ -1789,7 +1642,7 @@ msgid "" "button, located next to the :guilabel:`List` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:286 msgid "" "The default view presents the current day's information. To present the " "information for the :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or " @@ -1803,7 +1656,7 @@ msgid "" "dashboard, presenting information containing the current day's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:295 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Day` view, the column for the current hour is highlighted " "in yellow. If the :guilabel:`Week` or :guilabel:`Month` view is selected, " @@ -1817,7 +1670,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:304 msgid "" "Any entries that have errors appear in red, indicating they need to be " "resolved by a user with the proper :ref:`access rights ` that need to be resolved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this filter has a drop-down to further select a " "specific time period. Select the desired time period from the options " "presented, a specific month, quarter, or year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Last 7 days`: this filter presents the attendance data for the " "last seven days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:332 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`: create a custom filter using the pop-up that " "appears when this is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 msgid "Groups" msgstr "Grupy" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:338 msgid "The default groups that can be selected are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:340 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing the" " following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -1908,13 +1761,13 @@ msgid "" " period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:344 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee`: this group presents the attendance data organized by " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:345 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing " "the following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -1923,7 +1776,7 @@ msgid "" "time period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:349 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`: this option displays a drop-down menu with a " "variety of options to group the attendance data by, including " @@ -1931,53 +1784,53 @@ msgid "" "Address`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:356 msgid "Attendance log details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:358 msgid "" "Odoo captures various time and location details when a user checks in and " "out. The specific details provided are determined by the method the user " "checked in and out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:361 msgid "" "To view the specific check in and/or check out details for an employee, " "click on an individual entry in the overview dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 msgid "" "A detailed attendance log for the user appears in a pop-up window. To close " "the detailed attendance log, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` button in " "the bottom-left corner of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:367 msgid "The detailed attendance log contains the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:370 msgid "Main details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:372 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the name of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 msgid ":guilabel:`Check In`: the date and time the employee checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:374 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: the date and time the employee checked out. This only" " appears if the employee has checked out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:376 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Worked Hours`: the total amount of time the employee logged for " "the day, in an hour and minute format (HH:MM). This value calculates all the" @@ -1985,23 +1838,23 @@ msgid "" "multiple times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Extra Hours`: any extra hours the employee logged that is beyond " "their expected working hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:383 msgid "Check in/check out details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:385 msgid "" "The following information appears for both the :guilabel:`Check In` and " ":guilabel:`Check Out` sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: the method with which the attendance information was " "gathered. :guilabel:`Systray` is displayed if the employee logged in and out" @@ -2010,24 +1863,24 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`using an attendance kiosk `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:392 msgid "" ":guilabel:`IP Address`: the IP address for the computer the employee used to" " log in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:393 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browser`: the web browser the employee used to log in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:394 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Localization`: the city and country associated with the " "computer's IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:395 msgid "" ":guilabel:`GPS Coordinates`: the specific coordinates when the user logged " "in or out. To view the specific coordinates on a map, click the :guilabel:`→" @@ -2039,26 +1892,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The detailed information for an attendance entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:405 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:84 msgid "Errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:407 msgid "" "Entries that contain an error appear on the overview dashboard in red. In " "the :guilabel:`Gantt view`, the entry appears with a red background. If in " "the :guilabel:`List view`, the entry text appears in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:411 msgid "" "An error typically occurs when an employee has checked in but has not " "checked out within the last 24 hours, or when an employee has a check in and" " check out period spanning over 16 hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:414 msgid "" "To fix the error, the attendance entry must be modified or deleted. Click on" " the entry to reveal a pop-up containing the details for that particular " @@ -2075,27 +1928,27 @@ msgid "" "selector is shown, and the time selector is highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:426 msgid "" "When all the information on the pop-up is correct, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close`. When the entry no longer has an error, the entry appears in gray " "instead of red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 msgid "" "To delete an entry, click :guilabel:`Remove` on the pop-up instead of making" " modifications to the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:435 msgid "" "To view attendance reports, click :guilabel:`Reporting` in the top menu. The" " default report displays each employee's attendance information for the past" " 3 months, in a :guilabel:`Line Chart`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 msgid "" "The default view is a :guilabel:`Graph`. To view the data in a pivot table, " "click the :guilabel:`Pivot Table` button on the top right of the report. To " @@ -2103,14 +1956,14 @@ msgid "" "next to the :guilabel:`Pivot Table` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 msgid "" "To present different information, adjust the :ref:`filters and groups " "` in the same way as in the :guilabel:`Overview`" " dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:445 msgid "" "The data can be presented in either a :guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line" " Chart`, :guilabel:`Pie Chart`, :guilabel:`Stacked` chart, or in " @@ -2119,13 +1972,13 @@ msgid "" "chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 msgid "" "To change the :guilabel:`Measures`, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button " "and select the desired measure from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:452 msgid "" "The report can also be inserted into a spreadsheet. Click the " ":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button and a pop-up appears. Select the " @@ -2137,6 +1990,151 @@ msgid "" "The default report view, with all the optional view buttons highlighted." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/check_in_check_out`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:461 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/hardware`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:3 +msgid "Check in and out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users, who are logged into the " +"database, to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " +"application, or use a kiosk. For smaller companies, where every employee is " +"also a user, this feature may be useful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A user can check in and/or out on the main database Odoo dashboard, or while" +" inside any application. To do so, in the upper-right corner of the top main" +" header menu, which is always visible regardless of what application the " +"user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is " +"visible. Click on the colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, " +"enabling the user to check in and/or out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:22 +msgid "Check in" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " +"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)`, and the " +"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in` " +":icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " +"their computer to access their location information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If the user has not already checked in and out during the current work day, " +"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " +"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" +" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " +"appears in that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button to check in. The " +":guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget " +"changes appearance, as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has" +" checked in, by changing the green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` " +"button to a yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:49 +msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:148 +msgid "Check out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " +"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" +" populating the time field. Beneath that line, the hours and minutes that " +"have elapsed since checking in are displayed in a :guilabel:`HH:MM` format. " +"As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes that " +"have passed since the user checked in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " +"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears, in addition to " +"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The times displayed in both of " +"these fields match, and are populated with the most recent check in time. " +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously logged " +"time is displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " +"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " +"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that is " +"logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:70 +msgid "" +"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " +":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " +"yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button. The attendance " +"widget updates again, displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the " +"logged time, while the yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` " +"button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " +"user allows their computer to access this information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:85 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " +"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " +"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" +" appears on the main *Attendances* dashboard, including check ins and check " +"outs with no time value." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Hardware" msgstr "" @@ -2239,6 +2237,305 @@ msgid "" "departments." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:3 +msgid "Departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"All employees in the *Employees* app fall under specific departments within " +"a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:8 +msgid "Create new departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To make a new department, navigate to :menuselection:`Employees app --> " +"Departments`, then click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left to reveal a blank " +"department form. Fill out the following information on the department form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The department for with all fields filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:18 +msgid ":guilabel:`Department Name`: enter a name for the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: using the drop-down menu, select the department " +"manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Parent Department`: if the new department is housed within " +"another department (has a parent department), select the parent department " +"using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates`: if employees in this department " +"require a specific appraisal form that is different from the default " +"appraisal form, tick the checkbox. If this option is activated, an " +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab appears below the form. This field " +"**only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " +"department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Survey`: using the drop-down menu, select the default " +"survey to use for the department when requesting feedback from employees. " +"This field **only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed, **and** " +"the *360 Feedback* option is enabled in the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the department. Click the default " +"white color box to display all the color options. Click on a color to select" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab: this tab **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates` options is activated on the form. " +"Make any desired edits to the appraisal form. The appraisal form is used for" +" appraisals for all employees within this department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:36 +msgid "" +"After the form is completed, click the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon to manually save the changes. When saved, a " +":guilabel:`Department Organization` chart appears in the top-right of the " +"department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The form auto-saves while data is entered, however the :guilabel:`Department" +" Organization` chart does **not** appear until the form is manually saved. " +"If the form is not saved, the :guilabel:`Department Organization` chart is " +"visible upon opening the department card from the :guilabel:`Departments` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:47 +msgid "Refer to the :doc:`../appraisals` documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:50 +msgid "Departments dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured departments, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Departments`. All departments appear in a " +"Kanban view, by default, and are listed in alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The departments dashboard view with all the department cards in a Kanban " +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:175 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each department has its own Kanban card on the main :guilabel:`Departments` " +":icon:`oi-view-kanban` :guilabel:`(Kanban)` dashboard view, that can display" +" the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:66 +msgid "Department name: the name of the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:67 +msgid "Company: the company the department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employees`: the number of employees within the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisals`: the number of appraisals scheduled for employees in " +"the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Requests`: the number of unapproved time off requests " +"for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval ` . This **only** appears if there are requests to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allocation Requests`: the number of unapproved allocation " +"requests for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval " +"`. This **only** appears if there are requests " +"to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Applicants`: the number of :ref:`new applicants " +"` for a position in this department. This **only** appears " +"if there are new applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expense Reports`: the number of employees in the department with " +":ref:`open expense reports to approve `. This **only** " +"appears if there are any expense reports waiting for approval." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Absence`: the number of absences for the current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Color bar: the selected color for the department appears as a vertical bar " +"on the left side of the department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click on an alert in a department card, such as :guilabel:`Time Off " +"Requests`, to reveal a list view of the requests to approve. This list " +"includes **all** open requests to approve, not just from the specific " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The default view for the :guilabel:`Departments` dashboard is a Kanban view." +" It is possible to view the departments in two other forms: a list view and " +"a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Widok listy" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a list view, click the :icon:`fa-align-justify` " +":guilabel:`(list)` icon in the top-right corner. The departments appear in a" +" list view, which displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Employees`, " +":guilabel:`Parent Department`, and :guilabel:`Color` for each department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The departments are sorted alphabetically by :guilabel:`Department Name`, by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The departments presented in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When in list view, departments can be managed in batch by selecting one or " +"multiple record's checkbox, then select the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Actions` button to reveal a drop-down menu of actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:113 +msgid "Hierarchy view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a hierarchy view, click the :icon:`fa-share-alt " +"fa-rotate-90` :guilabel:`(hierarchy)` icon in the top-right corner. The " +"departments appear in an organizational chart format, with the highest-level" +" department at the top (typically :guilabel:`Management`), and all other " +"departments beneath it. All child departments of the first-level child " +"departments are folded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Each department card displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, the " +":guilabel:`Manager` (and their profile image), the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Employees` in the department, and the ability to expand the department " +"(:guilabel:`Unfold`) if there are child departments beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Unfold` button on a department card to expand it. Once " +"expanded, the :guilabel:`Unfold` button changes to a :guilabel:`Fold` " +"button. To collapse the department, click the :guilabel:`Fold` button. Only " +"**one** department *per row* can be unfolded at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Click anywhere on a department card to open the department form. Click the " +":guilabel:`(#) Employees` smart button to view a list of all the employees " +"in that department, including all employees in the child departments beneath" +" it, organized by individual department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In the hierarchy view, if the :guilabel:`(2) Employees` button on the " +":guilabel:`Management` card is clicked (the highest-level department card), " +"**all** employees appear in a list view, grouped by department. This is " +"because **all** departments are children of the :guilabel:`Management` " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`(3) Employees` button in the :guilabel:`Sales` department " +"card is clicked, the employees from the :guilabel:`Sales` department, as " +"well as its two child departments (:guilabel:`East Coast Territory` and " +":guilabel:`West Coat Territory`), appear in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "The departments presented in a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list view of employees for the department that was clicked, including all child\n" +"departments." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 msgid "New employees" msgstr "" @@ -2313,7 +2610,6 @@ msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:736 msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "" @@ -2434,7 +2730,8 @@ msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:869 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "Życiorys" @@ -3673,7 +3970,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:398 msgid "Salary" msgstr "Wynagrodzenie" @@ -5038,10 +5335,6 @@ msgid "" "different ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 -msgid "List view" -msgstr "Widok listy" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:304 msgid "" "The default view of the service records is a list view. This presents all " @@ -5089,11 +5382,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The form automatically saves as data is entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 -msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:331 msgid "" "To view services by their stage, click the :guilabel:`Kanban` button, which " @@ -5179,11 +5467,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:380 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:230 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:889 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:894 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "" @@ -5454,11 +5742,11 @@ msgid "" " pop-up windows close, and the activity now appears on the activity view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 msgid "Frontdesk" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:7 msgid "" "The Odoo *Frontdesk* application provides a way for visitors to check in to " "a building or location, and alert the person they are meeting about their " @@ -5466,24 +5754,24 @@ msgid "" "brought to them, while they wait." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:11 msgid "" "This application is ideal for businesses that do **not** have someone " "working at a reception desk, locations **without** a designated waiting area" " available to guests and visitors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:17 msgid "" "The first item to configure with the *Frontdesk* application is the station," " followed by any drink selections that might optionally be offered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 msgid "Stations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:23 msgid "" "In Odoo's *Frontdesk* application, a *Station* can be thought of as any " "location where someone can sign in and wait for an employee. This is " @@ -5491,35 +5779,35 @@ msgid "" "kiosk where visitors check in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:27 msgid "" "When setting up the *Frontdesk* application, a minimum of one station " "**must** be configured, but there is no limit to how many stations can be " "created and configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:30 msgid "" "To create a station, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Stations`, and click :guilabel:`New`. When clicked, a " "blank frontdesk form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Name`: enter a name for the specific frontdesk " "location. This should be short and easily identifiable, such as `Reception " "Desk` or `Main Lobby`. This field is required in order to create a station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:38 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsibles`: select the person (or persons) who are alerted " "when a visitor checks in using this specific frontdesk. Multiple selections " "can be entered. This field is required in order to create a station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk URL`: this field auto-populates once the frontdesk form is " "saved, with at least the :guilabel:`Frontdesk Name` and " @@ -5527,46 +5815,45 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`(cloud with upward arrow)` icon, located at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:45 msgid "" "Once saved, a URL is generated in the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` field. This URL " "is one way the frontdesk kiosk is accessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:48 msgid "" "To access the kiosk, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at the end of the " "URL, and navigate to that URL in a web browser. This URL opens that specific" " station's frontdesk sign-in page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:52 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a frontdesk form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera" " with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:166 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:184 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to open a file explorer, navigate " "to the desired image/photo file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:58 msgid "" "The image selected for the station photo appears as the background image for" " the station kiosk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:61 msgid "Options tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Host Selection`: if the visitor is attending a meeting, this " "option allows the visitor to select the meeting host from a presented list, " @@ -5574,35 +5861,35 @@ msgid "" "detailed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Authenticate Guest`: if additional information is required when a" " guest checks in, enable this option, and select which of the following are " "required:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: select whether the guest's email address is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Phone`: select whether the guest's phone number is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Organization`: select whether the guest's organization is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Theme`: select the color mode of the kiosk. Choose either " ":guilabel:`Light` or :guilabel:`Dark`. The :guilabel:`Light` selection " @@ -5610,7 +5897,7 @@ msgid "" "selection displays a dark gray and black background." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Self Check-In`: enable this option to present a check-in QR code " "on the kiosk. The QR code allows guests to check in using their mobile " @@ -5618,7 +5905,7 @@ msgid "" "kiosk with multiple guests checking in at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Offer Drinks`: enable this option to offer guests a drink upon " "check in. If this option is enabled, it is necessary to :ref:`configure the " @@ -5627,13 +5914,13 @@ msgid "" " are configured, select each drink to be offered using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:90 msgid "" "The following options are only visible in the :guilabel:`Options` tab if the" " :ref:`Host Selection ` option is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by email`: enable this option to have an email sent to the" " person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -5641,20 +5928,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Email Template` selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:97 msgid "" "To change the default email template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`Email Template` field, then select another email template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any edits to the " "template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:102 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by SMS`: enable this option to have an SMS (text) message " "sent to the person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -5662,13 +5949,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk SMS Template` selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:106 msgid "" "To change the default SMS template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`SMS Template` field, and select another SMS template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:109 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any desired edits to the" @@ -5676,7 +5963,7 @@ msgid "" "characters, which fits in 4 SMS (UNICODE) messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by Discuss`: this option is enabled by default when the " ":guilabel:`Host Selection` option is enabled. This option opens a *Discuss* " @@ -5684,28 +5971,28 @@ msgid "" "in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:116 msgid "" "When enabled, a default message appears for the person the guest is " "visiting. The *Discuss* application **must** be installed in order for this " "option to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:120 msgid "" "*Discuss* is installed by default when creating an Odoo database, and does " "not count towards billing. As long as the *Discuss* application is not " "intentionally uninstalled, the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option works." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:125 msgid "" "The default message format for the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option is: " "`(Frontdesk Station) Check-In: (Guest Name) (Guest Phone Number) " "(Organization) to meet (Name of employee).`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:128 msgid "" "An example of how that might appear in a *Discuss* message is: `Main Lobby " "Check-In: John Doe (123-555-1234) (Odoo, Inc.) to meet Marc Demo.`" @@ -5715,11 +6002,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Frontdesk station form with all the information filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 msgid "Side Message tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:138 msgid "" "Enter any desired text to appear on the station kiosk after a guest has " "checked in, such as a welcome greeting or any necessary instructions. The " @@ -5727,11 +6014,12 @@ msgid "" " a guest has completed the check-in process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:112 msgid "Drinks" msgstr "Napoje" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:147 msgid "" "After a station is created, the next step is to configure the drinks to " "offer visitors, if desired. This step is **not** necessary or required for " @@ -5739,31 +6027,31 @@ msgid "" "drinks are offered to guests." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:151 msgid "" "To add a drink option, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Drinks`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a " "blank drink form to configure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 msgid "Enter the following information on the drink form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Drink Name`: type the name of the drink option in this field. " "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 msgid "" ":guilabel:`People to Notify`: use the drop-down menu in this field to select" " who is notified when the drink is selected. Multiple people can be entered " "in this field. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:159 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a numerical value in this field to indicate " "where in the list of drink options this specific option appears. The lower " @@ -5772,16 +6060,16 @@ msgid "" "first in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:163 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:181 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a drink form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera " "with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:169 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:187 msgid "" "The image selected now appears in the picture field, and is set as the image" " for the drink." @@ -5791,156 +6079,237 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Drink form with the information filled out for an espresso." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:178 msgid "Station dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:192 +msgid "Kiosk setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " +"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " +"tablet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:197 +msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " +":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" +" a new browser tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " +"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" +" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " +"browser tab or window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " +"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " +"accessing the database when checking-in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" +" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " +":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " +"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " +"requests were made for each drink." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:220 +msgid "" +"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " +"other metrics, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`frontdesk/visitors`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:3 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "Odwiedzający" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:5 msgid "" -"To access a complete list of visitors that are currently checked in, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +"In the Odoo *Frontdesk* application, a *visitor* is defined as any non-" +"employee (e.g., repair person, job candidate, etc.). These visitors can be " +"logged upon arrival and departure for security purposes. This ensures an " +"accurate list of people on the premises." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:196 -msgid "" -"The visitors are listed in a list view, with the following details that were" -" entered when they checked in:" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:12 +msgid "Visitor list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To access a complete list of checked-in visitors, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:18 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Planned or Checked-In` and :guilabel:`Today` " "filters appear in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:21 +msgid "" +"All visitors are presented in a list view, with the following details that " +"were entered upon check in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:24 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the guest's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:25 msgid ":guilabel:`Visitor Company`: the company the guest represents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: the guest's phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 -msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`: the drink the guest requested." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`\\*: the drink the guest requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:28 msgid ":guilabel:`Host`: who the guest is waiting to see." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:29 msgid ":guilabel:`CheckIn`: the date and time the guest checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Checkout`: the date and time the guest checked out. As mentioned," -" in the default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " +":guilabel:`Checkout`\\*: the date and time the guest checked out. In the " +"default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " ":guilabel:`Planned` status are visible. Guests with check-out times are only" " visible if the :guilabel:`Today` filter is not active." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duration`: the amount of time the guest has been checked in for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`Station`: the location of where the guest checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: the status of the guest. The options are " ":guilabel:`Checked-In`, :guilabel:`Planned`, :guilabel:`Checked-Out`, or " -":guilabel:`Canceled`. In the default view, only guests with a " -":guilabel:`Checked-In` or :guilabel:`Planned` status are visible." +":guilabel:`Canceled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: the guest's email address." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`\\*: the guest's email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:39 msgid "" -"To the far right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page is " -"an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +"\\* These fields are not visible in the default :guilabel:`Visitor` list. " +"These must be enabled using the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` " +":guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon in the top-right of the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To the far-right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page, " +"there is an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:46 msgid "" "When a guest leaves, click the available :guilabel:`Check out` button to " "update the guest's record, and log the date and time they left." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:49 msgid "" "If a scheduled guest arrives, and they did not check in using the " "*Frontdesk* kiosk, they can be checked in here, by clicking the available " ":guilabel:`Check in` button to log the date and time they arrived." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:53 msgid "" -"Beside the untitled status column a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button appears," -" but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." +"Beside the untitled status column, a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " +"appears, but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:56 msgid "" "When their drink has been served, click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " "to indicate the drink has been delivered to the guest. Once clicked, that " "button disappears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst-1 msgid "" "The full list of currently checked in visitors, with the drinks to be served" " highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:63 msgid "" "If any column is not visible, or if a visible column is preferred to be " -"hidden, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options (two horizontal lines with " -"dots)` icon, located at the end of the column name list." +"hidden, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(additional " +"options)` icon, located at the end of the column name list. Doing so, " +"reveals a reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or disable. A" +" :icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`(check)` icon indicates the column is visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Clicking that reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or " -"disable. A :guilabel:`✅ (checkmark)` icon indicates the column is visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:69 msgid "Planned visitors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:71 msgid "" -"If a guest is expected to arrive at a future date and time, it is possible " -"to enter their information into the *Frontdesk* application in advance." +"Enter expected guest information in advance by creating a planned guest in " +"the *Frontdesk* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:73 msgid "" "To create a planned guest, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Visitors --> New`. Then, enter the same information as any other " -":ref:`visitor `. The only required fields are the " -"visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the :guilabel:`Station` at which they are " -"expected to arrive." +"Visitors`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, enter the same information as " +"any other :ref:`visitor ` on the guest form that appears. " +"The only required fields are the visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Station` at which they are expected to arrive." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:79 msgid "" "If a guest is planned in advance, they must be checked in from the list on " "the :guilabel:`Visitors` page in the *Frontdesk* application " @@ -5949,96 +6318,71 @@ msgid "" " entry remains listed as :guilabel:`Planned`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:84 msgid "" -"Only when a planned guest is checked in inside the application's visitor " -"list, their :guilabel:`Planned` status changes to :guilabel:`Checked-In`." +"The :guilabel:`Planned` status of a planned guest **only** changes to " +":guilabel:`Checked-In` when they are checked in *inside* the application's " +":guilabel:`Visitors` list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:87 msgid "" "If a guest does check in using a kiosk, ensure all records are current, and " -"the list of currently on-site guests is correct. Be sure to check in and/or " -"check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly reflects who " -"is currently on the premises." +"the list of guests that are currently on-site is correct. Be sure to check " +"in and/or check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly " +"reflects who is currently on the premises." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:91 msgid "" "Ensure planned guests are informed that they should **not** check in using " "the kiosk if they are listed as a planned guest in advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:274 -msgid "Frontdesk flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " -"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " -"tablet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:279 -msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:281 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " -":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" -" a new browser tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:283 -msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " -"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" -" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " -"browser tab or window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:288 -msgid "" -"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " -"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " -"accessing the database when checking-in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:95 msgid "Visitor flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:294 -msgid "" -"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a frontdesk kiosk, and " -"enter their information. The information requested is what was configured " -"for that specific frontdesk station. If any information is required, the " -"field displays a red asterisk (*). The visitor must enter the required " -"information in order to check in." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:98 +msgid "Visitor check in" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a :ref:`Frontdesk kiosk " +"`, and click :guilabel:`Check in`. The information " +"requested from the visitor is what was configured for that specific " +"*Frontdesk* station. If any information is required, the field displays a " +"red asterisk (\\*). The visitor **must** enter the required information in " +"order to check in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:105 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, the visitor taps the :guilabel:`Check " "In` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:108 msgid "" -"If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check " -"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: `Do " -"you want something to drink?`" +"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," +" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check " +"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: " +":guilabel:`Do you want something to drink?`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:117 msgid "" "The visitor can tap either :guilabel:`Yes, please`, or :guilabel:`No, thank " "you`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:119 msgid "" "If they select :guilabel:`Yes, please`, a drink selection screen appears, " "and the pre-configured options are listed. The visitor then taps the desired" @@ -6046,47 +6390,46 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Nothing, thanks` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:123 msgid "" -"If a drink selection was made, a `Thank you for registering! Your drink is " -"on the way.` message appears." +"If a drink selection was made, a :guilabel:`Thank you for registering! Your " +"drink is on the way.` message appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:313 -msgid "" -"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," -" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:127 +msgid "Notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:129 msgid "" "Once the visitor has checked in, the person they are visiting, and any other" -" users who were configured to be notified when checks ins occur at the " -"kiosk, are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a " -"*Discuss* chat, or any combination of those three options." +" users who were configured to be notified when check-ins occur at the kiosk," +" are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a *Discuss*" +" chat, or any combination of those three options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:133 msgid "" "If the visitor requested a drink, the user(s) configured as the " -":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified via the " -"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: `(Visitor Name) just " -"checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" +":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified, via the " +"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: :guilabel:`(Visitor " +"Name) just checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the drink has been delivered to the guest, the person who delivered the" " drink is responsible for marking the drink as delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:140 msgid "" "To mark a drink as delivered, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Stations --> (#) Drinks to serve` on the desired station card." +"Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#) " +"Drinks to serve`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:143 msgid "" "This opens a list of all the visitors checked in at that station, and are " "waiting for a drink. Click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button at the end of" @@ -6094,64 +6437,39 @@ msgid "" "their drink served, the visitor disappears from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:150 msgid "" "Once the visitor has completed their business, and has left the premises, it" " is important to check them out for accurate record keeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:153 msgid "" "To check visitors out properly, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app " -"--> Stations --> (#) On Site`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who" -" are currently checked-in at that station." +"--> Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#)" +" Drinks to serve`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who are " +"currently checked-in at that station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:157 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check Out` button near the end of the line for the " +"Click the :guilabel:`Check out` button near the end of the line for the " "visitor who left. Once they are marked as checked-out, the visitor " "disappears from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:161 msgid "" -"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important to" -" check out visitors for accurate record keeping." +"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important " +"for *Frontdesk* users to check out visitors for accurate record keeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:164 msgid "" "Always have an accurate list of who is on the premises at any given time. " "This is important for security purposes, and in the case of an emergency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:353 -msgid "" -"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " -"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:355 -msgid "" -"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" -" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " -":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:358 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " -"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " -"requests were made for each drink." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:361 -msgid "" -"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " -"other metrics, as well." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:5 msgid "Lunch" msgstr "Lunch" @@ -6659,7 +6977,7 @@ msgid "The category form, with the fields filled out for a Soup category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:280 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:701 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:392 msgid "Alerts" msgstr "Ostrzeżenia" @@ -7876,13 +8194,20 @@ msgid "" "the changes are also reflected in the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To access contract templates, the *Salary Configurator* " +"(`hr_contract_salary`) module **must** be :ref:`installed " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "To view all the current contract templates in the database, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Contracts: Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Contract Templates` page, all current contract templates " "appear in a list view. To view the details of a contract template, click " @@ -7891,40 +8216,40 @@ msgid "" "contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" "To create a new contract template, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Then, " "enter the following information on the blank contract template form that " "appears:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Reference`: enter a brief description for the template. " "This should be clear and easily understood, as this name appears in the " "*Recruitment* application, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: select the desired working schedule the " "contract applies to from the drop-down menu. If a new working schedule is " "needed, create a :ref:`new working schedule `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select how the work entries are generated. " "Choices are either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: work entries are generated based on the " "selected working schedule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "attendance, as they are logged in the *Attendances* application. Refer to " @@ -7932,56 +8257,56 @@ msgid "" "on checking in and out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Planning`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "planning in the *Planning* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select the :ref:`salary structure type " "` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the contract template applies " "to from the drop-down menu. If blank, the template applies to all " "departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Job Position`: select the :ref:`job position ` the contract template applies to from the drop-down menu. If " "blank, the template applies to all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 msgid ":guilabel:`Wage on Payroll`: enter the monthly wage in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Type`: select the type of contract from the drop-down " "menu. This list is the same as the :ref:`Employment Types " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: select the employee responsible for validating " "contracts, using this template, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`: select a default document that a" " new employee has to sign to accept an offer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template`: select a default document " "that a current employee has to sign to update their contract." @@ -7991,18 +8316,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new contract template form, with the fields filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 msgid "Salary information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or " ":guilabel:`Hourly Wage` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: using the drop-down menu, select how often the " "employee is paid. Options include :guilabel:`Annually`, :guilabel:`Semi-" @@ -8011,7 +8336,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Weekly`, or :guilabel:`Daily`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage`: enter the gross wage. The time period presented in this " "field is based on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Scheduled Pay` field. " @@ -8019,21 +8344,21 @@ msgid "" "*first*, since that entry updates this field automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:172 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)`: enter the total yearly cost the employee " "costs the employer. When this value is entered, the :guilabel:`Monthly Cost " "(Real)` is automatically updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Monthly Cost (Real)`: this field is **not** editable. The value " "is automatically populated after the :guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)` is " "entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:178 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Schedule Pay`, :guilabel:`Wage`, and :guilabel:`Yearly Cost " "(Real)` fields are all linked. If any of these fields are updated, the other" @@ -8046,60 +8371,60 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The salary information tab, with the fields filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 msgid "Pre-tax benefits and post-tax deductions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:190 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings set for the company, the entries " "presented in this section either vary, or may not appear at all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "For example, some entries may pertain to retirement accounts, health " "insurance benefits, and commuter benefits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:196 msgid "" "Enter the monetary amounts or percentages to specify how much of the " "employee's salary goes to the various benefits and/or deductions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "Employment types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:204 msgid "" "To view all the pre-configured employment types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll application --> Configuration --> Contracts: " "Employment Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:207 msgid "" "The employment types are presented in a list view on the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:209 msgid "" "The default employment types are :guilabel:`Permanent`, " ":guilabel:`Temporary`, :guilabel:`Seasonal`, :guilabel:`Interim`, " ":guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, and :guilabel:`Permanent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 msgid "" "To make a new employment type, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the " "upper-left corner, and a blank line appears at the bottom of the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:215 msgid "" "On this new blank line, enter the name of the employment type in the " ":guilabel:`Name` column. If the employment type is country-specific, select " @@ -8108,7 +8433,7 @@ msgid "" " specific country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:220 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the employment types, click the :guilabel:`six " "small gray boxes` icon to the left of the employment type :guilabel:`Name`, " @@ -8119,12 +8444,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The employment types in the database by default, in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -8132,15 +8457,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:238 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:241 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -8148,14 +8473,14 @@ msgid "" "automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work " "Entry Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:251 msgid "" "Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." @@ -8167,29 +8492,29 @@ msgid "" "code and color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 msgid "" "To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:730 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:43 msgid "General information section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: the name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:269 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: this code appears with the work entry type on " "timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " @@ -8197,7 +8522,7 @@ msgid "" "department for a code to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:272 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DMFA code`: this code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " "Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding :abbr:`DMFA (De " @@ -8208,50 +8533,50 @@ msgid "" "salaries paid to those employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 msgid "" ":guilabel:`External Code`: this code is used for exporting data to a third-" "party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used to determine " "the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: this code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " "payroll service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the particular work entry type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:285 msgid "Display in payslip section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rounding`: the rounding method selected determines how quantities" " on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: a timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:295 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -8261,11 +8586,11 @@ msgid "" "hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:301 msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: if the work entry is for work that " "is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " @@ -8274,39 +8599,39 @@ msgid "" " training, or volunteer work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:309 msgid "Valid for advantages section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: if the work entry should count towards a meal " "voucher, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:312 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: if the work entry should count towards " "representation fees, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: if the work entry should count " "towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:318 msgid "Time off options section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off`: check this box if the work entry type can be selected " "for a time off request, or entry, in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field " "appears. This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time" @@ -8314,14 +8639,14 @@ msgid "" "example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "A new type of time off can be entered in the field, if the listed types of " "time off in the drop-down menu do **not** display the type of time off " "needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: this is for Belgian-specific companies " "**only**, and does **not** appear for other localizations. Check this box if" @@ -8332,11 +8657,11 @@ msgid "" "year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:336 msgid "Reporting section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:338 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: if the work entry should be visible on the " "unforeseen absences report, check this box." @@ -8346,11 +8671,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:348 msgid "Working schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 msgid "" "To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " @@ -8358,21 +8683,21 @@ msgid "" "contracts and work entries are found in this list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 msgid "" "Working schedules are company-specific. Each company **must** identify each " "type of working schedule they use. If the database is created for only one " "company, the company column is not available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" "An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " "work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " "that uses the 40-hour standard work week." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "" "A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " "needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." @@ -8384,17 +8709,17 @@ msgid "" "the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "New working schedule" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:373 msgid "" "To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " "enter the information on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -8402,7 +8727,7 @@ msgid "" "times that apply to the new working time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:380 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -8411,16 +8736,16 @@ msgid "" "modified by typing in the time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:386 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:389 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top-left. This creates " "entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" @@ -8428,11 +8753,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New working schedule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:403 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -8442,7 +8767,7 @@ msgid "" "on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:411 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -8452,73 +8777,77 @@ msgid "" "structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:417 msgid "" "The different :guilabel:`Structure Types` can be seen by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure " -"Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary: Structure Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:420 msgid "" -"There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: " -":guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Worker`. Typically, :guilabel:`Employee`" -" is used for salaried employees, which is why the wage type is " -":guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is typically used for" -" employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +"Two default structure types are configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Employee` and" +" :guilabel:`Worker`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:422 +msgid "" +"Typically, :guilabel:`Employee` is used for salaried employees, which is why" +" the wage type is :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is " +"typically used for employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is " +":guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "New structure type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " "structure type form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 msgid "" "Proceed to enter information in the fields. Most fields are pre-populated, " "but all the fields can be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:441 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Structure Type`: enter the name for the new structure type, such " "as `Employee` or `Worker`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Country`: select the country that the new structure type applies " "to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:445 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select what type of wage the new structure type uses," " either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for salaried employees, who receive the same wage " "every pay period, select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:451 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for employees, who receive wages based on how many" " hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: select the typical pay schedule for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," @@ -8527,7 +8856,7 @@ msgid "" "indicates how often this specific type of structure is paid out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: select the default working hours for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " @@ -8538,13 +8867,13 @@ msgid "" "hours>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: type in the name for the regular pay " "structure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:463 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: select the default type of work entry " "the new structure type falls under from the drop-down menu. The default " @@ -8555,13 +8884,13 @@ msgid "" "Hours`, and :guilabel:`Long Term Time Off`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 msgid "" "To view all the options for the :guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`, click " "the :guilabel:`Search More..` button at the bottom of the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:472 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings, this list may contain more options " "in addition to the default options." @@ -8572,11 +8901,11 @@ msgid "" "New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 msgid "New default working hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:484 msgid "" "To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " "in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " @@ -8586,14 +8915,14 @@ msgid "" "time. When the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: type in the name for the new default working hours. This " "should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " "Hours/Week`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that can use these new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " @@ -8601,7 +8930,7 @@ msgid "" " to have their own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:495 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: the average hours per day field is auto-" "populated, based on the working hours configured in the :guilabel:`Working " @@ -8609,13 +8938,13 @@ msgid "" "hours affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:499 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Timezone`: select the time zone to be used for the new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:501 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: enter the number of hours per week an " "employee would need to work to be considered a full-time employee. " @@ -8624,7 +8953,7 @@ msgid "" "(full-time vs part-time)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:505 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Time Rate`: this percentage is auto-generated based on the " "entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" @@ -8634,7 +8963,7 @@ msgid "" "adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: this tab is where each day's specific working" " hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " @@ -8642,26 +8971,26 @@ msgid "" "with each day divided into three timed sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:513 msgid "" "Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening " "(13:00-17:00) hours configured, using a 24 hour time format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:516 msgid "" "To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field to adjust, and " "make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the specific case of " "the times, type in the desired time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:519 msgid "" "Keep in mind, working hours are company-specific, and cannot be shared " "between companies. Each company needs to have their own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "" "If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " "bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " @@ -8670,17 +8999,17 @@ msgid "" " be adjusted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 msgid "Structures" msgstr "Struktury" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:531 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -8688,13 +9017,13 @@ msgid "" "`Bonus`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:538 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:541 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " @@ -8705,7 +9034,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All available salary structures." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:548 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." @@ -8717,12 +9046,12 @@ msgid "" "Rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:551 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:556 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:261 msgid "Rules" msgstr "Reguły" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:558 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " "purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" @@ -8730,35 +9059,35 @@ msgid "" "the creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:562 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " "Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:565 msgid "" "To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " "the following information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 msgid "Top section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:571 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rule Name`: enter a name for the rule. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " "recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " @@ -8766,38 +9095,38 @@ msgid "" "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:577 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a number indicating when this rule is calculated" " in the sequence of all other rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:576 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Active`: enable this toggle, so the rule is available for use. " "Disable the toggle to hide the rule without deleting it in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:583 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appears on payslip`: tick the checkbox to have the rule appear on" " employee payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:584 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Employer Cost Dashboard`: tick the checkbox to have the " "rule appear on the :guilabel:`Employer Cost` report, located on the " "*Payroll* app dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:586 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Payroll Reporting`: tick the checkbox to have the rule " "appear on payroll reports." @@ -8807,15 +9136,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 msgid "General tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:597 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "Warunki" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:599 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: select from the drop-down menu whether the " "rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always applies), a :guilabel:`Range` " @@ -8824,11 +9153,11 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:600 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:605 msgid "Computation" msgstr "Obliczenia" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:607 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: select from the drop-down menu whether the amount " "is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a :guilabel:`Percentage (%)`, or a " @@ -8836,54 +9165,54 @@ msgid "" "percentage, or Python code needs to be entered next. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:613 msgid "Company contribution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:615 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partner`: if another company financially contributes to this " "rule, select the company from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:614 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:810 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 msgid "Description tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:621 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the rule. " "This tab only appears in the rule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:625 msgid "Accounting tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:627 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Debit Account`: select the debit account from the drop-down menu " "the rule affects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Credit Account`: select the credit account from the drop-down " "menu the rule affects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:624 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:629 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not computed in net accountability`: tick the checkbox to delete " "the value of this rule in the `Net Salary` rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:633 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:636 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " @@ -8892,11 +9221,11 @@ msgid "" "has matured to more markets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:642 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:644 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " @@ -8910,14 +9239,14 @@ msgid "" "a payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 msgid "" "To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " ":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " "applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:658 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" " :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " @@ -8929,11 +9258,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new Input Type form filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:664 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:669 msgid "Salary attachment types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:671 msgid "" "Salary attachments, also thought of as \"wage garnishments\", are portions " "of earnings taken out of a payslip for something specific. Much like all " @@ -8941,7 +9270,7 @@ msgid "" "**must** be defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:675 msgid "" "To view the currently configured salary attachments, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Salary " @@ -8950,7 +9279,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Child Support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:679 msgid "" "To make a new type of salary attachment, click the :guilabel:`New` button. " "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Code` (used in the salary " @@ -8962,11 +9291,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new salary attachment form filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " "section of the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary " @@ -8976,7 +9306,7 @@ msgid "" "their salary package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:695 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -8985,11 +9315,11 @@ msgid "" "sees, and what is populated, as the applicant enters information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:701 msgid "Benefits" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:703 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain benefits " "set in Odoo, in addition to the salary, to make an offer more appealing " @@ -8997,7 +9327,7 @@ msgid "" " or internet, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:707 msgid "" "To view the benefits, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary Package Configurator: Benefits`. Benefits are grouped by " @@ -9009,7 +9339,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list view of all the benefits available for each structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:716 msgid "" "A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " "another labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " @@ -9017,7 +9347,7 @@ msgid "" "structure type has a meal voucher benefit available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:720 msgid "" "A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use the " "company car benefit, but cannot have meal vouchers. A person hired under the" @@ -9025,29 +9355,29 @@ msgid "" "available to them, not the use of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:724 msgid "" "To make a new benefit, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " "information in the fields on the blank benefits form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:722 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 msgid "The various fields for creating a benefit are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:732 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefits`: enter the name for the benefit. This field is " "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:733 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "benefit this is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of cost " "incurred by the company for this specific benefit. The default options are " @@ -9058,7 +9388,7 @@ msgid "" "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:739 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Related Type`: select from the drop-down menu what type of " "benefit it is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -9067,52 +9397,52 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:738 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the specific field" " on the contract the benefit appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select the specific field on the contract that the " "cost of the benefit is linked to, using the drop-down menu. If this field is" " left blank, the cost of the benefit is not computed in the employee budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:748 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Net Salary`: tick the checkbox if the benefit should " "impact the employee's net salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requested Documents`: select any document that is required to be " "submitted for this benefit, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:752 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mandatory Benefits`: using the drop-down menu, select the benefit" " that is required in order for this specific benefit to be offered to the " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 msgid "" "For example, a benefit for car insurance would populate `Company Car` in " "this field. This would allow the car insurance benefit to **only** be " "displayed if the employee has selected/enabled the benefit of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:758 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this benefit applies to. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:760 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select the metric that the benefit is granted, " "using the drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " @@ -9123,17 +9453,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new benefit form filled out for an internet subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:768 msgid "Display section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:770 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show Name`: tick the checkbox to have the benefit name appear in " "the salary package configurator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:767 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: select from the drop-down menu how this benefit is" " displayed. The options are :guilabel:`Always Selected`, " @@ -9142,14 +9472,14 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 msgid "" "Depending on the selection made, additional configurations need to be made. " "For example, if :guilabel:`Radio Buttons` is selected, the individual radio " "buttons must be entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Icon`: an icon from the `Font Awesome 4 library " "`_ can be visible for this benefit. Enter" @@ -9157,43 +9487,43 @@ msgid "" "suitcase icon, the code `fa fa-suitcase` is entered on this line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hide Description`: tick the checkbox to hide the benefit " "description if the benefit is not selected by the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:784 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded`: if the benefit should be folded, or hidden, because it " "is dependant on another benefit selection, tick the checkbox. The following " "fields appear when this is active:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Label`: enter a name for the folded section of the benefit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:783 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:788 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Res Field`: select the contract field this benefit is tied " "to using the drop-down menu. If this field is selected on the contract, then" " this benefit becomes visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:792 msgid "Activity section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the activity type" " that is automatically created when this benefit is selected by the " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:796 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation`: select when the activity is created, either " "when the :guilabel:`Employee signs his contract`, or when the " @@ -9201,7 +9531,7 @@ msgid "" "desired selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:799 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation Type`: select the parameters for when the " "activity is created, either :guilabel:`When the benefit is set` or " @@ -9209,47 +9539,47 @@ msgid "" " desired selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:802 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Assigned to`: select the user the activity is automatically " "assigned to, using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:143 msgid "Sign section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:808 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Template to Sign`: if the employee is required to sign a document" " when selecting this benefit, select the document template from the drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:811 msgid "" "For example, a benefit regarding the use of a company car may require the " "employee to sign a document acknowledging the company's car policies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:812 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the benefit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:820 msgid "Personal info" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:822 msgid "" "Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " "candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " "information, resume, work information, and documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:826 msgid "" "The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " "section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " @@ -9257,17 +9587,17 @@ msgid "" "hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:825 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:830 msgid "" "To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " "dashboard, and click on the employee's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:829 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:834 msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:836 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Personal Info` section lists all of the fields that are " "available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " @@ -9281,25 +9611,25 @@ msgid "" "enter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:839 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 msgid "" "To edit a personal info entry, select an entry from the list on the " ":guilabel:`Personal Info` page, and modify the personal info on the form " "that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:842 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 msgid "To create a new personal info entry, click the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:849 msgid "" "The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " "are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " ":guilabel:`Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:852 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down menu. " ":guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the :guilabel:`Bank" @@ -9307,7 +9637,7 @@ msgid "" "account, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:851 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from the drop-down menu that best " "describes what kind of personal information this entry is, and where it is " @@ -9316,13 +9646,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address` or :guilabel:`Personal Documents`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:861 msgid "" "The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " "Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:859 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:864 msgid "" "Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required` box makes the field mandatory on the " "employee's card. The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the " @@ -9335,50 +9665,50 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:871 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:876 msgid "" "The resumé section, housed within the salary package configurator section of" " the settings menu, is how salary information rules are configured when " "offering a position to potential employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:879 msgid "" "When an offer is sent to a prospective employee, the values for the offer " "are computed from these settings, and appear on the offer page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:877 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:882 msgid "" "To configure this section, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator: Resumé`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:885 msgid "" "By default, there are three :guilabel:`Salary Structure Types` pre-" "configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Worker`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " ":guilabel:`None`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:888 msgid "" "Each :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` has several rules configured. These " "affect how an offer is calculated using that particular :guilabel:`Salary " "Structure Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:886 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " ":guilabel:`Contract Salary Resumé` form loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 msgid ":guilabel:`Information`: type in a name for this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:892 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:897 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select the category this value is housed under, using " "the drop-down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Monthly Salary`, " @@ -9386,11 +9716,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:901 msgid "New categories can be made if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, then enter the name for the new category " "in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, select the :guilabel:`Periodicity` from" @@ -9399,23 +9729,23 @@ msgid "" "appears in the :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` rule list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:908 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Monthly Total`: tick the checkbox if this value is added " "in the monthly total calculation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:911 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select what kind of value this rule is, either " ":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Days`, or :guilabel:`Percent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency` is for a set monetary value, :guilabel:`Days` is for " "compensation in the form of time off, and :guilabel:`Percent` is for a " @@ -9423,13 +9753,13 @@ msgid "" "commissions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:912 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select which :guilabel:`Salary Structure " "Type` this rule is nested under, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:919 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Value Type`: select how the value is computed, using the drop-" "down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Fixed Value`, " @@ -9437,7 +9767,7 @@ msgid "" "Benefits Values`, and :guilabel:`Monthly Total`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:922 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: select the code this rule applies to from the drop-down " "menu." @@ -9448,23 +9778,23 @@ msgid "" "The net wage rule form filled out, with all the information for net pay." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:929 msgid "Jobs" msgstr "Stanowiska" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:926 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:931 msgid "" "Since the *Payroll* application is responsible for paying employees for " "specific job positions, the complete list of job positions can be found in " "both the *Payroll* and *Recruitment* applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:937 #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:934 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:939 msgid "" "The job positions listed in the *Payroll* application are identical to the " "job positions listed in the *Recruitment* application. If a new job position" @@ -9472,13 +9802,13 @@ msgid "" "*Payroll* application, and vice versa." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:943 msgid "" "To view the job positions, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Jobs: Job Positions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:941 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:946 msgid "" "A list of all the job positions appear, along with the corresponding " "department, on the :guilabel:`Job Position` page." @@ -9488,38 +9818,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list of all the job positions and corresponding departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 msgid "" "To create a new job description, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a job " "form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:955 msgid "" "Enter the information on the form for the new position. The information is " "identical as to the information entered when creating a new job position in " "the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 msgid "" "Refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation for more details" " on how to fill out this form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:957 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:962 msgid ":doc:`payroll/contracts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:963 msgid ":doc:`payroll/payslips`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:959 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:964 msgid ":doc:`payroll/work_entries`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:965 msgid ":doc:`payroll/reporting`" msgstr "" @@ -12193,8 +12523,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " "steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" " step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," -" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " -"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +" conducting an interview, or sending a job offer, for example. This process " +"is referred to as the 'applicant flow.'" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 @@ -12227,18 +12557,245 @@ msgid "" "positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " "` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " "stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " -"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes are " "visible on all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:37 msgid "" -"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +"Before creating a job position in Odoo, configure the necessary settings for" +" the *Recruitment* app. To view and edit the settings, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Settings`. After any " +"changes are made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the top-left corner " +"to save all the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:43 +msgid "Job posting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Job Posting` section of the *Recruitment* app settings has " +"only one selection to make. If job positions are to be posted to the " +"company's website, enable the :guilabel:`Online Posting` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Online Posting` is only available if the *Website* " +"application is also installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:53 +msgid "Recruitment process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recruitment process` section of the settings page specifies " +"what the database can and cannot do during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:59 +msgid "Send interview survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Odoo is capable of having a survey sent to an applicant to gather more " +"information about them. Surveys can be thought of as exams, or " +"questionnaires, and can be customized in various ways to provide the " +"recruitment team with valuable insights into the applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option to send surveys to " +"applicants. Once enabled, an :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Interview " +"Survey` internal link appears. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`Interview Survey` link to navigate to a list of all created " +"surveys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:70 +msgid "" +"This list includes all surveys that were created in the database, not just " +"surveys used in the *Recruitment* app. If no surveys have been created, the " +"surveys list displays a :guilabel:`No Survey Found` message, and presents " +"options to create a survey from several pre-configured survey templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:76 +msgid "" +"For more detailed information about surveys, refer to the :doc:`survey " +"essentials <../marketing/surveys/create>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Enabling the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option will install the " +"*Surveys* application once the settings are saved, if it is not installed " +"already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:84 +msgid "Send SMS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:86 +msgid "" +"It is possible to send text messages to applicants directly through the " +"*Recruitment* app. To do so, enable the :guilabel:`Send SMS` option. This " +"option requires credits to use, which can be obtained by clicking the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` internal link that emerges " +"when the feature is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For more information, refer to the :doc:`SMS pricing and FAQs " +"<../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:98 +msgid "CV display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When applicants submit an application, one of the default required fields is" +" a resumé, or :abbr:`CV (curriculum vitae)`. All resumés are stored in the " +"*Documents* application, and are accessible on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:104 +msgid "" +"A resumé has the option to appear on the applicant's form, which can be " +"viewed by clicking on the applicant's card. The resumé appears on the right-" +"side of the screen. If this is not enabled, the resumé is accessed via a " +"link in the chatter, where it needs to be clicked to expand and view it, or " +"downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`CV Display` option to show the resumé on the " +"applicant's card by default, and in addition to the document link. When " +"enabled, the resumé appears on the right side of the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"For the resumé to appear on the right-side, the browser window must be in " +"full-screen mode (where the browser spans the entire screen)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the browser window is set to a size smaller than the entire width of the " +"screen (not full-screen), then the resumé does not appear on the right-side." +" Instead, the resumé appears in the :guilabel:`Files` section of the " +"chatter, below the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The resumé on an applicant's card, appearing on the right side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:128 +msgid "CV digitization (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:130 +msgid "" +"When an application is submitted using any of the available methods, such as" +" an online application submission, emailing a resume to the job position " +"alias, or creating an applicant record directly from the database, it is " +"possible to have Odoo extract the applicant's name, phone number, and email " +"address from the resumé and populate the applicant's form. To do so, enable " +"the :guilabel:`CV Digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:136 +msgid "" +"When enabled, additional options appear. Click on the corresponding radio " +"button to select one of the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not digitize`: this option turns off resumé digitization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize on demand only`: this option only digitizes resumes when" +" requested. A :guilabel:`Digitize document` buttons appears on applicant " +"cards. When clicked, the resumé is scanned and the applicant's card is " +"updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize automatically`: this option automatically digitizes all " +"resumés when they are submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Beneath these options are two additional links. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-" +"right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` button to purchase credits for CV " +"digitization. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`View My Services` " +"to view a list of all current services, and their remaining credit balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:151 +msgid "" +"For more information on document digitization and :abbr:`IAP's (in-app " +"purchases)`, refer to the :doc:`In-app purchase (IAP) " +"<../essentials/in_app_purchase>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:155 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option for :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)`" +" at first may seem like a redundancy. It seems to be the same as disabling " +"the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option is enabled, a module is " +"installed so that resumés can be scanned. Disabling this option would " +"uninstall the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If at some point, there is a desire to temporarily stop digitizing resumés, " +"the :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option is selected. The reason this option " +"is available is so that the module is not uninstalled, allowing for " +"digitization to be enabled in the future by selecting one of the other two " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"When sending an offer to an applicant, an expiration date can be set on the " +"offer. Enter the number of days an offer is valid for in the " +":guilabel:`days` field. After the set amount of days has passed, if the " +"applicant has not accepted the offer, the offer is no longer available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To access the Kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " ":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " "opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " -"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " -"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " -"job position." +"Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` smart button on a job position " +"card to navigate to the Kanban view for all the applicants for that " +"particular job position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12246,119 +12803,130 @@ msgid "" "Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:186 msgid "" -"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"Inside the job application, the Kanban stages appear, with all the " "applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" -" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +" are currently in. There are six default stages in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:190 +msgid ":ref:`New `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:191 msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:194 msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:195 msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:197 msgid "" -"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " -"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " -"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " -"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " -"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default. Folded " +"columns appear gray, and the applicants in it are hidden from view. To " +"expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that column, click " +"anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and the column " +"expands, revealing the applicants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:206 msgid "" -"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " -"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, providing status " +"information for the applicant's in that specific stage. The status colors " +"are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:209 +msgid ":guilabel:`Green`: the applicant is ready to move to the next stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:210 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " -"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " -"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " -"stage." +":guilabel:`Red`: the applicant is blocked from moving to the next stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " -"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +":guilabel:`Gray`: the applicant is still in progress in the current stage " +"and is neither ready nor blocked from the next stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " -"which need to be scheduled." +"The status for each card is set manually. To set the status, click on the " +"small circle in the lower-left of the applicant card. A status pop-up window" +" appears. Click on the desired status for the applicant. The status dot on " +"the applicant card as well as the status bar updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The applicant card statuses, and status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:223 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " -"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " -"applicants currently in the stage." +"The names for the three status colors (`In Progress`, `Blocked`, and `Ready " +"for Next Stage`) :ref:`can be modified `, if " +"desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:229 msgid "Customize stages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:231 msgid "" "Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " "particular hiring steps of a business." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:235 msgid "New stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 msgid "" -"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " -"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " -"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" -" the screen to exit the new column creation." +"To create a new stage, click on :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Stage` and a new " +"column appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Stage " +"title` field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and " +"another new stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click" +" anywhere on the screen to exit the new stage creation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgid "The plus sign to click to add a new column to the Kanban stages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:249 msgid "Modify stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:251 msgid "" "To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " -":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " -"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " -"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " -"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " -"when done." +":icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side " +"of the stage. Click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon and a menu" +" appears. Then click on the :guilabel:`Edit` option. An :guilabel:`Edit: " +"(Stage)` form appears. Make any desired modifications to the form, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12367,40 +12935,39 @@ msgid "" "displays when clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 -msgid "Edit column form" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:265 +msgid "Edit stage form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:267 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " -"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" -" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +"The :guilabel:`Edit: (Stage)` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required field is the :guilabel:`Stage Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:272 msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " "drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " -"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"the stage, an email is automatically sent to the applicant using the " "selected template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " "(hidden) at all times in the default view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " "applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " @@ -12408,138 +12975,147 @@ msgid "" "is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:282 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " -"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " -"job positions can be selected." +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to specific job " +"positions, select the job positions from the drop-down menu. Multiple job " +"positions can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" " the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" " referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " ":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " -"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage. The *Referrals* app " +"must be installed in order to use this option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:289 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" -" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" -" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " -"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " -"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured status labels " +"(colored circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These " +"colors are displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the" +" applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the" +" label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " ":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " ":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" " any requirements of the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:298 msgid "Delete stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:300 msgid "" "If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," -" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." -" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " -"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " -":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " -":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` " +"icon appears. First, click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A " +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up warning appears, asking :guilabel:`Are you " +"sure you want to delete this column?` Click :guilabel:`Delete` to delete the" +" column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:307 msgid "" "If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " -"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" -" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" -" before deleting." +"up when attempting to delete the stage. The records currently in the stage " +"to need to be either deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage before" +" the stage can be deleted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:312 msgid "Email templates" msgstr "Szablony wiadomości e-mail" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 msgid "" "To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " "templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " "use them are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " -"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " -"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " -"Interview` stage." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Applicant Acknowledgement`: this template is used to" +" let the applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`New` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:320 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " -"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " -"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Interest`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application caught the recruiter's attention, and " +"they have been shortlisted for either a phone call or an interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:323 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" -" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " -"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview`: this template is used to let " +"the applicant know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial " +"Qualification` stage and they will be contacted to set up an interview with " +"the recruiter. This email is automatically sent out once the applicant is in" +" the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:327 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" -" longer being considered for the position." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when " +"an applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the " +"position, and thanks them for their time and consideration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:330 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " -"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " -"configure their salary package." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is " +"no longer being considered for the position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 msgid "" "Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" " business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " ":doc:`../general/companies/email_template` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:337 msgid "" -"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " -"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " -":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " -"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +"To manually send an email, click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send an email from the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:344 msgid "" -"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " -":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " -"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " -"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +"Click the :icon:`fa-expand` :guilabel:`(expand)` full composer icon in the " +"bottom right corner of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter. A " +":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window loads, with the " +":guilabel:`Recipients` and :guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The " +"applicant's email address is entered in the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and" +" the :guilabel:`Subject` is `(Job Position)`. The email body is empty by " +"default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:350 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the field next to " +":guilabel:`Load template` in the bottom section of the window. Select the " +"email template to use from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 msgid "" -"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " -":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " "Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " "information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" " the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " @@ -12547,47 +13123,55 @@ msgid "" "change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:359 msgid "" -"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " -"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " -"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" -" of available templates." +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model load. There are " +"other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not configured" +" for the recruitment application, they do not appear in the list of " +"available templates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 msgid "" -"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " -"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " -"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " -":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " -"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " -"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " -"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " -"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " -"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button" +" in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the :icon:`fa-" +"close` :guilabel:`(delete)` icon to the right of the attachment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:367 +msgid "" +"If any changes need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If " +"the edits should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved " +"as a new template. Click the :guilabel:`Save Template` button in the bottom." +" To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email is sent to the " +"applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 msgid "Stage flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:375 msgid "" "In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " -"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the Kanban view to the" " desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:379 msgid "" "To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " -"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " -"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " -"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"in the Kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted at the top, above the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 +msgid "" +"Click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " "indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " -"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " -"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +"Kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top-left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12596,104 +13180,137 @@ msgid "" "applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:233 -msgid "Initial qualification" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:643 +msgid "New" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:398 msgid "" "The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " "flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " "recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:402 msgid "" -"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " -"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " -"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " -"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " -":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " -"required when applying for a job position." +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`New` stage, whether submitted online" +" or if the applicant is manually entered by a recruiter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:405 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically populates the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`, the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile` number, and :guilabel:`LinkedIn " +"Profile` on the applicant's card. This information is required when applying" +" for a job position, by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If the website application form is modified, different fields may be " +"populated based on what information is requested on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:414 msgid "" "If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " -"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " -":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " -"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " -"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " -"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " -"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " -"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" -" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +"Introduction` section of the online application, it will populate in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:421 +msgid "" +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé would appear " +"in the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"*Documents* application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the left-" +"hand side. All recruitment documents are stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "" +"If the :ref:`CV Display ` option was enabled in the " +":ref:`Settings ` menu, the resumé appears on the " +"applicant's card, on the right-hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:431 msgid "Send interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:433 msgid "" "At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " "applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " "can be formatted in a variety of ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid "" +"The *Surveys* application is used to send these *interviews*, therefore the " +"*Surveys* application must be installed to send an interview to an " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 msgid "" "Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " "questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " -"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " -"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " -"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " -"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " -"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" -" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" -" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +"be formatted to suit each individual job positions needs. For more " +"information on creating and editing interview forms, refer to the " +":doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 +msgid "" +"A job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form" +" of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:450 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top-left of the " +"applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Send Interview` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Send an " +"interview` pop-up window appears, with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:458 msgid "" "In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" " the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" -" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " -"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " -"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " -"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " -":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, an " +":guilabel:`Edit:(Applicant)` pop-up window appears on top of the " +":guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window. Enter the email address in the " +":guilabel:`email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. Once the " +"applicant's information is saved, the :guilabel:`Edit: (Applicant)` closes " +"and the :guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window remains." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 msgid "" -"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " -"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " -"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +"Email templates use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the " +"applicant and the job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey" +" if more people should receive the email. If an email is in the database as " +"a contact, add that contact in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. If an email" +" should be sent to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they" +" should **not** be added as a contact, add their email in the " +":guilabel:`Additional emails` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:279 -msgid "" -"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " -"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " -"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " -"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " -"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 -msgid "" -"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " -"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " -"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " -"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " -"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " -"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " -"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1066 msgid "" "If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " "button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " @@ -12701,25 +13318,26 @@ msgid "" " and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:475 msgid "" "If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" " for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " "window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " -"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " -"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " -"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +"calendar selector appears. Use the :icon:`fa-chevron-left` " +":guilabel:`(left)` and :icon:`fa-chevron-right` :guilabel:`(right)` arrows " +"on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then click on " +"the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"The :guilabel:`Mail Template` field is pre-populated based on the " "configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" " drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " "template loads in the email body." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 msgid "" "To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " ":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." @@ -12731,11 +13349,11 @@ msgid "" "pre-configured template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:494 msgid "Refuse" msgstr "Odmów" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:496 msgid "" "At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " "the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" @@ -12744,95 +13362,265 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refuse`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " -"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " -":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " -"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " -"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " -"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " -"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" -" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " -"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " -"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " -"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Click the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reason` from the presented options. The default refuse " +"reasons in Odoo, and their corresponding email templates, are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:508 +msgid "Email Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:509 +msgid "Refusal Reason" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:510 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Language issues`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Role already fulfilled`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Duplicate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Spam`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:516 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: don't like job`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: better offer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "" +"Additional refusal reasons :ref:`can be created and existing ones can be " +"modified or deleted `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:525 msgid "" "Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " "which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " "example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " -"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" -" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"applicant's name appears anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the " +"email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " "the :doc:`../general/companies/email_template` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 msgid "" -"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " -"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," -" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " -"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" -" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" -" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +"After a :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` is selected, two fields appear below the " +"refusal reason: :guilabel:`Send Email` and :guilabel:`Email Template`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:534 msgid "" -"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"The applicant's email address automatically populates the :guilabel:`Send " +"Email` field; additional email recipients cannot be added. If an email " +"should **not** be sent to the applicant, uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:538 +msgid "" +"The email template associated with the refusal reason populates the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field. If a different email template is desired, " +"select a different template from the :guilabel:`Email Template` drop-down " +"menu. To view the email template, click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon " +"to the right of the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. The email template " +"loads in a :guilabel:`Open: Email Template` pop-up window, and can be " +"modified if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:545 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Refuse`. The " "refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " -"appears on the applicant's card." +"appears on the applicant's card in the top-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top-right " "corner in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 msgid "" "After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " -"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " -"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" -" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " -":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " -"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " -"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +"position's Kanban view. To view the refused applicants only, click the " +":guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the search box, then click " +":guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` section. All applicants " +"that have been refused for the job position appear, in the stage they were " +"when they were refused." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:558 +msgid "" +"To view all applicants that have been refused from all job positions, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All " +"Applications`. Click the :guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the " +"search box, then click :guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"section. All applications for all job positions are presented in a list " +"view, organized by stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "Create or modify refuse reasons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:569 +msgid "" +"To view all currently configured refuse reasons, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Settings --> Applications: Refuse " +"Reasons`. All the refuse reasons appear in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +"To create a new refuse reason, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" +"left corner. A blank line appears at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Description` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +"Type in the new refuse reason in the field. It is recommended to enter a " +"reason that is short and concise, such as `offer expired` or `withdrew " +"application`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, click on the field to reveal " +"a drop-down menu. Select an :guilabel:`Email Template` from the list to be " +"used when this refuse reason is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +"If a new :guilabel:`Email Template` is desired, type in the name for the new" +" template in the field. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` and a " +":guilabel:`Create Email Template` form pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the form and an email :guilabel:`Subject` in " +"the corresponding fields. Enter the email content in the :guilabel:`Content`" +" tab. Make any other desired modifications to the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the template and return to the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reasons` list. The new template appears in the new refuse " +"reason :guilabel:`Email Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +"To make any modifications to a refuse reason, click on the line, and make " +"any desired changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:594 msgid "New applicant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:596 msgid "" "An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " "be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" -" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " -"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " -"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " -"button." +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online) an applicant " +"card can be easily added from the job position Kanban view in one of two " +"ways, using either the :ref:`quick add ` " +"button or the :ref:`New ` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 msgid "Quick add" msgstr "Szybkie dodawanie" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:607 msgid "" -"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " -"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " -"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"Quickly add a new applicant using the *quick add* button. If not already in " +"the job position Kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by " +"going to :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job " +"Positions`. Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` button on the job " "position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " -"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " -":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +"small :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in the top-right of the " +":guilabel:`New` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:616 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`: Enter the title for the card. Typically " +"this is the applicant's name and job position being applied to, for example:" +" `Laura Smith - HR Manager`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, " +"unless the :guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:671 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:623 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card appears in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:628 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`delete` icon or anywhere on the screen to " +"close the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12841,104 +13629,60 @@ msgid "" "option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 -msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:645 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" -" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " -"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the *New* " +"button. If not already in the Kanban view for the job position to add an " +"applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by going to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job Positions`. " +"Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left of the Kanban view " +"and a blank applicant form loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:389 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:434 -msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " -"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " -"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " -"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:396 -msgid "" -"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " -"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " -"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " -"the card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:400 -msgid "" -"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " -"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " -"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:407 -msgid "Create" -msgstr "Utwórz" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:409 -msgid "" -"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " -":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " -"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," -" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " -"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:651 msgid "" "Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " "the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " "well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" " fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" " configurations, some fields may not be displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:662 msgid "Applicant section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:664 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" " the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +"position being applied to, for example: `John Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, unless the " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " -"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:672 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:673 msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:674 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`LinkedIn Profile`: enter the web address for the applicant's " +"personal profile on LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" " from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " @@ -12948,132 +13692,189 @@ msgid "" " high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:681 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" -" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " -":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " -"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: using the drop-down menu, select the people who " +"will conduct the interview(s). The selected people must have either " "*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " -"in order to appear on the drop-down." +"to appear in the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " "recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " "all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:687 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " -"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Evaluation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for the" +" applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " ":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:690 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source`: using the drop-down menu, select where the applicant " +"learned about the job position. The following options come pre-configured in" +" Odoo: :guilabel:`Search engine`, :guilabel:`Lead Recall`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Monster`, :guilabel:`Glassdoor`, and " +":guilabel:`Craigslist`. To add a new :guilabel:`Source`, type in the source," +" then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new source)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:695 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Medium`: using the drop-down menu, select the method, or " +":guilabel:`Medium`, for the :guilabel:`Source` that the applicant found the " +"job listing with. The pre-configured options are: :guilabel:`Banner`, " +":guilabel:`Direct`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, " +":guilabel:`Google Adwords`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Phone`, " +":guilabel:`Television`, :guilabel:`Twitter` (now known as \"X\"), or " +":guilabel:`Website`. To add a new :guilabel:`Medium`, type in the medium, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new medium)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:701 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " "job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " "the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " -"installed for this to appear." +"installed for this field to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:704 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: select the available start date for the applicant." +" To select a date, click on the field to reveal a calendar. Use the " +":guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrows on either side of the " +"month to navigate to the desired month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to" +" select the date. If no entry is selected that indicates the applicant is " +"ready to begin work immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:709 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, then click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 msgid "Job section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 msgid "" "The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " "long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" " possible, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " "to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:722 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " -"drop-down menu." +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job position is for using the " +"drop-down menu. This field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:726 msgid "Contract section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:728 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " "for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " "The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:731 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" -" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are requested by " +"the applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Expected Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" -" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " -"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are offered to the " +"applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Proposed Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `unlimited sick time` or `retirement plan`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:484 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " -"select the available start date for the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:742 msgid "Application summary tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 msgid "" "Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" " can be typed into this field." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +"Skills can be added to the applicant's card. To add a skill, follow the same" +" steps as outlined in the skills section of the :ref:`Create new employees " +"` document." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:760 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "" +"If an applicant seems to be a good potential candidate, they are moved to " +"the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage. This could be for a number of " +"reasons, such as they have the relevant experience, education, or " +"certifications the position requires." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:766 +msgid "" +"This stage is to quickly sort candidates that have potential, and those that" +" do not meet the requirements. No automatic actions, such as emails, are set" +" for this stage. This stage simply informs the recruitment team to " +"potentially set up a phone call or an interview with the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:773 msgid "First interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:775 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " "they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " -"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +"position Kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" " the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " "the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " "applicant's card." @@ -13081,155 +13882,176 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"An applicant's card moves from one stage to another by using the click and " "drag method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:785 msgid "" -"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" -" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " -"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " -"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " -"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " -"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " -"the chatter." +"The :guilabel:`First Interview` stage can be modified so when the " +"applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an email is" +" automatically sent to the applicant stating an interview is requested. In " +"this pre-configured email template, a link to the recruiting team's calendar" +" appears, allowing the applicant to schedule their interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 msgid "" -"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " -"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " -"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " -"button at the top of the applicant's record." +":ref:`Edit ` the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, " +"and select the :guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` for the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field, to automate this action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 msgid "" -"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " -":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " -"the applicant's card." +"An interview can be scheduled in one of two ways: either manually by the " +"recruitment team, or by the applicant themselves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:802 msgid "" -"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " -"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " -":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " -"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " -":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +"If the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage was modified to send the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` email template when an applicant" +" reaches that stage, the applicant received a link to the recruitment team's" +" calendar, and can schedule the interview on their own. The recruitment " +"team's availability is reflected in the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +msgid "" +"If the interview needs to be scheduled by the recruitment team, they should " +"reach out to the applicant for a date and time that works. When a date and " +"time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and interviewer, the " +"interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, whether a phone or in-" +"person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button at the top of " +"the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button displays :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings are " +"currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage, this is the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:817 +msgid "" +"If there is one meeting already scheduled, the smart button displays " +":guilabel:`1 Meeting`, with the date of the upcoming meeting beneath it. If " +"more than one meeting is scheduled, the button displays :guilabel:`Next " +"Meeting`, with the date of the first upcoming meeting beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:821 msgid "" "Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " "meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " "the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " "right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" " events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " -"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +"hidden. Only the checked attendees are visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:827 msgid "" -"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " -"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " -":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " -"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " -"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " -"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +"The default view is the :guilabel:`Week` view. To change the calendar view, " +"click the :guilabel:`Week` button, then select the desired view from the " +"drop-down menu. The other options are either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:831 +msgid "" +"An option to display or hide weekends is available. Click the " +":guilabel:`Week` button, then click :guilabel:`Show weekends` to deactivate " +"it (the default is to show weekends). If a check mark is next to " +":guilabel:`Show weekends`, weekends are visible. If there is no check mark, " +"weekends are hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:836 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed date range for the calendar, either use the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-left` :guilabel:`(left arrow)`, :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`(Right arrow)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, " +"or click on a date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed " +"calendar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:845 msgid "" -"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " -"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " -"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " -"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " -"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " -"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " -"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +"To add a meeting to the calendar when in the day or week view, click on the " +"start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, to select the date, " +"time, and the length of the meeting. A meeting can also be added in this " +"view by clicking on the day *and* the time slot the meeting is to take " +"place." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:850 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " -"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +"Both methods cause a :ref:`New Event ` pop up window" +" to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:564 -msgid "New event card" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:855 +msgid "New event pop-up window" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:857 msgid "" -"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " -"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " -"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " -"save the changes and create the meeting." +"Enter the information on the form. The only required fields to enter are the" +" :guilabel:`Meeting Title`, and the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` " +"fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to" +" save the changes and create the interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:861 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"The fields available to populate or modify on the :guilabel:`New Event` card" +" are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:863 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Title`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " "clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:866 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End`: select the start and end date and " +"times for the meeting. Click on one of the fields and a calendar pop-up " +"window appears. Select both the start and end date and times, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:869 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all-day interview, check the box. " +"If this box is checked, the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` fields are" +" hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:871 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " "default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " "many other people as desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 -msgid "Meeting details tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:873 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting start time." +":guilabel:`Videocall URL`: if the meeting is virtual, or if there is a " +"virtual option available, click :guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting` and a URL is " +"automatically created for the meeting and populates the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:582 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting end time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:584 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " -":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " -"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " -"duration length." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:587 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " -"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " -":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " -"and end times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:590 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " -"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:876 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " "an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," @@ -13240,42 +14062,107 @@ msgid "" "instructions for each command to complete the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:598 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " -"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" -" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " -"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" -" via the selected option." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:884 +msgid "More options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:886 +msgid "" +"To add additional information to the meeting, click the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button in the lower-right corner of the pop-up window. Enter any of" +" the following additional fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:889 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length. The default length of a meeting is one hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:892 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. Several additional fields appear when this is " +"enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:896 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: using the drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:898 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings " +"repeat. The available options are :guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Yearly`, or :guilabel:`Custom`. If " +":guilabel:`Custom` is selected, a :guilabel:`Repeat Every` field appears " +"beneath it, along with another time frequency parameter (:guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, :guilabel:`Months`, or :guilabel:`Years`). Enter a number" +" in the blank field, then select the time period using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:904 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat on`: if :guilabel:`Weekly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Repeat on` field appears. Click on " +"the corresponding day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:906 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day of Month`: if :guilabel:`Monthly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Day of Month` field appears. Using " +"the drop-down menu, select either :guilabel:`Date of month` or " +":guilabel:`Day of month`. If :guilabel:`Date of month` is selected, enter " +"the date the meeting repeats. If :guilabel:`Day of month` is selected, use " +"the drop-down menus to determine the frequency. Select either " +":guilabel:`First`, :guilabel:`Second`, :guilabel:`Third`, " +":guilabel:`Fourth`, or :guilabel:`Last` for the first drop-down menu, then " +"select the day (:guilabel:`Monday`, :guilabel:`Tuesday`, etc.) in the second" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:913 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Until`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings stop " +"repeating. The available options are :guilabel:`Number of repetitions`, " +":guilabel:`End date`, and :guilabel:`Forever`. If :guilabel:`Number of " +"repetitions` is selected, enter the number of total meetings to occur in the" +" blank field. If :guilabel:`End date` is selected, specify the date using " +"the calendar pop-up window, or type in a date in a XX/XX/XXXX format. " +":guilabel:`Forever` schedules meetings indefinitely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:920 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " -"in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:921 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " "menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:923 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " -"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " -":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " -"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +":guilabel:`Appointment`: if an appointment is associated with this meeting, " +"select it form the drop-down menu, or create a new appointment by typing in " +"the appointment name, then click :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. A " +":guilabel:`Create Appointment` form loads. Enter the information on the " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:613 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:927 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select if the organizer appears either " +":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Busy` for the duration of the meeting, " +"using the drop-down menu. Next, select the visibility of this meeting, using" +" the drop-down menu to the right of the first selection. Options are " ":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " "users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " ":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " @@ -13283,41 +14170,50 @@ msgid "" "the company database to see the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:934 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " -"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" -" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " -"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " -"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " -"attendees at the same time." +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:936 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Default " +"options include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`SMS Text Message`, each with a specific time period before the " +"event (hours, days, etc). The reminder chosen alerts the meeting " +"participants of the meeting via the selected option at the specified time. " +"Multiple reminders can be selected in this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:947 msgid "Send meeting to attendees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:949 msgid "" "Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " -"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message from the " +"expanded :guilabel:`Event Form` (what is seen when the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button is clicked on in the event pop-up window)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:953 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " -"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " -"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" -" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " -"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " -"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " -"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " -"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " -"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +"To send the meeting via email, click the :icon:`fa-envelope` " +":guilabel:`Email` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact" +" Attendees` email configurator pop-up window appears. A pre-formatted email " +"using the default :guilabel:`Calendar: Event Update` email template " +"populates the email body field. The followers of the document (job " +"application), as well as the user who created the meeting are added as " +":guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's email address to the " +"list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make any other desired " +"changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button, navigate to the file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " ":guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" @@ -13326,39 +14222,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:647 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:966 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " -"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " -"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " -"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." -" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " -"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " -":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :icon:`fa-mobile` " +":guilabel:`SMS` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS " +"Text Message` pop-up appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:969 msgid "" -"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " -":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " -"contacts with a valid phone number." +"At the top, a blue box appears if any attendees do not have valid mobile " +"numbers, and lists how many records are invalid. If a contact does not have " +"a valid mobile number listed, click :guilabel:`Close`, and edit the " +"attendee's record, then redo these steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:658 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:973 msgid "" -"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " -"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" -" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " -"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" -" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " -"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +"When no warning message appears, type in the message to be sent to the " +"attendees in the :guilabel:`Message` field. to add any emojis to the " +"message, click the :guilabel:`Add Emoji` icon on the right-side of the pop-" +"up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:977 +msgid "" +"Beneath the message field, the number of characters, as well as the amount " +"of text messages required to send the message (according to GSM7 criteria) " +"appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue` to have the text sent later, after " +"any other messages are scheduled, or click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the " +"message immediately." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:669 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:987 msgid "" "Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " "messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " @@ -13366,11 +14266,11 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`../essentials/in_app_purchase` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:994 msgid "Second interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:996 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " "can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " @@ -13379,72 +14279,87 @@ msgid "" "Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1001 msgid "" "When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " -"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " -"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " -":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " -"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage. The " +"recruiter can now :ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the applicant, following the same process as the first " +"interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1009 msgid "Contract proposal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1011 msgid "" "When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " "be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " "and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" -" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top-right of" " the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1016 msgid "" "The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," " click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " -"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " -"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " -"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " -"is set to `0.00`)." +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. Most fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position. If any necessary fields are blank, enter " +"the relevant information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:705 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1022 msgid "" "Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" "up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " "applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " -"not appear on the pop-up." +"*Fleet* application is not installed, any fields related to vehicles do not " +"appear on the pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1028 msgid "Universal fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1030 msgid "" "The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " "localization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1032 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " -"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: the template currently being used to populate" +" the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window. To modify the " +"template, click the :guilabel:`Internal link` icon to the right of the drop-" +"down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. A " +"different :guilabel:`Contract Template` can be selected using the drop-down " +"menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1037 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " -"applicant." +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the name of the :guilabel:`Job Position` being " +"offered to the applicant. The selections available in the drop-down menu " +"correspond to the :guilabel:`Job Positions` configured on the main " +"*Recruitment* dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1040 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the specific name of the position being offered to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1041 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the :guilabel:`Department` the job position falls " +"under." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1042 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " "default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" @@ -13453,109 +14368,50 @@ msgid "" "click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1046 msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1047 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " -"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " -"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " -"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," -" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" -" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " -"application." +":guilabel:`Link Expiration Date`: job offers are only valid for a specific " +"period of time. The default expiration date is 30 days. Modify the " +"expiration date, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:732 -msgid "" -"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " -"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:738 -msgid "" -"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " -"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" -" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:743 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" -" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:746 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " -"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" -" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:749 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " -"the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " -"that will be assigned to the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:752 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " -"for the cafeteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " -"contract that is being offered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " -"sending." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1051 msgid "Send offer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1053 msgid "" -"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" -" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " -"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" -" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " -"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " -"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +"When the information is all updated, click :guilabel:`Send By Email` to send" +" the offer to the applicant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1056 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " -"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" -"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " -"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." -" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " -"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " -":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " -":guilabel:`Send`." +"If the applicant does not have an email address listed on their applicant " +"card, a warning appears in a red box at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window, stating :guilabel:`The" +" applicant does not have a valid email set. The Offer Link won't be able to " +"be completed.` Click :guilabel:`Discard`, enter an email on the applicant's " +"card, then click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1062 +msgid "" +"An email pop-up window loads. The default :guilabel:`Recruitment: Your " +"Salary Package` email template is used, and the :guilabel:`Recipients`, " +":guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-populated based on the email " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1070 +msgid "Once the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1073 msgid "" "To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " "necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " @@ -13566,11 +14422,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1081 +msgid "Configure your package" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1083 +msgid "" +"The email template includes a :guilabel:`Configure your package` button. " +"This link takes the applicant to a webpage where they can modify the " +"proposed salary package, and enter their personal information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1087 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant is hired, the personal information entered on the webpage" +" is imported to their employee record, when created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1090 +msgid "" +"If applicable, the applicant can modify their salary package. This option is" +" not available for all localizations. Depending on where the company is " +"located, this option may not be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1093 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is completed, the applicant accepts the offer by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Review Contract & Sign` button to accept the " +"contract and sign it using the *Sign* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1100 msgid "Contract signed" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1102 msgid "" "Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " "step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " @@ -13581,16 +14468,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:796 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1109 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the Kanban view, but the " "card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1112 msgid "" "Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " -"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"green :guilabel:`HIRED` banner appears in the top-right of the applicant's " "card." msgstr "" @@ -13598,24 +14485,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1120 msgid "Create employee" msgstr "Utwórz pracownika" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:809 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1122 msgid "" "Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " "record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " -"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"Employee` button in the top-left. An employee form appears, and any " "information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" " card appears in the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1127 msgid "" "Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" -" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " -":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, the employee" +" record is saved in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:5 @@ -13883,107 +14770,108 @@ msgid "" "by-step instructions on how to create and configure a survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 msgid "Referrals" msgstr "Polecenia" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " -"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"regarding referrals is housed - from points earned, coworkers hired, and " "rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " -"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " -"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " -"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " -"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" -" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +"and then earn referral points as those people progress through the " +"recruitment pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be " +"exchanged for prizes. The *Referrals* application integrates with the " +"*Employees*, *Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be" +" installed in order for the *Referrals* application to function." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:14 msgid "" -"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " -"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " -"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +"The only configurations needed for the *Referrals* application *after* " +"installation are related to the :ref:`rewards `; " +"everything else is pre-configured when Odoo *Referrals* is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:18 msgid "" -"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " -"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " -"` and configurations menus. For more information on " -"users and access rights, refer to these documents: :doc:`../general/users` " -"and :doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +"Users with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the *Referrals* application. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the :ref:`reporting ` and configurations" +" menus. For more information on users and access rights, refer to these " +"documents: :doc:`../general/users` and " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 msgid "Onboarding" msgstr "Wdrożenie" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:28 msgid "" "When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" "configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " -"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" -" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"each explaining the different parts of the *Referrals* application. At the " +"top of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " "onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " "Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " "text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 msgid "" "Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " "displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " "advance to the next slide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " "superheroes to save the day!`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " "or refer friends.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " "league!`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:46 msgid "" -"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the *Referrals* application is " "opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " "button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" " :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " -"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +"will begin again when the *Referrals* application is opened. Once the " ":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " -"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the *Referrals* " "application is opened from that point on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:53 msgid "" "At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " -"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main *Referrals* dashboard loads. If " ":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " -"opening the Referrals application." +"opening the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -13991,7 +14879,7 @@ msgid "" "An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:62 msgid "" "If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " "opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " @@ -14000,60 +14888,53 @@ msgid "" "screen appears instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:70 msgid "" "Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " -"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " -"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " -"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " -"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`." +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* application can " +"modify onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line " +"displays the text for the individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding" +" slide, click on an individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:76 msgid "" -"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " -"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " -"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " -"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " -"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " -"that particular company." +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` field. A " +":guilabel:`Company` may be selected, as well. However, if this field is " +"populated, that slide is *only* displayed for that particular company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:81 msgid "" -"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" -" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " -"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" -" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " -"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " -"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " -"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +"The :guilabel:`Company` field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:83 msgid "" -"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +"The image can be modified, as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the " +"top-right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and " +":guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` " +"icon to change the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the " +"desired image, select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears" +" in the thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage " +"can)` icon, then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:94 msgid "" -"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " -"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " -"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " -"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " -":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " -"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +"The sequence in which the slides appear can be changed from the *Onboarding*" +" dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`(six small gray boxes)` icon to the left of" +" the the slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -14061,567 +14942,18 @@ msgid "" "The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:103 -msgid "Share job positions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:105 -msgid "" -"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " -"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " -"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " -"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:113 -msgid "View Jobs" -msgstr "Zobacz oferty pracy" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:115 -msgid "" -"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " -":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " -"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" -"displayed on the card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:124 -msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:128 -msgid "" -"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " -"of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 -msgid "" -"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " -"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:134 -msgid "" -"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " -"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " -"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " -"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " -":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 -msgid "Refer friends" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:145 -msgid "" -"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " -"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " -"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:149 -msgid "" -"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " -"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:152 -msgid "" -"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " -"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " -"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " -"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" -" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " -"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " -"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " -"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 -msgid "Share a job" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:169 -msgid "" -"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " -"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" -" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " -"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " -"applicants in the Referrals application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 -msgid "Link" -msgstr "Odnośnik" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:181 -msgid "" -"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " -":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " -"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " -"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" -" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" -" prospective employee however desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:188 -msgid "Facebook" -msgstr "Facebook" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:190 -msgid "" -"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " -"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " -"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " -"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " -"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " -"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" -"in to Facebook first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" -" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" -" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " -"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " -"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " -"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " -"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " -":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " -"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " -"specific activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 -msgid "" -"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " -":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " -":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " -"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" -" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" -"highlighted, as are all the required settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 -msgid "Share to news feed or story" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:218 -msgid "" -"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " -":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " -"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " -":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " -"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," -" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " -"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" -" story, or both." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:225 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " -"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " -"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " -"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " -"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" -" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " -"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " -":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" -" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " -":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:236 -msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " -"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:242 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" -" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " -"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " -"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:246 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:275 -msgid "" -"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " -"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 -msgid "Share in a group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:251 -msgid "" -"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " -"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" -" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " -":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " -"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " -"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " -"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " -"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " -"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:264 -msgid "Share in an event" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:266 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:269 -msgid "" -"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " -"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " -"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" -" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " -"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " -"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 -msgid "Share in a private message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:280 -msgid "" -"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" -" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" -"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " -"Private Message`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:284 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " -"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " -"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " -"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " -"process for each friend to be added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:289 -msgid "" -"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " -"message` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:293 -msgid "X/Twitter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:295 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " -"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " -"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " -"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " -"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" -" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:301 -msgid "The default message is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:303 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" -" Position)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:305 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " -"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " -"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," -" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " -"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " -":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " -"X/Twitter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:312 -msgid "" -"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " -"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " -":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" -" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " -":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " -":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " -"restricts who can reply to the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 -msgid "" -"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " -"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " -"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " -"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:322 -msgid "" -"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" -" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " -"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 -msgid "" -"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" -" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" -"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:336 -msgid "LinkedIn" -msgstr "LinkedIn" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:338 -msgid "" -"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " -"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " -"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " -"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " -"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " -"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:344 -msgid "" -"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " -"message to an individual or group of individuals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 -msgid "Share in a post" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:350 -msgid "" -"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" -" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " -":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " -"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:354 -msgid "" -"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " -"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " -"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " -"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " -":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " -"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " -":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" -" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " -"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " -"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " -"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " -"right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:366 -msgid "" -"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " -"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " -"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " -"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " -":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " -"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " -"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" -" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " -"the far lower right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:375 -msgid "" -"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " -":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " -"post button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:383 -msgid "Send as private message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:385 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " -"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " -"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" -" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" -" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " -"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." -" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " -"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" -" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " -":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " -":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " -"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " -"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " -"browser tab to exit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 -msgid "Email a friend" -msgstr "Wyślij e-mail do znajomego" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:401 -msgid "" -"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " -"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " -"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" -" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " -"Mail` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:406 -msgid "" -"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " -"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" -" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " -"`Job for you`, but can be edited." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:410 -msgid "" -"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " -"appears is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:412 -msgid "`Hello,`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:414 -msgid "" -"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " -"interesting for you`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:416 -msgid "`See Job Offers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:418 -msgid "" -"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " -"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " -"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " -"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " -"message will be sent and the window will close." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:426 msgid "Hired referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:107 msgid "" "When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" " their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:110 msgid "" "After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," " instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " @@ -14629,21 +14961,21 @@ msgid "" "friend!` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 msgid "" "Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " -"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " -"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" -" an available avatar to select it." +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is grayed out, and " +"the name that the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. " +"Click on an available avatar to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:118 msgid "" -"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," -" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " -"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " -"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " -"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the *Referrals* " +"application, after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to " +"select another avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars " +"have been selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible." +" Mouse over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -14652,15 +14984,15 @@ msgid "" "chosen are greyed out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 msgid "Modify friends" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 msgid "" "Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " "` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"rights for the *Recruitment* application can make modifications to friends. " "The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " "avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " @@ -14669,17 +15001,17 @@ msgid "" " dogs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:138 msgid "" "To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" " an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " ":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " "friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" -" else in the Referrals application." +" else in the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " ":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " @@ -14688,65 +15020,66 @@ msgid "" "user's avatar when activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:148 msgid "" "If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " ":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " "replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" -" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " -"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:474 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 msgid "" -"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " -"original information." +"The referral friend form automatically saves, but can be saved manually at " +"any time by clicking the *Save manually* option, represented by a " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel " +"any changes made, click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to " +"delete any changes, and revert to the original content." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A friend form in edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:482 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 msgid "" "It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " "background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " "about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " -"Referrals application." +"*Referrals* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:172 msgid "Referral points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:174 msgid "" "The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " -"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"rewards. On the main *Referrals* application dashboard, the top displays a " "summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " "the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " "available to spend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 msgid "" "To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" " the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:183 msgid "" "The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " "pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " @@ -14756,7 +15089,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 msgid "" "To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " @@ -14764,11 +15097,11 @@ msgid "" "category are displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:194 msgid "My referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 msgid "" "To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " ":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " @@ -14776,26 +15109,31 @@ msgid "" "card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:200 msgid "" -"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " -"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " -"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " -"the top right corner." +"A successful referral displays a green :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the top-" +"right corner of the card. Referrals that are in process display a purple " +":guilabel:`In Progress` banner in the top-right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 msgid "" -"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " -"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " -"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the subject/application " +"title (as it appears on the applicant card in the *Recruitment* app), the " +"name of the job position, the person responsible for filling the role " +"(recruiter), and the points earned. For referrals that have been hired, the " +"selected avatar also appears on the card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two referral cards, one hired and one in-progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:214 msgid "Points" msgstr "Punkty" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 msgid "" "The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " "positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " @@ -14803,14 +15141,14 @@ msgid "" " *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:220 msgid "" "On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " "that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " "points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:224 msgid "" "Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " "points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " @@ -14818,108 +15156,109 @@ msgid "" " the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:229 msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:231 msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:232 msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:235 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 msgid "" "The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " -"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" -" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " -"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage are done in the " +"*Recruitment* application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment " +"` documentation to modify the points for each " +"stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:244 msgid "Rewards" msgstr "Nagrody" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 msgid "Create rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 msgid "" -"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" -" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " -"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " -"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " -"information on the form:" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the " +"*Referrals* application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights " +"for the *Recruitment* application can create or modify rewards. To add " +"rewards, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> " +"Rewards`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and a reward form loads. Enter the " +"following information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:254 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +":guilabel:`Product Name`: enter the name as it should appear for the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" -" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " -"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" -" form." +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" appears for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each company " +"needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the form. " +"This field only appears if in a multi-company environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:259 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: select the person who will be responsible for " "procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " -"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" -" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is bought in the *Referrals* " +"application, so they know when to deliver the reward to the recipient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:263 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +":guilabel:`Description`: type in the description for the reward. This will " "be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +":guilabel:`Photo`: add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " "page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " "(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " -"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" -" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +"(pencil)` icon, and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 msgid "" "The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " -":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +":guilabel:`Company` (if applicable), and :guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 msgid "" "It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " "cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " @@ -14927,31 +15266,31 @@ msgid "" "placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:595 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:283 msgid "Redeem rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 msgid "" "To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " "main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " "individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " -"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +"listed in the top-right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" " purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " "bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " "the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" " instead of a buy button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:292 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " -"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " -"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " -":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears, asking if the user is sure " +"they want to purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item," +" or :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:297 msgid "" "After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " "used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." @@ -14965,27 +15304,27 @@ msgid "" "many more reward points are needed to redeem." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:309 msgid "Levels" msgstr "Poziomy" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:311 msgid "" -"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"The *Referrals* application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " "the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " "employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:315 msgid "" "Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" " are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " "participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 msgid "" -"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main *Referrals* " "application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " "X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " "indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " @@ -14994,13 +15333,13 @@ msgid "" "points still needed before they can level up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:636 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:325 msgid "Modify levels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:638 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " "modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " "--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " @@ -15009,48 +15348,58 @@ msgid "" "element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:334 msgid "" "To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " -"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form, then make " +"modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 msgid "" -"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." -" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" -" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " -"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" -" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " -"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +"Type in the name (or number) of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` " +"field. What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main " +"dashboard when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points " +"needed to reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points" +" needed to level up are the total accumulated points earned over the " +"lifetime of the employee, not additional points from the previous level that" +" must be earned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:654 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:343 msgid "" "If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" " to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " -"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " -"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to " "select it." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The level form saves automatically, but can be saved manually at any time by" +" clicking the *save manually* option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel any changes made, " +"click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to delete any changes, " +"and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A level form in edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:671 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:362 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 msgid "Level up" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:369 msgid "" "Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " "user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " @@ -15059,7 +15408,7 @@ msgid "" "level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:374 msgid "" "Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " "text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" @@ -15067,7 +15416,7 @@ msgid "" "the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:687 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:378 msgid "" "Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" " the specified amount of points required." @@ -15079,16 +15428,16 @@ msgid "" "above their image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:387 msgid "" "Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " "accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " "to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:394 msgid "" -"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"In the *Referrals* application, it is possible to post a message, also " "referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " "information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " "banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " @@ -15096,85 +15445,86 @@ msgid "" "an :guilabel:`X`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 msgid "" "Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" " individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " "click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" " alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " -"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +"*Referrals* application for the first time in a new session." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:409 msgid "Create an alert" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " "information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date From`: the date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " "will be visible on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date To`: the date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " "will be hidden from view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:420 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +":guilabel:`Company`: the current company populates this field by default. To" " modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " "from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " -"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"to everyone with access to the *Referrals* application. If a company is " "specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " -"Referrals application) will see the alert." +"*Referrals* application) will see the alert. This field only appears when in" +" a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +":guilabel:`Alert`: enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" " the alert banner on the main dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +":guilabel:`On Click`: there are three options for the alert. Click the radio" " button next to the desired selection. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:739 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:430 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: the alert only displays text, there is no link to" " click." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: the alert contains a link that when clicked, " "navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:433 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: the alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " "when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " "appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." msgstr "" @@ -15183,15 +15533,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:446 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " -"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" -" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " -"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in *Referrals*. To access " +"the reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The" +" main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 msgid "" "In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " "many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " @@ -15201,7 +15551,7 @@ msgid "" "there are no referrals from that particular channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:457 msgid "" "The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " "includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " @@ -15210,7 +15560,7 @@ msgid "" "many points were given for refused applicants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:770 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:462 msgid "" "The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " "new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " @@ -15221,34 +15571,330 @@ msgid "" "in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 msgid "" "The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " -"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " -"option." +"needs to be installed to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:473 +msgid ":doc:`referrals/share_jobs`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:3 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo *Referrals*, users can earn referral points by sharing job positions" +" with potential applicants. Job positions can be shared in several ways, " +"through the :ref:`View Jobs ` button and the " +":ref:`Email A Friend ` button, located at the bottom " +"of the *Referrals* app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Sharing jobs can **only** occur after onboarding slides have been viewed or " +"skipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:16 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "Zobacz oferty pracy" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main *Referrals* dashboard. This " +"presents all job positions, with each individual job presented with its own " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:27 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the *Job " +"Position* field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The number of :guilabel:`Open Positions` being recruited. This information " +"is taken from the *Expected New Employees* field of the *Recruitment* tab of" +" the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:33 +msgid "The points a user earns when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the *Job Position* tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions are visible in the *Referrals* app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`../recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:46 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Subject` and :guilabel:`Body` are populated using a default " +"template. The :guilabel:`Subject` `Job for you` is present, by default, but " +"can be modified, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position populates the *Job Position* " +"placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the email body is" +" an individualized tracking link to the specific job position listed on the " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When the prospective employee receives the email, the link sends them to the" +" job position page, where they can apply for the position, and the person " +"who referred them is tracked in the *Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:72 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Other than sending an email, job positions can be shared, via social media " +"platforms, and by tracking links to the job position. At the bottom of each " +"job position card are four icons, and corresponding tracking links, that can" +" be used to share the job position, keeping track of applicants in the " +"*Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:84 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "Odnośnik" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :icon:`fa-chain` :guilabel:`(link)` " +"icon above it. A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the " +"tracking link. Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is " +"copied, click the :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up window. Next," +" share the link with the prospective employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:93 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :icon:`fa-facebook` :guilabel:`(Facebook)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into Facebook, when the the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button is clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new " +"tab, with the link populated in the main body of the new post in a pop-up " +"window. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads, " +"instead, prompting the user to log-in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, then share the job " +"position using the available options in Facebook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:107 +msgid "X (formerly Twitter)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:109 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X. Click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`(X)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the user is already signed-in to X, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button" +" is clicked, an X page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready" +" to post, in a draft pop-up window. If the user is *not* already signed-in, " +"a sign-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to first sign-in to X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:117 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:119 +msgid "" +"`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job " +"Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message, then " +"share using the available options in X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:125 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "LinkedIn" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :icon:`fa-linkedin` :guilabel:`(LinkedIn)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button is clicked, a new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job " +"position at the top. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen" +" loads instead, prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:134 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual (or group of individuals)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message or " +"post, then share using the available options in LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:143 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "Wyślij e-mail do znajomego" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions, instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Referrals` main dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`Email a friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Send Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address in the :guilabel:`Email` field. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients by separating each email address with a comma " +"followed by a single space. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +":guilabel:`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The email :guilabel:`Body` is also populated with pre-configured text. The " +"text that appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:156 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:158 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you\\:`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:160 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:162 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of" +" all job positions currently being recruited for. Add any additional text " +"and make any edits to the message body, if necessary. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. This sends the message, and closes " +"the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 msgid "Time Off" msgstr "Dni wolne" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Time Off* application serves as a centralized hub for all time-off-" "related information. This application manages requests, balances, " "allocations, approvals, and reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:10 msgid "" -"Users can :ref:`request time off `, and see an " -"overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " +"Users can :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`, and see" +" an overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " ":ref:`allocate time off ` to individuals, teams, or the " "whole company, and :ref:`approve time off requests `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:15 msgid "" "Detailed :ref:`reports ` can be run to see how much time" " off (and what kinds of time off) are being used, :ref:`accrual plans " @@ -15256,45 +15902,45 @@ msgid "" "` can be set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 msgid "" "Be advised, only users with specific access rights can see all aspects of " "the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 msgid "" "All users can access the :guilabel:`My Time Off` and :guilabel:`Overview` " "sections of the *Time Off* application. All other sections require specific " "access rights." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:26 msgid "" "To better understand how access rights affect the *Time Off* application, " "refer to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` document, specifically the " "section about configuring the work information tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to allocate time off to employees, and for employees to request and" " use their time off, the various time off types must be configured first, " "then allocated to employees (if allocation is required)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:40 msgid "Time off types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 msgid "" "To view the currently configured time off types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. The time" " off types are presented in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:45 msgid "" "The *Time Off* application comes with four pre-configured time off types: " ":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, " @@ -15302,25 +15948,25 @@ msgid "" "needs or used as-is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:50 msgid "Create time off type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 msgid "" "To create a new time off type, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Time Off Types`. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button to reveal a blank time off type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:55 msgid "" "Enter the name for the particular type of time off in the blank line at the " "top of the form, such as `Sick Time` or `Vacation`. Then, enter the " "following information on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:59 msgid "" "The only **required** fields on the time off type form are the name of the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, the :guilabel:`Take Time Off In`, and the " @@ -15328,23 +15974,23 @@ msgid "" " and :guilabel:`Allocation Requests` sections **must** be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:65 msgid "Time Off Requests section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select what specific kind of approval is required for " "the time off type. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No Validation`: no approvals are required when requesting this " "type of time off. The time off request is automatically approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Time Off Officer`: only the specified :ref:`Time Off Officer " "`, set on this form in the :guilabel:`Notified " @@ -15352,7 +15998,7 @@ msgid "" "option is selected by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver`: only the employee's specified approver " "for time off, which is set on the *Work Information* tab on the " @@ -15360,7 +16006,7 @@ msgid "" " time off request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver and Time Off Officer`: both the employee's" " :ref:`specified time off approver` and the " @@ -15368,11 +16014,11 @@ msgid "" "the time off request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:83 msgid "Allocation Requests section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requires allocation`: if the time off must be allocated to " "employees, select :guilabel:`Yes`. If the time off can be requested without " @@ -15381,20 +16027,20 @@ msgid "" " form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee Requests`: select :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests " "Allowed` if the employee is able to request more time off than was " "allocated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:92 msgid "" "If employees should **not** be able to make requests for more time off than " "what was allocated, select the :guilabel:`Not Allowed` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:96 msgid "" "Ten days are allocated to the employee for this particular type of time off," " and the :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests Allowed` option is enabled. The " @@ -15403,81 +16049,81 @@ msgid "" "option is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 msgid "" "It is important to note that requesting additional time off does **not** " "guarantee that time off is granted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select the type of approvals required for the " "allocation of this particular time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approved by Time Off Officer` indicates the :ref:`Time Off " "Officer ` set on this form must approve the " "allocation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No validation needed` indicates that no approvals are required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:113 msgid "Configuration section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notified Time Off Officer`: select the person who is notified and" " responsible for approving requests and allocations for this specific type " "of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take Time Off in`: select the format the time off is requested in" " from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 msgid "The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: if time off can only be requested in full day increments (8" " hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:125 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: if time off can only be requested in half day " "increments (4 hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Hours`: if the time off can be taken in hourly increments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Deduct Extra Hours`: enable this option if the time off request " "should factor in any extra time accrued by the employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:134 msgid "" "If an employee works two extra hours for the week, and requests five hours " "of time off, the request would be for three hours, since the two extra " "worked hours are used first, and deducted from the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow To Attach Supporting Document`: enable this option to allow" " the employee to attach documents to the time off request. This is useful in" @@ -15485,7 +16131,7 @@ msgid "" "leave." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kind of Time Off`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "time off this is, either :guilabel:`Worked Time` or :guilabel:`Absence`. " @@ -15494,7 +16140,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Absence` does not count toward any type of accrual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if multiple companies are created in the database, and " "this time off type only applies to one company, select the company from the " @@ -15503,11 +16149,11 @@ msgid "" "company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:151 msgid "Negative Cap section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:153 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option if employees are able to " "request more time off than they currently have, allowing a negative balance." @@ -15515,19 +16161,19 @@ msgid "" " enter the maximum amount of negative time allowed, in days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 msgid "" "Sara currently has three days of the time off type `Vacation`. She is " "planning a trip that requires five days of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 msgid "" "The `Vacation` time off type has the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option " "enabled, and the :guilabel:`Amount in Negative` is set to five." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:164 msgid "" "These settings allow Sara to submit a request for five days of the " "`Vacation` time off type. If approved, her `Vacation` time off balance will " @@ -15540,59 +16186,59 @@ msgid "" "off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:173 msgid "Payroll section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:175 msgid "" "If the time off type should create :doc:`../hr/payroll/work_entries` in the " "*Payroll* application, select the :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` from the drop-" "down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 msgid "Timesheets section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Timesheets` section only appears if the user is in developer " "mode. Refer to the :ref:`developer-mode` document for details on how to " "access the developer mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 msgid "" "When an employee takes time off, and is also using timesheets, Odoo creates " "entries in the *Timesheets* application for the time off. This section " "defines how they are entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:188 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Project`: select the project that the time off type entries " "appear in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:189 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Task`: select the task that appears in the timesheet for this " "time off type. The default options are: :guilabel:`Time Off`, " ":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`Training`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 msgid "Display Option section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:195 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color to be used in the *Time Off* application " "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cover Image`: select an icon to be used in the *Time Off* " "application dashboard." @@ -15604,65 +16250,65 @@ msgid "" "off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:206 msgid "Accrual plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:208 msgid "" "Some time off is earned through an accrual plan, meaning that for every " "specified amount of time an employee works (hour, day, week, etc), they earn" " or *accrue* a specified amount of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:212 msgid "" "If an employee accrues a vacation day for every week they work, they would " "earn 0.2 vacation days for each hour they work. At the end of a forty hour " "work week, they would earn one whole vacation day (8 hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:217 msgid "Create accrual plan" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new accrual plan, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Accrual Plans`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, " "which reveals a blank accrual plan form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the accrual plan name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrued Gain Time`: select when the employee begins to accrue " "time off, either :guilabel:`At the start of the accrual period` or " ":guilabel:`At the end of the accrual period`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry-Over Time`: select when the employee received previously " "earned time. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the start of the year`: select this if the accrual rolls over " "on January 1 of the upcoming year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:232 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the allocation date`: select this if the accrual rolls over as" " soon as time is allocated to the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Other`: select this option if neither of the other two options " "are applicable. When selected, a :guilabel:`Carry-Over Date` field appears. " @@ -15670,14 +16316,14 @@ msgid "" "the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Based on worked time`: enable this option if time off accrual is " "determined by the employee's worked hours. Days **not** considered as worked" " time do **not** contribute to the accrual plan in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:241 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone Transition`: this selection determines when employees " "move up to a new milestone. If they qualify to change milestones in the " @@ -15686,14 +16332,14 @@ msgid "" "the current pay period)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Milestone Transition` field is **only** visible after a " "minimum of two :ref:`rules ` have been configured on the " "accrual plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:250 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " "accrual plan applies to. If left blank, the accrual plan can be used for all" @@ -15704,43 +16350,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An accrual plan form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:263 msgid "" "Rules must be created in order for employees to accrue time off from the " "accrual plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New Milestone` button in the gray" " :guilabel:`Rules` section, and a :guilabel:`Create Milestone` modal form " "appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:268 msgid "Fill out the following fields on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee accrue`: select the parameters for earned time off in " "this section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 msgid "" "First, select either :guilabel:`Days` or :guilabel:`Hours` for the increment" " of accrued time using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 msgid "" "Next, enter the numerical amount of the selected parameter that is accrued. " "The numerical format is `X.XXXX`, so that partial days or hours can also be " "configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:278 msgid "" "Last, select how often the time is accrued using the drop-down menu. The " "default options are :guilabel:`Hourly`, :guilabel:`Daily`, " @@ -15748,64 +16394,64 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Twice a year`, and :guilabel:`Yearly`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 msgid "" "Depending on which option is selected, additional fields may appear. For " "example, if :guilabel:`Twice a month` is selected, two additional fields " "appear, to specify the two days of each month that the milestone occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cap accrued time`: if there is a maximum amount of days the " "employee can accrue with this plan, enable this option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 msgid "" "When enabled, two additional fields appear beneath it. Select the type of " "time period from the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Days` or " ":guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:291 msgid "" "Then, enter a numerical value in the field to specify the maximum amount of " "time that can be accrued." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:293 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone reached`: enter the number and value of the time period" " that must pass before the employee starts to accumulate time off. The first" " value is numerical; enter a number in the first field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:297 msgid "" "Then, select the type of time period using the drop-down menu in the second " "field. The options are: :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Months`, or " ":guilabel:`Years`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over`: select how any unused time off is handled. The " "options are either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None. Accrued time reset to 0`: any unused time off is gone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:302 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All accrued time carried over`: all unused time off is rolled " "over to the next calendar year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over with a maximum`: unused time off is rolled over to the" " next calendar year, but there is a cap. An :guilabel:`Up to` field appears " @@ -15813,7 +16459,7 @@ msgid "" "roll over to the following year. Any time off beyond this parameter is lost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:309 msgid "" "Once the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the form " "and close the modal, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the form and " @@ -15824,72 +16470,72 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A milestone form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:320 msgid "Public holidays" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 msgid "" "To observe public or national holidays, and provide extra days off as " "holidays to employees, configure the observed *public holidays* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 msgid "" "It is important to configure these days in Odoo, so employees are aware of " "the days they have off, and do not request time off on days that are already" " set as a public holiday (non-working days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 msgid "" "Additionally, all public holidays configured in the *Time Off* app are also " "reflected in any app that uses working schedules, such as *Calendar*, " "*Planning*, *Manufacturing*, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:331 msgid "" "Due to Odoo's integration with other apps that use working schedules, it is " "considered best practice to ensure *all* public holidays are configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:335 msgid "Create public holiday" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 msgid "" "To create a public holiday, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Public Holidays`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:340 msgid "All currently configured public holidays appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:342 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a new line appears at the bottom of " "the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:341 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 msgid "Enter the following information on that new line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:346 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the holiday." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:347 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, the current company " "populates this field by default. It is not possible to edit this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:351 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company` field is hidden by default. To view this field, " "click the two dots in the top-right corner of the list, to the far-right of " @@ -15897,7 +16543,7 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:355 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday starts. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -15908,7 +16554,7 @@ msgid "" "company's time zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:360 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday ends. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -15919,33 +16565,33 @@ msgid "" " zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 msgid "" "A company located in San Francisco operates from 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM, with an " "eight hour work day and one hour lunch break." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:370 msgid "" "For a user in New York, with a computer time zone set to Eastern Standard " "Time, a created public holiday displays a start time of 12:00 PM - 9:00 PM, " "accounting for the three hour time zone difference." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 msgid "" "Similarly, a user located in Los Angeles, with a computer time zone set to " "Pacific Standard Time, sees a public holiday time as 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: if the holiday should only apply to employees who" " have a specific set of working hours, select the working hours from the " "drop-down menu. If left blank, the holiday applies to all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:380 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: if using the *Payroll* application, this field " "defines how the :ref:`work entries ` for the holiday " @@ -15956,18 +16602,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The list of public holidays in the configuration menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:389 msgid "Mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 msgid "" "Some companies have special days where specific departments, or the entire " "staff, is required to be present, and time off is not allowed on those " "specific days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:394 msgid "" "These types of days are called *mandatory days* in Odoo. These can be " "configured to be company-wide, or department specific. When configured, " @@ -15975,35 +16621,35 @@ msgid "" "off requests for these mandatory days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:399 msgid "Create mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 msgid "" "No mandatory days are configured in Odoo by default. To create a mandatory " "day, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> " "Mandatory Days`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:404 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner, and a blank line " "appears in the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:408 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the mandatory day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, this field is visible, " "and the current company populates this field by default. Using the drop-down" " menu, select the company the mandatory day is for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:412 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Departments`: this column is hidden by default. First, click the " ":guilabel:`(optional columns)` icon in the top-right corner, next to " @@ -16011,33 +16657,33 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Departments` to reveal that column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 msgid "" "Next, select the desired departments from the drop-down menu. Multiple " "departments can be selected, and there is no limit to the amount of " "departments that can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:419 msgid "" "If this field is left blank, the mandatory day applies to the entire " "company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day starts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:421 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day ends. If creating a single mandatory day, the end date should " "be the same as the start date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: if desired, select a color from the available presented " "options. If no color is desired, select the `No color` option, represented " @@ -16050,11 +16696,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Mandatory Days section with three configured days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:435 msgid "Allocate time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:437 msgid "" "Once time off types and accrual plans have been configured, the next step is" " to allocate, or give, time off to employees. This section is only visible " @@ -16062,44 +16708,44 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 msgid "" "To create a new allocation, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Management --> Allocations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:444 msgid "" "This presents a list of all current allocations, including their respective " "statuses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:446 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`New` to allocate time off, and a blank allocation form " "appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 msgid "" "After entering a name for the allocation on the first blank field of the " "form, enter the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:451 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of time" " off that is being allocated to the employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`: select either :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` or" " :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`. If the allocation is **not** based on an " "accrual plan, select :guilabel:`Regular Allocation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:456 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Plan`: if :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for " "the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, the :guilabel:`Accrual Plan` field appears." @@ -16108,7 +16754,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:460 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period/Start Date`: if :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` is" " selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, this field is labeled " @@ -16117,7 +16763,7 @@ msgid "" "Date`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:465 msgid "" "The current date populates the first date field by default. To select " "another date, click on the pre-populated date to reveal a popover calendar " @@ -16125,20 +16771,20 @@ msgid "" "the date to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:469 msgid "" "If the allocation expires, select the expiration date in the next date " "field. If the time off does *not* expire, leave the second date field blank." " `No Limit` appears in the field if no date is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:473 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation " "Type`, this second field is labeled :guilabel:`Run until`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time that is being allocated to " "the employees. This field displays the time in either :guilabel:`Hours` or " @@ -16146,7 +16792,7 @@ msgid "" "` is configured (in hours or days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:478 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how the allocation is " "assigned. This selection determines who receives the time off allocation. " @@ -16154,32 +16800,32 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Department`, or :guilabel:`By Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 msgid "" "Depending on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Mode`, this following field" " is labeled either: :guilabel:`Employees`, :guilabel:`Company`, " ":guilabel:`Department`, or :guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 msgid "" "Using the drop-down menu, indicate the specific employees, company, " "department, or employee tags who are receiving this time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 msgid "" "Multiple selections can be made for either :guilabel:`Employees` or " ":guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:490 msgid "" "Only one selection can be made for the :guilabel:`Company` or " ":guilabel:`Department`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:491 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: if any description or note is necessary to " "explain the time off allocation, enter it in this field at the bottom of the" @@ -16192,158 +16838,11 @@ msgid "" "granted to all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:499 -msgid "Request time off" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Once an employee has been allocated time off, a request to use the time off " -"can be submitted. Time off can be requested in one of two ways, either from " -"the :ref:`dashboard ` or from the :ref:`My Time Off " -"` view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:505 -msgid "" -"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " -"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " -"Off` list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:509 -msgid "" -"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " -"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" -" form appears in a modal. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` " -"list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:514 -msgid "" -"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " -"form:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:516 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " -"the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:517 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " -"two fields to populate, the start and end dates. Click on either date field " -"and a popover calendar appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 -msgid "" -"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " -"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " -"applicable)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:523 -msgid "" -"If the time off requested is for a single day, click on the start date, then" -" click the same date again for the end date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:526 -msgid "" -"When the correct dates are selected/highlighted, click the :guilabel:`Apply`" -" button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:528 -msgid "" -"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " -"field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 -msgid "" -"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" -" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:533 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, check this " -"box. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " -"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " -"day is being requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:537 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " -"day, check this box. A :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` field appears " -"beneath this option, if selected. Using the drop-down menu, select the start" -" and end time for the time off request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " -":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " -"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " -"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " -"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:545 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " -"should include any details that managers and approvers may need in order to " -"approve the request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:547 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachments of documents. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " -"appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:551 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the desired files to attach, select them, then click the " -":guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off request form." -" Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:554 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:604 -msgid "" -"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " -"request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:557 -msgid "" -"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " -"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " -"be saved manually at any time by clicking the *save manually* button, " -"represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " -"with the flu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:502 msgid "Request allocation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:504 msgid "" "If an employee has used all their time off, or is going to run out of time " "off, they can request an allocation for additional time. Allocations can be " @@ -16352,7 +16851,7 @@ msgid "" " view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:508 msgid "" "To create a new allocation request, click either the :guilabel:`New " "Allocation Request` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the " @@ -16360,7 +16859,7 @@ msgid "" "buttons open a new allocation request form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:513 msgid "" "Both :guilabel:`New` buttons open a :guilabel:`New Allocation` request form," " but when requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, the form appears in a " @@ -16368,20 +16867,20 @@ msgid "" "screen navigates to a new allocation request page, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:518 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Allocation` request " "form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested for " "the allocation from the drop-down menu. After a selection is made, the title" " updates with the time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:522 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period`: this field **only** appears if requesting an " "allocation with a time off type that has the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` " @@ -16390,18 +16889,18 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` field is set to :guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:527 msgid "" "Using the calendar selector, select a start and end date the allocation is " "valid for. By default, the current date populates the first field, and " ":guilabel:`No Limit` populates the second field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 msgid "Adjust both of these dates, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:531 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time being requested in this " "field. The format is presented in either days or hours, depending on how the" @@ -16409,14 +16908,21 @@ msgid "" "allocation request is updated to include the amount of time being requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:535 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: enter a description for the allocation request." " This should include any details that managers and approvers may need in " "order to approve the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:538 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 msgid "" "If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Allocations` list view, the" " information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " @@ -16430,11 +16936,11 @@ msgid "" "sick time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:553 msgid "Management" msgstr "Zarządzanie" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:555 msgid "" "Time off and allocation requests typically undergo an approval process " "before being granted. Requests either need one or two approvals, if any, " @@ -16443,17 +16949,17 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:560 msgid "" "Only users who can approve allocation and time off requests have the " ":guilabel:`Management` section visible in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:566 msgid "Manage time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 msgid "" "To view time off requests that need approval, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Management --> Time Off`. The only time off" @@ -16462,7 +16968,7 @@ msgid "" "in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:573 msgid "" "The default filter in the :guilabel:`Time Off` list is `Waiting For Me`. " "This only presents time off requests that need to be approved for current " @@ -16470,7 +16976,7 @@ msgid "" " or :guilabel:`Second Approval`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:643 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:577 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented time off requests. Since only time off requests that need to be " @@ -16480,28 +16986,28 @@ msgid "" "appear on the left side of the screen, under :guilabel:`Departments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 msgid "" "If there are no requests that fall under one of the status options or " "departments, that status or department is **not** visible on the left-side " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:587 msgid "" "To display time off requests for specific departments only, click on the " ":guilabel:`Department` on the left-hand side. Only requests within the " "selected department are then presented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:656 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:657 msgid "" "The status column displays the status of each request, with the status " "highlighted in a specific color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` and :guilabel:`Second Approval` requests are " "highlighted in yellow and are the only ones that appear in the list by " @@ -16511,7 +17017,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:665 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:599 msgid "" "To approve a time off request, click the :guilabel:`👍 Approve` button at the" " end of the line. To validate a time off request that has already been " @@ -16526,7 +17032,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:608 msgid "" "For more details, click anywhere on the time off request line (except for " "the :guilabel:`👍 Approve`, :guilabel:`✔️ Validate`, and :guilabel:`✖️ " @@ -16534,24 +17040,24 @@ msgid "" "of the user, changes can be made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:612 msgid "" "To modify the request, make any desired changes to the form. All changes are" " automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:614 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Approve` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button " "to refuse the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:684 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:620 msgid "Manage allocations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:686 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:622 msgid "" "To view allocations that need approval, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off" " app --> Management --> Allocations`. The only allocations visible on this " @@ -16559,7 +17065,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:627 msgid "" "The default filters that are configured to be in place when navigating to " "the :guilabel:`Allocations` list are :guilabel:`My Team` and " @@ -16567,13 +17073,13 @@ msgid "" "team (who they manage) and active employees. Inactive users are not shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented allocation requests." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:635 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Status` options are :guilabel:`To Approve`, " ":guilabel:`Refused`, and :guilabel:`Approved`. Click on a specific " @@ -16581,14 +17087,14 @@ msgid "" "allocation requests, click :guilabel:`All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 msgid "" "It is also possible to display allocation requests by department. Click on " "the :guilabel:`Department` in the left side of the screen to only present " "allocations for that specific department." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:644 msgid "" "The groupings on the left side only present allocation requests that fall " "under the default filters of :guilabel:`My Team` and :guilabel:`Active " @@ -16596,34 +17102,34 @@ msgid "" "filters are presented on the left side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:712 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:648 msgid "" "For example, if there are no requests with a status of :guilabel:`To " "Submit`, that status option does not appear in the left-hand side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:651 msgid "" "All departments for the user's employees appear in the list. If there are no" " allocation requests that fall under that department matching the pre-" "configured filters, the list is blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:654 msgid "" "It is always possible to remove any of the pre-configured filters, by " "clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon on the specific filter to remove " "it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:660 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, " ":guilabel:`Approved` requests are highlighted in green, and the " ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:663 msgid "" "To approve an allocation request, click the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` button at" " the end of the line. To refuse a request, click the :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` " @@ -16635,28 +17141,28 @@ msgid "" "Allocations with the filter, groupings, and status sections highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:670 msgid "" "If more details are needed, click anywhere on the allocation request line " "(except for the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` buttons) to" " view the request in detail." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:673 msgid "" "Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be made to the allocation " "request form that appears. To modify the request, make any desired changes " "to the form. All changes are automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:741 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:677 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Validate` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button" " to refuse the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:683 msgid "" "To view a color-coded schedule of the user's time off, and/or of the team " "managed by them, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Overview`. " @@ -16664,7 +17170,7 @@ msgid "" "view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:687 msgid "" "To change the time period displayed, click on the :guilabel:`Month` button " "to reveal a drop-down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -16672,7 +17178,7 @@ msgid "" "corresponding view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 msgid "" "To navigate forward or backward in time, in the selected increment " "(:guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, etc.), click the :guilabel:`← (left " @@ -16680,44 +17186,44 @@ msgid "" " that specified amount of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:695 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Month` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by" " one month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:697 msgid "" "To return to a view containing the current day, click the :guilabel:`Today` " "button at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 msgid "" "Team members are listed alphabetically on individual lines, and their " "requested time off, regardless of the status (*validated* or *to approve*), " "is visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:766 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:702 msgid "" "Each employee is color-coded. The employee's color is selected at random, " "and does *not* correspond to the type of time off they requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:705 msgid "" "The status of the time off is represented by the color detail of the " "request, either appearing solid (*validated*) or striped (*to approve*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 msgid "" "The number of days or hours requested is written on the request (if there is" " enough space)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:710 msgid "" "At the bottom of the calendar, in the :guilabel:`Total` line, a bar graph " "shows how many people are projected to be out on any given day. The number " @@ -16725,7 +17231,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:778 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:714 msgid "" "Click on a time off entry to view the details for the specific time off " "entry. The total number of hours or days are listed, along with the start " @@ -16737,21 +17243,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview of the user's team, with time off requests shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:723 msgid "My time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:725 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`My Time` section of the *Time Off* application contains the " "time off dashboard, as well as the user's time off requests and allocations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:795 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:731 msgid "Dashboard" msgstr "Konsola" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:733 msgid "" "All users have access to the time off dashboard, which is the default view " "in the *Time Off* application. The dashboard can also be accessed at any " @@ -16759,38 +17265,38 @@ msgid "" "My Time --> Dashboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 msgid "" "The current year is displayed, and the current day is highlighted in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:739 msgid "" "To change the view, click on the :guilabel:`Year` button to reveal a drop-" "down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, or " ":guilabel:`Month` to present the calendar in that corresponding view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:743 msgid "" "To change the presented dates, click the :guilabel:`← (left arrow)` or " ":guilabel:`→ (right arrow)` icons to the left of the :guilabel:`Year` " "button. The calendar view adjusts in increments of the presented view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:811 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Year` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by " "one year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:813 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:749 msgid "" "To change the view at any point to a view that includes the current date, " "click the :guilabel:`Today` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:816 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:752 msgid "" "Above the calendar view is a summary of the user's time off balances. Every " "time off type that has been allocated appears in its own summary box. Each " @@ -16799,7 +17305,7 @@ msgid "" "applicable)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:757 msgid "" "To view the full details of a time off balance, click the :guilabel:`? " "(question mark)` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`(DAYS/HOURS) AVAILABLE` " @@ -16813,7 +17319,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A view of the complete time off balance details in the popover window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:767 msgid "" "A user is also able to see how much time off they will have accrued in the " "future. On the right side of the time off summary blocks, there is a " @@ -16821,7 +17327,7 @@ msgid "" "selector popover appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:771 msgid "" "The current date is the default date selected. Navigate to the desired date," " and Odoo displays the time off balances the user will have on that date. " @@ -16830,14 +17336,14 @@ msgid "" "of the date field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:840 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:776 msgid "" "On the right side of the calendar, the various time off types are displayed," " with their corresponding colors. The :guilabel:`Legend` explains how the " "various statuses for time off requests are presented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:780 msgid "" "Time off that has been validated appears in a solid color (in the color " "specified in the :guilabel:`Time Off Type` section above the " @@ -16846,19 +17352,19 @@ msgid "" "line through the dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:849 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:785 msgid "" -"New time off requests can be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :ref:`New Time Off" -" ` modal appears." +"New time off requests can be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. Click the " +":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :doc:`New Time Off" +" <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:852 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 msgid "" -"New allocation requests can also be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the dashboard to " -"request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation ` modal appears." +"New allocation requests can also be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard` to request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation " +"` modal appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 @@ -16867,56 +17373,56 @@ msgid "" "buttons highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:863 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:800 msgid "My time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:865 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:802 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`. Here, all time " "off requests, both past and present, appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:868 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:805 msgid "" "The list includes the following information for each request: the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Start Date`, " ":guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and the :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:872 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:809 msgid "" "A new time off request can be made from this view. Click the :guilabel:`New`" -" button to :ref:`request time off `." +" button to :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:878 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:815 msgid "My allocations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:817 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's allocations, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Allocations`. All " "allocations and requested allocations appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:820 msgid "" "The information presented on the :guilabel:`My Allocations` page includes: " "the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Amount`, " ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`, and :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:824 msgid "" "A new allocation request can be made from this view, as well. Click the " ":guilabel:`New` button to :ref:`request an allocation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:895 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:832 msgid "" "The reporting feature allows users to view time off for their team, either " "by employee or type of time off. This allows users to see which employees " @@ -16924,7 +17430,7 @@ msgid "" "types are being used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:899 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:836 msgid "" "Any report can be added to a spreadsheet through the *Insert in Spreadsheet*" " button that appears in the top-left of a report. If the *Documents* " @@ -16932,31 +17438,31 @@ msgid "" "appears. If not, the report can be added to a *Dashboard*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:841 msgid "By employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:843 msgid "" "To view a report of employee time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Employee`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:846 msgid "" "The default report presents the current year's data in a list view, " "displaying all the employees in alphabetical order. Each employee's line is " "collapsed by default. To expand a line, click anywhere on the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:913 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:850 msgid "" "The view expands, and has the time off requests organized by time off type. " "Click anywhere on a time off type line to expand it, and view all the " "individual time off requests that fall under that type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:916 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:853 msgid "" "The information shown in the list includes: the :guilabel:`Employee` name, " ":guilabel:`Number of Days` off requested, the :guilabel:`Start Date`, " @@ -16967,7 +17473,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Report of time off, shown by each employee in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:861 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " @@ -16979,8 +17485,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The various other views highlighted, for the employee time off report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:933 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:870 msgid "" "When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " "particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports and their" @@ -16988,18 +17493,18 @@ msgid "" "documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:875 msgid "By type" msgstr "Przez typ" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:940 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:877 msgid "" "To view a list of all time off, organized by time off type, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Type`. This shows all time" " off requests in a default bar chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:943 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 msgid "" "Hover over a bar to view the :guilabel:`Duration (Days)` of that specific " "time off type." @@ -17011,13 +17516,13 @@ msgid "" "highlighted in a red box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 msgid "" "Click on a bar to go to a detailed list view of all the time off requests " "for that time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:952 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:889 msgid "" "Each request is listed, with the following information displayed: the " ":guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Request Type`, " @@ -17025,10 +17530,174 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " "way. The various options are a :guilabel:`Graph` (the default view), " ":guilabel:`List`, or :guilabel:`Pivot` table." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:897 +msgid "" +"When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " +"particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports, and " +"their various options, refer to the :doc:`reporting " +"<../essentials/reporting>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:902 +msgid ":doc:`time_off/request_time_off`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Request time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once time off has been allocated to an employee, a request to use it can be " +"submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Time off can be requested in one of two ways: either from the main *Time " +"Off* application :guilabel:`Dashboard` (:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My " +"Time --> Dashboard`), or from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` dashboard view " +"(:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " +"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " +"Off` dashboard, in the default list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " +"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" +" form appears in a pop-up window. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time" +" Off` list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " +"form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " +"the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " +"two fields to populate: the start and end dates. Click on either date field " +"and a popover calendar appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " +"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " +"applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If only requesting time off for a single day, click on the start date, then " +"click the same date again for the end date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the correct dates are selected, click the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" +" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, tick this " +"checkbox. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " +"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " +"day is being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " +"day, tick this checkbox. If selected, a :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` " +"field appears beneath this option. Using the drop-down menu, select the " +"start and end time for the time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " +":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " +"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " +"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " +"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " +"should include any details that managers and approvers may need to approve " +"the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachment of documents. " +"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the desired files that should be attached, select them, then " +"click The :guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off " +"request form. Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information, and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " +"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " +"be saved manually at any time by clicking the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " +"with the flu." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 9463aef3a..b828079e4 100644 --- a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Damian Ratus, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pl/)\n" @@ -2214,15 +2214,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:36 msgid "" -"If you select a new workspace, existing documents aren't moved. Only newly " +"If you select a new workspace, existing documents are not moved. Only newly " "created documents will be found under the new workspace." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:42 msgid "Workspaces" msgstr "Przestrzenie robocze" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:44 msgid "" "Workspaces are hierarchical folders having their own set of tags and " ":ref:`actions `. Default workspaces exist, but " @@ -2231,56 +2231,80 @@ msgid "" " fill in the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Parent Workspace`: if you want to create a sub-workspace, select " "its :guilabel:`Parent Workspace`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:236 msgid "Tags" msgstr "Tagi" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:56 msgid "" "Tags are used within workspaces to add a level of differentiation between " "documents. They are organized per category, and filters can be used to sort " "them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:59 msgid "" "Tags can be created from the :guilabel:`Tags` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a " "line`, create the :guilabel:`Tag Category`, and :guilabel:`Name` your tags." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:63 msgid "" "The tags of a parent workspace apply to the child workspaces automatically;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:64 msgid "" "Tags can be created and modified by going to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Tags`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:65 msgid "" "Tags can also be created or edited by clicking the gear icon :guilabel:`⚙` " "on the left menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:67 +msgid "" +"An **email alias** can be used to automatically send received documents to a" +" specific workspace based on the tag assigned. To create an email alias:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Select the tag and the corresponding workspace where the document should be " +"directed in the left column of your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Next to the :guilabel:`Upload` button, click the down arrow, and then click " +":guilabel:`Share`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In the new window, click :guilabel:`Download and Upload` and enter the email" +" alias where documents should be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:79 msgid "Access rights" msgstr "Prawa dostępu" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:81 msgid "" "To manage your workspace access rights, go to :menuselection:`Documents --> " "Configuration --> Workspaces`, open the workspace you want to edit, and go " @@ -2289,18 +2313,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Read Groups` that can only view the workspace's documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:87 msgid "Description" msgstr "Opis" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:89 msgid "" "You can add descriptive information to your workspace by going to " ":menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration --> Workspaces`, opening the " "workspace you want to describe and going to the :guilabel:`Description` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:94 msgid "" "Workspaces can also be created and edited by clicking the gear icon " ":guilabel:`⚙` on the left menu." @@ -2310,40 +2334,39 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create sub-workspaces from the left menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:101 msgid "Documents management" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:103 msgid "" "When selecting or opening a document, the right panel displays different " "options. On the top, additional options might be available: " ":guilabel:`Download`, :guilabel:`Share`, :guilabel:`Replace`, " ":guilabel:`Lock` or :guilabel:`Split`. It is also possible to " -":guilabel:`Open chatter` or :guilabel:`Archive` the document." +":guilabel:`Open chatter` or use the :guilabel:`Move to trash` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst-1 msgid "right panel options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:112 msgid "" -"Then, you can modify the name of your file by clicking on " -":guilabel:`Document`. A :guilabel:`Contact` or an :guilabel:`Owner` can be " -"assigned. The related :guilabel:`Workspace` can be modified and it is " -"possible to access the related :guilabel:`Journal Entry` or add " -":guilabel:`Tags`." +"Then, you can modify the name of your file by clicking on :guilabel:`Name`. " +"A :guilabel:`Contact` or an :guilabel:`Owner` can be assigned. The related " +":guilabel:`Workspace` can be modified and it is possible to access the " +"related :guilabel:`Journal Entry` or add :guilabel:`Tags`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:117 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Contact` is the person related to the document and assigned " "to it. He can only view the document and not modify it. I.e.: an existing " "supplier in your database is the contact for their bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:120 msgid "" "The person who creates a document is, by default :guilabel:`Owner` of it and" " has complete rights to it. It is possible to replace the owner of a " @@ -2351,24 +2374,24 @@ msgid "" " in \"My Profile\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:124 msgid "" "Different :ref:`Actions ` are available at the " "bottom of the right panel, depending on the workspace where your document is" " stored." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:128 msgid "Split PDF documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:130 msgid "" "Select the PDF you want to split, and click the scissors icon. A new view " "displays all the pages of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:133 msgid "" "By default, each page of the document will be split when clicking " ":guilabel:`Split`. To remove a split between two pages, click on the " @@ -2379,34 +2402,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "split your documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:140 msgid "" "To merge documents from your dashboard, select them and click the scissors " "icon. Click on the scissors between the two documents and click " ":guilabel:`Split` to merge the documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:144 msgid "Additional features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:146 msgid "" "Select a workspace and click the arrow next to the :guilabel:`Upload` button" " to access additional features:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:150 msgid "Request" msgstr "Zgłoszenie" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:152 msgid "" "You can create \"missing documents\" and organize them as documents, to " "remind users to download them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:154 msgid "" "Select the workspace where the file should be stored, click " ":guilabel:`Upload`, then :guilabel:`Request`. Add the :guilabel:`Document " @@ -2418,24 +2441,24 @@ msgid "" "the workspace." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:161 msgid "When your document is available, click the placeholder to upload it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:163 msgid "" "You can see all missing documents by going to the **Activity** view and to " "the :guilabel:`Requested Document` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:167 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Activity` view, you can send a **reminder email** to " "users from whom you are expecting a document. Go to the :guilabel:`Requested" " Document` column, click on ⋮ and :guilabel:`Document Request: Reminder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:171 msgid "" "Click on a date to see the details of a specific request. You can update it " "by clicking on the pen icon, :guilabel:`Preview` the content of the reminder" @@ -2446,27 +2469,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "send a reminder email from the Activity view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:179 msgid "Add a link" msgstr "Dodaj link" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:181 msgid "" "To add a link to your documents dashboard, click on :guilabel:`Add a Link`, " "enter the :guilabel:`URL`, and :guilabel:`Name` it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:185 msgid "Share" msgstr "Udostępnij" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:187 msgid "" "You can create a share link to a document or all documents of a workspace. " "It allows anyone to download the file(s) or upload files to a workspace." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:190 msgid "" "To do so, select the workspace or the document and click the arrow next to " "the :guilabel:`Upload` button then :guilabel:`Share`. On the pop-up, the " @@ -2478,28 +2501,28 @@ msgid "" "Upload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:198 msgid "" "It is possible to only share one or more documents (without their workspace)" " by selecting them and clicking :guilabel:`Share`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:202 msgid "New spreadsheet" msgstr "Nowy arkusz kalkulacyjny" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:204 msgid "" "To create a new :doc:`spreadsheet `, click :guilabel:`New " "Spreadsheet`. You can select a :guilabel:`Blank spreadsheet` or an " ":doc:`existing template `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:210 msgid "Workflow actions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:212 msgid "" "Workflow actions help manage documents and overall business operations. " "These are automated actions that can be created and customized for each " @@ -2507,33 +2530,33 @@ msgid "" " add tags to a document, and process bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:216 msgid "" "These workflow actions appear on the right panel when a document meets the " "set criteria." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:219 msgid "Create workflow actions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:221 msgid "" "To create workflow actions, go to :menuselection:`Documents --> " "Configuration --> Actions` and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:225 msgid "" "An action applies to all **sub-workspaces** under the :guilabel:`Related " "Workspace` you selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:228 msgid "Set the conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:230 msgid "" "You can :guilabel:`Create` a new :guilabel:`Action` or edit an existing one." " You can define the :guilabel:`Action Name` and then set the conditions that" @@ -2541,23 +2564,23 @@ msgid "" "side panel when selecting a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:234 msgid "There are three basic types of conditions you can set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:236 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: you can use the :guilabel:`Contains` and :guilabel:`Does " -"not contain` conditions, meaning the files *must have* or *mustn't have* the" -" tags set here." +"not contain` conditions, meaning the files *must have* or *must not have* " +"the tags set here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:239 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: the files must be associated with the contact set here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:241 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Owner`: the files must be associated with the owner set here." msgstr "" @@ -2566,23 +2589,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a workflow action's basic condition in Odoo Documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:247 msgid "" -"If you don't set any conditions, the action button appears for all files " +"If you do not set any conditions, the action button appears for all files " "inside the selected workspace." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:251 msgid "Advanced condition type: domain" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:254 msgid "" "It is recommended to have some knowledge of Odoo development to configure " "*Domain* filters properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:257 msgid "" "The :ref:`developer mode ` needs to be activated to access " "the :guilabel:`Domain` condition from the :guilabel:`Actions` tab. Once " @@ -2590,7 +2613,7 @@ msgid "" "condition`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:261 msgid "" "To create a rule, you typically select a :guilabel:`field`, an " ":guilabel:`operator`, and a :guilabel:`value`. For example, if you want to " @@ -2603,7 +2626,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a workflow action's domain condition in Odoo Documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:269 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add New Rule` (plus icon) and :guilabel:`Add branch` to add" " conditions and sub-conditions. You can then specify if your rule should " @@ -2611,114 +2634,114 @@ msgid "" "rule directly using the :guilabel:`Code editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:274 msgid "Configure the actions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:276 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Actions` tab to set up your action. You can " "simultaneously:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:278 msgid "" "**Set Contact**: add a contact to the file, or replace an existing contact " "with a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:279 msgid "" "**Set Owner**: add an owner to the file, or replace an existing owner with a" " new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:280 msgid "**Move to Workspace**: move the file to any workspace." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:281 msgid "" "**Create**: create one of the following items attached to the file in your " "database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:283 msgid "" "**Link to record**: link the document to a record (i.e. link to a vehicle in" " Fleet);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:284 msgid "**Product template**: create a product you can edit directly;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:285 msgid "**Task**: create a Project task you can edit directly;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:286 msgid "**Signature PDF template**: create a new Sign template to send out;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:287 msgid "**PDF to sign**: create a PDF to sign;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:288 msgid "**Applicant**: create a new HR application you can edit directly;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:289 msgid "" "**Vendor bill**: create a vendor bill using OCR and AI to scrape information" " from the file content;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:291 msgid "" "**Customer invoice**: create a customer invoice using OCR and AI to scrape " "information from the file;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:293 msgid "" "**Vendor credit note**: create a vendor credit note using OCR and AI to " "scrape information from the file;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:295 msgid "" "**Credit note**: create a customer credit note using OCR and AI to scrape " "information from the file;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:297 msgid "" "**Miscellaneous Operations**: create a record in :guilabel:`Miscellaneous " "Operations` in Accounting;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:299 msgid "**Bank Statement**: create a Bank Statement in Finance;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:300 msgid "" "**Expense**: create an expense automatically based on a file's content." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:290 -msgid "**Set Tags**: add, remove, and replace any number of tags." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:302 +msgid "**Set Tags**: add, remove, and replace any number of tags;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:303 msgid "" "**Activities - Mark all as Done**: mark all activities linked to the file as" -" done." +" done;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:304 msgid "" "**Activities - Schedule Activity**: create a new activity linked to the file" " as configured in the action. You can choose to set the activity on the " @@ -2729,11 +2752,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a workflow action Odoo Documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:311 msgid "Digitize documents with AI and optical character recognition (OCR)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:313 msgid "" "Documents available in the Finance workspace can be digitized. Select the " "document to digitize, click :guilabel:`Create Bill`, :guilabel:`Create " @@ -2741,7 +2764,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send for Digitization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:318 msgid "" ":doc:`AI-powered document digitization " "<../finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization>`" diff --git a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index fa6df151f..5c3ba5d65 100644 --- a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -8,17 +8,17 @@ # Tadeusz Karpiński , 2023 # Anita Kosobucka, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2024 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Damian Ratus, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Damian Ratus, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:44 @@ -250,233 +250,280 @@ msgid "" "the top :guilabel:`Pipeline` page to view all opportunities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:3 +msgid "Create leads (from email or manually)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:8 msgid "" -"Two key ways to generate new leads or opportunities for your business are " -"through email aliases and website contact forms. Odoo automatically creates " -"leads in your CRM whenever someone sends a message to a Sales Team email " -"alias or fills out a contact form on your website." +"Leads can be added to the *CRM* app from custom email aliases, and by " +"manually creating new records. This is in addition to the leads and " +"opportunities created in the app through the :doc:`website contact form " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:12 +msgid "" +"First, ensure the *Leads* feature is enabled in the database by navigating " +"to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:17 msgid "Configure email aliases" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:19 msgid "" -"Each Sales Team can use its own unique email alias to generate " -"leads/opportunities. Any email sent to a Sales Team's email alias will " -"automatically create a lead (if leads are activated in your CRM settings) or" -" an opportunity in the pipeline for that particular team. Configure custom " -"email aliases on the configuration page for each Sales Team by navigating to" -" :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`." +"Each sales team has the option to create and utilize their own unique email " +"alias. When messages are sent to this address, a lead (or opportunity), is " +"created with the information from the message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Configuring Sales Teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:23 -msgid "Use Contact Forms on your website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:23 msgid "" -"By default, your website's *Contact Us* page displays Odoo's ready-to-use " -"Contact Form. Whenever someone submits this form, a lead or an opportunity " -"is generated in your database." +"To create or update a sales teams' email alias, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`. Click on a team " +"from the list to open the team's details page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Default Contact Us page" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The sales team details page, focused on the email alias section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:30 msgid "" -"The Contact Form can be activated or deactivated at any time by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Go to Website --> Customize --> Contact Form`." +"In the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field, enter a name for the email alias, or " +"edit the existing name. In the :guilabel:`Accept Emails From` field, use the" +" drop-down menu to choose who is allowed to send messages to this email " +"alias:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Form toggle" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Everyone`: messages are accepted from any email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:35 msgid "" -"When the Form is deactivated, the *Contact Us* page simply displays a button" -" to email your company directly. Any email sent this way will generate a " -"lead/opportunity." +":guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`: only accepts messages from email " +"addresses associated with a a partner (contact or customer) record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Us Page using email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:37 msgid "" -"Choose which Sales Team or salesperson is automatically assigned to the " -"leads/opportunities created from the Contact Form by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Communication`." +":guilabel:`Followers only`: only accepts messages from those who are " +"following a record related to the team, such as a lead or opportunity. " +"Messages are also accepted from team members." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Form settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:55 -msgid "Customize Contact Forms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:39 msgid "" -"Contact Forms can be customized for the specific information your team " -"needs, using the free *Form Builder* module." +":guilabel:`Authenticated Employees`: only accepts messages from email " +"addresses that are connected to a record in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:43 +msgid "Leads created from email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:45 msgid "" -"The *Form Builder* module is installed automatically when a Form element is " -"added to a web page via the Website Builder. It can also be installed " -"manually from the :guilabel:`Apps` page." +"Leads created from email alias messages can be viewed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads`. Click a lead from the list to open it, " +"and view the details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Form Builder building blocks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:48 msgid "" -"Forms can be created from scratch to serve a wide variety of purposes. " -"However, Odoo's default *Contact Us* page is designed to fit most users' " -"needs. Start with the default form and modify from there." +"The email received by the alias is added to the *chatter* thread for the " +"lead. The subject line of the message is added to the title field, and the " +":guilabel:`Email` field is updated with the contact's email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:73 -msgid "Edit Contact Form fields" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The chatter thread of a newly created lead in the CRM app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:57 msgid "" -"In Edit mode on your website, click on any field to start editing it. The " -"following information can be edited for each field on the Contact Form:" +"If the *leads* feature is **not** enabled on the database, messages to the " +"email alias are added to the database as opportunities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:64 +msgid "Manually create leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:66 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Type`: Choose a custom field option or an existing field. " -"Examples include phone, file upload, language, etc." +"Leads can be added directly to the *CRM* app by manually creating a new " +"record. Navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads` to view a list of " +"existing leads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Input Type`: Determine the type of entry customers should input. " -"Available options are text,email, telephone, and URL." +"Leads can also be added via the :doc:`Generate Leads ` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:72 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Input Placeholder`: Type in an example to guide users how to " -"input information where formatting is important, such as a phone number or " -"email address." +"At the top-left of the list, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank " +":guilabel:`Leads` form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:74 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Label Name`: Type in the display name to show users what " -"information is needed from them." +"In the first field of the new form, enter a title for the new lead. Next, " +"enter a :guilabel:`Contact Name`, and a :guilabel:`Company Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:78 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Label Position`: Choose the way the label is aligned with the " -"rest of the form. The label can be hidden, above the field, to the far left " -"of the field, or right adjusted and closer to the field." +"If a lead is :doc:`converted to an opportunity `, the " +":guilabel:`Company Name` field is used to either link this opportunity to an" +" existing customer, or to create a new customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:82 +msgid "Manually create opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:84 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Required`: Toggle this option for information that you absolutely" -" need entered." +"To manually create an opportunity, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Sales --> My Pipeline`. At the top-left of the page, click :guilabel:`New` " +"to create a new opportunity Kanban card. In the " +":guilabel:`Organization/Contact` field, enter the name of the company the " +"opportunity is for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:88 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hidden`: Toggle this option to hide the field without deleting " -"it." +"Choose a name, and enter it in the :guilabel:`Opportunity` field. *This is a" +" required field.* When manually creating an opportunity, it is helpful to " +"add a name that relates to the details of the opportunity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:93 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Shown on Mobile`: Toggle this option to show the field to users " -"on mobile devices." +"In the example below, the opportunity is named `5 VP Chairs`. This " +"identifies the product the customer is interested in, as well as the " +"potential number of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Editable field options" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:0 +msgid "An example of an opportunity in the CRM pipeline." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:100 msgid "" -"By default, when a Form is submitted, it sends you an email with the " -"customer's inputted information. To have it automatically generate a " -"lead/opportunity instead, edit the Form and select :guilabel:`Create an " -"Opportunity` as the Action." +"Enter the contact information for the opportunity in the :guilabel:`Email` " +"and :guilabel:`Phone` fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:103 msgid "" -"If leads are activated in your CRM settings, selecting :guilabel:`Create an " -"Opportunity` generates a lead instead. To learn more about activating leads " -"in the CRM settings, head over to :doc:`convert`." +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Revenue` field, enter an estimated value for the " +"opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The information in the :guilabel:`Expected Revenue` and priority fields can " +"be used to track performance for individual salespeople, and on a team " +"basis. See :doc:`../performance/expected_revenue_report` and " +":doc:`../track_leads/lead_scoring` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:111 +msgid "Then, use the |st-o| :guilabel:`(star)` icons to assign a priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:113 +msgid "|st-o| |st-o| |st-o|: low priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:114 +msgid "|st| |st-o| |st-o|: medium priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:115 +msgid "|st| |st| |st-o|: high priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:116 +msgid "|st| |st| |st|: very high priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Assigning a priority changes the order of leads in Kanban view, with higher " +"priority leads displayed first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once all the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Add`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The CRM pipeline with a newly created opportunity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 msgid "Lead mining" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 msgid "" -"Lead mining is a feature that allows CRM users to generate new leads " +"*Lead mining* is a feature that allows *CRM* users to generate new leads " "directly into their Odoo database. To ensure lead qualification, lead mining" " output is determined by a variety of filtering criteria, such as the " "country, the company size, and the industry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:15 msgid "" -"To get started, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and activate :guilabel:`Lead Mining`." +"To get started, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`Lead Mining` checkbox to activate the " +"feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "Activate lead mining in Odoo CRM settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:23 msgid "Generate leads" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:25 msgid "" -"After the :guilabel:`Lead Mining` setting is activated, a new button called " -":guilabel:`Generate Leads` is available to use in the :guilabel:`CRM` " -"pipeline. Lead mining requests are also available through " -":menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests`, or through " -":menuselection:`CRM --> Leads --> Leads` where the :guilabel:`Generate " -"Leads` button is also available." +"After the *Lead Mining* setting is activated, a new button called *Generate " +"Leads* is available to use in the upper-left corner of the *CRM* *Pipeline* " +"(:menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales --> My Pipeline`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Lead mining requests are also available through :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests`, or through :menuselection:`CRM app " +"--> Leads --> Leads`, where the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button is also " +"available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "The Generate Leads button to use the lead mining feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:37 msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button, and a window will appear " +"Click the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button, and a pop-up window appears, " "offering a variety of criteria by which to generate leads." msgstr "" @@ -486,109 +533,141 @@ msgid "" "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:44 msgid "" "Choose to generate leads for :guilabel:`Companies` to get company " -"information only, or choose :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` to get " -"company information as well as individual employee contact information. When" -" targeting :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts`, there is an option to " -"filter contacts based on :guilabel:`Role` or :guilabel:`Seniority`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:44 -msgid "Additional filtering options include:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Size`: filter leads based on the number of employees at the " -"company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Countries`: filter leads based on the country (or countries) they" -" are located in" +"information only, or choose |CC| to get company information and individual " +"employee contact information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:48 msgid "" -":guilabel:`States`: further filter leads based on the state they are located" -" in, if applicable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:49 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Industries`: filter leads based on the specific industry they " -"work in" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose which Sales Team the leads will be assigned " -"to" +"When targeting |CC|, additional options are available to filter contacts " +"based on :guilabel:`Role` or :guilabel:`Seniority`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Salesperson`: choose which person(s) on the Sales Team the leads " -"will be assigned to" +msgid "Additional filtering options include the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Countries`: filter leads based on the country (or countries) they" +" are located in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`States`: further filter leads based on the state in which they " +"are located, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Industries`: filter leads based on the specific industry they " +"work in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Filter on Size`: tick this checkbox to specify the number of " +"employees at the company. This generates a field labeled :guilabel:`Size`. " +"Fill in the blanks to create a range for the desired company size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose which Sales Team the leads will be assigned " +"to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson`: choose which member of the Sales Team the leads " +"will be assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:62 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Tags`: choose which tags are applied directly to the " -"leads once found" +"leads once found." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 msgid "" "Make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulations when receiving contact " "information. Get more information about the General Data Protection " "Regulation on `Odoo GDPR `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:69 +msgid "View leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +msgid "" +"After leads are generated, they are assigned to the designated salesperson " +"and team. To view additional information regarding the lead, select one from" +" the list, and click to open it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the chatter thread for the lead, additional information is provided. This" +" can include the number of employees, the technology used by the company, " +"the timezone, and direct contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 +msgid "The chatter thread of a newly generated lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Leads` are **not** enabled for the database, then leads are " +"generated as *opportunities*, and added to the pipeline for the designated " +"salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To enable the :guilabel:`Leads` feature, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:88 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "Ceny" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:91 msgid "" -"Lead mining is an *In-App Purchase* feature and each generated lead costs " -"one credit." +"Lead mining is an *In-App Purchase* feature, and each generated lead costs " +"one :ref:`credit `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:95 msgid "" -"Choosing to generate :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` costs one " -"additional credit for each contact generated." +"Generating |CC| costs one additional credit for each contact generated. See " +"here for complete pricing information: `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP " +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:99 msgid "" -"See here for full pricing information: `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:70 -msgid "" -"To buy credits, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"To buy credits, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Lead Generation` section, under the " -":guilabel:`Lead Mining` feature, click on :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." +":guilabel:`Lead Mining` feature, click :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 -msgid "Buy credits from the lead mining settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:103 msgid "" "Credits may also be purchased by navigating to the :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> General Settings`. In the :guilabel:`In-App Purchases` section, under " -"the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` feature, click on :guilabel:`View My Services`." +"app`. In the :guilabel:`Contacts` section, under the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` " +"feature, click :guilabel:`View My Services`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 @@ -596,20 +675,272 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Buy credits in the Odoo IAP settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:87 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:112 msgid "" "Enterprise Odoo users with a valid subscription get free credits to test " -":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` features before deciding to purchase more " -"credits for the database. This includes demo/training databases, educational" -" databases, and one-app-free databases." +"|IAP| features before purchasing more credits for the database. This " +"includes demo/training databases, educational databases, and one-app-free " +"databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:3 +msgid "Create opportunities from web contact forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Adding a contact form to a website makes it easy to convert visitors into " +"leads and opportunities. After a visitor submits their information, an " +"opportunity can be created automatically, and assigned to a designated sales" +" team and salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:12 +msgid "Customize contact forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By default, the *Contact Us* page on an Odoo website displays a " +"preconfigured contact form. This form can be customized, as needed, to suit " +"the needs of a specific sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Website app --> Contact Us`, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit` in the top-right of the screen to open the web editor. " +"Click on the form building block in the body of the webpage to open the form" +" configuration settings on the right sidebar. The following options are " +"available to customize the contact form from the :guilabel:`From` section of" +" the right sidebar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst-1 +msgid "The form configuration settings on an Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Action`: the default action for a contact form is :guilabel:`Send" +" an Email`. Select :guilabel:`Create an Opportunity` from the drop-down list" +" to capture the information in the *CRM* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose a sales team from the drop-down menu that the" +" opportunities from this form should be assigned to. This field **only** " +"appears if the :guilabel:`Action` field is set to :guilabel:`Create an " +"Opportunity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson`: if the opportunities should be assigned to a " +"specific salesperson, select them from the drop-down menu. If no selection " +"is made in this field, the opportunities are assigned based on the team's " +"existing rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marked Fields`: use this field to alter how the form handles " +"marked fields. The default option is to treat marked fields as " +":guilabel:`Required`, which is the recommended setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mark Text`: choose how :guilabel:`Marked Fields` should be " +"identified. The default character is an asterisk (`*`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Labels Width`: use this field to alter the pixel width of the " +"labels, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Success`: select how the webpage reacts after a customer " +"successfully submits a form. :guilabel:`Nothing` keeps the customer on the " +"same screen, with the addition of a confirmation message that the form was " +"submitted successfully. :guilabel:`Redirect` sends the customer to a new " +"webpage, based on the address provided in the :guilabel:`URL` field below. " +":guilabel:`Show Message` replaces the form with a preconfigured message that" +" informs the customer someone should respond to them as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL`: if :guilabel:`Redirect` is selected in the :guilabel:`On " +"Success` field, enter the URL for the webpage, where customers should be " +"directed after successfully submitting a form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visibility`: use the drop-down menu to add any visibility " +"conditions for this field, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If *leads* are activated in *CRM* settings, selecting :guilabel:`Create an " +"Opportunity` generates a lead instead. To activate leads, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:57 +msgid "Customize contact form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In addition to the settings for the form, the settings for each field can be" +" customized, as well. With the web editor menu still open, click into a " +"field to open the :guilabel:`Field` configuration settings section on the " +"sidebar. The following options are available to customize a field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: choose a custom field option or an existing field type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input Type`: determine the type of information customers should " +"input. Available options are :guilabel:`Text`, :guilabel:`Email`, " +":guilabel:`Telephone`, or :guilabel:`Url`. The selection made in this field " +"limits the format that customers can use when entering information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Label`: enter the name for the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Position`: choose the way the label is aligned with the rest of " +"the form. The label can be hidden, above the field, to the left of the " +"field, or right adjusted and closer to the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: slide the toggle to add a description for the " +"field, which can provide additional instructions to customers. Click under " +"the field on the form to add the description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Placeholder`: enter an example to help users know how to input " +"information where formatting is important, such as a phone number or email " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Value`: enter a value to include in the form, by default," +" if the customer does not provide information in the field. *It is not " +"recommended to include a default value for required fields*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required`: slide the toggle to mark this field as required if it " +"**must** be filled in for every submission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visibility`: select when this field should be visible. Use the " +"button on the left to choose whether to show or hide this field on a desktop" +" users. Use the button on the right to choose whether to show or hide this " +"field to mobile users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`Animation`: select if this field should have any animation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst-1 +msgid "The field configuration settings on an Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:89 +msgid "View opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:91 +msgid "" +"After a customer submits a contact form, and an opportunity is created, it " +"is assigned based on the :ref:`form settings `. " +"To view opportunities, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales --> My " +"Pipeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If leads are activated on the database, contact form submissions are " +"generated as leads, not opportunities. To activate leads, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads` to view the newly-created " +"leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:102 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`My Pipeline` dashboard, click on an opportunity card in " +"the Kanban view to open the opportunity record. The information submitted by" +" the customer is visible on the opportunity record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:107 +msgid "" +"As the contact form fields are customizable, the fields on the opportunity " +"record, where the form information is stored, varies accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the preconfigured contact form is used, the *Subject* field is added to " +"the :guilabel:`Title` field, and the content in the :guilabel:`Notes` field," +" which is labeled as :guilabel:`Your Question`, is added to the " +":guilabel:`Internal Notes` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../pipeline/manage_sales_teams`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`convert`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`../track_leads/lead_scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:118 +msgid ":ref:`Website forms `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 msgid "Create and send quotations" msgstr "" @@ -1019,20 +1350,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:12 msgid "" -"To install the *Gamification* module, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` " -"application. Click into the :guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top of the page" -" and remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter. Type `Gamification` to search." +"To install the *CRM Gamification* module, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Apps` application. Click into the :guilabel:`Search...` bar " +"at the top of the page and remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter. Type `CRM " +"Gamification` to search." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:16 msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Gamification` module is **not** already installed, click " -":guilabel:`Install`. After completing the installation, return to the " -":menuselection:`Apps` application and search for `Gamification` again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:20 -msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`CRM Gamification` module, click :guilabel:`Install`. This " "module features goals and challenges related to the *CRM* and *Sales* " "applications." @@ -1042,31 +1367,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the gamification module being installed in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:24 msgid "" -"If both the *CRM* and *Sales* apps are installed, the *CRM Gamification* " -"module is automatically installed on the database." +"If **both** the *CRM* and *Sales* apps are installed, the *CRM Gamification*" +" module is automatically installed on the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 msgid "" "To access the *Gamification Tools* menu, first enable :ref:`developer-mode`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:29 msgid "" "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Gamification Tools`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1 -msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings" +msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 msgid "Create badges" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 msgid "" "*Badges* are awarded to users when they have completed a challenge. " "Different badges can be awarded based on the type of task completed, and can" @@ -1074,7 +1399,7 @@ msgid "" "goal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:44 msgid "" "To view the existing badges, or create a new one, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." @@ -1084,7 +1409,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the badges page in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:52 msgid "" "Some badges can be awarded outside of challenges, as well. Select the Kanban" " card for the desired badge, then click :guilabel:`Grant`. This opens a " @@ -1092,30 +1417,30 @@ msgid "" " would you like to reward?` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:56 msgid "" "Add any additional information regarding why the user is receiving the " "reward in the field below, then click :guilabel:`Grant Badge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a new badge, click :guilabel:`New` at the top-left of the page to " "open a blank form. Enter a name for the :guilabel:`Badge`, followed by a " "description." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Allowance to Grant` field determines when a badge can be " "granted, and by whom:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:64 msgid ":guilabel:`Everyone`: this badge can be manually granted by any user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`A selected list of users`: this badge can only be granted by a " "select group of users. If this option is selected, it generates a new field," @@ -1123,7 +1448,7 @@ msgid "" "down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`People having some badges`: this badge can only be granted by " "users who have already been awarded a specific badge. If this option is " @@ -1132,13 +1457,13 @@ msgid "" " this badge to others." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No one, assigned through challenges`: this badge cannot be " "manually granted, it can only be awarded through challenges." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:75 msgid "" "To limit the number of badges a user can send, tick the :guilabel:`Monthly " "Limited Spending` checkbox. This sets a limit on the number of times a user " @@ -1150,32 +1475,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The details page for a new badge." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:87 msgid "Create a challenge" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:89 msgid "" "To create a challenge, navigate to to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Gamification Tools --> Challenges`. Click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left " "corner to open a blank challenge form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:92 msgid "At the top of the form, enter a :guilabel:`Challenge Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:95 msgid "Create assignment rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:97 msgid "" "To assign the challenge to specific users, one or more assignment rules must" " be utilized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:99 msgid "" "Click into the first field under :guilabel:`Assign Challenge to`, and select" " a parameter from the drop-down list to define the rule. Then, click into " @@ -1183,73 +1508,84 @@ msgid "" "third field to further define the parameter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:104 msgid "" "To include all users with permissions in the *Sales* app, create a rule with" -" the following parameters: - :guilabel:`Groups` - :guilabel:`is in` - " -"`Sales/User: Own Documents Only`" +" the following parameters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:107 +msgid ":guilabel:`Groups`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`is in`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:109 +msgid "`Sales/User: Own Documents Only`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:0 msgid "View of the assignation rules section of a Challenge form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:115 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Periodicity` field, select a time frame for goals to be " "automatically assessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:118 msgid "Add goals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:120 msgid "" "Challenges can be based on a single goal, or can include multiple goals with" " different targets. To add a goal to the challenge, click :guilabel:`Add a " "line` on the :guilabel:`Goals` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:123 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Goal Definition` field, choose a goal from the drop-down " "list. The :guilabel:`Condition` field automatically updates to reflect the " "condition set on the goal definition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:128 msgid "" "The *CRM Gamification* module contains preconfigured goals geared towards " "salesteams:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:130 msgid ":guilabel:`New Leads`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Time to Qualify a Lead`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:132 msgid ":guilabel:`Days to Close a Dead`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:133 msgid ":guilabel:`New Opportunities`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`New Sales Orders`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:136 msgid "" "Enter a :guilabel:`Target` for the goal based on the :guilabel:`Suffix`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:138 msgid "Repeat these steps for each additional goal." msgstr "" @@ -1257,25 +1593,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The goals tab of a challenge form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:145 msgid "Add rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:147 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Reward` tab. Choose the :ref:`badges ` to be awarded :guilabel:`For 1st User` and :guilabel:`For Every " "Succeeding User` by selecting them from the drop-down lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:152 msgid "" "Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " "of a running period, at the end date of a challenge, or when the challenge " "is manually closed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:155 msgid "" "After setup is complete, click the :guilabel:`Start Challenge` button at the" " top-left of the page to begin the challenge." @@ -1303,6 +1639,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Timezone`, and :guilabel:`Technologies Used`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Enterprise Odoo users with a valid subscription get free credits to test " +":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` features before deciding to purchase more " +"credits for the database. This includes demo/training databases, educational" +" databases, and one-app-free databases." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:21 msgid "" "The *leads* feature **must** be activated in the *CRM* settings page in " @@ -4195,6 +4540,182 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:3 +msgid "Manage sales teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Teams* feature within Odoo's *CRM* app allows for the creation " +"and management of multiple sales teams, each with their own assignment " +"rules, invoicing targets, and roster of salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:9 +msgid "Create a sales team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To create a new sales team, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration " +"--> Sales Teams`, then click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the blank sales team form, enter a name in the :guilabel:`Sales Team` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:16 +msgid "Next, select a :guilabel:`Team Leader` from the drop-down list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Set an :guilabel:`Email Alias` to automatically generate a lead/opportunity " +"for this sales team whenever a message is sent to that unique email address." +" Choose whether to accept emails from :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`, :guilabel:`Followers Only`, or " +":guilabel:`Authenticated Employees`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Select a :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu to assign this team to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company` field is only visible in multi-company databases, " +"and is not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The settings page for a new sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If the *Sales* app is installed on the database, an :guilabel:`Invoicing " +"Target` field appears on the sales team form. This is the revenue target for" +" the current month. The amount entered in this field is used to populate the" +" invoicing progress bar on the :ref:`sales team dashboard `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:39 +msgid "Add sales team members" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To add team members, click :guilabel:`Add` under the :guilabel:`Members` tab" +" when editing the sales team's configuration page. This opens a " +":guilabel:`Create Sales Team Members` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Rule-Based Assignment` feature has **not** been enabled on" +" the *CRM* app's *Settings* page, clicking :guilabel:`Add` under the " +":guilabel:`Members` tab opens an :guilabel:`Add: Salespersons` pop-up " +"window. Tick the checkbox to the far-left of the salesperson to be added to " +"the team, then click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:0 +msgid "The Add: Salespersons pop-up window on a new sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Select a user from the :guilabel:`Salesperson` drop-down list to add them to" +" the team. To prevent this salesperson from being automatically assigned " +"leads, tick the :guilabel:`Skip auto assignment` checkbox. If this feature " +"is activated, the salesperson can still be assigned leads manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The Create Sales Team Members pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Leads (30 days)` field tracks how many leads the salesperson " +"has been assigned in the past thirty days for this team, and the maximum " +"number of leads they should be assigned. To edit the maximum number of leads" +" this salesperson can be assigned, enter that amount in the :guilabel:`Leads" +" (30 days)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:68 +msgid "" +":doc:`Assignment rules <../track_leads/lead_scoring>` can be configured for " +"individual salespeople using the :guilabel:`Domain` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when finished, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to " +"add additional members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:74 +msgid "Enable multi teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To allow salespeople to be assigned to more than one sales team, the *Multi " +"Teams* setting needs to be enabled. First, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`CRM` section, tick" +" the checkbox labeled :guilabel:`Multi Teams`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` " +"at the top-left of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The settings page of the CRM app with the Multi Teams setting enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:88 +msgid "Sales team dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view the sales team dashboard, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales " +"--> Teams`. Any team the user is a member of appears in the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The sales team dashboard in the CRM app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Each Kanban card gives an overview of the sales team's open opportunities, " +"quotations, sales orders, and expected revenue, as well as a bar graph of " +"new opportunities per week, and an invoicing progress bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Pipeline` button to go directly to that team's *CRM* " +"pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Click on the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon in " +"the top-right corner of the Kanban card to open a drop-down menu. Then, to " +"view or edit the team's settings, click :guilabel:`Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../optimize/utilize_activities`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/merge_similar.rst:3 msgid "Merge similar leads and opportunities" msgstr "" @@ -4377,113 +4898,6 @@ msgid "" "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 -msgid "Multiple sales teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Sales Teams* feature to manage several sales teams, departments, or" -" channels, each with their own unique sales processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 -msgid "Create a new sales team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new sales team, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Sales Teams`, then click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:15 -msgid "" -"On the creation page, set an :guilabel:`Email Alias` to automatically " -"generate a lead/opportunity for this sales team every time a message is sent" -" to that unique email address. Choose whether to accept emails from " -":guilabel:`Everyone`, :guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`, or " -":guilabel:`Followers Only`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Set an :guilabel:`Invoicing Target` if this team has specific monthly " -"revenue goals. Set a :guilabel:`Domain` to assign leads/opportunities to " -"this sales team based on specific filters, such as country, language, or " -"campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Create a sales team in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:29 -msgid "Add members to a sales team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To add team members, click :guilabel:`Add` under the :guilabel:`Members` tab" -" when editing the sales team's configuration page. Select a salesperson from" -" the drop-down menu or create new salesperson. Set a maximum number of leads" -" that can be assigned to this salesperson in a 30-day period to ensure that " -"they do not overwork." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Add a salesperson in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 -msgid "" -"One person can be added as a team member or :guilabel:`Team Leader` to " -"multiple sales teams, allowing them to access all of the pipelines that they" -" need to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:44 -msgid "Sales team dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 -msgid "" -"To view the sales team dashboard, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Sales --> " -"Teams`. Odoo users will see any teams that they are a part of as dashboard " -"tiles." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Each tile gives an overview of the sales team's open opportunities, " -"quotations, sales orders, and expected revenue, as well as a bar graph of " -"new opportunities per week and an invoicing progress bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Sales team overview dashboard in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Click on the three dots in the corner of a tile to open a navigational menu " -"that lets users quickly view documents or reports, create new quotations or " -"opportunities, pick a color for this team, or access the team's " -"configuration page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Click the Three Dot Menu in Odoo CRM dashboard to view documents and create " -"opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Pipeline` button to go directly to that team's CRM " -"pipeline." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:5 msgid "Assign and track leads" msgstr "" @@ -6713,7 +7127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -6912,7 +7326,7 @@ msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` at the bottom of the screen to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:72 @@ -6935,7 +7349,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:96 @@ -6981,16 +7395,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 msgid "" -"Worldline payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " +"Ingenico payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:10 msgid "" -"Worldline is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " +"Ingenico is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " "Luxembourg." msgstr "" @@ -7007,31 +7419,54 @@ msgstr "Połącz z IoT Box" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:20 msgid "" -"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"Connecting an Ingenico payment terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " "an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " "database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:26 -msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:25 +msgid "Configure the Lane/Desk/Move 5000 terminals for Ingenico BENELUX" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:27 msgid "" -"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " -"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." +"Press the function button (:guilabel:`F` on Lane/5000, :guilabel:`⦿` on " +"Desk/5000 and Move/5000)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Kassa menu --> Settings Menu` and enter the settings " +"password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Change Connection` and press :guilabel:`OK` on the next " +"screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, click on connection change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " -"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " -"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " -"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." +msgid "Select :guilabel:`TCP/IP` and :guilabel:`IP-address`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:32 +msgid "On the next screen, enter the IP address of your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Enter `9000` as port number and press :guilabel:`OK` on the next screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:35 +msgid "" +"At this point, the terminal restarts and should be displayed in your IoT Box" +" form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:43 msgid "" "Enable the payment terminal :ref:`in the application settings " "` and :doc:`create the related payment method " @@ -7041,7 +7476,7 @@ msgid "" "Device` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:57 msgid "" "In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " "Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " @@ -7050,26 +7485,26 @@ msgid "" "Successful*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:66 msgid "" "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " "retry to send the payment request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:69 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" " Odoo even if the connection between the terminal and Odoo has issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:75 msgid "" "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " "you the connection failed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:78 msgid "" "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " "of card that has been used and the transaction ID." @@ -7488,6 +7923,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Worldline" msgstr "Worldline" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Worldline payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Worldline is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " +"Luxembourg." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo is compatible with Worldline terminals that use the CTEP protocol " @@ -8388,7 +8835,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:42 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:243 msgid "Multiple prices per product" msgstr "Wiele cen na produkt" @@ -8433,7 +8880,7 @@ msgid "Setup form of a multiple prices pricelist" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:321 msgid "Advanced price rules" msgstr "" @@ -10452,21 +10899,108 @@ msgid "" " usual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:71 +msgid "" +"As of February 19, 2024, in North American marketplaces, :abbr:`FBA " +"(Fulfilled by Amazon)` orders created with the *Amazon Connector*, do not " +"get the customer's name passed onto the sales/delivery order in Odoo. This " +"is due to the fact that Amazon now calculates, and remits, sales tax on " +"behalf of sellers. In other words, personally identifiable customer " +"information is not transmitted to the seller any longer, after a :abbr:`FBA " +"(Fulfilled by Amazon)` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 msgid "Supported marketplaces" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:75 -msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 msgid "" "If a marketplace is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, it's possible to" " :ref:`add a new marketplace `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:86 +msgid "**North America region**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Canada" +msgstr "Kanada" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Amazon.ca" +msgstr "Amazon.ca" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "Meksyk" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Amazon.com.mx" +msgstr "Amazon.com.mx" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:92 +msgid "US" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:92 +msgid "Amazon.com" +msgstr "Amazon.com" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:96 +msgid "**Europe region**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:98 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "Niemcy" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:98 +msgid "Amazon.de" +msgstr "Amazon.de" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:100 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "Hiszpania" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:100 +msgid "Amazon.es" +msgstr "Amazon.es" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:102 +msgid "France" +msgstr "Francja" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:102 +msgid "Amazon.fr" +msgstr "Amazon.fr" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:104 +msgid "UK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:104 +msgid "Amazon.co.uk" +msgstr "Amazon.co.uk" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:106 +msgid "Italy" +msgstr "Włochy" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:106 +msgid "Amazon.it" +msgstr "Amazon.it" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:108 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "Holandia" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:108 +msgid "Amazon.nl" +msgstr "Amazon.nl" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:30 @@ -10474,7 +11008,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:155 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:17 @@ -15247,7 +15781,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Loyalty Cards`: When making purchases, the customer accumulates " -"points to exchange for rewards on future orders." +"points to exchange for rewards on current and/or future orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:90 @@ -15953,7 +16487,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:337 msgid "" "Either option reveals the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, in which pricelists " "can be created and/or modified at any time." @@ -15964,13 +16498,27 @@ msgid "How the pricelists page looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:267 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " -"*Sales* and *eCommerce*." +"The order of the pricelists on the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page has an impact" +" on how they are applied. If several pricelists share the same criteria, " +"**only** the first listed pricelist is applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"For example, for two pricelists with different rules, but same criteria " +"(e.g., same website, same country), only the *first* pricelist in the list " +"is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " +"*Sales* and *eCommerce*. This pricelist is applied by default, if there are " +"no matching criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:64 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, either select the desired pricelist to" " edit, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new pricelist, which reveals a " @@ -15981,14 +16529,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the pricelist detail form looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:72 msgid "" "When creating a new pricelist, start by adding a name for the pricelist at " "the top of the form, in the blank field. Next, select which " ":guilabel:`Currency` should be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:75 msgid "" "Then, if working in a multi-company environment, select which company this " "pricelist should apply to in the :guilabel:`Company` field. If this field is" @@ -15996,11 +16544,11 @@ msgid "" "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:80 msgid "Price rules tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:82 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab functionality on a pricelist form varies " "depending on the :guilabel:`Pricelists` setting chosen: either " @@ -16008,25 +16556,25 @@ msgid "" "(discounts, formulas)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:86 msgid "" "However, the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab and :guilabel:`Configuration` " "tab are always the same, regardless of the chosen :guilabel:`Pricelists` " "setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:90 msgid "Price rules tab (multiple prices per product)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:92 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Multiple prices per product` setting activated, the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab on pricelist forms provides the option to add " "specific products, with a specific price, to a pricelist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96 msgid "" "To add a specific product and price to a pricelist form, click the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab, then click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the " @@ -16034,20 +16582,20 @@ msgid "" "specific price should be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 msgid "" "Next, if necessary, select a product variant under the :guilabel:`Variants` " "column (e.g. a specific product size, color, etc.). If no variants are " "selected, then this price will apply to all variants of the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104 msgid "" "If a minimum amount of the product must be purchased in order to apply the " "specific price, enter the amount under the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:107 msgid "" "To configure the price of the product for this specific pricelist, enter the" " desired amount under the :guilabel:`Price` column. Then, there is the " @@ -16055,56 +16603,56 @@ msgid "" "configured product price, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "" "To add another product line, click :guilabel:`Add a line` again, and repeat " "the process. There is no limit to how many products can be added in the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab of a pricelist form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:114 msgid "" "For more information, check out the following section: :ref:`Multiple prices" " per product `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:118 msgid "Price rules tab (advanced price rules)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` setting " "activated, the :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab on pricelist forms provides the " "option to configure detailed price rules based on formulas." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:124 msgid "" "Check out the :ref:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas) " "` section for detailed steps on how to add " "advanced price rules to a pricelist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 msgid "Time-based rules tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 msgid "" "Time-based rules are used specifically with :doc:`subscription products " "`. Be sure to check out the Odoo" " *Subscriptions* :doc:`documentation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:134 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab, the same functionality of the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab is present, with the only difference being that " "a repeating time period can be applied in the :guilabel:`Period` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:138 msgid "" "After a :guilabel:`Product` and potential :guilabel:`Variant` are selected " "in the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab, select the blank field in the " @@ -16112,7 +16660,7 @@ msgid "" "recurrence periods (e.g. `Monthly`, `Quarterly`, `Weekly`, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:142 msgid "" "New recurrence periods can also be directly created from this column, by " "typing in the new name for the :guilabel:`Period` and then selecting " @@ -16125,28 +16673,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Custom time period pop-up form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:151 msgid "" "From this :guilabel:`Create Period` pop-up form, add a :guilabel:`Name`, " ":guilabel:`Duration`, then a :guilabel:`Unit` (e.g. `Days`, `Weeks`, etc.). " "When finished, click :guilabel:`Save and Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:154 msgid "" "Lastly, add the desired price for this time-based rule in the " ":guilabel:`Price` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:157 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:160 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:162 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, there are a few options that can " "further customize the pricelist." @@ -16156,7 +16704,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuration tab on pricelist detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:169 msgid "" "From here, under the :guilabel:`Availability` section, in the " ":guilabel:`Country Groups` field, certain country groups can be added to the" @@ -16164,13 +16712,13 @@ msgid "" "this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:174 msgid "" "If no country is set for a customer, Odoo takes the first pricelist without " "any country group." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:176 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Website` section, there are a few options that can be " "configured. In the :guilabel:`Website` field, this pricelist can be applied " @@ -16178,7 +16726,7 @@ msgid "" "blank, the pricelist will be applied to all websites in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:181 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Selectable` checkbox to have this pricelist as a " "selectable option for customers to choose as they shop. If the " @@ -16186,7 +16734,7 @@ msgid "" "this pricelist for themselves as they shop." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:185 msgid "" "Lastly, there is the option to add an :guilabel:`E-commerce Promotional " "Code`. To add a code, type in the desired promo code that, when entered " @@ -16194,17 +16742,17 @@ msgid "" "the customer does not fall into the previously-specified criteria." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:190 msgid "Show discount percentage to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:192 msgid "" "With Odoo *Sales*, the option to show the public price *and* the computed " "discount percentage on the product catalog is available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:195 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Pricing` section, click the checkbox next " @@ -16212,7 +16760,7 @@ msgid "" "save all changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:199 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Discounts` feature, navigate to the " "pricelists page, either by clicking the :guilabel:`Pricelists` link from the" @@ -16220,7 +16768,7 @@ msgid "" "Products --> Pricelists`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:203 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, select the desired pricelist to edit. On" " the pricelist form, click into the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab. In the " @@ -16234,34 +16782,34 @@ msgid "" "Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:211 msgid "The options available in this section are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:213 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Discount included in the price`: shows the customer only the " "final price with the discount already included." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:215 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show public price & discount to the customer`: shows the customer" " the public price *and* the discount they're earning." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:219 msgid "Customer pricelist application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:221 msgid "" "While the default pricelist applied to any customer is the :guilabel:`Public" " Pricelist`, Odoo provides the opportunity to directly apply a different " "pricelist to customers on their contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:224 msgid "" "To do that, open the desired customer's contact form, either by navigating " "to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Customers` and selecting the " @@ -16273,7 +16821,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sample customer detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:232 msgid "" "On the desired customer's contact form, under the :guilabel:`Sales & " "Purchase` tab, in the :guilabel:`Sales` section, designate what pricelist " @@ -16285,7 +16833,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pricelist field in a customer detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:245 msgid "" "To apply several prices per individual product, select the " ":guilabel:`Multiple prices per product` option, after enabling the " @@ -16294,7 +16842,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:249 msgid "" "Next, apply pricelists to specific products using the product form. Navigate" " to the :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and select the " @@ -16303,7 +16851,7 @@ msgid "" "form on a separate page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:254 msgid "" "On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Extra Prices` smart button, " "located at the top of the form." @@ -16313,7 +16861,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the extra prices smart button appears in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:261 msgid "" "Doing so reveals a separate page displaying the :guilabel:`Price Rules` that" " are specific to that particular product. Here, price rules can be edited or" @@ -16324,20 +16872,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the extra price rules per product page appears in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:268 msgid "" "To create a new price rule for a product from this specific :guilabel:`Price" " Rules` page, click :guilabel:`New` to add a new, customizable row that has " "the desired product already populated in the :guilabel:`Applied On` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:272 msgid "" "Next, select which :guilabel:`Pricelist` this specific product price rule " "should apply to, via the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:276 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " +"*Sales* and *eCommerce*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:279 msgid "" "To create a new pricelist from this page, type in the desired name of the " "new pricelist in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column, then select " @@ -16347,13 +16901,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pricelists` page, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:285 msgid "" "After the desired pricelist is added to the row, designate a :guilabel:`Min." " Quantity` for the price rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:289 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` column is set to `2`, the new price in the " ":guilabel:`Price` column will be applied to orders of 2 or more products. " @@ -16362,14 +16916,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min. Quantity` of `2` products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:294 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired amount in the :guilabel:`Price` column. Then, if " "needed, enter a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End Date` for the " "product's price rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:297 msgid "" "And lastly, if working in a multi-company environment, select which company " "this price rule should be applied to in the :guilabel:`Company` field. " @@ -16377,19 +16931,19 @@ msgid "" "the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:301 msgid "" "Click away from the row to activate Odoo's auto-save capability, meaning " "that newly-created price rule is now ready to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:304 msgid "" "Proceed to add as many unique price rules per product as desired. There is " "no limit to how many price rules can be added per product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:307 msgid "" "With the price rule(s) in place for a specific product, customers who fall " "into those corresponding pricelists automatically see those new prices " @@ -16398,7 +16952,7 @@ msgid "" "product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:313 msgid "" "When a price rule/pricelist is added to a product via the :guilabel:`Extra " "Prices` smart button, it is also reflected on the pricelist itself. " @@ -16407,7 +16961,7 @@ msgid "" "smart button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:323 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` pricelist feature" " provides the option to set price change rules based on discounts and " @@ -16415,7 +16969,7 @@ msgid "" "the product's cost, or another pricelist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:327 msgid "" "To use advanced pricing rules, with discounts and formulas, select the " ":guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` option, after " @@ -16424,7 +16978,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:332 msgid "" "After activating and saving that :guilabel:`Pricelists` feature, the " ":guilabel:`Settings` page reloads and, from here, either select the " @@ -16433,13 +16987,13 @@ msgid "" " Products --> Pricelists`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:340 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, select a desired pricelist to modify, " "or create a new pricelist by clicking the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:343 msgid "" "On the pricelist form, under the :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line` to add an advanced price rule. Doing so reveals a " @@ -16451,35 +17005,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the Create Pricelist Rules pop-up form looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:352 msgid "Price computation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:354 msgid "" "On this form, first choose one of the three :guilabel:`Computation` options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fixed Price`: the price computation is based on a fixed price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:357 msgid ":guilabel:`Discount`: the price computation is based on a discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:358 msgid ":guilabel:`Formula`: the price computation is based on a formula." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:361 msgid "" "Each :guilabel:`Computation` option reveals its own computation-specific " "fields on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:363 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Fixed Price` is selected, enter the desired price in the " ":guilabel:`Fixed Price` field below. If :guilabel:`Discount` is selected, " @@ -16487,7 +17041,7 @@ msgid "" " appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:367 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Formula` is selected, a number of configurable options appear." msgstr "" @@ -16496,7 +17050,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The various formula computation options present in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:373 msgid "" "To configure the :guilabel:`Formula` computation option, start by selecting " "an option from the :guilabel:`Based on` field: :guilabel:`Sales Price`, " @@ -16504,14 +17058,14 @@ msgid "" "advanced price rule formula will be based on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:377 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Discount` field, determine how much of a discount " "should be applied. It should be noted that a mark-up can be applied by " "setting a negative discount in this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:381 msgid "" "To formulate a 100% markup (or 2 times the cost of the product), with a $5 " "minimum margin, set the :guilabel:`Based on` field to :guilabel:`Cost`, the " @@ -16525,7 +17079,7 @@ msgid "" " Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:389 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` field, specify a fixed amount to add (or " "subtract) to the amount calculated with the discount. After that, enter a " @@ -16533,29 +17087,29 @@ msgid "" " sets the price so that it is a multiple of the value in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:394 msgid "Rounding is applied *after* the discount and *before* the surcharge." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:397 msgid "" "To have prices that end in 9.99, set the :guilabel:`Rounding Method` to `10`" " and the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` to `-0.01`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:400 msgid "" "Lastly, specify the minimum amount of margin over the base price in the " ":guilabel:`Margins` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:402 msgid "" "Once all formula-related configurations are complete, Odoo provides an " "example of the formula in a blue block to the right of the configurations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:406 msgid "" "To apply 20% discounts, with prices rounded up to 9.99, set the " ":guilabel:`Based on` field to :guilabel:`Sales Price`, the " @@ -16567,47 +17121,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a 20% discount with prices rounded to 9.99 in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:415 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "Warunki" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:417 msgid "" "At the bottom of the :guilabel:`Create Pricelist Rules` pop-up form is the " ":guilabel:`Conditions` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:420 msgid "" "Here, start by selecting one of the options in the :guilabel:`Apply On` " "field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:422 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All Products`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to all" " products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to" " a specific category of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:425 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to a " "specific product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:426 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to " "a specific product variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:429 msgid "" "If any of those options, apart from :guilabel:`All Products`, are selected, " "a new option-specific field appears, in which the specific " @@ -16615,31 +17169,31 @@ msgid "" "Variant` must be chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:433 msgid "" "Then, select a minimum quantity to be applied to the advanced pricelist rule" " in the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` field. Lastly, select a range of dates for" " the pricelist item validation in the :guilabel:`Validity` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:437 msgid "" "Once all configurations are complete, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " "to save the advanced pricelist rule, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to " "immediately create another advanced pricelist rule on a fresh form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:442 msgid "" "If a price rule is set for a particular product, and another one for its " "product category, Odoo takes the rule of the product itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:446 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:447 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management`" msgstr "" @@ -20370,7 +20924,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:406 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:107 msgid ":doc:`../subscriptions`" msgstr "" @@ -20379,7 +20933,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:407 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:183 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`plans`" msgstr "" @@ -20388,7 +20942,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:408 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:184 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`products`" msgstr "" @@ -22530,7 +23084,14 @@ msgid "" "initial subscription product in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The prorated amount is **only** applied to *Service* product types. It is " +"**not** applied to *Consumable* or *Storable* product types, even if the " +"message appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:75 msgid "" "From this new upsell quotation form, add new subscription products in the " ":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " @@ -22543,27 +23104,27 @@ msgid "" "Subscriptions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:82 msgid "" "Once the desired upsell subscription product(s) have been added, it can be " "sent to the customer for approval by clicking the :guilabel:`Send by Email` " "button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:86 msgid "" "When the quotation is confirmed by the customer, the upsell products are " "added to the initial subscription. Quotation prices are then prorated to the" " remaining time of the current invoicing period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:91 msgid "" "Before sending the new quotation to the customer, the unit price, taxes, and" " even discount can be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:94 msgid "" "Once the customer approves, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " "quotation, making it a sales order. When that's clicked, a :guilabel:`Sales " @@ -22571,7 +23132,7 @@ msgid "" " to this initial subscription order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:98 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Sales History` smart button is clicked, Odoo reveals a " "separate page containing a list of the related sales orders, clearly " diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index e706929c9..250722d1e 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:55+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Maitê Dietze, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -753,11 +753,11 @@ msgstr "" "da conta que está sendo excluída. Em seguida, clique no botão " ":guilabel:`Excluir conta` para confirmar a exclusão." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:36 msgid "Odoo.com account password change" msgstr "Alteração da senha da conta do Odoo.com" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:38 msgid "" "To change an Odoo.com account password, first login into the Odoo.com user " "account from the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-" @@ -771,7 +771,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`▼ (seta para baixo)` ao lado do ícone de perfil. Em seguida, " "selecione :guilabel:`Minha conta`, e um painel do portal será exibido." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:41 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:43 msgid "" "To change the Odoo.com password, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security " "Settings` link, below the :menuselection:`Account Security` section. Next, " @@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ msgstr "" "Por fim, clique em :guilabel:`Alterar senha` para concluir a alteração da " "senha." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:47 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:49 msgid "" "If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here " "`_." @@ -794,7 +794,7 @@ msgstr "" "Se um cliente quiser alterar o login, entre em contato com o suporte da Odoo" " `aqui `_." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:53 msgid "" "Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the " "same email address is used." @@ -802,11 +802,11 @@ msgstr "" "As senhas dos usuários do Odoo.com e dos usuários do portal ficam separadas," " mesmo que seja usado o mesmo endereço de e-mail." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:55 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:57 msgid "Add two-factor authentication" msgstr "Adicionar autenticação de dois fatores" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:59 msgid "" "To add two-factor authentication, login into the Odoo.com user account from " "the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-right corner of " @@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ msgstr "" "(seta para baixo) ` ao lado do ícone :guilabel:`profile`. Em seguida, " "selecione :guilabel:`Minha conta` e um painel do portal será exibido." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:64 msgid "" "If the user would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " "Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below " @@ -830,7 +830,7 @@ msgstr "" " o Odoo.com, deve clicar no link :guilabel:`Editar definições de segurança` " "abaixo da seção :menuselection:`Segurança da conta`." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:67 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " "(two-factor authentication)`. Then, confirm the current password in the " @@ -847,7 +847,7 @@ msgstr "" "Authenticator, Authy etc.), digitalizando o :guilabel:`código QR` ou " "inserindo o :guilabel:`código de verificação`." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:71 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:73 msgid "" "Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete " "the setup." @@ -855,22 +855,22 @@ msgstr "" "Por fim, clique em :guilabel:`Habilitar autenticação de dois fatores` para " "concluir a configuração." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:76 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:" msgstr "" "Em :guilabel:`Minha conta`, os usuários do Odoo.com também podem acessar o " "seguinte:" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:76 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Meu painel de parceiro`" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Meus serviços In-App`" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Meu painel de aplicativos`" @@ -7044,14 +7044,260 @@ msgstr "" "ex.:" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:743 -msgid "which will generate a 32 characters pseudorandom printable string." -msgstr "que gerará uma string imprimível pseudo-aleatória de 32 caracteres." +msgid "which generates a 32-character pseudorandom printable string." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:746 +msgid "Reset the master password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:748 +msgid "" +"There may be instances where the master password is misplaced, or " +"compromised, and needs to be reset. The following process is for system " +"administrators of an Odoo on-premise database detailing how to manually " +"reset and re-encrypt the master password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:753 +msgid "" +"For more information about changing an Odoo.com account password, see this " +"documentation: :ref:`odoocom/change_password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:756 +msgid "" +"When creating a new on-premise database, a random master password is " +"generated. Odoo recommends using this password to secure the database. This " +"password is implemented by default, so there is a secure master password for" +" any Odoo on-premise deployment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:761 +msgid "" +"When creating an Odoo on-premise database the installation is accessible to " +"anyone on the internet, until this password is set to secure the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:764 +msgid "" +"The master password is specified in the Odoo configuration file (`odoo.conf`" +" or `odoorc` (hidden file)). The Odoo master password is needed to modify, " +"create, or delete a database through the graphical user interface (GUI)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:769 +msgid "Locate configuration file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:771 +msgid "" +"First, open the Odoo configuration file (`odoo.conf` or `odoorc` (hidden " +"file))." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:775 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:148 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:133 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:158 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:180 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:328 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:397 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:460 +msgid "Windows" +msgstr "Windows" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:777 +msgid "" +"The configuration file is located at: " +"`c:\\\\ProgramFiles\\\\Odoo{VERSION}\\\\server\\\\odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:779 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:25 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:152 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:174 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:199 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:228 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:388 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:450 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "Linux" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:781 +msgid "" +"Depending on how Odoo is installed on the Linux machine, the configuration " +"file is located in one of two different places:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:784 +msgid "Package installation: `/etc/odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:785 +msgid "Source installation: `~/.odoorc`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:788 +msgid "Change old password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:790 +msgid "" +"Once the appropriate file has been opened, proceed to modify the old " +"password in the configuration file to a temporary password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:795 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:843 +msgid "Graphical user interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:797 +msgid "" +"After locating the configuration file, open it using a (:abbr:`GUI " +"(graphical user interface)`). This can be achieved by simply double clicking" +" on the file. Then, the device should have a default :abbr:`GUI (graphical " +"user interface)` to open the file with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:801 +msgid "" +"Next, modify the master password line `admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sha…` to " +"`admin_passwd = newpassword1234`, for example. This password can be " +"anything, as long as it is saved temporarily. Make sure to modify all " +"characters after the `=`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:806 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:825 +msgid "" +"The line appears like this: `admin_passwd = " +"$pbkdf2-sh39dji295.59mptrfW.9z6HkA$w9j9AMVmKAP17OosCqDxDv2hjsvzlLpF8Rra8I7p/b573hji540mk/.3ek0lg%kvkol6k983mkf/40fjki79m`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:810 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:829 +msgid "The modified line appears like this: `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:812 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:852 +msgid "Command-line interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:814 +msgid "" +"Modify the master password line using the following Unix command detailed " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:816 +msgid "" +"Connect to the Odoo server's terminal via Secure Shell (SSH) protocol, and " +"edit the configuration file. To modify the configuration file, enter the " +"following command: :command:`sudo nano /etc/odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:820 +msgid "" +"After opening the configuration file, modify the master password line " +"`admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sha…` to `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`. This " +"password can be anything, as long as it is saved temporarily. Make sure to " +"modify all characters after the `=`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:832 +msgid "" +"It is essential that the password is changed to something else, rather than " +"triggering a new password reset by adding a semicolon `;` at the beginning " +"of the line. This ensures the database is secure throughout the entire " +"password reset process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:837 +msgid "Restart Odoo server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:839 +msgid "" +"After setting the temporary password, a restart of the Odoo server is " +"**required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:845 +msgid "" +"To restart the Odoo server, first, type `services` into the Windows " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. Then, select the :guilabel:`Services` application, " +"and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Odoo` service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:849 +msgid "" +"Next, right click on :guilabel:`Odoo`, and select :guilabel:`Start` or " +":guilabel:`Restart`. This action manually restarts the Odoo server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:854 +msgid "" +"Restart the Odoo server by typing the command: :command:`sudo service odoo15" +" restart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:857 +msgid "" +"Change the number after `odoo` to fit the specific version the server is " +"running on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:860 +msgid "Use web interface to re-encrypt password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:862 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to `/web/database/manager` or " +"`http://server_ip:port/web/database/manager` in a browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:866 +msgid "" +"Replace `server_ip` with the IP address of the database. Replace `port` with" +" the numbered port the database is accessible from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:869 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Set Master Password`, and type in the previously-" +"selected temporary password into the :guilabel:`Master Password` field. " +"Following this step, type in a :guilabel:`New Master Password`. The " +":guilabel:`New Master Password` is hashed (or encrypted), once the " +":guilabel:`Continue` button is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:874 +msgid "" +"At this point, the password has been successfully reset, and a hashed " +"version of the new password now appears in the configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:878 +msgid "" +"For more information on Odoo database security, see this documentation: " +":ref:`db_manager_security`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:882 msgid "Supported Browsers" msgstr "Navegadores compatíveis" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:748 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:884 msgid "" "Odoo supports all the major desktop and mobile browsers available on the " "market, as long as they are supported by their publishers." @@ -7059,27 +7305,27 @@ msgstr "" "O Odoo é compatível com todos os principais navegadores móveis e de desktop " "disponíveis no mercado, desde que sejam suportados por seus editores." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:751 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:887 msgid "Here are the supported browsers:" msgstr "Aqui estão os navegadores compatíveis:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:753 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:889 msgid "Google Chrome" msgstr "Google Chrome" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:754 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:890 msgid "Mozilla Firefox" msgstr "Mozilla Firefox" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:755 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:891 msgid "Microsoft Edge" msgstr "Microsoft Edge" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:756 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:892 msgid "Apple Safari" msgstr "Apple Safari" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:758 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:894 msgid "" "Please make sure your browser is up-to-date and still supported by its " "publisher before filing a bug report." @@ -7087,13 +7333,13 @@ msgstr "" "Certifique-se de que seu navegador esteja atualizado e ainda seja suportado " "pelo respectivo editor antes de preencher um relatório de bug." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:763 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:899 msgid "Since Odoo 13.0, ES6 is supported. Therefore, IE support is dropped." msgstr "" "A partir do Odoo 13.0, o ES6 é compatível. Portanto, o suporte ao IE foi " "descontinuado." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:766 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:902 msgid "" "to have multiple Odoo installations use the same PostgreSQL database, or to " "provide more computing resources to both software." @@ -7101,7 +7347,7 @@ msgstr "" "para que várias instalações do Odoo usem a mesma base de dados PostgreSQL ou" " para fornecer mais recursos de computação para ambos os softwares." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:769 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:905 msgid "" "technically a tool like socat_ can be used to proxy UNIX sockets across " "networks, but that is mostly for software which can only be used over UNIX " @@ -7111,7 +7357,7 @@ msgstr "" "soquetes UNIX em redes, mas isso é sobretudo para softwares que só podem ser" " usado em soquetes UNIX" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:773 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:909 msgid "" "or be accessible only over an internal packet-switched network, but that " "requires secured switches, protections against `ARP spoofing`_ and precludes" @@ -7375,19 +7621,6 @@ msgstr "" "É necessário estar conectado como cliente ou parceiro pagante no local para " "fazer o download dos pacotes Enterprise." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:25 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:52 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:129 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:152 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:174 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:199 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:228 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:271 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:384 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:446 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "Linux" - #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:28 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:116 msgid "Prepare" @@ -7434,7 +7667,7 @@ msgstr "" "PostgreSQL:" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:57 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:416 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:420 msgid "" "`wkhtmltopdf` is not installed through **pip** and must be installed " "manually in `version 0.12.6 " @@ -7540,19 +7773,6 @@ msgstr "" "Após o download, o pacote pode ser instalado usando o gerenciador de pacotes" " 'dnf':" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:148 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:70 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:133 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:158 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:180 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:208 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:239 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:324 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:393 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:456 -msgid "Windows" -msgstr "Windows" - #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:151 msgid "" "Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running " @@ -7732,9 +7952,9 @@ msgstr "Clone com SSH" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:186 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:213 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:253 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:347 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:405 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:467 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:351 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:471 msgid "Mac OS" msgstr "Mac OS" @@ -7935,27 +8155,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:280 msgid "" -"For Debian-based systems, the packages are listed in the `debian/control " -"`_ file of the Odoo " -"sources." -msgstr "" -"Para sistemas baseados em Debian, os pacotes são listados no arquivo " -"`debian/control `_ da" -" fonte do Odoo." - -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:283 -msgid "" "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following commands should install the required " "packages:" msgstr "" "No Debian/Ubuntu, os seguintes comandos devem instalar os pacotes " "necessários:" +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:287 +msgid "" +"The `setup/debinstall.sh` script will parse the `debian/control " +"`_ file and install " +"the found packages." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:290 msgid "Install with pip" msgstr "Instalar com pip" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:292 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Using pip may lead to security issues and broken dependencies; only do this " +"if you know what you are doing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:296 msgid "" "As some of the Python packages need a compilation step, they require system " "libraries to be installed." @@ -7963,7 +8186,7 @@ msgstr "" "Como alguns dos pacotes Python precisam de uma etapa de compilação, é " "necessário que bibliotecas do sistema sejam instaladas." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:295 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:299 msgid "" "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following command should install these required " "libraries:" @@ -7971,7 +8194,7 @@ msgstr "" "No Debian/Ubuntu, o comando a seguir deve instalar essas bibliotecas " "necessárias:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:301 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:305 msgid "" "Odoo dependencies are listed in the :file:`requirements.txt` file located at" " the root of the Odoo Community directory." @@ -7979,7 +8202,7 @@ msgstr "" "As dependências do Odoo estão listadas no arquivo :file:`requirements.txt` " "localizado na raiz do diretório Odoo Community." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:305 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:309 msgid "" "The Python packages in :file:`requirements.txt` are based on their " "stable/LTS Debian/Ubuntu corresponding version at the moment of the Odoo " @@ -7993,9 +8216,9 @@ msgstr "" " Debian Bullseye e 2.6.0 no Ubuntu Focal. A versão mais baixa é então " "escolhida no :file:`requirements.txt`." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:312 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:334 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:353 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:357 msgid "" "It can be preferable not to mix Python module packages between different " "instances of Odoo or with the system. However, it is possible to use " @@ -8007,7 +8230,7 @@ msgstr "" "`virtualenv `_ para criar ambientes " "Python isolados." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:320 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation " "(:file:`CommunityPath`) and run **pip** on the requirements file to install " @@ -8017,7 +8240,7 @@ msgstr "" "(:file:`CommunityPath`) e execute **pip** no arquivo de requisitos para " "instalar os requisitos para o usuário atual." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:326 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:330 msgid "" "Before installing the dependencies, download and install the `Build Tools " "for Visual Studio `_. Select " @@ -8028,8 +8251,8 @@ msgstr "" "`_. Selecione **Ferramentas " "de compilação C++** na aba **Workloads** e instale-as quando solicitado." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:330 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:349 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:334 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:353 msgid "" "Odoo dependencies are listed in the `requirements.txt` file located at the " "root of the Odoo Community directory." @@ -8037,7 +8260,7 @@ msgstr "" "As dependências do Odoo estão listadas no arquivo `requirements.txt` " "localizado na raiz do diretório Odoo Community." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:342 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " "and run **pip** on the requirements file in a terminal **with Administrator " @@ -8047,7 +8270,7 @@ msgstr "" "execute **pip** no arquivo de requisitos em um terminal **com privilégios de" " administrador**:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:357 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:361 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " "and run **pip** on the requirements file:" @@ -8055,7 +8278,7 @@ msgstr "" "Navegue até o caminho da instalação do Odoo Community (`CommunityPath`) e " "execute **pip** no arquivo de requisitos:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:367 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:371 msgid "" "Non-Python dependencies must be installed with a package manager (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." @@ -8064,17 +8287,17 @@ msgstr "" "gerenciador de pacotes (`Homebrew `_, `MacPorts " "`_)." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:370 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:374 msgid "Download and install the **Command Line Tools**:" msgstr "Faça o download e instale as **Ferramentas de linha de comando**:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:376 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:380 msgid "Use the package manager to install non-Python dependencies." msgstr "" "Use o gerenciador de pacotes para instalar dependências que não sejam do " "Python." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:379 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:383 msgid "" "For languages using a **right-to-left interface** (such as Arabic or " "Hebrew), the `rtlcss` package is required." @@ -8082,22 +8305,22 @@ msgstr "" "Para idiomas que usam uma interface da **direita para a esquerda** (como " "árabe ou hebraico), o pacote `rtlcss` é necessário." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:386 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:390 msgid "Download and install **nodejs** and **npm** with a package manager." msgstr "" "Faça download e instale **nodejs** e **npm** com um gerenciador de pacotes." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:387 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:396 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:391 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:400 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:413 msgid "Install `rtlcss`:" msgstr "Instalar o `rtlcss`:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:395 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:399 msgid "Download and install `nodejs `_." msgstr "Faça download e instale o `nodejs `_." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:402 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:406 msgid "" "Edit the system environment's variable `PATH` to add the folder where " "`rtlcss.cmd` is located (typically: " @@ -8107,7 +8330,7 @@ msgstr "" " `rtlcss.cmd` está localizado (normalmente: " ":file:`C:\\\\Users\\\\\\\\AppData\\\\Roaming\\\\npm\\\\`)." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:407 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:411 msgid "" "Download and install **nodejs** with a package manager (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." @@ -8115,11 +8338,11 @@ msgstr "" "Faça download e instale o **nodejs** com um gerenciador de pacotes " "(`Homebrew `_, `MacPorts `_)." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:424 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:428 msgid "Running Odoo" msgstr "Executar o Odoo" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:426 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:430 msgid "" "Once all dependencies are set up, Odoo can be launched by running `odoo-" "bin`, the command-line interface of the server. It is located at the root of" @@ -8129,7 +8352,7 @@ msgstr "" "iniciado executando o `odoo-bin`, a interface de linha de comando do " "servidor. Ela está localizada na raiz do diretório Odoo Community." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:429 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:433 msgid "" "To configure the server, either specify :ref:`command-line arguments " "` or a :ref:`configuration file " @@ -8139,7 +8362,7 @@ msgstr "" " ` ou um :ref:`arquivo de configuração " "`." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:433 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:437 msgid "" "For the Enterprise edition, add the path to the `enterprise` add-ons to the " "`addons-path` argument. Note that it must come before the other paths in " @@ -8149,26 +8372,26 @@ msgstr "" " argumento `addons-path`. Observe que ele deve vir antes dos outros caminhos" " em `addons-path` para que os add-ons sejam carregados corretamente." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:437 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:441 msgid "Common necessary configurations are:" msgstr "As configurações comuns necessárias são:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:439 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:443 msgid "PostgreSQL user and password." msgstr "Usuário e senha do PostgreSQL." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:440 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:444 msgid "Custom addon paths beyond the defaults to load custom modules." msgstr "" "Personalize os caminhos de complemento além dos padrões para carregar " "módulos personalizados." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:442 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:446 msgid "A typical way to run the server would be:" msgstr "Uma maneira típica de executar o servidor seria:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:453 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:474 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:457 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:478 msgid "" "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, and " "`mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." @@ -8176,7 +8399,7 @@ msgstr "" "Em que `CommunityPath` é o caminho da instalação do Odoo Community e `mydb` " "é o nome da base de dados PostgreSQL." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:463 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:467 msgid "" "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, " "`dbuser` is the PostgreSQL login, `dbpassword` is the PostgreSQL password, " @@ -8186,7 +8409,7 @@ msgstr "" " é o login do PostgreSQL, `dbpassword` é a senha do PostgreSQL e `mydb` é o " "nome da base de dados PostgreSQL." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:477 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:481 msgid "" "After the server has started (the INFO log `odoo.modules.loading: Modules " "loaded.` is printed), open http://localhost:8069 in a web browser and log " @@ -8199,7 +8422,7 @@ msgstr "" "administrador da base: use `admin` como e-mail e, novamente, `admin` como " "senha." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:482 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:486 msgid "" "From there, create and manage new :doc:`users " "<../../applications/general/users>`." @@ -8207,7 +8430,7 @@ msgstr "" "A partir daí, crie e gerencie novos :doc:`usuários " "<../../applications/general/users>`." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:483 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:487 msgid "" "The user account used to log into Odoo's web interface differs from the " ":option:`--db_user ` CLI argument." @@ -8215,7 +8438,7 @@ msgstr "" "A conta de usuário usada para fazer login na interface da web do Odoo é " "diferente do argumento de CLI :option:`--db_user `." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:487 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:491 msgid "" ":doc:`The list of CLI arguments for odoo-bin `" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po index b8ad7eb9e..55e8d482e 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po @@ -8,17 +8,17 @@ # Luis Felipe Miléo , 2024 # a75f12d3d37ea5bf159c4b3e85eb30e7_0fa6927, 2024 # Marcel Savegnago , 2024 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Maitê Dietze, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Maitê Dietze, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -35,232 +35,195 @@ msgid "Activities" msgstr "Atividades" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database. " -"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " -"chatter thread, kanban view, list view, or activities view of an " -"application." +msgid "*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database." msgstr "" -"As *atividades* são tarefas de acompanhamento vinculadas a um registro em " -"uma base de dados do Odoo. As atividades podem ser agendadas em qualquer " -"página da base de dados que contenha um tópico do chat, visualização kanban," -" de lista ou de atividades de um aplicativo." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The icon used to display activities varies depending on the :ref:`activity " +"type `:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:11 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`🕘 (clock)`: the default icon, which appears if nothing is " +"scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 +msgid ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)`: this icon appears if a phone call is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:13 +msgid ":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)`: this icon appears if an email is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:14 +msgid ":guilabel:`✔️ (checkmark)`: this icon appears if a to-do is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:15 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(group of people)`: this icon appears if a meeting is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(arrow pointing up above a line)`: this icon appears if a " +"document is scheduled to be uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(pencil in a box)`: this icon appears if a signature request is " +"scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 msgid "Schedule activities" msgstr "Agendar atividades" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:23 msgid "" -"One way that activities are created is by clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule " -"Activity` button, located at the top of the *chatter* on any record. On the " -"pop-up window that appears, select an :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the " -"drop-down menu." +"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " +":ref:`chatter ` thread, :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or " +":ref:`activities view ` of an application." msgstr "" -"Uma maneira de criar atividades é clicar no botão :guilabel:`Agendar " -"atividade`, localizado na parte superior do *chatter* em qualquer registro. " -"Na janela pop-up que aparece, selecione um :guilabel:`Tipo de atividade` no " -"menu suspenso." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Individual applications have a list of *Activity Types* dedicated to that " -"application. For example, to view and edit the activities available for the " -"*CRM* application, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " -"Activity Types`." -msgstr "" -"Os aplicativos individuais têm uma lista de *Tipos de atividade* dedicada a " -"esse aplicativo. Por exemplo, para visualizar e editar as atividades " -"disponíveis para o aplicativo *CRM*, vá para :menuselection:`app CRM --> " -"Configuração --> Tipos de atividade`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Enter a title for the activity in the :guilabel:`Summary` field, located in " -"the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window." -msgstr "" -"Digite um título para a atividade no campo :guilabel:`Resumo`, localizado na" -" janela pop-up :guilabel:`Agendar atividade`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To assign the activity to a different user, select a name from the " -":guilabel:`Assigned to` drop-down menu. Otherwise, the user creating the " -"activity is automatically assigned." -msgstr "" -"Para atribuir a atividade a um usuário diferente, selecione um nome no menu " -"suspenso :guilabel:`Atribuído a`. Caso contrário, o usuário que criou a " -"atividade será automaticamente atribuído." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Lastly, feel free to add any additional information in the optional " -":guilabel:`Log a note...` field." -msgstr "" -"Por fim, sinta-se à vontade para acrescentar qualquer informação adicional " -"no campo opcional :guilabel:`Registrar uma nota…`." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Due Date` field on the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " -"window auto-populates based on the configuration settings for the selected " -":guilabel:`Activity Type`. However, this date can be changed by selecting a " -"day on the calendar in the :guilabel:`Due Date` field." +msgid "Chatter" +msgstr "Chatter" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:32 +msgid "Activities can be created from the chatter on any record." msgstr "" -"O campo :guilabel:`Prazo final` na janela pop-up :guilabel:`Agendar " -"atividade` é preenchido automaticamente com base nas definições de " -"configuração do :guilabel:`Tipo de atividade` selecionado. Entretanto, essa " -"data pode ser alterada selecionando um dia no calendário no campo " -":guilabel:`Prazo final`." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:34 -msgid "Lastly, click one of the following buttons:" -msgstr "Por fim, clique em um dos seguintes botões:" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:36 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Schedule`: adds the activity to the chatter under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." +"To schedule a new activity, click the :guilabel:`Activities` button, located" +" at the top of the chatter. In the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " +"window that appears, :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Agendar`: adiciona a atividade ao chatter em " -":guilabel:`Atividades planejadas`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the chatter " -"under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, it is automatically " -"marked as completed." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Marcar como concluído`: adiciona os detalhes da atividade ao " -"chatter em :guilabel:`Hoje`. A atividade não é programada, ela é " -"automaticamente marcada como concluída." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:39 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Done \\& Schedule Next`: adds the task under :guilabel:`Today` " -"marked as done, and opens a new activity window." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Concluir e agendar próxima`: adiciona a tarefa no prazo " -":guilabel:`Hoje` em marcada como concluída e abre uma nova janela de " -"atividade." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Discard`: discards any changes made on the pop-up window." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Descartar`: descarta todas as alterações feitas na janela pop-up." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "Visualização de leads de CRM e a opção de agendar uma atividade." +msgid "New activity type form." +msgstr "Novo formulário de tipo de atividade." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Depending on the activity type, the :guilabel:`Schedule` button may be " -"replaced by a :guilabel:`Save` button, or an :guilabel:`Open Calendar` " -"button." -msgstr "" -"Dependendo do tipo de atividade, o botão :guilabel:`Agendar` pode ser " -"substituído por um botão :guilabel:`Salvar` ou por um botão :guilabel:`Abrir" -" calendário`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Scheduled activities are added to the chatter for the record under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." -msgstr "" -"As atividades programadas são adicionadas ao chatter para o registro em " -":guilabel:`Atividades planejadas`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Activities can also be scheduled from the kanban, list, or activities view " -"of an application." -msgstr "" -"As atividades também podem ser agendadas a partir da visualização kanban, de" -" lista ou de atividades de um aplicativo." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:45 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "Visualização Kanban" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`, and proceed to fill " -"out the pop-up form." +"Another way that activities are created is from the Kanban view in an " +"application." msgstr "" -"Selecione um registro no qual deseja agendar uma atividade. Clique no ícone " -":guilabel:`🕘 (relógio)` e, em seguida, :guilabel:`Agendar uma atividade` e " -"preencha o formulário pop-up." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "The Kanban icon in the top menu, highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon located at the bottom of " +"an individual record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`+ Schedule An Activity`, then proceed to :ref:`fill out the" +" Schedule Activity form `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 msgid "" "Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." msgstr "" "Visualização Kanban do funil de CRM e da opção de agendar uma atividade." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If a record already has a scheduled activity, the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon" +" is replaced by the icon that represents the existing scheduled activity. " +"Click on the activity type's icon to schedule another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:70 msgid "List view" msgstr "Visualização de lista" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`. If the record already " -"has an activity scheduled, the clock icon may be replaced by a :guilabel:`📞 " -"(phone)` or an :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:72 +msgid "Activities can also be created from a list view." msgstr "" -"Selecione um registro para agendar uma atividade. Clique no ícone " -":guilabel:`🕘 (relógio) ` e depois em :guilabel:`Agendar uma atividade`. Se o" -" registro já tiver uma atividade agendada, o ícone do relógio poderá ser " -"substituído por um ícone :guilabel:`📞 (telefone)` ou um :guilabel:`✉️ " -"(envelope)`." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Activities` column is hidden, reveal it using the " +":guilabel:`(additional options toggle)` icon in the far-right of the top " +"row, represented by two horizontal lines with two dots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon for the record the activity is" +" being added to, then click :guilabel:`+ Schedule an activity`. Proceed to " +":ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form ` that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." msgstr "" "Visualização de lista do funil de CRM e da opção de agendar uma atividade." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:93 msgid "Activity view" msgstr "Visualização da atividade" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 msgid "" -"To open the activity view for an application, select the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon from the menu bar anywhere in the database. Select any " -"application from the drop-down menu, and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " -"icon for the desired app." +"Most applications in Odoo have an *Activity* view available. If available, a" +" :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon is visible in the top-right of the main" +" menu bar." msgstr "" -"Para abrir a visualização de atividades de um aplicativo, selecione o ícone " -":guilabel:`🕘 (relógio)` na barra de menus em qualquer lugar da base de " -"dados. Selecione qualquer aplicativo no menu suspenso e clique no ícone " -":guilabel:`🕘 (relógio)` do aplicativo desejado." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:98 msgid "" -"Activity menu drop down with focus on where to open activity view for CRM." +"To open the activity view, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon." msgstr "" -"Menu suspenso de atividades, com foco para o local que abre a visualização " -"de atividades do CRM." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "Top-right menu with the Activities icon called out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:104 msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Move across the row to " -"find the desired activity type, then click the :guilabel:`＋ (plus sign)`." +"In this view, all the available activities are listed in the columns, while " +"the horizontal entries represent all the individual records." msgstr "" -"Selecione um registro para o qual programar uma atividade. Percorra a linha " -"para localizar o tipo de atividade desejado e clique no botão :guilabel:`＋ " -"(sinal de mais)`." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:107 msgid "" -"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +"Activities that appear green have a due date in the future, activities that " +"appear orange are due today, while activities appearing red are overdue." msgstr "" -"Visão de atividades do funil de CRM e da opção de agendar uma atividade." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Color bars in each column represent records for specific activity types, and" +" display a number indicating how many activities are scheduled for that " +"type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If multiple activity types are scheduled for a record, a number appears in " +"the box, indicating the total number of scheduled activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:117 msgid "" "Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" " throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." @@ -268,107 +231,266 @@ msgstr "" "As cores e sua relação com o prazo final de uma atividade são consistentes " "em todo o Odoo, independentemente do tipo de atividade ou da visualização." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:120 msgid "" -"Activities that appear in **green** indicate a due date sometime in the " -"future." +"To schedule an activity for a record, hover over the corresponding field, " +"and a :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` appears. Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)`, and then :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." msgstr "" -"As atividades que aparecem em **verde** indicam um prazo final em algum " -"momento no futuro." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:96 -msgid "**Yellow** indicates that the activity's due date is today." -msgstr "**Amarelo** indica que o prazo final da atividade é hoje." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Red** indicates that the activity is overdue and the due date has passed." -msgstr "" -"**Red** indica que a atividade está atrasada e o prazo final já passou." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:99 -msgid "" -"For example, if an activity is created for a phone call, and the due date " -"passes, the activity appears with a red phone in list view, and a red clock " -"on the kanban view." -msgstr "" -"Por exemplo, se for criada uma atividade de ligação telefônica e o prazo " -"final for ultrapassado, a atividade aparecerá com um telefone vermelho no " -"modo de visualização de lista e um relógio vermelho no modo de visualização " -"kanban." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:103 -msgid "View scheduled activities" -msgstr "Ver atividades agendadas" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:105 -msgid "" -"To view scheduled activities, open either the :menuselection:`Sales app` or " -":menuselection:`CRM app` and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, located " -"to the far-right side of the other view options." -msgstr "" -"Para visualizar as atividades agendadas, abra o :menuselection:`app Vendas` " -"ou :menuselection:`app CRM` e clique no ícone :guilabel:`🕘 (relógio)`, " -"localizado na extremidade direita das outras opções de visualização." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Doing so opens the activities menu, showcasing all the scheduled activities " -"for the user, by default. To show all activities for every user, remove the " -":guilabel:`My Pipeline` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." -msgstr "" -"Isso abre o menu de atividades, exibindo todas as atividades agendadas para " -"o usuário, por padrão. Para mostrar todas as atividades de cada usuário, " -"remova o filtro :guilabel:`Meu funil` da barra :guilabel:`Pesquisar…`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To view a consolidated list of activities separated by the application where" -" they were created, and by deadline, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon on" -" the header menu to see the activities for that specific application in a " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" -"Para visualizar uma lista consolidada de atividades separadas por prazo e " -"pelo aplicativo em que foram criadas, clique no ícone :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(relógio)` no menu do cabeçalho para ver as atividades desse aplicativo " -"específico em um menu suspenso." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The possibility to :guilabel:`Add new note` and :guilabel:`Request a " -"Document` appear at the bottom of this drop-down menu, when the :guilabel:`🕘" -" (clock)` icon on the header menu is clicked." -msgstr "" -"A possibilidade de :guilabel:`Adicionar nova nota` e :guilabel:`Solicitar um" -" documento` aparece na parte inferior desse menu suspenso ao clicar no ícone" -" :guilabel:`🕘 (relógio)` no menu do cabeçalho." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads page emphasizing the activities menu." -msgstr "" -"Visualização da página de leads do CRM com destaque para o menu de " -"atividades." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:123 -msgid "Configure activity types" -msgstr "Configurar tipos de atividade" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:125 msgid "" -"To configure the types of activities in the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss --> Activities --> Activity Types`." +"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." msgstr "" -"Para configurar os tipos de atividades na base de dados, vá para " -":menuselection:`app Definições --> Mensagens --> Atividades --> Tipo de " -"atividades`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types." -msgstr "" -"Visualização da página de definições, com ênfase no menu \"tipos de " -"atividade\"." +"Visão de atividades do funil de CRM e da opção de agendar uma atividade." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 +msgid "Schedule Activity form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Activities can be scheduled from many different places, such as from the " +":ref:`chatter ` of a record, or from one of multiple " +"views in an application, when available: the :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or :ref:`activity " +"view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" +msgstr "Insira as seguintes informações no formulário:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Activity Type`: select the type of activity from the drop-down " +"menu. The default options are: :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Call`, " +":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`To-Do`. Depending on what other " +"applications are installed, additional options may be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Individual applications have a list of dedicated :ref:`activity types " +"`. For example, installing the *Sales* application makes " +":guilabel:`Order Upsell` available, while installing the *Sign* application " +"makes :guilabel:`Request Signature` available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Summary`: enter a short title for the activity, such as `Discuss " +"Proposal`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date`: using the calendar popover, select the activity's " +"deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assigned to`: by default, the current user populates this field. " +"To assign a different user to the activity, select them from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: add any additional information for the activity in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window is completed, click one" +" of the following buttons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:158 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Open Calendar`: opens the user's calendar to add and schedule the" +" activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Click on the desired date and time for the activity, and a :guilabel:`New " +"Event` pop-up window appears. The summary from the *Schedule Activity* pop-" +"up window populates the :guilabel:`Title` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Enter the information in the :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up window, then click" +" :guilabel:`Save & Close` to schedule it. Once scheduled, the activity is " +"added to the chatter under the :guilabel:`Planned Activities` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Activity Type` is set to either :guilabel:`Call` or " +":guilabel:`Meeting`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: schedules the activity, and adds the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Planned Activities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:174 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule & Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the" +" chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, and is " +"automatically marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next`: adds the details of the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, is " +"automatically marked as done, and a new :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up" +" window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancel`: discards any changes made on the :guilabel:`Schedule " +"Activity` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "Visualização de leads de CRM e a opção de agendar uma atividade." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:188 +msgid "All scheduled activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To view a consolidated list of activities, organized by application, click " +"the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon in the header menu, located in the top-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If any activities are scheduled, the number of activities appear in a red " +"bubble on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:196 +msgid "" +"All activities for each application are further divided into subsections, " +"indicating where in the application the activity is to be completed. Each " +"sub-section lists the number of scheduled activities that are " +":guilabel:`Late`, due :guilabel:`Today`, and scheduled in the " +":guilabel:`Future`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:202 +msgid "" +"In the *Time Off* application, one activity is scheduled to be done in the " +"*All Time Off* requests dashboard, and six activities are scheduled to be " +"done in the *Allocations* dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:205 +msgid "" +"These requests appear in two separate lists in the all activities drop-down " +"menu: one labeled `Time Off` and one labeled `Time Off Allocation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list of activities that is accessed from the main menu bar. Two entries for the Time\n" +"Off application are highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:214 +msgid "Request a document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The option to :guilabel:`Request a Document` is available at the bottom of " +"the list of :ref:`all scheduled activities `, the option to " +":guilabel:`Request a Document` appears. Click :guilabel:`Request a " +"Document`, and a :guilabel:`Request a file` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:222 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Name`: enter a name for the document being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request To`: select the user the document is being requested from" +" using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date In`: enter a numerical value indicating when the " +"document is due. Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. " +"Click :guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. " +"Select the desired time-frame option from the list. The options are " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:229 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +":ref:`Workspace ` the document is being uploaded to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any desired tags from the drop-down menu. The " +"available tags displayed are based on the tags configured for the selected " +":guilabel:`Workspace`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message`: enter a message to clarify the document request in this" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:235 +msgid "" +"When all the fields are completed, click :guilabel:`Request` to send the " +"document request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Request a file form, with all fields filled out to request a contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:244 +msgid "Activity types" +msgstr "Tipos de atividades" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured types of activities in the database, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss section --> Activities " +"setting --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activity Types button in the Settings application under the Discuss section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:253 msgid "" "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " "activity types are found." @@ -376,106 +498,110 @@ msgstr "" "Isso revela a página :guilabel:`Tipos de atividades`, onde são encontrados " "os tipos de atividade existentes." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To edit an existing activity type, select it from the list, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`. To create a new activity type, click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" -"Para editar um tipo de atividade existente, selecione-o na lista e clique em" -" :guilabel:`Editar`. Para criar um novo tipo de atividade, clique em " -":guilabel:`Criar`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:136 -msgid "" -"At the top of a blank activity type form, start by choosing a " -":guilabel:`Name` for the new activity type." -msgstr "" -"Na parte superior de um formulário de tipo de atividade em branco, comece " -"escolhendo um :guilabel:`Nome` para o novo tipo de atividade." - #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "New activity type form." -msgstr "Novo formulário de tipo de atividade." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:143 -msgid "Activity settings" -msgstr "Definições de atividade" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:146 -msgid "Action" -msgstr "Ação" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:148 -msgid "" -"The *Action* field specifies the intent of the activity. Some actions " -"trigger specific behaviors after an activity is scheduled." +msgid "The list of activity types already configured and available." msgstr "" -"O campo *Ação* especifica a intenção da atividade. Algumas ações acionam " -"comportamentos específicos depois que uma atividade é agendada." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected, a link to upload a document is " -"added directly to the planned activity in the chatter." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:260 +msgid "Edit activity types" msgstr "" -"Se :guilabel:`Carregar documento` for selecionado, um link para carregar um " -"documento será adicionado diretamente à atividade planejada no chatter." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:262 msgid "" -"If either :guilabel:`Phonecall` or :guilabel:`Meeting` are selected, users " -"have the option to open their calendar to schedule a time for this activity." +"To edit an existing :ref:`activity type `, click on the " +"activity type, and the activity type form loads." msgstr "" -"Se forem selecionadas as opções :guilabel:`Ligação` ou :guilabel:`Reunião` ," -" os usuários terão a opção de abrir o calendário para agendar um horário " -"para essa atividade." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:265 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Request Signature` is selected, a link is added to the planned" -" activity in the chatter that opens a signature request pop-up window." +"Make any desired changes to the activity type form. The form automatically " +"saves, but it can be saved manually at any time by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Save Manually` option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner of the page." msgstr "" -"Se :guilabel:`Solicitar assinatura` for selecionado, será adicionado no " -"chatter da atividade planejada um link que abre uma janela pop-up de " -"solicitação de assinatura." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:270 +msgid "Create new activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:272 msgid "" -"The actions available to select on an activity type vary, depending on the " -"applications currently installed in the database." +"To create a new :ref:`activity type `, click " +":guilabel:`New` from the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, and a blank " +"activity type form loads." msgstr "" -"As ações disponíveis para seleção em um tipo de atividade variam, dependendo" -" dos aplicativos atualmente instalados na base de dados." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:163 -msgid "Default user" -msgstr "Usuário padrão" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:275 msgid "" -"To automatically assign this activity to a specific user when this activity " -"type is scheduled, choose a name from the :guilabel:`Default User` drop-down" -" menu. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to the user who" -" creates the activity." +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the activity type at the top of the form, then " +"enter the following information on the form." msgstr "" -"Para atribuir automaticamente essa atividade a um usuário específico quando " -"esse tipo de atividade for agendado, escolha um nome no menu suspenso " -":guilabel:`Usuário padrão`. Se esse campo for deixado em branco, a atividade" -" será atribuída ao usuário que criar a atividade." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:170 -msgid "Default summary" -msgstr "Resumo padrão" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:279 +msgid "Activity Settings section" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:281 msgid "" -"To include notes whenever this activity type is created, enter them into the" -" :guilabel:`Default Summary` field." +":guilabel:`Action`: using the drop-down menu, select an action associated " +"with this new activity type. Some actions trigger specific behaviors after " +"an activity is scheduled, such as:" msgstr "" -"Para incluir notas sempre que esse tipo de atividade for criado, insira-as " -"no campo :guilabel:`Resumo padrão`." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:284 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Upload Document`: if selected, a link to upload a document is " +"automatically added to the planned activity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:286 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Call` or :guilabel:`Meeting`: if selected, users have the option " +"to open their calendar to select a date and time for the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request Signature`: if selected, a link to open a signature " +"request pop-up window is automatically added to the planned activity in the " +"chatter. This requires the Odoo *Sign* application to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Available activity types vary based on the installed applications in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folder`: select a specific :ref:`workspace " +"` folder to save a document to. This field **only** " +"appears if :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Action`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Folder` the document is " +"saved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default User`: select a user from the drop-down menu to " +"automatically assign this activity to the selected user when this activity " +"type is scheduled. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to " +"the user who creates the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Summary`: enter a note to include whenever this activity " +"type is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:307 msgid "" "The information in the :guilabel:`Default User` and :guilabel:`Default " "Summary` fields are included when an activity is created. However, they can " @@ -485,133 +611,86 @@ msgstr "" "padrão` são incluídas quando uma atividade é criada. No entanto, elas podem " "ser alteradas antes que a atividade seja agendada ou salva." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:181 -msgid "Next activity" -msgstr "Próxima atividade" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:311 msgid "" -"To automatically suggest, or trigger, a new activity after an activity has " -"been marked complete, the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` must be set." +":guilabel:`Keep Done`: tick this checkbox to keep activities that have been " +"marked as `Done` visible in the :ref:`activity view `." msgstr "" -"Para sugerir ou acionar automaticamente uma nova atividade após uma " -"atividade ter sido marcada como concluída, o :guilabel:`Tipo de " -"encadeamento` deve ser definido." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:187 -msgid "Suggest next activity" -msgstr "Sugerir a próxima atividade" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:313 +msgid ":guilabel:`Default Note`: enter any notes to appear with the activity." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:316 +msgid "Next Activity section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:318 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field, select :guilabel:`Suggest Next " -"Activity`. Upon doing so, the field underneath changes to: " -":guilabel:`Suggest`. Click the :guilabel:`Suggest` field drop-down menu to " -"select any activities to recommend as follow-up tasks to this activity type." +"It is possible to have another activity either suggested or triggered. To do" +" so, configure the :guilabel:`Next Activity` section." msgstr "" -"No campo :guilabel:`Tipo de encadeamento`, selecione :guilabel:`Sugerir " -"próxima atividade`. Ao fazer isso, o campo abaixo muda para: " -":guilabel:`Sugerir`. Clique no menu suspenso do campo :guilabel:`Sugerir` " -"para selecionar atividades a serem recomendadas como tarefas de " -"acompanhamento para esse tipo de atividade." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:321 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Schedule` field, choose a default deadline for these " -"activities. To do so, configure a desired number of :guilabel:`Days`, " -":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, decide if it should occur " -":guilabel:`after completion date` or :guilabel:`after previous activity " -"deadline`." +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`: select either :guilabel:`Suggest Next Activity` " +"or :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` from the drop-down menu. Depending on " +"the selected option, either the :guilabel:`Suggest` or :guilabel:`Trigger` " +"field is displayed." msgstr "" -"No campo :guilabel:`Agendar`, escolha um prazo padrão para essas atividades." -" Para fazer isso, configure um número desejado de :guilabel:`Dias`, " -":guilabel:`Semanas` ou :guilabel:`Meses`. Em seguida, decida se ela deve " -"ocorrer :guilabel:`após a data de conclusão` ou :guilabel:`após o prazo da " -"atividade anterior`." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:198 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:326 msgid "" -"This :guilabel:`Schedule` field information can be altered before the " -"activity is scheduled." +"The :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field does **not** appear if :guilabel:`Upload" +" Document` is selected for the :guilabel:`Action`." msgstr "" -"Essas informações do campo :guilabel:`Agendar` podem ser alteradas antes que" -" a atividade seja agendada." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:227 -msgid "When all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Suggest/Trigger`: depending on what is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`, this field either displays :guilabel:`Suggest` or" +" :guilabel:`Trigger`. Using the drop-down menu, select the activity to " +"recommend or schedule as a follow-up task to the activity type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:332 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: configure when the next activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:334 +msgid "" +"First, enter a numerical value indicating when the activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. Click " +":guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. Select the" +" desired time-frame option from the list. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:340 +msgid "" +"Lastly, using the drop-down menu, select whether the activity is scheduled " +"or triggered either :guilabel:`after previous activity deadline` or " +":guilabel:`after completion date`." msgstr "" -"Quando todas as configurações estiverem concluídas, clique em " -":guilabel:`Salvar`." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "Schedule activity popup with emphasis on recommended activities." -msgstr "Pop-up de agendar atividades, com ênfase nas atividades recomendadas." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Suggest " -"Next Activity`, and has activities listed in the :guilabel:`Suggest` field, " -"users are presented with recommendations for activities as next steps." +msgid "A new Activity form with all the fields filled out." msgstr "" -"Se uma atividade tiver o :guilabel:`Tipo de encadeamento` definido como " -":guilabel:`Sugerir próxima atividade` e tiver atividades listadas no campo " -":guilabel:`Sugerir`, os usuários receberão recomendações de atividades como " -"próximas etapas." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:211 -msgid "Trigger next activity" -msgstr "Acionar a próxima atividade" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:348 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss`" +msgstr ":doc:`../productivity/discuss`" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Setting the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` to :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` " -"immediately launches the next activity once the previous one is completed." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:349 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss/team_communication`" msgstr "" -"Definir o :guilabel:`Tipo de encadeamento` como :guilabel:`Acionar próxima " -"atividade` inicia a próxima atividade imediatamente após a anterior ser " -"concluída." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` is selected in the :guilabel:`Chaining " -"Type` field, the field beneath changes to: :guilabel:`Trigger`. From the " -":guilabel:`Trigger` field drop-down menu, select the activity that should be" -" launched once this activity is completed." -msgstr "" -"Se :guilabel:`Acionar próxima atividade` for selecionado no campo " -":guilabel:`Tipo de encadeamento`, o campo abaixo será alterado para: " -":guilabel:`Acionar`. No menu suspenso do campo :guilabel:`Acionar`, " -"selecione a atividade que deve ser iniciada quando essa atividade for " -"concluída." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Schedule new activity popup with emphasis on Done and launch next button." -msgstr "" -"Pop-up de agendar atividades, com ênfase no botão Concluído e iniciar " -"próxima." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Trigger" -" Next Activity`, marking the activity as `Done` immediately launches the " -"next activity listed in the :guilabel:`Trigger` field." -msgstr "" -"Quando uma atividade tem o :guilabel:`Tipo de encadeamento` definido como " -":guilabel:`Acionar próxima atividade`, marcar a atividade como `Concluída` " -"inicia imediatamente a próxima atividade listada no campo " -":guilabel:`Acionar`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:238 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:239 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:3 msgid "Export and import data" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 051293492..1177e9653 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Maitê Dietze, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 @@ -598,6 +598,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:583 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:701 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 @@ -1960,6 +1961,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:32 msgid "Transactions" msgstr "Transações" @@ -2511,7 +2513,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:90 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:432 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:363 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "Customer invoices" @@ -2778,7 +2780,7 @@ msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:169 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:242 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:376 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 @@ -4203,6 +4205,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:38 msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" msgstr "" @@ -6030,23 +6033,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 msgid "" -"This document addresses a specific use case for theoretical purposes. " -"Navigate :ref:`here ` for " -"instructions on how to set up and use |AVCO| in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:32 -msgid "" -":ref:`Using inventory valuation `" +"This document addresses a specific use case for theoretical purposes. For " +"instructions on how to set up and use |AVCO|, refer to the :doc:`inventory " +"valuation configuration " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +" doc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 msgid "" +":doc:`Using inventory valuation " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:35 +msgid "" ":ref:`Other inventory valuation methods " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:40 msgid "" "To use average cost inventory valuation on a product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and " @@ -6055,17 +6061,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to `Automated`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:46 msgid "" -":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration " -"`" +":doc:`Inventory valuation configuration " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 msgid "Using average cost valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "" "The average cost method adjusts the inventory valuation when products are " "received in the warehouse. This section explains how it works, but if the " @@ -6073,37 +6079,37 @@ msgid "" "` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:59 msgid "Formula" msgstr "Fórmula" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:61 msgid "" "When new products arrive, the new average cost for each product is " "recomputed using the formula:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:63 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{(Old~Qty \\times Old~Avg~Cost) + (Incoming~Qty \\times Purchase~Price)}{Final~Qty}\n" "\n" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:66 msgid "**Old Qty**: product count in stock before receiving the new shipment;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:67 msgid "" "**Old Avg Cost**: calculated average cost for a single product from the " "previous inventory valuation;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:69 msgid "**Incoming Qty**: count of products arriving in the new shipment;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:70 msgid "" "**Purchase Price**: estimated price of products at the reception of products" " (since vendor bills may arrive later). The amount includes not only the " @@ -6112,214 +6118,217 @@ msgid "" "vendor bill, this price is adjusted;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:74 msgid "**Final Qty**: quantity of on-hand stock after the stock move." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 msgid "" "When products leave the warehouse, the average cost **does not** change. " "Read about why the average cost valuation is **not** adjusted :ref:`here " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:85 msgid "Compute average cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:87 msgid "" "To understand how the average cost of a product changes with each shipment, " "consider the following table of warehouse operations and stock moves. Each " "is a different example of how the average cost valuation is affected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Operation" msgstr "Operação" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 msgid "Incoming Value" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "Valor de inventário" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Avg Cost" msgstr "Custo médio" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:424 msgid "$0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 msgid "0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "Receive 8 tables at $10/unit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "8 * $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "$80" msgstr "R$ 80" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "8" msgstr "8" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "$10" msgstr "R$10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 msgid "Receive 4 tables at $16/unit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 msgid "4 * $16" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 msgid "$144" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "$12" msgstr "$12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 msgid "Deliver 10 tables" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 msgid "-10 * $12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "$24" msgstr "$24" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "2" msgstr "2" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:106 msgid "" "Ensure comprehension of the above computations by reviewing the \"Receive 8 " "tables at $10/unit\" example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:109 msgid "Initially, the product stock is 0, so all values are $0." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:111 msgid "" "In the first warehouse operation, `8` tables are received at `$10` each. The" " average cost is calculated using the :ref:`formula " "`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:114 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{0 + 8 \\times $10}{8} = \\frac{$80}{8} = $10\n" "\n" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "" "Since the *incoming quantity* of tables is `8` and the *purchase price* for " "each is `$10`," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:118 msgid "The inventory value in the numerator is evaluated to `$80`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 msgid "`$80` is divided by the total amount of tables to store, `8`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:120 msgid "`$10` is the average cost of a single table from the first shipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:122 msgid "" "To verify this in Odoo, in the *Purchase* app, order `8` quantities of a new" " product, `Table`, with no previous stock moves, for `$10` each." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:125 msgid "" "In the table's :guilabel:`Product Category` field in the :guilabel:`General " "Information` tab of the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon," @@ -6328,13 +6337,13 @@ msgid "" " Valuation` to `Automated`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "" "Then, return to the purchase order. Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`, and " "click :guilabel:`Receive Products` to confirm receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:133 msgid "" "Next, check the inventory valuation record generated by the product " "reception by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> " @@ -6348,7 +6357,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show inventory valuation of 8 tables in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "" "When the product category's :guilabel:`Costing Method` is set to " ":guilabel:`AVCO`, then the average cost of a product is also displayed on " @@ -6356,11 +6365,11 @@ msgid "" "on the product page itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:149 msgid "Product delivery (use case)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:151 msgid "" "For outgoing shipments, :ref:`outbound products have no effect on the " "average cost valuation `. Although the " @@ -6369,47 +6378,47 @@ msgid "" "customer location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:157 msgid "" "To demonstrate that the average cost valuation is not recalculated, examine " "the \"Deliver 10 tables\" example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{12 \\times $12 + (-10) \\times $12}{12-10} = \\frac{24}{2} = $12\n" "\n" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "" "Because 10 tables are being sent out to customers, the *incoming quantity* " "is `-10`. The previous average cost (`$12`) is used in lieu of a vendor's " "*purchase price*;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:165 msgid "The *incoming inventory value* is `-10 * $12 = -$120`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:166 msgid "" "The old *inventory value* (`$144`) is added to the *incoming inventory " "value* (`-$120`), so `$144 + -$120 = $24`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:168 msgid "" "Only `2` tables remain after shipping out `10` tables from `12`. So the " "current *inventory value* (`$24`) is divided by the on-hand quantity (`2`);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:170 msgid "" "`$24 / 2 = $12`, which is the same average cost as the previous operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:172 msgid "" "To verify this in Odoo, sell `10` tables in the *Sales* app, validate the " "delivery, and then review the inventory valuation record by going to in " @@ -6418,7 +6427,7 @@ msgid "" "by `-$120`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:177 msgid "" "**Note**: What is not represented in this stock valuation record is the " "revenue made from this sale, so this decrease is not a loss to the company." @@ -6428,53 +6437,53 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show how deliveries decrease inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:187 msgid "Return items to supplier (use case)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:189 msgid "" "Because the price paid to suppliers can differ from the price the product is" " valued at with the |AVCO| method, Odoo handles returned items in a specific" " way." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:192 msgid "" "Products are returned to suppliers at the original purchase price, but;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:193 msgid "The internal cost valuation remains unchanged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 msgid "" "The above :ref:`example table ` is updated as" " follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 msgid "Qty*Avg Cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 msgid "Return 1 table bought at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 msgid "-1 * $12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:242 msgid "1" msgstr "1" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:205 msgid "" "In other words, returns to vendors are perceived by Odoo as another form of " "a product exiting the warehouse. To Odoo, because the table is valued at $12" @@ -6483,7 +6492,7 @@ msgid "" "average cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:211 msgid "" "To return a single table that was purchased for `$10`, navigate to the " "receipt in the *Inventory* app for the :ref:`8 tables purchased in Exercise " @@ -6491,7 +6500,7 @@ msgid "" " clicking on :guilabel:`Receipts`, and selecting the desired receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:216 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Return` on the validated delivery order, and modify " "the quantity to `1` in the reverse transfer window. This creates an outgoing" @@ -6499,7 +6508,7 @@ msgid "" " shipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:220 msgid "" "Return to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation` " "to see how the outgoing shipment decreases the inventory value by $12." @@ -6509,63 +6518,63 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inventory valuation for return." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:230 msgid "Eliminate stock valuation errors in outgoing products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:232 msgid "" "Inconsistencies can occur in a company's inventory when the average cost " "valuation is recalculated on outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:235 msgid "" "To demonstrate this error, the table below displays a scenario in which 1 " "table is shipped to a customer and another is returned to a supplier at the " "purchased price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 msgid "Qty*Price" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 msgid "Ship 1 product to customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 msgid "-1 \\* $12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "Return 1 product initially bought at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "-1 \\* $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$2**" msgstr "**R$2**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "**0**" msgstr "**0**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:248 msgid "" "In the final operation above, the final inventory valuation for the table is" " `$2` even though there are `0` tables left in stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:251 msgid "Correct method" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:253 msgid "" "Use the average cost to value the return. This does not mean the company " "gets $12 back for a $10 purchase; the item returned for $10 is valued " @@ -6573,11 +6582,11 @@ msgid "" " no longer being accounted for in company assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:258 msgid "Anglo-Saxon accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:260 msgid "" "In addition to using |AVCO|, companies that use **Anglo-Saxon accounting** " "also keep a holding account that tracks the amount to be paid to vendors. " @@ -6587,13 +6596,13 @@ msgid "" "vendor bill is received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:266 msgid "" ":ref:`Anglo-Saxon vs. Continental " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:268 msgid "" "The table below reflects journal entries and accounts. The *stock input* " "account stores the money intended to pay vendors when the vendor bill has " @@ -6602,71 +6611,71 @@ msgid "" "price it was bought for, a *price difference* account is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Stock Input" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Price Diff" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 msgid "Receive 8 tables at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 msgid "($80)" msgstr "(R$80)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" msgstr "Receber fatura do fornecedor R$ 80" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 msgid "Receive 4 tables at $16" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 msgid "($64)" msgstr "(R$64)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" msgstr "Receber fatura do fornecedor R$ 64" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "Deliver 10 tables to customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "Return 1 table initially bought at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$10**" msgstr "**R$10**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$12**" msgstr "**R$12**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" msgstr "Receba o reembolso do fornecedor R$ 10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "$2" msgstr "R$2" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:296 msgid "Product reception" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:299 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Resumo" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:301 msgid "" "At product reception, Odoo ensures companies can pay for goods that were " "purchased by preemptively moving an amount matching the price of received " @@ -6678,7 +6687,7 @@ msgid "" "bill is received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:308 msgid "" "Inventory valuation is a method of calculating how much each in-stock " "product is worth internally. Since there is a difference between the price " @@ -6687,44 +6696,44 @@ msgid "" "crediting and debiting operations of the **Stock Input** account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:313 msgid "To conceptualize all this, follow the breakdown below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:316 msgid "Accounts balanced at received products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:318 msgid "" "In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, `table`, in " "stock. Then, 8 tables are received from the vendor:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:321 msgid "" "The **Stock Input** account stores `$80` of credit owed to the vendor. The " "amount in this account is unrelated to the inventory value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:323 msgid "" "`$80` worth of tables came **in** (**debit** the *Inventory Value* account " "`$80`), and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:324 msgid "" "`$80` must be paid **out** for received goods (**credit** the *Stock Input* " "account `$80`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:324 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:370 msgid "In Odoo" msgstr "No Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:329 msgid "" "Odoo generates an accounting journal entry when shipments that use |AVCO| " "costing method are received. Configure a :guilabel:`Price Difference " @@ -6732,7 +6741,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category` field on the product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:333 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Account Properties`, create a new :guilabel:`Price " "Difference Account` by typing in the name of the account and clicking " @@ -6744,7 +6753,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create price difference account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:341 msgid "" "Then, receive the shipment in the *Purchase* app or *Inventory* app, and " "navigate to the :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal " @@ -6756,7 +6765,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show accounting entry of 8 tables from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:349 msgid "" "Click on the line for 8 tables. This accounting journal entry shows that " "when the 8 tables were received, the `Stock Valuation` account increased by " @@ -6768,35 +6777,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit stock valuation and credit stock input 80 dollars." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:358 msgid "Accounts balanced at received vendor bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:360 msgid "" "In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, table, in " "stock. Then, 8 tables are received from the vendor. When the bill is " "received from vendor for 8 tables:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:363 msgid "" "Use `$80` in the **Stock Input** account to pay the bill. This cancels out " "and the account now holds `$0`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:365 msgid "Debit **Stock Input** `$80` (to reconcile this account)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:366 msgid "" "Credit **Accounts payable** `$80`. This account stores the amount the " "company owes others, so accountants use the amount to write checks to " "vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:372 msgid "" "Once the vendor requests payment, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Orders --> Purchase` and select the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for " @@ -6804,7 +6813,7 @@ msgid "" "Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:376 msgid "" "Switch to the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view how `$80` is transferred" " from the holding account, `Stock Interim (Received)` to `Accounts Payable`." @@ -6815,24 +6824,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show bill linked to the purchase order for 8 tables." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:385 msgid "On product delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:387 msgid "" "In the :ref:`above example table `, when 10" " products are delivered to a customer, the **Stock Input** account is " "untouched because there are no new products coming in. To put it simply:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:391 msgid "" "**Inventory valuation** is credited `$120`. Subtracting from inventory " "valuation represents `$120` worth of products exiting the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:393 msgid "Debit **Accounts Receivable** to record revenue from the sale." msgstr "" @@ -6840,7 +6849,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show journal items linked to sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:401 msgid "" "In the accounting journal entry invoicing a customer for 10 tables, the " "accounts **Product Sales**, **Tax Received**, and **Accounts Receivable** " @@ -6848,7 +6857,7 @@ msgid "" "account where the customer payment will be received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:405 msgid "" "Anglo-Saxon accounting recognizes the cost of goods sold (COGS) once the " "sale is made. So, up until the product is sold, scrapped, or returned, costs" @@ -6857,11 +6866,11 @@ msgid "" "period of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:411 msgid "On product return" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:413 msgid "" "In the :ref:`above example table `, when " "returning 1 product to a vendor purchased at `$10`, a company expects `$10` " @@ -6872,31 +6881,31 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:420 msgid "" "Behavior of *price difference accounts* varies from localization. In this " "case, the account is intended to store differences between vendor price and " "*automated* inventory valuation methods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:423 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "Resumo:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:425 msgid "" "Debit **Stock Input** account `$10` to move the table from stock to stock " "input. This move is to indicate that the table is to be processed for an " "outgoing shipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:427 msgid "" "Debit **Stock Input** an additional `$2` to account for the **Price " "Difference**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:428 msgid "" "Credit **Stock Valuation** `$12` because the item is leaving the stock." msgstr "" @@ -6905,16 +6914,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "2 dollar difference expensed in Price Difference account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:434 msgid "Once the vendor's refund is received," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:436 msgid "" "Credit **Stock Input** account `$10` to reconcile the price of the table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:437 msgid "" "Debit **Accounts Payable** `$10` to have the accountants collect and " "register the payment in their journal." @@ -6928,7 +6937,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:361 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:247 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:258 @@ -7625,6 +7634,7 @@ msgid "Partial payment 2/2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:422 msgid "30" msgstr "30" @@ -7871,7 +7881,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:254 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:278 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 @@ -8028,6 +8038,7 @@ msgid "VAT units tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:339 msgid "Fiscal position" msgstr "Posição fiscal" @@ -11782,6 +11793,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:32 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "Pré-requisitos" @@ -11932,6 +11944,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:150 msgid ":doc:`../get_started`" msgstr "" @@ -12159,11 +12172,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:105 msgid "" -"Setting an :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` is **irreversible** and cannot be" -" removed." +"Install the :guilabel:`Irreversible Lock Date` (`account_lock`) module to " +"make the :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` *irreversible* once set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:109 msgid "" "A specific year-end closing entry is **optional** in order to close out the " "**profit and loss statement**. The reports are created in real-time, meaning" @@ -12257,7 +12270,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:386 msgid "Tax computation" msgstr "Cálculo de impostos" @@ -12320,6 +12333,7 @@ msgstr "Imposto" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:397 msgid "Total" msgstr "Total" @@ -13086,112 +13100,1703 @@ msgstr "" "que geralmente recomendamos que as empresas trabalhem apenas com uma " "referência de preço." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:3 -msgid "Avatax integration" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:5 -msgid "Avatax is a tax calculation provider that can be integrated in Odoo." +msgid "AvaTax integration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:98 -msgid "Credential configuration" -msgstr "Configuração de credenciais" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:7 msgid "" -"To integrate Avatax with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes` and add your Avatax credentials in the" -" :guilabel:`Avatax` section." +"Avalara's *AvaTax* is a cloud-based tax software. Integrating *AvaTax* with " +"Odoo provides real-time and region-specific tax calculations when users " +"sell, purchase, and invoice items in Odoo. *AvaTax* tax calculation is " +"supported with every United Nations charted country, including inter-border " +"transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:13 msgid "" -"If you do not yet have credentials, click on :guilabel:`How to Get " -"Credentials`." +"*AvaTax* is only available for integration with databases/companies that " +"have locations in the United States, Canada, and Brazil. This means the " +"fiscal position/country of a database can only be set to the United States, " +"Canada, or Brazil. For more information, reference this documentation: " +":ref:`avatax/fiscal_country`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Configure Avatax settings" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:18 +msgid "" +"*AvaTax* accounts for location-based tax rates for each state, county, and " +"city. It improves remittance accuracy by paying close attention to laws, " +"rules, jurisdiction boundaries, and special circumstances (like, tax " +"holidays, and product exemptions). Companies who integrate with *AvaTax* can" +" maintain control of tax-calculations in-house with this simple :abbr:`API " +"(application programming interface)` integration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:25 -msgid "Tax mapping" +msgid "" +"Some limitations exist in Odoo while using *AvaTax* for tax calculation:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:27 msgid "" -"The Avatax integration is available on Sale Orders and Invoices with the " -"included Avatax fiscal position." +"*AvaTax* is **not** supported in Odoo's *Point of Sale* app, because a " +"dynamic tax calculation model is excessive for transactions within a single " +"delivery address, such as stores or restaurants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:30 msgid "" -"Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the " -"product categories." +"*AvaTax* and Odoo use the company address and **not** the warehouse address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Specify Avatax Category on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:31 msgid "" -"Avatax Categories may be overridden or set on individual products as well." +"Exercise tax is **not** supported. This includes tobacco/vape taxes, fuel " +"taxes, and other specific industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Avalara's support documents: `About AvaTax " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:39 +msgid "Set up on AvaTax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To use *AvaTax*, an account with Avalara is required for the setup. If one " +"has not been set up yet, connect with Avalara to purchase a license: " +"`Avalara: Let's Talk `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Upon account setup, take note of the *AvaTax* :guilabel:`Account ID`. This " +"will be needed in the :ref:`Odoo setup `. In Odoo, this " +"number is the :guilabel:`API ID`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Then, `create a basic company profile " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:53 +msgid "Create basic company profile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Collect essential business details for the next step: locations where tax is" +" collected, products/services sold (and their sales locations), and customer" +" tax exemptions, if applicable. Follow the Avalara documentation for " +"creating a basic company profile:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:59 +msgid "" +"`Add company information `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:61 +msgid "" +"`Tell us where the company collects and pays tax " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:63 +msgid "" +"`Verify jurisdictions and activate the company " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Add other company locations for location-based filing " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:67 +msgid "" +"`Add a marketplace to the company profile " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:73 +msgid "Connect to AvaTax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:75 +msgid "" +"After creating the basic company profile in Avalara, connect to *AvaTax*. " +"This step links Odoo and *AvaTax* bidirectionally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox `_" +" or `production `_ environment. This will depend" +" on which type of Avalara account the company would like to integrate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:83 +msgid "" +"`Sandbox vs production environments in Avalara " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Log in to create the :guilabel:`License Key`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> License and API Keys`. Click :guilabel:`Generate License Key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:90 +msgid "" +"A warning appears stating: `If your business app is connected to Avalara " +"solutions, the connection will be broken until you update the app with the " +"new license key. This action cannot be undone.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Generating a new license key breaks the connection with existing business " +"apps using the *AvaTax* integration. Make sure to update these apps with the" +" new license key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If this will be the first :abbr:`API (application programming interface)` " +"integration being made with *AvaTax* and Odoo, then click " +":guilabel:`Generate license key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:100 +msgid "" +"If this is an additional license key, ensure the previous connection can be " +"broken. There is **only** one license key associated with each of the " +"Avalara sandbox and production accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Copy this key to a safe place. It is **strongly encouraged** to backup the " +"license key for future reference. This key cannot be retrieved after leaving" +" this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:108 +msgid "Odoo configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Before using *AvaTax*, there are some additional configurations in Odoo to " +"ensure tax calculations are made accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Verify that the Odoo database contains necessary data. The country initially" +" set up in the database determines the fiscal position, and aids *AvaTax* in" +" calculating accurate tax rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:119 +msgid "Fiscal country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Country`, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Country` " +"feature to :guilabel:`United States`, :guilabel:`Canada`, or " +":guilabel:`Brazil`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:131 +msgid "Company settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:133 +msgid "" +"All companies operating under the Odoo database should have a full and " +"complete address listed in the settings. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Settings app`, and under the :guilabel:`Companies` section, " +"ensure there is only one company operating the Odoo database. Click " +":guilabel:`Update Info` to open a separate page to update company details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:138 +msgid "" +"If there are multiple companies operating in the database, click " +":guilabel:`Manage Companies` to load a list of companies to select from. " +"Update company information by clicking into the specific company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Database administrators should ensure that the :guilabel:`Street...`, " +":guilabel:`Street2...`, :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, " +":guilabel:`ZIP`, and :guilabel:`Country` are all updated for the companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This ensures accurate tax calculations and smooth end-of-year accounting " +"operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:149 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:153 +msgid "Module installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, ensure that the Odoo *AvaTax* module is installed. To do so, navigate " +"to the :menuselection:`Apps application`. In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, " +"type in `avatax`, and press :kbd:`Enter`. The following results populate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nome" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 +msgid "Technical name" +msgstr "Nome técnico" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Descrição" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:167 +msgid "`account_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Default *AvaTax* module. This module adds the base *AvaTax* features for tax" +" calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:169 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for geo localization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:170 +msgid "`account_avatax_geolocalize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:171 +msgid "" +"This module includes the features required for integration of *AvaTax* into " +"geo-localization in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:173 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SO`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:174 +msgid "`account_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Includes the information needed for tax calculation on sales orders in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:176 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for Inventory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:177 +msgid "`account_avatax_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:178 +msgid "Includes tax calculation in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:179 +msgid ":guilabel:`Amazon/Avatax Bridge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:180 +msgid "`sale_amazon_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Includes tax calculation features between the *Amazon Connector* and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:182 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:183 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:184 +msgid "Includes information for tax calculation in the Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:185 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:186 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:187 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for tax calculation for services " +"in the Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil Sale for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:190 +msgid "`l10n_br_edi_sale_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:191 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for tax calculation for the sale " +"of services in the Brazil localization. This includes electronic data " +"interchange (EDI)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:193 +msgid ":guilabel:`Test SOs for the Brazilian AvaTax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:194 +msgid "`l10n_br_test_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:195 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for test sales orders in the " +"Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Install` button on the module labeled, " +":guilabel:`Avatax`: `account_avatax`. Doing so installs the following " +"modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:200 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax`: `account_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:201 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SO`: `account_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:202 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for Inventory`: `account_avatax_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Should *AvaTax* be needed for geo-localization, or with the *Amazon " +"Connector*, then install those modules individually by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Install` on :guilabel:`Avatax for geo localization` and " +":guilabel:`Amazon/Avatax Bridge`, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:209 +msgid "" +"For localization specific *AvaTax* instructions, view the following " +":doc:`fiscal localization <../../fiscal_localizations>` documentation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:212 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:217 +msgid "Odoo AvaTax settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To integrate the *AvaTax* :abbr:`API (application programming interface)` " +"with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` section. The :guilabel:`AvaTax` fields in the :guilabel:`Taxes` " +"section is where the *AvaTax* configurations are made, and the credentials " +"are entered in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:224 +msgid "" +"First, tick the checkbox to the left of the :guilabel:`AvaTax` settings, to " +"activate *AvaTax* on the database. This is a quick, convenient way to " +"activate and deactivate *AvaTax* tax calculation on the Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Override product categories as needed" +msgid "Configure AvaTax settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:235 +msgid "" +"First, select the :guilabel:`Environment` in which the company wishes to use" +" *AvaTax* in. It can either be :guilabel:`Sandbox` or " +":guilabel:`Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:239 +msgid "" +"For help determining which *AvaTax* environment to use (either " +":guilabel:`Production` or :guilabel:`Sandbox`), visit: `Sandbox vs " +"Production environments " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:244 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Now, the credentials can be entered in. The *AvaTax* :guilabel:`Account ID` " +"should be entered in the :guilabel:`API ID` field, and the " +":guilabel:`License Key` should be entered in the :guilabel:`API Key` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Account ID` can be found by logging into the *AvaTax* portal " +"(`sandbox `_ or `production " +"`_). In the upper-right corner, click on the " +"initials of the user and :guilabel:`Account`. The :guilabel:`Account ID` is " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To access the :guilabel:`License Key` see this documentation: " +":ref:`avatax/create_avalara_credentials`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:259 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Company Code` field, enter the Avalara company code for " +"the company being configured. Avalara interprets this as `DEFAULT`, if it is" +" not set. The :guilabel:`Company Code` can be accessed in the Avalara " +"management portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:263 +msgid "" +"First, log into the *AvaTax* portal (`sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_). Then, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Manage Companies`. The :guilabel:`Company Code` value is located in the " +"row of the :guilabel:`Company` in the :guilabel:`Company Code` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "AvaTax company code highlighted on the company details page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:273 +msgid "Transaction options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:275 +msgid "" +"There are two transactional settings in the Odoo *AvaTax* settings that can " +"be configured: :guilabel:`Use UPC` and :guilabel:`Commit Transactions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:278 +msgid "" +"If the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Use UPC` is ticked, the transactions will" +" use Universal Product Codes (UPC), instead of custom defined codes in " +"Avalara. Consult a certified public accountant (CPA) for specific guidance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:282 +msgid "" +"Should the :guilabel:`Commit Transactions` checkbox be ticked, then, the " +"transactions in the Odoo database will be committed for reporting in " +"*AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:286 msgid "Address validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:288 msgid "" -"Manually validate customer addresses by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate " -"address` link in the customer form view." +"The *Address Validation* feature ensures that the most up-to-date address by" +" postal standards is set on a contact in Odoo. This is important to provide " +"accurate tax calculations for customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Validate customer addresses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:292 msgid "" -"If preferred, choose to keep the newly validated address or the original " -"address in the wizard that pops up." +"The :guilabel:`Address Validation` feature only works with " +"partners/customers in North America." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Address validation wizard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:64 -msgid "Tax calculation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:294 msgid "" -"Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with Avatax by" -" confirming the documents. Alternatively, calculate the taxes manually by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`Compute taxes using Avatax` button while these " -"documents are in draft mode." +"Additionally, tick the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Address validation` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:297 msgid "" -"Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Code` field that's available on customers, " -"quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and Avatax." +"For accurate tax calculations, it is best practice to enter a complete " +"address for the contacts saved in the database. However, *AvaTax* can still " +"function by implementing a best effort attempt using only the " +":guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`State`, and :guilabel:`Zip code`. These are " +"the three minimum required fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:302 +msgid ":guilabel:`Save` the settings to implement the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Manually :guilabel:`Validate` the address by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Contacts app`, and selecting a contact. Now that the " +"*AvaTax* module has been configured on the database, a :guilabel:`Validate` " +"button appears directly below the :guilabel:`Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:309 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a pop-up window appears with a " +":guilabel:`Validated Address` and :guilabel:`Original Address` listed. If " +"the :guilabel:`Validated Address` is the correct mailing address for tax " +"purposes, click :guilabel:`Save Validated`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Validate address pop-up window in Odoo with \"Save Validated\" button and \"Validated\n" +"Address\" highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:319 +msgid "" +"All previously-entered addresses for contacts in the Odoo database will need" +" to be validated using the manually validate process outlined above. " +"Addresses are not automatically validated if they were entered previously. " +"This only occurs upon tax calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:324 +msgid "Test connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:326 +msgid "" +"After entering all the above information into the *AvaTax* setup on Odoo, " +"click :guilabel:`Test connection`. This ensures the :guilabel:`API ID` and " +":guilabel:`API KEY` are correct, and a connection is made between Odoo and " +"the *AvaTax* application programming interface (API)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:331 +msgid "Sync parameters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Upon finishing the configuration and settings of the *AvaTax* section, click" +" the :guilabel:`Sync Parameters` button. This action synchronizes the " +"exemption codes from *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:341 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Fiscal Positions`. A :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` is listed " +"named, :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)`. Click it to open " +"*AvaTax's* fiscal position configuration page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:345 +msgid "Here, ensure that the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` checkbox is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the checkbox next to the field labeled: :guilabel:`Detect " +"Automatically`. Should this option be ticked, then, Odoo will automatically " +"apply this :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for transactions in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Enabling :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` also makes specific parameters, " +"such as :guilabel:`VAT required`, :guilabel:`Foreign Tax ID`, " +":guilabel:`Country Group`, :guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`Federal States`, " +"or :guilabel:`Zip Range` appear. Filling these parameters filters the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` usage. Leaving them blank ensures all " +"calculations are made using this :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:358 +msgid "" +"Should the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` checkbox not be ticked, each " +"customer will need to have the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set on their " +":guilabel:`Sales and Purchase` tab of the contact record. To do so, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Order --> Customers`, or " +":menuselection:`Contacts app --> Contacts`. Then, select a customer or " +"contact to set the fiscal position on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:364 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Sales and Purchase` tab, and down to the section " +"labeled, :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`. Set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` " +"field to the fiscal position for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:430 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:372 +msgid "AvaTax accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Upon selecting the checkbox option for :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` a new " +":guilabel:`AvaTax` tab appears. Click into this tab to reveal two different " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:377 +msgid "" +"The first setting is the :guilabel:`AvaTax Invoice Account`, while the " +"second is, :guilabel:`AvaTax Refund Account`. Ensure both accounts are set " +"for smooth end-of-year record keeping. Consult a certified public accountant" +" (CPA) for specific guidance on setting both accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:381 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to implement the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:384 +msgid "Tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:386 +msgid "" +"The *AvaTax* integration is available on sale orders and invoices with the " +"included *AvaTax* fiscal position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:390 +msgid "" +"Additionally, there is a :guilabel:`Tax Mapping` tab and :guilabel:`Account " +"Mapping` tab in the :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)` fiscal " +"position, where mapping for products can also be configured. To access " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Positions` navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Fiscal Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:396 +msgid "Product category mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the " +"product categories. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Product Categories`. Select the product category to add " +"the :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` to. In the :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` " +"field, select a category from the drop-down menu, or :guilabel:`Search " +"More...` to open the complete list of options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "Specify AvaTax Category on products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:409 +msgid "Product mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:411 +msgid "" +"*AvaTax* Categories may be set on individual products, as well. To set the " +":guilabel:`Avatax Category` navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Products --> Products`. Select the product to add the :guilabel:`Avatax " +"Category` to. Under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, on the far-" +"right, is a selector field labeled: :guilabel:`Avatax Category`. Finally, " +"click the drop-down menu, and select a category, or :guilabel:`Search " +"More...` to find one that is not listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:418 +msgid "" +"If both the product, and its category, have an :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` " +"set, the product's :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` takes precedence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "Override product categories as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:426 +msgid "" +"Mapping an :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` on either the *Product* or *Product " +"Category* should be completed for every *Product* or *Product Category*, " +"depending the route that is chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:431 +msgid ":doc:`avatax/avatax_use`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:432 +msgid ":doc:`avatax/avalara_portal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:163 +msgid "" +"`US Tax Compliance: Avatax elearning video " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:6 +msgid "Avalara (Avatax) portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Avalara's (*AvaTax*) management console offers account management options " +"including: viewing/editing the transactions sent from Odoo to *AvaTax*, " +"details on how the taxes are calculated, tax reporting, tax exemption " +"management, and tax return resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:13 +msgid "Avalara is the software developer of the tax software, *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the console, first, navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_ environment. This will depend on which type " +"of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`. Log in to the " +"management console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara dashboard after logging into management portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"For more information see Avalara's documentation: `Activate your " +"Communications Customer Portal account " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To access transactions, click in the :guilabel:`Transactions` link on the " +"main dashboard upon logging into the :ref:`avatax/portal`. To manually " +"access the *Transactions* page, while logged into the Avalara console, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Transactions --> Transactions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara portal with the transactions shortcut highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:43 +msgid "Edit transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click into a transaction to reveal more details about the transaction. These" +" details include sections on :guilabel:`Invoice detail`, " +":guilabel:`Additional info`, and :guilabel:`Customer info`. Click :icon:`fa-" +"pencil` :guilabel:`Edit document details` to make changes to the " +"transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:49 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Discount` can be added to adjust the invoice. This is " +"especially useful in cases where the transaction has already synced with " +"Avalara / *AvaTax*, and changes need to be made afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:55 +msgid "Filter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Filter transactions on the :guilabel:`Transactions` page, by setting the " +":guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields, and configuring other fields to " +"filter by, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Status`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Code`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`Exactly " +"match`, :guilabel:`Starts with`, or :guilabel:`Contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer/Vendor Code`: the customer/vendor code in Odoo (e.g. " +"`Contact18`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: the country this tax was calculated in; this is a text " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: the region of the country, which varies based on the " +":guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Filters` to access the following filter " +"conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Type`: any of the following selections, :guilabel:`All`," +" :guilabel:`Sales Invoice`, :guilabel:`Purchase Invoice`, :guilabel:`Return " +"Invoice`, :guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Inbound Invoice`, " +":guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Outbound Invoice`, or :guilabel:`Customs " +"Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Import ID`: represents the import ID of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:78 +msgid "Sort by" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:80 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Transactions` page, transactions will be listed below, " +"according to the set :ref:`avalara/portal-filter`, located in the top half " +"of the page. The following columns are available by default, to sort by " +"ascending or descending order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc Code`: either of the following options, :guilabel:`Exactly " +"match`, :guilabel:`Starts with`, or :guilabel:`Contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc Status`: either of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cust/Vendor Code` : this is the customer/vendor code in Odoo " +"(e.g. Contact18)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: this is the region of the country, this will vary based " +"on the :guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amount`: the numeric amount of the total amount on the Odoo " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax`: the numeric amount of the tax applied to the total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Transactions page on the Avalara portal with the filter and sort-by options " +"highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:99 +msgid "Customize columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Additional columns can be added by clicking the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Customize columns`. On the resulting popover window, click the " +"drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`column` that should be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The following columns can be added for additional transactional information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`AvaTax calculated`: the amount of tax calculated by *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cust/vendor code`: the customer/vendor code in Odoo (e.g. " +"`Contact18`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Currency`: the standardized abbreviation for the currency the " +"amount total is in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doc date`: the document's date of creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc status`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc type`: any of the following selections, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Sales Invoice`, :guilabel:`Purchase Invoice`, :guilabel:`Return " +"Invoice`, :guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Inbound Invoice`, " +":guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Outbound Invoice`, or :guilabel:`Customs " +"Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last modified`: timestamp of the last time the document was " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location code`: the location code used to calculate the tax, " +"based on the delivery address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:122 +msgid ":guilabel:`PO number`: the purchase order number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference code`: the Odoo reference code (e.g. NV/2024/00003)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: the region of the country,which varies based on the " +":guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson code`: the numeric ID of the user assigned to the " +"sales order in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax date`: the month/day/year of the tax calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax override type`: where an exemption would appear, should there" +" be none, the field populates with :guilabel:`None`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:131 +msgid "To add a new column click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:134 +msgid "" +"For more information on *AvaTax* transactions, refer to this Avalara " +"documentation: `Transactions " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:138 +msgid "Import-export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"While on the :ref:`avalara/portal-transactions`, click :icon:`fa-download` " +":guilabel:`Import transactions` or :icon:`fa-upload` :guilabel:`Export " +"transactions` to import or export transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1019 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:42 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "Relatórios" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To access reporting, navigate to the :menuselection:`Reports` link in the " +"top menu of the Avalara management console. Next, select from one of the " +"available reporting tabs: :guilabel:`Transactions reports`, " +":guilabel:`Liability & tax return reports`, or :guilabel:`Exemption " +"reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Additionally, there is a :guilabel:`Favorites` tab and :guilabel:`Downloads`" +" tab. The :guilabel:`Favorites` tab contains any favorited report " +"configurations for the Avalara user. The :guilabel:`Downloads` tab contains " +"a list view where the user can download the high-volume transaction reports " +"created in the last 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Make a selection for the :guilabel:`Report Category`, and the " +":guilabel:`Report Name`, under the :guilabel:`Select a report` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Next, fill out the :guilabel:`Select report details` section. These options " +"will vary based on the tab selected above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Depending on the report size, the following two options are available in the" +" section labeled, :guilabel:`Select the approximate number of transactions " +"for your report`: :guilabel:`Create and download the report instantly` (for " +"small reports) and :guilabel:`Create and download the report in the " +"background` (for larger reports). Select one or the other depending on the " +"volume of transactions in this report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Finally, under the section labeled, :guilabel:`Report preview and export` " +"make a selection of the file type to download. Either a :guilabel:`.PDF` or " +":guilabel:`.XLS` can be chosen. Alternatively, the file can be previewed by " +"selecting the :guilabel:`Preview` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:172 +msgid "" +"After making all the configurations, click :guilabel:`Create report` to " +"download the report. Click :icon:`fa-star-o` :guilabel:`Make this report a " +"favorite` to save the report configuration to the user's favorites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:176 +msgid "" +"After the report is created, click :icon:`fa-download` :guilabel:`Download` " +"to download the file to the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Select a pre-configured report from the :guilabel:`Frequently used reports` " +"section of the reporting dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Access this list by clicking on the :guilabel:`Reports` option in the top " +"menu of the Avalara management console, and scroll to the bottom of the " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"`See Avalara's documentation: Reports in AvaTax " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:191 +msgid "Add more jurisdictions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Additional jurisdictions (tax locations) can be added in the Avalara " +"management console. Navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_ environment. This will depend on which type " +"of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Where you collect tax`. " +"Choose between the three different tabs, depending on the business need. The" +" first tab is :guilabel:`Sales and use tax`, where tax can be collected for " +"the United States. Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add to where you " +"collect sales and use tax` to add another location where the company " +"collects sales and use tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The second option, is the :guilabel:`VAT/GST` tab where the :icon:`fa-plus` " +":guilabel:`Add a country or territory where you collect VAT/GST` can be " +"selected to add another country or territory where the company collects " +"VAT/GST." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Finally, on the far-right, is the :guilabel:`Customs duty` tab, where a " +"country can be added where the company collects customs duty. Simply click " +"on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a country where you calculate customs " +"duty` icon below the tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"AvaTax management console, on the Where you collect tax page, with the add button and\n" +"sales and use tax tab highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:217 +msgid "" +"`See Avalara's documentation: Add local jurisdiction taxes " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:221 +msgid "Tax exemption certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Tax exemption certificates for customers can be added into the Avalara " +"management console, so that *AvaTax* is aware of which customers may be " +"exempt from paying certain taxes. To add an *exception certificate* navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Exemptions --> Customer certificates`. From there, click" +" on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a certificate` to configure an " +"exemption." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:229 +msgid "" +"An Avalara subscription to Exemption Certificate Management (ECM) is " +"required in order to attach certificate images, and to be ready for an " +"audit. For more on subscribing to this add-on, visit `Avalara " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:235 +msgid "End-of-year operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Avalara's services include tax return services, for when it is time to file " +"taxes at the end of the year. To access Avalara's tax services log, into the" +" `management portal `_. Then, from the main " +"dashboard, click :guilabel:`Returns`. Avalara will prompt the Avalara user " +"to log in for security purposes, and redirect the user to the *Returns* " +"portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara portal with the returns shortcut highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Get started` to begin the tax return process. For more " +"information, refer to this Avalara documentation: `About Managed Returns " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, click on the :menuselection:`Returns` button in the top menu " +"of the Avalara management console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:161 +msgid ":doc:`../avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`avatax_use`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:3 +msgid "AvaTax use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:5 +msgid "" +"AvaTax is a tax calculation software that can be integrated with Odoo in the" +" United States and Canada. Once the :doc:`integration setup <../avatax>` is " +"complete, the calculated tax is simple and automatic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:10 +msgid "Tax calculation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with AvaTax by" +" confirming the documents during the sales flow. Alternatively, calculate " +"the taxes manually by clicking the :guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button, while " +"these documents are in draft stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button recalculates taxes, if any " +"product lines are edited on the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Sales quotation with the confirm and compute taxes button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The tax calculation is triggered during the following :ref:`automatic " +"trigger ` and :ref:`manual trigger " +"` circumstances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:30 +msgid "Automatic triggers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the sales rep sends the quote by email with :guilabel:`Send by email` " +"button (pop-up)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:33 +msgid "When the customer views the online quote on the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:34 +msgid "When a quote is confirmed and becomes a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:35 +msgid "When the customer views the invoice on the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:36 +msgid "When a draft invoice is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:37 +msgid "When the customer views the subscription in the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:38 +msgid "When a subscription generates an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:39 +msgid "When the customer gets to the last screen of the eCommerce checkout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:44 +msgid "Manual triggers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button at the bottom of the quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button at the top of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:49 +msgid "Use each of these buttons to manually re-calculate the sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Partner Code` field that is available on customer" +" records, quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and " +"AvaTax. This field is located under the :menuselection:`Other info` tab of " +"the sales order or quotation in the :guilabel:`Sales` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:56 +msgid "" +"On the customer record, navigate to *Contacts app* and select a contact. " +"Then open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab and the :guilabel:`Avalara " +"Partner Code` under the :guilabel:`Sales` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)` fiscal position is also " +"applied on those Odoo documents, like subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:165 +msgid ":doc:`../fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:68 +msgid "AvaTax synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Synchronization occurs with AvaTax, when the *invoice* is created in Odoo. " +"This means the sales tax is recorded with Avalara (AvaTax software " +"developer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`. " +"Select a quotation from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:76 +msgid "" +"After confirming a quotation and validating the delivery, click " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice`. Indicate whether it is a :guilabel:`Regular " +"invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or :guilabel:`Down payment " +"(fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Then click :guilabel:`Create and view invoice`. The recorded taxes can be " +"seen in the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab of the invoice. There will be " +"different taxes depending on the location of the :guilabel:`Delivery " +"Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Journal items highlighted on a invoice in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Finally, press the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to complete the invoice and " +"synchronize with the AvaTax portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:92 +msgid "" +"An invoice cannot be :guilabel:`Reset to draft` because this causes de-" +"synchronization with the AvaTax Portal. Instead, click :guilabel:`Add credit" +" note` and state: `Sync with AvaTax Portal`. See this documentation: " +":doc:`../../../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:97 +msgid "Fixed price discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Add a fixed price discount to a valuable customer, by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line` on the customer's invoice. Add the product discount, " +"and set the :guilabel:`Price` to either a positive or negative value. To " +"recalculate the taxes, click :guilabel:`Compute Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Tax calculation can even be done on negative subtotals and credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:107 +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:109 +msgid "" +"It is possible to log Avalara/*AvaTax* actions in Odoo for further analysis," +" or verification of functionality. Logging is accessible through the " +"*AvaTax* settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To start logging *AvaTax* actions, first, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, under the :guilabel:`AvaTax` " +"settings, click :guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Upon starting the log process, Odoo will log all Avalara/*AvaTax* actions " +"performed in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To view the logs, click on :guilabel:`Show logs` to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`. This reveals a detailed list of " +"Avalara/*AvaTax* actions. This list is sortable by the following columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:124 +msgid ":guilabel:`Created on`: timestamp of the *AvaTax* calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`Created by`: numeric value of the user in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Database name`: name of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: two values can be chosen for this field, " +":guilabel:`Server` or :guilabel:`Client`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Avalara service name. In this case, it will be *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:130 +msgid ":guilabel:`Level`: by default, this will be `INFO`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:131 +msgid ":guilabel:`Path`: indicates the path taken to make the calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`Line`: indicates the line the calculation is made on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:133 +msgid ":guilabel:`Function`: indicates the calculation taken on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara logging page with top row of list highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Click into the log line to reveal another field, called :guilabel:`Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:141 +msgid "" +"This field populates a raw transcription of the transaction, which involves " +"the creation (or adjustment) of a sales invoice using the Avalara *AvaTax* " +"API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The transaction includes details, such as addresses for shipping from and " +"to, line items describing the products or services, tax codes, tax amounts, " +"and other relevant information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:147 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Message` contains the calculated taxes for different " +"jurisdictions and confirms the creation (or adjustment) of the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Custom fields can be made using Odoo *Studio*. Click the :icon:`fa-" +"ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(ellipsis)` menu to the far-right of the header row. " +"Then click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add custom field`. This action opens " +"Odoo *Studio*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Studio* requires a *custom* pricing plan. Consult the database's " +"customer success manager for more information on switching plans. Or to see " +"if Odoo *Studio* is included in the database's current pricing plan. See " +"this documentation: :doc:`../../../../studio`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:162 +msgid ":doc:`avalara_portal`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:3 msgid "Cash basis taxes" msgstr "Impostos em regime de caixa" @@ -13425,13 +15030,6 @@ msgid "" "services and the **Import OSS** scheme for goods valued at or below €150." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1019 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:42 -msgid "Reports" -msgstr "Relatórios" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:54 msgid "" "To generate **OSS sales** or **OSS imports** reports and submit them onto " @@ -13779,7 +15377,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:592 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:570 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:700 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:710 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:119 @@ -16265,6 +17863,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 @@ -16277,73 +17876,6 @@ msgid "" "features of the Argentinean localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "Nome" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 -msgid "Technical name" -msgstr "Nome técnico" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "Descrição" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:32 msgid ":guilabel:`Argentina - Accounting`" msgstr "" @@ -16403,7 +17935,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:52 @@ -16452,7 +17984,7 @@ msgid "Select Fiscal Localization Package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:205 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:255 msgid "Configure master data" msgstr "Configurar dados mestre" @@ -17923,7 +19455,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:923 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:267 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:181 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:270 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 @@ -19175,6 +20707,7 @@ msgid "`Stripe Terminal `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:150 msgid "Payroll" msgstr "Folha de pagamento" @@ -19678,6 +21211,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:308 msgid "Pay employees" msgstr "" @@ -19895,11 +21429,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can choose any Odoo journal to post the payslip entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:908 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:906 +msgid "" +"Configure the tax by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`. Create the necessary taxes for the Employment Hero payslip " +"entries. Fill in the tax code from **Employment Hero** in the " +":guilabel:`Matching Employment Hero Tax` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:911 msgid "How does the API work?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:910 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:913 msgid "" "The API syncs the journal entries from Employment Hero to Odoo and leaves " "them in draft mode. The reference includes the Employment Hero payslip entry" @@ -19912,7 +21454,7 @@ msgid "" "Example of a Employment Hero Journal Entry in Odoo Accounting (Australia)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:920 msgid "" "By default, the synchronisation happens once per week. You can fetch the " "records manually by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " @@ -19920,12 +21462,12 @@ msgid "" "option, click on :guilabel:`Fetch Payruns Manually`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:921 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:924 msgid "" "Employment Hero payslip entries also work based on double-entry bookkeeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:926 msgid "" "The accounts used by Employment Hero are defined in the section " ":guilabel:`Payroll settings`." @@ -19935,7 +21477,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chart of Accounts menu in Employment Hero" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:928 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:931 msgid "" "For the API to work, you need to create the same accounts as the default " "accounts of your Employment Hero business (**same name and same code**) in " @@ -20069,6 +21611,8 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:325 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:292 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" @@ -21219,27 +22763,19 @@ msgstr "Brasil" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:12 msgid "" "With the Brazilian localization, sales taxes can be automatically computed " -"and electronic invoices (NF-e) for goods can be sent using AvaTax (Avalara) " -"through |API| calls. Moreover, taxes for services can be configured." +"and electronic invoices for goods (NF-e) and services (NFS-e) can be sent " +"using AvaTax (Avalara) through |API| calls. Moreover, taxes for services can" +" be configured." msgstr "" -"Com a localização brasileira, é possível calcular automaticamente os " -"impostos sobre vendas e enviar as notas fiscais eletrônicas (NF-e) de " -"mercadorias usando o AvaTax (Avalara) através de chamadas |API|. Além disso," -" também é possível configurar impostos sobre serviços." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:16 msgid "" -"For the goods tax computation and electronic invoicing process, you need to " -"configure the :ref:`contacts `, :ref:`company " +"For the goods and services tax computation and electronic invoicing process," +" you need to configure the :ref:`contacts `, :ref:`company " "`, :ref:`products `, and :ref:`create an " -"account in Avatax ` need to be configured in the " -"general settings." +"account in AvaTax ` which needs to be configured in " +"the general settings." msgstr "" -"Para o cálculo do imposto sobre mercadorias e o processo de faturamento " -"eletrônico, é necessário configurar os :ref:`contatos `, a " -":ref:`empresa ` e os :ref:`produtos ` e " -":ref:`criar uma conta no AvaTax ` nas configurações " -"gerais." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -21257,19 +22793,80 @@ msgstr "" "A localização também inclui impostos e um modelo de plano de contas que pode" " ser modificado, se necessário." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:33 msgid "" -"Install the :guilabel:`🇧🇷 Brazil` :ref:`fiscal localization package " -"` to get all the default accounting features " -"of the Brazilian localization, following the :abbr:`IFRS (International " -"Financial Reporting Standards)` rules." +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Brazilian localization:" msgstr "" -"Instale o pacote :guilabel:`🇧🇷 Brasil` :ref:`pacote de localização fiscal " -"` para obter todos os recursos contábeis " -"padrão da localização brasileira, seguindo as regras do :abbr:`IFRS " -"(International Financial Reporting Standards)`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazilian - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_br`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `, " +"which represents having the Generic Brazilian chart of accounts and Taxes, " +"together with document types and identification types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazil - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:49 +msgid "`l10n_br_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:50 +msgid "Accounting reports for Brazil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` & :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:52 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax` & `l10n_br_avatax_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:53 +msgid "Goods and Services tax computation through Avalara." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Brazilian Accounting EDI` & :guilabel:`Brazilian Accounting EDI " +"for services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:55 +msgid "`l10n_br_edi` & `l10n_br_edi_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Provides electronic invoicing for goods and services for Brazil through " +"AvaTax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazil Pix QR codes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:58 +msgid "`l10n_br_pix`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:59 +msgid "Implements Pix QR codes for Brazil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:66 msgid "" "To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " "app and search the name given to your company." @@ -21277,7 +22874,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para configurar as informações da sua empresa, acesse o aplicativo " ":menuselection:`Contatos` e pesquise o nome dado à sua empresa." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:69 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option at the top of the page. Then, " "configure the following fields:" @@ -21285,76 +22882,73 @@ msgstr "" "Selecione a opção :guilabel:`Empresa` na parte superior da página. Em " "seguida, configure os seguintes campos:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:245 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Nome`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1096 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Nome`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:314 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Address` (add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip" -" Code`, :guilabel:`Country`)." +":guilabel:`Address`: add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip" +" Code`, :guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Endereço` (adicione :guilabel:`Cidade`, :guilabel:`Estado`, " -":guilabel:`Código postal`, :guilabel:`País`)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:76 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street name, number, and any " "additional address information." msgstr "No campo :guilabel:`Rua`, digite o nome da rua e o número." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:318 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Street 2` field, enter the neighborhood." msgstr "" "No campo :guilabel:`Complemento`, digite o bairro e informações adicionais " "do endereço." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:252 -msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number` (:guilabel:`CNPJ`, :guilabel:`CPF`)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:320 +msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`: :guilabel:`CNPJ` or :guilabel:`CPF`" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Número de identificação` (:guilabel:`CNPJ`, :guilabel:`CPF`)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:253 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID` (associated with the identification type)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:321 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: associated with the identification type" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Identificação fiscal` (associado ao tipo de identificação)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:55 -msgid ":guilabel:`IE` (State registration)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`IE` (Registro estadual)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: State registration" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:56 -msgid ":guilabel:`IM` (Municipal registration)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`IM` (Registro municipal)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: Municipal registration" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:84 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code` (Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " -"add if applicable)." +":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " +"add if applicable" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Código SUFRAMA` (Superintendência da Zona Franca de Manaus - " -"adicionar se aplicável)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:257 -msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Telefone`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:258 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1097 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:293 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" msgstr ":guilabel:`E-mail`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Company configuration." msgstr "Configuração da empresa." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:91 msgid "" "Configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` within the :guilabel:`Sales and" " Purchase` tab:" @@ -21362,53 +22956,75 @@ msgstr "" "Configure as :guilabel:`Informações fiscais` na aba:guilabel:`Vendas e " "Compras`:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:104 msgid "" -"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`Avatax Brazil `." msgstr "" -"Adicione a :guilabel:`Posição fiscal` do :ref:`Avatax Brasil `." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:67 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime` (Federal Tax Regime)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Regime fiscal` (Regime tributário federal)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:68 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type` (indicates ICMS regime, Exempt status, or " -"Non-Taxpayer)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:94 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: Federal Tax Regime" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Tipo de contribuinte de ICMS` (indica regime de ICMS, status de " -"Isento ou Não contribuinte)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:69 -msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Setor de atividade principal`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: indicates :guilabel:`ICMS regime`, " +":guilabel:`Exempt status`, or :guilabel:`Non-Taxpayer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:97 +msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Company fiscal configuration." msgstr "Configuração fiscal da empresa." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:74 -msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact" -msgstr "Por fim, carregue um logotipo da empresa e salve o contato" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Configure the following extra :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` if you are " +"going to issue NFS-e:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:350 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`COFINS Details`: :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with " +"rate 0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PIS Details` :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with rate " +"0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:109 +msgid ":guilabel:`CSLL Taxable` If the company is subject to CSLL or not" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Company fiscal configuration for NFSe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:114 +msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:117 msgid "" "If you are a simplified regime, you need to configure the ICMS rate under " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> " -"Avatax Brazil`." +"AvaTax Brazil`." msgstr "" -"Se você se enquadrar em um regime simplificado, precisará configurar a " -"alíquota de ICMS em :menuselection:`Financeiro --> Configuração --> " -"Configurações --> Impostos --> Avatax Brasil`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:123 msgid "Configure AvaTax integration" msgstr "Configurar a integração do AvaTax" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:125 msgid "" "Avalara AvaTax is a tax calculation and electronic invoicing provider that " "can be integrated in Odoo to automatically compute taxes by taking into " @@ -21423,44 +23039,75 @@ msgstr "" "aplicar e para posteriormente processar a fatura eletrônica junto ao " "governo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:130 msgid "" "Using this integration requires :doc:`In-App-Purchases (IAPs) " "<../../essentials/in_app_purchase>` to compute the taxes and to send the " -"electronic invoices. Whenever you compute taxes, an |API| call is made using" -" credits from your |IAP| credits balance." +"electronic invoices. Whenever you compute taxes, send an electronic document" +" (NF-e, NFS-e, etc), or perform any electronic flow (NF-e Cancellation, " +"Correction letter, Invalidate invoice number range), an API call is made " +"using credits from your `IAP credits balance `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:137 msgid "Odoo is a certified partner of Avalara Brazil." msgstr "A Odoo tem parceria certificada com a Avalara Brasil." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:138 +msgid "" +"You can `buy IAP credit on odoo.com `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:141 +msgid "Credential configuration" +msgstr "Configuração de credenciais" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:143 msgid "" "To activate AvaTax in Odoo, you need to create an account. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, and in" " the :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` section, add the administration email address" -" to be used for the AvaTax portal in the :guilabel:`Avatax Portal Email`, " +" to be used for the AvaTax portal in the :guilabel:`AvaTax Portal Email`, " "and then click on :guilabel:`Create account`." msgstr "" -"Para ativar o AvaTax no Odoo, você precisa criar uma conta. Para isso, vá " -"para :menuselection:`Financeiro --> Configuração --> Definições --> " -"Impostos` e, na seção :guilabel:`AvaTax Brasil`, adicione o endereço de " -"e-mail de administração usado no portal AvaTax em :guilabel:`E-mail do " -"Portal do Avatax`, então clique em :guilabel:`Criar conta'`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:149 msgid "" -"When **testing** an :guilabel:`Avatax Portal Email` integration in a testing" -" or sandbox database, use an alternate email address. It is **not** possible" -" to re-use the same email address on the production database." +"When **testing** or **creating a production** :guilabel:`AvaTax Portal " +"Email` integration in a sandbox or production database, use a real email " +"address, as it is needed to log in to the Avalara Portal and set up the " +"certificates, whether you want to test or use it on production." msgstr "" -"Ao **testar** uma integração do :guilabel:`E-mail do portal do Avatax` em " -"uma base de dados de teste ou sandbox, use um endereço de e-mail " -"alternativo. Você **não** pode reutilizar o mesmo endereço de e-mail na base" -" de dados de produção." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:153 +msgid "" +"There are two different Avalara Portals, one for testing and one for " +"production:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:155 +msgid "Sandbox: https://portal.sandbox.avalarabrasil.com.br/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 +msgid "Production: https://portal.avalarabrasil.com.br/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:158 +msgid "" +"When you create the account from Odoo, be sure to select the right " +"environment. Moreover, the email used to open the account cannot be used to " +"open another account. Save your :guilabel:`API ID` and :guilabel:`API Key` " +"when you create the account from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Transfer API Credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 msgid "" "After you create the account from Odoo, you need to go to the Avalara Portal" " to set up your password:" @@ -21468,25 +23115,23 @@ msgstr "" "Depois de criar a conta no Odoo, você precisa ir ao Portal Avalara para " "configurar sua senha:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 msgid "" "Access the `Avalara portal `_." msgstr "" "Acesse o portal `Avalara `_." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:169 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Meu primeiro acesso`." msgstr "Clique em :guilabel:`Meu primeiro acesso`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:170 msgid "" -"Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/Avatax account," +"Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/AvaTax account," " and then click :guilabel:`Solicitar Senha`." msgstr "" -"Adicione o endereço de e-mail que você usou no Odoo para criar a conta " -"Avalara/Avatax e, em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Solicitar senha`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:172 msgid "" "You will receive an email with a token and a link to create your password. " "Click on this link and copy-paste the token to allocate your desired " @@ -21495,7 +23140,7 @@ msgstr "" "Você receberá um e-mail com um token e um link para criar sua senha. Clique " "nesse link e copie e cole o token para alocar a senha desejada." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:176 msgid "" "You can start using AvaTax in Odoo for tax computation **only** without " "creating a password and accessing the Avalara portal in the Odoo database. " @@ -21508,10 +23153,10 @@ msgstr "" "acessar o portal do AvaTax e carregar seu certificado." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 -msgid "Avatax account configuration." +msgid "AvaTax account configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:184 msgid "" "You can transfer |API| credentials. Use this only when you have already " "created an account in another Odoo instance and wish to reuse it." @@ -21519,11 +23164,11 @@ msgstr "" "Você pode transferir credenciais |API|. Use isso somente quando já tiver " "criado uma conta em outra instância do Odoo e quiser reutilizá-la." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:188 msgid "A1 certificate upload" msgstr "Carregamento do certificado A1" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:190 msgid "" "In order to issue electronic invoices, a certificate needs to be uploaded to" " the `AvaTax portal `_." @@ -21532,7 +23177,7 @@ msgstr "" "certificado no portal do `AvaTax " "`_." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:193 msgid "" "The certificate will be synchronized with Odoo, as long as the external " "identifier number in the AvaTax portal matches - without special characters " @@ -21544,7 +23189,20 @@ msgstr "" "especiais - ao número do CNPJ, e o número de identificação (CNPJ) no Odoo " "corresponda ao CNPJ no AvaTax." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:198 +msgid "" +"To issue NFS-e, some cities require that you link the certificate within the" +" City Portal system before issuing NFS-e from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:201 +msgid "" +"If you receive an error message from the city that says :guilabel:`Your " +"certificate is not linked to the user`, that means this process needs to be " +"done in the city portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:210 msgid "" "The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " "is installed by default as part of the data set included in the localization" @@ -21556,7 +23214,7 @@ msgstr "" "localização. As contas são mapeadas automaticamente em seus impostos " "correspondentes e nos campos padrão de conta a pagar e conta a receber." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:215 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Brazil is based on the SPED CoA, which gives a " "baseline of the accounts needed in Brazil." @@ -21564,14 +23222,14 @@ msgstr "" "O plano de contas para o Brasil é baseado no SPED CoA, que fornece uma linha" " de base das contas necessárias no Brasil." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:218 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." msgstr "" "Você pode adicionar ou excluir contas de acordo com as necessidades da " "empresa." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:223 msgid "" "In Brazil, a *series* number is linked to a sequence number range for " "electronic invoices. The series number can be configured in Odoo on a sales " @@ -21586,7 +23244,7 @@ msgstr "" "um novo diário de vendas e lhe atribuir um novo número para cada série " "necessária." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:228 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Use Documents` field needs to be selected. When issuing " "electronic and non-electronic invoices, the :guilabel:`Type` field selects " @@ -21604,7 +23262,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Journal configuration with the Use Documents? field checked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 msgid "" "When creating the journal, ensure the field :guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note" " Sequence` is unchecked, as in Brazil, sequences between invoices, credit " @@ -21616,7 +23274,7 @@ msgstr "" " entre faturas, notas de crédito e notas de débito são compartilhadas por " "número de série, ou seja, por diário." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:244 msgid "" "Taxes are automatically created when installing the Brazilian localization. " "Taxes are already configured, and some of them are used by Avalara when " @@ -21626,7 +23284,7 @@ msgstr "" "brasileira. Os impostos já estão configurados, e alguns deles são usados " "pelo Avalara ao calcular a tributação no pedido de venda ou na fatura." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:247 msgid "" "Taxes can be edited, or more taxes can be added. For example, some taxes " "used for services need to be manually added and configured, as the rate may " @@ -21637,33 +23295,14 @@ msgstr "" "pois a taxa pode ser diferente dependendo da cidade em que você está " "oferecendo o serviço." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:252 msgid "" -"Taxes attached to services are not computed by AvaTax. Only goods taxes are " -"computed." -msgstr "" -"Impostos associados a serviços não são calculados pelo AvaTax, somente os " -"impostos sobre mercadorias." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When configuring a tax used for a service that is included in the final " -"price (when the tax is not added or subtracted on top of the product price)," -" set the :guilabel:`Tax Computation` to :guilabel:`Percentage of Price Tax " -"Included`, and, on the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, check the " -":guilabel:`Included in Price` option." -msgstr "" -"Ao configurar um imposto de um serviço incluído no preço final (quando o " -"imposto não é adicionado ou subtraído do preço do produto), defina o " -":guilabel:`Cálculo de imposto` como :guilabel:`Porcentagem do preço com " -"impostos` e, na guia :guilabel:`Opções avançadas`, marque a opção " -":guilabel:`Incluído no preço`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 -msgid "Tax configuration." +"If you decide to do service taxes manually, you won't be able to issue an " +"NFS-e. To electronically send an NFS-e, you need to compute taxes using " +"Avalara." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 msgid "" "Do not delete taxes, as they are used for the AvaTax tax computation. If " "deleted, Odoo creates them again when used in an |SO| or invoice and " @@ -21679,63 +23318,56 @@ msgstr "" " do imposto, nas seções :guilabel:`Distribuição para faturas` e " ":guilabel:`Distribuição para reembolsos`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:262 msgid ":doc:`Taxes functional documentation <../accounting/taxes>`" msgstr ":doc:`Documentação funcional de impostos <../accounting/taxes>`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 msgid "" "To use the AvaTax integration on sale orders and invoices, first specify the" -" following information on the product:" +" following information on the product depending on its intended use:" msgstr "" -"Para usar a integração do AvaTax em pedidos de venda e faturas, primeiro " -"especifique as seguintes informações do produto:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:217 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`CEST Code` (Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:273 +msgid "E-Invoice for goods (NF-e)" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Código CEST` (Código para produtos sujeitos à substituição " -"tributária do ICMS)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:275 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code` (Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code)." +":guilabel:`CEST Code`: Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Código NCM do Mercosul` (Código de Produto da Nomenclatura Comum " -"do Mercosul)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Source of Origin` (Indicates the origin of the product, which can" +":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code`: Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:277 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source of Origin`: Indicates the origin of the product, which can" " be foreign or domestic, among other possible options depending on the " -"specific use case)." +"specific use case" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Fonte de origem` (Indica a origem do produto, que pode ser " -"estrangeira ou nacional, entre outras opções possíveis, dependendo do caso " -"de uso específico)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:279 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type` (Fiscal product type according to SPED " -"list table)." +":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type`: Fiscal product type according to SPED " +"list table" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Tipo de produto fiscal SPED` (Tipo de produto fiscal de acordo " -"com a tabela de listas do SPED)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:296 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Purpose of Use` (Specify the intended purpose of use for this " -"product)." +":guilabel:`Purpose of Use`: Specify the intended purpose of use for this " +"product" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Finalidade de uso` (Especifique a finalidade de uso pretendida " -"deste produto)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Product configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:286 msgid "" "Odoo automatically creates three products to be used for transportation " "costs associated with sales. These are named `Freight`, `Insurance`, and " @@ -21751,7 +23383,27 @@ msgstr "" "produto` `Serviço`, :guilabel:`Tipo de custo de transporte` `Seguro`, " "`Frete` ou `Outros custos`)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:293 +msgid "E-Invoice for services (NFS-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Code Origin`: City Service Code where the provider is " +"registered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:298 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Codes`: City Service Code where the service will be " +"provided, if no code is added, the Origin City Code will be used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:300 +msgid ":guilabel:`Labor Assignment`: Defines if your services includes labor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:305 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:282 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:656 @@ -21759,18 +23411,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contacts" msgstr "Contatos" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:307 msgid "" "Before using the integration, specify the following information on the " "contact:" msgstr "" "Antes de usar a integração, especifique as seguintes informações do contato:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 msgid "General information about the contact:" msgstr "Informações gerais do contato:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:311 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option for a contact with a tax ID (CNPJ), or" " check :guilabel:`Individual` for a contact with a CPF." @@ -21778,29 +23430,29 @@ msgstr "" "Selecione a opção :guilabel:`Empresa` para um contato com CNPJ, ou marque a " "opção :guilabel:`Particular` para um contato com CPF." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:317 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street, number, and any extra " "address information." msgstr "No campo :guilabel:`Rua`, digite a rua e o número do endereço." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:254 -msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number." -msgstr ":guilabel:`IE`: número de identificação fiscal estadual." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:255 -msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipal tax identification number." -msgstr ":guilabel:`IM`: número de identificação fiscal municipal." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:323 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipal tax identification number" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 -msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Código SUFRAMA`: Número de registro na SUFRAMA." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:324 +msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Contact configuration." msgstr "Configuração de contato." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:332 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`CPF`, :guilabel:`IE`, :guilabel:`IM`, and :guilabel:`SUFRAMA " "code` fields are are hidden until the :guilabel:`Country` is set to " @@ -21810,14 +23462,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`código SUFRAMA` ficam ocultos até que o :guilabel:`País` seja " "definido como `Brasil`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:335 msgid "" "Fiscal information about the contact under the :guilabel:`Sales \\& " "Purchase` tab:" msgstr "" "Informações fiscais sobre o contato na aba :guilabel:`Vendas e Compras`:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position`: add the AvaTax fiscal position to automatically" " compute taxes on sale orders and invoices automatically" @@ -21825,20 +23477,18 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Posição fiscal`: adicione a posição fiscal do AvaTax para " "calcular automaticamente os impostos sobre pedidos de venda e faturas" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:339 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: federal tax regime" msgstr ":guilabel:`Regime fiscal`: regime tributário federal" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:340 msgid "" ":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: taxpayer type determines if the contact is " -"within the ICMS regime, if it is exempt, or if it is a non-taxpayer" +"within the :guilabel:`ICMS regime`, :guilabel:`Exempt status`, or " +":guilabel:`Non-taxpayer`" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Tipo de contribuinte de ICMS`: o tipo de contribuinte determina " -"se o contato está dentro do regime de ICMS, se está isento ou se é um não " -"contribuinte" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:342 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`: list of main activity sectors of the " "contact" @@ -21850,11 +23500,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contact fiscal configuration." msgstr "Configuração fiscal de contato." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:349 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`AvaTax Brazil `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PIS Details`: :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with rate " +"0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:354 +msgid ":guilabel:`CSLL Taxable`: If the company is subject to CSLL or not" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Contact fiscal configuration for NFSe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:362 msgid "Fiscal positions" msgstr "Posições fiscais" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:364 msgid "" "To compute taxes and send electronic invoices on sale orders and invoices, " "both the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` and the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API`" @@ -21864,36 +23534,31 @@ msgstr "" "faturas, as opções :guilabel:`Detectar automaticamente` e :guilabel:`Usar " "API do AvaTax` precisam ser habilitadas na :guilabel:`Posição Fiscal`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:368 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the contact or selected" -" when creating a sales order or an invoice." +"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the :ref:`contact " +"` or selected when creating a sales order or an invoice." msgstr "" -"A :guilabel:`Posição fiscal` pode ser configurada no contato ou selecionada " -"ao criar um pedido de vendas ou uma fatura." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Fiscal position configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:375 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:355 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:311 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "Fluxos de trabalho" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:377 msgid "" "This section provides an overview of the actions that trigger `API calls " -"`_ for tax computation, and how to send " -"an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) for government validation." +"`_ for tax computation, along with " +"instructions on how to send electronic invoices for goods (NF-e) and " +"services (NFS-e) for government validation." msgstr "" -"Esta seção fornece uma visão geral das ações que acionam `chamadas de API " -"`_ para cálculo de impostos e de como " -"enviar uma nota fiscal eletrônica de mercadorias (NF-e) para validação do " -"governo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:382 msgid "" "Please note that each |API| call incurs a cost. Be mindful of the actions " "that trigger these calls to manage costs effectively." @@ -21901,11 +23566,11 @@ msgstr "" "Observe que cada chamada de |API| incorre em um custo. Esteja atento às " "ações que acionam essas chamadas para gerenciar os custos de modo eficaz." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:389 msgid "Tax calculations on quotations and sales orders" msgstr "Cálculos de impostos sobre cotações e pedidos de vendas" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:391 msgid "" "Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a quotation or sales order " "automatically with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" @@ -21913,46 +23578,47 @@ msgstr "" "Acione uma chamada de |API| para calcular impostos em uma cotação ou pedido " "de venda automaticamente com o AvaTax das seguintes maneiras:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:394 msgid "**Quotation confirmation**" msgstr "**Confirmação de cotação**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:395 msgid "Confirm a quotation into a sales order." msgstr "Confirme uma cotação e a converta em um pedido de vendas." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:316 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:412 msgid "**Manual trigger**" msgstr "**Disparo manual**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:317 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using Avatax`." -msgstr "Clique em :guilabel:`Calcular impostos usando Avatax`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:413 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." +msgstr "Clique em :guilabel:`Calcular impostos usando AvaTax`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:318 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:414 msgid "**Preview**" msgstr "**Visualizar**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:319 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:415 msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Preview` button." msgstr "Clique no botão :guilabel:`Visualizar`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:400 msgid "**Email a quotation / sales order**" msgstr "**Enviar uma cotação/pedido de venda por e-mail**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:401 msgid "Send a quotation or sales order to a customer via email." msgstr "Envie uma cotação ou um pedido de vendas para um cliente por e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:404 msgid "**Online quotation access**" msgstr "**Acesso à cotação on-line**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:403 msgid "" "When a customer accesses the quotation online (via the portal view), the " "|API| call is triggered." @@ -21960,27 +23626,21 @@ msgstr "" "Quando um cliente acessa a cotação on-line (por meio da visualização do " "portal), a chamada de |API| é acionada." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:407 msgid "Tax calculations on invoices" msgstr "Cálculos de impostos em faturas" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:409 msgid "" "Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a customer invoice automatically" -" with AvaTax any of the following ways:" +" with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" msgstr "" -"Acione uma chamada de |API| para calcular os impostos em uma fatura do " -"cliente automaticamente com o AvaTax das seguintes maneiras:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:333 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." -msgstr "Clique em :guilabel:`Calcular impostos usando AvaTax`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:417 msgid "**Online invoice access**" msgstr "**Acesso à fatura on-line**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:417 msgid "" "When a customer accesses the invoice online (via the portal view), the |API|" " call is triggered." @@ -21988,7 +23648,7 @@ msgstr "" "Quando um cliente acessa a fatura on-line (por meio da visualização do " "portal), a chamada de |API| é acionada." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:420 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` must be set to `Automatic Tax Mapping " "(Avalara Brazil)` for any of these actions to compute taxes automatically." @@ -21997,7 +23657,7 @@ msgstr "" "de impostos (Avalara Brasil)` para que qualquer uma dessas ações calcule os " "impostos automaticamente." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:424 msgid "" ":doc:`Fiscal positions (tax and account mapping) " "<../accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" @@ -22005,49 +23665,39 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`Posições fiscais (mapeamento de impostos e contas) " "<../accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:429 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 msgid "Electronic documents" msgstr "Documentos eletrônicos" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:434 msgid "" -"To process an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e), the invoice needs to be " -"confirmed and taxes need to be computed by Avalara. Once that step is done, " -"click on the :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` button in the upper left corner, and" -" a pop-up will appear. Then click on :guilabel:`Process e-invoice` and any " -"of the other options - :guilabel:`Download` or :guilabel:`Email`. Finally, " -"click on :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` to process the invoice against the " -"government." +"To process an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) or services (NFS-e), the " +"invoice needs to be confirmed and taxes need to be computed by Avalara. Once" +" that step is done, click on the :guilabel:`Send & Print` button in the " +"upper left corner. In the pop-up that appears, click on :guilabel:`Process " +"e-invoice` and any of the other options - :guilabel:`Download` or " +":guilabel:`Email`. Finally, click on :guilabel:`Send & Print` to process the" +" invoice with the government." msgstr "" -"Para processar uma nota fiscal eletrônica de mercadorias (NF-e), a nota " -"precisa ser confirmada e os impostos precisam ser calculados pelo Avalara. " -"Uma vez concluída essa etapa, clique no botão :guilabel:`Enviar e Imprimir`," -" no canto superior esquerdo, e uma janela pop-up será exibida. Em seguida, " -"clique em :guilabel:`Processar fatura eletrônica` e em qualquer uma das " -"outras opções - :guilabel:`Download` ou :guilabel:`E-mail`. Por fim, clique " -"em :guilabel:`Enviar e Imprimir` para processar a fatura junto ao governo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:441 msgid "" -"Before sending the electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) some fields need to " -"be filled out on the invoice:" +"Before sending the electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) or services (NFS-e), " +"some fields need to be filled out on the invoice:" msgstr "" -"Antes de enviar a nota fiscal eletrônica de mercadorias (NF-e), alguns " -"campos precisam ser preenchidos na nota fiscal:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:363 -msgid ":guilabel:`Customer` with all the customer information" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Cliente` com todas as informações do cliente" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:444 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`, with all the customer information" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:578 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil` (how the invoice is planned to be paid)" +":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil`: how the invoice is planned to be paid" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Forma de pagamento: Brasil` (como está planejado o pagamento da " -"fatura)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:446 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set as the :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping " "(Avalara Brazil)`" @@ -22055,24 +23705,13 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Posição fiscal` definida como o :guilabel:`Mapeamento automático " "de impostos (Avalara Brasil)`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:447 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Document Type` set as :guilabel:`(55) Electronic Invoice (NF-e)`." -" This is the only" +":guilabel:`Document Type` set as :guilabel:`(55) Electronic Invoice (NF-e)` " +"or :guilabel:`(SE) Electronic Service Invoice (NFS-e)`" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Tipo de documento` definido como :guilabel:`(55) Nota Fiscal " -"Eletrônica (NF-e)`. Esse é o único" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:367 -msgid "" -"electronic document supported at the moment. Non-electronic invoices can be " -"registered, and other document types can be activated if needed" -msgstr "" -"documento eletrônico suportado no momento. As faturas não eletrônicas podem " -"ser registradas e outros tipos de documentos podem ser ativados, se " -"necessário" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:450 msgid "" "There are some other optional fields that depend on the nature of the " "transaction. These fields are not required, so no errors will appear from " @@ -22082,7 +23721,7 @@ msgstr "" "campos não são obrigatórios, portanto, nenhum erro será apontado pelo " "governo se os campos opcionais não forem preenchidos na maioria dos casos:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:454 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Freight Model` determines how the goods are planned to be " "transported - domestic" @@ -22090,7 +23729,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Modelo de frete` determina como está planejado o transporte das " "mercadorias - doméstico" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:455 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` determines who is doing the transportation" msgstr "" @@ -22104,7 +23743,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Process electronic invoice pop-up in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:464 msgid "" "All of the fields available on the invoice used to issue an electronic " "invoice are also available on the sales order, if needed. When creating the " @@ -22117,14 +23756,14 @@ msgstr "" "alocado como o primeiro número a ser usado sequencialmente nas faturas " "subsequentes." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:470 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:595 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "Credit notes" msgstr "Notas de crédito" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:472 msgid "" "If a sales return needs to be registered, then a credit note can be created " "in Odoo to be sent to the government for validation." @@ -22132,16 +23771,21 @@ msgstr "" "Se uma devolução de pedido precisar ser registrada, é possível criar uma " "nota de crédito no Odoo para enviar ao governo para validação." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:476 +msgid "" +"Credit notes are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:479 msgid ":ref:`Issue a credit note `" msgstr ":ref:`Emitir uma nota de crédito `" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:482 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:594 msgid "Debit Notes" msgstr "Notas de débito" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:484 msgid "" "If additional information needs to be included, or values need to be " "corrected that were not accurately provided in the original invoice, a debit" @@ -22151,7 +23795,12 @@ msgstr "" " foram fornecidos com precisão na fatura original, é possível emitir uma " "nota de débito." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:488 +msgid "" +"Debit notes are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:490 msgid "" "Only the products included in the original invoice can be part of the debit " "note. While changes can be made to the product's unit price or quantity, " @@ -22166,22 +23815,22 @@ msgstr "" "precisa adicionar à fatura original para os mesmos produtos ou para menos " "produtos." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:496 msgid ":ref:`Issue a debit note `" msgstr ":ref:`Emitir uma nota de débito `" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:499 msgid "Invoice cancellation" msgstr "Cancelamento da fatura" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:501 msgid "" "It is possible to cancel an electronic invoice that was validated by the " "government." msgstr "" "É possível cancelar uma fatura eletrônica que foi validada pelo governo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:504 msgid "" "Check whether the electronic invoice is still within the cancellation " "deadline, which may vary according to the legislation of each state." @@ -22189,35 +23838,54 @@ msgstr "" "Verifique se a nota fiscal eletrônica ainda está dentro do prazo de " "cancelamento, que pode variar de acordo com a legislação de cada estado." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:422 -msgid "" -"This can be done in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request Cancel` and adding a" -" cancellation :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. If you want to " -"send this cancellation reason to the customer via email, activate the " -":guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:508 +msgid "E-invoices for goods (NF-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:510 +msgid "" +"Cancel an e-invoice for goods (NF-e) in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request " +"Cancel` and adding a cancellation :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that " +"appears. If you want to send this cancellation reason to the customer via " +"email, activate the :guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." msgstr "" -"Isso pode ser feito no Odoo, clicando em :guilabel:`Solicitar cancelamento` " -"e adicionando um :guilabel:`Motivo` de cancelamento no pop-up que é exibido." -" Se você quiser enviar esse motivo de cancelamento para o cliente por " -"e-mail, marque a caixa de seleção :guilabel:`E-mail`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Invoice cancellation reason in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:518 +msgid "" +"This is an electronic cancellation, which means that Odoo will send a " +"request to the government to cancel the NF-e, and it will then consume one " +"|IAP| credit, as an |API| call occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:522 +msgid "E-invoices for services (NFS-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Cancel an e-invoice for services (NFS-e) in Odoo by clicking " +":guilabel:`Request Cancel`. In this case, there is no electronic " +"cancellation process, as not every city has this service available. The user" +" needs to manually cancel this NFS-e on the city portal. Once that step is " +"completed, they can request the cancellation in Odoo, which will cancel the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:530 msgid "Correction letter" msgstr "Carta de correção" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:532 msgid "" -"A correction letter can be created and linked to an electronic invoice that " -"was validated by the government." +"A correction letter can be created and linked to an electronic invoice for " +"goods (NF-e) that was validated by the government." msgstr "" -"Uma carta de correção pode ser criada e vinculada a uma fatura eletrônica " -"que foi validada pelo governo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:535 msgid "" "This can be done in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Correction Letter` and " "adding a correction :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. To send " @@ -22233,11 +23901,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Correction letter reason in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:543 +msgid "" +"Correction letters are only available for electronic invoices for goods " +"(NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:546 msgid "Invalidate invoice number range" msgstr "Invalidar o intervalo numérico da fatura" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:548 msgid "" "A range of sequences that are assigned to sales journals can be invalidated " "with the government if they are not currently used, **and** will not be used" @@ -22263,7 +23937,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Number range invalidation wizard in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:562 +msgid "" +"Invalidate invoice number range documents are only available for electronic " +"invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:566 msgid "" "The log of the canceled numbers along with the XML file are recorded in the " "chatter of the journal." @@ -22271,7 +23951,7 @@ msgstr "" "O registro dos números cancelados, juntamente com o arquivo XML, é gravado " "no chatter do diário." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:572 msgid "" "On the vendor bills side, when receiving an invoice from a supplier, you can" " encode the bill in Odoo by adding all the commercial information together " @@ -22283,37 +23963,29 @@ msgstr "" "comerciais, juntamente com as mesmas informações específicas do Brasil que " "são registradas nas :ref:`faturas do cliente `." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:576 msgid "These Brazilian specific fields are:" msgstr "Os campos específicos do Brasil são:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:579 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: used by your vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:580 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number`: the invoice number from your supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:581 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil` (how the invoice is planned to be paid)." +":guilabel:`Freight Model`: **NF-e specific** how goods are planned to be " +"transported - domestic" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Forma de pagamento: Brasil` (como está planejado o pagamento da " -"fatura)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:472 -msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type` used by your vendor." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Tipo de documento` usado pelo seu fornecedor." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:473 -msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number` (the invoice number from your supplier)." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Número do documento` (o número da fatura do seu fornecedor)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:582 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Freight Model` (how goods are planned to be transported - " -"domestic)." +":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil`: **NF-e specific** who is doing the " +"transportation." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Modelo de frete` (como está planejado o transporte das " -"mercadorias - doméstico)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:475 -msgid ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` (who is doing the transportation)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Transportadora - Brasil` (quem está fazendo o transporte)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:3 msgid "Chile" @@ -22784,20 +24456,6 @@ msgid "" " new or existing contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1096 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Nome`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1097 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:293 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`E-mail`." - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:97 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" @@ -29055,113 +30713,1145 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hong Kong" msgstr "Hong Kong" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:6 -msgid "Add FPS QR codes to invoices" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:8 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get the latest " +"features of the Hong Kong localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:18 +msgid "`l10n_hk`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The base module to manage chart of accounting and localization for Hong " +"Kong." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:20 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:21 +msgid "`l10n_hk_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Enables :ref:`payroll ` specific localization features " +"for Odoo *Payroll* app. This module also installs :guilabel:`Hong Kong - " +"Payroll with Accounting` and :guilabel:`Documents - Hong Kong Payroll`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:26 +msgid "`l10n_hk_hr_payroll_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:27 +msgid "Installs the link between Hong Kong payroll and accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Documents - Hong Kong Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:29 +msgid "`documents_l10n_hk_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:30 +msgid "Integrates employee ir56 forms in the Odoo *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:33 +msgid "FPS QR codes on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:35 msgid "" ":abbr:`FPS (Faster Payment System)` is a payment service platform that " "allows customers to make instant domestic payments to individuals and " "merchants in Hong Kong dollars or Renminbi via online and mobile banking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:12 msgid "Activate QR codes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:42 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " -":guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` " -"feature." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under " +"the :guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, tick the checkbox beside the " +":guilabel:`QR Codes` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:47 msgid "FPS bank account configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:49 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"select the bank account for which you want to activate FPS. Set the " -":guilabel:`Proxy Type` and fill in the :guilabel:`Proxy Value` field " -"depending on the type you chose." +"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts app --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts " +"section --> Bank Accounts`. Then select the bank account for FPS activation." +" Proceed to set the :guilabel:`Proxy Type` and fill in the :guilabel:`Proxy " +"Value` field, depending on the type chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:53 msgid "" -"The account holder's country must be set to Hong Kong on its contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:27 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:27 -msgid "" -"You could also include the invoice number in the QR code by checking the " +"Remember to include the invoice number in the QR code, by ticking the " ":guilabel:`Include Reference` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "FPS bank account configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The account holder's country **must** be set to `Hong Kong` on their contact" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/bank`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:147 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:37 msgid "Bank journal configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:69 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the " -"bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " -":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Journals` and " +"open the bank journal. Then, fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` fields, located in the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 -msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration" +msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:78 msgid "Issue invoices with FPS QR codes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:158 msgid "" "When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" -" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to *EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code*." +" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to :guilabel:`EMV Merchant-Presented QR-" +"code`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 -msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option" +msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:87 msgid "" -"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " -"Odoo uses this field to generate the FPS QR code." +"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is configured, as Odoo uses this " +"field to generate the FPS QR code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Ensure the :guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll` (`l10n_hk_hr_payroll`) module is " +"installed before proceeding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:100 +msgid "Create employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Employees` app and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, " +"configure the following fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:105 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: :guilabel:`HK Standard 40 hours/week` option " +"**must** be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:109 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Surname, Given Name, Name in Chinese`: name of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:112 +msgid ":guilabel:`Private Address`: address of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:113 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bank Account Number`: employee's bank account number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Current Rental`: employee's rental records (if rental allowance " +"is applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Autopay Type`: :guilabel:`BBAN`, :guilabel:`SVID`, " +":guilabel:`EMAL`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Autopay Reference`: autopay reference number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Identification No`: HKID of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Gender`: gender of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:121 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Bank Account Number`, this account should be set as " +":guilabel:`Trusted` before further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:124 +msgid "" +"To achieve this, click on the right-arrow button next to :guilabel:`Bank " +"Account Number` field. Set the :guilabel:`Send Money` to :guilabel:`Trusted`" +" by clicking on the toggle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:128 +msgid "" +"To populate the :guilabel:`Current Rental`, click on the :guilabel:`History`" +" button. Then, click on :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the relevant details and " +"save the rental record. Upon saving the record, the rental contract " +":guilabel:`state` will be visible (at the top-right corner) and can be set " +"to :guilabel:`Running`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:133 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`HR Settings` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Volunteer Contribution Option`: select either :guilabel:`Only " +"Mandatory Contribution`, :guilabel:`With Fixed %VC`, or :guilabel:`Cap 5% " +"VC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:137 +msgid ":guilabel:`MPF Manulife Account`: account number, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:142 +msgid "Manage contracts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once the new employee has been created, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` " +"smart button on the employee record, or navigate to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Employees --> Contracts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Only **one** contract can be active simultaneously per employee, but an " +"employee can be assigned consecutive contracts during their employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:151 +msgid "The following are critical for setting up a contract:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: set as :guilabel:`CAP57: Hong Kong " +"Employee`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:154 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: start date of employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: set as :guilabel:`HK Standard 40 hours/week` " +"(from employee record)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select either :guilabel:`Working Schedule`, " +":guilabel:`Attendances` or :guilabel:`Planning`. This field determines how " +"the work entries are accounted for in the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:160 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: the work entries are generated automatically " +"based on the employee's working schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendances`: the work entries are generated based on the check-" +"in/out period logged in the *Attendances*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: the work entries are generated from planning shifts " +"only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:166 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Salary Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` for Full-time or Part-" +"time employees, or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage` for employees who are paid " +"hourly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:170 +msgid ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: the frequency of payslip issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage`: :guilabel:`Monthly` or :guilabel:`Hourly` depending on the" +" :guilabel:`Wage Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internet Subscription`: this is an **optional** field to provide " +"additional internet allowance on top of the current salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:177 +msgid "Timesheets do **not** impact work entries in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Once all information has been setup, set the contract status to " +":guilabel:`Running` by clicking the :guilabel:`Running` button in the top-" +"right of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong employment contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:189 +msgid "Generate payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Once the employees, and their contracts, are configured, payslips can be " +"generated in the *Payroll* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides **four** different salary structures under CAP57 regulation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:196 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Employees Monthly Pay`: to process the monthly employee " +"salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice`: to process final payment upon " +"contract termination using :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:199 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Long Service Payment`: applicable to employees with more " +"than five years of service upon contract termination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Severance Payment`: applicable to employees with more than" +" two years of service upon contract termination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Before running the payslips, the accounts used in the salary rule can be " +"adjusted by navigating to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> " +"Rules`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Salary Rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Odoo can create pay runs in two ways: via :ref:`batch " +"` or :ref:`individual " +"` payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:217 +msgid "Batch payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:219 +msgid "" +"This method of payslip generation is used for recurring payments, since " +"multiple employee payslips can be managed at once. Go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:514 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Batch Name` (e.g. `2024 - Jan`) and :guilabel:`Period` " +"(e.g. `01/01/2024` - `01/31/2024`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:225 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Generate Payslips`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Choose which :guilabel:`Salary Structure` to use for this batch. The " +"department filter allows the batch to only apply to a specific group of " +"employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:228 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Generate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:229 +msgid "A :guilabel:`Payslips` smart button is created automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` to generate a draft journal entry" +" found in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of each payslip. A " +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears asking :guilabel:`Are you " +"sure you want to proceed?`. Click :guilabel:`Ok` to create the journal " +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:238 +msgid "Individual payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:240 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> All Payslips`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:242 +msgid "" +"This method of payslip generation is commonly used to handle non-recurring " +"payments (e.g. :guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice`, " +":guilabel:`CAP57: Long Service Payment` or :guilabel:`CAP57: Severance " +"Payment`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Select an :guilabel:`Employee`. When selected, the :guilabel:`Contract` is " +"filled out automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:249 +msgid "Add a pay :guilabel:`Period`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Select a salary :guilabel:`Structure` (e.g. :guilabel:`CAP57: Employees " +"Monthly Pay`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Worked Days & Inputs` tab automatically compute the worked " +"days/hours and time off leaves that are applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Additional payslip items can be added at this time (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Commissions`, :guilabel:`Deductions`) under the :guilabel:`Other " +"Inputs` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button to generate the payslip lines. " +"This button updates the :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:259 +msgid "" +"If the work entry for an employee was amended, click the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Recompute Whole Sheet` to " +"refresh the payslip's :guilabel:`Worked Days & Inputs` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:263 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab shows the detailed breakdown of the " +"computation, based on the salary rules configured for each structure type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rent Allowance`: amount derived from the employee's active rental" +" record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Basic Salary`: amount of base salary provided (after rent " +"allowance deduction)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`713 Gross`: net payable amount considering *Commission*, " +"*Internet Allowance*, *Reimbursements*, *Back-pay*, *Deduction*, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:270 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`MPF Gross`: net payable amount from 713 gross after consideration" +" of additional allowances, deductions, and end-of-year payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:272 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Mandatory Contribution`: employee MPF Contribution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:273 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employer Mandatory Contribution`: employer MPF Contribution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gross`: net payable amount from MPF gross after consideration of " +"MPF deductions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:275 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Net Salary`: final payable amount to be paid to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:278 +msgid "" +"There are no MPF contributions for the first month. Both employee and " +"employer contribution starts on second month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Salary computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` section in :guilabel:`Worked Days & " +"Inputs` tab, there are additional manual input types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Back Pay`: additional salary payout can be included under this " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:289 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Commission`: the commission earned during the period can be " +"manually entered here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Global Deduction`: a lump-sum deduction from the entire payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:291 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Global Reimbursement`: a lump-sum reimbursement to the entire " +"payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:292 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referral Fee`: the additional bonus offered for any form of " +"business-related referral." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Moving Daily Wage`: to override the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily " +"Wage)` value used for leaves computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skip Rent Allowance`: if set, the rental allowance is excluded " +"from the current payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Average Monthly Salary`: to override the average monthly " +"salary used for end-of-year payment (rule is only applicable to payslips " +"generated in December)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lieu of Notice Period (Months)`: only applicable to " +":guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice` salary structure. By default, " +"the final payout is set as 1-month. Use the :guilabel:`Count` field under " +"the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` section to set a different notice period " +"duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:304 +msgid "" +"Once the payslips are ready, click on :guilabel:`Compute Sheet`, followed by" +" :guilabel:`Create Draft entry` to generate a draft journal entry found in " +"the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Once the draft journal entries have been posted, the company can now pay the" +" employees. The user can choose between **two** different *payment methods*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:313 +msgid "" +"From the employee's payslip (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> " +"All Payslips`), once the payslip's journal entry has been posted, click " +":guilabel:`Register Payment`. The process is the same as :doc:`paying vendor" +" bills <../accounting/payments>`. Select the desired bank journal and " +"payment method, then later reconcile the payment with the corresponding bank" +" statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:317 +msgid "" +"For batch payments (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`), " +"once all draft journal entries from the batch are confirmed, click " +":guilabel:`Mark as Paid` to post the payment journal entry. Then " +":doc:`create a payment <../accounting/payments>` in the *Accounting* app, " +"and reconcile accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:323 +msgid "Attendances and hourly wage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:325 +msgid "" +"To configure the contract for an employee paid hourly using the " +"*Attendances* app for hours tracking, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll " +"app --> Contracts --> Contracts`. Create a new :ref:`contract " +"`. It is important to remember to set the " +":guilabel:`Work Entry Source` as :guilabel:`Attendances`, and " +":guilabel:`Wage Type` as :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:331 +msgid "To record the hours logged by the employee using *Attendances* app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:333 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Attendances app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:334 +msgid "" +"The employee can check-in/out, via the kiosk mode and the time will be " +"logged automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:335 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Payroll app`, review the attendance work entries " +"generated from :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Work Entries --> Work " +"Entries`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:337 +msgid "" +"Next, generate the :ref:`payslips ` and process " +"the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Attendance Work Entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Attendance Payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:348 +msgid "Time Off with Payroll" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:350 +msgid "" +"The work entry types and time off types are fully integrated between the " +"*Time Off* and *Payroll* apps. There are several default time off types and " +"work entry types specific to Hong Kong which are installed automatically " +"along with the *Hong Kong - Payroll* module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types` " +"and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:356 +msgid "" +"There are two checkboxes to be considered when setting up the work entry " +"type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use 713`: Include this leave type as part of 713 computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:359 +msgid ":guilabel:`Non-full pay`: 80% of the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Work Entry Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:366 +msgid "" +":ref:`Creating and configuring work entry types `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:369 +msgid "Understanding 713 Ordinance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:371 +msgid "" +"The *Hong Kong - Payroll* module is compliant with 713 Ordinance which " +"relates to the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` computation to ensure fair " +"compensation for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:374 +msgid "The ADW computation is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:379 +msgid "Hong Kong ADW Formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:379 +msgid "" +":abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` equals the total wage in a 12-month period," +" minus the wages of non-full pay, divided by the total days in a 12-month " +"period minus the days of non-full pay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:383 +msgid "" +"For 418 compliance, there is no automated allocation of the *Statutory " +"Holiday* entitlement to the employees. As soon as 418 requirements are met, " +"manually allocate the leaves, via the *Time Off* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Before generating payslips, ensure the statuses are :guilabel:`Done` to " +"validate the outcome." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:393 +msgid "Period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:394 +msgid "Days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:395 +msgid "Wage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:396 +msgid "Commission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:398 +msgid "ADW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:399 +msgid "Leave Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:400 +msgid "Jan" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:415 +msgid "31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:409 +msgid "$20200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:405 +msgid "$651.61 ($20200/31)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:413 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:407 +msgid "Feb" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:408 +msgid "28" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:410 +msgid "$5000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:411 +msgid "$25200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:412 +msgid "$769.49 ($45400/59)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:414 +msgid "Mar (One Day Annual Leave)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:418 +msgid "$20324.33" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:419 +msgid "$730.27 ($65724.33/90)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:420 +msgid "$769.49" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:421 +msgid "Apr (One Day 80% Sick Leave)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:423 +msgid "$20117.56" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:427 +msgid "$584.22 ($730.27*0.8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:430 +msgid "Here is an example demonstrating the 713 logic:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:432 +msgid "" +"**Jan**: Generate a payslip with a monthly wage of $20200. The :abbr:`ADW " +"(Average Daily Wage)` is always computed on a cumulative basis of the " +"trailing 12-months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:434 +msgid "" +"**Feb**: Generate a similar payslip, but add an :guilabel:`Other Input Type`" +" for the :guilabel:`Commission`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Mar**: Apply for **one** full-paid annual leave in March. The salary " +"compensation for the leave taken is based on :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily " +"Wage)` thus far." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:0 +msgid "Hong Kong March 713." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:443 +msgid "" +"**Apr**: Apply for a 1-day non-full pay leave in April. Since this is a non-" +"full pay leave, the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` is computed " +"accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:0 +msgid "Hong Kong April 713." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:451 +msgid "" +"The value of :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` is computed in the backend, " +"and not be visible to the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:455 +msgid "" +"`HK 713 Ordinance " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:456 +msgid "" +"`HK 418 Ordinance `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:459 +msgid "Generate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:461 +msgid "" +"Before generating the below reports, setup the following in " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Payroll`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:464 +msgid "Configure the following in the :guilabel:`Accounting` section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:466 +msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`Payroll HSBC Autopay` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:468 +msgid ":guilabel:`Autopay Type`: Set as :guilabel:`H2H Submission`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:469 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Bank Account` to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:471 +msgid "Configure the following in the :guilabel:`HK Localization` section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:473 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employer's Name shows on reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:474 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employer's File Number`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:475 +msgid ":guilabel:`Manulife MPF Scheme`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Payroll Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:482 +msgid "IRD report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:484 +msgid "There are a total of **four** IRD reports available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:486 +msgid ":guilabel:`IR56B`: employer's Return of Remuneration and Pensions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:487 +msgid ":guilabel:`IR56E`: notification of Commencement of Employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:488 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`IR56F`: notification of Ceasation of Employment (remaining in " +"HK)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:489 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`IR56G`: notification of Ceasation of Employment (departing from " +"HK permanently)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:491 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting`, and select one of the " +":guilabel:`IR56B/E/F/G Sheet` options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:495 +msgid "Fill in the relevant information for the IRD report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:496 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Populate`, and the :guilabel:`Eligible Employees` smart " +"button appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:497 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Employee Declarations` status is :guilabel:`Draft` and " +"changed to :guilabel:`Generated PDF` status once the schedule runs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:499 +msgid "Once the PDF is generated, the IRD form may be downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong IR56B report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:506 +msgid "" +"The scheduled action called *Payroll: Generate pdfs* can be manually " +"triggered. It is set by default to run the PDF generation monthly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:510 +msgid "Manulife MPF sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:512 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting --> Manulife MPF Sheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:515 +msgid "" +"Select the relevant :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Month`, and " +":guilabel:`Sequence No.`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:516 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create XLSX`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:517 +msgid "" +"The *Manulife MPF XLSX* file is then generated, and available for download." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Manulife Sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Odoo will not be developing further reports for other MPF trustee as there " +"will soon be an eMPF platform setup by the local government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:528 +msgid "`eMPF `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:531 +msgid "HSBC autopay report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:533 +msgid "" +"If *HSBC Autopay* is selected as the batch payment method, click on " +":guilabel:`Create HSBC Autopay Report`, and fill in the mandatory fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong HSBC Autopay wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:540 +msgid "" +"This creates an :file:`.apc` file format which can be uploaded to the HSCB " +"portal for processing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:3 @@ -35884,6 +38574,15 @@ msgid "" "online and mobile banking." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` " +"feature." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 msgid "PayNow bank account configuration" @@ -35902,10 +38601,44 @@ msgid "" "The account holder's country must be set to Singapore on its contact form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You could also include the invoice number in the QR code by checking the " +":guilabel:`Include Reference` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the " +"bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 +msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:45 msgid "Issue invoices with PayNow QR codes" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" +" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to *EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 +msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:53 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " @@ -36823,13 +39556,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Issue invoices with PromptPay QR code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:158 -msgid "" -"When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" -" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to :guilabel:`EMV Merchant-Presented QR-" -"code`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:164 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " @@ -40305,9 +43031,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:33 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` section, enter your Odoo database URL (e.g., " -"`https://example.odoo.com`) in the field :guilabel:`Invoices paid` and click" -" the :guilabel:`Test and save` button next to it." +"In the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` section, enter your Odoo database's URL, " +"followed by `/payment/xendit/webhook` (e.g., " +"`https://example.odoo.com/payment/xendit/webhook`) in the field " +":guilabel:`Invoices paid` and click the :guilabel:`Test and save` button " +"next to it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:40 diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 1829f8428..a9ad9ccf2 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -13,17 +13,17 @@ # Jonas Vieira de Souza, 2024 # Marcel Savegnago , 2024 # a75f12d3d37ea5bf159c4b3e85eb30e7_0fa6927, 2024 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Maitê Dietze, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Maitê Dietze, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -2208,60 +2208,42 @@ msgstr "" " **negrito**." #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:5 -msgid "Developer Mode (debug mode)" -msgstr "Modo de desenvolvedor (modo de depuração)" +msgid "Developer mode (debug mode)" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:7 msgid "" -"The developer mode (or debug mode) unlocks access to extra and advanced " -"tools in Odoo. There are several ways to activate the developer mode: " -"through the :ref:`settings `, the " -":ref:`browser extension `, through" -" the :ref:`command palette ` or the" -" :ref:`URL `." +"The developer mode, also known as debug mode, unlocks access to advanced " +":ref:`tools and settings ` in Odoo." msgstr "" -"O modo de desenvolvedor (ou modo de depuração) libera o acesso a ferramentas" -" adicionais e avançadas no Odoo. Há várias maneiras de ativar o modo de " -"desenvolvedor: através das :ref:`definições " -"`, da :ref:`extensão do navegador " -"`, através da :ref:`paleta de " -"comandos ` ou da :ref:`URL " -"`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:17 -msgid "Activate through the Settings" -msgstr "Ativar pelas Definições" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:11 msgid "" -"The debug mode can be activated in the Odoo database settings. Go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Developer Tools` and click" -" on :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`. At least one application needs " -"to be installed for the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` section to appear in the" -" :guilabel:`Settings` module." +"Proceed with caution, as some developer tools and technical settings are " +"considered advanced and may have associated risks. Only use them if you " +"understand the implications and are confident in your actions." msgstr "" -"O modo de depuração pode ser ativado nas configurações da base de dados do " -"Odoo. Acesse o menu :menuselection:`Definições --> Configurações gerais --> " -"Ferramentas de desenvolvedor` e clique em :guilabel:`Ativar o modo de " -"desenvolvedor`. Pelo menos um aplicativo precisa ser instalado para que a " -"seção :guilabel:`Ferramentas de desenvolvimento` apareça no módulo " -":guilabel:`Definições`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of the debug options under settings in Odoo." -msgstr "Visão geral das opções de depuração nas configurações do Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:16 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with assets)` is used by developers;" -" :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with tests assets)` is used by " -"developers and testers." +"The developer mode is also available with :ref:`assets " +"`, which are used to debug JavaScript " +"code, and with :ref:`tests assets `, " +"which are used to run test tours." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Ativar o modo de desenvolvedor (com ativos)` é usado por " -"desenvolvedores; :guilabel:`Ativar o modo de desenvolvedor (com ativos de " -"teste)` é usado por desenvolvedores e testadores." -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:23 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Ativação" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To activate it, open the :guilabel:`Settings` app, scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Developer Tools` section, and click :guilabel:`Activate the " +"developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:28 msgid "" "Once activated, the :guilabel:`Deactivate the developer mode` option becomes" " available." @@ -2269,134 +2251,71 @@ msgstr "" "Uma vez ativada, a opção :guilabel:`Desativar o modo de desenvolvedor` fica " "disponível." +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 +msgid "Activating the developer mode in the Settings app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To activate the developer mode **from anywhere in the database**, add " +"`?debug=1` to the URL after `/web` (e.g., " +"`https://example.odoo.com/web?debug=1#action=menu&cids=1`). To deactivate " +"it, use `?debug=0` instead." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:37 -msgid "Activate through the browser extension" -msgstr "Ativar pela extensão do navegador" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:39 msgid "" -"Within a web browser, navigate to the browser settings and extensions and " -"search for the `Odoo Debug` extension. Once the extension is installed, a " -"new icon will be shown on the browser's toolbar." +"Use `?debug=assets` to activate the developer mode with assets and " +"`?debug=tests` to activate it with tests assets." msgstr "" -"Em um navegador da Web, acesse as configurações e extensões do navegador e " -"procure a extensão `Odoo Debug`. Depois que a extensão for instalada, um " -"novo ícone será exibido na barra de ferramentas do navegador." -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:41 msgid "" -"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " -"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" -" a single click." +"Open the **command palette** by pressing `Ctrl + K` or `Cmd ⌘ + K`, then " +"type `debug` to activate the developer mode with assets or deactivate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:44 +msgid "Browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The `Odoo Debug `_ browser extension " +"adds an icon to toggle developer mode on or off from the browser's toolbar. " +"It is available on the `Chrome Web Store " +"`_ and `Firefox Add-ons " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:54 +msgid "Developer tools and technical menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once the developer mode is activated, the developer tools can be accessed by" +" clicking the :icon:`fa-bug` :guilabel:`(bug)` icon. The menu contains tools" +" useful for understanding or editing technical data, such as a view's field," +" filters, or actions. The options available depend on where the menu is " +"accessed from." msgstr "" -"Para a extensão *Odoo Debug*, um único clique ativa uma versão normal do " -"modo, enquanto um clique duplo o ativa com ativos. Para desativá-lo, use um " -"único clique." #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "View of Odoo's debug icon in a Google Chrome toolbar." +msgid "Accessing the developer tools" msgstr "" -"Visualização do ícone de depuração do Odoo em uma barra de ferramentas do " -"Google Chrome." -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:53 -msgid "Activate through the command palette" -msgstr "Ativar pela paleta de comandos" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:64 msgid "" -"In Odoo, the command palette tool has a command to activate the debug mode. " -"First, open the command palette tool with the keyboard shortcut `ctrl+k` and" -" then type `debug`. A command will show up to activate the debug mode." +"Database administrators can access the technical menu from the " +":guilabel:`Settings` app. It contains advanced database settings, such as " +"ones related to the database structure, security, actions, etc." msgstr "" -"No Odoo, a ferramenta da paleta de comandos tem um comando para ativar o " -"modo de depuração. Primeiro, abra a ferramenta da paleta de comandos com o " -"atalho de teclado `ctrl+k` e, em seguida, digite `debug`. Será exibido um " -"comando para ativar o modo de depuração." #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Command palette with debug command." -msgstr "Paleta de comandos com comando de depuração." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:68 -msgid "Activate through the URL" -msgstr "Ativar pelo URL" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The debug mode can also be activated by adding an extra query string to the " -"database's URL. In the URL, add `?debug=1` or `?debug=true` after `/web`. To" -" deactivate the debug mode, change the value to `?debug=0` instead." +msgid "Accessing the technical menu" msgstr "" -"O modo de depuração também pode ser ativado adicionando uma string de " -"consulta extra ao URL da base de dados. No URL, adicione `?debug=1` ou " -"`?debug=true` após `/web`. Para desativar o modo de depuração, altere o " -"valor para `?debug=0`." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a URL with the debug mode command added." -msgstr "Visão geral de um URL com o comando do modo de depuração adicionado." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Additional modes are available for developers: `?debug=assets` enables the " -":ref:`assets mode `, and " -"`?debug=tests` enables the :ref:`tests mode " -"`." -msgstr "" -"Modos adicionais estão disponíveis para os desenvolvedores: `?debug=assets` " -"ativa o modo :ref:`ativos `, e " -"`?debug=tests` ativa o modo :ref:`testes " -"`." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:86 -msgid "Locate the developer mode tools" -msgstr "Localize as ferramentas do modo de desenvolvedor" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Once developer mode is activated, the developer mode tools can be accessed " -"from the :guilabel:`Open Developer Tools` button, the bug icon located in " -"the header of the Odoo database." -msgstr "" -"Depois que o modo de desenvolvedor é ativado, as ferramentas do modo de " -"desenvolvedor podem ser acessadas no botão :guilabel:`Acessar ferramentas de" -" desenvolvedor`, o ícone de bug localizado no topo da base de dados do Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a console page and the debug icon being shown in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Visão geral de uma página de console e o ícone de depuração sendo exibido no" -" Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:95 -msgid "" -"This menu contains additional tools that are useful to understand or edit " -"technical data, such as the views or actions of a page. On a page that has " -"filters, actions, and view options, the developer mode tools contain some " -"useful menu items such as:" -msgstr "" -"Esse menu contém ferramentas adicionais que são úteis para entender ou " -"editar dados técnicos, como as exibições ou ações de uma página. Em uma " -"página que tem filtros, ações e opções de visualização, as ferramentas do " -"modo de desenvolvedor contêm alguns itens de menu úteis, como:" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:99 -msgid ":guilabel:`Edit Action`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Editar ação`" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:100 -msgid ":guilabel:`Manage Filters`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Gerenciar filtros`" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:101 -msgid "Edit the current view (e.g. Kanban, List, Graph, etc.)" -msgstr "" -"Editar a visualização atual (por exemplo, Kanban, Lista, Gráfico, etc.)" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:102 -msgid "See the :guilabel:`Fields View Get`" -msgstr "Consulte a seção :guilabel:`Obter visualização de campos`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:5 msgid "Email communication" @@ -3369,11 +3288,11 @@ msgstr "" "`_. Se for solicitado um seletor, digite " "`odoo`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 msgid "Check the DMARC policy" msgstr "Verifique a política DMARC" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:104 msgid "" "The Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance (DMARC) " "record is a protocol that unifies :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` and " @@ -3392,15 +3311,15 @@ msgstr "" ":abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` e/ou :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys " "Identified Mail)`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 msgid "DMARC: TXT record" msgstr "DMARC: registro TXT" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 msgid "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`" msgstr "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:116 msgid "" "There are three :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` policies:" @@ -3408,20 +3327,20 @@ msgstr "" "Existem três políticas de :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication," " Reporting, & Conformance)`:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 msgid "`p=none`" msgstr "`p=none`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:118 -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 msgid "`p=quarantine`" msgstr "`p=quarantine`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 msgid "`p=reject`" msgstr "`p=reject`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:123 msgid "" "`p=quarantine` and `p=reject` instruct the server that receives an email to " "quarantine that email or ignore it if the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy " @@ -3431,7 +3350,7 @@ msgstr "" "colocá-lo em quarentena ou ignorá-lo se a verificação :abbr:`SPF (Sender " "Policy Framework)` e/ou :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` falhar." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:127 msgid "" "If the domain name uses :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` and has defined one of these policies, the domain" @@ -3443,7 +3362,7 @@ msgstr "" " deverá estar em conformidade com :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` ou " "ativar :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:132 msgid "" "Yahoo or AOL are examples of email providers with a :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-" "based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` policy set to " @@ -3457,7 +3376,7 @@ msgstr "" " de endereços *@yahoo.com* ou *@aol.com* para os usuários da base de dados. " "Esses e-mails nunca chegarão ao destinatário." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:137 msgid "" "`p=none` is used for the domain owner to receive reports about entities " "using their domain. It should not impact the deliverability if the " @@ -3469,7 +3388,7 @@ msgstr "" " se a verificação :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` falhar." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:141 msgid "" ":abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` records are comprised of tags in the form of :abbr:`DNS " @@ -3495,115 +3414,115 @@ msgstr "" ":abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` não deve começar sendo muito restritiva." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:150 msgid "The following chart displays available tags:" msgstr "O gráfico a seguir exibe os marcadores disponíveis:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 msgid "Tag Name" msgstr "Nome do marcador" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 msgid "Purpose" msgstr "Objetivo" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 msgid "Example" msgstr "Exemplo" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 msgid "v" msgstr "v" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 msgid "Protocol version" msgstr "Versão do protocolo" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 msgid "`v=DMARC1`" msgstr "`v=DMARC1`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 msgid "pct" msgstr "pct" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 msgid "Percentage of messages subjected to filtering" msgstr "Porcentagem de mensagens sujeitas a filtragem" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 msgid "`pct=20`" msgstr "`pct=20`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 msgid "ruf" msgstr "ruf" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 msgid "Reporting URI for forensic reports" msgstr "URI de relatório para relatórios forenses" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 msgid "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" msgstr "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 msgid "rua" msgstr "rua" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 msgid "Reporting URI of aggregate reports" msgstr "URI de relatórios agregados" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 msgid "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" msgstr "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 msgid "p" msgstr "p" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 msgid "Policy for organizational domain" msgstr "Política para domínio organizacional" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 msgid "sp" msgstr "sp" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 msgid "Policy for subdomains of the OD" msgstr "Política para subdomínios do OD" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 msgid "`sp=reject`" msgstr "`sp=reject`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 msgid "adkim" msgstr "adkim" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 msgid "Alignment mode for DKIM" msgstr "Modo de alinhamento para DKIM" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 msgid "`adkim=s`" msgstr "`adkim=s`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 msgid "aspf" msgstr "aspf" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:181 msgid "Alignment mode for SPF" msgstr "Modo de alinhamento para SPF" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 msgid "`aspf=r`" msgstr "`aspf=r`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:184 msgid "" "Check the :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` record of a domain name with a tool like `MXToolbox DMARC " @@ -3613,7 +3532,7 @@ msgstr "" "Reporting, & Conformance)` de um nome de domínio com uma ferramenta como o " "`MXToolbox DMARC `_." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:188 msgid "" "`DMARC.org is another great resource to learn about DMARC records. " "`_" @@ -3621,74 +3540,74 @@ msgstr "" "O site DMMARC.org é outro ótimo recurso para aprender sobre os registros " "DMARC. `_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 msgid "SPF, DKIM & DMARC documentation of common providers" msgstr "Documentação de SPF, DKIM & DMARC de provedores comuns" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 -msgid "" -"`OVH DNS " -"`_" -msgstr "" -"`OVH DNS " -"`_" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:195 -msgid "" -"`OVH SPF `_" -msgstr "" -"`OVH SPF `_" - #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:196 msgid "" +"`OVH DNS " +"`_" +msgstr "" +"`OVH DNS " +"`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 +msgid "" +"`OVH SPF `_" +msgstr "" +"`OVH SPF `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 +msgid "" "`GoDaddy TXT record `_" msgstr "" "Registro TXT da GoDaddy `_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 msgid "`GoDaddy SPF `_" msgstr "`GoDaddy SPF `_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:200 msgid "" "`GoDaddy DKIM `_" msgstr "" "`GoDaddy DKIM `_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 -msgid "" -"`NameCheap " -"`_" -msgstr "" -"`NameCheap " -"`_" - #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:201 msgid "" -"`CloudFlare DNS `_" +"`NameCheap " +"`_" msgstr "" -"`CloudFlare DNS `_" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:202 -msgid "" -"`Google Domains `_" -msgstr "" -"`Google Domains `_" +"`NameCheap " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 msgid "" +"`CloudFlare DNS `_" +msgstr "" +"`CloudFlare DNS `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:204 +msgid "" +"`Google Domains `_" +msgstr "" +"`Google Domains `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 +msgid "" "`Azure DNS `_" msgstr "" "`Azure DNS `_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:207 msgid "" "To fully test the configuration, use the `Mail-Tester `_ tool, which gives a full overview of the content and " @@ -3701,7 +3620,7 @@ msgstr "" "também pode ser usado para configurar registros de outros provedores menos " "conhecidos." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:212 msgid "" "`Using Mail-Tester to set SPF Records for specific carriers " "`_" @@ -10670,17 +10589,11 @@ msgstr "Download e instalação inicial" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 msgid "" "To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation " -"package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download " -"page `_. Next, install and setup the Odoo " -":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " -"start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +"package for Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download page " +"`_. Next, install and setup the Odoo :file:`.exe`" +" file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to start the " +"installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." msgstr "" -"Para iniciar a instalação, navegue até o pacote de instalação do Odoo 16 ou " -"superior para Enterprise ou Community - edição Windows na página de download" -" do Odoo `_. Em seguida, instale e configure o " -"arquivo Odoo :file:`.exe`. Depois da tela de instruções, clique em " -":guilabel:`Próximo` para iniciar a instalação e concorde com os :abbr:`TOS " -"(Termos de Serviço)`." #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -11341,10 +11254,22 @@ msgstr "" "Confirme a desinstalação e siga as etapas de desinstalação através do guia " "de desinstalação do Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:7 msgid "Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos" +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:21 +msgid "" +":doc:`Worldline payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:23 +msgid "" +":doc:`Ingenico payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 msgid "Connect a camera" msgstr "Conectar uma câmera" @@ -13548,14 +13473,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:126 msgid "" "On a form, navigate to any field, and hover over the field name. A box of " -"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Object`" -" name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be" -" added." +"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Model` " +"name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be " +"added." msgstr "" -"Em um formulário, navegue até qualquer campo e passe o mouse sobre o nome do" -" campo. Uma caixa de informações de back-end é exibida com o nome específico" -" do Odoo :guilabel:`Objeto` no back-end. Esse é o nome técnico do modelo que" -" deve ser adicionado." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:0 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 7a9edc243..4a8c62e1a 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Maitê Dietze, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -29,13 +29,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Human resources" msgstr "Recursos Humanos" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 msgid "Appraisals" msgstr "Avaliações" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, the *Appraisals* application can be used to evaluate employee " "performance on a recurring basis. Managers can evaluate the performance of " @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ msgstr "" "autoavaliação. As avaliações são personalizáveis e podem ser definidas para " "qualquer tipo de programação desejada." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:12 msgid "" "Appraisals give employees valuable feedback, including actionable goals to " "work toward, and measurable skills to improve upon. Additionally, appraisals" @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ msgstr "" " disso, as avaliações podem servir de base para aumentos salariais, " "promoções e outros benefícios." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:16 msgid "" "Regular appraisals are good for both the employees and the company, since " "they can accurately measure performance based on company goals, and show " @@ -70,14 +70,14 @@ msgstr "" " a empresa, pois podem medir com precisão o desempenho com base nas metas da" " empresa e mostrar aos funcionários onde eles precisam melhorar." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:31 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuração" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Configuration` menu in the *Appraisals* application is where " "the settings can be configured, feedback templates can be edited, " @@ -89,14 +89,15 @@ msgstr "" "frequências, gerenciar as escalas de avaliação, armazenar os dados para " "feedback 360 e visualizar/criar marcadores de metas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Definições" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:29 msgid "" "To access the *Settings* menu, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " "application --> Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -104,11 +105,11 @@ msgstr "" "Para acessar o menu *Configurações*, navegue até :menuselection:`app " "Avaliações --> Configuração --> Definições`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 msgid "Feedback templates" msgstr "Modelos de feedback" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:35 msgid "" "Feedback templates are form outlines used during an employee appraisal. Any " "edits made to a template are, ultimately, reflected in the appraisals sent " @@ -118,7 +119,7 @@ msgstr "" "avaliação de funcionários. Todas as edições feitas em um modelo são, em " "última análise, refletidas nas avaliações enviadas aos funcionários." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:38 msgid "" "There are two default templates pre-configured in Odoo *Appraisals*: one for" " employee feedback, and one for manager feedback. Each contains several " @@ -130,7 +131,7 @@ msgstr "" "várias seções, juntamente com perguntas e breves explicações sobre como " "responder às perguntas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:42 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`My work`, :guilabel:`My future`, and :guilabel:`My feelings`." @@ -139,7 +140,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Meu trabalho`, :guilabel:`Meu futuro` e :guilabel:`Minhas " "impressões`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:45 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`Feedback`, :guilabel:`Evaluation`, and :guilabel:`Improvements`." @@ -147,7 +148,7 @@ msgstr "" "O :guilabel:`Modelo de feedback do gerente` tem as seguintes seções: " ":guilabel:`Feedback`, :guilabel:`Avaliação` e :guilabel:`Aprimoramentos`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:48 msgid "" "Any desired changes to the default feedback templates can be made by making " "changes directly in each template." @@ -155,7 +156,7 @@ msgstr "" "É possível fazer as alterações desejadas diretamente nos modelos de feedback" " padrão." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:54 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Appraisals` section of the settings menu determines the " "frequency that appraisals are performed, and if it is possible to request " @@ -173,11 +174,11 @@ msgstr "" "As seções de avaliações com a linha do tempo preenchida e o feedback 360 " "ativado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 msgid "Appraisals plans" msgstr "Planos de avaliação" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:66 msgid "" "By default, appraisals are pre-configured to be automatically created six " "months after an employee is hired, with a second appraisal exactly six " @@ -187,7 +188,7 @@ msgstr "" "automaticamente seis meses após a contratação de um funcionário, com uma " "segunda avaliação exatamente seis meses depois disso." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:69 msgid "" "Once those two initial appraisals have been completed in the employee's " "first year, following appraisals are only created once a year (every twelve " @@ -197,7 +198,7 @@ msgstr "" "funcionário, as avaliações seguintes serão criadas somente uma vez por ano " "(a cada doze meses)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:72 msgid "" "To modify this schedule, change the number of months in the blank fields " "under the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section." @@ -205,7 +206,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para modificar essa programação, altere o número de meses nos campos em " "branco na seção :guilabel:`Planos de avaliações`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:76 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section is modified, **all** empty " ":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Dates` are modified for **all** employees." @@ -214,12 +215,12 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`datas de próxima avaliação` que estiverem vazias serão " "modificadas, para **todos** os funcionários." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 msgid "360 feedback" msgstr "Feedback 360º" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:82 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option can be enabled to allow managers to " "request feedback from other employees using a different survey form, at any " @@ -230,7 +231,7 @@ msgstr "" "pesquisa diferente, a qualquer momento, independentemente do cronograma de " "avaliação." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:85 msgid "" "Typically, managers ask for feedback from other people who work with an " "employee they manage. This includes the employee's various managers, peers, " @@ -240,7 +241,7 @@ msgstr "" "com um funcionário que eles gerenciam. Isso inclui os vários gerentes, " "colegas e subordinados diretos do funcionário." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:88 msgid "" "To view the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey, click the :guilabel:`→ Internal" " link` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`Default Template` field. The " @@ -252,7 +253,7 @@ msgstr "" "pesquisa de :guilabel:`Avaliação 360º` será carregada e será possível fazer " "todas as alterações desejadas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:92 msgid "" "For more information on how to edit a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." @@ -260,7 +261,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para obter mais informações sobre como editar uma pesquisa, consulte o " "documento :doc:`../marketing/surveys/create`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:96 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` form is a pre-configured survey within the " "*Surveys* application. In order to use the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option, " @@ -272,11 +273,11 @@ msgstr "" "360º`, incluindo a capacidade de editar a pesquisa, o aplicativo *Pesquisas*" " **deve** estar instalado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 msgid "Evaluation scale" msgstr "Escala de avaliação" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:103 msgid "" "On each employee appraisal form, final rating options appear by default. To " "view and edit these options, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " @@ -289,7 +290,7 @@ msgstr "" "Escala de avaliação`. Isso apresenta as classificações em uma exibição de " "lista." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:107 msgid "" "The pre-configured ratings are :guilabel:`Needs Improvement`, " ":guilabel:`Meets Expectations`, :guilabel:`Exceeds Expectations`, and " @@ -301,7 +302,7 @@ msgstr "" "expectativas` e :guilabel:`Muito acima das expectativas`. Para adicionar " "outra classificação, clique no botão :guilabel:`Novo`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:111 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`New` button is clicked on the :guilabel:`Evaluation " "Scale` page, a blank line appears at the bottom of the list. Enter the name " @@ -311,7 +312,7 @@ msgstr "" "avaliação`, uma linha em branco aparece na parte inferior da lista. Digite o" " nome da classificação no campo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:114 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the ratings, click the :guilabel:`(six small gray " "boxes)` icon to the left of a rating, and drag the rating to the desired " @@ -329,7 +330,7 @@ msgstr "" "A escala de avaliação, com o novo botão e os ícones de clicar e arrastar " "destacados." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:124 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` section displays information for all the " "surveys currently configured in the *Appraisals* application. To view the " @@ -347,7 +348,7 @@ msgstr "" "Visualização de lista de todas as pesquisas disponíveis no aplicativo " "Avaliações." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:132 msgid "" "Each appraisal (or survey) is presented in its own line on the " ":guilabel:`360 Feedback` page, along with various information related to " @@ -357,15 +358,15 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Avaliação 360º`, juntamente com várias informações relacionadas a" " essa avaliação específica." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 msgid "Each appraisal includes the following information:" msgstr "Cada avaliação inclui as seguintes informações:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:137 msgid ":guilabel:`Survey Name`: the name of the specific survey." msgstr ":guilabel:`Nome da pesquisa`: o nome da pesquisa específica." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the employee responsible for the survey, including " "the month and year they were given that designation." @@ -373,13 +374,13 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Responsável`: o funcionário responsável pela pesquisa, incluindo " "o mês e o ano em que ele recebeu essa designação." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Questions`: the number of questions in that particular survey." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Perguntas`: o número de perguntas nessa pesquisa específica." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Duration`: the average time a user spends completing the " "survey." @@ -387,18 +388,18 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Duração média`: o tempo médio que um usuário gasta para concluir " "a pesquisa." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Registered`: the number of people who have been sent the survey." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Registrados`: o número de pessoas que receberam a pesquisa." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Completed`: the number of people who have completed the survey." msgstr ":guilabel:`Concluído`: o número de pessoas que concluíram a pesquisa." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:145 msgid "" "Each appraisal also has two buttons at the end of each line: a " ":guilabel:`Test` button and a :guilabel:`See Results` button." @@ -406,7 +407,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cada avaliação também tem dois botões no final de cada linha: um botão " ":guilabel:`Testar` e um botão :guilabel:`Ver resultados`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:148 msgid "" "To see what an appraisal looks like for the end user (i.e. an employee), " "click the :guilabel:`Test` button, and the appraisal loads in a new browser " @@ -418,7 +419,7 @@ msgstr "" "carregada em uma nova aba do navegador. A avaliação inteira é carregada e é " "possível navegar por ela sem a necessidade de inserir nenhuma resposta." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:152 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`This is a Test Survey. → Edit " "Survey` at the top of the page to be taken to the detail form for that " @@ -428,7 +429,7 @@ msgstr "" "teste. → Editar pesquisa\" na parte superior da página para abrir o " "formulário detalhado dessa pesquisa específica." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:155 msgid "" "To view the results from everyone who completed an appraisal, click the " ":guilabel:`See Results` button. This presents all the answers for the survey" @@ -442,7 +443,7 @@ msgstr "" "pessoas responderam a uma pergunta e quantas pessoas a ignoraram. Todas as " "respostas de cada pergunta são visíveis." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:160 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`→ Edit Survey` at the top of " "the page to be taken to the detail form for that particular survey." @@ -451,7 +452,7 @@ msgstr "" " superior da página para ser levado ao formulário de detalhes dessa pesquisa" " específica." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:163 msgid "" "In addition to viewing the responses from past appraisals and surveys, new " "surveys can also be created from the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` page. Simply " @@ -463,7 +464,7 @@ msgstr "" "Basta clicar no botão :guilabel:`Novo` na parte superior esquerda da página " "para criar uma nova pesquisa." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:167 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." @@ -471,7 +472,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para obter mais informações sobre como criar uma pesquisa, consulte o " "documento :doc:`../marketing/surveys/create`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:171 msgid "" "In previous versions of Odoo, this section was referred to as " ":guilabel:`Surveys`." @@ -479,71 +480,7 @@ msgstr "" "Em versões anteriores do Odoo, essa seção era chamada de " ":guilabel:`Pesquisas`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:172 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "Marcadores" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 -msgid "" -"An additional feature of the *Appraisals* application is the ability to set " -":ref:`goals ` for employees. On each goal form, there is a" -" field to add tags. The available tags are pulled from a list that is " -"configured from the settings." -msgstr "" -"Um recurso adicional do aplicativo *Avaliações* é a capacidade de definir " -":ref:`metas ` para os funcionários. Em cada formulário de " -"meta, há um campo para adicionar marcadores. Os marcadores disponíveis são " -"extraídos de uma lista configurada nas definições." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To view a list of all existing goal tags, and to create new tags, go to the " -":guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, by navigating to :menuselection:`Appraisals " -"application --> Configuration --> Tags`." -msgstr "" -"Para ver uma lista de todos os marcadores de metas existentes e criar novos " -"marcadores, acesse a página :guilabel:`Marcadores de metas`, navegando até " -":menuselection:`app Avaliações --> Configuração --> Marcadores`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:181 -msgid "All currently configured tags are presented in a list view." -msgstr "" -"Todos os marcadores configurados atualmente são apresentados em uma " -"visualização de lista." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:183 -msgid "" -"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " -"all tags need to be added from this list, or directly from the goal form." -msgstr "" -"O aplicativo *Avaliações* **não** tem nenhum marcador pré-configurado, " -"portanto, todos os marcadores precisam ser adicionados a partir dessa lista " -"ou diretamente do formulário de meta." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 -msgid "" -"To create a new tag from the :guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, click the " -":guilabel:`New` button, and a blank line appears." -msgstr "" -"Para criar um novo marcador na página :guilabel:`Marcadores de metas`, " -"clique no botão :guilabel:`Novo`, e uma linha em branco será exibida." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the tag on the line. Then, press the enter key to save the" -" tag, and create a new blank line. Repeat this for all tags that need to be " -"added." -msgstr "" -"Digite o nome do marcador na linha. Em seguida, pressione a tecla Enter para" -" salvar o marcador e criar uma nova linha em branco. Repita esse " -"procedimento para todos os marcadores que precisam ser adicionados." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:192 -msgid "The list of tags is automatically arranged in alphabetical order." -msgstr "" -"A lista de marcadores é organizada automaticamente em ordem alfabética." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:176 msgid "" "Navigate to the main *Appraisals* dashboard by opening the " ":guilabel:`Appraisals` application. The :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard is " @@ -552,7 +489,7 @@ msgstr "" "Navegue até o painel principal do aplicativo :guilabel:`Avaliações`. O " "painel dxe :guilabel:`Avaliações` é a visualização padrão." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:179 msgid "" "To view the dashboard at any point in the application, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Appraisals`." @@ -560,7 +497,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para visualizar o painel em qualquer ponto do aplicativo, navegue até " ":menuselection:`app Avaliações --> Avaliações`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:182 msgid "" "All appraisals are displayed on the dashboard in a Kanban view, by default, " "with a list of groupings on the left side of the dashboard, including " @@ -570,7 +507,7 @@ msgstr "" "padrão, com uma lista de agrupamentos no lado esquerdo do painel, incluindo " ":guilabel:`Empresa`, :guilabel:`Departmento` e :guilabel:`Status`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 msgid "" "Click any grouping option to view appraisals for **only** the chosen " "selection." @@ -578,7 +515,7 @@ msgstr "" "Clique em qualquer opção de agrupamento para visualizar avaliações para " "**apenas** a seleção escolhida." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 msgid "" "Only groupings with multiple selections appear in the list. For example, if " "a database only has one company, the :guilabel:`Company` grouping does " @@ -589,22 +526,22 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Empresa` **não** aparecerá, pois não há outra empresa para " "selecionar." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:193 msgid "Each appraisal card displays the following information:" msgstr "Cada cartão de avaliação exibe as seguintes informações:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee's name." msgstr ":guilabel:`Nome`: o nome do funcionário." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: the department the employee is associated with." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Departamento`: o departamento ao qual o funcionário está " "associado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company the employee works for. This only appears " "in a multi-company database." @@ -612,7 +549,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Empresa`: a empresa para a qual o funcionário trabalha. Isso só " "aparece em uma base de dados com várias empresas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date`: the date the appraisal was requested, or is scheduled for " "in the future." @@ -620,7 +557,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Data`: a data em que a avaliação foi solicitada ou está " "programada para o futuro." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activities`: any activities that are scheduled for the appraisal," " such as :guilabel:`Meetings` or :guilabel:`Phone Calls.` If no activities " @@ -633,7 +570,7 @@ msgstr "" "ícone :guilabel:`🕘 (relógio)`, localizado no canto inferior esquerdo de um " "cartão de avaliação." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:204 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: the employee's manager, indicated by the profile icon " "in the bottom-right corner of an appraisal card." @@ -641,7 +578,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Gerente`: o gerente do funcionário, indicado pelo ícone de perfil" " no canto inferior direito de um cartão de avaliação." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:206 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status banner`: the status of the appraisal. A banner appears if " "an appraisal is marked as either :guilabel:`Canceled` or :guilabel:`Done`. " @@ -653,7 +590,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Concluído`. Se nenhum banner estiver presente, isso significa que" " a avaliação não ocorreu ou ainda não foi agendada." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 msgid "" "To view the details of any appraisal, click on the card to open the " "appraisal form." @@ -665,11 +602,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Appraisals dashboard with each appraisal in its own box." msgstr "O painel Avaliações com cada avaliação em sua própria caixa." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 msgid "New appraisal" msgstr "Nova avaliação" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new appraisal, click the :guilabel:`New` button at the top of " "the :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard to load a blank appraisal form. Then, " @@ -680,11 +617,11 @@ msgstr "" "avaliação em branco. Em seguida, insira as seguintes informações no " "formulário:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:222 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the employee's name." msgstr ":guilabel:`Nome`: digite o nome do funcionário." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:223 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu. " "The manager is responsible for completing the :guilabel:`Manager's Feedback`" @@ -697,7 +634,7 @@ msgstr "" "funcionário é selecionado, se ele tiver um gerente definido em seu perfil de" " funcionário." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appraisal Date`: the current date is automatically entered in " "this field. This field is automatically updated once the appraisal is " @@ -709,7 +646,7 @@ msgstr "" "concluída ou cancelada, com a data correspondente de conclusão ou " "cancelamento." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu. This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have" @@ -720,7 +657,7 @@ msgstr "" " selecionado, se ele tiver um departamento definido em seu perfil de " "funcionário." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:233 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the employee's company from the drop-down menu. " "This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have a " @@ -730,7 +667,7 @@ msgstr "" "Esse campo é preenchido automaticamente depois que o funcionário é " "selecionado, se ele tiver uma empresa definida em seu perfil de funcionário." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 msgid "" "The only required fields for the appraisal form are the employee's " ":guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Manager`, and the :guilabel:`Company`." @@ -739,7 +676,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nome` do funcionário, o :guilabel:`Gerente` e a " ":guilabel:`Empresa`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:241 msgid "" "Once the form is complete, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm " "the appraisal request." @@ -747,7 +684,7 @@ msgstr "" "Quando o formulário estiver concluído, clique no botão :guilabel:`Confirmar`" " para confirmar a solicitação de avaliação." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 msgid "" "Once confirmed, the employee receives an email stating that an appraisal was" " requested, and is then prompted to schedule an appraisal date." @@ -756,7 +693,7 @@ msgstr "" "avaliação foi solicitada e, em seguida, é solicitado que ele agende uma data" " de avaliação." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:246 msgid "" "The status changes to :guilabel:`Confirmed`, and the :guilabel:`Employee's " "Feedback` section of the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab is grayed out. The " @@ -770,7 +707,7 @@ msgstr "" "funcionário. O campo :guilabel:`Pontuação final` também aparece quando a " "solicitação de avaliação é confirmada." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 msgid "" "If there are any existing appraisals for the employee, an " ":guilabel:`Appraisal` smart button appears at the top of the page, listing " @@ -780,11 +717,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Avaliação` será exibido na parte superior da página, listando o " "número total de avaliações existentes para o funcionário." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:255 msgid "Ask for feedback" msgstr "Solicitar feedback" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:257 msgid "" "As part of the appraisal process, the manager can request feedback on an " "employee from anyone in the company. Feedback is usually requested from co-" @@ -798,7 +735,7 @@ msgstr "" "trabalham com o funcionário. Isso serve para obter uma visão mais completa " "do funcionário e ajudar na avaliação geral do gerente." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 msgid "" "To request feedback, the appraisal **must** be confirmed. Once confirmed, an" " :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button appears at the top of the form." @@ -807,7 +744,7 @@ msgstr "" "confirmada, um botão :guilabel:`Solicitar feedback` aparece na parte " "superior do formulário." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:265 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button is clicked, an :guilabel:`Ask " "Feedback` email pop-up form appears, using the :guilabel:`Appraisal: Ask " @@ -818,7 +755,7 @@ msgstr "" "e-mail :guilabel:`Avaliação: Solicitar feedback`, que envia a pesquisa " ":guilabel:`Avaliação 360º`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:269 msgid "" "Enter the employees being asked to complete the survey in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field. Multiple employees may be selected." @@ -827,7 +764,7 @@ msgstr "" " campo :guilabel:`Destinatários`. Vários funcionários podem ser " "selecionados." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 msgid "" "The email template has dynamic placeholders to personalize the message. Add " "any additional text to the email, if desired." @@ -835,12 +772,12 @@ msgstr "" "O modelo de e-mail tem marcadores de posição dinâmicos para personalizar a " "mensagem. Adicione textos adicionais ao e-mail, se desejar." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:275 msgid "If required, an :guilabel:`Answer Deadline` can be added, as well." msgstr "" "Se necessário, um :guilabel:`Prazo de resposta` também pode ser adicionado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:277 msgid "" "If any attachments are needed, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button, and" " a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the file(s), select them, then " @@ -850,7 +787,7 @@ msgstr "" " do explorador de arquivos será exibida. Navegue até o(s) arquivo(s), " "selecione o tema e, em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Abrir`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:280 msgid "When the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send.`" msgstr "" "Quando o e-mail estiver pronto para ser enviado, clique em " @@ -860,11 +797,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The email pop-up when requesting feedback from other employees." msgstr "O pop-up de e-mail ao solicitar feedback de outros funcionários." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:287 msgid "Appraisal form" msgstr "Formulário de avaliação" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:289 msgid "" "Once an appraisal is confirmed, the next steps are for the employee to fill " "out the self-assessment, after which the manager completes their assessment." @@ -873,11 +810,11 @@ msgstr "" "preenchimento da autoavaliação pelo funcionário e a conclusão da avaliação " "pelo gerente." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:295 msgid "Employee's feedback" msgstr "Feedback do funcionário" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:297 msgid "" "To complete their portion of feedback, employees should navigate to the main" " :menuselection:`Appraisals application` dashboard, where the only entries " @@ -889,7 +826,7 @@ msgstr "" "entradas visíveis são as avaliações do próprio funcionário e/ou de qualquer " "pessoa que ele gerencie e para a qual tenha de fornecer feedback do gerente." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 msgid "" "Click on the appraisal to open the appraisal form. Enter responses in the " ":guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` " @@ -899,7 +836,7 @@ msgstr "" "respostas na seção :guilabel:`Feedback do funcionário`, na aba " ":guilabel:`Avaliação`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:304 msgid "" "When completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to Manager` toggle (the " "default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When clicked, the toggle " @@ -915,11 +852,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "A seção de feedback do funcionário com o botão de alternância destacado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:314 msgid "Manager's feedback" msgstr "Feedback do gerente" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 msgid "" "After the employee has completed the :guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` " "section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab, it is time for the manager to " @@ -929,7 +866,7 @@ msgstr "" "funcionário`, na aba :guilabel:`Avaliação`, é hora de o gerente preencher a " "seção :guilabel:`Feedback do gerente`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:320 msgid "" "The manager enters their responses in the fields in the :ref:`same manner as" " the employee `." @@ -937,7 +874,7 @@ msgstr "" "O gerente insere suas respostas nos campos da :ref:`mesma maneira que o " "funcionário `." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:323 msgid "" "When the feedback section is completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to " "Employee` toggle (the default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When " @@ -956,11 +893,12 @@ msgstr "" "A seção de feedback para funcionários e gerentes, com os botões de " "alternância destacados." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:748 msgid "Skills tab" msgstr "Aba Habilidades" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:334 msgid "" "Part of an appraisal is evaluating an employee's skills, and tracking their " "progress over time. The :guilabel:`Skills` tab of the appraisal form auto-" @@ -973,7 +911,7 @@ msgstr "" "automaticamente com as habilidades do :doc:`formulário do funcionário " "<.../hr/employees/new_employee>`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:338 msgid "" "Each skill is grouped with like skills, and the :guilabel:`Skill Level`, " ":guilabel:`Progress`, and :guilabel:`Justification` are displayed for each " @@ -983,14 +921,14 @@ msgstr "" " de habilidade`, :guilabel:`Progresso` e :guilabel:`Justificativa` são " "exibidos para cada habilidade." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 msgid "" "Update any skills, or add any new skills to the :guilabel:`Skills` tab." msgstr "" "Atualizar todas as habilidades ou adicionar novas habilidades à aba " ":guilabel:`Habilidades`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:343 msgid "" "If a skill level has increased, a reason for the improved rating can be " "entered into the :guilabel:`Justification` field, such as `took a fluency " @@ -1001,7 +939,7 @@ msgstr "" "exemplo, `fez um teste de fluência no idioma` ou `recebeu uma certificação " "em Javascript`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:347 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`Create a new employee ` document for " "detailed instructions on adding or updating a skill." @@ -1010,7 +948,7 @@ msgstr "" "para obter instruções detalhadas sobre como adicionar ou atualizar uma " "habilidade." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:350 msgid "" "After an appraisal is completed, and the skills have been updated, the next " "time an appraisal is confirmed, the updated skills populate the " @@ -1024,11 +962,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The skills tab of an appraisal form, all filled out." msgstr "A aba de habilidades de um formulário de avaliação, toda preenchida." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:358 msgid "Private note tab" msgstr "Aba Nota particular" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:360 msgid "" "If managers want to leave notes that are only visible to other managers, " "they can be entered in the :guilabel:`Private Note` tab. The employee being " @@ -1040,12 +978,12 @@ msgstr "" "que está sendo avaliado **não** tem acesso a essa aba, e a aba **não** " "aparece em sua avaliação." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:386 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:520 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 msgid "Schedule a meeting" msgstr "Agendar uma reunião" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:367 msgid "" "Once both portions of an appraisal are completed (the :ref:`employee " "` and :ref:`manager `), é hora de o funcionário e o " "gerente se reunirem e discutirem a avaliação." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:371 msgid "" "A meeting can be scheduled in one of two ways: either from the *Appraisals* " "application dashboard, or from an individual appraisal card." @@ -1065,7 +1003,7 @@ msgstr "" "Uma reunião pode ser agendada de duas maneiras: no painel do aplicativo " "*Avaliações* ou em um cartão de avaliação individual." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:374 msgid "" "To schedule an appraisal from the dashboard of the *Appraisals* application," " first navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Appraisals`." @@ -1073,7 +1011,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para agendar uma avaliação no painel do aplicativo *Avaliações*, primeiro " "navegue até :menuselection:`app Avaliações --> Avaliações`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:377 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, beneath the appraisal date on the " "desired appraisal card, and a :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window " @@ -1085,7 +1023,7 @@ msgstr "" "atividade` será exibida. Em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`+ Agendar uma " "atividade` para criar um formulário de atividade em branco." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Meeting` for the :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the drop-" "down menu. Doing so causes the form to change, so only the " @@ -1095,7 +1033,7 @@ msgstr "" "suspenso. Isso faz com que o formulário seja alterado, de modo que apenas os" " campos :guilabel:`Tipo de atividade` e :guilabel:`Resumo` sejam exibidos." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:385 msgid "" "If scheduling an activity other than a meeting, such as a :guilabel:`Call` " "or a :guilabel:`To-Do`, the fields that appear on the :guilabel:`Schedule " @@ -1106,7 +1044,7 @@ msgstr "" "aparecem no formulário pop-up :guilabel:`Agendar atividade` serão alterados " "de acordo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:389 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon may appear as a number of different icons, " "depending on what, if any, scheduled activities are in place, and the color " @@ -1116,7 +1054,7 @@ msgstr "" " dependendo de quais atividades programadas estão em andamento, se houver, e" " a cor representa as datas de vencimento correspondentes." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:392 msgid "" "If no activities are scheduled, that is represented by a gray :guilabel:`🕘 " "(clock)` icon." @@ -1124,7 +1062,7 @@ msgstr "" "Se nenhuma atividade estiver programada, isso será representado por um ícone" " cinza :guilabel:`🕘 (relógio)`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:394 msgid "" "However, if a specific activity is scheduled, the icon may appear as a " ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon for a phone call, a :guilabel:`👥 (group of " @@ -1135,7 +1073,7 @@ msgstr "" " um ícone :guilabel:`👥 (group of people)` para uma reuniãgrupo de pessoaso e" " assim por diante." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:397 msgid "" "The color of the icon indicates the status; a green icon means an activity " "is scheduled in the future, and a red icon means the activity is past due." @@ -1144,7 +1082,7 @@ msgstr "" "está programada para o futuro, e um ícone vermelho significa que a atividade" " está atrasada." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:400 msgid "" "For more details on activities, refer to the :doc:`../essentials/activities`" " document." @@ -1156,7 +1094,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The appraisal cards with the various activity icons highlighted." msgstr "Os cartões de avaliação com os vários ícones de atividade destacados." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 msgid "" "Enter a brief description in the :guilabel:`Summary` field of the " ":guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window, such as `Annual Appraisal for " @@ -1166,7 +1104,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Agendar atividade`, como, por exemplo, `Avaliação anual para " "(funcionário)`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:409 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button. From the calendar page " "that appears, navigate to, and double-click on, the desired date and time " @@ -1176,7 +1114,7 @@ msgstr "" "calendário, navegue até a data e a hora em questão para a reunião e clique " "duas vezes nelas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:412 msgid "" "Doing so opens a :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up form. From this pop-up form, " "make any desired modifications, such as designating a :guilabel:`Start` " @@ -1186,7 +1124,7 @@ msgstr "" "pop-up, faça as modificações desejadas, como designar um horário de " ":guilabel:`início` ou dar um :guilabel:`nome` à reunião." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:416 msgid "" "Add the appraisee in the :guilabel:`Attendees` section, and include anyone " "else who should be in the meeting, if necessary." @@ -1194,7 +1132,7 @@ msgstr "" "Adicione o avaliado na seção :guilabel:`Participant6es` e inclua qualquer " "outra pessoa que deva estar na reunião, se necessário." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:419 msgid "" "To make the meeting a video call, instead of an in-person meeting, click " ":guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting`, and a :guilabel:`Videocall URL` link appears in " @@ -1204,14 +1142,14 @@ msgstr "" " :guilabel:`+ Reunião no Odoo`, e um link :guilabel:`URL da chamada de " "vídeo` será exibido no campo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:422 msgid "" "Once all the desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" "Quando todas as alterações desejadas estiverem concluídas, clique em " ":guilabel:`Salvar e Fechar`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:424 msgid "" "The meeting now appears on the calendar, and the invited parties are " "informed, via email." @@ -1227,7 +1165,7 @@ msgstr "" "O formulário de reunião com todas as informações inseridas para a avaliação " "anual de Ronnie Hart." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 msgid "" "The other way to schedule a meeting is from the individual appraisal form. " "To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Appraisal application` " @@ -1237,7 +1175,7 @@ msgstr "" " individual. Para fazer isso, navegue até o painel :menuselection:`app " "Avaliações` e, em seguida, clique em um cartão de avaliação." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button, and the calendar loads." " Follow the same directions above to create the meeting." @@ -1245,208 +1183,22 @@ msgstr "" "Em seguida, clique no botão inteligente :guilabel:`Reunião` e o calendário " "será carregado. Siga as mesmas instruções acima para criar a reunião." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 msgid "" -"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button says " +"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button reads " ":guilabel:`No Meeting`." msgstr "" -"Se nenhuma reunião estiver agendada, o botão inteligente :guilabel:`Reunião`" -" exibirá :guilabel:`Nenhuma reunião`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:463 -msgid "Goals" -msgstr "Objetivos" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:465 -msgid "" -"The ability to set goals for employees to work toward is an important " -"feature of Odoo *Appraisals*. Goals are typically set during an appraisal, " -"so the employee knows what they need to work toward before their next " -"appraisal." -msgstr "" -"A capacidade de definir metas para os funcionários trabalharem é um recurso " -"importante do Odoo *Avaliações*. Normalmente, as metas são definidas durante" -" uma avaliação, para que o funcionário saiba em que precisa trabalhar antes " -"da próxima avaliação." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:469 -msgid "" -"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> " -"Goals`. This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban " -"view." -msgstr "" -"Para visualizar todas as metas, navegue até :menuselection:`app Avaliações " -"--> Metas`. Isso apresenta todas as metas de cada funcionário, em uma " -"visualização Kanban padrão." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:472 -msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" -msgstr "Cada cartão de meta contém as seguintes informações:" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:474 -msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the name of the goal." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Habilidade`: o nome da meta." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:475 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee the goal is assigned to." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Nome`: o funcionário ao qual a meta está atribuída." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 -msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Prazo`: a data de vencimento da meta." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:477 -msgid ":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Progresso`: a porcentagem de competência definida para a meta." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Employee`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is assigned " -"to." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Funcionário`: o ícone do perfil do funcionário ao qual a meta " -"está atribuída." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:480 -msgid "" -"If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " -"corner of the goal card." -msgstr "" -"Se uma meta for concluída, um banner :guilabel:`Concluído` será exibido no " -"canto superior direito do cartão de meta." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." -msgstr "O modo de visualização Kanban de metas, com nove cartões de metas." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 -msgid "" -"Every individual goal requires its own entry for each employee. If employees" -" have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the list. For " -"example, if both Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " -"appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " -"goal for Sara." -msgstr "" -"As metas individuais requerem seu próprio registro para cada funcionário. Se" -" os funcionários tiverem a mesma meta, um cartão de meta para cada " -"funcionário aparecerá na lista. Por exemplo, se Bob e Sara tiverem a mesma " -"meta de `Digitação`, dois cartões aparecerão na visualização Kanban: uma " -"meta de `Digitação` para Bob e outra meta de `Digitação` para Sara." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 -msgid "New goal" -msgstr "Nova meta" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:495 -msgid "" -"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application -->" -" Goals`, and click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank goal form." -msgstr "" -"Para criar uma nova meta, navegNovoue até :menuselection:`app Avaliações -->" -" Metas` e clique em :guilabel:`Novo` para abrir um formulário de meta em " -"branco." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:498 -msgid "" -"Enter the information on the card. The information requested is all the same" -" information that appears on the :ref:`goal card ` in the " -"Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field and a " -":guilabel:`Description` tab." -msgstr "" -"Insira as informações no cartão. As informações solicitadas são todas as " -"mesmas que aparecem no :ref:`cartão de meta ` na " -"visualização Kanban, com a adição de um campo :guilabel:`Marcadores` e uma " -"aba :guilabel:`Descrição`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:502 -msgid "" -"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field by default, and " -"the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" -" profile." -msgstr "" -"O usuário atual preenche o campo :guilabel:`Funcionário` por padrão, e o " -"campo :guilabel:`Gerente` é preenchido com o gerente definido no perfil do " -"funcionário." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:505 -msgid "" -"Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " -"useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." -msgstr "" -"Faça as alterações necessárias no formulário e adicione notas que possam ser" -" úteis para esclarecer a meta na aba :guilabel:`Descrição`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." -msgstr "" -"Um formulário de meta preenchido para uma habilidade em Python, definido " -"como 50% de proficiência." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:513 -msgid "Completed goals" -msgstr "Metas concluídas" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:515 -msgid "" -"When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " -"be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " -"dashboard, or from the individual goal card." -msgstr "" -"Quando uma meta é atingida, é importante atualizar o registro. Uma meta pode" -" ser marcada como `Concluído` de duas maneiras: no painel principal " -":guilabel:`Metas` ou no cartão de meta individual." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:518 -msgid "" -"To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" -" the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the top-right of a goal card." -msgstr "" -"Para marcar uma meta como `Concluído` no painel principal :guilabel:`Metas`," -" clique no ícone :guilabel:`⋮ (três pontos)` no canto superior direito de um" -" cartão de meta." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:522 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon **only** appears when the mouse hovers " -"over the corner of a goal card." -msgstr "" -"O ícone :guilabel:`⋮ (três pontos)` **só** aparece quando o mouse passa " -"sobre o canto de um cartão de meta." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:525 -msgid "" -"Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " -"green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " -"card." -msgstr "" -"Em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Marcar como Concluído` no menu suspenso " -"resultante. Um banner verde :guilabel:`Concluído` aparece no canto superior " -"direito do cartão de meta." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:528 -msgid "" -"To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " -"open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " -"the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner " -"appears in the top-right corner of the goal form." -msgstr "" -"Para marcar uma meta como \"concluída\" no próprio cartão de meta, clique em" -" um cartão de meta para abrir o formulário dessa meta. Em seguida, clique no" -" botão :guilabel:`Marcar como Concluído` no canto superior esquerdo do " -"formulário. Quando clicado, um banner verde :guilabel:`Concluído` aparece no" -" canto superior direito do formulário da meta." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:533 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:526 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:753 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:830 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Relatórios" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:442 msgid "" "The *Appraisals* application tracks two metrics across two different " "reports: an :ref:`appraisal analysis `, and a " @@ -1456,11 +1208,11 @@ msgstr "" "diferentes: um da :ref:`análise de avaliações ` e um da" " :ref:`evolução de habilidades `." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:448 msgid "Appraisal analysis" msgstr "Análise de avaliações" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:450 msgid "" "To access the *Appraisal Analysis* report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Appraisal " @@ -1472,7 +1224,7 @@ msgstr "" "Isso exibe um relatório de todas as avaliações na base de dados, destacadas " "em cores diferentes para representar seu status." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 msgid "" "Appraisals in yellow are completed, appraisals in orange are in-progress " "(the appraisal is confirmed, but not completed), and appraisals in gray are " @@ -1484,14 +1236,14 @@ msgstr "" "em cinza estão programadas (de acordo com :ref:`appraisals/appraisal-plan`)," " mas ainda não foram confirmadas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 msgid "" "The report displays the whole current year, by default, grouped by " "department." msgstr "" "O relatório exibe todo o ano atual, por padrão, agrupado por departamento." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:460 msgid "" "To change the calendar view presented, change the date settings in the top-" "left of the report. The options to display are :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -1503,7 +1255,7 @@ msgstr "" "são :guilabel:`DIa`, :guilabel:`Semana`, :guilabel:`Mês` e :guilabel:`Ano`. " "Use as setas para avançar ou retroceder no tempo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:464 msgid "" "At any point, click the :guilabel:`Today` button to present the calendar to " "include today's date in the view." @@ -1511,7 +1263,7 @@ msgstr "" "A qualquer momento, clique no botão :guilabel:`Hoje` para apresentar o " "calendário e incluir a data de hoje na exibição." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:467 msgid "" "The report can have other filters and groupings set in the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top." @@ -1525,11 +1277,11 @@ msgstr "" "Um relatório que mostra todas as avaliações do relatório Análise de " "avaliações." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 msgid "Skills evolution" msgstr "Evolução de habilidades" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 msgid "" "To access the *Skills Evolution* report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Skills Evolution`. " @@ -1539,7 +1291,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`app Avaliações --> Relatórios --> Evolução de habilidades`. " "Isso exibe um relatório de todas as habilidades, agrupadas por funcionário." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:481 msgid "" "All the lines of the report are collapsed, by default. To view the details " "of a line, click on a line to expand the data." @@ -1547,24 +1299,24 @@ msgstr "" "As linhas do relatório estão todas comprimidas, por padrão. Para visualizar " "os detalhes de uma linha, clique nela para expandir os dados." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:484 msgid "Each skill has the following information listed:" msgstr "Cada habilidade tem as seguintes informações listadas:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:486 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: name of the employee." msgstr ":guilabel:`Funcionário`: nome do funcionário." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 msgid ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: the category the skill falls under." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Tipo de habilidade`: a categoria em que a habilidade se enquadra." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:488 msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the specific, individual skill." msgstr ":guilabel:`Habilidade`: a habilidade específica e individual." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:489 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Level`: the level the employee had previously " "achieved for the skill." @@ -1572,7 +1324,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nível anterior de habilidade`: o nível que o funcionário atingiu " "anteriormente para a habilidade." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:583 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Progress`: the previous percentage of competency " "achieved for the skill (based on the :guilabel:`Skill Level`)." @@ -1581,7 +1333,7 @@ msgstr "" "competência alcançada para a habilidade (com base no :guilabel:`Nível de " "habilidade`)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:585 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Skill Level`: the current level the employee has achieved" " for the skill." @@ -1589,7 +1341,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nível atual de habilidade`: o nível atual que o funcionário " "atingiu para a habilidade." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Skill Progress`: the current percentage of competency " "achieved for the skill." @@ -1597,7 +1349,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Progresso atual da habilidade`: a porcentagem atual de " "competência alcançada para a habilidade." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:494 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Justification`: any notes entered on the skill explaining the " "progress." @@ -1610,11 +1362,199 @@ msgid "A report showing all the skills grouped by employee." msgstr "" "Um relatório que mostra todas as habilidades agrupadas por funcionário." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:501 +msgid ":doc:`appraisals/goals`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:3 +msgid "Goals" +msgstr "Objetivos" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Appraisals* application allows managers to set goals for their " +"employees. That way, employees know what to work toward before their next " +"review." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`. " +"This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:13 +msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" +msgstr "Cada cartão de meta contém as seguintes informações:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:15 +msgid ":guilabel:`Goal`: the name of the goal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:16 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the employee the goal is assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:17 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-clock-o` :guilabel:`(clock)` icon: displays the corresponding " +":doc:`activity icon <../../essentials/activities>` for the record. If no " +"activities are scheduled, the default icon is the :icon:`fa-clock-o` " +":guilabel:`(clock)`. If any activities have been scheduled, the icon " +"represents the activity scheduled soonest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:21 +msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Prazo`: a data de vencimento da meta." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal. The " +"options are :guilabel:`0%`, :guilabel:`25%`, :guilabel:`50%`, " +":guilabel:`75%`, or :guilabel:`100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Icon`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is " +"assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " +"corner of the goal card." +msgstr "" +"Se uma meta for concluída, um banner :guilabel:`Concluído` será exibido no " +"canto superior direito do cartão de meta." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 +msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." +msgstr "O modo de visualização Kanban de metas, com nove cartões de metas." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every individual goal requires its own record for each employee. If multiple" +" employees have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For example, if Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " +"appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " +"goal for Sara." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:40 +msgid "New goal" +msgstr "Nova meta" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`," +" and click :guilabel:`New` top-left corner to open a blank goal form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Input the :guilabel:`Goal`, :guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Progress`, and " +":guilabel:`Deadline`, information on the goal card, as discussed in the " +":ref:`goal card ` section of this document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The information requested is all the same information that appears on the " +"goal card in the Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field " +"and a :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " +"all tags need to be added. To add a tag, enter the name of the tag on the " +"line, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(tag)\"`. Repeat this for all tags that" +" need to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field, by default, and " +"the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" +" profile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " +"useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" +"Faça as alterações necessárias no formulário e adicione notas que possam ser" +" úteis para esclarecer a meta na aba :guilabel:`Descrição`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 +msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." +msgstr "" +"Um formulário de meta preenchido para uma habilidade em Python, definido " +"como 50% de proficiência." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:68 +msgid "Completed goals" +msgstr "Metas concluídas" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:70 +msgid "" +"When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " +"be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " +"dashboard, or from the individual goal card." +msgstr "" +"Quando uma meta é atingida, é importante atualizar o registro. Uma meta pode" +" ser marcada como `Concluído` de duas maneiras: no painel principal " +":guilabel:`Metas` ou no cartão de meta individual." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" +" the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon in the top-" +"right of a goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon **only** " +"appears when the mouse hovers over the top-right corner of a goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " +"green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " +"card." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Marcar como Concluído` no menu suspenso " +"resultante. Um banner verde :guilabel:`Concluído` aparece no canto superior " +"direito do cartão de meta." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " +"open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " +"the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner " +"appears in the top-right corner of the goal form." +msgstr "" +"Para marcar uma meta como \"concluída\" no próprio cartão de meta, clique em" +" um cartão de meta para abrir o formulário dessa meta. Em seguida, clique no" +" botão :guilabel:`Marcar como Concluído` no canto superior esquerdo do " +"formulário. Quando clicado, um banner verde :guilabel:`Concluído` aparece no" +" canto superior direito do formulário da meta." + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:5 msgid "Attendances" msgstr "Controle de Presença" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Attendances* application functions as a time clock. Employees are " "able to check in and out of work using a dedicated device in kiosk mode, " @@ -1631,77 +1571,55 @@ msgstr "" "insights sobre quais funcionários estão fazendo horas extras ou saindo do " "trabalho antes do esperado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:16 msgid "Access rights" msgstr "Direitos de acesso" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:18 msgid "" "It is important to understand how the different access rights affect what " -"users can access in the *Attendances* application." +"options and features users can access in the *Attendances* application." msgstr "" -"É importante entender como os diferentes direitos de acesso afetam o que os " -"usuários podem acessar no aplicativo *Controle de presença*." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 msgid "" -"Every user in the database is always able to access their own information on" -" the dashboard and can check in and out directly from the database. Access " -"to all the other features is determined by access rights." +"Every user in the database is able to check in and out directly from the " +"database, without needing access to the *Attendances* application. " +"Additionally, all users can access their own attendance records from their " +"employee form in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" -"Os usuários da base de dados podem sempre acessar suas próprias informações " -"no painel e fazer check-in e check-out na própria base de dados. O acesso a" -" todos os outros recursos é determinado pelos direitos de acesso." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Access to both the *Attendances* application, and the various features " +"within the application is determined by access rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:28 msgid "" "To see what access rights a user has, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Settings application --> Users & Companies: Users`, and " -"click on an individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by" -" default. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the " -"setting. For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to " -"leave the field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users & Companies: Users`, and click on an " +"individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by default. " +"Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the setting. " +"For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to leave the " +"field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." msgstr "" -"Para ver quais direitos de acesso um usuário tem, navegue até o aplicativo " -":menuselection:`Definições --> Usuários e Empresas: Usuários\" e clique em " -"um usuário individual. A aba :guilabel:`Direitos de acesso` está visível por" -" padrão. Role para baixo até a seção :guilabel:`Recursos Humanos` para ver a" -" configuração. Para o campo :guilabel:`Controle de presença`, as opções são " -"deixar o campo em branco ou selecionar :guilabel:`Administrador`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:34 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Administrator` option is selected, the user has full " "access to the entire *Attendances* application, with no restrictions. They " -"can view all employee attendance records, enter kiosk mode from the " +"can view all employee attendance records, enter *Kiosk mMode* from the " "application, access all reporting metrics, and make modifications to the " -"settings." +"settings. If left blank, the user does **not** have access to the " +"*Attendances* application." msgstr "" -"Se a opção :guilabel:`Administrador` for selecionada, o usuário terá acesso " -"total a todo o aplicativo *Controle de presença*, sem restrições. Ele poderá" -" visualizar todos os registros de presença de funcionários, entrar no modo " -"quiosque a partir do aplicativo, acessar todas as métricas de relatório e " -"fazer modificações nas configurações." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If left blank, the user can only view their own information on the " -"*Attendances* application dashboard and can view their own personal " -"attendance records under the reporting feature. All other attendance records" -" are hidden from view on the report. There is no access to either the kiosk " -"mode or the configuration menu." -msgstr "" -"Se for deixado em branco, o usuário só poderá visualizar suas próprias " -"informações no painel do aplicativo *Controle de presença* e poderá " -"visualizar seus próprios registros de presença pessoais no recurso de " -"relatório. Todos os outros registros de presença ficam ocultos no relatório." -" Não há acesso ao modo de quiosque nem ao menu de configuração." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:42 msgid "Approvers" msgstr "Aprovadores" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:44 msgid "" "The **only** other scenario where different information may be accessible in" " the *Attendances* application is for approvers. If a user does *not* have " @@ -1724,7 +1642,7 @@ msgstr "" "aplicativo *Controle de presença*. Normalmente, os aprovadores são gerentes," " embora isso não seja obrigatório." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:52 msgid "" "To see who the attendance approver is for an employee, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Employees application` and click on the specific employee. " @@ -1742,7 +1660,7 @@ msgstr "" "funcionários, tanto no painel do aplicativo *Controle de presença* quanto " "nos relatórios de presença, e fazer modificações em seus registros." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:61 msgid "" "Few configurations are needed in the *Attendances* application. Determining " "how employees check in and out, defining how the kiosks function, and " @@ -1757,11 +1675,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Controle de presença --> Configuração` para acessar o menu " "de configuração." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:67 msgid "Modes" msgstr "Modos" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how an employee " "checks in when using a kiosk. Options are :guilabel:`Barcode/RFID`, " @@ -1773,7 +1691,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Código de barras/RFID`, :guilabel:`Código de barras/RFID e " "Seleção Manual`, ou :guilabel:`Seleção Manual`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:76 msgid "" "The *Barcode* application **does not** need to be installed to use one of " "the Barcode/RFID settings." @@ -1781,7 +1699,7 @@ msgstr "" "O aplicativo *Código de barras* **não** precisa ser instalado para usar uma " "das configurações de código de barras/RFID." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances from Backend`: activate this selection to allow users" " to check in and out directly from the Odoo database. If this is not " @@ -1792,11 +1710,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo. Se isso não for ativado, os usuários deverão usar um quiosque para " "fazer o check-in e o check-out do trabalho." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 msgid "Kiosk settings" msgstr "Configurações do quiosque" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:88 msgid "" "This section only needs to be configured if employees use kiosks for " "checking in and out. If kiosks are **not** being used, modifying any of " @@ -1807,7 +1725,7 @@ msgstr "" "modificação de qualquer um desses campos **não** afetará negativamente o " "aplicativo *Controle de presença*." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode Source`: this setting appears **only** if either of the " "two Barcode/RFID selections were configured for the :ref:`Kiosk Mode " @@ -1822,7 +1740,7 @@ msgstr "" "um :guilabel:`leitor` de código de barras dedicado, com a :guilabel:`câmera " "frontal` ou com :guilabel:`câmera traseira` do dispositivo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:96 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification`: activate this option if employees " "should use a unique PIN to check in. PINs are configured on each individual " @@ -1835,7 +1753,7 @@ msgstr "" "documentação :doc:`../hr/employees/new_employee` para obter mais informações" " sobre a configuração de PINs." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Time`: set the duration (in seconds) the check in and " "check out confirmation screen remains on the kiosk before going back to the " @@ -1845,7 +1763,7 @@ msgstr "" "confirmação de check-in e check-out permanece no quiosque antes de voltar " "para a tela principal de check-in." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:101 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendance Kiosk Url`: Odoo generates a unique web address (URL) " "to use a device as a kiosk without having to sign in to the Odoo database. " @@ -1858,7 +1776,7 @@ msgstr "" "navegue até esse endereço da web em um navegador para abrir o quiosque do " "aplicativo Controle de presença." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 msgid "" "These kiosk URLs are **not** secured with any type of access code. Anyone " "who has the URL can access the Attendances application kiosk. If the URL is " @@ -1873,11 +1791,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Gerar um novo URL de modo de quiosque`, localizado abaixo do " "link, para gerar um novo URL e atualizar o quiosque adequadamente." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:112 msgid "Extra hours" msgstr "Horas extras" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:114 msgid "" "This section specifies how extra time is calculated, including when extra " "time is counted and what time is not logged." @@ -1885,7 +1803,7 @@ msgstr "" "Esta seção especifica como horas extra são calculadas, incluindo quando são " "contadas e não são registradas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count of Extra Hours`: enable this box to allow employees to log " "extra hours beyond their set working hours (sometimes referred to as " @@ -1898,7 +1816,7 @@ msgstr "" "as seguintes configurações. Se não for ativada, nenhuma outra configuração " "será exibida." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start From`: the current date is automatically entered in this " "field. If desired, click on this field and use the calendar selector to " @@ -1908,7 +1826,7 @@ msgstr "" "nesse campo. Se desejar, clique nesse campo e use o seletor de calendário " "para modificar a data de início na qual as horas extras são registradas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Company`: enter the amount of time, in" " minutes, that is **not** counted towards an employee's overtime. When an " @@ -1921,7 +1839,7 @@ msgstr "" "registrado está abaixo dos minutos especificados, o tempo extra **não** é " "contado como hora extra para o funcionário." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Employee`: enter the amount of time, " "in minutes, that an employee is given, that does **not** adversely affect " @@ -1937,7 +1855,7 @@ msgstr "" "menor do que o horário de trabalho especificado e menor do que esse período " "de tolerância especificado, ele **não** é penalizado pelas horas reduzidas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 msgid "" "A company sets both of the :guilabel:`Tolerance` fields to `15` minutes, and" " the working hours for the entire company are set from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM." @@ -1945,7 +1863,7 @@ msgstr "" "Uma empresa define ambos os campos :guilabel:`Tolerância` como `15` minutos," " e o horário de trabalho de toda a empresa é definido como 9h00 às 17h00." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:138 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:00 AM, and checks out at 5:14 PM, the extra 14" " minutes are **not** counted towards their overtime." @@ -1953,7 +1871,7 @@ msgstr "" "Se um funcionário der entrada às 9h e sair às 17h14, os 14 minutos extras " "**não** serão contados em suas horas extras." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:141 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:05 AM, and checks out at 4:55 PM, even though " "they logged a total of 10 minutes less than their full working hours, they " @@ -1963,7 +1881,7 @@ msgstr "" "registrado um total de 10 minutos a menos do que sua jornada de trabalho " "completa, ele **não** será penalizado por essa discrepância." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Extra Hours`: activate this box to display the extra " "hours logged by an employee when they check out with a kiosk, or when a user" @@ -1973,7 +1891,7 @@ msgstr "" " registradas por um funcionário quando fizer o check-out em um quiosque ou " "quando um usuário fizer o check-out na base de dados." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:149 msgid "" "Employees are still able to log overtime hours even if the :guilabel:`Count " "of Extra Hours` option is not activated. The difference is that when " @@ -1987,214 +1905,11 @@ msgstr "" "extras podem ser :ref:`deduzidas de uma solicitação de folga aprovada " "`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:164 -msgid "Check in and out via the database" -msgstr "Fazer check-in e check-out pela base de dados" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users who are logged into the " -"database to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " -"application, or use a kiosk. For some smaller companies, where every " -"employee is also a user, this feature may be useful." -msgstr "" -"O aplicativo *Controle de presença* do Odoo permite que os usuários que " -"estão conectados à base de dados façam o check-in e o check-out, sem " -"precisar entrar no aplicativo *Controle de presença* ou usar um quiosque. " -"Para algumas empresas menores, em que cada funcionário também é um usuário, " -"esse recurso pode ser útil." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:170 -msgid "" -"A user can check in and out on the main database dashboard, as well as in " -"any application. In the upper right corner of the top main menu, which is " -"always visible regardless of what application the user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴" -" (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is visible. Click on the " -"colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, enabling the user to check " -"in and/or out." -msgstr "" -"Um usuário pode fazer check-in e check-out no painel principal da base de " -"dados, bem como em qualquer aplicativo. No canto superior direito do menu " -"principal superior, que está sempre visível, independentemente do aplicativo" -" em que o usuário esteja, um :guilabel:`🔴 (círculo vermelho)` ou " -":guilabel:`🟢 (círculo verde)` está visível. Clique no círculo colorido para " -"revelar o widget de presença, permitindo que o usuário faça o check-in e/ou " -"o check-out." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." -msgstr "Menu principal superior direito com o botão de check-in destacado." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:180 -msgid "Check in" -msgstr "Check-in" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:182 -msgid "" -"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " -"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` and the " -"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` " -"button." -msgstr "" -"Se o círculo do widget de presença estiver vermelho, isso indica que o " -"usuário não fez o check-in no momento. Clique no :guilabel:`🔴 (círculo " -"vermelho)` e o widget de presença aparecerá, exibindo um botão verde " -":guilabel:`Entrada ➡️`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:190 -msgid "" -"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." -msgstr "" -"Quando o usuário faz o check-in pela base de dados, o aplicativo *Controle " -"de presenças* registra os detalhes de localização do usuário, incluindo o " -"endereço IP e as coordenadas de GPS." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 -msgid "" -"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " -"their computer to access their location information." -msgstr "" -"Para que o aplicativo *Controle de presença* registre os detalhes de " -"localização, o usuário deve permitir que o computador acesse suas " -"informações de localização." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:197 -msgid "" -"If the user has not checked in and out already during the current work day, " -"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " -"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" -" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " -"appears beneath that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" -"Se o usuário ainda não tiver feito o check-in e o check-out durante o dia de" -" trabalho atual, esse botão será o único item visível no widget. Se o " -"usuário tiver feito check-in e check-out anteriormente, um campo " -":guilabel:`Total hoje` aparecerá acima do botão e a quantidade total de " -"tempo que foi registrada no dia aparecerá abaixo desse campo, em um formato " -":guilabel:`HH:MM` (horas:minutos)." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:202 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to check in. The :guilabel:`🔴 (red " -"circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget changes appearance" -" as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has checked in, by " -"changing the green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to a yellow " -":guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button." -msgstr "" -"Clique no botão :guilabel:`Entrada ➡️` para fazer o check-in. O :guilabel:`🔴" -" (círculo vermelho)` no menu superior muda para verde, e o widget também " -"muda de aparência. O widget é atualizado para refletir que o usuário fez o " -"check-in, alterando o botão verde :guilabel:`Entrada ➡️` para um botão " -"amarelo :guilabel:`Saída ➡️`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:207 -msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." -msgstr "Clique em qualquer lugar da tela para fechar o widget de presença." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:210 -msgid "Check out" -msgstr "Check-out" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:212 -msgid "" -"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " -"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" -" populating the time field. Beneath that line, :guilabel:`HH:MM` is " -"displayed, indicating the hours and minutes that have elapsed since checking" -" in. As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes " -"that have passed since the user checked in." -msgstr "" -"Se o usuário estiver fazendo o check-out pela primeira vez, :guilabel:`A " -"partir de HH:MM (AM/PM)` aparecerá na parte superior do widget, com a hora " -"em que o usuário fez o check-in preenchendo o campo de hora. Abaixo dessa " -"linha, é exibido :guilabel:`HH:MM`, indicando as horas e os minutos " -"decorridos desde a entrada. À medida que o tempo passa, esse valor é " -"atualizado para refletir as horas e os minutos que se passaram desde que o " -"usuário fez o check-in." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:218 -msgid "" -"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " -"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears in addition to " -"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The time displayed in both of " -"these fields are populated with the most recent check in time, and will " -"match. Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously " -"logged hours are displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" -"Se o usuário tiver feito check-in e check-out anteriormente, serão " -"apresentados campos adicionais. Um campo :guilabel:`Antes de HH:MM (AM/PM)` " -"é exibido além do campo :guilabel:`A partir de HH:MM (AM/PM)`. A hora " -"exibida em ambos os campos é preenchida com a hora de entrada mais recente e" -" será correspondente. Abaixo do campo :guilabel:`Antes de HH:MM (AM/PM)`, " -"são exibidas as horas registradas anteriormente, no formato " -":guilabel:`HH:MM` (horas:minutos)." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 -msgid "" -"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " -"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " -"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that will " -"be logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." -msgstr "" -"Além disso, abaixo desses dois campos, aparece um campo :guilabel:`Total " -"hoje`. Esse campo é a soma dos campos :guilabel:`Antes de HH:MM (AM/PM)` e " -":guilabel:`A partir de HH:MM (AM/PM)` e é o tempo total que será registrado " -"para o usuário, se ele se desconectar nesse momento." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:228 -msgid "" -"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " -":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button. The attendance widget updates again," -" displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the logged time, and the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check " -"in ➡️` button." -msgstr "" -"À medida que o tempo passa, os campos :guilabel:`A partir de HH:MM (AM/PM)` " -"e :guilabel:`Total hoje` são atualizados ao vivo. Para fazer o check-out, " -"clique no botão amarelo :guilabel:`Saída ➡️`. O widget de presença é " -"atualizado novamente, exibindo o campo :guilabel:`Total hoje` com a hora " -"registrada, e o botão amarelo :guilabel:`Saída ➡️` muda para um botão verde " -":guilabel:`Entrada ➡️`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " -"user allows their computer to access this information." -msgstr "" -"Quando o usuário faz o check-out da base de dados, o aplicativo *Controle de" -" presença* registra os detalhes de localização do usuário. Essas informações" -" são **somente** registradas se o usuário permitir que seu computador acesse" -" essas informações." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." -msgstr "" -"O pop-up que aparece quando um funcionário faz o check-in na base de dados." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:242 -msgid "" -"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " -"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " -"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" -" appears on the dashboard, including check ins and check outs with no time " -"value." -msgstr "" -"Não há limite para o número de vezes que um usuário pode fazer check-in e " -"check-out. Os usuários podem fazer check-in e check-out sem tempo decorrido " -"(um valor de 00:00). Cada vez que um funcionário registra entrada e saída, " -"as informações são armazenadas e exibidas no painel, incluindo check-ins e " -"check-outs sem valor de tempo." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:157 msgid "Kiosk mode" msgstr "Modo quiosque" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:159 msgid "" "Some companies may opt to use a dedicated device (a laptop or desktop PC, a " "tablet, or a mobile phone) for employees to check in and check out from. " @@ -2204,7 +1919,7 @@ msgstr "" "PC de mesa, um tablet ou um telefone celular) para que os funcionários façam" " o check-in e o check-out. O modo de quiosque é usado para esses cenários." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:163 msgid "" "If users check in and out using either a badge or an RFID, then an " "accessible device in kiosk mode **must** be available to check in and check " @@ -2214,7 +1929,7 @@ msgstr "" "dispositivo acessível no modo quiosque **deve** estar disponível para fazer " "o check-in e o check-out usando esses dois métodos." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 msgid "" "Entering kiosk mode is only available for users with specific :ref:`access " "rights `." @@ -2222,11 +1937,11 @@ msgstr "" "A entrada no modo quiosque só está disponível para usuários com direitos de " "acesso específicos :ref:` `." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:169 msgid "Kiosk mode can be activated in three different ways:" msgstr "Kiosk mode can be activated in three different ways:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:171 msgid "" "Navigate to the :guilabel:`Attendances` application, and click " ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode` in the top menu. The device then enters kiosk mode." @@ -2235,7 +1950,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Modo quiosque` no menu superior. O dispositivo entra no modo de " "quiosque." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:173 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click on the link in the " @@ -2248,7 +1963,7 @@ msgstr "" " modo quiosque. Recomenda-se fechar a aba da base de dados para mantê-la " "segura." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:177 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click :guilabel:`Copy` next to " @@ -2269,7 +1984,7 @@ msgstr "" "O campo do URL do quiosque de ponto na seção de configurações do aplicativo " "Controle de presença." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:186 msgid "" "As a security measure, once a device is in kiosk mode, it is not possible to" " exit kiosk mode and go back into the database without signing back in. To " @@ -2284,11 +1999,11 @@ msgstr "" "principal de login. Isso adiciona uma camada extra de segurança, impedindo " "que qualquer pessoa acesse a base de dados." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:192 msgid "Badge" msgstr "Crachá" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 msgid "" "To check in or out using a badge, tap the :guilabel:`📷 (camera) Tap to scan`" " image in the center of the kiosk. Then, scan the barcode on the badge using" @@ -2313,11 +2028,11 @@ msgid "The Attendances Kiosk view displaying the scan badge image." msgstr "" "A visualização do quiosque de ponro que exibe a imagem do crachá lido." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:206 msgid "RFID" msgstr "RFID" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:208 msgid "" "To check in or out using an RFID key fob, simply scan the fob with an RFID " "reader. Once scanned, the employee is then either checked in or checked out," @@ -2329,11 +2044,11 @@ msgstr "" " check-out, e uma mensagem de confirmação é exibida com todas as informações" " de check-in ou check-out." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:213 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manualmente" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:215 msgid "" "Users who do not have a scannable badge or an RFID fob can manually check in" " and out at a kiosk. Tap the :guilabel:`Identify Manually` button on the " @@ -2349,7 +2064,7 @@ msgstr "" " do painel de controle do aplicativo *Funcionários*. Toque na pessoa e fará " "o check-in ou o check-out dela, e uma mensagem de confirmação será exibida." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:221 msgid "" "When a large number of employees appear in the list, making scrolling " "inefficient, there are two ways to quickly find a specific person:" @@ -2358,7 +2073,7 @@ msgstr "" "ineficiente rolar para baixo, há duas maneiras de localizar rapidamente uma " "pessoa específica:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Search...`: tap on the :guilabel:`Search...` field and enter the " "person's name. As the name is typed in, the matching results are displayed " @@ -2368,7 +2083,7 @@ msgstr "" "nome da pessoa. À medida que o nome é digitado, os resultados " "correspondentes são exibidos na tela." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: to quickly filter the presented employees, tap on a " "department to display only those employees that are part of that department." @@ -2383,11 +2098,11 @@ msgstr "" "quantos funcionários fazem parte do departamento e é exibido quando " "selecionado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:232 msgid "PIN" msgstr "PIN" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:234 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification` option was activated in the " ":ref:`kiosk settings ` section of the " @@ -2399,7 +2114,7 @@ msgstr "" "settings>` do menu de configuração, será solicitado que o funcionário insira" " um PIN ao fazer check-in ou check-out manualmente." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:238 msgid "" "After the employee is selected, a number pad appears with a message. When " "checking in, :guilabel:`(Employee) Welcome! Please enter your PIN to check " @@ -2413,7 +2128,7 @@ msgstr "" "check-out, :guilabel:`(Funcionário) Quer registrar a saída? Digite seu PIN " "para fazer o check-out\" aparece acima dos números." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:243 msgid "" "Tap in the PIN using the number pad, then tap :guilabel:`OK` when done. The " "employee is then checked in or out, and a :ref:`confirmation message " @@ -2427,11 +2142,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pop-up that appears when prompted to enter a pin." msgstr "O pop-up que aparece quando é solicitado que se insira um pin." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:253 msgid "Confirmation message" msgstr "Mensagem de confirmação" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:255 msgid "" "When an employee checks in or out, a confirmation message appears with all " "the check in or check out information. When checking in, a welcome message " @@ -2451,7 +2166,7 @@ msgstr "" "mensagem há um botão :guilabel:`OK`. Para sair da tela antes do horário " "predefinido no quiosque, toque no botão :guilabel:`OK`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 msgid "" "When checking out, the screen displays a goodbye message, with the date and " "time of check out, and the total hours logged for the day. Beneath the " @@ -2469,12 +2184,12 @@ msgstr "" "A mensagem de despedida com todas as informações de check-out do " "funcionário." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:681 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Visão geral" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:273 msgid "" "When entering the *Attendances* application, the :guilabel:`Overview` " "dashboard is presented, containing all the check in and check out " @@ -2492,11 +2207,11 @@ msgstr "" "check-in e check-out desses funcionários adicionais também estarão visíveis " "no painel :guilabel:`Visão geral`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:280 msgid "Views" msgstr "Visualizações" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:282 msgid "" "To change the view from the default Gantt chart to a list view, click the " ":guilabel:`List` icon in the top right of the dashboard, beneath the user's " @@ -2508,7 +2223,7 @@ msgstr "" "painel, abaixo da foto do usuário. Para voltar ao gráfico de Gantt, clique " "no botão :guilabel:`Gantt`, localizado ao lado do botão :guilabel:`Lista`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:286 msgid "" "The default view presents the current day's information. To present the " "information for the :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or " @@ -2533,7 +2248,7 @@ msgstr "" " botão :guilabel:`Hoje`. Isso atualiza o painel, apresentando informações " "que contêm as informações do dia atual." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:295 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Day` view, the column for the current hour is highlighted " "in yellow. If the :guilabel:`Week` or :guilabel:`Month` view is selected, " @@ -2553,7 +2268,7 @@ msgstr "" "O painel de visão geral apresentando as informações da semana, com o dia " "atual destacado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:304 msgid "" "Any entries that have errors appear in red, indicating they need to be " "resolved by a user with the proper :ref:`access rights ` e/ou que sejam :ref:`aprovadores " "` para o(s) funcionário(s) com os erros." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:311 msgid "Filters and groups" msgstr "Filtros e grupos" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:313 msgid "" "To filter the results in the overview dashboard, or to present different " "groups of information, click the :guilabel:`🔻 (triangle drop down)` button " @@ -2585,16 +2300,16 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Agrupar por`. Há vários filtros e grupos pré-configurados para " "escolher, bem como uma opção para criar filtros personalizados." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:320 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:276 msgid "Filters" msgstr "Filtros" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:322 msgid "The default filters that can be selected are:" msgstr "Os filtros padrão que podem ser selecionados são:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:324 msgid "" ":guilabel:`My Attendances`: this filter only presents the user's attendance " "data." @@ -2602,7 +2317,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Minhas presenças`: esse filtro apresenta apenas os dados de " "presença do usuário." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:325 msgid "" ":guilabel:`My Team`: this filter presents the attendance data for the user's" " team." @@ -2610,7 +2325,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Minha equipe`: esse filtro apresenta os dados de presença da " "equipe do usuário." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:326 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At Work`: this filter displays the attendance data for everyone " "currently checked in." @@ -2618,7 +2333,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`No trabalho`: esse filtro exibe os dados de presença de todas as " "pessoas que fizeram check-in no momento." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:327 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Errors`: this filter displays any entries with :ref:`errors " "` that need to be resolved." @@ -2626,7 +2341,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Erros`: esse filtro exibe todas as entradas com :ref:`erros " "` que precisam ser resolvidos." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this filter has a drop-down to further select a " "specific time period. Select the desired time period from the options " @@ -2636,7 +2351,7 @@ msgstr "" "mais um período de tempo específico. Selecione o período de tempo desejado " "entre as opções apresentadas, um mês, trimestre ou ano específico." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Last 7 days`: this filter presents the attendance data for the " "last seven days." @@ -2644,7 +2359,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Últimos 7 dias`: esse filtro apresenta os dados de presença dos " "últimos sete dias." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:332 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`: create a custom filter using the pop-up that " "appears when this is selected." @@ -2652,15 +2367,15 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Adicionar filtro personalizado`: crie um filtro personalizado " "usando a janela pop-up que aparece quando isso é selecionado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 msgid "Groups" msgstr "Grupos" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:338 msgid "The default groups that can be selected are:" msgstr "'" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:340 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing the" " following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -2674,7 +2389,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Dia`. Selecione o período de tempo para exibir todas as " "informações de check-in, agrupadas pelo período de tempo selecionado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:344 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee`: this group presents the attendance data organized by " "employee." @@ -2682,7 +2397,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Funcionário`: esse grupo apresenta os dados de presença " "organizados por funcionário." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:345 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing " "the following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -2696,7 +2411,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Dia`. Selecione o período de tempo para exibir todas as " "informações de check-out, agrupadas pelo período de tempo selecionado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:349 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`: this option displays a drop-down menu with a " "variety of options to group the attendance data by, including " @@ -2708,11 +2423,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Cidade`, :guilabel:`País`, :guilabel:`Modo` e :guilabel:`Endereço" " de IP`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:356 msgid "Attendance log details" msgstr "Attendance log details" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:358 msgid "" "Odoo captures various time and location details when a user checks in and " "out. The specific details provided are determined by the method the user " @@ -2722,7 +2437,7 @@ msgstr "" "check-in e o check-out. Os detalhes específicos fornecidos são determinados " "pelo método pelo qual o usuário fez o check-in e o check-out." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:361 msgid "" "To view the specific check in and/or check out details for an employee, " "click on an individual entry in the overview dashboard." @@ -2730,7 +2445,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para visualizar os detalhes específicos de check-in e/ou check-out de um " "funcionário, clique em uma entrada individual no painel de visão geral." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 msgid "" "A detailed attendance log for the user appears in a pop-up window. To close " "the detailed attendance log, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` button in " @@ -2740,24 +2455,24 @@ msgstr "" "pop-up. Para fechar o registro de presença detalhado, clique no botão " ":guilabel:`Salvar e Fechar` no canto inferior esquerdo do formulário." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:367 msgid "The detailed attendance log contains the following information:" msgstr "O registro de presença detalhado contém as seguintes informações:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:370 msgid "Main details" msgstr "Detalhes principais" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:372 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the name of the employee." msgstr ":guilabel:`Funcionário`: o nome do funcionário." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 msgid ":guilabel:`Check In`: the date and time the employee checked in." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Entrada`: a data e a hora em que o funcionário fez o check-in." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:374 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: the date and time the employee checked out. This only" " appears if the employee has checked out." @@ -2765,7 +2480,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Saída`: a data e a hora em que o funcionário saiu. Isso só " "aparece se o funcionário tiver feito o check-out." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:376 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Worked Hours`: the total amount of time the employee logged for " "the day, in an hour and minute format (HH:MM). This value calculates all the" @@ -2777,7 +2492,7 @@ msgstr "" "todas as entradas e saídas do dia, caso o funcionário tenha feito check-in e" " check-out várias vezes." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Extra Hours`: any extra hours the employee logged that is beyond " "their expected working hours." @@ -2785,11 +2500,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Horas extra`: as horas extras registradas pelo funcionário que " "estejam além de seu horário de trabalho esperado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:383 msgid "Check in/check out details" msgstr "Detalhes do check-in/check-out" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:385 msgid "" "The following information appears for both the :guilabel:`Check In` and " ":guilabel:`Check Out` sections." @@ -2797,7 +2512,7 @@ msgstr "" "As informações a seguir são exibidas nas seções :guilabel:`Entrada` e " ":guilabel:`Saída`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: the method with which the attendance information was " "gathered. :guilabel:`Systray` is displayed if the employee logged in and out" @@ -2811,7 +2526,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Manual` é exibido se foi :ref:`em um quiosque de atendimento " "`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:392 msgid "" ":guilabel:`IP Address`: the IP address for the computer the employee used to" " log in or out." @@ -2819,14 +2534,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Endereço de IP`: o endereço IP do computador que o funcionário " "usou para fazer login ou sair." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:393 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browser`: the web browser the employee used to log in or out." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Navegador`: o navegador da web que o funcionário usou para fazer " "login ou sair." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:394 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Localization`: the city and country associated with the " "computer's IP address." @@ -2834,7 +2549,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Localização`: a cidade e o país associados ao endereço de IP do " "computador." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:395 msgid "" ":guilabel:`GPS Coordinates`: the specific coordinates when the user logged " "in or out. To view the specific coordinates on a map, click the :guilabel:`→" @@ -2851,12 +2566,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The detailed information for an attendance entry." msgstr "As informações detalhadas de um registro de presença." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:405 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:84 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Erros" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:407 msgid "" "Entries that contain an error appear on the overview dashboard in red. In " "the :guilabel:`Gantt view`, the entry appears with a red background. If in " @@ -2867,7 +2582,7 @@ msgstr "" "vermelho. Se estiver na visualização :guilabel:`Lista`, o texto da entrada " "aparecerá em vermelho." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:411 msgid "" "An error typically occurs when an employee has checked in but has not " "checked out within the last 24 hours, or when an employee has a check in and" @@ -2877,7 +2592,7 @@ msgstr "" "check-out nas últimas 24 horas, ou quando um funcionário tem um período de " "check-in e check-out que abrange mais de 16 horas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:414 msgid "" "To fix the error, the attendance entry must be modified or deleted. Click on" " the entry to reveal a pop-up containing the details for that particular " @@ -2905,7 +2620,7 @@ msgstr "" "O pop-up que permite modificações em um registro de presença com erro. O " "seletor de calendário é mostrado e o seletor de horário é destacado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:426 msgid "" "When all the information on the pop-up is correct, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close`. When the entry no longer has an error, the entry appears in gray " @@ -2915,7 +2630,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Salvar e Fechar`. Quando a entrada não tiver mais erros, ela " "aparecerá em cinza em vez de vermelho." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 msgid "" "To delete an entry, click :guilabel:`Remove` on the pop-up instead of making" " modifications to the entry." @@ -2923,7 +2638,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para excluir uma entrada, clique em :guilabel:`Remover` na janela pop-up em " "vez de fazer modificações na entrada." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:435 msgid "" "To view attendance reports, click :guilabel:`Reporting` in the top menu. The" " default report displays each employee's attendance information for the past" @@ -2933,7 +2648,7 @@ msgstr "" "no menu superior. O relatório padrão exibe as informações de presença de " "cada funcionário nos últimos 3 meses, em um :guilabel:`Gráfico de linha`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 msgid "" "The default view is a :guilabel:`Graph`. To view the data in a pivot table, " "click the :guilabel:`Pivot Table` button on the top right of the report. To " @@ -2946,7 +2661,7 @@ msgstr "" " no botão :guilabel:`Gráfico`, localizado ao lado do botão :guilabel:`Tabela" " de pivô`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 msgid "" "To present different information, adjust the :ref:`filters and groups " "` in the same way as in the :guilabel:`Overview`" @@ -2956,7 +2671,7 @@ msgstr "" "` da mesma forma que no painel :guilabel:`Visão " "geral`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:445 msgid "" "The data can be presented in either a :guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line" " Chart`, :guilabel:`Pie Chart`, :guilabel:`Stacked` chart, or in " @@ -2970,7 +2685,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`crescente`. Para alterar a visualização para qualquer um desses " "gráficos, clique no botão correspondente acima do gráfico exibido." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 msgid "" "To change the :guilabel:`Measures`, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button " "and select the desired measure from the drop-down menu." @@ -2978,7 +2693,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para alterar as :guilabel:`Medidas`, clique no botão :guilabel:`Medidas` e " "selecione a medida desejada no menu suspenso." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:452 msgid "" "The report can also be inserted into a spreadsheet. Click the " ":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button and a pop-up appears. Select the " @@ -2995,6 +2710,162 @@ msgstr "" "A visualização padrão do relatório, com todos os botões de visualização " "opcionais destacados." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/check_in_check_out`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:461 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/hardware`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:3 +msgid "Check in and out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users, who are logged into the " +"database, to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " +"application, or use a kiosk. For smaller companies, where every employee is " +"also a user, this feature may be useful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A user can check in and/or out on the main database Odoo dashboard, or while" +" inside any application. To do so, in the upper-right corner of the top main" +" header menu, which is always visible regardless of what application the " +"user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is " +"visible. Click on the colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, " +"enabling the user to check in and/or out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." +msgstr "Menu principal superior direito com o botão de check-in destacado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:22 +msgid "Check in" +msgstr "Check-in" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " +"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)`, and the " +"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in` " +":icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." +msgstr "" +"Quando o usuário faz o check-in pela base de dados, o aplicativo *Controle " +"de presenças* registra os detalhes de localização do usuário, incluindo o " +"endereço IP e as coordenadas de GPS." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " +"their computer to access their location information." +msgstr "" +"Para que o aplicativo *Controle de presença* registre os detalhes de " +"localização, o usuário deve permitir que o computador acesse suas " +"informações de localização." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If the user has not already checked in and out during the current work day, " +"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " +"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" +" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " +"appears in that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button to check in. The " +":guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget " +"changes appearance, as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has" +" checked in, by changing the green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` " +"button to a yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:49 +msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." +msgstr "Clique em qualquer lugar da tela para fechar o widget de presença." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:148 +msgid "Check out" +msgstr "Check-out" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " +"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" +" populating the time field. Beneath that line, the hours and minutes that " +"have elapsed since checking in are displayed in a :guilabel:`HH:MM` format. " +"As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes that " +"have passed since the user checked in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " +"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears, in addition to " +"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The times displayed in both of " +"these fields match, and are populated with the most recent check in time. " +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously logged " +"time is displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " +"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " +"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that is " +"logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:70 +msgid "" +"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " +":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " +"yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button. The attendance " +"widget updates again, displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the " +"logged time, while the yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` " +"button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " +"user allows their computer to access this information." +msgstr "" +"Quando o usuário faz o check-out da base de dados, o aplicativo *Controle de" +" presença* registra os detalhes de localização do usuário. Essas informações" +" são **somente** registradas se o usuário permitir que seu computador acesse" +" essas informações." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." +msgstr "" +"O pop-up que aparece quando um funcionário faz o check-in na base de dados." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:85 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " +"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " +"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" +" appears on the main *Attendances* dashboard, including check ins and check " +"outs with no time value." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Hardware" msgstr "Hardware" @@ -3124,6 +2995,305 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo *Funcionários* organiza registros, contratos e departamentos de " "funcionários de uma empresa." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:3 +msgid "Departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"All employees in the *Employees* app fall under specific departments within " +"a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:8 +msgid "Create new departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To make a new department, navigate to :menuselection:`Employees app --> " +"Departments`, then click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left to reveal a blank " +"department form. Fill out the following information on the department form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The department for with all fields filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:18 +msgid ":guilabel:`Department Name`: enter a name for the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: using the drop-down menu, select the department " +"manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Parent Department`: if the new department is housed within " +"another department (has a parent department), select the parent department " +"using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates`: if employees in this department " +"require a specific appraisal form that is different from the default " +"appraisal form, tick the checkbox. If this option is activated, an " +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab appears below the form. This field " +"**only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " +"department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Survey`: using the drop-down menu, select the default " +"survey to use for the department when requesting feedback from employees. " +"This field **only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed, **and** " +"the *360 Feedback* option is enabled in the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the department. Click the default " +"white color box to display all the color options. Click on a color to select" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab: this tab **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates` options is activated on the form. " +"Make any desired edits to the appraisal form. The appraisal form is used for" +" appraisals for all employees within this department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:36 +msgid "" +"After the form is completed, click the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon to manually save the changes. When saved, a " +":guilabel:`Department Organization` chart appears in the top-right of the " +"department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The form auto-saves while data is entered, however the :guilabel:`Department" +" Organization` chart does **not** appear until the form is manually saved. " +"If the form is not saved, the :guilabel:`Department Organization` chart is " +"visible upon opening the department card from the :guilabel:`Departments` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:47 +msgid "Refer to the :doc:`../appraisals` documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:50 +msgid "Departments dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured departments, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Departments`. All departments appear in a " +"Kanban view, by default, and are listed in alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The departments dashboard view with all the department cards in a Kanban " +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:175 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "Visualização Kanban" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each department has its own Kanban card on the main :guilabel:`Departments` " +":icon:`oi-view-kanban` :guilabel:`(Kanban)` dashboard view, that can display" +" the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:66 +msgid "Department name: the name of the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:67 +msgid "Company: the company the department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employees`: the number of employees within the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisals`: the number of appraisals scheduled for employees in " +"the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Requests`: the number of unapproved time off requests " +"for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval ` . This **only** appears if there are requests to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allocation Requests`: the number of unapproved allocation " +"requests for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval " +"`. This **only** appears if there are requests " +"to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Applicants`: the number of :ref:`new applicants " +"` for a position in this department. This **only** appears " +"if there are new applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expense Reports`: the number of employees in the department with " +":ref:`open expense reports to approve `. This **only** " +"appears if there are any expense reports waiting for approval." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Absence`: the number of absences for the current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Color bar: the selected color for the department appears as a vertical bar " +"on the left side of the department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click on an alert in a department card, such as :guilabel:`Time Off " +"Requests`, to reveal a list view of the requests to approve. This list " +"includes **all** open requests to approve, not just from the specific " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The default view for the :guilabel:`Departments` dashboard is a Kanban view." +" It is possible to view the departments in two other forms: a list view and " +"a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Visualização de lista" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a list view, click the :icon:`fa-align-justify` " +":guilabel:`(list)` icon in the top-right corner. The departments appear in a" +" list view, which displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Employees`, " +":guilabel:`Parent Department`, and :guilabel:`Color` for each department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The departments are sorted alphabetically by :guilabel:`Department Name`, by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The departments presented in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When in list view, departments can be managed in batch by selecting one or " +"multiple record's checkbox, then select the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Actions` button to reveal a drop-down menu of actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:113 +msgid "Hierarchy view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a hierarchy view, click the :icon:`fa-share-alt " +"fa-rotate-90` :guilabel:`(hierarchy)` icon in the top-right corner. The " +"departments appear in an organizational chart format, with the highest-level" +" department at the top (typically :guilabel:`Management`), and all other " +"departments beneath it. All child departments of the first-level child " +"departments are folded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Each department card displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, the " +":guilabel:`Manager` (and their profile image), the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Employees` in the department, and the ability to expand the department " +"(:guilabel:`Unfold`) if there are child departments beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Unfold` button on a department card to expand it. Once " +"expanded, the :guilabel:`Unfold` button changes to a :guilabel:`Fold` " +"button. To collapse the department, click the :guilabel:`Fold` button. Only " +"**one** department *per row* can be unfolded at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Click anywhere on a department card to open the department form. Click the " +":guilabel:`(#) Employees` smart button to view a list of all the employees " +"in that department, including all employees in the child departments beneath" +" it, organized by individual department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In the hierarchy view, if the :guilabel:`(2) Employees` button on the " +":guilabel:`Management` card is clicked (the highest-level department card), " +"**all** employees appear in a list view, grouped by department. This is " +"because **all** departments are children of the :guilabel:`Management` " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`(3) Employees` button in the :guilabel:`Sales` department " +"card is clicked, the employees from the :guilabel:`Sales` department, as " +"well as its two child departments (:guilabel:`East Coast Territory` and " +":guilabel:`West Coat Territory`), appear in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "The departments presented in a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list view of employees for the department that was clicked, including all child\n" +"departments." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 msgid "New employees" msgstr "Novos funcionários" @@ -3224,7 +3394,6 @@ msgstr "" "Um novo formulário de funcionário com os campos obrigatórios destacados." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:736 msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "Campos opcionais" @@ -3399,7 +3568,8 @@ msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "Aba Currículo" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:869 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "Currículo" @@ -5024,7 +5194,7 @@ msgstr "" "engate de reboque instalado." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:398 msgid "Salary" msgstr "Salário" @@ -6450,10 +6620,6 @@ msgid "" "different ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 -msgid "List view" -msgstr "Visualização de lista" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:304 msgid "" "The default view of the service records is a list view. This presents all " @@ -6501,11 +6667,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The form automatically saves as data is entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 -msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "Visualização Kanban" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:331 msgid "" "To view services by their stage, click the :guilabel:`Kanban` button, which " @@ -6591,11 +6752,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:380 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:230 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:889 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:894 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "Insira as seguintes informações no formulário:" @@ -6866,11 +7027,11 @@ msgid "" " pop-up windows close, and the activity now appears on the activity view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 msgid "Frontdesk" msgstr "Balcão de Atendimento" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:7 msgid "" "The Odoo *Frontdesk* application provides a way for visitors to check in to " "a building or location, and alert the person they are meeting about their " @@ -6882,7 +7043,7 @@ msgstr "" "quem estão se encontrando sobre sua chegada. Além disso, possibilita pedir " "uma bebida predefinida enquanto aguardam." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:11 msgid "" "This application is ideal for businesses that do **not** have someone " "working at a reception desk, locations **without** a designated waiting area" @@ -6892,7 +7053,7 @@ msgstr "" "uma recepção, locais **sem** uma área de espera designada disponível para " "convidados e visitantes." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:17 msgid "" "The first item to configure with the *Frontdesk* application is the station," " followed by any drink selections that might optionally be offered." @@ -6900,11 +7061,11 @@ msgstr "" "O primeiro item a ser configurado com o aplicativo *Balcão de atendimento* é" " a estação, seguido pelas bebidas que serão oferecidas opcionalmente." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 msgid "Stations" msgstr "Estações" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:23 msgid "" "In Odoo's *Frontdesk* application, a *Station* can be thought of as any " "location where someone can sign in and wait for an employee. This is " @@ -6917,7 +7078,7 @@ msgstr "" " um saguão. Cada estação tem um quiosque onde os visitantes fazem o check-" "in." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:27 msgid "" "When setting up the *Frontdesk* application, a minimum of one station " "**must** be configured, but there is no limit to how many stations can be " @@ -6927,7 +7088,7 @@ msgstr "" "pelo menos **uma estação**, mas não há limite para o número de estações que " "podem ser criadas e configuradas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:30 msgid "" "To create a station, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Stations`, and click :guilabel:`New`. When clicked, a " @@ -6937,7 +7098,7 @@ msgstr "" "atendimento --> Configuração --> Estações` e clique em :guilabel:`Novo`. " "Quando clicado, um formulário em branco é exibido." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Name`: enter a name for the specific frontdesk " "location. This should be short and easily identifiable, such as `Reception " @@ -6948,7 +7109,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Balcão da recepção` ou `Saguão central`. Esse campo é obrigatório para a " "criação de uma estação." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:38 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsibles`: select the person (or persons) who are alerted " "when a visitor checks in using this specific frontdesk. Multiple selections " @@ -6959,7 +7120,7 @@ msgstr "" "possível selecionar várias pessoas. Esse campo é obrigatório para a criação " "de uma estação." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk URL`: this field auto-populates once the frontdesk form is " "saved, with at least the :guilabel:`Frontdesk Name` and " @@ -6972,7 +7133,7 @@ msgstr "" "preenchidos. Para salvar manualmente, clique no ícone :guilabel:`(nuvem com " "seta para cima)`, localizado na parte superior do formulário." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:45 msgid "" "Once saved, a URL is generated in the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` field. This URL " "is one way the frontdesk kiosk is accessed." @@ -6980,7 +7141,7 @@ msgstr "" "Depois de salvo, é gerado um URL no campo :guilabel:`URL do quiosque`. Esse " "URL é uma forma de acessar o quiosque do balcão de atendimento." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:48 msgid "" "To access the kiosk, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at the end of the " "URL, and navigate to that URL in a web browser. This URL opens that specific" @@ -6990,7 +7151,7 @@ msgstr "" "e navegue até esse URL em um navegador da Web. Esse URL abre a página de " "login do balcão de atendimento dessa estação específica." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:52 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a frontdesk form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera" " with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " @@ -7001,9 +7162,9 @@ msgstr "" "canto superior direito do formulário para revelar um ícone :guilabel:`✏️ " "(lápis)`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:166 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:184 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to open a file explorer, navigate " "to the desired image/photo file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." @@ -7012,7 +7173,7 @@ msgstr "" " navegue até o arquivo de imagem/foto desejado e clique em :guilabel:`Abrir`" " para selecioná-lo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:58 msgid "" "The image selected for the station photo appears as the background image for" " the station kiosk." @@ -7020,12 +7181,11 @@ msgstr "" "A imagem selecionada para a foto da estação aparece como a imagem de fundo " "do quiosque da estação." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:61 msgid "Options tab" msgstr "Aba Opções" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Host Selection`: if the visitor is attending a meeting, this " "option allows the visitor to select the meeting host from a presented list, " @@ -7037,7 +7197,7 @@ msgstr "" "reunião em uma lista apresentada e notifique essa pessoa. Quando ativada, " "são exibidos campos adicionais, conforme detalhado abaixo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Authenticate Guest`: if additional information is required when a" " guest checks in, enable this option, and select which of the following are " @@ -7047,7 +7207,7 @@ msgstr "" "adicionais quando um hóspede fizer o check-in, ative essa opção e selecione " "quais das seguintes opções são necessárias:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: select whether the guest's email address is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " @@ -7057,7 +7217,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Obrigatório`, :guilabel:`Opcional` ou se a informação não é " "solicitada de forma alguma (:guilabel:`Nenhum`)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Phone`: select whether the guest's phone number is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " @@ -7067,7 +7227,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Obrigatório`, :guilabel:`Opcional` ou se a informação não é " "solicitada de forma alguma (:guilabel:`Nenhum`)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Organization`: select whether the guest's organization is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " @@ -7077,7 +7237,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Obrigatório`, :guilabel:`Opcional` ou se a informação não é " "solicitada de forma alguma (:guilabel:`Nenhum`)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Theme`: select the color mode of the kiosk. Choose either " ":guilabel:`Light` or :guilabel:`Dark`. The :guilabel:`Light` selection " @@ -7089,7 +7249,7 @@ msgstr "" "um fundo cinza claro no quiosque, enquanto a seleção :guilabel:`Escuro` " "exibe um fundo cinza escuro e preto." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Self Check-In`: enable this option to present a check-in QR code " "on the kiosk. The QR code allows guests to check in using their mobile " @@ -7102,7 +7262,7 @@ msgstr "" "recomendada para um quiosque movimentado com vários hóspedes fazendo check-" "in a qualquer momento." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Offer Drinks`: enable this option to offer guests a drink upon " "check in. If this option is enabled, it is necessary to :ref:`configure the " @@ -7117,7 +7277,7 @@ msgstr "" "ativada. Depois que todas as opções de bebidas estiverem configuradas, " "selecione cada bebida a ser oferecida usando o menu suspenso." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:90 msgid "" "The following options are only visible in the :guilabel:`Options` tab if the" " :ref:`Host Selection ` option is enabled." @@ -7125,7 +7285,7 @@ msgstr "" "As opções a seguir só estarão visíveis na guia :guilabel:`Opções` se a opção" " :ref:`Seleção do anfitrião ` estiver ativada." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by email`: enable this option to have an email sent to the" " person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -7137,7 +7297,7 @@ msgstr "" "ativado, um campo :guilabel:`Modelo de e-mail` aparece abaixo, com o padrão " ":guilabel:`Modelo de e-mail do Balcão de atendimento` selecionado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:97 msgid "" "To change the default email template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`Email Template` field, then select another email template." @@ -7145,7 +7305,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para alterar o modelo de e-mail padrão, clique no menu suspenso no campo " ":guilabel:`Modelo de e-mail` e selecione outro modelo de e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any edits to the " @@ -7155,7 +7315,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Link interno (seta)` no final da linha e faça as edições no " "modelo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:102 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by SMS`: enable this option to have an SMS (text) message " "sent to the person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -7167,7 +7327,7 @@ msgstr "" "in. Quando ativado, um campo :guilabel:`Modelo de SMS` aparece abaixo, com o" " padrão :guilabel:`Modelo de SMS do Balcão de atendimento` selecionado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:106 msgid "" "To change the default SMS template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`SMS Template` field, and select another SMS template." @@ -7175,7 +7335,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para alterar o modelo padrão de SMS, clique no menu suspenso no campo " ":guilabel:`Modelo de SMS` e selecione outro modelo de SMS." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:109 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any desired edits to the" @@ -7187,7 +7347,7 @@ msgstr "" "desejadas no conteúdo do modelo. A mensagem SMS pode ter no máximo 242 " "caracteres, que cabem em 4 mensagens SMS (UNICODE)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by Discuss`: this option is enabled by default when the " ":guilabel:`Host Selection` option is enabled. This option opens a *Discuss* " @@ -7199,7 +7359,7 @@ msgstr "" "janela de mensagem do aplicativo *Mensagens* com a pessoa que o visitante " "está procurando no momento do check-in." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:116 msgid "" "When enabled, a default message appears for the person the guest is " "visiting. The *Discuss* application **must** be installed in order for this " @@ -7209,7 +7369,7 @@ msgstr "" "procurando. O aplicativo *Mensagem* **deve** estar instalado para que essa " "opção funcione." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:120 msgid "" "*Discuss* is installed by default when creating an Odoo database, and does " "not count towards billing. As long as the *Discuss* application is not " @@ -7220,7 +7380,7 @@ msgstr "" "desinstalado intencionalmente, a opção :guilabel:`Notificar por Mensagens` " "funciona." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:125 msgid "" "The default message format for the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option is: " "`(Frontdesk Station) Check-In: (Guest Name) (Guest Phone Number) " @@ -7231,7 +7391,7 @@ msgstr "" "visitante) (Número de telefone do visitante) (Organização) para encontrar " "(Nome do funcionário).`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:128 msgid "" "An example of how that might appear in a *Discuss* message is: `Main Lobby " "Check-In: John Doe (123-555-1234) (Odoo, Inc.) to meet Marc Demo.`" @@ -7246,11 +7406,11 @@ msgstr "" "Formulário da estação do balcão de atendimento com todas as informações " "preenchidas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 msgid "Side Message tab" msgstr "Aba lateral Mensagens" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:138 msgid "" "Enter any desired text to appear on the station kiosk after a guest has " "checked in, such as a welcome greeting or any necessary instructions. The " @@ -7263,11 +7423,12 @@ msgstr "" "direito da tela, depois que o hóspede tiver concluído o processo de check-" "in." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:112 msgid "Drinks" msgstr "Bebidas" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:147 msgid "" "After a station is created, the next step is to configure the drinks to " "offer visitors, if desired. This step is **not** necessary or required for " @@ -7279,7 +7440,7 @@ msgstr "" "exigida para que o aplicativo *Balcão de atendimento* funcione, e só precisa" " ser configurada se forem oferecidas bebidas aos visitantes." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:151 msgid "" "To add a drink option, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Drinks`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a " @@ -7289,11 +7450,11 @@ msgstr "" "de atendimento --> Configuração --> Bebidas` e clique em :guilabel:`Novo`. " "Isso abre um formulário de bebidas em branco." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 msgid "Enter the following information on the drink form:" msgstr "Insira as seguintes informações no formulário de bebida:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Drink Name`: type the name of the drink option in this field. " "This field is required." @@ -7301,7 +7462,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nome da bebida`: digite o nome da opção de bebida nesse campo. " "Esse campo é obrigatório." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 msgid "" ":guilabel:`People to Notify`: use the drop-down menu in this field to select" " who is notified when the drink is selected. Multiple people can be entered " @@ -7311,7 +7472,7 @@ msgstr "" "quem será notificado quando a bebida for selecionada. Várias pessoas podem " "ser inseridas nesse campo. Esse campo é obrigatório." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:159 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a numerical value in this field to indicate " "where in the list of drink options this specific option appears. The lower " @@ -7325,8 +7486,8 @@ msgstr "" "digitar o número 1 colocaria essa bebida no topo da lista e apareceria em " "primeiro lugar na sequência." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:163 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:181 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a drink form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera " "with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " @@ -7336,8 +7497,8 @@ msgstr "" "sobre o ícone :guilabel:`(câmera com um sinal de '+')` no canto superior " "direito do formulário para revelar um ícone :guilabel:`✏️ (lápis)`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:169 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:187 msgid "" "The image selected now appears in the picture field, and is set as the image" " for the drink." @@ -7349,243 +7510,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Drink form with the information filled out for an espresso." msgstr "Drink form with the information filled out for an espresso." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:178 msgid "Station dashboard" msgstr "Station dashboard" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:191 -msgid "Visitors" -msgstr "Visitantes" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:193 -msgid "" -"To access a complete list of visitors that are currently checked in, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:192 +msgid "Kiosk setup" msgstr "" -"To access a complete list of visitors that are currently checked in, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:196 -msgid "" -"The visitors are listed in a list view, with the following details that were" -" entered when they checked in:" -msgstr "" -"The visitors are listed in a list view, with the following details that were" -" entered when they checked in:" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:200 -msgid "" -"By default, the :guilabel:`Planned or Checked-In` and :guilabel:`Today` " -"filters appear in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." -msgstr "" -"By default, the :guilabel:`Planned or Checked-In` and :guilabel:`Today` " -"filters appear in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:203 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the guest's name." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Name`: the guest's name." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:204 -msgid ":guilabel:`Visitor Company`: the company the guest represents." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Visitor Company`: the company the guest represents." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:205 -msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: the guest's phone number." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Phone`: the guest's phone number." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 -msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`: the drink the guest requested." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Drinks`: the drink the guest requested." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:207 -msgid ":guilabel:`Host`: who the guest is waiting to see." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Host`: who the guest is waiting to see." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:208 -msgid ":guilabel:`CheckIn`: the date and time the guest checked in." -msgstr ":guilabel:`CheckIn`: the date and time the guest checked in." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:209 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Checkout`: the date and time the guest checked out. As mentioned," -" in the default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " -":guilabel:`Planned` status are visible. Guests with check-out times are only" -" visible if the :guilabel:`Today` filter is not active." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Checkout`: the date and time the guest checked out. As mentioned," -" in the default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " -":guilabel:`Planned` status are visible. Guests with check-out times are only" -" visible if the :guilabel:`Today` filter is not active." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: the amount of time the guest has been checked in for." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: the amount of time the guest has been checked in for." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:213 -msgid ":guilabel:`Station`: the location of where the guest checked in." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Station`: the location of where the guest checked in." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Status`: the status of the guest. The options are " -":guilabel:`Checked-In`, :guilabel:`Planned`, :guilabel:`Checked-Out`, or " -":guilabel:`Canceled`. In the default view, only guests with a " -":guilabel:`Checked-In` or :guilabel:`Planned` status are visible." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Status`: the status of the guest. The options are " -":guilabel:`Checked-In`, :guilabel:`Planned`, :guilabel:`Checked-Out`, or " -":guilabel:`Canceled`. In the default view, only guests with a " -":guilabel:`Checked-In` or :guilabel:`Planned` status are visible." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: the guest's email address." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Email`: the guest's email address." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:219 -msgid "" -"To the far right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page is " -"an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." -msgstr "" -"To the far right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page is " -"an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:222 -msgid "" -"When a guest leaves, click the available :guilabel:`Check out` button to " -"update the guest's record, and log the date and time they left." -msgstr "" -"When a guest leaves, click the available :guilabel:`Check out` button to " -"update the guest's record, and log the date and time they left." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:225 -msgid "" -"If a scheduled guest arrives, and they did not check in using the " -"*Frontdesk* kiosk, they can be checked in here, by clicking the available " -":guilabel:`Check in` button to log the date and time they arrived." -msgstr "" -"If a scheduled guest arrives, and they did not check in using the " -"*Frontdesk* kiosk, they can be checked in here, by clicking the available " -":guilabel:`Check in` button to log the date and time they arrived." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:229 -msgid "" -"Beside the untitled status column a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button appears," -" but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." -msgstr "" -"Beside the untitled status column a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button appears," -" but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:232 -msgid "" -"When their drink has been served, click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " -"to indicate the drink has been delivered to the guest. Once clicked, that " -"button disappears." -msgstr "" -"When their drink has been served, click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " -"to indicate the drink has been delivered to the guest. Once clicked, that " -"button disappears." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The full list of currently checked in visitors, with the drinks to be served" -" highlighted." -msgstr "" -"The full list of currently checked in visitors, with the drinks to be served" -" highlighted." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:239 -msgid "" -"If any column is not visible, or if a visible column is preferred to be " -"hidden, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options (two horizontal lines with " -"dots)` icon, located at the end of the column name list." -msgstr "" -"If any column is not visible, or if a visible column is preferred to be " -"hidden, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options (two horizontal lines with " -"dots)` icon, located at the end of the column name list." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Clicking that reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or " -"disable. A :guilabel:`✅ (checkmark)` icon indicates the column is visible." -msgstr "" -"Clicking that reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or " -"disable. A :guilabel:`✅ (checkmark)` icon indicates the column is visible." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:247 -msgid "Planned visitors" -msgstr "Planned visitors" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:249 -msgid "" -"If a guest is expected to arrive at a future date and time, it is possible " -"to enter their information into the *Frontdesk* application in advance." -msgstr "" -"If a guest is expected to arrive at a future date and time, it is possible " -"to enter their information into the *Frontdesk* application in advance." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:252 -msgid "" -"To create a planned guest, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Visitors --> New`. Then, enter the same information as any other " -":ref:`visitor `. The only required fields are the " -"visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the :guilabel:`Station` at which they are " -"expected to arrive." -msgstr "" -"To create a planned guest, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Visitors --> New`. Then, enter the same information as any other " -":ref:`visitor `. The only required fields are the " -"visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the :guilabel:`Station` at which they are " -"expected to arrive." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:258 -msgid "" -"If a guest is planned in advance, they must be checked in from the list on " -"the :guilabel:`Visitors` page in the *Frontdesk* application " -"(:menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`). If a planned guest checks in " -"using a kiosk, they will be checked in separately, and their planned visitor" -" entry remains listed as :guilabel:`Planned`." -msgstr "" -"If a guest is planned in advance, they must be checked in from the list on " -"the :guilabel:`Visitors` page in the *Frontdesk* application " -"(:menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`). If a planned guest checks in " -"using a kiosk, they will be checked in separately, and their planned visitor" -" entry remains listed as :guilabel:`Planned`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:263 -msgid "" -"Only when a planned guest is checked in inside the application's visitor " -"list, their :guilabel:`Planned` status changes to :guilabel:`Checked-In`." -msgstr "" -"Only when a planned guest is checked in inside the application's visitor " -"list, their :guilabel:`Planned` status changes to :guilabel:`Checked-In`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:266 -msgid "" -"If a guest does check in using a kiosk, ensure all records are current, and " -"the list of currently on-site guests is correct. Be sure to check in and/or " -"check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly reflects who " -"is currently on the premises." -msgstr "" -"If a guest does check in using a kiosk, ensure all records are current, and " -"the list of currently on-site guests is correct. Be sure to check in and/or " -"check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly reflects who " -"is currently on the premises." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:270 -msgid "" -"Ensure planned guests are informed that they should **not** check in using " -"the kiosk if they are listed as a planned guest in advance." -msgstr "" -"Ensure planned guests are informed that they should **not** check in using " -"the kiosk if they are listed as a planned guest in advance." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:274 -msgid "Frontdesk flow" -msgstr "Frontdesk flow" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:194 msgid "" "Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " "recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " @@ -7595,11 +7528,11 @@ msgstr "" "recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " "tablet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:197 msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" msgstr "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:199 msgid "" "Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " ":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" @@ -7609,7 +7542,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" " a new browser tab." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:201 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " "and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" @@ -7621,7 +7554,7 @@ msgstr "" " the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " "browser tab or window." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 msgid "" "It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " "navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " @@ -7631,25 +7564,274 @@ msgstr "" "navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " "accessing the database when checking-in." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" +"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" +" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " +":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" +"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" +" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " +":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " +"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " +"requests were made for each drink." +msgstr "" +"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " +"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " +"requests were made for each drink." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:220 +msgid "" +"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " +"other metrics, as well." +msgstr "" +"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " +"other metrics, as well." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`frontdesk/visitors`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:3 +msgid "Visitors" +msgstr "Visitantes" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo *Frontdesk* application, a *visitor* is defined as any non-" +"employee (e.g., repair person, job candidate, etc.). These visitors can be " +"logged upon arrival and departure for security purposes. This ensures an " +"accurate list of people on the premises." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:12 +msgid "Visitor list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To access a complete list of checked-in visitors, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:18 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Planned or Checked-In` and :guilabel:`Today` " +"filters appear in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." +msgstr "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Planned or Checked-In` and :guilabel:`Today` " +"filters appear in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:21 +msgid "" +"All visitors are presented in a list view, with the following details that " +"were entered upon check in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the guest's name." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Name`: the guest's name." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Visitor Company`: the company the guest represents." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Visitor Company`: the company the guest represents." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:26 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: the guest's phone number." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Phone`: the guest's phone number." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`\\*: the drink the guest requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Host`: who the guest is waiting to see." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Host`: who the guest is waiting to see." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:29 +msgid ":guilabel:`CheckIn`: the date and time the guest checked in." +msgstr ":guilabel:`CheckIn`: the date and time the guest checked in." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Checkout`\\*: the date and time the guest checked out. In the " +"default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " +":guilabel:`Planned` status are visible. Guests with check-out times are only" +" visible if the :guilabel:`Today` filter is not active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: the amount of time the guest has been checked in for." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: the amount of time the guest has been checked in for." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Station`: the location of where the guest checked in." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Station`: the location of where the guest checked in." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: the status of the guest. The options are " +":guilabel:`Checked-In`, :guilabel:`Planned`, :guilabel:`Checked-Out`, or " +":guilabel:`Canceled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`\\*: the guest's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:39 +msgid "" +"\\* These fields are not visible in the default :guilabel:`Visitor` list. " +"These must be enabled using the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` " +":guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon in the top-right of the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To the far-right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page, " +"there is an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When a guest leaves, click the available :guilabel:`Check out` button to " +"update the guest's record, and log the date and time they left." +msgstr "" +"When a guest leaves, click the available :guilabel:`Check out` button to " +"update the guest's record, and log the date and time they left." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If a scheduled guest arrives, and they did not check in using the " +"*Frontdesk* kiosk, they can be checked in here, by clicking the available " +":guilabel:`Check in` button to log the date and time they arrived." +msgstr "" +"If a scheduled guest arrives, and they did not check in using the " +"*Frontdesk* kiosk, they can be checked in here, by clicking the available " +":guilabel:`Check in` button to log the date and time they arrived." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Beside the untitled status column, a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " +"appears, but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:56 +msgid "" +"When their drink has been served, click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " +"to indicate the drink has been delivered to the guest. Once clicked, that " +"button disappears." +msgstr "" +"When their drink has been served, click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " +"to indicate the drink has been delivered to the guest. Once clicked, that " +"button disappears." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The full list of currently checked in visitors, with the drinks to be served" +" highlighted." +msgstr "" +"The full list of currently checked in visitors, with the drinks to be served" +" highlighted." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If any column is not visible, or if a visible column is preferred to be " +"hidden, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(additional " +"options)` icon, located at the end of the column name list. Doing so, " +"reveals a reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or disable. A" +" :icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`(check)` icon indicates the column is visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:69 +msgid "Planned visitors" +msgstr "Planned visitors" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Enter expected guest information in advance by creating a planned guest in " +"the *Frontdesk* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To create a planned guest, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " +"Visitors`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, enter the same information as " +"any other :ref:`visitor ` on the guest form that appears. " +"The only required fields are the visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Station` at which they are expected to arrive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If a guest is planned in advance, they must be checked in from the list on " +"the :guilabel:`Visitors` page in the *Frontdesk* application " +"(:menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`). If a planned guest checks in " +"using a kiosk, they will be checked in separately, and their planned visitor" +" entry remains listed as :guilabel:`Planned`." +msgstr "" +"If a guest is planned in advance, they must be checked in from the list on " +"the :guilabel:`Visitors` page in the *Frontdesk* application " +"(:menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`). If a planned guest checks in " +"using a kiosk, they will be checked in separately, and their planned visitor" +" entry remains listed as :guilabel:`Planned`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Planned` status of a planned guest **only** changes to " +":guilabel:`Checked-In` when they are checked in *inside* the application's " +":guilabel:`Visitors` list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If a guest does check in using a kiosk, ensure all records are current, and " +"the list of guests that are currently on-site is correct. Be sure to check " +"in and/or check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly " +"reflects who is currently on the premises." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Ensure planned guests are informed that they should **not** check in using " +"the kiosk if they are listed as a planned guest in advance." +msgstr "" +"Ensure planned guests are informed that they should **not** check in using " +"the kiosk if they are listed as a planned guest in advance." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:95 msgid "Visitor flow" msgstr "Visitor flow" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:294 -msgid "" -"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a frontdesk kiosk, and " -"enter their information. The information requested is what was configured " -"for that specific frontdesk station. If any information is required, the " -"field displays a red asterisk (*). The visitor must enter the required " -"information in order to check in." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:98 +msgid "Visitor check in" msgstr "" -"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a frontdesk kiosk, and " -"enter their information. The information requested is what was configured " -"for that specific frontdesk station. If any information is required, the " -"field displays a red asterisk (*). The visitor must enter the required " -"information in order to check in." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a :ref:`Frontdesk kiosk " +"`, and click :guilabel:`Check in`. The information " +"requested from the visitor is what was configured for that specific " +"*Frontdesk* station. If any information is required, the field displays a " +"red asterisk (\\*). The visitor **must** enter the required information in " +"order to check in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:105 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, the visitor taps the :guilabel:`Check " "In` button." @@ -7657,17 +7839,22 @@ msgstr "" "Once all the information is entered, the visitor taps the :guilabel:`Check " "In` button." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:108 +msgid "" +"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," +" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." +msgstr "" +"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," +" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:114 msgid "" "If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check " -"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: `Do " -"you want something to drink?`" +"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: " +":guilabel:`Do you want something to drink?`" msgstr "" -"If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check " -"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: `Do " -"you want something to drink?`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:117 msgid "" "The visitor can tap either :guilabel:`Yes, please`, or :guilabel:`No, thank " "you`." @@ -7675,7 +7862,7 @@ msgstr "" "The visitor can tap either :guilabel:`Yes, please`, or :guilabel:`No, thank " "you`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:119 msgid "" "If they select :guilabel:`Yes, please`, a drink selection screen appears, " "and the pre-configured options are listed. The visitor then taps the desired" @@ -7687,47 +7874,33 @@ msgstr "" " selection, or, if they do not want anything, they can tap the " ":guilabel:`Nothing, thanks` button at the bottom of the screen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:123 msgid "" -"If a drink selection was made, a `Thank you for registering! Your drink is " -"on the way.` message appears." +"If a drink selection was made, a :guilabel:`Thank you for registering! Your " +"drink is on the way.` message appears." msgstr "" -"If a drink selection was made, a `Thank you for registering! Your drink is " -"on the way.` message appears." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:313 -msgid "" -"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," -" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:127 +msgid "Notifications" msgstr "" -"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," -" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:129 msgid "" "Once the visitor has checked in, the person they are visiting, and any other" -" users who were configured to be notified when checks ins occur at the " -"kiosk, are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a " -"*Discuss* chat, or any combination of those three options." +" users who were configured to be notified when check-ins occur at the kiosk," +" are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a *Discuss*" +" chat, or any combination of those three options." msgstr "" -"Once the visitor has checked in, the person they are visiting, and any other" -" users who were configured to be notified when checks ins occur at the " -"kiosk, are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a " -"*Discuss* chat, or any combination of those three options." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:133 msgid "" "If the visitor requested a drink, the user(s) configured as the " -":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified via the " -"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: `(Visitor Name) just " -"checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" +":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified, via the " +"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: :guilabel:`(Visitor " +"Name) just checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" msgstr "" -"If the visitor requested a drink, the user(s) configured as the " -":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified via the " -"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: `(Visitor Name) just " -"checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the drink has been delivered to the guest, the person who delivered the" " drink is responsible for marking the drink as delivered." @@ -7735,15 +7908,14 @@ msgstr "" "Once the drink has been delivered to the guest, the person who delivered the" " drink is responsible for marking the drink as delivered." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:140 msgid "" "To mark a drink as delivered, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Stations --> (#) Drinks to serve` on the desired station card." +"Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#) " +"Drinks to serve`." msgstr "" -"To mark a drink as delivered, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Stations --> (#) Drinks to serve` on the desired station card." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:143 msgid "" "This opens a list of all the visitors checked in at that station, and are " "waiting for a drink. Click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button at the end of" @@ -7755,7 +7927,7 @@ msgstr "" " the line for the visitor who was served. Once they are marked as having " "their drink served, the visitor disappears from the list." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:150 msgid "" "Once the visitor has completed their business, and has left the premises, it" " is important to check them out for accurate record keeping." @@ -7763,35 +7935,28 @@ msgstr "" "Once the visitor has completed their business, and has left the premises, it" " is important to check them out for accurate record keeping." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:153 msgid "" "To check visitors out properly, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app " -"--> Stations --> (#) On Site`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who" -" are currently checked-in at that station." +"--> Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#)" +" Drinks to serve`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who are " +"currently checked-in at that station." msgstr "" -"To check visitors out properly, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app " -"--> Stations --> (#) On Site`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who" -" are currently checked-in at that station." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:157 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check Out` button near the end of the line for the " +"Click the :guilabel:`Check out` button near the end of the line for the " "visitor who left. Once they are marked as checked-out, the visitor " "disappears from the list." msgstr "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check Out` button near the end of the line for the " -"visitor who left. Once they are marked as checked-out, the visitor " -"disappears from the list." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:161 msgid "" -"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important to" -" check out visitors for accurate record keeping." +"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important " +"for *Frontdesk* users to check out visitors for accurate record keeping." msgstr "" -"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important to" -" check out visitors for accurate record keeping." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:164 msgid "" "Always have an accurate list of who is on the premises at any given time. " "This is important for security purposes, and in the case of an emergency." @@ -7799,42 +7964,6 @@ msgstr "" "Always have an accurate list of who is on the premises at any given time. " "This is important for security purposes, and in the case of an emergency." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:353 -msgid "" -"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " -"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" -"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " -"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:355 -msgid "" -"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" -" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " -":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" -"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" -" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " -":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:358 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " -"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " -"requests were made for each drink." -msgstr "" -"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " -"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " -"requests were made for each drink." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:361 -msgid "" -"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " -"other metrics, as well." -msgstr "" -"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " -"other metrics, as well." - #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:5 msgid "Lunch" msgstr "Almoço" @@ -8342,7 +8471,7 @@ msgid "The category form, with the fields filled out for a Soup category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:280 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:701 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:392 msgid "Alerts" msgstr "Alertas" @@ -9582,13 +9711,20 @@ msgid "" "the changes are also reflected in the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To access contract templates, the *Salary Configurator* " +"(`hr_contract_salary`) module **must** be :ref:`installed " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "To view all the current contract templates in the database, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Contracts: Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Contract Templates` page, all current contract templates " "appear in a list view. To view the details of a contract template, click " @@ -9597,40 +9733,40 @@ msgid "" "contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" "To create a new contract template, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Then, " "enter the following information on the blank contract template form that " "appears:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Reference`: enter a brief description for the template. " "This should be clear and easily understood, as this name appears in the " "*Recruitment* application, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: select the desired working schedule the " "contract applies to from the drop-down menu. If a new working schedule is " "needed, create a :ref:`new working schedule `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select how the work entries are generated. " "Choices are either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: work entries are generated based on the " "selected working schedule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "attendance, as they are logged in the *Attendances* application. Refer to " @@ -9638,56 +9774,56 @@ msgid "" "on checking in and out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Planning`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "planning in the *Planning* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select the :ref:`salary structure type " "` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the contract template applies " "to from the drop-down menu. If blank, the template applies to all " "departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Job Position`: select the :ref:`job position ` the contract template applies to from the drop-down menu. If " "blank, the template applies to all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 msgid ":guilabel:`Wage on Payroll`: enter the monthly wage in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Type`: select the type of contract from the drop-down " "menu. This list is the same as the :ref:`Employment Types " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: select the employee responsible for validating " "contracts, using this template, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`: select a default document that a" " new employee has to sign to accept an offer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template`: select a default document " "that a current employee has to sign to update their contract." @@ -9697,18 +9833,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new contract template form, with the fields filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 msgid "Salary information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or " ":guilabel:`Hourly Wage` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: using the drop-down menu, select how often the " "employee is paid. Options include :guilabel:`Annually`, :guilabel:`Semi-" @@ -9717,7 +9853,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Weekly`, or :guilabel:`Daily`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage`: enter the gross wage. The time period presented in this " "field is based on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Scheduled Pay` field. " @@ -9725,21 +9861,21 @@ msgid "" "*first*, since that entry updates this field automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:172 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)`: enter the total yearly cost the employee " "costs the employer. When this value is entered, the :guilabel:`Monthly Cost " "(Real)` is automatically updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Monthly Cost (Real)`: this field is **not** editable. The value " "is automatically populated after the :guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)` is " "entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:178 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Schedule Pay`, :guilabel:`Wage`, and :guilabel:`Yearly Cost " "(Real)` fields are all linked. If any of these fields are updated, the other" @@ -9752,60 +9888,60 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The salary information tab, with the fields filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 msgid "Pre-tax benefits and post-tax deductions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:190 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings set for the company, the entries " "presented in this section either vary, or may not appear at all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "For example, some entries may pertain to retirement accounts, health " "insurance benefits, and commuter benefits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:196 msgid "" "Enter the monetary amounts or percentages to specify how much of the " "employee's salary goes to the various benefits and/or deductions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "Employment types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:204 msgid "" "To view all the pre-configured employment types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll application --> Configuration --> Contracts: " "Employment Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:207 msgid "" "The employment types are presented in a list view on the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:209 msgid "" "The default employment types are :guilabel:`Permanent`, " ":guilabel:`Temporary`, :guilabel:`Seasonal`, :guilabel:`Interim`, " ":guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, and :guilabel:`Permanent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 msgid "" "To make a new employment type, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the " "upper-left corner, and a blank line appears at the bottom of the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:215 msgid "" "On this new blank line, enter the name of the employment type in the " ":guilabel:`Name` column. If the employment type is country-specific, select " @@ -9814,7 +9950,7 @@ msgid "" " specific country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:220 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the employment types, click the :guilabel:`six " "small gray boxes` icon to the left of the employment type :guilabel:`Name`, " @@ -9825,12 +9961,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The employment types in the database by default, in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "Registros de trabalho" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -9838,15 +9974,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:238 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:241 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "Tipos de registro de trabalho" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -9854,14 +9990,14 @@ msgid "" "automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work " "Entry Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:251 msgid "" "Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." @@ -9873,29 +10009,29 @@ msgid "" "code and color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "Novo tipo de registro de trabalho" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 msgid "" "To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:730 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:43 msgid "General information section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: the name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:269 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: this code appears with the work entry type on " "timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " @@ -9903,7 +10039,7 @@ msgid "" "department for a code to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:272 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DMFA code`: this code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " "Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding :abbr:`DMFA (De " @@ -9914,50 +10050,50 @@ msgid "" "salaries paid to those employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 msgid "" ":guilabel:`External Code`: this code is used for exporting data to a third-" "party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used to determine " "the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: this code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " "payroll service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the particular work entry type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:285 msgid "Display in payslip section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rounding`: the rounding method selected determines how quantities" " on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: a timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:295 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -9974,11 +10110,11 @@ msgstr "" "dia`, a entrada é alterada para 4 horas. Se estiver definido como " ":guilabel:`Dia`, é alterado para 8 horas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:301 msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: if the work entry is for work that " "is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " @@ -9987,39 +10123,39 @@ msgid "" " training, or volunteer work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:309 msgid "Valid for advantages section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: if the work entry should count towards a meal " "voucher, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:312 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: if the work entry should count towards " "representation fees, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: if the work entry should count " "towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:318 msgid "Time off options section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off`: check this box if the work entry type can be selected " "for a time off request, or entry, in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field " "appears. This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time" @@ -10027,14 +10163,14 @@ msgid "" "example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "A new type of time off can be entered in the field, if the listed types of " "time off in the drop-down menu do **not** display the type of time off " "needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: this is for Belgian-specific companies " "**only**, and does **not** appear for other localizations. Check this box if" @@ -10045,11 +10181,11 @@ msgid "" "year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:336 msgid "Reporting section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:338 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: if the work entry should be visible on the " "unforeseen absences report, check this box." @@ -10059,11 +10195,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:348 msgid "Working schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 msgid "" "To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " @@ -10071,21 +10207,21 @@ msgid "" "contracts and work entries are found in this list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 msgid "" "Working schedules are company-specific. Each company **must** identify each " "type of working schedule they use. If the database is created for only one " "company, the company column is not available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" "An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " "work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " "that uses the 40-hour standard work week." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "" "A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " "needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." @@ -10097,17 +10233,17 @@ msgid "" "the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "New working schedule" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:373 msgid "" "To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " "enter the information on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -10115,7 +10251,7 @@ msgid "" "times that apply to the new working time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:380 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -10129,7 +10265,7 @@ msgstr "" "desejada. As colunas :guilabel:`Trabalhar de` e :guilabel:`Trabalhar para` " "são modificadas digitando o horário." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:386 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." @@ -10138,10 +10274,10 @@ msgstr "" "estar no formato de 24 horas. Por exemplo, `14:00` seria inserido como " "`14:00`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:389 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top-left. This creates " "entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" @@ -10149,11 +10285,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New working schedule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:403 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "Tipos de estrutura" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -10171,7 +10307,7 @@ msgstr "" "baseados em um salário (fixo) ou em quantas horas o funcionário trabalhou " "(variado)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:411 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -10188,73 +10324,77 @@ msgstr "" "quanto a estrutura de `Bônus de final de ano` são estruturas dentro do tipo " "de estrutura `Funcionário`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:417 msgid "" "The different :guilabel:`Structure Types` can be seen by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure " -"Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary: Structure Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:420 msgid "" -"There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: " -":guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Worker`. Typically, :guilabel:`Employee`" -" is used for salaried employees, which is why the wage type is " -":guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is typically used for" -" employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +"Two default structure types are configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Employee` and" +" :guilabel:`Worker`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:422 +msgid "" +"Typically, :guilabel:`Employee` is used for salaried employees, which is why" +" the wage type is :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is " +"typically used for employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is " +":guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "New structure type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " "structure type form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 msgid "" "Proceed to enter information in the fields. Most fields are pre-populated, " "but all the fields can be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:441 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Structure Type`: enter the name for the new structure type, such " "as `Employee` or `Worker`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Country`: select the country that the new structure type applies " "to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:445 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select what type of wage the new structure type uses," " either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for salaried employees, who receive the same wage " "every pay period, select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:451 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for employees, who receive wages based on how many" " hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: select the typical pay schedule for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," @@ -10263,7 +10403,7 @@ msgid "" "indicates how often this specific type of structure is paid out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: select the default working hours for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " @@ -10274,13 +10414,13 @@ msgid "" "hours>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: type in the name for the regular pay " "structure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:463 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: select the default type of work entry " "the new structure type falls under from the drop-down menu. The default " @@ -10291,13 +10431,13 @@ msgid "" "Hours`, and :guilabel:`Long Term Time Off`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 msgid "" "To view all the options for the :guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`, click " "the :guilabel:`Search More..` button at the bottom of the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:472 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings, this list may contain more options " "in addition to the default options." @@ -10308,11 +10448,11 @@ msgid "" "New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 msgid "New default working hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:484 msgid "" "To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " "in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " @@ -10322,14 +10462,14 @@ msgid "" "time. When the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: type in the name for the new default working hours. This " "should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " "Hours/Week`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that can use these new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " @@ -10337,7 +10477,7 @@ msgid "" " to have their own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:495 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: the average hours per day field is auto-" "populated, based on the working hours configured in the :guilabel:`Working " @@ -10345,13 +10485,13 @@ msgid "" "hours affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:499 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Timezone`: select the time zone to be used for the new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:501 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: enter the number of hours per week an " "employee would need to work to be considered a full-time employee. " @@ -10360,7 +10500,7 @@ msgid "" "(full-time vs part-time)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:505 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Time Rate`: this percentage is auto-generated based on the " "entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" @@ -10370,7 +10510,7 @@ msgid "" "adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: this tab is where each day's specific working" " hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " @@ -10378,26 +10518,26 @@ msgid "" "with each day divided into three timed sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:513 msgid "" "Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening " "(13:00-17:00) hours configured, using a 24 hour time format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:516 msgid "" "To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field to adjust, and " "make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the specific case of " "the times, type in the desired time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:519 msgid "" "Keep in mind, working hours are company-specific, and cannot be shared " "between companies. Each company needs to have their own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "" "If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " "bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " @@ -10406,11 +10546,11 @@ msgid "" " be adjusted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 msgid "Structures" msgstr "Estruturas" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:531 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." @@ -10419,7 +10559,7 @@ msgstr "" " pago dentro de uma *estrutura* específica e são definidas especificamente " "por várias regras." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -10431,13 +10571,13 @@ msgstr "" "de como seu pagamento é calculado. Por exemplo, uma estrutura comum que pode" " ser útil adicionar pode ser um `Bônus`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:538 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:541 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " @@ -10451,7 +10591,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All available salary structures." msgstr "Todas as estruturas salariais disponíveis." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:548 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." @@ -10465,12 +10605,12 @@ msgid "" "Rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:551 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:556 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:261 msgid "Rules" msgstr "Regras" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:558 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " "purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" @@ -10478,35 +10618,35 @@ msgid "" "the creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:562 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " "Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:565 msgid "" "To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " "the following information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 msgid "Top section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:571 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rule Name`: enter a name for the rule. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " "recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " @@ -10514,38 +10654,38 @@ msgid "" "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:577 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a number indicating when this rule is calculated" " in the sequence of all other rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:576 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Active`: enable this toggle, so the rule is available for use. " "Disable the toggle to hide the rule without deleting it in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:583 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appears on payslip`: tick the checkbox to have the rule appear on" " employee payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:584 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Employer Cost Dashboard`: tick the checkbox to have the " "rule appear on the :guilabel:`Employer Cost` report, located on the " "*Payroll* app dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:586 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Payroll Reporting`: tick the checkbox to have the rule " "appear on payroll reports." @@ -10555,15 +10695,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 msgid "General tab" msgstr "Aba Geral" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:597 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "Condições" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:599 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: select from the drop-down menu whether the " "rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always applies), a :guilabel:`Range` " @@ -10572,11 +10712,11 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:600 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:605 msgid "Computation" msgstr "Calcular" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:607 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: select from the drop-down menu whether the amount " "is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a :guilabel:`Percentage (%)`, or a " @@ -10584,54 +10724,54 @@ msgid "" "percentage, or Python code needs to be entered next. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:613 msgid "Company contribution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:615 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partner`: if another company financially contributes to this " "rule, select the company from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:614 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:810 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 msgid "Description tab" msgstr "Aba Descrição" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:621 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the rule. " "This tab only appears in the rule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:625 msgid "Accounting tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:627 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Debit Account`: select the debit account from the drop-down menu " "the rule affects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Credit Account`: select the credit account from the drop-down " "menu the rule affects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:624 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:629 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not computed in net accountability`: tick the checkbox to delete " "the value of this rule in the `Net Salary` rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:633 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "Parâmetros de regra" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:636 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " @@ -10640,11 +10780,11 @@ msgid "" "has matured to more markets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:642 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "Outros tipos de entrada" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:644 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " @@ -10658,14 +10798,14 @@ msgid "" "a payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 msgid "" "To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " ":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " "applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:658 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" " :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " @@ -10677,11 +10817,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new Input Type form filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:664 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:669 msgid "Salary attachment types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:671 msgid "" "Salary attachments, also thought of as \"wage garnishments\", are portions " "of earnings taken out of a payslip for something specific. Much like all " @@ -10689,7 +10829,7 @@ msgid "" "**must** be defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:675 msgid "" "To view the currently configured salary attachments, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Salary " @@ -10698,7 +10838,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Child Support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:679 msgid "" "To make a new type of salary attachment, click the :guilabel:`New` button. " "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Code` (used in the salary " @@ -10710,11 +10850,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new salary attachment form filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "Configurador de pacote salarial" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " "section of the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary " @@ -10724,7 +10865,7 @@ msgid "" "their salary package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:695 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -10733,11 +10874,11 @@ msgid "" "sees, and what is populated, as the applicant enters information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:701 msgid "Benefits" msgstr "Benefícios" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:703 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain benefits " "set in Odoo, in addition to the salary, to make an offer more appealing " @@ -10745,7 +10886,7 @@ msgid "" " or internet, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:707 msgid "" "To view the benefits, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary Package Configurator: Benefits`. Benefits are grouped by " @@ -10757,7 +10898,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list view of all the benefits available for each structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:716 msgid "" "A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " "another labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " @@ -10765,7 +10906,7 @@ msgid "" "structure type has a meal voucher benefit available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:720 msgid "" "A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use the " "company car benefit, but cannot have meal vouchers. A person hired under the" @@ -10773,29 +10914,29 @@ msgid "" "available to them, not the use of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:724 msgid "" "To make a new benefit, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " "information in the fields on the blank benefits form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:722 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 msgid "The various fields for creating a benefit are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:732 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefits`: enter the name for the benefit. This field is " "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:733 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "benefit this is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of cost " "incurred by the company for this specific benefit. The default options are " @@ -10806,7 +10947,7 @@ msgid "" "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:739 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Related Type`: select from the drop-down menu what type of " "benefit it is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -10815,52 +10956,52 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:738 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the specific field" " on the contract the benefit appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select the specific field on the contract that the " "cost of the benefit is linked to, using the drop-down menu. If this field is" " left blank, the cost of the benefit is not computed in the employee budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:748 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Net Salary`: tick the checkbox if the benefit should " "impact the employee's net salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requested Documents`: select any document that is required to be " "submitted for this benefit, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:752 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mandatory Benefits`: using the drop-down menu, select the benefit" " that is required in order for this specific benefit to be offered to the " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 msgid "" "For example, a benefit for car insurance would populate `Company Car` in " "this field. This would allow the car insurance benefit to **only** be " "displayed if the employee has selected/enabled the benefit of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:758 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this benefit applies to. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:760 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select the metric that the benefit is granted, " "using the drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " @@ -10871,17 +11012,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new benefit form filled out for an internet subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:768 msgid "Display section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:770 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show Name`: tick the checkbox to have the benefit name appear in " "the salary package configurator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:767 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: select from the drop-down menu how this benefit is" " displayed. The options are :guilabel:`Always Selected`, " @@ -10890,14 +11031,14 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 msgid "" "Depending on the selection made, additional configurations need to be made. " "For example, if :guilabel:`Radio Buttons` is selected, the individual radio " "buttons must be entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Icon`: an icon from the `Font Awesome 4 library " "`_ can be visible for this benefit. Enter" @@ -10905,43 +11046,43 @@ msgid "" "suitcase icon, the code `fa fa-suitcase` is entered on this line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hide Description`: tick the checkbox to hide the benefit " "description if the benefit is not selected by the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:784 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded`: if the benefit should be folded, or hidden, because it " "is dependant on another benefit selection, tick the checkbox. The following " "fields appear when this is active:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Label`: enter a name for the folded section of the benefit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:783 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:788 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Res Field`: select the contract field this benefit is tied " "to using the drop-down menu. If this field is selected on the contract, then" " this benefit becomes visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:792 msgid "Activity section" msgstr "Seção de atividades" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the activity type" " that is automatically created when this benefit is selected by the " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:796 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation`: select when the activity is created, either " "when the :guilabel:`Employee signs his contract`, or when the " @@ -10949,7 +11090,7 @@ msgid "" "desired selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:799 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation Type`: select the parameters for when the " "activity is created, either :guilabel:`When the benefit is set` or " @@ -10957,47 +11098,47 @@ msgid "" " desired selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:802 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Assigned to`: select the user the activity is automatically " "assigned to, using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:143 msgid "Sign section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:808 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Template to Sign`: if the employee is required to sign a document" " when selecting this benefit, select the document template from the drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:811 msgid "" "For example, a benefit regarding the use of a company car may require the " "employee to sign a document acknowledging the company's car policies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:812 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the benefit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:820 msgid "Personal info" msgstr "Informação pessoal" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:822 msgid "" "Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " "candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " "information, resume, work information, and documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:826 msgid "" "The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " "section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " @@ -11005,19 +11146,19 @@ msgid "" "hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:825 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:830 msgid "" "To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " "dashboard, and click on the employee's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:829 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:834 msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." msgstr "" "Um cartão de funcionário pode ser considerado um arquivo pessoal de " "funcionário." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:836 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Personal Info` section lists all of the fields that are " "available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " @@ -11031,25 +11172,25 @@ msgid "" "enter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:839 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 msgid "" "To edit a personal info entry, select an entry from the list on the " ":guilabel:`Personal Info` page, and modify the personal info on the form " "that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:842 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 msgid "To create a new personal info entry, click the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:849 msgid "" "The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " "are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " ":guilabel:`Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:852 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down menu. " ":guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the :guilabel:`Bank" @@ -11057,7 +11198,7 @@ msgid "" "account, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:851 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from the drop-down menu that best " "describes what kind of personal information this entry is, and where it is " @@ -11066,13 +11207,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address` or :guilabel:`Personal Documents`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:861 msgid "" "The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " "Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:859 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:864 msgid "" "Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required` box makes the field mandatory on the " "employee's card. The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the " @@ -11085,50 +11226,50 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "Nova entrada de informações pessoais." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:871 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:876 msgid "" "The resumé section, housed within the salary package configurator section of" " the settings menu, is how salary information rules are configured when " "offering a position to potential employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:879 msgid "" "When an offer is sent to a prospective employee, the values for the offer " "are computed from these settings, and appear on the offer page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:877 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:882 msgid "" "To configure this section, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator: Resumé`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:885 msgid "" "By default, there are three :guilabel:`Salary Structure Types` pre-" "configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Worker`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " ":guilabel:`None`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:888 msgid "" "Each :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` has several rules configured. These " "affect how an offer is calculated using that particular :guilabel:`Salary " "Structure Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:886 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " ":guilabel:`Contract Salary Resumé` form loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 msgid ":guilabel:`Information`: type in a name for this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:892 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:897 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select the category this value is housed under, using " "the drop-down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Monthly Salary`, " @@ -11136,11 +11277,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:901 msgid "New categories can be made if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, then enter the name for the new category " "in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, select the :guilabel:`Periodicity` from" @@ -11149,23 +11290,23 @@ msgid "" "appears in the :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` rule list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:908 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Monthly Total`: tick the checkbox if this value is added " "in the monthly total calculation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:911 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select what kind of value this rule is, either " ":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Days`, or :guilabel:`Percent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency` is for a set monetary value, :guilabel:`Days` is for " "compensation in the form of time off, and :guilabel:`Percent` is for a " @@ -11173,13 +11314,13 @@ msgid "" "commissions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:912 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select which :guilabel:`Salary Structure " "Type` this rule is nested under, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:919 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Value Type`: select how the value is computed, using the drop-" "down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Fixed Value`, " @@ -11187,7 +11328,7 @@ msgid "" "Benefits Values`, and :guilabel:`Monthly Total`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:922 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: select the code this rule applies to from the drop-down " "menu." @@ -11198,23 +11339,23 @@ msgid "" "The net wage rule form filled out, with all the information for net pay." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:929 msgid "Jobs" msgstr "Oportunidades de emprego" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:926 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:931 msgid "" "Since the *Payroll* application is responsible for paying employees for " "specific job positions, the complete list of job positions can be found in " "both the *Payroll* and *Recruitment* applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:937 #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:934 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:939 msgid "" "The job positions listed in the *Payroll* application are identical to the " "job positions listed in the *Recruitment* application. If a new job position" @@ -11222,13 +11363,13 @@ msgid "" "*Payroll* application, and vice versa." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:943 msgid "" "To view the job positions, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Jobs: Job Positions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:941 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:946 msgid "" "A list of all the job positions appear, along with the corresponding " "department, on the :guilabel:`Job Position` page." @@ -11238,38 +11379,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list of all the job positions and corresponding departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 msgid "" "To create a new job description, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a job " "form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:955 msgid "" "Enter the information on the form for the new position. The information is " "identical as to the information entered when creating a new job position in " "the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 msgid "" "Refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation for more details" " on how to fill out this form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:957 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:962 msgid ":doc:`payroll/contracts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:963 msgid ":doc:`payroll/payslips`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:959 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:964 msgid ":doc:`payroll/work_entries`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:965 msgid ":doc:`payroll/reporting`" msgstr "" @@ -13943,8 +14084,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " "steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" " step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," -" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " -"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +" conducting an interview, or sending a job offer, for example. This process " +"is referred to as the 'applicant flow.'" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 @@ -13977,18 +14118,245 @@ msgid "" "positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " "` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " "stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " -"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes are " "visible on all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:37 msgid "" -"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +"Before creating a job position in Odoo, configure the necessary settings for" +" the *Recruitment* app. To view and edit the settings, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Settings`. After any " +"changes are made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the top-left corner " +"to save all the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:43 +msgid "Job posting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Job Posting` section of the *Recruitment* app settings has " +"only one selection to make. If job positions are to be posted to the " +"company's website, enable the :guilabel:`Online Posting` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Online Posting` is only available if the *Website* " +"application is also installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:53 +msgid "Recruitment process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recruitment process` section of the settings page specifies " +"what the database can and cannot do during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:59 +msgid "Send interview survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Odoo is capable of having a survey sent to an applicant to gather more " +"information about them. Surveys can be thought of as exams, or " +"questionnaires, and can be customized in various ways to provide the " +"recruitment team with valuable insights into the applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option to send surveys to " +"applicants. Once enabled, an :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Interview " +"Survey` internal link appears. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`Interview Survey` link to navigate to a list of all created " +"surveys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:70 +msgid "" +"This list includes all surveys that were created in the database, not just " +"surveys used in the *Recruitment* app. If no surveys have been created, the " +"surveys list displays a :guilabel:`No Survey Found` message, and presents " +"options to create a survey from several pre-configured survey templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:76 +msgid "" +"For more detailed information about surveys, refer to the :doc:`survey " +"essentials <../marketing/surveys/create>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Enabling the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option will install the " +"*Surveys* application once the settings are saved, if it is not installed " +"already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:84 +msgid "Send SMS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:86 +msgid "" +"It is possible to send text messages to applicants directly through the " +"*Recruitment* app. To do so, enable the :guilabel:`Send SMS` option. This " +"option requires credits to use, which can be obtained by clicking the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` internal link that emerges " +"when the feature is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For more information, refer to the :doc:`SMS pricing and FAQs " +"<../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:98 +msgid "CV display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When applicants submit an application, one of the default required fields is" +" a resumé, or :abbr:`CV (curriculum vitae)`. All resumés are stored in the " +"*Documents* application, and are accessible on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:104 +msgid "" +"A resumé has the option to appear on the applicant's form, which can be " +"viewed by clicking on the applicant's card. The resumé appears on the right-" +"side of the screen. If this is not enabled, the resumé is accessed via a " +"link in the chatter, where it needs to be clicked to expand and view it, or " +"downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`CV Display` option to show the resumé on the " +"applicant's card by default, and in addition to the document link. When " +"enabled, the resumé appears on the right side of the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"For the resumé to appear on the right-side, the browser window must be in " +"full-screen mode (where the browser spans the entire screen)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the browser window is set to a size smaller than the entire width of the " +"screen (not full-screen), then the resumé does not appear on the right-side." +" Instead, the resumé appears in the :guilabel:`Files` section of the " +"chatter, below the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The resumé on an applicant's card, appearing on the right side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:128 +msgid "CV digitization (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:130 +msgid "" +"When an application is submitted using any of the available methods, such as" +" an online application submission, emailing a resume to the job position " +"alias, or creating an applicant record directly from the database, it is " +"possible to have Odoo extract the applicant's name, phone number, and email " +"address from the resumé and populate the applicant's form. To do so, enable " +"the :guilabel:`CV Digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:136 +msgid "" +"When enabled, additional options appear. Click on the corresponding radio " +"button to select one of the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not digitize`: this option turns off resumé digitization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize on demand only`: this option only digitizes resumes when" +" requested. A :guilabel:`Digitize document` buttons appears on applicant " +"cards. When clicked, the resumé is scanned and the applicant's card is " +"updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize automatically`: this option automatically digitizes all " +"resumés when they are submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Beneath these options are two additional links. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-" +"right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` button to purchase credits for CV " +"digitization. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`View My Services` " +"to view a list of all current services, and their remaining credit balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:151 +msgid "" +"For more information on document digitization and :abbr:`IAP's (in-app " +"purchases)`, refer to the :doc:`In-app purchase (IAP) " +"<../essentials/in_app_purchase>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:155 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option for :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)`" +" at first may seem like a redundancy. It seems to be the same as disabling " +"the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option is enabled, a module is " +"installed so that resumés can be scanned. Disabling this option would " +"uninstall the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If at some point, there is a desire to temporarily stop digitizing resumés, " +"the :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option is selected. The reason this option " +"is available is so that the module is not uninstalled, allowing for " +"digitization to be enabled in the future by selecting one of the other two " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"When sending an offer to an applicant, an expiration date can be set on the " +"offer. Enter the number of days an offer is valid for in the " +":guilabel:`days` field. After the set amount of days has passed, if the " +"applicant has not accepted the offer, the offer is no longer available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To access the Kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " ":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " "opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " -"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " -"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " -"job position." +"Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` smart button on a job position " +"card to navigate to the Kanban view for all the applicants for that " +"particular job position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -13996,119 +14364,130 @@ msgid "" "Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:186 msgid "" -"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"Inside the job application, the Kanban stages appear, with all the " "applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" -" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +" are currently in. There are six default stages in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:190 +msgid ":ref:`New `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:191 msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:194 msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:195 msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:197 msgid "" -"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " -"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " -"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " -"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " -"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default. Folded " +"columns appear gray, and the applicants in it are hidden from view. To " +"expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that column, click " +"anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and the column " +"expands, revealing the applicants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:206 msgid "" -"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " -"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, providing status " +"information for the applicant's in that specific stage. The status colors " +"are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:209 +msgid ":guilabel:`Green`: the applicant is ready to move to the next stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:210 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " -"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " -"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " -"stage." +":guilabel:`Red`: the applicant is blocked from moving to the next stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " -"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +":guilabel:`Gray`: the applicant is still in progress in the current stage " +"and is neither ready nor blocked from the next stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " -"which need to be scheduled." +"The status for each card is set manually. To set the status, click on the " +"small circle in the lower-left of the applicant card. A status pop-up window" +" appears. Click on the desired status for the applicant. The status dot on " +"the applicant card as well as the status bar updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The applicant card statuses, and status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:223 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " -"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " -"applicants currently in the stage." +"The names for the three status colors (`In Progress`, `Blocked`, and `Ready " +"for Next Stage`) :ref:`can be modified `, if " +"desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:229 msgid "Customize stages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:231 msgid "" "Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " "particular hiring steps of a business." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:235 msgid "New stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 msgid "" -"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " -"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " -"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" -" the screen to exit the new column creation." +"To create a new stage, click on :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Stage` and a new " +"column appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Stage " +"title` field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and " +"another new stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click" +" anywhere on the screen to exit the new stage creation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgid "The plus sign to click to add a new column to the Kanban stages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:249 msgid "Modify stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:251 msgid "" "To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " -":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " -"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " -"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " -"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " -"when done." +":icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side " +"of the stage. Click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon and a menu" +" appears. Then click on the :guilabel:`Edit` option. An :guilabel:`Edit: " +"(Stage)` form appears. Make any desired modifications to the form, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -14117,40 +14496,39 @@ msgid "" "displays when clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 -msgid "Edit column form" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:265 +msgid "Edit stage form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:267 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " -"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" -" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +"The :guilabel:`Edit: (Stage)` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required field is the :guilabel:`Stage Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:272 msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " "drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " -"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"the stage, an email is automatically sent to the applicant using the " "selected template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " "(hidden) at all times in the default view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " "applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " @@ -14158,138 +14536,147 @@ msgid "" "is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:282 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " -"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " -"job positions can be selected." +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to specific job " +"positions, select the job positions from the drop-down menu. Multiple job " +"positions can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" " the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" " referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " ":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " -"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage. The *Referrals* app " +"must be installed in order to use this option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:289 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" -" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" -" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " -"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " -"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured status labels " +"(colored circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These " +"colors are displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the" +" applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the" +" label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " ":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " ":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" " any requirements of the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:298 msgid "Delete stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:300 msgid "" "If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," -" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." -" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " -"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " -":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " -":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` " +"icon appears. First, click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A " +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up warning appears, asking :guilabel:`Are you " +"sure you want to delete this column?` Click :guilabel:`Delete` to delete the" +" column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:307 msgid "" "If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " -"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" -" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" -" before deleting." +"up when attempting to delete the stage. The records currently in the stage " +"to need to be either deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage before" +" the stage can be deleted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:312 msgid "Email templates" msgstr "Modelos de e-mail" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 msgid "" "To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " "templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " "use them are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " -"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " -"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " -"Interview` stage." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Applicant Acknowledgement`: this template is used to" +" let the applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`New` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:320 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " -"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " -"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Interest`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application caught the recruiter's attention, and " +"they have been shortlisted for either a phone call or an interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:323 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" -" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " -"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview`: this template is used to let " +"the applicant know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial " +"Qualification` stage and they will be contacted to set up an interview with " +"the recruiter. This email is automatically sent out once the applicant is in" +" the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:327 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" -" longer being considered for the position." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when " +"an applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the " +"position, and thanks them for their time and consideration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:330 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " -"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " -"configure their salary package." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is " +"no longer being considered for the position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 msgid "" "Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" " business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " ":doc:`../general/companies/email_template` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:337 msgid "" -"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " -"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " -":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " -"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +"To manually send an email, click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send an email from the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:344 msgid "" -"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " -":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " -"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " -"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +"Click the :icon:`fa-expand` :guilabel:`(expand)` full composer icon in the " +"bottom right corner of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter. A " +":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window loads, with the " +":guilabel:`Recipients` and :guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The " +"applicant's email address is entered in the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and" +" the :guilabel:`Subject` is `(Job Position)`. The email body is empty by " +"default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:350 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the field next to " +":guilabel:`Load template` in the bottom section of the window. Select the " +"email template to use from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 msgid "" -"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " -":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " "Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " "information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" " the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " @@ -14297,47 +14684,55 @@ msgid "" "change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:359 msgid "" -"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " -"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " -"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" -" of available templates." +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model load. There are " +"other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not configured" +" for the recruitment application, they do not appear in the list of " +"available templates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 msgid "" -"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " -"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " -"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " -":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " -"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " -"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " -"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " -"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " -"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button" +" in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the :icon:`fa-" +"close` :guilabel:`(delete)` icon to the right of the attachment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:367 +msgid "" +"If any changes need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If " +"the edits should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved " +"as a new template. Click the :guilabel:`Save Template` button in the bottom." +" To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email is sent to the " +"applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 msgid "Stage flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:375 msgid "" "In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " -"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the Kanban view to the" " desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:379 msgid "" "To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " -"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " -"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " -"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"in the Kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted at the top, above the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 +msgid "" +"Click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " "indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " -"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " -"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +"Kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top-left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -14346,104 +14741,137 @@ msgid "" "applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:233 -msgid "Initial qualification" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:643 +msgid "New" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:398 msgid "" "The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " "flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " "recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:402 msgid "" -"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " -"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " -"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " -"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " -":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " -"required when applying for a job position." +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`New` stage, whether submitted online" +" or if the applicant is manually entered by a recruiter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:405 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically populates the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`, the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile` number, and :guilabel:`LinkedIn " +"Profile` on the applicant's card. This information is required when applying" +" for a job position, by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If the website application form is modified, different fields may be " +"populated based on what information is requested on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:414 msgid "" "If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " -"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " -":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " -"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " -"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " -"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " -"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " -"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" -" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +"Introduction` section of the online application, it will populate in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:421 +msgid "" +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé would appear " +"in the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"*Documents* application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the left-" +"hand side. All recruitment documents are stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "" +"If the :ref:`CV Display ` option was enabled in the " +":ref:`Settings ` menu, the resumé appears on the " +"applicant's card, on the right-hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:431 msgid "Send interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:433 msgid "" "At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " "applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " "can be formatted in a variety of ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid "" +"The *Surveys* application is used to send these *interviews*, therefore the " +"*Surveys* application must be installed to send an interview to an " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 msgid "" "Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " "questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " -"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " -"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " -"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " -"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " -"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" -" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" -" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +"be formatted to suit each individual job positions needs. For more " +"information on creating and editing interview forms, refer to the " +":doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 +msgid "" +"A job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form" +" of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:450 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top-left of the " +"applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Send Interview` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Send an " +"interview` pop-up window appears, with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:458 msgid "" "In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" " the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" -" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " -"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " -"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " -"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " -":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, an " +":guilabel:`Edit:(Applicant)` pop-up window appears on top of the " +":guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window. Enter the email address in the " +":guilabel:`email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. Once the " +"applicant's information is saved, the :guilabel:`Edit: (Applicant)` closes " +"and the :guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window remains." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 msgid "" -"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " -"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " -"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +"Email templates use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the " +"applicant and the job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey" +" if more people should receive the email. If an email is in the database as " +"a contact, add that contact in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. If an email" +" should be sent to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they" +" should **not** be added as a contact, add their email in the " +":guilabel:`Additional emails` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:279 -msgid "" -"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " -"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " -"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " -"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " -"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 -msgid "" -"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " -"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " -"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " -"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " -"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " -"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " -"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1066 msgid "" "If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " "button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " @@ -14451,25 +14879,26 @@ msgid "" " and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:475 msgid "" "If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" " for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " "window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " -"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " -"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " -"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +"calendar selector appears. Use the :icon:`fa-chevron-left` " +":guilabel:`(left)` and :icon:`fa-chevron-right` :guilabel:`(right)` arrows " +"on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then click on " +"the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"The :guilabel:`Mail Template` field is pre-populated based on the " "configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" " drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " "template loads in the email body." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 msgid "" "To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " ":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." @@ -14481,11 +14910,11 @@ msgid "" "pre-configured template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:494 msgid "Refuse" msgstr "Recusar" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:496 msgid "" "At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " "the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" @@ -14494,95 +14923,265 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refuse`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " -"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " -":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " -"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " -"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " -"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " -"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" -" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " -"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " -"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " -"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Click the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reason` from the presented options. The default refuse " +"reasons in Odoo, and their corresponding email templates, are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:508 +msgid "Email Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:509 +msgid "Refusal Reason" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:510 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Language issues`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Role already fulfilled`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Duplicate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Spam`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:516 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: don't like job`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: better offer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "" +"Additional refusal reasons :ref:`can be created and existing ones can be " +"modified or deleted `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:525 msgid "" "Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " "which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " "example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " -"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" -" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"applicant's name appears anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the " +"email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " "the :doc:`../general/companies/email_template` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 msgid "" -"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " -"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," -" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " -"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" -" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" -" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +"After a :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` is selected, two fields appear below the " +"refusal reason: :guilabel:`Send Email` and :guilabel:`Email Template`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:534 msgid "" -"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"The applicant's email address automatically populates the :guilabel:`Send " +"Email` field; additional email recipients cannot be added. If an email " +"should **not** be sent to the applicant, uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:538 +msgid "" +"The email template associated with the refusal reason populates the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field. If a different email template is desired, " +"select a different template from the :guilabel:`Email Template` drop-down " +"menu. To view the email template, click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon " +"to the right of the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. The email template " +"loads in a :guilabel:`Open: Email Template` pop-up window, and can be " +"modified if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:545 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Refuse`. The " "refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " -"appears on the applicant's card." +"appears on the applicant's card in the top-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top-right " "corner in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 msgid "" "After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " -"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " -"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" -" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " -":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " -"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " -"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +"position's Kanban view. To view the refused applicants only, click the " +":guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the search box, then click " +":guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` section. All applicants " +"that have been refused for the job position appear, in the stage they were " +"when they were refused." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:558 +msgid "" +"To view all applicants that have been refused from all job positions, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All " +"Applications`. Click the :guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the " +"search box, then click :guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"section. All applications for all job positions are presented in a list " +"view, organized by stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "Create or modify refuse reasons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:569 +msgid "" +"To view all currently configured refuse reasons, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Settings --> Applications: Refuse " +"Reasons`. All the refuse reasons appear in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +"To create a new refuse reason, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" +"left corner. A blank line appears at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Description` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +"Type in the new refuse reason in the field. It is recommended to enter a " +"reason that is short and concise, such as `offer expired` or `withdrew " +"application`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, click on the field to reveal " +"a drop-down menu. Select an :guilabel:`Email Template` from the list to be " +"used when this refuse reason is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +"If a new :guilabel:`Email Template` is desired, type in the name for the new" +" template in the field. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` and a " +":guilabel:`Create Email Template` form pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the form and an email :guilabel:`Subject` in " +"the corresponding fields. Enter the email content in the :guilabel:`Content`" +" tab. Make any other desired modifications to the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the template and return to the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reasons` list. The new template appears in the new refuse " +"reason :guilabel:`Email Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +"To make any modifications to a refuse reason, click on the line, and make " +"any desired changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:594 msgid "New applicant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:596 msgid "" "An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " "be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" -" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " -"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " -"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " -"button." +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online) an applicant " +"card can be easily added from the job position Kanban view in one of two " +"ways, using either the :ref:`quick add ` " +"button or the :ref:`New ` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 msgid "Quick add" msgstr "Adição rápida" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:607 msgid "" -"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " -"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " -"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"Quickly add a new applicant using the *quick add* button. If not already in " +"the job position Kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by " +"going to :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job " +"Positions`. Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` button on the job " "position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " -"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " -":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +"small :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in the top-right of the " +":guilabel:`New` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:616 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`: Enter the title for the card. Typically " +"this is the applicant's name and job position being applied to, for example:" +" `Laura Smith - HR Manager`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, " +"unless the :guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:671 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:623 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card appears in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:628 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`delete` icon or anywhere on the screen to " +"close the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -14591,104 +15190,60 @@ msgid "" "option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 -msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:645 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" -" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " -"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the *New* " +"button. If not already in the Kanban view for the job position to add an " +"applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by going to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job Positions`. " +"Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left of the Kanban view " +"and a blank applicant form loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:389 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:434 -msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " -"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " -"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " -"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:396 -msgid "" -"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " -"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " -"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " -"the card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:400 -msgid "" -"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " -"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " -"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:407 -msgid "Create" -msgstr "Criar" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:409 -msgid "" -"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " -":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " -"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," -" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " -"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:651 msgid "" "Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " "the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " "well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" " fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" " configurations, some fields may not be displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:662 msgid "Applicant section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:664 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" " the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +"position being applied to, for example: `John Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, unless the " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " -"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:672 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:673 msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:674 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`LinkedIn Profile`: enter the web address for the applicant's " +"personal profile on LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" " from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " @@ -14698,132 +15253,189 @@ msgid "" " high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:681 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" -" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " -":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " -"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: using the drop-down menu, select the people who " +"will conduct the interview(s). The selected people must have either " "*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " -"in order to appear on the drop-down." +"to appear in the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " "recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " "all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:687 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " -"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Evaluation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for the" +" applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " ":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:690 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source`: using the drop-down menu, select where the applicant " +"learned about the job position. The following options come pre-configured in" +" Odoo: :guilabel:`Search engine`, :guilabel:`Lead Recall`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Monster`, :guilabel:`Glassdoor`, and " +":guilabel:`Craigslist`. To add a new :guilabel:`Source`, type in the source," +" then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new source)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:695 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Medium`: using the drop-down menu, select the method, or " +":guilabel:`Medium`, for the :guilabel:`Source` that the applicant found the " +"job listing with. The pre-configured options are: :guilabel:`Banner`, " +":guilabel:`Direct`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, " +":guilabel:`Google Adwords`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Phone`, " +":guilabel:`Television`, :guilabel:`Twitter` (now known as \"X\"), or " +":guilabel:`Website`. To add a new :guilabel:`Medium`, type in the medium, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new medium)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:701 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " "job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " "the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " -"installed for this to appear." +"installed for this field to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:704 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: select the available start date for the applicant." +" To select a date, click on the field to reveal a calendar. Use the " +":guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrows on either side of the " +"month to navigate to the desired month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to" +" select the date. If no entry is selected that indicates the applicant is " +"ready to begin work immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:709 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, then click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 msgid "Job section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 msgid "" "The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " "long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" " possible, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " "to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:722 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " -"drop-down menu." +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job position is for using the " +"drop-down menu. This field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:726 msgid "Contract section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:728 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " "for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " "The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:731 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" -" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are requested by " +"the applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Expected Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" -" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " -"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are offered to the " +"applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Proposed Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `unlimited sick time` or `retirement plan`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:484 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " -"select the available start date for the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:742 msgid "Application summary tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 msgid "" "Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" " can be typed into this field." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +"Skills can be added to the applicant's card. To add a skill, follow the same" +" steps as outlined in the skills section of the :ref:`Create new employees " +"` document." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:760 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "" +"If an applicant seems to be a good potential candidate, they are moved to " +"the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage. This could be for a number of " +"reasons, such as they have the relevant experience, education, or " +"certifications the position requires." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:766 +msgid "" +"This stage is to quickly sort candidates that have potential, and those that" +" do not meet the requirements. No automatic actions, such as emails, are set" +" for this stage. This stage simply informs the recruitment team to " +"potentially set up a phone call or an interview with the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:773 msgid "First interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:775 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " "they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " -"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +"position Kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" " the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " "the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " "applicant's card." @@ -14831,155 +15443,176 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"An applicant's card moves from one stage to another by using the click and " "drag method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:785 msgid "" -"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" -" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " -"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " -"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " -"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " -"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " -"the chatter." +"The :guilabel:`First Interview` stage can be modified so when the " +"applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an email is" +" automatically sent to the applicant stating an interview is requested. In " +"this pre-configured email template, a link to the recruiting team's calendar" +" appears, allowing the applicant to schedule their interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 msgid "" -"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " -"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " -"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " -"button at the top of the applicant's record." +":ref:`Edit ` the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, " +"and select the :guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` for the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field, to automate this action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 msgid "" -"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " -":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " -"the applicant's card." +"An interview can be scheduled in one of two ways: either manually by the " +"recruitment team, or by the applicant themselves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:802 msgid "" -"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " -"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " -":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " -"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " -":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +"If the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage was modified to send the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` email template when an applicant" +" reaches that stage, the applicant received a link to the recruitment team's" +" calendar, and can schedule the interview on their own. The recruitment " +"team's availability is reflected in the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +msgid "" +"If the interview needs to be scheduled by the recruitment team, they should " +"reach out to the applicant for a date and time that works. When a date and " +"time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and interviewer, the " +"interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, whether a phone or in-" +"person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button at the top of " +"the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button displays :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings are " +"currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage, this is the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:817 +msgid "" +"If there is one meeting already scheduled, the smart button displays " +":guilabel:`1 Meeting`, with the date of the upcoming meeting beneath it. If " +"more than one meeting is scheduled, the button displays :guilabel:`Next " +"Meeting`, with the date of the first upcoming meeting beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:821 msgid "" "Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " "meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " "the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " "right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" " events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " -"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +"hidden. Only the checked attendees are visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:827 msgid "" -"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " -"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " -":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " -"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " -"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " -"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +"The default view is the :guilabel:`Week` view. To change the calendar view, " +"click the :guilabel:`Week` button, then select the desired view from the " +"drop-down menu. The other options are either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:831 +msgid "" +"An option to display or hide weekends is available. Click the " +":guilabel:`Week` button, then click :guilabel:`Show weekends` to deactivate " +"it (the default is to show weekends). If a check mark is next to " +":guilabel:`Show weekends`, weekends are visible. If there is no check mark, " +"weekends are hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:836 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed date range for the calendar, either use the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-left` :guilabel:`(left arrow)`, :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`(Right arrow)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, " +"or click on a date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed " +"calendar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:845 msgid "" -"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " -"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " -"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " -"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " -"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " -"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " -"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +"To add a meeting to the calendar when in the day or week view, click on the " +"start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, to select the date, " +"time, and the length of the meeting. A meeting can also be added in this " +"view by clicking on the day *and* the time slot the meeting is to take " +"place." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:850 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " -"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +"Both methods cause a :ref:`New Event ` pop up window" +" to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:564 -msgid "New event card" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:855 +msgid "New event pop-up window" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:857 msgid "" -"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " -"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " -"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " -"save the changes and create the meeting." +"Enter the information on the form. The only required fields to enter are the" +" :guilabel:`Meeting Title`, and the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` " +"fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to" +" save the changes and create the interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:861 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"The fields available to populate or modify on the :guilabel:`New Event` card" +" are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:863 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Title`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " "clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:866 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End`: select the start and end date and " +"times for the meeting. Click on one of the fields and a calendar pop-up " +"window appears. Select both the start and end date and times, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:869 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all-day interview, check the box. " +"If this box is checked, the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` fields are" +" hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:871 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " "default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " "many other people as desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 -msgid "Meeting details tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:873 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting start time." +":guilabel:`Videocall URL`: if the meeting is virtual, or if there is a " +"virtual option available, click :guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting` and a URL is " +"automatically created for the meeting and populates the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:582 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting end time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:584 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " -":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " -"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " -"duration length." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:587 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " -"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " -":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " -"and end times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:590 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " -"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:876 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " "an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," @@ -14990,42 +15623,107 @@ msgid "" "instructions for each command to complete the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:598 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " -"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" -" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " -"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" -" via the selected option." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:884 +msgid "More options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:886 +msgid "" +"To add additional information to the meeting, click the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button in the lower-right corner of the pop-up window. Enter any of" +" the following additional fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:889 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length. The default length of a meeting is one hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:892 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. Several additional fields appear when this is " +"enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:896 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: using the drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:898 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings " +"repeat. The available options are :guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Yearly`, or :guilabel:`Custom`. If " +":guilabel:`Custom` is selected, a :guilabel:`Repeat Every` field appears " +"beneath it, along with another time frequency parameter (:guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, :guilabel:`Months`, or :guilabel:`Years`). Enter a number" +" in the blank field, then select the time period using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:904 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat on`: if :guilabel:`Weekly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Repeat on` field appears. Click on " +"the corresponding day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:906 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day of Month`: if :guilabel:`Monthly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Day of Month` field appears. Using " +"the drop-down menu, select either :guilabel:`Date of month` or " +":guilabel:`Day of month`. If :guilabel:`Date of month` is selected, enter " +"the date the meeting repeats. If :guilabel:`Day of month` is selected, use " +"the drop-down menus to determine the frequency. Select either " +":guilabel:`First`, :guilabel:`Second`, :guilabel:`Third`, " +":guilabel:`Fourth`, or :guilabel:`Last` for the first drop-down menu, then " +"select the day (:guilabel:`Monday`, :guilabel:`Tuesday`, etc.) in the second" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:913 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Until`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings stop " +"repeating. The available options are :guilabel:`Number of repetitions`, " +":guilabel:`End date`, and :guilabel:`Forever`. If :guilabel:`Number of " +"repetitions` is selected, enter the number of total meetings to occur in the" +" blank field. If :guilabel:`End date` is selected, specify the date using " +"the calendar pop-up window, or type in a date in a XX/XX/XXXX format. " +":guilabel:`Forever` schedules meetings indefinitely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:920 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " -"in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:921 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " "menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:923 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " -"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " -":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " -"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +":guilabel:`Appointment`: if an appointment is associated with this meeting, " +"select it form the drop-down menu, or create a new appointment by typing in " +"the appointment name, then click :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. A " +":guilabel:`Create Appointment` form loads. Enter the information on the " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:613 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:927 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select if the organizer appears either " +":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Busy` for the duration of the meeting, " +"using the drop-down menu. Next, select the visibility of this meeting, using" +" the drop-down menu to the right of the first selection. Options are " ":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " "users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " ":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " @@ -15033,41 +15731,50 @@ msgid "" "the company database to see the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:934 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " -"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" -" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " -"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " -"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " -"attendees at the same time." +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:936 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Default " +"options include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`SMS Text Message`, each with a specific time period before the " +"event (hours, days, etc). The reminder chosen alerts the meeting " +"participants of the meeting via the selected option at the specified time. " +"Multiple reminders can be selected in this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:947 msgid "Send meeting to attendees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:949 msgid "" "Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " -"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message from the " +"expanded :guilabel:`Event Form` (what is seen when the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button is clicked on in the event pop-up window)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:953 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " -"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " -"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" -" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " -"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " -"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " -"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " -"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " -"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +"To send the meeting via email, click the :icon:`fa-envelope` " +":guilabel:`Email` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact" +" Attendees` email configurator pop-up window appears. A pre-formatted email " +"using the default :guilabel:`Calendar: Event Update` email template " +"populates the email body field. The followers of the document (job " +"application), as well as the user who created the meeting are added as " +":guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's email address to the " +"list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make any other desired " +"changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button, navigate to the file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " ":guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" @@ -15076,39 +15783,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:647 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:966 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " -"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " -"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " -"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." -" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " -"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " -":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :icon:`fa-mobile` " +":guilabel:`SMS` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS " +"Text Message` pop-up appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:969 msgid "" -"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " -":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " -"contacts with a valid phone number." +"At the top, a blue box appears if any attendees do not have valid mobile " +"numbers, and lists how many records are invalid. If a contact does not have " +"a valid mobile number listed, click :guilabel:`Close`, and edit the " +"attendee's record, then redo these steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:658 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:973 msgid "" -"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " -"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" -" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " -"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" -" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " -"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +"When no warning message appears, type in the message to be sent to the " +"attendees in the :guilabel:`Message` field. to add any emojis to the " +"message, click the :guilabel:`Add Emoji` icon on the right-side of the pop-" +"up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:977 +msgid "" +"Beneath the message field, the number of characters, as well as the amount " +"of text messages required to send the message (according to GSM7 criteria) " +"appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue` to have the text sent later, after " +"any other messages are scheduled, or click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the " +"message immediately." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:669 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:987 msgid "" "Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " "messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " @@ -15116,11 +15827,11 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`../essentials/in_app_purchase` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:994 msgid "Second interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:996 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " "can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " @@ -15129,72 +15840,87 @@ msgid "" "Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1001 msgid "" "When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " -"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " -"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " -":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " -"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage. The " +"recruiter can now :ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the applicant, following the same process as the first " +"interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1009 msgid "Contract proposal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1011 msgid "" "When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " "be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " "and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" -" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top-right of" " the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1016 msgid "" "The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," " click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " -"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " -"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " -"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " -"is set to `0.00`)." +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. Most fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position. If any necessary fields are blank, enter " +"the relevant information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:705 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1022 msgid "" "Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" "up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " "applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " -"not appear on the pop-up." +"*Fleet* application is not installed, any fields related to vehicles do not " +"appear on the pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1028 msgid "Universal fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1030 msgid "" "The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " "localization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1032 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " -"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: the template currently being used to populate" +" the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window. To modify the " +"template, click the :guilabel:`Internal link` icon to the right of the drop-" +"down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. A " +"different :guilabel:`Contract Template` can be selected using the drop-down " +"menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1037 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " -"applicant." +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the name of the :guilabel:`Job Position` being " +"offered to the applicant. The selections available in the drop-down menu " +"correspond to the :guilabel:`Job Positions` configured on the main " +"*Recruitment* dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1040 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the specific name of the position being offered to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1041 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the :guilabel:`Department` the job position falls " +"under." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1042 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " "default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" @@ -15203,109 +15929,50 @@ msgid "" "click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1046 msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1047 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " -"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " -"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " -"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," -" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" -" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " -"application." +":guilabel:`Link Expiration Date`: job offers are only valid for a specific " +"period of time. The default expiration date is 30 days. Modify the " +"expiration date, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:732 -msgid "" -"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " -"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:738 -msgid "" -"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " -"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" -" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:743 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" -" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:746 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " -"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" -" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:749 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " -"the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " -"that will be assigned to the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:752 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " -"for the cafeteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " -"contract that is being offered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " -"sending." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1051 msgid "Send offer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1053 msgid "" -"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" -" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " -"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" -" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " -"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " -"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +"When the information is all updated, click :guilabel:`Send By Email` to send" +" the offer to the applicant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1056 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " -"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" -"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " -"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." -" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " -"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " -":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " -":guilabel:`Send`." +"If the applicant does not have an email address listed on their applicant " +"card, a warning appears in a red box at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window, stating :guilabel:`The" +" applicant does not have a valid email set. The Offer Link won't be able to " +"be completed.` Click :guilabel:`Discard`, enter an email on the applicant's " +"card, then click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1062 +msgid "" +"An email pop-up window loads. The default :guilabel:`Recruitment: Your " +"Salary Package` email template is used, and the :guilabel:`Recipients`, " +":guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-populated based on the email " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1070 +msgid "Once the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1073 msgid "" "To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " "necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " @@ -15316,11 +15983,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1081 +msgid "Configure your package" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1083 +msgid "" +"The email template includes a :guilabel:`Configure your package` button. " +"This link takes the applicant to a webpage where they can modify the " +"proposed salary package, and enter their personal information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1087 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant is hired, the personal information entered on the webpage" +" is imported to their employee record, when created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1090 +msgid "" +"If applicable, the applicant can modify their salary package. This option is" +" not available for all localizations. Depending on where the company is " +"located, this option may not be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1093 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is completed, the applicant accepts the offer by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Review Contract & Sign` button to accept the " +"contract and sign it using the *Sign* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1100 msgid "Contract signed" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1102 msgid "" "Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " "step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " @@ -15331,16 +16029,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:796 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1109 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the Kanban view, but the " "card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1112 msgid "" "Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " -"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"green :guilabel:`HIRED` banner appears in the top-right of the applicant's " "card." msgstr "" @@ -15348,24 +16046,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1120 msgid "Create employee" msgstr "Criar funcionário" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:809 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1122 msgid "" "Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " "record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " -"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"Employee` button in the top-left. An employee form appears, and any " "information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" " card appears in the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1127 msgid "" "Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" -" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " -":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, the employee" +" record is saved in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:5 @@ -15633,107 +16331,108 @@ msgid "" "by-step instructions on how to create and configure a survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 msgid "Referrals" msgstr "Indicações" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " -"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"regarding referrals is housed - from points earned, coworkers hired, and " "rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " -"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " -"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " -"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " -"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" -" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +"and then earn referral points as those people progress through the " +"recruitment pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be " +"exchanged for prizes. The *Referrals* application integrates with the " +"*Employees*, *Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be" +" installed in order for the *Referrals* application to function." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:14 msgid "" -"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " -"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " -"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +"The only configurations needed for the *Referrals* application *after* " +"installation are related to the :ref:`rewards `; " +"everything else is pre-configured when Odoo *Referrals* is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:18 msgid "" -"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " -"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " -"` and configurations menus. For more information on " -"users and access rights, refer to these documents: :doc:`../general/users` " -"and :doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +"Users with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the *Referrals* application. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the :ref:`reporting ` and configurations" +" menus. For more information on users and access rights, refer to these " +"documents: :doc:`../general/users` and " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 msgid "Onboarding" msgstr "Integração" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:28 msgid "" "When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" "configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " -"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" -" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"each explaining the different parts of the *Referrals* application. At the " +"top of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " "onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " "Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " "text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 msgid "" "Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " "displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " "advance to the next slide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " "superheroes to save the day!`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " "or refer friends.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " "league!`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:46 msgid "" -"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the *Referrals* application is " "opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " "button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" " :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " -"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +"will begin again when the *Referrals* application is opened. Once the " ":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " -"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the *Referrals* " "application is opened from that point on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:53 msgid "" "At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " -"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main *Referrals* dashboard loads. If " ":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " -"opening the Referrals application." +"opening the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -15741,7 +16440,7 @@ msgid "" "An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:62 msgid "" "If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " "opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " @@ -15750,60 +16449,53 @@ msgid "" "screen appears instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:70 msgid "" "Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " -"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " -"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " -"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " -"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`." +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* application can " +"modify onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line " +"displays the text for the individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding" +" slide, click on an individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:76 msgid "" -"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " -"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " -"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " -"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " -"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " -"that particular company." +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` field. A " +":guilabel:`Company` may be selected, as well. However, if this field is " +"populated, that slide is *only* displayed for that particular company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:81 msgid "" -"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" -" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " -"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" -" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " -"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " -"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " -"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +"The :guilabel:`Company` field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:83 msgid "" -"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +"The image can be modified, as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the " +"top-right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and " +":guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` " +"icon to change the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the " +"desired image, select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears" +" in the thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage " +"can)` icon, then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:94 msgid "" -"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " -"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " -"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " -"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " -":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " -"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +"The sequence in which the slides appear can be changed from the *Onboarding*" +" dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`(six small gray boxes)` icon to the left of" +" the the slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -15811,567 +16503,18 @@ msgid "" "The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:103 -msgid "Share job positions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:105 -msgid "" -"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " -"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " -"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " -"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:113 -msgid "View Jobs" -msgstr "Ver vagas" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:115 -msgid "" -"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " -":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " -"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" -"displayed on the card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:124 -msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:128 -msgid "" -"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " -"of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 -msgid "" -"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " -"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:134 -msgid "" -"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " -"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " -"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " -"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " -":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 -msgid "Refer friends" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:145 -msgid "" -"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " -"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " -"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:149 -msgid "" -"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " -"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:152 -msgid "" -"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " -"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " -"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " -"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" -" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " -"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " -"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " -"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 -msgid "Share a job" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:169 -msgid "" -"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " -"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" -" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " -"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " -"applicants in the Referrals application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 -msgid "Link" -msgstr "Link" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:181 -msgid "" -"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " -":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " -"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " -"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" -" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" -" prospective employee however desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:188 -msgid "Facebook" -msgstr "Facebook" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:190 -msgid "" -"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " -"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " -"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " -"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " -"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " -"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" -"in to Facebook first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" -" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" -" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " -"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " -"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " -"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " -"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " -":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " -"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " -"specific activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 -msgid "" -"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " -":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " -":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " -"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" -" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" -"highlighted, as are all the required settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 -msgid "Share to news feed or story" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:218 -msgid "" -"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " -":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " -"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " -":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " -"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," -" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " -"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" -" story, or both." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:225 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " -"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " -"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " -"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " -"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" -" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " -"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " -":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" -" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " -":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:236 -msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " -"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:242 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" -" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " -"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " -"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:246 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:275 -msgid "" -"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " -"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 -msgid "Share in a group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:251 -msgid "" -"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " -"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" -" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " -":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " -"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " -"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " -"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " -"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " -"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:264 -msgid "Share in an event" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:266 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:269 -msgid "" -"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " -"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " -"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" -" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " -"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " -"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 -msgid "Share in a private message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:280 -msgid "" -"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" -" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" -"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " -"Private Message`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:284 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " -"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " -"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " -"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " -"process for each friend to be added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:289 -msgid "" -"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " -"message` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:293 -msgid "X/Twitter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:295 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " -"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " -"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " -"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " -"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" -" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:301 -msgid "The default message is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:303 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" -" Position)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:305 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " -"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " -"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," -" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " -"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " -":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " -"X/Twitter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:312 -msgid "" -"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " -"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " -":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" -" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " -":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " -":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " -"restricts who can reply to the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 -msgid "" -"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " -"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " -"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " -"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:322 -msgid "" -"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" -" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " -"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 -msgid "" -"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" -" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" -"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:336 -msgid "LinkedIn" -msgstr "LinkedIn" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:338 -msgid "" -"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " -"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " -"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " -"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " -"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " -"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:344 -msgid "" -"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " -"message to an individual or group of individuals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 -msgid "Share in a post" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:350 -msgid "" -"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" -" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " -":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " -"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:354 -msgid "" -"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " -"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " -"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " -"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " -":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " -"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " -":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" -" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " -"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " -"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " -"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " -"right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:366 -msgid "" -"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " -"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " -"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " -"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " -":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " -"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " -"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" -" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " -"the far lower right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:375 -msgid "" -"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " -":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " -"post button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:383 -msgid "Send as private message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:385 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " -"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " -"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" -" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" -" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " -"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." -" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " -"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" -" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " -":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " -":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " -"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " -"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " -"browser tab to exit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 -msgid "Email a friend" -msgstr "Enviar para um amigo" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:401 -msgid "" -"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " -"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " -"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" -" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " -"Mail` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:406 -msgid "" -"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " -"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" -" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " -"`Job for you`, but can be edited." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:410 -msgid "" -"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " -"appears is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:412 -msgid "`Hello,`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:414 -msgid "" -"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " -"interesting for you`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:416 -msgid "`See Job Offers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:418 -msgid "" -"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " -"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " -"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " -"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " -"message will be sent and the window will close." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:426 msgid "Hired referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:107 msgid "" "When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" " their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:110 msgid "" "After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," " instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " @@ -16379,21 +16522,21 @@ msgid "" "friend!` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 msgid "" "Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " -"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " -"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" -" an available avatar to select it." +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is grayed out, and " +"the name that the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. " +"Click on an available avatar to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:118 msgid "" -"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," -" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " -"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " -"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " -"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the *Referrals* " +"application, after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to " +"select another avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars " +"have been selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible." +" Mouse over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -16402,15 +16545,15 @@ msgid "" "chosen are greyed out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 msgid "Modify friends" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 msgid "" "Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " "` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"rights for the *Recruitment* application can make modifications to friends. " "The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " "avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " @@ -16419,17 +16562,17 @@ msgid "" " dogs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:138 msgid "" "To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" " an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " ":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " "friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" -" else in the Referrals application." +" else in the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " ":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " @@ -16438,65 +16581,66 @@ msgid "" "user's avatar when activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:148 msgid "" "If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " ":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " "replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" -" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " -"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:474 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 msgid "" -"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " -"original information." +"The referral friend form automatically saves, but can be saved manually at " +"any time by clicking the *Save manually* option, represented by a " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel " +"any changes made, click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to " +"delete any changes, and revert to the original content." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A friend form in edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:482 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 msgid "" "It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " "background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " "about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " -"Referrals application." +"*Referrals* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:172 msgid "Referral points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:174 msgid "" "The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " -"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"rewards. On the main *Referrals* application dashboard, the top displays a " "summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " "the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " "available to spend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 msgid "" "To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" " the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:183 msgid "" "The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " "pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " @@ -16506,7 +16650,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 msgid "" "To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " @@ -16514,11 +16658,11 @@ msgid "" "category are displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:194 msgid "My referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 msgid "" "To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " ":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " @@ -16526,26 +16670,31 @@ msgid "" "card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:200 msgid "" -"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " -"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " -"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " -"the top right corner." +"A successful referral displays a green :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the top-" +"right corner of the card. Referrals that are in process display a purple " +":guilabel:`In Progress` banner in the top-right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 msgid "" -"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " -"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " -"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the subject/application " +"title (as it appears on the applicant card in the *Recruitment* app), the " +"name of the job position, the person responsible for filling the role " +"(recruiter), and the points earned. For referrals that have been hired, the " +"selected avatar also appears on the card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two referral cards, one hired and one in-progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:214 msgid "Points" msgstr "Pontos" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 msgid "" "The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " "positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " @@ -16553,14 +16702,14 @@ msgid "" " *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:220 msgid "" "On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " "that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " "points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:224 msgid "" "Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " "points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " @@ -16568,108 +16717,109 @@ msgid "" " the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:229 msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:231 msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:232 msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:235 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 msgid "" "The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " -"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" -" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " -"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage are done in the " +"*Recruitment* application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment " +"` documentation to modify the points for each " +"stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:244 msgid "Rewards" msgstr "Recompensas" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 msgid "Create rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 msgid "" -"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" -" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " -"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " -"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " -"information on the form:" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the " +"*Referrals* application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights " +"for the *Recruitment* application can create or modify rewards. To add " +"rewards, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> " +"Rewards`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and a reward form loads. Enter the " +"following information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:254 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +":guilabel:`Product Name`: enter the name as it should appear for the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" -" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " -"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" -" form." +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" appears for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each company " +"needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the form. " +"This field only appears if in a multi-company environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:259 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: select the person who will be responsible for " "procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " -"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" -" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is bought in the *Referrals* " +"application, so they know when to deliver the reward to the recipient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:263 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +":guilabel:`Description`: type in the description for the reward. This will " "be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +":guilabel:`Photo`: add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " "page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " "(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " -"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" -" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +"(pencil)` icon, and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 msgid "" "The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " -":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +":guilabel:`Company` (if applicable), and :guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 msgid "" "It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " "cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " @@ -16677,31 +16827,31 @@ msgid "" "placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:595 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:283 msgid "Redeem rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 msgid "" "To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " "main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " "individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " -"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +"listed in the top-right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" " purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " "bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " "the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" " instead of a buy button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:292 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " -"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " -"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " -":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears, asking if the user is sure " +"they want to purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item," +" or :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:297 msgid "" "After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " "used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." @@ -16715,27 +16865,27 @@ msgid "" "many more reward points are needed to redeem." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:309 msgid "Levels" msgstr "Níveis" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:311 msgid "" -"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"The *Referrals* application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " "the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " "employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:315 msgid "" "Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" " are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " "participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 msgid "" -"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main *Referrals* " "application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " "X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " "indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " @@ -16744,13 +16894,13 @@ msgid "" "points still needed before they can level up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:636 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:325 msgid "Modify levels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:638 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " "modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " "--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " @@ -16759,48 +16909,58 @@ msgid "" "element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:334 msgid "" "To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " -"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form, then make " +"modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 msgid "" -"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." -" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" -" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " -"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" -" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " -"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +"Type in the name (or number) of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` " +"field. What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main " +"dashboard when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points " +"needed to reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points" +" needed to level up are the total accumulated points earned over the " +"lifetime of the employee, not additional points from the previous level that" +" must be earned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:654 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:343 msgid "" "If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" " to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " -"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " -"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to " "select it." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The level form saves automatically, but can be saved manually at any time by" +" clicking the *save manually* option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel any changes made, " +"click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to delete any changes, " +"and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A level form in edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:671 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:362 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 msgid "Level up" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:369 msgid "" "Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " "user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " @@ -16809,7 +16969,7 @@ msgid "" "level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:374 msgid "" "Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " "text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" @@ -16817,7 +16977,7 @@ msgid "" "the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:687 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:378 msgid "" "Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" " the specified amount of points required." @@ -16829,16 +16989,16 @@ msgid "" "above their image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:387 msgid "" "Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " "accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " "to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:394 msgid "" -"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"In the *Referrals* application, it is possible to post a message, also " "referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " "information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " "banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " @@ -16846,85 +17006,86 @@ msgid "" "an :guilabel:`X`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 msgid "" "Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" " individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " "click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" " alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " -"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +"*Referrals* application for the first time in a new session." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:409 msgid "Create an alert" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " "information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date From`: the date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " "will be visible on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date To`: the date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " "will be hidden from view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:420 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +":guilabel:`Company`: the current company populates this field by default. To" " modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " "from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " -"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"to everyone with access to the *Referrals* application. If a company is " "specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " -"Referrals application) will see the alert." +"*Referrals* application) will see the alert. This field only appears when in" +" a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +":guilabel:`Alert`: enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" " the alert banner on the main dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +":guilabel:`On Click`: there are three options for the alert. Click the radio" " button next to the desired selection. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:739 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:430 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: the alert only displays text, there is no link to" " click." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: the alert contains a link that when clicked, " "navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:433 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: the alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " "when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " "appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." msgstr "" @@ -16933,15 +17094,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:446 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " -"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" -" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " -"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in *Referrals*. To access " +"the reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The" +" main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 msgid "" "In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " "many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " @@ -16951,7 +17112,7 @@ msgid "" "there are no referrals from that particular channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:457 msgid "" "The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " "includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " @@ -16960,7 +17121,7 @@ msgid "" "many points were given for refused applicants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:770 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:462 msgid "" "The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " "new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " @@ -16971,34 +17132,330 @@ msgid "" "in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 msgid "" "The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " -"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " -"option." +"needs to be installed to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:473 +msgid ":doc:`referrals/share_jobs`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:3 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo *Referrals*, users can earn referral points by sharing job positions" +" with potential applicants. Job positions can be shared in several ways, " +"through the :ref:`View Jobs ` button and the " +":ref:`Email A Friend ` button, located at the bottom " +"of the *Referrals* app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Sharing jobs can **only** occur after onboarding slides have been viewed or " +"skipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:16 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "Ver vagas" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main *Referrals* dashboard. This " +"presents all job positions, with each individual job presented with its own " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:27 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the *Job " +"Position* field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The number of :guilabel:`Open Positions` being recruited. This information " +"is taken from the *Expected New Employees* field of the *Recruitment* tab of" +" the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:33 +msgid "The points a user earns when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the *Job Position* tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions are visible in the *Referrals* app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`../recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:46 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Subject` and :guilabel:`Body` are populated using a default " +"template. The :guilabel:`Subject` `Job for you` is present, by default, but " +"can be modified, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position populates the *Job Position* " +"placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the email body is" +" an individualized tracking link to the specific job position listed on the " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When the prospective employee receives the email, the link sends them to the" +" job position page, where they can apply for the position, and the person " +"who referred them is tracked in the *Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:72 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Other than sending an email, job positions can be shared, via social media " +"platforms, and by tracking links to the job position. At the bottom of each " +"job position card are four icons, and corresponding tracking links, that can" +" be used to share the job position, keeping track of applicants in the " +"*Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:84 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "Link" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :icon:`fa-chain` :guilabel:`(link)` " +"icon above it. A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the " +"tracking link. Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is " +"copied, click the :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up window. Next," +" share the link with the prospective employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:93 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :icon:`fa-facebook` :guilabel:`(Facebook)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into Facebook, when the the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button is clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new " +"tab, with the link populated in the main body of the new post in a pop-up " +"window. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads, " +"instead, prompting the user to log-in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, then share the job " +"position using the available options in Facebook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:107 +msgid "X (formerly Twitter)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:109 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X. Click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`(X)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the user is already signed-in to X, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button" +" is clicked, an X page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready" +" to post, in a draft pop-up window. If the user is *not* already signed-in, " +"a sign-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to first sign-in to X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:117 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:119 +msgid "" +"`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job " +"Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message, then " +"share using the available options in X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:125 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "LinkedIn" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :icon:`fa-linkedin` :guilabel:`(LinkedIn)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button is clicked, a new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job " +"position at the top. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen" +" loads instead, prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:134 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual (or group of individuals)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message or " +"post, then share using the available options in LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:143 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "Enviar para um amigo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions, instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Referrals` main dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`Email a friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Send Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address in the :guilabel:`Email` field. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients by separating each email address with a comma " +"followed by a single space. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +":guilabel:`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The email :guilabel:`Body` is also populated with pre-configured text. The " +"text that appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:156 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:158 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you\\:`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:160 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:162 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of" +" all job positions currently being recruited for. Add any additional text " +"and make any edits to the message body, if necessary. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. This sends the message, and closes " +"the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 msgid "Time Off" msgstr "Folgas" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Time Off* application serves as a centralized hub for all time-off-" "related information. This application manages requests, balances, " "allocations, approvals, and reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:10 msgid "" -"Users can :ref:`request time off `, and see an " -"overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " +"Users can :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`, and see" +" an overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " ":ref:`allocate time off ` to individuals, teams, or the " "whole company, and :ref:`approve time off requests `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:15 msgid "" "Detailed :ref:`reports ` can be run to see how much time" " off (and what kinds of time off) are being used, :ref:`accrual plans " @@ -17006,45 +17463,45 @@ msgid "" "` can be set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 msgid "" "Be advised, only users with specific access rights can see all aspects of " "the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 msgid "" "All users can access the :guilabel:`My Time Off` and :guilabel:`Overview` " "sections of the *Time Off* application. All other sections require specific " "access rights." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:26 msgid "" "To better understand how access rights affect the *Time Off* application, " "refer to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` document, specifically the " "section about configuring the work information tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to allocate time off to employees, and for employees to request and" " use their time off, the various time off types must be configured first, " "then allocated to employees (if allocation is required)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:40 msgid "Time off types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 msgid "" "To view the currently configured time off types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. The time" " off types are presented in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:45 msgid "" "The *Time Off* application comes with four pre-configured time off types: " ":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, " @@ -17052,25 +17509,25 @@ msgid "" "needs or used as-is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:50 msgid "Create time off type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 msgid "" "To create a new time off type, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Time Off Types`. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button to reveal a blank time off type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:55 msgid "" "Enter the name for the particular type of time off in the blank line at the " "top of the form, such as `Sick Time` or `Vacation`. Then, enter the " "following information on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:59 msgid "" "The only **required** fields on the time off type form are the name of the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, the :guilabel:`Take Time Off In`, and the " @@ -17078,23 +17535,23 @@ msgid "" " and :guilabel:`Allocation Requests` sections **must** be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:65 msgid "Time Off Requests section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select what specific kind of approval is required for " "the time off type. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No Validation`: no approvals are required when requesting this " "type of time off. The time off request is automatically approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Time Off Officer`: only the specified :ref:`Time Off Officer " "`, set on this form in the :guilabel:`Notified " @@ -17102,7 +17559,7 @@ msgid "" "option is selected by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver`: only the employee's specified approver " "for time off, which is set on the *Work Information* tab on the " @@ -17110,7 +17567,7 @@ msgid "" " time off request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver and Time Off Officer`: both the employee's" " :ref:`specified time off approver` and the " @@ -17118,11 +17575,11 @@ msgid "" "the time off request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:83 msgid "Allocation Requests section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requires allocation`: if the time off must be allocated to " "employees, select :guilabel:`Yes`. If the time off can be requested without " @@ -17131,20 +17588,20 @@ msgid "" " form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee Requests`: select :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests " "Allowed` if the employee is able to request more time off than was " "allocated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:92 msgid "" "If employees should **not** be able to make requests for more time off than " "what was allocated, select the :guilabel:`Not Allowed` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:96 msgid "" "Ten days are allocated to the employee for this particular type of time off," " and the :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests Allowed` option is enabled. The " @@ -17153,81 +17610,81 @@ msgid "" "option is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 msgid "" "It is important to note that requesting additional time off does **not** " "guarantee that time off is granted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select the type of approvals required for the " "allocation of this particular time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approved by Time Off Officer` indicates the :ref:`Time Off " "Officer ` set on this form must approve the " "allocation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No validation needed` indicates that no approvals are required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:113 msgid "Configuration section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notified Time Off Officer`: select the person who is notified and" " responsible for approving requests and allocations for this specific type " "of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take Time Off in`: select the format the time off is requested in" " from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 msgid "The options are:" msgstr "The options are:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: if time off can only be requested in full day increments (8" " hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:125 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: if time off can only be requested in half day " "increments (4 hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Hours`: if the time off can be taken in hourly increments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Deduct Extra Hours`: enable this option if the time off request " "should factor in any extra time accrued by the employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:134 msgid "" "If an employee works two extra hours for the week, and requests five hours " "of time off, the request would be for three hours, since the two extra " "worked hours are used first, and deducted from the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow To Attach Supporting Document`: enable this option to allow" " the employee to attach documents to the time off request. This is useful in" @@ -17235,7 +17692,7 @@ msgid "" "leave." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kind of Time Off`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "time off this is, either :guilabel:`Worked Time` or :guilabel:`Absence`. " @@ -17244,7 +17701,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Absence` does not count toward any type of accrual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if multiple companies are created in the database, and " "this time off type only applies to one company, select the company from the " @@ -17253,11 +17710,11 @@ msgid "" "company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:151 msgid "Negative Cap section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:153 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option if employees are able to " "request more time off than they currently have, allowing a negative balance." @@ -17265,19 +17722,19 @@ msgid "" " enter the maximum amount of negative time allowed, in days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 msgid "" "Sara currently has three days of the time off type `Vacation`. She is " "planning a trip that requires five days of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 msgid "" "The `Vacation` time off type has the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option " "enabled, and the :guilabel:`Amount in Negative` is set to five." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:164 msgid "" "These settings allow Sara to submit a request for five days of the " "`Vacation` time off type. If approved, her `Vacation` time off balance will " @@ -17290,59 +17747,59 @@ msgid "" "off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:173 msgid "Payroll section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:175 msgid "" "If the time off type should create :doc:`../hr/payroll/work_entries` in the " "*Payroll* application, select the :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` from the drop-" "down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 msgid "Timesheets section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Timesheets` section only appears if the user is in developer " "mode. Refer to the :ref:`developer-mode` document for details on how to " "access the developer mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 msgid "" "When an employee takes time off, and is also using timesheets, Odoo creates " "entries in the *Timesheets* application for the time off. This section " "defines how they are entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:188 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Project`: select the project that the time off type entries " "appear in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:189 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Task`: select the task that appears in the timesheet for this " "time off type. The default options are: :guilabel:`Time Off`, " ":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`Training`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 msgid "Display Option section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:195 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color to be used in the *Time Off* application " "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cover Image`: select an icon to be used in the *Time Off* " "application dashboard." @@ -17354,65 +17811,65 @@ msgid "" "off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:206 msgid "Accrual plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:208 msgid "" "Some time off is earned through an accrual plan, meaning that for every " "specified amount of time an employee works (hour, day, week, etc), they earn" " or *accrue* a specified amount of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:212 msgid "" "If an employee accrues a vacation day for every week they work, they would " "earn 0.2 vacation days for each hour they work. At the end of a forty hour " "work week, they would earn one whole vacation day (8 hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:217 msgid "Create accrual plan" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new accrual plan, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Accrual Plans`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, " "which reveals a blank accrual plan form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the accrual plan name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrued Gain Time`: select when the employee begins to accrue " "time off, either :guilabel:`At the start of the accrual period` or " ":guilabel:`At the end of the accrual period`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry-Over Time`: select when the employee received previously " "earned time. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the start of the year`: select this if the accrual rolls over " "on January 1 of the upcoming year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:232 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the allocation date`: select this if the accrual rolls over as" " soon as time is allocated to the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Other`: select this option if neither of the other two options " "are applicable. When selected, a :guilabel:`Carry-Over Date` field appears. " @@ -17420,14 +17877,14 @@ msgid "" "the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Based on worked time`: enable this option if time off accrual is " "determined by the employee's worked hours. Days **not** considered as worked" " time do **not** contribute to the accrual plan in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:241 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone Transition`: this selection determines when employees " "move up to a new milestone. If they qualify to change milestones in the " @@ -17436,14 +17893,14 @@ msgid "" "the current pay period)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Milestone Transition` field is **only** visible after a " "minimum of two :ref:`rules ` have been configured on the " "accrual plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:250 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " "accrual plan applies to. If left blank, the accrual plan can be used for all" @@ -17454,43 +17911,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An accrual plan form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:263 msgid "" "Rules must be created in order for employees to accrue time off from the " "accrual plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New Milestone` button in the gray" " :guilabel:`Rules` section, and a :guilabel:`Create Milestone` modal form " "appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:268 msgid "Fill out the following fields on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee accrue`: select the parameters for earned time off in " "this section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 msgid "" "First, select either :guilabel:`Days` or :guilabel:`Hours` for the increment" " of accrued time using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 msgid "" "Next, enter the numerical amount of the selected parameter that is accrued. " "The numerical format is `X.XXXX`, so that partial days or hours can also be " "configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:278 msgid "" "Last, select how often the time is accrued using the drop-down menu. The " "default options are :guilabel:`Hourly`, :guilabel:`Daily`, " @@ -17498,64 +17955,64 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Twice a year`, and :guilabel:`Yearly`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 msgid "" "Depending on which option is selected, additional fields may appear. For " "example, if :guilabel:`Twice a month` is selected, two additional fields " "appear, to specify the two days of each month that the milestone occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cap accrued time`: if there is a maximum amount of days the " "employee can accrue with this plan, enable this option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 msgid "" "When enabled, two additional fields appear beneath it. Select the type of " "time period from the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Days` or " ":guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:291 msgid "" "Then, enter a numerical value in the field to specify the maximum amount of " "time that can be accrued." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:293 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone reached`: enter the number and value of the time period" " that must pass before the employee starts to accumulate time off. The first" " value is numerical; enter a number in the first field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:297 msgid "" "Then, select the type of time period using the drop-down menu in the second " "field. The options are: :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Months`, or " ":guilabel:`Years`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over`: select how any unused time off is handled. The " "options are either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None. Accrued time reset to 0`: any unused time off is gone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:302 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All accrued time carried over`: all unused time off is rolled " "over to the next calendar year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over with a maximum`: unused time off is rolled over to the" " next calendar year, but there is a cap. An :guilabel:`Up to` field appears " @@ -17563,7 +18020,7 @@ msgid "" "roll over to the following year. Any time off beyond this parameter is lost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:309 msgid "" "Once the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the form " "and close the modal, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the form and " @@ -17574,72 +18031,72 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A milestone form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:320 msgid "Public holidays" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 msgid "" "To observe public or national holidays, and provide extra days off as " "holidays to employees, configure the observed *public holidays* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 msgid "" "It is important to configure these days in Odoo, so employees are aware of " "the days they have off, and do not request time off on days that are already" " set as a public holiday (non-working days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 msgid "" "Additionally, all public holidays configured in the *Time Off* app are also " "reflected in any app that uses working schedules, such as *Calendar*, " "*Planning*, *Manufacturing*, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:331 msgid "" "Due to Odoo's integration with other apps that use working schedules, it is " "considered best practice to ensure *all* public holidays are configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:335 msgid "Create public holiday" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 msgid "" "To create a public holiday, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Public Holidays`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:340 msgid "All currently configured public holidays appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:342 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a new line appears at the bottom of " "the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:341 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 msgid "Enter the following information on that new line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:346 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the holiday." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:347 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, the current company " "populates this field by default. It is not possible to edit this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:351 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company` field is hidden by default. To view this field, " "click the two dots in the top-right corner of the list, to the far-right of " @@ -17647,7 +18104,7 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:355 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday starts. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -17658,7 +18115,7 @@ msgid "" "company's time zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:360 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday ends. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -17669,33 +18126,33 @@ msgid "" " zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 msgid "" "A company located in San Francisco operates from 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM, with an " "eight hour work day and one hour lunch break." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:370 msgid "" "For a user in New York, with a computer time zone set to Eastern Standard " "Time, a created public holiday displays a start time of 12:00 PM - 9:00 PM, " "accounting for the three hour time zone difference." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 msgid "" "Similarly, a user located in Los Angeles, with a computer time zone set to " "Pacific Standard Time, sees a public holiday time as 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: if the holiday should only apply to employees who" " have a specific set of working hours, select the working hours from the " "drop-down menu. If left blank, the holiday applies to all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:380 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: if using the *Payroll* application, this field " "defines how the :ref:`work entries ` for the holiday " @@ -17706,18 +18163,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The list of public holidays in the configuration menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:389 msgid "Mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 msgid "" "Some companies have special days where specific departments, or the entire " "staff, is required to be present, and time off is not allowed on those " "specific days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:394 msgid "" "These types of days are called *mandatory days* in Odoo. These can be " "configured to be company-wide, or department specific. When configured, " @@ -17725,35 +18182,35 @@ msgid "" "off requests for these mandatory days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:399 msgid "Create mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 msgid "" "No mandatory days are configured in Odoo by default. To create a mandatory " "day, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> " "Mandatory Days`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:404 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner, and a blank line " "appears in the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:408 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the mandatory day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, this field is visible, " "and the current company populates this field by default. Using the drop-down" " menu, select the company the mandatory day is for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:412 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Departments`: this column is hidden by default. First, click the " ":guilabel:`(optional columns)` icon in the top-right corner, next to " @@ -17761,33 +18218,33 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Departments` to reveal that column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 msgid "" "Next, select the desired departments from the drop-down menu. Multiple " "departments can be selected, and there is no limit to the amount of " "departments that can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:419 msgid "" "If this field is left blank, the mandatory day applies to the entire " "company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day starts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:421 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day ends. If creating a single mandatory day, the end date should " "be the same as the start date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: if desired, select a color from the available presented " "options. If no color is desired, select the `No color` option, represented " @@ -17800,11 +18257,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Mandatory Days section with three configured days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:435 msgid "Allocate time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:437 msgid "" "Once time off types and accrual plans have been configured, the next step is" " to allocate, or give, time off to employees. This section is only visible " @@ -17812,44 +18269,44 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 msgid "" "To create a new allocation, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Management --> Allocations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:444 msgid "" "This presents a list of all current allocations, including their respective " "statuses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:446 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`New` to allocate time off, and a blank allocation form " "appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 msgid "" "After entering a name for the allocation on the first blank field of the " "form, enter the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:451 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of time" " off that is being allocated to the employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`: select either :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` or" " :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`. If the allocation is **not** based on an " "accrual plan, select :guilabel:`Regular Allocation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:456 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Plan`: if :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for " "the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, the :guilabel:`Accrual Plan` field appears." @@ -17858,7 +18315,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:460 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period/Start Date`: if :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` is" " selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, this field is labeled " @@ -17867,7 +18324,7 @@ msgid "" "Date`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:465 msgid "" "The current date populates the first date field by default. To select " "another date, click on the pre-populated date to reveal a popover calendar " @@ -17875,20 +18332,20 @@ msgid "" "the date to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:469 msgid "" "If the allocation expires, select the expiration date in the next date " "field. If the time off does *not* expire, leave the second date field blank." " `No Limit` appears in the field if no date is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:473 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation " "Type`, this second field is labeled :guilabel:`Run until`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time that is being allocated to " "the employees. This field displays the time in either :guilabel:`Hours` or " @@ -17896,7 +18353,7 @@ msgid "" "` is configured (in hours or days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:478 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how the allocation is " "assigned. This selection determines who receives the time off allocation. " @@ -17904,32 +18361,32 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Department`, or :guilabel:`By Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 msgid "" "Depending on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Mode`, this following field" " is labeled either: :guilabel:`Employees`, :guilabel:`Company`, " ":guilabel:`Department`, or :guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 msgid "" "Using the drop-down menu, indicate the specific employees, company, " "department, or employee tags who are receiving this time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 msgid "" "Multiple selections can be made for either :guilabel:`Employees` or " ":guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:490 msgid "" "Only one selection can be made for the :guilabel:`Company` or " ":guilabel:`Department`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:491 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: if any description or note is necessary to " "explain the time off allocation, enter it in this field at the bottom of the" @@ -17942,158 +18399,11 @@ msgid "" "granted to all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:499 -msgid "Request time off" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Once an employee has been allocated time off, a request to use the time off " -"can be submitted. Time off can be requested in one of two ways, either from " -"the :ref:`dashboard ` or from the :ref:`My Time Off " -"` view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:505 -msgid "" -"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " -"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " -"Off` list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:509 -msgid "" -"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " -"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" -" form appears in a modal. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` " -"list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:514 -msgid "" -"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " -"form:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:516 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " -"the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:517 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " -"two fields to populate, the start and end dates. Click on either date field " -"and a popover calendar appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 -msgid "" -"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " -"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " -"applicable)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:523 -msgid "" -"If the time off requested is for a single day, click on the start date, then" -" click the same date again for the end date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:526 -msgid "" -"When the correct dates are selected/highlighted, click the :guilabel:`Apply`" -" button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:528 -msgid "" -"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " -"field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 -msgid "" -"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" -" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:533 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, check this " -"box. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " -"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " -"day is being requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:537 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " -"day, check this box. A :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` field appears " -"beneath this option, if selected. Using the drop-down menu, select the start" -" and end time for the time off request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " -":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " -"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " -"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " -"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:545 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " -"should include any details that managers and approvers may need in order to " -"approve the request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:547 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachments of documents. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " -"appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:551 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the desired files to attach, select them, then click the " -":guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off request form." -" Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:554 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:604 -msgid "" -"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " -"request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:557 -msgid "" -"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " -"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " -"be saved manually at any time by clicking the *save manually* button, " -"represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " -"with the flu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:502 msgid "Request allocation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:504 msgid "" "If an employee has used all their time off, or is going to run out of time " "off, they can request an allocation for additional time. Allocations can be " @@ -18102,7 +18412,7 @@ msgid "" " view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:508 msgid "" "To create a new allocation request, click either the :guilabel:`New " "Allocation Request` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the " @@ -18110,7 +18420,7 @@ msgid "" "buttons open a new allocation request form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:513 msgid "" "Both :guilabel:`New` buttons open a :guilabel:`New Allocation` request form," " but when requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, the form appears in a " @@ -18118,20 +18428,20 @@ msgid "" "screen navigates to a new allocation request page, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:518 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Allocation` request " "form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested for " "the allocation from the drop-down menu. After a selection is made, the title" " updates with the time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:522 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period`: this field **only** appears if requesting an " "allocation with a time off type that has the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` " @@ -18140,18 +18450,18 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` field is set to :guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:527 msgid "" "Using the calendar selector, select a start and end date the allocation is " "valid for. By default, the current date populates the first field, and " ":guilabel:`No Limit` populates the second field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 msgid "Adjust both of these dates, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:531 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time being requested in this " "field. The format is presented in either days or hours, depending on how the" @@ -18159,14 +18469,21 @@ msgid "" "allocation request is updated to include the amount of time being requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:535 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: enter a description for the allocation request." " This should include any details that managers and approvers may need in " "order to approve the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:538 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 msgid "" "If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Allocations` list view, the" " information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " @@ -18180,11 +18497,11 @@ msgid "" "sick time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:553 msgid "Management" msgstr "Administração" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:555 msgid "" "Time off and allocation requests typically undergo an approval process " "before being granted. Requests either need one or two approvals, if any, " @@ -18193,17 +18510,17 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:560 msgid "" "Only users who can approve allocation and time off requests have the " ":guilabel:`Management` section visible in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:566 msgid "Manage time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 msgid "" "To view time off requests that need approval, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Management --> Time Off`. The only time off" @@ -18212,7 +18529,7 @@ msgid "" "in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:573 msgid "" "The default filter in the :guilabel:`Time Off` list is `Waiting For Me`. " "This only presents time off requests that need to be approved for current " @@ -18220,7 +18537,7 @@ msgid "" " or :guilabel:`Second Approval`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:643 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:577 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented time off requests. Since only time off requests that need to be " @@ -18230,28 +18547,28 @@ msgid "" "appear on the left side of the screen, under :guilabel:`Departments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 msgid "" "If there are no requests that fall under one of the status options or " "departments, that status or department is **not** visible on the left-side " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:587 msgid "" "To display time off requests for specific departments only, click on the " ":guilabel:`Department` on the left-hand side. Only requests within the " "selected department are then presented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:656 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:657 msgid "" "The status column displays the status of each request, with the status " "highlighted in a specific color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` and :guilabel:`Second Approval` requests are " "highlighted in yellow and are the only ones that appear in the list by " @@ -18261,7 +18578,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:665 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:599 msgid "" "To approve a time off request, click the :guilabel:`👍 Approve` button at the" " end of the line. To validate a time off request that has already been " @@ -18276,7 +18593,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:608 msgid "" "For more details, click anywhere on the time off request line (except for " "the :guilabel:`👍 Approve`, :guilabel:`✔️ Validate`, and :guilabel:`✖️ " @@ -18284,24 +18601,24 @@ msgid "" "of the user, changes can be made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:612 msgid "" "To modify the request, make any desired changes to the form. All changes are" " automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:614 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Approve` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button " "to refuse the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:684 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:620 msgid "Manage allocations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:686 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:622 msgid "" "To view allocations that need approval, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off" " app --> Management --> Allocations`. The only allocations visible on this " @@ -18309,7 +18626,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:627 msgid "" "The default filters that are configured to be in place when navigating to " "the :guilabel:`Allocations` list are :guilabel:`My Team` and " @@ -18317,13 +18634,13 @@ msgid "" "team (who they manage) and active employees. Inactive users are not shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented allocation requests." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:635 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Status` options are :guilabel:`To Approve`, " ":guilabel:`Refused`, and :guilabel:`Approved`. Click on a specific " @@ -18331,14 +18648,14 @@ msgid "" "allocation requests, click :guilabel:`All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 msgid "" "It is also possible to display allocation requests by department. Click on " "the :guilabel:`Department` in the left side of the screen to only present " "allocations for that specific department." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:644 msgid "" "The groupings on the left side only present allocation requests that fall " "under the default filters of :guilabel:`My Team` and :guilabel:`Active " @@ -18346,34 +18663,34 @@ msgid "" "filters are presented on the left side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:712 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:648 msgid "" "For example, if there are no requests with a status of :guilabel:`To " "Submit`, that status option does not appear in the left-hand side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:651 msgid "" "All departments for the user's employees appear in the list. If there are no" " allocation requests that fall under that department matching the pre-" "configured filters, the list is blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:654 msgid "" "It is always possible to remove any of the pre-configured filters, by " "clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon on the specific filter to remove " "it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:660 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, " ":guilabel:`Approved` requests are highlighted in green, and the " ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:663 msgid "" "To approve an allocation request, click the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` button at" " the end of the line. To refuse a request, click the :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` " @@ -18385,28 +18702,28 @@ msgid "" "Allocations with the filter, groupings, and status sections highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:670 msgid "" "If more details are needed, click anywhere on the allocation request line " "(except for the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` buttons) to" " view the request in detail." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:673 msgid "" "Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be made to the allocation " "request form that appears. To modify the request, make any desired changes " "to the form. All changes are automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:741 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:677 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Validate` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button" " to refuse the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:683 msgid "" "To view a color-coded schedule of the user's time off, and/or of the team " "managed by them, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Overview`. " @@ -18414,7 +18731,7 @@ msgid "" "view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:687 msgid "" "To change the time period displayed, click on the :guilabel:`Month` button " "to reveal a drop-down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -18422,7 +18739,7 @@ msgid "" "corresponding view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 msgid "" "To navigate forward or backward in time, in the selected increment " "(:guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, etc.), click the :guilabel:`← (left " @@ -18430,44 +18747,44 @@ msgid "" " that specified amount of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:695 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Month` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by" " one month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:697 msgid "" "To return to a view containing the current day, click the :guilabel:`Today` " "button at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 msgid "" "Team members are listed alphabetically on individual lines, and their " "requested time off, regardless of the status (*validated* or *to approve*), " "is visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:766 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:702 msgid "" "Each employee is color-coded. The employee's color is selected at random, " "and does *not* correspond to the type of time off they requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:705 msgid "" "The status of the time off is represented by the color detail of the " "request, either appearing solid (*validated*) or striped (*to approve*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 msgid "" "The number of days or hours requested is written on the request (if there is" " enough space)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:710 msgid "" "At the bottom of the calendar, in the :guilabel:`Total` line, a bar graph " "shows how many people are projected to be out on any given day. The number " @@ -18475,7 +18792,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:778 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:714 msgid "" "Click on a time off entry to view the details for the specific time off " "entry. The total number of hours or days are listed, along with the start " @@ -18487,21 +18804,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview of the user's team, with time off requests shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:723 msgid "My time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:725 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`My Time` section of the *Time Off* application contains the " "time off dashboard, as well as the user's time off requests and allocations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:795 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:731 msgid "Dashboard" msgstr "Painel" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:733 msgid "" "All users have access to the time off dashboard, which is the default view " "in the *Time Off* application. The dashboard can also be accessed at any " @@ -18509,38 +18826,38 @@ msgid "" "My Time --> Dashboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 msgid "" "The current year is displayed, and the current day is highlighted in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:739 msgid "" "To change the view, click on the :guilabel:`Year` button to reveal a drop-" "down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, or " ":guilabel:`Month` to present the calendar in that corresponding view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:743 msgid "" "To change the presented dates, click the :guilabel:`← (left arrow)` or " ":guilabel:`→ (right arrow)` icons to the left of the :guilabel:`Year` " "button. The calendar view adjusts in increments of the presented view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:811 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Year` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by " "one year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:813 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:749 msgid "" "To change the view at any point to a view that includes the current date, " "click the :guilabel:`Today` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:816 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:752 msgid "" "Above the calendar view is a summary of the user's time off balances. Every " "time off type that has been allocated appears in its own summary box. Each " @@ -18549,7 +18866,7 @@ msgid "" "applicable)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:757 msgid "" "To view the full details of a time off balance, click the :guilabel:`? " "(question mark)` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`(DAYS/HOURS) AVAILABLE` " @@ -18563,7 +18880,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A view of the complete time off balance details in the popover window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:767 msgid "" "A user is also able to see how much time off they will have accrued in the " "future. On the right side of the time off summary blocks, there is a " @@ -18571,7 +18888,7 @@ msgid "" "selector popover appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:771 msgid "" "The current date is the default date selected. Navigate to the desired date," " and Odoo displays the time off balances the user will have on that date. " @@ -18580,14 +18897,14 @@ msgid "" "of the date field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:840 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:776 msgid "" "On the right side of the calendar, the various time off types are displayed," " with their corresponding colors. The :guilabel:`Legend` explains how the " "various statuses for time off requests are presented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:780 msgid "" "Time off that has been validated appears in a solid color (in the color " "specified in the :guilabel:`Time Off Type` section above the " @@ -18596,19 +18913,19 @@ msgid "" "line through the dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:849 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:785 msgid "" -"New time off requests can be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :ref:`New Time Off" -" ` modal appears." +"New time off requests can be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. Click the " +":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :doc:`New Time Off" +" <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:852 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 msgid "" -"New allocation requests can also be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the dashboard to " -"request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation ` modal appears." +"New allocation requests can also be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard` to request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation " +"` modal appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 @@ -18617,56 +18934,56 @@ msgid "" "buttons highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:863 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:800 msgid "My time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:865 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:802 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`. Here, all time " "off requests, both past and present, appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:868 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:805 msgid "" "The list includes the following information for each request: the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Start Date`, " ":guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and the :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:872 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:809 msgid "" "A new time off request can be made from this view. Click the :guilabel:`New`" -" button to :ref:`request time off `." +" button to :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:878 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:815 msgid "My allocations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:817 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's allocations, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Allocations`. All " "allocations and requested allocations appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:820 msgid "" "The information presented on the :guilabel:`My Allocations` page includes: " "the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Amount`, " ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`, and :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:824 msgid "" "A new allocation request can be made from this view, as well. Click the " ":guilabel:`New` button to :ref:`request an allocation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:895 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:832 msgid "" "The reporting feature allows users to view time off for their team, either " "by employee or type of time off. This allows users to see which employees " @@ -18674,7 +18991,7 @@ msgid "" "types are being used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:899 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:836 msgid "" "Any report can be added to a spreadsheet through the *Insert in Spreadsheet*" " button that appears in the top-left of a report. If the *Documents* " @@ -18682,31 +18999,31 @@ msgid "" "appears. If not, the report can be added to a *Dashboard*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:841 msgid "By employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:843 msgid "" "To view a report of employee time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Employee`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:846 msgid "" "The default report presents the current year's data in a list view, " "displaying all the employees in alphabetical order. Each employee's line is " "collapsed by default. To expand a line, click anywhere on the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:913 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:850 msgid "" "The view expands, and has the time off requests organized by time off type. " "Click anywhere on a time off type line to expand it, and view all the " "individual time off requests that fall under that type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:916 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:853 msgid "" "The information shown in the list includes: the :guilabel:`Employee` name, " ":guilabel:`Number of Days` off requested, the :guilabel:`Start Date`, " @@ -18717,7 +19034,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Report of time off, shown by each employee in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:861 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " @@ -18729,8 +19046,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The various other views highlighted, for the employee time off report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:933 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:870 msgid "" "When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " "particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports and their" @@ -18738,18 +19054,18 @@ msgid "" "documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:875 msgid "By type" msgstr "Por tipo" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:940 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:877 msgid "" "To view a list of all time off, organized by time off type, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Type`. This shows all time" " off requests in a default bar chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:943 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 msgid "" "Hover over a bar to view the :guilabel:`Duration (Days)` of that specific " "time off type." @@ -18761,13 +19077,13 @@ msgid "" "highlighted in a red box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 msgid "" "Click on a bar to go to a detailed list view of all the time off requests " "for that time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:952 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:889 msgid "" "Each request is listed, with the following information displayed: the " ":guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Request Type`, " @@ -18775,10 +19091,174 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " "way. The various options are a :guilabel:`Graph` (the default view), " ":guilabel:`List`, or :guilabel:`Pivot` table." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:897 +msgid "" +"When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " +"particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports, and " +"their various options, refer to the :doc:`reporting " +"<../essentials/reporting>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:902 +msgid ":doc:`time_off/request_time_off`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Request time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once time off has been allocated to an employee, a request to use it can be " +"submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Time off can be requested in one of two ways: either from the main *Time " +"Off* application :guilabel:`Dashboard` (:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My " +"Time --> Dashboard`), or from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` dashboard view " +"(:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " +"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " +"Off` dashboard, in the default list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " +"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" +" form appears in a pop-up window. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time" +" Off` list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " +"form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " +"the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " +"two fields to populate: the start and end dates. Click on either date field " +"and a popover calendar appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " +"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " +"applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If only requesting time off for a single day, click on the start date, then " +"click the same date again for the end date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the correct dates are selected, click the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" +" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, tick this " +"checkbox. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " +"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " +"day is being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " +"day, tick this checkbox. If selected, a :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` " +"field appears beneath this option. Using the drop-down menu, select the " +"start and end time for the time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " +":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " +"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " +"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " +"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " +"should include any details that managers and approvers may need to approve " +"the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachment of documents. " +"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the desired files that should be attached, select them, then " +"click The :guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off " +"request form. Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information, and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " +"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " +"be saved manually at any time by clicking the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " +"with the flu." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index f673ba146..582ffff4a 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Maitê Dietze, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -30,8 +30,8 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n == 0 || n == 1) ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory & MRP" -msgstr "Inventário e MRP" +msgid "Supply Chain" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 msgid "Barcode" @@ -944,7 +944,7 @@ msgstr "Códigos de barras de local" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:20 msgid "Location" msgstr "Local" @@ -1878,14 +1878,16 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Lote` no pop-up Operações detalhadas" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:16 @@ -1900,16 +1902,23 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Lote` no pop-up Operações detalhadas" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:26 @@ -4984,6 +4993,8 @@ msgstr "" "especificada na aba :guilabel:`Inventário` do formulário do produto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:182 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Manual" @@ -5094,15 +5105,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:214 msgid "" -"The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is four days," -" and the :ref:`purchase security lead time ` is one day." +"The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is " +"four days, and the :ref:`purchase security lead time " +"` is one day." msgstr "" -"O :ref:`vendor lead time ` é de quatro " -"dias, e o :ref:`margem de segurança para compras " -"` é de um dia." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:218 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` field of the reordering rule is set to " "zero, the product appears on the replenishment dashboard five days before " @@ -5120,7 +5128,7 @@ msgstr "" "Gráfico que representa quando a necessidade aparece no painel de reposição: " "27 de fevereiro." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:226 msgid "" "To see the product on the replenishment dashboard for the current date, " "February 20, set the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` to `7.00`." @@ -5128,7 +5136,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para ver o produto no painel de reposição da data atual, 20 de fevereiro, " "defina o :guilabel:`Dias de visibilidade` como `7.00`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:229 msgid "" "To determine the amount of visibility days needed to see a product on the " "replenishment dashboard, subtract *today's date* from the *date the need " @@ -5138,12 +5146,12 @@ msgstr "" " produto no painel de reposição, subtraia a *data de hoje* da *data em que a" " necessidade surge* no painel de reposição." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:232 msgid "Visibility~days = Need~appears~date - Today's~date" msgstr "" "Dias~de~visibilidade = Data~de~surgimento~da~necessidade - Data~de~hoje" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:237 msgid "" "Referring to the example above, today's date is February 20th, and the need " "for the product appears on February 27th." @@ -5151,11 +5159,11 @@ msgstr "" "Com relação ao exemplo acima, a data de hoje é 20 de fevereiro e a " "necessidade do produto surge em 27 de fevereiro." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:240 msgid "(February 27 - February 20 = 7 days)" msgstr "(27 de fevereiro - 20 de fevereiro = 7 dias)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:242 msgid "" "Incorrectly setting the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` fewer than seven days in" " this case results in the need **not** appearing on the replenishment " @@ -5173,11 +5181,11 @@ msgstr "" "Mostrar o painel de reposição com os dias de visibilidade corretos e " "incorretos definidos." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:252 msgid "Route" msgstr "Rota" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:254 msgid "" "Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected under the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it is possible" @@ -5189,7 +5197,7 @@ msgstr "" "possível selecionar tanto :guilabel:`Comprar` quanto :guilabel:`Fabricar`, " "permitindo assim a funcionalidade de ambas as rotas." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:258 msgid "" "Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering " "rule. This is the route that the rule defaults to, if multiple are selected." @@ -5202,7 +5210,7 @@ msgstr "" " até :menuselection:`app Inventário --> Configuração --> Regras de " "reposição`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:262 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Route` column is hidden on the " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` page." @@ -5210,7 +5218,7 @@ msgstr "" "Por padrão, a coluna :guilabel:`Rota` está oculta na página " ":guilabel:`Regras de reposição`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:264 msgid "" "Reveal the :guilabel:`Route` column by selecting the :guilabel:`(slider)` " "icon to the far-right of the column titles, and checking the " @@ -5220,7 +5228,7 @@ msgstr "" "na extremidade direita dos títulos das colunas e marcando a opção " ":guilabel:`Rota` no menu suspenso exibido." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:267 msgid "" "Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule, and a drop-down " "menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the " @@ -5234,7 +5242,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down." msgstr "Selecione uma rota preferencial no menu suspenso." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:275 msgid "" "If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set " "for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the selected route " @@ -6164,7 +6172,7 @@ msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "Rastreamento de produtos" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:100 msgid "Assign serial numbers" msgstr "Atribuir números de série" @@ -6190,7 +6198,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" @@ -6223,14 +6231,17 @@ msgstr "" "` em um recebimento" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:21 -msgid "when closing a manufacturing order" -msgstr "ao fechar uma ordem de produção" +msgid "" +":doc:`during a manufacturing order " +"<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product>` for a " +"product tracked by lot/serial numbers" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:24 msgid "when making an inventory adjustment" msgstr "ao fazer um ajuste de estoque" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:32 msgid "" "Display the Detailed Operations smart button and bulleted list icon on a " "receipt." @@ -6238,7 +6249,7 @@ msgstr "" "Exibir o botão inteligente Operações detalhadas e o ícone de lista com " "marcadores em um recebimento." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:32 msgid "" "Display the **Detailed Operations** smart button and bulleted list icon on a" " receipt." @@ -6246,7 +6257,7 @@ msgstr "" "Exibir o botão inteligente **Operações detalhadas** e o ícone de lista com " "marcadores em um recebimento." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:37 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers to products, activate the :guilabel:`Lots and " "Serial Numbers` feature in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " @@ -6256,7 +6267,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Números de série e lotes` em :menuselection:`app Inventário --> " "Configuração --> Definições`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:40 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of an item's product form, set the " ":guilabel:`Tracking` field to :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`." @@ -6265,13 +6276,13 @@ msgstr "" "item, defina o campo :guilabel:`Rastreamento` como :guilabel:`Por número de " "série exclusivo`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:44 msgid "" ":ref:`Enable serial numbers `" msgstr "" ":ref:`Habilitar números de série `" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:45 msgid "" ":ref:`Track products by serial numbers " "`" @@ -6279,7 +6290,7 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Rastrear produtos por números de série " "`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:49 msgid "" "Next, enable creating new serial numbers by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`." @@ -6287,7 +6298,7 @@ msgstr "" "Em seguida, habilite a criação de novos números de série acessando " ":menuselection:`app Inventário --> Configuração --> Tipos de operações`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:52 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, select the desired operation " "type (e.g. :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, or " @@ -6307,11 +6318,11 @@ msgstr "" "Mostrar que a opção \"Criar novo\" está selecionada no tipo de operação " "Receipts." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:64 msgid "Detailed Operations" msgstr "Operações detalhadas" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:66 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned to products when entering stock for the first" " time, from the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` page on the receipt. " @@ -6323,7 +6334,7 @@ msgstr "" "recebimento. Os recebimentos podem ser acessados navegando até " ":menuselection:`app Inventário --> Operações --> Recebimentos`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:71 msgid "" "Serial numbers can **not** be assigned to products on a request for " "quotation (RfQ) or purchase order (PO) — **only** on a receipt." @@ -6336,7 +6347,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the purchase order and the Receipt smart button" msgstr "Mostrar o pedido de compra e o botão inteligente Recebimento" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:78 msgid "" "Screenshot of a \"Purchase Order\" with the \"Receipt\" smart button at the " "top." @@ -6344,7 +6355,7 @@ msgstr "" "Captura de tela de um \"Pedido de compra\" com o botão inteligente " "\"Recebimento\" na parte superior." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:80 msgid "" "To record an item's serial number before receiving the item, follow the " "steps in the next sections to assign serial numbers, but do **not** click " @@ -6356,7 +6367,7 @@ msgstr "" "clique no botão :guilabel:`Validar` do recebimento até que os produtos sejam" " recebidos do fornecedor." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:84 msgid "" "Assign a single serial number to a product by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` smart button on a receipt." @@ -6364,7 +6375,7 @@ msgstr "" "Atribua um único número de série a um produto clicando no botão inteligente " ":guilabel:`Operações detalhadas` em um recebimento." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:87 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, manually type in the " "serial number for a single product." @@ -6378,7 +6389,7 @@ msgstr "" "Adicione uma linha na página Operações detalhadas para atribuir números de " "série." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:94 msgid "" "When finished, click the receipt's breadcrumbs, and the assigned serial " "numbers are automatically saved." @@ -6386,7 +6397,7 @@ msgstr "" "Quando terminar, clique nas trilhasde navegação do recebimento, e os números" " de série atribuídos serão salvos automaticamente." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:102 msgid "" "To generate new serial numbers in a sequence, click the :guilabel:`+ (plus)`" " icon in the :ref:`product line `." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:113 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` pop-up window. The " ":guilabel:`Number of SN` field is auto-filled based on the product quantity " @@ -6430,11 +6441,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show Assign Serial numbers pop-up." msgstr "Pop-up Atribuir números de série." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:125 msgid "Stock move pop-up window" msgstr "Janela pop-up de movimentação de estoque" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:127 msgid "" "For various methods of assigning serial numbers in bulk, click the " ":guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the :ref:`product line " @@ -6444,11 +6455,11 @@ msgstr "" "no ícone :guilabel:`⦙≣ (lista de itens)` na :ref:`linha do produto " "` de um recebimento." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:132 msgid "Add a line" msgstr "Adicionar uma linha" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:134 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window that appears, manually " "input the serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." @@ -6460,11 +6471,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a line on the Stock move pop-up." msgstr "Adicionar uma linha no pop-up de movimentação de estoque." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:142 msgid "Generate Serials" msgstr "Gerar séries" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:144 msgid "" "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Generate " "Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." @@ -6477,7 +6488,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show generate serials button." msgstr "Mostrar o botão Gerar séries." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:151 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Generate Serial numbers` pop-up window, where " "the first serial number is entered in the :guilabel:`First SN` field to " @@ -6489,7 +6500,7 @@ msgstr "" "gerar uma sequência de números de série, com base no primeiro número de " "série inserido." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:155 msgid "" "For more details on how to fill in this pop-up window, :ref:`refer to this " "section `." @@ -6497,11 +6508,11 @@ msgstr "" "Para obter mais detalhes sobre como preencher essa janela pop-up, " ":ref:`consulte esta seção `." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:159 msgid "Import Serials" msgstr "Importar séries" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:161 msgid "" "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Import " "Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." @@ -6510,7 +6521,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Importar séries/lotes` na janela pop-up :guilabel:`Abrir: " "movimentação de estoque`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:165 msgid "" "If the button is not visible, ensure the :guilabel:`Create New` option is " "selected in the :ref:`receipt's configuration page " @@ -6520,7 +6531,7 @@ msgstr "" "está selecionada na página de configuração do reecebimento " "`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:168 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window. Enter each serial " "number on a separate line in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." @@ -6529,7 +6540,7 @@ msgstr "" "série em uma linha separada no campo de texto :guilabel:`Números de " "série/lotes`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:172 msgid "" "Copy/paste serial numbers from an existing excel spreadsheet and add them to" " the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." @@ -6541,7 +6552,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show excel sheet to copy serial numbers from." msgstr "Planilha do Excel para copiar os números de série." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:179 msgid "" "Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to add serial numbers to " "the list of products, and serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " @@ -6555,11 +6566,12 @@ msgstr "" "movimentação de estoques`. Para substituir os números de série na lista, " "deixe a opção :guilabel:`Manter as linhas atuais` desmarcada." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:146 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Generate`." msgstr "Por fim, clique em :guilabel:`Gerar`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:187 msgid "" "For a receipt with a :guilabel:`Demand` of `3.00` products, one product has " "already been assigned a serial number in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` " @@ -6569,7 +6581,7 @@ msgstr "" "produto já recebeu um número de série na janela pop-up :guilabel:`Abrir: " "Movimentação de estoque`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:190 msgid "" "So, in the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window, two serial numbers, `124` " "and `125` are assigned to the remaining products by entering the following " @@ -6579,7 +6591,7 @@ msgstr "" "série, `124` e `125`, são atribuídos aos produtos restantes, digitando o " "seguinte no campo de entrada :guilabel:`Números de série/lote`:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:199 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option is selected to add these two " "serial numbers **in addition** to the serial number, `123`, that has already" @@ -6634,7 +6646,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr ":doc:`lots`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "Habilitar números de série e lotes" @@ -6728,6 +6740,7 @@ msgstr "" "números, letras, símbolos tipográficos ou uma mistura dos três tipos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:343 msgid "Traceability" msgstr "Rastreabilidade" @@ -7375,6 +7388,7 @@ msgstr "" "remoção também podem ser definidas em :guilabel:`Categorias de produtos`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:189 msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" msgstr ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" @@ -7417,11 +7431,11 @@ msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." msgstr "" "Agrupar por datas de vencimento na página de números de série e lotes." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 msgid "Expiration alerts" msgstr "Alertas de vencimento" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 msgid "" "To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." @@ -7429,7 +7443,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para ver os alertas de vencimento, vá para o :menuselection:`app Inventário " "--> Produtos --> Números de série/lote`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:251 msgid "" "Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " "Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " @@ -7441,7 +7455,7 @@ msgstr "" "formulário de detalhes do número de série, clique na aba :guilabel:`Datas` " "para ver todas as informações de expiração relacionadas aos produtos." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:255 msgid "" "To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " "form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " @@ -7452,7 +7466,7 @@ msgstr "" " para a data de hoje (ou anterior) e clique em :guilabel:`Salvar` para " "salvar as alterações." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:259 msgid "" "After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " "Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " @@ -7465,7 +7479,7 @@ msgstr "" "breve. A partir daí, clique para voltar à página :guilabel:`Números de " "série/lotes` (via trilhas de navegação)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:263 msgid "" "To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " "are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" @@ -7476,7 +7490,7 @@ msgstr "" "filtros de pesquisa da barra :guilabel:`Pesquisar…` no painel " ":guilabel:`Números de série/lotes`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:267 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." msgstr "" @@ -7488,138 +7502,464 @@ msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "Alerta de expiração para produtos com data de validade vencida." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" -msgstr "Usar lotes para gerenciar grupos de produtos" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" -" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " -"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" -" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." +msgid "Lot numbers" msgstr "" -"*Lotes* são uma das duas maneiras de identificar e rastrear produtos no " -"Odoo. Um lote geralmente indica um conjunto específico de um item que foi " -"recebido, está armazenado no momento ou foi enviado de um armazém, mas " -"também pode pertencer a um lote de produtos fabricados internamente." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:10 msgid "" -"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " -"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " -"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " -"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " -"lifecycles." +"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. They " +"typically represent a specific batch of products that were received, stored," +" shipped, or manufactured in-house." msgstr "" -"Os fabricantes atribuem números de lote a grupos de produtos que têm " -"propriedades comuns; isso pode fazer com que vários produtos compartilhem o " -"mesmo número de lote. Isso ajuda a identificar vários produtos em um único " -"grupo e permite a rastreabilidade de ponta a ponta desses produtos em cada " -"etapa de seus ciclos de vida." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:13 msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " -"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " -"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " -"expiration dates." +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products sharing common " +"properties, facilitating end-to-end traceability through their lifecycles." msgstr "" -"Os lotes são úteis para produtos que são fabricados ou recebidos em grandes " -"quantidades (como roupas ou alimentos) e podem ser usados para rastrear um " -"produto até um grupo. Isso é especialmente útil ao gerenciar recalls ou " -"datas de validade de produtos." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:16 msgid "" -"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " -"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " -"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " -"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " -":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +"Lots are useful for managing large quantities of manufactured or received " +"products, aiding in tracing items back to their group, particularly for " +"product recalls or :doc:`expiration dates `." msgstr "" -"Para rastrear produtos usando lotes, o recurso *Números de série e lote* " -"deve estar ativado. Vá para :menuselection:`app Inventário --> Configuração " -"--> Definições`, role para baixo até a seção :guilabel:`Rastreabilidade` e " -"clique na caixa ao lado de :guilabel:`Números de série e lotes`. Em seguida," -" clique no botão :guilabel:`Salvar` para gravar as alterações." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 -msgid "Track products by lots" -msgstr "Rastrear produtos por lotes" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:26 msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " -"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " -"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " -"and choose a product." +"To track products using lots, enable the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature. Go" +" to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and tick the checkbox " +"next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`Tracking expiration dates `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:33 +msgid "" +":ref:`Print GS1 barcodes for lots and serial numbers " +"`" msgstr "" -"Depois que a configuração :guilabel:`Números de série e lotes` for ativada, " -"os produtos individuais poderão ser configurados para serem rastreados por " -"meio de lotes. Para fazer isso, vá para o :menuselection:`app Inventário -->" -" Produtos --> Produtos` e escolha um produto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " -"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " -":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " -"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +msgid "Track by lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, configure " +"individual products to be tracked using lots. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and choose a " +"product to configure." msgstr "" -"Uma vez no formulário do produto, clique em :guilabel:`Editar` para fazer " -"alterações no formulário. Em seguida, clique na aba :guilabel:`Inventário`. " -"Na seção :guilabel:`Rastreabilidade`, clique em :guilabel:`Por lotes`. Em " -"seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Salvar` para gravar as alterações. Os números " -"de lote existentes ou novos podem agora ser atribuídos a lotes recém-" -"recebidos ou fabricados desse produto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:48 msgid "" -"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " -"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" -" lot numbers to the existing stock." +"On the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, select the :guilabel:`By Lots` option in " +"the :guilabel:`Tracking` field. Now, new or existing lot numbers can be " +"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`expiration_dates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, a warning message appears. Use an :doc:`inventory adjustment" +" ` to assign lot numbers to existing products in stock." msgstr "" -"Se um produto tiver estoque disponível antes da ativação do rastreamento por" -" lotes ou números de série, talvez seja necessário realizar um ajuste de " -"inventário para atribuir números de lote ao estoque existente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." msgstr "" "Recurso de rastreamento por lotes habilitado no formulário do produto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 -msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" -msgstr "Criar novos lotes para produtos já em estoque" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:58 -msgid "" -"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " -"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" -" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " -"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " -"automatically." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:65 +msgid "Assign lots for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -"Novos lotes podem ser criados para produtos já em estoque sem número de lote" -" atribuído. Para fazer isso, vá para :menuselection:`app Inventário --> " -"Produtos --> Números de série/lotes` e clique em :guilabel:`Criar`. Isso " -"revela uma página separada onde um novo :guilabel:`Número de série/lote` é " -"gerado automaticamente." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Assign new lot numbers to :ref:`incoming goods " +"` on the receipt form. When " +"shipping :ref:`outgoing goods `, select products with specific lot numbers on the delivery order " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:75 +msgid "On receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Assigning new or existing lot numbers to incoming goods can be done directly" +" on receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To begin, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app to `create and confirm " +"`_ a |PO| for products tracked " +"by lot numbers. Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button that " +"appears at the top of the page to navigate to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to an existing receipt by going to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, clicking the :guilabel:`Receipts` Kanban " +"card, and choosing the desired receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number triggers an " +"error, indicating that a lot number **must** be assigned before validating " +"the receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." +msgstr "Adicionar pop-up de erro de usuário de número de série/lote." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:96 +msgid "" +"On the receipt form, on the product line in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, " +"select the |list| icon to the right of the product that is tracked by lot " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the bulleted list icon on the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, where the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` and :guilabel:`Quantity` are assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 +msgid "The two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **importing**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:109 +msgid "Manual assignment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"To manually assign lot numbers, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Input the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, :guilabel:`Store To` location for the lot, " +":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Destination Package`, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To assign multiple lot numbers, or store to multiple locations, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and type a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` for " +"additional quantities. Repeat until the total in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"column matches the :guilabel:`Demand` at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgstr "Pop-up de operações detalhadas de atribuição de número de lote." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:125 +msgid "Import lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:127 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, click :guilabel:`Import " +"Serials/Lots`, then paste the bulk lot numbers, in the " +":guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "Lista de números de lote copiada em uma planilha do Excel." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on *Google* spreadsheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 +msgid "Lot numbers copied to the lot number line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Lot numbers pasted to the \"Lots/Serial numbers\" field, in the **Import " +"Lots** pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to generate *additional* " +"lot numbers in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window. To replace " +"the lot numbers in the list, leave the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option" +" unticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` on the receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:200 +msgid "" +":ref:`Traceability report for lot numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:157 +msgid "On delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Odoo makes it possible to specify which lot numbers for a product are chosen" +" for outgoing shipment on a delivery order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To begin, create or select an existing quotation from the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app. After confirming the |SO|, the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button becomes available. Click the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt form for " +"that specific |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to delivery orders by going to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`" +" kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button opens the the delivery order " +"form, where lot numbers are picked for delivery. In the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab, click the |list| icon to the right of the " +"product that is tracked by lot numbers. Clicking that icon reveals a " +":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, the chosen lot number and its storage location is " +"displayed in the :guilabel:`Pick From` column, with the with the full " +":guilabel:`Quantity` taken from that specific lot (if there is enough stock " +"in that particular lot)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:179 +msgid "" +"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " +":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:183 +msgid "" +"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " +"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It also " +"depends on the ordered quantity, and whether the lot's on-hand quantity is " +"enough to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Repeat the above steps to select enough lots to fulfill the " +":guilabel:`Demand`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. " +"Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button on the |DO| to deliver the " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Popup for source lot number on sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:203 +msgid "Lot management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Manage and view existing lot numbers for products in the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` dashboard by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:208 +msgid "" +"By default, lot numbers are grouped by product, and selecting the drop-down " +"menu for each product displays the existing lot numbers. Select a lot number" +" to :ref:`modify or add details ` " +"linked to the lot. Lot numbers can also be :ref:`created " +"` from this page, by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 +msgid "Show the \"Lot/Serial Number\" dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Display lot numbers, grouped by products, on the **Lot/Serial Number** " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 +msgid "Modify lot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Clicking a lot from the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` dashboard reveals a " +"separate page where additional information can be provided about the lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to follow " +"the most recent number. However, it can be edited, by clicking the line " +"under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and changing the generated " +"number to any desired one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:233 +msgid "On the lot number form, the following fields can be modified:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:235 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: change the lot number linked to the " +":guilabel:`Product`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:236 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internal Reference`: records an alternative lot/serial number " +"used within the warehouse that differs from the one used by the supplier " +"manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company where the lot number is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:239 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: add extra details about the lot or serial number in" +" this text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:242 +msgid "" +"On existing lots, the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"fields **cannot** be modified, as the lot numbers are linked with existing " +"stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the lot number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:250 +msgid ":doc:`Set expiration dates for lots `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:253 +msgid "Add property" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:255 +msgid "" +"To add custom fields to lots for enhanced traceability, there are two " +"methods of adding properties on a lot number form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon at the top-left of the page," +" then select :icon:`fa-cogs` :guilabel:`Add Properties` from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a Property` button, located below " +"the existing fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Name and :doc:`configure the new field " +"<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`. Once finished, enter the " +"property value in the new field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The new property, `Wood type`, is added. The value is recorded as `Cherry " +"wood`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Show the \"Add Properties\" button on a lot number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:273 +msgid "" +":doc:`Configuring custom properties " +"<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 +msgid "Reserve lot number for a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:280 +msgid "" +"To create a lot number for a product, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lot/Serial Numbers`, and " +"click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Creating a lot number reserves it for a product but **does not** assign it. " +"To assign lot numbers, refer to the section on :ref:`assigning lot numbers " +"on receipts `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:289 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " "follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " -"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " -"and changing the generated number." +"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field " +"on the lot form, and changing the generated number." msgstr "" -"Embora o Odoo gere automaticamente um novo :guilabel:`Número de série/lote` " -"para seguir o número mais recente, ele pode ser editado e alterado para " -"qualquer número desejado, clicando na linha abaixo do campo " -":guilabel:`Número de série/lote` e alterando o número gerado." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:293 msgid "" "Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " "field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " @@ -7629,489 +7969,67 @@ msgstr "" "campo em branco ao lado de :guilabel:`Produto` para exibir um menu suspenso." " Nesse menu, selecione o produto ao qual esse novo número será atribuído." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:72 -msgid "" -"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " -"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " -"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " -"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" -"website environment)." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:298 +msgid "The lot number, `000001`, is created for the product, `Drawer Black`." msgstr "" -"Esse formulário também oferece a opção de ajustar o :guilabel:`Quantidade`, " -"atribuir um número exclusivo :guilabel:`Referência interna` (para fins de " -"rastreabilidade) e atribuir essa configuração específica de lote ou número " -"de série a um site específico no campo :guilabel:`Website` (se estiver " -"trabalhando em um ambiente com vários sites)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 -msgid "" -"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " -"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." -msgstr "" -"Uma descrição detalhada desse lote ou número de série específico também pode" -" ser adicionada na aba :guilabel:`Descrição` abaixo." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:83 -msgid "" -"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " -"button to save all changes." -msgstr "" -"Quando todas as configurações desejadas estiverem concluídas, clique no " -"botão :guilabel:`Salvar` para gravar todas as alterações." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." msgstr "Formulário de criação de novo número de lote com produto atribuído." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:304 msgid "" "After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " -"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" -" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " -"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." +"product, the lot number is saved as an existing lot number linked to the " +"product, and can be selected when :ref:`assigning lot numbers to products on" +" a receipt `, or when making an " +"inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -"Depois que um novo número de lote tiver sido criado, salvo e atribuído ao " -"produto em questão, volte ao formulário do produto no aplicativo " -":menuselection:`Inventário`, acessando :menuselection:`Produtos --> " -"Produtos` e selecionando o produto ao qual esse número de lote recém-criado " -"acabou de ser atribuído." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:310 msgid "" -"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " -"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " -"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" -" assigned to it." +"After creating the lot number, `000001` appears as an option for `Drawer " +"Black` when assigning lot numbers on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` " +"page." msgstr "" -"No formulário de detalhes desse produto, clique no botão inteligente " -":guilabel:`Número de série/lote` para visualizar o novo número de lote. " -"Quando uma quantidade adicional desse produto for recebida ou fabricada, " -"esse novo número de lote poderá ser selecionado e atribuído a ele." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:95 -msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" -msgstr "Gerenciar lotes para envio e recebimento" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " -"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " -"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " -"order form." -msgstr "" -"Os números de lote podem ser atribuídos tanto a mercadorias **recebidas** " -"quanto às **enviadas**. Para mercadorias recebidas, os números de lote são " -"atribuídos diretamente no formulário de pedido de compra. Para mercadorias " -"enviadas, os números de lote são atribuídos diretamente no formulário de " -"pedido de vendas." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:104 -msgid "Manage lots on receipts" -msgstr "Gerenciar lotes em recebimentos" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " -"purchase order (PO)." -msgstr "" -"É possível atribuir números de lotes a mercadorias **recebidas** diretamente" -" no pedido de compra (PC)." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:108 -msgid "" -"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " -"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." -msgstr "" -"Para criar um :abbr:`PC (pedido de compra)`, vá para :menuselection:`app " -"Compras --> Criar`. Ao fazer isso, você verá um novo formulário de " -"solicitação de cotação (SDC) em branco." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 -msgid "" -"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " -"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " -"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " -"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." -msgstr "" -"Nesta :abbr:`SDC`, preencha as informações necessárias adicionando um " -":guilabel:`Fornecedor` e adicionando os produtos desejados às linhas " -":guilabel:`Produto`, clicando em :guilabel:`Adicionar um produto` (na aba " -":guilabel:`Produtos`)." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " -"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." -msgstr "" -"Escolha a quantidade do produto a ser comprada alterando o número na coluna " -":guilabel:`Quantidade`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " -"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " -":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " -"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." -msgstr "" -"Depois de preencher o :abbr:`SDC`, clique em :guilabel:`Confirmar pedido`. " -"Quando a :abbr:`SDC` for confirmada, ela se tornará um :guilabel:`Pedido de " -"compra` e um botão inteligente :guilabel:`Recebimento` será exibido. Clique " -"no botão inteligente :guilabel:`Recebimento` para acessar o formulário de " -"recebimento do armazém." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " -"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" -"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " -":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " -"number being assigned." -msgstr "" -"Clicar em :guilabel:`Validar` antes de atribuir um número de lote às " -"quantidades de produtos solicitados resultará em um pop-up :guilabel:`Erro " -"do usuário`. A janela pop-up requer a entrada de um lote ou número de série " -"para os produtos solicitados. A :abbr:`SDC` **não pode** ser validada sem " -"que um número de lote seja atribuído." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." -msgstr "Adicionar pop-up de erro de usuário de número de série/lote." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:133 -msgid "" -"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " -":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " -"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " -"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." -msgstr "" -"A partir daí, clique no menu :guilabel:`Opções adicionais`, representado por" -" um ícone de :guilabel:`quatro linhas horizontais`, localizado à direita da " -"coluna :guilabel:`Unidade de medida` na aba :guilabel:`Operações`). Clicar " -"nesse ícone revela um pop-up :guilabel:`Operações detalhadas`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:137 -msgid "" -"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " -"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " -"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." -msgstr "" -"Nessa janela pop-up, configure vários campos diferentes, incluindo a " -"atribuição de um número de lote, na coluna :guilabel:`Nome do número de " -"série/lote`, localizada na parte inferior da janela pop-up." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." -msgstr "" -"Há duas maneiras de atribuir números de lote: **manualmente** e " -"**copiar/colar**." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 -msgid "" -"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" -" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " -"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " -"quantity." -msgstr "" -"**Atribuir manualmente números de lote**: Clique em :guilabel:`Adicionar uma" -" linha` e escolha o local em que os produtos serão armazenados na coluna " -":guilabel:`Para`. Em seguida, digite um novo :guilabel:`Nome do número de " -"lote` e defina a quantidade :guilabel:`concluída`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 -msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." -msgstr "Pop-up de operações detalhadas de atribuição de número de lote." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " -":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " -"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " -"the :guilabel:`Demand`." +msgid "Show how to assign lot numbers on the Inventory Adjustment page." msgstr "" -"Se as quantidades tiverem que ser processadas em vários locais e lotes, " -"clique em :guilabel:`Adicionar uma linha` e digite um novo :guilabel:`Nome " -"do número do lote` para quantidades adicionais. Repita até que a " -":guilabel:`quantidade concluída` corresponda à :guilabel:`demanda`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:155 -msgid "" -"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " -"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " -"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" -" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" -" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " -":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " -"entered in each of the lot number lines." -msgstr "" -"**Copiar/colar números de lote de uma planilha**: Preencha uma planilha com " -"todos os números de lote recebidos do fornecedor (ou escolhidos manualmente " -"para atribuição no recebimento). Em seguida, copie e cole-os na coluna " -":guilabel:`Número de série/lote`. O Odoo criará automaticamente o número " -"necessário de linhas com base na quantidade de números colados na coluna. A " -"partir daí, os locais :guilabel:`Para` e as quantidades " -":guilabel:`concluídas` podem ser inseridos manualmente em cada uma das " -"linhas de número de lote." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 -msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." -msgstr "Lista de números de lote copiada em uma planilha do Excel." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." -msgstr "" -"Quando todas as quantidades de produtos tiverem recebido um número de lote, " -"clique em :guilabel:`Confirmar` para fechar a janela pop-up. Em seguida, " -"clique em :guilabel:`Validar`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:168 -msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." -" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " -":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " -"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" -" assigned, and more." -msgstr "" -"Um botão inteligente :guilabel:`Rastreabilidade` aparece após a validação do" -" recebimento. Clique no botão inteligente :guilabel:`Rastreabilidade` para " -"ver o :guilabel:`Relatório de rastreabilidade` atualizado, que inclui: um " -"documento :guilabel:`Referência`; o :guilabel:`Produto` que está sendo " -"rastreado; o :guilabel:`Nº de série/lote` atribuído e mais." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:174 -msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" -msgstr "Gerenciar lotes em pedidos de entrega" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " -"sales order (SO)." -msgstr "" -"A atribuição de números de lote a mercadorias **enviadas** pode ser feita " -"diretamente no pedido de venda (PV)." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " -"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." -msgstr "" -"Para criar um :abbr:`PV (pedido de venda)`, vá para a :menuselection:`app " -"Vendas --> Criar`. Ao fazer isso, você verá um novo formulário de cotação em" -" branco." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:181 -msgid "" -"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" -" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " -"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." -msgstr "" -"Nesse formulário de cotação em branco, preencha as informações necessárias " -"adicionando um :guilabel:`Clientes` e adicionando produtos às linhas " -":guilabel:`Produto` (na aba :guilabel:`Linhas do pedido`) clicando em " -":guilabel:`Adicionar um produto`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:185 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` column." -msgstr "" -"Em seguida, escolha a quantidade a ser vendida alterando o número na coluna " -":guilabel:`Quantidade`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" -" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " -":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." -msgstr "" -"Depois que a cotação for preenchida, clique no botão :guilabel:`Confirmar` " -"para confirmar a cotação. Quando a cotação é confirmada, ela se torna um " -":abbr:`PV (pedido de venda) ` e um botão inteligente :guilabel:`Entrega` é " -"exibido." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:201 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " -"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." -msgstr "" -"Clique no botão inteligente :guilabel:`Entrega` para visualizar o formulário" -" de recebimento do armazém para esse :abbr:`PV (pedido de venda)` " -"específico." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 -msgid "" -"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " -"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " -":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " -"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." -msgstr "" -"A partir daí, clique no menu :guilabel:`Opções adicionais`, representado por" -" um ícone de quatro linhas horizontais, localizadas à direita da coluna " -":guilabel:`Unidade de medida` na aba :guilabel:`Operações`). Clicar nesse " -"ícone revela um pop-up :guilabel:`Operações detalhadas`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:198 -msgid "" -"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " -"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" -" there is enough stock in that particular lot)." -msgstr "" -"Na janela pop-up, um :guilabel:`Número de série/lote` será escolhido por " -"padrão, com a quantidade total :guilabel:`Reservada` retirada desse lote " -"específico (se houver estoque suficiente nesse lote específico)." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:202 -msgid "" -"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " -":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " -"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " -"total quantity." -msgstr "" -"Se não houver estoque suficiente nesse lote, ou se quantidades parciais da " -":guilabel:`Demanda` precisarem ser retiradas de vários lotes, altere a " -"quantidade na coluna :guilabel:`Concluído` para incluir apenas essa parte " -"específica da quantidade total." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:207 -msgid "" -"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " -"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " -"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " -"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " -"lot to fulfill the order." -msgstr "" -"O lote escolhido automaticamente nos pedidos de entrega varia, dependendo da" -" estratégia de remoção selecionada (:abbr:`PEPS (primeiro a entrar, primeiro" -" a sair)`, :abbr:`UEPS (último a entrar, primeiro a sair)`, ou :abbr:`PVPS " -"(primeiro a vencer, primeiro a sair)`). Isso também dependerá da quantidade " -"pedida e se há quantidade suficiente em um lote para atender ao pedido." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:213 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" -msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:215 -msgid "" -"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " -"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" -" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." -msgstr "" -"Em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Adicionar uma linha`, selecione outro " -":guilabel:`Número de série/lote` (diferente), aplique o restante das " -"quantidades :guilabel:`concluídas` e clique em :guilabel:`Confirmar` para " -"fechar a janela pop-up. Por fim, clique no botão :guilabel:`Validar` para " -"entregar os produtos." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." -msgstr "" -"Pop-up de operações detalhadas para o número do lote de origem no pedido de " -"vendas." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 -msgid "" -"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " -"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " -":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " -"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " -"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." -msgstr "" -"Após a validação do pedido de entrega, um botão inteligente " -":guilabel:`Rastreabilidade` é exibido. Clique no botão inteligente " -":guilabel:`Rastreabilidade` para ver o :guilabel:`Relatório de " -"rastreabilidade` atualizado, que inclui um documento :guilabel:`Referência`," -" o :guilabel:`Produto` que está sendo rastreado, a :guilabel:`Data` e o " -":guilabel:`Nº de série/lote` atribuído." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:228 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" -" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " -"the same lot number." -msgstr "" -"O :guilabel:`Relatório de rastreabilidade` também pode incluir um recibo de " -":guilabel:`referência` do pedido de compra anterior, se as quantidades do " -"produto compartilharem o mesmo número de lote." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:318 msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" msgstr "Gerenciar lotes para diferentes tipos de operações" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:320 msgid "" -"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " -"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " -"be used." +"By default, new lots can only be created when receiving products, and " +"existing lot numbers cannot be used. For sales orders, only existing lot " +"numbers can be utilized, and new ones cannot be created on the delivery " +"order." msgstr "" -"No Odoo, a criação de novos lotes só é permitida ao **receber** produtos de " -"um pedido de compra, por padrão. Números de lote **existentes** não podem " -"ser usados." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:237 -msgid "" -"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" -" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." -msgstr "" -"Com pedidos de venda, ocorre o oposto: não é possível criar novos números de" -" lote no pedido de entrega, apenas números de lote existentes podem ser " -"usados." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:324 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " "type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " -"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +"Operations Types`, and select the desired operation type." msgstr "" -"Para alterar a capacidade de usar números de lote novos (ou existentes) em " -"qualquer tipo de operação, acesse a :menuselection:`app Inventário --> " -"Configuração --> Tipos de operação` e selecione o :guilabel:`Tipo de " -"operação` desejado." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:328 msgid "" -"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " -"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " -"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" -" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " -":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" -" to save the changes." +"On the operation type form, under the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"section, tick the :guilabel:`Create New` checkbox to enable new lot numbers " +"to be created during this operation type. Choose :guilabel:`Use Existing " +"ones` if only existing lot numbers can be selected." msgstr "" -"Para :guilabel:`Recebimentos`, encontrados na página :menuselection:`Tipos " -"de operação`, a opção :guilabel:`Usar números de série/lotes existentes` " -"pode ser ativada, clicando em :guilabel:`Editar` e, em seguida, clicando na " -"caixa de seleção ao lado da opção :guilabel:`Usar números de série/lotes` " -"(na seção :guilabel:`Rastreabilidade`). Por fim, clique no botão " -":guilabel:`Salvar` para gravar as alterações." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:249 -msgid "" -"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " -"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " -"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " -"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." -msgstr "" -"Em :guilabel:`pedidos de entrega`, é possível ativar a opção " -":guilabel:`Criar novos números de série/lotes` clicando em " -":guilabel:`Editar` e clicando na caixa de seleção ao lado da opção " -":guilabel:`Criar novos números de série/lotes`. Não se esqueça de clicar no " -"botão :guilabel:`Salvar` para gravar todas as alterações." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." msgstr "" "Configuração de rastreabilidade ativada no formulário de tipo de operações." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:337 msgid "" "For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " "useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" @@ -8121,21 +8039,14 @@ msgstr "" " pode ser útil ativar a opção :guilabel:`Usar números de série/lotes " "existentes` para recebimentos de armazéns." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "Rastreabilidade de lotes" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:345 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " -"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " -"stored, and who (and when) it went to." +"entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from, when it arrived, where it" +" was stored, who it went to (and when)." msgstr "" -"Os fabricantes e as empresas podem consultar os relatórios de " -"rastreabilidade para ver todo o ciclo de vida de um produto: de onde (e " -"quando) ele veio, onde foi armazenado e para quem (e quando) foi enviado." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:348 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " @@ -8145,7 +8056,7 @@ msgstr "" "para o aplicativo :menuselection:`Inventário --> Produtos --> Números de " "série/lotes`. Isso revela o painel :menuselection:`Números de série/lote`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:352 msgid "" "From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " @@ -8155,32 +8066,43 @@ msgstr "" "listados por padrão e podem ser expandidos para mostrar os números de lote " "atribuídos a esses produtos." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:355 msgid "" -"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " -"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " -":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " -"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." +"To group by lots, begin by removing any filters in the :guilabel:`Search...`" +" bar. Then, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(caret down)` icon to" +" open a drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` options," +" and :guilabel:`Favorites`. Under the :guilabel:`Group By` section, click " +"the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` option, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"Number` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -"Para agrupar por lotes (ou números de série), comece removendo todos os " -"filtros na barra de pesquisa. Em seguida, clique na lista suspensa " -":guilabel:`Aprovar por`, selecione :guilabel:`Adicionar grupo personalizado`" -" e selecione :guilabel:`Número de série/lote no menu suspenso. Em seguida, " -"clique em :guilabel:`Aplicar`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:361 msgid "" -"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " -"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." +"Doing so reorganizes all the records on the page to display all existing " +"lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded to show all quantities of " +"products with that assigned number." msgstr "" -"Isso exibe todos os lotes e números de série existentes e pode ser expandido" -" para mostrar todas as quantidades de produtos com esse número atribuído." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "Relatório de rastreabilidade de lotes e números de série." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:369 +msgid "Traceability report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To view a full stock moves report for a lot number, select the lot number " +"line from the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Number` dashboard. On the lot number " +"form, click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the Traceability Report for a lot, that displays the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:380 msgid ":doc:`differences`" msgstr ":doc:`diferenças`" @@ -8873,6 +8795,144 @@ msgstr "" "leitura do código de barras da embalagem adiciona automaticamente o número " "de unidades na embalagem à contagem interna do produto." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:3 +msgid "Reassign lot/serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Changing a product's tracking settings to use lots or serial numbers, " +"*after* storing products in Odoo without them, can lead to inconsistent " +"records. Follow this documentation to learn how to use an inventory " +"adjustment to assign lot or serial numbers to products that were not " +"originally assigned lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Warning message: products in stock have no lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This document outlines the process of using two inventory adjustments: one " +"to remove incorrect records *without* lot numbers, and another to save the " +"quantities *with* the lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`Set up and use lot numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Set up serial numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Use serial numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:24 +msgid "Change on-hand quantity to zero" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To change the product's settings to track by lots or serial numbers, begin " +"by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and select the intended product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, click the product's :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button to open the " +":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. In the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"column, change the value to zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If the product is stored in multiple locations, make sure the **total** on " +"hand quantity at **all** locations is zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Show the Inventory Adjustments model, highlighting the \"On Hand Quantity\" " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:41 +msgid "Change traceability setting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Return to the product form (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Products`), and switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, change the :guilabel:`Tracking` option " +"from :guilabel:`No Tracking` to :guilabel:`By Lots` or :guilabel:`By Unique " +"Serial Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 +msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." +msgstr "Habilitar números de série e lotes." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:56 +msgid "Restore on-hand quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:58 +msgid "" +"After manually changing the on-hand quantity to zero and changing the " +":guilabel:`Tracking` setting to lots or serial numbers, restore the " +"quantities by clicking the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button from the desired" +" product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:62 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Update Quantity` page, because the on-hand quantity had " +"been previously changed to zero, a :guilabel:`No Stock On Hand` warning " +"appears on the page. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" +"left corner. Doing so reveals a new, modifiable line on the " +":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. Then, input a desired lot number in the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` to its original value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Fill in the \"Lot/Serial Number\" and \"On Hand Quantity\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To find the original quantity, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"accordingly, after assigning a new lot or serial number, click the " +":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon in the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` column. Then, click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` " +"button on the far-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Show the \"History\" button on the Inventory Adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The inventory adjustment that changed the on-hand quantity to zero is " +"displayed in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:0 +msgid "Show the history entry." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "Usar números de série para rastrear produtos" @@ -9057,6 +9117,14 @@ msgstr "" "Uma descrição detalhada desse número de série/lote específico também pode " "ser adicionada na aba :guilabel:`Descrição` abaixo." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save all changes." +msgstr "" +"Quando todas as configurações desejadas estiverem concluídas, clique no " +"botão :guilabel:`Salvar` para gravar todas as alterações." + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "Novo número de série criado para o estoque de produtos existentes." @@ -9319,6 +9387,14 @@ msgstr "" "(na aba :guilabel:`Linhas do pedido`), clicando em :guilabel:`Adicionar um " "produto`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, escolha a quantidade a ser vendida alterando o número na coluna " +":guilabel:`Quantidade`." + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:197 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" @@ -9331,6 +9407,27 @@ msgstr "" "confirmada, ela se torna um :abbr:`PV (pedido de venda) ` e um botão " "inteligente :guilabel:`Entrega` é exibido." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " +"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" +"Clique no botão inteligente :guilabel:`Entrega` para visualizar o formulário" +" de recebimento do armazém para esse :abbr:`PV (pedido de venda)` " +"específico." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" +"A partir daí, clique no menu :guilabel:`Opções adicionais`, representado por" +" um ícone de quatro linhas horizontais, localizadas à direita da coluna " +":guilabel:`Unidade de medida` na aba :guilabel:`Operações`). Clicar nesse " +"ícone revela um pop-up :guilabel:`Operações detalhadas`." + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:208 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " @@ -9617,7 +9714,7 @@ msgid "" " and/or serial numbers." msgstr "" "Escolha :guilabel:`Produto armazenável` se for necessário rastrear o estoque" -" de um produto em vários locais, avaliações de inventário ou se o produto " +" de um produto em vários locais, valorações de inventário ou se o produto " "tiver lotes e/ou números de série." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:32 @@ -9774,8 +9871,8 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Inventory valuation " "<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`" msgstr "" -":doc:`Avaliação de " -"estoque<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`" +":doc:`Valoração de estoque " +"<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:139 @@ -9800,6 +9897,8 @@ msgstr ":doc:`Rastreamento de número de lote/série `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:80 msgid "Create purchase order" msgstr "Criar pedido de compra" @@ -10144,12 +10243,12 @@ msgstr "" "Você receberá um novo número de rastreamento e uma nova etiqueta." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:160 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:161 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" msgstr ":doc:`multipack`" @@ -10430,7 +10529,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:124 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" msgstr ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" @@ -10662,8 +10761,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "Create a sales order" msgstr "Criar um pedido de vendas" @@ -10739,7 +10836,7 @@ msgstr "Etiqueta de remessa FedEx de meia página." msgid "Print shipping labels" msgstr "Imprimir etiquetas de remessa" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:8 msgid "" "Integrate Odoo with :doc:`third-party shipping carriers " "<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>` to automatically generate " @@ -10751,7 +10848,7 @@ msgstr "" "etiquetas de remessa que incluem preços, endereços de destino, números de " "rastreamento e códigos de barras." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:15 msgid "" "To generate labels for a third-party shipping carrier, first :doc:`install " "the third-party shipping connector " @@ -10777,47 +10874,83 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set the \"Get Rate and Create Shipment\" option." msgstr "Definir a opção \"Obter preço e criar envio\"." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:33 +msgid "Labels for multi-step" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"For companies using :doc:`two " +"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or :doc:`three step " +"delivery <../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, labels can be " +"triggered to print after validating the picking or packing operation. To do " +"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations " +"Types`, and choose the desired operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Operation Type` configuration page, tick the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` checkbox. Enabling this feature ensures that the " +"third-party shipping label is printed upon validating this operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:45 +msgid "" +"For :doc:`two-step delivery " +"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, where products are " +"placed directly in packages during picking, companies can print shipping " +"labels during picking instead of delivery. Odoo allows users to enable the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` feature on the `Pick` operation itself to achieve " +"this flexibility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:0 +msgid "Enable the \"Print Label\" feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:55 msgid "Print tracking labels" msgstr "Imprimir etiquetas de rastreamento" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:57 msgid "" -"Tracking labels are generated after the delivery order (DO) is validated." +"Tracking labels are printed when specific operations are validated. By " +"default, validating a delivery order (DO) generates a tracking label in the " +"chatter." msgstr "" -"As etiquetas de rastreamento são geradas depois que o pedido de entrega (DO)" -" é validado." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:61 msgid "" -"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin on the " -":menuselection:`Sales app`, and proceed to the desired quotation to " -":ref:`add the shipping cost `, confirm the sales order, and validate the |DO|." +"For companies using two or three step delivery, refer to the :ref:`printing " +"labels for multi-step delivery ` section to learn how to print the label after validating a picking " +"or packing operation." msgstr "" -"Quando os aplicativos *Vendas* e *Inventário* estiverem instalados, comece " -"no aplicativo :menuselection:`Vendas` e vá até a cotação em questão para " -":ref:`adicionar o custo de frete `, confirmar o pedido de venda e validar a |DO|." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin in the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and proceed to the desired quotation or sales " +"order (SO). There, and :ref:`add the shipping cost " +"` to the order. Then, " +"navigate to the linked |DO| — or another operation type when using multi-" +"step delivery — to validate the operation and print the label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:71 msgid "" "If only the *Inventory* app is installed, create :abbr:`DOs (Delivery " -"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app , :ref:`add the " +"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, :ref:`add the " "third-party carrier ` in " "the :guilabel:`Carrier` field, and validate the |DO|." msgstr "" -"Se apenas o aplicativo *Inventário* estiver instalado, crie :abbr:`DOs " -"(Pedidos de entrega) ` diretamente no aplicativo " -":menuselection:`Inventário`, :ref:`adicione a transportadora terceirizada " -"` no campo " -":guilabel:`Transportadora` e valide o |DO|." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:79 msgid "Add shipping on quotation" msgstr "Adicionar frete na cotação" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:81 msgid "" "To generate a tracking label for an order, begin by creating a quotation in " ":menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`, clicking " @@ -10833,19 +10966,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the \"Add Shipping\" button on the quotation." msgstr "Botão \"Adicionar envio\" na cotação." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:89 msgid "" "In the resulting pop-up window, select the intended carrier from the " -":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. Clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` " -"displays the shipping cost for the customer, via the third-party carrier in " -"the :guilabel:`Cost` field." +":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Total Order " +"Weight` field is automatically populated, based on the :ref:`weight of " +"products in the order `. " +"Modify this field to overwrite the predicted weight, and use this weight to " +"estimate the cost of shipping." msgstr "" -"Na janela pop-up resultante, selecione a transportadora pretendida no menu " -"suspenso :guilabel:`Método de envio`. Clicar em :guilabel:`Obter preço` " -"exibe o custo de envio para o cliente, pela transportadora terceirizada, no " -"campo :guilabel:`Custo`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Get Rate` to display the shipping cost for the " +"customer, via the third-party carrier in the :guilabel:`Cost` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 msgid "" "If clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` results in an error, ensure the " ":ref:`warehouse's address ` estão configurados " "corretamente." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:102 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the cost to the quotation, which is listed as " "the :ref:`configured delivery product " @@ -10876,25 +11013,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show \"Get rate\" pop-up window." msgstr "Mostrar a janela pop-up \"Obter preço\"." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:112 msgid "" -"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, the shipping carrier is" -" specified in a delivery order's :guilabel:`Carrier` field of the " -":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." +"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, specify the " +":guilabel:`Carrier` by going to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, " +"navigating to the |DO|, and going to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." msgstr "" -"Para usuários que não têm o aplicativo *Vendas* instalado, a transportadora " -"é especificada no campo :guilabel:`Transportadora` de um pedido de entrega " -"da aba :guilabel:`Informações adicionais`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:0 msgid "Show the \"Additional Info\" tab of a delivery order." msgstr "Mostrar a aba \"Informações adicionais\" de um pedido de entrega." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:123 msgid "Validate delivery order" msgstr "Validar o pedido de entrega" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:125 msgid "" "On a delivery order form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab to" " ensure the third-party shipping carrier has been added to the " @@ -10904,7 +11038,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Informações adicionais` para garantir que a transportadora " "terceirizada tenha sido adicionada ao campo :guilabel:`Transportadora`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:129 msgid "" "If the *Sales* app is not installed, the third-party carrier is set in the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` field." @@ -10912,7 +11046,7 @@ msgstr "" "Se o aplicativo *Vendas* não estiver instalado, a operadora terceira será " "definida no campo :guilabel:`Transportadora`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:132 msgid "" "After the items in the order have been packed, click :guilabel:`Validate` to" " get the shipping carrier's tracking number, and generate the shipping " @@ -10922,7 +11056,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Validar` para obter o número de rastreamento da transportadora e " "gerar a etiqueta de remessa." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:136 msgid "" "Create or select an existing delivery order by going to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and selecting the :guilabel:`Delivery " @@ -10932,7 +11066,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Inventário` e selecionando o cartão :guilabel:`Pedidos de " "entrega`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:139 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` number is generated in the " ":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab of the delivery order. Click the " @@ -10944,7 +11078,7 @@ msgstr "" "inteligente :guilabel:`Rastreamento` para acessar o link de rastreamento do " "site da transportadora." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:143 msgid "The tracking label is found in PDF format in the chatter." msgstr "" "A etiqueta de rastreamento pode ser encontrada em formato PDF no chatter." @@ -10953,7 +11087,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show generated shipping label in the chatter." msgstr "Etiqueta de remessa gerada no chatter." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:150 msgid "" "For multi-package shipping, one label is generated per package. Each label " "appears in the chatter." @@ -10961,8 +11095,8 @@ msgstr "" "Para envio de vários pacotes, é gerada uma etiqueta por pacote. Cada " "etiqueta aparece no chatter." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:157 msgid "Sample label generated from Odoo's shipping connector with FedEx." msgstr "" "Exemplo de etiqueta gerada pelo conector de envio do Odoo com a FedEx." @@ -11227,11 +11361,282 @@ msgstr "" "para os demais. Para fazer isso, basta seguir as mesmas etapas usadas para " "criar o primeiro pedido em espera." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:3 +msgid "Printable delivery PDFs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automatically print delivery-related PDFs documents and labels in Odoo, " +"containing package recipient details, contents, or handling instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The following PDFs can be configured to print upon validating an *Inventory*" +" operation (e.g. receipt, picking, delivery orders, quality checks):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:11 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery slip `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`Return slip `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:13 +msgid "" +":ref:`Product labels of items in the order " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:14 +msgid "" +":ref:`Lot and serial number labels `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:15 +msgid "Carrier labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:16 +msgid "Export documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:17 +msgid "Package Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:18 +msgid "Package label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To automatically print these forms, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`, and select the desired " +"operation type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick each of the desired options available " +"in the :guilabel:`Print on Validation` section to download the PDF of those " +"selected documents automatically after validating the :guilabel:`Operation " +"Type`. For details on what each of the checkbox options do, jump to the " +"related section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Print on Validation* option in the \"Pick\" *Operation Type*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:36 +msgid "Delivery slip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A *delivery slip* contains recipient and package details, usually placed " +"inside (or attached to) the package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:42 +msgid ":ref:`Picking list `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`Tracking label `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:45 +msgid "" +"After :ref:`enabling the Delivery Slip setting " +"` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " +"configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " +"operation type downloads a PDF of the delivery slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The delivery slip shows products, quantities, the delivery order reference " +"number, and the total order weight." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Example delivery slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:58 +msgid "Return slip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Print a *return slip* to include in a delivery for customer return packages." +" It identifies the return, links to the sales order, and includes item " +"details and customer information. It can also include specific return " +"instructions for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:64 +msgid "" +"After :ref:`enabling the Return Slip setting " +"` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " +"configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " +"operation type downloads a PDF of the return slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The return slip displays the company's return address, along with barcodes " +"for both the order and the return operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Example return slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:77 +msgid "Product labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Print *product labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " +"information, such as product name, barcode, and price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"After navigating to the intended operation type (:menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`), in the :guilabel:`Hardware` " +"tab, tick the :guilabel:`Product Labels` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Print label as:` drop-down menu visible, where" +" each product label can be printed as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`2 x 7 with price`: PDF displays product name, barcode, and price," +" fitting two rows and seven columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 2 x 7 with price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 7 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price, " +"fitting four rows and seven columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 4 x 7 with price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12`: displays product name and barcode. Fits four rows and " +"twelve columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 4 x 12." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price. " +"Fits four rows and twelve columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels`: prints labels in the Zebra Programming Language " +"(ZPL) containing the product name and barcode. Readable for Zebra printers " +"to automatically print labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels with price`: prints labels in the :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " +"Programming Language)` containing the product name, barcode, and price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Product labels can be manually printed from any delivery order, by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Print Labels` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:128 +msgid "Lot/SN Labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Print *lot/SN labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " +"information, such as product name, lot or serial number, and the barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To automatically print this PDF, navigate to the intended operation type's " +"options page (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations" +" Types`). Then, in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick the :guilabel:`Lot/SN " +"Labels` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per lot/SN`: PDF with labels for unique lot/serial " +"numbers in the order, including product name, lot/serial number, and " +"barcode. Fits four rows and twelve columns per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:150 +msgid "Labels for an order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per unit`: PDF with labels matching the quantity of " +"items, displaying the product name, lot/serial number, and barcode. Fits " +"four rows and twelve columns per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per lot/SN`: prints labels in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " +"Programming Language)`, containing the product name, lot/serial number, and " +"barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per unit`: prints labels with the quantity of " +"items in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming Language)`, containing the product " +"name, lot/serial number, and barcode." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "Scheduled delivery dates" msgstr "Datas de entrega programadas" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 msgid "" "Accurately forecasting delivery dates is vital for fulfilling customer " "expectations. In Odoo, the *Inventory* app allows for comprehensive lead " @@ -11243,11 +11648,11 @@ msgstr "" "abrangente do prazo de entrega, possibilitando a coordenação e o " "planejamento de pedidos de fabricação, entregas e recebimentos." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:15 msgid "Lead time types" msgstr "Tipos de prazo de entrega" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:17 msgid "" "Different lead times for different operations can impact various stages of " "the order fulfillment process. Here's a summary of the types of lead times " @@ -11261,97 +11666,85 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show graphic of all lead times working together." msgstr "Exibição do gráfico de todos os prazos de entrega funcionando juntos." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "" -":ref:`Customer lead time `: The default " -"time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is the " -"number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the date " -"the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as *delivery" -" lead time*." -msgstr "" -":ref:`Prazo de entrega ao cliente `: O " -"período de tempo padrão para atender aos pedidos dos clientes. O prazo de " -"entrega ao cliente é o número de dias a partir da data em que o pedido de " -"vendas (PV) é confirmado até a data em que os produtos são enviados do " -"armazém." - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:24 msgid "" -":ref:`Sales security lead time `: " -"moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of days. " -"This serves as a buffer to allow the team ample time to prepare the outgoing" -" shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " -"process." +":ref:`Customer lead time `: " +"default time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is" +" the number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the " +"date the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as " +"*delivery lead time*." msgstr "" -":ref:`Margem de segurança de vendas `: move a *data de entrega programada* para frente em um número " -"específico de dias. Isso serve como um buffer para permitir que a equipe " -"tenha tempo suficiente para preparar a remessa enviada mais cedo, " -"considerando a possibilidade de atrasos no processo de execução do pedido." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:29 msgid "" -":ref:`Purchase lead time `: the number of " -"days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " +":ref:`Sales security lead time `: moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of " +"days. This serves as a buffer to allow ample time to prepare the outgoing " +"shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 +msgid "" +":ref:`Purchase lead time `: number" +" of days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " "products. It provides insight on the time it takes for products to arrive at" " the warehouse, facilitating effective scheduling and planning of supplier " "deliveries." msgstr "" -":ref:`Prazo de entrega de compras `: o " -"número de dias entre a confirmação de um pedido de compra (PC) e o " -"recebimento dos produtos. Fornece informações sobre o tempo que leva para os" -" produtos chegarem ao armazém, facilitando a programação e o planejamento " -"eficazes das entregas dos fornecedores." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:39 msgid "" -":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` by a " -"specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders earlier " -"mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products that are" -" set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment report* " -"earlier, according to the specified number of days." +":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " +"by a specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders " +"earlier mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products " +"that are set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment " +"report* earlier, according to the specified number of days." msgstr "" -":ref:`Margem de segurança de compras `: antecipa o prazo do pedido em um :abbr:`PC ` por um número " -"específico de dias. Essa abordagem de fazer pedidos mais cedo reduz o risco " -"de atrasos do fornecedor ou da remessa. Assim, para produtos definidos para " -"reposição sob demanda, a necessidade aparece no *relatório de reposição* " -"mais cedo, de acordo com o número de dias especificado." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:40 -msgid "" -":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: the number " -"of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date of " -"confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in Odoo), " -"and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished good." -msgstr "" -":ref:`Prazo de entrega de fabricação `: o " -"número de dias necessários para concluir uma ordem de produção (OP) a partir" -" da data de confirmação. Esse prazo inclui finais de semana (horas não úteis" -" no Odoo) e é usado para prever uma data de produção aproximada para um " -"produto acabado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:45 msgid "" -":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " -"forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with " -":ref:`replenish to order `, the " +":ref:`Days to Purchase `: " +"days needed for the vendor to receive a request for quotation (RFQ) and " +"confirm it. It advances the deadline to schedule a |RFQ| by a specified " +"number of days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:49 +msgid "" +":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: " +"number of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date " +"of confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in " +"Odoo), and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished" +" good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:54 +msgid "" +":ref:`Days to prepare manufacturing order " +"`: number of days " +"needed to replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the " +"product. Either set one directly on the bill of materials (BoM), or click " +"*Compute* to sum up purchase and manufacturing lead times of components in " +"the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:60 +msgid "" +":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing " +"Order)` forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with" +" :ref:`replenish to order `, the " "security lead time makes the need appear earlier on the replenishment " "report." msgstr "" -":ref:`Margem de segurança de fabricação `: antecipa a data programada da :abbr:`ordem de produção` em um" -" número específico de dias. Quando usado em conjunto com :ref:`reposição sob" -" demanda `, a margem de segurança " -"faz com que a necessidade apareça mais cedo no relatório de reposição." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:69 msgid "Sales lead times" msgstr "Prazo de entrega de vendas" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 msgid "" "Customer lead times and sales security lead times can be configured to " "automatically compute an *expected delivery date* on a :abbr:`SO (Sales " @@ -11363,7 +11756,7 @@ msgstr "" " um :abbr:`PV (pedido de venda)`. A data de entrega prevista garante uma " "configuração realista de *datas de entrega* para remessas do depósito." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:75 msgid "" "Odoo issues a warning message if the set delivery date is earlier than the " "expected date, as it may not be feasible to fulfill the order by that time, " @@ -11373,7 +11766,7 @@ msgstr "" "anterior à data esperada, pois pode não ser viável atender ao pedido até " "esse momento, o que afetaria outras operações do depósito." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:79 msgid "" "A :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` containing a `Coconut-scented candle` is " "confirmed on July 11th. The product has a customer lead time of 14 days, and" @@ -11393,7 +11786,7 @@ msgstr "" "Definir a *data de entrega* em um pedido de vendas. Ativa o recurso de " "prazos de entrega." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:87 msgid "" "The following sections demonstrate how to automatically compute expected " "delivery dates." @@ -11401,11 +11794,11 @@ msgstr "" "As seções a seguir demonstram como calcular automaticamente as datas de " "entrega previstas." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:90 msgid "Customer lead time" msgstr "Prazo de entrega ao cliente" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:92 msgid "" "Set the customer lead time on each product form, by navigating to the " "products page. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> " @@ -11422,7 +11815,7 @@ msgstr "" " de dias corridos necessários para atender ao pedido de entrega do início ao" " fim." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 msgid "" "Set a 14-day customer lead time for the `Coconut-scented candle` by " "navigating to its product form. Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, type" @@ -11436,11 +11829,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set *Customer Lead Time* on the product form." msgstr "Definir *Prazo de entrega ao cliente* no formulário do produto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:109 msgid "Sales security lead time" msgstr "Margem de segurança de vendas" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:111 msgid "" "*Sales security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -11448,7 +11841,7 @@ msgstr "" "*A margem de segurança de vendas* é definida globalmente para a empresa no " ":menuselection:`app Inventário --> Configuração --> Definições`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:114 msgid "" "On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " "heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales`, and " @@ -11458,7 +11851,7 @@ msgstr "" "localize a caixa para :guilabel:`Margem de segurança para vendas` e clique " "na caixa de seleção para ativar o recurso." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. This security lead time is " "a buffer notifying the team to prepare for outgoing shipments earlier than " @@ -11468,7 +11861,7 @@ msgstr "" "segurança é um buffer que notifica a equipe para que se preparem para envio " "de remessas antes da data programada." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales` to `1.00` day, pushes " "the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of a delivery order (DO) forward by one day. " @@ -11490,11 +11883,11 @@ msgstr "" "Visualização do prazo da margem de segurança de vendas pelas definições de " "vendas." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:131 msgid "Deliver several products" msgstr "Entregar vários produtos" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:133 msgid "" "For orders that include multiple products with different lead times, the " "lead times can be configured directly from the quotation itself. On a " @@ -11506,7 +11899,7 @@ msgstr "" "clique na aba :guilabel:`Outras informações` e defina a :guilabel:`Política " "de envio` como:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`As soon as possible` to deliver products as soon as they are " "ready. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " @@ -11518,7 +11911,7 @@ msgstr "" "entrega` é determinada pela adição da data de hoje ao menor prazo de entrega" " entre os produtos do pedido." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`When all products are ready` to wait to fulfill the entire order " "at once. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " @@ -11536,7 +11929,7 @@ msgstr "" "Mostrar o campo *Política de envio* na aba *Outras informações* de uma " "cotação." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:150 msgid "" "In a quotation containing 2 products, `Yoga mat` and `Resistance band,` the " "products have a lead time of 8 days and 5 days, respectively. Today's date " @@ -11546,7 +11939,7 @@ msgstr "" "resistência\", os produtos têm um prazo de entrega de 8 dias e 5 dias, " "respectivamente. A data de hoje é 2 de abril." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:153 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Shipping Policy` is set to :guilabel:`As soon as " "possible`, the scheduled delivery date is 5 days from today: April 7th. On " @@ -11559,11 +11952,11 @@ msgstr "" "estiverem prontos` configura a data programada para 8 dias a partir de hoje:" " 10 de abril." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:160 msgid "Purchase lead times" msgstr "Prazo de entrega de compras" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 msgid "" "Automatically determining the dates on which to place orders from suppliers " "can help simplify the procurement process." @@ -11571,7 +11964,7 @@ msgstr "" "Determinar automaticamente as datas em que serão feitos os pedidos aos " "fornecedores pode ajudar a simplificar o processo de aquisição." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 msgid "" "Odoo calculates the supplier shipment *receipt date*, and :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` deadline, based on the required date the product is needed" @@ -11586,7 +11979,7 @@ msgstr "" " compra são levados em consideração para determinar o prazo final do " ":abbr:`pedido de compra`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 msgid "" "This deadline is the date by which the order should be confirmed, in order " "to ensure timely arrival by the expected receipt date." @@ -11601,7 +11994,7 @@ msgstr "" "Visualização do prazo do pedido e da data de recebimento usados com os " "prazos de entrega do fornecedor." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:178 msgid "" ":ref:`PO scheduling with reordering rules " "`" @@ -11609,11 +12002,11 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Agendamento de pedido de compra com regras de reposição " "`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:181 msgid "Vendor lead time" msgstr "Prazo de entrega do fornecedor" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:183 msgid "" "To set a vendor lead time for orders arriving in the warehouse from a vendor" " location, begin by navigating to a product form through " @@ -11623,7 +12016,7 @@ msgstr "" "armazém de um local de fornecedor, comece navegando para um formulário de " "produto por meio de :menuselection:`app Compras --> Produtos --> Produtos`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:186 msgid "" "Next, select the desired product, and switch to the :guilabel:`Purchase` " "tab. In the editable vendor pricelist, click the :guilabel:`Add a line` " @@ -11637,7 +12030,7 @@ msgstr "" " como o nome do :guilabel:`fornecedor`, o :guilabel:`preço` oferecido para o" " produto e, por fim, o :guilabel:`prazo de entrega`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:192 msgid "" "Multiple vendors and lead times can be added to the vendor pricelist. The " "default vendor and lead time selected will be the entry at the top of the " @@ -11647,7 +12040,7 @@ msgstr "" "preços de fornecedores. O fornecedor padrão e o prazo de entrega " "selecionados serão a entrada no topo da lista." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:196 msgid "" "On the vendor pricelist of the product form, the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " "Time` for the selected vendor is set to `10 days.`" @@ -11661,7 +12054,7 @@ msgid "Add delivery lead times to vendor pricelist on a product." msgstr "" "Adicionar prazos de entrega à lista de preços do fornecedor em um produto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:203 msgid "" "By setting the vendor lead time, the expected arrival date of the item is " "automatically determined as the date of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " @@ -11675,7 +12068,7 @@ msgstr "" "garante que os funcionários do armazém sejam notificados se os produtos " "**não** chegarem dentro do prazo esperado." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 msgid "" "On a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` confirmed on July 11th, for a product " "configured with a 10-day vendor lead time, Odoo automatically sets the " @@ -11701,11 +12094,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Mostrar a *Data programada* prevista de chegada do produto do fornecedor." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:225 msgid "Purchase security lead time" msgstr "Prazo de segurança da compras" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:227 msgid "" "*Purchase security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -11713,39 +12106,27 @@ msgstr "" "*A margem de segurança de compras* é definida globalmente para a empresa no " ":menuselection:`app Inventário --> Configuração --> Definições`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:230 msgid "" -"On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " -"heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`, and" -" click the checkbox to enable the feature." +"On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " +"heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`." msgstr "" -"Na página de configuração, sob o título :guilabel:`Agendamento avançado`, " -"localize a caixa para :guilabel:`Margem de segurança para compras` e clique " -"na caixa de seleção para ativar o recurso." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in supplier " -"deliveries." +"deliveries. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Em seguida, insira o número desejado de dias corridos. Ao configurar a " -"margem de segurança, um buffer é definido para compensar possíveis atrasos " -"nas entregas dos fornecedores." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:237 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase` to `2.00` days, " -"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by one day. In that " +"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by two days. In that " "case, if a product is initially scheduled to arrive on April 6th, with a " "two-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the receipt would be " "April 8th." msgstr "" -"Definir a :guilabel:`Margem de segurança para compra` como `2.00` dias, " -"atrasa a :guilabel:`data programada` para o recebimento em um dia. Nesse " -"caso, se um produto estiver inicialmente programado para chegar em 6 de " -"abril, com uma margem de segurança de dois dias, a nova data programada para" -" o recebimento será 8 de abril." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -11755,21 +12136,35 @@ msgstr "" "Defina o lead time de segurança para a compra no Inventário > Configuração >" " Definições." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 +msgid "Days to purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To set up the *days to purchase* lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Advanced " +"Scheduling` section, in the :guilabel:`Days to Purchase` field, specify the " +"number of days required for the vendor to confirm a |RFQ| after receiving it" +" from the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Show \"Days to Purchase\" configuration in the Settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 msgid "Manufacturing lead times" msgstr "Prazo de entrega da fabricação" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:265 msgid "" "Lead times can help simplify the procurement process for consumable " "materials and components used in manufactured products with bills of " -"materials." +"materials (BoMs)." msgstr "" -"Os prazos podem ajudar a simplificar o processo de aquisição de materiais de" -" consumo e componentes usados em produtos manufaturados com listas de " -"materiais." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:268 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the deadline to " "begin the manufacturing process to complete the product by the scheduled " @@ -11789,46 +12184,47 @@ msgstr "" "Visualização da determinação dos prazos de entrega de fabricação com a data " "de OP planejada." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 msgid "Manufacturing lead time" msgstr "Prazo de produção" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:279 msgid "" -"Configure the manufacturing lead time directly on the product form, by " -"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products`, " -"and select the desired product." +"Manufacturing lead times for products are configured from a product's bill " +"of materials (BoM) form." msgstr "" -"Configure o prazo de entrega de fabricação diretamente no formulário do " -"produto, navegando até o :menuselection:`app Fabricação --> Produtos --> " -"Produtos` e selecione o produto desejado." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:281 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product, specify the calendar days " -"needed to the manufacture the product in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead " -"Time` field." +"To add a lead time to a |BoM|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" +" --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM| to edit." msgstr "" -"Na guia :guilabel:`Inventário` do produto, especifique os dias de calendário" -" necessários para a fabricação do produto no campo :guilabel:`Prazo de " -"entrega de fabricação`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:284 msgid "" -"Specify a 14-day :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead Time` for a product directly " -"in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product." +"On the |BoM| form, click the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. Change the value" +" (in days) in the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field to specify the calendar" +" days needed to manufacture the product." msgstr "" -"Especifique um :guilabel:`prazo de entrega de fabricação` de 14 dias para um" -" produto diretamente na aba :guilabel:`Inventário` do produto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Manuf. Lead Time value specified on a product's Bill of Material form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:292 msgid "" -"View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form." +"If the selected |BoM| is a multi-level |BoM|, the manufacturing lead times " +"of the components are added." msgstr "" -"Visualização da configuração do prazo de entrega de fabricação no formulário" -" do produto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 +msgid "" +"If the |BoM| product is subcontracted, the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` can " +"be used to determine the date at which components should be sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:298 msgid "" "Establish a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, based on the " "*expected delivery date*, indicated in the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field " @@ -11838,7 +12234,7 @@ msgstr "" "prevista*, indicada no campo :guilabel:`data programada` do :abbr:`pedido de" " entrega`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:301 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field on the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`, is" @@ -11849,7 +12245,7 @@ msgstr "" "programada` na :abbr:`ordem de produção)`, é calculado como a *data de " "entrega prevista* subtraída pelo prazo de entrega de fabricação." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:305 msgid "" "This ensures the manufacturing process begins on time, in order to meet the " "delivery date." @@ -11857,31 +12253,26 @@ msgstr "" "Isso garante que o processo de fabricação comece a tempo, a fim de cumprir a" " data de entrega." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:307 msgid "" -"However, it's important to note that lead times are based on calendar days. " -"Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center capacity*" -" (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work center " -"simultaneously`)." +"However, it is important to note that lead times are based on calendar days." +" Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center " +"capacity* (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work " +"center simultaneously`)." msgstr "" -"No entanto, é importante observar que os prazos de entrega são baseados em " -"dias corridos. Os tempos de espera **não** consideram fins de semana, " -"feriados ou *capacidade do centro de trabalho* (:dfn:`o número de operações " -"que podem ser realizadas no centro de trabalho simultaneamente`)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 -msgid ":ref:`Manufacturing planning `" -msgstr ":ref:`Planejamento de fabricação `" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 msgid "" -":ref:`Configure automatic MO scheduling with reordering rules " -"`" +":doc:`Manufacturing planning <../../../manufacturing/workflows/use_mps>`" msgstr "" -":ref:`Configurar agendamento automático de ordens de produção com regras de " -"reposição `" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:313 +msgid "" +":doc:`Schedule MOs with reordering rules " +"<../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 msgid "" "A product's scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " "August 15th. The product requires 14 days to manufacture. So, the latest " @@ -11893,31 +12284,64 @@ msgstr "" "final para iniciar a :abbr:`ordem de produção)` para cumprir o prazo do " "compromisso é 1º de agosto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:324 +msgid "Days to prepare manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Configure the days required to gather components to manufacture a product by" +" going to its |BoM|. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" +" Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:330 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab of the |BoM|, specify the calendar days" +" needed to obtain components of the product in the :guilabel:`Days to " +"prepare Manufacturing Order` field. Doing so creates |MOs| in advance, and " +"ensures there is enough time to either replenish components, or manufacture " +"semi-finished products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Compute`, located next to the :guilabel:`Days to prepare" +" Manufacturing Order` field, calculates the longest lead time among all the " +"components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:339 +msgid "" +"*Purchase security lead times* that impact this specific |BoM| are also " +"added to this value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:343 +msgid "" +"A |BoM| has two components, one has a manufacturing lead time of two days, " +"and the other has a purchase lead time of four days. The :guilabel:`Days to " +"prepare Manufacturing Order` is four days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:350 msgid "Manufacturing security lead time" msgstr "Tempo de margem de segurança da fabricação" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:352 msgid "" "*Manufacturing security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the" -" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead " -"Time`, and click the checkbox to enable the feature." +" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security " +"Lead Time`." msgstr "" -"*O lead time de segurança de fabricação* é definido globalmente para a " -"empresa no :menuselection:`app Fabricação --> Configuração --> Definições`. " -"Sob o título :guilabel:`Planejamento`, localize a caixa :guilabel:`Margem de" -" segurança` e clique na caixa de seleção para ativar o recurso." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:356 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in the " -"manufacturing process." +"manufacturing process. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Em seguida, insira o número desejado de dias corridos. Ao configurar a " -"margem de segurança, um buffer é definido para compensar possíveis atrasos " -"no processo de fabricação." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -11927,7 +12351,7 @@ msgstr "" "Visualização do prazo da margem de segurança de fabricação pelas definições " "do aplicativo Fabricação." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:364 msgid "" "A product has a scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " "set for August 15th. The manufacturing lead time is 7 days, and " @@ -11943,11 +12367,11 @@ msgstr "" "fabricação. Neste exemplo, a data planejada na :abbr:`ordem de produção)` é " "5 de agosto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:371 msgid "Global example" msgstr "Exemplo global" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:373 msgid "" "See the following example to understand how all the lead times work together" " to ensure timely order fulfillment:" @@ -11955,27 +12379,27 @@ msgstr "" "Veja o exemplo a seguir para entender como todos os prazos de entrega " "trabalham juntos para garantir o atendimento do pedido em tempo hábil:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:376 msgid "**Sales security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "**Margem de segurança de venda**: 1 dia" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:377 msgid "**Manufacturing security lead time**: 2 days" msgstr "**Margem de segurança de fabricação**: 2 dias" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:378 msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**: 3 days" msgstr "**Prazo de entrega de fabricação**: 3 dias" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:379 msgid "**Purchase security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "**Margem de segurança de compra**: 1 dia" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:380 msgid "**Vendor lead time**: 4 days" msgstr "**Prazo de entrega do fornecedor**: 4 dias" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:382 msgid "" "The customer places an order for a manufactured product on September 1st, " "and the scheduled delivery date from the warehouse is on September 20th. " @@ -11996,12 +12420,12 @@ msgstr "" "Exibição da linha do tempo de como os prazos de entrega funcionam juntos " "para programar as operações do armazém." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:390 msgid "**September 1st**: Sales order created, confirmed by salesperson." msgstr "" "**1º de setembro**: Pedido de vendas criado, confirmado pelo vendedor." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:392 msgid "" "**September 9th**: Deadline to order components to ensure they arrive in " "time when manufacturing begins (4-day supplier lead time)." @@ -12010,7 +12434,7 @@ msgstr "" " eles cheguem a tempo do início da fabricação (prazo de entrega do " "fornecedor de 4 dias)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:395 msgid "" "**September 13th**: Scheduled date of receipt for components. Initially, it " "was set to 9/14, but the 1-day purchase security lead time pushed the date " @@ -12020,7 +12444,7 @@ msgstr "" "Inicialmente, ela foi definida para 14/09, mas a margem de segurança de " "compra de 1 dia antecipou a data em 1 dia." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:398 msgid "" "**September 14th**: Deadline to begin manufacturing. Calculated by " "subtracting the manufacturing lead time of 3 days, and the manufacturing " @@ -12031,7 +12455,7 @@ msgstr "" "subtraindo o prazo de fabricação de 3 dias e a margem de segurança de " "fabricação de 2 dias da data de entrega prevista, 19 de setembro." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:402 msgid "" "**September 19th**: :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the delivery order form " "indicates the updated expected delivery date, which was originally set as " @@ -12043,7 +12467,7 @@ msgstr "" "definida como 20 de setembro. Mas a margem de segurança de vendas adiantou a" " data em um dia." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:406 msgid "" "Odoo's replenishment planning maps a business' order fulfillment process, " "setting pre-determined deadlines and raw material order dates, including " @@ -12106,7 +12530,6 @@ msgstr "" "também ativará *Locais de armazenamento*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings." msgstr "" @@ -12337,479 +12760,400 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in one step" msgstr "Processar recebimentos e entregas em uma etapa" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:11 msgid "" -"By default, incoming shipments are configured to be received directly into " -"stock, and outgoing shipments are configured to be delivered directly from " -"stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one " -"step receipts and deliveries." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " +"process in one step, by default. This means purchases will be received " +"directly into stock, and deliveries will be moved directly from stock to " +"customers." msgstr "" -"Por padrão, as remessas recebidas são configuradas para entrarem direto no " -"estoque, e as remessas enviadas são configuradas para serem entregues " -"diretamente do estoque para o cliente; a configuração padrão para armazéns " -"no Odoo é de recebimentos e entregas em uma etapa." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:30 msgid "" -"Incoming and outgoing shipments do not need to be configured with the same " -"steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in " -"three steps." +"Incoming and outgoing shipments do **not** need to be configured with the " +"same amount of steps." msgstr "" -"As remessas enviadas e recebidas não precisam ser configuradas com as mesmas" -" etapas. Por exemplo, os produtos podem ser recebidos em uma etapa, mas " -"enviados em três etapas." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18 msgid "" -"In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and " -"deliveries." +"For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " +"received directly in one step, and delivered in three steps (pick + pack + " +"ship)." msgstr "" -"No exemplo a seguir, será usada uma etapa para recebimentos e entregas." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20 -msgid "Configure the warehouse" -msgstr "Configurar o armazém" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:24 msgid "" -"If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they" -" can easily be set back to the one step setting." +"To configure one-step receipts and deliveries for a warehouse, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and select " +"a warehouse to edit." msgstr "" -"Se outra configuração de recebimento ou remessa for definida no armazém, é " -"fácil voltar para a configuração de uma etapa." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:27 msgid "" -"Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`, and click on the desired warehouse to edit. Next, on the " -":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, under the :guilabel:`Shipments` " -"section, select :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)` for " -":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " -"step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)`, and set " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " +"step)`." msgstr "" -"Comece navegando até :menuselection:`Inventário --> Configuração --> " -"Armazéns` e clique no armazém desejado para editá-lo. Em seguida, na aba " -":guilabel:`Configuração do armazén`, na seção :guilabel:`Envios`, selecione " -":guilabel:`Receber mercadorias diretamente (1 etapa)` para " -":guilabel:`Remessas recebidas` e/ou :guilabel:`Entregar mercadorias " -"diretamente (1 etapa)` para :guilabel:`Remessas enviadas`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one " -"step." +msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to one-step on warehouse form." msgstr "" -"Defina opções de remessa recebidas e enviadas para receber e entregar em uma" -" única etapa." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Since one-step receipt and delivery is the default for incoming and outgoing" +" shipments in Odoo, the *Multi-Step Routes* feature is *not* required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 +msgid "" +"However, for the :guilabel:`Shipments` settings to appear on a warehouse " +"form, the feature **must** be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick " +"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Doing so also activates the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` " +"feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:50 msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "Receber mercadorias diretamente (1 etapa)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "Create a purchase order" -msgstr "Criar um pedido de compra" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:52 msgid "" -"On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making" -" a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, select (or create) a " -":guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` " -"to finalize the quote as a new purchase order." +"When products are received in one step, they will move from the vendor " +"location to warehouse stock in the database immediately upon validation of a" +" purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" -"No painel principal do aplicativo :menuselection:`Compras`, comece fazendo " -"uma nova cotação clicando em :guilabel:`Novo`. Em seguida, selecione (ou " -"crie) um :guilabel:`fornecedor` no campo suspenso, adicione um " -":guilabel:`produto` armazenável às linhas do pedido e clique em " -":guilabel:`Confirmar pedidp` para finalizar a cotação como um novo pedido de" -" compra." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:81 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " -"the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " -"receipt for the purchase order." +"To create a |PO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank :guilabel:`Request for Quotation` (RfQ) " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Supplier` field. Then, fill out the various " +"fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." msgstr "" -"Um botão inteligente :guilabel:`Recebimento` aparecerá no canto superior " -"direito do formulário do :abbr:`pedido de compra` - clique nele para revelar" -" o recebimento associado ao pedido de compra." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order." +msgid "Filled out new request for quotation form." msgstr "" -"O botão inteligente do recebimento aparece no pedido de compra confirmado." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." -msgstr "" -"Os recibos de pedidos de compra também podem ser encontrados no aplicativo " -":menuselection:`Inventário`. No painel :guilabel:`Visão geral`, clique no " -"botão inteligente :guilabel:`Nº a processar` no cartão kanban " -":guilabel:`Recebimentos`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." -msgstr "Botão inteligente do cartão Kanban de recebimento de 1 a processar." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 -msgid "Process the receipt" -msgstr "Processar o recebimento" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:65 msgid "" -"When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click " -":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt." +"Under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the |RfQ|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This moves the |RfQ| to the " +":guilabel:`Purchase Order` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once the |PO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears at " +"the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse receipt " +"(WH/IN) form." msgstr "" -"Ao visualizar o recebimento (associado ao pedido de compra acima), clique em" -" :guilabel:`Validar` para concluir o recebimento." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button." -msgstr "Valide o pedido de compra pelo botão inteligente Validar." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ " -"(bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon " -"enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows " -"the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)." +msgid "Receipt smart button on confirmed purchase order form." msgstr "" -"Se o :guilabel:`Locais de armazenamento` estiver ativado, clicar no ícone de" -" detalhes :guilabel:`≣ (lista)` ao lado do ícone de exclusão :guilabel:`🗑️ " -"(lixeira)` permite que a tela :guilabel:`Operações detalhadas` seja exibida." -" Isso permite que os locais sejam especificados para os produtos recebidos" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n" -"pop-up." -msgstr "" -"Selecione o local de armazenamento para os produtos que estão sendo recebidos na janela pop-up\n" -"Operações detalhadas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier " -"Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives " -"here, it will be available for manufacturing, sales, etc. Then, the status " -"of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the " -"reception process in one step." -msgstr "" -"Depois que o recebimento é validado, o produto deixa o :guilabel:`Local do " -"fornecedor` e entra no :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Quando chegar a esse " -"local, ele estará disponível para fabricação, vendas, etc. Em seguida, o " -"status do documento será alterado para :guilabel:`Concluído`, concluindo " -"assim o processo de recebimento em uma única etapa." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 +msgid "Process receipt" +msgstr "Processar recebimento" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:84 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " +"the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " +"validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validated warehouse receipt in Done stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Click back to the |PO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" +" the |PO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Received` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:99 msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "Entregar mercadorias diretamente (1 etapa)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:101 msgid "" -"Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and " -"make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then select (or create) a " -":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down field, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order." +"When products are delivered in one step, they will move from warehouse stock" +" to the customer location in the database immediately upon validation of a " +"sales order (SO)." msgstr "" -"Comece navegando até o painel principal do aplicativo " -":menuselection:`Vendas` e crie uma nova cotação clicando em " -":guilabel:`Novo`. Em seguida, selecione (ou crie) um :guilabel:`cliente` no " -"campo suspenso, adicione um :guilabel:`produto` armazenável que esteja em " -"estoque às linhas do pedido e clique em :guilabel:`Confirmar` para finalizar" -" a cotação como um pedido de venda." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:103 -msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " -"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " -"delivery order for the sales order." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:156 +msgid "Create sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:158 +msgid "" +"To create a |SO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales app`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank sales quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field. Then, fill out the various" +" fields on the sales quotation form, as necessary." msgstr "" -"Um botão inteligente :guilabel:`Entrega` aparecerá no canto superior direito" -" do formulário do :abbr:`Pedido de venda (PV)` - clique nele para revelar o " -"pedido de entrega associado ao pedido de venda." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed." +msgid "Filled out new sales quotation form." msgstr "" -"O botão inteligente Entrega é exibido depois que o pedido de venda é " -"confirmado." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:117 msgid "" -"Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." +"Under the :guilabel:`Product` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" -"Os pedidos de entrega também podem ser encontrados no aplicativo " -":menuselection:`Inventário`. No painel :guilabel:`Visão geral`, clique no " -"botão inteligente :guilabel:`Nº a processar` no cartão kanban " -":guilabel:`Pedidos de entrega`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." -msgstr "" -"Botão inteligente do cartão Kanban de pedidos de entrega com 1 a processar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:120 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:172 -msgid "Process the delivery" -msgstr "Processar a entrega" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:171 msgid "" -"When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), " -"click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. This moves the quotation to the " +":guilabel:`Sales Order` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Once the |SO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears at " +"the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse delivery " +"(WH/OUT) form." msgstr "" -"Ao visualizar o pedido de entrega (associado ao pedido de venda acima), " -"clique em :guilabel:`Validar` para concluir a entrega." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the delivery order." -msgstr "Validar o pedido de entrega." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the " -":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers" -" location`. Then, the status of the document will change to " -":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step." +msgid "Delivery smart button on confirmed sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:207 +msgid "Process delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:133 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse delivery form, the products ordered by the customer can " +"be delivered from the warehouse. To deliver the products, change the value " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field to match the ordered quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Demand` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once validated, the delivery order " +"moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validated delivery order in Done stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click back to the |SO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" +" the |SO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Delivered` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:229 +msgid ":doc:`shipments_deliveries`" msgstr "" -"Depois que a ordem de separação é validada, o produto sai do local " -":guilabel:`WH/Stock` e vai para o local :guilabel:`Partners/Customers`. Em " -"seguida, o status do documento será alterado para :guilabel:`Concluído`, " -"concluindo assim a entrega em uma etapa." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in two steps" msgstr "Processar recebimentos e entregas em duas etapas" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Depending on a company's business processes, multiple steps may be needed " -"before receiving or shipping products. In the two-step receipt process, " -"products are received in an input area, then transferred to stock. Two-step " -"receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as " -"locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves." -msgstr "" -"Dependendo dos processos comerciais de uma empresa, podem ser necessárias " -"várias etapas antes de receber ou enviar produtos. No processo de " -"recebimento em duas etapas, os produtos são recebidos em uma área de entrada" -" e, em seguida, transferidos para o estoque. Os recebimentos em duas etapas " -"funcionam melhor quando vários locais de armazenamento estão sendo usados, " -"como áreas trancadas ou seguras, freezers e refrigeradores ou várias " -"prateleiras." - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12 msgid "" +"Depending on a company's needs, receiving and shipping products in and out " +"of the warehouse might require multi-step operations. In Odoo *Inventory*, " +"this can be done using *Multi-Step Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the two-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, " +"then transferred to stock. This kind of process for incoming shipments might" +" be beneficial for warehouses with specific storage locations, such as " +"freezers and refrigerators, secured locked areas, or special aisles and " +"shelves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:19 +msgid "" "Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and " "employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The " -"products are not available for further processing until they are transferred" -" into stock." +"products are *not* available for further processing, until they are " +"transferred into stock." msgstr "" -"Os produtos podem ser classificados de acordo com o local onde serão " -"armazenados, e os funcionários podem estocar todos os produtos que vão para " -"um local específico. Os produtos não estão disponíveis para processamento " -"posterior até que sejam transferidos para o estoque." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:23 msgid "" -"In the two-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order" -" are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and " -"brought to an output location before being shipped." +"In the two-step delivery process, products are first picked from their " +"respective location in the warehouse, then transferred to an output location" +" before being shipped to the customer." msgstr "" -"No processo de entrega em duas etapas, os produtos que fazem parte de um " -"pedido de entrega são separados no armazém de acordo com sua estratégia de " -"remoção e levados a um local de saída antes de serem enviados." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:26 msgid "" -"One situation where this would be useful is when using either a :abbr:`FIFO " -"(First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO " -"(First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, where the products that are " -"being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration " -"date." +"This might be beneficial for companies using a First In, First Out (FIFO), " +"Last In, First Out (LIFO), or First Expired, First Out (FEFO) removal " +"strategy." msgstr "" -"Uma situação em que isso seria útil é quando se usa uma estratégia de " -"remoção :abbr:`PEPS (primeiro a entrar, primeiro a sair)`, :abbr:`UEPS " -"(último a entrar, primeiro a sair)` ou :abbr:`PVPS (primeiro a vencer, " -"primeiro a sair)`, em que os produtos que estão sendo separados precisam ser" -" selecionados com base na data de recebimento ou na data de validade." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" -" `, so the settings need to be changed" -" in order to utilize two-step receipts and deliveries. Incoming and outgoing" -" shipments do not need to be set to have the same steps. For example, " -"products can be received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the " -"following example, two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries." -msgstr "" -"O Odoo é configurado por padrão para :ref:`receber e entregar mercadorias em" -" uma etapa `, portanto, as " -"configurações precisam ser alteradas para utilizar recebimentos e entregas " -"em duas etapas. As remessas recebidas e enviadas não precisam ser definidas " -"para ter as mesmas etapas. Por exemplo, os produtos podem ser recebidos em " -"duas etapas, mas enviados em uma etapa. No exemplo a seguir, serão usadas " -"duas etapas para os recebimentos e as entregas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "Configure multi-step routes" -msgstr "Configurar rotas em várias etapas" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34 msgid "" -"First, make sure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` option is enabled in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " -":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save` " -"the changes." +"For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " +"received in two steps (input + stock), and delivered in three steps (pick + " +"pack + ship)." msgstr "" -"Primeiro, certifique-se de que a opção :guilabel:`Rotas de várias etapas` " -"esteja habilitada em :menuselection:`Inventário --> Configuração --> " -"Definições`, sob o título :guilabel:`Armazém`. Depois de ativar a " -"configuração, :guilabel:`salve` as alterações." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:38 msgid "" -"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " +"process in one step, by default. To change these settings, the *Multi-Step " +"Routes* feature must be enabled." msgstr "" -"A ativação da configuração :guilabel:`Rotas com várias etapas` também " -"ativará o recurso :guilabel:`Locais de armazenamento`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and " -"deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`, and click on the warehouse to change the warehouse settings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Multi-Step Routes feature in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -"Em seguida, o depósito precisa ser configurado para recebimentos e entregas " -"em duas etapas. Vá para :menuselection:`Inventário --> Configuração --> " -"Armazém` e clique no depósito para alterar as configurações do depósito." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for" -" :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and " -"then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +"Next, configure a warehouse for two-step receipts and deliveries. Navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and " +"select a warehouse to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)`, " +"and set :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Send goods in output " +"and then deliver (2 steps)`." msgstr "" -"Em seguida, selecione :guilabel:`Receber mercadorias na entrada e depois " -"estocar (2 etapas)` para :guilabel:`Remessas recebidas`, e :guilabel:`Enviar" -" mercadorias na saída e depois entregar (2 etapas)` para :guilabel:`Remessas" -" enviadas`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two " -"steps." +msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to two-step on warehouse form." msgstr "" -"Definir opções de remessa de entrada e saída para receber e entregar em duas" -" etapas." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:62 msgid "" -"Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and " -"*output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and " -":guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard." -" To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations`, and select the :guilabel:`Location` to change. On the location " -"form, update the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any other changes (if " -"necessary)." +"Selecting two-step receipts and deliveries automatically creates new *Input*" +" and *Output* warehouse locations in the database, named `WH/Input` and " +"`WH/Output`, respectively." msgstr "" -"A ativação de recebimentos e entregas em duas etapas criará novos locais de " -"*entrada* e *saída* que, por padrão, são rotulados como :guilabel:`WH/Input`" -" e :guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectivamente, no painel :guilabel:`Locais`. " -"Para renomear esses locais, vá para :menuselection:`Configuração --> Locais`" -" e selecione o :guilabel:`local` a ser alterado. No formulário de local, " -"atualize o :guilabel:`nome do local` e faça qualquer outra alteração (se " -"necessário)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:66 -msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)" -msgstr "Processar um recebimento em duas etapas (entrada + estoque)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To rename or edit these locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Locations`, and select the desired location." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the location's form, change the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any " +"other necessary changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:72 +msgid "Process receipt in two steps (input + stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When products are received in two steps, they first move from the vendor " +"location to an input location. Then, they move from the input location to " +"warehouse stock in the database, upon validation of a purchase order (PO), " +"and a subsequent internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, fill out the various " +"fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out new Request for Quotation from vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery smart button for validated purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:105 msgid "" "For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step " -"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase " -"Order)` form may need to be specified as the correct *input location* " -"connected to the two-step warehouse, which can be done by selecting the " -"warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at" -" the end of the name." +"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the |PO| form **must** " +"be specified as the correct *input location* connected to the two-step " +"warehouse." msgstr "" -"Para empresas com vários armazéns que têm configurações de etapas " -"diferentes, o campo :guilabel:`Entregar para` no formulário :abbr:`pedido de" -" compra (PC)` pode precisar ser especificado como o *local de entrada* " -"correto conectado ao armazém de duas etapas, o que pode ser feito " -"selecionando o armazém na lista suspensa que inclui o rótulo `Recebimentos` " -"no final do nome." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:109 msgid "" -"After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` " -"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` form. " -"Click it to reveal the new receipt (WH/IN) operation." +"This can be done by selecting the warehouse from the drop-down menu that " +"includes the `Receipts` label at the end of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:115 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " +"the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " +"validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage, and the products" +" move to the :guilabel:`WH/Input` location." msgstr "" -"Depois de confirmar o :abbr:`PO (Pedido de compra)`, um botão inteligente " -":guilabel:`Recebimento` aparece na parte superior do formulário de " -":abbr:`PO`. Clique nele para revelar a nova operação de recebimento (WH/IN)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 -msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." +msgid "Receipt form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" -"Depois de confirmar um pedido de compra, um botão inteligente de recebimento" -" será exibido." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Once the purchase order is confirmed, a receipt is generated and ready to " -"process." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:128 +msgid "Process internal transfer" msgstr "" -"Depois que o pedido de compra é confirmado, um recebimento é gerado e está " -"pronto para ser processado." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the " -":guilabel:`Receipts` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " -"dashboard. This reveals a list of all receipts to process." -msgstr "" -"Navegue até o aplicativo :menuselection:`Inventário` e localize o cartão de " -"tarefa :guilabel:`Recebimento` no painel :guilabel:`Visão geral do " -"inventário`. Isso abre uma lista de todos os recebimentos a serem " -"processados." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` associated with the purchase order, then " -"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to " -":guilabel:`WH/Input`." -msgstr "" -"Clique no :guilabel:`recebimento` associado ao pedido de compra e, em " -"seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Validar` para concluir o recebimento e mover o" -" produto para o :guilabel:`WH/Input`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Receipt form for product move to WH/Input." -msgstr "Formulário de recebimento para movimentação de produto para WH/Input." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:106 -msgid "Process the internal transfer" -msgstr "Processar a transferência interna" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "" "Once the receipt is validated, an internal transfer is created and ready to " "process." @@ -12817,91 +13161,66 @@ msgstr "" "Depois que o recibo for validado, uma transferência interna será criada e " "estará pronta para ser processada." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Click back to the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` in the breadcrumbs, and " -"locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." -msgstr "" -"Clique novamente em :guilabel:`Visão geral do inventário` nas trilhas de " -"navegação e localize o cartão de tarefa :guilabel:`Transferências internas`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to reveal a list of all internal " -"transfers to process, and select the transfer associated with the previously" -" validated receipt." -msgstr "" -"Clique no botão :guilabel:`Nº a processar` para exibir uma lista de todas as" -" transferências internas a serem processadas e selecione a transferência " -"associada ao recebimento validado anteriormente." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product " -"from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." -msgstr "" -"Clique em :guilabel:`Validar` para concluir a transferência e mover o " -"produto de :guilabel:`WH/Input` para :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Once the transfer is validated, the product enters inventory and is " -"available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." -msgstr "" -"Depois que a transferência é validada, o produto entra no estoque e fica " -"disponível para entregas ao cliente ou ordem de produção." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock." -msgstr "Valide a transferência interna para mover o item para o estoque." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:127 -msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" -msgstr "Processar um pedido de entrega em duas etapas (separação + envio)" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:132 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " -":guilabel:`New`. Select (or create) a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +"To view the internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app`, and locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." msgstr "" -"No aplicativo :menuselection:`Vendas`, crie uma nova cotação clicando em " -":guilabel:`Novo`. Selecione (ou crie) um :guilabel:`cliente`, adicione um " -":guilabel:`produto` armazenável às linhas do pedido e clique em " -":guilabel:`Confirmar`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:135 msgid "" -"After confirming the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart " -"button will appear in the top, above the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal the associated " -"receipt." +"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " +"of all internal transfers to process, and select the transfer associated " +"with the previously validated receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move " +"the product from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Once the transfer is validated, the products enter inventory, and are " +"available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" -"Depois de confirmar o :abbr:`pedido de venda (PV)`, um botão inteligente " -":guilabel:`Entrega` aparecerá na parte superior, acima do formulário " -":abbr:`PV`. Clique no botão inteligente :guilabel:`Entrega` para revelar o " -"recebimento associado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Delivery smart button on sales order form." -msgstr "Botão inteligente de entrega no formulário de pedido de vendas." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Sales order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` Kanban card." +msgid "Internal transfer form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" -"Os recebimentos de pedidos de vendas também podem ser encontrados no " -"aplicativo :menuselection:`Inventário`. No painel :guilabel:`Visão geral`, " -"clique no botão inteligente :guilabel:`Nº a processar` no cartão Kanban " -":guilabel:`Separação`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:150 -msgid "Process the picking" -msgstr "Processar a separação" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:149 +msgid "Process delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:151 +msgid "" +"When products are delivered in two steps, they move from warehouse stock to " +"an output location. Then, they move from the output location to a customer " +"location in the database, upon validation of a picking order, and a " +"subsequent delivery order (DO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out new sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the sales order quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery smart button on validated sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:182 +msgid "Process picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 msgid "" "Once the sales order is confirmed, a picking order is generated and ready to" " process." @@ -12909,17 +13228,22 @@ msgstr "" "Depois que o pedido de vendas é confirmado, um pedido de separação é gerado " "e está pronto para ser processado." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:186 msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the " -":guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. " -"This reveals a list of all pickings to process." +"To complete the picking, navigate to the :guilabel:`Inventory app`, and " +"locate the :guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " +"dashboard. Alternatively, the picking order can also be accessed via the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales order form." msgstr "" -"Navegue até o aplicativo :menuselection:`Inventário` e localize o cartão de " -"tarefa :guilabel:`Separação` no painel :guilabel:`Visão geral do " -"inventário`. Isso abre uma lista de todas as separações a processar." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:190 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, click the :guilabel:`# To " +"Process` button on the :guilabel:`Pick` task card. This reveals a list of " +"all pickings to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:193 msgid "" "Click on the picking (WH/PICK) operation associated with the sales order to " "reveal the picking order." @@ -12927,70 +13251,52 @@ msgstr "" "Clique na operação de separação (WH/PICK) associada ao pedido de vendas para" " abrir a ordem de separação." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Check Availability` on the picking order form. If the " -"product is in stock, Odoo automatically reserves the product. Quantities can" -" also be manually set by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " -"column to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Picking order form for products included in sales order." msgstr "" -"Clique em :guilabel:`Verificar disponibilidade` no formulário de pedido de " -"separação. Se o produto estiver em estoque, o Odoo automaticamente reserva o" -" produto. As quantidades também podem ser definidas manualmente, alterando o" -" valor na coluna :guilabel:`Quantidade` para corresponder ao valor na coluna" -" :guilabel:`Demanda`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:200 msgid "" -"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking and move the " -"product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" +"Manually set the quantity by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"column, to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking, and move the" +" product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Once the picking is validated, a delivery order is created, and ready to " +"process. Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button on the sales order " +"form reveals the newly created delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, to view the delivery order, navigate back to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, via the breadcrumbs, and locate the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` task card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " +"of all delivery orders to process, and select the order associated with the " +"previously validated picking." msgstr "" -"Quando estiver pronto, clique em :guilabel:`Validar` para concluir a seleção" -" e mover o produto de :guilabel:`WH/Stock` para :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Picking operation form moving product to WH/Output." -msgstr "Formulário de operação de separação movendo o produto para WH/Output." +msgid "Delivery order form for products ordered by customer." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:222 msgid "" -"Once the picking has been processed, the delivery order is generated, and " -"can be processed." +"To deliver the products, change the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field " +"to match the ordered quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." msgstr "" -"Depois que a separação tiver sido processada, a ordem de entrega será gerada" -" e poderá ser processada." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Navigate back to the original sales order by going to :menuselection:`Sales " -"app`, and selecting the associated sales order." -msgstr "" -"Navegue de volta ao pedido de vendas original acessando :menuselection:`app " -"Vendas` e selecionando o pedido de vendas associado." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:179 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button now indicates there are two transfers." -" Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal each transfer tied to" -" this sales order: the completed picking, and the new delivery (WH/OUT) " -"operation. Click the delivery operation to open the delivery order." -msgstr "" -"O botão inteligente :guilabel:`Entrega` agora indica que há duas " -"transferências. Clique no botão inteligente :guilabel:`Entrega` para abrir " -"as transferências vinculadas a esse pedido de venda: a separação concluída e" -" a nova operação de entrega (WH/OUT). Clique na operação de entrega para " -"abrir o pedido de entrega." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 -msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the delivery." -msgstr "" -"Quando estiver pronto, clique em :guilabel:`Validar` para concluir a " -"entrega." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Delivery operation form moving product to customer location." -msgstr "" -"Forma de operação de entrega que move o produto para o local do cliente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts in three steps" @@ -13088,6 +13394,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "Receber em três etapas (entrada + qualidade + estoque)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "Criar um pedido de compra" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " @@ -13112,6 +13422,12 @@ msgstr "" "direito, e o recebimento será associado ao pedido de compra. Ao clicar no " "botão inteligente :guilabel:`Recebimento`, o pedido de recibo será exibido." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." +msgstr "" +"Depois de confirmar um pedido de compra, um botão inteligente de recebimento" +" será exibido." + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "Processar um recebimento" @@ -15103,8 +15419,8 @@ msgstr "" "obter acesso à API." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo" -msgstr "Configurar os serviços de envio da Sendcloud no Odoo" +msgid "Sendcloud configuration" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -15162,20 +15478,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank" " account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping " -"rules or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " -"required." +"rules, or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " +"**required**." msgstr "" -"A integração do Sendcloud no Odoo funciona nos planos gratuitos do Sendcloud" -" *apenas* se uma conta bancária estiver vinculada, pois o Sendcloud não " -"envia gratuitamente. Para usar regras de envio ou contatos personalizados de" -" transportadoras individuais, é necessário um plano pago do Sendcloud." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:174 msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "Configuração do armazém" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:39 msgid "" "Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings" " --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse" @@ -15189,7 +15501,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings." msgstr "Adicionar endereços nas configurações do Sendcloud." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:46 msgid "" "To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` " "is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field " @@ -15237,7 +15549,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Empresa`: `Minha empresa (San Francisco)`" msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Endereço`: `Minha empresa (San Francisco)`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:63 msgid "" "Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo" " configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same." @@ -15246,11 +15558,11 @@ msgstr "" "configuração do Odoo quanto para a configuração da Sendcloud, são exatamente" " as mesmas." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials" msgstr "Gerar credenciais do Sendcloud" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:69 msgid "" "In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo " @@ -15260,7 +15572,7 @@ msgstr "" "no menu à direita. Em seguida, procure por :guilabel:`Odoo Native`. Em " "seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Conectar`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:72 msgid "" "After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and " @@ -15276,7 +15588,7 @@ msgstr "" "NomeDaEmpresa`, com o nome da empresa do usuário substituindo " "`NomedaEmpresa` (por exemplo, `Odoo StealthyWood`)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:77 msgid "" "Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the " "shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public " @@ -15291,36 +15603,42 @@ msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials." msgstr "" "Configuração da integração do Sendcloud e recebimento das credenciais." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:158 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "Configuração no Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86 -msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module" -msgstr "Instale o módulo de envio da Sendcloud" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To ensure seamless Sendcloud integration with Odoo, :ref:`install " +"` and :ref:`link " +"` the Sendcloud shipping" +" connector to the Sendcloud account. Then, :ref:`configure Odoo fields " +"`, so Sendcloud can " +"accurately pull shipping data to generate labels." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +msgid "Install Sendcloud shipping module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 msgid "" "After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure" -" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " -"search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." +" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " +"search for the `Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." msgstr "" -"Depois que a conta Sendcloud estiver definida e configurada, é hora de " -"configurar a base de dados do Odoo. Para começar, acesse o módulo " -":guilabel:`Aplicativos` do Odoo, procure a integração :guilabel:`Envio por " -"Sendcloud` e instale-a." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." msgstr "Módulo de envio Sendcloud no módulo Odoo Aplicativos." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:110 msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration" msgstr "Configuração do conector de envio Sendcloud" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:112 msgid "" "Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The " @@ -15332,7 +15650,7 @@ msgstr "" "do :guilabel:`Conector Sendcloud` é encontrada na seção " ":guilabel:`Conectores de envio`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:116 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once" @@ -15342,7 +15660,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Métodos de envio do Sendcloud` abaixo do conector listado. Uma " "vez na página :guilabel:`Métodos de envio`, clique em :guilabel:`Criar`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to " @@ -15353,23 +15671,23 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Inventário --> Configuração --> Entrega --> Métodos de " "envio`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 msgid "" "Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:" msgstr "" "Preencha os seguintes campos no formulário :guilabel:`Novo método de envio`:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`." msgstr ":guilabel:`Método de envio`: tipo `Sendcloud DPD`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Provedor`: selecione :guilabel:`Sendcloud` no menu suspenso." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this " "shipping method or create a new product." @@ -15377,7 +15695,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Produto de entrega`: define o produto que foi configurado para " "esse método de envio ou cria um novo produto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`." @@ -15385,7 +15703,7 @@ msgstr "" "Na aba :guilabel:`Configuração do SendCloud`, digite a :guilabel:`Chave " "pública do Sendcloud`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:131 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`." @@ -15393,7 +15711,7 @@ msgstr "" "Na aba :guilabel:`Configuração do SendCloud`, digite a :guilabel:`Chave " "secreta do Sendcloud`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:146 msgid "" "Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the " @@ -15402,7 +15720,7 @@ msgstr "" "Manualmente :guilabel:`salve` o formulário clicando no ícone de nuvem ao " "lado da trilha de navegação :guilabel:`Métodos de envio/Novo`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:135 msgid "" "After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the " "shipping products:" @@ -15410,7 +15728,7 @@ msgstr "" "Depois de configurar e salvar o formulário, siga estas etapas para carregar " "os produtos de remessa:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:137 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New " "Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping " @@ -15420,7 +15738,7 @@ msgstr "" "método de envio`, clique no link :guilabel:`Carregar seus produtos de " "remessa do SendCloud`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:139 msgid "" "Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries " "and returns." @@ -15428,11 +15746,11 @@ msgstr "" "Selecione os produtos de remessa que a empresa gostaria de usar para " "entregas e devoluções." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:140 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "Clique em :guilabel:`Selecionar`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:143 msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:" msgstr "Exemplo de produtos de remessa da Sendcloud configurados no Odoo:" @@ -15456,7 +15774,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Peso mínimo`: `0,00`" msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Peso máximo`: `31,50`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`" " `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` " @@ -15501,7 +15819,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Países de devolução`: `Bélgica` `Países Baixos`" msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo." msgstr "Exemplo de produtos de remessa configurados no Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:169 msgid "" "Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a " "package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured " @@ -15513,26 +15831,64 @@ msgstr "" "configurada do Sendcloud será cobrada, a menos que o pacote associado seja " "cancelado dentro de 24 horas após a criação." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using " "test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used " "to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the " "creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment " -"settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`." +"settings can be toggled back and forth from their respective smart buttons." msgstr "" -"O Odoo tem uma camada integrada de proteção contra cobranças indesejadas ao " -"usar ambientes de teste. Em um ambiente de teste, se um for usado método de " -"envio para criar etiquetas, essas etiquetas serão imediatamente canceladas " -"após a criação - isso ocorre automaticamente. As configurações de ambiente " -"de teste e de produção podem ser alternadas no :guilabel:`botões " -"inteligentes`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166 -msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud" -msgstr "Gerar uma etiqueta com o Sendcloud" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:181 +msgid "Shipping information" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 +msgid "" +"To use Sendcloud to generate shipping labels, the following information " +"**must** be filled out accurately and completely in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Customer information**: when creating a quotation, ensure the selected " +":guilabel:`Customer` has a valid phone number, email address, and shipping " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:189 +msgid "" +"To verify, select the :guilabel:`Customer` field to open their contact page." +" Here, add their shipping address in the :guilabel:`Contact` field, along " +"with their :guilabel:`Mobile` number and :guilabel:`Email` address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:193 +msgid "" +"**Product weight**: ensure all products in an order have a specified " +":guilabel:`Weight` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of their product form. " +"Refer to the :ref:`Product weight section " +"` of this article for " +"detailed instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +msgid "" +"**Warehouse address**: ensure the warehouse name and address in Odoo match " +"the :ref:`previously defined warehouse " +"` in the Sendcloud " +"setup. For details on warehouse configuration in Odoo, refer to the " +":ref:`warehouse configuration section " +"` of the third-party " +"shipping documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:204 +msgid "Generate labels with Sendcloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:206 msgid "" "When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud " "shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label " @@ -15544,12 +15900,12 @@ msgstr "" "documentos da etiqueta de envio são gerados automaticamente no chatter, que " "incluem o seguinte:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:205 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages." msgstr ":guilabel:`Etiqueta(s) de remessa`, dependendo do número de pacotes." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for " "returns." @@ -15557,17 +15913,17 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Etiqueta(s) de devolução `, se o conector Sendcloud estiver " "configurado para devoluçĩes." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:212 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Documento(s) alfandegário(s)`, caso o país de destino exija." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214 msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available." msgstr "Além disso, o número de rastreamento fica disponível." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 msgid "" "When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the " "configured Sendcloud account." @@ -15575,15 +15931,15 @@ msgstr "" "Quando as etiquetas de devolução forem criadas, a Sendcloud cobrará " "automaticamente a conta Sendcloud configurada." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 msgid "Shipment is too heavy" msgstr "Remessas muito pesadas" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 msgid "" "If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, " "then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need " @@ -15595,7 +15951,7 @@ msgstr "" "colocados em diferentes :guilabel:`pacotes` para :guilabel:`validar` a " "transferência e gerar etiquetas." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping " "methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will " @@ -15607,11 +15963,11 @@ msgstr "" "que essas regras não se aplicarão ao cálculo do preço de envio no cálculo do" " pedido de venda." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 msgid "Personal carrier contract" msgstr "Contrato de transportadora pessoal" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:237 msgid "" "Use custom prices from a direct carrier contract, via CSV upload, by first " "logging into Sendcloud, navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Carriers " @@ -15626,7 +15982,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud." msgstr "Navegue até a seção de contratos na Sendcloud." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:245 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Contract prices` section, click :guilabel:`Download " "CSV` and fill out the contract prices in the :guilabel:`price` column of the" @@ -15636,7 +15992,7 @@ msgstr "" "e preencha os preços do contrato na coluna :guilabel:`preços` do modelo de " "arquivo CSV." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:249 msgid "" "Ensure the CSV file includes the correct prices to avoid any inaccuracies." msgstr "" @@ -15649,7 +16005,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Amostra de contrato da Sendcloud em CSV com a coluna de preço destacada." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:255 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload` the completed CSV file to Sendcloud, then click " ":guilabel:`Save these prices`." @@ -15657,7 +16013,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Faça upload` do arquivo CSV completo para a Sendcloud e, em " "seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Salvar esses preços`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:258 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to upload contract prices with carriers " "`_" @@ -15665,11 +16021,11 @@ msgstr "" "`Sendcloud: Como fazer upload de preços de contratos com transportadoras " "`_" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:262 msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" msgstr "Medição de peso volumétrico" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:264 msgid "" "Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight " "of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* " @@ -15681,7 +16037,7 @@ msgstr "" "volume que um pacote ocupa quando está em trânsito. Em outras palavras, é o " "tamanho físico de um pacote`)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:269 msgid "" "Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute" " the volumetric weight." @@ -15689,7 +16045,7 @@ msgstr "" "Verifique se as transportadoras selecionadas já têm fórmulas definidas para " "calcular o peso volumétrico." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:273 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight " "`_" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:277 msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate" msgstr "Não foi possível calcular a taxa de frete" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:279 msgid "" -"First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by " -"the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " +"First, verify that the product being shipped has a weight that is supported " +"by the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " "destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier." " The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the " "carrier." msgstr "" -"Primeiro, verifique se o produto que está sendo enviado tem um peso " -"compatível com o método de envio selecionado. Se isso estiver definido, " -"verifique se o país de destino (do endereço do cliente) é compatível com a " -"transportadora. O país de origem (endereço do armazém) também deve ser " -"aceito pela transportadora." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Starshipit shipping" @@ -17537,10 +17888,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:15 msgid "" -":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings `" +":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings " +"`" msgstr "" -":ref:`Usar o aplicativo de código de barras para separações " -"`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -20420,7 +20770,7 @@ msgstr "" "topo da página." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:94 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:160 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is greater than the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **green**. If " @@ -20485,6 +20835,13 @@ msgstr "" "Quando estiver pronto, clique em :guilabel:`Aplicar` para aplicar o ajuste " "de estoque." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Applying an inventory adjustment simultaneously creates a :doc:`stock move " +"line (SML) <../reporting/moves_history>` in the *Moves History* report for " +"traceability." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " @@ -20493,11 +20850,11 @@ msgstr "" "A opção Aplicar tudo aplica o ajuste de estoque quando um motivo é " "especificado." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:129 msgid "Count products" msgstr "Contar produtos" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131 msgid "" "Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is " "complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory " @@ -20509,7 +20866,7 @@ msgstr "" "Operações --> Ajustes de estoque` para atualizar a coluna " ":guilabel:`Quantidade contada` em cada linha de produto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135 msgid "" "On each product line, identify whether the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` column recorded in the database matches the newly-counted value. " @@ -20522,7 +20879,7 @@ msgstr "" " clique no botão :guilabel:`Definir` (ícone de alvo) na extremidade direita " "da linha de produtos." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:139 msgid "" "Doing so copies the value from the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column over " "to the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and sets the value of the " @@ -20540,7 +20897,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move." msgstr "Movimento de ajuste de estoque de contagem zero." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148 msgid "" "If the newly-counted value for a given product does **not** match the value " "in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, instead of " @@ -20552,7 +20909,7 @@ msgstr "" "de clicar no botão :guilabel:`Definir`, registre o valor real no campo da " "coluna :guilabel:`Quantidade contada`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152 msgid "" "To do so, click the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column on the " "specific inventory adjustment line for the product whose count is being " @@ -20564,7 +20921,7 @@ msgstr "" "alterada. Isso atribui automaticamente uma :guilabel:`Quantidade contada` de" " `0.00`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 msgid "" "To change this value, type in a new value that matches the real, newly-" "counted value. Then, click away from the line. Doing so saves the " @@ -20575,7 +20932,7 @@ msgstr "" "recém-contado. Em seguida, clique fora da linha. Isso salva o ajuste e " "ajusta automaticamente o valor na coluna :guilabel:`Diferenã`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:166 msgid "" "Subsequently, once applied, a move with the difference between the " ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is " @@ -20593,7 +20950,7 @@ msgstr "" "Painel de histórico de ajustes de estoque detalhando uma lista de " "movimentações anteriores dos produtos." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:174 msgid "" "Sometimes a count occurs, but cannot be applied in the database right away. " "In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, " @@ -20609,11 +20966,11 @@ msgstr "" "quantidade contada. Como precaução extra, o Odoo pede confirmação antes de " "aplicar o ajuste de estoque." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:181 msgid "Change inventory count frequency" msgstr "Alterar a frequência da contagem de inventário" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183 msgid "" "By default, the *scheduled date* for inventory adjustments are always " "scheduled for the 31st of December of the current year. However, for some " @@ -20625,7 +20982,7 @@ msgstr "" "é fundamental ter uma contagem de estoque precisa em todos os momentos. " "Nesses casos, a data padrão pode ser modificada." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:187 msgid "" "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " @@ -20646,7 +21003,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ajustar a data da próxima contagem de inventário com a configuração Dia e " "mês do inventário anual." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:195 msgid "" "To change the day, click the :guilabel:`31`, and change it to a day within " "the range `1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." @@ -20654,7 +21011,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para alterar o dia, clique no :guilabel:`31` e altere-o para um dia dentro " "do intervalo `1-31`, dependendo do mês do ano desejado." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:198 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:117 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" @@ -20663,7 +21020,7 @@ msgstr "" "Em seguida, para alterar o mês, clique em :guilabel:`dezembro` para exibir o" " menu suspenso e selecione o mês desejado." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:201 msgid "" "Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all " "changes." @@ -20671,11 +21028,11 @@ msgstr "" "Quando todas as alterações tiverem sido feitas, clique em :guilabel:`Salvar`" " para salvar todas as alterações." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:204 msgid "Plan big inventory counts" msgstr "Planejar grandes contagens de estoque" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:206 msgid "" "To plan big inventory counts, such as a full count of everything currently " "in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->" @@ -20685,7 +21042,7 @@ msgstr "" " tudo o que está atualmente em estoque, primeiro navegue até " ":menuselection:`app Inventário --> Operações --> Ajustes de inventário`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209 msgid "" "Then, select the desired products to be counted by clicking the checkbox on " "the far left of each product line." @@ -20693,7 +21050,7 @@ msgstr "" "Em seguida, selecione os produtos a contar clicando na caixa de seleção na " "extremidade esquerda de cada linha de produto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:213 msgid "" "To request a count of **all** products currently in stock, click the " "checkbox at the very top of the table, in the header row next to the " @@ -20708,7 +21065,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "Pop-up de solicitação de contagem na página de ajustes de estoque." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221 msgid "" "Once all desired products have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Request a" " Count` button at the top of the page. This causes a :guilabel:`Request a " @@ -20720,15 +21077,15 @@ msgstr "" "com que uma janela pop-up :guilabel:`Solicitar contagem` seja exibida. Nessa" " janela pop-up, preencha as seguintes informações:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:225 msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." msgstr ":guilabel:`Data do inventário`: a data planejada da contagem." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:226 msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." msgstr ":guilabel:`Usuário`: o usuário responsável pela contagem." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" " be accounted." @@ -20736,7 +21093,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Data contábil`: a data em que o ajuste de estoque será " "contabilizado." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the on-hand quantity of each product line blank," " select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To pre-fill the on-hand quantity of each " @@ -20749,13 +21106,13 @@ msgstr "" "atual registrado na base de dados, selecione :guilabel:`Definir valor " "atual`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:232 msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." msgstr "" "Por fim, quando estiver pronto, clique em :guilabel:`Confirmar` para " "solicitar a contagem." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 msgid "" "In the Odoo *Barcode* app, users can only view inventory counts that are " "assigned to **them**, and are scheduled for **today** or **earlier**." @@ -20764,7 +21121,7 @@ msgstr "" " contagens de inventário atribuídas a **eles** e programadas para **hoje** " "ou **anteriormente**." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:239 msgid ":doc:`cycle_counts`" msgstr ":doc:`cycle_counts`" @@ -20773,314 +21130,287 @@ msgid "Create a second warehouse" msgstr "Criar um segundo armazém" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 msgid "" -"A *warehouse* is a physical building or space where items are stored. In " -"Odoo, it is possible to set up multiple warehouses and transfer stored items" -" between them." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *warehouse* is a physical building or space where " +"items are stored. By default, each Odoo database has one warehouse already " +"pre-configured, with the address set as the company's address." msgstr "" -"Um *armazém* é um edifício ou espaço físico onde os itens são armazenados. " -"No Odoo, é possível configurar vários armazéns e transferir itens " -"armazenados entre eles." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:9 msgid "" -"By default, the Odoo platform has one warehouse that is already configured, " -"with the address set as the company's address. To create a second warehouse," -" select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, then click " -":guilabel:`Create` and configure the form as follows:" +"However, it is possible to set up multiple additional warehouses, and " +"transfer stored items between them." msgstr "" -"Por padrão, a plataforma Odoo tem um armazém que já está configurado, com o " -"endereço definido como o endereço da empresa. Para criar um segundo, " -"selecione :menuselection:`Configuração --> Armazéns`, depois clique em " -":guilabel:`Criar` e configure o formulário da seguinte forma:" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:12 -msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Armazém`: o nome completo do armazém" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code by which the warehouse is " -"referred to; the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is **WH**" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Nome abreviado`: o código abreviado pelo qual o armazém é " -"referido; o nome abreviado padrão de armazéns no Odoo é **WH**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:15 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse; this can be set as" -" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " -"vendor" +"To create a second warehouse, the *Storage Locations* feature must be " +"enabled. To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, " +"tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and " +":guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Empresa`: a empresa proprietária do armazém; isso pode ser " -"definido como a empresa proprietária da base de dados do Odoo ou a empresa " -"de um cliente ou fornecedor" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:17 -msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Endereço`: o endereço onde o armazém está localizado" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The options below will only appear if the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " -"checkbox is enabled in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` under the" -" :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " -"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." -msgstr "" -"As opções abaixo só aparecerão se a caixa de seleção :guilabel:`Rotas com " -"várias etapas` estiver ativada em :menuselection:`Configuração --> " -"Definições` sob o título :guilabel:`Armazém`. Para obter mais informações " -"sobre rotas e como elas funcionam no Odoo, consulte :ref:`Como usar rotas e " -"regras de pull/push `." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: select the routes that incoming and" -" outgoing shipments should follow" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Remessas recebidas/enviadas`: selecione as rotas que as remessas " -"recebidas/enviadas devem seguir" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:27 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " -"from this warehouse" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Reposição de subcontratação`: permite que subcontratações sejam " -"repostas a partir desse armazém" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:28 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: allow for items to be manufactured in " -"this warehouse" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Fabricar para repor`: permite que os itens sejam fabricados nesse" -" armazém" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture`: select the route that should be followed when " -"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Fabricar`: selecione a rota que deve ser seguida ao fabricar " -"mercadorias dentro do armazém" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: check the box to allow for purchased products " -"to be delivered to the warehouse" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Comprar para repor`: marque a caixa para permitir que os produtos" -" comprados sejam entregues no armazém" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:33 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Resupply From`: select warehouses that can be used to resupply " -"the warehouse being created" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Repor de`: selecione os aramazéns que podem ser usados para " -"reabastecer o armazém que está sendo criado" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "A filled out form for creating a new warehouse." -msgstr "Um formulário preenchido para a criação de um novo armazém." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:41 msgid "" -"Creating a second warehouse will automatically enable the *Storage " -"Locations* setting, which allows location tracking of products within a " -"warehouse. To toggle this setting, navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings` and click the checkbox under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " -"heading." +"Warning pop-up window for creating a second warehouse before enabling " +"Storage Locations." msgstr "" -"A criação de um segundo armazém ativará automaticamente a configuração " -"*Locais de armazenamento*, que permite o rastreamento da localização dos " -"produtos em um depósito. Para alternar essa configuração, navegue até " -":menuselection:`Configuração --> Definições` e clique na caixa de seleção " -"sob o título :guilabel:`Armazém`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:97 msgid "" -"After filling out the form, click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse " -"will be created." +"Creating a second warehouse without first enabling the *Storage Locations* " +"feature triggers a :guilabel:`Warning` pop-up window. It indicates creating " +"a second warehouse automatically activates the *Storage Locations* setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:30 +msgid "Create new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To create a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens a " +"blank warehouse creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:35 +msgid "Fill out the following fields as necessary:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code used to identify the warehouse," +" i.e. `WH2` (the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is `WH`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse. This can be set as" +" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " +"vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located. By default," +" this is set to the company's address in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Filled out warehouse name and address settings on warehouse creation form." msgstr "" -"Depois de preencher o formulário, clique em :guilabel:`Salvar` e o novo " -"armazém será criado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:49 -msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" -msgstr "Adicionar inventário a um novo armazém" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:51 msgid "" -"If a new warehouse is created that has existing inventory in it, the " -"inventory counts should be added to Odoo so that the stock listed in the " -"Odoo database reflects what is in the physical warehouse. To add inventory " -"to a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations -->" -" Inventory Adjustments`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`. The inventory " -"adjustment form can then be filled out as follows:" +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, configure the warehouse's" +" main workflow in the :guilabel:`Shipments` section, and set available " +"replenishment methods in the :guilabel:`Resupply` section." msgstr "" -"Se for criado um novo armazém com inventário existente, as contagens de " -"estoque deverão ser adicionadas ao Odoo para que o estoque listado na base " -"de dados do Odoo reflita o que está no armazém físico. Para adicionar o " -"inventário a um novo armazém, navegue até :menuselection:`Inventário --> " -"Operações --> Inventário Ajustes` e clique em :guilabel:`Criar`. O " -"formulário de ajuste de estoque pode ser preenchido da seguinte forma:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:54 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: the name or code that the inventory " -"adjustment can be referred to by" +"The :guilabel:`Shipments` and :guilabel:`Resupply` sections only appear if " +"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` checkbox is enabled in " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " +"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Referência do inventário`: o nome ou código pelo qual o ajuste de" -" estoque pode ser referenciado" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Locations`: the location(s) where the inventory is stored; " -"include the new warehouse and any locations within it that inventory will be" -" added to" +"In the :guilabel:`Shipments` section, choose between one, two, or three-step" +" processes for both incoming and outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Locais`: os locais onde o inventário está armazenado; inclua o " -"novo armazém e qualquer local dentro dele aos quais o inventário será " -"adicionado" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:61 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Products`: include all products that will be added to inventory " -"or leave blank to select any product during the next step" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:62 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Resupply` section, edit the following settings:" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Produtos`: inclua todos os produtos que serão adicionados ao " -"inventário ou deixe em branco para selecionar qualquer produto durante a " -"próxima etapa" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:64 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Include Exhausted Products`: include products with a quantity of " -"zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they " -"have no existing inventory" +":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractors`: enable this feature to coordinate with " +"vendors, and have components dropshipped directly to subcontractors for " +"manufacturing." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Incluir produtos esgotados`: inclui produtos com quantidade zero;" -" não afeta os ajustes de estoque para novos armazéns, pois eles não têm " -"estoque existente" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:66 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date used by accounting teams for " -"bookkeeping related to the inventory" +":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " +"with goods from this warehouse." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Data contábil`: a data usada pelas equipes de contabilidade para " -"a escrituração relacionada ao inventário" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:68 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the inventory; can be set as the " -"user's company or as a customer or vendor" +":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: when products are manufactured, they " +"can be delivered to this warehouse." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Empresa`: a empresa proprietária do inventário; pode ser definida" -" como a empresa do usuário ou como um cliente ou fornecedor" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Counted Quantities`: choose whether the counted quantities for " -"products being added should default to stock on hand or zero; does not " -"affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing " -"inventory" +":guilabel:`Manufacture`: the route that should be followed when " +"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse. Choose from one, two, and three-" +"step production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: when products are purchased, they can be " +"delivered to this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resupply From`: Check the box next to the other warehouses from " +"which this warehouse can replenish products. If the current warehouse does " +"not have the stock, it can also pull products from these selected warehouses" +" in the database. Automatic resupply routes will be created accordingly." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Quantidades contadas`: escolha se as quantidades contadas dos " -"produtos que estão sendo adicionados devem ter como padrão o estoque " -"disponível ou zero; não afeta os ajustes de inventário para novos armazéns, " -"pois eles não têm estoque existente" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "A filled out form for an inventory adjustment." -msgstr "Um formulário de ajuste de estoque preenchido." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:77 msgid "" -"Once the form is properly configured, click on :guilabel:`Start Inventory` " -"to be taken to the next page where products can be added to the inventory " -"adjustment. Add a new product by clicking on :guilabel:`Create` and then " -"fill out the product line as follows:" +"Filled out Warehouse Configuration tab settings on warehouse creation form." msgstr "" -"Depois que o formulário estiver configurado corretamente, clique em " -":guilabel:`Começar inventário` para ir para a próxima página, onde os " -"produtos podem ser adicionados ao ajuste do inventário. Adicione um novo " -"produto clicando em :guilabel:`Criar` e, em seguida, preencha a linha do " -"produto da seguinte forma:" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:81 -msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Produto`: o produto que está sendo adicionado ao inventário" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:82 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " -"the new warehouse; this can be set as the overall warehouse or a location " -"within the warehouse" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new warehouse's settings." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Local`: o local onde o produto está atualmente armazenado no novo" -" armazém; isso pode ser definido como o armazém emgeral ou um local dentro " -"dele" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:84 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " -"serial number used to identify it" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Número de série/lote`: o lote ao qual o produto pertence ou o " -"número de série usado para identificá-lo" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:85 +msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" +msgstr "Adicionar inventário a um novo armazém" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:87 msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Hand`: the total quantity of the product stored in the " -"location for which inventory is being adjusted; this should be zero for a " -"new location or warehouse" +"If a new warehouse is created to represent a real-world storage location " +"with existing stock, update the warehouse's stock using an inventory " +"adjustment." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Em mãos`: a quantidade total do produto armazenado no local cujo " -"estoque está sendo ajustado; deve ser zero para um novo local ou armazém" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:88 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Counted`: the amount of the product that is being added to " -"inventory" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Contado`: a quantidade do produto que está sendo adicionada ao " -"estoque" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:89 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the *On Hand* and *Counted* " -"values; this will automatically update to reflect the value entered in the " -":guilabel:`Counted` column" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Diferença`: a diferença entre os valores de *Em mãos* e " -"*Contado*; isso será atualizado automaticamente para refletir o valor " -"inserido na coluna :guilabel:`Contado`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:91 -msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for counting the product" -msgstr ":guilabel:`UM`: a unidade de medida usada para contar o produto" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`count_products`" +msgstr ":doc:`count_products`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "Include a line for each product being added to inventory." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To perform an inventory adjustment, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Operations --> Physical Inventory`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing" +" so adds a new line at the bottom of the list of inventory adjustments." msgstr "" -"Inclua uma linha para cada produto que está sendo adicionado ao estoque." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:97 -msgid "" -"After adding all the products already stored in the new warehouse, click " -":guilabel:`Validate Inventory` to complete the inventory adjustment. The " -"values in the :guilabel:`On Hand` column will update to reflect those in the" -" :guilabel:`Counted` column and the products added will appear in the " -"inventory of the new warehouse." +msgid "Configure the line by filling out the following fields as necessary:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " +"the new warehouse. This can be set as the overall warehouse, or a location " +"within the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " +"serial number used to identify it, if the product is tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the total quantity of the product stored in " +"the location for which inventory is being adjusted. For a new warehouse or " +"location where a count or a prior inventory adjustment has not taken place, " +"this should be set to `0.00`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure (UoM) used for counting the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: the amount of the product being added to " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the on-hand and counted " +"quantities. This automatically updates to reflect the value entered in the " +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date selected for the next inventory count " +"for this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`User`: the user who recorded the inventory adjustment in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out inventory adjustment line for product in new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once each line for the products being added to the new warehouse is " +"configured, click :guilabel:`Apply` on each line to apply the new inventory " +"counts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The values in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column update to reflect " +"those in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and the products added " +"appear in the new warehouse's stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:125 +msgid "" +"If products tracked using a lot number or serial number are added without " +"specifying the tracking number, a :guilabel:`Tracked Products in Inventory " +"Adjustment` pop-up window appears upon clicking :guilabel:`Apply` on that " +"product's line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The pop-up indicates tracked products were added, but the lots/serial " +"numbers were not defined. To apply the adjustment without the numbers, click" +" :guilabel:`Apply`. To add the numbers before applying, click " +":guilabel:`Discard`, and add the numbers. Then, once ready, click " +":guilabel:`Apply` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:0 +msgid "Tracked Products in Inventory Adjustment pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`warehouses_locations`" msgstr "" -"Depois de adicionar todos os produtos já armazenados no novo armazém, clique" -" em :guilabel:`Validar inventário` para concluir o ajuste de estoque. Os " -"valores na coluna :guilabel:`Em mãos` serão atualizados para refletir os " -"valores na coluna :guilabel:`Contado` e os produtos adicionados aparecerão " -"no inventário do novo armazém." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:3 msgid "Cycle counts" @@ -21251,7 +21581,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Filters and Group By menu on Inventory Adjustments page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menu Filtros e Agrupar por na página Ajustes de estoque." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -21259,6 +21589,9 @@ msgid "" "into their storage locations on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, " "and a cycle count can be performed for all products in that location." msgstr "" +"Clique em :guilabel:`Local` no menu suspenso. Isso classifica os produtos em" +" seus locais de armazenamento na página :guilabel:`Ajustes de estoque`, e " +"uma contagem de ciclo pode ser executada para todos os produtos nesse local." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -21267,12 +21600,19 @@ msgid "" "from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click the :guilabel:`⬇️ " "(down arrow)` icon to the right of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" +"Em grandes armazéns com vários locais e um grande volume de produtos, pode " +"ser mais fácil pesquisar o local específico desejado. Para fazer isso, na " +"página :guilabel:`Ajustes de estoque`, clique no ícone :guilabel:`⬇️ (seta " +"para baixo)` à direita da barra :guilabel:`Pesquisar…`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:85 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Filters` column, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`" " to open an :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, na coluna :guilabel:`Filtros`, clique em :guilabel:`Adicionar " +"filtro personalizado` para abrir uma janela pop-up :guilabel:`Adicionar " +"filtro personalizado`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -21280,14 +21620,19 @@ msgid "" " list of options. Select :guilabel:`contains` in the second field. In the " "third field, type in the name of the location being searched for." msgstr "" +"No primeiro campo, clique no valor e selecione :guilabel:`Local` na lista de" +" opções. Selecione :guilabel:`contém` no segundo campo. No terceiro campo, " +"digite o nome do local que está sendo pesquisado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:92 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add` for that location to appear on the page." msgstr "" +"Clique em :guilabel:`Adicionar` para que esse local seja exibido na página." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:0 msgid "Add Custom Filter pop-up window with location values entered." msgstr "" +"Janela pop-up Adicionar filtro personalizado com valores de local inseridos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:99 msgid "Change full inventory count frequency" @@ -21299,6 +21644,9 @@ msgid "" "for full inventory counts of all in-stock products in the warehouse can also" " be manually changed, to push the date up sooner than the date listed." msgstr "" +"Embora as contagens de ciclo sejam normalmente realizadas por local, a data " +"agendada para as contagens completas de tudo o que está em estoque no " +"armazém também pode ser antecipada manualmente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -21308,6 +21656,11 @@ msgid "" "field, which includes a drop-down field that is set to `31` " ":guilabel:`December`, by default." msgstr "" +"Para modificar a data agendada padrão, vá para :menuselection:`app " +"Inventário --> Configuração --> Definições`. Em seguida, na seção " +":guilabel:`Operações`, localize o campo de configuração :guilabel:`Dia e mês" +" do inventário anual`, que inclui um campo suspenso definido como `31` de " +":guilabel:`dezembro` por padrão." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings." @@ -21324,14 +21677,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:120 msgid "Once all necessary changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123 -msgid ":doc:`count_products`" -msgstr "" +"Quando todas as alterações necessárias tiverem sido feitas, clique em " +":guilabel:`Salvar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`use_locations`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`use_locations`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Resupply from another warehouse" @@ -21483,62 +21834,35 @@ msgstr "Um recebimento de estoque de um armazém para outro." msgid "Scrap inventory" msgstr "Sucatear inventário" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:8 msgid "" -"In some cases, a product in inventory may be damaged or found to be " -"defective. If it is not possible to repair or return the product, Odoo " -"*Inventory* allows users to scrap it, ensuring that usable inventory counts " -"remain accurate." +"Sometimes, products in a company's warehouse stock might be found to be " +"damaged or defective, past the point of being reparable. If it is not " +"possible to repair the product, or return the product to a vendor, it can be" +" scrapped." msgstr "" -"Em alguns casos, um produto no estoque pode ser danificado ou considerado " -"defeituoso. Se não for possível consertar ou devolver o produto, o Odoo " -"*Inventário* permite que os usuários o descartem, garantindo que as " -"contagens de inventário utilizáveis permaneçam precisas." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:12 msgid "" -"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " -"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." +"Odoo *Inventory* allows users to scrap inventory, designating goods or " +"materials that are no longer usable or sellable for disposal (or recycling)." msgstr "" -"Os pedidos de sucata podem ser visualizados navegando até " -":menuselection:`Inventário --> Operações --> Sucata`. Cada pedido de sucata " -"mostra a data e a hora em que foi criado, juntamente com o produto e a " -"quantidade que foi sucateada." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:15 msgid "" -"To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`. Remove the " -":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display " -"virtual locations. Finally, select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` " -"location." +"Scrapping inventory in a database helps stock counts remain accurate, by " +"removing scrapped products from physical inventory, and placing it in a " +"virtual scrap location (*Virtual Locations/Scrap*)." msgstr "" -"Para visualizar a quantidade total de cada item sucateado, navegue até " -":menuselection:`Inventário --> Configuração --> Locais`. Remova o filtro " -":guilabel:`Interno` da barra :guilabel:`Pesquisar…` para exibir locais " -"virtuais. Por fim, selecione o local :guilabel:`Locais virtuais/Sucata`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:19 msgid "" -"By default, scrapping a product removes it from physical inventory, and " -"places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual Locations/Scrap*. A virtual " -"location is **not** a physical space, but rather a designation in Odoo that " -"is used to track items that are no longer in physical inventory." +"*Virtual locations* in Odoo are **not** real, physical spaces in a " +"warehouse. Rather, they are designated locations in a database that provide " +"tracking of items that shouldn't be counted in a physical inventory." msgstr "" -"Por padrão, o sucateamento de um produto o remove do inventário físico e o " -"coloca em um local virtual chamado *Locais virtuais/Sucata*. Um local " -"virtual **não** é um espaço físico, mas sim uma designação no Odoo que é " -"usada para rastrear itens que não estão mais no inventário físico." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:68 -msgid "Learn more" -msgstr "Saiba mais" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:25 msgid "" "For more information about virtual locations, see the documentation about " "the different types of :ref:`locations " @@ -21549,171 +21873,175 @@ msgstr "" "`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To use locations in warehouse, including a virtual scrap location, the " +"*Storage Locations* feature must first be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Tick the " +"checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` to enable the feature, and " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Storage Locations setting in Inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:41 msgid "Scrap from stock" msgstr "Sucata do estoque" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:43 msgid "" -"To scrap a product located in inventory, begin by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Scrap`. On the :guilabel:`Scrap" -" Orders` page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new scrap order." +"To create a new scrap order (SP) for an in-stock product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Scrap`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a new |SP| form." msgstr "" -"Para descartar um produto localizado no inventário, comece navegando até " -":menuselection:`Inventário --> Operações --> Sucata`. Na página " -":guilabel:`Pedidos de sucata`, clique em :guilabel:`Criar` para configurar " -"um novo pedido." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:46 msgid "" -"On the scrap order, select the product being scrapped from the " -":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` field. The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the " -"location where the product is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` " -"defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be " -"changed by selecting a different location from their respective drop-down " -"menus." +"Click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and select the " +"product that should be scrapped from inventory. In the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"field, change the value to the quantity of the product that should be " +"scrapped (by default, this value is set to `1.00`)." msgstr "" -"No pedido de sucata, selecione o produto que está sendo sucateado no menu " -"suspenso :guilabel:`Produto` e, em seguida, insira a quantidade no campo " -":guilabel:`Quantidade`. O padrão do :guilabel:`Local de origem` é o local " -"onde o produto está armazenado, e o padrão do :guilabel:`Local de sucata` é " -"o :guilabel:`Local virtual/Sucata`, mas qualquer um deles pode ser alterado " -"selecionando um local diferente em seus respectivos menus suspensos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "A new scrap order." -msgstr "Um novo pedido de sucata." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to scrap the product. The on-hand " -"inventory count for the scrapped product updates to subtract the scrapped " -"quantity." +msgid "Filled out new scrap order form with product details." msgstr "" -"Por fim, clique em :guilabel:`Validar` para descartar o produto. A contagem " -"de estoque disponível do produto sucateado é atualizada para subtrair a " -"quantidade descartada." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:49 -msgid "Scrap from a receipt, transfer, or delivery" -msgstr "Sucata de um recebimento, transferência ou entrega" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:54 msgid "" -"It is also possible to scrap products during the receipt, transfer, and " -"delivery operations. This can be necessary if any products are found to be " -"defective when receiving them into inventory, transferring them from one " -"location to another, or preparing them for delivery." +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " +"is currently stored. The :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to the " +"designated scrap location (:guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`). Either of " +"these locations can be changed by selecting a different location from their " +"respective drop-down menus." msgstr "" -"Também é possível descartar produtos durante as operações de recebimento, " -"transferência e entrega. Isso pode ser necessário se algum produto for " -"considerado defeituoso ao recebê-lo no estoque, transferi-lo de um local " -"para outro ou prepará-lo para a entrega." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:59 msgid "" -"To scrap a product during the receipt, transfer, or delivery operations, " -"begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app. On the " -":guilabel:`Overview` page, select the :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the" -" :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`, or " -":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, depending on the type of operation the " -"product is being scrapped from." +"If the scrapping is tied to a specific existing operation, specify the " +"operation in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." msgstr "" -"Para descartar um produto durante as operações de recebimento, transferência" -" ou entrega, comece navegando até o aplicativo :guilabel:`Inventário`. Na " -"página :guilabel:`Visão geral`, selecione o botão :guilabel:`Nº A PROCESSAR`" -" no cartão :guilabel:`Recebimentos`, :guilabel:`Transferências internas` ou " -":guilabel:`Pedidos de entrega`, dependendo do tipo de operação da qual o " -"produto está sendo descartado." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:62 msgid "" -"For the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card to appear on the " -":menuselection:`Overview` page of the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, the " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next " -"to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading." +"The :guilabel:`Company` field displays the company whose warehouse this " +"product belongs to. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " +"scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." msgstr "" -"Para que o cartão :guilabel:`Transferências internas` apareça na página " -":menuselection:`Visão geral` do aplicativo :menuselection:`Inventário`, a " -"configuração :guilabel:`Locais de armazenamento` deve estar ativada. Para " -"fazer isso, navegue até :menuselection:`Configuração --> Definições` e, em " -"seguida, ative a caixa de seleção ao lado de :guilabel:`Locais de " -"armazenamento` sob o título :guilabel:`Armazém`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:66 msgid "" -"Alternatively, a list of all delivery orders, receipts, and transfers can be" -" viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> " -"Transfers`." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the new |SP|. Once " +"validated, a :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button appears at the top of " +"the form. Click the smart button to view the details of the scrap operation." msgstr "" -"Como alternativa, uma lista de todos os pedidos de entrega, recebimentos e " -"transferências pode ser visualizada navegando até :menuselection:`Inventário" -" --> Operações --> Transferências`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Next, open a delivery order, receipt, or transfer from the corresponding " -"page by clicking on it. A :guilabel:`Scrap` button appears at the top of the" -" page. Click it to open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." -msgstr "" -"Em seguida, abra um pedido de entrega, um recebimento ou uma transferência " -"na página correspondente clicando nela. Um botão :guilabel:`Sucata` é " -"exibido na parte superior da página. Clique nele para abrir a janela pop-up " -":guilabel:`Sucata`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "The scrap pop-up in the Inventory app." -msgstr "O pop-up de sucata no aplicativo Inventário." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:78 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Scrap` button will only appear on a receipt that has been " -"validated. This is because Odoo only allows products to be scrapped once " -"they have been entered into inventory." +msgid "Product Moves smart button on new scrap order form." msgstr "" -"O botão :guilabel:`Sucata` só aparecerá em um recebimento que tenha sido " -"validado. Isso ocorre porque o Odoo só permite que os produtos sejam " -"descartados depois de terem sido registrados no inventário." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:75 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window, select the product being scrapped " -"from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Then, enter the quantity in the" -" :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +"To view the all-time total quantities of scrapped items, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Click the " +":guilabel:`x (remove)` button on the :guilabel:`Internal` filter in the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar, to display virtual locations." msgstr "" -"Na janela pop-up :guilabel:`Sucata`, selecione o produto que está sendo " -"sucateado no menu suspenso :guilabel:`Produto`. Em seguida, insira a " -"quantidade no campo :guilabel:`Quantidade`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:79 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " -"is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual" -" Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be changed by selecting a " -"different location from their respective drop-down menus." +"Select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` location. From the " +":guilabel:`Scrap` location's form, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` smart" +" button, at the top of the form." msgstr "" -"O padrão do :guilabel:`Local de origem` é o local onde o produto está " -"armazenado, e o padrão do :guilabel:`Local de sucata` é :guilabel:`Locais " -"virtuais/Sucata`, mas qualquer um deles pode ser alterado selecionando-se um" -" local diferente em seus respectivos menus suspensos." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the product. After doing so, the " -":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window disappears and a :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " -"button appears in the top right of the page. Click it to view all of the " -"scrap orders created from that operation." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:82 +msgid "A list of all scrapped products, and their quantities, is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:0 +msgid "Current Stock list of all scrapped products in virtual scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:89 +msgid "Scrap from an existing operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Scrap orders (SPs) can *also* be created from existing operations, such as " +"receipts, delivery orders, and internal transfers, before they are entered " +"into, or removed from, stock for an operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To scrap a product during an operation, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview`, " +"click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on an operation's task card (i.e. " +"the :guilabel:`Receipts` task card)." msgstr "" -"Por fim, clique em :guilabel:`Concluído` para descartar o produto. Depois de" -" fazer isso, a janela pop-up :guilabel:`Sucata` desaparece e um botão " -"inteligente :guilabel:`Sucatas` aparece no canto superior direito da página." -" Clique nele para visualizar todos os pedidos de sucata criados a partir " -"dessa operação." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "The Scraps smart button." -msgstr "O botão inteligente Sucatas." +msgid "# To Process button on Receipts task card on Inventory Overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, select an operation to process from the resulting list of existing " +"orders. Doing so opens that operation's form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon, and select " +":guilabel:`Scrap` from the resulting drop-down menu. This opens a " +":guilabel:`Scrap Products` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Scrap Products pop-up window on operation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:113 +msgid "" +"From this pop-up window, click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product`" +" field, and select the products from the operation that should be scrapped. " +"Adjust the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Product` selected is tracked using a lot or serial number," +" a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial` field appears. Specify the tracking number in that" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` and :guilabel:`Scrap Location` can be " +"changed, if needed. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " +"scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Scrap Products`. A :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " +"button appears at the top of the operation form. Click this smart button to " +"view the details of all scrap orders created from this specific operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Scraps smart button showing all scrap orders from operation." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:3 msgid "Locations" @@ -21721,176 +22049,225 @@ msgstr "Locais" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:5 msgid "" -"A *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. This can be a shelf, " -"room, aisle, etc. There are three types of locations in Odoo:" +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. " +"This can be a shelf, room, aisle, rack, bin, etc." msgstr "" -"Um *local* é um espaço específico em um armazém. Pode ser uma prateleira, " -"uma sala, um corredor, etc. Há três tipos de locais no Odoo:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:8 msgid "" -"*Physical locations* are spaces within a warehouse owned by the user's " -"company. These can be a an area where items are stored like an aisle or " -"shelf, or an area where operations take place, like loading and unloading " -"bays." +"There are also external and virtual locations. For example, customer " +"locations, and locations specifically designated as \"virtual\", instead of " +"real, physical locations." msgstr "" -"*Locais físicos* são espaços dentro de um armazém de propriedade da empresa " -"do usuário. Podem ser uma área onde os itens são armazenados, como um " -"corredor ou uma prateleira, ou uma área onde as operações ocorrem, como " -"baias de carga e descarga." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:11 msgid "" -"*Partner locations* are the same as physical locations except that they " -"exist within the warehouse of a customer or vendor." +"Locations allow for the storage of products in designated areas of the " +"warehouse, to help track inventory accurately." msgstr "" -"*Os locais de parceiros* são iguais aos locais físicos, exceto pelo fato de " -"existirem no armazém de um cliente ou fornecedor." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:17 msgid "" -"*Virtual locations* are locations that do not exist physically, but where " -"items that are not in inventory can be placed. These can be items that have " -"not yet entered inventory, like products that are on the way to a warehouse," -" or items that are no longer in inventory due to loss or other factors." +"To specify storage locations, the *Storage Locations* setting must be " +"enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"section. Tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` to enable " +"the feature, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"*Locais virtuais* são locais que não existem fisicamente, mas onde os itens " -"que não estão no estoque podem ser colocados. Podem ser itens que ainda não " -"entraram no estoque, como produtos que estão a caminho de um armazém, ou " -"itens que não estão mais no estoque devido a perdas ou outros fatores." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In order to use locations, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be" -" enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, and enable " -"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Storage Location setting in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -"Para usar os locais, a configuração :guilabel:`Locais de armazenamento` deve" -" ser ativada. Para fazer isso, navegue até :menuselection:`Inventário --> " -"Configuração --> Definições`, role para baixo até o título " -":guilabel:`Armazém` e ative a caixa de seleção :guilabel:`Locais de " -"armazenamento`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:24 -msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" -msgstr "Criar um novo local em um armazém" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:26 msgid "" -"Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations --> Create`. The new location " -"form can then be configured as follows:" +"Once the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is enabled, two additional " +"internal link options appear below it: :guilabel:`Locations` and " +":guilabel:`Putaway Rules`. Click :guilabel:`Locations` to open a list of all" +" existing locations in the warehouse." msgstr "" -"A partir do aplicativo :menuselection:`Inventário`, selecione " -":menuselection:`Configuração --> Locais --> Criar`. O novo formulário de " -"local pode então ser configurado da seguinte forma:" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location Name`: the name that will be used to reference the " -"location" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Nome do local`: o nome que será usado para referenciar o local" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:30 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Parent Location`: the location or warehouse that the new location" -" exists within" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Local primário`: o local ou armazém no qual o novo local existe" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location Type`: choose the category that the location belongs to" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Tipo de local`: escolha a categoria à qual o local pertence" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse that the location " -"is inside of" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Empresa`: a empresa proprietária do armazém no qual o local está " -"localizado" +msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" +msgstr "Criar um novo local em um armazém" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:104 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: check this box to allow for " -"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location" +"To create a new location inside a warehouse, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Doing so " +"opens a list of all existing locations. Click :guilabel:`New` to open a new " +"location creation form." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`É um local de sucata?`: marque essa caixa para permitir que " -"mercadorias sucateadas/danificadas sejam armazenadas nesse local" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: check this box to allow products to be " -"returned to this location" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`É um local de devolução?`: marque essa caixa para permitir que os" -" produtos sejam devolvidos a esse local" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:37 -msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode number assigned to the location" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Código de barras`: o número do código de barras atribuído ao " -"local" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:108 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Removal Strategy`: the :doc:`strategy <../removal_strategies>` " -"for how items should be taken from inventory" +"In the :guilabel:`Location Name` field, assign a name for the new location. " +"In the :guilabel:`Parent Location` field, assign the location that this new " +"location exists in." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Estratégia de remoção`: a :doc:`estratégia " -"<../estratégias_de_remoção>` de como os itens devem ser retirados do " -"inventário" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 -msgid "The form for creating a new location." -msgstr "Formulário para criar um novo local." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:41 +msgid "" +"A new location `Gate 1` is created. Its parent location is `Dispatch Zone`. " +"In the :guilabel:`Parent Location` for `Gate 1`, select `Dispatch Zone`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:48 -msgid "Create location hierarchies" -msgstr "Criar hierarquias de local" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, fill out the necessary " +"details for the new location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Location Type` field, select which type of location this " +"is. There are seven different types of locations to choose from:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:50 msgid "" -"The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" -" to exist within a warehouse or another location. Every location can serve " -"as a parent location, and every parent location can have multiple locations " -"within it, allowing for the creation of a virtually infinite hierarchical " -"structure." +":guilabel:`Vendor Location`: virtual location representing the source " +"location for products coming from vendors." msgstr "" -"A configuração *Local primário* no formulário de novo local permite que um " -"local exista em um armazém ou em outro local. Cada local pode servir como um" -" local primário, e cada local primário pode ter vários locais dentro dele, " -"permitindo a criação de uma estrutura hierárquica praticamente infinita." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:52 msgid "" -"Location hierarchy could be organized so that a shelf is located within an " -"aisle, which is located within a room, which is located within the overall " -"warehouse." +":guilabel:`View`: virtual location used to create a hierarchical structure " +"for a warehouse; aggregates its child locations. **Should not directly " +"contain products**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`Internal Location`: physical location inside a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:55 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer Location`: virtual location representing the destination" +" location for products sent to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Inventory Loss`: virtual location serving as a counterpart for " +"inventory operations. Used to correct stock levels of physical inventory." msgstr "" -"A hierarquia de local pode ser organizada de modo que uma prateleira esteja " -"localizada em um corredor, que está localizado em uma sala, que está " -"localizada no armazém geral." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:59 msgid "" -"To create the location hierarchy in the example above, set the warehouse as " -"the parent of the room, the room as the parent of the aisle, and the aisle " -"as the parent of the shelf. This can be adapted to a hierarchy of any " -"magnitude." +":guilabel:`Production`: virtual counterpart location for production " +"operations. This location consumes components and produces finished " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transit Location`: counterpart location that should be used in " +"inter-company or inter-warehouse operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Additional Information section of new location creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Configure the remaining fields in the :guilabel:`Additional Information` " +"section as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose warehouse the location is inside of. " +"Leave this field blank if this location is shared between companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow for " +"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow products to " +"be returned to this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode assigned to the location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Replenish Location`: tick this checkbox to get all quantities to " +"replenish at this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Cyclic Counting` section, change the value in the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field from the default `0`, if " +"necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Cyclic Counting section of new location creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When different than `0`, the inventory count dates for products stored at " +"this location are automatically set at the defined frequency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:90 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, in the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` " +"field, click the drop-down menu and select the :doc:`removal strategy " +"<../removal_strategies>` for how items should be removed from this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:97 +msgid "Create location hierarchies" +msgstr "Criar hierarquias de local" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" +" to exist within a warehouse, or below another location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Every location can serve as a parent location, and every parent location can" +" have multiple locations within it, allowing for the creation of a " +"hierarchical structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Location hierarchy could be organized so that a small refrigerator is " +"located on a specific shelf, which is located in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Location hierarchy of small refrigerator, on a shelf in a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To create the location hierarchy in the example above (`WH/Stock/Shelf " +"2/Small Refrigerator`), set the warehouse stock as the parent of the shelf, " +"and the shelf as the parent of the small refrigerator. This can be adapted " +"to a hierarchy of any magnitude." msgstr "" -"Para criar a hierarquia de local no exemplo acima, defina o armazém como o " -"local primário da sala, a sala como o o primário do corredor e o corredor " -"como o primário da prateleira. Isso pode ser adaptado a uma hierarquia de " -"qualquer magnitude." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:5 msgid "Routes and push/pull rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rotas e regras push/pull" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -21966,6 +22343,13 @@ msgid "" "boxes, and conveyor belts bring them to the shipping docks, ready to be " "delivered to customers." msgstr "" +"Aqui está um exemplo de uma rota de atendimento. Pela manhã, os itens são " +"coletados para todos os pedidos que precisam ser preparados durante o dia. " +"Esses itens são retirados dos locais de armazenamento e movidos para a área " +"de separação, perto de onde os pedidos são embalados. Em seguida, os pedidos" +" são embalados em suas respectivas caixas e as esteiras transportadoras os " +"levam para perto das docas de expedição, prontos para serem entregues aos " +"clientes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries." @@ -22184,7 +22568,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "A pre-configured warehouse in Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Um armazém pré-configurado no Odoo Inventário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -22528,7 +22912,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:273 msgid "Example flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exemplo de fluxo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:275 msgid "" @@ -22916,6 +23300,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse." msgstr "O cartão de pedidos de entrega do armazém de envios." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 +msgid "Process the receipt" +msgstr "Processar o recebimento" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99 msgid "" "Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for " @@ -23055,201 +23443,166 @@ msgstr "" "método detalhado acima." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations" -msgstr "Gerenciar armazéns e locais" +msgid "Manage warehouses and locations" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:9 msgid "Warehouse" msgstr "Armazém" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:15 msgid "" -"In Odoo, a *warehouse* is the actual building/place in which a company's " -"items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user " -"can create moves between warehouses." +"Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo, and stock moves can be created " +"between warehouses." msgstr "" -"No Odoo, um **armazém** é o edifício/local real no qual os itens de uma " -"empresa são estocados. Vários armazéns podem ser configurados no Odoo e o " -"usuário pode criar movimentos entre os armazéns." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:22 msgid "" -"A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a " -"sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). " -"Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible " -"to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can " -"be configured as needed under one warehouse." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. " +"This can be a shelf, room, aisle, rack, bin, etc. Locations allow for the " +"storage of products in designated areas of the warehouse, to help track " +"inventory accurately." msgstr "" -"Um **local** é um espaço específico dentro do armazém. Pode ser um sublocal " -"do armazém (uma prateleira, um piso, um corredor e assim por diante). " -"Portanto, um local faz parte de apenas um armazém e não é possível vincular " -"um local a vários armazéns. No Odoo, podem ser configurados quantos locais " -"forem necessários em um único armazém." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:24 -msgid "There are three types of locations:" -msgstr "Há três tipos de locais:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:26 msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading " -"areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc." +"A location is only part of *one* warehouse, and can **not** be linked to " +"multiple warehouses. As many locations can be configured as needed under one" +" warehouse." msgstr "" -"Os **locais físicos** são locais internos que fazem parte dos armazéns que a" -" empresa possui. Eles podem ser as áreas de carga e descarga do armazém, uma" -" prateleira, um departamento etc." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:29 +msgid "There are three types of locations in Odoo *Inventory*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:31 msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only " -"difference being that they are not owned by the user's company." +"**Physical Locations**: internal locations within a single warehouse owned " +"by the company. This can include shipping and loading docks, aisles, " +"shelves, storage areas, and more." msgstr "" -"Os **locais de parceiros** são espaços dentro do armazém de um cliente e/ou " -"fornecedor. Eles funcionam da mesma forma que os locais físicos, com a única" -" diferença de que não são de propriedade da empresa do usuário." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:33 msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory " -"Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse " -"(**Procurements**)." +"**Partner Locations**: external locations, such as designated spaces in a " +"customer or vendor's warehouse. They are similar to physical locations, but " +"they are **not** owned by the user's company." msgstr "" -"Os **locais virtuais** são locais que não existem, mas nos quais os produtos" -" podem ser colocados quando ainda não estão fisicamente em um inventário (ou" -" não estão mais). São úteis ao registrar produtos perdidos (**Perda de " -"estoque**) ou ao contabilizar produtos que estão a caminho do armazém " -"(**Aquisições**)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:36 msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be " -"structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the " -"organization of the warehouses." +"**Virtual Locations**: this type of location does not exist as a physical " +"space, but products can be \"stored\" here when they are not physically in " +"an inventory yet. *Inventory Loss* and *Procurements* are examples of " +"virtual locations, for products that are lost or in transit to the " +"warehouse." msgstr "" -"No Odoo, os locais são estruturados hierarquicamente. Os locais podem ser " -"estruturados como uma árvore, dependendo de uma relação primário-secundário." -" Isso proporciona níveis mais detalhados de análise das operações de estoque" -" e da organização dos armazéns." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:41 msgid "" -"To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" -" enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"Every location within a warehouse can serve as a parent location, and every " +"parent location can have multiple locations within it, allowing for the " +"creation of a hierarchical structure. This allows for more detailed levels " +"of analysis of the stock operations and the organization of the warehouses." msgstr "" -"Para ativar os locais, vá para :menuselection:`Configuração --> Definições` " -"e ative :guilabel:`Locais de armazenamento`. Em seguida, clique em " -":guilabel:`Salvar`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:48 +msgid "" +"For companies with one warehouse, no additional settings are required to " +"activate before editing the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:51 +msgid "" +"For companies with multiple warehouses, and to create locations within a " +"warehouse, the *Storage Locations* feature must be enabled." msgstr "" -"Ative o recurso de local de armazenamento nas configurações do Odoo " -"Inventário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:54 msgid "" -"To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable " -":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check " -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes`." +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Tick the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox to enable the feature, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Para gerenciar várias rotas nos armazéns, ative também as :guilabel:`Rotas " -"com várias etapas` e confira a " -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:58 -msgid "Create a new warehouse" -msgstr "Criar um novo armazém" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " -"Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Storage Locations feature enabled in the Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -"Para criar um depósito, vá para :menuselection:`Configuração --> Gestão de " -"armazéns --> Armazéns` e clique em :guilabel:`Criar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:63 msgid "" -"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. " -"The short name is five characters maximum." +"To manage warehouse *routes*, such as two-and-three-step receipts and " +"deliveries, enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature from the *Inventory* app " +"settings, as well. For more on routes, see :doc:`use_routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:68 +msgid "Create a new warehouse" +msgstr "Criar um novo armazém" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Begin by assigning a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name`, and a :guilabel:`Short " +"Name`. The :guilabel:`Short Name` field is limited to a **five** character " +"maximum." msgstr "" -"Em seguida, preencha um :guilabel:`Nome do armazém` e um :guilabel:`Nome " -"abreviado`. O nome abreviado tem no máximo cinco caracteres." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "Campo de nome abreviado de um armazém no Odoo Inventário." +msgid "New warehouse creation form name configuration fields." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:81 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse " -"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first " -"letters of location]\"." +"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like `WH/[first " +"letters of location]`." msgstr "" -"O :guilabel:`nome abreviado` aparece nas ordens de transferência e em outros" -" documentos do armazém. O Odoo recomenda o uso de um nome compreensível como" -" \"WH/[primeiras letras do local]\"." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:84 msgid "" -"Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations " -"related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated." +"For example, a warehouse named `Warehouse #2` might have the " +":guilabel:`Short Name` `WH2` (the short name for the default warehouse in " +"Odoo is `WH`)." msgstr "" -"Agora, volte ao painel :guilabel:`Inventário`. Lá, novas operações " -"relacionadas ao armazém recém-criado foram geradas automaticamente." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently " -"created warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Painel do aplicativo Inventário exibindo novos tipos de transferência para o" -" armazém criado recentemente." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the " -":guilabel:`Locations` setting." -msgstr "" -"A adição de um segundo armazém ativará automaticamente a configuração " -":guilabel:`Locais`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:85 -msgid "Create a new location" -msgstr "Criar um novo local" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:87 msgid "" -"To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " -"Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +"Once the warehouse is created, navigate back to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard. New operations for the newly created " +"warehouse are automatically generated there." msgstr "" -"Para criar um local, vá para :menuselection:`Configuração --> Gestão de " -"armazém --> Locais` e clique em :guilabel:`Criar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:90 msgid "" -"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`" -" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +"For more on creating new warehouses, see :doc:`create_a_second_warehouse`." msgstr "" -"Em seguida, preencha o :guilabel:`Nome do local` e o :guilabel:`Local " -"primário` e clique em :guilabel:`Salvar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "Crie um novo local de armazenamento no Odoo Inventário." +msgid "" +"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfers for the new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:102 +msgid "Create a new location" +msgstr "Criar um novo local" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:111 +msgid "For more on locations, see :doc:`use_locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "New warehouse location creation form." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 msgid "Inventory valuation" msgstr "Valoração de inventário" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 msgid "Landed costs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Custos adicionais" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -23257,6 +23610,9 @@ msgid "" " product or shipment, including all expenses associated with shipping the " "product." msgstr "" +"Ao enviar produtos para os clientes, o custo adicional é o preço total de um" +" produto ou remessa, incluindo todas as despesas associadas ao envio do " +"produto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -23264,6 +23620,9 @@ msgid "" "account when calculating the valuation of a product. This includes the cost " "of shipment, insurance, customs duties, taxes, and other fees." msgstr "" +"No Odoo, o recurso *Custos adicionais* é usado para levar em conta os custos" +" adicionais ao calcular a valoração de um produto. Isso inclui o custo de " +"envio, seguro, taxas alfandegárias, impostos e outras taxas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -23272,12 +23631,18 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Valuation` " "section." msgstr "" +"Para adicionar custos adicionais aos produtos, o recurso *Custos adicionais*" +" deve ser ativado primeiro. Para ativar esse recurso, navegue até " +":menuselection:`app Inventário --> Configuração --> Definições` e vá até a " +"seção :guilabel:`Valoração`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:26 msgid "" "Tick the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` option, and click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" +"Marque a caixa de seleção ao lado da opção :guilabel:`Custos adicionais` e " +"clique em :guilabel:`Salvar` para salvar as alterações." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -23285,6 +23650,9 @@ msgid "" "below the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` feature in the :guilabel:`Valuation` " "section." msgstr "" +"Quando a página for atualizada, um novo campo :guilabel:`Diário padrão` " +"aparecerá abaixo do recurso :guilabel:`Custos adicionais` na seção " +":guilabel:`Valoração`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -23292,16 +23660,21 @@ msgid "" "accounting journals. Select a journal for which all accounting entries " "related to landed costs should be recorded." msgstr "" +"Clique no menu suspenso :guilabel:`Diário padrão` para exibir uma lista de " +"diários contábeis. Selecione um diário para o qual todos os lançamentos " +"contábeis relacionados aos custos de importação devem ser registrados." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "" "Landed Costs feature and resulting Default Journal field in the Inventory " "settings." msgstr "" +"Recurso Custos adicionais e o campo Diário padrão resultante nas definições " +"do Inventário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:40 msgid "Create landed cost product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Criar produto de custo adicional" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -23310,12 +23683,19 @@ msgid "" "quickly added to a vendor bill as an invoice line, instead of having to be " "manually entered every time a new vendor bill is created." msgstr "" +"Para cobranças que são consistentemente inseridas como custos adicionais, é " +"possível criar um produto de custos adicionais no Odoo. Dessa forma, um " +"produto de custos adicionais pode ser rapidamente incluído em uma fatura de " +"fornecedor como uma linha de fatura, em vez de ter que ser inserido " +"manualmente toda vez que uma nova fatura de fornecedor for criada." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:46 msgid "" "To do this, create a new product by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Products --> Products`, and clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +"Para fazer isso, crie um novo produto acessando :menuselection:`app " +"Inventário --> Produtos --> Produtos` e clicando em :guilabel:`Novo`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -23324,12 +23704,18 @@ msgid "" "field, click the drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Service` as the " ":guilabel:`Product Type`." msgstr "" +"Atribua um nome ao produto de custo de importação no campo :guilabel:`Nome " +"do produto` (ou seja, `Remessa internacional`). No campo :guilabel:`Tipo de " +"produto`, clique no menu suspenso e selecione :guilabel:`Serviço` como o " +":guilabel:`Tipo de produto`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:54 msgid "" "Landed cost products **must** have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set to " ":guilabel:`Service`." msgstr "" +"Os produtos de custo adicionais **devem** ter seu :guilabel:`Tipo de " +"produto` definido como :guilabel:`Serviço`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -23339,18 +23725,27 @@ msgid "" "prompting a selection. Clicking that drop-down menu reveals the following " "options:" msgstr "" +"Clique na aba :guilabel:`Compra` e marque a caixa de seleção ao lado de " +":guilabel:`É um custo adicional` na seção :guilabel:`Contas do fornecedor`. " +"Uma vez marcada, um novo campo :guilabel:`Método de divisão padrão` aparece " +"abaixo dela, solicitando uma seleção. Clicar nesse menu suspenso revela as " +"seguintes opções:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:60 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Equal`: splits the cost equally across each product included in " "the receipt, regardless of the quantity of each." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Igual`: divide o custo igualmente entre cada produto incluído no " +"recebimento, independentemente da quantidade de cada um." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:62 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Quantity`: splits the cost across each unit of all products in" " the receipt." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Por quantidade`: divide o custo entre cada unidade de todos os " +"produtos no recebimento." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -23358,30 +23753,41 @@ msgid "" "product unit, so a product with a higher cost receives a greater share of " "the landed cost." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Por custo atual`: divide o custo de acordo com o custo de cada " +"unidade de produto, de modo que um produto com um custo mais alto recebe uma" +" parcela maior do custo de importação." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Weight`: splits the cost, according to the weight of the " "products in the receipt." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Por peso`: divide o custo de acordo com o peso dos produtos no " +"recebimento." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Volume`: splits the cost, according to the volume of the " "products in the receipt." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Por volume`: divide o custo de acordo com o volume dos produtos " +"no recebimento." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "" "Is a Landed Cost checkbox and Default Split Method on service type product " "form." msgstr "" +"É uma caixa de seleção Custo adicional e Método de divisão padrão no " +"formulário de produto do tipo serviço." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:72 msgid "" "When creating new vendor bills, this product can be added as an invoice line" " as a landed cost." msgstr "" +"Ao criar novas contas de fornecedor, esse produto pode ser adicionado como " +"uma linha de fatura como um custo adicional." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -23389,6 +23795,10 @@ msgid "" "original |PO| **must** belong to a *Product Category* with its *Force " "Removal Strategy* set to |FIFO|, and its *Costing Method* set to |AVCO|." msgstr "" +"Para aplicar um landed cost em uma fatura de fornecedor, os produtos " +"incluídos na |PO| original **devem** pertencer a uma *Categoria de produto* " +"com sua *Forçar estratégia de remoção* definida como |FIFO| e seu *Método de" +" custeio* definido como |AVCO|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -23397,6 +23807,11 @@ msgid "" "products from. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, under the " ":guilabel:`Products` tab, to add products to the |RfQ|." msgstr "" +"Navegue até o :menuselection:`app Compras --> Novo` para criar uma nova " +"solicitação de cotação (SDC). No campo :guilabel:`Fornecedor`, adicione um " +"fornecedor para fazer o pedido de produtos. Em seguida, clique em " +":guilabel:`Adicionar um produto`, na guiaba :guilabel:`Produtos`, para " +"adicionar produtos à |SDC|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -23404,16 +23819,21 @@ msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Receive Products` once the products have been received, " "followed by :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" +"Quando estiver pronto, clique em :guilabel:`Confirmar pedido` para confirmar" +" o pedido. Em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Receber produtos` quando os " +"produtos tiverem sido recebidos, seguido de :guilabel:`Validar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:90 msgid "Create vendor bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Criar fatura do fornecedor" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:92 msgid "" "Once the vendor fulfills the |PO| and sends a bill, a vendor bill can be " "created from the |PO| in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Quando o fornecedor preenche a |PO| e envia uma fatura, uma fatura de " +"fornecedor pode ser criada a partir da |PO| no Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -23421,12 +23841,19 @@ msgid "" "which a vendor bill should be created. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Bill`. " "This opens a new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill` in the :guilabel:`Draft` stage." msgstr "" +"Navegue até o :menuselection:`app Compras` e clique no |PO| para o qual uma " +"fatura de fornecedor deve ser criada. Em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Criar" +" fatura`. Isso abre uma nova :guilabel:`Fatura do fornecedor` no estágio " +":guilabel:`Rascunho`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:99 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field, click the line to open a calendar " "popover menu, and select the date on which this draft bill should be billed." msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Data da fatura`, clique na linha para abrir um menu pop-" +"up de calendário e selecione a data em que essa fatura provisória deve ser " +"cobrada." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -23435,10 +23862,17 @@ msgid "" "the previously created landed cost product. Click the :guilabel:`Save " "manually (cloud with arrow)` icon to update the draft bill." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, na guia :guilabel:`Linhas de fatura`, clique em " +":guilabel:`Adicionar uma linha` e clique no menu suspenso na coluna " +":guilabel:`Produto` para selecionar o produto de custo de importação criado " +"anteriormente. Clique no ícone :guilabel:`Salvar manualmente (nuvem com " +"seta)` para atualizar a fatura provisória." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Landed Costs column checkboxes for product and landed cost." msgstr "" +"Caixas de seleção da coluna Custos adicionais para o custo do produto e " +"adicionais." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -23447,42 +23881,58 @@ msgid "" "checkbox **is** ticked. This differentiates landed costs from all other " "costs displayed on the bill." msgstr "" +"Na coluna :guilabel:`Custos adicionais`, o produto encomendado ao fornecedor" +" **não** tem sua caixa de seleção marcada, enquanto a caixa de seleção do " +"produto de custos adicionais **está** marcada. Isso diferencia os custos de " +"importação de todos os outros custos exibidos na fatura." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:114 msgid "" "Additionally, at the top of the form, a :guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` " "button appears." msgstr "" +"Além disso, na parte superior do formulário, é exibido um botão " +":guilabel:`Criar custos adicionais`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Create Landed Costs button on vendor bill." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Botão Criar custos adicionais na fatura do fornecedor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:121 msgid "Add landed cost" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Incluir custo adicional" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:123 msgid "" "Once a landed cost is added to the vendor bill, click :guilabel:`Create " "Landed Costs` at the top of the vendor bill." msgstr "" +"Depois que um custo adicional for adicionado à fatura do fornecedor, clique " +"em :guilabel:`Criar custos adicionais` na parte superior da fatura do " +"fornecedor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:126 msgid "" "Doing so automatically creates a landed cost record, with a set landed cost " "pre-filled in the product line in the :guilabel:`Additional Costs` tab." msgstr "" +"Isso cria automaticamente um registro de custos adicionai, com um custo " +"adicional definido pré-preenchido na linha do produto na aba " +":guilabel:`Custos adicionais`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:129 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Landed Cost` form, click the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-" "down menu, and select which transfer the landed cost belongs to." msgstr "" +"No formulário :guilabel:`Custo adicional`, clique no menu suspenso " +":guilabel:`Transferências` e selecione a qual transferência o landed cost " +"pertence." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Landed cost form with selected receipt transfer." msgstr "" +"Formulário de custo adicional com transferência de recibo selecionada." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -23491,6 +23941,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, and clicking" " :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +"Além de criar custos adicionais diretamente de uma fatura de fornecedor, os " +"registros de custos de importação podem *também* ser criados navegando até " +":menuselection:`app Inventário --> Operações --> Custos adicionais` e " +"clicando em :guilabel:`Novo`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -23498,6 +23952,9 @@ msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Compute` (at the bottom of the form, under the " ":guilabel:`Total:` cost)." msgstr "" +"Depois de definir a seleção no menu suspenso :guilabel:`Transferências`, " +"clique em :guilabel:`Calcular` (na parte inferior do formulário, sob o custo" +" :guilabel:`Total:`)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -23507,12 +23964,19 @@ msgid "" "landed cost, and the :guilabel:`New Value` displays the sum of the two, for " "the total cost of the |PO|." msgstr "" +"Clique na aba :guilabel:`Ajustes de valoração` para ver o impacto dos custos" +" adicionais. A coluna :guilabel:`Valor original` lista o preço original da " +"|PO|, a coluna :guilabel:`Custo adicional extra` exibe o custo de " +"desembarque e a coluna :guilabel:`Novo valor` exibe a soma das duas, para o " +"custo total da |PO|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:149 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to post the landed cost entry to the " "accounting journal." msgstr "" +"Quando estiver pronto, clique em :guilabel:`Validar` para lançar o registro " +"do custo adicional no diário contábil." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -23521,24 +23985,36 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, with the product's updated valuation " "listed." msgstr "" +"Isso faz com que um botão inteligente :guilabel:`Valoração` apareça na parte" +" superior do formulário. Clique no botão inteligente :guilabel:`Valoração` " +"para abrir uma página :guilabel:`Valoração de estoque`, com a avaliação " +"atualizada do produto listada." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:156 msgid "" "For a :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to appear upon validation, the " "product's :guilabel:`Product Type` **must** be set to :guilabel:`Storable`." msgstr "" +"Para que um botão inteligente :guilabel:`Valoração` seja exibido na " +"validação, o :guilabel:`Tipo de produto` **deve** ser definido como " +":guilabel:`Armazenável`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:159 msgid "" "To view the valuation of *every* product, including landed costs, navigate " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`." msgstr "" +"Para visualizar a avaliação de *cada* produto, incluindo os custos " +"adicionais, navegue até :menuselection:`app Inventário --> Relatório --> " +"Valoração`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:163 msgid "" "Each journal entry created for a landed cost on a vendor bill can be viewed " "in the *Accounting* app." msgstr "" +"Cada lançamento contábil manual criado para um custo adicional em uma fatura" +" de fornecedor pode ser visualizado no aplicativo *Financeiro*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -23546,16 +24022,23 @@ msgid "" "--> Accounting --> Journal Entries`, and locate the correct entry, by number" " (i.e. `PBNK1/2024/XXXXX`)." msgstr "" +"Para localizar esses lançamentos contábeis, navegue até :menuselection:`app " +"Financeiro --> Financeiro --> Lançamentos de diário` e localize o lançamento" +" correto, por número (ou seja, `PBNK1/2024/XXXXX`)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:169 msgid "" "Click into the journal entry to view the :guilabel:`Journal Items`, and " "other information about the entry." msgstr "" +"Clique no lançamento do diário para visualizar o :guilabel:`Lançamentos de " +"diário` e outras informações sobre o registro." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:0 msgid "Journal Entry form for landed cost created from vendor bill." msgstr "" +"Formulário de lançamento contábil manual para custos adicionais criados a " +"partir da fatura do fornecedor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:3 msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" @@ -23597,7 +24080,7 @@ msgstr "" "Os campos de valoração de inventário estão localizados no formulário " "Categorias de produtos." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 msgid "" "Alternatively, automated inventory valuation is an integrated valuation " "method that updates the inventory value in real-time by creating journal " @@ -23609,7 +24092,7 @@ msgstr "" "criando lançamentos contábeis manuais sempre que houver movimentações de " "estoque iniciadas entre locais no inventário de uma empresa." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:26 msgid "" "Automated inventory valuation is a method recommended for expert " "accountants, given the extra steps involved in journal entry configuration. " @@ -23624,11 +24107,11 @@ msgstr "" "ajustes podem ser necessários continuamente, dependendo das necessidades e " "prioridades da empresa." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 msgid "Types of accounting" msgstr "Tipos de contabilidade" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 msgid "" "Accounting entries will depend on the accounting mode: *Continental* or " "*Anglo-Saxon*." @@ -23636,123 +24119,58 @@ msgstr "" "Os lançamentos contábeis dependerão do modo de contabilidade: *Continental* " "ou *Anglo-Saxão*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39 msgid "" "Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and " -"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`." msgstr "" -"Verifique o modo de contabilidade ativando o :ref:`developer-mode` e " -"navegando até :menuselection:`Financeiro --> Configuração --> Definições`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Then, in the search bar, look for :guilabel:`Anglo-Saxon Accounting`, to see" +" if the feature is enabled. If it is **not** enabled, Continental accounting" +" mode is in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the Anglo-Saxon accounting mode feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 msgid "" "In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported " "when products are sold or delivered. This means that the cost of a good is " -"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. " -"*Interim Stock Accounts* are used for the input and output accounts, and are" -" both *Asset Accounts* in the balance sheet." +"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. So " +"for **manual** valuation method, set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to " +"`Stock Valuation` for the current asset type; for **automatic** valuation " +"method, set the the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to an *Expenses* or a *Cost " +"of Revenue* type (e.g. `Cost of Production`, `Cost of Goods Sold`, etc.)." msgstr "" -"Na contabilidade anglo-saxônica, os custos de mercadorias vendidas (COGS) " -"são informados quando os produtos são vendidos ou entregues. Isso significa " -"que o custo de um bem só é registrado como despesa quando o cliente recebe a" -" fatura do produto. *Contas de estoque provisório* são usadas para as contas" -" de entrada e saída e são ambas *Contas de ativos* no balanço patrimonial." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 msgid "" "In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a " -"product is received into stock. Additionally, a single *Expense* account is " -"used for both input and output accounts in the balance sheet." +"product is received into stock. Because of this, the :guilabel:`Expense " +"Account` can be set to **either** *Expenses* or a *Cost of Revenue* type, " +"however, it is more commonly set to an *Expenses* account." msgstr "" -"Na contabilidade *Continental*, o custo de um bem é informado assim que o " -"produto é recebido no estoque. Além disso, uma única conta de *Despesas* é " -"usada para as contas de entrada e saída no balanço patrimonial." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 -msgid "Costing methods" -msgstr "Métodos de custeio" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 msgid "" -"Below are the three costing methods that can be used in Odoo for inventory " -"valuation." +":ref:`Details about configuring Expense and Stock accounts " +"`" msgstr "" -"Abaixo estão os três métodos de custeio que podem ser usados no Odoo para " -"valoração de estoque." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Standard Price**: is the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the " -"product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used to " -"compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " -"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." -msgstr "" -"**Preço padrão**: é o método de custeio padrão no Odoo. O custo do produto é" -" definido manualmente no formulário do produto, e esse custo é usado para " -"calcular a valoração. Mesmo que o preço de compra em um pedido de compra " -"seja diferente, a valoração ainda usará o custo definido no formulário do " -"produto." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Average Cost (AVCO)**: calculates the valuation of a product based on the " -"average cost of that product, divided by the total number of available stock" -" on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and " -"constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." -msgstr "" -"**Custo médio (AVCO)**: calcula a valoração de um produto com base no custo " -"médio desse produto, dividido pelo número total de estoque disponível em " -"mãos. Com esse método de custeio, a avaliação do estoque é *dinâmica* e se " -"ajusta constantemente com base no preço de compra dos produtos." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**First In First Out (FIFO)**: tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing " -"items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to change the " -"valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the next good " -"sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next inventory " -"lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based on the " -"valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most accurate " -"inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it's highly " -"sensitive to input data and human error." -msgstr "" -"**PEPS (primeiro a entrar, primeiro a sair)**: rastreia os custos dos itens " -"que entram e saem em tempo real e usa o preço real dos produtos para alterar" -" a valoração. O preço de compra mais antigo é usado como custo para a " -"próxima mercadoria vendida até que todo o lote desse produto seja vendido. " -"Quando o próximo lote de estoque sobe na fila, um custo de produto " -"atualizado é usado com base na valoração desse lote específico. Esse método " -"é, provavelmente, o método mais preciso de valoração de inventário por " -"vários motivos; no entanto, é altamente sensível a dados inseridos e a erros" -" humanos." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It's highly" -" recommended to consult an accountant first before making any adjustments " -"here." -msgstr "" -"A alteração do método de custeio tem grande impacto na valoração do estoque." -" É altamente recomendável consultar um contador antes de fazer qualquer " -"ajuste nisso." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:78 -msgid "Configure automated inventory valuation in Odoo" -msgstr "Configurar a valoração automatizada do inventário no Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:67 msgid "" "Make changes to inventory valuation options by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and " -"choose the category/categories where the automated valuation method should " -"apply." +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. In " +"the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` section, select the desired " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` options." msgstr "" -"Faça alterações nas opções de valoração de estoque navegando até " -":menuselection:`Inventário --> Configuração --> Categorias de produtos` e " -"escolha a categoria/categorias em que o método de valoração automatizada " -"deve ser aplicado." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:72 msgid "" "It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product " "categories." @@ -23760,31 +24178,37 @@ msgstr "" "É possível usar configurações de valoração diferentes para categorias de " "produtos diferentes." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` heading are two labels: " -":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`. Pick the " -"desired :guilabel:`Costing Method` using the drop-down menu (e.g. " -":guilabel:`Standard`, :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`, or :guilabel:`First " -"In First Out (FIFO)`) and switch the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to " -":guilabel:`Automated`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 +msgid "Show inventory valuation configuration options." msgstr "" -"Sob o título :guilabel:`Valoração de inventário`, há dois rótulos: " -":guilabel:`Método de custeio` e :guilabel:`Valoração de inventário`. Escolha" -" o :guilabel:`Método de custeio` desejado usando o menu suspenso (por " -"exemplo, :guilabel:`Padrão`, :guilabel:`Custo médio (AVCO)` ou " -":guilabel:`Primeiro a entrar, primeiro a sair (PEPS)`) e mude a " -":guilabel:`valoração de inventário` para :guilabel:`automatizada`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 -msgid "" -":ref:`Using the inventory " -"valuation`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +msgid "Costing method" msgstr "" -":ref:`Como usar a valoração de inventário " -"`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +msgid "" +"From the product category's configuration page, choose the desired " +":guilabel:`Costing Method`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Standard Price`: the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of " +"the product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used " +"to compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " +"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`: calculates the valuation of a product based" +" on the average cost of that product, divided by the total number of " +"available stock on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is " +"*dynamic*, and constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " "Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " @@ -23802,7 +24226,30 @@ msgstr "" "preço médio de compra do estoque disponível e nos custos acumulados dos " "pedidos de compra validados." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`: tracks the costs of incoming and " +"outgoing items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to " +"change the valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the " +"next good sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next " +"inventory lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based " +"on the valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most " +"accurate inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it is" +" highly sensitive to input data and human error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It is " +"highly recommended to consult an accountant first before making any " +"adjustments here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`using_inventory_valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " "that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " @@ -23820,18 +24267,109 @@ msgstr "" "formulário de produto for alterado manualmente, o Odoo gerará um registro " "correspondente no relatório *Valoração de inventári*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 msgid "" -"On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " -"appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " -"inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" +"Inventory valuation in Odoo can be set to be updated manually or " +"automatically. While *Expense* accounts apply to both, the *Stock Input* and" +" *Stock Output* accounts are only used for automated valuation." msgstr "" -"Na mesma tela, os campos :guilabel:`Propriedades da conta de estoque` serão " -"exibidos, pois agora são campos obrigatórios, dada a mudança para a " -"valoração automatizada de estoque. Essas contas são definidas da seguinte " -"forma:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Refer to the :ref:`Expense ` and " +":ref:`Stock input/output ` sections for " +"details on configuring each account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +msgid "Expense account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To configure the *expense account*, go to the :guilabel:`Account Properties`" +" section of the intended product category (:menuselection:`Inventory app -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`). Then, choose an existing account " +"from the :guilabel:`Expense Account` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +msgid "" +"To ensure the chosen account is the correct :guilabel:`Type,` click the " +"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account. Then, set the account type " +"based on the information below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177 +msgid "Automated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +msgid "" +"In Anglo-Saxon accounting for automated inventory valuation, set the " +":guilabel:`Expense Account` to the `Expenses` account. Then, click the " +"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, choose :guilabel:`Expenses` or :guilabel:`Cost of " +"Revenue` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show **Expense Account** field, and external link icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To configure the :guilabel:`Expense Account`, choose :guilabel:`Stock " +"Valuation` from the field's drop-down menu. Verify the account's type by " +"clicking the |right arrow| icon, and then ensure the :guilabel:`Type` is " +":guilabel:`Current Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the **Expense Account** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +msgid "Continental" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to the :guilabel:`Expenses` or " +":guilabel:`Cost of Revenue` account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:190 +msgid "Stock input/output (automated only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:192 +msgid "" +"To configure the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and :guilabel:`Stock Output" +" Account`, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product" +" Categories` and select the desired product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field, select :guilabel:`Automated`. " +"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` section appear. " +"These accounts are defined as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " @@ -23841,7 +24379,13 @@ msgstr "" "de estoque estiver ativada em um produto, essa conta manterá o valor atual " "dos produtos." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: accounting journal where entries are " +"automatically posted when a product's inventory valuation changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -23855,7 +24399,7 @@ msgstr "" "origem. Esse é o valor padrão para todos os produtos em uma determinada " "categoria e também pode ser definido diretamente em cada produto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:207 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -23869,11 +24413,57 @@ msgstr "" "destino. Esse é o valor padrão para todos os produtos em uma determinada " "categoria e também pode ser definido diretamente em cada produto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:124 -msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" -msgstr "Acesse os dados do relatório gerados pela valoração do inventário" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:216 +msgid "" +"In Anglo-Saxon accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to *different* :guilabel:`Current " +"Assets` accounts. This way, delivering products and invoicing the customer " +"balance the *Stock Output* account, while receiving products and billing " +"vendors balance the *Stock Input* account." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +msgid "" +"To modify the account type, go to the click the |right arrow| icon to the " +"right of the stock input/output account. In the pop-up window, choose " +":guilabel:`Current Assets` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Display account setup page, highlighting the **Type** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +msgid "" +"The *Stock Input* account is set to `Stock Interim (Received)`, a *Current " +"Asset* account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 +msgid "" +"In Continental accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to **the same** :guilabel:`Current " +"Assets` account. That way, one account can be balanced when items are bought" +" and sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:239 +msgid "" +"The stock input and output accounts are both set to `Stock Interim " +"(Received)`, a :guilabel:`Current Assets` account type. They can also be set" +" to the `Stock Interim (Delivered)`, as long as the input and output " +"accounts are assigned to the **same** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the Stock Input and Output accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 +msgid "Inventory valuation reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." " At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " @@ -23887,7 +24477,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Opções` para :guilabel:`Desdobrar tudo` para ver todos os dados " "mais recentes exibidos de uma só vez." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 msgid "" "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " @@ -23897,7 +24491,7 @@ msgstr "" " de linha aninhado :guilabel:`Conta de valoração de estoque`, onde a " "valoração total de todo o inventário disponível é exibida." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 msgid "" "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " "Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " @@ -23967,12 +24561,8 @@ msgstr "" "qualquer uma das três opções." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 -msgid "" -":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " -"`" +msgid ":doc:`Set up inventory valuation `" msgstr "" -":ref:`Configurar valoração de inventário " -"`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -24571,10 +25161,6 @@ msgstr "" "Sob o título :guilabel:`Rastreabilidade`, marque a caixa de seleção ao lado " "de :guilabel:`Números de série e lotes` para ativar o recurso." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." -msgstr "Habilitar números de série e lotes." - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:115 msgid "" "Next, ensure the intended product is tracked by lots or serial numbers by " @@ -24595,12 +25181,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "After enabling the features, assign lot or serial numbers to products using " "an :doc:`inventory adjustment ` or " -"during :ref:`product reception `." +"during :ref:`product reception `." msgstr "" -"Depois de ativar os recursos, atribua números de série ou lote aos produtos " -"usando um :doc:`ajuste de inventário ` " -"ou durante o :ref:`recebimento de produtos " -"`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:126 msgid "Locations and routes" @@ -25736,6 +26318,956 @@ msgstr "" "As operações detalhadas mostram quais lotes estão sendo selecionados para a " "separação." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory aging report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The inventory aging report evaluates all items in stock, providing insights " +"into potentially sunken purchase costs and delays in profitability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Create customized pivot tables to analyze product, operation types, month, " +"or company breakdowns. This helps identify products in stock that are at " +"risk of passing their expiration or viability dates, or instances of " +"rot/decay for fast-expiring items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The *Reporting* menu in *Inventory* is only accessible to users with " +":doc:`admin access <../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To access the inventory aging report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Reporting --> Inventory Aging`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:24 +msgid "Navigate the inventory aging report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report displays a pivot table, " +"with the month in columns, and product category in rows. The default " +"filters, :guilabel:`Incoming` and :guilabel:`Has Remaining Qty`, show only " +"products from receipts, and are currently in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining Qty` displays the number of on-hand items, and " +":guilabel:`Remaining Value` displays the total cost of purchasing these " +"items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in each column " +"or row reveals options to expand the pivot table and show a detailed " +"breakdown of the :guilabel:`Remaining Qty` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` " +"by :guilabel:`Product`, :guilabel:`Product Category`, :guilabel:`Date`, or " +":guilabel:`Company`. Clicking the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` " +":guilabel:`(minus)` icon collapses it back to its previous state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:43 +msgid "Inventory aging report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Inventory aging report, showing each **Product** in rows and each reception " +"**Date** in columns, to better monitor products with fast expiration dates. " +"Each row shows the the total on-hand quantity and inventory valuation of " +"items purchased on each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Records in the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report are *stock valuation " +"layers* (SVLs), representing product moves that impact stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Inventory adjustments do **not** create |SVLs|; only items purchased from " +"vendors do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:71 +msgid "Generate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After learning how to :ref:`navigate the inventory aging report " +"`, it can be used to create and " +"share different reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Aging` report are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:63 +msgid "Rotating stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To create a report to identify items that have been in stock for a while, " +"follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Aging`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` " +":guilabel:`(caret down)` icon in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to see a " +"drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and " +":guilabel:`Favorite` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Product` under the :guilabel:`Group By` section. Doing so " +"expands the pivot table to show a product in each row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to the left of the " +"date column. Hover over :guilabel:`Date` from the drop-down menu and choose " +":guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, :guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +"or :guilabel:`Day`. Doing so expands the columns to show the " +":guilabel:`Remaining Qty` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` by the selected " +"time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For products that have a longer shelf life, choose longer time periods such " +"as :guilabel:`Month` or :guilabel:`Quarter` when expanding columns by " +":guilabel:`Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 +msgid "Pivot table, highlighting the plus icon to expand columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The report now displays the on-hand stock of items, and their total " +"purchasing cost, for each time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Inventory aging report, with the :guilabel:`Group By`: :guilabel:`Product` " +"option selected, and with the :guilabel:`Date` column set to " +":guilabel:`Day`. It gives insight into how much raw fish sashimi products " +"were purchased on each day, and how much it cost. This informs the business " +"owners how much stock is at risk of rotting in stock, per day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 +msgid "Inventory aging report, showing product row items and day columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:3 +msgid "Locations dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The *Locations* dashboard in the *Inventory* application provides an " +"overview of on-hand storage locations for company products. Use this report " +"to see where stock is stored, identify :ref:`misplaced items " +"`, or view past inventory to see " +"product locations on specific dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To access the locations report, the *Storage Locations* feature must be " +"enabled. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and click :guilabel:`Save`. Then, access the " +"locations dashboard by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:24 +msgid "Navigate the locations dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard lists all on-hand products " +"in stock (in the :guilabel:`Product` column), along with the following " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: current storage location. If a product is stored at " +"`Shelf 1` and `Shelf 2`, the product is listed twice, showing quantities at " +"each location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Package`: the package that the product is stored in, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: if the product has a lot or serial number, it" +" is specified here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: current quantity of products. Click the " +":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand " +"quantity <../inventory_management/count_products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reserved Quantity`: on-hand quantity reserved for operations, " +"such as pickings, delivery orders, or manufacturings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: the unit of measure of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Click the buttons to the right of each row item to access additional " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:42 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the" +" product, displaying information about the quantity and description of why " +"the product was moved from one location to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:47 +msgid "" +"View what the product is reserved for, by clicking the :icon:`fa-history` " +":guilabel:`History` button on the far-right of the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Moves History` page, remove the :icon:`fa-filter` " +":guilabel:`Done` filter. Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar to reveal filter options, and select the " +":guilabel:`To Do` filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Display *Moves History* page of to-do deliveries that reserved the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:58 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering " +"rules <../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>` " +"page to replenish products at the specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In the upper-left corner of the page, click the the :guilabel:`New` button " +"to make an :doc:`inventory adjustment " +"<../inventory_management/count_products>` to record quantities of a certain " +"product at a specific :guilabel:`Location`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To view products, quantities, and their locations for a specified date, " +"click the :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button (also located in the upper-" +"left corner of the page). Select a date and time in the :guilabel:`Inventory" +" at Date` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After learning how to :ref:`navigate the locations dashboard " +"`, it can be used to create " +"and share different reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Locations` " +"dashboard are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:81 +msgid "Dead stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To get list of expired items, also referred to as *dead stock*, follow these" +" steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:143 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to" +" reveal a drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and " +":guilabel:`Favorite` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts` " +"option under the :guilabel:`Filters` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:91 +msgid "The report now displays a list of expired products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:94 +msgid "" +"This report can also be generated from the :ref:`Lot and Serials Numbers " +"` page, accessed by going to" +" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst-1 +msgid "Show a list of products whose expiration dates have exceeded today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:105 +msgid "Stranded inventory report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Businesses using multi-step flows in the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* " +"apps, may have *stranded* items, which are products not in their proper " +"storage locations, due to human error. Use this report to periodically check" +" transfer locations (e.g. *WH/Input*, *WH/Pre-Processing*) to ensure items " +"are moved to their intended storage locations, and accurately recorded in " +"the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To get a list of items that might be sitting idly in storage, follow these " +"steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, begin typing the name of the location " +"where products are intended to be moved to, such as `WH/Input`, or " +"`WH/Packing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Search Location for:` [location name] option from the " +"resulting drop-down menu that appears beneath the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show search result for the location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:124 +msgid "The report now displays a list of products at the transit location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Searching `Input` in :guilabel:`Location` shows a list of products at a " +"*WH/Input* location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The list shows `500` quantities of `Chicken`, which is alarming if not " +"refrigerated soon after reception. The stranded inventory report helps " +"identify items that have been idling in non-storage locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show items stored at a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:138 +msgid "Inventory discrepancy report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:140 +msgid "" +"To generate a report of items that have been moved since the last " +":doc:`inventory audit <../inventory_management/cycle_counts>`, follow these " +"steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Conflicts` option " +"from the :guilabel:`Filters` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The report now displays items whose quantities have changed since the last " +"cycle count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show items from the *Conflicts* filter in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` button to view inventory " +"transfers, including receipts and deliveries, that have occurred since the " +"inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show *Moves History*, showing a delivery that occurred after an inventory " +"adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:3 +msgid "Moves history dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Moves History* report in Odoo *Inventory* provides a detailed record of" +" product movements (containing past and current locations), lot numbers, and" +" reasons for movement. Reports can be generated for any time frame, making " +"this report essential for analyzing stock levels, monitoring inventory " +"turnover, and identifying any discrepancies in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The reporting feature is only accessible to users with :doc:`admin access " +"<../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Moves History`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst-1 +msgid "Display Moves History report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:23 +msgid "Navigate the moves history report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:25 +msgid "In the report, the columns represent:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: calendar date and time of the stock move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: description of the reason for the stock move or " +"quantity change, such as a receipt number (e.g. `WH/IN/00012`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product involved in the move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: specifies the lot or serial number of the " +"tracked product being moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:33 +msgid ":guilabel:`From`: source location of the moved product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`To`: destination location of the moved product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity`: number of products moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: unit of measure of the products moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: indicates the move status, which can be " +":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available` (ready for action), or " +":guilabel:`Partially Available` (insufficient quantities to complete the " +"operation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:66 +msgid "Search options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Use the following search options to customize the :guilabel:`Moves History` " +"report to display relevant information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:70 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Filters` section allows users to search among pre-made and " +"custom filters to find specific stock records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Do`: show stock move records that are in progress. This " +"includes lines with a :guilabel:`Status` column value of " +":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Partially Available`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done`: completed stock moves, with a :guilabel:`Status` of " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Incoming`: displays move records from vendor locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:58 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Outgoing`: displays move records to customer locations, including" +" customer returns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internal`: displays move records from one internal location to " +"another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturing`: shows records where products were produced from " +"the virtual, production :doc:`location " +"<../inventory_management/use_locations>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: select this drop-down menu to access various date filter " +"options and view stock moves from a specific month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last 30 Days`: show records that occurred in the last thirty " +"days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Last 3 Months`: show records from the last three months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:113 +msgid "Group By" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " +"groupings to the search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: group records by product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: group records by the three status types: " +":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available`, and :guilabel:`Partially " +"Available`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: group records by :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, or :guilabel:`Day`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transfers`: group records by operation number, e.g. " +"`WH/OUT/00012`, `WH/MO/00211`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: group records by source location (the :guilabel:`From`" +" column in this report)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: group records by product category. To configure these," +" go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: Product" +" Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Batch Transfer`: group records by :doc:`batch " +"<../advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:125 +msgid "Favorites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To save the current applied filters and groups, so the same information can " +"be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save current " +"search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " +"current view the default filter when opening the :guilabel:`Moves History` " +"report. Or tick the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option " +"available to other users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:134 +msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:137 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../essentials/search`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:3 +msgid "Stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the stock report in Odoo *Inventory* for a detailed list of all stored " +"products, including those reserved, purchased and in transit, as well as " +"those delivered to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Stock`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Show the stock report, accessible by going to Inventory > Reporting > Stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:19 +msgid "Navigate the stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:21 +msgid "" +"On the stock report, the left sidebar includes several groupings to narrow " +"down what is being shown. The default groupings are :guilabel:`Warehouses`," +" which filters products by specific warehouses, and :guilabel:`Category`, " +"which shows products within a selected product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Warehouse` grouping is only available when there are multiple" +" warehouses in the database. Refer to the " +":doc:`../inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse` documentation for " +"more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:30 +msgid "In the report itself, the columns represent:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:32 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unit Cost`: average inventory valuation per unit, adjusted based " +"on the cost to purchase and/or manufacture the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Value`: Total inventory valuation of the product, " +"calculated by multiplying unit cost by on-hand quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:39 +msgid "" +":ref:`Compute average cost inventory valuation per unit " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:40 +msgid "" +":doc:`Inventory valuation methods " +"<../inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand`: current quantity of products. Click the :icon:`fa-" +"pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand quantity " +"<../inventory_management/count_products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Free to Use`: on-hand quantity that are **not** reserved for " +"delivery or manufacturing orders, and are available to sell or use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Incoming`: items expected to arrive at the warehouse. Number of " +"products is based on quantities in confirmed purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Outgoing`: items expected to leave the warehouse or be consumed " +"in manufacturing orders. Number of products is based on quantities in " +"confirmed sales or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the product, " +"displaying information about the quantity and description of why the product" +" was moved from one location to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering rules " +"<../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>` page for " +"the product to create or manage methods of procuring the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Locations`: break down of on-hand quantity at multiple storage " +"locations. Only available when the product is stored in multiple locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forecast`: access the forecasted report to view on-hand, " +"incoming, and outgoing quantities. Report also contains links to confirmed " +"purchase, sales, or manufacturing orders. Only available when there are " +"confirmed sales, purchase, or manufacturing orders for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Published`: display products published on the website. Only " +"available with the *Website* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available in POS`: display products available through the *Point " +"of Sale* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available in Self`: display products available in self order " +"through the *Point of Sale* app. Appears in the search because the " +":guilabel:`Available in Self Order` checkbox was ticked in the " +":guilabel:`Point of Sale` section of a product form's :guilabel:`Sales` tab." +" The option is only available when the :guilabel:`Available in POS` checkbox" +" is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In the Sales tab of a product form, showing *Available in Self Order* " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not available in Self`: display products available in *PoS*, but " +"not available in self order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:91 +msgid "`Configure PoS products `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Sold`: display products that can be sold to customers. " +"Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Sold` checkbox is ticked" +" on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Purchased`: display products that can be bought from " +"vendors. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` " +"checkbox is ticked on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Recurring`: show subscription products, indicated by " +"ticking the :guilabel:`Recurring` checkbox on the product form. Only " +"available with the *Subscription* app activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Rented`: show products that can be loaned to customers for" +" a certain time. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Rented`" +" checkbox was ticked on the product form. Only available with the *Rental* " +"app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Subcontracted`: display products that can be produced by a" +" :doc:`third-party manufacturer " +"<../../../manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic>`. Available " +"only with the *Manufacturing* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Expensed`: show items that can be expensed. Only available" +" with the *Expenses* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`../../product_management/product_tracking/type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " +"groupings to the search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Type`: group items by :doc:`product type " +"<../../product_management/product_tracking/type>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Category`: group items by product category. To configure " +"these, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: " +"Product Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`POS Product Category`: group items by :doc:`point of sale product" +" categories <../../../../sales/point_of_sale/configuration>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To save the current applied filters and groupbys, so the same information " +"can be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save " +"current search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " +"current view the default filter when opening the stock report. Or tick the " +":guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option available to other " +"users." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "Manutenção" @@ -26005,7 +27537,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:3 msgid "Maintenance calendar" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Calendário de manutenção" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -26015,6 +27547,12 @@ msgid "" "maintenance to ensure that such issues are avoided, are key to keeping " "warehouse operations running smoothly." msgstr "" +"Evitar quebras e interdições de equipamentos nos centros de trabalho dos " +"armazéns exige manutenção constante dos equipamentos. A manutenção corretiva" +" oportuna para máquinas e ferramentas que quebram inesperadamente, bem como " +"a manutenção preventiva para garantir que esses problemas sejam evitados, " +"são fundamentais para manter as operações do armazém funcionando sem " +"problemas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -26022,6 +27560,9 @@ msgid "" "create, schedule, and edit both corrective and preventive maintenance " "requests, to stay on top of equipment and work centers." msgstr "" +"No Odoo *Manutenção*, os usuários podem acessar o *Calendário de manutenção*" +" para criar, programar e editar solicitações de manutenção corretiva e " +"preventiva, para manter o controle dos equipamentos e centros de trabalho." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:16 @@ -26034,6 +27575,9 @@ msgid "" "Calendar*. To access the calendar, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance " "app --> Maintenance --> Maintenance Calendar`." msgstr "" +"As solicitações de manutenção podem ser criadas diretamente no *Calendário " +"de manutenção*. Para acessar o calendário, navegue até :menuselection:`app " +"Manutenção --> Manutenção --> Calendário de manutenção`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -26041,10 +27585,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New Event` pop-up window. In the :guilabel:`Name:` field, assign " "a title to the new request." msgstr "" +"Para criar uma nova solicitação, clique em qualquer lugar do calendário. " +"Isso abre uma janela pop-up :guilabel:`Novo evento`. No campo " +":guilabel:`Nome:`, atribua um título à nova solicitação." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "New event creation pop-up window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Janela pop-up de criação de novo evento." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -26052,22 +27599,30 @@ msgid "" "no additional details. If the request's creation should be canceled, click " ":guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" +"Clicar em :guilabel:`Criar` na janela pop-up salva a nova solicitação sem " +"detalhes adicionais. Se a criação da solicitação precisar ser cancelada, " +"clique em :guilabel:`Cancelar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:31 msgid "" "To add more details and schedule the request for a specific date and time, " "click :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" +"Para adicionar mais detalhes e agendar a solicitação para uma data e hora " +"específicas, clique em :guilabel:`Editar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:33 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Edit` opens a blank maintenance request form, where " "various details about the request can be filled out." msgstr "" +"Clicar em :guilabel:`Editar` abre um formulário de solicitação de manutenção" +" em branco, no qual vários detalhes sobre a solicitação podem ser " +"preenchidos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:37 msgid "Edit maintenance request" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Editar solicitação de manutenção" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -26076,10 +27631,14 @@ msgid "" " request was created by. By default, this field populates with the user " "actually creating the request." msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Solicitação`, atribua um título à nova solicitação. No " +"campo :guilabel:`Criado por`, no menu suspenso, selecione o usuário pelo " +"qual a solicitação foi criada. Por padrão, esse campo é preenchido com o " +"usuário que realmente criou a solicitação." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "New maintenance request form creation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Criação de um novo formulário de solicitação de manutenção." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -26087,6 +27646,8 @@ msgid "" "request is being created for a piece of :guilabel:`Equipment`, or a " ":guilabel:`Work Center`." msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Para`, no menu suspenso, selecione se essa solicitação " +"está sendo criada para um equipamento ou um centro de trabalho." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -26094,12 +27655,17 @@ msgid "" "down menu, two additional fields appear on the form: :guilabel:`Work Center`" " and :guilabel:`Block Workcenter`." msgstr "" +"Se :guilabel:`Centro de trabalho` for selecionado no menu suspenso do campo " +":guilabel:`Para`, dois campos adicionais aparecerão no formulário: " +":guilabel:`Centro de trabalho` e :guilabel:`Bloquear centro de trabalho`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:54 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Work Center` field, select which work center in the " "warehouse this maintenance request applies to." msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Centro de trabalho`, selecione a qual centro de trabalho" +" do armazém essa solicitação de manutenção se aplica." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -26107,6 +27673,10 @@ msgid "" "possible to plan work orders, or other maintenance requests, in this work " "center during the time that this request is being performed." msgstr "" +"Se a caixa de seleção da opção :guilabel:`Bloquear centro de trabalho` " +"estiver marcada, não será possível planejar ordens de trabalho ou outras " +"solicitações de manutenção nesse centro de trabalho durante o tempo em que " +"essa solicitação estiver sendo executada." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -26116,6 +27686,11 @@ msgid "" " a greyed-out :guilabel:`Category` field appears, listing the *Equipment " "Category* to which the equipment belongs." msgstr "" +"Se :guilabel:`Equipamentos` for selecionado no campo :guilabel:`Para`, que é" +" o padrão, selecione qual máquina ou ferramenta requer manutenção no campo " +":guilabel:`Equipamentos`. Quando um equipamento específico é selecionado, um" +" campo acinzentado :guilabel:`Categoria` aparece, listando a *Categoria do " +"equipamento* à qual o equipamento pertence." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -26123,18 +27698,26 @@ msgid "" "down menu to select a worksheet template. These templates are custom " "templates that can be filled out by the employee performing the maintenance." msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Modelo de planilha`, se necessário, clique no menu " +"suspenso para selecionar um modelo de planilha. Esses modelos são modelos " +"personalizados que podem ser preenchidos pelo funcionário que realiza a " +"manutenção." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:70 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Category` field, the :guilabel:`Request Date` field " "displays the date requested for the maintenance to happen." msgstr "" +"Sob o campo :guilabel:`Categoria`, o campo :guilabel:`Data da solicitação` " +"exibe a data solicitada para a realização da manutenção." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:73 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance Type` field provides two selectable radio button " "options: :guilabel:`Corrective` and :guilabel:`Preventive`." msgstr "" +"O campo :guilabel:`Tipo de manutenção` oferece duas opções selecionáveis: " +":guilabel:`Corretiva` e :guilabel:`Preventivo`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -26142,12 +27725,18 @@ msgid "" "needs, such as broken equipment, while :guilabel:`Preventive` maintenance is" " for planned requests, to avoid breakdowns in the future." msgstr "" +"A manutenção :guilabel:`corretiva` é para solicitações que surgem para " +"necessidades imediatas, como equipamentos quebrados, enquanto a manutenção " +":guilabel:`preventiva` é para solicitações planejadas, para evitar quebras " +"no futuro." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:80 msgid "" "If this request is tied to a specific |MO|, select that |MO| from the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` field." msgstr "" +"Se essa solicitação estiver vinculada a uma |MO| específica, selecione essa " +"|MO| no campo :guilabel:`Ordem de produçõ`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -26156,10 +27745,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible` field, select the technician responsible for the " "request." msgstr "" +"No menu suspenso do campo :guilabel:`Equipe`, selecione a equipe de " +"manutenção desejada que realizará a manutenção. No campo " +":guilabel:`Responsável`, selecione o técnico responsável pela solicitação." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Filled-out details of maintenance request form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Detalhes preenchidos do formulário de solicitação de manutenção." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -26167,12 +27759,17 @@ msgid "" "popover. From this popover, select the planned date of the maintenance, and " "click :guilabel:`Apply` to save the date." msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Data agendada`, clique na data para abrir uma janela " +"popover de calendário. Nessa janela, selecione a data planejada da " +"manutenção e clique em :guilabel:`Aplicar` para salvar a data." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:94 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Duration` field, enter the the amount of hours (in a " "`00:00` format) that the maintenance is planned to take." msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Duração`, digite o número de horas (no formato `00:00`) " +"que a manutenção está planejada para durar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -26180,6 +27777,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`⭐⭐⭐ (stars)`. This indicates the importance of the maintenance " "request." msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Prioridade`, escolha uma prioridade entre uma e três " +":guilabel:`⭐⭐⭐⭐ (estrelas)`. Isso indica a importância da solicitação de " +"manutenção." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -26187,18 +27787,25 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company` field, select the company to which this maintenance " "request belongs." msgstr "" +"Se estiver trabalhando em um ambiente com várias empresas, no menu suspenso " +"do campo :guilabel:`Empresa`, selecione a empresa à qual essa solicitação de" +" manutenção pertence." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:103 msgid "" "At the bottom of the form, there are two tabs: :guilabel:`Notes` and " ":guilabel:`Instructions`." msgstr "" +"Na parte inferior do formulário, há duas abas: :guilabel:`Notas` e " +":guilabel:`Instruções`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:105 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, type out any internal notes for the team or " "technician assigned to the request, if necessary." msgstr "" +"Na aba :guilabel:`Notas`, digite as notas internas para a equipe ou o " +"técnico atribuído à solicitação, se necessário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -26207,14 +27814,18 @@ msgid "" "team or technician. The available methods for providing instructions are via" " :guilabel:`PDF`, :guilabel:`Google Slide`, or :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" +"Na guia :guilabel:`Instruções`, se necessário, selecione uma das três opções" +" de botão de opção para fornecer instruções de manutenção à equipe ou ao " +"técnico designado. Os métodos disponíveis para fornecer instruções são: " +":guilabel:`PDF`, :guilabel:`Google Slide` ou :guilabel:`Texto`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Instructions tab options on maintenance request form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opções da aba Instruções no formulário de solicitação de manutenção." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:117 msgid "Calendar elements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Elementos do calendário" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -26222,22 +27833,29 @@ msgid "" "filters to help keep track of the progress of ongoing and planned " "maintenance requests." msgstr "" +"O *Calendário de manutenção* oferece várias visualizações, funções de " +"pesquisa e filtros para ajudar a acompanhar o progresso das solicitações de " +"manutenção em andamento e planejadas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:122 msgid "" "The following sections describe elements found across various views of the " "calendar." msgstr "" +"As seções a seguir descrevem os elementos encontrados em várias " +"visualizações do calendário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:125 msgid "Filters and Favorites" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Filtros e favoritos" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:127 msgid "" "To access the maintenance calendar, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance " "app --> Maintenance --> Maintenance Calendar`." msgstr "" +"Para acessar o calendário de manutenção, navegue até :menuselection:`app " +"Manutenção --> Manutenção --> Calendário de manutenção`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -26245,6 +27863,9 @@ msgid "" "click the :guilabel:`🔻 (triangle pointed down)` icon, to the right of the " "search bar at the top of the page." msgstr "" +"Para adicionar e remover filtros para classificar dados no *Calendário de " +"manutenção*, clique no ícone :guilabel:`🔻 (triângulo apontado para baixo)`, " +"à direita da barra de pesquisa na parte superior da página." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -26252,6 +27873,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Filters` users can select. By default, :guilabel:`To Do` and " ":guilabel:`Active` are selected, so all open requests are displayed." msgstr "" +"O lado esquerdo do menu suspenso resultante lista todos os diferentes " +":guilabel:`Filtros` que os usuários podem selecionar. Por padrão, " +":guilabel:`A fazer` e :guilabel:`Ativo` são selecionados, portanto, todas as" +" solicitações abertas são exibidas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -26259,12 +27884,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`, under the :guilabel:`Filters` section of the " "drop-down menu. This opens an :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Para adicionar um filtro personalizado ao :guilabel:`Calendário de " +"manutenção`, clique em :guilabel:`Adicionar filtro personalizado`, na seção " +":guilabel:`Filtros` do menu suspenso. Isso abre uma janela pop-up " +":guilabel:`Adicionar filtro personalizado`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:142 msgid "" "From this pop-up window, configure the properties of the new rule for the " "filter. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" +"Nessa janela pop-up, configure as propriedades da nova regra para o filtro. " +"Quando estiver pronto, clique em :guilabel:`Adicionar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -26272,10 +27903,13 @@ msgid "" "or any searches that have been saved as a favorite to be revisited at a " "later date." msgstr "" +"O lado direito do menu suspenso lista os :guilabel:`Favoritos` ou quaisquer " +"pesquisas que tenham sido salvas como favoritas para serem revisitadas em " +"uma data posterior." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Favorites section of filters drop-down menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seção Favoritos do menu suspenso de filtros." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -26284,24 +27918,34 @@ msgid "" "field directly below :guilabel:`Save current search`, assign a name to the " "search." msgstr "" +"Para :guilabel:`favoritar` uma nova pesquisa, selecione os " +":guilabel:`Filtros` desejados. Em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Salvar " +"pesquisa atual`. No campo logo abaixo de :guilabel:`Salvar a pesquisa " +"atual`, atribua um nome à pesquisa." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:156 msgid "" "Under the assigned name, there are two options, to save the current search " "either as the :guilabel:`Default filter`, or as a :guilabel:`Shared` filter." msgstr "" +"Sob o nome atribuído, há duas opções para salvar a pesquisa atual como o " +"filtro :guilabel:`Padrão` ou como um filtro :guilabel:`Compartilhado`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:159 msgid "" "Selecting :guilabel:`Default filter` sets this filter as the default when " "opening this calendar view." msgstr "" +"A seleção de :guilabel:`Filtro padrão` define esse filtro como padrão ao " +"abrir essa visualização de calendário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:162 msgid "" "Selecting the :guilabel:`Shared` filter makes this filter available to other" " users." msgstr "" +"A seleção do filtro :guilabel:`Compartilhado` torna esse filtro disponível " +"para outros usuários." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -26310,6 +27954,10 @@ msgid "" " a :guilabel:`⭐ (gold star)` icon appears with the filter's name in the " "search bar." msgstr "" +"Quando estiver pronto, clique em :guilabel:`Salvar`. Quando clicado, o novo " +"filtro :guilabel:`Favorito` aparece na coluna :guilabel:`Favoritos` e um " +"ícone :guilabel:`⭐ (estrela dourada)` aparece com o nome do filtro na barra " +"de pesquisa." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:169 msgid "Views" @@ -26321,10 +27969,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Calendar` (default), :guilabel:`Kanban`, :guilabel:`List`, " ":guilabel:`Pivot`, :guilabel:`Graph`, and :guilabel:`Activity`." msgstr "" +"O :guilabel:`Calendário de manutenção` está disponível em seis visualizações" +" diferentes: :guilabel:`Calendar` (padrão), :guilabel:`Kanban`, " +":guilabel:`Lista`, :guilabel:`Pivô`, :guilabel:`Gráfico` e " +":guilabel:`Atividade`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Different view type icons for maintenance calendar." msgstr "" +"Ícones de tipos de visualização diferentes para o calendário de manutenção." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:180 msgid "Calendar view" @@ -26337,6 +27990,10 @@ msgid "" " this view type for sorting and grouping information about maintenance " "requests." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Calendário` é a visualização padrão exibida quando o " +":guilabel:`Calendário de manutenção` é aberto. Há várias opções nesse tipo " +"de visualização para classificar e agrupar informações sobre solicitações de" +" manutenção." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:186 msgid "" @@ -26347,10 +28004,16 @@ msgid "" "option to :guilabel:`Show weekends`, selected by default. If unselected, " "weekends are not shown on the calendar." msgstr "" +"No canto superior esquerdo da página, há um menu suspenso definido como " +":guilabel:`Semana`, por padrão. Clicar nesse menu suspenso revela os " +"diferentes períodos de tempo em que o calendário pode ser visualizado: " +":guilabel:`Dia`, :guilabel:`Mês` e :guilabel:`Ano`. Há também uma opção para" +" :guilabel:`Mostrar fins de semana`, selecionada por padrão. Se não estiver " +"selecionada, os fins de semana não serão mostrados no calendário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Calendar period drop-down menu options." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opções do menu suspenso do período do calendário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:196 msgid "" @@ -26358,6 +28021,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icon. Clicking these arrows moves the calendar " "backward or forward in time, respectively." msgstr "" +"À esquerda desse menu, há um ícone :guilabel:`⬅️ (seta para a esquerda) ` e " +"um ícone :guilabel:`➡️ (seta para a direita) `. Clicar nessas setas faz o " +"calendário retroceder ou avançar no tempo, respectivamente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:199 msgid "" @@ -26366,6 +28032,10 @@ msgid "" "today's date, no matter which point in time is being viewed before clicking " "it." msgstr "" +"À direita do menu suspenso definido como :guilabel:`Semana`, por padrão, há " +"um botão :guilabel:`Hoje`. Ao clicar nesse botão, o calendário é redefinido " +"para exibir a data de hoje, independentemente do ponto no tempo que esteja " +"sendo exibido antes de clicar nele." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:203 msgid "" @@ -26375,6 +28045,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`(panel)` icon at the top of this sidebar to open or close the " "sidebar." msgstr "" +"No lado direito da página, há uma coluna da barra lateral que contém um " +"calendário minimizado definido para a data de hoje e uma lista " +":guilabel:`Técnico` que exibe todos os *Técnicos* com solicitações abertas " +"no momento. Clique no ícone :guilabel:`(painel)` na parte superior dessa " +"barra lateral para abrir ou fechar a barra lateral." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:209 msgid "" @@ -26383,6 +28058,10 @@ msgid "" "listed as :guilabel:`Responsible` on at least **one** maintenance request " "form." msgstr "" +"A lista :guilabel:`Técnico` só é exibida se os técnicos estiverem atribuídos" +" a solicitações abertas, e os técnicos individuais só são listados se " +"estiverem listados como :guilabel:`Responsável` em pelo menos **um** " +"formulário de solicitação de manutenção." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:214 msgid "Kanban view" @@ -26394,12 +28073,18 @@ msgid "" "displayed in Kanban-style columns, in their respective stages of the " "maintenance process." msgstr "" +"Com a visualização :guilabel:`Kanban`, todas as solicitações de manutenção " +"abertas são exibidas em colunas no estilo Kanban, em seus respectivos " +"estágios do processo de manutenção." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:219 msgid "" "Each maintenance request appears on its own task card, and each task card " "can be dragged-and-dropped to a different stage of the Kanban pipeline." msgstr "" +"Cada solicitação de manutenção aparece em seu próprio cartão de tarefa, e " +"cada cartão de tarefa pode ser arrastado e solto em um estágio diferente do " +"pipeline Kanban." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:222 msgid "" @@ -26408,14 +28093,20 @@ msgid "" " (gear)` icon reveals a list of options for that column: :guilabel:`Fold`, " ":guilabel:`Edit`, :guilabel:`Automations`, and :guilabel:`Delete`." msgstr "" +"Cada coluna tem um nome (ou seja, :guilabel:`Em andamento`). Passar o mouse " +"sobre a parte superior de uma coluna revela um ícone :guilabel:`⚙️ " +"(engrenagem)`. Clicar no ícone :guilabel:`⚙️ (engrenagem)` revela uma lista " +"de opções para essa coluna: :guilabel:`Dobrar`, :guilabel:`Editar`, " +":guilabel:`Automações` e :guilabel:`Excluir`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Column options for stage in Kanban view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opções de coluna para o estágio na visualização Kanban." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:230 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Fold` folds the column to hide its contents." msgstr "" +"Clicar em :guilabel:`Dobrar` dobra a coluna para ocultar seu conteúdo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:232 msgid "" @@ -26423,20 +28114,26 @@ msgid "" "window, with the corresponding stage name, wherein the column's details can " "be edited. The following are the column options that can be edited:" msgstr "" +"Clicar em :guilabel:`Editar` abre uma janela pop-up :guilabel:`Editar: (nome" +" do estágio)`, com o nome do estágio correspondente, na qual os detalhes da " +"coluna podem ser editados. A seguir estão as opções de coluna que podem ser " +"editadas:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Edit In Progress pop-up window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Janela pop-up Editar Em andamento." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:240 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the name of the stage in the Kanban pipeline." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Nome`: o nome do estágio no pipeline Kanban." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:241 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded in Maintenance Pipe`: when checked, this stage's column is" " folded by default in the :guilabel:`Kanban` view type." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Dobrado no funil de manutenção`: quando marcada, a coluna desse " +"estágio é dobrada por padrão no tipo de visualização :guilabel:`Kanban`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:243 msgid "" @@ -26447,12 +28144,21 @@ msgid "" "duration, either at the specified date, or as soon as possible, if the work " "center is unavailable." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Solicitação confirmada`: quando essa caixa não está marcada e o " +"tipo de solicitação de manutenção está definido como *Centro de trabalho*, " +"nenhuma licença é criada para o respectivo centro de trabalho quando uma " +"solicitação de manutenção é criada. Se a caixa *está* marcada, o centro de " +"trabalho é automaticamente bloqueado pela duração indicada, na data " +"especificada ou assim que possível, se o centro de trabalho estiver " +"indisponível." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:248 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: the order in the maintenance process, in which this " "stage appears." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Sequência`: a ordem em que essa etapa aparece no processo de " +"manutenção." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:249 msgid "" @@ -26460,6 +28166,9 @@ msgid "" "final step of the maintenance process. Requests moved to this stage are " "closed." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Solicitação concluída`: se marcada, essa caixa indica que esse " +"estágio é a etapa final do processo de manutenção. As solicitações movidas " +"para esse estágio são encerradas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:252 msgid "" @@ -26467,6 +28176,9 @@ msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Discard`, or click the :guilabel:`X` icon to close the pop-" "up window." msgstr "" +"Quando estiver pronto, clique em :guilabel:`Salvar e Fechar`. Se nenhuma " +"alteração tiver sido feita, clique em :guilabel:`Descartar` ou clique no " +"ícone :guilabel:`X` para fechar a janela pop-up." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:256 msgid "List view" @@ -26478,44 +28190,58 @@ msgid "" "displayed in a list, with information about each request listed in its " "respective row." msgstr "" +"Com a visualização :guilabel:`Lista` selecionada, todas as solicitações de " +"manutenção abertas são exibidas em uma lista, com informações sobre cada " +"solicitação listada em sua respectiva linha." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:261 msgid "" "The columns of information displayed in this view type are the following:" msgstr "" +"As colunas de informações exibidas nesse tipo de visualização são as " +"seguintes:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:263 msgid ":guilabel:`Subjects`: the name assigned to the maintenance request." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Assuntos`: o nome atribuído à solicitação de manutenção." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:264 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee`: the employee who originally created the maintenance " "request." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Funcionário`: o funcionário que criou originalmente a solicitação" +" de manutenção." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:265 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the technician responsible for the maintenance " "request." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Técnico`: o técnico responsável pela solicitação de manutenção." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:266 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: the category the equipment being repaired belongs to." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Categoria`: a categoria à qual pertence o equipamento que está " +"sendo reparado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:267 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stage`: the stage of the maintenance process the request is " "currently in." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Estágio`: o estágio do processo de manutenção em que a " +"solicitação está atualmente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:268 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company environment, the company in the " "database the request is assigned to." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Empresa`: se estiver em um ambiente com várias empresas, a " +"empresa da base de dados à qual a solicitação está atribuída." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:272 msgid "Pivot view" @@ -26526,6 +28252,9 @@ msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Pivot` view selected, maintenance requests are displayed" " in a pivot table, and can be customized to show different data metrics." msgstr "" +"Com a visualização :guilabel:`Pivô` selecionada, as solicitações de " +"manutenção são exibidas em uma tabela de pivô e podem ser personalizadas " +"para mostrar diferentes métricas de dados." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:277 msgid "" @@ -26534,10 +28263,15 @@ msgid "" "Additional options to add to the table are :guilabel:`Additional Leaves to " "Plan Ahead`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and :guilabel:`Repeat Every`." msgstr "" +"Para adicionar mais dados à tabela de pivô, clique no botão " +":guilabel:`Medidas` para exibir um menu suspenso. Por padrão, " +":guilabel:`Total` é selecionado. As opções adicionais a serem adicionadas à " +"tabela são: :guilabel:`Licenças adicionais para planejar`, " +":guilabel:`Duração` e :guilabel:`Repetir a cada`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Measures options on Pivot view page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opções de medidas na página de visualização de pivô." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:285 msgid "" @@ -26545,6 +28279,9 @@ msgid "" "Spreadsheet` button. Clicking this button opens a pop-up window titled " ":guilabel:`Select a spreadsheet to insert your pivot.`." msgstr "" +"À direita do botão :guilabel:`Medidas` está o botão :guilabel:`Inserir na " +"planilha`. Clicar nesse botão abre uma janela pop-up intitulada " +":guilabel:`Selecione uma planilha para inserir o pivô`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:289 msgid "" @@ -26555,16 +28292,24 @@ msgid "" "spreadsheet or dashboard, click :guilabel:`Cancel`, or click the " ":guilabel:`X` icon to close the pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Há duas abas nessa janela pop-up: :guilabel:`Planilhas` e " +":guilabel:`Painéis`. Clique em uma dessas abas e selecione uma planilha ou " +"painel na base de dados para adicionar essa tabela de pivô. Quando estiver " +"pronto, clique em :guilabel:`Confirmar`. Se essa tabela não for adicionada a" +" uma planilha ou painel, clique em :guilabel:`Cancelar` ou clique no ícone " +":guilabel:`X` para fechar a janela pop-up." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:294 msgid "" "To the right of the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button are three " "buttons:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "À direita do botão :guilabel:`Inserir em planilha` há três botões:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:296 msgid ":guilabel:`Flip axis`: the x and y axis of the pivot data table flip." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Inverter eixos`: inversão dos eixos `x` e `y` da tabela pivô de " +"dados." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:297 msgid "" @@ -26600,62 +28345,76 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Graph type icons on Graph view page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ícones de tipo de gráfico na página de visualização do gráfico." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:311 msgid "" "There are three different types of graphs available to users to view the " "data:" msgstr "" +"Há três tipos diferentes de gráficos disponíveis para os usuários " +"visualizarem os dados:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:313 msgid ":guilabel:`Bar Chart`: the data is displayed in a bar chart." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Gráfico de barras`: os dados são exibidos em um gráfico de " +"barras." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:314 msgid ":guilabel:`Line Chart`: the data is displayed in a line chart." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Gráfico de linhas`: os dados são exibidos em um gráfico de " +"linhas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:315 msgid ":guilabel:`Pie Chart`: the data is displayed in a pie chart." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Gráfico de pizza`: os dados são exibidos em um gráfico de pizza." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:317 msgid "" "When viewing the data as a :guilabel:`Bar Chart` graph, the data can be " "formatted in the following ways:" msgstr "" +"Ao visualizar os dados como um gráfico :guilabel:`Gráfico de barras`, os " +"dados podem ser formatados das seguintes maneiras:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:320 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:327 msgid ":guilabel:`Stacked`: the data is stacked on the graph." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Empilhado`: os dados são empilhados no gráfico." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:321 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:329 msgid ":guilabel:`Descending`: the data is displayed in descending order." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Decrescente`: os dados são exibidos em ordem decrescente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:322 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:330 msgid ":guilabel:`Ascending`: the data is displayed in ascending order." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Crescente`: os dados são exibidos em ordem crescente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:324 msgid "" "When viewing the data as a :guilabel:`Line Chart` graph, the data can be " "formatted in the following ways:" msgstr "" +"Ao visualizar os dados como um gráfico :guilabel:`Gráfico de linhas`, os " +"dados podem ser formatados das seguintes maneiras:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:328 msgid ":guilabel:`Cumulative`: the data is increasingly accumulated." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Cumulativo`: os dados são cada vez mais acumulados." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:332 msgid "" "When viewing the data as a :guilabel:`Pie Chart` graph, all relevant data is" " displayed by default, and no additional formatting options are available." msgstr "" +"Ao visualizar os dados como um :guilabel:`Gráfico de pizza`, todos os dados " +"relevantes são exibidos por padrão, e nenhuma opção de formatação adicional " +"está disponível." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:336 msgid "Activity view" @@ -26667,10 +28426,13 @@ msgid "" "are listed in their own row, with the ability to schedule activities related" " to those requests." msgstr "" +"Com a visualização :guilabel:`Atividade` selecionada, todas as solicitações " +"de manutenção abertas são listadas em sua própria linha, com a capacidade de" +" programar atividades relacionadas a essas solicitações." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Maintenance requests on Activity view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Solicitações de manutenção na visualização Atividade." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:345 msgid "" @@ -26681,6 +28443,12 @@ msgid "" "click :guilabel:`➕ Schedule an activity`. This opens a :guilabel:`Schedule " "Activity` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"As solicitações de manutenção são listadas na coluna :guilabel:`Solicitação " +"de manutenção` como atividades. Clicar em uma solicitação abre um popover " +":guilabel:`Solicitação de manutenção` que indica o status da solicitação e o" +" técnico responsável. Para agendar uma atividade diretamente do pop-up, " +"clique em :guilabel:`➕ Agendar uma atividade`. Isso abre uma janela pop-up " +":guilabel:`Agendar atividade`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:350 msgid "" @@ -26688,10 +28456,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Summary`, schedule a :guilabel:`Due Date`, and choose the " "responsible user in the :guilabel:`Assigned to` field." msgstr "" +"Na janela pop-up, escolha o :guilabel:`Tipo de atividade`, forneça um " +":guilabel:`Resumo`, agende o :guilabel:`Prazo` e escolha o usuário " +"responsável no campo :guilabel:`Atribuído a`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Schedule Activity pop-up window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Janela pop-up Agendar atividade." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:358 msgid "" @@ -26699,6 +28470,9 @@ msgid "" "greyed-out :guilabel:`Log a note...` field. When clicked, this changes to " ":guilabel:`Type \"/\" for commands`." msgstr "" +"Insira notas adicionais para a nova atividade no espaço em branco sob o " +"campo acinzentado :guilabel:`Registrar uma nota...`. Quando clicado, isso " +"muda para :guilabel:`Digite \"/\" para comandos`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:361 msgid "" @@ -26707,6 +28481,11 @@ msgid "" "activity, click :guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next` to close the activity and " "open a new one, or click :guilabel:`Cancel` to cancel the activity." msgstr "" +"Quando estiver pronta, clique em :guilabel:`Agendar` para agendar a " +"atividade. Como alternativa, clique em :guilabel:`Agendar e marcar como " +"concluído` para fechar a atividade, clique em :guilabel:`Concluir e agendar " +"próxima` para fechar a atividade e abrir uma nova, ou clique em " +":guilabel:`Cancelar` para cancelar a atividade." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:365 msgid "" @@ -26716,6 +28495,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Request`, :guilabel:`To-Do`, :guilabel:`Upload " "Document`, :guilabel:`Request Signature`, and :guilabel:`Grant Approval`." msgstr "" +"Com a visualização :guilabel:`Atividade` selecionada, cada tipo de atividade" +" disponível ao programar uma atividade é listado como sua própria coluna. " +"Essas colunas são: :guilabel:`E-mail`, :guilabel:`Ligação`, " +":guilabel:`Reunião`, :guilabel:`Solicitação de manutenção`, :guilabel:`A " +"fazer`, :guilabel:`Carregar documento`, :guilabel:`Assinatura da " +"solicitação` e :guilabel:`Conceder aprovação`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:370 msgid "" @@ -26724,19 +28509,23 @@ msgid "" "click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` icon. This opens an :guilabel:`Odoo` pop-up " "window, wherein the activity can be scheduled." msgstr "" +"Para agendar uma atividade com esse tipo específico de atividade, clique em " +"qualquer caixa em branco na linha correspondente à solicitação de manutenção" +" desejada e clique no ícone :guilabel:`➕ (adição)`. Isso abre uma janela " +"pop-up :guilabel:`Odoo`, na qual a atividade pode ser agendada." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Odoo pop-up schedule activity window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Janela pop-up \"Agendar atividade\" no Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:379 msgid ":doc:`maintenance_requests`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`maintenance_requests`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:380 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:243 msgid ":doc:`add_new_equipment`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`add_new_equipment`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:3 msgid "Maintenance requests" @@ -27040,7 +28829,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:3 msgid "Maintenance setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuração da manutenção" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -27049,22 +28838,31 @@ msgid "" " equipment breakdowns, blocks in warehouse work centers, and emergency " "repair costs." msgstr "" +"O Odoo *Manutenção* ajuda as empresas a programar a manutenção corretiva e " +"preventiva dos equipamentos usados em seus armazéns. Isso ajuda as empresas " +"a evitar quebras de equipamentos, bloqueios nos centros de trabalho do " +"depósito e custos de reparos de emergência." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:13 msgid "Maintenance teams" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Equipes de manutenção" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:15 msgid "" "When creating maintenance requests, a *maintenance team* can be assigned to " "the request as the team responsible for handling the request." msgstr "" +"Ao criar solicitações de manutenção, uma *equipe de manutenção* pode ser " +"atribuída à solicitação como a equipe responsável por lidar com a " +"solicitação." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:18 msgid "" "To view existing maintenance teams, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance " "app --> Configuration --> Maintenance Teams`." msgstr "" +"Para visualizar as equipes de manutenção existentes, navegue até " +":menuselection:`app Manutenção --> Configuração --> Equipes de manutenção`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -27072,10 +28870,14 @@ msgid "" "any) is displayed, with the :guilabel:`Team Name`, :guilabel:`Team Members`," " and :guilabel:`Company` listed in the columns, by default." msgstr "" +"Na página :guilabel:`Equipes` resultante, é exibida uma lista de todas as " +"equipes existentes (se houver), com o :guilabel:`Nome da equipe`, " +":guilabel:`Membros da equipe` e :guilabel:`Empresa` listados nas colunas, " +"por padrão." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "List of Teams on Maintenance Teams page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lista de equipes na página Equipes de manutenção." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -27083,6 +28885,10 @@ msgid "" "bottom of the list of teams. In the blank field that appears below the " ":guilabel:`Team Name` column, assign a name to the new maintenance team." msgstr "" +"Para adicionar uma nova equipe, clique em :guilabel:`Novo`. Isso adiciona " +"uma linha em branco na parte inferior da lista de equipes. No campo em " +"branco que aparece abaixo da coluna :guilabel:`Nome da equipe`, atribua um " +"nome à nova equipe de manutenção." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -27090,6 +28896,9 @@ msgid "" "down menu with existing users in the database. Choose which users should be " "members of the new maintenance team." msgstr "" +"Na coluna :guilabel:`Membros da equipe`, clique no campo para exibir um menu" +" suspenso com os usuários existentes na base de dados. Escolha quais " +"usuários devem ser membros da nova equipe de manutenção." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -27097,10 +28906,13 @@ msgid "" "pop-up window to search for users **not** shown on the initial drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" +"Clique em :guilabel:`Pesquisar mais…` para abrir uma janela pop-up " +":guilabel:`Pesquisar: Membros da equipe\" para pesquisar usuários **não** " +"mostrados no menu suspenso inicial." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "Search: Team Members pop-up window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pesquisar: Janela pop-up Membros da equipe." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -27108,6 +28920,9 @@ msgid "" "the drop-down menu to select the company in the database to which this new " "maintenance team belongs." msgstr "" +"Na coluna :guilabel:`Empresa`, se estiver em um ambiente com várias " +"empresas, clique no menu suspenso para selecionar a empresa na base de dados" +" à qual essa nova equipe de manutenção pertence." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:88 @@ -27121,6 +28936,8 @@ msgid "" "The team members assigned to maintenance teams are also referred to as " "*Technicians*, when viewing the *Maintenance Calendar*." msgstr "" +"Os membros da equipe atribuídos às equipes de manutenção também são chamados" +" de *Técnicos*, ao visualizar o *Calendário de manutenção*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -27130,10 +28947,15 @@ msgid "" "field is the team member, and is the user responsible for that particular " "request." msgstr "" +"Navegue até :menuselection:`app Manutenção --> Manutenção --> Calendário de " +"manutenção` e clique em uma solicitação de manutenção existente. Na janela " +"pop-up resultante, localize o campo :guilabel:`Técnico`. O nome listado no " +"campo é o membro da equipe e é o usuário responsável por essa solicitação " +"específica." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "Maintenance request popover with Technician field shown." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pop-up de solicitação de manutenção com o campo Técnico exibido." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -27142,6 +28964,10 @@ msgid "" "displaying all the technicians (or team members) with requests currently " "open." msgstr "" +"Na extremidade direita da página, há uma coluna da barra lateral que contém " +"um calendário minimizado definido para a data de hoje e uma lista " +":guilabel:`Técnico` que exibe todos os técnicos (ou membros da equipe) com " +"solicitações abertas no momento." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:66 msgid "Equipment" @@ -27154,16 +28980,23 @@ msgid "" "as computers or tablets, power tools, machines used for manufacturing, and " "more." msgstr "" +"No Odoo *Manutenção*, *equipamento* refere-se a máquinas e ferramentas " +"usadas internamente nos centros de trabalho do armazém. Os equipamentos " +"podem incluir tecnologia, como computadores ou tablets, ferramentas " +"elétricas, máquinas usadas para fabricação e muito mais." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:73 msgid "Equipment categories" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Categorias de equipamentos" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:75 msgid "" "Each piece of equipment belongs to an *equipment category*. Before adding " "new equipment, make sure that a fitting equipment category is created." msgstr "" +"Cada peça de equipamento pertence a uma *categoria de equipamento*. Antes de" +" adicionar novos equipamentos, certifique-se de que uma categoria de " +"equipamento adequada seja criada." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -27171,15 +29004,22 @@ msgid "" "app --> Configuration --> Equipment Categories`, and click :guilabel:`New`. " "Doing so opens a blank equipment category form." msgstr "" +"Para criar uma nova categoria de equipamento, navegue até " +":menuselection:`app Manutenção --> Configuração --> Categorias de " +"equipamentos` e clique em :guilabel:`Novo`. Isso abre um formulário de " +"categoria de equipamento em branco." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "Equipment category form with various information filled out." msgstr "" +"Formulário de categoria de equipamento com várias informações preenchidas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:86 msgid "" "On the blank form, assign a name in the :guilabel:`Category Name` field." msgstr "" +"No formulário em branco, atribua um nome no campo :guilabel:`Nome da " +"categoria`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -27187,6 +29027,9 @@ msgid "" "the equipment in this category, if necessary. By default, the user who " "creates the category is selected as :guilabel:`Responsible`, by default." msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Responsável`, atribua um usuário para ser responsável " +"pelo equipamento nessa categoria, se necessário. Por padrão, o usuário que " +"cria a categoria é selecionado como :guilabel:`Responsável`, por padrão." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -27194,18 +29037,25 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company` field, and select the company in the database to whom " "the equipment in this category belongs." msgstr "" +"Se estiver em um ambiente com várias empresas, clique no menu suspenso no " +"campo :guilabel:`Empresa` e selecione a empresa na base de dados à qual " +"pertence o equipamento nessa categoria." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:95 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field, assign an email alias to this " "category, if necessary." msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Alias de e-mail`, atribua um alias de e-mail a essa " +"categoria, se necessário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:97 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Comments` field, type any comments or notes for internal " "users to reference in relation to this category, if necessary." msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Comentários`, digite comentários ou notas para que os " +"usuários internos façam referência a essa categoria, se necessário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -27213,6 +29063,10 @@ msgid "" "category, as well as any past or currently open maintenance requests, are " "available from the equipment category form." msgstr "" +"Depois que uma nova categoria de equipamento é criada, todos os equipamentos" +" pertencentes a essa categoria, bem como todas as solicitações de manutenção" +" passadas ou abertas no momento, ficam disponíveis no formulário de " +"categoria de equipamento." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -27220,10 +29074,16 @@ msgid "" "Categories`, and select a category to view. Locate the :guilabel:`Equipment`" " and :guilabel:`Maintenance` smart buttons at the top of the form." msgstr "" +"Navegue até :menuselection:`app Manutenção --> Configuração --> Categorias " +"de equipamento` e selecione uma categoria para visualizar. Localize os " +"botões inteligentes :guilabel:`Equipamentos` e :guilabel:`Manutenção` na " +"parte superior do formulário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "Equipment and Maintenance smart buttons on equipment category form." msgstr "" +"Botões inteligentes Equipamento e Manutenção no formulário de categoria de " +"equipamento." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -27231,10 +29091,14 @@ msgid "" " to this category. Click the :guilabel:`Maintenance` smart button to view " "any past, or currently open, maintenance requests." msgstr "" +"Clique no botão inteligente :guilabel:`Equipamentos` para visualizar todos " +"os equipamentos pertencentes a essa categoria. Clique no botão inteligente " +":guilabel:`Manutenção` para visualizar todas as solicitações de manutenção " +"antigas ou abertas no momento." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:117 msgid "Machines & tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Máquinas e Ferramentas" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -27242,6 +29106,9 @@ msgid "" "Equipment --> Machines & Tools`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This opens a " "blank equipment form." msgstr "" +"Para adicionar um novo equipamento, navegue até :menuselection:`app " +"Manutenção --> Equipamentos --> Máquinas e Ferramentas` e clique em " +":guilabel:`Novo`. Isso abre um formulário de equipamento em branco." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -27249,6 +29116,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Equipment Category` field, click the drop-down menu and select " "which category this new equipment should belong to." msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Nome`, atribua um nome para o novo equipamento. No campo" +" :guilabel:`Categoria de equipamento`, clique no menu suspenso e selecione a" +" qual categoria esse novo equipamento deve pertencer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -27256,16 +29126,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company` field, and select the company in the database to whom " "the new equipment belongs." msgstr "" +"Se estiver em um ambiente com várias empresas, clique no menu suspenso no " +"campo :guilabel:`Empresa` e selecione a empresa da base de dados à qual o " +"novo equipamento pertence." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:129 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Used By` field, select from one of three radio button " "options: :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Employee`, or :guilabel:`Other`." msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Usado por`, selecione uma das três opções de botão de " +"opção: :guilabel:`Departamento`, :guilabel:`Funcionário` ou " +":guilabel:`Outros`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "Left-hand side of information fields on new equipment form." msgstr "" +"Lado esquerdo dos campos de informações no formulário de novos equipamentos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -27273,6 +29150,10 @@ msgid "" "appears below the :guilabel:`Used By` field. Click the drop-down menu and " "select the department that uses this equipment." msgstr "" +"Se a opção :guilabel:`Departamento` for selecionada, um campo " +":guilabel:`Departamento` será exibido abaixo do campo :guilabel:`Usado por`." +" Clique no menu suspenso e selecione o departamento que usa esse " +"equipamento." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -27280,6 +29161,9 @@ msgid "" "below the :guilabel:`Used By` field. Click the drop-down menu, and select " "the employee who uses this equipment." msgstr "" +"Se :guilabel:`Funcionário` for selecionado, um campo :guilabel:`Funcionário`" +" aparecerá abaixo do campo :guilabel:`Usado por`. Clique no menu suspenso e " +"selecione o funcionário que usa esse equipamento." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -27288,6 +29172,10 @@ msgid "" " Click the drop-down menus for the respective fields, and choose which " "department and employee uses this equipment." msgstr "" +"Se a opção :guilabel:`Outros` for selecionada, os campos " +":guilabel:`Departamento` e :guilabel:`Funcionário` aparecerão abaixo do " +"campo :guilabel:`Usado por`. Clique nos menus suspensos dos respectivos " +"campos e escolha qual departamento e funcionário usa esse equipamento." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -27295,10 +29183,14 @@ msgid "" "this equipment. In the :guilabel:`Technician` field, select the team " "member/user responsible for this equipment." msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Equipe de manutenção`, selecione a equipe responsável " +"por esse equipamento. No campo :guilabel:`Técnico`, selecione o membro da " +"equipe/usuário responsável por esse equipamento." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "Right-hand side of information fields on new equipment form." msgstr "" +"Lado direito dos campos de informações no formulário de novos equipamentos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -27306,12 +29198,17 @@ msgid "" "equipment will be used, if not in an internal work center (e.g. in an " "office)." msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Usado no local`, digite o local em que esse equipamento " +"será usado, se não estiver em um centro de trabalho interno (por exemplo, em" +" um escritório)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:157 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Work Center` field, click the drop-down menu, and select " "which work center this equipment will be used in." msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Centro de trabalho`, clique no menu suspenso e selecione" +" em qual centro de trabalho esse equipamento será usado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -27319,20 +29216,26 @@ msgid "" "the form, add any relevant information describing the equipment for users to" " reference." msgstr "" +"No espaço em branco sob a aba :guilabel:`Descrição` na parte inferior do " +"formulário, adicione qualquer informação relevante que descreva o " +"equipamento para referência dos usuários." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:164 msgid "Product Information tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aba Informações sobre o produto" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:166 msgid "" "To add any relevant information while creating a new piece of equipment, " "from the equipment form, click the :guilabel:`Product Information` tab." msgstr "" +"Para adicionar qualquer informação relevante ao criar um novo equipamento, " +"no formulário de equipamento, clique na aba :guilabel:`Informações do " +"produto`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "Product Information tab with available fields below it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A aba Informações do produto com os campos disponíveis abaixo dela." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:173 msgid "" @@ -27340,6 +29243,9 @@ msgid "" " purchased. In the :guilabel:`Vendor Reference` field, add the product " "reference number obtained from the vendor, if applicable." msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Fornecedor`, adicione o fornecedor do qual o equipamento" +" foi comprado. No campo :guilabel:`Referência do fornecedor`, adicione o " +"número de referência do produto obtido do fornecedor, se aplicável." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:177 msgid "" @@ -27347,6 +29253,9 @@ msgid "" "applicable. If the equipment is serialized, add a serial number in the " ":guilabel:`Serial Number` field." msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Modelo`, especifique qual é o modelo desse equipamento, " +"se aplicável. Se o equipamento for serializado, adicione um número de série " +"no campo :guilabel:`Número de série`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:180 msgid "" @@ -27355,12 +29264,18 @@ msgid "" "first put in use, and will be used to compute the Mean Time Between Failure " "(MTBF) in the equipment's :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab." msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Data efetiva`, clique na data para exibir um pop-up de " +"calendário e selecione uma data. Essa data indica quando esse equipamento " +"foi colocado em uso pela primeira vez e será usada para calcular o tempo " +"médio entre falhas (MTBF) na aba :guilabel:`Manutenção` do equipamento." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:184 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Cost` field, specify how much the equipment cost to " "acquire, if applicable." msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Custo`, especifique quanto o equipamento custou para ser" +" adquirido, se aplicável." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:186 msgid "" @@ -27368,10 +29283,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date` by selecting a date from the calendar " "popover in that field." msgstr "" +"Se o equipamento estiver coberto por uma garantia, especifique a " +":guilabel:`Data do fim da garantia` selecionando uma data no popover do " +"calendário nesse campo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:190 msgid "Maintenance tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Equipes de manutenção" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:192 msgid "" @@ -27379,20 +29297,27 @@ msgid "" "are automatically computed, based on corrective maintenance, and planned " "preventive maintenance." msgstr "" +"Várias métricas de manutenção estão disponíveis para cada equipamento e são " +"computadas automaticamente, com base na manutenção corretiva e na manutenção" +" preventiva planejada." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:195 msgid "" "To view the maintenance metrics for a specific piece of equipment, from the " "equipment form, click the :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab." msgstr "" +"Para visualizar as métricas de manutenção de um equipamento específico, no " +"formulário do equipamento, clique na aba :guilabel:`Manutenção`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "Maintenance tab on equipment form showing computed metrics fields." msgstr "" +"A aba Manutenção no formulário de equipamento mostra campos de métricas " +"computadas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:202 msgid "Doing so reveals the following fields:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Isso abre os seguintes campos:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:204 msgid "" @@ -27400,6 +29325,9 @@ msgid "" " before the next failure is expected. This is the **only** field not greyed-" "out, and the **only** field users can edit." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tempo médio esperado entre falhas`: a quantidade de tempo (em " +"dias) antes que a próxima falha seja esperada. Esse é o **único** campo que " +"não está acinzentado e o **único** campo que os usuários podem editar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:207 msgid "" @@ -27407,18 +29335,25 @@ msgid "" "reported failures. This value is computed based on completed corrective " "maintenances." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tempo médio entre falhas`: a quantidade de tempo (em dias) entre " +"as falhas relatadas. Esse valor é calculado com base em manutenções " +"corretivas concluídas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:209 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`: the date on which the next failure is " "expected. This date is computed as the Latest Failure Date + |MTBF|." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Data da última falha`: a data em que a próxima falha é esperada. " +"Essa data é calculada como a Data da última falha + |MTB'F|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:211 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Latest Failure`: The date of the latest failure. The value in " "this field updates once a failure is reported for this equipment." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Última falha`: A data da última falha. O valor nesse campo é " +"atualizado quando uma falha é relatada para esse equipamento." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:213 msgid "" @@ -27426,10 +29361,13 @@ msgid "" "repair this equipment upon failure. This value updates once a maintenance " "request is completed for this equipment." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tempo médio de reparo`: o tempo (em dias) necessário para reparar" +" esse equipamento em caso de falha. Esse valor é atualizado quando uma " +"solicitação de manutenção é concluída para esse equipamento." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:217 msgid "Work centers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Centros de trabalho" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -27437,12 +29375,19 @@ msgid "" "equipment is being used in them, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance app" " --> Equipment --> Work Centers`, and click into a work center." msgstr "" +"Para visualizar os centros de trabalho onde o equipamento está sendo usado e" +" como o equipamento está sendo usado neles, navegue até :menuselection:`app " +"Manutenção --> Equipamento --> Centros de trabalho` e clique em um centro de" +" trabalho." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:223 msgid "" "From the resulting work center form, click the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab to " "view all machines and tools being used in that specific work center." msgstr "" +"No formulário do centro de trabalho resultante, clique na aba " +":guilabel:`Equipamento` para visualizar todas as máquinas e ferramentas que " +"estão sendo usadas nesse centro de trabalho específico." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:226 msgid "" @@ -27452,10 +29397,15 @@ msgid "" "maintenance metrics: its |MTBF|, |MTTR|, and :guilabel:`Est. Next Failure` " "date." msgstr "" +"Cada equipamento é listado com algumas informações relevantes: o " +":guilabel:`Nome do equipamento`, o :guilabel:`Técnico` responsável, a " +":guilabel:`Categoria do equipamento` a que pertence e algumas métricas de " +"manutenção importantes: sua data de |MTBF|, |MTTR| e :guilabel:`Est. da " +"próxima falha` date." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "List of equipment included in a work center." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lista de equipamentos incluídos em um centro de trabalho." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:235 msgid "" @@ -27463,12 +29413,18 @@ msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab. This opens" " an :guilabel:`Add: Maintenance Equipment` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Para adicionar novos equipamentos a um centro de trabalho diretamente do " +"formulário do centro de trabalho, clique em :guilabel:`Adicionar uma linha` " +"na aba :guilabel:`Equipamento`. Isso abre uma janela pop-up " +":guilabel:`Adicionar: Equipamento de manutenção\"." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:239 msgid "" "From the pop-up window, select the equipment that should be added to the " "work center, and click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "" +"Na janela pop-up, selecione o equipamento que deve ser adicionado ao centro " +"de trabalho e clique em :guilabel:`Selecione`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:7 msgid "Manufacturing" @@ -28277,7 +30233,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`../basic_setup/bill_configuration`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../basic_setup/bill_configuration`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst-1 msgid "A bill of materials for a semi-finished product." @@ -28845,15 +30801,17 @@ msgstr "" "Produtos --> Listas de materiais` e, em seguida, selecione uma |LM| ou crie " "uma nova clicando em :guilabel:`Novo`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:94 +msgid "Learn more" +msgstr "Saiba mais" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:32 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to properly configure a new |BOM|, see the " -"documentation on :ref:`creating a bill of materials " -"`." +"documentation on :doc:`creating a bill of materials " +"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" -"Para obter um guia completo sobre como configurar corretamente uma nova " -"|LM|, consulte a documentação sobre :ref:`criação de uma lista de materiais " -"`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -29056,232 +31014,441 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup.rst:5 msgid "Basic setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuração básica" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:3 msgid "Bill of materials" msgstr "Lista de materiais" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:9 msgid "" -"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " -"quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " -"It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines " -"needed to complete a production process." +"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) documents specific components, " +"along with their respective quantities, that are needed to produce or repair" +" a product. In Odoo, |BoMs| as blueprints for manufactured goods and kits, " +"and often include production operations and step-by-step guidelines, as " +"well." msgstr "" -"Uma *lista de materiais* (ou *LM*) é um documento que define a quantidade de" -" cada componente necessário para fabricar ou entregar um produto acabado. " -"Isso também pode incluir várias operações e as diretrizes de etapas " -"individuais necessárias para concluir um processo de produção." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:15 +msgid "BoM setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:17 msgid "" -"In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " -"linked to each product, so even product variants can have their own tailored" -" :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." +"To create a |BOM|, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> " +"Bills of Materials` and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -"No Odoo Fabricação, várias :abbr:`LMs (Listas de materiais)` podem ser " -"vinculadas a cada produto, de modo que até mesmo as variantes de produtos " -"podem ter suas próprias :abbr:`LMs` personalizadas." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " -"manufacturing process and save time." -msgstr "" -"A configuração correta de uma :abbr:`LM` ajuda a otimizar o processo de " -"fabricação e a economizar tempo." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:18 -msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" -msgstr "Configurar uma lista de materiais (LM)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" -"The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" -" or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " -"managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." +"Next, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type` to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`." msgstr "" -"A configuração mais simples de :abbr:`LM` é aquela sem operações ou " -"instruções, apenas componentes. Nesse caso, a produção é gerenciada " -"exclusivamente por *ordens de produção*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " -":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " -"of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the " -":guilabel:`Product`." +"Then, specify :ref:`required components ` and, if necessary, define any :ref:`manufacturing operations " +"`." msgstr "" -"Para criar uma :abbr:`LM` no módulo :guilabel:`Fabricação`, vá para " -":menuselection:`Produtos --> Listas de materiais`. Em seguida, clique em " -":guilabel:`Criar`. Em seguida, especifique o :guilabel:`produto`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:26 msgid "" -"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " -"product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." +"Individual |BOMs| can also be quickly accessed or created by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on any product form, as " +"accessible through the *Sales*, *Inventory*, and *Manufacturing* apps, as " +"well as through any internal links where a product is referenced (such as in" +" a field or a line item)." msgstr "" -"Uma :abbr:`LM` também pode ser criada diretamente a partir do formulário do " -"produto e, nesse caso, o campo :guilabel:`Produto` é pré-preenchido." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:31 -msgid "" -"For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" -" to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" -" to specify the various components that make up the production of the final " -"product and their respective quantities. New components can be created " -"quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created " -"beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> " -"Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "Show BoM for a product, with components listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "BoM for `Drawer`, displaying the **Components** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:38 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/kit_shipping`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`../subcontracting/subcontracting_basic`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:44 +msgid "Components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Components` tab of a |BOM|, specify components used to " +"manufacture the product by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the " +":guilabel:`Components` drop-down menu, select from existing products or " +"create a new product by typing the name and selecting either the " +":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option to quickly add the line item, or the " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` option to add the component and continue to " +"its configuration form." msgstr "" -"Para uma :abbr:`LM` padrão, defina o :guilabel:`Tipo de LM` como " -":guilabel:`Fabricar este produto`. Em seguida, clique em " -":guilabel:`Adicionar uma linha` para especificar os vários componentes que " -"compõem a produção do produto final e suas respectivas quantidades. Novos " -"componentes podem ser criados na hora na :abbr:`LM`, ou podem ser criados " -"antes em :menuselection:`Fabricação --> Produtos --> Produtos --> Criar`. " -"Por fim, clique em :guilabel:`Salvar` para concluir a criação da :abbr:`LM`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." -msgstr "Configurar uma lista de materiais." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:43 -msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" -msgstr "Especificar uma lista de materiais (LM) para uma variante de produto" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:45 -msgid "" -":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " -"Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." +msgid "Add a component by selecting it from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -":abbr:`LMs (listas de materiais) ` também podem ser atribuídas a *variantes " -"de produtos* específicas, com duas opções de configuração disponíveis para " -"escolha." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:56 msgid "" -"In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " -"the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " -"form." +"Optionally, access additional fields by clicking the :icon:`oi-settings-" +"adjust` :guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon to the far-right of the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab. Tick the checkboxes for the following features " +"to enable these columns:" msgstr "" -"Para atribuir :abbr:`LMs` às variantes do produto, os atributos de variante " -"do produto já devem estar configurados no formulário do produto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:60 msgid "" -"The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " -"variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" -" :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master " -":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and " -"specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply " -"on Variants` column." +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify which :doc:`product variant " +"<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>` each component is used in. " +"When the field is left blank, the component is used in all product variants." msgstr "" -"O primeiro método é criar uma :abbr:`LM` por variante, criando uma nova " -":abbr:`LM` e especificando a :guilabel:`variante de produto`. O segundo " -"método é criar uma :abbr:`LM` mestre que contenha todos os componentes e " -"especificar a qual variante cada componente se aplica usando a coluna " -":guilabel:`Aplicar em variantes`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." -msgstr "Variantes de produto na lista de materiais." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:62 -msgid "Set up operations" -msgstr "Configurar operações" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:66 msgid "" -"Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" -" instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" -" this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Operations`." +":guilabel:`Consumed in Operation`: specify the operation using the " +"component. Useful for determining :ref:`manufacturing readiness " +"`." msgstr "" -"Adicione uma :guilabel:`operação` a uma :abbr:`LM` para especificar " -"instruções de produção e registrar o tempo gasto em uma operação. Para usar " -"esse recurso, primeiro ative o recurso :guilabel:`Ordens de trabalho` em " -":menuselection:`Fabricação --> Configuração --> Definições --> Operações`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:68 msgid "" -"Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " -":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " -"operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a " -"name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like " -"components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the " -":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that " -"variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +":guilabel:`Manual Consumption`: tick the checkbox to force operators to " +"check the :guilabel:`Consumed` checkbox on a manufacturing order (MO)." msgstr "" -"Em seguida, ao criar uma nova :abbr:`LM`, clique na aba " -":guilabel:`Operações` e clique em :guilabel:`Adicionar uma linha` para " -"adicionar uma nova operação. Na caixa :guilabel:`Criar operações`, dê um " -"nome à operação, especifique o :guilabel:`Centro de trabalho` e as " -"configurações de duração. Assim como os componentes, o Odoo oferece a opção " -"de especificar uma variante de produto no campo :guilabel:`Aplicar em " -"variantes` para que a operação se aplique apenas a essa variante. " -"Finalmente, clique em :guilabel:`Salvar e Fechar`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show a manufacturing order, highlighting the *Consumed* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:75 msgid "" -"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " -":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" -" new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing " -"Operations` feature." +"Not doing so triggers the :guilabel:`Consumption Warning` error message, " +"where the consumed component quantity must be manually inputted. Otherwise, " +"the operation cannot be completed." msgstr "" -"Cada operação é única, pois está sempre vinculada exclusivamente a uma " -":abbr:`LM`. As operações podem ser reutilizadas durante a configuração de " -"uma nova :abbr:`LM`, com o recurso :guilabel:`Copiar operações existentes`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." -msgstr "Recurso Copiar operações existentes." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show the consumption warning error message." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:85 -msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" -msgstr "Adicionar subprodutos a uma lista de materiais (LM)" +msgid "Operations" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" -"A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " -"addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " -"the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)`." +"Add an *operation* to a |BOM| to specify instructions for production and " +"register time spent on an operation. To use this feature, first enable the " +"*Work Orders* feature by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the" +" :guilabel:`Work Orders` checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" -"Um *Subproduto* é um produto residual criado durante a produção, além do " -"produto principal de uma :abbr:`LM`. Ao contrário do produto principal, pode" -" haver mais de um subproduto em uma :abbr:`LM`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " -":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies`" msgstr "" -"Para adicionar subprodutos a uma :abbr:`LM (lista de materiais)`, primeiro " -"ative o recurso :guilabel:`Subprodutos` em :menuselection:`Fabricação --> " -"Configuração --> Definições --> Operações`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " -"of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " -":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which " -"operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in " -"Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "\"Work Orders\" feature in the Settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the |BOM| by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app " +"--> Products --> Bill of Materials` and selecting the desired |BOM|. To add " +"a new operation, go to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, and click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window, where the " +"various fields of the operation are configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: name of the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: select existing locations to perform the operation," +" or create a new work center by typing the name and selecting the " +":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify if this operation is only available " +"for certain product variants. If the operation applies to all product " +"variants, leave this field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Configuring BoMs for product variants " +"<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration Computation`: choose how time spent on the operation is " +"tracked. Opt for :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` to use the " +"operation's time tracker or :guilabel:`Set duration manually` if operators " +"can record and modify time themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Choosing the :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` option enables the " +":guilabel:`Based on last __ work orders` option, which automatically " +"estimates the time to complete this operation based on the last few " +"operations. Choosing :guilabel:`Set duration manually` enables the " +":guilabel:`Default Duration` field instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Duration`: estimated amount of time to complete the " +"operation; used for `planning manufacturing orders " +"`_ and determining `work center" +" availability `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company the |BOM| is available in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Include operation details in the :guilabel:`Work Sheet` tab. Choose " +":guilabel:`PDF` to attach a file or :guilabel:`Google Slide` with *public* " +"access to share a link. Select :guilabel:`Text` to type instructions in the " +":guilabel:`Description` text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Type `/` for a list of formatting options and features, including ChatGPT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show ChatGPT feature to generate instructions for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Fill out the Create Operations pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save \\& Close` to close the pop-up window. To add" +" more operations, click :guilabel:`Save & New` and repeat the same steps " +"above to configure another operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +"After creating an operation, click the :guilabel:`Copy Existing Operations` " +"button to choose an operation to duplicate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show Operation tab, highlighting the \"Copy Existing Operations\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:158 +msgid "Instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To add detailed instructions to operations, the *Quality* app must be " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add specific instructions to an existing operation by clicking the " +"operation's :icon:`fa-list-ul` :guilabel:`(list)` icon in the " +":guilabel:`Instructions` column. The number in the :guilabel:`Instructions` " +"column shows the number of existing detailed instructions there are for the " +"operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the Instructions column, and list icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:172 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Steps` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank " +"quality control point form where the new manufacturing step can be created. " +"Here, give the specific instruction a :guilabel:`Title` and set the " +":guilabel:`Type` to :guilabel:`Instructions`. In the " +":guilabel:`Instructions` tab of the form, write out the directions for the " +"step in the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Further customizations can be made here on this form, beyond ordinary " +"instructions, to also include specific types of quality control points that " +"carry specific (or complex) conditions. For more details about quality " +"control points refer the :doc:`Instruction check " +"<../../quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the page to add a quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:188 +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab contains more |BoM| configurations to " +"customize procurement, calculate costs, and define how components are " +"consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturing Readiness`: choosing :guilabel:`When components for" +" the 1st operation are available` shows the :guilabel:`Component Status` as " +"a **green** :guilabel:`Not Available`, when only the components that are " +"consumed in the first operation are in stock. This indicates that although " +"not all components are available, operators can at least begin with the " +"first operation. Choosing :guilabel:`When all components are available` " +"displays a **red** :guilabel:`Not Available` component status unless all " +"components are in available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Specify which operation consumes each component on the |BoM| in the " +":ref:`Manual Consumption field `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show the *Component Status* field on the manufacturing order dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:210 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Version`: displays the current |BoM| version, visible with the " +"Odoo *PLM* app installed for managing |BoM| changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:212 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Flexible Consumption`: specifies if components used can deviate " +"from the quantity defined on the |BoM|. Choose :guilabel:`Blocked` if " +"operators **must** adhere strictly to the |BoM| quantity. Otherwise, choose " +":guilabel:`Allowed` or :guilabel:`Allowed with Warning`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:215 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Routing`: select the preferred warehouse's manufacturing " +"operation type for products produced in multiple warehouses. If left blank, " +"this warehouse's `Manufacturing` operation type is used by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:218 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: select pre-created :doc:`analytic " +"distribution models " +"<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>` from the list " +"to automatically record the cost of manufacturing products in the chosen " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:221 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manuf Lead Time`: define the number of days needed to complete a " +"|MO| from the date of confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to prepare Manufacturing Order`: number of days needed to " +"replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +":doc:`Analytic distribution " +"<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:228 +msgid "" +":doc:`Lead times " +"<../../inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Miscellaneous* tab of the BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:236 +msgid "Add by-products to BoMs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:238 +msgid "" +"A *by-product* is a residual product that is created during production in " +"addition to the main product of a |BOM|. Unlike the primary product, there " +"can be more than one by-product on a |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To add by-products to a |BOM|, first enable the *By-Products* feature in " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`By-" +"Products` to enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "\"By Products\" feature in the settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, add by-products to a |BOM| by clicking the " +":guilabel:`By-products` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and fill in the " +":guilabel:`By-product`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Unit of " +"Measure`. Optionally, specify a :guilabel:`Produced in Operation` for the " +"by-product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The by-product, `Mush`, is created in the `Grind grapes` operation when " +"producing `Red Wine`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show sample by-product in the BoM." msgstr "" -"Depois que o recurso estiver ativado, você poderá adicionar subprodutos a " -"uma :abbr:`LM (Lista de Materiais) clicando na aba :guilabel:`Operações` e " -"clicando em :guilabel:`Adicionar uma linha`. Em seguida, nomeie o subproduto" -" e indique a :guilabel:`quantidade` e a :guilabel:`unidade de medida`. Se a " -":abbr:`LM` tiver operações configuradas, especifique exatamente em qual " -"operação o subproduto é produzido no campo :guilabel:`Produzido na " -"operação`. Por fim, clique em :guilabel:`Salvar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" @@ -29331,11 +31498,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." msgstr "A rota de fabricação na aba Inventário de uma página de produto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 +msgid "Lot/serial number tracking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The assignment of lots or serial numbers to newly manufactured products is " +"optional. To optionally :doc:`assign lots or serial numbers " +"<../../inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn>` to newly " +"manufactured products, go to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section in the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the :guilabel:`Tracking` field, select " +":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Doing so enables the *Lot/Serial Number* field on a manufacturing order, or " +"the *Register Production* instruction on a work order card in the *Shop " +"Floor* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 +msgid "\"Lot/Serial Number\" field on the MO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 +msgid "**Lot/Serial Number** field on the MO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Register Production** option to generate lot/serial number on a work order" +" card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:54 msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "Configurar uma lista de materiais (LM)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:56 msgid "" "Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " "manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" @@ -29345,7 +31548,7 @@ msgstr "" "saiba como ele é fabricado. Uma |LM| é uma lista dos componentes e operações" " necessários para fabricar um produto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " @@ -29363,7 +31566,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." msgstr "O botão inteligente Lista de materiais em uma página de produto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 msgid "" "On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." " In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" @@ -29373,7 +31576,7 @@ msgstr "" "produto. No campo :guilabel:`Quantidade`, especifique o número de unidades " "que o LM produz." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 msgid "" "Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" " clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " @@ -29391,7 +31594,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "A aba Componentes em uma lista de materiais." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:79 msgid "" "Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " "and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " @@ -29410,7 +31613,7 @@ msgstr "" "Fechar` para terminar de adicionar operações ou em :guilabel:`Salvar e Novo`" " para adicionar mais." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:86 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " "setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " @@ -29426,21 +31629,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "A aba Operações em uma lista de materiais." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:96 msgid "" "The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " "allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " "exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " "For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " -"to :ref:`create a bill of materials `." +"to :doc:`create a bill of materials `." msgstr "" -"A seção acima fornece instruções para a criação de uma |LM| básica que " -"permite que um produto seja fabricado no Odoo. No entanto, ela não é, de " -"forma alguma, um resumo exaustivo de todas as opções disponíveis ao " -"configurar uma |LM|. Para obter mais informações sobre listas de materiais, " -"consulte a documentação sobre como :ref:`criar uma lista de materiais " -"`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "One-step manufacturing" @@ -30165,6 +32361,9 @@ msgid "" "To switch to a newer version of Odoo, see the documentation on " ":doc:`upgrading a database <../../../../administration/upgrade>`." msgstr "" +"Para mudar para uma versão mais recente do Odoo, consulte a documentação " +"sobre :doc:`atualização de uma base de dados " +"<../../../../../administration/upgrade>`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:30 msgid "Navigation" @@ -30666,23 +32865,28 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:3 msgid "Shop Floor time tracking" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Controle de tempo no Chão de fábrica" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:8 msgid "" "By signing in to the Odoo *Shop Floor* module as *operators*, employees are " "able to track the amount of time they spend working on each work order." msgstr "" +"Ao fazer login no módulo *Chão de fábrica* do Odoo como *operadores*, os " +"funcionários podem rastrear o tempo que passam trabalhando em cada ordem de " +"serviço." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo tracks the time it takes to complete each work order, as well as the " "time each operator spends on each work order." msgstr "" +"O Odoo monitora o tempo que leva para concluir cada ordem de trabalho, bem " +"como o tempo que cada operador gasta em cada ordem." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:15 msgid "Operator sign in" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Login do operador" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -30691,6 +32895,10 @@ msgid "" "profile that is signed in to the database is automatically signed in as an " "operator." msgstr "" +"Para entrar no módulo *Chão de fábrica* como um operador, entre na base de " +"dados do Odoo e abra o módulo :menuselection:`Cão de fábrica`. O perfil do " +"funcionário que está conectado à base de dados é automaticamente conectado " +"como um operador." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -30699,12 +32907,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`show/hide panel (white square with black column on left side)` " "button, located in the top-left corner of the module." msgstr "" +"Todos os operadores ativos são listados no painel do operador no lado " +"esquerdo do módulo. O painel pode ser aberto ou recolhido clicando-se no " +"botão :guilabel:`mostrar/ocultar painel (quadrado branco com coluna preta no" +" lado esquerdo)`, localizado no canto superior esquerdo do módulo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst-1 msgid "" "The operator panel in the Shop Floor module, with the show/hide panel button" " above it." msgstr "" +"O painel do operador no módulo Chão de fábrica, com o botão mostrar/ocultar " +"o painel acima dele." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -30713,6 +32927,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Select Employee` pop-up window, which lists every employee that " "is able to sign in to the module." msgstr "" +"Para entrar no *Chão de fábrica* como um funcionário diferente, clique no " +"botão :guilabel:`+ Adicionar operador` na parte inferior do painel. Isso " +"abre a janela pop-up :guilabel:`Selecionar funcionário`, que lista todos os " +"funcionários que podem se conectar ao módulo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -30720,6 +32938,9 @@ msgid "" "is required to sign in as that employee, the profile will be signed in " "automatically." msgstr "" +"Clique em um funcionário específico para fazer login usando o perfil dele. " +"Se não for necessário um código PIN para fazer login como esse funcionário, " +"o perfil será conectado automaticamente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -30728,12 +32949,16 @@ msgid "" "using the number pad, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to sign in to the *Shop " "Floor* module." msgstr "" +"Se for necessário um código PIN, será exibida a janela pop-up " +":guilabel:`Senha?`, com um teclado numérico para inserir o código Digite o " +"código usando o teclado numérico e clique em :guilabel:`Confirmar` para " +"fazer login no módulo *Chão de fábrica*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst-1 msgid "" "The \"Password?\" pop-up window, which is used to enter an operator PIN " "code." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A janela pop-up \"Senha?\" usada para inserir o código PIN do operador." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -30742,6 +32967,10 @@ msgid "" " of the *Attendances* application, or sign in as a cashier in the *Point of " "Sale* application." msgstr "" +"É possível definir um código PIN para cada funcionário, que deve ser " +"inserido toda vez que ele entrar no módulo *Chão de fábrica*, fizer check-in" +" ou check-out no *Modo de quiosque* do aplicativo *Controle de presença* ou " +"entrar como caixa no aplicativo *Ponto de venda*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -30750,6 +32979,11 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`HR Settings` tab, and enter a numerical code in the " ":guilabel:`PIN Code` field." msgstr "" +"Para definir o PIN de um funcionário, navegue até o aplicativo " +":menuselection:`Funcionários` e selecione um funcionário específico. Na " +"parte inferior do formulário do funcionário, clique na aba " +":guilabel:`Configurações de RH` e digite um código numérico no campo " +":guilabel:`Código PIN`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -30758,6 +32992,11 @@ msgid "" "the panel can list multiple employees, only one employee can be active at " "any given time, on a single instance of the *Shop Floor* module." msgstr "" +"Depois do funcionário fazer login no módulo, seu nome aparece no painel do " +"operador, junto com todos os outros funcionários que fizeram login. Embora o" +" painel possa listar vários funcionários, somente um funcionário pode estar " +"ativo em um determinado momento, em uma única instância do módulo *Chão de " +"fábrica*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -30765,22 +33004,29 @@ msgid "" "employee appears highlighted in blue, while employees that are signed in, " "but not active, have their names faded out." msgstr "" +"Clique no nome de um funcionário para ativar o perfil dele. O funcionário " +"ativo aparece destacado em azul, enquanto os funcionários que estão " +"conectados, mas não ativos, ficam com o nome esmaecido." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:60 msgid "" "To sign out a specific employee from the module, click the :guilabel:`X " "(remove)` button next to their name, in the operator panel." msgstr "" +"Para desconectar um funcionário específico do módulo, clique no botão " +":guilabel:`X (remover)` ao lado do nome dele, no painel do operador." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:64 msgid "Track work order duration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Monitorar a duração da ordem de trabalho" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:66 msgid "" "To track time spent working on a work order, begin by selecting the employee" " working on it from the operator panel." msgstr "" +"Para monitorar o tempo despendido em uma ordem de trabalho, comece " +"selecionando o funcionário que está trabalhando nela no painel do operador." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -30790,6 +33036,11 @@ msgid "" "of the work center on the card for the manufacturing order (MO) that the " "work order is a part of." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, navegue até a página do centro de trabalho onde a ordem de " +"trabalho está programada. Isso pode ser feito selecionando o centro de " +"trabalho na navegação superior do módulo *Chão de fábrica*, ou clicando no " +"nome do centro de trabalho no cartão da ordem de produção (MO) da qual a " +"ordem de trabalho faz parte." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -30799,10 +33050,16 @@ msgid "" "header of the work order card, which tracks the collective time spent " "working on the work order, by all employees." msgstr "" +"Na página do centro de trabalho, localize o cartão da ordem de trabalho. " +"Quando o trabalho começar, clique no cabeçalho do cartão da ordem de " +"trabalho para começar a registrar o tempo necessário para a conclusão. Essa " +"duração é exibida por um cronômetro no cabeçalho do cartão da ordem de " +"trabalho, que rastreia o tempo coletivo gasto trabalhando na ordem de " +"trabalho por todos os funcionários." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst-1 msgid "A work order card with an active timer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Um cartão de ordem de trabalho com um cronômetro ativo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -30812,6 +33069,12 @@ msgid "" "order individually. This timer only reflects work done during the current " "session, even if the employee has previously worked on the work order." msgstr "" +"Além disso, o número de referência da ordem de trabalho aparece no painel do" +" operador, abaixo do nome do funcionário que está trabalhando nela, " +"juntamente com um segundo cronômetro, que rastreia o tempo que o funcionário" +" despendeu na ordem de trabalho. Esse cronômetro reflete apenas o trabalho " +"realizado durante a sessão atual, mesmo que o funcionário tenha trabalhado " +"anteriormente na ordem de trabalho." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -30819,10 +33082,16 @@ msgid "" " their time for each. The reference number for each work order being worked " "on appears below the employee's name, along with a timer." msgstr "" +"Os funcionários podem trabalhar em várias ordens de trabalho simultaneamente" +" e monitorar seu tempo em cada uma delas. O número de referência de cada " +"ordem de trabalho que está sendo realizada aparece abaixo do nome do " +"funcionário, juntamente com um cronômetro." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst-1 msgid "An employee card in the operator panel, showing two work order timers." msgstr "" +"Um cartão de funcionário no painel do operador, mostrando dois cronômetros " +"de ordens de trabalho." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -30830,6 +33099,9 @@ msgid "" "below the employee's name on the operator panel, click the header a second " "time." msgstr "" +"Para pausar o cronômetro no cartão de ordem de trabalho e remover a ordem da" +" parte inferior do nome do funcionário no painel do operador, clique no " +"cabeçalho uma segunda vez." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -30837,10 +33109,14 @@ msgid "" "at the bottom of the work order card, which causes the card to fade away. If" " the timer is still active, it stops once the card disappears completely." msgstr "" +"Quando a ordem for concluída, clique no botão :guilabel:`Marcar como " +"concluído` na parte inferior do cartão da ordem de trabalho, o que faz com " +"que o cartão desapareça. Se o cronômetro ainda estiver ativo, ele será " +"interrompido quando o cartão desaparecer completamente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:104 msgid "View work order duration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visualizar a duração da ordem de trabalho" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -30848,6 +33124,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, " "and select an |MO|." msgstr "" +"Para visualizar a duração de uma ordem de trabalho, navegue até " +":menuselection:`app Fabricação --> Operações --> Ordens de produção` e " +"selecione uma |MO|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -30856,6 +33135,10 @@ msgid "" "clicking on the :guilabel:`X (close)` button on the right side of the " "filter." msgstr "" +"Para visualizar e selecionar |MOs| que foram concluídas e marcadas como " +"*Concluído*, remova o filtro :guilabel:`A fazer` da barra " +":guilabel:`Pesquisar…`, clicando no botão :guilabel:`X (fechar)` no lado " +"direito do filtro." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -30864,6 +33147,10 @@ msgid "" "each work order is displayed in the :guilabel:`Real Duration` column of the " "tab." msgstr "" +"Na página da |MO|, clique na aba :guilabel:`Ordens de trabalho` para ver uma" +" lista de todas as ordens de trabalho incluídas na |MO|. O tempo necessário " +"para concluir cada ordem de serviço é exibido na coluna :guilabel:`Duração " +"real` da aba." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -30872,6 +33159,2577 @@ msgid "" " Floor* module, as well as time tracked on the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab " "of the |MO| itself." msgstr "" +"A *Duração real* representa o tempo total dependido por todos os " +"funcionários que trabalharam na ordem. Isso inclui o tempo registrado no " +"módulo *Chão de fábrica*, bem como o tempo registrado na aba " +":guilabel:`Ordens de trabalho` da própria |MO|." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "Subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a " +"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" +" then sold by the contracting company." +msgstr "" +"Em fabricação, *subcontratação* é o processo de uma empresa que contrata um " +"fabricante terceirizado, ou subcontratado, para fabricar produtos que são " +"vendidos pela empresa contratante." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting " +"company and the subcontractor." +msgstr "" +"A subcontratação oferece vários benefícios, tanto para a empresa contratante" +" quanto para o subcontratado." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide " +"variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in" +" and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the " +"manufacturing themselves." +msgstr "" +"Com subcontratação, a empresa contratante pode vender uma ampla variedade de" +" produtos manufaturados, sem ter que se preocupar com o investimento e " +"manutenção dos equipamentos e com a mão de obra necessários para realizar a " +"fabricação por conta própria." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:19 +msgid "" +"This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, " +"as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with " +"subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they " +"are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized " +"work to subcontractors." +msgstr "" +"Isso ajuda as empresas contratantes a se manter flexíveis durante os ciclos " +"econômicos, pois podem facilmente aumentar ou diminuir seus compromissos com" +" os subcontratados, conforme a necessidade do momento atual. Isso também " +"significa que elas podem se concentrar nas tarefas em que são excelentes, " +"enquanto delegam trabalhos mais especializados aos subcontratados." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors " +"to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as " +"profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain " +"arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which " +"projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given " +"time." +msgstr "" +"Do outro lado da relação, a subcontratação permite que os subcontratados se " +"especializem em áreas de produção mais específicas, que podem não ser tão " +"lucrativas fora dos limites de um contrato de subcontratação. Em " +"determinados acordos, também lhes proporciona a flexibilidade de escolher " +"quais projetos aceitar ou recusar e em quantos trabalhar em um determinado " +"momento." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a " +"variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what" +" happens to finished products once they are manufactured." +msgstr "" +"No Odoo, as empresas podem configurar seus fluxos de trabalho de " +"subcontratação com base em uma variedade de fatores diferentes, incluindo " +"como os componentes são obtidos e o que acontece com os produtos acabados " +"depois de fabricados." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " +":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" +"Para ativar a subcontratação no Odoo, navegue até :menuselection:`app " +"Fabricação --> Configuração --> Definições` e marque a caixa de seleção ao " +"lado da configuração :guilabel:`Subcontratação`, sob o título " +":guilabel:`Operações`. Em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Salvar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst-1 +msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." +msgstr "configuração de subcontratação no aplicativo Fabricação." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:62 +msgid "" +"With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in " +"Odoo:" +msgstr "" +"Com a subcontratação ativada, alguns recursos diferentes ficam disponíveis " +"no Odoo:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:64 +msgid "" +"On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a " +"*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates" +" the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that" +" it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the " +"Odoo database." +msgstr "" +"Nas listas técnicas (BoMs), o campo *Tipo de LM* agora inclui uma opção " +"*Subcontratação*. A ativação do tipo *Subcontratação* designa o produto da " +"lista de materiais como produto subcontratado, o que significa que o Odoo " +"sabe que ele é produzido por um subcontratado, e não pela empresa " +"proprietária da base de dados do Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can " +"be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product " +"pages:" +msgstr "" +"Duas rotas de subcontratação ficam disponíveis no aplicativo *Inventário* e " +"podem ser atribuídas a produtos específicos, na aba *Inventário* de suas " +"páginas de produto:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*" +msgstr "*Reposição sob demanda para subcontratação*" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:72 +msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*" +msgstr "*Envio direto sob demanda para subcontratação*" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:75 +msgid "Subcontracting workflows" +msgstr "Fluxos de trabalho de subcontratação" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference " +"between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:" +msgstr "" +"No Odoo, há três fluxos de trabalho de subcontratação, sendo que a principal" +" diferença entre eles é *como* o subcontratado obtém os componentes " +"necessários:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully " +"responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the " +":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_basic` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " +"sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This " +"workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " +"purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to " +"the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the " +":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary " +"to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to" +" products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" +"Além de como o subcontratado obtém componentes, também é necessário " +"considerar por que um produto está sendo subcontratado, bem como o que " +"acontece com os produtos depois que eles são fabricados pelo subcontratado." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:94 +msgid "" +"In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are " +"to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand." +msgstr "" +"No que tange ao motivo pelo qual um produto está sendo subcontratado, os " +"dois principais motivos são: atender a um pedido do cliente e reabastecer a " +"quantidade de estoque disponível." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:97 +msgid "" +"In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can " +"either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an " +"end customer." +msgstr "" +"Em termos do que acontece com os produtos depois que eles são fabricados, " +"eles podem ser enviados para a empresa contratante ou enviados diretamente " +"para um cliente final (dropship)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured" +" to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are " +"outlined in their respective documentation." +msgstr "" +"Cada um dos três fluxos de trabalho de subcontratação descritos acima pode " +"ser configurado para facilitar qualquer uma dessas possibilidades, e os " +"métodos para isso estão descritos em suas respectivas documentações." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:104 +msgid "Subcontracted product valuation" +msgstr "Valoração de produtos subcontratados" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different " +"variables:" +msgstr "" +"A valoração de um produto subcontratado depende de algumas variáveis " +"diferentes:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;" +" from here on referred to as `C`." +msgstr "" +"O custo dos componentes necessários, se fornecidos pela empresa contratante;" +" doravante denominado `C`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`." +msgstr "" +"O preço pago ao subcontratado pelo serviço de fabricação do produto " +"subcontratado; doravante referido como `M`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them " +"shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`." +msgstr "" +"O custo de envio de componentes para o subcontratado e sua devolução para a " +"empresa contratante; doravante denominado `S`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor" +" to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`." +msgstr "" +"O custo de envio direto, se os componentes forem enviados pelo subcontratado" +" para o cliente final; daqui em diante denominado `D`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred " +"to as `x`." +msgstr "" +"Quaisquer outros custos associados, como impostos de importação, etc.; " +"doravante denominados `x`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be " +"represented by the following equation:" +msgstr "" +"Portanto, a valoração total de um produto subcontratado (`P`) pode ser " +"representada pela seguinte equação:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"P = C + M + S + D + x\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"P = C + M + S + D + x\n" +"\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:124 +msgid "" +"It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will " +"include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not " +"dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost" +" of dropshipping." +msgstr "" +"É importante observar que nem toda valoração de produto subcontratado " +"incluirá todas essas variáveis. Por exemplo, se o produto não for enviado " +"por dropshipping para o cliente final, não será necessário considerar o " +"custo do envio direto." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Basic subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " +"certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " +"purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " +"the product's vendor to delivery the product to the purchasing company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For subcontracted products specifically, delivery lead times can be " +"configured to take into account the amount of time required for the " +"subcontractor to manufacture a product. Doing so allows the contracting " +"company to better predict the delivery dates of subcontracted products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Like all lead times in Odoo, lead times for subcontracted products are only " +"an estimate, and are based on how long actions are *expected* to take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " +"means that lead times should not be viewed as guarantees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`basic subcontracting ` workflow " +"to manufacture a product, a company is not responsible for supplying the " +"subcontractor with the necessary components. This means that the only " +"factors affecting the delivery date of a product are the amount of time it " +"takes the subcontractor to manufacture and deliver it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time that considers " +"both of these factors, the *Expected Arrival* date displayed on purchase " +"orders (POs) for the product more accurately reflects the amount of time " +"required for both manufacturing and delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 +msgid "Product delivery lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " +"subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has been added, enter the number of days it takes " +"them to manufacture and deliver the product, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead" +" Time` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Delivery Lead Time field for a subcontractor, on the Purchase tab of a " +"product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Multiple subcontractors can be added to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a " +"product's page, and a different :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` can be set " +"for each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:57 +msgid "Lead time workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 +msgid "" +"After setting a delivery lead time for a product's vendor, create an |RfQ| " +"by navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase " +"Orders`, and clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Specify the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the " +"product in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and " +"adding a quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once a product has been added, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field on the" +" |RfQ| auto-populates with a date that reflects the vendor's delivery lead " +"time, as specified on the product's page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If the date needs to be adjusted, click on the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` " +"field to open a calendar popover, and select the desired date. Make sure not" +" to choose a date sooner than the one that was auto-populated, unless the " +"subcontractor has confirmed that they are able to deliver the product by " +"that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` on the |RfQ| to turn it into a " +"|PO|. At this point, the subcontractor should begin manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, before delivering it to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Tricycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends requires three days to manufacture a tricycle, plus" +" an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " +"tricycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " +"two days for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:88 +msgid "" +"On May 3rd, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| to purchase one tricycle from Bike " +"Friends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date listed on the |PO| is May 8th, five " +"days after the :guilabel:`Confirmation Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Expected Arrival date on a PO for a subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Bike Friends begins manufacturing the tricycle on May 3rd — the day that the" +" |PO| is confirmed — and finishes on May 6th, three days later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The tricycle is then shipped to Mike's Bikes the same day, and they receive " +"it on May 8th, two days later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " +"certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " +"purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " +"the product's vendor to deliver the product to the purchasing company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Certain subcontracted products require the contracting company to supply the" +" subcontractor with manufacturing components. In this case, a *manufacturing" +" lead time* can be used, in addition to the delivery lead time, to generate " +"the date on which the subcontractor must receive the required components, in" +" order to manufacture the product and deliver it on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In cases where components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, an " +"additional delivery lead time can be set for each component. This should be " +"set to the amount of time it takes the vendor to deliver components to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once a delivery lead time has been set on a component, dropship orders for " +"the component display the date by which the order must be confirmed, so that" +" it can be dropshipped to the subcontractor by the date on which " +"manufacturing must begin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order " +"` route, a company is responsible for purchasing " +"the necessary components from a vendor, and having them dropshipped directly" +" to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 +msgid "" +"This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, it is also necessary " +"to consider how long it takes the component vendor to dropship the " +"components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:48 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a *delivery lead time*, specifying a " +"*manufacturing lead time* on the product's BoM, and assigning the vendor of " +"the components an additional *delivery lead time*, *Dropship Subcontractor* " +"orders for the product's components display the deadline for confirming a " +"dropship order to send the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " +":guilabel:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:61 +msgid "Product manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a BoM" +" from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 +msgid "" +"On the |BoM|, select the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the same number of days that was " +"entered in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` field of the |BoM|'s product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Manuf. Lead Time field on a product's BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 +msgid "" +"While not all of these days are actually used for manufacturing by the " +"subcontractor, setting the same number of days in each field tells Odoo that" +" the subcontractor must receive the components and begin production by the " +"start of the product's delivery lead time. This gives the subcontractor " +"enough time to both manufacture and deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 +msgid "Component delivery lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:92 +msgid "" +"From the product's BoM, navigate to each component by clicking on the " +"component in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and then clicking the " +":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` button to the right of the " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:96 +msgid "" +"On the product page for each component, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab." +" If the vendor has not already been added, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor has been added, enter the number of days it takes them to " +"dropship the product to the subcontractor, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " +"Time` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:104 +msgid "Dropship subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Create a request for quotation (RfQ) for the product by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`, and " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Specify the subcontractor in :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the product" +" in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, " +"selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and specifying a " +"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:113 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" +" time for the component vendor to dropship the components, and the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " +"auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " +"of the product. However, this does not consider the time it takes to " +"dropship the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:121 +msgid "" +"When purchasing a product subcontracted using the *Dropship Subcontractor on" +" Order* route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " +"extra time needed for the components to be delivered to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Since production does not begin until they receive the components, leaving " +"the date as is results in the finished product arriving *after* the date " +"listed on the |RfQ|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " +"so creates a second |RfQ| to purchase the components from the dropshipper, " +"and have them sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for " +"Quotation`, and select the |RfQ| that lists the dropshipper in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 +msgid "" +"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field lists the date on which" +" the subcontractor must receive the components, in order to deliver the " +"finished product by the *Expected Arrival* date listed on the subcontractor " +"|PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Order Deadline` field lists the latest date on which the " +"|RfQ| can be confirmed, in order for the dropshipper to deliver the " +"components to the subcontractor by the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|, and confirm " +"the purchase of the components from the dropshipper. Doing so causes a " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to appear at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to open the dropship order. This" +" order can also be accessed from the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button that " +"now appears on the subcontractor |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:149 +msgid "" +"After the dropshipper has delivered the components to the subcontractor, " +"click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the dropship order to " +"confirm that the subcontractor has received the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor receives the components, they begin manufacturing the" +" component, before delivering it to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Bicycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes must purchase the required components from vendor Bike World, " +"and have them dropshipped to Bike Friends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:164 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each bicycle, plus " +"an addition two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:167 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for bicycle" +" manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus two days " +"for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:170 +msgid "" +"On the bicycle's BoM, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days as " +"well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered to " +"the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:173 +msgid "" +"On the product pages for each of the bicycle's components, they assign Bike " +"World a delivery lead time of two days. This is the amount of time it takes " +"Bike World to dropship each component directly to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:177 +msgid "" +"On May 10th, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| for one bicycle, with an expected " +"delivery date of May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:180 +msgid "" +"The |RfQ| for purchasing the components from Bike World and having them " +"dropshipped to Bike Friends has an Expected Arrival date of May 12th, and a " +"Deadline of May 10th. The |RfQ| must be confirmed by the deadline in order " +"for Bike Friends to receive the components by the Expected Arrival date, " +"giving them enough time to deliver the finished bicycle to Mike's Bikes by " +"May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Order Deadline and Expected Arrival dates on a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes confirms the |RfQ| on May 10th, and Bike World delivers the " +"components to Bike Friends on May 12th. Bike Friends manufactures the " +"bicycle, and delivers it to Mike's Bikes on May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " +"means that lead times should **not** be viewed as guarantees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order " +"` route, a company is responsible for supplying the" +" subcontractor with the necessary components. As a result, the subcontractor" +" cannot begin manufacturing until the components have been received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, the date they receive " +"the components must also be considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:39 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time, and specifying " +"a manufacturing lead time on the product's bill of materials (BoM), " +"*Resupply Subcontractor* orders for the product's components display the " +"deadline by which the subcontractor must receive the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " +"subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a " +"|BoM| from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:80 +msgid "Resupply subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" +" time for the subcontractor to receive the components, manufacture the " +"product, and deliver it back to the subcontracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " +"auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " +"of the product. However, this does **not** consider the time it takes to " +"ship the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:98 +msgid "" +"When purchasing a product subcontracted using the Resupply Subcontractor on " +"Order route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " +"extra time needed for the components to be shipped to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " +"so causes a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to appear at the top of the " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to open the resupply " +"subcontractor order, which is the order created to send components to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Deadline` field on the resupply subcontractor order shows the" +" deadline for the subcontractor to receive the components, in order for them" +" to have enough time to manufacture and deliver the finished product by the " +"Expected Arrival date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field should display the latest date on which" +" components can be shipped, while still arriving to the subcontractor by the" +" :guilabel:`Deadline`. However, by default, the date displayed is the same " +"as the date in the :guilabel:`Deadline` field, and must be updated to take " +"into account the time required for shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field to open a calendar popover " +"from which a date can be selected. Select a date that allows for the " +"components to be delivered by the :guilabel:`Deadline` on the resupply " +"subcontractor order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:124 +msgid "" +"After the components are shipped, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at " +"the top of the order to confirm they have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Unicycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes must supply Bike Friends with the necessary components for " +"manufacturing the unicycles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:137 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each unicycle, plus" +" an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:140 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " +"unicycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " +"two days for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:143 +msgid "" +"On the unicycle's |BoM|, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days, " +"as well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered " +"to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 +msgid "" +"They confirm a |PO| for one unicycle, with an expected arrival date of May " +"30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The resupply subcontractor order for shipping the components to the " +"subcontractor shows a *Deadline* of May 25th. The subcontractor must receive" +" the components by this date, in order to have enough time to manufacture " +"the unicycle, and deliver it by May 30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:152 +msgid "" +"It takes Mike's Bikes two days to deliver the components, so they update the" +" *Scheduled Date* field on the resupply subcontractor order to May 23rd, two" +" days before the Deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Scheduled Date and Deadline fields on a resupply subcontractor order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes ships the components to Bike Friends on the scheduled date of " +"May 23rd, and they arrive on the deadline of May 25th. This gives Bike " +"Friends enough time to manufacture the unicycle, and ship it back to Mike's " +"Bikes by the expected arrival date of May 30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:3 +msgid "Basic subcontracting" +msgstr "Subcontratação básica" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a " +"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" +" then sold by the contracting company." +msgstr "" +"Em fabricação, subcontratação é o processo de uma empresa que contrata um " +"fabricante terceirizado, ou subcontratado, para fabricar produtos que são " +"vendidos pela empresa contratante." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the " +"necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to " +"worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced." +msgstr "" +"Na subcontratação básica, o subcontratado é responsável por adquirir os " +"componentes necessários. Isso significa que a empresa contratante só precisa" +" se preocupar com o que acontece com os produtos subcontratados depois que " +"são produzidos." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic " +"subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-" +"subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that " +"subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted " +"products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be " +"manufactured by them." +msgstr "" +"O fluxo de trabalho para a compra de um produto fabricado por subcontratação" +" básica é semelhante ao usado na compra de um produto não subcontratado de " +"um fornecedor. As principais diferenças são a forma como os produtos " +"subcontratados são configurados e o fato de que os produtos subcontratados " +"levam mais tempo para serem enviados pelo fornecedor, pois primeiro precisam" +" ser fabricados por ele." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " +":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" +"Para usar subcontratação no Odoo, navegue até :menuselection:`app Fabricação" +" --> Configuração --> Definições` e marque a caixa de seleção ao lado da " +"configuração :guilabel:`Subcontratação`, sob o título :guilabel:`Operações`." +" Em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Salvar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary" +" to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|." +msgstr "" +"Quando a configuração :guilabel:`Subcontratação` estiver ativada, também " +"será necessário configurar adequadamente o produto subcontratado e a |LM| do" +" produto." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53 +msgid "Configure product" +msgstr "Configurar produtos" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" +"Para configurar um produto para subcontratação básica, navegue até " +":menuselection:`app Inventário --> Produtos --> Produtos` e selecione um " +"produto ou crie um novo produto clicando em :guilabel:`Novo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the " +"product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, " +"selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and " +"entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." +msgstr "" +"No formulário do produto, selecione a aba :guilabel:`Compra` e adicione o " +"subcontratado do produto como um fornecedor clicando em :guilabel:`Adicionar" +" uma linha`, selecionando o subcontratado no menu suspenso " +":guilabel:`Fornecedor` e inserindo um preço no campo :guilabel:`Preço`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`" +" field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished " +"product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, clique na aba :guilabel:`Inventário` e use o campo " +":guilabel:`Rotas` para configurar uma rota que determina o que acontece com " +"o produto acabado depois que ele é fabricado pelo subcontratado." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " +"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" +"Se o produto acabado for enviado de volta para a empresa contratante, " +"certifique-se de que a rota :guilabel:`Comprar` esteja selecionada. Além " +"disso, selecione a rota :guilabel:`Reposição por pedido (sob demanda)` para " +"criar automaticamente um |PO| para o produto após a confirmação de um pedido" +" de venda (SO), a menos que haja estoque suficiente para atender ao |SO|." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " +"subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " +"selected." +msgstr "" +"Se o produto acabado for enviado diretamente ao cliente pelo subcontratado, " +"certifique-se de que **apenas** a rota :guilabel:`Envio direto` esteja " +"selecionada." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83 +msgid "Configure BoM" +msgstr "Configurar o LM" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|." +msgstr "" +"Para configurar uma |LM| para subcontratação básica, clique no botão " +"inteligente :guilabel:`Lista de materiais` no formulário do produto e " +"selecione a |LM| em questão." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " +"--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product." +msgstr "" +"Como alternativa, navegue até :menuselection:`app Fabricação --> Produtos " +"--> Listas de materiais` e selecione a |LM| do produto subcontratado." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials " +"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation." +msgstr "" +"Para obter uma visão geral completa da configuração |LM|, consulte a " +"documentação :doc:`Lista de materiais <../basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` " +"option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the " +":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." +msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Tipo de LM`, selecione a opção " +":guilabel:`Subcontratação`. Em seguida, adicione um ou mais subcontratados " +"no campo :guilabel:`Subcontratados` que aparece abaixo." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using" +" subcontracting." +msgstr "" +"O campo \"Tipo de LM\" em uma LM, configurado para fabricar o produto usando" +" subcontratação." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when " +"calculating the product's expected arrival date." +msgstr "" +"Por fim, clique na aba :guilabel:`Diversos`. No campo :guilabel:`Prazo de " +"entrega da fabricação\", digite o número de dias que o subcontratado leva " +"para fabricar o produto. Esse número é levado em consideração ao calcular a " +"data de chegada prevista do produto." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:81 +msgid "" +"When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for " +"manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" +"Ao usar a subcontratação básica, não há necessidade de listar os componentes" +" na aba :guilabel:`Componentes` do |LM|, uma vez que os componentes " +"necessários para a fabricação e os meios pelos quais eles são adquiridos são" +" tratados pelo subcontratado." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:86 +msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "Fluxo de trabalho básico de subcontratação" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:88 +msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:" +msgstr "" +"O fluxo de trabalho básico de subcontratação consiste em até quatro etapas:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " +"|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" +"Crie um pedido de vendas (SO) para o produto subcontratado; ao fazer isso, " +"você cria um |PO| para comprar o produto do subcontratado." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a receipt order or a dropship order." +msgstr "" +"Confirme o |PO| criado na etapa anterior ou crie um novo |PO|; isso cria um " +"pedido de recebimento ou um pedido de envio direto." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, " +"**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" +"Processe o recebimento depois que o subcontratado terminar de fabricar o " +"produto subcontratado e enviá-lo de volta para a empresa contratante, **OU**" +" processe o pedido de dropship para enviar o produto diretamente para o " +"cliente." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" +" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " +"product is shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" +"Se o fluxo de trabalho tiver sido iniciado com a criação de um |SO| e o " +"produto acabado não for enviado para o cliente final, processe o pedido de " +"entrega assim que o produto for enviado para o cliente." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted " +"product is being purchased from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" +"O número específico de etapas depende do motivo pelo qual o produto " +"subcontratado está sendo comprado do subcontratado." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " +"with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer," +" or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." +msgstr "" +"Se o motivo for atender a um pedido específico de um cliente, o processo " +"começa com a criação de um |SO| e termina com a entrega do produto ao " +"cliente ou com o envio do produto pelo subcontratado." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process " +"starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into " +"inventory." +msgstr "" +"Se o motivo for aumentar a quantidade de estoque disponível, o processo " +"começa com a criação de um |PO| e termina com o recebimento do produto no " +"inventário." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169 +msgid "Create SO" +msgstr "Criar pedido de venda (SO)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171 +msgid "" +"It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased" +" from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being " +"purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next " +"step." +msgstr "" +"Só é necessário concluir essa etapa se o produto estiver sendo comprado do " +"subcontratado para atender a uma necessidade do cliente. Se o produto " +"estiver sendo comprado para aumentar a quantidade de estoque disponível, " +"passe para a próxima etapa." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " +"Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" +"Para criar um novo |SO|, navegue até :menuselection:`app Vendas --> Pedidos " +"--> Pedidos` e clique em :guilabel:`Novo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a " +"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a" +" quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" +"Selecione o cliente no menu suspenso :guilabel:`Cliente`. Em seguida, clique" +" em :guilabel:`Adicionar um produto` na guia :guilabel:`Linhas de pedido`, " +"selecione um produto subcontratado no menu suspenso :guilabel:`Produto` e " +"insira uma quantidade no campo :guilabel:`Quantidade`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens" +" the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" +"Clique em :guilabel:`Confirmar` para confirmar a |SO| e, nesse momento, um " +"botão inteligente :guilabel:`Compras` será exibido na parte superior da " +"página. Isso abre o |PO| criado para comprar o produto subcontratado do " +"subcontratante." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:128 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough " +"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" +"Um |SO| para o produto só cria uma |PO| se a rota *Reposição por pedido (sob" +" demanda)* estiver ativada no formulário do produto, **e** não houver " +"estoque suficiente do produto disponível para atender o |SO|." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates" +" a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Se houver estoque suficiente em mãos, a confirmação de uma |SO| para o " +"produto cria um pedido de entrega, porque o Odoo assume que o |SO| é " +"atendido usando o estoque no armazém." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193 +msgid "" +"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " +"end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is " +"enough stock on-hand." +msgstr "" +"Esse não é o caso de produtos subcontratados que são enviados por dropship " +"ao cliente final. Nesse caso, um |PO| é **sempre** criado, mesmo que haja " +"estoque suficiente em mãos." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197 +msgid "Process PO" +msgstr "Processar pedido de compra (PO)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:140 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to " +":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the " +"|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to " +"the next step." +msgstr "" +"Se um |PO| tiver sido criado na etapa anterior, navegue até ela clicando no " +"botão inteligente :guilabel:`Compras` na parte superior do |SO| ou acessando" +" o :guilabel:`app Compras --> Pedidos --> Pedidos de compra` e selecionando " +"o |PO|. Em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Confirmar pedido` para confirmá-lo " +"e passar para a próxima etapa." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" +"Se não tiver sido criado um |PO| na etapa anterior, faça-o agora navegando " +"até :menuselection:`app Compras --> Pedidos --> Pedidos de compra` e " +"clicando em :guilabel:`Novo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a " +"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the " +"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." +msgstr "" +"Comece a prencher o |PO| selecionando um subcontratado no menu suspenso " +":guilabel:`Fornecedor`. Na aba :guilabel:`Produtos`, clique em " +":guilabel:`Adicionar um produto` para criar uma nova linha de produtos. " +"Selecione um produto subcontratado no campo :guilabel:`Produto` e insira a " +"quantidade no campo :guilabel:`Quantidade`. Por fim, clique em " +":guilabel:`Confirmar pedido` para confirmar o |PO|." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:153 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic " +"subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and " +"can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" +"Quando uma |PO| é confirmada para um produto fabricado por subcontratação " +"básica, um recebimento ou pedido de envio direto é criado automaticamente e " +"pode ser acessado pelo botão inteligente :guilabel:`Recebimento` ou " +":guilabel:`Envio direto` correspondente na parte superior da |PO|." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 +msgid "" +"A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " +"top of the page." +msgstr "" +"Um PO para um produto básico de subcontratação, com o botão inteligente " +"Recebimento na parte superior da página." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 +msgid "" +"PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " +"top of the page." +msgstr "" +"Um PO para um produto básico de subcontratação, com o botão inteligente " +"Recebimento na parte superior da página." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242 +msgid "Process receipt or dropship order" +msgstr "Processar recebimento ou pedido de envio direto" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " +"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " +"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " +"`." +msgstr "" +"Depois que o subcontratado termina de fabricar o produto, ele o envia para a" +" empresa contratante ou faz o envio direto para o cliente final, dependendo " +"de como o produto foi :ref:`configurado " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251 +msgid "" +"If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, " +"once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " +"Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." +msgstr "" +"Se o subcontratado enviar o produto acabado para a empresa contratante, " +"depois que ele for recebido, navegue até :menuselection:`app Compras --> " +"Pedidos --> Pedidos de compra` e selecione o |PO|." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the" +" :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the " +"receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter" +" the product into inventory." +msgstr "" +"Clique no botão :guilabel:`Receber produtos` na parte superior do |PO|, ou " +"no botão inteligente :guilabel:`Recebimento` na parte superior da página, " +"para abrir o recebimento. Em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Validar` na parte" +" superior do recebimento para inserir o produto no inventário." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260 +msgid "Process dropship order" +msgstr "Processar pedido de envio direto" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262 +msgid "" +"If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select" +" the |PO|." +msgstr "" +"Se o subcontratado fizer o envio direto do produto, depois de enviá-lo, " +"navegue até :menuselection:`app Compras --> Pedidos --> Pedidos de compra` e" +" selecione o |PO|." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open " +"the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order " +"to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer." +msgstr "" +"Selecione o botão inteligente :guilabel:`Envio direto` na parte superior da " +"página para abrir o pedido de envio direto e clique em :guilabel:`Validar` " +"na parte superior do pedido para confirmar que o produto foi enviado ao " +"cliente." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270 +msgid "Process delivery order" +msgstr "Processar pedido de entrega" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " +"finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " +"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" +" the customer, and process the delivery order." +msgstr "" +"Se o fluxo de trabalho de subcontratação foi iniciado por um |SO| do cliente" +" e o produto acabado **não** foi enviado diretamente para o cliente, mas sim" +" entregue à empresa contratante, é necessário enviar o produto para o " +"cliente e processar o pedido de entrega." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " +"the product has been shipped." +msgstr "" +"Depois que o produto tiver sido enviado ao cliente, navegue até o aplicativo" +" :menuselection:`Vendas` e selecione o |SO|. Selecione o botão inteligente " +":guilabel:`Entrega` na parte superior da página para abrir o pedido de " +"entrega e clique em :guilabel:`Validar` no pedido para confirmar que o " +"produto foi enviado." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship to subcontractor" +msgstr "Envio direto para subcontratados" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the" +" necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have " +"them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order " +"(PO) for that product is confirmed." +msgstr "" +"No Odoo, a rota *Envio direto sob demanda para subcontratação* é usada para " +"comprar do fornecedor os componentes necessários para um produto " +"subcontratado e fazer com que sejam entregues diretamente ao subcontratado, " +"sempre que um pedido de compra (PO) para esse produto for confirmado." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " +"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, o subcontratado usa os componentes para fabricar o produto em " +"questão, antes de enviá-lo de volta à empresa contratante." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and " +"*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve " +"dropshipping, they are used for different purposes." +msgstr "" +"É necessário entender as diferenças entre as rotas *Envio direto* e *Envio " +"direto sob demanda para subcontratação*. Embora ambas as rotas envolvam " +"dropshipping, elas são usadas para finalidades diferentes." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have " +"them shipped directly to the end customer." +msgstr "" +"A rota *Envio direto* é usada para comprar produtos de um fornecedor e " +"enviá-los diretamente ao cliente final." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components " +"from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By " +"default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the " +"contracting company." +msgstr "" +"A rota *Envio direto sob demanda para subcontratação* é usada para comprar " +"componentes de um fornecedor e enviá-los diretamente a um subcontratado. Por" +" padrão, os produtos acabados são enviados do subcontratado de volta para a " +"empresa contratante." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33 +msgid "" +"However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship " +"Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In " +"this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then " +"ships the finished product directly to the end customer." +msgstr "" +"No entanto, é possível combinar as rotas *Envio direto* e *Envio direto sob " +"demanda para subcontratação* para que sejam usadas para o mesmo produto. " +"Nesse fluxo de trabalho, os componentes são enviados para o subcontratado, " +"que, em seguida, envia o produto acabado diretamente para o cliente final." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37 +msgid "" +"This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the " +":ref:`workflow section ` of" +" this doc." +msgstr "" +"Isso pode ser feito seguindo as etapas de um a cinco na seção :ref:`fluxo de" +" trabalho ` deste " +"documento." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " +"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` heading." +msgstr "" +"Para usar a rota *Envio direto para subcontratados*, navegue até " +":menuselection:`app Fabricação --> Configuração --> Definições` e ative a " +"caixa de seleção ao lado de :guilabel:`Subcontratação`, sob o título " +":guilabel:`Operações`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " +"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the " +"components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" +"Quando a configuração *Subcontratação* estiver ativada, também será " +"necessário configurar adequadamente o produto subcontratado, a |LM| do " +"produto e os componentes listados no |LM|." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" +"Para configurar um produto para a rota *Envio direto para subcontratados*, " +"navegue até :menuselection:`app Inventário --> Produtos --> Produtos` e " +"selecione um produto ou crie um novo produto clicando em :guilabel:`Novo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as " +"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in " +"the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the " +":guilabel:`Price` field." +msgstr "" +"Selecione a aba :guilabel:`Compras` e adicione o subcontratado do produto " +"como um fornecedor clicando em :guilabel:`Adicionar uma linha`, selecionando" +" o subcontratado no menu suspenso :guilabel:`Fornecedor` e inserindo um " +"preço no campo :guilabel:`Preço`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that " +"determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been " +"manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, clique na aba :guilabel:`Inventário` para configurar uma rota " +"que determine o que acontece com o produto acabado depois que tiver sido " +"fabricado pelo subcontratado." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock " +"on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" +"Se o produto acabado for enviado de volta para a empresa contratante, " +"certifique-se de que a rota :guilabel:`Compras` esteja selecionada. Além " +"disso, selecione a rota :guilabel:`Reposição por pedido (sob demanda)` para " +"criar automaticamente um |PO| para o produto após a confirmação de um |SO|, " +"a menos que haja estoque suficiente para atender ao |SO|." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " +"subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " +"selected." +msgstr "" +"Se o produto acabado for enviado diretamente ao cliente pelo subcontratado, " +"certifique-se de que apenas a rota :guilabel:`Envio direto` esteja " +"selecionada." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73 +msgid "Configure bill of materials" +msgstr "Configurar lista de materiais" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click " +"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " +"select the |BoM|." +msgstr "" +"Para configurar um |LM| para a rota *Envio direto sob demanda para " +"subcontratação*, clique no botão inteligente :guilabel:`Lista de materiais` " +"na página do produto e selecione a |LM|." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and" +" specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" +"Por fim, certifique-se de que todos os componentes necessários estejam " +"especificados na aba :guilabel:`Componentes`. Para adicionar um novo " +"componente, clique em :guilabel:`Adicionar uma linha`, selecione o " +"componente no menu suspenso :guilabel:`Componente` e especifique a " +"quantidade necessária no campo :guilabel:`Quantidade`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97 +msgid "Configure Components" +msgstr "Configurar componentes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " +"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " +"arrow)` button to the right of the name." +msgstr "" +"Para configurar componentes para a rota *Envio direto sob demanda para " +"subcontratação*, navegue até cada componente do |LM| selecionando o nome do " +"componente na aba :guilabel:`Componentes` e clicando no botão :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(seta para a direita)` à direita do nome." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " +"component." +msgstr "" +"Como alternativa, navegue até cada componente acessando :menuselection:`app " +"Inventário --> Produtos --> Produtos` e selecionando o componente." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106 +msgid "" +"On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add " +"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in " +"the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the" +" subcontractor, once they are purchased." +msgstr "" +"No formulário do produto componente, selecione a aba :guilabel:`Compras` e " +"adicione um fornecedor clicando em :guilabel:`Adicionar uma linha`, " +"selecionando o fornecedor no campo :guilabel:`Fornecedor` e adicionando o " +"preço pelo qual ele vende o produto no campo :guilabel:`Preço`. Esse é o " +"fornecedor que envia os componentes para o subcontratado, depois que eles " +"são comprados." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the " +":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " +"section." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, clique na aba :guilabel:`Inventário` e selecione a rota " +":guilabel:`Envio direto sob demanda para subcontratação` na seção " +":guilabel:`Rotas`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" +"Repita o processo para cada componente que deve ser enviado para o " +"subcontratado." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119 +msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow" +msgstr "Fluxo de trabalho de envio direto sob demanda para subcontratação" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:" +msgstr "" +"O fluxo de trabalho envio direto sob demanda para subcontratação consiste em" +" até seis etapas:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " +"*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" +"Crie um pedido de vendas (SO) para o produto subcontratado; ao fazer isso, " +"você cria um |PO| de *subcontratação* para comprar o produto do " +"subcontratado." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the" +" vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." +msgstr "" +"Confirme o |PO| criado na etapa anterior ou crie um novo |PO|; isso cria uma" +" solicitação de cotação (SDC) para comprar os componentes do fornecedor, bem" +" como um pedido de recebimento ou um pedido de envio direto." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so " +"creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order." +msgstr "" +"Confirme a |SDC| para transformá-la em um segundo |PO| (|PO| do " +"*fornecedor*); isso cria um pedido *Envio direto para subcontratação*." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the " +"components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" +"Processar o pedido de *Envio direto para subcontratação* depois que o " +"fornecedor tiver enviado os componentes para o subcontratado." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" +" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end " +"customer." +msgstr "" +"Processe o recebimento depois que o subcontratado terminar de fabricar o " +"produto subcontratado e enviá-lo de volta para a empresa contratante, **OU**" +" processe o pedido de dropship para enviar o produto diretamente para o " +"cliente final." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" +" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " +"product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" +"Se o fluxo de trabalho tiver sido iniciado com a criação de um |SO| e o " +"produto acabado não for enviado para o cliente final, processe o pedido de " +"entrega assim que o produto tiver sido enviado para o cliente." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " +"with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, " +"or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." +msgstr "" +"Se o motivo for atender a um pedido específico de um cliente, o processo " +"começa com a criação de um SO e termina com a entrega do produto ao cliente " +"ou com o envio do produto pelo subcontratado." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts " +"with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." +msgstr "" +"Se o motivo for aumentar a quantidade de estoque disponível, o processo " +"começa com a criação de um |PO| e termina com o recebimento do produto no " +"inventário." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148 +msgid "Create an SO" +msgstr "Criar um pedido de venda (SO)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the " +"product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" +"Selecione o cliente no menu suspenso :guilabel:`Cliente`. Em seguida, clique" +" em :guilabel:`Adicionar um produto` na aba :guilabel:`Linhas de pedido`, " +"selecione um produto no menu suspenso :guilabel:`Produto` e insira uma " +"quantidade no campo :guilabel:`Quantidade`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is " +"the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted " +"product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" +"Clique em :guilabel:`Confirmar` para confirmar o |SO| e, nesse momento, um " +"botão inteligente :guilabel:`Compras` será exibido na parte superior da " +"página. Essa é o |PO| do *subcontratado* ou a |PO| criada para comprar o " +"produto subcontratado." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the " +"*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** " +"there is no stock of the product on-hand." +msgstr "" +"Uma |SO| para o produto só cria um |PO| de *subcontratação* se a rota " +"*Reposição por pedido (sob demanda)* estiver ativada na página do produto, " +"**e** não houver estoque do produto disponível." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead " +"create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Se houver estoque em mãos, a confirmação de um |SO| para o produto criará um" +" pedido de entrega, porque o Odoo presume que o |SO| será atendido usando o " +"estoque no armazém." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172 +msgid "" +"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " +"end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, " +"even if there is stock on-hand." +msgstr "" +"Esse não é o caso dos produtos subcontratados que são enviados por dropship " +"ao cliente final. Nesse caso, um |PO| de *subcontratação* é **sempre** " +"criado, mesmo que haja estoque disponível." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176 +msgid "Process subcontractor PO" +msgstr "Processar pedido de compra de subcontratação" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178 +msgid "" +"If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`," +" and clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" +"Se não tiver sido criado um |PO| de subcontratação na etapa anterior, crie-o" +" navegando até :menuselection:`app Compras --> Pedidos --> Pedidos de " +"compras` e clicando em :guilabel:`Novo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +"Comece a preencher o |PO| selecionando um subcontratado no menu suspenso " +":guilabel:`Fornecedor`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a" +" new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" +"Na aba :guilabel:`Produtos`, clique em :guilabel:`Adicionar um produto` para" +" criar uma nova linha de produtos. Selecione um produto produzido pelo " +"subcontratado no campo :guilabel:`Produto` e insira a quantidade no campo " +":guilabel:`Quantidade`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* " +"|PO|." +msgstr "" +"Por fim, clique em :guilabel:`Confirmar pedido` para confirmar o |PO| de " +"subcontratação." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components" +" to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, " +"and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" +"Quando um |PO| é confirmado para um produto que requer componentes de envio " +"direto para um subcontratado, um recebimento ou pedido de envio direto é " +"criado automaticamente e pode ser acessado no botão inteligente " +":guilabel:`Recebimento` ou :guilabel:`Envio direto` correspondente que " +"aparece na parte superior do |PO|." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" +"button at the top of the page." +msgstr "" +"Um PO de subcontratação para um produto de *Envio direto sob demanda para " +"subcontratação*, com um botão inteligente Recebimento na parte superior da " +"página." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from " +"the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** " +"automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" +"Além disso, é criado uma |SDC| para os componentes que são comprados do " +"fornecedor e enviados ao subcontratado. No entanto, a |SDC| **NÃO** é " +"automaticamente vinculada ao |PO| de subcontratação." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship " +"Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* " +"|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" +"Depois que o pedido é confirmado e se torna um |PO| de *fornecedor*, é " +"criado um pedido de *Envio direto para subcontratação*. Esse pedido está " +"vinculado tanto ao *fornecedor* |PO| quanto ao |PO| de *subcontratação*." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205 +msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ" +msgstr "Confirmar a SDC do fornecedor" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. " +"Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` " +"field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after " +"confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." +msgstr "" +"Para acessar a solicitação de cotação criada pela confirmação do |PO| de " +"*subcontratação*, navegue até :menuselection:`app Compras --> Pedidos --> " +"Solicitações de cotação`. Selecione a |SDC| que lista o fornecedor correto " +"no campo :guilabel:`Fornecedor` e o número de referência do recebimento que " +"foi criado após a confirmação do |PO| de *subcontratação*, no campo " +":guilabel:`Documento de origem`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212 +msgid "" +"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship " +"Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of" +" the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped." +msgstr "" +"Na |SDC|, o campo :guilabel:`Entregar para` é lido como :guilabel:`Envio " +"direto para subcontratação`, e o campo :guilabel:`Endereço para envio " +"direto` mostra o nome do subcontratado para o qual os componentes estão " +"sendo enviados." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and " +"confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, " +"and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the " +"*subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" +"Clique em :guilabel:`Confirmar pedido` para transformar a |SDC| em um |PO| " +"do fornecedor e confirmar a compra de componentes do fornecedor. Depois de " +"fazer isso, um botão inteligente :guilabel:`Envio direto` aparece na parte " +"superior do |PO| do *fornecedor* e um botão inteligente :guilabel:`Repor` " +"aparece na parte superior do |PO| de *subcontratação*." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" +"Dropship smart button at the top of the page." +msgstr "" +"Uma PO de fornecedor para os componentes de um produto de *Envio direto sob " +"demanda para subcontratação*, com um botão inteligente Envio direto na parte" +" superior da página." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227 +msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order" +msgstr "Processar o pedido de envio direto para subcontratação" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" +" *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, " +"respectively." +msgstr "" +"Depois que os componentes tiverem sido entregues ao subcontratado, navegue " +"até :menuselection:`app Compras --> Pedidos --> Pedidos de compra` e " +"selecione o |PO| do *fornecedor* ou o |PO| de *subcontratação*. Em seguida, " +"clique no botão inteligente :guilabel:`Envio direto` ou no botão inteligente" +" :guilabel:`Repor`, respectivamente." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the " +":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the " +"subcontractor has received the components." +msgstr "" +"Clicar em um dos botões abre o pedido de *Envio direto para subcontratação*." +" Clique no botão :guilabel:`Validar` na parte superior do pedido para " +"confirmar que o subcontratado recebeu os componentes." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" +" *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" +"Quando o subcontratado tiver fabricado o produto acabado, navegue até " +":menuselection:`app Compras --> Pedidos --> Pedidos de compra` e selecione o" +" |PO| de *subcontratação*." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the " +"product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of" +" the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into " +"inventory." +msgstr "" +"Se o produto subcontratado tiver que ser recebido no estoque, assim que o " +"produto chegar, clique no botão :guilabel:`Receber produto` na parte " +"superior do |PO| de *subcontratação* para abrir o recebimento. Em seguida, " +"clique em :guilabel:`Validar` na parte superior do recebimento para " +"registrar o produto no inventário." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the" +" *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" +"Como alternativa, selecione o botão inteligente :guilabel:`Redcebimento` na " +"parte superior do |PO| de *subcontratação* e clique em :guilabel:`Validar` " +"na parte superior do recebimento." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the " +":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship " +"order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the " +"product to the customer." +msgstr "" +"Se o produto subcontratado tiver que ser enviado por dropship, selecione o " +"botão :guilabel:`Envio direto` na parte superior da página para abrir o " +"pedido de envio direito e clique em :guilabel:`Validar` quando o " +"subcontratado tiver enviado o produto para o cliente." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product " +"has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" +"Depois que o produto tiver sido enviado ao cliente, navegue até o aplicativo" +" :menuselection:`Vendas` e selecione o |SO|. Clique no botão inteligente " +":guilabel:`Entrega` na parte superior da página para abrir o pedido de " +"entrega e clique em :guilabel:`Validar` para confirmar que o produto foi " +"enviado ao cliente." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply subcontractor" +msgstr "Reposição para subcontratação" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the " +"necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each " +"time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." +msgstr "" +"No Odoo, a rota *Reposição sob demanda para subcontratação* é usada para " +"entregar os componentes necessários para um produto subcontratado ao " +"subcontratado, toda vez que um pedido de compra (PO) desse produto é " +"confirmado." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " +"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping" +" it to the end customer." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, o subcontratado usa os componentes para fabricar o produto em " +"questão, antes de enviá-lo de volta para a empresa contratante ou fazer " +"envio direto para o cliente final." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply " +"Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes." +msgstr "" +"É necessário entender as diferenças entre as rotas *Reposição sob demanda " +"para subcontratação* e *Envio direto sob demanda para subcontratação*." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24 +msgid "" +"While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components " +"required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are " +"sourced." +msgstr "" +"Embora ambas as rotas sejam usadas para fornecer a um subcontratado os " +"componentes necessários para a fabricação de um produto, elas diferem na " +"forma como os componentes são obtidos." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from " +"the warehouse of the contracting company." +msgstr "" +"Ao usar *Reposição sob demanda para subcontratação*, os componentes são " +"enviados do depósito da empresa contratante." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from " +"a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" +"Ao usar *Envio direto sob demanda para subcontratação*, os componentes são " +"comprados de um fornecedor e enviados diretamente para o subcontratado." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of " +"the subcontracting company and their subcontractors." +msgstr "" +"A escolha da rota a ser usada depende dos requisitos específicos da empresa " +"subcontratante e de seus subcontratados." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36 +msgid "" +"See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of " +"the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route." +msgstr "" +"Consulte a documentação :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` para obter uma visão " +"geral completa da rota *Envio direto sob demanda para subcontratação*." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " +"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` heading." +msgstr "" +"Para usar a rota *Reposição para subcontratados*, navegue até " +":menuselection:`app Fabricação --> Configuração --> Definições` e ative a " +"caixa de seleção ao lado de :guilabel:`Subcontratação`, sob o título " +":guilabel:`Operações`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " +"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of " +"materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" +"Quando a configuração *Subcontratação* estiver ativada, também será " +"necessário configurar adequadamente o produto subcontratado, a lista de " +"materiais (LM) do produto e os componentes listados no |LM|." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" +"Para configurar um produto para a rota *Reposição para subcontratados*, " +"navegue até :menuselection:`app Inventário --> Produtos --> Produtos` e " +"selecione um produto ou crie um novo produto clicando em :guilabel:`Novo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`" +" tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the " +"subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product." +msgstr "" +"O valor inserido no campo :guilabel:`Preço` na aba :guilabel:`Compra` da " +"página do produto subcontratado é o valor pago ao subcontratado pela " +"fabricação do produto." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68 +msgid "" +"This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other " +"elements, like the cost of the product's components." +msgstr "" +"Isso não representa o custo total do produto, que inclui outros elementos, " +"como o custo dos componentes do produto." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " +"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" +"Se o produto acabado for enviado de volta para a empresa contratante, " +"certifique-se de que a rota :guilabel:`Comprar` esteja selecionada. Além " +"disso, selecione a rota :guilabel:`Reposição por pedido (sob demanda)` para " +"criar automaticamente um |PO| para o produto após a confirmação de um pedido" +" de venda (SO), a menos que haja estoque suficiente para atender ao |SO|." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click " +"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " +"select the |BoM|." +msgstr "" +"Para configurar um |LM| para a rota *Reposição sob demanda para " +"subcontratação*, clique no botão inteligente :guilabel:`Lista de materiais` " +"na página do produto e selecione a |LM|." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107 +msgid "Configure components" +msgstr "Configurar componentes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " +"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " +"arrow)` button to the right of the name." +msgstr "" +"Para configurar componentes para a rota *Reposição sob demanda para " +"subcontratação*, navegue até cada componente da |LM| selecionando o nome do " +"componente na aba :guilabel:`Componentes` e clicando no botão :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(seta para a direita)` à direita do nome." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116 +msgid "" +"On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and " +"select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the " +":guilabel:`Routes` section." +msgstr "" +"No formulário do produto componente, clique na aba :guilabel:`Inventário` e " +"selecione a rota :guilabel:`Reposição sob demanda para subcontratação` na " +"seção :guilabel:`Rotas`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" +"Repita o processo para cada componente que deve ser enviado para o " +"subcontratado." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122 +msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow" +msgstr "Fluxo de trabalho de reposição sob demanda para subcontratação" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:" +msgstr "" +"O fluxo de trabalho de reposição sob demanda para subcontratação consiste em" +" até cinco etapas:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to " +"purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" +"Crie um pedido de vendas (SO) para o produto subcontratado; ao fazer isso, " +"você cria um |PO| para comprar o produto do subcontratado." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a" +" dropship order." +msgstr "" +"Confirme a |PO| criada na etapa anterior ou crie uma nova |PO|; isso cria um" +" pedido de *Reposição para subcontratação*, bem como um pedido de " +"recebimento ou um pedido de envio direto." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the " +"subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" +"Processar o pedido de *Reposição para subcontratação* quando os componentes " +"do produto subcontratado tiverem sido enviados ao subcontratado." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" +" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." +msgstr "" +"Processe o recebimento depois que o subcontratado terminar de fabricar o " +"produto subcontratado e enviá-lo de volta para a empresa contratante, **OU**" +" processe o pedido de dropship para enviar o produto diretamente para o " +"cliente." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149 +msgid "" +"While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to " +"automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is " +"also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful " +"when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|." +msgstr "" +"Embora a rota *Reposição sob demanda para subcontratação* possa ser usada " +"para reabastecer automaticamente um subcontratado após a confirmação de um " +"|PO|, também é possível criar um pedido de reposição manualmente. Esse fluxo" +" de trabalho é útil quando é necessário reabastecer o subcontratado sem " +"criar um |PO|." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply " +"Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking" +" :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" +"Para reabastecer um subcontratado manualmente, navegue até o aplicativo " +":menuselection:`Inventário` e clique no cartão :guilabel:`Reposição para " +"subcontratação`. Crie um novo pedido de *Reposição para subcontratação* " +"clicando em :guilabel:`Novo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom " +"the components should be sent." +msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Endereço de entrega`, selecione o subcontratado para o " +"qual os componentes devem ser enviados." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` " +"drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, adicione cada componente à aba :guilabel:`Operações` clicando em" +" :guilabel:`Adicionar uma linha`, selecionando o componente no campo " +"suspenso :guilabel:`Produto` e especificando uma quantidade no campo " +":guilabel:`Demanda`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the " +"components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` " +"to confirm that the order has been sent." +msgstr "" +"Por fim, clique em :guilabel:`Marcar como a fazer` para registrar o pedido. " +"Depois que os componentes tiverem sido enviados ao subcontratado, clique em " +":guilabel:`Validar` para confirmar que o pedido foi enviado." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough " +"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" +"Um |SO| para o produto só cria uma |PO| se a rota *Reposição por pedido (sob" +" demanda)* estiver ativada na página do produto, **e** não houver estoque " +"suficiente do produto disponível para atender o |SO|." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead" +" creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Se houver estoque suficiente em mãos, a confirmação de um |SO| para o " +"produto criará um pedido de entrega, porque o Odoo presume que o |SO| será " +"atendido usando o estoque no armazém." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase " +"app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it." +msgstr "" +"Se uma |PO| foi criada na etapa anterior, navegue até :guilabel:`app Compras" +" --> Pedidos --> Pedidos de compra` e selecione o |PO|. Em seguida, clique " +"em :guilabel:`Confirmar pedido` para confirmá-lo." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a " +"subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically " +"created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" +"Quando um |PO| é confirmado para um produto que requer a reposição de " +"componentes a um subcontratado, um recebimento ou pedido de envio direto é " +"criado automaticamente e pode ser acessado no botão inteligente " +":guilabel:`Recebimento` ou :guilabel:`Envio direto` correspondente que " +"aparece na parte superior do |PO|." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the " +"required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed " +"from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top " +"of the page." +msgstr "" +"Além disso, um pedido *Reposição para subcontratação* é criado para enviar " +"os componentes necessários ao subcontratado. Esse pedido também pode ser " +"acessado no |PO|, clicando no botão inteligente :guilabel:`Repor` na parte " +"superior da página." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 +msgid "" +"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n" +"buttons at the top of the page." +msgstr "" +"Um pedido de compra para um produto *Reposição sob demanda para " +"subcontratação*, com botões inteligentes de reposição e recebimento na parte" +" superior da página." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 +msgid "" +"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and " +"Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page." +msgstr "" +"Um pedido de compra para um produto *Reposição sob demanda para " +"subcontratação*, com botões inteligentes de reposição e recebimento na parte" +" superior da página." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227 +msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order" +msgstr "Processar pedido de reposição para subcontratação" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the " +"subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " +"Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." +msgstr "" +"Depois que os componentes do produto subcontratado tiverem sido enviados ao " +"subcontratado, navegue até :menuselection:`app Compras --> Pedidos --> " +"Pedidos de compra` e selecione o |PO|." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open" +" the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" +"Clique no botão inteligente :guilabel:`Repor` na parte superior da tela para" +" abrir o pedido *Reposição para subcontratação* e clique em " +":guilabel:`Validar` para confirmar que os componentes foram enviados ao " +"subcontratado." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` " +"card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" +"Como alternativa, navegue até o aplicativo :menuselection:`Inventário`, " +"clique no botão :guilabel:`Nº A processar` no cartão :guilabel:`Reposição " +"para subcontratação` e selecione o pedido de *Reposição para " +"subcontratação*. Em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Validar` para confirmar " +"que os componentes foram enviados ao subcontratado." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " +"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " +"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " +"`." +msgstr "" +"Depois que o subcontratado termina de fabricar o produto, ele o envia para a" +" empresa contratante ou faz o envio direto para o cliente final, dependendo " +"de como o produto foi :ref:`configurado " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " +"finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " +"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" +" the customer, and process the delivery order." +msgstr "" +"Se o fluxo de trabalho de subcontratação foi iniciado por um cliente |SO| e " +"o produto acabado **NÃO** foi enviado diretamente para o cliente, mas sim " +"entregue à empresa contratante, é necessário enviar o produto para o cliente" +" e processar o pedido de entrega." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " +"the product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" +"Depois que o produto tiver sido enviado ao cliente, navegue até o aplicativo" +" :menuselection:`Vendas` e selecione o |SO|. Selecione o botão inteligente " +":guilabel:`Entrega` na parte superior da página para abrir o pedido de " +"entrega e clique em :guilabel:`Validar` no pedido para confirmar que o " +"produto foi enviado ao cliente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows.rst:5 msgid "Workflows" @@ -31283,6 +36141,17 @@ msgstr "" "seja fechada. Os produtos acabados só podem ser descartados no aplicativo " "*Fabricação* e somente após o fechamento da |OP| associada." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " +"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." +msgstr "" +"Os pedidos de sucata podem ser visualizados navegando até " +":menuselection:`Inventário --> Operações --> Sucata`. Cada pedido de sucata " +"mostra a data e a hora em que foi criado, juntamente com o produto e a " +"quantidade que foi sucateada." + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29 msgid "" "To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " @@ -31433,6 +36302,14 @@ msgid "" "enabled, since components are not picked as part of the :doc:`one-step " "<../basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing>` manufacturing process." msgstr "" +"Ative a caixa de seleção :guilabel:`Reabastecer quantidades sucateadas`, se " +"for necessário criar um pedido de separação para substituir os componentes " +"sucateados após a confirmação do pedido de sucata. Essa opção só deve ser " +"ativada para armazéns com :doc:`duas " +"<.../basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing>` ou :doc:`três etapas " +"<.../basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing>`, uma vez que os componentes não " +"são separados como parte do processo de fabricação de :doc:`uma etapa " +"<.../basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing>`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Scrap pop-up window." @@ -31648,1358 +36525,9 @@ msgstr "" " *WH/OP/00011*. O campo de origem para *WH/OP/00011* lista tanto " "*WH/OP/00009* quanto *WH/OP/00010*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontracting overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:7 -msgid "" -"In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a " -"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" -" then sold by the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting " -"company and the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:13 -msgid "" -"For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide " -"variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in" -" and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the " -"manufacturing themselves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:17 -msgid "" -"This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, " -"as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with " -"subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they " -"are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized " -"work to subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:22 -msgid "" -"On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors " -"to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as " -"profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain " -"arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which " -"projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a " -"variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what" -" happens to finished products once they are manufactured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " -"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " -":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " -"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst-1 -msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:42 -msgid "" -"With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in " -"Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a " -"*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates" -" the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that" -" it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the " -"Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can " -"be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product " -"pages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:51 -msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:52 -msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:55 -msgid "Subcontracting workflows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:57 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference " -"between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully " -"responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the " -":doc:`subcontracting_basic` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " -"sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This " -"workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting_resupply` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " -"purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to " -"the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the " -":doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:69 -msgid "" -"In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary " -"to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to" -" products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are " -"to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can " -"either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an " -"end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured" -" to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are " -"outlined in their respective documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:83 -msgid "Subcontracted product valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different " -"variables:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;" -" from here on referred to as `C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "" -"The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them " -"shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:93 -msgid "" -"The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor" -" to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred " -"to as `x`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be " -"represented by the following equation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:100 -msgid "" -"P = C + M + S + D + x\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:103 -msgid "" -"It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will " -"include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not " -"dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost" -" of dropshipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:3 -msgid "Basic subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a " -"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" -" then sold by the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the " -"necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to " -"worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic " -"subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-" -"subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that " -"subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted " -"products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be " -"manufactured by them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" -" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " -":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " -"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary" -" to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53 -msgid "Configure product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " -"product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the " -"product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, " -"selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and " -"entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`" -" field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished " -"product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " -"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " -"subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83 -msgid "Configure BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " -"Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " -"--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92 -msgid "" -"For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials " -"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` " -"option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the " -":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using" -" subcontracting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " -":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the " -"subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when " -"calculating the product's expected arrival date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:81 -msgid "" -"When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the " -":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for " -"manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:86 -msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:88 -msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " -"|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a receipt order or a dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, " -"**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" -" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " -"product is shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138 -msgid "" -"The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted " -"product is being purchased from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " -"with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer," -" or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process " -"starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into " -"inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169 -msgid "Create SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:112 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171 -msgid "" -"It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased" -" from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being " -"purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next " -"step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175 -msgid "" -"To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " -"Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178 -msgid "" -"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a " -"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a" -" quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:123 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens" -" the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:128 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough " -"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates" -" a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:134 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193 -msgid "" -"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " -"end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is " -"enough stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197 -msgid "Process PO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:140 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to " -":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the " -"|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to " -"the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:145 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking " -":guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:148 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a " -"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the " -"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:153 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic " -"subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and " -"can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 -msgid "" -"A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " -"top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 -msgid "" -"PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " -"top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:164 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242 -msgid "Process receipt or dropship order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " -"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " -"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 -msgid "Process receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:173 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251 -msgid "" -"If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, " -"once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " -"Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:177 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the" -" :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the " -"receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter" -" the product into inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260 -msgid "Process dropship order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:184 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262 -msgid "" -"If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select" -" the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:187 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open " -"the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order " -"to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270 -msgid "Process delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " -"finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " -"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" -" the customer, and process the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:198 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " -"the product has been shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3 -msgid "Dropship to subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the" -" necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have " -"them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order " -"(PO) for that product is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " -"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23 -msgid "" -"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and " -"*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve " -"dropshipping, they are used for different purposes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have " -"them shipped directly to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components " -"from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By " -"default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the " -"contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33 -msgid "" -"However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship " -"Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In " -"this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then " -"ships the finished product directly to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37 -msgid "" -"This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the " -":ref:`workflow section ` of" -" this doc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " -"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " -":guilabel:`Operations` heading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " -"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the " -"components listed on the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " -"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as " -"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in " -"the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the " -":guilabel:`Price` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that " -"determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been " -"manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock " -"on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " -"subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73 -msgid "Configure bill of materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click " -"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " -"select the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the " -":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a " -"line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and" -" specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97 -msgid "Configure Components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99 -msgid "" -"To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " -"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " -"arrow)` button to the right of the name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " -"component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106 -msgid "" -"On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add " -"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in " -"the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the" -" subcontractor, once they are purchased." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the " -":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " -"section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119 -msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121 -msgid "" -"The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " -"*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the" -" vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so " -"creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the " -"components to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" -" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" -" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " -"product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " -"with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, " -"or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts " -"with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148 -msgid "Create an SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the " -"product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in " -"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is " -"the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted " -"product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the " -"*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** " -"there is no stock of the product on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169 -msgid "" -"If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead " -"create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172 -msgid "" -"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " -"end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, " -"even if there is stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176 -msgid "Process subcontractor PO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by" -" navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`," -" and clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a" -" new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the " -":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* " -"|PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components" -" to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, " -"and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" -"button at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198 -msgid "" -"In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from " -"the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** " -"automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201 -msgid "" -"Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship " -"Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* " -"|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205 -msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207 -msgid "" -"To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. " -"Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` " -"field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after " -"confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212 -msgid "" -"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship " -"Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of" -" the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and " -"confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, " -"and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the " -"*subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" -"Dropship smart button at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227 -msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229 -msgid "" -"Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" -" *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, " -"respectively." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the " -":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the " -"subcontractor has received the components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" -" *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the " -"product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of" -" the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into " -"inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the" -" *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the " -"receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the " -":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship " -"order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the " -"product to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product " -"has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3 -msgid "Resupply subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the " -"necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each " -"time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " -"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping" -" it to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21 -msgid "" -"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply " -"Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24 -msgid "" -"While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components " -"required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are " -"sourced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from " -"the warehouse of the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from " -"a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of " -"the subcontracting company and their subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36 -msgid "" -"See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of " -"the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " -"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " -":guilabel:`Operations` heading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " -"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of " -"materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " -"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`" -" tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the " -"subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68 -msgid "" -"This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other " -"elements, like the cost of the product's components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " -"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click " -"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " -"select the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107 -msgid "Configure components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109 -msgid "" -"To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " -"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " -"arrow)` button to the right of the name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116 -msgid "" -"On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and " -"select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the " -":guilabel:`Routes` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122 -msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124 -msgid "" -"The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to " -"purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a" -" dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the " -"subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" -" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149 -msgid "" -"While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to " -"automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is " -"also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful " -"when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154 -msgid "" -"To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply " -"Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking" -" :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom " -"the components should be sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking " -":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` " -"drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the " -"components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` " -"to confirm that the order has been sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough " -"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190 -msgid "" -"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead" -" creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase " -"app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a " -"subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically " -"created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214 -msgid "" -"In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the " -"required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed " -"from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top " -"of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 -msgid "" -"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n" -"buttons at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 -msgid "" -"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and " -"Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227 -msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the " -"subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " -"Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open" -" the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to " -"confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the " -":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` " -"card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " -"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " -"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " -"finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " -"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" -" the customer, and process the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " -"the product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:3 msgid "Unbuild orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ordens de desmontagem" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -33008,6 +36536,10 @@ msgid "" "were built, or if the components of one product must be reclaimed to use in " "the manufacturing of another." msgstr "" +"Em alguns casos, é preciso desmontar os produtos fabricados em componentes " +"individuais. Isso pode ser necessário se muitas unidades de um produto " +"tiverem sido construídas ou se os componentes de um produto precisarem ser " +"recuperados para uso na fabricação de outro." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -33017,10 +36549,15 @@ msgid "" "components remain accurate, based on the quantity of products dismantled, " "and the quantity of components reclaimed." msgstr "" +"No Odoo *Fabricação*, os produtos podem ser desmontados e seus componentes " +"devolvidos ao estoque, usando *ordens de desmontagem*. Ao usar ordens de " +"desmontagem para realizar essa tarefa, as contagens de estoque do produto " +"acabado e de seus componentes permanecem exatas, com base na quantidade de " +"produtos desmontados e na quantidade de componentes recuperados." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:17 msgid "Create unbuild order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Criar ordem de desmontagem" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -33028,6 +36565,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Unbuild Orders`, and " "clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +"Uma nova ordem de desmontagem pode ser criada navegando até " +":menuselection:`app Fabricação --> Operações --> Ordens de desmontagem` e " +"clicando em :guilabel:`Novo`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -33037,6 +36577,12 @@ msgid "" "|BoM| should be used, click on the :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field, and " "select it from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Comece a preencher a nova ordem de desmontagem selecionando um " +":guilabel:`Produto` para desmontar. Depois de fazer isso, o campo " +":guilabel:`Lista de materiais` é preenchido automaticamente com a lista de " +"materiais (LM) correspondente. Se for necessário usar uma lista de materiais" +" diferente, clique no campo :guilabel:`Lista de materiais` e selecione-o no " +"menu suspenso." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -33044,11 +36590,17 @@ msgid "" "Material` field before selecting a product, which causes the corresponding " "product to auto-populate in the :guilabel:`Product` field." msgstr "" +"Como alternativa, uma |LM| específica pode ser selecionada no campo " +":guilabel:`Lista de materiais` antes de selecionar um produto, o que faz com" +" que o produto correspondente seja preenchido automaticamente no campo " +":guilabel:`Produto`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:31 msgid "" "Next, specify the :guilabel:`Quantity` of the product that is being unbuilt." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, especifique o :guilabel:`Quantidade` do produto que está sendo " +"desmontado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -33056,18 +36608,26 @@ msgid "" "manufacturing order (MO), select it in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` " "field." msgstr "" +"Se o produto que está sendo desmontado foi originalmente fabricado em uma " +"ordem de produção (OP) específica, selecione-a no campo :guilabel:`Ordem de " +"produção`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:36 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Source Location` field, select the location where the " "product being unbuilt is currently stored." msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Local de origem`, selecione o local em que o produto que" +" está sendo desmontado está armazenado no momento." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:39 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Destination Location` field, select the location where the" " reclaimed components are stored after the unbuild order is completed." msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Local do destino`, selecione o local em que os " +"componentes recuperados serão armazenados após a conclusão da ordem de " +"desmontagem." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -33076,6 +36636,11 @@ msgid "" "unbuild order, which can be used to specify the lot(s) or serial number(s) " "of the product being unbuilt, if any are assigned." msgstr "" +"Se o recurso *Números de série e lotes* estiver ativado nas configurações do" +" aplicativo *Inventário*, um campo :guilabel:`Números de série/lotes` " +"aparecerá no pedido de desmontagem, que pode ser usado para especificar os " +"números de série ou lotes do produto que está sendo desmontado, se houver " +"algum atribuído." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -33083,16 +36648,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company` field appears on the unbuild order, which can be used to" " specify the company that owns the product being unbuilt." msgstr "" +"Se a base de dados do Odoo tiver sido configurado com várias empresas, um " +"campo :guilabel:`Empresa` aparecerá na ordem de desmontagem, que pode ser " +"usado para especificar a empresa proprietária do produto que está sendo " +"removido." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:50 msgid "" "Finally, once the product has been unbuilt, click the :guilabel:`Unbuild` " "button at the top of the order to confirm that it has been completed." msgstr "" +"Por fim, depois que o produto tiver sido desmontado, clique no botão " +":guilabel:`Desmontar` na parte superior do pedido para confirmar que foi " +"concluído." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst-1 msgid "A filled-out unbuild order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uma ordem de desmontagem preenchida." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -33100,6 +36672,9 @@ msgid "" "(or fewer) units on-hand, this is not advised, since it can lead to " "inventory inconsistencies." msgstr "" +"Embora seja possível criar ordens de desmontagem para produtos que tenham " +"zero (ou menos) unidades disponíveis, isso não é aconselhável, pois pode " +"levar a inconsistências no estoque." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -33107,6 +36682,9 @@ msgid "" "hand, a pop-up window appears, warning the user that there is an " "insufficient quantity to unbuild." msgstr "" +"Se uma ordem de desmontagem for criada para um produto com zero (ou menos) " +"unidades disponíveis, uma janela pop-up será exibida, avisando o usuário de " +"que não há quantidade suficiente para desmontar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -33114,12 +36692,19 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Confirm` at the bottom of the pop-up window. To return to the " "unconfirmed unbuild order, click :guilabel:`Discard`, instead." msgstr "" +"Para ignorar o aviso e prosseguir com a ordem de desmontagem, clique em " +":guilabel:`Confirmar` na parte inferior da janela pop-up. Para retornar à " +"ordem de desmontagem não confirmada, clique em :guilabel:`Descartar`, em vez" +" disso." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "The insufficient quantity pop-up that appears after trying to confirm an unbuild order\n" "for a product with zero or fewer units on hand." msgstr "" +"O pop-up de quantidade insuficiente que aparece após a tentativa de " +"confirmar uma ordem de desmontagem de um produto com zero ou menos unidades " +"disponíveis." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -33127,12 +36712,17 @@ msgid "" "based on the quantity of products unbuilt, and the quantity of components " "reclaimed." msgstr "" +"Depois de concluir uma ordem de desmontagem, as contagens de estoque são " +"atualizadas automaticamente, com base na quantidade de produtos desmontados " +"e na quantidade de componentes recuperados." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:77 msgid "" "A `Coat Rack` product is comprised of one `Wooden Pole` component and six " "`Wooden Dowel` components." msgstr "" +"Um produto `Porta-casacos` é composto por um componente `Poste de madeira` e" +" seis componentes `Cavilha de madeira`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -33141,10 +36731,14 @@ msgid "" "the on-hand quantities of `Wooden Poles` and `Wooden Dowels` increase by one" " and six, respectively." msgstr "" +"Uma ordem de desmontagem é criado para uma unidade do `Porta-casacos`. " +"Quando a ordem for concluída, a quantidade disponível de `Porta-casacos` " +"diminuirá em um, enquanto as quantidades disponíveis de `Postes de madeira` " +"e `Cavilhas de madeira` aumentarão em um e seis, respectivamente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:85 msgid "Scrap unusable components" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sucatear componentes inutilizáveis" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -33154,6 +36748,12 @@ msgid "" "should be removed from inventory using a :doc:`scrap order " "<../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory>`." msgstr "" +"Em alguns casos, os componentes podem ficar inutilizáveis após a conclusão " +"do processo de desmontagem. Para garantir que as contagens de inventário " +"reflitam com precisão a quantidade de componentes utilizáveis disponíveis, " +"qualquer componente que não possa mais ser usado deve ser removido do " +"inventário usando um :doc:`pedido de sucata " +"<.../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory>`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:3 msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" @@ -33994,12 +37594,9 @@ msgstr "Ordens de alteração de engenharia" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:12 msgid "" "Utilize *engineering change orders* (*ECOs*) to track, implement, and revert" -" change versions made to products, and :ref:`bills of materials " -"`." +" change versions made to products, and :doc:`bills of materials " +"<../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" -"Utilize *ordens de alteração de engenharia* (*OAEs*) para rastrear, " -"implementar e reverter versões de alterações feitas em produtos e " -":ref:`listas de materiais `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:15 msgid "Engineering change orders can be created:" @@ -35982,6 +39579,354 @@ msgstr "" "Você pode inserir os dados da tabela dinâmica diretamente no aplicativo " "Planilhas ou exportá-los como um arquivo do Excel." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:3 +msgid "Procurement expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:12 +msgid "" +"With the *Purchase* application, users can monitor procurement expenses over" +" time. This report helps companies track and analyze spending, identify " +"cost-saving opportunities, and ensure efficient budget management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:17 +msgid "Create procurement expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To create a |per|, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " +"Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:22 +msgid "" +"By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` (POs) with a " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of Requests for " +"Quotation (RFQs) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent*, or *Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:25 +msgid "Add filters and groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the top-right, click the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot)` icon " +"to switch to pivot view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:32 +msgid "" +"While the |per| can also be :ref:`viewed ` as a " +":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " +":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`, " +"the pivot view provides the most detailed view of the data, and is the " +"recommended starting point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Remove any default filters from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. Then, click " +"the |caret| to open the drop-down menu that contains the " +":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and :guilabel:`Favorites` " +"columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Unless otherwise specified, the report displays data from both |RFQs| and " +"|POs|. This can be changed by selecting either :guilabel:`Requests for " +"Quotation` or :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a time frame to use for " +"comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " +"|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " +"Then, select :guilabel:`Product Category`, which is also located in the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The selections under the :guilabel:`Group By` heading can be altered, " +"depending on the needs of the individual company. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Product`, instead of :guilabel:`Product Category`, provides a " +"more in depth look at the performance of specific items, in place of an " +"entire category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading that " +"appears. These options are only available after the date range is selected " +"under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " +":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " +"as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " +"time period from the previous year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:60 +msgid "" +"While multiple time-based filters can be added at once, only one comparison " +"can be selected at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the procurement expenses\n" +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The filter for Q2, comparison for **Previous Period**, and group-by for " +"**Vendor** and **Product Category** were selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:68 +msgid "Add measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:70 +msgid "" +"After selecting the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group by`, and " +":guilabel:`Comparison` settings, click out of the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:82 +msgid "" +"By default, the report displays data with the following measures: " +":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " +":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " +"drop-down list of available measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click the following specific measures to include additional columns for the " +"procurement expenses report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total` and :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`: can include one or both " +"measures. These are included for overall spending analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:91 +msgid ":guilabel:`Average Cost`: included to evaluate cost efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to Confirm` and :guilabel:`Days to Receive`: used to assess " +"supplier performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Qty Ordered` and :guilabel:`Qty Received`: used to understand " +"order efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Qty Billed` and :guilabel:`Qty to be Billed`: used to track order" +" accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Additional measures can be included in the report, if desired, to provide " +"additional insights. For example, :guilabel:`Gross Weight` and " +":guilabel:`Volume` may be included for further logistics and management " +"analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:101 +msgid "" +"After selecting all necessary measures, click out of the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:85 +msgid "View results" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:108 +msgid "" +"After all of the filters and measures have been selected, the report " +"generates in the selected view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst-1 +msgid "A sample version of the procurement expenses report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " +"editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is **only** available if the " +"*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The |per| is also available in graph view. Click the :icon:`fa-area-chart` " +":guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view. Click the " +"corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a :icon:`fa-bar-" +"chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` :guilabel:`(line " +"chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:107 +msgid "To save this report as a *favorite*, see :ref:`search/favorites`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor costs report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With the *Purchase* application, users can track the fluctuation of vendor " +"costs over time. This allows users to identify the most expensive vendors, " +"and track seasonal changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:14 +msgid "Create vendor costs reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To create a vendor costs report, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase " +"app --> Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` " +"dashboard. By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of POs (Purchase Orders) with a " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of RFQs (Requests " +"for Quotation) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent, or *Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a date range to use for " +"comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " +"|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " +"Then, select :guilabel:`Product`, which is also located in the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Product` is **not** required for this report. However, " +"it is recommended, as it provides additional insight into the performance of" +" individual vendors. Additional selections can be made under the " +":guilabel:`Group by` heading as well, including :guilabel:`Product " +"Category`, :guilabel:`Status`, and :guilabel:`Purchase Representative`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To ensure the report is generated correctly, make sure that " +":guilabel:`Vendor` is the **first** selection made under the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading. These " +"options are only available after the date range is selected under the " +":guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " +":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " +"as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " +"time period from the previous year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the " +"vendor costs report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"By default, the report displays with the following measures: " +":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " +":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " +"drop-down list of available measures. Click :guilabel:`Average Cost` to add " +"it to the report. Select any additional measures to add to the report, or " +"click on any of the already selected measures to remove them, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:80 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to run the report with at least :guilabel:`Average Cost`, " +":guilabel:`Total`, or :guilabel:`Untaxed Total` selected from the " +":guilabel:`Measures` list. Additional measures, such as :guilabel:`Days to " +"Receive`, can be added to provide additional insights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:87 +msgid "" +"After all of the :ref:`filters and measures have been selected " +"`, the report generates in the pivot " +"view. Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " +"editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is only available if the " +"*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A sample of a vendor costs report with the measures set as total and average" +" costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The vendor costs report is also available in *graph* view. Click the " +":icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view." +" Click the corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a " +":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " +":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5 msgid "Manage deals" msgstr "Gerenciar negócios" @@ -36451,7 +40396,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:3 msgid "Alternative RfQs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SDCs alternativas" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -36460,6 +40405,11 @@ msgid "" "or services all at once. This helps companies to select the cheapest, " "fastest vendors, depending on their specific business needs." msgstr "" +"Às vezes, as empresas podem querer solicitar propostas de vários " +"fornecedores ao mesmo tempo, convidando-os a enviar ofertas de bens ou " +"serviços semelhantes de uma só vez. Isso facilita a seleção de fornecedores " +"com menores preços (e menos demora de atendimento), conforme as necessidades" +" comerciais específicas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -36468,6 +40418,11 @@ msgid "" "the product lines from each |RfQ| can be compared, and a decision can be " "made for which products to purchase from which vendors." msgstr "" +"No Odoo, isso pode ser feito criando solicitações alternativas de cotação " +"(SDCs) para diferentes fornecedores. Depois de receber a resposta de cada " +"fornecedor, as linhas de produtos de cada SDC podem ser comparadas e uma " +"decisão pode ser tomada sobre quais produtos devem ser comprados de quais " +"fornecedores." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -36476,6 +40431,10 @@ msgid "" " making a purchase. However, private companies can also use alternative " "|RfQs| to spend money efficiently." msgstr "" +"Às vezes chamado de *Licitação*, esse processo é usado principalmente por " +"organizações do setor público, que são legalmente obrigadas a usá-lo ao " +"fazer uma compra. Entretanto, as empresas privadas também podem usar |SDCs| " +"alternativos para empregar seu dinheiro de forma eficiente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -36485,16 +40444,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox for :guilabel:`Purchase " "Agreements`." msgstr "" +"Para criar SDCs alternativos, o recurso *Acordos de compra* **deve** ser " +"ativado nas configurações do aplicativo *Compra*. Para ativar o recurso, " +"navegue até :menuselection:`app Compras --> Configuração --> Definições`. Na" +" seção :guilabel:`Pedidos`, clique na caixa de seleção de :guilabel:`Acordos" +" de compra`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:33 msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the change." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Salvar` para aplicar a alteração." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:35 msgid "" "Doing so enables the ability to create alternative |RfQs|, as well as " "*blanket orders*." msgstr "" +"Isso permite a capacidade de criar |SDCs| alternativos, bem como *pedidos " +"genéricos*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -36502,6 +40468,9 @@ msgid "" "delivery lead times can be set in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab of a product " "form." msgstr "" +"Para economizar tempo na criação de |SDCs| alternativos, fornecedores " +"personalizados, preços e prazos de entrega podem ser definidos na aba " +":guilabel:`Compra` de um formulário de produto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -36509,6 +40478,9 @@ msgid "" "Products`, and select a product to edit. On the product form, click the " ":guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" +"Para fazer isso, navegue até :menuselection:`app --> Produtos --> Produtos` " +"e selecione um produto para editar. No formulário do produto, clique na aba " +":guilabel:`Compra` e clique em :guilabel:`Adicionar uma linha`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -36518,16 +40490,24 @@ msgid "" "icon, at the top right of the header row, provides additional column options" " to add to the line item." msgstr "" +"No menu suspenso, escolha um fornecedor para definir na coluna " +":guilabel:`Fornecedor` e, em seguida, defina um :guilabel:`Preço` e " +":guilabel:`Prazo de entrega`, se necessário. Clicar no ícone " +":guilabel:`(botão de alternância suspenso de colunas opcionais)`, no canto " +"superior direito da linha do cabeçalho, fornece opções de colunas adicionais" +" para adicionar ao item de linha." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:57 msgid "Create an |RfQ|" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Criar uma |SDC|" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a new |RfQ|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and " "click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +"Para criar uma nova |SDC|, navegue até o aplicativo :menuselection:`Compra` " +"e clique em :guilabel:`Novo`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -36536,6 +40516,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Products` tab, to select a product from the drop-down menu in the" " :guilabel:`Product` column." msgstr "" +"No formulário de |SDC| em branco, adicione um fornecedor no menu suspenso, " +"ao lado do campo :guilabel:`Fornecedor`. Em seguida, clique em " +":guilabel:`Adicionar um produto`, na aba :guilabel:`Produtos`, para " +"selecionar um produto no menu suspenso na coluna :guilabel:`Produto`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -36543,6 +40527,9 @@ msgid "" "column, and change the purchase price in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` column, " "if necessary." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, defina a quantidade a comprar na coluna :guilabel:`Quantidade` e" +" altere o preço de compra na coluna :guilabel:`Preço unitário`, se " +"necessário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -36550,6 +40537,9 @@ msgid "" "top right of the header row, provides additional column options to add to " "the line item." msgstr "" +"Clicar no ícone :guilabel:`(botão de alternância suspenso de colunas " +"opcionais)`, no canto superior direito da linha do cabeçalho, fornece opções" +" de colunas adicionais para adicionar ao item de linha." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -36557,10 +40547,13 @@ msgid "" " tab as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` (Units of Measure) to " "purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date." msgstr "" +"Repita essas etapas para adicionar tantas opções de coluna na aba " +":guilabel:`Produtos` quanto desejar, incluindo as :guilabel:`UM` (Unidades " +"de medida) para comprar os produtos e a data :guilabel:`Chegada prevista`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:75 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Quando estiver pronto, clique em :guilabel:`Enviar por e-mail`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -36568,10 +40561,14 @@ msgid "" " the vendor can be customized, and attachments can be added, if needed. Once" " ready, click :guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" +"Isso abre uma janela pop-up :guilabel:`Escrever e-mail`, na qual é possível " +"personalizar a mensagem para o fornecedor e adicionar anexos, se necessário." +" Quando estiver pronto, clique em :guilabel:`Enviar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:80 msgid "This sends an email to the vendor listed on the |RfQ| form." msgstr "" +"Isso envia um e-mail para o fornecedor listado no formulário da |SDC|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Compose and send quotation email pop-up." @@ -36583,10 +40580,14 @@ msgid "" "|RfQs|, because vendors can confirm if their past prices still hold today, " "which helps companies choose the best offers." msgstr "" +"O envio de e-mails para cada fornecedor é útil na criação de |SDCs| " +"alternativas, pois os fornecedores podem confirmar se os preços aplicados no" +" passado ainda são válidos hoje, o que ajuda as empresas a escolher as " +"melhores ofertas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:93 msgid "Create alternative |RfQs|" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Criar |SDCs| alternativas" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -36594,6 +40595,9 @@ msgid "" "created for additional vendors to compare prices, delivery times, and other " "factors, to help make a decision for the order." msgstr "" +"Depois que uma |PO| é criada e enviada a um fornecedor, podem ser criadas " +"|SDCs| alternativas para que outros fornecedores comparem preços, prazos de " +"entrega e outros fatores, para ajudar a tomar uma decisão sobre o pedido." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -36601,6 +40605,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Alternative`. " "When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create alternative` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" +"Para criar |SDCs| alternativas a partir do original, clique na aba " +":guilabel:`Alternativas`. Em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Criar " +"alternativa`. Quando clicada, uma janela pop-up :guilabel:`Criar " +"alternativa` é exibida." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Calls for tenders pop-up to create alternative quotation." @@ -36613,6 +40621,9 @@ msgid "" "to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, to whom the alternative quotation is " "assigned." msgstr "" +"Nessa janela, selecione um fornecedor alternativo no menu suspenso ao lado " +"do campo :guilabel:`Fornecedor`, ao qual a cotação alternativa será " +"atribuída." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -36622,6 +40633,11 @@ msgid "" " the checkbox checked. Once finished, click :guilabel:`Create Alternative`. " "This opens a new |RfQ| form." msgstr "" +"Ao lado disso, há uma caixa de seleção :guilabel:`Copiar produtos` que é " +"selecionada por padrão. Quando selecionada, as quantidades de produtos do " +"|SDC| original são copiadas para a alternativa. Para essa primeira cotação " +"alternativa, deixe a caixa de seleção marcada. Quando terminar, clique em " +":guilabel:`Criar alternativa`. Isso abre um novo formulário de |SDC|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -36629,6 +40645,9 @@ msgid "" "form is already pre-populated with the same products, quantities, and other " "details as the previous, original |RfQ|." msgstr "" +"Como a caixa de seleção :guilabel:`Criar alternativa` foi deixada marcada, o" +" novo formulário já está pré-preenchido com os mesmos produtos, quantidades " +"e outros detalhes que o |SDC| anterior e original." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -36636,6 +40655,9 @@ msgid "" "alternative quotation, additional products do **not** need to be added, " "unless desired." msgstr "" +"Quando a caixa de seleção :guilabel:`Copiar produtos` é marcada ao criar uma" +" cotação alternativa, produtos adicionais **não** precisam ser adicionados, " +"a menos que desejado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -36644,12 +40666,18 @@ msgid "" "product form carry over to the |RfQ|, and **must** be changed manually, if " "necessary." msgstr "" +"No entanto, se um fornecedor escolhido estiver listado na coluna " +":guilabel:`Fornecedor` em um formulário de produto específico incluído no " +"pedido, os valores definidos no formulário de produto serão transferidos " +"para a |SDC| e **devem** ser alterados manualmente, se necessário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:125 msgid "" "Once ready, create a second alternative quotation by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, followed by :guilabel:`Create Alternative`." msgstr "" +"Quando estiver pronto, crie uma segunda cotação alternativa clicando na aba " +":guilabel:`Alternativas`, seguida de :guilabel:`Criar alternativa`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -36659,6 +40687,12 @@ msgid "" " the :ref:`Compare Product Lines ` section." msgstr "" +"Uma opção para :guilabel:`Comparar linhas de produtos` também é exibida. Ao " +"clicar nessa opção, você será direcionado para a página :guilabel:`Comparar " +"linhas de pedido`, na qual é possível comparar as SDCs alternativas, lado a " +"lado. Para obter mais informações sobre isso, consulte a seção " +":ref:`Comparar linhas de produtos `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -36669,10 +40703,17 @@ msgid "" " alternative |RfQ|, leaving it blank. The specific products which should be " "ordered from this particular vendor can be added in as needed." msgstr "" +"Isso abre a janela pop-up :guilabel:`Criar alternativa`. Mais uma vez, " +"escolha um fornecedor diferente no menu suspenso ao lado de " +":guilabel:`Fornecedor`. No entanto, para essa |SDC| em particular, desmarque" +" a caixa de seleção :guilabel:`Copiar produtos`. Isso removerá todos os " +"produtos da nova SDC alternativa, deixando-a em branco. Os produtos " +"específicos que devem ser pedidos desse fornecedor específico podem ser " +"adicionados conforme necessário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:140 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Alternative`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Quando concluído, clique em :guilabel:`Criar alternativa`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -36680,6 +40721,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, they can be individually removed by clicking " "on the :guilabel:`X (remove)` icon at the end of their row." msgstr "" +"Se uma cotação alternativa precisar ser removida da aba " +":guilabel:`Alternativas`, ela poderá ser removida individualmente clicando " +"no ícone :guilabel:`X (remover)` no final de sua linha." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -36688,12 +40732,19 @@ msgid "" "new products can be added as needed by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, " "and selecting the desired products from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Isso cria uma terceira e nova |SDC|. Mas, como as quantidades de produtos do" +" |SDC| original não foram **copiadas**, as linhas de produtos estão vazias e" +" novos produtos podem ser adicionados conforme necessário, clicando em " +":guilabel:`Adicionar um produto` e selecionando os produtos em questão no " +"menu suspenso." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:150 msgid "" "Once the desired number of specific products are added, click " ":guilabel:`Send by Email`." msgstr "" +"Quando o número desejado de produtos específicos for adicionado, clique em " +":guilabel:`Enviar por e-mail`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Blank alternative quotation with alternatives in breadcrumbs." @@ -36706,6 +40757,9 @@ msgid "" " the vendor can be customized, and attachments can be added, if necessary. " "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" +"Isso abre uma janela pop-up :guilabel:`Escrever e-mail`, na qual é possível " +"personalizar a mensagem para o fornecedor e adicionar anexos, se necessário." +" Quando estiver pronto, clique em :guilabel:`Enviar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -36715,6 +40769,11 @@ msgid "" "and the order :guilabel:`Total` (and :guilabel:`Status`) of the orders are " "in the rows, as well." msgstr "" +"Nesse formulário mais recente, clique na aba :guilabel:`Alternativas`. Nessa" +" aba, é possível ver as três |SDC| na coluna :guilabel:`Referência`. Além " +"disso, os fornecedores estão listados na coluna :guilabel:`Fornecedor`, e o " +":guilabel:`total` e o :guilabel:`status` dos pedidos também estão nas " +"linhas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -36722,10 +40781,13 @@ msgid "" "vendor, based on any pre-configured lead times in the vendor and product " "forms." msgstr "" +"A data na coluna :guilabel:`Chegada prevista` é calculada para cada " +"fornecedor, com base nos tempos de espera pré-configurados nos formulários " +"de fornecedor e produto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:170 msgid "Link new |RfQ| to existing quotations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vincular novas |SDC| a cotações existentes" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -36733,6 +40795,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab of another |RfQ|, it can still be linked to " "existing |RfQs|." msgstr "" +"Mesmo que uma cotação não seja criada diretamente da aba " +":guilabel:`Alternativas` de outra |SDC|, ela ainda poderá ser vinculada a " +"|SDCs| existentes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:175 msgid "" @@ -36740,12 +40805,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`. Fill out the |RfQ|, according to the " ":ref:`previous instructions `." msgstr "" +"Para fazer isso, comece criando uma nova |SDC|. Navegue até " +":menuselection:`app Compras --> Novo`. Preencha o registro, de acordo com as" +" instruções anteriores do guia `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:178 msgid "" "Then, once ready, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab. Since this new " "|RfQ| was created separately, there are no other orders linked yet." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, quando estiver pronto, clique na aba :guilabel:`Alternativas`. " +"Como essa nova |SDC| foi criada separadamente, ainda não há outros pedidos " +"vinculados." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -36753,10 +40824,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Link to Existing RfQ` on the first line in the :guilabel:`Vendor`" " column." msgstr "" +"No entanto, para vincular esse SDC às alternativas existentes, clique em " +":guilabel:`Link para a SDC existente` na primeira linha da coluna " +":guilabel:`Fornecedor`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Pop-up to link new quotation to existing RFQs." msgstr "" +"Pop-up para vincular uma nova cotação a solicitações de cotação existentes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -36765,6 +40840,10 @@ msgid "" "these orders are now copied to this |RfQ|, and can be found under the " ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab." msgstr "" +"Isso abre uma janela pop-up :guilabel:`Adicionar: POs alternativos\". " +"Selecione as |SDCs| em questão, criadas anteriormente, e clique em " +":guilabel:`Selecionar`. Todos esses pedidos são agora copiados para essa " +"|SDC| e podem ser encontrados na aba :guilabel:`Alternativas`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:193 msgid "" @@ -36772,6 +40851,9 @@ msgid "" " be located, click the :guilabel:`⬇️ (down arrow)` icon to the right of the " "search bar, at the top of the pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Se um grande número de |POs| estiver sendo processado e os |POs| anteriores " +"não puderem ser localizados, clique no ícone :guilabel:`⬇️ (seta para " +"baixo)` à direita da barra de pesquisa, na parte superior da janela pop-up." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:197 msgid "" @@ -36779,6 +40861,10 @@ msgid "" "Vendors are displayed in their own nested drop-down lists, and each vendor's" " list can be expanded to view open |POs| for that vendor." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, na seção :guilabel:`Agrupar por`, clique em " +":guilabel:`Fornecedor`. Os fornecedores são exibidos em suas próprias listas" +" suspensas aninhadas, e a lista de cada fornecedor pode ser expandida para " +"visualizar os |POs| abertos para esse fornecedor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:204 msgid "Compare product lines" @@ -36789,12 +40875,17 @@ msgid "" "Alternative |RfQs| can be compared side-by-side, in order to determine which" " vendors offer the best deals on the products included in the orders." msgstr "" +"As |SDCs| alternativas podem ser comparadas lado a lado, para determinar " +"quais fornecedores oferecem as melhores ofertas para os produtos incluídos " +"nos pedidos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:209 msgid "" "To compare alternative |RfQs|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase` " "app, and select one of the previously-created |RfQs|." msgstr "" +"Para comparar |SDCs| alternativas, navegue até o aplicativo " +":menuselection:`Compras` e selecione uma das |SDCs| criados anteriormente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:212 msgid "" @@ -36802,6 +40893,10 @@ msgid "" " under the :guilabel:`Create Alternative` option, click :guilabel:`Compare " "Product Lines`. This navigates to the :guilabel:`Compare Order Lines` page." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, clique na aba :guilabel:`Alternativas` para ver todas as |SDCs| " +"vinculadas. Em seguida, na opção :guilabel:`Criar alternativa`, clique em " +":guilabel:`Comparar linhas de produtos`. Isso leva à página " +":guilabel:`Comparar linhas de pedido`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Compare Product Lines page for alternative RFQs." @@ -36814,6 +40909,10 @@ msgid "" " in its own nested drop-down list, and features all of the |PO| numbers in " "the :guilabel:`Reference` column." msgstr "" +"A página :guilabel:`Comparar linhas de pedido`, por padrão, agrupa por " +":guilabel:`Produto`. Os produtos incluídos em qualquer uma das |SDCs| são " +"exibidos em sua própria lista suspensa aninhada e apresenta todos os números" +" de |PO| na coluna :guilabel:`Referência`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:224 msgid "" @@ -36827,24 +40926,39 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total` price of the order, and the :guilabel:`Currency` applied " "to the order." msgstr "" +"As colunas adicionais dessa página incluem o :guilabel:`Fornecedor` do qual " +"os produtos foram pedidos, a :guilabel:`OTD (entrega no prazo)`, o número de" +" :guilabel:`Referência`, o :guilabel:`Status` da cotação (por exemplo, " +":guilabel:`SDC`, :guilabel:`SDC enviada`, etc.), a :guilabel:`Descrição` do " +"produto, a data de :guilabel:`Chegada prevista`, a :guilabel:`Quantidade` de" +" produtos pedidos de cada fornecedor, a :guilabel:`Unidade de medida` usada " +"para cada produto (se houver), o :guilabel:`Preço unitário` por produto, o " +":guilabel:`Total` preço do pedido e a :guilabel:`Moeda` aplicada ao pedido." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:233 msgid "" "To remove product lines from the :guilabel:`Compare Order Lines` page, click" " :guilabel:`Clear` at the far-right end of that product line's row." msgstr "" +"Para remover linhas de produtos da página :guilabel:`Comparar linhas de " +"pedido`, clique em :guilabel:`Limpar` na extremidade direita da linha dessa " +"linha de produtos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:236 msgid "" "Doing so removes this specific product as a selectable option from the page," " and changes the :guilabel:`Total` price of that product on the page to `0`." msgstr "" +"Isso remove esse produto específico como uma opção selecionável da página e " +"altera o preço :guilabel:`Total` desse produto na página para `0`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:239 msgid "" "Additionally, on the |RfQ| form, in which that product was included, its " "ordered quantity is also changed to `0`." msgstr "" +"Além disso, no formulário |SDC|, no qual esse produto foi incluído, sua " +"quantidade pedida também é alterada para `0`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:242 msgid "" @@ -36852,6 +40966,9 @@ msgid "" "selected by clicking the :guilabel:`Choose` button at the end of each " "corresponding row." msgstr "" +"Depois que as melhores ofertas forem identificadas, os produtos individuais " +"poderão ser selecionados clicando no botão :guilabel:`Escolher` no final de " +"cada linha correspondente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:245 msgid "" @@ -36859,6 +40976,9 @@ msgid "" "Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to " "an overview of all |RfQs|." msgstr "" +"Depois que todos os produtos desejados tiverem sido escolhidos, clique em " +":guilabel:`Solicitações de cotação` (nas trilhas de navegação, na parte " +"superior da página) para voltar à visão geral de todos os |SDCs|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:251 msgid "Cancel (or keep) alternatives" @@ -36870,6 +40990,9 @@ msgid "" " Lines` page, the remaining |RfQs|, from which no products were chosen, can " "be canceled." msgstr "" +"Depois que os produtos desejados tiverem sido escolhidos na página " +":guilabel:`Comparar linhas de pedido`, as |SDCs| restantes sem nenhum " +"produto foi escolhido poderão ser cancelados." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:256 msgid "" @@ -36877,6 +41000,9 @@ msgid "" " is automatically set to `0`, indicated at the far-right of each " "corresponding row." msgstr "" +"O custo na coluna :guilabel:`Total` para cada produto que não foi escolhido " +"é automaticamente definido como `0`, indicado na extremidade direita de cada" +" linha correspondente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:259 msgid "" @@ -36884,6 +41010,9 @@ msgid "" "orders can be canceled without having an effect on the other live orders, " "once those orders have been confirmed." msgstr "" +"Embora ainda não tenham sido canceladas, isso indica que cada um desses " +"pedidos pode ser cancelado sem afetar os outros pedidos ativos, uma vez que " +"esses pedidos tenham sido confirmados." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Canceled quotations in the Purchase app overview." @@ -36894,6 +41023,8 @@ msgid "" "To confirm an |RfQ| for which products were selected, click into one, and " "click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" +"Para confirmar uma |SDC| para o qual foram selecionados produtos, clique em " +"um deles e clique em :guilabel:`Confirmar pedido`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:269 msgid "" @@ -36902,10 +41033,15 @@ msgid "" " presented: :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` and :guilabel:`Keep " "Alternatives`." msgstr "" +"Isso faz com que apareça uma janela pop-up com a seguinte mensagem: " +":guilabel:`E as solicitações de cotação alternativas?`. Na janela pop-up, " +"são apresentadas duas opções: :guilabel:`Cancelar alternativas` e " +":guilabel:`Manter alternativas`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:273 msgid "If this |PO| should **not** be confirmed, click :guilabel:`Discard`." msgstr "" +"Se esse |PO| não deve **ser** confirmado, clique em :guilabel:`Descartar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:275 msgid "" @@ -36914,12 +41050,19 @@ msgid "" "alternative |RfQs| open, so they can still be accessed, if any additional " "product quantities need to be ordered later." msgstr "" +"A seleção de :guilabel:`Cancelar alternativas` cancela automaticamente as " +"|SDCs| alternativas. A seleção de :guilabel:`Manter alternativas` mantém as " +"|SDCs| alternativos abertas, de modo que ainda possam ser acessadas, caso " +"seja necessário solicitar quantidades adicionais de produtos posteriormente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:279 msgid "" "Once all products are ordered, :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` can be " "selected from whichever |PO| is open at that time." msgstr "" +"Depois que todos os produtos forem solicitados, o :guilabel:`Cancelar " +"alternativas` poderá ser selecionado em qualquer |PO| que esteja aberto " +"naquele momento." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Keep or cancel pop-up for alternative RFQs." @@ -36931,10 +41074,16 @@ msgid "" " that quotation. This opens an :guilabel:`Open: Alternative POs` pop-up " "window, from which all details of that particular |RfQ| can be viewed." msgstr "" +"Para visualizar um formulário detalhado de uma das |SDCs| listadas, clique " +"no item de linha dessa cotação. Isso abre uma janela pop-up " +":guilabel:`Abrir: POs alternativos\", na qual todos os detalhes dessa " +"cotação específica podem ser visualizados." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:290 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Close` to close the pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Quando estiver pronto, clique em :guilabel:`Fechar` para fechar a janela " +"pop-up." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:292 msgid "" @@ -36942,18 +41091,26 @@ msgid "" "the alternative Requests for Quotations?` pop-up window, click " ":guilabel:`Keep Alternatives`." msgstr "" +"Se todos as |SDCs| alternativas devem permanecer abertas, na janela pop-up " +":guilabel:`E as solicitações de cotação alternativas?`, clique em " +":guilabel:`Manter alternativas`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:295 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at the " "top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all |RfQs|." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Solicitações de cotação` (nas trilhas de " +"navegação, na parte superior da página) para voltar à visão geral de todos " +"os |SDCs|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:298 msgid "" "Click into the remaining |RfQs| that contain products that need to be " "ordered, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" +"Clique nas |SDCs| restantes que contêm produtos que precisam ser pedidos e " +"clique em :guilabel:`Confirmar pedido`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:301 msgid "" @@ -36962,12 +41119,19 @@ msgid "" " are no longer needed, click :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` to cancel all " "other alternative |RfQs| linked with this order." msgstr "" +"Isso abre a janela pop-up :guilabel:`E as solicitações de cotação " +"alternativas?`. Se desejar, e se as outras SDCs alternativas não forem mais " +"necessárias, clique em :guilabel:`Cancelar alternativas` para cancelar todas" +" as outras SDCs alternativas vinculadas a esse pedido." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:305 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at " "the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all |RfQs|." msgstr "" +"Por fim, clique em :guilabel:`Solicitações de cotação` (nas trilhas de " +"navegação, na parte superior da página) para voltar à visão geral de todas " +"as |SDCs|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:308 msgid "" @@ -36975,12 +41139,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cancelled` status, under the :guilabel:`Status` column at the " "far-right of their respective rows." msgstr "" +"Os pedidos cancelados podem ser vistos, em cinza e com o status " +":guilabel:`Cancelado`, na coluna :guilabel:`Status`, na extrema direita de " +"suas respectivas linhas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:311 msgid "" "Now that all product quantities have been ordered, the purchase process can " "be completed, and the products can be received into the warehouse." msgstr "" +"Agora que todas as quantidades de produtos foram solicitadas, o processo de " +"compra pode ser concluído e os produtos podem ser recebidos no armazém." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:315 msgid ":doc:`blanket_orders`" @@ -36997,12 +41166,17 @@ msgid "" "quantities billed by vendors on every purchase order (PO), for either " "ordered or received quantities." msgstr "" +"No aplicativo *Compras* do Odoo, a política de *controle de faturamento* " +"determina as quantidades faturadas pelos fornecedores em cada pedido de " +"compra (PO), para quantidades solicitadas ou recebidas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:13 msgid "" "The policy selected in the *Purchase* app settings acts as the default " "value, and is applied to any new product created." msgstr "" +"A política selecionada nas configurações do aplicativo *Compras* funciona " +"como o valor padrão e é aplicada a qualquer novo produto criado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -37012,10 +41186,17 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` or :guilabel:`Received quantities`. Then, " "click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Para configurar a política de *controle de faturamento*, navegue até " +":menuselection:`app Compras --> Configuração --> Definições` e role para " +"baixo até a seção :guilabel:`Faturamento`. Em :guilabel:`Controle de " +"fatura`, selecione :guilabel:`Quantidades solicitadas` ou " +":guilabel:`Quantidades recebidas`. Em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Salvar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 msgid "Selected bill control policy in Purchase app settings." msgstr "" +"Política de controle de faturas selecionada nas configurações do aplicativo " +"Compras." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -37023,6 +41204,9 @@ msgid "" "confirmed. The products and quantities in the |PO| are used to generate a " "draft bill." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Quantidades solicitadas`: cria uma fatura de fornecedor assim que" +" uma |PO| é confirmada. Os produtos e as quantidades na |PO| são usados para" +" gerar um rascunho de fatura." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -37031,6 +41215,11 @@ msgid "" " to generate a draft bill. An error message appears if creation of a vendor " "bill is attempted without receiving anything." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`Quantidades recebidas`: uma fatura é criada somente *depois* de " +"parte do pedido total ter sido recebida. Os produtos e as quantidades " +"recebidas são usados para gerar uma fatura provisória. Uma mensagem de erro " +"será exibida se houver tentativa de criação de uma fatura de fornecedor sem " +"receber nada." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:0 msgid "Bill control policy draft bill error message." @@ -37043,6 +41232,10 @@ msgid "" " the *Purchase* app settings, the :guilabel:`Bill Control` policy for that " "product can be changed from its product form." msgstr "" +"Se um produto específico precisar usar uma política de controle diferente da" +" selecionada nas configurações do aplicativo *Compras*, a política " +":guilabel:`Controle de faturas` desse produto poderá ser alterada no " +"formulário do produto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -37051,6 +41244,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Purchase` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` section, modify" " the selection in the :guilabel:`Control Policy` field." msgstr "" +"Para fazer isso, navegue até :menuselection:`app Compras --> Produtos --> " +"Produtos` e selecione um produto. No formulário do produto, clique na aba " +":guilabel:`Compras`. Na seção :guilabel:`Faturas de fornecedor`, modifique a" +" seleção no campo :guilabel:`Política de controle`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:46 @@ -37062,6 +41259,9 @@ msgid "" "The *3-way matching* feature ensures vendor bills are only paid once some " "(or all) of the products included in the |PO| have been received." msgstr "" +"O recurso *Correspondência de 3 vias* garante que as contas do fornecedor " +"sejam pagas somente quando alguns (ou todos) os produtos incluídos no |PO| " +"tiverem sido recebidos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -37070,16 +41270,26 @@ msgid "" "section. Then, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`3-way matching` to enable " "the feature, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Para ativar a *correspondência de 3 vias*, navegue até :menuselection:`app " +"Compras --> Configuração --> Definições` e role para baixo até a seção " +":guilabel:`Faturamento`. Em seguida, marque a caixa de seleção de " +":guilabel:`Correspondência de 3 vias` para ativar o recurso e clique em " +":guilabel:`Salvar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 msgid "Enabled 3-way matching feature in Purchase app settings." msgstr "" +"Ativou o recurso de correspondência de 3 vias nas definições do aplicativo " +"Compras." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`3-way matching` feature **only** works with the " ":guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" +"O recurso :guilabel:`Correspondência de 3 vias` **só** funciona com a " +"política :guilabel:`Controle de fatura` definida como :guilabel:`Quantidades" +" recebidas`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 msgid "Pay vendor bills with 3-way matching" @@ -37093,6 +41303,11 @@ msgid "" "created until at least some of the products included in a |PO| have been " "received." msgstr "" +"Quando a *correspondência de 3 vias* está ativada, as faturas do fornecedor " +"exibem um campo :guilabel:`A pagar` na aba :guilabel:`Outras informações`. " +"Quando uma nova fatura de fornecedor é criada, o campo é definido como " +":guilabel:`Sim`, pois uma fatura **não pode** ser criada até que pelo menos " +"alguns dos produtos incluídos em um |PO| tenham sido recebidos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -37103,6 +41318,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Draft` stage. Click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and locate " "the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field." msgstr "" +"Para criar uma fatura de fornecedor a partir de um |PO|, navegue até " +":menuselection:`app Compras --> Pedidos --> Pedidos de compra`. Na página " +":guilabel:`Pedidos de compra`, selecione a |PO| desejada na lista. Em " +"seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Criar fatura`. Isso abre um novo formulário de" +" rascunho de :guilabel:`Fatura de fornecedor`, no estágio " +":guilabel:`Rascunho`. Clique na aba :guilabel:`Outras informações` e " +"localize o campo :guilabel:`Deve ser pago`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -37111,10 +41333,14 @@ msgid "" "with a :guilabel:`Received quantities` policy, and a :guilabel:`Fully " "Billed` :guilabel:`Billing Status`." msgstr "" +"A |PO| selecionada na lista **não deve** estar faturada ainda, ou uma janela" +" pop-up :guilabel:`Operação inválida` será exibida. Isso ocorre para |POs| " +"com uma política de :guilabel:`Quantidades recebidas` e um :guilabel:`Status" +" de faturamento` de :guilabel:`Totalmente faturado`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:0 msgid "Invalid Operation pop-up window for billed Purchase Order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Janela pop-up Operação inválida para pedido de compra faturado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -37122,10 +41348,12 @@ msgid "" "available options: :guilabel:`Yes`, :guilabel:`No`, and " ":guilabel:`Exception`." msgstr "" +"Clique no menu suspenso ao lado de :guilabel:`Deve ser pago` para ver as " +"opções disponíveis: :guilabel:`Sim`, :guilabel:`Não` e :guilabel:`Exceção`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 msgid "Should Be Paid field status on draft vendor bill." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Status do campo Deve ser pago no rascunho da fatura do fornecedor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -37133,12 +41361,18 @@ msgid "" "only includes the products that *have* been received in the draft vendor " "bill." msgstr "" +"Se a quantidade total de produtos de uma |PO| não tiver sido recebida, o " +"Odoo incluirá apenas os produtos que *foram* recebidos no rascunho da fatura" +" do fornecedor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:99 msgid "" "Draft vendor bills can be edited to increase the billed quantity, change the" " price of the products in the bill, and add additional products to the bill." msgstr "" +"Os rascunhos de faturas de fornecedores podem ser editados para aumentar a " +"quantidade faturada, alterar o preço dos produtos na fatura e adicionar " +"outros produtos à fatura." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -37147,6 +41381,11 @@ msgid "" "the discrepancy, but does not block the changes or display an error message," " since there might be a valid reason for making changes to the draft bill." msgstr "" +"Se as informações da fatura provisória forem alteradas, o status do campo " +":guilabel:`Deve ser pago` será definido como :guilabel:`Exceção`. Isso " +"significa que o Odoo percebe a discrepância, mas não bloqueia as alterações " +"ou exibe uma mensagem de erro, pois pode haver um motivo válido para fazer " +"alterações na fatura provisória" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -37154,6 +41393,9 @@ msgid "" "field, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`, followed by :guilabel:`Register " "Payment`." msgstr "" +"Para processar a fatura do fornecedor, selecione uma data no campo " +":guilabel:`Data da fatura` e clique em :guilabel:`Confirmar` e, então, em " +":guilabel:`Registrar pagamento`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -37161,6 +41403,10 @@ msgid "" "accounting information is pre-populated based on the database's accounting " "settings. Click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to process the vendor bill." msgstr "" +"Isso abre uma janela pop-up :guilabel:`Registrar pagamento`. Nessa janela, " +"as informações contábeis são preenchidas previamente com base nas " +"configurações contábeis daa base de dados. Clique em :guilabel:`Criar " +"pagamento` para processar a fatura do fornecedor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -37168,6 +41414,9 @@ msgid "" "the green :guilabel:`Paid` banner, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field " "status is set to :guilabel:`No`." msgstr "" +"Depois que tiver sido registrado o pagamento de uma fatura de fornecedor e a" +" fatura exibir o banner verde :guilabel:`Pago`, o status do campo " +":guilabel:`Deve ser pago` será definido como :guilabel:`Não`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -37175,6 +41424,9 @@ msgid "" " However, the status can be manually changed by clicking the field's drop-" "down menu inside the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab." msgstr "" +"O status :guilabel:`Deve ser pago` dos boletos é definido automaticamente " +"pelo Odoo. No entanto, o status pode ser alterado manualmente clicando no " +"menu suspenso do campo dentro da aba :guilabel:`Outras informações`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123 msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" @@ -37185,6 +41437,8 @@ msgid "" "Once a |PO| is confirmed, its :guilabel:`Billing Status` can be viewed under" " the :guilabel:`Other Information` tab on the |PO| form." msgstr "" +"Depois que um |PO| é confirmado, seu :guilabel:`Status de faturamento` pode " +"ser visualizado na aba :guilabel:`Outras informações` do formulário de |PO|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -37192,16 +41446,21 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select a " "|PO| to view." msgstr "" +"Para visualizar o :guilabel:`Status de faturamento` de um |PO|, navegue até " +":menuselection:`app Compras --> Pedidos --> Pedidos de compra` e selecione " +"um |PO| para visualizar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:131 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Other Information` tab, and locate the " ":guilabel:`Billing Status` field." msgstr "" +"Clique na aba :guilabel:`Outras informações` e localize o campo " +":guilabel:`Status do faturamento`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 msgid "Billing status field on a purchase order form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Campo de status de faturamento em um formulário de pedido de compra." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -37209,6 +41468,9 @@ msgid "" "field could read, and when they are displayed, depending on the *Bill " "Control* policy used." msgstr "" +"A tabela abaixo detalha os diferentes valores que o campo :guilabel:`Status " +"do faturamento` pode ler e quando eles são exibidos, dependendo da política " +"de *Controle de faturamento* usada." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:144 msgid "Billing Status" @@ -37370,15 +41632,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51 msgid "" "To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> " -"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, check" -" the box next to :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and " -"bills`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, tick " +"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`3-way matching`, and click :guilabel:`Save` " +"to save changes." msgstr "" -"Para ativá-lo, vá para :menuselection:`app Compras --> Configuração --> " -"Definições` e role para baixo até a seção :guilabel:`Faturamento`. Em " -"seguida, marque a caixa ao lado de :guilabel:`Correspondência de 3 vias: " -"compras, recebimentos e faturas` e clique em :guilabel:`Salvar` para gravar " -"as alterações." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -37389,16 +41646,11 @@ msgstr "" "política de :guilabel:`controle de faturas` definida como " ":guilabel:`Quantidades recebidas`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 -msgid "Activated three-way matching feature in purchase settings." -msgstr "" -"Recurso de correspondência de 3 vias ativada nas configurações de compra." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:60 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts" msgstr "Criar e gerenciar faturas de fornecedores em recebimentos" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:62 msgid "" "When products are received into a company's warehouse, receipts are created." " Once the company processes the received quantities, they can choose to " @@ -37413,12 +41665,12 @@ msgstr "" "nas configurações, a criação da fatura do fornecedor é concluída em " "diferentes etapas do processo de aquisição." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:68 msgid "With the bill control policy set to ordered quantities" msgstr "" "Com a política de controle de faturas definida para quantidades pedidas" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:70 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *ordered quantities*" " bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " @@ -37433,7 +41685,7 @@ msgstr "" " solicitadas` em :guilabel:`Controle de fatura`. Em seguida, clique em " ":guilabel:`Salvar` para gravar as alterações." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:75 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new request for quotation (RFQ). Doing so reveals a blank " @@ -37443,8 +41695,8 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Criar` para criar uma nova solicitação de cotação (SDC). Isso " "revela um formulário detalhado de :abbr:`SDC` em branco." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 msgid "" "On the blank detail form, add a vendor to the :abbr:`RFQ (request for " "quotation)` in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the " @@ -37454,8 +41706,8 @@ msgstr "" " campo :guilabel:`Fornecedor` e adicione produtos às linhas de " ":guilabel:`Produto` clicando em :guilabel:`Adicionar uma linha`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 msgid "" "Then, confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` button above the detail form. Doing so turns the " @@ -37465,7 +41717,7 @@ msgstr "" "pedido` acima do formulário de detalhes. Isso transforma a :abbr:`SDC` em um" " pedido de compra." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a vendor bill for " "the purchase order." @@ -37473,7 +41725,7 @@ msgstr "" "Em seguida, clique no botão :guilabel:`Criar fatura` para criar uma fatura " "de fornecedor para o pedido de compra." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:88 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button reveals the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill` page for the purchase order." @@ -37481,7 +41733,7 @@ msgstr "" "Clicar no botão :guilabel:`Criar fatura` abre a página :guilabel:`Fatura " "provisória` para o pedido de compra." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:91 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button to modify " "the bill, and add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field. If needed," @@ -37493,7 +41745,7 @@ msgstr "" "Se necessário, adicione produtos às linhas de :guilabel:`Produto` clicando " "em :guilabel:`Adicionar uma linha` na aba :guilabel:`Linhas da fatura`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 msgid "" "Next, confirm the bill by clicking the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill` page." @@ -37501,7 +41753,7 @@ msgstr "" "Em seguida, confirme a fatura clicando no botão :guilabel:`Confirmar` na " "página :guilabel:`Fatura provisória`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *ordered quantities*, the draft bill" " can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been " @@ -37511,8 +41763,8 @@ msgstr "" "solicitadas*, o rascunho da fatura pode ser confirmado assim que for criado," " antes que qualquer produto tenha sido recebido." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:175 msgid "" "On the new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` number," " which can be used to match the bill with additional documents (such as the " @@ -37530,7 +41782,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Diário` de pagamento, um :guilabel:`Método de pagamento` e uma " ":guilabel:`Conta bancária de destino` no menu suspenso." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:108 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " @@ -37551,7 +41803,7 @@ msgstr "" "Formulário de fatura do fornecedor para a política de controle de " "quantidades solicitadas." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:118 msgid "" "Each vendor bill provides the option to either :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " "or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note`. A *credit note* is typically issued when a " @@ -37566,12 +41818,12 @@ msgstr "" "enquanto as *notas de débito* são reservadas para mercadorias devolvidas " "pelo cliente/comprador ao vendedor ou fornecedor." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:124 msgid "With the bill control policy set to received quantities" msgstr "" "Com a política de controle de faturas definida para quantidades recebidas" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:127 msgid "" "If the creation of a vendor bill is attempted without receiving any " "quantities of a product (while using the *received quantities* bill control " @@ -37583,7 +41835,7 @@ msgstr "" "*quantidades recebidas*) exibe uma mensagem de erro e as configurações " "deverão ser alteradas antes de prosseguir." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *received " "quantities* bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " @@ -37598,7 +41850,7 @@ msgstr "" " recebidas` em :guilabel:`Controle de fatura`. Em seguida, clique em " ":guilabel:`Salvar` para gravar as alterações." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:136 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`. Doing so reveals a " @@ -37608,7 +41860,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Criar` para criar uma nova :abbr:`SDC`. Isso revela um formulário" " detalhado de :abbr:`SDC` em branco." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a bill for the " "purchase order." @@ -37616,25 +41868,20 @@ msgstr "" "Por fim, clique no botão :guilabel:`Criar fatura` para criar uma fatura para" " o pedido de compra." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:151 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Create Bill` before any products have been received will" -" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to appear. The :guilabel:`Purchase " -"Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity of the items " -"included on the order to create a vendor bill." +" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up message to appear. The " +":guilabel:`Purchase Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity" +" of the items included on the order to create a vendor bill." msgstr "" -"Clicar em :guilabel:`Criar fatura` antes que qualquer produto tenha sido " -"recebido fará com que uma janela pop-up :guilabel:`Erro de usuário` seja " -"exibida. O :guilabel:`Pedido de compra` requer o recebimento de pelo menos " -"uma quantidade parcial dos itens incluídos no pedido para criar uma fatura " -"do fornecedor." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy." msgstr "" "Pop-up de erro do usuário da política de controle de quantidades recebidas." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:159 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the warehouse " "receipt form." @@ -37642,7 +41889,7 @@ msgstr "" "Em seguida, clique no botão inteligente :guilabel:`Recebimento` para " "visualizar o formulário de recibo do armazém." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:161 msgid "" "On the warehouse receipt form, click :menuselection:`Validate --> Apply` to " "mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities. Then, navigate back to the " @@ -37655,7 +41902,7 @@ msgstr "" "trilha de navegação) e clique no botão :guilabel:`Criar fatura` no " "formulário de pedido de compra." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 msgid "" "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Draft Bill` for the purchase order. On the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and add a " @@ -37668,7 +41915,7 @@ msgstr "" " às linhas de :guilabel:`Produto` clicando em :guilabel:`Adicionar uma " "linha`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill`." @@ -37676,7 +41923,7 @@ msgstr "" "Em seguida, clique no botão :guilabel:`Confirmar` para confirmar a " ":guilabel:`fatura provisória`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:172 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *received quantities*, the draft " "bill can **only** be confirmed when at least some of the quantities are " @@ -37686,7 +41933,7 @@ msgstr "" "recebidas*, a fatura provisória pode ser confirmada **somente** quando pelo " "menos uma parte da quantidade for recebida." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:181 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " @@ -37701,11 +41948,11 @@ msgstr "" " um banner verde **Em pagamento** seja exibido no formulário :abbr:`SDC " "(solicitação de cotação)`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:187 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills in Accounting" msgstr "Criar e gerenciar faturas de fornecedores no app Financeiro" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:189 msgid "" "Vendor bills can also be created directly from the *Accounting* app, " "**without** having to create a purchase order first. To do this, go to " @@ -37718,7 +41965,7 @@ msgstr "" "Faturas` e clique em :guilabel:`Criar`. Ao fazer isso, você verá um " "formulário de detalhes da fatura do fornecedor em branco." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 msgid "" "On this blank vendor bill detail form, add a vendor in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " @@ -37734,7 +41981,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Data da fatura` e qualquer outra informação necessária. Por fim, " "clique em :guilabel:`Confirmar` para confirmar a fatura." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:198 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view (or change) the " ":guilabel:`Account` journals that were populated based on the configuration " @@ -37745,7 +41992,7 @@ msgstr "" "configuração dos formulários correspondentes de :guilabel:`Fornecedor` e " ":guilabel:`Produto`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` to add" " credit or debit notes to the bill. Or, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` " @@ -37756,7 +42003,7 @@ msgstr "" "adicione um número de :guilabel:`Referência da fatura` (enquanto estiver no " "modo :guilabel:`Editar`)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:205 msgid "" "Then, when ready, click :menuselection:`Register Payment --> Create Payment`" " to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." @@ -37765,7 +42012,7 @@ msgstr "" "pagamento --> Criar pagamento` para concluir a :guilabel:`Fatura do " "fornecedor`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 msgid "" "To tie the draft bill to an existing purchase order, click the drop-down " "menu next to :guilabel:`Auto-Complete`, and select a :abbr:`PO (purchase " @@ -37783,11 +42030,11 @@ msgstr "" "Lista suspensa de preenchimento automático na fatura provisória do " "fornecedor." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:218 msgid "Batch billing" msgstr "Faturamento em lote" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:220 msgid "" "Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* " "app." @@ -37795,7 +42042,7 @@ msgstr "" "As faturas do fornecedor podem ser processadas e gerenciadas em lotes no " "aplicativo *Financeiro*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 msgid "" "To do this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. " "Then, click the :guilabel:`checkbox` at the top left of the page, beside the" @@ -37810,7 +42057,7 @@ msgstr "" "existentes com :guilabel:`status` :guilabel:`Lançado` ou " ":guilabel:`Provisório`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:227 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon to export, delete, or send" " & print the bills; click the :guilabel:`Print` icon to print the invoices " @@ -37823,7 +42070,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Registrar pagamento` para criar e processar pagamentos para " "várias faturas de fornecedores de uma só vez." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Register Payment` is selected, a pop-up appears. In this " "pop-up window, select the appropriate journal in the :guilabel:`Journal` " @@ -37837,7 +42084,7 @@ msgstr "" "de pagamento` e escolha um :guilabel:`Método de pagamento`. Também há a " "opção de :guilabel:`Agrupar pagamentos` nesse pop-up." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:236 msgid "" "When ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button, which creates a " "list of journal entries on a separate page. This list of journal entries are" @@ -37848,10 +42095,10 @@ msgstr "" "lançamentos contábeis está vinculada às contas de fornecedor apropriadas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 -msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up." -msgstr "Pop-up \"Registrar pagamento\" de faturamento em lote." +msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up window." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:244 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Register Payment` option for vendor bills in batches will " "only work for journal entries whose :guilabel:`Status` is set to " @@ -37861,11 +42108,9 @@ msgstr "" " só funcionará para lançamentos contábeis manuais cujo :guilabel:`Status` " "esteja definido como :guilabel:`Lançado`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:252 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 +msgid ":doc:`control_bills`" msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5 msgid "Products" @@ -38406,23 +42651,17 @@ msgstr "" "reposição` exibe `0`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" -msgstr "Compra em unidades de medida diferentes da venda" +msgid "Purchase units of measure" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" -" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " -"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " -"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " -"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." +" unit of measure than when it is sold. This can cause confusion between " +"sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to convert " +"measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your product once" +" and let Odoo handle the conversion." msgstr "" -"Quando você compra um produto, pode acontecer de o fornecedor usar uma " -"unidade de medida diferente da que você usa quando o vende. Isso pode causar" -" confusão entre os representantes de vendas e de compras. Além disso, é " -"demorado converter as medidas manualmente todas as vezes. Com o Odoo, você " -"pode configurar seu produto uma vez e deixar que o sistema cuide da " -"conversão." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 msgid "Consider the following examples:" @@ -38559,30 +42798,23 @@ msgstr "Criar uma nova categoria de unidades de medida no Odoo Compras" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "" -"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." +"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, click into " +"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure Category` field and enter a name for the " +"category. Then, under the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -"A próxima etapa é criar as duas unidades de medida. Para fazer isso, vá para" -" :menuselection:`Configuração --> Unidades de medida`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:77 msgid "" "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" -" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" -" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" -" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " -"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " -"Odoo is always a multiple of this value." +" to other units of measure inside the category. Name the unit, and select " +"the units of measure category you just created. For the *Type*, select " +"*Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter the *Rounding " +"Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by Odoo is always a " +"multiple of this value." msgstr "" -"Primeiro, crie a unidade de medida usada como ponto de referência para a " -"conversão para outras unidades de medida dentro da categoria, clicando em " -"*Criar*. Nomeie a unidade e selecione a categoria de unidades de medida que " -"você acabou de criar. No *Tipo*, selecione *Unidade de medida de referência " -"para esta categoria*. Digite a *Precisão de arredondamento* que você " -"gostaria de usar. A quantidade calculada pelo Odoo é sempre um múltiplo " -"desse valor." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:83 msgid "" "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " "fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." @@ -38594,7 +42826,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "Criar uma nova unidade de medida de referência no Odoo Compras" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "" "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " "appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " @@ -38615,7 +42847,7 @@ msgstr "" "*dígitos* conforme desejar. Por exemplo, se você quiser usar uma precisão de" " arredondamento de 0,00001, defina os *dígitos* como 5." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:97 msgid "" "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" " measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " @@ -38626,7 +42858,7 @@ msgstr "" " selecione *Menor* ou *Maior do que a unidade de medida de referência*, " "dependendo de sua situação." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:101 msgid "" "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " "*Smaller*." @@ -38634,7 +42866,7 @@ msgstr "" "Como o rolo de cortina é igual a 100 metros quadrados, você deve selecionar " "*Menor*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:103 msgid "" "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " "second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " @@ -38644,15 +42876,11 @@ msgstr "" " a segunda. Se a segunda unidade for menor, a *razão* deverá ser maior que " "1. Se a segunda unidade for maior, a proporção deverá ser menor que 1." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:107 msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "Para seu rolo de cortina, a proporção deve ser definida como 100." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 -msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "Criar uma segunda unidade de medida no Odoo Compras" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:109 msgid "" "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " "units of measure." @@ -38686,6 +42914,8 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Quality Overview " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Tutoriais do Odoo: Visão geral da qualidade " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types.rst:5 msgid "Quality check types" @@ -41210,10 +45440,12 @@ msgid "" "Odoo *Repairs* assists companies in creating and processing repairs for " "damaged products returned by customers." msgstr "" +"O Odoo *Reparos* ajuda as empresas a criar e processar reparos em produtos " +"devolvidos danificados pelos clientes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:3 msgid "Process repair orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Processar ordens de reparo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -41221,46 +45453,63 @@ msgid "" "transit, and need to be returned for a refund, delivery of a replacement " "product, or repairs." msgstr "" +"Às vezes, os produtos entregues aos clientes podem quebrar ou ser " +"danificados durante o transporte e precisam ser devolvidos para reembolso, " +"entrega de um produto substituto ou reparos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:13 msgid "" "In Odoo, repairs for products returned by customers can be tracked in the " "*Repairs* app. Once repaired, products can be redelivered to the customer." msgstr "" +"No Odoo, os reparos de produtos devolvidos pelos clientes podem ser " +"rastreados no aplicativo *Reparos*. Depois de reparados, os produtos podem " +"ser entregues novamente aos clientes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:16 msgid "" "The return and repair process for damaged products typically follows the " "below steps:" msgstr "" +"O processo de devolução e reparo de produtos danificados normalmente segue " +"as etapas abaixo:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:18 msgid "" ":ref:`Process return order for damaged product " "`" msgstr "" +":ref:`Processar pedidos de devolução de produtos danificados " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:19 msgid "" ":ref:`Create repair order for returned product " "`" msgstr "" +":ref:`Criar ordem de reparo para produtos devolvidos " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:20 msgid "" ":ref:`Return repaired product to customer `" msgstr "" +":ref:`Devolver o produto reparado ao cliente `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:25 msgid "Return order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pedido de devolução" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:27 msgid "" "Returns can be processed in Odoo via *reverse transfers*, created directly " "from a sales order (SO) once products have been delivered to a customer." msgstr "" +"As devoluções podem ser processadas no Odoo por meio de *transferências " +"reversas*, criadas diretamente de um pedido de vendas (SO) depois que os " +"produtos tiverem sido entregues a um cliente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -41269,17 +45518,24 @@ msgid "" "form, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Doing so opens the " "delivery order (DO) form." msgstr "" +"Para criar uma devolução, navegue até o :menuselection:`app Vendas` e clique" +" em um |SO| cujo produto deve ser devolvido. Em seguida, no formulário |SO|," +" clique no botão inteligente :guilabel:`Entrega`. Isso abre o formulário de " +"pedido de entrega (DO)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:34 msgid "" "From this form, click :guilabel:`Return`. This opens a :guilabel:`Reverse " "Transfer` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Nesse formulário, clique em :guilabel:`Devolução`. Isso abre uma janela pop-" +"up :guilabel:`Transferência reversa`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1 msgid "Reverse transfer pop-up window on delivery order form." msgstr "" +"Janela pop-up de transferência reversa no formulário de pedido de entrega." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:253 @@ -41288,6 +45544,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity` delivered to the customer, and the :guilabel:`Unit of " "Measure` the product was in." msgstr "" +"Esse pop-up lista o :guilabel:`produto` incluído no pedido, a " +":guilabel:`quantidade` entregue ao cliente e a :guilabel:`unidade de medida`" +" em que o produto estava." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:256 @@ -41295,6 +45554,8 @@ msgid "" "Click the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field to change the quantity of " "the product to be returned, if necessary." msgstr "" +"Clique no valor do campo :guilabel:`Quantidade` para alterar a quantidade do" +" produto a ser devolvido, se necessário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:259 @@ -41302,12 +45563,16 @@ msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon at the far-right of the product line " "to remove it from the return, if necessary." msgstr "" +"Clique no ícone :guilabel:`🗑️ (lixeira)` na extremidade direita da linha do " +"produto para removê-lo da devolução, se necessário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:49 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Return` to confirm the return. This creates a " "new receipt for the returned products." msgstr "" +"Quando estiver pronto, clique em :guilabel:`Devolução` para confirmar a " +"devolução. Isso cria um novo recebimento para os produtos devolvidos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -41315,6 +45580,9 @@ msgid "" "can be registered in the database by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` from the " "reverse transfer form." msgstr "" +"Depois que o produto tiver sido devolvido ao armazém, o recebimento da " +"devolução poderá ser registrado na base de dados clicando em " +":guilabel:`Validar` no formulário de transferência reversa." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -41323,36 +45591,46 @@ msgid "" "difference between the original :guilabel:`Quantity` ordered, and the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` returned by the customer." msgstr "" +"Quando uma transferência reversa para uma devolução é validada, o valor na " +"coluna :guilabel:`Entregue` no |SO| original é atualizado para refletir a " +"diferença entre a :guilabel:`Quantidade` original solicitada e a " +":guilabel:`Quantidade` devolvida pelo cliente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:0 msgid "Delivered and Quantity columns on sales order after return." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Colunas Entregue e Quantidade no pedido de vendas após a devolução." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:67 msgid "Create repair order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Criar pedido de reparo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:69 msgid "" "Once products have been returned, their repairs can be tracked by creating a" " repair order (RO)." msgstr "" +"Depois que os produtos são devolvidos, os reparos podem ser monitorados com " +"a criação de um pedido de reparo (RO)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:71 msgid "" "To create a new |RO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Repairs app`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank |RO| form." msgstr "" +"Para criar um novo |RO|, navegue até :menuselection:`app Reparos` e clique " +"em :guilabel:`Novo`. Isso abre um formulário |RO| em branco." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1 msgid "Left-hand side of blank repair order form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lado esquerdo do formulário de pedido de reparo em branco." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:78 msgid "" "On this form, begin by selecting a :guilabel:`Customer`. The customer " "selected should be for whom the order will be invoiced and delivered." msgstr "" +"Nesse formulário, comece selecionando um :guilabel:`Cliente`. O cliente " +"selecionado deve ser aquele para quem o pedido será faturado e entregue." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -41361,6 +45639,11 @@ msgid "" "More...` to open a :guilabel:`Search: Product to Repair` pop-up window, and " "browse all products in the database." msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Produto a reparar`, clique no menu suspenso para " +"selecionar o produto que precisa de reparo. Se necessário, clique em " +":guilabel:`Pesquisar mais…` para abrir uma janela pop-up " +":guilabel:`Pesquisar: Produto a reparar\" e navegue por todos os produtos na" +" base de dados." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -41368,18 +45651,25 @@ msgid "" "Quantity` field appears below it. In that field, enter the quantity (in a " "`0.00` format) of the product that requires repair." msgstr "" +"Quando um :guilabel:`Produto a reparar` for selecionado, um novo campo " +":guilabel:`Quantidade do produto` aparecerá abaixo dele. Nesse campo, insira" +" a quantidade (em um formato `0,00`) do produto que precisa de reparo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:89 msgid "" "To the right of that value, click the drop-down list to select the unit of " "measure (UoM) for the product." msgstr "" +"À direita desse valor, clique na lista suspensa para selecionar a unidade de" +" medida (UM) do produto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:92 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Return` field, click the drop-down menu and select the " "return order from which the product to be repaired comes from." msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Devolução`, clique no menu suspenso e selecione a ordem " +"de devolução da qual provém o produto a reparar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -41387,6 +45677,10 @@ msgid "" "is covered by a warranty. If ticked, the :guilabel:`Customer` is not charged" " for all the parts used in the repair order." msgstr "" +"Marque a caixa de seleção :guilabel:`Na garantia` se o produto que está " +"sendo reparado estiver coberto por uma garantia. Se marcada, o " +":guilabel:`Cliente` não será cobrado por todas as peças usadas no pedido de " +"reparo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -41394,38 +45688,49 @@ msgid "" " popover window. From this calendar, select a date for the repair, and click" " :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Data agendada`, clique na data para exibir uma janela " +"popover de calendário. Nesse calendário, selecione uma data para o reparo e " +"clique em :guilabel:`Aplicar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1 msgid "Right-hand side of blank repair order form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lado direito do formulário de pedido de reparo em branco." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:106 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Responsible` field, click the drop-down menu and select " "the user who should be responsible for the repair." msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Responsável`, clique no menu suspenso e selecione o " +"usuário que deve ser responsável pelo reparo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:109 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Company` field, if in a multi-company environment, select " "which company this |RO| belongs to." msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Empresa`, se estiver em um ambiente com várias empresas," +" selecione a qual empresa esse |RO| pertence." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:112 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Tags` field, click the drop-down menu and select which " "tags should be applied to this |RO|." msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Marcadores`, clique no menu suspenso e selecione quais " +"marcadores devem ser aplicados a esse |RO|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:116 msgid "Parts tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aba Peças" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:118 msgid "" "Add, remove, or recycle parts in the :guilabel:`Parts` tab. To do so, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line` at the bottom of the form." msgstr "" +"Adicione, remova ou recicle peças na aba :guilabel:`Peças`. Para fazer isso," +" clique em :guilabel:`Adicionar uma linha` na parte inferior do formulário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -41433,10 +45738,13 @@ msgid "" "choose from: :guilabel:`Add` (selected by default), :guilabel:`Remove`, and " ":guilabel:`Recycle`." msgstr "" +"Na coluna :guilabel:`Tipo`, clique na caixa para revelar três opções de " +"escolha: :guilabel:`Adicionar` (selecionada por padrão), :guilabel:`Remover`" +" e :guilabel:`Reciclar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1 msgid "Type column options or new part under Parts tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Digite opções de coluna ou nova peça na aba Peças." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -41446,6 +45754,11 @@ msgid "" "user can indicate that, too, and the components can be saved for another " "use." msgstr "" +"Clicar em :guilabel:`Adicionar` inclui essa peça no |RO|. A adição de peças " +"lista os componentes a usar no reparo. Se os componentes forem usados, o " +"usuário que estiver concluindo o reparo poderá registrar o uso. Se não forem" +" usados, o usuário também poderá indicar isso, e os componentes poderão ser " +"salvos para outro uso." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -41454,12 +45767,18 @@ msgid "" "during the repair process. If the parts are removed, the user completing the" " repair can indicate they were removed." msgstr "" +"Clicar em :guilabel:`Remover` remove essa peça do |RO|. A remoção de peças " +"lista os componentes que devem ser removidos do produto durante o processo " +"de reparo. Se as peças forem removidas, o usuário que estiver concluindo o " +"reparo poderá indicar que foram removidas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:137 msgid "" "Choosing :guilabel:`Recycle` recycles this part from the |RO|, designating " "it for later use or to be repurposed for another use in the warehouse." msgstr "" +"Clicar em :guilabel:`Reciclar` recicla essa parte no |RO|, designando-a para" +" uso posterior ou para ser reaproveitada para outro uso no armazém." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -41468,23 +45787,32 @@ msgid "" "quantity, if necessary, to indicate what quantity of this part should be " "used in the repair process." msgstr "" +"Na coluna :guilabel:`Produto`, selecione qual produto (peça) deve ser " +"adicionado, removido ou reciclado. Na coluna :guilabel:`Demanda`, altere a " +"quantidade, se necessário, para indicar a quantidade dessa peça que deve ser" +" usada no processo de reparo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:144 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the value (in a `0.00` format) once " "the part has been successfully added, removed, or recycled." msgstr "" +"Na coluna :guilabel:`Concluído`, altere o valor (em um formato `0,00`) " +"quando a peça tiver sido adicionada, removida ou reciclada com sucesso." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:147 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column, select the |UoM| for the part." msgstr "" +"Na coluna :guilabel:`Unidade de medida`, selecione a |UM| para a peça." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:149 msgid "" "Finally, in the :guilabel:`Used` column, tick the checkbox once the part has" " been used in the repair process." msgstr "" +"Por fim, na coluna :guilabel:`Usado`, marque a caixa de seleção quando a " +"peça tiver sido usada no processo de reparo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -41492,14 +45820,17 @@ msgid "" "columns drop-down)` icon, at the far-right of the header row. Select the " "desired options to add to the line." msgstr "" +"Para adicionar colunas à linha, clique no ícone :guilabel:`(menu suspenso de" +" colunas opcionais)`, na extremidade direita da linha do cabeçalho. " +"Selecione as opções desejadas para adicionar à linha." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1 msgid "Optional additional options to add to new part line." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opções adicionais para incluir na nova linha de peças." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:160 msgid "Repair Notes and Miscellaneous tabs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aba Diversos e Notas do reparo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:162 msgid "" @@ -41507,10 +45838,13 @@ msgid "" "specific |RO|, and anything the user performing the repair might need to " "know." msgstr "" +"Clique na aba :guilabel:`Notas de reparo` para adicionar notas internas " +"sobre esse |RO| específico, e qualquer coisa que o usuário que estiver " +"realizando o reparo precise saber." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:165 msgid "Click the blank text field to begin writing notes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Clique no campo de texto em branco para começar a escrever as notas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:167 msgid "" @@ -41518,6 +45852,9 @@ msgid "" "Type` for this repair. By default, this is set to :guilabel:`YourCompany: " "Repairs`, indicating this is a repair type operation." msgstr "" +"Clique na aba :guilabel:`Diversos` para ver o :guilabel:`Tipo de operação` " +"para esse reparo. Por padrão, isso é definido como :guilabel:`SuaEmpresa: " +"Reparos`, indicando que essa é uma operação do tipo reparo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:171 msgid "" @@ -41525,6 +45862,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Confirm Repair`. This moves the |RO| to the :guilabel:`Confirmed`" " stage, and reserves the necessary components needed for the repair." msgstr "" +"Depois que todas as configurações desejadas tiverem sido feitas no " +"formulário de |RO|, clique em :guilabel:`Confirmar reparo`. Isso move o |RO|" +" para o estágio :guilabel:`Confirmado` e reserva os componentes necessários " +"para o reparo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:175 msgid "" @@ -41532,6 +45873,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Parts` tab, displaying the availability of all components needed " "for the repair." msgstr "" +"Uma nova coluna :guilabel:`Previsto` aparece nas linhas de produtos na aba " +":guilabel:`Peças`, exibindo a disponibilidade de todos os componentes " +"necessários para o reparo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:178 msgid "" @@ -41539,28 +45883,39 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Under Repair` stage (in the upper-right corner). If the |RO| " "should be canceled, click :guilabel:`Cancel Repair`." msgstr "" +"Quando estiver pronto, clique em :guilabel:`Iniciar reparo`. Isso move o " +"|RO| para o estágio :guilabel:`Em reparo` (no canto superior direito). Se o " +"|RO| precisar ser cancelado, clique em :guilabel:`Cancelar reparo`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:181 msgid "" "Once all products have been successfully repaired, the |RO| is completed. To" " register this in the database, click :guilabel:`End Repair`." msgstr "" +"Quando todos os produtos tiverem sido reparados com êxito, o |RO| estará " +"concluído. Para registrar isso no banco de dados, clique em " +":guilabel:`Finalizar reparo`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:185 msgid "" "If all parts added to the |RO| were not used, clicking :guilabel:`End " "Repair` causes an :guilabel:`Uncomplete Move(s)` pop-up window to appear." msgstr "" +"Se todas as peças adicionadas ao |RO| não tiverem sido usadas, clicar em " +":guilabel:`Finalizar reparo` fará com que uma janela pop-up " +":guilabel:`Movimentações incompletas` seja exibida." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1 msgid "Uncomplete Moves pop-up window for unused parts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Janela pop-up Movimentações incompletas para peças não utilizadas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:192 msgid "" "The pop-up window informs the user that there is a difference between the " "initial demand and the actual quantity used for the order." msgstr "" +"A janela pop-up informa ao usuário que há uma diferença entre a demanda " +"inicial e a quantidade real usada para o pedido." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:195 msgid "" @@ -41568,40 +45923,50 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Discard` or close the pop-up window. If the order should be " "confirmed, click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" +"Se a quantidade :guilabel:`Usada` tiver que ser alterada, clique em " +":guilabel:`Descartar` ou feche a janela pop-up. Se o pedido tiver que ser " +"confirmado, clique em :guilabel:`Validar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:198 msgid "" "This moves the |RO| to the :guilabel:`Repaired` stage. A :guilabel:`Product " "Moves` smart button also appears above the form." msgstr "" +"Isso move o |RO| para o estágio :guilabel:`Reparado`. Um botão inteligente " +":guilabel:`Movimentações do produto` também aparece acima do formulário." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:201 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button to view the product's moves" " history during and after the repair process." msgstr "" +"Clique no botão inteligente :guilabel:`Movimentações do produto` para " +"visualizar o histórico de movimentações do produto durante e após o processo" +" de reparo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1 msgid "Moves history of product included in the repair order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Histórico de movimentações do produto incluído no pedido de reparo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:211 msgid "Return product to customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Devolver o produto ao cliente" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:214 msgid "Product is under warranty" -msgstr "" +msgstr "O produto está na garantia" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:216 msgid "" "Once the product has been successfully repaired, it can be returned to the " "customer." msgstr "" +"Depois que o produto tiver sido reparado com sucesso, ele poderá ser " +"devolvido ao cliente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:219 msgid "Product is not under warranty" -msgstr "" +msgstr "O produto não está na garantia" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:221 msgid "" @@ -41610,22 +45975,31 @@ msgid "" "populated with the parts used in the |RO|, with the total cost of the repair" " calculated." msgstr "" +"Se o produto não estiver na garantia ou se o cliente tiver que arcar com os " +"custos do reparo, clique em :guilabel:`Criar cotação`. Isso abre um novo " +"formulário |SO|, preenchido previamente com as peças usadas no |RO|, com o " +"custo total do reparo calculado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1 msgid "Pre-populated new quotation for parts included in repair order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nova cotação pré-preenchida para peças incluídas no pedido de reparo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:229 msgid "" "If this |SO| should be sent to the customer, click :guilabel:`Confirm`, and " "proceed to invoice the customer for the repair." msgstr "" +"Se esse |SO| tiver que ser enviada ao cliente, clique em " +":guilabel:`Confirmar` e prossiga com a fatura do reparo para o cliente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:233 msgid "" "If the customer should be charged for a repair service, a service type " "product can be created and added to the |SO| for a repaired product." msgstr "" +"Se o cliente tiver que ser cobrado por um serviço de reparo, um produto do " +"tipo serviço poderá ser criado e adicionado ao |SO| para um produto " +"reparado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:236 msgid "" @@ -41633,6 +46007,9 @@ msgid "" " app`, and select the original |SO| from which the initial return was " "processed. Then, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button." msgstr "" +"Para devolver o produto ao cliente, navegue até o :menuselection:`app " +"Vendas` e selecione o |SO| original a partir do qual a devolução inicial foi" +" processada. Em seguida, clique no botão inteligente :guilabel:`Entrega`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:240 msgid "" @@ -41640,31 +46017,43 @@ msgid "" " by the :guilabel:`Source Document`, which should read `Return of " "WH/OUT/XXXXX`." msgstr "" +"Na lista de operações resultante, clique na transferência reversa, indicada " +"pelo :guilabel:`Documento de origem`, que deve ser lido como `Devolução de " +"WH/OUT/XXXXX`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:243 msgid "" "This opens the return form. At the top of this form, a :guilabel:`Repair " "Orders` smart button now appears, linking this return to the completed |RO|." msgstr "" +"Isso abre o formulário de devolução. Na parte superior desse formulário, um " +"botão inteligente :guilabel:`Pedidos de reparo` é exibido, vinculando essa " +"devolução ao |RO| concluído." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:246 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Return` at the top of the form. This opens a " ":guilabel:`Reverse Transfer` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Clique em :guilabel:`Devolução` na parte superior do formulário. Isso abre " +"uma janela pop-up :guilabel:`Transferência reversa`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:262 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Return` to confirm the return. This creates a " "new delivery for the returned products." msgstr "" +"Quando estiver pronto, clique em :guilabel:`Devolução` para confirmar a " +"devolução. Isso cria uma nova entrega para os produtos devolvidos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:265 msgid "" "When the delivery has been processed and the product has been returned to " "the customer, click :guilabel:`Validate` to validate the delivery." msgstr "" +"Quando a entrega tiver sido processada e o produto tiver sido devolvido ao " +"cliente, clique em :guilabel:`Validar` para validar a entrega." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:269 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/sales/products_prices/returns`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/sales/products_prices/returns`" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index f570ae96c..397d54403 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ # Translators: # Marcos Rodrigues, 2023 # a75f12d3d37ea5bf159c4b3e85eb30e7_0fa6927, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Maitê Dietze, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Maitê Dietze, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -54,11 +54,11 @@ msgstr "" "`_" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:38 msgid "Email marketing dashboard" msgstr "Painel do Marketing por e-mail" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:40 msgid "" "After installing the application, click the :menuselection:`Email Marketing`" " app icon from the main Odoo dashboard. Doing so reveals the main " @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ msgid "View of the main dashboard of the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" "Visualização do painel principal do aplicativo Odoo Marketing por e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:47 msgid "" "In the search bar, the default filter of :guilabel:`My Mailings` is present " "to show all the mailings related to the current user. To remove that filter," @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ msgstr "" "remover esse filtro, clique no ícone :guilabel:`✖️ (remover)` ao lado do " "filtro na barra de pesquisa. Isso mostra todas os envios na base de dados." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:51 msgid "" "The information on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard has four different " "view options, located in the upper-right corner as individual icons." @@ -95,34 +95,34 @@ msgstr "" "visualização diferentes, localizadas no canto superior direito como ícones " "individuais." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:54 msgid "The view options, from left-to-right, are:" msgstr "As opções de visualização, da esquerda para a direita, são:" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:56 msgid ":ref:`List ` (default view)" msgstr ":ref:`Lista ` (visualização padrão)" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:57 msgid ":ref:`Kanban `" msgstr ":ref:`Kanban `" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:58 msgid ":ref:`Calendar `" msgstr ":ref:`Calendário `" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:59 msgid ":ref:`Graph `" msgstr ":ref:`Gráfico `" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:61 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:733 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:736 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:420 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:145 msgid "List view" msgstr "Visualização de lista" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:66 msgid "" "The list view, represented by the :guilabel:`☰ (horizontal lines)` icon in " "the upper-right corner, is the default view of the :guilabel:`Mailings` " @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ msgstr "" "horizontais)` no canto superior direito, é a exibição padrão do painel " ":guilabel:`Envios` no aplicativo :guilabel:`Marketing por e-mail`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:69 msgid "" "While in list view, there are columns dedicated to different aspects of " "information related to the listed emails. Those columns are as follows:" @@ -141,15 +141,15 @@ msgstr "" " das informações relacionadas aos e-mails listados. Essas colunas são as " "seguintes:" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:72 msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: the date the email was sent." msgstr ":guilabel:`Data`: a data em que o e-mail foi enviado." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Subject`: the subject of the email." msgstr ":guilabel:`Assunto`: o assunto do e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the user who created the email, or the user who has" " been assigned to the email." @@ -157,11 +157,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Responsável`: o usuário que criou o e-mail ou o usuário que foi " "atribuído ao e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Sent`: how many times the email has been sent." msgstr ":guilabel:`Enviado`: quantas vezes o e-mail foi enviado." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:77 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivered (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been " "successfully delivered." @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Entregue (%)`: porcentagem de e-mails enviados que foram " "entregues com sucesso." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Opened (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been opened by " "the recipients." @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Aberto (%)`: porcentagem de e-mails enviados que foram abertos " "pelos destinatários." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been clicked by" " the recipients." @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Clicado (%)`: porcentagem de e-mails enviados que foram clicados " "pelos destinatários." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replied (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been replied to" " by the recipients." @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Respondido (%)`: porcentagem de e-mails enviados que foram " "respondidos pelos destinatários." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: the status of the email (:guilabel:`Draft`, " ":guilabel:`In Queue`, or :guilabel:`Sent`)." @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Status`: o status do e-mail (:guilabel:`Rascunho`, :guilabel:`Na " "fila` ou :guilabel:`Enviado`)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:84 msgid "" "To add or remove columns, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options (two " "horizontal lines with dots)` icon, located to the far-right of the column " @@ -213,13 +213,13 @@ msgstr "" "direita dos títulos das colunas na visualização de lista. Isso msotra um " "menu suspenso de opções adicionais de coluna." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:706 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:709 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:391 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "Visualização Kanban" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:93 msgid "" "The Kanban view, represented by the :guilabel:`(inverted bar graph)` icon, " "can be accessed in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Mailings` " @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ msgstr "" "Visualização Kanban do painel principal do aplicativo Odoo Marketing por " "e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:100 msgid "" "While in Kanban view, the email information is displayed in the various " "stages." @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ msgstr "" "No modo de visualização Kanban, as informações de e-mail são exibidas nos " "vários estágios." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:102 msgid "" "The stages are: :guilabel:`Draft`, :guilabel:`In Queue`, " ":guilabel:`Sending`, and :guilabel:`Sent`." @@ -252,29 +252,29 @@ msgstr "" "Os estágios são: :guilabel:`Rascunho`, :guilabel:`Na fila`, " ":guilabel:`Enviando` e :guilabel:`Enviado`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Draft`: the email is still being written/created." msgstr ":guilabel:`Rascunho`: o e-mail ainda está sendo escrito/criado." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`In Queue`: the email is scheduled to be sent at a later date." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Na fila`: o e-mail está programado para ser enviado em uma data " "posterior." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:106 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sending`: the email is currently being sent to its recipients." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Enviando`: o e-mail está sendo enviado para seus destinatários no" " momento." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:107 msgid ":guilabel:`Sent`: the email has already been sent to its recipients." msgstr ":guilabel:`Enviado`: o e-mail já foi enviado a seus destinatários." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:109 msgid "" "In each stage, there are drag-and-drop cards representing the emails that " "have been created/sent, and the stage they are in represents the current " @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ msgstr "" "que foram criados/enviados, e o estágio em que se encontram representa o " "status atual desse envio." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:112 msgid "" "Each card on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard provides key information " "related to that specific email." @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cada cartão no painel :guilabel:`Envios` fornece informações importantes " "relacionadas a esse e-mail específico." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:115 msgid "" "When the cursor hovers over the upper-right corner of an email campaign " "card, a :guilabel:`⋮ (three vertical dots)` icon appears. When clicked, a " @@ -313,12 +313,12 @@ msgstr "" "Visualização do menu suspenso de três pontos no painel de controle do Odoo " "Marketing por e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:404 msgid "Calendar view" msgstr "Visualização do calendário" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:129 msgid "" "The calendar view, represented by a :guilabel:`📆 (calendar)` icon, can be " "accessed in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in " @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ msgstr "" "(calendário)`, pode ser acessada no canto superior direito do painel " ":guilabel:`Envios` no aplicativo :guilabel:`Marketing por e-mail`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:132 msgid "" "While in calendar view, a monthly calendar (by default), shows when the " "mailings have been sent or are scheduled to be sent." @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ msgstr "" "Visualização do calendário do painel de envios no aplicativo Marketing por " "e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:139 msgid "" "The current date is represented by a :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` icon over " "the date on the calendar." @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ msgstr "" "A data atual é representada por um ícone :guilabel:`🔴 (círculo vermelho)` " "sobre a data no calendário." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:141 msgid "" "To the right of the calendar, the options to filter the results by " ":guilabel:`Responsible` and/or :guilabel:`Status` are available, via " @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Responsável` e/ou :guilabel:`Status` estão disponíveis pelas " "caixas de seleção." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:145 msgid "" "To hide the right sidebar, click the :guilabel:`(panel-right)` icon, located" " above the sidebar." @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para ocultar a barra lateral direita, clique no ícone :guilabel:`(painel-" "direita)`, localizado acima da barra lateral." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:147 msgid "" "In the top-left corner, above the calendar, the option to change the time " "period being displayed is available via a drop-down menu, which shows " @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Mês` (padrão), :guilabel:`Ano` e :guilabel:`Mostrar fins de " "semana` (selecionado por padrão)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:152 msgid "" "Clicking any of those options changes the calendar display to reflect that " "desired amount of time." @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ msgstr "" "Clicar em qualquer uma dessas opções altera a visualização do calendário " "para refletir a quantidade de tempo desejada." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:154 msgid "" "Clicking either :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` icon or :guilabel:`➡️ (right " "arrow)` icon changes the calendar to a previous or future time, depending on" @@ -404,15 +404,15 @@ msgstr "" "anterior ou futura, dependendo do que for clicado, com base na quantidade de" " tempo escolhida que está sendo representada." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:158 msgid "To jump back to the current date, click the :guilabel:`Today` button." msgstr "Para voltar à data atual, clique no botão :guilabel:`Hoje`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:163 msgid "Graph view" msgstr "Visualização de gráfico" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:165 msgid "" "The graph view, represented by a :guilabel:`(line graph)` icon, can be " "accessed in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in " @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ msgstr "" "linhas)`, pode ser acessada no canto superior direito do painel " ":guilabel:`Envios` no aplicativo :guilabel:`Marketing por e-mail`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:168 msgid "" "While in graph view, the status of the emails on the :guilabel:`Mailings` " "page is represented in a bar graph, but other graph view options can be " @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ msgstr "" "Como a visualização do gráfico aparece no aplicativo Odoo Marketing por " "e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:175 msgid "" "In the upper-left corner, above the graph, there is a :guilabel:`Measures` " "drop-down menu. When clicked, different filter options become available to " @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Medidas`. Quando clicado, diferentes opções de filtro ficam " "disponíveis para personalizar ainda mais as visualizações do gráfico." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:178 msgid "" "Those :guilabel:`Measures` options are: :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage` " "and :guilabel:`Count` (default)." @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ msgstr "" "Essas opções de :guilabel:`Medidas` são: :guilabel:`Porcentagem de teste " "A/B` e :guilabel:`Total` (padrão)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:181 msgid "" "To the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu is an " ":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button, if the *Documents* application is " @@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ msgstr "" "instalado. Ao clicar, uma janela pop-up é exibida, na qual a capacidade de " "adicionar o gráfico a uma planilha ou painel fica disponível." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:185 msgid "" "Beside the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu and :guilabel:`Insert in " "Spreadsheet` button are different graph view options. From left-to-right, " @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`(gráfico de barras)` (padrão), :guilabel:`(gráfico de linhas)` e " ":guilabel:`(gráfico de pizza)`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:190 msgid "" "Each graph view option provides its own series of additional view options, " "which appear to the right of the selected graph view option." @@ -490,11 +490,11 @@ msgstr "" " visualização adicionais, que aparecem à direita da opção de visualização de" " gráfico selecionada." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:194 msgid "Search options" msgstr "Opções de pesquisa" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:196 msgid "" "Regardless of the view chosen for the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in the " ":guilabel:`Email Marketing` app, the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group " @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Filtros`, :guilabel:`Agrupar por` e :guilabel:`Favoritos` estão " "sempre disponíveis para personalizar ainda mais as informações exibidas." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:200 msgid "" "To access those options, click the :guilabel:`(downward arrow)` icon, " "located to the right of the search bar. Doing so reveals a drop-down mega " @@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ msgstr "" "O mega menu suspenso de opções de pesquisa do aplicativo Odoo Marketing por " "e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:207 msgid "" "These options provide various ways to specify and organize the information " "seen on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard." @@ -532,11 +532,11 @@ msgstr "" "Essas opções oferecem várias maneiras de especificar e organizar as " "informações exibidas no painel :guilabel:`Envios`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:212 msgid "Filters" msgstr "Filtros" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:214 msgid "" "This section of the drop-down mega menu provides different ways to filter " "email results being shown on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in the " @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ msgstr "" "Visualização do menu suspenso de filtros no painel de controle do Odoo " "Marketing por e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:221 msgid "" "The options are: :guilabel:`My Mailings`, :guilabel:`Sent Date`, " ":guilabel:`A/B Tests`, :guilabel:`A/B Tests to review`, " @@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Testes A/B`, :guilabel:`Testes A/B a revisar`, " ":guilabel:`Arquivado` e :guilabel:`Adicionar filtro personalizado`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:224 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` is selected, Odoo reveals a pop-up window, " "with three customizable fields to fill in, in order to create custom filter " @@ -582,11 +582,11 @@ msgstr "" "Adicione uma janela pop-up de filtro personalizado que aparece no aplicativo" " Odoo Marketing por e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:232 msgid "Group By" msgstr "Agrupar por" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:234 msgid "" "This section of the drop-down mega menu provides different ways to group " "email results being shown on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in the " @@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ msgstr "" "Visualização do menu suspenso Agrupar por no aplicativo Odoo Marketing por " "e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:241 msgid "" "Using this section, the data can be grouped by the messages' " ":guilabel:`Status`, or who it was :guilabel:`Sent By`." @@ -611,7 +611,7 @@ msgstr "" "Com essa seção, os dados podem ser agrupados pelo :guilabel:`Status` das " "mensagens ou por quem elas foram :guilabel:`enviadas`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:244 msgid "" "There is also the option to group the data by :guilabel:`Sent Period`, which" " has its own sub-menu of options to choose from. The :guilabel:`Sent Period`" @@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Período de envio` são :guilabel:`Ano`, :guilabel:`Trimestre`, " ":guilabel:`Mês`, :guilabel:`Semana` e :guilabel:`Dia`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:248 msgid "" "If none of the above :guilabel:`Group By` options deliver the desired " "results, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` at the bottom of the " @@ -638,11 +638,11 @@ msgstr "" "aplicados, fornecendo, assim, qualquer agrupamento de dados que seja " "desejado." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:253 msgid "Favorites" msgstr "Favoritos" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:255 msgid "" "This section provides the opportunity to save custom filters and/or " "groupings for future use. To utilize this section, click the :guilabel:`Save" @@ -660,7 +660,7 @@ msgstr "" "Visualização do menu suspenso Favoritos no aplicativo Odoo Marketing por " "e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:263 msgid "" "Give the favorited filter/grouping a title on the blank line above the " "checkboxes for :guilabel:`Default filter` and :guilabel:`Shared`." @@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ msgstr "" "caixas de seleção para :guilabel:`Filtro padrão` e " ":guilabel:`Compartilhado`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:266 msgid "" "Ticking the box for :guilabel:`Default filter` makes this favorited " "filter/grouping the default option. Ticking the box for :guilabel:`Shared` " @@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Compartilhado` permite que outros usuários vejam e usem esse " "filtro/agrupamento favorito." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:270 msgid "" "When all desired options are configured, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the " "filter/grouping in the :guilabel:`Favorites` section of the mega drop-down " @@ -690,11 +690,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Salvar` para salvar o filtro/agrupamento na seção " ":guilabel:`Favoritos` do menu suspenso mega." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:274 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Definições" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:276 msgid "" "To view and modify the *Email Marketing* settings, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -711,7 +711,7 @@ msgstr "" "Visualização do menu Configuração com a página de Definições no aplicativo " "Odoo Marketing por e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:283 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, there are four features available." msgstr "Na página :guilabel:`Definições`, há quatro recursos disponíveis." @@ -720,11 +720,11 @@ msgid "View of the Settings page in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" "Visualização da página Definições no aplicativo Odoo Marketing por e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:289 msgid "The features are:" msgstr "Os recursos são:" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:291 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns`: enables the option to manage mass mailing " "campaigns." @@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Campanhas de comunicação`: ativa a opção de gerenciar campanhas " "de envio em massa." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing`: allows recipients to " "blacklist themselves from future mailings during the unsubscribing process." @@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ msgstr "" "os destinatários se coloquem na lista de bloqueio para futuras comunicações " "durante o processo de cancelamento da assinatura." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dedicated Server`: provides the option to utilize a separate, " "dedicated server for mailings. When enabled, Odoo reveals a new field (and " @@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ msgstr "" "campo (e link), no qual as configurações específicas do servidor devem ser " "inseridas, para que ele se conecte corretamente ao Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:297 msgid "" ":guilabel:`24H Stat Mailing Reports`: allows users to check how well " "mailings have performed a day after it has been sent." @@ -762,11 +762,11 @@ msgstr "" "usuários verifiquem o desempenho das comunicações um dia depois de terem " "sido enviadas." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:303 msgid "Create an email" msgstr "Criar um e-mail" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:305 msgid "" "To create an email, open the :menuselection:`Email Marketing` application, " "and click the :guilabel:`New` button in the upper-left corner of the " @@ -776,7 +776,7 @@ msgstr "" "e-mail` e clique no botão :guilabel:`Novo` no canto superior esquerdo da " "página do painel :guilabel:`Envios`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:308 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`New` reveals a blank email form." msgstr "Clicar em :guilabel:`Novo` abre um formulário de e-mail em branco." @@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ msgstr "" "Visualização de um formulário de detalhes de e-mail em branco no aplicativo " "Odoo Marketing por e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:314 msgid "" "On the email form, there are fields for the :ref:`Subject " "` and :ref:`Recipients " @@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ msgstr "" "` e :ref:`Destinatários " "` do e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:317 msgid "" "Beneath that, there are three tabs: :ref:`Mail Body " "`, :ref:`A/B Tests `, " @@ -806,11 +806,11 @@ msgstr "" "`, :ref:`Testes A/B ` e" " :ref:`Definições `." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:323 msgid "Subject" msgstr "Assunto" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:325 msgid "" "First, enter a :guilabel:`Subject` to the email. The :guilabel:`Subject` is " "visible in the recipients' inbox, allowing them to quickly see what the " @@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ msgstr "" " fica visível na caixa de entrada dos destinatários, permitindo que vejam " "rapidamente do que se trata a mensagem." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:329 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Subject` field is mandatory. An email can **not** be sent " "without a :guilabel:`Subject`." @@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ msgstr "" "O campo :guilabel:`Assunto` é obrigatório. E-mails **não** podem ser " "enviados sem um :guilabel:`Assunto`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:332 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`(smiley face with a plus sign)` icon at the end of the " ":guilabel:`Subject` field represents emojis that can be added to the " @@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ msgstr "" "campo :guilabel:`Assunto`. Clicar nesse ícone abre um menu pop-up de emojis " "que podem ser usados." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:336 msgid "" "Beside the :guilabel:`(smiley face with a plus sign)` icon at the end of the" " :guilabel:`Subject` field is an empty :guilabel:`(star)` icon. When " @@ -854,11 +854,11 @@ msgstr "" " e o e-mail é salvo como um modelo na aba :guilabel:`Corpo do e-mail`, que " "pode ser usado novamente no futuro." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:344 msgid "Recipients" msgstr "Destinatários" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:346 msgid "" "Beneath the :guilabel:`Subject` field on the email form is the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field. In this field, select the recipients of the " @@ -871,7 +871,7 @@ msgstr "" " mas clicar no campo abre um menu suspenso com outras opções de " "destinatários." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:350 msgid "" "With the default :guilabel:`Mailing List` option selected, a specific " "mailing list **must** be chosen from the adjacent :guilabel:`Select mailing " @@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ msgstr "" "específica **deve** ser escolhida no menu suspenso do campo adjacente " ":guilabel:`Selecionar listas de distribuição`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:354 msgid "" "More than one mailing list can be chosen from the :guilabel:`Select mailing " "lists` field." @@ -889,19 +889,19 @@ msgstr "" "Mais de uma lista pode ser escolhida no campo :guilabel:`Selecionar listas " "de distribuição`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:356 msgid "" "Odoo then sends the email to contacts on that specific mailing list(s)." msgstr "" "Em seguida, o Odoo envia o e-mail para os contatos dessa(s) lista(s) de " "distribuição específica(s)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:356 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:822 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:825 msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/mailing_lists`" msgstr ":doc:`email_marketing/mailing_lists`" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:361 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Recipients` field is clicked, a drop-down menu of other " "options is revealed. Each option provides different ways Odoo can create a " @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ msgstr "" "Visualização do menu suspenso de destinatários no aplicativo Odoo Marketing " "por e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:368 msgid "" "Those options (excluding the default :guilabel:`Mailing List`) provide the " "option to create a more specified recipient filter, in an equation-like " @@ -929,7 +929,7 @@ msgstr "" " semelhante a uma equação, que aparece abaixo do campo " ":guilabel:`Destinatário`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:372 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Recipients` field options, other than the default " ":guilabel:`Mailing List` option, are as follows:" @@ -937,7 +937,7 @@ msgstr "" "As opções do campo :guilabel:`Destinatário`, além da opção padrão " ":guilabel:`Lista de distribuição`, são as seguintes:" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:375 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: ties specifically to the *Contacts* app, and includes " "all the contacts entered in the database." @@ -945,7 +945,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Contato`: vincula-se especificamente ao aplicativo *Contatos* e " "inclui todos os contatos inseridos na base de dados." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:377 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Event Registration`: ties specifically to the *Events* app, and " "provides opportunities to interact with event registrants, in order to " @@ -957,7 +957,7 @@ msgstr "" "a fim de comunicar informações importantes ou estimular outras ações " "valiosas, como pesquisas pós-evento, compras etc." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:380 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`: ties specifically to records in the *CRM* " "application, which opens up a number of opportunities to influence sales or " @@ -967,7 +967,7 @@ msgstr "" "aplicativo *CRM*, o que abre várias oportunidades para influenciar as " "decisões de vendas ou compras." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:382 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mailing Contact`: ties specifically to the *Email Marketing* app," " and focuses on specific mailing contacts that have been entered in that " @@ -986,7 +986,7 @@ msgstr "" "Marketing por e-mail --> Listas de distribuição --> Contatos da lista de " "distribuição`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:387 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sales Order`: ties specifically to the *Sales* app, and focuses " "on a specific sales orders in the database." @@ -994,11 +994,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Pedido de venda`: vincula-se especificamente ao aplicativo " "*Vendas* e concentra-se em um pedido de vendas específico na base de dados." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:391 msgid "Add recipient filter" msgstr "Adicionar filtro de destinatário" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:393 msgid "" "To add a more specific recipient filter to any :guilabel:`Recipient` option," " select any recipient option (other than :guilabel:`Mailing List`), and " @@ -1013,7 +1013,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Destinatário` para revelar três campos de regras de filtro " "subsequentes, formatados como uma equação." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:398 msgid "" "It is highly recommended that users implement detailed targeting criteria " "for the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. Typically, a single line of targeting " @@ -1024,7 +1024,7 @@ msgstr "" "uma única linha de lógica de direcionamento não é suficiente para uma " "campanha de e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:402 msgid "" "While the :guilabel:`Mailing List` option is adequate for the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field, the :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity` and " @@ -1036,7 +1036,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Inscrição em evento` fornecem critérios de segmentação muito mais" " detalhados, que podem ser adicionados a essas fontes de seed." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:407 msgid "" "For example, with the :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity` option chosen in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field, users can add various custom criteria related " @@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@ msgstr "" "Visualização de como os filtros de destinatários podem ser personalizados no" " Odoo Marketing por e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:416 msgid "" "To reveal the sub-menu options within the filter rule fields, click each " "field, and make the desired selections, until the preferred configuration " @@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ msgstr "" "clique em cada campo e faça as seleções desejadas até alcançar a " "configuração preferida." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:419 msgid "" "The number of :guilabel:`records` in the database that match the configured " "rule(s) are indicated beneath the configured filter rule(s), in green." @@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@ msgstr "" "regras configuradas é indicado abaixo das regras de filtro configuradas, em " "verde." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:427 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:191 msgid "" "Some sub-menu options in the first rule field allow for a second choice to " @@ -1087,7 +1087,7 @@ msgstr "" "Algumas opções de submenu no primeiro campo de regra permitem uma segunda " "opção para fornecer ainda mais especificidade." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:430 msgid "" "To the right of each rule, there are three additional options, represented " "by :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)`, :guilabel:`(sitemap)`, and :guilabel:`🗑️ " @@ -1097,7 +1097,7 @@ msgstr "" "ícones :guilabel:`➕ (sinal de adição)`, :guilabel:`(mapa do site)` e " ":guilabel:`🗑️ (lixeira)`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:433 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon adds a new node (line) to the overall " "targeting logic." @@ -1105,7 +1105,7 @@ msgstr "" "O ícone :guilabel:`➕ (sinal de adição)` adiciona um novo nó (linha) à lógica" " geral de segmentação." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:434 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`(sitemap)` icon adds a branch to the node. A branch contains " "two additional, indented sub-nodes that are related to that specific rule, " @@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@ msgstr "" "a essa regra específica, fornecendo ainda mais especificidade à linha " "principaç acima dela." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:437 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon deletes a specific node (line) in the array " "of logic." @@ -1124,11 +1124,11 @@ msgstr "" "O ícone :guilabel:`🗑️ (lixeira)` exclui um nó específico (linha) na matriz " "de lógica." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:442 msgid "Mail Body tab" msgstr "Aba do corpo do e-mail" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:444 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab, there are a number of pre-configured " "message templates to choose from." @@ -1144,7 +1144,7 @@ msgstr "" "Visualização dos modelos na aba Corpo do e-mail no aplicativo Odoo Marketing" " por e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:451 msgid "" "Select the desired template, and proceed to modify every element of its " "design details with Odoo's drag-and-drop building blocks, which appear on " @@ -1162,7 +1162,7 @@ msgstr "" "Visualização dos blocos de construção na aba Corpo do e-mail no aplicativo " "Odoo Marketing por e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:455 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:458 msgid "" "The features on the sidebar used to create and customize emails are " "separated into three sections: :guilabel:`Blocks`, :guilabel:`Customize`, " @@ -1172,7 +1172,7 @@ msgstr "" "separados em três seções: :guilabel:`Blocos`, :guilabel:`Personalizar` e " ":guilabel:`Design`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:461 msgid "" "Each building block provides unique features and professional design " "elements. To use a building block, drag-and-drop the desired block element " @@ -1184,7 +1184,7 @@ msgstr "" "componente desejado no corpo do e-mail que está sendo criado. Uma vez solto," " vários aspectos do building block podem ser personalizados." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:466 msgid "" "To build an email from the ground up, without any building block elements, " "select the :guilabel:`Plain Text` template. When selected, Odoo provides a " @@ -1198,7 +1198,7 @@ msgstr "" "personalizada de várias maneiras usando o editor de rich text de front-end " "que aceita comandos de barra `/`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:471 msgid "" "When `/` is typed into the blank body of the email, while using a " ":guilabel:`Plain Text` template, a drop-down menu of various design elements" @@ -1216,11 +1216,11 @@ msgstr "" "Visualização do menu suspenso do editor de rich text no aplicativo Odoo " "Email Marketing." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:482 msgid "A/B Tests tab" msgstr "Aba Testes A/B" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:484 msgid "" "Initially, when the :guilabel:`A/B Tests` tab is opened on an email form, " "the only option available is :guilabel:`Allow A/B Testing`. This is **not** " @@ -1230,7 +1230,7 @@ msgstr "" "de e-mail, a única opção disponível é :guilabel:`Permitir testes A/B`. Essa " "**não** é uma opção obrigatória." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:487 msgid "" "If this option is enabled, recipients are only mailed *once* for the " "entirety of the campaign." @@ -1238,7 +1238,7 @@ msgstr "" "Se essa opção estiver ativada, os destinatários receberão apenas um e-mail " "*uma vez* durante toda a campanha." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:489 msgid "" "This allows the user to send different versions of the same mailing to " "randomly selected recipients to gauge the effectiveness of various designs, " @@ -1250,7 +1250,7 @@ msgstr "" "designs, formatos, layouts, conteúdo e assim por diante, sem que nenhuma " "mensagem duplicada seja enviada." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:493 msgid "" "When the checkbox beside :guilabel:`Allow A/B Testing` is ticked, an " ":guilabel:`on (%)` field appears, in which the user determines the " @@ -1262,7 +1262,7 @@ msgstr "" "a porcentagem dos destinatários pré-configurados que receberão essa versão " "atual da correspondência como parte do teste." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:498 msgid "" "The default figure in the :guilabel:`on (%)` field is `10`, but that figure " "can be changed at any time." @@ -1270,11 +1270,11 @@ msgstr "" "O valor padrão no campo :guilabel:`em (%)` é `10`, mas esse valor pode ser " "alterado a qualquer momento." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:501 msgid "Beneath that, two additional fields appear:" msgstr "Abaixo disso, aparecem dois campos adicionais:" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:503 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Winner Selection` field provides a drop-down menu of options," " wherein the user decides what criteria should be used to determine the " @@ -1284,11 +1284,11 @@ msgstr "" "no qual o usuário decide quais critérios devem ser usados para determinar a " "versão \"vencedora\" dos testes de e-mail enviados." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:507 msgid "The options in the :guilabel:`Winner Selection` field are as follows:" msgstr "As opções no campo :guilabel:`Seleção do vencedor` são as seguintes:" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manual`: allows the user to determine the \"winning\" version of " "the mailing. This option removes the :guilabel:`Send Final On` field." @@ -1296,7 +1296,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Manual`: permite que o usuário determine a versão \"vencedora\" " "da mala direta. Essa opção remove o campo :guilabel:`Enviar o último em`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:511 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Highest Open Rate` (default): the mailing with the highest open " "rate is determined to be the \"winning\" version." @@ -1304,7 +1304,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Taxa de abertura mais alta` (padrão): a distribuição com a maior " "taxa de abertura é determinada como a versão \"vencedora\"." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:513 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Highest Click Rate`: the mailing with the highest click rate is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." @@ -1312,7 +1312,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Taxa de clique mais alta`: a distribuição com a maior taxa de " "cliques é determinada como a versão \"vencedora\"." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:515 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Highest Reply Rate`: the mailing with the highest reply rate is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." @@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Taxa de resposta mais alta`: a distribuição com a maior taxa de " "resposta é determinada como a versão \"vencedora\"." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:517 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Leads`: the mailing with the most leads generated is determined " "to be the \"winning\" version." @@ -1328,7 +1328,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Leads`: a distribuição com o maior número de leads gerados é " "determinada como a versão \"vencedora\"." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:516 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:519 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quotations`: the mailing with the most quotations generated is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." @@ -1336,7 +1336,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Cotações`: a distribuição com o maior número de cotações geradas " "é determinada como a versão \"vencedora\"." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:521 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Revenues`: the mailing with the most revenue generated is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." @@ -1344,7 +1344,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Receita`: a distribuição com a maior receita gerada é determinada" " como a versão \"vencedora\"." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:524 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Send Final On` field allows users to choose a date that is " "used to know *when* Odoo should determine the \"winning\" email, and " @@ -1360,7 +1360,7 @@ msgid "View of the A/B Tests tab in Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" "Visualização da aba Testes A/B no aplicativo Odoo Marketing por e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:532 msgid "" "To the right of those fields is a :guilabel:`Create an Alternative Version` " "button. When clicked, Odoo presents a new :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab for the " @@ -1371,11 +1371,11 @@ msgstr "" " do e-mail` para que o usuário crie uma versão alternativa do e-mail para " "teste." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:539 msgid "Settings tab" msgstr "Aba Definições" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:541 msgid "" "The options present in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of the mail form are " "divided into two sections: :guilabel:`Email Content` and " @@ -1385,7 +1385,7 @@ msgstr "" "estão divididas em duas seções: :guilabel:`Conteúdo do e-mail` e " ":guilabel:`Rastreamento`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:545 msgid "" "The options available in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab vary depending on if " "the *Mailing Campaigns* feature is activated in :menuselection:`Email " @@ -1397,7 +1397,7 @@ msgstr "" "por e-mail --> Configuração --> Definições`. Consulte " ":ref:`email_marketing/mailing-campaigns` para obter mais informações." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:549 msgid "" "Without the *Mailing Campaigns* feature activated, the :guilabel:`Settings` " "tab on the email form only contains the :guilabel:`Preview Text`, " @@ -1417,11 +1417,11 @@ msgstr "" "Visualização da aba de definições no aplicativo Odoo Marketing por e-mail, " "sem a configuração de campanha ativada." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:558 msgid "Email content" msgstr "Conteúdo do e-mail" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:560 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preview Text`: allows the user to enter a preview sentence to " "encourage recipients to open the email. In most inboxes, this is displayed " @@ -1436,7 +1436,7 @@ msgstr "" "capacidade de adicionar um emoji nesse campo também está disponível pelo " "ícone :guilabel:`(rosto sorridente com um sinal de mais)`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:564 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send From`: designate an email alias that displays as the sender " "of this particular email." @@ -1444,7 +1444,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Enviar de`: designa um alias de e-mail que é exibido como o " "remetente desse e-mail específico." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:563 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:566 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Reply To`: designate an email alias to whom all the replies of " "this particular email are sent." @@ -1452,7 +1452,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Responder para`: designa um alias de e-mail para o qual todas as " "respostas desse e-mail específico são enviadas." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:565 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:568 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attach a file`: if any specific files are required (or helpful) " "for this email, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button, and upload the " @@ -1462,11 +1462,11 @@ msgstr "" "(ou útil) para esse e-mail, clique no botão :guilabel:`Anexos` e carregue os" " arquivos desejados no e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:572 msgid "Tracking" msgstr "Rastreamento" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:574 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: designate a user in the database to be responsible " "for this particular email." @@ -1474,7 +1474,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Responsável`: designa um usuário da base de dados para ser " "responsável por esse e-mail específico." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:578 msgid "" "If the *Mailing Campaign* feature *is* activated, an additional " ":guilabel:`Campaign` field appears in the :guilabel:`Tracking` section of " @@ -1492,7 +1492,7 @@ msgstr "" "Visualização da aba de configurações no Odoo Marketing por e-mail quando a " "configuração da campanha está ativada." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:585 msgid "" "The additional :guilabel:`Campaign` field allows users to attach this " "particular email to a mailing campaign, if desired." @@ -1500,7 +1500,7 @@ msgstr "" "O campo adicional :guilabel:`Campanha` permite que os usuários anexem esse " "e-mail específico a uma campanha de distribuição, se preferirem." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:585 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:588 msgid "" "If the desired campaign is not available in the initial drop-down menu, " "select :guilabel:`Search More` to reveal a complete list of all mailing " @@ -1510,7 +1510,7 @@ msgstr "" "selecione :guilabel:`Pesquisar mais` para exibir uma lista completa de todas" " as campanhas de e-mail na base de dados." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:591 msgid "" "Or, type the name of the desired mailing campaign in the " ":guilabel:`Campaign` field, until Odoo reveals the desired campaign in the " @@ -1520,11 +1520,11 @@ msgstr "" "que o Odoo revele a campanha desejada no menu suspenso. Em seguida, " "selecione a campanha em questão." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:595 msgid "Send, schedule, test" msgstr "Enviar, agendar, testar" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:597 msgid "" "Once the mailing is finalized, the following options can be utilized, via " "buttons located in the upper-left corner of the email form: :ref:`Send " @@ -1536,11 +1536,11 @@ msgstr "" " de e-mail: :ref:`Enviar `, :ref:`Agendar " "` e :ref:`Testar `." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:604 msgid "Send" msgstr "Enviar" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:603 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:606 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Send` button reveals a :guilabel:`Ready to unleash emails?` " "pop-up window." @@ -1556,7 +1556,7 @@ msgstr "" "Visualização da janela pop-up que aparece ao clicar no botão Enviar em um " "formulário de e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:609 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:612 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Send to all` button is clicked, Odoo sends the email to " "the desired recipients. Once Odoo has sent the mailing, the status changes " @@ -1566,11 +1566,11 @@ msgstr "" "e-mail para os destinatários desejados. Uma vez que a distribuição tenha " "sido enviada pelo Odoo, o status muda para :guilabel:`Enviado`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:615 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:618 msgid "Schedule" msgstr "Agenda" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:617 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:620 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Schedule` button reveals a :guilabel:`When do you want to " "send your mailing?` pop-up window." @@ -1587,7 +1587,7 @@ msgstr "" "Visualização da janela pop-up que aparece ao clicar no botão de agendamento " "em um formulário de e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:624 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:627 msgid "" "In this pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Send on` field to reveal a " "calendar pop-up window." @@ -1595,7 +1595,7 @@ msgstr "" "Nessa janela pop-up, clique no campo :guilabel:`Enviar em` para abrir uma " "janela pop-up de calendário." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:630 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:633 msgid "" "From the calendar pop-up window, select the future date and time for Odoo to" " send this email. Then, click :guilabel:`✔️ Apply`. When a date and time are" @@ -1607,11 +1607,11 @@ msgstr "" "Quando a data e a hora forem escolhidas, clique no botão :guilabel:`Agendar`" " e o status da distribuição será alterado para :guilabel:`Na fila`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:640 msgid "Test" msgstr "Testar" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:642 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Test` button reveals a :guilabel:`Test Mailing` pop-up " "window." @@ -1627,7 +1627,7 @@ msgstr "" "Visualização da janela pop-up que aparece ao clicar no botão de teste em um " "formulário de e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:648 msgid "" "From this pop-up window, enter the email addresses of the contacts to whom " "Odoo should send this test email in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. " @@ -1638,7 +1638,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Destinatários`. É possível adicionar vários contatos a esse " "campo, se desejado." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:649 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:652 msgid "" "Once all the desired email addresses have been entered in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field, click the :guilabel:`Send Test` button." @@ -1646,7 +1646,7 @@ msgstr "" "Depois que todos os endereços de e-mail desejados tiverem sido inseridos no " "campo :guilabel:`Destinatários`, clique no botão :guilabel:`Enviar teste`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:656 msgid "" "By default, there's a daily limit applied for **all emails** sent throughout" " **all applications**. So, if there are remaining emails to be sent after a " @@ -1660,11 +1660,11 @@ msgstr "" "no dia seguinte. O envio precisa ser forçado, abrindo o e-mail e clicando em" " :guilabel:`Tentar novamente`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:661 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:664 msgid "Mailing campaigns" msgstr "Campanhas de e-mail" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:663 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:666 msgid "" "The *Email Marketing* application provides users with the ability to build " "mailing campaigns." @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ msgstr "" "O aplicativo *Marketing por e-mail* oferece aos usuários a capacidade de " "criar campanhas de e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:665 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:668 msgid "" "In order to create and customize mailing campaigns, the *Mailing Campaigns* " "feature **must** be activated in the *Settings* page of the *Email " @@ -1693,7 +1693,7 @@ msgstr "" "Visualização da configuração do recurso de campanha no Odoo Marketing por " "e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:677 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature is activated, a new " ":guilabel:`Campaigns` menu option appears in the header." @@ -1701,7 +1701,7 @@ msgstr "" "Quando o recurso :guilabel:`Campanhas de e-mail` é ativado, uma nova opção " "de menu :guilabel:`Campanhas` é exibida no cabeçalho." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:677 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:680 msgid "" "When that is clicked, Odoo reveals a separate :guilabel:`Campaigns` page, " "displaying all the mailing campaigns in the database, and the current stage " @@ -1716,7 +1716,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign page in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "Visualização da página da campanha no Odoo Marketing por e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:688 msgid "" "This information can also be viewed in a list, by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ " "(horizontal lines)` icon in the upper-right corner." @@ -1724,7 +1724,7 @@ msgstr "" "Essas informações também podem ser visualizadas em uma lista, clicando no " "ícone :guilabel:`☰ (linhas horizontais)` no canto superior direito." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:691 msgid "" "Clicking any campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page reveals that " "campaign's form." @@ -1732,7 +1732,7 @@ msgstr "" "Clicar em qualquer campanha na página :guilabel:`Campanhas` revela o " "formulário dessa campanha." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:693 msgid "" "There are two different ways to create and customize campaigns in the *Email" " Marketing* application, either directly from the :ref:`Campaigns page " @@ -1744,11 +1744,11 @@ msgstr "" "` ou pela aba :ref:`Definições " "` em um formulário de e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:697 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:700 msgid "Create mailing campaign (from campaigns page)" msgstr "Criar campanha de distribuição (na página de campanhas)" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:699 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:702 msgid "" "When the *Mailing Campaigns* feature is activated, a new *Campaigns* option " "appears in the header of the *Email Marketing* application. Campaigns can be" @@ -1759,7 +1759,7 @@ msgstr "" "podem ser criadas diretamente na página *Campanhas* do aplicativo *Marketing" " por e-mail*." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:706 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Campaigns " "--> New`." @@ -1767,7 +1767,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para fazer isso, navegue até :menuselection:`app Marketing por e-mail --> " "Campanhas --> Novo`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:711 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`New` button is clicked in the default Kanban view on the" " :guilabel:`Campaigns` page, a Kanban card appears in the :guilabel:`New` " @@ -1782,7 +1782,7 @@ msgid "View of the campaign pop-up kanban in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" "Visualização do kanban pop-up da campanha no Odoo Marketing por e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:718 msgid "" "New campaign cards can also be made by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " "sign)` at the top of any Kanban stage on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page." @@ -1791,7 +1791,7 @@ msgstr "" "(sinal de adição)` na parte superior de qualquer estágio do Kanban na página" " :guilabel:`Campanhas`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:721 msgid "" "When the new campaign Kanban card appears, the options to enter a " ":guilabel:`Campaign Name`, a :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` " @@ -1801,18 +1801,18 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nome`, um :guilabel:`Responsável` e os :guilabel:`Marcadores` da " "campanha ficam logo disponíveis." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:724 msgid "" "To add the campaign to the Kanban stage, click the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" "Para adicionar a campanha ao estágio Kanban, clique no botão " ":guilabel:`Adicionar`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:726 msgid "To delete the campaign, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon." msgstr "Para excluir a campanha, clique no ícone :guilabel:`🗑️ (lixeira)`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:728 msgid "" "To further customize the campaign, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, which " "reveals the campaign form for additional modifications." @@ -1821,7 +1821,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Editar`, que abre o formulário da campanha para modificações " "adicionais." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:732 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Campaign Name` **must** be entered in the Kanban card, in order" " for the :guilabel:`Edit` button to reveal the campaign form for further " @@ -1831,7 +1831,7 @@ msgstr "" "para que o botão :guilabel:`Editar` revele o formulário da campanha para " "modificações adicionais." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:735 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:738 msgid "" "To enter the list view on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page, click the " ":guilabel:`☰ (horizontal lines)` icon in the upper-right corner. Doing so " @@ -1847,7 +1847,7 @@ msgstr "" "Visualização da página da campanha na visualização de lista no Odoo " "Marketing por e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:745 msgid "" "To create a campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page while in list view," " click the :guilabel:`New` button. Doing so reveals a blank campaign form." @@ -1862,7 +1862,7 @@ msgstr "" "Visualização do formulário de campanha em branco no Odoo Marketing por " "e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:749 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:752 msgid "" "From this campaign form, a :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, a " ":guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can be added." @@ -1870,7 +1870,7 @@ msgstr "" "Nesse formulário de campanha, podem ser adicionados o :guilabel:`Nome da " "campanha`, um :guilabel:`Responsável` e os :guilabel:`Marcadores`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:752 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:755 msgid "" "At the top of the form, various metric-related smart buttons can be seen " "that showcase specific analytics related to the campaign. Those smart " @@ -1882,7 +1882,7 @@ msgstr "" "campanha. Esses botões inteligentes são: :guilabel:`Receita`, " ":guilabel:`Cotações`, :guilabel:`Oportunidades` e :guilabel:`Cliques`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:757 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:760 msgid "" "Once a :guilabel:`Campaign Name` is entered and saved, additional buttons " "appear at the top of the campaign form." @@ -1890,7 +1890,7 @@ msgstr "" "Depois que um :guilabel:`Nome da campanha` é inserido e salvo, botões " "adicionais aparecem na parte superior do formulário de campanha." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:760 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:763 msgid "" "Those additional buttons are: :guilabel:`Send Mailing` and :guilabel:`Send " "SMS`." @@ -1898,11 +1898,11 @@ msgstr "" "Esses botões adicionais são: :guilabel:`Enviar e-mail` e :guilabel:`Enviar " "SMS`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:766 msgid "Campaign form" msgstr "Formulário de campanha" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:768 msgid "" "On the campaign form (after clicking :guilabel:`Edit` from the Kanban card, " "or selecting an existing campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page) there" @@ -1916,7 +1916,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign form in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "Visualização do formulário de campanha no Odoo Marketing por e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:775 msgid "" "At the top of the form, various smart buttons can be seen that showcase " "specific analytics related to the campaign. Those smart buttons are: " @@ -1928,7 +1928,7 @@ msgstr "" "inteligentes são: :guilabel:`Receita`, :guilabel:`Cotações`, " ":guilabel:`Oportunidades` e :guilabel:`Cliques`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:776 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:779 msgid "" "There are also buttons to :guilabel:`Send Mailing`, :guilabel:`Send SMS`, " ":guilabel:`Add Post`, and :guilabel:`Add Push` (push notification)." @@ -1937,7 +1937,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Adicionar publicação` e :guilabel:`Adicionar push` (notificação " "por push)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:780 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:783 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Send Mailing` and :guilabel:`Send SMS` buttons are not " "readily available, enter a :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, then save (either " @@ -1948,7 +1948,7 @@ msgstr "" " em seguida, salve (manual ou automaticamente). Ao fazer isso, esses botões " "serão exibidos." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:784 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:787 msgid "" "The status of the campaign can be viewed in the upper-right corner of the " "campaign form, as well." @@ -1956,11 +1956,11 @@ msgstr "" "O status da campanha também pode ser visualizado no canto superior direito " "do formulário da campanha." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:792 msgid "Create mailing campaign (from settings tab)" msgstr "Criar campanha de e-mail (na aba Definições)" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:794 msgid "" "To create a new campaign from the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of a mailing " "form, click the :guilabel:`Campaign` field, and start typing the name of the" @@ -1979,7 +1979,7 @@ msgstr "" "Visualização da criação da campanha de distribuição na aba Definições de um " "formulário de e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:800 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:803 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Create` to add this new mailing campaign to the database, " "and modify its settings in the future." @@ -1987,7 +1987,7 @@ msgstr "" "Selecione :guilabel:`Criar` para adicionar essa nova campanha de " "distribuição à base de dados e modificar suas configurações no futuro." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:806 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Create and Edit...` to add this new mailing campaign to " "the database, and reveal a :guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up window." @@ -2004,7 +2004,7 @@ msgstr "" "Visualização da janela pop-up da campanha de e-mail no aplicativo Odoo " "Marketing por e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:810 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:813 msgid "" "Here, the new mailing campaign can be further customized. Users can adjust " "the :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, assign a :guilabel:`Responsible`, and add " @@ -2014,7 +2014,7 @@ msgstr "" "usuários podem ajustar o :guilabel:`Nome da campanha`, atribuir um " ":guilabel:`Responsável` e adicionar :guilabel:`Marcadores`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:813 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:816 msgid "" "Buttons to :guilabel:`Add Post` or :guilabel:`Send Push` (push " "notifications) are also available." @@ -2022,7 +2022,7 @@ msgstr "" "Os botões para :guilabel:`Adicionar publicação` ou :guilabel:`Enviar push` " "(notificações push) também estão disponíveis." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:815 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:818 msgid "" "There is also a status located in the upper-right corner of the " ":guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up window." @@ -2030,7 +2030,7 @@ msgstr "" "Há também um status localizado no canto superior direito da janela pop-up " ":guilabel:`Criar campanha`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:818 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:821 msgid "" "When all modifications are ready to be finalized, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close`. To delete the entire campaign, click :guilabel:`Discard`." @@ -2039,14 +2039,219 @@ msgstr "" "clique em :guilabel:`Salvar e Fechar`. Para excluir a campanha inteira, " "clique em :guilabel:`Descartar`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:823 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:826 msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/unsubscriptions`" msgstr ":doc:`email_marketing/unsubscriptions`" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:824 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:827 msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/lost_leads_email`" msgstr ":doc:`email_marketing/lost_leads_email`" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:828 +msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/analyze_metrics`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to properly understand the success or failure of an email marketing" +" campaign, it is necessary to monitor several key metrics. The insights " +"gained from these metrics can then be used to optimize future campaigns. " +"Odoo's *Email Marketing* application tracks several :ref:`key metrics " +"`, that can be interpreted to improve future " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:13 +msgid "View metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:15 +msgid "" +"After a mass mail has been sent, the results for that particular mailing are" +" displayed in multiple locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To access the metrics for an individual mailing, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Mailings`. Locate the specific " +"mailing in the list view, and use the column headings to view the results " +"for that mailing. Click on one of the mailings in the list to open the " +"record. At the top of the record, detailed metrics are displayed as smart " +"buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The smart buttons on a mass mailing, displaying the results of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Click on the smart buttons to see the recipient records for each metric." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:33 +msgid "Opened rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The *Opened* rate measures the percentage of emails opened by recipients " +"against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A high open rate may indicate that the subject line was timely, compelling, " +"and successfully prompted the recipients to view the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"A low open rate may indicate the subject line failed to capture the " +"recipients' interest. It could also indicate the email ended up in a spam or" +" junk folder due to having a poor sender reputation or failing to " +":doc:`configure the proper DNS records " +"<../../general/email_communication/email_domain>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:46 +msgid "Replied rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The *Replied* rate measures the percentage of recipients who responded to " +"the email directly against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:51 +msgid "" +"A high replied rate may indicate the email resonated with recipients, " +"prompting them to take action or provide feedback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:54 +msgid "" +"A low replied rate may suggest that the message lacked relevance or did not " +"contain a clear call to action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:58 +msgid "Clicked rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The *Clicked* through rate (CTR), measures the percentage of recipients who " +"clicked on a link within the email against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A high |CTR| may indicate the email content was relevant and appropriately " +"targeted. Recipients were motivated to click the links provided, and likely " +"found the content engaging." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:66 +msgid "" +"A low |CTR| may indicate issues with either the targeting, or the content " +"itself. Recipients may have been unmotivated by the calls to action, if " +"there were any, or the message itself may have been directed toward the " +"wrong audience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "Received rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The *Received* rate measures the percentage of emails that were successfully" +" delivered against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:76 +msgid "" +"A high received rate can indicate that the mailing list used is up to date " +"and the sender authentication is trusted by email providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:79 +msgid "" +"A low received rate may indicate issues either with the mailing list used " +"for the mailing or with the sender authentication. View the :ref:`email-" +"marketing/deliverability-issues` section for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:84 +msgid "Bounced rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The *Bounced* rate measures the percentage of emails that were " +"unsuccessfully delivered, against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:89 +msgid "" +"A high bounce rate could indicate issues either with the mailing list used " +"for the mailing or with the sender authentication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:92 +msgid "" +"A low bounce rate may indicate that the mailing list used is up to date and " +"the sender authentication is trusted by email providers. View the " +":ref:`email-marketing/deliverability-issues` section for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:99 +msgid "Deliverability issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The following define possible reasons for a high bounce rate or low received" +" rate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Using a mailing list that contains outdated contact information, or " +"malformed email addresses are likely to result in a high bounce rate and/or " +"a low received rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Mailings sent using a *From* email address that differs from the sender's " +"domain are likely to bounce with certain email providers due to failing " +":ref:`DMARC authentication `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Failing to :doc:`configure the proper DNS records " +"<../../general/email_communication/email_domain>` can also result in a high " +"bounce rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:112 +msgid ":ref:`Mailing campaigns `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:113 +msgid ":doc:`Manage unsubscriptions `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:3 msgid "Lost leads reactivation email" msgstr "E-mail de reativação de leads perdidos" @@ -3919,6 +4124,835 @@ msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Events `_" msgstr "" "`Tutoriais do Odoo: Eventos `_" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:3 +msgid "Create events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With the *Events* application, event organizers can create and configure in-" +"person or online-only events in Odoo. Each new event contains a number of " +"customizable options that are geared around specific event logistics, as " +"needed per event, such as ticket sales and registration desk, booths, " +"tracks, sponsors, rooms, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Events can be manually created from scratch or built off of pre-made " +"templates. Once launched, the *Events* application then integrates with the " +"*Website* app for the front-end promotion and registration of the event for " +"attendees, the *Sales* app for the purchasing ability of paid tickets, as " +"well the *CRM* application through customizable lead generation rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:16 +msgid "New event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To create a new event, begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Events " +"app` to land on the default :guilabel:`Events` dashboard, in the :icon:`oi-" +"view-kanban` :guilabel:`Kanban` view. From there, or alternatively from the " +":icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`List` or :icon:`fa-tasks` :guilabel:`Gantt` " +"views, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the upper-left corner of the " +"dashboard to open up a new event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "Typical event template in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If certain fields do not readily appear on the event form, that means an " +"additional application needs to be installed, or the database is not " +"operating in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For example, the :guilabel:`Twitter Wall` field **only** appears if the " +"*Social Marketing* app is installed, and the :guilabel:`Company` field " +"**only** appears if the database is working in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:36 +msgid "" +"These are just *additional* elements that can be used for an event. They are" +" **not** required to create, host, and manage an event with Odoo *Events*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:40 +msgid "Event form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:42 +msgid "" +"At the top of the event form are a series of smart buttons related to " +"various event metrics, which will autopopulate with pertinent data once " +"attendees begin to register, booths and sponsors sign on for the event, the " +"event takes place, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Beneath the smart buttons is the event form, which contains various fields " +"and clickable tabs that serve to configure the initial, necessary details of" +" the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:49 +msgid "The following are fields found on an event form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Event Name`: the title of the event. This field is **required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: when the event is scheduled to take place. This field is " +"auto-populated, but modifiable, and is **required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: the corresponding timezone related to the event. This " +"field is auto-populated, but modifiable, and is **required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Language`: designate a specific language for all event " +"communications to be translated into, if necessary. This field is blank, by " +"default, so if event-related communications are being sent to recipients who" +" speak a different language, be sure to configure this field properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Twitter Wall`: creates a separate page on the event website to " +"feature specific social posts on X (formerly Twitter) that contain pre-" +"determined desired elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To create and customize a :guilabel:`Twitter Wall`, type the name of the " +"desired wall into the field, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from " +"the resulting drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:66 +msgid "Doing so reveals :guilabel:`Create Twitter Wall` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:0 +msgid "The Twitter Wall pop-up window in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:72 +msgid "" +"From this window, enter a :guilabel:`Wall Name`. Then, select a certain word" +" or hashtag for Odoo to search for on X, like `#WoodWorkingExpo24`, for " +"example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Next, determine the :guilabel:`Type of tweets` Odoo should showcase with " +"that predetermined criteria. The choices in this field are: " +":guilabel:`Recent`, :guilabel:`Popular`, or :guilabel:`Mixed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Users also have the option to add a brief :guilabel:`Description` to the " +"wall, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the greyed-out, non-modifiable :guilabel:`Website URL` field will " +"autopopulate with the full URL needed to access the document through the " +"event website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:84 +msgid "" +"An image can also be added to the wall by clicking the :icon:`fa-pencil` " +":guilabel:`(pencil)` icon that appears when the cursor hovers over the " +":guilabel:`(camera)` placeholder image in the upper-right corner of the pop-" +"up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, from the resulting file explorer window, select the desired image to " +"be added to the wall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:91 +msgid "" +"This :guilabel:`Twitter Wall` field **only** appears on the event form if " +"the *Social Marketing* app is installed, and an X account has been added as " +"a stream on the application. To learn more, check out the :doc:`Social " +"marketing essentials <../social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials>` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Template`: choose a pre-configured event template from the " +"resulting drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Or, create a new one directly from this field, by typing in the name of the " +"new template, and selecting either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:101 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create` (which creates the template, and can be edited later) or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` (which creates the template, and reveals a " +"separate template page to configure the template in greater detail)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: add any corresponding tags to briefly describe the event " +"(e.g. `Online`, `Conference`, etc.). Multiple tags can be added per event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Tags can be displayed on events that are listed on the website by enabling " +"the *Show on Website* checkbox from :menuselection:`Events app --> " +"Configuration --> Event Tag Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: designate the organizer of the event (a company, " +"contact, or employee)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:113 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: designate a user in the database to be responsible " +"for this event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: designate which company in the database to which this " +"event is related. This field **only** appears if working in a multi-company " +"environment. This field is auto-populated, but modifiable, and is " +"**required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: choose to restrict the publishing of this event to a " +"specific website created in Odoo. If this field is left blank, the event can" +" be published on *all* websites in the database. To learn more, refer to the" +" :doc:`Multiple websites " +"<../../websites/website/configuration/multi_website>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Venue`: enter the pertinent event venue details in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Exhibition Map`: if desired, click the :guilabel:`Upload your " +"file` button to upload an image of the event venue map." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Registrations`: if this checkbox is ticked, a limit to the " +"amount of registrations is added to the event, and that desired limit amount" +" **must** be entered in the blank field before :guilabel:`Attendees`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge Dimension`: select a desired paper format dimension for " +"event badges. The options are: :guilabel:`A4 foldable`, :guilabel:`A6`, or " +":guilabel:`4 per sheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge Background`: if desired, click the :guilabel:`Upload your " +"file` button to upload a custom background image for event badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:132 +msgid "" +"When the above fields in the event form have been adequately filled in, move" +" on to the four tabs at the bottom of the event form for further " +"customization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Those tabs are: :ref:`Tickets `, :ref:`Communication " +"`, :ref:`Questions `, " +"and :ref:`Notes `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:142 +msgid "Tickets tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Create custom tickets (and ticket tiers) for events in the " +":guilabel:`Tickets` tab of an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "A typical tickets tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:150 +msgid "" +"To create a ticket, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Tickets` " +"tab. Then, enter a name for the ticket (e.g. `Basic Ticket` or `VIP`) in the" +" :guilabel:`Name` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:153 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Product` field, either select the pre-configured " +":guilabel:`Event Registration` product, or create a new one by typing in the" +" name of the new event registration product, and then select either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the resulting " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Upon installing Odoo *Events*, a new product type, *Event Ticket*, becomes " +"available on product forms (:menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> " +"Products`). In order for an event registration product to be selectable in " +"the *Tickets* tab, the event registration :guilabel:`Product Type` **must** " +"be set to :guilabel:`Event Ticket`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Existing event registration products can be modified directly from this " +"field, as well, by clicking the :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right " +"arrow)` icon, located beside the event registration product. Doing so " +"reveals that product's form. If the *Inventory* application is installed, " +"additional choices are available to customize for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Next, set the registration cost of the ticket in the :guilabel:`Price` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:173 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Price* defined on the event registration product's product form " +"sets the default cost of a ticket. Modifying the :guilabel:`Price` of a " +"ticket in the :guilabel:`Tickets` tab, sets a new registration cost of the " +"ticket for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Next, determine a :guilabel:`Sales Start` and :guilabel:`Sales End` date in " +"their respective fields. To do that, click into the blank field to reveal a " +"calendar popover. From there, select the desired date and time, then click " +":icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Then, if desired, designate a :guilabel:`Maximum` amount of that specific " +"ticket that can be sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:183 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Taken` column populates with the number of tickets that are " +"sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Optionally, in the :guilabel:`Color` column, add a custom color to " +"differentiate ticket badges. The selected color displays on ticket badges " +"when printed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To delete any tickets from the :guilabel:`Tickets` tab, click the :icon:`fa-" +"trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` icon on the corresponding line for the " +"ticket that should be deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:192 +msgid "" +"To add an optional :guilabel:`Description` column to the :guilabel:`Tickets`" +" tab, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(additional options)` " +"drop-down menu, located to the far-right of the column titles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Then, tick the checkbox beside :guilabel:`Description` from the resulting " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:198 +msgid "" +"When added, the option to add brief descriptions for each event ticket " +"appears, which can be used to inform attendees of any perks or amenities " +"that may coincide with specific ticket purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:204 +msgid "Communication tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:206 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Communication` tab of an event form, create various " +"marketing communications that can be scheduled to be sent at specific " +"intervals leading up to, and following, the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Typical communication tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:214 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo provides three separate pre-configured communications on " +"every new event form. One is an email sent after each registration to " +"confirm the purchase with the attendee. The other two are email event " +"reminders that are scheduled to be sent at different time intervals leading " +"up to the event to remind the recipient of the upcoming event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To add a communication in the :guilabel:`Communication` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, select the desired type of communication in " +"the :guilabel:`Send` field. The options are: :guilabel:`Mail`, " +":guilabel:`SMS`, :guilabel:`Social Post`, or :guilabel:`WhatsApp`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:223 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the number of communications that can be added in the " +":guilabel:`Communication` tab of an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:226 +msgid "" +"To delete a communication from the :guilabel:`Communication` tab, click the " +":icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` icon on the corresponding " +"communication line. Doing so removes the communication from the event " +"entirely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:231 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Social Post` option **only** appears if the *Social " +"Marketing* application is installed. The :guilabel:`WhatsApp` option " +"**only** appears if the *WhatsApp Integration* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:235 +msgid "" +":doc:`WhatsApp <../../productivity/whatsapp>` templates **cannot** be edited" +" during active configuration. A separate approval from *Meta* is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:239 +msgid "Mail" +msgstr "E-mail" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:241 +msgid "" +"Select an existing email template from the :guilabel:`Template` drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:243 +msgid "" +"Next, define the :guilabel:`Interval`, :guilabel:`Unit`, and " +":guilabel:`Trigger` from their respective drop-down fields, letting Odoo " +"know when the communication should be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Unit` options are: :guilabel:`Immediately`, " +":guilabel:`Hours`, :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, and " +":guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Then, select an option from the :guilabel:`Trigger` drop-down menu. The " +"options are: :guilabel:`After each registration`, :guilabel:`Before the " +"event`, and :guilabel:`After the event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:252 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Sent` column populates with the number of sent " +"communications. And, beside the number are different icons that appear, " +"depending on the status of that particular communication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The status of *Running* is represented by a :icon:`fa-cogs` " +":guilabel:`(three gears)` icon. The status of *Sent* is represented by a " +":icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`(checkmark)` icon. And, the status of " +"*Scheduled* is represented by an :icon:`fa-hourglass-half` " +":guilabel:`(hourglass)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:260 +msgid "" +"To send a confirmation email an hour after an attendee registers for an " +"event, configure the following communication:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:263 +msgid ":guilabel:`Interval`: `1`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:264 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: :guilabel:`Hours`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:265 +msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: :guilabel:`After each registration`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Existing email templates can be modified directly from the " +":guilabel:`Template` drop-down menu, if necessary, by clicking the " +":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` icon next to the template " +"name. Doing so reveals a separate page where users can edit the " +":guilabel:`Content`, :guilabel:`Email Configuration`, and " +":guilabel:`Settings` of that particular email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:273 +msgid "" +"To view and manage all email templates, activate :ref:`developer-mode` and " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email: Email " +"Templates`. Modify with caution as email templates effect all communications" +" where the template is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:20 +msgid "Questions tab" +msgstr "Aba Perguntas" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:282 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab of an event form, users can create brief " +"questionnaires for registrants to interact with, and respond to, after they " +"register for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:285 +msgid "" +"These questions can be focused on gathering basic information about the " +"attendee, learning about their preferences, expectations, and other things " +"of that nature. This information can also be used to create more detailed " +"reporting metrics, in addition to being utilized to create specific lead " +"generation rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "Typical questions tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:295 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo provides three questions in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab " +"for every event form. The default questions require the registrant(s) to " +"provide their :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Email`, and make it optional " +"to include their :guilabel:`Phone` number, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:299 +msgid "" +"The information gathered from the :guilabel:`Questions` tab can be found on " +"the :guilabel:`Attendees` dashboard, accessible via the :icon:`fa-users` " +":guilabel:`Attendees` smart button. Odoo populates individual records that " +"contain basic information about the registrant(s), as well as their " +"preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:304 +msgid "" +"To add a question in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Question` pop-up window. From " +"here, users can create and configure their question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Question pop-up window that appears in the Odoo Events " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:311 +msgid "" +"First, enter the question in the field at the top of the form. Then, decide " +"if the question should require a :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer` and/or if Odoo" +" should :guilabel:`Ask once per order`, by ticking their respective boxes, " +"if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Ask once per order` checkbox is ticked, the question will " +"only be asked once, and its value is propogated to every attendee in the " +"order (if multiple tickets are purchased at once). If the checkbox is *not* " +"ticked for this setting, Odoo will present the question for every attendee " +"that is connected to that registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:320 +msgid "Next, select a :guilabel:`Question Type` option:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:322 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Selection`: provide answer options to the question for " +"registrants to choose from. Selectable answer options can be managed in the " +":guilabel:`Answers` column at the bottom of the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:325 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Text Input`: lets the users enter a custom response to the " +"question in a text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:326 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter their " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:327 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter their" +" email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:328 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Phone`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter their" +" phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter a " +"company they are associated with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:332 +msgid "" +"Once all the desired configurations have been entered, either click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the question, and return to the " +":guilabel:`Questions` tab on the event form, or click :guilabel:`Save & New`" +" to save the question and immediately create a new question on a new " +":guilabel:`Create Question` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:337 +msgid "" +"As questions are added to the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, the informative " +"columns showcase the configurations of each question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:340 +msgid "The informative columns are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:342 +msgid ":guilabel:`Title`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:343 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mandatory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:344 +msgid ":guilabel:`Once per Order`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:345 +msgid ":guilabel:`Type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:346 +msgid ":guilabel:`Answers` (if applicable)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:348 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Selection` and :guilabel:`Text Input` types, a :icon:`fa-bar-" +"chart` :guilabel:`Stats` button appears on the right side of the question " +"line. When clicked, Odoo reveals a separate page, showcasing the response " +"metrics to that specific question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:352 +msgid "" +"To delete any question from the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click the " +":icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` icon on the corresponding " +"question line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:355 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the number of questions that can be added in the " +":guilabel:`Questions` tab of an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:361 +msgid "Notes tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:363 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Notes` tab of an event form, users can leave detailed " +"internal notes and/or event-related instructions/information for attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "Typical notes tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:370 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Note` field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, users can leave " +"internal notes for other event employees, like \"to-do\" lists, contact " +"information, instructions, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:373 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Ticket Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, " +"users can leave specific instructions for people attending the event that " +"appear on the attendees ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:266 +msgid "Publish events" +msgstr "Publicar eventos" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:379 +msgid "" +"Once all configurations and modifications are complete on the event form, it" +" is time to publish the event on the website. Doing so makes the event " +"visible to website visitors, and makes it possible for people to register " +"for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:383 +msgid "" +"To publish an event after all the customizations are complete, click the " +":icon:`fa-globe` :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button at the top of the " +"event form. Doing so reveals the event's web page, which can be customized " +"like any other web page on the site, via the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:388 +msgid "" +"To learn more about website design functionality and options, consult the " +":doc:`Building block <../../websites/website/web_design/building_blocks>` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:391 +msgid "" +"Once the event website is ready to be shared, click the red " +":guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch in the header menu, changing it to a " +"green :guilabel:`Published` switch. At this point, the event web page is " +"published, and viewable/accessible by all website visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:396 +msgid "Send event invites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:398 +msgid "" +"To send event invites to potential attendees, navigate to the desired event " +"form, via :menuselection:`Events app --> Events`, and click into the desired" +" event. Following this, click the :guilabel:`Invite` button in the upper-" +"left corner of the event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:402 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a blank email form to fill out, as desired. To learn more " +"about how to create and customize emails like this, refer to the " +":ref:`Create an email ` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:406 +msgid "" +"Proceed to create and customize an email message to send as an invite to " +"potential attendees. Remember to include a link to the registration page on " +"the event website, allowing interested recipients to quickly register." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Sending emails from Odoo is subject to a daily limit, which, by default, is " +"200. To learn more about daily limits, visit the " +":ref:`email_communication/daily_limit_mail` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:217 +msgid ":doc:`event_essentials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:416 +msgid ":doc:`track_manage_talks`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:3 msgid "Event essentials" msgstr "Fundamentos de Eventos" @@ -4592,10 +5626,6 @@ msgstr "" " funcionam da mesma forma para ambas as opções de :guilabel:`Tipo de " "comunicação`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:266 -msgid "Publish events" -msgstr "Publicar eventos" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:268 msgid "" "Until an event is published, it will remain hidden from public view on the " @@ -4643,6 +5673,424 @@ msgstr "" "Visualização de uma página do site e a opção de publicar o evento no Odoo " "Eventos." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:3 +msgid "Event templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Events* application provides the ability to customize and " +"configure event templates, which can be used to expedite the event-creation " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:8 +msgid "" +"These templates can be created and personalized in the application, and then" +" selected from an event form, in order to quickly apply a series of settings" +" and elements to the new event, all of which can be further modified, if " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:13 +msgid "Event templates page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo *Events* application, event templates can quickly be created and" +" modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To begin, navigate to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Event" +" Templates`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Event Templates` page. Here, " +"find all the existing event templates in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "The Event Templates page in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo provides three pre-configured event templates: " +":guilabel:`Exhibition`, :guilabel:`Training`, and :guilabel:`Sport`, which " +"all have their own unique customizations applied to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To change how these event templates appear on the *Template* drop-down field" +" on an event form, drag-and-drop them into any desired order, using the " +":icon:`oi-draggable` :guilabel:`(draggable)` icon, located to the left of " +"each event template line on the :guilabel:`Event Templates` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To learn more about event forms, refer to the :doc:`create_events` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:37 +msgid "Create event template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:39 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to create and configure an event template in Odoo " +"*Events*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**On the dashboard**, by navigating to :menuselection:`Events app --> " +"Configuration --> Event Templates` and clicking the :guilabel:`New` button " +"in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank event template form that " +"can be customized in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**On an event form itself**. Start by typing the name of a new event " +"template in the *Template* field, and click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` " +"from the resulting drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a *Create Template* pop-" +"up window, featuring all the same configurable fields and elements found on " +"a standard event template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create \"[template name]\"` from the resulting drop-down" +" menu, via the *Template* field on an event form creates the event template " +"in the database, but does **not** present the user with the *Create " +"Template* pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The event template would have to be modified, by selecting it on the *Event " +"Templates* page (:menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Event " +"Templates`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:58 +msgid "Event template form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:60 +msgid "" +"All the fields on a standard :guilabel:`Event Template` form are *also* on " +"the *Create Template* pop-up window, accessible via the *Template* field on " +"an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "A standard event template form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Start by providing the event template with a name in the :guilabel:`Event " +"Template` field, located at the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Beneath that field, there is a series of selectable checkboxes, all of which" +" are related to how the event menu will be displayed on the event web page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website Submenu`: enables a submenu on the event's website. When " +"this checkbox is ticked, every other checkbox in this series is " +"automatically ticked, as well. Then, choose to untick (deselect) any of the " +"checkbox options, as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tracks Menu Item`: adds a submenu item to navigate to a page " +"displaying all planned tracks for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Track Proposals Menu Item`: adds a submenu item to navigate to a " +"page, in which visitors can fill out a form to propose a track (talk, " +"lecture, presentation, etc.) to happen during the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Booth Menu Item`: adds a submenu item that takes visitors to a " +"separate page, where an event booth can be purchased. Event booths can be " +"customized and configured in the :guilabel:`Booths` tab of the event " +"template form, from the *Booth Categories* page (:menuselection:`Events app " +"--> Configuration --> Booth Categories`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:87 +msgid "" +"First, users **must** create a booth product with the required *Event Booth*" +" option set as the :guilabel:`Product Type` on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Exhibitors Menu Item`: adds a submenu item that takes visitors to" +" a separate page, showcasing all the exhibitors related to that specific " +"event. Icons representing those exhibitors are also found on the footer of " +"every event-specific web page, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Community`: adds a submenu item allowing attendees to access pre-" +"configured virtual community rooms to meet with other attendees, and discuss" +" various topics related to the event. When this checkbox is ticked, the " +":guilabel:`Allow Room Creation` feature becomes available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allow Room Creation`: allow visitors to create community rooms of" +" their own." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Register Button`: adds a button at the end of the event submenu " +"that takes visitors to the event-specific registration page when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Once the desired checkboxes have been ticked, select an appropriate " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the event from the available drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, for organizational purposes, there is the option to add " +":guilabel:`Tags` to this event template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to :guilabel:`Limit Registrations` to this specific" +" event template by ticking that checkbox. If ticked, proceed to enter the " +"number of :guilabel:`Attendees` this template should be limited to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Beneath those general information fields at the top of the event template " +"form, there are five tabs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:112 +msgid ":ref:`Tickets `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:113 +msgid ":ref:`Communication `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:114 +msgid ":ref:`Booths `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:115 +msgid ":ref:`Questions `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:116 +msgid ":ref:`Notes `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:121 +msgid "Booths tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:123 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Booths` tab on an event template form is the only tab that " +"differentiates itself from a standard event form, where the other tabs " +"(:guilabel:`Tickets`, :guilabel:`Communication`, :guilabel:`Questions`, and " +":guilabel:`Notes`) are present and configured using the same process. For " +"more information about those tabs, refer to the :doc:`create_events` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To create a booth or booth category, an event booth product **must** be " +"created in the database first, with the *Product Type* set to *Event Booth*." +" **Only** products with that specific configuration can be selected in the " +"required *Product* field of a booth or booth category form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Event booths can be created and customized in two ways in the Odoo *Events* " +"application. Either in the :guilabel:`Booths` tab of an event template form," +" or by navigating to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Booth " +"Categories`, and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To add a booth from the :guilabel:`Booths` tab of an event template form, " +"click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create " +"Booths` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "A Create Booths pop-up window in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Start by providing a :guilabel:`Name` for this booth in the corresponding " +"field at the top of the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Then, select an appropriate :guilabel:`Booth Category` from the drop-down " +"field below. Booth categories can be created and modified from the *Booth " +"Categories* page in the *Events* application, which is accessible by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Booth " +"Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:154 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Booth Category` can be created directly from this field on the " +":guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-up window. To accomplish that, type the name " +"of the new booth category in the :guilabel:`Booth Category` field, and " +"select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the " +"resulting drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` merely creates the category, which can (and " +"should be) customized at a later date. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and " +"edit...` reveals a new :guilabel:`Create Booth Category` pop-up window, from" +" which the category can be configured in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Booth Category pop-up window in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:167 +msgid "" +"From this pop-up window, proceed to name the :guilabel:`Booth Category`, " +"modify its :guilabel:`Booth Details` settings, configure its " +":guilabel:`Sponsorship` options (if applicable), and leave an optional " +":guilabel:`Description` to explain any pertinent details related to this " +"specific category of booths." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:172 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to add a photo/visual representation of the booth " +"category, via the :guilabel:`(camera)` icon in the upper-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:175 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The same configurations and options are available by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Booth Categories`, and " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Once the desired :guilabel:`Booth Category` is selected, the remaining " +"fields on the :guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-up window (:guilabel:`Currency`," +" :guilabel:`Product`, and :guilabel:`Price`) autopopulate, based on " +"information configured for that selected :guilabel:`Booth Category`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:186 +msgid "" +"These fields **cannot** be modified from the :guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-" +"up window. They can only be modified from the specific booth category form " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:189 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`" +" to save the booth, and return to the event template form. Or, click " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to save the booth, and start creating another booth " +"on a fresh :guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-up window. Click " +":guilabel:`Discard` to remove all changes, and return to the event template " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Once the booth has been saved, it appears in the :guilabel:`Booths` tab on " +"the event template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:197 +msgid "Use event templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Once an event template is complete, it is accessible on all event forms in " +"the Odoo *Events* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:202 +msgid "" +"To use an event template, navigate to the :menuselection:`Events app` and " +"click :guilabel:`New` to open a new event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:205 +msgid "" +"From the event form, click the :guilabel:`Template` field to reveal all the " +"existing event templates in the database. They appear in the same order as " +"they are listed in on the *Event Templates* page (:menuselection:`Events app" +" --> Configuration --> Event Templates`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Select the desired event template from the :guilabel:`Template` drop-down " +"field on the event form. Pre-configured settings automatically populate the " +"event form, saving time during the event creation process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Any of these pre-configured settings related to the selected event template " +"chosen in the :guilabel:`Template` field on an event form can be modified, " +"as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:218 +msgid ":doc:`create_events`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:3 msgid "Sell tickets" msgstr "Vender ingressos" @@ -12088,11 +13536,6 @@ msgstr "" "Abaixo desses campos e opções, há quatro abas: :guilabel:`Perguntas`, " ":guilabel:`Opções`, :guilabel:`Descrição` e :guilabel:`Mensagem final`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:20 -msgid "Questions tab" -msgstr "Aba Perguntas" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:52 msgid "" "View, access, add, and/or delete questions and sections to the survey in the" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index c4ec742df..13325f4ac 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Maitê Dietze, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -3010,18 +3010,15 @@ msgstr "Ativar a centralização de arquivos anexados ao financeiro." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:36 msgid "" -"If you select a new workspace, existing documents aren't moved. Only newly " +"If you select a new workspace, existing documents are not moved. Only newly " "created documents will be found under the new workspace." msgstr "" -"Se você selecionar um novo espaço de trabalho, os documentos existentes não " -"serão movidos. Somente os documentos recém-criados serão encontrados no novo" -" espaço de trabalho." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:42 msgid "Workspaces" msgstr "Espaços de trabalho" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:44 msgid "" "Workspaces are hierarchical folders having their own set of tags and " ":ref:`actions `. Default workspaces exist, but " @@ -3036,11 +3033,11 @@ msgstr "" "trabalho` e clicando em :guilabel:`Novo`. Na nova página, preencha as " "seguintes informações:" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Nome`" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Parent Workspace`: if you want to create a sub-workspace, select " "its :guilabel:`Parent Workspace`" @@ -3048,12 +3045,12 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Espaço de trabalho principal`: se você quiser criar um subespaço " "de trabalho, selecione seu :guilabel:`Espaço de trabalho principal`" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:236 msgid "Tags" msgstr "Marcadores" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:56 msgid "" "Tags are used within workspaces to add a level of differentiation between " "documents. They are organized per category, and filters can be used to sort " @@ -3063,7 +3060,7 @@ msgstr "" "documents. They are organized per category, and filters can be used to sort " "them." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:59 msgid "" "Tags can be created from the :guilabel:`Tags` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a " "line`, create the :guilabel:`Tag Category`, and :guilabel:`Name` your tags." @@ -3072,14 +3069,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Adicionar uma linha`, crie a :guilabel:`Categoria de marcadores` " "e :guilabel:`nomeie` seus marcadores." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:63 msgid "" "The tags of a parent workspace apply to the child workspaces automatically;" msgstr "" "Os marcadores de um espaço de trabalho principal se aplicam automaticamente " "aos espaços de trabalho filhos;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:64 msgid "" "Tags can be created and modified by going to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Tags`;" @@ -3087,7 +3084,7 @@ msgstr "" "Os marcadores podem ser criados e modificados em " ":menuselection:`Configuração --> Marcadores`;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:65 msgid "" "Tags can also be created or edited by clicking the gear icon :guilabel:`⚙` " "on the left menu." @@ -3095,11 +3092,35 @@ msgstr "" "Os marcadores também podem ser criados ou editados clicando no ícone de " "engrenagem :guilabel:`⚙` no menu à esquerda." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:67 +msgid "" +"An **email alias** can be used to automatically send received documents to a" +" specific workspace based on the tag assigned. To create an email alias:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Select the tag and the corresponding workspace where the document should be " +"directed in the left column of your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Next to the :guilabel:`Upload` button, click the down arrow, and then click " +":guilabel:`Share`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In the new window, click :guilabel:`Download and Upload` and enter the email" +" alias where documents should be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:79 msgid "Access rights" msgstr "Direitos de acesso" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:81 msgid "" "To manage your workspace access rights, go to :menuselection:`Documents --> " "Configuration --> Workspaces`, open the workspace you want to edit, and go " @@ -3115,11 +3136,11 @@ msgstr "" "pode adicionar :guilabel:`Grupos de leitura` que só podem visualizar os " "documentos do espaço de trabalho." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:87 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descrição" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:89 msgid "" "You can add descriptive information to your workspace by going to " ":menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration --> Workspaces`, opening the " @@ -3130,7 +3151,7 @@ msgstr "" "trabalho`, abrindo o espaço de trabalho que deseja descrever e acessando a " "aba :guilabel:`Descrição`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:94 msgid "" "Workspaces can also be created and edited by clicking the gear icon " ":guilabel:`⚙` on the left menu." @@ -3142,44 +3163,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create sub-workspaces from the left menu" msgstr "Crie subespaços de trabalho no menu à esquerda" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:101 msgid "Documents management" msgstr "Gerenciamento de documentos" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:103 msgid "" "When selecting or opening a document, the right panel displays different " "options. On the top, additional options might be available: " ":guilabel:`Download`, :guilabel:`Share`, :guilabel:`Replace`, " ":guilabel:`Lock` or :guilabel:`Split`. It is also possible to " -":guilabel:`Open chatter` or :guilabel:`Archive` the document." +":guilabel:`Open chatter` or use the :guilabel:`Move to trash` option." msgstr "" -"Ao selecionar ou abrir um documento, o painel direito exibe diferentes " -"opções. Na parte superior, opções adicionais podem estar disponíveis: " -":guilabel:`Baixar`, :guilabel:`Compartilhar`, :guilabel:`Substituir`, " -":guilabel:`Bloquear` ou :guilabel:`Dividir`. Também é possível " -":guilabel:`Abrir chatter` ou :guilabel:`Arquivar` o documento." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst-1 msgid "right panel options" msgstr "opções do painel direito" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:112 msgid "" -"Then, you can modify the name of your file by clicking on " -":guilabel:`Document`. A :guilabel:`Contact` or an :guilabel:`Owner` can be " -"assigned. The related :guilabel:`Workspace` can be modified and it is " -"possible to access the related :guilabel:`Journal Entry` or add " -":guilabel:`Tags`." +"Then, you can modify the name of your file by clicking on :guilabel:`Name`. " +"A :guilabel:`Contact` or an :guilabel:`Owner` can be assigned. The related " +":guilabel:`Workspace` can be modified and it is possible to access the " +"related :guilabel:`Journal Entry` or add :guilabel:`Tags`." msgstr "" -"Em seguida, você pode modificar o nome do seu arquivo clicando em " -":guilabel:`Documento`. É possível atribuir um :guilabel:`Contato` ou um " -":guilabel:`Proprietário` pode ser atribuído. O :guilabel:`Espaço de " -"trabalho` relacionado pode ser modificado e é possível acessar o " -":guilabel:`Lançamento no diário` relacionado ou adicionar " -":guilabel:`marcadores`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:117 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Contact` is the person related to the document and assigned " "to it. He can only view the document and not modify it. I.e.: an existing " @@ -3189,7 +3198,7 @@ msgstr "" "só pode visualizar o documento e não modificá-lo. Ou seja, um fornecedor " "existente na sua base de dados é o contato para a fatura dele." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:120 msgid "" "The person who creates a document is, by default :guilabel:`Owner` of it and" " has complete rights to it. It is possible to replace the owner of a " @@ -3201,7 +3210,7 @@ msgstr "" "proprietário de um documento. Ou seja, um funcionário deve ser o " "proprietário de um documento para poder vê-lo em \"Meu perfil\"." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:124 msgid "" "Different :ref:`Actions ` are available at the " "bottom of the right panel, depending on the workspace where your document is" @@ -3211,11 +3220,11 @@ msgstr "" "parte inferior do painel direito, dependendo do espaço de trabalho em que o " "documento está armazenado." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:128 msgid "Split PDF documents" msgstr "Dividir documentos PDF" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:130 msgid "" "Select the PDF you want to split, and click the scissors icon. A new view " "displays all the pages of the document." @@ -3223,7 +3232,7 @@ msgstr "" "Selecione o PDF que pretende dividir e clique no ícone da tesoura. Uma nova " "visualização mostra todas as páginas do documento." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:133 msgid "" "By default, each page of the document will be split when clicking " ":guilabel:`Split`. To remove a split between two pages, click on the " @@ -3237,7 +3246,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "split your documents" msgstr "dividir os documentos" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:140 msgid "" "To merge documents from your dashboard, select them and click the scissors " "icon. Click on the scissors between the two documents and click " @@ -3247,11 +3256,11 @@ msgstr "" "tesoura. Clique na tesoura entre os dois documentos e clique em " ":guilabel:`Dividir` para mesclar os documentos." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:144 msgid "Additional features" msgstr "Recursos adicionais" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:146 msgid "" "Select a workspace and click the arrow next to the :guilabel:`Upload` button" " to access additional features:" @@ -3259,11 +3268,11 @@ msgstr "" "Selecione um espaço de trabalho e clique na seta ao lado do botão " ":guilabel:`Carregar` para acessar recursos adicionais:" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:150 msgid "Request" msgstr "Solicitação" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:152 msgid "" "You can create \"missing documents\" and organize them as documents, to " "remind users to download them." @@ -3271,7 +3280,7 @@ msgstr "" "Você pode criar \"documentos ausentes\" e organizá-los como documentos, para" " lembrar os usuários de fazer o download deles." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:154 msgid "" "Select the workspace where the file should be stored, click " ":guilabel:`Upload`, then :guilabel:`Request`. Add the :guilabel:`Document " @@ -3291,13 +3300,13 @@ msgstr "" " seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Solicitar`. Um espaço reservado para o " "documento ausente é criado no espaço de trabalho." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:161 msgid "When your document is available, click the placeholder to upload it." msgstr "" "Quando seu documento estiver disponível, clique no espaço reservado para " "carregá-lo." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:163 msgid "" "You can see all missing documents by going to the **Activity** view and to " "the :guilabel:`Requested Document` column." @@ -3305,7 +3314,7 @@ msgstr "" "Você pode ver todos os documentos ausentes acessando a visualização " "**Atividade** e a coluna :guilabel:`Documento solicitado`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:167 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Activity` view, you can send a **reminder email** to " "users from whom you are expecting a document. Go to the :guilabel:`Requested" @@ -3316,7 +3325,7 @@ msgstr "" "para a coluna :guilabel:`Documento solicitado`, clique em ⋮ e " ":guilabel:`Solicitação de documento: Lembrete`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:171 msgid "" "Click on a date to see the details of a specific request. You can update it " "by clicking on the pen icon, :guilabel:`Preview` the content of the reminder" @@ -3331,11 +3340,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "send a reminder email from the Activity view" msgstr "enviar um e-mail de lembrete da visualização Atividade" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:179 msgid "Add a link" msgstr "Adicionar um link" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:181 msgid "" "To add a link to your documents dashboard, click on :guilabel:`Add a Link`, " "enter the :guilabel:`URL`, and :guilabel:`Name` it." @@ -3344,11 +3353,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Adicionar um link`, digite o :guilabel:`URL` e :guilabel:`Nome` " "dele." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:185 msgid "Share" msgstr "Compartilhar" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:187 msgid "" "You can create a share link to a document or all documents of a workspace. " "It allows anyone to download the file(s) or upload files to a workspace." @@ -3357,7 +3366,7 @@ msgstr "" "documentos de um espaço de trabalho. Isso permite que qualquer pessoa faça " "download do(s) arquivo(s) ou carregue arquivos em um espaço de trabalho." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:190 msgid "" "To do so, select the workspace or the document and click the arrow next to " "the :guilabel:`Upload` button then :guilabel:`Share`. On the pop-up, the " @@ -3378,7 +3387,7 @@ msgstr "" "subpastas de um espaço de trabalho. Para permitir que os usuários carreguem " "seus próprios documentos, selecione :guilabel:`Download e Upload`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:198 msgid "" "It is possible to only share one or more documents (without their workspace)" " by selecting them and clicking :guilabel:`Share`." @@ -3386,11 +3395,11 @@ msgstr "" "É possível compartilhar apenas um ou mais documentos (sem o espaço de " "trabalho), selecionando-os e clicando em :guilabel:`Compartilhar`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:202 msgid "New spreadsheet" msgstr "Nova planilha" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:204 msgid "" "To create a new :doc:`spreadsheet `, click :guilabel:`New " "Spreadsheet`. You can select a :guilabel:`Blank spreadsheet` or an " @@ -3400,11 +3409,11 @@ msgstr "" "planilha`. Você pode selecionar uma :guilabel:`planilha em branco` ou um " ":doc:`modelo existente `." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:210 msgid "Workflow actions" msgstr "Ações de fluxo de trabalho" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:212 msgid "" "Workflow actions help manage documents and overall business operations. " "These are automated actions that can be created and customized for each " @@ -3417,7 +3426,7 @@ msgstr "" " por exemplo, criar, mover, assinar e adicionar tags a um documento e " "processar faturas." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:216 msgid "" "These workflow actions appear on the right panel when a document meets the " "set criteria." @@ -3425,11 +3434,11 @@ msgstr "" "Essas ações de fluxo de trabalho aparecem no painel direito quando um " "documento atende aos critérios definidos." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:219 msgid "Create workflow actions" msgstr "Criar ações de fluxo de trabalho" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:221 msgid "" "To create workflow actions, go to :menuselection:`Documents --> " "Configuration --> Actions` and click :guilabel:`New`." @@ -3437,7 +3446,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para criar ações de fluxo de trabalho, vá para :menuselection:`Documentos " "--> Configuração --> Ação` e clique em :guilabel:`Novo`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:225 msgid "" "An action applies to all **sub-workspaces** under the :guilabel:`Related " "Workspace` you selected." @@ -3445,11 +3454,11 @@ msgstr "" "Uma ação se aplica a todos os **subespaços de trabalho** sob o " ":guilabel:`Espaço de trabalho relacionado` que você selecionou." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:228 msgid "Set the conditions" msgstr "Definir as condições" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:230 msgid "" "You can :guilabel:`Create` a new :guilabel:`Action` or edit an existing one." " You can define the :guilabel:`Action Name` and then set the conditions that" @@ -3461,28 +3470,25 @@ msgstr "" "definir as condições que fazaemo botão de ação (:guilabel:`▶`) aparecer no " "painel do lado direito ao selecionar um arquivo." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:234 msgid "There are three basic types of conditions you can set:" msgstr "Há três tipos básicos de condições que você pode definir:" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:236 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: you can use the :guilabel:`Contains` and :guilabel:`Does " -"not contain` conditions, meaning the files *must have* or *mustn't have* the" -" tags set here." +"not contain` conditions, meaning the files *must have* or *must not have* " +"the tags set here." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Marcadores`: você pode usar as condições :guilabel:`Contém` e " -":guilabel:`Não contém`, o que significa que os arquivos *devem ter* ou *não " -"devem ter* os marcadores definidos aqui." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:239 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: the files must be associated with the contact set here." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Contato`: os arquivos devem estar associados ao contato definido " "aqui." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:241 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Owner`: the files must be associated with the owner set here." msgstr "" @@ -3495,19 +3501,17 @@ msgstr "" "Exemplo de condição básica de uma ação de fluxo de trabalho no Odoo " "Documentos" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:247 msgid "" -"If you don't set any conditions, the action button appears for all files " +"If you do not set any conditions, the action button appears for all files " "inside the selected workspace." msgstr "" -"Se você não definir nenhuma condição, o botão de ação aparecerá para todos " -"os arquivos dentro do espaço de trabalho selecionado." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:251 msgid "Advanced condition type: domain" msgstr "Tipo de condição avançada: domínio" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:254 msgid "" "It is recommended to have some knowledge of Odoo development to configure " "*Domain* filters properly." @@ -3515,7 +3519,7 @@ msgstr "" "Recomenda-se ter conhecimento de desenvolvimento de Odoo para configurar " "corretamente os filtros de *Domínio*." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:257 msgid "" "The :ref:`developer mode ` needs to be activated to access " "the :guilabel:`Domain` condition from the :guilabel:`Actions` tab. Once " @@ -3527,7 +3531,7 @@ msgstr "" "selecione o tipo de condição :guilabel:`Domínio` e clique em " ":guilabel:`Adicionar condição`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:261 msgid "" "To create a rule, you typically select a :guilabel:`field`, an " ":guilabel:`operator`, and a :guilabel:`value`. For example, if you want to " @@ -3547,7 +3551,7 @@ msgstr "" "Exemplo de condição de domínio de uma ação de fluxo de trabalho no Odoo " "Documentos" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:269 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add New Rule` (plus icon) and :guilabel:`Add branch` to add" " conditions and sub-conditions. You can then specify if your rule should " @@ -3560,11 +3564,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`todas` ou a :guilabel:`qualquer` condição. Você também pode " "editar a regra diretamente usando o :guilabel:`Editor de código`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:274 msgid "Configure the actions" msgstr "Configurar as ações" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:276 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Actions` tab to set up your action. You can " "simultaneously:" @@ -3572,7 +3576,7 @@ msgstr "" "Selecione a aba :guilabel:`Ações` para configurar sua ação. Você pode " "simultaneamente:" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:278 msgid "" "**Set Contact**: add a contact to the file, or replace an existing contact " "with a new one." @@ -3580,7 +3584,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Definir contato**: adicionar um contato ao arquivo ou substitui um contato" " existente por um novo." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:279 msgid "" "**Set Owner**: add an owner to the file, or replace an existing owner with a" " new one." @@ -3588,13 +3592,13 @@ msgstr "" "**Definir proprietário**: adicionar um proprietário ao arquivo ou substitui " "um proprietário existente por um novo." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:280 msgid "**Move to Workspace**: move the file to any workspace." msgstr "" "**Mover para espaço de trabalho**: mover o arquivo para qualquer espaço de " "trabalho." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:281 msgid "" "**Create**: create one of the following items attached to the file in your " "database:" @@ -3602,7 +3606,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Criar**: criar um dos seguintes itens anexados ao arquivo em sua base de " "dados:" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:283 msgid "" "**Link to record**: link the document to a record (i.e. link to a vehicle in" " Fleet);" @@ -3610,33 +3614,33 @@ msgstr "" "**Vincular ao registro**: vincular o documento a um registro (ou seja, " "vincula a um veículo na frota);" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:284 msgid "**Product template**: create a product you can edit directly;" msgstr "" "**Modelo de produto**: criar um produto que você possa editar diretamente;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:285 msgid "**Task**: create a Project task you can edit directly;" msgstr "" "**Tarefa**: criar uma tarefa de projeto que você pode editar diretamente;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:286 msgid "**Signature PDF template**: create a new Sign template to send out;" msgstr "" "**Modelo de assinatura em PDF**: criar um novo modelo de assinatura para " "enviar;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:287 msgid "**PDF to sign**: create a PDF to sign;" msgstr "**PDF a assinar**: criar um PDF para assinar;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:288 msgid "**Applicant**: create a new HR application you can edit directly;" msgstr "" "**Candidato**: criar uma nova candidatura no RH que pode ser editada " "diretamente;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:289 msgid "" "**Vendor bill**: create a vendor bill using OCR and AI to scrape information" " from the file content;" @@ -3644,7 +3648,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Fatura do fornecedor**: criar uma fatura do fornecedor usando OCR e IA " "para extrair informações do conteúdo do arquivo;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:291 msgid "" "**Customer invoice**: create a customer invoice using OCR and AI to scrape " "information from the file;" @@ -3652,7 +3656,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Fatura do cliente**: criar uma fatura do cliente usando OCR e IA para " "extrair informações do arquivo;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:293 msgid "" "**Vendor credit note**: create a vendor credit note using OCR and AI to " "scrape information from the file;" @@ -3660,7 +3664,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Nota de crédito do fornecedor**: criar uma nota de crédito do fornecedor " "usando OCR e IA para extrair informações do arquivo;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:295 msgid "" "**Credit note**: create a customer credit note using OCR and AI to scrape " "information from the file;" @@ -3668,7 +3672,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Nota de crédito**: criar uma nota de crédito do cliente usando OCR e IA " "para extrair informações do arquivo;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:297 msgid "" "**Miscellaneous Operations**: create a record in :guilabel:`Miscellaneous " "Operations` in Accounting;" @@ -3676,32 +3680,28 @@ msgstr "" "**Operações diversas**: criar um registro em :guilabel:`Operações diversas` " "no Financeiro;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:299 msgid "**Bank Statement**: create a Bank Statement in Finance;" msgstr "**Extrato bancário**: criar um extrato bancário no FInanceiro;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:300 msgid "" "**Expense**: create an expense automatically based on a file's content." msgstr "" "**Despesa**: criar uma despesa automaticamente com base no conteúdo de um " "arquivo." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:290 -msgid "**Set Tags**: add, remove, and replace any number of tags." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:302 +msgid "**Set Tags**: add, remove, and replace any number of tags;" msgstr "" -"**Definir marcadores**: adicionar, remover e substituir qualquer quantidade " -"de marcadores." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:303 msgid "" "**Activities - Mark all as Done**: mark all activities linked to the file as" -" done." +" done;" msgstr "" -"**Atividades - Marcar como concluído**: marca todas as atividades vinculadas" -" ao arquivo como concluídas." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:304 msgid "" "**Activities - Schedule Activity**: create a new activity linked to the file" " as configured in the action. You can choose to set the activity on the " @@ -3715,12 +3715,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a workflow action Odoo Documents" msgstr "Exemplo de uma ação de fluxo de trabalho Odoo Documentos" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:311 msgid "Digitize documents with AI and optical character recognition (OCR)" msgstr "" "Digitalizar documentos com IA e reconhecimento óptico de caracteres (OCR)" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:313 msgid "" "Documents available in the Finance workspace can be digitized. Select the " "document to digitize, click :guilabel:`Create Bill`, :guilabel:`Create " @@ -3733,7 +3733,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Criar crédito de nota` e, em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Enviar" " para digitalização`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:318 msgid "" ":doc:`AI-powered document digitization " "<../finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization>`" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index b42b2bc48..eac6e141f 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ # Marcos Rodrigues, 2023 # Luis Felipe Miléo , 2023 # a75f12d3d37ea5bf159c4b3e85eb30e7_0fa6927, 2024 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Maitê Dietze, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Maitê Dietze, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ msgstr "" "vendedor." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:44 @@ -314,312 +314,282 @@ msgstr "" " na parte superior da página :guilabel:`Funil` para visualizar todas as " "oportunidades." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities" -msgstr "Gerar leads/oportunidades" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Two key ways to generate new leads or opportunities for your business are " -"through email aliases and website contact forms. Odoo automatically creates " -"leads in your CRM whenever someone sends a message to a Sales Team email " -"alias or fills out a contact form on your website." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:3 +msgid "Create leads (from email or manually)" msgstr "" -"Duas maneiras principais de gerar novos leads ou oportunidades para sua " -"empresa são por meio de e-mail e formulários de contato do site. O Odoo cria" -" leads automaticamente em seu CRM sempre que alguém envia uma mensagem para " -"um e-mail da equipe de vendas ou preenche um formulário de contato em seu " -"site." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Leads can be added to the *CRM* app from custom email aliases, and by " +"manually creating new records. This is in addition to the leads and " +"opportunities created in the app through the :doc:`website contact form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:12 +msgid "" +"First, ensure the *Leads* feature is enabled in the database by navigating " +"to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:17 msgid "Configure email aliases" msgstr "Configurar aliases de e-mail" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:19 msgid "" -"Each Sales Team can use its own unique email alias to generate " -"leads/opportunities. Any email sent to a Sales Team's email alias will " -"automatically create a lead (if leads are activated in your CRM settings) or" -" an opportunity in the pipeline for that particular team. Configure custom " -"email aliases on the configuration page for each Sales Team by navigating to" -" :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`." +"Each sales team has the option to create and utilize their own unique email " +"alias. When messages are sent to this address, a lead (or opportunity), is " +"created with the information from the message." msgstr "" -"Cada equipe de vendas pode usar seu próprio alias de e-mail exclusivo para " -"gerar leads/oportunidades. Qualquer e-mail enviado para o alias de e-mail de" -" uma equipe de vendas criará automaticamente um lead (se os leads estiverem " -"ativados nas configurações do seu CRM) ou uma oportunidade no funil daquela " -"equipe específica. Configure aliases de e-mail personalizados na página de " -"configuração de cada equipe de vendas através de: menuselection: `CRM --> " -"Configuração --> Equipes de Vendas`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Configuring Sales Teams" -msgstr "Configurar equipes de vendas" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:23 -msgid "Use Contact Forms on your website" -msgstr "Usar formulários de contato em seu site" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:23 msgid "" -"By default, your website's *Contact Us* page displays Odoo's ready-to-use " -"Contact Form. Whenever someone submits this form, a lead or an opportunity " -"is generated in your database." +"To create or update a sales teams' email alias, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`. Click on a team " +"from the list to open the team's details page." msgstr "" -"Por padrão, a página *Entre em contato* do seu site exibe o formulário de " -"contato pronto para uso do Odoo. Sempre que alguém enviar este formulário, é" -" gerado um lead ou uma oportunidade na sua base de dados." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Default Contact Us page" -msgstr "Página de contato padrão" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The sales team details page, focused on the email alias section." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:30 msgid "" -"The Contact Form can be activated or deactivated at any time by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Go to Website --> Customize --> Contact Form`." +"In the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field, enter a name for the email alias, or " +"edit the existing name. In the :guilabel:`Accept Emails From` field, use the" +" drop-down menu to choose who is allowed to send messages to this email " +"alias:" msgstr "" -"O formulário de contato pode ser ativado ou desativado a qualquer momento " -"através de: menuselection:`Site --> Ir para o site --> Personalizar --> " -"Formulário de contato`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Form toggle" -msgstr "Alternar formulário de contato" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Everyone`: messages are accepted from any email address." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:35 msgid "" -"When the Form is deactivated, the *Contact Us* page simply displays a button" -" to email your company directly. Any email sent this way will generate a " -"lead/opportunity." +":guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`: only accepts messages from email " +"addresses associated with a a partner (contact or customer) record." msgstr "" -"Quando o formulário está desativado, a página *Entre em contato* exibe " -"somente um botão para enviar um e-mail diretamente para sua empresa. E-mails" -" enviados desta forma gerarão leads/oportunidades." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Us Page using email" -msgstr "Página de contato por e-mail" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:37 msgid "" -"Choose which Sales Team or salesperson is automatically assigned to the " -"leads/opportunities created from the Contact Form by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Communication`." +":guilabel:`Followers only`: only accepts messages from those who are " +"following a record related to the team, such as a lead or opportunity. " +"Messages are also accepted from team members." msgstr "" -"Escolha qual equipe de vendas ou vendedor é automaticamente atribuído aos " -"leads/oportunidades criados a partir do formulário de contato, através de " -":menuselection:`Site --> Configuração --> Definições --> Comunicação`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Form settings" -msgstr "Definições do formulário de contato" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:55 -msgid "Customize Contact Forms" -msgstr "Personalizar formulários de contato" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:39 msgid "" -"Contact Forms can be customized for the specific information your team " -"needs, using the free *Form Builder* module." +":guilabel:`Authenticated Employees`: only accepts messages from email " +"addresses that are connected to a record in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" -"Usando o módulo gratuito *Construtor de formulários*, os formulários de " -"contato podem ser personalizados com as informações específicas necessárias " -"para sua equipe." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:43 +msgid "Leads created from email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:45 msgid "" -"The *Form Builder* module is installed automatically when a Form element is " -"added to a web page via the Website Builder. It can also be installed " -"manually from the :guilabel:`Apps` page." +"Leads created from email alias messages can be viewed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads`. Click a lead from the list to open it, " +"and view the details." msgstr "" -"O módulo *Construtor de formulários* é instalado automaticamente quando um " -"elemento de formulário é adicionado a uma página da web através do Criador " -"de sites. Também pode ser instalado manualmente pela página " -":guilabel:`Apps`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Form Builder building blocks" -msgstr "Blocos de construção do criador de formulário" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:48 msgid "" -"Forms can be created from scratch to serve a wide variety of purposes. " -"However, Odoo's default *Contact Us* page is designed to fit most users' " -"needs. Start with the default form and modify from there." +"The email received by the alias is added to the *chatter* thread for the " +"lead. The subject line of the message is added to the title field, and the " +":guilabel:`Email` field is updated with the contact's email address." msgstr "" -"É possível criar formulários do zero para atender a uma ampla variedade de " -"finalidades. No entanto, a página padrão de *Contato* do Odoo foi projetada " -"para atender às necessidades da maioria dos usuários. Comece com o " -"formulário padrão e faça as modificações necessárias." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:73 -msgid "Edit Contact Form fields" -msgstr "Editar campos do formulário de contato" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The chatter thread of a newly created lead in the CRM app." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:57 msgid "" -"In Edit mode on your website, click on any field to start editing it. The " -"following information can be edited for each field on the Contact Form:" +"If the *leads* feature is **not** enabled on the database, messages to the " +"email alias are added to the database as opportunities." msgstr "" -"No modo de edição do seu site, clique em qualquer campo para começar a " -"editá-lo. As seguintes informações podem ser editadas em cada campo o " -"formulário de contato." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:64 +msgid "Manually create leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:66 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Type`: Choose a custom field option or an existing field. " -"Examples include phone, file upload, language, etc." +"Leads can be added directly to the *CRM* app by manually creating a new " +"record. Navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads` to view a list of " +"existing leads." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Tipo`: Escolha uma opção de campo personalizado ou um campo " -"existente. Por exemplo: telefone, carregamento de arquivos, idiomas, etc." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Input Type`: Determine the type of entry customers should input. " -"Available options are text,email, telephone, and URL." +"Leads can also be added via the :doc:`Generate Leads ` button." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Tipo de entrada`: Determine o tipo de entrada que os clientes " -"devem inserir. As opções disponíveis são texto, e-mail, telefone e URL." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:72 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Input Placeholder`: Type in an example to guide users how to " -"input information where formatting is important, such as a phone number or " -"email address." +"At the top-left of the list, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank " +":guilabel:`Leads` form." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Campo de entrada`: Digite um exemplo para orientar os usuários " -"sobre como inserir informações cuja formatação é importante, como número de " -"telefone ou endereço de e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:74 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Label Name`: Type in the display name to show users what " -"information is needed from them." +"In the first field of the new form, enter a title for the new lead. Next, " +"enter a :guilabel:`Contact Name`, and a :guilabel:`Company Name`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Nome dao rótulo`: Digite o nome da exibição para mostrar aos " -"usuários qual informação deles é necessária." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:78 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Label Position`: Choose the way the label is aligned with the " -"rest of the form. The label can be hidden, above the field, to the far left " -"of the field, or right adjusted and closer to the field." +"If a lead is :doc:`converted to an opportunity `, the " +":guilabel:`Company Name` field is used to either link this opportunity to an" +" existing customer, or to create a new customer." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Posição do rótulo`: Escolha como o rótulo é alinhado ao restante " -"do formulário. O rótulo pode ficar oculto, acima do campo, na extremidade " -"esquerda do campo ou ajustado à direita e mais próximo do campo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:82 +msgid "Manually create opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:84 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Required`: Toggle this option for information that you absolutely" -" need entered." +"To manually create an opportunity, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Sales --> My Pipeline`. At the top-left of the page, click :guilabel:`New` " +"to create a new opportunity Kanban card. In the " +":guilabel:`Organization/Contact` field, enter the name of the company the " +"opportunity is for." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Obrigatório`: Ative essa opção para informações que são " -"absolutamente necessárias." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:88 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hidden`: Toggle this option to hide the field without deleting " -"it." +"Choose a name, and enter it in the :guilabel:`Opportunity` field. *This is a" +" required field.* When manually creating an opportunity, it is helpful to " +"add a name that relates to the details of the opportunity." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Oculto`: Ative esta opção para ocultar o campo sem excluí-lo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:93 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Shown on Mobile`: Toggle this option to show the field to users " -"on mobile devices." +"In the example below, the opportunity is named `5 VP Chairs`. This " +"identifies the product the customer is interested in, as well as the " +"potential number of products." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Exibido no celular`: Ative esta opção para mostrar o campo a " -"usuários em dispositivos móveis." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Editable field options" -msgstr "Opções de campo editáveis" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:0 +msgid "An example of an opportunity in the CRM pipeline." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:100 msgid "" -"By default, when a Form is submitted, it sends you an email with the " -"customer's inputted information. To have it automatically generate a " -"lead/opportunity instead, edit the Form and select :guilabel:`Create an " -"Opportunity` as the Action." +"Enter the contact information for the opportunity in the :guilabel:`Email` " +"and :guilabel:`Phone` fields." msgstr "" -"Por padrão, quando um formulário é enviado, ele envia um e-mail com as " -"informações inseridas pelo cliente. Para que ele gere automaticamente um " -"lead/oportunidade, edite o formulário e selecione :guilabel:`Criar uma " -"oportunidade` como a ação." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:103 msgid "" -"If leads are activated in your CRM settings, selecting :guilabel:`Create an " -"Opportunity` generates a lead instead. To learn more about activating leads " -"in the CRM settings, head over to :doc:`convert`." +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Revenue` field, enter an estimated value for the " +"opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The information in the :guilabel:`Expected Revenue` and priority fields can " +"be used to track performance for individual salespeople, and on a team " +"basis. See :doc:`../performance/expected_revenue_report` and " +":doc:`../track_leads/lead_scoring` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:111 +msgid "Then, use the |st-o| :guilabel:`(star)` icons to assign a priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:113 +msgid "|st-o| |st-o| |st-o|: low priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:114 +msgid "|st| |st-o| |st-o|: medium priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:115 +msgid "|st| |st| |st-o|: high priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:116 +msgid "|st| |st| |st|: very high priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Assigning a priority changes the order of leads in Kanban view, with higher " +"priority leads displayed first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once all the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Add`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The CRM pipeline with a newly created opportunity." msgstr "" -"Se os leads estiverem ativados nas definições do CRM, clicar em " -":guilabel:`Criar uma Oportunidade` gerará um lead. Para saber mais sobre a " -"ativação de leads nas configurações do CRM, vá para :doc:`converter`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 msgid "Lead mining" msgstr "Mineração de leads" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 msgid "" -"Lead mining is a feature that allows CRM users to generate new leads " +"*Lead mining* is a feature that allows *CRM* users to generate new leads " "directly into their Odoo database. To ensure lead qualification, lead mining" " output is determined by a variety of filtering criteria, such as the " "country, the company size, and the industry." msgstr "" -"A mineração de leads é um recurso que permite que usuários do CRM gerem " -"novos leads diretamente em sua base de dados do Odoo. Para garantir a " -"qualificação do lead, o resultado da mineração de leads é determinada por " -"uma variedade de critérios de filtragem, como o país, o tamanho da empresa e" -" o setor." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:15 msgid "" -"To get started, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and activate :guilabel:`Lead Mining`." +"To get started, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`Lead Mining` checkbox to activate the " +"feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Para começar, acesse :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuração --> Definições` e " -"ative :guilabel:`Mineração de leads`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "Activate lead mining in Odoo CRM settings." msgstr "Ative a mineração de leads nas configurações do Odoo CRM." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:23 msgid "Generate leads" msgstr "Gerar leads" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:25 msgid "" -"After the :guilabel:`Lead Mining` setting is activated, a new button called " -":guilabel:`Generate Leads` is available to use in the :guilabel:`CRM` " -"pipeline. Lead mining requests are also available through " -":menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests`, or through " -":menuselection:`CRM --> Leads --> Leads` where the :guilabel:`Generate " -"Leads` button is also available." +"After the *Lead Mining* setting is activated, a new button called *Generate " +"Leads* is available to use in the upper-left corner of the *CRM* *Pipeline* " +"(:menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales --> My Pipeline`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Lead mining requests are also available through :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests`, or through :menuselection:`CRM app " +"--> Leads --> Leads`, where the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button is also " +"available." msgstr "" -"Depois que a configuração :guilabel:`Mineração de leads` for ativada, um " -"novo botão chamado :guilabel:`Gerar leads` ficará disponível para uso no " -"funil do :guilabel:`CRM`. As solicitações de mineração de leads também estão" -" disponíveis em :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuração --> Solicitações de " -"mineração de leads`, ou através de :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads --> Leads`," -" onde o botão :guilabel:`Gerar leads` também está disponível." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "The Generate Leads button to use the lead mining feature." msgstr "O botão Gerar leads para usar o recurso de mineração de leads." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:37 msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button, and a window will appear " +"Click the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button, and a pop-up window appears, " "offering a variety of criteria by which to generate leads." msgstr "" -"Clique no botão :guilabel:`Gerar leads` e uma janela exibirá uma variedade " -"de critérios pelos quais gerar os leads." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -627,79 +597,67 @@ msgid "" "Odoo." msgstr "A janela pop-up com os critérios de seleção para gerar leads no Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:44 msgid "" "Choose to generate leads for :guilabel:`Companies` to get company " -"information only, or choose :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` to get " -"company information as well as individual employee contact information. When" -" targeting :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts`, there is an option to " -"filter contacts based on :guilabel:`Role` or :guilabel:`Seniority`." +"information only, or choose |CC| to get company information and individual " +"employee contact information." msgstr "" -"Selecione gerar leads de :guilabel:`Empresas` para obter apenas informações " -"da empresa, ou :guilabel:`Empresas e seus contatos` para obter informações " -"da empresa, bem como informações de contato de funcionários. Ao visar " -":guilabel:`Empresas e seus contatos`, há uma opção para filtrar contatos com" -" base em :guilabel:`Função` ou :guilabel:`Senioridade`." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:44 -msgid "Additional filtering options include:" -msgstr "As opções de filtragem adicionais incluem:" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Size`: filter leads based on the number of employees at the " -"company" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Tamanho`: filtre leads com base no número de funcionários na " -"empresa" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Countries`: filter leads based on the country (or countries) they" -" are located in" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Países`: filtre leads com base no país(es) em que estão situados" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:48 msgid "" -":guilabel:`States`: further filter leads based on the state they are located" -" in, if applicable" +"When targeting |CC|, additional options are available to filter contacts " +"based on :guilabel:`Role` or :guilabel:`Seniority`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Estado`: filtre leads também com base no estado em que estão " -"situados, se aplicável" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:49 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Industries`: filter leads based on the specific industry they " -"work in" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Setores`: filtre leads com base no setor específico em que atuam" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose which Sales Team the leads will be assigned " -"to" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Equipe de vendas`: escolha a qual equipe de vendas os leads serão" -" atribuídos" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Salesperson`: choose which person(s) on the Sales Team the leads " -"will be assigned to" +msgid "Additional filtering options include the following:" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Vendedor`: escolha a qual membro da equipe de vendas os leads " -"serão atribuídos" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Countries`: filter leads based on the country (or countries) they" +" are located in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`States`: further filter leads based on the state in which they " +"are located, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Industries`: filter leads based on the specific industry they " +"work in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Filter on Size`: tick this checkbox to specify the number of " +"employees at the company. This generates a field labeled :guilabel:`Size`. " +"Fill in the blanks to create a range for the desired company size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose which Sales Team the leads will be assigned " +"to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson`: choose which member of the Sales Team the leads " +"will be assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:62 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Tags`: choose which tags are applied directly to the " -"leads once found" +"leads once found." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Marcadores padrão`: escolha quais marcadores serão aplicados " -"diretamente aos leads encontrados" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 msgid "" "Make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulations when receiving contact " "information. Get more information about the General Data Protection " @@ -709,85 +667,347 @@ msgstr "" "receber informações de contato. Veja mais informações sobre o Regulamento " "geral de proteção de dados no `Odoo GDPR `_." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:69 +msgid "View leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +msgid "" +"After leads are generated, they are assigned to the designated salesperson " +"and team. To view additional information regarding the lead, select one from" +" the list, and click to open it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the chatter thread for the lead, additional information is provided. This" +" can include the number of employees, the technology used by the company, " +"the timezone, and direct contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 +msgid "The chatter thread of a newly generated lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Leads` are **not** enabled for the database, then leads are " +"generated as *opportunities*, and added to the pipeline for the designated " +"salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To enable the :guilabel:`Leads` feature, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:88 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "Preços" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:91 msgid "" -"Lead mining is an *In-App Purchase* feature and each generated lead costs " -"one credit." +"Lead mining is an *In-App Purchase* feature, and each generated lead costs " +"one :ref:`credit `." msgstr "" -"A mineração de leads é um recurso de *Compras no Aplicativo* e cada lead " -"gerado custa um crédito." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:95 msgid "" -"Choosing to generate :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` costs one " -"additional credit for each contact generated." +"Generating |CC| costs one additional credit for each contact generated. See " +"here for complete pricing information: `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP " +"`_." msgstr "" -"Usar a geração de leads de :guilabel:`Empresas e seus Contatos` custa um " -"crédito adicional para cada contato gerado." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:99 msgid "" -"See here for full pricing information: `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP " -"`_." -msgstr "" -"Consulte aqui as informações completas de preço: `Geração de Leads por IAP " -"do Odoo `_." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:70 -msgid "" -"To buy credits, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"To buy credits, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Lead Generation` section, under the " -":guilabel:`Lead Mining` feature, click on :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." +":guilabel:`Lead Mining` feature, click :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." msgstr "" -"Para comprar créditos, vá para: menuselection: `CRM -> Configuração -> " -"Definições`. Na seção \"Geração de leads\", no recurso \"Mineração de " -"leads\", clique em \"Comprar créditos\"." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 -msgid "Buy credits from the lead mining settings." -msgstr "Compre créditos nas configurações da mineração de lead." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:103 msgid "" "Credits may also be purchased by navigating to the :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> General Settings`. In the :guilabel:`In-App Purchases` section, under " -"the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` feature, click on :guilabel:`View My Services`." +"app`. In the :guilabel:`Contacts` section, under the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` " +"feature, click :guilabel:`View My Services`." msgstr "" -"Créditos também podem ser adquiridos navegando até: " -"menuselection:`Definições --> Configurações Gerais.` Na seção Compras no " -"aplicativo, no recurso :guilabel:`Odoo IAP`, clique em :guilabel:`Ver meus " -"serviços`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst-1 msgid "Buy credits in the Odoo IAP settings." msgstr "Compre créditos nas configurações do Odoo IAP." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:87 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:112 msgid "" "Enterprise Odoo users with a valid subscription get free credits to test " -":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` features before deciding to purchase more " -"credits for the database. This includes demo/training databases, educational" -" databases, and one-app-free databases." +"|IAP| features before purchasing more credits for the database. This " +"includes demo/training databases, educational databases, and one-app-free " +"databases." msgstr "" -"Os usuários do Odoo Enterprise com uma assinatura válida recebem créditos " -"gratuitos para testar os recursos do :abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` antes de " -"decidir comprar mais créditos para o banco de dados. Isso inclui bases de " -"dados de demonstração/treinamento, bases educacionais e bases um-app-grátis." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:3 +msgid "Create opportunities from web contact forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Adding a contact form to a website makes it easy to convert visitors into " +"leads and opportunities. After a visitor submits their information, an " +"opportunity can be created automatically, and assigned to a designated sales" +" team and salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:12 +msgid "Customize contact forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By default, the *Contact Us* page on an Odoo website displays a " +"preconfigured contact form. This form can be customized, as needed, to suit " +"the needs of a specific sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Website app --> Contact Us`, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit` in the top-right of the screen to open the web editor. " +"Click on the form building block in the body of the webpage to open the form" +" configuration settings on the right sidebar. The following options are " +"available to customize the contact form from the :guilabel:`From` section of" +" the right sidebar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst-1 +msgid "The form configuration settings on an Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Action`: the default action for a contact form is :guilabel:`Send" +" an Email`. Select :guilabel:`Create an Opportunity` from the drop-down list" +" to capture the information in the *CRM* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose a sales team from the drop-down menu that the" +" opportunities from this form should be assigned to. This field **only** " +"appears if the :guilabel:`Action` field is set to :guilabel:`Create an " +"Opportunity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson`: if the opportunities should be assigned to a " +"specific salesperson, select them from the drop-down menu. If no selection " +"is made in this field, the opportunities are assigned based on the team's " +"existing rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marked Fields`: use this field to alter how the form handles " +"marked fields. The default option is to treat marked fields as " +":guilabel:`Required`, which is the recommended setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mark Text`: choose how :guilabel:`Marked Fields` should be " +"identified. The default character is an asterisk (`*`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Labels Width`: use this field to alter the pixel width of the " +"labels, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Success`: select how the webpage reacts after a customer " +"successfully submits a form. :guilabel:`Nothing` keeps the customer on the " +"same screen, with the addition of a confirmation message that the form was " +"submitted successfully. :guilabel:`Redirect` sends the customer to a new " +"webpage, based on the address provided in the :guilabel:`URL` field below. " +":guilabel:`Show Message` replaces the form with a preconfigured message that" +" informs the customer someone should respond to them as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL`: if :guilabel:`Redirect` is selected in the :guilabel:`On " +"Success` field, enter the URL for the webpage, where customers should be " +"directed after successfully submitting a form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visibility`: use the drop-down menu to add any visibility " +"conditions for this field, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If *leads* are activated in *CRM* settings, selecting :guilabel:`Create an " +"Opportunity` generates a lead instead. To activate leads, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:57 +msgid "Customize contact form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In addition to the settings for the form, the settings for each field can be" +" customized, as well. With the web editor menu still open, click into a " +"field to open the :guilabel:`Field` configuration settings section on the " +"sidebar. The following options are available to customize a field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: choose a custom field option or an existing field type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input Type`: determine the type of information customers should " +"input. Available options are :guilabel:`Text`, :guilabel:`Email`, " +":guilabel:`Telephone`, or :guilabel:`Url`. The selection made in this field " +"limits the format that customers can use when entering information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Label`: enter the name for the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Position`: choose the way the label is aligned with the rest of " +"the form. The label can be hidden, above the field, to the left of the " +"field, or right adjusted and closer to the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: slide the toggle to add a description for the " +"field, which can provide additional instructions to customers. Click under " +"the field on the form to add the description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Placeholder`: enter an example to help users know how to input " +"information where formatting is important, such as a phone number or email " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Value`: enter a value to include in the form, by default," +" if the customer does not provide information in the field. *It is not " +"recommended to include a default value for required fields*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required`: slide the toggle to mark this field as required if it " +"**must** be filled in for every submission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visibility`: select when this field should be visible. Use the " +"button on the left to choose whether to show or hide this field on a desktop" +" users. Use the button on the right to choose whether to show or hide this " +"field to mobile users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`Animation`: select if this field should have any animation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst-1 +msgid "The field configuration settings on an Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:89 +msgid "View opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:91 +msgid "" +"After a customer submits a contact form, and an opportunity is created, it " +"is assigned based on the :ref:`form settings `. " +"To view opportunities, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales --> My " +"Pipeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If leads are activated on the database, contact form submissions are " +"generated as leads, not opportunities. To activate leads, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads` to view the newly-created " +"leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:102 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`My Pipeline` dashboard, click on an opportunity card in " +"the Kanban view to open the opportunity record. The information submitted by" +" the customer is visible on the opportunity record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:107 +msgid "" +"As the contact form fields are customizable, the fields on the opportunity " +"record, where the form information is stored, varies accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the preconfigured contact form is used, the *Subject* field is added to " +"the :guilabel:`Title` field, and the content in the :guilabel:`Notes` field," +" which is labeled as :guilabel:`Your Question`, is added to the " +":guilabel:`Internal Notes` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../pipeline/manage_sales_teams`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`convert`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`../track_leads/lead_scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:118 +msgid ":ref:`Website forms `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 msgid "Create and send quotations" msgstr "Criar uma nova cotação" @@ -1351,27 +1571,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:12 msgid "" -"To install the *Gamification* module, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` " -"application. Click into the :guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top of the page" -" and remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter. Type `Gamification` to search." +"To install the *CRM Gamification* module, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Apps` application. Click into the :guilabel:`Search...` bar " +"at the top of the page and remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter. Type `CRM " +"Gamification` to search." msgstr "" -"Para instalar o módulo *Gamificação*, navegue até o aplicativo " -":menuselection:`Apps`. Clique na barra :guilabel:`Pesquisar...` na parte " -"superior da página e remova o filtro :guilabel:`Aplicativos`. Digite " -"`Gamificação` para pesquisar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:16 msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Gamification` module is **not** already installed, click " -":guilabel:`Install`. After completing the installation, return to the " -":menuselection:`Apps` application and search for `Gamification` again." -msgstr "" -"Se o módulo :guilabel:`Gamificação` ainda não estiver **instalado**, clique " -"em :guilabel:`Instalar`. Após concluir a instalação, retorne ao aplicativo " -":menuselection:`Aplicativos` e procure por `Gamificação` novamente." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:20 -msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`CRM Gamification` module, click :guilabel:`Install`. This " "module features goals and challenges related to the *CRM* and *Sales* " "applications." @@ -1384,22 +1591,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the gamification module being installed in Odoo." msgstr "Visualização do módulo de gamificação sendo instalado no Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:24 msgid "" -"If both the *CRM* and *Sales* apps are installed, the *CRM Gamification* " -"module is automatically installed on the database." +"If **both** the *CRM* and *Sales* apps are installed, the *CRM Gamification*" +" module is automatically installed on the database." msgstr "" -"Se os aplicativos *CRM* e *Vendas* estiverem instalados, o módulo " -"*Gamificação de CRM* será automaticamente instalado na base de dados." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 msgid "" "To access the *Gamification Tools* menu, first enable :ref:`developer-mode`." msgstr "" "Para acessar o menu *Ferramentas de gamificação*, primeiro ative o " ":ref:`modo de desenvolvedor`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:29 msgid "" "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Gamification Tools`." msgstr "" @@ -1407,15 +1612,14 @@ msgstr "" "gamificação`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1 -msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings" +msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings." msgstr "" -"Visualização do menu de ferramentas de gamificação nas configurações do Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 msgid "Create badges" msgstr "Criar medalhas" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 msgid "" "*Badges* are awarded to users when they have completed a challenge. " "Different badges can be awarded based on the type of task completed, and can" @@ -1427,7 +1631,7 @@ msgstr "" " e podem ser emitidas para mais de um usuário, dependendo de quando " "alcançarem a meta." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:44 msgid "" "To view the existing badges, or create a new one, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." @@ -1439,7 +1643,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the badges page in Odoo." msgstr "Visualização da página de medalhas no Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:52 msgid "" "Some badges can be awarded outside of challenges, as well. Select the Kanban" " card for the desired badge, then click :guilabel:`Grant`. This opens a " @@ -1451,7 +1655,7 @@ msgstr "" " abre uma janela pop-up :guilabel:`Conceder medalha`. Selecione um usuário " "no campo :guilabel:`Quem você gostaria de premiar?`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:56 msgid "" "Add any additional information regarding why the user is receiving the " "reward in the field below, then click :guilabel:`Grant Badge`." @@ -1460,7 +1664,7 @@ msgstr "" "está recebendo o prêmio no campo abaixo e, em seguida, clique em " ":guilabel:`Conceder medalha`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a new badge, click :guilabel:`New` at the top-left of the page to " "open a blank form. Enter a name for the :guilabel:`Badge`, followed by a " @@ -1470,7 +1674,7 @@ msgstr "" "esquerda da página para abrir um formulário em branco. Digite um nome para o" " :guilabel:`Medalha`, seguido de uma descrição." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Allowance to Grant` field determines when a badge can be " "granted, and by whom:" @@ -1478,13 +1682,13 @@ msgstr "" "O campo :guilabel:`Permissão para conceder` determina quando uma medalha " "pode ser concedida e por quem:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:64 msgid ":guilabel:`Everyone`: this badge can be manually granted by any user." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Todos`: essa medalha pode ser concedida manualmente por qualquer " "usuário." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`A selected list of users`: this badge can only be granted by a " "select group of users. If this option is selected, it generates a new field," @@ -1496,7 +1700,7 @@ msgstr "" "selecionada, ela gerará um novo campo, :guilabel:`Usuários autorizados`. " "Escolha os usuários em questão nessa lista suspensa." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`People having some badges`: this badge can only be granted by " "users who have already been awarded a specific badge. If this option is " @@ -1510,7 +1714,7 @@ msgstr "" "necessárias`. Use essa lista suspensa para selecionar a(s) medalha(s) que um" " usuário deve ter antes de conceder essa medalha a outros." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No one, assigned through challenges`: this badge cannot be " "manually granted, it can only be awarded through challenges." @@ -1518,7 +1722,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Ninguém. Atribuído através de desafios`: essa medalha não pode " "ser concedida manualmente, somente por meio de desafios." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:75 msgid "" "To limit the number of badges a user can send, tick the :guilabel:`Monthly " "Limited Spending` checkbox. This sets a limit on the number of times a user " @@ -1535,11 +1739,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The details page for a new badge." msgstr "A página de detalhes de uma nova medalha." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:87 msgid "Create a challenge" msgstr "Criar um desafio" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:89 msgid "" "To create a challenge, navigate to to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Gamification Tools --> Challenges`. Click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left " @@ -1549,16 +1753,16 @@ msgstr "" "Ferramentas de gamificação --> Desafios`. Clique em :guilabel:`Novo` no " "canto superior esquerdo para abrir um formulário de desafio em branco." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:92 msgid "At the top of the form, enter a :guilabel:`Challenge Name`." msgstr "" "Na parte superior do formulário, digite o :guilabel:`Nome do desafio`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:95 msgid "Create assignment rules" msgstr "Criar regras de atribuição" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:97 msgid "" "To assign the challenge to specific users, one or more assignment rules must" " be utilized." @@ -1566,7 +1770,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para atribuir o desafio a usuários específicos, uma ou mais regras de " "atribuição devem ser utilizadas." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:99 msgid "" "Click into the first field under :guilabel:`Assign Challenge to`, and select" " a parameter from the drop-down list to define the rule. Then, click into " @@ -1578,22 +1782,30 @@ msgstr "" "próximo campo para definir o operador da regra. Se necessário, clique no " "terceiro campo para definir ainda mais o parâmetro." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:104 msgid "" "To include all users with permissions in the *Sales* app, create a rule with" -" the following parameters: - :guilabel:`Groups` - :guilabel:`is in` - " -"`Sales/User: Own Documents Only`" +" the following parameters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:107 +msgid ":guilabel:`Groups`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`is in`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:109 +msgid "`Sales/User: Own Documents Only`" msgstr "" -"Para incluir todos os usuários com permissões no aplicativo *Vendas*, crie " -"uma regra com os seguintes parâmetros: - :guilabel:`Grupos` - " -":guilabel:`está em` - `Vendas/Usuário: Somente documentos próprios`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:0 msgid "View of the assignation rules section of a Challenge form." msgstr "" "Visualização da seção de regras de atribuição de um formulário de Desafio." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:115 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Periodicity` field, select a time frame for goals to be " "automatically assessed." @@ -1601,11 +1813,11 @@ msgstr "" "No campo :guilabel:`Periodicidade`, selecione um período de tempo para que " "as metas sejam avaliadas automaticamente." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:118 msgid "Add goals" msgstr "Adicionar metas" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:120 msgid "" "Challenges can be based on a single goal, or can include multiple goals with" " different targets. To add a goal to the challenge, click :guilabel:`Add a " @@ -1615,7 +1827,7 @@ msgstr "" "metas com alvos diferentes. Para adicionar uma meta ao desafio, clique em " ":guilabel:`Adicionar uma linha` na guia :guilabel:`Metas`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:123 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Goal Definition` field, choose a goal from the drop-down " "list. The :guilabel:`Condition` field automatically updates to reflect the " @@ -1625,7 +1837,7 @@ msgstr "" " O campo :guilabel:`Condição` é atualizado automaticamente para refletir a " "condição definida na definição da meta." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:128 msgid "" "The *CRM Gamification* module contains preconfigured goals geared towards " "salesteams:" @@ -1633,33 +1845,33 @@ msgstr "" "O módulo *Gamificação de CRM* contém metas pré-configuradas voltadas para as" " equipes de vendas:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:130 msgid ":guilabel:`New Leads`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Novos leads`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Time to Qualify a Lead`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Tempo para qualificar um lead`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:132 msgid ":guilabel:`Days to Close a Dead`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Dias para fechar um negócio`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:133 msgid ":guilabel:`New Opportunities`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Novas oportunidades`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`New Sales Orders`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Novos pedidos de vendas`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:136 msgid "" "Enter a :guilabel:`Target` for the goal based on the :guilabel:`Suffix`." msgstr "" "Insira uma :guilabel:`Alvo` para a meta com base no :guilabel:`Sufixo`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:138 msgid "Repeat these steps for each additional goal." msgstr "Repita essas etapas para cada meta adicional." @@ -1667,11 +1879,11 @@ msgstr "Repita essas etapas para cada meta adicional." msgid "The goals tab of a challenge form." msgstr "A aba de metas de um formulário de desafio." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:145 msgid "Add rewards" msgstr "Adicionar recompensas" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:147 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Reward` tab. Choose the :ref:`badges ` to be awarded :guilabel:`For 1st User` and :guilabel:`For Every " @@ -1682,7 +1894,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Para todos que forem aprovados` selecionando-os nas listas " "suspensas." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:152 msgid "" "Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " "of a running period, at the end date of a challenge, or when the challenge " @@ -1692,7 +1904,7 @@ msgstr "" "final de um período de execução, na data final de um desafio ou quando o " "desafio é encerrado manualmente." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:155 msgid "" "After setup is complete, click the :guilabel:`Start Challenge` button at the" " top-left of the page to begin the challenge." @@ -1733,6 +1945,19 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Telefone`, :guilabel:`Fuso horário` e :guilabel:`Tecnologias " "utilizadas`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Enterprise Odoo users with a valid subscription get free credits to test " +":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` features before deciding to purchase more " +"credits for the database. This includes demo/training databases, educational" +" databases, and one-app-free databases." +msgstr "" +"Os usuários do Odoo Enterprise com uma assinatura válida recebem créditos " +"gratuitos para testar os recursos do :abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` antes de " +"decidir comprar mais créditos para o banco de dados. Isso inclui bases de " +"dados de demonstração/treinamento, bases educacionais e bases um-app-grátis." + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:21 msgid "" "The *leads* feature **must** be activated in the *CRM* settings page in " @@ -5647,6 +5872,182 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" msgstr ":doc:'. /performance/win_loss'" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:3 +msgid "Manage sales teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Teams* feature within Odoo's *CRM* app allows for the creation " +"and management of multiple sales teams, each with their own assignment " +"rules, invoicing targets, and roster of salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:9 +msgid "Create a sales team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To create a new sales team, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration " +"--> Sales Teams`, then click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the blank sales team form, enter a name in the :guilabel:`Sales Team` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:16 +msgid "Next, select a :guilabel:`Team Leader` from the drop-down list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Set an :guilabel:`Email Alias` to automatically generate a lead/opportunity " +"for this sales team whenever a message is sent to that unique email address." +" Choose whether to accept emails from :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`, :guilabel:`Followers Only`, or " +":guilabel:`Authenticated Employees`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Select a :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu to assign this team to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company` field is only visible in multi-company databases, " +"and is not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The settings page for a new sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If the *Sales* app is installed on the database, an :guilabel:`Invoicing " +"Target` field appears on the sales team form. This is the revenue target for" +" the current month. The amount entered in this field is used to populate the" +" invoicing progress bar on the :ref:`sales team dashboard `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:39 +msgid "Add sales team members" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To add team members, click :guilabel:`Add` under the :guilabel:`Members` tab" +" when editing the sales team's configuration page. This opens a " +":guilabel:`Create Sales Team Members` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Rule-Based Assignment` feature has **not** been enabled on" +" the *CRM* app's *Settings* page, clicking :guilabel:`Add` under the " +":guilabel:`Members` tab opens an :guilabel:`Add: Salespersons` pop-up " +"window. Tick the checkbox to the far-left of the salesperson to be added to " +"the team, then click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:0 +msgid "The Add: Salespersons pop-up window on a new sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Select a user from the :guilabel:`Salesperson` drop-down list to add them to" +" the team. To prevent this salesperson from being automatically assigned " +"leads, tick the :guilabel:`Skip auto assignment` checkbox. If this feature " +"is activated, the salesperson can still be assigned leads manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The Create Sales Team Members pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Leads (30 days)` field tracks how many leads the salesperson " +"has been assigned in the past thirty days for this team, and the maximum " +"number of leads they should be assigned. To edit the maximum number of leads" +" this salesperson can be assigned, enter that amount in the :guilabel:`Leads" +" (30 days)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:68 +msgid "" +":doc:`Assignment rules <../track_leads/lead_scoring>` can be configured for " +"individual salespeople using the :guilabel:`Domain` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when finished, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to " +"add additional members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:74 +msgid "Enable multi teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To allow salespeople to be assigned to more than one sales team, the *Multi " +"Teams* setting needs to be enabled. First, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`CRM` section, tick" +" the checkbox labeled :guilabel:`Multi Teams`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` " +"at the top-left of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The settings page of the CRM app with the Multi Teams setting enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:88 +msgid "Sales team dashboard" +msgstr "Painel da equipe de vendas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view the sales team dashboard, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales " +"--> Teams`. Any team the user is a member of appears in the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The sales team dashboard in the CRM app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Each Kanban card gives an overview of the sales team's open opportunities, " +"quotations, sales orders, and expected revenue, as well as a bar graph of " +"new opportunities per week, and an invoicing progress bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Pipeline` button to go directly to that team's *CRM* " +"pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Click on the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon in " +"the top-right corner of the Kanban card to open a drop-down menu. Then, to " +"view or edit the team's settings, click :guilabel:`Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../optimize/utilize_activities`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/merge_similar.rst:3 msgid "Merge similar leads and opportunities" msgstr "Mesclar leads e oportunidades similares" @@ -5900,151 +6301,6 @@ msgstr "" "Lista de leads semelhantes com ênfase nas informações de contato no " "aplicativo CRM." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 -msgid "Multiple sales teams" -msgstr "Múltiplas equipes de vendas" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Sales Teams* feature to manage several sales teams, departments, or" -" channels, each with their own unique sales processes." -msgstr "" -"Use o recurso *Equipe de vendas* para gerenciar várias equipes de vendas, " -"departamentos ou canais, cada um com seus próprios processos de vendas " -"exclusivos." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 -msgid "Create a new sales team" -msgstr "Criar uma nova equipe de vendas" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new sales team, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Sales Teams`, then click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" -"Para criar uma nova equipe de vendas, vá para :menuselection:`CRM --> " -"Configuração --> Equipes de Vendas` e, em seguida, clique em " -":guilabel:`Criar`." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:15 -msgid "" -"On the creation page, set an :guilabel:`Email Alias` to automatically " -"generate a lead/opportunity for this sales team every time a message is sent" -" to that unique email address. Choose whether to accept emails from " -":guilabel:`Everyone`, :guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`, or " -":guilabel:`Followers Only`." -msgstr "" -"Na página de criação, defina um :guilabel:`Alias de e-mail` para gerar " -"automaticamente um lead/oportunidade para esta equipe de vendas sempre que " -"uma mensagem for enviada para esse endereço de e-mail em particular. Escolha" -" se quer aceitar e-mails de :guilabel:`Todos`, de :guilabel:`Parceiros " -"autenticados` ou :guilabel:`Apenas de seguidores`." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Set an :guilabel:`Invoicing Target` if this team has specific monthly " -"revenue goals. Set a :guilabel:`Domain` to assign leads/opportunities to " -"this sales team based on specific filters, such as country, language, or " -"campaign." -msgstr "" -"Defina uma :guilabel:`Meta de faturamento` se esta equipe tiver metas " -"específicas de receita mensal. Defina um :guilabel:`Domínio` para atribuir " -"leads/oportunidades a esta equipe de vendas com base em filtros específicos," -" como país, idioma ou campanha." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Create a sales team in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "Crie uma equipe de vendas no CRM do Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:29 -msgid "Add members to a sales team" -msgstr "Adicionar membros a uma equipe de vendas" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To add team members, click :guilabel:`Add` under the :guilabel:`Members` tab" -" when editing the sales team's configuration page. Select a salesperson from" -" the drop-down menu or create new salesperson. Set a maximum number of leads" -" that can be assigned to this salesperson in a 30-day period to ensure that " -"they do not overwork." -msgstr "" -"Para adicionar membros à equipe, clique em :guilabel:`Adicionar` abaixo da " -"guia :guilabel:`Membros` ao editar a página de configuração da equipe de " -"vendas. Selecione um vendedor no menu suspenso ou crie um novo vendedor. " -"Defina um número máximo de leads que podem ser atribuídos aos vendedores no " -"período de 30 dias para garantir que não trabalhem excessivamente." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Add a salesperson in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "Adicione um vendedor no CRM do Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 -msgid "" -"One person can be added as a team member or :guilabel:`Team Leader` to " -"multiple sales teams, allowing them to access all of the pipelines that they" -" need to." -msgstr "" -"Uma pessoa pode ser adicionada como membro da equipe ou :guilabel:`Líder de " -"equipe` em várias equipes de vendas, o que permite que acesse todos os funis" -" necessários." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:44 -msgid "Sales team dashboard" -msgstr "Painel da equipe de vendas" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 -msgid "" -"To view the sales team dashboard, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Sales --> " -"Teams`. Odoo users will see any teams that they are a part of as dashboard " -"tiles." -msgstr "" -"Para visualizar o painel da equipe de vendas, vá para :menuselection:`CRM " -"--> Vendas --> Equipes`. Os usuários do Odoo verão as equipes das quais " -"fazem parte como blocos no painel." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Each tile gives an overview of the sales team's open opportunities, " -"quotations, sales orders, and expected revenue, as well as a bar graph of " -"new opportunities per week and an invoicing progress bar." -msgstr "" -"Cada bloco oferece uma visão geral das oportunidades abertas da equipe de " -"vendas, cotações, pedidos de venda e receita prevista, além de um gráfico de" -" barras de novas oportunidades por semana e uma barra de progresso de " -"faturamento." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Sales team overview dashboard in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "Visão geral do painel da equipe de vendas no CRM do Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Click on the three dots in the corner of a tile to open a navigational menu " -"that lets users quickly view documents or reports, create new quotations or " -"opportunities, pick a color for this team, or access the team's " -"configuration page." -msgstr "" -"Clique nos três pontos no canto de um bloco para abrir um menu de navegação " -"que permite aos usuários visualizar rapidamente documentos ou relatórios, " -"criar novas cotações ou oportunidades, escolher uma cor para esta equipe ou " -"acessar a página de configuração da equipe." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Click the Three Dot Menu in Odoo CRM dashboard to view documents and create " -"opportunities." -msgstr "" -"Clique no menu de três pontos no painel do CRM do Odoo para visualizar " -"documentos e criar oportunidades." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Pipeline` button to go directly to that team's CRM " -"pipeline." -msgstr "" -"Clique no botão :guilabel:`Funil` para ir diretamente ao funil do CRM " -"daquela equipe." - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:5 msgid "Assign and track leads" msgstr "Atribuir e rastrear leads" @@ -9011,7 +9267,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`payment_methods/terminals`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -9271,7 +9527,7 @@ msgstr "" "alterações." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:72 @@ -9302,7 +9558,7 @@ msgstr "" "e :guilabel:`Conta do comerciante Adyen`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:96 @@ -9360,22 +9616,16 @@ msgstr "" " fluido a seus clientes e facilitar o trabalho de seus caixas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 msgid "" -"Worldline payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " +"Ingenico payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " "`." msgstr "" -"Os terminais de pagamento da Worldline exigem um :doc:`IoT Box " -"`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:10 msgid "" -"Worldline is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " +"Ingenico is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " "Luxembourg." msgstr "" -"Atualmente, o Worldline está disponível apenas na Bélgica, na Holanda e em " -"Luxemburgo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -9392,42 +9642,54 @@ msgstr "Conectar uma IoT Box" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:20 msgid "" -"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"Connecting an Ingenico payment terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " "an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " "database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " "`." msgstr "" -"A conexão de um terminal de pagamento Ingenico ao Odoo é um recurso que " -"requer uma IoT Box. Para obter mais informações sobre como conectar uma IoT " -"Box à sua base de dados, consulte a :doc:`Documentação da IoT " -"`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:26 -msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" -msgstr "Configurar a Lane/5000 para Ingenico BENELUX" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " -"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:25 +msgid "Configure the Lane/Desk/Move 5000 terminals for Ingenico BENELUX" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Press the function button (:guilabel:`F` on Lane/5000, :guilabel:`⦿` on " +"Desk/5000 and Move/5000)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Kassa menu --> Settings Menu` and enter the settings " +"password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Change Connection` and press :guilabel:`OK` on the next " +"screen." msgstr "" -"Clique no botão F do terminal, depois entre no :menuselection:`menu PDV --> " -"Definições' e digite a senha de definições." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, click on connection change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " -"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " -"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " -"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." +msgid "Select :guilabel:`TCP/IP` and :guilabel:`IP-address`." msgstr "" -"Agora, clique em mudança de conexão e TCP/IP. Digite o IP de sua *IoT Box* " -"(você pode encontrá-lo na visualização do formulário de sua IoT Box). Em " -"seguida, digite 9000 como porta. O terminal será reiniciado. Após concluir, " -"vá ao formulário de *IoT Box* no Odoo e verifique se o terminal foi " -"encontrado." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:32 +msgid "On the next screen, enter the IP address of your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Enter `9000` as port number and press :guilabel:`OK` on the next screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:35 +msgid "" +"At this point, the terminal restarts and should be displayed in your IoT Box" +" form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:43 msgid "" "Enable the payment terminal :ref:`in the application settings " "` and :doc:`create the related payment method " @@ -9443,7 +9705,7 @@ msgstr "" "pagamento`. Em seguida, selecione seu dispositivo de terminal no campo " ":guilabel:`Dispositivo do terminal de pagamento`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:57 msgid "" "In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " "Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " @@ -9457,7 +9719,7 @@ msgstr "" "clique em *Enviar*. Quando o pagamento for bem-sucedido, o status mudará " "para *Pagamento bem-sucedido*." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:66 msgid "" "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " "retry to send the payment request." @@ -9465,7 +9727,7 @@ msgstr "" "Se você quiser cancelar o pedido de pagamento, clique em cancelar. Você " "ainda pode tentar enviar a solicitação de pagamento novamente." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:69 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" @@ -9476,7 +9738,7 @@ msgstr "" " pedido no Odoo, mesmo que existam problemas de conexão entre o terminal de " "pagamento e o Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:75 msgid "" "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " "you the connection failed." @@ -9484,7 +9746,7 @@ msgstr "" "Esta opção só estará disponível se você receber uma mensagem de erro " "informando que a conexão falhou." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:78 msgid "" "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " "of card that has been used and the transaction ID." @@ -10043,6 +10305,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Worldline" msgstr "Worldline" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Worldline payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " +"`." +msgstr "" +"Os terminais de pagamento da Worldline exigem um :doc:`IoT Box " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Worldline is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " +"Luxembourg." +msgstr "" +"Atualmente, o Worldline está disponível apenas na Bélgica, na Holanda e em " +"Luxemburgo." + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo is compatible with Worldline terminals that use the CTEP protocol " @@ -11227,7 +11505,7 @@ msgstr "" "preços selecionada `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:42 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:243 msgid "Multiple prices per product" msgstr "Múltiplos preços por produto" @@ -11284,7 +11562,7 @@ msgid "Setup form of a multiple prices pricelist" msgstr "Formulário de configuração de uma lista de preços múltiplos" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:321 msgid "Advanced price rules" msgstr "Regras de preço avançadas" @@ -13921,15 +14199,22 @@ msgstr "" "tratamento de disputas ou a emissão de reembolsos, **devem** ser gerenciadas" " a partir da *Central do vendadedor da Amazon*, como de costume." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:71 +msgid "" +"As of February 19, 2024, in North American marketplaces, :abbr:`FBA " +"(Fulfilled by Amazon)` orders created with the *Amazon Connector*, do not " +"get the customer's name passed onto the sales/delivery order in Odoo. This " +"is due to the fact that Amazon now calculates, and remits, sales tax on " +"behalf of sellers. In other words, personally identifiable customer " +"information is not transmitted to the seller any longer, after a :abbr:`FBA " +"(Fulfilled by Amazon)` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 msgid "Supported marketplaces" msgstr "Marketplaces suportados" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:75 -msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces." -msgstr "O Conector da Amazon é compatível com todos os marketplaces atuais." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 msgid "" "If a marketplace is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, it's possible to" " :ref:`add a new marketplace `." @@ -13937,7 +14222,87 @@ msgstr "" "Se um marketplace não estiver listado em seus marketplaces da Amazon, é " "possível :ref:`adicionar um novo marketplace `." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:86 +msgid "**North America region**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Canada" +msgstr "Canadá" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Amazon.ca" +msgstr "Amazon.ca" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "México" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Amazon.com.mx" +msgstr "Amazon.com.mx" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:92 +msgid "US" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:92 +msgid "Amazon.com" +msgstr "Amazon.com" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:96 +msgid "**Europe region**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:98 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "Alemanha" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:98 +msgid "Amazon.de" +msgstr "Amazon.de" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:100 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "Espanha" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:100 +msgid "Amazon.es" +msgstr "Amazon.es" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:102 +msgid "France" +msgstr "França" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:102 +msgid "Amazon.fr" +msgstr "Amazon.fr" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:104 +msgid "UK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:104 +msgid "Amazon.co.uk" +msgstr "Amazon.co.uk" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:106 +msgid "Italy" +msgstr "Itália" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:106 +msgid "Amazon.it" +msgstr "Amazon.it" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:108 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "Holanda" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:108 +msgid "Amazon.nl" +msgstr "Amazon.nl" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:30 @@ -13945,7 +14310,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr ":doc:`setup`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:155 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:17 @@ -20534,10 +20899,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Loyalty Cards`: When making purchases, the customer accumulates " -"points to exchange for rewards on future orders." +"points to exchange for rewards on current and/or future orders." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Cartões de fidelidade`: Ao efetuar compras, o cliente acumula " -"pontos para trocar por prêmios em pedidos futuros." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -21511,7 +21874,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`app Vendas --> Produtos --> Listas de preços`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:337 msgid "" "Either option reveals the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, in which pricelists " "can be created and/or modified at any time." @@ -21525,15 +21888,27 @@ msgid "How the pricelists page looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "Aparência da página de listas de preços no app Vendas do Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:267 +msgid "" +"The order of the pricelists on the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page has an impact" +" on how they are applied. If several pricelists share the same criteria, " +"**only** the first listed pricelist is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"For example, for two pricelists with different rules, but same criteria " +"(e.g., same website, same country), only the *first* pricelist in the list " +"is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:61 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " -"*Sales* and *eCommerce*." +"*Sales* and *eCommerce*. This pricelist is applied by default, if there are " +"no matching criteria." msgstr "" -"A :guilabel:`Lista de preços pública` é a lista de preços padrão utilizada " -"com os apps *Vendas* e *e-Commerce* do Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:64 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, either select the desired pricelist to" " edit, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new pricelist, which reveals a " @@ -21549,7 +21924,7 @@ msgid "How the pricelist detail form looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" "Aparência do formulário de pormenor da lista de preços no Vendas do Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:72 msgid "" "When creating a new pricelist, start by adding a name for the pricelist at " "the top of the form, in the blank field. Next, select which " @@ -21559,7 +21934,7 @@ msgstr "" " de preços na parte superior do formulário, no campo em branco. Em seguida, " "selecione a :guilabel:`Moeda` que deve ser utilizada." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:75 msgid "" "Then, if working in a multi-company environment, select which company this " "pricelist should apply to in the :guilabel:`Company` field. If this field is" @@ -21571,11 +21946,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Empresa`. Se este campo for deixado em branco, a lista de preços " "é automaticamente aplicada a todas as empresas da base de dados." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:80 msgid "Price rules tab" msgstr "Aba Regras de preços" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:82 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab functionality on a pricelist form varies " "depending on the :guilabel:`Pricelists` setting chosen: either " @@ -21587,7 +21962,7 @@ msgstr "" "escolhida: ou :guilabel:`Múltiplos preços por produto` ou :guilabel:`Regras " "de preços avançadas (descontos, fórmulas)`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:86 msgid "" "However, the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab and :guilabel:`Configuration` " "tab are always the same, regardless of the chosen :guilabel:`Pricelists` " @@ -21597,11 +21972,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Configuração` são sempre as mesmas, independentemente da " "definição escolhida de :guilabel:`Listas de preços`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:90 msgid "Price rules tab (multiple prices per product)" msgstr "Aba Regras de preços (múltiplos preços por produto)" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:92 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Multiple prices per product` setting activated, the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab on pricelist forms provides the option to add " @@ -21612,7 +21987,7 @@ msgstr "" "opção de adicionar produtos específicos, com um preço específico, a uma " "lista de preços." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96 msgid "" "To add a specific product and price to a pricelist form, click the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab, then click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the " @@ -21625,7 +22000,7 @@ msgstr "" "selecione o produto desejado para o qual deve ser aplicado um preço " "específico." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 msgid "" "Next, if necessary, select a product variant under the :guilabel:`Variants` " "column (e.g. a specific product size, color, etc.). If no variants are " @@ -21636,7 +22011,7 @@ msgstr "" "etc.). Se não forem selecionadas variantes, então o preço será aplicado a " "todas as variantes do produto." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104 msgid "" "If a minimum amount of the product must be purchased in order to apply the " "specific price, enter the amount under the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` column." @@ -21645,7 +22020,7 @@ msgstr "" "preço específico, insira a quantidade na coluna :guilabel:`Quantidade " "mín.\"." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:107 msgid "" "To configure the price of the product for this specific pricelist, enter the" " desired amount under the :guilabel:`Price` column. Then, there is the " @@ -21657,7 +22032,7 @@ msgstr "" "opção de adicionar uma :guilabel:`Data de Início` e :guilabel:`Data de " "término` ao preço do produto configurado, se você quiser." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "" "To add another product line, click :guilabel:`Add a line` again, and repeat " "the process. There is no limit to how many products can be added in the " @@ -21668,7 +22043,7 @@ msgstr "" "número de produtos que podem ser adicionados na aba :guilabel:`Regras de " "preços` de um formulário de lista de preços." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:114 msgid "" "For more information, check out the following section: :ref:`Multiple prices" " per product `." @@ -21676,11 +22051,11 @@ msgstr "" "Para mais informações, consulte a seguinte secção: :ref:`Múltiplos preços " "por produto `." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:118 msgid "Price rules tab (advanced price rules)" msgstr "Aba Regras de preços (regras de preços avançadas)" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` setting " "activated, the :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab on pricelist forms provides the " @@ -21691,7 +22066,7 @@ msgstr "" "preços oferece a opção de configurar regras de preço detalhadas com base em " "fórmulas." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:124 msgid "" "Check out the :ref:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas) " "` section for detailed steps on how to add " @@ -21701,11 +22076,11 @@ msgstr "" "` para obter passos detalhados sobre como " "adicionar regras de preço avançadas a uma lista de preços." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 msgid "Time-based rules tab" msgstr "Aba Regras baseadas em tempo" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 msgid "" "Time-based rules are used specifically with :doc:`subscription products " "`. Be sure to check out the Odoo" @@ -21716,7 +22091,7 @@ msgstr "" "Não se esqueça de consultar a :doc:`documentação " "` de *Assinaturas* do Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:134 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab, the same functionality of the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab is present, with the only difference being that " @@ -21726,7 +22101,7 @@ msgstr "" " :guilabel:`Regras de preço`, com a única diferença de que pode ser aplicado" " um período de tempo repetido na coluna :guilabel:`Período`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:138 msgid "" "After a :guilabel:`Product` and potential :guilabel:`Variant` are selected " "in the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab, select the blank field in the " @@ -21739,7 +22114,7 @@ msgstr "" "períodos de recorrência pré-designados (por exemplo, `Mensal`, `Trimestral`," " `Semanal`, etc.)." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:142 msgid "" "New recurrence periods can also be directly created from this column, by " "typing in the new name for the :guilabel:`Period` and then selecting " @@ -21759,7 +22134,7 @@ msgid "Custom time period pop-up form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" "Formulário pop-up de período de tempo personalizado no Vendas do Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:151 msgid "" "From this :guilabel:`Create Period` pop-up form, add a :guilabel:`Name`, " ":guilabel:`Duration`, then a :guilabel:`Unit` (e.g. `Days`, `Weeks`, etc.). " @@ -21770,7 +22145,7 @@ msgstr "" " `Dias`, `Semanas`, etc.). Quando terminar, clique em :guilabel:`Salvar e " "Fechar`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:154 msgid "" "Lastly, add the desired price for this time-based rule in the " ":guilabel:`Price` column." @@ -21778,15 +22153,15 @@ msgstr "" "Por fim, adicione o preço pretendido para esta regra baseada em tempo na " "coluna :guilabel:`Preço`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:157 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:160 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "Guia de configuração" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:162 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, there are a few options that can " "further customize the pricelist." @@ -21800,7 +22175,7 @@ msgstr "" "Aba de configuração no formulário de detalhes da lista de preços no Vendas " "do Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:169 msgid "" "From here, under the :guilabel:`Availability` section, in the " ":guilabel:`Country Groups` field, certain country groups can be added to the" @@ -21812,7 +22187,7 @@ msgstr "" "preços. Não há limite para o número de grupos de países que podem ser " "adicionados neste campo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:174 msgid "" "If no country is set for a customer, Odoo takes the first pricelist without " "any country group." @@ -21820,7 +22195,7 @@ msgstr "" "Se não forem definidos países para clientes, o Odoo utilizará a primeira " "lista de preços sem qualquer grupo de países." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:176 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Website` section, there are a few options that can be " "configured. In the :guilabel:`Website` field, this pricelist can be applied " @@ -21833,7 +22208,7 @@ msgstr "" " sites. Se for deixada em branco, a lista de preços será aplicada a todos os" " sites na base de dados." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:181 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Selectable` checkbox to have this pricelist as a " "selectable option for customers to choose as they shop. If the " @@ -21846,7 +22221,7 @@ msgstr "" "os clientes **não poderão** selecionar esta lista de preços durante as suas " "compras." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:185 msgid "" "Lastly, there is the option to add an :guilabel:`E-commerce Promotional " "Code`. To add a code, type in the desired promo code that, when entered " @@ -21859,11 +22234,11 @@ msgstr "" "lista de preços ao cliente, mesmo que este não se enquadre nos critérios " "previamente especificados." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:190 msgid "Show discount percentage to customers" msgstr "Mostrar a porcentagem de desconto aos clientes" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:192 msgid "" "With Odoo *Sales*, the option to show the public price *and* the computed " "discount percentage on the product catalog is available." @@ -21871,7 +22246,7 @@ msgstr "" "Com o *Vendas* do Odoo, está disponível a opção de mostrar o preço público " "*e* a porcentagem de desconto calculada no catálogo de produtos." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:195 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Pricing` section, click the checkbox next " @@ -21883,7 +22258,7 @@ msgstr "" " ao recurso :guilabel:`Descontos` e, em seguida, clique em " ":guilabel:`Salvar` para guardar todas as alterações." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:199 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Discounts` feature, navigate to the " "pricelists page, either by clicking the :guilabel:`Pricelists` link from the" @@ -21895,7 +22270,7 @@ msgstr "" " página :guilabel:`Definições`, ou acessando o :menuselection:`app Vendas " "--> Produtos --> Listas de preços`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:203 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, select the desired pricelist to edit. On" " the pricelist form, click into the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab. In the " @@ -21915,11 +22290,11 @@ msgstr "" "As opções de desconto na aba de configuração de uma lista de preços no " "Vendas do Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:211 msgid "The options available in this section are:" msgstr "As opções disponíveis nesta seção são:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:213 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Discount included in the price`: shows the customer only the " "final price with the discount already included." @@ -21927,7 +22302,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Desconto incluso no preço`: mostra ao cliente apenas o preço " "final com o desconto já incluído." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:215 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show public price & discount to the customer`: shows the customer" " the public price *and* the discount they're earning." @@ -21935,11 +22310,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Mostrar preço público e desconto para o cliente`: mostra ao " "cliente o preço público *e* o desconto que ele está recebendo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:219 msgid "Customer pricelist application" msgstr "Aplicação de lista de preços de clientes" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:221 msgid "" "While the default pricelist applied to any customer is the :guilabel:`Public" " Pricelist`, Odoo provides the opportunity to directly apply a different " @@ -21950,7 +22325,7 @@ msgstr "" "aplicar diretamente uma lista de preços diferente aos clientes no seu " "formulário de contato." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:224 msgid "" "To do that, open the desired customer's contact form, either by navigating " "to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Customers` and selecting the " @@ -21966,7 +22341,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sample customer detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "Exemplo de formulário de detalhes do cliente no Vendas do Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:232 msgid "" "On the desired customer's contact form, under the :guilabel:`Sales & " "Purchase` tab, in the :guilabel:`Sales` section, designate what pricelist " @@ -21984,7 +22359,7 @@ msgstr "" "Campo da lista de preços de um formulário de detalhes do cliente no Vendas " "do Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:245 msgid "" "To apply several prices per individual product, select the " ":guilabel:`Multiple prices per product` option, after enabling the " @@ -21998,7 +22373,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Vendas* (:menuselection:`app Vendas --> Configuração --> Definições`) e " "clique em :guilabel:`Salvar`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:249 msgid "" "Next, apply pricelists to specific products using the product form. Navigate" " to the :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and select the " @@ -22012,7 +22387,7 @@ msgstr "" "vários preços. A seleção de um produto na página :guilabel:`Produtos` revela" " o formulário de produto desse produto específico em uma página separada." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:254 msgid "" "On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Extra Prices` smart button, " "located at the top of the form." @@ -22024,7 +22399,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the extra prices smart button appears in Odoo Sales." msgstr "Como o botão inteligente de preços extra é exibido no Vendas do Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:261 msgid "" "Doing so reveals a separate page displaying the :guilabel:`Price Rules` that" " are specific to that particular product. Here, price rules can be edited or" @@ -22040,7 +22415,7 @@ msgstr "" "Como as regras de preço extra por página de produto são exibidas no Vendas " "do Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:268 msgid "" "To create a new price rule for a product from this specific :guilabel:`Price" " Rules` page, click :guilabel:`New` to add a new, customizable row that has " @@ -22051,7 +22426,7 @@ msgstr "" "adicionar uma nova linha personalizável com o produto pretendido já " "preenchido na coluna :guilabel:`Aplicado em`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:272 msgid "" "Next, select which :guilabel:`Pricelist` this specific product price rule " "should apply to, via the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column." @@ -22060,7 +22435,15 @@ msgstr "" "de produto específica se deve aplicar, através do menu suspenso na coluna " ":guilabel:`Lista de preços`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:276 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " +"*Sales* and *eCommerce*." +msgstr "" +"A :guilabel:`Lista de preços pública` é a lista de preços padrão utilizada " +"com os apps *Vendas* e *e-Commerce* do Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:279 msgid "" "To create a new pricelist from this page, type in the desired name of the " "new pricelist in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column, then select " @@ -22076,7 +22459,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vendas --> Produtos --> Listas de preços`. As listas de preços também podem " "ser criadas nessa página específica :guilabel:`Listas de preços`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:285 msgid "" "After the desired pricelist is added to the row, designate a :guilabel:`Min." " Quantity` for the price rule." @@ -22084,7 +22467,7 @@ msgstr "" "Depois de a lista de preços desejada ser adicionada à linha, indique uma " ":guilabel:`Quantidade mín.` para a regra de preços." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:289 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` column is set to `2`, the new price in the " ":guilabel:`Price` column will be applied to orders of 2 or more products. " @@ -22099,7 +22482,7 @@ msgstr "" "para US$ 85 por produto para uma :guilabel:`Quantidade mín.` de `2` " "produtos." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:294 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired amount in the :guilabel:`Price` column. Then, if " "needed, enter a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End Date` for the " @@ -22109,7 +22492,7 @@ msgstr "" "se necessário, insira uma :guilabel:`Data de início` e :guilabel:`Data de " "término` para a regra de preço do produto." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:297 msgid "" "And lastly, if working in a multi-company environment, select which company " "this price rule should be applied to in the :guilabel:`Company` field. " @@ -22121,7 +22504,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Empresa`. Se deixar este campo em branco, a regra de preços é " "aplicada a todas as empresas da base de dados." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:301 msgid "" "Click away from the row to activate Odoo's auto-save capability, meaning " "that newly-created price rule is now ready to be used." @@ -22130,7 +22513,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo, o que significa que a regra de preço recém-criada está agora pronta " "para ser usada." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:304 msgid "" "Proceed to add as many unique price rules per product as desired. There is " "no limit to how many price rules can be added per product." @@ -22139,7 +22522,7 @@ msgstr "" "quiser. Não há limite para o número de regras de preço que podem ser " "adicionadas por produto." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:307 msgid "" "With the price rule(s) in place for a specific product, customers who fall " "into those corresponding pricelists automatically see those new prices " @@ -22153,7 +22536,7 @@ msgstr "" "aplicadas a um determinado produto também é apresentado no botão inteligente" " :guilabel:`Preços extra`, localizado em cada formulário de produto." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:313 msgid "" "When a price rule/pricelist is added to a product via the :guilabel:`Extra " "Prices` smart button, it is also reflected on the pricelist itself. " @@ -22167,7 +22550,7 @@ msgstr "" "produto específico é adicionada a uma lista de preços, também é refletida no" " formulário do produto pelo botão inteligente :guilabel:`Preços extra`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:323 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` pricelist feature" " provides the option to set price change rules based on discounts and " @@ -22180,7 +22563,7 @@ msgstr "" " da lista de produtos/catálogo, ao custo do produto ou a outra lista de " "preços." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:327 msgid "" "To use advanced pricing rules, with discounts and formulas, select the " ":guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` option, after " @@ -22194,7 +22577,7 @@ msgstr "" "na página de definição do app *Vendas* (:menuselection:`app Vendas --> " "Configuração --> Definições`) e clique em :guilabel:`Salvar`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:332 msgid "" "After activating and saving that :guilabel:`Pricelists` feature, the " ":guilabel:`Settings` page reloads and, from here, either select the " @@ -22208,7 +22591,7 @@ msgstr "" "preços` na página :guilabel:`Configurações`) ou navegar para " ":menuselection:`app Vendas --> Produtos --> Listas de preços`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:340 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, select a desired pricelist to modify, " "or create a new pricelist by clicking the :guilabel:`New` button." @@ -22217,7 +22600,7 @@ msgstr "" "para modificar, ou crie uma nova lista de preços clicando no botão " ":guilabel:`Novo`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:343 msgid "" "On the pricelist form, under the :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line` to add an advanced price rule. Doing so reveals a " @@ -22235,32 +22618,32 @@ msgstr "" "Aparência do formulário pop-up Criar regras de lista de preços no Vendas do " "Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:352 msgid "Price computation" msgstr "Cálculo de preços" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:354 msgid "" "On this form, first choose one of the three :guilabel:`Computation` options:" msgstr "" "Neste formulário, escolha primeiro uma das três opções de " ":guilabel:`Cálculo`:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fixed Price`: the price computation is based on a fixed price." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Preço fixo`: o cálculo do preço é baseado em um preço fixo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:357 msgid ":guilabel:`Discount`: the price computation is based on a discount." msgstr ":guilabel:`Desconto`: o cálculo do preço é baseado em um desconto." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:358 msgid ":guilabel:`Formula`: the price computation is based on a formula." msgstr ":guilabel:`Fórmula`: o cálculo do preço é baseado em uma fórmula." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:361 msgid "" "Each :guilabel:`Computation` option reveals its own computation-specific " "fields on the form." @@ -22268,7 +22651,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cada opção :guilabel:`Cálculo` revela os seus próprios campos específicos de" " cálculo no formulário." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:363 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Fixed Price` is selected, enter the desired price in the " ":guilabel:`Fixed Price` field below. If :guilabel:`Discount` is selected, " @@ -22280,7 +22663,7 @@ msgstr "" "insira a porcentagem de desconto pretendida no campo :guilabel:`Desconto` " "que é exibido." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:367 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Formula` is selected, a number of configurable options appear." msgstr "" @@ -22292,7 +22675,7 @@ msgid "The various formula computation options present in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" "As várias opções de cálculo de fórmulas presentes no app Vendas do Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:373 msgid "" "To configure the :guilabel:`Formula` computation option, start by selecting " "an option from the :guilabel:`Based on` field: :guilabel:`Sales Price`, " @@ -22304,7 +22687,7 @@ msgstr "" "venda`, :guilabel:`Custo`, ou :guilabel:`Outra lista de preços`. Isto " "determina no que será baseada a fórmula da regra de preço avançada." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:377 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Discount` field, determine how much of a discount " "should be applied. It should be noted that a mark-up can be applied by " @@ -22314,7 +22697,7 @@ msgstr "" "aplicar. Observe que é possível aplicar uma margem de lucro definindo um " "desconto negativo neste campo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:381 msgid "" "To formulate a 100% markup (or 2 times the cost of the product), with a $5 " "minimum margin, set the :guilabel:`Based on` field to :guilabel:`Cost`, the " @@ -22334,7 +22717,7 @@ msgstr "" "Como formular um custo de aumento com uma margem mínima de cinco dólares no " "app Vendas do Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:389 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` field, specify a fixed amount to add (or " "subtract) to the amount calculated with the discount. After that, enter a " @@ -22347,12 +22730,12 @@ msgstr "" " método de arredondamento define o preço de modo que seja um múltiplo do " "valor no campo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:394 msgid "Rounding is applied *after* the discount and *before* the surcharge." msgstr "" "O arredondamento é aplicado *depois* do desconto e *antes* da sobretaxa." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:397 msgid "" "To have prices that end in 9.99, set the :guilabel:`Rounding Method` to `10`" " and the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` to `-0.01`." @@ -22360,7 +22743,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para ter preços que terminem em 9,99, defina :guilabel:`Método de " "arredondamento` para `10` e a :guilabel:`Taxa extra` como `-0,01`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:400 msgid "" "Lastly, specify the minimum amount of margin over the base price in the " ":guilabel:`Margins` field." @@ -22368,7 +22751,7 @@ msgstr "" "Por último, especifique o valor mínimo de margem sobre o preço de base no " "campo :guilabel:`Margens`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:402 msgid "" "Once all formula-related configurations are complete, Odoo provides an " "example of the formula in a blue block to the right of the configurations." @@ -22377,7 +22760,7 @@ msgstr "" "concluídas, o Odoo fornece um exemplo da fórmula em um bloco azul à direita " "das configurações." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:406 msgid "" "To apply 20% discounts, with prices rounded up to 9.99, set the " ":guilabel:`Based on` field to :guilabel:`Sales Price`, the " @@ -22395,11 +22778,11 @@ msgstr "" "Exemplo de um desconto de 20% com preços arredondados para 9,99 no Vendas do" " Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:415 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "Condições" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:417 msgid "" "At the bottom of the :guilabel:`Create Pricelist Rules` pop-up form is the " ":guilabel:`Conditions` section." @@ -22407,14 +22790,14 @@ msgstr "" "No fundo do formulário pop-up :guilabel:`Criar listas de preços` encontra-se" " a seção :guilabel:`Condições`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:420 msgid "" "Here, start by selecting one of the options in the :guilabel:`Apply On` " "field:" msgstr "" "Aqui, comece selecionando uma das opções no campo :guilabel:`Aplicar em`:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:422 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All Products`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to all" " products." @@ -22422,7 +22805,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Todos os produtos`: a regra de lista de preços avançada será " "aplicada a todos os produtos." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to" " a specific category of products." @@ -22430,7 +22813,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Categoria de produtos`: a regra de lista de preços avançada será " "aplicada a uma categoria específica de produtos." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:425 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to a " "specific product." @@ -22438,7 +22821,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Produto`: a regra de lista de preços avançada será aplicada a um " "produto específico." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:426 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to " "a specific product variant." @@ -22446,7 +22829,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Variante de produto`: a regra de lista de preços avançada será " "aplicada a uma variante de produto específica." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:429 msgid "" "If any of those options, apart from :guilabel:`All Products`, are selected, " "a new option-specific field appears, in which the specific " @@ -22458,7 +22841,7 @@ msgstr "" "escolhida a :guilabel:`Categoria de produto`, :guilabel:`Produto` ou " ":guilabel:`Variante de produto` específicos." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:433 msgid "" "Then, select a minimum quantity to be applied to the advanced pricelist rule" " in the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` field. Lastly, select a range of dates for" @@ -22469,7 +22852,7 @@ msgstr "" "selecione um intervalo de datas para a validação do item da lista de preços " "no campo :guilabel:`Validade`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:437 msgid "" "Once all configurations are complete, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " "to save the advanced pricelist rule, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to " @@ -22480,7 +22863,7 @@ msgstr "" "ou clique em :guilabel:`Salvar e Novo` para criar imediatamente outra regra " "avançada de lista de preços emum novo formulário." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:442 msgid "" "If a price rule is set for a particular product, and another one for its " "product category, Odoo takes the rule of the product itself." @@ -22488,11 +22871,11 @@ msgstr "" "Se houver uma regra de preço definida para um determinado produto e outra " "para a categoria de produto, o Odoo adota a regra do próprio produto." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:446 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:447 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management`" msgstr "" @@ -27595,7 +27978,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:406 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:107 msgid ":doc:`../subscriptions`" msgstr ":doc:`../subscriptions`" @@ -27604,7 +27987,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../subscriptions`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:407 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:183 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`plans`" msgstr ":doc:`plans`" @@ -27613,7 +27996,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`plans`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:408 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:184 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`products`" msgstr ":doc:`products`" @@ -30480,7 +30863,14 @@ msgstr "" "desconto, de acordo com o período de tempo proporcional, localizado abaixo " "do produto de assinatura inicial na aba :guilabel:`Linhas do pedido`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The prorated amount is **only** applied to *Service* product types. It is " +"**not** applied to *Consumable* or *Storable* product types, even if the " +"message appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:75 msgid "" "From this new upsell quotation form, add new subscription products in the " ":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " @@ -30499,7 +30889,7 @@ msgstr "" "Adicionar produtos à sua assinatura através da opção de upsell no Odoo " "Assinaturas" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:82 msgid "" "Once the desired upsell subscription product(s) have been added, it can be " "sent to the customer for approval by clicking the :guilabel:`Send by Email` " @@ -30509,7 +30899,7 @@ msgstr "" "adicionados, eles poderão ser enviados ao cliente para aprovação clicando no" " botão :guilabel:`Enviar por e-mail`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:86 msgid "" "When the quotation is confirmed by the customer, the upsell products are " "added to the initial subscription. Quotation prices are then prorated to the" @@ -30519,7 +30909,7 @@ msgstr "" "adicionados à assinatura inicial. Os preços da cotação são então rateados " "pelo tempo restante do período de faturamento atual." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:91 msgid "" "Before sending the new quotation to the customer, the unit price, taxes, and" " even discount can be applied." @@ -30527,7 +30917,7 @@ msgstr "" "Antes de enviar a nova cotação ao cliente, é possível aplicar o preço " "unitário, os impostos e até mesmo o desconto." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:94 msgid "" "Once the customer approves, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " "quotation, making it a sales order. When that's clicked, a :guilabel:`Sales " @@ -30539,7 +30929,7 @@ msgstr "" "botão inteligente :guilabel:`Histórico de vendas`, mostrando quantos pedidos" " de venda estão anexados a esse pedido de assinatura inicial." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:98 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Sales History` smart button is clicked, Odoo reveals a " "separate page containing a list of the related sales orders, clearly " diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 2a2ef1e21..032039901 100644 --- a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:55+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Foldi Robert , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" @@ -610,11 +610,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delete Account` button to confirm the deletion." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:36 msgid "Odoo.com account password change" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:38 msgid "" "To change an Odoo.com account password, first login into the Odoo.com user " "account from the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-" @@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ msgid "" "dashboard appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:41 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:43 msgid "" "To change the Odoo.com password, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security " "Settings` link, below the :menuselection:`Account Security` section. Next, " @@ -632,23 +632,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Change Password` to complete the password change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:47 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:49 msgid "" "If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:53 msgid "" "Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the " "same email address is used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:55 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:57 msgid "Add two-factor authentication" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:59 msgid "" "To add two-factor authentication, login into the Odoo.com user account from " "the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-right corner of " @@ -657,14 +657,14 @@ msgid "" "dashboard appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:64 msgid "" "If the user would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " "Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below " "the :menuselection:`Account Security` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:67 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " "(two-factor authentication)`. Then, confirm the current password in the " @@ -675,26 +675,26 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Verification Code`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:71 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:73 msgid "" "Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete " "the setup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:76 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:76 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`" msgstr "" @@ -6587,14 +6587,260 @@ msgstr "" "exemplu" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:743 -msgid "which will generate a 32 characters pseudorandom printable string." -msgstr "ce va genera un sir de 32 de caractere pseudo-aleatorii imprimabile." +msgid "which generates a 32-character pseudorandom printable string." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:746 +msgid "Reset the master password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:748 +msgid "" +"There may be instances where the master password is misplaced, or " +"compromised, and needs to be reset. The following process is for system " +"administrators of an Odoo on-premise database detailing how to manually " +"reset and re-encrypt the master password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:753 +msgid "" +"For more information about changing an Odoo.com account password, see this " +"documentation: :ref:`odoocom/change_password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:756 +msgid "" +"When creating a new on-premise database, a random master password is " +"generated. Odoo recommends using this password to secure the database. This " +"password is implemented by default, so there is a secure master password for" +" any Odoo on-premise deployment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:761 +msgid "" +"When creating an Odoo on-premise database the installation is accessible to " +"anyone on the internet, until this password is set to secure the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:764 +msgid "" +"The master password is specified in the Odoo configuration file (`odoo.conf`" +" or `odoorc` (hidden file)). The Odoo master password is needed to modify, " +"create, or delete a database through the graphical user interface (GUI)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:769 +msgid "Locate configuration file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:771 +msgid "" +"First, open the Odoo configuration file (`odoo.conf` or `odoorc` (hidden " +"file))." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:775 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:148 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:133 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:158 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:180 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:328 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:397 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:460 +msgid "Windows" +msgstr "Windows" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:777 +msgid "" +"The configuration file is located at: " +"`c:\\\\ProgramFiles\\\\Odoo{VERSION}\\\\server\\\\odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:779 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:25 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:152 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:174 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:199 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:228 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:388 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:450 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "Linux" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:781 +msgid "" +"Depending on how Odoo is installed on the Linux machine, the configuration " +"file is located in one of two different places:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:784 +msgid "Package installation: `/etc/odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:785 +msgid "Source installation: `~/.odoorc`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:788 +msgid "Change old password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:790 +msgid "" +"Once the appropriate file has been opened, proceed to modify the old " +"password in the configuration file to a temporary password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:795 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:843 +msgid "Graphical user interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:797 +msgid "" +"After locating the configuration file, open it using a (:abbr:`GUI " +"(graphical user interface)`). This can be achieved by simply double clicking" +" on the file. Then, the device should have a default :abbr:`GUI (graphical " +"user interface)` to open the file with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:801 +msgid "" +"Next, modify the master password line `admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sha…` to " +"`admin_passwd = newpassword1234`, for example. This password can be " +"anything, as long as it is saved temporarily. Make sure to modify all " +"characters after the `=`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:806 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:825 +msgid "" +"The line appears like this: `admin_passwd = " +"$pbkdf2-sh39dji295.59mptrfW.9z6HkA$w9j9AMVmKAP17OosCqDxDv2hjsvzlLpF8Rra8I7p/b573hji540mk/.3ek0lg%kvkol6k983mkf/40fjki79m`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:810 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:829 +msgid "The modified line appears like this: `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:812 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:852 +msgid "Command-line interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:814 +msgid "" +"Modify the master password line using the following Unix command detailed " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:816 +msgid "" +"Connect to the Odoo server's terminal via Secure Shell (SSH) protocol, and " +"edit the configuration file. To modify the configuration file, enter the " +"following command: :command:`sudo nano /etc/odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:820 +msgid "" +"After opening the configuration file, modify the master password line " +"`admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sha…` to `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`. This " +"password can be anything, as long as it is saved temporarily. Make sure to " +"modify all characters after the `=`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:832 +msgid "" +"It is essential that the password is changed to something else, rather than " +"triggering a new password reset by adding a semicolon `;` at the beginning " +"of the line. This ensures the database is secure throughout the entire " +"password reset process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:837 +msgid "Restart Odoo server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:839 +msgid "" +"After setting the temporary password, a restart of the Odoo server is " +"**required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:845 +msgid "" +"To restart the Odoo server, first, type `services` into the Windows " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. Then, select the :guilabel:`Services` application, " +"and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Odoo` service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:849 +msgid "" +"Next, right click on :guilabel:`Odoo`, and select :guilabel:`Start` or " +":guilabel:`Restart`. This action manually restarts the Odoo server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:854 +msgid "" +"Restart the Odoo server by typing the command: :command:`sudo service odoo15" +" restart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:857 +msgid "" +"Change the number after `odoo` to fit the specific version the server is " +"running on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:860 +msgid "Use web interface to re-encrypt password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:862 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to `/web/database/manager` or " +"`http://server_ip:port/web/database/manager` in a browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:866 +msgid "" +"Replace `server_ip` with the IP address of the database. Replace `port` with" +" the numbered port the database is accessible from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:869 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Set Master Password`, and type in the previously-" +"selected temporary password into the :guilabel:`Master Password` field. " +"Following this step, type in a :guilabel:`New Master Password`. The " +":guilabel:`New Master Password` is hashed (or encrypted), once the " +":guilabel:`Continue` button is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:874 +msgid "" +"At this point, the password has been successfully reset, and a hashed " +"version of the new password now appears in the configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:878 +msgid "" +"For more information on Odoo database security, see this documentation: " +":ref:`db_manager_security`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:882 msgid "Supported Browsers" msgstr "Browsere suportate" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:748 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:884 msgid "" "Odoo supports all the major desktop and mobile browsers available on the " "market, as long as they are supported by their publishers." @@ -6602,27 +6848,27 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo suportă toate browserele majore de desktop și mobile disponibile pe " "piață, atâta timp cât sunt suportate de către editori." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:751 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:887 msgid "Here are the supported browsers:" msgstr "Iată browserele suportate:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:753 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:889 msgid "Google Chrome" msgstr "Google Chrome" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:754 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:890 msgid "Mozilla Firefox" msgstr "Mozilla Firefox" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:755 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:891 msgid "Microsoft Edge" msgstr "Microsoft Edge" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:756 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:892 msgid "Apple Safari" msgstr "Apple Safari" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:758 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:894 msgid "" "Please make sure your browser is up-to-date and still supported by its " "publisher before filing a bug report." @@ -6630,13 +6876,13 @@ msgstr "" "Vă rugăm să vă asigurați că browserul este actualizat și încă suportat de " "editorul înainte de a depune un raport de eroare." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:763 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:899 msgid "Since Odoo 13.0, ES6 is supported. Therefore, IE support is dropped." msgstr "" "De la Odoo 13.0, ES6 este suportat. Prin urmare, suportul pentru IE este " "abandonat." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:766 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:902 msgid "" "to have multiple Odoo installations use the same PostgreSQL database, or to " "provide more computing resources to both software." @@ -6645,7 +6891,7 @@ msgstr "" "PostgreSQL, sau pentru a oferi mai multe resurse de calculare atât software-" "ului." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:769 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:905 msgid "" "technically a tool like socat_ can be used to proxy UNIX sockets across " "networks, but that is mostly for software which can only be used over UNIX " @@ -6654,7 +6900,7 @@ msgstr "" "tehnologic, un instrument precum socat_ poate fi folosit pentru a proxy " "socket-uri UNIX prin rețele, dar acest lucru este mai mult pentru software " -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:773 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:909 msgid "" "or be accessible only over an internal packet-switched network, but that " "requires secured switches, protections against `ARP spoofing`_ and precludes" @@ -6887,19 +7133,6 @@ msgid "" " download the Enterprise packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:25 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:52 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:129 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:152 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:174 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:199 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:228 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:271 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:384 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:446 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "Linux" - #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:28 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:116 msgid "Prepare" @@ -6938,7 +7171,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:57 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:416 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:420 msgid "" "`wkhtmltopdf` is not installed through **pip** and must be installed " "manually in `version 0.12.6 " @@ -7018,19 +7251,6 @@ msgstr "" "Odată descărcat, pachetul poate fi instalat folosind managerul de pachete " "'dnf':" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:148 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:70 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:133 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:158 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:180 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:208 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:239 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:324 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:393 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:456 -msgid "Windows" -msgstr "Windows" - #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:151 msgid "" "Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running " @@ -7175,9 +7395,9 @@ msgstr "Clonare cu SSH" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:186 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:213 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:253 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:347 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:405 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:467 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:351 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:471 msgid "Mac OS" msgstr "Mac OS" @@ -7335,42 +7555,48 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:280 msgid "" -"For Debian-based systems, the packages are listed in the `debian/control " -"`_ file of the Odoo " -"sources." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:283 -msgid "" "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following commands should install the required " "packages:" msgstr "" "Pe Debian/Ubuntu, următoarele comenzi ar trebui să instaleze pachetele " "necesare:" +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:287 +msgid "" +"The `setup/debinstall.sh` script will parse the `debian/control " +"`_ file and install " +"the found packages." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:290 msgid "Install with pip" msgstr "Instalați cu pip" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:292 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Using pip may lead to security issues and broken dependencies; only do this " +"if you know what you are doing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:296 msgid "" "As some of the Python packages need a compilation step, they require system " "libraries to be installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:295 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:299 msgid "" "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following command should install these required " "libraries:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:301 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:305 msgid "" "Odoo dependencies are listed in the :file:`requirements.txt` file located at" " the root of the Odoo Community directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:305 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:309 msgid "" "The Python packages in :file:`requirements.txt` are based on their " "stable/LTS Debian/Ubuntu corresponding version at the moment of the Odoo " @@ -7379,9 +7605,9 @@ msgid "" "then chosen in the :file:`requirements.txt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:312 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:334 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:353 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:357 msgid "" "It can be preferable not to mix Python module packages between different " "instances of Odoo or with the system. However, it is possible to use " @@ -7389,92 +7615,92 @@ msgid "" "Python environments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:320 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation " "(:file:`CommunityPath`) and run **pip** on the requirements file to install " "the requirements for the current user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:326 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:330 msgid "" "Before installing the dependencies, download and install the `Build Tools " "for Visual Studio `_. Select " "**C++ build tools** in the **Workloads** tab and install them when prompted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:330 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:349 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:334 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:353 msgid "" "Odoo dependencies are listed in the `requirements.txt` file located at the " "root of the Odoo Community directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:342 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " "and run **pip** on the requirements file in a terminal **with Administrator " "privileges**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:357 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:361 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " "and run **pip** on the requirements file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:367 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:371 msgid "" "Non-Python dependencies must be installed with a package manager (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:370 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:374 msgid "Download and install the **Command Line Tools**:" msgstr "Descărcați și instalați **Command Line Tools**:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:376 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:380 msgid "Use the package manager to install non-Python dependencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:379 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:383 msgid "" "For languages using a **right-to-left interface** (such as Arabic or " "Hebrew), the `rtlcss` package is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:386 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:390 msgid "Download and install **nodejs** and **npm** with a package manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:387 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:396 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:391 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:400 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:413 msgid "Install `rtlcss`:" msgstr "Instalați `rtlcss`:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:395 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:399 msgid "Download and install `nodejs `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:402 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:406 msgid "" "Edit the system environment's variable `PATH` to add the folder where " "`rtlcss.cmd` is located (typically: " ":file:`C:\\\\Users\\\\\\\\AppData\\\\Roaming\\\\npm\\\\`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:407 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:411 msgid "" "Download and install **nodejs** with a package manager (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:424 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:428 msgid "Running Odoo" msgstr "Rularea Odoo" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:426 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:430 msgid "" "Once all dependencies are set up, Odoo can be launched by running `odoo-" "bin`, the command-line interface of the server. It is located at the root of" @@ -7484,38 +7710,38 @@ msgstr "" "executarea `odoo-bin`, interfața de linie de comandă a serverului. Se " "găsește la rădăcina directorului Odoo Community." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:429 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:433 msgid "" "To configure the server, either specify :ref:`command-line arguments " "` or a :ref:`configuration file " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:433 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:437 msgid "" "For the Enterprise edition, add the path to the `enterprise` add-ons to the " "`addons-path` argument. Note that it must come before the other paths in " "`addons-path` for add-ons to be loaded correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:437 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:441 msgid "Common necessary configurations are:" msgstr "Configurări necesare comune sunt:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:439 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:443 msgid "PostgreSQL user and password." msgstr "Utilizatorul și parola PostgreSQL." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:440 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:444 msgid "Custom addon paths beyond the defaults to load custom modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:442 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:446 msgid "A typical way to run the server would be:" msgstr "O modalitate tipică de a rula serverul ar fi:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:453 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:474 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:457 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:478 msgid "" "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, and " "`mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." @@ -7523,7 +7749,7 @@ msgstr "" "Unde `CommunityPath` este calea instalării Odoo Community, și `mydb` este " "numele bazei de date PostgreSQL." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:463 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:467 msgid "" "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, " "`dbuser` is the PostgreSQL login, `dbpassword` is the PostgreSQL password, " @@ -7533,7 +7759,7 @@ msgstr "" "login-ul PostgreSQL, `dbpassword` este parola PostgreSQL, și `mydb` este " "numele bazei de date PostgreSQL." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:477 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:481 msgid "" "After the server has started (the INFO log `odoo.modules.loading: Modules " "loaded.` is printed), open http://localhost:8069 in a web browser and log " @@ -7541,19 +7767,19 @@ msgid "" "the email and, again, `admin` as the password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:482 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:486 msgid "" "From there, create and manage new :doc:`users " "<../../applications/general/users>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:483 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:487 msgid "" "The user account used to log into Odoo's web interface differs from the " ":option:`--db_user ` CLI argument." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:487 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:491 msgid "" ":doc:`The list of CLI arguments for odoo-bin `" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po index d75f3ff69..e72bbef6b 100644 --- a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po @@ -7,17 +7,17 @@ # Foldi Robert , 2024 # Emanuel Bruda, 2024 # Cozmin Candea , 2024 -# Dorin Hongu , 2024 # Martin Trigaux, 2024 +# Dorin Hongu , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Dorin Hongu , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -34,430 +34,651 @@ msgid "Activities" msgstr "Activități" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database. " -"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " -"chatter thread, kanban view, list view, or activities view of an " -"application." +msgid "*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:10 -msgid "Schedule activities" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The icon used to display activities varies depending on the :ref:`activity " +"type `:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:11 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`🕘 (clock)`: the default icon, which appears if nothing is " +"scheduled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 -msgid "" -"One way that activities are created is by clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule " -"Activity` button, located at the top of the *chatter* on any record. On the " -"pop-up window that appears, select an :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the " -"drop-down menu." +msgid ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)`: this icon appears if a phone call is scheduled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:13 +msgid ":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)`: this icon appears if an email is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:14 +msgid ":guilabel:`✔️ (checkmark)`: this icon appears if a to-do is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:15 msgid "" -"Individual applications have a list of *Activity Types* dedicated to that " -"application. For example, to view and edit the activities available for the " -"*CRM* application, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " -"Activity Types`." +":guilabel:`(group of people)`: this icon appears if a meeting is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(arrow pointing up above a line)`: this icon appears if a " +"document is scheduled to be uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(pencil in a box)`: this icon appears if a signature request is " +"scheduled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Enter a title for the activity in the :guilabel:`Summary` field, located in " -"the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window." +msgid "Schedule activities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:23 msgid "" -"To assign the activity to a different user, select a name from the " -":guilabel:`Assigned to` drop-down menu. Otherwise, the user creating the " -"activity is automatically assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Lastly, feel free to add any additional information in the optional " -":guilabel:`Log a note...` field." +"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " +":ref:`chatter ` thread, :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or " +":ref:`activities view ` of an application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Due Date` field on the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " -"window auto-populates based on the configuration settings for the selected " -":guilabel:`Activity Type`. However, this date can be changed by selecting a " -"day on the calendar in the :guilabel:`Due Date` field." +msgid "Chatter" +msgstr "Chatter" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:32 +msgid "Activities can be created from the chatter on any record." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:34 -msgid "Lastly, click one of the following buttons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:36 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Schedule`: adds the activity to the chatter under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the chatter " -"under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, it is automatically " -"marked as completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:39 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Done \\& Schedule Next`: adds the task under :guilabel:`Today` " -"marked as done, and opens a new activity window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Discard`: discards any changes made on the pop-up window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Depending on the activity type, the :guilabel:`Schedule` button may be " -"replaced by a :guilabel:`Save` button, or an :guilabel:`Open Calendar` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Scheduled activities are added to the chatter for the record under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Activities can also be scheduled from the kanban, list, or activities view " -"of an application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:59 -msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`, and proceed to fill " -"out the pop-up form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:67 -msgid "List view" -msgstr "Vizualizare Listă" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`. If the record already " -"has an activity scheduled, the clock icon may be replaced by a :guilabel:`📞 " -"(phone)` or an :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:76 -msgid "Activity view" -msgstr "Vizualizare activitate" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:78 -msgid "" -"To open the activity view for an application, select the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon from the menu bar anywhere in the database. Select any " -"application from the drop-down menu, and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " -"icon for the desired app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Activity menu drop down with focus on where to open activity view for CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Move across the row to " -"find the desired activity type, then click the :guilabel:`＋ (plus sign)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" -" throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Activities that appear in **green** indicate a due date sometime in the " -"future." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:96 -msgid "**Yellow** indicates that the activity's due date is today." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Red** indicates that the activity is overdue and the due date has passed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:99 -msgid "" -"For example, if an activity is created for a phone call, and the due date " -"passes, the activity appears with a red phone in list view, and a red clock " -"on the kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:103 -msgid "View scheduled activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:105 -msgid "" -"To view scheduled activities, open either the :menuselection:`Sales app` or " -":menuselection:`CRM app` and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, located " -"to the far-right side of the other view options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Doing so opens the activities menu, showcasing all the scheduled activities " -"for the user, by default. To show all activities for every user, remove the " -":guilabel:`My Pipeline` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To view a consolidated list of activities separated by the application where" -" they were created, and by deadline, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon on" -" the header menu to see the activities for that specific application in a " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The possibility to :guilabel:`Add new note` and :guilabel:`Request a " -"Document` appear at the bottom of this drop-down menu, when the :guilabel:`🕘" -" (clock)` icon on the header menu is clicked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads page emphasizing the activities menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:123 -msgid "Configure activity types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:125 -msgid "" -"To configure the types of activities in the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss --> Activities --> Activity Types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " -"activity types are found." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To edit an existing activity type, select it from the list, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`. To create a new activity type, click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:136 -msgid "" -"At the top of a blank activity type form, start by choosing a " -":guilabel:`Name` for the new activity type." +"To schedule a new activity, click the :guilabel:`Activities` button, located" +" at the top of the chatter. In the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " +"window that appears, :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 msgid "New activity type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:143 -msgid "Activity settings" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:45 +msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:146 -msgid "Action" -msgstr "Acțiune" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 msgid "" -"The *Action* field specifies the intent of the activity. Some actions " -"trigger specific behaviors after an activity is scheduled." +"Another way that activities are created is from the Kanban view in an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "The Kanban icon in the top menu, highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon located at the bottom of " +"an individual record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`+ Schedule An Activity`, then proceed to :ref:`fill out the" +" Schedule Activity form `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If a record already has a scheduled activity, the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon" +" is replaced by the icon that represents the existing scheduled activity. " +"Click on the activity type's icon to schedule another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:70 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Vizualizare Listă" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:72 +msgid "Activities can also be created from a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Activities` column is hidden, reveal it using the " +":guilabel:`(additional options toggle)` icon in the far-right of the top " +"row, represented by two horizontal lines with two dots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon for the record the activity is" +" being added to, then click :guilabel:`+ Schedule an activity`. Proceed to " +":ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form ` that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:93 +msgid "Activity view" +msgstr "Vizualizare activitate" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Most applications in Odoo have an *Activity* view available. If available, a" +" :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon is visible in the top-right of the main" +" menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To open the activity view, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "Top-right menu with the Activities icon called out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In this view, all the available activities are listed in the columns, while " +"the horizontal entries represent all the individual records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Activities that appear green have a due date in the future, activities that " +"appear orange are due today, while activities appearing red are overdue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Color bars in each column represent records for specific activity types, and" +" display a number indicating how many activities are scheduled for that " +"type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If multiple activity types are scheduled for a record, a number appears in " +"the box, indicating the total number of scheduled activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" +" throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To schedule an activity for a record, hover over the corresponding field, " +"and a :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` appears. Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)`, and then :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 +msgid "Schedule Activity form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Activities can be scheduled from many different places, such as from the " +":ref:`chatter ` of a record, or from one of multiple " +"views in an application, when available: the :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or :ref:`activity " +"view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Activity Type`: select the type of activity from the drop-down " +"menu. The default options are: :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Call`, " +":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`To-Do`. Depending on what other " +"applications are installed, additional options may be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Individual applications have a list of dedicated :ref:`activity types " +"`. For example, installing the *Sales* application makes " +":guilabel:`Order Upsell` available, while installing the *Sign* application " +"makes :guilabel:`Request Signature` available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Summary`: enter a short title for the activity, such as `Discuss " +"Proposal`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date`: using the calendar popover, select the activity's " +"deadline." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected, a link to upload a document is " -"added directly to the planned activity in the chatter." +":guilabel:`Assigned to`: by default, the current user populates this field. " +"To assign a different user to the activity, select them from the drop-down " +"menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 msgid "" -"If either :guilabel:`Phonecall` or :guilabel:`Meeting` are selected, users " -"have the option to open their calendar to schedule a time for this activity." +":guilabel:`Notes`: add any additional information for the activity in this " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Request Signature` is selected, a link is added to the planned" -" activity in the chatter that opens a signature request pop-up window." +"When the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window is completed, click one" +" of the following buttons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:158 msgid "" -"The actions available to select on an activity type vary, depending on the " -"applications currently installed in the database." +":guilabel:`Open Calendar`: opens the user's calendar to add and schedule the" +" activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:163 -msgid "Default user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:160 msgid "" -"To automatically assign this activity to a specific user when this activity " -"type is scheduled, choose a name from the :guilabel:`Default User` drop-down" -" menu. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to the user who" -" creates the activity." +"Click on the desired date and time for the activity, and a :guilabel:`New " +"Event` pop-up window appears. The summary from the *Schedule Activity* pop-" +"up window populates the :guilabel:`Title` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:170 -msgid "Default summary" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Enter the information in the :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up window, then click" +" :guilabel:`Save & Close` to schedule it. Once scheduled, the activity is " +"added to the chatter under the :guilabel:`Planned Activities` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Activity Type` is set to either :guilabel:`Call` or " +":guilabel:`Meeting`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 msgid "" -"To include notes whenever this activity type is created, enter them into the" -" :guilabel:`Default Summary` field." +":guilabel:`Schedule`: schedules the activity, and adds the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Planned Activities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:174 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule & Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the" +" chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, and is " +"automatically marked as done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next`: adds the details of the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, is " +"automatically marked as done, and a new :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up" +" window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancel`: discards any changes made on the :guilabel:`Schedule " +"Activity` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:188 +msgid "All scheduled activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To view a consolidated list of activities, organized by application, click " +"the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon in the header menu, located in the top-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If any activities are scheduled, the number of activities appear in a red " +"bubble on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:196 +msgid "" +"All activities for each application are further divided into subsections, " +"indicating where in the application the activity is to be completed. Each " +"sub-section lists the number of scheduled activities that are " +":guilabel:`Late`, due :guilabel:`Today`, and scheduled in the " +":guilabel:`Future`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:202 +msgid "" +"In the *Time Off* application, one activity is scheduled to be done in the " +"*All Time Off* requests dashboard, and six activities are scheduled to be " +"done in the *Allocations* dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:205 +msgid "" +"These requests appear in two separate lists in the all activities drop-down " +"menu: one labeled `Time Off` and one labeled `Time Off Allocation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list of activities that is accessed from the main menu bar. Two entries for the Time\n" +"Off application are highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:214 +msgid "Request a document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The option to :guilabel:`Request a Document` is available at the bottom of " +"the list of :ref:`all scheduled activities `, the option to " +":guilabel:`Request a Document` appears. Click :guilabel:`Request a " +"Document`, and a :guilabel:`Request a file` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:222 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Name`: enter a name for the document being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request To`: select the user the document is being requested from" +" using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date In`: enter a numerical value indicating when the " +"document is due. Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. " +"Click :guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. " +"Select the desired time-frame option from the list. The options are " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:229 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +":ref:`Workspace ` the document is being uploaded to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any desired tags from the drop-down menu. The " +"available tags displayed are based on the tags configured for the selected " +":guilabel:`Workspace`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message`: enter a message to clarify the document request in this" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:235 +msgid "" +"When all the fields are completed, click :guilabel:`Request` to send the " +"document request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Request a file form, with all fields filled out to request a contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:244 +msgid "Activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured types of activities in the database, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss section --> Activities " +"setting --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activity Types button in the Settings application under the Discuss section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " +"activity types are found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "The list of activity types already configured and available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:260 +msgid "Edit activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:262 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing :ref:`activity type `, click on the " +"activity type, and the activity type form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:265 +msgid "" +"Make any desired changes to the activity type form. The form automatically " +"saves, but it can be saved manually at any time by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Save Manually` option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:270 +msgid "Create new activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:272 +msgid "" +"To create a new :ref:`activity type `, click " +":guilabel:`New` from the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, and a blank " +"activity type form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the activity type at the top of the form, then " +"enter the following information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:279 +msgid "Activity Settings section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:281 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Action`: using the drop-down menu, select an action associated " +"with this new activity type. Some actions trigger specific behaviors after " +"an activity is scheduled, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:284 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Upload Document`: if selected, a link to upload a document is " +"automatically added to the planned activity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:286 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Call` or :guilabel:`Meeting`: if selected, users have the option " +"to open their calendar to select a date and time for the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request Signature`: if selected, a link to open a signature " +"request pop-up window is automatically added to the planned activity in the " +"chatter. This requires the Odoo *Sign* application to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Available activity types vary based on the installed applications in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folder`: select a specific :ref:`workspace " +"` folder to save a document to. This field **only** " +"appears if :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Action`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Folder` the document is " +"saved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default User`: select a user from the drop-down menu to " +"automatically assign this activity to the selected user when this activity " +"type is scheduled. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to " +"the user who creates the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Summary`: enter a note to include whenever this activity " +"type is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:307 +msgid "" "The information in the :guilabel:`Default User` and :guilabel:`Default " "Summary` fields are included when an activity is created. However, they can " "be altered before the activity is scheduled or saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:181 -msgid "Next activity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:311 msgid "" -"To automatically suggest, or trigger, a new activity after an activity has " -"been marked complete, the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` must be set." +":guilabel:`Keep Done`: tick this checkbox to keep activities that have been " +"marked as `Done` visible in the :ref:`activity view `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:187 -msgid "Suggest next activity" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:313 +msgid ":guilabel:`Default Note`: enter any notes to appear with the activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:316 +msgid "Next Activity section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:318 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field, select :guilabel:`Suggest Next " -"Activity`. Upon doing so, the field underneath changes to: " -":guilabel:`Suggest`. Click the :guilabel:`Suggest` field drop-down menu to " -"select any activities to recommend as follow-up tasks to this activity type." +"It is possible to have another activity either suggested or triggered. To do" +" so, configure the :guilabel:`Next Activity` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:321 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Schedule` field, choose a default deadline for these " -"activities. To do so, configure a desired number of :guilabel:`Days`, " -":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, decide if it should occur " -":guilabel:`after completion date` or :guilabel:`after previous activity " -"deadline`." +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`: select either :guilabel:`Suggest Next Activity` " +"or :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` from the drop-down menu. Depending on " +"the selected option, either the :guilabel:`Suggest` or :guilabel:`Trigger` " +"field is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:198 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:326 msgid "" -"This :guilabel:`Schedule` field information can be altered before the " -"activity is scheduled." +"The :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field does **not** appear if :guilabel:`Upload" +" Document` is selected for the :guilabel:`Action`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:227 -msgid "When all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Suggest/Trigger`: depending on what is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`, this field either displays :guilabel:`Suggest` or" +" :guilabel:`Trigger`. Using the drop-down menu, select the activity to " +"recommend or schedule as a follow-up task to the activity type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:332 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: configure when the next activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:334 +msgid "" +"First, enter a numerical value indicating when the activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. Click " +":guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. Select the" +" desired time-frame option from the list. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:340 +msgid "" +"Lastly, using the drop-down menu, select whether the activity is scheduled " +"or triggered either :guilabel:`after previous activity deadline` or " +":guilabel:`after completion date`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "Schedule activity popup with emphasis on recommended activities." +msgid "A new Activity form with all the fields filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Suggest " -"Next Activity`, and has activities listed in the :guilabel:`Suggest` field, " -"users are presented with recommendations for activities as next steps." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:348 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:211 -msgid "Trigger next activity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Setting the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` to :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` " -"immediately launches the next activity once the previous one is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` is selected in the :guilabel:`Chaining " -"Type` field, the field beneath changes to: :guilabel:`Trigger`. From the " -":guilabel:`Trigger` field drop-down menu, select the activity that should be" -" launched once this activity is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Schedule new activity popup with emphasis on Done and launch next button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Trigger" -" Next Activity`, marking the activity as `Done` immediately launches the " -"next activity listed in the :guilabel:`Trigger` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:238 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:239 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:349 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss/team_communication`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index a5cc045ec..cb94197d9 100644 --- a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Dorin Hongu , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" @@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 @@ -710,6 +710,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:583 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:701 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 @@ -2416,6 +2417,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:32 msgid "Transactions" msgstr "Tranzacții" @@ -3151,7 +3153,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:90 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:432 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:363 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "Customer invoices" @@ -3421,7 +3423,7 @@ msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:169 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:242 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:376 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 @@ -4984,6 +4986,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:38 msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" msgstr ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" @@ -7099,31 +7102,28 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 msgid "" -"This document addresses a specific use case for theoretical purposes. " -"Navigate :ref:`here ` for " -"instructions on how to set up and use |AVCO| in Odoo." +"This document addresses a specific use case for theoretical purposes. For " +"instructions on how to set up and use |AVCO|, refer to the :doc:`inventory " +"valuation configuration " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +" doc." msgstr "" -"Acest document abordează un caz de utilizare specific în scopuri teoretice. " -"Navigați :ref:`aici ` " -"pentru instrucțiuni despre cum să configurați și să utilizați |AVCO| în " -"Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:32 -msgid "" -":ref:`Using inventory valuation `" -msgstr "" -":ref:`Utilizarea evaluării inventarului " -"`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 msgid "" +":doc:`Using inventory valuation " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:35 +msgid "" ":ref:`Other inventory valuation methods " "`" msgstr "" ":ref:`Alte metode de evaluare a stocurilor " "`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:40 msgid "" "To use average cost inventory valuation on a product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and " @@ -7137,19 +7137,17 @@ msgstr "" "de produse, setați :guilabel:`Metoda de cost` la `Cost mediu (AVCO)` și " ":guilabel:`Evaluare inventar` la `Automat`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:46 msgid "" -":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration " -"`" +":doc:`Inventory valuation configuration " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" msgstr "" -":ref:`Configurația de evaluare a stocurilor " -"`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 msgid "Using average cost valuation" msgstr "Folosind evaluarea costului mediu" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "" "The average cost method adjusts the inventory valuation when products are " "received in the warehouse. This section explains how it works, but if the " @@ -7161,11 +7159,11 @@ msgstr "" " explicația nu este necesară, treceți la secțiunea :ref:`return to supplier " "use case ` section." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:59 msgid "Formula" msgstr "Formula" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:61 msgid "" "When new products arrive, the new average cost for each product is " "recomputed using the formula:" @@ -7173,7 +7171,7 @@ msgstr "" "Când sosesc produse noi, noul cost mediu pentru fiecare produs este " "recalculat folosind formula:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:63 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{(Old~Qty \\times Old~Avg~Cost) + (Incoming~Qty \\times Purchase~Price)}{Final~Qty}\n" "\n" @@ -7181,12 +7179,12 @@ msgstr "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{(Old~Qty \\times Old~Avg~Cost) + (Incoming~Qty \\times " "Purchase~Price)}{Final~Qty}\n" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:66 msgid "**Old Qty**: product count in stock before receiving the new shipment;" msgstr "" "**Old Qty**: număr de produse în stoc înainte de a primi transportul nou;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:67 msgid "" "**Old Avg Cost**: calculated average cost for a single product from the " "previous inventory valuation;" @@ -7194,11 +7192,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Old Avg Cost**: costul mediu calculat pentru un singur produs din " "evaluarea anterioară a stocului;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:69 msgid "**Incoming Qty**: count of products arriving in the new shipment;" msgstr "**Incoming Qty**: numărul de produse care sosesc în noul transport;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:70 msgid "" "**Purchase Price**: estimated price of products at the reception of products" " (since vendor bills may arrive later). The amount includes not only the " @@ -7212,11 +7210,11 @@ msgstr "" "taxele și :ref:`costurile aterizate `. La " "recepția facturii vânzătorului, acest preț este ajustat;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:74 msgid "**Final Qty**: quantity of on-hand stock after the stock move." msgstr "**Final Qty**: cantitatea de stoc disponibil după mutarea stocului." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 msgid "" "When products leave the warehouse, the average cost **does not** change. " "Read about why the average cost valuation is **not** adjusted :ref:`here " @@ -7226,11 +7224,11 @@ msgstr "" "de ce evaluarea costului mediu **nu** este ajustată :ref:`aici " "`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:85 msgid "Compute average cost" msgstr "Calculați costul mediu" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:87 msgid "" "To understand how the average cost of a product changes with each shipment, " "consider the following table of warehouse operations and stock moves. Each " @@ -7241,145 +7239,148 @@ msgstr "" " mutațiile stocurilor. Fiecare este un exemplu diferit de modul în care este" " afectată evaluarea costului mediu." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Operation" msgstr "Operație" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 msgid "Incoming Value" msgstr "Valoarea de intrare" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "Valoarea inventarului" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "Cantitate în stoc" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Avg Cost" msgstr "Cost mediu" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:424 msgid "$0" msgstr "$0" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "Receive 8 tables at $10/unit" msgstr "Primiți 8 mese la 10 USD/unitate" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "8 * $10" msgstr "8 * $10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "$80" msgstr "$80" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "8" msgstr "8" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "$10" msgstr "$10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 msgid "Receive 4 tables at $16/unit" msgstr "Primiți 4 mese la 16 USD/unitate" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 msgid "4 * $16" msgstr "4 * $16" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 msgid "$144" msgstr "$144" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "$12" msgstr "$12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 msgid "Deliver 10 tables" msgstr "Livrați 10 mese" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 msgid "-10 * $12" msgstr "-10 * $12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "$24" msgstr "$24" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "2" msgstr "2" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:106 msgid "" "Ensure comprehension of the above computations by reviewing the \"Receive 8 " "tables at $10/unit\" example." @@ -7387,11 +7388,11 @@ msgstr "" "Asigurați-vă înțelegerea calculelor de mai sus, examinând exemplul „Primește" " 8 mese la 10 USD/unitate”." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:109 msgid "Initially, the product stock is 0, so all values are $0." msgstr "Inițial, stocul de produs este 0, deci toate valorile sunt 0 USD." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:111 msgid "" "In the first warehouse operation, `8` tables are received at `$10` each. The" " average cost is calculated using the :ref:`formula " @@ -7401,7 +7402,7 @@ msgstr "" "Costul mediu este calculat folosind :ref:`formula " "`:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:114 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{0 + 8 \\times $10}{8} = \\frac{$80}{8} = $10\n" "\n" @@ -7409,7 +7410,7 @@ msgstr "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{0 + 8 \\times $10}{8} = \\frac{$80}{8} = $10\n" "\n" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "" "Since the *incoming quantity* of tables is `8` and the *purchase price* for " "each is `$10`," @@ -7417,19 +7418,19 @@ msgstr "" "Deoarece *cantitatea primită* de mese este `8`, iar *prețul de achiziție* " "pentru fiecare este `10 USD`," -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:118 msgid "The inventory value in the numerator is evaluated to `$80`;" msgstr "Valoarea de inventar în numărător este evaluată la `80$`;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 msgid "`$80` is divided by the total amount of tables to store, `8`;" msgstr "`$80` este împărțit la cantitatea totală de mese de stocat, `8`;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:120 msgid "`$10` is the average cost of a single table from the first shipment." msgstr "`$10`este costul mediu al unei singure mese de la prima expediere." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:122 msgid "" "To verify this in Odoo, in the *Purchase* app, order `8` quantities of a new" " product, `Table`, with no previous stock moves, for `$10` each." @@ -7438,7 +7439,7 @@ msgstr "" "`8` cantități dintr-un produs nou, `Masă`, fără mișcări anterioare de stoc, " "pentru `10 USD` fiecare." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:125 msgid "" "In the table's :guilabel:`Product Category` field in the :guilabel:`General " "Information` tab of the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon," @@ -7453,7 +7454,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Metoda de cost` la `Cost mediu (AVCO)` și :guilabel:`Evaluare " "inventar` la `Automat`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "" "Then, return to the purchase order. Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`, and " "click :guilabel:`Receive Products` to confirm receipt." @@ -7462,7 +7463,7 @@ msgstr "" " comanda` și faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Primire Produse` pentru a confirma " "primirea." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:133 msgid "" "Next, check the inventory valuation record generated by the product " "reception by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> " @@ -7482,7 +7483,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show inventory valuation of 8 tables in Odoo." msgstr "Arată evaluarea inventarului a 8 mese în Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "" "When the product category's :guilabel:`Costing Method` is set to " ":guilabel:`AVCO`, then the average cost of a product is also displayed on " @@ -7494,11 +7495,11 @@ msgstr "" "câmpul :guilabel:`Cost`, sub :guilabel:`Informații generale` fila, pe pagina" " produsului în sine." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:149 msgid "Product delivery (use case)" msgstr "Livrarea produsului (caz de utilizare)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:151 msgid "" "For outgoing shipments, :ref:`outbound products have no effect on the " "average cost valuation `. Although the " @@ -7511,7 +7512,7 @@ msgstr "" "evaluarea costului mediu nu este recalculată, valoarea de stoc tot scade " "deoarece produsul este scos din stoc și livrat la locația clientului." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:157 msgid "" "To demonstrate that the average cost valuation is not recalculated, examine " "the \"Deliver 10 tables\" example." @@ -7519,7 +7520,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pentru a demonstra că evaluarea costului mediu nu este recalculată, " "examinați exemplul „Livrare 10 mese”." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{12 \\times $12 + (-10) \\times $12}{12-10} = \\frac{24}{2} = $12\n" "\n" @@ -7527,7 +7528,7 @@ msgstr "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{12 \\times $12 + (-10) \\times $12}{12-10} = \\frac{24}{2} = $12\n" "\n" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "" "Because 10 tables are being sent out to customers, the *incoming quantity* " "is `-10`. The previous average cost (`$12`) is used in lieu of a vendor's " @@ -7537,11 +7538,11 @@ msgstr "" "Costul mediu anterior (`$12`) este utilizat în locul *prețului de cumpărare*" " al unui furnizor;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:165 msgid "The *incoming inventory value* is `-10 * $12 = -$120`;" msgstr "*Valoarea de inventar de intrare* este `-10 * $12 = -$120`;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:166 msgid "" "The old *inventory value* (`$144`) is added to the *incoming inventory " "value* (`-$120`), so `$144 + -$120 = $24`;" @@ -7549,7 +7550,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vechea *valoare a inventarului* (`144 USD`) este adăugată la *valoarea " "inventarului primită* (`-$120`), so `$144 + -$120 = $24`;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:168 msgid "" "Only `2` tables remain after shipping out `10` tables from `12`. So the " "current *inventory value* (`$24`) is divided by the on-hand quantity (`2`);" @@ -7557,13 +7558,13 @@ msgstr "" "Doar `2` mese rămân după expedierea meselor `10` din `12`. Deci, *valoarea " "de inventar* actuală (`$24`) este împărțită la cantitatea disponibilă (`2`);" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:170 msgid "" "`$24 / 2 = $12`, which is the same average cost as the previous operation." msgstr "" "`$24 / 2 = $12`, care este același cost mediu ca și operațiunea anterioară." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:172 msgid "" "To verify this in Odoo, sell `10` tables in the *Sales* app, validate the " "delivery, and then review the inventory valuation record by going to in " @@ -7577,7 +7578,7 @@ msgstr "" "Evaluare inventar`. În cel mai înalt nivel de evaluare, livrarea celor 10 " "mese reduce valoarea produsului cu „-120 USD”." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:177 msgid "" "**Note**: What is not represented in this stock valuation record is the " "revenue made from this sale, so this decrease is not a loss to the company." @@ -7590,11 +7591,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show how deliveries decrease inventory valuation." msgstr "Arată cum livrările scad evaluarea stocului." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:187 msgid "Return items to supplier (use case)" msgstr "Returnează articolele către furnizor (caz de utilizare)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:189 msgid "" "Because the price paid to suppliers can differ from the price the product is" " valued at with the |AVCO| method, Odoo handles returned items in a specific" @@ -7604,17 +7605,17 @@ msgstr "" "evaluat produsul cu |AVCO| metoda, Odoo gestionează articolele returnate " "într-un mod specific." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:192 msgid "" "Products are returned to suppliers at the original purchase price, but;" msgstr "" "Produsele sunt returnate furnizorilor la prețul inițial de achiziție, dar;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:193 msgid "The internal cost valuation remains unchanged." msgstr "Evaluarea costurilor interne rămâne neschimbată." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 msgid "" "The above :ref:`example table ` is updated as" " follows:" @@ -7622,27 +7623,27 @@ msgstr "" "Exemplul de mai sus :ref:`example table ` " "este actualizat după cum urmează:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 msgid "Qty*Avg Cost" msgstr "Qty*Avg Cost" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 msgid "Return 1 table bought at $10" msgstr "Returnează o masă cumpărată la $10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 msgid "-1 * $12" msgstr "-1 * $12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:242 msgid "1" msgstr "1" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:205 msgid "" "In other words, returns to vendors are perceived by Odoo as another form of " "a product exiting the warehouse. To Odoo, because the table is valued at $12" @@ -7656,7 +7657,7 @@ msgstr "" "atunci când produsul este returnat; prețul inițial de achiziție de `10 USD` " "nu are legătură cu costul mediu al mesei." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:211 msgid "" "To return a single table that was purchased for `$10`, navigate to the " "receipt in the *Inventory* app for the :ref:`8 tables purchased in Exercise " @@ -7669,7 +7670,7 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel:`Prezentare generală a inventarului`, făcând clic pe " ":guilabel:`Chitanțe` și selectând chitanța dorită." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:216 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Return` on the validated delivery order, and modify " "the quantity to `1` in the reverse transfer window. This creates an outgoing" @@ -7681,7 +7682,7 @@ msgstr "" "creează o expediere de ieșire pentru masă. Selectați :guilabel:`Validare` " "pentru a confirma expedierea." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:220 msgid "" "Return to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation` " "to see how the outgoing shipment decreases the inventory value by $12." @@ -7694,11 +7695,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inventory valuation for return." msgstr "Evaluarea stocului pentru returnare." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:230 msgid "Eliminate stock valuation errors in outgoing products" msgstr "Eliminați erorile de evaluare a stocurilor la produsele care ies" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:232 msgid "" "Inconsistencies can occur in a company's inventory when the average cost " "valuation is recalculated on outgoing shipments." @@ -7706,7 +7707,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pot apărea inconsecvențe în stocul unei companii atunci când evaluarea " "costului mediu este recalculată pe expedierile de ieșire." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:235 msgid "" "To demonstrate this error, the table below displays a scenario in which 1 " "table is shipped to a customer and another is returned to a supplier at the " @@ -7716,36 +7717,36 @@ msgstr "" "în care un tabel este livrat unui client și altul este returnat unui " "furnizor la prețul achiziționat." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 msgid "Qty*Price" msgstr "Qty*Price" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 msgid "Ship 1 product to customer" msgstr "Expediați 1 produs către client" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 msgid "-1 \\* $12" msgstr "-1 \\* $12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "Return 1 product initially bought at $10" msgstr "Returnează 1 produs inițial cumpărat cu $10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "-1 \\* $10" msgstr "-1 \\* $10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$2**" msgstr "**$2**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "**0**" msgstr "**0**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:248 msgid "" "In the final operation above, the final inventory valuation for the table is" " `$2` even though there are `0` tables left in stock." @@ -7753,11 +7754,11 @@ msgstr "" "În operațiunea finală de mai sus, evaluarea finală a inventarului pentru " "tabel este de `2$`, chiar dacă au rămas `0` mese în stoc." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:251 msgid "Correct method" msgstr "Metoda corectă" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:253 msgid "" "Use the average cost to value the return. This does not mean the company " "gets $12 back for a $10 purchase; the item returned for $10 is valued " @@ -7770,11 +7771,11 @@ msgstr "" "inventar reprezintă un produs în valoare de 12 USD care nu mai este " "contabilizat în activele companiei." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:258 msgid "Anglo-Saxon accounting" msgstr "Contabilitatea anglo-saxonă" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:260 msgid "" "In addition to using |AVCO|, companies that use **Anglo-Saxon accounting** " "also keep a holding account that tracks the amount to be paid to vendors. " @@ -7791,7 +7792,7 @@ msgstr "" "stoc**) este creditat și reconciliat numai după primirea facturii " "furnizorului." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:266 msgid "" ":ref:`Anglo-Saxon vs. Continental " "`" @@ -7799,7 +7800,7 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Anglo-Saxon vs. Continental " "`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:268 msgid "" "The table below reflects journal entries and accounts. The *stock input* " "account stores the money intended to pay vendors when the vendor bill has " @@ -7814,71 +7815,71 @@ msgstr "" "la care este **evaluat** produsul și prețul pentru care a fost cumpărat, se " "creează un cont *diferență de preț*." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Stock Input" msgstr "Intrare stock" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Price Diff" msgstr "Diferență preț" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 msgid "Receive 8 tables at $10" msgstr "Primești 8 mese la $10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 msgid "($80)" msgstr "($80)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" msgstr "Primirea facturii furnizorului $80" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 msgid "Receive 4 tables at $16" msgstr "Primești 4 mese la $16" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 msgid "($64)" msgstr "($64)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" msgstr "Primirea facturii furnizorului $64" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "Deliver 10 tables to customer" msgstr "Livrezi 10 mese clientului" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "Return 1 table initially bought at $10" msgstr "Returnezi 1 masă cumpărată inițial la $10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$10**" msgstr "**$10**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$12**" msgstr "**$12**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" msgstr "Primirea rambursării furnizorului $10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "$2" msgstr "$2" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:296 msgid "Product reception" msgstr "Recepția produsului" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:299 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Sumar" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:301 msgid "" "At product reception, Odoo ensures companies can pay for goods that were " "purchased by preemptively moving an amount matching the price of received " @@ -7898,7 +7899,7 @@ msgstr "" "înseamnă că factura a fost plătită. **Intrarea stocului** este reconciliată " "odată ce factura furnizorului este primită." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:308 msgid "" "Inventory valuation is a method of calculating how much each in-stock " "product is worth internally. Since there is a difference between the price " @@ -7912,15 +7913,15 @@ msgstr "" " contul de **Evaluare inventar** nu are legătură cu operațiunile de " "creditare și de debitare ale contului *Intrare stoc**." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:313 msgid "To conceptualize all this, follow the breakdown below." msgstr "Pentru a conceptualiza toate acestea, urmați defalcarea de mai jos." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:316 msgid "Accounts balanced at received products" msgstr "Conturi echilibrate la produsele primite" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:318 msgid "" "In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, `table`, in " "stock. Then, 8 tables are received from the vendor:" @@ -7928,7 +7929,7 @@ msgstr "" "În acest exemplu, o companie începe cu zero unități dintr-un produs, „masa”," " în stoc. Apoi, se primesc 8 mese de la furnizor:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:321 msgid "" "The **Stock Input** account stores `$80` of credit owed to the vendor. The " "amount in this account is unrelated to the inventory value." @@ -7936,7 +7937,7 @@ msgstr "" "Contul **Intrare stoc** stochează `80 USD` de credit datorat vânzătorului. " "Suma din acest cont nu are legătură cu valoarea de inventar." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:323 msgid "" "`$80` worth of tables came **in** (**debit** the *Inventory Value* account " "`$80`), and" @@ -7944,7 +7945,7 @@ msgstr "" "Valorea meselor de `$80` este **in** (**debit** *Valoare Inventar* cont " "`$80`), și" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:324 msgid "" "`$80` must be paid **out** for received goods (**credit** the *Stock Input* " "account `$80`)." @@ -7952,12 +7953,12 @@ msgstr "" "`$80` trebuie plătit **out** pentru produsele primite (**credit** *Intrare " "stoc* cont `$80`)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:324 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:370 msgid "In Odoo" msgstr "În Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:329 msgid "" "Odoo generates an accounting journal entry when shipments that use |AVCO| " "costing method are received. Configure a :guilabel:`Price Difference " @@ -7970,7 +7971,7 @@ msgstr "" "pictograma :guilabel:`➡️ (săgeată)` de lângă câmpul :guilabel:`Categorie de " "produs` de pe pagina produsului." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:333 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Account Properties`, create a new :guilabel:`Price " "Difference Account` by typing in the name of the account and clicking " @@ -7986,7 +7987,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create price difference account." msgstr "Creați un cont de diferență de preț." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:341 msgid "" "Then, receive the shipment in the *Purchase* app or *Inventory* app, and " "navigate to the :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal " @@ -8003,7 +8004,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show accounting entry of 8 tables from the list." msgstr "Afișează înregistrarea contabilă a 8 mese din listă." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:349 msgid "" "Click on the line for 8 tables. This accounting journal entry shows that " "when the 8 tables were received, the `Stock Valuation` account increased by " @@ -8020,11 +8021,11 @@ msgid "Debit stock valuation and credit stock input 80 dollars." msgstr "" "Evaluarea stocului debitor și stocul de credit de intrare 80 de dolari." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:358 msgid "Accounts balanced at received vendor bill" msgstr "Conturi echilibrate la factura primită de la furnizor" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:360 msgid "" "In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, table, in " "stock. Then, 8 tables are received from the vendor. When the bill is " @@ -8034,7 +8035,7 @@ msgstr "" "în stoc. Apoi, se primesc 8 mese de la vânzător. Când factura este primită " "de la furnizor pentru 8 mese:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:363 msgid "" "Use `$80` in the **Stock Input** account to pay the bill. This cancels out " "and the account now holds `$0`." @@ -8042,11 +8043,11 @@ msgstr "" "Folosiți `80 USD` în contul **Intrare stoc** pentru a plăti factura. Acest " "lucru se anulează, iar contul deține acum `$0`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:365 msgid "Debit **Stock Input** `$80` (to reconcile this account)." msgstr "Debitează **Intrare stoc** `80 USD` (pentru a reconcilia acest cont)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:366 msgid "" "Credit **Accounts payable** `$80`. This account stores the amount the " "company owes others, so accountants use the amount to write checks to " @@ -8056,7 +8057,7 @@ msgstr "" "compania o datorează altora, astfel încât contabilii folosesc suma pentru a " "scrie cecuri furnizorilor." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:372 msgid "" "Once the vendor requests payment, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Orders --> Purchase` and select the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for " @@ -8067,7 +8068,7 @@ msgstr "" "Achiziție --> Comenzi --> Achiziție` și selectează :abbr:`PO (Comandă de " "achiziție)`, selectați :guilabel:`Creare Factură`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:376 msgid "" "Switch to the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view how `$80` is transferred" " from the holding account, `Stock Interim (Received)` to `Accounts Payable`." @@ -8082,11 +8083,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show bill linked to the purchase order for 8 tables." msgstr "Afișați factura legată de comanda de achiziție pentru 8 mese." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:385 msgid "On product delivery" msgstr "În livrarea produsului" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:387 msgid "" "In the :ref:`above example table `, when 10" " products are delivered to a customer, the **Stock Input** account is " @@ -8096,7 +8097,7 @@ msgstr "" "produse sunt livrate unui client, contul **Stock Input** este neatins " "deoarece nu apar produse noi. Pentru a spune simplu:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:391 msgid "" "**Inventory valuation** is credited `$120`. Subtracting from inventory " "valuation represents `$120` worth of products exiting the company." @@ -8105,7 +8106,7 @@ msgstr "" "evaluarea stocului reprezintă o valoare de `120 USD` a produselor care ies " "din companie." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:393 msgid "Debit **Accounts Receivable** to record revenue from the sale." msgstr "" "Debitați **Conturi de încasat** pentru a înregistra veniturile din vânzare." @@ -8114,7 +8115,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show journal items linked to sale order." msgstr "Afișați articolele din jurnal legate de comanda de vânzare." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:401 msgid "" "In the accounting journal entry invoicing a customer for 10 tables, the " "accounts **Product Sales**, **Tax Received**, and **Accounts Receivable** " @@ -8126,7 +8127,7 @@ msgstr "" "încasat** se referă toate la vânzarea produsului. **Conturi de încasat** " "este contul în care va fi primită plata clientului." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:405 msgid "" "Anglo-Saxon accounting recognizes the cost of goods sold (COGS) once the " "sale is made. So, up until the product is sold, scrapped, or returned, costs" @@ -8140,11 +8141,11 @@ msgstr "" "contabilizate. Contul **Cheltuieli** este debitat cu `120 USD` pentru a " "înregistra costurile stocării a 10 mese în această perioadă de timp." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:411 msgid "On product return" msgstr "În produsul returnat" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:413 msgid "" "In the :ref:`above example table `, when " "returning 1 product to a vendor purchased at `$10`, a company expects `$10` " @@ -8162,7 +8163,7 @@ msgstr "" "în :guilabel:`Contul de diferență de preț`, care este configurat în " ":guilabel:`Categoria de produs` a produsului." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:420 msgid "" "Behavior of *price difference accounts* varies from localization. In this " "case, the account is intended to store differences between vendor price and " @@ -8173,11 +8174,11 @@ msgstr "" "dintre prețul furnizorului și metodele *automatizate* de evaluare a " "stocurilor." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:423 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "Sumar:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:425 msgid "" "Debit **Stock Input** account `$10` to move the table from stock to stock " "input. This move is to indicate that the table is to be processed for an " @@ -8187,7 +8188,7 @@ msgstr "" "la intrarea în stoc. Această mutare este pentru a indica faptul că tabelul " "urmează să fie procesat pentru o expediere." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:427 msgid "" "Debit **Stock Input** an additional `$2` to account for the **Price " "Difference**." @@ -8195,7 +8196,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debitați **Intrare stoc** `2 USD` suplimentar pentru a contabiliza " "**Diferența de preț**." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:428 msgid "" "Credit **Stock Valuation** `$12` because the item is leaving the stock." msgstr "Credit **Evaluare stoc** `12 USD` deoarece articolul iese din stoc." @@ -8204,17 +8205,17 @@ msgstr "Credit **Evaluare stoc** `12 USD` deoarece articolul iese din stoc." msgid "2 dollar difference expensed in Price Difference account." msgstr "Diferență de 2 dolari cheltuită în contul de diferență de preț." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:434 msgid "Once the vendor's refund is received," msgstr "Odată primită rambursarea vânzătorului," -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:436 msgid "" "Credit **Stock Input** account `$10` to reconcile the price of the table." msgstr "" "Creditați contul **Intrare stoc** `10 USD` pentru a reconcilia prețul mesei." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:437 msgid "" "Debit **Accounts Payable** `$10` to have the accountants collect and " "register the payment in their journal." @@ -8230,7 +8231,7 @@ msgstr "Returnează pentru a primi 10 dolari înapoi." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:361 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:247 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:258 @@ -9059,6 +9060,7 @@ msgid "Partial payment 2/2" msgstr "Plata parțială 2/2" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:422 msgid "30" msgstr "30" @@ -9357,7 +9359,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:254 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:278 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 @@ -9567,6 +9569,7 @@ msgid "VAT units tab" msgstr "Fila unități TVA" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:339 msgid "Fiscal position" msgstr "Poziție fiscală" @@ -14382,6 +14385,7 @@ msgstr "" "`_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:32 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "Cerințe" @@ -14592,6 +14596,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" msgstr ":doc:`../taxes`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:150 msgid ":doc:`../get_started`" msgstr ":doc:`../get_started`" @@ -14893,13 +14898,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:105 msgid "" -"Setting an :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` is **irreversible** and cannot be" -" removed." +"Install the :guilabel:`Irreversible Lock Date` (`account_lock`) module to " +"make the :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` *irreversible* once set." msgstr "" -"Setarea unui :guilabel:`Data de blocare a tuturor utilizatorilor` este " -"**ireversibilă** și nu poate fi eliminată." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:109 msgid "" "A specific year-end closing entry is **optional** in order to close out the " "**profit and loss statement**. The reports are created in real-time, meaning" @@ -15004,7 +15007,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:386 msgid "Tax computation" msgstr "" @@ -15070,6 +15073,7 @@ msgstr "Taxă" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:397 msgid "Total" msgstr "Total" @@ -15884,114 +15888,1701 @@ msgstr "" " De aceea, de obicei, recomandăm companiilor să lucreze doar cu o singură " "referință de preț." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:3 -msgid "Avatax integration" -msgstr "Integrarea Avatax" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:5 -msgid "Avatax is a tax calculation provider that can be integrated in Odoo." +msgid "AvaTax integration" msgstr "" -"Avatax este un furnizor de calcul de taxe care poate fi integrat în Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:98 -msgid "Credential configuration" -msgstr "Configurarea acreditărilor" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:7 msgid "" -"To integrate Avatax with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes` and add your Avatax credentials in the" -" :guilabel:`Avatax` section." +"Avalara's *AvaTax* is a cloud-based tax software. Integrating *AvaTax* with " +"Odoo provides real-time and region-specific tax calculations when users " +"sell, purchase, and invoice items in Odoo. *AvaTax* tax calculation is " +"supported with every United Nations charted country, including inter-border " +"transactions." msgstr "" -"Pentru integrarea Avatax cu Odoo, accesați :menuselection:`Contabilitate -->" -" Configurare --> Setări --> Taxe` și adăugați acreditările Avatax in " -"secțiunea :guilabel:`Avatax`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:13 msgid "" -"If you do not yet have credentials, click on :guilabel:`How to Get " -"Credentials`." +"*AvaTax* is only available for integration with databases/companies that " +"have locations in the United States, Canada, and Brazil. This means the " +"fiscal position/country of a database can only be set to the United States, " +"Canada, or Brazil. For more information, reference this documentation: " +":ref:`avatax/fiscal_country`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Configure Avatax settings" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:18 +msgid "" +"*AvaTax* accounts for location-based tax rates for each state, county, and " +"city. It improves remittance accuracy by paying close attention to laws, " +"rules, jurisdiction boundaries, and special circumstances (like, tax " +"holidays, and product exemptions). Companies who integrate with *AvaTax* can" +" maintain control of tax-calculations in-house with this simple :abbr:`API " +"(application programming interface)` integration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:25 -msgid "Tax mapping" +msgid "" +"Some limitations exist in Odoo while using *AvaTax* for tax calculation:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:27 msgid "" -"The Avatax integration is available on Sale Orders and Invoices with the " -"included Avatax fiscal position." +"*AvaTax* is **not** supported in Odoo's *Point of Sale* app, because a " +"dynamic tax calculation model is excessive for transactions within a single " +"delivery address, such as stores or restaurants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:30 msgid "" -"Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the " -"product categories." +"*AvaTax* and Odoo use the company address and **not** the warehouse address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Specify Avatax Category on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:31 msgid "" -"Avatax Categories may be overridden or set on individual products as well." +"Exercise tax is **not** supported. This includes tobacco/vape taxes, fuel " +"taxes, and other specific industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Avalara's support documents: `About AvaTax " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:39 +msgid "Set up on AvaTax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To use *AvaTax*, an account with Avalara is required for the setup. If one " +"has not been set up yet, connect with Avalara to purchase a license: " +"`Avalara: Let's Talk `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Upon account setup, take note of the *AvaTax* :guilabel:`Account ID`. This " +"will be needed in the :ref:`Odoo setup `. In Odoo, this " +"number is the :guilabel:`API ID`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Then, `create a basic company profile " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:53 +msgid "Create basic company profile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Collect essential business details for the next step: locations where tax is" +" collected, products/services sold (and their sales locations), and customer" +" tax exemptions, if applicable. Follow the Avalara documentation for " +"creating a basic company profile:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:59 +msgid "" +"`Add company information `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:61 +msgid "" +"`Tell us where the company collects and pays tax " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:63 +msgid "" +"`Verify jurisdictions and activate the company " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Add other company locations for location-based filing " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:67 +msgid "" +"`Add a marketplace to the company profile " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:73 +msgid "Connect to AvaTax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:75 +msgid "" +"After creating the basic company profile in Avalara, connect to *AvaTax*. " +"This step links Odoo and *AvaTax* bidirectionally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox `_" +" or `production `_ environment. This will depend" +" on which type of Avalara account the company would like to integrate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:83 +msgid "" +"`Sandbox vs production environments in Avalara " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Log in to create the :guilabel:`License Key`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> License and API Keys`. Click :guilabel:`Generate License Key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:90 +msgid "" +"A warning appears stating: `If your business app is connected to Avalara " +"solutions, the connection will be broken until you update the app with the " +"new license key. This action cannot be undone.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Generating a new license key breaks the connection with existing business " +"apps using the *AvaTax* integration. Make sure to update these apps with the" +" new license key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If this will be the first :abbr:`API (application programming interface)` " +"integration being made with *AvaTax* and Odoo, then click " +":guilabel:`Generate license key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:100 +msgid "" +"If this is an additional license key, ensure the previous connection can be " +"broken. There is **only** one license key associated with each of the " +"Avalara sandbox and production accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Copy this key to a safe place. It is **strongly encouraged** to backup the " +"license key for future reference. This key cannot be retrieved after leaving" +" this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:108 +msgid "Odoo configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Before using *AvaTax*, there are some additional configurations in Odoo to " +"ensure tax calculations are made accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Verify that the Odoo database contains necessary data. The country initially" +" set up in the database determines the fiscal position, and aids *AvaTax* in" +" calculating accurate tax rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:119 +msgid "Fiscal country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Country`, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Country` " +"feature to :guilabel:`United States`, :guilabel:`Canada`, or " +":guilabel:`Brazil`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:131 +msgid "Company settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:133 +msgid "" +"All companies operating under the Odoo database should have a full and " +"complete address listed in the settings. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Settings app`, and under the :guilabel:`Companies` section, " +"ensure there is only one company operating the Odoo database. Click " +":guilabel:`Update Info` to open a separate page to update company details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:138 +msgid "" +"If there are multiple companies operating in the database, click " +":guilabel:`Manage Companies` to load a list of companies to select from. " +"Update company information by clicking into the specific company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Database administrators should ensure that the :guilabel:`Street...`, " +":guilabel:`Street2...`, :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, " +":guilabel:`ZIP`, and :guilabel:`Country` are all updated for the companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This ensures accurate tax calculations and smooth end-of-year accounting " +"operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:149 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:153 +msgid "Module installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, ensure that the Odoo *AvaTax* module is installed. To do so, navigate " +"to the :menuselection:`Apps application`. In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, " +"type in `avatax`, and press :kbd:`Enter`. The following results populate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nume" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 +msgid "Technical name" +msgstr "Nume tehnic" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Descriere" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:167 +msgid "`account_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Default *AvaTax* module. This module adds the base *AvaTax* features for tax" +" calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:169 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for geo localization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:170 +msgid "`account_avatax_geolocalize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:171 +msgid "" +"This module includes the features required for integration of *AvaTax* into " +"geo-localization in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:173 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SO`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:174 +msgid "`account_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Includes the information needed for tax calculation on sales orders in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:176 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for Inventory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:177 +msgid "`account_avatax_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:178 +msgid "Includes tax calculation in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:179 +msgid ":guilabel:`Amazon/Avatax Bridge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:180 +msgid "`sale_amazon_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Includes tax calculation features between the *Amazon Connector* and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:182 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:183 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:184 +msgid "Includes information for tax calculation in the Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:185 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:186 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:187 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for tax calculation for services " +"in the Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil Sale for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:190 +msgid "`l10n_br_edi_sale_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:191 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for tax calculation for the sale " +"of services in the Brazil localization. This includes electronic data " +"interchange (EDI)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:193 +msgid ":guilabel:`Test SOs for the Brazilian AvaTax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:194 +msgid "`l10n_br_test_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:195 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for test sales orders in the " +"Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Install` button on the module labeled, " +":guilabel:`Avatax`: `account_avatax`. Doing so installs the following " +"modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:200 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax`: `account_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:201 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SO`: `account_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:202 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for Inventory`: `account_avatax_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Should *AvaTax* be needed for geo-localization, or with the *Amazon " +"Connector*, then install those modules individually by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Install` on :guilabel:`Avatax for geo localization` and " +":guilabel:`Amazon/Avatax Bridge`, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:209 +msgid "" +"For localization specific *AvaTax* instructions, view the following " +":doc:`fiscal localization <../../fiscal_localizations>` documentation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:212 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:217 +msgid "Odoo AvaTax settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To integrate the *AvaTax* :abbr:`API (application programming interface)` " +"with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` section. The :guilabel:`AvaTax` fields in the :guilabel:`Taxes` " +"section is where the *AvaTax* configurations are made, and the credentials " +"are entered in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:224 +msgid "" +"First, tick the checkbox to the left of the :guilabel:`AvaTax` settings, to " +"activate *AvaTax* on the database. This is a quick, convenient way to " +"activate and deactivate *AvaTax* tax calculation on the Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Override product categories as needed" +msgid "Configure AvaTax settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:235 +msgid "" +"First, select the :guilabel:`Environment` in which the company wishes to use" +" *AvaTax* in. It can either be :guilabel:`Sandbox` or " +":guilabel:`Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:239 +msgid "" +"For help determining which *AvaTax* environment to use (either " +":guilabel:`Production` or :guilabel:`Sandbox`), visit: `Sandbox vs " +"Production environments " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:244 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Now, the credentials can be entered in. The *AvaTax* :guilabel:`Account ID` " +"should be entered in the :guilabel:`API ID` field, and the " +":guilabel:`License Key` should be entered in the :guilabel:`API Key` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Account ID` can be found by logging into the *AvaTax* portal " +"(`sandbox `_ or `production " +"`_). In the upper-right corner, click on the " +"initials of the user and :guilabel:`Account`. The :guilabel:`Account ID` is " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To access the :guilabel:`License Key` see this documentation: " +":ref:`avatax/create_avalara_credentials`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:259 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Company Code` field, enter the Avalara company code for " +"the company being configured. Avalara interprets this as `DEFAULT`, if it is" +" not set. The :guilabel:`Company Code` can be accessed in the Avalara " +"management portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:263 +msgid "" +"First, log into the *AvaTax* portal (`sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_). Then, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Manage Companies`. The :guilabel:`Company Code` value is located in the " +"row of the :guilabel:`Company` in the :guilabel:`Company Code` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "AvaTax company code highlighted on the company details page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:273 +msgid "Transaction options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:275 +msgid "" +"There are two transactional settings in the Odoo *AvaTax* settings that can " +"be configured: :guilabel:`Use UPC` and :guilabel:`Commit Transactions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:278 +msgid "" +"If the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Use UPC` is ticked, the transactions will" +" use Universal Product Codes (UPC), instead of custom defined codes in " +"Avalara. Consult a certified public accountant (CPA) for specific guidance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:282 +msgid "" +"Should the :guilabel:`Commit Transactions` checkbox be ticked, then, the " +"transactions in the Odoo database will be committed for reporting in " +"*AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:286 msgid "Address validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:288 msgid "" -"Manually validate customer addresses by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate " -"address` link in the customer form view." +"The *Address Validation* feature ensures that the most up-to-date address by" +" postal standards is set on a contact in Odoo. This is important to provide " +"accurate tax calculations for customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:292 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Address Validation` feature only works with " +"partners/customers in North America." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Additionally, tick the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Address validation` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:297 +msgid "" +"For accurate tax calculations, it is best practice to enter a complete " +"address for the contacts saved in the database. However, *AvaTax* can still " +"function by implementing a best effort attempt using only the " +":guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`State`, and :guilabel:`Zip code`. These are " +"the three minimum required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:302 +msgid ":guilabel:`Save` the settings to implement the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Manually :guilabel:`Validate` the address by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Contacts app`, and selecting a contact. Now that the " +"*AvaTax* module has been configured on the database, a :guilabel:`Validate` " +"button appears directly below the :guilabel:`Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:309 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a pop-up window appears with a " +":guilabel:`Validated Address` and :guilabel:`Original Address` listed. If " +"the :guilabel:`Validated Address` is the correct mailing address for tax " +"purposes, click :guilabel:`Save Validated`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Validate address pop-up window in Odoo with \"Save Validated\" button and \"Validated\n" +"Address\" highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:319 +msgid "" +"All previously-entered addresses for contacts in the Odoo database will need" +" to be validated using the manually validate process outlined above. " +"Addresses are not automatically validated if they were entered previously. " +"This only occurs upon tax calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:324 +msgid "Test connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:326 +msgid "" +"After entering all the above information into the *AvaTax* setup on Odoo, " +"click :guilabel:`Test connection`. This ensures the :guilabel:`API ID` and " +":guilabel:`API KEY` are correct, and a connection is made between Odoo and " +"the *AvaTax* application programming interface (API)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:331 +msgid "Sync parameters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Upon finishing the configuration and settings of the *AvaTax* section, click" +" the :guilabel:`Sync Parameters` button. This action synchronizes the " +"exemption codes from *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:341 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Fiscal Positions`. A :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` is listed " +"named, :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)`. Click it to open " +"*AvaTax's* fiscal position configuration page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:345 +msgid "Here, ensure that the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` checkbox is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the checkbox next to the field labeled: :guilabel:`Detect " +"Automatically`. Should this option be ticked, then, Odoo will automatically " +"apply this :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for transactions in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Enabling :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` also makes specific parameters, " +"such as :guilabel:`VAT required`, :guilabel:`Foreign Tax ID`, " +":guilabel:`Country Group`, :guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`Federal States`, " +"or :guilabel:`Zip Range` appear. Filling these parameters filters the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` usage. Leaving them blank ensures all " +"calculations are made using this :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:358 +msgid "" +"Should the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` checkbox not be ticked, each " +"customer will need to have the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set on their " +":guilabel:`Sales and Purchase` tab of the contact record. To do so, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Order --> Customers`, or " +":menuselection:`Contacts app --> Contacts`. Then, select a customer or " +"contact to set the fiscal position on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:364 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Sales and Purchase` tab, and down to the section " +"labeled, :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`. Set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` " +"field to the fiscal position for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:372 +msgid "AvaTax accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Upon selecting the checkbox option for :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` a new " +":guilabel:`AvaTax` tab appears. Click into this tab to reveal two different " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:377 +msgid "" +"The first setting is the :guilabel:`AvaTax Invoice Account`, while the " +"second is, :guilabel:`AvaTax Refund Account`. Ensure both accounts are set " +"for smooth end-of-year record keeping. Consult a certified public accountant" +" (CPA) for specific guidance on setting both accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:381 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to implement the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:384 +msgid "Tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:386 +msgid "" +"The *AvaTax* integration is available on sale orders and invoices with the " +"included *AvaTax* fiscal position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:390 +msgid "" +"Additionally, there is a :guilabel:`Tax Mapping` tab and :guilabel:`Account " +"Mapping` tab in the :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)` fiscal " +"position, where mapping for products can also be configured. To access " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Positions` navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Fiscal Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:396 +msgid "Product category mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the " +"product categories. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Product Categories`. Select the product category to add " +"the :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` to. In the :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` " +"field, select a category from the drop-down menu, or :guilabel:`Search " +"More...` to open the complete list of options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Validate customer addresses" +msgid "Specify AvaTax Category on products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:409 +msgid "Product mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:411 msgid "" -"If preferred, choose to keep the newly validated address or the original " -"address in the wizard that pops up." +"*AvaTax* Categories may be set on individual products, as well. To set the " +":guilabel:`Avatax Category` navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Products --> Products`. Select the product to add the :guilabel:`Avatax " +"Category` to. Under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, on the far-" +"right, is a selector field labeled: :guilabel:`Avatax Category`. Finally, " +"click the drop-down menu, and select a category, or :guilabel:`Search " +"More...` to find one that is not listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:418 +msgid "" +"If both the product, and its category, have an :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` " +"set, the product's :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` takes precedence." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Address validation wizard" +msgid "Override product categories as needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:426 +msgid "" +"Mapping an :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` on either the *Product* or *Product " +"Category* should be completed for every *Product* or *Product Category*, " +"depending the route that is chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:431 +msgid ":doc:`avatax/avatax_use`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:432 +msgid ":doc:`avatax/avalara_portal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:163 +msgid "" +"`US Tax Compliance: Avatax elearning video " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:6 +msgid "Avalara (Avatax) portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Avalara's (*AvaTax*) management console offers account management options " +"including: viewing/editing the transactions sent from Odoo to *AvaTax*, " +"details on how the taxes are calculated, tax reporting, tax exemption " +"management, and tax return resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:13 +msgid "Avalara is the software developer of the tax software, *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the console, first, navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_ environment. This will depend on which type " +"of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`. Log in to the " +"management console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara dashboard after logging into management portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"For more information see Avalara's documentation: `Activate your " +"Communications Customer Portal account " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To access transactions, click in the :guilabel:`Transactions` link on the " +"main dashboard upon logging into the :ref:`avatax/portal`. To manually " +"access the *Transactions* page, while logged into the Avalara console, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Transactions --> Transactions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara portal with the transactions shortcut highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:43 +msgid "Edit transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click into a transaction to reveal more details about the transaction. These" +" details include sections on :guilabel:`Invoice detail`, " +":guilabel:`Additional info`, and :guilabel:`Customer info`. Click :icon:`fa-" +"pencil` :guilabel:`Edit document details` to make changes to the " +"transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:49 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Discount` can be added to adjust the invoice. This is " +"especially useful in cases where the transaction has already synced with " +"Avalara / *AvaTax*, and changes need to be made afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:55 +msgid "Filter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Filter transactions on the :guilabel:`Transactions` page, by setting the " +":guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields, and configuring other fields to " +"filter by, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Status`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Code`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`Exactly " +"match`, :guilabel:`Starts with`, or :guilabel:`Contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer/Vendor Code`: the customer/vendor code in Odoo (e.g. " +"`Contact18`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: the country this tax was calculated in; this is a text " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: the region of the country, which varies based on the " +":guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Filters` to access the following filter " +"conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Type`: any of the following selections, :guilabel:`All`," +" :guilabel:`Sales Invoice`, :guilabel:`Purchase Invoice`, :guilabel:`Return " +"Invoice`, :guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Inbound Invoice`, " +":guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Outbound Invoice`, or :guilabel:`Customs " +"Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Import ID`: represents the import ID of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:78 +msgid "Sort by" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:80 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Transactions` page, transactions will be listed below, " +"according to the set :ref:`avalara/portal-filter`, located in the top half " +"of the page. The following columns are available by default, to sort by " +"ascending or descending order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc Code`: either of the following options, :guilabel:`Exactly " +"match`, :guilabel:`Starts with`, or :guilabel:`Contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc Status`: either of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cust/Vendor Code` : this is the customer/vendor code in Odoo " +"(e.g. Contact18)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: this is the region of the country, this will vary based " +"on the :guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amount`: the numeric amount of the total amount on the Odoo " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax`: the numeric amount of the tax applied to the total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Transactions page on the Avalara portal with the filter and sort-by options " +"highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:99 +msgid "Customize columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Additional columns can be added by clicking the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Customize columns`. On the resulting popover window, click the " +"drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`column` that should be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The following columns can be added for additional transactional information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`AvaTax calculated`: the amount of tax calculated by *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cust/vendor code`: the customer/vendor code in Odoo (e.g. " +"`Contact18`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Currency`: the standardized abbreviation for the currency the " +"amount total is in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doc date`: the document's date of creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc status`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc type`: any of the following selections, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Sales Invoice`, :guilabel:`Purchase Invoice`, :guilabel:`Return " +"Invoice`, :guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Inbound Invoice`, " +":guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Outbound Invoice`, or :guilabel:`Customs " +"Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last modified`: timestamp of the last time the document was " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location code`: the location code used to calculate the tax, " +"based on the delivery address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:122 +msgid ":guilabel:`PO number`: the purchase order number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference code`: the Odoo reference code (e.g. NV/2024/00003)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: the region of the country,which varies based on the " +":guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson code`: the numeric ID of the user assigned to the " +"sales order in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax date`: the month/day/year of the tax calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax override type`: where an exemption would appear, should there" +" be none, the field populates with :guilabel:`None`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:131 +msgid "To add a new column click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:134 +msgid "" +"For more information on *AvaTax* transactions, refer to this Avalara " +"documentation: `Transactions " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:138 +msgid "Import-export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"While on the :ref:`avalara/portal-transactions`, click :icon:`fa-download` " +":guilabel:`Import transactions` or :icon:`fa-upload` :guilabel:`Export " +"transactions` to import or export transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1019 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:42 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "Rapoarte" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To access reporting, navigate to the :menuselection:`Reports` link in the " +"top menu of the Avalara management console. Next, select from one of the " +"available reporting tabs: :guilabel:`Transactions reports`, " +":guilabel:`Liability & tax return reports`, or :guilabel:`Exemption " +"reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Additionally, there is a :guilabel:`Favorites` tab and :guilabel:`Downloads`" +" tab. The :guilabel:`Favorites` tab contains any favorited report " +"configurations for the Avalara user. The :guilabel:`Downloads` tab contains " +"a list view where the user can download the high-volume transaction reports " +"created in the last 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Make a selection for the :guilabel:`Report Category`, and the " +":guilabel:`Report Name`, under the :guilabel:`Select a report` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Next, fill out the :guilabel:`Select report details` section. These options " +"will vary based on the tab selected above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Depending on the report size, the following two options are available in the" +" section labeled, :guilabel:`Select the approximate number of transactions " +"for your report`: :guilabel:`Create and download the report instantly` (for " +"small reports) and :guilabel:`Create and download the report in the " +"background` (for larger reports). Select one or the other depending on the " +"volume of transactions in this report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Finally, under the section labeled, :guilabel:`Report preview and export` " +"make a selection of the file type to download. Either a :guilabel:`.PDF` or " +":guilabel:`.XLS` can be chosen. Alternatively, the file can be previewed by " +"selecting the :guilabel:`Preview` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:172 +msgid "" +"After making all the configurations, click :guilabel:`Create report` to " +"download the report. Click :icon:`fa-star-o` :guilabel:`Make this report a " +"favorite` to save the report configuration to the user's favorites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:176 +msgid "" +"After the report is created, click :icon:`fa-download` :guilabel:`Download` " +"to download the file to the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Select a pre-configured report from the :guilabel:`Frequently used reports` " +"section of the reporting dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Access this list by clicking on the :guilabel:`Reports` option in the top " +"menu of the Avalara management console, and scroll to the bottom of the " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"`See Avalara's documentation: Reports in AvaTax " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:191 +msgid "Add more jurisdictions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Additional jurisdictions (tax locations) can be added in the Avalara " +"management console. Navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_ environment. This will depend on which type " +"of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Where you collect tax`. " +"Choose between the three different tabs, depending on the business need. The" +" first tab is :guilabel:`Sales and use tax`, where tax can be collected for " +"the United States. Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add to where you " +"collect sales and use tax` to add another location where the company " +"collects sales and use tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The second option, is the :guilabel:`VAT/GST` tab where the :icon:`fa-plus` " +":guilabel:`Add a country or territory where you collect VAT/GST` can be " +"selected to add another country or territory where the company collects " +"VAT/GST." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Finally, on the far-right, is the :guilabel:`Customs duty` tab, where a " +"country can be added where the company collects customs duty. Simply click " +"on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a country where you calculate customs " +"duty` icon below the tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"AvaTax management console, on the Where you collect tax page, with the add button and\n" +"sales and use tax tab highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:217 +msgid "" +"`See Avalara's documentation: Add local jurisdiction taxes " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:221 +msgid "Tax exemption certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Tax exemption certificates for customers can be added into the Avalara " +"management console, so that *AvaTax* is aware of which customers may be " +"exempt from paying certain taxes. To add an *exception certificate* navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Exemptions --> Customer certificates`. From there, click" +" on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a certificate` to configure an " +"exemption." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:229 +msgid "" +"An Avalara subscription to Exemption Certificate Management (ECM) is " +"required in order to attach certificate images, and to be ready for an " +"audit. For more on subscribing to this add-on, visit `Avalara " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:235 +msgid "End-of-year operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Avalara's services include tax return services, for when it is time to file " +"taxes at the end of the year. To access Avalara's tax services log, into the" +" `management portal `_. Then, from the main " +"dashboard, click :guilabel:`Returns`. Avalara will prompt the Avalara user " +"to log in for security purposes, and redirect the user to the *Returns* " +"portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara portal with the returns shortcut highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Get started` to begin the tax return process. For more " +"information, refer to this Avalara documentation: `About Managed Returns " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, click on the :menuselection:`Returns` button in the top menu " +"of the Avalara management console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:161 +msgid ":doc:`../avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`avatax_use`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:3 +msgid "AvaTax use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:5 +msgid "" +"AvaTax is a tax calculation software that can be integrated with Odoo in the" +" United States and Canada. Once the :doc:`integration setup <../avatax>` is " +"complete, the calculated tax is simple and automatic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:10 msgid "Tax calculation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:12 msgid "" -"Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with Avatax by" -" confirming the documents. Alternatively, calculate the taxes manually by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`Compute taxes using Avatax` button while these " -"documents are in draft mode." +"Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with AvaTax by" +" confirming the documents during the sales flow. Alternatively, calculate " +"the taxes manually by clicking the :guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button, while " +"these documents are in draft stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:17 msgid "" -"Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Code` field that's available on customers, " -"quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and Avatax." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button recalculates taxes, if any " +"product lines are edited on the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 -msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Sales quotation with the confirm and compute taxes button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The tax calculation is triggered during the following :ref:`automatic " +"trigger ` and :ref:`manual trigger " +"` circumstances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:30 +msgid "Automatic triggers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the sales rep sends the quote by email with :guilabel:`Send by email` " +"button (pop-up)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:33 +msgid "When the customer views the online quote on the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:34 +msgid "When a quote is confirmed and becomes a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:35 +msgid "When the customer views the invoice on the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:36 +msgid "When a draft invoice is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:37 +msgid "When the customer views the subscription in the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:38 +msgid "When a subscription generates an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:39 +msgid "When the customer gets to the last screen of the eCommerce checkout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:44 +msgid "Manual triggers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button at the bottom of the quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button at the top of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:49 +msgid "Use each of these buttons to manually re-calculate the sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Partner Code` field that is available on customer" +" records, quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and " +"AvaTax. This field is located under the :menuselection:`Other info` tab of " +"the sales order or quotation in the :guilabel:`Sales` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:56 +msgid "" +"On the customer record, navigate to *Contacts app* and select a contact. " +"Then open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab and the :guilabel:`Avalara " +"Partner Code` under the :guilabel:`Sales` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)` fiscal position is also " +"applied on those Odoo documents, like subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:165 +msgid ":doc:`../fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:68 +msgid "AvaTax synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Synchronization occurs with AvaTax, when the *invoice* is created in Odoo. " +"This means the sales tax is recorded with Avalara (AvaTax software " +"developer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`. " +"Select a quotation from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:76 +msgid "" +"After confirming a quotation and validating the delivery, click " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice`. Indicate whether it is a :guilabel:`Regular " +"invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or :guilabel:`Down payment " +"(fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Then click :guilabel:`Create and view invoice`. The recorded taxes can be " +"seen in the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab of the invoice. There will be " +"different taxes depending on the location of the :guilabel:`Delivery " +"Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Journal items highlighted on a invoice in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Finally, press the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to complete the invoice and " +"synchronize with the AvaTax portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:92 +msgid "" +"An invoice cannot be :guilabel:`Reset to draft` because this causes de-" +"synchronization with the AvaTax Portal. Instead, click :guilabel:`Add credit" +" note` and state: `Sync with AvaTax Portal`. See this documentation: " +":doc:`../../../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:97 +msgid "Fixed price discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Add a fixed price discount to a valuable customer, by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line` on the customer's invoice. Add the product discount, " +"and set the :guilabel:`Price` to either a positive or negative value. To " +"recalculate the taxes, click :guilabel:`Compute Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Tax calculation can even be done on negative subtotals and credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:107 +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:109 +msgid "" +"It is possible to log Avalara/*AvaTax* actions in Odoo for further analysis," +" or verification of functionality. Logging is accessible through the " +"*AvaTax* settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To start logging *AvaTax* actions, first, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, under the :guilabel:`AvaTax` " +"settings, click :guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Upon starting the log process, Odoo will log all Avalara/*AvaTax* actions " +"performed in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To view the logs, click on :guilabel:`Show logs` to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`. This reveals a detailed list of " +"Avalara/*AvaTax* actions. This list is sortable by the following columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:124 +msgid ":guilabel:`Created on`: timestamp of the *AvaTax* calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`Created by`: numeric value of the user in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Database name`: name of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: two values can be chosen for this field, " +":guilabel:`Server` or :guilabel:`Client`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Avalara service name. In this case, it will be *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:130 +msgid ":guilabel:`Level`: by default, this will be `INFO`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:131 +msgid ":guilabel:`Path`: indicates the path taken to make the calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`Line`: indicates the line the calculation is made on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:133 +msgid ":guilabel:`Function`: indicates the calculation taken on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara logging page with top row of list highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Click into the log line to reveal another field, called :guilabel:`Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:141 +msgid "" +"This field populates a raw transcription of the transaction, which involves " +"the creation (or adjustment) of a sales invoice using the Avalara *AvaTax* " +"API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The transaction includes details, such as addresses for shipping from and " +"to, line items describing the products or services, tax codes, tax amounts, " +"and other relevant information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:147 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Message` contains the calculated taxes for different " +"jurisdictions and confirms the creation (or adjustment) of the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Custom fields can be made using Odoo *Studio*. Click the :icon:`fa-" +"ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(ellipsis)` menu to the far-right of the header row. " +"Then click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add custom field`. This action opens " +"Odoo *Studio*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Studio* requires a *custom* pricing plan. Consult the database's " +"customer success manager for more information on switching plans. Or to see " +"if Odoo *Studio* is included in the database's current pricing plan. See " +"this documentation: :doc:`../../../../studio`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:162 +msgid ":doc:`avalara_portal`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:3 @@ -16227,13 +17818,6 @@ msgid "" "services and the **Import OSS** scheme for goods valued at or below €150." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1019 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:42 -msgid "Reports" -msgstr "Rapoarte" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:54 msgid "" "To generate **OSS sales** or **OSS imports** reports and submit them onto " @@ -16583,7 +18167,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:592 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:570 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:700 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:710 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:119 @@ -19277,6 +20861,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 @@ -19291,73 +20876,6 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Instalează ` următoarele module pentru a obține toate" " caracteristicile localizării argentiniene:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "Nume" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 -msgid "Technical name" -msgstr "Nume tehnic" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "Descriere" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:32 msgid ":guilabel:`Argentina - Accounting`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Argentina - Contabilitate`" @@ -19423,7 +20941,7 @@ msgstr "" "eCommerce pentru a crea facturi electronice." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:52 @@ -19476,7 +20994,7 @@ msgid "Select Fiscal Localization Package." msgstr "Selectați pachetul de localizare fiscală." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:205 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:255 msgid "Configure master data" msgstr "Configurați datele principale" @@ -21186,7 +22704,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:923 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:267 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:181 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:270 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 @@ -22442,6 +23960,7 @@ msgid "`Stripe Terminal `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:150 msgid "Payroll" msgstr "Stat de plată" @@ -22945,6 +24464,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:308 msgid "Pay employees" msgstr "" @@ -23162,11 +24682,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can choose any Odoo journal to post the payslip entries." msgstr "Puteti alege orice jurnal Odoo pentru a posta intrarile de salariu." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:908 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:906 +msgid "" +"Configure the tax by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`. Create the necessary taxes for the Employment Hero payslip " +"entries. Fill in the tax code from **Employment Hero** in the " +":guilabel:`Matching Employment Hero Tax` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:911 msgid "How does the API work?" msgstr "Cum functioneaza API-ul?" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:910 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:913 msgid "" "The API syncs the journal entries from Employment Hero to Odoo and leaves " "them in draft mode. The reference includes the Employment Hero payslip entry" @@ -23179,7 +24707,7 @@ msgid "" "Example of a Employment Hero Journal Entry in Odoo Accounting (Australia)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:920 msgid "" "By default, the synchronisation happens once per week. You can fetch the " "records manually by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " @@ -23187,12 +24715,12 @@ msgid "" "option, click on :guilabel:`Fetch Payruns Manually`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:921 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:924 msgid "" "Employment Hero payslip entries also work based on double-entry bookkeeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:926 msgid "" "The accounts used by Employment Hero are defined in the section " ":guilabel:`Payroll settings`." @@ -23202,7 +24730,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chart of Accounts menu in Employment Hero" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:928 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:931 msgid "" "For the API to work, you need to create the same accounts as the default " "accounts of your Employment Hero business (**same name and same code**) in " @@ -23336,6 +24864,8 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:325 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:292 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" @@ -24486,17 +26016,18 @@ msgstr "Brazilia" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:12 msgid "" "With the Brazilian localization, sales taxes can be automatically computed " -"and electronic invoices (NF-e) for goods can be sent using AvaTax (Avalara) " -"through |API| calls. Moreover, taxes for services can be configured." +"and electronic invoices for goods (NF-e) and services (NFS-e) can be sent " +"using AvaTax (Avalara) through |API| calls. Moreover, taxes for services can" +" be configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:16 msgid "" -"For the goods tax computation and electronic invoicing process, you need to " -"configure the :ref:`contacts `, :ref:`company " +"For the goods and services tax computation and electronic invoicing process," +" you need to configure the :ref:`contacts `, :ref:`company " "`, :ref:`products `, and :ref:`create an " -"account in Avatax ` need to be configured in the " -"general settings." +"account in AvaTax ` which needs to be configured in " +"the general settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:21 @@ -24511,133 +26042,230 @@ msgid "" "can be modified if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:33 msgid "" -"Install the :guilabel:`🇧🇷 Brazil` :ref:`fiscal localization package " -"` to get all the default accounting features " -"of the Brazilian localization, following the :abbr:`IFRS (International " -"Financial Reporting Standards)` rules." +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Brazilian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazilian - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_br`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `, " +"which represents having the Generic Brazilian chart of accounts and Taxes, " +"together with document types and identification types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazil - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:49 +msgid "`l10n_br_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:50 +msgid "Accounting reports for Brazil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` & :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:52 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax` & `l10n_br_avatax_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:53 +msgid "Goods and Services tax computation through Avalara." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Brazilian Accounting EDI` & :guilabel:`Brazilian Accounting EDI " +"for services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:55 +msgid "`l10n_br_edi` & `l10n_br_edi_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Provides electronic invoicing for goods and services for Brazil through " +"AvaTax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazil Pix QR codes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:58 +msgid "`l10n_br_pix`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:59 +msgid "Implements Pix QR codes for Brazil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:66 msgid "" "To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " "app and search the name given to your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:69 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option at the top of the page. Then, " "configure the following fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:245 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1096 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:314 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Address` (add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip" -" Code`, :guilabel:`Country`)." +":guilabel:`Address`: add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip" +" Code`, :guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:76 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street name, number, and any " "additional address information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:318 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Street 2` field, enter the neighborhood." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:252 -msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number` (:guilabel:`CNPJ`, :guilabel:`CPF`)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:320 +msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`: :guilabel:`CNPJ` or :guilabel:`CPF`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:253 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID` (associated with the identification type)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:321 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: associated with the identification type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:55 -msgid ":guilabel:`IE` (State registration)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: State registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:56 -msgid ":guilabel:`IM` (Municipal registration)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: Municipal registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:84 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code` (Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " -"add if applicable)." +":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " +"add if applicable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:257 -msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:258 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1097 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:293 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Company configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:91 msgid "" "Configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` within the :guilabel:`Sales and" " Purchase` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:104 msgid "" -"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`Avatax Brazil `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:67 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime` (Federal Tax Regime)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:94 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: Federal Tax Regime" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:95 msgid "" -":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type` (indicates ICMS regime, Exempt status, or " -"Non-Taxpayer)." +":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: indicates :guilabel:`ICMS regime`, " +":guilabel:`Exempt status`, or :guilabel:`Non-Taxpayer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:69 -msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:97 +msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Company fiscal configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:74 -msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Configure the following extra :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` if you are " +"going to issue NFS-e:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:350 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`COFINS Details`: :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with " +"rate 0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PIS Details` :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with rate " +"0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:109 +msgid ":guilabel:`CSLL Taxable` If the company is subject to CSLL or not" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Company fiscal configuration for NFSe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:114 +msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:117 msgid "" "If you are a simplified regime, you need to configure the ICMS rate under " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> " -"Avatax Brazil`." +"AvaTax Brazil`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:123 msgid "Configure AvaTax integration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:125 msgid "" "Avalara AvaTax is a tax calculation and electronic invoicing provider that " "can be integrated in Odoo to automatically compute taxes by taking into " @@ -24646,63 +26274,103 @@ msgid "" " afterward with the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:130 msgid "" "Using this integration requires :doc:`In-App-Purchases (IAPs) " "<../../essentials/in_app_purchase>` to compute the taxes and to send the " -"electronic invoices. Whenever you compute taxes, an |API| call is made using" -" credits from your |IAP| credits balance." +"electronic invoices. Whenever you compute taxes, send an electronic document" +" (NF-e, NFS-e, etc), or perform any electronic flow (NF-e Cancellation, " +"Correction letter, Invalidate invoice number range), an API call is made " +"using credits from your `IAP credits balance `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:137 msgid "Odoo is a certified partner of Avalara Brazil." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:138 +msgid "" +"You can `buy IAP credit on odoo.com `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:141 +msgid "Credential configuration" +msgstr "Configurarea acreditărilor" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:143 msgid "" "To activate AvaTax in Odoo, you need to create an account. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, and in" " the :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` section, add the administration email address" -" to be used for the AvaTax portal in the :guilabel:`Avatax Portal Email`, " +" to be used for the AvaTax portal in the :guilabel:`AvaTax Portal Email`, " "and then click on :guilabel:`Create account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:149 msgid "" -"When **testing** an :guilabel:`Avatax Portal Email` integration in a testing" -" or sandbox database, use an alternate email address. It is **not** possible" -" to re-use the same email address on the production database." +"When **testing** or **creating a production** :guilabel:`AvaTax Portal " +"Email` integration in a sandbox or production database, use a real email " +"address, as it is needed to log in to the Avalara Portal and set up the " +"certificates, whether you want to test or use it on production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:153 +msgid "" +"There are two different Avalara Portals, one for testing and one for " +"production:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:155 +msgid "Sandbox: https://portal.sandbox.avalarabrasil.com.br/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 +msgid "Production: https://portal.avalarabrasil.com.br/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:158 +msgid "" +"When you create the account from Odoo, be sure to select the right " +"environment. Moreover, the email used to open the account cannot be used to " +"open another account. Save your :guilabel:`API ID` and :guilabel:`API Key` " +"when you create the account from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Transfer API Credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 msgid "" "After you create the account from Odoo, you need to go to the Avalara Portal" " to set up your password:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 msgid "" "Access the `Avalara portal `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:169 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Meu primeiro acesso`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:170 msgid "" -"Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/Avatax account," +"Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/AvaTax account," " and then click :guilabel:`Solicitar Senha`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:172 msgid "" "You will receive an email with a token and a link to create your password. " "Click on this link and copy-paste the token to allocate your desired " "password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:176 msgid "" "You can start using AvaTax in Odoo for tax computation **only** without " "creating a password and accessing the Avalara portal in the Odoo database. " @@ -24711,26 +26379,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 -msgid "Avatax account configuration." +msgid "AvaTax account configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:184 msgid "" "You can transfer |API| credentials. Use this only when you have already " "created an account in another Odoo instance and wish to reuse it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:188 msgid "A1 certificate upload" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:190 msgid "" "In order to issue electronic invoices, a certificate needs to be uploaded to" " the `AvaTax portal `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:193 msgid "" "The certificate will be synchronized with Odoo, as long as the external " "identifier number in the AvaTax portal matches - without special characters " @@ -24738,7 +26406,20 @@ msgid "" " with the CNPJ in AvaTax." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:198 +msgid "" +"To issue NFS-e, some cities require that you link the certificate within the" +" City Portal system before issuing NFS-e from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:201 +msgid "" +"If you receive an error message from the city that says :guilabel:`Your " +"certificate is not linked to the user`, that means this process needs to be " +"done in the city portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:210 msgid "" "The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " "is installed by default as part of the data set included in the localization" @@ -24746,18 +26427,18 @@ msgid "" " and the default account payable and account receivable fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:215 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Brazil is based on the SPED CoA, which gives a " "baseline of the accounts needed in Brazil." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:218 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:223 msgid "" "In Brazil, a *series* number is linked to a sequence number range for " "electronic invoices. The series number can be configured in Odoo on a sales " @@ -24766,7 +26447,7 @@ msgid "" "number assigned to it for each series needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:228 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Use Documents` field needs to be selected. When issuing " "electronic and non-electronic invoices, the :guilabel:`Type` field selects " @@ -24779,7 +26460,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Journal configuration with the Use Documents? field checked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 msgid "" "When creating the journal, ensure the field :guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note" " Sequence` is unchecked, as in Brazil, sequences between invoices, credit " @@ -24787,40 +26468,28 @@ msgid "" "journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:244 msgid "" "Taxes are automatically created when installing the Brazilian localization. " "Taxes are already configured, and some of them are used by Avalara when " "computing taxes on the sales order or invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:247 msgid "" "Taxes can be edited, or more taxes can be added. For example, some taxes " "used for services need to be manually added and configured, as the rate may " "differ depending on the city where you are offering the service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:252 msgid "" -"Taxes attached to services are not computed by AvaTax. Only goods taxes are " -"computed." +"If you decide to do service taxes manually, you won't be able to issue an " +"NFS-e. To electronically send an NFS-e, you need to compute taxes using " +"Avalara." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When configuring a tax used for a service that is included in the final " -"price (when the tax is not added or subtracted on top of the product price)," -" set the :guilabel:`Tax Computation` to :guilabel:`Percentage of Price Tax " -"Included`, and, on the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, check the " -":guilabel:`Included in Price` option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 -msgid "Tax configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 msgid "" "Do not delete taxes, as they are used for the AvaTax tax computation. If " "deleted, Odoo creates them again when used in an |SO| or invoice and " @@ -24830,50 +26499,56 @@ msgid "" "refunds` sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:262 msgid ":doc:`Taxes functional documentation <../accounting/taxes>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 msgid "" "To use the AvaTax integration on sale orders and invoices, first specify the" -" following information on the product:" +" following information on the product depending on its intended use:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:217 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`CEST Code` (Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:273 +msgid "E-Invoice for goods (NF-e)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:275 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code` (Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code)." +":guilabel:`CEST Code`: Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Source of Origin` (Indicates the origin of the product, which can" +":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code`: Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:277 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source of Origin`: Indicates the origin of the product, which can" " be foreign or domestic, among other possible options depending on the " -"specific use case)." +"specific use case" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:279 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type` (Fiscal product type according to SPED " -"list table)." +":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type`: Fiscal product type according to SPED " +"list table" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:296 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Purpose of Use` (Specify the intended purpose of use for this " -"product)." +":guilabel:`Purpose of Use`: Specify the intended purpose of use for this " +"product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Product configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:286 msgid "" "Odoo automatically creates three products to be used for transportation " "costs associated with sales. These are named `Freight`, `Insurance`, and " @@ -24883,7 +26558,27 @@ msgid "" "`Insurance`, `Freight`, or `Other Costs`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:293 +msgid "E-Invoice for services (NFS-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Code Origin`: City Service Code where the provider is " +"registered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:298 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Codes`: City Service Code where the service will be " +"provided, if no code is added, the Origin City Code will be used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:300 +msgid ":guilabel:`Labor Assignment`: Defines if your services includes labor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:305 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:282 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:656 @@ -24891,74 +26586,75 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contacts" msgstr "Contacte" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:307 msgid "" "Before using the integration, specify the following information on the " "contact:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 msgid "General information about the contact:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:311 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option for a contact with a tax ID (CNPJ), or" " check :guilabel:`Individual` for a contact with a CPF." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:317 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street, number, and any extra " "address information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:254 -msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:255 -msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipal tax identification number." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:323 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipal tax identification number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 -msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:324 +msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Contact configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:332 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`CPF`, :guilabel:`IE`, :guilabel:`IM`, and :guilabel:`SUFRAMA " "code` fields are are hidden until the :guilabel:`Country` is set to " "`Brazil`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:335 msgid "" "Fiscal information about the contact under the :guilabel:`Sales \\& " "Purchase` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position`: add the AvaTax fiscal position to automatically" " compute taxes on sale orders and invoices automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:339 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: federal tax regime" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:340 msgid "" ":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: taxpayer type determines if the contact is " -"within the ICMS regime, if it is exempt, or if it is a non-taxpayer" +"within the :guilabel:`ICMS regime`, :guilabel:`Exempt status`, or " +":guilabel:`Non-taxpayer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:342 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`: list of main activity sectors of the " "contact" @@ -24968,200 +26664,213 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contact fiscal configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:349 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`AvaTax Brazil `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PIS Details`: :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with rate " +"0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:354 +msgid ":guilabel:`CSLL Taxable`: If the company is subject to CSLL or not" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Contact fiscal configuration for NFSe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:362 msgid "Fiscal positions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:364 msgid "" "To compute taxes and send electronic invoices on sale orders and invoices, " "both the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` and the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API`" " options need to be enabled in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:368 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the contact or selected" -" when creating a sales order or an invoice." +"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the :ref:`contact " +"` or selected when creating a sales order or an invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Fiscal position configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:375 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:355 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:311 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:377 msgid "" "This section provides an overview of the actions that trigger `API calls " -"`_ for tax computation, and how to send " -"an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) for government validation." +"`_ for tax computation, along with " +"instructions on how to send electronic invoices for goods (NF-e) and " +"services (NFS-e) for government validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:382 msgid "" "Please note that each |API| call incurs a cost. Be mindful of the actions " "that trigger these calls to manage costs effectively." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:389 msgid "Tax calculations on quotations and sales orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:391 msgid "" "Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a quotation or sales order " "automatically with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:394 msgid "**Quotation confirmation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:395 msgid "Confirm a quotation into a sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:316 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:412 msgid "**Manual trigger**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:317 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using Avatax`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:413 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:318 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:414 msgid "**Preview**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:319 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:415 msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Preview` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:400 msgid "**Email a quotation / sales order**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:401 msgid "Send a quotation or sales order to a customer via email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:404 msgid "**Online quotation access**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:403 msgid "" "When a customer accesses the quotation online (via the portal view), the " "|API| call is triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:407 msgid "Tax calculations on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:409 msgid "" "Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a customer invoice automatically" -" with AvaTax any of the following ways:" +" with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:333 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:417 msgid "**Online invoice access**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:417 msgid "" "When a customer accesses the invoice online (via the portal view), the |API|" " call is triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:420 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` must be set to `Automatic Tax Mapping " "(Avalara Brazil)` for any of these actions to compute taxes automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:424 msgid "" ":doc:`Fiscal positions (tax and account mapping) " "<../accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:429 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 msgid "Electronic documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:434 msgid "" -"To process an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e), the invoice needs to be " -"confirmed and taxes need to be computed by Avalara. Once that step is done, " -"click on the :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` button in the upper left corner, and" -" a pop-up will appear. Then click on :guilabel:`Process e-invoice` and any " -"of the other options - :guilabel:`Download` or :guilabel:`Email`. Finally, " -"click on :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` to process the invoice against the " -"government." +"To process an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) or services (NFS-e), the " +"invoice needs to be confirmed and taxes need to be computed by Avalara. Once" +" that step is done, click on the :guilabel:`Send & Print` button in the " +"upper left corner. In the pop-up that appears, click on :guilabel:`Process " +"e-invoice` and any of the other options - :guilabel:`Download` or " +":guilabel:`Email`. Finally, click on :guilabel:`Send & Print` to process the" +" invoice with the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:441 msgid "" -"Before sending the electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) some fields need to " -"be filled out on the invoice:" +"Before sending the electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) or services (NFS-e), " +"some fields need to be filled out on the invoice:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:363 -msgid ":guilabel:`Customer` with all the customer information" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:444 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`, with all the customer information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:578 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil` (how the invoice is planned to be paid)" +":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil`: how the invoice is planned to be paid" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:446 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set as the :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping " "(Avalara Brazil)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:447 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Document Type` set as :guilabel:`(55) Electronic Invoice (NF-e)`." -" This is the only" +":guilabel:`Document Type` set as :guilabel:`(55) Electronic Invoice (NF-e)` " +"or :guilabel:`(SE) Electronic Service Invoice (NFS-e)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:367 -msgid "" -"electronic document supported at the moment. Non-electronic invoices can be " -"registered, and other document types can be activated if needed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:450 msgid "" "There are some other optional fields that depend on the nature of the " "transaction. These fields are not required, so no errors will appear from " "the government if these optional fields are not populated for most cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:454 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Freight Model` determines how the goods are planned to be " "transported - domestic" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:455 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` determines who is doing the transportation" msgstr "" @@ -25174,7 +26883,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Process electronic invoice pop-up in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:464 msgid "" "All of the fields available on the invoice used to issue an electronic " "invoice are also available on the sales order, if needed. When creating the " @@ -25182,36 +26891,46 @@ msgid "" " as the first number to be used sequentially for subsequent invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:470 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:595 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "Credit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:472 msgid "" "If a sales return needs to be registered, then a credit note can be created " "in Odoo to be sent to the government for validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:476 +msgid "" +"Credit notes are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:479 msgid ":ref:`Issue a credit note `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:482 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:594 msgid "Debit Notes" msgstr "Note de debit" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:484 msgid "" "If additional information needs to be included, or values need to be " "corrected that were not accurately provided in the original invoice, a debit" " note can be issued." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:488 +msgid "" +"Debit notes are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:490 msgid "" "Only the products included in the original invoice can be part of the debit " "note. While changes can be made to the product's unit price or quantity, " @@ -25220,49 +26939,74 @@ msgid "" "for the same or fewer products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:496 msgid ":ref:`Issue a debit note `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:499 msgid "Invoice cancellation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:501 msgid "" "It is possible to cancel an electronic invoice that was validated by the " "government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:504 msgid "" "Check whether the electronic invoice is still within the cancellation " "deadline, which may vary according to the legislation of each state." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:508 +msgid "E-invoices for goods (NF-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:510 msgid "" -"This can be done in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request Cancel` and adding a" -" cancellation :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. If you want to " -"send this cancellation reason to the customer via email, activate the " -":guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." +"Cancel an e-invoice for goods (NF-e) in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request " +"Cancel` and adding a cancellation :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that " +"appears. If you want to send this cancellation reason to the customer via " +"email, activate the :guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Invoice cancellation reason in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:518 +msgid "" +"This is an electronic cancellation, which means that Odoo will send a " +"request to the government to cancel the NF-e, and it will then consume one " +"|IAP| credit, as an |API| call occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:522 +msgid "E-invoices for services (NFS-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Cancel an e-invoice for services (NFS-e) in Odoo by clicking " +":guilabel:`Request Cancel`. In this case, there is no electronic " +"cancellation process, as not every city has this service available. The user" +" needs to manually cancel this NFS-e on the city portal. Once that step is " +"completed, they can request the cancellation in Odoo, which will cancel the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:530 msgid "Correction letter" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:532 msgid "" -"A correction letter can be created and linked to an electronic invoice that " -"was validated by the government." +"A correction letter can be created and linked to an electronic invoice for " +"goods (NF-e) that was validated by the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:535 msgid "" "This can be done in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Correction Letter` and " "adding a correction :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. To send " @@ -25274,11 +27018,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Correction letter reason in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:543 +msgid "" +"Correction letters are only available for electronic invoices for goods " +"(NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:546 msgid "Invalidate invoice number range" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:548 msgid "" "A range of sequences that are assigned to sales journals can be invalidated " "with the government if they are not currently used, **and** will not be used" @@ -25297,13 +27047,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Number range invalidation wizard in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:562 +msgid "" +"Invalidate invoice number range documents are only available for electronic " +"invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:566 msgid "" "The log of the canceled numbers along with the XML file are recorded in the " "chatter of the journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:572 msgid "" "On the vendor bills side, when receiving an invoice from a supplier, you can" " encode the bill in Odoo by adding all the commercial information together " @@ -25311,31 +27067,28 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`customer invoices `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:576 msgid "These Brazilian specific fields are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:579 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: used by your vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:580 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number`: the invoice number from your supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:581 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil` (how the invoice is planned to be paid)." +":guilabel:`Freight Model`: **NF-e specific** how goods are planned to be " +"transported - domestic" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:472 -msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type` used by your vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:473 -msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number` (the invoice number from your supplier)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:582 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Freight Model` (how goods are planned to be transported - " -"domestic)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:475 -msgid ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` (who is doing the transportation)." +":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil`: **NF-e specific** who is doing the " +"transportation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:3 @@ -25807,20 +27560,6 @@ msgid "" " new or existing contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1096 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1097 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:293 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:97 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" @@ -32018,113 +33757,1145 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hong Kong" msgstr "Hong Kong" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:6 -msgid "Add FPS QR codes to invoices" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:8 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get the latest " +"features of the Hong Kong localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:18 +msgid "`l10n_hk`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The base module to manage chart of accounting and localization for Hong " +"Kong." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:20 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:21 +msgid "`l10n_hk_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Enables :ref:`payroll ` specific localization features " +"for Odoo *Payroll* app. This module also installs :guilabel:`Hong Kong - " +"Payroll with Accounting` and :guilabel:`Documents - Hong Kong Payroll`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:26 +msgid "`l10n_hk_hr_payroll_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:27 +msgid "Installs the link between Hong Kong payroll and accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Documents - Hong Kong Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:29 +msgid "`documents_l10n_hk_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:30 +msgid "Integrates employee ir56 forms in the Odoo *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:33 +msgid "FPS QR codes on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:35 msgid "" ":abbr:`FPS (Faster Payment System)` is a payment service platform that " "allows customers to make instant domestic payments to individuals and " "merchants in Hong Kong dollars or Renminbi via online and mobile banking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:12 msgid "Activate QR codes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:42 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " -":guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` " -"feature." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under " +"the :guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, tick the checkbox beside the " +":guilabel:`QR Codes` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:47 msgid "FPS bank account configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:49 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"select the bank account for which you want to activate FPS. Set the " -":guilabel:`Proxy Type` and fill in the :guilabel:`Proxy Value` field " -"depending on the type you chose." +"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts app --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts " +"section --> Bank Accounts`. Then select the bank account for FPS activation." +" Proceed to set the :guilabel:`Proxy Type` and fill in the :guilabel:`Proxy " +"Value` field, depending on the type chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:53 msgid "" -"The account holder's country must be set to Hong Kong on its contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:27 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:27 -msgid "" -"You could also include the invoice number in the QR code by checking the " +"Remember to include the invoice number in the QR code, by ticking the " ":guilabel:`Include Reference` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "FPS bank account configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The account holder's country **must** be set to `Hong Kong` on their contact" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/bank`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:147 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:37 msgid "Bank journal configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:69 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the " -"bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " -":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Journals` and " +"open the bank journal. Then, fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` fields, located in the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 -msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration" +msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:78 msgid "Issue invoices with FPS QR codes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:158 msgid "" "When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" -" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to *EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code*." +" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to :guilabel:`EMV Merchant-Presented QR-" +"code`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 -msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option" +msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:87 msgid "" -"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " -"Odoo uses this field to generate the FPS QR code." +"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is configured, as Odoo uses this " +"field to generate the FPS QR code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Ensure the :guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll` (`l10n_hk_hr_payroll`) module is " +"installed before proceeding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:100 +msgid "Create employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Employees` app and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, " +"configure the following fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:105 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: :guilabel:`HK Standard 40 hours/week` option " +"**must** be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:109 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Surname, Given Name, Name in Chinese`: name of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:112 +msgid ":guilabel:`Private Address`: address of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:113 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bank Account Number`: employee's bank account number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Current Rental`: employee's rental records (if rental allowance " +"is applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Autopay Type`: :guilabel:`BBAN`, :guilabel:`SVID`, " +":guilabel:`EMAL`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Autopay Reference`: autopay reference number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Identification No`: HKID of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Gender`: gender of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:121 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Bank Account Number`, this account should be set as " +":guilabel:`Trusted` before further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:124 +msgid "" +"To achieve this, click on the right-arrow button next to :guilabel:`Bank " +"Account Number` field. Set the :guilabel:`Send Money` to :guilabel:`Trusted`" +" by clicking on the toggle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:128 +msgid "" +"To populate the :guilabel:`Current Rental`, click on the :guilabel:`History`" +" button. Then, click on :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the relevant details and " +"save the rental record. Upon saving the record, the rental contract " +":guilabel:`state` will be visible (at the top-right corner) and can be set " +"to :guilabel:`Running`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:133 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`HR Settings` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Volunteer Contribution Option`: select either :guilabel:`Only " +"Mandatory Contribution`, :guilabel:`With Fixed %VC`, or :guilabel:`Cap 5% " +"VC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:137 +msgid ":guilabel:`MPF Manulife Account`: account number, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:142 +msgid "Manage contracts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once the new employee has been created, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` " +"smart button on the employee record, or navigate to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Employees --> Contracts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Only **one** contract can be active simultaneously per employee, but an " +"employee can be assigned consecutive contracts during their employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:151 +msgid "The following are critical for setting up a contract:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: set as :guilabel:`CAP57: Hong Kong " +"Employee`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:154 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: start date of employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: set as :guilabel:`HK Standard 40 hours/week` " +"(from employee record)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select either :guilabel:`Working Schedule`, " +":guilabel:`Attendances` or :guilabel:`Planning`. This field determines how " +"the work entries are accounted for in the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:160 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: the work entries are generated automatically " +"based on the employee's working schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendances`: the work entries are generated based on the check-" +"in/out period logged in the *Attendances*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: the work entries are generated from planning shifts " +"only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:166 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Salary Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` for Full-time or Part-" +"time employees, or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage` for employees who are paid " +"hourly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:170 +msgid ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: the frequency of payslip issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage`: :guilabel:`Monthly` or :guilabel:`Hourly` depending on the" +" :guilabel:`Wage Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internet Subscription`: this is an **optional** field to provide " +"additional internet allowance on top of the current salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:177 +msgid "Timesheets do **not** impact work entries in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Once all information has been setup, set the contract status to " +":guilabel:`Running` by clicking the :guilabel:`Running` button in the top-" +"right of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong employment contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:189 +msgid "Generate payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Once the employees, and their contracts, are configured, payslips can be " +"generated in the *Payroll* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides **four** different salary structures under CAP57 regulation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:196 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Employees Monthly Pay`: to process the monthly employee " +"salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice`: to process final payment upon " +"contract termination using :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:199 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Long Service Payment`: applicable to employees with more " +"than five years of service upon contract termination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Severance Payment`: applicable to employees with more than" +" two years of service upon contract termination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Before running the payslips, the accounts used in the salary rule can be " +"adjusted by navigating to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> " +"Rules`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Salary Rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Odoo can create pay runs in two ways: via :ref:`batch " +"` or :ref:`individual " +"` payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:217 +msgid "Batch payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:219 +msgid "" +"This method of payslip generation is used for recurring payments, since " +"multiple employee payslips can be managed at once. Go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:514 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Batch Name` (e.g. `2024 - Jan`) and :guilabel:`Period` " +"(e.g. `01/01/2024` - `01/31/2024`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:225 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Generate Payslips`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Choose which :guilabel:`Salary Structure` to use for this batch. The " +"department filter allows the batch to only apply to a specific group of " +"employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:228 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Generate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:229 +msgid "A :guilabel:`Payslips` smart button is created automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` to generate a draft journal entry" +" found in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of each payslip. A " +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears asking :guilabel:`Are you " +"sure you want to proceed?`. Click :guilabel:`Ok` to create the journal " +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:238 +msgid "Individual payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:240 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> All Payslips`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:242 +msgid "" +"This method of payslip generation is commonly used to handle non-recurring " +"payments (e.g. :guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice`, " +":guilabel:`CAP57: Long Service Payment` or :guilabel:`CAP57: Severance " +"Payment`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Select an :guilabel:`Employee`. When selected, the :guilabel:`Contract` is " +"filled out automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:249 +msgid "Add a pay :guilabel:`Period`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Select a salary :guilabel:`Structure` (e.g. :guilabel:`CAP57: Employees " +"Monthly Pay`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Worked Days & Inputs` tab automatically compute the worked " +"days/hours and time off leaves that are applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Additional payslip items can be added at this time (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Commissions`, :guilabel:`Deductions`) under the :guilabel:`Other " +"Inputs` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button to generate the payslip lines. " +"This button updates the :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:259 +msgid "" +"If the work entry for an employee was amended, click the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Recompute Whole Sheet` to " +"refresh the payslip's :guilabel:`Worked Days & Inputs` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:263 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab shows the detailed breakdown of the " +"computation, based on the salary rules configured for each structure type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rent Allowance`: amount derived from the employee's active rental" +" record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Basic Salary`: amount of base salary provided (after rent " +"allowance deduction)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`713 Gross`: net payable amount considering *Commission*, " +"*Internet Allowance*, *Reimbursements*, *Back-pay*, *Deduction*, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:270 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`MPF Gross`: net payable amount from 713 gross after consideration" +" of additional allowances, deductions, and end-of-year payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:272 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Mandatory Contribution`: employee MPF Contribution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:273 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employer Mandatory Contribution`: employer MPF Contribution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gross`: net payable amount from MPF gross after consideration of " +"MPF deductions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:275 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Net Salary`: final payable amount to be paid to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:278 +msgid "" +"There are no MPF contributions for the first month. Both employee and " +"employer contribution starts on second month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Salary computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` section in :guilabel:`Worked Days & " +"Inputs` tab, there are additional manual input types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Back Pay`: additional salary payout can be included under this " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:289 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Commission`: the commission earned during the period can be " +"manually entered here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Global Deduction`: a lump-sum deduction from the entire payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:291 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Global Reimbursement`: a lump-sum reimbursement to the entire " +"payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:292 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referral Fee`: the additional bonus offered for any form of " +"business-related referral." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Moving Daily Wage`: to override the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily " +"Wage)` value used for leaves computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skip Rent Allowance`: if set, the rental allowance is excluded " +"from the current payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Average Monthly Salary`: to override the average monthly " +"salary used for end-of-year payment (rule is only applicable to payslips " +"generated in December)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lieu of Notice Period (Months)`: only applicable to " +":guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice` salary structure. By default, " +"the final payout is set as 1-month. Use the :guilabel:`Count` field under " +"the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` section to set a different notice period " +"duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:304 +msgid "" +"Once the payslips are ready, click on :guilabel:`Compute Sheet`, followed by" +" :guilabel:`Create Draft entry` to generate a draft journal entry found in " +"the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Once the draft journal entries have been posted, the company can now pay the" +" employees. The user can choose between **two** different *payment methods*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:313 +msgid "" +"From the employee's payslip (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> " +"All Payslips`), once the payslip's journal entry has been posted, click " +":guilabel:`Register Payment`. The process is the same as :doc:`paying vendor" +" bills <../accounting/payments>`. Select the desired bank journal and " +"payment method, then later reconcile the payment with the corresponding bank" +" statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:317 +msgid "" +"For batch payments (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`), " +"once all draft journal entries from the batch are confirmed, click " +":guilabel:`Mark as Paid` to post the payment journal entry. Then " +":doc:`create a payment <../accounting/payments>` in the *Accounting* app, " +"and reconcile accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:323 +msgid "Attendances and hourly wage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:325 +msgid "" +"To configure the contract for an employee paid hourly using the " +"*Attendances* app for hours tracking, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll " +"app --> Contracts --> Contracts`. Create a new :ref:`contract " +"`. It is important to remember to set the " +":guilabel:`Work Entry Source` as :guilabel:`Attendances`, and " +":guilabel:`Wage Type` as :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:331 +msgid "To record the hours logged by the employee using *Attendances* app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:333 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Attendances app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:334 +msgid "" +"The employee can check-in/out, via the kiosk mode and the time will be " +"logged automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:335 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Payroll app`, review the attendance work entries " +"generated from :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Work Entries --> Work " +"Entries`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:337 +msgid "" +"Next, generate the :ref:`payslips ` and process " +"the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Attendance Work Entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Attendance Payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:348 +msgid "Time Off with Payroll" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:350 +msgid "" +"The work entry types and time off types are fully integrated between the " +"*Time Off* and *Payroll* apps. There are several default time off types and " +"work entry types specific to Hong Kong which are installed automatically " +"along with the *Hong Kong - Payroll* module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types` " +"and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:356 +msgid "" +"There are two checkboxes to be considered when setting up the work entry " +"type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use 713`: Include this leave type as part of 713 computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:359 +msgid ":guilabel:`Non-full pay`: 80% of the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Work Entry Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:366 +msgid "" +":ref:`Creating and configuring work entry types `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:369 +msgid "Understanding 713 Ordinance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:371 +msgid "" +"The *Hong Kong - Payroll* module is compliant with 713 Ordinance which " +"relates to the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` computation to ensure fair " +"compensation for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:374 +msgid "The ADW computation is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:379 +msgid "Hong Kong ADW Formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:379 +msgid "" +":abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` equals the total wage in a 12-month period," +" minus the wages of non-full pay, divided by the total days in a 12-month " +"period minus the days of non-full pay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:383 +msgid "" +"For 418 compliance, there is no automated allocation of the *Statutory " +"Holiday* entitlement to the employees. As soon as 418 requirements are met, " +"manually allocate the leaves, via the *Time Off* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Before generating payslips, ensure the statuses are :guilabel:`Done` to " +"validate the outcome." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:393 +msgid "Period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:394 +msgid "Days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:395 +msgid "Wage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:396 +msgid "Commission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:398 +msgid "ADW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:399 +msgid "Leave Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:400 +msgid "Jan" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:415 +msgid "31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:409 +msgid "$20200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:405 +msgid "$651.61 ($20200/31)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:413 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:407 +msgid "Feb" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:408 +msgid "28" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:410 +msgid "$5000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:411 +msgid "$25200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:412 +msgid "$769.49 ($45400/59)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:414 +msgid "Mar (One Day Annual Leave)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:418 +msgid "$20324.33" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:419 +msgid "$730.27 ($65724.33/90)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:420 +msgid "$769.49" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:421 +msgid "Apr (One Day 80% Sick Leave)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:423 +msgid "$20117.56" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:427 +msgid "$584.22 ($730.27*0.8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:430 +msgid "Here is an example demonstrating the 713 logic:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:432 +msgid "" +"**Jan**: Generate a payslip with a monthly wage of $20200. The :abbr:`ADW " +"(Average Daily Wage)` is always computed on a cumulative basis of the " +"trailing 12-months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:434 +msgid "" +"**Feb**: Generate a similar payslip, but add an :guilabel:`Other Input Type`" +" for the :guilabel:`Commission`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Mar**: Apply for **one** full-paid annual leave in March. The salary " +"compensation for the leave taken is based on :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily " +"Wage)` thus far." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:0 +msgid "Hong Kong March 713." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:443 +msgid "" +"**Apr**: Apply for a 1-day non-full pay leave in April. Since this is a non-" +"full pay leave, the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` is computed " +"accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:0 +msgid "Hong Kong April 713." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:451 +msgid "" +"The value of :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` is computed in the backend, " +"and not be visible to the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:455 +msgid "" +"`HK 713 Ordinance " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:456 +msgid "" +"`HK 418 Ordinance `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:459 +msgid "Generate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:461 +msgid "" +"Before generating the below reports, setup the following in " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Payroll`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:464 +msgid "Configure the following in the :guilabel:`Accounting` section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:466 +msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`Payroll HSBC Autopay` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:468 +msgid ":guilabel:`Autopay Type`: Set as :guilabel:`H2H Submission`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:469 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Bank Account` to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:471 +msgid "Configure the following in the :guilabel:`HK Localization` section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:473 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employer's Name shows on reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:474 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employer's File Number`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:475 +msgid ":guilabel:`Manulife MPF Scheme`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Payroll Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:482 +msgid "IRD report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:484 +msgid "There are a total of **four** IRD reports available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:486 +msgid ":guilabel:`IR56B`: employer's Return of Remuneration and Pensions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:487 +msgid ":guilabel:`IR56E`: notification of Commencement of Employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:488 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`IR56F`: notification of Ceasation of Employment (remaining in " +"HK)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:489 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`IR56G`: notification of Ceasation of Employment (departing from " +"HK permanently)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:491 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting`, and select one of the " +":guilabel:`IR56B/E/F/G Sheet` options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:495 +msgid "Fill in the relevant information for the IRD report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:496 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Populate`, and the :guilabel:`Eligible Employees` smart " +"button appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:497 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Employee Declarations` status is :guilabel:`Draft` and " +"changed to :guilabel:`Generated PDF` status once the schedule runs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:499 +msgid "Once the PDF is generated, the IRD form may be downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong IR56B report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:506 +msgid "" +"The scheduled action called *Payroll: Generate pdfs* can be manually " +"triggered. It is set by default to run the PDF generation monthly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:510 +msgid "Manulife MPF sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:512 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting --> Manulife MPF Sheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:515 +msgid "" +"Select the relevant :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Month`, and " +":guilabel:`Sequence No.`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:516 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create XLSX`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:517 +msgid "" +"The *Manulife MPF XLSX* file is then generated, and available for download." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Manulife Sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Odoo will not be developing further reports for other MPF trustee as there " +"will soon be an eMPF platform setup by the local government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:528 +msgid "`eMPF `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:531 +msgid "HSBC autopay report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:533 +msgid "" +"If *HSBC Autopay* is selected as the batch payment method, click on " +":guilabel:`Create HSBC Autopay Report`, and fill in the mandatory fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong HSBC Autopay wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:540 +msgid "" +"This creates an :file:`.apc` file format which can be uploaded to the HSCB " +"portal for processing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:3 @@ -38914,6 +41685,15 @@ msgid "" "online and mobile banking." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` " +"feature." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 msgid "PayNow bank account configuration" @@ -38932,10 +41712,44 @@ msgid "" "The account holder's country must be set to Singapore on its contact form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You could also include the invoice number in the QR code by checking the " +":guilabel:`Include Reference` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the " +"bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 +msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:45 msgid "Issue invoices with PayNow QR codes" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" +" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to *EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 +msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:53 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " @@ -39825,13 +42639,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Issue invoices with PromptPay QR code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:158 -msgid "" -"When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" -" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to :guilabel:`EMV Merchant-Presented QR-" -"code`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:164 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " @@ -43611,9 +46418,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:33 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` section, enter your Odoo database URL (e.g., " -"`https://example.odoo.com`) in the field :guilabel:`Invoices paid` and click" -" the :guilabel:`Test and save` button next to it." +"In the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` section, enter your Odoo database's URL, " +"followed by `/payment/xendit/webhook` (e.g., " +"`https://example.odoo.com/payment/xendit/webhook`) in the field " +":guilabel:`Invoices paid` and click the :guilabel:`Test and save` button " +"next to it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:40 diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 0fefb7ee6..36e87e883 100644 --- a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -9,17 +9,17 @@ # Lyall Kindmurr, 2024 # Cozmin Candea , 2024 # Martin Trigaux, 2024 -# Dorin Hongu , 2024 # Foldi Robert , 2024 +# Dorin Hongu , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Foldi Robert , 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Dorin Hongu , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1780,58 +1780,42 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:5 -msgid "Developer Mode (debug mode)" -msgstr "Modul dezvoltator (modul de depanare)" +msgid "Developer mode (debug mode)" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:7 msgid "" -"The developer mode (or debug mode) unlocks access to extra and advanced " -"tools in Odoo. There are several ways to activate the developer mode: " -"through the :ref:`settings `, the " -":ref:`browser extension `, through" -" the :ref:`command palette ` or the" -" :ref:`URL `." +"The developer mode, also known as debug mode, unlocks access to advanced " +":ref:`tools and settings ` in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Modul dezvoltator (sau modul de depanare) deblochează accesul la instrumente" -" suplimentare și avansate în Odoo. Există mai multe modalități de activare a" -" modului dezvoltator: prin :ref:`setări `, " -"prin :ref:`extensia pentru browser `, prin :ref:`paleta de comenzi ` sau prin :ref:`URL `." -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:17 -msgid "Activate through the Settings" -msgstr "Activare prin setări" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:11 msgid "" -"The debug mode can be activated in the Odoo database settings. Go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Developer Tools` and click" -" on :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`. At least one application needs " -"to be installed for the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` section to appear in the" -" :guilabel:`Settings` module." +"Proceed with caution, as some developer tools and technical settings are " +"considered advanced and may have associated risks. Only use them if you " +"understand the implications and are confident in your actions." msgstr "" -"Modul de depanare poate fi activat în setările bazei de date Odoo. Mergeți " -"la :menuselection:`Setări --> Setări generale --> Instrumente dezvoltator` " -"și faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Activează modulul dezvoltator`. Cel puțin o " -"aplicație trebuie să fie instalată pentru ca secțiunea :gui-" -"label:`Instrumente dezvoltator` să apară în modulul :guilabel:`Setări`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of the debug options under settings in Odoo." -msgstr "Prezentare generală a opțiunilor de depanare sub setări în Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:16 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with assets)` is used by developers;" -" :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with tests assets)` is used by " -"developers and testers." +"The developer mode is also available with :ref:`assets " +"`, which are used to debug JavaScript " +"code, and with :ref:`tests assets `, " +"which are used to run test tours." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Activează modulul dezvoltator (cu active)` este utilizat de " -"dezvoltatori; :guilabel:`Activează modulul dezvoltator (cu active de " -"testare)` este utilizat de dezvoltatori și testeri." -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:23 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Activare" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To activate it, open the :guilabel:`Settings` app, scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Developer Tools` section, and click :guilabel:`Activate the " +"developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:28 msgid "" "Once activated, the :guilabel:`Deactivate the developer mode` option becomes" " available." @@ -1839,135 +1823,71 @@ msgstr "" "Odată activat, opțiunea :guilabel:`Dezactivează modulul dezvoltator` devine " "disponibilă." +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 +msgid "Activating the developer mode in the Settings app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To activate the developer mode **from anywhere in the database**, add " +"`?debug=1` to the URL after `/web` (e.g., " +"`https://example.odoo.com/web?debug=1#action=menu&cids=1`). To deactivate " +"it, use `?debug=0` instead." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:37 -msgid "Activate through the browser extension" -msgstr "Activare prin extensie pentru browser" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:39 msgid "" -"Within a web browser, navigate to the browser settings and extensions and " -"search for the `Odoo Debug` extension. Once the extension is installed, a " -"new icon will be shown on the browser's toolbar." +"Use `?debug=assets` to activate the developer mode with assets and " +"`?debug=tests` to activate it with tests assets." msgstr "" -"Într-un browser web, navigați către setările și extensiile browser-ului și " -"căutați extensia `Odoo Debug`. Odată ce extensia este instalată, un nou " -"simbol va fi afișat pe bara de instrumente a browser-ului." -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:41 msgid "" -"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " -"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" -" a single click." +"Open the **command palette** by pressing `Ctrl + K` or `Cmd ⌘ + K`, then " +"type `debug` to activate the developer mode with assets or deactivate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:44 +msgid "Browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The `Odoo Debug `_ browser extension " +"adds an icon to toggle developer mode on or off from the browser's toolbar. " +"It is available on the `Chrome Web Store " +"`_ and `Firefox Add-ons " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:54 +msgid "Developer tools and technical menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once the developer mode is activated, the developer tools can be accessed by" +" clicking the :icon:`fa-bug` :guilabel:`(bug)` icon. The menu contains tools" +" useful for understanding or editing technical data, such as a view's field," +" filters, or actions. The options available depend on where the menu is " +"accessed from." msgstr "" -"Pentru extensia *Odoo Debug*, un singur clic activează o versiune normală a " -"modului, în timp ce un dublu clic îl activează cu active. Pentru a-l " -"dezactiva, utilizați un singur clic." #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "View of Odoo's debug icon in a Google Chrome toolbar." +msgid "Accessing the developer tools" msgstr "" -"Vizualizare a simbolului de depanare Odoo în bara de instrumente a Google " -"Chrome." -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:53 -msgid "Activate through the command palette" -msgstr "Activare prin paleta de comenzi" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:64 msgid "" -"In Odoo, the command palette tool has a command to activate the debug mode. " -"First, open the command palette tool with the keyboard shortcut `ctrl+k` and" -" then type `debug`. A command will show up to activate the debug mode." +"Database administrators can access the technical menu from the " +":guilabel:`Settings` app. It contains advanced database settings, such as " +"ones related to the database structure, security, actions, etc." msgstr "" -"În Odoo, instrumentul paletă de comenzi are o comandă pentru activarea " -"modului de depanare. În primul rând, deschideți instrumentul paletă de " -"comenzi cu combinarea de taste `ctrl+k` și apoi tastați `debug`. O comandă " -"va apărea pentru a activa modulul de depanare." #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Command palette with debug command." -msgstr "Paletă de comenzi cu comanda de depanare." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:68 -msgid "Activate through the URL" -msgstr "Activare prin URL" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The debug mode can also be activated by adding an extra query string to the " -"database's URL. In the URL, add `?debug=1` or `?debug=true` after `/web`. To" -" deactivate the debug mode, change the value to `?debug=0` instead." +msgid "Accessing the technical menu" msgstr "" -"Modulul de depanare poate fi de asemenea activat prin adăugarea unei șiruri " -"de interogare suplimentare la URL-ul bazei de date. În URL, adăugați " -"`?debug=1` sau `?debug=true` după `/web`. Pentru a dezactiva modulul de " -"depanare, schimbați valoarea cu `?debug=0`." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a URL with the debug mode command added." -msgstr "" -"Prezentare generală a unui URL cu comanda de activare a modului de depanare " -"adăugată." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Additional modes are available for developers: `?debug=assets` enables the " -":ref:`assets mode `, and " -"`?debug=tests` enables the :ref:`tests mode " -"`." -msgstr "" -"Moduri suplimentare sunt disponibile pentru dezvoltatori: `?debug=assets` " -"activează :ref:`modulul de active `, " -"și `?debug=tests` activează :ref:`modulul de teste " -"`." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:86 -msgid "Locate the developer mode tools" -msgstr "Localizarea instrumentelor modului de dezvoltator" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Once developer mode is activated, the developer mode tools can be accessed " -"from the :guilabel:`Open Developer Tools` button, the bug icon located in " -"the header of the Odoo database." -msgstr "" -"Odată ce modulul de dezvoltare este activat, instrumentele acestui mod pot " -"fi accesate din butonul :guilabel:`Deschide instrumentele de dezvoltare`, " -"simbolul de eroare localizat în antetul bazei de date Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a console page and the debug icon being shown in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Prezentare generală a unei pagini de consolă și a simbolului de depanare " - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:95 -msgid "" -"This menu contains additional tools that are useful to understand or edit " -"technical data, such as the views or actions of a page. On a page that has " -"filters, actions, and view options, the developer mode tools contain some " -"useful menu items such as:" -msgstr "" -"Acest meniu conține instrumente suplimentare care sunt utile pentru a " -"înțelege sau edita date tehnice, cum ar fi vizualizările sau acțiunile unei " -"pagini. Pe o pagină care are filtre, acțiuni și opțiuni de vizualizare, " -"instrumentele modului de dezvoltator conțin unele articole de meniu utile, " -"cum ar fi:" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:99 -msgid ":guilabel:`Edit Action`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Editare acțiune`" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:100 -msgid ":guilabel:`Manage Filters`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Gestionare filtre`" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:101 -msgid "Edit the current view (e.g. Kanban, List, Graph, etc.)" -msgstr "Editați vizualizarea curentă (de exemplu Kanban, Listă, Grafic, etc.)" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:102 -msgid "See the :guilabel:`Fields View Get`" -msgstr "Vedeți :guilabel:`Fields View Get`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:5 msgid "Email communication" @@ -2809,11 +2729,11 @@ msgstr "" "`_. Dacă este solicitat un selector, " "introduceți `odoo`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 msgid "Check the DMARC policy" msgstr "Verificați politica DMARC" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:104 msgid "" "The Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance (DMARC) " "record is a protocol that unifies :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` and " @@ -2831,15 +2751,15 @@ msgstr "" "destinație ce să facă cu un email care nu reușește :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy" " Framework)` și/sau :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` verificarea." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 msgid "DMARC: TXT record" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 msgid "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:116 msgid "" "There are three :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` policies:" @@ -2847,20 +2767,20 @@ msgstr "" "Sunt trei :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` politici:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 msgid "`p=none`" msgstr "`p=none`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:118 -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 msgid "`p=quarantine`" msgstr "`p=quarantine`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 msgid "`p=reject`" msgstr "`p=reject`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:123 msgid "" "`p=quarantine` and `p=reject` instruct the server that receives an email to " "quarantine that email or ignore it if the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy " @@ -2871,7 +2791,7 @@ msgstr "" "Framework)` și/sau :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` verificarea " "eșuează." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:127 msgid "" "If the domain name uses :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` and has defined one of these policies, the domain" @@ -2884,7 +2804,7 @@ msgstr "" "Framework)` conform sau să activeze :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified " "Mail)`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:132 msgid "" "Yahoo or AOL are examples of email providers with a :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-" "based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` policy set to " @@ -2898,7 +2818,7 @@ msgstr "" "*@aol.com* pentru utilizatorii bazei de date. Aceste email-uri nu vor ajunge" " niciodată la destinatar." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:137 msgid "" "`p=none` is used for the domain owner to receive reports about entities " "using their domain. It should not impact the deliverability if the " @@ -2910,7 +2830,7 @@ msgstr "" "livrabilitatea dacă :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` verificarea eșuează." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:141 msgid "" ":abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` records are comprised of tags in the form of :abbr:`DNS " @@ -2925,115 +2845,115 @@ msgid "" " too restrictive." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:150 msgid "The following chart displays available tags:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 msgid "Tag Name" msgstr "Nume eticheta" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 msgid "Purpose" msgstr "Scop" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 msgid "Example" msgstr "Exemplu" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 msgid "v" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 msgid "Protocol version" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 msgid "`v=DMARC1`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 msgid "pct" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 msgid "Percentage of messages subjected to filtering" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 msgid "`pct=20`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 msgid "ruf" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 msgid "Reporting URI for forensic reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 msgid "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 msgid "rua" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 msgid "Reporting URI of aggregate reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 msgid "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 msgid "p" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 msgid "Policy for organizational domain" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 msgid "sp" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 msgid "Policy for subdomains of the OD" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 msgid "`sp=reject`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 msgid "adkim" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 msgid "Alignment mode for DKIM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 msgid "`adkim=s`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 msgid "aspf" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:181 msgid "Alignment mode for SPF" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 msgid "`aspf=r`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:184 msgid "" "Check the :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` record of a domain name with a tool like `MXToolbox DMARC " @@ -3043,79 +2963,79 @@ msgstr "" "Conformance)` înregistrarea unui nume de domeniu cu un instrument precum " "`MXToolbox DMARC `_." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:188 msgid "" "`DMARC.org is another great resource to learn about DMARC records. " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 msgid "SPF, DKIM & DMARC documentation of common providers" msgstr "SPF, DKIM & DMARC documentația furnizorilor obișnuiți" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 -msgid "" -"`OVH DNS " -"`_" -msgstr "" -"`OVH DNS " -"`_" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:195 -msgid "" -"`OVH SPF `_" -msgstr "" -"`OVH SPF `_" - #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:196 msgid "" -"`GoDaddy TXT record `_" +"`OVH DNS " +"`_" msgstr "" -"`GoDaddy TXT record `_" +"`OVH DNS " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 -msgid "`GoDaddy SPF `_" -msgstr "`GoDaddy SPF `_" +msgid "" +"`OVH SPF `_" +msgstr "" +"`OVH SPF `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 msgid "" -"`GoDaddy DKIM `_" +"`GoDaddy TXT record `_" msgstr "" -"`GoDaddy DKIM `_" +"`GoDaddy TXT record `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 +msgid "`GoDaddy SPF `_" +msgstr "`GoDaddy SPF `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:200 msgid "" -"`NameCheap " -"`_" +"`GoDaddy DKIM `_" msgstr "" -"`NameCheap " -"`_" +"`GoDaddy DKIM `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:201 msgid "" -"`CloudFlare DNS `_" +"`NameCheap " +"`_" msgstr "" -"`CloudFlare DNS `_" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:202 -msgid "" -"`Google Domains `_" -msgstr "" -"`Google Domains `_" +"`NameCheap " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 msgid "" +"`CloudFlare DNS `_" +msgstr "" +"`CloudFlare DNS `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:204 +msgid "" +"`Google Domains `_" +msgstr "" +"`Google Domains `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 +msgid "" "`Azure DNS `_" msgstr "" "`Azure DNS `_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:207 msgid "" "To fully test the configuration, use the `Mail-Tester `_ tool, which gives a full overview of the content and " @@ -3123,7 +3043,7 @@ msgid "" "records for other, lesser-known providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:212 msgid "" "`Using Mail-Tester to set SPF Records for specific carriers " "`_" @@ -8583,10 +8503,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 msgid "" "To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation " -"package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download " -"page `_. Next, install and setup the Odoo " -":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " -"start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +"package for Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download page " +"`_. Next, install and setup the Odoo :file:`.exe`" +" file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to start the " +"installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 @@ -9103,10 +9023,22 @@ msgid "" "Odoo uninstall guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:7 msgid "Devices" msgstr "Dispozitive" +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:21 +msgid "" +":doc:`Worldline payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:23 +msgid "" +":doc:`Ingenico payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 msgid "Connect a camera" msgstr "" @@ -10766,9 +10698,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:126 msgid "" "On a form, navigate to any field, and hover over the field name. A box of " -"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Object`" -" name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be" -" added." +"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Model` " +"name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be " +"added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:0 diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 621fa76ba..49ab7f17b 100644 --- a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Foldi Robert , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" @@ -32,13 +32,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Human resources" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 msgid "Appraisals" msgstr "Evaluări" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, the *Appraisals* application can be used to evaluate employee " "performance on a recurring basis. Managers can evaluate the performance of " @@ -47,28 +47,28 @@ msgid "" "desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:12 msgid "" "Appraisals give employees valuable feedback, including actionable goals to " "work toward, and measurable skills to improve upon. Additionally, appraisals" " may form the basis for raises, promotions, and other benefits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:16 msgid "" "Regular appraisals are good for both the employees and the company, since " "they can accurately measure performance based on company goals, and show " "employees where they need to improve." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:31 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configurare" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Configuration` menu in the *Appraisals* application is where " "the settings can be configured, feedback templates can be edited, " @@ -76,31 +76,32 @@ msgid "" "feedback can be stored, and goal tags can be viewed/created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Setări" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:29 msgid "" "To access the *Settings* menu, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " "application --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 msgid "Feedback templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:35 msgid "" "Feedback templates are form outlines used during an employee appraisal. Any " "edits made to a template are, ultimately, reflected in the appraisals sent " "to employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:38 msgid "" "There are two default templates pre-configured in Odoo *Appraisals*: one for" " employee feedback, and one for manager feedback. Each contains several " @@ -108,25 +109,25 @@ msgid "" " the questions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:42 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`My work`, :guilabel:`My future`, and :guilabel:`My feelings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:45 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`Feedback`, :guilabel:`Evaluation`, and :guilabel:`Improvements`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:48 msgid "" "Any desired changes to the default feedback templates can be made by making " "changes directly in each template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:54 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Appraisals` section of the settings menu determines the " "frequency that appraisals are performed, and if it is possible to request " @@ -139,56 +140,56 @@ msgid "" "enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 msgid "Appraisals plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:66 msgid "" "By default, appraisals are pre-configured to be automatically created six " "months after an employee is hired, with a second appraisal exactly six " "months after that." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:69 msgid "" "Once those two initial appraisals have been completed in the employee's " "first year, following appraisals are only created once a year (every twelve " "months)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:72 msgid "" "To modify this schedule, change the number of months in the blank fields " "under the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:76 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section is modified, **all** empty " ":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Dates` are modified for **all** employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 msgid "360 feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:82 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option can be enabled to allow managers to " "request feedback from other employees using a different survey form, at any " "time, independent of the appraisal schedule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:85 msgid "" "Typically, managers ask for feedback from other people who work with an " "employee they manage. This includes the employee's various managers, peers, " "and direct reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:88 msgid "" "To view the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey, click the :guilabel:`→ Internal" " link` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`Default Template` field. The " @@ -196,13 +197,13 @@ msgid "" " can be made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:92 msgid "" "For more information on how to edit a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:96 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` form is a pre-configured survey within the " "*Surveys* application. In order to use the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option, " @@ -210,11 +211,11 @@ msgid "" " be installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 msgid "Evaluation scale" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:103 msgid "" "On each employee appraisal form, final rating options appear by default. To " "view and edit these options, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " @@ -222,7 +223,7 @@ msgid "" "ratings in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:107 msgid "" "The pre-configured ratings are :guilabel:`Needs Improvement`, " ":guilabel:`Meets Expectations`, :guilabel:`Exceeds Expectations`, and " @@ -230,14 +231,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:111 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`New` button is clicked on the :guilabel:`Evaluation " "Scale` page, a blank line appears at the bottom of the list. Enter the name " "of the rating in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:114 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the ratings, click the :guilabel:`(six small gray " "boxes)` icon to the left of a rating, and drag the rating to the desired " @@ -250,7 +251,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:124 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` section displays information for all the " "surveys currently configured in the *Appraisals* application. To view the " @@ -262,55 +263,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list view of all available surveys in the Appraisals application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:132 msgid "" "Each appraisal (or survey) is presented in its own line on the " ":guilabel:`360 Feedback` page, along with various information related to " "that particular appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 msgid "Each appraisal includes the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:137 msgid ":guilabel:`Survey Name`: the name of the specific survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the employee responsible for the survey, including " "the month and year they were given that designation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Questions`: the number of questions in that particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Duration`: the average time a user spends completing the " "survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Registered`: the number of people who have been sent the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Completed`: the number of people who have completed the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:145 msgid "" "Each appraisal also has two buttons at the end of each line: a " ":guilabel:`Test` button and a :guilabel:`See Results` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:148 msgid "" "To see what an appraisal looks like for the end user (i.e. an employee), " "click the :guilabel:`Test` button, and the appraisal loads in a new browser " @@ -318,14 +319,14 @@ msgid "" "to enter any answers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:152 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`This is a Test Survey. → Edit " "Survey` at the top of the page to be taken to the detail form for that " "particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:155 msgid "" "To view the results from everyone who completed an appraisal, click the " ":guilabel:`See Results` button. This presents all the answers for the survey" @@ -334,13 +335,13 @@ msgid "" "each question are visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:160 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`→ Edit Survey` at the top of " "the page to be taken to the detail form for that particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:163 msgid "" "In addition to viewing the responses from past appraisals and surveys, new " "surveys can also be created from the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` page. Simply " @@ -348,123 +349,77 @@ msgid "" " survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:167 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:171 msgid "" "In previous versions of Odoo, this section was referred to as " ":guilabel:`Surveys`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:172 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "Etichete" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 -msgid "" -"An additional feature of the *Appraisals* application is the ability to set " -":ref:`goals ` for employees. On each goal form, there is a" -" field to add tags. The available tags are pulled from a list that is " -"configured from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To view a list of all existing goal tags, and to create new tags, go to the " -":guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, by navigating to :menuselection:`Appraisals " -"application --> Configuration --> Tags`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:181 -msgid "All currently configured tags are presented in a list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:183 -msgid "" -"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " -"all tags need to be added from this list, or directly from the goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 -msgid "" -"To create a new tag from the :guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, click the " -":guilabel:`New` button, and a blank line appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the tag on the line. Then, press the enter key to save the" -" tag, and create a new blank line. Repeat this for all tags that need to be " -"added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:192 -msgid "The list of tags is automatically arranged in alphabetical order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:176 msgid "" "Navigate to the main *Appraisals* dashboard by opening the " ":guilabel:`Appraisals` application. The :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard is " "the default view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:179 msgid "" "To view the dashboard at any point in the application, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Appraisals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:182 msgid "" "All appraisals are displayed on the dashboard in a Kanban view, by default, " "with a list of groupings on the left side of the dashboard, including " ":guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Department`, and :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 msgid "" "Click any grouping option to view appraisals for **only** the chosen " "selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 msgid "" "Only groupings with multiple selections appear in the list. For example, if " "a database only has one company, the :guilabel:`Company` grouping does " "**not** appear, since there is no other company to select." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:193 msgid "Each appraisal card displays the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: the department the employee is associated with." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company the employee works for. This only appears " "in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date`: the date the appraisal was requested, or is scheduled for " "in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activities`: any activities that are scheduled for the appraisal," " such as :guilabel:`Meetings` or :guilabel:`Phone Calls.` If no activities " @@ -472,13 +427,13 @@ msgid "" "icon, located in the bottom-left corner of an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:204 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: the employee's manager, indicated by the profile icon " "in the bottom-right corner of an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:206 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status banner`: the status of the appraisal. A banner appears if " "an appraisal is marked as either :guilabel:`Canceled` or :guilabel:`Done`. " @@ -486,7 +441,7 @@ msgid "" "not been scheduled yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 msgid "" "To view the details of any appraisal, click on the card to open the " "appraisal form." @@ -496,22 +451,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Appraisals dashboard with each appraisal in its own box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 msgid "New appraisal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new appraisal, click the :guilabel:`New` button at the top of " "the :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard to load a blank appraisal form. Then, " "enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:222 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:223 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu. " "The manager is responsible for completing the :guilabel:`Manager's Feedback`" @@ -519,7 +474,7 @@ msgid "" "selected, if they have a manager set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appraisal Date`: the current date is automatically entered in " "this field. This field is automatically updated once the appraisal is " @@ -527,39 +482,39 @@ msgid "" "cancellation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu. This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have" " a department set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:233 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the employee's company from the drop-down menu. " "This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have a " "company set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 msgid "" "The only required fields for the appraisal form are the employee's " ":guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Manager`, and the :guilabel:`Company`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:241 msgid "" "Once the form is complete, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm " "the appraisal request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 msgid "" "Once confirmed, the employee receives an email stating that an appraisal was" " requested, and is then prompted to schedule an appraisal date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:246 msgid "" "The status changes to :guilabel:`Confirmed`, and the :guilabel:`Employee's " "Feedback` section of the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab is grayed out. The " @@ -568,18 +523,18 @@ msgid "" "once the appraisal request is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 msgid "" "If there are any existing appraisals for the employee, an " ":guilabel:`Appraisal` smart button appears at the top of the page, listing " "the total number of appraisals there are for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:255 msgid "Ask for feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:257 msgid "" "As part of the appraisal process, the manager can request feedback on an " "employee from anyone in the company. Feedback is usually requested from co-" @@ -588,43 +543,43 @@ msgid "" "manager's overall assessment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 msgid "" "To request feedback, the appraisal **must** be confirmed. Once confirmed, an" " :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button appears at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:265 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button is clicked, an :guilabel:`Ask " "Feedback` email pop-up form appears, using the :guilabel:`Appraisal: Ask " "Feedback` email template, which sends the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:269 msgid "" "Enter the employees being asked to complete the survey in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field. Multiple employees may be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 msgid "" "The email template has dynamic placeholders to personalize the message. Add " "any additional text to the email, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:275 msgid "If required, an :guilabel:`Answer Deadline` can be added, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:277 msgid "" "If any attachments are needed, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button, and" " a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the file(s), select them, then " "click :guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:280 msgid "When the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send.`" msgstr "" @@ -632,21 +587,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The email pop-up when requesting feedback from other employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:287 msgid "Appraisal form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:289 msgid "" "Once an appraisal is confirmed, the next steps are for the employee to fill " "out the self-assessment, after which the manager completes their assessment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:295 msgid "Employee's feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:297 msgid "" "To complete their portion of feedback, employees should navigate to the main" " :menuselection:`Appraisals application` dashboard, where the only entries " @@ -654,14 +609,14 @@ msgid "" "manage and have to provide manager feedback for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 msgid "" "Click on the appraisal to open the appraisal form. Enter responses in the " ":guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` " "tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:304 msgid "" "When completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to Manager` toggle (the " "default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When clicked, the toggle " @@ -673,24 +628,24 @@ msgid "" "The feedback section for the employee with the toggle button highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:314 msgid "Manager's feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 msgid "" "After the employee has completed the :guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` " "section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab, it is time for the manager to " "fill out the :guilabel:`Manager's Feedback` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:320 msgid "" "The manager enters their responses in the fields in the :ref:`same manner as" " the employee `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:323 msgid "" "When the feedback section is completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to " "Employee` toggle (the default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When " @@ -703,11 +658,12 @@ msgid "" " highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:748 msgid "Skills tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:334 msgid "" "Part of an appraisal is evaluating an employee's skills, and tracking their " "progress over time. The :guilabel:`Skills` tab of the appraisal form auto-" @@ -715,32 +671,32 @@ msgid "" "<../hr/employees/new_employee>`, once an appraisal is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:338 msgid "" "Each skill is grouped with like skills, and the :guilabel:`Skill Level`, " ":guilabel:`Progress`, and :guilabel:`Justification` are displayed for each " "skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 msgid "" "Update any skills, or add any new skills to the :guilabel:`Skills` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:343 msgid "" "If a skill level has increased, a reason for the improved rating can be " "entered into the :guilabel:`Justification` field, such as `took a fluency " "language test` or `received Javascript certification`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:347 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`Create a new employee ` document for " "detailed instructions on adding or updating a skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:350 msgid "" "After an appraisal is completed, and the skills have been updated, the next " "time an appraisal is confirmed, the updated skills populate the " @@ -751,11 +707,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The skills tab of an appraisal form, all filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:358 msgid "Private note tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:360 msgid "" "If managers want to leave notes that are only visible to other managers, " "they can be entered in the :guilabel:`Private Note` tab. The employee being " @@ -763,12 +719,12 @@ msgid "" "appear on their appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:386 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:520 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 msgid "Schedule a meeting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:367 msgid "" "Once both portions of an appraisal are completed (the :ref:`employee " "` and :ref:`manager Appraisals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:377 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, beneath the appraisal date on the " "desired appraisal card, and a :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window " @@ -796,47 +752,47 @@ msgid "" "activity form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Meeting` for the :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the drop-" "down menu. Doing so causes the form to change, so only the " ":guilabel:`Activity Type` and :guilabel:`Summary` fields appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:385 msgid "" "If scheduling an activity other than a meeting, such as a :guilabel:`Call` " "or a :guilabel:`To-Do`, the fields that appear on the :guilabel:`Schedule " "Activity` pop-up form change, accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:389 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon may appear as a number of different icons, " "depending on what, if any, scheduled activities are in place, and the color " "represents their corresponding due dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:392 msgid "" "If no activities are scheduled, that is represented by a gray :guilabel:`🕘 " "(clock)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:394 msgid "" "However, if a specific activity is scheduled, the icon may appear as a " ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon for a phone call, a :guilabel:`👥 (group of " "people)` icon for a meeting, and so on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:397 msgid "" "The color of the icon indicates the status; a green icon means an activity " "is scheduled in the future, and a red icon means the activity is past due." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:400 msgid "" "For more details on activities, refer to the :doc:`../essentials/activities`" " document." @@ -846,46 +802,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The appraisal cards with the various activity icons highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 msgid "" "Enter a brief description in the :guilabel:`Summary` field of the " ":guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window, such as `Annual Appraisal for " "(Employee)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:409 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button. From the calendar page " "that appears, navigate to, and double-click on, the desired date and time " "for the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:412 msgid "" "Doing so opens a :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up form. From this pop-up form, " "make any desired modifications, such as designating a :guilabel:`Start` " "time, or giving a :guilabel:`Name` to the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:416 msgid "" "Add the appraisee in the :guilabel:`Attendees` section, and include anyone " "else who should be in the meeting, if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:419 msgid "" "To make the meeting a video call, instead of an in-person meeting, click " ":guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting`, and a :guilabel:`Videocall URL` link appears in " "the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:422 msgid "" "Once all the desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:424 msgid "" "The meeting now appears on the calendar, and the invited parties are " "informed, via email." @@ -897,183 +853,46 @@ msgid "" "appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 msgid "" "The other way to schedule a meeting is from the individual appraisal form. " "To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Appraisal application` " "dashboard, then click on an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button, and the calendar loads." " Follow the same directions above to create the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 msgid "" -"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button says " +"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button reads " ":guilabel:`No Meeting`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:463 -msgid "Goals" -msgstr "Obiective" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:465 -msgid "" -"The ability to set goals for employees to work toward is an important " -"feature of Odoo *Appraisals*. Goals are typically set during an appraisal, " -"so the employee knows what they need to work toward before their next " -"appraisal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:469 -msgid "" -"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> " -"Goals`. This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban " -"view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:472 -msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:474 -msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the name of the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:475 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee the goal is assigned to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 -msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:477 -msgid ":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Employee`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is assigned " -"to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:480 -msgid "" -"If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " -"corner of the goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 -msgid "" -"Every individual goal requires its own entry for each employee. If employees" -" have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the list. For " -"example, if both Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " -"appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " -"goal for Sara." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 -msgid "New goal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:495 -msgid "" -"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application -->" -" Goals`, and click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:498 -msgid "" -"Enter the information on the card. The information requested is all the same" -" information that appears on the :ref:`goal card ` in the " -"Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field and a " -":guilabel:`Description` tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:502 -msgid "" -"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field by default, and " -"the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" -" profile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:505 -msgid "" -"Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " -"useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:513 -msgid "Completed goals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:515 -msgid "" -"When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " -"be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " -"dashboard, or from the individual goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:518 -msgid "" -"To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" -" the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the top-right of a goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:522 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon **only** appears when the mouse hovers " -"over the corner of a goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:525 -msgid "" -"Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " -"green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " -"card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:528 -msgid "" -"To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " -"open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " -"the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner " -"appears in the top-right corner of the goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:533 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:526 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:753 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:830 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Raportare" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:442 msgid "" "The *Appraisals* application tracks two metrics across two different " "reports: an :ref:`appraisal analysis `, and a " ":ref:`skills evolution `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:448 msgid "Appraisal analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:450 msgid "" "To access the *Appraisal Analysis* report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Appraisal " @@ -1081,7 +900,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted in different colors to represent their status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 msgid "" "Appraisals in yellow are completed, appraisals in orange are in-progress " "(the appraisal is confirmed, but not completed), and appraisals in gray are " @@ -1089,13 +908,13 @@ msgid "" "been confirmed yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 msgid "" "The report displays the whole current year, by default, grouped by " "department." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:460 msgid "" "To change the calendar view presented, change the date settings in the top-" "left of the report. The options to display are :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -1103,13 +922,13 @@ msgid "" " move forward or backward in time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:464 msgid "" "At any point, click the :guilabel:`Today` button to present the calendar to " "include today's date in the view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:467 msgid "" "The report can have other filters and groupings set in the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top." @@ -1119,64 +938,64 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A report showing all the appraisals for the Appraisal Analysis report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 msgid "Skills evolution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 msgid "" "To access the *Skills Evolution* report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Skills Evolution`. " "This displays a report of all skills, grouped by employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:481 msgid "" "All the lines of the report are collapsed, by default. To view the details " "of a line, click on a line to expand the data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:484 msgid "Each skill has the following information listed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:486 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: name of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 msgid ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: the category the skill falls under." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:488 msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the specific, individual skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:489 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Level`: the level the employee had previously " "achieved for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:583 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Progress`: the previous percentage of competency " "achieved for the skill (based on the :guilabel:`Skill Level`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:585 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Skill Level`: the current level the employee has achieved" " for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Skill Progress`: the current percentage of competency " "achieved for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:494 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Justification`: any notes entered on the skill explaining the " "progress." @@ -1186,11 +1005,182 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A report showing all the skills grouped by employee." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:501 +msgid ":doc:`appraisals/goals`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:3 +msgid "Goals" +msgstr "Obiective" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Appraisals* application allows managers to set goals for their " +"employees. That way, employees know what to work toward before their next " +"review." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`. " +"This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:13 +msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:15 +msgid ":guilabel:`Goal`: the name of the goal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:16 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the employee the goal is assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:17 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-clock-o` :guilabel:`(clock)` icon: displays the corresponding " +":doc:`activity icon <../../essentials/activities>` for the record. If no " +"activities are scheduled, the default icon is the :icon:`fa-clock-o` " +":guilabel:`(clock)`. If any activities have been scheduled, the icon " +"represents the activity scheduled soonest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:21 +msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal. The " +"options are :guilabel:`0%`, :guilabel:`25%`, :guilabel:`50%`, " +":guilabel:`75%`, or :guilabel:`100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Icon`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is " +"assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " +"corner of the goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 +msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every individual goal requires its own record for each employee. If multiple" +" employees have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For example, if Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " +"appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " +"goal for Sara." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:40 +msgid "New goal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`," +" and click :guilabel:`New` top-left corner to open a blank goal form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Input the :guilabel:`Goal`, :guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Progress`, and " +":guilabel:`Deadline`, information on the goal card, as discussed in the " +":ref:`goal card ` section of this document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The information requested is all the same information that appears on the " +"goal card in the Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field " +"and a :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " +"all tags need to be added. To add a tag, enter the name of the tag on the " +"line, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(tag)\"`. Repeat this for all tags that" +" need to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field, by default, and " +"the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" +" profile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " +"useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 +msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:68 +msgid "Completed goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:70 +msgid "" +"When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " +"be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " +"dashboard, or from the individual goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" +" the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon in the top-" +"right of a goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon **only** " +"appears when the mouse hovers over the top-right corner of a goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " +"green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " +"open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " +"the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner " +"appears in the top-right corner of the goal form." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:5 msgid "Attendances" msgstr "Prezențe" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Attendances* application functions as a time clock. Employees are " "able to check in and out of work using a dedicated device in kiosk mode, " @@ -1200,56 +1190,55 @@ msgid "" " are working overtime, or checking out of work earlier than expected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:16 msgid "Access rights" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:18 msgid "" "It is important to understand how the different access rights affect what " -"users can access in the *Attendances* application." +"options and features users can access in the *Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 msgid "" -"Every user in the database is always able to access their own information on" -" the dashboard and can check in and out directly from the database. Access " -"to all the other features is determined by access rights." +"Every user in the database is able to check in and out directly from the " +"database, without needing access to the *Attendances* application. " +"Additionally, all users can access their own attendance records from their " +"employee form in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Access to both the *Attendances* application, and the various features " +"within the application is determined by access rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:28 msgid "" "To see what access rights a user has, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Settings application --> Users & Companies: Users`, and " -"click on an individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by" -" default. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the " -"setting. For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to " -"leave the field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users & Companies: Users`, and click on an " +"individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by default. " +"Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the setting. " +"For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to leave the " +"field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:34 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Administrator` option is selected, the user has full " "access to the entire *Attendances* application, with no restrictions. They " -"can view all employee attendance records, enter kiosk mode from the " +"can view all employee attendance records, enter *Kiosk mMode* from the " "application, access all reporting metrics, and make modifications to the " -"settings." +"settings. If left blank, the user does **not** have access to the " +"*Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If left blank, the user can only view their own information on the " -"*Attendances* application dashboard and can view their own personal " -"attendance records under the reporting feature. All other attendance records" -" are hidden from view on the report. There is no access to either the kiosk " -"mode or the configuration menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:42 msgid "Approvers" msgstr "Aprobatori" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:44 msgid "" "The **only** other scenario where different information may be accessible in" " the *Attendances* application is for approvers. If a user does *not* have " @@ -1262,7 +1251,7 @@ msgid "" "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:52 msgid "" "To see who the attendance approver is for an employee, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Employees application` and click on the specific employee. " @@ -1273,7 +1262,7 @@ msgid "" "reports, and make modifications to their records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:61 msgid "" "Few configurations are needed in the *Attendances* application. Determining " "how employees check in and out, defining how the kiosks function, and " @@ -1282,11 +1271,11 @@ msgid "" "Configuration` to access the configuration menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:67 msgid "Modes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how an employee " "checks in when using a kiosk. Options are :guilabel:`Barcode/RFID`, " @@ -1294,31 +1283,31 @@ msgid "" "Selection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:76 msgid "" "The *Barcode* application **does not** need to be installed to use one of " "the Barcode/RFID settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances from Backend`: activate this selection to allow users" " to check in and out directly from the Odoo database. If this is not " "activated, users must use a kiosk to check in and out of work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 msgid "Kiosk settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:88 msgid "" "This section only needs to be configured if employees use kiosks for " "checking in and out. If kiosks are **not** being used, modifying any of " "these fields does **not** adversely affect the *Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode Source`: this setting appears **only** if either of the " "two Barcode/RFID selections were configured for the :ref:`Kiosk Mode " @@ -1327,7 +1316,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Front Camera`, or :guilabel:`Back Camera`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:96 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification`: activate this option if employees " "should use a unique PIN to check in. PINs are configured on each individual " @@ -1335,14 +1324,14 @@ msgid "" "documentation for more information on setting up PINs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Time`: set the duration (in seconds) the check in and " "check out confirmation screen remains on the kiosk before going back to the " "main check in screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:101 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendance Kiosk Url`: Odoo generates a unique web address (URL) " "to use a device as a kiosk without having to sign in to the Odoo database. " @@ -1350,7 +1339,7 @@ msgid "" " browser to present the Attendances application kiosk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 msgid "" "These kiosk URLs are **not** secured with any type of access code. Anyone " "who has the URL can access the Attendances application kiosk. If the URL is " @@ -1359,17 +1348,17 @@ msgid "" "generate a new URL and update the kiosk accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:112 msgid "Extra hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:114 msgid "" "This section specifies how extra time is calculated, including when extra " "time is counted and what time is not logged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count of Extra Hours`: enable this box to allow employees to log " "extra hours beyond their set working hours (sometimes referred to as " @@ -1377,14 +1366,14 @@ msgid "" "well. If this is not activated, no other configurations appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start From`: the current date is automatically entered in this " "field. If desired, click on this field and use the calendar selector to " "modify the start date on which extra hours are logged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Company`: enter the amount of time, in" " minutes, that is **not** counted towards an employee's overtime. When an " @@ -1392,7 +1381,7 @@ msgid "" "minutes, the extra time is **not** counted as overtime for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Employee`: enter the amount of time, " "in minutes, that an employee is given, that does **not** adversely affect " @@ -1402,33 +1391,33 @@ msgid "" "they are **not** penalized for their reduced hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 msgid "" "A company sets both of the :guilabel:`Tolerance` fields to `15` minutes, and" " the working hours for the entire company are set from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:138 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:00 AM, and checks out at 5:14 PM, the extra 14" " minutes are **not** counted towards their overtime." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:141 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:05 AM, and checks out at 4:55 PM, even though " "they logged a total of 10 minutes less than their full working hours, they " "are **not** penalized for this discrepancy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Extra Hours`: activate this box to display the extra " "hours logged by an employee when they check out with a kiosk, or when a user" " checks out in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:149 msgid "" "Employees are still able to log overtime hours even if the :guilabel:`Count " "of Extra Hours` option is not activated. The difference is that when " @@ -1437,177 +1426,41 @@ msgid "" "hours>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:164 -msgid "Check in and out via the database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users who are logged into the " -"database to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " -"application, or use a kiosk. For some smaller companies, where every " -"employee is also a user, this feature may be useful." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:170 -msgid "" -"A user can check in and out on the main database dashboard, as well as in " -"any application. In the upper right corner of the top main menu, which is " -"always visible regardless of what application the user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴" -" (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is visible. Click on the " -"colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, enabling the user to check " -"in and/or out." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:180 -msgid "Check in" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:182 -msgid "" -"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " -"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` and the " -"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:190 -msgid "" -"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 -msgid "" -"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " -"their computer to access their location information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:197 -msgid "" -"If the user has not checked in and out already during the current work day, " -"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " -"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" -" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " -"appears beneath that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:202 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to check in. The :guilabel:`🔴 (red " -"circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget changes appearance" -" as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has checked in, by " -"changing the green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to a yellow " -":guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:207 -msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:210 -msgid "Check out" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:212 -msgid "" -"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " -"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" -" populating the time field. Beneath that line, :guilabel:`HH:MM` is " -"displayed, indicating the hours and minutes that have elapsed since checking" -" in. As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes " -"that have passed since the user checked in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:218 -msgid "" -"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " -"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears in addition to " -"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The time displayed in both of " -"these fields are populated with the most recent check in time, and will " -"match. Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously " -"logged hours are displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 -msgid "" -"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " -"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " -"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that will " -"be logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:228 -msgid "" -"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " -":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button. The attendance widget updates again," -" displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the logged time, and the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check " -"in ➡️` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " -"user allows their computer to access this information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:242 -msgid "" -"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " -"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " -"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" -" appears on the dashboard, including check ins and check outs with no time " -"value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:157 msgid "Kiosk mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:159 msgid "" "Some companies may opt to use a dedicated device (a laptop or desktop PC, a " "tablet, or a mobile phone) for employees to check in and check out from. " "Kiosk mode is used for these scenarios." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:163 msgid "" "If users check in and out using either a badge or an RFID, then an " "accessible device in kiosk mode **must** be available to check in and check " "out using these two methods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 msgid "" "Entering kiosk mode is only available for users with specific :ref:`access " "rights `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:169 msgid "Kiosk mode can be activated in three different ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:171 msgid "" "Navigate to the :guilabel:`Attendances` application, and click " ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode` in the top menu. The device then enters kiosk mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:173 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click on the link in the " @@ -1615,7 +1468,7 @@ msgid "" " recommended to close the database tab to keep the database secure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:177 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click :guilabel:`Copy` next to " @@ -1629,7 +1482,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:186 msgid "" "As a security measure, once a device is in kiosk mode, it is not possible to" " exit kiosk mode and go back into the database without signing back in. To " @@ -1638,11 +1491,11 @@ msgid "" "an extra layer of security, preventing anyone from accessing the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:192 msgid "Badge" msgstr "Etichetă" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 msgid "" "To check in or out using a badge, tap the :guilabel:`📷 (camera) Tap to scan`" " image in the center of the kiosk. Then, scan the barcode on the badge using" @@ -1658,11 +1511,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Attendances Kiosk view displaying the scan badge image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:206 msgid "RFID" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:208 msgid "" "To check in or out using an RFID key fob, simply scan the fob with an RFID " "reader. Once scanned, the employee is then either checked in or checked out," @@ -1670,11 +1523,11 @@ msgid "" "all the check in or check out information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:213 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manual" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:215 msgid "" "Users who do not have a scannable badge or an RFID fob can manually check in" " and out at a kiosk. Tap the :guilabel:`Identify Manually` button on the " @@ -1684,20 +1537,20 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`confirmation message ` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:221 msgid "" "When a large number of employees appear in the list, making scrolling " "inefficient, there are two ways to quickly find a specific person:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Search...`: tap on the :guilabel:`Search...` field and enter the " "person's name. As the name is typed in, the matching results are displayed " "on the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: to quickly filter the presented employees, tap on a " "department to display only those employees that are part of that department." @@ -1706,11 +1559,11 @@ msgid "" "part of the department, and is displayed when selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:232 msgid "PIN" msgstr "PIN" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:234 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification` option was activated in the " ":ref:`kiosk settings ` section of the " @@ -1718,7 +1571,7 @@ msgid "" "checking in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:238 msgid "" "After the employee is selected, a number pad appears with a message. When " "checking in, :guilabel:`(Employee) Welcome! Please enter your PIN to check " @@ -1727,7 +1580,7 @@ msgid "" "numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:243 msgid "" "Tap in the PIN using the number pad, then tap :guilabel:`OK` when done. The " "employee is then checked in or out, and a :ref:`confirmation message " @@ -1738,11 +1591,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pop-up that appears when prompted to enter a pin." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:253 msgid "Confirmation message" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:255 msgid "" "When an employee checks in or out, a confirmation message appears with all " "the check in or check out information. When checking in, a welcome message " @@ -1754,7 +1607,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 msgid "" "When checking out, the screen displays a goodbye message, with the date and " "time of check out, and the total hours logged for the day. Beneath the " @@ -1766,12 +1619,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The goodbye message with all the employee's check out information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:681 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Prezentare generală" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:273 msgid "" "When entering the *Attendances* application, the :guilabel:`Overview` " "dashboard is presented, containing all the check in and check out " @@ -1782,11 +1635,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:280 msgid "Views" msgstr "Vizualizări" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:282 msgid "" "To change the view from the default Gantt chart to a list view, click the " ":guilabel:`List` icon in the top right of the dashboard, beneath the user's " @@ -1794,7 +1647,7 @@ msgid "" "button, located next to the :guilabel:`List` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:286 msgid "" "The default view presents the current day's information. To present the " "information for the :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or " @@ -1808,7 +1661,7 @@ msgid "" "dashboard, presenting information containing the current day's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:295 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Day` view, the column for the current hour is highlighted " "in yellow. If the :guilabel:`Week` or :guilabel:`Month` view is selected, " @@ -1822,7 +1675,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:304 msgid "" "Any entries that have errors appear in red, indicating they need to be " "resolved by a user with the proper :ref:`access rights ` that need to be resolved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this filter has a drop-down to further select a " "specific time period. Select the desired time period from the options " "presented, a specific month, quarter, or year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Last 7 days`: this filter presents the attendance data for the " "last seven days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:332 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`: create a custom filter using the pop-up that " "appears when this is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 msgid "Groups" msgstr "Grupuri" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:338 msgid "The default groups that can be selected are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:340 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing the" " following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -1913,13 +1766,13 @@ msgid "" " period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:344 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee`: this group presents the attendance data organized by " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:345 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing " "the following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -1928,7 +1781,7 @@ msgid "" "time period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:349 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`: this option displays a drop-down menu with a " "variety of options to group the attendance data by, including " @@ -1936,53 +1789,53 @@ msgid "" "Address`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:356 msgid "Attendance log details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:358 msgid "" "Odoo captures various time and location details when a user checks in and " "out. The specific details provided are determined by the method the user " "checked in and out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:361 msgid "" "To view the specific check in and/or check out details for an employee, " "click on an individual entry in the overview dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 msgid "" "A detailed attendance log for the user appears in a pop-up window. To close " "the detailed attendance log, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` button in " "the bottom-left corner of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:367 msgid "The detailed attendance log contains the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:370 msgid "Main details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:372 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the name of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 msgid ":guilabel:`Check In`: the date and time the employee checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:374 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: the date and time the employee checked out. This only" " appears if the employee has checked out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:376 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Worked Hours`: the total amount of time the employee logged for " "the day, in an hour and minute format (HH:MM). This value calculates all the" @@ -1990,23 +1843,23 @@ msgid "" "multiple times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Extra Hours`: any extra hours the employee logged that is beyond " "their expected working hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:383 msgid "Check in/check out details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:385 msgid "" "The following information appears for both the :guilabel:`Check In` and " ":guilabel:`Check Out` sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: the method with which the attendance information was " "gathered. :guilabel:`Systray` is displayed if the employee logged in and out" @@ -2015,24 +1868,24 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`using an attendance kiosk `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:392 msgid "" ":guilabel:`IP Address`: the IP address for the computer the employee used to" " log in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:393 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browser`: the web browser the employee used to log in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:394 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Localization`: the city and country associated with the " "computer's IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:395 msgid "" ":guilabel:`GPS Coordinates`: the specific coordinates when the user logged " "in or out. To view the specific coordinates on a map, click the :guilabel:`→" @@ -2044,26 +1897,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The detailed information for an attendance entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:405 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:84 msgid "Errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:407 msgid "" "Entries that contain an error appear on the overview dashboard in red. In " "the :guilabel:`Gantt view`, the entry appears with a red background. If in " "the :guilabel:`List view`, the entry text appears in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:411 msgid "" "An error typically occurs when an employee has checked in but has not " "checked out within the last 24 hours, or when an employee has a check in and" " check out period spanning over 16 hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:414 msgid "" "To fix the error, the attendance entry must be modified or deleted. Click on" " the entry to reveal a pop-up containing the details for that particular " @@ -2080,27 +1933,27 @@ msgid "" "selector is shown, and the time selector is highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:426 msgid "" "When all the information on the pop-up is correct, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close`. When the entry no longer has an error, the entry appears in gray " "instead of red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 msgid "" "To delete an entry, click :guilabel:`Remove` on the pop-up instead of making" " modifications to the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:435 msgid "" "To view attendance reports, click :guilabel:`Reporting` in the top menu. The" " default report displays each employee's attendance information for the past" " 3 months, in a :guilabel:`Line Chart`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 msgid "" "The default view is a :guilabel:`Graph`. To view the data in a pivot table, " "click the :guilabel:`Pivot Table` button on the top right of the report. To " @@ -2108,14 +1961,14 @@ msgid "" "next to the :guilabel:`Pivot Table` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 msgid "" "To present different information, adjust the :ref:`filters and groups " "` in the same way as in the :guilabel:`Overview`" " dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:445 msgid "" "The data can be presented in either a :guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line" " Chart`, :guilabel:`Pie Chart`, :guilabel:`Stacked` chart, or in " @@ -2124,13 +1977,13 @@ msgid "" "chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 msgid "" "To change the :guilabel:`Measures`, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button " "and select the desired measure from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:452 msgid "" "The report can also be inserted into a spreadsheet. Click the " ":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button and a pop-up appears. Select the " @@ -2142,6 +1995,151 @@ msgid "" "The default report view, with all the optional view buttons highlighted." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/check_in_check_out`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:461 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/hardware`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:3 +msgid "Check in and out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users, who are logged into the " +"database, to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " +"application, or use a kiosk. For smaller companies, where every employee is " +"also a user, this feature may be useful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A user can check in and/or out on the main database Odoo dashboard, or while" +" inside any application. To do so, in the upper-right corner of the top main" +" header menu, which is always visible regardless of what application the " +"user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is " +"visible. Click on the colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, " +"enabling the user to check in and/or out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:22 +msgid "Check in" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " +"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)`, and the " +"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in` " +":icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " +"their computer to access their location information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If the user has not already checked in and out during the current work day, " +"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " +"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" +" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " +"appears in that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button to check in. The " +":guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget " +"changes appearance, as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has" +" checked in, by changing the green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` " +"button to a yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:49 +msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:148 +msgid "Check out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " +"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" +" populating the time field. Beneath that line, the hours and minutes that " +"have elapsed since checking in are displayed in a :guilabel:`HH:MM` format. " +"As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes that " +"have passed since the user checked in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " +"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears, in addition to " +"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The times displayed in both of " +"these fields match, and are populated with the most recent check in time. " +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously logged " +"time is displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " +"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " +"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that is " +"logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:70 +msgid "" +"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " +":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " +"yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button. The attendance " +"widget updates again, displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the " +"logged time, while the yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` " +"button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " +"user allows their computer to access this information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:85 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " +"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " +"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" +" appears on the main *Attendances* dashboard, including check ins and check " +"outs with no time value." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Hardware" msgstr "Hardware" @@ -2244,6 +2242,305 @@ msgid "" "departments." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:3 +msgid "Departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"All employees in the *Employees* app fall under specific departments within " +"a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:8 +msgid "Create new departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To make a new department, navigate to :menuselection:`Employees app --> " +"Departments`, then click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left to reveal a blank " +"department form. Fill out the following information on the department form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The department for with all fields filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:18 +msgid ":guilabel:`Department Name`: enter a name for the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: using the drop-down menu, select the department " +"manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Parent Department`: if the new department is housed within " +"another department (has a parent department), select the parent department " +"using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates`: if employees in this department " +"require a specific appraisal form that is different from the default " +"appraisal form, tick the checkbox. If this option is activated, an " +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab appears below the form. This field " +"**only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " +"department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Survey`: using the drop-down menu, select the default " +"survey to use for the department when requesting feedback from employees. " +"This field **only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed, **and** " +"the *360 Feedback* option is enabled in the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the department. Click the default " +"white color box to display all the color options. Click on a color to select" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab: this tab **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates` options is activated on the form. " +"Make any desired edits to the appraisal form. The appraisal form is used for" +" appraisals for all employees within this department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:36 +msgid "" +"After the form is completed, click the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon to manually save the changes. When saved, a " +":guilabel:`Department Organization` chart appears in the top-right of the " +"department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The form auto-saves while data is entered, however the :guilabel:`Department" +" Organization` chart does **not** appear until the form is manually saved. " +"If the form is not saved, the :guilabel:`Department Organization` chart is " +"visible upon opening the department card from the :guilabel:`Departments` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:47 +msgid "Refer to the :doc:`../appraisals` documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:50 +msgid "Departments dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured departments, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Departments`. All departments appear in a " +"Kanban view, by default, and are listed in alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The departments dashboard view with all the department cards in a Kanban " +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:175 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each department has its own Kanban card on the main :guilabel:`Departments` " +":icon:`oi-view-kanban` :guilabel:`(Kanban)` dashboard view, that can display" +" the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:66 +msgid "Department name: the name of the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:67 +msgid "Company: the company the department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employees`: the number of employees within the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisals`: the number of appraisals scheduled for employees in " +"the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Requests`: the number of unapproved time off requests " +"for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval ` . This **only** appears if there are requests to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allocation Requests`: the number of unapproved allocation " +"requests for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval " +"`. This **only** appears if there are requests " +"to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Applicants`: the number of :ref:`new applicants " +"` for a position in this department. This **only** appears " +"if there are new applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expense Reports`: the number of employees in the department with " +":ref:`open expense reports to approve `. This **only** " +"appears if there are any expense reports waiting for approval." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Absence`: the number of absences for the current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Color bar: the selected color for the department appears as a vertical bar " +"on the left side of the department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click on an alert in a department card, such as :guilabel:`Time Off " +"Requests`, to reveal a list view of the requests to approve. This list " +"includes **all** open requests to approve, not just from the specific " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The default view for the :guilabel:`Departments` dashboard is a Kanban view." +" It is possible to view the departments in two other forms: a list view and " +"a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Vizualizare Listă" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a list view, click the :icon:`fa-align-justify` " +":guilabel:`(list)` icon in the top-right corner. The departments appear in a" +" list view, which displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Employees`, " +":guilabel:`Parent Department`, and :guilabel:`Color` for each department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The departments are sorted alphabetically by :guilabel:`Department Name`, by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The departments presented in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When in list view, departments can be managed in batch by selecting one or " +"multiple record's checkbox, then select the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Actions` button to reveal a drop-down menu of actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:113 +msgid "Hierarchy view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a hierarchy view, click the :icon:`fa-share-alt " +"fa-rotate-90` :guilabel:`(hierarchy)` icon in the top-right corner. The " +"departments appear in an organizational chart format, with the highest-level" +" department at the top (typically :guilabel:`Management`), and all other " +"departments beneath it. All child departments of the first-level child " +"departments are folded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Each department card displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, the " +":guilabel:`Manager` (and their profile image), the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Employees` in the department, and the ability to expand the department " +"(:guilabel:`Unfold`) if there are child departments beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Unfold` button on a department card to expand it. Once " +"expanded, the :guilabel:`Unfold` button changes to a :guilabel:`Fold` " +"button. To collapse the department, click the :guilabel:`Fold` button. Only " +"**one** department *per row* can be unfolded at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Click anywhere on a department card to open the department form. Click the " +":guilabel:`(#) Employees` smart button to view a list of all the employees " +"in that department, including all employees in the child departments beneath" +" it, organized by individual department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In the hierarchy view, if the :guilabel:`(2) Employees` button on the " +":guilabel:`Management` card is clicked (the highest-level department card), " +"**all** employees appear in a list view, grouped by department. This is " +"because **all** departments are children of the :guilabel:`Management` " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`(3) Employees` button in the :guilabel:`Sales` department " +"card is clicked, the employees from the :guilabel:`Sales` department, as " +"well as its two child departments (:guilabel:`East Coast Territory` and " +":guilabel:`West Coat Territory`), appear in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "The departments presented in a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list view of employees for the department that was clicked, including all child\n" +"departments." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 msgid "New employees" msgstr "" @@ -2318,7 +2615,6 @@ msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:736 msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "" @@ -2439,7 +2735,8 @@ msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:869 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "" @@ -3678,7 +3975,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:398 msgid "Salary" msgstr "Salariu" @@ -5043,10 +5340,6 @@ msgid "" "different ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 -msgid "List view" -msgstr "Vizualizare Listă" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:304 msgid "" "The default view of the service records is a list view. This presents all " @@ -5094,11 +5387,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The form automatically saves as data is entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 -msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:331 msgid "" "To view services by their stage, click the :guilabel:`Kanban` button, which " @@ -5184,11 +5472,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:380 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:230 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:889 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:894 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "" @@ -5459,11 +5747,11 @@ msgid "" " pop-up windows close, and the activity now appears on the activity view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 msgid "Frontdesk" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:7 msgid "" "The Odoo *Frontdesk* application provides a way for visitors to check in to " "a building or location, and alert the person they are meeting about their " @@ -5471,24 +5759,24 @@ msgid "" "brought to them, while they wait." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:11 msgid "" "This application is ideal for businesses that do **not** have someone " "working at a reception desk, locations **without** a designated waiting area" " available to guests and visitors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:17 msgid "" "The first item to configure with the *Frontdesk* application is the station," " followed by any drink selections that might optionally be offered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 msgid "Stations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:23 msgid "" "In Odoo's *Frontdesk* application, a *Station* can be thought of as any " "location where someone can sign in and wait for an employee. This is " @@ -5496,35 +5784,35 @@ msgid "" "kiosk where visitors check in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:27 msgid "" "When setting up the *Frontdesk* application, a minimum of one station " "**must** be configured, but there is no limit to how many stations can be " "created and configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:30 msgid "" "To create a station, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Stations`, and click :guilabel:`New`. When clicked, a " "blank frontdesk form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Name`: enter a name for the specific frontdesk " "location. This should be short and easily identifiable, such as `Reception " "Desk` or `Main Lobby`. This field is required in order to create a station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:38 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsibles`: select the person (or persons) who are alerted " "when a visitor checks in using this specific frontdesk. Multiple selections " "can be entered. This field is required in order to create a station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk URL`: this field auto-populates once the frontdesk form is " "saved, with at least the :guilabel:`Frontdesk Name` and " @@ -5532,46 +5820,45 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`(cloud with upward arrow)` icon, located at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:45 msgid "" "Once saved, a URL is generated in the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` field. This URL " "is one way the frontdesk kiosk is accessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:48 msgid "" "To access the kiosk, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at the end of the " "URL, and navigate to that URL in a web browser. This URL opens that specific" " station's frontdesk sign-in page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:52 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a frontdesk form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera" " with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:166 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:184 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to open a file explorer, navigate " "to the desired image/photo file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:58 msgid "" "The image selected for the station photo appears as the background image for" " the station kiosk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:61 msgid "Options tab" msgstr "Fila opțiuni" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Host Selection`: if the visitor is attending a meeting, this " "option allows the visitor to select the meeting host from a presented list, " @@ -5579,35 +5866,35 @@ msgid "" "detailed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Authenticate Guest`: if additional information is required when a" " guest checks in, enable this option, and select which of the following are " "required:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: select whether the guest's email address is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Phone`: select whether the guest's phone number is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Organization`: select whether the guest's organization is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Theme`: select the color mode of the kiosk. Choose either " ":guilabel:`Light` or :guilabel:`Dark`. The :guilabel:`Light` selection " @@ -5615,7 +5902,7 @@ msgid "" "selection displays a dark gray and black background." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Self Check-In`: enable this option to present a check-in QR code " "on the kiosk. The QR code allows guests to check in using their mobile " @@ -5623,7 +5910,7 @@ msgid "" "kiosk with multiple guests checking in at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Offer Drinks`: enable this option to offer guests a drink upon " "check in. If this option is enabled, it is necessary to :ref:`configure the " @@ -5632,13 +5919,13 @@ msgid "" " are configured, select each drink to be offered using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:90 msgid "" "The following options are only visible in the :guilabel:`Options` tab if the" " :ref:`Host Selection ` option is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by email`: enable this option to have an email sent to the" " person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -5646,20 +5933,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Email Template` selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:97 msgid "" "To change the default email template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`Email Template` field, then select another email template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any edits to the " "template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:102 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by SMS`: enable this option to have an SMS (text) message " "sent to the person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -5667,13 +5954,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk SMS Template` selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:106 msgid "" "To change the default SMS template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`SMS Template` field, and select another SMS template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:109 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any desired edits to the" @@ -5681,7 +5968,7 @@ msgid "" "characters, which fits in 4 SMS (UNICODE) messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by Discuss`: this option is enabled by default when the " ":guilabel:`Host Selection` option is enabled. This option opens a *Discuss* " @@ -5689,28 +5976,28 @@ msgid "" "in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:116 msgid "" "When enabled, a default message appears for the person the guest is " "visiting. The *Discuss* application **must** be installed in order for this " "option to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:120 msgid "" "*Discuss* is installed by default when creating an Odoo database, and does " "not count towards billing. As long as the *Discuss* application is not " "intentionally uninstalled, the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option works." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:125 msgid "" "The default message format for the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option is: " "`(Frontdesk Station) Check-In: (Guest Name) (Guest Phone Number) " "(Organization) to meet (Name of employee).`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:128 msgid "" "An example of how that might appear in a *Discuss* message is: `Main Lobby " "Check-In: John Doe (123-555-1234) (Odoo, Inc.) to meet Marc Demo.`" @@ -5720,11 +6007,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Frontdesk station form with all the information filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 msgid "Side Message tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:138 msgid "" "Enter any desired text to appear on the station kiosk after a guest has " "checked in, such as a welcome greeting or any necessary instructions. The " @@ -5732,11 +6019,12 @@ msgid "" " a guest has completed the check-in process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:112 msgid "Drinks" msgstr "Băuturi" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:147 msgid "" "After a station is created, the next step is to configure the drinks to " "offer visitors, if desired. This step is **not** necessary or required for " @@ -5744,31 +6032,31 @@ msgid "" "drinks are offered to guests." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:151 msgid "" "To add a drink option, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Drinks`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a " "blank drink form to configure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 msgid "Enter the following information on the drink form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Drink Name`: type the name of the drink option in this field. " "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 msgid "" ":guilabel:`People to Notify`: use the drop-down menu in this field to select" " who is notified when the drink is selected. Multiple people can be entered " "in this field. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:159 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a numerical value in this field to indicate " "where in the list of drink options this specific option appears. The lower " @@ -5777,16 +6065,16 @@ msgid "" "first in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:163 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:181 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a drink form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera " "with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:169 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:187 msgid "" "The image selected now appears in the picture field, and is set as the image" " for the drink." @@ -5796,156 +6084,237 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Drink form with the information filled out for an espresso." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:178 msgid "Station dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:192 +msgid "Kiosk setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " +"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " +"tablet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:197 +msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " +":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" +" a new browser tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " +"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" +" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " +"browser tab or window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " +"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " +"accessing the database when checking-in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" +" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " +":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " +"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " +"requests were made for each drink." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:220 +msgid "" +"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " +"other metrics, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`frontdesk/visitors`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:3 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "Vizitatori" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:5 msgid "" -"To access a complete list of visitors that are currently checked in, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +"In the Odoo *Frontdesk* application, a *visitor* is defined as any non-" +"employee (e.g., repair person, job candidate, etc.). These visitors can be " +"logged upon arrival and departure for security purposes. This ensures an " +"accurate list of people on the premises." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:196 -msgid "" -"The visitors are listed in a list view, with the following details that were" -" entered when they checked in:" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:12 +msgid "Visitor list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To access a complete list of checked-in visitors, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:18 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Planned or Checked-In` and :guilabel:`Today` " "filters appear in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:21 +msgid "" +"All visitors are presented in a list view, with the following details that " +"were entered upon check in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:24 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the guest's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:25 msgid ":guilabel:`Visitor Company`: the company the guest represents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: the guest's phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 -msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`: the drink the guest requested." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`\\*: the drink the guest requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:28 msgid ":guilabel:`Host`: who the guest is waiting to see." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:29 msgid ":guilabel:`CheckIn`: the date and time the guest checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Checkout`: the date and time the guest checked out. As mentioned," -" in the default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " +":guilabel:`Checkout`\\*: the date and time the guest checked out. In the " +"default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " ":guilabel:`Planned` status are visible. Guests with check-out times are only" " visible if the :guilabel:`Today` filter is not active." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duration`: the amount of time the guest has been checked in for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`Station`: the location of where the guest checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: the status of the guest. The options are " ":guilabel:`Checked-In`, :guilabel:`Planned`, :guilabel:`Checked-Out`, or " -":guilabel:`Canceled`. In the default view, only guests with a " -":guilabel:`Checked-In` or :guilabel:`Planned` status are visible." +":guilabel:`Canceled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: the guest's email address." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`\\*: the guest's email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:39 msgid "" -"To the far right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page is " -"an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +"\\* These fields are not visible in the default :guilabel:`Visitor` list. " +"These must be enabled using the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` " +":guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon in the top-right of the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To the far-right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page, " +"there is an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:46 msgid "" "When a guest leaves, click the available :guilabel:`Check out` button to " "update the guest's record, and log the date and time they left." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:49 msgid "" "If a scheduled guest arrives, and they did not check in using the " "*Frontdesk* kiosk, they can be checked in here, by clicking the available " ":guilabel:`Check in` button to log the date and time they arrived." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:53 msgid "" -"Beside the untitled status column a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button appears," -" but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." +"Beside the untitled status column, a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " +"appears, but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:56 msgid "" "When their drink has been served, click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " "to indicate the drink has been delivered to the guest. Once clicked, that " "button disappears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst-1 msgid "" "The full list of currently checked in visitors, with the drinks to be served" " highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:63 msgid "" "If any column is not visible, or if a visible column is preferred to be " -"hidden, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options (two horizontal lines with " -"dots)` icon, located at the end of the column name list." +"hidden, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(additional " +"options)` icon, located at the end of the column name list. Doing so, " +"reveals a reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or disable. A" +" :icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`(check)` icon indicates the column is visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Clicking that reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or " -"disable. A :guilabel:`✅ (checkmark)` icon indicates the column is visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:69 msgid "Planned visitors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:71 msgid "" -"If a guest is expected to arrive at a future date and time, it is possible " -"to enter their information into the *Frontdesk* application in advance." +"Enter expected guest information in advance by creating a planned guest in " +"the *Frontdesk* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:73 msgid "" "To create a planned guest, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Visitors --> New`. Then, enter the same information as any other " -":ref:`visitor `. The only required fields are the " -"visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the :guilabel:`Station` at which they are " -"expected to arrive." +"Visitors`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, enter the same information as " +"any other :ref:`visitor ` on the guest form that appears. " +"The only required fields are the visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Station` at which they are expected to arrive." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:79 msgid "" "If a guest is planned in advance, they must be checked in from the list on " "the :guilabel:`Visitors` page in the *Frontdesk* application " @@ -5954,96 +6323,71 @@ msgid "" " entry remains listed as :guilabel:`Planned`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:84 msgid "" -"Only when a planned guest is checked in inside the application's visitor " -"list, their :guilabel:`Planned` status changes to :guilabel:`Checked-In`." +"The :guilabel:`Planned` status of a planned guest **only** changes to " +":guilabel:`Checked-In` when they are checked in *inside* the application's " +":guilabel:`Visitors` list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:87 msgid "" "If a guest does check in using a kiosk, ensure all records are current, and " -"the list of currently on-site guests is correct. Be sure to check in and/or " -"check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly reflects who " -"is currently on the premises." +"the list of guests that are currently on-site is correct. Be sure to check " +"in and/or check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly " +"reflects who is currently on the premises." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:91 msgid "" "Ensure planned guests are informed that they should **not** check in using " "the kiosk if they are listed as a planned guest in advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:274 -msgid "Frontdesk flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " -"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " -"tablet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:279 -msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:281 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " -":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" -" a new browser tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:283 -msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " -"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" -" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " -"browser tab or window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:288 -msgid "" -"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " -"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " -"accessing the database when checking-in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:95 msgid "Visitor flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:294 -msgid "" -"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a frontdesk kiosk, and " -"enter their information. The information requested is what was configured " -"for that specific frontdesk station. If any information is required, the " -"field displays a red asterisk (*). The visitor must enter the required " -"information in order to check in." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:98 +msgid "Visitor check in" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a :ref:`Frontdesk kiosk " +"`, and click :guilabel:`Check in`. The information " +"requested from the visitor is what was configured for that specific " +"*Frontdesk* station. If any information is required, the field displays a " +"red asterisk (\\*). The visitor **must** enter the required information in " +"order to check in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:105 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, the visitor taps the :guilabel:`Check " "In` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:108 msgid "" -"If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check " -"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: `Do " -"you want something to drink?`" +"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," +" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check " +"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: " +":guilabel:`Do you want something to drink?`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:117 msgid "" "The visitor can tap either :guilabel:`Yes, please`, or :guilabel:`No, thank " "you`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:119 msgid "" "If they select :guilabel:`Yes, please`, a drink selection screen appears, " "and the pre-configured options are listed. The visitor then taps the desired" @@ -6051,47 +6395,46 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Nothing, thanks` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:123 msgid "" -"If a drink selection was made, a `Thank you for registering! Your drink is " -"on the way.` message appears." +"If a drink selection was made, a :guilabel:`Thank you for registering! Your " +"drink is on the way.` message appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:313 -msgid "" -"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," -" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:127 +msgid "Notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:129 msgid "" "Once the visitor has checked in, the person they are visiting, and any other" -" users who were configured to be notified when checks ins occur at the " -"kiosk, are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a " -"*Discuss* chat, or any combination of those three options." +" users who were configured to be notified when check-ins occur at the kiosk," +" are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a *Discuss*" +" chat, or any combination of those three options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:133 msgid "" "If the visitor requested a drink, the user(s) configured as the " -":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified via the " -"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: `(Visitor Name) just " -"checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" +":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified, via the " +"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: :guilabel:`(Visitor " +"Name) just checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the drink has been delivered to the guest, the person who delivered the" " drink is responsible for marking the drink as delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:140 msgid "" "To mark a drink as delivered, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Stations --> (#) Drinks to serve` on the desired station card." +"Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#) " +"Drinks to serve`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:143 msgid "" "This opens a list of all the visitors checked in at that station, and are " "waiting for a drink. Click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button at the end of" @@ -6099,64 +6442,39 @@ msgid "" "their drink served, the visitor disappears from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:150 msgid "" "Once the visitor has completed their business, and has left the premises, it" " is important to check them out for accurate record keeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:153 msgid "" "To check visitors out properly, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app " -"--> Stations --> (#) On Site`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who" -" are currently checked-in at that station." +"--> Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#)" +" Drinks to serve`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who are " +"currently checked-in at that station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:157 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check Out` button near the end of the line for the " +"Click the :guilabel:`Check out` button near the end of the line for the " "visitor who left. Once they are marked as checked-out, the visitor " "disappears from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:161 msgid "" -"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important to" -" check out visitors for accurate record keeping." +"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important " +"for *Frontdesk* users to check out visitors for accurate record keeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:164 msgid "" "Always have an accurate list of who is on the premises at any given time. " "This is important for security purposes, and in the case of an emergency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:353 -msgid "" -"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " -"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:355 -msgid "" -"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" -" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " -":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:358 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " -"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " -"requests were made for each drink." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:361 -msgid "" -"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " -"other metrics, as well." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:5 msgid "Lunch" msgstr "Prânz" @@ -6664,7 +6982,7 @@ msgid "The category form, with the fields filled out for a Soup category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:280 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:701 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:392 msgid "Alerts" msgstr "Alerte" @@ -7881,13 +8199,20 @@ msgid "" "the changes are also reflected in the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To access contract templates, the *Salary Configurator* " +"(`hr_contract_salary`) module **must** be :ref:`installed " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "To view all the current contract templates in the database, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Contracts: Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Contract Templates` page, all current contract templates " "appear in a list view. To view the details of a contract template, click " @@ -7896,40 +8221,40 @@ msgid "" "contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" "To create a new contract template, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Then, " "enter the following information on the blank contract template form that " "appears:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Reference`: enter a brief description for the template. " "This should be clear and easily understood, as this name appears in the " "*Recruitment* application, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: select the desired working schedule the " "contract applies to from the drop-down menu. If a new working schedule is " "needed, create a :ref:`new working schedule `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select how the work entries are generated. " "Choices are either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: work entries are generated based on the " "selected working schedule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "attendance, as they are logged in the *Attendances* application. Refer to " @@ -7937,56 +8262,56 @@ msgid "" "on checking in and out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Planning`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "planning in the *Planning* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select the :ref:`salary structure type " "` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the contract template applies " "to from the drop-down menu. If blank, the template applies to all " "departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Job Position`: select the :ref:`job position ` the contract template applies to from the drop-down menu. If " "blank, the template applies to all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 msgid ":guilabel:`Wage on Payroll`: enter the monthly wage in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Type`: select the type of contract from the drop-down " "menu. This list is the same as the :ref:`Employment Types " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: select the employee responsible for validating " "contracts, using this template, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`: select a default document that a" " new employee has to sign to accept an offer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template`: select a default document " "that a current employee has to sign to update their contract." @@ -7996,18 +8321,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new contract template form, with the fields filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 msgid "Salary information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or " ":guilabel:`Hourly Wage` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: using the drop-down menu, select how often the " "employee is paid. Options include :guilabel:`Annually`, :guilabel:`Semi-" @@ -8016,7 +8341,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Weekly`, or :guilabel:`Daily`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage`: enter the gross wage. The time period presented in this " "field is based on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Scheduled Pay` field. " @@ -8024,21 +8349,21 @@ msgid "" "*first*, since that entry updates this field automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:172 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)`: enter the total yearly cost the employee " "costs the employer. When this value is entered, the :guilabel:`Monthly Cost " "(Real)` is automatically updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Monthly Cost (Real)`: this field is **not** editable. The value " "is automatically populated after the :guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)` is " "entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:178 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Schedule Pay`, :guilabel:`Wage`, and :guilabel:`Yearly Cost " "(Real)` fields are all linked. If any of these fields are updated, the other" @@ -8051,60 +8376,60 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The salary information tab, with the fields filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 msgid "Pre-tax benefits and post-tax deductions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:190 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings set for the company, the entries " "presented in this section either vary, or may not appear at all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "For example, some entries may pertain to retirement accounts, health " "insurance benefits, and commuter benefits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:196 msgid "" "Enter the monetary amounts or percentages to specify how much of the " "employee's salary goes to the various benefits and/or deductions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "Employment types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:204 msgid "" "To view all the pre-configured employment types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll application --> Configuration --> Contracts: " "Employment Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:207 msgid "" "The employment types are presented in a list view on the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:209 msgid "" "The default employment types are :guilabel:`Permanent`, " ":guilabel:`Temporary`, :guilabel:`Seasonal`, :guilabel:`Interim`, " ":guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, and :guilabel:`Permanent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 msgid "" "To make a new employment type, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the " "upper-left corner, and a blank line appears at the bottom of the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:215 msgid "" "On this new blank line, enter the name of the employment type in the " ":guilabel:`Name` column. If the employment type is country-specific, select " @@ -8113,7 +8438,7 @@ msgid "" " specific country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:220 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the employment types, click the :guilabel:`six " "small gray boxes` icon to the left of the employment type :guilabel:`Name`, " @@ -8124,12 +8449,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The employment types in the database by default, in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -8137,15 +8462,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:238 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:241 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -8153,14 +8478,14 @@ msgid "" "automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work " "Entry Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:251 msgid "" "Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." @@ -8172,29 +8497,29 @@ msgid "" "code and color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 msgid "" "To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:730 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:43 msgid "General information section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: the name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:269 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: this code appears with the work entry type on " "timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " @@ -8202,7 +8527,7 @@ msgid "" "department for a code to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:272 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DMFA code`: this code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " "Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding :abbr:`DMFA (De " @@ -8213,50 +8538,50 @@ msgid "" "salaries paid to those employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 msgid "" ":guilabel:`External Code`: this code is used for exporting data to a third-" "party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used to determine " "the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: this code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " "payroll service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the particular work entry type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:285 msgid "Display in payslip section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rounding`: the rounding method selected determines how quantities" " on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: a timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:295 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -8266,11 +8591,11 @@ msgid "" "hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:301 msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: if the work entry is for work that " "is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " @@ -8279,39 +8604,39 @@ msgid "" " training, or volunteer work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:309 msgid "Valid for advantages section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: if the work entry should count towards a meal " "voucher, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:312 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: if the work entry should count towards " "representation fees, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: if the work entry should count " "towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:318 msgid "Time off options section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off`: check this box if the work entry type can be selected " "for a time off request, or entry, in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field " "appears. This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time" @@ -8319,14 +8644,14 @@ msgid "" "example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "A new type of time off can be entered in the field, if the listed types of " "time off in the drop-down menu do **not** display the type of time off " "needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: this is for Belgian-specific companies " "**only**, and does **not** appear for other localizations. Check this box if" @@ -8337,11 +8662,11 @@ msgid "" "year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:336 msgid "Reporting section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:338 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: if the work entry should be visible on the " "unforeseen absences report, check this box." @@ -8351,11 +8676,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:348 msgid "Working schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 msgid "" "To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " @@ -8363,21 +8688,21 @@ msgid "" "contracts and work entries are found in this list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 msgid "" "Working schedules are company-specific. Each company **must** identify each " "type of working schedule they use. If the database is created for only one " "company, the company column is not available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" "An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " "work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " "that uses the 40-hour standard work week." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "" "A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " "needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." @@ -8389,17 +8714,17 @@ msgid "" "the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "New working schedule" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:373 msgid "" "To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " "enter the information on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -8407,7 +8732,7 @@ msgid "" "times that apply to the new working time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:380 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -8416,16 +8741,16 @@ msgid "" "modified by typing in the time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:386 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:389 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top-left. This creates " "entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" @@ -8433,11 +8758,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New working schedule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:403 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -8447,7 +8772,7 @@ msgid "" "on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:411 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -8457,73 +8782,77 @@ msgid "" "structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:417 msgid "" "The different :guilabel:`Structure Types` can be seen by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure " -"Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary: Structure Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:420 msgid "" -"There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: " -":guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Worker`. Typically, :guilabel:`Employee`" -" is used for salaried employees, which is why the wage type is " -":guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is typically used for" -" employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +"Two default structure types are configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Employee` and" +" :guilabel:`Worker`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:422 +msgid "" +"Typically, :guilabel:`Employee` is used for salaried employees, which is why" +" the wage type is :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is " +"typically used for employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is " +":guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "New structure type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " "structure type form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 msgid "" "Proceed to enter information in the fields. Most fields are pre-populated, " "but all the fields can be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:441 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Structure Type`: enter the name for the new structure type, such " "as `Employee` or `Worker`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Country`: select the country that the new structure type applies " "to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:445 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select what type of wage the new structure type uses," " either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for salaried employees, who receive the same wage " "every pay period, select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:451 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for employees, who receive wages based on how many" " hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: select the typical pay schedule for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," @@ -8532,7 +8861,7 @@ msgid "" "indicates how often this specific type of structure is paid out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: select the default working hours for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " @@ -8543,13 +8872,13 @@ msgid "" "hours>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: type in the name for the regular pay " "structure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:463 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: select the default type of work entry " "the new structure type falls under from the drop-down menu. The default " @@ -8560,13 +8889,13 @@ msgid "" "Hours`, and :guilabel:`Long Term Time Off`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 msgid "" "To view all the options for the :guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`, click " "the :guilabel:`Search More..` button at the bottom of the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:472 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings, this list may contain more options " "in addition to the default options." @@ -8577,11 +8906,11 @@ msgid "" "New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 msgid "New default working hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:484 msgid "" "To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " "in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " @@ -8591,14 +8920,14 @@ msgid "" "time. When the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: type in the name for the new default working hours. This " "should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " "Hours/Week`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that can use these new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " @@ -8606,7 +8935,7 @@ msgid "" " to have their own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:495 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: the average hours per day field is auto-" "populated, based on the working hours configured in the :guilabel:`Working " @@ -8614,13 +8943,13 @@ msgid "" "hours affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:499 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Timezone`: select the time zone to be used for the new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:501 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: enter the number of hours per week an " "employee would need to work to be considered a full-time employee. " @@ -8629,7 +8958,7 @@ msgid "" "(full-time vs part-time)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:505 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Time Rate`: this percentage is auto-generated based on the " "entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" @@ -8639,7 +8968,7 @@ msgid "" "adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: this tab is where each day's specific working" " hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " @@ -8647,26 +8976,26 @@ msgid "" "with each day divided into three timed sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:513 msgid "" "Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening " "(13:00-17:00) hours configured, using a 24 hour time format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:516 msgid "" "To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field to adjust, and " "make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the specific case of " "the times, type in the desired time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:519 msgid "" "Keep in mind, working hours are company-specific, and cannot be shared " "between companies. Each company needs to have their own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "" "If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " "bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " @@ -8675,17 +9004,17 @@ msgid "" " be adjusted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 msgid "Structures" msgstr "Structuri" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:531 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -8693,13 +9022,13 @@ msgid "" "`Bonus`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:538 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:541 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " @@ -8710,7 +9039,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All available salary structures." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:548 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." @@ -8722,12 +9051,12 @@ msgid "" "Rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:551 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:556 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:261 msgid "Rules" msgstr "Reguli" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:558 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " "purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" @@ -8735,35 +9064,35 @@ msgid "" "the creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:562 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " "Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:565 msgid "" "To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " "the following information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 msgid "Top section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:571 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rule Name`: enter a name for the rule. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " "recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " @@ -8771,38 +9100,38 @@ msgid "" "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:577 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a number indicating when this rule is calculated" " in the sequence of all other rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:576 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Active`: enable this toggle, so the rule is available for use. " "Disable the toggle to hide the rule without deleting it in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:583 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appears on payslip`: tick the checkbox to have the rule appear on" " employee payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:584 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Employer Cost Dashboard`: tick the checkbox to have the " "rule appear on the :guilabel:`Employer Cost` report, located on the " "*Payroll* app dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:586 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Payroll Reporting`: tick the checkbox to have the rule " "appear on payroll reports." @@ -8812,15 +9141,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 msgid "General tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:597 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "Condiții" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:599 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: select from the drop-down menu whether the " "rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always applies), a :guilabel:`Range` " @@ -8829,11 +9158,11 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:600 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:605 msgid "Computation" msgstr "Calcul" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:607 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: select from the drop-down menu whether the amount " "is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a :guilabel:`Percentage (%)`, or a " @@ -8841,54 +9170,54 @@ msgid "" "percentage, or Python code needs to be entered next. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:613 msgid "Company contribution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:615 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partner`: if another company financially contributes to this " "rule, select the company from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:614 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:810 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 msgid "Description tab" msgstr "Fila descriere" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:621 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the rule. " "This tab only appears in the rule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:625 msgid "Accounting tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:627 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Debit Account`: select the debit account from the drop-down menu " "the rule affects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Credit Account`: select the credit account from the drop-down " "menu the rule affects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:624 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:629 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not computed in net accountability`: tick the checkbox to delete " "the value of this rule in the `Net Salary` rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:633 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:636 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " @@ -8897,11 +9226,11 @@ msgid "" "has matured to more markets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:642 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:644 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " @@ -8915,14 +9244,14 @@ msgid "" "a payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 msgid "" "To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " ":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " "applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:658 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" " :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " @@ -8934,11 +9263,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new Input Type form filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:664 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:669 msgid "Salary attachment types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:671 msgid "" "Salary attachments, also thought of as \"wage garnishments\", are portions " "of earnings taken out of a payslip for something specific. Much like all " @@ -8946,7 +9275,7 @@ msgid "" "**must** be defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:675 msgid "" "To view the currently configured salary attachments, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Salary " @@ -8955,7 +9284,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Child Support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:679 msgid "" "To make a new type of salary attachment, click the :guilabel:`New` button. " "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Code` (used in the salary " @@ -8967,11 +9296,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new salary attachment form filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " "section of the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary " @@ -8981,7 +9311,7 @@ msgid "" "their salary package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:695 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -8990,11 +9320,11 @@ msgid "" "sees, and what is populated, as the applicant enters information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:701 msgid "Benefits" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:703 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain benefits " "set in Odoo, in addition to the salary, to make an offer more appealing " @@ -9002,7 +9332,7 @@ msgid "" " or internet, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:707 msgid "" "To view the benefits, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary Package Configurator: Benefits`. Benefits are grouped by " @@ -9014,7 +9344,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list view of all the benefits available for each structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:716 msgid "" "A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " "another labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " @@ -9022,7 +9352,7 @@ msgid "" "structure type has a meal voucher benefit available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:720 msgid "" "A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use the " "company car benefit, but cannot have meal vouchers. A person hired under the" @@ -9030,29 +9360,29 @@ msgid "" "available to them, not the use of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:724 msgid "" "To make a new benefit, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " "information in the fields on the blank benefits form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:722 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 msgid "The various fields for creating a benefit are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:732 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefits`: enter the name for the benefit. This field is " "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:733 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "benefit this is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of cost " "incurred by the company for this specific benefit. The default options are " @@ -9063,7 +9393,7 @@ msgid "" "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:739 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Related Type`: select from the drop-down menu what type of " "benefit it is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -9072,52 +9402,52 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:738 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the specific field" " on the contract the benefit appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select the specific field on the contract that the " "cost of the benefit is linked to, using the drop-down menu. If this field is" " left blank, the cost of the benefit is not computed in the employee budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:748 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Net Salary`: tick the checkbox if the benefit should " "impact the employee's net salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requested Documents`: select any document that is required to be " "submitted for this benefit, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:752 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mandatory Benefits`: using the drop-down menu, select the benefit" " that is required in order for this specific benefit to be offered to the " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 msgid "" "For example, a benefit for car insurance would populate `Company Car` in " "this field. This would allow the car insurance benefit to **only** be " "displayed if the employee has selected/enabled the benefit of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:758 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this benefit applies to. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:760 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select the metric that the benefit is granted, " "using the drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " @@ -9128,17 +9458,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new benefit form filled out for an internet subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:768 msgid "Display section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:770 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show Name`: tick the checkbox to have the benefit name appear in " "the salary package configurator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:767 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: select from the drop-down menu how this benefit is" " displayed. The options are :guilabel:`Always Selected`, " @@ -9147,14 +9477,14 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 msgid "" "Depending on the selection made, additional configurations need to be made. " "For example, if :guilabel:`Radio Buttons` is selected, the individual radio " "buttons must be entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Icon`: an icon from the `Font Awesome 4 library " "`_ can be visible for this benefit. Enter" @@ -9162,43 +9492,43 @@ msgid "" "suitcase icon, the code `fa fa-suitcase` is entered on this line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hide Description`: tick the checkbox to hide the benefit " "description if the benefit is not selected by the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:784 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded`: if the benefit should be folded, or hidden, because it " "is dependant on another benefit selection, tick the checkbox. The following " "fields appear when this is active:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Label`: enter a name for the folded section of the benefit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:783 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:788 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Res Field`: select the contract field this benefit is tied " "to using the drop-down menu. If this field is selected on the contract, then" " this benefit becomes visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:792 msgid "Activity section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the activity type" " that is automatically created when this benefit is selected by the " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:796 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation`: select when the activity is created, either " "when the :guilabel:`Employee signs his contract`, or when the " @@ -9206,7 +9536,7 @@ msgid "" "desired selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:799 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation Type`: select the parameters for when the " "activity is created, either :guilabel:`When the benefit is set` or " @@ -9214,47 +9544,47 @@ msgid "" " desired selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:802 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Assigned to`: select the user the activity is automatically " "assigned to, using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:143 msgid "Sign section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:808 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Template to Sign`: if the employee is required to sign a document" " when selecting this benefit, select the document template from the drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:811 msgid "" "For example, a benefit regarding the use of a company car may require the " "employee to sign a document acknowledging the company's car policies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:812 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the benefit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:820 msgid "Personal info" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:822 msgid "" "Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " "candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " "information, resume, work information, and documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:826 msgid "" "The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " "section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " @@ -9262,17 +9592,17 @@ msgid "" "hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:825 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:830 msgid "" "To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " "dashboard, and click on the employee's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:829 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:834 msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:836 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Personal Info` section lists all of the fields that are " "available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " @@ -9286,25 +9616,25 @@ msgid "" "enter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:839 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 msgid "" "To edit a personal info entry, select an entry from the list on the " ":guilabel:`Personal Info` page, and modify the personal info on the form " "that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:842 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 msgid "To create a new personal info entry, click the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:849 msgid "" "The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " "are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " ":guilabel:`Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:852 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down menu. " ":guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the :guilabel:`Bank" @@ -9312,7 +9642,7 @@ msgid "" "account, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:851 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from the drop-down menu that best " "describes what kind of personal information this entry is, and where it is " @@ -9321,13 +9651,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address` or :guilabel:`Personal Documents`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:861 msgid "" "The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " "Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:859 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:864 msgid "" "Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required` box makes the field mandatory on the " "employee's card. The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the " @@ -9340,50 +9670,50 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:871 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:876 msgid "" "The resumé section, housed within the salary package configurator section of" " the settings menu, is how salary information rules are configured when " "offering a position to potential employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:879 msgid "" "When an offer is sent to a prospective employee, the values for the offer " "are computed from these settings, and appear on the offer page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:877 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:882 msgid "" "To configure this section, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator: Resumé`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:885 msgid "" "By default, there are three :guilabel:`Salary Structure Types` pre-" "configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Worker`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " ":guilabel:`None`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:888 msgid "" "Each :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` has several rules configured. These " "affect how an offer is calculated using that particular :guilabel:`Salary " "Structure Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:886 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " ":guilabel:`Contract Salary Resumé` form loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 msgid ":guilabel:`Information`: type in a name for this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:892 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:897 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select the category this value is housed under, using " "the drop-down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Monthly Salary`, " @@ -9391,11 +9721,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:901 msgid "New categories can be made if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, then enter the name for the new category " "in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, select the :guilabel:`Periodicity` from" @@ -9404,23 +9734,23 @@ msgid "" "appears in the :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` rule list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:908 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Monthly Total`: tick the checkbox if this value is added " "in the monthly total calculation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:911 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select what kind of value this rule is, either " ":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Days`, or :guilabel:`Percent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency` is for a set monetary value, :guilabel:`Days` is for " "compensation in the form of time off, and :guilabel:`Percent` is for a " @@ -9428,13 +9758,13 @@ msgid "" "commissions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:912 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select which :guilabel:`Salary Structure " "Type` this rule is nested under, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:919 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Value Type`: select how the value is computed, using the drop-" "down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Fixed Value`, " @@ -9442,7 +9772,7 @@ msgid "" "Benefits Values`, and :guilabel:`Monthly Total`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:922 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: select the code this rule applies to from the drop-down " "menu." @@ -9453,23 +9783,23 @@ msgid "" "The net wage rule form filled out, with all the information for net pay." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:929 msgid "Jobs" msgstr "Locuri de munca" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:926 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:931 msgid "" "Since the *Payroll* application is responsible for paying employees for " "specific job positions, the complete list of job positions can be found in " "both the *Payroll* and *Recruitment* applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:937 #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:934 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:939 msgid "" "The job positions listed in the *Payroll* application are identical to the " "job positions listed in the *Recruitment* application. If a new job position" @@ -9477,13 +9807,13 @@ msgid "" "*Payroll* application, and vice versa." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:943 msgid "" "To view the job positions, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Jobs: Job Positions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:941 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:946 msgid "" "A list of all the job positions appear, along with the corresponding " "department, on the :guilabel:`Job Position` page." @@ -9493,38 +9823,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list of all the job positions and corresponding departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 msgid "" "To create a new job description, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a job " "form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:955 msgid "" "Enter the information on the form for the new position. The information is " "identical as to the information entered when creating a new job position in " "the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 msgid "" "Refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation for more details" " on how to fill out this form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:957 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:962 msgid ":doc:`payroll/contracts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:963 msgid ":doc:`payroll/payslips`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:959 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:964 msgid ":doc:`payroll/work_entries`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:965 msgid ":doc:`payroll/reporting`" msgstr "" @@ -12198,8 +12528,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " "steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" " step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," -" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " -"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +" conducting an interview, or sending a job offer, for example. This process " +"is referred to as the 'applicant flow.'" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 @@ -12232,18 +12562,245 @@ msgid "" "positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " "` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " "stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " -"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes are " "visible on all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:37 msgid "" -"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +"Before creating a job position in Odoo, configure the necessary settings for" +" the *Recruitment* app. To view and edit the settings, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Settings`. After any " +"changes are made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the top-left corner " +"to save all the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:43 +msgid "Job posting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Job Posting` section of the *Recruitment* app settings has " +"only one selection to make. If job positions are to be posted to the " +"company's website, enable the :guilabel:`Online Posting` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Online Posting` is only available if the *Website* " +"application is also installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:53 +msgid "Recruitment process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recruitment process` section of the settings page specifies " +"what the database can and cannot do during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:59 +msgid "Send interview survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Odoo is capable of having a survey sent to an applicant to gather more " +"information about them. Surveys can be thought of as exams, or " +"questionnaires, and can be customized in various ways to provide the " +"recruitment team with valuable insights into the applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option to send surveys to " +"applicants. Once enabled, an :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Interview " +"Survey` internal link appears. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`Interview Survey` link to navigate to a list of all created " +"surveys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:70 +msgid "" +"This list includes all surveys that were created in the database, not just " +"surveys used in the *Recruitment* app. If no surveys have been created, the " +"surveys list displays a :guilabel:`No Survey Found` message, and presents " +"options to create a survey from several pre-configured survey templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:76 +msgid "" +"For more detailed information about surveys, refer to the :doc:`survey " +"essentials <../marketing/surveys/create>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Enabling the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option will install the " +"*Surveys* application once the settings are saved, if it is not installed " +"already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:84 +msgid "Send SMS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:86 +msgid "" +"It is possible to send text messages to applicants directly through the " +"*Recruitment* app. To do so, enable the :guilabel:`Send SMS` option. This " +"option requires credits to use, which can be obtained by clicking the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` internal link that emerges " +"when the feature is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For more information, refer to the :doc:`SMS pricing and FAQs " +"<../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:98 +msgid "CV display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When applicants submit an application, one of the default required fields is" +" a resumé, or :abbr:`CV (curriculum vitae)`. All resumés are stored in the " +"*Documents* application, and are accessible on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:104 +msgid "" +"A resumé has the option to appear on the applicant's form, which can be " +"viewed by clicking on the applicant's card. The resumé appears on the right-" +"side of the screen. If this is not enabled, the resumé is accessed via a " +"link in the chatter, where it needs to be clicked to expand and view it, or " +"downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`CV Display` option to show the resumé on the " +"applicant's card by default, and in addition to the document link. When " +"enabled, the resumé appears on the right side of the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"For the resumé to appear on the right-side, the browser window must be in " +"full-screen mode (where the browser spans the entire screen)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the browser window is set to a size smaller than the entire width of the " +"screen (not full-screen), then the resumé does not appear on the right-side." +" Instead, the resumé appears in the :guilabel:`Files` section of the " +"chatter, below the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The resumé on an applicant's card, appearing on the right side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:128 +msgid "CV digitization (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:130 +msgid "" +"When an application is submitted using any of the available methods, such as" +" an online application submission, emailing a resume to the job position " +"alias, or creating an applicant record directly from the database, it is " +"possible to have Odoo extract the applicant's name, phone number, and email " +"address from the resumé and populate the applicant's form. To do so, enable " +"the :guilabel:`CV Digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:136 +msgid "" +"When enabled, additional options appear. Click on the corresponding radio " +"button to select one of the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not digitize`: this option turns off resumé digitization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize on demand only`: this option only digitizes resumes when" +" requested. A :guilabel:`Digitize document` buttons appears on applicant " +"cards. When clicked, the resumé is scanned and the applicant's card is " +"updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize automatically`: this option automatically digitizes all " +"resumés when they are submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Beneath these options are two additional links. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-" +"right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` button to purchase credits for CV " +"digitization. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`View My Services` " +"to view a list of all current services, and their remaining credit balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:151 +msgid "" +"For more information on document digitization and :abbr:`IAP's (in-app " +"purchases)`, refer to the :doc:`In-app purchase (IAP) " +"<../essentials/in_app_purchase>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:155 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option for :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)`" +" at first may seem like a redundancy. It seems to be the same as disabling " +"the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option is enabled, a module is " +"installed so that resumés can be scanned. Disabling this option would " +"uninstall the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If at some point, there is a desire to temporarily stop digitizing resumés, " +"the :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option is selected. The reason this option " +"is available is so that the module is not uninstalled, allowing for " +"digitization to be enabled in the future by selecting one of the other two " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"When sending an offer to an applicant, an expiration date can be set on the " +"offer. Enter the number of days an offer is valid for in the " +":guilabel:`days` field. After the set amount of days has passed, if the " +"applicant has not accepted the offer, the offer is no longer available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To access the Kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " ":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " "opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " -"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " -"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " -"job position." +"Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` smart button on a job position " +"card to navigate to the Kanban view for all the applicants for that " +"particular job position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12251,119 +12808,130 @@ msgid "" "Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:186 msgid "" -"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"Inside the job application, the Kanban stages appear, with all the " "applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" -" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +" are currently in. There are six default stages in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:190 +msgid ":ref:`New `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:191 msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:194 msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:195 msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:197 msgid "" -"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " -"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " -"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " -"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " -"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default. Folded " +"columns appear gray, and the applicants in it are hidden from view. To " +"expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that column, click " +"anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and the column " +"expands, revealing the applicants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:206 msgid "" -"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " -"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, providing status " +"information for the applicant's in that specific stage. The status colors " +"are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:209 +msgid ":guilabel:`Green`: the applicant is ready to move to the next stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:210 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " -"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " -"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " -"stage." +":guilabel:`Red`: the applicant is blocked from moving to the next stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " -"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +":guilabel:`Gray`: the applicant is still in progress in the current stage " +"and is neither ready nor blocked from the next stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " -"which need to be scheduled." +"The status for each card is set manually. To set the status, click on the " +"small circle in the lower-left of the applicant card. A status pop-up window" +" appears. Click on the desired status for the applicant. The status dot on " +"the applicant card as well as the status bar updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The applicant card statuses, and status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:223 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " -"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " -"applicants currently in the stage." +"The names for the three status colors (`In Progress`, `Blocked`, and `Ready " +"for Next Stage`) :ref:`can be modified `, if " +"desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:229 msgid "Customize stages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:231 msgid "" "Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " "particular hiring steps of a business." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:235 msgid "New stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 msgid "" -"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " -"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " -"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" -" the screen to exit the new column creation." +"To create a new stage, click on :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Stage` and a new " +"column appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Stage " +"title` field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and " +"another new stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click" +" anywhere on the screen to exit the new stage creation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgid "The plus sign to click to add a new column to the Kanban stages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:249 msgid "Modify stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:251 msgid "" "To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " -":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " -"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " -"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " -"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " -"when done." +":icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side " +"of the stage. Click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon and a menu" +" appears. Then click on the :guilabel:`Edit` option. An :guilabel:`Edit: " +"(Stage)` form appears. Make any desired modifications to the form, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12372,40 +12940,39 @@ msgid "" "displays when clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 -msgid "Edit column form" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:265 +msgid "Edit stage form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:267 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " -"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" -" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +"The :guilabel:`Edit: (Stage)` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required field is the :guilabel:`Stage Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:272 msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " "drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " -"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"the stage, an email is automatically sent to the applicant using the " "selected template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " "(hidden) at all times in the default view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " "applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " @@ -12413,138 +12980,147 @@ msgid "" "is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:282 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " -"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " -"job positions can be selected." +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to specific job " +"positions, select the job positions from the drop-down menu. Multiple job " +"positions can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" " the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" " referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " ":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " -"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage. The *Referrals* app " +"must be installed in order to use this option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:289 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" -" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" -" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " -"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " -"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured status labels " +"(colored circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These " +"colors are displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the" +" applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the" +" label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " ":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " ":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" " any requirements of the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:298 msgid "Delete stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:300 msgid "" "If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," -" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." -" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " -"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " -":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " -":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` " +"icon appears. First, click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A " +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up warning appears, asking :guilabel:`Are you " +"sure you want to delete this column?` Click :guilabel:`Delete` to delete the" +" column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:307 msgid "" "If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " -"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" -" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" -" before deleting." +"up when attempting to delete the stage. The records currently in the stage " +"to need to be either deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage before" +" the stage can be deleted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:312 msgid "Email templates" msgstr "Modele Email" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 msgid "" "To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " "templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " "use them are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " -"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " -"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " -"Interview` stage." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Applicant Acknowledgement`: this template is used to" +" let the applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`New` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:320 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " -"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " -"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Interest`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application caught the recruiter's attention, and " +"they have been shortlisted for either a phone call or an interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:323 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" -" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " -"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview`: this template is used to let " +"the applicant know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial " +"Qualification` stage and they will be contacted to set up an interview with " +"the recruiter. This email is automatically sent out once the applicant is in" +" the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:327 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" -" longer being considered for the position." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when " +"an applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the " +"position, and thanks them for their time and consideration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:330 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " -"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " -"configure their salary package." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is " +"no longer being considered for the position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 msgid "" "Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" " business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " ":doc:`../general/companies/email_template` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:337 msgid "" -"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " -"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " -":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " -"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +"To manually send an email, click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send an email from the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:344 msgid "" -"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " -":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " -"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " -"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +"Click the :icon:`fa-expand` :guilabel:`(expand)` full composer icon in the " +"bottom right corner of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter. A " +":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window loads, with the " +":guilabel:`Recipients` and :guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The " +"applicant's email address is entered in the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and" +" the :guilabel:`Subject` is `(Job Position)`. The email body is empty by " +"default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:350 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the field next to " +":guilabel:`Load template` in the bottom section of the window. Select the " +"email template to use from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 msgid "" -"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " -":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " "Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " "information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" " the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " @@ -12552,47 +13128,55 @@ msgid "" "change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:359 msgid "" -"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " -"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " -"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" -" of available templates." +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model load. There are " +"other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not configured" +" for the recruitment application, they do not appear in the list of " +"available templates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 msgid "" -"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " -"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " -"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " -":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " -"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " -"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " -"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " -"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " -"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button" +" in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the :icon:`fa-" +"close` :guilabel:`(delete)` icon to the right of the attachment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:367 +msgid "" +"If any changes need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If " +"the edits should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved " +"as a new template. Click the :guilabel:`Save Template` button in the bottom." +" To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email is sent to the " +"applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 msgid "Stage flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:375 msgid "" "In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " -"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the Kanban view to the" " desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:379 msgid "" "To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " -"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " -"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " -"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"in the Kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted at the top, above the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 +msgid "" +"Click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " "indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " -"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " -"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +"Kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top-left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12601,104 +13185,137 @@ msgid "" "applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:233 -msgid "Initial qualification" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:643 +msgid "New" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:398 msgid "" "The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " "flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " "recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:402 msgid "" -"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " -"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " -"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " -"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " -":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " -"required when applying for a job position." +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`New` stage, whether submitted online" +" or if the applicant is manually entered by a recruiter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:405 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically populates the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`, the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile` number, and :guilabel:`LinkedIn " +"Profile` on the applicant's card. This information is required when applying" +" for a job position, by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If the website application form is modified, different fields may be " +"populated based on what information is requested on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:414 msgid "" "If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " -"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " -":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " -"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " -"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " -"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " -"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " -"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" -" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +"Introduction` section of the online application, it will populate in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:421 +msgid "" +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé would appear " +"in the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"*Documents* application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the left-" +"hand side. All recruitment documents are stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "" +"If the :ref:`CV Display ` option was enabled in the " +":ref:`Settings ` menu, the resumé appears on the " +"applicant's card, on the right-hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:431 msgid "Send interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:433 msgid "" "At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " "applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " "can be formatted in a variety of ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid "" +"The *Surveys* application is used to send these *interviews*, therefore the " +"*Surveys* application must be installed to send an interview to an " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 msgid "" "Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " "questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " -"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " -"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " -"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " -"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " -"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" -" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" -" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +"be formatted to suit each individual job positions needs. For more " +"information on creating and editing interview forms, refer to the " +":doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 +msgid "" +"A job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form" +" of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:450 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top-left of the " +"applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Send Interview` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Send an " +"interview` pop-up window appears, with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:458 msgid "" "In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" " the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" -" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " -"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " -"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " -"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " -":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, an " +":guilabel:`Edit:(Applicant)` pop-up window appears on top of the " +":guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window. Enter the email address in the " +":guilabel:`email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. Once the " +"applicant's information is saved, the :guilabel:`Edit: (Applicant)` closes " +"and the :guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window remains." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 msgid "" -"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " -"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " -"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +"Email templates use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the " +"applicant and the job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey" +" if more people should receive the email. If an email is in the database as " +"a contact, add that contact in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. If an email" +" should be sent to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they" +" should **not** be added as a contact, add their email in the " +":guilabel:`Additional emails` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:279 -msgid "" -"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " -"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " -"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " -"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " -"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 -msgid "" -"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " -"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " -"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " -"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " -"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " -"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " -"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1066 msgid "" "If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " "button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " @@ -12706,25 +13323,26 @@ msgid "" " and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:475 msgid "" "If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" " for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " "window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " -"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " -"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " -"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +"calendar selector appears. Use the :icon:`fa-chevron-left` " +":guilabel:`(left)` and :icon:`fa-chevron-right` :guilabel:`(right)` arrows " +"on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then click on " +"the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"The :guilabel:`Mail Template` field is pre-populated based on the " "configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" " drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " "template loads in the email body." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 msgid "" "To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " ":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." @@ -12736,11 +13354,11 @@ msgid "" "pre-configured template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:494 msgid "Refuse" msgstr "Refuzați" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:496 msgid "" "At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " "the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" @@ -12749,95 +13367,265 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refuse`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " -"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " -":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " -"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " -"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " -"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " -"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" -" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " -"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " -"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " -"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Click the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reason` from the presented options. The default refuse " +"reasons in Odoo, and their corresponding email templates, are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:508 +msgid "Email Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:509 +msgid "Refusal Reason" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:510 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Language issues`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Role already fulfilled`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Duplicate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Spam`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:516 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: don't like job`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: better offer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "" +"Additional refusal reasons :ref:`can be created and existing ones can be " +"modified or deleted `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:525 msgid "" "Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " "which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " "example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " -"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" -" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"applicant's name appears anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the " +"email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " "the :doc:`../general/companies/email_template` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 msgid "" -"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " -"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," -" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " -"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" -" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" -" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +"After a :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` is selected, two fields appear below the " +"refusal reason: :guilabel:`Send Email` and :guilabel:`Email Template`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:534 msgid "" -"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"The applicant's email address automatically populates the :guilabel:`Send " +"Email` field; additional email recipients cannot be added. If an email " +"should **not** be sent to the applicant, uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:538 +msgid "" +"The email template associated with the refusal reason populates the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field. If a different email template is desired, " +"select a different template from the :guilabel:`Email Template` drop-down " +"menu. To view the email template, click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon " +"to the right of the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. The email template " +"loads in a :guilabel:`Open: Email Template` pop-up window, and can be " +"modified if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:545 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Refuse`. The " "refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " -"appears on the applicant's card." +"appears on the applicant's card in the top-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top-right " "corner in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 msgid "" "After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " -"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " -"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" -" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " -":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " -"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " -"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +"position's Kanban view. To view the refused applicants only, click the " +":guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the search box, then click " +":guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` section. All applicants " +"that have been refused for the job position appear, in the stage they were " +"when they were refused." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:558 +msgid "" +"To view all applicants that have been refused from all job positions, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All " +"Applications`. Click the :guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the " +"search box, then click :guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"section. All applications for all job positions are presented in a list " +"view, organized by stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "Create or modify refuse reasons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:569 +msgid "" +"To view all currently configured refuse reasons, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Settings --> Applications: Refuse " +"Reasons`. All the refuse reasons appear in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +"To create a new refuse reason, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" +"left corner. A blank line appears at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Description` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +"Type in the new refuse reason in the field. It is recommended to enter a " +"reason that is short and concise, such as `offer expired` or `withdrew " +"application`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, click on the field to reveal " +"a drop-down menu. Select an :guilabel:`Email Template` from the list to be " +"used when this refuse reason is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +"If a new :guilabel:`Email Template` is desired, type in the name for the new" +" template in the field. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` and a " +":guilabel:`Create Email Template` form pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the form and an email :guilabel:`Subject` in " +"the corresponding fields. Enter the email content in the :guilabel:`Content`" +" tab. Make any other desired modifications to the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the template and return to the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reasons` list. The new template appears in the new refuse " +"reason :guilabel:`Email Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +"To make any modifications to a refuse reason, click on the line, and make " +"any desired changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:594 msgid "New applicant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:596 msgid "" "An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " "be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" -" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " -"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " -"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " -"button." +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online) an applicant " +"card can be easily added from the job position Kanban view in one of two " +"ways, using either the :ref:`quick add ` " +"button or the :ref:`New ` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 msgid "Quick add" msgstr "Adăugare rapidă" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:607 msgid "" -"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " -"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " -"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"Quickly add a new applicant using the *quick add* button. If not already in " +"the job position Kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by " +"going to :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job " +"Positions`. Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` button on the job " "position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " -"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " -":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +"small :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in the top-right of the " +":guilabel:`New` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:616 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`: Enter the title for the card. Typically " +"this is the applicant's name and job position being applied to, for example:" +" `Laura Smith - HR Manager`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, " +"unless the :guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:671 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:623 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card appears in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:628 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`delete` icon or anywhere on the screen to " +"close the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12846,104 +13634,60 @@ msgid "" "option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 -msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:645 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" -" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " -"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the *New* " +"button. If not already in the Kanban view for the job position to add an " +"applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by going to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job Positions`. " +"Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left of the Kanban view " +"and a blank applicant form loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:389 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:434 -msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " -"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " -"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " -"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:396 -msgid "" -"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " -"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " -"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " -"the card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:400 -msgid "" -"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " -"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " -"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:407 -msgid "Create" -msgstr "Creează" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:409 -msgid "" -"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " -":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " -"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," -" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " -"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:651 msgid "" "Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " "the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " "well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" " fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" " configurations, some fields may not be displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:662 msgid "Applicant section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:664 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" " the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +"position being applied to, for example: `John Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, unless the " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " -"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:672 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:673 msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:674 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`LinkedIn Profile`: enter the web address for the applicant's " +"personal profile on LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" " from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " @@ -12953,132 +13697,189 @@ msgid "" " high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:681 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" -" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " -":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " -"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: using the drop-down menu, select the people who " +"will conduct the interview(s). The selected people must have either " "*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " -"in order to appear on the drop-down." +"to appear in the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " "recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " "all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:687 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " -"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Evaluation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for the" +" applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " ":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:690 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source`: using the drop-down menu, select where the applicant " +"learned about the job position. The following options come pre-configured in" +" Odoo: :guilabel:`Search engine`, :guilabel:`Lead Recall`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Monster`, :guilabel:`Glassdoor`, and " +":guilabel:`Craigslist`. To add a new :guilabel:`Source`, type in the source," +" then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new source)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:695 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Medium`: using the drop-down menu, select the method, or " +":guilabel:`Medium`, for the :guilabel:`Source` that the applicant found the " +"job listing with. The pre-configured options are: :guilabel:`Banner`, " +":guilabel:`Direct`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, " +":guilabel:`Google Adwords`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Phone`, " +":guilabel:`Television`, :guilabel:`Twitter` (now known as \"X\"), or " +":guilabel:`Website`. To add a new :guilabel:`Medium`, type in the medium, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new medium)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:701 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " "job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " "the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " -"installed for this to appear." +"installed for this field to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:704 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: select the available start date for the applicant." +" To select a date, click on the field to reveal a calendar. Use the " +":guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrows on either side of the " +"month to navigate to the desired month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to" +" select the date. If no entry is selected that indicates the applicant is " +"ready to begin work immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:709 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, then click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 msgid "Job section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 msgid "" "The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " "long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" " possible, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " "to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:722 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " -"drop-down menu." +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job position is for using the " +"drop-down menu. This field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:726 msgid "Contract section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:728 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " "for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " "The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:731 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" -" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are requested by " +"the applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Expected Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" -" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " -"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are offered to the " +"applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Proposed Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `unlimited sick time` or `retirement plan`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:484 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " -"select the available start date for the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:742 msgid "Application summary tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 msgid "" "Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" " can be typed into this field." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +"Skills can be added to the applicant's card. To add a skill, follow the same" +" steps as outlined in the skills section of the :ref:`Create new employees " +"` document." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:760 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "" +"If an applicant seems to be a good potential candidate, they are moved to " +"the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage. This could be for a number of " +"reasons, such as they have the relevant experience, education, or " +"certifications the position requires." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:766 +msgid "" +"This stage is to quickly sort candidates that have potential, and those that" +" do not meet the requirements. No automatic actions, such as emails, are set" +" for this stage. This stage simply informs the recruitment team to " +"potentially set up a phone call or an interview with the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:773 msgid "First interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:775 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " "they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " -"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +"position Kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" " the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " "the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " "applicant's card." @@ -13086,155 +13887,176 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"An applicant's card moves from one stage to another by using the click and " "drag method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:785 msgid "" -"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" -" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " -"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " -"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " -"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " -"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " -"the chatter." +"The :guilabel:`First Interview` stage can be modified so when the " +"applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an email is" +" automatically sent to the applicant stating an interview is requested. In " +"this pre-configured email template, a link to the recruiting team's calendar" +" appears, allowing the applicant to schedule their interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 msgid "" -"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " -"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " -"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " -"button at the top of the applicant's record." +":ref:`Edit ` the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, " +"and select the :guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` for the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field, to automate this action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 msgid "" -"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " -":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " -"the applicant's card." +"An interview can be scheduled in one of two ways: either manually by the " +"recruitment team, or by the applicant themselves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:802 msgid "" -"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " -"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " -":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " -"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " -":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +"If the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage was modified to send the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` email template when an applicant" +" reaches that stage, the applicant received a link to the recruitment team's" +" calendar, and can schedule the interview on their own. The recruitment " +"team's availability is reflected in the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +msgid "" +"If the interview needs to be scheduled by the recruitment team, they should " +"reach out to the applicant for a date and time that works. When a date and " +"time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and interviewer, the " +"interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, whether a phone or in-" +"person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button at the top of " +"the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button displays :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings are " +"currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage, this is the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:817 +msgid "" +"If there is one meeting already scheduled, the smart button displays " +":guilabel:`1 Meeting`, with the date of the upcoming meeting beneath it. If " +"more than one meeting is scheduled, the button displays :guilabel:`Next " +"Meeting`, with the date of the first upcoming meeting beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:821 msgid "" "Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " "meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " "the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " "right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" " events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " -"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +"hidden. Only the checked attendees are visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:827 msgid "" -"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " -"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " -":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " -"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " -"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " -"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +"The default view is the :guilabel:`Week` view. To change the calendar view, " +"click the :guilabel:`Week` button, then select the desired view from the " +"drop-down menu. The other options are either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:831 +msgid "" +"An option to display or hide weekends is available. Click the " +":guilabel:`Week` button, then click :guilabel:`Show weekends` to deactivate " +"it (the default is to show weekends). If a check mark is next to " +":guilabel:`Show weekends`, weekends are visible. If there is no check mark, " +"weekends are hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:836 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed date range for the calendar, either use the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-left` :guilabel:`(left arrow)`, :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`(Right arrow)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, " +"or click on a date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed " +"calendar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:845 msgid "" -"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " -"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " -"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " -"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " -"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " -"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " -"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +"To add a meeting to the calendar when in the day or week view, click on the " +"start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, to select the date, " +"time, and the length of the meeting. A meeting can also be added in this " +"view by clicking on the day *and* the time slot the meeting is to take " +"place." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:850 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " -"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +"Both methods cause a :ref:`New Event ` pop up window" +" to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:564 -msgid "New event card" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:855 +msgid "New event pop-up window" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:857 msgid "" -"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " -"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " -"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " -"save the changes and create the meeting." +"Enter the information on the form. The only required fields to enter are the" +" :guilabel:`Meeting Title`, and the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` " +"fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to" +" save the changes and create the interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:861 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"The fields available to populate or modify on the :guilabel:`New Event` card" +" are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:863 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Title`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " "clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:866 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End`: select the start and end date and " +"times for the meeting. Click on one of the fields and a calendar pop-up " +"window appears. Select both the start and end date and times, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:869 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all-day interview, check the box. " +"If this box is checked, the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` fields are" +" hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:871 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " "default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " "many other people as desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 -msgid "Meeting details tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:873 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting start time." +":guilabel:`Videocall URL`: if the meeting is virtual, or if there is a " +"virtual option available, click :guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting` and a URL is " +"automatically created for the meeting and populates the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:582 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting end time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:584 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " -":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " -"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " -"duration length." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:587 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " -"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " -":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " -"and end times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:590 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " -"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:876 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " "an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," @@ -13245,42 +14067,107 @@ msgid "" "instructions for each command to complete the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:598 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " -"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" -" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " -"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" -" via the selected option." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:884 +msgid "More options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:886 +msgid "" +"To add additional information to the meeting, click the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button in the lower-right corner of the pop-up window. Enter any of" +" the following additional fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:889 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length. The default length of a meeting is one hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:892 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. Several additional fields appear when this is " +"enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:896 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: using the drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:898 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings " +"repeat. The available options are :guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Yearly`, or :guilabel:`Custom`. If " +":guilabel:`Custom` is selected, a :guilabel:`Repeat Every` field appears " +"beneath it, along with another time frequency parameter (:guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, :guilabel:`Months`, or :guilabel:`Years`). Enter a number" +" in the blank field, then select the time period using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:904 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat on`: if :guilabel:`Weekly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Repeat on` field appears. Click on " +"the corresponding day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:906 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day of Month`: if :guilabel:`Monthly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Day of Month` field appears. Using " +"the drop-down menu, select either :guilabel:`Date of month` or " +":guilabel:`Day of month`. If :guilabel:`Date of month` is selected, enter " +"the date the meeting repeats. If :guilabel:`Day of month` is selected, use " +"the drop-down menus to determine the frequency. Select either " +":guilabel:`First`, :guilabel:`Second`, :guilabel:`Third`, " +":guilabel:`Fourth`, or :guilabel:`Last` for the first drop-down menu, then " +"select the day (:guilabel:`Monday`, :guilabel:`Tuesday`, etc.) in the second" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:913 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Until`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings stop " +"repeating. The available options are :guilabel:`Number of repetitions`, " +":guilabel:`End date`, and :guilabel:`Forever`. If :guilabel:`Number of " +"repetitions` is selected, enter the number of total meetings to occur in the" +" blank field. If :guilabel:`End date` is selected, specify the date using " +"the calendar pop-up window, or type in a date in a XX/XX/XXXX format. " +":guilabel:`Forever` schedules meetings indefinitely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:920 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " -"in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:921 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " "menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:923 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " -"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " -":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " -"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +":guilabel:`Appointment`: if an appointment is associated with this meeting, " +"select it form the drop-down menu, or create a new appointment by typing in " +"the appointment name, then click :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. A " +":guilabel:`Create Appointment` form loads. Enter the information on the " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:613 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:927 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select if the organizer appears either " +":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Busy` for the duration of the meeting, " +"using the drop-down menu. Next, select the visibility of this meeting, using" +" the drop-down menu to the right of the first selection. Options are " ":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " "users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " ":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " @@ -13288,41 +14175,50 @@ msgid "" "the company database to see the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:934 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " -"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" -" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " -"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " -"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " -"attendees at the same time." +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:936 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Default " +"options include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`SMS Text Message`, each with a specific time period before the " +"event (hours, days, etc). The reminder chosen alerts the meeting " +"participants of the meeting via the selected option at the specified time. " +"Multiple reminders can be selected in this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:947 msgid "Send meeting to attendees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:949 msgid "" "Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " -"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message from the " +"expanded :guilabel:`Event Form` (what is seen when the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button is clicked on in the event pop-up window)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:953 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " -"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " -"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" -" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " -"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " -"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " -"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " -"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " -"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +"To send the meeting via email, click the :icon:`fa-envelope` " +":guilabel:`Email` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact" +" Attendees` email configurator pop-up window appears. A pre-formatted email " +"using the default :guilabel:`Calendar: Event Update` email template " +"populates the email body field. The followers of the document (job " +"application), as well as the user who created the meeting are added as " +":guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's email address to the " +"list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make any other desired " +"changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button, navigate to the file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " ":guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" @@ -13331,39 +14227,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:647 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:966 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " -"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " -"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " -"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." -" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " -"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " -":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :icon:`fa-mobile` " +":guilabel:`SMS` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS " +"Text Message` pop-up appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:969 msgid "" -"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " -":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " -"contacts with a valid phone number." +"At the top, a blue box appears if any attendees do not have valid mobile " +"numbers, and lists how many records are invalid. If a contact does not have " +"a valid mobile number listed, click :guilabel:`Close`, and edit the " +"attendee's record, then redo these steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:658 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:973 msgid "" -"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " -"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" -" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " -"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" -" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " -"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +"When no warning message appears, type in the message to be sent to the " +"attendees in the :guilabel:`Message` field. to add any emojis to the " +"message, click the :guilabel:`Add Emoji` icon on the right-side of the pop-" +"up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:977 +msgid "" +"Beneath the message field, the number of characters, as well as the amount " +"of text messages required to send the message (according to GSM7 criteria) " +"appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue` to have the text sent later, after " +"any other messages are scheduled, or click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the " +"message immediately." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:669 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:987 msgid "" "Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " "messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " @@ -13371,11 +14271,11 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`../essentials/in_app_purchase` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:994 msgid "Second interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:996 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " "can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " @@ -13384,72 +14284,87 @@ msgid "" "Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1001 msgid "" "When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " -"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " -"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " -":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " -"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage. The " +"recruiter can now :ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the applicant, following the same process as the first " +"interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1009 msgid "Contract proposal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1011 msgid "" "When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " "be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " "and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" -" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top-right of" " the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1016 msgid "" "The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," " click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " -"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " -"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " -"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " -"is set to `0.00`)." +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. Most fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position. If any necessary fields are blank, enter " +"the relevant information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:705 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1022 msgid "" "Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" "up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " "applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " -"not appear on the pop-up." +"*Fleet* application is not installed, any fields related to vehicles do not " +"appear on the pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1028 msgid "Universal fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1030 msgid "" "The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " "localization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1032 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " -"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: the template currently being used to populate" +" the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window. To modify the " +"template, click the :guilabel:`Internal link` icon to the right of the drop-" +"down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. A " +"different :guilabel:`Contract Template` can be selected using the drop-down " +"menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1037 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " -"applicant." +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the name of the :guilabel:`Job Position` being " +"offered to the applicant. The selections available in the drop-down menu " +"correspond to the :guilabel:`Job Positions` configured on the main " +"*Recruitment* dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1040 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the specific name of the position being offered to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1041 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the :guilabel:`Department` the job position falls " +"under." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1042 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " "default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" @@ -13458,109 +14373,50 @@ msgid "" "click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1046 msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1047 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " -"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " -"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " -"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," -" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" -" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " -"application." +":guilabel:`Link Expiration Date`: job offers are only valid for a specific " +"period of time. The default expiration date is 30 days. Modify the " +"expiration date, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:732 -msgid "" -"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " -"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:738 -msgid "" -"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " -"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" -" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:743 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" -" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:746 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " -"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" -" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:749 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " -"the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " -"that will be assigned to the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:752 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " -"for the cafeteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " -"contract that is being offered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " -"sending." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1051 msgid "Send offer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1053 msgid "" -"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" -" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " -"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" -" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " -"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " -"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +"When the information is all updated, click :guilabel:`Send By Email` to send" +" the offer to the applicant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1056 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " -"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" -"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " -"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." -" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " -"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " -":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " -":guilabel:`Send`." +"If the applicant does not have an email address listed on their applicant " +"card, a warning appears in a red box at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window, stating :guilabel:`The" +" applicant does not have a valid email set. The Offer Link won't be able to " +"be completed.` Click :guilabel:`Discard`, enter an email on the applicant's " +"card, then click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1062 +msgid "" +"An email pop-up window loads. The default :guilabel:`Recruitment: Your " +"Salary Package` email template is used, and the :guilabel:`Recipients`, " +":guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-populated based on the email " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1070 +msgid "Once the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1073 msgid "" "To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " "necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " @@ -13571,11 +14427,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1081 +msgid "Configure your package" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1083 +msgid "" +"The email template includes a :guilabel:`Configure your package` button. " +"This link takes the applicant to a webpage where they can modify the " +"proposed salary package, and enter their personal information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1087 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant is hired, the personal information entered on the webpage" +" is imported to their employee record, when created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1090 +msgid "" +"If applicable, the applicant can modify their salary package. This option is" +" not available for all localizations. Depending on where the company is " +"located, this option may not be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1093 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is completed, the applicant accepts the offer by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Review Contract & Sign` button to accept the " +"contract and sign it using the *Sign* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1100 msgid "Contract signed" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1102 msgid "" "Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " "step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " @@ -13586,16 +14473,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:796 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1109 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the Kanban view, but the " "card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1112 msgid "" "Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " -"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"green :guilabel:`HIRED` banner appears in the top-right of the applicant's " "card." msgstr "" @@ -13603,24 +14490,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1120 msgid "Create employee" msgstr "Creați un angajat" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:809 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1122 msgid "" "Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " "record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " -"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"Employee` button in the top-left. An employee form appears, and any " "information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" " card appears in the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1127 msgid "" "Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" -" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " -":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, the employee" +" record is saved in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:5 @@ -13888,107 +14775,108 @@ msgid "" "by-step instructions on how to create and configure a survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 msgid "Referrals" msgstr "Recomandări" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " -"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"regarding referrals is housed - from points earned, coworkers hired, and " "rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " -"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " -"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " -"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " -"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" -" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +"and then earn referral points as those people progress through the " +"recruitment pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be " +"exchanged for prizes. The *Referrals* application integrates with the " +"*Employees*, *Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be" +" installed in order for the *Referrals* application to function." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:14 msgid "" -"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " -"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " -"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +"The only configurations needed for the *Referrals* application *after* " +"installation are related to the :ref:`rewards `; " +"everything else is pre-configured when Odoo *Referrals* is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:18 msgid "" -"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " -"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " -"` and configurations menus. For more information on " -"users and access rights, refer to these documents: :doc:`../general/users` " -"and :doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +"Users with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the *Referrals* application. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the :ref:`reporting ` and configurations" +" menus. For more information on users and access rights, refer to these " +"documents: :doc:`../general/users` and " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 msgid "Onboarding" msgstr "Onboarding" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:28 msgid "" "When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" "configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " -"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" -" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"each explaining the different parts of the *Referrals* application. At the " +"top of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " "onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " "Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " "text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 msgid "" "Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " "displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " "advance to the next slide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " "superheroes to save the day!`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " "or refer friends.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " "league!`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:46 msgid "" -"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the *Referrals* application is " "opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " "button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" " :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " -"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +"will begin again when the *Referrals* application is opened. Once the " ":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " -"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the *Referrals* " "application is opened from that point on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:53 msgid "" "At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " -"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main *Referrals* dashboard loads. If " ":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " -"opening the Referrals application." +"opening the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -13996,7 +14884,7 @@ msgid "" "An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:62 msgid "" "If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " "opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " @@ -14005,60 +14893,53 @@ msgid "" "screen appears instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:70 msgid "" "Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " -"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " -"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " -"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " -"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`." +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* application can " +"modify onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line " +"displays the text for the individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding" +" slide, click on an individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:76 msgid "" -"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " -"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " -"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " -"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " -"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " -"that particular company." +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` field. A " +":guilabel:`Company` may be selected, as well. However, if this field is " +"populated, that slide is *only* displayed for that particular company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:81 msgid "" -"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" -" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " -"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" -" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " -"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " -"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " -"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +"The :guilabel:`Company` field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:83 msgid "" -"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +"The image can be modified, as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the " +"top-right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and " +":guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` " +"icon to change the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the " +"desired image, select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears" +" in the thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage " +"can)` icon, then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:94 msgid "" -"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " -"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " -"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " -"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " -":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " -"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +"The sequence in which the slides appear can be changed from the *Onboarding*" +" dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`(six small gray boxes)` icon to the left of" +" the the slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -14066,567 +14947,18 @@ msgid "" "The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:103 -msgid "Share job positions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:105 -msgid "" -"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " -"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " -"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " -"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:113 -msgid "View Jobs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:115 -msgid "" -"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " -":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " -"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" -"displayed on the card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:124 -msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:128 -msgid "" -"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " -"of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 -msgid "" -"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " -"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:134 -msgid "" -"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " -"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " -"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " -"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " -":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 -msgid "Refer friends" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:145 -msgid "" -"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " -"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " -"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:149 -msgid "" -"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " -"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:152 -msgid "" -"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " -"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " -"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " -"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" -" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " -"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " -"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " -"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 -msgid "Share a job" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:169 -msgid "" -"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " -"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" -" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " -"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " -"applicants in the Referrals application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 -msgid "Link" -msgstr "Link" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:181 -msgid "" -"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " -":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " -"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " -"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" -" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" -" prospective employee however desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:188 -msgid "Facebook" -msgstr "Facebook" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:190 -msgid "" -"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " -"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " -"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " -"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " -"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " -"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" -"in to Facebook first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" -" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" -" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " -"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " -"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " -"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " -"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " -":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " -"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " -"specific activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 -msgid "" -"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " -":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " -":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " -"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" -" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" -"highlighted, as are all the required settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 -msgid "Share to news feed or story" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:218 -msgid "" -"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " -":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " -"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " -":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " -"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," -" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " -"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" -" story, or both." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:225 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " -"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " -"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " -"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " -"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" -" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " -"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " -":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" -" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " -":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:236 -msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " -"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:242 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" -" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " -"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " -"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:246 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:275 -msgid "" -"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " -"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 -msgid "Share in a group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:251 -msgid "" -"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " -"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" -" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " -":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " -"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " -"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " -"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " -"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " -"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:264 -msgid "Share in an event" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:266 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:269 -msgid "" -"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " -"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " -"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" -" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " -"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " -"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 -msgid "Share in a private message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:280 -msgid "" -"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" -" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" -"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " -"Private Message`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:284 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " -"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " -"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " -"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " -"process for each friend to be added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:289 -msgid "" -"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " -"message` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:293 -msgid "X/Twitter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:295 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " -"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " -"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " -"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " -"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" -" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:301 -msgid "The default message is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:303 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" -" Position)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:305 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " -"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " -"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," -" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " -"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " -":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " -"X/Twitter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:312 -msgid "" -"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " -"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " -":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" -" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " -":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " -":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " -"restricts who can reply to the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 -msgid "" -"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " -"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " -"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " -"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:322 -msgid "" -"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" -" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " -"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 -msgid "" -"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" -" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" -"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:336 -msgid "LinkedIn" -msgstr "LinkedIn" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:338 -msgid "" -"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " -"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " -"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " -"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " -"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " -"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:344 -msgid "" -"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " -"message to an individual or group of individuals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 -msgid "Share in a post" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:350 -msgid "" -"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" -" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " -":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " -"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:354 -msgid "" -"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " -"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " -"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " -"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " -":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " -"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " -":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" -" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " -"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " -"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " -"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " -"right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:366 -msgid "" -"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " -"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " -"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " -"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " -":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " -"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " -"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" -" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " -"the far lower right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:375 -msgid "" -"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " -":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " -"post button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:383 -msgid "Send as private message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:385 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " -"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " -"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" -" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" -" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " -"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." -" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " -"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" -" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " -":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " -":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " -"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " -"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " -"browser tab to exit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 -msgid "Email a friend" -msgstr "Trimiteți un e-mail unui prieten" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:401 -msgid "" -"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " -"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " -"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" -" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " -"Mail` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:406 -msgid "" -"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " -"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" -" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " -"`Job for you`, but can be edited." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:410 -msgid "" -"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " -"appears is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:412 -msgid "`Hello,`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:414 -msgid "" -"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " -"interesting for you`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:416 -msgid "`See Job Offers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:418 -msgid "" -"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " -"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " -"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " -"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " -"message will be sent and the window will close." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:426 msgid "Hired referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:107 msgid "" "When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" " their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:110 msgid "" "After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," " instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " @@ -14634,21 +14966,21 @@ msgid "" "friend!` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 msgid "" "Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " -"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " -"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" -" an available avatar to select it." +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is grayed out, and " +"the name that the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. " +"Click on an available avatar to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:118 msgid "" -"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," -" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " -"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " -"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " -"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the *Referrals* " +"application, after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to " +"select another avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars " +"have been selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible." +" Mouse over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -14657,15 +14989,15 @@ msgid "" "chosen are greyed out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 msgid "Modify friends" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 msgid "" "Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " "` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"rights for the *Recruitment* application can make modifications to friends. " "The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " "avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " @@ -14674,17 +15006,17 @@ msgid "" " dogs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:138 msgid "" "To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" " an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " ":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " "friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" -" else in the Referrals application." +" else in the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " ":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " @@ -14693,65 +15025,66 @@ msgid "" "user's avatar when activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:148 msgid "" "If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " ":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " "replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" -" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " -"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:474 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 msgid "" -"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " -"original information." +"The referral friend form automatically saves, but can be saved manually at " +"any time by clicking the *Save manually* option, represented by a " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel " +"any changes made, click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to " +"delete any changes, and revert to the original content." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A friend form in edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:482 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 msgid "" "It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " "background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " "about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " -"Referrals application." +"*Referrals* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:172 msgid "Referral points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:174 msgid "" "The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " -"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"rewards. On the main *Referrals* application dashboard, the top displays a " "summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " "the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " "available to spend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 msgid "" "To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" " the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:183 msgid "" "The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " "pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " @@ -14761,7 +15094,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 msgid "" "To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " @@ -14769,11 +15102,11 @@ msgid "" "category are displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:194 msgid "My referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 msgid "" "To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " ":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " @@ -14781,26 +15114,31 @@ msgid "" "card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:200 msgid "" -"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " -"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " -"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " -"the top right corner." +"A successful referral displays a green :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the top-" +"right corner of the card. Referrals that are in process display a purple " +":guilabel:`In Progress` banner in the top-right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 msgid "" -"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " -"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " -"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the subject/application " +"title (as it appears on the applicant card in the *Recruitment* app), the " +"name of the job position, the person responsible for filling the role " +"(recruiter), and the points earned. For referrals that have been hired, the " +"selected avatar also appears on the card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two referral cards, one hired and one in-progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:214 msgid "Points" msgstr "Puncte" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 msgid "" "The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " "positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " @@ -14808,14 +15146,14 @@ msgid "" " *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:220 msgid "" "On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " "that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " "points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:224 msgid "" "Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " "points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " @@ -14823,108 +15161,109 @@ msgid "" " the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:229 msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:231 msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:232 msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:235 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 msgid "" "The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " -"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" -" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " -"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage are done in the " +"*Recruitment* application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment " +"` documentation to modify the points for each " +"stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:244 msgid "Rewards" msgstr "Recompense" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 msgid "Create rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 msgid "" -"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" -" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " -"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " -"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " -"information on the form:" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the " +"*Referrals* application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights " +"for the *Recruitment* application can create or modify rewards. To add " +"rewards, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> " +"Rewards`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and a reward form loads. Enter the " +"following information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:254 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +":guilabel:`Product Name`: enter the name as it should appear for the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" -" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " -"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" -" form." +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" appears for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each company " +"needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the form. " +"This field only appears if in a multi-company environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:259 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: select the person who will be responsible for " "procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " -"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" -" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is bought in the *Referrals* " +"application, so they know when to deliver the reward to the recipient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:263 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +":guilabel:`Description`: type in the description for the reward. This will " "be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +":guilabel:`Photo`: add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " "page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " "(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " -"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" -" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +"(pencil)` icon, and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 msgid "" "The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " -":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +":guilabel:`Company` (if applicable), and :guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 msgid "" "It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " "cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " @@ -14932,31 +15271,31 @@ msgid "" "placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:595 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:283 msgid "Redeem rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 msgid "" "To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " "main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " "individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " -"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +"listed in the top-right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" " purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " "bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " "the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" " instead of a buy button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:292 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " -"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " -"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " -":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears, asking if the user is sure " +"they want to purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item," +" or :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:297 msgid "" "After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " "used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." @@ -14970,27 +15309,27 @@ msgid "" "many more reward points are needed to redeem." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:309 msgid "Levels" msgstr "Nivele" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:311 msgid "" -"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"The *Referrals* application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " "the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " "employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:315 msgid "" "Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" " are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " "participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 msgid "" -"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main *Referrals* " "application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " "X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " "indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " @@ -14999,13 +15338,13 @@ msgid "" "points still needed before they can level up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:636 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:325 msgid "Modify levels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:638 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " "modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " "--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " @@ -15014,48 +15353,58 @@ msgid "" "element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:334 msgid "" "To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " -"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form, then make " +"modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 msgid "" -"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." -" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" -" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " -"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" -" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " -"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +"Type in the name (or number) of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` " +"field. What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main " +"dashboard when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points " +"needed to reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points" +" needed to level up are the total accumulated points earned over the " +"lifetime of the employee, not additional points from the previous level that" +" must be earned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:654 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:343 msgid "" "If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" " to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " -"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " -"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to " "select it." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The level form saves automatically, but can be saved manually at any time by" +" clicking the *save manually* option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel any changes made, " +"click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to delete any changes, " +"and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A level form in edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:671 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:362 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 msgid "Level up" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:369 msgid "" "Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " "user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " @@ -15064,7 +15413,7 @@ msgid "" "level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:374 msgid "" "Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " "text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" @@ -15072,7 +15421,7 @@ msgid "" "the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:687 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:378 msgid "" "Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" " the specified amount of points required." @@ -15084,16 +15433,16 @@ msgid "" "above their image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:387 msgid "" "Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " "accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " "to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:394 msgid "" -"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"In the *Referrals* application, it is possible to post a message, also " "referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " "information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " "banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " @@ -15101,85 +15450,86 @@ msgid "" "an :guilabel:`X`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 msgid "" "Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" " individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " "click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" " alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " -"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +"*Referrals* application for the first time in a new session." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:409 msgid "Create an alert" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " "information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date From`: the date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " "will be visible on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date To`: the date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " "will be hidden from view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:420 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +":guilabel:`Company`: the current company populates this field by default. To" " modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " "from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " -"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"to everyone with access to the *Referrals* application. If a company is " "specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " -"Referrals application) will see the alert." +"*Referrals* application) will see the alert. This field only appears when in" +" a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +":guilabel:`Alert`: enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" " the alert banner on the main dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +":guilabel:`On Click`: there are three options for the alert. Click the radio" " button next to the desired selection. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:739 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:430 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: the alert only displays text, there is no link to" " click." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: the alert contains a link that when clicked, " "navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:433 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: the alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " "when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " "appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." msgstr "" @@ -15188,15 +15538,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:446 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " -"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" -" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " -"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in *Referrals*. To access " +"the reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The" +" main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 msgid "" "In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " "many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " @@ -15206,7 +15556,7 @@ msgid "" "there are no referrals from that particular channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:457 msgid "" "The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " "includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " @@ -15215,7 +15565,7 @@ msgid "" "many points were given for refused applicants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:770 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:462 msgid "" "The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " "new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " @@ -15226,34 +15576,330 @@ msgid "" "in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 msgid "" "The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " -"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " -"option." +"needs to be installed to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:473 +msgid ":doc:`referrals/share_jobs`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:3 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo *Referrals*, users can earn referral points by sharing job positions" +" with potential applicants. Job positions can be shared in several ways, " +"through the :ref:`View Jobs ` button and the " +":ref:`Email A Friend ` button, located at the bottom " +"of the *Referrals* app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Sharing jobs can **only** occur after onboarding slides have been viewed or " +"skipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:16 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main *Referrals* dashboard. This " +"presents all job positions, with each individual job presented with its own " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:27 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the *Job " +"Position* field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The number of :guilabel:`Open Positions` being recruited. This information " +"is taken from the *Expected New Employees* field of the *Recruitment* tab of" +" the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:33 +msgid "The points a user earns when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the *Job Position* tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions are visible in the *Referrals* app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`../recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:46 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Subject` and :guilabel:`Body` are populated using a default " +"template. The :guilabel:`Subject` `Job for you` is present, by default, but " +"can be modified, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position populates the *Job Position* " +"placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the email body is" +" an individualized tracking link to the specific job position listed on the " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When the prospective employee receives the email, the link sends them to the" +" job position page, where they can apply for the position, and the person " +"who referred them is tracked in the *Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:72 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Other than sending an email, job positions can be shared, via social media " +"platforms, and by tracking links to the job position. At the bottom of each " +"job position card are four icons, and corresponding tracking links, that can" +" be used to share the job position, keeping track of applicants in the " +"*Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:84 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "Link" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :icon:`fa-chain` :guilabel:`(link)` " +"icon above it. A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the " +"tracking link. Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is " +"copied, click the :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up window. Next," +" share the link with the prospective employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:93 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :icon:`fa-facebook` :guilabel:`(Facebook)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into Facebook, when the the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button is clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new " +"tab, with the link populated in the main body of the new post in a pop-up " +"window. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads, " +"instead, prompting the user to log-in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, then share the job " +"position using the available options in Facebook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:107 +msgid "X (formerly Twitter)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:109 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X. Click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`(X)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the user is already signed-in to X, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button" +" is clicked, an X page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready" +" to post, in a draft pop-up window. If the user is *not* already signed-in, " +"a sign-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to first sign-in to X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:117 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:119 +msgid "" +"`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job " +"Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message, then " +"share using the available options in X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:125 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "LinkedIn" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :icon:`fa-linkedin` :guilabel:`(LinkedIn)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button is clicked, a new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job " +"position at the top. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen" +" loads instead, prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:134 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual (or group of individuals)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message or " +"post, then share using the available options in LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:143 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "Trimiteți un e-mail unui prieten" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions, instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Referrals` main dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`Email a friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Send Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address in the :guilabel:`Email` field. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients by separating each email address with a comma " +"followed by a single space. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +":guilabel:`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The email :guilabel:`Body` is also populated with pre-configured text. The " +"text that appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:156 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:158 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you\\:`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:160 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:162 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of" +" all job positions currently being recruited for. Add any additional text " +"and make any edits to the message body, if necessary. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. This sends the message, and closes " +"the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 msgid "Time Off" msgstr "Concediu" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Time Off* application serves as a centralized hub for all time-off-" "related information. This application manages requests, balances, " "allocations, approvals, and reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:10 msgid "" -"Users can :ref:`request time off `, and see an " -"overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " +"Users can :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`, and see" +" an overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " ":ref:`allocate time off ` to individuals, teams, or the " "whole company, and :ref:`approve time off requests `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:15 msgid "" "Detailed :ref:`reports ` can be run to see how much time" " off (and what kinds of time off) are being used, :ref:`accrual plans " @@ -15261,45 +15907,45 @@ msgid "" "` can be set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 msgid "" "Be advised, only users with specific access rights can see all aspects of " "the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 msgid "" "All users can access the :guilabel:`My Time Off` and :guilabel:`Overview` " "sections of the *Time Off* application. All other sections require specific " "access rights." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:26 msgid "" "To better understand how access rights affect the *Time Off* application, " "refer to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` document, specifically the " "section about configuring the work information tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to allocate time off to employees, and for employees to request and" " use their time off, the various time off types must be configured first, " "then allocated to employees (if allocation is required)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:40 msgid "Time off types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 msgid "" "To view the currently configured time off types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. The time" " off types are presented in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:45 msgid "" "The *Time Off* application comes with four pre-configured time off types: " ":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, " @@ -15307,25 +15953,25 @@ msgid "" "needs or used as-is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:50 msgid "Create time off type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 msgid "" "To create a new time off type, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Time Off Types`. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button to reveal a blank time off type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:55 msgid "" "Enter the name for the particular type of time off in the blank line at the " "top of the form, such as `Sick Time` or `Vacation`. Then, enter the " "following information on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:59 msgid "" "The only **required** fields on the time off type form are the name of the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, the :guilabel:`Take Time Off In`, and the " @@ -15333,23 +15979,23 @@ msgid "" " and :guilabel:`Allocation Requests` sections **must** be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:65 msgid "Time Off Requests section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select what specific kind of approval is required for " "the time off type. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No Validation`: no approvals are required when requesting this " "type of time off. The time off request is automatically approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Time Off Officer`: only the specified :ref:`Time Off Officer " "`, set on this form in the :guilabel:`Notified " @@ -15357,7 +16003,7 @@ msgid "" "option is selected by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver`: only the employee's specified approver " "for time off, which is set on the *Work Information* tab on the " @@ -15365,7 +16011,7 @@ msgid "" " time off request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver and Time Off Officer`: both the employee's" " :ref:`specified time off approver` and the " @@ -15373,11 +16019,11 @@ msgid "" "the time off request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:83 msgid "Allocation Requests section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requires allocation`: if the time off must be allocated to " "employees, select :guilabel:`Yes`. If the time off can be requested without " @@ -15386,20 +16032,20 @@ msgid "" " form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee Requests`: select :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests " "Allowed` if the employee is able to request more time off than was " "allocated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:92 msgid "" "If employees should **not** be able to make requests for more time off than " "what was allocated, select the :guilabel:`Not Allowed` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:96 msgid "" "Ten days are allocated to the employee for this particular type of time off," " and the :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests Allowed` option is enabled. The " @@ -15408,81 +16054,81 @@ msgid "" "option is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 msgid "" "It is important to note that requesting additional time off does **not** " "guarantee that time off is granted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select the type of approvals required for the " "allocation of this particular time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approved by Time Off Officer` indicates the :ref:`Time Off " "Officer ` set on this form must approve the " "allocation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No validation needed` indicates that no approvals are required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:113 msgid "Configuration section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notified Time Off Officer`: select the person who is notified and" " responsible for approving requests and allocations for this specific type " "of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take Time Off in`: select the format the time off is requested in" " from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 msgid "The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: if time off can only be requested in full day increments (8" " hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:125 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: if time off can only be requested in half day " "increments (4 hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Hours`: if the time off can be taken in hourly increments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Deduct Extra Hours`: enable this option if the time off request " "should factor in any extra time accrued by the employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:134 msgid "" "If an employee works two extra hours for the week, and requests five hours " "of time off, the request would be for three hours, since the two extra " "worked hours are used first, and deducted from the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow To Attach Supporting Document`: enable this option to allow" " the employee to attach documents to the time off request. This is useful in" @@ -15490,7 +16136,7 @@ msgid "" "leave." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kind of Time Off`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "time off this is, either :guilabel:`Worked Time` or :guilabel:`Absence`. " @@ -15499,7 +16145,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Absence` does not count toward any type of accrual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if multiple companies are created in the database, and " "this time off type only applies to one company, select the company from the " @@ -15508,11 +16154,11 @@ msgid "" "company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:151 msgid "Negative Cap section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:153 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option if employees are able to " "request more time off than they currently have, allowing a negative balance." @@ -15520,19 +16166,19 @@ msgid "" " enter the maximum amount of negative time allowed, in days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 msgid "" "Sara currently has three days of the time off type `Vacation`. She is " "planning a trip that requires five days of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 msgid "" "The `Vacation` time off type has the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option " "enabled, and the :guilabel:`Amount in Negative` is set to five." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:164 msgid "" "These settings allow Sara to submit a request for five days of the " "`Vacation` time off type. If approved, her `Vacation` time off balance will " @@ -15545,59 +16191,59 @@ msgid "" "off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:173 msgid "Payroll section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:175 msgid "" "If the time off type should create :doc:`../hr/payroll/work_entries` in the " "*Payroll* application, select the :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` from the drop-" "down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 msgid "Timesheets section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Timesheets` section only appears if the user is in developer " "mode. Refer to the :ref:`developer-mode` document for details on how to " "access the developer mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 msgid "" "When an employee takes time off, and is also using timesheets, Odoo creates " "entries in the *Timesheets* application for the time off. This section " "defines how they are entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:188 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Project`: select the project that the time off type entries " "appear in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:189 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Task`: select the task that appears in the timesheet for this " "time off type. The default options are: :guilabel:`Time Off`, " ":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`Training`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 msgid "Display Option section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:195 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color to be used in the *Time Off* application " "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cover Image`: select an icon to be used in the *Time Off* " "application dashboard." @@ -15609,65 +16255,65 @@ msgid "" "off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:206 msgid "Accrual plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:208 msgid "" "Some time off is earned through an accrual plan, meaning that for every " "specified amount of time an employee works (hour, day, week, etc), they earn" " or *accrue* a specified amount of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:212 msgid "" "If an employee accrues a vacation day for every week they work, they would " "earn 0.2 vacation days for each hour they work. At the end of a forty hour " "work week, they would earn one whole vacation day (8 hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:217 msgid "Create accrual plan" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new accrual plan, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Accrual Plans`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, " "which reveals a blank accrual plan form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the accrual plan name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrued Gain Time`: select when the employee begins to accrue " "time off, either :guilabel:`At the start of the accrual period` or " ":guilabel:`At the end of the accrual period`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry-Over Time`: select when the employee received previously " "earned time. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the start of the year`: select this if the accrual rolls over " "on January 1 of the upcoming year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:232 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the allocation date`: select this if the accrual rolls over as" " soon as time is allocated to the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Other`: select this option if neither of the other two options " "are applicable. When selected, a :guilabel:`Carry-Over Date` field appears. " @@ -15675,14 +16321,14 @@ msgid "" "the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Based on worked time`: enable this option if time off accrual is " "determined by the employee's worked hours. Days **not** considered as worked" " time do **not** contribute to the accrual plan in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:241 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone Transition`: this selection determines when employees " "move up to a new milestone. If they qualify to change milestones in the " @@ -15691,14 +16337,14 @@ msgid "" "the current pay period)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Milestone Transition` field is **only** visible after a " "minimum of two :ref:`rules ` have been configured on the " "accrual plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:250 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " "accrual plan applies to. If left blank, the accrual plan can be used for all" @@ -15709,43 +16355,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An accrual plan form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:263 msgid "" "Rules must be created in order for employees to accrue time off from the " "accrual plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New Milestone` button in the gray" " :guilabel:`Rules` section, and a :guilabel:`Create Milestone` modal form " "appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:268 msgid "Fill out the following fields on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee accrue`: select the parameters for earned time off in " "this section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 msgid "" "First, select either :guilabel:`Days` or :guilabel:`Hours` for the increment" " of accrued time using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 msgid "" "Next, enter the numerical amount of the selected parameter that is accrued. " "The numerical format is `X.XXXX`, so that partial days or hours can also be " "configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:278 msgid "" "Last, select how often the time is accrued using the drop-down menu. The " "default options are :guilabel:`Hourly`, :guilabel:`Daily`, " @@ -15753,64 +16399,64 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Twice a year`, and :guilabel:`Yearly`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 msgid "" "Depending on which option is selected, additional fields may appear. For " "example, if :guilabel:`Twice a month` is selected, two additional fields " "appear, to specify the two days of each month that the milestone occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cap accrued time`: if there is a maximum amount of days the " "employee can accrue with this plan, enable this option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 msgid "" "When enabled, two additional fields appear beneath it. Select the type of " "time period from the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Days` or " ":guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:291 msgid "" "Then, enter a numerical value in the field to specify the maximum amount of " "time that can be accrued." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:293 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone reached`: enter the number and value of the time period" " that must pass before the employee starts to accumulate time off. The first" " value is numerical; enter a number in the first field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:297 msgid "" "Then, select the type of time period using the drop-down menu in the second " "field. The options are: :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Months`, or " ":guilabel:`Years`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over`: select how any unused time off is handled. The " "options are either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None. Accrued time reset to 0`: any unused time off is gone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:302 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All accrued time carried over`: all unused time off is rolled " "over to the next calendar year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over with a maximum`: unused time off is rolled over to the" " next calendar year, but there is a cap. An :guilabel:`Up to` field appears " @@ -15818,7 +16464,7 @@ msgid "" "roll over to the following year. Any time off beyond this parameter is lost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:309 msgid "" "Once the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the form " "and close the modal, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the form and " @@ -15829,72 +16475,72 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A milestone form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:320 msgid "Public holidays" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 msgid "" "To observe public or national holidays, and provide extra days off as " "holidays to employees, configure the observed *public holidays* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 msgid "" "It is important to configure these days in Odoo, so employees are aware of " "the days they have off, and do not request time off on days that are already" " set as a public holiday (non-working days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 msgid "" "Additionally, all public holidays configured in the *Time Off* app are also " "reflected in any app that uses working schedules, such as *Calendar*, " "*Planning*, *Manufacturing*, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:331 msgid "" "Due to Odoo's integration with other apps that use working schedules, it is " "considered best practice to ensure *all* public holidays are configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:335 msgid "Create public holiday" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 msgid "" "To create a public holiday, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Public Holidays`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:340 msgid "All currently configured public holidays appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:342 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a new line appears at the bottom of " "the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:341 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 msgid "Enter the following information on that new line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:346 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the holiday." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:347 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, the current company " "populates this field by default. It is not possible to edit this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:351 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company` field is hidden by default. To view this field, " "click the two dots in the top-right corner of the list, to the far-right of " @@ -15902,7 +16548,7 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:355 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday starts. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -15913,7 +16559,7 @@ msgid "" "company's time zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:360 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday ends. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -15924,33 +16570,33 @@ msgid "" " zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 msgid "" "A company located in San Francisco operates from 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM, with an " "eight hour work day and one hour lunch break." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:370 msgid "" "For a user in New York, with a computer time zone set to Eastern Standard " "Time, a created public holiday displays a start time of 12:00 PM - 9:00 PM, " "accounting for the three hour time zone difference." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 msgid "" "Similarly, a user located in Los Angeles, with a computer time zone set to " "Pacific Standard Time, sees a public holiday time as 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: if the holiday should only apply to employees who" " have a specific set of working hours, select the working hours from the " "drop-down menu. If left blank, the holiday applies to all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:380 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: if using the *Payroll* application, this field " "defines how the :ref:`work entries ` for the holiday " @@ -15961,18 +16607,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The list of public holidays in the configuration menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:389 msgid "Mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 msgid "" "Some companies have special days where specific departments, or the entire " "staff, is required to be present, and time off is not allowed on those " "specific days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:394 msgid "" "These types of days are called *mandatory days* in Odoo. These can be " "configured to be company-wide, or department specific. When configured, " @@ -15980,35 +16626,35 @@ msgid "" "off requests for these mandatory days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:399 msgid "Create mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 msgid "" "No mandatory days are configured in Odoo by default. To create a mandatory " "day, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> " "Mandatory Days`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:404 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner, and a blank line " "appears in the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:408 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the mandatory day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, this field is visible, " "and the current company populates this field by default. Using the drop-down" " menu, select the company the mandatory day is for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:412 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Departments`: this column is hidden by default. First, click the " ":guilabel:`(optional columns)` icon in the top-right corner, next to " @@ -16016,33 +16662,33 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Departments` to reveal that column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 msgid "" "Next, select the desired departments from the drop-down menu. Multiple " "departments can be selected, and there is no limit to the amount of " "departments that can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:419 msgid "" "If this field is left blank, the mandatory day applies to the entire " "company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day starts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:421 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day ends. If creating a single mandatory day, the end date should " "be the same as the start date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: if desired, select a color from the available presented " "options. If no color is desired, select the `No color` option, represented " @@ -16055,11 +16701,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Mandatory Days section with three configured days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:435 msgid "Allocate time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:437 msgid "" "Once time off types and accrual plans have been configured, the next step is" " to allocate, or give, time off to employees. This section is only visible " @@ -16067,44 +16713,44 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 msgid "" "To create a new allocation, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Management --> Allocations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:444 msgid "" "This presents a list of all current allocations, including their respective " "statuses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:446 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`New` to allocate time off, and a blank allocation form " "appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 msgid "" "After entering a name for the allocation on the first blank field of the " "form, enter the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:451 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of time" " off that is being allocated to the employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`: select either :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` or" " :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`. If the allocation is **not** based on an " "accrual plan, select :guilabel:`Regular Allocation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:456 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Plan`: if :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for " "the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, the :guilabel:`Accrual Plan` field appears." @@ -16113,7 +16759,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:460 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period/Start Date`: if :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` is" " selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, this field is labeled " @@ -16122,7 +16768,7 @@ msgid "" "Date`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:465 msgid "" "The current date populates the first date field by default. To select " "another date, click on the pre-populated date to reveal a popover calendar " @@ -16130,20 +16776,20 @@ msgid "" "the date to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:469 msgid "" "If the allocation expires, select the expiration date in the next date " "field. If the time off does *not* expire, leave the second date field blank." " `No Limit` appears in the field if no date is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:473 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation " "Type`, this second field is labeled :guilabel:`Run until`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time that is being allocated to " "the employees. This field displays the time in either :guilabel:`Hours` or " @@ -16151,7 +16797,7 @@ msgid "" "` is configured (in hours or days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:478 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how the allocation is " "assigned. This selection determines who receives the time off allocation. " @@ -16159,32 +16805,32 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Department`, or :guilabel:`By Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 msgid "" "Depending on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Mode`, this following field" " is labeled either: :guilabel:`Employees`, :guilabel:`Company`, " ":guilabel:`Department`, or :guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 msgid "" "Using the drop-down menu, indicate the specific employees, company, " "department, or employee tags who are receiving this time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 msgid "" "Multiple selections can be made for either :guilabel:`Employees` or " ":guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:490 msgid "" "Only one selection can be made for the :guilabel:`Company` or " ":guilabel:`Department`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:491 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: if any description or note is necessary to " "explain the time off allocation, enter it in this field at the bottom of the" @@ -16197,158 +16843,11 @@ msgid "" "granted to all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:499 -msgid "Request time off" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Once an employee has been allocated time off, a request to use the time off " -"can be submitted. Time off can be requested in one of two ways, either from " -"the :ref:`dashboard ` or from the :ref:`My Time Off " -"` view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:505 -msgid "" -"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " -"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " -"Off` list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:509 -msgid "" -"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " -"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" -" form appears in a modal. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` " -"list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:514 -msgid "" -"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " -"form:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:516 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " -"the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:517 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " -"two fields to populate, the start and end dates. Click on either date field " -"and a popover calendar appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 -msgid "" -"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " -"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " -"applicable)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:523 -msgid "" -"If the time off requested is for a single day, click on the start date, then" -" click the same date again for the end date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:526 -msgid "" -"When the correct dates are selected/highlighted, click the :guilabel:`Apply`" -" button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:528 -msgid "" -"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " -"field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 -msgid "" -"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" -" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:533 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, check this " -"box. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " -"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " -"day is being requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:537 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " -"day, check this box. A :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` field appears " -"beneath this option, if selected. Using the drop-down menu, select the start" -" and end time for the time off request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " -":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " -"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " -"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " -"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:545 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " -"should include any details that managers and approvers may need in order to " -"approve the request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:547 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachments of documents. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " -"appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:551 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the desired files to attach, select them, then click the " -":guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off request form." -" Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:554 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:604 -msgid "" -"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " -"request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:557 -msgid "" -"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " -"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " -"be saved manually at any time by clicking the *save manually* button, " -"represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " -"with the flu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:502 msgid "Request allocation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:504 msgid "" "If an employee has used all their time off, or is going to run out of time " "off, they can request an allocation for additional time. Allocations can be " @@ -16357,7 +16856,7 @@ msgid "" " view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:508 msgid "" "To create a new allocation request, click either the :guilabel:`New " "Allocation Request` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the " @@ -16365,7 +16864,7 @@ msgid "" "buttons open a new allocation request form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:513 msgid "" "Both :guilabel:`New` buttons open a :guilabel:`New Allocation` request form," " but when requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, the form appears in a " @@ -16373,20 +16872,20 @@ msgid "" "screen navigates to a new allocation request page, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:518 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Allocation` request " "form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested for " "the allocation from the drop-down menu. After a selection is made, the title" " updates with the time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:522 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period`: this field **only** appears if requesting an " "allocation with a time off type that has the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` " @@ -16395,18 +16894,18 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` field is set to :guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:527 msgid "" "Using the calendar selector, select a start and end date the allocation is " "valid for. By default, the current date populates the first field, and " ":guilabel:`No Limit` populates the second field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 msgid "Adjust both of these dates, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:531 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time being requested in this " "field. The format is presented in either days or hours, depending on how the" @@ -16414,14 +16913,21 @@ msgid "" "allocation request is updated to include the amount of time being requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:535 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: enter a description for the allocation request." " This should include any details that managers and approvers may need in " "order to approve the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:538 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 msgid "" "If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Allocations` list view, the" " information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " @@ -16435,11 +16941,11 @@ msgid "" "sick time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:553 msgid "Management" msgstr "Management" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:555 msgid "" "Time off and allocation requests typically undergo an approval process " "before being granted. Requests either need one or two approvals, if any, " @@ -16448,17 +16954,17 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:560 msgid "" "Only users who can approve allocation and time off requests have the " ":guilabel:`Management` section visible in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:566 msgid "Manage time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 msgid "" "To view time off requests that need approval, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Management --> Time Off`. The only time off" @@ -16467,7 +16973,7 @@ msgid "" "in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:573 msgid "" "The default filter in the :guilabel:`Time Off` list is `Waiting For Me`. " "This only presents time off requests that need to be approved for current " @@ -16475,7 +16981,7 @@ msgid "" " or :guilabel:`Second Approval`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:643 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:577 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented time off requests. Since only time off requests that need to be " @@ -16485,28 +16991,28 @@ msgid "" "appear on the left side of the screen, under :guilabel:`Departments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 msgid "" "If there are no requests that fall under one of the status options or " "departments, that status or department is **not** visible on the left-side " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:587 msgid "" "To display time off requests for specific departments only, click on the " ":guilabel:`Department` on the left-hand side. Only requests within the " "selected department are then presented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:656 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:657 msgid "" "The status column displays the status of each request, with the status " "highlighted in a specific color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` and :guilabel:`Second Approval` requests are " "highlighted in yellow and are the only ones that appear in the list by " @@ -16516,7 +17022,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:665 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:599 msgid "" "To approve a time off request, click the :guilabel:`👍 Approve` button at the" " end of the line. To validate a time off request that has already been " @@ -16531,7 +17037,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:608 msgid "" "For more details, click anywhere on the time off request line (except for " "the :guilabel:`👍 Approve`, :guilabel:`✔️ Validate`, and :guilabel:`✖️ " @@ -16539,24 +17045,24 @@ msgid "" "of the user, changes can be made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:612 msgid "" "To modify the request, make any desired changes to the form. All changes are" " automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:614 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Approve` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button " "to refuse the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:684 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:620 msgid "Manage allocations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:686 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:622 msgid "" "To view allocations that need approval, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off" " app --> Management --> Allocations`. The only allocations visible on this " @@ -16564,7 +17070,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:627 msgid "" "The default filters that are configured to be in place when navigating to " "the :guilabel:`Allocations` list are :guilabel:`My Team` and " @@ -16572,13 +17078,13 @@ msgid "" "team (who they manage) and active employees. Inactive users are not shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented allocation requests." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:635 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Status` options are :guilabel:`To Approve`, " ":guilabel:`Refused`, and :guilabel:`Approved`. Click on a specific " @@ -16586,14 +17092,14 @@ msgid "" "allocation requests, click :guilabel:`All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 msgid "" "It is also possible to display allocation requests by department. Click on " "the :guilabel:`Department` in the left side of the screen to only present " "allocations for that specific department." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:644 msgid "" "The groupings on the left side only present allocation requests that fall " "under the default filters of :guilabel:`My Team` and :guilabel:`Active " @@ -16601,34 +17107,34 @@ msgid "" "filters are presented on the left side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:712 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:648 msgid "" "For example, if there are no requests with a status of :guilabel:`To " "Submit`, that status option does not appear in the left-hand side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:651 msgid "" "All departments for the user's employees appear in the list. If there are no" " allocation requests that fall under that department matching the pre-" "configured filters, the list is blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:654 msgid "" "It is always possible to remove any of the pre-configured filters, by " "clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon on the specific filter to remove " "it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:660 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, " ":guilabel:`Approved` requests are highlighted in green, and the " ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:663 msgid "" "To approve an allocation request, click the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` button at" " the end of the line. To refuse a request, click the :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` " @@ -16640,28 +17146,28 @@ msgid "" "Allocations with the filter, groupings, and status sections highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:670 msgid "" "If more details are needed, click anywhere on the allocation request line " "(except for the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` buttons) to" " view the request in detail." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:673 msgid "" "Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be made to the allocation " "request form that appears. To modify the request, make any desired changes " "to the form. All changes are automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:741 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:677 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Validate` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button" " to refuse the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:683 msgid "" "To view a color-coded schedule of the user's time off, and/or of the team " "managed by them, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Overview`. " @@ -16669,7 +17175,7 @@ msgid "" "view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:687 msgid "" "To change the time period displayed, click on the :guilabel:`Month` button " "to reveal a drop-down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -16677,7 +17183,7 @@ msgid "" "corresponding view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 msgid "" "To navigate forward or backward in time, in the selected increment " "(:guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, etc.), click the :guilabel:`← (left " @@ -16685,44 +17191,44 @@ msgid "" " that specified amount of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:695 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Month` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by" " one month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:697 msgid "" "To return to a view containing the current day, click the :guilabel:`Today` " "button at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 msgid "" "Team members are listed alphabetically on individual lines, and their " "requested time off, regardless of the status (*validated* or *to approve*), " "is visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:766 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:702 msgid "" "Each employee is color-coded. The employee's color is selected at random, " "and does *not* correspond to the type of time off they requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:705 msgid "" "The status of the time off is represented by the color detail of the " "request, either appearing solid (*validated*) or striped (*to approve*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 msgid "" "The number of days or hours requested is written on the request (if there is" " enough space)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:710 msgid "" "At the bottom of the calendar, in the :guilabel:`Total` line, a bar graph " "shows how many people are projected to be out on any given day. The number " @@ -16730,7 +17236,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:778 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:714 msgid "" "Click on a time off entry to view the details for the specific time off " "entry. The total number of hours or days are listed, along with the start " @@ -16742,21 +17248,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview of the user's team, with time off requests shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:723 msgid "My time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:725 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`My Time` section of the *Time Off* application contains the " "time off dashboard, as well as the user's time off requests and allocations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:795 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:731 msgid "Dashboard" msgstr "Tablou de bord" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:733 msgid "" "All users have access to the time off dashboard, which is the default view " "in the *Time Off* application. The dashboard can also be accessed at any " @@ -16764,38 +17270,38 @@ msgid "" "My Time --> Dashboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 msgid "" "The current year is displayed, and the current day is highlighted in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:739 msgid "" "To change the view, click on the :guilabel:`Year` button to reveal a drop-" "down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, or " ":guilabel:`Month` to present the calendar in that corresponding view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:743 msgid "" "To change the presented dates, click the :guilabel:`← (left arrow)` or " ":guilabel:`→ (right arrow)` icons to the left of the :guilabel:`Year` " "button. The calendar view adjusts in increments of the presented view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:811 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Year` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by " "one year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:813 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:749 msgid "" "To change the view at any point to a view that includes the current date, " "click the :guilabel:`Today` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:816 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:752 msgid "" "Above the calendar view is a summary of the user's time off balances. Every " "time off type that has been allocated appears in its own summary box. Each " @@ -16804,7 +17310,7 @@ msgid "" "applicable)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:757 msgid "" "To view the full details of a time off balance, click the :guilabel:`? " "(question mark)` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`(DAYS/HOURS) AVAILABLE` " @@ -16818,7 +17324,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A view of the complete time off balance details in the popover window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:767 msgid "" "A user is also able to see how much time off they will have accrued in the " "future. On the right side of the time off summary blocks, there is a " @@ -16826,7 +17332,7 @@ msgid "" "selector popover appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:771 msgid "" "The current date is the default date selected. Navigate to the desired date," " and Odoo displays the time off balances the user will have on that date. " @@ -16835,14 +17341,14 @@ msgid "" "of the date field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:840 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:776 msgid "" "On the right side of the calendar, the various time off types are displayed," " with their corresponding colors. The :guilabel:`Legend` explains how the " "various statuses for time off requests are presented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:780 msgid "" "Time off that has been validated appears in a solid color (in the color " "specified in the :guilabel:`Time Off Type` section above the " @@ -16851,19 +17357,19 @@ msgid "" "line through the dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:849 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:785 msgid "" -"New time off requests can be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :ref:`New Time Off" -" ` modal appears." +"New time off requests can be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. Click the " +":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :doc:`New Time Off" +" <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:852 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 msgid "" -"New allocation requests can also be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the dashboard to " -"request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation ` modal appears." +"New allocation requests can also be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard` to request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation " +"` modal appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 @@ -16872,56 +17378,56 @@ msgid "" "buttons highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:863 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:800 msgid "My time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:865 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:802 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`. Here, all time " "off requests, both past and present, appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:868 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:805 msgid "" "The list includes the following information for each request: the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Start Date`, " ":guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and the :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:872 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:809 msgid "" "A new time off request can be made from this view. Click the :guilabel:`New`" -" button to :ref:`request time off `." +" button to :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:878 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:815 msgid "My allocations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:817 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's allocations, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Allocations`. All " "allocations and requested allocations appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:820 msgid "" "The information presented on the :guilabel:`My Allocations` page includes: " "the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Amount`, " ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`, and :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:824 msgid "" "A new allocation request can be made from this view, as well. Click the " ":guilabel:`New` button to :ref:`request an allocation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:895 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:832 msgid "" "The reporting feature allows users to view time off for their team, either " "by employee or type of time off. This allows users to see which employees " @@ -16929,7 +17435,7 @@ msgid "" "types are being used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:899 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:836 msgid "" "Any report can be added to a spreadsheet through the *Insert in Spreadsheet*" " button that appears in the top-left of a report. If the *Documents* " @@ -16937,31 +17443,31 @@ msgid "" "appears. If not, the report can be added to a *Dashboard*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:841 msgid "By employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:843 msgid "" "To view a report of employee time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Employee`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:846 msgid "" "The default report presents the current year's data in a list view, " "displaying all the employees in alphabetical order. Each employee's line is " "collapsed by default. To expand a line, click anywhere on the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:913 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:850 msgid "" "The view expands, and has the time off requests organized by time off type. " "Click anywhere on a time off type line to expand it, and view all the " "individual time off requests that fall under that type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:916 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:853 msgid "" "The information shown in the list includes: the :guilabel:`Employee` name, " ":guilabel:`Number of Days` off requested, the :guilabel:`Start Date`, " @@ -16972,7 +17478,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Report of time off, shown by each employee in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:861 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " @@ -16984,8 +17490,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The various other views highlighted, for the employee time off report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:933 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:870 msgid "" "When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " "particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports and their" @@ -16993,18 +17498,18 @@ msgid "" "documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:875 msgid "By type" msgstr "După tip" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:940 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:877 msgid "" "To view a list of all time off, organized by time off type, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Type`. This shows all time" " off requests in a default bar chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:943 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 msgid "" "Hover over a bar to view the :guilabel:`Duration (Days)` of that specific " "time off type." @@ -17016,13 +17521,13 @@ msgid "" "highlighted in a red box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 msgid "" "Click on a bar to go to a detailed list view of all the time off requests " "for that time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:952 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:889 msgid "" "Each request is listed, with the following information displayed: the " ":guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Request Type`, " @@ -17030,10 +17535,174 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " "way. The various options are a :guilabel:`Graph` (the default view), " ":guilabel:`List`, or :guilabel:`Pivot` table." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:897 +msgid "" +"When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " +"particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports, and " +"their various options, refer to the :doc:`reporting " +"<../essentials/reporting>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:902 +msgid ":doc:`time_off/request_time_off`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Request time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once time off has been allocated to an employee, a request to use it can be " +"submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Time off can be requested in one of two ways: either from the main *Time " +"Off* application :guilabel:`Dashboard` (:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My " +"Time --> Dashboard`), or from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` dashboard view " +"(:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " +"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " +"Off` dashboard, in the default list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " +"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" +" form appears in a pop-up window. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time" +" Off` list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " +"form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " +"the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " +"two fields to populate: the start and end dates. Click on either date field " +"and a popover calendar appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " +"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " +"applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If only requesting time off for a single day, click on the start date, then " +"click the same date again for the end date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the correct dates are selected, click the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" +" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, tick this " +"checkbox. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " +"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " +"day is being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " +"day, tick this checkbox. If selected, a :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` " +"field appears beneath this option. Using the drop-down menu, select the " +"start and end time for the time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " +":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " +"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " +"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " +"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " +"should include any details that managers and approvers may need to approve " +"the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachment of documents. " +"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the desired files that should be attached, select them, then " +"click The :guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off " +"request form. Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information, and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " +"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " +"be saved manually at any time by clicking the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " +"with the flu." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 082d9cfbf..c5cd091a7 100644 --- a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" @@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?2:1));\n" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory & MRP" -msgstr "Stoc și Producție" +msgid "Supply Chain" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 msgid "Barcode" @@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:20 msgid "Location" msgstr "Locatie" @@ -1615,14 +1615,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:16 @@ -1637,16 +1639,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:26 @@ -3909,6 +3918,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:182 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Manual" @@ -3985,12 +3996,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:214 msgid "" -"The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is four days," -" and the :ref:`purchase security lead time ` is one day." +"The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is " +"four days, and the :ref:`purchase security lead time " +"` is one day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:218 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` field of the reordering rule is set to " "zero, the product appears on the replenishment dashboard five days before " @@ -4003,34 +4014,34 @@ msgid "" "Feb 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:226 msgid "" "To see the product on the replenishment dashboard for the current date, " "February 20, set the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` to `7.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:229 msgid "" "To determine the amount of visibility days needed to see a product on the " "replenishment dashboard, subtract *today's date* from the *date the need " "appears* on the replenishment dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:232 msgid "Visibility~days = Need~appears~date - Today's~date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:237 msgid "" "Referring to the example above, today's date is February 20th, and the need " "for the product appears on February 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:240 msgid "(February 27 - February 20 = 7 days)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:242 msgid "" "Incorrectly setting the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` fewer than seven days in" " this case results in the need **not** appearing on the replenishment " @@ -4043,11 +4054,11 @@ msgid "" "days set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:252 msgid "Route" msgstr "Rută" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:254 msgid "" "Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected under the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it is possible" @@ -4055,7 +4066,7 @@ msgid "" "the functionality of both routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:258 msgid "" "Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering " "rule. This is the route that the rule defaults to, if multiple are selected." @@ -4063,20 +4074,20 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:262 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Route` column is hidden on the " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:264 msgid "" "Reveal the :guilabel:`Route` column by selecting the :guilabel:`(slider)` " "icon to the far-right of the column titles, and checking the " ":guilabel:`Route` option from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:267 msgid "" "Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule, and a drop-down " "menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the " @@ -4087,7 +4098,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:275 msgid "" "If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set " "for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the selected route " @@ -4768,7 +4779,7 @@ msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:100 msgid "Assign serial numbers" msgstr "" @@ -4788,7 +4799,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" @@ -4815,56 +4826,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:21 -msgid "when closing a manufacturing order" +msgid "" +":doc:`during a manufacturing order " +"<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product>` for a " +"product tracked by lot/serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:24 msgid "when making an inventory adjustment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:32 msgid "" "Display the Detailed Operations smart button and bulleted list icon on a " "receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:32 msgid "" "Display the **Detailed Operations** smart button and bulleted list icon on a" " receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:37 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers to products, activate the :guilabel:`Lots and " "Serial Numbers` feature in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " "--> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:40 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of an item's product form, set the " ":guilabel:`Tracking` field to :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:44 msgid "" ":ref:`Enable serial numbers `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:45 msgid "" ":ref:`Track products by serial numbers " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:49 msgid "" "Next, enable creating new serial numbers by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:52 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, select the desired operation " "type (e.g. :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, or " @@ -4877,11 +4891,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show \"Create New\" option is selected on the Receipts operation type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:64 msgid "Detailed Operations" msgstr "Operații detaliate" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:66 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned to products when entering stock for the first" " time, from the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` page on the receipt. " @@ -4889,7 +4903,7 @@ msgid "" "Operations --> Receipts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:71 msgid "" "Serial numbers can **not** be assigned to products on a request for " "quotation (RfQ) or purchase order (PO) — **only** on a receipt." @@ -4899,13 +4913,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the purchase order and the Receipt smart button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:78 msgid "" "Screenshot of a \"Purchase Order\" with the \"Receipt\" smart button at the " "top." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:80 msgid "" "To record an item's serial number before receiving the item, follow the " "steps in the next sections to assign serial numbers, but do **not** click " @@ -4913,13 +4927,13 @@ msgid "" "from the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:84 msgid "" "Assign a single serial number to a product by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` smart button on a receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:87 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, manually type in the " "serial number for a single product." @@ -4929,13 +4943,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a line on the Detailed Operations page to assign serial numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:94 msgid "" "When finished, click the receipt's breadcrumbs, and the assigned serial " "numbers are automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:102 msgid "" "To generate new serial numbers in a sequence, click the :guilabel:`+ (plus)`" " icon in the :ref:`product line `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:113 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` pop-up window. The " ":guilabel:`Number of SN` field is auto-filled based on the product quantity " @@ -4967,22 +4981,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show Assign Serial numbers pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:125 msgid "Stock move pop-up window" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:127 msgid "" "For various methods of assigning serial numbers in bulk, click the " ":guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the :ref:`product line " "` of a receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:132 msgid "Add a line" msgstr "Adăugă o linie" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:134 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window that appears, manually " "input the serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." @@ -4992,11 +5006,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a line on the Stock move pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:142 msgid "Generate Serials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:144 msgid "" "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Generate " "Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." @@ -5006,7 +5020,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show generate serials button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:151 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Generate Serial numbers` pop-up window, where " "the first serial number is entered in the :guilabel:`First SN` field to " @@ -5014,36 +5028,36 @@ msgid "" "entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:155 msgid "" "For more details on how to fill in this pop-up window, :ref:`refer to this " "section `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:159 msgid "Import Serials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:161 msgid "" "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Import " "Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:165 msgid "" "If the button is not visible, ensure the :guilabel:`Create New` option is " "selected in the :ref:`receipt's configuration page " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:168 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window. Enter each serial " "number on a separate line in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:172 msgid "" "Copy/paste serial numbers from an existing excel spreadsheet and add them to" " the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." @@ -5053,7 +5067,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show excel sheet to copy serial numbers from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:179 msgid "" "Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to add serial numbers to " "the list of products, and serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " @@ -5062,25 +5076,26 @@ msgid "" "option unchecked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:146 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Generate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:187 msgid "" "For a receipt with a :guilabel:`Demand` of `3.00` products, one product has " "already been assigned a serial number in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` " "pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:190 msgid "" "So, in the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window, two serial numbers, `124` " "and `125` are assigned to the remaining products by entering the following " "in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` input field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:199 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option is selected to add these two " "serial numbers **in addition** to the serial number, `123`, that has already" @@ -5122,7 +5137,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr ":doc:`lots`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "" @@ -5194,6 +5209,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:343 msgid "Traceability" msgstr "Urmărire" @@ -5649,6 +5665,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:189 msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" msgstr "" @@ -5680,17 +5697,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 msgid "Expiration alerts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 msgid "" "To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:251 msgid "" "Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " "Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " @@ -5698,14 +5715,14 @@ msgid "" "related to the products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:255 msgid "" "To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " "form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " "earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:259 msgid "" "After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " "Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " @@ -5713,14 +5730,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:263 msgid "" "To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " "are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" " :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:267 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." msgstr "" @@ -5730,486 +5747,593 @@ msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" +msgid "Lot numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:10 msgid "" -"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" -" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " -"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" -" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." +"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. They " +"typically represent a specific batch of products that were received, stored," +" shipped, or manufactured in-house." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:13 msgid "" -"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " -"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " -"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " -"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " -"lifecycles." +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products sharing common " +"properties, facilitating end-to-end traceability through their lifecycles." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:16 msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " -"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " -"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " -"expiration dates." +"Lots are useful for managing large quantities of manufactured or received " +"products, aiding in tracing items back to their group, particularly for " +"product recalls or :doc:`expiration dates `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:26 msgid "" -"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " -"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " -"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " -"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " -":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +"To track products using lots, enable the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature. Go" +" to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and tick the checkbox " +"next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 -msgid "Track products by lots" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`Tracking expiration dates `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:33 msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " -"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " -"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " -"and choose a product." +":ref:`Print GS1 barcodes for lots and serial numbers " +"`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:42 +msgid "Track by lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:44 msgid "" -"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " -"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " -":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " -"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, configure " +"individual products to be tracked using lots. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and choose a " +"product to configure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:48 msgid "" +"On the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, select the :guilabel:`By Lots` option in " +"the :guilabel:`Tracking` field. Now, new or existing lot numbers can be " +"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`expiration_dates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 +msgid "" "If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " -"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" -" lot numbers to the existing stock." +"serial numbers, a warning message appears. Use an :doc:`inventory adjustment" +" ` to assign lot numbers to existing products in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 -msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:65 +msgid "Assign lots for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:67 msgid "" -"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " -"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" -" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " -"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " -"automatically." +"Assign new lot numbers to :ref:`incoming goods " +"` on the receipt form. When " +"shipping :ref:`outgoing goods `, select products with specific lot numbers on the delivery order " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:75 +msgid "On receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Assigning new or existing lot numbers to incoming goods can be done directly" +" on receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To begin, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app to `create and confirm " +"`_ a |PO| for products tracked " +"by lot numbers. Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button that " +"appears at the top of the page to navigate to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to an existing receipt by going to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, clicking the :guilabel:`Receipts` Kanban " +"card, and choosing the desired receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number triggers an " +"error, indicating that a lot number **must** be assigned before validating " +"the receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:96 +msgid "" +"On the receipt form, on the product line in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, " +"select the |list| icon to the right of the product that is tracked by lot " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the bulleted list icon on the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, where the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` and :guilabel:`Quantity` are assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 +msgid "The two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **importing**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:109 +msgid "Manual assignment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"To manually assign lot numbers, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Input the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, :guilabel:`Store To` location for the lot, " +":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Destination Package`, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To assign multiple lot numbers, or store to multiple locations, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and type a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` for " +"additional quantities. Repeat until the total in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"column matches the :guilabel:`Demand` at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:125 +msgid "Import lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:127 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, click :guilabel:`Import " +"Serials/Lots`, then paste the bulk lot numbers, in the " +":guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on *Google* spreadsheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 +msgid "Lot numbers copied to the lot number line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Lot numbers pasted to the \"Lots/Serial numbers\" field, in the **Import " +"Lots** pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to generate *additional* " +"lot numbers in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window. To replace " +"the lot numbers in the list, leave the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option" +" unticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` on the receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:200 +msgid "" +":ref:`Traceability report for lot numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:157 +msgid "On delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Odoo makes it possible to specify which lot numbers for a product are chosen" +" for outgoing shipment on a delivery order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To begin, create or select an existing quotation from the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app. After confirming the |SO|, the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button becomes available. Click the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt form for " +"that specific |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to delivery orders by going to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`" +" kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button opens the the delivery order " +"form, where lot numbers are picked for delivery. In the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab, click the |list| icon to the right of the " +"product that is tracked by lot numbers. Clicking that icon reveals a " +":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, the chosen lot number and its storage location is " +"displayed in the :guilabel:`Pick From` column, with the with the full " +":guilabel:`Quantity` taken from that specific lot (if there is enough stock " +"in that particular lot)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:179 +msgid "" +"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " +":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:183 +msgid "" +"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " +"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It also " +"depends on the ordered quantity, and whether the lot's on-hand quantity is " +"enough to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Repeat the above steps to select enough lots to fulfill the " +":guilabel:`Demand`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. " +"Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button on the |DO| to deliver the " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Popup for source lot number on sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:203 +msgid "Lot management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Manage and view existing lot numbers for products in the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` dashboard by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:208 +msgid "" +"By default, lot numbers are grouped by product, and selecting the drop-down " +"menu for each product displays the existing lot numbers. Select a lot number" +" to :ref:`modify or add details ` " +"linked to the lot. Lot numbers can also be :ref:`created " +"` from this page, by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 +msgid "Show the \"Lot/Serial Number\" dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Display lot numbers, grouped by products, on the **Lot/Serial Number** " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 +msgid "Modify lot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Clicking a lot from the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` dashboard reveals a " +"separate page where additional information can be provided about the lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to follow " +"the most recent number. However, it can be edited, by clicking the line " +"under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and changing the generated " +"number to any desired one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:233 +msgid "On the lot number form, the following fields can be modified:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:235 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: change the lot number linked to the " +":guilabel:`Product`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:236 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internal Reference`: records an alternative lot/serial number " +"used within the warehouse that differs from the one used by the supplier " +"manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company where the lot number is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:239 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: add extra details about the lot or serial number in" +" this text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:242 +msgid "" +"On existing lots, the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"fields **cannot** be modified, as the lot numbers are linked with existing " +"stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the lot number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:250 +msgid ":doc:`Set expiration dates for lots `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:253 +msgid "Add property" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:255 +msgid "" +"To add custom fields to lots for enhanced traceability, there are two " +"methods of adding properties on a lot number form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon at the top-left of the page," +" then select :icon:`fa-cogs` :guilabel:`Add Properties` from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a Property` button, located below " +"the existing fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Name and :doc:`configure the new field " +"<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`. Once finished, enter the " +"property value in the new field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The new property, `Wood type`, is added. The value is recorded as `Cherry " +"wood`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Show the \"Add Properties\" button on a lot number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:273 +msgid "" +":doc:`Configuring custom properties " +"<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 +msgid "Reserve lot number for a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:280 +msgid "" +"To create a lot number for a product, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lot/Serial Numbers`, and " +"click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Creating a lot number reserves it for a product but **does not** assign it. " +"To assign lot numbers, refer to the section on :ref:`assigning lot numbers " +"on receipts `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:289 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " "follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " -"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " -"and changing the generated number." +"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field " +"on the lot form, and changing the generated number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:293 msgid "" "Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " "field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " "menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:72 -msgid "" -"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " -"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " -"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " -"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" -"website environment)." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:298 +msgid "The lot number, `000001`, is created for the product, `Drawer Black`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 -msgid "" -"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " -"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:83 -msgid "" -"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " -"button to save all changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:304 msgid "" "After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " -"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" -" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " -"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." +"product, the lot number is saved as an existing lot number linked to the " +"product, and can be selected when :ref:`assigning lot numbers to products on" +" a receipt `, or when making an " +"inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:310 msgid "" -"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " -"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " -"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" -" assigned to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:95 -msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " -"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " -"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " -"order form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:104 -msgid "Manage lots on receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " -"purchase order (PO)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:108 -msgid "" -"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " -"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 -msgid "" -"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " -"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " -"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " -"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " -"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " -"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " -":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " -"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " -"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" -"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " -":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " -"number being assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:133 -msgid "" -"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " -":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " -"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " -"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:137 -msgid "" -"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " -"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " -"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 -msgid "" -"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" -" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " -"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " -"quantity." +"After creating the lot number, `000001` appears as an option for `Drawer " +"Black` when assigning lot numbers on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` " +"page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 -msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgid "Show how to assign lot numbers on the Inventory Adjustment page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " -":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " -"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " -"the :guilabel:`Demand`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:155 -msgid "" -"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " -"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " -"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" -" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" -" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " -":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " -"entered in each of the lot number lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 -msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:168 -msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." -" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " -":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " -"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" -" assigned, and more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:174 -msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " -"sales order (SO)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " -"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:181 -msgid "" -"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" -" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " -"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:185 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" -" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " -":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:201 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " -"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 -msgid "" -"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " -"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " -":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " -"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:198 -msgid "" -"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " -"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" -" there is enough stock in that particular lot)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:202 -msgid "" -"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " -":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " -"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " -"total quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:207 -msgid "" -"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " -"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " -"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " -"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " -"lot to fulfill the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:213 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:215 -msgid "" -"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " -"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" -" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 -msgid "" -"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " -"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " -":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " -"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " -"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:228 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" -" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " -"the same lot number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:318 msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:320 msgid "" -"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " -"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " -"be used." +"By default, new lots can only be created when receiving products, and " +"existing lot numbers cannot be used. For sales orders, only existing lot " +"numbers can be utilized, and new ones cannot be created on the delivery " +"order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:237 -msgid "" -"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" -" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:324 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " "type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " -"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +"Operations Types`, and select the desired operation type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:328 msgid "" -"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " -"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " -"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" -" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " -":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" -" to save the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:249 -msgid "" -"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " -"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " -"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " -"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." +"On the operation type form, under the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"section, tick the :guilabel:`Create New` checkbox to enable new lot numbers " +"to be created during this operation type. Choose :guilabel:`Use Existing " +"ones` if only existing lot numbers can be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:337 msgid "" "For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " "useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" " warehouse receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "Urmărire loturi" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:345 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " -"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " -"stored, and who (and when) it went to." +"entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from, when it arrived, where it" +" was stored, who it went to (and when)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:348 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:352 msgid "" "From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " "assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:355 msgid "" -"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " -"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " -":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " -"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." +"To group by lots, begin by removing any filters in the :guilabel:`Search...`" +" bar. Then, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(caret down)` icon to" +" open a drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` options," +" and :guilabel:`Favorites`. Under the :guilabel:`Group By` section, click " +"the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` option, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"Number` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:361 msgid "" -"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " -"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." +"Doing so reorganizes all the records on the page to display all existing " +"lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded to show all quantities of " +"products with that assigned number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:369 +msgid "Traceability report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To view a full stock moves report for a lot number, select the lot number " +"line from the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Number` dashboard. On the lot number " +"form, click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the Traceability Report for a lot, that displays the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:380 msgid ":doc:`differences`" msgstr "" @@ -6728,6 +6852,144 @@ msgid "" " packaging to the internal count of the product." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:3 +msgid "Reassign lot/serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Changing a product's tracking settings to use lots or serial numbers, " +"*after* storing products in Odoo without them, can lead to inconsistent " +"records. Follow this documentation to learn how to use an inventory " +"adjustment to assign lot or serial numbers to products that were not " +"originally assigned lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Warning message: products in stock have no lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This document outlines the process of using two inventory adjustments: one " +"to remove incorrect records *without* lot numbers, and another to save the " +"quantities *with* the lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`Set up and use lot numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Set up serial numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Use serial numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:24 +msgid "Change on-hand quantity to zero" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To change the product's settings to track by lots or serial numbers, begin " +"by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and select the intended product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, click the product's :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button to open the " +":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. In the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"column, change the value to zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If the product is stored in multiple locations, make sure the **total** on " +"hand quantity at **all** locations is zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Show the Inventory Adjustments model, highlighting the \"On Hand Quantity\" " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:41 +msgid "Change traceability setting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Return to the product form (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Products`), and switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, change the :guilabel:`Tracking` option " +"from :guilabel:`No Tracking` to :guilabel:`By Lots` or :guilabel:`By Unique " +"Serial Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 +msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:56 +msgid "Restore on-hand quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:58 +msgid "" +"After manually changing the on-hand quantity to zero and changing the " +":guilabel:`Tracking` setting to lots or serial numbers, restore the " +"quantities by clicking the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button from the desired" +" product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:62 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Update Quantity` page, because the on-hand quantity had " +"been previously changed to zero, a :guilabel:`No Stock On Hand` warning " +"appears on the page. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" +"left corner. Doing so reveals a new, modifiable line on the " +":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. Then, input a desired lot number in the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` to its original value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Fill in the \"Lot/Serial Number\" and \"On Hand Quantity\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To find the original quantity, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"accordingly, after assigning a new lot or serial number, click the " +":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon in the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` column. Then, click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` " +"button on the far-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Show the \"History\" button on the Inventory Adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The inventory adjustment that changed the on-hand quantity to zero is " +"displayed in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:0 +msgid "Show the history entry." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "" @@ -6857,6 +7119,12 @@ msgid "" "in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "" @@ -7041,6 +7309,12 @@ msgid "" "tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:197 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" @@ -7049,6 +7323,20 @@ msgid "" " appears." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " +"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:208 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " @@ -7403,6 +7691,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:80 msgid "Create purchase order" msgstr "" @@ -7688,12 +7978,12 @@ msgstr "" "expeditor**. Veți primi un nou număr de urmărire și o nouă etichetă." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:160 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`facturare`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:161 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" msgstr ":doc:`multipachet`" @@ -7895,7 +8185,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:124 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" @@ -8076,8 +8366,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "Create a sales order" msgstr "Creare comandă de vânzări" @@ -8139,7 +8427,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Print shipping labels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:8 msgid "" "Integrate Odoo with :doc:`third-party shipping carriers " "<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>` to automatically generate " @@ -8147,7 +8435,7 @@ msgid "" "numbers, and barcodes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:15 msgid "" "To generate labels for a third-party shipping carrier, first :doc:`install " "the third-party shipping connector " @@ -8164,36 +8452,83 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set the \"Get Rate and Create Shipment\" option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:33 +msgid "Labels for multi-step" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"For companies using :doc:`two " +"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or :doc:`three step " +"delivery <../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, labels can be " +"triggered to print after validating the picking or packing operation. To do " +"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations " +"Types`, and choose the desired operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Operation Type` configuration page, tick the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` checkbox. Enabling this feature ensures that the " +"third-party shipping label is printed upon validating this operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:45 +msgid "" +"For :doc:`two-step delivery " +"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, where products are " +"placed directly in packages during picking, companies can print shipping " +"labels during picking instead of delivery. Odoo allows users to enable the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` feature on the `Pick` operation itself to achieve " +"this flexibility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:0 +msgid "Enable the \"Print Label\" feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:55 msgid "Print tracking labels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:57 msgid "" -"Tracking labels are generated after the delivery order (DO) is validated." +"Tracking labels are printed when specific operations are validated. By " +"default, validating a delivery order (DO) generates a tracking label in the " +"chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:61 msgid "" -"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin on the " -":menuselection:`Sales app`, and proceed to the desired quotation to " -":ref:`add the shipping cost `, confirm the sales order, and validate the |DO|." +"For companies using two or three step delivery, refer to the :ref:`printing " +"labels for multi-step delivery ` section to learn how to print the label after validating a picking " +"or packing operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin in the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and proceed to the desired quotation or sales " +"order (SO). There, and :ref:`add the shipping cost " +"` to the order. Then, " +"navigate to the linked |DO| — or another operation type when using multi-" +"step delivery — to validate the operation and print the label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:71 msgid "" "If only the *Inventory* app is installed, create :abbr:`DOs (Delivery " -"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app , :ref:`add the " +"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, :ref:`add the " "third-party carrier ` in " "the :guilabel:`Carrier` field, and validate the |DO|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:79 msgid "Add shipping on quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:81 msgid "" "To generate a tracking label for an order, begin by creating a quotation in " ":menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`, clicking " @@ -8205,15 +8540,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the \"Add Shipping\" button on the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:89 msgid "" "In the resulting pop-up window, select the intended carrier from the " -":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. Clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` " -"displays the shipping cost for the customer, via the third-party carrier in " -"the :guilabel:`Cost` field." +":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Total Order " +"Weight` field is automatically populated, based on the :ref:`weight of " +"products in the order `. " +"Modify this field to overwrite the predicted weight, and use this weight to " +"estimate the cost of shipping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Get Rate` to display the shipping cost for the " +"customer, via the third-party carrier in the :guilabel:`Cost` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 msgid "" "If clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` results in an error, ensure the " ":ref:`warehouse's address ` are properly configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:102 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the cost to the quotation, which is listed as " "the :ref:`configured delivery product " @@ -8234,49 +8577,49 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show \"Get rate\" pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:112 msgid "" -"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, the shipping carrier is" -" specified in a delivery order's :guilabel:`Carrier` field of the " -":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." +"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, specify the " +":guilabel:`Carrier` by going to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, " +"navigating to the |DO|, and going to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:0 msgid "Show the \"Additional Info\" tab of a delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:123 msgid "Validate delivery order" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:125 msgid "" "On a delivery order form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab to" " ensure the third-party shipping carrier has been added to the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:129 msgid "" "If the *Sales* app is not installed, the third-party carrier is set in the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:132 msgid "" "After the items in the order have been packed, click :guilabel:`Validate` to" " get the shipping carrier's tracking number, and generate the shipping " "label." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:136 msgid "" "Create or select an existing delivery order by going to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and selecting the :guilabel:`Delivery " "Orders` card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:139 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` number is generated in the " ":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab of the delivery order. Click the " @@ -8284,7 +8627,7 @@ msgid "" "shipping carrier's website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:143 msgid "The tracking label is found in PDF format in the chatter." msgstr "" @@ -8292,14 +8635,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show generated shipping label in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:150 msgid "" "For multi-package shipping, one label is generated per package. Each label " "appears in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:157 msgid "Sample label generated from Odoo's shipping connector with FedEx." msgstr "" @@ -8486,11 +8829,282 @@ msgid "" "create the first backorder." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:3 +msgid "Printable delivery PDFs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automatically print delivery-related PDFs documents and labels in Odoo, " +"containing package recipient details, contents, or handling instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The following PDFs can be configured to print upon validating an *Inventory*" +" operation (e.g. receipt, picking, delivery orders, quality checks):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:11 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery slip `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`Return slip `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:13 +msgid "" +":ref:`Product labels of items in the order " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:14 +msgid "" +":ref:`Lot and serial number labels `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:15 +msgid "Carrier labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:16 +msgid "Export documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:17 +msgid "Package Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:18 +msgid "Package label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To automatically print these forms, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`, and select the desired " +"operation type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick each of the desired options available " +"in the :guilabel:`Print on Validation` section to download the PDF of those " +"selected documents automatically after validating the :guilabel:`Operation " +"Type`. For details on what each of the checkbox options do, jump to the " +"related section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Print on Validation* option in the \"Pick\" *Operation Type*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:36 +msgid "Delivery slip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A *delivery slip* contains recipient and package details, usually placed " +"inside (or attached to) the package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:42 +msgid ":ref:`Picking list `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`Tracking label `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:45 +msgid "" +"After :ref:`enabling the Delivery Slip setting " +"` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " +"configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " +"operation type downloads a PDF of the delivery slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The delivery slip shows products, quantities, the delivery order reference " +"number, and the total order weight." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Example delivery slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:58 +msgid "Return slip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Print a *return slip* to include in a delivery for customer return packages." +" It identifies the return, links to the sales order, and includes item " +"details and customer information. It can also include specific return " +"instructions for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:64 +msgid "" +"After :ref:`enabling the Return Slip setting " +"` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " +"configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " +"operation type downloads a PDF of the return slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The return slip displays the company's return address, along with barcodes " +"for both the order and the return operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Example return slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:77 +msgid "Product labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Print *product labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " +"information, such as product name, barcode, and price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"After navigating to the intended operation type (:menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`), in the :guilabel:`Hardware` " +"tab, tick the :guilabel:`Product Labels` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Print label as:` drop-down menu visible, where" +" each product label can be printed as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`2 x 7 with price`: PDF displays product name, barcode, and price," +" fitting two rows and seven columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 2 x 7 with price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 7 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price, " +"fitting four rows and seven columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 4 x 7 with price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12`: displays product name and barcode. Fits four rows and " +"twelve columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 4 x 12." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price. " +"Fits four rows and twelve columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels`: prints labels in the Zebra Programming Language " +"(ZPL) containing the product name and barcode. Readable for Zebra printers " +"to automatically print labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels with price`: prints labels in the :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " +"Programming Language)` containing the product name, barcode, and price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Product labels can be manually printed from any delivery order, by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Print Labels` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:128 +msgid "Lot/SN Labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Print *lot/SN labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " +"information, such as product name, lot or serial number, and the barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To automatically print this PDF, navigate to the intended operation type's " +"options page (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations" +" Types`). Then, in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick the :guilabel:`Lot/SN " +"Labels` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per lot/SN`: PDF with labels for unique lot/serial " +"numbers in the order, including product name, lot/serial number, and " +"barcode. Fits four rows and twelve columns per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:150 +msgid "Labels for an order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per unit`: PDF with labels matching the quantity of " +"items, displaying the product name, lot/serial number, and barcode. Fits " +"four rows and twelve columns per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per lot/SN`: prints labels in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " +"Programming Language)`, containing the product name, lot/serial number, and " +"barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per unit`: prints labels with the quantity of " +"items in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming Language)`, containing the product " +"name, lot/serial number, and barcode." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "Scheduled delivery dates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 msgid "" "Accurately forecasting delivery dates is vital for fulfilling customer " "expectations. In Odoo, the *Inventory* app allows for comprehensive lead " @@ -8498,11 +9112,11 @@ msgid "" "orders, deliveries, and receptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:15 msgid "Lead time types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:17 msgid "" "Different lead times for different operations can impact various stages of " "the order fulfillment process. Here's a summary of the types of lead times " @@ -8513,66 +9127,85 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show graphic of all lead times working together." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "" -":ref:`Customer lead time `: The default " -"time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is the " -"number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the date " -"the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as *delivery" -" lead time*." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:24 msgid "" -":ref:`Sales security lead time `: " -"moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of days. " -"This serves as a buffer to allow the team ample time to prepare the outgoing" -" shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " -"process." +":ref:`Customer lead time `: " +"default time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is" +" the number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the " +"date the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as " +"*delivery lead time*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:29 msgid "" -":ref:`Purchase lead time `: the number of " -"days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " +":ref:`Sales security lead time `: moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of " +"days. This serves as a buffer to allow ample time to prepare the outgoing " +"shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 +msgid "" +":ref:`Purchase lead time `: number" +" of days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " "products. It provides insight on the time it takes for products to arrive at" " the warehouse, facilitating effective scheduling and planning of supplier " "deliveries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:39 msgid "" -":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` by a " -"specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders earlier " -"mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products that are" -" set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment report* " -"earlier, according to the specified number of days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:40 -msgid "" -":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: the number " -"of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date of " -"confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in Odoo), " -"and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished good." +":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " +"by a specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders " +"earlier mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products " +"that are set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment " +"report* earlier, according to the specified number of days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:45 msgid "" -":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " -"forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with " -":ref:`replenish to order `, the " +":ref:`Days to Purchase `: " +"days needed for the vendor to receive a request for quotation (RFQ) and " +"confirm it. It advances the deadline to schedule a |RFQ| by a specified " +"number of days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:49 +msgid "" +":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: " +"number of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date " +"of confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in " +"Odoo), and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished" +" good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:54 +msgid "" +":ref:`Days to prepare manufacturing order " +"`: number of days " +"needed to replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the " +"product. Either set one directly on the bill of materials (BoM), or click " +"*Compute* to sum up purchase and manufacturing lead times of components in " +"the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:60 +msgid "" +":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing " +"Order)` forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with" +" :ref:`replenish to order `, the " "security lead time makes the need appear earlier on the replenishment " "report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:69 msgid "Sales lead times" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 msgid "" "Customer lead times and sales security lead times can be configured to " "automatically compute an *expected delivery date* on a :abbr:`SO (Sales " @@ -8580,14 +9213,14 @@ msgid "" "setting for shipments from the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:75 msgid "" "Odoo issues a warning message if the set delivery date is earlier than the " "expected date, as it may not be feasible to fulfill the order by that time, " "which would impact other warehouse operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:79 msgid "" "A :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` containing a `Coconut-scented candle` is " "confirmed on July 11th. The product has a customer lead time of 14 days, and" @@ -8600,17 +9233,17 @@ msgid "" "Set *Delivery Date* in a sales order. Enables delivery lead times feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:87 msgid "" "The following sections demonstrate how to automatically compute expected " "delivery dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:90 msgid "Customer lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:92 msgid "" "Set the customer lead time on each product form, by navigating to the " "products page. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> " @@ -8620,7 +9253,7 @@ msgid "" "order from start to finish." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 msgid "" "Set a 14-day customer lead time for the `Coconut-scented candle` by " "navigating to its product form. Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, type" @@ -8631,31 +9264,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set *Customer Lead Time* on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:109 msgid "Sales security lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:111 msgid "" "*Sales security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:114 msgid "" "On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " "heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales`, and " "click the checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. This security lead time is " "a buffer notifying the team to prepare for outgoing shipments earlier than " "the scheduled date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales` to `1.00` day, pushes " "the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of a delivery order (DO) forward by one day. " @@ -8670,11 +9303,11 @@ msgid "" "settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:131 msgid "Deliver several products" msgstr "Livrați mai multe produse" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:133 msgid "" "For orders that include multiple products with different lead times, the " "lead times can be configured directly from the quotation itself. On a " @@ -8682,7 +9315,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Policy` to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`As soon as possible` to deliver products as soon as they are " "ready. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " @@ -8690,7 +9323,7 @@ msgid "" "products in the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`When all products are ready` to wait to fulfill the entire order " "at once. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " @@ -8702,14 +9335,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show *Shipping Policy* field in the *Other Info* tab of a quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:150 msgid "" "In a quotation containing 2 products, `Yoga mat` and `Resistance band,` the " "products have a lead time of 8 days and 5 days, respectively. Today's date " "is April 2nd." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:153 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Shipping Policy` is set to :guilabel:`As soon as " "possible`, the scheduled delivery date is 5 days from today: April 7th. On " @@ -8717,17 +9350,17 @@ msgid "" " the scheduled date to be 8 days from today: April 10th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:160 msgid "Purchase lead times" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 msgid "" "Automatically determining the dates on which to place orders from suppliers " "can help simplify the procurement process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 msgid "" "Odoo calculates the supplier shipment *receipt date*, and :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` deadline, based on the required date the product is needed" @@ -8736,7 +9369,7 @@ msgid "" "determine the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` deadline." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 msgid "" "This deadline is the date by which the order should be confirmed, in order " "to ensure timely arrival by the expected receipt date." @@ -8747,24 +9380,24 @@ msgid "" "Visualization of PO deadline and receipt date used with vendor lead times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:178 msgid "" ":ref:`PO scheduling with reordering rules " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:181 msgid "Vendor lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:183 msgid "" "To set a vendor lead time for orders arriving in the warehouse from a vendor" " location, begin by navigating to a product form through " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:186 msgid "" "Next, select the desired product, and switch to the :guilabel:`Purchase` " "tab. In the editable vendor pricelist, click the :guilabel:`Add a line` " @@ -8773,14 +9406,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:192 msgid "" "Multiple vendors and lead times can be added to the vendor pricelist. The " "default vendor and lead time selected will be the entry at the top of the " "list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:196 msgid "" "On the vendor pricelist of the product form, the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " "Time` for the selected vendor is set to `10 days.`" @@ -8790,7 +9423,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add delivery lead times to vendor pricelist on a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:203 msgid "" "By setting the vendor lead time, the expected arrival date of the item is " "automatically determined as the date of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " @@ -8799,7 +9432,7 @@ msgid "" "expected timeframe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 msgid "" "On a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` confirmed on July 11th, for a product " "configured with a 10-day vendor lead time, Odoo automatically sets the " @@ -8818,34 +9451,33 @@ msgid "" "Show expected *Scheduled Date* of arrival of the product from the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:225 msgid "Purchase security lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:227 msgid "" "*Purchase security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:230 msgid "" -"On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " -"heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`, and" -" click the checkbox to enable the feature." +"On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " +"heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in supplier " -"deliveries." +"deliveries. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:237 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase` to `2.00` days, " -"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by one day. In that " +"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by two days. In that " "case, if a product is initially scheduled to arrive on April 6th, with a " "two-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the receipt would be " "April 8th." @@ -8857,18 +9489,35 @@ msgid "" "Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 +msgid "Days to purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To set up the *days to purchase* lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Advanced " +"Scheduling` section, in the :guilabel:`Days to Purchase` field, specify the " +"number of days required for the vendor to confirm a |RFQ| after receiving it" +" from the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Show \"Days to Purchase\" configuration in the Settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 msgid "Manufacturing lead times" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:265 msgid "" "Lead times can help simplify the procurement process for consumable " "materials and components used in manufactured products with bills of " -"materials." +"materials (BoMs)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:268 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the deadline to " "begin the manufacturing process to complete the product by the scheduled " @@ -8882,43 +9531,54 @@ msgid "" "times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 msgid "Manufacturing lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:279 msgid "" -"Configure the manufacturing lead time directly on the product form, by " -"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products`, " -"and select the desired product." +"Manufacturing lead times for products are configured from a product's bill " +"of materials (BoM) form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:281 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product, specify the calendar days " -"needed to the manufacture the product in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead " -"Time` field." +"To add a lead time to a |BoM|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" +" --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM| to edit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:284 msgid "" -"Specify a 14-day :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead Time` for a product directly " -"in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product." +"On the |BoM| form, click the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. Change the value" +" (in days) in the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field to specify the calendar" +" days needed to manufacture the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 -msgid "" -"View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Manuf. Lead Time value specified on a product's Bill of Material form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:292 +msgid "" +"If the selected |BoM| is a multi-level |BoM|, the manufacturing lead times " +"of the components are added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 +msgid "" +"If the |BoM| product is subcontracted, the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` can " +"be used to determine the date at which components should be sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:298 msgid "" "Establish a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, based on the " "*expected delivery date*, indicated in the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field " "of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:301 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field on the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`, is" @@ -8926,31 +9586,32 @@ msgid "" "lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:305 msgid "" "This ensures the manufacturing process begins on time, in order to meet the " "delivery date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:307 msgid "" -"However, it's important to note that lead times are based on calendar days. " -"Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center capacity*" -" (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work center " -"simultaneously`)." +"However, it is important to note that lead times are based on calendar days." +" Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center " +"capacity* (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work " +"center simultaneously`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 -msgid ":ref:`Manufacturing planning `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 msgid "" -":ref:`Configure automatic MO scheduling with reordering rules " -"`" +":doc:`Manufacturing planning <../../../manufacturing/workflows/use_mps>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:313 +msgid "" +":doc:`Schedule MOs with reordering rules " +"<../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 msgid "" "A product's scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " "August 15th. The product requires 14 days to manufacture. So, the latest " @@ -8958,23 +9619,63 @@ msgid "" "date is August 1st." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:324 +msgid "Days to prepare manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Configure the days required to gather components to manufacture a product by" +" going to its |BoM|. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" +" Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:330 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab of the |BoM|, specify the calendar days" +" needed to obtain components of the product in the :guilabel:`Days to " +"prepare Manufacturing Order` field. Doing so creates |MOs| in advance, and " +"ensures there is enough time to either replenish components, or manufacture " +"semi-finished products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Compute`, located next to the :guilabel:`Days to prepare" +" Manufacturing Order` field, calculates the longest lead time among all the " +"components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:339 +msgid "" +"*Purchase security lead times* that impact this specific |BoM| are also " +"added to this value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:343 +msgid "" +"A |BoM| has two components, one has a manufacturing lead time of two days, " +"and the other has a purchase lead time of four days. The :guilabel:`Days to " +"prepare Manufacturing Order` is four days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:350 msgid "Manufacturing security lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:352 msgid "" "*Manufacturing security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the" -" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead " -"Time`, and click the checkbox to enable the feature." +" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security " +"Lead Time`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:356 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in the " -"manufacturing process." +"manufacturing process. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 @@ -8983,7 +9684,7 @@ msgid "" "settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:364 msgid "" "A product has a scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " "set for August 15th. The manufacturing lead time is 7 days, and " @@ -8993,37 +9694,37 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is August 5th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:371 msgid "Global example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:373 msgid "" "See the following example to understand how all the lead times work together" " to ensure timely order fulfillment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:376 msgid "**Sales security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:377 msgid "**Manufacturing security lead time**: 2 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:378 msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**: 3 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:379 msgid "**Purchase security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:380 msgid "**Vendor lead time**: 4 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:382 msgid "" "The customer places an order for a manufactured product on September 1st, " "and the scheduled delivery date from the warehouse is on September 20th. " @@ -9038,24 +9739,24 @@ msgid "" "operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:390 msgid "**September 1st**: Sales order created, confirmed by salesperson." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:392 msgid "" "**September 9th**: Deadline to order components to ensure they arrive in " "time when manufacturing begins (4-day supplier lead time)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:395 msgid "" "**September 13th**: Scheduled date of receipt for components. Initially, it " "was set to 9/14, but the 1-day purchase security lead time pushed the date " "earlier by 1 day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:398 msgid "" "**September 14th**: Deadline to begin manufacturing. Calculated by " "subtracting the manufacturing lead time of 3 days, and the manufacturing " @@ -9063,7 +9764,7 @@ msgid "" "19th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:402 msgid "" "**September 19th**: :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the delivery order form " "indicates the updated expected delivery date, which was originally set as " @@ -9071,7 +9772,7 @@ msgid "" "a day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:406 msgid "" "Odoo's replenishment planning maps a business' order fulfillment process, " "setting pre-determined deadlines and raw material order dates, including " @@ -9112,7 +9813,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings." msgstr "" @@ -9279,475 +9979,536 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in one step" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:11 msgid "" -"By default, incoming shipments are configured to be received directly into " -"stock, and outgoing shipments are configured to be delivered directly from " -"stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one " -"step receipts and deliveries." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " +"process in one step, by default. This means purchases will be received " +"directly into stock, and deliveries will be moved directly from stock to " +"customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:30 msgid "" -"Incoming and outgoing shipments do not need to be configured with the same " -"steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in " -"three steps." +"Incoming and outgoing shipments do **not** need to be configured with the " +"same amount of steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18 msgid "" -"In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and " -"deliveries." +"For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " +"received directly in one step, and delivered in three steps (pick + pack + " +"ship)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20 -msgid "Configure the warehouse" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To configure one-step receipts and deliveries for a warehouse, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and select " +"a warehouse to edit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:27 msgid "" -"If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they" -" can easily be set back to the one step setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`, and click on the desired warehouse to edit. Next, on the " -":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, under the :guilabel:`Shipments` " -"section, select :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)` for " -":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " -"step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)`, and set " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " +"step)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one " -"step." +msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to one-step on warehouse form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Since one-step receipt and delivery is the default for incoming and outgoing" +" shipments in Odoo, the *Multi-Step Routes* feature is *not* required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 +msgid "" +"However, for the :guilabel:`Shipments` settings to appear on a warehouse " +"form, the feature **must** be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick " +"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Doing so also activates the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` " +"feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:50 msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "Recepție bunuri direct în stoc (un pas)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "Create a purchase order" -msgstr "Creați o comandă de achiziție" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:52 msgid "" -"On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making" -" a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, select (or create) a " -":guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` " -"to finalize the quote as a new purchase order." +"When products are received in one step, they will move from the vendor " +"location to warehouse stock in the database immediately upon validation of a" +" purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:81 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " -"the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " -"receipt for the purchase order." +"To create a |PO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank :guilabel:`Request for Quotation` (RfQ) " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Supplier` field. Then, fill out the various " +"fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order." +msgid "Filled out new request for quotation form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 -msgid "Process the receipt" +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the |RfQ|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:94 msgid "" -"When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click " -":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This moves the |RfQ| to the " +":guilabel:`Purchase Order` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once the |PO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears at " +"the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse receipt " +"(WH/IN) form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ " -"(bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon " -"enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows " -"the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n" -"pop-up." +msgid "Receipt smart button on confirmed purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier " -"Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives " -"here, it will be available for manufacturing, sales, etc. Then, the status " -"of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the " -"reception process in one step." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 +msgid "Process receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:84 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " +"the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " +"validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validated warehouse receipt in Done stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Click back to the |PO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" +" the |PO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Received` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:99 msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "Livrare directă bunuri (1 pas)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:101 msgid "" -"Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and " -"make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then select (or create) a " -":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down field, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order." +"When products are delivered in one step, they will move from warehouse stock" +" to the customer location in the database immediately upon validation of a " +"sales order (SO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:156 +msgid "Create sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:158 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " -"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " -"delivery order for the sales order." +"To create a |SO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales app`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank sales quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field. Then, fill out the various" +" fields on the sales quotation form, as necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed." +msgid "Filled out new sales quotation form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:117 msgid "" -"Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." +"Under the :guilabel:`Product` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:120 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:172 -msgid "Process the delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. This moves the quotation to the " +":guilabel:`Sales Order` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 msgid "" -"When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), " -"click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery." +"Once the |SO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears at " +"the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse delivery " +"(WH/OUT) form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the delivery order." +msgid "Delivery smart button on confirmed sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:207 +msgid "Process delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:133 msgid "" -"Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the " -":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers" -" location`. Then, the status of the document will change to " -":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step." +"From the warehouse delivery form, the products ordered by the customer can " +"be delivered from the warehouse. To deliver the products, change the value " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field to match the ordered quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Demand` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once validated, the delivery order " +"moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validated delivery order in Done stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click back to the |SO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" +" the |SO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Delivered` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:229 +msgid ":doc:`shipments_deliveries`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in two steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12 msgid "" -"Depending on a company's business processes, multiple steps may be needed " -"before receiving or shipping products. In the two-step receipt process, " -"products are received in an input area, then transferred to stock. Two-step " -"receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as " -"locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves." +"Depending on a company's needs, receiving and shipping products in and out " +"of the warehouse might require multi-step operations. In Odoo *Inventory*, " +"this can be done using *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the two-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, " +"then transferred to stock. This kind of process for incoming shipments might" +" be beneficial for warehouses with specific storage locations, such as " +"freezers and refrigerators, secured locked areas, or special aisles and " +"shelves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:19 msgid "" "Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and " "employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The " -"products are not available for further processing until they are transferred" -" into stock." +"products are *not* available for further processing, until they are " +"transferred into stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:23 msgid "" -"In the two-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order" -" are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and " -"brought to an output location before being shipped." +"In the two-step delivery process, products are first picked from their " +"respective location in the warehouse, then transferred to an output location" +" before being shipped to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:26 msgid "" -"One situation where this would be useful is when using either a :abbr:`FIFO " -"(First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO " -"(First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, where the products that are " -"being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration " -"date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" -" `, so the settings need to be changed" -" in order to utilize two-step receipts and deliveries. Incoming and outgoing" -" shipments do not need to be set to have the same steps. For example, " -"products can be received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the " -"following example, two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries." +"This might be beneficial for companies using a First In, First Out (FIFO), " +"Last In, First Out (LIFO), or First Expired, First Out (FEFO) removal " +"strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "Configure multi-step routes" +msgid "" +"For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " +"received in two steps (input + stock), and delivered in three steps (pick + " +"pack + ship)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:38 msgid "" -"First, make sure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` option is enabled in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " -":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save` " -"the changes." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " +"process in one step, by default. To change these settings, the *Multi-Step " +"Routes* feature must be enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and " -"deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`, and click on the warehouse to change the warehouse settings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Multi-Step Routes feature in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for" -" :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and " -"then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +"Next, configure a warehouse for two-step receipts and deliveries. Navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and " +"select a warehouse to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)`, " +"and set :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Send goods in output " +"and then deliver (2 steps)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to two-step on warehouse form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:62 msgid "" -"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two " -"steps." +"Selecting two-step receipts and deliveries automatically creates new *Input*" +" and *Output* warehouse locations in the database, named `WH/Input` and " +"`WH/Output`, respectively." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:65 msgid "" -"Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and " -"*output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and " -":guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard." -" To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations`, and select the :guilabel:`Location` to change. On the location " -"form, update the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any other changes (if " -"necessary)." +"To rename or edit these locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Locations`, and select the desired location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:66 -msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the location's form, change the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any " +"other necessary changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:72 +msgid "Process receipt in two steps (input + stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When products are received in two steps, they first move from the vendor " +"location to an input location. Then, they move from the input location to " +"warehouse stock in the database, upon validation of a purchase order (PO), " +"and a subsequent internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, fill out the various " +"fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out new Request for Quotation from vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery smart button for validated purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:105 msgid "" "For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step " -"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase " -"Order)` form may need to be specified as the correct *input location* " -"connected to the two-step warehouse, which can be done by selecting the " -"warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at" -" the end of the name." +"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the |PO| form **must** " +"be specified as the correct *input location* connected to the two-step " +"warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:109 msgid "" -"After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` " -"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` form. " -"Click it to reveal the new receipt (WH/IN) operation." +"This can be done by selecting the warehouse from the drop-down menu that " +"includes the `Receipts` label at the end of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:115 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " +"the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " +"validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage, and the products" +" move to the :guilabel:`WH/Input` location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 -msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." +msgid "Receipt form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Once the purchase order is confirmed, a receipt is generated and ready to " -"process." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:128 +msgid "Process internal transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the " -":guilabel:`Receipts` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " -"dashboard. This reveals a list of all receipts to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` associated with the purchase order, then " -"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to " -":guilabel:`WH/Input`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Receipt form for product move to WH/Input." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:106 -msgid "Process the internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "" "Once the receipt is validated, an internal transfer is created and ready to " "process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:132 msgid "" -"Click back to the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` in the breadcrumbs, and " -"locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." +"To view the internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app`, and locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:135 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to reveal a list of all internal " -"transfers to process, and select the transfer associated with the previously" -" validated receipt." +"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " +"of all internal transfers to process, and select the transfer associated " +"with the previously validated receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:138 msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product " -"from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move " +"the product from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:141 msgid "" -"Once the transfer is validated, the product enters inventory and is " +"Once the transfer is validated, the products enter inventory, and are " "available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock." +msgid "Internal transfer form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:127 -msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:149 +msgid "Process delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:151 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " -":guilabel:`New`. Select (or create) a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:136 -msgid "" -"After confirming the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart " -"button will appear in the top, above the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal the associated " -"receipt." +"When products are delivered in two steps, they move from warehouse stock to " +"an output location. Then, they move from the output location to a customer " +"location in the database, upon validation of a picking order, and a " +"subsequent delivery order (DO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Delivery smart button on sales order form." +msgid "Filled out new sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168 msgid "" -"Sales order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` Kanban card." +"Under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:150 -msgid "Process the picking" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery smart button on validated sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:182 +msgid "Process picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 msgid "" "Once the sales order is confirmed, a picking order is generated and ready to" " process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:186 msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the " -":guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. " -"This reveals a list of all pickings to process." +"To complete the picking, navigate to the :guilabel:`Inventory app`, and " +"locate the :guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " +"dashboard. Alternatively, the picking order can also be accessed via the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:190 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, click the :guilabel:`# To " +"Process` button on the :guilabel:`Pick` task card. This reveals a list of " +"all pickings to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:193 msgid "" "Click on the picking (WH/PICK) operation associated with the sales order to " "reveal the picking order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Check Availability` on the picking order form. If the " -"product is in stock, Odoo automatically reserves the product. Quantities can" -" also be manually set by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " -"column to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Picking order form for products included in sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:200 msgid "" -"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking and move the " -"product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" +"Manually set the quantity by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"column, to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking, and move the" +" product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Once the picking is validated, a delivery order is created, and ready to " +"process. Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button on the sales order " +"form reveals the newly created delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, to view the delivery order, navigate back to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, via the breadcrumbs, and locate the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` task card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " +"of all delivery orders to process, and select the order associated with the " +"previously validated picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Picking operation form moving product to WH/Output." +msgid "Delivery order form for products ordered by customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:222 msgid "" -"Once the picking has been processed, the delivery order is generated, and " -"can be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Navigate back to the original sales order by going to :menuselection:`Sales " -"app`, and selecting the associated sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:179 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button now indicates there are two transfers." -" Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal each transfer tied to" -" this sales order: the completed picking, and the new delivery (WH/OUT) " -"operation. Click the delivery operation to open the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 -msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Delivery operation form moving product to customer location." +"To deliver the products, change the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field " +"to match the ordered quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:3 @@ -9817,6 +10578,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "Creați o comandă de achiziție" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " @@ -9833,6 +10598,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "" @@ -11308,7 +12077,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Aveți nevoie să scrieți l" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo" +msgid "Sendcloud configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5 @@ -11352,16 +12121,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank" " account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping " -"rules or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " -"required." +"rules, or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " +"**required**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:174 msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "Configurarea depozitului" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:39 msgid "" "Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings" " --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse" @@ -11372,7 +12141,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:46 msgid "" "To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` " "is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field " @@ -11416,24 +12185,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:63 msgid "" "Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo" " configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:69 msgid "" "In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo " "Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:72 msgid "" "After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and " @@ -11443,7 +12212,7 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo StealthyWood`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:77 msgid "" "Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the " "shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public " @@ -11454,32 +12223,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:158 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "Setare în Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86 -msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To ensure seamless Sendcloud integration with Odoo, :ref:`install " +"` and :ref:`link " +"` the Sendcloud shipping" +" connector to the Sendcloud account. Then, :ref:`configure Odoo fields " +"`, so Sendcloud can " +"accurately pull shipping data to generate labels." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +msgid "Install Sendcloud shipping module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 msgid "" "After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure" -" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " -"search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." +" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " +"search for the `Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:110 msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:112 msgid "" "Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The " @@ -11487,14 +12266,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:116 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once" " on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to " @@ -11502,69 +12281,69 @@ msgid "" "Methods`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 msgid "" "Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this " "shipping method or create a new product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:131 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:146 msgid "" "Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:135 msgid "" "After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the " "shipping products:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:137 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New " "Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping " "products` link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:139 msgid "" "Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries " "and returns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:140 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:143 msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:" msgstr "" @@ -11588,7 +12367,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`" " `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` " @@ -11627,7 +12406,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:169 msgid "" "Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a " "package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured " @@ -11635,20 +12414,64 @@ msgid "" " within 24 hours of creation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using " "test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used " "to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the " "creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment " -"settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`." +"settings can be toggled back and forth from their respective smart buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166 -msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:181 +msgid "Shipping information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 +msgid "" +"To use Sendcloud to generate shipping labels, the following information " +"**must** be filled out accurately and completely in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Customer information**: when creating a quotation, ensure the selected " +":guilabel:`Customer` has a valid phone number, email address, and shipping " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:189 +msgid "" +"To verify, select the :guilabel:`Customer` field to open their contact page." +" Here, add their shipping address in the :guilabel:`Contact` field, along " +"with their :guilabel:`Mobile` number and :guilabel:`Email` address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:193 +msgid "" +"**Product weight**: ensure all products in an order have a specified " +":guilabel:`Weight` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of their product form. " +"Refer to the :ref:`Product weight section " +"` of this article for " +"detailed instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +msgid "" +"**Warehouse address**: ensure the warehouse name and address in Odoo match " +"the :ref:`previously defined warehouse " +"` in the Sendcloud " +"setup. For details on warehouse configuration in Odoo, refer to the " +":ref:`warehouse configuration section " +"` of the third-party " +"shipping documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:204 +msgid "Generate labels with Sendcloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:206 msgid "" "When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud " "shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label " @@ -11656,41 +12479,41 @@ msgid "" "following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:205 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for " "returns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:212 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214 msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 msgid "" "When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the " "configured Sendcloud account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "Întrebări frecvente" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 msgid "Shipment is too heavy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 msgid "" "If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, " "then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need " @@ -11698,7 +12521,7 @@ msgid "" "transfer and generate labels." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping " "methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will " @@ -11706,11 +12529,11 @@ msgid "" "order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 msgid "Personal carrier contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:237 msgid "" "Use custom prices from a direct carrier contract, via CSV upload, by first " "logging into Sendcloud, navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Carriers " @@ -11721,14 +12544,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:245 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Contract prices` section, click :guilabel:`Download " "CSV` and fill out the contract prices in the :guilabel:`price` column of the" " CSV file template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:249 msgid "" "Ensure the CSV file includes the correct prices to avoid any inaccuracies." msgstr "" @@ -11738,23 +12561,23 @@ msgid "" "Show sample contract CSV from Sendcloud, highlighting the price column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:255 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload` the completed CSV file to Sendcloud, then click " ":guilabel:`Save these prices`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:258 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to upload contract prices with carriers " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:262 msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:264 msgid "" "Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight " "of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* " @@ -11762,27 +12585,27 @@ msgid "" "transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:269 msgid "" "Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute" " the volumetric weight." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:273 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:277 msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:279 msgid "" -"First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by " -"the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " +"First, verify that the product being shipped has a weight that is supported " +"by the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " "destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier." " The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the " "carrier." @@ -13183,7 +14006,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:15 msgid "" -":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings `" +":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings " +"`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:17 @@ -15371,7 +16195,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:94 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:160 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is greater than the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **green**. If " @@ -15414,6 +16238,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Applying an inventory adjustment simultaneously creates a :doc:`stock move " +"line (SML) <../reporting/moves_history>` in the *Moves History* report for " +"traceability." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " @@ -15422,11 +16253,11 @@ msgstr "" "Opțiunea Aplicați tot aplică corecția de inventar odată ce este specificat " "un motiv." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:129 msgid "Count products" msgstr "Numărați produsele" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131 msgid "" "Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is " "complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory " @@ -15434,7 +16265,7 @@ msgid "" "product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135 msgid "" "On each product line, identify whether the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` column recorded in the database matches the newly-counted value. " @@ -15442,7 +16273,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Set` button (target icon) at the far right of the product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:139 msgid "" "Doing so copies the value from the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column over " "to the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and sets the value of the " @@ -15455,7 +16286,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148 msgid "" "If the newly-counted value for a given product does **not** match the value " "in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, instead of " @@ -15463,7 +16294,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152 msgid "" "To do so, click the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column on the " "specific inventory adjustment line for the product whose count is being " @@ -15471,7 +16302,7 @@ msgid "" "`0.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 msgid "" "To change this value, type in a new value that matches the real, newly-" "counted value. Then, click away from the line. Doing so saves the " @@ -15479,7 +16310,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:166 msgid "" "Subsequently, once applied, a move with the difference between the " ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is " @@ -15494,7 +16325,7 @@ msgstr "" "Tabloul de bord al istoricului corecțiilor de inventar care detaliază o " "listă " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:174 msgid "" "Sometimes a count occurs, but cannot be applied in the database right away. " "In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, " @@ -15504,11 +16335,11 @@ msgid "" "adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:181 msgid "Change inventory count frequency" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183 msgid "" "By default, the *scheduled date* for inventory adjustments are always " "scheduled for the 31st of December of the current year. However, for some " @@ -15516,7 +16347,7 @@ msgid "" "times. In such cases, the default scheduled date can be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:187 msgid "" "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " @@ -15532,43 +16363,43 @@ msgstr "" "Modificați data următoarei numărări de inventar cu setarea Zilei și lunii " "inventarului anual." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:195 msgid "" "To change the day, click the :guilabel:`31`, and change it to a day within " "the range `1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:198 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:117 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" "down menu, and select the desired month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:201 msgid "" "Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all " "changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:204 msgid "Plan big inventory counts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:206 msgid "" "To plan big inventory counts, such as a full count of everything currently " "in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->" " Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209 msgid "" "Then, select the desired products to be counted by clicking the checkbox on " "the far left of each product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:213 msgid "" "To request a count of **all** products currently in stock, click the " "checkbox at the very top of the table, in the header row next to the " @@ -15579,7 +16410,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221 msgid "" "Once all desired products have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Request a" " Count` button at the top of the page. This causes a :guilabel:`Request a " @@ -15587,15 +16418,15 @@ msgid "" "information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:225 msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." msgstr ":guilabel:`Data inventarului`: data planificată a numărării." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:226 msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." msgstr ":guilabel:`Utilizator`: utilizatorul responsabil de număr." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" " be accounted." @@ -15603,7 +16434,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Data contabilă`: data la care corecția de inventar va fi " "contabilizată." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the on-hand quantity of each product line blank," " select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To pre-fill the on-hand quantity of each " @@ -15611,17 +16442,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Set Current Value`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:232 msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 msgid "" "In the Odoo *Barcode* app, users can only view inventory counts that are " "assigned to **them**, and are scheduled for **today** or **earlier**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:239 msgid ":doc:`cycle_counts`" msgstr "" @@ -15630,228 +16461,286 @@ msgid "Create a second warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 msgid "" -"A *warehouse* is a physical building or space where items are stored. In " -"Odoo, it is possible to set up multiple warehouses and transfer stored items" -" between them." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *warehouse* is a physical building or space where " +"items are stored. By default, each Odoo database has one warehouse already " +"pre-configured, with the address set as the company's address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:9 msgid "" -"By default, the Odoo platform has one warehouse that is already configured, " -"with the address set as the company's address. To create a second warehouse," -" select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, then click " -":guilabel:`Create` and configure the form as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:12 -msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code by which the warehouse is " -"referred to; the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is **WH**" +"However, it is possible to set up multiple additional warehouses, and " +"transfer stored items between them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:15 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse; this can be set as" -" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " -"vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:17 -msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The options below will only appear if the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " -"checkbox is enabled in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` under the" -" :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " -"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: select the routes that incoming and" -" outgoing shipments should follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:27 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " -"from this warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:28 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: allow for items to be manufactured in " -"this warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture`: select the route that should be followed when " -"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: check the box to allow for purchased products " -"to be delivered to the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:33 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Resupply From`: select warehouses that can be used to resupply " -"the warehouse being created" +"To create a second warehouse, the *Storage Locations* feature must be " +"enabled. To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, " +"tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and " +":guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "A filled out form for creating a new warehouse." +msgid "" +"Warning pop-up window for creating a second warehouse before enabling " +"Storage Locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:97 msgid "" -"Creating a second warehouse will automatically enable the *Storage " -"Locations* setting, which allows location tracking of products within a " -"warehouse. To toggle this setting, navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings` and click the checkbox under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " -"heading." +"Creating a second warehouse without first enabling the *Storage Locations* " +"feature triggers a :guilabel:`Warning` pop-up window. It indicates creating " +"a second warehouse automatically activates the *Storage Locations* setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:30 +msgid "Create new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:70 msgid "" -"After filling out the form, click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse " -"will be created." +"To create a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens a " +"blank warehouse creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:35 +msgid "Fill out the following fields as necessary:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code used to identify the warehouse," +" i.e. `WH2` (the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is `WH`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse. This can be set as" +" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " +"vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located. By default," +" this is set to the company's address in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Filled out warehouse name and address settings on warehouse creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:49 -msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, configure the warehouse's" +" main workflow in the :guilabel:`Shipments` section, and set available " +"replenishment methods in the :guilabel:`Resupply` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:54 msgid "" -"If a new warehouse is created that has existing inventory in it, the " -"inventory counts should be added to Odoo so that the stock listed in the " -"Odoo database reflects what is in the physical warehouse. To add inventory " -"to a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations -->" -" Inventory Adjustments`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`. The inventory " -"adjustment form can then be filled out as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:57 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: the name or code that the inventory " -"adjustment can be referred to by" +"The :guilabel:`Shipments` and :guilabel:`Resupply` sections only appear if " +"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` checkbox is enabled in " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " +"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Locations`: the location(s) where the inventory is stored; " -"include the new warehouse and any locations within it that inventory will be" -" added to" +"In the :guilabel:`Shipments` section, choose between one, two, or three-step" +" processes for both incoming and outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:61 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Products`: include all products that will be added to inventory " -"or leave blank to select any product during the next step" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:62 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Resupply` section, edit the following settings:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:64 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Include Exhausted Products`: include products with a quantity of " -"zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they " -"have no existing inventory" +":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractors`: enable this feature to coordinate with " +"vendors, and have components dropshipped directly to subcontractors for " +"manufacturing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:66 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date used by accounting teams for " -"bookkeeping related to the inventory" +":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " +"with goods from this warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:68 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the inventory; can be set as the " -"user's company or as a customer or vendor" +":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: when products are manufactured, they " +"can be delivered to this warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Counted Quantities`: choose whether the counted quantities for " -"products being added should default to stock on hand or zero; does not " -"affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing " -"inventory" +":guilabel:`Manufacture`: the route that should be followed when " +"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse. Choose from one, two, and three-" +"step production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: when products are purchased, they can be " +"delivered to this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resupply From`: Check the box next to the other warehouses from " +"which this warehouse can replenish products. If the current warehouse does " +"not have the stock, it can also pull products from these selected warehouses" +" in the database. Automatic resupply routes will be created accordingly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "A filled out form for an inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:77 msgid "" -"Once the form is properly configured, click on :guilabel:`Start Inventory` " -"to be taken to the next page where products can be added to the inventory " -"adjustment. Add a new product by clicking on :guilabel:`Create` and then " -"fill out the product line as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:81 -msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory" +"Filled out Warehouse Configuration tab settings on warehouse creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:82 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " -"the new warehouse; this can be set as the overall warehouse or a location " -"within the warehouse" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new warehouse's settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:84 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " -"serial number used to identify it" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:85 +msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:87 msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Hand`: the total quantity of the product stored in the " -"location for which inventory is being adjusted; this should be zero for a " -"new location or warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:88 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Counted`: the amount of the product that is being added to " -"inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:89 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the *On Hand* and *Counted* " -"values; this will automatically update to reflect the value entered in the " -":guilabel:`Counted` column" +"If a new warehouse is created to represent a real-world storage location " +"with existing stock, update the warehouse's stock using an inventory " +"adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:91 -msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for counting the product" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`count_products`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "Include a line for each product being added to inventory." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To perform an inventory adjustment, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Operations --> Physical Inventory`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing" +" so adds a new line at the bottom of the list of inventory adjustments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:97 +msgid "Configure the line by filling out the following fields as necessary:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:99 msgid "" -"After adding all the products already stored in the new warehouse, click " -":guilabel:`Validate Inventory` to complete the inventory adjustment. The " -"values in the :guilabel:`On Hand` column will update to reflect those in the" -" :guilabel:`Counted` column and the products added will appear in the " -"inventory of the new warehouse." +":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " +"the new warehouse. This can be set as the overall warehouse, or a location " +"within the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " +"serial number used to identify it, if the product is tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the total quantity of the product stored in " +"the location for which inventory is being adjusted. For a new warehouse or " +"location where a count or a prior inventory adjustment has not taken place, " +"this should be set to `0.00`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure (UoM) used for counting the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: the amount of the product being added to " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the on-hand and counted " +"quantities. This automatically updates to reflect the value entered in the " +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date selected for the next inventory count " +"for this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`User`: the user who recorded the inventory adjustment in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out inventory adjustment line for product in new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once each line for the products being added to the new warehouse is " +"configured, click :guilabel:`Apply` on each line to apply the new inventory " +"counts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The values in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column update to reflect " +"those in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and the products added " +"appear in the new warehouse's stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:125 +msgid "" +"If products tracked using a lot number or serial number are added without " +"specifying the tracking number, a :guilabel:`Tracked Products in Inventory " +"Adjustment` pop-up window appears upon clicking :guilabel:`Apply` on that " +"product's line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The pop-up indicates tracked products were added, but the lots/serial " +"numbers were not defined. To apply the adjustment without the numbers, click" +" :guilabel:`Apply`. To add the numbers before applying, click " +":guilabel:`Discard`, and add the numbers. Then, once ready, click " +":guilabel:`Apply` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:0 +msgid "Tracked Products in Inventory Adjustment pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`warehouses_locations`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:3 @@ -16044,10 +16933,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once all necessary changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123 -msgid ":doc:`count_products`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`use_locations`" msgstr "" @@ -16203,46 +17088,35 @@ msgstr "O receptie pentru stocul primit intr-un depozit din altul." msgid "Scrap inventory" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:8 msgid "" -"In some cases, a product in inventory may be damaged or found to be " -"defective. If it is not possible to repair or return the product, Odoo " -"*Inventory* allows users to scrap it, ensuring that usable inventory counts " -"remain accurate." +"Sometimes, products in a company's warehouse stock might be found to be " +"damaged or defective, past the point of being reparable. If it is not " +"possible to repair the product, or return the product to a vendor, it can be" +" scrapped." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:12 msgid "" -"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " -"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." +"Odoo *Inventory* allows users to scrap inventory, designating goods or " +"materials that are no longer usable or sellable for disposal (or recycling)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:15 msgid "" -"To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`. Remove the " -":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display " -"virtual locations. Finally, select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` " -"location." +"Scrapping inventory in a database helps stock counts remain accurate, by " +"removing scrapped products from physical inventory, and placing it in a " +"virtual scrap location (*Virtual Locations/Scrap*)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:19 msgid "" -"By default, scrapping a product removes it from physical inventory, and " -"places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual Locations/Scrap*. A virtual " -"location is **not** a physical space, but rather a designation in Odoo that " -"is used to track items that are no longer in physical inventory." +"*Virtual locations* in Odoo are **not** real, physical spaces in a " +"warehouse. Rather, they are designated locations in a database that provide " +"tracking of items that shouldn't be counted in a physical inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:68 -msgid "Learn more" -msgstr "Aflați mai multe" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:25 msgid "" "For more information about virtual locations, see the documentation about " "the different types of :ref:`locations " @@ -16250,119 +17124,174 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:29 -msgid "Scrap from stock" +msgid "" +"To use locations in warehouse, including a virtual scrap location, the " +"*Storage Locations* feature must first be enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:32 msgid "" -"To scrap a product located in inventory, begin by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Scrap`. On the :guilabel:`Scrap" -" Orders` page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new scrap order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:35 -msgid "" -"On the scrap order, select the product being scrapped from the " -":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` field. The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the " -"location where the product is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` " -"defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be " -"changed by selecting a different location from their respective drop-down " -"menus." +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Tick the " +"checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` to enable the feature, and " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "A new scrap order." +msgid "Enabled Storage Locations setting in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:41 +msgid "Scrap from stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:43 msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to scrap the product. The on-hand " -"inventory count for the scrapped product updates to subtract the scrapped " -"quantity." +"To create a new scrap order (SP) for an in-stock product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Scrap`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a new |SP| form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:49 -msgid "Scrap from a receipt, transfer, or delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:46 msgid "" -"It is also possible to scrap products during the receipt, transfer, and " -"delivery operations. This can be necessary if any products are found to be " -"defective when receiving them into inventory, transferring them from one " -"location to another, or preparing them for delivery." +"Click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and select the " +"product that should be scrapped from inventory. In the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"field, change the value to the quantity of the product that should be " +"scrapped (by default, this value is set to `1.00`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To scrap a product during the receipt, transfer, or delivery operations, " -"begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app. On the " -":guilabel:`Overview` page, select the :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the" -" :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`, or " -":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, depending on the type of operation the " -"product is being scrapped from." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out new scrap order form with product details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:54 msgid "" -"For the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card to appear on the " -":menuselection:`Overview` page of the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, the " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next " -"to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading." +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " +"is currently stored. The :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to the " +"designated scrap location (:guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`). Either of " +"these locations can be changed by selecting a different location from their " +"respective drop-down menus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If the scrapping is tied to a specific existing operation, specify the " +"operation in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company` field displays the company whose warehouse this " +"product belongs to. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " +"scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:66 msgid "" -"Alternatively, a list of all delivery orders, receipts, and transfers can be" -" viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> " -"Transfers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Next, open a delivery order, receipt, or transfer from the corresponding " -"page by clicking on it. A :guilabel:`Scrap` button appears at the top of the" -" page. Click it to open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the new |SP|. Once " +"validated, a :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button appears at the top of " +"the form. Click the smart button to view the details of the scrap operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "The scrap pop-up in the Inventory app." +msgid "Product Moves smart button on new scrap order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:75 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Scrap` button will only appear on a receipt that has been " -"validated. This is because Odoo only allows products to be scrapped once " -"they have been entered into inventory." +"To view the all-time total quantities of scrapped items, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Click the " +":guilabel:`x (remove)` button on the :guilabel:`Internal` filter in the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar, to display virtual locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window, select the product being scrapped " -"from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Then, enter the quantity in the" -" :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +"Select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` location. From the " +":guilabel:`Scrap` location's form, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` smart" +" button, at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " -"is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual" -" Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be changed by selecting a " -"different location from their respective drop-down menus." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:82 +msgid "A list of all scrapped products, and their quantities, is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:0 +msgid "Current Stock list of all scrapped products in virtual scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:89 +msgid "Scrap from an existing operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:91 msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the product. After doing so, the " -":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window disappears and a :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " -"button appears in the top right of the page. Click it to view all of the " -"scrap orders created from that operation." +"Scrap orders (SPs) can *also* be created from existing operations, such as " +"receipts, delivery orders, and internal transfers, before they are entered " +"into, or removed from, stock for an operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To scrap a product during an operation, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview`, " +"click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on an operation's task card (i.e. " +"the :guilabel:`Receipts` task card)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "The Scraps smart button." +msgid "# To Process button on Receipts task card on Inventory Overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, select an operation to process from the resulting list of existing " +"orders. Doing so opens that operation's form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon, and select " +":guilabel:`Scrap` from the resulting drop-down menu. This opens a " +":guilabel:`Scrap Products` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Scrap Products pop-up window on operation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:113 +msgid "" +"From this pop-up window, click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product`" +" field, and select the products from the operation that should be scrapped. " +"Adjust the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Product` selected is tracked using a lot or serial number," +" a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial` field appears. Specify the tracking number in that" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` and :guilabel:`Scrap Location` can be " +"changed, if needed. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " +"scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Scrap Products`. A :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " +"button appears at the top of the operation form. Click this smart button to " +"view the details of all scrap orders created from this specific operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Scraps smart button showing all scrap orders from operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:3 @@ -16371,126 +17300,220 @@ msgstr "Locații" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:5 msgid "" -"A *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. This can be a shelf, " -"room, aisle, etc. There are three types of locations in Odoo:" +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. " +"This can be a shelf, room, aisle, rack, bin, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:8 msgid "" -"*Physical locations* are spaces within a warehouse owned by the user's " -"company. These can be a an area where items are stored like an aisle or " -"shelf, or an area where operations take place, like loading and unloading " -"bays." +"There are also external and virtual locations. For example, customer " +"locations, and locations specifically designated as \"virtual\", instead of " +"real, physical locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:11 msgid "" -"*Partner locations* are the same as physical locations except that they " -"exist within the warehouse of a customer or vendor." +"Locations allow for the storage of products in designated areas of the " +"warehouse, to help track inventory accurately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:17 msgid "" -"*Virtual locations* are locations that do not exist physically, but where " -"items that are not in inventory can be placed. These can be items that have " -"not yet entered inventory, like products that are on the way to a warehouse," -" or items that are no longer in inventory due to loss or other factors." +"To specify storage locations, the *Storage Locations* setting must be " +"enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"section. Tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` to enable " +"the feature, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In order to use locations, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be" -" enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, and enable " -"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:24 -msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Storage Location setting in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:26 msgid "" -"Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations --> Create`. The new location " -"form can then be configured as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location Name`: the name that will be used to reference the " -"location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:30 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Parent Location`: the location or warehouse that the new location" -" exists within" +"Once the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is enabled, two additional " +"internal link options appear below it: :guilabel:`Locations` and " +":guilabel:`Putaway Rules`. Click :guilabel:`Locations` to open a list of all" +" existing locations in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location Type`: choose the category that the location belongs to" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse that the location " -"is inside of" +msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:104 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: check this box to allow for " -"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: check this box to allow products to be " -"returned to this location" +"To create a new location inside a warehouse, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Doing so " +"opens a list of all existing locations. Click :guilabel:`New` to open a new " +"location creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:37 -msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode number assigned to the location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:108 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Removal Strategy`: the :doc:`strategy <../removal_strategies>` " -"for how items should be taken from inventory" +"In the :guilabel:`Location Name` field, assign a name for the new location. " +"In the :guilabel:`Parent Location` field, assign the location that this new " +"location exists in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 -msgid "The form for creating a new location." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:41 +msgid "" +"A new location `Gate 1` is created. Its parent location is `Dispatch Zone`. " +"In the :guilabel:`Parent Location` for `Gate 1`, select `Dispatch Zone`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:48 -msgid "Create location hierarchies" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, fill out the necessary " +"details for the new location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Location Type` field, select which type of location this " +"is. There are seven different types of locations to choose from:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:50 msgid "" -"The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" -" to exist within a warehouse or another location. Every location can serve " -"as a parent location, and every parent location can have multiple locations " -"within it, allowing for the creation of a virtually infinite hierarchical " -"structure." +":guilabel:`Vendor Location`: virtual location representing the source " +"location for products coming from vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:52 msgid "" -"Location hierarchy could be organized so that a shelf is located within an " -"aisle, which is located within a room, which is located within the overall " -"warehouse." +":guilabel:`View`: virtual location used to create a hierarchical structure " +"for a warehouse; aggregates its child locations. **Should not directly " +"contain products**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`Internal Location`: physical location inside a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:55 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer Location`: virtual location representing the destination" +" location for products sent to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Inventory Loss`: virtual location serving as a counterpart for " +"inventory operations. Used to correct stock levels of physical inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:59 msgid "" -"To create the location hierarchy in the example above, set the warehouse as " -"the parent of the room, the room as the parent of the aisle, and the aisle " -"as the parent of the shelf. This can be adapted to a hierarchy of any " -"magnitude." +":guilabel:`Production`: virtual counterpart location for production " +"operations. This location consumes components and produces finished " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transit Location`: counterpart location that should be used in " +"inter-company or inter-warehouse operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Additional Information section of new location creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Configure the remaining fields in the :guilabel:`Additional Information` " +"section as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose warehouse the location is inside of. " +"Leave this field blank if this location is shared between companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow for " +"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow products to " +"be returned to this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode assigned to the location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Replenish Location`: tick this checkbox to get all quantities to " +"replenish at this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Cyclic Counting` section, change the value in the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field from the default `0`, if " +"necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Cyclic Counting section of new location creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When different than `0`, the inventory count dates for products stored at " +"this location are automatically set at the defined frequency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:90 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, in the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` " +"field, click the drop-down menu and select the :doc:`removal strategy " +"<../removal_strategies>` for how items should be removed from this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:97 +msgid "Create location hierarchies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" +" to exist within a warehouse, or below another location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Every location can serve as a parent location, and every parent location can" +" have multiple locations within it, allowing for the creation of a " +"hierarchical structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Location hierarchy could be organized so that a small refrigerator is " +"located on a specific shelf, which is located in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Location hierarchy of small refrigerator, on a shelf in a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To create the location hierarchy in the example above (`WH/Stock/Shelf " +"2/Small Refrigerator`), set the warehouse stock as the parent of the shelf, " +"and the shelf as the parent of the small refrigerator. This can be adapted " +"to a hierarchy of any magnitude." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:5 @@ -17456,6 +18479,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 +msgid "Process the receipt" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99 msgid "" "Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for " @@ -17553,186 +18580,160 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations" -msgstr "Administreaza Depozite si Locatii" +msgid "Manage warehouses and locations" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:9 msgid "Warehouse" msgstr "Depozit" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:15 msgid "" -"In Odoo, a *warehouse* is the actual building/place in which a company's " -"items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user " -"can create moves between warehouses." +"Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo, and stock moves can be created " +"between warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:22 msgid "" -"A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a " -"sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). " -"Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible " -"to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can " -"be configured as needed under one warehouse." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. " +"This can be a shelf, room, aisle, rack, bin, etc. Locations allow for the " +"storage of products in designated areas of the warehouse, to help track " +"inventory accurately." msgstr "" -"O **Locatie** este un spatiu specific in depozit. Poate fi o sublocatie a " -"depozitului (o raft, un etaj, o coridoare, etc). Deci, o locatie este parte " -"a unui depozit si nu este posibil sa se lege o locatie la mai multe " -"depozite. In Odoo, atatea locatii pot fi configurate cat sunt necesare intr-" -"un depozit." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:24 -msgid "There are three types of locations:" -msgstr "Există trei tipuri de locatii:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:26 msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading " -"areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc." +"A location is only part of *one* warehouse, and can **not** be linked to " +"multiple warehouses. As many locations can be configured as needed under one" +" warehouse." msgstr "" -"**Locatiile Fizice** sunt locatii interne care fac parte din depozitele " -"companiei. Ele pot fi zonele de incarcare si descarcare ale depozitului, un " -"raft, un departament, etc." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:29 +msgid "There are three types of locations in Odoo *Inventory*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:31 msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only " -"difference being that they are not owned by the user's company." +"**Physical Locations**: internal locations within a single warehouse owned " +"by the company. This can include shipping and loading docks, aisles, " +"shelves, storage areas, and more." msgstr "" -"**Locatiile Partenerilor** sunt spatii in depozitele unui client si/sau " -"furnizor. Ele functioneaza la fel ca locatiile fizice, cu singura diferenta " -"ca nu sunt deținute de compania utilizatorului." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:33 msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory " -"Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse " -"(**Procurements**)." +"**Partner Locations**: external locations, such as designated spaces in a " +"customer or vendor's warehouse. They are similar to physical locations, but " +"they are **not** owned by the user's company." msgstr "" -"**Locatiile Virtuale** sunt locuri care nu exista, dar in care produsele pot" -" fi plasate cand nu sunt fizic in inventar (sau mai mult). Ele sunt de folos" -" cand se inregistreaza produse pierdute (**Pierderi de Inventar**), sau cand" -" se tine cont de produsele care sunt pe drum catre depozit (**Procurări**)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:36 msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be " -"structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the " -"organization of the warehouses." +"**Virtual Locations**: this type of location does not exist as a physical " +"space, but products can be \"stored\" here when they are not physically in " +"an inventory yet. *Inventory Loss* and *Procurements* are examples of " +"virtual locations, for products that are lost or in transit to the " +"warehouse." msgstr "" -"In Odoo, locatiile sunt structurate hierarhic. Locatiile pot fi structurate " -"ca un arbore, dependent de o relatie parinte-copil. Acest lucru ofera nivele" -" mai detaliate de analiza a operatiunilor de stoc si organizarea " -"depozitelor." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:41 msgid "" -"To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" -" enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"Every location within a warehouse can serve as a parent location, and every " +"parent location can have multiple locations within it, allowing for the " +"creation of a hierarchical structure. This allows for more detailed levels " +"of analysis of the stock operations and the organization of the warehouses." msgstr "" -"Pentru a activa locațiile, accesați :menuselection:`Configurare --> Setări` " -"și activați :guilabel:`Locații de stocare`. Apoi, faceți clic pe " -":guilabel:`Salvează`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings." -msgstr "Activați funcția de locație de stocare în setările de inventar Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:48 +msgid "" +"For companies with one warehouse, no additional settings are required to " +"activate before editing the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:51 +msgid "" +"For companies with multiple warehouses, and to create locations within a " +"warehouse, the *Storage Locations* feature must be enabled." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:54 msgid "" -"To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable " -":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check " -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes`." +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Tick the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox to enable the feature, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:58 -msgid "Create a new warehouse" -msgstr "Creați un nou depozit" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " -"Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Storage Locations feature enabled in the Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -"Pentru a crea un depozit, accesați :menuselection:`Configurare --> " -"Managementul de depozite --> Depozite` și faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Creare`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:63 msgid "" -"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. " -"The short name is five characters maximum." +"To manage warehouse *routes*, such as two-and-three-step receipts and " +"deliveries, enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature from the *Inventory* app " +"settings, as well. For more on routes, see :doc:`use_routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:68 +msgid "Create a new warehouse" +msgstr "Creați un nou depozit" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Begin by assigning a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name`, and a :guilabel:`Short " +"Name`. The :guilabel:`Short Name` field is limited to a **five** character " +"maximum." msgstr "" -"Apoi, completați un :guilabel:`Nume de depozit` și un :guilabel:`Nume " -"scurt`. Codul scurt este de maximum cinci caractere." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "Câmpul Cod scurt al unui depozit pe inventarul Odoo." +msgid "New warehouse creation form name configuration fields." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:81 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse " -"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first " -"letters of location]\"." +"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like `WH/[first " +"letters of location]`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Cod scurt` apare pe ordinele de transfer și alte documente de " -"depozit. Odoo recomandă utilizarea unui nume înțeles, cum ar fi " -"\"WH/[primele litere ale locației]\"." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:84 msgid "" -"Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations " -"related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated." +"For example, a warehouse named `Warehouse #2` might have the " +":guilabel:`Short Name` `WH2` (the short name for the default warehouse in " +"Odoo is `WH`)." msgstr "" -"Acum, reveniți la tabloul de bord :guilabel:`Inventar`. Acolo, au fost " -"generate automat operațiuni noi legate de depozitul creat recent." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently " -"created warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Tabloul de bord al aplicației de inventar care afișează noi tipuri de " -"transferuri pentru depozitul creat recent." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the " -":guilabel:`Locations` setting." -msgstr "" -"Adăugarea unui al doilea depozit va activa automat setarea " -":guilabel:`Locații`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:85 -msgid "Create a new location" -msgstr "Creați o nouă locație" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:87 msgid "" -"To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " -"Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +"Once the warehouse is created, navigate back to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard. New operations for the newly created " +"warehouse are automatically generated there." msgstr "" -"Pentru a crea o locație, accesați :menuselection:`Configurare --> " -"Managementul de depozite --> Locații` și faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Creare`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:90 msgid "" -"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`" -" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +"For more on creating new warehouses, see :doc:`create_a_second_warehouse`." msgstr "" -"Apoi, completați un :guilabel:`Nume de locație` și o :guilabel:`Locație " -"parinte` și faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Salvare`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "Creați o nouă locație de depozit în Odoo Inventar." +msgid "" +"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfers for the new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:102 +msgid "Create a new location" +msgstr "Creați o nouă locație" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:111 +msgid "For more on locations, see :doc:`use_locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "New warehouse location creation form." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 msgid "Inventory valuation" msgstr "Evaluarea stocului" @@ -18073,7 +19074,7 @@ msgid "" "The Inventory Valuation fields are located on the Product Categories form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 msgid "" "Alternatively, automated inventory valuation is an integrated valuation " "method that updates the inventory value in real-time by creating journal " @@ -18081,7 +19082,7 @@ msgid "" "company's inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:26 msgid "" "Automated inventory valuation is a method recommended for expert " "accountants, given the extra steps involved in journal entry configuration. " @@ -18090,118 +19091,104 @@ msgid "" "basis depending on the needs and priorities of the business." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 msgid "Types of accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 msgid "" "Accounting entries will depend on the accounting mode: *Continental* or " "*Anglo-Saxon*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39 msgid "" "Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and " -"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Then, in the search bar, look for :guilabel:`Anglo-Saxon Accounting`, to see" +" if the feature is enabled. If it is **not** enabled, Continental accounting" +" mode is in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the Anglo-Saxon accounting mode feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 msgid "" "In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported " "when products are sold or delivered. This means that the cost of a good is " -"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. " -"*Interim Stock Accounts* are used for the input and output accounts, and are" -" both *Asset Accounts* in the balance sheet." +"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. So " +"for **manual** valuation method, set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to " +"`Stock Valuation` for the current asset type; for **automatic** valuation " +"method, set the the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to an *Expenses* or a *Cost " +"of Revenue* type (e.g. `Cost of Production`, `Cost of Goods Sold`, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 msgid "" "In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a " -"product is received into stock. Additionally, a single *Expense* account is " -"used for both input and output accounts in the balance sheet." +"product is received into stock. Because of this, the :guilabel:`Expense " +"Account` can be set to **either** *Expenses* or a *Cost of Revenue* type, " +"however, it is more commonly set to an *Expenses* account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 -msgid "Costing methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 msgid "" -"Below are the three costing methods that can be used in Odoo for inventory " -"valuation." +":ref:`Details about configuring Expense and Stock accounts " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Standard Price**: is the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the " -"product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used to " -"compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " -"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Average Cost (AVCO)**: calculates the valuation of a product based on the " -"average cost of that product, divided by the total number of available stock" -" on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and " -"constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**First In First Out (FIFO)**: tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing " -"items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to change the " -"valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the next good " -"sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next inventory " -"lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based on the " -"valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most accurate " -"inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it's highly " -"sensitive to input data and human error." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It's highly" -" recommended to consult an accountant first before making any adjustments " -"here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:78 -msgid "Configure automated inventory valuation in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:67 msgid "" "Make changes to inventory valuation options by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and " -"choose the category/categories where the automated valuation method should " -"apply." +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. In " +"the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` section, select the desired " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:72 msgid "" "It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product " "categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` heading are two labels: " -":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`. Pick the " -"desired :guilabel:`Costing Method` using the drop-down menu (e.g. " -":guilabel:`Standard`, :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`, or :guilabel:`First " -"In First Out (FIFO)`) and switch the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to " -":guilabel:`Automated`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 +msgid "Show inventory valuation configuration options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 -msgid "" -":ref:`Using the inventory " -"valuation`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +msgid "Costing method" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +msgid "" +"From the product category's configuration page, choose the desired " +":guilabel:`Costing Method`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Standard Price`: the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of " +"the product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used " +"to compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " +"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`: calculates the valuation of a product based" +" on the average cost of that product, divided by the total number of " +"available stock on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is " +"*dynamic*, and constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " "Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " @@ -18212,7 +19199,30 @@ msgid "" "validated purchase orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`: tracks the costs of incoming and " +"outgoing items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to " +"change the valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the " +"next good sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next " +"inventory lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based " +"on the valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most " +"accurate inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it is" +" highly sensitive to input data and human error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It is " +"highly recommended to consult an accountant first before making any " +"adjustments here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`using_inventory_valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " "that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " @@ -18223,21 +19233,122 @@ msgid "" "*Inventory Valuation* report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 msgid "" -"On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " -"appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " -"inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" +"Inventory valuation in Odoo can be set to be updated manually or " +"automatically. While *Expense* accounts apply to both, the *Stock Input* and" +" *Stock Output* accounts are only used for automated valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Refer to the :ref:`Expense ` and " +":ref:`Stock input/output ` sections for " +"details on configuring each account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +msgid "Expense account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To configure the *expense account*, go to the :guilabel:`Account Properties`" +" section of the intended product category (:menuselection:`Inventory app -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`). Then, choose an existing account " +"from the :guilabel:`Expense Account` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +msgid "" +"To ensure the chosen account is the correct :guilabel:`Type,` click the " +"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account. Then, set the account type " +"based on the information below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177 +msgid "Automated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +msgid "" +"In Anglo-Saxon accounting for automated inventory valuation, set the " +":guilabel:`Expense Account` to the `Expenses` account. Then, click the " +"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, choose :guilabel:`Expenses` or :guilabel:`Cost of " +"Revenue` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show **Expense Account** field, and external link icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To configure the :guilabel:`Expense Account`, choose :guilabel:`Stock " +"Valuation` from the field's drop-down menu. Verify the account's type by " +"clicking the |right arrow| icon, and then ensure the :guilabel:`Type` is " +":guilabel:`Current Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the **Expense Account** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +msgid "Continental" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to the :guilabel:`Expenses` or " +":guilabel:`Cost of Revenue` account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:190 +msgid "Stock input/output (automated only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:192 +msgid "" +"To configure the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and :guilabel:`Stock Output" +" Account`, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product" +" Categories` and select the desired product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field, select :guilabel:`Automated`. " +"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` section appear. " +"These accounts are defined as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " "products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: accounting journal where entries are " +"automatically posted when a product's inventory valuation changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -18246,7 +19357,7 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:207 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -18255,11 +19366,57 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:124 -msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:216 +msgid "" +"In Anglo-Saxon accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to *different* :guilabel:`Current " +"Assets` accounts. This way, delivering products and invoicing the customer " +"balance the *Stock Output* account, while receiving products and billing " +"vendors balance the *Stock Input* account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +msgid "" +"To modify the account type, go to the click the |right arrow| icon to the " +"right of the stock input/output account. In the pop-up window, choose " +":guilabel:`Current Assets` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Display account setup page, highlighting the **Type** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +msgid "" +"The *Stock Input* account is set to `Stock Interim (Received)`, a *Current " +"Asset* account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 +msgid "" +"In Continental accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to **the same** :guilabel:`Current " +"Assets` account. That way, one account can be balanced when items are bought" +" and sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:239 +msgid "" +"The stock input and output accounts are both set to `Stock Interim " +"(Received)`, a :guilabel:`Current Assets` account type. They can also be set" +" to the `Stock Interim (Delivered)`, as long as the input and output " +"accounts are assigned to the **same** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the Stock Input and Output accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 +msgid "Inventory valuation reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." " At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " @@ -18268,14 +19425,18 @@ msgid "" " at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 msgid "" "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " "all of the inventory on hand is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 msgid "" "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " "Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " @@ -18322,9 +19483,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 -msgid "" -":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " -"`" +msgid ":doc:`Set up inventory valuation `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:26 @@ -18773,10 +19932,6 @@ msgid "" "& Serial Numbers` to enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:115 msgid "" "Next, ensure the intended product is tracked by lots or serial numbers by " @@ -18791,7 +19946,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "After enabling the features, assign lot or serial numbers to products using " "an :doc:`inventory adjustment ` or " -"during :ref:`product reception `." +"during :ref:`product reception `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:126 @@ -19641,6 +20796,956 @@ msgid "" "The detailed operations shows which lots are being selected for the picking." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory aging report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The inventory aging report evaluates all items in stock, providing insights " +"into potentially sunken purchase costs and delays in profitability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Create customized pivot tables to analyze product, operation types, month, " +"or company breakdowns. This helps identify products in stock that are at " +"risk of passing their expiration or viability dates, or instances of " +"rot/decay for fast-expiring items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The *Reporting* menu in *Inventory* is only accessible to users with " +":doc:`admin access <../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To access the inventory aging report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Reporting --> Inventory Aging`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:24 +msgid "Navigate the inventory aging report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report displays a pivot table, " +"with the month in columns, and product category in rows. The default " +"filters, :guilabel:`Incoming` and :guilabel:`Has Remaining Qty`, show only " +"products from receipts, and are currently in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining Qty` displays the number of on-hand items, and " +":guilabel:`Remaining Value` displays the total cost of purchasing these " +"items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in each column " +"or row reveals options to expand the pivot table and show a detailed " +"breakdown of the :guilabel:`Remaining Qty` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` " +"by :guilabel:`Product`, :guilabel:`Product Category`, :guilabel:`Date`, or " +":guilabel:`Company`. Clicking the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` " +":guilabel:`(minus)` icon collapses it back to its previous state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:43 +msgid "Inventory aging report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Inventory aging report, showing each **Product** in rows and each reception " +"**Date** in columns, to better monitor products with fast expiration dates. " +"Each row shows the the total on-hand quantity and inventory valuation of " +"items purchased on each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Records in the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report are *stock valuation " +"layers* (SVLs), representing product moves that impact stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Inventory adjustments do **not** create |SVLs|; only items purchased from " +"vendors do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:71 +msgid "Generate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After learning how to :ref:`navigate the inventory aging report " +"`, it can be used to create and " +"share different reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Aging` report are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:63 +msgid "Rotating stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To create a report to identify items that have been in stock for a while, " +"follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Aging`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` " +":guilabel:`(caret down)` icon in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to see a " +"drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and " +":guilabel:`Favorite` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Product` under the :guilabel:`Group By` section. Doing so " +"expands the pivot table to show a product in each row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to the left of the " +"date column. Hover over :guilabel:`Date` from the drop-down menu and choose " +":guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, :guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +"or :guilabel:`Day`. Doing so expands the columns to show the " +":guilabel:`Remaining Qty` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` by the selected " +"time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For products that have a longer shelf life, choose longer time periods such " +"as :guilabel:`Month` or :guilabel:`Quarter` when expanding columns by " +":guilabel:`Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 +msgid "Pivot table, highlighting the plus icon to expand columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The report now displays the on-hand stock of items, and their total " +"purchasing cost, for each time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Inventory aging report, with the :guilabel:`Group By`: :guilabel:`Product` " +"option selected, and with the :guilabel:`Date` column set to " +":guilabel:`Day`. It gives insight into how much raw fish sashimi products " +"were purchased on each day, and how much it cost. This informs the business " +"owners how much stock is at risk of rotting in stock, per day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 +msgid "Inventory aging report, showing product row items and day columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:3 +msgid "Locations dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The *Locations* dashboard in the *Inventory* application provides an " +"overview of on-hand storage locations for company products. Use this report " +"to see where stock is stored, identify :ref:`misplaced items " +"`, or view past inventory to see " +"product locations on specific dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To access the locations report, the *Storage Locations* feature must be " +"enabled. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and click :guilabel:`Save`. Then, access the " +"locations dashboard by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:24 +msgid "Navigate the locations dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard lists all on-hand products " +"in stock (in the :guilabel:`Product` column), along with the following " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: current storage location. If a product is stored at " +"`Shelf 1` and `Shelf 2`, the product is listed twice, showing quantities at " +"each location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Package`: the package that the product is stored in, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: if the product has a lot or serial number, it" +" is specified here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: current quantity of products. Click the " +":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand " +"quantity <../inventory_management/count_products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reserved Quantity`: on-hand quantity reserved for operations, " +"such as pickings, delivery orders, or manufacturings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: the unit of measure of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Click the buttons to the right of each row item to access additional " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:42 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the" +" product, displaying information about the quantity and description of why " +"the product was moved from one location to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:47 +msgid "" +"View what the product is reserved for, by clicking the :icon:`fa-history` " +":guilabel:`History` button on the far-right of the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Moves History` page, remove the :icon:`fa-filter` " +":guilabel:`Done` filter. Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar to reveal filter options, and select the " +":guilabel:`To Do` filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Display *Moves History* page of to-do deliveries that reserved the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:58 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering " +"rules <../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>` " +"page to replenish products at the specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In the upper-left corner of the page, click the the :guilabel:`New` button " +"to make an :doc:`inventory adjustment " +"<../inventory_management/count_products>` to record quantities of a certain " +"product at a specific :guilabel:`Location`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To view products, quantities, and their locations for a specified date, " +"click the :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button (also located in the upper-" +"left corner of the page). Select a date and time in the :guilabel:`Inventory" +" at Date` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After learning how to :ref:`navigate the locations dashboard " +"`, it can be used to create " +"and share different reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Locations` " +"dashboard are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:81 +msgid "Dead stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To get list of expired items, also referred to as *dead stock*, follow these" +" steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:143 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to" +" reveal a drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and " +":guilabel:`Favorite` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts` " +"option under the :guilabel:`Filters` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:91 +msgid "The report now displays a list of expired products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:94 +msgid "" +"This report can also be generated from the :ref:`Lot and Serials Numbers " +"` page, accessed by going to" +" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst-1 +msgid "Show a list of products whose expiration dates have exceeded today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:105 +msgid "Stranded inventory report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Businesses using multi-step flows in the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* " +"apps, may have *stranded* items, which are products not in their proper " +"storage locations, due to human error. Use this report to periodically check" +" transfer locations (e.g. *WH/Input*, *WH/Pre-Processing*) to ensure items " +"are moved to their intended storage locations, and accurately recorded in " +"the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To get a list of items that might be sitting idly in storage, follow these " +"steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, begin typing the name of the location " +"where products are intended to be moved to, such as `WH/Input`, or " +"`WH/Packing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Search Location for:` [location name] option from the " +"resulting drop-down menu that appears beneath the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show search result for the location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:124 +msgid "The report now displays a list of products at the transit location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Searching `Input` in :guilabel:`Location` shows a list of products at a " +"*WH/Input* location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The list shows `500` quantities of `Chicken`, which is alarming if not " +"refrigerated soon after reception. The stranded inventory report helps " +"identify items that have been idling in non-storage locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show items stored at a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:138 +msgid "Inventory discrepancy report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:140 +msgid "" +"To generate a report of items that have been moved since the last " +":doc:`inventory audit <../inventory_management/cycle_counts>`, follow these " +"steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Conflicts` option " +"from the :guilabel:`Filters` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The report now displays items whose quantities have changed since the last " +"cycle count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show items from the *Conflicts* filter in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` button to view inventory " +"transfers, including receipts and deliveries, that have occurred since the " +"inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show *Moves History*, showing a delivery that occurred after an inventory " +"adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:3 +msgid "Moves history dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Moves History* report in Odoo *Inventory* provides a detailed record of" +" product movements (containing past and current locations), lot numbers, and" +" reasons for movement. Reports can be generated for any time frame, making " +"this report essential for analyzing stock levels, monitoring inventory " +"turnover, and identifying any discrepancies in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The reporting feature is only accessible to users with :doc:`admin access " +"<../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Moves History`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst-1 +msgid "Display Moves History report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:23 +msgid "Navigate the moves history report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:25 +msgid "In the report, the columns represent:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: calendar date and time of the stock move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: description of the reason for the stock move or " +"quantity change, such as a receipt number (e.g. `WH/IN/00012`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product involved in the move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: specifies the lot or serial number of the " +"tracked product being moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:33 +msgid ":guilabel:`From`: source location of the moved product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`To`: destination location of the moved product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity`: number of products moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: unit of measure of the products moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: indicates the move status, which can be " +":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available` (ready for action), or " +":guilabel:`Partially Available` (insufficient quantities to complete the " +"operation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:66 +msgid "Search options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Use the following search options to customize the :guilabel:`Moves History` " +"report to display relevant information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:70 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Filters` section allows users to search among pre-made and " +"custom filters to find specific stock records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Do`: show stock move records that are in progress. This " +"includes lines with a :guilabel:`Status` column value of " +":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Partially Available`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done`: completed stock moves, with a :guilabel:`Status` of " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Incoming`: displays move records from vendor locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:58 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Outgoing`: displays move records to customer locations, including" +" customer returns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internal`: displays move records from one internal location to " +"another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturing`: shows records where products were produced from " +"the virtual, production :doc:`location " +"<../inventory_management/use_locations>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: select this drop-down menu to access various date filter " +"options and view stock moves from a specific month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last 30 Days`: show records that occurred in the last thirty " +"days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Last 3 Months`: show records from the last three months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:113 +msgid "Group By" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " +"groupings to the search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: group records by product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: group records by the three status types: " +":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available`, and :guilabel:`Partially " +"Available`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: group records by :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, or :guilabel:`Day`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transfers`: group records by operation number, e.g. " +"`WH/OUT/00012`, `WH/MO/00211`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: group records by source location (the :guilabel:`From`" +" column in this report)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: group records by product category. To configure these," +" go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: Product" +" Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Batch Transfer`: group records by :doc:`batch " +"<../advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:125 +msgid "Favorites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To save the current applied filters and groups, so the same information can " +"be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save current " +"search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " +"current view the default filter when opening the :guilabel:`Moves History` " +"report. Or tick the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option " +"available to other users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:134 +msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:137 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../essentials/search`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:3 +msgid "Stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the stock report in Odoo *Inventory* for a detailed list of all stored " +"products, including those reserved, purchased and in transit, as well as " +"those delivered to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Stock`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Show the stock report, accessible by going to Inventory > Reporting > Stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:19 +msgid "Navigate the stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:21 +msgid "" +"On the stock report, the left sidebar includes several groupings to narrow " +"down what is being shown. The default groupings are :guilabel:`Warehouses`," +" which filters products by specific warehouses, and :guilabel:`Category`, " +"which shows products within a selected product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Warehouse` grouping is only available when there are multiple" +" warehouses in the database. Refer to the " +":doc:`../inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse` documentation for " +"more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:30 +msgid "In the report itself, the columns represent:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:32 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unit Cost`: average inventory valuation per unit, adjusted based " +"on the cost to purchase and/or manufacture the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Value`: Total inventory valuation of the product, " +"calculated by multiplying unit cost by on-hand quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:39 +msgid "" +":ref:`Compute average cost inventory valuation per unit " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:40 +msgid "" +":doc:`Inventory valuation methods " +"<../inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand`: current quantity of products. Click the :icon:`fa-" +"pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand quantity " +"<../inventory_management/count_products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Free to Use`: on-hand quantity that are **not** reserved for " +"delivery or manufacturing orders, and are available to sell or use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Incoming`: items expected to arrive at the warehouse. Number of " +"products is based on quantities in confirmed purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Outgoing`: items expected to leave the warehouse or be consumed " +"in manufacturing orders. Number of products is based on quantities in " +"confirmed sales or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the product, " +"displaying information about the quantity and description of why the product" +" was moved from one location to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering rules " +"<../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>` page for " +"the product to create or manage methods of procuring the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Locations`: break down of on-hand quantity at multiple storage " +"locations. Only available when the product is stored in multiple locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forecast`: access the forecasted report to view on-hand, " +"incoming, and outgoing quantities. Report also contains links to confirmed " +"purchase, sales, or manufacturing orders. Only available when there are " +"confirmed sales, purchase, or manufacturing orders for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Published`: display products published on the website. Only " +"available with the *Website* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available in POS`: display products available through the *Point " +"of Sale* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available in Self`: display products available in self order " +"through the *Point of Sale* app. Appears in the search because the " +":guilabel:`Available in Self Order` checkbox was ticked in the " +":guilabel:`Point of Sale` section of a product form's :guilabel:`Sales` tab." +" The option is only available when the :guilabel:`Available in POS` checkbox" +" is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In the Sales tab of a product form, showing *Available in Self Order* " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not available in Self`: display products available in *PoS*, but " +"not available in self order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:91 +msgid "`Configure PoS products `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Sold`: display products that can be sold to customers. " +"Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Sold` checkbox is ticked" +" on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Purchased`: display products that can be bought from " +"vendors. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` " +"checkbox is ticked on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Recurring`: show subscription products, indicated by " +"ticking the :guilabel:`Recurring` checkbox on the product form. Only " +"available with the *Subscription* app activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Rented`: show products that can be loaned to customers for" +" a certain time. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Rented`" +" checkbox was ticked on the product form. Only available with the *Rental* " +"app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Subcontracted`: display products that can be produced by a" +" :doc:`third-party manufacturer " +"<../../../manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic>`. Available " +"only with the *Manufacturing* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Expensed`: show items that can be expensed. Only available" +" with the *Expenses* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`../../product_management/product_tracking/type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " +"groupings to the search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Type`: group items by :doc:`product type " +"<../../product_management/product_tracking/type>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Category`: group items by product category. To configure " +"these, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: " +"Product Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`POS Product Category`: group items by :doc:`point of sale product" +" categories <../../../../sales/point_of_sale/configuration>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To save the current applied filters and groupbys, so the same information " +"can be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save " +"current search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " +"current view the default filter when opening the stock report. Or tick the " +":guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option available to other " +"users." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "Întreținere" @@ -22255,11 +24360,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:94 +msgid "Learn more" +msgstr "Aflați mai multe" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:32 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to properly configure a new |BOM|, see the " -"documentation on :ref:`creating a bill of materials " -"`." +"documentation on :doc:`creating a bill of materials " +"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:35 @@ -22408,227 +24518,435 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bill of materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:9 msgid "" -"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " -"quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " -"It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines " -"needed to complete a production process." +"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) documents specific components, " +"along with their respective quantities, that are needed to produce or repair" +" a product. In Odoo, |BoMs| as blueprints for manufactured goods and kits, " +"and often include production operations and step-by-step guidelines, as " +"well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " -"linked to each product, so even product variants can have their own tailored" -" :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:15 +msgid "BoM setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:17 msgid "" -"Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " -"manufacturing process and save time." -msgstr "" -"Configurarea corectă a unei :abbr:`LdM (Liste de materiale)` ajută la " -"optimizarea procesului de producție și la economisirea timpului." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:18 -msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" +"To create a |BOM|, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> " +"Bills of Materials` and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" -"The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" -" or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " -"managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." +"Next, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type` to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`." msgstr "" -"Configurarea cea mai simplă a unei :abbr:`LdM (Liste de materiale)` este una" -" fără operațiuni sau instrucțiuni, doar componente. În acest caz, producția " -"este gestionată numai prin intermediul *Comenzilor de producție*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " -":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " -"of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the " -":guilabel:`Product`." +"Then, specify :ref:`required components ` and, if necessary, define any :ref:`manufacturing operations " +"`." msgstr "" -"Pentru a crea o :abbr:`LdM (Listă de materiale)` din modulul " -":guilabel:`Producție`, accesați :menuselection:`Produse --> Liste de " -"materiale`. Apoi, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Creare`. În continuare, " -"specificați :guilabel:`Produs`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:26 msgid "" -"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " -"product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." +"Individual |BOMs| can also be quickly accessed or created by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on any product form, as " +"accessible through the *Sales*, *Inventory*, and *Manufacturing* apps, as " +"well as through any internal links where a product is referenced (such as in" +" a field or a line item)." msgstr "" -"O :abbr:`LdM (Listă de materiale)` poate fi de asemenea creată direct din " -"formularul produsului, în cazul în care câmpul :guilabel:`Produs` este pre-" -"completat." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:31 -msgid "" -"For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" -" to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" -" to specify the various components that make up the production of the final " -"product and their respective quantities. New components can be created " -"quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created " -"beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> " -"Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "Show BoM for a product, with components listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "BoM for `Drawer`, displaying the **Components** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:38 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/kit_shipping`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`../subcontracting/subcontracting_basic`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:44 +msgid "Components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Components` tab of a |BOM|, specify components used to " +"manufacture the product by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the " +":guilabel:`Components` drop-down menu, select from existing products or " +"create a new product by typing the name and selecting either the " +":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option to quickly add the line item, or the " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` option to add the component and continue to " +"its configuration form." msgstr "" -"Pentru un :abbr:`LdM (Listă de materiale)` standard, setați :guilabel:`Tipul" -" LdM` la :guilabel:`Produce acest produs`. Apoi, faceți clic pe " -":guilabel:`Adaugă o linie` pentru a specifica diferitele componente alături " -"de cantitățile care alcătuiesc parțile produsului finit. Componentele noi " -"pot fi create rapid prin intermediul :abbr:`LdM (Liste de materiale)`, sau " -"pot fi create în prealabil în :menuselection:`Producție --> Produse --> " -"Produse --> Creare`. În final, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Salvează` pentru a " -"finaliza crearea :abbr:`LdM (Liste de materiale)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." -msgstr "Configurați o listă de materiale." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:43 -msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" -msgstr "Specificați o listă de materiale (LdM) pentru o variantă de produs" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:45 -msgid "" -":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " -"Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." +msgid "Add a component by selecting it from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -":abbr:`LdM (Liste de materiale)` pot fi de asemenea atribuite unor anumite " -"*Variante de produs*, cu două opțiuni de configurare disponibile pentru " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:56 msgid "" -"In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " -"the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " -"form." +"Optionally, access additional fields by clicking the :icon:`oi-settings-" +"adjust` :guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon to the far-right of the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab. Tick the checkboxes for the following features " +"to enable these columns:" msgstr "" -"Pentru a atribui :abbr:`LdM (Liste de materiale)` variantelor de produs, " -"atributele variantelor de produs trebuie deja configurate pe formularul " -"produsului." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:60 msgid "" -"The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " -"variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" -" :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master " -":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and " -"specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply " -"on Variants` column." +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify which :doc:`product variant " +"<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>` each component is used in. " +"When the field is left blank, the component is used in all product variants." msgstr "" -"Prima metodă este să creați un :abbr:`LdM (Listă de materiale)` pentru " -"fiecare variantă prin crearea unui nou :abbr:`LdM (Liste de materiale)` și " -"specificați :guilabel:`Varianta de produs`. A doua metodă este să creați un " -":abbr:`LdM (Listă de materiale)` principal care conține toate componente și " -"specificați care variantă se aplică fiecărei componente folosind coloana " -":guilabel:`Se aplică pe variante`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." -msgstr "Variante de produs în lista de materiale." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:62 -msgid "Set up operations" -msgstr "Configurați operațiuni" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:66 msgid "" -"Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" -" instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" -" this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Operations`." +":guilabel:`Consumed in Operation`: specify the operation using the " +"component. Useful for determining :ref:`manufacturing readiness " +"`." msgstr "" -"Adăugați o :guilabel:`Operație` la :abbr:`LdM (Listă de materiale)` pentru a" -" specifica instrucțiunile de producție și înregistrați timpul petrecut pe o " -"operație. Pentru a utiliza această caracteristică, activați mai întâi " -":guilabel:`Comenzi de lucru` în :menuselection:`Producție --> Configurare " -"--> Setări --> Operațiuni`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:68 msgid "" -"Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " -":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " -"operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a " -"name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like " -"components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the " -":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that " -"variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +":guilabel:`Manual Consumption`: tick the checkbox to force operators to " +"check the :guilabel:`Consumed` checkbox on a manufacturing order (MO)." msgstr "" -"În continuare, când creați un nou :abbr:`LdM (Listă de materiale)`, faceți " -"clic pe fila :guilabel:`Operațiuni` apoi clic pe :guilabel:`Adăugați o " -"linie` pentru a adăuga o nouă operațiune. În caseta :guilabel:`Creați " -"operațiuni`, dați un nume operației, specificați :guilabel:`Centrul de " -"lucru` și setările de timp. Ca și componente, Odoo oferă opțiunea de a " -"specifica o variantă de produs în campul :guilabel:`Se aplică pe variante` " -"astfel încât operația să se aplice doar acelei variante. În final, faceți " -"clic pe :guilabel:`Salvați și închideți`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show a manufacturing order, highlighting the *Consumed* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:75 msgid "" -"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " -":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" -" new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing " -"Operations` feature." +"Not doing so triggers the :guilabel:`Consumption Warning` error message, " +"where the consumed component quantity must be manually inputted. Otherwise, " +"the operation cannot be completed." msgstr "" -"Fiecare operație este unică, deoarece este legată exclusiv de un :abbr:`LdM " -"(Listă de materiale)`. Operațiunile pot fi reutilizate când se configurează " -"un nou :abbr:`LdM (Listă de materiale)`, cu caracteristica " -":guilabel:`Copiați Operațiunile Existente`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." -msgstr "Caracteristica Copiați Operațiunile Existente." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show the consumption warning error message." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:85 -msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" -msgstr "Adăugați produse secundare la o listă de materiale (LdM)" +msgid "Operations" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" -"A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " -"addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " -"the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)`." +"Add an *operation* to a |BOM| to specify instructions for production and " +"register time spent on an operation. To use this feature, first enable the " +"*Work Orders* feature by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the" +" :guilabel:`Work Orders` checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" -"Un *Produs secundar* este un produs rezidual creat în timpul producției în " -"afara produsului principal al unei :abbr:`LdM (Liste de materiale)`. Spre " -"deosebire de produsul principal, poate exista mai mult de un produs secundar" -" pe un :abbr:`LdM (Listă de materiale)`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " -":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies`" msgstr "" -"Pentru a adăuga produse secundare la o :abbr:`LdM (Listă de materiale)`, " -"activați mai întâi caracteristica :guilabel:`Produse secundare` în " -":menuselection:`Producție --> Configurare --> Setări --> Operațiuni`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " -"of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " -":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which " -"operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in " -"Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "\"Work Orders\" feature in the Settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the |BOM| by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app " +"--> Products --> Bill of Materials` and selecting the desired |BOM|. To add " +"a new operation, go to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, and click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window, where the " +"various fields of the operation are configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: name of the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: select existing locations to perform the operation," +" or create a new work center by typing the name and selecting the " +":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify if this operation is only available " +"for certain product variants. If the operation applies to all product " +"variants, leave this field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Configuring BoMs for product variants " +"<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration Computation`: choose how time spent on the operation is " +"tracked. Opt for :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` to use the " +"operation's time tracker or :guilabel:`Set duration manually` if operators " +"can record and modify time themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Choosing the :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` option enables the " +":guilabel:`Based on last __ work orders` option, which automatically " +"estimates the time to complete this operation based on the last few " +"operations. Choosing :guilabel:`Set duration manually` enables the " +":guilabel:`Default Duration` field instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Duration`: estimated amount of time to complete the " +"operation; used for `planning manufacturing orders " +"`_ and determining `work center" +" availability `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company the |BOM| is available in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Include operation details in the :guilabel:`Work Sheet` tab. Choose " +":guilabel:`PDF` to attach a file or :guilabel:`Google Slide` with *public* " +"access to share a link. Select :guilabel:`Text` to type instructions in the " +":guilabel:`Description` text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Type `/` for a list of formatting options and features, including ChatGPT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show ChatGPT feature to generate instructions for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Fill out the Create Operations pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save \\& Close` to close the pop-up window. To add" +" more operations, click :guilabel:`Save & New` and repeat the same steps " +"above to configure another operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +"After creating an operation, click the :guilabel:`Copy Existing Operations` " +"button to choose an operation to duplicate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show Operation tab, highlighting the \"Copy Existing Operations\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:158 +msgid "Instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To add detailed instructions to operations, the *Quality* app must be " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add specific instructions to an existing operation by clicking the " +"operation's :icon:`fa-list-ul` :guilabel:`(list)` icon in the " +":guilabel:`Instructions` column. The number in the :guilabel:`Instructions` " +"column shows the number of existing detailed instructions there are for the " +"operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the Instructions column, and list icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:172 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Steps` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank " +"quality control point form where the new manufacturing step can be created. " +"Here, give the specific instruction a :guilabel:`Title` and set the " +":guilabel:`Type` to :guilabel:`Instructions`. In the " +":guilabel:`Instructions` tab of the form, write out the directions for the " +"step in the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Further customizations can be made here on this form, beyond ordinary " +"instructions, to also include specific types of quality control points that " +"carry specific (or complex) conditions. For more details about quality " +"control points refer the :doc:`Instruction check " +"<../../quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the page to add a quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:188 +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab contains more |BoM| configurations to " +"customize procurement, calculate costs, and define how components are " +"consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturing Readiness`: choosing :guilabel:`When components for" +" the 1st operation are available` shows the :guilabel:`Component Status` as " +"a **green** :guilabel:`Not Available`, when only the components that are " +"consumed in the first operation are in stock. This indicates that although " +"not all components are available, operators can at least begin with the " +"first operation. Choosing :guilabel:`When all components are available` " +"displays a **red** :guilabel:`Not Available` component status unless all " +"components are in available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Specify which operation consumes each component on the |BoM| in the " +":ref:`Manual Consumption field `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show the *Component Status* field on the manufacturing order dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:210 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Version`: displays the current |BoM| version, visible with the " +"Odoo *PLM* app installed for managing |BoM| changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:212 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Flexible Consumption`: specifies if components used can deviate " +"from the quantity defined on the |BoM|. Choose :guilabel:`Blocked` if " +"operators **must** adhere strictly to the |BoM| quantity. Otherwise, choose " +":guilabel:`Allowed` or :guilabel:`Allowed with Warning`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:215 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Routing`: select the preferred warehouse's manufacturing " +"operation type for products produced in multiple warehouses. If left blank, " +"this warehouse's `Manufacturing` operation type is used by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:218 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: select pre-created :doc:`analytic " +"distribution models " +"<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>` from the list " +"to automatically record the cost of manufacturing products in the chosen " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:221 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manuf Lead Time`: define the number of days needed to complete a " +"|MO| from the date of confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to prepare Manufacturing Order`: number of days needed to " +"replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +":doc:`Analytic distribution " +"<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:228 +msgid "" +":doc:`Lead times " +"<../../inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Miscellaneous* tab of the BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:236 +msgid "Add by-products to BoMs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:238 +msgid "" +"A *by-product* is a residual product that is created during production in " +"addition to the main product of a |BOM|. Unlike the primary product, there " +"can be more than one by-product on a |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To add by-products to a |BOM|, first enable the *By-Products* feature in " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`By-" +"Products` to enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "\"By Products\" feature in the settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, add by-products to a |BOM| by clicking the " +":guilabel:`By-products` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and fill in the " +":guilabel:`By-product`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Unit of " +"Measure`. Optionally, specify a :guilabel:`Produced in Operation` for the " +"by-product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The by-product, `Mush`, is created in the `Grind grapes` operation when " +"producing `Red Wine`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show sample by-product in the BoM." msgstr "" -"Odată ce caracteristica este activată, puteți adăuga produse secundare la o " -":abbr:`LdM (Listă de materiale)` făcând clic pe tabul :guilabel:`Operațiuni`" -" apoi făcând clic pe :guilabel:`Adăugați o linie`. Apoi, dați un nume " -"produsului secundar și indicați :guilabel:`Cantitatea` și " -":guilabel:`Unitatea de măsură`. Dacă :abbr:`LdM (Listă de materiale)` are " -"operațiuni configurate, specificați exact din ce operație este produs " -"produsul secundar în câmpul :guilabel:`Producție în operațiune`. În final, " -"faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Salvați`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" @@ -22666,18 +24984,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 +msgid "Lot/serial number tracking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The assignment of lots or serial numbers to newly manufactured products is " +"optional. To optionally :doc:`assign lots or serial numbers " +"<../../inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn>` to newly " +"manufactured products, go to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section in the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the :guilabel:`Tracking` field, select " +":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Doing so enables the *Lot/Serial Number* field on a manufacturing order, or " +"the *Register Production* instruction on a work order card in the *Shop " +"Floor* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 +msgid "\"Lot/Serial Number\" field on the MO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 +msgid "**Lot/Serial Number** field on the MO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Register Production** option to generate lot/serial number on a work order" +" card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:54 msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:56 msgid "" "Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " "manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" " manufacture a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " @@ -22690,14 +25044,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 msgid "" "On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." " In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" " produces." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 msgid "" "Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" " clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " @@ -22710,7 +25064,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:79 msgid "" "Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " "and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " @@ -22721,7 +25075,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:86 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " "setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " @@ -22733,14 +25087,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:96 msgid "" "The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " "allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " "exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " "For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " -"to :ref:`create a bill of materials `." +"to :doc:`create a bill of materials `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:3 @@ -23808,6 +26161,2033 @@ msgid "" "of the |MO| itself." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "Subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a " +"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" +" then sold by the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting " +"company and the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide " +"variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in" +" and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the " +"manufacturing themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:19 +msgid "" +"This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, " +"as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with " +"subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they " +"are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized " +"work to subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors " +"to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as " +"profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain " +"arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which " +"projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a " +"variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what" +" happens to finished products once they are manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " +":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst-1 +msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:62 +msgid "" +"With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in " +"Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:64 +msgid "" +"On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a " +"*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates" +" the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that" +" it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the " +"Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can " +"be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product " +"pages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:72 +msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:75 +msgid "Subcontracting workflows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference " +"between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully " +"responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the " +":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_basic` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " +"sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This " +"workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " +"purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to " +"the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the " +":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary " +"to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to" +" products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:94 +msgid "" +"In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are " +"to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:97 +msgid "" +"In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can " +"either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an " +"end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured" +" to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are " +"outlined in their respective documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:104 +msgid "Subcontracted product valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different " +"variables:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;" +" from here on referred to as `C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them " +"shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor" +" to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred " +"to as `x`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be " +"represented by the following equation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"P = C + M + S + D + x\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:124 +msgid "" +"It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will " +"include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not " +"dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost" +" of dropshipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Basic subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " +"certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " +"purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " +"the product's vendor to delivery the product to the purchasing company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For subcontracted products specifically, delivery lead times can be " +"configured to take into account the amount of time required for the " +"subcontractor to manufacture a product. Doing so allows the contracting " +"company to better predict the delivery dates of subcontracted products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Like all lead times in Odoo, lead times for subcontracted products are only " +"an estimate, and are based on how long actions are *expected* to take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " +"means that lead times should not be viewed as guarantees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`basic subcontracting ` workflow " +"to manufacture a product, a company is not responsible for supplying the " +"subcontractor with the necessary components. This means that the only " +"factors affecting the delivery date of a product are the amount of time it " +"takes the subcontractor to manufacture and deliver it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time that considers " +"both of these factors, the *Expected Arrival* date displayed on purchase " +"orders (POs) for the product more accurately reflects the amount of time " +"required for both manufacturing and delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 +msgid "Product delivery lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " +"subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has been added, enter the number of days it takes " +"them to manufacture and deliver the product, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead" +" Time` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Delivery Lead Time field for a subcontractor, on the Purchase tab of a " +"product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Multiple subcontractors can be added to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a " +"product's page, and a different :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` can be set " +"for each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:57 +msgid "Lead time workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 +msgid "" +"After setting a delivery lead time for a product's vendor, create an |RfQ| " +"by navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase " +"Orders`, and clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Specify the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the " +"product in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and " +"adding a quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once a product has been added, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field on the" +" |RfQ| auto-populates with a date that reflects the vendor's delivery lead " +"time, as specified on the product's page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If the date needs to be adjusted, click on the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` " +"field to open a calendar popover, and select the desired date. Make sure not" +" to choose a date sooner than the one that was auto-populated, unless the " +"subcontractor has confirmed that they are able to deliver the product by " +"that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` on the |RfQ| to turn it into a " +"|PO|. At this point, the subcontractor should begin manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, before delivering it to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Tricycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends requires three days to manufacture a tricycle, plus" +" an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " +"tricycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " +"two days for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:88 +msgid "" +"On May 3rd, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| to purchase one tricycle from Bike " +"Friends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date listed on the |PO| is May 8th, five " +"days after the :guilabel:`Confirmation Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Expected Arrival date on a PO for a subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Bike Friends begins manufacturing the tricycle on May 3rd — the day that the" +" |PO| is confirmed — and finishes on May 6th, three days later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The tricycle is then shipped to Mike's Bikes the same day, and they receive " +"it on May 8th, two days later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " +"certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " +"purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " +"the product's vendor to deliver the product to the purchasing company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Certain subcontracted products require the contracting company to supply the" +" subcontractor with manufacturing components. In this case, a *manufacturing" +" lead time* can be used, in addition to the delivery lead time, to generate " +"the date on which the subcontractor must receive the required components, in" +" order to manufacture the product and deliver it on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In cases where components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, an " +"additional delivery lead time can be set for each component. This should be " +"set to the amount of time it takes the vendor to deliver components to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once a delivery lead time has been set on a component, dropship orders for " +"the component display the date by which the order must be confirmed, so that" +" it can be dropshipped to the subcontractor by the date on which " +"manufacturing must begin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order " +"` route, a company is responsible for purchasing " +"the necessary components from a vendor, and having them dropshipped directly" +" to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 +msgid "" +"This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, it is also necessary " +"to consider how long it takes the component vendor to dropship the " +"components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:48 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a *delivery lead time*, specifying a " +"*manufacturing lead time* on the product's BoM, and assigning the vendor of " +"the components an additional *delivery lead time*, *Dropship Subcontractor* " +"orders for the product's components display the deadline for confirming a " +"dropship order to send the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " +":guilabel:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:61 +msgid "Product manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a BoM" +" from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 +msgid "" +"On the |BoM|, select the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the same number of days that was " +"entered in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` field of the |BoM|'s product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Manuf. Lead Time field on a product's BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 +msgid "" +"While not all of these days are actually used for manufacturing by the " +"subcontractor, setting the same number of days in each field tells Odoo that" +" the subcontractor must receive the components and begin production by the " +"start of the product's delivery lead time. This gives the subcontractor " +"enough time to both manufacture and deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 +msgid "Component delivery lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:92 +msgid "" +"From the product's BoM, navigate to each component by clicking on the " +"component in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and then clicking the " +":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` button to the right of the " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:96 +msgid "" +"On the product page for each component, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab." +" If the vendor has not already been added, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor has been added, enter the number of days it takes them to " +"dropship the product to the subcontractor, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " +"Time` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:104 +msgid "Dropship subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Create a request for quotation (RfQ) for the product by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`, and " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Specify the subcontractor in :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the product" +" in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, " +"selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and specifying a " +"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:113 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" +" time for the component vendor to dropship the components, and the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " +"auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " +"of the product. However, this does not consider the time it takes to " +"dropship the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:121 +msgid "" +"When purchasing a product subcontracted using the *Dropship Subcontractor on" +" Order* route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " +"extra time needed for the components to be delivered to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Since production does not begin until they receive the components, leaving " +"the date as is results in the finished product arriving *after* the date " +"listed on the |RfQ|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " +"so creates a second |RfQ| to purchase the components from the dropshipper, " +"and have them sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for " +"Quotation`, and select the |RfQ| that lists the dropshipper in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 +msgid "" +"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field lists the date on which" +" the subcontractor must receive the components, in order to deliver the " +"finished product by the *Expected Arrival* date listed on the subcontractor " +"|PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Order Deadline` field lists the latest date on which the " +"|RfQ| can be confirmed, in order for the dropshipper to deliver the " +"components to the subcontractor by the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|, and confirm " +"the purchase of the components from the dropshipper. Doing so causes a " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to appear at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to open the dropship order. This" +" order can also be accessed from the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button that " +"now appears on the subcontractor |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:149 +msgid "" +"After the dropshipper has delivered the components to the subcontractor, " +"click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the dropship order to " +"confirm that the subcontractor has received the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor receives the components, they begin manufacturing the" +" component, before delivering it to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Bicycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes must purchase the required components from vendor Bike World, " +"and have them dropshipped to Bike Friends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:164 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each bicycle, plus " +"an addition two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:167 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for bicycle" +" manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus two days " +"for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:170 +msgid "" +"On the bicycle's BoM, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days as " +"well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered to " +"the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:173 +msgid "" +"On the product pages for each of the bicycle's components, they assign Bike " +"World a delivery lead time of two days. This is the amount of time it takes " +"Bike World to dropship each component directly to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:177 +msgid "" +"On May 10th, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| for one bicycle, with an expected " +"delivery date of May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:180 +msgid "" +"The |RfQ| for purchasing the components from Bike World and having them " +"dropshipped to Bike Friends has an Expected Arrival date of May 12th, and a " +"Deadline of May 10th. The |RfQ| must be confirmed by the deadline in order " +"for Bike Friends to receive the components by the Expected Arrival date, " +"giving them enough time to deliver the finished bicycle to Mike's Bikes by " +"May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Order Deadline and Expected Arrival dates on a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes confirms the |RfQ| on May 10th, and Bike World delivers the " +"components to Bike Friends on May 12th. Bike Friends manufactures the " +"bicycle, and delivers it to Mike's Bikes on May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " +"means that lead times should **not** be viewed as guarantees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order " +"` route, a company is responsible for supplying the" +" subcontractor with the necessary components. As a result, the subcontractor" +" cannot begin manufacturing until the components have been received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, the date they receive " +"the components must also be considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:39 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time, and specifying " +"a manufacturing lead time on the product's bill of materials (BoM), " +"*Resupply Subcontractor* orders for the product's components display the " +"deadline by which the subcontractor must receive the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " +"subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a " +"|BoM| from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:80 +msgid "Resupply subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" +" time for the subcontractor to receive the components, manufacture the " +"product, and deliver it back to the subcontracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " +"auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " +"of the product. However, this does **not** consider the time it takes to " +"ship the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:98 +msgid "" +"When purchasing a product subcontracted using the Resupply Subcontractor on " +"Order route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " +"extra time needed for the components to be shipped to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " +"so causes a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to appear at the top of the " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to open the resupply " +"subcontractor order, which is the order created to send components to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Deadline` field on the resupply subcontractor order shows the" +" deadline for the subcontractor to receive the components, in order for them" +" to have enough time to manufacture and deliver the finished product by the " +"Expected Arrival date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field should display the latest date on which" +" components can be shipped, while still arriving to the subcontractor by the" +" :guilabel:`Deadline`. However, by default, the date displayed is the same " +"as the date in the :guilabel:`Deadline` field, and must be updated to take " +"into account the time required for shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field to open a calendar popover " +"from which a date can be selected. Select a date that allows for the " +"components to be delivered by the :guilabel:`Deadline` on the resupply " +"subcontractor order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:124 +msgid "" +"After the components are shipped, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at " +"the top of the order to confirm they have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Unicycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes must supply Bike Friends with the necessary components for " +"manufacturing the unicycles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:137 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each unicycle, plus" +" an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:140 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " +"unicycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " +"two days for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:143 +msgid "" +"On the unicycle's |BoM|, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days, " +"as well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered " +"to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 +msgid "" +"They confirm a |PO| for one unicycle, with an expected arrival date of May " +"30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The resupply subcontractor order for shipping the components to the " +"subcontractor shows a *Deadline* of May 25th. The subcontractor must receive" +" the components by this date, in order to have enough time to manufacture " +"the unicycle, and deliver it by May 30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:152 +msgid "" +"It takes Mike's Bikes two days to deliver the components, so they update the" +" *Scheduled Date* field on the resupply subcontractor order to May 23rd, two" +" days before the Deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Scheduled Date and Deadline fields on a resupply subcontractor order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes ships the components to Bike Friends on the scheduled date of " +"May 23rd, and they arrive on the deadline of May 25th. This gives Bike " +"Friends enough time to manufacture the unicycle, and ship it back to Mike's " +"Bikes by the expected arrival date of May 30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:3 +msgid "Basic subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a " +"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" +" then sold by the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the " +"necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to " +"worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic " +"subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-" +"subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that " +"subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted " +"products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be " +"manufactured by them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " +":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary" +" to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53 +msgid "Configure product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the " +"product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, " +"selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and " +"entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`" +" field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished " +"product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " +"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " +"subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83 +msgid "Configure BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " +"--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials " +"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` " +"option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the " +":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using" +" subcontracting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when " +"calculating the product's expected arrival date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:81 +msgid "" +"When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for " +"manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:86 +msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:88 +msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " +"|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a receipt order or a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, " +"**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" +" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " +"product is shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted " +"product is being purchased from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " +"with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer," +" or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process " +"starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169 +msgid "Create SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171 +msgid "" +"It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased" +" from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being " +"purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " +"Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a " +"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a" +" quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens" +" the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:128 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough " +"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates" +" a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193 +msgid "" +"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " +"end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is " +"enough stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197 +msgid "Process PO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:140 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to " +":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the " +"|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to " +"the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a " +"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the " +"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:153 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic " +"subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and " +"can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 +msgid "" +"A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " +"top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 +msgid "" +"PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " +"top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242 +msgid "Process receipt or dropship order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " +"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " +"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251 +msgid "" +"If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, " +"once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " +"Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the" +" :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the " +"receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter" +" the product into inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260 +msgid "Process dropship order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262 +msgid "" +"If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select" +" the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open " +"the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order " +"to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270 +msgid "Process delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " +"finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " +"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" +" the customer, and process the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " +"the product has been shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship to subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the" +" necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have " +"them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order " +"(PO) for that product is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " +"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and " +"*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve " +"dropshipping, they are used for different purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have " +"them shipped directly to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components " +"from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By " +"default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the " +"contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33 +msgid "" +"However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship " +"Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In " +"this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then " +"ships the finished product directly to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37 +msgid "" +"This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the " +":ref:`workflow section ` of" +" this doc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " +"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " +"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the " +"components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as " +"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in " +"the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the " +":guilabel:`Price` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that " +"determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been " +"manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock " +"on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " +"subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73 +msgid "Configure bill of materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click " +"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " +"select the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and" +" specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97 +msgid "Configure Components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " +"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " +"arrow)` button to the right of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106 +msgid "" +"On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add " +"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in " +"the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the" +" subcontractor, once they are purchased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the " +":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119 +msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " +"*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the" +" vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so " +"creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the " +"components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" +" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" +" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " +"product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " +"with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, " +"or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts " +"with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148 +msgid "Create an SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the " +"product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is " +"the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted " +"product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the " +"*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** " +"there is no stock of the product on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead " +"create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172 +msgid "" +"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " +"end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, " +"even if there is stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176 +msgid "Process subcontractor PO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178 +msgid "" +"If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`," +" and clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a" +" new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* " +"|PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components" +" to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, " +"and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" +"button at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from " +"the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** " +"automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship " +"Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* " +"|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205 +msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. " +"Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` " +"field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after " +"confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212 +msgid "" +"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship " +"Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of" +" the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and " +"confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, " +"and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the " +"*subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" +"Dropship smart button at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227 +msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" +" *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, " +"respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the " +":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the " +"subcontractor has received the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" +" *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the " +"product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of" +" the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the" +" *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the " +":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship " +"order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the " +"product to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product " +"has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the " +"necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each " +"time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " +"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping" +" it to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply " +"Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24 +msgid "" +"While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components " +"required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are " +"sourced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from " +"the warehouse of the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from " +"a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of " +"the subcontracting company and their subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36 +msgid "" +"See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of " +"the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " +"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " +"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of " +"materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`" +" tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the " +"subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68 +msgid "" +"This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other " +"elements, like the cost of the product's components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " +"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click " +"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " +"select the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107 +msgid "Configure components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " +"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " +"arrow)` button to the right of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116 +msgid "" +"On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and " +"select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the " +":guilabel:`Routes` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122 +msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to " +"purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a" +" dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the " +"subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" +" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149 +msgid "" +"While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to " +"automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is " +"also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful " +"when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply " +"Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking" +" :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom " +"the components should be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` " +"drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the " +"components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` " +"to confirm that the order has been sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough " +"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead" +" creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase " +"app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a " +"subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically " +"created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the " +"required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed " +"from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top " +"of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 +msgid "" +"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n" +"buttons at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 +msgid "" +"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and " +"Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227 +msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the " +"subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " +"Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open" +" the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` " +"card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " +"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " +"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " +"finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " +"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" +" the customer, and process the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " +"the product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows.rst:5 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "" @@ -24089,6 +28469,13 @@ msgid "" "only after closing the associated |MO|." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " +"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29 msgid "" "To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " @@ -24353,1355 +28740,6 @@ msgid "" "and *WH/MO/00010*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontracting overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:7 -msgid "" -"In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a " -"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" -" then sold by the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting " -"company and the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:13 -msgid "" -"For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide " -"variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in" -" and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the " -"manufacturing themselves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:17 -msgid "" -"This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, " -"as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with " -"subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they " -"are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized " -"work to subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:22 -msgid "" -"On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors " -"to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as " -"profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain " -"arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which " -"projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a " -"variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what" -" happens to finished products once they are manufactured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " -"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " -":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " -"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst-1 -msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:42 -msgid "" -"With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in " -"Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a " -"*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates" -" the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that" -" it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the " -"Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can " -"be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product " -"pages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:51 -msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:52 -msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:55 -msgid "Subcontracting workflows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:57 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference " -"between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully " -"responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the " -":doc:`subcontracting_basic` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " -"sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This " -"workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting_resupply` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " -"purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to " -"the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the " -":doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:69 -msgid "" -"In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary " -"to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to" -" products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are " -"to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can " -"either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an " -"end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured" -" to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are " -"outlined in their respective documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:83 -msgid "Subcontracted product valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different " -"variables:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;" -" from here on referred to as `C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "" -"The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them " -"shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:93 -msgid "" -"The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor" -" to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred " -"to as `x`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be " -"represented by the following equation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:100 -msgid "" -"P = C + M + S + D + x\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:103 -msgid "" -"It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will " -"include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not " -"dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost" -" of dropshipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:3 -msgid "Basic subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a " -"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" -" then sold by the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the " -"necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to " -"worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic " -"subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-" -"subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that " -"subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted " -"products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be " -"manufactured by them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" -" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " -":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " -"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary" -" to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53 -msgid "Configure product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " -"product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the " -"product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, " -"selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and " -"entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`" -" field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished " -"product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " -"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " -"subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83 -msgid "Configure BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " -"Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " -"--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92 -msgid "" -"For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials " -"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` " -"option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the " -":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using" -" subcontracting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " -":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the " -"subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when " -"calculating the product's expected arrival date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:81 -msgid "" -"When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the " -":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for " -"manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:86 -msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:88 -msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " -"|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a receipt order or a dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, " -"**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" -" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " -"product is shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138 -msgid "" -"The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted " -"product is being purchased from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " -"with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer," -" or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process " -"starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into " -"inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169 -msgid "Create SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:112 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171 -msgid "" -"It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased" -" from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being " -"purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next " -"step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175 -msgid "" -"To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " -"Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178 -msgid "" -"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a " -"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a" -" quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:123 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens" -" the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:128 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough " -"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates" -" a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:134 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193 -msgid "" -"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " -"end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is " -"enough stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197 -msgid "Process PO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:140 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to " -":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the " -"|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to " -"the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:145 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking " -":guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:148 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a " -"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the " -"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:153 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic " -"subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and " -"can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 -msgid "" -"A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " -"top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 -msgid "" -"PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " -"top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:164 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242 -msgid "Process receipt or dropship order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " -"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " -"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 -msgid "Process receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:173 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251 -msgid "" -"If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, " -"once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " -"Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:177 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the" -" :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the " -"receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter" -" the product into inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260 -msgid "Process dropship order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:184 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262 -msgid "" -"If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select" -" the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:187 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open " -"the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order " -"to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270 -msgid "Process delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " -"finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " -"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" -" the customer, and process the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:198 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " -"the product has been shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3 -msgid "Dropship to subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the" -" necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have " -"them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order " -"(PO) for that product is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " -"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23 -msgid "" -"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and " -"*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve " -"dropshipping, they are used for different purposes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have " -"them shipped directly to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components " -"from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By " -"default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the " -"contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33 -msgid "" -"However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship " -"Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In " -"this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then " -"ships the finished product directly to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37 -msgid "" -"This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the " -":ref:`workflow section ` of" -" this doc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " -"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " -":guilabel:`Operations` heading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " -"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the " -"components listed on the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " -"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as " -"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in " -"the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the " -":guilabel:`Price` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that " -"determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been " -"manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock " -"on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " -"subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73 -msgid "Configure bill of materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click " -"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " -"select the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the " -":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a " -"line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and" -" specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97 -msgid "Configure Components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99 -msgid "" -"To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " -"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " -"arrow)` button to the right of the name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " -"component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106 -msgid "" -"On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add " -"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in " -"the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the" -" subcontractor, once they are purchased." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the " -":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " -"section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119 -msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121 -msgid "" -"The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " -"*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the" -" vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so " -"creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the " -"components to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" -" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" -" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " -"product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " -"with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, " -"or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts " -"with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148 -msgid "Create an SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the " -"product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in " -"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is " -"the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted " -"product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the " -"*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** " -"there is no stock of the product on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169 -msgid "" -"If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead " -"create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172 -msgid "" -"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " -"end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, " -"even if there is stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176 -msgid "Process subcontractor PO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by" -" navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`," -" and clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a" -" new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the " -":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* " -"|PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components" -" to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, " -"and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" -"button at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198 -msgid "" -"In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from " -"the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** " -"automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201 -msgid "" -"Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship " -"Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* " -"|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205 -msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207 -msgid "" -"To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. " -"Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` " -"field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after " -"confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212 -msgid "" -"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship " -"Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of" -" the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and " -"confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, " -"and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the " -"*subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" -"Dropship smart button at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227 -msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229 -msgid "" -"Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" -" *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, " -"respectively." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the " -":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the " -"subcontractor has received the components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" -" *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the " -"product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of" -" the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into " -"inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the" -" *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the " -"receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the " -":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship " -"order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the " -"product to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product " -"has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3 -msgid "Resupply subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the " -"necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each " -"time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " -"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping" -" it to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21 -msgid "" -"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply " -"Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24 -msgid "" -"While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components " -"required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are " -"sourced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from " -"the warehouse of the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from " -"a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of " -"the subcontracting company and their subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36 -msgid "" -"See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of " -"the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " -"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " -":guilabel:`Operations` heading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " -"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of " -"materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " -"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`" -" tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the " -"subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68 -msgid "" -"This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other " -"elements, like the cost of the product's components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " -"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click " -"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " -"select the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107 -msgid "Configure components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109 -msgid "" -"To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " -"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " -"arrow)` button to the right of the name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116 -msgid "" -"On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and " -"select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the " -":guilabel:`Routes` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122 -msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124 -msgid "" -"The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to " -"purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a" -" dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the " -"subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" -" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149 -msgid "" -"While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to " -"automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is " -"also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful " -"when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154 -msgid "" -"To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply " -"Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking" -" :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom " -"the components should be sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking " -":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` " -"drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the " -"components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` " -"to confirm that the order has been sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough " -"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190 -msgid "" -"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead" -" creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase " -"app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a " -"subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically " -"created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214 -msgid "" -"In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the " -"required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed " -"from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top " -"of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 -msgid "" -"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n" -"buttons at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 -msgid "" -"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and " -"Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227 -msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the " -"subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " -"Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open" -" the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to " -"confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the " -":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` " -"card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " -"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " -"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " -"finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " -"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" -" the customer, and process the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " -"the product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:3 msgid "Unbuild orders" msgstr "" @@ -26520,8 +29558,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:12 msgid "" "Utilize *engineering change orders* (*ECOs*) to track, implement, and revert" -" change versions made to products, and :ref:`bills of materials " -"`." +" change versions made to products, and :doc:`bills of materials " +"<../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:15 @@ -28030,6 +31068,354 @@ msgstr "" "Puteți introduce datele tabelei pivot direct în aplicația Spreadsheet sau " "exportați-le ca fișier Excel." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:3 +msgid "Procurement expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:12 +msgid "" +"With the *Purchase* application, users can monitor procurement expenses over" +" time. This report helps companies track and analyze spending, identify " +"cost-saving opportunities, and ensure efficient budget management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:17 +msgid "Create procurement expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To create a |per|, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " +"Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:22 +msgid "" +"By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` (POs) with a " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of Requests for " +"Quotation (RFQs) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent*, or *Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:25 +msgid "Add filters and groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the top-right, click the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot)` icon " +"to switch to pivot view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:32 +msgid "" +"While the |per| can also be :ref:`viewed ` as a " +":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " +":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`, " +"the pivot view provides the most detailed view of the data, and is the " +"recommended starting point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Remove any default filters from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. Then, click " +"the |caret| to open the drop-down menu that contains the " +":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and :guilabel:`Favorites` " +"columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Unless otherwise specified, the report displays data from both |RFQs| and " +"|POs|. This can be changed by selecting either :guilabel:`Requests for " +"Quotation` or :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a time frame to use for " +"comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " +"|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " +"Then, select :guilabel:`Product Category`, which is also located in the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The selections under the :guilabel:`Group By` heading can be altered, " +"depending on the needs of the individual company. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Product`, instead of :guilabel:`Product Category`, provides a " +"more in depth look at the performance of specific items, in place of an " +"entire category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading that " +"appears. These options are only available after the date range is selected " +"under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " +":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " +"as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " +"time period from the previous year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:60 +msgid "" +"While multiple time-based filters can be added at once, only one comparison " +"can be selected at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the procurement expenses\n" +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The filter for Q2, comparison for **Previous Period**, and group-by for " +"**Vendor** and **Product Category** were selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:68 +msgid "Add measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:70 +msgid "" +"After selecting the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group by`, and " +":guilabel:`Comparison` settings, click out of the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:82 +msgid "" +"By default, the report displays data with the following measures: " +":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " +":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " +"drop-down list of available measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click the following specific measures to include additional columns for the " +"procurement expenses report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total` and :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`: can include one or both " +"measures. These are included for overall spending analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:91 +msgid ":guilabel:`Average Cost`: included to evaluate cost efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to Confirm` and :guilabel:`Days to Receive`: used to assess " +"supplier performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Qty Ordered` and :guilabel:`Qty Received`: used to understand " +"order efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Qty Billed` and :guilabel:`Qty to be Billed`: used to track order" +" accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Additional measures can be included in the report, if desired, to provide " +"additional insights. For example, :guilabel:`Gross Weight` and " +":guilabel:`Volume` may be included for further logistics and management " +"analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:101 +msgid "" +"After selecting all necessary measures, click out of the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:85 +msgid "View results" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:108 +msgid "" +"After all of the filters and measures have been selected, the report " +"generates in the selected view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst-1 +msgid "A sample version of the procurement expenses report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " +"editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is **only** available if the " +"*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The |per| is also available in graph view. Click the :icon:`fa-area-chart` " +":guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view. Click the " +"corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a :icon:`fa-bar-" +"chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` :guilabel:`(line " +"chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:107 +msgid "To save this report as a *favorite*, see :ref:`search/favorites`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor costs report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With the *Purchase* application, users can track the fluctuation of vendor " +"costs over time. This allows users to identify the most expensive vendors, " +"and track seasonal changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:14 +msgid "Create vendor costs reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To create a vendor costs report, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase " +"app --> Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` " +"dashboard. By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of POs (Purchase Orders) with a " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of RFQs (Requests " +"for Quotation) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent, or *Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a date range to use for " +"comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " +"|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " +"Then, select :guilabel:`Product`, which is also located in the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Product` is **not** required for this report. However, " +"it is recommended, as it provides additional insight into the performance of" +" individual vendors. Additional selections can be made under the " +":guilabel:`Group by` heading as well, including :guilabel:`Product " +"Category`, :guilabel:`Status`, and :guilabel:`Purchase Representative`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To ensure the report is generated correctly, make sure that " +":guilabel:`Vendor` is the **first** selection made under the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading. These " +"options are only available after the date range is selected under the " +":guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " +":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " +"as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " +"time period from the previous year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the " +"vendor costs report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"By default, the report displays with the following measures: " +":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " +":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " +"drop-down list of available measures. Click :guilabel:`Average Cost` to add " +"it to the report. Select any additional measures to add to the report, or " +"click on any of the already selected measures to remove them, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:80 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to run the report with at least :guilabel:`Average Cost`, " +":guilabel:`Total`, or :guilabel:`Untaxed Total` selected from the " +":guilabel:`Measures` list. Additional measures, such as :guilabel:`Days to " +"Receive`, can be added to provide additional insights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:87 +msgid "" +"After all of the :ref:`filters and measures have been selected " +"`, the report generates in the pivot " +"view. Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " +"editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is only available if the " +"*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A sample of a vendor costs report with the measures set as total and average" +" costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The vendor costs report is also available in *graph* view. Click the " +":icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view." +" Click the corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a " +":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " +":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5 msgid "Manage deals" msgstr "Administrați ofertele" @@ -29251,9 +32637,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51 msgid "" "To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> " -"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, check" -" the box next to :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and " -"bills`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, tick " +"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`3-way matching`, and click :guilabel:`Save` " +"to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56 @@ -29262,15 +32648,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 -msgid "Activated three-way matching feature in purchase settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:60 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:62 msgid "" "When products are received into a company's warehouse, receipts are created." " Once the company processes the received quantities, they can choose to " @@ -29279,11 +32661,11 @@ msgid "" "completed at different steps of the procurement process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:68 msgid "With the bill control policy set to ordered quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:70 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *ordered quantities*" " bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " @@ -29292,42 +32674,42 @@ msgid "" "Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:75 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new request for quotation (RFQ). Doing so reveals a blank " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 msgid "" "On the blank detail form, add a vendor to the :abbr:`RFQ (request for " "quotation)` in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the " ":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 msgid "" "Then, confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` button above the detail form. Doing so turns the " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a vendor bill for " "the purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:88 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button reveals the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill` page for the purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:91 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button to modify " "the bill, and add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field. If needed," @@ -29335,21 +32717,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 msgid "" "Next, confirm the bill by clicking the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *ordered quantities*, the draft bill" " can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:175 msgid "" "On the new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` number," " which can be used to match the bill with additional documents (such as the " @@ -29360,7 +32742,7 @@ msgid "" "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:108 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " @@ -29373,7 +32755,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Vendor bill form for ordered quantities control policy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:118 msgid "" "Each vendor bill provides the option to either :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " "or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note`. A *credit note* is typically issued when a " @@ -29382,11 +32764,11 @@ msgid "" "returned from the customer/buyer to the vendor or supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:124 msgid "With the bill control policy set to received quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:127 msgid "" "If the creation of a vendor bill is attempted without receiving any " "quantities of a product (while using the *received quantities* bill control " @@ -29394,7 +32776,7 @@ msgid "" "proceeding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *received " "quantities* bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " @@ -29403,38 +32785,38 @@ msgid "" "Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:136 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`. Doing so reveals a " "blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a bill for the " "purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:151 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Create Bill` before any products have been received will" -" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to appear. The :guilabel:`Purchase " -"Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity of the items " -"included on the order to create a vendor bill." +" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up message to appear. The " +":guilabel:`Purchase Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity" +" of the items included on the order to create a vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:159 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the warehouse " "receipt form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:161 msgid "" "On the warehouse receipt form, click :menuselection:`Validate --> Apply` to " "mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities. Then, navigate back to the " @@ -29442,7 +32824,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Bill` button on the purchase order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 msgid "" "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Draft Bill` for the purchase order. On the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and add a " @@ -29450,20 +32832,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:172 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *received quantities*, the draft " "bill can **only** be confirmed when at least some of the quantities are " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:181 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " @@ -29472,11 +32854,11 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:187 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills in Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:189 msgid "" "Vendor bills can also be created directly from the *Accounting* app, " "**without** having to create a purchase order first. To do this, go to " @@ -29484,7 +32866,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a blank vendor bill detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 msgid "" "On this blank vendor bill detail form, add a vendor in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " @@ -29494,27 +32876,27 @@ msgid "" "the bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:198 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view (or change) the " ":guilabel:`Account` journals that were populated based on the configuration " "on the corresponding :guilabel:`Vendor` and :guilabel:`Product` forms." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` to add" " credit or debit notes to the bill. Or, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` " "number (while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:205 msgid "" "Then, when ready, click :menuselection:`Register Payment --> Create Payment`" " to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 msgid "" "To tie the draft bill to an existing purchase order, click the drop-down " "menu next to :guilabel:`Auto-Complete`, and select a :abbr:`PO (purchase " @@ -29526,17 +32908,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Auto-complete drop-down list on draft vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:218 msgid "Batch billing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:220 msgid "" "Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 msgid "" "To do this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. " "Then, click the :guilabel:`checkbox` at the top left of the page, beside the" @@ -29545,7 +32927,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Draft` :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:227 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon to export, delete, or send" " & print the bills; click the :guilabel:`Print` icon to print the invoices " @@ -29553,7 +32935,7 @@ msgid "" "payments for multiple vendor bills at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Register Payment` is selected, a pop-up appears. In this " "pop-up window, select the appropriate journal in the :guilabel:`Journal` " @@ -29562,7 +32944,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Group Payments` on this pop-up, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:236 msgid "" "When ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button, which creates a " "list of journal entries on a separate page. This list of journal entries are" @@ -29570,19 +32952,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 -msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up." +msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:244 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Register Payment` option for vendor bills in batches will " "only work for journal entries whose :guilabel:`Status` is set to " ":guilabel:`Posted`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:252 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 +msgid ":doc:`control_bills`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5 @@ -29976,23 +33357,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" -msgstr "Cumpără în unități de măsură diferite decât vânzările" +msgid "Purchase units of measure" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" -" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " -"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " -"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " -"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." +" unit of measure than when it is sold. This can cause confusion between " +"sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to convert " +"measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your product once" +" and let Odoo handle the conversion." msgstr "" -"Când cumpărați un produs, este posibil ca furnizorul dvs. să utilizeze o " -"unitate de măsură diferită de cea pe care o utilizați când îl vând. Acest " -"lucru poate cauza confuzie între reprezentanții de vânzări și cumpărări. " -"Este de asemenea timp-consuming să convertiți măsurătorile manual de fiecare" -" dată. Cu Odoo, puteți configura produsul o singură dată și lăsați Odoo să " -"gestioneze conversia." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 msgid "Consider the following examples:" @@ -30132,30 +33507,23 @@ msgstr "Creați o nouă categorie de unități de măsură în Odoo Achiziții" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "" -"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." +"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, click into " +"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure Category` field and enter a name for the " +"category. Then, under the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -"Următorul pas este să creați cele două unități de măsură. Pentru a face " -"acest lucru, mergeți la :menuselection:`Configurare --> Unități de măsură`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:77 msgid "" "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" -" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" -" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" -" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " -"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " -"Odoo is always a multiple of this value." +" to other units of measure inside the category. Name the unit, and select " +"the units of measure category you just created. For the *Type*, select " +"*Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter the *Rounding " +"Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by Odoo is always a " +"multiple of this value." msgstr "" -"În primul rând, creați unitatea de măsură utilizată ca punct de referință " -"pentru convertirea în alte unități de măsură din interiorul categoriei " -"facând clic pe *Creați*. Numele unității și selectați categoria de unități " -"de măsură pe care tocmai ați creat-o. Pentru *Tip*, selectați *Unitatea de " -"măsură de referință pentru acest tip de categorie*. Introduceți *Precizia " -"rotunjită* pe care doriți să o utilizați. Cantitatea calculată de Odoo este " -"întotdeauna un multiplu al acestei valori." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:83 msgid "" "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " "fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." @@ -30167,7 +33535,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "Creați o nouă unitate de măsură de referință în Odoo Achiziții" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "" "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " "appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " @@ -30188,7 +33556,7 @@ msgstr "" " consecință. De exemplu, dacă doriți să utilizați o precizie de rotunjire de" " 0.00001, setați *Cifre* la 5." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:97 msgid "" "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" " measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " @@ -30199,7 +33567,7 @@ msgstr "" "selectați *Mai mică* sau *Mai mare decât unitatea de măsură de referință*, " "în funcție de situație." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:101 msgid "" "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " "*Smaller*." @@ -30207,7 +33575,7 @@ msgstr "" "Deoarece rola de cort este egală cu 100 de metri pătrați, ar trebui să " "selectați *Mai mică*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:103 msgid "" "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " "second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " @@ -30218,15 +33586,11 @@ msgstr "" "mai mare decât 1. Dacă a doua unitate este mai mare, raportul ar trebui să " "fie mai mic decat 1." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:107 msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "Pentru rola de cort, raportul ar trebui să fie setat la 100." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 -msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "Creați o a doua unitate de măsură în Odoo Achiziții" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:109 msgid "" "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " "units of measure." diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 1a76ee67c..064de835b 100644 --- a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -6,23 +6,23 @@ # Translators: # Hongu Cosmin , 2023 # Lyall Kindmurr, 2023 -# Claudia Baisan, 2023 # Fenyedi Levente, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2024 # Vacaru Adrian , 2024 # Foldi Robert , 2024 -# Cozmin Candea , 2024 -# Dorin Hongu , 2024 # Emanuel Bruda, 2024 +# Claudia Baisan, 2024 +# Dorin Hongu , 2024 +# Cozmin Candea , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Emanuel Bruda, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Cozmin Candea , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:44 @@ -258,314 +258,283 @@ msgid "" "the top :guilabel:`Pipeline` page to view all opportunities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities" -msgstr "Generează piste/oportunități" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Two key ways to generate new leads or opportunities for your business are " -"through email aliases and website contact forms. Odoo automatically creates " -"leads in your CRM whenever someone sends a message to a Sales Team email " -"alias or fills out a contact form on your website." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:3 +msgid "Create leads (from email or manually)" msgstr "" -"Două modalități principale de a genera noi piste sau oportunități pentru " -"afacerea dvs. sunt prin intermediul aliasurilor de e-mail și formularele de " -"contact ale site-ului web. Odoo creează automat piste în CRM-ul dvs. atunci " -"când cineva trimite un mesaj la un alias de e-mail al echipei de vânzări sau" -" completează un formular de contact pe site-ul dvs. web." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Leads can be added to the *CRM* app from custom email aliases, and by " +"manually creating new records. This is in addition to the leads and " +"opportunities created in the app through the :doc:`website contact form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:12 +msgid "" +"First, ensure the *Leads* feature is enabled in the database by navigating " +"to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:17 msgid "Configure email aliases" msgstr "Configurați aliasurile de e-mail" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:19 msgid "" -"Each Sales Team can use its own unique email alias to generate " -"leads/opportunities. Any email sent to a Sales Team's email alias will " -"automatically create a lead (if leads are activated in your CRM settings) or" -" an opportunity in the pipeline for that particular team. Configure custom " -"email aliases on the configuration page for each Sales Team by navigating to" -" :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`." +"Each sales team has the option to create and utilize their own unique email " +"alias. When messages are sent to this address, a lead (or opportunity), is " +"created with the information from the message." msgstr "" -"Fiecare echipă de vânzări poate utiliza propriul său alias unic de e-mail " -"pentru a genera piste/oportunități. Orice e-mail trimis la aliasul de e-mail" -" al echipei de vânzări va crea automat o pistă (dacă pistele sunt activate " -"în setările CRM-ului dvs.) sau o oportunitate în fluxul de lucru pentru acea" -" echipă în particular. Configurați aliasuri de e-mail personalizate pe " -"pagina de configurare pentru fiecare echipă de vânzări prin navigarea la " -":menuselection:`CRM --> Configurare --> Echipe de vânzări`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Configuring Sales Teams" -msgstr "Configurare echipe de vânzări" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:23 -msgid "Use Contact Forms on your website" -msgstr "Utilizați formularele de contact pe site-ul dvs. web" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:23 msgid "" -"By default, your website's *Contact Us* page displays Odoo's ready-to-use " -"Contact Form. Whenever someone submits this form, a lead or an opportunity " -"is generated in your database." +"To create or update a sales teams' email alias, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`. Click on a team " +"from the list to open the team's details page." msgstr "" -"În mod implicit, pagina *Contactați-ne* a site-ului dvs. web afișează " -"formularul de contact gata de utilizare al Odoo. De fiecare dată când cineva" -" trimite acest formular, o pistă sau o oportunitate este generată în baza de" -" date." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Default Contact Us page" -msgstr "Pagina implicită Contactați-ne" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The sales team details page, focused on the email alias section." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:30 msgid "" -"The Contact Form can be activated or deactivated at any time by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Go to Website --> Customize --> Contact Form`." +"In the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field, enter a name for the email alias, or " +"edit the existing name. In the :guilabel:`Accept Emails From` field, use the" +" drop-down menu to choose who is allowed to send messages to this email " +"alias:" msgstr "" -"Formularul de contact poate fi activat sau dezactivat în orice moment prin " -"navigarea la :menuselection:`Website --> Accesați site-ul web --> " -"Personalizați --> Formular de contact`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Form toggle" -msgstr "Comutare formular de contact" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Everyone`: messages are accepted from any email address." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:35 msgid "" -"When the Form is deactivated, the *Contact Us* page simply displays a button" -" to email your company directly. Any email sent this way will generate a " -"lead/opportunity." +":guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`: only accepts messages from email " +"addresses associated with a a partner (contact or customer) record." msgstr "" -"Când formularul este dezactivat, pagina *Contactați-ne* afișează doar un " -"buton pentru a trimite un e-mail companiei dvs. direct. Orice e-mail trimis " -"în acest mod va genera o pistă/oportunitate." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Us Page using email" -msgstr "Pagina Contactați-ne utilizând e-mailul" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:37 msgid "" -"Choose which Sales Team or salesperson is automatically assigned to the " -"leads/opportunities created from the Contact Form by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Communication`." +":guilabel:`Followers only`: only accepts messages from those who are " +"following a record related to the team, such as a lead or opportunity. " +"Messages are also accepted from team members." msgstr "" -"Alegeți care echipă de vânzări sau vânzător este atribuit automat " -"pistelor/oportunităților create din formularul de contact prin navigarea la " -":menuselection:`Website --> Configurare --> Setări --> Comunicare`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Form settings" -msgstr "Setări formular de contact" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:55 -msgid "Customize Contact Forms" -msgstr "Personalizați formularul de contact" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:39 msgid "" -"Contact Forms can be customized for the specific information your team " -"needs, using the free *Form Builder* module." +":guilabel:`Authenticated Employees`: only accepts messages from email " +"addresses that are connected to a record in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" -"Formularele de contact pot fi personalizate pentru informațiile specifice " -"necesare echipei dvs., utilizând modulul gratuit *Form Builder*." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:43 +msgid "Leads created from email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:45 msgid "" -"The *Form Builder* module is installed automatically when a Form element is " -"added to a web page via the Website Builder. It can also be installed " -"manually from the :guilabel:`Apps` page." +"Leads created from email alias messages can be viewed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads`. Click a lead from the list to open it, " +"and view the details." msgstr "" -"Modulul *Form Builder* este instalat automat atunci când un element din " -"formular este adăugat unei pagini web prin intermediul Website Builder. El " -"poate fi instalat și manual din pagina :guilabel:`Aplicații`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Form Builder building blocks" -msgstr "Blocuri de construcție Form Builder" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:48 msgid "" -"Forms can be created from scratch to serve a wide variety of purposes. " -"However, Odoo's default *Contact Us* page is designed to fit most users' " -"needs. Start with the default form and modify from there." +"The email received by the alias is added to the *chatter* thread for the " +"lead. The subject line of the message is added to the title field, and the " +":guilabel:`Email` field is updated with the contact's email address." msgstr "" -"Formularele pot fi create de la zero pentru a servi unei varietăți largi de " -"scopuri. Cu toate acestea, pagina implicită *Contactați-ne* a Odoo este " -"proiectată pentru a se potrivi cu nevoile majorității utilizatorilor. " -"Începeți cu formularul implicit și modificați de acolo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:73 -msgid "Edit Contact Form fields" -msgstr "Editați câmpurile formularului de contact" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The chatter thread of a newly created lead in the CRM app." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:57 msgid "" -"In Edit mode on your website, click on any field to start editing it. The " -"following information can be edited for each field on the Contact Form:" +"If the *leads* feature is **not** enabled on the database, messages to the " +"email alias are added to the database as opportunities." msgstr "" -"În modul de editare pe site-ul dvs., faceți clic pe orice câmp pentru a " -"începe editarea acestuia. Următoarele informații pot fi editate pentru " -"fiecare câmp pe formularul de contact:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:64 +msgid "Manually create leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:66 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Type`: Choose a custom field option or an existing field. " -"Examples include phone, file upload, language, etc." +"Leads can be added directly to the *CRM* app by manually creating a new " +"record. Navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads` to view a list of " +"existing leads." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Tip`: Alegeți o opțiune de câmp personalizat sau un câmp " -"existent. Exemplele includ telefon, încărcare fișier, limbă, etc." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Input Type`: Determine the type of entry customers should input. " -"Available options are text,email, telephone, and URL." +"Leads can also be added via the :doc:`Generate Leads ` button." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Input Type`: Determinați tipul de informație pe care clienții " -"trebuie să o introducă. Opțiunile disponibile sunt text, e-mail, telefon și " -"URL." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:72 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Input Placeholder`: Type in an example to guide users how to " -"input information where formatting is important, such as a phone number or " -"email address." +"At the top-left of the list, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank " +":guilabel:`Leads` form." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Input Placeholder`: Tastați un exemplu pentru a ghida " -"utilizatorii cum să introducă informații unde formatarea este importantă, " -"cum ar fi un număr de telefon sau o adresă de e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:74 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Label Name`: Type in the display name to show users what " -"information is needed from them." +"In the first field of the new form, enter a title for the new lead. Next, " +"enter a :guilabel:`Contact Name`, and a :guilabel:`Company Name`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Label Name`: Tastați numele de afișat pentru a arăta " -"utilizatorilor ce informații sunt necesare de la ei." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:78 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Label Position`: Choose the way the label is aligned with the " -"rest of the form. The label can be hidden, above the field, to the far left " -"of the field, or right adjusted and closer to the field." +"If a lead is :doc:`converted to an opportunity `, the " +":guilabel:`Company Name` field is used to either link this opportunity to an" +" existing customer, or to create a new customer." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Label Position`: Alegeți modul în care eticheta este aliniată cu " -"restul formularului. Eticheta poate fi ascunsă, deasupra câmpului, la stânga" -" mai departe de câmp, sau ajustată la dreapta și mai aproape de câmp." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:82 +msgid "Manually create opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:84 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Required`: Toggle this option for information that you absolutely" -" need entered." +"To manually create an opportunity, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Sales --> My Pipeline`. At the top-left of the page, click :guilabel:`New` " +"to create a new opportunity Kanban card. In the " +":guilabel:`Organization/Contact` field, enter the name of the company the " +"opportunity is for." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Required`: Schimbați această opțiune pentru informații care " -"obligatoriu aveți nevoie să fie introduse." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:88 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hidden`: Toggle this option to hide the field without deleting " -"it." +"Choose a name, and enter it in the :guilabel:`Opportunity` field. *This is a" +" required field.* When manually creating an opportunity, it is helpful to " +"add a name that relates to the details of the opportunity." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Ascuns`: Schimbați această opțiune pentru a ascunde câmpul fără " -"a-l șterge." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:93 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Shown on Mobile`: Toggle this option to show the field to users " -"on mobile devices." +"In the example below, the opportunity is named `5 VP Chairs`. This " +"identifies the product the customer is interested in, as well as the " +"potential number of products." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Afișat pe mobil`: Schimbați această opțiune pentru a afișa câmpul" -" utilizatorilor pe dispozitive mobile." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Editable field options" -msgstr "Opțiuni de câmp editabile" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:0 +msgid "An example of an opportunity in the CRM pipeline." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:100 msgid "" -"By default, when a Form is submitted, it sends you an email with the " -"customer's inputted information. To have it automatically generate a " -"lead/opportunity instead, edit the Form and select :guilabel:`Create an " -"Opportunity` as the Action." +"Enter the contact information for the opportunity in the :guilabel:`Email` " +"and :guilabel:`Phone` fields." msgstr "" -"În mod implicit, atunci când un formular este completat, se trimite un " -"e-mail cu informațiile introduse de client. Pentru a genera automat o " -"oportunitate, editați formularul și selectați :guilabel:`Creați o " -"oportunitate` ca Acțiune." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:103 msgid "" -"If leads are activated in your CRM settings, selecting :guilabel:`Create an " -"Opportunity` generates a lead instead. To learn more about activating leads " -"in the CRM settings, head over to :doc:`convert`." +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Revenue` field, enter an estimated value for the " +"opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The information in the :guilabel:`Expected Revenue` and priority fields can " +"be used to track performance for individual salespeople, and on a team " +"basis. See :doc:`../performance/expected_revenue_report` and " +":doc:`../track_leads/lead_scoring` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:111 +msgid "Then, use the |st-o| :guilabel:`(star)` icons to assign a priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:113 +msgid "|st-o| |st-o| |st-o|: low priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:114 +msgid "|st| |st-o| |st-o|: medium priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:115 +msgid "|st| |st| |st-o|: high priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:116 +msgid "|st| |st| |st|: very high priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Assigning a priority changes the order of leads in Kanban view, with higher " +"priority leads displayed first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once all the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Add`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The CRM pipeline with a newly created opportunity." msgstr "" -"Dacă oportunitățile sunt activate în setările CRM, selectarea " -":guilabel:`Creați o oportunitate` generează o oportunitate în schimb. Pentru" -" a afla mai multe despre activarea oportunităților în setările CRM, " -"consultați :doc:`convert`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 msgid "Lead mining" msgstr "Explorare piste" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 msgid "" -"Lead mining is a feature that allows CRM users to generate new leads " +"*Lead mining* is a feature that allows *CRM* users to generate new leads " "directly into their Odoo database. To ensure lead qualification, lead mining" " output is determined by a variety of filtering criteria, such as the " "country, the company size, and the industry." msgstr "" -"Explorarea pistelor este o funcție care permite utilizatorilor CRM să " -"genereze noi piste direct în baza de date Odoo. Pentru a asigura calificarea" -" pistelor, rezultatul explorării pistelor este determinat de o varietate de " -"criterii de filtrare, cum ar fi țara, dimensiunea companiei și industria." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:15 msgid "" -"To get started, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and activate :guilabel:`Lead Mining`." +"To get started, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`Lead Mining` checkbox to activate the " +"feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Pentru a începe, mergeți la :menuselection:`CRM --> Configurare --> Setări` " -"și activați :guilabel:`Explorare piste`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "Activate lead mining in Odoo CRM settings." msgstr "Activați explorarea pistelor în setările CRM Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:23 msgid "Generate leads" msgstr "Generează piste" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:25 msgid "" -"After the :guilabel:`Lead Mining` setting is activated, a new button called " -":guilabel:`Generate Leads` is available to use in the :guilabel:`CRM` " -"pipeline. Lead mining requests are also available through " -":menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests`, or through " -":menuselection:`CRM --> Leads --> Leads` where the :guilabel:`Generate " -"Leads` button is also available." +"After the *Lead Mining* setting is activated, a new button called *Generate " +"Leads* is available to use in the upper-left corner of the *CRM* *Pipeline* " +"(:menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales --> My Pipeline`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Lead mining requests are also available through :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests`, or through :menuselection:`CRM app " +"--> Leads --> Leads`, where the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button is also " +"available." msgstr "" -"După ce setarea :guilabel:`Explorare piste` este activată, un nou buton " -"denumit :guilabel:`Generează piste` este disponibil pentru utilizare în " -"fluxul de lucru :guilabel:`CRM`. Cererile de explorare a pistelor sunt de " -"asemenea disponibile prin :menuselection:`CRM --> Configurare --> Cereri de " -"explorare a pistelor`, sau prin :menuselection:`CRM --> Piste --> Piste` " -"unde butonul :guilabel:`Generează piste` este de asemenea disponibil." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "The Generate Leads button to use the lead mining feature." msgstr "" "Butonul Generează piste pentru a utiliza funcția de explorare a pistelor." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:37 msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button, and a window will appear " +"Click the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button, and a pop-up window appears, " "offering a variety of criteria by which to generate leads." msgstr "" -"Faceți clic pe butonul :guilabel:`Generează piste`, și o fereastră va apărea" -" oferind o varietate de criterii prin care să se genereze piste." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -574,82 +543,67 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Fereastra pop-up cu criteriile de selecție pentru a genera piste în Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:44 msgid "" "Choose to generate leads for :guilabel:`Companies` to get company " -"information only, or choose :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` to get " -"company information as well as individual employee contact information. When" -" targeting :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts`, there is an option to " -"filter contacts based on :guilabel:`Role` or :guilabel:`Seniority`." +"information only, or choose |CC| to get company information and individual " +"employee contact information." msgstr "" -"Alegeți să generați piste pentru :guilabel:`Companii` pentru a obține doar " -"informații despre companie, sau alegeți :guilabel:`Companii și contactele " -"lor` pentru a obține informații despre companie, precum și informații despre" -" contactele individuale ale angajaților. La alegerea :guilabel:`Companii și " -"contactele lor`, există o opțiune de filtrare a contactelor pe baza " -":guilabel:`Rolului` sau :guilabel:`Rangului`." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:44 -msgid "Additional filtering options include:" -msgstr "Opțiunile de filtrare suplimentare includ:" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Size`: filter leads based on the number of employees at the " -"company" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Dimensiune`: filtrează pistele pe baza numărului de angajați ai " -"companiei" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Countries`: filter leads based on the country (or countries) they" -" are located in" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Țări`: filtrează pistele pe baza țării (sau țărilor) în care se " -"găsesc" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:48 msgid "" -":guilabel:`States`: further filter leads based on the state they are located" -" in, if applicable" +"When targeting |CC|, additional options are available to filter contacts " +"based on :guilabel:`Role` or :guilabel:`Seniority`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Județ`: filtrează pistele în baza județului în care se găsesc, " -"dacă este cazul" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:49 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Industries`: filter leads based on the specific industry they " -"work in" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Industrii`: filtrează pistele pe baza industriei specifice în " -"care lucrează" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose which Sales Team the leads will be assigned " -"to" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Echipa de vânzări`: alegeți echipa de vânzări căreia îi vor fi " -"atribuite pistele" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Salesperson`: choose which person(s) on the Sales Team the leads " -"will be assigned to" +msgid "Additional filtering options include the following:" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Vânzător`: alegeți persoana (persoanele) din echipa de vânzări " -"căreia îi vor fi atribuite pistele" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Countries`: filter leads based on the country (or countries) they" +" are located in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`States`: further filter leads based on the state in which they " +"are located, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Industries`: filter leads based on the specific industry they " +"work in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Filter on Size`: tick this checkbox to specify the number of " +"employees at the company. This generates a field labeled :guilabel:`Size`. " +"Fill in the blanks to create a range for the desired company size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose which Sales Team the leads will be assigned " +"to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson`: choose which member of the Sales Team the leads " +"will be assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:62 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Tags`: choose which tags are applied directly to the " -"leads once found" +"leads once found." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Etichete implicite`: alegeți care sunt etichetele aplicate direct" -" pistelor odată găsite" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 msgid "" "Make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulations when receiving contact " "information. Get more information about the General Data Protection " @@ -660,81 +614,347 @@ msgstr "" "Regulamentul General privind Protecția Datelor în `Odoo GDPR " "`_." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:69 +msgid "View leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +msgid "" +"After leads are generated, they are assigned to the designated salesperson " +"and team. To view additional information regarding the lead, select one from" +" the list, and click to open it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the chatter thread for the lead, additional information is provided. This" +" can include the number of employees, the technology used by the company, " +"the timezone, and direct contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 +msgid "The chatter thread of a newly generated lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Leads` are **not** enabled for the database, then leads are " +"generated as *opportunities*, and added to the pipeline for the designated " +"salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To enable the :guilabel:`Leads` feature, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:88 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "Costuri" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:91 msgid "" -"Lead mining is an *In-App Purchase* feature and each generated lead costs " -"one credit." +"Lead mining is an *In-App Purchase* feature, and each generated lead costs " +"one :ref:`credit `." msgstr "" -"Explorarea pistelor este o funcție *In-App Purchase* și fiecare pistă " -"generată costă un credit." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:95 msgid "" -"Choosing to generate :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` costs one " -"additional credit for each contact generated." +"Generating |CC| costs one additional credit for each contact generated. See " +"here for complete pricing information: `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP " +"`_." msgstr "" -"Alegerea generării :guilabel:`Companii și contactele lor` costă un credit " -"suplimentar pentru fiecare contact generat." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:99 msgid "" -"See here for full pricing information: `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP " -"`_." -msgstr "" -"Vedeți aici informații complete despre prețuri: `Generarea pistelor de către" -" Odoo IAP `_." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:70 -msgid "" -"To buy credits, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"To buy credits, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Lead Generation` section, under the " -":guilabel:`Lead Mining` feature, click on :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." +":guilabel:`Lead Mining` feature, click :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." msgstr "" -"Pentru a cumpăra credite, navigați la :menuselection:`CRM --> Configurare " -"-->Setări`. În secțiunea :guilabel:`Generarea pistelor`, sub funcția " -":guilabel:`Explorarea pistelor`, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Cumpără credite`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 -msgid "Buy credits from the lead mining settings." -msgstr "Cumpărați credite din setările explorării pistelor." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:103 msgid "" "Credits may also be purchased by navigating to the :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> General Settings`. In the :guilabel:`In-App Purchases` section, under " -"the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` feature, click on :guilabel:`View My Services`." +"app`. In the :guilabel:`Contacts` section, under the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` " +"feature, click :guilabel:`View My Services`." msgstr "" -"Creditele pot fi cumpărate și navigând la :menuselection:`Setări -->Setări " -"generale`. În secțiunea :guielabel:`Cumpărări în aplicație`, sub funcția " -":guilabel:`Odoo IAP`, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Vizualizați serviciile " -"mele`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst-1 msgid "Buy credits in the Odoo IAP settings." msgstr "Cumpărați credite în setările Odoo IAP." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:87 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:112 msgid "" "Enterprise Odoo users with a valid subscription get free credits to test " -":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` features before deciding to purchase more " -"credits for the database. This includes demo/training databases, educational" -" databases, and one-app-free databases." +"|IAP| features before purchasing more credits for the database. This " +"includes demo/training databases, educational databases, and one-app-free " +"databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:3 +msgid "Create opportunities from web contact forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Adding a contact form to a website makes it easy to convert visitors into " +"leads and opportunities. After a visitor submits their information, an " +"opportunity can be created automatically, and assigned to a designated sales" +" team and salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:12 +msgid "Customize contact forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By default, the *Contact Us* page on an Odoo website displays a " +"preconfigured contact form. This form can be customized, as needed, to suit " +"the needs of a specific sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Website app --> Contact Us`, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit` in the top-right of the screen to open the web editor. " +"Click on the form building block in the body of the webpage to open the form" +" configuration settings on the right sidebar. The following options are " +"available to customize the contact form from the :guilabel:`From` section of" +" the right sidebar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst-1 +msgid "The form configuration settings on an Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Action`: the default action for a contact form is :guilabel:`Send" +" an Email`. Select :guilabel:`Create an Opportunity` from the drop-down list" +" to capture the information in the *CRM* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose a sales team from the drop-down menu that the" +" opportunities from this form should be assigned to. This field **only** " +"appears if the :guilabel:`Action` field is set to :guilabel:`Create an " +"Opportunity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson`: if the opportunities should be assigned to a " +"specific salesperson, select them from the drop-down menu. If no selection " +"is made in this field, the opportunities are assigned based on the team's " +"existing rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marked Fields`: use this field to alter how the form handles " +"marked fields. The default option is to treat marked fields as " +":guilabel:`Required`, which is the recommended setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mark Text`: choose how :guilabel:`Marked Fields` should be " +"identified. The default character is an asterisk (`*`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Labels Width`: use this field to alter the pixel width of the " +"labels, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Success`: select how the webpage reacts after a customer " +"successfully submits a form. :guilabel:`Nothing` keeps the customer on the " +"same screen, with the addition of a confirmation message that the form was " +"submitted successfully. :guilabel:`Redirect` sends the customer to a new " +"webpage, based on the address provided in the :guilabel:`URL` field below. " +":guilabel:`Show Message` replaces the form with a preconfigured message that" +" informs the customer someone should respond to them as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL`: if :guilabel:`Redirect` is selected in the :guilabel:`On " +"Success` field, enter the URL for the webpage, where customers should be " +"directed after successfully submitting a form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visibility`: use the drop-down menu to add any visibility " +"conditions for this field, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If *leads* are activated in *CRM* settings, selecting :guilabel:`Create an " +"Opportunity` generates a lead instead. To activate leads, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:57 +msgid "Customize contact form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In addition to the settings for the form, the settings for each field can be" +" customized, as well. With the web editor menu still open, click into a " +"field to open the :guilabel:`Field` configuration settings section on the " +"sidebar. The following options are available to customize a field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: choose a custom field option or an existing field type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input Type`: determine the type of information customers should " +"input. Available options are :guilabel:`Text`, :guilabel:`Email`, " +":guilabel:`Telephone`, or :guilabel:`Url`. The selection made in this field " +"limits the format that customers can use when entering information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Label`: enter the name for the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Position`: choose the way the label is aligned with the rest of " +"the form. The label can be hidden, above the field, to the left of the " +"field, or right adjusted and closer to the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: slide the toggle to add a description for the " +"field, which can provide additional instructions to customers. Click under " +"the field on the form to add the description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Placeholder`: enter an example to help users know how to input " +"information where formatting is important, such as a phone number or email " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Value`: enter a value to include in the form, by default," +" if the customer does not provide information in the field. *It is not " +"recommended to include a default value for required fields*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required`: slide the toggle to mark this field as required if it " +"**must** be filled in for every submission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visibility`: select when this field should be visible. Use the " +"button on the left to choose whether to show or hide this field on a desktop" +" users. Use the button on the right to choose whether to show or hide this " +"field to mobile users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`Animation`: select if this field should have any animation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst-1 +msgid "The field configuration settings on an Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:89 +msgid "View opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:91 +msgid "" +"After a customer submits a contact form, and an opportunity is created, it " +"is assigned based on the :ref:`form settings `. " +"To view opportunities, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales --> My " +"Pipeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If leads are activated on the database, contact form submissions are " +"generated as leads, not opportunities. To activate leads, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads` to view the newly-created " +"leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:102 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`My Pipeline` dashboard, click on an opportunity card in " +"the Kanban view to open the opportunity record. The information submitted by" +" the customer is visible on the opportunity record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:107 +msgid "" +"As the contact form fields are customizable, the fields on the opportunity " +"record, where the form information is stored, varies accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the preconfigured contact form is used, the *Subject* field is added to " +"the :guilabel:`Title` field, and the content in the :guilabel:`Notes` field," +" which is labeled as :guilabel:`Your Question`, is added to the " +":guilabel:`Internal Notes` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../pipeline/manage_sales_teams`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`convert`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`../track_leads/lead_scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:118 +msgid ":ref:`Website forms `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 msgid "Create and send quotations" msgstr "" @@ -1144,20 +1364,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:12 msgid "" -"To install the *Gamification* module, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` " -"application. Click into the :guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top of the page" -" and remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter. Type `Gamification` to search." +"To install the *CRM Gamification* module, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Apps` application. Click into the :guilabel:`Search...` bar " +"at the top of the page and remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter. Type `CRM " +"Gamification` to search." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:16 msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Gamification` module is **not** already installed, click " -":guilabel:`Install`. After completing the installation, return to the " -":menuselection:`Apps` application and search for `Gamification` again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:20 -msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`CRM Gamification` module, click :guilabel:`Install`. This " "module features goals and challenges related to the *CRM* and *Sales* " "applications." @@ -1167,31 +1381,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the gamification module being installed in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:24 msgid "" -"If both the *CRM* and *Sales* apps are installed, the *CRM Gamification* " -"module is automatically installed on the database." +"If **both** the *CRM* and *Sales* apps are installed, the *CRM Gamification*" +" module is automatically installed on the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 msgid "" "To access the *Gamification Tools* menu, first enable :ref:`developer-mode`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:29 msgid "" "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Gamification Tools`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1 -msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings" -msgstr "Vezi meniul Gamification Tools în Setări Odoo" +msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 msgid "Create badges" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 msgid "" "*Badges* are awarded to users when they have completed a challenge. " "Different badges can be awarded based on the type of task completed, and can" @@ -1199,7 +1413,7 @@ msgid "" "goal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:44 msgid "" "To view the existing badges, or create a new one, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." @@ -1209,7 +1423,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the badges page in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:52 msgid "" "Some badges can be awarded outside of challenges, as well. Select the Kanban" " card for the desired badge, then click :guilabel:`Grant`. This opens a " @@ -1217,30 +1431,30 @@ msgid "" " would you like to reward?` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:56 msgid "" "Add any additional information regarding why the user is receiving the " "reward in the field below, then click :guilabel:`Grant Badge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a new badge, click :guilabel:`New` at the top-left of the page to " "open a blank form. Enter a name for the :guilabel:`Badge`, followed by a " "description." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Allowance to Grant` field determines when a badge can be " "granted, and by whom:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:64 msgid ":guilabel:`Everyone`: this badge can be manually granted by any user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`A selected list of users`: this badge can only be granted by a " "select group of users. If this option is selected, it generates a new field," @@ -1248,7 +1462,7 @@ msgid "" "down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`People having some badges`: this badge can only be granted by " "users who have already been awarded a specific badge. If this option is " @@ -1257,13 +1471,13 @@ msgid "" " this badge to others." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No one, assigned through challenges`: this badge cannot be " "manually granted, it can only be awarded through challenges." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:75 msgid "" "To limit the number of badges a user can send, tick the :guilabel:`Monthly " "Limited Spending` checkbox. This sets a limit on the number of times a user " @@ -1275,32 +1489,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The details page for a new badge." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:87 msgid "Create a challenge" msgstr "Creați o provocare" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:89 msgid "" "To create a challenge, navigate to to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Gamification Tools --> Challenges`. Click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left " "corner to open a blank challenge form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:92 msgid "At the top of the form, enter a :guilabel:`Challenge Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:95 msgid "Create assignment rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:97 msgid "" "To assign the challenge to specific users, one or more assignment rules must" " be utilized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:99 msgid "" "Click into the first field under :guilabel:`Assign Challenge to`, and select" " a parameter from the drop-down list to define the rule. Then, click into " @@ -1308,73 +1522,84 @@ msgid "" "third field to further define the parameter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:104 msgid "" "To include all users with permissions in the *Sales* app, create a rule with" -" the following parameters: - :guilabel:`Groups` - :guilabel:`is in` - " -"`Sales/User: Own Documents Only`" +" the following parameters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:107 +msgid ":guilabel:`Groups`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`is in`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:109 +msgid "`Sales/User: Own Documents Only`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:0 msgid "View of the assignation rules section of a Challenge form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:115 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Periodicity` field, select a time frame for goals to be " "automatically assessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:118 msgid "Add goals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:120 msgid "" "Challenges can be based on a single goal, or can include multiple goals with" " different targets. To add a goal to the challenge, click :guilabel:`Add a " "line` on the :guilabel:`Goals` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:123 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Goal Definition` field, choose a goal from the drop-down " "list. The :guilabel:`Condition` field automatically updates to reflect the " "condition set on the goal definition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:128 msgid "" "The *CRM Gamification* module contains preconfigured goals geared towards " "salesteams:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:130 msgid ":guilabel:`New Leads`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Time to Qualify a Lead`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:132 msgid ":guilabel:`Days to Close a Dead`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:133 msgid ":guilabel:`New Opportunities`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`New Sales Orders`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:136 msgid "" "Enter a :guilabel:`Target` for the goal based on the :guilabel:`Suffix`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:138 msgid "Repeat these steps for each additional goal." msgstr "" @@ -1382,25 +1607,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The goals tab of a challenge form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:145 msgid "Add rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:147 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Reward` tab. Choose the :ref:`badges ` to be awarded :guilabel:`For 1st User` and :guilabel:`For Every " "Succeeding User` by selecting them from the drop-down lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:152 msgid "" "Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " "of a running period, at the end date of a challenge, or when the challenge " "is manually closed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:155 msgid "" "After setup is complete, click the :guilabel:`Start Challenge` button at the" " top-left of the page to begin the challenge." @@ -1428,6 +1653,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Timezone`, and :guilabel:`Technologies Used`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Enterprise Odoo users with a valid subscription get free credits to test " +":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` features before deciding to purchase more " +"credits for the database. This includes demo/training databases, educational" +" databases, and one-app-free databases." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:21 msgid "" "The *leads* feature **must** be activated in the *CRM* settings page in " @@ -4322,6 +4556,182 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" msgstr ":doc:`../performanță/câștig-pierdere`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:3 +msgid "Manage sales teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Teams* feature within Odoo's *CRM* app allows for the creation " +"and management of multiple sales teams, each with their own assignment " +"rules, invoicing targets, and roster of salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:9 +msgid "Create a sales team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To create a new sales team, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration " +"--> Sales Teams`, then click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the blank sales team form, enter a name in the :guilabel:`Sales Team` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:16 +msgid "Next, select a :guilabel:`Team Leader` from the drop-down list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Set an :guilabel:`Email Alias` to automatically generate a lead/opportunity " +"for this sales team whenever a message is sent to that unique email address." +" Choose whether to accept emails from :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`, :guilabel:`Followers Only`, or " +":guilabel:`Authenticated Employees`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Select a :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu to assign this team to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company` field is only visible in multi-company databases, " +"and is not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The settings page for a new sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If the *Sales* app is installed on the database, an :guilabel:`Invoicing " +"Target` field appears on the sales team form. This is the revenue target for" +" the current month. The amount entered in this field is used to populate the" +" invoicing progress bar on the :ref:`sales team dashboard `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:39 +msgid "Add sales team members" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To add team members, click :guilabel:`Add` under the :guilabel:`Members` tab" +" when editing the sales team's configuration page. This opens a " +":guilabel:`Create Sales Team Members` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Rule-Based Assignment` feature has **not** been enabled on" +" the *CRM* app's *Settings* page, clicking :guilabel:`Add` under the " +":guilabel:`Members` tab opens an :guilabel:`Add: Salespersons` pop-up " +"window. Tick the checkbox to the far-left of the salesperson to be added to " +"the team, then click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:0 +msgid "The Add: Salespersons pop-up window on a new sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Select a user from the :guilabel:`Salesperson` drop-down list to add them to" +" the team. To prevent this salesperson from being automatically assigned " +"leads, tick the :guilabel:`Skip auto assignment` checkbox. If this feature " +"is activated, the salesperson can still be assigned leads manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The Create Sales Team Members pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Leads (30 days)` field tracks how many leads the salesperson " +"has been assigned in the past thirty days for this team, and the maximum " +"number of leads they should be assigned. To edit the maximum number of leads" +" this salesperson can be assigned, enter that amount in the :guilabel:`Leads" +" (30 days)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:68 +msgid "" +":doc:`Assignment rules <../track_leads/lead_scoring>` can be configured for " +"individual salespeople using the :guilabel:`Domain` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when finished, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to " +"add additional members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:74 +msgid "Enable multi teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To allow salespeople to be assigned to more than one sales team, the *Multi " +"Teams* setting needs to be enabled. First, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`CRM` section, tick" +" the checkbox labeled :guilabel:`Multi Teams`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` " +"at the top-left of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The settings page of the CRM app with the Multi Teams setting enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:88 +msgid "Sales team dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view the sales team dashboard, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales " +"--> Teams`. Any team the user is a member of appears in the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The sales team dashboard in the CRM app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Each Kanban card gives an overview of the sales team's open opportunities, " +"quotations, sales orders, and expected revenue, as well as a bar graph of " +"new opportunities per week, and an invoicing progress bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Pipeline` button to go directly to that team's *CRM* " +"pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Click on the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon in " +"the top-right corner of the Kanban card to open a drop-down menu. Then, to " +"view or edit the team's settings, click :guilabel:`Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../optimize/utilize_activities`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/merge_similar.rst:3 msgid "Merge similar leads and opportunities" msgstr "" @@ -4504,117 +4914,6 @@ msgid "" "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 -msgid "Multiple sales teams" -msgstr "Echipe de vânzări multiple" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Sales Teams* feature to manage several sales teams, departments, or" -" channels, each with their own unique sales processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 -msgid "Create a new sales team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new sales team, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Sales Teams`, then click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:15 -msgid "" -"On the creation page, set an :guilabel:`Email Alias` to automatically " -"generate a lead/opportunity for this sales team every time a message is sent" -" to that unique email address. Choose whether to accept emails from " -":guilabel:`Everyone`, :guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`, or " -":guilabel:`Followers Only`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Set an :guilabel:`Invoicing Target` if this team has specific monthly " -"revenue goals. Set a :guilabel:`Domain` to assign leads/opportunities to " -"this sales team based on specific filters, such as country, language, or " -"campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Create a sales team in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:29 -msgid "Add members to a sales team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To add team members, click :guilabel:`Add` under the :guilabel:`Members` tab" -" when editing the sales team's configuration page. Select a salesperson from" -" the drop-down menu or create new salesperson. Set a maximum number of leads" -" that can be assigned to this salesperson in a 30-day period to ensure that " -"they do not overwork." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Add a salesperson in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 -msgid "" -"One person can be added as a team member or :guilabel:`Team Leader` to " -"multiple sales teams, allowing them to access all of the pipelines that they" -" need to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:44 -msgid "Sales team dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 -msgid "" -"To view the sales team dashboard, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Sales --> " -"Teams`. Odoo users will see any teams that they are a part of as dashboard " -"tiles." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Each tile gives an overview of the sales team's open opportunities, " -"quotations, sales orders, and expected revenue, as well as a bar graph of " -"new opportunities per week and an invoicing progress bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Sales team overview dashboard in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Click on the three dots in the corner of a tile to open a navigational menu " -"that lets users quickly view documents or reports, create new quotations or " -"opportunities, pick a color for this team, or access the team's " -"configuration page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Click the Three Dot Menu in Odoo CRM dashboard to view documents and create " -"opportunities." -msgstr "" -"Faceți clic pe meniul cu trei puncte în tabloul de bord Odoo CRM pentru a " -"vizualiza documentele și pentru a crea oportunități." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Pipeline` button to go directly to that team's CRM " -"pipeline." -msgstr "" -"Faceți clic pe butonul :guilabel:`Flux de lucru` pentru a merge direct la " -"fluxul de lucru CRM al echipei." - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:5 msgid "Assign and track leads" msgstr "Atribuire și urmărire piste" @@ -6891,7 +7190,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -7097,7 +7396,7 @@ msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` at the bottom of the screen to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:72 @@ -7120,7 +7419,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:96 @@ -7176,16 +7475,14 @@ msgstr "" "fluid clienților și să ușurați munca casierilor." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 msgid "" -"Worldline payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " +"Ingenico payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:10 msgid "" -"Worldline is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " +"Ingenico is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " "Luxembourg." msgstr "" @@ -7202,38 +7499,54 @@ msgstr "Conectați un IoT box" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:20 msgid "" -"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"Connecting an Ingenico payment terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " "an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " "database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:26 -msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" -msgstr "Configurați Lane/5000 pentru Ingenico BENELUX" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " -"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:25 +msgid "Configure the Lane/Desk/Move 5000 terminals for Ingenico BENELUX" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Press the function button (:guilabel:`F` on Lane/5000, :guilabel:`⦿` on " +"Desk/5000 and Move/5000)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Kassa menu --> Settings Menu` and enter the settings " +"password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Change Connection` and press :guilabel:`OK` on the next " +"screen." msgstr "" -"Faceți clic pe butonul F al terminalului, apoi mergeți în " -":menuselection:`PoS Menu --> Settings` și introduceți parola de setări." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, click on connection change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " -"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " -"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " -"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." +msgid "Select :guilabel:`TCP/IP` and :guilabel:`IP-address`." msgstr "" -"Acum, faceți clic pe modificarea conexiunii și TCP / IP. Tastați adresa IP a" -" *IoT Box* (o puteți găsi în formularul de vizualizare al IoT Box). Apoi, " -"introduceți 9000 ca port. Terminalul se va reporni. După ce este terminat, " -"mergeți pe formularul *IoT Box* în Odoo și verificați dacă terminalul a fost" -" găsit." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:32 +msgid "On the next screen, enter the IP address of your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Enter `9000` as port number and press :guilabel:`OK` on the next screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:35 +msgid "" +"At this point, the terminal restarts and should be displayed in your IoT Box" +" form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:43 msgid "" "Enable the payment terminal :ref:`in the application settings " "` and :doc:`create the related payment method " @@ -7243,7 +7556,7 @@ msgid "" "Device` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:57 msgid "" "In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " "Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " @@ -7257,7 +7570,7 @@ msgstr "" " *Send*. Când plata este reușită, starea se va schimba în *Payment " "Successful*." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:66 msgid "" "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " "retry to send the payment request." @@ -7265,7 +7578,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dacă doriți să anulați cererea de plată, faceți clic pe anulare. Încă puteți" " reîncerca să trimiteți cererea de plată." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:69 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" @@ -7275,7 +7588,7 @@ msgstr "" "folosind *Force Done*. Acest lucru vă va permite să validați comanda în Odoo" " chiar dacă conexiunea dintre terminal și Odoo are probleme." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:75 msgid "" "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " "you the connection failed." @@ -7283,7 +7596,7 @@ msgstr "" "Această opțiune va fi disponibilă numai dacă ați primit un mesaj de eroare " "care vă spune că conexiunea a eșuat." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:78 msgid "" "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " "of card that has been used and the transaction ID." @@ -7782,6 +8095,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Worldline" msgstr "Worldline" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Worldline payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Worldline is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " +"Luxembourg." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo is compatible with Worldline terminals that use the CTEP protocol " @@ -8815,7 +9140,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:42 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:243 msgid "Multiple prices per product" msgstr "Prețuri multiple pe produs" @@ -8860,7 +9185,7 @@ msgid "Setup form of a multiple prices pricelist" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:321 msgid "Advanced price rules" msgstr "" @@ -10994,21 +11319,108 @@ msgid "" " usual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:71 +msgid "" +"As of February 19, 2024, in North American marketplaces, :abbr:`FBA " +"(Fulfilled by Amazon)` orders created with the *Amazon Connector*, do not " +"get the customer's name passed onto the sales/delivery order in Odoo. This " +"is due to the fact that Amazon now calculates, and remits, sales tax on " +"behalf of sellers. In other words, personally identifiable customer " +"information is not transmitted to the seller any longer, after a :abbr:`FBA " +"(Fulfilled by Amazon)` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 msgid "Supported marketplaces" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:75 -msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 msgid "" "If a marketplace is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, it's possible to" " :ref:`add a new marketplace `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:86 +msgid "**North America region**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Canada" +msgstr "Canada" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Amazon.ca" +msgstr "Amazon.ca" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "Mexic" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Amazon.com.mx" +msgstr "Amazon.com.mx" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:92 +msgid "US" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:92 +msgid "Amazon.com" +msgstr "Amazon.com" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:96 +msgid "**Europe region**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:98 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "Germania" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:98 +msgid "Amazon.de" +msgstr "Amazon.de" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:100 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "Spania" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:100 +msgid "Amazon.es" +msgstr "Amazon.es" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:102 +msgid "France" +msgstr "Franța" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:102 +msgid "Amazon.fr" +msgstr "Amazon.fr" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:104 +msgid "UK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:104 +msgid "Amazon.co.uk" +msgstr "Amazon.co.uk" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:106 +msgid "Italy" +msgstr "Italia" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:106 +msgid "Amazon.it" +msgstr "Amazon.it" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:108 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "Olanda" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:108 +msgid "Amazon.nl" +msgstr "Amazon.nl" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:30 @@ -11016,7 +11428,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr ":doc:`setup`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:155 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:17 @@ -15797,7 +16209,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Loyalty Cards`: When making purchases, the customer accumulates " -"points to exchange for rewards on future orders." +"points to exchange for rewards on current and/or future orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:90 @@ -16503,7 +16915,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:337 msgid "" "Either option reveals the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, in which pricelists " "can be created and/or modified at any time." @@ -16514,13 +16926,27 @@ msgid "How the pricelists page looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:267 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " -"*Sales* and *eCommerce*." +"The order of the pricelists on the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page has an impact" +" on how they are applied. If several pricelists share the same criteria, " +"**only** the first listed pricelist is applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"For example, for two pricelists with different rules, but same criteria " +"(e.g., same website, same country), only the *first* pricelist in the list " +"is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " +"*Sales* and *eCommerce*. This pricelist is applied by default, if there are " +"no matching criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:64 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, either select the desired pricelist to" " edit, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new pricelist, which reveals a " @@ -16531,14 +16957,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the pricelist detail form looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:72 msgid "" "When creating a new pricelist, start by adding a name for the pricelist at " "the top of the form, in the blank field. Next, select which " ":guilabel:`Currency` should be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:75 msgid "" "Then, if working in a multi-company environment, select which company this " "pricelist should apply to in the :guilabel:`Company` field. If this field is" @@ -16546,11 +16972,11 @@ msgid "" "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:80 msgid "Price rules tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:82 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab functionality on a pricelist form varies " "depending on the :guilabel:`Pricelists` setting chosen: either " @@ -16558,25 +16984,25 @@ msgid "" "(discounts, formulas)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:86 msgid "" "However, the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab and :guilabel:`Configuration` " "tab are always the same, regardless of the chosen :guilabel:`Pricelists` " "setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:90 msgid "Price rules tab (multiple prices per product)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:92 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Multiple prices per product` setting activated, the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab on pricelist forms provides the option to add " "specific products, with a specific price, to a pricelist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96 msgid "" "To add a specific product and price to a pricelist form, click the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab, then click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the " @@ -16584,20 +17010,20 @@ msgid "" "specific price should be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 msgid "" "Next, if necessary, select a product variant under the :guilabel:`Variants` " "column (e.g. a specific product size, color, etc.). If no variants are " "selected, then this price will apply to all variants of the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104 msgid "" "If a minimum amount of the product must be purchased in order to apply the " "specific price, enter the amount under the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:107 msgid "" "To configure the price of the product for this specific pricelist, enter the" " desired amount under the :guilabel:`Price` column. Then, there is the " @@ -16605,56 +17031,56 @@ msgid "" "configured product price, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "" "To add another product line, click :guilabel:`Add a line` again, and repeat " "the process. There is no limit to how many products can be added in the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab of a pricelist form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:114 msgid "" "For more information, check out the following section: :ref:`Multiple prices" " per product `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:118 msgid "Price rules tab (advanced price rules)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` setting " "activated, the :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab on pricelist forms provides the " "option to configure detailed price rules based on formulas." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:124 msgid "" "Check out the :ref:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas) " "` section for detailed steps on how to add " "advanced price rules to a pricelist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 msgid "Time-based rules tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 msgid "" "Time-based rules are used specifically with :doc:`subscription products " "`. Be sure to check out the Odoo" " *Subscriptions* :doc:`documentation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:134 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab, the same functionality of the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab is present, with the only difference being that " "a repeating time period can be applied in the :guilabel:`Period` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:138 msgid "" "After a :guilabel:`Product` and potential :guilabel:`Variant` are selected " "in the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab, select the blank field in the " @@ -16662,7 +17088,7 @@ msgid "" "recurrence periods (e.g. `Monthly`, `Quarterly`, `Weekly`, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:142 msgid "" "New recurrence periods can also be directly created from this column, by " "typing in the new name for the :guilabel:`Period` and then selecting " @@ -16675,28 +17101,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Custom time period pop-up form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:151 msgid "" "From this :guilabel:`Create Period` pop-up form, add a :guilabel:`Name`, " ":guilabel:`Duration`, then a :guilabel:`Unit` (e.g. `Days`, `Weeks`, etc.). " "When finished, click :guilabel:`Save and Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:154 msgid "" "Lastly, add the desired price for this time-based rule in the " ":guilabel:`Price` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:157 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:160 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "Tabul Configurare" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:162 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, there are a few options that can " "further customize the pricelist." @@ -16706,7 +17132,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuration tab on pricelist detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:169 msgid "" "From here, under the :guilabel:`Availability` section, in the " ":guilabel:`Country Groups` field, certain country groups can be added to the" @@ -16714,13 +17140,13 @@ msgid "" "this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:174 msgid "" "If no country is set for a customer, Odoo takes the first pricelist without " "any country group." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:176 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Website` section, there are a few options that can be " "configured. In the :guilabel:`Website` field, this pricelist can be applied " @@ -16728,7 +17154,7 @@ msgid "" "blank, the pricelist will be applied to all websites in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:181 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Selectable` checkbox to have this pricelist as a " "selectable option for customers to choose as they shop. If the " @@ -16736,7 +17162,7 @@ msgid "" "this pricelist for themselves as they shop." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:185 msgid "" "Lastly, there is the option to add an :guilabel:`E-commerce Promotional " "Code`. To add a code, type in the desired promo code that, when entered " @@ -16744,17 +17170,17 @@ msgid "" "the customer does not fall into the previously-specified criteria." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:190 msgid "Show discount percentage to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:192 msgid "" "With Odoo *Sales*, the option to show the public price *and* the computed " "discount percentage on the product catalog is available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:195 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Pricing` section, click the checkbox next " @@ -16762,7 +17188,7 @@ msgid "" "save all changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:199 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Discounts` feature, navigate to the " "pricelists page, either by clicking the :guilabel:`Pricelists` link from the" @@ -16770,7 +17196,7 @@ msgid "" "Products --> Pricelists`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:203 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, select the desired pricelist to edit. On" " the pricelist form, click into the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab. In the " @@ -16784,34 +17210,34 @@ msgid "" "Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:211 msgid "The options available in this section are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:213 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Discount included in the price`: shows the customer only the " "final price with the discount already included." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:215 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show public price & discount to the customer`: shows the customer" " the public price *and* the discount they're earning." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:219 msgid "Customer pricelist application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:221 msgid "" "While the default pricelist applied to any customer is the :guilabel:`Public" " Pricelist`, Odoo provides the opportunity to directly apply a different " "pricelist to customers on their contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:224 msgid "" "To do that, open the desired customer's contact form, either by navigating " "to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Customers` and selecting the " @@ -16823,7 +17249,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sample customer detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:232 msgid "" "On the desired customer's contact form, under the :guilabel:`Sales & " "Purchase` tab, in the :guilabel:`Sales` section, designate what pricelist " @@ -16835,7 +17261,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pricelist field in a customer detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:245 msgid "" "To apply several prices per individual product, select the " ":guilabel:`Multiple prices per product` option, after enabling the " @@ -16844,7 +17270,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:249 msgid "" "Next, apply pricelists to specific products using the product form. Navigate" " to the :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and select the " @@ -16853,7 +17279,7 @@ msgid "" "form on a separate page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:254 msgid "" "On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Extra Prices` smart button, " "located at the top of the form." @@ -16863,7 +17289,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the extra prices smart button appears in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:261 msgid "" "Doing so reveals a separate page displaying the :guilabel:`Price Rules` that" " are specific to that particular product. Here, price rules can be edited or" @@ -16874,20 +17300,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the extra price rules per product page appears in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:268 msgid "" "To create a new price rule for a product from this specific :guilabel:`Price" " Rules` page, click :guilabel:`New` to add a new, customizable row that has " "the desired product already populated in the :guilabel:`Applied On` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:272 msgid "" "Next, select which :guilabel:`Pricelist` this specific product price rule " "should apply to, via the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:276 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " +"*Sales* and *eCommerce*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:279 msgid "" "To create a new pricelist from this page, type in the desired name of the " "new pricelist in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column, then select " @@ -16897,13 +17329,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pricelists` page, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:285 msgid "" "After the desired pricelist is added to the row, designate a :guilabel:`Min." " Quantity` for the price rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:289 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` column is set to `2`, the new price in the " ":guilabel:`Price` column will be applied to orders of 2 or more products. " @@ -16912,14 +17344,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min. Quantity` of `2` products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:294 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired amount in the :guilabel:`Price` column. Then, if " "needed, enter a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End Date` for the " "product's price rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:297 msgid "" "And lastly, if working in a multi-company environment, select which company " "this price rule should be applied to in the :guilabel:`Company` field. " @@ -16927,19 +17359,19 @@ msgid "" "the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:301 msgid "" "Click away from the row to activate Odoo's auto-save capability, meaning " "that newly-created price rule is now ready to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:304 msgid "" "Proceed to add as many unique price rules per product as desired. There is " "no limit to how many price rules can be added per product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:307 msgid "" "With the price rule(s) in place for a specific product, customers who fall " "into those corresponding pricelists automatically see those new prices " @@ -16948,7 +17380,7 @@ msgid "" "product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:313 msgid "" "When a price rule/pricelist is added to a product via the :guilabel:`Extra " "Prices` smart button, it is also reflected on the pricelist itself. " @@ -16957,7 +17389,7 @@ msgid "" "smart button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:323 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` pricelist feature" " provides the option to set price change rules based on discounts and " @@ -16965,7 +17397,7 @@ msgid "" "the product's cost, or another pricelist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:327 msgid "" "To use advanced pricing rules, with discounts and formulas, select the " ":guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` option, after " @@ -16974,7 +17406,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:332 msgid "" "After activating and saving that :guilabel:`Pricelists` feature, the " ":guilabel:`Settings` page reloads and, from here, either select the " @@ -16983,13 +17415,13 @@ msgid "" " Products --> Pricelists`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:340 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, select a desired pricelist to modify, " "or create a new pricelist by clicking the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:343 msgid "" "On the pricelist form, under the :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line` to add an advanced price rule. Doing so reveals a " @@ -17001,35 +17433,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the Create Pricelist Rules pop-up form looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:352 msgid "Price computation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:354 msgid "" "On this form, first choose one of the three :guilabel:`Computation` options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fixed Price`: the price computation is based on a fixed price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:357 msgid ":guilabel:`Discount`: the price computation is based on a discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:358 msgid ":guilabel:`Formula`: the price computation is based on a formula." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:361 msgid "" "Each :guilabel:`Computation` option reveals its own computation-specific " "fields on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:363 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Fixed Price` is selected, enter the desired price in the " ":guilabel:`Fixed Price` field below. If :guilabel:`Discount` is selected, " @@ -17037,7 +17469,7 @@ msgid "" " appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:367 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Formula` is selected, a number of configurable options appear." msgstr "" @@ -17046,7 +17478,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The various formula computation options present in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:373 msgid "" "To configure the :guilabel:`Formula` computation option, start by selecting " "an option from the :guilabel:`Based on` field: :guilabel:`Sales Price`, " @@ -17054,14 +17486,14 @@ msgid "" "advanced price rule formula will be based on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:377 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Discount` field, determine how much of a discount " "should be applied. It should be noted that a mark-up can be applied by " "setting a negative discount in this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:381 msgid "" "To formulate a 100% markup (or 2 times the cost of the product), with a $5 " "minimum margin, set the :guilabel:`Based on` field to :guilabel:`Cost`, the " @@ -17075,7 +17507,7 @@ msgid "" " Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:389 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` field, specify a fixed amount to add (or " "subtract) to the amount calculated with the discount. After that, enter a " @@ -17083,29 +17515,29 @@ msgid "" " sets the price so that it is a multiple of the value in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:394 msgid "Rounding is applied *after* the discount and *before* the surcharge." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:397 msgid "" "To have prices that end in 9.99, set the :guilabel:`Rounding Method` to `10`" " and the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` to `-0.01`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:400 msgid "" "Lastly, specify the minimum amount of margin over the base price in the " ":guilabel:`Margins` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:402 msgid "" "Once all formula-related configurations are complete, Odoo provides an " "example of the formula in a blue block to the right of the configurations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:406 msgid "" "To apply 20% discounts, with prices rounded up to 9.99, set the " ":guilabel:`Based on` field to :guilabel:`Sales Price`, the " @@ -17117,47 +17549,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a 20% discount with prices rounded to 9.99 in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:415 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "Condiții" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:417 msgid "" "At the bottom of the :guilabel:`Create Pricelist Rules` pop-up form is the " ":guilabel:`Conditions` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:420 msgid "" "Here, start by selecting one of the options in the :guilabel:`Apply On` " "field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:422 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All Products`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to all" " products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to" " a specific category of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:425 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to a " "specific product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:426 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to " "a specific product variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:429 msgid "" "If any of those options, apart from :guilabel:`All Products`, are selected, " "a new option-specific field appears, in which the specific " @@ -17165,31 +17597,31 @@ msgid "" "Variant` must be chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:433 msgid "" "Then, select a minimum quantity to be applied to the advanced pricelist rule" " in the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` field. Lastly, select a range of dates for" " the pricelist item validation in the :guilabel:`Validity` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:437 msgid "" "Once all configurations are complete, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " "to save the advanced pricelist rule, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to " "immediately create another advanced pricelist rule on a fresh form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:442 msgid "" "If a price rule is set for a particular product, and another one for its " "product category, Odoo takes the rule of the product itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:446 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:447 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management`" msgstr "" @@ -20943,7 +21375,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:406 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:107 msgid ":doc:`../subscriptions`" msgstr "" @@ -20952,7 +21384,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:407 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:183 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`plans`" msgstr "" @@ -20961,7 +21393,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:408 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:184 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`products`" msgstr "" @@ -23103,7 +23535,14 @@ msgid "" "initial subscription product in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The prorated amount is **only** applied to *Service* product types. It is " +"**not** applied to *Consumable* or *Storable* product types, even if the " +"message appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:75 msgid "" "From this new upsell quotation form, add new subscription products in the " ":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " @@ -23116,27 +23555,27 @@ msgid "" "Subscriptions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:82 msgid "" "Once the desired upsell subscription product(s) have been added, it can be " "sent to the customer for approval by clicking the :guilabel:`Send by Email` " "button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:86 msgid "" "When the quotation is confirmed by the customer, the upsell products are " "added to the initial subscription. Quotation prices are then prorated to the" " remaining time of the current invoicing period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:91 msgid "" "Before sending the new quotation to the customer, the unit price, taxes, and" " even discount can be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:94 msgid "" "Once the customer approves, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " "quotation, making it a sales order. When that's clicked, a :guilabel:`Sales " @@ -23144,7 +23583,7 @@ msgid "" " to this initial subscription order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:98 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Sales History` smart button is clicked, Odoo reveals a " "separate page containing a list of the related sales orders, clearly " diff --git a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po index c544544f0..f8ceaf4ba 100644 --- a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po +++ b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Matjaz Mozetic , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n" @@ -32,430 +32,651 @@ msgid "Activities" msgstr "Aktivnosti" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database. " -"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " -"chatter thread, kanban view, list view, or activities view of an " -"application." +msgid "*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:10 -msgid "Schedule activities" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The icon used to display activities varies depending on the :ref:`activity " +"type `:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:11 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`🕘 (clock)`: the default icon, which appears if nothing is " +"scheduled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 -msgid "" -"One way that activities are created is by clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule " -"Activity` button, located at the top of the *chatter* on any record. On the " -"pop-up window that appears, select an :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the " -"drop-down menu." +msgid ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)`: this icon appears if a phone call is scheduled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:13 +msgid ":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)`: this icon appears if an email is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:14 +msgid ":guilabel:`✔️ (checkmark)`: this icon appears if a to-do is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:15 msgid "" -"Individual applications have a list of *Activity Types* dedicated to that " -"application. For example, to view and edit the activities available for the " -"*CRM* application, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " -"Activity Types`." +":guilabel:`(group of people)`: this icon appears if a meeting is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(arrow pointing up above a line)`: this icon appears if a " +"document is scheduled to be uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(pencil in a box)`: this icon appears if a signature request is " +"scheduled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Enter a title for the activity in the :guilabel:`Summary` field, located in " -"the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window." +msgid "Schedule activities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:23 msgid "" -"To assign the activity to a different user, select a name from the " -":guilabel:`Assigned to` drop-down menu. Otherwise, the user creating the " -"activity is automatically assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Lastly, feel free to add any additional information in the optional " -":guilabel:`Log a note...` field." +"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " +":ref:`chatter ` thread, :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or " +":ref:`activities view ` of an application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Due Date` field on the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " -"window auto-populates based on the configuration settings for the selected " -":guilabel:`Activity Type`. However, this date can be changed by selecting a " -"day on the calendar in the :guilabel:`Due Date` field." +msgid "Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:32 +msgid "Activities can be created from the chatter on any record." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:34 -msgid "Lastly, click one of the following buttons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:36 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Schedule`: adds the activity to the chatter under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the chatter " -"under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, it is automatically " -"marked as completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:39 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Done \\& Schedule Next`: adds the task under :guilabel:`Today` " -"marked as done, and opens a new activity window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Discard`: discards any changes made on the pop-up window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Depending on the activity type, the :guilabel:`Schedule` button may be " -"replaced by a :guilabel:`Save` button, or an :guilabel:`Open Calendar` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Scheduled activities are added to the chatter for the record under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Activities can also be scheduled from the kanban, list, or activities view " -"of an application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:59 -msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`, and proceed to fill " -"out the pop-up form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:67 -msgid "List view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`. If the record already " -"has an activity scheduled, the clock icon may be replaced by a :guilabel:`📞 " -"(phone)` or an :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:76 -msgid "Activity view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:78 -msgid "" -"To open the activity view for an application, select the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon from the menu bar anywhere in the database. Select any " -"application from the drop-down menu, and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " -"icon for the desired app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Activity menu drop down with focus on where to open activity view for CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Move across the row to " -"find the desired activity type, then click the :guilabel:`＋ (plus sign)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" -" throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Activities that appear in **green** indicate a due date sometime in the " -"future." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:96 -msgid "**Yellow** indicates that the activity's due date is today." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Red** indicates that the activity is overdue and the due date has passed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:99 -msgid "" -"For example, if an activity is created for a phone call, and the due date " -"passes, the activity appears with a red phone in list view, and a red clock " -"on the kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:103 -msgid "View scheduled activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:105 -msgid "" -"To view scheduled activities, open either the :menuselection:`Sales app` or " -":menuselection:`CRM app` and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, located " -"to the far-right side of the other view options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Doing so opens the activities menu, showcasing all the scheduled activities " -"for the user, by default. To show all activities for every user, remove the " -":guilabel:`My Pipeline` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To view a consolidated list of activities separated by the application where" -" they were created, and by deadline, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon on" -" the header menu to see the activities for that specific application in a " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The possibility to :guilabel:`Add new note` and :guilabel:`Request a " -"Document` appear at the bottom of this drop-down menu, when the :guilabel:`🕘" -" (clock)` icon on the header menu is clicked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads page emphasizing the activities menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:123 -msgid "Configure activity types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:125 -msgid "" -"To configure the types of activities in the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss --> Activities --> Activity Types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " -"activity types are found." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To edit an existing activity type, select it from the list, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`. To create a new activity type, click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:136 -msgid "" -"At the top of a blank activity type form, start by choosing a " -":guilabel:`Name` for the new activity type." +"To schedule a new activity, click the :guilabel:`Activities` button, located" +" at the top of the chatter. In the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " +"window that appears, :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 msgid "New activity type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:143 -msgid "Activity settings" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:45 +msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:146 -msgid "Action" -msgstr "Dejanje" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 msgid "" -"The *Action* field specifies the intent of the activity. Some actions " -"trigger specific behaviors after an activity is scheduled." +"Another way that activities are created is from the Kanban view in an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "The Kanban icon in the top menu, highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon located at the bottom of " +"an individual record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`+ Schedule An Activity`, then proceed to :ref:`fill out the" +" Schedule Activity form `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If a record already has a scheduled activity, the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon" +" is replaced by the icon that represents the existing scheduled activity. " +"Click on the activity type's icon to schedule another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:70 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:72 +msgid "Activities can also be created from a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Activities` column is hidden, reveal it using the " +":guilabel:`(additional options toggle)` icon in the far-right of the top " +"row, represented by two horizontal lines with two dots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon for the record the activity is" +" being added to, then click :guilabel:`+ Schedule an activity`. Proceed to " +":ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form ` that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:93 +msgid "Activity view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Most applications in Odoo have an *Activity* view available. If available, a" +" :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon is visible in the top-right of the main" +" menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To open the activity view, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "Top-right menu with the Activities icon called out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In this view, all the available activities are listed in the columns, while " +"the horizontal entries represent all the individual records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Activities that appear green have a due date in the future, activities that " +"appear orange are due today, while activities appearing red are overdue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Color bars in each column represent records for specific activity types, and" +" display a number indicating how many activities are scheduled for that " +"type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If multiple activity types are scheduled for a record, a number appears in " +"the box, indicating the total number of scheduled activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" +" throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To schedule an activity for a record, hover over the corresponding field, " +"and a :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` appears. Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)`, and then :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 +msgid "Schedule Activity form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Activities can be scheduled from many different places, such as from the " +":ref:`chatter ` of a record, or from one of multiple " +"views in an application, when available: the :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or :ref:`activity " +"view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Activity Type`: select the type of activity from the drop-down " +"menu. The default options are: :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Call`, " +":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`To-Do`. Depending on what other " +"applications are installed, additional options may be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Individual applications have a list of dedicated :ref:`activity types " +"`. For example, installing the *Sales* application makes " +":guilabel:`Order Upsell` available, while installing the *Sign* application " +"makes :guilabel:`Request Signature` available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Summary`: enter a short title for the activity, such as `Discuss " +"Proposal`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date`: using the calendar popover, select the activity's " +"deadline." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected, a link to upload a document is " -"added directly to the planned activity in the chatter." +":guilabel:`Assigned to`: by default, the current user populates this field. " +"To assign a different user to the activity, select them from the drop-down " +"menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 msgid "" -"If either :guilabel:`Phonecall` or :guilabel:`Meeting` are selected, users " -"have the option to open their calendar to schedule a time for this activity." +":guilabel:`Notes`: add any additional information for the activity in this " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Request Signature` is selected, a link is added to the planned" -" activity in the chatter that opens a signature request pop-up window." +"When the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window is completed, click one" +" of the following buttons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:158 msgid "" -"The actions available to select on an activity type vary, depending on the " -"applications currently installed in the database." +":guilabel:`Open Calendar`: opens the user's calendar to add and schedule the" +" activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:163 -msgid "Default user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:160 msgid "" -"To automatically assign this activity to a specific user when this activity " -"type is scheduled, choose a name from the :guilabel:`Default User` drop-down" -" menu. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to the user who" -" creates the activity." +"Click on the desired date and time for the activity, and a :guilabel:`New " +"Event` pop-up window appears. The summary from the *Schedule Activity* pop-" +"up window populates the :guilabel:`Title` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:170 -msgid "Default summary" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Enter the information in the :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up window, then click" +" :guilabel:`Save & Close` to schedule it. Once scheduled, the activity is " +"added to the chatter under the :guilabel:`Planned Activities` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Activity Type` is set to either :guilabel:`Call` or " +":guilabel:`Meeting`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 msgid "" -"To include notes whenever this activity type is created, enter them into the" -" :guilabel:`Default Summary` field." +":guilabel:`Schedule`: schedules the activity, and adds the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Planned Activities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:174 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule & Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the" +" chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, and is " +"automatically marked as done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next`: adds the details of the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, is " +"automatically marked as done, and a new :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up" +" window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancel`: discards any changes made on the :guilabel:`Schedule " +"Activity` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:188 +msgid "All scheduled activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To view a consolidated list of activities, organized by application, click " +"the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon in the header menu, located in the top-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If any activities are scheduled, the number of activities appear in a red " +"bubble on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:196 +msgid "" +"All activities for each application are further divided into subsections, " +"indicating where in the application the activity is to be completed. Each " +"sub-section lists the number of scheduled activities that are " +":guilabel:`Late`, due :guilabel:`Today`, and scheduled in the " +":guilabel:`Future`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:202 +msgid "" +"In the *Time Off* application, one activity is scheduled to be done in the " +"*All Time Off* requests dashboard, and six activities are scheduled to be " +"done in the *Allocations* dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:205 +msgid "" +"These requests appear in two separate lists in the all activities drop-down " +"menu: one labeled `Time Off` and one labeled `Time Off Allocation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list of activities that is accessed from the main menu bar. Two entries for the Time\n" +"Off application are highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:214 +msgid "Request a document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The option to :guilabel:`Request a Document` is available at the bottom of " +"the list of :ref:`all scheduled activities `, the option to " +":guilabel:`Request a Document` appears. Click :guilabel:`Request a " +"Document`, and a :guilabel:`Request a file` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:222 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Name`: enter a name for the document being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request To`: select the user the document is being requested from" +" using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date In`: enter a numerical value indicating when the " +"document is due. Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. " +"Click :guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. " +"Select the desired time-frame option from the list. The options are " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:229 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +":ref:`Workspace ` the document is being uploaded to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any desired tags from the drop-down menu. The " +"available tags displayed are based on the tags configured for the selected " +":guilabel:`Workspace`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message`: enter a message to clarify the document request in this" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:235 +msgid "" +"When all the fields are completed, click :guilabel:`Request` to send the " +"document request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Request a file form, with all fields filled out to request a contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:244 +msgid "Activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured types of activities in the database, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss section --> Activities " +"setting --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activity Types button in the Settings application under the Discuss section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " +"activity types are found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "The list of activity types already configured and available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:260 +msgid "Edit activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:262 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing :ref:`activity type `, click on the " +"activity type, and the activity type form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:265 +msgid "" +"Make any desired changes to the activity type form. The form automatically " +"saves, but it can be saved manually at any time by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Save Manually` option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:270 +msgid "Create new activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:272 +msgid "" +"To create a new :ref:`activity type `, click " +":guilabel:`New` from the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, and a blank " +"activity type form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the activity type at the top of the form, then " +"enter the following information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:279 +msgid "Activity Settings section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:281 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Action`: using the drop-down menu, select an action associated " +"with this new activity type. Some actions trigger specific behaviors after " +"an activity is scheduled, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:284 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Upload Document`: if selected, a link to upload a document is " +"automatically added to the planned activity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:286 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Call` or :guilabel:`Meeting`: if selected, users have the option " +"to open their calendar to select a date and time for the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request Signature`: if selected, a link to open a signature " +"request pop-up window is automatically added to the planned activity in the " +"chatter. This requires the Odoo *Sign* application to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Available activity types vary based on the installed applications in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folder`: select a specific :ref:`workspace " +"` folder to save a document to. This field **only** " +"appears if :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Action`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Folder` the document is " +"saved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default User`: select a user from the drop-down menu to " +"automatically assign this activity to the selected user when this activity " +"type is scheduled. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to " +"the user who creates the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Summary`: enter a note to include whenever this activity " +"type is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:307 +msgid "" "The information in the :guilabel:`Default User` and :guilabel:`Default " "Summary` fields are included when an activity is created. However, they can " "be altered before the activity is scheduled or saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:181 -msgid "Next activity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:311 msgid "" -"To automatically suggest, or trigger, a new activity after an activity has " -"been marked complete, the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` must be set." +":guilabel:`Keep Done`: tick this checkbox to keep activities that have been " +"marked as `Done` visible in the :ref:`activity view `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:187 -msgid "Suggest next activity" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:313 +msgid ":guilabel:`Default Note`: enter any notes to appear with the activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:316 +msgid "Next Activity section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:318 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field, select :guilabel:`Suggest Next " -"Activity`. Upon doing so, the field underneath changes to: " -":guilabel:`Suggest`. Click the :guilabel:`Suggest` field drop-down menu to " -"select any activities to recommend as follow-up tasks to this activity type." +"It is possible to have another activity either suggested or triggered. To do" +" so, configure the :guilabel:`Next Activity` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:321 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Schedule` field, choose a default deadline for these " -"activities. To do so, configure a desired number of :guilabel:`Days`, " -":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, decide if it should occur " -":guilabel:`after completion date` or :guilabel:`after previous activity " -"deadline`." +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`: select either :guilabel:`Suggest Next Activity` " +"or :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` from the drop-down menu. Depending on " +"the selected option, either the :guilabel:`Suggest` or :guilabel:`Trigger` " +"field is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:198 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:326 msgid "" -"This :guilabel:`Schedule` field information can be altered before the " -"activity is scheduled." +"The :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field does **not** appear if :guilabel:`Upload" +" Document` is selected for the :guilabel:`Action`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:227 -msgid "When all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Suggest/Trigger`: depending on what is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`, this field either displays :guilabel:`Suggest` or" +" :guilabel:`Trigger`. Using the drop-down menu, select the activity to " +"recommend or schedule as a follow-up task to the activity type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:332 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: configure when the next activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:334 +msgid "" +"First, enter a numerical value indicating when the activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. Click " +":guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. Select the" +" desired time-frame option from the list. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:340 +msgid "" +"Lastly, using the drop-down menu, select whether the activity is scheduled " +"or triggered either :guilabel:`after previous activity deadline` or " +":guilabel:`after completion date`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "Schedule activity popup with emphasis on recommended activities." +msgid "A new Activity form with all the fields filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Suggest " -"Next Activity`, and has activities listed in the :guilabel:`Suggest` field, " -"users are presented with recommendations for activities as next steps." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:348 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:211 -msgid "Trigger next activity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Setting the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` to :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` " -"immediately launches the next activity once the previous one is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` is selected in the :guilabel:`Chaining " -"Type` field, the field beneath changes to: :guilabel:`Trigger`. From the " -":guilabel:`Trigger` field drop-down menu, select the activity that should be" -" launched once this activity is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Schedule new activity popup with emphasis on Done and launch next button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Trigger" -" Next Activity`, marking the activity as `Done` immediately launches the " -"next activity listed in the :guilabel:`Trigger` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:238 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:239 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:349 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss/team_communication`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index cc6871dac..b15fb23b8 100644 --- a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ # Tadej Lupšina , 2024 # Tomaž Jug , 2024 # Jasmina Macur , 2024 -# Martin Trigaux, 2024 # Matjaz Mozetic , 2024 +# Martin Trigaux, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Matjaz Mozetic , 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1702,146 +1702,111 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:5 -msgid "Developer Mode (debug mode)" +msgid "Developer mode (debug mode)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:7 msgid "" -"The developer mode (or debug mode) unlocks access to extra and advanced " -"tools in Odoo. There are several ways to activate the developer mode: " -"through the :ref:`settings `, the " -":ref:`browser extension `, through" -" the :ref:`command palette ` or the" -" :ref:`URL `." +"The developer mode, also known as debug mode, unlocks access to advanced " +":ref:`tools and settings ` in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:17 -msgid "Activate through the Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:11 msgid "" -"The debug mode can be activated in the Odoo database settings. Go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Developer Tools` and click" -" on :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`. At least one application needs " -"to be installed for the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` section to appear in the" -" :guilabel:`Settings` module." +"Proceed with caution, as some developer tools and technical settings are " +"considered advanced and may have associated risks. Only use them if you " +"understand the implications and are confident in your actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of the debug options under settings in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:16 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with assets)` is used by developers;" -" :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with tests assets)` is used by " -"developers and testers." +"The developer mode is also available with :ref:`assets " +"`, which are used to debug JavaScript " +"code, and with :ref:`tests assets `, " +"which are used to run test tours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:23 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Aktivacija" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To activate it, open the :guilabel:`Settings` app, scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Developer Tools` section, and click :guilabel:`Activate the " +"developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:28 msgid "" "Once activated, the :guilabel:`Deactivate the developer mode` option becomes" " available." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 +msgid "Activating the developer mode in the Settings app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To activate the developer mode **from anywhere in the database**, add " +"`?debug=1` to the URL after `/web` (e.g., " +"`https://example.odoo.com/web?debug=1#action=menu&cids=1`). To deactivate " +"it, use `?debug=0` instead." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:37 -msgid "Activate through the browser extension" +msgid "" +"Use `?debug=assets` to activate the developer mode with assets and " +"`?debug=tests` to activate it with tests assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:41 msgid "" -"Within a web browser, navigate to the browser settings and extensions and " -"search for the `Odoo Debug` extension. Once the extension is installed, a " -"new icon will be shown on the browser's toolbar." +"Open the **command palette** by pressing `Ctrl + K` or `Cmd ⌘ + K`, then " +"type `debug` to activate the developer mode with assets or deactivate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:44 +msgid "Browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:46 msgid "" -"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " -"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" -" a single click." +"The `Odoo Debug `_ browser extension " +"adds an icon to toggle developer mode on or off from the browser's toolbar. " +"It is available on the `Chrome Web Store " +"`_ and `Firefox Add-ons " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:54 +msgid "Developer tools and technical menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once the developer mode is activated, the developer tools can be accessed by" +" clicking the :icon:`fa-bug` :guilabel:`(bug)` icon. The menu contains tools" +" useful for understanding or editing technical data, such as a view's field," +" filters, or actions. The options available depend on where the menu is " +"accessed from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "View of Odoo's debug icon in a Google Chrome toolbar." +msgid "Accessing the developer tools" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:53 -msgid "Activate through the command palette" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:64 msgid "" -"In Odoo, the command palette tool has a command to activate the debug mode. " -"First, open the command palette tool with the keyboard shortcut `ctrl+k` and" -" then type `debug`. A command will show up to activate the debug mode." +"Database administrators can access the technical menu from the " +":guilabel:`Settings` app. It contains advanced database settings, such as " +"ones related to the database structure, security, actions, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Command palette with debug command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:68 -msgid "Activate through the URL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The debug mode can also be activated by adding an extra query string to the " -"database's URL. In the URL, add `?debug=1` or `?debug=true` after `/web`. To" -" deactivate the debug mode, change the value to `?debug=0` instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a URL with the debug mode command added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Additional modes are available for developers: `?debug=assets` enables the " -":ref:`assets mode `, and " -"`?debug=tests` enables the :ref:`tests mode " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:86 -msgid "Locate the developer mode tools" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Once developer mode is activated, the developer mode tools can be accessed " -"from the :guilabel:`Open Developer Tools` button, the bug icon located in " -"the header of the Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a console page and the debug icon being shown in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:95 -msgid "" -"This menu contains additional tools that are useful to understand or edit " -"technical data, such as the views or actions of a page. On a page that has " -"filters, actions, and view options, the developer mode tools contain some " -"useful menu items such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:99 -msgid ":guilabel:`Edit Action`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:100 -msgid ":guilabel:`Manage Filters`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:101 -msgid "Edit the current view (e.g. Kanban, List, Graph, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:102 -msgid "See the :guilabel:`Fields View Get`" +msgid "Accessing the technical menu" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:5 @@ -2544,11 +2509,11 @@ msgid "" "is asked, enter `odoo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 msgid "Check the DMARC policy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:104 msgid "" "The Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance (DMARC) " "record is a protocol that unifies :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` and " @@ -2559,41 +2524,41 @@ msgid "" " and/or :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` check." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 msgid "DMARC: TXT record" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 msgid "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:116 msgid "" "There are three :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` policies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 msgid "`p=none`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:118 -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 msgid "`p=quarantine`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 msgid "`p=reject`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:123 msgid "" "`p=quarantine` and `p=reject` instruct the server that receives an email to " "quarantine that email or ignore it if the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy " "Framework)` and/or :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` check fails." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:127 msgid "" "If the domain name uses :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` and has defined one of these policies, the domain" @@ -2601,7 +2566,7 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:132 msgid "" "Yahoo or AOL are examples of email providers with a :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-" "based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` policy set to " @@ -2610,7 +2575,7 @@ msgid "" "their recipient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:137 msgid "" "`p=none` is used for the domain owner to receive reports about entities " "using their domain. It should not impact the deliverability if the " @@ -2618,7 +2583,7 @@ msgid "" "Conformance)` check fails." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:141 msgid "" ":abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` records are comprised of tags in the form of :abbr:`DNS " @@ -2633,181 +2598,181 @@ msgid "" " too restrictive." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:150 msgid "The following chart displays available tags:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 msgid "Tag Name" msgstr "Naziv oznake" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 msgid "Purpose" msgstr "Namen" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 msgid "Example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 msgid "v" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 msgid "Protocol version" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 msgid "`v=DMARC1`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 msgid "pct" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 msgid "Percentage of messages subjected to filtering" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 msgid "`pct=20`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 msgid "ruf" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 msgid "Reporting URI for forensic reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 msgid "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 msgid "rua" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 msgid "Reporting URI of aggregate reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 msgid "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 msgid "p" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 msgid "Policy for organizational domain" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 msgid "sp" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 msgid "Policy for subdomains of the OD" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 msgid "`sp=reject`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 msgid "adkim" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 msgid "Alignment mode for DKIM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 msgid "`adkim=s`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 msgid "aspf" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:181 msgid "Alignment mode for SPF" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 msgid "`aspf=r`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:184 msgid "" "Check the :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` record of a domain name with a tool like `MXToolbox DMARC " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:188 msgid "" "`DMARC.org is another great resource to learn about DMARC records. " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 msgid "SPF, DKIM & DMARC documentation of common providers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:196 msgid "" "`OVH DNS " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 msgid "" "`OVH SPF `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 msgid "" "`GoDaddy TXT record `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 msgid "`GoDaddy SPF `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:200 msgid "" "`GoDaddy DKIM `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:201 msgid "" "`NameCheap " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 msgid "" "`CloudFlare DNS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:204 msgid "" "`Google Domains `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 msgid "" "`Azure DNS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:207 msgid "" "To fully test the configuration, use the `Mail-Tester `_ tool, which gives a full overview of the content and " @@ -2815,7 +2780,7 @@ msgid "" "records for other, lesser-known providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:212 msgid "" "`Using Mail-Tester to set SPF Records for specific carriers " "`_" @@ -7925,10 +7890,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 msgid "" "To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation " -"package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download " -"page `_. Next, install and setup the Odoo " -":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " -"start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +"package for Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download page " +"`_. Next, install and setup the Odoo :file:`.exe`" +" file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to start the " +"installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 @@ -8445,10 +8410,22 @@ msgid "" "Odoo uninstall guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:7 msgid "Devices" msgstr "Naprave" +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:21 +msgid "" +":doc:`Worldline payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:23 +msgid "" +":doc:`Ingenico payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 msgid "Connect a camera" msgstr "" @@ -10041,9 +10018,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:126 msgid "" "On a form, navigate to any field, and hover over the field name. A box of " -"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Object`" -" name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be" -" added." +"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Model` " +"name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be " +"added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:0 diff --git a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index db428fdbd..069f5a924 100644 --- a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n" @@ -34,13 +34,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Human resources" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 msgid "Appraisals" msgstr "Ocenjevanja" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, the *Appraisals* application can be used to evaluate employee " "performance on a recurring basis. Managers can evaluate the performance of " @@ -49,28 +49,28 @@ msgid "" "desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:12 msgid "" "Appraisals give employees valuable feedback, including actionable goals to " "work toward, and measurable skills to improve upon. Additionally, appraisals" " may form the basis for raises, promotions, and other benefits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:16 msgid "" "Regular appraisals are good for both the employees and the company, since " "they can accurately measure performance based on company goals, and show " "employees where they need to improve." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:31 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Nastavitve" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Configuration` menu in the *Appraisals* application is where " "the settings can be configured, feedback templates can be edited, " @@ -78,31 +78,32 @@ msgid "" "feedback can be stored, and goal tags can be viewed/created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Nastavitve" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:29 msgid "" "To access the *Settings* menu, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " "application --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 msgid "Feedback templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:35 msgid "" "Feedback templates are form outlines used during an employee appraisal. Any " "edits made to a template are, ultimately, reflected in the appraisals sent " "to employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:38 msgid "" "There are two default templates pre-configured in Odoo *Appraisals*: one for" " employee feedback, and one for manager feedback. Each contains several " @@ -110,25 +111,25 @@ msgid "" " the questions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:42 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`My work`, :guilabel:`My future`, and :guilabel:`My feelings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:45 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`Feedback`, :guilabel:`Evaluation`, and :guilabel:`Improvements`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:48 msgid "" "Any desired changes to the default feedback templates can be made by making " "changes directly in each template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:54 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Appraisals` section of the settings menu determines the " "frequency that appraisals are performed, and if it is possible to request " @@ -141,56 +142,56 @@ msgid "" "enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 msgid "Appraisals plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:66 msgid "" "By default, appraisals are pre-configured to be automatically created six " "months after an employee is hired, with a second appraisal exactly six " "months after that." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:69 msgid "" "Once those two initial appraisals have been completed in the employee's " "first year, following appraisals are only created once a year (every twelve " "months)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:72 msgid "" "To modify this schedule, change the number of months in the blank fields " "under the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:76 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section is modified, **all** empty " ":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Dates` are modified for **all** employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 msgid "360 feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:82 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option can be enabled to allow managers to " "request feedback from other employees using a different survey form, at any " "time, independent of the appraisal schedule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:85 msgid "" "Typically, managers ask for feedback from other people who work with an " "employee they manage. This includes the employee's various managers, peers, " "and direct reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:88 msgid "" "To view the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey, click the :guilabel:`→ Internal" " link` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`Default Template` field. The " @@ -198,13 +199,13 @@ msgid "" " can be made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:92 msgid "" "For more information on how to edit a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:96 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` form is a pre-configured survey within the " "*Surveys* application. In order to use the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option, " @@ -212,11 +213,11 @@ msgid "" " be installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 msgid "Evaluation scale" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:103 msgid "" "On each employee appraisal form, final rating options appear by default. To " "view and edit these options, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " @@ -224,7 +225,7 @@ msgid "" "ratings in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:107 msgid "" "The pre-configured ratings are :guilabel:`Needs Improvement`, " ":guilabel:`Meets Expectations`, :guilabel:`Exceeds Expectations`, and " @@ -232,14 +233,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:111 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`New` button is clicked on the :guilabel:`Evaluation " "Scale` page, a blank line appears at the bottom of the list. Enter the name " "of the rating in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:114 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the ratings, click the :guilabel:`(six small gray " "boxes)` icon to the left of a rating, and drag the rating to the desired " @@ -252,7 +253,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:124 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` section displays information for all the " "surveys currently configured in the *Appraisals* application. To view the " @@ -264,55 +265,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list view of all available surveys in the Appraisals application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:132 msgid "" "Each appraisal (or survey) is presented in its own line on the " ":guilabel:`360 Feedback` page, along with various information related to " "that particular appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 msgid "Each appraisal includes the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:137 msgid ":guilabel:`Survey Name`: the name of the specific survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the employee responsible for the survey, including " "the month and year they were given that designation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Questions`: the number of questions in that particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Duration`: the average time a user spends completing the " "survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Registered`: the number of people who have been sent the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Completed`: the number of people who have completed the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:145 msgid "" "Each appraisal also has two buttons at the end of each line: a " ":guilabel:`Test` button and a :guilabel:`See Results` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:148 msgid "" "To see what an appraisal looks like for the end user (i.e. an employee), " "click the :guilabel:`Test` button, and the appraisal loads in a new browser " @@ -320,14 +321,14 @@ msgid "" "to enter any answers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:152 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`This is a Test Survey. → Edit " "Survey` at the top of the page to be taken to the detail form for that " "particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:155 msgid "" "To view the results from everyone who completed an appraisal, click the " ":guilabel:`See Results` button. This presents all the answers for the survey" @@ -336,13 +337,13 @@ msgid "" "each question are visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:160 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`→ Edit Survey` at the top of " "the page to be taken to the detail form for that particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:163 msgid "" "In addition to viewing the responses from past appraisals and surveys, new " "surveys can also be created from the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` page. Simply " @@ -350,123 +351,77 @@ msgid "" " survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:167 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:171 msgid "" "In previous versions of Odoo, this section was referred to as " ":guilabel:`Surveys`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:172 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "Ključne besede" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 -msgid "" -"An additional feature of the *Appraisals* application is the ability to set " -":ref:`goals ` for employees. On each goal form, there is a" -" field to add tags. The available tags are pulled from a list that is " -"configured from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To view a list of all existing goal tags, and to create new tags, go to the " -":guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, by navigating to :menuselection:`Appraisals " -"application --> Configuration --> Tags`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:181 -msgid "All currently configured tags are presented in a list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:183 -msgid "" -"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " -"all tags need to be added from this list, or directly from the goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 -msgid "" -"To create a new tag from the :guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, click the " -":guilabel:`New` button, and a blank line appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the tag on the line. Then, press the enter key to save the" -" tag, and create a new blank line. Repeat this for all tags that need to be " -"added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:192 -msgid "The list of tags is automatically arranged in alphabetical order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:176 msgid "" "Navigate to the main *Appraisals* dashboard by opening the " ":guilabel:`Appraisals` application. The :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard is " "the default view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:179 msgid "" "To view the dashboard at any point in the application, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Appraisals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:182 msgid "" "All appraisals are displayed on the dashboard in a Kanban view, by default, " "with a list of groupings on the left side of the dashboard, including " ":guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Department`, and :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 msgid "" "Click any grouping option to view appraisals for **only** the chosen " "selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 msgid "" "Only groupings with multiple selections appear in the list. For example, if " "a database only has one company, the :guilabel:`Company` grouping does " "**not** appear, since there is no other company to select." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:193 msgid "Each appraisal card displays the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: the department the employee is associated with." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company the employee works for. This only appears " "in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date`: the date the appraisal was requested, or is scheduled for " "in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activities`: any activities that are scheduled for the appraisal," " such as :guilabel:`Meetings` or :guilabel:`Phone Calls.` If no activities " @@ -474,13 +429,13 @@ msgid "" "icon, located in the bottom-left corner of an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:204 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: the employee's manager, indicated by the profile icon " "in the bottom-right corner of an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:206 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status banner`: the status of the appraisal. A banner appears if " "an appraisal is marked as either :guilabel:`Canceled` or :guilabel:`Done`. " @@ -488,7 +443,7 @@ msgid "" "not been scheduled yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 msgid "" "To view the details of any appraisal, click on the card to open the " "appraisal form." @@ -498,22 +453,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Appraisals dashboard with each appraisal in its own box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 msgid "New appraisal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new appraisal, click the :guilabel:`New` button at the top of " "the :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard to load a blank appraisal form. Then, " "enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:222 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:223 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu. " "The manager is responsible for completing the :guilabel:`Manager's Feedback`" @@ -521,7 +476,7 @@ msgid "" "selected, if they have a manager set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appraisal Date`: the current date is automatically entered in " "this field. This field is automatically updated once the appraisal is " @@ -529,39 +484,39 @@ msgid "" "cancellation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu. This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have" " a department set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:233 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the employee's company from the drop-down menu. " "This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have a " "company set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 msgid "" "The only required fields for the appraisal form are the employee's " ":guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Manager`, and the :guilabel:`Company`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:241 msgid "" "Once the form is complete, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm " "the appraisal request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 msgid "" "Once confirmed, the employee receives an email stating that an appraisal was" " requested, and is then prompted to schedule an appraisal date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:246 msgid "" "The status changes to :guilabel:`Confirmed`, and the :guilabel:`Employee's " "Feedback` section of the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab is grayed out. The " @@ -570,18 +525,18 @@ msgid "" "once the appraisal request is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 msgid "" "If there are any existing appraisals for the employee, an " ":guilabel:`Appraisal` smart button appears at the top of the page, listing " "the total number of appraisals there are for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:255 msgid "Ask for feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:257 msgid "" "As part of the appraisal process, the manager can request feedback on an " "employee from anyone in the company. Feedback is usually requested from co-" @@ -590,43 +545,43 @@ msgid "" "manager's overall assessment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 msgid "" "To request feedback, the appraisal **must** be confirmed. Once confirmed, an" " :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button appears at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:265 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button is clicked, an :guilabel:`Ask " "Feedback` email pop-up form appears, using the :guilabel:`Appraisal: Ask " "Feedback` email template, which sends the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:269 msgid "" "Enter the employees being asked to complete the survey in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field. Multiple employees may be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 msgid "" "The email template has dynamic placeholders to personalize the message. Add " "any additional text to the email, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:275 msgid "If required, an :guilabel:`Answer Deadline` can be added, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:277 msgid "" "If any attachments are needed, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button, and" " a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the file(s), select them, then " "click :guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:280 msgid "When the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send.`" msgstr "" @@ -634,21 +589,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The email pop-up when requesting feedback from other employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:287 msgid "Appraisal form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:289 msgid "" "Once an appraisal is confirmed, the next steps are for the employee to fill " "out the self-assessment, after which the manager completes their assessment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:295 msgid "Employee's feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:297 msgid "" "To complete their portion of feedback, employees should navigate to the main" " :menuselection:`Appraisals application` dashboard, where the only entries " @@ -656,14 +611,14 @@ msgid "" "manage and have to provide manager feedback for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 msgid "" "Click on the appraisal to open the appraisal form. Enter responses in the " ":guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` " "tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:304 msgid "" "When completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to Manager` toggle (the " "default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When clicked, the toggle " @@ -675,24 +630,24 @@ msgid "" "The feedback section for the employee with the toggle button highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:314 msgid "Manager's feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 msgid "" "After the employee has completed the :guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` " "section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab, it is time for the manager to " "fill out the :guilabel:`Manager's Feedback` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:320 msgid "" "The manager enters their responses in the fields in the :ref:`same manner as" " the employee `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:323 msgid "" "When the feedback section is completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to " "Employee` toggle (the default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When " @@ -705,11 +660,12 @@ msgid "" " highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:748 msgid "Skills tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:334 msgid "" "Part of an appraisal is evaluating an employee's skills, and tracking their " "progress over time. The :guilabel:`Skills` tab of the appraisal form auto-" @@ -717,32 +673,32 @@ msgid "" "<../hr/employees/new_employee>`, once an appraisal is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:338 msgid "" "Each skill is grouped with like skills, and the :guilabel:`Skill Level`, " ":guilabel:`Progress`, and :guilabel:`Justification` are displayed for each " "skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 msgid "" "Update any skills, or add any new skills to the :guilabel:`Skills` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:343 msgid "" "If a skill level has increased, a reason for the improved rating can be " "entered into the :guilabel:`Justification` field, such as `took a fluency " "language test` or `received Javascript certification`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:347 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`Create a new employee ` document for " "detailed instructions on adding or updating a skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:350 msgid "" "After an appraisal is completed, and the skills have been updated, the next " "time an appraisal is confirmed, the updated skills populate the " @@ -753,11 +709,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The skills tab of an appraisal form, all filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:358 msgid "Private note tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:360 msgid "" "If managers want to leave notes that are only visible to other managers, " "they can be entered in the :guilabel:`Private Note` tab. The employee being " @@ -765,12 +721,12 @@ msgid "" "appear on their appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:386 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:520 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 msgid "Schedule a meeting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:367 msgid "" "Once both portions of an appraisal are completed (the :ref:`employee " "` and :ref:`manager Appraisals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:377 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, beneath the appraisal date on the " "desired appraisal card, and a :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window " @@ -798,47 +754,47 @@ msgid "" "activity form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Meeting` for the :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the drop-" "down menu. Doing so causes the form to change, so only the " ":guilabel:`Activity Type` and :guilabel:`Summary` fields appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:385 msgid "" "If scheduling an activity other than a meeting, such as a :guilabel:`Call` " "or a :guilabel:`To-Do`, the fields that appear on the :guilabel:`Schedule " "Activity` pop-up form change, accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:389 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon may appear as a number of different icons, " "depending on what, if any, scheduled activities are in place, and the color " "represents their corresponding due dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:392 msgid "" "If no activities are scheduled, that is represented by a gray :guilabel:`🕘 " "(clock)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:394 msgid "" "However, if a specific activity is scheduled, the icon may appear as a " ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon for a phone call, a :guilabel:`👥 (group of " "people)` icon for a meeting, and so on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:397 msgid "" "The color of the icon indicates the status; a green icon means an activity " "is scheduled in the future, and a red icon means the activity is past due." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:400 msgid "" "For more details on activities, refer to the :doc:`../essentials/activities`" " document." @@ -848,46 +804,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The appraisal cards with the various activity icons highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 msgid "" "Enter a brief description in the :guilabel:`Summary` field of the " ":guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window, such as `Annual Appraisal for " "(Employee)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:409 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button. From the calendar page " "that appears, navigate to, and double-click on, the desired date and time " "for the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:412 msgid "" "Doing so opens a :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up form. From this pop-up form, " "make any desired modifications, such as designating a :guilabel:`Start` " "time, or giving a :guilabel:`Name` to the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:416 msgid "" "Add the appraisee in the :guilabel:`Attendees` section, and include anyone " "else who should be in the meeting, if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:419 msgid "" "To make the meeting a video call, instead of an in-person meeting, click " ":guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting`, and a :guilabel:`Videocall URL` link appears in " "the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:422 msgid "" "Once all the desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:424 msgid "" "The meeting now appears on the calendar, and the invited parties are " "informed, via email." @@ -899,183 +855,46 @@ msgid "" "appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 msgid "" "The other way to schedule a meeting is from the individual appraisal form. " "To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Appraisal application` " "dashboard, then click on an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button, and the calendar loads." " Follow the same directions above to create the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 msgid "" -"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button says " +"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button reads " ":guilabel:`No Meeting`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:463 -msgid "Goals" -msgstr "Cilji" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:465 -msgid "" -"The ability to set goals for employees to work toward is an important " -"feature of Odoo *Appraisals*. Goals are typically set during an appraisal, " -"so the employee knows what they need to work toward before their next " -"appraisal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:469 -msgid "" -"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> " -"Goals`. This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban " -"view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:472 -msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:474 -msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the name of the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:475 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee the goal is assigned to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 -msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:477 -msgid ":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Employee`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is assigned " -"to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:480 -msgid "" -"If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " -"corner of the goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 -msgid "" -"Every individual goal requires its own entry for each employee. If employees" -" have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the list. For " -"example, if both Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " -"appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " -"goal for Sara." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 -msgid "New goal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:495 -msgid "" -"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application -->" -" Goals`, and click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:498 -msgid "" -"Enter the information on the card. The information requested is all the same" -" information that appears on the :ref:`goal card ` in the " -"Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field and a " -":guilabel:`Description` tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:502 -msgid "" -"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field by default, and " -"the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" -" profile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:505 -msgid "" -"Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " -"useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:513 -msgid "Completed goals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:515 -msgid "" -"When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " -"be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " -"dashboard, or from the individual goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:518 -msgid "" -"To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" -" the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the top-right of a goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:522 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon **only** appears when the mouse hovers " -"over the corner of a goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:525 -msgid "" -"Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " -"green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " -"card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:528 -msgid "" -"To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " -"open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " -"the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner " -"appears in the top-right corner of the goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:533 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:526 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:753 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:830 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Poročanje" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:442 msgid "" "The *Appraisals* application tracks two metrics across two different " "reports: an :ref:`appraisal analysis `, and a " ":ref:`skills evolution `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:448 msgid "Appraisal analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:450 msgid "" "To access the *Appraisal Analysis* report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Appraisal " @@ -1083,7 +902,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted in different colors to represent their status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 msgid "" "Appraisals in yellow are completed, appraisals in orange are in-progress " "(the appraisal is confirmed, but not completed), and appraisals in gray are " @@ -1091,13 +910,13 @@ msgid "" "been confirmed yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 msgid "" "The report displays the whole current year, by default, grouped by " "department." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:460 msgid "" "To change the calendar view presented, change the date settings in the top-" "left of the report. The options to display are :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -1105,13 +924,13 @@ msgid "" " move forward or backward in time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:464 msgid "" "At any point, click the :guilabel:`Today` button to present the calendar to " "include today's date in the view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:467 msgid "" "The report can have other filters and groupings set in the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top." @@ -1121,64 +940,64 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A report showing all the appraisals for the Appraisal Analysis report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 msgid "Skills evolution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 msgid "" "To access the *Skills Evolution* report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Skills Evolution`. " "This displays a report of all skills, grouped by employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:481 msgid "" "All the lines of the report are collapsed, by default. To view the details " "of a line, click on a line to expand the data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:484 msgid "Each skill has the following information listed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:486 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: name of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 msgid ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: the category the skill falls under." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:488 msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the specific, individual skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:489 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Level`: the level the employee had previously " "achieved for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:583 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Progress`: the previous percentage of competency " "achieved for the skill (based on the :guilabel:`Skill Level`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:585 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Skill Level`: the current level the employee has achieved" " for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Skill Progress`: the current percentage of competency " "achieved for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:494 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Justification`: any notes entered on the skill explaining the " "progress." @@ -1188,11 +1007,182 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A report showing all the skills grouped by employee." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:501 +msgid ":doc:`appraisals/goals`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:3 +msgid "Goals" +msgstr "Cilji" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Appraisals* application allows managers to set goals for their " +"employees. That way, employees know what to work toward before their next " +"review." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`. " +"This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:13 +msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:15 +msgid ":guilabel:`Goal`: the name of the goal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:16 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the employee the goal is assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:17 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-clock-o` :guilabel:`(clock)` icon: displays the corresponding " +":doc:`activity icon <../../essentials/activities>` for the record. If no " +"activities are scheduled, the default icon is the :icon:`fa-clock-o` " +":guilabel:`(clock)`. If any activities have been scheduled, the icon " +"represents the activity scheduled soonest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:21 +msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal. The " +"options are :guilabel:`0%`, :guilabel:`25%`, :guilabel:`50%`, " +":guilabel:`75%`, or :guilabel:`100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Icon`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is " +"assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " +"corner of the goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 +msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every individual goal requires its own record for each employee. If multiple" +" employees have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For example, if Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " +"appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " +"goal for Sara." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:40 +msgid "New goal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`," +" and click :guilabel:`New` top-left corner to open a blank goal form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Input the :guilabel:`Goal`, :guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Progress`, and " +":guilabel:`Deadline`, information on the goal card, as discussed in the " +":ref:`goal card ` section of this document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The information requested is all the same information that appears on the " +"goal card in the Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field " +"and a :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " +"all tags need to be added. To add a tag, enter the name of the tag on the " +"line, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(tag)\"`. Repeat this for all tags that" +" need to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field, by default, and " +"the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" +" profile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " +"useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 +msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:68 +msgid "Completed goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:70 +msgid "" +"When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " +"be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " +"dashboard, or from the individual goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" +" the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon in the top-" +"right of a goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon **only** " +"appears when the mouse hovers over the top-right corner of a goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " +"green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " +"open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " +"the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner " +"appears in the top-right corner of the goal form." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:5 msgid "Attendances" msgstr "Prisotnosti" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Attendances* application functions as a time clock. Employees are " "able to check in and out of work using a dedicated device in kiosk mode, " @@ -1202,56 +1192,55 @@ msgid "" " are working overtime, or checking out of work earlier than expected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:16 msgid "Access rights" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:18 msgid "" "It is important to understand how the different access rights affect what " -"users can access in the *Attendances* application." +"options and features users can access in the *Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 msgid "" -"Every user in the database is always able to access their own information on" -" the dashboard and can check in and out directly from the database. Access " -"to all the other features is determined by access rights." +"Every user in the database is able to check in and out directly from the " +"database, without needing access to the *Attendances* application. " +"Additionally, all users can access their own attendance records from their " +"employee form in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Access to both the *Attendances* application, and the various features " +"within the application is determined by access rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:28 msgid "" "To see what access rights a user has, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Settings application --> Users & Companies: Users`, and " -"click on an individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by" -" default. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the " -"setting. For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to " -"leave the field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users & Companies: Users`, and click on an " +"individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by default. " +"Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the setting. " +"For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to leave the " +"field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:34 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Administrator` option is selected, the user has full " "access to the entire *Attendances* application, with no restrictions. They " -"can view all employee attendance records, enter kiosk mode from the " +"can view all employee attendance records, enter *Kiosk mMode* from the " "application, access all reporting metrics, and make modifications to the " -"settings." +"settings. If left blank, the user does **not** have access to the " +"*Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If left blank, the user can only view their own information on the " -"*Attendances* application dashboard and can view their own personal " -"attendance records under the reporting feature. All other attendance records" -" are hidden from view on the report. There is no access to either the kiosk " -"mode or the configuration menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:42 msgid "Approvers" msgstr "Odobritelji" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:44 msgid "" "The **only** other scenario where different information may be accessible in" " the *Attendances* application is for approvers. If a user does *not* have " @@ -1264,7 +1253,7 @@ msgid "" "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:52 msgid "" "To see who the attendance approver is for an employee, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Employees application` and click on the specific employee. " @@ -1275,7 +1264,7 @@ msgid "" "reports, and make modifications to their records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:61 msgid "" "Few configurations are needed in the *Attendances* application. Determining " "how employees check in and out, defining how the kiosks function, and " @@ -1284,11 +1273,11 @@ msgid "" "Configuration` to access the configuration menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:67 msgid "Modes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how an employee " "checks in when using a kiosk. Options are :guilabel:`Barcode/RFID`, " @@ -1296,31 +1285,31 @@ msgid "" "Selection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:76 msgid "" "The *Barcode* application **does not** need to be installed to use one of " "the Barcode/RFID settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances from Backend`: activate this selection to allow users" " to check in and out directly from the Odoo database. If this is not " "activated, users must use a kiosk to check in and out of work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 msgid "Kiosk settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:88 msgid "" "This section only needs to be configured if employees use kiosks for " "checking in and out. If kiosks are **not** being used, modifying any of " "these fields does **not** adversely affect the *Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode Source`: this setting appears **only** if either of the " "two Barcode/RFID selections were configured for the :ref:`Kiosk Mode " @@ -1329,7 +1318,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Front Camera`, or :guilabel:`Back Camera`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:96 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification`: activate this option if employees " "should use a unique PIN to check in. PINs are configured on each individual " @@ -1337,14 +1326,14 @@ msgid "" "documentation for more information on setting up PINs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Time`: set the duration (in seconds) the check in and " "check out confirmation screen remains on the kiosk before going back to the " "main check in screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:101 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendance Kiosk Url`: Odoo generates a unique web address (URL) " "to use a device as a kiosk without having to sign in to the Odoo database. " @@ -1352,7 +1341,7 @@ msgid "" " browser to present the Attendances application kiosk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 msgid "" "These kiosk URLs are **not** secured with any type of access code. Anyone " "who has the URL can access the Attendances application kiosk. If the URL is " @@ -1361,17 +1350,17 @@ msgid "" "generate a new URL and update the kiosk accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:112 msgid "Extra hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:114 msgid "" "This section specifies how extra time is calculated, including when extra " "time is counted and what time is not logged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count of Extra Hours`: enable this box to allow employees to log " "extra hours beyond their set working hours (sometimes referred to as " @@ -1379,14 +1368,14 @@ msgid "" "well. If this is not activated, no other configurations appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start From`: the current date is automatically entered in this " "field. If desired, click on this field and use the calendar selector to " "modify the start date on which extra hours are logged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Company`: enter the amount of time, in" " minutes, that is **not** counted towards an employee's overtime. When an " @@ -1394,7 +1383,7 @@ msgid "" "minutes, the extra time is **not** counted as overtime for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Employee`: enter the amount of time, " "in minutes, that an employee is given, that does **not** adversely affect " @@ -1404,33 +1393,33 @@ msgid "" "they are **not** penalized for their reduced hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 msgid "" "A company sets both of the :guilabel:`Tolerance` fields to `15` minutes, and" " the working hours for the entire company are set from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:138 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:00 AM, and checks out at 5:14 PM, the extra 14" " minutes are **not** counted towards their overtime." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:141 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:05 AM, and checks out at 4:55 PM, even though " "they logged a total of 10 minutes less than their full working hours, they " "are **not** penalized for this discrepancy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Extra Hours`: activate this box to display the extra " "hours logged by an employee when they check out with a kiosk, or when a user" " checks out in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:149 msgid "" "Employees are still able to log overtime hours even if the :guilabel:`Count " "of Extra Hours` option is not activated. The difference is that when " @@ -1439,177 +1428,41 @@ msgid "" "hours>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:164 -msgid "Check in and out via the database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users who are logged into the " -"database to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " -"application, or use a kiosk. For some smaller companies, where every " -"employee is also a user, this feature may be useful." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:170 -msgid "" -"A user can check in and out on the main database dashboard, as well as in " -"any application. In the upper right corner of the top main menu, which is " -"always visible regardless of what application the user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴" -" (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is visible. Click on the " -"colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, enabling the user to check " -"in and/or out." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:180 -msgid "Check in" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:182 -msgid "" -"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " -"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` and the " -"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:190 -msgid "" -"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 -msgid "" -"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " -"their computer to access their location information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:197 -msgid "" -"If the user has not checked in and out already during the current work day, " -"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " -"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" -" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " -"appears beneath that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:202 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to check in. The :guilabel:`🔴 (red " -"circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget changes appearance" -" as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has checked in, by " -"changing the green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to a yellow " -":guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:207 -msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:210 -msgid "Check out" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:212 -msgid "" -"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " -"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" -" populating the time field. Beneath that line, :guilabel:`HH:MM` is " -"displayed, indicating the hours and minutes that have elapsed since checking" -" in. As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes " -"that have passed since the user checked in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:218 -msgid "" -"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " -"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears in addition to " -"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The time displayed in both of " -"these fields are populated with the most recent check in time, and will " -"match. Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously " -"logged hours are displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 -msgid "" -"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " -"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " -"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that will " -"be logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:228 -msgid "" -"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " -":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button. The attendance widget updates again," -" displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the logged time, and the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check " -"in ➡️` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " -"user allows their computer to access this information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:242 -msgid "" -"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " -"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " -"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" -" appears on the dashboard, including check ins and check outs with no time " -"value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:157 msgid "Kiosk mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:159 msgid "" "Some companies may opt to use a dedicated device (a laptop or desktop PC, a " "tablet, or a mobile phone) for employees to check in and check out from. " "Kiosk mode is used for these scenarios." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:163 msgid "" "If users check in and out using either a badge or an RFID, then an " "accessible device in kiosk mode **must** be available to check in and check " "out using these two methods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 msgid "" "Entering kiosk mode is only available for users with specific :ref:`access " "rights `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:169 msgid "Kiosk mode can be activated in three different ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:171 msgid "" "Navigate to the :guilabel:`Attendances` application, and click " ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode` in the top menu. The device then enters kiosk mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:173 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click on the link in the " @@ -1617,7 +1470,7 @@ msgid "" " recommended to close the database tab to keep the database secure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:177 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click :guilabel:`Copy` next to " @@ -1631,7 +1484,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:186 msgid "" "As a security measure, once a device is in kiosk mode, it is not possible to" " exit kiosk mode and go back into the database without signing back in. To " @@ -1640,11 +1493,11 @@ msgid "" "an extra layer of security, preventing anyone from accessing the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:192 msgid "Badge" msgstr "Priponka" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 msgid "" "To check in or out using a badge, tap the :guilabel:`📷 (camera) Tap to scan`" " image in the center of the kiosk. Then, scan the barcode on the badge using" @@ -1660,11 +1513,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Attendances Kiosk view displaying the scan badge image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:206 msgid "RFID" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:208 msgid "" "To check in or out using an RFID key fob, simply scan the fob with an RFID " "reader. Once scanned, the employee is then either checked in or checked out," @@ -1672,11 +1525,11 @@ msgid "" "all the check in or check out information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:213 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Ročno" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:215 msgid "" "Users who do not have a scannable badge or an RFID fob can manually check in" " and out at a kiosk. Tap the :guilabel:`Identify Manually` button on the " @@ -1686,20 +1539,20 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`confirmation message ` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:221 msgid "" "When a large number of employees appear in the list, making scrolling " "inefficient, there are two ways to quickly find a specific person:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Search...`: tap on the :guilabel:`Search...` field and enter the " "person's name. As the name is typed in, the matching results are displayed " "on the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: to quickly filter the presented employees, tap on a " "department to display only those employees that are part of that department." @@ -1708,11 +1561,11 @@ msgid "" "part of the department, and is displayed when selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:232 msgid "PIN" msgstr "PIN" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:234 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification` option was activated in the " ":ref:`kiosk settings ` section of the " @@ -1720,7 +1573,7 @@ msgid "" "checking in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:238 msgid "" "After the employee is selected, a number pad appears with a message. When " "checking in, :guilabel:`(Employee) Welcome! Please enter your PIN to check " @@ -1729,7 +1582,7 @@ msgid "" "numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:243 msgid "" "Tap in the PIN using the number pad, then tap :guilabel:`OK` when done. The " "employee is then checked in or out, and a :ref:`confirmation message " @@ -1740,11 +1593,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pop-up that appears when prompted to enter a pin." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:253 msgid "Confirmation message" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:255 msgid "" "When an employee checks in or out, a confirmation message appears with all " "the check in or check out information. When checking in, a welcome message " @@ -1756,7 +1609,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 msgid "" "When checking out, the screen displays a goodbye message, with the date and " "time of check out, and the total hours logged for the day. Beneath the " @@ -1768,12 +1621,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The goodbye message with all the employee's check out information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:681 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Pregled" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:273 msgid "" "When entering the *Attendances* application, the :guilabel:`Overview` " "dashboard is presented, containing all the check in and check out " @@ -1784,11 +1637,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:280 msgid "Views" msgstr "Prikazi" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:282 msgid "" "To change the view from the default Gantt chart to a list view, click the " ":guilabel:`List` icon in the top right of the dashboard, beneath the user's " @@ -1796,7 +1649,7 @@ msgid "" "button, located next to the :guilabel:`List` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:286 msgid "" "The default view presents the current day's information. To present the " "information for the :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or " @@ -1810,7 +1663,7 @@ msgid "" "dashboard, presenting information containing the current day's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:295 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Day` view, the column for the current hour is highlighted " "in yellow. If the :guilabel:`Week` or :guilabel:`Month` view is selected, " @@ -1824,7 +1677,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:304 msgid "" "Any entries that have errors appear in red, indicating they need to be " "resolved by a user with the proper :ref:`access rights ` that need to be resolved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this filter has a drop-down to further select a " "specific time period. Select the desired time period from the options " "presented, a specific month, quarter, or year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Last 7 days`: this filter presents the attendance data for the " "last seven days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:332 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`: create a custom filter using the pop-up that " "appears when this is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 msgid "Groups" msgstr "Skupine" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:338 msgid "The default groups that can be selected are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:340 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing the" " following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -1915,13 +1768,13 @@ msgid "" " period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:344 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee`: this group presents the attendance data organized by " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:345 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing " "the following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -1930,7 +1783,7 @@ msgid "" "time period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:349 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`: this option displays a drop-down menu with a " "variety of options to group the attendance data by, including " @@ -1938,53 +1791,53 @@ msgid "" "Address`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:356 msgid "Attendance log details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:358 msgid "" "Odoo captures various time and location details when a user checks in and " "out. The specific details provided are determined by the method the user " "checked in and out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:361 msgid "" "To view the specific check in and/or check out details for an employee, " "click on an individual entry in the overview dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 msgid "" "A detailed attendance log for the user appears in a pop-up window. To close " "the detailed attendance log, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` button in " "the bottom-left corner of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:367 msgid "The detailed attendance log contains the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:370 msgid "Main details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:372 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the name of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 msgid ":guilabel:`Check In`: the date and time the employee checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:374 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: the date and time the employee checked out. This only" " appears if the employee has checked out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:376 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Worked Hours`: the total amount of time the employee logged for " "the day, in an hour and minute format (HH:MM). This value calculates all the" @@ -1992,23 +1845,23 @@ msgid "" "multiple times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Extra Hours`: any extra hours the employee logged that is beyond " "their expected working hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:383 msgid "Check in/check out details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:385 msgid "" "The following information appears for both the :guilabel:`Check In` and " ":guilabel:`Check Out` sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: the method with which the attendance information was " "gathered. :guilabel:`Systray` is displayed if the employee logged in and out" @@ -2017,24 +1870,24 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`using an attendance kiosk `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:392 msgid "" ":guilabel:`IP Address`: the IP address for the computer the employee used to" " log in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:393 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browser`: the web browser the employee used to log in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:394 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Localization`: the city and country associated with the " "computer's IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:395 msgid "" ":guilabel:`GPS Coordinates`: the specific coordinates when the user logged " "in or out. To view the specific coordinates on a map, click the :guilabel:`→" @@ -2046,26 +1899,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The detailed information for an attendance entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:405 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:84 msgid "Errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:407 msgid "" "Entries that contain an error appear on the overview dashboard in red. In " "the :guilabel:`Gantt view`, the entry appears with a red background. If in " "the :guilabel:`List view`, the entry text appears in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:411 msgid "" "An error typically occurs when an employee has checked in but has not " "checked out within the last 24 hours, or when an employee has a check in and" " check out period spanning over 16 hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:414 msgid "" "To fix the error, the attendance entry must be modified or deleted. Click on" " the entry to reveal a pop-up containing the details for that particular " @@ -2082,27 +1935,27 @@ msgid "" "selector is shown, and the time selector is highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:426 msgid "" "When all the information on the pop-up is correct, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close`. When the entry no longer has an error, the entry appears in gray " "instead of red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 msgid "" "To delete an entry, click :guilabel:`Remove` on the pop-up instead of making" " modifications to the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:435 msgid "" "To view attendance reports, click :guilabel:`Reporting` in the top menu. The" " default report displays each employee's attendance information for the past" " 3 months, in a :guilabel:`Line Chart`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 msgid "" "The default view is a :guilabel:`Graph`. To view the data in a pivot table, " "click the :guilabel:`Pivot Table` button on the top right of the report. To " @@ -2110,14 +1963,14 @@ msgid "" "next to the :guilabel:`Pivot Table` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 msgid "" "To present different information, adjust the :ref:`filters and groups " "` in the same way as in the :guilabel:`Overview`" " dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:445 msgid "" "The data can be presented in either a :guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line" " Chart`, :guilabel:`Pie Chart`, :guilabel:`Stacked` chart, or in " @@ -2126,13 +1979,13 @@ msgid "" "chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 msgid "" "To change the :guilabel:`Measures`, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button " "and select the desired measure from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:452 msgid "" "The report can also be inserted into a spreadsheet. Click the " ":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button and a pop-up appears. Select the " @@ -2144,6 +1997,151 @@ msgid "" "The default report view, with all the optional view buttons highlighted." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/check_in_check_out`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:461 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/hardware`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:3 +msgid "Check in and out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users, who are logged into the " +"database, to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " +"application, or use a kiosk. For smaller companies, where every employee is " +"also a user, this feature may be useful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A user can check in and/or out on the main database Odoo dashboard, or while" +" inside any application. To do so, in the upper-right corner of the top main" +" header menu, which is always visible regardless of what application the " +"user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is " +"visible. Click on the colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, " +"enabling the user to check in and/or out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:22 +msgid "Check in" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " +"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)`, and the " +"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in` " +":icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " +"their computer to access their location information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If the user has not already checked in and out during the current work day, " +"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " +"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" +" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " +"appears in that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button to check in. The " +":guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget " +"changes appearance, as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has" +" checked in, by changing the green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` " +"button to a yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:49 +msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:148 +msgid "Check out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " +"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" +" populating the time field. Beneath that line, the hours and minutes that " +"have elapsed since checking in are displayed in a :guilabel:`HH:MM` format. " +"As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes that " +"have passed since the user checked in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " +"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears, in addition to " +"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The times displayed in both of " +"these fields match, and are populated with the most recent check in time. " +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously logged " +"time is displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " +"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " +"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that is " +"logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:70 +msgid "" +"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " +":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " +"yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button. The attendance " +"widget updates again, displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the " +"logged time, while the yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` " +"button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " +"user allows their computer to access this information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:85 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " +"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " +"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" +" appears on the main *Attendances* dashboard, including check ins and check " +"outs with no time value." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Hardware" msgstr "" @@ -2246,6 +2244,305 @@ msgid "" "departments." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:3 +msgid "Departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"All employees in the *Employees* app fall under specific departments within " +"a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:8 +msgid "Create new departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To make a new department, navigate to :menuselection:`Employees app --> " +"Departments`, then click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left to reveal a blank " +"department form. Fill out the following information on the department form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The department for with all fields filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:18 +msgid ":guilabel:`Department Name`: enter a name for the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: using the drop-down menu, select the department " +"manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Parent Department`: if the new department is housed within " +"another department (has a parent department), select the parent department " +"using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates`: if employees in this department " +"require a specific appraisal form that is different from the default " +"appraisal form, tick the checkbox. If this option is activated, an " +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab appears below the form. This field " +"**only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " +"department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Survey`: using the drop-down menu, select the default " +"survey to use for the department when requesting feedback from employees. " +"This field **only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed, **and** " +"the *360 Feedback* option is enabled in the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the department. Click the default " +"white color box to display all the color options. Click on a color to select" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab: this tab **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates` options is activated on the form. " +"Make any desired edits to the appraisal form. The appraisal form is used for" +" appraisals for all employees within this department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:36 +msgid "" +"After the form is completed, click the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon to manually save the changes. When saved, a " +":guilabel:`Department Organization` chart appears in the top-right of the " +"department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The form auto-saves while data is entered, however the :guilabel:`Department" +" Organization` chart does **not** appear until the form is manually saved. " +"If the form is not saved, the :guilabel:`Department Organization` chart is " +"visible upon opening the department card from the :guilabel:`Departments` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:47 +msgid "Refer to the :doc:`../appraisals` documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:50 +msgid "Departments dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured departments, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Departments`. All departments appear in a " +"Kanban view, by default, and are listed in alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The departments dashboard view with all the department cards in a Kanban " +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:175 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each department has its own Kanban card on the main :guilabel:`Departments` " +":icon:`oi-view-kanban` :guilabel:`(Kanban)` dashboard view, that can display" +" the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:66 +msgid "Department name: the name of the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:67 +msgid "Company: the company the department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employees`: the number of employees within the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisals`: the number of appraisals scheduled for employees in " +"the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Requests`: the number of unapproved time off requests " +"for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval ` . This **only** appears if there are requests to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allocation Requests`: the number of unapproved allocation " +"requests for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval " +"`. This **only** appears if there are requests " +"to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Applicants`: the number of :ref:`new applicants " +"` for a position in this department. This **only** appears " +"if there are new applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expense Reports`: the number of employees in the department with " +":ref:`open expense reports to approve `. This **only** " +"appears if there are any expense reports waiting for approval." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Absence`: the number of absences for the current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Color bar: the selected color for the department appears as a vertical bar " +"on the left side of the department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click on an alert in a department card, such as :guilabel:`Time Off " +"Requests`, to reveal a list view of the requests to approve. This list " +"includes **all** open requests to approve, not just from the specific " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The default view for the :guilabel:`Departments` dashboard is a Kanban view." +" It is possible to view the departments in two other forms: a list view and " +"a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a list view, click the :icon:`fa-align-justify` " +":guilabel:`(list)` icon in the top-right corner. The departments appear in a" +" list view, which displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Employees`, " +":guilabel:`Parent Department`, and :guilabel:`Color` for each department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The departments are sorted alphabetically by :guilabel:`Department Name`, by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The departments presented in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When in list view, departments can be managed in batch by selecting one or " +"multiple record's checkbox, then select the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Actions` button to reveal a drop-down menu of actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:113 +msgid "Hierarchy view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a hierarchy view, click the :icon:`fa-share-alt " +"fa-rotate-90` :guilabel:`(hierarchy)` icon in the top-right corner. The " +"departments appear in an organizational chart format, with the highest-level" +" department at the top (typically :guilabel:`Management`), and all other " +"departments beneath it. All child departments of the first-level child " +"departments are folded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Each department card displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, the " +":guilabel:`Manager` (and their profile image), the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Employees` in the department, and the ability to expand the department " +"(:guilabel:`Unfold`) if there are child departments beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Unfold` button on a department card to expand it. Once " +"expanded, the :guilabel:`Unfold` button changes to a :guilabel:`Fold` " +"button. To collapse the department, click the :guilabel:`Fold` button. Only " +"**one** department *per row* can be unfolded at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Click anywhere on a department card to open the department form. Click the " +":guilabel:`(#) Employees` smart button to view a list of all the employees " +"in that department, including all employees in the child departments beneath" +" it, organized by individual department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In the hierarchy view, if the :guilabel:`(2) Employees` button on the " +":guilabel:`Management` card is clicked (the highest-level department card), " +"**all** employees appear in a list view, grouped by department. This is " +"because **all** departments are children of the :guilabel:`Management` " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`(3) Employees` button in the :guilabel:`Sales` department " +"card is clicked, the employees from the :guilabel:`Sales` department, as " +"well as its two child departments (:guilabel:`East Coast Territory` and " +":guilabel:`West Coat Territory`), appear in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "The departments presented in a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list view of employees for the department that was clicked, including all child\n" +"departments." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 msgid "New employees" msgstr "" @@ -2320,7 +2617,6 @@ msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:736 msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "" @@ -2441,7 +2737,8 @@ msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:869 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "Delovne izkušnje" @@ -3680,7 +3977,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:398 msgid "Salary" msgstr "" @@ -5045,10 +5342,6 @@ msgid "" "different ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 -msgid "List view" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:304 msgid "" "The default view of the service records is a list view. This presents all " @@ -5096,11 +5389,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The form automatically saves as data is entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 -msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:331 msgid "" "To view services by their stage, click the :guilabel:`Kanban` button, which " @@ -5186,11 +5474,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:380 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:230 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:889 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:894 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "" @@ -5461,11 +5749,11 @@ msgid "" " pop-up windows close, and the activity now appears on the activity view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 msgid "Frontdesk" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:7 msgid "" "The Odoo *Frontdesk* application provides a way for visitors to check in to " "a building or location, and alert the person they are meeting about their " @@ -5473,24 +5761,24 @@ msgid "" "brought to them, while they wait." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:11 msgid "" "This application is ideal for businesses that do **not** have someone " "working at a reception desk, locations **without** a designated waiting area" " available to guests and visitors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:17 msgid "" "The first item to configure with the *Frontdesk* application is the station," " followed by any drink selections that might optionally be offered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 msgid "Stations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:23 msgid "" "In Odoo's *Frontdesk* application, a *Station* can be thought of as any " "location where someone can sign in and wait for an employee. This is " @@ -5498,35 +5786,35 @@ msgid "" "kiosk where visitors check in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:27 msgid "" "When setting up the *Frontdesk* application, a minimum of one station " "**must** be configured, but there is no limit to how many stations can be " "created and configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:30 msgid "" "To create a station, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Stations`, and click :guilabel:`New`. When clicked, a " "blank frontdesk form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Name`: enter a name for the specific frontdesk " "location. This should be short and easily identifiable, such as `Reception " "Desk` or `Main Lobby`. This field is required in order to create a station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:38 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsibles`: select the person (or persons) who are alerted " "when a visitor checks in using this specific frontdesk. Multiple selections " "can be entered. This field is required in order to create a station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk URL`: this field auto-populates once the frontdesk form is " "saved, with at least the :guilabel:`Frontdesk Name` and " @@ -5534,46 +5822,45 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`(cloud with upward arrow)` icon, located at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:45 msgid "" "Once saved, a URL is generated in the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` field. This URL " "is one way the frontdesk kiosk is accessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:48 msgid "" "To access the kiosk, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at the end of the " "URL, and navigate to that URL in a web browser. This URL opens that specific" " station's frontdesk sign-in page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:52 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a frontdesk form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera" " with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:166 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:184 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to open a file explorer, navigate " "to the desired image/photo file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:58 msgid "" "The image selected for the station photo appears as the background image for" " the station kiosk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:61 msgid "Options tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Host Selection`: if the visitor is attending a meeting, this " "option allows the visitor to select the meeting host from a presented list, " @@ -5581,35 +5868,35 @@ msgid "" "detailed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Authenticate Guest`: if additional information is required when a" " guest checks in, enable this option, and select which of the following are " "required:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: select whether the guest's email address is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Phone`: select whether the guest's phone number is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Organization`: select whether the guest's organization is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Theme`: select the color mode of the kiosk. Choose either " ":guilabel:`Light` or :guilabel:`Dark`. The :guilabel:`Light` selection " @@ -5617,7 +5904,7 @@ msgid "" "selection displays a dark gray and black background." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Self Check-In`: enable this option to present a check-in QR code " "on the kiosk. The QR code allows guests to check in using their mobile " @@ -5625,7 +5912,7 @@ msgid "" "kiosk with multiple guests checking in at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Offer Drinks`: enable this option to offer guests a drink upon " "check in. If this option is enabled, it is necessary to :ref:`configure the " @@ -5634,13 +5921,13 @@ msgid "" " are configured, select each drink to be offered using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:90 msgid "" "The following options are only visible in the :guilabel:`Options` tab if the" " :ref:`Host Selection ` option is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by email`: enable this option to have an email sent to the" " person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -5648,20 +5935,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Email Template` selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:97 msgid "" "To change the default email template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`Email Template` field, then select another email template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any edits to the " "template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:102 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by SMS`: enable this option to have an SMS (text) message " "sent to the person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -5669,13 +5956,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk SMS Template` selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:106 msgid "" "To change the default SMS template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`SMS Template` field, and select another SMS template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:109 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any desired edits to the" @@ -5683,7 +5970,7 @@ msgid "" "characters, which fits in 4 SMS (UNICODE) messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by Discuss`: this option is enabled by default when the " ":guilabel:`Host Selection` option is enabled. This option opens a *Discuss* " @@ -5691,28 +5978,28 @@ msgid "" "in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:116 msgid "" "When enabled, a default message appears for the person the guest is " "visiting. The *Discuss* application **must** be installed in order for this " "option to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:120 msgid "" "*Discuss* is installed by default when creating an Odoo database, and does " "not count towards billing. As long as the *Discuss* application is not " "intentionally uninstalled, the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option works." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:125 msgid "" "The default message format for the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option is: " "`(Frontdesk Station) Check-In: (Guest Name) (Guest Phone Number) " "(Organization) to meet (Name of employee).`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:128 msgid "" "An example of how that might appear in a *Discuss* message is: `Main Lobby " "Check-In: John Doe (123-555-1234) (Odoo, Inc.) to meet Marc Demo.`" @@ -5722,11 +6009,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Frontdesk station form with all the information filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 msgid "Side Message tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:138 msgid "" "Enter any desired text to appear on the station kiosk after a guest has " "checked in, such as a welcome greeting or any necessary instructions. The " @@ -5734,11 +6021,12 @@ msgid "" " a guest has completed the check-in process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:112 msgid "Drinks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:147 msgid "" "After a station is created, the next step is to configure the drinks to " "offer visitors, if desired. This step is **not** necessary or required for " @@ -5746,31 +6034,31 @@ msgid "" "drinks are offered to guests." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:151 msgid "" "To add a drink option, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Drinks`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a " "blank drink form to configure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 msgid "Enter the following information on the drink form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Drink Name`: type the name of the drink option in this field. " "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 msgid "" ":guilabel:`People to Notify`: use the drop-down menu in this field to select" " who is notified when the drink is selected. Multiple people can be entered " "in this field. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:159 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a numerical value in this field to indicate " "where in the list of drink options this specific option appears. The lower " @@ -5779,16 +6067,16 @@ msgid "" "first in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:163 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:181 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a drink form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera " "with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:169 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:187 msgid "" "The image selected now appears in the picture field, and is set as the image" " for the drink." @@ -5798,156 +6086,237 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Drink form with the information filled out for an espresso." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:178 msgid "Station dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:192 +msgid "Kiosk setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " +"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " +"tablet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:197 +msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " +":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" +" a new browser tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " +"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" +" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " +"browser tab or window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " +"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " +"accessing the database when checking-in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" +" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " +":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " +"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " +"requests were made for each drink." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:220 +msgid "" +"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " +"other metrics, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`frontdesk/visitors`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:3 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "Klepetaj z obiskovalci spletne strani" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:5 msgid "" -"To access a complete list of visitors that are currently checked in, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +"In the Odoo *Frontdesk* application, a *visitor* is defined as any non-" +"employee (e.g., repair person, job candidate, etc.). These visitors can be " +"logged upon arrival and departure for security purposes. This ensures an " +"accurate list of people on the premises." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:196 -msgid "" -"The visitors are listed in a list view, with the following details that were" -" entered when they checked in:" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:12 +msgid "Visitor list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To access a complete list of checked-in visitors, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:18 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Planned or Checked-In` and :guilabel:`Today` " "filters appear in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:21 +msgid "" +"All visitors are presented in a list view, with the following details that " +"were entered upon check in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:24 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the guest's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:25 msgid ":guilabel:`Visitor Company`: the company the guest represents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: the guest's phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 -msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`: the drink the guest requested." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`\\*: the drink the guest requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:28 msgid ":guilabel:`Host`: who the guest is waiting to see." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:29 msgid ":guilabel:`CheckIn`: the date and time the guest checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Checkout`: the date and time the guest checked out. As mentioned," -" in the default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " +":guilabel:`Checkout`\\*: the date and time the guest checked out. In the " +"default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " ":guilabel:`Planned` status are visible. Guests with check-out times are only" " visible if the :guilabel:`Today` filter is not active." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duration`: the amount of time the guest has been checked in for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`Station`: the location of where the guest checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: the status of the guest. The options are " ":guilabel:`Checked-In`, :guilabel:`Planned`, :guilabel:`Checked-Out`, or " -":guilabel:`Canceled`. In the default view, only guests with a " -":guilabel:`Checked-In` or :guilabel:`Planned` status are visible." +":guilabel:`Canceled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: the guest's email address." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`\\*: the guest's email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:39 msgid "" -"To the far right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page is " -"an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +"\\* These fields are not visible in the default :guilabel:`Visitor` list. " +"These must be enabled using the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` " +":guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon in the top-right of the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To the far-right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page, " +"there is an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:46 msgid "" "When a guest leaves, click the available :guilabel:`Check out` button to " "update the guest's record, and log the date and time they left." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:49 msgid "" "If a scheduled guest arrives, and they did not check in using the " "*Frontdesk* kiosk, they can be checked in here, by clicking the available " ":guilabel:`Check in` button to log the date and time they arrived." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:53 msgid "" -"Beside the untitled status column a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button appears," -" but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." +"Beside the untitled status column, a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " +"appears, but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:56 msgid "" "When their drink has been served, click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " "to indicate the drink has been delivered to the guest. Once clicked, that " "button disappears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst-1 msgid "" "The full list of currently checked in visitors, with the drinks to be served" " highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:63 msgid "" "If any column is not visible, or if a visible column is preferred to be " -"hidden, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options (two horizontal lines with " -"dots)` icon, located at the end of the column name list." +"hidden, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(additional " +"options)` icon, located at the end of the column name list. Doing so, " +"reveals a reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or disable. A" +" :icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`(check)` icon indicates the column is visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Clicking that reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or " -"disable. A :guilabel:`✅ (checkmark)` icon indicates the column is visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:69 msgid "Planned visitors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:71 msgid "" -"If a guest is expected to arrive at a future date and time, it is possible " -"to enter their information into the *Frontdesk* application in advance." +"Enter expected guest information in advance by creating a planned guest in " +"the *Frontdesk* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:73 msgid "" "To create a planned guest, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Visitors --> New`. Then, enter the same information as any other " -":ref:`visitor `. The only required fields are the " -"visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the :guilabel:`Station` at which they are " -"expected to arrive." +"Visitors`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, enter the same information as " +"any other :ref:`visitor ` on the guest form that appears. " +"The only required fields are the visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Station` at which they are expected to arrive." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:79 msgid "" "If a guest is planned in advance, they must be checked in from the list on " "the :guilabel:`Visitors` page in the *Frontdesk* application " @@ -5956,96 +6325,71 @@ msgid "" " entry remains listed as :guilabel:`Planned`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:84 msgid "" -"Only when a planned guest is checked in inside the application's visitor " -"list, their :guilabel:`Planned` status changes to :guilabel:`Checked-In`." +"The :guilabel:`Planned` status of a planned guest **only** changes to " +":guilabel:`Checked-In` when they are checked in *inside* the application's " +":guilabel:`Visitors` list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:87 msgid "" "If a guest does check in using a kiosk, ensure all records are current, and " -"the list of currently on-site guests is correct. Be sure to check in and/or " -"check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly reflects who " -"is currently on the premises." +"the list of guests that are currently on-site is correct. Be sure to check " +"in and/or check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly " +"reflects who is currently on the premises." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:91 msgid "" "Ensure planned guests are informed that they should **not** check in using " "the kiosk if they are listed as a planned guest in advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:274 -msgid "Frontdesk flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " -"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " -"tablet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:279 -msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:281 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " -":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" -" a new browser tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:283 -msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " -"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" -" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " -"browser tab or window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:288 -msgid "" -"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " -"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " -"accessing the database when checking-in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:95 msgid "Visitor flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:294 -msgid "" -"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a frontdesk kiosk, and " -"enter their information. The information requested is what was configured " -"for that specific frontdesk station. If any information is required, the " -"field displays a red asterisk (*). The visitor must enter the required " -"information in order to check in." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:98 +msgid "Visitor check in" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a :ref:`Frontdesk kiosk " +"`, and click :guilabel:`Check in`. The information " +"requested from the visitor is what was configured for that specific " +"*Frontdesk* station. If any information is required, the field displays a " +"red asterisk (\\*). The visitor **must** enter the required information in " +"order to check in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:105 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, the visitor taps the :guilabel:`Check " "In` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:108 msgid "" -"If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check " -"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: `Do " -"you want something to drink?`" +"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," +" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check " +"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: " +":guilabel:`Do you want something to drink?`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:117 msgid "" "The visitor can tap either :guilabel:`Yes, please`, or :guilabel:`No, thank " "you`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:119 msgid "" "If they select :guilabel:`Yes, please`, a drink selection screen appears, " "and the pre-configured options are listed. The visitor then taps the desired" @@ -6053,47 +6397,46 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Nothing, thanks` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:123 msgid "" -"If a drink selection was made, a `Thank you for registering! Your drink is " -"on the way.` message appears." +"If a drink selection was made, a :guilabel:`Thank you for registering! Your " +"drink is on the way.` message appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:313 -msgid "" -"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," -" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:127 +msgid "Notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:129 msgid "" "Once the visitor has checked in, the person they are visiting, and any other" -" users who were configured to be notified when checks ins occur at the " -"kiosk, are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a " -"*Discuss* chat, or any combination of those three options." +" users who were configured to be notified when check-ins occur at the kiosk," +" are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a *Discuss*" +" chat, or any combination of those three options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:133 msgid "" "If the visitor requested a drink, the user(s) configured as the " -":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified via the " -"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: `(Visitor Name) just " -"checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" +":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified, via the " +"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: :guilabel:`(Visitor " +"Name) just checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the drink has been delivered to the guest, the person who delivered the" " drink is responsible for marking the drink as delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:140 msgid "" "To mark a drink as delivered, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Stations --> (#) Drinks to serve` on the desired station card." +"Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#) " +"Drinks to serve`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:143 msgid "" "This opens a list of all the visitors checked in at that station, and are " "waiting for a drink. Click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button at the end of" @@ -6101,64 +6444,39 @@ msgid "" "their drink served, the visitor disappears from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:150 msgid "" "Once the visitor has completed their business, and has left the premises, it" " is important to check them out for accurate record keeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:153 msgid "" "To check visitors out properly, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app " -"--> Stations --> (#) On Site`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who" -" are currently checked-in at that station." +"--> Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#)" +" Drinks to serve`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who are " +"currently checked-in at that station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:157 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check Out` button near the end of the line for the " +"Click the :guilabel:`Check out` button near the end of the line for the " "visitor who left. Once they are marked as checked-out, the visitor " "disappears from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:161 msgid "" -"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important to" -" check out visitors for accurate record keeping." +"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important " +"for *Frontdesk* users to check out visitors for accurate record keeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:164 msgid "" "Always have an accurate list of who is on the premises at any given time. " "This is important for security purposes, and in the case of an emergency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:353 -msgid "" -"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " -"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:355 -msgid "" -"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" -" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " -":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:358 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " -"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " -"requests were made for each drink." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:361 -msgid "" -"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " -"other metrics, as well." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:5 msgid "Lunch" msgstr "Obrok" @@ -6666,7 +6984,7 @@ msgid "The category form, with the fields filled out for a Soup category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:280 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:701 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:392 msgid "Alerts" msgstr "Opozorila" @@ -7883,13 +8201,20 @@ msgid "" "the changes are also reflected in the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To access contract templates, the *Salary Configurator* " +"(`hr_contract_salary`) module **must** be :ref:`installed " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "To view all the current contract templates in the database, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Contracts: Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Contract Templates` page, all current contract templates " "appear in a list view. To view the details of a contract template, click " @@ -7898,40 +8223,40 @@ msgid "" "contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" "To create a new contract template, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Then, " "enter the following information on the blank contract template form that " "appears:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Reference`: enter a brief description for the template. " "This should be clear and easily understood, as this name appears in the " "*Recruitment* application, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: select the desired working schedule the " "contract applies to from the drop-down menu. If a new working schedule is " "needed, create a :ref:`new working schedule `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select how the work entries are generated. " "Choices are either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: work entries are generated based on the " "selected working schedule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "attendance, as they are logged in the *Attendances* application. Refer to " @@ -7939,56 +8264,56 @@ msgid "" "on checking in and out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Planning`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "planning in the *Planning* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select the :ref:`salary structure type " "` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the contract template applies " "to from the drop-down menu. If blank, the template applies to all " "departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Job Position`: select the :ref:`job position ` the contract template applies to from the drop-down menu. If " "blank, the template applies to all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 msgid ":guilabel:`Wage on Payroll`: enter the monthly wage in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Type`: select the type of contract from the drop-down " "menu. This list is the same as the :ref:`Employment Types " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: select the employee responsible for validating " "contracts, using this template, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`: select a default document that a" " new employee has to sign to accept an offer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template`: select a default document " "that a current employee has to sign to update their contract." @@ -7998,18 +8323,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new contract template form, with the fields filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 msgid "Salary information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or " ":guilabel:`Hourly Wage` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: using the drop-down menu, select how often the " "employee is paid. Options include :guilabel:`Annually`, :guilabel:`Semi-" @@ -8018,7 +8343,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Weekly`, or :guilabel:`Daily`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage`: enter the gross wage. The time period presented in this " "field is based on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Scheduled Pay` field. " @@ -8026,21 +8351,21 @@ msgid "" "*first*, since that entry updates this field automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:172 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)`: enter the total yearly cost the employee " "costs the employer. When this value is entered, the :guilabel:`Monthly Cost " "(Real)` is automatically updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Monthly Cost (Real)`: this field is **not** editable. The value " "is automatically populated after the :guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)` is " "entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:178 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Schedule Pay`, :guilabel:`Wage`, and :guilabel:`Yearly Cost " "(Real)` fields are all linked. If any of these fields are updated, the other" @@ -8053,60 +8378,60 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The salary information tab, with the fields filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 msgid "Pre-tax benefits and post-tax deductions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:190 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings set for the company, the entries " "presented in this section either vary, or may not appear at all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "For example, some entries may pertain to retirement accounts, health " "insurance benefits, and commuter benefits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:196 msgid "" "Enter the monetary amounts or percentages to specify how much of the " "employee's salary goes to the various benefits and/or deductions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "Employment types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:204 msgid "" "To view all the pre-configured employment types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll application --> Configuration --> Contracts: " "Employment Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:207 msgid "" "The employment types are presented in a list view on the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:209 msgid "" "The default employment types are :guilabel:`Permanent`, " ":guilabel:`Temporary`, :guilabel:`Seasonal`, :guilabel:`Interim`, " ":guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, and :guilabel:`Permanent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 msgid "" "To make a new employment type, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the " "upper-left corner, and a blank line appears at the bottom of the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:215 msgid "" "On this new blank line, enter the name of the employment type in the " ":guilabel:`Name` column. If the employment type is country-specific, select " @@ -8115,7 +8440,7 @@ msgid "" " specific country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:220 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the employment types, click the :guilabel:`six " "small gray boxes` icon to the left of the employment type :guilabel:`Name`, " @@ -8126,12 +8451,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The employment types in the database by default, in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -8139,15 +8464,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:238 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:241 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -8155,14 +8480,14 @@ msgid "" "automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work " "Entry Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:251 msgid "" "Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." @@ -8174,29 +8499,29 @@ msgid "" "code and color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 msgid "" "To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:730 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:43 msgid "General information section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: the name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:269 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: this code appears with the work entry type on " "timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " @@ -8204,7 +8529,7 @@ msgid "" "department for a code to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:272 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DMFA code`: this code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " "Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding :abbr:`DMFA (De " @@ -8215,50 +8540,50 @@ msgid "" "salaries paid to those employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 msgid "" ":guilabel:`External Code`: this code is used for exporting data to a third-" "party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used to determine " "the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: this code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " "payroll service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the particular work entry type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:285 msgid "Display in payslip section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rounding`: the rounding method selected determines how quantities" " on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: a timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:295 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -8268,11 +8593,11 @@ msgid "" "hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:301 msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: if the work entry is for work that " "is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " @@ -8281,39 +8606,39 @@ msgid "" " training, or volunteer work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:309 msgid "Valid for advantages section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: if the work entry should count towards a meal " "voucher, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:312 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: if the work entry should count towards " "representation fees, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: if the work entry should count " "towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:318 msgid "Time off options section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off`: check this box if the work entry type can be selected " "for a time off request, or entry, in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field " "appears. This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time" @@ -8321,14 +8646,14 @@ msgid "" "example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "A new type of time off can be entered in the field, if the listed types of " "time off in the drop-down menu do **not** display the type of time off " "needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: this is for Belgian-specific companies " "**only**, and does **not** appear for other localizations. Check this box if" @@ -8339,11 +8664,11 @@ msgid "" "year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:336 msgid "Reporting section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:338 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: if the work entry should be visible on the " "unforeseen absences report, check this box." @@ -8353,11 +8678,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:348 msgid "Working schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 msgid "" "To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " @@ -8365,21 +8690,21 @@ msgid "" "contracts and work entries are found in this list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 msgid "" "Working schedules are company-specific. Each company **must** identify each " "type of working schedule they use. If the database is created for only one " "company, the company column is not available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" "An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " "work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " "that uses the 40-hour standard work week." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "" "A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " "needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." @@ -8391,17 +8716,17 @@ msgid "" "the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "New working schedule" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:373 msgid "" "To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " "enter the information on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -8409,7 +8734,7 @@ msgid "" "times that apply to the new working time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:380 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -8418,16 +8743,16 @@ msgid "" "modified by typing in the time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:386 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:389 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top-left. This creates " "entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" @@ -8435,11 +8760,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New working schedule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:403 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -8449,7 +8774,7 @@ msgid "" "on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:411 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -8459,73 +8784,77 @@ msgid "" "structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:417 msgid "" "The different :guilabel:`Structure Types` can be seen by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure " -"Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary: Structure Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:420 msgid "" -"There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: " -":guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Worker`. Typically, :guilabel:`Employee`" -" is used for salaried employees, which is why the wage type is " -":guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is typically used for" -" employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +"Two default structure types are configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Employee` and" +" :guilabel:`Worker`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:422 +msgid "" +"Typically, :guilabel:`Employee` is used for salaried employees, which is why" +" the wage type is :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is " +"typically used for employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is " +":guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "New structure type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " "structure type form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 msgid "" "Proceed to enter information in the fields. Most fields are pre-populated, " "but all the fields can be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:441 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Structure Type`: enter the name for the new structure type, such " "as `Employee` or `Worker`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Country`: select the country that the new structure type applies " "to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:445 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select what type of wage the new structure type uses," " either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for salaried employees, who receive the same wage " "every pay period, select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:451 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for employees, who receive wages based on how many" " hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: select the typical pay schedule for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," @@ -8534,7 +8863,7 @@ msgid "" "indicates how often this specific type of structure is paid out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: select the default working hours for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " @@ -8545,13 +8874,13 @@ msgid "" "hours>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: type in the name for the regular pay " "structure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:463 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: select the default type of work entry " "the new structure type falls under from the drop-down menu. The default " @@ -8562,13 +8891,13 @@ msgid "" "Hours`, and :guilabel:`Long Term Time Off`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 msgid "" "To view all the options for the :guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`, click " "the :guilabel:`Search More..` button at the bottom of the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:472 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings, this list may contain more options " "in addition to the default options." @@ -8579,11 +8908,11 @@ msgid "" "New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 msgid "New default working hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:484 msgid "" "To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " "in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " @@ -8593,14 +8922,14 @@ msgid "" "time. When the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: type in the name for the new default working hours. This " "should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " "Hours/Week`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that can use these new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " @@ -8608,7 +8937,7 @@ msgid "" " to have their own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:495 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: the average hours per day field is auto-" "populated, based on the working hours configured in the :guilabel:`Working " @@ -8616,13 +8945,13 @@ msgid "" "hours affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:499 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Timezone`: select the time zone to be used for the new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:501 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: enter the number of hours per week an " "employee would need to work to be considered a full-time employee. " @@ -8631,7 +8960,7 @@ msgid "" "(full-time vs part-time)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:505 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Time Rate`: this percentage is auto-generated based on the " "entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" @@ -8641,7 +8970,7 @@ msgid "" "adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: this tab is where each day's specific working" " hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " @@ -8649,26 +8978,26 @@ msgid "" "with each day divided into three timed sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:513 msgid "" "Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening " "(13:00-17:00) hours configured, using a 24 hour time format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:516 msgid "" "To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field to adjust, and " "make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the specific case of " "the times, type in the desired time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:519 msgid "" "Keep in mind, working hours are company-specific, and cannot be shared " "between companies. Each company needs to have their own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "" "If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " "bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " @@ -8677,17 +9006,17 @@ msgid "" " be adjusted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 msgid "Structures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:531 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -8695,13 +9024,13 @@ msgid "" "`Bonus`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:538 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:541 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " @@ -8712,7 +9041,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All available salary structures." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:548 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." @@ -8724,12 +9053,12 @@ msgid "" "Rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:551 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:556 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:261 msgid "Rules" msgstr "Pravila" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:558 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " "purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" @@ -8737,35 +9066,35 @@ msgid "" "the creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:562 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " "Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:565 msgid "" "To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " "the following information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 msgid "Top section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:571 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rule Name`: enter a name for the rule. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " "recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " @@ -8773,38 +9102,38 @@ msgid "" "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:577 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a number indicating when this rule is calculated" " in the sequence of all other rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:576 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Active`: enable this toggle, so the rule is available for use. " "Disable the toggle to hide the rule without deleting it in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:583 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appears on payslip`: tick the checkbox to have the rule appear on" " employee payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:584 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Employer Cost Dashboard`: tick the checkbox to have the " "rule appear on the :guilabel:`Employer Cost` report, located on the " "*Payroll* app dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:586 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Payroll Reporting`: tick the checkbox to have the rule " "appear on payroll reports." @@ -8814,15 +9143,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 msgid "General tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:597 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "Pogoji" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:599 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: select from the drop-down menu whether the " "rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always applies), a :guilabel:`Range` " @@ -8831,11 +9160,11 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:600 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:605 msgid "Computation" msgstr "Izračun" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:607 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: select from the drop-down menu whether the amount " "is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a :guilabel:`Percentage (%)`, or a " @@ -8843,54 +9172,54 @@ msgid "" "percentage, or Python code needs to be entered next. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:613 msgid "Company contribution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:615 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partner`: if another company financially contributes to this " "rule, select the company from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:614 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:810 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 msgid "Description tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:621 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the rule. " "This tab only appears in the rule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:625 msgid "Accounting tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:627 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Debit Account`: select the debit account from the drop-down menu " "the rule affects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Credit Account`: select the credit account from the drop-down " "menu the rule affects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:624 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:629 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not computed in net accountability`: tick the checkbox to delete " "the value of this rule in the `Net Salary` rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:633 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:636 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " @@ -8899,11 +9228,11 @@ msgid "" "has matured to more markets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:642 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:644 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " @@ -8917,14 +9246,14 @@ msgid "" "a payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 msgid "" "To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " ":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " "applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:658 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" " :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " @@ -8936,11 +9265,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new Input Type form filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:664 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:669 msgid "Salary attachment types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:671 msgid "" "Salary attachments, also thought of as \"wage garnishments\", are portions " "of earnings taken out of a payslip for something specific. Much like all " @@ -8948,7 +9277,7 @@ msgid "" "**must** be defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:675 msgid "" "To view the currently configured salary attachments, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Salary " @@ -8957,7 +9286,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Child Support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:679 msgid "" "To make a new type of salary attachment, click the :guilabel:`New` button. " "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Code` (used in the salary " @@ -8969,11 +9298,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new salary attachment form filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " "section of the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary " @@ -8983,7 +9313,7 @@ msgid "" "their salary package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:695 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -8992,11 +9322,11 @@ msgid "" "sees, and what is populated, as the applicant enters information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:701 msgid "Benefits" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:703 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain benefits " "set in Odoo, in addition to the salary, to make an offer more appealing " @@ -9004,7 +9334,7 @@ msgid "" " or internet, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:707 msgid "" "To view the benefits, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary Package Configurator: Benefits`. Benefits are grouped by " @@ -9016,7 +9346,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list view of all the benefits available for each structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:716 msgid "" "A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " "another labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " @@ -9024,7 +9354,7 @@ msgid "" "structure type has a meal voucher benefit available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:720 msgid "" "A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use the " "company car benefit, but cannot have meal vouchers. A person hired under the" @@ -9032,29 +9362,29 @@ msgid "" "available to them, not the use of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:724 msgid "" "To make a new benefit, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " "information in the fields on the blank benefits form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:722 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 msgid "The various fields for creating a benefit are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:732 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefits`: enter the name for the benefit. This field is " "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:733 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "benefit this is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of cost " "incurred by the company for this specific benefit. The default options are " @@ -9065,7 +9395,7 @@ msgid "" "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:739 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Related Type`: select from the drop-down menu what type of " "benefit it is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -9074,52 +9404,52 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:738 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the specific field" " on the contract the benefit appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select the specific field on the contract that the " "cost of the benefit is linked to, using the drop-down menu. If this field is" " left blank, the cost of the benefit is not computed in the employee budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:748 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Net Salary`: tick the checkbox if the benefit should " "impact the employee's net salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requested Documents`: select any document that is required to be " "submitted for this benefit, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:752 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mandatory Benefits`: using the drop-down menu, select the benefit" " that is required in order for this specific benefit to be offered to the " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 msgid "" "For example, a benefit for car insurance would populate `Company Car` in " "this field. This would allow the car insurance benefit to **only** be " "displayed if the employee has selected/enabled the benefit of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:758 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this benefit applies to. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:760 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select the metric that the benefit is granted, " "using the drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " @@ -9130,17 +9460,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new benefit form filled out for an internet subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:768 msgid "Display section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:770 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show Name`: tick the checkbox to have the benefit name appear in " "the salary package configurator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:767 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: select from the drop-down menu how this benefit is" " displayed. The options are :guilabel:`Always Selected`, " @@ -9149,14 +9479,14 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 msgid "" "Depending on the selection made, additional configurations need to be made. " "For example, if :guilabel:`Radio Buttons` is selected, the individual radio " "buttons must be entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Icon`: an icon from the `Font Awesome 4 library " "`_ can be visible for this benefit. Enter" @@ -9164,43 +9494,43 @@ msgid "" "suitcase icon, the code `fa fa-suitcase` is entered on this line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hide Description`: tick the checkbox to hide the benefit " "description if the benefit is not selected by the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:784 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded`: if the benefit should be folded, or hidden, because it " "is dependant on another benefit selection, tick the checkbox. The following " "fields appear when this is active:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Label`: enter a name for the folded section of the benefit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:783 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:788 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Res Field`: select the contract field this benefit is tied " "to using the drop-down menu. If this field is selected on the contract, then" " this benefit becomes visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:792 msgid "Activity section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the activity type" " that is automatically created when this benefit is selected by the " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:796 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation`: select when the activity is created, either " "when the :guilabel:`Employee signs his contract`, or when the " @@ -9208,7 +9538,7 @@ msgid "" "desired selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:799 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation Type`: select the parameters for when the " "activity is created, either :guilabel:`When the benefit is set` or " @@ -9216,47 +9546,47 @@ msgid "" " desired selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:802 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Assigned to`: select the user the activity is automatically " "assigned to, using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:143 msgid "Sign section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:808 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Template to Sign`: if the employee is required to sign a document" " when selecting this benefit, select the document template from the drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:811 msgid "" "For example, a benefit regarding the use of a company car may require the " "employee to sign a document acknowledging the company's car policies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:812 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the benefit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:820 msgid "Personal info" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:822 msgid "" "Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " "candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " "information, resume, work information, and documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:826 msgid "" "The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " "section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " @@ -9264,17 +9594,17 @@ msgid "" "hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:825 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:830 msgid "" "To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " "dashboard, and click on the employee's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:829 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:834 msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:836 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Personal Info` section lists all of the fields that are " "available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " @@ -9288,25 +9618,25 @@ msgid "" "enter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:839 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 msgid "" "To edit a personal info entry, select an entry from the list on the " ":guilabel:`Personal Info` page, and modify the personal info on the form " "that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:842 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 msgid "To create a new personal info entry, click the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:849 msgid "" "The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " "are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " ":guilabel:`Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:852 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down menu. " ":guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the :guilabel:`Bank" @@ -9314,7 +9644,7 @@ msgid "" "account, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:851 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from the drop-down menu that best " "describes what kind of personal information this entry is, and where it is " @@ -9323,13 +9653,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address` or :guilabel:`Personal Documents`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:861 msgid "" "The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " "Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:859 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:864 msgid "" "Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required` box makes the field mandatory on the " "employee's card. The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the " @@ -9342,50 +9672,50 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:871 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:876 msgid "" "The resumé section, housed within the salary package configurator section of" " the settings menu, is how salary information rules are configured when " "offering a position to potential employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:879 msgid "" "When an offer is sent to a prospective employee, the values for the offer " "are computed from these settings, and appear on the offer page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:877 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:882 msgid "" "To configure this section, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator: Resumé`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:885 msgid "" "By default, there are three :guilabel:`Salary Structure Types` pre-" "configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Worker`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " ":guilabel:`None`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:888 msgid "" "Each :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` has several rules configured. These " "affect how an offer is calculated using that particular :guilabel:`Salary " "Structure Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:886 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " ":guilabel:`Contract Salary Resumé` form loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 msgid ":guilabel:`Information`: type in a name for this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:892 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:897 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select the category this value is housed under, using " "the drop-down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Monthly Salary`, " @@ -9393,11 +9723,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:901 msgid "New categories can be made if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, then enter the name for the new category " "in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, select the :guilabel:`Periodicity` from" @@ -9406,23 +9736,23 @@ msgid "" "appears in the :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` rule list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:908 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Monthly Total`: tick the checkbox if this value is added " "in the monthly total calculation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:911 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select what kind of value this rule is, either " ":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Days`, or :guilabel:`Percent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency` is for a set monetary value, :guilabel:`Days` is for " "compensation in the form of time off, and :guilabel:`Percent` is for a " @@ -9430,13 +9760,13 @@ msgid "" "commissions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:912 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select which :guilabel:`Salary Structure " "Type` this rule is nested under, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:919 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Value Type`: select how the value is computed, using the drop-" "down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Fixed Value`, " @@ -9444,7 +9774,7 @@ msgid "" "Benefits Values`, and :guilabel:`Monthly Total`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:922 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: select the code this rule applies to from the drop-down " "menu." @@ -9455,23 +9785,23 @@ msgid "" "The net wage rule form filled out, with all the information for net pay." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:929 msgid "Jobs" msgstr "Zaposlitve" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:926 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:931 msgid "" "Since the *Payroll* application is responsible for paying employees for " "specific job positions, the complete list of job positions can be found in " "both the *Payroll* and *Recruitment* applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:937 #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:934 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:939 msgid "" "The job positions listed in the *Payroll* application are identical to the " "job positions listed in the *Recruitment* application. If a new job position" @@ -9479,13 +9809,13 @@ msgid "" "*Payroll* application, and vice versa." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:943 msgid "" "To view the job positions, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Jobs: Job Positions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:941 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:946 msgid "" "A list of all the job positions appear, along with the corresponding " "department, on the :guilabel:`Job Position` page." @@ -9495,38 +9825,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list of all the job positions and corresponding departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 msgid "" "To create a new job description, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a job " "form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:955 msgid "" "Enter the information on the form for the new position. The information is " "identical as to the information entered when creating a new job position in " "the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 msgid "" "Refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation for more details" " on how to fill out this form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:957 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:962 msgid ":doc:`payroll/contracts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:963 msgid ":doc:`payroll/payslips`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:959 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:964 msgid ":doc:`payroll/work_entries`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:965 msgid ":doc:`payroll/reporting`" msgstr "" @@ -12200,8 +12530,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " "steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" " step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," -" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " -"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +" conducting an interview, or sending a job offer, for example. This process " +"is referred to as the 'applicant flow.'" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 @@ -12234,18 +12564,245 @@ msgid "" "positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " "` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " "stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " -"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes are " "visible on all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:37 msgid "" -"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +"Before creating a job position in Odoo, configure the necessary settings for" +" the *Recruitment* app. To view and edit the settings, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Settings`. After any " +"changes are made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the top-left corner " +"to save all the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:43 +msgid "Job posting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Job Posting` section of the *Recruitment* app settings has " +"only one selection to make. If job positions are to be posted to the " +"company's website, enable the :guilabel:`Online Posting` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Online Posting` is only available if the *Website* " +"application is also installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:53 +msgid "Recruitment process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recruitment process` section of the settings page specifies " +"what the database can and cannot do during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:59 +msgid "Send interview survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Odoo is capable of having a survey sent to an applicant to gather more " +"information about them. Surveys can be thought of as exams, or " +"questionnaires, and can be customized in various ways to provide the " +"recruitment team with valuable insights into the applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option to send surveys to " +"applicants. Once enabled, an :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Interview " +"Survey` internal link appears. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`Interview Survey` link to navigate to a list of all created " +"surveys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:70 +msgid "" +"This list includes all surveys that were created in the database, not just " +"surveys used in the *Recruitment* app. If no surveys have been created, the " +"surveys list displays a :guilabel:`No Survey Found` message, and presents " +"options to create a survey from several pre-configured survey templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:76 +msgid "" +"For more detailed information about surveys, refer to the :doc:`survey " +"essentials <../marketing/surveys/create>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Enabling the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option will install the " +"*Surveys* application once the settings are saved, if it is not installed " +"already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:84 +msgid "Send SMS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:86 +msgid "" +"It is possible to send text messages to applicants directly through the " +"*Recruitment* app. To do so, enable the :guilabel:`Send SMS` option. This " +"option requires credits to use, which can be obtained by clicking the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` internal link that emerges " +"when the feature is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For more information, refer to the :doc:`SMS pricing and FAQs " +"<../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:98 +msgid "CV display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When applicants submit an application, one of the default required fields is" +" a resumé, or :abbr:`CV (curriculum vitae)`. All resumés are stored in the " +"*Documents* application, and are accessible on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:104 +msgid "" +"A resumé has the option to appear on the applicant's form, which can be " +"viewed by clicking on the applicant's card. The resumé appears on the right-" +"side of the screen. If this is not enabled, the resumé is accessed via a " +"link in the chatter, where it needs to be clicked to expand and view it, or " +"downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`CV Display` option to show the resumé on the " +"applicant's card by default, and in addition to the document link. When " +"enabled, the resumé appears on the right side of the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"For the resumé to appear on the right-side, the browser window must be in " +"full-screen mode (where the browser spans the entire screen)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the browser window is set to a size smaller than the entire width of the " +"screen (not full-screen), then the resumé does not appear on the right-side." +" Instead, the resumé appears in the :guilabel:`Files` section of the " +"chatter, below the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The resumé on an applicant's card, appearing on the right side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:128 +msgid "CV digitization (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:130 +msgid "" +"When an application is submitted using any of the available methods, such as" +" an online application submission, emailing a resume to the job position " +"alias, or creating an applicant record directly from the database, it is " +"possible to have Odoo extract the applicant's name, phone number, and email " +"address from the resumé and populate the applicant's form. To do so, enable " +"the :guilabel:`CV Digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:136 +msgid "" +"When enabled, additional options appear. Click on the corresponding radio " +"button to select one of the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not digitize`: this option turns off resumé digitization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize on demand only`: this option only digitizes resumes when" +" requested. A :guilabel:`Digitize document` buttons appears on applicant " +"cards. When clicked, the resumé is scanned and the applicant's card is " +"updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize automatically`: this option automatically digitizes all " +"resumés when they are submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Beneath these options are two additional links. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-" +"right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` button to purchase credits for CV " +"digitization. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`View My Services` " +"to view a list of all current services, and their remaining credit balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:151 +msgid "" +"For more information on document digitization and :abbr:`IAP's (in-app " +"purchases)`, refer to the :doc:`In-app purchase (IAP) " +"<../essentials/in_app_purchase>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:155 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option for :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)`" +" at first may seem like a redundancy. It seems to be the same as disabling " +"the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option is enabled, a module is " +"installed so that resumés can be scanned. Disabling this option would " +"uninstall the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If at some point, there is a desire to temporarily stop digitizing resumés, " +"the :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option is selected. The reason this option " +"is available is so that the module is not uninstalled, allowing for " +"digitization to be enabled in the future by selecting one of the other two " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"When sending an offer to an applicant, an expiration date can be set on the " +"offer. Enter the number of days an offer is valid for in the " +":guilabel:`days` field. After the set amount of days has passed, if the " +"applicant has not accepted the offer, the offer is no longer available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To access the Kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " ":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " "opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " -"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " -"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " -"job position." +"Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` smart button on a job position " +"card to navigate to the Kanban view for all the applicants for that " +"particular job position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12253,119 +12810,130 @@ msgid "" "Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:186 msgid "" -"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"Inside the job application, the Kanban stages appear, with all the " "applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" -" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +" are currently in. There are six default stages in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:190 +msgid ":ref:`New `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:191 msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:194 msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:195 msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:197 msgid "" -"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " -"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " -"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " -"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " -"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default. Folded " +"columns appear gray, and the applicants in it are hidden from view. To " +"expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that column, click " +"anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and the column " +"expands, revealing the applicants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:206 msgid "" -"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " -"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, providing status " +"information for the applicant's in that specific stage. The status colors " +"are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:209 +msgid ":guilabel:`Green`: the applicant is ready to move to the next stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:210 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " -"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " -"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " -"stage." +":guilabel:`Red`: the applicant is blocked from moving to the next stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " -"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +":guilabel:`Gray`: the applicant is still in progress in the current stage " +"and is neither ready nor blocked from the next stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " -"which need to be scheduled." +"The status for each card is set manually. To set the status, click on the " +"small circle in the lower-left of the applicant card. A status pop-up window" +" appears. Click on the desired status for the applicant. The status dot on " +"the applicant card as well as the status bar updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The applicant card statuses, and status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:223 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " -"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " -"applicants currently in the stage." +"The names for the three status colors (`In Progress`, `Blocked`, and `Ready " +"for Next Stage`) :ref:`can be modified `, if " +"desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:229 msgid "Customize stages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:231 msgid "" "Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " "particular hiring steps of a business." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:235 msgid "New stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 msgid "" -"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " -"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " -"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" -" the screen to exit the new column creation." +"To create a new stage, click on :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Stage` and a new " +"column appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Stage " +"title` field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and " +"another new stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click" +" anywhere on the screen to exit the new stage creation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgid "The plus sign to click to add a new column to the Kanban stages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:249 msgid "Modify stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:251 msgid "" "To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " -":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " -"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " -"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " -"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " -"when done." +":icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side " +"of the stage. Click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon and a menu" +" appears. Then click on the :guilabel:`Edit` option. An :guilabel:`Edit: " +"(Stage)` form appears. Make any desired modifications to the form, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12374,40 +12942,39 @@ msgid "" "displays when clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 -msgid "Edit column form" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:265 +msgid "Edit stage form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:267 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " -"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" -" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +"The :guilabel:`Edit: (Stage)` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required field is the :guilabel:`Stage Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:272 msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " "drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " -"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"the stage, an email is automatically sent to the applicant using the " "selected template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " "(hidden) at all times in the default view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " "applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " @@ -12415,138 +12982,147 @@ msgid "" "is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:282 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " -"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " -"job positions can be selected." +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to specific job " +"positions, select the job positions from the drop-down menu. Multiple job " +"positions can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" " the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" " referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " ":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " -"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage. The *Referrals* app " +"must be installed in order to use this option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:289 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" -" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" -" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " -"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " -"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured status labels " +"(colored circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These " +"colors are displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the" +" applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the" +" label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " ":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " ":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" " any requirements of the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:298 msgid "Delete stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:300 msgid "" "If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," -" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." -" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " -"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " -":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " -":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` " +"icon appears. First, click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A " +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up warning appears, asking :guilabel:`Are you " +"sure you want to delete this column?` Click :guilabel:`Delete` to delete the" +" column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:307 msgid "" "If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " -"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" -" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" -" before deleting." +"up when attempting to delete the stage. The records currently in the stage " +"to need to be either deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage before" +" the stage can be deleted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:312 msgid "Email templates" msgstr "Predloge e-pošte" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 msgid "" "To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " "templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " "use them are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " -"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " -"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " -"Interview` stage." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Applicant Acknowledgement`: this template is used to" +" let the applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`New` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:320 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " -"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " -"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Interest`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application caught the recruiter's attention, and " +"they have been shortlisted for either a phone call or an interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:323 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" -" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " -"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview`: this template is used to let " +"the applicant know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial " +"Qualification` stage and they will be contacted to set up an interview with " +"the recruiter. This email is automatically sent out once the applicant is in" +" the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:327 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" -" longer being considered for the position." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when " +"an applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the " +"position, and thanks them for their time and consideration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:330 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " -"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " -"configure their salary package." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is " +"no longer being considered for the position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 msgid "" "Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" " business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " ":doc:`../general/companies/email_template` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:337 msgid "" -"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " -"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " -":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " -"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +"To manually send an email, click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send an email from the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:344 msgid "" -"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " -":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " -"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " -"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +"Click the :icon:`fa-expand` :guilabel:`(expand)` full composer icon in the " +"bottom right corner of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter. A " +":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window loads, with the " +":guilabel:`Recipients` and :guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The " +"applicant's email address is entered in the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and" +" the :guilabel:`Subject` is `(Job Position)`. The email body is empty by " +"default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:350 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the field next to " +":guilabel:`Load template` in the bottom section of the window. Select the " +"email template to use from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 msgid "" -"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " -":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " "Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " "information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" " the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " @@ -12554,47 +13130,55 @@ msgid "" "change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:359 msgid "" -"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " -"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " -"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" -" of available templates." +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model load. There are " +"other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not configured" +" for the recruitment application, they do not appear in the list of " +"available templates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 msgid "" -"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " -"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " -"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " -":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " -"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " -"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " -"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " -"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " -"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button" +" in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the :icon:`fa-" +"close` :guilabel:`(delete)` icon to the right of the attachment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:367 +msgid "" +"If any changes need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If " +"the edits should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved " +"as a new template. Click the :guilabel:`Save Template` button in the bottom." +" To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email is sent to the " +"applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 msgid "Stage flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:375 msgid "" "In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " -"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the Kanban view to the" " desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:379 msgid "" "To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " -"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " -"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " -"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"in the Kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted at the top, above the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 +msgid "" +"Click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " "indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " -"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " -"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +"Kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top-left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12603,104 +13187,137 @@ msgid "" "applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:233 -msgid "Initial qualification" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:643 +msgid "New" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:398 msgid "" "The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " "flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " "recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:402 msgid "" -"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " -"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " -"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " -"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " -":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " -"required when applying for a job position." +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`New` stage, whether submitted online" +" or if the applicant is manually entered by a recruiter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:405 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically populates the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`, the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile` number, and :guilabel:`LinkedIn " +"Profile` on the applicant's card. This information is required when applying" +" for a job position, by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If the website application form is modified, different fields may be " +"populated based on what information is requested on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:414 msgid "" "If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " -"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " -":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " -"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " -"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " -"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " -"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " -"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" -" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +"Introduction` section of the online application, it will populate in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:421 +msgid "" +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé would appear " +"in the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"*Documents* application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the left-" +"hand side. All recruitment documents are stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "" +"If the :ref:`CV Display ` option was enabled in the " +":ref:`Settings ` menu, the resumé appears on the " +"applicant's card, on the right-hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:431 msgid "Send interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:433 msgid "" "At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " "applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " "can be formatted in a variety of ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid "" +"The *Surveys* application is used to send these *interviews*, therefore the " +"*Surveys* application must be installed to send an interview to an " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 msgid "" "Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " "questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " -"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " -"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " -"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " -"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " -"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" -" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" -" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +"be formatted to suit each individual job positions needs. For more " +"information on creating and editing interview forms, refer to the " +":doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 +msgid "" +"A job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form" +" of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:450 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top-left of the " +"applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Send Interview` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Send an " +"interview` pop-up window appears, with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:458 msgid "" "In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" " the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" -" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " -"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " -"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " -"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " -":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, an " +":guilabel:`Edit:(Applicant)` pop-up window appears on top of the " +":guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window. Enter the email address in the " +":guilabel:`email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. Once the " +"applicant's information is saved, the :guilabel:`Edit: (Applicant)` closes " +"and the :guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window remains." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 msgid "" -"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " -"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " -"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +"Email templates use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the " +"applicant and the job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey" +" if more people should receive the email. If an email is in the database as " +"a contact, add that contact in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. If an email" +" should be sent to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they" +" should **not** be added as a contact, add their email in the " +":guilabel:`Additional emails` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:279 -msgid "" -"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " -"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " -"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " -"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " -"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 -msgid "" -"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " -"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " -"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " -"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " -"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " -"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " -"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1066 msgid "" "If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " "button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " @@ -12708,25 +13325,26 @@ msgid "" " and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:475 msgid "" "If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" " for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " "window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " -"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " -"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " -"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +"calendar selector appears. Use the :icon:`fa-chevron-left` " +":guilabel:`(left)` and :icon:`fa-chevron-right` :guilabel:`(right)` arrows " +"on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then click on " +"the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"The :guilabel:`Mail Template` field is pre-populated based on the " "configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" " drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " "template loads in the email body." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 msgid "" "To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " ":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." @@ -12738,11 +13356,11 @@ msgid "" "pre-configured template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:494 msgid "Refuse" msgstr "Zavrni" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:496 msgid "" "At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " "the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" @@ -12751,95 +13369,265 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refuse`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " -"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " -":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " -"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " -"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " -"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " -"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" -" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " -"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " -"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " -"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Click the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reason` from the presented options. The default refuse " +"reasons in Odoo, and their corresponding email templates, are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:508 +msgid "Email Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:509 +msgid "Refusal Reason" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:510 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Language issues`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Role already fulfilled`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Duplicate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Spam`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:516 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: don't like job`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: better offer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "" +"Additional refusal reasons :ref:`can be created and existing ones can be " +"modified or deleted `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:525 msgid "" "Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " "which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " "example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " -"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" -" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"applicant's name appears anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the " +"email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " "the :doc:`../general/companies/email_template` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 msgid "" -"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " -"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," -" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " -"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" -" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" -" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +"After a :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` is selected, two fields appear below the " +"refusal reason: :guilabel:`Send Email` and :guilabel:`Email Template`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:534 msgid "" -"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"The applicant's email address automatically populates the :guilabel:`Send " +"Email` field; additional email recipients cannot be added. If an email " +"should **not** be sent to the applicant, uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:538 +msgid "" +"The email template associated with the refusal reason populates the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field. If a different email template is desired, " +"select a different template from the :guilabel:`Email Template` drop-down " +"menu. To view the email template, click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon " +"to the right of the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. The email template " +"loads in a :guilabel:`Open: Email Template` pop-up window, and can be " +"modified if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:545 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Refuse`. The " "refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " -"appears on the applicant's card." +"appears on the applicant's card in the top-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top-right " "corner in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 msgid "" "After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " -"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " -"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" -" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " -":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " -"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " -"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +"position's Kanban view. To view the refused applicants only, click the " +":guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the search box, then click " +":guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` section. All applicants " +"that have been refused for the job position appear, in the stage they were " +"when they were refused." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:558 +msgid "" +"To view all applicants that have been refused from all job positions, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All " +"Applications`. Click the :guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the " +"search box, then click :guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"section. All applications for all job positions are presented in a list " +"view, organized by stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "Create or modify refuse reasons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:569 +msgid "" +"To view all currently configured refuse reasons, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Settings --> Applications: Refuse " +"Reasons`. All the refuse reasons appear in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +"To create a new refuse reason, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" +"left corner. A blank line appears at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Description` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +"Type in the new refuse reason in the field. It is recommended to enter a " +"reason that is short and concise, such as `offer expired` or `withdrew " +"application`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, click on the field to reveal " +"a drop-down menu. Select an :guilabel:`Email Template` from the list to be " +"used when this refuse reason is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +"If a new :guilabel:`Email Template` is desired, type in the name for the new" +" template in the field. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` and a " +":guilabel:`Create Email Template` form pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the form and an email :guilabel:`Subject` in " +"the corresponding fields. Enter the email content in the :guilabel:`Content`" +" tab. Make any other desired modifications to the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the template and return to the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reasons` list. The new template appears in the new refuse " +"reason :guilabel:`Email Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +"To make any modifications to a refuse reason, click on the line, and make " +"any desired changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:594 msgid "New applicant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:596 msgid "" "An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " "be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" -" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " -"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " -"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " -"button." +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online) an applicant " +"card can be easily added from the job position Kanban view in one of two " +"ways, using either the :ref:`quick add ` " +"button or the :ref:`New ` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 msgid "Quick add" msgstr "Hitro dodajanje" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:607 msgid "" -"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " -"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " -"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"Quickly add a new applicant using the *quick add* button. If not already in " +"the job position Kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by " +"going to :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job " +"Positions`. Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` button on the job " "position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " -"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " -":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +"small :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in the top-right of the " +":guilabel:`New` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:616 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`: Enter the title for the card. Typically " +"this is the applicant's name and job position being applied to, for example:" +" `Laura Smith - HR Manager`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, " +"unless the :guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:671 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:623 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card appears in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:628 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`delete` icon or anywhere on the screen to " +"close the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12848,104 +13636,60 @@ msgid "" "option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 -msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:645 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" -" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " -"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the *New* " +"button. If not already in the Kanban view for the job position to add an " +"applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by going to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job Positions`. " +"Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left of the Kanban view " +"and a blank applicant form loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:389 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:434 -msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " -"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " -"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " -"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:396 -msgid "" -"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " -"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " -"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " -"the card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:400 -msgid "" -"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " -"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " -"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:407 -msgid "Create" -msgstr "Ustvari" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:409 -msgid "" -"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " -":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " -"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," -" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " -"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:651 msgid "" "Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " "the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " "well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" " fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" " configurations, some fields may not be displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:662 msgid "Applicant section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:664 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" " the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +"position being applied to, for example: `John Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, unless the " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " -"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:672 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:673 msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:674 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`LinkedIn Profile`: enter the web address for the applicant's " +"personal profile on LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" " from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " @@ -12955,132 +13699,189 @@ msgid "" " high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:681 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" -" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " -":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " -"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: using the drop-down menu, select the people who " +"will conduct the interview(s). The selected people must have either " "*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " -"in order to appear on the drop-down." +"to appear in the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " "recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " "all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:687 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " -"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Evaluation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for the" +" applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " ":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:690 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source`: using the drop-down menu, select where the applicant " +"learned about the job position. The following options come pre-configured in" +" Odoo: :guilabel:`Search engine`, :guilabel:`Lead Recall`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Monster`, :guilabel:`Glassdoor`, and " +":guilabel:`Craigslist`. To add a new :guilabel:`Source`, type in the source," +" then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new source)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:695 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Medium`: using the drop-down menu, select the method, or " +":guilabel:`Medium`, for the :guilabel:`Source` that the applicant found the " +"job listing with. The pre-configured options are: :guilabel:`Banner`, " +":guilabel:`Direct`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, " +":guilabel:`Google Adwords`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Phone`, " +":guilabel:`Television`, :guilabel:`Twitter` (now known as \"X\"), or " +":guilabel:`Website`. To add a new :guilabel:`Medium`, type in the medium, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new medium)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:701 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " "job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " "the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " -"installed for this to appear." +"installed for this field to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:704 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: select the available start date for the applicant." +" To select a date, click on the field to reveal a calendar. Use the " +":guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrows on either side of the " +"month to navigate to the desired month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to" +" select the date. If no entry is selected that indicates the applicant is " +"ready to begin work immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:709 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, then click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 msgid "Job section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 msgid "" "The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " "long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" " possible, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " "to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:722 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " -"drop-down menu." +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job position is for using the " +"drop-down menu. This field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:726 msgid "Contract section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:728 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " "for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " "The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:731 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" -" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are requested by " +"the applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Expected Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" -" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " -"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are offered to the " +"applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Proposed Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `unlimited sick time` or `retirement plan`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:484 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " -"select the available start date for the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:742 msgid "Application summary tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 msgid "" "Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" " can be typed into this field." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +"Skills can be added to the applicant's card. To add a skill, follow the same" +" steps as outlined in the skills section of the :ref:`Create new employees " +"` document." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:760 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "" +"If an applicant seems to be a good potential candidate, they are moved to " +"the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage. This could be for a number of " +"reasons, such as they have the relevant experience, education, or " +"certifications the position requires." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:766 +msgid "" +"This stage is to quickly sort candidates that have potential, and those that" +" do not meet the requirements. No automatic actions, such as emails, are set" +" for this stage. This stage simply informs the recruitment team to " +"potentially set up a phone call or an interview with the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:773 msgid "First interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:775 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " "they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " -"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +"position Kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" " the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " "the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " "applicant's card." @@ -13088,155 +13889,176 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"An applicant's card moves from one stage to another by using the click and " "drag method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:785 msgid "" -"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" -" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " -"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " -"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " -"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " -"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " -"the chatter." +"The :guilabel:`First Interview` stage can be modified so when the " +"applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an email is" +" automatically sent to the applicant stating an interview is requested. In " +"this pre-configured email template, a link to the recruiting team's calendar" +" appears, allowing the applicant to schedule their interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 msgid "" -"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " -"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " -"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " -"button at the top of the applicant's record." +":ref:`Edit ` the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, " +"and select the :guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` for the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field, to automate this action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 msgid "" -"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " -":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " -"the applicant's card." +"An interview can be scheduled in one of two ways: either manually by the " +"recruitment team, or by the applicant themselves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:802 msgid "" -"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " -"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " -":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " -"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " -":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +"If the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage was modified to send the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` email template when an applicant" +" reaches that stage, the applicant received a link to the recruitment team's" +" calendar, and can schedule the interview on their own. The recruitment " +"team's availability is reflected in the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +msgid "" +"If the interview needs to be scheduled by the recruitment team, they should " +"reach out to the applicant for a date and time that works. When a date and " +"time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and interviewer, the " +"interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, whether a phone or in-" +"person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button at the top of " +"the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button displays :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings are " +"currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage, this is the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:817 +msgid "" +"If there is one meeting already scheduled, the smart button displays " +":guilabel:`1 Meeting`, with the date of the upcoming meeting beneath it. If " +"more than one meeting is scheduled, the button displays :guilabel:`Next " +"Meeting`, with the date of the first upcoming meeting beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:821 msgid "" "Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " "meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " "the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " "right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" " events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " -"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +"hidden. Only the checked attendees are visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:827 msgid "" -"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " -"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " -":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " -"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " -"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " -"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +"The default view is the :guilabel:`Week` view. To change the calendar view, " +"click the :guilabel:`Week` button, then select the desired view from the " +"drop-down menu. The other options are either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:831 +msgid "" +"An option to display or hide weekends is available. Click the " +":guilabel:`Week` button, then click :guilabel:`Show weekends` to deactivate " +"it (the default is to show weekends). If a check mark is next to " +":guilabel:`Show weekends`, weekends are visible. If there is no check mark, " +"weekends are hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:836 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed date range for the calendar, either use the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-left` :guilabel:`(left arrow)`, :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`(Right arrow)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, " +"or click on a date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed " +"calendar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:845 msgid "" -"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " -"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " -"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " -"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " -"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " -"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " -"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +"To add a meeting to the calendar when in the day or week view, click on the " +"start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, to select the date, " +"time, and the length of the meeting. A meeting can also be added in this " +"view by clicking on the day *and* the time slot the meeting is to take " +"place." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:850 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " -"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +"Both methods cause a :ref:`New Event ` pop up window" +" to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:564 -msgid "New event card" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:855 +msgid "New event pop-up window" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:857 msgid "" -"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " -"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " -"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " -"save the changes and create the meeting." +"Enter the information on the form. The only required fields to enter are the" +" :guilabel:`Meeting Title`, and the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` " +"fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to" +" save the changes and create the interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:861 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"The fields available to populate or modify on the :guilabel:`New Event` card" +" are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:863 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Title`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " "clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:866 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End`: select the start and end date and " +"times for the meeting. Click on one of the fields and a calendar pop-up " +"window appears. Select both the start and end date and times, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:869 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all-day interview, check the box. " +"If this box is checked, the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` fields are" +" hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:871 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " "default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " "many other people as desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 -msgid "Meeting details tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:873 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting start time." +":guilabel:`Videocall URL`: if the meeting is virtual, or if there is a " +"virtual option available, click :guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting` and a URL is " +"automatically created for the meeting and populates the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:582 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting end time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:584 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " -":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " -"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " -"duration length." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:587 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " -"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " -":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " -"and end times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:590 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " -"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:876 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " "an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," @@ -13247,42 +14069,107 @@ msgid "" "instructions for each command to complete the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:598 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " -"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" -" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " -"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" -" via the selected option." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:884 +msgid "More options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:886 +msgid "" +"To add additional information to the meeting, click the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button in the lower-right corner of the pop-up window. Enter any of" +" the following additional fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:889 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length. The default length of a meeting is one hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:892 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. Several additional fields appear when this is " +"enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:896 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: using the drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:898 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings " +"repeat. The available options are :guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Yearly`, or :guilabel:`Custom`. If " +":guilabel:`Custom` is selected, a :guilabel:`Repeat Every` field appears " +"beneath it, along with another time frequency parameter (:guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, :guilabel:`Months`, or :guilabel:`Years`). Enter a number" +" in the blank field, then select the time period using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:904 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat on`: if :guilabel:`Weekly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Repeat on` field appears. Click on " +"the corresponding day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:906 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day of Month`: if :guilabel:`Monthly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Day of Month` field appears. Using " +"the drop-down menu, select either :guilabel:`Date of month` or " +":guilabel:`Day of month`. If :guilabel:`Date of month` is selected, enter " +"the date the meeting repeats. If :guilabel:`Day of month` is selected, use " +"the drop-down menus to determine the frequency. Select either " +":guilabel:`First`, :guilabel:`Second`, :guilabel:`Third`, " +":guilabel:`Fourth`, or :guilabel:`Last` for the first drop-down menu, then " +"select the day (:guilabel:`Monday`, :guilabel:`Tuesday`, etc.) in the second" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:913 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Until`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings stop " +"repeating. The available options are :guilabel:`Number of repetitions`, " +":guilabel:`End date`, and :guilabel:`Forever`. If :guilabel:`Number of " +"repetitions` is selected, enter the number of total meetings to occur in the" +" blank field. If :guilabel:`End date` is selected, specify the date using " +"the calendar pop-up window, or type in a date in a XX/XX/XXXX format. " +":guilabel:`Forever` schedules meetings indefinitely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:920 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " -"in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:921 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " "menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:923 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " -"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " -":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " -"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +":guilabel:`Appointment`: if an appointment is associated with this meeting, " +"select it form the drop-down menu, or create a new appointment by typing in " +"the appointment name, then click :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. A " +":guilabel:`Create Appointment` form loads. Enter the information on the " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:613 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:927 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select if the organizer appears either " +":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Busy` for the duration of the meeting, " +"using the drop-down menu. Next, select the visibility of this meeting, using" +" the drop-down menu to the right of the first selection. Options are " ":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " "users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " ":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " @@ -13290,41 +14177,50 @@ msgid "" "the company database to see the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:934 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " -"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" -" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " -"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " -"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " -"attendees at the same time." +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:936 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Default " +"options include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`SMS Text Message`, each with a specific time period before the " +"event (hours, days, etc). The reminder chosen alerts the meeting " +"participants of the meeting via the selected option at the specified time. " +"Multiple reminders can be selected in this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:947 msgid "Send meeting to attendees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:949 msgid "" "Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " -"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message from the " +"expanded :guilabel:`Event Form` (what is seen when the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button is clicked on in the event pop-up window)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:953 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " -"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " -"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" -" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " -"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " -"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " -"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " -"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " -"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +"To send the meeting via email, click the :icon:`fa-envelope` " +":guilabel:`Email` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact" +" Attendees` email configurator pop-up window appears. A pre-formatted email " +"using the default :guilabel:`Calendar: Event Update` email template " +"populates the email body field. The followers of the document (job " +"application), as well as the user who created the meeting are added as " +":guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's email address to the " +"list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make any other desired " +"changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button, navigate to the file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " ":guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" @@ -13333,39 +14229,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:647 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:966 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " -"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " -"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " -"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." -" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " -"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " -":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :icon:`fa-mobile` " +":guilabel:`SMS` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS " +"Text Message` pop-up appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:969 msgid "" -"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " -":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " -"contacts with a valid phone number." +"At the top, a blue box appears if any attendees do not have valid mobile " +"numbers, and lists how many records are invalid. If a contact does not have " +"a valid mobile number listed, click :guilabel:`Close`, and edit the " +"attendee's record, then redo these steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:658 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:973 msgid "" -"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " -"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" -" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " -"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" -" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " -"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +"When no warning message appears, type in the message to be sent to the " +"attendees in the :guilabel:`Message` field. to add any emojis to the " +"message, click the :guilabel:`Add Emoji` icon on the right-side of the pop-" +"up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:977 +msgid "" +"Beneath the message field, the number of characters, as well as the amount " +"of text messages required to send the message (according to GSM7 criteria) " +"appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue` to have the text sent later, after " +"any other messages are scheduled, or click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the " +"message immediately." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:669 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:987 msgid "" "Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " "messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " @@ -13373,11 +14273,11 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`../essentials/in_app_purchase` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:994 msgid "Second interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:996 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " "can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " @@ -13386,72 +14286,87 @@ msgid "" "Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1001 msgid "" "When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " -"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " -"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " -":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " -"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage. The " +"recruiter can now :ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the applicant, following the same process as the first " +"interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1009 msgid "Contract proposal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1011 msgid "" "When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " "be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " "and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" -" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top-right of" " the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1016 msgid "" "The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," " click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " -"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " -"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " -"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " -"is set to `0.00`)." +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. Most fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position. If any necessary fields are blank, enter " +"the relevant information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:705 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1022 msgid "" "Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" "up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " "applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " -"not appear on the pop-up." +"*Fleet* application is not installed, any fields related to vehicles do not " +"appear on the pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1028 msgid "Universal fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1030 msgid "" "The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " "localization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1032 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " -"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: the template currently being used to populate" +" the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window. To modify the " +"template, click the :guilabel:`Internal link` icon to the right of the drop-" +"down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. A " +"different :guilabel:`Contract Template` can be selected using the drop-down " +"menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1037 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " -"applicant." +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the name of the :guilabel:`Job Position` being " +"offered to the applicant. The selections available in the drop-down menu " +"correspond to the :guilabel:`Job Positions` configured on the main " +"*Recruitment* dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1040 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the specific name of the position being offered to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1041 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the :guilabel:`Department` the job position falls " +"under." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1042 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " "default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" @@ -13460,109 +14375,50 @@ msgid "" "click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1046 msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1047 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " -"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " -"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " -"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," -" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" -" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " -"application." +":guilabel:`Link Expiration Date`: job offers are only valid for a specific " +"period of time. The default expiration date is 30 days. Modify the " +"expiration date, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:732 -msgid "" -"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " -"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:738 -msgid "" -"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " -"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" -" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:743 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" -" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:746 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " -"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" -" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:749 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " -"the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " -"that will be assigned to the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:752 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " -"for the cafeteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " -"contract that is being offered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " -"sending." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1051 msgid "Send offer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1053 msgid "" -"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" -" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " -"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" -" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " -"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " -"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +"When the information is all updated, click :guilabel:`Send By Email` to send" +" the offer to the applicant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1056 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " -"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" -"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " -"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." -" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " -"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " -":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " -":guilabel:`Send`." +"If the applicant does not have an email address listed on their applicant " +"card, a warning appears in a red box at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window, stating :guilabel:`The" +" applicant does not have a valid email set. The Offer Link won't be able to " +"be completed.` Click :guilabel:`Discard`, enter an email on the applicant's " +"card, then click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1062 +msgid "" +"An email pop-up window loads. The default :guilabel:`Recruitment: Your " +"Salary Package` email template is used, and the :guilabel:`Recipients`, " +":guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-populated based on the email " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1070 +msgid "Once the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1073 msgid "" "To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " "necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " @@ -13573,11 +14429,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1081 +msgid "Configure your package" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1083 +msgid "" +"The email template includes a :guilabel:`Configure your package` button. " +"This link takes the applicant to a webpage where they can modify the " +"proposed salary package, and enter their personal information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1087 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant is hired, the personal information entered on the webpage" +" is imported to their employee record, when created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1090 +msgid "" +"If applicable, the applicant can modify their salary package. This option is" +" not available for all localizations. Depending on where the company is " +"located, this option may not be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1093 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is completed, the applicant accepts the offer by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Review Contract & Sign` button to accept the " +"contract and sign it using the *Sign* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1100 msgid "Contract signed" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1102 msgid "" "Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " "step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " @@ -13588,16 +14475,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:796 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1109 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the Kanban view, but the " "card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1112 msgid "" "Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " -"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"green :guilabel:`HIRED` banner appears in the top-right of the applicant's " "card." msgstr "" @@ -13605,24 +14492,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1120 msgid "Create employee" msgstr "Ustvari zaposlenega" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:809 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1122 msgid "" "Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " "record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " -"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"Employee` button in the top-left. An employee form appears, and any " "information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" " card appears in the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1127 msgid "" "Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" -" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " -":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, the employee" +" record is saved in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:5 @@ -13890,107 +14777,108 @@ msgid "" "by-step instructions on how to create and configure a survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 msgid "Referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " -"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"regarding referrals is housed - from points earned, coworkers hired, and " "rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " -"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " -"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " -"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " -"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" -" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +"and then earn referral points as those people progress through the " +"recruitment pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be " +"exchanged for prizes. The *Referrals* application integrates with the " +"*Employees*, *Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be" +" installed in order for the *Referrals* application to function." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:14 msgid "" -"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " -"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " -"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +"The only configurations needed for the *Referrals* application *after* " +"installation are related to the :ref:`rewards `; " +"everything else is pre-configured when Odoo *Referrals* is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:18 msgid "" -"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " -"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " -"` and configurations menus. For more information on " -"users and access rights, refer to these documents: :doc:`../general/users` " -"and :doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +"Users with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the *Referrals* application. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the :ref:`reporting ` and configurations" +" menus. For more information on users and access rights, refer to these " +"documents: :doc:`../general/users` and " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 msgid "Onboarding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:28 msgid "" "When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" "configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " -"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" -" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"each explaining the different parts of the *Referrals* application. At the " +"top of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " "onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " "Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " "text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 msgid "" "Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " "displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " "advance to the next slide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " "superheroes to save the day!`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " "or refer friends.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " "league!`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:46 msgid "" -"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the *Referrals* application is " "opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " "button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" " :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " -"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +"will begin again when the *Referrals* application is opened. Once the " ":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " -"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the *Referrals* " "application is opened from that point on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:53 msgid "" "At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " -"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main *Referrals* dashboard loads. If " ":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " -"opening the Referrals application." +"opening the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -13998,7 +14886,7 @@ msgid "" "An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:62 msgid "" "If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " "opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " @@ -14007,60 +14895,53 @@ msgid "" "screen appears instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:70 msgid "" "Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " -"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " -"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " -"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " -"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`." +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* application can " +"modify onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line " +"displays the text for the individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding" +" slide, click on an individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:76 msgid "" -"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " -"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " -"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " -"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " -"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " -"that particular company." +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` field. A " +":guilabel:`Company` may be selected, as well. However, if this field is " +"populated, that slide is *only* displayed for that particular company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:81 msgid "" -"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" -" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " -"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" -" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " -"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " -"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " -"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +"The :guilabel:`Company` field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:83 msgid "" -"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +"The image can be modified, as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the " +"top-right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and " +":guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` " +"icon to change the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the " +"desired image, select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears" +" in the thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage " +"can)` icon, then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:94 msgid "" -"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " -"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " -"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " -"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " -":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " -"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +"The sequence in which the slides appear can be changed from the *Onboarding*" +" dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`(six small gray boxes)` icon to the left of" +" the the slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -14068,567 +14949,18 @@ msgid "" "The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:103 -msgid "Share job positions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:105 -msgid "" -"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " -"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " -"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " -"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:113 -msgid "View Jobs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:115 -msgid "" -"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " -":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " -"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" -"displayed on the card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:124 -msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:128 -msgid "" -"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " -"of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 -msgid "" -"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " -"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:134 -msgid "" -"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " -"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " -"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " -"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " -":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 -msgid "Refer friends" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:145 -msgid "" -"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " -"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " -"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:149 -msgid "" -"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " -"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:152 -msgid "" -"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " -"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " -"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " -"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" -" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " -"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " -"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " -"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 -msgid "Share a job" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:169 -msgid "" -"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " -"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" -" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " -"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " -"applicants in the Referrals application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 -msgid "Link" -msgstr "Povezava" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:181 -msgid "" -"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " -":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " -"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " -"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" -" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" -" prospective employee however desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:188 -msgid "Facebook" -msgstr "Facebook" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:190 -msgid "" -"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " -"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " -"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " -"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " -"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " -"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" -"in to Facebook first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" -" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" -" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " -"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " -"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " -"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " -"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " -":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " -"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " -"specific activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 -msgid "" -"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " -":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " -":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " -"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" -" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" -"highlighted, as are all the required settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 -msgid "Share to news feed or story" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:218 -msgid "" -"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " -":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " -"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " -":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " -"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," -" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " -"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" -" story, or both." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:225 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " -"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " -"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " -"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " -"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" -" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " -"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " -":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" -" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " -":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:236 -msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " -"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:242 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" -" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " -"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " -"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:246 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:275 -msgid "" -"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " -"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 -msgid "Share in a group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:251 -msgid "" -"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " -"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" -" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " -":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " -"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " -"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " -"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " -"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " -"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:264 -msgid "Share in an event" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:266 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:269 -msgid "" -"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " -"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " -"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" -" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " -"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " -"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 -msgid "Share in a private message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:280 -msgid "" -"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" -" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" -"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " -"Private Message`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:284 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " -"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " -"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " -"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " -"process for each friend to be added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:289 -msgid "" -"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " -"message` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:293 -msgid "X/Twitter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:295 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " -"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " -"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " -"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " -"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" -" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:301 -msgid "The default message is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:303 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" -" Position)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:305 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " -"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " -"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," -" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " -"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " -":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " -"X/Twitter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:312 -msgid "" -"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " -"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " -":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" -" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " -":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " -":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " -"restricts who can reply to the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 -msgid "" -"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " -"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " -"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " -"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:322 -msgid "" -"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" -" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " -"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 -msgid "" -"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" -" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" -"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:336 -msgid "LinkedIn" -msgstr "LinkedIn" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:338 -msgid "" -"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " -"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " -"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " -"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " -"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " -"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:344 -msgid "" -"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " -"message to an individual or group of individuals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 -msgid "Share in a post" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:350 -msgid "" -"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" -" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " -":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " -"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:354 -msgid "" -"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " -"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " -"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " -"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " -":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " -"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " -":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" -" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " -"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " -"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " -"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " -"right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:366 -msgid "" -"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " -"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " -"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " -"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " -":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " -"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " -"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" -" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " -"the far lower right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:375 -msgid "" -"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " -":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " -"post button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:383 -msgid "Send as private message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:385 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " -"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " -"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" -" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" -" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " -"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." -" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " -"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" -" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " -":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " -":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " -"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " -"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " -"browser tab to exit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 -msgid "Email a friend" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:401 -msgid "" -"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " -"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " -"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" -" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " -"Mail` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:406 -msgid "" -"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " -"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" -" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " -"`Job for you`, but can be edited." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:410 -msgid "" -"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " -"appears is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:412 -msgid "`Hello,`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:414 -msgid "" -"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " -"interesting for you`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:416 -msgid "`See Job Offers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:418 -msgid "" -"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " -"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " -"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " -"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " -"message will be sent and the window will close." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:426 msgid "Hired referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:107 msgid "" "When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" " their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:110 msgid "" "After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," " instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " @@ -14636,21 +14968,21 @@ msgid "" "friend!` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 msgid "" "Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " -"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " -"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" -" an available avatar to select it." +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is grayed out, and " +"the name that the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. " +"Click on an available avatar to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:118 msgid "" -"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," -" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " -"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " -"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " -"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the *Referrals* " +"application, after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to " +"select another avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars " +"have been selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible." +" Mouse over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -14659,15 +14991,15 @@ msgid "" "chosen are greyed out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 msgid "Modify friends" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 msgid "" "Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " "` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"rights for the *Recruitment* application can make modifications to friends. " "The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " "avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " @@ -14676,17 +15008,17 @@ msgid "" " dogs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:138 msgid "" "To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" " an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " ":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " "friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" -" else in the Referrals application." +" else in the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " ":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " @@ -14695,65 +15027,66 @@ msgid "" "user's avatar when activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:148 msgid "" "If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " ":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " "replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" -" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " -"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:474 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 msgid "" -"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " -"original information." +"The referral friend form automatically saves, but can be saved manually at " +"any time by clicking the *Save manually* option, represented by a " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel " +"any changes made, click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to " +"delete any changes, and revert to the original content." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A friend form in edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:482 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 msgid "" "It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " "background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " "about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " -"Referrals application." +"*Referrals* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:172 msgid "Referral points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:174 msgid "" "The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " -"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"rewards. On the main *Referrals* application dashboard, the top displays a " "summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " "the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " "available to spend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 msgid "" "To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" " the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:183 msgid "" "The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " "pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " @@ -14763,7 +15096,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 msgid "" "To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " @@ -14771,11 +15104,11 @@ msgid "" "category are displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:194 msgid "My referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 msgid "" "To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " ":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " @@ -14783,26 +15116,31 @@ msgid "" "card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:200 msgid "" -"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " -"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " -"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " -"the top right corner." +"A successful referral displays a green :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the top-" +"right corner of the card. Referrals that are in process display a purple " +":guilabel:`In Progress` banner in the top-right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 msgid "" -"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " -"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " -"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the subject/application " +"title (as it appears on the applicant card in the *Recruitment* app), the " +"name of the job position, the person responsible for filling the role " +"(recruiter), and the points earned. For referrals that have been hired, the " +"selected avatar also appears on the card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two referral cards, one hired and one in-progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:214 msgid "Points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 msgid "" "The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " "positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " @@ -14810,14 +15148,14 @@ msgid "" " *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:220 msgid "" "On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " "that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " "points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:224 msgid "" "Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " "points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " @@ -14825,108 +15163,109 @@ msgid "" " the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:229 msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:231 msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:232 msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:235 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 msgid "" "The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " -"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" -" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " -"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage are done in the " +"*Recruitment* application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment " +"` documentation to modify the points for each " +"stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:244 msgid "Rewards" msgstr "Nagrade" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 msgid "Create rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 msgid "" -"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" -" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " -"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " -"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " -"information on the form:" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the " +"*Referrals* application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights " +"for the *Recruitment* application can create or modify rewards. To add " +"rewards, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> " +"Rewards`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and a reward form loads. Enter the " +"following information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:254 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +":guilabel:`Product Name`: enter the name as it should appear for the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" -" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " -"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" -" form." +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" appears for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each company " +"needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the form. " +"This field only appears if in a multi-company environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:259 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: select the person who will be responsible for " "procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " -"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" -" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is bought in the *Referrals* " +"application, so they know when to deliver the reward to the recipient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:263 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +":guilabel:`Description`: type in the description for the reward. This will " "be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +":guilabel:`Photo`: add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " "page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " "(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " -"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" -" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +"(pencil)` icon, and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 msgid "" "The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " -":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +":guilabel:`Company` (if applicable), and :guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 msgid "" "It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " "cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " @@ -14934,31 +15273,31 @@ msgid "" "placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:595 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:283 msgid "Redeem rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 msgid "" "To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " "main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " "individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " -"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +"listed in the top-right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" " purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " "bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " "the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" " instead of a buy button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:292 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " -"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " -"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " -":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears, asking if the user is sure " +"they want to purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item," +" or :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:297 msgid "" "After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " "used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." @@ -14972,27 +15311,27 @@ msgid "" "many more reward points are needed to redeem." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:309 msgid "Levels" msgstr "Ravni" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:311 msgid "" -"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"The *Referrals* application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " "the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " "employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:315 msgid "" "Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" " are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " "participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 msgid "" -"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main *Referrals* " "application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " "X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " "indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " @@ -15001,13 +15340,13 @@ msgid "" "points still needed before they can level up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:636 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:325 msgid "Modify levels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:638 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " "modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " "--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " @@ -15016,48 +15355,58 @@ msgid "" "element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:334 msgid "" "To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " -"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form, then make " +"modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 msgid "" -"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." -" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" -" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " -"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" -" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " -"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +"Type in the name (or number) of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` " +"field. What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main " +"dashboard when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points " +"needed to reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points" +" needed to level up are the total accumulated points earned over the " +"lifetime of the employee, not additional points from the previous level that" +" must be earned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:654 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:343 msgid "" "If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" " to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " -"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " -"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to " "select it." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The level form saves automatically, but can be saved manually at any time by" +" clicking the *save manually* option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel any changes made, " +"click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to delete any changes, " +"and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A level form in edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:671 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:362 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 msgid "Level up" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:369 msgid "" "Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " "user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " @@ -15066,7 +15415,7 @@ msgid "" "level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:374 msgid "" "Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " "text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" @@ -15074,7 +15423,7 @@ msgid "" "the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:687 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:378 msgid "" "Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" " the specified amount of points required." @@ -15086,16 +15435,16 @@ msgid "" "above their image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:387 msgid "" "Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " "accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " "to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:394 msgid "" -"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"In the *Referrals* application, it is possible to post a message, also " "referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " "information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " "banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " @@ -15103,85 +15452,86 @@ msgid "" "an :guilabel:`X`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 msgid "" "Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" " individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " "click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" " alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " -"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +"*Referrals* application for the first time in a new session." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:409 msgid "Create an alert" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " "information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date From`: the date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " "will be visible on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date To`: the date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " "will be hidden from view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:420 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +":guilabel:`Company`: the current company populates this field by default. To" " modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " "from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " -"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"to everyone with access to the *Referrals* application. If a company is " "specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " -"Referrals application) will see the alert." +"*Referrals* application) will see the alert. This field only appears when in" +" a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +":guilabel:`Alert`: enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" " the alert banner on the main dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +":guilabel:`On Click`: there are three options for the alert. Click the radio" " button next to the desired selection. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:739 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:430 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: the alert only displays text, there is no link to" " click." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: the alert contains a link that when clicked, " "navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:433 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: the alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " "when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " "appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." msgstr "" @@ -15190,15 +15540,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:446 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " -"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" -" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " -"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in *Referrals*. To access " +"the reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The" +" main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 msgid "" "In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " "many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " @@ -15208,7 +15558,7 @@ msgid "" "there are no referrals from that particular channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:457 msgid "" "The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " "includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " @@ -15217,7 +15567,7 @@ msgid "" "many points were given for refused applicants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:770 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:462 msgid "" "The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " "new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " @@ -15228,34 +15578,330 @@ msgid "" "in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 msgid "" "The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " -"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " -"option." +"needs to be installed to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:473 +msgid ":doc:`referrals/share_jobs`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:3 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo *Referrals*, users can earn referral points by sharing job positions" +" with potential applicants. Job positions can be shared in several ways, " +"through the :ref:`View Jobs ` button and the " +":ref:`Email A Friend ` button, located at the bottom " +"of the *Referrals* app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Sharing jobs can **only** occur after onboarding slides have been viewed or " +"skipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:16 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main *Referrals* dashboard. This " +"presents all job positions, with each individual job presented with its own " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:27 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the *Job " +"Position* field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The number of :guilabel:`Open Positions` being recruited. This information " +"is taken from the *Expected New Employees* field of the *Recruitment* tab of" +" the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:33 +msgid "The points a user earns when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the *Job Position* tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions are visible in the *Referrals* app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`../recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:46 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Subject` and :guilabel:`Body` are populated using a default " +"template. The :guilabel:`Subject` `Job for you` is present, by default, but " +"can be modified, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position populates the *Job Position* " +"placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the email body is" +" an individualized tracking link to the specific job position listed on the " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When the prospective employee receives the email, the link sends them to the" +" job position page, where they can apply for the position, and the person " +"who referred them is tracked in the *Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:72 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Other than sending an email, job positions can be shared, via social media " +"platforms, and by tracking links to the job position. At the bottom of each " +"job position card are four icons, and corresponding tracking links, that can" +" be used to share the job position, keeping track of applicants in the " +"*Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:84 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "Povezava" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :icon:`fa-chain` :guilabel:`(link)` " +"icon above it. A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the " +"tracking link. Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is " +"copied, click the :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up window. Next," +" share the link with the prospective employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:93 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :icon:`fa-facebook` :guilabel:`(Facebook)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into Facebook, when the the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button is clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new " +"tab, with the link populated in the main body of the new post in a pop-up " +"window. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads, " +"instead, prompting the user to log-in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, then share the job " +"position using the available options in Facebook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:107 +msgid "X (formerly Twitter)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:109 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X. Click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`(X)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the user is already signed-in to X, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button" +" is clicked, an X page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready" +" to post, in a draft pop-up window. If the user is *not* already signed-in, " +"a sign-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to first sign-in to X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:117 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:119 +msgid "" +"`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job " +"Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message, then " +"share using the available options in X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:125 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "LinkedIn" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :icon:`fa-linkedin` :guilabel:`(LinkedIn)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button is clicked, a new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job " +"position at the top. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen" +" loads instead, prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:134 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual (or group of individuals)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message or " +"post, then share using the available options in LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:143 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions, instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Referrals` main dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`Email a friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Send Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address in the :guilabel:`Email` field. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients by separating each email address with a comma " +"followed by a single space. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +":guilabel:`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The email :guilabel:`Body` is also populated with pre-configured text. The " +"text that appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:156 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:158 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you\\:`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:160 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:162 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of" +" all job positions currently being recruited for. Add any additional text " +"and make any edits to the message body, if necessary. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. This sends the message, and closes " +"the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 msgid "Time Off" msgstr "Odsotnost" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Time Off* application serves as a centralized hub for all time-off-" "related information. This application manages requests, balances, " "allocations, approvals, and reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:10 msgid "" -"Users can :ref:`request time off `, and see an " -"overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " +"Users can :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`, and see" +" an overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " ":ref:`allocate time off ` to individuals, teams, or the " "whole company, and :ref:`approve time off requests `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:15 msgid "" "Detailed :ref:`reports ` can be run to see how much time" " off (and what kinds of time off) are being used, :ref:`accrual plans " @@ -15263,45 +15909,45 @@ msgid "" "` can be set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 msgid "" "Be advised, only users with specific access rights can see all aspects of " "the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 msgid "" "All users can access the :guilabel:`My Time Off` and :guilabel:`Overview` " "sections of the *Time Off* application. All other sections require specific " "access rights." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:26 msgid "" "To better understand how access rights affect the *Time Off* application, " "refer to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` document, specifically the " "section about configuring the work information tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to allocate time off to employees, and for employees to request and" " use their time off, the various time off types must be configured first, " "then allocated to employees (if allocation is required)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:40 msgid "Time off types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 msgid "" "To view the currently configured time off types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. The time" " off types are presented in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:45 msgid "" "The *Time Off* application comes with four pre-configured time off types: " ":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, " @@ -15309,25 +15955,25 @@ msgid "" "needs or used as-is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:50 msgid "Create time off type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 msgid "" "To create a new time off type, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Time Off Types`. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button to reveal a blank time off type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:55 msgid "" "Enter the name for the particular type of time off in the blank line at the " "top of the form, such as `Sick Time` or `Vacation`. Then, enter the " "following information on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:59 msgid "" "The only **required** fields on the time off type form are the name of the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, the :guilabel:`Take Time Off In`, and the " @@ -15335,23 +15981,23 @@ msgid "" " and :guilabel:`Allocation Requests` sections **must** be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:65 msgid "Time Off Requests section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select what specific kind of approval is required for " "the time off type. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No Validation`: no approvals are required when requesting this " "type of time off. The time off request is automatically approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Time Off Officer`: only the specified :ref:`Time Off Officer " "`, set on this form in the :guilabel:`Notified " @@ -15359,7 +16005,7 @@ msgid "" "option is selected by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver`: only the employee's specified approver " "for time off, which is set on the *Work Information* tab on the " @@ -15367,7 +16013,7 @@ msgid "" " time off request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver and Time Off Officer`: both the employee's" " :ref:`specified time off approver` and the " @@ -15375,11 +16021,11 @@ msgid "" "the time off request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:83 msgid "Allocation Requests section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requires allocation`: if the time off must be allocated to " "employees, select :guilabel:`Yes`. If the time off can be requested without " @@ -15388,20 +16034,20 @@ msgid "" " form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee Requests`: select :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests " "Allowed` if the employee is able to request more time off than was " "allocated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:92 msgid "" "If employees should **not** be able to make requests for more time off than " "what was allocated, select the :guilabel:`Not Allowed` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:96 msgid "" "Ten days are allocated to the employee for this particular type of time off," " and the :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests Allowed` option is enabled. The " @@ -15410,81 +16056,81 @@ msgid "" "option is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 msgid "" "It is important to note that requesting additional time off does **not** " "guarantee that time off is granted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select the type of approvals required for the " "allocation of this particular time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approved by Time Off Officer` indicates the :ref:`Time Off " "Officer ` set on this form must approve the " "allocation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No validation needed` indicates that no approvals are required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:113 msgid "Configuration section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notified Time Off Officer`: select the person who is notified and" " responsible for approving requests and allocations for this specific type " "of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take Time Off in`: select the format the time off is requested in" " from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 msgid "The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: if time off can only be requested in full day increments (8" " hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:125 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: if time off can only be requested in half day " "increments (4 hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Hours`: if the time off can be taken in hourly increments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Deduct Extra Hours`: enable this option if the time off request " "should factor in any extra time accrued by the employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:134 msgid "" "If an employee works two extra hours for the week, and requests five hours " "of time off, the request would be for three hours, since the two extra " "worked hours are used first, and deducted from the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow To Attach Supporting Document`: enable this option to allow" " the employee to attach documents to the time off request. This is useful in" @@ -15492,7 +16138,7 @@ msgid "" "leave." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kind of Time Off`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "time off this is, either :guilabel:`Worked Time` or :guilabel:`Absence`. " @@ -15501,7 +16147,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Absence` does not count toward any type of accrual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if multiple companies are created in the database, and " "this time off type only applies to one company, select the company from the " @@ -15510,11 +16156,11 @@ msgid "" "company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:151 msgid "Negative Cap section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:153 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option if employees are able to " "request more time off than they currently have, allowing a negative balance." @@ -15522,19 +16168,19 @@ msgid "" " enter the maximum amount of negative time allowed, in days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 msgid "" "Sara currently has three days of the time off type `Vacation`. She is " "planning a trip that requires five days of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 msgid "" "The `Vacation` time off type has the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option " "enabled, and the :guilabel:`Amount in Negative` is set to five." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:164 msgid "" "These settings allow Sara to submit a request for five days of the " "`Vacation` time off type. If approved, her `Vacation` time off balance will " @@ -15547,59 +16193,59 @@ msgid "" "off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:173 msgid "Payroll section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:175 msgid "" "If the time off type should create :doc:`../hr/payroll/work_entries` in the " "*Payroll* application, select the :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` from the drop-" "down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 msgid "Timesheets section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Timesheets` section only appears if the user is in developer " "mode. Refer to the :ref:`developer-mode` document for details on how to " "access the developer mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 msgid "" "When an employee takes time off, and is also using timesheets, Odoo creates " "entries in the *Timesheets* application for the time off. This section " "defines how they are entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:188 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Project`: select the project that the time off type entries " "appear in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:189 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Task`: select the task that appears in the timesheet for this " "time off type. The default options are: :guilabel:`Time Off`, " ":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`Training`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 msgid "Display Option section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:195 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color to be used in the *Time Off* application " "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cover Image`: select an icon to be used in the *Time Off* " "application dashboard." @@ -15611,65 +16257,65 @@ msgid "" "off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:206 msgid "Accrual plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:208 msgid "" "Some time off is earned through an accrual plan, meaning that for every " "specified amount of time an employee works (hour, day, week, etc), they earn" " or *accrue* a specified amount of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:212 msgid "" "If an employee accrues a vacation day for every week they work, they would " "earn 0.2 vacation days for each hour they work. At the end of a forty hour " "work week, they would earn one whole vacation day (8 hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:217 msgid "Create accrual plan" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new accrual plan, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Accrual Plans`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, " "which reveals a blank accrual plan form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the accrual plan name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrued Gain Time`: select when the employee begins to accrue " "time off, either :guilabel:`At the start of the accrual period` or " ":guilabel:`At the end of the accrual period`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry-Over Time`: select when the employee received previously " "earned time. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the start of the year`: select this if the accrual rolls over " "on January 1 of the upcoming year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:232 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the allocation date`: select this if the accrual rolls over as" " soon as time is allocated to the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Other`: select this option if neither of the other two options " "are applicable. When selected, a :guilabel:`Carry-Over Date` field appears. " @@ -15677,14 +16323,14 @@ msgid "" "the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Based on worked time`: enable this option if time off accrual is " "determined by the employee's worked hours. Days **not** considered as worked" " time do **not** contribute to the accrual plan in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:241 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone Transition`: this selection determines when employees " "move up to a new milestone. If they qualify to change milestones in the " @@ -15693,14 +16339,14 @@ msgid "" "the current pay period)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Milestone Transition` field is **only** visible after a " "minimum of two :ref:`rules ` have been configured on the " "accrual plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:250 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " "accrual plan applies to. If left blank, the accrual plan can be used for all" @@ -15711,43 +16357,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An accrual plan form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:263 msgid "" "Rules must be created in order for employees to accrue time off from the " "accrual plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New Milestone` button in the gray" " :guilabel:`Rules` section, and a :guilabel:`Create Milestone` modal form " "appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:268 msgid "Fill out the following fields on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee accrue`: select the parameters for earned time off in " "this section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 msgid "" "First, select either :guilabel:`Days` or :guilabel:`Hours` for the increment" " of accrued time using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 msgid "" "Next, enter the numerical amount of the selected parameter that is accrued. " "The numerical format is `X.XXXX`, so that partial days or hours can also be " "configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:278 msgid "" "Last, select how often the time is accrued using the drop-down menu. The " "default options are :guilabel:`Hourly`, :guilabel:`Daily`, " @@ -15755,64 +16401,64 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Twice a year`, and :guilabel:`Yearly`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 msgid "" "Depending on which option is selected, additional fields may appear. For " "example, if :guilabel:`Twice a month` is selected, two additional fields " "appear, to specify the two days of each month that the milestone occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cap accrued time`: if there is a maximum amount of days the " "employee can accrue with this plan, enable this option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 msgid "" "When enabled, two additional fields appear beneath it. Select the type of " "time period from the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Days` or " ":guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:291 msgid "" "Then, enter a numerical value in the field to specify the maximum amount of " "time that can be accrued." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:293 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone reached`: enter the number and value of the time period" " that must pass before the employee starts to accumulate time off. The first" " value is numerical; enter a number in the first field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:297 msgid "" "Then, select the type of time period using the drop-down menu in the second " "field. The options are: :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Months`, or " ":guilabel:`Years`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over`: select how any unused time off is handled. The " "options are either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None. Accrued time reset to 0`: any unused time off is gone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:302 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All accrued time carried over`: all unused time off is rolled " "over to the next calendar year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over with a maximum`: unused time off is rolled over to the" " next calendar year, but there is a cap. An :guilabel:`Up to` field appears " @@ -15820,7 +16466,7 @@ msgid "" "roll over to the following year. Any time off beyond this parameter is lost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:309 msgid "" "Once the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the form " "and close the modal, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the form and " @@ -15831,72 +16477,72 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A milestone form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:320 msgid "Public holidays" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 msgid "" "To observe public or national holidays, and provide extra days off as " "holidays to employees, configure the observed *public holidays* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 msgid "" "It is important to configure these days in Odoo, so employees are aware of " "the days they have off, and do not request time off on days that are already" " set as a public holiday (non-working days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 msgid "" "Additionally, all public holidays configured in the *Time Off* app are also " "reflected in any app that uses working schedules, such as *Calendar*, " "*Planning*, *Manufacturing*, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:331 msgid "" "Due to Odoo's integration with other apps that use working schedules, it is " "considered best practice to ensure *all* public holidays are configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:335 msgid "Create public holiday" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 msgid "" "To create a public holiday, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Public Holidays`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:340 msgid "All currently configured public holidays appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:342 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a new line appears at the bottom of " "the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:341 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 msgid "Enter the following information on that new line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:346 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the holiday." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:347 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, the current company " "populates this field by default. It is not possible to edit this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:351 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company` field is hidden by default. To view this field, " "click the two dots in the top-right corner of the list, to the far-right of " @@ -15904,7 +16550,7 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:355 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday starts. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -15915,7 +16561,7 @@ msgid "" "company's time zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:360 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday ends. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -15926,33 +16572,33 @@ msgid "" " zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 msgid "" "A company located in San Francisco operates from 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM, with an " "eight hour work day and one hour lunch break." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:370 msgid "" "For a user in New York, with a computer time zone set to Eastern Standard " "Time, a created public holiday displays a start time of 12:00 PM - 9:00 PM, " "accounting for the three hour time zone difference." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 msgid "" "Similarly, a user located in Los Angeles, with a computer time zone set to " "Pacific Standard Time, sees a public holiday time as 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: if the holiday should only apply to employees who" " have a specific set of working hours, select the working hours from the " "drop-down menu. If left blank, the holiday applies to all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:380 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: if using the *Payroll* application, this field " "defines how the :ref:`work entries ` for the holiday " @@ -15963,18 +16609,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The list of public holidays in the configuration menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:389 msgid "Mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 msgid "" "Some companies have special days where specific departments, or the entire " "staff, is required to be present, and time off is not allowed on those " "specific days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:394 msgid "" "These types of days are called *mandatory days* in Odoo. These can be " "configured to be company-wide, or department specific. When configured, " @@ -15982,35 +16628,35 @@ msgid "" "off requests for these mandatory days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:399 msgid "Create mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 msgid "" "No mandatory days are configured in Odoo by default. To create a mandatory " "day, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> " "Mandatory Days`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:404 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner, and a blank line " "appears in the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:408 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the mandatory day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, this field is visible, " "and the current company populates this field by default. Using the drop-down" " menu, select the company the mandatory day is for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:412 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Departments`: this column is hidden by default. First, click the " ":guilabel:`(optional columns)` icon in the top-right corner, next to " @@ -16018,33 +16664,33 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Departments` to reveal that column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 msgid "" "Next, select the desired departments from the drop-down menu. Multiple " "departments can be selected, and there is no limit to the amount of " "departments that can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:419 msgid "" "If this field is left blank, the mandatory day applies to the entire " "company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day starts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:421 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day ends. If creating a single mandatory day, the end date should " "be the same as the start date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: if desired, select a color from the available presented " "options. If no color is desired, select the `No color` option, represented " @@ -16057,11 +16703,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Mandatory Days section with three configured days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:435 msgid "Allocate time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:437 msgid "" "Once time off types and accrual plans have been configured, the next step is" " to allocate, or give, time off to employees. This section is only visible " @@ -16069,44 +16715,44 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 msgid "" "To create a new allocation, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Management --> Allocations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:444 msgid "" "This presents a list of all current allocations, including their respective " "statuses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:446 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`New` to allocate time off, and a blank allocation form " "appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 msgid "" "After entering a name for the allocation on the first blank field of the " "form, enter the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:451 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of time" " off that is being allocated to the employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`: select either :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` or" " :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`. If the allocation is **not** based on an " "accrual plan, select :guilabel:`Regular Allocation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:456 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Plan`: if :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for " "the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, the :guilabel:`Accrual Plan` field appears." @@ -16115,7 +16761,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:460 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period/Start Date`: if :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` is" " selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, this field is labeled " @@ -16124,7 +16770,7 @@ msgid "" "Date`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:465 msgid "" "The current date populates the first date field by default. To select " "another date, click on the pre-populated date to reveal a popover calendar " @@ -16132,20 +16778,20 @@ msgid "" "the date to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:469 msgid "" "If the allocation expires, select the expiration date in the next date " "field. If the time off does *not* expire, leave the second date field blank." " `No Limit` appears in the field if no date is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:473 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation " "Type`, this second field is labeled :guilabel:`Run until`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time that is being allocated to " "the employees. This field displays the time in either :guilabel:`Hours` or " @@ -16153,7 +16799,7 @@ msgid "" "` is configured (in hours or days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:478 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how the allocation is " "assigned. This selection determines who receives the time off allocation. " @@ -16161,32 +16807,32 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Department`, or :guilabel:`By Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 msgid "" "Depending on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Mode`, this following field" " is labeled either: :guilabel:`Employees`, :guilabel:`Company`, " ":guilabel:`Department`, or :guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 msgid "" "Using the drop-down menu, indicate the specific employees, company, " "department, or employee tags who are receiving this time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 msgid "" "Multiple selections can be made for either :guilabel:`Employees` or " ":guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:490 msgid "" "Only one selection can be made for the :guilabel:`Company` or " ":guilabel:`Department`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:491 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: if any description or note is necessary to " "explain the time off allocation, enter it in this field at the bottom of the" @@ -16199,158 +16845,11 @@ msgid "" "granted to all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:499 -msgid "Request time off" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Once an employee has been allocated time off, a request to use the time off " -"can be submitted. Time off can be requested in one of two ways, either from " -"the :ref:`dashboard ` or from the :ref:`My Time Off " -"` view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:505 -msgid "" -"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " -"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " -"Off` list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:509 -msgid "" -"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " -"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" -" form appears in a modal. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` " -"list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:514 -msgid "" -"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " -"form:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:516 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " -"the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:517 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " -"two fields to populate, the start and end dates. Click on either date field " -"and a popover calendar appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 -msgid "" -"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " -"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " -"applicable)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:523 -msgid "" -"If the time off requested is for a single day, click on the start date, then" -" click the same date again for the end date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:526 -msgid "" -"When the correct dates are selected/highlighted, click the :guilabel:`Apply`" -" button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:528 -msgid "" -"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " -"field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 -msgid "" -"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" -" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:533 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, check this " -"box. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " -"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " -"day is being requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:537 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " -"day, check this box. A :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` field appears " -"beneath this option, if selected. Using the drop-down menu, select the start" -" and end time for the time off request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " -":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " -"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " -"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " -"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:545 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " -"should include any details that managers and approvers may need in order to " -"approve the request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:547 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachments of documents. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " -"appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:551 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the desired files to attach, select them, then click the " -":guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off request form." -" Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:554 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:604 -msgid "" -"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " -"request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:557 -msgid "" -"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " -"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " -"be saved manually at any time by clicking the *save manually* button, " -"represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " -"with the flu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:502 msgid "Request allocation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:504 msgid "" "If an employee has used all their time off, or is going to run out of time " "off, they can request an allocation for additional time. Allocations can be " @@ -16359,7 +16858,7 @@ msgid "" " view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:508 msgid "" "To create a new allocation request, click either the :guilabel:`New " "Allocation Request` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the " @@ -16367,7 +16866,7 @@ msgid "" "buttons open a new allocation request form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:513 msgid "" "Both :guilabel:`New` buttons open a :guilabel:`New Allocation` request form," " but when requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, the form appears in a " @@ -16375,20 +16874,20 @@ msgid "" "screen navigates to a new allocation request page, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:518 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Allocation` request " "form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested for " "the allocation from the drop-down menu. After a selection is made, the title" " updates with the time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:522 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period`: this field **only** appears if requesting an " "allocation with a time off type that has the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` " @@ -16397,18 +16896,18 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` field is set to :guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:527 msgid "" "Using the calendar selector, select a start and end date the allocation is " "valid for. By default, the current date populates the first field, and " ":guilabel:`No Limit` populates the second field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 msgid "Adjust both of these dates, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:531 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time being requested in this " "field. The format is presented in either days or hours, depending on how the" @@ -16416,14 +16915,21 @@ msgid "" "allocation request is updated to include the amount of time being requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:535 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: enter a description for the allocation request." " This should include any details that managers and approvers may need in " "order to approve the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:538 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 msgid "" "If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Allocations` list view, the" " information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " @@ -16437,11 +16943,11 @@ msgid "" "sick time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:553 msgid "Management" msgstr "Upravljanje" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:555 msgid "" "Time off and allocation requests typically undergo an approval process " "before being granted. Requests either need one or two approvals, if any, " @@ -16450,17 +16956,17 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:560 msgid "" "Only users who can approve allocation and time off requests have the " ":guilabel:`Management` section visible in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:566 msgid "Manage time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 msgid "" "To view time off requests that need approval, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Management --> Time Off`. The only time off" @@ -16469,7 +16975,7 @@ msgid "" "in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:573 msgid "" "The default filter in the :guilabel:`Time Off` list is `Waiting For Me`. " "This only presents time off requests that need to be approved for current " @@ -16477,7 +16983,7 @@ msgid "" " or :guilabel:`Second Approval`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:643 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:577 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented time off requests. Since only time off requests that need to be " @@ -16487,28 +16993,28 @@ msgid "" "appear on the left side of the screen, under :guilabel:`Departments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 msgid "" "If there are no requests that fall under one of the status options or " "departments, that status or department is **not** visible on the left-side " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:587 msgid "" "To display time off requests for specific departments only, click on the " ":guilabel:`Department` on the left-hand side. Only requests within the " "selected department are then presented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:656 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:657 msgid "" "The status column displays the status of each request, with the status " "highlighted in a specific color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` and :guilabel:`Second Approval` requests are " "highlighted in yellow and are the only ones that appear in the list by " @@ -16518,7 +17024,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:665 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:599 msgid "" "To approve a time off request, click the :guilabel:`👍 Approve` button at the" " end of the line. To validate a time off request that has already been " @@ -16533,7 +17039,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:608 msgid "" "For more details, click anywhere on the time off request line (except for " "the :guilabel:`👍 Approve`, :guilabel:`✔️ Validate`, and :guilabel:`✖️ " @@ -16541,24 +17047,24 @@ msgid "" "of the user, changes can be made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:612 msgid "" "To modify the request, make any desired changes to the form. All changes are" " automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:614 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Approve` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button " "to refuse the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:684 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:620 msgid "Manage allocations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:686 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:622 msgid "" "To view allocations that need approval, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off" " app --> Management --> Allocations`. The only allocations visible on this " @@ -16566,7 +17072,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:627 msgid "" "The default filters that are configured to be in place when navigating to " "the :guilabel:`Allocations` list are :guilabel:`My Team` and " @@ -16574,13 +17080,13 @@ msgid "" "team (who they manage) and active employees. Inactive users are not shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented allocation requests." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:635 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Status` options are :guilabel:`To Approve`, " ":guilabel:`Refused`, and :guilabel:`Approved`. Click on a specific " @@ -16588,14 +17094,14 @@ msgid "" "allocation requests, click :guilabel:`All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 msgid "" "It is also possible to display allocation requests by department. Click on " "the :guilabel:`Department` in the left side of the screen to only present " "allocations for that specific department." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:644 msgid "" "The groupings on the left side only present allocation requests that fall " "under the default filters of :guilabel:`My Team` and :guilabel:`Active " @@ -16603,34 +17109,34 @@ msgid "" "filters are presented on the left side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:712 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:648 msgid "" "For example, if there are no requests with a status of :guilabel:`To " "Submit`, that status option does not appear in the left-hand side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:651 msgid "" "All departments for the user's employees appear in the list. If there are no" " allocation requests that fall under that department matching the pre-" "configured filters, the list is blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:654 msgid "" "It is always possible to remove any of the pre-configured filters, by " "clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon on the specific filter to remove " "it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:660 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, " ":guilabel:`Approved` requests are highlighted in green, and the " ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:663 msgid "" "To approve an allocation request, click the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` button at" " the end of the line. To refuse a request, click the :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` " @@ -16642,28 +17148,28 @@ msgid "" "Allocations with the filter, groupings, and status sections highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:670 msgid "" "If more details are needed, click anywhere on the allocation request line " "(except for the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` buttons) to" " view the request in detail." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:673 msgid "" "Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be made to the allocation " "request form that appears. To modify the request, make any desired changes " "to the form. All changes are automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:741 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:677 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Validate` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button" " to refuse the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:683 msgid "" "To view a color-coded schedule of the user's time off, and/or of the team " "managed by them, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Overview`. " @@ -16671,7 +17177,7 @@ msgid "" "view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:687 msgid "" "To change the time period displayed, click on the :guilabel:`Month` button " "to reveal a drop-down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -16679,7 +17185,7 @@ msgid "" "corresponding view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 msgid "" "To navigate forward or backward in time, in the selected increment " "(:guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, etc.), click the :guilabel:`← (left " @@ -16687,44 +17193,44 @@ msgid "" " that specified amount of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:695 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Month` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by" " one month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:697 msgid "" "To return to a view containing the current day, click the :guilabel:`Today` " "button at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 msgid "" "Team members are listed alphabetically on individual lines, and their " "requested time off, regardless of the status (*validated* or *to approve*), " "is visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:766 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:702 msgid "" "Each employee is color-coded. The employee's color is selected at random, " "and does *not* correspond to the type of time off they requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:705 msgid "" "The status of the time off is represented by the color detail of the " "request, either appearing solid (*validated*) or striped (*to approve*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 msgid "" "The number of days or hours requested is written on the request (if there is" " enough space)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:710 msgid "" "At the bottom of the calendar, in the :guilabel:`Total` line, a bar graph " "shows how many people are projected to be out on any given day. The number " @@ -16732,7 +17238,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:778 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:714 msgid "" "Click on a time off entry to view the details for the specific time off " "entry. The total number of hours or days are listed, along with the start " @@ -16744,21 +17250,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview of the user's team, with time off requests shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:723 msgid "My time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:725 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`My Time` section of the *Time Off* application contains the " "time off dashboard, as well as the user's time off requests and allocations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:795 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:731 msgid "Dashboard" msgstr "Nadzorna plošča" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:733 msgid "" "All users have access to the time off dashboard, which is the default view " "in the *Time Off* application. The dashboard can also be accessed at any " @@ -16766,38 +17272,38 @@ msgid "" "My Time --> Dashboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 msgid "" "The current year is displayed, and the current day is highlighted in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:739 msgid "" "To change the view, click on the :guilabel:`Year` button to reveal a drop-" "down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, or " ":guilabel:`Month` to present the calendar in that corresponding view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:743 msgid "" "To change the presented dates, click the :guilabel:`← (left arrow)` or " ":guilabel:`→ (right arrow)` icons to the left of the :guilabel:`Year` " "button. The calendar view adjusts in increments of the presented view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:811 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Year` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by " "one year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:813 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:749 msgid "" "To change the view at any point to a view that includes the current date, " "click the :guilabel:`Today` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:816 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:752 msgid "" "Above the calendar view is a summary of the user's time off balances. Every " "time off type that has been allocated appears in its own summary box. Each " @@ -16806,7 +17312,7 @@ msgid "" "applicable)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:757 msgid "" "To view the full details of a time off balance, click the :guilabel:`? " "(question mark)` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`(DAYS/HOURS) AVAILABLE` " @@ -16820,7 +17326,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A view of the complete time off balance details in the popover window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:767 msgid "" "A user is also able to see how much time off they will have accrued in the " "future. On the right side of the time off summary blocks, there is a " @@ -16828,7 +17334,7 @@ msgid "" "selector popover appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:771 msgid "" "The current date is the default date selected. Navigate to the desired date," " and Odoo displays the time off balances the user will have on that date. " @@ -16837,14 +17343,14 @@ msgid "" "of the date field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:840 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:776 msgid "" "On the right side of the calendar, the various time off types are displayed," " with their corresponding colors. The :guilabel:`Legend` explains how the " "various statuses for time off requests are presented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:780 msgid "" "Time off that has been validated appears in a solid color (in the color " "specified in the :guilabel:`Time Off Type` section above the " @@ -16853,19 +17359,19 @@ msgid "" "line through the dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:849 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:785 msgid "" -"New time off requests can be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :ref:`New Time Off" -" ` modal appears." +"New time off requests can be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. Click the " +":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :doc:`New Time Off" +" <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:852 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 msgid "" -"New allocation requests can also be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the dashboard to " -"request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation ` modal appears." +"New allocation requests can also be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard` to request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation " +"` modal appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 @@ -16874,56 +17380,56 @@ msgid "" "buttons highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:863 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:800 msgid "My time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:865 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:802 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`. Here, all time " "off requests, both past and present, appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:868 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:805 msgid "" "The list includes the following information for each request: the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Start Date`, " ":guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and the :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:872 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:809 msgid "" "A new time off request can be made from this view. Click the :guilabel:`New`" -" button to :ref:`request time off `." +" button to :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:878 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:815 msgid "My allocations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:817 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's allocations, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Allocations`. All " "allocations and requested allocations appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:820 msgid "" "The information presented on the :guilabel:`My Allocations` page includes: " "the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Amount`, " ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`, and :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:824 msgid "" "A new allocation request can be made from this view, as well. Click the " ":guilabel:`New` button to :ref:`request an allocation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:895 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:832 msgid "" "The reporting feature allows users to view time off for their team, either " "by employee or type of time off. This allows users to see which employees " @@ -16931,7 +17437,7 @@ msgid "" "types are being used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:899 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:836 msgid "" "Any report can be added to a spreadsheet through the *Insert in Spreadsheet*" " button that appears in the top-left of a report. If the *Documents* " @@ -16939,31 +17445,31 @@ msgid "" "appears. If not, the report can be added to a *Dashboard*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:841 msgid "By employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:843 msgid "" "To view a report of employee time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Employee`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:846 msgid "" "The default report presents the current year's data in a list view, " "displaying all the employees in alphabetical order. Each employee's line is " "collapsed by default. To expand a line, click anywhere on the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:913 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:850 msgid "" "The view expands, and has the time off requests organized by time off type. " "Click anywhere on a time off type line to expand it, and view all the " "individual time off requests that fall under that type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:916 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:853 msgid "" "The information shown in the list includes: the :guilabel:`Employee` name, " ":guilabel:`Number of Days` off requested, the :guilabel:`Start Date`, " @@ -16974,7 +17480,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Report of time off, shown by each employee in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:861 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " @@ -16986,8 +17492,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The various other views highlighted, for the employee time off report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:933 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:870 msgid "" "When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " "particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports and their" @@ -16995,18 +17500,18 @@ msgid "" "documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:875 msgid "By type" msgstr "Po vrsti" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:940 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:877 msgid "" "To view a list of all time off, organized by time off type, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Type`. This shows all time" " off requests in a default bar chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:943 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 msgid "" "Hover over a bar to view the :guilabel:`Duration (Days)` of that specific " "time off type." @@ -17018,13 +17523,13 @@ msgid "" "highlighted in a red box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 msgid "" "Click on a bar to go to a detailed list view of all the time off requests " "for that time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:952 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:889 msgid "" "Each request is listed, with the following information displayed: the " ":guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Request Type`, " @@ -17032,10 +17537,174 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " "way. The various options are a :guilabel:`Graph` (the default view), " ":guilabel:`List`, or :guilabel:`Pivot` table." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:897 +msgid "" +"When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " +"particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports, and " +"their various options, refer to the :doc:`reporting " +"<../essentials/reporting>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:902 +msgid ":doc:`time_off/request_time_off`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Request time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once time off has been allocated to an employee, a request to use it can be " +"submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Time off can be requested in one of two ways: either from the main *Time " +"Off* application :guilabel:`Dashboard` (:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My " +"Time --> Dashboard`), or from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` dashboard view " +"(:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " +"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " +"Off` dashboard, in the default list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " +"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" +" form appears in a pop-up window. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time" +" Off` list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " +"form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " +"the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " +"two fields to populate: the start and end dates. Click on either date field " +"and a popover calendar appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " +"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " +"applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If only requesting time off for a single day, click on the start date, then " +"click the same date again for the end date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the correct dates are selected, click the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" +" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, tick this " +"checkbox. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " +"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " +"day is being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " +"day, tick this checkbox. If selected, a :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` " +"field appears beneath this option. Using the drop-down menu, select the " +"start and end time for the time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " +":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " +"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " +"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " +"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " +"should include any details that managers and approvers may need to approve " +"the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachment of documents. " +"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the desired files that should be attached, select them, then " +"click The :guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off " +"request form. Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information, and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " +"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " +"be saved manually at any time by clicking the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " +"with the flu." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 625674686..658b10229 100644 --- a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -12,15 +12,16 @@ # Tadej Lupšina , 2024 # Martin Trigaux, 2024 # Matjaz Mozetic , 2024 +# Gregor Flajs, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Matjaz Mozetic , 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Gregor Flajs, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -29,7 +30,7 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory & MRP" +msgid "Supply Chain" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 @@ -712,7 +713,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:20 msgid "Location" msgstr "Lokacija" @@ -1489,14 +1490,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:16 @@ -1511,16 +1514,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:26 @@ -3734,6 +3744,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:182 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Ročno" @@ -3810,12 +3822,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:214 msgid "" -"The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is four days," -" and the :ref:`purchase security lead time ` is one day." +"The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is " +"four days, and the :ref:`purchase security lead time " +"` is one day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:218 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` field of the reordering rule is set to " "zero, the product appears on the replenishment dashboard five days before " @@ -3828,34 +3840,34 @@ msgid "" "Feb 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:226 msgid "" "To see the product on the replenishment dashboard for the current date, " "February 20, set the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` to `7.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:229 msgid "" "To determine the amount of visibility days needed to see a product on the " "replenishment dashboard, subtract *today's date* from the *date the need " "appears* on the replenishment dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:232 msgid "Visibility~days = Need~appears~date - Today's~date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:237 msgid "" "Referring to the example above, today's date is February 20th, and the need " "for the product appears on February 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:240 msgid "(February 27 - February 20 = 7 days)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:242 msgid "" "Incorrectly setting the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` fewer than seven days in" " this case results in the need **not** appearing on the replenishment " @@ -3868,11 +3880,11 @@ msgid "" "days set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:252 msgid "Route" msgstr "Proga" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:254 msgid "" "Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected under the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it is possible" @@ -3880,7 +3892,7 @@ msgid "" "the functionality of both routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:258 msgid "" "Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering " "rule. This is the route that the rule defaults to, if multiple are selected." @@ -3888,20 +3900,20 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:262 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Route` column is hidden on the " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:264 msgid "" "Reveal the :guilabel:`Route` column by selecting the :guilabel:`(slider)` " "icon to the far-right of the column titles, and checking the " ":guilabel:`Route` option from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:267 msgid "" "Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule, and a drop-down " "menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the " @@ -3912,7 +3924,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:275 msgid "" "If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set " "for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the selected route " @@ -4581,7 +4593,7 @@ msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:100 msgid "Assign serial numbers" msgstr "" @@ -4601,7 +4613,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr "" @@ -4628,56 +4640,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:21 -msgid "when closing a manufacturing order" +msgid "" +":doc:`during a manufacturing order " +"<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product>` for a " +"product tracked by lot/serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:24 msgid "when making an inventory adjustment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:32 msgid "" "Display the Detailed Operations smart button and bulleted list icon on a " "receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:32 msgid "" "Display the **Detailed Operations** smart button and bulleted list icon on a" " receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:37 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers to products, activate the :guilabel:`Lots and " "Serial Numbers` feature in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " "--> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:40 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of an item's product form, set the " ":guilabel:`Tracking` field to :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:44 msgid "" ":ref:`Enable serial numbers `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:45 msgid "" ":ref:`Track products by serial numbers " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:49 msgid "" "Next, enable creating new serial numbers by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:52 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, select the desired operation " "type (e.g. :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, or " @@ -4690,11 +4705,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show \"Create New\" option is selected on the Receipts operation type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:64 msgid "Detailed Operations" msgstr "Podrobne operacije" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:66 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned to products when entering stock for the first" " time, from the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` page on the receipt. " @@ -4702,7 +4717,7 @@ msgid "" "Operations --> Receipts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:71 msgid "" "Serial numbers can **not** be assigned to products on a request for " "quotation (RfQ) or purchase order (PO) — **only** on a receipt." @@ -4712,13 +4727,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the purchase order and the Receipt smart button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:78 msgid "" "Screenshot of a \"Purchase Order\" with the \"Receipt\" smart button at the " "top." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:80 msgid "" "To record an item's serial number before receiving the item, follow the " "steps in the next sections to assign serial numbers, but do **not** click " @@ -4726,13 +4741,13 @@ msgid "" "from the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:84 msgid "" "Assign a single serial number to a product by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` smart button on a receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:87 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, manually type in the " "serial number for a single product." @@ -4742,13 +4757,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a line on the Detailed Operations page to assign serial numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:94 msgid "" "When finished, click the receipt's breadcrumbs, and the assigned serial " "numbers are automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:102 msgid "" "To generate new serial numbers in a sequence, click the :guilabel:`+ (plus)`" " icon in the :ref:`product line `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:113 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` pop-up window. The " ":guilabel:`Number of SN` field is auto-filled based on the product quantity " @@ -4780,22 +4795,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show Assign Serial numbers pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:125 msgid "Stock move pop-up window" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:127 msgid "" "For various methods of assigning serial numbers in bulk, click the " ":guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the :ref:`product line " "` of a receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:132 msgid "Add a line" msgstr "Dodaj postavko" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:134 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window that appears, manually " "input the serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." @@ -4805,11 +4820,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a line on the Stock move pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:142 msgid "Generate Serials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:144 msgid "" "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Generate " "Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." @@ -4819,7 +4834,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show generate serials button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:151 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Generate Serial numbers` pop-up window, where " "the first serial number is entered in the :guilabel:`First SN` field to " @@ -4827,36 +4842,36 @@ msgid "" "entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:155 msgid "" "For more details on how to fill in this pop-up window, :ref:`refer to this " "section `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:159 msgid "Import Serials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:161 msgid "" "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Import " "Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:165 msgid "" "If the button is not visible, ensure the :guilabel:`Create New` option is " "selected in the :ref:`receipt's configuration page " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:168 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window. Enter each serial " "number on a separate line in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:172 msgid "" "Copy/paste serial numbers from an existing excel spreadsheet and add them to" " the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." @@ -4866,7 +4881,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show excel sheet to copy serial numbers from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:179 msgid "" "Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to add serial numbers to " "the list of products, and serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " @@ -4875,25 +4890,26 @@ msgid "" "option unchecked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:146 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Generate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:187 msgid "" "For a receipt with a :guilabel:`Demand` of `3.00` products, one product has " "already been assigned a serial number in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` " "pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:190 msgid "" "So, in the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window, two serial numbers, `124` " "and `125` are assigned to the remaining products by entering the following " "in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` input field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:199 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option is selected to add these two " "serial numbers **in addition** to the serial number, `123`, that has already" @@ -4935,7 +4951,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "" @@ -5007,6 +5023,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:343 msgid "Traceability" msgstr "Sledljivost" @@ -5462,6 +5479,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:189 msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" msgstr "" @@ -5493,17 +5511,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 msgid "Expiration alerts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 msgid "" "To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:251 msgid "" "Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " "Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " @@ -5511,14 +5529,14 @@ msgid "" "related to the products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:255 msgid "" "To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " "form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " "earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:259 msgid "" "After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " "Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " @@ -5526,14 +5544,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:263 msgid "" "To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " "are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" " :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:267 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." msgstr "" @@ -5543,486 +5561,593 @@ msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" +msgid "Lot numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:10 msgid "" -"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" -" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " -"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" -" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." +"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. They " +"typically represent a specific batch of products that were received, stored," +" shipped, or manufactured in-house." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:13 msgid "" -"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " -"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " -"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " -"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " -"lifecycles." +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products sharing common " +"properties, facilitating end-to-end traceability through their lifecycles." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:16 msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " -"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " -"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " -"expiration dates." +"Lots are useful for managing large quantities of manufactured or received " +"products, aiding in tracing items back to their group, particularly for " +"product recalls or :doc:`expiration dates `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:26 msgid "" -"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " -"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " -"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " -"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " -":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +"To track products using lots, enable the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature. Go" +" to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and tick the checkbox " +"next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 -msgid "Track products by lots" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`Tracking expiration dates `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:33 msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " -"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " -"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " -"and choose a product." +":ref:`Print GS1 barcodes for lots and serial numbers " +"`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:42 +msgid "Track by lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:44 msgid "" -"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " -"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " -":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " -"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, configure " +"individual products to be tracked using lots. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and choose a " +"product to configure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:48 msgid "" +"On the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, select the :guilabel:`By Lots` option in " +"the :guilabel:`Tracking` field. Now, new or existing lot numbers can be " +"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`expiration_dates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 +msgid "" "If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " -"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" -" lot numbers to the existing stock." +"serial numbers, a warning message appears. Use an :doc:`inventory adjustment" +" ` to assign lot numbers to existing products in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 -msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:65 +msgid "Assign lots for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:67 msgid "" -"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " -"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" -" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " -"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " -"automatically." +"Assign new lot numbers to :ref:`incoming goods " +"` on the receipt form. When " +"shipping :ref:`outgoing goods `, select products with specific lot numbers on the delivery order " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:75 +msgid "On receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Assigning new or existing lot numbers to incoming goods can be done directly" +" on receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To begin, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app to `create and confirm " +"`_ a |PO| for products tracked " +"by lot numbers. Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button that " +"appears at the top of the page to navigate to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to an existing receipt by going to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, clicking the :guilabel:`Receipts` Kanban " +"card, and choosing the desired receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number triggers an " +"error, indicating that a lot number **must** be assigned before validating " +"the receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:96 +msgid "" +"On the receipt form, on the product line in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, " +"select the |list| icon to the right of the product that is tracked by lot " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the bulleted list icon on the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, where the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` and :guilabel:`Quantity` are assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 +msgid "The two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **importing**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:109 +msgid "Manual assignment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"To manually assign lot numbers, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Input the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, :guilabel:`Store To` location for the lot, " +":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Destination Package`, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To assign multiple lot numbers, or store to multiple locations, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and type a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` for " +"additional quantities. Repeat until the total in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"column matches the :guilabel:`Demand` at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:125 +msgid "Import lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:127 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, click :guilabel:`Import " +"Serials/Lots`, then paste the bulk lot numbers, in the " +":guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on *Google* spreadsheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 +msgid "Lot numbers copied to the lot number line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Lot numbers pasted to the \"Lots/Serial numbers\" field, in the **Import " +"Lots** pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to generate *additional* " +"lot numbers in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window. To replace " +"the lot numbers in the list, leave the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option" +" unticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` on the receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:200 +msgid "" +":ref:`Traceability report for lot numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:157 +msgid "On delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Odoo makes it possible to specify which lot numbers for a product are chosen" +" for outgoing shipment on a delivery order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To begin, create or select an existing quotation from the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app. After confirming the |SO|, the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button becomes available. Click the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt form for " +"that specific |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to delivery orders by going to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`" +" kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button opens the the delivery order " +"form, where lot numbers are picked for delivery. In the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab, click the |list| icon to the right of the " +"product that is tracked by lot numbers. Clicking that icon reveals a " +":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, the chosen lot number and its storage location is " +"displayed in the :guilabel:`Pick From` column, with the with the full " +":guilabel:`Quantity` taken from that specific lot (if there is enough stock " +"in that particular lot)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:179 +msgid "" +"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " +":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:183 +msgid "" +"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " +"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It also " +"depends on the ordered quantity, and whether the lot's on-hand quantity is " +"enough to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Repeat the above steps to select enough lots to fulfill the " +":guilabel:`Demand`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. " +"Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button on the |DO| to deliver the " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Popup for source lot number on sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:203 +msgid "Lot management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Manage and view existing lot numbers for products in the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` dashboard by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:208 +msgid "" +"By default, lot numbers are grouped by product, and selecting the drop-down " +"menu for each product displays the existing lot numbers. Select a lot number" +" to :ref:`modify or add details ` " +"linked to the lot. Lot numbers can also be :ref:`created " +"` from this page, by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 +msgid "Show the \"Lot/Serial Number\" dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Display lot numbers, grouped by products, on the **Lot/Serial Number** " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 +msgid "Modify lot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Clicking a lot from the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` dashboard reveals a " +"separate page where additional information can be provided about the lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to follow " +"the most recent number. However, it can be edited, by clicking the line " +"under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and changing the generated " +"number to any desired one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:233 +msgid "On the lot number form, the following fields can be modified:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:235 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: change the lot number linked to the " +":guilabel:`Product`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:236 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internal Reference`: records an alternative lot/serial number " +"used within the warehouse that differs from the one used by the supplier " +"manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company where the lot number is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:239 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: add extra details about the lot or serial number in" +" this text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:242 +msgid "" +"On existing lots, the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"fields **cannot** be modified, as the lot numbers are linked with existing " +"stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the lot number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:250 +msgid ":doc:`Set expiration dates for lots `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:253 +msgid "Add property" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:255 +msgid "" +"To add custom fields to lots for enhanced traceability, there are two " +"methods of adding properties on a lot number form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon at the top-left of the page," +" then select :icon:`fa-cogs` :guilabel:`Add Properties` from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a Property` button, located below " +"the existing fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Name and :doc:`configure the new field " +"<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`. Once finished, enter the " +"property value in the new field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The new property, `Wood type`, is added. The value is recorded as `Cherry " +"wood`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Show the \"Add Properties\" button on a lot number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:273 +msgid "" +":doc:`Configuring custom properties " +"<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 +msgid "Reserve lot number for a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:280 +msgid "" +"To create a lot number for a product, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lot/Serial Numbers`, and " +"click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Creating a lot number reserves it for a product but **does not** assign it. " +"To assign lot numbers, refer to the section on :ref:`assigning lot numbers " +"on receipts `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:289 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " "follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " -"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " -"and changing the generated number." +"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field " +"on the lot form, and changing the generated number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:293 msgid "" "Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " "field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " "menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:72 -msgid "" -"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " -"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " -"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " -"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" -"website environment)." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:298 +msgid "The lot number, `000001`, is created for the product, `Drawer Black`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 -msgid "" -"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " -"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:83 -msgid "" -"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " -"button to save all changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:304 msgid "" "After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " -"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" -" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " -"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." +"product, the lot number is saved as an existing lot number linked to the " +"product, and can be selected when :ref:`assigning lot numbers to products on" +" a receipt `, or when making an " +"inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:310 msgid "" -"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " -"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " -"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" -" assigned to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:95 -msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " -"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " -"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " -"order form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:104 -msgid "Manage lots on receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " -"purchase order (PO)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:108 -msgid "" -"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " -"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 -msgid "" -"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " -"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " -"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " -"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " -"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " -"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " -":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " -"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " -"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" -"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " -":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " -"number being assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:133 -msgid "" -"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " -":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " -"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " -"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:137 -msgid "" -"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " -"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " -"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 -msgid "" -"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" -" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " -"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " -"quantity." +"After creating the lot number, `000001` appears as an option for `Drawer " +"Black` when assigning lot numbers on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` " +"page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 -msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgid "Show how to assign lot numbers on the Inventory Adjustment page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " -":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " -"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " -"the :guilabel:`Demand`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:155 -msgid "" -"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " -"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " -"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" -" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" -" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " -":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " -"entered in each of the lot number lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 -msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:168 -msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." -" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " -":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " -"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" -" assigned, and more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:174 -msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " -"sales order (SO)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " -"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:181 -msgid "" -"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" -" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " -"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:185 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" -" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " -":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:201 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " -"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 -msgid "" -"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " -"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " -":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " -"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:198 -msgid "" -"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " -"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" -" there is enough stock in that particular lot)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:202 -msgid "" -"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " -":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " -"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " -"total quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:207 -msgid "" -"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " -"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " -"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " -"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " -"lot to fulfill the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:213 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:215 -msgid "" -"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " -"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" -" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 -msgid "" -"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " -"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " -":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " -"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " -"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:228 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" -" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " -"the same lot number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:318 msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:320 msgid "" -"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " -"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " -"be used." +"By default, new lots can only be created when receiving products, and " +"existing lot numbers cannot be used. For sales orders, only existing lot " +"numbers can be utilized, and new ones cannot be created on the delivery " +"order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:237 -msgid "" -"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" -" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:324 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " "type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " -"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +"Operations Types`, and select the desired operation type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:328 msgid "" -"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " -"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " -"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" -" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " -":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" -" to save the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:249 -msgid "" -"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " -"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " -"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " -"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." +"On the operation type form, under the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"section, tick the :guilabel:`Create New` checkbox to enable new lot numbers " +"to be created during this operation type. Choose :guilabel:`Use Existing " +"ones` if only existing lot numbers can be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:337 msgid "" "For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " "useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" " warehouse receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:345 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " -"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " -"stored, and who (and when) it went to." +"entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from, when it arrived, where it" +" was stored, who it went to (and when)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:348 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:352 msgid "" "From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " "assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:355 msgid "" -"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " -"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " -":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " -"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." +"To group by lots, begin by removing any filters in the :guilabel:`Search...`" +" bar. Then, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(caret down)` icon to" +" open a drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` options," +" and :guilabel:`Favorites`. Under the :guilabel:`Group By` section, click " +"the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` option, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"Number` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:361 msgid "" -"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " -"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." +"Doing so reorganizes all the records on the page to display all existing " +"lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded to show all quantities of " +"products with that assigned number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:369 +msgid "Traceability report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To view a full stock moves report for a lot number, select the lot number " +"line from the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Number` dashboard. On the lot number " +"form, click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the Traceability Report for a lot, that displays the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:380 msgid ":doc:`differences`" msgstr "" @@ -6541,6 +6666,144 @@ msgid "" " packaging to the internal count of the product." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:3 +msgid "Reassign lot/serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Changing a product's tracking settings to use lots or serial numbers, " +"*after* storing products in Odoo without them, can lead to inconsistent " +"records. Follow this documentation to learn how to use an inventory " +"adjustment to assign lot or serial numbers to products that were not " +"originally assigned lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Warning message: products in stock have no lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This document outlines the process of using two inventory adjustments: one " +"to remove incorrect records *without* lot numbers, and another to save the " +"quantities *with* the lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`Set up and use lot numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Set up serial numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Use serial numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:24 +msgid "Change on-hand quantity to zero" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To change the product's settings to track by lots or serial numbers, begin " +"by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and select the intended product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, click the product's :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button to open the " +":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. In the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"column, change the value to zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If the product is stored in multiple locations, make sure the **total** on " +"hand quantity at **all** locations is zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Show the Inventory Adjustments model, highlighting the \"On Hand Quantity\" " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:41 +msgid "Change traceability setting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Return to the product form (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Products`), and switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, change the :guilabel:`Tracking` option " +"from :guilabel:`No Tracking` to :guilabel:`By Lots` or :guilabel:`By Unique " +"Serial Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 +msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:56 +msgid "Restore on-hand quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:58 +msgid "" +"After manually changing the on-hand quantity to zero and changing the " +":guilabel:`Tracking` setting to lots or serial numbers, restore the " +"quantities by clicking the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button from the desired" +" product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:62 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Update Quantity` page, because the on-hand quantity had " +"been previously changed to zero, a :guilabel:`No Stock On Hand` warning " +"appears on the page. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" +"left corner. Doing so reveals a new, modifiable line on the " +":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. Then, input a desired lot number in the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` to its original value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Fill in the \"Lot/Serial Number\" and \"On Hand Quantity\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To find the original quantity, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"accordingly, after assigning a new lot or serial number, click the " +":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon in the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` column. Then, click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` " +"button on the far-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Show the \"History\" button on the Inventory Adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The inventory adjustment that changed the on-hand quantity to zero is " +"displayed in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:0 +msgid "Show the history entry." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "" @@ -6670,6 +6933,12 @@ msgid "" "in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "" @@ -6854,6 +7123,12 @@ msgid "" "tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:197 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" @@ -6862,6 +7137,20 @@ msgid "" " appears." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " +"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:208 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " @@ -7216,6 +7505,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:80 msgid "Create purchase order" msgstr "" @@ -7487,12 +7778,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:160 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:161 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" msgstr "" @@ -7694,7 +7985,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:124 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" @@ -7875,8 +8166,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "Create a sales order" msgstr "" @@ -7938,7 +8227,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Print shipping labels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:8 msgid "" "Integrate Odoo with :doc:`third-party shipping carriers " "<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>` to automatically generate " @@ -7946,7 +8235,7 @@ msgid "" "numbers, and barcodes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:15 msgid "" "To generate labels for a third-party shipping carrier, first :doc:`install " "the third-party shipping connector " @@ -7963,36 +8252,83 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set the \"Get Rate and Create Shipment\" option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:33 +msgid "Labels for multi-step" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"For companies using :doc:`two " +"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or :doc:`three step " +"delivery <../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, labels can be " +"triggered to print after validating the picking or packing operation. To do " +"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations " +"Types`, and choose the desired operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Operation Type` configuration page, tick the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` checkbox. Enabling this feature ensures that the " +"third-party shipping label is printed upon validating this operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:45 +msgid "" +"For :doc:`two-step delivery " +"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, where products are " +"placed directly in packages during picking, companies can print shipping " +"labels during picking instead of delivery. Odoo allows users to enable the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` feature on the `Pick` operation itself to achieve " +"this flexibility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:0 +msgid "Enable the \"Print Label\" feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:55 msgid "Print tracking labels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:57 msgid "" -"Tracking labels are generated after the delivery order (DO) is validated." +"Tracking labels are printed when specific operations are validated. By " +"default, validating a delivery order (DO) generates a tracking label in the " +"chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:61 msgid "" -"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin on the " -":menuselection:`Sales app`, and proceed to the desired quotation to " -":ref:`add the shipping cost `, confirm the sales order, and validate the |DO|." +"For companies using two or three step delivery, refer to the :ref:`printing " +"labels for multi-step delivery ` section to learn how to print the label after validating a picking " +"or packing operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin in the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and proceed to the desired quotation or sales " +"order (SO). There, and :ref:`add the shipping cost " +"` to the order. Then, " +"navigate to the linked |DO| — or another operation type when using multi-" +"step delivery — to validate the operation and print the label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:71 msgid "" "If only the *Inventory* app is installed, create :abbr:`DOs (Delivery " -"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app , :ref:`add the " +"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, :ref:`add the " "third-party carrier ` in " "the :guilabel:`Carrier` field, and validate the |DO|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:79 msgid "Add shipping on quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:81 msgid "" "To generate a tracking label for an order, begin by creating a quotation in " ":menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`, clicking " @@ -8004,15 +8340,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the \"Add Shipping\" button on the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:89 msgid "" "In the resulting pop-up window, select the intended carrier from the " -":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. Clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` " -"displays the shipping cost for the customer, via the third-party carrier in " -"the :guilabel:`Cost` field." +":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Total Order " +"Weight` field is automatically populated, based on the :ref:`weight of " +"products in the order `. " +"Modify this field to overwrite the predicted weight, and use this weight to " +"estimate the cost of shipping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Get Rate` to display the shipping cost for the " +"customer, via the third-party carrier in the :guilabel:`Cost` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 msgid "" "If clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` results in an error, ensure the " ":ref:`warehouse's address ` are properly configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:102 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the cost to the quotation, which is listed as " "the :ref:`configured delivery product " @@ -8033,49 +8377,49 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show \"Get rate\" pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:112 msgid "" -"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, the shipping carrier is" -" specified in a delivery order's :guilabel:`Carrier` field of the " -":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." +"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, specify the " +":guilabel:`Carrier` by going to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, " +"navigating to the |DO|, and going to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:0 msgid "Show the \"Additional Info\" tab of a delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:123 msgid "Validate delivery order" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:125 msgid "" "On a delivery order form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab to" " ensure the third-party shipping carrier has been added to the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:129 msgid "" "If the *Sales* app is not installed, the third-party carrier is set in the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:132 msgid "" "After the items in the order have been packed, click :guilabel:`Validate` to" " get the shipping carrier's tracking number, and generate the shipping " "label." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:136 msgid "" "Create or select an existing delivery order by going to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and selecting the :guilabel:`Delivery " "Orders` card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:139 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` number is generated in the " ":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab of the delivery order. Click the " @@ -8083,7 +8427,7 @@ msgid "" "shipping carrier's website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:143 msgid "The tracking label is found in PDF format in the chatter." msgstr "" @@ -8091,14 +8435,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show generated shipping label in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:150 msgid "" "For multi-package shipping, one label is generated per package. Each label " "appears in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:157 msgid "Sample label generated from Odoo's shipping connector with FedEx." msgstr "" @@ -8285,11 +8629,282 @@ msgid "" "create the first backorder." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:3 +msgid "Printable delivery PDFs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automatically print delivery-related PDFs documents and labels in Odoo, " +"containing package recipient details, contents, or handling instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The following PDFs can be configured to print upon validating an *Inventory*" +" operation (e.g. receipt, picking, delivery orders, quality checks):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:11 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery slip `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`Return slip `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:13 +msgid "" +":ref:`Product labels of items in the order " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:14 +msgid "" +":ref:`Lot and serial number labels `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:15 +msgid "Carrier labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:16 +msgid "Export documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:17 +msgid "Package Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:18 +msgid "Package label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To automatically print these forms, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`, and select the desired " +"operation type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick each of the desired options available " +"in the :guilabel:`Print on Validation` section to download the PDF of those " +"selected documents automatically after validating the :guilabel:`Operation " +"Type`. For details on what each of the checkbox options do, jump to the " +"related section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Print on Validation* option in the \"Pick\" *Operation Type*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:36 +msgid "Delivery slip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A *delivery slip* contains recipient and package details, usually placed " +"inside (or attached to) the package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:42 +msgid ":ref:`Picking list `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`Tracking label `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:45 +msgid "" +"After :ref:`enabling the Delivery Slip setting " +"` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " +"configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " +"operation type downloads a PDF of the delivery slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The delivery slip shows products, quantities, the delivery order reference " +"number, and the total order weight." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Example delivery slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:58 +msgid "Return slip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Print a *return slip* to include in a delivery for customer return packages." +" It identifies the return, links to the sales order, and includes item " +"details and customer information. It can also include specific return " +"instructions for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:64 +msgid "" +"After :ref:`enabling the Return Slip setting " +"` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " +"configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " +"operation type downloads a PDF of the return slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The return slip displays the company's return address, along with barcodes " +"for both the order and the return operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Example return slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:77 +msgid "Product labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Print *product labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " +"information, such as product name, barcode, and price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"After navigating to the intended operation type (:menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`), in the :guilabel:`Hardware` " +"tab, tick the :guilabel:`Product Labels` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Print label as:` drop-down menu visible, where" +" each product label can be printed as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`2 x 7 with price`: PDF displays product name, barcode, and price," +" fitting two rows and seven columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 2 x 7 with price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 7 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price, " +"fitting four rows and seven columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 4 x 7 with price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12`: displays product name and barcode. Fits four rows and " +"twelve columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 4 x 12." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price. " +"Fits four rows and twelve columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels`: prints labels in the Zebra Programming Language " +"(ZPL) containing the product name and barcode. Readable for Zebra printers " +"to automatically print labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels with price`: prints labels in the :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " +"Programming Language)` containing the product name, barcode, and price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Product labels can be manually printed from any delivery order, by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Print Labels` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:128 +msgid "Lot/SN Labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Print *lot/SN labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " +"information, such as product name, lot or serial number, and the barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To automatically print this PDF, navigate to the intended operation type's " +"options page (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations" +" Types`). Then, in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick the :guilabel:`Lot/SN " +"Labels` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per lot/SN`: PDF with labels for unique lot/serial " +"numbers in the order, including product name, lot/serial number, and " +"barcode. Fits four rows and twelve columns per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:150 +msgid "Labels for an order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per unit`: PDF with labels matching the quantity of " +"items, displaying the product name, lot/serial number, and barcode. Fits " +"four rows and twelve columns per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per lot/SN`: prints labels in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " +"Programming Language)`, containing the product name, lot/serial number, and " +"barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per unit`: prints labels with the quantity of " +"items in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming Language)`, containing the product " +"name, lot/serial number, and barcode." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "Scheduled delivery dates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 msgid "" "Accurately forecasting delivery dates is vital for fulfilling customer " "expectations. In Odoo, the *Inventory* app allows for comprehensive lead " @@ -8297,11 +8912,11 @@ msgid "" "orders, deliveries, and receptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:15 msgid "Lead time types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:17 msgid "" "Different lead times for different operations can impact various stages of " "the order fulfillment process. Here's a summary of the types of lead times " @@ -8312,66 +8927,85 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show graphic of all lead times working together." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "" -":ref:`Customer lead time `: The default " -"time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is the " -"number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the date " -"the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as *delivery" -" lead time*." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:24 msgid "" -":ref:`Sales security lead time `: " -"moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of days. " -"This serves as a buffer to allow the team ample time to prepare the outgoing" -" shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " -"process." +":ref:`Customer lead time `: " +"default time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is" +" the number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the " +"date the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as " +"*delivery lead time*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:29 msgid "" -":ref:`Purchase lead time `: the number of " -"days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " +":ref:`Sales security lead time `: moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of " +"days. This serves as a buffer to allow ample time to prepare the outgoing " +"shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 +msgid "" +":ref:`Purchase lead time `: number" +" of days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " "products. It provides insight on the time it takes for products to arrive at" " the warehouse, facilitating effective scheduling and planning of supplier " "deliveries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:39 msgid "" -":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` by a " -"specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders earlier " -"mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products that are" -" set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment report* " -"earlier, according to the specified number of days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:40 -msgid "" -":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: the number " -"of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date of " -"confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in Odoo), " -"and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished good." +":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " +"by a specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders " +"earlier mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products " +"that are set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment " +"report* earlier, according to the specified number of days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:45 msgid "" -":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " -"forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with " -":ref:`replenish to order `, the " +":ref:`Days to Purchase `: " +"days needed for the vendor to receive a request for quotation (RFQ) and " +"confirm it. It advances the deadline to schedule a |RFQ| by a specified " +"number of days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:49 +msgid "" +":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: " +"number of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date " +"of confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in " +"Odoo), and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished" +" good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:54 +msgid "" +":ref:`Days to prepare manufacturing order " +"`: number of days " +"needed to replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the " +"product. Either set one directly on the bill of materials (BoM), or click " +"*Compute* to sum up purchase and manufacturing lead times of components in " +"the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:60 +msgid "" +":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing " +"Order)` forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with" +" :ref:`replenish to order `, the " "security lead time makes the need appear earlier on the replenishment " "report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:69 msgid "Sales lead times" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 msgid "" "Customer lead times and sales security lead times can be configured to " "automatically compute an *expected delivery date* on a :abbr:`SO (Sales " @@ -8379,14 +9013,14 @@ msgid "" "setting for shipments from the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:75 msgid "" "Odoo issues a warning message if the set delivery date is earlier than the " "expected date, as it may not be feasible to fulfill the order by that time, " "which would impact other warehouse operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:79 msgid "" "A :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` containing a `Coconut-scented candle` is " "confirmed on July 11th. The product has a customer lead time of 14 days, and" @@ -8399,17 +9033,17 @@ msgid "" "Set *Delivery Date* in a sales order. Enables delivery lead times feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:87 msgid "" "The following sections demonstrate how to automatically compute expected " "delivery dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:90 msgid "Customer lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:92 msgid "" "Set the customer lead time on each product form, by navigating to the " "products page. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> " @@ -8419,7 +9053,7 @@ msgid "" "order from start to finish." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 msgid "" "Set a 14-day customer lead time for the `Coconut-scented candle` by " "navigating to its product form. Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, type" @@ -8430,31 +9064,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set *Customer Lead Time* on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:109 msgid "Sales security lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:111 msgid "" "*Sales security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:114 msgid "" "On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " "heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales`, and " "click the checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. This security lead time is " "a buffer notifying the team to prepare for outgoing shipments earlier than " "the scheduled date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales` to `1.00` day, pushes " "the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of a delivery order (DO) forward by one day. " @@ -8469,11 +9103,11 @@ msgid "" "settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:131 msgid "Deliver several products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:133 msgid "" "For orders that include multiple products with different lead times, the " "lead times can be configured directly from the quotation itself. On a " @@ -8481,7 +9115,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Policy` to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`As soon as possible` to deliver products as soon as they are " "ready. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " @@ -8489,7 +9123,7 @@ msgid "" "products in the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`When all products are ready` to wait to fulfill the entire order " "at once. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " @@ -8501,14 +9135,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show *Shipping Policy* field in the *Other Info* tab of a quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:150 msgid "" "In a quotation containing 2 products, `Yoga mat` and `Resistance band,` the " "products have a lead time of 8 days and 5 days, respectively. Today's date " "is April 2nd." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:153 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Shipping Policy` is set to :guilabel:`As soon as " "possible`, the scheduled delivery date is 5 days from today: April 7th. On " @@ -8516,17 +9150,17 @@ msgid "" " the scheduled date to be 8 days from today: April 10th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:160 msgid "Purchase lead times" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 msgid "" "Automatically determining the dates on which to place orders from suppliers " "can help simplify the procurement process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 msgid "" "Odoo calculates the supplier shipment *receipt date*, and :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` deadline, based on the required date the product is needed" @@ -8535,7 +9169,7 @@ msgid "" "determine the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` deadline." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 msgid "" "This deadline is the date by which the order should be confirmed, in order " "to ensure timely arrival by the expected receipt date." @@ -8546,24 +9180,24 @@ msgid "" "Visualization of PO deadline and receipt date used with vendor lead times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:178 msgid "" ":ref:`PO scheduling with reordering rules " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:181 msgid "Vendor lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:183 msgid "" "To set a vendor lead time for orders arriving in the warehouse from a vendor" " location, begin by navigating to a product form through " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:186 msgid "" "Next, select the desired product, and switch to the :guilabel:`Purchase` " "tab. In the editable vendor pricelist, click the :guilabel:`Add a line` " @@ -8572,14 +9206,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:192 msgid "" "Multiple vendors and lead times can be added to the vendor pricelist. The " "default vendor and lead time selected will be the entry at the top of the " "list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:196 msgid "" "On the vendor pricelist of the product form, the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " "Time` for the selected vendor is set to `10 days.`" @@ -8589,7 +9223,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add delivery lead times to vendor pricelist on a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:203 msgid "" "By setting the vendor lead time, the expected arrival date of the item is " "automatically determined as the date of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " @@ -8598,7 +9232,7 @@ msgid "" "expected timeframe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 msgid "" "On a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` confirmed on July 11th, for a product " "configured with a 10-day vendor lead time, Odoo automatically sets the " @@ -8617,34 +9251,33 @@ msgid "" "Show expected *Scheduled Date* of arrival of the product from the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:225 msgid "Purchase security lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:227 msgid "" "*Purchase security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:230 msgid "" -"On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " -"heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`, and" -" click the checkbox to enable the feature." +"On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " +"heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in supplier " -"deliveries." +"deliveries. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:237 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase` to `2.00` days, " -"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by one day. In that " +"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by two days. In that " "case, if a product is initially scheduled to arrive on April 6th, with a " "two-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the receipt would be " "April 8th." @@ -8656,18 +9289,35 @@ msgid "" "Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 +msgid "Days to purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To set up the *days to purchase* lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Advanced " +"Scheduling` section, in the :guilabel:`Days to Purchase` field, specify the " +"number of days required for the vendor to confirm a |RFQ| after receiving it" +" from the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Show \"Days to Purchase\" configuration in the Settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 msgid "Manufacturing lead times" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:265 msgid "" "Lead times can help simplify the procurement process for consumable " "materials and components used in manufactured products with bills of " -"materials." +"materials (BoMs)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:268 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the deadline to " "begin the manufacturing process to complete the product by the scheduled " @@ -8681,43 +9331,54 @@ msgid "" "times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 msgid "Manufacturing lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:279 msgid "" -"Configure the manufacturing lead time directly on the product form, by " -"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products`, " -"and select the desired product." +"Manufacturing lead times for products are configured from a product's bill " +"of materials (BoM) form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:281 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product, specify the calendar days " -"needed to the manufacture the product in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead " -"Time` field." +"To add a lead time to a |BoM|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" +" --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM| to edit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:284 msgid "" -"Specify a 14-day :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead Time` for a product directly " -"in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product." +"On the |BoM| form, click the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. Change the value" +" (in days) in the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field to specify the calendar" +" days needed to manufacture the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 -msgid "" -"View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Manuf. Lead Time value specified on a product's Bill of Material form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:292 +msgid "" +"If the selected |BoM| is a multi-level |BoM|, the manufacturing lead times " +"of the components are added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 +msgid "" +"If the |BoM| product is subcontracted, the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` can " +"be used to determine the date at which components should be sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:298 msgid "" "Establish a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, based on the " "*expected delivery date*, indicated in the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field " "of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:301 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field on the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`, is" @@ -8725,31 +9386,32 @@ msgid "" "lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:305 msgid "" "This ensures the manufacturing process begins on time, in order to meet the " "delivery date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:307 msgid "" -"However, it's important to note that lead times are based on calendar days. " -"Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center capacity*" -" (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work center " -"simultaneously`)." +"However, it is important to note that lead times are based on calendar days." +" Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center " +"capacity* (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work " +"center simultaneously`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 -msgid ":ref:`Manufacturing planning `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 msgid "" -":ref:`Configure automatic MO scheduling with reordering rules " -"`" +":doc:`Manufacturing planning <../../../manufacturing/workflows/use_mps>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:313 +msgid "" +":doc:`Schedule MOs with reordering rules " +"<../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 msgid "" "A product's scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " "August 15th. The product requires 14 days to manufacture. So, the latest " @@ -8757,23 +9419,63 @@ msgid "" "date is August 1st." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:324 +msgid "Days to prepare manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Configure the days required to gather components to manufacture a product by" +" going to its |BoM|. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" +" Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:330 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab of the |BoM|, specify the calendar days" +" needed to obtain components of the product in the :guilabel:`Days to " +"prepare Manufacturing Order` field. Doing so creates |MOs| in advance, and " +"ensures there is enough time to either replenish components, or manufacture " +"semi-finished products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Compute`, located next to the :guilabel:`Days to prepare" +" Manufacturing Order` field, calculates the longest lead time among all the " +"components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:339 +msgid "" +"*Purchase security lead times* that impact this specific |BoM| are also " +"added to this value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:343 +msgid "" +"A |BoM| has two components, one has a manufacturing lead time of two days, " +"and the other has a purchase lead time of four days. The :guilabel:`Days to " +"prepare Manufacturing Order` is four days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:350 msgid "Manufacturing security lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:352 msgid "" "*Manufacturing security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the" -" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead " -"Time`, and click the checkbox to enable the feature." +" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security " +"Lead Time`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:356 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in the " -"manufacturing process." +"manufacturing process. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 @@ -8782,7 +9484,7 @@ msgid "" "settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:364 msgid "" "A product has a scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " "set for August 15th. The manufacturing lead time is 7 days, and " @@ -8792,37 +9494,37 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is August 5th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:371 msgid "Global example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:373 msgid "" "See the following example to understand how all the lead times work together" " to ensure timely order fulfillment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:376 msgid "**Sales security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:377 msgid "**Manufacturing security lead time**: 2 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:378 msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**: 3 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:379 msgid "**Purchase security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:380 msgid "**Vendor lead time**: 4 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:382 msgid "" "The customer places an order for a manufactured product on September 1st, " "and the scheduled delivery date from the warehouse is on September 20th. " @@ -8837,24 +9539,24 @@ msgid "" "operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:390 msgid "**September 1st**: Sales order created, confirmed by salesperson." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:392 msgid "" "**September 9th**: Deadline to order components to ensure they arrive in " "time when manufacturing begins (4-day supplier lead time)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:395 msgid "" "**September 13th**: Scheduled date of receipt for components. Initially, it " "was set to 9/14, but the 1-day purchase security lead time pushed the date " "earlier by 1 day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:398 msgid "" "**September 14th**: Deadline to begin manufacturing. Calculated by " "subtracting the manufacturing lead time of 3 days, and the manufacturing " @@ -8862,7 +9564,7 @@ msgid "" "19th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:402 msgid "" "**September 19th**: :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the delivery order form " "indicates the updated expected delivery date, which was originally set as " @@ -8870,7 +9572,7 @@ msgid "" "a day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:406 msgid "" "Odoo's replenishment planning maps a business' order fulfillment process, " "setting pre-determined deadlines and raw material order dates, including " @@ -8911,7 +9613,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings." msgstr "" @@ -9078,475 +9779,536 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in one step" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:11 msgid "" -"By default, incoming shipments are configured to be received directly into " -"stock, and outgoing shipments are configured to be delivered directly from " -"stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one " -"step receipts and deliveries." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " +"process in one step, by default. This means purchases will be received " +"directly into stock, and deliveries will be moved directly from stock to " +"customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:30 msgid "" -"Incoming and outgoing shipments do not need to be configured with the same " -"steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in " -"three steps." +"Incoming and outgoing shipments do **not** need to be configured with the " +"same amount of steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18 msgid "" -"In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and " -"deliveries." +"For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " +"received directly in one step, and delivered in three steps (pick + pack + " +"ship)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20 -msgid "Configure the warehouse" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To configure one-step receipts and deliveries for a warehouse, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and select " +"a warehouse to edit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:27 msgid "" -"If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they" -" can easily be set back to the one step setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`, and click on the desired warehouse to edit. Next, on the " -":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, under the :guilabel:`Shipments` " -"section, select :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)` for " -":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " -"step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)`, and set " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " +"step)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one " -"step." +msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to one-step on warehouse form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Since one-step receipt and delivery is the default for incoming and outgoing" +" shipments in Odoo, the *Multi-Step Routes* feature is *not* required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 +msgid "" +"However, for the :guilabel:`Shipments` settings to appear on a warehouse " +"form, the feature **must** be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick " +"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Doing so also activates the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` " +"feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:50 msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "Prejemanje blaga neposredno (1 korak)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "Create a purchase order" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When products are received in one step, they will move from the vendor " +"location to warehouse stock in the database immediately upon validation of a" +" purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:81 msgid "" -"On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making" -" a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, select (or create) a " -":guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` " -"to finalize the quote as a new purchase order." +"To create a |PO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank :guilabel:`Request for Quotation` (RfQ) " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:61 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " -"the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " -"receipt for the purchase order." +"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Supplier` field. Then, fill out the various " +"fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order." +msgid "Filled out new request for quotation form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 -msgid "Process the receipt" +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the |RfQ|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:94 msgid "" -"When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click " -":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This moves the |RfQ| to the " +":guilabel:`Purchase Order` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once the |PO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears at " +"the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse receipt " +"(WH/IN) form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ " -"(bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon " -"enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows " -"the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n" -"pop-up." +msgid "Receipt smart button on confirmed purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier " -"Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives " -"here, it will be available for manufacturing, sales, etc. Then, the status " -"of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the " -"reception process in one step." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 +msgid "Process receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:84 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " +"the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " +"validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validated warehouse receipt in Done stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Click back to the |PO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" +" the |PO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Received` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:99 msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "Neposredna dostava blaga (1 korak)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:101 msgid "" -"Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and " -"make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then select (or create) a " -":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down field, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order." +"When products are delivered in one step, they will move from warehouse stock" +" to the customer location in the database immediately upon validation of a " +"sales order (SO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:156 +msgid "Create sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:158 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " -"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " -"delivery order for the sales order." +"To create a |SO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales app`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank sales quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field. Then, fill out the various" +" fields on the sales quotation form, as necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed." +msgid "Filled out new sales quotation form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:117 msgid "" -"Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." +"Under the :guilabel:`Product` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:120 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:172 -msgid "Process the delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. This moves the quotation to the " +":guilabel:`Sales Order` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 msgid "" -"When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), " -"click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery." +"Once the |SO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears at " +"the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse delivery " +"(WH/OUT) form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the delivery order." +msgid "Delivery smart button on confirmed sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:207 +msgid "Process delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:133 msgid "" -"Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the " -":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers" -" location`. Then, the status of the document will change to " -":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step." +"From the warehouse delivery form, the products ordered by the customer can " +"be delivered from the warehouse. To deliver the products, change the value " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field to match the ordered quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Demand` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once validated, the delivery order " +"moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validated delivery order in Done stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click back to the |SO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" +" the |SO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Delivered` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:229 +msgid ":doc:`shipments_deliveries`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in two steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12 msgid "" -"Depending on a company's business processes, multiple steps may be needed " -"before receiving or shipping products. In the two-step receipt process, " -"products are received in an input area, then transferred to stock. Two-step " -"receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as " -"locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves." +"Depending on a company's needs, receiving and shipping products in and out " +"of the warehouse might require multi-step operations. In Odoo *Inventory*, " +"this can be done using *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the two-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, " +"then transferred to stock. This kind of process for incoming shipments might" +" be beneficial for warehouses with specific storage locations, such as " +"freezers and refrigerators, secured locked areas, or special aisles and " +"shelves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:19 msgid "" "Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and " "employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The " -"products are not available for further processing until they are transferred" -" into stock." +"products are *not* available for further processing, until they are " +"transferred into stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:23 msgid "" -"In the two-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order" -" are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and " -"brought to an output location before being shipped." +"In the two-step delivery process, products are first picked from their " +"respective location in the warehouse, then transferred to an output location" +" before being shipped to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:26 msgid "" -"One situation where this would be useful is when using either a :abbr:`FIFO " -"(First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO " -"(First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, where the products that are " -"being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration " -"date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" -" `, so the settings need to be changed" -" in order to utilize two-step receipts and deliveries. Incoming and outgoing" -" shipments do not need to be set to have the same steps. For example, " -"products can be received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the " -"following example, two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries." +"This might be beneficial for companies using a First In, First Out (FIFO), " +"Last In, First Out (LIFO), or First Expired, First Out (FEFO) removal " +"strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "Configure multi-step routes" +msgid "" +"For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " +"received in two steps (input + stock), and delivered in three steps (pick + " +"pack + ship)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:38 msgid "" -"First, make sure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` option is enabled in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " -":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save` " -"the changes." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " +"process in one step, by default. To change these settings, the *Multi-Step " +"Routes* feature must be enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and " -"deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`, and click on the warehouse to change the warehouse settings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Multi-Step Routes feature in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for" -" :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and " -"then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +"Next, configure a warehouse for two-step receipts and deliveries. Navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and " +"select a warehouse to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)`, " +"and set :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Send goods in output " +"and then deliver (2 steps)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to two-step on warehouse form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:62 msgid "" -"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two " -"steps." +"Selecting two-step receipts and deliveries automatically creates new *Input*" +" and *Output* warehouse locations in the database, named `WH/Input` and " +"`WH/Output`, respectively." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:65 msgid "" -"Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and " -"*output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and " -":guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard." -" To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations`, and select the :guilabel:`Location` to change. On the location " -"form, update the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any other changes (if " -"necessary)." +"To rename or edit these locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Locations`, and select the desired location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:66 -msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the location's form, change the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any " +"other necessary changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:72 +msgid "Process receipt in two steps (input + stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When products are received in two steps, they first move from the vendor " +"location to an input location. Then, they move from the input location to " +"warehouse stock in the database, upon validation of a purchase order (PO), " +"and a subsequent internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, fill out the various " +"fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out new Request for Quotation from vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery smart button for validated purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:105 msgid "" "For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step " -"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase " -"Order)` form may need to be specified as the correct *input location* " -"connected to the two-step warehouse, which can be done by selecting the " -"warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at" -" the end of the name." +"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the |PO| form **must** " +"be specified as the correct *input location* connected to the two-step " +"warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:109 msgid "" -"After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` " -"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` form. " -"Click it to reveal the new receipt (WH/IN) operation." +"This can be done by selecting the warehouse from the drop-down menu that " +"includes the `Receipts` label at the end of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:115 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " +"the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " +"validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage, and the products" +" move to the :guilabel:`WH/Input` location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 -msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." +msgid "Receipt form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Once the purchase order is confirmed, a receipt is generated and ready to " -"process." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:128 +msgid "Process internal transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the " -":guilabel:`Receipts` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " -"dashboard. This reveals a list of all receipts to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` associated with the purchase order, then " -"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to " -":guilabel:`WH/Input`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Receipt form for product move to WH/Input." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:106 -msgid "Process the internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "" "Once the receipt is validated, an internal transfer is created and ready to " "process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:132 msgid "" -"Click back to the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` in the breadcrumbs, and " -"locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." +"To view the internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app`, and locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:135 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to reveal a list of all internal " -"transfers to process, and select the transfer associated with the previously" -" validated receipt." +"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " +"of all internal transfers to process, and select the transfer associated " +"with the previously validated receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:138 msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product " -"from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move " +"the product from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:141 msgid "" -"Once the transfer is validated, the product enters inventory and is " +"Once the transfer is validated, the products enter inventory, and are " "available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock." +msgid "Internal transfer form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:127 -msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:149 +msgid "Process delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:151 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " -":guilabel:`New`. Select (or create) a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:136 -msgid "" -"After confirming the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart " -"button will appear in the top, above the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal the associated " -"receipt." +"When products are delivered in two steps, they move from warehouse stock to " +"an output location. Then, they move from the output location to a customer " +"location in the database, upon validation of a picking order, and a " +"subsequent delivery order (DO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Delivery smart button on sales order form." +msgid "Filled out new sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168 msgid "" -"Sales order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` Kanban card." +"Under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:150 -msgid "Process the picking" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery smart button on validated sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:182 +msgid "Process picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 msgid "" "Once the sales order is confirmed, a picking order is generated and ready to" " process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:186 msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the " -":guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. " -"This reveals a list of all pickings to process." +"To complete the picking, navigate to the :guilabel:`Inventory app`, and " +"locate the :guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " +"dashboard. Alternatively, the picking order can also be accessed via the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:190 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, click the :guilabel:`# To " +"Process` button on the :guilabel:`Pick` task card. This reveals a list of " +"all pickings to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:193 msgid "" "Click on the picking (WH/PICK) operation associated with the sales order to " "reveal the picking order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Check Availability` on the picking order form. If the " -"product is in stock, Odoo automatically reserves the product. Quantities can" -" also be manually set by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " -"column to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Picking order form for products included in sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:200 msgid "" -"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking and move the " -"product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" +"Manually set the quantity by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"column, to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking, and move the" +" product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Once the picking is validated, a delivery order is created, and ready to " +"process. Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button on the sales order " +"form reveals the newly created delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, to view the delivery order, navigate back to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, via the breadcrumbs, and locate the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` task card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " +"of all delivery orders to process, and select the order associated with the " +"previously validated picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Picking operation form moving product to WH/Output." +msgid "Delivery order form for products ordered by customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:222 msgid "" -"Once the picking has been processed, the delivery order is generated, and " -"can be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Navigate back to the original sales order by going to :menuselection:`Sales " -"app`, and selecting the associated sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:179 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button now indicates there are two transfers." -" Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal each transfer tied to" -" this sales order: the completed picking, and the new delivery (WH/OUT) " -"operation. Click the delivery operation to open the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 -msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Delivery operation form moving product to customer location." +"To deliver the products, change the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field " +"to match the ordered quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:3 @@ -9616,6 +10378,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " @@ -9632,6 +10398,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "" @@ -11102,7 +11872,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo" +msgid "Sendcloud configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5 @@ -11146,16 +11916,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank" " account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping " -"rules or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " -"required." +"rules, or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " +"**required**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:174 msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:39 msgid "" "Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings" " --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse" @@ -11166,7 +11936,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:46 msgid "" "To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` " "is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field " @@ -11210,24 +11980,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:63 msgid "" "Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo" " configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:69 msgid "" "In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo " "Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:72 msgid "" "After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and " @@ -11237,7 +12007,7 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo StealthyWood`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:77 msgid "" "Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the " "shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public " @@ -11248,32 +12018,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:158 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86 -msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To ensure seamless Sendcloud integration with Odoo, :ref:`install " +"` and :ref:`link " +"` the Sendcloud shipping" +" connector to the Sendcloud account. Then, :ref:`configure Odoo fields " +"`, so Sendcloud can " +"accurately pull shipping data to generate labels." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +msgid "Install Sendcloud shipping module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 msgid "" "After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure" -" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " -"search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." +" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " +"search for the `Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:110 msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:112 msgid "" "Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The " @@ -11281,14 +12061,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:116 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once" " on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to " @@ -11296,69 +12076,69 @@ msgid "" "Methods`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 msgid "" "Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this " "shipping method or create a new product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:131 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:146 msgid "" "Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:135 msgid "" "After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the " "shipping products:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:137 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New " "Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping " "products` link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:139 msgid "" "Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries " "and returns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:140 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:143 msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:" msgstr "" @@ -11382,7 +12162,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`" " `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` " @@ -11421,7 +12201,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:169 msgid "" "Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a " "package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured " @@ -11429,20 +12209,64 @@ msgid "" " within 24 hours of creation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using " "test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used " "to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the " "creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment " -"settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`." +"settings can be toggled back and forth from their respective smart buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166 -msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:181 +msgid "Shipping information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 +msgid "" +"To use Sendcloud to generate shipping labels, the following information " +"**must** be filled out accurately and completely in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Customer information**: when creating a quotation, ensure the selected " +":guilabel:`Customer` has a valid phone number, email address, and shipping " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:189 +msgid "" +"To verify, select the :guilabel:`Customer` field to open their contact page." +" Here, add their shipping address in the :guilabel:`Contact` field, along " +"with their :guilabel:`Mobile` number and :guilabel:`Email` address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:193 +msgid "" +"**Product weight**: ensure all products in an order have a specified " +":guilabel:`Weight` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of their product form. " +"Refer to the :ref:`Product weight section " +"` of this article for " +"detailed instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +msgid "" +"**Warehouse address**: ensure the warehouse name and address in Odoo match " +"the :ref:`previously defined warehouse " +"` in the Sendcloud " +"setup. For details on warehouse configuration in Odoo, refer to the " +":ref:`warehouse configuration section " +"` of the third-party " +"shipping documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:204 +msgid "Generate labels with Sendcloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:206 msgid "" "When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud " "shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label " @@ -11450,41 +12274,41 @@ msgid "" "following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:205 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for " "returns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:212 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214 msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 msgid "" "When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the " "configured Sendcloud account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 msgid "Shipment is too heavy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 msgid "" "If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, " "then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need " @@ -11492,7 +12316,7 @@ msgid "" "transfer and generate labels." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping " "methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will " @@ -11500,11 +12324,11 @@ msgid "" "order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 msgid "Personal carrier contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:237 msgid "" "Use custom prices from a direct carrier contract, via CSV upload, by first " "logging into Sendcloud, navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Carriers " @@ -11515,14 +12339,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:245 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Contract prices` section, click :guilabel:`Download " "CSV` and fill out the contract prices in the :guilabel:`price` column of the" " CSV file template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:249 msgid "" "Ensure the CSV file includes the correct prices to avoid any inaccuracies." msgstr "" @@ -11532,23 +12356,23 @@ msgid "" "Show sample contract CSV from Sendcloud, highlighting the price column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:255 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload` the completed CSV file to Sendcloud, then click " ":guilabel:`Save these prices`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:258 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to upload contract prices with carriers " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:262 msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:264 msgid "" "Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight " "of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* " @@ -11556,27 +12380,27 @@ msgid "" "transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:269 msgid "" "Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute" " the volumetric weight." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:273 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:277 msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:279 msgid "" -"First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by " -"the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " +"First, verify that the product being shipped has a weight that is supported " +"by the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " "destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier." " The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the " "carrier." @@ -12977,7 +13801,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:15 msgid "" -":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings `" +":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings " +"`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:17 @@ -15074,7 +15899,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:94 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:160 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is greater than the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **green**. If " @@ -15117,17 +15942,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Applying an inventory adjustment simultaneously creates a :doc:`stock move " +"line (SML) <../reporting/moves_history>` in the *Moves History* report for " +"traceability." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " "specified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:129 msgid "Count products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131 msgid "" "Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is " "complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory " @@ -15135,7 +15967,7 @@ msgid "" "product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135 msgid "" "On each product line, identify whether the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` column recorded in the database matches the newly-counted value. " @@ -15143,7 +15975,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Set` button (target icon) at the far right of the product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:139 msgid "" "Doing so copies the value from the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column over " "to the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and sets the value of the " @@ -15156,7 +15988,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148 msgid "" "If the newly-counted value for a given product does **not** match the value " "in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, instead of " @@ -15164,7 +15996,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152 msgid "" "To do so, click the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column on the " "specific inventory adjustment line for the product whose count is being " @@ -15172,7 +16004,7 @@ msgid "" "`0.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 msgid "" "To change this value, type in a new value that matches the real, newly-" "counted value. Then, click away from the line. Doing so saves the " @@ -15180,7 +16012,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:166 msgid "" "Subsequently, once applied, a move with the difference between the " ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is " @@ -15193,7 +16025,7 @@ msgid "" "moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:174 msgid "" "Sometimes a count occurs, but cannot be applied in the database right away. " "In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, " @@ -15203,11 +16035,11 @@ msgid "" "adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:181 msgid "Change inventory count frequency" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183 msgid "" "By default, the *scheduled date* for inventory adjustments are always " "scheduled for the 31st of December of the current year. However, for some " @@ -15215,7 +16047,7 @@ msgid "" "times. In such cases, the default scheduled date can be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:187 msgid "" "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " @@ -15229,43 +16061,43 @@ msgid "" " setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:195 msgid "" "To change the day, click the :guilabel:`31`, and change it to a day within " "the range `1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:198 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:117 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" "down menu, and select the desired month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:201 msgid "" "Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all " "changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:204 msgid "Plan big inventory counts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:206 msgid "" "To plan big inventory counts, such as a full count of everything currently " "in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->" " Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209 msgid "" "Then, select the desired products to be counted by clicking the checkbox on " "the far left of each product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:213 msgid "" "To request a count of **all** products currently in stock, click the " "checkbox at the very top of the table, in the header row next to the " @@ -15276,7 +16108,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221 msgid "" "Once all desired products have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Request a" " Count` button at the top of the page. This causes a :guilabel:`Request a " @@ -15284,21 +16116,21 @@ msgid "" "information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:225 msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:226 msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" " be accounted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the on-hand quantity of each product line blank," " select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To pre-fill the on-hand quantity of each " @@ -15306,17 +16138,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Set Current Value`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:232 msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 msgid "" "In the Odoo *Barcode* app, users can only view inventory counts that are " "assigned to **them**, and are scheduled for **today** or **earlier**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:239 msgid ":doc:`cycle_counts`" msgstr "" @@ -15325,228 +16157,286 @@ msgid "Create a second warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 msgid "" -"A *warehouse* is a physical building or space where items are stored. In " -"Odoo, it is possible to set up multiple warehouses and transfer stored items" -" between them." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *warehouse* is a physical building or space where " +"items are stored. By default, each Odoo database has one warehouse already " +"pre-configured, with the address set as the company's address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:9 msgid "" -"By default, the Odoo platform has one warehouse that is already configured, " -"with the address set as the company's address. To create a second warehouse," -" select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, then click " -":guilabel:`Create` and configure the form as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:12 -msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code by which the warehouse is " -"referred to; the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is **WH**" +"However, it is possible to set up multiple additional warehouses, and " +"transfer stored items between them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:15 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse; this can be set as" -" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " -"vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:17 -msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The options below will only appear if the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " -"checkbox is enabled in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` under the" -" :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " -"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: select the routes that incoming and" -" outgoing shipments should follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:27 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " -"from this warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:28 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: allow for items to be manufactured in " -"this warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture`: select the route that should be followed when " -"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: check the box to allow for purchased products " -"to be delivered to the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:33 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Resupply From`: select warehouses that can be used to resupply " -"the warehouse being created" +"To create a second warehouse, the *Storage Locations* feature must be " +"enabled. To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, " +"tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and " +":guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "A filled out form for creating a new warehouse." +msgid "" +"Warning pop-up window for creating a second warehouse before enabling " +"Storage Locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:97 msgid "" -"Creating a second warehouse will automatically enable the *Storage " -"Locations* setting, which allows location tracking of products within a " -"warehouse. To toggle this setting, navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings` and click the checkbox under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " -"heading." +"Creating a second warehouse without first enabling the *Storage Locations* " +"feature triggers a :guilabel:`Warning` pop-up window. It indicates creating " +"a second warehouse automatically activates the *Storage Locations* setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:30 +msgid "Create new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:70 msgid "" -"After filling out the form, click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse " -"will be created." +"To create a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens a " +"blank warehouse creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:35 +msgid "Fill out the following fields as necessary:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code used to identify the warehouse," +" i.e. `WH2` (the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is `WH`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse. This can be set as" +" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " +"vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located. By default," +" this is set to the company's address in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Filled out warehouse name and address settings on warehouse creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:49 -msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, configure the warehouse's" +" main workflow in the :guilabel:`Shipments` section, and set available " +"replenishment methods in the :guilabel:`Resupply` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:54 msgid "" -"If a new warehouse is created that has existing inventory in it, the " -"inventory counts should be added to Odoo so that the stock listed in the " -"Odoo database reflects what is in the physical warehouse. To add inventory " -"to a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations -->" -" Inventory Adjustments`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`. The inventory " -"adjustment form can then be filled out as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:57 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: the name or code that the inventory " -"adjustment can be referred to by" +"The :guilabel:`Shipments` and :guilabel:`Resupply` sections only appear if " +"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` checkbox is enabled in " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " +"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Locations`: the location(s) where the inventory is stored; " -"include the new warehouse and any locations within it that inventory will be" -" added to" +"In the :guilabel:`Shipments` section, choose between one, two, or three-step" +" processes for both incoming and outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:61 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Products`: include all products that will be added to inventory " -"or leave blank to select any product during the next step" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:62 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Resupply` section, edit the following settings:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:64 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Include Exhausted Products`: include products with a quantity of " -"zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they " -"have no existing inventory" +":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractors`: enable this feature to coordinate with " +"vendors, and have components dropshipped directly to subcontractors for " +"manufacturing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:66 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date used by accounting teams for " -"bookkeeping related to the inventory" +":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " +"with goods from this warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:68 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the inventory; can be set as the " -"user's company or as a customer or vendor" +":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: when products are manufactured, they " +"can be delivered to this warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Counted Quantities`: choose whether the counted quantities for " -"products being added should default to stock on hand or zero; does not " -"affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing " -"inventory" +":guilabel:`Manufacture`: the route that should be followed when " +"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse. Choose from one, two, and three-" +"step production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: when products are purchased, they can be " +"delivered to this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resupply From`: Check the box next to the other warehouses from " +"which this warehouse can replenish products. If the current warehouse does " +"not have the stock, it can also pull products from these selected warehouses" +" in the database. Automatic resupply routes will be created accordingly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "A filled out form for an inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:77 msgid "" -"Once the form is properly configured, click on :guilabel:`Start Inventory` " -"to be taken to the next page where products can be added to the inventory " -"adjustment. Add a new product by clicking on :guilabel:`Create` and then " -"fill out the product line as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:81 -msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory" +"Filled out Warehouse Configuration tab settings on warehouse creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:82 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " -"the new warehouse; this can be set as the overall warehouse or a location " -"within the warehouse" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new warehouse's settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:84 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " -"serial number used to identify it" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:85 +msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:87 msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Hand`: the total quantity of the product stored in the " -"location for which inventory is being adjusted; this should be zero for a " -"new location or warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:88 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Counted`: the amount of the product that is being added to " -"inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:89 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the *On Hand* and *Counted* " -"values; this will automatically update to reflect the value entered in the " -":guilabel:`Counted` column" +"If a new warehouse is created to represent a real-world storage location " +"with existing stock, update the warehouse's stock using an inventory " +"adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:91 -msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for counting the product" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`count_products`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "Include a line for each product being added to inventory." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To perform an inventory adjustment, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Operations --> Physical Inventory`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing" +" so adds a new line at the bottom of the list of inventory adjustments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:97 +msgid "Configure the line by filling out the following fields as necessary:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:99 msgid "" -"After adding all the products already stored in the new warehouse, click " -":guilabel:`Validate Inventory` to complete the inventory adjustment. The " -"values in the :guilabel:`On Hand` column will update to reflect those in the" -" :guilabel:`Counted` column and the products added will appear in the " -"inventory of the new warehouse." +":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " +"the new warehouse. This can be set as the overall warehouse, or a location " +"within the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " +"serial number used to identify it, if the product is tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the total quantity of the product stored in " +"the location for which inventory is being adjusted. For a new warehouse or " +"location where a count or a prior inventory adjustment has not taken place, " +"this should be set to `0.00`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure (UoM) used for counting the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: the amount of the product being added to " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the on-hand and counted " +"quantities. This automatically updates to reflect the value entered in the " +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date selected for the next inventory count " +"for this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`User`: the user who recorded the inventory adjustment in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out inventory adjustment line for product in new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once each line for the products being added to the new warehouse is " +"configured, click :guilabel:`Apply` on each line to apply the new inventory " +"counts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The values in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column update to reflect " +"those in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and the products added " +"appear in the new warehouse's stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:125 +msgid "" +"If products tracked using a lot number or serial number are added without " +"specifying the tracking number, a :guilabel:`Tracked Products in Inventory " +"Adjustment` pop-up window appears upon clicking :guilabel:`Apply` on that " +"product's line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The pop-up indicates tracked products were added, but the lots/serial " +"numbers were not defined. To apply the adjustment without the numbers, click" +" :guilabel:`Apply`. To add the numbers before applying, click " +":guilabel:`Discard`, and add the numbers. Then, once ready, click " +":guilabel:`Apply` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:0 +msgid "Tracked Products in Inventory Adjustment pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`warehouses_locations`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:3 @@ -15739,10 +16629,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once all necessary changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123 -msgid ":doc:`count_products`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`use_locations`" msgstr "" @@ -15855,46 +16741,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Scrap inventory" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:8 msgid "" -"In some cases, a product in inventory may be damaged or found to be " -"defective. If it is not possible to repair or return the product, Odoo " -"*Inventory* allows users to scrap it, ensuring that usable inventory counts " -"remain accurate." +"Sometimes, products in a company's warehouse stock might be found to be " +"damaged or defective, past the point of being reparable. If it is not " +"possible to repair the product, or return the product to a vendor, it can be" +" scrapped." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:12 msgid "" -"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " -"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." +"Odoo *Inventory* allows users to scrap inventory, designating goods or " +"materials that are no longer usable or sellable for disposal (or recycling)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:15 msgid "" -"To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`. Remove the " -":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display " -"virtual locations. Finally, select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` " -"location." +"Scrapping inventory in a database helps stock counts remain accurate, by " +"removing scrapped products from physical inventory, and placing it in a " +"virtual scrap location (*Virtual Locations/Scrap*)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:19 msgid "" -"By default, scrapping a product removes it from physical inventory, and " -"places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual Locations/Scrap*. A virtual " -"location is **not** a physical space, but rather a designation in Odoo that " -"is used to track items that are no longer in physical inventory." +"*Virtual locations* in Odoo are **not** real, physical spaces in a " +"warehouse. Rather, they are designated locations in a database that provide " +"tracking of items that shouldn't be counted in a physical inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:68 -msgid "Learn more" -msgstr "Več o tem" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:25 msgid "" "For more information about virtual locations, see the documentation about " "the different types of :ref:`locations " @@ -15902,119 +16777,174 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:29 -msgid "Scrap from stock" +msgid "" +"To use locations in warehouse, including a virtual scrap location, the " +"*Storage Locations* feature must first be enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:32 msgid "" -"To scrap a product located in inventory, begin by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Scrap`. On the :guilabel:`Scrap" -" Orders` page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new scrap order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:35 -msgid "" -"On the scrap order, select the product being scrapped from the " -":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` field. The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the " -"location where the product is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` " -"defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be " -"changed by selecting a different location from their respective drop-down " -"menus." +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Tick the " +"checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` to enable the feature, and " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "A new scrap order." +msgid "Enabled Storage Locations setting in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:41 +msgid "Scrap from stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:43 msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to scrap the product. The on-hand " -"inventory count for the scrapped product updates to subtract the scrapped " -"quantity." +"To create a new scrap order (SP) for an in-stock product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Scrap`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a new |SP| form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:49 -msgid "Scrap from a receipt, transfer, or delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:46 msgid "" -"It is also possible to scrap products during the receipt, transfer, and " -"delivery operations. This can be necessary if any products are found to be " -"defective when receiving them into inventory, transferring them from one " -"location to another, or preparing them for delivery." +"Click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and select the " +"product that should be scrapped from inventory. In the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"field, change the value to the quantity of the product that should be " +"scrapped (by default, this value is set to `1.00`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To scrap a product during the receipt, transfer, or delivery operations, " -"begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app. On the " -":guilabel:`Overview` page, select the :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the" -" :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`, or " -":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, depending on the type of operation the " -"product is being scrapped from." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out new scrap order form with product details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:54 msgid "" -"For the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card to appear on the " -":menuselection:`Overview` page of the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, the " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next " -"to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading." +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " +"is currently stored. The :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to the " +"designated scrap location (:guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`). Either of " +"these locations can be changed by selecting a different location from their " +"respective drop-down menus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If the scrapping is tied to a specific existing operation, specify the " +"operation in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company` field displays the company whose warehouse this " +"product belongs to. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " +"scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:66 msgid "" -"Alternatively, a list of all delivery orders, receipts, and transfers can be" -" viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> " -"Transfers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Next, open a delivery order, receipt, or transfer from the corresponding " -"page by clicking on it. A :guilabel:`Scrap` button appears at the top of the" -" page. Click it to open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the new |SP|. Once " +"validated, a :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button appears at the top of " +"the form. Click the smart button to view the details of the scrap operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "The scrap pop-up in the Inventory app." +msgid "Product Moves smart button on new scrap order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:75 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Scrap` button will only appear on a receipt that has been " -"validated. This is because Odoo only allows products to be scrapped once " -"they have been entered into inventory." +"To view the all-time total quantities of scrapped items, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Click the " +":guilabel:`x (remove)` button on the :guilabel:`Internal` filter in the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar, to display virtual locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window, select the product being scrapped " -"from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Then, enter the quantity in the" -" :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +"Select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` location. From the " +":guilabel:`Scrap` location's form, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` smart" +" button, at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " -"is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual" -" Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be changed by selecting a " -"different location from their respective drop-down menus." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:82 +msgid "A list of all scrapped products, and their quantities, is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:0 +msgid "Current Stock list of all scrapped products in virtual scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:89 +msgid "Scrap from an existing operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:91 msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the product. After doing so, the " -":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window disappears and a :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " -"button appears in the top right of the page. Click it to view all of the " -"scrap orders created from that operation." +"Scrap orders (SPs) can *also* be created from existing operations, such as " +"receipts, delivery orders, and internal transfers, before they are entered " +"into, or removed from, stock for an operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To scrap a product during an operation, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview`, " +"click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on an operation's task card (i.e. " +"the :guilabel:`Receipts` task card)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "The Scraps smart button." +msgid "# To Process button on Receipts task card on Inventory Overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, select an operation to process from the resulting list of existing " +"orders. Doing so opens that operation's form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon, and select " +":guilabel:`Scrap` from the resulting drop-down menu. This opens a " +":guilabel:`Scrap Products` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Scrap Products pop-up window on operation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:113 +msgid "" +"From this pop-up window, click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product`" +" field, and select the products from the operation that should be scrapped. " +"Adjust the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Product` selected is tracked using a lot or serial number," +" a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial` field appears. Specify the tracking number in that" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` and :guilabel:`Scrap Location` can be " +"changed, if needed. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " +"scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Scrap Products`. A :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " +"button appears at the top of the operation form. Click this smart button to " +"view the details of all scrap orders created from this specific operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Scraps smart button showing all scrap orders from operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:3 @@ -16023,126 +16953,220 @@ msgstr "Lokacije" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:5 msgid "" -"A *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. This can be a shelf, " -"room, aisle, etc. There are three types of locations in Odoo:" +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. " +"This can be a shelf, room, aisle, rack, bin, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:8 msgid "" -"*Physical locations* are spaces within a warehouse owned by the user's " -"company. These can be a an area where items are stored like an aisle or " -"shelf, or an area where operations take place, like loading and unloading " -"bays." +"There are also external and virtual locations. For example, customer " +"locations, and locations specifically designated as \"virtual\", instead of " +"real, physical locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:11 msgid "" -"*Partner locations* are the same as physical locations except that they " -"exist within the warehouse of a customer or vendor." +"Locations allow for the storage of products in designated areas of the " +"warehouse, to help track inventory accurately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:17 msgid "" -"*Virtual locations* are locations that do not exist physically, but where " -"items that are not in inventory can be placed. These can be items that have " -"not yet entered inventory, like products that are on the way to a warehouse," -" or items that are no longer in inventory due to loss or other factors." +"To specify storage locations, the *Storage Locations* setting must be " +"enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"section. Tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` to enable " +"the feature, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In order to use locations, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be" -" enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, and enable " -"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:24 -msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Storage Location setting in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:26 msgid "" -"Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations --> Create`. The new location " -"form can then be configured as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location Name`: the name that will be used to reference the " -"location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:30 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Parent Location`: the location or warehouse that the new location" -" exists within" +"Once the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is enabled, two additional " +"internal link options appear below it: :guilabel:`Locations` and " +":guilabel:`Putaway Rules`. Click :guilabel:`Locations` to open a list of all" +" existing locations in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location Type`: choose the category that the location belongs to" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse that the location " -"is inside of" +msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:104 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: check this box to allow for " -"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: check this box to allow products to be " -"returned to this location" +"To create a new location inside a warehouse, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Doing so " +"opens a list of all existing locations. Click :guilabel:`New` to open a new " +"location creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:37 -msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode number assigned to the location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:108 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Removal Strategy`: the :doc:`strategy <../removal_strategies>` " -"for how items should be taken from inventory" +"In the :guilabel:`Location Name` field, assign a name for the new location. " +"In the :guilabel:`Parent Location` field, assign the location that this new " +"location exists in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 -msgid "The form for creating a new location." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:41 +msgid "" +"A new location `Gate 1` is created. Its parent location is `Dispatch Zone`. " +"In the :guilabel:`Parent Location` for `Gate 1`, select `Dispatch Zone`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:48 -msgid "Create location hierarchies" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, fill out the necessary " +"details for the new location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Location Type` field, select which type of location this " +"is. There are seven different types of locations to choose from:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:50 msgid "" -"The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" -" to exist within a warehouse or another location. Every location can serve " -"as a parent location, and every parent location can have multiple locations " -"within it, allowing for the creation of a virtually infinite hierarchical " -"structure." +":guilabel:`Vendor Location`: virtual location representing the source " +"location for products coming from vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:52 msgid "" -"Location hierarchy could be organized so that a shelf is located within an " -"aisle, which is located within a room, which is located within the overall " -"warehouse." +":guilabel:`View`: virtual location used to create a hierarchical structure " +"for a warehouse; aggregates its child locations. **Should not directly " +"contain products**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`Internal Location`: physical location inside a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:55 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer Location`: virtual location representing the destination" +" location for products sent to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Inventory Loss`: virtual location serving as a counterpart for " +"inventory operations. Used to correct stock levels of physical inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:59 msgid "" -"To create the location hierarchy in the example above, set the warehouse as " -"the parent of the room, the room as the parent of the aisle, and the aisle " -"as the parent of the shelf. This can be adapted to a hierarchy of any " -"magnitude." +":guilabel:`Production`: virtual counterpart location for production " +"operations. This location consumes components and produces finished " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transit Location`: counterpart location that should be used in " +"inter-company or inter-warehouse operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Additional Information section of new location creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Configure the remaining fields in the :guilabel:`Additional Information` " +"section as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose warehouse the location is inside of. " +"Leave this field blank if this location is shared between companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow for " +"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow products to " +"be returned to this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode assigned to the location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Replenish Location`: tick this checkbox to get all quantities to " +"replenish at this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Cyclic Counting` section, change the value in the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field from the default `0`, if " +"necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Cyclic Counting section of new location creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When different than `0`, the inventory count dates for products stored at " +"this location are automatically set at the defined frequency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:90 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, in the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` " +"field, click the drop-down menu and select the :doc:`removal strategy " +"<../removal_strategies>` for how items should be removed from this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:97 +msgid "Create location hierarchies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" +" to exist within a warehouse, or below another location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Every location can serve as a parent location, and every parent location can" +" have multiple locations within it, allowing for the creation of a " +"hierarchical structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Location hierarchy could be organized so that a small refrigerator is " +"located on a specific shelf, which is located in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Location hierarchy of small refrigerator, on a shelf in a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To create the location hierarchy in the example above (`WH/Stock/Shelf " +"2/Small Refrigerator`), set the warehouse stock as the parent of the shelf, " +"and the shelf as the parent of the small refrigerator. This can be adapted " +"to a hierarchy of any magnitude." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:5 @@ -16880,6 +17904,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 +msgid "Process the receipt" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99 msgid "" "Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for " @@ -16977,147 +18005,160 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations" +msgid "Manage warehouses and locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:9 msgid "Warehouse" msgstr "Skladišče" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:15 msgid "" -"In Odoo, a *warehouse* is the actual building/place in which a company's " -"items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user " -"can create moves between warehouses." +"Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo, and stock moves can be created " +"between warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:22 msgid "" -"A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a " -"sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). " -"Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible " -"to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can " -"be configured as needed under one warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:24 -msgid "There are three types of locations:" +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. " +"This can be a shelf, room, aisle, rack, bin, etc. Locations allow for the " +"storage of products in designated areas of the warehouse, to help track " +"inventory accurately." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:26 msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading " -"areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc." +"A location is only part of *one* warehouse, and can **not** be linked to " +"multiple warehouses. As many locations can be configured as needed under one" +" warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:29 +msgid "There are three types of locations in Odoo *Inventory*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:31 msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only " -"difference being that they are not owned by the user's company." +"**Physical Locations**: internal locations within a single warehouse owned " +"by the company. This can include shipping and loading docks, aisles, " +"shelves, storage areas, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:33 msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory " -"Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse " -"(**Procurements**)." +"**Partner Locations**: external locations, such as designated spaces in a " +"customer or vendor's warehouse. They are similar to physical locations, but " +"they are **not** owned by the user's company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:36 msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be " -"structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the " -"organization of the warehouses." +"**Virtual Locations**: this type of location does not exist as a physical " +"space, but products can be \"stored\" here when they are not physically in " +"an inventory yet. *Inventory Loss* and *Procurements* are examples of " +"virtual locations, for products that are lost or in transit to the " +"warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:41 msgid "" -"To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" -" enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"Every location within a warehouse can serve as a parent location, and every " +"parent location can have multiple locations within it, allowing for the " +"creation of a hierarchical structure. This allows for more detailed levels " +"of analysis of the stock operations and the organization of the warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:48 +msgid "" +"For companies with one warehouse, no additional settings are required to " +"activate before editing the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:51 +msgid "" +"For companies with multiple warehouses, and to create locations within a " +"warehouse, the *Storage Locations* feature must be enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:54 msgid "" -"To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable " -":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check " -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes`." +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Tick the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox to enable the feature, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:58 -msgid "Create a new warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " -"Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Storage Locations feature enabled in the Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:63 msgid "" -"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. " -"The short name is five characters maximum." +"To manage warehouse *routes*, such as two-and-three-step receipts and " +"deliveries, enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature from the *Inventory* app " +"settings, as well. For more on routes, see :doc:`use_routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:68 +msgid "Create a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Begin by assigning a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name`, and a :guilabel:`Short " +"Name`. The :guilabel:`Short Name` field is limited to a **five** character " +"maximum." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." +msgid "New warehouse creation form name configuration fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:81 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse " -"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first " -"letters of location]\"." +"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like `WH/[first " +"letters of location]`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:84 msgid "" -"Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations " -"related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently " -"created warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the " -":guilabel:`Locations` setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:85 -msgid "Create a new location" +"For example, a warehouse named `Warehouse #2` might have the " +":guilabel:`Short Name` `WH2` (the short name for the default warehouse in " +"Odoo is `WH`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:87 msgid "" -"To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " -"Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +"Once the warehouse is created, navigate back to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard. New operations for the newly created " +"warehouse are automatically generated there." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:90 msgid "" -"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`" -" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +"For more on creating new warehouses, see :doc:`create_a_second_warehouse`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." +msgid "" +"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfers for the new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:102 +msgid "Create a new location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:111 +msgid "For more on locations, see :doc:`use_locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "New warehouse location creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 msgid "Inventory valuation" msgstr "" @@ -17458,7 +18499,7 @@ msgid "" "The Inventory Valuation fields are located on the Product Categories form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 msgid "" "Alternatively, automated inventory valuation is an integrated valuation " "method that updates the inventory value in real-time by creating journal " @@ -17466,7 +18507,7 @@ msgid "" "company's inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:26 msgid "" "Automated inventory valuation is a method recommended for expert " "accountants, given the extra steps involved in journal entry configuration. " @@ -17475,118 +18516,104 @@ msgid "" "basis depending on the needs and priorities of the business." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 msgid "Types of accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 msgid "" "Accounting entries will depend on the accounting mode: *Continental* or " "*Anglo-Saxon*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39 msgid "" "Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and " -"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Then, in the search bar, look for :guilabel:`Anglo-Saxon Accounting`, to see" +" if the feature is enabled. If it is **not** enabled, Continental accounting" +" mode is in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the Anglo-Saxon accounting mode feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 msgid "" "In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported " "when products are sold or delivered. This means that the cost of a good is " -"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. " -"*Interim Stock Accounts* are used for the input and output accounts, and are" -" both *Asset Accounts* in the balance sheet." +"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. So " +"for **manual** valuation method, set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to " +"`Stock Valuation` for the current asset type; for **automatic** valuation " +"method, set the the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to an *Expenses* or a *Cost " +"of Revenue* type (e.g. `Cost of Production`, `Cost of Goods Sold`, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 msgid "" "In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a " -"product is received into stock. Additionally, a single *Expense* account is " -"used for both input and output accounts in the balance sheet." +"product is received into stock. Because of this, the :guilabel:`Expense " +"Account` can be set to **either** *Expenses* or a *Cost of Revenue* type, " +"however, it is more commonly set to an *Expenses* account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 -msgid "Costing methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 msgid "" -"Below are the three costing methods that can be used in Odoo for inventory " -"valuation." +":ref:`Details about configuring Expense and Stock accounts " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Standard Price**: is the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the " -"product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used to " -"compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " -"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Average Cost (AVCO)**: calculates the valuation of a product based on the " -"average cost of that product, divided by the total number of available stock" -" on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and " -"constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**First In First Out (FIFO)**: tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing " -"items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to change the " -"valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the next good " -"sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next inventory " -"lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based on the " -"valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most accurate " -"inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it's highly " -"sensitive to input data and human error." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It's highly" -" recommended to consult an accountant first before making any adjustments " -"here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:78 -msgid "Configure automated inventory valuation in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:67 msgid "" "Make changes to inventory valuation options by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and " -"choose the category/categories where the automated valuation method should " -"apply." +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. In " +"the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` section, select the desired " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:72 msgid "" "It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product " "categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` heading are two labels: " -":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`. Pick the " -"desired :guilabel:`Costing Method` using the drop-down menu (e.g. " -":guilabel:`Standard`, :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`, or :guilabel:`First " -"In First Out (FIFO)`) and switch the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to " -":guilabel:`Automated`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 +msgid "Show inventory valuation configuration options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 -msgid "" -":ref:`Using the inventory " -"valuation`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +msgid "Costing method" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +msgid "" +"From the product category's configuration page, choose the desired " +":guilabel:`Costing Method`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Standard Price`: the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of " +"the product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used " +"to compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " +"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`: calculates the valuation of a product based" +" on the average cost of that product, divided by the total number of " +"available stock on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is " +"*dynamic*, and constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " "Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " @@ -17597,7 +18624,30 @@ msgid "" "validated purchase orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`: tracks the costs of incoming and " +"outgoing items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to " +"change the valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the " +"next good sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next " +"inventory lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based " +"on the valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most " +"accurate inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it is" +" highly sensitive to input data and human error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It is " +"highly recommended to consult an accountant first before making any " +"adjustments here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`using_inventory_valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " "that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " @@ -17608,21 +18658,122 @@ msgid "" "*Inventory Valuation* report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 msgid "" -"On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " -"appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " -"inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" +"Inventory valuation in Odoo can be set to be updated manually or " +"automatically. While *Expense* accounts apply to both, the *Stock Input* and" +" *Stock Output* accounts are only used for automated valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Refer to the :ref:`Expense ` and " +":ref:`Stock input/output ` sections for " +"details on configuring each account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +msgid "Expense account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To configure the *expense account*, go to the :guilabel:`Account Properties`" +" section of the intended product category (:menuselection:`Inventory app -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`). Then, choose an existing account " +"from the :guilabel:`Expense Account` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +msgid "" +"To ensure the chosen account is the correct :guilabel:`Type,` click the " +"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account. Then, set the account type " +"based on the information below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177 +msgid "Automated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +msgid "" +"In Anglo-Saxon accounting for automated inventory valuation, set the " +":guilabel:`Expense Account` to the `Expenses` account. Then, click the " +"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, choose :guilabel:`Expenses` or :guilabel:`Cost of " +"Revenue` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show **Expense Account** field, and external link icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To configure the :guilabel:`Expense Account`, choose :guilabel:`Stock " +"Valuation` from the field's drop-down menu. Verify the account's type by " +"clicking the |right arrow| icon, and then ensure the :guilabel:`Type` is " +":guilabel:`Current Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the **Expense Account** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +msgid "Continental" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to the :guilabel:`Expenses` or " +":guilabel:`Cost of Revenue` account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:190 +msgid "Stock input/output (automated only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:192 +msgid "" +"To configure the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and :guilabel:`Stock Output" +" Account`, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product" +" Categories` and select the desired product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field, select :guilabel:`Automated`. " +"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` section appear. " +"These accounts are defined as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " "products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: accounting journal where entries are " +"automatically posted when a product's inventory valuation changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -17631,7 +18782,7 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:207 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -17640,11 +18791,57 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:124 -msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:216 +msgid "" +"In Anglo-Saxon accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to *different* :guilabel:`Current " +"Assets` accounts. This way, delivering products and invoicing the customer " +"balance the *Stock Output* account, while receiving products and billing " +"vendors balance the *Stock Input* account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +msgid "" +"To modify the account type, go to the click the |right arrow| icon to the " +"right of the stock input/output account. In the pop-up window, choose " +":guilabel:`Current Assets` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Display account setup page, highlighting the **Type** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +msgid "" +"The *Stock Input* account is set to `Stock Interim (Received)`, a *Current " +"Asset* account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 +msgid "" +"In Continental accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to **the same** :guilabel:`Current " +"Assets` account. That way, one account can be balanced when items are bought" +" and sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:239 +msgid "" +"The stock input and output accounts are both set to `Stock Interim " +"(Received)`, a :guilabel:`Current Assets` account type. They can also be set" +" to the `Stock Interim (Delivered)`, as long as the input and output " +"accounts are assigned to the **same** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the Stock Input and Output accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 +msgid "Inventory valuation reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." " At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " @@ -17653,14 +18850,18 @@ msgid "" " at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 msgid "" "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " "all of the inventory on hand is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 msgid "" "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " "Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " @@ -17707,9 +18908,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 -msgid "" -":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " -"`" +msgid ":doc:`Set up inventory valuation `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:26 @@ -18158,10 +19357,6 @@ msgid "" "& Serial Numbers` to enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:115 msgid "" "Next, ensure the intended product is tracked by lots or serial numbers by " @@ -18176,7 +19371,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "After enabling the features, assign lot or serial numbers to products using " "an :doc:`inventory adjustment ` or " -"during :ref:`product reception `." +"during :ref:`product reception `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:126 @@ -18206,7 +19401,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:143 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:97 msgid "Expiration date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Datum izteka" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -19025,6 +20220,956 @@ msgid "" "The detailed operations shows which lots are being selected for the picking." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory aging report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The inventory aging report evaluates all items in stock, providing insights " +"into potentially sunken purchase costs and delays in profitability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Create customized pivot tables to analyze product, operation types, month, " +"or company breakdowns. This helps identify products in stock that are at " +"risk of passing their expiration or viability dates, or instances of " +"rot/decay for fast-expiring items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The *Reporting* menu in *Inventory* is only accessible to users with " +":doc:`admin access <../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To access the inventory aging report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Reporting --> Inventory Aging`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:24 +msgid "Navigate the inventory aging report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report displays a pivot table, " +"with the month in columns, and product category in rows. The default " +"filters, :guilabel:`Incoming` and :guilabel:`Has Remaining Qty`, show only " +"products from receipts, and are currently in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining Qty` displays the number of on-hand items, and " +":guilabel:`Remaining Value` displays the total cost of purchasing these " +"items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in each column " +"or row reveals options to expand the pivot table and show a detailed " +"breakdown of the :guilabel:`Remaining Qty` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` " +"by :guilabel:`Product`, :guilabel:`Product Category`, :guilabel:`Date`, or " +":guilabel:`Company`. Clicking the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` " +":guilabel:`(minus)` icon collapses it back to its previous state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:43 +msgid "Inventory aging report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Inventory aging report, showing each **Product** in rows and each reception " +"**Date** in columns, to better monitor products with fast expiration dates. " +"Each row shows the the total on-hand quantity and inventory valuation of " +"items purchased on each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Records in the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report are *stock valuation " +"layers* (SVLs), representing product moves that impact stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Inventory adjustments do **not** create |SVLs|; only items purchased from " +"vendors do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:71 +msgid "Generate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After learning how to :ref:`navigate the inventory aging report " +"`, it can be used to create and " +"share different reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Aging` report are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:63 +msgid "Rotating stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To create a report to identify items that have been in stock for a while, " +"follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Aging`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` " +":guilabel:`(caret down)` icon in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to see a " +"drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and " +":guilabel:`Favorite` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Product` under the :guilabel:`Group By` section. Doing so " +"expands the pivot table to show a product in each row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to the left of the " +"date column. Hover over :guilabel:`Date` from the drop-down menu and choose " +":guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, :guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +"or :guilabel:`Day`. Doing so expands the columns to show the " +":guilabel:`Remaining Qty` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` by the selected " +"time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For products that have a longer shelf life, choose longer time periods such " +"as :guilabel:`Month` or :guilabel:`Quarter` when expanding columns by " +":guilabel:`Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 +msgid "Pivot table, highlighting the plus icon to expand columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The report now displays the on-hand stock of items, and their total " +"purchasing cost, for each time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Inventory aging report, with the :guilabel:`Group By`: :guilabel:`Product` " +"option selected, and with the :guilabel:`Date` column set to " +":guilabel:`Day`. It gives insight into how much raw fish sashimi products " +"were purchased on each day, and how much it cost. This informs the business " +"owners how much stock is at risk of rotting in stock, per day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 +msgid "Inventory aging report, showing product row items and day columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:3 +msgid "Locations dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The *Locations* dashboard in the *Inventory* application provides an " +"overview of on-hand storage locations for company products. Use this report " +"to see where stock is stored, identify :ref:`misplaced items " +"`, or view past inventory to see " +"product locations on specific dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To access the locations report, the *Storage Locations* feature must be " +"enabled. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and click :guilabel:`Save`. Then, access the " +"locations dashboard by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:24 +msgid "Navigate the locations dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard lists all on-hand products " +"in stock (in the :guilabel:`Product` column), along with the following " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: current storage location. If a product is stored at " +"`Shelf 1` and `Shelf 2`, the product is listed twice, showing quantities at " +"each location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Package`: the package that the product is stored in, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: if the product has a lot or serial number, it" +" is specified here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: current quantity of products. Click the " +":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand " +"quantity <../inventory_management/count_products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reserved Quantity`: on-hand quantity reserved for operations, " +"such as pickings, delivery orders, or manufacturings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: the unit of measure of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Click the buttons to the right of each row item to access additional " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:42 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the" +" product, displaying information about the quantity and description of why " +"the product was moved from one location to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:47 +msgid "" +"View what the product is reserved for, by clicking the :icon:`fa-history` " +":guilabel:`History` button on the far-right of the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Moves History` page, remove the :icon:`fa-filter` " +":guilabel:`Done` filter. Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar to reveal filter options, and select the " +":guilabel:`To Do` filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Display *Moves History* page of to-do deliveries that reserved the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:58 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering " +"rules <../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>` " +"page to replenish products at the specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In the upper-left corner of the page, click the the :guilabel:`New` button " +"to make an :doc:`inventory adjustment " +"<../inventory_management/count_products>` to record quantities of a certain " +"product at a specific :guilabel:`Location`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To view products, quantities, and their locations for a specified date, " +"click the :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button (also located in the upper-" +"left corner of the page). Select a date and time in the :guilabel:`Inventory" +" at Date` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After learning how to :ref:`navigate the locations dashboard " +"`, it can be used to create " +"and share different reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Locations` " +"dashboard are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:81 +msgid "Dead stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To get list of expired items, also referred to as *dead stock*, follow these" +" steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:143 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to" +" reveal a drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and " +":guilabel:`Favorite` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts` " +"option under the :guilabel:`Filters` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:91 +msgid "The report now displays a list of expired products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:94 +msgid "" +"This report can also be generated from the :ref:`Lot and Serials Numbers " +"` page, accessed by going to" +" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst-1 +msgid "Show a list of products whose expiration dates have exceeded today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:105 +msgid "Stranded inventory report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Businesses using multi-step flows in the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* " +"apps, may have *stranded* items, which are products not in their proper " +"storage locations, due to human error. Use this report to periodically check" +" transfer locations (e.g. *WH/Input*, *WH/Pre-Processing*) to ensure items " +"are moved to their intended storage locations, and accurately recorded in " +"the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To get a list of items that might be sitting idly in storage, follow these " +"steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, begin typing the name of the location " +"where products are intended to be moved to, such as `WH/Input`, or " +"`WH/Packing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Search Location for:` [location name] option from the " +"resulting drop-down menu that appears beneath the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show search result for the location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:124 +msgid "The report now displays a list of products at the transit location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Searching `Input` in :guilabel:`Location` shows a list of products at a " +"*WH/Input* location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The list shows `500` quantities of `Chicken`, which is alarming if not " +"refrigerated soon after reception. The stranded inventory report helps " +"identify items that have been idling in non-storage locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show items stored at a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:138 +msgid "Inventory discrepancy report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:140 +msgid "" +"To generate a report of items that have been moved since the last " +":doc:`inventory audit <../inventory_management/cycle_counts>`, follow these " +"steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Conflicts` option " +"from the :guilabel:`Filters` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The report now displays items whose quantities have changed since the last " +"cycle count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show items from the *Conflicts* filter in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` button to view inventory " +"transfers, including receipts and deliveries, that have occurred since the " +"inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show *Moves History*, showing a delivery that occurred after an inventory " +"adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:3 +msgid "Moves history dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Moves History* report in Odoo *Inventory* provides a detailed record of" +" product movements (containing past and current locations), lot numbers, and" +" reasons for movement. Reports can be generated for any time frame, making " +"this report essential for analyzing stock levels, monitoring inventory " +"turnover, and identifying any discrepancies in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The reporting feature is only accessible to users with :doc:`admin access " +"<../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Moves History`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst-1 +msgid "Display Moves History report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:23 +msgid "Navigate the moves history report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:25 +msgid "In the report, the columns represent:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: calendar date and time of the stock move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: description of the reason for the stock move or " +"quantity change, such as a receipt number (e.g. `WH/IN/00012`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product involved in the move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: specifies the lot or serial number of the " +"tracked product being moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:33 +msgid ":guilabel:`From`: source location of the moved product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`To`: destination location of the moved product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity`: number of products moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: unit of measure of the products moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: indicates the move status, which can be " +":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available` (ready for action), or " +":guilabel:`Partially Available` (insufficient quantities to complete the " +"operation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:66 +msgid "Search options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Use the following search options to customize the :guilabel:`Moves History` " +"report to display relevant information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:70 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Filters` section allows users to search among pre-made and " +"custom filters to find specific stock records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Do`: show stock move records that are in progress. This " +"includes lines with a :guilabel:`Status` column value of " +":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Partially Available`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done`: completed stock moves, with a :guilabel:`Status` of " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Incoming`: displays move records from vendor locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:58 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Outgoing`: displays move records to customer locations, including" +" customer returns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internal`: displays move records from one internal location to " +"another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturing`: shows records where products were produced from " +"the virtual, production :doc:`location " +"<../inventory_management/use_locations>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: select this drop-down menu to access various date filter " +"options and view stock moves from a specific month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last 30 Days`: show records that occurred in the last thirty " +"days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Last 3 Months`: show records from the last three months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:113 +msgid "Group By" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " +"groupings to the search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: group records by product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: group records by the three status types: " +":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available`, and :guilabel:`Partially " +"Available`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: group records by :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, or :guilabel:`Day`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transfers`: group records by operation number, e.g. " +"`WH/OUT/00012`, `WH/MO/00211`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: group records by source location (the :guilabel:`From`" +" column in this report)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: group records by product category. To configure these," +" go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: Product" +" Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Batch Transfer`: group records by :doc:`batch " +"<../advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:125 +msgid "Favorites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To save the current applied filters and groups, so the same information can " +"be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save current " +"search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " +"current view the default filter when opening the :guilabel:`Moves History` " +"report. Or tick the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option " +"available to other users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:134 +msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:137 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../essentials/search`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:3 +msgid "Stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the stock report in Odoo *Inventory* for a detailed list of all stored " +"products, including those reserved, purchased and in transit, as well as " +"those delivered to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Stock`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Show the stock report, accessible by going to Inventory > Reporting > Stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:19 +msgid "Navigate the stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:21 +msgid "" +"On the stock report, the left sidebar includes several groupings to narrow " +"down what is being shown. The default groupings are :guilabel:`Warehouses`," +" which filters products by specific warehouses, and :guilabel:`Category`, " +"which shows products within a selected product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Warehouse` grouping is only available when there are multiple" +" warehouses in the database. Refer to the " +":doc:`../inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse` documentation for " +"more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:30 +msgid "In the report itself, the columns represent:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:32 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unit Cost`: average inventory valuation per unit, adjusted based " +"on the cost to purchase and/or manufacture the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Value`: Total inventory valuation of the product, " +"calculated by multiplying unit cost by on-hand quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:39 +msgid "" +":ref:`Compute average cost inventory valuation per unit " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:40 +msgid "" +":doc:`Inventory valuation methods " +"<../inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand`: current quantity of products. Click the :icon:`fa-" +"pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand quantity " +"<../inventory_management/count_products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Free to Use`: on-hand quantity that are **not** reserved for " +"delivery or manufacturing orders, and are available to sell or use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Incoming`: items expected to arrive at the warehouse. Number of " +"products is based on quantities in confirmed purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Outgoing`: items expected to leave the warehouse or be consumed " +"in manufacturing orders. Number of products is based on quantities in " +"confirmed sales or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the product, " +"displaying information about the quantity and description of why the product" +" was moved from one location to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering rules " +"<../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>` page for " +"the product to create or manage methods of procuring the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Locations`: break down of on-hand quantity at multiple storage " +"locations. Only available when the product is stored in multiple locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forecast`: access the forecasted report to view on-hand, " +"incoming, and outgoing quantities. Report also contains links to confirmed " +"purchase, sales, or manufacturing orders. Only available when there are " +"confirmed sales, purchase, or manufacturing orders for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Published`: display products published on the website. Only " +"available with the *Website* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available in POS`: display products available through the *Point " +"of Sale* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available in Self`: display products available in self order " +"through the *Point of Sale* app. Appears in the search because the " +":guilabel:`Available in Self Order` checkbox was ticked in the " +":guilabel:`Point of Sale` section of a product form's :guilabel:`Sales` tab." +" The option is only available when the :guilabel:`Available in POS` checkbox" +" is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In the Sales tab of a product form, showing *Available in Self Order* " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not available in Self`: display products available in *PoS*, but " +"not available in self order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:91 +msgid "`Configure PoS products `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Sold`: display products that can be sold to customers. " +"Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Sold` checkbox is ticked" +" on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Purchased`: display products that can be bought from " +"vendors. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` " +"checkbox is ticked on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Recurring`: show subscription products, indicated by " +"ticking the :guilabel:`Recurring` checkbox on the product form. Only " +"available with the *Subscription* app activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Rented`: show products that can be loaned to customers for" +" a certain time. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Rented`" +" checkbox was ticked on the product form. Only available with the *Rental* " +"app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Subcontracted`: display products that can be produced by a" +" :doc:`third-party manufacturer " +"<../../../manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic>`. Available " +"only with the *Manufacturing* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Expensed`: show items that can be expensed. Only available" +" with the *Expenses* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`../../product_management/product_tracking/type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " +"groupings to the search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Type`: group items by :doc:`product type " +"<../../product_management/product_tracking/type>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Category`: group items by product category. To configure " +"these, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: " +"Product Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`POS Product Category`: group items by :doc:`point of sale product" +" categories <../../../../sales/point_of_sale/configuration>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To save the current applied filters and groupbys, so the same information " +"can be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save " +"current search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " +"current view the default filter when opening the stock report. Or tick the " +":guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option available to other " +"users." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "Vzdrževanje" @@ -21580,11 +23725,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:94 +msgid "Learn more" +msgstr "Več o tem" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:32 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to properly configure a new |BOM|, see the " -"documentation on :ref:`creating a bill of materials " -"`." +"documentation on :doc:`creating a bill of materials " +"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:35 @@ -21733,163 +23883,434 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bill of materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:9 msgid "" -"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " -"quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " -"It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines " -"needed to complete a production process." +"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) documents specific components, " +"along with their respective quantities, that are needed to produce or repair" +" a product. In Odoo, |BoMs| as blueprints for manufactured goods and kits, " +"and often include production operations and step-by-step guidelines, as " +"well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " -"linked to each product, so even product variants can have their own tailored" -" :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:15 +msgid "BoM setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:17 msgid "" -"Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " -"manufacturing process and save time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:18 -msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" +"To create a |BOM|, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> " +"Bills of Materials` and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" -"The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" -" or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " -"managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." +"Next, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type` to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " -":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " -"of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the " -":guilabel:`Product`." +"Then, specify :ref:`required components ` and, if necessary, define any :ref:`manufacturing operations " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:26 msgid "" -"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " -"product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." +"Individual |BOMs| can also be quickly accessed or created by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on any product form, as " +"accessible through the *Sales*, *Inventory*, and *Manufacturing* apps, as " +"well as through any internal links where a product is referenced (such as in" +" a field or a line item)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "Show BoM for a product, with components listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "BoM for `Drawer`, displaying the **Components** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:38 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/kit_shipping`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`../subcontracting/subcontracting_basic`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:44 +msgid "Components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:46 msgid "" -"For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" -" to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" -" to specify the various components that make up the production of the final " -"product and their respective quantities. New components can be created " -"quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created " -"beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> " -"Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)`." +"In the :guilabel:`Components` tab of a |BOM|, specify components used to " +"manufacture the product by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the " +":guilabel:`Components` drop-down menu, select from existing products or " +"create a new product by typing the name and selecting either the " +":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option to quickly add the line item, or the " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` option to add the component and continue to " +"its configuration form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." +msgid "Add a component by selecting it from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:43 -msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:56 msgid "" -":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " -"Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." +"Optionally, access additional fields by clicking the :icon:`oi-settings-" +"adjust` :guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon to the far-right of the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab. Tick the checkboxes for the following features " +"to enable these columns:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:60 msgid "" -"In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " -"the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " -"form." +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify which :doc:`product variant " +"<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>` each component is used in. " +"When the field is left blank, the component is used in all product variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:66 msgid "" -"The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " -"variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" -" :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master " -":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and " -"specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply " -"on Variants` column." +":guilabel:`Consumed in Operation`: specify the operation using the " +"component. Useful for determining :ref:`manufacturing readiness " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:62 -msgid "Set up operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:68 msgid "" -"Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" -" instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" -" this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Operations`." +":guilabel:`Manual Consumption`: tick the checkbox to force operators to " +"check the :guilabel:`Consumed` checkbox on a manufacturing order (MO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show a manufacturing order, highlighting the *Consumed* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:75 msgid "" -"Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " -":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " -"operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a " -"name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like " -"components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the " -":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that " -"variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +"Not doing so triggers the :guilabel:`Consumption Warning` error message, " +"where the consumed component quantity must be manually inputted. Otherwise, " +"the operation cannot be completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " -":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" -" new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing " -"Operations` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show the consumption warning error message." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:85 -msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" +msgid "Operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" -"A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " -"addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " -"the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)`." +"Add an *operation* to a |BOM| to specify instructions for production and " +"register time spent on an operation. To use this feature, first enable the " +"*Work Orders* feature by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the" +" :guilabel:`Work Orders` checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " -":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "\"Work Orders\" feature in the Settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:99 msgid "" -"Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " -"of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " -":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which " -"operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in " -"Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"Next, navigate to the |BOM| by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app " +"--> Products --> Bill of Materials` and selecting the desired |BOM|. To add " +"a new operation, go to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, and click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window, where the " +"various fields of the operation are configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: name of the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: select existing locations to perform the operation," +" or create a new work center by typing the name and selecting the " +":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify if this operation is only available " +"for certain product variants. If the operation applies to all product " +"variants, leave this field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Configuring BoMs for product variants " +"<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration Computation`: choose how time spent on the operation is " +"tracked. Opt for :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` to use the " +"operation's time tracker or :guilabel:`Set duration manually` if operators " +"can record and modify time themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Choosing the :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` option enables the " +":guilabel:`Based on last __ work orders` option, which automatically " +"estimates the time to complete this operation based on the last few " +"operations. Choosing :guilabel:`Set duration manually` enables the " +":guilabel:`Default Duration` field instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Duration`: estimated amount of time to complete the " +"operation; used for `planning manufacturing orders " +"`_ and determining `work center" +" availability `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company the |BOM| is available in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Include operation details in the :guilabel:`Work Sheet` tab. Choose " +":guilabel:`PDF` to attach a file or :guilabel:`Google Slide` with *public* " +"access to share a link. Select :guilabel:`Text` to type instructions in the " +":guilabel:`Description` text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Type `/` for a list of formatting options and features, including ChatGPT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show ChatGPT feature to generate instructions for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Fill out the Create Operations pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save \\& Close` to close the pop-up window. To add" +" more operations, click :guilabel:`Save & New` and repeat the same steps " +"above to configure another operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +"After creating an operation, click the :guilabel:`Copy Existing Operations` " +"button to choose an operation to duplicate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show Operation tab, highlighting the \"Copy Existing Operations\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:158 +msgid "Instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To add detailed instructions to operations, the *Quality* app must be " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add specific instructions to an existing operation by clicking the " +"operation's :icon:`fa-list-ul` :guilabel:`(list)` icon in the " +":guilabel:`Instructions` column. The number in the :guilabel:`Instructions` " +"column shows the number of existing detailed instructions there are for the " +"operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the Instructions column, and list icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:172 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Steps` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank " +"quality control point form where the new manufacturing step can be created. " +"Here, give the specific instruction a :guilabel:`Title` and set the " +":guilabel:`Type` to :guilabel:`Instructions`. In the " +":guilabel:`Instructions` tab of the form, write out the directions for the " +"step in the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Further customizations can be made here on this form, beyond ordinary " +"instructions, to also include specific types of quality control points that " +"carry specific (or complex) conditions. For more details about quality " +"control points refer the :doc:`Instruction check " +"<../../quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the page to add a quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:188 +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab contains more |BoM| configurations to " +"customize procurement, calculate costs, and define how components are " +"consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturing Readiness`: choosing :guilabel:`When components for" +" the 1st operation are available` shows the :guilabel:`Component Status` as " +"a **green** :guilabel:`Not Available`, when only the components that are " +"consumed in the first operation are in stock. This indicates that although " +"not all components are available, operators can at least begin with the " +"first operation. Choosing :guilabel:`When all components are available` " +"displays a **red** :guilabel:`Not Available` component status unless all " +"components are in available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Specify which operation consumes each component on the |BoM| in the " +":ref:`Manual Consumption field `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show the *Component Status* field on the manufacturing order dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:210 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Version`: displays the current |BoM| version, visible with the " +"Odoo *PLM* app installed for managing |BoM| changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:212 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Flexible Consumption`: specifies if components used can deviate " +"from the quantity defined on the |BoM|. Choose :guilabel:`Blocked` if " +"operators **must** adhere strictly to the |BoM| quantity. Otherwise, choose " +":guilabel:`Allowed` or :guilabel:`Allowed with Warning`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:215 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Routing`: select the preferred warehouse's manufacturing " +"operation type for products produced in multiple warehouses. If left blank, " +"this warehouse's `Manufacturing` operation type is used by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:218 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: select pre-created :doc:`analytic " +"distribution models " +"<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>` from the list " +"to automatically record the cost of manufacturing products in the chosen " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:221 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manuf Lead Time`: define the number of days needed to complete a " +"|MO| from the date of confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to prepare Manufacturing Order`: number of days needed to " +"replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +":doc:`Analytic distribution " +"<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:228 +msgid "" +":doc:`Lead times " +"<../../inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Miscellaneous* tab of the BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:236 +msgid "Add by-products to BoMs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:238 +msgid "" +"A *by-product* is a residual product that is created during production in " +"addition to the main product of a |BOM|. Unlike the primary product, there " +"can be more than one by-product on a |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To add by-products to a |BOM|, first enable the *By-Products* feature in " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`By-" +"Products` to enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "\"By Products\" feature in the settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, add by-products to a |BOM| by clicking the " +":guilabel:`By-products` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and fill in the " +":guilabel:`By-product`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Unit of " +"Measure`. Optionally, specify a :guilabel:`Produced in Operation` for the " +"by-product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The by-product, `Mush`, is created in the `Grind grapes` operation when " +"producing `Red Wine`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show sample by-product in the BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 @@ -21928,18 +24349,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 +msgid "Lot/serial number tracking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The assignment of lots or serial numbers to newly manufactured products is " +"optional. To optionally :doc:`assign lots or serial numbers " +"<../../inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn>` to newly " +"manufactured products, go to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section in the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the :guilabel:`Tracking` field, select " +":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Doing so enables the *Lot/Serial Number* field on a manufacturing order, or " +"the *Register Production* instruction on a work order card in the *Shop " +"Floor* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 +msgid "\"Lot/Serial Number\" field on the MO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 +msgid "**Lot/Serial Number** field on the MO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Register Production** option to generate lot/serial number on a work order" +" card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:54 msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:56 msgid "" "Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " "manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" " manufacture a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " @@ -21952,14 +24409,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 msgid "" "On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." " In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" " produces." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 msgid "" "Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" " clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " @@ -21972,7 +24429,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:79 msgid "" "Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " "and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " @@ -21983,7 +24440,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:86 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " "setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " @@ -21995,14 +24452,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:96 msgid "" "The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " "allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " "exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " "For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " -"to :ref:`create a bill of materials `." +"to :doc:`create a bill of materials `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:3 @@ -23070,6 +25526,2033 @@ msgid "" "of the |MO| itself." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "Subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a " +"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" +" then sold by the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting " +"company and the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide " +"variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in" +" and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the " +"manufacturing themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:19 +msgid "" +"This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, " +"as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with " +"subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they " +"are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized " +"work to subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors " +"to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as " +"profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain " +"arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which " +"projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a " +"variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what" +" happens to finished products once they are manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " +":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst-1 +msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:62 +msgid "" +"With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in " +"Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:64 +msgid "" +"On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a " +"*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates" +" the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that" +" it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the " +"Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can " +"be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product " +"pages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:72 +msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:75 +msgid "Subcontracting workflows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference " +"between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully " +"responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the " +":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_basic` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " +"sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This " +"workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " +"purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to " +"the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the " +":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary " +"to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to" +" products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:94 +msgid "" +"In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are " +"to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:97 +msgid "" +"In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can " +"either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an " +"end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured" +" to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are " +"outlined in their respective documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:104 +msgid "Subcontracted product valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different " +"variables:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;" +" from here on referred to as `C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them " +"shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor" +" to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred " +"to as `x`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be " +"represented by the following equation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"P = C + M + S + D + x\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:124 +msgid "" +"It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will " +"include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not " +"dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost" +" of dropshipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Basic subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " +"certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " +"purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " +"the product's vendor to delivery the product to the purchasing company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For subcontracted products specifically, delivery lead times can be " +"configured to take into account the amount of time required for the " +"subcontractor to manufacture a product. Doing so allows the contracting " +"company to better predict the delivery dates of subcontracted products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Like all lead times in Odoo, lead times for subcontracted products are only " +"an estimate, and are based on how long actions are *expected* to take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " +"means that lead times should not be viewed as guarantees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`basic subcontracting ` workflow " +"to manufacture a product, a company is not responsible for supplying the " +"subcontractor with the necessary components. This means that the only " +"factors affecting the delivery date of a product are the amount of time it " +"takes the subcontractor to manufacture and deliver it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time that considers " +"both of these factors, the *Expected Arrival* date displayed on purchase " +"orders (POs) for the product more accurately reflects the amount of time " +"required for both manufacturing and delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 +msgid "Product delivery lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " +"subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has been added, enter the number of days it takes " +"them to manufacture and deliver the product, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead" +" Time` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Delivery Lead Time field for a subcontractor, on the Purchase tab of a " +"product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Multiple subcontractors can be added to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a " +"product's page, and a different :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` can be set " +"for each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:57 +msgid "Lead time workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 +msgid "" +"After setting a delivery lead time for a product's vendor, create an |RfQ| " +"by navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase " +"Orders`, and clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Specify the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the " +"product in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and " +"adding a quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once a product has been added, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field on the" +" |RfQ| auto-populates with a date that reflects the vendor's delivery lead " +"time, as specified on the product's page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If the date needs to be adjusted, click on the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` " +"field to open a calendar popover, and select the desired date. Make sure not" +" to choose a date sooner than the one that was auto-populated, unless the " +"subcontractor has confirmed that they are able to deliver the product by " +"that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` on the |RfQ| to turn it into a " +"|PO|. At this point, the subcontractor should begin manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, before delivering it to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Tricycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends requires three days to manufacture a tricycle, plus" +" an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " +"tricycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " +"two days for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:88 +msgid "" +"On May 3rd, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| to purchase one tricycle from Bike " +"Friends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date listed on the |PO| is May 8th, five " +"days after the :guilabel:`Confirmation Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Expected Arrival date on a PO for a subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Bike Friends begins manufacturing the tricycle on May 3rd — the day that the" +" |PO| is confirmed — and finishes on May 6th, three days later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The tricycle is then shipped to Mike's Bikes the same day, and they receive " +"it on May 8th, two days later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " +"certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " +"purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " +"the product's vendor to deliver the product to the purchasing company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Certain subcontracted products require the contracting company to supply the" +" subcontractor with manufacturing components. In this case, a *manufacturing" +" lead time* can be used, in addition to the delivery lead time, to generate " +"the date on which the subcontractor must receive the required components, in" +" order to manufacture the product and deliver it on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In cases where components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, an " +"additional delivery lead time can be set for each component. This should be " +"set to the amount of time it takes the vendor to deliver components to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once a delivery lead time has been set on a component, dropship orders for " +"the component display the date by which the order must be confirmed, so that" +" it can be dropshipped to the subcontractor by the date on which " +"manufacturing must begin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order " +"` route, a company is responsible for purchasing " +"the necessary components from a vendor, and having them dropshipped directly" +" to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 +msgid "" +"This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, it is also necessary " +"to consider how long it takes the component vendor to dropship the " +"components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:48 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a *delivery lead time*, specifying a " +"*manufacturing lead time* on the product's BoM, and assigning the vendor of " +"the components an additional *delivery lead time*, *Dropship Subcontractor* " +"orders for the product's components display the deadline for confirming a " +"dropship order to send the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " +":guilabel:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:61 +msgid "Product manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a BoM" +" from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 +msgid "" +"On the |BoM|, select the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the same number of days that was " +"entered in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` field of the |BoM|'s product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Manuf. Lead Time field on a product's BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 +msgid "" +"While not all of these days are actually used for manufacturing by the " +"subcontractor, setting the same number of days in each field tells Odoo that" +" the subcontractor must receive the components and begin production by the " +"start of the product's delivery lead time. This gives the subcontractor " +"enough time to both manufacture and deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 +msgid "Component delivery lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:92 +msgid "" +"From the product's BoM, navigate to each component by clicking on the " +"component in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and then clicking the " +":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` button to the right of the " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:96 +msgid "" +"On the product page for each component, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab." +" If the vendor has not already been added, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor has been added, enter the number of days it takes them to " +"dropship the product to the subcontractor, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " +"Time` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:104 +msgid "Dropship subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Create a request for quotation (RfQ) for the product by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`, and " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Specify the subcontractor in :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the product" +" in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, " +"selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and specifying a " +"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:113 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" +" time for the component vendor to dropship the components, and the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " +"auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " +"of the product. However, this does not consider the time it takes to " +"dropship the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:121 +msgid "" +"When purchasing a product subcontracted using the *Dropship Subcontractor on" +" Order* route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " +"extra time needed for the components to be delivered to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Since production does not begin until they receive the components, leaving " +"the date as is results in the finished product arriving *after* the date " +"listed on the |RfQ|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " +"so creates a second |RfQ| to purchase the components from the dropshipper, " +"and have them sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for " +"Quotation`, and select the |RfQ| that lists the dropshipper in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 +msgid "" +"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field lists the date on which" +" the subcontractor must receive the components, in order to deliver the " +"finished product by the *Expected Arrival* date listed on the subcontractor " +"|PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Order Deadline` field lists the latest date on which the " +"|RfQ| can be confirmed, in order for the dropshipper to deliver the " +"components to the subcontractor by the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|, and confirm " +"the purchase of the components from the dropshipper. Doing so causes a " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to appear at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to open the dropship order. This" +" order can also be accessed from the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button that " +"now appears on the subcontractor |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:149 +msgid "" +"After the dropshipper has delivered the components to the subcontractor, " +"click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the dropship order to " +"confirm that the subcontractor has received the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor receives the components, they begin manufacturing the" +" component, before delivering it to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Bicycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes must purchase the required components from vendor Bike World, " +"and have them dropshipped to Bike Friends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:164 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each bicycle, plus " +"an addition two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:167 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for bicycle" +" manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus two days " +"for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:170 +msgid "" +"On the bicycle's BoM, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days as " +"well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered to " +"the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:173 +msgid "" +"On the product pages for each of the bicycle's components, they assign Bike " +"World a delivery lead time of two days. This is the amount of time it takes " +"Bike World to dropship each component directly to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:177 +msgid "" +"On May 10th, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| for one bicycle, with an expected " +"delivery date of May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:180 +msgid "" +"The |RfQ| for purchasing the components from Bike World and having them " +"dropshipped to Bike Friends has an Expected Arrival date of May 12th, and a " +"Deadline of May 10th. The |RfQ| must be confirmed by the deadline in order " +"for Bike Friends to receive the components by the Expected Arrival date, " +"giving them enough time to deliver the finished bicycle to Mike's Bikes by " +"May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Order Deadline and Expected Arrival dates on a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes confirms the |RfQ| on May 10th, and Bike World delivers the " +"components to Bike Friends on May 12th. Bike Friends manufactures the " +"bicycle, and delivers it to Mike's Bikes on May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " +"means that lead times should **not** be viewed as guarantees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order " +"` route, a company is responsible for supplying the" +" subcontractor with the necessary components. As a result, the subcontractor" +" cannot begin manufacturing until the components have been received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, the date they receive " +"the components must also be considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:39 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time, and specifying " +"a manufacturing lead time on the product's bill of materials (BoM), " +"*Resupply Subcontractor* orders for the product's components display the " +"deadline by which the subcontractor must receive the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " +"subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a " +"|BoM| from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:80 +msgid "Resupply subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" +" time for the subcontractor to receive the components, manufacture the " +"product, and deliver it back to the subcontracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " +"auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " +"of the product. However, this does **not** consider the time it takes to " +"ship the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:98 +msgid "" +"When purchasing a product subcontracted using the Resupply Subcontractor on " +"Order route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " +"extra time needed for the components to be shipped to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " +"so causes a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to appear at the top of the " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to open the resupply " +"subcontractor order, which is the order created to send components to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Deadline` field on the resupply subcontractor order shows the" +" deadline for the subcontractor to receive the components, in order for them" +" to have enough time to manufacture and deliver the finished product by the " +"Expected Arrival date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field should display the latest date on which" +" components can be shipped, while still arriving to the subcontractor by the" +" :guilabel:`Deadline`. However, by default, the date displayed is the same " +"as the date in the :guilabel:`Deadline` field, and must be updated to take " +"into account the time required for shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field to open a calendar popover " +"from which a date can be selected. Select a date that allows for the " +"components to be delivered by the :guilabel:`Deadline` on the resupply " +"subcontractor order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:124 +msgid "" +"After the components are shipped, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at " +"the top of the order to confirm they have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Unicycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes must supply Bike Friends with the necessary components for " +"manufacturing the unicycles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:137 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each unicycle, plus" +" an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:140 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " +"unicycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " +"two days for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:143 +msgid "" +"On the unicycle's |BoM|, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days, " +"as well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered " +"to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 +msgid "" +"They confirm a |PO| for one unicycle, with an expected arrival date of May " +"30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The resupply subcontractor order for shipping the components to the " +"subcontractor shows a *Deadline* of May 25th. The subcontractor must receive" +" the components by this date, in order to have enough time to manufacture " +"the unicycle, and deliver it by May 30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:152 +msgid "" +"It takes Mike's Bikes two days to deliver the components, so they update the" +" *Scheduled Date* field on the resupply subcontractor order to May 23rd, two" +" days before the Deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Scheduled Date and Deadline fields on a resupply subcontractor order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes ships the components to Bike Friends on the scheduled date of " +"May 23rd, and they arrive on the deadline of May 25th. This gives Bike " +"Friends enough time to manufacture the unicycle, and ship it back to Mike's " +"Bikes by the expected arrival date of May 30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:3 +msgid "Basic subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a " +"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" +" then sold by the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the " +"necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to " +"worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic " +"subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-" +"subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that " +"subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted " +"products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be " +"manufactured by them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " +":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary" +" to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53 +msgid "Configure product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the " +"product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, " +"selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and " +"entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`" +" field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished " +"product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " +"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " +"subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83 +msgid "Configure BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " +"--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials " +"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` " +"option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the " +":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using" +" subcontracting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when " +"calculating the product's expected arrival date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:81 +msgid "" +"When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for " +"manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:86 +msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:88 +msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " +"|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a receipt order or a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, " +"**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" +" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " +"product is shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted " +"product is being purchased from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " +"with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer," +" or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process " +"starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169 +msgid "Create SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171 +msgid "" +"It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased" +" from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being " +"purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " +"Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a " +"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a" +" quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens" +" the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:128 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough " +"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates" +" a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193 +msgid "" +"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " +"end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is " +"enough stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197 +msgid "Process PO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:140 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to " +":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the " +"|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to " +"the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a " +"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the " +"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:153 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic " +"subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and " +"can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 +msgid "" +"A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " +"top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 +msgid "" +"PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " +"top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242 +msgid "Process receipt or dropship order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " +"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " +"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251 +msgid "" +"If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, " +"once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " +"Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the" +" :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the " +"receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter" +" the product into inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260 +msgid "Process dropship order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262 +msgid "" +"If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select" +" the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open " +"the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order " +"to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270 +msgid "Process delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " +"finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " +"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" +" the customer, and process the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " +"the product has been shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship to subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the" +" necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have " +"them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order " +"(PO) for that product is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " +"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and " +"*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve " +"dropshipping, they are used for different purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have " +"them shipped directly to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components " +"from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By " +"default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the " +"contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33 +msgid "" +"However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship " +"Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In " +"this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then " +"ships the finished product directly to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37 +msgid "" +"This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the " +":ref:`workflow section ` of" +" this doc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " +"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " +"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the " +"components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as " +"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in " +"the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the " +":guilabel:`Price` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that " +"determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been " +"manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock " +"on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " +"subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73 +msgid "Configure bill of materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click " +"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " +"select the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and" +" specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97 +msgid "Configure Components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " +"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " +"arrow)` button to the right of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106 +msgid "" +"On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add " +"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in " +"the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the" +" subcontractor, once they are purchased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the " +":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119 +msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " +"*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the" +" vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so " +"creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the " +"components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" +" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" +" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " +"product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " +"with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, " +"or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts " +"with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148 +msgid "Create an SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the " +"product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is " +"the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted " +"product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the " +"*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** " +"there is no stock of the product on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead " +"create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172 +msgid "" +"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " +"end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, " +"even if there is stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176 +msgid "Process subcontractor PO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178 +msgid "" +"If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`," +" and clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a" +" new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* " +"|PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components" +" to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, " +"and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" +"button at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from " +"the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** " +"automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship " +"Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* " +"|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205 +msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. " +"Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` " +"field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after " +"confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212 +msgid "" +"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship " +"Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of" +" the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and " +"confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, " +"and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the " +"*subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" +"Dropship smart button at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227 +msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" +" *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, " +"respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the " +":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the " +"subcontractor has received the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" +" *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the " +"product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of" +" the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the" +" *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the " +":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship " +"order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the " +"product to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product " +"has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the " +"necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each " +"time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " +"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping" +" it to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply " +"Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24 +msgid "" +"While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components " +"required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are " +"sourced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from " +"the warehouse of the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from " +"a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of " +"the subcontracting company and their subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36 +msgid "" +"See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of " +"the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " +"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " +"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of " +"materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`" +" tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the " +"subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68 +msgid "" +"This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other " +"elements, like the cost of the product's components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " +"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click " +"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " +"select the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107 +msgid "Configure components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " +"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " +"arrow)` button to the right of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116 +msgid "" +"On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and " +"select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the " +":guilabel:`Routes` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122 +msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to " +"purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a" +" dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the " +"subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" +" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149 +msgid "" +"While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to " +"automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is " +"also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful " +"when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply " +"Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking" +" :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom " +"the components should be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` " +"drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the " +"components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` " +"to confirm that the order has been sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough " +"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead" +" creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase " +"app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a " +"subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically " +"created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the " +"required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed " +"from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top " +"of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 +msgid "" +"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n" +"buttons at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 +msgid "" +"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and " +"Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227 +msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the " +"subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " +"Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open" +" the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` " +"card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " +"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " +"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " +"finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " +"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" +" the customer, and process the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " +"the product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows.rst:5 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "" @@ -23351,6 +27834,13 @@ msgid "" "only after closing the associated |MO|." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " +"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29 msgid "" "To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " @@ -23615,1355 +28105,6 @@ msgid "" "and *WH/MO/00010*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontracting overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:7 -msgid "" -"In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a " -"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" -" then sold by the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting " -"company and the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:13 -msgid "" -"For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide " -"variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in" -" and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the " -"manufacturing themselves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:17 -msgid "" -"This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, " -"as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with " -"subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they " -"are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized " -"work to subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:22 -msgid "" -"On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors " -"to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as " -"profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain " -"arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which " -"projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a " -"variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what" -" happens to finished products once they are manufactured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " -"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " -":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " -"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst-1 -msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:42 -msgid "" -"With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in " -"Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a " -"*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates" -" the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that" -" it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the " -"Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can " -"be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product " -"pages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:51 -msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:52 -msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:55 -msgid "Subcontracting workflows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:57 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference " -"between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully " -"responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the " -":doc:`subcontracting_basic` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " -"sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This " -"workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting_resupply` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " -"purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to " -"the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the " -":doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:69 -msgid "" -"In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary " -"to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to" -" products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are " -"to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can " -"either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an " -"end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured" -" to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are " -"outlined in their respective documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:83 -msgid "Subcontracted product valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different " -"variables:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;" -" from here on referred to as `C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "" -"The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them " -"shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:93 -msgid "" -"The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor" -" to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred " -"to as `x`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be " -"represented by the following equation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:100 -msgid "" -"P = C + M + S + D + x\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:103 -msgid "" -"It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will " -"include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not " -"dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost" -" of dropshipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:3 -msgid "Basic subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a " -"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" -" then sold by the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the " -"necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to " -"worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic " -"subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-" -"subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that " -"subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted " -"products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be " -"manufactured by them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" -" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " -":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " -"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary" -" to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53 -msgid "Configure product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " -"product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the " -"product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, " -"selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and " -"entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`" -" field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished " -"product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " -"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " -"subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83 -msgid "Configure BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " -"Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " -"--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92 -msgid "" -"For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials " -"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` " -"option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the " -":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using" -" subcontracting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " -":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the " -"subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when " -"calculating the product's expected arrival date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:81 -msgid "" -"When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the " -":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for " -"manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:86 -msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:88 -msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " -"|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a receipt order or a dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, " -"**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" -" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " -"product is shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138 -msgid "" -"The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted " -"product is being purchased from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " -"with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer," -" or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process " -"starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into " -"inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169 -msgid "Create SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:112 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171 -msgid "" -"It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased" -" from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being " -"purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next " -"step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175 -msgid "" -"To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " -"Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178 -msgid "" -"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a " -"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a" -" quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:123 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens" -" the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:128 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough " -"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates" -" a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:134 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193 -msgid "" -"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " -"end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is " -"enough stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197 -msgid "Process PO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:140 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to " -":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the " -"|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to " -"the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:145 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking " -":guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:148 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a " -"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the " -"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:153 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic " -"subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and " -"can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 -msgid "" -"A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " -"top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 -msgid "" -"PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " -"top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:164 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242 -msgid "Process receipt or dropship order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " -"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " -"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 -msgid "Process receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:173 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251 -msgid "" -"If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, " -"once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " -"Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:177 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the" -" :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the " -"receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter" -" the product into inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260 -msgid "Process dropship order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:184 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262 -msgid "" -"If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select" -" the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:187 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open " -"the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order " -"to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270 -msgid "Process delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " -"finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " -"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" -" the customer, and process the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:198 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " -"the product has been shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3 -msgid "Dropship to subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the" -" necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have " -"them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order " -"(PO) for that product is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " -"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23 -msgid "" -"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and " -"*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve " -"dropshipping, they are used for different purposes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have " -"them shipped directly to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components " -"from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By " -"default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the " -"contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33 -msgid "" -"However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship " -"Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In " -"this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then " -"ships the finished product directly to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37 -msgid "" -"This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the " -":ref:`workflow section ` of" -" this doc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " -"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " -":guilabel:`Operations` heading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " -"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the " -"components listed on the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " -"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as " -"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in " -"the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the " -":guilabel:`Price` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that " -"determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been " -"manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock " -"on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " -"subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73 -msgid "Configure bill of materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click " -"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " -"select the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the " -":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a " -"line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and" -" specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97 -msgid "Configure Components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99 -msgid "" -"To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " -"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " -"arrow)` button to the right of the name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " -"component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106 -msgid "" -"On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add " -"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in " -"the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the" -" subcontractor, once they are purchased." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the " -":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " -"section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119 -msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121 -msgid "" -"The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " -"*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the" -" vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so " -"creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the " -"components to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" -" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" -" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " -"product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " -"with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, " -"or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts " -"with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148 -msgid "Create an SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the " -"product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in " -"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is " -"the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted " -"product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the " -"*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** " -"there is no stock of the product on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169 -msgid "" -"If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead " -"create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172 -msgid "" -"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " -"end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, " -"even if there is stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176 -msgid "Process subcontractor PO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by" -" navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`," -" and clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a" -" new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the " -":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* " -"|PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components" -" to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, " -"and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" -"button at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198 -msgid "" -"In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from " -"the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** " -"automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201 -msgid "" -"Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship " -"Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* " -"|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205 -msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207 -msgid "" -"To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. " -"Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` " -"field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after " -"confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212 -msgid "" -"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship " -"Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of" -" the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and " -"confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, " -"and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the " -"*subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" -"Dropship smart button at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227 -msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229 -msgid "" -"Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" -" *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, " -"respectively." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the " -":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the " -"subcontractor has received the components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" -" *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the " -"product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of" -" the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into " -"inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the" -" *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the " -"receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the " -":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship " -"order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the " -"product to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product " -"has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3 -msgid "Resupply subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the " -"necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each " -"time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " -"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping" -" it to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21 -msgid "" -"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply " -"Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24 -msgid "" -"While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components " -"required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are " -"sourced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from " -"the warehouse of the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from " -"a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of " -"the subcontracting company and their subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36 -msgid "" -"See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of " -"the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " -"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " -":guilabel:`Operations` heading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " -"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of " -"materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " -"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`" -" tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the " -"subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68 -msgid "" -"This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other " -"elements, like the cost of the product's components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " -"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click " -"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " -"select the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107 -msgid "Configure components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109 -msgid "" -"To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " -"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " -"arrow)` button to the right of the name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116 -msgid "" -"On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and " -"select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the " -":guilabel:`Routes` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122 -msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124 -msgid "" -"The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to " -"purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a" -" dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the " -"subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" -" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149 -msgid "" -"While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to " -"automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is " -"also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful " -"when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154 -msgid "" -"To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply " -"Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking" -" :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom " -"the components should be sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking " -":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` " -"drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the " -"components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` " -"to confirm that the order has been sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough " -"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190 -msgid "" -"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead" -" creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase " -"app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a " -"subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically " -"created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214 -msgid "" -"In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the " -"required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed " -"from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top " -"of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 -msgid "" -"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n" -"buttons at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 -msgid "" -"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and " -"Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227 -msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the " -"subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " -"Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open" -" the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to " -"confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the " -":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` " -"card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " -"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " -"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " -"finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " -"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" -" the customer, and process the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " -"the product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:3 msgid "Unbuild orders" msgstr "" @@ -25726,8 +28867,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:12 msgid "" "Utilize *engineering change orders* (*ECOs*) to track, implement, and revert" -" change versions made to products, and :ref:`bills of materials " -"`." +" change versions made to products, and :doc:`bills of materials " +"<../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:15 @@ -27166,6 +30307,354 @@ msgid "" "export it as an Excel file." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:3 +msgid "Procurement expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:12 +msgid "" +"With the *Purchase* application, users can monitor procurement expenses over" +" time. This report helps companies track and analyze spending, identify " +"cost-saving opportunities, and ensure efficient budget management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:17 +msgid "Create procurement expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To create a |per|, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " +"Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:22 +msgid "" +"By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` (POs) with a " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of Requests for " +"Quotation (RFQs) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent*, or *Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:25 +msgid "Add filters and groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the top-right, click the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot)` icon " +"to switch to pivot view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:32 +msgid "" +"While the |per| can also be :ref:`viewed ` as a " +":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " +":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`, " +"the pivot view provides the most detailed view of the data, and is the " +"recommended starting point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Remove any default filters from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. Then, click " +"the |caret| to open the drop-down menu that contains the " +":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and :guilabel:`Favorites` " +"columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Unless otherwise specified, the report displays data from both |RFQs| and " +"|POs|. This can be changed by selecting either :guilabel:`Requests for " +"Quotation` or :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a time frame to use for " +"comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " +"|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " +"Then, select :guilabel:`Product Category`, which is also located in the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The selections under the :guilabel:`Group By` heading can be altered, " +"depending on the needs of the individual company. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Product`, instead of :guilabel:`Product Category`, provides a " +"more in depth look at the performance of specific items, in place of an " +"entire category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading that " +"appears. These options are only available after the date range is selected " +"under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " +":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " +"as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " +"time period from the previous year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:60 +msgid "" +"While multiple time-based filters can be added at once, only one comparison " +"can be selected at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the procurement expenses\n" +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The filter for Q2, comparison for **Previous Period**, and group-by for " +"**Vendor** and **Product Category** were selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:68 +msgid "Add measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:70 +msgid "" +"After selecting the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group by`, and " +":guilabel:`Comparison` settings, click out of the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:82 +msgid "" +"By default, the report displays data with the following measures: " +":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " +":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " +"drop-down list of available measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click the following specific measures to include additional columns for the " +"procurement expenses report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total` and :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`: can include one or both " +"measures. These are included for overall spending analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:91 +msgid ":guilabel:`Average Cost`: included to evaluate cost efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to Confirm` and :guilabel:`Days to Receive`: used to assess " +"supplier performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Qty Ordered` and :guilabel:`Qty Received`: used to understand " +"order efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Qty Billed` and :guilabel:`Qty to be Billed`: used to track order" +" accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Additional measures can be included in the report, if desired, to provide " +"additional insights. For example, :guilabel:`Gross Weight` and " +":guilabel:`Volume` may be included for further logistics and management " +"analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:101 +msgid "" +"After selecting all necessary measures, click out of the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:85 +msgid "View results" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:108 +msgid "" +"After all of the filters and measures have been selected, the report " +"generates in the selected view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst-1 +msgid "A sample version of the procurement expenses report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " +"editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is **only** available if the " +"*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The |per| is also available in graph view. Click the :icon:`fa-area-chart` " +":guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view. Click the " +"corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a :icon:`fa-bar-" +"chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` :guilabel:`(line " +"chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:107 +msgid "To save this report as a *favorite*, see :ref:`search/favorites`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor costs report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With the *Purchase* application, users can track the fluctuation of vendor " +"costs over time. This allows users to identify the most expensive vendors, " +"and track seasonal changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:14 +msgid "Create vendor costs reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To create a vendor costs report, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase " +"app --> Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` " +"dashboard. By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of POs (Purchase Orders) with a " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of RFQs (Requests " +"for Quotation) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent, or *Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a date range to use for " +"comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " +"|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " +"Then, select :guilabel:`Product`, which is also located in the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Product` is **not** required for this report. However, " +"it is recommended, as it provides additional insight into the performance of" +" individual vendors. Additional selections can be made under the " +":guilabel:`Group by` heading as well, including :guilabel:`Product " +"Category`, :guilabel:`Status`, and :guilabel:`Purchase Representative`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To ensure the report is generated correctly, make sure that " +":guilabel:`Vendor` is the **first** selection made under the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading. These " +"options are only available after the date range is selected under the " +":guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " +":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " +"as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " +"time period from the previous year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the " +"vendor costs report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"By default, the report displays with the following measures: " +":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " +":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " +"drop-down list of available measures. Click :guilabel:`Average Cost` to add " +"it to the report. Select any additional measures to add to the report, or " +"click on any of the already selected measures to remove them, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:80 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to run the report with at least :guilabel:`Average Cost`, " +":guilabel:`Total`, or :guilabel:`Untaxed Total` selected from the " +":guilabel:`Measures` list. Additional measures, such as :guilabel:`Days to " +"Receive`, can be added to provide additional insights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:87 +msgid "" +"After all of the :ref:`filters and measures have been selected " +"`, the report generates in the pivot " +"view. Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " +"editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is only available if the " +"*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A sample of a vendor costs report with the measures set as total and average" +" costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The vendor costs report is also available in *graph* view. Click the " +":icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view." +" Click the corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a " +":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " +":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5 msgid "Manage deals" msgstr "" @@ -28379,9 +31868,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51 msgid "" "To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> " -"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, check" -" the box next to :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and " -"bills`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, tick " +"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`3-way matching`, and click :guilabel:`Save` " +"to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56 @@ -28390,15 +31879,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 -msgid "Activated three-way matching feature in purchase settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:60 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:62 msgid "" "When products are received into a company's warehouse, receipts are created." " Once the company processes the received quantities, they can choose to " @@ -28407,11 +31892,11 @@ msgid "" "completed at different steps of the procurement process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:68 msgid "With the bill control policy set to ordered quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:70 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *ordered quantities*" " bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " @@ -28420,42 +31905,42 @@ msgid "" "Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:75 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new request for quotation (RFQ). Doing so reveals a blank " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 msgid "" "On the blank detail form, add a vendor to the :abbr:`RFQ (request for " "quotation)` in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the " ":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 msgid "" "Then, confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` button above the detail form. Doing so turns the " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a vendor bill for " "the purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:88 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button reveals the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill` page for the purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:91 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button to modify " "the bill, and add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field. If needed," @@ -28463,21 +31948,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 msgid "" "Next, confirm the bill by clicking the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *ordered quantities*, the draft bill" " can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:175 msgid "" "On the new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` number," " which can be used to match the bill with additional documents (such as the " @@ -28488,7 +31973,7 @@ msgid "" "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:108 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " @@ -28501,7 +31986,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Vendor bill form for ordered quantities control policy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:118 msgid "" "Each vendor bill provides the option to either :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " "or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note`. A *credit note* is typically issued when a " @@ -28510,11 +31995,11 @@ msgid "" "returned from the customer/buyer to the vendor or supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:124 msgid "With the bill control policy set to received quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:127 msgid "" "If the creation of a vendor bill is attempted without receiving any " "quantities of a product (while using the *received quantities* bill control " @@ -28522,7 +32007,7 @@ msgid "" "proceeding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *received " "quantities* bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " @@ -28531,38 +32016,38 @@ msgid "" "Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:136 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`. Doing so reveals a " "blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a bill for the " "purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:151 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Create Bill` before any products have been received will" -" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to appear. The :guilabel:`Purchase " -"Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity of the items " -"included on the order to create a vendor bill." +" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up message to appear. The " +":guilabel:`Purchase Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity" +" of the items included on the order to create a vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:159 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the warehouse " "receipt form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:161 msgid "" "On the warehouse receipt form, click :menuselection:`Validate --> Apply` to " "mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities. Then, navigate back to the " @@ -28570,7 +32055,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Bill` button on the purchase order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 msgid "" "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Draft Bill` for the purchase order. On the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and add a " @@ -28578,20 +32063,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:172 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *received quantities*, the draft " "bill can **only** be confirmed when at least some of the quantities are " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:181 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " @@ -28600,11 +32085,11 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:187 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills in Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:189 msgid "" "Vendor bills can also be created directly from the *Accounting* app, " "**without** having to create a purchase order first. To do this, go to " @@ -28612,7 +32097,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a blank vendor bill detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 msgid "" "On this blank vendor bill detail form, add a vendor in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " @@ -28622,27 +32107,27 @@ msgid "" "the bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:198 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view (or change) the " ":guilabel:`Account` journals that were populated based on the configuration " "on the corresponding :guilabel:`Vendor` and :guilabel:`Product` forms." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` to add" " credit or debit notes to the bill. Or, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` " "number (while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:205 msgid "" "Then, when ready, click :menuselection:`Register Payment --> Create Payment`" " to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 msgid "" "To tie the draft bill to an existing purchase order, click the drop-down " "menu next to :guilabel:`Auto-Complete`, and select a :abbr:`PO (purchase " @@ -28654,17 +32139,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Auto-complete drop-down list on draft vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:218 msgid "Batch billing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:220 msgid "" "Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 msgid "" "To do this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. " "Then, click the :guilabel:`checkbox` at the top left of the page, beside the" @@ -28673,7 +32158,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Draft` :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:227 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon to export, delete, or send" " & print the bills; click the :guilabel:`Print` icon to print the invoices " @@ -28681,7 +32166,7 @@ msgid "" "payments for multiple vendor bills at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Register Payment` is selected, a pop-up appears. In this " "pop-up window, select the appropriate journal in the :guilabel:`Journal` " @@ -28690,7 +32175,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Group Payments` on this pop-up, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:236 msgid "" "When ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button, which creates a " "list of journal entries on a separate page. This list of journal entries are" @@ -28698,19 +32183,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 -msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up." +msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:244 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Register Payment` option for vendor bills in batches will " "only work for journal entries whose :guilabel:`Status` is set to " ":guilabel:`Posted`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:252 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 +msgid ":doc:`control_bills`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5 @@ -29104,16 +32588,16 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" +msgid "Purchase units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" -" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " -"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " -"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " -"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." +" unit of measure than when it is sold. This can cause confusion between " +"sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to convert " +"measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your product once" +" and let Odoo handle the conversion." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 @@ -29220,21 +32704,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "" -"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." +"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, click into " +"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure Category` field and enter a name for the " +"category. Then, under the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:77 msgid "" "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" -" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" -" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" -" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " -"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " -"Odoo is always a multiple of this value." +" to other units of measure inside the category. Name the unit, and select " +"the units of measure category you just created. For the *Type*, select " +"*Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter the *Rounding " +"Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by Odoo is always a " +"multiple of this value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:83 msgid "" "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " "fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." @@ -29244,7 +32730,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "" "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " "appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " @@ -29256,35 +32742,31 @@ msgid "" "0.00001, set *Digits* to 5." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:97 msgid "" "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" " measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " "*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:101 msgid "" "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " "*Smaller*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:103 msgid "" "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " "second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " "than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:107 msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 -msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:109 msgid "" "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " "units of measure." diff --git a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 17b318a84..878953420 100644 --- a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:55+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jakob Krabbe , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Swedish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sv/)\n" @@ -695,11 +695,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Login` för det konto som ska tas bort. Klicka sedan på knappen " ":guilabel:`Delete Account` för att bekräfta borttagningen." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:36 msgid "Odoo.com account password change" msgstr "Ändra lösenord för Odoo.com-konto" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:38 msgid "" "To change an Odoo.com account password, first login into the Odoo.com user " "account from the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-" @@ -713,7 +713,7 @@ msgstr "" "bredvid profilikonen. Välj sedan :guilabel:`Mitt konto`, och en portal-" "instrumentpanel visas." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:41 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:43 msgid "" "To change the Odoo.com password, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security " "Settings` link, below the :menuselection:`Account Security` section. Next, " @@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ msgstr "" "lösenordet. Slutligen klickar du på :guilabel:`Change Password` för att " "slutföra lösenordsändringen." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:47 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:49 msgid "" "If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here " "`_." @@ -736,7 +736,7 @@ msgstr "" "Om en kund vill ändra inloggningen, kontakta Odoo support `här " "`_." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:53 msgid "" "Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the " "same email address is used." @@ -744,11 +744,11 @@ msgstr "" "Lösenord för Odoo.com-användare och portalanvändare förblir separata, även " "om samma e-postadress används." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:55 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:57 msgid "Add two-factor authentication" msgstr "Lägg till tvåfaktorsautentisering" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:59 msgid "" "To add two-factor authentication, login into the Odoo.com user account from " "the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-right corner of " @@ -762,7 +762,7 @@ msgstr "" "bredvid :guilabel:`profilikonen`. Välj sedan :guilabel:`My Account`, och en " "portalpanel visas." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:64 msgid "" "If the user would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " "Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below " @@ -772,7 +772,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo.com, klicka på länken :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` under " "avsnittet :menuselection:`Account Security`." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:67 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " "(two-factor authentication)`. Then, confirm the current password in the " @@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ msgstr "" "(Google Authenticator, Authy, etc.), genom att skanna :guilabel:`QR-koden` " "eller ange en :guilabel:`Verifieringskod`." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:71 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:73 msgid "" "Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete " "the setup." @@ -798,21 +798,21 @@ msgstr "" "Slutligen klickar du på :guilabel:`Aktivera tvåfaktorsautentisering` för att" " slutföra installationen." -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:76 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:" msgstr "" "Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com-användare kan också komma åt följande:" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:76 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Min partner instrumentpanel`" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Mina tjänster i appen`" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Min instrumentpanel för appar`" @@ -6855,14 +6855,260 @@ msgid "It should be stored securely, and should be generated randomly e.g." msgstr "Den ska förvaras på ett säkert sätt och genereras slumpmässigt, t.ex." #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:743 -msgid "which will generate a 32 characters pseudorandom printable string." -msgstr "vilket genererar en 32 tecken lång pseudorandom utskrivbar sträng." +msgid "which generates a 32-character pseudorandom printable string." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:746 +msgid "Reset the master password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:748 +msgid "" +"There may be instances where the master password is misplaced, or " +"compromised, and needs to be reset. The following process is for system " +"administrators of an Odoo on-premise database detailing how to manually " +"reset and re-encrypt the master password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:753 +msgid "" +"For more information about changing an Odoo.com account password, see this " +"documentation: :ref:`odoocom/change_password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:756 +msgid "" +"When creating a new on-premise database, a random master password is " +"generated. Odoo recommends using this password to secure the database. This " +"password is implemented by default, so there is a secure master password for" +" any Odoo on-premise deployment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:761 +msgid "" +"When creating an Odoo on-premise database the installation is accessible to " +"anyone on the internet, until this password is set to secure the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:764 +msgid "" +"The master password is specified in the Odoo configuration file (`odoo.conf`" +" or `odoorc` (hidden file)). The Odoo master password is needed to modify, " +"create, or delete a database through the graphical user interface (GUI)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:769 +msgid "Locate configuration file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:771 +msgid "" +"First, open the Odoo configuration file (`odoo.conf` or `odoorc` (hidden " +"file))." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:775 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:148 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:133 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:158 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:180 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:328 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:397 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:460 +msgid "Windows" +msgstr "Fönster" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:777 +msgid "" +"The configuration file is located at: " +"`c:\\\\ProgramFiles\\\\Odoo{VERSION}\\\\server\\\\odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:779 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:25 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:152 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:174 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:199 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:228 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:388 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:450 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "Linux" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:781 +msgid "" +"Depending on how Odoo is installed on the Linux machine, the configuration " +"file is located in one of two different places:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:784 +msgid "Package installation: `/etc/odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:785 +msgid "Source installation: `~/.odoorc`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:788 +msgid "Change old password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:790 +msgid "" +"Once the appropriate file has been opened, proceed to modify the old " +"password in the configuration file to a temporary password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:795 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:843 +msgid "Graphical user interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:797 +msgid "" +"After locating the configuration file, open it using a (:abbr:`GUI " +"(graphical user interface)`). This can be achieved by simply double clicking" +" on the file. Then, the device should have a default :abbr:`GUI (graphical " +"user interface)` to open the file with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:801 +msgid "" +"Next, modify the master password line `admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sha…` to " +"`admin_passwd = newpassword1234`, for example. This password can be " +"anything, as long as it is saved temporarily. Make sure to modify all " +"characters after the `=`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:806 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:825 +msgid "" +"The line appears like this: `admin_passwd = " +"$pbkdf2-sh39dji295.59mptrfW.9z6HkA$w9j9AMVmKAP17OosCqDxDv2hjsvzlLpF8Rra8I7p/b573hji540mk/.3ek0lg%kvkol6k983mkf/40fjki79m`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:810 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:829 +msgid "The modified line appears like this: `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:812 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:852 +msgid "Command-line interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:814 +msgid "" +"Modify the master password line using the following Unix command detailed " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:816 +msgid "" +"Connect to the Odoo server's terminal via Secure Shell (SSH) protocol, and " +"edit the configuration file. To modify the configuration file, enter the " +"following command: :command:`sudo nano /etc/odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:820 +msgid "" +"After opening the configuration file, modify the master password line " +"`admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sha…` to `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`. This " +"password can be anything, as long as it is saved temporarily. Make sure to " +"modify all characters after the `=`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:832 +msgid "" +"It is essential that the password is changed to something else, rather than " +"triggering a new password reset by adding a semicolon `;` at the beginning " +"of the line. This ensures the database is secure throughout the entire " +"password reset process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:837 +msgid "Restart Odoo server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:839 +msgid "" +"After setting the temporary password, a restart of the Odoo server is " +"**required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:845 +msgid "" +"To restart the Odoo server, first, type `services` into the Windows " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. Then, select the :guilabel:`Services` application, " +"and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Odoo` service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:849 +msgid "" +"Next, right click on :guilabel:`Odoo`, and select :guilabel:`Start` or " +":guilabel:`Restart`. This action manually restarts the Odoo server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:854 +msgid "" +"Restart the Odoo server by typing the command: :command:`sudo service odoo15" +" restart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:857 +msgid "" +"Change the number after `odoo` to fit the specific version the server is " +"running on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:860 +msgid "Use web interface to re-encrypt password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:862 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to `/web/database/manager` or " +"`http://server_ip:port/web/database/manager` in a browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:866 +msgid "" +"Replace `server_ip` with the IP address of the database. Replace `port` with" +" the numbered port the database is accessible from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:869 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Set Master Password`, and type in the previously-" +"selected temporary password into the :guilabel:`Master Password` field. " +"Following this step, type in a :guilabel:`New Master Password`. The " +":guilabel:`New Master Password` is hashed (or encrypted), once the " +":guilabel:`Continue` button is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:874 +msgid "" +"At this point, the password has been successfully reset, and a hashed " +"version of the new password now appears in the configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:878 +msgid "" +"For more information on Odoo database security, see this documentation: " +":ref:`db_manager_security`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:882 msgid "Supported Browsers" msgstr "Webbläsare som stöds" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:748 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:884 msgid "" "Odoo supports all the major desktop and mobile browsers available on the " "market, as long as they are supported by their publishers." @@ -6870,27 +7116,27 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo stöder alla större stationära och mobila webbläsare som finns på " "marknaden, så länge de stöds av sina utgivare." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:751 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:887 msgid "Here are the supported browsers:" msgstr "Här är de webbläsare som stöds:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:753 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:889 msgid "Google Chrome" msgstr "Google Chrome" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:754 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:890 msgid "Mozilla Firefox" msgstr "Mozilla Firefox" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:755 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:891 msgid "Microsoft Edge" msgstr "Microsoft Edge" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:756 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:892 msgid "Apple Safari" msgstr "Apple Safari" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:758 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:894 msgid "" "Please make sure your browser is up-to-date and still supported by its " "publisher before filing a bug report." @@ -6898,11 +7144,11 @@ msgstr "" "Kontrollera att din webbläsare är uppdaterad och fortfarande stöds av " "utgivaren innan du skickar in en felrapport." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:763 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:899 msgid "Since Odoo 13.0, ES6 is supported. Therefore, IE support is dropped." msgstr "Sedan Odoo 13.0 stöds ES6. Därför har stödet för IE tagits bort." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:766 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:902 msgid "" "to have multiple Odoo installations use the same PostgreSQL database, or to " "provide more computing resources to both software." @@ -6910,7 +7156,7 @@ msgstr "" "att låta flera Odoo-installationer använda samma PostgreSQL-databas, eller " "att ge mer datorresurser till båda programvarorna." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:769 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:905 msgid "" "technically a tool like socat_ can be used to proxy UNIX sockets across " "networks, but that is mostly for software which can only be used over UNIX " @@ -6920,7 +7166,7 @@ msgstr "" " över nätverk, men det är främst för programvara som endast kan användas " "över UNIX sockets" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:773 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:909 msgid "" "or be accessible only over an internal packet-switched network, but that " "requires secured switches, protections against `ARP spoofing`_ and precludes" @@ -7183,19 +7429,6 @@ msgstr "" "Det krävs att man är inloggad som betalande on-premise kund eller partner " "för att ladda ner Enterprise-paketen." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:25 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:52 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:129 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:152 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:174 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:199 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:228 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:271 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:384 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:446 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "Linux" - #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:28 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:116 msgid "Prepare" @@ -7242,7 +7475,7 @@ msgstr "" "servern:" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:57 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:416 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:420 msgid "" "`wkhtmltopdf` is not installed through **pip** and must be installed " "manually in `version 0.12.6 " @@ -7348,19 +7581,6 @@ msgstr "" "När paketet har laddats ned kan det installeras med hjälp av pakethanteraren" " 'dnf':" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:148 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:70 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:133 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:158 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:180 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:208 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:239 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:324 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:393 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:456 -msgid "Windows" -msgstr "Fönster" - #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:151 msgid "" "Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running " @@ -7533,9 +7753,9 @@ msgstr "Klona med SSH" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:186 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:213 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:253 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:347 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:405 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:467 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:351 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:471 msgid "Mac OS" msgstr "Mac OS" @@ -7728,25 +7948,29 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:280 msgid "" -"For Debian-based systems, the packages are listed in the `debian/control " -"`_ file of the Odoo " -"sources." -msgstr "" -"För Debian-baserade system är paketen listade i filen `debian/control " -"`_ i Odoo-källorna." - -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:283 -msgid "" "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following commands should install the required " "packages:" msgstr "" "På Debian/Ubuntu bör följande kommandon installera de paket som krävs:" +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:287 +msgid "" +"The `setup/debinstall.sh` script will parse the `debian/control " +"`_ file and install " +"the found packages." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:290 msgid "Install with pip" msgstr "Installera med pip" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:292 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Using pip may lead to security issues and broken dependencies; only do this " +"if you know what you are doing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:296 msgid "" "As some of the Python packages need a compilation step, they require system " "libraries to be installed." @@ -7754,7 +7978,7 @@ msgstr "" "Eftersom vissa av Python-paketen behöver ett kompileringssteg, kräver de att" " systembibliotek installeras." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:295 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:299 msgid "" "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following command should install these required " "libraries:" @@ -7762,7 +7986,7 @@ msgstr "" "På Debian/Ubuntu installeras de nödvändiga biblioteken med följande " "kommando:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:301 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:305 msgid "" "Odoo dependencies are listed in the :file:`requirements.txt` file located at" " the root of the Odoo Community directory." @@ -7770,7 +7994,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo-beroenden listas i filen :file:`requirements.txt` som finns i roten av " "Odoo Community-katalogen." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:305 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:309 msgid "" "The Python packages in :file:`requirements.txt` are based on their " "stable/LTS Debian/Ubuntu corresponding version at the moment of the Odoo " @@ -7784,9 +8008,9 @@ msgstr "" " 2.6.0 i Ubuntu Focal. Den lägsta versionen väljs sedan i " ":file:`requirements.txt`." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:312 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:334 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:353 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:357 msgid "" "It can be preferable not to mix Python module packages between different " "instances of Odoo or with the system. However, it is possible to use " @@ -7798,7 +8022,7 @@ msgstr "" "`virtualenv `_ för att skapa isolerade" " Python-miljöer." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:320 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation " "(:file:`CommunityPath`) and run **pip** on the requirements file to install " @@ -7808,7 +8032,7 @@ msgstr "" "(:file:`CommunityPath`) och kör **pip** på kravfilen för att installera " "kraven för den aktuella användaren." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:326 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:330 msgid "" "Before installing the dependencies, download and install the `Build Tools " "for Visual Studio `_. Select " @@ -7819,8 +8043,8 @@ msgstr "" " build tools** på fliken **Workloads** och installera dem när du uppmanas " "till det." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:330 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:349 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:334 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:353 msgid "" "Odoo dependencies are listed in the `requirements.txt` file located at the " "root of the Odoo Community directory." @@ -7828,7 +8052,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo-beroenden listas i filen `requirements.txt` som finns i roten av Odoo " "Community-katalogen." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:342 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " "and run **pip** on the requirements file in a terminal **with Administrator " @@ -7837,7 +8061,7 @@ msgstr "" "Navigera till sökvägen för Odoo Community-installationen (`CommunityPath`) " "och kör **pip** på kravfilen i en terminal **med administratörsbehörighet**:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:357 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:361 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " "and run **pip** on the requirements file:" @@ -7845,7 +8069,7 @@ msgstr "" "Navigera till sökvägen för Odoo Community-installationen (`CommunityPath`) " "och kör **pip** på kravfilen:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:367 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:371 msgid "" "Non-Python dependencies must be installed with a package manager (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." @@ -7853,15 +8077,15 @@ msgstr "" "Icke-Python-beroenden måste installeras med en pakethanterare (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:370 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:374 msgid "Download and install the **Command Line Tools**:" msgstr "Ladda ner och installera **Command Line Tools**:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:376 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:380 msgid "Use the package manager to install non-Python dependencies." msgstr "Använd pakethanteraren för att installera icke-Python-beroenden." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:379 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:383 msgid "" "For languages using a **right-to-left interface** (such as Arabic or " "Hebrew), the `rtlcss` package is required." @@ -7869,21 +8093,21 @@ msgstr "" "För språk som använder ett **höger-till-vänster-gränssnitt** (t.ex. arabiska" " eller hebreiska) krävs paketet `rtlcss`." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:386 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:390 msgid "Download and install **nodejs** and **npm** with a package manager." msgstr "Hämta och installera **nodejs** och **npm** med en pakethanterare." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:387 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:396 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:391 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:400 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:413 msgid "Install `rtlcss`:" msgstr "Installera `rtlcss`:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:395 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:399 msgid "Download and install `nodejs `_." msgstr "Ladda ner och installera `nodejs `_." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:402 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:406 msgid "" "Edit the system environment's variable `PATH` to add the folder where " "`rtlcss.cmd` is located (typically: " @@ -7893,7 +8117,7 @@ msgstr "" "(vanligtvis: " ":file:`C:\\\\Users\\\\\\\\AppData\\\\Roaming\\\\npm\\\\`)." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:407 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:411 msgid "" "Download and install **nodejs** with a package manager (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." @@ -7901,11 +8125,11 @@ msgstr "" "Hämta och installera **nodejs** med en pakethanterare (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:424 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:428 msgid "Running Odoo" msgstr "Drift av Odoo" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:426 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:430 msgid "" "Once all dependencies are set up, Odoo can be launched by running `odoo-" "bin`, the command-line interface of the server. It is located at the root of" @@ -7915,7 +8139,7 @@ msgstr "" "bin`, serverns kommandoradsgränssnitt. Det finns i roten av Odoo Community-" "katalogen." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:429 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:433 msgid "" "To configure the server, either specify :ref:`command-line arguments " "` or a :ref:`configuration file " @@ -7925,7 +8149,7 @@ msgstr "" "` eller en :ref:`konfigurationsfil " "`." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:433 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:437 msgid "" "For the Enterprise edition, add the path to the `enterprise` add-ons to the " "`addons-path` argument. Note that it must come before the other paths in " @@ -7935,26 +8159,26 @@ msgstr "" "`addons-path`-argumentet. Observera att det måste komma före de andra " "sökvägarna i `addons-path` för att tilläggen ska laddas korrekt." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:437 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:441 msgid "Common necessary configurations are:" msgstr "Vanliga nödvändiga konfigurationer är:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:439 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:443 msgid "PostgreSQL user and password." msgstr "PostgreSQL-användare och lösenord." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:440 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:444 msgid "Custom addon paths beyond the defaults to load custom modules." msgstr "" "Anpassade addon-sökvägar utöver standardinställningarna för att ladda " "anpassade moduler." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:442 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:446 msgid "A typical way to run the server would be:" msgstr "Ett typiskt sätt att köra servern skulle vara:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:453 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:474 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:457 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:478 msgid "" "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, and " "`mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." @@ -7962,7 +8186,7 @@ msgstr "" "Där `CommunityPath` är sökvägen till Odoo Community-installationen och " "`mydb` är namnet på PostgreSQL-databasen." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:463 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:467 msgid "" "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, " "`dbuser` is the PostgreSQL login, `dbpassword` is the PostgreSQL password, " @@ -7972,7 +8196,7 @@ msgstr "" " är PostgreSQL-inloggningen, `dbpassword` är PostgreSQL-lösenordet och " "`mydb` är namnet på PostgreSQL-databasen." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:477 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:481 msgid "" "After the server has started (the INFO log `odoo.modules.loading: Modules " "loaded.` is printed), open http://localhost:8069 in a web browser and log " @@ -7984,7 +8208,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo-databasen med basadministratörskontot: använd `admin` som e-post och, " "återigen, `admin` som lösenord." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:482 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:486 msgid "" "From there, create and manage new :doc:`users " "<../../applications/general/users>`." @@ -7992,7 +8216,7 @@ msgstr "" "Därefter kan du skapa och hantera nya :doc:`users " "<../../applications/general/users>`." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:483 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:487 msgid "" "The user account used to log into Odoo's web interface differs from the " ":option:`--db_user ` CLI argument." @@ -8000,7 +8224,7 @@ msgstr "" "Användarkontot som används för att logga in i Odoos webbgränssnitt skiljer " "sig från CLI:s :option:`--db_user ` argument." -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:487 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:491 msgid "" ":doc:`The list of CLI arguments for odoo-bin `" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po index d787bd261..20e69aa4e 100644 --- a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po +++ b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: +# Anders Wallenquist , 2024 # Jakob Krabbe , 2024 # #, fuzzy @@ -11,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jakob Krabbe , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Swedish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sv/)\n" @@ -30,224 +31,194 @@ msgid "Activities" msgstr "Verksamhet" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database. " -"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " -"chatter thread, kanban view, list view, or activities view of an " -"application." +msgid "*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database." msgstr "" -"*Aktiviteter* är uppföljningsuppgifter som är knutna till en post i en Odoo-" -"databas. Aktiviteter kan schemaläggas på alla sidor i databasen som " -"innehåller en chattråd, kanbanvy, listvy eller aktivitetsvy i ett program." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The icon used to display activities varies depending on the :ref:`activity " +"type `:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:11 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`🕘 (clock)`: the default icon, which appears if nothing is " +"scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 +msgid ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)`: this icon appears if a phone call is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:13 +msgid ":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)`: this icon appears if an email is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:14 +msgid ":guilabel:`✔️ (checkmark)`: this icon appears if a to-do is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:15 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(group of people)`: this icon appears if a meeting is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(arrow pointing up above a line)`: this icon appears if a " +"document is scheduled to be uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(pencil in a box)`: this icon appears if a signature request is " +"scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 msgid "Schedule activities" msgstr "Planera aktiviteter" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:23 msgid "" -"One way that activities are created is by clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule " -"Activity` button, located at the top of the *chatter* on any record. On the " -"pop-up window that appears, select an :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the " -"drop-down menu." +"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " +":ref:`chatter ` thread, :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or " +":ref:`activities view ` of an application." msgstr "" -"Ett sätt att skapa aktiviteter är att klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Schedule " -"Activity`, som finns högst upp i *chatter* på alla poster. I popup-fönstret " -"som visas väljer du en :guilabel:`Aktivitetstyp` från rullgardinsmenyn." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Individual applications have a list of *Activity Types* dedicated to that " -"application. For example, to view and edit the activities available for the " -"*CRM* application, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " -"Activity Types`." -msgstr "" -"Enskilda applikationer har en lista över *Aktivitetstyper* som är dedikerade" -" till den applikationen. Om du till exempel vill visa och redigera de " -"aktiviteter som är tillgängliga för *CRM*-programmet går du till " -":menuselection:`CRM-app --> Konfiguration --> Aktivitetstyper`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Enter a title for the activity in the :guilabel:`Summary` field, located in " -"the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window." -msgstr "" -"Ange en titel för aktiviteten i fältet :guilabel:`Summary`, som finns i " -"popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Schedule Activity`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To assign the activity to a different user, select a name from the " -":guilabel:`Assigned to` drop-down menu. Otherwise, the user creating the " -"activity is automatically assigned." -msgstr "" -"Om du vill tilldela aktiviteten till en annan användare väljer du ett namn i" -" rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Assigned to`. I annat fall tilldelas användaren" -" som skapade aktiviteten automatiskt." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Lastly, feel free to add any additional information in the optional " -":guilabel:`Log a note...` field." -msgstr "" -"Slutligen kan du lägga till ytterligare information i det valfria " -":guilabel:`Logga in en anteckning...`-fältet." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Due Date` field on the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " -"window auto-populates based on the configuration settings for the selected " -":guilabel:`Activity Type`. However, this date can be changed by selecting a " -"day on the calendar in the :guilabel:`Due Date` field." +msgid "Chatter" +msgstr "Chatter" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:32 +msgid "Activities can be created from the chatter on any record." msgstr "" -"Fältet :guilabel:`Due Date` i popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` " -"fylls i automatiskt baserat på konfigurationsinställningarna för den valda " -":guilabel:`Activity Type`. Detta datum kan dock ändras genom att välja en " -"dag i kalendern i fältet :guilabel:`Due Date`." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:34 -msgid "Lastly, click one of the following buttons:" -msgstr "Klicka slutligen på någon av följande knappar:" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:36 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Schedule`: adds the activity to the chatter under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." +"To schedule a new activity, click the :guilabel:`Activities` button, located" +" at the top of the chatter. In the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " +"window that appears, :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Schedule`: lägger till aktiviteten i chattern under " -":guilabel:`Planerade aktiviteter`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the chatter " -"under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, it is automatically " -"marked as completed." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Mark as Done`: lägger till information om aktiviteten till " -"chattaren under :guilabel:`Today`. Aktiviteten är inte schemalagd, den " -"markeras automatiskt som slutförd." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:39 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Done \\& Schedule Next`: adds the task under :guilabel:`Today` " -"marked as done, and opens a new activity window." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Done \\& Schedule Next`: lägger till uppgiften under " -":guilabel:`Today` markerad som klar, och öppnar ett nytt aktivitetsfönster." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Discard`: discards any changes made on the pop-up window." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Discard`: ignorerar alla ändringar som gjorts i popup-fönstret." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "Visning av CRM-leads och möjlighet att schemalägga en aktivitet." +msgid "New activity type form." +msgstr "Nytt formulär för aktivitetstyp." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Depending on the activity type, the :guilabel:`Schedule` button may be " -"replaced by a :guilabel:`Save` button, or an :guilabel:`Open Calendar` " -"button." -msgstr "" -"Beroende på aktivitetstyp kan knappen :guilabel:`Schedule` ersättas av en " -":guilabel:`Save`-knapp eller en :guilabel:`Open Calendar`-knapp." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Scheduled activities are added to the chatter for the record under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." -msgstr "" -"Planerade aktiviteter läggs till i chatten för posten under " -":guilabel:`Planerade aktiviteter`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Activities can also be scheduled from the kanban, list, or activities view " -"of an application." -msgstr "" -"Aktiviteter kan också schemaläggas från kanban-, list- eller aktivitetsvyn i" -" ett program." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:45 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "Kanban-vy" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`, and proceed to fill " -"out the pop-up form." +"Another way that activities are created is from the Kanban view in an " +"application." msgstr "" -"Välj en post där du vill schemalägga en aktivitet. Klicka på ikonen " -":guilabel:`🕘 (klocka)`, sedan på :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity` och fyll i" -" popup-formuläret." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "The Kanban icon in the top menu, highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon located at the bottom of " +"an individual record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`+ Schedule An Activity`, then proceed to :ref:`fill out the" +" Schedule Activity form `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 msgid "" "Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." msgstr "" "Kanban-vy av CRM-pipelinen och möjlighet att schemalägga en aktivitet." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If a record already has a scheduled activity, the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon" +" is replaced by the icon that represents the existing scheduled activity. " +"Click on the activity type's icon to schedule another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:70 msgid "List view" msgstr "Visa lista" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`. If the record already " -"has an activity scheduled, the clock icon may be replaced by a :guilabel:`📞 " -"(phone)` or an :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:72 +msgid "Activities can also be created from a list view." msgstr "" -"Välj en post där du vill schemalägga en aktivitet. Klicka på ikonen " -":guilabel:`🕘 (klocka)` och sedan på :guilabel:`Schemalägg en aktivitet`. Om " -"posten redan har en aktivitet schemalagd kan klockikonen ersättas av en " -":guilabel:`📞 (telefon)` eller en :guilabel:`✉️ (kuvert)` ikon." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Activities` column is hidden, reveal it using the " +":guilabel:`(additional options toggle)` icon in the far-right of the top " +"row, represented by two horizontal lines with two dots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon for the record the activity is" +" being added to, then click :guilabel:`+ Schedule an activity`. Proceed to " +":ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form ` that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." msgstr "Listvy över CRM-pipelinen och möjlighet att schemalägga en aktivitet." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:93 msgid "Activity view" msgstr "Aktivitetsvy" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 msgid "" -"To open the activity view for an application, select the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon from the menu bar anywhere in the database. Select any " -"application from the drop-down menu, and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " -"icon for the desired app." +"Most applications in Odoo have an *Activity* view available. If available, a" +" :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon is visible in the top-right of the main" +" menu bar." msgstr "" -"Öppna aktivitetsvyn för ett program genom att klicka på :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(klocka)`-ikonen i menyfältet någonstans i databasen. Välj en applikation i " -"rullgardinsmenyn och klicka på :guilabel:`🕘 (klocka)`-ikonen för den önskade" -" appen." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:98 msgid "" -"Activity menu drop down with focus on where to open activity view for CRM." +"To open the activity view, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon." msgstr "" -"Aktivitetsmeny med drop down med fokus på var man kan öppna aktivitetsvyn " -"för CRM." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "Top-right menu with the Activities icon called out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:104 msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Move across the row to " -"find the desired activity type, then click the :guilabel:`＋ (plus sign)`." +"In this view, all the available activities are listed in the columns, while " +"the horizontal entries represent all the individual records." msgstr "" -"Välj en post där du vill schemalägga en aktivitet. Gå över raden för att " -"hitta önskad aktivitetstyp och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`＋ (plustecken)`." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:107 msgid "" -"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +"Activities that appear green have a due date in the future, activities that " +"appear orange are due today, while activities appearing red are overdue." msgstr "" -"Aktivitetsvy av CRM-pipelinen och möjlighet att schemalägga en aktivitet." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Color bars in each column represent records for specific activity types, and" +" display a number indicating how many activities are scheduled for that " +"type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If multiple activity types are scheduled for a record, a number appears in " +"the box, indicating the total number of scheduled activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:117 msgid "" "Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" " throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." @@ -255,104 +226,266 @@ msgstr "" "Aktivitetsfärger, och deras relation till en aktivitets förfallodatum, är " "konsekventa i hela Odoo, oavsett aktivitetstyp eller vy." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:120 msgid "" -"Activities that appear in **green** indicate a due date sometime in the " -"future." +"To schedule an activity for a record, hover over the corresponding field, " +"and a :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` appears. Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)`, and then :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." msgstr "" -"Aktiviteter som visas i **grönt** anger ett förfallodatum någon gång i " -"framtiden." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:96 -msgid "**Yellow** indicates that the activity's due date is today." -msgstr "**Gult** indikerar att aktivitetens förfallodatum är idag." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Red** indicates that the activity is overdue and the due date has passed." -msgstr "" -"**Röd** indikerar att aktiviteten är försenad och att förfallodatumet har " -"passerats." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:99 -msgid "" -"For example, if an activity is created for a phone call, and the due date " -"passes, the activity appears with a red phone in list view, and a red clock " -"on the kanban view." -msgstr "" -"Om en aktivitet t.ex. skapas för ett telefonsamtal och förfallodatumet " -"passeras visas aktiviteten med en röd telefon i listvyn och en röd klocka i " -"kanbanvyn." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:103 -msgid "View scheduled activities" -msgstr "Visa schemalagda aktiviteter" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:105 -msgid "" -"To view scheduled activities, open either the :menuselection:`Sales app` or " -":menuselection:`CRM app` and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, located " -"to the far-right side of the other view options." -msgstr "" -"För att se schemalagda aktiviteter, öppna antingen :menuselection:`Sales " -"app` eller :menuselection:`CRM app` och klicka på :guilabel:`🕘 (klocka)` " -"ikonen, som finns längst till höger om de andra visningsalternativen." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Doing so opens the activities menu, showcasing all the scheduled activities " -"for the user, by default. To show all activities for every user, remove the " -":guilabel:`My Pipeline` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." -msgstr "" -"Om du gör det öppnas menyn Aktiviteter, där alla schemalagda aktiviteter för" -" användaren visas som standard. Om du vill visa alla aktiviteter för varje " -"användare tar du bort filtret :guilabel:`My Pipeline` från fältet " -":guilabel:`Sök...`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To view a consolidated list of activities separated by the application where" -" they were created, and by deadline, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon on" -" the header menu to see the activities for that specific application in a " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" -"För att se en konsoliderad lista över aktiviteter uppdelade efter den " -"applikation där de skapades, och efter deadline, klicka på :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(klocka)` ikonen i rubrikmenyn för att se aktiviteterna för den specifika " -"applikationen i en rullgardinsmeny." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The possibility to :guilabel:`Add new note` and :guilabel:`Request a " -"Document` appear at the bottom of this drop-down menu, when the :guilabel:`🕘" -" (clock)` icon on the header menu is clicked." -msgstr "" -"Möjligheten att :guilabel:`Add new note` och :guilabel:`Request a Document` " -"visas längst ner i denna rullgardinsmeny, när man klickar på :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(klocka)`-ikonen i rubrikmenyn." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads page emphasizing the activities menu." -msgstr "Vy över CRM:s leadsida med betoning på aktivitetsmenyn." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:123 -msgid "Configure activity types" -msgstr "Konfigurera aktivitetstyper" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:125 msgid "" -"To configure the types of activities in the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss --> Activities --> Activity Types`." +"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." msgstr "" -"För att konfigurera typerna av aktiviteter i databasen, gå till " -":menuselection:`Inställningsapp --> Diskutera --> Aktiviteter --> " -"Aktivitetstyper`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types." -msgstr "Vy över inställningssidan med betoning på menyaktivitetstyperna." +"Aktivitetsvy av CRM-pipelinen och möjlighet att schemalägga en aktivitet." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 +msgid "Schedule Activity form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Activities can be scheduled from many different places, such as from the " +":ref:`chatter ` of a record, or from one of multiple " +"views in an application, when available: the :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or :ref:`activity " +"view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" +msgstr "Ange följande information på formuläret:" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Activity Type`: select the type of activity from the drop-down " +"menu. The default options are: :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Call`, " +":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`To-Do`. Depending on what other " +"applications are installed, additional options may be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Individual applications have a list of dedicated :ref:`activity types " +"`. For example, installing the *Sales* application makes " +":guilabel:`Order Upsell` available, while installing the *Sign* application " +"makes :guilabel:`Request Signature` available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Summary`: enter a short title for the activity, such as `Discuss " +"Proposal`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date`: using the calendar popover, select the activity's " +"deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assigned to`: by default, the current user populates this field. " +"To assign a different user to the activity, select them from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: add any additional information for the activity in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window is completed, click one" +" of the following buttons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:158 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Open Calendar`: opens the user's calendar to add and schedule the" +" activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Click on the desired date and time for the activity, and a :guilabel:`New " +"Event` pop-up window appears. The summary from the *Schedule Activity* pop-" +"up window populates the :guilabel:`Title` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Enter the information in the :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up window, then click" +" :guilabel:`Save & Close` to schedule it. Once scheduled, the activity is " +"added to the chatter under the :guilabel:`Planned Activities` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Activity Type` is set to either :guilabel:`Call` or " +":guilabel:`Meeting`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: schedules the activity, and adds the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Planned Activities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:174 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule & Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the" +" chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, and is " +"automatically marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next`: adds the details of the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, is " +"automatically marked as done, and a new :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up" +" window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancel`: discards any changes made on the :guilabel:`Schedule " +"Activity` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "Visning av CRM-leads och möjlighet att schemalägga en aktivitet." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:188 +msgid "All scheduled activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To view a consolidated list of activities, organized by application, click " +"the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon in the header menu, located in the top-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If any activities are scheduled, the number of activities appear in a red " +"bubble on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:196 +msgid "" +"All activities for each application are further divided into subsections, " +"indicating where in the application the activity is to be completed. Each " +"sub-section lists the number of scheduled activities that are " +":guilabel:`Late`, due :guilabel:`Today`, and scheduled in the " +":guilabel:`Future`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:202 +msgid "" +"In the *Time Off* application, one activity is scheduled to be done in the " +"*All Time Off* requests dashboard, and six activities are scheduled to be " +"done in the *Allocations* dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:205 +msgid "" +"These requests appear in two separate lists in the all activities drop-down " +"menu: one labeled `Time Off` and one labeled `Time Off Allocation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list of activities that is accessed from the main menu bar. Two entries for the Time\n" +"Off application are highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:214 +msgid "Request a document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The option to :guilabel:`Request a Document` is available at the bottom of " +"the list of :ref:`all scheduled activities `, the option to " +":guilabel:`Request a Document` appears. Click :guilabel:`Request a " +"Document`, and a :guilabel:`Request a file` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:222 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Name`: enter a name for the document being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request To`: select the user the document is being requested from" +" using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date In`: enter a numerical value indicating when the " +"document is due. Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. " +"Click :guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. " +"Select the desired time-frame option from the list. The options are " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:229 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +":ref:`Workspace ` the document is being uploaded to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any desired tags from the drop-down menu. The " +"available tags displayed are based on the tags configured for the selected " +":guilabel:`Workspace`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message`: enter a message to clarify the document request in this" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:235 +msgid "" +"When all the fields are completed, click :guilabel:`Request` to send the " +"document request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Request a file form, with all fields filled out to request a contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:244 +msgid "Activity types" +msgstr "Typer av verksamhet" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured types of activities in the database, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss section --> Activities " +"setting --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activity Types button in the Settings application under the Discuss section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:253 msgid "" "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " "activity types are found." @@ -360,107 +493,110 @@ msgstr "" "Om du gör det visas sidan :guilabel:`Activity Types`, där de befintliga " "aktivitetstyperna finns." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To edit an existing activity type, select it from the list, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`. To create a new activity type, click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" -"För att redigera en befintlig aktivitetstyp, markera den i listan och klicka" -" sedan på :guilabel:`Edit`. För att skapa en ny aktivitetstyp, klicka på " -":guilabel:`Create`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:136 -msgid "" -"At the top of a blank activity type form, start by choosing a " -":guilabel:`Name` for the new activity type." -msgstr "" -"Överst i ett tomt formulär för aktivitetstyp börjar du med att välja ett " -":guilabel:`Namn` för den nya aktivitetstypen." - #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "New activity type form." -msgstr "Nytt formulär för aktivitetstyp." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:143 -msgid "Activity settings" -msgstr "Inställningar för aktiviteter" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:146 -msgid "Action" -msgstr "Åtgärder" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:148 -msgid "" -"The *Action* field specifies the intent of the activity. Some actions " -"trigger specific behaviors after an activity is scheduled." +msgid "The list of activity types already configured and available." msgstr "" -"Fältet *Aktion* anger avsikten med aktiviteten. Vissa åtgärder utlöser " -"specifika beteenden efter att en aktivitet har schemalagts." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected, a link to upload a document is " -"added directly to the planned activity in the chatter." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:260 +msgid "Edit activity types" msgstr "" -"Om :guilabel:`Upload Document` är markerat läggs en länk för att ladda upp " -"ett dokument direkt till den planerade aktiviteten i chattern." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:262 msgid "" -"If either :guilabel:`Phonecall` or :guilabel:`Meeting` are selected, users " -"have the option to open their calendar to schedule a time for this activity." +"To edit an existing :ref:`activity type `, click on the " +"activity type, and the activity type form loads." msgstr "" -"Om antingen :guilabel:`Phonecall` eller :guilabel:`Meeting` har valts, har " -"användarna möjlighet att öppna sin kalender för att schemalägga en tid för " -"denna aktivitet." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:265 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Request Signature` is selected, a link is added to the planned" -" activity in the chatter that opens a signature request pop-up window." +"Make any desired changes to the activity type form. The form automatically " +"saves, but it can be saved manually at any time by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Save Manually` option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner of the page." msgstr "" -"Om :guilabel:`Request Signature` är markerat läggs en länk till den " -"planerade aktiviteten i chatten som öppnar ett popup-fönster för " -"signaturförfrågan." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:270 +msgid "Create new activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:272 msgid "" -"The actions available to select on an activity type vary, depending on the " -"applications currently installed in the database." +"To create a new :ref:`activity type `, click " +":guilabel:`New` from the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, and a blank " +"activity type form loads." msgstr "" -"De åtgärder som finns tillgängliga för att välja en aktivitetstyp varierar " -"beroende på vilka applikationer som för närvarande är installerade i " -"databasen." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:163 -msgid "Default user" -msgstr "Standardanvändare" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:275 msgid "" -"To automatically assign this activity to a specific user when this activity " -"type is scheduled, choose a name from the :guilabel:`Default User` drop-down" -" menu. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to the user who" -" creates the activity." +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the activity type at the top of the form, then " +"enter the following information on the form." msgstr "" -"För att automatiskt tilldela denna aktivitet till en specifik användare när " -"denna aktivitetstyp schemaläggs, välj ett namn från :guilabel:`Default User`" -" rullgardinsmenyn. Om det här fältet lämnas tomt tilldelas aktiviteten till " -"den användare som skapar aktiviteten." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:170 -msgid "Default summary" -msgstr "Standard sammanfattning" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:279 +msgid "Activity Settings section" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:281 msgid "" -"To include notes whenever this activity type is created, enter them into the" -" :guilabel:`Default Summary` field." +":guilabel:`Action`: using the drop-down menu, select an action associated " +"with this new activity type. Some actions trigger specific behaviors after " +"an activity is scheduled, such as:" msgstr "" -"För att inkludera anteckningar när denna aktivitetstyp skapas, ange dem i " -":guilabel:`Default Summary` fältet." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:284 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Upload Document`: if selected, a link to upload a document is " +"automatically added to the planned activity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:286 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Call` or :guilabel:`Meeting`: if selected, users have the option " +"to open their calendar to select a date and time for the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request Signature`: if selected, a link to open a signature " +"request pop-up window is automatically added to the planned activity in the " +"chatter. This requires the Odoo *Sign* application to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Available activity types vary based on the installed applications in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folder`: select a specific :ref:`workspace " +"` folder to save a document to. This field **only** " +"appears if :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Action`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Folder` the document is " +"saved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default User`: select a user from the drop-down menu to " +"automatically assign this activity to the selected user when this activity " +"type is scheduled. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to " +"the user who creates the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Summary`: enter a note to include whenever this activity " +"type is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:307 msgid "" "The information in the :guilabel:`Default User` and :guilabel:`Default " "Summary` fields are included when an activity is created. However, they can " @@ -470,127 +606,86 @@ msgstr "" "Summary` inkluderas när en aktivitet skapas. De kan dock ändras innan " "aktiviteten schemaläggs eller sparas." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:181 -msgid "Next activity" -msgstr "Nästa aktivitet" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:311 msgid "" -"To automatically suggest, or trigger, a new activity after an activity has " -"been marked complete, the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` must be set." +":guilabel:`Keep Done`: tick this checkbox to keep activities that have been " +"marked as `Done` visible in the :ref:`activity view `." msgstr "" -"För att automatiskt föreslå, eller trigga, en ny aktivitet efter att en " -"aktivitet har markerats som slutförd, måste :guilabel:`Chaining Type` anges." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:187 -msgid "Suggest next activity" -msgstr "Föreslå nästa aktivitet" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:313 +msgid ":guilabel:`Default Note`: enter any notes to appear with the activity." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:316 +msgid "Next Activity section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:318 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field, select :guilabel:`Suggest Next " -"Activity`. Upon doing so, the field underneath changes to: " -":guilabel:`Suggest`. Click the :guilabel:`Suggest` field drop-down menu to " -"select any activities to recommend as follow-up tasks to this activity type." +"It is possible to have another activity either suggested or triggered. To do" +" so, configure the :guilabel:`Next Activity` section." msgstr "" -"I fältet :guilabel:`Chaining Type` väljer du :guilabel:`Suggest Next " -"Activity`. När du gör det ändras fältet nedanför till: :guilabel:`Suggest`. " -"Klicka på rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Suggest` för att välja aktiviteter som" -" du vill rekommendera som uppföljningsuppgifter till denna aktivitetstyp." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:321 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Schedule` field, choose a default deadline for these " -"activities. To do so, configure a desired number of :guilabel:`Days`, " -":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, decide if it should occur " -":guilabel:`after completion date` or :guilabel:`after previous activity " -"deadline`." +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`: select either :guilabel:`Suggest Next Activity` " +"or :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` from the drop-down menu. Depending on " +"the selected option, either the :guilabel:`Suggest` or :guilabel:`Trigger` " +"field is displayed." msgstr "" -"I fältet :guilabel:`Schedule` väljer du en standarddeadline för dessa " -"aktiviteter. Konfigurera önskat antal :guilabel:`Dagar`, :guilabel:`Veckor` " -"eller :guilabel:`Månader`. Bestäm sedan om det ska ske :guilabel:`efter " -"slutdatum` eller :guilabel:`efter föregående aktivitets deadline`." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:198 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:326 msgid "" -"This :guilabel:`Schedule` field information can be altered before the " -"activity is scheduled." +"The :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field does **not** appear if :guilabel:`Upload" +" Document` is selected for the :guilabel:`Action`." msgstr "" -"Denna :guilabel:`Schedule` fältinformation kan ändras innan aktiviteten " -"schemaläggs." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:227 -msgid "When all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "När alla konfigurationer är klara klickar du på :guilabel:`Spara`." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Suggest/Trigger`: depending on what is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`, this field either displays :guilabel:`Suggest` or" +" :guilabel:`Trigger`. Using the drop-down menu, select the activity to " +"recommend or schedule as a follow-up task to the activity type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:332 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: configure when the next activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:334 +msgid "" +"First, enter a numerical value indicating when the activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. Click " +":guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. Select the" +" desired time-frame option from the list. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:340 +msgid "" +"Lastly, using the drop-down menu, select whether the activity is scheduled " +"or triggered either :guilabel:`after previous activity deadline` or " +":guilabel:`after completion date`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "Schedule activity popup with emphasis on recommended activities." +msgid "A new Activity form with all the fields filled out." msgstr "" -"Popup-fönster för schemalagda aktiviteter med betoning på rekommenderade " -"aktiviteter." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Suggest " -"Next Activity`, and has activities listed in the :guilabel:`Suggest` field, " -"users are presented with recommendations for activities as next steps." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:348 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss`" msgstr "" -"Om en aktivitet har :guilabel:`Chaining Type` inställd på :guilabel:`Suggest" -" Next Activity`, och har aktiviteter listade i :guilabel:`Suggest` fältet, " -"presenteras användare med rekommendationer för aktiviteter som nästa steg." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:211 -msgid "Trigger next activity" -msgstr "Utlösa nästa aktivitet" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Setting the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` to :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` " -"immediately launches the next activity once the previous one is completed." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:349 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss/team_communication`" msgstr "" -"Om du ställer in :guilabel:`Chaining Type` till :guilabel:`Trigger Next " -"Activity` startar nästa aktivitet omedelbart när den föregående aktiviteten " -"är slutförd." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` is selected in the :guilabel:`Chaining " -"Type` field, the field beneath changes to: :guilabel:`Trigger`. From the " -":guilabel:`Trigger` field drop-down menu, select the activity that should be" -" launched once this activity is completed." -msgstr "" -"Om :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` är markerat i fältet " -":guilabel:`Chaining Type` ändras fältet nedanför till: :guilabel:`Trigger`. " -"I rullgardinsmenyn för fältet :guilabel:`Trigger` väljer du den aktivitet " -"som ska startas när denna aktivitet är slutförd." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Schedule new activity popup with emphasis on Done and launch next button." -msgstr "" -"Schemalägg ny aktivitet i popup med betoning på Klar och starta nästa-" -"knappen." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Trigger" -" Next Activity`, marking the activity as `Done` immediately launches the " -"next activity listed in the :guilabel:`Trigger` field." -msgstr "" -"När en aktivitet har :guilabel:`Chaining Type` inställd på " -":guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity`, startar nästa aktivitet som anges i " -":guilabel:`Trigger`-fältet omedelbart om aktiviteten markeras som `Done`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:238 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applikationer/produktivitet/diskussion`" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:239 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applikationer/produktivitet/discuss/team_communication`" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:3 msgid "Export and import data" diff --git a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index c0de35a86..6288b998e 100644 --- a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jakob Krabbe , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Swedish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sv/)\n" @@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 @@ -692,6 +692,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:583 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:701 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 @@ -2394,6 +2395,7 @@ msgstr "Användargränssnittet för avstämningsvyn för en bankjournal." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:32 msgid "Transactions" msgstr "Transaktioner" @@ -3131,7 +3133,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:90 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:432 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:363 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "Customer invoices" @@ -3399,7 +3401,7 @@ msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:169 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:242 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:376 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 @@ -5113,6 +5115,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:38 msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" msgstr ":doc:`../../fiskala_lokaliseringar`" @@ -7366,29 +7369,28 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 msgid "" -"This document addresses a specific use case for theoretical purposes. " -"Navigate :ref:`here ` for " -"instructions on how to set up and use |AVCO| in Odoo." +"This document addresses a specific use case for theoretical purposes. For " +"instructions on how to set up and use |AVCO|, refer to the :doc:`inventory " +"valuation configuration " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +" doc." msgstr "" -"Detta dokument behandlar ett specifikt användningsfall i teoretiskt syfte. " -"Navigera :ref:`här ` för " -"instruktioner om hur du konfigurerar och använder |AVCO| i Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:32 -msgid "" -":ref:`Using inventory valuation `" -msgstr "" -":ref:`Använder lagervärdering `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 msgid "" +":doc:`Using inventory valuation " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:35 +msgid "" ":ref:`Other inventory valuation methods " "`" msgstr "" ":ref:`Övriga lagervärderingsmetoder " "`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:40 msgid "" "To use average cost inventory valuation on a product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and " @@ -7402,19 +7404,17 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Costing Method` till `Average Cost (AVCO)` och " ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` till `Automated`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:46 msgid "" -":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration " -"`" +":doc:`Inventory valuation configuration " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" msgstr "" -":ref:`Konfiguration för värdering av lager " -"`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 msgid "Using average cost valuation" msgstr "Värdering till genomsnittligt anskaffningsvärde" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "" "The average cost method adjusts the inventory valuation when products are " "received in the warehouse. This section explains how it works, but if the " @@ -7426,11 +7426,11 @@ msgstr "" "onödig kan du hoppa till avsnittet :ref:`användningsfall för återgång till " "leverantör `." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:59 msgid "Formula" msgstr "Formel" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:61 msgid "" "When new products arrive, the new average cost for each product is " "recomputed using the formula:" @@ -7438,7 +7438,7 @@ msgstr "" "När nya produkter tillkommer beräknas den nya genomsnittskostnaden för varje" " produkt med hjälp av formeln:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:63 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{(Old~Qty \\times Old~Avg~Cost) + (Incoming~Qty \\times Purchase~Price)}{Final~Qty}\n" "\n" @@ -7446,12 +7446,12 @@ msgstr "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{(Old~Qty \\times Old~Avg~Cost) + (Incoming~Qty \\times Purchase~Price)}{Final~Qty}\n" "\n" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:66 msgid "**Old Qty**: product count in stock before receiving the new shipment;" msgstr "" "**Old Qty**: antal produkter i lager före mottagandet av den nya leveransen;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:67 msgid "" "**Old Avg Cost**: calculated average cost for a single product from the " "previous inventory valuation;" @@ -7459,11 +7459,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Old Avg Cost**: beräknad genomsnittlig kostnad för en enskild produkt från" " den föregående lagervärderingen;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:69 msgid "**Incoming Qty**: count of products arriving in the new shipment;" msgstr "**Incoming Qty**: antal produkter som anländer i den nya sändningen;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:70 msgid "" "**Purchase Price**: estimated price of products at the reception of products" " (since vendor bills may arrive later). The amount includes not only the " @@ -7478,12 +7478,12 @@ msgstr "" "`. Vid mottagande av leverantörsfakturan " "justeras detta pris;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:74 msgid "**Final Qty**: quantity of on-hand stock after the stock move." msgstr "" "**Final Qty**: kvantitet av det lager som finns kvar efter lagerflytten." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 msgid "" "When products leave the warehouse, the average cost **does not** change. " "Read about why the average cost valuation is **not** adjusted :ref:`here " @@ -7493,11 +7493,11 @@ msgstr "" " varför genomsnittskostnaden **inte** justeras :ref:`här " "`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:85 msgid "Compute average cost" msgstr "Beräkna genomsnittlig kostnad" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:87 msgid "" "To understand how the average cost of a product changes with each shipment, " "consider the following table of warehouse operations and stock moves. Each " @@ -7508,145 +7508,148 @@ msgstr "" "lagerflyttar. Var och en är ett exempel på hur värderingen av " "genomsnittskostnaden påverkas." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Operation" msgstr "Drift" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 msgid "Incoming Value" msgstr "Inkommande värde" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "Inventariernas värde" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "Antal i lager" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Avg Cost" msgstr "Genomsnittlig kostnad" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:424 msgid "$0" msgstr "$0" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "Receive 8 tables at $10/unit" msgstr "Ta emot 8 bord till $10/bord" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "8 * $10" msgstr "8 * $10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "$80" msgstr "$80" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "8" msgstr "8" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "$10" msgstr "$10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 msgid "Receive 4 tables at $16/unit" msgstr "Erhålla 4 bord till $16/enhet" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 msgid "4 * $16" msgstr "4 * $16" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 msgid "$144" msgstr "$144" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "$12" msgstr "$12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 msgid "Deliver 10 tables" msgstr "Leverera 10 bord" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 msgid "-10 * $12" msgstr "-10 * $12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "$24" msgstr "$24" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "2" msgstr "2" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:106 msgid "" "Ensure comprehension of the above computations by reviewing the \"Receive 8 " "tables at $10/unit\" example." @@ -7654,11 +7657,11 @@ msgstr "" "Säkerställ att du förstår ovanstående beräkningar genom att gå igenom " "exemplet \"Erhåll 8 bord för $10/bord\"." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:109 msgid "Initially, the product stock is 0, so all values are $0." msgstr "Initialt är produktlagret 0, så alla värden är $0." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:111 msgid "" "In the first warehouse operation, `8` tables are received at `$10` each. The" " average cost is calculated using the :ref:`formula " @@ -7668,7 +7671,7 @@ msgstr "" "Genomsnittskostnaden beräknas med hjälp av :ref:`formeln " "`:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:114 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{0 + 8 \\times $10}{8} = \\frac{$80}{8} = $10\n" "\n" @@ -7676,7 +7679,7 @@ msgstr "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{0 + 8 \\times $10}{8} = \\frac{$80}{8} = $10\n" "\n" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "" "Since the *incoming quantity* of tables is `8` and the *purchase price* for " "each is `$10`," @@ -7684,21 +7687,21 @@ msgstr "" "Eftersom den *inkommande kvantiteten* av bord är `8` och *inköpspriset* för " "varje bord är `10`," -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:118 msgid "The inventory value in the numerator is evaluated to `$80`;" msgstr "Lagervärdet i täljaren värderas till `$80`;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 msgid "`$80` is divided by the total amount of tables to store, `8`;" msgstr "`$80` divideras med det totala antalet bord som skall lagras, `8`;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:120 msgid "`$10` is the average cost of a single table from the first shipment." msgstr "" "`$10` är den genomsnittliga kostnaden för ett enskilt bord från den första " "leveransen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:122 msgid "" "To verify this in Odoo, in the *Purchase* app, order `8` quantities of a new" " product, `Table`, with no previous stock moves, for `$10` each." @@ -7707,7 +7710,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Table`, i appen *Purchase*, med inga tidigare lagerflyttningar, för `$10` " "vardera." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:125 msgid "" "In the table's :guilabel:`Product Category` field in the :guilabel:`General " "Information` tab of the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon," @@ -7721,7 +7724,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ställ in :guilabel:`Costing Method` till `Average Cost (AVCO)` och " ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` till `Automated`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "" "Then, return to the purchase order. Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`, and " "click :guilabel:`Receive Products` to confirm receipt." @@ -7729,7 +7732,7 @@ msgstr "" "Gå sedan tillbaka till inköpsordern. Klicka på :guilabel:`Confirm Order`, " "och klicka på :guilabel:`Receive Products` för att bekräfta mottagandet." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:133 msgid "" "Next, check the inventory valuation record generated by the product " "reception by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> " @@ -7749,7 +7752,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show inventory valuation of 8 tables in Odoo." msgstr "Visa lagervärdering av 8 bord i Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "" "When the product category's :guilabel:`Costing Method` is set to " ":guilabel:`AVCO`, then the average cost of a product is also displayed on " @@ -7761,11 +7764,11 @@ msgstr "" "fältet :guilabel:`Cost`, under fliken :guilabel:`General Information`, på " "själva produktsidan." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:149 msgid "Product delivery (use case)" msgstr "Produktleverans (användningsfall)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:151 msgid "" "For outgoing shipments, :ref:`outbound products have no effect on the " "average cost valuation `. Although the " @@ -7779,7 +7782,7 @@ msgstr "" "lagervärdet fortfarande eftersom produkten tas bort från lagret och " "levereras till kunden." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:157 msgid "" "To demonstrate that the average cost valuation is not recalculated, examine " "the \"Deliver 10 tables\" example." @@ -7787,7 +7790,7 @@ msgstr "" "För att visa att den genomsnittliga kostnadsvärderingen inte räknas om, se " "exemplet \"Leverera 10 bord\"." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{12 \\times $12 + (-10) \\times $12}{12-10} = \\frac{24}{2} = $12\n" "\n" @@ -7795,7 +7798,7 @@ msgstr "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{12 \\times $12 + (-10) \\times $12}{12-10} = \\frac{24}{2} = $12\n" "\n" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "" "Because 10 tables are being sent out to customers, the *incoming quantity* " "is `-10`. The previous average cost (`$12`) is used in lieu of a vendor's " @@ -7805,11 +7808,11 @@ msgstr "" "Den tidigare genomsnittskostnaden (`$12`) används i stället för " "leverantörens *inköpspris*;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:165 msgid "The *incoming inventory value* is `-10 * $12 = -$120`;" msgstr "Det *inkommande lagervärdet* är `-10 * $12 = -$120`;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:166 msgid "" "The old *inventory value* (`$144`) is added to the *incoming inventory " "value* (`-$120`), so `$144 + -$120 = $24`;" @@ -7817,7 +7820,7 @@ msgstr "" "Det gamla *inventarievärdet* (`$144`) adderas till det *inkommande " "inventarievärdet* (`-$120`), så att `$144 + -$120 = $24`;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:168 msgid "" "Only `2` tables remain after shipping out `10` tables from `12`. So the " "current *inventory value* (`$24`) is divided by the on-hand quantity (`2`);" @@ -7826,14 +7829,14 @@ msgstr "" " *inventarievärdet* (`$24`) divideras alltså med den tillgängliga " "kvantiteten (`2`);" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:170 msgid "" "`$24 / 2 = $12`, which is the same average cost as the previous operation." msgstr "" "`24$ / 2 = 12$`, vilket är samma genomsnittliga kostnad som för föregående " "transaktion." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:172 msgid "" "To verify this in Odoo, sell `10` tables in the *Sales* app, validate the " "delivery, and then review the inventory valuation record by going to in " @@ -7847,7 +7850,7 @@ msgstr "" "översta värderingslagret minskar leverans av `10` bord produktens värde med " "`-$120`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:177 msgid "" "**Note**: What is not represented in this stock valuation record is the " "revenue made from this sale, so this decrease is not a loss to the company." @@ -7859,11 +7862,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show how deliveries decrease inventory valuation." msgstr "Visa hur leveranser minskar lagervärderingen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:187 msgid "Return items to supplier (use case)" msgstr "Returnera artiklar till leverantören (användningsfall)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:189 msgid "" "Because the price paid to suppliers can differ from the price the product is" " valued at with the |AVCO| method, Odoo handles returned items in a specific" @@ -7873,18 +7876,18 @@ msgstr "" " som produkten värderas till med |AVCO|-metoden, hanterar Odoo returnerade " "artiklar på ett specifikt sätt." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:192 msgid "" "Products are returned to suppliers at the original purchase price, but;" msgstr "" "Produkter returneras till leverantören till det ursprungliga inköpspriset, " "men;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:193 msgid "The internal cost valuation remains unchanged." msgstr "Den interna kostnadsvärderingen förblir oförändrad." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 msgid "" "The above :ref:`example table ` is updated as" " follows:" @@ -7892,27 +7895,27 @@ msgstr "" "Ovanstående :ref:`exempeltabell ` har " "uppdaterats enligt följande:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 msgid "Qty*Avg Cost" msgstr "Antal*Avg kostnad" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 msgid "Return 1 table bought at $10" msgstr "Returnera 1 bord köpt för $10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 msgid "-1 * $12" msgstr "-1 * $12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:242 msgid "1" msgstr "1" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:205 msgid "" "In other words, returns to vendors are perceived by Odoo as another form of " "a product exiting the warehouse. To Odoo, because the table is valued at $12" @@ -7926,7 +7929,7 @@ msgstr "" "ursprungliga inköpspriset på 10 USD är inte relaterat till bordets " "genomsnittliga kostnad." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:211 msgid "" "To return a single table that was purchased for `$10`, navigate to the " "receipt in the *Inventory* app for the :ref:`8 tables purchased in Exercise " @@ -7938,7 +7941,7 @@ msgstr "" "` genom att gå till :guilabel:`Inventory Overview`," " klicka på :guilabel:`Receipts` och välja önskat kvitto." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:216 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Return` on the validated delivery order, and modify " "the quantity to `1` in the reverse transfer window. This creates an outgoing" @@ -7950,7 +7953,7 @@ msgstr "" " utgående sändning för tabellen. Välj :guilabel:`Validera` för att bekräfta " "den utgående försändelsen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:220 msgid "" "Return to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation` " "to see how the outgoing shipment decreases the inventory value by $12." @@ -7962,11 +7965,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inventory valuation for return." msgstr "Lagervärdering för avkastning." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:230 msgid "Eliminate stock valuation errors in outgoing products" msgstr "Eliminera fel vid lagervärdering av utgående produkter" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:232 msgid "" "Inconsistencies can occur in a company's inventory when the average cost " "valuation is recalculated on outgoing shipments." @@ -7974,7 +7977,7 @@ msgstr "" "Inkonsekvenser kan uppstå i ett företags lager när den genomsnittliga " "kostnadsvärderingen räknas om på utgående leveranser." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:235 msgid "" "To demonstrate this error, the table below displays a scenario in which 1 " "table is shipped to a customer and another is returned to a supplier at the " @@ -7984,36 +7987,36 @@ msgstr "" "levereras till en kund och ett annat returneras till en leverantör till " "inköpspriset." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 msgid "Qty*Price" msgstr "Antal*Pris" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 msgid "Ship 1 product to customer" msgstr "Skicka 1 produkt till kund" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 msgid "-1 \\* $12" msgstr "-1 \\* $12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "Return 1 product initially bought at $10" msgstr "Returnera 1 produkt som ursprungligen köptes för $10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "-1 \\* $10" msgstr "-1 \\* $10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$2**" msgstr "**$2**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "**0**" msgstr "**0**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:248 msgid "" "In the final operation above, the final inventory valuation for the table is" " `$2` even though there are `0` tables left in stock." @@ -8021,11 +8024,11 @@ msgstr "" "I den sista operationen ovan är den slutliga lagervärderingen för bordet " "`$2` trots att det finns `0` bord kvar i lager." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:251 msgid "Correct method" msgstr "Korrekt metod" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:253 msgid "" "Use the average cost to value the return. This does not mean the company " "gets $12 back for a $10 purchase; the item returned for $10 is valued " @@ -8038,11 +8041,11 @@ msgstr "" "motsvarar en produkt värd 12 USD som inte längre redovisas som en del av " "företagets tillgångar." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:258 msgid "Anglo-Saxon accounting" msgstr "Anglosaxisk redovisning" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:260 msgid "" "In addition to using |AVCO|, companies that use **Anglo-Saxon accounting** " "also keep a holding account that tracks the amount to be paid to vendors. " @@ -8058,7 +8061,7 @@ msgstr "" "in i lagret. Holdingkontot (som kallas **lagerinmatning**) krediteras och " "stäms av först när leverantörsfakturan har mottagits." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:266 msgid "" ":ref:`Anglo-Saxon vs. Continental " "`" @@ -8066,7 +8069,7 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Anglo-saxisk vs. kontinental " "`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:268 msgid "" "The table below reflects journal entries and accounts. The *stock input* " "account stores the money intended to pay vendors when the vendor bill has " @@ -8081,71 +8084,71 @@ msgstr "" "**värderad till** och det pris den köptes för, skapas ett " "*prisskillnadskonto*." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Stock Input" msgstr "Lagerinmatning" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Price Diff" msgstr "Prisskillnad" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 msgid "Receive 8 tables at $10" msgstr "Få 8 bord för 10 USD" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 msgid "($80)" msgstr "($80)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" msgstr "Ta emot leverantörsfaktura $80" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 msgid "Receive 4 tables at $16" msgstr "Få 4 bord för 16 USD" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 msgid "($64)" msgstr "($64)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" msgstr "Ta emot leverantörsfaktura $64" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "Deliver 10 tables to customer" msgstr "Leverera 10 bord till kunden" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "Return 1 table initially bought at $10" msgstr "Returnera 1 bord som ursprungligen köptes för $10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$10**" msgstr "**$10**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$12**" msgstr "**$12**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" msgstr "Få återbetalning från säljaren $10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "$2" msgstr "$2" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:296 msgid "Product reception" msgstr "Produktmottagning" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:299 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Sammanfattning" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:301 msgid "" "At product reception, Odoo ensures companies can pay for goods that were " "purchased by preemptively moving an amount matching the price of received " @@ -8165,7 +8168,7 @@ msgstr "" " att fakturan har betalats. **Lagerinmatning** stäms av när " "leverantörsfakturan har mottagits." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:308 msgid "" "Inventory valuation is a method of calculating how much each in-stock " "product is worth internally. Since there is a difference between the price " @@ -8179,15 +8182,15 @@ msgstr "" "för**, är kontot **Lagervärdering** inte relaterat till krediteringarna och " "debiteringarna på kontot **Lagerinmatning**." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:313 msgid "To conceptualize all this, follow the breakdown below." msgstr "För att konceptualisera allt detta, följ nedanstående uppdelning." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:316 msgid "Accounts balanced at received products" msgstr "Konton balanserade vid mottagna produkter" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:318 msgid "" "In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, `table`, in " "stock. Then, 8 tables are received from the vendor:" @@ -8195,7 +8198,7 @@ msgstr "" "I detta exempel börjar ett företag med noll enheter av en produkt, `bord`, i" " lager. Sedan tas 8 bord emot från leverantören:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:321 msgid "" "The **Stock Input** account stores `$80` of credit owed to the vendor. The " "amount in this account is unrelated to the inventory value." @@ -8203,7 +8206,7 @@ msgstr "" "På kontot **Lagerinförsel** lagras 80 USD i kredit till säljaren. Beloppet " "på detta konto är inte relaterat till lagervärdet." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:323 msgid "" "`$80` worth of tables came **in** (**debit** the *Inventory Value* account " "`$80`), and" @@ -8211,7 +8214,7 @@ msgstr "" "bord för 80 dollar kom **in** (**debet** kontot *Inventarievärde* 80 " "dollar), och" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:324 msgid "" "`$80` must be paid **out** for received goods (**credit** the *Stock Input* " "account `$80`)." @@ -8219,12 +8222,12 @@ msgstr "" "För mottagna varor måste 80 $ betalas **ut** (**kreditera** kontot " "*Lagerinförsel* 80 $)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:324 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:370 msgid "In Odoo" msgstr "I Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:329 msgid "" "Odoo generates an accounting journal entry when shipments that use |AVCO| " "costing method are received. Configure a :guilabel:`Price Difference " @@ -8236,7 +8239,7 @@ msgstr "" "ikonen :guilabel:`➡️ (pil)` bredvid fältet :guilabel:`Produktkategori` på " "produktsidan." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:333 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Account Properties`, create a new :guilabel:`Price " "Difference Account` by typing in the name of the account and clicking " @@ -8252,7 +8255,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create price difference account." msgstr "Skapa konto för prisskillnad." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:341 msgid "" "Then, receive the shipment in the *Purchase* app or *Inventory* app, and " "navigate to the :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal " @@ -8268,7 +8271,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show accounting entry of 8 tables from the list." msgstr "Visa bokföring av 8 bord från listan." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:349 msgid "" "Click on the line for 8 tables. This accounting journal entry shows that " "when the 8 tables were received, the `Stock Valuation` account increased by " @@ -8284,11 +8287,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit stock valuation and credit stock input 80 dollars." msgstr "Debet lagervärdering och kredit lagerinmatning 80 dollar." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:358 msgid "Accounts balanced at received vendor bill" msgstr "Konton balanserade vid mottagen leverantörsfaktura" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:360 msgid "" "In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, table, in " "stock. Then, 8 tables are received from the vendor. When the bill is " @@ -8298,7 +8301,7 @@ msgstr "" "lager. Sedan tas 8 bord emot från leverantören. När fakturan tas emot från " "säljaren för 8 bord:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:363 msgid "" "Use `$80` in the **Stock Input** account to pay the bill. This cancels out " "and the account now holds `$0`." @@ -8306,11 +8309,11 @@ msgstr "" "Använd `$80` på kontot **Lagerinmatning** för att betala räkningen. Detta " "annulleras och kontot innehåller nu `$0`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:365 msgid "Debit **Stock Input** `$80` (to reconcile this account)." msgstr "Debet **Inköp av aktier** `$80` (för avstämning av detta konto)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:366 msgid "" "Credit **Accounts payable** `$80`. This account stores the amount the " "company owes others, so accountants use the amount to write checks to " @@ -8320,7 +8323,7 @@ msgstr "" "företaget är skyldigt andra, så att revisorer kan använda beloppet för att " "skriva ut checkar till leverantörer." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:372 msgid "" "Once the vendor requests payment, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Orders --> Purchase` and select the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for " @@ -8331,7 +8334,7 @@ msgstr "" "--> Order --> Köp` och väljer :abbr:`PO (Inköpsorder)` för 8 bord. Inne i " ":abbr:`PO (Inköpsorder)` väljer du :guilabel:`Skapa Faktura`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:376 msgid "" "Switch to the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view how `$80` is transferred" " from the holding account, `Stock Interim (Received)` to `Accounts Payable`." @@ -8345,11 +8348,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show bill linked to the purchase order for 8 tables." msgstr "Visa fakturan kopplad till inköpsordern för 8 bord." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:385 msgid "On product delivery" msgstr "Leverans av produkten" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:387 msgid "" "In the :ref:`above example table `, when 10" " products are delivered to a customer, the **Stock Input** account is " @@ -8360,7 +8363,7 @@ msgstr "" "det inte finns några nya produkter som kommer in. För att uttrycka det " "enkelt:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:391 msgid "" "**Inventory valuation** is credited `$120`. Subtracting from inventory " "valuation represents `$120` worth of products exiting the company." @@ -8368,7 +8371,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Lagervärdering** krediteras `$120`. Subtraktion från lagervärdering " "motsvarar `$120` i värde av produkter som lämnar företaget." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:393 msgid "Debit **Accounts Receivable** to record revenue from the sale." msgstr "" "Debitera **Kundfordringar** för att bokföra intäkter från försäljningen." @@ -8377,7 +8380,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show journal items linked to sale order." msgstr "Visa verifikat kopplade till försäljningsorder." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:401 msgid "" "In the accounting journal entry invoicing a customer for 10 tables, the " "accounts **Product Sales**, **Tax Received**, and **Accounts Receivable** " @@ -8389,7 +8392,7 @@ msgstr "" "försäljningen av produkten. **Fakturor** är det konto där kundens betalning " "kommer att tas emot." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:405 msgid "" "Anglo-Saxon accounting recognizes the cost of goods sold (COGS) once the " "sale is made. So, up until the product is sold, scrapped, or returned, costs" @@ -8403,11 +8406,11 @@ msgstr "" "lager. Kontot **Utgifter** debiteras med `$120` för att bokföra kostnaderna " "för att lagra 10 bord under denna tidsperiod." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:411 msgid "On product return" msgstr "Om produktretur" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:413 msgid "" "In the :ref:`above example table `, when " "returning 1 product to a vendor purchased at `$10`, a company expects `$10` " @@ -8425,7 +8428,7 @@ msgstr "" "bokförs på :guilabel:`Prisskillnadskontot`, som finns i produktens " ":guilabel:`Produktkategori`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:420 msgid "" "Behavior of *price difference accounts* varies from localization. In this " "case, the account is intended to store differences between vendor price and " @@ -8435,11 +8438,11 @@ msgstr "" " här fallet är kontot avsett att lagra skillnader mellan leverantörspris och" " *automatiserade* lagervärderingsmetoder." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:423 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "Sammanfattning:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:425 msgid "" "Debit **Stock Input** account `$10` to move the table from stock to stock " "input. This move is to indicate that the table is to be processed for an " @@ -8449,7 +8452,7 @@ msgstr "" "till lagerinmatning. Denna flyttning indikerar att bordet ska bearbetas för " "en utgående leverans." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:427 msgid "" "Debit **Stock Input** an additional `$2` to account for the **Price " "Difference**." @@ -8457,7 +8460,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debitera **Stock Input** med ytterligare 2 USD för att ta hänsyn till " "**Prisskillnaden**." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:428 msgid "" "Credit **Stock Valuation** `$12` because the item is leaving the stock." msgstr "Kreditera **Stock Valuation** `$12` eftersom artikeln lämnar lagret." @@ -8466,17 +8469,17 @@ msgstr "Kreditera **Stock Valuation** `$12` eftersom artikeln lämnar lagret." msgid "2 dollar difference expensed in Price Difference account." msgstr "Skillnaden på 2 dollar kostnadsförs på kontot för prisskillnader." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:434 msgid "Once the vendor's refund is received," msgstr "När säljarens återbetalning har mottagits," -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:436 msgid "" "Credit **Stock Input** account `$10` to reconcile the price of the table." msgstr "" "Kreditera **Stock Input** konto `$10` för att stämma av priset på bordet." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:437 msgid "" "Debit **Accounts Payable** `$10` to have the accountants collect and " "register the payment in their journal." @@ -8492,7 +8495,7 @@ msgstr "Återvänd för att få tillbaka 10 dollar." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:361 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:247 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:258 @@ -9348,6 +9351,7 @@ msgid "Partial payment 2/2" msgstr "Delbetalning 2/2" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:422 msgid "30" msgstr "30" @@ -9645,7 +9649,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:254 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:278 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 @@ -9850,6 +9854,7 @@ msgid "VAT units tab" msgstr "Fliken momsenheter" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:339 msgid "Fiscal position" msgstr "Finanspolitisk ställning" @@ -14691,6 +14696,7 @@ msgstr "" "`_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:32 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "Förkunskapskrav" @@ -14896,6 +14902,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" msgstr ":doc:`../skatter`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:150 msgid ":doc:`../get_started`" msgstr ":doc:`../get_started`" @@ -15194,13 +15201,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:105 msgid "" -"Setting an :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` is **irreversible** and cannot be" -" removed." +"Install the :guilabel:`Irreversible Lock Date` (`account_lock`) module to " +"make the :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` *irreversible* once set." msgstr "" -"Att ange ett :guilabel:`Alla användares låsdatum` är **irreversibelt** och " -"kan inte tas bort." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:109 msgid "" "A specific year-end closing entry is **optional** in order to close out the " "**profit and loss statement**. The reports are created in real-time, meaning" @@ -15327,7 +15332,7 @@ msgstr "" "`, produktformulär, etc." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:386 msgid "Tax computation" msgstr "Skatteberäkning" @@ -15399,6 +15404,7 @@ msgstr "Skatt" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:397 msgid "Total" msgstr "Totalt" @@ -16285,134 +16291,1703 @@ msgstr "" "du få felaktiga priser beräknade för dig. Det är därför vi brukar " "rekommendera företag att bara arbeta med en prisreferens." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:3 -msgid "Avatax integration" -msgstr "Integration av Avatax" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:5 -msgid "Avatax is a tax calculation provider that can be integrated in Odoo." +msgid "AvaTax integration" msgstr "" -"Avatax är en leverantör av skatteberäkningar som kan integreras i Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:98 -msgid "Credential configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration av autentiseringsuppgifter" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:7 msgid "" -"To integrate Avatax with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes` and add your Avatax credentials in the" -" :guilabel:`Avatax` section." +"Avalara's *AvaTax* is a cloud-based tax software. Integrating *AvaTax* with " +"Odoo provides real-time and region-specific tax calculations when users " +"sell, purchase, and invoice items in Odoo. *AvaTax* tax calculation is " +"supported with every United Nations charted country, including inter-border " +"transactions." msgstr "" -"För att integrera Avatax med Odoo, gå till :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes` och lägg till dina Avatax-referenser i" -" avsnittet :guilabel:`Avatax`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:13 msgid "" -"If you do not yet have credentials, click on :guilabel:`How to Get " -"Credentials`." +"*AvaTax* is only available for integration with databases/companies that " +"have locations in the United States, Canada, and Brazil. This means the " +"fiscal position/country of a database can only be set to the United States, " +"Canada, or Brazil. For more information, reference this documentation: " +":ref:`avatax/fiscal_country`." msgstr "" -"Om du ännu inte har några autentiseringsuppgifter klickar du på " -":guilabel:`Hur du skaffar autentiseringsuppgifter`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Configure Avatax settings" -msgstr "Konfigurera Avatax-inställningar" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:18 +msgid "" +"*AvaTax* accounts for location-based tax rates for each state, county, and " +"city. It improves remittance accuracy by paying close attention to laws, " +"rules, jurisdiction boundaries, and special circumstances (like, tax " +"holidays, and product exemptions). Companies who integrate with *AvaTax* can" +" maintain control of tax-calculations in-house with this simple :abbr:`API " +"(application programming interface)` integration." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:25 -msgid "Tax mapping" -msgstr "Kartläggning av skatter" +msgid "" +"Some limitations exist in Odoo while using *AvaTax* for tax calculation:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:27 msgid "" -"The Avatax integration is available on Sale Orders and Invoices with the " -"included Avatax fiscal position." +"*AvaTax* is **not** supported in Odoo's *Point of Sale* app, because a " +"dynamic tax calculation model is excessive for transactions within a single " +"delivery address, such as stores or restaurants." msgstr "" -"Avatax-integrationen är tillgänglig för försäljningsorder och fakturor med " -"den inkluderade Avatax-skattepositionen." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:30 msgid "" -"Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the " -"product categories." +"*AvaTax* and Odoo use the company address and **not** the warehouse address." msgstr "" -"Innan du använder integrationen, ange en :guilabel:`Avatax Category` på " -"produktkategorierna." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Specify Avatax Category on products" -msgstr "Ange Avatax kategori på produkterna" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:31 msgid "" -"Avatax Categories may be overridden or set on individual products as well." +"Exercise tax is **not** supported. This includes tobacco/vape taxes, fuel " +"taxes, and other specific industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Avalara's support documents: `About AvaTax " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:39 +msgid "Set up on AvaTax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To use *AvaTax*, an account with Avalara is required for the setup. If one " +"has not been set up yet, connect with Avalara to purchase a license: " +"`Avalara: Let's Talk `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Upon account setup, take note of the *AvaTax* :guilabel:`Account ID`. This " +"will be needed in the :ref:`Odoo setup `. In Odoo, this " +"number is the :guilabel:`API ID`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Then, `create a basic company profile " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:53 +msgid "Create basic company profile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Collect essential business details for the next step: locations where tax is" +" collected, products/services sold (and their sales locations), and customer" +" tax exemptions, if applicable. Follow the Avalara documentation for " +"creating a basic company profile:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:59 +msgid "" +"`Add company information `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:61 +msgid "" +"`Tell us where the company collects and pays tax " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:63 +msgid "" +"`Verify jurisdictions and activate the company " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Add other company locations for location-based filing " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:67 +msgid "" +"`Add a marketplace to the company profile " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:73 +msgid "Connect to AvaTax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:75 +msgid "" +"After creating the basic company profile in Avalara, connect to *AvaTax*. " +"This step links Odoo and *AvaTax* bidirectionally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox `_" +" or `production `_ environment. This will depend" +" on which type of Avalara account the company would like to integrate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:83 +msgid "" +"`Sandbox vs production environments in Avalara " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Log in to create the :guilabel:`License Key`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> License and API Keys`. Click :guilabel:`Generate License Key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:90 +msgid "" +"A warning appears stating: `If your business app is connected to Avalara " +"solutions, the connection will be broken until you update the app with the " +"new license key. This action cannot be undone.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Generating a new license key breaks the connection with existing business " +"apps using the *AvaTax* integration. Make sure to update these apps with the" +" new license key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If this will be the first :abbr:`API (application programming interface)` " +"integration being made with *AvaTax* and Odoo, then click " +":guilabel:`Generate license key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:100 +msgid "" +"If this is an additional license key, ensure the previous connection can be " +"broken. There is **only** one license key associated with each of the " +"Avalara sandbox and production accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Copy this key to a safe place. It is **strongly encouraged** to backup the " +"license key for future reference. This key cannot be retrieved after leaving" +" this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:108 +msgid "Odoo configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Before using *AvaTax*, there are some additional configurations in Odoo to " +"ensure tax calculations are made accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Verify that the Odoo database contains necessary data. The country initially" +" set up in the database determines the fiscal position, and aids *AvaTax* in" +" calculating accurate tax rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:119 +msgid "Fiscal country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Country`, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Country` " +"feature to :guilabel:`United States`, :guilabel:`Canada`, or " +":guilabel:`Brazil`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:131 +msgid "Company settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:133 +msgid "" +"All companies operating under the Odoo database should have a full and " +"complete address listed in the settings. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Settings app`, and under the :guilabel:`Companies` section, " +"ensure there is only one company operating the Odoo database. Click " +":guilabel:`Update Info` to open a separate page to update company details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:138 +msgid "" +"If there are multiple companies operating in the database, click " +":guilabel:`Manage Companies` to load a list of companies to select from. " +"Update company information by clicking into the specific company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Database administrators should ensure that the :guilabel:`Street...`, " +":guilabel:`Street2...`, :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, " +":guilabel:`ZIP`, and :guilabel:`Country` are all updated for the companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This ensures accurate tax calculations and smooth end-of-year accounting " +"operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:149 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:153 +msgid "Module installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, ensure that the Odoo *AvaTax* module is installed. To do so, navigate " +"to the :menuselection:`Apps application`. In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, " +"type in `avatax`, and press :kbd:`Enter`. The following results populate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Namn" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 +msgid "Technical name" +msgstr "Tekniskt namn" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Beskrivning" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:167 +msgid "`account_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Default *AvaTax* module. This module adds the base *AvaTax* features for tax" +" calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:169 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for geo localization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:170 +msgid "`account_avatax_geolocalize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:171 +msgid "" +"This module includes the features required for integration of *AvaTax* into " +"geo-localization in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:173 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SO`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:174 +msgid "`account_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Includes the information needed for tax calculation on sales orders in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:176 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for Inventory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:177 +msgid "`account_avatax_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:178 +msgid "Includes tax calculation in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:179 +msgid ":guilabel:`Amazon/Avatax Bridge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:180 +msgid "`sale_amazon_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Includes tax calculation features between the *Amazon Connector* and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:182 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:183 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:184 +msgid "Includes information for tax calculation in the Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:185 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:186 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:187 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for tax calculation for services " +"in the Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil Sale for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:190 +msgid "`l10n_br_edi_sale_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:191 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for tax calculation for the sale " +"of services in the Brazil localization. This includes electronic data " +"interchange (EDI)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:193 +msgid ":guilabel:`Test SOs for the Brazilian AvaTax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:194 +msgid "`l10n_br_test_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:195 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for test sales orders in the " +"Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Install` button on the module labeled, " +":guilabel:`Avatax`: `account_avatax`. Doing so installs the following " +"modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:200 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax`: `account_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:201 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SO`: `account_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:202 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for Inventory`: `account_avatax_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Should *AvaTax* be needed for geo-localization, or with the *Amazon " +"Connector*, then install those modules individually by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Install` on :guilabel:`Avatax for geo localization` and " +":guilabel:`Amazon/Avatax Bridge`, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:209 +msgid "" +"For localization specific *AvaTax* instructions, view the following " +":doc:`fiscal localization <../../fiscal_localizations>` documentation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:212 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:217 +msgid "Odoo AvaTax settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To integrate the *AvaTax* :abbr:`API (application programming interface)` " +"with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` section. The :guilabel:`AvaTax` fields in the :guilabel:`Taxes` " +"section is where the *AvaTax* configurations are made, and the credentials " +"are entered in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:224 +msgid "" +"First, tick the checkbox to the left of the :guilabel:`AvaTax` settings, to " +"activate *AvaTax* on the database. This is a quick, convenient way to " +"activate and deactivate *AvaTax* tax calculation on the Odoo database." msgstr "" -"Avatax-kategorier kan också åsidosättas eller ställas in för enskilda " -"produkter." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Override product categories as needed" -msgstr "Åsidosätta produktkategorier efter behov" +msgid "Configure AvaTax settings" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:235 +msgid "" +"First, select the :guilabel:`Environment` in which the company wishes to use" +" *AvaTax* in. It can either be :guilabel:`Sandbox` or " +":guilabel:`Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:239 +msgid "" +"For help determining which *AvaTax* environment to use (either " +":guilabel:`Production` or :guilabel:`Sandbox`), visit: `Sandbox vs " +"Production environments " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:244 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Now, the credentials can be entered in. The *AvaTax* :guilabel:`Account ID` " +"should be entered in the :guilabel:`API ID` field, and the " +":guilabel:`License Key` should be entered in the :guilabel:`API Key` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Account ID` can be found by logging into the *AvaTax* portal " +"(`sandbox `_ or `production " +"`_). In the upper-right corner, click on the " +"initials of the user and :guilabel:`Account`. The :guilabel:`Account ID` is " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To access the :guilabel:`License Key` see this documentation: " +":ref:`avatax/create_avalara_credentials`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:259 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Company Code` field, enter the Avalara company code for " +"the company being configured. Avalara interprets this as `DEFAULT`, if it is" +" not set. The :guilabel:`Company Code` can be accessed in the Avalara " +"management portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:263 +msgid "" +"First, log into the *AvaTax* portal (`sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_). Then, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Manage Companies`. The :guilabel:`Company Code` value is located in the " +"row of the :guilabel:`Company` in the :guilabel:`Company Code` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "AvaTax company code highlighted on the company details page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:273 +msgid "Transaction options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:275 +msgid "" +"There are two transactional settings in the Odoo *AvaTax* settings that can " +"be configured: :guilabel:`Use UPC` and :guilabel:`Commit Transactions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:278 +msgid "" +"If the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Use UPC` is ticked, the transactions will" +" use Universal Product Codes (UPC), instead of custom defined codes in " +"Avalara. Consult a certified public accountant (CPA) for specific guidance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:282 +msgid "" +"Should the :guilabel:`Commit Transactions` checkbox be ticked, then, the " +"transactions in the Odoo database will be committed for reporting in " +"*AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:286 msgid "Address validation" msgstr "Validering av adress" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:288 msgid "" -"Manually validate customer addresses by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate " -"address` link in the customer form view." +"The *Address Validation* feature ensures that the most up-to-date address by" +" postal standards is set on a contact in Odoo. This is important to provide " +"accurate tax calculations for customers." msgstr "" -"Validera kundadresser manuellt genom att klicka på länken " -":guilabel:`Validera adress` i kundformulärsvyn." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Validate customer addresses" -msgstr "Validera kundadresser" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:292 msgid "" -"If preferred, choose to keep the newly validated address or the original " -"address in the wizard that pops up." +"The :guilabel:`Address Validation` feature only works with " +"partners/customers in North America." msgstr "" -"Om du vill kan du välja att behålla den nya bekräftade adressen eller den " -"ursprungliga adressen i guiden som öppnas." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Address validation wizard" -msgstr "Guiden för adressvalidering" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:64 -msgid "Tax calculation" -msgstr "Beräkning av skatt" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:294 msgid "" -"Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with Avatax by" -" confirming the documents. Alternatively, calculate the taxes manually by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`Compute taxes using Avatax` button while these " -"documents are in draft mode." +"Additionally, tick the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Address validation` " +"field." msgstr "" -"Beräkna automatiskt skatter på Odoo-offerter och fakturor med Avatax genom " -"att bekräfta dokumenten. Alternativt kan du beräkna skatterna manuellt genom" -" att klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Beräkna skatter med Avatax` när dessa " -"dokument är i utkastläge." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:297 msgid "" -"Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Code` field that's available on customers, " -"quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and Avatax." +"For accurate tax calculations, it is best practice to enter a complete " +"address for the contacts saved in the database. However, *AvaTax* can still " +"function by implementing a best effort attempt using only the " +":guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`State`, and :guilabel:`Zip code`. These are " +"the three minimum required fields." msgstr "" -"Använd fältet :guilabel:`Avalara Code` som finns tillgängligt på kunder, " -"offerter och fakturor för att korsreferera data i Odoo och Avatax." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:302 +msgid ":guilabel:`Save` the settings to implement the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Manually :guilabel:`Validate` the address by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Contacts app`, and selecting a contact. Now that the " +"*AvaTax* module has been configured on the database, a :guilabel:`Validate` " +"button appears directly below the :guilabel:`Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:309 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a pop-up window appears with a " +":guilabel:`Validated Address` and :guilabel:`Original Address` listed. If " +"the :guilabel:`Validated Address` is the correct mailing address for tax " +"purposes, click :guilabel:`Save Validated`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Validate address pop-up window in Odoo with \"Save Validated\" button and \"Validated\n" +"Address\" highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:319 +msgid "" +"All previously-entered addresses for contacts in the Odoo database will need" +" to be validated using the manually validate process outlined above. " +"Addresses are not automatically validated if they were entered previously. " +"This only occurs upon tax calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:324 +msgid "Test connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:326 +msgid "" +"After entering all the above information into the *AvaTax* setup on Odoo, " +"click :guilabel:`Test connection`. This ensures the :guilabel:`API ID` and " +":guilabel:`API KEY` are correct, and a connection is made between Odoo and " +"the *AvaTax* application programming interface (API)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:331 +msgid "Sync parameters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Upon finishing the configuration and settings of the *AvaTax* section, click" +" the :guilabel:`Sync Parameters` button. This action synchronizes the " +"exemption codes from *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:341 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Fiscal Positions`. A :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` is listed " +"named, :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)`. Click it to open " +"*AvaTax's* fiscal position configuration page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:345 +msgid "Here, ensure that the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` checkbox is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the checkbox next to the field labeled: :guilabel:`Detect " +"Automatically`. Should this option be ticked, then, Odoo will automatically " +"apply this :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for transactions in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Enabling :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` also makes specific parameters, " +"such as :guilabel:`VAT required`, :guilabel:`Foreign Tax ID`, " +":guilabel:`Country Group`, :guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`Federal States`, " +"or :guilabel:`Zip Range` appear. Filling these parameters filters the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` usage. Leaving them blank ensures all " +"calculations are made using this :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:358 +msgid "" +"Should the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` checkbox not be ticked, each " +"customer will need to have the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set on their " +":guilabel:`Sales and Purchase` tab of the contact record. To do so, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Order --> Customers`, or " +":menuselection:`Contacts app --> Contacts`. Then, select a customer or " +"contact to set the fiscal position on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:364 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Sales and Purchase` tab, and down to the section " +"labeled, :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`. Set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` " +"field to the fiscal position for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:430 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr ":doc:`fiskala_positioner`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:372 +msgid "AvaTax accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Upon selecting the checkbox option for :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` a new " +":guilabel:`AvaTax` tab appears. Click into this tab to reveal two different " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:377 +msgid "" +"The first setting is the :guilabel:`AvaTax Invoice Account`, while the " +"second is, :guilabel:`AvaTax Refund Account`. Ensure both accounts are set " +"for smooth end-of-year record keeping. Consult a certified public accountant" +" (CPA) for specific guidance on setting both accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:381 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to implement the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:384 +msgid "Tax mapping" +msgstr "Kartläggning av skatter" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:386 +msgid "" +"The *AvaTax* integration is available on sale orders and invoices with the " +"included *AvaTax* fiscal position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:390 +msgid "" +"Additionally, there is a :guilabel:`Tax Mapping` tab and :guilabel:`Account " +"Mapping` tab in the :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)` fiscal " +"position, where mapping for products can also be configured. To access " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Positions` navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Fiscal Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:396 +msgid "Product category mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the " +"product categories. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Product Categories`. Select the product category to add " +"the :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` to. In the :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` " +"field, select a category from the drop-down menu, or :guilabel:`Search " +"More...` to open the complete list of options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "Specify AvaTax Category on products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:409 +msgid "Product mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:411 +msgid "" +"*AvaTax* Categories may be set on individual products, as well. To set the " +":guilabel:`Avatax Category` navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Products --> Products`. Select the product to add the :guilabel:`Avatax " +"Category` to. Under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, on the far-" +"right, is a selector field labeled: :guilabel:`Avatax Category`. Finally, " +"click the drop-down menu, and select a category, or :guilabel:`Search " +"More...` to find one that is not listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:418 +msgid "" +"If both the product, and its category, have an :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` " +"set, the product's :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` takes precedence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "Override product categories as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:426 +msgid "" +"Mapping an :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` on either the *Product* or *Product " +"Category* should be completed for every *Product* or *Product Category*, " +"depending the route that is chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:431 +msgid ":doc:`avatax/avatax_use`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:432 +msgid ":doc:`avatax/avalara_portal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:163 +msgid "" +"`US Tax Compliance: Avatax elearning video " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:6 +msgid "Avalara (Avatax) portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Avalara's (*AvaTax*) management console offers account management options " +"including: viewing/editing the transactions sent from Odoo to *AvaTax*, " +"details on how the taxes are calculated, tax reporting, tax exemption " +"management, and tax return resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:13 +msgid "Avalara is the software developer of the tax software, *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the console, first, navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_ environment. This will depend on which type " +"of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`. Log in to the " +"management console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara dashboard after logging into management portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"For more information see Avalara's documentation: `Activate your " +"Communications Customer Portal account " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To access transactions, click in the :guilabel:`Transactions` link on the " +"main dashboard upon logging into the :ref:`avatax/portal`. To manually " +"access the *Transactions* page, while logged into the Avalara console, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Transactions --> Transactions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara portal with the transactions shortcut highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:43 +msgid "Edit transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click into a transaction to reveal more details about the transaction. These" +" details include sections on :guilabel:`Invoice detail`, " +":guilabel:`Additional info`, and :guilabel:`Customer info`. Click :icon:`fa-" +"pencil` :guilabel:`Edit document details` to make changes to the " +"transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:49 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Discount` can be added to adjust the invoice. This is " +"especially useful in cases where the transaction has already synced with " +"Avalara / *AvaTax*, and changes need to be made afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:55 +msgid "Filter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Filter transactions on the :guilabel:`Transactions` page, by setting the " +":guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields, and configuring other fields to " +"filter by, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Status`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Code`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`Exactly " +"match`, :guilabel:`Starts with`, or :guilabel:`Contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer/Vendor Code`: the customer/vendor code in Odoo (e.g. " +"`Contact18`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: the country this tax was calculated in; this is a text " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: the region of the country, which varies based on the " +":guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Filters` to access the following filter " +"conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Type`: any of the following selections, :guilabel:`All`," +" :guilabel:`Sales Invoice`, :guilabel:`Purchase Invoice`, :guilabel:`Return " +"Invoice`, :guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Inbound Invoice`, " +":guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Outbound Invoice`, or :guilabel:`Customs " +"Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Import ID`: represents the import ID of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:78 +msgid "Sort by" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:80 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Transactions` page, transactions will be listed below, " +"according to the set :ref:`avalara/portal-filter`, located in the top half " +"of the page. The following columns are available by default, to sort by " +"ascending or descending order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc Code`: either of the following options, :guilabel:`Exactly " +"match`, :guilabel:`Starts with`, or :guilabel:`Contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc Status`: either of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cust/Vendor Code` : this is the customer/vendor code in Odoo " +"(e.g. Contact18)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: this is the region of the country, this will vary based " +"on the :guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amount`: the numeric amount of the total amount on the Odoo " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax`: the numeric amount of the tax applied to the total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Transactions page on the Avalara portal with the filter and sort-by options " +"highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:99 +msgid "Customize columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Additional columns can be added by clicking the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Customize columns`. On the resulting popover window, click the " +"drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`column` that should be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The following columns can be added for additional transactional information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`AvaTax calculated`: the amount of tax calculated by *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cust/vendor code`: the customer/vendor code in Odoo (e.g. " +"`Contact18`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Currency`: the standardized abbreviation for the currency the " +"amount total is in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doc date`: the document's date of creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc status`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc type`: any of the following selections, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Sales Invoice`, :guilabel:`Purchase Invoice`, :guilabel:`Return " +"Invoice`, :guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Inbound Invoice`, " +":guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Outbound Invoice`, or :guilabel:`Customs " +"Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last modified`: timestamp of the last time the document was " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location code`: the location code used to calculate the tax, " +"based on the delivery address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:122 +msgid ":guilabel:`PO number`: the purchase order number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference code`: the Odoo reference code (e.g. NV/2024/00003)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: the region of the country,which varies based on the " +":guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson code`: the numeric ID of the user assigned to the " +"sales order in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax date`: the month/day/year of the tax calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax override type`: where an exemption would appear, should there" +" be none, the field populates with :guilabel:`None`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:131 +msgid "To add a new column click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:134 +msgid "" +"For more information on *AvaTax* transactions, refer to this Avalara " +"documentation: `Transactions " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:138 +msgid "Import-export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"While on the :ref:`avalara/portal-transactions`, click :icon:`fa-download` " +":guilabel:`Import transactions` or :icon:`fa-upload` :guilabel:`Export " +"transactions` to import or export transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1019 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:42 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "Rapporter" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To access reporting, navigate to the :menuselection:`Reports` link in the " +"top menu of the Avalara management console. Next, select from one of the " +"available reporting tabs: :guilabel:`Transactions reports`, " +":guilabel:`Liability & tax return reports`, or :guilabel:`Exemption " +"reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Additionally, there is a :guilabel:`Favorites` tab and :guilabel:`Downloads`" +" tab. The :guilabel:`Favorites` tab contains any favorited report " +"configurations for the Avalara user. The :guilabel:`Downloads` tab contains " +"a list view where the user can download the high-volume transaction reports " +"created in the last 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Make a selection for the :guilabel:`Report Category`, and the " +":guilabel:`Report Name`, under the :guilabel:`Select a report` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Next, fill out the :guilabel:`Select report details` section. These options " +"will vary based on the tab selected above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Depending on the report size, the following two options are available in the" +" section labeled, :guilabel:`Select the approximate number of transactions " +"for your report`: :guilabel:`Create and download the report instantly` (for " +"small reports) and :guilabel:`Create and download the report in the " +"background` (for larger reports). Select one or the other depending on the " +"volume of transactions in this report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Finally, under the section labeled, :guilabel:`Report preview and export` " +"make a selection of the file type to download. Either a :guilabel:`.PDF` or " +":guilabel:`.XLS` can be chosen. Alternatively, the file can be previewed by " +"selecting the :guilabel:`Preview` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:172 +msgid "" +"After making all the configurations, click :guilabel:`Create report` to " +"download the report. Click :icon:`fa-star-o` :guilabel:`Make this report a " +"favorite` to save the report configuration to the user's favorites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:176 +msgid "" +"After the report is created, click :icon:`fa-download` :guilabel:`Download` " +"to download the file to the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Select a pre-configured report from the :guilabel:`Frequently used reports` " +"section of the reporting dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Access this list by clicking on the :guilabel:`Reports` option in the top " +"menu of the Avalara management console, and scroll to the bottom of the " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"`See Avalara's documentation: Reports in AvaTax " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:191 +msgid "Add more jurisdictions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Additional jurisdictions (tax locations) can be added in the Avalara " +"management console. Navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_ environment. This will depend on which type " +"of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Where you collect tax`. " +"Choose between the three different tabs, depending on the business need. The" +" first tab is :guilabel:`Sales and use tax`, where tax can be collected for " +"the United States. Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add to where you " +"collect sales and use tax` to add another location where the company " +"collects sales and use tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The second option, is the :guilabel:`VAT/GST` tab where the :icon:`fa-plus` " +":guilabel:`Add a country or territory where you collect VAT/GST` can be " +"selected to add another country or territory where the company collects " +"VAT/GST." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Finally, on the far-right, is the :guilabel:`Customs duty` tab, where a " +"country can be added where the company collects customs duty. Simply click " +"on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a country where you calculate customs " +"duty` icon below the tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"AvaTax management console, on the Where you collect tax page, with the add button and\n" +"sales and use tax tab highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:217 +msgid "" +"`See Avalara's documentation: Add local jurisdiction taxes " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:221 +msgid "Tax exemption certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Tax exemption certificates for customers can be added into the Avalara " +"management console, so that *AvaTax* is aware of which customers may be " +"exempt from paying certain taxes. To add an *exception certificate* navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Exemptions --> Customer certificates`. From there, click" +" on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a certificate` to configure an " +"exemption." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:229 +msgid "" +"An Avalara subscription to Exemption Certificate Management (ECM) is " +"required in order to attach certificate images, and to be ready for an " +"audit. For more on subscribing to this add-on, visit `Avalara " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:235 +msgid "End-of-year operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Avalara's services include tax return services, for when it is time to file " +"taxes at the end of the year. To access Avalara's tax services log, into the" +" `management portal `_. Then, from the main " +"dashboard, click :guilabel:`Returns`. Avalara will prompt the Avalara user " +"to log in for security purposes, and redirect the user to the *Returns* " +"portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara portal with the returns shortcut highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Get started` to begin the tax return process. For more " +"information, refer to this Avalara documentation: `About Managed Returns " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, click on the :menuselection:`Returns` button in the top menu " +"of the Avalara management console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:161 +msgid ":doc:`../avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`avatax_use`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:3 +msgid "AvaTax use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:5 +msgid "" +"AvaTax is a tax calculation software that can be integrated with Odoo in the" +" United States and Canada. Once the :doc:`integration setup <../avatax>` is " +"complete, the calculated tax is simple and automatic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:10 +msgid "Tax calculation" +msgstr "Beräkning av skatt" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with AvaTax by" +" confirming the documents during the sales flow. Alternatively, calculate " +"the taxes manually by clicking the :guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button, while " +"these documents are in draft stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button recalculates taxes, if any " +"product lines are edited on the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Sales quotation with the confirm and compute taxes button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The tax calculation is triggered during the following :ref:`automatic " +"trigger ` and :ref:`manual trigger " +"` circumstances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:30 +msgid "Automatic triggers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the sales rep sends the quote by email with :guilabel:`Send by email` " +"button (pop-up)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:33 +msgid "When the customer views the online quote on the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:34 +msgid "When a quote is confirmed and becomes a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:35 +msgid "When the customer views the invoice on the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:36 +msgid "When a draft invoice is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:37 +msgid "When the customer views the subscription in the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:38 +msgid "When a subscription generates an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:39 +msgid "When the customer gets to the last screen of the eCommerce checkout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:44 +msgid "Manual triggers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button at the bottom of the quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button at the top of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:49 +msgid "Use each of these buttons to manually re-calculate the sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Partner Code` field that is available on customer" +" records, quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and " +"AvaTax. This field is located under the :menuselection:`Other info` tab of " +"the sales order or quotation in the :guilabel:`Sales` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:56 +msgid "" +"On the customer record, navigate to *Contacts app* and select a contact. " +"Then open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab and the :guilabel:`Avalara " +"Partner Code` under the :guilabel:`Sales` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)` fiscal position is also " +"applied on those Odoo documents, like subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:165 +msgid ":doc:`../fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:68 +msgid "AvaTax synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Synchronization occurs with AvaTax, when the *invoice* is created in Odoo. " +"This means the sales tax is recorded with Avalara (AvaTax software " +"developer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`. " +"Select a quotation from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:76 +msgid "" +"After confirming a quotation and validating the delivery, click " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice`. Indicate whether it is a :guilabel:`Regular " +"invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or :guilabel:`Down payment " +"(fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Then click :guilabel:`Create and view invoice`. The recorded taxes can be " +"seen in the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab of the invoice. There will be " +"different taxes depending on the location of the :guilabel:`Delivery " +"Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Journal items highlighted on a invoice in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Finally, press the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to complete the invoice and " +"synchronize with the AvaTax portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:92 +msgid "" +"An invoice cannot be :guilabel:`Reset to draft` because this causes de-" +"synchronization with the AvaTax Portal. Instead, click :guilabel:`Add credit" +" note` and state: `Sync with AvaTax Portal`. See this documentation: " +":doc:`../../../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:97 +msgid "Fixed price discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Add a fixed price discount to a valuable customer, by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line` on the customer's invoice. Add the product discount, " +"and set the :guilabel:`Price` to either a positive or negative value. To " +"recalculate the taxes, click :guilabel:`Compute Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Tax calculation can even be done on negative subtotals and credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:107 +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:109 +msgid "" +"It is possible to log Avalara/*AvaTax* actions in Odoo for further analysis," +" or verification of functionality. Logging is accessible through the " +"*AvaTax* settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To start logging *AvaTax* actions, first, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, under the :guilabel:`AvaTax` " +"settings, click :guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Upon starting the log process, Odoo will log all Avalara/*AvaTax* actions " +"performed in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To view the logs, click on :guilabel:`Show logs` to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`. This reveals a detailed list of " +"Avalara/*AvaTax* actions. This list is sortable by the following columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:124 +msgid ":guilabel:`Created on`: timestamp of the *AvaTax* calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`Created by`: numeric value of the user in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Database name`: name of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: two values can be chosen for this field, " +":guilabel:`Server` or :guilabel:`Client`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Avalara service name. In this case, it will be *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:130 +msgid ":guilabel:`Level`: by default, this will be `INFO`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:131 +msgid ":guilabel:`Path`: indicates the path taken to make the calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`Line`: indicates the line the calculation is made on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:133 +msgid ":guilabel:`Function`: indicates the calculation taken on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara logging page with top row of list highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Click into the log line to reveal another field, called :guilabel:`Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:141 +msgid "" +"This field populates a raw transcription of the transaction, which involves " +"the creation (or adjustment) of a sales invoice using the Avalara *AvaTax* " +"API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The transaction includes details, such as addresses for shipping from and " +"to, line items describing the products or services, tax codes, tax amounts, " +"and other relevant information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:147 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Message` contains the calculated taxes for different " +"jurisdictions and confirms the creation (or adjustment) of the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Custom fields can be made using Odoo *Studio*. Click the :icon:`fa-" +"ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(ellipsis)` menu to the far-right of the header row. " +"Then click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add custom field`. This action opens " +"Odoo *Studio*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Studio* requires a *custom* pricing plan. Consult the database's " +"customer success manager for more information on switching plans. Or to see " +"if Odoo *Studio* is included in the database's current pricing plan. See " +"this documentation: :doc:`../../../../studio`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:162 +msgid ":doc:`avalara_portal`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:3 msgid "Cash basis taxes" msgstr "Skatter enligt kontantprincipen" @@ -16724,13 +18299,6 @@ msgstr "" "OSS**-systemet för gränsöverskridande tjänster och **Import OSS**-systemet " "för varor som värderas till eller under 150 euro." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1019 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:42 -msgid "Reports" -msgstr "Rapporter" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:54 msgid "" "To generate **OSS sales** or **OSS imports** reports and submit them onto " @@ -17191,7 +18759,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:592 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:570 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:700 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:710 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:119 @@ -20503,6 +22071,7 @@ msgstr "" "argentina-130>`__" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 @@ -20517,73 +22086,6 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Installera ` följande moduler för att få alla " "funktioner i den argentinska lokaliseringen:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "Namn" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 -msgid "Technical name" -msgstr "Tekniskt namn" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "Beskrivning" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:32 msgid ":guilabel:`Argentina - Accounting`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Argentina - Redovisning`" @@ -20651,7 +22153,7 @@ msgstr "" "utcheckningsformuläret för e-handel för att skapa elektroniska fakturor." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:52 @@ -20708,7 +22210,7 @@ msgid "Select Fiscal Localization Package." msgstr "Välj Paket för lokalisering av skatter." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:205 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:255 msgid "Configure master data" msgstr "Konfigurera masterdata" @@ -22581,7 +24083,7 @@ msgstr "" "relaterade webbplatsen." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:923 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:267 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:181 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:270 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 @@ -24040,6 +25542,7 @@ msgid "`Stripe Terminal `_" msgstr "`Stripe Terminal `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:150 msgid "Payroll" msgstr "Löner" @@ -24728,6 +26231,7 @@ msgstr "" "summera saldon från alla lönebesked." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:308 msgid "Pay employees" msgstr "Betala anställda" @@ -25018,11 +26522,19 @@ msgstr "" "Du kan välja vilken Odoo-journal som helst för att bokföra " "lönebeskedsposterna." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:908 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:906 +msgid "" +"Configure the tax by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`. Create the necessary taxes for the Employment Hero payslip " +"entries. Fill in the tax code from **Employment Hero** in the " +":guilabel:`Matching Employment Hero Tax` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:911 msgid "How does the API work?" msgstr "Hur fungerar API:et?" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:910 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:913 msgid "" "The API syncs the journal entries from Employment Hero to Odoo and leaves " "them in draft mode. The reference includes the Employment Hero payslip entry" @@ -25040,7 +26552,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Exempel på en Employment Hero Journal Post i Odoo Accounting (Australien)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:920 msgid "" "By default, the synchronisation happens once per week. You can fetch the " "records manually by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " @@ -25052,12 +26564,12 @@ msgstr "" "Settings` och, i alternativet :guilabel:`Enable Employment Hero " "Integration`, klicka på :guilabel:`Fetch Payruns Manually`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:921 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:924 msgid "" "Employment Hero payslip entries also work based on double-entry bookkeeping." msgstr "Lönebeskeden för Employment Hero fungerar också med dubbel bokföring." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:926 msgid "" "The accounts used by Employment Hero are defined in the section " ":guilabel:`Payroll settings`." @@ -25069,7 +26581,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chart of Accounts menu in Employment Hero" msgstr "Meny för kontoplan i Employment Hero" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:928 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:931 msgid "" "For the API to work, you need to create the same accounts as the default " "accounts of your Employment Hero business (**same name and same code**) in " @@ -25226,6 +26738,8 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Country`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Country` (Land)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:325 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:292 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" @@ -26718,25 +28232,19 @@ msgstr "Brasilien" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:12 msgid "" "With the Brazilian localization, sales taxes can be automatically computed " -"and electronic invoices (NF-e) for goods can be sent using AvaTax (Avalara) " -"through |API| calls. Moreover, taxes for services can be configured." +"and electronic invoices for goods (NF-e) and services (NFS-e) can be sent " +"using AvaTax (Avalara) through |API| calls. Moreover, taxes for services can" +" be configured." msgstr "" -"Med den brasilianska lokaliseringen kan moms beräknas automatiskt och " -"elektroniska fakturor (NF-e) för varor kan skickas med AvaTax (Avalara) via " -"|API|-anrop. Dessutom kan skatter för tjänster konfigureras." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:16 msgid "" -"For the goods tax computation and electronic invoicing process, you need to " -"configure the :ref:`contacts `, :ref:`company " +"For the goods and services tax computation and electronic invoicing process," +" you need to configure the :ref:`contacts `, :ref:`company " "`, :ref:`products `, and :ref:`create an " -"account in Avatax ` need to be configured in the " -"general settings." +"account in AvaTax ` which needs to be configured in " +"the general settings." msgstr "" -"För beräkning av varuskatt och elektronisk fakturering måste du konfigurera " -":ref:`kontakter `, :ref:`företag `, " -":ref:`produkter `, och :ref:`skapa ett konto i Avatax " -"` måste konfigureras i de allmänna inställningarna." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -26754,19 +28262,80 @@ msgstr "" "Lokaliseringen inkluderar även skatter och en mall för kontoplan som kan " "modifieras vid behov." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:33 msgid "" -"Install the :guilabel:`🇧🇷 Brazil` :ref:`fiscal localization package " -"` to get all the default accounting features " -"of the Brazilian localization, following the :abbr:`IFRS (International " -"Financial Reporting Standards)` rules." +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Brazilian localization:" msgstr "" -"Installera :guilabel:`🇧🇷 Brazil` :ref:`fiscal localization package " -"` för att få alla standardfunktioner för " -"redovisning i den brasilianska lokaliseringen, enligt :abbr:`IFRS " -"(International Financial Reporting Standards)`-reglerna." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazilian - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_br`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `, " +"which represents having the Generic Brazilian chart of accounts and Taxes, " +"together with document types and identification types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazil - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:49 +msgid "`l10n_br_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:50 +msgid "Accounting reports for Brazil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` & :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:52 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax` & `l10n_br_avatax_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:53 +msgid "Goods and Services tax computation through Avalara." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Brazilian Accounting EDI` & :guilabel:`Brazilian Accounting EDI " +"for services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:55 +msgid "`l10n_br_edi` & `l10n_br_edi_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Provides electronic invoicing for goods and services for Brazil through " +"AvaTax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazil Pix QR codes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:58 +msgid "`l10n_br_pix`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:59 +msgid "Implements Pix QR codes for Brazil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:66 msgid "" "To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " "app and search the name given to your company." @@ -26774,7 +28343,7 @@ msgstr "" "För att konfigurera din företagsinformation, gå till appen " ":menuselection:`Contacts` och sök på det namn som ditt företag har fått." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:69 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option at the top of the page. Then, " "configure the following fields:" @@ -26782,21 +28351,23 @@ msgstr "" "Välj alternativet :guilabel:`Company` högst upp på sidan. Konfigurera sedan " "följande fält:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:245 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Namn`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1096 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Namn`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:314 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Address` (add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip" -" Code`, :guilabel:`Country`)." +":guilabel:`Address`: add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip" +" Code`, :guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Address` (lägg till :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, " -":guilabel:`Zip Code`, :guilabel:`Country`)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:76 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street name, number, and any " "additional address information." @@ -26804,52 +28375,49 @@ msgstr "" "I fältet :guilabel:`Street` anger du gatans namn, nummer och eventuell " "ytterligare adressinformation." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:318 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Street 2` field, enter the neighborhood." msgstr "I fältet :guilabel:`Street 2` anger du stadsdelen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:252 -msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number` (:guilabel:`CNPJ`, :guilabel:`CPF`)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Identifieringsnummer` (:guilabel:`CNPJ`, :guilabel:`CPF`)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:253 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID` (associated with the identification type)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Tax ID` (kopplad till identifieringstypen)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:55 -msgid ":guilabel:`IE` (State registration)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`IE` (Delstatsregistrering)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:56 -msgid ":guilabel:`IM` (Municipal registration)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`IM` (kommunal registrering)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:57 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code` (Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " -"add if applicable)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:320 +msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`: :guilabel:`CNPJ` or :guilabel:`CPF`" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`SUFRAMA-kod` (Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " -"lägg till om tillämpligt)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:257 -msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Telefon`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:321 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: associated with the identification type" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:258 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`." -msgstr ":guilabel:`E-post`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: State registration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: Municipal registration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " +"add if applicable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1097 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:293 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`E-postadress`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Company configuration." msgstr "Företagets konfiguration." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:91 msgid "" "Configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` within the :guilabel:`Sales and" " Purchase` tab:" @@ -26857,53 +28425,75 @@ msgstr "" "Konfigurera :guilabel:`Fiskal information` på fliken :guilabel:`Sales and " "Purchase`:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:104 msgid "" -"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`Avatax Brazil `." msgstr "" -"Lägg till :guilabel:`Fiskal position` för :ref:`Avatax Brazil " -"`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:67 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime` (Federal Tax Regime)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Tax Regime` (federala skattesystemet)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:68 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type` (indicates ICMS regime, Exempt status, or " -"Non-Taxpayer)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:94 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: Federal Tax Regime" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type` (anger ICMS-regim, Exempt status eller Non-" -"Taxpayer)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:69 -msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Huvudsaklig verksamhetssektor`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: indicates :guilabel:`ICMS regime`, " +":guilabel:`Exempt status`, or :guilabel:`Non-Taxpayer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:97 +msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Company fiscal configuration." msgstr "Företagets skattemässiga konfiguration." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:74 -msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact" -msgstr "Slutligen laddar du upp en företagslogotyp och sparar kontakten" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Configure the following extra :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` if you are " +"going to issue NFS-e:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:350 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`COFINS Details`: :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with " +"rate 0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PIS Details` :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with rate " +"0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:109 +msgid ":guilabel:`CSLL Taxable` If the company is subject to CSLL or not" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Company fiscal configuration for NFSe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:114 +msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:117 msgid "" "If you are a simplified regime, you need to configure the ICMS rate under " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> " -"Avatax Brazil`." +"AvaTax Brazil`." msgstr "" -"Om du har ett förenklat system måste du konfigurera ICMS-taxan under " -":menuselection:`Redovisning --> Konfiguration --> Inställningar --> Skatter " -"--> Avatax Brasilien`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:123 msgid "Configure AvaTax integration" msgstr "Konfigurera AvaTax-integrering" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:125 msgid "" "Avalara AvaTax is a tax calculation and electronic invoicing provider that " "can be integrated in Odoo to automatically compute taxes by taking into " @@ -26917,47 +28507,75 @@ msgstr "" "transaktionsinformation för att hämta rätt skatt som ska användas och " "behandla e-fakturan efteråt med regeringen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:130 msgid "" "Using this integration requires :doc:`In-App-Purchases (IAPs) " "<../../essentials/in_app_purchase>` to compute the taxes and to send the " -"electronic invoices. Whenever you compute taxes, an |API| call is made using" -" credits from your |IAP| credits balance." +"electronic invoices. Whenever you compute taxes, send an electronic document" +" (NF-e, NFS-e, etc), or perform any electronic flow (NF-e Cancellation, " +"Correction letter, Invalidate invoice number range), an API call is made " +"using credits from your `IAP credits balance `_." msgstr "" -"För att använda denna integration krävs :doc:`In-App-Purchase (IAP) " -"<../../essentials/in_app_purchase>` för att beräkna skatterna och skicka de " -"elektroniska fakturorna. När du beräknar skatter görs ett |API|-anrop med " -"hjälp av krediter från ditt |IAP|-kreditsaldo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:137 msgid "Odoo is a certified partner of Avalara Brazil." msgstr "Odoo är en certifierad partner till Avalara Brazil." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:138 +msgid "" +"You can `buy IAP credit on odoo.com `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:141 +msgid "Credential configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration av autentiseringsuppgifter" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:143 msgid "" "To activate AvaTax in Odoo, you need to create an account. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, and in" " the :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` section, add the administration email address" -" to be used for the AvaTax portal in the :guilabel:`Avatax Portal Email`, " +" to be used for the AvaTax portal in the :guilabel:`AvaTax Portal Email`, " "and then click on :guilabel:`Create account`." msgstr "" -"För att aktivera AvaTax i Odoo behöver du skapa ett konto. Det gör du genom " -"att gå till :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Taxes`, och i avsnittet :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil`, lägga till den " -"e-postadress som ska användas för AvaTax-portalen i :guilabel:`Avatax Portal" -" Email`, och sedan klicka på :guilabel:`Create account`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:149 msgid "" -"When **testing** an :guilabel:`Avatax Portal Email` integration in a testing" -" or sandbox database, use an alternate email address. It is **not** possible" -" to re-use the same email address on the production database." +"When **testing** or **creating a production** :guilabel:`AvaTax Portal " +"Email` integration in a sandbox or production database, use a real email " +"address, as it is needed to log in to the Avalara Portal and set up the " +"certificates, whether you want to test or use it on production." msgstr "" -"När du **testar** en :guilabel:`Avatax Portal Email` integration i en test- " -"eller sandbox-databas, använd en alternativ e-postadress. Det är **inte** " -"möjligt att återanvända samma e-postadress i produktionsdatabasen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:153 +msgid "" +"There are two different Avalara Portals, one for testing and one for " +"production:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:155 +msgid "Sandbox: https://portal.sandbox.avalarabrasil.com.br/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 +msgid "Production: https://portal.avalarabrasil.com.br/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:158 +msgid "" +"When you create the account from Odoo, be sure to select the right " +"environment. Moreover, the email used to open the account cannot be used to " +"open another account. Save your :guilabel:`API ID` and :guilabel:`API Key` " +"when you create the account from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Transfer API Credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 msgid "" "After you create the account from Odoo, you need to go to the Avalara Portal" " to set up your password:" @@ -26965,25 +28583,23 @@ msgstr "" "När du har skapat kontot från Odoo måste du gå till Avalara Portal för att " "ställa in ditt lösenord:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 msgid "" "Access the `Avalara portal `_." msgstr "" "Gå till `Avalara-portalen `_." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:169 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Meu primeiro acesso`." msgstr "Klicka på :guilabel:`My first access`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:170 msgid "" -"Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/Avatax account," +"Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/AvaTax account," " and then click :guilabel:`Solicitar Senha`." msgstr "" -"Lägg till den e-postadress du använde i Odoo för att skapa Avalara/Avatax-" -"kontot, och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Solicitar Senha`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:172 msgid "" "You will receive an email with a token and a link to create your password. " "Click on this link and copy-paste the token to allocate your desired " @@ -26993,7 +28609,7 @@ msgstr "" " ditt lösenord. Klicka på denna länk och kopiera och klistra in token för " "att tilldela ditt önskade lösenord." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:176 msgid "" "You can start using AvaTax in Odoo for tax computation **only** without " "creating a password and accessing the Avalara portal in the Odoo database. " @@ -27006,10 +28622,10 @@ msgstr "" "gå in på AvaTax-portalen och ladda upp ditt certifikat där." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 -msgid "Avatax account configuration." -msgstr "Konfiguration av Avatax-konto." +msgid "AvaTax account configuration." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:184 msgid "" "You can transfer |API| credentials. Use this only when you have already " "created an account in another Odoo instance and wish to reuse it." @@ -27017,11 +28633,11 @@ msgstr "" "Du kan överföra |API|-autentiseringsuppgifter. Använd detta endast om du " "redan har skapat ett konto i en annan Odoo-instans och vill återanvända det." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:188 msgid "A1 certificate upload" msgstr "Uppladdning av A1-intyg" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:190 msgid "" "In order to issue electronic invoices, a certificate needs to be uploaded to" " the `AvaTax portal `_." @@ -27029,7 +28645,7 @@ msgstr "" "För att kunna utfärda elektroniska fakturor måste ett certifikat laddas upp " "till `AvaTax-portalen `_." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:193 msgid "" "The certificate will be synchronized with Odoo, as long as the external " "identifier number in the AvaTax portal matches - without special characters " @@ -27041,7 +28657,20 @@ msgstr "" "CNPJ-numret, och identifieringsnumret (CNPJ) i Odoo matchar med CNPJ i " "AvaTax." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:198 +msgid "" +"To issue NFS-e, some cities require that you link the certificate within the" +" City Portal system before issuing NFS-e from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:201 +msgid "" +"If you receive an error message from the city that says :guilabel:`Your " +"certificate is not linked to the user`, that means this process needs to be " +"done in the city portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:210 msgid "" "The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " "is installed by default as part of the data set included in the localization" @@ -27053,7 +28682,7 @@ msgstr "" "lokaliseringsmodulen. Kontona mappas automatiskt i motsvarande skatter och " "standardfälten för leverantörsskulder och kundfordringar." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:215 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Brazil is based on the SPED CoA, which gives a " "baseline of the accounts needed in Brazil." @@ -27061,12 +28690,12 @@ msgstr "" "Kontoplanen för Brasilien baseras på SPED CoA, som ger en baslinje för de " "konton som behövs i Brasilien." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:218 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." msgstr "Du kan lägga till eller ta bort konton efter företagets behov." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:223 msgid "" "In Brazil, a *series* number is linked to a sequence number range for " "electronic invoices. The series number can be configured in Odoo on a sales " @@ -27080,7 +28709,7 @@ msgstr "" "behövs måste en ny försäljningsjournal skapas och ett nytt serienummer " "tilldelas den för varje serie som behövs." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:228 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Use Documents` field needs to be selected. When issuing " "electronic and non-electronic invoices, the :guilabel:`Type` field selects " @@ -27097,7 +28726,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Journal configuration with the Use Documents? field checked." msgstr "Journalkonfiguration med fältet Använd dokument? markerat." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 msgid "" "When creating the journal, ensure the field :guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note" " Sequence` is unchecked, as in Brazil, sequences between invoices, credit " @@ -27109,7 +28738,7 @@ msgstr "" "fakturor, kreditnotor och debetnotor per serienummer, vilket innebär per " "journal." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:244 msgid "" "Taxes are automatically created when installing the Brazilian localization. " "Taxes are already configured, and some of them are used by Avalara when " @@ -27119,7 +28748,7 @@ msgstr "" "Skatter är redan konfigurerade, och vissa av dem används av Avalara när " "skatter beräknas på försäljningsordern eller fakturan." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:247 msgid "" "Taxes can be edited, or more taxes can be added. For example, some taxes " "used for services need to be manually added and configured, as the rate may " @@ -27130,33 +28759,14 @@ msgstr "" "manuellt, eftersom skattesatsen kan variera beroende på vilken stad du " "erbjuder tjänsten i." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:252 msgid "" -"Taxes attached to services are not computed by AvaTax. Only goods taxes are " -"computed." +"If you decide to do service taxes manually, you won't be able to issue an " +"NFS-e. To electronically send an NFS-e, you need to compute taxes using " +"Avalara." msgstr "" -"Skatter som är kopplade till tjänster beräknas inte av AvaTax. Endast " -"varuskatter beräknas." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When configuring a tax used for a service that is included in the final " -"price (when the tax is not added or subtracted on top of the product price)," -" set the :guilabel:`Tax Computation` to :guilabel:`Percentage of Price Tax " -"Included`, and, on the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, check the " -":guilabel:`Included in Price` option." -msgstr "" -"När du konfigurerar en skatt som används för en tjänst som ingår i " -"slutpriset (när skatten inte läggs till eller dras av utöver produktpriset)," -" ställer du in :guilabel:`Skatteberäkning` till :guilabel:`Procent av priset" -" inklusive skatt`, och på fliken :guilabel:`Avancerade alternativ` markerar " -"du alternativet :guilabel:`Ingår i pris`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 -msgid "Tax configuration." -msgstr "Skattekonfiguration." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 msgid "" "Do not delete taxes, as they are used for the AvaTax tax computation. If " "deleted, Odoo creates them again when used in an |SO| or invoice and " @@ -27172,63 +28782,56 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Distribution for invoices` och :guilabel:`Distribution for " "refunds` sektioner." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:262 msgid ":doc:`Taxes functional documentation <../accounting/taxes>`" msgstr ":doc:`Skatter funktionell dokumentation <../redovisning/skatter>`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 msgid "" "To use the AvaTax integration on sale orders and invoices, first specify the" -" following information on the product:" +" following information on the product depending on its intended use:" msgstr "" -"För att använda AvaTax-integrationen på försäljningsorder och fakturor, ange" -" först följande information om produkten:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:217 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`CEST Code` (Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:273 +msgid "E-Invoice for goods (NF-e)" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`CEST Code` (kod för produkter som omfattas av ICMS-" -"skatteväxling)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:275 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code` (Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code)." +":guilabel:`CEST Code`: Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code` (produktkod enligt Mercosurs gemensamma " -"nomenklatur)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Source of Origin` (Indicates the origin of the product, which can" +":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code`: Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:277 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source of Origin`: Indicates the origin of the product, which can" " be foreign or domestic, among other possible options depending on the " -"specific use case)." +"specific use case" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Source of Origin` (Anger produktens ursprung, som kan vara " -"utländskt eller inhemskt, bland andra möjliga alternativ beroende på det " -"specifika användningsfallet)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:279 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type` (Fiscal product type according to SPED " -"list table)." +":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type`: Fiscal product type according to SPED " +"list table" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type` (Skattepliktig produkttyp enligt SPED " -"listtabell)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:296 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Purpose of Use` (Specify the intended purpose of use for this " -"product)." +":guilabel:`Purpose of Use`: Specify the intended purpose of use for this " +"product" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Purpose of Use` (Ange det avsedda användningsområdet för denna " -"produkt)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Product configuration." msgstr "Produktens konfiguration." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:286 msgid "" "Odoo automatically creates three products to be used for transportation " "costs associated with sales. These are named `Freight`, `Insurance`, and " @@ -27244,7 +28847,27 @@ msgstr "" "behövs: :guilabel:`Product Type` `Service`, :guilabel:`Transportation Cost " "Type` `Insurance`, `Freight`, eller `Other Costs`)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:293 +msgid "E-Invoice for services (NFS-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Code Origin`: City Service Code where the provider is " +"registered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:298 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Codes`: City Service Code where the service will be " +"provided, if no code is added, the Origin City Code will be used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:300 +msgid ":guilabel:`Labor Assignment`: Defines if your services includes labor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:305 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:282 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:656 @@ -27252,18 +28875,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contacts" msgstr "Kontakter" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:307 msgid "" "Before using the integration, specify the following information on the " "contact:" msgstr "" "Innan du använder integrationen, ange följande information om kontakten:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 msgid "General information about the contact:" msgstr "Allmän information om kontakten:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:311 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option for a contact with a tax ID (CNPJ), or" " check :guilabel:`Individual` for a contact with a CPF." @@ -27271,7 +28894,7 @@ msgstr "" "Välj alternativet :guilabel:`Company` för en kontakt med ett skatte-ID " "(CNPJ), eller markera :guilabel:`Individual` för en kontakt med ett CPF." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:317 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street, number, and any extra " "address information." @@ -27279,23 +28902,23 @@ msgstr "" "I fältet :guilabel:`Street` anger du gata, nummer och eventuell extra " "adressinformation." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:254 -msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number." -msgstr ":guilabel:`IE`: Delstatens skatteregistreringsnummer." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:255 -msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipal tax identification number." -msgstr ":guilabel:`IM`: Kommunens skatteregistreringsnummer." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:323 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipal tax identification number" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 -msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number." -msgstr ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA-kod`: SUFRAMA-registreringsnummer." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:324 +msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Contact configuration." msgstr "Kontaktkonfiguration." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:332 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`CPF`, :guilabel:`IE`, :guilabel:`IM`, and :guilabel:`SUFRAMA " "code` fields are are hidden until the :guilabel:`Country` is set to " @@ -27305,14 +28928,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code` är dolda tills :guilabel:`Country` är satt till " "`Brazil`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:335 msgid "" "Fiscal information about the contact under the :guilabel:`Sales \\& " "Purchase` tab:" msgstr "" "Skatteinformation om kontakten under fliken :guilabel:`Sales \\& Purchase`:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position`: add the AvaTax fiscal position to automatically" " compute taxes on sale orders and invoices automatically" @@ -27320,20 +28943,18 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position`: lägg till AvaTax skatteposition för att " "automatiskt beräkna skatter på försäljningsorder och fakturor automatiskt" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:339 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: federal tax regime" msgstr ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: federalt skattesystem" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:340 msgid "" ":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: taxpayer type determines if the contact is " -"within the ICMS regime, if it is exempt, or if it is a non-taxpayer" +"within the :guilabel:`ICMS regime`, :guilabel:`Exempt status`, or " +":guilabel:`Non-taxpayer`" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: typen av skattebetalare avgör om kontakten " -"omfattas av ICMS-regimen, om den är undantagen eller om den är en icke-" -"skattskyldig" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:342 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`: list of main activity sectors of the " "contact" @@ -27345,11 +28966,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contact fiscal configuration." msgstr "Kontakta finanspolitisk konfiguration." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:349 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`AvaTax Brazil `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PIS Details`: :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with rate " +"0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:354 +msgid ":guilabel:`CSLL Taxable`: If the company is subject to CSLL or not" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Contact fiscal configuration for NFSe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:362 msgid "Fiscal positions" msgstr "Finanspolitiska ställningstaganden" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:364 msgid "" "To compute taxes and send electronic invoices on sale orders and invoices, " "both the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` and the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API`" @@ -27360,35 +29001,31 @@ msgstr "" "och :guilabel:`Använd AvaTax API` vara aktiverade i :guilabel:`Fiskal " "position`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:368 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the contact or selected" -" when creating a sales order or an invoice." +"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the :ref:`contact " +"` or selected when creating a sales order or an invoice." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Fiskal position` kan konfigureras på kontakten eller väljas när " -"du skapar en försäljningsorder eller en faktura." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Fiscal position configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration av finanspolitisk ställning" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:375 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:355 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:311 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "Arbetsflöden" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:377 msgid "" "This section provides an overview of the actions that trigger `API calls " -"`_ for tax computation, and how to send " -"an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) for government validation." +"`_ for tax computation, along with " +"instructions on how to send electronic invoices for goods (NF-e) and " +"services (NFS-e) for government validation." msgstr "" -"Detta avsnitt ger en översikt över de åtgärder som utlöser `API-anrop " -"`_ för skatteberäkning, och hur man " -"skickar en elektronisk faktura för varor (NF-e) för myndighetsvalidering." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:382 msgid "" "Please note that each |API| call incurs a cost. Be mindful of the actions " "that trigger these calls to manage costs effectively." @@ -27396,11 +29033,11 @@ msgstr "" "Observera att varje |API|-anrop medför en kostnad. Var uppmärksam på de " "åtgärder som utlöser dessa anrop för att hantera kostnaderna effektivt." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:389 msgid "Tax calculations on quotations and sales orders" msgstr "Skatteberäkningar på offerter och försäljningsorder" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:391 msgid "" "Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a quotation or sales order " "automatically with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" @@ -27408,80 +29045,75 @@ msgstr "" "Utlös ett |API|-anrop för att beräkna skatter på en offert eller " "försäljningsorder automatiskt med AvaTax på något av följande sätt:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:394 msgid "**Quotation confirmation**" msgstr "**Bekräftelse av offert**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:395 msgid "Confirm a quotation into a sales order." msgstr "Bekräfta en offert till en försäljningsorder." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:316 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:412 msgid "**Manual trigger**" msgstr "**Manuellt utlösningsdon**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:317 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using Avatax`." -msgstr "Klicka på :guilabel:`Beräkna skatter med hjälp av Avatax`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:413 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." +msgstr "Klicka på :guilabel:`Beräkna skatter med AvaTax`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:318 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:414 msgid "**Preview**" msgstr "**Förhandsgranskning**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:319 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:415 msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Preview` button." msgstr "Klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Förhandsgranskning`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:400 msgid "**Email a quotation / sales order**" msgstr "**Skicka en offert/försäljningsorder** till" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:401 msgid "Send a quotation or sales order to a customer via email." msgstr "Skicka en offert eller försäljningsorder till en kund via e-post." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:404 msgid "**Online quotation access**" msgstr "**Online tillgång till offerter**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:403 msgid "" "When a customer accesses the quotation online (via the portal view), the " "|API| call is triggered." msgstr "" "När en kund öppnar offerten online (via portalvyn) utlöses anropet |API|." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:407 msgid "Tax calculations on invoices" msgstr "Skatteberäkningar på fakturor" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:409 msgid "" "Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a customer invoice automatically" -" with AvaTax any of the following ways:" +" with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" msgstr "" -"Utlös ett |API|-anrop för att beräkna skatter på en kundfaktura automatiskt " -"med AvaTax på något av följande sätt:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:333 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." -msgstr "Klicka på :guilabel:`Beräkna skatter med AvaTax`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:417 msgid "**Online invoice access**" msgstr "**Online tillgång till fakturor**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:417 msgid "" "When a customer accesses the invoice online (via the portal view), the |API|" " call is triggered." msgstr "" "När en kund öppnar fakturan online (via portalvyn) utlöses anropet |API|." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:420 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` must be set to `Automatic Tax Mapping " "(Avalara Brazil)` for any of these actions to compute taxes automatically." @@ -27490,7 +29122,7 @@ msgstr "" "skatteberäkning (Avalara Brasilien)` för att någon av dessa åtgärder ska " "beräkna skatter automatiskt." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:424 msgid "" ":doc:`Fiscal positions (tax and account mapping) " "<../accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" @@ -27498,49 +29130,39 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`Skatterättsliga positioner (skatte- och kontomappning) " "<../accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:429 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 msgid "Electronic documents" msgstr "Elektroniska dokument" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:434 msgid "" -"To process an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e), the invoice needs to be " -"confirmed and taxes need to be computed by Avalara. Once that step is done, " -"click on the :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` button in the upper left corner, and" -" a pop-up will appear. Then click on :guilabel:`Process e-invoice` and any " -"of the other options - :guilabel:`Download` or :guilabel:`Email`. Finally, " -"click on :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` to process the invoice against the " -"government." +"To process an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) or services (NFS-e), the " +"invoice needs to be confirmed and taxes need to be computed by Avalara. Once" +" that step is done, click on the :guilabel:`Send & Print` button in the " +"upper left corner. In the pop-up that appears, click on :guilabel:`Process " +"e-invoice` and any of the other options - :guilabel:`Download` or " +":guilabel:`Email`. Finally, click on :guilabel:`Send & Print` to process the" +" invoice with the government." msgstr "" -"För att behandla en elektronisk faktura för varor (NF-e) måste fakturan " -"bekräftas och skatter beräknas av Avalara. När detta steg är klart klickar " -"du på knappen :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` i det övre vänstra hörnet och ett " -"popup-fönster visas. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Process e-invoice` och något" -" av de andra alternativen - :guilabel:`Download` eller :guilabel:`Email`. " -"Slutligen klickar du på :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` för att behandla fakturan" -" mot regeringen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:441 msgid "" -"Before sending the electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) some fields need to " -"be filled out on the invoice:" +"Before sending the electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) or services (NFS-e), " +"some fields need to be filled out on the invoice:" msgstr "" -"Innan du skickar den elektroniska fakturan för varor (NF-e) måste vissa fält" -" fyllas i på fakturan:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:363 -msgid ":guilabel:`Customer` with all the customer information" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Kund` med all kundinformation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:444 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`, with all the customer information" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:578 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil` (how the invoice is planned to be paid)" +":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil`: how the invoice is planned to be paid" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Betalningsmetod: Brasilien` (hur fakturan är planerad att " -"betalas)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:446 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set as the :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping " "(Avalara Brazil)`" @@ -27548,23 +29170,13 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Fiskal position` satt som :guilabel:`Automatisk skattemappning " "(Avalara Brasilien)`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:447 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Document Type` set as :guilabel:`(55) Electronic Invoice (NF-e)`." -" This is the only" +":guilabel:`Document Type` set as :guilabel:`(55) Electronic Invoice (NF-e)` " +"or :guilabel:`(SE) Electronic Service Invoice (NFS-e)`" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Dokumenttyp` satt som :guilabel:`(55) Elektronisk faktura " -"(NF-e)`. Detta är den enda" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:367 -msgid "" -"electronic document supported at the moment. Non-electronic invoices can be " -"registered, and other document types can be activated if needed" -msgstr "" -"elektroniska dokument som stöds för närvarande. Icke-elektroniska fakturor " -"kan registreras och andra dokumenttyper kan aktiveras vid behov" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:450 msgid "" "There are some other optional fields that depend on the nature of the " "transaction. These fields are not required, so no errors will appear from " @@ -27574,7 +29186,7 @@ msgstr "" "fält är inte obligatoriska, så inga fel kommer att visas från regeringen om " "dessa valfria fält inte fylls i för de flesta fall:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:454 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Freight Model` determines how the goods are planned to be " "transported - domestic" @@ -27582,7 +29194,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Freight Model` bestämmer hur varorna är planerade att " "transporteras - inrikes" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:455 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` determines who is doing the transportation" msgstr ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` avgör vem som utför transporten" @@ -27596,7 +29208,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Process electronic invoice pop-up in Odoo." msgstr "Behandla popup-fönster för elektroniska fakturor i Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:464 msgid "" "All of the fields available on the invoice used to issue an electronic " "invoice are also available on the sales order, if needed. When creating the " @@ -27609,14 +29221,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Dokumentnummer`, som tilldelas som det första numret som ska " "användas sekventiellt för efterföljande fakturor." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:470 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:595 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "Credit notes" msgstr "Kreditnotor" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:472 msgid "" "If a sales return needs to be registered, then a credit note can be created " "in Odoo to be sent to the government for validation." @@ -27624,16 +29236,21 @@ msgstr "" "Om en försäljningsdeklaration behöver registreras kan en kreditnota skapas i" " Odoo som skickas till regeringen för validering." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:476 +msgid "" +"Credit notes are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:479 msgid ":ref:`Issue a credit note `" msgstr ":ref:`Utfärdande av kreditnota `" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:482 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:594 msgid "Debit Notes" msgstr "Debetnoter" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:484 msgid "" "If additional information needs to be included, or values need to be " "corrected that were not accurately provided in the original invoice, a debit" @@ -27643,7 +29260,12 @@ msgstr "" "korrigeras som inte angavs korrekt i den ursprungliga fakturan, kan en " "debetnota utfärdas." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:488 +msgid "" +"Debit notes are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:490 msgid "" "Only the products included in the original invoice can be part of the debit " "note. While changes can be made to the product's unit price or quantity, " @@ -27657,15 +29279,15 @@ msgstr "" " dokument är endast att ange det belopp som du vill lägga till den " "ursprungliga fakturan för samma eller färre produkter." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:496 msgid ":ref:`Issue a debit note `" msgstr ":ref:`Utfärdande av debetnota `" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:499 msgid "Invoice cancellation" msgstr "Annullering av faktura" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:501 msgid "" "It is possible to cancel an electronic invoice that was validated by the " "government." @@ -27673,7 +29295,7 @@ msgstr "" "Det är möjligt att makulera en elektronisk faktura som har godkänts av " "regeringen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:504 msgid "" "Check whether the electronic invoice is still within the cancellation " "deadline, which may vary according to the legislation of each state." @@ -27681,35 +29303,54 @@ msgstr "" "Kontrollera om den elektroniska fakturan fortfarande ligger inom " "ångerfristen, som kan variera beroende på lagstiftningen i varje stat." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:422 -msgid "" -"This can be done in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request Cancel` and adding a" -" cancellation :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. If you want to " -"send this cancellation reason to the customer via email, activate the " -":guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:508 +msgid "E-invoices for goods (NF-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:510 +msgid "" +"Cancel an e-invoice for goods (NF-e) in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request " +"Cancel` and adding a cancellation :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that " +"appears. If you want to send this cancellation reason to the customer via " +"email, activate the :guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." msgstr "" -"Detta kan göras i Odoo genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Request Cancel` och " -"lägga till en avbokningsorsak :guilabel:`Reason` i popup-fönstret som visas." -" Om du vill skicka denna avbokningsorsak till kunden via e-post aktiverar du" -" kryssrutan :guilabel:`E-post`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Invoice cancellation reason in Odoo." msgstr "Orsak till annullering av faktura i Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:518 +msgid "" +"This is an electronic cancellation, which means that Odoo will send a " +"request to the government to cancel the NF-e, and it will then consume one " +"|IAP| credit, as an |API| call occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:522 +msgid "E-invoices for services (NFS-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Cancel an e-invoice for services (NFS-e) in Odoo by clicking " +":guilabel:`Request Cancel`. In this case, there is no electronic " +"cancellation process, as not every city has this service available. The user" +" needs to manually cancel this NFS-e on the city portal. Once that step is " +"completed, they can request the cancellation in Odoo, which will cancel the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:530 msgid "Correction letter" msgstr "Korrigeringsbrev" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:532 msgid "" -"A correction letter can be created and linked to an electronic invoice that " -"was validated by the government." +"A correction letter can be created and linked to an electronic invoice for " +"goods (NF-e) that was validated by the government." msgstr "" -"Ett korrigeringsbrev kan skapas och länkas till en elektronisk faktura som " -"validerats av myndigheterna." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:535 msgid "" "This can be done in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Correction Letter` and " "adding a correction :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. To send " @@ -27725,11 +29366,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Correction letter reason in Odoo." msgstr "Korrigeringsbrev anledning i Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:543 +msgid "" +"Correction letters are only available for electronic invoices for goods " +"(NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:546 msgid "Invalidate invoice number range" msgstr "Invalidera intervall för fakturanummer" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:548 msgid "" "A range of sequences that are assigned to sales journals can be invalidated " "with the government if they are not currently used, **and** will not be used" @@ -27755,7 +29402,13 @@ msgstr "Val av ogiltigförklaring av nummerintervall i Odoo." msgid "Number range invalidation wizard in Odoo." msgstr "Guiden för ogiltigförklaring av nummerintervall i Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:562 +msgid "" +"Invalidate invoice number range documents are only available for electronic " +"invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:566 msgid "" "The log of the canceled numbers along with the XML file are recorded in the " "chatter of the journal." @@ -27763,7 +29416,7 @@ msgstr "" "Loggen över de avbrutna numren tillsammans med XML-filen registreras i " "journalens chatter." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:572 msgid "" "On the vendor bills side, when receiving an invoice from a supplier, you can" " encode the bill in Odoo by adding all the commercial information together " @@ -27775,34 +29428,29 @@ msgstr "" "brasilianska specifika information som registreras på :ref:`kundfakturor " "`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:576 msgid "These Brazilian specific fields are:" msgstr "Dessa brasilianska specifika områden är:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:471 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil` (how the invoice is planned to be paid)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:579 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: used by your vendor" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Betalningsmetod: Brazil` (hur fakturan är planerad att betalas)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:472 -msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type` used by your vendor." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Dokumenttyp` som används av din leverantör." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:473 -msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number` (the invoice number from your supplier)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Dokumentnummer` (fakturanumret från din leverantör)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:474 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Freight Model` (how goods are planned to be transported - " -"domestic)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:580 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number`: the invoice number from your supplier" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Freight Model` (hur varor planeras att transporteras - inrikes)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:475 -msgid ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` (who is doing the transportation)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` (den som utför transporten)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:581 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Freight Model`: **NF-e specific** how goods are planned to be " +"transported - domestic" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:582 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil`: **NF-e specific** who is doing the " +"transportation." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:3 msgid "Chile" @@ -28387,20 +30035,6 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Kontakter` för att göra detta och fyll i följande fält i ett" " nytt eller befintligt kontaktformulär." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1096 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Namn`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1097 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:293 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`E-postadress`" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:97 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" @@ -36135,12 +37769,71 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hong Kong" msgstr "Hongkong" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:6 -msgid "Add FPS QR codes to invoices" -msgstr "Lägg till FPS QR-koder till fakturor" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:8 msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get the latest " +"features of the Hong Kong localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:18 +msgid "`l10n_hk`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The base module to manage chart of accounting and localization for Hong " +"Kong." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:20 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:21 +msgid "`l10n_hk_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Enables :ref:`payroll ` specific localization features " +"for Odoo *Payroll* app. This module also installs :guilabel:`Hong Kong - " +"Payroll with Accounting` and :guilabel:`Documents - Hong Kong Payroll`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:26 +msgid "`l10n_hk_hr_payroll_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:27 +msgid "Installs the link between Hong Kong payroll and accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Documents - Hong Kong Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:29 +msgid "`documents_l10n_hk_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:30 +msgid "Integrates employee ir56 forms in the Odoo *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:33 +msgid "FPS QR codes on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:35 +msgid "" ":abbr:`FPS (Faster Payment System)` is a payment service platform that " "allows customers to make instant domestic payments to individuals and " "merchants in Hong Kong dollars or Renminbi via online and mobile banking." @@ -36150,120 +37843,1079 @@ msgstr "" "privatpersoner och handlare i Hongkongdollar eller Renminbi via online- och " "mobilbank." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:12 msgid "Activate QR codes" msgstr "Aktivera QR-koder" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:42 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " -":guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` " -"feature." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under " +"the :guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, tick the checkbox beside the " +":guilabel:`QR Codes` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Gå till :menuselection:`Redovisning --> Konfiguration --> Inställningar`. " -"Under :guilabel:`Kundbetalningar` aktiverar du funktionen :guilabel:`QR-" -"koder`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:47 msgid "FPS bank account configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration av FPS bankkonto" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:49 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"select the bank account for which you want to activate FPS. Set the " -":guilabel:`Proxy Type` and fill in the :guilabel:`Proxy Value` field " -"depending on the type you chose." +"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts app --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts " +"section --> Bank Accounts`. Then select the bank account for FPS activation." +" Proceed to set the :guilabel:`Proxy Type` and fill in the :guilabel:`Proxy " +"Value` field, depending on the type chosen." msgstr "" -"Gå till :menuselection:`Kontakter --> Konfiguration --> Bankkonton` och välj" -" det bankkonto för vilket du vill aktivera FPS. Ställ in :guilabel:`Proxy " -"Type` och fyll i :guilabel:`Proxy Value` beroende på vilken typ du valt." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:53 msgid "" -"The account holder's country must be set to Hong Kong on its contact form." -msgstr "" -"Kontoinnehavarens land måste vara inställt på Hongkong i kontaktformuläret." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:27 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:27 -msgid "" -"You could also include the invoice number in the QR code by checking the " +"Remember to include the invoice number in the QR code, by ticking the " ":guilabel:`Include Reference` checkbox." msgstr "" -"Du kan också inkludera fakturanumret i QR-koden genom att markera kryssrutan" -" :guilabel:`Include Reference`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "FPS bank account configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The account holder's country **must** be set to `Hong Kong` on their contact" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/bank`" msgstr ":doc:`../redovisning/bank`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:147 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:37 msgid "Bank journal configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration av bankjournal" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:69 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the " -"bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " -":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Journals` and " +"open the bank journal. Then, fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` fields, located in the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." msgstr "" -"Gå till :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, öppna " -"bankjournalen och fyll sedan i :guilabel:`Account Number` och " -":guilabel:`Bank` under fliken :guilabel:`Journal Entries`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 -msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration" -msgstr "Bankkontots journalkonfiguration" +msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:78 msgid "Issue invoices with FPS QR codes" msgstr "Utfärda fakturor med FPS QR-koder" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:158 msgid "" "When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" -" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to *EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code*." +" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to :guilabel:`EMV Merchant-Presented QR-" +"code`." msgstr "" "När du skapar en ny faktura, öppna fliken :guilabel:`Övrig info` och ställ " -"in alternativet :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` till *EMV Merchant-Presented QR-" -"code*." +"in alternativet :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` till :guilabel:`EMV Merchant-" +"Presented QR-code`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 -msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option" -msgstr "Välj alternativet EMV QR-kod som presenteras av handlaren" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " -"Odoo uses this field to generate the FPS QR code." +msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is configured, as Odoo uses this " +"field to generate the FPS QR code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Ensure the :guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll` (`l10n_hk_hr_payroll`) module is " +"installed before proceeding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:100 +msgid "Create employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Employees` app and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, " +"configure the following fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:105 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: :guilabel:`HK Standard 40 hours/week` option " +"**must** be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:109 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Surname, Given Name, Name in Chinese`: name of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:112 +msgid ":guilabel:`Private Address`: address of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:113 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bank Account Number`: employee's bank account number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Current Rental`: employee's rental records (if rental allowance " +"is applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Autopay Type`: :guilabel:`BBAN`, :guilabel:`SVID`, " +":guilabel:`EMAL`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Autopay Reference`: autopay reference number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Identification No`: HKID of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Gender`: gender of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:121 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Bank Account Number`, this account should be set as " +":guilabel:`Trusted` before further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:124 +msgid "" +"To achieve this, click on the right-arrow button next to :guilabel:`Bank " +"Account Number` field. Set the :guilabel:`Send Money` to :guilabel:`Trusted`" +" by clicking on the toggle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:128 +msgid "" +"To populate the :guilabel:`Current Rental`, click on the :guilabel:`History`" +" button. Then, click on :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the relevant details and " +"save the rental record. Upon saving the record, the rental contract " +":guilabel:`state` will be visible (at the top-right corner) and can be set " +"to :guilabel:`Running`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:133 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`HR Settings` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Volunteer Contribution Option`: select either :guilabel:`Only " +"Mandatory Contribution`, :guilabel:`With Fixed %VC`, or :guilabel:`Cap 5% " +"VC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:137 +msgid ":guilabel:`MPF Manulife Account`: account number, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:142 +msgid "Manage contracts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once the new employee has been created, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` " +"smart button on the employee record, or navigate to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Employees --> Contracts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Only **one** contract can be active simultaneously per employee, but an " +"employee can be assigned consecutive contracts during their employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:151 +msgid "The following are critical for setting up a contract:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: set as :guilabel:`CAP57: Hong Kong " +"Employee`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:154 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: start date of employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: set as :guilabel:`HK Standard 40 hours/week` " +"(from employee record)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select either :guilabel:`Working Schedule`, " +":guilabel:`Attendances` or :guilabel:`Planning`. This field determines how " +"the work entries are accounted for in the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:160 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: the work entries are generated automatically " +"based on the employee's working schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendances`: the work entries are generated based on the check-" +"in/out period logged in the *Attendances*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: the work entries are generated from planning shifts " +"only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:166 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Salary Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` for Full-time or Part-" +"time employees, or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage` for employees who are paid " +"hourly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:170 +msgid ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: the frequency of payslip issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage`: :guilabel:`Monthly` or :guilabel:`Hourly` depending on the" +" :guilabel:`Wage Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internet Subscription`: this is an **optional** field to provide " +"additional internet allowance on top of the current salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:177 +msgid "Timesheets do **not** impact work entries in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Once all information has been setup, set the contract status to " +":guilabel:`Running` by clicking the :guilabel:`Running` button in the top-" +"right of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong employment contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:189 +msgid "Generate payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Once the employees, and their contracts, are configured, payslips can be " +"generated in the *Payroll* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides **four** different salary structures under CAP57 regulation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:196 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Employees Monthly Pay`: to process the monthly employee " +"salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice`: to process final payment upon " +"contract termination using :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:199 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Long Service Payment`: applicable to employees with more " +"than five years of service upon contract termination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Severance Payment`: applicable to employees with more than" +" two years of service upon contract termination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Before running the payslips, the accounts used in the salary rule can be " +"adjusted by navigating to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> " +"Rules`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Salary Rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Odoo can create pay runs in two ways: via :ref:`batch " +"` or :ref:`individual " +"` payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:217 +msgid "Batch payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:219 +msgid "" +"This method of payslip generation is used for recurring payments, since " +"multiple employee payslips can be managed at once. Go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:514 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Batch Name` (e.g. `2024 - Jan`) and :guilabel:`Period` " +"(e.g. `01/01/2024` - `01/31/2024`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:225 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Generate Payslips`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Choose which :guilabel:`Salary Structure` to use for this batch. The " +"department filter allows the batch to only apply to a specific group of " +"employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:228 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Generate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:229 +msgid "A :guilabel:`Payslips` smart button is created automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` to generate a draft journal entry" +" found in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of each payslip. A " +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears asking :guilabel:`Are you " +"sure you want to proceed?`. Click :guilabel:`Ok` to create the journal " +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:238 +msgid "Individual payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:240 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> All Payslips`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:242 +msgid "" +"This method of payslip generation is commonly used to handle non-recurring " +"payments (e.g. :guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice`, " +":guilabel:`CAP57: Long Service Payment` or :guilabel:`CAP57: Severance " +"Payment`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Select an :guilabel:`Employee`. When selected, the :guilabel:`Contract` is " +"filled out automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:249 +msgid "Add a pay :guilabel:`Period`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Select a salary :guilabel:`Structure` (e.g. :guilabel:`CAP57: Employees " +"Monthly Pay`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Worked Days & Inputs` tab automatically compute the worked " +"days/hours and time off leaves that are applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Additional payslip items can be added at this time (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Commissions`, :guilabel:`Deductions`) under the :guilabel:`Other " +"Inputs` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button to generate the payslip lines. " +"This button updates the :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:259 +msgid "" +"If the work entry for an employee was amended, click the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Recompute Whole Sheet` to " +"refresh the payslip's :guilabel:`Worked Days & Inputs` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:263 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab shows the detailed breakdown of the " +"computation, based on the salary rules configured for each structure type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rent Allowance`: amount derived from the employee's active rental" +" record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Basic Salary`: amount of base salary provided (after rent " +"allowance deduction)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`713 Gross`: net payable amount considering *Commission*, " +"*Internet Allowance*, *Reimbursements*, *Back-pay*, *Deduction*, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:270 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`MPF Gross`: net payable amount from 713 gross after consideration" +" of additional allowances, deductions, and end-of-year payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:272 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Mandatory Contribution`: employee MPF Contribution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:273 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employer Mandatory Contribution`: employer MPF Contribution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gross`: net payable amount from MPF gross after consideration of " +"MPF deductions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:275 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Net Salary`: final payable amount to be paid to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:278 +msgid "" +"There are no MPF contributions for the first month. Both employee and " +"employer contribution starts on second month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Salary computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` section in :guilabel:`Worked Days & " +"Inputs` tab, there are additional manual input types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Back Pay`: additional salary payout can be included under this " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:289 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Commission`: the commission earned during the period can be " +"manually entered here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Global Deduction`: a lump-sum deduction from the entire payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:291 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Global Reimbursement`: a lump-sum reimbursement to the entire " +"payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:292 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referral Fee`: the additional bonus offered for any form of " +"business-related referral." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Moving Daily Wage`: to override the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily " +"Wage)` value used for leaves computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skip Rent Allowance`: if set, the rental allowance is excluded " +"from the current payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Average Monthly Salary`: to override the average monthly " +"salary used for end-of-year payment (rule is only applicable to payslips " +"generated in December)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lieu of Notice Period (Months)`: only applicable to " +":guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice` salary structure. By default, " +"the final payout is set as 1-month. Use the :guilabel:`Count` field under " +"the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` section to set a different notice period " +"duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:304 +msgid "" +"Once the payslips are ready, click on :guilabel:`Compute Sheet`, followed by" +" :guilabel:`Create Draft entry` to generate a draft journal entry found in " +"the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Once the draft journal entries have been posted, the company can now pay the" +" employees. The user can choose between **two** different *payment methods*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:313 +msgid "" +"From the employee's payslip (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> " +"All Payslips`), once the payslip's journal entry has been posted, click " +":guilabel:`Register Payment`. The process is the same as :doc:`paying vendor" +" bills <../accounting/payments>`. Select the desired bank journal and " +"payment method, then later reconcile the payment with the corresponding bank" +" statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:317 +msgid "" +"For batch payments (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`), " +"once all draft journal entries from the batch are confirmed, click " +":guilabel:`Mark as Paid` to post the payment journal entry. Then " +":doc:`create a payment <../accounting/payments>` in the *Accounting* app, " +"and reconcile accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:323 +msgid "Attendances and hourly wage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:325 +msgid "" +"To configure the contract for an employee paid hourly using the " +"*Attendances* app for hours tracking, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll " +"app --> Contracts --> Contracts`. Create a new :ref:`contract " +"`. It is important to remember to set the " +":guilabel:`Work Entry Source` as :guilabel:`Attendances`, and " +":guilabel:`Wage Type` as :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:331 +msgid "To record the hours logged by the employee using *Attendances* app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:333 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Attendances app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:334 +msgid "" +"The employee can check-in/out, via the kiosk mode and the time will be " +"logged automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:335 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Payroll app`, review the attendance work entries " +"generated from :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Work Entries --> Work " +"Entries`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:337 +msgid "" +"Next, generate the :ref:`payslips ` and process " +"the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Attendance Work Entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Attendance Payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:348 +msgid "Time Off with Payroll" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:350 +msgid "" +"The work entry types and time off types are fully integrated between the " +"*Time Off* and *Payroll* apps. There are several default time off types and " +"work entry types specific to Hong Kong which are installed automatically " +"along with the *Hong Kong - Payroll* module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types` " +"and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:356 +msgid "" +"There are two checkboxes to be considered when setting up the work entry " +"type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use 713`: Include this leave type as part of 713 computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:359 +msgid ":guilabel:`Non-full pay`: 80% of the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Work Entry Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:366 +msgid "" +":ref:`Creating and configuring work entry types `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:369 +msgid "Understanding 713 Ordinance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:371 +msgid "" +"The *Hong Kong - Payroll* module is compliant with 713 Ordinance which " +"relates to the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` computation to ensure fair " +"compensation for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:374 +msgid "The ADW computation is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:379 +msgid "Hong Kong ADW Formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:379 +msgid "" +":abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` equals the total wage in a 12-month period," +" minus the wages of non-full pay, divided by the total days in a 12-month " +"period minus the days of non-full pay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:383 +msgid "" +"For 418 compliance, there is no automated allocation of the *Statutory " +"Holiday* entitlement to the employees. As soon as 418 requirements are met, " +"manually allocate the leaves, via the *Time Off* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Before generating payslips, ensure the statuses are :guilabel:`Done` to " +"validate the outcome." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:393 +msgid "Period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:394 +msgid "Days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:395 +msgid "Wage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:396 +msgid "Commission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:398 +msgid "ADW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:399 +msgid "Leave Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:400 +msgid "Jan" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:415 +msgid "31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:409 +msgid "$20200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:405 +msgid "$651.61 ($20200/31)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:413 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:407 +msgid "Feb" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:408 +msgid "28" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:410 +msgid "$5000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:411 +msgid "$25200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:412 +msgid "$769.49 ($45400/59)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:414 +msgid "Mar (One Day Annual Leave)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:418 +msgid "$20324.33" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:419 +msgid "$730.27 ($65724.33/90)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:420 +msgid "$769.49" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:421 +msgid "Apr (One Day 80% Sick Leave)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:423 +msgid "$20117.56" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:427 +msgid "$584.22 ($730.27*0.8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:430 +msgid "Here is an example demonstrating the 713 logic:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:432 +msgid "" +"**Jan**: Generate a payslip with a monthly wage of $20200. The :abbr:`ADW " +"(Average Daily Wage)` is always computed on a cumulative basis of the " +"trailing 12-months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:434 +msgid "" +"**Feb**: Generate a similar payslip, but add an :guilabel:`Other Input Type`" +" for the :guilabel:`Commission`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Mar**: Apply for **one** full-paid annual leave in March. The salary " +"compensation for the leave taken is based on :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily " +"Wage)` thus far." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:0 +msgid "Hong Kong March 713." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:443 +msgid "" +"**Apr**: Apply for a 1-day non-full pay leave in April. Since this is a non-" +"full pay leave, the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` is computed " +"accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:0 +msgid "Hong Kong April 713." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:451 +msgid "" +"The value of :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` is computed in the backend, " +"and not be visible to the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:455 +msgid "" +"`HK 713 Ordinance " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:456 +msgid "" +"`HK 418 Ordinance `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:459 +msgid "Generate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:461 +msgid "" +"Before generating the below reports, setup the following in " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Payroll`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:464 +msgid "Configure the following in the :guilabel:`Accounting` section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:466 +msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`Payroll HSBC Autopay` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:468 +msgid ":guilabel:`Autopay Type`: Set as :guilabel:`H2H Submission`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:469 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Bank Account` to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:471 +msgid "Configure the following in the :guilabel:`HK Localization` section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:473 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employer's Name shows on reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:474 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employer's File Number`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:475 +msgid ":guilabel:`Manulife MPF Scheme`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Payroll Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:482 +msgid "IRD report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:484 +msgid "There are a total of **four** IRD reports available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:486 +msgid ":guilabel:`IR56B`: employer's Return of Remuneration and Pensions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:487 +msgid ":guilabel:`IR56E`: notification of Commencement of Employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:488 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`IR56F`: notification of Ceasation of Employment (remaining in " +"HK)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:489 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`IR56G`: notification of Ceasation of Employment (departing from " +"HK permanently)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:491 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting`, and select one of the " +":guilabel:`IR56B/E/F/G Sheet` options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:495 +msgid "Fill in the relevant information for the IRD report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:496 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Populate`, and the :guilabel:`Eligible Employees` smart " +"button appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:497 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Employee Declarations` status is :guilabel:`Draft` and " +"changed to :guilabel:`Generated PDF` status once the schedule runs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:499 +msgid "Once the PDF is generated, the IRD form may be downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong IR56B report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:506 +msgid "" +"The scheduled action called *Payroll: Generate pdfs* can be manually " +"triggered. It is set by default to run the PDF generation monthly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:510 +msgid "Manulife MPF sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:512 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting --> Manulife MPF Sheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:515 +msgid "" +"Select the relevant :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Month`, and " +":guilabel:`Sequence No.`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:516 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create XLSX`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:517 +msgid "" +"The *Manulife MPF XLSX* file is then generated, and available for download." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Manulife Sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Odoo will not be developing further reports for other MPF trustee as there " +"will soon be an eMPF platform setup by the local government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:528 +msgid "`eMPF `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:531 +msgid "HSBC autopay report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:533 +msgid "" +"If *HSBC Autopay* is selected as the batch payment method, click on " +":guilabel:`Create HSBC Autopay Report`, and fill in the mandatory fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong HSBC Autopay wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:540 +msgid "" +"This creates an :file:`.apc` file format which can be uploaded to the HSCB " +"portal for processing." msgstr "" -"Se till att :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` är den du konfigurerade, eftersom " -"Odoo använder detta fält för att generera FPS QR-kod." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:3 msgid "India" @@ -44968,6 +47620,18 @@ msgstr "" "omedelbara inhemska betalningar till privatpersoner och handlare i " "Singapore-dollar via online- och mobilbank." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` " +"feature." +msgstr "" +"Gå till :menuselection:`Redovisning --> Konfiguration --> Inställningar`. " +"Under :guilabel:`Kundbetalningar` aktiverar du funktionen :guilabel:`QR-" +"koder`." + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 msgid "PayNow bank account configuration" @@ -44990,10 +47654,52 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Kontoinnehavarens land måste vara inställt på Singapore i kontaktformuläret." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You could also include the invoice number in the QR code by checking the " +":guilabel:`Include Reference` checkbox." +msgstr "" +"Du kan också inkludera fakturanumret i QR-koden genom att markera kryssrutan" +" :guilabel:`Include Reference`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the " +"bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." +msgstr "" +"Gå till :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, öppna " +"bankjournalen och fyll sedan i :guilabel:`Account Number` och " +":guilabel:`Bank` under fliken :guilabel:`Journal Entries`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 +msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration" +msgstr "Bankkontots journalkonfiguration" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:45 msgid "Issue invoices with PayNow QR codes" msgstr "Utfärda fakturor med QR-koder från PayNow" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" +" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to *EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code*." +msgstr "" +"När du skapar en ny faktura, öppna fliken :guilabel:`Övrig info` och ställ " +"in alternativet :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` till *EMV Merchant-Presented QR-" +"code*." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 +msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option" +msgstr "Välj alternativet EMV QR-kod som presenteras av handlaren" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:53 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " @@ -46096,16 +48802,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Issue invoices with PromptPay QR code" msgstr "Utfärda fakturor med PromptPay QR-kod" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:158 -msgid "" -"When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" -" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to :guilabel:`EMV Merchant-Presented QR-" -"code`." -msgstr "" -"När du skapar en ny faktura, öppna fliken :guilabel:`Övrig info` och ställ " -"in alternativet :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` till :guilabel:`EMV Merchant-" -"Presented QR-code`." - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:164 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " @@ -50620,13 +53316,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:33 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` section, enter your Odoo database URL (e.g., " -"`https://example.odoo.com`) in the field :guilabel:`Invoices paid` and click" -" the :guilabel:`Test and save` button next to it." +"In the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` section, enter your Odoo database's URL, " +"followed by `/payment/xendit/webhook` (e.g., " +"`https://example.odoo.com/payment/xendit/webhook`) in the field " +":guilabel:`Invoices paid` and click the :guilabel:`Test and save` button " +"next to it." msgstr "" -"I avsnittet :guilabel:`Webhook URL`, ange din Odoo databas URL (t.ex. " -"`https://example.odoo.com`) i fältet :guilabel:`Invoices paid` och klicka på" -" :guilabel:`Test and save` knappen bredvid den." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:40 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 37d962223..619480c50 100644 --- a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -5,18 +5,18 @@ # # Translators: # Simon S, 2024 -# Jakob Krabbe , 2024 # Anders Wallenquist , 2024 # Kim Asplund , 2024 +# Jakob Krabbe , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Kim Asplund , 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Jakob Krabbe , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Swedish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sv/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1897,58 +1897,42 @@ msgstr "" "**fet stil**." #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:5 -msgid "Developer Mode (debug mode)" -msgstr "Utvecklarläge (felsökningsläge)" +msgid "Developer mode (debug mode)" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:7 msgid "" -"The developer mode (or debug mode) unlocks access to extra and advanced " -"tools in Odoo. There are several ways to activate the developer mode: " -"through the :ref:`settings `, the " -":ref:`browser extension `, through" -" the :ref:`command palette ` or the" -" :ref:`URL `." +"The developer mode, also known as debug mode, unlocks access to advanced " +":ref:`tools and settings ` in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Utvecklarläget (eller felsökningsläget) ger tillgång till extra och " -"avancerade verktyg i Odoo. Det finns flera sätt att aktivera utvecklarläget:" -" via :ref:`settings `, :ref:`browser " -"extension `, via :ref:`command " -"palette ` eller :ref:`URL " -"`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:17 -msgid "Activate through the Settings" -msgstr "Aktivera genom inställningarna" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:11 msgid "" -"The debug mode can be activated in the Odoo database settings. Go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Developer Tools` and click" -" on :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`. At least one application needs " -"to be installed for the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` section to appear in the" -" :guilabel:`Settings` module." +"Proceed with caution, as some developer tools and technical settings are " +"considered advanced and may have associated risks. Only use them if you " +"understand the implications and are confident in your actions." msgstr "" -"Felsökningsläget kan aktiveras i Odoo-databasinställningarna. Gå till " -":menuselection:`Inställningar --> Allmänna inställningar --> " -"Utvecklarverktyg` och klicka på :guilabel:`Aktivera utvecklarläget`. Minst " -"ett program måste vara installerat för att avsnittet :guilabel:`Entwickler " -"Tools` ska visas i modulen :guilabel:`Inställningar`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of the debug options under settings in Odoo." -msgstr "Översikt över felsökningsalternativen under inställningar i Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:16 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with assets)` is used by developers;" -" :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with tests assets)` is used by " -"developers and testers." +"The developer mode is also available with :ref:`assets " +"`, which are used to debug JavaScript " +"code, and with :ref:`tests assets `, " +"which are used to run test tours." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with assets)` används av utvecklare;" -" :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with tests assets)` används av " -"utvecklare och testare." -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:23 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Aktivering" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To activate it, open the :guilabel:`Settings` app, scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Developer Tools` section, and click :guilabel:`Activate the " +"developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:28 msgid "" "Once activated, the :guilabel:`Deactivate the developer mode` option becomes" " available." @@ -1956,129 +1940,71 @@ msgstr "" "När det har aktiverats blir alternativet :guilabel:`Deaktivera " "utvecklarläget` tillgängligt." +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 +msgid "Activating the developer mode in the Settings app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To activate the developer mode **from anywhere in the database**, add " +"`?debug=1` to the URL after `/web` (e.g., " +"`https://example.odoo.com/web?debug=1#action=menu&cids=1`). To deactivate " +"it, use `?debug=0` instead." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:37 -msgid "Activate through the browser extension" -msgstr "Aktivera via webbläsartillägget" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:39 msgid "" -"Within a web browser, navigate to the browser settings and extensions and " -"search for the `Odoo Debug` extension. Once the extension is installed, a " -"new icon will be shown on the browser's toolbar." +"Use `?debug=assets` to activate the developer mode with assets and " +"`?debug=tests` to activate it with tests assets." msgstr "" -"I en webbläsare, navigera till webbläsarens inställningar och tillägg och " -"sök efter tillägget `Odoo Debug`. När tillägget är installerat kommer en ny " -"ikon att visas i webbläsarens verktygsfält." -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:41 msgid "" -"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " -"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" -" a single click." +"Open the **command palette** by pressing `Ctrl + K` or `Cmd ⌘ + K`, then " +"type `debug` to activate the developer mode with assets or deactivate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:44 +msgid "Browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The `Odoo Debug `_ browser extension " +"adds an icon to toggle developer mode on or off from the browser's toolbar. " +"It is available on the `Chrome Web Store " +"`_ and `Firefox Add-ons " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:54 +msgid "Developer tools and technical menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once the developer mode is activated, the developer tools can be accessed by" +" clicking the :icon:`fa-bug` :guilabel:`(bug)` icon. The menu contains tools" +" useful for understanding or editing technical data, such as a view's field," +" filters, or actions. The options available depend on where the menu is " +"accessed from." msgstr "" -"För tillägget *Odoo Debug* aktiverar ett enkelklick en normal version av " -"läget, medan ett dubbelklick aktiverar det med tillgångar. För att " -"inaktivera det, använd ett enkelklick." #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "View of Odoo's debug icon in a Google Chrome toolbar." -msgstr "Vy över Odoos felsökningsikon i ett verktygsfält i Google Chrome." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:53 -msgid "Activate through the command palette" -msgstr "Aktivera via kommandopaletten" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the command palette tool has a command to activate the debug mode. " -"First, open the command palette tool with the keyboard shortcut `ctrl+k` and" -" then type `debug`. A command will show up to activate the debug mode." +msgid "Accessing the developer tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Database administrators can access the technical menu from the " +":guilabel:`Settings` app. It contains advanced database settings, such as " +"ones related to the database structure, security, actions, etc." msgstr "" -"I Odoo har kommandopalettverktyget ett kommando för att aktivera " -"felsökningsläget. Öppna först kommandopalettverktyget med kortkommandot " -"`ctrl + k` och skriv sedan `debug`. Ett kommando visas för att aktivera " -"felsökningsläget." #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Command palette with debug command." -msgstr "Kommandopalett med felsökningskommando." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:68 -msgid "Activate through the URL" -msgstr "Aktivera via URL" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The debug mode can also be activated by adding an extra query string to the " -"database's URL. In the URL, add `?debug=1` or `?debug=true` after `/web`. To" -" deactivate the debug mode, change the value to `?debug=0` instead." +msgid "Accessing the technical menu" msgstr "" -"Debugläget kan också aktiveras genom att lägga till en extra frågesträng i " -"databasens URL. I URL:en lägger du till `?debug=1` eller `?debug=true` efter" -" `/web`. Om du vill inaktivera debug-läget ändrar du värdet till `?debug=0` " -"istället." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a URL with the debug mode command added." -msgstr "Översikt över en URL med kommandot för felsökningsläge tillagt." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Additional modes are available for developers: `?debug=assets` enables the " -":ref:`assets mode `, and " -"`?debug=tests` enables the :ref:`tests mode " -"`." -msgstr "" -"Ytterligare lägen finns tillgängliga för utvecklare: `?debug=assets` " -"aktiverar :ref:`assets-läget `, och " -"`?debug=tests` aktiverar :ref:`tests-läget " -"`." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:86 -msgid "Locate the developer mode tools" -msgstr "Leta reda på verktygen för utvecklarläge" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Once developer mode is activated, the developer mode tools can be accessed " -"from the :guilabel:`Open Developer Tools` button, the bug icon located in " -"the header of the Odoo database." -msgstr "" -"När utvecklarläget är aktiverat kan verktygen för utvecklarläget nås från " -":guilabel:`Öppna utvecklarverktyg`-knappen, bugtikonen som finns i Odoo-" -"databasens sidhuvud." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a console page and the debug icon being shown in Odoo." -msgstr "Översikt över en konsolsida och felsökningsikonen som visas i Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:95 -msgid "" -"This menu contains additional tools that are useful to understand or edit " -"technical data, such as the views or actions of a page. On a page that has " -"filters, actions, and view options, the developer mode tools contain some " -"useful menu items such as:" -msgstr "" -"Den här menyn innehåller ytterligare verktyg som är användbara för att " -"förstå eller redigera tekniska data, t.ex. vyer eller åtgärder på en sida. " -"På en sida som har filter, åtgärder och visningsalternativ innehåller " -"verktygen i utvecklarläget några användbara menyalternativ, t.ex:" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:99 -msgid ":guilabel:`Edit Action`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Redigera åtgärd`" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:100 -msgid ":guilabel:`Manage Filters`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Hantera filter`" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:101 -msgid "Edit the current view (e.g. Kanban, List, Graph, etc.)" -msgstr "Redigera den aktuella vyn (t.ex. Kanban, Lista, Graf etc.)" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:102 -msgid "See the :guilabel:`Fields View Get`" -msgstr "Se :guilabel:`Fält Visa Hämta`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:5 msgid "Email communication" @@ -3025,11 +2951,11 @@ msgstr "" "med ett gratisverktyg som `DKIM Core `_. Om en " "väljare efterfrågas, ange `odoo`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 msgid "Check the DMARC policy" msgstr "Kontrollera DMARC-policyn" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:104 msgid "" "The Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance (DMARC) " "record is a protocol that unifies :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` and " @@ -3047,15 +2973,15 @@ msgstr "" "inkommande e-post som inte klarar :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` " "och/eller :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`-kontrollen." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 msgid "DMARC: TXT record" msgstr "DMARC: TXT-post" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 msgid "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`" msgstr "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:116 msgid "" "There are three :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` policies:" @@ -3063,20 +2989,20 @@ msgstr "" "Det finns tre :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, " "& Conformance)`-policyer:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 msgid "`p=none`" msgstr "`p=none`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:118 -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 msgid "`p=quarantine`" msgstr "p=karantän" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 msgid "`p=reject`" msgstr "`p=reject`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:123 msgid "" "`p=quarantine` and `p=reject` instruct the server that receives an email to " "quarantine that email or ignore it if the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy " @@ -3087,7 +3013,7 @@ msgstr "" "(Sender Policy Framework)` och/eller :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified " "Mail)`-kontrollen misslyckas." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:127 msgid "" "If the domain name uses :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` and has defined one of these policies, the domain" @@ -3099,7 +3025,7 @@ msgstr "" "domänen vara :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)`-kompatibel eller aktivera" " :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:132 msgid "" "Yahoo or AOL are examples of email providers with a :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-" "based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` policy set to " @@ -3113,7 +3039,7 @@ msgstr "" "*@yahoo.com*- eller *@aol.com*-adress för databasanvändarna. Dessa " "e-postmeddelanden kommer aldrig att nå sin mottagare." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:137 msgid "" "`p=none` is used for the domain owner to receive reports about entities " "using their domain. It should not impact the deliverability if the " @@ -3125,7 +3051,7 @@ msgstr "" "(Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)`-kontrollen " "misslyckas." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:141 msgid "" ":abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` records are comprised of tags in the form of :abbr:`DNS " @@ -3151,115 +3077,115 @@ msgstr "" "Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)`-policyn inte vara alltför " "restriktiv från början." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:150 msgid "The following chart displays available tags:" msgstr "Följande diagram visar tillgängliga taggar:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 msgid "Tag Name" msgstr "Dag Namn" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 msgid "Purpose" msgstr "Syfte" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 msgid "Example" msgstr "Exempel" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 msgid "v" msgstr "v" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 msgid "Protocol version" msgstr "Protokollversion" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 msgid "`v=DMARC1`" msgstr "`v=DMARC1`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 msgid "pct" msgstr "procent" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 msgid "Percentage of messages subjected to filtering" msgstr "Procentandel av meddelanden som filtrerats" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 msgid "`pct=20`" msgstr "`pct=20`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 msgid "ruf" msgstr "ruf" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 msgid "Reporting URI for forensic reports" msgstr "URI för rapportering av kriminaltekniska rapporter" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 msgid "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" msgstr "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 msgid "rua" msgstr "rua" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 msgid "Reporting URI of aggregate reports" msgstr "URI för rapportering av aggregerade rapporter" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 msgid "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" msgstr "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 msgid "p" msgstr "p" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 msgid "Policy for organizational domain" msgstr "Policy för organisatorisk domän" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 msgid "sp" msgstr "sp" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 msgid "Policy for subdomains of the OD" msgstr "Policy för OD:s underdomäner" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 msgid "`sp=reject`" msgstr "`sp=reject`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 msgid "adkim" msgstr "adkim" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 msgid "Alignment mode for DKIM" msgstr "Anpassningsläge för DKIM" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 msgid "`adkim=s`" msgstr "`adkim=s`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 msgid "aspf" msgstr "aspf" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:181 msgid "Alignment mode for SPF" msgstr "Anpassningsläge för SPF" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 msgid "`aspf=r`" msgstr "`aspf=r`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:184 msgid "" "Check the :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` record of a domain name with a tool like `MXToolbox DMARC " @@ -3269,7 +3195,7 @@ msgstr "" "Conformance)`-posten för ett domännamn med ett verktyg som `MXToolbox DMARC " "`_." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:188 msgid "" "`DMARC.org is another great resource to learn about DMARC records. " "`_" @@ -3277,73 +3203,73 @@ msgstr "" "`DMARC.org är en annan bra resurs för att lära sig om DMARC-poster. " "`_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 msgid "SPF, DKIM & DMARC documentation of common providers" msgstr "SPF, DKIM & DMARC-dokumentation för vanliga leverantörer" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 -msgid "" -"`OVH DNS " -"`_" -msgstr "" -"`OVH DNS " -"`_" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:195 -msgid "" -"`OVH SPF `_" -msgstr "" -"`OVH SPF `_" - #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:196 msgid "" +"`OVH DNS " +"`_" +msgstr "" +"`OVH DNS " +"`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 +msgid "" +"`OVH SPF `_" +msgstr "" +"`OVH SPF `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 +msgid "" "`GoDaddy TXT record `_" msgstr "" "`GoDaddy TXT-rekord `_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 msgid "`GoDaddy SPF `_" msgstr "`GoDaddy SPF `_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:200 msgid "" "`GoDaddy DKIM `_" msgstr "" "`GoDaddy DKIM `_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 -msgid "" -"`NameCheap " -"`_" -msgstr "" -"`NameCheap " -"`_" - #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:201 msgid "" -"`CloudFlare DNS `_" +"`NameCheap " +"`_" msgstr "" -"`CloudFlare DNS `_" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:202 -msgid "" -"`Google Domains `_" -msgstr "" -"`Google Domains `_" +"`NameCheap " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 msgid "" +"`CloudFlare DNS `_" +msgstr "" +"`CloudFlare DNS `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:204 +msgid "" +"`Google Domains `_" +msgstr "" +"`Google Domains `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 +msgid "" "`Azure DNS `_" msgstr "" "`Azure DNS `_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:207 msgid "" "To fully test the configuration, use the `Mail-Tester `_ tool, which gives a full overview of the content and " @@ -3356,7 +3282,7 @@ msgstr "" "Tester kan också användas för att konfigurera poster för andra, mindre kända" " leverantörer." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:212 msgid "" "`Using Mail-Tester to set SPF Records for specific carriers " "`_" @@ -10014,17 +9940,11 @@ msgstr "Nedladdning och första installation" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 msgid "" "To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation " -"package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download " -"page `_. Next, install and setup the Odoo " -":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " -"start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +"package for Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download page " +"`_. Next, install and setup the Odoo :file:`.exe`" +" file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to start the " +"installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." msgstr "" -"För att börja installationen, navigera till Odoo 16 eller högre " -"installationspaket för Enterprise eller Community - Windows edition på " -"`Odoo's nedladdningssida `_. Installera och " -"konfigurera sedan Odoo :file:`.exe`-filen. När instruktionerna visas klickar" -" du på :guilabel:`Nästa` för att starta installationen och godkänna " -":abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -10670,10 +10590,22 @@ msgstr "" "Bekräfta avinstallationen och följ stegen för att avinstallera via Odoo " "avinstallationsguide." -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:7 msgid "Devices" msgstr "Anordningar" +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:21 +msgid "" +":doc:`Worldline payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:23 +msgid "" +":doc:`Ingenico payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 msgid "Connect a camera" msgstr "Anslut en kamera" @@ -12589,9 +12521,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:126 msgid "" "On a form, navigate to any field, and hover over the field name. A box of " -"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Object`" -" name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be" -" added." +"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Model` " +"name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be " +"added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:0 diff --git a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 99e718d6c..7c42d033c 100644 --- a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jakob Krabbe , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Swedish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sv/)\n" @@ -32,13 +32,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Human resources" msgstr "Personal" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 msgid "Appraisals" msgstr "Bedömningar" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, the *Appraisals* application can be used to evaluate employee " "performance on a recurring basis. Managers can evaluate the performance of " @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ msgstr "" " Utvärderingar är anpassningsbara och kan ställas in för vilken typ av " "schema som helst." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:12 msgid "" "Appraisals give employees valuable feedback, including actionable goals to " "work toward, and measurable skills to improve upon. Additionally, appraisals" @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ msgstr "" "utvärderingar ligga till grund för löneförhöjningar, befordringar och andra " "förmåner." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:16 msgid "" "Regular appraisals are good for both the employees and the company, since " "they can accurately measure performance based on company goals, and show " @@ -73,14 +73,14 @@ msgstr "" "eftersom de kan mäta prestationerna utifrån företagets mål och visa " "medarbetarna vad de behöver förbättra." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:31 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Configuration` menu in the *Appraisals* application is where " "the settings can be configured, feedback templates can be edited, " @@ -92,14 +92,15 @@ msgstr "" "hantera utvärderingsskalor, lagra data för 360 feedback och visa/skapa " "måltaggar." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Inställningar" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:29 msgid "" "To access the *Settings* menu, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " "application --> Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -107,11 +108,11 @@ msgstr "" "För att komma till menyn *Inställningar*, navigera till " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Configuration --> Settings`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 msgid "Feedback templates" msgstr "Mallar för feedback" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:35 msgid "" "Feedback templates are form outlines used during an employee appraisal. Any " "edits made to a template are, ultimately, reflected in the appraisals sent " @@ -121,7 +122,7 @@ msgstr "" "ändringar som görs i en mall återspeglas i slutändan i de utvärderingar som " "skickas till de anställda." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:38 msgid "" "There are two default templates pre-configured in Odoo *Appraisals*: one for" " employee feedback, and one for manager feedback. Each contains several " @@ -133,7 +134,7 @@ msgstr "" "innehåller flera avsnitt, tillsammans med frågor och korta förklaringar för " "hur man svarar på frågorna." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:42 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`My work`, :guilabel:`My future`, and :guilabel:`My feelings`." @@ -142,7 +143,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Mitt arbete`, :guilabel:`Min framtid`, och :guilabel:`Mina " "känslor`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:45 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`Feedback`, :guilabel:`Evaluation`, and :guilabel:`Improvements`." @@ -150,7 +151,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Mall för feedback till chefer` har följande avsnitt: " ":guilabel:`Feedback`, :guilabel:`Utvärdering` och :guilabel:`Förbättringar`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:48 msgid "" "Any desired changes to the default feedback templates can be made by making " "changes directly in each template." @@ -158,7 +159,7 @@ msgstr "" "Alla önskade ändringar av standardmallarna för feedback kan göras genom att " "göra ändringar direkt i varje mall." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:54 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Appraisals` section of the settings menu determines the " "frequency that appraisals are performed, and if it is possible to request " @@ -174,11 +175,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Utvärderingsavsnitten med tidslinjen ifylld och 360 feedback aktiverad." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 msgid "Appraisals plans" msgstr "Planer för utvärderingar" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:66 msgid "" "By default, appraisals are pre-configured to be automatically created six " "months after an employee is hired, with a second appraisal exactly six " @@ -188,7 +189,7 @@ msgstr "" "sex månader efter att en anställd anställts, med en andra utvärdering exakt " "sex månader efter det." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:69 msgid "" "Once those two initial appraisals have been completed in the employee's " "first year, following appraisals are only created once a year (every twelve " @@ -198,7 +199,7 @@ msgstr "" " år, skapas efterföljande utvärderingar endast en gång per år (var tolfte " "månad)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:72 msgid "" "To modify this schedule, change the number of months in the blank fields " "under the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section." @@ -206,7 +207,7 @@ msgstr "" "För att ändra detta schema, ändra antalet månader i de tomma fälten under " "avsnittet :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:76 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section is modified, **all** empty " ":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Dates` are modified for **all** employees." @@ -214,12 +215,12 @@ msgstr "" "Om avsnittet :guilabel:`Bedömningsplaner` ändras, ändras **alla** tomma " ":guilabel:`Nästa bedömningsdatum` för **alla** anställda." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 msgid "360 feedback" msgstr "360 återkoppling" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:82 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option can be enabled to allow managers to " "request feedback from other employees using a different survey form, at any " @@ -229,7 +230,7 @@ msgstr "" " feedback från andra anställda med hjälp av ett annat undersökningsformulär," " när som helst, oberoende av utvärderingsschemat." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:85 msgid "" "Typically, managers ask for feedback from other people who work with an " "employee they manage. This includes the employee's various managers, peers, " @@ -239,7 +240,7 @@ msgstr "" "medarbetare som de leder. Detta inkluderar medarbetarens olika chefer, " "kollegor och direktrapporterande medarbetare." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:88 msgid "" "To view the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey, click the :guilabel:`→ Internal" " link` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`Default Template` field. The " @@ -251,7 +252,7 @@ msgstr "" "Undersökningen :guilabel:`360 Feedback` laddas och du kan göra eventuella " "ändringar i undersökningen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:92 msgid "" "For more information on how to edit a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." @@ -259,7 +260,7 @@ msgstr "" "Mer information om hur du redigerar en undersökning finns i dokumentet " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:96 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` form is a pre-configured survey within the " "*Surveys* application. In order to use the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option, " @@ -271,11 +272,11 @@ msgstr "" "Feedback`-alternativet, inklusive möjligheten att redigera undersökningen, " "**måste** applikationen *Surveys* vara installerad." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 msgid "Evaluation scale" msgstr "Utvärderingsskala" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:103 msgid "" "On each employee appraisal form, final rating options appear by default. To " "view and edit these options, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " @@ -287,7 +288,7 @@ msgstr "" "alternativ, gå till :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Configuration" " --> Evaluation Scale`. Här visas betygen i en listvy." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:107 msgid "" "The pre-configured ratings are :guilabel:`Needs Improvement`, " ":guilabel:`Meets Expectations`, :guilabel:`Exceeds Expectations`, and " @@ -299,7 +300,7 @@ msgstr "" "och :guilabel:`Överträffar förväntningarna med råge`. Klicka på knappen " ":guilabel:`Ny` för att lägga till ett nytt betyg." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:111 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`New` button is clicked on the :guilabel:`Evaluation " "Scale` page, a blank line appears at the bottom of the list. Enter the name " @@ -309,7 +310,7 @@ msgstr "" "Scale` visas en tom rad längst ner i listan. Ange namnet på bedömningen i " "fältet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:114 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the ratings, click the :guilabel:`(six small gray " "boxes)` icon to the left of a rating, and drag the rating to the desired " @@ -327,7 +328,7 @@ msgstr "" "Utvärderingsskalan, med den nya knappen och klick- och dra-ikonerna " "markerade." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:124 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` section displays information for all the " "surveys currently configured in the *Appraisals* application. To view the " @@ -344,7 +345,7 @@ msgid "A list view of all available surveys in the Appraisals application." msgstr "" "En listvy över alla tillgängliga undersökningar i applikationen Appraisals." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:132 msgid "" "Each appraisal (or survey) is presented in its own line on the " ":guilabel:`360 Feedback` page, along with various information related to " @@ -354,15 +355,15 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`360 Feedback`, tillsammans med diverse information relaterad till" " just den utvärderingen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 msgid "Each appraisal includes the following information:" msgstr "Varje värdering innehåller följande information:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:137 msgid ":guilabel:`Survey Name`: the name of the specific survey." msgstr ":guilabel:`Survey Name`: namnet på den specifika undersökningen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the employee responsible for the survey, including " "the month and year they were given that designation." @@ -370,12 +371,12 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: den medarbetare som är ansvarig för undersökningen," " inklusive den månad och det år de fick denna beteckning." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Questions`: the number of questions in that particular survey." msgstr ":guilabel:`Questions`: antalet frågor i den aktuella undersökningen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Duration`: the average time a user spends completing the " "survey." @@ -383,20 +384,20 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Average Duration`: den genomsnittliga tid som en användare " "spenderar på att fylla i undersökningen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Registered`: the number of people who have been sent the survey." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Registrerade`: antalet personer som har fått enkäten skickad till" " sig." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Completed`: the number of people who have completed the survey." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Completed`: antalet personer som har slutfört undersökningen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:145 msgid "" "Each appraisal also has two buttons at the end of each line: a " ":guilabel:`Test` button and a :guilabel:`See Results` button." @@ -404,7 +405,7 @@ msgstr "" "Varje utvärdering har också två knappar i slutet av varje rad: en " ":guilabel:`Test`-knapp och en :guilabel:`See Results`-knapp." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:148 msgid "" "To see what an appraisal looks like for the end user (i.e. an employee), " "click the :guilabel:`Test` button, and the appraisal loads in a new browser " @@ -416,7 +417,7 @@ msgstr "" "webbläsaren. Hela utvärderingen laddas och man kan klicka sig igenom den " "utan att behöva ange några svar." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:152 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`This is a Test Survey. → Edit " "Survey` at the top of the page to be taken to the detail form for that " @@ -426,7 +427,7 @@ msgstr "" "testundersökning. → Redigera undersökning` högst upp på sidan för att komma " "till detaljformuläret för just den undersökningen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:155 msgid "" "To view the results from everyone who completed an appraisal, click the " ":guilabel:`See Results` button. This presents all the answers for the survey" @@ -439,7 +440,7 @@ msgstr "" "ny flik. Varje fråga ger information om hur många som har svarat på frågan " "och hur många som har hoppat över den. Alla svar för varje fråga är synliga." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:160 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`→ Edit Survey` at the top of " "the page to be taken to the detail form for that particular survey." @@ -448,7 +449,7 @@ msgstr "" "undersökning` högst upp på sidan för att komma till detaljformuläret för " "just den undersökningen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:163 msgid "" "In addition to viewing the responses from past appraisals and surveys, new " "surveys can also be created from the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` page. Simply " @@ -460,7 +461,7 @@ msgstr "" "knappen :guilabel:`New` längst upp till vänster på sidan för att skapa en ny" " undersökning." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:167 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." @@ -468,75 +469,14 @@ msgstr "" "Mer information om hur du skapar en undersökning finns i dokumentet " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:171 msgid "" "In previous versions of Odoo, this section was referred to as " ":guilabel:`Surveys`." msgstr "" "I tidigare versioner av Odoo kallades detta avsnitt :guilabel:`Surveys`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:172 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "Etiketter" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 -msgid "" -"An additional feature of the *Appraisals* application is the ability to set " -":ref:`goals ` for employees. On each goal form, there is a" -" field to add tags. The available tags are pulled from a list that is " -"configured from the settings." -msgstr "" -"En ytterligare funktion i applikationen *Appraisals* är möjligheten att ange" -" :ref:`mål ` för anställda. På varje målformulär finns det" -" ett fält för att lägga till taggar. De tillgängliga taggarna hämtas från en" -" lista som konfigureras från inställningarna." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To view a list of all existing goal tags, and to create new tags, go to the " -":guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, by navigating to :menuselection:`Appraisals " -"application --> Configuration --> Tags`." -msgstr "" -"För att se en lista över alla befintliga måltaggar, och för att skapa nya " -"taggar, gå till sidan :guilabel:`Goal Tags`, genom att navigera till " -":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Configuration --> Tags`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:181 -msgid "All currently configured tags are presented in a list view." -msgstr "Alla för närvarande konfigurerade taggar visas i en listvy." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:183 -msgid "" -"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " -"all tags need to be added from this list, or directly from the goal form." -msgstr "" -"Applikationen *Appraisals* har **inte** några förkonfigurerade taggar, så " -"alla taggar måste läggas till från denna lista, eller direkt från " -"målformuläret." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 -msgid "" -"To create a new tag from the :guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, click the " -":guilabel:`New` button, and a blank line appears." -msgstr "" -"Om du vill skapa en ny tagg på sidan :guilabel:`Goal Tags` klickar du på " -"knappen :guilabel:`New` och en tom rad visas." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the tag on the line. Then, press the enter key to save the" -" tag, and create a new blank line. Repeat this for all tags that need to be " -"added." -msgstr "" -"Ange namnet på taggen på raden. Tryck sedan på Enter för att spara taggen " -"och skapa en ny tom rad. Upprepa detta för alla taggar som behöver läggas " -"till." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:192 -msgid "The list of tags is automatically arranged in alphabetical order." -msgstr "Listan över taggar ordnas automatiskt i alfabetisk ordning." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:176 msgid "" "Navigate to the main *Appraisals* dashboard by opening the " ":guilabel:`Appraisals` application. The :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard is " @@ -546,7 +486,7 @@ msgstr "" "öppna :guilabel:`Appraisals` applikationen. Instrumentpanelen " ":guilabel:`Appraisals` är standardvyn." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:179 msgid "" "To view the dashboard at any point in the application, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Appraisals`." @@ -554,7 +494,7 @@ msgstr "" "För att se instrumentpanelen när som helst i applikationen, navigera till " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Appraisals`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:182 msgid "" "All appraisals are displayed on the dashboard in a Kanban view, by default, " "with a list of groupings on the left side of the dashboard, including " @@ -564,7 +504,7 @@ msgstr "" "med en lista över grupperingar på instrumentpanelens vänstra sida, inklusive" " :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Department` och :guilabel:`Status`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 msgid "" "Click any grouping option to view appraisals for **only** the chosen " "selection." @@ -572,7 +512,7 @@ msgstr "" "Klicka på ett grupperingsalternativ för att visa värderingar för **endast** " "det valda urvalet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 msgid "" "Only groupings with multiple selections appear in the list. For example, if " "a database only has one company, the :guilabel:`Company` grouping does " @@ -582,21 +522,21 @@ msgstr "" "t.ex. bara har ett företag visas grupperingen :guilabel:`Company` **inte**, " "eftersom det inte finns något annat företag att välja." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:193 msgid "Each appraisal card displays the following information:" msgstr "Varje bedömningskort visar följande information:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee's name." msgstr ":guilabel:`Name`: den anställdes namn." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: the department the employee is associated with." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Department`: den avdelning som den anställde är knuten till." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company the employee works for. This only appears " "in a multi-company database." @@ -604,7 +544,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Företag`: det företag som den anställde arbetar för. Detta visas " "endast i en databas med flera företag." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date`: the date the appraisal was requested, or is scheduled for " "in the future." @@ -612,7 +552,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Date`: det datum då värderingen begärdes, eller är planerad för i" " framtiden." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activities`: any activities that are scheduled for the appraisal," " such as :guilabel:`Meetings` or :guilabel:`Phone Calls.` If no activities " @@ -625,7 +565,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`🕘 (klocka)`, som finns i det nedre vänstra hörnet på ett " "utvärderingskort." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:204 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: the employee's manager, indicated by the profile icon " "in the bottom-right corner of an appraisal card." @@ -633,7 +573,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: den anställdes chef, som anges med profilikonen i det " "nedre högra hörnet på ett bedömningskort." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:206 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status banner`: the status of the appraisal. A banner appears if " "an appraisal is marked as either :guilabel:`Canceled` or :guilabel:`Done`. " @@ -645,7 +585,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Done`. Om ingen banner visas betyder det att utvärderingen inte " "har ägt rum, eller inte har planerats ännu." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 msgid "" "To view the details of any appraisal, click on the card to open the " "appraisal form." @@ -658,11 +598,11 @@ msgid "The Appraisals dashboard with each appraisal in its own box." msgstr "" "Instrumentpanelen för utvärderingar med varje utvärdering i en egen ruta." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 msgid "New appraisal" msgstr "Ny bedömning" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new appraisal, click the :guilabel:`New` button at the top of " "the :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard to load a blank appraisal form. Then, " @@ -672,11 +612,11 @@ msgstr "" "upp i :guilabel:`Appraisals` instrumentpanelen för att ladda ett tomt " "bedömningsformulär. Ange sedan följande information i formuläret:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:222 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the employee's name." msgstr ":guilabel:`Name`: ange den anställdes namn." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:223 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu. " "The manager is responsible for completing the :guilabel:`Manager's Feedback`" @@ -688,7 +628,7 @@ msgstr "" "utvärderingen. Detta fält fylls i automatiskt efter att den anställde har " "valts, om de har en chef angiven i sin medarbetarprofil." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appraisal Date`: the current date is automatically entered in " "this field. This field is automatically updated once the appraisal is " @@ -699,7 +639,7 @@ msgstr "" "fält. Detta fält uppdateras automatiskt när värderingen har slutförts eller " "avbrutits, med motsvarande datum för slutförandet eller avbrytandet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu. This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have" @@ -709,7 +649,7 @@ msgstr "" "Detta fält fylls i automatiskt efter att den anställde har valts, om de har " "en avdelning inställd i sin medarbetarprofil." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:233 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the employee's company from the drop-down menu. " "This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have a " @@ -719,7 +659,7 @@ msgstr "" "Detta fält fylls i automatiskt efter att den anställde har valts, om de har " "ett företag inställt på sin medarbetarprofil." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 msgid "" "The only required fields for the appraisal form are the employee's " ":guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Manager`, and the :guilabel:`Company`." @@ -727,7 +667,7 @@ msgstr "" "De enda obligatoriska fälten i utvärderingsformuläret är den anställdes " ":guilabel:`Namn`, :guilabel:`Chef` och :guilabel:`Företag`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:241 msgid "" "Once the form is complete, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm " "the appraisal request." @@ -735,7 +675,7 @@ msgstr "" "När formuläret är ifyllt klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Confirm` för att " "bekräfta utvärderingsbegäran." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 msgid "" "Once confirmed, the employee receives an email stating that an appraisal was" " requested, and is then prompted to schedule an appraisal date." @@ -744,7 +684,7 @@ msgstr "" "utvärdering har begärts, och uppmanas sedan att schemalägga ett " "utvärderingsdatum." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:246 msgid "" "The status changes to :guilabel:`Confirmed`, and the :guilabel:`Employee's " "Feedback` section of the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab is grayed out. The " @@ -758,7 +698,7 @@ msgstr "" "självutvärderingen har publicerats av den anställde. Fältet :guilabel:`Final" " Rating` visas också när begäran om utvärdering har bekräftats." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 msgid "" "If there are any existing appraisals for the employee, an " ":guilabel:`Appraisal` smart button appears at the top of the page, listing " @@ -768,11 +708,11 @@ msgstr "" " knapp :guilabel:`Appraisal` högst upp på sidan, med en lista över det " "totala antalet utvärderingar som finns för den anställde." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:255 msgid "Ask for feedback" msgstr "Be om feedback" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:257 msgid "" "As part of the appraisal process, the manager can request feedback on an " "employee from anyone in the company. Feedback is usually requested from co-" @@ -786,7 +726,7 @@ msgstr "" "anställde. Syftet är att få en mer allsidig bild av medarbetaren och hjälpa " "chefen att göra en helhetsbedömning." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 msgid "" "To request feedback, the appraisal **must** be confirmed. Once confirmed, an" " :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button appears at the top of the form." @@ -794,7 +734,7 @@ msgstr "" "För att begära feedback **måste** utvärderingen bekräftas. När den har " "bekräftats visas en :guilabel:`Ask Feedback`-knapp högst upp i formuläret." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:265 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button is clicked, an :guilabel:`Ask " "Feedback` email pop-up form appears, using the :guilabel:`Appraisal: Ask " @@ -804,7 +744,7 @@ msgstr "" "Feedback` popup-formulär med e-postmallen :guilabel:`Appraisal: Ask " "Feedback`, som skickar :guilabel:`360 Feedback`-enkäten." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:269 msgid "" "Enter the employees being asked to complete the survey in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field. Multiple employees may be selected." @@ -812,7 +752,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ange de anställda som ombeds att fylla i enkäten i fältet " ":guilabel:`Mottagare`. Flera anställda kan väljas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 msgid "" "The email template has dynamic placeholders to personalize the message. Add " "any additional text to the email, if desired." @@ -820,11 +760,11 @@ msgstr "" "E-postmallen har dynamiska platshållare för att anpassa meddelandet. Lägg " "till ytterligare text i e-postmeddelandet om så önskas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:275 msgid "If required, an :guilabel:`Answer Deadline` can be added, as well." msgstr "Vid behov kan även en :guilabel:`Ansvarsfrist` läggas till." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:277 msgid "" "If any attachments are needed, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button, and" " a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the file(s), select them, then " @@ -834,7 +774,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Attachments` och ett filutforskarfönster visas. Navigera till " "filen/filerna, markera dem och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Öppna`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:280 msgid "When the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send.`" msgstr "" "När e-postmeddelandet är klart att skickas klickar du på :guilabel:`Sänd.`" @@ -843,11 +783,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The email pop-up when requesting feedback from other employees." msgstr "E-postpopupen när du ber om feedback från andra anställda." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:287 msgid "Appraisal form" msgstr "Formulär för utvärdering" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:289 msgid "" "Once an appraisal is confirmed, the next steps are for the employee to fill " "out the self-assessment, after which the manager completes their assessment." @@ -855,11 +795,11 @@ msgstr "" "När en utvärdering har bekräftats är nästa steg att medarbetaren fyller i " "självutvärderingen, varefter chefen slutför sin utvärdering." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:295 msgid "Employee's feedback" msgstr "Återkoppling från anställda" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:297 msgid "" "To complete their portion of feedback, employees should navigate to the main" " :menuselection:`Appraisals application` dashboard, where the only entries " @@ -871,7 +811,7 @@ msgstr "" " syns är utvärderingar för medarbetaren, dem själva och/eller alla som de " "hanterar och måsttill exempel feedback till chefen för." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 msgid "" "Click on the appraisal to open the appraisal form. Enter responses in the " ":guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` " @@ -881,7 +821,7 @@ msgstr "" "avsnittet :guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` under fliken " ":guilabel:`Appraisal`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:304 msgid "" "When completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to Manager` toggle (the " "default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When clicked, the toggle " @@ -896,11 +836,11 @@ msgid "" "The feedback section for the employee with the toggle button highlighted." msgstr "Feedbackavsnittet för den anställde med växlingsknappen markerad." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:314 msgid "Manager's feedback" msgstr "Feedback från chefen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 msgid "" "After the employee has completed the :guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` " "section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab, it is time for the manager to " @@ -910,7 +850,7 @@ msgstr "" "under fliken :guilabel:`Utvärdering`, är det dags för chefen att fylla i " "avsnittet :guilabel:`Chefens feedback`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:320 msgid "" "The manager enters their responses in the fields in the :ref:`same manner as" " the employee `." @@ -918,7 +858,7 @@ msgstr "" "Chefen skriver in svaren i fälten i :ref:`på samma sätt som för medarbetaren" " `." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:323 msgid "" "When the feedback section is completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to " "Employee` toggle (the default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When " @@ -936,11 +876,12 @@ msgstr "" "Feedbackavsnittet för både medarbetare och chefer. Växlingsknapparna är " "markerade." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:748 msgid "Skills tab" msgstr "Fliken Färdigheter" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:334 msgid "" "Part of an appraisal is evaluating an employee's skills, and tracking their " "progress over time. The :guilabel:`Skills` tab of the appraisal form auto-" @@ -953,7 +894,7 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`anställningsformulär <../hr/employees/new_employee>`, när en " "utvärdering har bekräftats." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:338 msgid "" "Each skill is grouped with like skills, and the :guilabel:`Skill Level`, " ":guilabel:`Progress`, and :guilabel:`Justification` are displayed for each " @@ -963,14 +904,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Färdighetsnivå`, :guilabel:`Framsteg` och :guilabel:`Motivering` " "visas för varje färdighet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 msgid "" "Update any skills, or add any new skills to the :guilabel:`Skills` tab." msgstr "" "Uppdatera färdigheter eller lägg till nya färdigheter på fliken " ":guilabel:`Färdigheter`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:343 msgid "" "If a skill level has increased, a reason for the improved rating can be " "entered into the :guilabel:`Justification` field, such as `took a fluency " @@ -980,7 +921,7 @@ msgstr "" "betyget anges i :guilabel:`Justification`-fältet, till exempel `tagit ett " "språktest` eller `fått Javascript-certifiering`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:347 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`Create a new employee ` document for " "detailed instructions on adding or updating a skill." @@ -989,7 +930,7 @@ msgstr "" "detaljerade instruktioner om hur du lägger till eller uppdaterar en " "färdighet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:350 msgid "" "After an appraisal is completed, and the skills have been updated, the next " "time an appraisal is confirmed, the updated skills populate the " @@ -1003,11 +944,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The skills tab of an appraisal form, all filled out." msgstr "Fliken för färdigheter i ett utvärderingsformulär, helt ifyllt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:358 msgid "Private note tab" msgstr "Flik för privat meddelande" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:360 msgid "" "If managers want to leave notes that are only visible to other managers, " "they can be entered in the :guilabel:`Private Note` tab. The employee being " @@ -1019,12 +960,12 @@ msgstr "" "utvärderas har **inte** tillgång till denna flik och fliken visas **inte** i" " utvärderingen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:386 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:520 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 msgid "Schedule a meeting" msgstr "Boka ett möte" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:367 msgid "" "Once both portions of an appraisal are completed (the :ref:`employee " "` and :ref:`manager `) är det dags för medarbetaren och chefen att " "träffas och diskutera utvärderingen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:371 msgid "" "A meeting can be scheduled in one of two ways: either from the *Appraisals* " "application dashboard, or from an individual appraisal card." @@ -1044,7 +985,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ett möte kan schemaläggas på två sätt: antingen från applikationspanelen " "*Appraisals* eller från ett enskilt bedömningskort." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:374 msgid "" "To schedule an appraisal from the dashboard of the *Appraisals* application," " first navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Appraisals`." @@ -1053,7 +994,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Appraisals*, gå först till :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> " "Appraisals`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:377 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, beneath the appraisal date on the " "desired appraisal card, and a :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window " @@ -1065,7 +1006,7 @@ msgstr "" "Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`+ Schemalägg en aktivitet` för att skapa ett tomt" " aktivitetsformulär." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Meeting` for the :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the drop-" "down menu. Doing so causes the form to change, so only the " @@ -1075,7 +1016,7 @@ msgstr "" "ändras formuläret så att endast fälten :guilabel:`Activity Type` och " ":guilabel:`Summary` visas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:385 msgid "" "If scheduling an activity other than a meeting, such as a :guilabel:`Call` " "or a :guilabel:`To-Do`, the fields that appear on the :guilabel:`Schedule " @@ -1085,7 +1026,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Call` eller ett :guilabel:`To-Do`, ändras fälten som visas i " "popup-formuläret :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` i enlighet med detta." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:389 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon may appear as a number of different icons, " "depending on what, if any, scheduled activities are in place, and the color " @@ -1095,7 +1036,7 @@ msgstr "" " på vilka, om några, schemalagda aktiviteter som finns på plats, och färgen " "representerar deras motsvarande förfallodatum." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:392 msgid "" "If no activities are scheduled, that is represented by a gray :guilabel:`🕘 " "(clock)` icon." @@ -1103,7 +1044,7 @@ msgstr "" "Om inga aktiviteter är schemalagda visas detta med en grå :guilabel:`🕘 " "(klocka)`-ikon." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:394 msgid "" "However, if a specific activity is scheduled, the icon may appear as a " ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon for a phone call, a :guilabel:`👥 (group of " @@ -1113,7 +1054,7 @@ msgstr "" "(telefon)`-ikon för ett telefonsamtal, en :guilabel:`👥 (grupp av " "personer)`-ikon för ett möte, och så vidare." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:397 msgid "" "The color of the icon indicates the status; a green icon means an activity " "is scheduled in the future, and a red icon means the activity is past due." @@ -1122,7 +1063,7 @@ msgstr "" "schemalagd i framtiden, och en röd ikon betyder att aktiviteten har " "förfallit." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:400 msgid "" "For more details on activities, refer to the :doc:`../essentials/activities`" " document." @@ -1134,7 +1075,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The appraisal cards with the various activity icons highlighted." msgstr "Bedömningskorten med de olika aktivitetssymbolerna markerade." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 msgid "" "Enter a brief description in the :guilabel:`Summary` field of the " ":guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window, such as `Annual Appraisal for " @@ -1144,7 +1085,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Schedule Activity`, till exempel `Årligt utvecklingssamtal för " "(anställd)`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:409 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button. From the calendar page " "that appears, navigate to, and double-click on, the desired date and time " @@ -1154,7 +1095,7 @@ msgstr "" "som visas navigerar du till och dubbelklickar på önskat datum och tid för " "mötet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:412 msgid "" "Doing so opens a :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up form. From this pop-up form, " "make any desired modifications, such as designating a :guilabel:`Start` " @@ -1164,7 +1105,7 @@ msgstr "" "formuläret kan du göra önskade ändringar, t.ex. ange en " ":guilabel:`Start`-tid eller ge mötet ett :guilabel:`Namn`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:416 msgid "" "Add the appraisee in the :guilabel:`Attendees` section, and include anyone " "else who should be in the meeting, if necessary." @@ -1172,7 +1113,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lägg till den utvärderade personen i avsnittet :guilabel:`Attendees`, och " "inkludera vid behov alla andra som bör vara med på mötet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:419 msgid "" "To make the meeting a video call, instead of an in-person meeting, click " ":guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting`, and a :guilabel:`Videocall URL` link appears in " @@ -1182,13 +1123,13 @@ msgstr "" "klickar du på :guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting`, och en :guilabel:`Videocall " "URL`-länk visas i fältet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:422 msgid "" "Once all the desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" "När alla önskade ändringar är klara klickar du på :guilabel:`Spara & Stäng`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:424 msgid "" "The meeting now appears on the calendar, and the invited parties are " "informed, via email." @@ -1203,7 +1144,7 @@ msgstr "" "Mötesformuläret med all information införd för Ronnie Harts årliga " "utvärdering." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 msgid "" "The other way to schedule a meeting is from the individual appraisal form. " "To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Appraisal application` " @@ -1214,7 +1155,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Appraisal application` dashboard och klicka sedan på ett " "utvärderingskort." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button, and the calendar loads." " Follow the same directions above to create the meeting." @@ -1222,70 +1163,242 @@ msgstr "" "Klicka sedan på smartknappen :guilabel:`Möte` och kalendern laddas. Följ " "samma anvisningar ovan för att skapa mötet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 msgid "" -"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button says " +"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button reads " ":guilabel:`No Meeting`." msgstr "" -"Om inga möten är schemalagda kommer smartknappen :guilabel:`Meeting` att " -"visa :guilabel:`No Meeting`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:463 -msgid "Goals" -msgstr "Mål" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:830 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Rapporter" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:442 msgid "" -"The ability to set goals for employees to work toward is an important " -"feature of Odoo *Appraisals*. Goals are typically set during an appraisal, " -"so the employee knows what they need to work toward before their next " -"appraisal." +"The *Appraisals* application tracks two metrics across two different " +"reports: an :ref:`appraisal analysis `, and a " +":ref:`skills evolution `." msgstr "" -"Möjligheten att sätta mål för anställda att arbeta mot är en viktig funktion" -" i Odoo *Appraisals*. Mål sätts vanligtvis under ett utvecklingssamtal, så " -"att medarbetaren vet vad de behöver arbeta mot innan nästa " -"utvecklingssamtal." +"Applikationen *Appraisals* spårar två mätvärden i två olika rapporter: en " +":ref:`appraisal analysis `, och en :ref:`skills " +"evolution `." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:448 +msgid "Appraisal analysis" +msgstr "Bedömning av analys" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:450 msgid "" -"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> " -"Goals`. This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban " -"view." +"To access the *Appraisal Analysis* report, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Appraisal " +"Analysis`. This displays a report of all the appraisals in the database, " +"highlighted in different colors to represent their status." msgstr "" -"För att se alla mål, navigera till :menuselection:`Appraisals application " -"--> Goals`. Här visas alla mål för varje anställd i en standard Kanban-vy." +"För att få tillgång till rapporten *Appraisal Analysis*, gå till " +":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Appraisal " +"Analysis`. Detta visar en rapport över alla värderingar i databasen, " +"markerade i olika färger för att visa deras status." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:472 -msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" -msgstr "Varje målkort innehåller följande information:" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 +msgid "" +"Appraisals in yellow are completed, appraisals in orange are in-progress " +"(the appraisal is confirmed, but not completed), and appraisals in gray are " +"scheduled (according to the :ref:`appraisals/appraisal-plan`), but have not " +"been confirmed yet." +msgstr "" +"Utvärderingar i gult är slutförda, utvärderingar i orange är pågående " +"(utvärderingen är bekräftad, men inte slutförd) och utvärderingar i grått är" +" planerade (enligt :ref:`appraisals/appraisal-plan`), men har inte " +"bekräftats ännu." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:474 -msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the name of the goal." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Skill`: namnet på målet." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 +msgid "" +"The report displays the whole current year, by default, grouped by " +"department." +msgstr "" +"Rapporten visar som standard hela det aktuella året, grupperat efter " +"avdelning." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:475 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee the goal is assigned to." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Name`: den anställde som målet är tilldelat." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:460 +msgid "" +"To change the calendar view presented, change the date settings in the top-" +"left of the report. The options to display are :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, and :guilabel:`Year`. Use the arrows to" +" move forward or backward in time." +msgstr "" +"För att ändra kalendervyn som visas, ändra datuminställningarna längst upp " +"till vänster i rapporten. De alternativ som visas är :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month` och :guilabel:`Year`. Använd pilarna för" +" att gå framåt eller bakåt i tiden." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:464 +msgid "" +"At any point, click the :guilabel:`Today` button to present the calendar to " +"include today's date in the view." +msgstr "" +"Du kan när som helst klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Today` för att presentera " +"kalendern så att dagens datum visas i vyn." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:467 +msgid "" +"The report can have other filters and groupings set in the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top." +msgstr "" +"Rapporten kan ha andra filter och grupperingar i :guilabel:`Sök...`-fältet " +"högst upp." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 +msgid "A report showing all the appraisals for the Appraisal Analysis report." +msgstr "En rapport som visar alla värderingar för rapporten Värderingsanalys." #: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 -msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Deadline`: förfallodatum för målet." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:477 -msgid ":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Progress`: den procentandel av kompetensen som fastställts för " -"målet." +msgid "Skills evolution" +msgstr "Kompetensutveckling" #: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Employee`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is assigned " -"to." +"To access the *Skills Evolution* report, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Skills Evolution`. " +"This displays a report of all skills, grouped by employee." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Employee`: profilikonen för den medarbetare som målet är kopplat " -"till." +"För att få tillgång till rapporten *Skills Evolution*, gå till " +":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Skills Evolution`. " +"Detta visar en rapport över alla färdigheter, grupperade efter anställd." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:480 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:481 +msgid "" +"All the lines of the report are collapsed, by default. To view the details " +"of a line, click on a line to expand the data." +msgstr "" +"Som standard är alla rader i rapporten hopfällda. Om du vill visa detaljerna" +" för en rad klickar du på raden för att expandera data." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:484 +msgid "Each skill has the following information listed:" +msgstr "Varje färdighet har följande information listad:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:486 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: name of the employee." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Employee`: namn på den anställde." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 +msgid ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: the category the skill falls under." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: den kategori som färdigheten faller under." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:488 +msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the specific, individual skill." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Skill`: den specifika, individuella färdigheten." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:489 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Previous Skill Level`: the level the employee had previously " +"achieved for the skill." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Previous Skill Level`: den nivå som den anställde tidigare hade " +"uppnått för färdigheten." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:490 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Previous Skill Progress`: the previous percentage of competency " +"achieved for the skill (based on the :guilabel:`Skill Level`)." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Previous Skill Progress`: den tidigare procentandel av " +"kompetensen som uppnåtts för färdigheten (baserat på :guilabel:`Skill " +"Level`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:492 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Current Skill Level`: the current level the employee has achieved" +" for the skill." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Current Skill Level`: den aktuella nivå som den anställde har " +"uppnått för färdigheten." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Current Skill Progress`: the current percentage of competency " +"achieved for the skill." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Current Skill Progress`: den aktuella procentandelen av kompetens" +" som uppnåtts för färdigheten." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:494 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Justification`: any notes entered on the skill explaining the " +"progress." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Justification`: eventuella anteckningar om färdigheten som " +"förklarar framstegen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 +msgid "A report showing all the skills grouped by employee." +msgstr "En rapport som visar alla färdigheter grupperade efter anställd." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:501 +msgid ":doc:`appraisals/goals`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:3 +msgid "Goals" +msgstr "Mål" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Appraisals* application allows managers to set goals for their " +"employees. That way, employees know what to work toward before their next " +"review." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`. " +"This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:13 +msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" +msgstr "Varje målkort innehåller följande information:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:15 +msgid ":guilabel:`Goal`: the name of the goal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:16 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the employee the goal is assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:17 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-clock-o` :guilabel:`(clock)` icon: displays the corresponding " +":doc:`activity icon <../../essentials/activities>` for the record. If no " +"activities are scheduled, the default icon is the :icon:`fa-clock-o` " +":guilabel:`(clock)`. If any activities have been scheduled, the icon " +"represents the activity scheduled soonest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:21 +msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Deadline`: förfallodatum för målet." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal. The " +"options are :guilabel:`0%`, :guilabel:`25%`, :guilabel:`50%`, " +":guilabel:`75%`, or :guilabel:`100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Icon`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is " +"assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:26 msgid "" "If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " "corner of the goal card." @@ -1293,59 +1406,64 @@ msgstr "" "Om ett mål är slutfört visas en :guilabel:`Done`-banner i det övre högra " "hörnet på målkortet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." msgstr "Kanban-vyn för mål, med nio målkort." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:33 msgid "" -"Every individual goal requires its own entry for each employee. If employees" -" have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the list. For " -"example, if both Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " +"Every individual goal requires its own record for each employee. If multiple" +" employees have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For example, if Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " "appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " "goal for Sara." msgstr "" -"Varje enskilt mål kräver en egen post för varje medarbetare. Om medarbetarna" -" har samma mål visas ett målkort för varje medarbetare i listan. Om till " -"exempel både Bob och Sara har samma mål `Typing`, visas två kort i Kanban-" -"vyn: ett `Typing`-mål för Bob, och ett annat `Typing`-mål för Sara." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:40 msgid "New goal" msgstr "Nytt mål" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:42 msgid "" -"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application -->" -" Goals`, and click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank goal form." +"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`," +" and click :guilabel:`New` top-left corner to open a blank goal form." msgstr "" -"För att skapa ett nytt mål, navigera till :menuselection:`Appraisals " -"application --> Goals`, och klicka på :guilabel:`New` för att öppna ett tomt" -" målformulär." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:45 msgid "" -"Enter the information on the card. The information requested is all the same" -" information that appears on the :ref:`goal card ` in the " -"Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field and a " -":guilabel:`Description` tab." +"Input the :guilabel:`Goal`, :guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Progress`, and " +":guilabel:`Deadline`, information on the goal card, as discussed in the " +":ref:`goal card ` section of this document." msgstr "" -"Ange informationen på kortet. Den information som efterfrågas är samma " -"information som visas på :ref:`målkort ` i Kanban-vyn, " -"med tillägg av ett :guilabel:`Tags`-fält och en " -":guilabel:`Description`-flik." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:49 msgid "" -"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field by default, and " +"The information requested is all the same information that appears on the " +"goal card in the Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field " +"and a :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " +"all tags need to be added. To add a tag, enter the name of the tag on the " +"line, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(tag)\"`. Repeat this for all tags that" +" need to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field, by default, and " "the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" " profile." msgstr "" -"Den aktuella användaren fyller i :guilabel:`Employee`-fältet som standard, " -"och :guilabel:`Manager`-fältet fylls i med den manager som anges i den " -"anställdes profil." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:505 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:60 msgid "" "Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " "useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." @@ -1354,17 +1472,17 @@ msgstr "" "som kan vara användbara för att förtydliga målet på fliken " ":guilabel:`Description`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." msgstr "" "Ett målformulär som fyllts i för en Python-färdighet, inställd på 50% " "färdighet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:68 msgid "Completed goals" msgstr "Uppfyllda mål" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:70 msgid "" "When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " "be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " @@ -1374,24 +1492,20 @@ msgstr "" "mål kan markeras som `Done` på ett av två sätt: från huvudpanelen " ":guilabel:`Goals`, eller från det individuella målkortet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:73 msgid "" "To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" -" the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the top-right of a goal card." +" the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon in the top-" +"right of a goal card." msgstr "" -"För att markera ett mål som `Gjort` från :guilabel:`Goals` huvudpanelen, " -"klicka på :guilabel:`⋮ (tre punkter)` ikonen längst upp till höger på ett " -"målkort." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:77 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon **only** appears when the mouse hovers " -"over the corner of a goal card." +"The :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon **only** " +"appears when the mouse hovers over the top-right corner of a goal card." msgstr "" -"Ikonen :guilabel:`⋮ (tre prickar)` visas **bara** när muspekaren förs över " -"hörnet på ett målkort." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:80 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " "green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " @@ -1400,7 +1514,7 @@ msgstr "" "Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Mark as Done` i den rullgardinsmeny som visas. En" " grön :guilabel:`Done` banner visas i det övre högra hörnet på målkortet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:83 msgid "" "To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " "open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " @@ -1413,181 +1527,11 @@ msgstr "" "klickar på knappen visas en grön :guilabel:`Done`-banner i det övre högra " "hörnet av målformuläret." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:533 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:526 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:351 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:753 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Rapporter" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:535 -msgid "" -"The *Appraisals* application tracks two metrics across two different " -"reports: an :ref:`appraisal analysis `, and a " -":ref:`skills evolution `." -msgstr "" -"Applikationen *Appraisals* spårar två mätvärden i två olika rapporter: en " -":ref:`appraisal analysis `, och en :ref:`skills " -"evolution `." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:541 -msgid "Appraisal analysis" -msgstr "Bedömning av analys" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:543 -msgid "" -"To access the *Appraisal Analysis* report, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Appraisal " -"Analysis`. This displays a report of all the appraisals in the database, " -"highlighted in different colors to represent their status." -msgstr "" -"För att få tillgång till rapporten *Appraisal Analysis*, gå till " -":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Appraisal " -"Analysis`. Detta visar en rapport över alla värderingar i databasen, " -"markerade i olika färger för att visa deras status." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:547 -msgid "" -"Appraisals in yellow are completed, appraisals in orange are in-progress " -"(the appraisal is confirmed, but not completed), and appraisals in gray are " -"scheduled (according to the :ref:`appraisals/appraisal-plan`), but have not " -"been confirmed yet." -msgstr "" -"Utvärderingar i gult är slutförda, utvärderingar i orange är pågående " -"(utvärderingen är bekräftad, men inte slutförd) och utvärderingar i grått är" -" planerade (enligt :ref:`appraisals/appraisal-plan`), men har inte " -"bekräftats ännu." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:551 -msgid "" -"The report displays the whole current year, by default, grouped by " -"department." -msgstr "" -"Rapporten visar som standard hela det aktuella året, grupperat efter " -"avdelning." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:553 -msgid "" -"To change the calendar view presented, change the date settings in the top-" -"left of the report. The options to display are :guilabel:`Day`, " -":guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, and :guilabel:`Year`. Use the arrows to" -" move forward or backward in time." -msgstr "" -"För att ändra kalendervyn som visas, ändra datuminställningarna längst upp " -"till vänster i rapporten. De alternativ som visas är :guilabel:`Day`, " -":guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month` och :guilabel:`Year`. Använd pilarna för" -" att gå framåt eller bakåt i tiden." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:557 -msgid "" -"At any point, click the :guilabel:`Today` button to present the calendar to " -"include today's date in the view." -msgstr "" -"Du kan när som helst klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Today` för att presentera " -"kalendern så att dagens datum visas i vyn." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:560 -msgid "" -"The report can have other filters and groupings set in the " -":guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top." -msgstr "" -"Rapporten kan ha andra filter och grupperingar i :guilabel:`Sök...`-fältet " -"högst upp." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "A report showing all the appraisals for the Appraisal Analysis report." -msgstr "En rapport som visar alla värderingar för rapporten Värderingsanalys." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:569 -msgid "Skills evolution" -msgstr "Kompetensutveckling" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:571 -msgid "" -"To access the *Skills Evolution* report, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Skills Evolution`. " -"This displays a report of all skills, grouped by employee." -msgstr "" -"För att få tillgång till rapporten *Skills Evolution*, gå till " -":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Skills Evolution`. " -"Detta visar en rapport över alla färdigheter, grupperade efter anställd." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:574 -msgid "" -"All the lines of the report are collapsed, by default. To view the details " -"of a line, click on a line to expand the data." -msgstr "" -"Som standard är alla rader i rapporten hopfällda. Om du vill visa detaljerna" -" för en rad klickar du på raden för att expandera data." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:577 -msgid "Each skill has the following information listed:" -msgstr "Varje färdighet har följande information listad:" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:579 -msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: name of the employee." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Employee`: namn på den anställde." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:580 -msgid ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: the category the skill falls under." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: den kategori som färdigheten faller under." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:581 -msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the specific, individual skill." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Skill`: den specifika, individuella färdigheten." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:582 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Skill Level`: the level the employee had previously " -"achieved for the skill." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Previous Skill Level`: den nivå som den anställde tidigare hade " -"uppnått för färdigheten." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:583 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Skill Progress`: the previous percentage of competency " -"achieved for the skill (based on the :guilabel:`Skill Level`)." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Previous Skill Progress`: den tidigare procentandel av " -"kompetensen som uppnåtts för färdigheten (baserat på :guilabel:`Skill " -"Level`)." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:585 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Current Skill Level`: the current level the employee has achieved" -" for the skill." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Current Skill Level`: den aktuella nivå som den anställde har " -"uppnått för färdigheten." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:586 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Current Skill Progress`: the current percentage of competency " -"achieved for the skill." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Current Skill Progress`: den aktuella procentandelen av kompetens" -" som uppnåtts för färdigheten." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:587 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Justification`: any notes entered on the skill explaining the " -"progress." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Justification`: eventuella anteckningar om färdigheten som " -"förklarar framstegen." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "A report showing all the skills grouped by employee." -msgstr "En rapport som visar alla färdigheter grupperade efter anställd." - #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:5 msgid "Attendances" msgstr "Närvaro" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Attendances* application functions as a time clock. Employees are " "able to check in and out of work using a dedicated device in kiosk mode, " @@ -1604,77 +1548,55 @@ msgstr "" "anställda som arbetar övertid eller checkar ut från jobbet tidigare än " "förväntat." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:16 msgid "Access rights" msgstr "Tillträdesrättigheter" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:18 msgid "" "It is important to understand how the different access rights affect what " -"users can access in the *Attendances* application." +"options and features users can access in the *Attendances* application." msgstr "" -"Det är viktigt att förstå hur de olika behörigheterna påverkar vad " -"användarna kan komma åt i applikationen *Attendances*." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 msgid "" -"Every user in the database is always able to access their own information on" -" the dashboard and can check in and out directly from the database. Access " -"to all the other features is determined by access rights." +"Every user in the database is able to check in and out directly from the " +"database, without needing access to the *Attendances* application. " +"Additionally, all users can access their own attendance records from their " +"employee form in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" -"Varje användare i databasen har alltid tillgång till sin egen information på" -" instrumentpanelen och kan checka in och ut direkt från databasen. Tillgång " -"till alla andra funktioner bestäms av åtkomsträttigheter." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Access to both the *Attendances* application, and the various features " +"within the application is determined by access rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:28 msgid "" "To see what access rights a user has, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Settings application --> Users & Companies: Users`, and " -"click on an individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by" -" default. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the " -"setting. For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to " -"leave the field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users & Companies: Users`, and click on an " +"individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by default. " +"Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the setting. " +"For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to leave the " +"field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." msgstr "" -"För att se vilka rättigheter en användare har, gå till " -":menuselection:`Inställningar --> Användare & Företag: Användare`, och " -"klicka på en enskild användare. Fliken :guilabel:`Access Rights` är synlig " -"som standard. Bläddra ner till avsnittet :guilabel:`Human Resources` för att" -" se inställningen. För fältet :guilabel:`Attendances` är alternativen " -"antingen att lämna fältet tomt eller att välja :guilabel:`Administrator`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:34 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Administrator` option is selected, the user has full " "access to the entire *Attendances* application, with no restrictions. They " -"can view all employee attendance records, enter kiosk mode from the " +"can view all employee attendance records, enter *Kiosk mMode* from the " "application, access all reporting metrics, and make modifications to the " -"settings." +"settings. If left blank, the user does **not** have access to the " +"*Attendances* application." msgstr "" -"Om alternativet :guilabel:`Administrator` är valt har användaren full " -"tillgång till hela applikationen *Attendances*, utan några begränsningar. De" -" kan se alla anställdas närvaroregister, gå in i kioskläge från " -"applikationen, komma åt alla rapporteringsmått och göra ändringar i " -"inställningarna." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If left blank, the user can only view their own information on the " -"*Attendances* application dashboard and can view their own personal " -"attendance records under the reporting feature. All other attendance records" -" are hidden from view on the report. There is no access to either the kiosk " -"mode or the configuration menu." -msgstr "" -"Om det lämnas tomt kan användaren bara se sin egen information på " -"*Attendances*-applikationens instrumentpanel och kan se sina egna personliga" -" närvaroposter under rapporteringsfunktionen. Alla andra " -"närvaroregistreringar är dolda från rapporten. Det finns ingen åtkomst till " -"vare sig kioskläget eller konfigurationsmenyn." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:42 msgid "Approvers" msgstr "Godkännare" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:44 msgid "" "The **only** other scenario where different information may be accessible in" " the *Attendances* application is for approvers. If a user does *not* have " @@ -1696,7 +1618,7 @@ msgstr "" "godkännare av *Attendances*-applikationen. Godkännare är vanligtvis chefer, " "men detta är inte ett krav." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:52 msgid "" "To see who the attendance approver is for an employee, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Employees application` and click on the specific employee. " @@ -1714,7 +1636,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Attendances* instrumentpanel och i närvarorapporterna, och göra ändringar i" " deras register." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:61 msgid "" "Few configurations are needed in the *Attendances* application. Determining " "how employees check in and out, defining how the kiosks function, and " @@ -1728,11 +1650,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Attendances-applikationen --> Konfiguration` för att komma " "till konfigurationsmenyn." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:67 msgid "Modes" msgstr "Lägen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how an employee " "checks in when using a kiosk. Options are :guilabel:`Barcode/RFID`, " @@ -1744,7 +1666,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Barcode/RFID`, :guilabel:`Barcode/RFID och manuellt val`, eller " ":guilabel:`Manuellt val`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:76 msgid "" "The *Barcode* application **does not** need to be installed to use one of " "the Barcode/RFID settings." @@ -1752,7 +1674,7 @@ msgstr "" "Applikationen *Barcode* **behöver** inte installeras för att använda en av " "inställningarna Barcode/RFID." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances from Backend`: activate this selection to allow users" " to check in and out directly from the Odoo database. If this is not " @@ -1763,11 +1685,11 @@ msgstr "" "aktiverat måste användarna använda en kiosk för att checka in och ut från " "arbetet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 msgid "Kiosk settings" msgstr "Inställningar för kiosker" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:88 msgid "" "This section only needs to be configured if employees use kiosks for " "checking in and out. If kiosks are **not** being used, modifying any of " @@ -1777,7 +1699,7 @@ msgstr "" "in- och utcheckning. Om kiosker **inte** används, påverkar ändring av något " "av dessa fält **inte** applikationen *Attendances* negativt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode Source`: this setting appears **only** if either of the " "two Barcode/RFID selections were configured for the :ref:`Kiosk Mode " @@ -1791,7 +1713,7 @@ msgstr "" "i kiosken, antingen med en särskild streckkods :guilabel:`Scanner`, eller " "med enhetens :guilabel:`Frontkamera`, eller :guilabel:`Bakkamera`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:96 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification`: activate this option if employees " "should use a unique PIN to check in. PINs are configured on each individual " @@ -1804,7 +1726,7 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`../hr/employees/new_employee` för mer information om hur du ställer in" " PIN-koder." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Time`: set the duration (in seconds) the check in and " "check out confirmation screen remains on the kiosk before going back to the " @@ -1814,7 +1736,7 @@ msgstr "" " incheckning och utcheckning ska vara kvar på kiosken innan den går tillbaka" " till huvudskärmen för incheckning." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:101 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendance Kiosk Url`: Odoo generates a unique web address (URL) " "to use a device as a kiosk without having to sign in to the Odoo database. " @@ -1826,7 +1748,7 @@ msgstr "" "databasen. När du konfigurerar en kioskenhet, navigera till denna unika " "webbadress i en webbläsare för att presentera Attendances applikationskiosk." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 msgid "" "These kiosk URLs are **not** secured with any type of access code. Anyone " "who has the URL can access the Attendances application kiosk. If the URL is " @@ -1840,11 +1762,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Generate a new Kiosk Mode URL`, som finns under länken, för att " "generera en ny URL och uppdatera kiosken i enlighet med detta." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:112 msgid "Extra hours" msgstr "Extra timmar" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:114 msgid "" "This section specifies how extra time is calculated, including when extra " "time is counted and what time is not logged." @@ -1852,7 +1774,7 @@ msgstr "" "Detta avsnitt specificerar hur mertid beräknas, inklusive när mertid räknas " "och vilken tid som inte loggas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count of Extra Hours`: enable this box to allow employees to log " "extra hours beyond their set working hours (sometimes referred to as " @@ -1864,7 +1786,7 @@ msgstr "" "kallad *övertid*). Om du aktiverar detta val visas även följande " "inställningar. Om detta inte är aktiverat visas inga andra konfigurationer." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start From`: the current date is automatically entered in this " "field. If desired, click on this field and use the calendar selector to " @@ -1874,7 +1796,7 @@ msgstr "" " Om du vill kan du klicka på detta fält och använda kalenderväljaren för att" " ändra det startdatum då extra timmar loggas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Company`: enter the amount of time, in" " minutes, that is **not** counted towards an employee's overtime. When an " @@ -1886,7 +1808,7 @@ msgstr "" " och den extra tid som loggats är under de angivna minuterna, räknas den " "extra tiden **inte** som övertid för den anställde." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Employee`: enter the amount of time, " "in minutes, that an employee is given, that does **not** adversely affect " @@ -1902,7 +1824,7 @@ msgstr "" "mindre än den angivna toleransperioden, straffas de **inte** för sina " "reducerade timmar." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 msgid "" "A company sets both of the :guilabel:`Tolerance` fields to `15` minutes, and" " the working hours for the entire company are set from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM." @@ -1910,7 +1832,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ett företag ställer in båda :guilabel:`Tolerans`-fälten till `15` minuter " "och arbetstiden för hela företaget ställs in från 9:00 AM till 5:00 PM." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:138 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:00 AM, and checks out at 5:14 PM, the extra 14" " minutes are **not** counted towards their overtime." @@ -1918,7 +1840,7 @@ msgstr "" "Om en anställd checkar in kl. 09.00 och checkar ut kl. 17.14, räknas de " "extra 14 minuterna **inte** som övertid." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:141 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:05 AM, and checks out at 4:55 PM, even though " "they logged a total of 10 minutes less than their full working hours, they " @@ -1928,7 +1850,7 @@ msgstr "" "eller hon har arbetat totalt 10 minuter mindre än sin fulla arbetstid, " "straffas han eller hon **inte** för denna avvikelse." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Extra Hours`: activate this box to display the extra " "hours logged by an employee when they check out with a kiosk, or when a user" @@ -1938,7 +1860,7 @@ msgstr "" "timmar som en anställd har loggat när de checkar ut i en kiosk, eller när en" " användare checkar ut i databasen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:149 msgid "" "Employees are still able to log overtime hours even if the :guilabel:`Count " "of Extra Hours` option is not activated. The difference is that when " @@ -1952,204 +1874,11 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`avräknas från en godkänd ledighetsansökan `." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:164 -msgid "Check in and out via the database" -msgstr "Checka in och ut via databasen" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users who are logged into the " -"database to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " -"application, or use a kiosk. For some smaller companies, where every " -"employee is also a user, this feature may be useful." -msgstr "" -"Odoos applikation *Attendances* gör det möjligt för användare som är " -"inloggade i databasen att checka in och ut, utan att behöva gå in i " -"applikationen *Attendances* eller använda en kiosk. För vissa mindre " -"företag, där varje anställd också är en användare, kan denna funktion vara " -"användbar." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:170 -msgid "" -"A user can check in and out on the main database dashboard, as well as in " -"any application. In the upper right corner of the top main menu, which is " -"always visible regardless of what application the user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴" -" (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is visible. Click on the " -"colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, enabling the user to check " -"in and/or out." -msgstr "" -"En användare kan checka in och ut på huvuddatabasens instrumentpanel, samt i" -" alla applikationer. I det övre högra hörnet av huvudmenyn, som alltid är " -"synlig oavsett vilken applikation användaren befinner sig i, syns en " -":guilabel:`🔴 (röd cirkel)` eller :guilabel:`🟢 (grön cirkel)`. Klicka på den " -"färgade cirkeln för att visa närvarowidgeten, så att användaren kan checka " -"in och/eller ut." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." -msgstr "Huvudmeny uppe till höger med incheckningsknappen markerad." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:180 -msgid "Check in" -msgstr "Checka in" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:182 -msgid "" -"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " -"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` and the " -"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` " -"button." -msgstr "" -"Om cirkeln i närvarowidgeten är röd betyder det att användaren inte är " -"incheckad för tillfället. Klicka på :guilabel:`🔴 (röd cirkel)` så visas " -"närvarowidgeten med en grön :guilabel:`Checka in ➡️`-knapp." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:190 -msgid "" -"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." -msgstr "" -"När användaren checkar in från databasen loggar appen *Attendances* " -"platsinformationen för användaren, inklusive IP-adress och GPS-koordinater." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 -msgid "" -"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " -"their computer to access their location information." -msgstr "" -"För att appen *Attendances* ska kunna logga platsinformationen måste " -"användaren tillåta att datorn får tillgång till platsinformationen." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:197 -msgid "" -"If the user has not checked in and out already during the current work day, " -"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " -"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" -" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " -"appears beneath that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" -"Om användaren inte har checkat in och ut redan under den aktuella " -"arbetsdagen, är denna knapp det enda synliga objektet i widgeten. Om " -"användaren har checkat in och ut tidigare visas ett :guilabel:`Total " -"today`-fält ovanför knappen, och den totala tid som har loggats för dagen " -"visas under fältet, i formatet :guilabel:`HH:MM` (timmar:minuter)." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:202 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to check in. The :guilabel:`🔴 (red " -"circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget changes appearance" -" as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has checked in, by " -"changing the green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to a yellow " -":guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button." -msgstr "" -"Klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` för att checka in. :guilabel:`🔴 " -"(röd cirkel)` i toppmenyn ändras till grön, och widgeten ändrar också " -"utseende. Widgeten uppdateras för att visa att användaren har checkat in, " -"genom att ändra den gröna :guilabel:`Check in ➡️`-knappen till en gul " -":guilabel:`Check out ➡️`-knapp." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:207 -msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." -msgstr "Klicka var som helst på skärmen för att stänga widgeten för närvaro." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:210 -msgid "Check out" -msgstr "Kolla upp" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:212 -msgid "" -"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " -"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" -" populating the time field. Beneath that line, :guilabel:`HH:MM` is " -"displayed, indicating the hours and minutes that have elapsed since checking" -" in. As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes " -"that have passed since the user checked in." -msgstr "" -"Om användaren checkar ut för första gången visas :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " -"(AM/PM)` högst upp i widgeten, med den tid som användaren checkade in i " -"tidsfältet. Under den raden visas :guilabel:`HH:MM`, som anger de timmar och" -" minuter som har förflutit sedan incheckningen. När tiden går uppdateras " -"detta värde för att återspegla de timmar och minuter som har gått sedan " -"användaren checkade in." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:218 -msgid "" -"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " -"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears in addition to " -"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The time displayed in both of " -"these fields are populated with the most recent check in time, and will " -"match. Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously " -"logged hours are displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" -"Om användaren tidigare har checkat in och ut visas ytterligare fält. Ett " -":guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)`-fält visas utöver :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " -"(AM/PM)`-fältet. Tiden som visas i båda dessa fält fylls i med den senaste " -"incheckningstiden och kommer att matcha. Under fältet :guilabel:`Before " -"HH:MM (AM/PM)` visas de tidigare loggade timmarna i formatet " -":guilabel:`HH:MM` (timmar:minuter)." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 -msgid "" -"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " -"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " -"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that will " -"be logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." -msgstr "" -"Under båda dessa fält visas dessutom ett :guilabel:`Total today`-fält. Detta" -" fält är summan av både :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` och " -":guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` och är den totala tid som kommer att loggas " -"för användaren, om de skulle logga ut vid den tidpunkten." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:228 -msgid "" -"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " -":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button. The attendance widget updates again," -" displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the logged time, and the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check " -"in ➡️` button." -msgstr "" -"När tiden går uppdateras både fälten :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` och " -":guilabel:`Total today` live. För att checka ut, klicka på den gula knappen " -":guilabel:`Check out ➡️`. Närvarowidgeten uppdateras igen och visar fältet " -":guilabel:`Total today` med den loggade tiden, och den gula knappen " -":guilabel:`Check out ➡️` ändras till en grön knapp :guilabel:`Check in ➡️`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " -"user allows their computer to access this information." -msgstr "" -"När användaren checkar ut från databasen loggar appen *Attendances* " -"platsinformationen för användaren. Denna information loggas **endast** om " -"användaren tillåter sin dator att komma åt denna information." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." -msgstr "Popup-fönstret som visas när en anställd checkar in i databasen." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:242 -msgid "" -"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " -"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " -"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" -" appears on the dashboard, including check ins and check outs with no time " -"value." -msgstr "" -"Det finns ingen gräns för hur många gånger en användare kan checka in och " -"checka ut. Användare kan checka in och ut utan att någon tid förflyter (ett " -"värde på 00:00). Varje gång en anställd loggar in och ut lagras " -"informationen och visas på instrumentpanelen, inklusive in- och " -"utcheckningar utan tidsvärde." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:157 msgid "Kiosk mode" msgstr "Kiosk mode" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:159 msgid "" "Some companies may opt to use a dedicated device (a laptop or desktop PC, a " "tablet, or a mobile phone) for employees to check in and check out from. " @@ -2159,7 +1888,7 @@ msgstr "" "stationär dator, en surfplatta eller en mobiltelefon) som de anställda kan " "checka in och ut från. Kioskläget används för dessa scenarier." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:163 msgid "" "If users check in and out using either a badge or an RFID, then an " "accessible device in kiosk mode **must** be available to check in and check " @@ -2169,7 +1898,7 @@ msgstr "" "**måste** en tillgänglig enhet i kioskläge vara tillgänglig för in- och " "utcheckning med dessa två metoder." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 msgid "" "Entering kiosk mode is only available for users with specific :ref:`access " "rights `." @@ -2177,11 +1906,11 @@ msgstr "" "Kioskläget är endast tillgängligt för användare med specifika " ":ref:`behörigheter `." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:169 msgid "Kiosk mode can be activated in three different ways:" msgstr "Kioskläget kan aktiveras på tre olika sätt:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:171 msgid "" "Navigate to the :guilabel:`Attendances` application, and click " ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode` in the top menu. The device then enters kiosk mode." @@ -2189,7 +1918,7 @@ msgstr "" "Navigera till applikationen :guilabel:`Attendances` och klicka på " ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode` i toppmenyn. Enheten går då in i kioskläge." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:173 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click on the link in the " @@ -2201,7 +1930,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Attendance Kiosk Url`. En ny flik öppnas i kioskläge. Vi " "rekommenderar att du stänger databasfliken för att hålla databasen säker." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:177 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click :guilabel:`Copy` next to " @@ -2221,7 +1950,7 @@ msgstr "" "URL-fältet för Attendances-kiosken i inställningsavsnittet i Attendances-" "applikationen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:186 msgid "" "As a security measure, once a device is in kiosk mode, it is not possible to" " exit kiosk mode and go back into the database without signing back in. To " @@ -2236,11 +1965,11 @@ msgstr "" "inloggning. Detta ger ett extra lager av säkerhet och förhindrar att vem som" " helst får tillgång till databasen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:192 msgid "Badge" msgstr "Utmärkelse" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 msgid "" "To check in or out using a badge, tap the :guilabel:`📷 (camera) Tap to scan`" " image in the center of the kiosk. Then, scan the barcode on the badge using" @@ -2264,11 +1993,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Attendances Kiosk view displaying the scan badge image." msgstr "Kioskvyn för Attendances visar bilden av den skannade badgen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:206 msgid "RFID" msgstr "RFID" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:208 msgid "" "To check in or out using an RFID key fob, simply scan the fob with an RFID " "reader. Once scanned, the employee is then either checked in or checked out," @@ -2281,11 +2010,11 @@ msgstr "" "` visas med all information om incheckning eller " "utcheckning." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:213 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manuellt" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:215 msgid "" "Users who do not have a scannable badge or an RFID fob can manually check in" " and out at a kiosk. Tap the :guilabel:`Identify Manually` button on the " @@ -2301,7 +2030,7 @@ msgstr "" "instrumentpanel. Tryck på personen och de checkas antingen in eller ut, och " "ett :ref:`bekräftelsemeddelande ` visas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:221 msgid "" "When a large number of employees appear in the list, making scrolling " "inefficient, there are two ways to quickly find a specific person:" @@ -2309,7 +2038,7 @@ msgstr "" "När ett stort antal anställda visas i listan, vilket gör bläddringen " "ineffektiv, finns det två sätt att snabbt hitta en viss person:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Search...`: tap on the :guilabel:`Search...` field and enter the " "person's name. As the name is typed in, the matching results are displayed " @@ -2318,7 +2047,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Sök...`: tryck på fältet :guilabel:`Sök...` och ange personens " "namn. När namnet skrivs in visas de matchande resultaten på skärmen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: to quickly filter the presented employees, tap on a " "department to display only those employees that are part of that department." @@ -2332,11 +2061,11 @@ msgstr "" " siffran i slutet av varje avdelning anger hur många anställda som ingår i " "avdelningen, och visas när den väljs." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:232 msgid "PIN" msgstr "PIN-KOD" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:234 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification` option was activated in the " ":ref:`kiosk settings ` section of the " @@ -2348,7 +2077,7 @@ msgstr "" "uppmanas den anställde att ange en PIN-kod vid manuell incheckning eller " "utcheckning." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:238 msgid "" "After the employee is selected, a number pad appears with a message. When " "checking in, :guilabel:`(Employee) Welcome! Please enter your PIN to check " @@ -2362,7 +2091,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`(Anställd) Vill du checka ut? Ange din PIN-kod för att checka ut`" " visas ovanför siffrorna." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:243 msgid "" "Tap in the PIN using the number pad, then tap :guilabel:`OK` when done. The " "employee is then checked in or out, and a :ref:`confirmation message " @@ -2376,11 +2105,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pop-up that appears when prompted to enter a pin." msgstr "Popup-fönstret som visas när du uppmanas att ange en PIN-kod." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:253 msgid "Confirmation message" msgstr "Bekräftelse av meddelande" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:255 msgid "" "When an employee checks in or out, a confirmation message appears with all " "the check in or check out information. When checking in, a welcome message " @@ -2400,7 +2129,7 @@ msgstr "" "skärmen före den förinställda tiden i kiosken trycker du på knappen " ":guilabel:`OK`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 msgid "" "When checking out, the screen displays a goodbye message, with the date and " "time of check out, and the total hours logged for the day. Beneath the " @@ -2416,12 +2145,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The goodbye message with all the employee's check out information." msgstr "Avskedsmeddelandet med alla anställdas utcheckningsinformation." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:681 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Översikt" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:273 msgid "" "When entering the *Attendances* application, the :guilabel:`Overview` " "dashboard is presented, containing all the check in and check out " @@ -2439,11 +2168,11 @@ msgstr "" "även dessa ytterligare anställdas in- och utcheckningsinformation på " ":guilabel:`Overview`-instrumentpanelen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:280 msgid "Views" msgstr "Vyer" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:282 msgid "" "To change the view from the default Gantt chart to a list view, click the " ":guilabel:`List` icon in the top right of the dashboard, beneath the user's " @@ -2455,7 +2184,7 @@ msgstr "" "användarens foto. För att växla tillbaka till Gantt-diagrammet, klicka på " ":guilabel:`Gantt`-knappen, som finns bredvid :guilabel:`List`-knappen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:286 msgid "" "The default view presents the current day's information. To present the " "information for the :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or " @@ -2480,7 +2209,7 @@ msgstr "" "instrumentpanelen och visar information som innehåller den aktuella dagens " "information." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:295 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Day` view, the column for the current hour is highlighted " "in yellow. If the :guilabel:`Week` or :guilabel:`Month` view is selected, " @@ -2500,7 +2229,7 @@ msgstr "" "Översiktspanelen visar informationen för veckan, med den aktuella dagen\n" "markerad." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:304 msgid "" "Any entries that have errors appear in red, indicating they need to be " "resolved by a user with the proper :ref:`access rights ` för den/de anställda " "som har fel." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:311 msgid "Filters and groups" msgstr "Filter och grupper" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:313 msgid "" "To filter the results in the overview dashboard, or to present different " "groups of information, click the :guilabel:`🔻 (triangle drop down)` button " @@ -2532,16 +2261,16 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Group By`. Det finns flera förkonfigurerade filter och grupper " "att välja mellan, samt ett alternativ för att skapa anpassade sådana." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:320 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:276 msgid "Filters" msgstr "Filter" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:322 msgid "The default filters that can be selected are:" msgstr "De standardfilter som kan väljas är:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:324 msgid "" ":guilabel:`My Attendances`: this filter only presents the user's attendance " "data." @@ -2549,14 +2278,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`My Attendances`: detta filter visar endast användarens " "närvarodata." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:325 msgid "" ":guilabel:`My Team`: this filter presents the attendance data for the user's" " team." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Mitt team`: detta filter visar närvarodata för användarens team." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:326 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At Work`: this filter displays the attendance data for everyone " "currently checked in." @@ -2564,7 +2293,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`At Work`: detta filter visar närvarodata för alla som för " "närvarande är incheckade." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:327 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Errors`: this filter displays any entries with :ref:`errors " "` that need to be resolved." @@ -2572,7 +2301,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Errors`: detta filter visar alla poster med :ref:`errors " "` som behöver åtgärdas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this filter has a drop-down to further select a " "specific time period. Select the desired time period from the options " @@ -2582,7 +2311,7 @@ msgstr "" "ytterligare välja en specifik tidsperiod. Välj önskad tidsperiod från de " "alternativ som presenteras, en specifik månad, kvartal eller år." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Last 7 days`: this filter presents the attendance data for the " "last seven days." @@ -2590,7 +2319,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Senaste 7 dagarna`: detta filter visar närvarodata för de senaste" " sju dagarna." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:332 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`: create a custom filter using the pop-up that " "appears when this is selected." @@ -2598,15 +2327,15 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`: skapa ett anpassat filter med hjälp av popup-" "fönstret som visas när detta väljs." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 msgid "Groups" msgstr "Grupper" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:338 msgid "The default groups that can be selected are:" msgstr "De standardgrupper som kan väljas är:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:340 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing the" " following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -2620,7 +2349,7 @@ msgstr "" "för att visa all incheckningsinformation, grupperad efter den valda " "tidsperioden." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:344 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee`: this group presents the attendance data organized by " "employee." @@ -2628,7 +2357,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Employee`: denna grupp presenterar närvarodata organiserade efter" " anställd." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:345 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing " "the following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -2642,7 +2371,7 @@ msgstr "" "för att visa all utcheckningsinformation, grupperad efter den valda " "tidsperioden." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:349 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`: this option displays a drop-down menu with a " "variety of options to group the attendance data by, including " @@ -2654,11 +2383,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`Mode`, och :guilabel:`IP " "Address`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:356 msgid "Attendance log details" msgstr "Uppgifter om närvarologg" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:358 msgid "" "Odoo captures various time and location details when a user checks in and " "out. The specific details provided are determined by the method the user " @@ -2668,7 +2397,7 @@ msgstr "" "och ut. De specifika uppgifter som tillhandahålls bestäms av den metod som " "användaren checkade in och ut." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:361 msgid "" "To view the specific check in and/or check out details for an employee, " "click on an individual entry in the overview dashboard." @@ -2676,7 +2405,7 @@ msgstr "" "För att se specifik information om incheckning och/eller utcheckning för en " "anställd, klicka på en enskild post i översiktspanelen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 msgid "" "A detailed attendance log for the user appears in a pop-up window. To close " "the detailed attendance log, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` button in " @@ -2686,23 +2415,23 @@ msgstr "" "stänga den detaljerade närvarologgen, klicka på :guilabel:`Spara & Stäng` " "knappen i det nedre vänstra hörnet av formuläret." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:367 msgid "The detailed attendance log contains the following information:" msgstr "Den detaljerade närvarologgen innehåller följande information:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:370 msgid "Main details" msgstr "Viktiga detaljer" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:372 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the name of the employee." msgstr ":guilabel:`Employee`: namnet på den anställde." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 msgid ":guilabel:`Check In`: the date and time the employee checked in." msgstr ":guilabel:`Check In`: datum och tid då den anställde checkade in." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:374 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: the date and time the employee checked out. This only" " appears if the employee has checked out." @@ -2710,7 +2439,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: datum och tid då den anställde checkade ut. Detta " "visas endast om den anställde har checkat ut." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:376 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Worked Hours`: the total amount of time the employee logged for " "the day, in an hour and minute format (HH:MM). This value calculates all the" @@ -2721,7 +2450,7 @@ msgstr "" "dagen, i formatet timme och minut (HH:MM). Detta värde beräknar alla in- och" " utcheckningar för dagen, om den anställde checkade in och ut flera gånger." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Extra Hours`: any extra hours the employee logged that is beyond " "their expected working hours." @@ -2729,11 +2458,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Extratimmar`: alla extratimmar som den anställde har registrerat " "utöver sin förväntade arbetstid." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:383 msgid "Check in/check out details" msgstr "Uppgifter om incheckning/utcheckning" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:385 msgid "" "The following information appears for both the :guilabel:`Check In` and " ":guilabel:`Check Out` sections." @@ -2741,7 +2470,7 @@ msgstr "" "Följande information visas för både :guilabel:`Check In` och " ":guilabel:`Check Out` sektionerna." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: the method with which the attendance information was " "gathered. :guilabel:`Systray` is displayed if the employee logged in and out" @@ -2755,7 +2484,7 @@ msgstr "" "anställde loggade in och ut :ref:`med hjälp av en närvarokiosk " "`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:392 msgid "" ":guilabel:`IP Address`: the IP address for the computer the employee used to" " log in or out." @@ -2763,14 +2492,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`IP Address`: IP-adressen för den dator som den anställde använde " "för att logga in eller ut." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:393 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browser`: the web browser the employee used to log in or out." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Browser`: den webbläsare som den anställde använde för att logga " "in eller ut." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:394 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Localization`: the city and country associated with the " "computer's IP address." @@ -2778,7 +2507,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Lokalisering`: den stad och det land som är kopplat till datorns " "IP-adress." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:395 msgid "" ":guilabel:`GPS Coordinates`: the specific coordinates when the user logged " "in or out. To view the specific coordinates on a map, click the :guilabel:`→" @@ -2795,12 +2524,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The detailed information for an attendance entry." msgstr "Den detaljerade informationen för en närvaropost." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:405 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:84 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Fel" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:407 msgid "" "Entries that contain an error appear on the overview dashboard in red. In " "the :guilabel:`Gantt view`, the entry appears with a red background. If in " @@ -2810,7 +2539,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Gantt-vyn` visas posten med röd bakgrund. Om du befinner dig i " ":guilabel:`List view` visas postens text i rött." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:411 msgid "" "An error typically occurs when an employee has checked in but has not " "checked out within the last 24 hours, or when an employee has a check in and" @@ -2820,7 +2549,7 @@ msgstr "" "ut under de senaste 24 timmarna, eller när en anställd har en incheckning " "och utcheckningsperiod som sträcker sig över 16 timmar." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:414 msgid "" "To fix the error, the attendance entry must be modified or deleted. Click on" " the entry to reveal a pop-up containing the details for that particular " @@ -2846,7 +2575,7 @@ msgstr "" "Popup-fönstret som gör det möjligt att ändra en närvaropost med ett fel. Kalendern\n" "visas och tidsväljaren är markerad." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:426 msgid "" "When all the information on the pop-up is correct, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close`. When the entry no longer has an error, the entry appears in gray " @@ -2856,7 +2585,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Spara & Stäng`. När posten inte längre har något fel visas posten" " i grått istället för rött." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 msgid "" "To delete an entry, click :guilabel:`Remove` on the pop-up instead of making" " modifications to the entry." @@ -2864,7 +2593,7 @@ msgstr "" "Om du vill ta bort en post klickar du på :guilabel:`Remove` i popup-fönstret" " istället för att göra ändringar i posten." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:435 msgid "" "To view attendance reports, click :guilabel:`Reporting` in the top menu. The" " default report displays each employee's attendance information for the past" @@ -2874,7 +2603,7 @@ msgstr "" "toppmenyn. Standardrapporten visar varje anställds närvaroinformation för de" " senaste 3 månaderna i ett :guilabel:`Linjediagram`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 msgid "" "The default view is a :guilabel:`Graph`. To view the data in a pivot table, " "click the :guilabel:`Pivot Table` button on the top right of the report. To " @@ -2886,7 +2615,7 @@ msgstr "" "rapporten. Om du vill växla tillbaka till grafvyn klickar du på knappen " ":guilabel:`Graph`, som finns bredvid knappen :guilabel:`Pivot Table`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 msgid "" "To present different information, adjust the :ref:`filters and groups " "` in the same way as in the :guilabel:`Overview`" @@ -2896,7 +2625,7 @@ msgstr "" "` på samma sätt som i :guilabel:`Overview` " "instrumentpanelen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:445 msgid "" "The data can be presented in either a :guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line" " Chart`, :guilabel:`Pie Chart`, :guilabel:`Stacked` chart, or in " @@ -2910,7 +2639,7 @@ msgstr "" " vy till något av dessa diagram klickar du på motsvarande knapp ovanför det " "visade diagrammet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 msgid "" "To change the :guilabel:`Measures`, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button " "and select the desired measure from the drop-down menu." @@ -2918,7 +2647,7 @@ msgstr "" "För att ändra :guilabel:`Mått`, klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Mått` och välj " "önskat mått från rullgardinsmenyn." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:452 msgid "" "The report can also be inserted into a spreadsheet. Click the " ":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button and a pop-up appears. Select the " @@ -2933,6 +2662,158 @@ msgid "" "The default report view, with all the optional view buttons highlighted." msgstr "Standardrapportvyn, med alla knappar för valfria vyer markerade." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/check_in_check_out`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:461 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/hardware`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:3 +msgid "Check in and out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users, who are logged into the " +"database, to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " +"application, or use a kiosk. For smaller companies, where every employee is " +"also a user, this feature may be useful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A user can check in and/or out on the main database Odoo dashboard, or while" +" inside any application. To do so, in the upper-right corner of the top main" +" header menu, which is always visible regardless of what application the " +"user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is " +"visible. Click on the colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, " +"enabling the user to check in and/or out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." +msgstr "Huvudmeny uppe till höger med incheckningsknappen markerad." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:22 +msgid "Check in" +msgstr "Checka in" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " +"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)`, and the " +"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in` " +":icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." +msgstr "" +"När användaren checkar in från databasen loggar appen *Attendances* " +"platsinformationen för användaren, inklusive IP-adress och GPS-koordinater." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " +"their computer to access their location information." +msgstr "" +"För att appen *Attendances* ska kunna logga platsinformationen måste " +"användaren tillåta att datorn får tillgång till platsinformationen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If the user has not already checked in and out during the current work day, " +"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " +"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" +" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " +"appears in that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button to check in. The " +":guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget " +"changes appearance, as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has" +" checked in, by changing the green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` " +"button to a yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:49 +msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." +msgstr "Klicka var som helst på skärmen för att stänga widgeten för närvaro." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:148 +msgid "Check out" +msgstr "Kolla upp" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " +"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" +" populating the time field. Beneath that line, the hours and minutes that " +"have elapsed since checking in are displayed in a :guilabel:`HH:MM` format. " +"As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes that " +"have passed since the user checked in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " +"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears, in addition to " +"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The times displayed in both of " +"these fields match, and are populated with the most recent check in time. " +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously logged " +"time is displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " +"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " +"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that is " +"logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:70 +msgid "" +"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " +":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " +"yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button. The attendance " +"widget updates again, displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the " +"logged time, while the yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` " +"button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " +"user allows their computer to access this information." +msgstr "" +"När användaren checkar ut från databasen loggar appen *Attendances* " +"platsinformationen för användaren. Denna information loggas **endast** om " +"användaren tillåter sin dator att komma åt denna information." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." +msgstr "Popup-fönstret som visas när en anställd checkar in i databasen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:85 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " +"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " +"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" +" appears on the main *Attendances* dashboard, including check ins and check " +"outs with no time value." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Hardware" msgstr "Hårdvara" @@ -3061,6 +2942,305 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo *Employees* organiserar ett företags medarbetarregister, kontrakt och " "avdelningar." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:3 +msgid "Departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"All employees in the *Employees* app fall under specific departments within " +"a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:8 +msgid "Create new departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To make a new department, navigate to :menuselection:`Employees app --> " +"Departments`, then click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left to reveal a blank " +"department form. Fill out the following information on the department form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The department for with all fields filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:18 +msgid ":guilabel:`Department Name`: enter a name for the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: using the drop-down menu, select the department " +"manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Parent Department`: if the new department is housed within " +"another department (has a parent department), select the parent department " +"using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates`: if employees in this department " +"require a specific appraisal form that is different from the default " +"appraisal form, tick the checkbox. If this option is activated, an " +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab appears below the form. This field " +"**only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " +"department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Survey`: using the drop-down menu, select the default " +"survey to use for the department when requesting feedback from employees. " +"This field **only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed, **and** " +"the *360 Feedback* option is enabled in the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the department. Click the default " +"white color box to display all the color options. Click on a color to select" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab: this tab **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates` options is activated on the form. " +"Make any desired edits to the appraisal form. The appraisal form is used for" +" appraisals for all employees within this department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:36 +msgid "" +"After the form is completed, click the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon to manually save the changes. When saved, a " +":guilabel:`Department Organization` chart appears in the top-right of the " +"department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The form auto-saves while data is entered, however the :guilabel:`Department" +" Organization` chart does **not** appear until the form is manually saved. " +"If the form is not saved, the :guilabel:`Department Organization` chart is " +"visible upon opening the department card from the :guilabel:`Departments` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:47 +msgid "Refer to the :doc:`../appraisals` documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:50 +msgid "Departments dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured departments, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Departments`. All departments appear in a " +"Kanban view, by default, and are listed in alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The departments dashboard view with all the department cards in a Kanban " +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:175 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "Kanban-vy" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each department has its own Kanban card on the main :guilabel:`Departments` " +":icon:`oi-view-kanban` :guilabel:`(Kanban)` dashboard view, that can display" +" the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:66 +msgid "Department name: the name of the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:67 +msgid "Company: the company the department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employees`: the number of employees within the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisals`: the number of appraisals scheduled for employees in " +"the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Requests`: the number of unapproved time off requests " +"for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval ` . This **only** appears if there are requests to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allocation Requests`: the number of unapproved allocation " +"requests for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval " +"`. This **only** appears if there are requests " +"to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Applicants`: the number of :ref:`new applicants " +"` for a position in this department. This **only** appears " +"if there are new applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expense Reports`: the number of employees in the department with " +":ref:`open expense reports to approve `. This **only** " +"appears if there are any expense reports waiting for approval." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Absence`: the number of absences for the current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Color bar: the selected color for the department appears as a vertical bar " +"on the left side of the department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click on an alert in a department card, such as :guilabel:`Time Off " +"Requests`, to reveal a list view of the requests to approve. This list " +"includes **all** open requests to approve, not just from the specific " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The default view for the :guilabel:`Departments` dashboard is a Kanban view." +" It is possible to view the departments in two other forms: a list view and " +"a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Visa lista" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a list view, click the :icon:`fa-align-justify` " +":guilabel:`(list)` icon in the top-right corner. The departments appear in a" +" list view, which displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Employees`, " +":guilabel:`Parent Department`, and :guilabel:`Color` for each department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The departments are sorted alphabetically by :guilabel:`Department Name`, by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The departments presented in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When in list view, departments can be managed in batch by selecting one or " +"multiple record's checkbox, then select the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Actions` button to reveal a drop-down menu of actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:113 +msgid "Hierarchy view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a hierarchy view, click the :icon:`fa-share-alt " +"fa-rotate-90` :guilabel:`(hierarchy)` icon in the top-right corner. The " +"departments appear in an organizational chart format, with the highest-level" +" department at the top (typically :guilabel:`Management`), and all other " +"departments beneath it. All child departments of the first-level child " +"departments are folded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Each department card displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, the " +":guilabel:`Manager` (and their profile image), the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Employees` in the department, and the ability to expand the department " +"(:guilabel:`Unfold`) if there are child departments beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Unfold` button on a department card to expand it. Once " +"expanded, the :guilabel:`Unfold` button changes to a :guilabel:`Fold` " +"button. To collapse the department, click the :guilabel:`Fold` button. Only " +"**one** department *per row* can be unfolded at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Click anywhere on a department card to open the department form. Click the " +":guilabel:`(#) Employees` smart button to view a list of all the employees " +"in that department, including all employees in the child departments beneath" +" it, organized by individual department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In the hierarchy view, if the :guilabel:`(2) Employees` button on the " +":guilabel:`Management` card is clicked (the highest-level department card), " +"**all** employees appear in a list view, grouped by department. This is " +"because **all** departments are children of the :guilabel:`Management` " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`(3) Employees` button in the :guilabel:`Sales` department " +"card is clicked, the employees from the :guilabel:`Sales` department, as " +"well as its two child departments (:guilabel:`East Coast Territory` and " +":guilabel:`West Coat Territory`), appear in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "The departments presented in a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list view of employees for the department that was clicked, including all child\n" +"departments." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 msgid "New employees" msgstr "Nya medarbetare" @@ -3159,7 +3339,6 @@ msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted." msgstr "Ett formulär för nyanställda med de obligatoriska fälten markerade." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:736 msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "Valfria fält" @@ -3325,7 +3504,8 @@ msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "Fliken Sammanfattning" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:869 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "Sammanfattning" @@ -4969,7 +5149,7 @@ msgstr "" "släpvagnsdragkrok installerad." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:398 msgid "Salary" msgstr "Lön" @@ -6435,10 +6615,6 @@ msgid "" "different ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 -msgid "List view" -msgstr "Visa lista" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:304 msgid "" "The default view of the service records is a list view. This presents all " @@ -6486,11 +6662,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The form automatically saves as data is entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 -msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "Kanban-vy" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:331 msgid "" "To view services by their stage, click the :guilabel:`Kanban` button, which " @@ -6576,11 +6747,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:380 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:230 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:889 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:894 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "Ange följande information på formuläret:" @@ -6851,11 +7022,11 @@ msgid "" " pop-up windows close, and the activity now appears on the activity view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 msgid "Frontdesk" msgstr "Frontdesk" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:7 msgid "" "The Odoo *Frontdesk* application provides a way for visitors to check in to " "a building or location, and alert the person they are meeting about their " @@ -6867,7 +7038,7 @@ msgstr "" "ankomst. Dessutom kan de begära att en förkonfigurerad dryck serveras till " "dem medan de väntar." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:11 msgid "" "This application is ideal for businesses that do **not** have someone " "working at a reception desk, locations **without** a designated waiting area" @@ -6877,7 +7048,7 @@ msgstr "" " i receptionen, platser **utan** ett särskilt väntrum som är tillgängligt " "för gäster och besökare." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:17 msgid "" "The first item to configure with the *Frontdesk* application is the station," " followed by any drink selections that might optionally be offered." @@ -6885,11 +7056,11 @@ msgstr "" "Det första som konfigureras med *Frontdesk*-applikationen är stationen, " "följt av eventuella drycker som kan erbjudas som tillval." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 msgid "Stations" msgstr "Stationer" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:23 msgid "" "In Odoo's *Frontdesk* application, a *Station* can be thought of as any " "location where someone can sign in and wait for an employee. This is " @@ -6901,7 +7072,7 @@ msgstr "" "väntrum, till exempel en lobby. Varje station har en kiosk där besökare " "checkar in." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:27 msgid "" "When setting up the *Frontdesk* application, a minimum of one station " "**must** be configured, but there is no limit to how many stations can be " @@ -6911,7 +7082,7 @@ msgstr "" "konfigureras, men det finns ingen gräns för hur många stationer som kan " "skapas och konfigureras." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:30 msgid "" "To create a station, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Stations`, and click :guilabel:`New`. When clicked, a " @@ -6921,7 +7092,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configuration --> Stations`, och klicka på :guilabel:`New`. När du klickar " "visas ett tomt frontdeskformulär." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Name`: enter a name for the specific frontdesk " "location. This should be short and easily identifiable, such as `Reception " @@ -6932,7 +7103,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Reception Desk` eller `Main Lobby`. Detta fält är obligatoriskt för att " "skapa en station." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:38 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsibles`: select the person (or persons) who are alerted " "when a visitor checks in using this specific frontdesk. Multiple selections " @@ -6942,7 +7113,7 @@ msgstr "" "informeras när en besökare checkar in via denna specifika frontdesk. Flera " "val kan anges. Detta fält krävs för att skapa en station." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk URL`: this field auto-populates once the frontdesk form is " "saved, with at least the :guilabel:`Frontdesk Name` and " @@ -6955,7 +7126,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`(moln med uppåtriktad pil)` ikonen, som finns högst upp i " "formuläret." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:45 msgid "" "Once saved, a URL is generated in the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` field. This URL " "is one way the frontdesk kiosk is accessed." @@ -6963,7 +7134,7 @@ msgstr "" "När den har sparats genereras en URL i fältet :guilabel:`Kiosk URL`. Denna " "URL är ett sätt att komma åt frontdesk-kiosken." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:48 msgid "" "To access the kiosk, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at the end of the " "URL, and navigate to that URL in a web browser. This URL opens that specific" @@ -6973,7 +7144,7 @@ msgstr "" "till den webbadressen i en webbläsare för att komma åt kiosken. Denna URL " "öppnar den specifika stationens frontdesk inloggningssida." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:52 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a frontdesk form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera" " with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " @@ -6983,9 +7154,9 @@ msgstr "" "över :guilabel:`(kamera med ett '+' tecken)` ikonen längst upp till höger i " "formuläret för att visa en :guilabel:`✏️ (penna)` ikon." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:166 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:184 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to open a file explorer, navigate " "to the desired image/photo file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." @@ -6994,7 +7165,7 @@ msgstr "" "navigera till önskad bild-/fotofil och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Öppna` för" " att markera den." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:58 msgid "" "The image selected for the station photo appears as the background image for" " the station kiosk." @@ -7002,12 +7173,11 @@ msgstr "" "Den bild som valts för stationsfotot visas som bakgrundsbild för stationens " "kiosk." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:61 msgid "Options tab" msgstr "Fliken Alternativ" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Host Selection`: if the visitor is attending a meeting, this " "option allows the visitor to select the meeting host from a presented list, " @@ -7018,7 +7188,7 @@ msgstr "" "med detta alternativ välja mötesvärd från en lista, och meddela den " "personen. När alternativet är aktiverat visas ytterligare fält enligt nedan." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Authenticate Guest`: if additional information is required when a" " guest checks in, enable this option, and select which of the following are " @@ -7028,7 +7198,7 @@ msgstr "" " checkar in, aktivera det här alternativet och välj vilket av följande som " "krävs:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: select whether the guest's email address is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " @@ -7038,7 +7208,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Optional`, eller om informationen inte efterfrågas alls " "(:guilabel:`None`)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Phone`: select whether the guest's phone number is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " @@ -7048,7 +7218,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Optional`, eller om informationen inte efterfrågas alls " "(:guilabel:`None`)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Organization`: select whether the guest's organization is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " @@ -7058,7 +7228,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, eller om informationen inte " "efterfrågas alls (:guilabel:`None`)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Theme`: select the color mode of the kiosk. Choose either " ":guilabel:`Light` or :guilabel:`Dark`. The :guilabel:`Light` selection " @@ -7070,7 +7240,7 @@ msgstr "" "visas en ljusgrå bakgrund på kiosken, medan om du väljer :guilabel:`Dark` " "visas en mörkgrå och svart bakgrund." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Self Check-In`: enable this option to present a check-in QR code " "on the kiosk. The QR code allows guests to check in using their mobile " @@ -7083,7 +7253,7 @@ msgstr "" "rekommenderas för en upptagen kiosk med flera gäster som checkar in " "samtidigt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Offer Drinks`: enable this option to offer guests a drink upon " "check in. If this option is enabled, it is necessary to :ref:`configure the " @@ -7098,7 +7268,7 @@ msgstr "" "aktiverat. När alla dryckesalternativ är konfigurerade väljer du varje dryck" " som ska erbjudas med hjälp av rullgardinsmenyn." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:90 msgid "" "The following options are only visible in the :guilabel:`Options` tab if the" " :ref:`Host Selection ` option is enabled." @@ -7106,7 +7276,7 @@ msgstr "" "Följande alternativ är endast synliga på fliken :guilabel:`Options` om " "alternativet :ref:`Host Selection ` är aktiverat." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by email`: enable this option to have an email sent to the" " person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -7118,7 +7288,7 @@ msgstr "" "När det är aktiverat visas ett :guilabel:`E-postmall` fält nedanför, med " "standard :guilabel:`Frontdesk Email Template` vald." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:97 msgid "" "To change the default email template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`Email Template` field, then select another email template." @@ -7126,7 +7296,7 @@ msgstr "" "Om du vill ändra den förvalda e-postmallen klickar du på rullgardinsmenyn i " "fältet :guilabel:`E-postmall` och väljer sedan en annan e-postmall." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any edits to the " @@ -7135,7 +7305,7 @@ msgstr "" "Om du vill ändra den aktuella mallen klickar du på :guilabel:`Intern länk " "(pil)`-ikonen i slutet av raden och gör eventuella ändringar i mallen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:102 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by SMS`: enable this option to have an SMS (text) message " "sent to the person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -7147,7 +7317,7 @@ msgstr "" "När alternativet är aktiverat visas ett :guilabel:`SMS Template` fält " "nedanför, med standard :guilabel:`Frontdesk SMS Template` vald." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:106 msgid "" "To change the default SMS template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`SMS Template` field, and select another SMS template." @@ -7155,7 +7325,7 @@ msgstr "" "Om du vill ändra den förvalda SMS-mallen klickar du på rullgardinsmenyn i " "fältet :guilabel:`SMS Template` och väljer en annan SMS-mall." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:109 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any desired edits to the" @@ -7167,7 +7337,7 @@ msgstr "" "SMS-meddelandet får innehålla högst 242 tecken, vilket ryms i 4 SMS-" "meddelanden (UNICODE)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by Discuss`: this option is enabled by default when the " ":guilabel:`Host Selection` option is enabled. This option opens a *Discuss* " @@ -7179,7 +7349,7 @@ msgstr "" "alternativet öppnar ett * Diskutera * applikationsmeddelandefönster med den " "person som gästen besöker vid incheckningen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:116 msgid "" "When enabled, a default message appears for the person the guest is " "visiting. The *Discuss* application **must** be installed in order for this " @@ -7189,7 +7359,7 @@ msgstr "" "person som gästen besöker. Applikationen *Discuss* **måste** vara " "installerad för att detta alternativ ska fungera." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:120 msgid "" "*Discuss* is installed by default when creating an Odoo database, and does " "not count towards billing. As long as the *Discuss* application is not " @@ -7199,7 +7369,7 @@ msgstr "" "inte med i faktureringen. Så länge programmet *Discuss* inte avsiktligt " "avinstalleras fungerar alternativet :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:125 msgid "" "The default message format for the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option is: " "`(Frontdesk Station) Check-In: (Guest Name) (Guest Phone Number) " @@ -7209,7 +7379,7 @@ msgstr "" "är: `(Frontdesk Station) Incheckning: (Gästens namn) (Gästens telefonnummer)" " (Organisation) för att träffa (Den anställdes namn).`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:128 msgid "" "An example of how that might appear in a *Discuss* message is: `Main Lobby " "Check-In: John Doe (123-555-1234) (Odoo, Inc.) to meet Marc Demo.`" @@ -7221,11 +7391,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Frontdesk station form with all the information filled out." msgstr "Frontdesk station formulär med all information ifylld." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 msgid "Side Message tab" msgstr "Fliken Sidomeddelande" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:138 msgid "" "Enter any desired text to appear on the station kiosk after a guest has " "checked in, such as a welcome greeting or any necessary instructions. The " @@ -7237,11 +7407,12 @@ msgstr "" " visas på bekräftelsesidan, på höger sida av skärmen efter att en gäst har " "slutfört incheckningsprocessen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:112 msgid "Drinks" msgstr "Drycker" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:147 msgid "" "After a station is created, the next step is to configure the drinks to " "offer visitors, if desired. This step is **not** necessary or required for " @@ -7253,7 +7424,7 @@ msgstr "" "applikationen *Frontdesk* ska fungera, och behöver endast konfigureras om " "drycker erbjuds till gästerna." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:151 msgid "" "To add a drink option, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Drinks`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a " @@ -7263,11 +7434,11 @@ msgstr "" "app --> Configuration --> Drinks`, och klicka på :guilabel:`New`. När du gör" " detta visas ett tomt dryckesformulär som du kan konfigurera." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 msgid "Enter the following information on the drink form:" msgstr "Ange följande information på drinkformuläret:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Drink Name`: type the name of the drink option in this field. " "This field is required." @@ -7275,7 +7446,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Drink Name`: skriv namnet på dryckesalternativet i detta fält. " "Detta fält är obligatoriskt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 msgid "" ":guilabel:`People to Notify`: use the drop-down menu in this field to select" " who is notified when the drink is selected. Multiple people can be entered " @@ -7285,7 +7456,7 @@ msgstr "" "välja vem som ska meddelas när drycken väljs. Flera personer kan anges i " "detta fält. Detta fält är obligatoriskt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:159 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a numerical value in this field to indicate " "where in the list of drink options this specific option appears. The lower " @@ -7298,8 +7469,8 @@ msgstr "" "lägre siffra, desto högre upp i listan visas drycken. Om du t.ex. anger " "siffran ett hamnar drycken överst på listan och visas först i sekvensen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:163 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:181 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a drink form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera " "with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " @@ -7309,8 +7480,8 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`(kamera med ett '+' tecken)` ikonen längst upp till höger i " "formuläret för att visa en :guilabel:`✏️ (penna)` ikon." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:169 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:187 msgid "" "The image selected now appears in the picture field, and is set as the image" " for the drink." @@ -7321,32 +7492,123 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Drink form with the information filled out for an espresso." msgstr "Dryckesformulär med den information som krävs för en espresso." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:178 msgid "Station dashboard" msgstr "Instrumentpanel för stationer" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:192 +msgid "Kiosk setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " +"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " +"tablet." +msgstr "" +"Ställ i ordning varje kiosk för användning efter konfigurering av de olika " +"stationerna. Det rekommenderas att använda en dedikerad enhet för varje " +"frontdesk-kiosk, t.ex. en surfplatta." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:197 +msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" +msgstr "Navigera till kiosken på ett av två sätt:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " +":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" +" a new browser tab." +msgstr "" +"Navigera till *Frontdesk* applikationens huvudpanel och klicka på " +":guilabel:`Open Desk` knappen på önskat stationskort. Kiosken laddas i en ny" +" flik i webbläsaren." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " +"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" +" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " +"browser tab or window." +msgstr "" +"Navigera till :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`," +" och klicka på önskad station. Klicka sedan på knappen :guilabel:`Copy` i " +"slutet av raden :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` och klistra in URL:en i en ny flik " +"eller ett nytt fönster i webbläsaren." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " +"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " +"accessing the database when checking-in." +msgstr "" +"Vi rekommenderar att du loggar ut från databasen och stänger fliken efter " +"att du har navigerat till kiosken. På så sätt finns det ingen möjlighet för " +"en besökare att komma åt databasen vid incheckningen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" +"Applikationen *Frontdesk* har två rapporter tillgängliga: " +":guilabel:`Visitors` och :guilabel:`Drinks`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" +" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " +":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" +"För att komma åt någon av dessa rapporter, navigera till " +":menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Reporting` för att visa en rullgardinsmeny" +" som innehåller alternativen: :guilabel:`Visitors` och :guilabel:`Drinks`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " +"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " +"requests were made for each drink." +msgstr "" +"Rapporten :guilabel:`Visitors` visar antalet besökare per månad för det " +"aktuella året. Rapporten :guilabel:`Drinkar` visar hur många totala " +"förfrågningar som gjordes för varje dryck." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:220 +msgid "" +"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " +"other metrics, as well." +msgstr "" +"Som med alla rapporter i Odoo kan filter och grupper ändras för att visa " +"andra mätvärden också." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`frontdesk/visitors`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:3 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "Besökare" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:5 msgid "" -"To access a complete list of visitors that are currently checked in, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +"In the Odoo *Frontdesk* application, a *visitor* is defined as any non-" +"employee (e.g., repair person, job candidate, etc.). These visitors can be " +"logged upon arrival and departure for security purposes. This ensures an " +"accurate list of people on the premises." msgstr "" -"För att få tillgång till en fullständig lista över besökare som för " -"närvarande är incheckade, gå till :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Visitors`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:12 +msgid "Visitor list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:14 msgid "" -"The visitors are listed in a list view, with the following details that were" -" entered when they checked in:" +"To access a complete list of checked-in visitors, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." msgstr "" -"Besökarna listas i en listvy med följande uppgifter som angavs när de " -"checkade in:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:18 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Planned or Checked-In` and :guilabel:`Today` " "filters appear in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." @@ -7354,76 +7616,78 @@ msgstr "" "Som standard visas filtren :guilabel:`Planned or Checked-In` och " ":guilabel:`Today` i fältet :guilabel:`Search...`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:21 +msgid "" +"All visitors are presented in a list view, with the following details that " +"were entered upon check in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:24 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the guest's name." msgstr ":guilabel:`Name`: gästens namn." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:25 msgid ":guilabel:`Visitor Company`: the company the guest represents." msgstr ":guilabel:`Visitor Company`: det företag som gästen representerar." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: the guest's phone number." msgstr ":guilabel:`Phone`: gästens telefonnummer." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 -msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`: the drink the guest requested." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Drinkar`: den dryck som gästen efterfrågade." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`\\*: the drink the guest requested." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:28 msgid ":guilabel:`Host`: who the guest is waiting to see." msgstr ":guilabel:`Värd`: den som gästen väntar på att få träffa." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:29 msgid ":guilabel:`CheckIn`: the date and time the guest checked in." msgstr ":guilabel:`CheckIn`: datum och tid då gästen checkade in." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Checkout`: the date and time the guest checked out. As mentioned," -" in the default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " +":guilabel:`Checkout`\\*: the date and time the guest checked out. In the " +"default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " ":guilabel:`Planned` status are visible. Guests with check-out times are only" " visible if the :guilabel:`Today` filter is not active." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Checkout`: datum och tid då gästen checkade ut. Som nämnts, i " -"standardvyn är endast gäster med en :guilabel:`Checked-In` eller " -":guilabel:`Planerad` status synliga. Gäster med utcheckningstider är endast " -"synliga om filtret :guilabel:`Today` inte är aktivt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duration`: the amount of time the guest has been checked in for." msgstr ":guilabel:`Duration`: den tid som gästen har checkat in för." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`Station`: the location of where the guest checked in." msgstr ":guilabel:`Station`: platsen där gästen checkade in." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: the status of the guest. The options are " ":guilabel:`Checked-In`, :guilabel:`Planned`, :guilabel:`Checked-Out`, or " -":guilabel:`Canceled`. In the default view, only guests with a " -":guilabel:`Checked-In` or :guilabel:`Planned` status are visible." +":guilabel:`Canceled`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Status`: gästens status. Alternativen är :guilabel:`Checked-In`, " -":guilabel:`Planned`, :guilabel:`Checked-Out`, eller :guilabel:`Canceled`. I " -"standardvyn är endast gäster med status :guilabel:`Checked-In` eller " -":guilabel:`Planned` synliga." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: the guest's email address." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Email`: gästens e-postadress." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`\\*: the guest's email address." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:39 msgid "" -"To the far right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page is " -"an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +"\\* These fields are not visible in the default :guilabel:`Visitor` list. " +"These must be enabled using the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` " +":guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon in the top-right of the list." msgstr "" -"Längst till höger om de titulerade kolumnerna på sidan :guilabel:`Visitors` " -"finns en otitulerad kolumn, där en gästs status kan uppdateras." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To the far-right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page, " +"there is an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:46 msgid "" "When a guest leaves, click the available :guilabel:`Check out` button to " "update the guest's record, and log the date and time they left." @@ -7431,7 +7695,7 @@ msgstr "" "När en gäst lämnar, klicka på den tillgängliga :guilabel:`Check out` " "-knappen för att uppdatera gästens post och logga datum och tid de lämnade." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:49 msgid "" "If a scheduled guest arrives, and they did not check in using the " "*Frontdesk* kiosk, they can be checked in here, by clicking the available " @@ -7441,15 +7705,13 @@ msgstr "" " kan de checkas in här genom att klicka på den tillgängliga :guilabel:`Check" " in`-knappen för att logga datum och tid då de anlände." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:53 msgid "" -"Beside the untitled status column a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button appears," -" but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." +"Beside the untitled status column, a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " +"appears, but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." msgstr "" -"Bredvid den obetitlade statuskolumnen visas en :guilabel:`Drink " -"Served`-knapp, men bara om den aktuella besökaren har bett om en drink." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:56 msgid "" "When their drink has been served, click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " "to indicate the drink has been delivered to the guest. Once clicked, that " @@ -7459,7 +7721,7 @@ msgstr "" " för att ange att drycken har levererats till gästen. När knappen har " "klickats försvinner den." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst-1 msgid "" "The full list of currently checked in visitors, with the drinks to be served" " highlighted." @@ -7467,52 +7729,35 @@ msgstr "" "Den fullständiga listan över för närvarande incheckade besökare, med de " "drycker som ska serveras markerade." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:63 msgid "" "If any column is not visible, or if a visible column is preferred to be " -"hidden, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options (two horizontal lines with " -"dots)` icon, located at the end of the column name list." +"hidden, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(additional " +"options)` icon, located at the end of the column name list. Doing so, " +"reveals a reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or disable. A" +" :icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`(check)` icon indicates the column is visible." msgstr "" -"Om någon kolumn inte är synlig, eller om en synlig kolumn ska döljas, " -"klickar du på ikonen :guilabel:`Ytterligare alternativ (två horisontella " -"linjer med punkter)`, som finns i slutet av listan med kolumnnamn." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Clicking that reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or " -"disable. A :guilabel:`✅ (checkmark)` icon indicates the column is visible." -msgstr "" -"Om du klickar på den visas en rullgardinsmeny med kolumnalternativ som kan " -"aktiveras eller inaktiveras. En :guilabel:`✅ (bock)`-ikon indikerar att " -"kolumnen är synlig." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:69 msgid "Planned visitors" msgstr "Planerade besökare" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:71 msgid "" -"If a guest is expected to arrive at a future date and time, it is possible " -"to enter their information into the *Frontdesk* application in advance." +"Enter expected guest information in advance by creating a planned guest in " +"the *Frontdesk* app." msgstr "" -"Om en gäst förväntas anlända vid ett framtida datum och klockslag är det " -"möjligt att i förväg ange deras uppgifter i applikationen *Frontdesk*." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:73 msgid "" "To create a planned guest, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Visitors --> New`. Then, enter the same information as any other " -":ref:`visitor `. The only required fields are the " -"visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the :guilabel:`Station` at which they are " -"expected to arrive." +"Visitors`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, enter the same information as " +"any other :ref:`visitor ` on the guest form that appears. " +"The only required fields are the visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Station` at which they are expected to arrive." msgstr "" -"För att skapa en planerad gäst, navigera till :menuselection:`Frontdesk app " -"--> Besökare --> Ny`. Ange sedan samma information som för alla andra " -":ref:`besökare `. De enda obligatoriska fälten är " -"besökarens :guilabel:`Namn` och den :guilabel:`Station` som de förväntas " -"anlända till." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:79 msgid "" "If a guest is planned in advance, they must be checked in from the list on " "the :guilabel:`Visitors` page in the *Frontdesk* application " @@ -7526,28 +7771,22 @@ msgstr "" "att checkas in separat, och deras planerade besökarpost förblir listad som " ":guilabel:`Planerad`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:84 msgid "" -"Only when a planned guest is checked in inside the application's visitor " -"list, their :guilabel:`Planned` status changes to :guilabel:`Checked-In`." +"The :guilabel:`Planned` status of a planned guest **only** changes to " +":guilabel:`Checked-In` when they are checked in *inside* the application's " +":guilabel:`Visitors` list." msgstr "" -"Först när en planerad gäst checkas in i applikationens besökslista, ändras " -"deras :guilabel:`Planerad` status till :guilabel:`Checked-In`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:87 msgid "" "If a guest does check in using a kiosk, ensure all records are current, and " -"the list of currently on-site guests is correct. Be sure to check in and/or " -"check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly reflects who " -"is currently on the premises." +"the list of guests that are currently on-site is correct. Be sure to check " +"in and/or check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly " +"reflects who is currently on the premises." msgstr "" -"Om en gäst checkar in via en kiosk ska du se till att alla uppgifter är " -"aktuella och att listan över gäster som för närvarande befinner sig på plats" -" är korrekt. Var noga med att checka in och/eller checka ut rätt poster, så " -"att besökslistan korrekt återspeglar vilka som för närvarande befinner sig i" -" lokalerna." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:91 msgid "" "Ensure planned guests are informed that they should **not** check in using " "the kiosk if they are listed as a planned guest in advance." @@ -7555,75 +7794,25 @@ msgstr "" "Se till att planerade gäster informeras om att de **inte** ska checka in via" " kiosken om de är listade som en planerad gäst i förväg." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:274 -msgid "Frontdesk flow" -msgstr "Flöde i frontdesk" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " -"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " -"tablet." -msgstr "" -"Ställ i ordning varje kiosk för användning efter konfigurering av de olika " -"stationerna. Det rekommenderas att använda en dedikerad enhet för varje " -"frontdesk-kiosk, t.ex. en surfplatta." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:279 -msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" -msgstr "Navigera till kiosken på ett av två sätt:" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:281 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " -":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" -" a new browser tab." -msgstr "" -"Navigera till *Frontdesk* applikationens huvudpanel och klicka på " -":guilabel:`Open Desk` knappen på önskat stationskort. Kiosken laddas i en ny" -" flik i webbläsaren." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:283 -msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " -"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" -" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " -"browser tab or window." -msgstr "" -"Navigera till :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`," -" och klicka på önskad station. Klicka sedan på knappen :guilabel:`Copy` i " -"slutet av raden :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` och klistra in URL:en i en ny flik " -"eller ett nytt fönster i webbläsaren." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:288 -msgid "" -"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " -"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " -"accessing the database when checking-in." -msgstr "" -"Vi rekommenderar att du loggar ut från databasen och stänger fliken efter " -"att du har navigerat till kiosken. På så sätt finns det ingen möjlighet för " -"en besökare att komma åt databasen vid incheckningen." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:95 msgid "Visitor flow" msgstr "Besökarflöde" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:294 -msgid "" -"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a frontdesk kiosk, and " -"enter their information. The information requested is what was configured " -"for that specific frontdesk station. If any information is required, the " -"field displays a red asterisk (*). The visitor must enter the required " -"information in order to check in." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:98 +msgid "Visitor check in" msgstr "" -"När en besökare anländer till en anläggning går de fram till en frontdesk-" -"kiosk och anger sin information. Den information som efterfrågas är den som " -"konfigurerats för den specifika frontdesk-stationen. Om någon information " -"krävs visas en röd asterisk (*) i fältet. Besökaren måste ange den " -"information som krävs för att checka in." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a :ref:`Frontdesk kiosk " +"`, and click :guilabel:`Check in`. The information " +"requested from the visitor is what was configured for that specific " +"*Frontdesk* station. If any information is required, the field displays a " +"red asterisk (\\*). The visitor **must** enter the required information in " +"order to check in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:105 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, the visitor taps the :guilabel:`Check " "In` button." @@ -7631,17 +7820,22 @@ msgstr "" "När all information har angetts trycker besökaren på knappen " ":guilabel:`Check In`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:108 +msgid "" +"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," +" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." +msgstr "" +"Om det går tio sekunder utan att något val görs återgår kiosken till den " +"huvudsakliga välkomstskärmen när som helst under incheckningsprocessen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:114 msgid "" "If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check " -"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: `Do " -"you want something to drink?`" +"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: " +":guilabel:`Do you want something to drink?`" msgstr "" -"Om drycker har konfigurerats för stationen, efter att ha tryckt på " -":guilabel:`Check In`, laddas en skärm för registreringsbekräftelse, " -"tillsammans med frågan: `Vill du ha något att dricka?`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:117 msgid "" "The visitor can tap either :guilabel:`Yes, please`, or :guilabel:`No, thank " "you`." @@ -7649,7 +7843,7 @@ msgstr "" "Besökaren kan trycka på antingen :guilabel:`Ja, tack`, eller :guilabel:`Nej," " tack`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:119 msgid "" "If they select :guilabel:`Yes, please`, a drink selection screen appears, " "and the pre-configured options are listed. The visitor then taps the desired" @@ -7661,47 +7855,33 @@ msgstr "" "alternativ, eller om de inte vill ha något, kan de trycka på knappen " ":guilabel:`Nothing, thanks` längst ner på skärmen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:123 msgid "" -"If a drink selection was made, a `Thank you for registering! Your drink is " -"on the way.` message appears." +"If a drink selection was made, a :guilabel:`Thank you for registering! Your " +"drink is on the way.` message appears." msgstr "" -"Om ett dryckesval gjordes visas ett `Tack för att du registrerade dig! Din " -"dryck är på väg.\"-meddelandet visas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:313 -msgid "" -"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," -" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:127 +msgid "Notifications" msgstr "" -"Om det går tio sekunder utan att något val görs återgår kiosken till den " -"huvudsakliga välkomstskärmen när som helst under incheckningsprocessen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:129 msgid "" "Once the visitor has checked in, the person they are visiting, and any other" -" users who were configured to be notified when checks ins occur at the " -"kiosk, are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a " -"*Discuss* chat, or any combination of those three options." +" users who were configured to be notified when check-ins occur at the kiosk," +" are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a *Discuss*" +" chat, or any combination of those three options." msgstr "" -"När besökaren har checkat in meddelas den person som de besöker och alla " -"andra användare som konfigurerats för att meddelas när incheckning sker i " -"kiosken. Meddelandet skickas antingen via e-post, SMS, en *Discuss*-chatt " -"eller en kombination av dessa tre alternativ." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:133 msgid "" "If the visitor requested a drink, the user(s) configured as the " -":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified via the " -"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: `(Visitor Name) just " -"checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" +":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified, via the " +"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: :guilabel:`(Visitor " +"Name) just checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" msgstr "" -"Om besökaren har beställt en drink meddelas den eller de användare som har " -"angetts som :guilabel:`People to Notify` på drinkformuläret via " -"applikationen *Discuss*. Meddelandet som visas är: `(Besökarens namn) " -"checkade just in. De begärde (dryckens namn).`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the drink has been delivered to the guest, the person who delivered the" " drink is responsible for marking the drink as delivered." @@ -7709,16 +7889,14 @@ msgstr "" "När drycken har levererats till gästen är den person som levererade drycken " "ansvarig för att markera drycken som levererad." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:140 msgid "" "To mark a drink as delivered, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Stations --> (#) Drinks to serve` on the desired station card." +"Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#) " +"Drinks to serve`." msgstr "" -"För att markera en drink som levererad, navigera till " -":menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Stationer --> (#) Drinkar att servera` på " -"önskat stationskort." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:143 msgid "" "This opens a list of all the visitors checked in at that station, and are " "waiting for a drink. Click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button at the end of" @@ -7730,7 +7908,7 @@ msgstr "" "raden för den besökare som blev serverad. När de har markerats som att de " "har fått sin drink serverad försvinner besökaren från listan." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:150 msgid "" "Once the visitor has completed their business, and has left the premises, it" " is important to check them out for accurate record keeping." @@ -7738,35 +7916,28 @@ msgstr "" "När besökaren har avslutat sitt ärende och lämnat lokalen är det viktigt att" " kontrollera att han eller hon har registrerat sig korrekt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:153 msgid "" "To check visitors out properly, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app " -"--> Stations --> (#) On Site`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who" -" are currently checked-in at that station." +"--> Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#)" +" Drinks to serve`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who are " +"currently checked-in at that station." msgstr "" -"För att checka ut besökare ordentligt, navigera till " -":menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Stationer --> (#) På plats`. När du gör " -"detta öppnas en lista över alla besökare som för närvarande är incheckade på" -" den stationen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:157 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check Out` button near the end of the line for the " +"Click the :guilabel:`Check out` button near the end of the line for the " "visitor who left. Once they are marked as checked-out, the visitor " "disappears from the list." msgstr "" -"Klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Check Out` nära slutet av raden för besökaren " -"som gick. När de markeras som utcheckade försvinner besökaren från listan." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:161 msgid "" -"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important to" -" check out visitors for accurate record keeping." +"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important " +"for *Frontdesk* users to check out visitors for accurate record keeping." msgstr "" -"Besökare checkar **inte** ut sig själva när de går. Det är viktigt att " -"checka ut besökare för korrekt bokföring." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:164 msgid "" "Always have an accurate list of who is on the premises at any given time. " "This is important for security purposes, and in the case of an emergency." @@ -7775,42 +7946,6 @@ msgstr "" "varje given tidpunkt. Detta är viktigt av säkerhetsskäl och i händelse av en" " nödsituation." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:353 -msgid "" -"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " -"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" -"Applikationen *Frontdesk* har två rapporter tillgängliga: " -":guilabel:`Visitors` och :guilabel:`Drinks`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:355 -msgid "" -"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" -" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " -":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" -"För att komma åt någon av dessa rapporter, navigera till " -":menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Reporting` för att visa en rullgardinsmeny" -" som innehåller alternativen: :guilabel:`Visitors` och :guilabel:`Drinks`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:358 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " -"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " -"requests were made for each drink." -msgstr "" -"Rapporten :guilabel:`Visitors` visar antalet besökare per månad för det " -"aktuella året. Rapporten :guilabel:`Drinkar` visar hur många totala " -"förfrågningar som gjordes för varje dryck." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:361 -msgid "" -"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " -"other metrics, as well." -msgstr "" -"Som med alla rapporter i Odoo kan filter och grupper ändras för att visa " -"andra mätvärden också." - #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:5 msgid "Lunch" msgstr "Lunch" @@ -8318,7 +8453,7 @@ msgid "The category form, with the fields filled out for a Soup category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:280 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:701 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:392 msgid "Alerts" msgstr "Varningar" @@ -9603,7 +9738,14 @@ msgstr "" "avtalsmall skapas eller ändras i programmet *Lön*, återspeglas ändringarna " "även i programmet *Rekrytering*." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To access contract templates, the *Salary Configurator* " +"(`hr_contract_salary`) module **must** be :ref:`installed " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "To view all the current contract templates in the database, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Contracts: Templates`." @@ -9611,7 +9753,7 @@ msgstr "" "För att se alla aktuella avtalsmallar i databasen, gå till " ":menuselection:`Löneapp --> Konfiguration --> Avtal: Mallar`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Contract Templates` page, all current contract templates " "appear in a list view. To view the details of a contract template, click " @@ -9624,7 +9766,7 @@ msgstr "" "raden för att öppna avtalsformuläret. Kontraktsmallen kan ändras från detta " "formulär. Fortsätt med att göra önskade ändringar i kontraktet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" "To create a new contract template, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Then, " "enter the following information on the blank contract template form that " @@ -9634,7 +9776,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ange sedan följande information i det tomma formuläret för kontraktsmall som" " visas:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Reference`: enter a brief description for the template. " "This should be clear and easily understood, as this name appears in the " @@ -9644,7 +9786,7 @@ msgstr "" "bör vara tydligt och lättförståeligt, eftersom detta namn också visas i " "*Rekrytering*-applikationen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: select the desired working schedule the " "contract applies to from the drop-down menu. If a new working schedule is " @@ -9654,7 +9796,7 @@ msgstr "" " från rullgardinsmenyn. Om ett nytt arbetsschema behövs skapar du en " ":ref:`nytt arbetsschema `." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select how the work entries are generated. " "Choices are either:" @@ -9662,7 +9804,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: välj hur arbetsposterna genereras. " "Alternativen är antingen:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: work entries are generated based on the " "selected working schedule." @@ -9670,7 +9812,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: Arbetsuppgifter genereras baserat på det valda" " arbetsschemat." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "attendance, as they are logged in the *Attendances* application. Refer to " @@ -9682,7 +9824,7 @@ msgstr "" " :ref:`Attendances ` för information om hur du checkar" " in och ut." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Planning`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "planning in the *Planning* application." @@ -9690,7 +9832,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Planering`: Arbetsuppgifter genereras baserat på den anställdes " "planering i applikationen *Planering*." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select the :ref:`salary structure type " "` from the drop-down menu." @@ -9698,7 +9840,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Lönestrukturtyp`: välj :ref:`Lönestrukturtyp ` från rullgardinsmenyn." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the contract template applies " "to from the drop-down menu. If blank, the template applies to all " @@ -9707,7 +9849,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Department`: välj den avdelning som avtalsmallen gäller för från " "rullgardinsmenyn. Om det är tomt gäller mallen för alla avdelningar." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Job Position`: select the :ref:`job position ` the contract template applies to from the drop-down menu. If " @@ -9717,11 +9859,11 @@ msgstr "" "som avtalsmallen gäller för från rullgardinsmenyn. Om det är tomt gäller " "mallen för alla jobbpositioner." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 msgid ":guilabel:`Wage on Payroll`: enter the monthly wage in the field." msgstr ":guilabel:`Lön på lönelistan`: ange månadslönen i fältet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Type`: select the type of contract from the drop-down " "menu. This list is the same as the :ref:`Employment Types " @@ -9730,7 +9872,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Kontraktstyp`: välj typ av kontrakt från rullgardinsmenyn. Denna " "lista är densamma som :ref:`Employment Types `." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: select the employee responsible for validating " "contracts, using this template, from the drop-down menu." @@ -9738,7 +9880,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: välj den medarbetare som ansvarar för att " "validera kontrakt, med hjälp av denna mall, från rullgardinsmenyn." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`: select a default document that a" " new employee has to sign to accept an offer." @@ -9746,7 +9888,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`: välj ett standarddokument som en" " nyanställd måste skriva under för att acceptera ett erbjudande." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template`: select a default document " "that a current employee has to sign to update their contract." @@ -9758,11 +9900,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new contract template form, with the fields filled in." msgstr "En ny avtalsmall med ifyllda fält." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 msgid "Salary information tab" msgstr "Fliken Löneinformation" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or " @@ -9771,7 +9913,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: välj antingen :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` eller " ":guilabel:`Hourly Wage` från rullgardinsmenyn." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: using the drop-down menu, select how often the " "employee is paid. Options include :guilabel:`Annually`, :guilabel:`Semi-" @@ -9785,7 +9927,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Månadsvis`, :guilabel:`Semi-månadsvis`, :guilabel:`Bi-veckovis`, " ":guilabel:`Veckovis` eller :guilabel:`Dagligen`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage`: enter the gross wage. The time period presented in this " "field is based on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Scheduled Pay` field. " @@ -9797,7 +9939,7 @@ msgstr "" "rekommenderar att du fyller i fältet :guilabel:`Årskostnad (real)` *först*, " "eftersom det fältet uppdateras automatiskt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:172 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)`: enter the total yearly cost the employee " "costs the employer. When this value is entered, the :guilabel:`Monthly Cost " @@ -9807,7 +9949,7 @@ msgstr "" "anställde kostar arbetsgivaren. När detta värde anges uppdateras " ":guilabel:`Månadskostnad (Real)` automatiskt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Monthly Cost (Real)`: this field is **not** editable. The value " "is automatically populated after the :guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)` is " @@ -9817,7 +9959,7 @@ msgstr "" "Värdet fylls i automatiskt efter att :guilabel:`Årskostnad (real)` har " "angetts." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:178 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Schedule Pay`, :guilabel:`Wage`, and :guilabel:`Yearly Cost " "(Real)` fields are all linked. If any of these fields are updated, the other" @@ -9835,11 +9977,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The salary information tab, with the fields filled in." msgstr "Fliken Löneuppgifter, med ifyllda fält." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 msgid "Pre-tax benefits and post-tax deductions" msgstr "Förmåner före skatt och avdrag efter skatt" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:190 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings set for the company, the entries " "presented in this section either vary, or may not appear at all." @@ -9847,7 +9989,7 @@ msgstr "" "Beroende på vilka lokaliseringsinställningar som gjorts för företaget kan de" " poster som visas i detta avsnitt antingen variera eller inte visas alls." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "For example, some entries may pertain to retirement accounts, health " "insurance benefits, and commuter benefits." @@ -9855,7 +9997,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vissa poster kan t.ex. avse pensionskonton, sjukförsäkringsförmåner och " "pendlarförmåner." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:196 msgid "" "Enter the monetary amounts or percentages to specify how much of the " "employee's salary goes to the various benefits and/or deductions." @@ -9863,11 +10005,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ange belopp eller procentsatser för att ange hur mycket av den anställdes " "lön som går till de olika förmånerna och/eller avdragen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "Employment types" msgstr "Anställningstyper" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:204 msgid "" "To view all the pre-configured employment types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll application --> Configuration --> Contracts: " @@ -9877,7 +10019,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Lönesystemet --> Konfiguration --> Kontrakt: " "Anställningstyper`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:207 msgid "" "The employment types are presented in a list view on the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." @@ -9885,7 +10027,7 @@ msgstr "" "Anställningstyperna presenteras i en listvy på sidan :guilabel:`Employment " "Types`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:209 msgid "" "The default employment types are :guilabel:`Permanent`, " ":guilabel:`Temporary`, :guilabel:`Seasonal`, :guilabel:`Interim`, " @@ -9895,7 +10037,7 @@ msgstr "" " :guilabel:`Seasonal`, :guilabel:`Interim`, :guilabel:`Full-Time`, " ":guilabel:`Part-Time`, och :guilabel:`Permanent`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 msgid "" "To make a new employment type, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the " "upper-left corner, and a blank line appears at the bottom of the " @@ -9905,7 +10047,7 @@ msgstr "" " övre vänstra hörnet, och en tom rad visas längst ner på sidan " ":guilabel:`Employment Types`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:215 msgid "" "On this new blank line, enter the name of the employment type in the " ":guilabel:`Name` column. If the employment type is country-specific, select " @@ -9918,7 +10060,7 @@ msgstr "" " av rullgardinsmenyn i kolumnen :guilabel:`Country`. Om ett land är markerat" " gäller anställningstypen *endast* för det specifika landet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:220 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the employment types, click the :guilabel:`six " "small gray boxes` icon to the left of the employment type :guilabel:`Name`, " @@ -9932,12 +10074,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The employment types in the database by default, in a list view." msgstr "Anställningstyperna i databasen visas som standard i en listvy." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "Arbetsposter" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -9949,15 +10091,15 @@ msgstr "" "ledighet, t.ex. :guilabel:`Närvaro`, :guilabel:`Sjukfrånvaro`, " ":guilabel:`Utbildning` eller :guilabel:`Fridag`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:238 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr ":doc:`Hantera arbetsuppgifter `" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:241 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "Inmatningstyper för arbete" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -9969,7 +10111,7 @@ msgstr "" " Type` väljas. Listan över :guilabel:`Work Entry Types` skapas automatiskt " "baserat på lokaliseringsinställningar som anges i databasen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work " @@ -9979,7 +10121,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work " "Entry Types`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:251 msgid "" "Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." @@ -9996,11 +10138,11 @@ msgstr "" "Lista över alla arbetsposttyper som för närvarande är tillgängliga för " "användning, med lönekod och färg." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "Ny typ av arbetspost" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 msgid "" "To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." @@ -10008,13 +10150,13 @@ msgstr "" "För att skapa en ny :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, klicka på knappen " ":guilabel:`New` och ange informationen för följande avsnitt i formuläret." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:730 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:43 msgid "General information section" msgstr "Avsnittet Allmän information" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: the name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." @@ -10022,7 +10164,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: namnet bör vara kort och beskrivande, " "t.ex. `Sick Time` eller `Public Holiday`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:269 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: this code appears with the work entry type on " "timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " @@ -10034,7 +10176,7 @@ msgstr "" " applikationen *Accounting* rekommenderas att du kontaktar " "ekonomiavdelningen för att få en kod att använda." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:272 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DMFA code`: this code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " "Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding :abbr:`DMFA (De " @@ -10052,7 +10194,7 @@ msgstr "" "arbete som de anställda utfört under kvartalet, samt de löner som betalats " "ut till dessa anställda." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 msgid "" ":guilabel:`External Code`: this code is used for exporting data to a third-" "party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used to determine " @@ -10063,7 +10205,7 @@ msgstr "" "att bestämma vilken :guilabel:`External Code` som ska anges för den nya " "arbetsposttypen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: this code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " "payroll service provider." @@ -10071,15 +10213,15 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`SDWorx-kod`: Denna kod är endast för företag som använder SDWorx," " en leverantör av lönetjänster." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the particular work entry type." msgstr ":guilabel:`Color`: välj en färg för den specifika arbetsposttypen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:285 msgid "Display in payslip section" msgstr "Visning i avsnittet om lönebesked" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rounding`: the rounding method selected determines how quantities" " on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." @@ -10087,24 +10229,24 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Avrundning`: den valda avrundningsmetoden avgör hur kvantiteter i" " tidrapporteringsposter visas på lönebeskedet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: a timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: en post i tidrapporten ändras inte." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: en tidrapportering avrundas till närmaste halvdag." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." msgstr ":guilabel:`Day`: en tidrapportering avrundas till närmaste hela dag." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:295 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -10120,11 +10262,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`, ändras posten till 4 timmar. Om den är inställd på " ":guilabel:`Day` ändras den till 8 timmar." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:301 msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "Obetald del" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: if the work entry is for work that " "is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " @@ -10133,11 +10275,11 @@ msgid "" " training, or volunteer work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:309 msgid "Valid for advantages section" msgstr "Gäller för förmånssektionen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: if the work entry should count towards a meal " "voucher, check the box." @@ -10145,7 +10287,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Måltidskupong`: kryssa i rutan om arbetsposten ska räknas mot en " "måltidskupong." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:312 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: if the work entry should count towards " "representation fees, check the box." @@ -10153,7 +10295,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: kryssa i rutan om arbetsposten ska räknas " "in i representationsarvoden." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: if the work entry should count " "towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." @@ -10161,11 +10303,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: kryssa i rutan om arbetsposten ska " "räknas som ersättning för privat bil." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:318 msgid "Time off options section" msgstr "Avsnitt om alternativ för ledighet" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off`: check this box if the work entry type can be selected " "for a time off request, or entry, in the *Time Off* application." @@ -10173,7 +10315,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Ledig tid`: markera denna ruta om arbetsposttypen kan väljas för " "en ledighetsförfrågan, eller post, i applikationen *Ledig tid*." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field " "appears. This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time" @@ -10185,7 +10327,7 @@ msgstr "" "typen av ledighet, t.ex. \"Betald ledighet\", \"Sjukledighet\" eller \"Extra" " timmar\"." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "A new type of time off can be entered in the field, if the listed types of " "time off in the drop-down menu do **not** display the type of time off " @@ -10194,7 +10336,7 @@ msgstr "" "En ny typ av ledighet kan anges i fältet, om de listade typerna av ledighet " "i rullgardinsmenyn **inte** visar den typ av ledighet som behövs." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: this is for Belgian-specific companies " "**only**, and does **not** appear for other localizations. Check this box if" @@ -10211,11 +10353,11 @@ msgstr "" "vissa fall kan ledighet som tas ut under en viss tidsperiod påverka hur " "mycket ledighet den anställde får eller ackumulerar följande år." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:336 msgid "Reporting section" msgstr "Avsnitt om rapportering" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:338 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: if the work entry should be visible on the " "unforeseen absences report, check this box." @@ -10227,11 +10369,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." msgstr "Nytt formulär med alla fält som ska fyllas i." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:348 msgid "Working schedules" msgstr "Arbetsscheman" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 msgid "" "To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " @@ -10243,7 +10385,7 @@ msgstr "" "Schedules`. De arbetsscheman som är tillgängliga för en anställds kontrakt " "och arbetsuppgifter finns i denna lista." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 msgid "" "Working schedules are company-specific. Each company **must** identify each " "type of working schedule they use. If the database is created for only one " @@ -10253,7 +10395,7 @@ msgstr "" "varje typ av arbetsschema som de använder. Om databasen skapas för endast " "ett företag är företagskolumnen inte tillgänglig." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" "An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " "work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " @@ -10263,7 +10405,7 @@ msgstr "" "40-timmars arbetsvecka måste ha en separat arbetsschema-post för varje " "företag som använder 40-timmars standard arbetsvecka." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "" "A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " "needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." @@ -10278,11 +10420,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Alla tillgängliga arbetsscheman finns för närvarande i företagets databas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "New working schedule" msgstr "Nytt arbetsschema" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:373 msgid "" "To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " "enter the information on the form." @@ -10290,7 +10432,7 @@ msgstr "" "För att skapa ett nytt arbetsschema klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`New` " "och anger informationen i formuläret." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -10302,7 +10444,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Name`. Gör sedan eventuella justeringar av de dagar och tider som" " gäller för den nya arbetstiden." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:380 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -10316,7 +10458,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Work From` och :guilabel:`Work To` ändras genom att skriva in " "tiden." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:386 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." @@ -10324,25 +10466,22 @@ msgstr "" "Tiderna :guilabel:`Work From` och :guilabel:`Work To` måste vara i " "24-timmarsformat. Exempel: `2:00 PM` anges som `14:00`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:389 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top-left. This creates " "entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" -"Om arbetstiden ska vara två veckor, klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Switch to 2" -" weeks calendar` längst upp till vänster. Detta skapar poster för en " -":guilabel:`Even vecka` och en :guilabel:`Odd vecka`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "New working schedule form." msgstr "Ny form för arbetsschema." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:403 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "Typer av strukturer" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -10359,7 +10498,7 @@ msgstr "" "om lönen baseras på en lön (fast) eller hur många timmar den anställde " "arbetat (varierande)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:411 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -10375,40 +10514,36 @@ msgstr "" "Både strukturen `Regelbunden lön` och strukturen `Årsbonus` är strukturer " "inom strukturtypen `Employee`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:417 msgid "" "The different :guilabel:`Structure Types` can be seen by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure " -"Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary: Structure Types`." msgstr "" -"De olika :guilabel:`Strukturtyperna` kan ses genom att navigera till " -":menuselection:`Löneapp --> Konfiguration --> Lön --> Strukturtyper`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:420 msgid "" -"There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: " -":guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Worker`. Typically, :guilabel:`Employee`" -" is used for salaried employees, which is why the wage type is " -":guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is typically used for" -" employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +"Two default structure types are configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Employee` and" +" :guilabel:`Worker`." msgstr "" -"Det finns två standardstrukturtyper konfigurerade i Odoo: " -":guilabel:`Employee` och :guilabel:`Worker`. Vanligtvis används " -":guilabel:`Employee` för anställda med lön, vilket är anledningen till att " -"lönearten är :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, och :guilabel:`Worker` används " -"vanligtvis för anställda som betalas per timme, så lönearten är " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:422 +msgid "" +"Typically, :guilabel:`Employee` is used for salaried employees, which is why" +" the wage type is :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is " +"typically used for employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is " ":guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." msgstr "" "Lista över alla för närvarande konfigurerade strukturtyper som kan användas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "New structure type" msgstr "Ny typ av struktur" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " "structure type form appears." @@ -10416,7 +10551,7 @@ msgstr "" "För att skapa en ny strukturtyp klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`New` och " "ett tomt formulär för strukturtyp visas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 msgid "" "Proceed to enter information in the fields. Most fields are pre-populated, " "but all the fields can be modified." @@ -10424,7 +10559,7 @@ msgstr "" "Fortsätt med att ange information i fälten. De flesta fält är förifyllda, " "men alla fält kan ändras." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:441 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Structure Type`: enter the name for the new structure type, such " "as `Employee` or `Worker`." @@ -10432,7 +10567,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Structure Type`: ange namnet på den nya strukturtypen, t.ex. " "`Employee` eller `Worker`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Country`: select the country that the new structure type applies " "to from the drop-down menu." @@ -10440,7 +10575,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Country`: välj det land som den nya strukturtypen gäller för från" " rullgardinsmenyn." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:445 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select what type of wage the new structure type uses," " either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." @@ -10448,7 +10583,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: välj vilken typ av lön den nya strukturtypen " "använder, antingen :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` eller :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for salaried employees, who receive the same wage " "every pay period, select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage`." @@ -10456,7 +10591,7 @@ msgstr "" "Om typen ska användas för tjänstemän, som får samma lön varje löneperiod, " "välj :guilabel:`Fixed Wage`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:451 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for employees, who receive wages based on how many" " hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." @@ -10464,7 +10599,7 @@ msgstr "" "Om typen ska användas för anställda, som får lön baserat på hur många timmar" " de arbetat under en löneperiod, välj :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: select the typical pay schedule for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," @@ -10478,7 +10613,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-monthly`. Detta " "anger hur ofta denna specifika typ av struktur betalas ut." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: select the default working hours for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " @@ -10496,7 +10631,7 @@ msgstr "" "visas i listan kan en :ref:`ny uppsättning standardarbetstider skapas `." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: type in the name for the regular pay " "structure." @@ -10504,7 +10639,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Regelbunden lönestruktur`: ange namnet på den ordinarie " "lönestrukturen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:463 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: select the default type of work entry " "the new structure type falls under from the drop-down menu. The default " @@ -10523,7 +10658,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Utöver avtal`, :guilabel:`Extra timmar`, och " ":guilabel:`Långtidsfrånvaro`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 msgid "" "To view all the options for the :guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`, click " "the :guilabel:`Search More..` button at the bottom of the drop-down list." @@ -10531,7 +10666,7 @@ msgstr "" "För att visa alla alternativ för :guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`, klicka" " på knappen :guilabel:`Search More...` längst ned i rullgardinsmenyn." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:472 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings, this list may contain more options " "in addition to the default options." @@ -10545,11 +10680,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Formulär för ny strukturtyp som ska fyllas i när en ny strukturtyp skapas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 msgid "New default working hours" msgstr "Nya standardarbetstider" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:484 msgid "" "To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " "in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " @@ -10566,7 +10701,7 @@ msgstr "" "arbetstider per dag och tid. När formuläret är ifyllt klickar du på " ":guilabel:`Spara & Stäng`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: type in the name for the new default working hours. This " "should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " @@ -10575,7 +10710,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Name`: skriv in namnet på den nya standardarbetstiden. Namnet bör" " vara beskrivande och lätt att förstå, t.ex. `Standard 20 timmar/vecka`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that can use these new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " @@ -10587,7 +10722,7 @@ msgstr "" "företagsspecifika och inte kan delas mellan företag. Varje företag måste ha " "sina egna arbetstider." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:495 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: the average hours per day field is auto-" "populated, based on the working hours configured in the :guilabel:`Working " @@ -10600,7 +10735,7 @@ msgstr "" "eftersom de genomsnittliga timmarna per dag påverkar vilka resurser som kan " "användas, och i vilken mängd, per arbetsdag." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:499 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Timezone`: select the time zone to be used for the new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu." @@ -10608,7 +10743,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Timezone`: välj den tidszon som ska användas för de nya " "standardarbetstiderna från rullgardinsmenyn." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:501 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: enter the number of hours per week an " "employee would need to work to be considered a full-time employee. " @@ -10621,7 +10756,7 @@ msgstr "" "detta cirka 40 timmar, och detta antal påverkar vilka typer av förmåner en " "anställd kan få, baserat på deras anställningsstatus (heltid vs deltid)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:505 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Time Rate`: this percentage is auto-generated based on the " "entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" @@ -10637,7 +10772,7 @@ msgstr "" "indikation på att arbetstiderna och/eller :guilabel:`Företagets heltid` " "timmar behöver justeras." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: this tab is where each day's specific working" " hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " @@ -10649,7 +10784,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Arbetstid` förifylld med en standard 40-timmarsvecka, där varje " "dag är indelad i tre tidsbestämda sektioner." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:513 msgid "" "Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening " "(13:00-17:00) hours configured, using a 24 hour time format." @@ -10657,7 +10792,7 @@ msgstr "" "Varje dag har morgon (8:00-12:00), lunch (12:00-13:00) och kväll " "(13:00-17:00) konfigurerade timmar, med 24 timmars tidsformat." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:516 msgid "" "To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field to adjust, and " "make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the specific case of " @@ -10667,7 +10802,7 @@ msgstr "" " gör justeringen med hjälp av rullgardinsmenyerna, eller i det specifika " "fallet med tiderna, skriver in önskad tid." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:519 msgid "" "Keep in mind, working hours are company-specific, and cannot be shared " "between companies. Each company needs to have their own working hours set." @@ -10675,7 +10810,7 @@ msgstr "" "Tänk på att arbetstiderna är företagsspecifika och inte kan delas mellan " "företagen. Varje företag måste ha sina egna arbetstider." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "" "If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " "bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " @@ -10689,11 +10824,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Arbetstider` till att visa två veckors arbetstider som kan " "justeras." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 msgid "Structures" msgstr "Strukturer" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:531 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." @@ -10701,7 +10836,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Lönestrukturer* är de olika sätt på vilka en anställd får betalt inom en " "specifik *struktur*, och definieras specifikt av olika regler." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -10712,7 +10847,7 @@ msgstr "" "många olika sätt de anställda får betalt och hur deras lön beräknas. En " "vanlig struktur som kan vara bra att lägga till kan t.ex. vara en `Bonus`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:538 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." @@ -10720,7 +10855,7 @@ msgstr "" "För att se alla de olika strukturerna för varje strukturtyp, gå till " ":menuselection:`Löneapp --> Konfiguration --> Lön --> Strukturer`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:541 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " @@ -10734,7 +10869,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All available salary structures." msgstr "Alla tillgängliga lönestrukturer." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:548 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." @@ -10749,12 +10884,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Uppgifter om lönestruktur för ordinarie lön, med alla specifika löneregler." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:551 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:556 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:261 msgid "Rules" msgstr "Regler" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:558 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " "purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" @@ -10767,7 +10902,7 @@ msgstr "" "standardreglerna, eller skapandet av nya regler, bör endast göras när det är" " nödvändigt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:562 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " @@ -10777,7 +10912,7 @@ msgstr "" "--> Lön --> Regler`. Klicka på en struktur (t.ex. :guilabel:`Regelbunden " "lön`) för att visa alla regler." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:565 msgid "" "To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " "the following information in the fields." @@ -10785,18 +10920,18 @@ msgstr "" "För att skapa en ny regel, klicka på :guilabel:`New`. Ett formulär för ny " "regel visas. Ange följande information i fälten." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 msgid "Top section" msgstr "Översta sektionen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:571 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rule Name`: enter a name for the rule. This field is required." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Regelns namn`: ange ett namn för regeln. Detta fält är " "obligatoriskt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." @@ -10804,7 +10939,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Kategori`: välj en kategori som regeln gäller för från " "rullgardinsmenyn, eller ange en ny. Detta fält är obligatoriskt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " "recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " @@ -10816,7 +10951,7 @@ msgstr "" "använda eftersom detta påverkar redovisningsrapporter och lönebearbetning. " "Detta fält är obligatoriskt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:577 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a number indicating when this rule is calculated" " in the sequence of all other rules." @@ -10824,7 +10959,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: ange ett tal som anger när denna regel beräknas i " "sekvens med alla andra regler." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." @@ -10832,7 +10967,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Lönestruktur`: välj en lönestruktur som regeln gäller för från " "rullgardinsmenyn, eller ange en ny. Detta fält är obligatoriskt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:576 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Active`: enable this toggle, so the rule is available for use. " "Disable the toggle to hide the rule without deleting it in the database." @@ -10841,7 +10976,7 @@ msgstr "" "användning. Inaktivera växlingen för att dölja regeln utan att radera den i " "databasen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:583 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appears on payslip`: tick the checkbox to have the rule appear on" " employee payslips." @@ -10849,7 +10984,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Visas på lönebesked`: markera kryssrutan för att regeln ska visas" " på anställdas lönebesked." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:584 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Employer Cost Dashboard`: tick the checkbox to have the " "rule appear on the :guilabel:`Employer Cost` report, located on the " @@ -10859,7 +10994,7 @@ msgstr "" "regeln visas i :guilabel:`Employer Cost`-rapporten, som finns på " "*Payroll*-appens instrumentpanel." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:586 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Payroll Reporting`: tick the checkbox to have the rule " "appear on payroll reports." @@ -10871,15 +11006,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." msgstr "Ange informationen för den nya regeln på formuläret för nya regler." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 msgid "General tab" msgstr "Fliken Allmänt" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:597 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "Villkor" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:599 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: select from the drop-down menu whether the " "rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always applies), a :guilabel:`Range` " @@ -10893,11 +11028,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Python Expression` (koden anges under markeringen). Detta fält är" " obligatoriskt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:600 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:605 msgid "Computation" msgstr "Beräkning" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:607 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: select from the drop-down menu whether the amount " "is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a :guilabel:`Percentage (%)`, or a " @@ -10910,11 +11045,11 @@ msgstr "" " procentsatsen eller Python-koden anges härnäst. Detta fält är " "obligatoriskt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:613 msgid "Company contribution" msgstr "Bidrag från företaget" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:615 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partner`: if another company financially contributes to this " "rule, select the company from the drop-down menu." @@ -10922,12 +11057,12 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Partner`: om ett annat företag bidrar ekonomiskt till denna " "regel, välj företaget från rullgardinsmenyn." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:614 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:810 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 msgid "Description tab" msgstr "Fliken Beskrivning" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:621 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the rule. " "This tab only appears in the rule form." @@ -10935,11 +11070,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ange eventuell ytterligare information på den här fliken för att förtydliga " "regeln. Denna flik visas endast i regelformuläret." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:625 msgid "Accounting tab" msgstr "Fliken Redovisning" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:627 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Debit Account`: select the debit account from the drop-down menu " "the rule affects." @@ -10947,7 +11082,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Debit Account`: välj det debiteringskonto från rullgardinsmenyn " "som regeln påverkar." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Credit Account`: select the credit account from the drop-down " "menu the rule affects." @@ -10955,7 +11090,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Kreditkonto`: välj det kreditkonto från rullgardinsmenyn som " "regeln påverkar." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:624 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:629 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not computed in net accountability`: tick the checkbox to delete " "the value of this rule in the `Net Salary` rule." @@ -10963,11 +11098,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Inte beräknat i nettolöneberäkning`: markera kryssrutan för att " "ta bort värdet för denna regel i regeln `Nettolön`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:633 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "Regelparametrar" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:636 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " @@ -10981,11 +11116,11 @@ msgstr "" "specifikt användningsområde för belgiska marknader. Dokumentationen kommer " "att uppdateras när detta avsnitt har utvecklats för fler marknader." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:642 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "Andra typer av inmatning" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:644 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " @@ -11006,7 +11141,7 @@ msgstr "" "En lista över andra inmatningstyper för lön som kan väljas när du skapar en ny post för\n" "ett lönebesked." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 msgid "" "To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " ":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " @@ -11016,7 +11151,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Beskrivning`, :guilabel:`Kod` och vilken struktur den gäller för " "i fältet :guilabel:`Tillgänglighet i struktur`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:658 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" " :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " @@ -11032,11 +11167,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new Input Type form filled in." msgstr "Ett nytt Input Type-formulär fylls i." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:664 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:669 msgid "Salary attachment types" msgstr "Typer av lönebilagor" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:671 msgid "" "Salary attachments, also thought of as \"wage garnishments\", are portions " "of earnings taken out of a payslip for something specific. Much like all " @@ -11048,7 +11183,7 @@ msgstr "" "aspekter av lönekonfigurationer måste typerna av löneutmätning " "**definieras**." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:675 msgid "" "To view the currently configured salary attachments, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Salary " @@ -11062,7 +11197,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Lönebilaga`, :guilabel:`Löneöverlåtelse` och " ":guilabel:`Barnsunderhåll`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:679 msgid "" "To make a new type of salary attachment, click the :guilabel:`New` button. " "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Code` (used in the salary " @@ -11077,11 +11212,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new salary attachment form filled in." msgstr "En ny lönebilaga fylls i." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "Konfigurator för lönepaket" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " "section of the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary " @@ -11097,7 +11233,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Cv`) anger vilka förmåner som kan erbjudas en anställd i dennes " "lönepaket." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:695 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -11111,11 +11247,11 @@ msgstr "" "Configurator` direkt vad den sökande ser och vad som fylls i när den sökande" " matar in information." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:701 msgid "Benefits" msgstr "Fördelar" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:703 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain benefits " "set in Odoo, in addition to the salary, to make an offer more appealing " @@ -11127,7 +11263,7 @@ msgstr "" "ledighet, användning av tjänstebil, ersättning för telefon eller internet, " "etc.)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:707 msgid "" "To view the benefits, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary Package Configurator: Benefits`. Benefits are grouped by " @@ -11144,7 +11280,7 @@ msgid "A list view of all the benefits available for each structure type." msgstr "" "En listvy över alla förmåner som finns tillgängliga för varje strukturtyp." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:716 msgid "" "A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " "another labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " @@ -11156,7 +11292,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Employee` innehåller förmånen att använda en tjänstebil, medan " "strukturtypen :guilabel:`Intern` har en måltidskupongförmån tillgänglig." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:720 msgid "" "A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use the " "company car benefit, but cannot have meal vouchers. A person hired under the" @@ -11168,7 +11304,7 @@ msgstr "" "anställts enligt strukturtypen :guilabel:`Intern` har tillgång till " "måltidskuponger, men inte till tjänstebil." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:724 msgid "" "To make a new benefit, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " "information in the fields on the blank benefits form." @@ -11176,18 +11312,18 @@ msgstr "" "För att skapa en ny förmån klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`New` och anger " "informationen i fälten på den tomma förmånsblanketten." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:722 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 msgid "The various fields for creating a benefit are as follows:" msgstr "De olika områdena för att skapa en förmån är följande:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:732 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefits`: enter the name for the benefit. This field is " "required." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Förmåner`: ange namnet på förmånen. Detta fält är obligatoriskt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:733 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "benefit this is." @@ -11195,7 +11331,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: välj från rullgardinsmenyn vilken typ av förmån " "detta är." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of cost " "incurred by the company for this specific benefit. The default options are " @@ -11213,7 +11349,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Arbetstidssats`. Beroende på lokaliseringsinställningarna finns " "ytterligare alternativ tillgängliga." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:739 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Related Type`: select from the drop-down menu what type of " "benefit it is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -11227,7 +11363,7 @@ msgstr "" "kontantförmån`, eller :guilabel:`Inte finansiella förmåner`. Detta fält är " "obligatoriskt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:738 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the specific field" " on the contract the benefit appears." @@ -11235,7 +11371,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: välj från rullgardinsmenyn det specifika fält på " "kontraktet som förmånen förekommer i." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select the specific field on the contract that the " "cost of the benefit is linked to, using the drop-down menu. If this field is" @@ -11245,7 +11381,7 @@ msgstr "" "för förmånen är kopplad till, med hjälp av rullgardinsmenyn. Om detta fält " "lämnas tomt, beräknas inte kostnaden för förmånen i den anställdes budget." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:748 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Net Salary`: tick the checkbox if the benefit should " "impact the employee's net salary." @@ -11253,7 +11389,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Påverkar nettolönen`: kryssa i rutan om förmånen ska påverka den " "anställdes nettolön." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requested Documents`: select any document that is required to be " "submitted for this benefit, from the drop-down menu." @@ -11261,7 +11397,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Requested Documents`: välj alla dokument som måste skickas in för" " denna förmån, från rullgardinsmenyn." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:752 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mandatory Benefits`: using the drop-down menu, select the benefit" " that is required in order for this specific benefit to be offered to the " @@ -11271,7 +11407,7 @@ msgstr "" "förmån som krävs för att denna specifika förmån ska kunna erbjudas den " "anställde." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 msgid "" "For example, a benefit for car insurance would populate `Company Car` in " "this field. This would allow the car insurance benefit to **only** be " @@ -11281,7 +11417,7 @@ msgstr "" "detta fält. Detta gör att bilförsäkringsförmånen **endast** visas om den " "anställde har valt/aktiverat förmånen tjänstebil." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:758 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this benefit applies to. This field is required." @@ -11289,7 +11425,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Lönestrukturtyp`: välj från rullgardinsmenyn vilken " "lönestrukturtyp denna förmån gäller för. Detta fält är obligatoriskt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:760 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select the metric that the benefit is granted, " "using the drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " @@ -11303,11 +11439,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new benefit form filled out for an internet subscription." msgstr "En ny förmånsblankett fylls i för ett internetabonnemang." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:768 msgid "Display section" msgstr "Sektion för display" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:770 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show Name`: tick the checkbox to have the benefit name appear in " "the salary package configurator." @@ -11315,7 +11451,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Show Name`: markera kryssrutan så att förmånsnamnet visas i " "konfiguratorn för lönepaket." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:767 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: select from the drop-down menu how this benefit is" " displayed. The options are :guilabel:`Always Selected`, " @@ -11329,7 +11465,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Manual Input`, eller :guilabel:`Text`. Detta fält är " "obligatoriskt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 msgid "" "Depending on the selection made, additional configurations need to be made. " "For example, if :guilabel:`Radio Buttons` is selected, the individual radio " @@ -11339,7 +11475,7 @@ msgstr "" "Om du t.ex. har valt :guilabel:`Radioknappar` måste du ange de enskilda " "radioknapparna." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Icon`: an icon from the `Font Awesome 4 library " "`_ can be visible for this benefit. Enter" @@ -11351,7 +11487,7 @@ msgstr "" " textkoden för ikonen i det här fältet. Om du t.ex. vill visa en resväskikon" " anger du koden `fa fa-suitcase` på den här raden." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hide Description`: tick the checkbox to hide the benefit " "description if the benefit is not selected by the employee." @@ -11359,7 +11495,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Hide Description`: markera kryssrutan för att dölja " "förmånsbeskrivningen om förmånen inte är vald av den anställde." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:784 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded`: if the benefit should be folded, or hidden, because it " "is dependant on another benefit selection, tick the checkbox. The following " @@ -11369,13 +11505,13 @@ msgstr "" " eftersom den är beroende av ett annat förmånsval. Följande fält visas när " "detta är aktivt:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Label`: enter a name for the folded section of the benefit." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Fold Label`: ange ett namn för den vikta delen av förmånen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:783 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:788 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Res Field`: select the contract field this benefit is tied " "to using the drop-down menu. If this field is selected on the contract, then" @@ -11385,11 +11521,11 @@ msgstr "" "knuten till med hjälp av rullgardinsmenyn. Om detta fält är valt på " "kontraktet blir denna förmån synlig." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:792 msgid "Activity section" msgstr "Avsnitt om verksamhet" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the activity type" " that is automatically created when this benefit is selected by the " @@ -11398,7 +11534,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Activity Type`: välj den aktivitetstyp som automatiskt skapas när" " denna förmån väljs av den anställde i rullgardinsmenyn." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:796 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation`: select when the activity is created, either " "when the :guilabel:`Employee signs his contract`, or when the " @@ -11409,7 +11545,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Employee signerar sitt kontrakt`, eller när :guilabel:`Contract " "is countersigned`. Klicka på alternativknappen bredvid önskat val." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:799 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation Type`: select the parameters for when the " "activity is created, either :guilabel:`When the benefit is set` or " @@ -11420,7 +11556,7 @@ msgstr "" "skapas, antingen :guilabel:`When the benefit is set` eller :guilabel:`When " "the benefit is modified`. Klicka på alternativknappen bredvid önskat val." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:802 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Assigned to`: select the user the activity is automatically " "assigned to, using the drop-down menu." @@ -11428,12 +11564,12 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Assigned to`: välj den användare som aktiviteten automatiskt " "tilldelas, med hjälp av rullgardinsmenyn." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:143 msgid "Sign section" msgstr "Sektion för skyltar" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:808 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Template to Sign`: if the employee is required to sign a document" " when selecting this benefit, select the document template from the drop-" @@ -11443,7 +11579,7 @@ msgstr "" "dokument när han/hon väljer denna förmån, välj dokumentmall från " "rullgardinsmenyn." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:811 msgid "" "For example, a benefit regarding the use of a company car may require the " "employee to sign a document acknowledging the company's car policies." @@ -11451,18 +11587,18 @@ msgstr "" "Exempelvis kan en förmån som avser användning av tjänstebil kräva att den " "anställde undertecknar ett dokument som bekräftar företagets bilpolicy." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:812 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the benefit." msgstr "" "Ange eventuell ytterligare information i denna flik för att förtydliga " "förmånen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:820 msgid "Personal info" msgstr "Personlig information" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:822 msgid "" "Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " "candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " @@ -11472,7 +11608,7 @@ msgstr "" "blir anställd. Detta kort innehåller all deras personliga information, CV, " "arbetsinformation och dokument." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:826 msgid "" "The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " "section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " @@ -11483,7 +11619,7 @@ msgstr "" "efter att ha blivit erbjuden en tjänst. Denna personliga information " "överförs sedan till medarbetarkortet när de anställs." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:825 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:830 msgid "" "To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " "dashboard, and click on the employee's card." @@ -11491,11 +11627,11 @@ msgstr "" "För att se en anställds kort, gå till huvudpanelen i appen " ":menuselection:`Employees` och klicka på den anställdes kort." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:829 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:834 msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." msgstr "Ett medarbetarkort kan liknas vid en personalakt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:836 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Personal Info` section lists all of the fields that are " "available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " @@ -11515,7 +11651,7 @@ msgstr "" "En lista över alla personuppgifter som visas på det medarbetarkort som ska " "anges." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:839 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 msgid "" "To edit a personal info entry, select an entry from the list on the " ":guilabel:`Personal Info` page, and modify the personal info on the form " @@ -11525,13 +11661,13 @@ msgstr "" "listan på sidan :guilabel:`Personal Info` och ändrar den personliga " "informationen i formuläret som visas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:842 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 msgid "To create a new personal info entry, click the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" "Klicka på knappen :guilabel:`New` för att skapa en ny post med personlig " "information." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:849 msgid "" "The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " "are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " @@ -11541,7 +11677,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, och " ":guilabel:`Category`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:852 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down menu. " ":guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the :guilabel:`Bank" @@ -11553,7 +11689,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Bank Account` är också tillgängligt om informationen istället är " "relaterad till ett bankkonto." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:851 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from the drop-down menu that best " "describes what kind of personal information this entry is, and where it is " @@ -11567,7 +11703,7 @@ msgstr "" "personliga informationen ska ligga under, till exempel :guilabel:`Adress` " "eller :guilabel:`Personliga dokument`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:861 msgid "" "The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " "Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`." @@ -11575,7 +11711,7 @@ msgstr "" "De två viktigaste fälten i formuläret för personlig information är " ":guilabel:`Is Required` och :guilabel:`Display Type`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:859 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:864 msgid "" "Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required` box makes the field mandatory on the " "employee's card. The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the " @@ -11593,7 +11729,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "Ny inmatning av personlig information." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:871 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:876 msgid "" "The resumé section, housed within the salary package configurator section of" " the settings menu, is how salary information rules are configured when " @@ -11603,7 +11739,7 @@ msgstr "" "inställningsmenyn, konfigureras reglerna för löneinformation när en tjänst " "erbjuds till potentiella medarbetare." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:879 msgid "" "When an offer is sent to a prospective employee, the values for the offer " "are computed from these settings, and appear on the offer page." @@ -11611,7 +11747,7 @@ msgstr "" "När ett erbjudande skickas till en potentiell medarbetare beräknas värdena " "för erbjudandet utifrån dessa inställningar och visas på erbjudandesidan." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:877 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:882 msgid "" "To configure this section, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator: Resumé`." @@ -11619,7 +11755,7 @@ msgstr "" "För att konfigurera detta avsnitt, gå till :menuselection:`Löneapp --> " "Konfiguration --> Lönepaketskonfigurator: Resumé`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:885 msgid "" "By default, there are three :guilabel:`Salary Structure Types` pre-" "configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Worker`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " @@ -11628,7 +11764,7 @@ msgstr "" "Som standard finns det tre :guilabel:`Lönestrukturtyper` förkonfigurerade i " "Odoo: :guilabel:`Worker`, :guilabel:`Employee` och :guilabel:`None`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:888 msgid "" "Each :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` has several rules configured. These " "affect how an offer is calculated using that particular :guilabel:`Salary " @@ -11638,7 +11774,7 @@ msgstr "" "påverkar hur ett erbjudande beräknas med hjälp av den specifika " ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:886 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " ":guilabel:`Contract Salary Resumé` form loads." @@ -11646,11 +11782,11 @@ msgstr "" "För att skapa en ny regel klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`New` och ett tomt" " formulär :guilabel:`Contract Salary Resumé` laddas ned." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 msgid ":guilabel:`Information`: type in a name for this field." msgstr ":guilabel:`Information`: ange ett namn för detta fält." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:892 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:897 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select the category this value is housed under, using " "the drop-down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Monthly Salary`, " @@ -11662,11 +11798,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Månadliga förmåner`, :guilabel:`Årliga förmåner` och " ":guilabel:`Totalt`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:901 msgid "New categories can be made if needed." msgstr "Nya kategorier kan skapas vid behov." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, then enter the name for the new category " "in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, select the :guilabel:`Periodicity` from" @@ -11680,11 +11816,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ange slutligen ett nummer för sekvensen. Detta motsvarar var denna regel " "visas i regellistan :guilabel:`Lönestrukturtyp`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:908 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "Slutligen klickar du på :guilabel:`Spara & Stäng`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Monthly Total`: tick the checkbox if this value is added " "in the monthly total calculation." @@ -11692,7 +11828,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Monthly Total`: markera kryssrutan om detta värde läggs " "till i den månatliga totalberäkningen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:911 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select what kind of value this rule is, either " ":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Days`, or :guilabel:`Percent`." @@ -11700,7 +11836,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: välj vilken typ av värde denna regel är, " "antingen :guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Days`, eller :guilabel:`Percent`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency` is for a set monetary value, :guilabel:`Days` is for " "compensation in the form of time off, and :guilabel:`Percent` is for a " @@ -11711,7 +11847,7 @@ msgstr "" "ersättning i form av ledig tid, och :guilabel:`Percent` avser ett " "penningvärde som baseras på ett annat mått, t.ex. provisioner." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:912 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select which :guilabel:`Salary Structure " "Type` this rule is nested under, from the drop-down menu." @@ -11719,7 +11855,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: välj vilken :guilabel:`Salary Structure " "Type` denna regel är kapslad under, från rullgardinsmenyn." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:919 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Value Type`: select how the value is computed, using the drop-" "down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Fixed Value`, " @@ -11731,7 +11867,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Contract Value`, :guilabel:`Payslip Value`, :guilabel:`Sum of " "Benefits Values`, och :guilabel:`Monthly Total`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:922 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: select the code this rule applies to from the drop-down " "menu." @@ -11745,11 +11881,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Formuläret för nettolöneregeln ifyllt, med all information för nettolön." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:929 msgid "Jobs" msgstr "Jobb" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:926 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:931 msgid "" "Since the *Payroll* application is responsible for paying employees for " "specific job positions, the complete list of job positions can be found in " @@ -11759,12 +11895,12 @@ msgstr "" "specifika jobbpositioner, kan den kompletta listan över jobbpositioner " "hittas i både programmen *Lön* och *Rekrytering*." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:937 #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "Arbetsuppgifter" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:934 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:939 msgid "" "The job positions listed in the *Payroll* application are identical to the " "job positions listed in the *Recruitment* application. If a new job position" @@ -11776,7 +11912,7 @@ msgstr "" " läggs till i applikationen *Rekrytering* syns den även i applikationen " "*Lön* och vice versa." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:943 msgid "" "To view the job positions, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Jobs: Job Positions`." @@ -11784,7 +11920,7 @@ msgstr "" "För att se jobbpositionerna, navigera till :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Jobs: Jobbpositioner`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:941 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:946 msgid "" "A list of all the job positions appear, along with the corresponding " "department, on the :guilabel:`Job Position` page." @@ -11796,7 +11932,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list of all the job positions and corresponding departments." msgstr "En lista över alla befattningar och motsvarande avdelningar." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 msgid "" "To create a new job description, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a job " "form appears." @@ -11804,7 +11940,7 @@ msgstr "" "För att skapa en ny arbetsbeskrivning klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`New` " "och ett arbetsformulär visas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:955 msgid "" "Enter the information on the form for the new position. The information is " "identical as to the information entered when creating a new job position in " @@ -11814,7 +11950,7 @@ msgstr "" "identiska med de uppgifter som anges när en ny tjänst skapas i applikationen" " *Rekrytering*." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 msgid "" "Refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation for more details" " on how to fill out this form." @@ -11822,19 +11958,19 @@ msgstr "" "Se dokumentationen :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` för mer information om " "hur du fyller i detta formulär." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:957 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:962 msgid ":doc:`payroll/contracts`" msgstr ":doc:`löner/avtal`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:963 msgid ":doc:`payroll/payslips`" msgstr ":doc:`lönelista/lönebesked`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:959 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:964 msgid ":doc:`payroll/work_entries`" msgstr ":doc:`löneberäkning/arbetsposter`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:965 msgid ":doc:`payroll/reporting`" msgstr ":doc:`löner/rapportering`" @@ -15259,14 +15395,9 @@ msgid "" "Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " "steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" " step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," -" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " -"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +" conducting an interview, or sending a job offer, for example. This process " +"is referred to as the 'applicant flow.'" msgstr "" -"Odoo håller alla arbetssökande organiserade med en förkonfigurerad serie av " -"steg och steg som varje sökande går igenom. Varje steg har ett eller flera " -"specifika steg som ska utföras. Dessa sträcker sig från att boka ett " -"telefonsamtal, genomföra en intervju till att skicka ett jobberbjudande, för" -" att bara nämna några. Denna process kallas för \"kandidatflödet\"." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -15310,31 +15441,246 @@ msgid "" "positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " "` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " "stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " -"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes are " "visible on all job positions." msgstr "" -"Ansökningsflödet med alla dess steg är universellt och gäller för alla " -"jobbpositioner, om inget annat anges. :ref:`Ett specifikt steg kan " -"konfigureras ` till att vara jobbspecifikt, " -"vilket innebär att det specifika steget endast är synligt för den specifika " -"jobbpositionen. I annat fall, om ett nytt steg skapas eller ett befintligt " -"steg modifieras, kommer dessa ändringar att vara synliga på alla " -"jobbpositioner." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:37 msgid "" -"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +"Before creating a job position in Odoo, configure the necessary settings for" +" the *Recruitment* app. To view and edit the settings, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Settings`. After any " +"changes are made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the top-left corner " +"to save all the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:43 +msgid "Job posting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Job Posting` section of the *Recruitment* app settings has " +"only one selection to make. If job positions are to be posted to the " +"company's website, enable the :guilabel:`Online Posting` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Online Posting` is only available if the *Website* " +"application is also installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:53 +msgid "Recruitment process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recruitment process` section of the settings page specifies " +"what the database can and cannot do during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:59 +msgid "Send interview survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Odoo is capable of having a survey sent to an applicant to gather more " +"information about them. Surveys can be thought of as exams, or " +"questionnaires, and can be customized in various ways to provide the " +"recruitment team with valuable insights into the applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option to send surveys to " +"applicants. Once enabled, an :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Interview " +"Survey` internal link appears. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`Interview Survey` link to navigate to a list of all created " +"surveys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:70 +msgid "" +"This list includes all surveys that were created in the database, not just " +"surveys used in the *Recruitment* app. If no surveys have been created, the " +"surveys list displays a :guilabel:`No Survey Found` message, and presents " +"options to create a survey from several pre-configured survey templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:76 +msgid "" +"For more detailed information about surveys, refer to the :doc:`survey " +"essentials <../marketing/surveys/create>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Enabling the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option will install the " +"*Surveys* application once the settings are saved, if it is not installed " +"already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:84 +msgid "Send SMS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:86 +msgid "" +"It is possible to send text messages to applicants directly through the " +"*Recruitment* app. To do so, enable the :guilabel:`Send SMS` option. This " +"option requires credits to use, which can be obtained by clicking the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` internal link that emerges " +"when the feature is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For more information, refer to the :doc:`SMS pricing and FAQs " +"<../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:98 +msgid "CV display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When applicants submit an application, one of the default required fields is" +" a resumé, or :abbr:`CV (curriculum vitae)`. All resumés are stored in the " +"*Documents* application, and are accessible on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:104 +msgid "" +"A resumé has the option to appear on the applicant's form, which can be " +"viewed by clicking on the applicant's card. The resumé appears on the right-" +"side of the screen. If this is not enabled, the resumé is accessed via a " +"link in the chatter, where it needs to be clicked to expand and view it, or " +"downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`CV Display` option to show the resumé on the " +"applicant's card by default, and in addition to the document link. When " +"enabled, the resumé appears on the right side of the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"For the resumé to appear on the right-side, the browser window must be in " +"full-screen mode (where the browser spans the entire screen)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the browser window is set to a size smaller than the entire width of the " +"screen (not full-screen), then the resumé does not appear on the right-side." +" Instead, the resumé appears in the :guilabel:`Files` section of the " +"chatter, below the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The resumé on an applicant's card, appearing on the right side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:128 +msgid "CV digitization (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:130 +msgid "" +"When an application is submitted using any of the available methods, such as" +" an online application submission, emailing a resume to the job position " +"alias, or creating an applicant record directly from the database, it is " +"possible to have Odoo extract the applicant's name, phone number, and email " +"address from the resumé and populate the applicant's form. To do so, enable " +"the :guilabel:`CV Digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:136 +msgid "" +"When enabled, additional options appear. Click on the corresponding radio " +"button to select one of the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not digitize`: this option turns off resumé digitization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize on demand only`: this option only digitizes resumes when" +" requested. A :guilabel:`Digitize document` buttons appears on applicant " +"cards. When clicked, the resumé is scanned and the applicant's card is " +"updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize automatically`: this option automatically digitizes all " +"resumés when they are submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Beneath these options are two additional links. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-" +"right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` button to purchase credits for CV " +"digitization. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`View My Services` " +"to view a list of all current services, and their remaining credit balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:151 +msgid "" +"For more information on document digitization and :abbr:`IAP's (in-app " +"purchases)`, refer to the :doc:`In-app purchase (IAP) " +"<../essentials/in_app_purchase>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:155 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option for :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)`" +" at first may seem like a redundancy. It seems to be the same as disabling " +"the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option is enabled, a module is " +"installed so that resumés can be scanned. Disabling this option would " +"uninstall the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If at some point, there is a desire to temporarily stop digitizing resumés, " +"the :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option is selected. The reason this option " +"is available is so that the module is not uninstalled, allowing for " +"digitization to be enabled in the future by selecting one of the other two " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"When sending an offer to an applicant, an expiration date can be set on the " +"offer. Enter the number of days an offer is valid for in the " +":guilabel:`days` field. After the set amount of days has passed, if the " +"applicant has not accepted the offer, the offer is no longer available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To access the Kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " ":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " "opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " -"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " -"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " -"job position." +"Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` smart button on a job position " +"card to navigate to the Kanban view for all the applicants for that " +"particular job position." msgstr "" -"För att komma åt kanban-vyn för en jobbposition, navigera till huvudpanelen " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app`, som är standardvyn när du öppnar " -"applikationen. Alla jobbpositioner visas på huvudpanelen. Klicka på " -"smartknappen :guilabel:`Nya ansökningar` på ett jobbpositionskort för att " -"navigera till kanban-vyn för alla sökande till den specifika jobbpositionen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -15343,105 +15689,96 @@ msgstr "" "Kontrollpanelens huvudvy av jobbpositionskortet, med knappen för nya " "ansökningar." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:186 msgid "" -"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"Inside the job application, the Kanban stages appear, with all the " "applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" -" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +" are currently in. There are six default stages in Odoo:" msgstr "" -"I jobbansökan visas kanban-stegen, med alla sökande i sina respektive " -"kolumner, vilket indikerar vilket steg de för närvarande befinner sig i. Det" -" finns fem standardstadier i Odoo:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:190 +msgid ":ref:`New `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:191 msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" msgstr ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" msgstr ":ref:`Första intervjun `" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" msgstr ":ref:`Andra intervjun `" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:194 msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" msgstr ":ref:`Kontraktsförslag `" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:195 msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" msgstr ":ref:`Kontrakt undertecknat `" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:197 msgid "" -"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " -"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " -"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " -"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " -"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default. Folded " +"columns appear gray, and the applicants in it are hidden from view. To " +"expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that column, click " +"anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and the column " +"expands, revealing the applicants." msgstr "" -"Den sista kolumnen, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, är vikt som standard, " -"vilket innebär att kolumnen visas i grått och de sökande i den är dolda. För" -" att expandera den vikta scenen och visa de sökande korten för den kolumnen," -" klicka någonstans på den tunna grå kolumnen som säger scenens namn och " -"kolumnen expanderar och avslöjar de sökande." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." -msgstr "Expandera en vikt kolumn genom att klicka på den i kanbanvyn." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " -"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -"Varje steg har en färgkodad stapel under stegnamnet som ger information om " -"den sökandes status i steget. Färgerna är följande:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:206 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " -"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " -"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " -"stage." +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, providing status " +"information for the applicant's in that specific stage. The status colors " +"are:" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Green`: det finns sökande i steget med en aktivitet som antingen " -"redan är schemalagd eller behöver schemaläggas i framtiden (t.ex. ett " -"telefonsamtal eller en intervju), enligt parametrarna för det specifika " -"steget." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:209 +msgid ":guilabel:`Green`: the applicant is ready to move to the next stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:210 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " -"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +":guilabel:`Red`: the applicant is blocked from moving to the next stage." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Yellow`: det finns sökande i etappen med en aktivitet som " -"antingen är schemalagd för idag eller kommer att schemaläggas idag." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " -"which need to be scheduled." +":guilabel:`Gray`: the applicant is still in progress in the current stage " +"and is neither ready nor blocked from the next stage." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Red`: det finns sökande i steget med försenade aktiviteter som " -"behöver schemaläggas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " -"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " -"applicants currently in the stage." +"The status for each card is set manually. To set the status, click on the " +"small circle in the lower-left of the applicant card. A status pop-up window" +" appears. Click on the desired status for the applicant. The status dot on " +"the applicant card as well as the status bar updates." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Gray`: det finns antingen inga aktiviteter för närvarande " -"inplanerade och inga framtida aktiviteter som måste inplaneras, eller så " -"finns det inga sökande för närvarande i fasen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The applicant card statuses, and status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:223 +msgid "" +"The names for the three status colors (`In Progress`, `Blocked`, and `Ready " +"for Next Stage`) :ref:`can be modified `, if " +"desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:229 msgid "Customize stages" msgstr "Anpassa steg" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:231 msgid "" "Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " "particular hiring steps of a business." @@ -15449,50 +15786,36 @@ msgstr "" "Stegen kan modifieras, läggas till eller tas bort för att på bästa sätt " "tillgodose behoven i ett företags specifika rekryteringssteg." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:235 msgid "New stage" msgstr "Ny etapp" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 msgid "" -"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " -"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " -"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" -" the screen to exit the new column creation." +"To create a new stage, click on :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Stage` and a new " +"column appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Stage " +"title` field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and " +"another new stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click" +" anywhere on the screen to exit the new stage creation." msgstr "" -"För att skapa ett nytt steg klickar du på :guilabel:`+ Lägg till kolumn` och" -" en ny kolumn visas. Ange rubriken för det nya steget i fältet " -":guilabel:`Kolumnrubrik` och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Lägg till`. Den nya " -"kolumnen visas och ytterligare ett nytt steg är tillgängligt att skapa. Om " -"inga nya steg behövs, klicka var som helst på skärmen för att avsluta " -"skapandet av den nya kolumnen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgid "The plus sign to click to add a new column to the Kanban stages." msgstr "" -"Plustecknet att klicka på för att lägga till en ny kolumn i kanban-stegen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:249 msgid "Modify stage" msgstr "Ändra stadium" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:251 msgid "" "To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " -":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " -"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " -"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " -"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " -"when done." +":icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side " +"of the stage. Click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon and a menu" +" appears. Then click on the :guilabel:`Edit` option. An :guilabel:`Edit: " +"(Stage)` form appears. Make any desired modifications to the form, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when done." msgstr "" -"För att ändra inställningarna för en scen, håll muspekaren över namnet på " -"scenen och en :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` ikon visas i den övre högra delen av " -"scenen. Klicka på ikonen :guilabel:`⚙️ (växel)` och en meny visas. Klicka " -"sedan på alternativet :guilabel:`Edit Stage`. Ett :guilabel:`Edit " -"Column`-formulär visas. Gör eventuella ändringar i formuläret och klicka " -"sedan på :guilabel:`Spara` när du är klar." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -15502,41 +15825,33 @@ msgstr "" "Kugghjulsikonen som visas när muspekaren förs över ett kolumnnamn och rullgardinsmenyn som\n" "visas när du klickar på den." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 -msgid "Edit column form" -msgstr "Redigera kolumnformulär" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " -"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" -" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:265 +msgid "Edit stage form" msgstr "" -"I formuläret :guilabel:`Edit Column` konfigureras scenens inställningar. De " -"enda obligatoriska fälten är :guilabel:`Stage Name`, och " -":guilabel:`Tooltips` sektionen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:267 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Edit: (Stage)` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required field is the :guilabel:`Stage Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" msgstr "De fält som ska fyllas i eller ändras är:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:272 msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." msgstr ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: ange ett namn för scenen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " "drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " -"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"the stage, an email is automatically sent to the applicant using the " "selected template." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`E-postmall`: välj en e-postmall som ska användas från " -"rullgardinsmenyn. Om en mall har valts kommer ett e-postmeddelande " -"automatiskt att skickas till den sökande med hjälp av den valda mallen när " -"det sökande kortet går in i scenen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " "(hidden) at all times in the default view." @@ -15544,7 +15859,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: kryssa i rutan om du vill att scenen ska visas" " vikt (dold) hela tiden i standardvyn." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " "applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " @@ -15557,49 +15872,35 @@ msgstr "" "markerad används detta steg för att fastställa anställningsdatum för en " "sökande." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:282 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " -"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " -"job positions can be selected." +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to specific job " +"positions, select the job positions from the drop-down menu. Multiple job " +"positions can be selected." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Jobbspecifik`: om steget endast gäller för en eller flera " -"specifika befattningar, välj befattning(ar) i rullgardinsmenyn. Flera " -"befattningar kan väljas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" " the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" " referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " ":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " -"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage. The *Referrals* app " +"must be installed in order to use this option." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: markera rutan om detta steg ska visas i " -"applikationen *Referrals* och låta värvaren samla poäng när en av deras " -"värvningar når detta steg. Om detta är aktivt visas ett " -":guilabel:`Poäng`-fält. Ange hur många värvningspoäng den anställde får när " -"en sökande når detta steg." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:289 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" -" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" -" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " -"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " -"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured status labels " +"(colored circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These " +"colors are displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the" +" applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the" +" label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " ":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " ":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: det finns tre förkonfigurerade etiketter " -"(färgade cirklar) för varje sökandes kort, som indikerar dess status. Dessa " -"färger visas högst upp i varje steg för att återspegla statusen för de " -"sökande i steget. *Namnen* för etiketten kan ändras, men inte själva " -"etiketten (färgen). Standardnamn och -etiketter är: :guilabel:`In Progress` " -"(grå), :guilabel:`Blocked` (röd), och :guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` " -"(grön)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" " any requirements of the stage." @@ -15607,42 +15908,34 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Requirements`: ange eventuella interna anteckningar för detta " "steg som förklarar eventuella krav på steget." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:298 msgid "Delete stage" msgstr "Radera steg" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:300 msgid "" "If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," -" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." -" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " -"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " -":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " -":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` " +"icon appears. First, click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A " +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up warning appears, asking :guilabel:`Are you " +"sure you want to delete this column?` Click :guilabel:`Delete` to delete the" +" column." msgstr "" -"Om en scen inte längre behövs kan den raderas. Om du vill radera en scen " -"håller du muspekaren över scenens namn och en :guilabel:`⚙️ (växel)`-ikon " -"visas. Klicka först på ikonen :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` för att visa en " -"rullgardinsmeny och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Delete`. En popup-varning " -"visas med frågan :guilabel:`Är du säker på att du vill ta bort den här " -"kolumnen?`. Klicka på :guilabel:`OK` för att ta bort kolumnen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:307 msgid "" "If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " -"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" -" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" -" before deleting." +"up when attempting to delete the stage. The records currently in the stage " +"to need to be either deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage before" +" the stage can be deleted." msgstr "" -"Om det finns sökande i det steg som ska raderas visas ett felmeddelande när " -"du försöker radera steget, som förklarar att det finns poster i steget som " -"måste raderas, arkiveras eller flyttas till ett annat steg innan de raderas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:312 msgid "Email templates" msgstr "Mallar för e-post" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 msgid "" "To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " "templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " @@ -15652,57 +15945,43 @@ msgstr "" "e-postmallar som kan användas. De förkonfigurerade e-postmallarna och när de" " ska användas är följande:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " -"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " -"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " -"Interview` stage." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Applicant Acknowledgement`: this template is used to" +" let the applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`New` stage." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Sökande: Acknowledgement`: denna mall används för att meddela den" -" sökande att deras ansökan har tagits emot. Detta e-postmeddelande skickas " -"automatiskt ut när den sökande befinner sig i :guilabel:`Första " -"intervjun`-stadiet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:320 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " -"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " -"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Interest`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application caught the recruiter's attention, and " +"they have been shortlisted for either a phone call or an interview." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Sökande: Interest`: denna mall används för att meddela den " -"sökande att de har klarat :guilabel:`Initial Qualification`-stadiet och att " -"de kommer att kontaktas för att boka en intervju med rekryteraren." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:323 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" -" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " -"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview`: this template is used to let " +"the applicant know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial " +"Qualification` stage and they will be contacted to set up an interview with " +"the recruiter. This email is automatically sent out once the applicant is in" +" the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Sökande: Inte intresserad längre`: denna mall används när en " -"sökande meddelar att de inte längre är intresserade av tjänsten, och tackar " -"dem för deras tid och omtanke." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:327 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" -" longer being considered for the position." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when " +"an applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the " +"position, and thanks them for their time and consideration." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Sökande: Refuse`: denna mall används när en sökande inte längre " -"är aktuell för tjänsten." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:330 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " -"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " -"configure their salary package." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is " +"no longer being considered for the position." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Sökande: Ditt lönepaket`: denna mall används när en sökande " -"erbjuds en tjänst. Den informerar den sökande om att de kan konfigurera sitt" -" lönepaket." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 msgid "" "Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" " business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " @@ -15712,118 +15991,93 @@ msgstr "" "behov. Mer information om e-postmallar finns i dokumentet " ":doc:`../general/companies/email_template`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:337 msgid "" -"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " -"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " -":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " -"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +"To manually send an email, click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address." msgstr "" -"För att manuellt skicka ett e-postmeddelande klicka på :guilabel:`Send " -"message` i chattern. En textruta visas, liksom den sökandes e-postadress. " -"Klicka på :guilabel:`⤢ (dubbelpil)` ikonen för full kompositör längst ned " -"till höger på fliken :guilabel:`Sänd meddelande` i chattern." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send an email from the chatter." msgstr "Skicka ett e-postmeddelande från chattern." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:344 msgid "" -"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " -":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " -"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " -"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +"Click the :icon:`fa-expand` :guilabel:`(expand)` full composer icon in the " +"bottom right corner of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter. A " +":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window loads, with the " +":guilabel:`Recipients` and :guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The " +"applicant's email address is entered in the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and" +" the :guilabel:`Subject` is `(Job Position)`. The email body is empty by " +"default." msgstr "" -"En popup för e-postkompositör laddas, med :guilabel:`Recipients` och " -":guilabel:`Subject` förifyllda. Den sökandes e-postadress anges på raden " -":guilabel:`Recipients`, och :guilabel:`Subject` är `Re: (Ämne / Ansökans " -"namn)`. E-posttexten är tom som standard." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:350 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the field next to " +":guilabel:`Load template` in the bottom section of the window. Select the " +"email template to use from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 msgid "" -"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " -":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " "Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " "information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" " the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " "from. Depending on the template selected, the email subject and/or body may " "change." msgstr "" -"Om du vill använda en förkonfigurerad e-postmall klickar du på " -"rullgardinsmenyn bredvid fältet :guilabel:`Load template` i den nedre högra " -"delen av fönstret. Förkonfigurerade e-postmallar kan innehålla dynamiska " -"platshållare så att unik information kan fyllas i i e-postmeddelandet för " -"ett mer personligt meddelande till den sökande. Det finns flera " -"förkonfigurerade e-postmallar att välja mellan. Beroende på vilken mall som " -"valts kan e-postmeddelandets ämne och/eller brödtext ändras." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:359 msgid "" -"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " -"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " -"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" -" of available templates." +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model load. There are " +"other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not configured" +" for the recruitment application, they do not appear in the list of " +"available templates." msgstr "" -"Endast de e-postmallar som är konfigurerade för modellen kommer att laddas. " -"Det finns andra e-postmallar förkonfigurerade i Odoo, men om de inte är " -"konfigurerade för rekryteringsapplikationen kommer de inte att visas i " -"listan över tillgängliga mallar." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 msgid "" -"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " -"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " -"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " -":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " -"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " -"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " -"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " -"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " -"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button" +" in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the :icon:`fa-" +"close` :guilabel:`(delete)` icon to the right of the attachment." msgstr "" -"Om du vill lägga till några bilagor klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Attach " -"A File` i det nedre vänstra hörnet. Navigera till den fil som ska bifogas " -"och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Öppna` för att bifoga den. Om du vill ta bort" -" en bilaga klickar du på :guilabel:`X (Delete)`-ikonen till höger om " -"bilagan. Om du behöver göra några ändringar i e-postmeddelandet redigerar du" -" brödtexten i e-postmeddelandet. Om ändringarna ska sparas för att användas " -"i framtiden kan e-postmeddelandet sparas som en ny mall. Klicka på knappen " -":guilabel:`Spara som ny mall` i det nedre högra hörnet. För att skicka " -"e-postmeddelandet, klicka på :guilabel:`Send` och e-postmeddelandet kommer " -"att skickas till den sökande. E-postmeddelandet visas sedan i chattern." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:367 +msgid "" +"If any changes need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If " +"the edits should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved " +"as a new template. Click the :guilabel:`Save Template` button in the bottom." +" To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email is sent to the " +"applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 msgid "Stage flow" msgstr "Stegflöde" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:375 msgid "" "In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " -"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the Kanban view to the" " desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -"För att flytta en sökandes kort från ett skede till ett annat kan den " -"sökandes kort antingen dras och släppas i kanbanvyn till önskat skede, eller" -" så kan skedet ändras på den sökandes kort." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:379 msgid "" "To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " -"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " -"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " -"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " -"indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " -"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " -"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +"in the Kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted at the top, above the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 +msgid "" +"Click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " +"Kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top-left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." msgstr "" -"För att ändra stadiet på den sökandes kort, klicka på den sökandes kort i " -"kanban-vyn för att gå till en detaljerad vy av kortet. Det aktuella stadiet " -"för kortet är markerat i lila längst upp, ovanför kortet. Klicka bara på " -"önskat stadium för kortet, så ändras stadiet. En logganteckning som anger " -"stadieändringen visas i chatten. Navigera tillbaka till kanban-vyn genom att" -" klicka på :guilabel:`Applications` i brödsmulemenyn längst upp till " -"vänster, och den sökandes kort visas nu i det nya stadiet." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -15833,11 +16087,12 @@ msgstr "" "Ändra stadiet för en sökande genom att klicka på önskat stadie högst upp på\n" "sökandes kort." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:233 -msgid "Initial qualification" -msgstr "Initial kvalificering" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:643 +msgid "New" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:398 msgid "" "The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " "flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " @@ -15848,49 +16103,56 @@ msgstr "" "anpassat rekryteringspipelineflöde kommer det att skilja sig från följande " "information." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:402 msgid "" -"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " -"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " -"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " -"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " -":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " -"required when applying for a job position." +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`New` stage, whether submitted online" +" or if the applicant is manually entered by a recruiter." msgstr "" -"Alla sökande visas i :guilabel:`Initial Qualification`-stadiet, oavsett om " -"de skickas in online eller om den sökande matas in manuellt av en " -"rekryterare. När den sökandes kort skapas fyller Odoo automatiskt i den " -"sökandes :guilabel:`Namn`, :guilabel:`E-postadress` och " -":guilabel:`Telefonnummer` på den sökandes kort. Denna information krävs när " -"man ansöker om en tjänst." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:405 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically populates the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`, the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile` number, and :guilabel:`LinkedIn " +"Profile` on the applicant's card. This information is required when applying" +" for a job position, by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If the website application form is modified, different fields may be " +"populated based on what information is requested on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:414 msgid "" "If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " -"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " -":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " -"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " -"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " -"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " -"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " -"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" -" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +"Introduction` section of the online application, it will populate in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card." msgstr "" -"Om den sökande angav någon information i avsnittet :guilabel:`Short " -"Introduction` i onlineansökan, fylls den i på fliken :guilabel:`Application " -"Summary` längst ner på den sökandes kort. Om en meritförteckning bifogades " -"onlineansökan visas meritförteckningen i avsnittet Bilagor i " -"chattmeddelandet och lagras också i applikationen *Dokument*. För att hitta " -"rekryteringsdokumenten som lagras i applikationen Dokument, gå till " -"huvudpanelen :menuselection:`Dokument` och klicka på mappen " -":guilabel:`Rekrytering` på höger sida. Alla rekryteringsdokument kommer att " -"lagras i den mappen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:421 +msgid "" +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé would appear " +"in the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"*Documents* application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the left-" +"hand side. All recruitment documents are stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "" +"If the :ref:`CV Display ` option was enabled in the " +":ref:`Settings ` menu, the resumé appears on the " +"applicant's card, on the right-hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:431 msgid "Send interview" msgstr "Skicka intervju" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:433 msgid "" "At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " "applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " @@ -15900,92 +16162,69 @@ msgstr "" " sökande för att få mer information. Dessa intervjuer är skräddarsydda och " "kan formateras på en mängd olika sätt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid "" +"The *Surveys* application is used to send these *interviews*, therefore the " +"*Surveys* application must be installed to send an interview to an " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 msgid "" "Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " "questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " -"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " -"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " -"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"be formatted to suit each individual job positions needs. For more " +"information on creating and editing interview forms, refer to the " +":doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 +msgid "" +"A job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form" +" of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " "position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " "the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" -" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" -" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +" on weekend evenings." msgstr "" -"Odoo använder termen *intervju*, men dessa kan betraktas som frågeformulär, " -"undersökningar, tester, certifieringar etc. Anpassade intervjuer kan " -"formateras för att passa varje enskild jobbs behov. Till exempel kan en " -"intervju för en tjänst som datorprogrammerare ha formen av ett " -"programmeringsquiz för att fastställa den sökandes kompetensnivå. En tjänst " -"som restaurangservitör kan ha ett frågeformulär om den sökandes " -"tillgänglighet, om den sökande behöver vara tillgänglig på helgkvällar. Mer " -"information om hur du skapar och redigerar intervjuformulär finns i " -"dokumentationen :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:450 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top-left of the " +"applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Send Interview` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Send an " +"interview` pop-up window appears, with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:458 msgid "" "In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" " the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" -" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " -"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " -"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " -"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " -":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, an " +":guilabel:`Edit:(Applicant)` pop-up window appears on top of the " +":guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window. Enter the email address in the " +":guilabel:`email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. Once the " +"applicant's information is saved, the :guilabel:`Edit: (Applicant)` closes " +"and the :guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window remains." msgstr "" -"För att kunna skicka ett e-postmeddelande till en sökande måste det finnas " -"en e-postadress på den sökandes kort. Om ingen e-postadress finns angiven på" -" den sökandes kort, när :guilabel:`Send Interview` klickas, visas den " -"sökandes kort istället för :guilabel:`Survey` popup-fönstret. Ange " -"e-postadressen i e-postfältet och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Spara`. När den" -" sökandes kort har sparats stängs den sökandes kort och popup-fönstret " -":guilabel:`Survey` visas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 msgid "" -"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " -"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " -"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +"Email templates use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the " +"applicant and the job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey" +" if more people should receive the email. If an email is in the database as " +"a contact, add that contact in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. If an email" +" should be sent to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they" +" should **not** be added as a contact, add their email in the " +":guilabel:`Additional emails` field." msgstr "" -"För att skicka en intervju till en sökande, klicka på den sökandes kort för " -"att navigera till en detaljerad vy av den sökandes kort. Överst på den " -"sökandes kort klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Sänd intervju`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:279 -msgid "" -"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " -"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " -"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " -"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " -"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" -"Om den sökandes kort har en e-postadress registrerad, visas ett " -":guilabel:`Survey` popup-fönster med all information ifylld. Om det inte " -"finns någon e-postadress på den sökandes kort visas ett kontaktformulär. " -"Ange den sökandes e-postadress och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Spara`. Kortet" -" stängs och popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Survey` visas." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 -msgid "" -"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " -"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " -"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " -"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " -"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " -"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " -"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " -"line." -msgstr "" -"Odoo refererar till intervjuformulären som *surveys*. Dessa e-postmallar " -"använder också dynamiska platshållare för att anpassa e-postmeddelandet till" -" den sökande och jobbpositionen. Lägg till ytterligare mottagare för " -"undersökningen om fler personer ska få e-postmeddelandet. Om ett " -"e-postmeddelande finns i databasen som en kontakt, lägg till den kontakten " -"på raden :guilabel:`Recipients`. Om ett e-postmeddelande ska skickas till " -"någon som inte finns i databasen som en kontakt, och de **inte** ska läggas " -"till som en kontakt, lägg till deras e-post på raden :guilabel:`Additional " -"emails`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1066 msgid "" "If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " "button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " @@ -15998,34 +16237,26 @@ msgstr "" "e-postmeddelandet. Bilagan laddas och visas ovanför knappen " ":guilabel:`Attachments`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:475 msgid "" "If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" " for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " "window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " -"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " -"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " -"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +"calendar selector appears. Use the :icon:`fa-chevron-left` " +":guilabel:`(left)` and :icon:`fa-chevron-right` :guilabel:`(right)` arrows " +"on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then click on " +"the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" -"Om den e-postade intervjun måste vara klar senast ett visst datum väljer du " -"ett datum för :guilabel:`Answer deadline` i det nedre högra området i popup-" -"fönstret. Klicka på raden bredvid :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, så visas en " -"kalenderväljare. Använd pilarna :guilabel:`< (vänster)` och :guilabel:`> " -"(höger)` på vardera sidan av månaden för att navigera till önskad månad och " -"klicka sedan på :guilabel:`day` för att välja datum." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"The :guilabel:`Mail Template` field is pre-populated based on the " "configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" " drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " "template loads in the email body." msgstr "" -"Fältet :guilabel:`Mail template` är förifyllt baserat på konfigurationen för" -" intervjun. En annan mall kan väljas från rullgardinsmenyn om så önskas. Om " -"en ny mall väljs laddas den nya e-postmallen i e-posttexten." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 msgid "" "To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " ":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." @@ -16041,11 +16272,11 @@ msgstr "" "Skicka en anpassad enkät, även kallad ett intervjuformulär, till en sökande med hjälp av en\n" "förkonfigurerad mall." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:494 msgid "Refuse" msgstr "Avslag" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:496 msgid "" "At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " "the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" @@ -16059,148 +16290,266 @@ msgstr "" " kort finns det flera knappar. Klicka på den som är märkt " ":guilabel:`Refuse`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " -"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " -":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " -"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " -"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " -"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " -"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" -" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " -"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " -"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " -"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Click the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reason` from the presented options. The default refuse " +"reasons in Odoo, and their corresponding email templates, are:" msgstr "" -"En :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` popup visas. Välj :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` " -"från rullgardinsmenyn. Standardavslagsorsakerna i Odoo är: :guilabel:`Passar" -" inte jobbkraven`, :guilabel:`Den sökande är inte intresserad längre`, och " -":guilabel:`Den sökande får ett bättre erbjudande`. Dessa tre avslagsgrunder " -"har förkonfigurerade e-postmallar associerade med dem. Du kan skapa fler " -"avslagsorsaker och ändra eller ta bort befintliga. Lägg till en ny " -"avslagsgrund genom att skriva in namnet på grunden och klicka sedan på " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. Ett :guilabel:`Create: Refuse Reason` popup-" -"fönster visas. Ange namnet på den nya e-postmallen i fältet " -":guilabel:`E-postmall` och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. " -"Ett :guilabel:`Create: E-postmall` öppnas. Konfigurera den nya e-postmallen " -"och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Spara`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:508 +msgid "Email Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:509 +msgid "Refusal Reason" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:510 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Language issues`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Role already fulfilled`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Duplicate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Spam`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:516 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: don't like job`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: better offer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "" +"Additional refusal reasons :ref:`can be created and existing ones can be " +"modified or deleted `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:525 msgid "" "Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " "which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " "example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " -"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" -" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"applicant's name appears anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the " +"email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " "the :doc:`../general/companies/email_template` documentation." msgstr "" -"Förkonfigurerade e-postmallar i Odoo använder ibland dynamiska platshållare," -" som är anpassade bitar av data som fyller dynamiskt innehåll. Om till " -"exempel den sökandes namn är en del av dynamiskt innehåll, kommer den " -"sökandes namn att visas varje gång den dynamiska platshållaren visas i " -"e-postmallen. Mer detaljerad information om e-postmallar finns i " -"dokumentationen :doc:`../general/companies/email_template`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 msgid "" -"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " -"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," -" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " -"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" -" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" -" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +"After a :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` is selected, two fields appear below the " +"refusal reason: :guilabel:`Send Email` and :guilabel:`Email Template`." msgstr "" -"En e-postmall fylls i i fältet :guilabel:`E-postmall` efter att en " -"avslagsorsak har valts. Om ett e-postmeddelande inte ska skickas till den " -"sökande avmarkerar du kryssrutan :guilabel:`Send Email`. Om du vill visa " -"e-postmallen klickar du på ikonen :guilabel:`Extern länk` till höger om den " -"valda e-postmallen. E-postmallen laddas i popup-fönstret och kan ändras vid " -"behov. När du har gjort ändringarna klickar du på :guilabel:`Spara`. För att" -" stänga e-postmallen, klicka på :guilabel:`Discard`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:534 msgid "" -"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"The applicant's email address automatically populates the :guilabel:`Send " +"Email` field; additional email recipients cannot be added. If an email " +"should **not** be sent to the applicant, uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:538 +msgid "" +"The email template associated with the refusal reason populates the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field. If a different email template is desired, " +"select a different template from the :guilabel:`Email Template` drop-down " +"menu. To view the email template, click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon " +"to the right of the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. The email template " +"loads in a :guilabel:`Open: Email Template` pop-up window, and can be " +"modified if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:545 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Refuse`. The " "refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " -"appears on the applicant's card." +"appears on the applicant's card in the top-right corner." msgstr "" -"Klicka på :guilabel:`Send` för att skicka e-postmeddelandet om avslag till " -"den sökande. E-postmeddelandet med avslaget skickas till den sökande och en " -":guilabel:`Refused` banner visas på den sökandes kort." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top-right " "corner in red." msgstr "" -"Ett kort för en sökande med den nekade banderollen i det övre högra hörnet i" -" rött." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 msgid "" "After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " -"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " -"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" -" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " -":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " -"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " -"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +"position's Kanban view. To view the refused applicants only, click the " +":guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the search box, then click " +":guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` section. All applicants " +"that have been refused for the job position appear, in the stage they were " +"when they were refused." msgstr "" -"Efter avslag är den sökandes kort inte längre synligt i jobbpositionens " -"kanban-vy. För att se avvisade sökande, navigera till " -":menuselection:`Rekryteringsapp --> Ansökningar --> Alla ansökningar`. Alla " -"ansökningar för alla jobbpositioner visas i en listvy. Om du bara vill se de" -" avvisade ansökningarna klickar du på :guilabel:`Filter` och sedan på " -":guilabel:`Arkiverad/Refuserad`. Alla sökande som har arkiverats och/eller " -"avvisats visas i listan. Om du vill organisera listan ytterligare och visa " -"nekade ansökningar efter befattning klickar du på :guilabel:`≣ Group By` och" -" sedan på :guilabel:`Job`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:558 +msgid "" +"To view all applicants that have been refused from all job positions, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All " +"Applications`. Click the :guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the " +"search box, then click :guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"section. All applications for all job positions are presented in a list " +"view, organized by stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "Create or modify refuse reasons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:569 +msgid "" +"To view all currently configured refuse reasons, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Settings --> Applications: Refuse " +"Reasons`. All the refuse reasons appear in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +"To create a new refuse reason, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" +"left corner. A blank line appears at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Description` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +"Type in the new refuse reason in the field. It is recommended to enter a " +"reason that is short and concise, such as `offer expired` or `withdrew " +"application`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, click on the field to reveal " +"a drop-down menu. Select an :guilabel:`Email Template` from the list to be " +"used when this refuse reason is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +"If a new :guilabel:`Email Template` is desired, type in the name for the new" +" template in the field. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` and a " +":guilabel:`Create Email Template` form pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the form and an email :guilabel:`Subject` in " +"the corresponding fields. Enter the email content in the :guilabel:`Content`" +" tab. Make any other desired modifications to the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the template and return to the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reasons` list. The new template appears in the new refuse " +"reason :guilabel:`Email Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +"To make any modifications to a refuse reason, click on the line, and make " +"any desired changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:594 msgid "New applicant" msgstr "Ny sökande" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:596 msgid "" "An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " "be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" -" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " -"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " -"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " -"button." +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online) an applicant " +"card can be easily added from the job position Kanban view in one of two " +"ways, using either the :ref:`quick add ` " +"button or the :ref:`New ` button." msgstr "" -"Ett sökandekort kan läggas till manuellt om det behövs. Om en sökande " -"behöver läggas till i listan över potentiella kandidater och ett sökandekort" -" inte har skapats ännu (de har inte sökt jobbet online ännu) kan ett " -"sökandekort enkelt läggas till från jobbpositionens kanban-vy på ett av två " -"sätt, antingen med :ref:`Snabbt tillägg ` " -"eller med :ref:`Skapa `-knappen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 msgid "Quick add" msgstr "Snabbt tillägg" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:607 msgid "" -"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " -"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " -"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"Quickly add a new applicant using the *quick add* button. If not already in " +"the job position Kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by " +"going to :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job " +"Positions`. Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` button on the job " "position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " -"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " -":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +"small :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in the top-right of the " +":guilabel:`New` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "Ange följande information på kortet:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:616 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`: Enter the title for the card. Typically " +"this is the applicant's name and job position being applied to, for example:" +" `Laura Smith - HR Manager`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, " +"unless the :guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: ange den sökandes namn." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:671 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Email`: ange den sökandes e-postadress." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:623 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card appears in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:628 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`delete` icon or anywhere on the screen to " +"close the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `." msgstr "" -"Lägg snabbt till en ny sökande med hjälp av :guilabel:`Quick add`-ikonen. Om" -" du inte redan är i Kanban-vyn för jobbpositioner, gå till huvudpanelen för " -"rekrytering och klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Nya sökande` på " -"jobbpositionskortet som den sökande ska läggas till på. Klicka sedan på den " -"lilla :guilabel:`+ (plustecken) Quick add`-ikonen längst upp till höger i " -":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`-stadiet för att snabbt lägga till en ny " -"sökande." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -16210,91 +16559,17 @@ msgstr "" "Alla fält för ett nytt ansökningsformulär anges när du använder alternativet" " Quick Add." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 -msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" -msgstr "Ange följande information på kortet:" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:645 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" -" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " -"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the *New* " +"button. If not already in the Kanban view for the job position to add an " +"applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by going to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job Positions`. " +"Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left of the Kanban view " +"and a blank applicant form loads." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: detta är det enda obligatoriska " -"fältet. Ange titeln för kortet. Vanligtvis är detta den sökandes namn och " -"den tjänst som ansökan gäller, till exempel: `Laura Smith - Erfaren " -"utvecklare`. Det här fältet syns inte i kanbanvyn (om du inte är i " -"utvecklarläget), men det syns på det enskilda kortet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:389 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:434 -msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: ange den sökandes namn." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Email`: ange den sökandes e-postadress." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " -"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " -"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " -"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Applied Job`: den aktuella befattningen fyller i detta fält. Vid " -"behov kan jobbpositionen ändras genom att välja en annan position från " -"rullgardinsmenyn. Om en annan jobbposition väljs, kommer kortet att visas i " -"den valda jobbpositionen efter att kortet har skapats." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:396 -msgid "" -"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " -"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " -"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " -"the card." -msgstr "" -"När informationen är inmatad klickar du på :guilabel:`Add`. Den sökande " -"visas i listan och ett nytt tomt sökandekort visas. Klicka antingen på " -"ikonen :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` eller klicka var som helst på skärmen för att" -" stänga kortet." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:400 -msgid "" -"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " -"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " -"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" -"Om så önskas, klicka på :guilabel:`Edit` efter att ha angett den sökandes " -"namn och en detaljerad :guilabel:`Applicant Form` laddas. :ref:`Ange " -"informationen på formuläret `, klicka sedan " -"på :guilabel:`Save`" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:407 -msgid "Create" -msgstr "Skapa" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:409 -msgid "" -"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " -":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " -"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," -" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " -"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." -msgstr "" -"Lägg till en ny sökande med all relevant information genom att klicka på " -"knappen :guilabel:`Create`. Om du inte redan är i kanban-vyn för den " -"jobbposition som du vill lägga till en sökande för, gå till huvudpanelen för" -" rekrytering och klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Nya sökande` på " -"jobbpositionskortet som den sökande ska läggas till för. Klicka sedan på " -"knappen :guilabel:`Create` längst upp till vänster i kanban-vyn och ett " -"ansökningsformulär laddas." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:651 msgid "" "Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " "the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " @@ -16304,7 +16579,7 @@ msgstr "" "jobbpositionen är konfigurerad. Vanligtvis är :guilabel:`Jobb`-sektionen, " "liksom :guilabel:`Recruiter`-fältet, alla förifyllda." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" " fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" @@ -16314,37 +16589,36 @@ msgstr "" "fält som anges nedan kanske inte är synliga. Beroende på installerade " "applikationer och konfigurationer kanske vissa fält inte visas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:662 msgid "Applicant section" msgstr "Avsnitt om sökande" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:664 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" " the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +"position being applied to, for example: `John Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, unless the " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " -"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: detta är det enda obligatoriska " -"fältet. Ange titeln för kortet. Vanligtvis är detta den sökandes namn och " -"den tjänst som ansökan gäller, till exempel: `Laura Smith - Erfaren " -"utvecklare`. Det här fältet syns inte i kanbanvyn om inte :guilabel:`Den " -"sökandes namn` har lämnats tomt. Om det inte finns någon " -":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, så är det :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`" -" som visas på den sökandes kort i kanbanvyn." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:672 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." msgstr ":guilabel:`Telefonnummer`: ange den sökandes telefonnummer." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:673 msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." msgstr ":guilabel:`Mobile`: ange den sökandes mobilnummer." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:674 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`LinkedIn Profile`: enter the web address for the applicant's " +"personal profile on LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" " from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " @@ -16360,29 +16634,15 @@ msgstr "" "högsta nivån före en kandidatexamen, t.ex. en high school- eller secondary " "school-examen, beroende på land." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:681 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" -" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " -":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: välj så många taggar du vill från rullgardinsmenyn. Om du " -"vill lägga till en tagg som inte finns skriver du in taggens namn och " -"klickar på :guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " -"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: using the drop-down menu, select the people who " +"will conduct the interview(s). The selected people must have either " "*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " -"in order to appear on the drop-down." +"to appear in the drop-down list." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Interviewer`: välj den person som ska genomföra " -"intervjun/intervjuerna från rullgardinsmenyn. Personen måste ha antingen " -"*rekryterare* eller *officer* rättigheter konfigurerade för " -"Rekryteringsapplikationen för att kunna visas i rullgardinsmenyn." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " "recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " @@ -16392,33 +16652,66 @@ msgstr "" "rekryteringsprocessen för jobbpositionen. Endast *användare* kan väljas, och" " alla användare presenteras i rullgardinsmenyn för att välja mellan." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:687 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " -"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Evaluation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for the" +" applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " ":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Appreciation`: klicka på en av stjärnorna för att välja ett betyg" -" för den sökande. En stjärna anger :guilabel:`Good`, två stjärnor anger " -":guilabel:`Very Good`, och tre stjärnor anger :guilabel:`Excellent.`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:690 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source`: using the drop-down menu, select where the applicant " +"learned about the job position. The following options come pre-configured in" +" Odoo: :guilabel:`Search engine`, :guilabel:`Lead Recall`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Monster`, :guilabel:`Glassdoor`, and " +":guilabel:`Craigslist`. To add a new :guilabel:`Source`, type in the source," +" then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new source)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:695 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Medium`: using the drop-down menu, select the method, or " +":guilabel:`Medium`, for the :guilabel:`Source` that the applicant found the " +"job listing with. The pre-configured options are: :guilabel:`Banner`, " +":guilabel:`Direct`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, " +":guilabel:`Google Adwords`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Phone`, " +":guilabel:`Television`, :guilabel:`Twitter` (now known as \"X\"), or " +":guilabel:`Website`. To add a new :guilabel:`Medium`, type in the medium, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new medium)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:701 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " "job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " "the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " -"installed for this to appear." +"installed for this field to appear." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Referred By User`: om referenspoäng ska erhållas för denna tjänst" -" i applikationen *Referrals*, välj den användare som hänvisade den sökande " -"från rullgardinsmenyn. Applikationen *Referrals* måste vara installerad för " -"att detta ska visas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:704 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: select the available start date for the applicant." +" To select a date, click on the field to reveal a calendar. Use the " +":guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrows on either side of the " +"month to navigate to the desired month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to" +" select the date. If no entry is selected that indicates the applicant is " +"ready to begin work immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:709 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, then click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 msgid "Job section" msgstr "Jobbavsnitt" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 msgid "" "The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " "long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" @@ -16427,7 +16720,7 @@ msgstr "" "Följande fält är förifyllda när du skapar en ny sökande, så länge dessa fält" " är angivna på Job Position. Det går att redigera fälten om så önskas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " "to from the drop-down menu." @@ -16435,7 +16728,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Applied Job`: välj den tjänst som den sökande ansöker till från " "rullgardinsmenyn." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " "from the drop-down menu." @@ -16443,19 +16736,17 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Department`: välj den avdelning som jobbpositionen tillhör från " "rullgardinsmenyn." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:722 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " -"drop-down menu." +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job position is for using the " +"drop-down menu. This field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Company`: välj det företag där tjänsten är placerad med hjälp av " -"rullgardinsmenyn." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:726 msgid "Contract section" msgstr "Avsnitt om kontrakt" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:728 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " "for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " @@ -16465,47 +16756,34 @@ msgstr "" "i detta fält. Siffran ska vara i formatet `XX,XXX.XX`. Valutan bestäms av " "lokaliseringsinställningen för företaget." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:731 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" -" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are requested by " +"the applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Expected Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Förväntad lön - Extra förmåner...`: Om den sökande vill ha några " -"extra förmåner, ange det i detta fält. Detta bör vara kort och beskrivande, " -"t.ex. `1 veckas extra semester` eller `tandvårdsplan`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" -" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Föreslagen lön`: ange det belopp som ska erbjudas den sökande för" -" rollen i detta fält. Siffran ska vara i formatet `XX,XXX.XX`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " -"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are offered to the " +"applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Proposed Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `unlimited sick time` or `retirement plan`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Föreslagen lön - Extra förmåner...`: Om den sökande erbjuds några" -" extra förmåner, ange dessa i detta fält. Detta bör vara kort och " -"beskrivande, t.ex. `1 veckas extra semester` eller `tandvårdsplan`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:484 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " -"select the available start date for the applicant." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Availability`: använd kalendermodulen i rullgardinsmenyn och välj" -" det tillgängliga startdatumet för den sökande." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:742 msgid "Application summary tab" msgstr "Fliken Sammanfattning av ansökan" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 msgid "" "Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" " can be typed into this field." @@ -16513,188 +16791,209 @@ msgstr "" "Eventuella ytterligare uppgifter eller anmärkningar som ska läggas till på " "den sökandes kort kan skrivas in i detta fält." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +"Skills can be added to the applicant's card. To add a skill, follow the same" +" steps as outlined in the skills section of the :ref:`Create new employees " +"` document." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." msgstr "Alla fält för ett nytt ansökningsformulär har fyllts i." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:760 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "Initial kvalificering" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "" +"If an applicant seems to be a good potential candidate, they are moved to " +"the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage. This could be for a number of " +"reasons, such as they have the relevant experience, education, or " +"certifications the position requires." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:766 +msgid "" +"This stage is to quickly sort candidates that have potential, and those that" +" do not meet the requirements. No automatic actions, such as emails, are set" +" for this stage. This stage simply informs the recruitment team to " +"potentially set up a phone call or an interview with the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:773 msgid "First interview" msgstr "Första intervjun" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:775 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " "they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " -"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +"position Kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" " the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " "the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " "applicant's card." msgstr "" -"När en sökande har klarat :guilabel:`Initial Qualification`-steget, kan de " -"flyttas till :guilabel:`First Interview`-steget i jobbpositionens kanban-vy." -" För att flytta den sökande till nästa steg, dra och släpp den sökandes kort" -" till :guilabel:`First Interview` steget, eller klicka på :guilabel:`First " -"Interview` stegknappen högst upp på den enskilda sökandes kort." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"An applicant's card moves from one stage to another by using the click and " "drag method." msgstr "" -"En sökandes kort flyttas från ett steg till ett annat med hjälp av klick- " -"och dragmetoden." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:785 msgid "" -"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" -" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " -"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " -"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " -"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " -"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " -"the chatter." +"The :guilabel:`First Interview` stage can be modified so when the " +"applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an email is" +" automatically sent to the applicant stating an interview is requested. In " +"this pre-configured email template, a link to the recruiting team's calendar" +" appears, allowing the applicant to schedule their interview." msgstr "" -"När den sökandes kort flyttas till :guilabel:`First Interview`-stadiet " -"skickas ett bekräftelsemeddelande automatiskt till den sökande. " -"E-postmeddelandet skapas med hjälp av en e-postmall med titeln " -":guilabel:`Applicant: Bekräftelse`. Denna e-postmall är förkonfigurerad i " -"Odoo och innehåller dynamiska platshållare för jobbpositionen, rekryterarens" -" namn och företagets information. När e-postmeddelandet har skickats visas " -"det i chattern." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 msgid "" -"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " -"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " -"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " -"button at the top of the applicant's record." +":ref:`Edit ` the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, " +"and select the :guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` for the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field, to automate this action." msgstr "" -"När både den sökande och intervjuaren har kommit överens om ett datum och en" -" tid kan intervjun schemaläggas. För att boka en intervju, oavsett om det är" -" en telefonintervju eller en personlig intervju, klickar du på " -":guilabel:`Möte` smart-knappen högst upp i den sökandes post." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 msgid "" -"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " -":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " -"the applicant's card." +"An interview can be scheduled in one of two ways: either manually by the " +"recruitment team, or by the applicant themselves." msgstr "" -"Du hittar den sökandes kort genom att navigera till " -":menuselection:`Rekryteringsansökan` dashboard, klicka på en :guilabel:`Nya " -"ansökningar` knapp i jobbpositionskortet och klicka sedan på den sökandes " -"kort." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:802 msgid "" -"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " -"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " -":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " -"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " -":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +"If the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage was modified to send the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` email template when an applicant" +" reaches that stage, the applicant received a link to the recruitment team's" +" calendar, and can schedule the interview on their own. The recruitment " +"team's availability is reflected in the calendar." msgstr "" -"Den smarta knappen för möten kommer att visa :guilabel:`Inget möte` om inga " -"möten är inplanerade för närvarande. För nya sökande som är nya i " -":guilabel:`Första intervjun`-stadiet kommer detta att vara standard. Om det " -"redan finns några möten inplanerade kommer smartknappen att visa " -":guilabel:`Nästa möte` med datumet för det kommande mötet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +msgid "" +"If the interview needs to be scheduled by the recruitment team, they should " +"reach out to the applicant for a date and time that works. When a date and " +"time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and interviewer, the " +"interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, whether a phone or in-" +"person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button at the top of " +"the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button displays :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings are " +"currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage, this is the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:817 +msgid "" +"If there is one meeting already scheduled, the smart button displays " +":guilabel:`1 Meeting`, with the date of the upcoming meeting beneath it. If " +"more than one meeting is scheduled, the button displays :guilabel:`Next " +"Meeting`, with the date of the first upcoming meeting beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:821 msgid "" "Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " "meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " "the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " "right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" " events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " -"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +"hidden. Only the checked attendees are visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -"Då laddas programmet *Kalender*, som visar de möten och händelser som för " -"närvarande är inplanerade för användaren. De möten och händelser som visas " -"är för de anställda som listas under :guilabel:`Attendees` på höger sida av " -"kalendervyn. Om du vill ändra vilka inlästa möten och händelser som visas " -"avmarkerar du den person vars kalenderhändelser ska döljas. Endast de " -"markerade deltagarna kommer att vara synliga i kalendern." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:827 msgid "" -"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " -"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " -":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " -"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " -"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " -"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +"The default view is the :guilabel:`Week` view. To change the calendar view, " +"click the :guilabel:`Week` button, then select the desired view from the " +"drop-down menu. The other options are either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:831 +msgid "" +"An option to display or hide weekends is available. Click the " +":guilabel:`Week` button, then click :guilabel:`Show weekends` to deactivate " +"it (the default is to show weekends). If a check mark is next to " +":guilabel:`Show weekends`, weekends are visible. If there is no check mark, " +"weekends are hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:836 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed date range for the calendar, either use the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-left` :guilabel:`(left arrow)`, :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`(Right arrow)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, " +"or click on a date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed " +"calendar." msgstr "" -"Standardvyn är veckovyn. Om du vill ändra kalendervyn klickar du på en knapp" -" som visar kalendern i en annan vy, antingen :guilabel:`Day`, " -":guilabel:`Month` eller :guilabel:`Year`. För att ändra datumintervall för " -"kalendern, använd antingen knapparna :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " -"(Right)` eller :guilabel:`Today` ovanför kalendern, eller klicka på ett " -"datum i kalendern på höger sida av den visade kalendern." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." msgstr "Kalendervyn med information om hur du ändrar vilka möten som visas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:845 msgid "" -"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " -"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " -"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " -"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " -"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " -"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " -"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +"To add a meeting to the calendar when in the day or week view, click on the " +"start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, to select the date, " +"time, and the length of the meeting. A meeting can also be added in this " +"view by clicking on the day *and* the time slot the meeting is to take " +"place." msgstr "" -"Om du vill lägga till ett möte i kalendern klickar du på den dag då mötet " -"ska äga rum, eller klickar på starttiden för mötet och drar till sluttiden " -"för att välja datum, tid och längd för mötet. Om kalendern visar dag- eller " -"veckovyn klickar du på den dag *och* den tidslucka där mötet ska äga rum. En" -" :guilabel:`New Event` pop up visas, där :guilabel:`Meeting Subject` har " -"fyllts i med ansökarkortets :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. " -"Standardtiden är 30 minuter. Om informationen är korrekt klickar du på " -":guilabel:`Create` för att lägga till mötet i kalendern, eller på " -":guilabel:`Edit` för att ändra mötet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:850 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " -"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +"Both methods cause a :ref:`New Event ` pop up window" +" to appear." msgstr "" -"Om du klickar på :guilabel:`Edit` laddas ett expanderat :guilabel:`New " -"Event`-kort. Gör eventuella ändringar i formuläret." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:564 -msgid "New event card" -msgstr "Nytt evenemangskort" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:566 -msgid "" -"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " -"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " -"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " -"save the changes and create the meeting." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:855 +msgid "New event pop-up window" msgstr "" -"Följande fält kan fyllas i eller ändras på det detaljerade kortet " -":guilabel:`New Event`. De enda obligatoriska fälten att ange är " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At` och :guilabel:`Ending " -"At`. När du har angett kortuppgifterna klickar du på :guilabel:`Spara` för " -"att spara ändringarna och skapa mötet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:857 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"Enter the information on the form. The only required fields to enter are the" +" :guilabel:`Meeting Title`, and the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` " +"fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to" +" save the changes and create the interview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:861 +msgid "" +"The fields available to populate or modify on the :guilabel:`New Event` card" +" are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:863 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Title`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " "clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: ange ämnet för mötet. Detta bör tydligt ange " -"syftet med mötet. Standardämnet är :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` på " -"den sökandes kort." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:866 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End`: select the start and end date and " +"times for the meeting. Click on one of the fields and a calendar pop-up " +"window appears. Select both the start and end date and times, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:869 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all-day interview, check the box. " +"If this box is checked, the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` fields are" +" hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:871 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " "default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " @@ -16704,58 +17003,14 @@ msgstr "" "Standardmedarbetaren i listan är den person som skapar mötet. Lägg till så " "många andra personer som önskas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 -msgid "Meeting details tab" -msgstr "Fliken för mötesinformation" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:873 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting start time." +":guilabel:`Videocall URL`: if the meeting is virtual, or if there is a " +"virtual option available, click :guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting` and a URL is " +"automatically created for the meeting and populates the field." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Starting At`: använd rullgardinsmenyn för att välja datum och tid" -" för mötets starttid." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:582 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting end time." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Ending At`: använd rullgardinsmenyn för att välja datum och tid " -"för mötets sluttid." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:584 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " -":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " -"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " -"duration length." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: detta fält fylls i automatiskt baserat på de " -":guilabel:`Starting At` och :guilabel:`Ending At` tider som angetts. Om " -"mötestiden justeras, justeras detta fält automatiskt till rätt " -"varaktighetslängd." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:587 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " -"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " -":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " -"and end times." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`All Day`: om mötet pågår hela dagen, markera rutan bredvid " -":guilabel:`All Day`. När denna ruta är markerad är fältet " -":guilabel:`Duration` dolt, liksom start- och sluttiderna för mötet." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:590 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " -"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Organizer`: den anställde som skapade mötet fylls i i detta fält." -" Använd rullgardinsmenyn för att ändra den valda medarbetaren." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:876 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " "an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," @@ -16773,33 +17028,87 @@ msgstr "" "ändras. Varje kommando har ett annat popup-fönster. Följ instruktionerna för" " varje kommando för att slutföra inmatningen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:598 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " -"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" -" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " -"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" -" via the selected option." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:884 +msgid "More options" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Påminnelser`: välj en påminnelse från rullgardinsmenyn. " -"Alternativen inkluderar :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email` och " -":guilabel:`SMS Text Message`, var och en med en specifik tidsperiod före " -"händelsen (timmar, dagar, etc). Den valda påminnelsen kommer att meddela " -"mötesdeltagarna om mötet via det valda alternativet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:886 +msgid "" +"To add additional information to the meeting, click the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button in the lower-right corner of the pop-up window. Enter any of" +" the following additional fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:889 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length. The default length of a meeting is one hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:892 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. Several additional fields appear when this is " +"enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:896 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: using the drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:898 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings " +"repeat. The available options are :guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Yearly`, or :guilabel:`Custom`. If " +":guilabel:`Custom` is selected, a :guilabel:`Repeat Every` field appears " +"beneath it, along with another time frequency parameter (:guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, :guilabel:`Months`, or :guilabel:`Years`). Enter a number" +" in the blank field, then select the time period using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:904 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat on`: if :guilabel:`Weekly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Repeat on` field appears. Click on " +"the corresponding day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:906 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day of Month`: if :guilabel:`Monthly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Day of Month` field appears. Using " +"the drop-down menu, select either :guilabel:`Date of month` or " +":guilabel:`Day of month`. If :guilabel:`Date of month` is selected, enter " +"the date the meeting repeats. If :guilabel:`Day of month` is selected, use " +"the drop-down menus to determine the frequency. Select either " +":guilabel:`First`, :guilabel:`Second`, :guilabel:`Third`, " +":guilabel:`Fourth`, or :guilabel:`Last` for the first drop-down menu, then " +"select the day (:guilabel:`Monday`, :guilabel:`Tuesday`, etc.) in the second" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:913 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Until`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings stop " +"repeating. The available options are :guilabel:`Number of repetitions`, " +":guilabel:`End date`, and :guilabel:`Forever`. If :guilabel:`Number of " +"repetitions` is selected, enter the number of total meetings to occur in the" +" blank field. If :guilabel:`End date` is selected, specify the date using " +"the calendar pop-up window, or type in a date in a XX/XX/XXXX format. " +":guilabel:`Forever` schedules meetings indefinitely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:920 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." msgstr ":guilabel:`Location`: ange platsen för mötet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " -"in this field." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: om mötet är virtuellt, ange möteslänken i detta " -"fält." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:921 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " "menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." @@ -16808,146 +17117,119 @@ msgstr "" "rullgardinsmenyn. Det finns ingen gräns för hur många taggar som kan " "användas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:923 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " -"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " -":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " -"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +":guilabel:`Appointment`: if an appointment is associated with this meeting, " +"select it form the drop-down menu, or create a new appointment by typing in " +"the appointment name, then click :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. A " +":guilabel:`Create Appointment` form loads. Enter the information on the " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Recurrent`: om mötet ska upprepas med ett visst intervall (inte " -"typiskt för en första intervju), kryssa i rutan bredvid " -":guilabel:`Recurrent`. Detta visar ett återkommande avsnitt. Ange detaljerna" -" för hur ofta mötet ska upprepas, inklusive en sluttid." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:613 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:927 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select if the organizer appears either " +":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Busy` for the duration of the meeting, " +"using the drop-down menu. Next, select the visibility of this meeting, using" +" the drop-down menu to the right of the first selection. Options are " ":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " "users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " ":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " "the meeting, and :guilabel:`Only internal users` allows anyone logged into " "the company database to see the meeting." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Privacy`: välj hur synligt detta möte ska vara. Alternativen är " -":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, och :guilabel:`Only internal " -"users`. :guilabel:`Public` tillåter alla att se mötet, :guilabel:`Private` " -"tillåter endast de deltagare som anges på mötet att se mötet, och " -":guilabel:`Only internal users` tillåter alla inloggade i företagsdatabasen " -"att se mötet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:934 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " -"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" -" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " -"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " -"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " -"attendees at the same time." +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: den anställde som skapade mötet fylls i i detta fält." +" Använd rullgardinsmenyn för att ändra den valda medarbetaren." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:936 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Default " +"options include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`SMS Text Message`, each with a specific time period before the " +"event (hours, days, etc). The reminder chosen alerts the meeting " +"participants of the meeting via the selected option at the specified time. " +"Multiple reminders can be selected in this field." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Show as`: välj från rullgardinsmenyn om mötestiden ska visas som " -":guilabel:`Busy` eller :guilabel:`Available` i deltagarnas scheman. Om du " -"sätter detta fält till :guilabel:`Available` kan andra möten schemaläggas " -"för samma tid. Det rekommenderas att ange detta fält till :guilabel:`Busy`, " -"så att inga andra möten kan schemaläggas för deltagarna samtidigt." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." msgstr "Ett nytt möteskort med alla uppgifter ifyllda och redo att sparas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:947 msgid "Send meeting to attendees" msgstr "Skicka mötet till deltagarna" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:949 msgid "" "Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " -"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message from the " +"expanded :guilabel:`Event Form` (what is seen when the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button is clicked on in the event pop-up window)." msgstr "" -"När ändringarna är inlagda och mötesinformationen är korrekt kan mötet " -"skickas till deltagarna via e-post eller sms." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:953 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " -"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " -"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" -" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " -"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " -"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " -"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " -"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " -"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +"To send the meeting via email, click the :icon:`fa-envelope` " +":guilabel:`Email` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact" +" Attendees` email configurator pop-up window appears. A pre-formatted email " +"using the default :guilabel:`Calendar: Event Update` email template " +"populates the email body field. The followers of the document (job " +"application), as well as the user who created the meeting are added as " +":guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's email address to the " +"list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make any other desired " +"changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button, navigate to the file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " ":guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" -"Om du vill skicka mötet via e-post klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`E-post` " -"bredvid deltagarlistan. En :guilabel:`Kontakta deltagarna` popup-fönster för" -" e-postkonfigurator visas. Ett förformaterat e-postmeddelande med " -"standardmallen :guilabel:`Calendar: Event Update` e-postmall fyller i " -"e-postens kroppsfält. Följarna av dokumentet (jobbansökan), samt användaren " -"som skapade mötet läggs till som :guilabel:`Recipients` som standard. Lägg " -"till den sökandes e-postadress i listan för att skicka e-postmeddelandet " -"även till den sökande. Gör eventuella andra ändringar i e-postmeddelandet. " -"Om du behöver en bilaga klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Attach A File`, " -"navigerar till filen och klickar sedan på :guilabel:`Open`. När " -"e-postmeddelandet är klart att skickas klickar du på :guilabel:`Send`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." msgstr "Ange informationen för att skicka händelsen via e-post." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:647 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:966 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " -"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " -"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " -"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." -" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " -"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " -":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :icon:`fa-mobile` " +":guilabel:`SMS` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS " +"Text Message` pop-up appears." msgstr "" -"Om du vill skicka mötet via textmeddelande klickar du på knappen " -":guilabel:`SMS` bredvid deltagarlistan. Ett :guilabel:`Sänd SMS " -"textmeddelande` popup-fönster visas. Överst, i en blå ruta, visas " -"information om meddelandet. Den första raden visar hur många poster " -"(telefonnummer) som är valda. På den andra raden visas antalet mottagare och" -" hur många av dem som är ogiltiga. Om en kontakt inte har ett giltigt " -"telefonnummer i listan klickar du på :guilabel:`Stäng`, redigerar " -"deltagarens post och gör sedan om dessa steg." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:969 msgid "" -"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " -":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " -"contacts with a valid phone number." +"At the top, a blue box appears if any attendees do not have valid mobile " +"numbers, and lists how many records are invalid. If a contact does not have " +"a valid mobile number listed, click :guilabel:`Close`, and edit the " +"attendee's record, then redo these steps." msgstr "" -"Det rekommenderas *inte* att markera rutan för att skicka till alla poster i" -" :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. Detta skulle skicka ett " -"meddelande till alla kontakter med ett giltigt telefonnummer." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:658 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:973 msgid "" -"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " -"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" -" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " -"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" -" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " -"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +"When no warning message appears, type in the message to be sent to the " +"attendees in the :guilabel:`Message` field. to add any emojis to the " +"message, click the :guilabel:`Add Emoji` icon on the right-side of the pop-" +"up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:977 +msgid "" +"Beneath the message field, the number of characters, as well as the amount " +"of text messages required to send the message (according to GSM7 criteria) " +"appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue` to have the text sent later, after " +"any other messages are scheduled, or click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the " +"message immediately." msgstr "" -"När meddelandet :guilabel:`0 are invalid` visas, skriv in det meddelande som" -" skall skickas i fältet :guilabel:`Message`. Under meddelandefältet visas " -"antalet tecken samt antalet textmeddelanden som krävs för att skicka " -"meddelandet (enligt GSM7-kriterier). Klicka på :guilabel:`Put In Queue` om " -"du vill att texten ska skickas senare, efter att andra meddelanden har " -"schemalagts, eller klicka på :guilabel:`Send Now` om du vill skicka " -"meddelandet omedelbart." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." msgstr "Skicka ett textmeddelande till deltagarna i mötet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:669 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:987 msgid "" "Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " "messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " @@ -16959,11 +17241,11 @@ msgstr "" "IAP-krediter och planer finns i dokumentationen " ":doc:`../essentials/in_app_purchase`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:994 msgid "Second interview" msgstr "Andra intervjun" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:996 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " "can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " @@ -16977,74 +17259,51 @@ msgstr "" "eller klicka på :guilabel:`Second Interview` stegknappen högst upp på den " "individuella sökandes kort." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1001 msgid "" "When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " -"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " -"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " -":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " -"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage. The " +"recruiter can now :ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the applicant, following the same process as the first " +"interview." msgstr "" -"När den sökandes kort flyttas till :guilabel:`En andra intervju`-stadiet " -"finns det inga automatiska aktiviteter eller e-postmeddelanden konfigurerade" -" för detta stadium, till skillnad från :guilabel:`Första intervjun`-stadiet." -" Rekryteraren kan nu :ref:`schedule a second interview " -"` med den sökande och följa samma process som" -" för den första intervjun." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1009 msgid "Contract proposal" msgstr "Förslag till avtal" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1011 msgid "" "When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " "be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " "and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" -" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top-right of" " the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" -"När den sökande har gått igenom intervjufasen och ett erbjudande är redo att" -" skickas, kan de flyttas till :guilabel:`Contract Proposal`-fasen. Dra och " -"släpp den sökandes kort till :guilabel:`Kontraktsförslag`-stadiet, eller " -"klicka på :guilabel:`Kontraktsförslag`-stadieknappen längst upp till höger " -"på den enskilda sökandes kort." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1016 msgid "" "The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," " click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " -"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " -"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " -"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " -"is set to `0.00`)." +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. Most fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position. If any necessary fields are blank, enter " +"the relevant information in the fields." msgstr "" -"Nästa steg är att skicka ett erbjudande till den sökande. Klicka på knappen " -":guilabel:`Generera erbjudande` på den sökandes kort. En :guilabel:`Generera" -" en simuleringslänk` pop-up visas. Alla fält är förifyllda med information " -"från jobbpositionen, förutom :guilabel:`Force New Cars List`, " -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle` och :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (detta är satt till" -" `0.00`)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:705 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1022 msgid "" "Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" "up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " "applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " -"not appear on the pop-up." +"*Fleet* application is not installed, any fields related to vehicles do not " +"appear on the pop-up window." msgstr "" -"Alla fält kanske inte visas i popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Generera en " -"simuleringslänk`. Beroende på lokaliseringsinställningen för företaget och " -"de installerade applikationerna kanske vissa fält inte visas. Om t.ex. " -"applikationen *Fleet* inte är installerad visas inte de fält som är " -"relaterade till fordon i popup-fönstret." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1028 msgid "Universal fields" msgstr "Universella fält" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1030 msgid "" "The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " "localization settings." @@ -17052,26 +17311,37 @@ msgstr "" "Följande fält visas för alla erbjudanden som skickas till sökande oavsett " "lokaliseringsinställningar." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1032 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " -"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: the template currently being used to populate" +" the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window. To modify the " +"template, click the :guilabel:`Internal link` icon to the right of the drop-" +"down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. A " +"different :guilabel:`Contract Template` can be selected using the drop-down " +"menu." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Offer Template`: den mall som för närvarande används för att " -"fylla i :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` popup-fönstret. Om du vill " -"ändra mallen klickar du på ikonen :guilabel:`Extern länk` till höger om " -"rullgardinsmenyn. Gör eventuella ändringar och klicka sedan på " -":guilabel:`Spara`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1037 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " -"applicant." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Job Title`: namnet på den tjänst som erbjuds den sökande." +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the name of the :guilabel:`Job Position` being " +"offered to the applicant. The selections available in the drop-down menu " +"correspond to the :guilabel:`Job Positions` configured on the main " +"*Recruitment* dashboard." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1040 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the specific name of the position being offered to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1041 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the :guilabel:`Department` the job position falls " +"under." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1042 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " "default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" @@ -17086,158 +17356,50 @@ msgstr "" "navigera till önskad månad och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`day` för att välja" " datum." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1046 msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." msgstr ":guilabel:`Årskostnad`: den årslön som erbjuds." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1047 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " -"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " -"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " -"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," -" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" -" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " -"application." +":guilabel:`Link Expiration Date`: job offers are only valid for a specific " +"period of time. The default expiration date is 30 days. Modify the " +"expiration date, if desired." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Offer Link`: denna länk tar den sökande till en webbsida där de " -"kan ange sin personliga information, som kommer att importeras till deras " -"medarbetarpost när den skapas. Om tillämpligt kan den sökande ändra sitt " -"lönepaket (detta alternativ är inte tillgängligt för alla lokaliseringar). " -"Slutligen är det här den sökande accepterar erbjudandet genom att klicka på " -":guilabel:`Review Contract & Sign` för att acceptera kontraktet och " -"underteckna det med hjälp av *Sign*-applikationen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:732 -msgid "" -"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " -"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." -msgstr "" -"Applikationen *Sign* måste vara installerad för att ett dokument ska kunna " -"signeras. Se till att applikationen *Sign* är installerad för att kunna " -"använda denna funktion." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:738 -msgid "" -"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " -"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" -" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." -msgstr "" -"Följande fält visas endast om specifika lokaliseringsinställningar har valts" -" och/eller om vissa program har installerats. Om t.ex. programmet *Fleet* " -"inte är installerat visas inga av de valfria fälten som är relaterade till " -"fordon, t.ex. :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` eller :guilabel:`Default " -"Vehicle`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:743 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" -" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Job Position`: den officiella titeln på det jobb som erbjuds den " -"sökande, från kortet :guilabel:`Job Position`. Om du vill ändra namnet " -"klickar du på ikonen :guilabel:`Extern länk` till höger om rullgardinsmenyn." -" Gör eventuella ändringar och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Spara`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:746 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " -"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" -" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Avdelning`: den avdelning som befattningen faller under. Om du " -"vill ändra avdelningen klickar du på ikonen :guilabel:`Extern länk` till " -"höger om rullgardinsmenyn. Gör eventuella ändringar och klicka sedan på " -":guilabel:`Spara`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:749 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " -"the applicant." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: kryssa i denna ruta för att erbjuda ett " -"nytt fordon till den sökande." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " -"that will be assigned to the applicant." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: Använd rullgardinsmenyn för att välja det " -"fordon som ska tilldelas den sökande." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:752 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " -"for the cafeteria." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: ange det belopp som erbjuds den sökande för " -"cafeterian." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " -"contract that is being offered." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Contract Type`: använd rullgardinsmenyn för att välja vilken typ " -"av avtal som erbjuds." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " -"sending." -msgstr "" -"Formatera erbjudandet för att skicka det till den sökande. Gör eventuella " -"ändringar innan du skickar." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1051 msgid "Send offer" msgstr "Skicka erbjudande" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1053 msgid "" -"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" -" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " -"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" -" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " -"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " -"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +"When the information is all updated, click :guilabel:`Send By Email` to send" +" the offer to the applicant." msgstr "" -"För att skicka erbjudandet till den sökande, klicka på :guilabel:`Send`. Om " -"den sökande inte har någon e-postadress angiven på sitt kort visas " -"ansökningsformuläret så att den sökandes e-postadress kan konfigureras. Om " -"det redan finns en e-postadress konfigurerad på den sökandes kort visas " -"popup-fönstret för e-post istället. Om du uppmanas att ange den sökandes " -"kort anger du den sökandes e-postadress i fältet :guilabel:`Email` och " -"klickar sedan på :guilabel:`Save`. Ansökningsformuläret stängs och popup-" -"fönstret för e-post visas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1056 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " -"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" -"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " -"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." -" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " -"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " -":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " -":guilabel:`Send`." +"If the applicant does not have an email address listed on their applicant " +"card, a warning appears in a red box at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window, stating :guilabel:`The" +" applicant does not have a valid email set. The Offer Link won't be able to " +"be completed.` Click :guilabel:`Discard`, enter an email on the applicant's " +"card, then click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button again." msgstr "" -"E-postmallen :guilabel:`Applicant: Ditt lönepaket` används som e-postmall " -"och :guilabel:`Mottagare`, :guilabel:`Ämne` och e-posttexten fylls i baserat" -" på e-postmallen. Om några bilagor behöver läggas till klickar du på knappen" -" :guilabel:`Attachments` och ett filutforskarfönster visas. Navigera till " -"önskad fil och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Öppna` för att bifoga den till " -"e-postmeddelandet. Bilagan laddas och visas ovanför knappen " -":guilabel:`Attachments`. När e-postmeddelandet är klart att skickas klickar " -"du på :guilabel:`Send`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1062 +msgid "" +"An email pop-up window loads. The default :guilabel:`Recruitment: Your " +"Salary Package` email template is used, and the :guilabel:`Recipients`, " +":guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-populated based on the email " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1070 +msgid "Once the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1073 msgid "" "To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " "necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " @@ -17254,11 +17416,42 @@ msgstr "" "Skicka ett e-postmeddelande till den sökande med en länk till den erbjudna " "lönen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1081 +msgid "Configure your package" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1083 +msgid "" +"The email template includes a :guilabel:`Configure your package` button. " +"This link takes the applicant to a webpage where they can modify the " +"proposed salary package, and enter their personal information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1087 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant is hired, the personal information entered on the webpage" +" is imported to their employee record, when created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1090 +msgid "" +"If applicable, the applicant can modify their salary package. This option is" +" not available for all localizations. Depending on where the company is " +"located, this option may not be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1093 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is completed, the applicant accepts the offer by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Review Contract & Sign` button to accept the " +"contract and sign it using the *Sign* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1100 msgid "Contract signed" msgstr "Kontrakt undertecknat" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1102 msgid "" "Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " "step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " @@ -17276,54 +17469,42 @@ msgstr "" "Signed` stegknappen längst upp på den enskilda sökandes kort, och klicka på " ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:796 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1109 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the Kanban view, but the " "card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." msgstr "" -"Stadiet :guilabel:`Contract Signed` är nedvikt i kanbanvyn, men kortet kan " -"fortfarande dras och släppas i det stadiet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1112 msgid "" "Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " -"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"green :guilabel:`HIRED` banner appears in the top-right of the applicant's " "card." msgstr "" -"När den sökandes kort övergår till :guilabel:`Contract Signed`-stadiet visas" -" en grön :guilabel:`Hired`-banner uppe till höger på den sökandes kort." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." msgstr "Hired banner i övre högra hörnet av det sökande kortet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1120 msgid "Create employee" msgstr "Skapa anställd" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:809 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1122 msgid "" "Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " "record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " -"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"Employee` button in the top-left. An employee form appears, and any " "information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" " card appears in the form." msgstr "" -"När den sökande har anställts är nästa steg att skapa ett " -"anställningsregister för dem. På den sökandes kort klickar du på knappen " -":guilabel:`Create Employee` längst upp till vänster. Ett medarbetarformulär " -"visas och all information från den sökandes kort som kan importeras till " -"medarbetarkortet visas i formuläret." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1127 msgid "" "Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" -" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " -":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, the employee" +" record is saved in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" -"Fyll i resten av formuläret. Detaljerad information om fälten finns i " -"dokumentationen :doc:`employees/new_employee`. När du är klar klickar du på " -":guilabel:`Spara`. Den anställdes post sparas nu i appen *Employees*." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -17613,81 +17794,57 @@ msgid "" "by-step instructions on how to create and configure a survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 msgid "Referrals" msgstr "Hänvisningar" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " -"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"regarding referrals is housed - from points earned, coworkers hired, and " "rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " -"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " -"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " -"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " -"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" -" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +"and then earn referral points as those people progress through the " +"recruitment pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be " +"exchanged for prizes. The *Referrals* application integrates with the " +"*Employees*, *Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be" +" installed in order for the *Referrals* application to function." msgstr "" -"Odoo's *Referrals* applikation är en central plats där all information om " -"rekommendationer finns, från intjänade poäng, medarbetare som anställts och " -"valda belöningar. Användare kan rekommendera personer de känner för " -"jobbpositioner och sedan tjäna referenspoäng när dessa personer utvecklas " -"genom rekryteringspipelinen. När tillräckligt många referenspoäng har " -"samlats kan de bytas ut mot priser. Applikationen Referrals integreras med " -"applikationerna *Employees*, *Recruitment* och *Website*, som alla måste " -"vara installerade för att applikationen *Referrals* ska fungera." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:14 msgid "" -"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " -"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " -"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +"The only configurations needed for the *Referrals* application *after* " +"installation are related to the :ref:`rewards `; " +"everything else is pre-configured when Odoo *Referrals* is installed." msgstr "" -"Den enda konfigurationen som behövs för Referrals-applikationen efter " -"installationen är :ref:`rewards `; allt annat är " -"förkonfigurerat när Odoo Referrals är installerat." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:18 msgid "" -"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " -"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " -"` and configurations menus. For more information on " -"users and access rights, refer to these documents: :doc:`../general/users` " -"and :doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." -msgstr "" -"Alla användare med antingen :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, " -"eller :guilabel:`Administrator` rättigheter för Rekryteringsapplikationen " -"har tillgång till Referrals applikationen. Endast användare med " -":guilabel:`Administrator`-rättigheter för Rekryteringsapplikationen har " -"åtkomst till menyerna :ref:`rapportering ` och " -"konfigurationer. Mer information om användare och åtkomsträttigheter finns i" -" dessa dokument: :doc:`../general/users` och " +"Users with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the *Referrals* application. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the :ref:`reporting ` and configurations" +" menus. For more information on users and access rights, refer to these " +"documents: :doc:`../general/users` and " ":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 msgid "Onboarding" msgstr "Introduktion" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:28 msgid "" "When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" "configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " -"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" -" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"each explaining the different parts of the *Referrals* application. At the " +"top of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " "onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " "Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " "text." msgstr "" -"När du öppnar applikationen *Referrals* för första gången visas ett " -"förkonfigurerat onboarding-skript. Detta är i form av fyra bilder, var och " -"en förklarar de olika delarna av Referrals-applikationen. Högst upp på " -"instrumentpanelen visas följande meddelande genom alla onboarding-slides: " -":guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Program för jobbreferenser`. Bakom detta " -"huvudbudskap finns en bild och under den en mer förklarande text." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 msgid "" "Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " "displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " @@ -17697,11 +17854,11 @@ msgstr "" "som visas. När du har läst varje meddelande klickar du på knappen " ":guilabel:`Nästa` för att gå vidare till nästa bild." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" msgstr "Texten som visas på varje bild är följande:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " "superheroes to save the day!`" @@ -17709,7 +17866,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Oh nej! Skurkar lurar i staden! Hjälp oss att rekrytera ett team " "av superhjältar för att rädda dagen!`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " "or refer friends.`" @@ -17717,48 +17874,37 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Browla bland lediga jobb, marknadsföra dem på sociala medier " "eller värva vänner.`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Samla poäng och byt dem mot fantastiska gåvor i butiken.`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " "league!`" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Tävla mot dina kollegor för att bygga den bästa Justice League!`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:46 msgid "" -"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the *Referrals* application is " "opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " "button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" " :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " -"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +"will begin again when the *Referrals* application is opened. Once the " ":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " -"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the *Referrals* " "application is opened from that point on." msgstr "" -"Onboarding-bilderna visas varje gång applikationen Referrals öppnas, tills " -"alla bilder har visats och knappen :guilabel:`Start Now` har klickats. Om " -"onboardingen avslutas vid något tillfälle, eller om knappen :guilabel:`Start" -" Now` *inte* har klickats, kommer onboarding-bilderna att börja visas igen " -"när Referrals-applikationen öppnas. När du har klickat på knappen " -":guilabel:`Start Now` visas inte onboarding-bilderna igen, och huvudpanelen " -"laddas när Referrals-applikationen öppnas från och med den tidpunkten." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:53 msgid "" "At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " -"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main *Referrals* dashboard loads. If " ":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " -"opening the Referrals application." +"opening the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" -"När som helst under onboarding kan du klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Skip`. " -"Detta avslutar onboardingen och den huvudsakliga instrumentpanelen för " -"Referrals laddas. Om du klickar på :guilabel:`Skip` laddas inte onboarding-" -"bilderna längre när du öppnar Referrals-applikationen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -17766,7 +17912,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "En onboarding-slide med knapparna Hoppa över och Nästa synliga längst ner." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:62 msgid "" "If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " "opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " @@ -17780,894 +17926,66 @@ msgstr "" "slutet av onboarding, istället för att gå till huvudpanelen, visas en " ":ref:`hired ` skärm istället för huvudpanelen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" msgstr "Ändra presentationsbilder för onboarding" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:70 msgid "" "Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " -"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " -"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " -"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " -"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`." +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* application can " +"modify onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line " +"displays the text for the individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding" +" slide, click on an individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding " +"form." msgstr "" -"Onboarding-bilder kan ändras om så önskas. Endast användare med " -":guilabel:`Administrator`-rättigheter för Rekryteringsapplikationen kan " -"ändra onboarding-bilder. För att redigera en sida, navigera till " -":menuselection:`Rekryteringsapp --> Konfiguration --> Onboarding.` Varje rad" -" visar texten för den individuella onboarding-sidan. För att redigera en " -"onboarding-bild klickar du på en enskild bildrad för att öppna bildens " -"onboarding-formulär och klickar sedan på :guilabel:`Redigera`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:76 msgid "" -"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " -"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " -"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " -"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " -"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " -"that particular company." +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` field. A " +":guilabel:`Company` may be selected, as well. However, if this field is " +"populated, that slide is *only* displayed for that particular company." msgstr "" -"Gör eventuella ändringar i meddelandet i rutan :guilabel:`Text`. För att " -"ändra ordningen som bilderna visas i onboardingen kan :guilabel:`Sequence` " -"modifieras. Skriv in motsvarande siffra för att ange i vilken ordning " -"bilderna ska visas. En :guilabel:`Company` kan väljas, men om detta fält är " -"ifyllt kommer den bilden endast att visas för det specifika företaget." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:81 msgid "" -"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" -" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " -"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" -" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " -"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " -"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " -"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +"The :guilabel:`Company` field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -"Bilden kan också ändras. Håll muspekaren över miniatyrbilden i formulärets " -"övre högra hörn. Ikonerna :guilabel:`✏️ (penna)` och :guilabel:`🗑️ " -"(soptunna)` visas. Klicka på ikonen :guilabel:`✏️ (penna)` för att ändra " -"bilden. Ett filnavigeringsfönster laddas. Navigera till önskad bild, markera" -" den och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Öppna`. Den nya bilden visas i " -"miniatyrbilden. Om du vill radera en bild klickar du på ikonen :guilabel:`🗑️" -" (soptunna)` och väljer sedan en ny bild med ikonen :guilabel:`✏️ (penna)`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:83 msgid "" -"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +"The image can be modified, as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the " +"top-right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and " +":guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` " +"icon to change the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the " +"desired image, select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears" +" in the thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage " +"can)` icon, then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" -"Klicka på :guilabel:`Save` för att spara ändringarna, eller klicka på " -":guilabel:`Discard` för att radera ändringarna och återgå till det " -"ursprungliga innehållet." #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." msgstr "" "En onboarding-slide i redigeringsläge, med de viktigaste fälten markerade." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:94 msgid "" -"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " -"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " -"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " -"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " -":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " -"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +"The sequence in which the slides appear can be changed from the *Onboarding*" +" dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`(six small gray boxes)` icon to the left of" +" the the slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position." msgstr "" -"Ordningen på bilderna kan också ändras direkt i Onboarding-panelen, utan att" -" behöva redigera en enskild onboarding-bild. Klicka på pil upp och pil ner " -"som visas efter kryssrutan och före bildtexten, och dra bilden till önskad " -"position. :guilabel:`Sequence` ändras automatiskt i alla onboardingformulär " -"för bilden och återspeglar den nya sekvensen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "" "The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." msgstr "Onboarding-slides i en lista, med drag-och-släpp-pilarna markerade." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:103 -msgid "Share job positions" -msgstr "Dela jobbpositioner" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:105 -msgid "" -"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " -"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " -"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " -"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." -msgstr "" -"För att tjäna värvningspoäng måste en användare först dela en jobbposition " -"så att den sökande kan ansöka om positionen. Det finns flera sätt att dela " -"jobbannonser i Referrals-applikationen, genom :ref:`Visa jobb " -"`-knappen och :ref:`Emaila en vän `-knappen." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:113 -msgid "View Jobs" -msgstr "Se jobb" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:115 -msgid "" -"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " -":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " -"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." -msgstr "" -"För att se alla jobbpositioner som aktivt rekryterar kandidater, klicka på " -"knappen :guilabel:`View Jobs` på huvudpanelen för Referrals. Detta visar " -"alla jobbpositioner, med varje enskilt jobb presenterat i sitt eget kort." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" -"displayed on the card." -msgstr "" -"Skärmen \"Visa jobb\", som visar alla lediga jobb. All information visas på\n" -"visas på kortet." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:124 -msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" -msgstr "Varje jobbpositionskort innehåller följande information:" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." -msgstr "" -"Jobbpositionens titel. Denna information hämtas från :guilabel:`Job " -"Position` fältet i jobbformuläret." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:128 -msgid "" -"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " -"of the job form." -msgstr "" -"Antalet positioner som rekryteras. Denna information hämtas från fältet " -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` på fliken :guilabel:`Recruitment` i " -"jobbformuläret." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." -msgstr "" -"De poäng en användare kommer att få när en sökande ansöker om tjänsten." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 -msgid "" -"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " -"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." -msgstr "" -"Arbetsbeskrivningen innehåller detaljer om arbetspositionen. Denna " -"information hämtas från fliken :guilabel:`Job Position` i jobbformuläret." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:134 -msgid "" -"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " -"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " -"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." -msgstr "" -"För att se all information om en tjänst, klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Mer " -"info` på det specifika kortet. Detta öppnar jobbpositionens webbsida i en ny" -" webbläsarflik. Detta är vad en sökande ser innan han eller hon ansöker om " -"en tjänst." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " -"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " -":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." -msgstr "" -"Endast publicerade jobbpositioner kommer att vara synliga i Referrals-appen." -" För att kontrollera vilka jobbpositioner som är publicerade eller inte, se " -":doc:`recruitment/new_job` dokumentation." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 -msgid "Refer friends" -msgstr "Värva vänner" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:145 -msgid "" -"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " -"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " -"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." -msgstr "" -"Om du vill dela en jobbposition med någon klickar du på knappen " -":guilabel:`Refer Friend` på det specifika jobbpositionskortet. Ett " -"förkonfigurerat :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by Mail` popup-fönster för e-post " -"visas. Ange mottagarens e-postadress i fältet :guilabel:`E-post`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:149 -msgid "" -"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " -"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." -msgstr "" -"Ämne och brödtext fylls i med hjälp av en standardmall. Ämnet `Jobb för dig`" -" visas och kan ändras om så önskas." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:152 -msgid "" -"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " -"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " -"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " -"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" -" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " -"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " -"application." -msgstr "" -"Den specifika titeln på jobbpositionen kommer att fylla i :guilabel:`Job " -"Position` platshållaren i e-postmeddelandet. Texten `Se jobberbjudande` i " -"e-postmeddelandet är en individuell spårningslänk till den specifika " -"jobbpositionen som listas på webbplatsen. När den potentiella medarbetaren " -"får e-postmeddelandet skickas länken till jobbpositionssidan, där de kan " -"ansöka om tjänsten, och den person som hänvisade dem spåras i applikationen " -"Referrals." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " -"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " -"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." -msgstr "" -"Om du vill kan du lägga till text eller avslutande hälsningsfraser i " -"e-postmeddelandet. När alla ändringar har gjorts klickar du på " -":guilabel:`Send Email` för att skicka e-postmeddelandet, eller på " -":guilabel:`Cancel` för att stänga popup-fönstret för e-postmeddelandet." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." -msgstr "Popup-fönster för hänvisningsmejl med e-postmeddelandet inuti." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 -msgid "Share a job" -msgstr "Dela ett jobb" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:169 -msgid "" -"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " -"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" -" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " -"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " -"applicants in the Referrals application." -msgstr "" -"Det finns flera andra sätt att dela en jobbposition förutom att skicka ett " -"e-postmeddelande, via sociala medieplattformar och spårningslänkar till " -"jobbpositionen. Längst ner på varje jobbkort finns fyra ikoner och " -"motsvarande spårningslänkar som kan användas för att dela jobbet och hålla " -"reda på sökande i applikationen Referrals." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." -msgstr "De olika delningsikonerna som visas för varje jobb." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 -msgid "Link" -msgstr "Link" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:181 -msgid "" -"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " -":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " -"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " -"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" -" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" -" prospective employee however desired." -msgstr "" -"Om du vill dela jobbannonsen med en anpassad spårningslänk klickar du på " -"knappen :guilabel:`Dela nu` med ikonen :guilabel:`🔗 (kedja)` inuti. Ett " -":guilabel:`Link to Share` popup-fönster visas med spårningslänken. Klicka på" -" :guilabel:`Kopiera` för att kopiera länken. När länken har kopierats " -"klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Close` för att stänga popup-fönstret. Dela " -"sedan länken med den blivande medarbetaren på valfritt sätt." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:188 -msgid "Facebook" -msgstr "Facebook" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:190 -msgid "" -"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " -"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " -"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " -"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " -"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " -"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" -"in to Facebook first." -msgstr "" -"För att dela jobbpositionen via Facebook, klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Dela " -"nu` med :guilabel:`f (Facebook-ikonen)` inuti. Om användaren redan är " -"inloggad på Facebook, när :guilabel:`f (Facebook-ikonen)` klickas, laddas en" -" :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` sida i en ny flik, med länken inlagd i " -"huvudtexten i det nya inlägget. Om användaren *inte* redan är inloggad " -"laddas en inloggningsskärm istället, där användaren uppmanas att logga in på" -" Facebook först." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" -" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" -" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " -"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " -"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " -"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " -"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " -":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " -"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " -"specific activity." -msgstr "" -"Skriv in eventuell ytterligare information som du vill lägga till i " -"inlägget, i utrymmet direkt under ditt namn. Om du vill kan du " -":guilabel:`tagga` användare, :guilabel:`checka in` på en plats eller lägga " -"till en :guilabel:`status` till inlägget. Om du vill tagga en användare " -"klickar du på ikonen :guilabel:`Tagga vänner` och väljer vilka personer som " -"ska taggas till inlägget. Lägg till en incheckningsplats genom att klicka på" -" ikonen :guilabel:`Checka in` och välja plats från popup-fönstret med " -"förutbestämda platser baserat på din aktuella plats. För att lägga till en " -":guilabel:`status`, klicka på ikonen :guilabel:`Känsla/Aktivitet`, välj " -"sedan antingen känslan eller aktivitetstypen, och slutligen, om en " -"aktivitetstyp valdes, välj den specifika aktiviteten." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 -msgid "" -"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " -":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " -":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " -"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" -" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." -msgstr "" -"Det finns fem metoder för att dela jobbpositionen, :guilabel:`Din " -"berättelse`, :guilabel:`Dela på en väns tidslinje`, :guilabel:`Dela i en " -"grupp`, :guilabel:`Dela i ett evenemang`, och :guilabel:`Dela i ett privat " -"meddelande`. Välj delningsmetod genom att klicka på rullgardinsmenyn högst " -"upp på sidan, direkt under banderollen :guilabel:`Dela på Facebook`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" -"highlighted, as are all the required settings." -msgstr "" -"Synen på Facebook när man delar en arbetsbeskrivning. Alla de olika sätten att dela är\n" -"markerade, liksom alla nödvändiga inställningar." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 -msgid "Share to news feed or story" -msgstr "Dela till nyhetsflöde eller story" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:218 -msgid "" -"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " -":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " -"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " -":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " -"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," -" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " -"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" -" story, or both." -msgstr "" -"Standardmetoden för delning är via :guilabel:`News Feed`, :guilabel:`Story` " -"eller båda. I den nedre delen av formuläret finns alternativknappar bredvid " -"de två alternativen :guilabel:`Feed` (för nyhetsflödet) och :guilabel:`Your " -"Story` för berättelser. När :guilabel:`Dela till nyhetsflöde eller " -"berättelse` är markerat är dessa knappar aktiva, om ett annat alternativ är " -"markerat är dessa radioknappar gråmarkerade. Aktivera radioknapparna för att" -" ange hur jobbpositionen ska delas, antingen i nyhetsflödet, artikeln eller " -"båda." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:225 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " -"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " -"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " -"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " -"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" -" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " -"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " -":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" -" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." -msgstr "" -"Alternativet :guilabel:`Dela till nyhetsflöde eller story` gör det möjligt " -"att välja specifika sekretessinställningar. I det nedre högra hörnet av " -"skärmen finns två rullgardinsmenyer, en för alternativet :guilabel:`Feed` " -"och den andra för alternativet :guilabel:`Din story`. Välj " -"postningsparametrar från rullgardinsmenyerna. Alternativen :guilabel:`Feed` " -"och :guilabel:`Your story` ser olika ut från användare till användare, " -"beroende på vilka sekretessinställningar som har skapats i Facebook. " -":guilabel:`Public` och :guilabel:`Friends` är standardalternativ, men andra " -"alternativ som användaren kan ha konfigurerat visas också, till exempel " -"anpassade grupper." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " -":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" -"När inlägget och/eller berättelsen är redo att delas klickar du på den blå " -"knappen :guilabel:`Post to Facebook` längst ned på skärmen." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:236 -msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" -msgstr "Dela på en väns tidslinje" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " -"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." -msgstr "" -"Istället för att göra ett offentligt inlägg på användarens Facebook-sida kan" -" jobbannonsen delas direkt på en väns tidslinje. Klicka på rullgardinsmenyn " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` längst upp på sidan och välj " -":guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:242 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" -" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " -"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " -"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." -msgstr "" -"När det är markerat visas ett :guilabel:`Friend`-fält under markeringen. " -"Börja skriva in vännens namn. När namnet skrivs in visas en lista med namn " -"som matchar det som skrivits in. Välj vännen från listan. **Endast** en vän " -"kan väljas." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:246 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:275 -msgid "" -"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " -"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" -"När inlägget är redo att delas klickar du på den blå knappen :guilabel:`Post" -" to Facebook` längst ned på skärmen." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 -msgid "Share in a group" -msgstr "Dela i en grupp" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:251 -msgid "" -"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " -"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" -" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " -":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." -msgstr "" -"För att nå en specifik målgrupp och inte dela jobbannonsen offentligt med " -"alla, kan ett jobb delas i en grupp. Klicka på rullgardinsmenyn " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` längst upp på sidan och välj " -":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " -"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " -"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " -"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " -"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " -"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." -msgstr "" -"När ett val görs visas ett :guilabel:`Grupp`-fält under valet. De " -"tillgängliga grupper som kan publiceras till är grupper som användaren för " -"närvarande är medlem i. Jobbpositioner kan inte delas med grupper som " -"användaren inte har gått med i. Börja skriva in namnet på gruppen. När " -"gruppnamnet skrivs in visas en lista med de gruppnamn som matchar det som " -"skrivits in. Välj grupp från listan. Endast en grupp kan väljas." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:264 -msgid "Share in an event" -msgstr "Dela i ett evenemang" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:266 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." -msgstr "" -"En tjänst kan också delas på en evenemangssida. Klicka på rullgardinsmenyn " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` längst upp på sidan och välj " -":guilabel:`Share in an Event`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:269 -msgid "" -"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " -"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " -"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" -" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " -"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " -"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " -"selected." -msgstr "" -"När den är markerad visas ett :guilabel:`Event`-fält under markeringen. De " -"tillgängliga händelserna som kan publiceras är händelser som användaren är " -"inbjuden till. Detta inkluderar händelser som användaren inte har svarat på " -"ännu, och händelser som har inträffat tidigare. Börja skriva in namnet på " -"händelsen. När namnet skrivs in visas en lista med de händelser som matchar " -"det som skrivits in. Välj händelsen från listan. Endast en händelse kan " -"väljas." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 -msgid "Share in a private message" -msgstr "Dela i ett privat meddelande" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:280 -msgid "" -"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" -" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" -"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " -"Private Message`." -msgstr "" -"Det sista alternativet är att dela en jobbposition privat istället för " -"offentligt, i ett Facebook-meddelande. Klicka på rullgardinsmenyn " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` längst upp på sidan och välj " -":guilabel:`Share in an Private Message`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:284 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " -"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " -"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " -"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " -"process for each friend to be added." -msgstr "" -"När det är markerat visas ett :guilabel:`To`-fält under markeringen. Börja " -"skriva in vännens namn. När namnet skrivs in visas en lista med namn som " -"matchar det som skrivits in. Välj vännen från listan. Flera vänner kan " -"väljas och läggas till i ett enda meddelande. Upprepa denna process för " -"varje vän som ska läggas till." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:289 -msgid "" -"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " -"message` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" -"När meddelandet är klart att skickas klickar du på den blå knappen " -":guilabel:`Send message` längst ned på skärmen." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:293 -msgid "X/Twitter" -msgstr "X/Twitter" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:295 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " -"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " -"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " -"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " -"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" -" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." -msgstr "" -"En tjänst kan också delas på X/Twitter. Klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Share " -"Now` med fågelikonen inuti. Om användaren redan är inloggad på X/Twitter, " -"när :guilabel:`Share Now`-ikonen klickas, laddas en X/Twitter-sida i en ny " -"flik med ett förifyllt meddelande redo att postas, i en utkast-popup. Om " -"användaren *inte* redan är inloggad laddas istället en inloggningsskärm där " -"användaren uppmanas att logga in på X/Twitter." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:301 -msgid "The default message is:" -msgstr "Standardmeddelandet är:" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:303 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" -" Position)`" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Ett fantastiskt jobberbjudande för (Jobbposition)! Kolla in det " -"live: (länk till Job Position)`" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:305 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " -"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " -"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," -" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " -"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " -":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " -"X/Twitter." -msgstr "" -"Skriv in ytterligare information eller gör ändringar i meddelandet. Om du " -"vill ta bort :guilabel:`X` i det övre vänstra hörnet av miniatyrbilden av " -"webbsidan kan du klicka på den. För att justera målgruppen för meddelandet " -"klickar du på rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Everyone`. Välj önskad målgrupp " -"från rullgardinsmenyn. Standardalternativet är :guilabel:`Everyone`, och de " -"andra alternativen är :guilabel:`Circle`. :guilabel:`Circle` är en grupp " -"personer som användaren har valt i X/Twitter." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:312 -msgid "" -"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " -"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " -":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" -" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " -":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " -":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " -"restricts who can reply to the message." -msgstr "" -"Standardinställningen är :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Alla kan svara`, vilket " -"innebär att alla på X/Twitter kan svara på meddelandet. För att ändra detta " -"klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Alla kan svara` i den nedre " -"vänstra delen av meddelandet. Det finns fyra alternativ: :guilabel:`Alla`, " -":guilabel:`Konton du följer`, :guilabel:`Verifierade konton`, och " -":guilabel:`Endast konton du nämner`. Om du väljer något av de andra " -"alternativen begränsas vem som kan svara på meddelandet." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 -msgid "" -"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " -"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " -"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " -"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." -msgstr "" -"Det finns flera andra saker som kan läggas till i meddelandet. Media (foton," -" videor etc.), GIF:er, omröstningar, emojis och en plats kan alla läggas " -"till. Klicka på motsvarande ikon längst ned till vänster i meddelandet och " -"följ anvisningarna för att lägga till önskade ytterligare element." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:322 -msgid "" -"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" -" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " -"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." -msgstr "" -"Om du vill att meddelandet ska publiceras vid en senare tidpunkt klickar du " -"på ikonen :guilabel:`Schedule` längst ned till vänster i meddelandefönstret." -" Det är den femte ikonen från vänster. Ange datum och tid för när " -"meddelandet ska publiceras med hjälp av datum- och tidsväljaren. Klicka på " -":guilabel:`Bekräfta` för att lägga till den schemalagda tiden i meddelandet." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 -msgid "" -"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" -" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " -"time." -msgstr "" -"Klicka på :guilabel:`Post` för att posta meddelandet. Meddelandet postas " -"omedelbart eller, om det var schemalagt, postas på schemalagt datum och tid." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" -"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." -msgstr "" -"X/Twitter-popupen när man delar en arbetsbeskrivning. Alla andra objekt som kan läggas till i\n" -"till meddelandet är markerade, liksom synlighetsinställningen och inläggsknappen." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:336 -msgid "LinkedIn" -msgstr "LinkedIn" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:338 -msgid "" -"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " -"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " -"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " -"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " -"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " -"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." -msgstr "" -"För att dela en tjänst på LinkedIn, klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Share Now` " -"med :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inuti. Om användaren redan är inloggad på" -" LinkedIn, när :guilabel:`Share Now` knappen klickas, laddas en ny flik i " -"LinkedIn, med en länk till jobbpositionen högst upp. Om användaren *inte* " -"redan är inloggad visas istället en inloggningsskärm där användaren uppmanas" -" att logga in på LinkedIn först." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:344 -msgid "" -"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " -"message to an individual or group of individuals." -msgstr "" -"Jobbet kan delas antingen i ett offentligt inlägg eller i ett privat " -"meddelande till en enskild person eller en grupp av personer." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 -msgid "Share in a post" -msgstr "Dela i ett inlägg" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:350 -msgid "" -"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" -" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " -":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " -"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." -msgstr "" -"Om du vill dela jobbpositionen i ett offentligt inlägg klickar du på knappen" -" :guilabel:`✏️ (penna) Dela i ett inlägg` i det nedre vänstra hörnet av " -"skärmen. Ett :guilabel:`Create a post` fönster laddas, med jobbpositionens " -"länk ifylld. Ange all annan information om inlägget i fältet." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:354 -msgid "" -"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " -"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " -"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " -"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." -msgstr "" -"Om du vill ändra vilka som ska se inlägget klickar du på :guilabel:`🌎 " -"(globe) Anyone` rullgardinsmenyn som finns direkt under kontonamnet. Klicka " -"på önskat val och klicka sedan på knappen :guilabel:`Spara` längst till " -"höger på skärmen, under det sista listade alternativet." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " -":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " -"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " -":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" -" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " -"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " -"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " -"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " -"right corner." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Anyone` tillåter alla på LinkedIn att se inlägget. " -":guilabel:`Connections only` delar bara inlägget med personer som är " -"anslutna till användaren, och är dolt för alla andra. :guilabel:`Group` " -"delar inlägget med en specifik grupp som användaren är medlem i. Inlägget " -"kan bara delas med en grupp; det går inte att posta till flera grupper " -"samtidigt. Om :guilabel:`Group` är markerat laddas en sida med en lista över" -" alla grupper som användaren för närvarande är medlem i. Klicka på en grupp " -"för att markera den och klicka sedan på knappen :guilabel:`Spara` i det " -"nedre högra hörnet." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:366 -msgid "" -"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " -"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " -"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " -"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " -":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " -"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " -"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" -" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " -"the far lower right corner." -msgstr "" -"Välj sedan vem som kan kommentera inlägget. För att ändra denna inställning " -"klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`💬 (pratbubbla) Anyone` som finns under " -"inläggets brödtext. En sida laddas med de olika alternativen. Klicka på ett " -"av de tre alternativen för att välja det. De tre alternativen är " -":guilabel:`Anyone`, :guilabel:`Connections only`, och :guilabel:`No one`. " -"Standardalternativet är :guilabel:`Anyone`, vilket innebär att alla med ett " -"LinkedIn-konto kan kommentera inlägget. :guilabel:`Connections only` innebär" -" att endast personer som är anslutna till användaren kan kommentera " -"inlägget. :guilabel:`No one` stänger av kommentering. När du har gjort ett " -"val klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Spara` längst ner i det högra hörnet." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:375 -msgid "" -"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " -":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." -msgstr "" -"Slutligen, när inlägget är redigerat och inställningarna har valts, klicka " -"på :guilabel:`Post` för att dela jobbannonsen." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " -"post button." -msgstr "" -"Ett linkedIn-inlägg för att dela ett jobb. Jobbpositionen är markerad liksom" -" inläggsknappen." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:383 -msgid "Send as private message" -msgstr "Skicka som privat meddelande" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:385 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " -"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " -"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" -" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" -" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " -"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." -" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " -"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" -" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " -":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " -":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " -"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " -"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " -"browser tab to exit." -msgstr "" -"Istället för att göra ett offentligt inlägg kan inlägget skickas till en " -"anslutning i ett privat meddelande. Klicka då på knappen :guilabel:`Sänd som" -" privat meddelande` i det nedre vänstra hörnet. Ett meddelandefönster öppnas" -" med länken till jobbeskrivningen längst ner i fönstret. Välj först " -"mottagare för meddelandet. Skriv namnet i fältet :guilabel:`Sök efter " -"meddelandemottagare`. När namnet skrivs in visas alla matchande " -"anslutningar. Klicka på en anslutning för att lägga till den. Upprepa detta " -"för alla mottagare som du vill skicka meddelandet till. Det finns ingen " -"gräns för hur många anslutningar du kan skicka meddelanden till. Ange sedan " -"eventuell ytterligare text i meddelandetexten. Klicka på :guilabel:`Sänd` i " -"det nedre högra hörnet för att skicka meddelandet. En :guilabel:`Message " -"successfully sent!` skärm laddas. Två alternativ visas, :guilabel:`Visa " -"meddelande` och :guilabel:`Fortsätt till LinkedIn`. Klicka på önskat " -"alternativ för att navigera till det, eller stäng webbläsarfliken för att " -"avsluta." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 -msgid "Email a friend" -msgstr "Skicka e-post till en vän" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:401 -msgid "" -"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " -"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " -"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" -" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " -"Mail` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" -"Ett annat sätt att dela jobbmöjligheter är att dela hela den aktuella listan" -" över lediga jobb istället för ett jobb i taget. För att göra detta, " -"navigera till huvudpanelen i appen *Referrals*. Klicka på knappen " -":guilabel:`Emaila en vän` längst ned på skärmen. Ett :guilabel:`Sänd " -"jobberbjudande via e-post` popup-fönster visas." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:406 -msgid "" -"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " -"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" -" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " -"`Job for you`, but can be edited." -msgstr "" -"Ange e-postadress(er) på raden :guilabel:`Email`. E-postmeddelandet kan " -"skickas till flera mottagare, ange helt enkelt ett kommatecken följt av ett " -"mellanslag efter varje e-postadress. :guilabel:`Subject` är förkonfigurerad " -"med `Jobb för dig`, men kan redigeras." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:410 -msgid "" -"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " -"appears is:" -msgstr "" -"E-posttexten fylls också med förkonfigurerad text. Den text som visas är:" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:412 -msgid "`Hello,`" -msgstr "Hej,`" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:414 -msgid "" -"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " -"interesting for you`" -msgstr "" -"`Det finns några fantastiska jobberbjudanden i mitt företag! Ta en titt, de " -"kan vara intressanta för dig" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:416 -msgid "`See Job Offers`" -msgstr "Se lediga jobb" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:418 -msgid "" -"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " -"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " -"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " -"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " -"message will be sent and the window will close." -msgstr "" -"Texten `See Job Offers` är en spårningslänk till en komplett lista över alla" -" jobbpositioner som för närvarande rekryteras till, som är live på " -"företagets webbplats (publicerad). Lägg till ytterligare text och/eller gör " -"ändringar i meddelandetexten och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Send Mail` för " -"att skicka e-postmeddelandet. Meddelandet skickas och fönstret stängs." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:426 msgid "Hired referrals" msgstr "Anlitade referenser" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:107 msgid "" "When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" " their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " @@ -18677,7 +17995,7 @@ msgstr "" "användaren sitt superhjälteteam\" och lägger till superhjälteavatarer i sin " "Referrals-instrumentpanel." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:110 msgid "" "After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," " instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " @@ -18689,31 +18007,22 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`(Hänvisningens namn) har anställts! Välj en avatar för din nya " "vän!` visas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 msgid "" "Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " -"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " -"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" -" an available avatar to select it." +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is grayed out, and " +"the name that the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. " +"Click on an available avatar to select it." msgstr "" -"Under detta meddelande finns fem avatar-miniatyrer att välja mellan. Om en " -"avatar redan har tilldelats en hänvisning är miniatyrbilden gråtonad och " -"namnet som avataren har valts för visas under avataren. Klicka på en " -"tillgänglig avatar för att välja den." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:118 msgid "" -"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," -" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " -"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " -"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " -"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the *Referrals* " +"application, after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to " +"select another avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars " +"have been selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible." +" Mouse over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." msgstr "" -"Om mer än en referens har anställts sedan applikationen Referrals öppnades, " -"uppmanas användaren att välja en annan avatar för den efterföljande " -"anställda referensen efter att ha valt den första avataren. När alla " -"avatarer har valts laddas instrumentpanelen och alla avatarer är nu synliga." -" Håll muspekaren över varje avatar så visas deras namn ovanför dem." #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -18723,15 +18032,15 @@ msgstr "" "Den anlitade skärmen. Ett urval av avatarer presenteras att välja mellan, med redan\n" "redan valda är gråmarkerade." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 msgid "Modify friends" msgstr "Ändra vänner" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 msgid "" "Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " "` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"rights for the *Recruitment* application can make modifications to friends. " "The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " "avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " @@ -18739,33 +18048,18 @@ msgid "" "default images are a motley group of hero characters, ranging from robots to" " dogs." msgstr "" -"Vänners avatarer kan ändras på samma sätt som :ref:`levels " -"` ändras. Endast användare med " -":guilabel:`Administrator`-rättigheter för Rekryteringsapplikationen kan göra" -" ändringar i vänner. De förkonfigurerade vännerna kan ses och ändras genom " -"att navigera till :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> " -"Friends`. Varje väns avatar visas i kolumnen :guilabel:`Dashboard Image`, " -"och motsvarande namn visas i kolumnen :guilabel:`Friend Name`. " -"Standardbilderna är en brokig skara hjältekaraktärer, allt från robotar till" -" hundar." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:138 msgid "" "To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" " an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " ":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " "friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" -" else in the Referrals application." +" else in the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" -"Om du vill ändra en väns dashboard-bild, miniatyrbild, namn eller position " -"klickar du på en enskild vän för att öppna formuläret för värvad vän. Klicka" -" på :guilabel:`Redigera` för att göra ändringar. Skriv in namnet i fältet " -":guilabel:`Friend Name`. Namnet är endast till för att skilja vännerna åt i " -"konfigurationsmenyn; vännens namn syns inte någon annanstans i programmet " -"Referrals." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " ":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " @@ -18779,79 +18073,59 @@ msgstr "" "val, så kommer vännen att visas antingen framför eller bakom användarens " "avatar när den aktiveras." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:148 msgid "" "If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " ":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " "replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" -" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " -"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -"Om så önskas kan både miniatyrbilden :guilabel:`Image` och " -":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` ändras. Håll muspekaren över den bild som ska " -"ersättas för att visa ikonen :guilabel:`✏️ (penna)` och ikonen :guilabel:`🗑️" -" (soptunna)`. Klicka på ikonen :guilabel:`✏️ (penna)` så visas ett " -"filutforskarfönster. Navigera till önskad bildfil och klicka sedan på " -":guilabel:`Öppna` för att markera den." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:474 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 msgid "" -"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " -"original information." +"The referral friend form automatically saves, but can be saved manually at " +"any time by clicking the *Save manually* option, represented by a " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel " +"any changes made, click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to " +"delete any changes, and revert to the original content." msgstr "" -"När alla ändringar har gjorts klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Save` för att" -" spara ändringarna, eller på knappen :guilabel:`Discard` för att återgå till" -" den ursprungliga informationen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A friend form in edit mode." msgstr "Ett vänformulär i redigeringsläge." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:482 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 msgid "" "It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " "background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " "about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " -"Referrals application." +"*Referrals* application." msgstr "" -"Det är inte tillrådligt att redigera bilderna. En bildfil måste ha en " -"transparent bakgrund för att den ska kunna återges korrekt. Endast användare" -" med kunskap om transparenta bilder bör försöka justera bilder i " -"applikationen Referrals." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -"När en bild har ändrats och vännen har sparats är det **inte möjligt** att " -"återgå till den ursprungliga bilden. För att återgå till den ursprungliga " -"bilden måste Referrals-programmet *avinstalleras och sedan installeras om.*" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:172 msgid "Referral points" msgstr "Referenser" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:174 msgid "" "The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " -"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"rewards. On the main *Referrals* application dashboard, the top displays a " "summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " "the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " "available to spend." msgstr "" -"Referral-programmet bygger på att man tjänar poäng som sedan byts mot " -"belöningar. På huvudpanelen för Referrals-programmet visas en sammanfattning" -" av användarens aktuella poäng. Den vänstra sidan av sammanfattningen visar " -"det totala antalet intjänade poäng och den högra sidan visar de poäng som är" -" tillgängliga att spendera." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 msgid "" "To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" " the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " @@ -18861,7 +18135,7 @@ msgstr "" " knapparna direkt under avatarerna. Alternativen är :guilabel:`Referrals`, " ":guilabel:`Ongoing`, och :guilabel:`Successful`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:183 msgid "" "The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " "pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " @@ -18877,7 +18151,7 @@ msgstr "" " (både pågående och lyckade värvningar tillsammans) visas ovanför knappen " ":guilabel:`Värvningar`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 msgid "" "To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " @@ -18889,11 +18163,11 @@ msgstr "" "och :guilabel:`Successful`. Alla hänvisningar för den specifika kategorin " "visas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:194 msgid "My referrals" msgstr "Mina hänvisningar" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 msgid "" "To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " ":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " @@ -18905,33 +18179,31 @@ msgstr "" "Denna skärm visar alla hänvisningar, med varje hänvisning i sitt eget " "hänvisningskort." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:200 msgid "" -"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " -"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " -"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " -"the top right corner." +"A successful referral displays a green :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the top-" +"right corner of the card. Referrals that are in process display a purple " +":guilabel:`In Progress` banner in the top-right corner." msgstr "" -"En lyckad hänvisning har en grön linje längs vänster sida av kortet och " -"visar en :guilabel:`✓ Hired`-bild i det övre högra hörnet av kortet. " -"Hänvisningar som är under behandling visar en :guilabel:`In Progress` bild i" -" det övre högra hörnet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 msgid "" -"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " -"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " -"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the subject/application " +"title (as it appears on the applicant card in the *Recruitment* app), the " +"name of the job position, the person responsible for filling the role " +"(recruiter), and the points earned. For referrals that have been hired, the " +"selected avatar also appears on the card." msgstr "" -"På varje referenskort anges namnet på den sökande, den avdelning där " -"tjänsten finns, namnet på tjänsten, den person som ansvarar för att " -"tillsätta tjänsten (rekryteraren) och de poäng som erhållits." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two referral cards, one hired and one in-progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:214 msgid "Points" msgstr "Poäng" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 msgid "" "The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " "positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " @@ -18943,7 +18215,7 @@ msgstr "" "tilldelats det. De steg som listas motsvarar de steg som konfigurerats i " "applikationen *Rekrytering*." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:220 msgid "" "On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " "that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " @@ -18953,7 +18225,7 @@ msgstr "" "stapeldiagram som visar hur många poäng som har intjänats av det totala " "antalet möjliga poäng som kan intjänas om den sökande anställs." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:224 msgid "" "Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " "points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " @@ -18964,139 +18236,109 @@ msgstr "" "de poäng som erhålls när värvningen går vidare till det steget. Om ett steg " "har uppnåtts och poängen har tjänats in visas en grön bock bredvid steget." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:229 msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" msgstr "Den förkonfigurerade poängstrukturen för hänvisningar är som följer:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:231 msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" msgstr ":guilabel:`Initial kvalifikation`: 1 poäng" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:232 msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" msgstr ":guilabel:`Första intervjun`: 20 poäng" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" msgstr ":guilabel:`Den andra intervjun`: 9 poäng" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" msgstr ":guilabel:`Kontraktsförslag`: 5 poäng" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:235 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" msgstr ":guilabel:`Kontrakt undertecknat`: 50 poäng" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 msgid "" "The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " -"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" -" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " -"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage are done in the " +"*Recruitment* application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment " +"` documentation to modify the points for each " +"stage." msgstr "" -"Den totala poängsumman för en referens som anställs är 85 poäng. Ändringar " -"av poängen för varje steg görs i applikationen Rekrytering. Se " -"dokumentationen :ref:`Rekrytering ` för att ändra" -" poängen för varje steg." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:244 msgid "Rewards" msgstr "Belöningar" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 msgid "Create rewards" msgstr "Skapa belöningar" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 msgid "" -"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" -" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " -"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " -"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " -"information on the form:" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the " +"*Referrals* application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights " +"for the *Recruitment* application can create or modify rewards. To add " +"rewards, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> " +"Rewards`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and a reward form loads. Enter the " +"following information on the form:" msgstr "" -"Belöningarna är de enda konfigurationer som behövs när du konfigurerar " -"applikationen Referrals. Endast användare med " -":guilabel:`Administrator`-rättigheter för Rekryteringsapplikationen kan " -"skapa eller ändra belöningar. Lägg till belöningar genom att gå till " -":menuselection:`Rekryteringsapp --> Konfiguration --> Belöningar`. Klicka på" -" :guilabel:`Create` och ett belöningsformulär laddas. Ange följande " -"information i formuläret:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:254 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +":guilabel:`Product Name`: enter the name as it should appear for the reward." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Produktnamn`: Ange namnet som det ska visas för belöningen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Kostnad`: Ange hur många poäng som krävs för att lösa in " -"belöningen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" -" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " -"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" -" form." +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" appears for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each company " +"needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the form. " +"This field only appears if in a multi-company environment." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Företag`: Använd rullgardinsmenyn för att välja det företag som " -"belöningen ska visas för. Om en belöning ska användas för flera företag " -"måste varje företag ha ett register över belöningen, med företaget listat på" -" formuläret." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:259 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: select the person who will be responsible for " "procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " -"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" -" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is bought in the *Referrals* " +"application, so they know when to deliver the reward to the recipient." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Gåva Ansvarig`: Välj den person som ska ansvara för inköp och " -"leverans av belöningen till mottagaren med hjälp av rullgardinsmenyn. Denna " -"person meddelas när belöningen köps, så att de vet när de ska leverera " -"belöningen till mottagaren." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:263 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +":guilabel:`Description`: type in the description for the reward. This will " "be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Beskrivning`: Skriv in en beskrivning av belöningen. Denna kommer" -" att synas på belöningskortet, under titeln." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +":guilabel:`Photo`: add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " "page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " "(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " -"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" -" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +"(pencil)` icon, and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Foto`: Lägg till ett foto av belöningen, som visas på " -"belöningssidan. Håll muspekaren över bildrutan så visas två ikoner, en " -":guilabel:`✏️ (penna)` och en :guilabel:`🗑️ (soptunna)`. Klicka på ikonen " -":guilabel:`✏️ (penna)` så visas en filutforskare. Navigera till fotofilen " -"och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Öppna` för att markera den." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 msgid "" "The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " -":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +":guilabel:`Company` (if applicable), and :guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" -"De enda obligatoriska fälten är :guilabel:`Produktnamn`, :guilabel:`Företag`" -" och :guilabel:`Beskrivning`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." msgstr "Ett ifyllt ersättningsformulär med alla uppgifter angivna." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 msgid "" "It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " "cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " @@ -19109,43 +18351,31 @@ msgstr "" " Om inget foto har valts kommer en platshållarikon att visas på " "belöningssidan." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:595 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:283 msgid "Redeem rewards" msgstr "Lös in belöningar" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 msgid "" "To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " "main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " "individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " -"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +"listed in the top-right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" " purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " "bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " "the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" " instead of a buy button." msgstr "" -"För att lösa in poäng mot en belöning klickar du på knappen " -":guilabel:`Belöningar` i huvudpanelen för Referrals. Alla konfigurerade " -"belöningar listas i individuella belöningskort. Poängen som krävs för att " -"köpa belöningen anges i det övre högra hörnet av kortet. Om användaren har " -"tillräckligt med poäng för att köpa en belöning visas en :guilabel:`🧺 (korg)" -" Köp`-knapp längst ner på belöningskortet. Om användaren inte har " -"tillräckligt med poäng för att köpa en belöning visas :guilabel:`Du behöver " -"ytterligare (x) poäng för att köpa detta` istället för en köpknapp." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:292 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " -"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " -"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " -":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears, asking if the user is sure " +"they want to purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item," +" or :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." msgstr "" -"Klicka på knappen :guilabel:`🧺 (korg) Köp` på en belöning för att köpa den. " -"En bekräftelsepopup visas och frågar om användaren är säker på att de vill " -"köpa belöningen. Klicka på :guilabel:`OK` för att köpa varan, eller " -":guilabel:`Cancel` för att stänga fönstret och avbryta köpet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:297 msgid "" "After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " "used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." @@ -19165,22 +18395,18 @@ msgstr "" "Köp-knappen visas under en mugg- och ryggsäcksbelöning, medan cykelbelöningen anger hur\n" "många fler belöningspoäng som behövs för att lösa in." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:309 msgid "Levels" msgstr "Nivåer" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:311 msgid "" -"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"The *Referrals* application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " "the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " "employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." msgstr "" -"Applikationen Referrals har förkonfigurerade nivåer som återspeglas i " -"användarens avatar på Referrals instrumentpanel. När en användare värvar " -"potentiella medarbetare och tjänar poäng kan de *höja sin nivå*, ungefär som" -" i ett videospel." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:315 msgid "" "Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" " are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " @@ -19190,9 +18416,9 @@ msgstr "" "används enbart för att lägga till prestationsnivåer som deltagarna kan " "sträva efter, vilket gör hänvisningar till spel för användaren." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 msgid "" -"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main *Referrals* " "application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " "X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " "indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " @@ -19200,21 +18426,14 @@ msgid "" "represents points earned, while the white colored portion represents the " "points still needed before they can level up." msgstr "" -"Användarens aktuella nivå visas högst upp på huvudpanelen i Referrals-" -"applikationen, direkt under deras foto, i ett :guilabel:`Level: X`-format. " -"Dessutom visas en färgad ring runt användarens foto, som anger hur många " -"poäng användaren har för närvarande och hur många ytterligare poäng de " -"behöver för att komma upp i nivå. Den cyanfärgade delen av ringen " -"representerar intjänade poäng, medan den vitfärgade delen representerar de " -"poäng som fortfarande behövs innan de kan gå upp i nivå." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:636 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:325 msgid "Modify levels" msgstr "Ändra nivåer" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:638 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " "modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " "--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " @@ -19222,73 +18441,59 @@ msgid "" " default images are of Odoo superheroes, and each level adds an additional " "element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." msgstr "" -"Endast användare med :guilabel:`Administrator`-rättigheter för " -"Rekryteringsapplikationen kan ändra nivåer. De förkonfigurerade nivåerna kan" -" ses och ändras genom att navigera till :menuselection:`Referrals app --> " -"Configuration --> Levels`. Varje avatar visas i kolumnen :guilabel:`Image` " -"och motsvarande nivånummer visas i kolumnen :guilabel:`Level Name`. " -"Standardbilderna är av Odoo-superhjältar, och varje nivå lägger till ett " -"ytterligare element till deras avatar, till exempel capes och sköldar." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:334 msgid "" "To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " -"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form, then make " +"modifications." msgstr "" -"För att ändra en nivås bild, namn eller poäng som krävs för att nå nivån, " -"klicka på en enskild nivå i listan för att öppna nivåformuläret. Klicka på " -":guilabel:`Edit` för att göra ändringar." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 msgid "" -"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." -" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" -" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " -"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" -" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " -"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +"Type in the name (or number) of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` " +"field. What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main " +"dashboard when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points " +"needed to reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points" +" needed to level up are the total accumulated points earned over the " +"lifetime of the employee, not additional points from the previous level that" +" must be earned." msgstr "" -"Skriv in namnet eller numret på nivån i fältet :guilabel:`Nivånamn`. Det som" -" anges visas under användarens foto på huvudinstrumentpanelen när de når den" -" nivån. Ange antalet referenspoäng som behövs för att nå den nivån i fältet " -":guilabel:`Requirements`. De poäng som behövs för att nå en högre nivå är de" -" totala ackumulerade poäng som den anställde har tjänat under sin livstid, " -"inte ytterligare poäng från den tidigare nivån som måste tjänas in." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:654 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:343 msgid "" "If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" " to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " -"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " -"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to " "select it." msgstr "" -"Om så önskas kan även :guilabel:`Image` modifieras. Håll muspekaren över " -"bilden för att visa ikonerna :guilabel:`✏️ (penna)` och :guilabel:`🗑️ " -"(soptunna)`. Klicka på ikonen :guilabel:`✏️ (penna)` så visas ett " -"filutforskarfönster. Navigera till önskad bildfil och klicka sedan på " -":guilabel:`Öppna` för att markera den." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The level form saves automatically, but can be saved manually at any time by" +" clicking the *save manually* option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel any changes made, " +"click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to delete any changes, " +"and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A level form in edit mode." msgstr "En nivåform i redigeringsläge." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:671 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:362 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -"När en bild har ändrats och nivån har sparats är det **inte möjligt** att " -"återgå till den ursprungliga bilden. För att återgå till originalbilden " -"måste Referrals-applikationen *avinstalleras och sedan återinstalleras*" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 msgid "Level up" msgstr "Nivå upp" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:369 msgid "" "Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " "user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " @@ -19301,7 +18506,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Level up!` visas ovanför fotot och frasen :guilabel:`Click to " "level up!` visas under användarens foto och nuvarande nivå." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:374 msgid "" "Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " "text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" @@ -19313,7 +18518,7 @@ msgstr "" "användarens nivå. Användarens avatar ändras till den aktuella nivån, och " "ringen runt fotot uppdateras för att ange det aktuella antalet poäng." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:687 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:378 msgid "" "Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" " the specified amount of points required." @@ -19329,7 +18534,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ett \"Klicka för att gå upp i nivå!\" visas under användarens bild, och ett stort \"Gå upp i nivå!\" visas\n" "ovanför deras bild." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:387 msgid "" "Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " "accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " @@ -19339,57 +18544,41 @@ msgstr "" "samla poäng som kan lösas in mot belöningar, men de kan inte längre gå upp i" " nivå. Ringen runt deras foto är fortfarande cyan." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:394 msgid "" -"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"In the *Referrals* application, it is possible to post a message, also " "referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " "information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " "banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " "for the alert is in the center of the banner, and on the far right side is " "an :guilabel:`X`." msgstr "" -"I applikationen Referrals är det möjligt att publicera ett meddelande, även " -"kallat *varning*, högst upp på instrumentpanelen för att dela viktig " -"information med användarna. Dessa varningar visas som en tunn " -"halvtransparent banner, med ordet :guilabel:`New!` längst till vänster. " -"Texten för varningen finns i mitten av bannern, och längst till höger finns " -"en :guilabel:`X`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 msgid "" "Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" " individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " "click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" " alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " -"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +"*Referrals* application for the first time in a new session." msgstr "" -"Varningar visas på huvudpanelen under den angivna tid som konfigurerats för " -"den enskilda varningen. Om en användare inte vill se en viss avisering igen " -"klickar han eller hon på :guilabel:`X` längst till höger i aviseringen. " -"Detta tar bort varningen från instrumentpanelen och kommer inte att visas " -"igen, inte ens när du öppnar applikationen Referrals för första gången i en " -"ny session." #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." msgstr "Två varningsbanners visas ovanför användarens foto." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:409 msgid "Create an alert" msgstr "Skapa en varning" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." msgstr "" -"Endast användare med :guilabel:`Administrator`-rättigheter för applikationen" -" Rekrytering kan skapa varningar. För att lägga till en ny avisering, " -"navigera till :menuselection:`Rekryteringsapplikation --> Konfiguration --> " -"Aviseringar`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " "information on the form:" @@ -19397,101 +18586,74 @@ msgstr "" "Klicka på :guilabel:`Create` och ett tomt formulär laddas. Ange följande " "information i formuläret:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date From`: the date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " "will be visible on the dashboard." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Datum från`: Det datum då varningen startar. På detta datum " -"kommer varningen att vara synlig på instrumentpanelen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date To`: the date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " "will be hidden from view." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Datum till`: Det datum då varningen avslutas. Efter detta datum " -"kommer varningen att döljas från vyn." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:420 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +":guilabel:`Company`: the current company populates this field by default. To" " modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " "from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " -"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"to everyone with access to the *Referrals* application. If a company is " "specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " -"Referrals application) will see the alert." +"*Referrals* application) will see the alert. This field only appears when in" +" a multi-company database." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Företag`: Det aktuella företaget fyller i detta fält som " -"standard. För att ändra företaget som varningen ska visas för, välj " -"företaget från rullgardinsmenyn. Om det här fältet är tomt är varningen " -"synlig för alla som har tillgång till applikationen Referrals. Om ett " -"företag anges kommer endast användare inom det företaget (som också har " -"åtkomst till applikationen Referrals) att se varningen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +":guilabel:`Alert`: enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" " the alert banner on the main dashboard." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Alert`: Ange texten för varningen. Detta meddelande visas inuti " -"varningsbannern på huvudinstrumentpanelen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +":guilabel:`On Click`: there are three options for the alert. Click the radio" " button next to the desired selection. The options are:" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Vid klick`: Det finns tre alternativ för varningen. Klicka på " -"radioknappen bredvid det önskade valet. Alternativen är följande:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:739 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:430 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: the alert only displays text, there is no link to" " click." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Inte klickbar`: Varningen visar endast text, det finns ingen länk" -" att klicka på." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: the alert contains a link that when clicked, " "navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Gå till alla jobb`: Meddelandet innehåller en länk som, när den " -"klickas på, leder till webbplatsen med alla för närvarande utannonserade " -"jobb." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:433 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: the alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " "when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " "appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Ange URL`: Meddelandet innehåller en länk till en specifik URL, " -"som när den klickas navigerar till den URL:en. När detta markeras visas ett " -":guilabel:`URL`-fält under :guilabel:`On Click`-avsnittet. Ange URL-adressen" -" i fältet." #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." msgstr "" "Ett anmälningsformulär som är fullständigt ifyllt med alla val angivna." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:446 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " -"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" -" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " -"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in *Referrals*. To access " +"the reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The" +" main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." msgstr "" -"Endast användare med :guilabel:`Administratörsrättigheter` för applikationen" -" Rekrytering har tillgång till rapporteringsfunktionen i Referrals. För att " -"komma åt rapporterna klickar du på :menuselection:`Rekryteringsapplikation " -"--> Rapportering`. Huvudvyn är vyn Rapportering Dashboard, som innehåller " -"tre sektioner." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 msgid "" "In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " "many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " @@ -19507,7 +18669,7 @@ msgstr "" "t.ex. en direkt hänvisning, Facebook osv. Om en kanal inte visas i rapporten" " betyder det att det inte finns några hänvisningar från den kanalen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:457 msgid "" "The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " "includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " @@ -19522,7 +18684,7 @@ msgstr "" "många totala poäng som erhölls och hur många poäng som gavs för nekade " "sökande." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:770 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:462 msgid "" "The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " "new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " @@ -19539,37 +18701,336 @@ msgstr "" " i rullgardinsmenyn, eller välj :guilabel:`New Spreadsheet`. Klicka på " ":guilabel:`Confirm` och det valda kalkylbladet laddas med den nya tabellen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 msgid "" "The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " -"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " -"option." +"needs to be installed to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." msgstr "" -"Kalkylbladet lagras i applikationen *Dokument*. Detta program måste vara " -"installerat för att du ska kunna använda alternativet :guilabel:`Insert in " -"Spreadsheet`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:473 +msgid ":doc:`referrals/share_jobs`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:3 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "Dela jobbpositioner" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo *Referrals*, users can earn referral points by sharing job positions" +" with potential applicants. Job positions can be shared in several ways, " +"through the :ref:`View Jobs ` button and the " +":ref:`Email A Friend ` button, located at the bottom " +"of the *Referrals* app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Sharing jobs can **only** occur after onboarding slides have been viewed or " +"skipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:16 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "Se jobb" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main *Referrals* dashboard. This " +"presents all job positions, with each individual job presented with its own " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" +"Skärmen \"Visa jobb\", som visar alla lediga jobb. All information visas på\n" +"visas på kortet." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:27 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "Varje jobbpositionskort innehåller följande information:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the *Job " +"Position* field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The number of :guilabel:`Open Positions` being recruited. This information " +"is taken from the *Expected New Employees* field of the *Recruitment* tab of" +" the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:33 +msgid "The points a user earns when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the *Job Position* tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" +"För att se all information om en tjänst, klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Mer " +"info` på det specifika kortet. Detta öppnar jobbpositionens webbsida i en ny" +" webbläsarflik. Detta är vad en sökande ser innan han eller hon ansöker om " +"en tjänst." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions are visible in the *Referrals* app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`../recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:46 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "Värva vänner" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Subject` and :guilabel:`Body` are populated using a default " +"template. The :guilabel:`Subject` `Job for you` is present, by default, but " +"can be modified, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position populates the *Job Position* " +"placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the email body is" +" an individualized tracking link to the specific job position listed on the " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When the prospective employee receives the email, the link sends them to the" +" job position page, where they can apply for the position, and the person " +"who referred them is tracked in the *Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "Popup-fönster för hänvisningsmejl med e-postmeddelandet inuti." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:72 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "Dela ett jobb" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Other than sending an email, job positions can be shared, via social media " +"platforms, and by tracking links to the job position. At the bottom of each " +"job position card are four icons, and corresponding tracking links, that can" +" be used to share the job position, keeping track of applicants in the " +"*Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "De olika delningsikonerna som visas för varje jobb." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:84 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "Link" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :icon:`fa-chain` :guilabel:`(link)` " +"icon above it. A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the " +"tracking link. Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is " +"copied, click the :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up window. Next," +" share the link with the prospective employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:93 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :icon:`fa-facebook` :guilabel:`(Facebook)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into Facebook, when the the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button is clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new " +"tab, with the link populated in the main body of the new post in a pop-up " +"window. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads, " +"instead, prompting the user to log-in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, then share the job " +"position using the available options in Facebook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:107 +msgid "X (formerly Twitter)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:109 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X. Click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`(X)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the user is already signed-in to X, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button" +" is clicked, an X page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready" +" to post, in a draft pop-up window. If the user is *not* already signed-in, " +"a sign-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to first sign-in to X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:117 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "Standardmeddelandet är:" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:119 +msgid "" +"`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job " +"Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message, then " +"share using the available options in X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:125 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "LinkedIn" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :icon:`fa-linkedin` :guilabel:`(LinkedIn)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button is clicked, a new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job " +"position at the top. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen" +" loads instead, prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:134 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual (or group of individuals)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message or " +"post, then share using the available options in LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:143 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "Skicka e-post till en vän" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions, instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Referrals` main dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`Email a friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Send Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address in the :guilabel:`Email` field. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients by separating each email address with a comma " +"followed by a single space. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +":guilabel:`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The email :guilabel:`Body` is also populated with pre-configured text. The " +"text that appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:156 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "Hej,`" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:158 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you\\:`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:160 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "Se lediga jobb" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:162 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of" +" all job positions currently being recruited for. Add any additional text " +"and make any edits to the message body, if necessary. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. This sends the message, and closes " +"the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 msgid "Time Off" msgstr "Frånvaro" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Time Off* application serves as a centralized hub for all time-off-" "related information. This application manages requests, balances, " "allocations, approvals, and reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:10 msgid "" -"Users can :ref:`request time off `, and see an " -"overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " +"Users can :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`, and see" +" an overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " ":ref:`allocate time off ` to individuals, teams, or the " "whole company, and :ref:`approve time off requests `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:15 msgid "" "Detailed :ref:`reports ` can be run to see how much time" " off (and what kinds of time off) are being used, :ref:`accrual plans " @@ -19577,7 +19038,7 @@ msgid "" "` can be set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 msgid "" "Be advised, only users with specific access rights can see all aspects of " "the *Time Off* application." @@ -19585,7 +19046,7 @@ msgstr "" "Observera att endast användare med särskilda rättigheter kan se alla " "aspekter av applikationen *Ledig tid*." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 msgid "" "All users can access the :guilabel:`My Time Off` and :guilabel:`Overview` " "sections of the *Time Off* application. All other sections require specific " @@ -19595,14 +19056,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Overview` i applikationen *Time Off*. Alla andra sektioner kräver" " särskilda åtkomsträttigheter." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:26 msgid "" "To better understand how access rights affect the *Time Off* application, " "refer to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` document, specifically the " "section about configuring the work information tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to allocate time off to employees, and for employees to request and" " use their time off, the various time off types must be configured first, " @@ -19612,18 +19073,18 @@ msgstr "" "kunna begära och använda sin ledighet, måste de olika ledighetstyperna " "konfigureras först, och sedan tilldelas anställda (om tilldelning krävs)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:40 msgid "Time off types" msgstr "Typer av ledighet" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 msgid "" "To view the currently configured time off types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. The time" " off types are presented in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:45 msgid "" "The *Time Off* application comes with four pre-configured time off types: " ":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, " @@ -19631,25 +19092,25 @@ msgid "" "needs or used as-is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:50 msgid "Create time off type" msgstr "Skapa typ av ledig tid" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 msgid "" "To create a new time off type, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Time Off Types`. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button to reveal a blank time off type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:55 msgid "" "Enter the name for the particular type of time off in the blank line at the " "top of the form, such as `Sick Time` or `Vacation`. Then, enter the " "following information on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:59 msgid "" "The only **required** fields on the time off type form are the name of the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, the :guilabel:`Take Time Off In`, and the " @@ -19657,11 +19118,11 @@ msgid "" " and :guilabel:`Allocation Requests` sections **must** be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:65 msgid "Time Off Requests section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select what specific kind of approval is required for " "the time off type. The options are:" @@ -19669,13 +19130,13 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: välj vilken specifik typ av godkännande som krävs för " "ledighetstypen. Alternativen är:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No Validation`: no approvals are required when requesting this " "type of time off. The time off request is automatically approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Time Off Officer`: only the specified :ref:`Time Off Officer " "`, set on this form in the :guilabel:`Notified " @@ -19683,7 +19144,7 @@ msgid "" "option is selected by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver`: only the employee's specified approver " "for time off, which is set on the *Work Information* tab on the " @@ -19695,7 +19156,7 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`medarbetarens formulär `, måste godkänna" " ledighetsansökan." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver and Time Off Officer`: both the employee's" " :ref:`specified time off approver` and the " @@ -19707,11 +19168,11 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Time Off Officer ` måste godkänna begäran " "om ledig tid." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:83 msgid "Allocation Requests section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requires allocation`: if the time off must be allocated to " "employees, select :guilabel:`Yes`. If the time off can be requested without " @@ -19724,7 +19185,7 @@ msgstr "" "har tilldelats, välj :guilabel:`No Limit`. Om :guilabel:`No Limit` har valts" " visas inte följande alternativ på formuläret." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee Requests`: select :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests " "Allowed` if the employee is able to request more time off than was " @@ -19734,7 +19195,7 @@ msgstr "" "om den anställde har möjlighet att begära mer ledighet än vad som " "tilldelats." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:92 msgid "" "If employees should **not** be able to make requests for more time off than " "what was allocated, select the :guilabel:`Not Allowed` option." @@ -19742,7 +19203,7 @@ msgstr "" "Om anställda **inte** ska kunna begära mer ledighet än vad som tilldelats, " "välj alternativet :guilabel:`Inte tillåtet`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:96 msgid "" "Ten days are allocated to the employee for this particular type of time off," " and the :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests Allowed` option is enabled. The " @@ -19751,19 +19212,19 @@ msgid "" "option is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 msgid "" "It is important to note that requesting additional time off does **not** " "guarantee that time off is granted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select the type of approvals required for the " "allocation of this particular time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approved by Time Off Officer` indicates the :ref:`Time Off " "Officer ` set on this form must approve the " @@ -19773,34 +19234,34 @@ msgstr "" "` som anges på detta formulär måste godkänna " "tilldelningen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No validation needed` indicates that no approvals are required." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Ingen validering behövs` indikerar att inga godkännanden krävs." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:113 msgid "Configuration section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notified Time Off Officer`: select the person who is notified and" " responsible for approving requests and allocations for this specific type " "of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take Time Off in`: select the format the time off is requested in" " from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 msgid "The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: if time off can only be requested in full day increments (8" " hours)." @@ -19808,7 +19269,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Dag`: om ledig tid endast kan begäras i heldagsintervaller (8 " "timmar)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:125 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: if time off can only be requested in half day " "increments (4 hours)." @@ -19816,24 +19277,24 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: om ledighet endast kan begäras i halvdagsintervaller " "(4 timmar)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Hours`: if the time off can be taken in hourly increments." msgstr ":guilabel:`Hours`: om ledigheten kan tas ut i intervall om en timme." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Deduct Extra Hours`: enable this option if the time off request " "should factor in any extra time accrued by the employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:134 msgid "" "If an employee works two extra hours for the week, and requests five hours " "of time off, the request would be for three hours, since the two extra " "worked hours are used first, and deducted from the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow To Attach Supporting Document`: enable this option to allow" " the employee to attach documents to the time off request. This is useful in" @@ -19841,7 +19302,7 @@ msgid "" "leave." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kind of Time Off`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "time off this is, either :guilabel:`Worked Time` or :guilabel:`Absence`. " @@ -19850,7 +19311,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Absence` does not count toward any type of accrual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if multiple companies are created in the database, and " "this time off type only applies to one company, select the company from the " @@ -19859,11 +19320,11 @@ msgid "" "company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:151 msgid "Negative Cap section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:153 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option if employees are able to " "request more time off than they currently have, allowing a negative balance." @@ -19871,19 +19332,19 @@ msgid "" " enter the maximum amount of negative time allowed, in days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 msgid "" "Sara currently has three days of the time off type `Vacation`. She is " "planning a trip that requires five days of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 msgid "" "The `Vacation` time off type has the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option " "enabled, and the :guilabel:`Amount in Negative` is set to five." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:164 msgid "" "These settings allow Sara to submit a request for five days of the " "`Vacation` time off type. If approved, her `Vacation` time off balance will " @@ -19896,11 +19357,11 @@ msgid "" "off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:173 msgid "Payroll section" msgstr "Avsnittet om löner" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:175 msgid "" "If the time off type should create :doc:`../hr/payroll/work_entries` in the " "*Payroll* application, select the :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` from the drop-" @@ -19909,11 +19370,11 @@ msgstr "" "Om ledighetstypen ska skapa :doc:`../hr/payroll/work_entries` i programmet " "*Payroll*, välj :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` i rullgardinsmenyn." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 msgid "Timesheets section" msgstr "Avsnittet om tidrapporter" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Timesheets` section only appears if the user is in developer " "mode. Refer to the :ref:`developer-mode` document for details on how to " @@ -19923,14 +19384,14 @@ msgstr "" "utvecklarläge. Se dokumentet :ref:`developer-mode` för information om hur du" " får tillgång till utvecklarläget." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 msgid "" "When an employee takes time off, and is also using timesheets, Odoo creates " "entries in the *Timesheets* application for the time off. This section " "defines how they are entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:188 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Project`: select the project that the time off type entries " "appear in." @@ -19938,18 +19399,18 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Project`: välj det projekt som posterna för ledighetstypen visas " "i." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:189 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Task`: select the task that appears in the timesheet for this " "time off type. The default options are: :guilabel:`Time Off`, " ":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`Training`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 msgid "Display Option section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:195 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color to be used in the *Time Off* application " "dashboard." @@ -19957,7 +19418,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Color`: välj en färg som ska användas i instrumentpanelen för " "applikationen *Time Off*." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cover Image`: select an icon to be used in the *Time Off* " "application dashboard." @@ -19971,11 +19432,11 @@ msgid "" "off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:206 msgid "Accrual plans" msgstr "Upplupna planer" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:208 msgid "" "Some time off is earned through an accrual plan, meaning that for every " "specified amount of time an employee works (hour, day, week, etc), they earn" @@ -19985,54 +19446,54 @@ msgstr "" "varje angiven tid som en anställd arbetar (timme, dag, vecka osv.), tjänar " "de in eller *ackumulerar* en angiven mängd ledighet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:212 msgid "" "If an employee accrues a vacation day for every week they work, they would " "earn 0.2 vacation days for each hour they work. At the end of a forty hour " "work week, they would earn one whole vacation day (8 hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:217 msgid "Create accrual plan" msgstr "Skapa periodiseringsplan" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new accrual plan, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Accrual Plans`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, " "which reveals a blank accrual plan form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the accrual plan name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrued Gain Time`: select when the employee begins to accrue " "time off, either :guilabel:`At the start of the accrual period` or " ":guilabel:`At the end of the accrual period`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry-Over Time`: select when the employee received previously " "earned time. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the start of the year`: select this if the accrual rolls over " "on January 1 of the upcoming year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:232 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the allocation date`: select this if the accrual rolls over as" " soon as time is allocated to the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Other`: select this option if neither of the other two options " "are applicable. When selected, a :guilabel:`Carry-Over Date` field appears. " @@ -20040,14 +19501,14 @@ msgid "" "the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Based on worked time`: enable this option if time off accrual is " "determined by the employee's worked hours. Days **not** considered as worked" " time do **not** contribute to the accrual plan in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:241 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone Transition`: this selection determines when employees " "move up to a new milestone. If they qualify to change milestones in the " @@ -20056,14 +19517,14 @@ msgid "" "the current pay period)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Milestone Transition` field is **only** visible after a " "minimum of two :ref:`rules ` have been configured on the " "accrual plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:250 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " "accrual plan applies to. If left blank, the accrual plan can be used for all" @@ -20074,43 +19535,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An accrual plan form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:263 msgid "" "Rules must be created in order for employees to accrue time off from the " "accrual plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New Milestone` button in the gray" " :guilabel:`Rules` section, and a :guilabel:`Create Milestone` modal form " "appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:268 msgid "Fill out the following fields on the form:" msgstr "Fyll i följande fält på formuläret:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee accrue`: select the parameters for earned time off in " "this section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 msgid "" "First, select either :guilabel:`Days` or :guilabel:`Hours` for the increment" " of accrued time using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 msgid "" "Next, enter the numerical amount of the selected parameter that is accrued. " "The numerical format is `X.XXXX`, so that partial days or hours can also be " "configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:278 msgid "" "Last, select how often the time is accrued using the drop-down menu. The " "default options are :guilabel:`Hourly`, :guilabel:`Daily`, " @@ -20118,64 +19579,64 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Twice a year`, and :guilabel:`Yearly`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 msgid "" "Depending on which option is selected, additional fields may appear. For " "example, if :guilabel:`Twice a month` is selected, two additional fields " "appear, to specify the two days of each month that the milestone occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cap accrued time`: if there is a maximum amount of days the " "employee can accrue with this plan, enable this option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 msgid "" "When enabled, two additional fields appear beneath it. Select the type of " "time period from the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Days` or " ":guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:291 msgid "" "Then, enter a numerical value in the field to specify the maximum amount of " "time that can be accrued." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:293 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone reached`: enter the number and value of the time period" " that must pass before the employee starts to accumulate time off. The first" " value is numerical; enter a number in the first field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:297 msgid "" "Then, select the type of time period using the drop-down menu in the second " "field. The options are: :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Months`, or " ":guilabel:`Years`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over`: select how any unused time off is handled. The " "options are either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None. Accrued time reset to 0`: any unused time off is gone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:302 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All accrued time carried over`: all unused time off is rolled " "over to the next calendar year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over with a maximum`: unused time off is rolled over to the" " next calendar year, but there is a cap. An :guilabel:`Up to` field appears " @@ -20183,7 +19644,7 @@ msgid "" "roll over to the following year. Any time off beyond this parameter is lost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:309 msgid "" "Once the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the form " "and close the modal, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the form and " @@ -20194,17 +19655,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A milestone form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:320 msgid "Public holidays" msgstr "Allmänna helgdagar" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 msgid "" "To observe public or national holidays, and provide extra days off as " "holidays to employees, configure the observed *public holidays* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 msgid "" "It is important to configure these days in Odoo, so employees are aware of " "the days they have off, and do not request time off on days that are already" @@ -20214,24 +19675,24 @@ msgstr "" "medvetna om vilka dagar de är lediga och inte begär ledighet på dagar som " "redan är inställda som helgdagar (icke-arbetsdagar)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 msgid "" "Additionally, all public holidays configured in the *Time Off* app are also " "reflected in any app that uses working schedules, such as *Calendar*, " "*Planning*, *Manufacturing*, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:331 msgid "" "Due to Odoo's integration with other apps that use working schedules, it is " "considered best practice to ensure *all* public holidays are configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:335 msgid "Create public holiday" msgstr "Skapa allmän helgdag" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 msgid "" "To create a public holiday, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Public Holidays`." @@ -20239,26 +19700,26 @@ msgstr "" "För att skapa en allmän helgdag, gå till :menuselection:`App för " "tidsbegränsning --> Konfiguration --> Allmänna helgdagar`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:340 msgid "All currently configured public holidays appear in a list view." msgstr "Alla för närvarande konfigurerade helgdagar visas i en listvy." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:342 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a new line appears at the bottom of " "the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:341 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 msgid "Enter the following information on that new line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:346 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the holiday." msgstr ":guilabel:`Name`: ange namnet på semestern." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:347 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, the current company " "populates this field by default. It is not possible to edit this field." @@ -20267,7 +19728,7 @@ msgstr "" "standard i av det aktuella företaget. Det är inte möjligt att redigera detta" " fält." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:351 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company` field is hidden by default. To view this field, " "click the two dots in the top-right corner of the list, to the far-right of " @@ -20275,7 +19736,7 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:355 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday starts. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -20286,7 +19747,7 @@ msgid "" "company's time zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:360 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday ends. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -20297,26 +19758,26 @@ msgid "" " zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 msgid "" "A company located in San Francisco operates from 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM, with an " "eight hour work day and one hour lunch break." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:370 msgid "" "For a user in New York, with a computer time zone set to Eastern Standard " "Time, a created public holiday displays a start time of 12:00 PM - 9:00 PM, " "accounting for the three hour time zone difference." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 msgid "" "Similarly, a user located in Los Angeles, with a computer time zone set to " "Pacific Standard Time, sees a public holiday time as 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: if the holiday should only apply to employees who" " have a specific set of working hours, select the working hours from the " @@ -20326,7 +19787,7 @@ msgstr "" "viss uppsättning arbetstider, välj arbetstiderna från rullgardinsmenyn. Om " "fältet lämnas tomt gäller semestern för alla anställda." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:380 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: if using the *Payroll* application, this field " "defines how the :ref:`work entries ` for the holiday " @@ -20337,18 +19798,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The list of public holidays in the configuration menu." msgstr "Listan över allmänna helgdagar i konfigurationsmenyn." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:389 msgid "Mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 msgid "" "Some companies have special days where specific departments, or the entire " "staff, is required to be present, and time off is not allowed on those " "specific days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:394 msgid "" "These types of days are called *mandatory days* in Odoo. These can be " "configured to be company-wide, or department specific. When configured, " @@ -20356,35 +19817,35 @@ msgid "" "off requests for these mandatory days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:399 msgid "Create mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 msgid "" "No mandatory days are configured in Odoo by default. To create a mandatory " "day, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> " "Mandatory Days`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:404 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner, and a blank line " "appears in the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:408 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the mandatory day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, this field is visible, " "and the current company populates this field by default. Using the drop-down" " menu, select the company the mandatory day is for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:412 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Departments`: this column is hidden by default. First, click the " ":guilabel:`(optional columns)` icon in the top-right corner, next to " @@ -20392,33 +19853,33 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Departments` to reveal that column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 msgid "" "Next, select the desired departments from the drop-down menu. Multiple " "departments can be selected, and there is no limit to the amount of " "departments that can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:419 msgid "" "If this field is left blank, the mandatory day applies to the entire " "company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day starts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:421 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day ends. If creating a single mandatory day, the end date should " "be the same as the start date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: if desired, select a color from the available presented " "options. If no color is desired, select the `No color` option, represented " @@ -20431,11 +19892,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Mandatory Days section with three configured days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:435 msgid "Allocate time off" msgstr "Tilldela ledig tid" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:437 msgid "" "Once time off types and accrual plans have been configured, the next step is" " to allocate, or give, time off to employees. This section is only visible " @@ -20447,25 +19908,25 @@ msgstr "" "synligt för användare som har antingen :guilabel:`Time Off Officer` eller " ":guilabel:`Administrator` åtkomsträttigheter för *Time Off* applikationen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 msgid "" "To create a new allocation, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Management --> Allocations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:444 msgid "" "This presents a list of all current allocations, including their respective " "statuses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:446 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`New` to allocate time off, and a blank allocation form " "appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 msgid "" "After entering a name for the allocation on the first blank field of the " "form, enter the following information:" @@ -20473,7 +19934,7 @@ msgstr "" "Efter att ha angett ett namn för tilldelningen i det första tomma fältet i " "formuläret, ange följande information:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:451 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of time" " off that is being allocated to the employees." @@ -20481,14 +19942,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Typ av ledighet`: använd rullgardinsmenyn för att välja vilken " "typ av ledighet som ska tilldelas de anställda." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`: select either :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` or" " :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`. If the allocation is **not** based on an " "accrual plan, select :guilabel:`Regular Allocation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:456 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Plan`: if :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for " "the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, the :guilabel:`Accrual Plan` field appears." @@ -20502,7 +19963,7 @@ msgstr "" "kopplad till. En periodiseringsplan **måste** väljas för en " ":guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:460 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period/Start Date`: if :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` is" " selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, this field is labeled " @@ -20511,7 +19972,7 @@ msgid "" "Date`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:465 msgid "" "The current date populates the first date field by default. To select " "another date, click on the pre-populated date to reveal a popover calendar " @@ -20519,20 +19980,20 @@ msgid "" "the date to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:469 msgid "" "If the allocation expires, select the expiration date in the next date " "field. If the time off does *not* expire, leave the second date field blank." " `No Limit` appears in the field if no date is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:473 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation " "Type`, this second field is labeled :guilabel:`Run until`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time that is being allocated to " "the employees. This field displays the time in either :guilabel:`Hours` or " @@ -20540,7 +20001,7 @@ msgid "" "` is configured (in hours or days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:478 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how the allocation is " "assigned. This selection determines who receives the time off allocation. " @@ -20552,14 +20013,14 @@ msgstr "" "Alternativen är :guilabel:`By Employee`, :guilabel:`By Company`, " ":guilabel:`By Department`, eller :guilabel:`By Employee Tag`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 msgid "" "Depending on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Mode`, this following field" " is labeled either: :guilabel:`Employees`, :guilabel:`Company`, " ":guilabel:`Department`, or :guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 msgid "" "Using the drop-down menu, indicate the specific employees, company, " "department, or employee tags who are receiving this time off." @@ -20567,7 +20028,7 @@ msgstr "" "Använd rullgardinsmenyn för att ange de specifika anställda, företag, " "avdelning eller anställda taggar som får denna ledighet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 msgid "" "Multiple selections can be made for either :guilabel:`Employees` or " ":guilabel:`Employee Tag`." @@ -20575,7 +20036,7 @@ msgstr "" "Flera val kan göras för antingen :guilabel:`Employees` eller " ":guilabel:`Employee Tag`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:490 msgid "" "Only one selection can be made for the :guilabel:`Company` or " ":guilabel:`Department`." @@ -20583,7 +20044,7 @@ msgstr "" "Endast ett val kan göras för :guilabel:`Företag` eller " ":guilabel:`Avdelning`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:491 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: if any description or note is necessary to " "explain the time off allocation, enter it in this field at the bottom of the" @@ -20599,171 +20060,11 @@ msgid "" "granted to all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:499 -msgid "Request time off" -msgstr "Begär ledighet" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Once an employee has been allocated time off, a request to use the time off " -"can be submitted. Time off can be requested in one of two ways, either from " -"the :ref:`dashboard ` or from the :ref:`My Time Off " -"` view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:505 -msgid "" -"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " -"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " -"Off` list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:509 -msgid "" -"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " -"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" -" form appears in a modal. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` " -"list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:514 -msgid "" -"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " -"form:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:516 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " -"the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Typ av ledighet`: välj den typ av ledighet som begärs från " -"rullgardinsmenyn." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:517 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " -"two fields to populate, the start and end dates. Click on either date field " -"and a popover calendar appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 -msgid "" -"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " -"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " -"applicable)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:523 -msgid "" -"If the time off requested is for a single day, click on the start date, then" -" click the same date again for the end date." -msgstr "" -"Om ledigheten gäller en enda dag klickar du på startdatumet och sedan på " -"samma datum igen för slutdatumet." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:526 -msgid "" -"When the correct dates are selected/highlighted, click the :guilabel:`Apply`" -" button." -msgstr "" -"När rätt datum har valts/markerats klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Apply`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:528 -msgid "" -"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " -"field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 -msgid "" -"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" -" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:533 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, check this " -"box. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " -"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " -"day is being requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:537 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " -"day, check this box. A :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` field appears " -"beneath this option, if selected. Using the drop-down menu, select the start" -" and end time for the time off request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " -":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " -"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " -"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " -"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:545 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " -"should include any details that managers and approvers may need in order to " -"approve the request." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Description`: ange en beskrivning för ledighetsansökan. Detta bör" -" inkludera alla detaljer som chefer och godkännare kan behöva för att " -"godkänna begäran." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:547 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachments of documents. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " -"appears." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: detta fält visas endast om den valda " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` tillåter bifogande av dokument. Klicka på knappen " -":guilabel:`Attach File` och ett filutforskarfönster visas." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:551 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the desired files to attach, select them, then click the " -":guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off request form." -" Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:554 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:604 -msgid "" -"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " -"request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:557 -msgid "" -"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " -"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " -"be saved manually at any time by clicking the *save manually* button, " -"represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " -"with the flu." -msgstr "" -"En ledighetsansökan som fyllts i för en anställd som varit hemma i två dagar" -" på grund av influensa." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:502 msgid "Request allocation" msgstr "Begär tilldelning" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:504 msgid "" "If an employee has used all their time off, or is going to run out of time " "off, they can request an allocation for additional time. Allocations can be " @@ -20772,7 +20073,7 @@ msgid "" " view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:508 msgid "" "To create a new allocation request, click either the :guilabel:`New " "Allocation Request` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the " @@ -20780,7 +20081,7 @@ msgid "" "buttons open a new allocation request form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:513 msgid "" "Both :guilabel:`New` buttons open a :guilabel:`New Allocation` request form," " but when requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, the form appears in a " @@ -20788,20 +20089,20 @@ msgid "" "screen navigates to a new allocation request page, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:518 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Allocation` request " "form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested for " "the allocation from the drop-down menu. After a selection is made, the title" " updates with the time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:522 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period`: this field **only** appears if requesting an " "allocation with a time off type that has the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` " @@ -20810,18 +20111,18 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` field is set to :guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:527 msgid "" "Using the calendar selector, select a start and end date the allocation is " "valid for. By default, the current date populates the first field, and " ":guilabel:`No Limit` populates the second field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 msgid "Adjust both of these dates, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:531 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time being requested in this " "field. The format is presented in either days or hours, depending on how the" @@ -20829,7 +20130,7 @@ msgid "" "allocation request is updated to include the amount of time being requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:535 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: enter a description for the allocation request." " This should include any details that managers and approvers may need in " @@ -20839,7 +20140,14 @@ msgstr "" " Detta bör inkludera alla detaljer som chefer och godkännare kan behöva för " "att godkänna begäran." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:538 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 msgid "" "If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Allocations` list view, the" " information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " @@ -20855,11 +20163,11 @@ msgstr "" "En blankett för begäran om tilldelning som fylls i för en anställd som begär en extra veckas\n" "sjuktid." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:553 msgid "Management" msgstr "Administration" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:555 msgid "" "Time off and allocation requests typically undergo an approval process " "before being granted. Requests either need one or two approvals, if any, " @@ -20868,17 +20176,17 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:560 msgid "" "Only users who can approve allocation and time off requests have the " ":guilabel:`Management` section visible in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:566 msgid "Manage time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 msgid "" "To view time off requests that need approval, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Management --> Time Off`. The only time off" @@ -20887,7 +20195,7 @@ msgid "" "in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:573 msgid "" "The default filter in the :guilabel:`Time Off` list is `Waiting For Me`. " "This only presents time off requests that need to be approved for current " @@ -20895,7 +20203,7 @@ msgid "" " or :guilabel:`Second Approval`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:643 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:577 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented time off requests. Since only time off requests that need to be " @@ -20905,22 +20213,22 @@ msgid "" "appear on the left side of the screen, under :guilabel:`Departments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 msgid "" "If there are no requests that fall under one of the status options or " "departments, that status or department is **not** visible on the left-side " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:587 msgid "" "To display time off requests for specific departments only, click on the " ":guilabel:`Department` on the left-hand side. Only requests within the " "selected department are then presented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:656 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:657 msgid "" "The status column displays the status of each request, with the status " "highlighted in a specific color." @@ -20928,7 +20236,7 @@ msgstr "" "Statuskolumnen visar status för varje förfrågan, med status markerad i en " "specifik färg." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` and :guilabel:`Second Approval` requests are " "highlighted in yellow and are the only ones that appear in the list by " @@ -20938,7 +20246,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:665 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:599 msgid "" "To approve a time off request, click the :guilabel:`👍 Approve` button at the" " end of the line. To validate a time off request that has already been " @@ -20954,7 +20262,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Begäran om ledighet med filter-, grupperings- och statusavsnitten markerade." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:608 msgid "" "For more details, click anywhere on the time off request line (except for " "the :guilabel:`👍 Approve`, :guilabel:`✔️ Validate`, and :guilabel:`✖️ " @@ -20962,13 +20270,13 @@ msgid "" "of the user, changes can be made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:612 msgid "" "To modify the request, make any desired changes to the form. All changes are" " automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:614 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Approve` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button " @@ -20978,11 +20286,11 @@ msgstr "" "Klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Approve` för att godkänna, eller på knappen " ":guilabel:`Refuse` för att avslå begäran." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:684 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:620 msgid "Manage allocations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:686 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:622 msgid "" "To view allocations that need approval, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off" " app --> Management --> Allocations`. The only allocations visible on this " @@ -20990,7 +20298,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:627 msgid "" "The default filters that are configured to be in place when navigating to " "the :guilabel:`Allocations` list are :guilabel:`My Team` and " @@ -21002,7 +20310,7 @@ msgstr "" "Employee`. Detta visar *endast* anställda i användarens team (som de " "hanterar) och aktiva anställda. Inaktiva användare visas inte." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented allocation requests." @@ -21010,7 +20318,7 @@ msgstr "" "På vänster sida av skärmen finns olika grupperingsalternativ för att " "begränsa de presenterade tilldelningsbegärandena." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:635 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Status` options are :guilabel:`To Approve`, " ":guilabel:`Refused`, and :guilabel:`Approved`. Click on a specific " @@ -21018,14 +20326,14 @@ msgid "" "allocation requests, click :guilabel:`All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 msgid "" "It is also possible to display allocation requests by department. Click on " "the :guilabel:`Department` in the left side of the screen to only present " "allocations for that specific department." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:644 msgid "" "The groupings on the left side only present allocation requests that fall " "under the default filters of :guilabel:`My Team` and :guilabel:`Active " @@ -21037,7 +20345,7 @@ msgstr "" "Employee`. Endast status för allokeringsförfrågningar som faller under dessa" " filter presenteras på vänster sida." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:712 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:648 msgid "" "For example, if there are no requests with a status of :guilabel:`To " "Submit`, that status option does not appear in the left-hand side." @@ -21045,7 +20353,7 @@ msgstr "" "Om det t.ex. inte finns några förfrågningar med status :guilabel:`To " "Submit`, visas inte det statusalternativet på vänster sida." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:651 msgid "" "All departments for the user's employees appear in the list. If there are no" " allocation requests that fall under that department matching the pre-" @@ -21055,7 +20363,7 @@ msgstr "" " några tilldelningsförfrågningar som faller under den avdelningen som " "matchar de förkonfigurerade filtren är listan tom." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:654 msgid "" "It is always possible to remove any of the pre-configured filters, by " "clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon on the specific filter to remove " @@ -21065,14 +20373,14 @@ msgstr "" " att klicka på :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)`-ikonen på det specifika filtret för " "att ta bort det." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:660 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, " ":guilabel:`Approved` requests are highlighted in green, and the " ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:663 msgid "" "To approve an allocation request, click the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` button at" " the end of the line. To refuse a request, click the :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` " @@ -21084,21 +20392,21 @@ msgid "" "Allocations with the filter, groupings, and status sections highlighted." msgstr "Tilldelningar med filter, grupperingar och statusavsnitt markerade." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:670 msgid "" "If more details are needed, click anywhere on the allocation request line " "(except for the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` buttons) to" " view the request in detail." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:673 msgid "" "Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be made to the allocation " "request form that appears. To modify the request, make any desired changes " "to the form. All changes are automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:741 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:677 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Validate` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button" @@ -21108,7 +20416,7 @@ msgstr "" "Klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Validate` för att godkänna, eller på knappen " ":guilabel:`Refuse` för att avvisa begäran." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:683 msgid "" "To view a color-coded schedule of the user's time off, and/or of the team " "managed by them, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Overview`. " @@ -21116,7 +20424,7 @@ msgid "" "view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:687 msgid "" "To change the time period displayed, click on the :guilabel:`Month` button " "to reveal a drop-down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -21124,7 +20432,7 @@ msgid "" "corresponding view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 msgid "" "To navigate forward or backward in time, in the selected increment " "(:guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, etc.), click the :guilabel:`← (left " @@ -21132,38 +20440,38 @@ msgid "" " that specified amount of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:695 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Month` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by" " one month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:697 msgid "" "To return to a view containing the current day, click the :guilabel:`Today` " "button at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 msgid "" "Team members are listed alphabetically on individual lines, and their " "requested time off, regardless of the status (*validated* or *to approve*), " "is visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:766 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:702 msgid "" "Each employee is color-coded. The employee's color is selected at random, " "and does *not* correspond to the type of time off they requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:705 msgid "" "The status of the time off is represented by the color detail of the " "request, either appearing solid (*validated*) or striped (*to approve*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 msgid "" "The number of days or hours requested is written on the request (if there is" " enough space)." @@ -21171,7 +20479,7 @@ msgstr "" "Det antal dagar eller timmar som efterfrågas anges i förfrågan (om det finns" " tillräckligt med utrymme)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:710 msgid "" "At the bottom of the calendar, in the :guilabel:`Total` line, a bar graph " "shows how many people are projected to be out on any given day. The number " @@ -21179,7 +20487,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:778 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:714 msgid "" "Click on a time off entry to view the details for the specific time off " "entry. The total number of hours or days are listed, along with the start " @@ -21191,21 +20499,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview of the user's team, with time off requests shown." msgstr "Översikt över användarens team, med önskemål om ledighet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:723 msgid "My time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:725 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`My Time` section of the *Time Off* application contains the " "time off dashboard, as well as the user's time off requests and allocations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:795 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:731 msgid "Dashboard" msgstr "Instrumentpanel" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:733 msgid "" "All users have access to the time off dashboard, which is the default view " "in the *Time Off* application. The dashboard can also be accessed at any " @@ -21213,32 +20521,32 @@ msgid "" "My Time --> Dashboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 msgid "" "The current year is displayed, and the current day is highlighted in red." msgstr "Det aktuella året visas och den aktuella dagen är rödmarkerad." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:739 msgid "" "To change the view, click on the :guilabel:`Year` button to reveal a drop-" "down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, or " ":guilabel:`Month` to present the calendar in that corresponding view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:743 msgid "" "To change the presented dates, click the :guilabel:`← (left arrow)` or " ":guilabel:`→ (right arrow)` icons to the left of the :guilabel:`Year` " "button. The calendar view adjusts in increments of the presented view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:811 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Year` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by " "one year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:813 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:749 msgid "" "To change the view at any point to a view that includes the current date, " "click the :guilabel:`Today` button." @@ -21246,7 +20554,7 @@ msgstr "" "Klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Today` om du när som helst vill ändra vyn till " "en vy som innehåller aktuellt datum." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:816 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:752 msgid "" "Above the calendar view is a summary of the user's time off balances. Every " "time off type that has been allocated appears in its own summary box. Each " @@ -21255,7 +20563,7 @@ msgid "" "applicable)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:757 msgid "" "To view the full details of a time off balance, click the :guilabel:`? " "(question mark)` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`(DAYS/HOURS) AVAILABLE` " @@ -21269,7 +20577,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A view of the complete time off balance details in the popover window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:767 msgid "" "A user is also able to see how much time off they will have accrued in the " "future. On the right side of the time off summary blocks, there is a " @@ -21277,7 +20585,7 @@ msgid "" "selector popover appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:771 msgid "" "The current date is the default date selected. Navigate to the desired date," " and Odoo displays the time off balances the user will have on that date. " @@ -21286,14 +20594,14 @@ msgid "" "of the date field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:840 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:776 msgid "" "On the right side of the calendar, the various time off types are displayed," " with their corresponding colors. The :guilabel:`Legend` explains how the " "various statuses for time off requests are presented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:780 msgid "" "Time off that has been validated appears in a solid color (in the color " "specified in the :guilabel:`Time Off Type` section above the " @@ -21302,19 +20610,19 @@ msgid "" "line through the dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:849 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:785 msgid "" -"New time off requests can be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :ref:`New Time Off" -" ` modal appears." +"New time off requests can be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. Click the " +":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :doc:`New Time Off" +" <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:852 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 msgid "" -"New allocation requests can also be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the dashboard to " -"request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation ` modal appears." +"New allocation requests can also be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard` to request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation " +"` modal appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 @@ -21325,56 +20633,56 @@ msgstr "" "Översiktsvy över ledighet med teckenförklaring, ledighetssammanfattningar " "och visningsknappar markerade." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:863 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:800 msgid "My time off" msgstr "Min lediga tid" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:865 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:802 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`. Here, all time " "off requests, both past and present, appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:868 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:805 msgid "" "The list includes the following information for each request: the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Start Date`, " ":guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and the :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:872 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:809 msgid "" "A new time off request can be made from this view. Click the :guilabel:`New`" -" button to :ref:`request time off `." +" button to :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:878 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:815 msgid "My allocations" msgstr "Mina tilldelningar" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:817 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's allocations, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Allocations`. All " "allocations and requested allocations appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:820 msgid "" "The information presented on the :guilabel:`My Allocations` page includes: " "the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Amount`, " ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`, and :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:824 msgid "" "A new allocation request can be made from this view, as well. Click the " ":guilabel:`New` button to :ref:`request an allocation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:895 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:832 msgid "" "The reporting feature allows users to view time off for their team, either " "by employee or type of time off. This allows users to see which employees " @@ -21386,7 +20694,7 @@ msgstr "" "användarna se vilka anställda som tar ledigt, hur mycket ledighet de tar ut " "och vilka typer av ledighet som används." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:899 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:836 msgid "" "Any report can be added to a spreadsheet through the *Insert in Spreadsheet*" " button that appears in the top-left of a report. If the *Documents* " @@ -21394,11 +20702,11 @@ msgid "" "appears. If not, the report can be added to a *Dashboard*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:841 msgid "By employee" msgstr "Av anställd" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:843 msgid "" "To view a report of employee time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Employee`." @@ -21406,21 +20714,21 @@ msgstr "" "För att se en rapport över anställdas ledighetsansökningar, gå till " ":menuselection:`Ledighetsapp --> Rapportering --> per anställd`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:846 msgid "" "The default report presents the current year's data in a list view, " "displaying all the employees in alphabetical order. Each employee's line is " "collapsed by default. To expand a line, click anywhere on the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:913 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:850 msgid "" "The view expands, and has the time off requests organized by time off type. " "Click anywhere on a time off type line to expand it, and view all the " "individual time off requests that fall under that type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:916 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:853 msgid "" "The information shown in the list includes: the :guilabel:`Employee` name, " ":guilabel:`Number of Days` off requested, the :guilabel:`Start Date`, " @@ -21431,7 +20739,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Report of time off, shown by each employee in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:861 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " @@ -21443,8 +20751,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The various other views highlighted, for the employee time off report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:933 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:870 msgid "" "When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " "particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports and their" @@ -21452,18 +20759,18 @@ msgid "" "documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:875 msgid "By type" msgstr "Efter typ" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:940 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:877 msgid "" "To view a list of all time off, organized by time off type, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Type`. This shows all time" " off requests in a default bar chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:943 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 msgid "" "Hover over a bar to view the :guilabel:`Duration (Days)` of that specific " "time off type." @@ -21475,13 +20782,13 @@ msgid "" "highlighted in a red box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 msgid "" "Click on a bar to go to a detailed list view of all the time off requests " "for that time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:952 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:889 msgid "" "Each request is listed, with the following information displayed: the " ":guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Request Type`, " @@ -21489,10 +20796,178 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " "way. The various options are a :guilabel:`Graph` (the default view), " ":guilabel:`List`, or :guilabel:`Pivot` table." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:897 +msgid "" +"When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " +"particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports, and " +"their various options, refer to the :doc:`reporting " +"<../essentials/reporting>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:902 +msgid ":doc:`time_off/request_time_off`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Request time off" +msgstr "Begär ledighet" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once time off has been allocated to an employee, a request to use it can be " +"submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Time off can be requested in one of two ways: either from the main *Time " +"Off* application :guilabel:`Dashboard` (:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My " +"Time --> Dashboard`), or from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` dashboard view " +"(:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " +"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " +"Off` dashboard, in the default list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " +"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" +" form appears in a pop-up window. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time" +" Off` list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " +"form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " +"the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Typ av ledighet`: välj den typ av ledighet som begärs från " +"rullgardinsmenyn." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " +"two fields to populate: the start and end dates. Click on either date field " +"and a popover calendar appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " +"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " +"applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If only requesting time off for a single day, click on the start date, then " +"click the same date again for the end date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the correct dates are selected, click the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" +" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, tick this " +"checkbox. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " +"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " +"day is being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " +"day, tick this checkbox. If selected, a :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` " +"field appears beneath this option. Using the drop-down menu, select the " +"start and end time for the time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " +":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " +"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " +"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " +"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " +"should include any details that managers and approvers may need to approve " +"the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachment of documents. " +"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the desired files that should be attached, select them, then " +"click The :guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off " +"request form. Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information, and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " +"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " +"be saved manually at any time by clicking the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " +"with the flu." +msgstr "" +"En ledighetsansökan som fyllts i för en anställd som varit hemma i två dagar" +" på grund av influensa." diff --git a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index ba9e6ccf8..5c3de89bf 100644 --- a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jakob Krabbe , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Swedish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sv/)\n" @@ -30,8 +30,8 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory & MRP" -msgstr "Lager och Tillverkning" +msgid "Supply Chain" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 msgid "Barcode" @@ -921,7 +921,7 @@ msgstr "Streckkoder för plats" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:20 msgid "Location" msgstr "Plats" @@ -1844,14 +1844,16 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:16 @@ -1866,16 +1868,23 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:26 @@ -4878,6 +4887,8 @@ msgstr "" " :guilabel:`Inventory` i produktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:182 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Manual" @@ -4987,15 +4998,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:214 msgid "" -"The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is four days," -" and the :ref:`purchase security lead time ` is one day." +"The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is " +"four days, and the :ref:`purchase security lead time " +"` is one day." msgstr "" -"Ledtiden för :ref:`leverantör ` är fyra " -"dagar, och ledtiden för :ref:`inköpssäkerhet ` är en dag." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:218 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` field of the reordering rule is set to " "zero, the product appears on the replenishment dashboard five days before " @@ -5013,7 +5021,7 @@ msgstr "" "Grafik som visar när behovet visas på instrumentpanelen för påfyllning: 27 " "februari." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:226 msgid "" "To see the product on the replenishment dashboard for the current date, " "February 20, set the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` to `7.00`." @@ -5021,7 +5029,7 @@ msgstr "" "För att se produkten på instrumentpanelen för påfyllning för det aktuella " "datumet, den 20 februari, anger du :guilabel:`Visibility Days` till `7.00`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:229 msgid "" "To determine the amount of visibility days needed to see a product on the " "replenishment dashboard, subtract *today's date* from the *date the need " @@ -5031,11 +5039,11 @@ msgstr "" " instrumentpanelen för påfyllning, subtrahera *dagens datum* från *datumet " "då behovet visas* på instrumentpanelen för påfyllning." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:232 msgid "Visibility~days = Need~appears~date - Today's~date" msgstr "Synlighet~dagar = Behov~uppstår~datum - Dagens~datum" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:237 msgid "" "Referring to the example above, today's date is February 20th, and the need " "for the product appears on February 27th." @@ -5043,11 +5051,11 @@ msgstr "" "I exemplet ovan är dagens datum den 20 februari och behovet av produkten " "uppstår den 27 februari." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:240 msgid "(February 27 - February 20 = 7 days)" msgstr "(27 februari - 20 februari = 7 dagar)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:242 msgid "" "Incorrectly setting the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` fewer than seven days in" " this case results in the need **not** appearing on the replenishment " @@ -5065,11 +5073,11 @@ msgstr "" "Visa instrumentpanelen för påfyllning med korrekta och felaktiga " "synlighetsdagar inställda." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:252 msgid "Route" msgstr "Väg" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:254 msgid "" "Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected under the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it is possible" @@ -5081,7 +5089,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Buy` och :guilabel:`Manufacture`, vilket möjliggör " "funktionaliteten för båda rutterna." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:258 msgid "" "Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering " "rule. This is the route that the rule defaults to, if multiple are selected." @@ -5094,7 +5102,7 @@ msgstr "" "med att navigera till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Reordering Rules`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:262 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Route` column is hidden on the " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` page." @@ -5102,7 +5110,7 @@ msgstr "" "Som standard är kolumnen :guilabel:`Route` dold på sidan " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:264 msgid "" "Reveal the :guilabel:`Route` column by selecting the :guilabel:`(slider)` " "icon to the far-right of the column titles, and checking the " @@ -5112,7 +5120,7 @@ msgstr "" "längst till höger om kolumntitlarna och markera alternativet " ":guilabel:`Route` i den rullgardinsmeny som visas." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:267 msgid "" "Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule, and a drop-down " "menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the " @@ -5126,7 +5134,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down." msgstr "Välj önskad rutt från rullgardinsmenyn." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:275 msgid "" "If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set " "for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the selected route " @@ -6039,7 +6047,7 @@ msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "Produktspårning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:100 msgid "Assign serial numbers" msgstr "" @@ -6059,7 +6067,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers` (serienummer)" @@ -6086,56 +6094,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:21 -msgid "when closing a manufacturing order" +msgid "" +":doc:`during a manufacturing order " +"<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product>` for a " +"product tracked by lot/serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:24 msgid "when making an inventory adjustment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:32 msgid "" "Display the Detailed Operations smart button and bulleted list icon on a " "receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:32 msgid "" "Display the **Detailed Operations** smart button and bulleted list icon on a" " receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:37 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers to products, activate the :guilabel:`Lots and " "Serial Numbers` feature in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " "--> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:40 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of an item's product form, set the " ":guilabel:`Tracking` field to :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:44 msgid "" ":ref:`Enable serial numbers `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:45 msgid "" ":ref:`Track products by serial numbers " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:49 msgid "" "Next, enable creating new serial numbers by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:52 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, select the desired operation " "type (e.g. :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, or " @@ -6148,11 +6159,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show \"Create New\" option is selected on the Receipts operation type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:64 msgid "Detailed Operations" msgstr "Detaljerade operationer" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:66 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned to products when entering stock for the first" " time, from the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` page on the receipt. " @@ -6160,7 +6171,7 @@ msgid "" "Operations --> Receipts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:71 msgid "" "Serial numbers can **not** be assigned to products on a request for " "quotation (RfQ) or purchase order (PO) — **only** on a receipt." @@ -6170,13 +6181,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the purchase order and the Receipt smart button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:78 msgid "" "Screenshot of a \"Purchase Order\" with the \"Receipt\" smart button at the " "top." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:80 msgid "" "To record an item's serial number before receiving the item, follow the " "steps in the next sections to assign serial numbers, but do **not** click " @@ -6184,13 +6195,13 @@ msgid "" "from the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:84 msgid "" "Assign a single serial number to a product by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` smart button on a receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:87 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, manually type in the " "serial number for a single product." @@ -6200,13 +6211,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a line on the Detailed Operations page to assign serial numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:94 msgid "" "When finished, click the receipt's breadcrumbs, and the assigned serial " "numbers are automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:102 msgid "" "To generate new serial numbers in a sequence, click the :guilabel:`+ (plus)`" " icon in the :ref:`product line `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:113 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` pop-up window. The " ":guilabel:`Number of SN` field is auto-filled based on the product quantity " @@ -6238,22 +6249,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show Assign Serial numbers pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:125 msgid "Stock move pop-up window" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:127 msgid "" "For various methods of assigning serial numbers in bulk, click the " ":guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the :ref:`product line " "` of a receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:132 msgid "Add a line" msgstr "Lägg till rad" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:134 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window that appears, manually " "input the serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." @@ -6263,11 +6274,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a line on the Stock move pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:142 msgid "Generate Serials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:144 msgid "" "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Generate " "Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." @@ -6277,7 +6288,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show generate serials button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:151 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Generate Serial numbers` pop-up window, where " "the first serial number is entered in the :guilabel:`First SN` field to " @@ -6285,36 +6296,36 @@ msgid "" "entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:155 msgid "" "For more details on how to fill in this pop-up window, :ref:`refer to this " "section `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:159 msgid "Import Serials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:161 msgid "" "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Import " "Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:165 msgid "" "If the button is not visible, ensure the :guilabel:`Create New` option is " "selected in the :ref:`receipt's configuration page " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:168 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window. Enter each serial " "number on a separate line in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:172 msgid "" "Copy/paste serial numbers from an existing excel spreadsheet and add them to" " the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." @@ -6324,7 +6335,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show excel sheet to copy serial numbers from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:179 msgid "" "Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to add serial numbers to " "the list of products, and serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " @@ -6333,25 +6344,26 @@ msgid "" "option unchecked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:146 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Generate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:187 msgid "" "For a receipt with a :guilabel:`Demand` of `3.00` products, one product has " "already been assigned a serial number in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` " "pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:190 msgid "" "So, in the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window, two serial numbers, `124` " "and `125` are assigned to the remaining products by entering the following " "in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` input field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:199 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option is selected to add these two " "serial numbers **in addition** to the serial number, `123`, that has already" @@ -6403,7 +6415,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr ":doc:`lots`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "Aktivera partier och serienummer" @@ -6498,6 +6510,7 @@ msgstr "" "typografiska symboler eller en blandning av alla tre typerna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:343 msgid "Traceability" msgstr "Spårbarhet" @@ -7135,6 +7148,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Produktkategorier`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:189 msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" msgstr ":doc:`../../lagerhus_förvaring/flyttningsstrategier`" @@ -7175,11 +7189,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." msgstr "Gruppera efter utgångsdatum på sidan för partier och serienummer." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 msgid "Expiration alerts" msgstr "Varningar för utgångsdatum" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 msgid "" "To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." @@ -7187,7 +7201,7 @@ msgstr "" "För att se utgångsvarningar, gå till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:251 msgid "" "Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " "Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " @@ -7199,7 +7213,7 @@ msgstr "" "på fliken :guilabel:`Datum` i formuläret för serienummeruppgifter för att se" " all information om utgångsdatum för produkterna." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:255 msgid "" "To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " "form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " @@ -7210,7 +7224,7 @@ msgstr "" "datum (eller tidigare), och klicka på :guilabel:`Save` för att spara " "ändringarna." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:259 msgid "" "After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " "Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " @@ -7222,7 +7236,7 @@ msgstr "" "antingen har gått ut eller snart kommer att gå ut. Klicka sedan tillbaka " "till sidan :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` (via brödsmulorna)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:263 msgid "" "To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " "are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" @@ -7233,7 +7247,7 @@ msgstr "" "från fältet :guilabel:`Sök...` på instrumentpanelen :guilabel:`Lots/Serial " "Numbers`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:267 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." msgstr "" @@ -7244,138 +7258,463 @@ msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "Utgångsvarning för produkter som passerat utgångsdatum." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" -msgstr "Använd partier för att hantera grupper av produkter" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" -" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " -"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" -" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." +msgid "Lot numbers" msgstr "" -"*Parti* är ett av de två sätten att identifiera och spåra produkter i Odoo. " -"Ett parti anger vanligtvis en specifik sats av en artikel som mottogs, för " -"närvarande lagras eller skickades från ett lager, men kan också avse en sats" -" av produkter som tillverkas internt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:10 msgid "" -"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " -"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " -"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " -"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " -"lifecycles." +"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. They " +"typically represent a specific batch of products that were received, stored," +" shipped, or manufactured in-house." msgstr "" -"Tillverkare tilldelar partinummer till grupper av produkter som har " -"gemensamma egenskaper, vilket kan leda till att flera varor delar samma " -"partinummer. Detta hjälper till att identifiera ett antal produkter i en " -"enda grupp och möjliggör spårbarhet från början till slut för dessa " -"produkter genom varje steg i deras livscykel." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:13 msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " -"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " -"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " -"expiration dates." +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products sharing common " +"properties, facilitating end-to-end traceability through their lifecycles." msgstr "" -"Partier är användbara för produkter som tillverkas eller tas emot i stora " -"mängder (t.ex. kläder eller livsmedel), och kan användas för att spåra en " -"produkt tillbaka till en grupp. Detta är särskilt användbart vid hantering " -"av produktåterkallelser eller utgångsdatum." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:16 msgid "" -"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " -"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " -"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " -"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " -":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +"Lots are useful for managing large quantities of manufactured or received " +"products, aiding in tracing items back to their group, particularly for " +"product recalls or :doc:`expiration dates `." msgstr "" -"För att spåra produkter med hjälp av partier måste funktionen *Parti & " -"Serienummer* vara aktiverad. Gå till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`, bläddra ner till avsnittet " -":guilabel:`Traceability` och markera rutan bredvid :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " -"Numbers`. Klicka sedan på knappen :guilabel:`Spara` för att spara " -"ändringarna." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 -msgid "Track products by lots" -msgstr "Spåra produkter per parti" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:26 msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " -"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " -"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " -"and choose a product." +"To track products using lots, enable the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature. Go" +" to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and tick the checkbox " +"next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`Tracking expiration dates `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:33 +msgid "" +":ref:`Print GS1 barcodes for lots and serial numbers " +"`" msgstr "" -"När inställningen :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` har aktiverats kan " -"enskilda produkter nu konfigureras för att spåras med hjälp av lots. Detta " -"gör du genom att gå till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " -"Products` och välja en produkt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " -"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " -":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " -"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +msgid "Track by lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, configure " +"individual products to be tracked using lots. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and choose a " +"product to configure." msgstr "" -"I produktformuläret klickar du på :guilabel:`Edit` för att göra ändringar i " -"formuläret. Klicka sedan på fliken :guilabel:`Inventering`. I avsnittet " -":guilabel:`Spårbarhet` klickar du på :guilabel:`Partier`. Klicka sedan på " -":guilabel:`Spara` för att spara ändringarna. Befintliga eller nya lotnummer " -"kan nu tilldelas nyligen mottagna eller tillverkade batcher av denna " -"produkt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:48 msgid "" -"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " -"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" -" lot numbers to the existing stock." +"On the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, select the :guilabel:`By Lots` option in " +"the :guilabel:`Tracking` field. Now, new or existing lot numbers can be " +"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`expiration_dates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, a warning message appears. Use an :doc:`inventory adjustment" +" ` to assign lot numbers to existing products in stock." msgstr "" -"Om en produkt har lager innan spårning av partier eller serienummer " -"aktiveras, kan en lagerjustering behöva utföras för att tilldela partinummer" -" till det befintliga lagret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." msgstr "Aktiverade funktionen för spårning av partier i produktformuläret." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 -msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" -msgstr "Skapa nya partier för produkter som redan finns i lager" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:58 -msgid "" -"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " -"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" -" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " -"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " -"automatically." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:65 +msgid "Assign lots for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -"Nya partier kan skapas för produkter som redan finns i lager utan tilldelat " -"partinummer. Detta gör du genom att gå till :menuselection:`Inventory app " -"--> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers` och klicka på :guilabel:`Create`. Då " -"visas en separat sida där ett nytt :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` genereras " -"automatiskt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Assign new lot numbers to :ref:`incoming goods " +"` on the receipt form. When " +"shipping :ref:`outgoing goods `, select products with specific lot numbers on the delivery order " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:75 +msgid "On receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Assigning new or existing lot numbers to incoming goods can be done directly" +" on receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To begin, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app to `create and confirm " +"`_ a |PO| for products tracked " +"by lot numbers. Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button that " +"appears at the top of the page to navigate to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to an existing receipt by going to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, clicking the :guilabel:`Receipts` Kanban " +"card, and choosing the desired receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number triggers an " +"error, indicating that a lot number **must** be assigned before validating " +"the receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." +msgstr "Lägg till popup-fönster för användarfel med parti-/serienummer." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:96 +msgid "" +"On the receipt form, on the product line in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, " +"select the |list| icon to the right of the product that is tracked by lot " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the bulleted list icon on the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, where the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` and :guilabel:`Quantity` are assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 +msgid "The two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **importing**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:109 +msgid "Manual assignment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"To manually assign lot numbers, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Input the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, :guilabel:`Store To` location for the lot, " +":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Destination Package`, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To assign multiple lot numbers, or store to multiple locations, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and type a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` for " +"additional quantities. Repeat until the total in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"column matches the :guilabel:`Demand` at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgstr "Tilldela partinummer detaljerade operationer popup." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:125 +msgid "Import lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:127 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, click :guilabel:`Import " +"Serials/Lots`, then paste the bulk lot numbers, in the " +":guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "Lista över partinummer kopierad till Excel-ark." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on *Google* spreadsheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 +msgid "Lot numbers copied to the lot number line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Lot numbers pasted to the \"Lots/Serial numbers\" field, in the **Import " +"Lots** pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to generate *additional* " +"lot numbers in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window. To replace " +"the lot numbers in the list, leave the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option" +" unticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` on the receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:200 +msgid "" +":ref:`Traceability report for lot numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:157 +msgid "On delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Odoo makes it possible to specify which lot numbers for a product are chosen" +" for outgoing shipment on a delivery order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To begin, create or select an existing quotation from the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app. After confirming the |SO|, the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button becomes available. Click the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt form for " +"that specific |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to delivery orders by going to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`" +" kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button opens the the delivery order " +"form, where lot numbers are picked for delivery. In the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab, click the |list| icon to the right of the " +"product that is tracked by lot numbers. Clicking that icon reveals a " +":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, the chosen lot number and its storage location is " +"displayed in the :guilabel:`Pick From` column, with the with the full " +":guilabel:`Quantity` taken from that specific lot (if there is enough stock " +"in that particular lot)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:179 +msgid "" +"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " +":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:183 +msgid "" +"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " +"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It also " +"depends on the ordered quantity, and whether the lot's on-hand quantity is " +"enough to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Repeat the above steps to select enough lots to fulfill the " +":guilabel:`Demand`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. " +"Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button on the |DO| to deliver the " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Popup for source lot number on sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:203 +msgid "Lot management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Manage and view existing lot numbers for products in the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` dashboard by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:208 +msgid "" +"By default, lot numbers are grouped by product, and selecting the drop-down " +"menu for each product displays the existing lot numbers. Select a lot number" +" to :ref:`modify or add details ` " +"linked to the lot. Lot numbers can also be :ref:`created " +"` from this page, by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 +msgid "Show the \"Lot/Serial Number\" dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Display lot numbers, grouped by products, on the **Lot/Serial Number** " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 +msgid "Modify lot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Clicking a lot from the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` dashboard reveals a " +"separate page where additional information can be provided about the lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to follow " +"the most recent number. However, it can be edited, by clicking the line " +"under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and changing the generated " +"number to any desired one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:233 +msgid "On the lot number form, the following fields can be modified:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:235 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: change the lot number linked to the " +":guilabel:`Product`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:236 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internal Reference`: records an alternative lot/serial number " +"used within the warehouse that differs from the one used by the supplier " +"manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company where the lot number is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:239 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: add extra details about the lot or serial number in" +" this text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:242 +msgid "" +"On existing lots, the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"fields **cannot** be modified, as the lot numbers are linked with existing " +"stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the lot number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:250 +msgid ":doc:`Set expiration dates for lots `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:253 +msgid "Add property" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:255 +msgid "" +"To add custom fields to lots for enhanced traceability, there are two " +"methods of adding properties on a lot number form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon at the top-left of the page," +" then select :icon:`fa-cogs` :guilabel:`Add Properties` from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a Property` button, located below " +"the existing fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Name and :doc:`configure the new field " +"<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`. Once finished, enter the " +"property value in the new field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The new property, `Wood type`, is added. The value is recorded as `Cherry " +"wood`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Show the \"Add Properties\" button on a lot number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:273 +msgid "" +":doc:`Configuring custom properties " +"<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 +msgid "Reserve lot number for a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:280 +msgid "" +"To create a lot number for a product, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lot/Serial Numbers`, and " +"click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Creating a lot number reserves it for a product but **does not** assign it. " +"To assign lot numbers, refer to the section on :ref:`assigning lot numbers " +"on receipts `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:289 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " "follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " -"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " -"and changing the generated number." +"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field " +"on the lot form, and changing the generated number." msgstr "" -"Odoo genererar automatiskt ett nytt :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` för att " -"följa det senaste numret, men det kan redigeras och ändras till valfritt " -"nummer genom att klicka på raden under :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` fältet " -"och ändra det genererade numret." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:293 msgid "" "Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " "field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " @@ -7385,481 +7724,66 @@ msgstr "" "tomma fältet bredvid :guilabel:`Product` för att visa en rullgardinsmeny. I " "denna meny väljer du den produkt som det nya numret ska tilldelas." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:72 -msgid "" -"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " -"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " -"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " -"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" -"website environment)." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:298 +msgid "The lot number, `000001`, is created for the product, `Drawer Black`." msgstr "" -"I formuläret finns också möjlighet att justera :guilabel:`Quantity`, " -"tilldela ett unikt :guilabel:`Internal Reference`-nummer (för spårbarhet) " -"och tilldela denna specifika parti- eller serienummerkonfiguration till en " -"specifik webbplats i fältet :guilabel:`Website` (om du arbetar i en miljö " -"med flera webbplatser)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 -msgid "" -"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " -"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." -msgstr "" -"En detaljerad beskrivning av detta specifika parti eller serienummer kan " -"också läggas till i fliken :guilabel:`Description` nedan." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:83 -msgid "" -"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " -"button to save all changes." -msgstr "" -"När alla önskade konfigurationer är klara klickar du på knappen " -":guilabel:`Save` för att spara alla ändringar." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." msgstr "Formulär för skapande av nytt lotnummer med tilldelad produkt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:304 msgid "" "After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " -"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" -" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " -"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." +"product, the lot number is saved as an existing lot number linked to the " +"product, and can be selected when :ref:`assigning lot numbers to products on" +" a receipt `, or when making an " +"inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -"När ett nytt partinummer har skapats, sparats och tilldelats den önskade " -"produkten går du tillbaka till produktformuläret i appen " -":menuselection:`Inventory` genom att gå till :menuselection:`Products --> " -"Products` och välja den produkt som det nyskapade partinumret just har " -"tilldelats." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:310 msgid "" -"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " -"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " -"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" -" assigned to it." +"After creating the lot number, `000001` appears as an option for `Drawer " +"Black` when assigning lot numbers on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` " +"page." msgstr "" -"Klicka på smartknappen :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` på produktens " -"detaljformulär för att visa det nya lotnumret. När ytterligare kvantiteter " -"av denna produkt tas emot eller tillverkas, kan detta nya partinummer väljas" -" och tilldelas den." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:95 -msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" -msgstr "Hantera partier för frakt och mottagning" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " -"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " -"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " -"order form." -msgstr "" -"Lotnummer kan tilldelas för både **inkommande** och **utgående** varor. För " -"inkommande varor tilldelas partinummer direkt på inköpsorderblanketten. För " -"utgående varor tilldelas partinummer direkt på försäljningsorderblanketten." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:104 -msgid "Manage lots on receipts" -msgstr "Hantera partier på kvitton" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " -"purchase order (PO)." -msgstr "" -"Tilldelning av partinummer till **inkommande** varor kan göras direkt från " -"inköpsordern (PO)." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:108 -msgid "" -"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " -"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." -msgstr "" -"För att skapa en :abbr:`PO (inköpsorder)`, gå till :menuselection:`Inköpsapp" -" --> Skapa`. När du gör detta visas ett nytt, tomt formulär för " -"offertförfrågan (RFQ)." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 -msgid "" -"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " -"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " -"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " -"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." -msgstr "" -"På denna :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fyll i nödvändig information " -"genom att lägga till en :guilabel:`Vendor`, och lägg till önskade produkter " -"till :guilabel:`Product` linjer, genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Add a " -"product` (under :guilabel:`Products` fliken)." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " -"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." -msgstr "" -"Välj önskad kvantitet av produkten som ska beställas genom att ändra siffran" -" i kolumnen :guilabel:`Quantity`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " -"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " -":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " -"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." -msgstr "" -"När :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` har fyllts i klickar du på " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. När :abbr:`RFQ (offertförfrågan)` har bekräftats " -"blir det en :guilabel:`Köpsorder`, och en :guilabel:`Kvitto` smartknapp " -"visas. Klicka på smartknappen :guilabel:`Receipt` för att komma till " -"formuläret för lagerkvitto." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " -"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" -"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " -":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " -"number being assigned." -msgstr "" -"Om du klickar på :guilabel:`Validate` innan du har tilldelat ett partinummer" -" till de beställda produktkvantiteterna visas en :guilabel:`User Error` pop-" -"up. Popup-fönstret kräver att ett parti- eller serienummer anges för de " -"beställda produkterna. :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **kan** inte " -"bekräftas utan att ett partinummer har tilldelats." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." -msgstr "Lägg till popup-fönster för användarfel med parti-/serienummer." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:133 -msgid "" -"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " -":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " -"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " -"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." -msgstr "" -"Klicka sedan på menyn :guilabel:`Ytterligare alternativ`, som representeras " -"av en :guilabel:`hamburgare (fyra horisontella linjer)`-ikon, till höger om " -"kolumnen :guilabel:`Måttenhet` på fliken :guilabel:`Operationer`). Om du " -"klickar på ikonen visas popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Detailed Operations`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:137 -msgid "" -"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " -"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " -"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." -msgstr "" -"I denna popup kan du konfigurera ett antal olika fält, inklusive " -"tilldelningen av ett partinummer, under kolumnen :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " -"Number Name`, som finns längst ned i popup-fönstret." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." -msgstr "" -"Det finns två sätt att tilldela lotnummer: **manuellt** och " -"**kopiera/klistra in**." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 -msgid "" -"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" -" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " -"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " -"quantity." -msgstr "" -"**Tilldela lotnummer manuellt**: Klicka på :guilabel:`Add a line` och välj " -"den plats där produkterna ska lagras i kolumnen :guilabel:`To`. Skriv sedan " -"ett nytt :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` och ställ in :guilabel:`Done` " -"kvantitet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 -msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." -msgstr "Tilldela partinummer detaljerade operationer popup." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " -":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " -"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " -"the :guilabel:`Demand`." +msgid "Show how to assign lot numbers on the Inventory Adjustment page." msgstr "" -"Om kvantiteterna ska bearbetas på flera platser och i flera partier klickar " -"du på :guilabel:`Lägg till rad` och anger ett nytt :guilabel:`Partiets " -"nummernamn` för ytterligare kvantiteter. Upprepa tills :guilabel:`Kvantitet " -"utförd` matchar :guilabel:`Efterfrågan`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:155 -msgid "" -"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " -"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " -"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" -" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" -" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " -":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " -"entered in each of the lot number lines." -msgstr "" -"**Kopiera/klistra in lotnummer från ett kalkylblad**: Fyll i ett kalkylblad " -"med alla lotnummer som mottagits från leverantören (eller manuellt valts att" -" tilldelas vid mottagandet). Kopiera och klistra sedan in dem i kolumnen " -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name`. Odoo kommer automatiskt att skapa det " -"nödvändiga antalet rader baserat på antalet nummer som klistras in i " -"kolumnen. Därefter kan du manuellt ange :guilabel:`To`-platser och " -":guilabel:`Done`-kvantiteter i var och en av lotnummerraderna." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 -msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." -msgstr "Lista över partinummer kopierad till Excel-ark." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." -msgstr "" -"När alla produktkvantiteter har tilldelats ett partinummer klickar du på " -":guilabel:`Confirm` för att stänga popup-fönstret. Klicka sedan på " -":guilabel:`Validera`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:168 -msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." -" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " -":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " -"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" -" assigned, and more." -msgstr "" -"En smartknapp :guilabel:`Spårbarhet` visas när du validerar kvittot. Klicka " -"på smartknappen :guilabel:`Spårbarhet` för att se den uppdaterade " -":guilabel:`Spårbarhetsrapporten`, som innehåller: ett " -":guilabel:`Referensdokument`, den :guilabel:`Produkt` som spåras, det " -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` som tilldelats, med mera." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:174 -msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" -msgstr "Hantera partier på leveransorder" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " -"sales order (SO)." -msgstr "" -"Tilldelning av lotnummer till **utgående** varor kan göras direkt från " -"försäljningsordern (SO)." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " -"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." -msgstr "" -"För att skapa en :abbr:`SO (försäljningsorder)`, gå till " -":menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`. När du gör detta visas ett nytt, tomt" -" offertformulär." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:181 -msgid "" -"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" -" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " -"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." -msgstr "" -"På detta tomma offertformulär fyller du i nödvändig information genom att " -"lägga till en :guilabel:`Kund`, och lägga till produkter i " -":guilabel:`Produkt`-raderna (på fliken :guilabel:`Orderrader`) genom att " -"klicka på :guilabel:`Lägg till en produkt`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:185 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` column." -msgstr "" -"Välj sedan önskad kvantitet att sälja genom att ändra siffran i kolumnen " -":guilabel:`Quantity`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" -" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " -":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." -msgstr "" -"När offerten har fyllts i klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Confirm` för att " -"bekräfta offerten. När offerten är bekräftad blir den en :abbr:`SO " -"(försäljningsorder)`, och en :guilabel:`Leverans` smart knapp visas." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:201 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " -"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." -msgstr "" -"Klicka på smartknappen :guilabel:`Leverans` för att visa formuläret för " -"lagerkvitto för den specifika :abbr:`SO (försäljningsorder)`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 -msgid "" -"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " -"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " -":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " -"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." -msgstr "" -"Klicka sedan på menyn :guilabel:`Ytterligare alternativ`, som representeras " -"av en `hamburger`-ikon (fyra horisontella linjer, till höger om kolumnen " -":guilabel:`Måttenhet` på fliken :guilabel:`Operationer`). Klicka på ikonen " -"för att öppna popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Detailed Operations`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:198 -msgid "" -"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " -"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" -" there is enough stock in that particular lot)." -msgstr "" -"I popup-fönstret kommer ett :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` att väljas som " -"standard, med hela :guilabel:`Reserved`-kvantiteten tagen från det specifika" -" partiet (om det finns tillräckligt med lager i det specifika partiet)." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:202 -msgid "" -"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " -":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " -"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " -"total quantity." -msgstr "" -"Om det inte finns tillräckligt med lager i det partiet, eller om " -"delkvantiteter av :guilabel:`Demand` bör tas från flera partier, ändra " -"kvantiteten i kolumnen :guilabel:`Done` så att den endast inkluderar den " -"specifika delen av den totala kvantiteten." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:207 -msgid "" -"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " -"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " -"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " -"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " -"lot to fulfill the order." -msgstr "" -"Det parti som automatiskt väljs för leveransorder varierar beroende på den " -"valda borttagningsstrategin (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO" -" (Last In, First Out)`, eller :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). Det " -"beror också på den beställda kvantiteten och om det finns tillräckligt med " -"kvantitet i ett parti för att uppfylla beställningen." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:213 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" -msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:215 -msgid "" -"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " -"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" -" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." -msgstr "" -"Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Add a line`, välj ytterligare ett (annat) " -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, tillämpa resten av :guilabel:`Done` " -"kvantiteterna och klicka på :guilabel:`Confirm` för att stänga popup-" -"fönstret. Slutligen klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Validate` för att " -"leverera produkterna." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." -msgstr "" -"Popup för detaljerade operationer för källpartiets nummer på " -"försäljningsorder." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 -msgid "" -"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " -"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " -":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " -"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " -"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." -msgstr "" -"När du validerar leveransordern visas en smartknapp :guilabel:`Spårbarhet`. " -"Klicka på smartknappen :guilabel:`Spårbarhet` för att se den uppdaterade " -":guilabel:`Spårbarhetsrapporten`, som innehåller ett " -":guilabel:`Reference`-dokument, den :guilabel:`Produkt` som spåras, " -":guilabel:`Datum` och det :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` som tilldelats." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:228 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" -" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " -"the same lot number." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Spårbarhetsrapport` kan också innehålla ett " -":guilabel:`Referenskvitto` från den tidigare inköpsordern, om " -"produktkvantiteterna har samma lotnummer." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:318 msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" msgstr "Hantera tomter för olika typer av verksamhet" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:320 msgid "" -"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " -"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " -"be used." +"By default, new lots can only be created when receiving products, and " +"existing lot numbers cannot be used. For sales orders, only existing lot " +"numbers can be utilized, and new ones cannot be created on the delivery " +"order." msgstr "" -"I Odoo är skapandet av nya partier endast tillåtet vid **mottagning** av " -"produkter från en inköpsorder, som standard. **Befintliga** partinummer kan " -"inte användas." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:237 -msgid "" -"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" -" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." -msgstr "" -"För försäljningsorder gäller det motsatta: nya partinummer kan inte skapas " -"på leveransordern, endast befintliga partinummer kan användas." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:324 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " "type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " -"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +"Operations Types`, and select the desired operation type." msgstr "" -"För att ändra möjligheten att använda nya (eller befintliga) partinummer för" -" en viss operationstyp, gå till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " -"Configuration --> Operations Types`, och välj önskad :guilabel:`Operation " -"Type`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:328 msgid "" -"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " -"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " -"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" -" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " -":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" -" to save the changes." +"On the operation type form, under the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"section, tick the :guilabel:`Create New` checkbox to enable new lot numbers " +"to be created during this operation type. Choose :guilabel:`Use Existing " +"ones` if only existing lot numbers can be selected." msgstr "" -"För :guilabel:`Receipts`, som finns på sidan :menuselection:`Operations " -"Types`, kan alternativet :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` " -"aktiveras genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Edit`, och sedan klicka på " -"kryssrutan bredvid alternativet :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers`" -" (i avsnittet :guilabel:`Traceability`). Klicka slutligen på knappen " -":guilabel:`Spara` för att spara ändringarna." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:249 -msgid "" -"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " -"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " -"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " -"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." -msgstr "" -"För :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kan du aktivera alternativet " -":guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` genom att klicka på " -":guilabel:`Edit` och sedan klicka på kryssrutan bredvid alternativet " -":guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers`. Klicka på knappen " -":guilabel:`Spara` för att spara alla ändringar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." msgstr "Aktiverade spårbarhetsinställningen i formuläret för operationstyp." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:337 msgid "" "For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " "useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" @@ -7869,21 +7793,14 @@ msgstr "" "kan det vara användbart att aktivera :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " "Numbers` alternativet för lagerkvitton." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "Lots spårbarhet" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:345 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " -"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " -"stored, and who (and when) it went to." +"entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from, when it arrived, where it" +" was stored, who it went to (and when)." msgstr "" -"Tillverkare och företag kan använda spårbarhetsrapporter för att se en " -"produkts hela livscykel: var (och när) den kom ifrån, var den förvarades och" -" vem (och när) den gick till." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:348 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " @@ -7894,7 +7811,7 @@ msgstr "" "Numbers`. På så sätt visas instrumentpanelen :menuselection:`Lots/Serial " "Numbers`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:352 msgid "" "From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " @@ -7904,32 +7821,43 @@ msgstr "" "och kan expanderas för att visa de lotnummer som dessa produkter har " "tilldelats." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:355 msgid "" -"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " -"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " -":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " -"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." +"To group by lots, begin by removing any filters in the :guilabel:`Search...`" +" bar. Then, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(caret down)` icon to" +" open a drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` options," +" and :guilabel:`Favorites`. Under the :guilabel:`Group By` section, click " +"the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` option, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"Number` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -"Om du vill gruppera efter partier (eller serienummer) börjar du med att ta " -"bort eventuella filter i sökfältet. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Group By` i " -"rullgardinsmenyn, välj :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` och välj " -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` i rullgardinsmenyn. Klicka sedan på " -":guilabel:`Apply`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:361 msgid "" -"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " -"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." +"Doing so reorganizes all the records on the page to display all existing " +"lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded to show all quantities of " +"products with that assigned number." msgstr "" -"Om du gör det visas alla befintliga partier och serienummer, och kan utökas " -"för att visa alla kvantiteter av produkter med det tilldelade numret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "Spårbarhetsrapport för partier och serienummer." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:369 +msgid "Traceability report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To view a full stock moves report for a lot number, select the lot number " +"line from the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Number` dashboard. On the lot number " +"form, click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the Traceability Report for a lot, that displays the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:380 msgid ":doc:`differences`" msgstr ":doc:`skillnader`" @@ -8612,6 +8540,144 @@ msgstr "" " det interna antalet för produkten genom att skanna förpackningens " "streckkod." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:3 +msgid "Reassign lot/serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Changing a product's tracking settings to use lots or serial numbers, " +"*after* storing products in Odoo without them, can lead to inconsistent " +"records. Follow this documentation to learn how to use an inventory " +"adjustment to assign lot or serial numbers to products that were not " +"originally assigned lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Warning message: products in stock have no lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This document outlines the process of using two inventory adjustments: one " +"to remove incorrect records *without* lot numbers, and another to save the " +"quantities *with* the lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`Set up and use lot numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Set up serial numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Use serial numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:24 +msgid "Change on-hand quantity to zero" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To change the product's settings to track by lots or serial numbers, begin " +"by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and select the intended product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, click the product's :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button to open the " +":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. In the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"column, change the value to zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If the product is stored in multiple locations, make sure the **total** on " +"hand quantity at **all** locations is zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Show the Inventory Adjustments model, highlighting the \"On Hand Quantity\" " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:41 +msgid "Change traceability setting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Return to the product form (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Products`), and switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, change the :guilabel:`Tracking` option " +"from :guilabel:`No Tracking` to :guilabel:`By Lots` or :guilabel:`By Unique " +"Serial Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 +msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." +msgstr "Aktivera partier och serienummer." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:56 +msgid "Restore on-hand quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:58 +msgid "" +"After manually changing the on-hand quantity to zero and changing the " +":guilabel:`Tracking` setting to lots or serial numbers, restore the " +"quantities by clicking the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button from the desired" +" product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:62 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Update Quantity` page, because the on-hand quantity had " +"been previously changed to zero, a :guilabel:`No Stock On Hand` warning " +"appears on the page. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" +"left corner. Doing so reveals a new, modifiable line on the " +":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. Then, input a desired lot number in the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` to its original value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Fill in the \"Lot/Serial Number\" and \"On Hand Quantity\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To find the original quantity, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"accordingly, after assigning a new lot or serial number, click the " +":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon in the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` column. Then, click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` " +"button on the far-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Show the \"History\" button on the Inventory Adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The inventory adjustment that changed the on-hand quantity to zero is " +"displayed in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:0 +msgid "Show the history entry." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "Använd serienummer för att spåra produkter" @@ -8795,6 +8861,14 @@ msgstr "" "En detaljerad beskrivning av detta specifika parti/serienummer kan också " "läggas till i fliken :guilabel:`Description` nedan." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save all changes." +msgstr "" +"När alla önskade konfigurationer är klara klickar du på knappen " +":guilabel:`Save` för att spara alla ändringar." + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "Nytt serienummer skapas för befintligt produktlager." @@ -9038,6 +9112,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Orderrader`) genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Lägg till en " "produkt`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" +"Välj sedan önskad kvantitet att sälja genom att ändra siffran i kolumnen " +":guilabel:`Quantity`." + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:197 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" @@ -9049,6 +9131,26 @@ msgstr "" "bekräfta offerten. När offerten har bekräftats blir den en :abbr:`SO " "(försäljningsorder)` och en :guilabel:`Leverans` smartknapp visas." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " +"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" +"Klicka på smartknappen :guilabel:`Leverans` för att visa formuläret för " +"lagerkvitto för den specifika :abbr:`SO (försäljningsorder)`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på menyn :guilabel:`Ytterligare alternativ`, som representeras " +"av en `hamburger`-ikon (fyra horisontella linjer, till höger om kolumnen " +":guilabel:`Måttenhet` på fliken :guilabel:`Operationer`). Klicka på ikonen " +"för att öppna popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Detailed Operations`." + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:208 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " @@ -9513,6 +9615,8 @@ msgstr ":doc:`Spårning av parti-/serienummer `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:80 msgid "Create purchase order" msgstr "Skapa inköpsorder" @@ -9853,12 +9957,12 @@ msgstr "" " Du får ett nytt spårningsnummer och en ny etikett." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:160 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`fakturering`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:161 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" msgstr ":doc:`multipack`" @@ -10109,7 +10213,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:124 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" msgstr ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" @@ -10312,8 +10416,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "Create a sales order" msgstr "Skapa en försäljningsorder" @@ -10386,7 +10488,7 @@ msgstr "Halv sida i brevstorlek FedEx fraktetikett." msgid "Print shipping labels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:8 msgid "" "Integrate Odoo with :doc:`third-party shipping carriers " "<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>` to automatically generate " @@ -10394,7 +10496,7 @@ msgid "" "numbers, and barcodes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:15 msgid "" "To generate labels for a third-party shipping carrier, first :doc:`install " "the third-party shipping connector " @@ -10411,36 +10513,83 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set the \"Get Rate and Create Shipment\" option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:33 +msgid "Labels for multi-step" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"For companies using :doc:`two " +"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or :doc:`three step " +"delivery <../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, labels can be " +"triggered to print after validating the picking or packing operation. To do " +"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations " +"Types`, and choose the desired operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Operation Type` configuration page, tick the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` checkbox. Enabling this feature ensures that the " +"third-party shipping label is printed upon validating this operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:45 +msgid "" +"For :doc:`two-step delivery " +"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, where products are " +"placed directly in packages during picking, companies can print shipping " +"labels during picking instead of delivery. Odoo allows users to enable the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` feature on the `Pick` operation itself to achieve " +"this flexibility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:0 +msgid "Enable the \"Print Label\" feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:55 msgid "Print tracking labels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:57 msgid "" -"Tracking labels are generated after the delivery order (DO) is validated." +"Tracking labels are printed when specific operations are validated. By " +"default, validating a delivery order (DO) generates a tracking label in the " +"chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:61 msgid "" -"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin on the " -":menuselection:`Sales app`, and proceed to the desired quotation to " -":ref:`add the shipping cost `, confirm the sales order, and validate the |DO|." +"For companies using two or three step delivery, refer to the :ref:`printing " +"labels for multi-step delivery ` section to learn how to print the label after validating a picking " +"or packing operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin in the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and proceed to the desired quotation or sales " +"order (SO). There, and :ref:`add the shipping cost " +"` to the order. Then, " +"navigate to the linked |DO| — or another operation type when using multi-" +"step delivery — to validate the operation and print the label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:71 msgid "" "If only the *Inventory* app is installed, create :abbr:`DOs (Delivery " -"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app , :ref:`add the " +"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, :ref:`add the " "third-party carrier ` in " "the :guilabel:`Carrier` field, and validate the |DO|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:79 msgid "Add shipping on quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:81 msgid "" "To generate a tracking label for an order, begin by creating a quotation in " ":menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`, clicking " @@ -10452,15 +10601,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the \"Add Shipping\" button on the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:89 msgid "" "In the resulting pop-up window, select the intended carrier from the " -":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. Clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` " -"displays the shipping cost for the customer, via the third-party carrier in " -"the :guilabel:`Cost` field." +":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Total Order " +"Weight` field is automatically populated, based on the :ref:`weight of " +"products in the order `. " +"Modify this field to overwrite the predicted weight, and use this weight to " +"estimate the cost of shipping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Get Rate` to display the shipping cost for the " +"customer, via the third-party carrier in the :guilabel:`Cost` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 msgid "" "If clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` results in an error, ensure the " ":ref:`warehouse's address ` are properly configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:102 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the cost to the quotation, which is listed as " "the :ref:`configured delivery product " @@ -10481,49 +10638,49 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show \"Get rate\" pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:112 msgid "" -"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, the shipping carrier is" -" specified in a delivery order's :guilabel:`Carrier` field of the " -":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." +"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, specify the " +":guilabel:`Carrier` by going to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, " +"navigating to the |DO|, and going to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:0 msgid "Show the \"Additional Info\" tab of a delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:123 msgid "Validate delivery order" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:125 msgid "" "On a delivery order form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab to" " ensure the third-party shipping carrier has been added to the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:129 msgid "" "If the *Sales* app is not installed, the third-party carrier is set in the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:132 msgid "" "After the items in the order have been packed, click :guilabel:`Validate` to" " get the shipping carrier's tracking number, and generate the shipping " "label." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:136 msgid "" "Create or select an existing delivery order by going to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and selecting the :guilabel:`Delivery " "Orders` card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:139 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` number is generated in the " ":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab of the delivery order. Click the " @@ -10531,7 +10688,7 @@ msgid "" "shipping carrier's website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:143 msgid "The tracking label is found in PDF format in the chatter." msgstr "" @@ -10539,14 +10696,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show generated shipping label in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:150 msgid "" "For multi-package shipping, one label is generated per package. Each label " "appears in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:157 msgid "Sample label generated from Odoo's shipping connector with FedEx." msgstr "" @@ -10805,11 +10962,282 @@ msgstr "" "en ny restorder för resten. För att göra det följer du bara samma steg som " "användes för att skapa den första restordern." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:3 +msgid "Printable delivery PDFs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automatically print delivery-related PDFs documents and labels in Odoo, " +"containing package recipient details, contents, or handling instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The following PDFs can be configured to print upon validating an *Inventory*" +" operation (e.g. receipt, picking, delivery orders, quality checks):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:11 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery slip `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`Return slip `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:13 +msgid "" +":ref:`Product labels of items in the order " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:14 +msgid "" +":ref:`Lot and serial number labels `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:15 +msgid "Carrier labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:16 +msgid "Export documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:17 +msgid "Package Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:18 +msgid "Package label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To automatically print these forms, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`, and select the desired " +"operation type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick each of the desired options available " +"in the :guilabel:`Print on Validation` section to download the PDF of those " +"selected documents automatically after validating the :guilabel:`Operation " +"Type`. For details on what each of the checkbox options do, jump to the " +"related section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Print on Validation* option in the \"Pick\" *Operation Type*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:36 +msgid "Delivery slip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A *delivery slip* contains recipient and package details, usually placed " +"inside (or attached to) the package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:42 +msgid ":ref:`Picking list `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`Tracking label `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:45 +msgid "" +"After :ref:`enabling the Delivery Slip setting " +"` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " +"configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " +"operation type downloads a PDF of the delivery slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The delivery slip shows products, quantities, the delivery order reference " +"number, and the total order weight." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Example delivery slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:58 +msgid "Return slip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Print a *return slip* to include in a delivery for customer return packages." +" It identifies the return, links to the sales order, and includes item " +"details and customer information. It can also include specific return " +"instructions for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:64 +msgid "" +"After :ref:`enabling the Return Slip setting " +"` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " +"configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " +"operation type downloads a PDF of the return slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The return slip displays the company's return address, along with barcodes " +"for both the order and the return operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Example return slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:77 +msgid "Product labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Print *product labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " +"information, such as product name, barcode, and price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"After navigating to the intended operation type (:menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`), in the :guilabel:`Hardware` " +"tab, tick the :guilabel:`Product Labels` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Print label as:` drop-down menu visible, where" +" each product label can be printed as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`2 x 7 with price`: PDF displays product name, barcode, and price," +" fitting two rows and seven columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 2 x 7 with price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 7 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price, " +"fitting four rows and seven columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 4 x 7 with price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12`: displays product name and barcode. Fits four rows and " +"twelve columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 4 x 12." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price. " +"Fits four rows and twelve columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels`: prints labels in the Zebra Programming Language " +"(ZPL) containing the product name and barcode. Readable for Zebra printers " +"to automatically print labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels with price`: prints labels in the :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " +"Programming Language)` containing the product name, barcode, and price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Product labels can be manually printed from any delivery order, by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Print Labels` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:128 +msgid "Lot/SN Labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Print *lot/SN labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " +"information, such as product name, lot or serial number, and the barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To automatically print this PDF, navigate to the intended operation type's " +"options page (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations" +" Types`). Then, in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick the :guilabel:`Lot/SN " +"Labels` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per lot/SN`: PDF with labels for unique lot/serial " +"numbers in the order, including product name, lot/serial number, and " +"barcode. Fits four rows and twelve columns per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:150 +msgid "Labels for an order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per unit`: PDF with labels matching the quantity of " +"items, displaying the product name, lot/serial number, and barcode. Fits " +"four rows and twelve columns per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per lot/SN`: prints labels in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " +"Programming Language)`, containing the product name, lot/serial number, and " +"barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per unit`: prints labels with the quantity of " +"items in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming Language)`, containing the product " +"name, lot/serial number, and barcode." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "Scheduled delivery dates" msgstr "Planerade leveransdatum" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 msgid "" "Accurately forecasting delivery dates is vital for fulfilling customer " "expectations. In Odoo, the *Inventory* app allows for comprehensive lead " @@ -10821,11 +11249,11 @@ msgstr "" "omfattande konfigurering av ledtider, vilket möjliggör samordning och " "planering av tillverkningsorder, leveranser och mottagningar." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:15 msgid "Lead time types" msgstr "Typer av ledtider" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:17 msgid "" "Different lead times for different operations can impact various stages of " "the order fulfillment process. Here's a summary of the types of lead times " @@ -10839,97 +11267,85 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show graphic of all lead times working together." msgstr "Visa grafik av alla ledtider som arbetar tillsammans." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "" -":ref:`Customer lead time `: The default " -"time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is the " -"number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the date " -"the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as *delivery" -" lead time*." -msgstr "" -":ref:`Kunds ledtid `: Standardtidsramen för " -"att uppfylla kundorder. Kundledtiden är antalet dagar från det datum då " -"försäljningsordern (SO) bekräftas till det datum då produkterna skickas från" -" lagret. Detta är också känt som *leveransledtid*." - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:24 msgid "" -":ref:`Sales security lead time `: " -"moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of days. " -"This serves as a buffer to allow the team ample time to prepare the outgoing" -" shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " -"process." +":ref:`Customer lead time `: " +"default time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is" +" the number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the " +"date the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as " +"*delivery lead time*." msgstr "" -":ref:`Sales security lead time `: " -"flyttar fram det *planerade leveransdatumet* med ett angivet antal dagar. " -"Detta fungerar som en buffert för att ge teamet gott om tid att förbereda " -"den utgående försändelsen tidigare, med tanke på eventuella förseningar i " -"leveransprocessen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:29 msgid "" -":ref:`Purchase lead time `: the number of " -"days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " +":ref:`Sales security lead time `: moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of " +"days. This serves as a buffer to allow ample time to prepare the outgoing " +"shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 +msgid "" +":ref:`Purchase lead time `: number" +" of days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " "products. It provides insight on the time it takes for products to arrive at" " the warehouse, facilitating effective scheduling and planning of supplier " "deliveries." msgstr "" -":ref:`Ledtid inköp `: antal dagar från " -"bekräftelse av en inköpsorder (PO) till mottagande av produkter. Den ger " -"insikt i hur lång tid det tar för produkterna att anlända till lagret, " -"vilket underlättar effektiv schemaläggning och planering av " -"leverantörsleveranser." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:39 msgid "" -":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` by a " -"specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders earlier " -"mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products that are" -" set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment report* " -"earlier, according to the specified number of days." +":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " +"by a specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders " +"earlier mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products " +"that are set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment " +"report* earlier, according to the specified number of days." msgstr "" -":ref:`Ledtid för inköpssäkerhet `: tidigarelägger beställningsfristen för en :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " -"med ett angivet antal dagar. Denna proaktiva metod att lägga order tidigare " -"minskar risken för förseningar från leverantör eller frakt. För produkter " -"som är inställda på att fyllas på på beställning visas behovet på " -"*Påfyllningsrapporten* tidigare, enligt det angivna antalet dagar." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:40 -msgid "" -":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: the number " -"of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date of " -"confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in Odoo), " -"and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished good." -msgstr "" -":ref:`Ledtid för tillverkning `: antalet " -"dagar som behövs för att slutföra en tillverkningsorder (MO) från " -"bekräftelsedatumet. Denna ledtid inkluderar helger (icke arbetstid i Odoo), " -"och används för att prognostisera ett ungefärligt produktionsdatum för en " -"färdig vara." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:45 msgid "" -":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " -"forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with " -":ref:`replenish to order `, the " +":ref:`Days to Purchase `: " +"days needed for the vendor to receive a request for quotation (RFQ) and " +"confirm it. It advances the deadline to schedule a |RFQ| by a specified " +"number of days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:49 +msgid "" +":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: " +"number of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date " +"of confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in " +"Odoo), and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished" +" good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:54 +msgid "" +":ref:`Days to prepare manufacturing order " +"`: number of days " +"needed to replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the " +"product. Either set one directly on the bill of materials (BoM), or click " +"*Compute* to sum up purchase and manufacturing lead times of components in " +"the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:60 +msgid "" +":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing " +"Order)` forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with" +" :ref:`replenish to order `, the " "security lead time makes the need appear earlier on the replenishment " "report." msgstr "" -":ref:`Säkerhetsledtid för tillverkning `: flyttar fram det planerade datumet för :abbr:`MO " -"(tillverkningsorder)` med ett angivet antal dagar. När den används " -"tillsammans med :ref:`påfyllning efter order " -"`, gör säkerhetsledtiden att " -"behovet visas tidigare på påfyllningsrapporten." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:69 msgid "Sales lead times" msgstr "Ledtider för försäljning" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 msgid "" "Customer lead times and sales security lead times can be configured to " "automatically compute an *expected delivery date* on a :abbr:`SO (Sales " @@ -10941,7 +11357,7 @@ msgstr "" "förväntade leveransdatumet säkerställer en realistisk inställning av " "*leveransdatum* för försändelser från lagret." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:75 msgid "" "Odoo issues a warning message if the set delivery date is earlier than the " "expected date, as it may not be feasible to fulfill the order by that time, " @@ -10952,7 +11368,7 @@ msgstr "" "uppfylla ordern vid den tiden, vilket skulle påverka andra " "lagerverksamheter." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:79 msgid "" "A :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` containing a `Coconut-scented candle` is " "confirmed on July 11th. The product has a customer lead time of 14 days, and" @@ -10972,7 +11388,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ange *Leveransdatum* i en försäljningsorder. Aktiverar funktionen för " "leveransledtider." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:87 msgid "" "The following sections demonstrate how to automatically compute expected " "delivery dates." @@ -10980,11 +11396,11 @@ msgstr "" "Följande avsnitt visar hur man automatiskt beräknar förväntade " "leveransdatum." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:90 msgid "Customer lead time" msgstr "Kundens ledtid" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:92 msgid "" "Set the customer lead time on each product form, by navigating to the " "products page. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> " @@ -11000,7 +11416,7 @@ msgstr "" "sedan i antalet kalenderdagar som krävs för att uppfylla leveransordern från" " början till slut." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 msgid "" "Set a 14-day customer lead time for the `Coconut-scented candle` by " "navigating to its product form. Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, type" @@ -11014,11 +11430,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set *Customer Lead Time* on the product form." msgstr "Ange *Kundens ledtid* på produktformuläret." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:109 msgid "Sales security lead time" msgstr "Ledtid för försäljningssäkerhet" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:111 msgid "" "*Sales security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -11026,7 +11442,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Sales security lead time* ställs in globalt för verksamheten i " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:114 msgid "" "On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " "heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales`, and " @@ -11036,7 +11452,7 @@ msgstr "" "letar du upp rutan för :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales`, och klickar" " i kryssrutan för att aktivera funktionen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. This security lead time is " "a buffer notifying the team to prepare for outgoing shipments earlier than " @@ -11046,7 +11462,7 @@ msgstr "" "som meddelar teamet att förbereda sig för utgående transporter tidigare än " "det schemalagda datumet." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales` to `1.00` day, pushes " "the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of a delivery order (DO) forward by one day. " @@ -11068,11 +11484,11 @@ msgstr "" "Vy över konfigurationen för säkerhetsledtid för försäljning från " "försäljningsinställningarna." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:131 msgid "Deliver several products" msgstr "Leverera flera produkter" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:133 msgid "" "For orders that include multiple products with different lead times, the " "lead times can be configured directly from the quotation itself. On a " @@ -11083,7 +11499,7 @@ msgstr "" "konfigureras direkt från offerten. I en offert klickar du på fliken " ":guilabel:`Övrig information` och ställer in :guilabel:`Fraktpolicy` till:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`As soon as possible` to deliver products as soon as they are " "ready. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " @@ -11095,7 +11511,7 @@ msgstr "" "genom att dagens datum adderas till den kortaste ledtiden bland produkterna " "i ordern." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`When all products are ready` to wait to fulfill the entire order " "at once. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " @@ -11111,7 +11527,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show *Shipping Policy* field in the *Other Info* tab of a quotation." msgstr "Visa fältet *Fraktpolicy* på fliken *Övrig information* i en offert." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:150 msgid "" "In a quotation containing 2 products, `Yoga mat` and `Resistance band,` the " "products have a lead time of 8 days and 5 days, respectively. Today's date " @@ -11121,7 +11537,7 @@ msgstr "" "har produkterna en ledtid på 8 dagar respektive 5 dagar. Dagens datum är den" " 2 april." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:153 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Shipping Policy` is set to :guilabel:`As soon as " "possible`, the scheduled delivery date is 5 days from today: April 7th. On " @@ -11133,11 +11549,11 @@ msgstr "" " däremot väljer :guilabel:`När alla produkter är klara` konfigureras det " "schemalagda datumet till att vara 8 dagar från idag: 10 april." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:160 msgid "Purchase lead times" msgstr "Ledtider för inköp" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 msgid "" "Automatically determining the dates on which to place orders from suppliers " "can help simplify the procurement process." @@ -11145,7 +11561,7 @@ msgstr "" "Att automatiskt fastställa vilka datum som gäller för beställningar från " "leverantörer kan bidra till att förenkla upphandlingsprocessen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 msgid "" "Odoo calculates the supplier shipment *receipt date*, and :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` deadline, based on the required date the product is needed" @@ -11159,7 +11575,7 @@ msgstr "" "leverantörens ledtider och inköpssäkerhetens ledtider för att bestämma " ":abbr:`PO (Inköpsorder)` deadline." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 msgid "" "This deadline is the date by which the order should be confirmed, in order " "to ensure timely arrival by the expected receipt date." @@ -11175,7 +11591,7 @@ msgstr "" "Visualisering av PO-datum och mottagningsdatum som används med leverantörers" " ledtider." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:178 msgid "" ":ref:`PO scheduling with reordering rules " "`" @@ -11183,11 +11599,11 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`PO schemaläggning med regler för reordering " "`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:181 msgid "Vendor lead time" msgstr "Leverantörens ledtid" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:183 msgid "" "To set a vendor lead time for orders arriving in the warehouse from a vendor" " location, begin by navigating to a product form through " @@ -11197,7 +11613,7 @@ msgstr "" "från en leverantör, börja med att navigera till ett produktformulär via " ":menuselection:`Köpsapp --> Produkter --> Produkter`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:186 msgid "" "Next, select the desired product, and switch to the :guilabel:`Purchase` " "tab. In the editable vendor pricelist, click the :guilabel:`Add a line` " @@ -11211,7 +11627,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Price` som erbjuds för produkten, och slutligen " ":guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:192 msgid "" "Multiple vendors and lead times can be added to the vendor pricelist. The " "default vendor and lead time selected will be the entry at the top of the " @@ -11221,7 +11637,7 @@ msgstr "" " standardleverantör och ledtid som valts kommer att vara den post som ligger" " högst upp i listan." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:196 msgid "" "On the vendor pricelist of the product form, the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " "Time` for the selected vendor is set to `10 days.`" @@ -11233,7 +11649,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add delivery lead times to vendor pricelist on a product." msgstr "Lägg till leveransledtider i leverantörens prislista för en produkt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:203 msgid "" "By setting the vendor lead time, the expected arrival date of the item is " "automatically determined as the date of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " @@ -11247,7 +11663,7 @@ msgstr "" "lagerpersonalen meddelas om produkterna **inte** anländer inom den " "förväntade tidsramen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 msgid "" "On a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` confirmed on July 11th, for a product " "configured with a 10-day vendor lead time, Odoo automatically sets the " @@ -11273,11 +11689,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Visa förväntat *Scheduled Date* för ankomst av produkten från säljaren." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:225 msgid "Purchase security lead time" msgstr "Köp säkerhet ledtid" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:227 msgid "" "*Purchase security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -11285,39 +11701,27 @@ msgstr "" "*Inköpssäkerhetens ledtid* ställs in globalt för verksamheten i " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:230 msgid "" -"On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " -"heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`, and" -" click the checkbox to enable the feature." +"On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " +"heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`." msgstr "" -"På konfigurationssidan, under rubriken :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling`, " -"letar du reda på rutan för :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase` och " -"klickar i kryssrutan för att aktivera funktionen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in supplier " -"deliveries." +"deliveries. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Ange sedan önskat antal kalenderdagar. Genom att konfigurera " -"säkerhetsledtiden ställs en buffert in för att ta hänsyn till potentiella " -"förseningar i leverantörsleveranser." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:237 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase` to `2.00` days, " -"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by one day. In that " +"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by two days. In that " "case, if a product is initially scheduled to arrive on April 6th, with a " "two-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the receipt would be " "April 8th." msgstr "" -"Om du ställer in :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase` till `2.00` " -"dagar, skjuts :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` för mottagandet upp med en dag. I " -"detta fall, om en produkt ursprungligen är planerad att anlända den 6 april," -" med en två dagars säkerhetsledtid, skulle det nya planerade datumet för " -"mottagandet vara den 8 april." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -11327,21 +11731,35 @@ msgstr "" "Ställ in säkerhetsledtid för inköp från Inventering > Konfiguration > " "Inställningar." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 +msgid "Days to purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To set up the *days to purchase* lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Advanced " +"Scheduling` section, in the :guilabel:`Days to Purchase` field, specify the " +"number of days required for the vendor to confirm a |RFQ| after receiving it" +" from the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Show \"Days to Purchase\" configuration in the Settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 msgid "Manufacturing lead times" msgstr "Ledtider för tillverkning" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:265 msgid "" "Lead times can help simplify the procurement process for consumable " "materials and components used in manufactured products with bills of " -"materials." +"materials (BoMs)." msgstr "" -"Ledtider kan bidra till att förenkla upphandlingsprocessen för " -"förbrukningsmaterial och komponenter som används i tillverkade produkter med" -" materialförteckningar." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:268 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the deadline to " "begin the manufacturing process to complete the product by the scheduled " @@ -11361,45 +11779,47 @@ msgstr "" "Visualisering av fastställandet av planerade ledtider för tillverkning av " "MO-datum." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 msgid "Manufacturing lead time" msgstr "Ledtid för tillverkning" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:279 msgid "" -"Configure the manufacturing lead time directly on the product form, by " -"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products`, " -"and select the desired product." +"Manufacturing lead times for products are configured from a product's bill " +"of materials (BoM) form." msgstr "" -"Konfigurera tillverkningens ledtid direkt på produktformuläret, genom att " -"navigera till :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products`, " -"och välj önskad produkt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:281 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product, specify the calendar days " -"needed to the manufacture the product in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead " -"Time` field." +"To add a lead time to a |BoM|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" +" --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM| to edit." msgstr "" -"På fliken :guilabel:`Inventory` för produkten anger du de kalenderdagar som " -"behövs för att tillverka produkten i fältet :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead " -"Time`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:284 msgid "" -"Specify a 14-day :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead Time` for a product directly " -"in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product." +"On the |BoM| form, click the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. Change the value" +" (in days) in the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field to specify the calendar" +" days needed to manufacture the product." msgstr "" -"Ange en 14-dagars :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead Time` för en produkt direkt " -"på fliken :guilabel:`Inventory` för produkten." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Manuf. Lead Time value specified on a product's Bill of Material form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:292 msgid "" -"View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form." +"If the selected |BoM| is a multi-level |BoM|, the manufacturing lead times " +"of the components are added." msgstr "" -"Vy över konfigurationen för tillverkningsledtid från produktformuläret." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 +msgid "" +"If the |BoM| product is subcontracted, the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` can " +"be used to determine the date at which components should be sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:298 msgid "" "Establish a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, based on the " "*expected delivery date*, indicated in the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field " @@ -11409,7 +11829,7 @@ msgstr "" "*förväntade leveransdatumet*, som anges i :guilabel:`Scheduled Date`-fältet " "i :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:301 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field on the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`, is" @@ -11420,7 +11840,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` på :abbr:`MO (Tillverkningsorder)`, beräknas som " "*förväntat leveransdatum* subtraherat med tillverkningens ledtid." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:305 msgid "" "This ensures the manufacturing process begins on time, in order to meet the " "delivery date." @@ -11428,32 +11848,26 @@ msgstr "" "Detta säkerställer att tillverkningsprocessen påbörjas i tid, så att " "leveransdatumet kan hållas." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:307 msgid "" -"However, it's important to note that lead times are based on calendar days. " -"Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center capacity*" -" (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work center " -"simultaneously`)." +"However, it is important to note that lead times are based on calendar days." +" Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center " +"capacity* (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work " +"center simultaneously`)." msgstr "" -"Det är dock viktigt att notera att ledtiderna är baserade på kalenderdagar. " -"Ledtiderna tar **inte** hänsyn till helger, helgdagar eller *arbetscentrets " -"kapacitet* (:dfn:`antalet operationer som kan utföras på arbetscentret " -"samtidigt`)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 -msgid ":ref:`Manufacturing planning `" -msgstr "" -":ref:`Planering av tillverkning `" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 msgid "" -":ref:`Configure automatic MO scheduling with reordering rules " -"`" +":doc:`Manufacturing planning <../../../manufacturing/workflows/use_mps>`" msgstr "" -":ref:`Konfigurera automatisk MO-planering med regler för reordering " -"`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:313 +msgid "" +":doc:`Schedule MOs with reordering rules " +"<../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 msgid "" "A product's scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " "August 15th. The product requires 14 days to manufacture. So, the latest " @@ -11465,31 +11879,64 @@ msgstr "" "att starta :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` för att uppfylla åtagandedatumet" " är alltså den 1 augusti." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:324 +msgid "Days to prepare manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Configure the days required to gather components to manufacture a product by" +" going to its |BoM|. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" +" Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:330 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab of the |BoM|, specify the calendar days" +" needed to obtain components of the product in the :guilabel:`Days to " +"prepare Manufacturing Order` field. Doing so creates |MOs| in advance, and " +"ensures there is enough time to either replenish components, or manufacture " +"semi-finished products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Compute`, located next to the :guilabel:`Days to prepare" +" Manufacturing Order` field, calculates the longest lead time among all the " +"components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:339 +msgid "" +"*Purchase security lead times* that impact this specific |BoM| are also " +"added to this value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:343 +msgid "" +"A |BoM| has two components, one has a manufacturing lead time of two days, " +"and the other has a purchase lead time of four days. The :guilabel:`Days to " +"prepare Manufacturing Order` is four days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:350 msgid "Manufacturing security lead time" msgstr "Ledtid för tillverkningssäkerhet" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:352 msgid "" "*Manufacturing security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the" -" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead " -"Time`, and click the checkbox to enable the feature." +" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security " +"Lead Time`." msgstr "" -"*Manufacturing security lead time* ställs in globalt för verksamheten i " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under " -"rubriken :guilabel:`Planering`, leta reda på rutan för :guilabel:`Security " -"Lead Time`, och klicka i kryssrutan för att aktivera funktionen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:356 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in the " -"manufacturing process." +"manufacturing process. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Ange sedan önskat antal kalenderdagar. Genom att konfigurera " -"säkerhetsledtiden ställs en buffert in för att ta hänsyn till potentiella " -"förseningar i tillverkningsprocessen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -11499,7 +11946,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vy över säkerhetsledtiden för tillverkning från tillverkningsappens " "inställningar." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:364 msgid "" "A product has a scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " "set for August 15th. The manufacturing lead time is 7 days, and " @@ -11515,11 +11962,11 @@ msgstr "" "påbörja tillverkningsordern. I det här exemplet är det planerade datumet på " ":abbr:`MO (Tillverkningsorder)` den 5 augusti." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:371 msgid "Global example" msgstr "Globalt exempel" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:373 msgid "" "See the following example to understand how all the lead times work together" " to ensure timely order fulfillment:" @@ -11527,27 +11974,27 @@ msgstr "" "Se följande exempel för att förstå hur alla ledtider samverkar för att " "säkerställa att ordern uppfylls i tid:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:376 msgid "**Sales security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "**Ledtid för försäljningssäkerhet**: 1 dag" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:377 msgid "**Manufacturing security lead time**: 2 days" msgstr "**Ledtid för tillverkningssäkerhet**: 2 dagar" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:378 msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**: 3 days" msgstr "**Ledtid för tillverkning**: 3 dagar" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:379 msgid "**Purchase security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "**Ledtid för säkerhet vid köp**: 1 dag" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:380 msgid "**Vendor lead time**: 4 days" msgstr "**Leverantörens ledtid**: 4 dagar" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:382 msgid "" "The customer places an order for a manufactured product on September 1st, " "and the scheduled delivery date from the warehouse is on September 20th. " @@ -11569,11 +12016,11 @@ msgstr "" "Visa en tidslinje över hur ledtiderna samverkar för att schemalägga " "lagerverksamheten." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:390 msgid "**September 1st**: Sales order created, confirmed by salesperson." msgstr "**1 september**: Försäljningsorder skapas, bekräftas av säljare." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:392 msgid "" "**September 9th**: Deadline to order components to ensure they arrive in " "time when manufacturing begins (4-day supplier lead time)." @@ -11582,7 +12029,7 @@ msgstr "" "de anländer i tid när tillverkningen påbörjas (4 dagars ledtid för " "leverantörer)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:395 msgid "" "**September 13th**: Scheduled date of receipt for components. Initially, it " "was set to 9/14, but the 1-day purchase security lead time pushed the date " @@ -11592,7 +12039,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ursprungligen var det satt till 9/14, men 1 dags ledtid för inköpssäkerhet " "flyttade fram datumet med 1 dag." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:398 msgid "" "**September 14th**: Deadline to begin manufacturing. Calculated by " "subtracting the manufacturing lead time of 3 days, and the manufacturing " @@ -11604,7 +12051,7 @@ msgstr "" "tillverkningssäkerhet på 2 dagar från det förväntade leveransdatumet den 19 " "september." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:402 msgid "" "**September 19th**: :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the delivery order form " "indicates the updated expected delivery date, which was originally set as " @@ -11616,7 +12063,7 @@ msgstr "" " till den 20 september. Men ledtiden för försäljningssäkerhet flyttade fram " "datumet med en dag." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:406 msgid "" "Odoo's replenishment planning maps a business' order fulfillment process, " "setting pre-determined deadlines and raw material order dates, including " @@ -11676,7 +12123,6 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` även aktiverar *Storage Locations*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings." msgstr "Aktivera flerstegsrutter och lagringsplatser i lagerinställningarna." @@ -11871,592 +12317,536 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in one step" msgstr "Hantera kvitton och leveranser i ett steg" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:11 msgid "" -"By default, incoming shipments are configured to be received directly into " -"stock, and outgoing shipments are configured to be delivered directly from " -"stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one " -"step receipts and deliveries." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " +"process in one step, by default. This means purchases will be received " +"directly into stock, and deliveries will be moved directly from stock to " +"customers." msgstr "" -"Som standard är inkommande försändelser konfigurerade att tas emot direkt i " -"lager, och utgående försändelser är konfigurerade att levereras direkt från " -"lager till kund; standardinställningen för lager i Odoo är ett steg " -"mottagningar och leveranser." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:30 msgid "" -"Incoming and outgoing shipments do not need to be configured with the same " -"steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in " -"three steps." +"Incoming and outgoing shipments do **not** need to be configured with the " +"same amount of steps." msgstr "" -"Inkommande och utgående försändelser behöver inte konfigureras med samma " -"steg. Produkter kan t.ex. tas emot i ett steg, men skickas i tre steg." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18 msgid "" -"In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and " -"deliveries." +"For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " +"received directly in one step, and delivered in three steps (pick + pack + " +"ship)." msgstr "" -"I följande exempel kommer ett steg att användas för både inbetalningar och " -"utleveranser." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20 -msgid "Configure the warehouse" -msgstr "Konfigurera lagret" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:24 msgid "" -"If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they" -" can easily be set back to the one step setting." +"To configure one-step receipts and deliveries for a warehouse, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and select " +"a warehouse to edit." msgstr "" -"Om en annan mottagnings- eller fraktkonfiguration är inställd på lagret kan " -"de enkelt återställas till inställningen för ett steg." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:27 msgid "" -"Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`, and click on the desired warehouse to edit. Next, on the " -":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, under the :guilabel:`Shipments` " -"section, select :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)` for " -":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " -"step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)`, and set " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " +"step)`." msgstr "" -"Börja med att navigera till :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses` och klicka på det lager du vill redigera. På fliken " -":guilabel:`Lagerkonfiguration`, under avsnittet :guilabel:`Sändningar`, " -"väljer du sedan :guilabel:`Att ta emot varor direkt (1 steg)` för " -":guilabel:`Inkommande sändningar` och/eller :guilabel:`Att leverera varor " -"direkt (1 steg)` för :guilabel:`Utgående sändningar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one " -"step." +msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to one-step on warehouse form." msgstr "" -"Ställ in alternativ för inkommande och utgående sändningar för att ta emot " -"och leverera i ett steg." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Since one-step receipt and delivery is the default for incoming and outgoing" +" shipments in Odoo, the *Multi-Step Routes* feature is *not* required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 +msgid "" +"However, for the :guilabel:`Shipments` settings to appear on a warehouse " +"form, the feature **must** be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick " +"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Doing so also activates the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` " +"feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:50 msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "Ta emot varor direkt (1 steg)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "Create a purchase order" -msgstr "Skapa en inköpsorder" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:52 msgid "" -"On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making" -" a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, select (or create) a " -":guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` " -"to finalize the quote as a new purchase order." +"When products are received in one step, they will move from the vendor " +"location to warehouse stock in the database immediately upon validation of a" +" purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" -"På huvudpanelen för :menuselection:`Purchase` börjar du med att skapa en ny " -"offert genom att klicka på :guilabel:`New`. Välj (eller skapa) sedan en " -":guilabel:`Vendor` från rullgardinsmenyn, lägg till en lagringsbar " -":guilabel:`Product` på orderraderna och klicka på :guilabel:`Confirm Order` " -"för att slutföra offerten som en ny inköpsorder." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:81 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " -"the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " -"receipt for the purchase order." +"To create a |PO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank :guilabel:`Request for Quotation` (RfQ) " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Supplier` field. Then, fill out the various " +"fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." msgstr "" -"En :guilabel:`Kvitto` smart knapp kommer att visas i det övre högra hörnet " -"av :abbr:`PO (inköpsorder)` formuläret - klicka på den för att visa det " -"tillhörande kvittot för inköpsordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order." -msgstr "Knappen Kvitto smart visas på den bekräftade inköpsordern." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." +msgid "Filled out new request for quotation form." msgstr "" -"Kvitton på inköpsorder kan också hittas i applikationen " -":menuselection:`Inventory`. I instrumentpanelen :guilabel:`Overview` klickar" -" du på smartknappen :guilabel:`# to Process` i kanban-kortet " -":guilabel:`Receipts`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." -msgstr "Kvitto kanban-kortets 1 till Process smart-knapp." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 -msgid "Process the receipt" -msgstr "Bearbeta kvittot" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:65 msgid "" -"When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click " -":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt." +"Under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the |RfQ|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This moves the |RfQ| to the " +":guilabel:`Purchase Order` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once the |PO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears at " +"the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse receipt " +"(WH/IN) form." msgstr "" -"När du visar kvittot (kopplat till inköpsordern ovan) klickar du på " -":guilabel:`Validera` för att sedan slutföra kvittot." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button." -msgstr "Validera inköpsordern via knappen Validera smart." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ " -"(bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon " -"enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows " -"the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)." +msgid "Receipt smart button on confirmed purchase order form." msgstr "" -"Om :guilabel:`Storage Locations` är aktiverat, klicka på :guilabel:`≣ " -"(punktlista)` ikonen bredvid :guilabel:`🗑️ (papperskorg)` ikonen för att ta " -"bort :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` skärmen ska dyka upp. Detta gör det " -"möjligt att ange plats(er) för den/de mottagna produkten/produkterna." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n" -"pop-up." -msgstr "" -"Välj lagringsplats för de produkter som tas emot i popup-fönstret Detaljerade åtgärder\n" -"popup-fönstret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier " -"Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives " -"here, it will be available for manufacturing, sales, etc. Then, the status " -"of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the " -"reception process in one step." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 +msgid "Process receipt" msgstr "" -"När kvittot har validerats lämnar produkten :guilabel:`Supplier Location` " -"och går in i :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. När den anländer hit kommer den " -"att vara tillgänglig för tillverkning, försäljning etc. Därefter ändras " -"dokumentets status till :guilabel:`Done`, vilket innebär att " -"mottagningsprocessen avslutas i ett steg." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:84 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " +"the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " +"validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validated warehouse receipt in Done stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Click back to the |PO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" +" the |PO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Received` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:99 msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "Leverera varor direkt (1 steg)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:101 msgid "" -"Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and " -"make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then select (or create) a " -":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down field, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order." +"When products are delivered in one step, they will move from warehouse stock" +" to the customer location in the database immediately upon validation of a " +"sales order (SO)." msgstr "" -"Börja med att navigera till huvudpanelen i appen :menuselection:`Sales` och " -"skapa en ny offert genom att klicka på :guilabel:`New`. Välj sedan (eller " -"skapa) en :guilabel:`Kund` från rullgardinsmenyn, lägg till en lagringsbar " -":guilabel:`Produkt` som finns i lager till orderraderna, och klicka på " -":guilabel:`Bekräfta` för att slutföra offerten som en försäljningsorder." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:103 -msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " -"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " -"delivery order for the sales order." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:156 +msgid "Create sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:158 +msgid "" +"To create a |SO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales app`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank sales quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field. Then, fill out the various" +" fields on the sales quotation form, as necessary." msgstr "" -"En :guilabel:`Delivery` smart knapp visas i det övre högra hörnet av " -":abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` formuläret - klicka på den för att visa den " -"tillhörande leveransordern för försäljningsordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed." +msgid "Filled out new sales quotation form." msgstr "" -"Knappen Leverans smart visas efter att försäljningsordern har bekräftats." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:117 msgid "" -"Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." +"Under the :guilabel:`Product` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" -"Leveransorder kan också hittas i applikationen :menuselection:`Inventory`. I" -" instrumentpanelen :guilabel:`Overview` klickar du på smartknappen " -":guilabel:`# to Process` i kanban-kortet :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." -msgstr "Leveransorder kanban-kortets 1 till Process smart-knapp." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:120 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:172 -msgid "Process the delivery" -msgstr "Bearbeta leveransen" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:171 msgid "" -"When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), " -"click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. This moves the quotation to the " +":guilabel:`Sales Order` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Once the |SO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears at " +"the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse delivery " +"(WH/OUT) form." msgstr "" -"När du ser leveransordern (kopplad till försäljningsordern ovan) klickar du " -"på :guilabel:`Validera` för att sedan slutföra leveransen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the delivery order." -msgstr "Validera leveransordern." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the " -":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers" -" location`. Then, the status of the document will change to " -":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step." +msgid "Delivery smart button on confirmed sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:207 +msgid "Process delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:133 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse delivery form, the products ordered by the customer can " +"be delivered from the warehouse. To deliver the products, change the value " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field to match the ordered quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Demand` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once validated, the delivery order " +"moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validated delivery order in Done stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click back to the |SO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" +" the |SO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Delivered` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:229 +msgid ":doc:`shipments_deliveries`" msgstr "" -"När plockordern har validerats lämnar produkten :guilabel:`WH/Stock " -"location` och flyttas till :guilabel:`Partners/Customers location`. Därefter" -" ändras dokumentets status till :guilabel:`Done`, vilket innebär att " -"leveransen slutförs i ett steg." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in two steps" msgstr "Hantera kvitton och leveranser i två steg" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Depending on a company's business processes, multiple steps may be needed " -"before receiving or shipping products. In the two-step receipt process, " -"products are received in an input area, then transferred to stock. Two-step " -"receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as " -"locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves." -msgstr "" -"Beroende på ett företags affärsprocesser kan flera steg behövas innan " -"produkter tas emot eller skickas. I en tvåstegskvittoprocess tas produkterna" -" emot i ett inmatningsområde och överförs sedan till lagret. Tvåstegskvitton" -" fungerar bäst när olika lagringsplatser används, t.ex. låsta eller säkrade " -"områden, frysar och kylskåp eller olika hyllor." - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12 msgid "" +"Depending on a company's needs, receiving and shipping products in and out " +"of the warehouse might require multi-step operations. In Odoo *Inventory*, " +"this can be done using *Multi-Step Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the two-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, " +"then transferred to stock. This kind of process for incoming shipments might" +" be beneficial for warehouses with specific storage locations, such as " +"freezers and refrigerators, secured locked areas, or special aisles and " +"shelves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:19 +msgid "" "Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and " "employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The " -"products are not available for further processing until they are transferred" -" into stock." +"products are *not* available for further processing, until they are " +"transferred into stock." msgstr "" -"Produkterna kan sorteras efter var de ska lagras, och medarbetarna kan lagra" -" alla produkter som ska till en viss plats. Produkterna är inte tillgängliga" -" för vidare bearbetning förrän de har överförts till lagret." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:23 msgid "" -"In the two-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order" -" are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and " -"brought to an output location before being shipped." +"In the two-step delivery process, products are first picked from their " +"respective location in the warehouse, then transferred to an output location" +" before being shipped to the customer." msgstr "" -"I leveransprocessen i två steg plockas produkter som ingår i en " -"leveransorder från lagret enligt deras uttagsstrategi och förs till en " -"utmatningsplats innan de skickas." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:26 msgid "" -"One situation where this would be useful is when using either a :abbr:`FIFO " -"(First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO " -"(First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, where the products that are " -"being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration " -"date." +"This might be beneficial for companies using a First In, First Out (FIFO), " +"Last In, First Out (LIFO), or First Expired, First Out (FEFO) removal " +"strategy." msgstr "" -"En situation där detta skulle vara användbart är när man använder antingen " -"en :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` " -"eller :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` borttagningsstrategi, där de " -"produkter som plockas måste väljas baserat på deras mottagningsdatum eller " -"utgångsdatum." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" -" `, so the settings need to be changed" -" in order to utilize two-step receipts and deliveries. Incoming and outgoing" -" shipments do not need to be set to have the same steps. For example, " -"products can be received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the " -"following example, two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries." -msgstr "" -"Odoo är som standard konfigurerad att :ref:`ta emot och leverera varor i ett" -" steg `, så inställningarna behöver " -"ändras för att kunna använda tvåstegs kvitton och leveranser. Inkommande och" -" utgående försändelser behöver inte ställas in så att de har samma steg. " -"Produkter kan t.ex. tas emot i två steg, men skickas i ett steg. I följande " -"exempel kommer två steg att användas för både kvitton och leveranser." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "Configure multi-step routes" -msgstr "Konfigurera flerstegsrutter" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34 msgid "" -"First, make sure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` option is enabled in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " -":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save` " -"the changes." +"For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " +"received in two steps (input + stock), and delivered in three steps (pick + " +"pack + ship)." msgstr "" -"Kontrollera först att alternativet :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` är " -"aktiverat i :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under" -" rubriken :guilabel:`Warehouse`. När du har aktiverat inställningen, " -":guilabel:`Spara` ändringarna." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:38 msgid "" -"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " +"process in one step, by default. To change these settings, the *Multi-Step " +"Routes* feature must be enabled." msgstr "" -"Om du aktiverar inställningen :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` aktiveras även " -"funktionen :guilabel:`Storage Locations`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and " -"deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`, and click on the warehouse to change the warehouse settings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Multi-Step Routes feature in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -"Därefter måste lagret konfigureras för tvåstegskvitton och leveranser. Gå " -"till :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses` och klicka " -"på lagret för att ändra lagerinställningarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for" -" :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and " -"then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +"Next, configure a warehouse for two-step receipts and deliveries. Navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and " +"select a warehouse to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)`, " +"and set :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Send goods in output " +"and then deliver (2 steps)`." msgstr "" -"Välj sedan :guilabel:`Att ta emot varor i input och sedan lagra (2 steg)` " -"för :guilabel:`Inkommande sändningar`, och :guilabel:`Att skicka varor i " -"output och sedan leverera (2 steg)` för :guilabel:`Utgående sändningar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two " -"steps." +msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to two-step on warehouse form." msgstr "" -"Ställ in alternativ för inkommande och utgående sändningar för att ta emot " -"och leverera i två steg." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:62 msgid "" -"Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and " -"*output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and " -":guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard." -" To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations`, and select the :guilabel:`Location` to change. On the location " -"form, update the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any other changes (if " -"necessary)." +"Selecting two-step receipts and deliveries automatically creates new *Input*" +" and *Output* warehouse locations in the database, named `WH/Input` and " +"`WH/Output`, respectively." msgstr "" -"Om du aktiverar tvåstegskvitton och -leveranser skapas nya *input*- och " -"*output*-platser, vilka som standard är märkta :guilabel:`WH/Input` " -"respektive :guilabel:`WH/Output` på :guilabel:`Locations`-instrumentpanelen." -" Om du vill byta namn på dessa platser går du till " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` och väljer den " -":guilabel:`Location` som ska ändras. I platsformuläret uppdaterar du " -":guilabel:`Location Name` och gör eventuella andra ändringar (om det " -"behövs)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:66 -msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)" -msgstr "Bearbeta ett kvitto i två steg (inmatning + lager)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To rename or edit these locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Locations`, and select the desired location." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the location's form, change the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any " +"other necessary changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:72 +msgid "Process receipt in two steps (input + stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When products are received in two steps, they first move from the vendor " +"location to an input location. Then, they move from the input location to " +"warehouse stock in the database, upon validation of a purchase order (PO), " +"and a subsequent internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, fill out the various " +"fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out new Request for Quotation from vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery smart button for validated purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:105 msgid "" "For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step " -"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase " -"Order)` form may need to be specified as the correct *input location* " -"connected to the two-step warehouse, which can be done by selecting the " -"warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at" -" the end of the name." +"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the |PO| form **must** " +"be specified as the correct *input location* connected to the two-step " +"warehouse." msgstr "" -"För företag med flera lager som har olika stegkonfigurationer kan fältet " -":guilabel:`Deliver To` på formuläret :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` behöva " -"anges som rätt *input location* kopplat till tvåstegslagret, vilket kan " -"göras genom att välja lagret från rullgardinsmenyn som innehåller etiketten " -"`Receipts` i slutet av namnet." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:109 msgid "" -"After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` " -"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` form. " -"Click it to reveal the new receipt (WH/IN) operation." +"This can be done by selecting the warehouse from the drop-down menu that " +"includes the `Receipts` label at the end of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:115 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " +"the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " +"validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage, and the products" +" move to the :guilabel:`WH/Input` location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 -msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." -msgstr "När du har bekräftat en inköpsorder visas knappen Kvitto smart." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Once the purchase order is confirmed, a receipt is generated and ready to " -"process." +msgid "Receipt form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the " -":guilabel:`Receipts` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " -"dashboard. This reveals a list of all receipts to process." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:128 +msgid "Process internal transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` associated with the purchase order, then " -"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to " -":guilabel:`WH/Input`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Receipt form for product move to WH/Input." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:106 -msgid "Process the internal transfer" -msgstr "Bearbeta den interna överföringen" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "" "Once the receipt is validated, an internal transfer is created and ready to " "process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:132 msgid "" -"Click back to the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` in the breadcrumbs, and " -"locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." +"To view the internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app`, and locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:135 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to reveal a list of all internal " -"transfers to process, and select the transfer associated with the previously" -" validated receipt." +"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " +"of all internal transfers to process, and select the transfer associated " +"with the previously validated receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:138 msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product " -"from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move " +"the product from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:141 msgid "" -"Once the transfer is validated, the product enters inventory and is " +"Once the transfer is validated, the products enter inventory, and are " "available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock." -msgstr "Validera den interna överföringen för att flytta artikeln till lager." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:127 -msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" -msgstr "Hantera en leveransorder i två steg (plocka + skicka)" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:132 -msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " -":guilabel:`New`. Select (or create) a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgid "Internal transfer form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" -"I programmet :menuselection:`Sales` skapar du en ny offert genom att klicka " -"på :guilabel:`New`. Välj (eller skapa) en :guilabel:`Kund`, lägg till en " -"lagringsbar :guilabel:`Produkt` i orderraderna och klicka sedan på " -":guilabel:`Bekräfta`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:136 -msgid "" -"After confirming the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart " -"button will appear in the top, above the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal the associated " -"receipt." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:149 +msgid "Process delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:151 +msgid "" +"When products are delivered in two steps, they move from warehouse stock to " +"an output location. Then, they move from the output location to a customer " +"location in the database, upon validation of a picking order, and a " +"subsequent delivery order (DO)." msgstr "" -"När du har bekräftat :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` visas en :guilabel:`Delivery` " -"smart-knapp högst upp, ovanför formuläret :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`. Klicka " -"på smartknappen :guilabel:`Delivery` för att visa det tillhörande kvittot." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Delivery smart button on sales order form." +msgid "Filled out new sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168 msgid "" -"Sales order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` Kanban card." +"Under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:150 -msgid "Process the picking" -msgstr "Bearbeta plockningen" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery smart button on validated sales order form." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:182 +msgid "Process picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 msgid "" "Once the sales order is confirmed, a picking order is generated and ready to" " process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:186 msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the " -":guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. " -"This reveals a list of all pickings to process." +"To complete the picking, navigate to the :guilabel:`Inventory app`, and " +"locate the :guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " +"dashboard. Alternatively, the picking order can also be accessed via the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:190 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, click the :guilabel:`# To " +"Process` button on the :guilabel:`Pick` task card. This reveals a list of " +"all pickings to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:193 msgid "" "Click on the picking (WH/PICK) operation associated with the sales order to " "reveal the picking order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Check Availability` on the picking order form. If the " -"product is in stock, Odoo automatically reserves the product. Quantities can" -" also be manually set by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " -"column to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Picking order form for products included in sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:200 msgid "" -"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking and move the " -"product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" +"Manually set the quantity by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"column, to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking, and move the" +" product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Once the picking is validated, a delivery order is created, and ready to " +"process. Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button on the sales order " +"form reveals the newly created delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, to view the delivery order, navigate back to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, via the breadcrumbs, and locate the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` task card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " +"of all delivery orders to process, and select the order associated with the " +"previously validated picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Picking operation form moving product to WH/Output." +msgid "Delivery order form for products ordered by customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:222 msgid "" -"Once the picking has been processed, the delivery order is generated, and " -"can be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Navigate back to the original sales order by going to :menuselection:`Sales " -"app`, and selecting the associated sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:179 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button now indicates there are two transfers." -" Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal each transfer tied to" -" this sales order: the completed picking, and the new delivery (WH/OUT) " -"operation. Click the delivery operation to open the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 -msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Delivery operation form moving product to customer location." +"To deliver the products, change the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field " +"to match the ordered quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:3 @@ -12553,6 +12943,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "Mottagning i tre steg (input + kvalitet + lager)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "Skapa en inköpsorder" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " @@ -12577,6 +12971,10 @@ msgstr "" "kopplas till inköpsordern. Om du klickar på smartknappen :guilabel:`Receipt`" " visas kvittoordern." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." +msgstr "När du har bekräftat en inköpsorder visas knappen Kvitto smart." + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "Behandla ett kvitto" @@ -14449,8 +14847,8 @@ msgstr "" "kontouppgifter som kontonummer, region, adress etc. för att få API-åtkomst." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo" -msgstr "Konfigurera Sendclouds frakttjänster i Odoo" +msgid "Sendcloud configuration" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -14507,20 +14905,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank" " account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping " -"rules or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " -"required." +"rules, or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " +"**required**." msgstr "" -"Odoo-integration av Sendcloud fungerar på gratis Sendcloud-planer *endast* " -"om ett bankkonto är länkat, eftersom Sendcloud inte skickar gratis. För att " -"använda fraktregler eller individuella anpassade transportörskontakter krävs" -" en betald plan för Sendcloud." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:174 msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration av lager" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:39 msgid "" "Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings" " --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse" @@ -14534,7 +14928,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings." msgstr "Lägga till adresser i Sendcloud-inställningarna." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:46 msgid "" "To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` " "is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field " @@ -14582,7 +14976,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Företag`: `Mitt företag (San Francisco)`" msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Address`: `Mitt företag (San Francisco)`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:63 msgid "" "Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo" " configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same." @@ -14590,11 +14984,11 @@ msgstr "" "Lägg märke till att indata för fältet :guilabel:`Warehouse`, för både Odoo-" "konfigurationen och Sendcloud-konfigurationen, är exakt desamma." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials" msgstr "Skapa autentiseringsuppgifter för Sendcloud" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:69 msgid "" "In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo " @@ -14604,7 +14998,7 @@ msgstr "" "Integrationer` i menyn till höger. Sök sedan efter :guilabel:`Odoo Native`. " "Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Connect`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:72 msgid "" "After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and " @@ -14619,7 +15013,7 @@ msgstr "" "Namngivningskonventionen är följande: `Odoo CompanyName`, där användarens " "företagsnamn ersätter `CompanyName` (t.ex. `Odoo StealthyWood`)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:77 msgid "" "Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the " "shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public " @@ -14634,36 +15028,42 @@ msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials." msgstr "" "Konfigurera Sendcloud-integrationen och ta emot autentiseringsuppgifterna." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:158 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "Installation i Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86 -msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module" -msgstr "Installera leveransmodulen för Sendcloud" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To ensure seamless Sendcloud integration with Odoo, :ref:`install " +"` and :ref:`link " +"` the Sendcloud shipping" +" connector to the Sendcloud account. Then, :ref:`configure Odoo fields " +"`, so Sendcloud can " +"accurately pull shipping data to generate labels." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +msgid "Install Sendcloud shipping module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 msgid "" "After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure" -" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " -"search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." +" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " +"search for the `Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." msgstr "" -"När Sendcloud-kontot har ställts in och konfigurerats är det dags att " -"konfigurera Odoo-databasen. För att komma igång, gå till Odoo's " -":guilabel:`Apps` modul, sök efter :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` " -"integration, och installera den." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." msgstr "Sendcloud Shipping-modul i Odoo Apps modul." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:110 msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration av kontakt för sändning via Sendcloud" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:112 msgid "" "Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The " @@ -14675,7 +15075,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` finns under avsnittet :guilabel:`Shipping " "Connectors`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:116 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once" @@ -14685,7 +15085,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` under den listade connectorn. När du " "är på sidan :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` klickar du på :guilabel:`Create`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to " @@ -14696,22 +15096,22 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping " "Methods`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 msgid "" "Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:" msgstr "Fyll i följande fält i formuläret :guilabel:`New Shipping Method`:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`." msgstr ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: typ `Sendcloud DPD`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Provider`: välj :guilabel:`Sendcloud` från rullgardinsmenyn." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this " "shipping method or create a new product." @@ -14719,7 +15119,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: ange den produkt som konfigurerades för denna " "fraktmetod eller skapa en ny produkt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`." @@ -14727,7 +15127,7 @@ msgstr "" "På fliken :guilabel:`Sendcloud Configuration` anger du :guilabel:`Sendcloud " "Public Key`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:131 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`." @@ -14735,7 +15135,7 @@ msgstr "" "På fliken :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` anger du :guilabel:`Sendcloud " "Secret Key`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:146 msgid "" "Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the " @@ -14744,7 +15144,7 @@ msgstr "" "Manuellt :guilabel:`Spara` formuläret genom att klicka på molnikonen bredvid" " :guilabel:`Fraktsätt / Nytt` brödsmulorna." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:135 msgid "" "After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the " "shipping products:" @@ -14752,7 +15152,7 @@ msgstr "" "När du har konfigurerat och sparat formuläret följer du dessa steg för att " "ladda fraktprodukterna:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:137 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New " "Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping " @@ -14762,7 +15162,7 @@ msgstr "" "Shipping Method` klickar du på länken :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud " "shipping products`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:139 msgid "" "Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries " "and returns." @@ -14770,11 +15170,11 @@ msgstr "" "Välj de fraktprodukter som företaget vill använda för leveranser och " "returer." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:140 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "Klicka på :guilabel:`Select`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:143 msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:" msgstr "Exempel på Sendcloud-fraktprodukter konfigurerade i Odoo:" @@ -14798,7 +15198,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Minsta vikt`: `0.00`" msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Maximal vikt`: `31.50`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`" " `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` " @@ -14845,7 +15245,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Returländer`: `Belgien` `Nederländerna`" msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo." msgstr "Exempel på fraktprodukter som konfigurerats i Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:169 msgid "" "Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a " "package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured " @@ -14857,25 +15257,64 @@ msgstr "" "konfigurerade Sendcloud-kontot att debiteras, såvida inte det tillhörande " "paketet annulleras inom 24 timmar efter skapandet." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using " "test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used " "to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the " "creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment " -"settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`." +"settings can be toggled back and forth from their respective smart buttons." msgstr "" -"Odoo har ett inbyggt skydd mot oönskade avgifter när man använder " -"testmiljöer. I en testmiljö, om en fraktmetod används för att skapa " -"etiketter, annulleras dessa etiketter omedelbart efter skapandet - detta " -"sker automatiskt. Inställningarna för test- och produktionsmiljö kan växlas " -"fram och tillbaka från :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166 -msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud" -msgstr "Skapa en etikett med Sendcloud" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:181 +msgid "Shipping information" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 +msgid "" +"To use Sendcloud to generate shipping labels, the following information " +"**must** be filled out accurately and completely in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Customer information**: when creating a quotation, ensure the selected " +":guilabel:`Customer` has a valid phone number, email address, and shipping " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:189 +msgid "" +"To verify, select the :guilabel:`Customer` field to open their contact page." +" Here, add their shipping address in the :guilabel:`Contact` field, along " +"with their :guilabel:`Mobile` number and :guilabel:`Email` address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:193 +msgid "" +"**Product weight**: ensure all products in an order have a specified " +":guilabel:`Weight` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of their product form. " +"Refer to the :ref:`Product weight section " +"` of this article for " +"detailed instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +msgid "" +"**Warehouse address**: ensure the warehouse name and address in Odoo match " +"the :ref:`previously defined warehouse " +"` in the Sendcloud " +"setup. For details on warehouse configuration in Odoo, refer to the " +":ref:`warehouse configuration section " +"` of the third-party " +"shipping documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:204 +msgid "Generate labels with Sendcloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:206 msgid "" "When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud " "shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label " @@ -14886,12 +15325,12 @@ msgstr "" "fraktprodukt`. Sedan :guilabel:`Validera` leveransen. Fraktetikettdokument " "genereras automatiskt i chattern, som inkluderar följande:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:205 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages." msgstr ":guilabel:`Fraktetikett(er)` beroende på antalet paket." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for " "returns." @@ -14899,16 +15338,16 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Returetikett(er)` om Sendcloud-kontakten är konfigurerad för " "returer." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:212 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them." msgstr ":guilabel:`Tullhandling(ar)` om destinationslandet kräver detta." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214 msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available." msgstr "Dessutom är spårningsnumret nu tillgängligt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 msgid "" "When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the " "configured Sendcloud account." @@ -14916,15 +15355,15 @@ msgstr "" "När returetiketter skapas kommer Sendcloud automatiskt att debitera det " "konfigurerade Sendcloud-kontot." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "VANLIGA FRÅGOR" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 msgid "Shipment is too heavy" msgstr "Sändningen är för tung" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 msgid "" "If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, " "then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need " @@ -14936,7 +15375,7 @@ msgstr "" "olika :guilabel:`Packages` för att :guilabel:`Validera` överföringen och " "generera etiketter." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping " "methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will " @@ -14948,11 +15387,11 @@ msgstr "" "kommer att gälla för fraktprisberäkningen på beräkningen på " "försäljningsordern." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 msgid "Personal carrier contract" msgstr "Personligt transportavtal" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:237 msgid "" "Use custom prices from a direct carrier contract, via CSV upload, by first " "logging into Sendcloud, navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Carriers " @@ -14967,7 +15406,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud." msgstr "Navigera till avtalssektionen i Sendcloud." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:245 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Contract prices` section, click :guilabel:`Download " "CSV` and fill out the contract prices in the :guilabel:`price` column of the" @@ -14977,7 +15416,7 @@ msgstr "" "prices` och fyll i kontraktspriserna i kolumnen :guilabel:`price` i CSV-" "filmallen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:249 msgid "" "Ensure the CSV file includes the correct prices to avoid any inaccuracies." msgstr "" @@ -14990,7 +15429,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Visa exempel på kontrakt CSV från Sendcloud, med pris kolumnen markerad." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:255 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload` the completed CSV file to Sendcloud, then click " ":guilabel:`Save these prices`." @@ -14998,7 +15437,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Ladda upp` den färdiga CSV-filen till Sendcloud och klicka sedan " "på :guilabel:`Spara dessa priser`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:258 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to upload contract prices with carriers " "`_" @@ -15006,11 +15445,11 @@ msgstr "" "`Sendcloud: Hur man laddar upp avtalspriser med operatörer " "`_" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:262 msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" msgstr "Mätning av volymetrisk vikt" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:264 msgid "" "Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight " "of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* " @@ -15022,7 +15461,7 @@ msgstr "" "(:dfn:`Volymetrisk vikt är den volym som ett paket upptar när det är i " "transit. Med andra ord är det paketets fysiska storlek`)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:269 msgid "" "Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute" " the volumetric weight." @@ -15030,7 +15469,7 @@ msgstr "" "Kontrollera om valda transportörer redan har definierade formler för att " "beräkna volymvikten." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:273 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight " "`_" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:277 msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate" msgstr "Kan inte beräkna fraktkostnad" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:279 msgid "" -"First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by " -"the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " +"First, verify that the product being shipped has a weight that is supported " +"by the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " "destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier." " The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the " "carrier." msgstr "" -"Kontrollera först att produkten som ska skickas har en vikt som stöds av den" -" valda fraktmetoden. Om detta är inställt ska du kontrollera att " -"destinationslandet (från kundadressen) stöds av transportören. " -"Ursprungslandet (lageradressen) bör också stödjas av transportören." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Starshipit shipping" @@ -16566,10 +17001,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:15 msgid "" -":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings `" +":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings " +"`" msgstr "" -":ref:`Använd streckkodsapp för plockning " -"`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -19370,7 +19804,7 @@ msgstr "" "sidan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:94 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:160 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is greater than the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **green**. If " @@ -19434,6 +19868,13 @@ msgstr "" "När du är klar klickar du på :guilabel:`Apply` för att tillämpa " "lagerjusteringen." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Applying an inventory adjustment simultaneously creates a :doc:`stock move " +"line (SML) <../reporting/moves_history>` in the *Moves History* report for " +"traceability." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " @@ -19442,11 +19883,11 @@ msgstr "" "Alternativet Tillämpa alla tillämpar lagerjusteringen när en orsak har " "angetts." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:129 msgid "Count products" msgstr "Räkna produkter" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131 msgid "" "Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is " "complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory " @@ -19458,7 +19899,7 @@ msgstr "" "Inventory Adjustments` för att uppdatera kolumnen :guilabel:`Counted " "Quantity` för varje produktlinje." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135 msgid "" "On each product line, identify whether the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` column recorded in the database matches the newly-counted value. " @@ -19470,7 +19911,7 @@ msgstr "" "Om det registrerade värdet och det räknade värdet stämmer överens klickar du" " på knappen :guilabel:`Set` (målikonen) längst till höger på produktraden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:139 msgid "" "Doing so copies the value from the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column over " "to the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and sets the value of the " @@ -19488,7 +19929,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move." msgstr "Justering av nollinventeringslager." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148 msgid "" "If the newly-counted value for a given product does **not** match the value " "in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, instead of " @@ -19500,7 +19941,7 @@ msgstr "" "klicka på :guilabel:`Set` knappen, registrera det verkliga värdet i fältet i" " :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` kolumnen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152 msgid "" "To do so, click the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column on the " "specific inventory adjustment line for the product whose count is being " @@ -19511,7 +19952,7 @@ msgstr "" "lagerjusteringsraden för den produkt vars antal ska ändras. Detta tilldelar " "automatiskt en :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` på `0.00`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 msgid "" "To change this value, type in a new value that matches the real, newly-" "counted value. Then, click away from the line. Doing so saves the " @@ -19523,7 +19964,7 @@ msgstr "" "sparas justeringen och värdet i kolumnen :guilabel:`Difference` justeras " "automatiskt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:166 msgid "" "Subsequently, once applied, a move with the difference between the " ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is " @@ -19541,7 +19982,7 @@ msgstr "" "Instrumentpanel med historik över lagerjusteringar med en detaljerad lista " "över tidigare produktflyttar." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:174 msgid "" "Sometimes a count occurs, but cannot be applied in the database right away. " "In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, " @@ -19557,11 +19998,11 @@ msgstr "" "kvantiteten. Som en extra försiktighetsåtgärd ber Odoo om bekräftelse innan " "lagerjusteringen tillämpas." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:181 msgid "Change inventory count frequency" msgstr "Ändra frekvens för inventering" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183 msgid "" "By default, the *scheduled date* for inventory adjustments are always " "scheduled for the 31st of December of the current year. However, for some " @@ -19573,7 +20014,7 @@ msgstr "" "mycket viktigt att de alltid har en korrekt lagerräkning. I sådana fall kan " "det schemalagda standarddatumet ändras." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:187 msgid "" "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " @@ -19594,7 +20035,7 @@ msgstr "" "Justera nästa inventeringsdatum med inställningen Årlig inventeringsdag och " "månad." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:195 msgid "" "To change the day, click the :guilabel:`31`, and change it to a day within " "the range `1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." @@ -19602,7 +20043,7 @@ msgstr "" "För att ändra dag klickar du på :guilabel:`31` och ändrar till en dag inom " "intervallet `1-31`, beroende på vilken månad i året du vill ha." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:198 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:117 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" @@ -19611,7 +20052,7 @@ msgstr "" "För att ändra månad klickar du sedan på :guilabel:`December` för att visa " "rullgardinsmenyn och väljer önskad månad." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:201 msgid "" "Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all " "changes." @@ -19619,11 +20060,11 @@ msgstr "" "När alla önskade ändringar har gjorts klickar du på :guilabel:`Save` för att" " spara alla ändringar." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:204 msgid "Plan big inventory counts" msgstr "Planera stora inventeringar" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:206 msgid "" "To plan big inventory counts, such as a full count of everything currently " "in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->" @@ -19633,7 +20074,7 @@ msgstr "" "allt som finns i lager, går du först till :menuselection:`Inventering app " "--> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209 msgid "" "Then, select the desired products to be counted by clicking the checkbox on " "the far left of each product line." @@ -19641,7 +20082,7 @@ msgstr "" "Välj sedan vilka produkter som ska räknas genom att klicka på kryssrutan " "längst till vänster på varje produktrad." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:213 msgid "" "To request a count of **all** products currently in stock, click the " "checkbox at the very top of the table, in the header row next to the " @@ -19655,7 +20096,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "Begär popup-fönster för räkning på sidan för lagerjusteringar." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221 msgid "" "Once all desired products have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Request a" " Count` button at the top of the page. This causes a :guilabel:`Request a " @@ -19667,22 +20108,22 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Request a Count` popup-fönster visas. Fyll i följande information" " i popup-fönstret:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:225 msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." msgstr ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: det planerade datumet för räkningen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:226 msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." msgstr ":guilabel:`User`: den användare som är ansvarig för räkningen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" " be accounted." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: det datum då lagerjusteringen skall bokföras." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the on-hand quantity of each product line blank," " select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To pre-fill the on-hand quantity of each " @@ -19690,13 +20131,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Set Current Value`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:232 msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." msgstr "" "Slutligen, när du är klar, klicka på :guilabel:`Confirm` för att begära " "räkningen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 msgid "" "In the Odoo *Barcode* app, users can only view inventory counts that are " "assigned to **them**, and are scheduled for **today** or **earlier**." @@ -19704,7 +20145,7 @@ msgstr "" "I Odoo-appen *Barcode* kan användare endast se lagerräkningar som är " "tilldelade **dem** och är schemalagda för **idag** eller **tidigare**." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:239 msgid ":doc:`cycle_counts`" msgstr "" @@ -19713,306 +20154,287 @@ msgid "Create a second warehouse" msgstr "Skapa ett andra lager" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 msgid "" -"A *warehouse* is a physical building or space where items are stored. In " -"Odoo, it is possible to set up multiple warehouses and transfer stored items" -" between them." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *warehouse* is a physical building or space where " +"items are stored. By default, each Odoo database has one warehouse already " +"pre-configured, with the address set as the company's address." msgstr "" -"Ett *lager* är en fysisk byggnad eller ett utrymme där varor lagras. I Odoo " -"är det möjligt att skapa flera lager och överföra lagrade artiklar mellan " -"dem." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:9 msgid "" -"By default, the Odoo platform has one warehouse that is already configured, " -"with the address set as the company's address. To create a second warehouse," -" select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, then click " -":guilabel:`Create` and configure the form as follows:" +"However, it is possible to set up multiple additional warehouses, and " +"transfer stored items between them." msgstr "" -"Som standard har Odoo-plattformen ett lager som redan är konfigurerat, med " -"adressen inställd som företagets adress. För att skapa ett andra lager, välj" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, klicka sedan på " -":guilabel:`Create` och konfigurera formuläret enligt följande:" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:12 -msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: det fullständiga namnet på lagret" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code by which the warehouse is " -"referred to; the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is **WH**" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Short Name`: den förkortade kod som lagret benämns med; det korta" -" namnet för standardlagret i Odoo är **WH**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:15 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse; this can be set as" -" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " -"vendor" +"To create a second warehouse, the *Storage Locations* feature must be " +"enabled. To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, " +"tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and " +":guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Company`: det företag som äger lagret; detta kan ställas in som " -"det företag som äger Odoo-databasen eller företaget för en kund eller " -"leverantör" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:17 -msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Address`: den adress där lagret är beläget" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The options below will only appear if the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " -"checkbox is enabled in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` under the" -" :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " -"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." -msgstr "" -"Alternativen nedan visas endast om kryssrutan :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " -"är aktiverad i :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` under rubriken " -":guilabel:`Warehouse`. För mer information om rutter och hur de fungerar i " -"Odoo, se :ref:`Använda rutter och Pull/Push-regler `." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: select the routes that incoming and" -" outgoing shipments should follow" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Inkommande/utgående transporter`: välj de rutter som inkommande " -"och utgående transporter ska följa" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:27 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " -"from this warehouse" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: tillåt underleverantörer att få " -"leveranser från detta lager" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:28 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: allow for items to be manufactured in " -"this warehouse" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: tillåter att artiklar tillverkas i " -"detta lager" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture`: select the route that should be followed when " -"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Tillverkning`: välj den rutt som ska följas vid tillverkning av " -"varor i lagret" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: check the box to allow for purchased products " -"to be delivered to the warehouse" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: kryssa i rutan för att tillåta att inköpta " -"produkter levereras till lagret" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:33 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Resupply From`: select warehouses that can be used to resupply " -"the warehouse being created" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Resupply From`: välj lager som kan användas för att förse det " -"lager som skapas med varor" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "A filled out form for creating a new warehouse." -msgstr "Ett ifyllt formulär för att skapa ett nytt lager." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:41 msgid "" -"Creating a second warehouse will automatically enable the *Storage " -"Locations* setting, which allows location tracking of products within a " -"warehouse. To toggle this setting, navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings` and click the checkbox under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " -"heading." +"Warning pop-up window for creating a second warehouse before enabling " +"Storage Locations." msgstr "" -"Om du skapar ett andra lager aktiveras automatiskt inställningen *Storage " -"Locations*, som gör det möjligt att spåra var produkterna finns i ett lager." -" För att växla denna inställning, navigera till " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` och klicka på kryssrutan under " -":guilabel:`Warehouse` rubriken." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:97 msgid "" -"After filling out the form, click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse " -"will be created." +"Creating a second warehouse without first enabling the *Storage Locations* " +"feature triggers a :guilabel:`Warning` pop-up window. It indicates creating " +"a second warehouse automatically activates the *Storage Locations* setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:30 +msgid "Create new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To create a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens a " +"blank warehouse creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:35 +msgid "Fill out the following fields as necessary:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code used to identify the warehouse," +" i.e. `WH2` (the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is `WH`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse. This can be set as" +" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " +"vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located. By default," +" this is set to the company's address in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Filled out warehouse name and address settings on warehouse creation form." msgstr "" -"När du har fyllt i formuläret klickar du på :guilabel:`Save` och det nya " -"lagret kommer att skapas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:49 -msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" -msgstr "Lägg till inventarier till ett nytt lager" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:51 msgid "" -"If a new warehouse is created that has existing inventory in it, the " -"inventory counts should be added to Odoo so that the stock listed in the " -"Odoo database reflects what is in the physical warehouse. To add inventory " -"to a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations -->" -" Inventory Adjustments`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`. The inventory " -"adjustment form can then be filled out as follows:" +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, configure the warehouse's" +" main workflow in the :guilabel:`Shipments` section, and set available " +"replenishment methods in the :guilabel:`Resupply` section." msgstr "" -"Om ett nytt lager skapas med befintliga inventarier ska inventarierna läggas" -" till i Odoo så att det lager som listas i Odoo-databasen återspeglar det " -"som finns i det fysiska lagret. För att lägga till inventarier till ett nytt" -" lager, navigera till :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Inventory" -" Adjustments`, och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Create`. Formuläret för " -"lagerjustering kan sedan fyllas i enligt följande:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:54 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: the name or code that the inventory " -"adjustment can be referred to by" +"The :guilabel:`Shipments` and :guilabel:`Resupply` sections only appear if " +"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` checkbox is enabled in " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " +"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: det namn eller den kod som lagerjusteringen" -" kan refereras till med" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Locations`: the location(s) where the inventory is stored; " -"include the new warehouse and any locations within it that inventory will be" -" added to" +"In the :guilabel:`Shipments` section, choose between one, two, or three-step" +" processes for both incoming and outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Locations`: den eller de platser där lagret förvaras; inkludera " -"det nya lagret och alla platser inom det som lagret kommer att läggas till" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:61 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Products`: include all products that will be added to inventory " -"or leave blank to select any product during the next step" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:62 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Resupply` section, edit the following settings:" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Produkter`: inkludera alla produkter som kommer att läggas till i" -" lagret eller lämna tomt för att välja någon produkt under nästa steg" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:64 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Include Exhausted Products`: include products with a quantity of " -"zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they " -"have no existing inventory" +":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractors`: enable this feature to coordinate with " +"vendors, and have components dropshipped directly to subcontractors for " +"manufacturing." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Include Exhausted Products`: inkluderar produkter med en " -"kvantitet på noll; påverkar inte lagerjusteringar för nya lager eftersom de " -"inte har något befintligt lager" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:66 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date used by accounting teams for " -"bookkeeping related to the inventory" +":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " +"with goods from this warehouse." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: det datum som används av redovisningsteam för " -"bokföring relaterad till inventeringen" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:68 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the inventory; can be set as the " -"user's company or as a customer or vendor" +":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: when products are manufactured, they " +"can be delivered to this warehouse." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Company`: det företag som äger lagret; kan anges som användarens " -"företag eller som en kund eller leverantör" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Counted Quantities`: choose whether the counted quantities for " -"products being added should default to stock on hand or zero; does not " -"affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing " -"inventory" +":guilabel:`Manufacture`: the route that should be followed when " +"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse. Choose from one, two, and three-" +"step production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: when products are purchased, they can be " +"delivered to this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resupply From`: Check the box next to the other warehouses from " +"which this warehouse can replenish products. If the current warehouse does " +"not have the stock, it can also pull products from these selected warehouses" +" in the database. Automatic resupply routes will be created accordingly." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Counted Quantities`: välj om de räknade kvantiteterna för " -"produkter som läggs till ska vara lager eller noll; påverkar inte " -"lagerjusteringar för nya lager eftersom de inte har något befintligt lager" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "A filled out form for an inventory adjustment." -msgstr "Ett ifyllt formulär för en lagerjustering." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:77 msgid "" -"Once the form is properly configured, click on :guilabel:`Start Inventory` " -"to be taken to the next page where products can be added to the inventory " -"adjustment. Add a new product by clicking on :guilabel:`Create` and then " -"fill out the product line as follows:" +"Filled out Warehouse Configuration tab settings on warehouse creation form." msgstr "" -"När formuläret är korrekt konfigurerat klickar du på :guilabel:`Start " -"Inventory` för att komma till nästa sida där produkter kan läggas till i " -"lagerjusteringen. Lägg till en ny produkt genom att klicka på " -":guilabel:`Create` och fyll sedan i produktraden enligt följande:" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:81 -msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Produkt`: den produkt som läggs till i lagret" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:82 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " -"the new warehouse; this can be set as the overall warehouse or a location " -"within the warehouse" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new warehouse's settings." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Location`: den plats där produkten för närvarande lagras i det " -"nya lagret; detta kan anges som det övergripande lagret eller en plats inom " -"lagret" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:85 +msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" +msgstr "Lägg till inventarier till ett nytt lager" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:87 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " -"serial number used to identify it" +"If a new warehouse is created to represent a real-world storage location " +"with existing stock, update the warehouse's stock using an inventory " +"adjustment." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: det parti som produkten tillhör eller det " -"serienummer som används för att identifiera den" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:86 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Hand`: the total quantity of the product stored in the " -"location for which inventory is being adjusted; this should be zero for a " -"new location or warehouse" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`On Hand`: den totala mängden av produkten som lagras på den plats" -" för vilken inventeringen justeras; detta bör vara noll för en ny plats " -"eller ett nytt lager" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:88 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Counted`: the amount of the product that is being added to " -"inventory" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Counted`: den mängd av produkten som läggs till lagret" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:89 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the *On Hand* and *Counted* " -"values; this will automatically update to reflect the value entered in the " -":guilabel:`Counted` column" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Difference`: skillnaden mellan värdena *On Hand* och *Counted*; " -"detta uppdateras automatiskt för att återspegla det värde som anges i " -"kolumnen :guilabel:`Counted`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:91 -msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for counting the product" -msgstr ":guilabel:`UoM`: den måttenhet som används för att räkna produkten" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`count_products`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "Include a line for each product being added to inventory." -msgstr "Inkludera en rad för varje produkt som läggs till i lagret." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To perform an inventory adjustment, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Operations --> Physical Inventory`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing" +" so adds a new line at the bottom of the list of inventory adjustments." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:97 -msgid "" -"After adding all the products already stored in the new warehouse, click " -":guilabel:`Validate Inventory` to complete the inventory adjustment. The " -"values in the :guilabel:`On Hand` column will update to reflect those in the" -" :guilabel:`Counted` column and the products added will appear in the " -"inventory of the new warehouse." +msgid "Configure the line by filling out the following fields as necessary:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " +"the new warehouse. This can be set as the overall warehouse, or a location " +"within the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " +"serial number used to identify it, if the product is tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the total quantity of the product stored in " +"the location for which inventory is being adjusted. For a new warehouse or " +"location where a count or a prior inventory adjustment has not taken place, " +"this should be set to `0.00`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure (UoM) used for counting the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: the amount of the product being added to " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the on-hand and counted " +"quantities. This automatically updates to reflect the value entered in the " +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date selected for the next inventory count " +"for this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`User`: the user who recorded the inventory adjustment in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out inventory adjustment line for product in new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once each line for the products being added to the new warehouse is " +"configured, click :guilabel:`Apply` on each line to apply the new inventory " +"counts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The values in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column update to reflect " +"those in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and the products added " +"appear in the new warehouse's stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:125 +msgid "" +"If products tracked using a lot number or serial number are added without " +"specifying the tracking number, a :guilabel:`Tracked Products in Inventory " +"Adjustment` pop-up window appears upon clicking :guilabel:`Apply` on that " +"product's line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The pop-up indicates tracked products were added, but the lots/serial " +"numbers were not defined. To apply the adjustment without the numbers, click" +" :guilabel:`Apply`. To add the numbers before applying, click " +":guilabel:`Discard`, and add the numbers. Then, once ready, click " +":guilabel:`Apply` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:0 +msgid "Tracked Products in Inventory Adjustment pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`warehouses_locations`" msgstr "" -"När du har lagt till alla produkter som redan finns i det nya lagret klickar" -" du på :guilabel:`Validera lager` för att slutföra lagerjusteringen. Värdena" -" i kolumnen :guilabel:`On Hand` uppdateras för att återspegla dem i kolumnen" -" :guilabel:`Counted` och de tillagda produkterna visas i det nya lagrets " -"inventering." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:3 msgid "Cycle counts" @@ -20221,10 +20643,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once all necessary changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123 -msgid ":doc:`count_products`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`use_locations`" msgstr "" @@ -20380,63 +20798,35 @@ msgstr "Ett kvitto för lager som mottagits till ett lager från ett annat." msgid "Scrap inventory" msgstr "Lager av skrot" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:8 msgid "" -"In some cases, a product in inventory may be damaged or found to be " -"defective. If it is not possible to repair or return the product, Odoo " -"*Inventory* allows users to scrap it, ensuring that usable inventory counts " -"remain accurate." +"Sometimes, products in a company's warehouse stock might be found to be " +"damaged or defective, past the point of being reparable. If it is not " +"possible to repair the product, or return the product to a vendor, it can be" +" scrapped." msgstr "" -"I vissa fall kan en produkt i lagret vara skadad eller defekt. Om det inte " -"är möjligt att reparera eller returnera produkten, tillåter Odoo *Inventory*" -" användare att skrota den, vilket säkerställer att användbara lagerräkningar" -" förblir korrekta." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:12 msgid "" -"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " -"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." +"Odoo *Inventory* allows users to scrap inventory, designating goods or " +"materials that are no longer usable or sellable for disposal (or recycling)." msgstr "" -"Skrotorder kan visas genom att navigera till :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Scrap`. Varje skrotorder visar datum och tid då ordern " -"skapades, tillsammans med den produkt och kvantitet som skrotades." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:15 msgid "" -"To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`. Remove the " -":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display " -"virtual locations. Finally, select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` " -"location." +"Scrapping inventory in a database helps stock counts remain accurate, by " +"removing scrapped products from physical inventory, and placing it in a " +"virtual scrap location (*Virtual Locations/Scrap*)." msgstr "" -"För att se den totala mängden av varje skrotat objekt, gå till " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`. Ta bort filtret " -":guilabel:`Internal` från fältet :guilabel:`Search...` för att visa " -"virtuella platser. Välj slutligen platsen :guilabel:`Virtual " -"Locations/Scrap`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:19 msgid "" -"By default, scrapping a product removes it from physical inventory, and " -"places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual Locations/Scrap*. A virtual " -"location is **not** a physical space, but rather a designation in Odoo that " -"is used to track items that are no longer in physical inventory." +"*Virtual locations* in Odoo are **not** real, physical spaces in a " +"warehouse. Rather, they are designated locations in a database that provide " +"tracking of items that shouldn't be counted in a physical inventory." msgstr "" -"Som standard tar skrotning av en produkt bort den från det fysiska lagret " -"och placerar den på en virtuell plats med titeln *Virtual Locations/Scrap*. " -"En virtuell plats är **inte** ett fysiskt utrymme, utan snarare en " -"beteckning i Odoo som används för att spåra artiklar som inte längre finns i" -" fysiskt lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:68 -msgid "Learn more" -msgstr "Läs mer" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:25 msgid "" "For more information about virtual locations, see the documentation about " "the different types of :ref:`locations " @@ -20447,170 +20837,175 @@ msgstr "" "warehouse-location>`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To use locations in warehouse, including a virtual scrap location, the " +"*Storage Locations* feature must first be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Tick the " +"checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` to enable the feature, and " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Storage Locations setting in Inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:41 msgid "Scrap from stock" msgstr "Skrot från lager" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:43 msgid "" -"To scrap a product located in inventory, begin by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Scrap`. On the :guilabel:`Scrap" -" Orders` page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new scrap order." +"To create a new scrap order (SP) for an in-stock product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Scrap`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a new |SP| form." msgstr "" -"För att skrota en produkt som finns i lagret, börja med att navigera till " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Scrap`. Klicka på " -":guilabel:`Create` på sidan :guilabel:`Scrap Orders` för att konfigurera en " -"ny skrotningsorder." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:46 msgid "" -"On the scrap order, select the product being scrapped from the " -":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` field. The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the " -"location where the product is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` " -"defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be " -"changed by selecting a different location from their respective drop-down " -"menus." +"Click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and select the " +"product that should be scrapped from inventory. In the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"field, change the value to the quantity of the product that should be " +"scrapped (by default, this value is set to `1.00`)." msgstr "" -"Välj den produkt som ska skrotas i rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Product` och " -"ange sedan kvantiteten i fältet :guilabel:`Quantity` på skrotningsordern. " -":guilabel:`Source Location` är som standard den plats där produkten lagras " -"och :guilabel:`Scrap Location` är som standard :guilabel:`Virtual " -"Locations/Scrap`, men båda dessa kan ändras genom att välja en annan plats " -"från respektive rullgardinsmeny." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "A new scrap order." -msgstr "En ny skrotorder." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to scrap the product. The on-hand " -"inventory count for the scrapped product updates to subtract the scrapped " -"quantity." +msgid "Filled out new scrap order form with product details." msgstr "" -"Klicka slutligen på :guilabel:`Validera` för att skrota produkten. Den " -"befintliga lagerräkningen för den skrotade produkten uppdateras för att " -"subtrahera den skrotade kvantiteten." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:49 -msgid "Scrap from a receipt, transfer, or delivery" -msgstr "Skrot från kvitto, överföring eller leverans" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:54 msgid "" -"It is also possible to scrap products during the receipt, transfer, and " -"delivery operations. This can be necessary if any products are found to be " -"defective when receiving them into inventory, transferring them from one " -"location to another, or preparing them for delivery." +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " +"is currently stored. The :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to the " +"designated scrap location (:guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`). Either of " +"these locations can be changed by selecting a different location from their " +"respective drop-down menus." msgstr "" -"Det är också möjligt att skrota produkter under mottagnings-, överförings- " -"och leveransoperationerna. Detta kan vara nödvändigt om några produkter " -"visar sig vara defekta när de tas emot i lager, överförs från en plats till " -"en annan eller förbereds för leverans." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:59 msgid "" -"To scrap a product during the receipt, transfer, or delivery operations, " -"begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app. On the " -":guilabel:`Overview` page, select the :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the" -" :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`, or " -":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, depending on the type of operation the " -"product is being scrapped from." +"If the scrapping is tied to a specific existing operation, specify the " +"operation in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." msgstr "" -"Om du vill skrota en produkt under mottagning, överföring eller leverans " -"börjar du med att navigera till appen :menuselection:`Inventory`. På sidan " -":guilabel:`Oversikt` väljer du knappen :guilabel:`# ATT BEHANDLA` på kortet " -":guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` eller " -":guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, beroende på vilken typ av åtgärd produkten ska " -"skrotas från." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:62 msgid "" -"For the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card to appear on the " -":menuselection:`Overview` page of the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, the " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next " -"to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading." +"The :guilabel:`Company` field displays the company whose warehouse this " +"product belongs to. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " +"scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." msgstr "" -"För att kortet :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` ska visas på sidan " -":menuselection:`Overview` i appen :menuselection:`Inventory` måste " -"inställningen :guilabel:`Storage Locations` vara aktiverad. Det gör du genom" -" att gå till :menuselection:`Konfiguration --> Inställningar` och sedan " -"aktivera kryssrutan bredvid :guilabel:`Storage Locations` under rubriken " -":guilabel:`Warehouse`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:66 msgid "" -"Alternatively, a list of all delivery orders, receipts, and transfers can be" -" viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> " -"Transfers`." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the new |SP|. Once " +"validated, a :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button appears at the top of " +"the form. Click the smart button to view the details of the scrap operation." msgstr "" -"Alternativt kan en lista över alla leveransorder, kvitton och överföringar " -"visas genom att navigera till :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> " -"Transfers`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Next, open a delivery order, receipt, or transfer from the corresponding " -"page by clicking on it. A :guilabel:`Scrap` button appears at the top of the" -" page. Click it to open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." -msgstr "" -"Öppna sedan en leveransorder, ett kvitto eller en överföring från " -"motsvarande sida genom att klicka på den. En :guilabel:`Scrap`-knapp visas " -"högst upp på sidan. Klicka på den för att öppna popup-fönstret " -":guilabel:`Scrap`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "The scrap pop-up in the Inventory app." -msgstr "Skrotet dyker upp i Inventory-appen." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:78 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Scrap` button will only appear on a receipt that has been " -"validated. This is because Odoo only allows products to be scrapped once " -"they have been entered into inventory." +msgid "Product Moves smart button on new scrap order form." msgstr "" -"Knappen :guilabel:`Scrap` kommer endast att visas på ett kvitto som har " -"validerats. Detta beror på att Odoo endast tillåter att produkter skrotas " -"när de har registrerats i lager." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:75 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window, select the product being scrapped " -"from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Then, enter the quantity in the" -" :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +"To view the all-time total quantities of scrapped items, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Click the " +":guilabel:`x (remove)` button on the :guilabel:`Internal` filter in the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar, to display virtual locations." msgstr "" -"I popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Scrap` väljer du den produkt som ska skrotas " -"från rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Product`. Ange sedan kvantiteten i fältet " -":guilabel:`Kvantitet`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:79 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " -"is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual" -" Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be changed by selecting a " -"different location from their respective drop-down menus." +"Select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` location. From the " +":guilabel:`Scrap` location's form, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` smart" +" button, at the top of the form." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Source Location` är som standard den plats där produkten lagras, " -"och :guilabel:`Scrap Location` är som standard :guilabel:`Virtual " -"Locations/Scrap`, men båda dessa kan ändras genom att välja en annan plats i" -" respektive rullgardinsmeny." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the product. After doing so, the " -":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window disappears and a :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " -"button appears in the top right of the page. Click it to view all of the " -"scrap orders created from that operation." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:82 +msgid "A list of all scrapped products, and their quantities, is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:0 +msgid "Current Stock list of all scrapped products in virtual scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:89 +msgid "Scrap from an existing operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Scrap orders (SPs) can *also* be created from existing operations, such as " +"receipts, delivery orders, and internal transfers, before they are entered " +"into, or removed from, stock for an operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To scrap a product during an operation, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview`, " +"click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on an operation's task card (i.e. " +"the :guilabel:`Receipts` task card)." msgstr "" -"Klicka slutligen på :guilabel:`Done` för att skrota produkten. Efter detta " -"försvinner popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Scrap` och en smart knapp " -":guilabel:`Scraps` visas längst upp till höger på sidan. Klicka på den för " -"att se alla skrotorder som skapats från den åtgärden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "The Scraps smart button." -msgstr "Smart knapp för Scraps." +msgid "# To Process button on Receipts task card on Inventory Overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, select an operation to process from the resulting list of existing " +"orders. Doing so opens that operation's form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon, and select " +":guilabel:`Scrap` from the resulting drop-down menu. This opens a " +":guilabel:`Scrap Products` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Scrap Products pop-up window on operation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:113 +msgid "" +"From this pop-up window, click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product`" +" field, and select the products from the operation that should be scrapped. " +"Adjust the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Product` selected is tracked using a lot or serial number," +" a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial` field appears. Specify the tracking number in that" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` and :guilabel:`Scrap Location` can be " +"changed, if needed. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " +"scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Scrap Products`. A :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " +"button appears at the top of the operation form. Click this smart button to " +"view the details of all scrap orders created from this specific operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Scraps smart button showing all scrap orders from operation." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:3 msgid "Locations" @@ -20618,168 +21013,221 @@ msgstr "Platser" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:5 msgid "" -"A *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. This can be a shelf, " -"room, aisle, etc. There are three types of locations in Odoo:" +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. " +"This can be a shelf, room, aisle, rack, bin, etc." msgstr "" -"En *plats* är ett specifikt utrymme inom ett lager. Det kan vara en hylla, " -"ett rum, en gång etc. Det finns tre typer av platser i Odoo:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:8 msgid "" -"*Physical locations* are spaces within a warehouse owned by the user's " -"company. These can be a an area where items are stored like an aisle or " -"shelf, or an area where operations take place, like loading and unloading " -"bays." +"There are also external and virtual locations. For example, customer " +"locations, and locations specifically designated as \"virtual\", instead of " +"real, physical locations." msgstr "" -"*Fysiska platser* är utrymmen inom ett lager som ägs av användarens företag." -" Det kan vara ett område där artiklar lagras, som en gång eller hylla, eller" -" ett område där verksamhet äger rum, som lastnings- och lossningsfickor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:11 msgid "" -"*Partner locations* are the same as physical locations except that they " -"exist within the warehouse of a customer or vendor." +"Locations allow for the storage of products in designated areas of the " +"warehouse, to help track inventory accurately." msgstr "" -"*Partnerplatser* är samma sak som fysiska platser förutom att de finns i en " -"kunds eller leverantörs lager." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:17 msgid "" -"*Virtual locations* are locations that do not exist physically, but where " -"items that are not in inventory can be placed. These can be items that have " -"not yet entered inventory, like products that are on the way to a warehouse," -" or items that are no longer in inventory due to loss or other factors." +"To specify storage locations, the *Storage Locations* setting must be " +"enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"section. Tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` to enable " +"the feature, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"*Virtuella platser är platser som inte existerar fysiskt, men där artiklar " -"som inte finns i lager kan placeras. Det kan vara artiklar som ännu inte har" -" kommit in i lagret, t.ex. produkter som är på väg till ett lager, eller " -"artiklar som inte längre finns i lagret på grund av förlust eller andra " -"faktorer." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In order to use locations, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be" -" enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, and enable " -"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Storage Location setting in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -"För att kunna använda platser måste inställningen :guilabel:`Storage " -"Locations` vara aktiverad. Det gör du genom att gå till " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, bläddra ner till " -"rubriken :guilabel:`Warehouse` och aktivera kryssrutan :guilabel:`Storage " -"Locations`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:24 -msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" -msgstr "Skapa en ny plats inuti ett lager" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:26 msgid "" -"Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations --> Create`. The new location " -"form can then be configured as follows:" +"Once the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is enabled, two additional " +"internal link options appear below it: :guilabel:`Locations` and " +":guilabel:`Putaway Rules`. Click :guilabel:`Locations` to open a list of all" +" existing locations in the warehouse." msgstr "" -"Från appen :menuselection:`Inventory` väljer du " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations --> Create`. Det nya " -"platsformuläret kan sedan konfigureras enligt följande:" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location Name`: the name that will be used to reference the " -"location" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Location Name`: det namn som kommer att användas för att referera" -" till platsen" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:30 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Parent Location`: the location or warehouse that the new location" -" exists within" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Parent Location`: den plats eller det lager som den nya platsen " -"finns inom" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location Type`: choose the category that the location belongs to" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Location Type`: välj den kategori som platsen tillhör" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse that the location " -"is inside of" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Företag`: det företag som äger det lager som platsen ligger i" +msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" +msgstr "Skapa en ny plats inuti ett lager" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:104 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: check this box to allow for " -"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location" +"To create a new location inside a warehouse, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Doing so " +"opens a list of all existing locations. Click :guilabel:`New` to open a new " +"location creation form." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Är en skrotplats?`: markera denna ruta för att tillåta att " -"skrotade/skadade varor lagras på denna plats" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: check this box to allow products to be " -"returned to this location" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: markera denna ruta för att tillåta att " -"produkter returneras till denna plats" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:37 -msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode number assigned to the location" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Barcode`: streckkodsnumret som tilldelats platsen" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:108 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Removal Strategy`: the :doc:`strategy <../removal_strategies>` " -"for how items should be taken from inventory" +"In the :guilabel:`Location Name` field, assign a name for the new location. " +"In the :guilabel:`Parent Location` field, assign the location that this new " +"location exists in." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Removal Strategy`: :doc:`strategi <../removal_strategies>` för " -"hur föremål ska tas från lagret" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 -msgid "The form for creating a new location." -msgstr "Formuläret för att skapa en ny plats." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:41 +msgid "" +"A new location `Gate 1` is created. Its parent location is `Dispatch Zone`. " +"In the :guilabel:`Parent Location` for `Gate 1`, select `Dispatch Zone`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:48 -msgid "Create location hierarchies" -msgstr "Skapa platshierarkier" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, fill out the necessary " +"details for the new location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Location Type` field, select which type of location this " +"is. There are seven different types of locations to choose from:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:50 msgid "" -"The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" -" to exist within a warehouse or another location. Every location can serve " -"as a parent location, and every parent location can have multiple locations " -"within it, allowing for the creation of a virtually infinite hierarchical " -"structure." +":guilabel:`Vendor Location`: virtual location representing the source " +"location for products coming from vendors." msgstr "" -"Inställningen *Parent Location* i formuläret för ny plats gör det möjligt " -"för en plats att existera inom ett lager eller en annan plats. Varje plats " -"kan fungera som en överordnad plats, och varje överordnad plats kan ha flera" -" platser inom sig, vilket gör det möjligt att skapa en praktiskt taget " -"oändlig hierarkisk struktur." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:52 msgid "" -"Location hierarchy could be organized so that a shelf is located within an " -"aisle, which is located within a room, which is located within the overall " -"warehouse." +":guilabel:`View`: virtual location used to create a hierarchical structure " +"for a warehouse; aggregates its child locations. **Should not directly " +"contain products**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`Internal Location`: physical location inside a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:55 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer Location`: virtual location representing the destination" +" location for products sent to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Inventory Loss`: virtual location serving as a counterpart for " +"inventory operations. Used to correct stock levels of physical inventory." msgstr "" -"Platshierarkin kan organiseras så att en hylla är placerad i en gång, som är" -" placerad i ett rum, som är placerat i det övergripande lagret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:59 msgid "" -"To create the location hierarchy in the example above, set the warehouse as " -"the parent of the room, the room as the parent of the aisle, and the aisle " -"as the parent of the shelf. This can be adapted to a hierarchy of any " -"magnitude." +":guilabel:`Production`: virtual counterpart location for production " +"operations. This location consumes components and produces finished " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transit Location`: counterpart location that should be used in " +"inter-company or inter-warehouse operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Additional Information section of new location creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Configure the remaining fields in the :guilabel:`Additional Information` " +"section as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose warehouse the location is inside of. " +"Leave this field blank if this location is shared between companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow for " +"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow products to " +"be returned to this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode assigned to the location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Replenish Location`: tick this checkbox to get all quantities to " +"replenish at this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Cyclic Counting` section, change the value in the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field from the default `0`, if " +"necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Cyclic Counting section of new location creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When different than `0`, the inventory count dates for products stored at " +"this location are automatically set at the defined frequency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:90 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, in the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` " +"field, click the drop-down menu and select the :doc:`removal strategy " +"<../removal_strategies>` for how items should be removed from this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:97 +msgid "Create location hierarchies" +msgstr "Skapa platshierarkier" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" +" to exist within a warehouse, or below another location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Every location can serve as a parent location, and every parent location can" +" have multiple locations within it, allowing for the creation of a " +"hierarchical structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Location hierarchy could be organized so that a small refrigerator is " +"located on a specific shelf, which is located in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Location hierarchy of small refrigerator, on a shelf in a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To create the location hierarchy in the example above (`WH/Stock/Shelf " +"2/Small Refrigerator`), set the warehouse stock as the parent of the shelf, " +"and the shelf as the parent of the small refrigerator. This can be adapted " +"to a hierarchy of any magnitude." msgstr "" -"För att skapa platshierarkin i exemplet ovan anger du lagret som förälder " -"till rummet, rummet som förälder till gången och gången som förälder till " -"hyllan. Detta kan anpassas till en hierarki av valfri storlek." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:5 msgid "Routes and push/pull rules" @@ -21785,6 +22233,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse." msgstr "Leveransorderkortet för det utgående lagret." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 +msgid "Process the receipt" +msgstr "Bearbeta kvittot" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99 msgid "" "Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for " @@ -21921,192 +22373,160 @@ msgstr "" "ska behandlas med samma metod som beskrivs ovan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations" -msgstr "Hantera lager och platser" +msgid "Manage warehouses and locations" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:9 msgid "Warehouse" msgstr "Lager" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:15 msgid "" -"In Odoo, a *warehouse* is the actual building/place in which a company's " -"items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user " -"can create moves between warehouses." +"Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo, and stock moves can be created " +"between warehouses." msgstr "" -"I Odoo är ett *lager * den faktiska byggnaden / platsen där ett företags " -"artiklar lagras. Flera lager kan skapas i Odoo och användaren kan skapa " -"förflyttningar mellan lager." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:22 msgid "" -"A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a " -"sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). " -"Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible " -"to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can " -"be configured as needed under one warehouse." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. " +"This can be a shelf, room, aisle, rack, bin, etc. Locations allow for the " +"storage of products in designated areas of the warehouse, to help track " +"inventory accurately." msgstr "" -"En **plats** är ett specifikt utrymme i lagret. Det kan vara en " -"underplacering i lagret (en hylla, ett golv, en gång och så vidare). Därför " -"är en plats endast en del av ett lager och det är inte möjligt att länka en " -"plats till flera lager. I Odoo kan så många platser som behövs konfigureras " -"under ett lager." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:24 -msgid "There are three types of locations:" -msgstr "Det finns tre typer av platser:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:26 msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading " -"areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc." +"A location is only part of *one* warehouse, and can **not** be linked to " +"multiple warehouses. As many locations can be configured as needed under one" +" warehouse." msgstr "" -"De **fysiska platserna** är interna platser som är en del av de lager som " -"företaget äger. Det kan vara lastnings- och lossningsområden i lagret, en " -"hylla, en avdelning etc." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:29 +msgid "There are three types of locations in Odoo *Inventory*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:31 msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only " -"difference being that they are not owned by the user's company." +"**Physical Locations**: internal locations within a single warehouse owned " +"by the company. This can include shipping and loading docks, aisles, " +"shelves, storage areas, and more." msgstr "" -"**Partnerplatser** är utrymmen inom en kunds och/eller leverantörs lager. De" -" fungerar på samma sätt som fysiska platser, med den enda skillnaden att de " -"inte ägs av användarens företag." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:33 msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory " -"Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse " -"(**Procurements**)." +"**Partner Locations**: external locations, such as designated spaces in a " +"customer or vendor's warehouse. They are similar to physical locations, but " +"they are **not** owned by the user's company." msgstr "" -"De **virtuella platserna** är platser som inte existerar, men där produkter " -"kan placeras när de inte finns fysiskt i ett lager ännu (eller längre). De " -"är praktiska vid registrering av förlorade produkter (**Inventory Loss**) " -"eller redovisning av produkter som är på väg till lagret (**Procurements**)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:36 msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be " -"structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the " -"organization of the warehouses." +"**Virtual Locations**: this type of location does not exist as a physical " +"space, but products can be \"stored\" here when they are not physically in " +"an inventory yet. *Inventory Loss* and *Procurements* are examples of " +"virtual locations, for products that are lost or in transit to the " +"warehouse." msgstr "" -"I Odoo är platser strukturerade hierarkiskt. Platser kan struktureras som " -"ett träd, beroende på en förälder-barn-relation. Detta ger mer detaljerade " -"analysnivåer för lagerverksamheten och lagerorganisationen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:41 msgid "" -"To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" -" enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"Every location within a warehouse can serve as a parent location, and every " +"parent location can have multiple locations within it, allowing for the " +"creation of a hierarchical structure. This allows for more detailed levels " +"of analysis of the stock operations and the organization of the warehouses." msgstr "" -"För att aktivera lagringsplatser, gå till :menuselection:`Konfiguration --> " -"Inställningar` och aktivera :guilabel:`Lagringsplatser`. Klicka sedan på " -":guilabel:`Spara`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:48 +msgid "" +"For companies with one warehouse, no additional settings are required to " +"activate before editing the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:51 +msgid "" +"For companies with multiple warehouses, and to create locations within a " +"warehouse, the *Storage Locations* feature must be enabled." msgstr "" -"Aktivera funktionen för lagringsplats i Odoo Inventory-inställningarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:54 msgid "" -"To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable " -":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check " -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes`." +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Tick the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox to enable the feature, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"För att hantera flera rutter i lagerlokalerna, aktivera även " -":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` och kontrollera " -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:58 -msgid "Create a new warehouse" -msgstr "Skapa ett nytt lager" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " -"Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Storage Locations feature enabled in the Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -"För att skapa ett lager, gå till :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse" -" Management --> Warehouses` och klicka på :guilabel:`Create`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:63 msgid "" -"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. " -"The short name is five characters maximum." +"To manage warehouse *routes*, such as two-and-three-step receipts and " +"deliveries, enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature from the *Inventory* app " +"settings, as well. For more on routes, see :doc:`use_routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:68 +msgid "Create a new warehouse" +msgstr "Skapa ett nytt lager" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Begin by assigning a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name`, and a :guilabel:`Short " +"Name`. The :guilabel:`Short Name` field is limited to a **five** character " +"maximum." msgstr "" -"Fyll sedan i en :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` och en :guilabel:`Short Name`. " -"Det korta namnet får innehålla högst fem tecken." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "Kort namnfält för ett lager i Odoo Inventory." +msgid "New warehouse creation form name configuration fields." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:81 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse " -"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first " -"letters of location]\"." +"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like `WH/[first " +"letters of location]`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Short Name` visas på överföringsorder och andra lagerdokument. " -"Odoo rekommenderar att du använder ett begripligt namn som \"WH/[första " -"bokstäverna på platsen]\"." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:84 msgid "" -"Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations " -"related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated." +"For example, a warehouse named `Warehouse #2` might have the " +":guilabel:`Short Name` `WH2` (the short name for the default warehouse in " +"Odoo is `WH`)." msgstr "" -"Gå nu tillbaka till :guilabel:`Inventory` instrumentpanelen. Där har nya " -"operationer relaterade till det nyskapade lagret automatiskt genererats." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently " -"created warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Inventory-appens instrumentpanel visar nya överföringstyper för det nyligen " -"skapade lagret." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the " -":guilabel:`Locations` setting." -msgstr "" -"Om du lägger till ett andra lager aktiveras inställningen " -":guilabel:`Locations` automatiskt." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:85 -msgid "Create a new location" -msgstr "Skapa en ny plats" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:87 msgid "" -"To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " -"Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +"Once the warehouse is created, navigate back to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard. New operations for the newly created " +"warehouse are automatically generated there." msgstr "" -"För att skapa en plats, gå till :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " -"Management --> Locations` och klicka på :guilabel:`Create`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:90 msgid "" -"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`" -" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +"For more on creating new warehouses, see :doc:`create_a_second_warehouse`." msgstr "" -"Fyll sedan i :guilabel:`Location Name` och :guilabel:`Parent Location` och " -"klicka på :guilabel:`Save`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "Skapa en ny lagerplats i Odoo Inventory." +msgid "" +"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfers for the new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:102 +msgid "Create a new location" +msgstr "Skapa en ny plats" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:111 +msgid "For more on locations, see :doc:`use_locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "New warehouse location creation form." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 msgid "Inventory valuation" msgstr "Lagervärdering" @@ -22457,7 +22877,7 @@ msgid "" "The Inventory Valuation fields are located on the Product Categories form." msgstr "Fälten för Lagervärdering finns i formuläret Produktkategorier." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 msgid "" "Alternatively, automated inventory valuation is an integrated valuation " "method that updates the inventory value in real-time by creating journal " @@ -22468,7 +22888,7 @@ msgstr "" "som uppdaterar lagervärdet i realtid genom att skapa verifikat när det " "initieras lagerförflyttningar mellan platser i ett företags lager." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:26 msgid "" "Automated inventory valuation is a method recommended for expert " "accountants, given the extra steps involved in journal entry configuration. " @@ -22483,133 +22903,69 @@ msgstr "" "justeringar kan behövas löpande beroende på företagets behov och " "prioriteringar." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 msgid "Types of accounting" msgstr "Typer av redovisning" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 msgid "" "Accounting entries will depend on the accounting mode: *Continental* or " "*Anglo-Saxon*." msgstr "" "Verifikaten beror på bokföringssättet: *Continental* eller *Anglo-Saxon*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39 msgid "" "Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and " -"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`." msgstr "" -"Verifiera redovisningsläget genom att aktivera :ref:`developer-mode` och gå " -"till :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Then, in the search bar, look for :guilabel:`Anglo-Saxon Accounting`, to see" +" if the feature is enabled. If it is **not** enabled, Continental accounting" +" mode is in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the Anglo-Saxon accounting mode feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 msgid "" "In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported " "when products are sold or delivered. This means that the cost of a good is " -"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. " -"*Interim Stock Accounts* are used for the input and output accounts, and are" -" both *Asset Accounts* in the balance sheet." +"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. So " +"for **manual** valuation method, set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to " +"`Stock Valuation` for the current asset type; for **automatic** valuation " +"method, set the the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to an *Expenses* or a *Cost " +"of Revenue* type (e.g. `Cost of Production`, `Cost of Goods Sold`, etc.)." msgstr "" -"I *anglo-saxisk* redovisning redovisas kostnader för sålda varor (COGS) när " -"produkterna säljs eller levereras. Detta innebär att kostnaden för en vara " -"endast redovisas som en kostnad när en kund faktureras för en produkt. " -"*Interna lagerkonton används för in- och utbetalningskonton och är båda " -"*tillgångskonton* i balansräkningen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 msgid "" "In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a " -"product is received into stock. Additionally, a single *Expense* account is " -"used for both input and output accounts in the balance sheet." +"product is received into stock. Because of this, the :guilabel:`Expense " +"Account` can be set to **either** *Expenses* or a *Cost of Revenue* type, " +"however, it is more commonly set to an *Expenses* account." msgstr "" -"I *kontinental* redovisning redovisas kostnaden för en vara så snart " -"produkten tas emot i lager. Dessutom används ett enda *kostnadskonto* för " -"både in- och utbetalningskonton i balansräkningen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 -msgid "Costing methods" -msgstr "Kalkylmetoder" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 msgid "" -"Below are the three costing methods that can be used in Odoo for inventory " -"valuation." +":ref:`Details about configuring Expense and Stock accounts " +"`" msgstr "" -"Nedan följer de tre kalkylmetoder som kan användas i Odoo för " -"lagervärdering." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Standard Price**: is the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the " -"product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used to " -"compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " -"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." -msgstr "" -"**Standardpris**: är standardmetoden för kostnadsberäkning i Odoo. " -"Produktens kostnad definieras manuellt på produktformuläret och denna " -"kostnad används för att beräkna värderingen. Även om inköpspriset på en " -"inköpsorder skiljer sig, kommer värderingen fortfarande att använda den " -"kostnad som definieras på produktformuläret." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Average Cost (AVCO)**: calculates the valuation of a product based on the " -"average cost of that product, divided by the total number of available stock" -" on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and " -"constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." -msgstr "" -"**Genomsnittskostnad (AVCO)**: beräknar värderingen av en produkt baserat på" -" genomsnittskostnaden för den produkten, dividerat med det totala antalet " -"tillgängliga lager. Med denna kalkylmetod är lagervärderingen *dynamisk* och" -" justeras ständigt baserat på inköpspriset för produkterna." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**First In First Out (FIFO)**: tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing " -"items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to change the " -"valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the next good " -"sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next inventory " -"lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based on the " -"valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most accurate " -"inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it's highly " -"sensitive to input data and human error." -msgstr "" -"**First In First Out (FIFO)**: spårar kostnaderna för inkommande och " -"utgående artiklar i realtid och använder det verkliga priset på produkterna " -"för att ändra värderingen. Det äldsta inköpspriset används som kostnad för " -"nästa sålda vara tills ett helt parti av den produkten har sålts. När nästa " -"lagerparti flyttas upp i kön används ett uppdaterat produktpris baserat på " -"värderingen av det specifika partiet. Denna metod är förmodligen den mest " -"exakta metoden för lagervärdering av en mängd olika skäl, men den är mycket " -"känslig för indata och mänskliga fel." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It's highly" -" recommended to consult an accountant first before making any adjustments " -"here." -msgstr "" -"En ändring av kalkylmetoden har stor inverkan på lagervärderingen. Vi " -"rekommenderar starkt att du rådfrågar en revisor innan du gör några " -"justeringar här." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:78 -msgid "Configure automated inventory valuation in Odoo" -msgstr "Konfigurera automatisk lagervärdering i Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:67 msgid "" "Make changes to inventory valuation options by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and " -"choose the category/categories where the automated valuation method should " -"apply." +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. In " +"the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` section, select the desired " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` options." msgstr "" -"Gör ändringar i alternativen för lagervärdering genom att gå till " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, och " -"välj den eller de kategorier där den automatiserade värderingsmetoden ska " -"tillämpas." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:72 msgid "" "It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product " "categories." @@ -22617,29 +22973,37 @@ msgstr "" "Det är möjligt att använda olika värderingsinställningar för olika " "produktkategorier." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` heading are two labels: " -":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`. Pick the " -"desired :guilabel:`Costing Method` using the drop-down menu (e.g. " -":guilabel:`Standard`, :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`, or :guilabel:`First " -"In First Out (FIFO)`) and switch the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to " -":guilabel:`Automated`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 +msgid "Show inventory valuation configuration options." msgstr "" -"Under rubriken :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` finns två etiketter: " -":guilabel:`Kostnadsmetod` och :guilabel:`Inventarievärdering`. Välj önskad " -":guilabel:`Costing Method` i rullgardinsmenyn (t.ex. :guilabel:`Standard`, " -":guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` eller :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`)" -" och ställ om :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` till :guilabel:`Automated`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 -msgid "" -":ref:`Using the inventory " -"valuation`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +msgid "Costing method" msgstr "" -":ref:`Användning av lagervärdering`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +msgid "" +"From the product category's configuration page, choose the desired " +":guilabel:`Costing Method`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Standard Price`: the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of " +"the product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used " +"to compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " +"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`: calculates the valuation of a product based" +" on the average cost of that product, divided by the total number of " +"available stock on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is " +"*dynamic*, and constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " "Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " @@ -22657,7 +23021,30 @@ msgstr "" "genomsnittliga inköpspriset både för lager till hands och de kostnader som " "ackumulerats från bekräftade inköpsorder." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`: tracks the costs of incoming and " +"outgoing items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to " +"change the valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the " +"next good sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next " +"inventory lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based " +"on the valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most " +"accurate inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it is" +" highly sensitive to input data and human error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It is " +"highly recommended to consult an accountant first before making any " +"adjustments here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`using_inventory_valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " "that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " @@ -22675,17 +23062,109 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Cost` på ett produktformulär ändras manuellt, kommer Odoo att " "generera en motsvarande post i rapporten *Inventory Valuation*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 msgid "" -"On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " -"appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " -"inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" +"Inventory valuation in Odoo can be set to be updated manually or " +"automatically. While *Expense* accounts apply to both, the *Stock Input* and" +" *Stock Output* accounts are only used for automated valuation." msgstr "" -"På samma skärm visas fälten :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties`, eftersom " -"de nu är obligatoriska fält i och med övergången till automatisk " -"lagervärdering. Dessa konton definieras enligt följande:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Refer to the :ref:`Expense ` and " +":ref:`Stock input/output ` sections for " +"details on configuring each account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +msgid "Expense account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To configure the *expense account*, go to the :guilabel:`Account Properties`" +" section of the intended product category (:menuselection:`Inventory app -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`). Then, choose an existing account " +"from the :guilabel:`Expense Account` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +msgid "" +"To ensure the chosen account is the correct :guilabel:`Type,` click the " +"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account. Then, set the account type " +"based on the information below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177 +msgid "Automated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +msgid "" +"In Anglo-Saxon accounting for automated inventory valuation, set the " +":guilabel:`Expense Account` to the `Expenses` account. Then, click the " +"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, choose :guilabel:`Expenses` or :guilabel:`Cost of " +"Revenue` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show **Expense Account** field, and external link icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To configure the :guilabel:`Expense Account`, choose :guilabel:`Stock " +"Valuation` from the field's drop-down menu. Verify the account's type by " +"clicking the |right arrow| icon, and then ensure the :guilabel:`Type` is " +":guilabel:`Current Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the **Expense Account** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +msgid "Continental" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to the :guilabel:`Expenses` or " +":guilabel:`Cost of Revenue` account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:190 +msgid "Stock input/output (automated only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:192 +msgid "" +"To configure the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and :guilabel:`Stock Output" +" Account`, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product" +" Categories` and select the desired product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field, select :guilabel:`Automated`. " +"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` section appear. " +"These accounts are defined as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " @@ -22695,7 +23174,13 @@ msgstr "" " för en produkt, kommer detta konto att innehålla det aktuella värdet på " "produkterna." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: accounting journal where entries are " +"automatically posted when a product's inventory valuation changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -22709,7 +23194,7 @@ msgstr "" "för alla produkter i en viss kategori, och kan också ställas in direkt på " "varje produkt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:207 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -22723,11 +23208,57 @@ msgstr "" "för alla produkter i en viss kategori, och kan också ställas in direkt på " "varje produkt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:124 -msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" -msgstr "Åtkomst till rapporteringsdata som genererats av lagervärderingen" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:216 +msgid "" +"In Anglo-Saxon accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to *different* :guilabel:`Current " +"Assets` accounts. This way, delivering products and invoicing the customer " +"balance the *Stock Output* account, while receiving products and billing " +"vendors balance the *Stock Input* account." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +msgid "" +"To modify the account type, go to the click the |right arrow| icon to the " +"right of the stock input/output account. In the pop-up window, choose " +":guilabel:`Current Assets` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Display account setup page, highlighting the **Type** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +msgid "" +"The *Stock Input* account is set to `Stock Interim (Received)`, a *Current " +"Asset* account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 +msgid "" +"In Continental accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to **the same** :guilabel:`Current " +"Assets` account. That way, one account can be balanced when items are bought" +" and sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:239 +msgid "" +"The stock input and output accounts are both set to `Stock Interim " +"(Received)`, a :guilabel:`Current Assets` account type. They can also be set" +" to the `Stock Interim (Delivered)`, as long as the input and output " +"accounts are assigned to the **same** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the Stock Input and Output accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 +msgid "Inventory valuation reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." " At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " @@ -22741,7 +23272,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Options` till :guilabel:`Unfold All` för att se alla de senaste " "uppgifterna visas, alla på en gång." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 msgid "" "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " @@ -22751,7 +23286,7 @@ msgstr "" "nästlade raden :guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`, där den totala " "värderingen av allt lager som finns till hands visas." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 msgid "" "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " "Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " @@ -22819,12 +23354,8 @@ msgstr "" "något av de tre alternativen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 -msgid "" -":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " -"`" +msgid ":doc:`Set up inventory valuation `" msgstr "" -":ref:`Ställa in lagervärdering " -"`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -23411,10 +23942,6 @@ msgstr "" "rubriken :guilabel:`Spårbarhet` markerar du rutan bredvid :guilabel:`Lots & " "Serienummer` för att aktivera funktionen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." -msgstr "Aktivera partier och serienummer." - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:115 msgid "" "Next, ensure the intended product is tracked by lots or serial numbers by " @@ -23435,12 +23962,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "After enabling the features, assign lot or serial numbers to products using " "an :doc:`inventory adjustment ` or " -"during :ref:`product reception `." +"during :ref:`product reception `." msgstr "" -"När du har aktiverat funktionerna kan du tilldela parti- eller serienummer " -"till produkter med hjälp av :doc:`inventory adjustment " -"` eller under :ref:`product reception " -"`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:126 msgid "Locations and routes" @@ -24547,6 +25070,956 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "De detaljerade operationerna visar vilka partier som väljs ut för plockning." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory aging report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The inventory aging report evaluates all items in stock, providing insights " +"into potentially sunken purchase costs and delays in profitability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Create customized pivot tables to analyze product, operation types, month, " +"or company breakdowns. This helps identify products in stock that are at " +"risk of passing their expiration or viability dates, or instances of " +"rot/decay for fast-expiring items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The *Reporting* menu in *Inventory* is only accessible to users with " +":doc:`admin access <../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To access the inventory aging report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Reporting --> Inventory Aging`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:24 +msgid "Navigate the inventory aging report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report displays a pivot table, " +"with the month in columns, and product category in rows. The default " +"filters, :guilabel:`Incoming` and :guilabel:`Has Remaining Qty`, show only " +"products from receipts, and are currently in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining Qty` displays the number of on-hand items, and " +":guilabel:`Remaining Value` displays the total cost of purchasing these " +"items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in each column " +"or row reveals options to expand the pivot table and show a detailed " +"breakdown of the :guilabel:`Remaining Qty` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` " +"by :guilabel:`Product`, :guilabel:`Product Category`, :guilabel:`Date`, or " +":guilabel:`Company`. Clicking the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` " +":guilabel:`(minus)` icon collapses it back to its previous state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:43 +msgid "Inventory aging report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Inventory aging report, showing each **Product** in rows and each reception " +"**Date** in columns, to better monitor products with fast expiration dates. " +"Each row shows the the total on-hand quantity and inventory valuation of " +"items purchased on each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Records in the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report are *stock valuation " +"layers* (SVLs), representing product moves that impact stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Inventory adjustments do **not** create |SVLs|; only items purchased from " +"vendors do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:71 +msgid "Generate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After learning how to :ref:`navigate the inventory aging report " +"`, it can be used to create and " +"share different reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Aging` report are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:63 +msgid "Rotating stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To create a report to identify items that have been in stock for a while, " +"follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Aging`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` " +":guilabel:`(caret down)` icon in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to see a " +"drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and " +":guilabel:`Favorite` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Product` under the :guilabel:`Group By` section. Doing so " +"expands the pivot table to show a product in each row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to the left of the " +"date column. Hover over :guilabel:`Date` from the drop-down menu and choose " +":guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, :guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +"or :guilabel:`Day`. Doing so expands the columns to show the " +":guilabel:`Remaining Qty` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` by the selected " +"time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For products that have a longer shelf life, choose longer time periods such " +"as :guilabel:`Month` or :guilabel:`Quarter` when expanding columns by " +":guilabel:`Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 +msgid "Pivot table, highlighting the plus icon to expand columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The report now displays the on-hand stock of items, and their total " +"purchasing cost, for each time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Inventory aging report, with the :guilabel:`Group By`: :guilabel:`Product` " +"option selected, and with the :guilabel:`Date` column set to " +":guilabel:`Day`. It gives insight into how much raw fish sashimi products " +"were purchased on each day, and how much it cost. This informs the business " +"owners how much stock is at risk of rotting in stock, per day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 +msgid "Inventory aging report, showing product row items and day columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:3 +msgid "Locations dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The *Locations* dashboard in the *Inventory* application provides an " +"overview of on-hand storage locations for company products. Use this report " +"to see where stock is stored, identify :ref:`misplaced items " +"`, or view past inventory to see " +"product locations on specific dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To access the locations report, the *Storage Locations* feature must be " +"enabled. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and click :guilabel:`Save`. Then, access the " +"locations dashboard by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:24 +msgid "Navigate the locations dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard lists all on-hand products " +"in stock (in the :guilabel:`Product` column), along with the following " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: current storage location. If a product is stored at " +"`Shelf 1` and `Shelf 2`, the product is listed twice, showing quantities at " +"each location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Package`: the package that the product is stored in, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: if the product has a lot or serial number, it" +" is specified here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: current quantity of products. Click the " +":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand " +"quantity <../inventory_management/count_products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reserved Quantity`: on-hand quantity reserved for operations, " +"such as pickings, delivery orders, or manufacturings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: the unit of measure of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Click the buttons to the right of each row item to access additional " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:42 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the" +" product, displaying information about the quantity and description of why " +"the product was moved from one location to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:47 +msgid "" +"View what the product is reserved for, by clicking the :icon:`fa-history` " +":guilabel:`History` button on the far-right of the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Moves History` page, remove the :icon:`fa-filter` " +":guilabel:`Done` filter. Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar to reveal filter options, and select the " +":guilabel:`To Do` filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Display *Moves History* page of to-do deliveries that reserved the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:58 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering " +"rules <../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>` " +"page to replenish products at the specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In the upper-left corner of the page, click the the :guilabel:`New` button " +"to make an :doc:`inventory adjustment " +"<../inventory_management/count_products>` to record quantities of a certain " +"product at a specific :guilabel:`Location`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To view products, quantities, and their locations for a specified date, " +"click the :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button (also located in the upper-" +"left corner of the page). Select a date and time in the :guilabel:`Inventory" +" at Date` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After learning how to :ref:`navigate the locations dashboard " +"`, it can be used to create " +"and share different reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Locations` " +"dashboard are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:81 +msgid "Dead stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To get list of expired items, also referred to as *dead stock*, follow these" +" steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:143 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to" +" reveal a drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and " +":guilabel:`Favorite` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts` " +"option under the :guilabel:`Filters` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:91 +msgid "The report now displays a list of expired products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:94 +msgid "" +"This report can also be generated from the :ref:`Lot and Serials Numbers " +"` page, accessed by going to" +" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst-1 +msgid "Show a list of products whose expiration dates have exceeded today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:105 +msgid "Stranded inventory report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Businesses using multi-step flows in the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* " +"apps, may have *stranded* items, which are products not in their proper " +"storage locations, due to human error. Use this report to periodically check" +" transfer locations (e.g. *WH/Input*, *WH/Pre-Processing*) to ensure items " +"are moved to their intended storage locations, and accurately recorded in " +"the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To get a list of items that might be sitting idly in storage, follow these " +"steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, begin typing the name of the location " +"where products are intended to be moved to, such as `WH/Input`, or " +"`WH/Packing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Search Location for:` [location name] option from the " +"resulting drop-down menu that appears beneath the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show search result for the location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:124 +msgid "The report now displays a list of products at the transit location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Searching `Input` in :guilabel:`Location` shows a list of products at a " +"*WH/Input* location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The list shows `500` quantities of `Chicken`, which is alarming if not " +"refrigerated soon after reception. The stranded inventory report helps " +"identify items that have been idling in non-storage locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show items stored at a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:138 +msgid "Inventory discrepancy report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:140 +msgid "" +"To generate a report of items that have been moved since the last " +":doc:`inventory audit <../inventory_management/cycle_counts>`, follow these " +"steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Conflicts` option " +"from the :guilabel:`Filters` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The report now displays items whose quantities have changed since the last " +"cycle count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show items from the *Conflicts* filter in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` button to view inventory " +"transfers, including receipts and deliveries, that have occurred since the " +"inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show *Moves History*, showing a delivery that occurred after an inventory " +"adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:3 +msgid "Moves history dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Moves History* report in Odoo *Inventory* provides a detailed record of" +" product movements (containing past and current locations), lot numbers, and" +" reasons for movement. Reports can be generated for any time frame, making " +"this report essential for analyzing stock levels, monitoring inventory " +"turnover, and identifying any discrepancies in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The reporting feature is only accessible to users with :doc:`admin access " +"<../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Moves History`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst-1 +msgid "Display Moves History report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:23 +msgid "Navigate the moves history report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:25 +msgid "In the report, the columns represent:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: calendar date and time of the stock move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: description of the reason for the stock move or " +"quantity change, such as a receipt number (e.g. `WH/IN/00012`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product involved in the move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: specifies the lot or serial number of the " +"tracked product being moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:33 +msgid ":guilabel:`From`: source location of the moved product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`To`: destination location of the moved product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity`: number of products moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: unit of measure of the products moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: indicates the move status, which can be " +":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available` (ready for action), or " +":guilabel:`Partially Available` (insufficient quantities to complete the " +"operation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:66 +msgid "Search options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Use the following search options to customize the :guilabel:`Moves History` " +"report to display relevant information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:70 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Filters` section allows users to search among pre-made and " +"custom filters to find specific stock records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Do`: show stock move records that are in progress. This " +"includes lines with a :guilabel:`Status` column value of " +":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Partially Available`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done`: completed stock moves, with a :guilabel:`Status` of " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Incoming`: displays move records from vendor locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:58 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Outgoing`: displays move records to customer locations, including" +" customer returns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internal`: displays move records from one internal location to " +"another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturing`: shows records where products were produced from " +"the virtual, production :doc:`location " +"<../inventory_management/use_locations>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: select this drop-down menu to access various date filter " +"options and view stock moves from a specific month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last 30 Days`: show records that occurred in the last thirty " +"days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Last 3 Months`: show records from the last three months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:113 +msgid "Group By" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " +"groupings to the search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: group records by product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: group records by the three status types: " +":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available`, and :guilabel:`Partially " +"Available`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: group records by :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, or :guilabel:`Day`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transfers`: group records by operation number, e.g. " +"`WH/OUT/00012`, `WH/MO/00211`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: group records by source location (the :guilabel:`From`" +" column in this report)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: group records by product category. To configure these," +" go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: Product" +" Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Batch Transfer`: group records by :doc:`batch " +"<../advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:125 +msgid "Favorites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To save the current applied filters and groups, so the same information can " +"be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save current " +"search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " +"current view the default filter when opening the :guilabel:`Moves History` " +"report. Or tick the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option " +"available to other users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:134 +msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:137 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../essentials/search`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:3 +msgid "Stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the stock report in Odoo *Inventory* for a detailed list of all stored " +"products, including those reserved, purchased and in transit, as well as " +"those delivered to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Stock`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Show the stock report, accessible by going to Inventory > Reporting > Stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:19 +msgid "Navigate the stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:21 +msgid "" +"On the stock report, the left sidebar includes several groupings to narrow " +"down what is being shown. The default groupings are :guilabel:`Warehouses`," +" which filters products by specific warehouses, and :guilabel:`Category`, " +"which shows products within a selected product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Warehouse` grouping is only available when there are multiple" +" warehouses in the database. Refer to the " +":doc:`../inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse` documentation for " +"more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:30 +msgid "In the report itself, the columns represent:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:32 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unit Cost`: average inventory valuation per unit, adjusted based " +"on the cost to purchase and/or manufacture the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Value`: Total inventory valuation of the product, " +"calculated by multiplying unit cost by on-hand quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:39 +msgid "" +":ref:`Compute average cost inventory valuation per unit " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:40 +msgid "" +":doc:`Inventory valuation methods " +"<../inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand`: current quantity of products. Click the :icon:`fa-" +"pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand quantity " +"<../inventory_management/count_products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Free to Use`: on-hand quantity that are **not** reserved for " +"delivery or manufacturing orders, and are available to sell or use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Incoming`: items expected to arrive at the warehouse. Number of " +"products is based on quantities in confirmed purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Outgoing`: items expected to leave the warehouse or be consumed " +"in manufacturing orders. Number of products is based on quantities in " +"confirmed sales or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the product, " +"displaying information about the quantity and description of why the product" +" was moved from one location to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering rules " +"<../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>` page for " +"the product to create or manage methods of procuring the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Locations`: break down of on-hand quantity at multiple storage " +"locations. Only available when the product is stored in multiple locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forecast`: access the forecasted report to view on-hand, " +"incoming, and outgoing quantities. Report also contains links to confirmed " +"purchase, sales, or manufacturing orders. Only available when there are " +"confirmed sales, purchase, or manufacturing orders for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Published`: display products published on the website. Only " +"available with the *Website* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available in POS`: display products available through the *Point " +"of Sale* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available in Self`: display products available in self order " +"through the *Point of Sale* app. Appears in the search because the " +":guilabel:`Available in Self Order` checkbox was ticked in the " +":guilabel:`Point of Sale` section of a product form's :guilabel:`Sales` tab." +" The option is only available when the :guilabel:`Available in POS` checkbox" +" is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In the Sales tab of a product form, showing *Available in Self Order* " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not available in Self`: display products available in *PoS*, but " +"not available in self order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:91 +msgid "`Configure PoS products `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Sold`: display products that can be sold to customers. " +"Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Sold` checkbox is ticked" +" on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Purchased`: display products that can be bought from " +"vendors. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` " +"checkbox is ticked on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Recurring`: show subscription products, indicated by " +"ticking the :guilabel:`Recurring` checkbox on the product form. Only " +"available with the *Subscription* app activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Rented`: show products that can be loaned to customers for" +" a certain time. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Rented`" +" checkbox was ticked on the product form. Only available with the *Rental* " +"app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Subcontracted`: display products that can be produced by a" +" :doc:`third-party manufacturer " +"<../../../manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic>`. Available " +"only with the *Manufacturing* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Expensed`: show items that can be expensed. Only available" +" with the *Expenses* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`../../product_management/product_tracking/type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " +"groupings to the search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Type`: group items by :doc:`product type " +"<../../product_management/product_tracking/type>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Category`: group items by product category. To configure " +"these, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: " +"Product Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`POS Product Category`: group items by :doc:`point of sale product" +" categories <../../../../sales/point_of_sale/configuration>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To save the current applied filters and groupbys, so the same information " +"can be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save " +"current search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " +"current view the default filter when opening the stock report. Or tick the " +":guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option available to other " +"users." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "Underhåll" @@ -27619,15 +29092,17 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials` och välj " "sedan en |BOM|, eller skapa en ny genom att klicka på :guilabel:`New`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:94 +msgid "Learn more" +msgstr "Läs mer" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:32 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to properly configure a new |BOM|, see the " -"documentation on :ref:`creating a bill of materials " -"`." +"documentation on :doc:`creating a bill of materials " +"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" -"För en fullständig guide om hur du korrekt konfigurerar en ny |BOM|, se " -"dokumentationen om :ref:`skapa en stycklista " -"`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -27833,233 +29308,435 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bill of materials" msgstr "Materialförteckning" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:9 msgid "" -"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " -"quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " -"It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines " -"needed to complete a production process." +"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) documents specific components, " +"along with their respective quantities, that are needed to produce or repair" +" a product. In Odoo, |BoMs| as blueprints for manufactured goods and kits, " +"and often include production operations and step-by-step guidelines, as " +"well." msgstr "" -"En *materiallista* (förkortat *BoM*) är ett dokument som definierar mängden " -"av varje komponent som krävs för att tillverka eller leverera en färdig " -"produkt. Den kan också innehålla olika operationer och de enskilda " -"stegriktlinjer som behövs för att slutföra en produktionsprocess." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:15 +msgid "BoM setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:17 msgid "" -"In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " -"linked to each product, so even product variants can have their own tailored" -" :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." +"To create a |BOM|, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> " +"Bills of Materials` and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -"I Odoo Manufacturing kan flera :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` kopplas " -"till varje produkt, så även produktvarianter kan ha sina egna skräddarsydda " -":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " -"manufacturing process and save time." -msgstr "" -"Korrekt inställning av en :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` hjälper till att " -"optimera tillverkningsprocessen och spara tid." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:18 -msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" -msgstr "Upprätta en materialförteckning (BoM)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" -"The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" -" or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " -"managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." +"Next, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type` to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`." msgstr "" -"Den enklaste :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`-uppsättningen är en utan " -"operationer eller instruktioner, endast komponenter. I detta fall styrs " -"produktionen enbart med hjälp av *tillverkningsorder*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " -":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " -"of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the " -":guilabel:`Product`." +"Then, specify :ref:`required components ` and, if necessary, define any :ref:`manufacturing operations " +"`." msgstr "" -"För att skapa en :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` från modulen " -":guilabel:`Manufacturing`, gå till :menuselection:`Products --> Bills of " -"Materials`. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Create`. Ange sedan " -":guilabel:`Produkt`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:26 msgid "" -"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " -"product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." +"Individual |BOMs| can also be quickly accessed or created by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on any product form, as " +"accessible through the *Sales*, *Inventory*, and *Manufacturing* apps, as " +"well as through any internal links where a product is referenced (such as in" +" a field or a line item)." msgstr "" -"En :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` kan också skapas direkt från " -"produktformuläret, i vilket fall :guilabel:`Product`-fältet är förifyllt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:31 -msgid "" -"For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" -" to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" -" to specify the various components that make up the production of the final " -"product and their respective quantities. New components can be created " -"quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created " -"beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> " -"Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "Show BoM for a product, with components listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "BoM for `Drawer`, displaying the **Components** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:38 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/kit_shipping`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`../subcontracting/subcontracting_basic`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:44 +msgid "Components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Components` tab of a |BOM|, specify components used to " +"manufacture the product by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the " +":guilabel:`Components` drop-down menu, select from existing products or " +"create a new product by typing the name and selecting either the " +":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option to quickly add the line item, or the " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` option to add the component and continue to " +"its configuration form." msgstr "" -"För en standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, ange :guilabel:`BoM Type` " -"till :guilabel:`Tillverka denna produkt`. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Add a " -"Line` för att ange de olika komponenterna som ingår i tillverkningen av " -"slutprodukten och deras respektive kvantiteter. Nya komponenter kan skapas " -"snabbt genom :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, eller kan skapas i förväg i " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> Create`. Klicka " -"slutligen på :guilabel:`Spara` för att avsluta skapandet av :abbr:`BoM (Bill" -" of Materials)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." -msgstr "Upprätta en materialförteckning." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:43 -msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" -msgstr "Ange en stycklista (BoM) för en produktvariant" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:45 -msgid "" -":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " -"Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." +msgid "Add a component by selecting it from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` kan också tilldelas specifika " -"*Produktvarianter*, med två inställningsalternativ att välja mellan." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:56 msgid "" -"In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " -"the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " -"form." +"Optionally, access additional fields by clicking the :icon:`oi-settings-" +"adjust` :guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon to the far-right of the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab. Tick the checkboxes for the following features " +"to enable these columns:" msgstr "" -"För att kunna tilldela :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` till " -"produktvarianter måste produktens variantattribut redan vara konfigurerade " -"på produktformuläret." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:60 msgid "" -"The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " -"variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" -" :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master " -":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and " -"specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply " -"on Variants` column." +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify which :doc:`product variant " +"<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>` each component is used in. " +"When the field is left blank, the component is used in all product variants." msgstr "" -"Den första metoden är att skapa en :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " -"variant genom att skapa en ny :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` och ange " -":guilabel:`Product Variant`. Den andra metoden är att skapa en master " -":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` som innehåller alla komponenter, och ange " -"vilken variant varje komponent gäller för med hjälp av kolumnen " -":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." -msgstr "Produktvarianter i materialförteckningen." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:62 -msgid "Set up operations" -msgstr "Starta upp verksamheten" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:66 msgid "" -"Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" -" instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" -" this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Operations`." +":guilabel:`Consumed in Operation`: specify the operation using the " +"component. Useful for determining :ref:`manufacturing readiness " +"`." msgstr "" -"Lägg till en :guilabel:`Operation` till en :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` " -"för att ange instruktioner för produktion och registrera tidsåtgång för en " -"operation. För att använda denna funktion måste du först aktivera funktionen" -" :guilabel:`Arbetsorder` i :menuselection:`Tillverkning --> Konfiguration " -"--> Inställningar --> Operationer`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:68 msgid "" -"Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " -":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " -"operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a " -"name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like " -"components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the " -":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that " -"variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +":guilabel:`Manual Consumption`: tick the checkbox to force operators to " +"check the :guilabel:`Consumed` checkbox on a manufacturing order (MO)." msgstr "" -"När du skapar en ny :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` klickar du på fliken " -":guilabel:`Operations` och sedan på :guilabel:`Add a line` för att lägga " -"till en ny operation. I rutan :guilabel:`Create Operations` ger du " -"operationen ett namn, anger :guilabel:`Work Center` och inställningar för " -"varaktighet. I likhet med komponenter ger Odoo möjlighet att ange en " -"produktvariant i fältet :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` så att operationen " -"endast gäller för den varianten. Slutligen klickar du på :guilabel:`Spara " -"och stäng`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show a manufacturing order, highlighting the *Consumed* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:75 msgid "" -"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " -":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" -" new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing " -"Operations` feature." +"Not doing so triggers the :guilabel:`Consumption Warning` error message, " +"where the consumed component quantity must be manually inputted. Otherwise, " +"the operation cannot be completed." msgstr "" -"Varje operation är unik, eftersom den alltid är exklusivt kopplad till en " -":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operationer kan återanvändas vid " -"konfigurering av en ny :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, med funktionen " -":guilabel:`Copy Existing Operations`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." -msgstr "Funktionen Kopiera befintliga operationer." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show the consumption warning error message." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:85 -msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" -msgstr "Lägga till biprodukter i en materialförteckning (BoM)" +msgid "Operations" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" -"A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " -"addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " -"the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)`." +"Add an *operation* to a |BOM| to specify instructions for production and " +"register time spent on an operation. To use this feature, first enable the " +"*Work Orders* feature by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the" +" :guilabel:`Work Orders` checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" -"En *biprodukt* är en restprodukt som skapas under produktionen utöver " -"huvudprodukten på en :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Till skillnad från " -"huvudprodukten kan det finnas mer än en biprodukt på en :abbr:`BoM (Bill of " -"Materials)`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " -":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies`" msgstr "" -"För att lägga till biprodukter i en :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, " -"aktivera först funktionen :guilabel:`By-Products` i " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Operations`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " -"of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " -":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which " -"operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in " -"Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "\"Work Orders\" feature in the Settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the |BOM| by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app " +"--> Products --> Bill of Materials` and selecting the desired |BOM|. To add " +"a new operation, go to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, and click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window, where the " +"various fields of the operation are configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: name of the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: select existing locations to perform the operation," +" or create a new work center by typing the name and selecting the " +":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify if this operation is only available " +"for certain product variants. If the operation applies to all product " +"variants, leave this field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Configuring BoMs for product variants " +"<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration Computation`: choose how time spent on the operation is " +"tracked. Opt for :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` to use the " +"operation's time tracker or :guilabel:`Set duration manually` if operators " +"can record and modify time themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Choosing the :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` option enables the " +":guilabel:`Based on last __ work orders` option, which automatically " +"estimates the time to complete this operation based on the last few " +"operations. Choosing :guilabel:`Set duration manually` enables the " +":guilabel:`Default Duration` field instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Duration`: estimated amount of time to complete the " +"operation; used for `planning manufacturing orders " +"`_ and determining `work center" +" availability `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company the |BOM| is available in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Include operation details in the :guilabel:`Work Sheet` tab. Choose " +":guilabel:`PDF` to attach a file or :guilabel:`Google Slide` with *public* " +"access to share a link. Select :guilabel:`Text` to type instructions in the " +":guilabel:`Description` text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Type `/` for a list of formatting options and features, including ChatGPT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show ChatGPT feature to generate instructions for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Fill out the Create Operations pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save \\& Close` to close the pop-up window. To add" +" more operations, click :guilabel:`Save & New` and repeat the same steps " +"above to configure another operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +"After creating an operation, click the :guilabel:`Copy Existing Operations` " +"button to choose an operation to duplicate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show Operation tab, highlighting the \"Copy Existing Operations\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:158 +msgid "Instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To add detailed instructions to operations, the *Quality* app must be " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add specific instructions to an existing operation by clicking the " +"operation's :icon:`fa-list-ul` :guilabel:`(list)` icon in the " +":guilabel:`Instructions` column. The number in the :guilabel:`Instructions` " +"column shows the number of existing detailed instructions there are for the " +"operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the Instructions column, and list icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:172 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Steps` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank " +"quality control point form where the new manufacturing step can be created. " +"Here, give the specific instruction a :guilabel:`Title` and set the " +":guilabel:`Type` to :guilabel:`Instructions`. In the " +":guilabel:`Instructions` tab of the form, write out the directions for the " +"step in the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Further customizations can be made here on this form, beyond ordinary " +"instructions, to also include specific types of quality control points that " +"carry specific (or complex) conditions. For more details about quality " +"control points refer the :doc:`Instruction check " +"<../../quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the page to add a quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:188 +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab contains more |BoM| configurations to " +"customize procurement, calculate costs, and define how components are " +"consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturing Readiness`: choosing :guilabel:`When components for" +" the 1st operation are available` shows the :guilabel:`Component Status` as " +"a **green** :guilabel:`Not Available`, when only the components that are " +"consumed in the first operation are in stock. This indicates that although " +"not all components are available, operators can at least begin with the " +"first operation. Choosing :guilabel:`When all components are available` " +"displays a **red** :guilabel:`Not Available` component status unless all " +"components are in available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Specify which operation consumes each component on the |BoM| in the " +":ref:`Manual Consumption field `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show the *Component Status* field on the manufacturing order dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:210 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Version`: displays the current |BoM| version, visible with the " +"Odoo *PLM* app installed for managing |BoM| changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:212 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Flexible Consumption`: specifies if components used can deviate " +"from the quantity defined on the |BoM|. Choose :guilabel:`Blocked` if " +"operators **must** adhere strictly to the |BoM| quantity. Otherwise, choose " +":guilabel:`Allowed` or :guilabel:`Allowed with Warning`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:215 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Routing`: select the preferred warehouse's manufacturing " +"operation type for products produced in multiple warehouses. If left blank, " +"this warehouse's `Manufacturing` operation type is used by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:218 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: select pre-created :doc:`analytic " +"distribution models " +"<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>` from the list " +"to automatically record the cost of manufacturing products in the chosen " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:221 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manuf Lead Time`: define the number of days needed to complete a " +"|MO| from the date of confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to prepare Manufacturing Order`: number of days needed to " +"replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +":doc:`Analytic distribution " +"<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:228 +msgid "" +":doc:`Lead times " +"<../../inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Miscellaneous* tab of the BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:236 +msgid "Add by-products to BoMs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:238 +msgid "" +"A *by-product* is a residual product that is created during production in " +"addition to the main product of a |BOM|. Unlike the primary product, there " +"can be more than one by-product on a |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To add by-products to a |BOM|, first enable the *By-Products* feature in " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`By-" +"Products` to enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "\"By Products\" feature in the settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, add by-products to a |BOM| by clicking the " +":guilabel:`By-products` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and fill in the " +":guilabel:`By-product`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Unit of " +"Measure`. Optionally, specify a :guilabel:`Produced in Operation` for the " +"by-product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The by-product, `Mush`, is created in the `Grind grapes` operation when " +"producing `Red Wine`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show sample by-product in the BoM." msgstr "" -"När funktionen är aktiverad kan du lägga till biprodukter i en :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)` genom att klicka på fliken :guilabel:`Operations` och " -"klicka på :guilabel:`Add a line`. Namnge sedan biprodukten och ange " -":guilabel:`Kvantitet` och :guilabel:`Måttenhet`. Om :abbr:`BoM (Bill of " -"Materials)` har konfigurerade operationer, ange exakt vilken operation " -"biprodukten är producerad från i :guilabel:`Produced in Operation` fältet. " -"Klicka slutligen på :guilabel:`Spara`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" @@ -28109,11 +29786,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." msgstr "Vägen Tillverkning på fliken Lager på en produktsida." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 +msgid "Lot/serial number tracking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The assignment of lots or serial numbers to newly manufactured products is " +"optional. To optionally :doc:`assign lots or serial numbers " +"<../../inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn>` to newly " +"manufactured products, go to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section in the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the :guilabel:`Tracking` field, select " +":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Doing so enables the *Lot/Serial Number* field on a manufacturing order, or " +"the *Register Production* instruction on a work order card in the *Shop " +"Floor* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 +msgid "\"Lot/Serial Number\" field on the MO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 +msgid "**Lot/Serial Number** field on the MO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Register Production** option to generate lot/serial number on a work order" +" card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:54 msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "Konfigurera en stycklista (BoM)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:56 msgid "" "Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " "manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" @@ -28123,7 +29836,7 @@ msgstr "" "tillverkas. En |BOM| är en lista över de komponenter och operationer som " "krävs för att tillverka en produkt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " @@ -28141,7 +29854,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." msgstr "Smart knapp för materialförteckning på en produktsida." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 msgid "" "On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." " In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" @@ -28150,7 +29863,7 @@ msgstr "" "På |BOM| fylls :guilabel:`Produkt`-fältet automatiskt i med produkten. I " "fältet :guilabel:`Kvantitet` anger du antalet enheter som BoM producerar." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 msgid "" "Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" " clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " @@ -28168,7 +29881,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "Fliken Komponenter på en stycklista." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:79 msgid "" "Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " "and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " @@ -28186,7 +29899,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Spara & Stäng` för att avsluta tillägget av operationer, eller " ":guilabel:`Spara & Ny` för att lägga till fler." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:86 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " "setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " @@ -28202,21 +29915,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "Fliken Verksamhet på en stycklista." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:96 msgid "" "The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " "allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " "exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " "For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " -"to :ref:`create a bill of materials `." +"to :doc:`create a bill of materials `." msgstr "" -"Avsnittet ovan innehåller instruktioner för att skapa en grundläggande |BOM|" -" som gör det möjligt att tillverka en produkt i Odoo. Det är dock inte en " -"uttömmande sammanfattning av alla alternativ som finns tillgängliga när du " -"konfigurerar en |BOM|. För mer information om stycklistor, se " -"dokumentationen om hur man :ref:`skapar en stycklista " -"`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "One-step manufacturing" @@ -29601,6 +31307,2033 @@ msgid "" "of the |MO| itself." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "Subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a " +"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" +" then sold by the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting " +"company and the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide " +"variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in" +" and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the " +"manufacturing themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:19 +msgid "" +"This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, " +"as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with " +"subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they " +"are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized " +"work to subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors " +"to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as " +"profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain " +"arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which " +"projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a " +"variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what" +" happens to finished products once they are manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " +":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst-1 +msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:62 +msgid "" +"With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in " +"Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:64 +msgid "" +"On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a " +"*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates" +" the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that" +" it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the " +"Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can " +"be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product " +"pages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:72 +msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:75 +msgid "Subcontracting workflows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference " +"between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully " +"responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the " +":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_basic` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " +"sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This " +"workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " +"purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to " +"the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the " +":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary " +"to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to" +" products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:94 +msgid "" +"In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are " +"to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:97 +msgid "" +"In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can " +"either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an " +"end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured" +" to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are " +"outlined in their respective documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:104 +msgid "Subcontracted product valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different " +"variables:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;" +" from here on referred to as `C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them " +"shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor" +" to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred " +"to as `x`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be " +"represented by the following equation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"P = C + M + S + D + x\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:124 +msgid "" +"It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will " +"include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not " +"dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost" +" of dropshipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Basic subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " +"certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " +"purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " +"the product's vendor to delivery the product to the purchasing company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For subcontracted products specifically, delivery lead times can be " +"configured to take into account the amount of time required for the " +"subcontractor to manufacture a product. Doing so allows the contracting " +"company to better predict the delivery dates of subcontracted products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Like all lead times in Odoo, lead times for subcontracted products are only " +"an estimate, and are based on how long actions are *expected* to take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " +"means that lead times should not be viewed as guarantees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`basic subcontracting ` workflow " +"to manufacture a product, a company is not responsible for supplying the " +"subcontractor with the necessary components. This means that the only " +"factors affecting the delivery date of a product are the amount of time it " +"takes the subcontractor to manufacture and deliver it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time that considers " +"both of these factors, the *Expected Arrival* date displayed on purchase " +"orders (POs) for the product more accurately reflects the amount of time " +"required for both manufacturing and delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 +msgid "Product delivery lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " +"subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has been added, enter the number of days it takes " +"them to manufacture and deliver the product, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead" +" Time` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Delivery Lead Time field for a subcontractor, on the Purchase tab of a " +"product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Multiple subcontractors can be added to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a " +"product's page, and a different :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` can be set " +"for each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:57 +msgid "Lead time workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 +msgid "" +"After setting a delivery lead time for a product's vendor, create an |RfQ| " +"by navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase " +"Orders`, and clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Specify the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the " +"product in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and " +"adding a quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once a product has been added, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field on the" +" |RfQ| auto-populates with a date that reflects the vendor's delivery lead " +"time, as specified on the product's page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If the date needs to be adjusted, click on the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` " +"field to open a calendar popover, and select the desired date. Make sure not" +" to choose a date sooner than the one that was auto-populated, unless the " +"subcontractor has confirmed that they are able to deliver the product by " +"that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` on the |RfQ| to turn it into a " +"|PO|. At this point, the subcontractor should begin manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, before delivering it to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Tricycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends requires three days to manufacture a tricycle, plus" +" an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " +"tricycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " +"two days for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:88 +msgid "" +"On May 3rd, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| to purchase one tricycle from Bike " +"Friends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date listed on the |PO| is May 8th, five " +"days after the :guilabel:`Confirmation Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Expected Arrival date on a PO for a subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Bike Friends begins manufacturing the tricycle on May 3rd — the day that the" +" |PO| is confirmed — and finishes on May 6th, three days later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The tricycle is then shipped to Mike's Bikes the same day, and they receive " +"it on May 8th, two days later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " +"certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " +"purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " +"the product's vendor to deliver the product to the purchasing company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Certain subcontracted products require the contracting company to supply the" +" subcontractor with manufacturing components. In this case, a *manufacturing" +" lead time* can be used, in addition to the delivery lead time, to generate " +"the date on which the subcontractor must receive the required components, in" +" order to manufacture the product and deliver it on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In cases where components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, an " +"additional delivery lead time can be set for each component. This should be " +"set to the amount of time it takes the vendor to deliver components to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once a delivery lead time has been set on a component, dropship orders for " +"the component display the date by which the order must be confirmed, so that" +" it can be dropshipped to the subcontractor by the date on which " +"manufacturing must begin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order " +"` route, a company is responsible for purchasing " +"the necessary components from a vendor, and having them dropshipped directly" +" to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 +msgid "" +"This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, it is also necessary " +"to consider how long it takes the component vendor to dropship the " +"components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:48 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a *delivery lead time*, specifying a " +"*manufacturing lead time* on the product's BoM, and assigning the vendor of " +"the components an additional *delivery lead time*, *Dropship Subcontractor* " +"orders for the product's components display the deadline for confirming a " +"dropship order to send the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " +":guilabel:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:61 +msgid "Product manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a BoM" +" from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 +msgid "" +"On the |BoM|, select the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the same number of days that was " +"entered in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` field of the |BoM|'s product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Manuf. Lead Time field on a product's BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 +msgid "" +"While not all of these days are actually used for manufacturing by the " +"subcontractor, setting the same number of days in each field tells Odoo that" +" the subcontractor must receive the components and begin production by the " +"start of the product's delivery lead time. This gives the subcontractor " +"enough time to both manufacture and deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 +msgid "Component delivery lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:92 +msgid "" +"From the product's BoM, navigate to each component by clicking on the " +"component in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and then clicking the " +":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` button to the right of the " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:96 +msgid "" +"On the product page for each component, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab." +" If the vendor has not already been added, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor has been added, enter the number of days it takes them to " +"dropship the product to the subcontractor, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " +"Time` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:104 +msgid "Dropship subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Create a request for quotation (RfQ) for the product by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`, and " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Specify the subcontractor in :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the product" +" in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, " +"selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and specifying a " +"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:113 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" +" time for the component vendor to dropship the components, and the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " +"auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " +"of the product. However, this does not consider the time it takes to " +"dropship the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:121 +msgid "" +"When purchasing a product subcontracted using the *Dropship Subcontractor on" +" Order* route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " +"extra time needed for the components to be delivered to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Since production does not begin until they receive the components, leaving " +"the date as is results in the finished product arriving *after* the date " +"listed on the |RfQ|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " +"so creates a second |RfQ| to purchase the components from the dropshipper, " +"and have them sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for " +"Quotation`, and select the |RfQ| that lists the dropshipper in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 +msgid "" +"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field lists the date on which" +" the subcontractor must receive the components, in order to deliver the " +"finished product by the *Expected Arrival* date listed on the subcontractor " +"|PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Order Deadline` field lists the latest date on which the " +"|RfQ| can be confirmed, in order for the dropshipper to deliver the " +"components to the subcontractor by the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|, and confirm " +"the purchase of the components from the dropshipper. Doing so causes a " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to appear at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to open the dropship order. This" +" order can also be accessed from the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button that " +"now appears on the subcontractor |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:149 +msgid "" +"After the dropshipper has delivered the components to the subcontractor, " +"click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the dropship order to " +"confirm that the subcontractor has received the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor receives the components, they begin manufacturing the" +" component, before delivering it to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Bicycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes must purchase the required components from vendor Bike World, " +"and have them dropshipped to Bike Friends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:164 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each bicycle, plus " +"an addition two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:167 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for bicycle" +" manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus two days " +"for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:170 +msgid "" +"On the bicycle's BoM, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days as " +"well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered to " +"the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:173 +msgid "" +"On the product pages for each of the bicycle's components, they assign Bike " +"World a delivery lead time of two days. This is the amount of time it takes " +"Bike World to dropship each component directly to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:177 +msgid "" +"On May 10th, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| for one bicycle, with an expected " +"delivery date of May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:180 +msgid "" +"The |RfQ| for purchasing the components from Bike World and having them " +"dropshipped to Bike Friends has an Expected Arrival date of May 12th, and a " +"Deadline of May 10th. The |RfQ| must be confirmed by the deadline in order " +"for Bike Friends to receive the components by the Expected Arrival date, " +"giving them enough time to deliver the finished bicycle to Mike's Bikes by " +"May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Order Deadline and Expected Arrival dates on a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes confirms the |RfQ| on May 10th, and Bike World delivers the " +"components to Bike Friends on May 12th. Bike Friends manufactures the " +"bicycle, and delivers it to Mike's Bikes on May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " +"means that lead times should **not** be viewed as guarantees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order " +"` route, a company is responsible for supplying the" +" subcontractor with the necessary components. As a result, the subcontractor" +" cannot begin manufacturing until the components have been received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, the date they receive " +"the components must also be considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:39 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time, and specifying " +"a manufacturing lead time on the product's bill of materials (BoM), " +"*Resupply Subcontractor* orders for the product's components display the " +"deadline by which the subcontractor must receive the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " +"subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a " +"|BoM| from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:80 +msgid "Resupply subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" +" time for the subcontractor to receive the components, manufacture the " +"product, and deliver it back to the subcontracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " +"auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " +"of the product. However, this does **not** consider the time it takes to " +"ship the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:98 +msgid "" +"When purchasing a product subcontracted using the Resupply Subcontractor on " +"Order route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " +"extra time needed for the components to be shipped to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " +"so causes a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to appear at the top of the " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to open the resupply " +"subcontractor order, which is the order created to send components to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Deadline` field on the resupply subcontractor order shows the" +" deadline for the subcontractor to receive the components, in order for them" +" to have enough time to manufacture and deliver the finished product by the " +"Expected Arrival date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field should display the latest date on which" +" components can be shipped, while still arriving to the subcontractor by the" +" :guilabel:`Deadline`. However, by default, the date displayed is the same " +"as the date in the :guilabel:`Deadline` field, and must be updated to take " +"into account the time required for shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field to open a calendar popover " +"from which a date can be selected. Select a date that allows for the " +"components to be delivered by the :guilabel:`Deadline` on the resupply " +"subcontractor order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:124 +msgid "" +"After the components are shipped, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at " +"the top of the order to confirm they have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Unicycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes must supply Bike Friends with the necessary components for " +"manufacturing the unicycles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:137 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each unicycle, plus" +" an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:140 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " +"unicycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " +"two days for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:143 +msgid "" +"On the unicycle's |BoM|, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days, " +"as well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered " +"to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 +msgid "" +"They confirm a |PO| for one unicycle, with an expected arrival date of May " +"30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The resupply subcontractor order for shipping the components to the " +"subcontractor shows a *Deadline* of May 25th. The subcontractor must receive" +" the components by this date, in order to have enough time to manufacture " +"the unicycle, and deliver it by May 30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:152 +msgid "" +"It takes Mike's Bikes two days to deliver the components, so they update the" +" *Scheduled Date* field on the resupply subcontractor order to May 23rd, two" +" days before the Deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Scheduled Date and Deadline fields on a resupply subcontractor order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes ships the components to Bike Friends on the scheduled date of " +"May 23rd, and they arrive on the deadline of May 25th. This gives Bike " +"Friends enough time to manufacture the unicycle, and ship it back to Mike's " +"Bikes by the expected arrival date of May 30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:3 +msgid "Basic subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a " +"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" +" then sold by the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the " +"necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to " +"worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic " +"subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-" +"subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that " +"subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted " +"products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be " +"manufactured by them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " +":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary" +" to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53 +msgid "Configure product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the " +"product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, " +"selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and " +"entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`" +" field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished " +"product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " +"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " +"subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83 +msgid "Configure BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " +"--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials " +"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` " +"option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the " +":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using" +" subcontracting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when " +"calculating the product's expected arrival date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:81 +msgid "" +"When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for " +"manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:86 +msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:88 +msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " +"|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a receipt order or a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, " +"**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" +" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " +"product is shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted " +"product is being purchased from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " +"with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer," +" or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process " +"starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169 +msgid "Create SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171 +msgid "" +"It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased" +" from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being " +"purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " +"Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a " +"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a" +" quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens" +" the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:128 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough " +"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates" +" a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193 +msgid "" +"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " +"end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is " +"enough stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197 +msgid "Process PO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:140 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to " +":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the " +"|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to " +"the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a " +"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the " +"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:153 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic " +"subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and " +"can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 +msgid "" +"A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " +"top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 +msgid "" +"PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " +"top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242 +msgid "Process receipt or dropship order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " +"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " +"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251 +msgid "" +"If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, " +"once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " +"Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the" +" :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the " +"receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter" +" the product into inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260 +msgid "Process dropship order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262 +msgid "" +"If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select" +" the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open " +"the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order " +"to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270 +msgid "Process delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " +"finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " +"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" +" the customer, and process the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " +"the product has been shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship to subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the" +" necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have " +"them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order " +"(PO) for that product is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " +"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and " +"*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve " +"dropshipping, they are used for different purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have " +"them shipped directly to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components " +"from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By " +"default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the " +"contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33 +msgid "" +"However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship " +"Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In " +"this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then " +"ships the finished product directly to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37 +msgid "" +"This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the " +":ref:`workflow section ` of" +" this doc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " +"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " +"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the " +"components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as " +"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in " +"the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the " +":guilabel:`Price` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that " +"determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been " +"manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock " +"on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " +"subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73 +msgid "Configure bill of materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click " +"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " +"select the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and" +" specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97 +msgid "Configure Components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " +"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " +"arrow)` button to the right of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106 +msgid "" +"On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add " +"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in " +"the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the" +" subcontractor, once they are purchased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the " +":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119 +msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " +"*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the" +" vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so " +"creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the " +"components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" +" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" +" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " +"product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " +"with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, " +"or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts " +"with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148 +msgid "Create an SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the " +"product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is " +"the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted " +"product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the " +"*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** " +"there is no stock of the product on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead " +"create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172 +msgid "" +"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " +"end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, " +"even if there is stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176 +msgid "Process subcontractor PO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178 +msgid "" +"If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`," +" and clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a" +" new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* " +"|PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components" +" to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, " +"and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" +"button at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from " +"the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** " +"automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship " +"Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* " +"|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205 +msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. " +"Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` " +"field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after " +"confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212 +msgid "" +"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship " +"Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of" +" the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and " +"confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, " +"and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the " +"*subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" +"Dropship smart button at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227 +msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" +" *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, " +"respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the " +":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the " +"subcontractor has received the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" +" *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the " +"product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of" +" the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the" +" *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the " +":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship " +"order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the " +"product to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product " +"has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the " +"necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each " +"time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " +"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping" +" it to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply " +"Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24 +msgid "" +"While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components " +"required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are " +"sourced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from " +"the warehouse of the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from " +"a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of " +"the subcontracting company and their subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36 +msgid "" +"See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of " +"the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " +"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " +"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of " +"materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`" +" tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the " +"subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68 +msgid "" +"This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other " +"elements, like the cost of the product's components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " +"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click " +"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " +"select the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107 +msgid "Configure components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " +"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " +"arrow)` button to the right of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116 +msgid "" +"On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and " +"select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the " +":guilabel:`Routes` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122 +msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to " +"purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a" +" dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the " +"subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" +" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149 +msgid "" +"While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to " +"automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is " +"also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful " +"when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply " +"Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking" +" :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom " +"the components should be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` " +"drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the " +"components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` " +"to confirm that the order has been sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough " +"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead" +" creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase " +"app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a " +"subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically " +"created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the " +"required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed " +"from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top " +"of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 +msgid "" +"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n" +"buttons at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 +msgid "" +"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and " +"Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227 +msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the " +"subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " +"Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open" +" the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` " +"card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " +"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " +"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " +"finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " +"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" +" the customer, and process the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " +"the product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows.rst:5 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "Arbetsflöden" @@ -30001,6 +33734,16 @@ msgstr "" "produkter kan endast skrotas från appen *Manufacturing*, och endast efter " "att den tillhörande |MO| har stängts." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " +"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." +msgstr "" +"Skrotorder kan visas genom att navigera till :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Scrap`. Varje skrotorder visar datum och tid då ordern " +"skapades, tillsammans med den produkt och kvantitet som skrotades." + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29 msgid "" "To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " @@ -30365,1355 +34108,6 @@ msgstr "" " *WH/MO/00011*. Källfältet för *WH/MO/00011* innehåller både *WH/MO/00009* " "och *WH/MO/00010*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontracting overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:7 -msgid "" -"In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a " -"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" -" then sold by the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting " -"company and the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:13 -msgid "" -"For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide " -"variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in" -" and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the " -"manufacturing themselves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:17 -msgid "" -"This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, " -"as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with " -"subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they " -"are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized " -"work to subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:22 -msgid "" -"On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors " -"to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as " -"profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain " -"arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which " -"projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a " -"variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what" -" happens to finished products once they are manufactured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " -"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " -":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " -"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst-1 -msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:42 -msgid "" -"With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in " -"Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a " -"*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates" -" the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that" -" it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the " -"Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can " -"be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product " -"pages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:51 -msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:52 -msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:55 -msgid "Subcontracting workflows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:57 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference " -"between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully " -"responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the " -":doc:`subcontracting_basic` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " -"sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This " -"workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting_resupply` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " -"purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to " -"the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the " -":doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:69 -msgid "" -"In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary " -"to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to" -" products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are " -"to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can " -"either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an " -"end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured" -" to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are " -"outlined in their respective documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:83 -msgid "Subcontracted product valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different " -"variables:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;" -" from here on referred to as `C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "" -"The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them " -"shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:93 -msgid "" -"The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor" -" to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred " -"to as `x`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be " -"represented by the following equation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:100 -msgid "" -"P = C + M + S + D + x\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:103 -msgid "" -"It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will " -"include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not " -"dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost" -" of dropshipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:3 -msgid "Basic subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a " -"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" -" then sold by the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the " -"necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to " -"worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic " -"subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-" -"subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that " -"subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted " -"products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be " -"manufactured by them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" -" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " -":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " -"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary" -" to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53 -msgid "Configure product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " -"product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the " -"product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, " -"selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and " -"entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`" -" field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished " -"product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " -"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " -"subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83 -msgid "Configure BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " -"Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " -"--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92 -msgid "" -"For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials " -"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` " -"option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the " -":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using" -" subcontracting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " -":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the " -"subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when " -"calculating the product's expected arrival date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:81 -msgid "" -"When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the " -":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for " -"manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:86 -msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:88 -msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " -"|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a receipt order or a dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, " -"**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" -" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " -"product is shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138 -msgid "" -"The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted " -"product is being purchased from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " -"with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer," -" or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process " -"starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into " -"inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169 -msgid "Create SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:112 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171 -msgid "" -"It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased" -" from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being " -"purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next " -"step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175 -msgid "" -"To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " -"Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178 -msgid "" -"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a " -"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a" -" quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:123 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens" -" the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:128 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough " -"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates" -" a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:134 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193 -msgid "" -"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " -"end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is " -"enough stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197 -msgid "Process PO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:140 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to " -":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the " -"|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to " -"the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:145 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking " -":guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:148 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a " -"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the " -"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:153 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic " -"subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and " -"can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 -msgid "" -"A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " -"top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 -msgid "" -"PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " -"top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:164 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242 -msgid "Process receipt or dropship order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " -"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " -"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 -msgid "Process receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:173 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251 -msgid "" -"If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, " -"once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " -"Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:177 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the" -" :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the " -"receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter" -" the product into inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260 -msgid "Process dropship order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:184 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262 -msgid "" -"If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select" -" the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:187 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open " -"the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order " -"to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270 -msgid "Process delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " -"finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " -"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" -" the customer, and process the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:198 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " -"the product has been shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3 -msgid "Dropship to subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the" -" necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have " -"them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order " -"(PO) for that product is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " -"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23 -msgid "" -"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and " -"*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve " -"dropshipping, they are used for different purposes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have " -"them shipped directly to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components " -"from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By " -"default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the " -"contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33 -msgid "" -"However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship " -"Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In " -"this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then " -"ships the finished product directly to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37 -msgid "" -"This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the " -":ref:`workflow section ` of" -" this doc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " -"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " -":guilabel:`Operations` heading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " -"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the " -"components listed on the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " -"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as " -"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in " -"the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the " -":guilabel:`Price` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that " -"determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been " -"manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock " -"on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " -"subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73 -msgid "Configure bill of materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click " -"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " -"select the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the " -":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a " -"line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and" -" specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97 -msgid "Configure Components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99 -msgid "" -"To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " -"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " -"arrow)` button to the right of the name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " -"component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106 -msgid "" -"On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add " -"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in " -"the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the" -" subcontractor, once they are purchased." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the " -":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " -"section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119 -msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121 -msgid "" -"The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " -"*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the" -" vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so " -"creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the " -"components to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" -" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" -" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " -"product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " -"with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, " -"or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts " -"with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148 -msgid "Create an SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the " -"product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in " -"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is " -"the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted " -"product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the " -"*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** " -"there is no stock of the product on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169 -msgid "" -"If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead " -"create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172 -msgid "" -"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " -"end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, " -"even if there is stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176 -msgid "Process subcontractor PO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by" -" navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`," -" and clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a" -" new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the " -":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* " -"|PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components" -" to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, " -"and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" -"button at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198 -msgid "" -"In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from " -"the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** " -"automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201 -msgid "" -"Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship " -"Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* " -"|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205 -msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207 -msgid "" -"To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. " -"Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` " -"field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after " -"confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212 -msgid "" -"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship " -"Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of" -" the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and " -"confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, " -"and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the " -"*subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" -"Dropship smart button at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227 -msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229 -msgid "" -"Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" -" *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, " -"respectively." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the " -":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the " -"subcontractor has received the components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" -" *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the " -"product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of" -" the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into " -"inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the" -" *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the " -"receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the " -":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship " -"order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the " -"product to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product " -"has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3 -msgid "Resupply subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the " -"necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each " -"time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " -"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping" -" it to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21 -msgid "" -"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply " -"Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24 -msgid "" -"While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components " -"required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are " -"sourced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from " -"the warehouse of the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from " -"a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of " -"the subcontracting company and their subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36 -msgid "" -"See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of " -"the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " -"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " -":guilabel:`Operations` heading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " -"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of " -"materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " -"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`" -" tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the " -"subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68 -msgid "" -"This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other " -"elements, like the cost of the product's components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " -"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click " -"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " -"select the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107 -msgid "Configure components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109 -msgid "" -"To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " -"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " -"arrow)` button to the right of the name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116 -msgid "" -"On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and " -"select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the " -":guilabel:`Routes` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122 -msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124 -msgid "" -"The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to " -"purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a" -" dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the " -"subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" -" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149 -msgid "" -"While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to " -"automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is " -"also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful " -"when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154 -msgid "" -"To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply " -"Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking" -" :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom " -"the components should be sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking " -":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` " -"drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the " -"components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` " -"to confirm that the order has been sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough " -"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190 -msgid "" -"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead" -" creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase " -"app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a " -"subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically " -"created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214 -msgid "" -"In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the " -"required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed " -"from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top " -"of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 -msgid "" -"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n" -"buttons at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 -msgid "" -"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and " -"Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227 -msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the " -"subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " -"Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open" -" the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to " -"confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the " -":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` " -"card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " -"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " -"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " -"finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " -"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" -" the customer, and process the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " -"the product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:3 msgid "Unbuild orders" msgstr "" @@ -32696,12 +35090,9 @@ msgstr "Beställningar av tekniska ändringar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:12 msgid "" "Utilize *engineering change orders* (*ECOs*) to track, implement, and revert" -" change versions made to products, and :ref:`bills of materials " -"`." +" change versions made to products, and :doc:`bills of materials " +"<../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" -"Använda *engineering change orders* (*ECOs*) för att spåra, implementera och" -" återställa ändringsversioner som gjorts på produkter och " -":ref:`materialförteckningar `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:15 msgid "Engineering change orders can be created:" @@ -34661,6 +37052,354 @@ msgstr "" "Du kan infoga pivottabellens data direkt i Kalkylark-appen eller exportera " "den som en Excel-fil." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:3 +msgid "Procurement expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:12 +msgid "" +"With the *Purchase* application, users can monitor procurement expenses over" +" time. This report helps companies track and analyze spending, identify " +"cost-saving opportunities, and ensure efficient budget management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:17 +msgid "Create procurement expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To create a |per|, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " +"Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:22 +msgid "" +"By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` (POs) with a " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of Requests for " +"Quotation (RFQs) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent*, or *Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:25 +msgid "Add filters and groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the top-right, click the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot)` icon " +"to switch to pivot view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:32 +msgid "" +"While the |per| can also be :ref:`viewed ` as a " +":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " +":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`, " +"the pivot view provides the most detailed view of the data, and is the " +"recommended starting point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Remove any default filters from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. Then, click " +"the |caret| to open the drop-down menu that contains the " +":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and :guilabel:`Favorites` " +"columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Unless otherwise specified, the report displays data from both |RFQs| and " +"|POs|. This can be changed by selecting either :guilabel:`Requests for " +"Quotation` or :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a time frame to use for " +"comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " +"|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " +"Then, select :guilabel:`Product Category`, which is also located in the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The selections under the :guilabel:`Group By` heading can be altered, " +"depending on the needs of the individual company. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Product`, instead of :guilabel:`Product Category`, provides a " +"more in depth look at the performance of specific items, in place of an " +"entire category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading that " +"appears. These options are only available after the date range is selected " +"under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " +":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " +"as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " +"time period from the previous year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:60 +msgid "" +"While multiple time-based filters can be added at once, only one comparison " +"can be selected at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the procurement expenses\n" +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The filter for Q2, comparison for **Previous Period**, and group-by for " +"**Vendor** and **Product Category** were selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:68 +msgid "Add measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:70 +msgid "" +"After selecting the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group by`, and " +":guilabel:`Comparison` settings, click out of the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:82 +msgid "" +"By default, the report displays data with the following measures: " +":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " +":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " +"drop-down list of available measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click the following specific measures to include additional columns for the " +"procurement expenses report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total` and :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`: can include one or both " +"measures. These are included for overall spending analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:91 +msgid ":guilabel:`Average Cost`: included to evaluate cost efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to Confirm` and :guilabel:`Days to Receive`: used to assess " +"supplier performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Qty Ordered` and :guilabel:`Qty Received`: used to understand " +"order efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Qty Billed` and :guilabel:`Qty to be Billed`: used to track order" +" accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Additional measures can be included in the report, if desired, to provide " +"additional insights. For example, :guilabel:`Gross Weight` and " +":guilabel:`Volume` may be included for further logistics and management " +"analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:101 +msgid "" +"After selecting all necessary measures, click out of the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:85 +msgid "View results" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:108 +msgid "" +"After all of the filters and measures have been selected, the report " +"generates in the selected view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst-1 +msgid "A sample version of the procurement expenses report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " +"editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is **only** available if the " +"*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The |per| is also available in graph view. Click the :icon:`fa-area-chart` " +":guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view. Click the " +"corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a :icon:`fa-bar-" +"chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` :guilabel:`(line " +"chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:107 +msgid "To save this report as a *favorite*, see :ref:`search/favorites`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor costs report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With the *Purchase* application, users can track the fluctuation of vendor " +"costs over time. This allows users to identify the most expensive vendors, " +"and track seasonal changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:14 +msgid "Create vendor costs reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To create a vendor costs report, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase " +"app --> Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` " +"dashboard. By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of POs (Purchase Orders) with a " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of RFQs (Requests " +"for Quotation) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent, or *Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a date range to use for " +"comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " +"|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " +"Then, select :guilabel:`Product`, which is also located in the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Product` is **not** required for this report. However, " +"it is recommended, as it provides additional insight into the performance of" +" individual vendors. Additional selections can be made under the " +":guilabel:`Group by` heading as well, including :guilabel:`Product " +"Category`, :guilabel:`Status`, and :guilabel:`Purchase Representative`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To ensure the report is generated correctly, make sure that " +":guilabel:`Vendor` is the **first** selection made under the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading. These " +"options are only available after the date range is selected under the " +":guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " +":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " +"as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " +"time period from the previous year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the " +"vendor costs report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"By default, the report displays with the following measures: " +":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " +":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " +"drop-down list of available measures. Click :guilabel:`Average Cost` to add " +"it to the report. Select any additional measures to add to the report, or " +"click on any of the already selected measures to remove them, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:80 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to run the report with at least :guilabel:`Average Cost`, " +":guilabel:`Total`, or :guilabel:`Untaxed Total` selected from the " +":guilabel:`Measures` list. Additional measures, such as :guilabel:`Days to " +"Receive`, can be added to provide additional insights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:87 +msgid "" +"After all of the :ref:`filters and measures have been selected " +"`, the report generates in the pivot " +"view. Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " +"editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is only available if the " +"*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A sample of a vendor costs report with the measures set as total and average" +" costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The vendor costs report is also available in *graph* view. Click the " +":icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view." +" Click the corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a " +":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " +":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5 msgid "Manage deals" msgstr "Hantera avtal" @@ -36029,14 +38768,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51 msgid "" "To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> " -"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, check" -" the box next to :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and " -"bills`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, tick " +"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`3-way matching`, and click :guilabel:`Save` " +"to save changes." msgstr "" -"För att aktivera det, gå till :menuselection:`Köpsapp --> Konfiguration --> " -"Inställningar` och bläddra ner till avsnittet :guilabel:`Fakturering`. " -"Markera sedan rutan bredvid :guilabel:`3-vägs matchning: inköp, mottagningar" -" och fakturor`, och klicka på :guilabel:`Spara` för att spara ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -36046,15 +38781,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`3-vägs matchning` är **endast** avsedd att fungera med policyn " ":guilabel:`Bill Control` inställd på :guilabel:`Received quantities`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 -msgid "Activated three-way matching feature in purchase settings." -msgstr "Aktiverade funktionen för trevägsmatchning i köpinställningar." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:60 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts" msgstr "Skapa och hantera leverantörsfakturor på kvitton" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:62 msgid "" "When products are received into a company's warehouse, receipts are created." " Once the company processes the received quantities, they can choose to " @@ -36068,11 +38799,11 @@ msgstr "" "för fakturakontroll som valts i inställningarna, skapas leverantörsfakturor " "i olika steg i inköpsprocessen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:68 msgid "With the bill control policy set to ordered quantities" msgstr "Med fakturakontrollpolicyn inställd på beställda kvantiteter" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:70 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *ordered quantities*" " bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " @@ -36087,7 +38818,7 @@ msgstr "" "kvantiteter` under :guilabel:`Fakturakontroll`. Klicka sedan på " ":guilabel:`Spara` för att spara ändringarna." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:75 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new request for quotation (RFQ). Doing so reveals a blank " @@ -36097,8 +38828,8 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Create` för att skapa en ny offertförfrågan (RFQ). När du gör det" " visas ett tomt :abbr:`RFQ (offertförfrågan)` detaljformulär." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 msgid "" "On the blank detail form, add a vendor to the :abbr:`RFQ (request for " "quotation)` in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the " @@ -36109,8 +38840,8 @@ msgstr "" "produkter i :guilabel:`Product`-raderna genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Add a" " line`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 msgid "" "Then, confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` button above the detail form. Doing so turns the " @@ -36120,7 +38851,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Bekräfta order` ovanför detaljformuläret. På så sätt förvandlas " ":abbr:`RFQ (offertförfrågan)` till en inköpsorder." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a vendor bill for " "the purchase order." @@ -36128,7 +38859,7 @@ msgstr "" "Klicka sedan på knappen :guilabel:`Create Bill` för att skapa en " "leverantörsfaktura för inköpsordern." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:88 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button reveals the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill` page for the purchase order." @@ -36136,7 +38867,7 @@ msgstr "" "Om du klickar på knappen :guilabel:`Create Bill` visas sidan " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill` för inköpsordern." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:91 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button to modify " "the bill, and add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field. If needed," @@ -36149,7 +38880,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Produkt`-raderna genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Lägg till en rad`" " på fliken :guilabel:`Fakturarader`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 msgid "" "Next, confirm the bill by clicking the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill` page." @@ -36157,7 +38888,7 @@ msgstr "" "Bekräfta sedan räkningen genom att klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Confirm` på " "sidan :guilabel:`Draft Bill`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *ordered quantities*, the draft bill" " can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been " @@ -36167,8 +38898,8 @@ msgstr "" "fakturautkastet bekräftas så snart det skapas, innan några produkter har " "mottagits." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:175 msgid "" "On the new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` number," " which can be used to match the bill with additional documents (such as the " @@ -36185,7 +38916,7 @@ msgstr "" " kan välja en :guilabel:`Journal`, en :guilabel:`Payment Method` och en " ":guilabel:`Recipient Bank Account` från en rullgardinsmeny." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:108 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " @@ -36203,7 +38934,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Vendor bill form for ordered quantities control policy." msgstr "Leverantörsfakturor för beställda kvantiteter Kontrollpolicy." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:118 msgid "" "Each vendor bill provides the option to either :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " "or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note`. A *credit note* is typically issued when a " @@ -36218,11 +38949,11 @@ msgstr "" "reserverade för varor som returneras från kunden/köparen till säljaren eller" " leverantören." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:124 msgid "With the bill control policy set to received quantities" msgstr "Med fakturakontrollpolicyn inställd på mottagna kvantiteter" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:127 msgid "" "If the creation of a vendor bill is attempted without receiving any " "quantities of a product (while using the *received quantities* bill control " @@ -36234,7 +38965,7 @@ msgstr "" "kvantiteter*) visas ett felmeddelande och inställningarna måste ändras innan" " du fortsätter." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *received " "quantities* bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " @@ -36249,7 +38980,7 @@ msgstr "" "kvantiteter` under :guilabel:`Fakturakontroll`. Klicka sedan på " ":guilabel:`Spara` för att spara ändringarna." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:136 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`. Doing so reveals a " @@ -36259,7 +38990,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Create` för att skapa en ny :abbr:`RFQ (offertförfrågan)`. När du" " gör det visas ett tomt :abbr:`RFQ (offertförfrågan)` detaljformulär." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a bill for the " "purchase order." @@ -36267,24 +38998,20 @@ msgstr "" "Slutligen klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Create Bill` för att skapa en " "faktura för inköpsordern." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:151 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Create Bill` before any products have been received will" -" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to appear. The :guilabel:`Purchase " -"Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity of the items " -"included on the order to create a vendor bill." +" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up message to appear. The " +":guilabel:`Purchase Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity" +" of the items included on the order to create a vendor bill." msgstr "" -"Om du klickar på :guilabel:`Create Bill` innan några produkter har tagits " -"emot visas ett :guilabel:`User Error` popup-fönster. För att " -":guilabel:`Köpsorder` ska kunna skapa en faktura krävs att åtminstone en " -"delmängd av de artiklar som ingår i ordern har mottagits." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy." msgstr "" "Popup-fönster för användarfel för kontrollpolicy för mottagna kvantiteter." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:159 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the warehouse " "receipt form." @@ -36292,7 +39019,7 @@ msgstr "" "Klicka sedan på smartknappen :guilabel:`Kvitto` för att visa formuläret för " "lagerkvitto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:161 msgid "" "On the warehouse receipt form, click :menuselection:`Validate --> Apply` to " "mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities. Then, navigate back to the " @@ -36304,7 +39031,7 @@ msgstr "" "tillbaka till :menuselection:`Inköpsorder` (via brödsmulorna) och klicka på " "knappen :guilabel:`Create Bill` på formuläret för inköpsorder." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 msgid "" "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Draft Bill` for the purchase order. On the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and add a " @@ -36316,7 +39043,7 @@ msgstr "" "till ett :guilabel:`Bill Date`. Lägg vid behov till ytterligare produkter på" " :guilabel:`Product`-raderna genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Add a line`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill`." @@ -36324,7 +39051,7 @@ msgstr "" "Klicka sedan på knappen :guilabel:`Confirm` för att bekräfta " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:172 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *received quantities*, the draft " "bill can **only** be confirmed when at least some of the quantities are " @@ -36334,7 +39061,7 @@ msgstr "" "fakturautkastet **endast** bekräftas när åtminstone några av kvantiteterna " "har mottagits." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:181 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " @@ -36348,11 +39075,11 @@ msgstr "" "av leverantörsfakturan. Då visas en grön banner **In Payment** på formuläret" " :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:187 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills in Accounting" msgstr "Skapa och hantera leverantörsfakturor i bokföringen" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:189 msgid "" "Vendor bills can also be created directly from the *Accounting* app, " "**without** having to create a purchase order first. To do this, go to " @@ -36365,7 +39092,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Create`. När du gör detta visas ett tomt formulär för " "leverantörsfakturor." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 msgid "" "On this blank vendor bill detail form, add a vendor in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " @@ -36381,7 +39108,7 @@ msgstr "" "fältet :guilabel:`Faktureringsdatum` och all annan nödvändig information. " "Klicka slutligen på :guilabel:`Bekräfta` för att bekräfta fakturan." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:198 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view (or change) the " ":guilabel:`Account` journals that were populated based on the configuration " @@ -36391,7 +39118,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Account`-journalerna som fylldes i baserat på konfigurationen i " "motsvarande formulär :guilabel:`Vendor` och :guilabel:`Product`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` to add" " credit or debit notes to the bill. Or, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` " @@ -36402,7 +39129,7 @@ msgstr "" " till ett :guilabel:`Fakturans referensnummer` (i läget " ":guilabel:`Redigera`)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:205 msgid "" "Then, when ready, click :menuselection:`Register Payment --> Create Payment`" " to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." @@ -36410,7 +39137,7 @@ msgstr "" "När du är klar klickar du på :menuselection:`Registrera betalning --> Skapa " "betalning` för att slutföra :guilabel:`Vendörfakturan`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 msgid "" "To tie the draft bill to an existing purchase order, click the drop-down " "menu next to :guilabel:`Auto-Complete`, and select a :abbr:`PO (purchase " @@ -36426,11 +39153,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Auto-complete drop-down list on draft vendor bill." msgstr "Autofullständig rullgardinslista för utkast till leverantörsfaktura." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:218 msgid "Batch billing" msgstr "Batchfakturering" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:220 msgid "" "Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* " "app." @@ -36438,7 +39165,7 @@ msgstr "" "Leverantörsfakturor kan bearbetas och hanteras i satser i appen " "*Accounting*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 msgid "" "To do this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. " "Then, click the :guilabel:`checkbox` at the top left of the page, beside the" @@ -36452,7 +39179,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Create`. Detta markerar alla befintliga leverantörsfakturor med " ":guilabel:`Posted` eller :guilabel:`Draft` :guilabel:`Status`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:227 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon to export, delete, or send" " & print the bills; click the :guilabel:`Print` icon to print the invoices " @@ -36465,7 +39192,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Register Payment` för att skapa och behandla betalningar för " "flera leverantörsfakturor på en gång." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Register Payment` is selected, a pop-up appears. In this " "pop-up window, select the appropriate journal in the :guilabel:`Journal` " @@ -36479,7 +39206,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Payment Method`. Det finns också möjlighet att välja " ":guilabel:`Group Payments` i detta popup-fönster." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:236 msgid "" "When ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button, which creates a " "list of journal entries on a separate page. This list of journal entries are" @@ -36490,10 +39217,10 @@ msgstr "" "alla knutna till sina respektive leverantörsfakturor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 -msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up." -msgstr "Batchfakturering Registrera betalning popup." +msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up window." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:244 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Register Payment` option for vendor bills in batches will " "only work for journal entries whose :guilabel:`Status` is set to " @@ -36503,11 +39230,9 @@ msgstr "" "batcher fungerar endast för verifikat vars :guilabel:`Status` är inställd på" " :guilabel:`Posted`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:252 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 +msgid ":doc:`control_bills`" msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5 msgid "Products" @@ -37048,22 +39773,17 @@ msgstr "" "visar `0`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" -msgstr "Inköp i andra måttenheter än försäljning" +msgid "Purchase units of measure" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" -" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " -"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " -"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " -"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." +" unit of measure than when it is sold. This can cause confusion between " +"sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to convert " +"measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your product once" +" and let Odoo handle the conversion." msgstr "" -"När du köper en produkt kan det hända att din leverantör använder en annan " -"måttenhet än du gör när du säljer den. Detta kan orsaka förvirring mellan " -"försäljnings- och inköpsrepresentanter. Det är också tidskrävande att " -"konvertera måtten manuellt varje gång. Med Odoo kan du konfigurera din " -"produkt en gång och låta Odoo hantera konverteringen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 msgid "Consider the following examples:" @@ -37199,29 +39919,23 @@ msgstr "Skapa en ny kategori för måttenheter i Odoo Purchase" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "" -"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." +"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, click into " +"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure Category` field and enter a name for the " +"category. Then, under the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -"Nästa steg är att skapa de två måttenheterna. För att göra det, gå till " -":menuselection:`Konfiguration --> Måttenheter`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:77 msgid "" "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" -" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" -" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" -" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " -"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " -"Odoo is always a multiple of this value." +" to other units of measure inside the category. Name the unit, and select " +"the units of measure category you just created. For the *Type*, select " +"*Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter the *Rounding " +"Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by Odoo is always a " +"multiple of this value." msgstr "" -"Skapa först den måttenhet som används som referenspunkt för konvertering " -"till andra måttenheter inom kategorin genom att klicka på *Create*. Namnge " -"enheten och välj den kategori för måttenheter som du just skapade. För " -"*Typ*, välj *Referensmåttenhet för denna kategorityp*. Ange den " -"*Rundningsprecision* du vill använda. Den kvantitet som beräknas av Odoo är " -"alltid en multipel av detta värde." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:83 msgid "" "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " "fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." @@ -37233,7 +39947,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "Skapa en ny referensmåttenhet i Odoo Purchase" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "" "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " "appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " @@ -37253,7 +39967,7 @@ msgstr "" "och redigera *Digits* i enlighet med detta. Om du t.ex. vill använda en " "avrundningsprecision på 0,00001 ställer du in *Digits* till 5." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:97 msgid "" "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" " measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " @@ -37263,14 +39977,14 @@ msgstr "" "måttenheter som din referensenhet. Som *Typ* väljer du *Mindre* eller " "*Större än referensmåttetheten*, beroende på din situation." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:101 msgid "" "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " "*Smaller*." msgstr "" "Eftersom gardinrullen motsvarar 100 kvadratmeter bör du välja *Mindre*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:103 msgid "" "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " "second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " @@ -37280,15 +39994,11 @@ msgstr "" "enheten. Om den andra enheten är mindre ska *Kvoten* vara större än 1. Om " "den andra enheten är större ska kvoten vara mindre än 1." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:107 msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "För din gardinrulle bör förhållandet sättas till 100." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 -msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "Skapa en andra måttenhet i Odoo Purchase" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:109 msgid "" "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " "units of measure." diff --git a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index b0d0ec95d..c468bed39 100644 --- a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jakob Krabbe , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Swedish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sv/)\n" @@ -2551,17 +2551,15 @@ msgstr "Möjliggör centralisering av filer som är kopplade till din bokföring #: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:36 msgid "" -"If you select a new workspace, existing documents aren't moved. Only newly " +"If you select a new workspace, existing documents are not moved. Only newly " "created documents will be found under the new workspace." msgstr "" -"Om du väljer en ny arbetsyta flyttas inte befintliga dokument. Endast " -"nyskapade dokument kommer att hittas under den nya arbetsytan." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:42 msgid "Workspaces" msgstr "Arbetsytor" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:44 msgid "" "Workspaces are hierarchical folders having their own set of tags and " ":ref:`actions `. Default workspaces exist, but " @@ -2575,11 +2573,11 @@ msgstr "" "Konfiguration --> Arbetsytor` och klicka på :guilabel:`Ny`. Fyll i följande " "information på den nya sidan:" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Namn`" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Parent Workspace`: if you want to create a sub-workspace, select " "its :guilabel:`Parent Workspace`" @@ -2587,12 +2585,12 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Parent Workspace`: om du vill skapa en underarbetsyta, välj dess " ":guilabel:`Parent Workspace`" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:236 msgid "Tags" msgstr "Etiketter" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:56 msgid "" "Tags are used within workspaces to add a level of differentiation between " "documents. They are organized per category, and filters can be used to sort " @@ -2601,7 +2599,7 @@ msgstr "" "Taggar används i arbetsytor för att skilja mellan olika dokument. De " "organiseras per kategori och filter kan användas för att sortera dem." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:59 msgid "" "Tags can be created from the :guilabel:`Tags` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a " "line`, create the :guilabel:`Tag Category`, and :guilabel:`Name` your tags." @@ -2609,14 +2607,14 @@ msgstr "" "Taggar kan skapas från fliken :guilabel:`Tags`. Klicka på :guilabel:`Add a " "line`, skapa :guilabel:`Tag Category`, och :guilabel:`Name` dina taggar." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:63 msgid "" "The tags of a parent workspace apply to the child workspaces automatically;" msgstr "" "Taggarna för en överordnad arbetsyta tillämpas automatiskt på de " "underordnade arbetsytorna;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:64 msgid "" "Tags can be created and modified by going to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Tags`;" @@ -2624,7 +2622,7 @@ msgstr "" "Taggar kan skapas och ändras genom att gå till :menuselection:`Konfiguration" " --> Taggar`;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:65 msgid "" "Tags can also be created or edited by clicking the gear icon :guilabel:`⚙` " "on the left menu." @@ -2632,11 +2630,35 @@ msgstr "" "Taggar kan också skapas eller redigeras genom att klicka på kugghjulsikonen " ":guilabel:`⚙` i vänstermenyn." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:67 +msgid "" +"An **email alias** can be used to automatically send received documents to a" +" specific workspace based on the tag assigned. To create an email alias:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Select the tag and the corresponding workspace where the document should be " +"directed in the left column of your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Next to the :guilabel:`Upload` button, click the down arrow, and then click " +":guilabel:`Share`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In the new window, click :guilabel:`Download and Upload` and enter the email" +" alias where documents should be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:79 msgid "Access rights" msgstr "Tillträdesrättigheter" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:81 msgid "" "To manage your workspace access rights, go to :menuselection:`Documents --> " "Configuration --> Workspaces`, open the workspace you want to edit, and go " @@ -2651,11 +2673,11 @@ msgstr "" " som kan visa, skapa och redigera arbetsytans dokument. Du kan också lägga " "till :guilabel:`Läsgrupper` som bara kan visa arbetsytans dokument." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:87 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beskrivning" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:89 msgid "" "You can add descriptive information to your workspace by going to " ":menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration --> Workspaces`, opening the " @@ -2665,7 +2687,7 @@ msgstr "" "till :menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration --> Workspaces`, öppna den " "arbetsyta du vill beskriva och gå till fliken :guilabel:`Description`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:94 msgid "" "Workspaces can also be created and edited by clicking the gear icon " ":guilabel:`⚙` on the left menu." @@ -2677,43 +2699,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create sub-workspaces from the left menu" msgstr "Skapa underarbetsytor från vänstermenyn" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:101 msgid "Documents management" msgstr "Hantering av dokument" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:103 msgid "" "When selecting or opening a document, the right panel displays different " "options. On the top, additional options might be available: " ":guilabel:`Download`, :guilabel:`Share`, :guilabel:`Replace`, " ":guilabel:`Lock` or :guilabel:`Split`. It is also possible to " -":guilabel:`Open chatter` or :guilabel:`Archive` the document." +":guilabel:`Open chatter` or use the :guilabel:`Move to trash` option." msgstr "" -"När du väljer eller öppnar ett dokument visas olika alternativ i den högra " -"panelen. Överst kan ytterligare alternativ vara tillgängliga: " -":guilabel:`Download`, :guilabel:`Share`, :guilabel:`Replace`, " -":guilabel:`Lock` eller :guilabel:`Split`. Det är också möjligt att " -":guilabel:`Öppna chatter` eller :guilabel:`Arkivera` dokumentet." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst-1 msgid "right panel options" msgstr "alternativ för höger panel" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:112 msgid "" -"Then, you can modify the name of your file by clicking on " -":guilabel:`Document`. A :guilabel:`Contact` or an :guilabel:`Owner` can be " -"assigned. The related :guilabel:`Workspace` can be modified and it is " -"possible to access the related :guilabel:`Journal Entry` or add " -":guilabel:`Tags`." +"Then, you can modify the name of your file by clicking on :guilabel:`Name`. " +"A :guilabel:`Contact` or an :guilabel:`Owner` can be assigned. The related " +":guilabel:`Workspace` can be modified and it is possible to access the " +"related :guilabel:`Journal Entry` or add :guilabel:`Tags`." msgstr "" -"Sedan kan du ändra namnet på din fil genom att klicka på " -":guilabel:`Dokument`. En :guilabel:`Kontakt` eller en :guilabel:`Ägare` kan " -"tilldelas. Den relaterade :guilabel:`Workspace` kan modifieras och det är " -"möjligt att komma åt den relaterade :guilabel:`Journal Entry` eller lägga " -"till :guilabel:`Tags`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:117 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Contact` is the person related to the document and assigned " "to it. He can only view the document and not modify it. I.e.: an existing " @@ -2723,7 +2734,7 @@ msgstr "" "tilldelad det. Han kan bara visa dokumentet och inte ändra det. T.ex.: en " "befintlig leverantör i din databas är kontaktperson för deras faktura." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:120 msgid "" "The person who creates a document is, by default :guilabel:`Owner` of it and" " has complete rights to it. It is possible to replace the owner of a " @@ -2735,7 +2746,7 @@ msgstr "" " av ett dokument. Dvs. en anställd måste vara ägare till ett dokument för " "att kunna se det i \"Min profil\"." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:124 msgid "" "Different :ref:`Actions ` are available at the " "bottom of the right panel, depending on the workspace where your document is" @@ -2745,11 +2756,11 @@ msgstr "" "längst ned i den högra panelen, beroende på vilken arbetsyta dokumentet är " "lagrat i." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:128 msgid "Split PDF documents" msgstr "Dela upp PDF-dokument" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:130 msgid "" "Select the PDF you want to split, and click the scissors icon. A new view " "displays all the pages of the document." @@ -2757,7 +2768,7 @@ msgstr "" "Markera den PDF-fil du vill dela och klicka på saxikonen. En ny vy visar " "alla sidor i dokumentet." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:133 msgid "" "By default, each page of the document will be split when clicking " ":guilabel:`Split`. To remove a split between two pages, click on the " @@ -2771,7 +2782,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "split your documents" msgstr "dela upp dina dokument" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:140 msgid "" "To merge documents from your dashboard, select them and click the scissors " "icon. Click on the scissors between the two documents and click " @@ -2781,11 +2792,11 @@ msgstr "" "på saxikonen. Klicka på saxen mellan de två dokumenten och klicka på " ":guilabel:`Split` för att slå samman dokumenten." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:144 msgid "Additional features" msgstr "Ytterligare funktioner" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:146 msgid "" "Select a workspace and click the arrow next to the :guilabel:`Upload` button" " to access additional features:" @@ -2793,11 +2804,11 @@ msgstr "" "Välj en arbetsyta och klicka på pilen bredvid knappen :guilabel:`Upload` för" " att få tillgång till ytterligare funktioner:" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:150 msgid "Request" msgstr "Begäran" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:152 msgid "" "You can create \"missing documents\" and organize them as documents, to " "remind users to download them." @@ -2805,7 +2816,7 @@ msgstr "" "Du kan skapa \"saknade dokument\" och organisera dem som dokument för att " "påminna användarna om att ladda ner dem." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:154 msgid "" "Select the workspace where the file should be stored, click " ":guilabel:`Upload`, then :guilabel:`Request`. Add the :guilabel:`Document " @@ -2824,13 +2835,13 @@ msgstr "" "behövs. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Request`. En platshållare för det saknade" " dokumentet skapas i arbetsytan." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:161 msgid "When your document is available, click the placeholder to upload it." msgstr "" "När ditt dokument är tillgängligt klickar du på platshållaren för att ladda " "upp det." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:163 msgid "" "You can see all missing documents by going to the **Activity** view and to " "the :guilabel:`Requested Document` column." @@ -2838,7 +2849,7 @@ msgstr "" "Du kan se alla saknade dokument genom att gå till vyn **Aktivitet** och till" " kolumnen :guilabel:`Requested Document`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:167 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Activity` view, you can send a **reminder email** to " "users from whom you are expecting a document. Go to the :guilabel:`Requested" @@ -2849,7 +2860,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Requested Document`, klicka på ⋮ och :guilabel:`Document Request:" " Påminnelse`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:171 msgid "" "Click on a date to see the details of a specific request. You can update it " "by clicking on the pen icon, :guilabel:`Preview` the content of the reminder" @@ -2864,11 +2875,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "send a reminder email from the Activity view" msgstr "skicka ett påminnelsemeddelande från aktivitetsvyn" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:179 msgid "Add a link" msgstr "Lägg till en länk" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:181 msgid "" "To add a link to your documents dashboard, click on :guilabel:`Add a Link`, " "enter the :guilabel:`URL`, and :guilabel:`Name` it." @@ -2876,11 +2887,11 @@ msgstr "" "Om du vill lägga till en länk i instrumentpanelen för dina dokument klickar " "du på :guilabel:`Add a Link`, anger :guilabel:`URL` och :guilabel:`Name`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:185 msgid "Share" msgstr "Andel" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:187 msgid "" "You can create a share link to a document or all documents of a workspace. " "It allows anyone to download the file(s) or upload files to a workspace." @@ -2889,7 +2900,7 @@ msgstr "" "arbetsyta. Det gör att vem som helst kan ladda ner filen/filerna eller ladda" " upp filer till en arbetsyta." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:190 msgid "" "To do so, select the workspace or the document and click the arrow next to " "the :guilabel:`Upload` button then :guilabel:`Share`. On the pop-up, the " @@ -2909,7 +2920,7 @@ msgstr "" "undermappar. Om du vill låta användarna ladda upp sina egna dokument väljer " "du :guilabel:`Download and Upload`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:198 msgid "" "It is possible to only share one or more documents (without their workspace)" " by selecting them and clicking :guilabel:`Share`." @@ -2917,11 +2928,11 @@ msgstr "" "Det är möjligt att endast dela ett eller flera dokument (utan deras " "arbetsyta) genom att markera dem och klicka på :guilabel:`Share`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:202 msgid "New spreadsheet" msgstr "Nytt kalkylblad" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:204 msgid "" "To create a new :doc:`spreadsheet `, click :guilabel:`New " "Spreadsheet`. You can select a :guilabel:`Blank spreadsheet` or an " @@ -2931,11 +2942,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nytt kalkylblad`. Du kan välja ett :guilabel:`Tomt kalkylblad` " "eller ett :doc:`existerande mall `." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:210 msgid "Workflow actions" msgstr "Åtgärder för arbetsflöde" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:212 msgid "" "Workflow actions help manage documents and overall business operations. " "These are automated actions that can be created and customized for each " @@ -2947,7 +2958,7 @@ msgstr "" " för varje arbetsyta. Med ett enda klick kan du t.ex. skapa, flytta, signera" " och lägga till taggar i ett dokument samt behandla fakturor." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:216 msgid "" "These workflow actions appear on the right panel when a document meets the " "set criteria." @@ -2955,11 +2966,11 @@ msgstr "" "Dessa arbetsflödesåtgärder visas i den högra panelen när ett dokument " "uppfyller de angivna kriterierna." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:219 msgid "Create workflow actions" msgstr "Skapa åtgärder i arbetsflödet" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:221 msgid "" "To create workflow actions, go to :menuselection:`Documents --> " "Configuration --> Actions` and click :guilabel:`New`." @@ -2967,7 +2978,7 @@ msgstr "" "Skapa åtgärder för arbetsflödet genom att gå till :menuselection:`Documents " "--> Configuration --> Actions` och klicka på :guilabel:`New`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:225 msgid "" "An action applies to all **sub-workspaces** under the :guilabel:`Related " "Workspace` you selected." @@ -2975,11 +2986,11 @@ msgstr "" "En åtgärd gäller för alla **underarbetsytor** under den " ":guilabel:`Relaterade arbetsyta` du valt." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:228 msgid "Set the conditions" msgstr "Fastställa villkoren" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:230 msgid "" "You can :guilabel:`Create` a new :guilabel:`Action` or edit an existing one." " You can define the :guilabel:`Action Name` and then set the conditions that" @@ -2991,28 +3002,25 @@ msgstr "" "villkor som gör att åtgärdsknappen (:guilabel:`▶`) visas på den högra " "panelen när du väljer en fil." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:234 msgid "There are three basic types of conditions you can set:" msgstr "Det finns tre grundläggande typer av villkor som du kan ställa:" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:236 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: you can use the :guilabel:`Contains` and :guilabel:`Does " -"not contain` conditions, meaning the files *must have* or *mustn't have* the" -" tags set here." +"not contain` conditions, meaning the files *must have* or *must not have* " +"the tags set here." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: du kan använda villkoren :guilabel:`Contains` och " -":guilabel:`Does not contain`, vilket innebär att filerna *måste* eller " -"*måste inte* ha de taggar som anges här." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:239 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: the files must be associated with the contact set here." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: Filerna måste vara kopplade till den kontakt som anges " "här." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:241 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Owner`: the files must be associated with the owner set here." msgstr "" @@ -3023,19 +3031,17 @@ msgid "Example of a workflow action's basic condition in Odoo Documents" msgstr "" "Exempel på grundläggande villkor för en arbetsflödesåtgärd i Odoo Documents" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:247 msgid "" -"If you don't set any conditions, the action button appears for all files " +"If you do not set any conditions, the action button appears for all files " "inside the selected workspace." msgstr "" -"Om du inte anger några villkor visas åtgärdsknappen för alla filer i den " -"valda arbetsytan." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:251 msgid "Advanced condition type: domain" msgstr "Avancerad villkorstyp: domän" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:254 msgid "" "It is recommended to have some knowledge of Odoo development to configure " "*Domain* filters properly." @@ -3043,7 +3049,7 @@ msgstr "" "Det rekommenderas att ha viss kunskap om Odoo-utveckling för att konfigurera" " *Domain*-filter korrekt." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:257 msgid "" "The :ref:`developer mode ` needs to be activated to access " "the :guilabel:`Domain` condition from the :guilabel:`Actions` tab. Once " @@ -3055,7 +3061,7 @@ msgstr "" " väljer du villkorstypen :guilabel:`Domain` och klickar på :guilabel:`Lägg " "till villkor`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:261 msgid "" "To create a rule, you typically select a :guilabel:`field`, an " ":guilabel:`operator`, and a :guilabel:`value`. For example, if you want to " @@ -3073,7 +3079,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a workflow action's domain condition in Odoo Documents" msgstr "Exempel på domänvillkor för en arbetsflödesåtgärd i Odoo Documents" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:269 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add New Rule` (plus icon) and :guilabel:`Add branch` to add" " conditions and sub-conditions. You can then specify if your rule should " @@ -3085,11 +3091,11 @@ msgstr "" " regeln ska matcha :guilabel:`all` eller :guilabel:`any` villkor. Du kan " "också redigera regeln direkt med hjälp av :guilabel:`Kodredigerare`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:274 msgid "Configure the actions" msgstr "Konfigurera åtgärderna" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:276 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Actions` tab to set up your action. You can " "simultaneously:" @@ -3097,7 +3103,7 @@ msgstr "" "Välj fliken :guilabel:`Aktioner` för att ställa in din åtgärd. Du kan göra " "det samtidigt:" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:278 msgid "" "**Set Contact**: add a contact to the file, or replace an existing contact " "with a new one." @@ -3105,7 +3111,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Set Contact**: lägg till en kontakt i filen, eller ersätt en befintlig " "kontakt med en ny." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:279 msgid "" "**Set Owner**: add an owner to the file, or replace an existing owner with a" " new one." @@ -3113,18 +3119,18 @@ msgstr "" "**Sätt ägare**: lägg till en ägare till filen, eller ersätt en befintlig " "ägare med en ny." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:280 msgid "**Move to Workspace**: move the file to any workspace." msgstr "**Flytta till arbetsyta**: flytta filen till valfri arbetsyta." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:281 msgid "" "**Create**: create one of the following items attached to the file in your " "database:" msgstr "" "**Create**: skapa ett av följande objekt som bifogas filen i din databas:" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:283 msgid "" "**Link to record**: link the document to a record (i.e. link to a vehicle in" " Fleet);" @@ -3132,27 +3138,27 @@ msgstr "" "**Länk till post**: länka dokumentet till en post (t.ex. länk till ett " "fordon i Fleet);" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:284 msgid "**Product template**: create a product you can edit directly;" msgstr "**Produktmall**: skapa en produkt som du kan redigera direkt;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:285 msgid "**Task**: create a Project task you can edit directly;" msgstr "**Task**: skapa en projektuppgift som du kan redigera direkt;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:286 msgid "**Signature PDF template**: create a new Sign template to send out;" msgstr "**Signatur PDF-mall**: skapa en ny Sign-mall att skicka ut;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:287 msgid "**PDF to sign**: create a PDF to sign;" msgstr "**PDF att signera**: skapa en PDF att signera;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:288 msgid "**Applicant**: create a new HR application you can edit directly;" msgstr "**Applicant**: skapa en ny HR-ansökan som du kan redigera direkt;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:289 msgid "" "**Vendor bill**: create a vendor bill using OCR and AI to scrape information" " from the file content;" @@ -3160,7 +3166,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Försäljarfaktura**: skapa en leverantörsfaktura med OCR och AI för att " "skrapa information från filinnehållet;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:291 msgid "" "**Customer invoice**: create a customer invoice using OCR and AI to scrape " "information from the file;" @@ -3168,7 +3174,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Kundfaktura**: skapa en kundfaktura med hjälp av OCR och AI för att skrapa" " information från filen;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:293 msgid "" "**Vendor credit note**: create a vendor credit note using OCR and AI to " "scrape information from the file;" @@ -3176,7 +3182,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Säljarens kreditnota**: skapa en säljarens kreditnota med hjälp av OCR och" " AI för att skrapa information från filen;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:295 msgid "" "**Credit note**: create a customer credit note using OCR and AI to scrape " "information from the file;" @@ -3184,7 +3190,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Kreditnota**: skapa en kreditnota för en kund med hjälp av OCR och AI för " "att skrapa information från filen;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:297 msgid "" "**Miscellaneous Operations**: create a record in :guilabel:`Miscellaneous " "Operations` in Accounting;" @@ -3192,29 +3198,27 @@ msgstr "" "**Diverse verksamhet**: skapa en post i :guilabel:`Diverse verksamhet` i " "Redovisning;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:299 msgid "**Bank Statement**: create a Bank Statement in Finance;" msgstr "**Bankutdrag**: skapa ett bankutdrag i Ekonomi;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:300 msgid "" "**Expense**: create an expense automatically based on a file's content." msgstr "" "**Expense**: skapa en kostnad automatiskt baserat på innehållet i en fil." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:290 -msgid "**Set Tags**: add, remove, and replace any number of tags." -msgstr "**Set Tags**: lägg till, ta bort och ersätt valfritt antal taggar." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:302 +msgid "**Set Tags**: add, remove, and replace any number of tags;" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:303 msgid "" "**Activities - Mark all as Done**: mark all activities linked to the file as" -" done." +" done;" msgstr "" -"**Aktiviteter - Markera alla som utförda**: markera alla aktiviteter " -"kopplade till filen som utförda." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:304 msgid "" "**Activities - Schedule Activity**: create a new activity linked to the file" " as configured in the action. You can choose to set the activity on the " @@ -3228,11 +3232,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a workflow action Odoo Documents" msgstr "Exempel på en arbetsflödesåtgärd Odoo Documents" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:311 msgid "Digitize documents with AI and optical character recognition (OCR)" msgstr "Digitalisera dokument med AI och optisk teckenigenkänning (OCR)" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:313 msgid "" "Documents available in the Finance workspace can be digitized. Select the " "document to digitize, click :guilabel:`Create Bill`, :guilabel:`Create " @@ -3244,7 +3248,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Create Customer Invoice`, eller :guilabel:`Create credit note`, " "och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Send for Digitization`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:318 msgid "" ":doc:`AI-powered document digitization " "<../finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization>`" diff --git a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index f3cd991f4..911678086 100644 --- a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ # # Translators: # Chrille Hedberg , 2024 +# Martin Trigaux, 2024 # Jakob Krabbe , 2024 # #, fuzzy @@ -12,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jakob Krabbe , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Swedish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sv/)\n" @@ -63,7 +64,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:44 @@ -262,310 +263,283 @@ msgid "" "the top :guilabel:`Pipeline` page to view all opportunities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities" -msgstr "Generera kundämnen/möjligheter" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Two key ways to generate new leads or opportunities for your business are " -"through email aliases and website contact forms. Odoo automatically creates " -"leads in your CRM whenever someone sends a message to a Sales Team email " -"alias or fills out a contact form on your website." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:3 +msgid "Create leads (from email or manually)" msgstr "" -"Två viktiga sätt att generera nya kundämnen eller möjligheter för ditt " -"företag är via e-postalias och kontaktformulär på webbplatsen. Odoo skapar " -"automatiskt kundämnen i ditt CRM när någon skickar ett meddelande till ett " -"e-postalias för säljteamet eller fyller i ett kontaktformulär på din " -"webbplats." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Leads can be added to the *CRM* app from custom email aliases, and by " +"manually creating new records. This is in addition to the leads and " +"opportunities created in the app through the :doc:`website contact form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:12 +msgid "" +"First, ensure the *Leads* feature is enabled in the database by navigating " +"to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:17 msgid "Configure email aliases" msgstr "Konfigurera alias för e-post" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:19 msgid "" -"Each Sales Team can use its own unique email alias to generate " -"leads/opportunities. Any email sent to a Sales Team's email alias will " -"automatically create a lead (if leads are activated in your CRM settings) or" -" an opportunity in the pipeline for that particular team. Configure custom " -"email aliases on the configuration page for each Sales Team by navigating to" -" :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`." +"Each sales team has the option to create and utilize their own unique email " +"alias. When messages are sent to this address, a lead (or opportunity), is " +"created with the information from the message." msgstr "" -"Varje säljteam kan använda sitt eget unika e-postalias för att generera " -"kundämnen/opportunities. Varje e-postmeddelande som skickas till ett " -"säljteams e-postalias skapar automatiskt ett kundämne (om kundämnen är " -"aktiverade i dina CRM-inställningar) eller en möjlighet i pipeline för det " -"specifika teamet. Konfigurera anpassade e-postalias på konfigurationssidan " -"för varje säljteam genom att navigera till :menuselection:`CRM --> " -"Konfiguration --> Säljteam`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Configuring Sales Teams" -msgstr "Konfigurera säljteam" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:23 -msgid "Use Contact Forms on your website" -msgstr "Använd kontaktformulär på din webbplats" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:23 msgid "" -"By default, your website's *Contact Us* page displays Odoo's ready-to-use " -"Contact Form. Whenever someone submits this form, a lead or an opportunity " -"is generated in your database." +"To create or update a sales teams' email alias, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`. Click on a team " +"from the list to open the team's details page." msgstr "" -"Som standard visar din webbplats sida *Kontakta oss* Odoos färdiga " -"kontaktformulär. När någon skickar in detta formulär genereras en kundämne " -"eller en möjlighet i din databas." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Default Contact Us page" -msgstr "Standardsida för Kontakta oss" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The sales team details page, focused on the email alias section." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:30 msgid "" -"The Contact Form can be activated or deactivated at any time by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Go to Website --> Customize --> Contact Form`." +"In the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field, enter a name for the email alias, or " +"edit the existing name. In the :guilabel:`Accept Emails From` field, use the" +" drop-down menu to choose who is allowed to send messages to this email " +"alias:" msgstr "" -"Kontaktformuläret kan när som helst aktiveras eller avaktiveras genom att gå" -" till :menuselection:`Webbplats --> Gå till Webbplats --> Anpassa --> " -"Kontaktformulär`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Form toggle" -msgstr "Växla kontaktformulär" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Everyone`: messages are accepted from any email address." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:35 msgid "" -"When the Form is deactivated, the *Contact Us* page simply displays a button" -" to email your company directly. Any email sent this way will generate a " -"lead/opportunity." +":guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`: only accepts messages from email " +"addresses associated with a a partner (contact or customer) record." msgstr "" -"När formuläret är avaktiverat visas på sidan *Kontakta oss* en knapp för att" -" skicka e-post direkt till ditt företag. Varje e-postmeddelande som skickas " -"på detta sätt kommer att generera ett kundämne/möjlighet." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Us Page using email" -msgstr "Använd e-post för att kontakta oss" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:37 msgid "" -"Choose which Sales Team or salesperson is automatically assigned to the " -"leads/opportunities created from the Contact Form by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Communication`." +":guilabel:`Followers only`: only accepts messages from those who are " +"following a record related to the team, such as a lead or opportunity. " +"Messages are also accepted from team members." msgstr "" -"Välj vilket säljteam eller vilken säljare som automatiskt ska tilldelas de " -"kundämnen/opportunities som skapas från kontaktformuläret genom att gå till " -":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Communication`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Form settings" -msgstr "Inställningar för kontaktformulär" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:55 -msgid "Customize Contact Forms" -msgstr "Anpassa kontaktformulär" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:39 msgid "" -"Contact Forms can be customized for the specific information your team " -"needs, using the free *Form Builder* module." +":guilabel:`Authenticated Employees`: only accepts messages from email " +"addresses that are connected to a record in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" -"Kontaktformulär kan anpassas för den specifika information som ditt team " -"behöver, med hjälp av den kostnadsfria modulen *Form Builder*." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:43 +msgid "Leads created from email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:45 msgid "" -"The *Form Builder* module is installed automatically when a Form element is " -"added to a web page via the Website Builder. It can also be installed " -"manually from the :guilabel:`Apps` page." +"Leads created from email alias messages can be viewed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads`. Click a lead from the list to open it, " +"and view the details." msgstr "" -"Modulen *Form Builder* installeras automatiskt när ett formulärelement läggs" -" till på en webbsida via Hemsideprogrammet. Den kan också installeras " -"manuellt från sidan :guilabel:`Apps`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Form Builder building blocks" -msgstr "Byggstenar för Form Builder" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:48 msgid "" -"Forms can be created from scratch to serve a wide variety of purposes. " -"However, Odoo's default *Contact Us* page is designed to fit most users' " -"needs. Start with the default form and modify from there." +"The email received by the alias is added to the *chatter* thread for the " +"lead. The subject line of the message is added to the title field, and the " +":guilabel:`Email` field is updated with the contact's email address." msgstr "" -"Formulär kan skapas från grunden för att tjäna en mängd olika syften. Odoos " -"standardsida *Kontakta oss* är dock utformad för att passa de flesta " -"användares behov. Börja med standardformuläret och modifiera därifrån." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:73 -msgid "Edit Contact Form fields" -msgstr "Redigera fält i kontaktformulär" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The chatter thread of a newly created lead in the CRM app." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:57 msgid "" -"In Edit mode on your website, click on any field to start editing it. The " -"following information can be edited for each field on the Contact Form:" +"If the *leads* feature is **not** enabled on the database, messages to the " +"email alias are added to the database as opportunities." msgstr "" -"I redigeringsläget på din webbplats klickar du på ett fält för att börja " -"redigera det. Följande information kan redigeras för varje fält i " -"kontaktformuläret:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:64 +msgid "Manually create leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:66 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Type`: Choose a custom field option or an existing field. " -"Examples include phone, file upload, language, etc." +"Leads can be added directly to the *CRM* app by manually creating a new " +"record. Navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads` to view a list of " +"existing leads." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Typ`: Välj ett anpassat fältalternativ eller ett befintligt fält." -" Exempel inkluderar telefon, filuppladdning, språk, etc." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Input Type`: Determine the type of entry customers should input. " -"Available options are text,email, telephone, and URL." +"Leads can also be added via the :doc:`Generate Leads ` button." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Inmatningstyp`: Bestäm vilken typ av inmatning kunderna ska göra." -" Tillgängliga alternativ är text, e-post, telefon och URL." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:72 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Input Placeholder`: Type in an example to guide users how to " -"input information where formatting is important, such as a phone number or " -"email address." +"At the top-left of the list, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank " +":guilabel:`Leads` form." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Inmatningsplatshållare`: Skriv in ett exempel för att vägleda " -"användare hur de ska mata in information där formatering är viktigt, t.ex. " -"ett telefonnummer eller en e-postadress." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:74 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Label Name`: Type in the display name to show users what " -"information is needed from them." +"In the first field of the new form, enter a title for the new lead. Next, " +"enter a :guilabel:`Contact Name`, and a :guilabel:`Company Name`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Label Name`: Skriv in visningsnamnet för att visa användarna " -"vilken information som behövs från dem." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:78 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Label Position`: Choose the way the label is aligned with the " -"rest of the form. The label can be hidden, above the field, to the far left " -"of the field, or right adjusted and closer to the field." +"If a lead is :doc:`converted to an opportunity `, the " +":guilabel:`Company Name` field is used to either link this opportunity to an" +" existing customer, or to create a new customer." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Label Position`: Välj hur etiketten ska placeras i förhållande " -"till resten av formuläret. Etiketten kan vara dold, ovanför fältet, längst " -"till vänster om fältet, eller högerjusterad och närmare fältet." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:82 +msgid "Manually create opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:84 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Required`: Toggle this option for information that you absolutely" -" need entered." +"To manually create an opportunity, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Sales --> My Pipeline`. At the top-left of the page, click :guilabel:`New` " +"to create a new opportunity Kanban card. In the " +":guilabel:`Organization/Contact` field, enter the name of the company the " +"opportunity is for." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Krävs`: Växla detta alternativ för information som du absolut " -"behöver ange." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:88 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hidden`: Toggle this option to hide the field without deleting " -"it." +"Choose a name, and enter it in the :guilabel:`Opportunity` field. *This is a" +" required field.* When manually creating an opportunity, it is helpful to " +"add a name that relates to the details of the opportunity." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Dold`: Växla detta alternativ för att dölja fältet utan att " -"radera det." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:93 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Shown on Mobile`: Toggle this option to show the field to users " -"on mobile devices." +"In the example below, the opportunity is named `5 VP Chairs`. This " +"identifies the product the customer is interested in, as well as the " +"potential number of products." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Visas på mobil`: Växla detta alternativ för att visa fältet för " -"användare på mobila enheter." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Editable field options" -msgstr "Alternativ för redigerbara fält" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:0 +msgid "An example of an opportunity in the CRM pipeline." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:100 msgid "" -"By default, when a Form is submitted, it sends you an email with the " -"customer's inputted information. To have it automatically generate a " -"lead/opportunity instead, edit the Form and select :guilabel:`Create an " -"Opportunity` as the Action." +"Enter the contact information for the opportunity in the :guilabel:`Email` " +"and :guilabel:`Phone` fields." msgstr "" -"När ett formulär skickas in skickas som standard ett e-postmeddelande med " -"kundens inmatade information. Om du vill att det automatiskt ska generera en" -" kundämne/möjlighet istället, redigerar du formuläret och väljer " -":guilabel:`Create an Opportunity` som åtgärd." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:103 msgid "" -"If leads are activated in your CRM settings, selecting :guilabel:`Create an " -"Opportunity` generates a lead instead. To learn more about activating leads " -"in the CRM settings, head over to :doc:`convert`." +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Revenue` field, enter an estimated value for the " +"opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The information in the :guilabel:`Expected Revenue` and priority fields can " +"be used to track performance for individual salespeople, and on a team " +"basis. See :doc:`../performance/expected_revenue_report` and " +":doc:`../track_leads/lead_scoring` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:111 +msgid "Then, use the |st-o| :guilabel:`(star)` icons to assign a priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:113 +msgid "|st-o| |st-o| |st-o|: low priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:114 +msgid "|st| |st-o| |st-o|: medium priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:115 +msgid "|st| |st| |st-o|: high priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:116 +msgid "|st| |st| |st|: very high priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Assigning a priority changes the order of leads in Kanban view, with higher " +"priority leads displayed first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once all the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Add`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The CRM pipeline with a newly created opportunity." msgstr "" -"Om kundämnen är aktiverade i dina CRM-inställningar genererar valet av " -":guilabel:`Create an Opportunity` en kundämne istället. Mer information om " -"hur du aktiverar kundämnen i CRM-inställningarna finns i :doc:`convert`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 msgid "Lead mining" msgstr "Brytning av bly" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 msgid "" -"Lead mining is a feature that allows CRM users to generate new leads " +"*Lead mining* is a feature that allows *CRM* users to generate new leads " "directly into their Odoo database. To ensure lead qualification, lead mining" " output is determined by a variety of filtering criteria, such as the " "country, the company size, and the industry." msgstr "" -"Lead mining är en funktion som gör det möjligt för CRM-användare att " -"generera nya kundämnen direkt i sin Odoo-databas. För att säkerställa att " -"kundämnen kvalificeras bestäms resultatet av kundämne-mining av en mängd " -"olika filtreringskriterier, t.ex. land, företagsstorlek och bransch." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:15 msgid "" -"To get started, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and activate :guilabel:`Lead Mining`." +"To get started, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`Lead Mining` checkbox to activate the " +"feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"För att komma igång, gå till :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` och aktivera :guilabel:`Lead Mining`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "Activate lead mining in Odoo CRM settings." msgstr "Aktivera kundämne-mining i Odoo CRM-inställningarna." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:23 msgid "Generate leads" msgstr "Generera kundämnen" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:25 msgid "" -"After the :guilabel:`Lead Mining` setting is activated, a new button called " -":guilabel:`Generate Leads` is available to use in the :guilabel:`CRM` " -"pipeline. Lead mining requests are also available through " -":menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests`, or through " -":menuselection:`CRM --> Leads --> Leads` where the :guilabel:`Generate " -"Leads` button is also available." +"After the *Lead Mining* setting is activated, a new button called *Generate " +"Leads* is available to use in the upper-left corner of the *CRM* *Pipeline* " +"(:menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales --> My Pipeline`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Lead mining requests are also available through :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests`, or through :menuselection:`CRM app " +"--> Leads --> Leads`, where the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button is also " +"available." msgstr "" -"När inställningen :guilabel:`Lead Mining` har aktiverats finns en ny knapp " -"som heter :guilabel:`Generate Leads` tillgänglig för användning i " -":guilabel:`CRM`-pipelinen. Förfrågningar om kundämne-mining är också " -"tillgängliga via :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Lead Mining " -"Requests`, eller via :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads --> Leads` där knappen " -":guilabel:`Generate Leads` också är tillgänglig." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "The Generate Leads button to use the lead mining feature." msgstr "" "Knappen Generera kundämnen för att använda funktionen för kundämne-mining." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:37 msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button, and a window will appear " +"Click the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button, and a pop-up window appears, " "offering a variety of criteria by which to generate leads." msgstr "" -"Klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Generate Leads`, så visas ett fönster med en " -"mängd olika kriterier som du kan använda för att generera kundämnen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -574,81 +548,67 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Popup-fönstret med urvalskriterierna för att generera kundämnen i Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:44 msgid "" "Choose to generate leads for :guilabel:`Companies` to get company " -"information only, or choose :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` to get " -"company information as well as individual employee contact information. When" -" targeting :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts`, there is an option to " -"filter contacts based on :guilabel:`Role` or :guilabel:`Seniority`." +"information only, or choose |CC| to get company information and individual " +"employee contact information." msgstr "" -"Välj att generera kundämnen för :guilabel:`Företag` för att endast få " -"företagsinformation, eller välj :guilabel:`Företag och deras kontakter` för " -"att få företagsinformation samt kontaktinformation för enskilda anställda. " -"När du riktar in dig på :guilabel:`Företag och deras kontakter`, finns det " -"ett alternativ att filtrera kontakter baserat på :guilabel:`Roll` eller " -":guilabel:`Senioritet`." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:44 -msgid "Additional filtering options include:" -msgstr "Ytterligare filtreringsalternativ inkluderar:" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Size`: filter leads based on the number of employees at the " -"company" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Size`: filtrera kundämnen baserat på antalet anställda på " -"företaget" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Countries`: filter leads based on the country (or countries) they" -" are located in" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Countries`: filtrera kundämnen baserat på det land (eller länder)" -" de befinner sig i" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:48 msgid "" -":guilabel:`States`: further filter leads based on the state they are located" -" in, if applicable" +"When targeting |CC|, additional options are available to filter contacts " +"based on :guilabel:`Role` or :guilabel:`Seniority`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Stater`: ytterligare filtrera kundämnen baserat på den stat de " -"befinner sig i, om tillämpligt" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:49 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Industries`: filter leads based on the specific industry they " -"work in" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Industries`: filtrera kundämnen baserat på den specifika bransch " -"de arbetar i" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose which Sales Team the leads will be assigned " -"to" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Säljteam`: välj vilket säljteam som kundämnen ska tilldelas" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Salesperson`: choose which person(s) on the Sales Team the leads " -"will be assigned to" +msgid "Additional filtering options include the following:" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Salesperson`: välj vilken eller vilka personer i säljteamet som " -"kundämnen ska tilldelas" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Countries`: filter leads based on the country (or countries) they" +" are located in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`States`: further filter leads based on the state in which they " +"are located, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Industries`: filter leads based on the specific industry they " +"work in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Filter on Size`: tick this checkbox to specify the number of " +"employees at the company. This generates a field labeled :guilabel:`Size`. " +"Fill in the blanks to create a range for the desired company size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose which Sales Team the leads will be assigned " +"to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson`: choose which member of the Sales Team the leads " +"will be assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:62 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Tags`: choose which tags are applied directly to the " -"leads once found" +"leads once found." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Default Tags`: välj vilka taggar som ska tillämpas direkt på " -"kundämnen när de hittats" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 msgid "" "Make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulations when receiving contact " "information. Get more information about the General Data Protection " @@ -658,81 +618,347 @@ msgstr "" "kontaktinformation. Få mer information om den allmänna " "dataskyddsförordningen på `Odoo GDPR `_." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:69 +msgid "View leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +msgid "" +"After leads are generated, they are assigned to the designated salesperson " +"and team. To view additional information regarding the lead, select one from" +" the list, and click to open it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the chatter thread for the lead, additional information is provided. This" +" can include the number of employees, the technology used by the company, " +"the timezone, and direct contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 +msgid "The chatter thread of a newly generated lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Leads` are **not** enabled for the database, then leads are " +"generated as *opportunities*, and added to the pipeline for the designated " +"salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To enable the :guilabel:`Leads` feature, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:88 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "Prissättning" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:91 msgid "" -"Lead mining is an *In-App Purchase* feature and each generated lead costs " -"one credit." +"Lead mining is an *In-App Purchase* feature, and each generated lead costs " +"one :ref:`credit `." msgstr "" -"Lead mining är en *In-App Purchase*-funktion och varje genererad kundämne " -"kostar en kredit." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:95 msgid "" -"Choosing to generate :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` costs one " -"additional credit for each contact generated." +"Generating |CC| costs one additional credit for each contact generated. See " +"here for complete pricing information: `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP " +"`_." msgstr "" -"Om du väljer att generera :guilabel:`Företag och deras kontakter` kostar det" -" en extra kredit för varje kontakt som genereras." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:99 msgid "" -"See here for full pricing information: `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP " -"`_." -msgstr "" -"Se här för fullständig prisinformation: `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP " -"`_." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:70 -msgid "" -"To buy credits, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"To buy credits, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Lead Generation` section, under the " -":guilabel:`Lead Mining` feature, click on :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." +":guilabel:`Lead Mining` feature, click :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." msgstr "" -"För att köpa krediter, gå till :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings`. I avsnittet :guilabel:`Lead Generation`, under funktionen " -":guilabel:`Lead Mining`, klickar du på :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 -msgid "Buy credits from the lead mining settings." -msgstr "Köp krediter från blygruvor." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:103 msgid "" "Credits may also be purchased by navigating to the :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> General Settings`. In the :guilabel:`In-App Purchases` section, under " -"the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` feature, click on :guilabel:`View My Services`." +"app`. In the :guilabel:`Contacts` section, under the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` " +"feature, click :guilabel:`View My Services`." msgstr "" -"Du kan också köpa krediter genom att gå till :menuselection:`Inställningar " -"--> Allmänna inställningar`. I avsnittet :guilabel:`In-App Purchases`, under" -" funktionen :guilabel:`Odoo IAP`, klickar du på :guilabel:`Visa mina " -"tjänster`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst-1 msgid "Buy credits in the Odoo IAP settings." msgstr "Köp krediter i Odoo IAP-inställningarna." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:87 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:112 msgid "" "Enterprise Odoo users with a valid subscription get free credits to test " -":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` features before deciding to purchase more " -"credits for the database. This includes demo/training databases, educational" -" databases, and one-app-free databases." +"|IAP| features before purchasing more credits for the database. This " +"includes demo/training databases, educational databases, and one-app-free " +"databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:3 +msgid "Create opportunities from web contact forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Adding a contact form to a website makes it easy to convert visitors into " +"leads and opportunities. After a visitor submits their information, an " +"opportunity can be created automatically, and assigned to a designated sales" +" team and salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:12 +msgid "Customize contact forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By default, the *Contact Us* page on an Odoo website displays a " +"preconfigured contact form. This form can be customized, as needed, to suit " +"the needs of a specific sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Website app --> Contact Us`, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit` in the top-right of the screen to open the web editor. " +"Click on the form building block in the body of the webpage to open the form" +" configuration settings on the right sidebar. The following options are " +"available to customize the contact form from the :guilabel:`From` section of" +" the right sidebar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst-1 +msgid "The form configuration settings on an Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Action`: the default action for a contact form is :guilabel:`Send" +" an Email`. Select :guilabel:`Create an Opportunity` from the drop-down list" +" to capture the information in the *CRM* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose a sales team from the drop-down menu that the" +" opportunities from this form should be assigned to. This field **only** " +"appears if the :guilabel:`Action` field is set to :guilabel:`Create an " +"Opportunity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson`: if the opportunities should be assigned to a " +"specific salesperson, select them from the drop-down menu. If no selection " +"is made in this field, the opportunities are assigned based on the team's " +"existing rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marked Fields`: use this field to alter how the form handles " +"marked fields. The default option is to treat marked fields as " +":guilabel:`Required`, which is the recommended setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mark Text`: choose how :guilabel:`Marked Fields` should be " +"identified. The default character is an asterisk (`*`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Labels Width`: use this field to alter the pixel width of the " +"labels, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Success`: select how the webpage reacts after a customer " +"successfully submits a form. :guilabel:`Nothing` keeps the customer on the " +"same screen, with the addition of a confirmation message that the form was " +"submitted successfully. :guilabel:`Redirect` sends the customer to a new " +"webpage, based on the address provided in the :guilabel:`URL` field below. " +":guilabel:`Show Message` replaces the form with a preconfigured message that" +" informs the customer someone should respond to them as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL`: if :guilabel:`Redirect` is selected in the :guilabel:`On " +"Success` field, enter the URL for the webpage, where customers should be " +"directed after successfully submitting a form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visibility`: use the drop-down menu to add any visibility " +"conditions for this field, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If *leads* are activated in *CRM* settings, selecting :guilabel:`Create an " +"Opportunity` generates a lead instead. To activate leads, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:57 +msgid "Customize contact form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In addition to the settings for the form, the settings for each field can be" +" customized, as well. With the web editor menu still open, click into a " +"field to open the :guilabel:`Field` configuration settings section on the " +"sidebar. The following options are available to customize a field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: choose a custom field option or an existing field type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input Type`: determine the type of information customers should " +"input. Available options are :guilabel:`Text`, :guilabel:`Email`, " +":guilabel:`Telephone`, or :guilabel:`Url`. The selection made in this field " +"limits the format that customers can use when entering information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Label`: enter the name for the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Position`: choose the way the label is aligned with the rest of " +"the form. The label can be hidden, above the field, to the left of the " +"field, or right adjusted and closer to the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: slide the toggle to add a description for the " +"field, which can provide additional instructions to customers. Click under " +"the field on the form to add the description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Placeholder`: enter an example to help users know how to input " +"information where formatting is important, such as a phone number or email " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Value`: enter a value to include in the form, by default," +" if the customer does not provide information in the field. *It is not " +"recommended to include a default value for required fields*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required`: slide the toggle to mark this field as required if it " +"**must** be filled in for every submission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visibility`: select when this field should be visible. Use the " +"button on the left to choose whether to show or hide this field on a desktop" +" users. Use the button on the right to choose whether to show or hide this " +"field to mobile users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`Animation`: select if this field should have any animation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst-1 +msgid "The field configuration settings on an Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:89 +msgid "View opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:91 +msgid "" +"After a customer submits a contact form, and an opportunity is created, it " +"is assigned based on the :ref:`form settings `. " +"To view opportunities, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales --> My " +"Pipeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If leads are activated on the database, contact form submissions are " +"generated as leads, not opportunities. To activate leads, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads` to view the newly-created " +"leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:102 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`My Pipeline` dashboard, click on an opportunity card in " +"the Kanban view to open the opportunity record. The information submitted by" +" the customer is visible on the opportunity record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:107 +msgid "" +"As the contact form fields are customizable, the fields on the opportunity " +"record, where the form information is stored, varies accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the preconfigured contact form is used, the *Subject* field is added to " +"the :guilabel:`Title` field, and the content in the :guilabel:`Notes` field," +" which is labeled as :guilabel:`Your Question`, is added to the " +":guilabel:`Internal Notes` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../pipeline/manage_sales_teams`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`convert`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`../track_leads/lead_scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:118 +msgid ":ref:`Website forms `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 msgid "Create and send quotations" msgstr "Skapa och skicka offerter" @@ -1279,20 +1505,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:12 msgid "" -"To install the *Gamification* module, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` " -"application. Click into the :guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top of the page" -" and remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter. Type `Gamification` to search." +"To install the *CRM Gamification* module, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Apps` application. Click into the :guilabel:`Search...` bar " +"at the top of the page and remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter. Type `CRM " +"Gamification` to search." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:16 msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Gamification` module is **not** already installed, click " -":guilabel:`Install`. After completing the installation, return to the " -":menuselection:`Apps` application and search for `Gamification` again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:20 -msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`CRM Gamification` module, click :guilabel:`Install`. This " "module features goals and challenges related to the *CRM* and *Sales* " "applications." @@ -1302,31 +1522,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the gamification module being installed in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:24 msgid "" -"If both the *CRM* and *Sales* apps are installed, the *CRM Gamification* " -"module is automatically installed on the database." +"If **both** the *CRM* and *Sales* apps are installed, the *CRM Gamification*" +" module is automatically installed on the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 msgid "" "To access the *Gamification Tools* menu, first enable :ref:`developer-mode`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:29 msgid "" "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Gamification Tools`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1 -msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings" -msgstr "Visa om menyn för spelifieringsverktyg i Odoo Inställningar" +msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 msgid "Create badges" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 msgid "" "*Badges* are awarded to users when they have completed a challenge. " "Different badges can be awarded based on the type of task completed, and can" @@ -1334,7 +1554,7 @@ msgid "" "goal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:44 msgid "" "To view the existing badges, or create a new one, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." @@ -1344,7 +1564,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the badges page in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:52 msgid "" "Some badges can be awarded outside of challenges, as well. Select the Kanban" " card for the desired badge, then click :guilabel:`Grant`. This opens a " @@ -1352,30 +1572,30 @@ msgid "" " would you like to reward?` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:56 msgid "" "Add any additional information regarding why the user is receiving the " "reward in the field below, then click :guilabel:`Grant Badge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a new badge, click :guilabel:`New` at the top-left of the page to " "open a blank form. Enter a name for the :guilabel:`Badge`, followed by a " "description." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Allowance to Grant` field determines when a badge can be " "granted, and by whom:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:64 msgid ":guilabel:`Everyone`: this badge can be manually granted by any user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`A selected list of users`: this badge can only be granted by a " "select group of users. If this option is selected, it generates a new field," @@ -1383,7 +1603,7 @@ msgid "" "down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`People having some badges`: this badge can only be granted by " "users who have already been awarded a specific badge. If this option is " @@ -1392,13 +1612,13 @@ msgid "" " this badge to others." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No one, assigned through challenges`: this badge cannot be " "manually granted, it can only be awarded through challenges." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:75 msgid "" "To limit the number of badges a user can send, tick the :guilabel:`Monthly " "Limited Spending` checkbox. This sets a limit on the number of times a user " @@ -1410,32 +1630,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The details page for a new badge." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:87 msgid "Create a challenge" msgstr "Skapa en utmaning" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:89 msgid "" "To create a challenge, navigate to to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Gamification Tools --> Challenges`. Click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left " "corner to open a blank challenge form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:92 msgid "At the top of the form, enter a :guilabel:`Challenge Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:95 msgid "Create assignment rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:97 msgid "" "To assign the challenge to specific users, one or more assignment rules must" " be utilized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:99 msgid "" "Click into the first field under :guilabel:`Assign Challenge to`, and select" " a parameter from the drop-down list to define the rule. Then, click into " @@ -1443,73 +1663,84 @@ msgid "" "third field to further define the parameter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:104 msgid "" "To include all users with permissions in the *Sales* app, create a rule with" -" the following parameters: - :guilabel:`Groups` - :guilabel:`is in` - " -"`Sales/User: Own Documents Only`" +" the following parameters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:107 +msgid ":guilabel:`Groups`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`is in`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:109 +msgid "`Sales/User: Own Documents Only`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:0 msgid "View of the assignation rules section of a Challenge form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:115 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Periodicity` field, select a time frame for goals to be " "automatically assessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:118 msgid "Add goals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:120 msgid "" "Challenges can be based on a single goal, or can include multiple goals with" " different targets. To add a goal to the challenge, click :guilabel:`Add a " "line` on the :guilabel:`Goals` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:123 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Goal Definition` field, choose a goal from the drop-down " "list. The :guilabel:`Condition` field automatically updates to reflect the " "condition set on the goal definition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:128 msgid "" "The *CRM Gamification* module contains preconfigured goals geared towards " "salesteams:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:130 msgid ":guilabel:`New Leads`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Time to Qualify a Lead`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:132 msgid ":guilabel:`Days to Close a Dead`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:133 msgid ":guilabel:`New Opportunities`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`New Sales Orders`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:136 msgid "" "Enter a :guilabel:`Target` for the goal based on the :guilabel:`Suffix`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:138 msgid "Repeat these steps for each additional goal." msgstr "" @@ -1517,25 +1748,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The goals tab of a challenge form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:145 msgid "Add rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:147 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Reward` tab. Choose the :ref:`badges ` to be awarded :guilabel:`For 1st User` and :guilabel:`For Every " "Succeeding User` by selecting them from the drop-down lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:152 msgid "" "Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " "of a running period, at the end date of a challenge, or when the challenge " "is manually closed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:155 msgid "" "After setup is complete, click the :guilabel:`Start Challenge` button at the" " top-left of the page to begin the challenge." @@ -1563,6 +1794,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Timezone`, and :guilabel:`Technologies Used`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Enterprise Odoo users with a valid subscription get free credits to test " +":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` features before deciding to purchase more " +"credits for the database. This includes demo/training databases, educational" +" databases, and one-app-free databases." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:21 msgid "" "The *leads* feature **must** be activated in the *CRM* settings page in " @@ -5089,6 +5329,182 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" msgstr ":doc:`../prestanda/vinst_förlust`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:3 +msgid "Manage sales teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Teams* feature within Odoo's *CRM* app allows for the creation " +"and management of multiple sales teams, each with their own assignment " +"rules, invoicing targets, and roster of salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:9 +msgid "Create a sales team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To create a new sales team, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration " +"--> Sales Teams`, then click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the blank sales team form, enter a name in the :guilabel:`Sales Team` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:16 +msgid "Next, select a :guilabel:`Team Leader` from the drop-down list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Set an :guilabel:`Email Alias` to automatically generate a lead/opportunity " +"for this sales team whenever a message is sent to that unique email address." +" Choose whether to accept emails from :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`, :guilabel:`Followers Only`, or " +":guilabel:`Authenticated Employees`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Select a :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu to assign this team to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company` field is only visible in multi-company databases, " +"and is not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The settings page for a new sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If the *Sales* app is installed on the database, an :guilabel:`Invoicing " +"Target` field appears on the sales team form. This is the revenue target for" +" the current month. The amount entered in this field is used to populate the" +" invoicing progress bar on the :ref:`sales team dashboard `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:39 +msgid "Add sales team members" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To add team members, click :guilabel:`Add` under the :guilabel:`Members` tab" +" when editing the sales team's configuration page. This opens a " +":guilabel:`Create Sales Team Members` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Rule-Based Assignment` feature has **not** been enabled on" +" the *CRM* app's *Settings* page, clicking :guilabel:`Add` under the " +":guilabel:`Members` tab opens an :guilabel:`Add: Salespersons` pop-up " +"window. Tick the checkbox to the far-left of the salesperson to be added to " +"the team, then click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:0 +msgid "The Add: Salespersons pop-up window on a new sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Select a user from the :guilabel:`Salesperson` drop-down list to add them to" +" the team. To prevent this salesperson from being automatically assigned " +"leads, tick the :guilabel:`Skip auto assignment` checkbox. If this feature " +"is activated, the salesperson can still be assigned leads manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The Create Sales Team Members pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Leads (30 days)` field tracks how many leads the salesperson " +"has been assigned in the past thirty days for this team, and the maximum " +"number of leads they should be assigned. To edit the maximum number of leads" +" this salesperson can be assigned, enter that amount in the :guilabel:`Leads" +" (30 days)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:68 +msgid "" +":doc:`Assignment rules <../track_leads/lead_scoring>` can be configured for " +"individual salespeople using the :guilabel:`Domain` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when finished, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to " +"add additional members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:74 +msgid "Enable multi teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To allow salespeople to be assigned to more than one sales team, the *Multi " +"Teams* setting needs to be enabled. First, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`CRM` section, tick" +" the checkbox labeled :guilabel:`Multi Teams`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` " +"at the top-left of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The settings page of the CRM app with the Multi Teams setting enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:88 +msgid "Sales team dashboard" +msgstr "Instrumentpanel för säljteam" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view the sales team dashboard, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales " +"--> Teams`. Any team the user is a member of appears in the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The sales team dashboard in the CRM app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Each Kanban card gives an overview of the sales team's open opportunities, " +"quotations, sales orders, and expected revenue, as well as a bar graph of " +"new opportunities per week, and an invoicing progress bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Pipeline` button to go directly to that team's *CRM* " +"pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Click on the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon in " +"the top-right corner of the Kanban card to open a drop-down menu. Then, to " +"view or edit the team's settings, click :guilabel:`Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../optimize/utilize_activities`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/merge_similar.rst:3 msgid "Merge similar leads and opportunities" msgstr "" @@ -5276,147 +5692,6 @@ msgid "" "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 -msgid "Multiple sales teams" -msgstr "Flera försäljningsteam" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Sales Teams* feature to manage several sales teams, departments, or" -" channels, each with their own unique sales processes." -msgstr "" -"Använd funktionen *Säljteam* för att hantera flera säljteam, avdelningar " -"eller kanaler, var och en med sina egna unika säljprocesser." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 -msgid "Create a new sales team" -msgstr "Skapa ett nytt säljteam" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new sales team, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Sales Teams`, then click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" -"För att skapa ett nytt säljteam går du till :menuselection:`CRM --> " -"Configuration --> Sales Teams` och klickar sedan på :guilabel:`Create`." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:15 -msgid "" -"On the creation page, set an :guilabel:`Email Alias` to automatically " -"generate a lead/opportunity for this sales team every time a message is sent" -" to that unique email address. Choose whether to accept emails from " -":guilabel:`Everyone`, :guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`, or " -":guilabel:`Followers Only`." -msgstr "" -"På skapandesidan anger du ett :guilabel:`Email Alias` för att automatiskt " -"generera en kundämne/möjlighet för detta säljteam varje gång ett meddelande " -"skickas till den unika e-postadressen. Välj om du vill acceptera e-post från" -" :guilabel:`Everyone`, :guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`, eller " -":guilabel:`Followers Only`." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Set an :guilabel:`Invoicing Target` if this team has specific monthly " -"revenue goals. Set a :guilabel:`Domain` to assign leads/opportunities to " -"this sales team based on specific filters, such as country, language, or " -"campaign." -msgstr "" -"Ange en :guilabel:`Invoicing Target` om detta team har specifika månatliga " -"intäktsmål. Ange en :guilabel:`Domän` för att tilldela kundämnen/möjligheter" -" till detta säljteam baserat på specifika filter, t.ex. land, språk eller " -"kampanj." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Create a sales team in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "Skapa ett säljteam i Odoo CRM." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:29 -msgid "Add members to a sales team" -msgstr "Lägga till medlemmar i ett säljteam" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To add team members, click :guilabel:`Add` under the :guilabel:`Members` tab" -" when editing the sales team's configuration page. Select a salesperson from" -" the drop-down menu or create new salesperson. Set a maximum number of leads" -" that can be assigned to this salesperson in a 30-day period to ensure that " -"they do not overwork." -msgstr "" -"För att lägga till teammedlemmar klickar du på :guilabel:`Add` under fliken " -":guilabel:`Members` när du redigerar säljteamets konfigurationssida. Välj en" -" säljare från rullgardinsmenyn eller skapa en ny säljare. Ange ett maximalt " -"antal kundämnen som kan tilldelas denna säljare under en 30-dagarsperiod för" -" att säkerställa att de inte överarbetar." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Add a salesperson in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "Lägg till en säljare i Odoo CRM." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 -msgid "" -"One person can be added as a team member or :guilabel:`Team Leader` to " -"multiple sales teams, allowing them to access all of the pipelines that they" -" need to." -msgstr "" -"En person kan läggas till som teammedlem eller :guilabel:`Team Leader` i " -"flera säljteam, så att de får tillgång till alla pipelines som de behöver." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:44 -msgid "Sales team dashboard" -msgstr "Instrumentpanel för säljteam" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 -msgid "" -"To view the sales team dashboard, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Sales --> " -"Teams`. Odoo users will see any teams that they are a part of as dashboard " -"tiles." -msgstr "" -"För att se säljteamets instrumentpanel, gå till :menuselection:`CRM --> " -"Försäljning --> Team`. Odoo-användare kommer att se alla team som de är en " -"del av som instrumentpanelplattor." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Each tile gives an overview of the sales team's open opportunities, " -"quotations, sales orders, and expected revenue, as well as a bar graph of " -"new opportunities per week and an invoicing progress bar." -msgstr "" -"Varje ruta ger en översikt över säljteamets öppna möjligheter, offerter, " -"försäljningsorder och förväntade intäkter, samt ett stapeldiagram över nya " -"möjligheter per vecka och en förloppsindikator för fakturering." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Sales team overview dashboard in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "Översiktspanel för säljteam i Odoo CRM." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Click on the three dots in the corner of a tile to open a navigational menu " -"that lets users quickly view documents or reports, create new quotations or " -"opportunities, pick a color for this team, or access the team's " -"configuration page." -msgstr "" -"Klicka på de tre punkterna i hörnet av en kakelplatta för att öppna en " -"navigeringsmeny där användare snabbt kan visa dokument eller rapporter, " -"skapa nya offerter eller möjligheter, välja en färg för det här teamet eller" -" komma åt teamets konfigurationssida." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Click the Three Dot Menu in Odoo CRM dashboard to view documents and create " -"opportunities." -msgstr "" -"Klicka på menyn med tre punkter i Odoo CRM:s instrumentpanel för att visa " -"dokument och skapa möjligheter." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Pipeline` button to go directly to that team's CRM " -"pipeline." -msgstr "" -"Klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Pipeline` för att gå direkt till det teamets " -"CRM-pipeline." - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:5 msgid "Assign and track leads" msgstr "Tilldela och spåra kundämnen" @@ -8339,7 +8614,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`betalningsmetoder/terminaler`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -8580,7 +8855,7 @@ msgstr "" "Klicka på :guilabel:`Save` längst ned på skärmen för att spara ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:72 @@ -8610,7 +8885,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Adyen Merchant Account`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:96 @@ -8666,16 +8941,14 @@ msgstr "" "betalningsflöde och underlätta arbetet för dina kassörer." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 msgid "" -"Worldline payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " +"Ingenico payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:10 msgid "" -"Worldline is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " +"Ingenico is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " "Luxembourg." msgstr "" @@ -8692,41 +8965,54 @@ msgstr "Anslut en IoT-box" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:20 msgid "" -"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"Connecting an Ingenico payment terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " "an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " "database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " "`." msgstr "" -"Att ansluta en Ingenico betalterminal till Odoo är en funktion som kräver en" -" IoT Box. För mer information om hur du ansluter en IoT Box till din " -"databas, se :doc:`IoT dokumentation " -"`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:26 -msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" -msgstr "Konfigurera Lane/5000 för Ingenico BENELUX" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " -"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:25 +msgid "Configure the Lane/Desk/Move 5000 terminals for Ingenico BENELUX" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Press the function button (:guilabel:`F` on Lane/5000, :guilabel:`⦿` on " +"Desk/5000 and Move/5000)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Kassa menu --> Settings Menu` and enter the settings " +"password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Change Connection` and press :guilabel:`OK` on the next " +"screen." msgstr "" -"Klicka på terminalens F-knapp, gå sedan in i :menuselection:`PoS Menu --> " -"Settings` och ange lösenordet för inställningarna." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, click on connection change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " -"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " -"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " -"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." +msgid "Select :guilabel:`TCP/IP` and :guilabel:`IP-address`." msgstr "" -"Klicka nu på Anslutningsändring och TCP/IP. Ange IP-adressen för din *IoT " -"Box* (du hittar den i formulärvyn för din IoT Box). Ange sedan 9000 som " -"port. Terminalen kommer att starta om. När det är gjort, gå till ditt *IoT " -"Box*-formulär i Odoo och verifiera att terminalen har hittats." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:32 +msgid "On the next screen, enter the IP address of your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Enter `9000` as port number and press :guilabel:`OK` on the next screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:35 +msgid "" +"At this point, the terminal restarts and should be displayed in your IoT Box" +" form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:43 msgid "" "Enable the payment terminal :ref:`in the application settings " "` and :doc:`create the related payment method " @@ -8741,7 +9027,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Ingenico` i fältet :guilabel:`Använd en betalterminal`. Välj " "sedan din terminalenhet i fältet :guilabel:`Payment Terminal Device`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:57 msgid "" "In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " "Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " @@ -8754,7 +9040,7 @@ msgstr "" "för anbud är det som ska skickas till betalterminalen och klicka på *Sänd*. " "När betalningen är genomförd ändras status till *Payment Successful*." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:66 msgid "" "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " "retry to send the payment request." @@ -8762,7 +9048,7 @@ msgstr "" "Om du vill avbryta betalningsförfrågan klickar du på Avbryt. Du kan " "fortfarande försöka skicka betalningsförfrågan igen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:69 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" @@ -8772,7 +9058,7 @@ msgstr "" "betalningen med hjälp av *Force Done*. Detta gör att du kan validera ordern " "i Odoo även om anslutningen mellan terminalen och Odoo har problem." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:75 msgid "" "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " "you the connection failed." @@ -8780,7 +9066,7 @@ msgstr "" "Det här alternativet är endast tillgängligt om du fick ett felmeddelande om " "att anslutningen misslyckades." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:78 msgid "" "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " "of card that has been used and the transaction ID." @@ -9321,6 +9607,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Worldline" msgstr "Världslinje" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Worldline payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Worldline is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " +"Luxembourg." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo is compatible with Worldline terminals that use the CTEP protocol " @@ -10391,7 +10689,7 @@ msgstr "" "`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:42 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:243 msgid "Multiple prices per product" msgstr "Flera priser per produkt" @@ -10448,7 +10746,7 @@ msgid "Setup form of a multiple prices pricelist" msgstr "Inställningsformulär för en prislista med flera priser" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:321 msgid "Advanced price rules" msgstr "Avancerade prisregler" @@ -13050,15 +13348,22 @@ msgstr "" "månadsavgifter, hantering av tvister eller utfärdande av återbetalningar, " "**måste** hanteras från *Amazon Seller Central*, som vanligt." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:71 +msgid "" +"As of February 19, 2024, in North American marketplaces, :abbr:`FBA " +"(Fulfilled by Amazon)` orders created with the *Amazon Connector*, do not " +"get the customer's name passed onto the sales/delivery order in Odoo. This " +"is due to the fact that Amazon now calculates, and remits, sales tax on " +"behalf of sellers. In other words, personally identifiable customer " +"information is not transmitted to the seller any longer, after a :abbr:`FBA " +"(Fulfilled by Amazon)` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 msgid "Supported marketplaces" msgstr "Stödda marknadsplatser" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:75 -msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces." -msgstr "Amazon Connector stöder alla aktuella marknadsplatser." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 msgid "" "If a marketplace is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, it's possible to" " :ref:`add a new marketplace `." @@ -13067,7 +13372,87 @@ msgstr "" "möjligt att :ref:`lägga till en ny marknadsplats `." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:86 +msgid "**North America region**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Canada" +msgstr "Kanada" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Amazon.ca" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "Mexiko" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Amazon.com.mx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:92 +msgid "US" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:92 +msgid "Amazon.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:96 +msgid "**Europe region**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:98 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "Tyskland" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:98 +msgid "Amazon.de" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:100 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "Spanien" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:100 +msgid "Amazon.es" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:102 +msgid "France" +msgstr "Frankrike" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:102 +msgid "Amazon.fr" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:104 +msgid "UK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:104 +msgid "Amazon.co.uk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:106 +msgid "Italy" +msgstr "Italien" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:106 +msgid "Amazon.it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:108 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "Nederländerna" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:108 +msgid "Amazon.nl" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:30 @@ -13075,7 +13460,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr ":doc:`setup`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:155 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:17 @@ -19547,10 +19932,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Loyalty Cards`: When making purchases, the customer accumulates " -"points to exchange for rewards on future orders." +"points to exchange for rewards on current and/or future orders." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Lojalitetskort`: Vid köp samlar kunden poäng som kan bytas mot " -"belöningar på framtida beställningar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -20502,7 +20885,7 @@ msgstr "" "Products --> Pricelists`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:337 msgid "" "Either option reveals the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, in which pricelists " "can be created and/or modified at any time." @@ -20515,15 +20898,27 @@ msgid "How the pricelists page looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "Hur sidan med prislistor ser ut i Odoo Sales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:267 +msgid "" +"The order of the pricelists on the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page has an impact" +" on how they are applied. If several pricelists share the same criteria, " +"**only** the first listed pricelist is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"For example, for two pricelists with different rules, but same criteria " +"(e.g., same website, same country), only the *first* pricelist in the list " +"is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:61 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " -"*Sales* and *eCommerce*." +"*Sales* and *eCommerce*. This pricelist is applied by default, if there are " +"no matching criteria." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Public Pricelist` är den standardprislista som används med Odoo " -"*Sales* och *eCommerce*." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:64 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, either select the desired pricelist to" " edit, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new pricelist, which reveals a " @@ -20538,7 +20933,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the pricelist detail form looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "Hur prislistans detaljformulär ser ut i Odoo Sales." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:72 msgid "" "When creating a new pricelist, start by adding a name for the pricelist at " "the top of the form, in the blank field. Next, select which " @@ -20548,7 +20943,7 @@ msgstr "" " högst upp i formuläret, i det tomma fältet. Välj sedan vilken " ":guilabel:`Valuta` som ska användas." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:75 msgid "" "Then, if working in a multi-company environment, select which company this " "pricelist should apply to in the :guilabel:`Company` field. If this field is" @@ -20559,11 +20954,11 @@ msgstr "" "prislistan ska gälla för i fältet :guilabel:`Company`. Om detta fält lämnas " "tomt tillämpas prislistan automatiskt på alla företag i databasen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:80 msgid "Price rules tab" msgstr "Fliken Prisregler" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:82 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab functionality on a pricelist form varies " "depending on the :guilabel:`Pricelists` setting chosen: either " @@ -20575,7 +20970,7 @@ msgstr "" "valts: antingen :guilabel:`Flera priser per produkt` eller " ":guilabel:`Avancerade prisregler (rabatter, formler)`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:86 msgid "" "However, the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab and :guilabel:`Configuration` " "tab are always the same, regardless of the chosen :guilabel:`Pricelists` " @@ -20585,11 +20980,11 @@ msgstr "" "alltid desamma, oavsett vilken inställning för :guilabel:`Pricelists` som " "valts." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:90 msgid "Price rules tab (multiple prices per product)" msgstr "Fliken Prisregler (flera priser per produkt)" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:92 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Multiple prices per product` setting activated, the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab on pricelist forms provides the option to add " @@ -20599,7 +20994,7 @@ msgstr "" " :guilabel:`Prisregler` på prislisteformulär möjlighet att lägga till " "specifika produkter, med ett specifikt pris, till en prislista." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96 msgid "" "To add a specific product and price to a pricelist form, click the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab, then click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the " @@ -20611,7 +21006,7 @@ msgstr "" "till en rad` i kolumnen :guilabel:`Produkter`. Välj sedan önskad produkt för" " vilken ett specifikt pris ska tillämpas." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 msgid "" "Next, if necessary, select a product variant under the :guilabel:`Variants` " "column (e.g. a specific product size, color, etc.). If no variants are " @@ -20621,7 +21016,7 @@ msgstr "" "(t.ex. en specifik produktstorlek, färg, etc.). Om inga varianter väljs " "kommer detta pris att gälla för alla varianter av produkten." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104 msgid "" "If a minimum amount of the product must be purchased in order to apply the " "specific price, enter the amount under the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` column." @@ -20629,7 +21024,7 @@ msgstr "" "Om en minsta mängd av produkten måste köpas för att kunna tillämpa det " "specifika priset, ange beloppet i kolumnen :guilabel:`Min. Kvantitet`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:107 msgid "" "To configure the price of the product for this specific pricelist, enter the" " desired amount under the :guilabel:`Price` column. Then, there is the " @@ -20641,7 +21036,7 @@ msgstr "" "att lägga till ett :guilabel:`Startdatum` och :guilabel:`Slutdatum` till det" " konfigurerade produktpriset, om så önskas." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "" "To add another product line, click :guilabel:`Add a line` again, and repeat " "the process. There is no limit to how many products can be added in the " @@ -20652,7 +21047,7 @@ msgstr "" "gräns för hur många produkter som kan läggas till på fliken " ":guilabel:`Prisregler` i ett prislisteformulär." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:114 msgid "" "For more information, check out the following section: :ref:`Multiple prices" " per product `." @@ -20660,11 +21055,11 @@ msgstr "" "Mer information finns i följande avsnitt: :ref:`Flera priser per produkt " "`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:118 msgid "Price rules tab (advanced price rules)" msgstr "Fliken Prisregler (avancerade prisregler)" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` setting " "activated, the :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab on pricelist forms provides the " @@ -20674,7 +21069,7 @@ msgstr "" "aktiverad, ger fliken :guilabel:`Prisregler` på prislisteformulär möjlighet " "att konfigurera detaljerade prisregler baserade på formler." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:124 msgid "" "Check out the :ref:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas) " "` section for detailed steps on how to add " @@ -20684,11 +21079,11 @@ msgstr "" "price-rules>` finns detaljerade anvisningar om hur du lägger till avancerade" " prisregler i en prislista." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 msgid "Time-based rules tab" msgstr "Flik för tidsbaserade regler" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 msgid "" "Time-based rules are used specifically with :doc:`subscription products " "`. Be sure to check out the Odoo" @@ -20698,7 +21093,7 @@ msgstr "" "`. Se till att kolla in Odoo " "*Subscriptions* :doc:`documentation `." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:134 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab, the same functionality of the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab is present, with the only difference being that " @@ -20708,7 +21103,7 @@ msgstr "" "under fliken :guilabel:`Prisregler`, med den enda skillnaden att en upprepad" " tidsperiod kan tillämpas i kolumnen :guilabel:`Period`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:138 msgid "" "After a :guilabel:`Product` and potential :guilabel:`Variant` are selected " "in the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab, select the blank field in the " @@ -20720,7 +21115,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Period` för att visa en rullgardinsmeny med förutbestämda " "återkommande perioder (t.ex. `Monthly`, `Quarterly`, `Weekly`, etc.)." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:142 msgid "" "New recurrence periods can also be directly created from this column, by " "typing in the new name for the :guilabel:`Period` and then selecting " @@ -20738,7 +21133,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Custom time period pop-up form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "Popup-formulär för anpassad tidsperiod i Odoo Sales." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:151 msgid "" "From this :guilabel:`Create Period` pop-up form, add a :guilabel:`Name`, " ":guilabel:`Duration`, then a :guilabel:`Unit` (e.g. `Days`, `Weeks`, etc.). " @@ -20749,7 +21144,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Days`, `Weeks`, etc.). När du är klar klickar du på :guilabel:`Spara och " "stäng`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:154 msgid "" "Lastly, add the desired price for this time-based rule in the " ":guilabel:`Price` column." @@ -20757,15 +21152,15 @@ msgstr "" "Slutligen lägger du till önskat pris för denna tidsbaserade regel i kolumnen" " :guilabel:`Price`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:157 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions`" msgstr ":doc:`/applikationer/sales/subscriptions" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:160 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "Fliken Konfiguration" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:162 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, there are a few options that can " "further customize the pricelist." @@ -20777,7 +21172,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuration tab on pricelist detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "Fliken Konfiguration i formuläret för prislista i Odoo Sales." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:169 msgid "" "From here, under the :guilabel:`Availability` section, in the " ":guilabel:`Country Groups` field, certain country groups can be added to the" @@ -20789,7 +21184,7 @@ msgstr "" "Det finns ingen gräns för hur många landgrupper som kan läggas till i detta " "fält." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:174 msgid "" "If no country is set for a customer, Odoo takes the first pricelist without " "any country group." @@ -20797,7 +21192,7 @@ msgstr "" "Om inget land har angetts för en kund tar Odoo den första prislistan utan " "någon landgrupp." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:176 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Website` section, there are a few options that can be " "configured. In the :guilabel:`Website` field, this pricelist can be applied " @@ -20809,7 +21204,7 @@ msgstr "" "webbplats, om du arbetar i en miljö med flera webbplatser. Om fältet lämnas " "tomt kommer prislistan att tillämpas på alla webbplatser i databasen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:181 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Selectable` checkbox to have this pricelist as a " "selectable option for customers to choose as they shop. If the " @@ -20821,7 +21216,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Selectable` inte är markerad kan kunderna **inte** välja denna " "prislista själva när de handlar." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:185 msgid "" "Lastly, there is the option to add an :guilabel:`E-commerce Promotional " "Code`. To add a code, type in the desired promo code that, when entered " @@ -20833,11 +21228,11 @@ msgstr "" " som, när den anges under kassaprocessen, tillämpar prislistan för kunden, " "även om kunden inte faller inom de tidigare angivna kriterierna." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:190 msgid "Show discount percentage to customers" msgstr "Visa rabattprocent för kunder" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:192 msgid "" "With Odoo *Sales*, the option to show the public price *and* the computed " "discount percentage on the product catalog is available." @@ -20845,7 +21240,7 @@ msgstr "" "Med Odoo *Sales* finns möjligheten att visa det offentliga priset *och* den " "beräknade rabattprocenten i produktkatalogen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:195 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Pricing` section, click the checkbox next " @@ -20857,7 +21252,7 @@ msgstr "" "bredvid funktionen :guilabel:`Discounts`, och sedan klickar du på " ":guilabel:`Save` för att spara alla ändringar." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:199 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Discounts` feature, navigate to the " "pricelists page, either by clicking the :guilabel:`Pricelists` link from the" @@ -20869,7 +21264,7 @@ msgstr "" "sidan :guilabel:`Inställningar` eller genom att gå till " ":menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Pricelists`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:203 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, select the desired pricelist to edit. On" " the pricelist form, click into the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab. In the " @@ -20889,11 +21284,11 @@ msgstr "" "Vilka rabattalternativ som finns på konfigurationsfliken för en prislista i " "Odoo Sales." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:211 msgid "The options available in this section are:" msgstr "De alternativ som finns tillgängliga i detta avsnitt är:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:213 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Discount included in the price`: shows the customer only the " "final price with the discount already included." @@ -20901,7 +21296,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Rabatt ingår i priset`: visar kunden endast det slutliga priset " "med rabatten redan inkluderad." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:215 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show public price & discount to the customer`: shows the customer" " the public price *and* the discount they're earning." @@ -20909,11 +21304,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Visa offentligt pris & rabatt till kunden`: visar kunden det " "offentliga priset *och* den rabatt de tjänar." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:219 msgid "Customer pricelist application" msgstr "Tillämpning av kundprislista" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:221 msgid "" "While the default pricelist applied to any customer is the :guilabel:`Public" " Pricelist`, Odoo provides the opportunity to directly apply a different " @@ -20923,7 +21318,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pricelist`, ger Odoo möjlighet att direkt tillämpa en annan prislista till " "kunder på deras kontaktformulär." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:224 msgid "" "To do that, open the desired customer's contact form, either by navigating " "to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Customers` and selecting the " @@ -20939,7 +21334,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sample customer detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "Exempel på formulär för kundinformation i Odoo Sales." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:232 msgid "" "On the desired customer's contact form, under the :guilabel:`Sales & " "Purchase` tab, in the :guilabel:`Sales` section, designate what pricelist " @@ -20955,7 +21350,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pricelist field in a customer detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "Prislista fältet i en kund detalj formulär i Odoo Sales." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:245 msgid "" "To apply several prices per individual product, select the " ":guilabel:`Multiple prices per product` option, after enabling the " @@ -20969,7 +21364,7 @@ msgstr "" "(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`), och klicka på " ":guilabel:`Spara`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:249 msgid "" "Next, apply pricelists to specific products using the product form. Navigate" " to the :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and select the " @@ -20983,7 +21378,7 @@ msgstr "" "väljer en produkt på sidan :guilabel:`Produkter` visas produktformuläret för" " den specifika produkten på en separat sida." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:254 msgid "" "On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Extra Prices` smart button, " "located at the top of the form." @@ -20995,7 +21390,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the extra prices smart button appears in Odoo Sales." msgstr "Hur den smarta knappen för extrapriser visas i Odoo Sales." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:261 msgid "" "Doing so reveals a separate page displaying the :guilabel:`Price Rules` that" " are specific to that particular product. Here, price rules can be edited or" @@ -21009,7 +21404,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the extra price rules per product page appears in Odoo Sales." msgstr "Hur de extra prisreglerna per produktsida visas i Odoo Sales." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:268 msgid "" "To create a new price rule for a product from this specific :guilabel:`Price" " Rules` page, click :guilabel:`New` to add a new, customizable row that has " @@ -21020,7 +21415,7 @@ msgstr "" "ny, anpassningsbar rad som redan har den önskade produkten i " ":guilabel:`Applied On` kolumnen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:272 msgid "" "Next, select which :guilabel:`Pricelist` this specific product price rule " "should apply to, via the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column." @@ -21028,7 +21423,15 @@ msgstr "" "Välj sedan vilken :guilabel:`Pricelist` denna specifika produktprisregel ska" " gälla för, via rullgardinsmenyn i :guilabel:`Pricelist`-kolumnen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:276 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " +"*Sales* and *eCommerce*." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Public Pricelist` är den standardprislista som används med Odoo " +"*Sales* och *eCommerce*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:279 msgid "" "To create a new pricelist from this page, type in the desired name of the " "new pricelist in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column, then select " @@ -21044,7 +21447,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pricelists`. Prislistor kan också skapas på den specifika " ":guilabel:`Pricelists`-sidan." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:285 msgid "" "After the desired pricelist is added to the row, designate a :guilabel:`Min." " Quantity` for the price rule." @@ -21052,7 +21455,7 @@ msgstr "" "När den önskade prislistan har lagts till i raden, ange en :guilabel:`Min. " "Kvantitet` för prisregeln." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:289 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` column is set to `2`, the new price in the " ":guilabel:`Price` column will be applied to orders of 2 or more products. " @@ -21066,7 +21469,7 @@ msgstr "" "alltså i teorin uppmuntras att köpa fler om :guilabel:`Price` sätts till 85 " "USD per produkt för en :guilabel:`Min. Kvantitet` på `2` produkter." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:294 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired amount in the :guilabel:`Price` column. Then, if " "needed, enter a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End Date` for the " @@ -21076,7 +21479,7 @@ msgstr "" "ett :guilabel:`Startdatum` och :guilabel:`Slutdatum` för produktens " "prisregel." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:297 msgid "" "And lastly, if working in a multi-company environment, select which company " "this price rule should be applied to in the :guilabel:`Company` field. " @@ -21087,7 +21490,7 @@ msgstr "" "företag denna prisregel ska tillämpas på i :guilabel:`Company`-fältet. Om du" " lämnar fältet tomt gäller prisregeln för alla företag i databasen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:301 msgid "" "Click away from the row to activate Odoo's auto-save capability, meaning " "that newly-created price rule is now ready to be used." @@ -21095,7 +21498,7 @@ msgstr "" "Klicka bort från raden för att aktivera Odoo's automatiska sparfunktion, " "vilket innebär att den nyskapade prisregeln nu är redo att användas." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:304 msgid "" "Proceed to add as many unique price rules per product as desired. There is " "no limit to how many price rules can be added per product." @@ -21104,7 +21507,7 @@ msgstr "" "önskar. Det finns ingen gräns för hur många prisregler som kan läggas till " "per produkt." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:307 msgid "" "With the price rule(s) in place for a specific product, customers who fall " "into those corresponding pricelists automatically see those new prices " @@ -21117,7 +21520,7 @@ msgstr "" "prisregler som tillämpas på en viss produkt visas också i smartknappen " ":guilabel:`Extrapriser`, som finns på varje produktformulär." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:313 msgid "" "When a price rule/pricelist is added to a product via the :guilabel:`Extra " "Prices` smart button, it is also reflected on the pricelist itself. " @@ -21131,7 +21534,7 @@ msgstr "" "prislista, återspeglas den också i produktformuläret via smartknappen " ":guilabel:`Extra Prices`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:323 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` pricelist feature" " provides the option to set price change rules based on discounts and " @@ -21143,7 +21546,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dessa ändringar kan vara relativa till produktlistans/katalogens pris, " "produktens kostnad eller en annan prislista." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:327 msgid "" "To use advanced pricing rules, with discounts and formulas, select the " ":guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` option, after " @@ -21157,7 +21560,7 @@ msgstr "" "inställningssida (:menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`)" " och klickar på :guilabel:`Spara`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:332 msgid "" "After activating and saving that :guilabel:`Pricelists` feature, the " ":guilabel:`Settings` page reloads and, from here, either select the " @@ -21171,7 +21574,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Settings`), eller navigera till :menuselection:`Sales app --> " "Products --> Pricelists`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:340 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, select a desired pricelist to modify, " "or create a new pricelist by clicking the :guilabel:`New` button." @@ -21179,7 +21582,7 @@ msgstr "" "Från sidan :guilabel:`Pricelists`, välj en önskad prislista att modifiera, " "eller skapa en ny prislista genom att klicka på knappen :guilabel:`New`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:343 msgid "" "On the pricelist form, under the :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line` to add an advanced price rule. Doing so reveals a " @@ -21196,31 +21599,31 @@ msgid "How the Create Pricelist Rules pop-up form looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" "Så här ser popup-formuläret Skapa regler för prislista ut i Odoo Sales." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:352 msgid "Price computation" msgstr "Beräkning av pris" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:354 msgid "" "On this form, first choose one of the three :guilabel:`Computation` options:" msgstr "" "I detta formulär väljer du först ett av de tre " ":guilabel:`Computation`-alternativen:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fixed Price`: the price computation is based on a fixed price." msgstr ":guilabel:`Fixed Price`: prisberäkningen baseras på ett fast pris." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:357 msgid ":guilabel:`Discount`: the price computation is based on a discount." msgstr ":guilabel:`Discount`: prisberäkningen är baserad på en rabatt." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:358 msgid ":guilabel:`Formula`: the price computation is based on a formula." msgstr ":guilabel:`Formula`: prisberäkningen är baserad på en formel." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:361 msgid "" "Each :guilabel:`Computation` option reveals its own computation-specific " "fields on the form." @@ -21228,7 +21631,7 @@ msgstr "" "Varje :guilabel:`Computation`-alternativ visar sina egna beräkningsspecifika" " fält i formuläret." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:363 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Fixed Price` is selected, enter the desired price in the " ":guilabel:`Fixed Price` field below. If :guilabel:`Discount` is selected, " @@ -21239,7 +21642,7 @@ msgstr "" "fältet nedan. Om :guilabel:`Discount` är markerat, ange önskad rabattprocent" " i :guilabel:`Discount` fältet som visas." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:367 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Formula` is selected, a number of configurable options appear." msgstr "" @@ -21250,7 +21653,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The various formula computation options present in Odoo Sales." msgstr "De olika alternativen för formelberäkning som finns i Odoo Sales." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:373 msgid "" "To configure the :guilabel:`Formula` computation option, start by selecting " "an option from the :guilabel:`Based on` field: :guilabel:`Sales Price`, " @@ -21263,7 +21666,7 @@ msgstr "" "prislista`. Detta avgör vad den avancerade prisregelformeln kommer att " "baseras på." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:377 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Discount` field, determine how much of a discount " "should be applied. It should be noted that a mark-up can be applied by " @@ -21273,7 +21676,7 @@ msgstr "" "tillämpas. Observera att ett påslag kan göras genom att ange en negativ " "rabatt i detta fält." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:381 msgid "" "To formulate a 100% markup (or 2 times the cost of the product), with a $5 " "minimum margin, set the :guilabel:`Based on` field to :guilabel:`Cost`, the " @@ -21294,7 +21697,7 @@ msgstr "" "Hur det ser ut att formulera en påläggskostnad med 5 dollar minsta marginal " "i Odoo Sales." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:389 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` field, specify a fixed amount to add (or " "subtract) to the amount calculated with the discount. After that, enter a " @@ -21307,11 +21710,11 @@ msgstr "" "Avrundningsmetoden sätter priset så att det är en multipel av värdet i " "fältet." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:394 msgid "Rounding is applied *after* the discount and *before* the surcharge." msgstr "Avrundning görs *efter* rabatten och *före* tilläggsavgiften." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:397 msgid "" "To have prices that end in 9.99, set the :guilabel:`Rounding Method` to `10`" " and the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` to `-0.01`." @@ -21319,7 +21722,7 @@ msgstr "" "För att ha priser som slutar på 9.99, sätt :guilabel:`Rounding Method` till " "`10` och :guilabel:`Extra Fee` till `-0.01`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:400 msgid "" "Lastly, specify the minimum amount of margin over the base price in the " ":guilabel:`Margins` field." @@ -21327,7 +21730,7 @@ msgstr "" "Slutligen anger du den minsta marginalen över baspriset i fältet " ":guilabel:`Margins`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:402 msgid "" "Once all formula-related configurations are complete, Odoo provides an " "example of the formula in a blue block to the right of the configurations." @@ -21335,7 +21738,7 @@ msgstr "" "När alla formelrelaterade konfigurationer är klara visar Odoo ett exempel på" " formeln i ett blått block till höger om konfigurationerna." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:406 msgid "" "To apply 20% discounts, with prices rounded up to 9.99, set the " ":guilabel:`Based on` field to :guilabel:`Sales Price`, the " @@ -21352,11 +21755,11 @@ msgid "Example of a 20% discount with prices rounded to 9.99 in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" "Exempel på en 20% rabatt med priserna avrundade till 9,99 i Odoo Sales." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:415 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "Villkor" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:417 msgid "" "At the bottom of the :guilabel:`Create Pricelist Rules` pop-up form is the " ":guilabel:`Conditions` section." @@ -21364,7 +21767,7 @@ msgstr "" "Längst ner i popup-formuläret :guilabel:`Create Pricelist Rules` finns " "avsnittet :guilabel:`Conditions`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:420 msgid "" "Here, start by selecting one of the options in the :guilabel:`Apply On` " "field:" @@ -21372,7 +21775,7 @@ msgstr "" "Här börjar du med att välja ett av alternativen i fältet :guilabel:`Apply " "On`:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:422 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All Products`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to all" " products." @@ -21380,7 +21783,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Alla produkter`: den avancerade prislistregeln kommer att " "tillämpas på alla produkter." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to" " a specific category of products." @@ -21388,7 +21791,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Produktkategori`: den avancerade prislistan kommer att tillämpas " "på en specifik kategori av produkter." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:425 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to a " "specific product." @@ -21396,7 +21799,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Product`: den avancerade prislistan kommer att tillämpas på en " "specifik produkt." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:426 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to " "a specific product variant." @@ -21404,7 +21807,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Produktvariant`: den avancerade prislistregeln kommer att " "tillämpas på en specifik produktvariant." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:429 msgid "" "If any of those options, apart from :guilabel:`All Products`, are selected, " "a new option-specific field appears, in which the specific " @@ -21416,7 +21819,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Produktkategori`, :guilabel:`Produkt` eller " ":guilabel:`Produktvariant` måste väljas." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:433 msgid "" "Then, select a minimum quantity to be applied to the advanced pricelist rule" " in the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` field. Lastly, select a range of dates for" @@ -21427,7 +21830,7 @@ msgstr "" "datumintervall för validering av prislisteartiklar i fältet " ":guilabel:`Validity`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:437 msgid "" "Once all configurations are complete, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " "to save the advanced pricelist rule, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to " @@ -21437,7 +21840,7 @@ msgstr "" "Stäng` för att spara den avancerade prislistan, eller på :guilabel:`Spara & " "Ny` för att omedelbart skapa en ny avancerad prislista på ett nytt formulär." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:442 msgid "" "If a price rule is set for a particular product, and another one for its " "product category, Odoo takes the rule of the product itself." @@ -21445,11 +21848,11 @@ msgstr "" "Om en prisregel är inställd för en viss produkt och en annan för dess " "produktkategori, använder Odoo regeln för själva produkten." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:446 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:447 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management`" msgstr "" @@ -26424,7 +26827,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:406 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:107 msgid ":doc:`../subscriptions`" msgstr ":doc:`../subscriptions`" @@ -26433,7 +26836,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../subscriptions`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:407 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:183 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`plans`" msgstr ":doc:`planer`" @@ -26442,7 +26845,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`planer`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:408 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:184 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`products`" msgstr ":doc:`produkter`" @@ -29232,7 +29635,14 @@ msgstr "" "ligger under den ursprungliga prenumerationsprodukten på fliken " ":guilabel:`Orderlinjer`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The prorated amount is **only** applied to *Service* product types. It is " +"**not** applied to *Consumable* or *Storable* product types, even if the " +"message appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:75 msgid "" "From this new upsell quotation form, add new subscription products in the " ":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " @@ -29250,7 +29660,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lägga till produkter till din prenumeration via alternativet för " "merförsäljning i Odoo Subscriptions" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:82 msgid "" "Once the desired upsell subscription product(s) have been added, it can be " "sent to the customer for approval by clicking the :guilabel:`Send by Email` " @@ -29260,7 +29670,7 @@ msgstr "" "du skicka dem till kunden för godkännande genom att klicka på knappen " ":guilabel:`Send by Email`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:86 msgid "" "When the quotation is confirmed by the customer, the upsell products are " "added to the initial subscription. Quotation prices are then prorated to the" @@ -29270,7 +29680,7 @@ msgstr "" " ursprungliga prenumerationen. Offertpriserna fördelas sedan proportionellt " "på den återstående tiden av den aktuella faktureringsperioden." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:91 msgid "" "Before sending the new quotation to the customer, the unit price, taxes, and" " even discount can be applied." @@ -29278,7 +29688,7 @@ msgstr "" "Innan den nya offerten skickas till kunden kan enhetspris, skatter och till " "och med rabatter tillämpas." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:94 msgid "" "Once the customer approves, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " "quotation, making it a sales order. When that's clicked, a :guilabel:`Sales " @@ -29290,7 +29700,7 @@ msgstr "" "visas en smart knapp :guilabel:`Sales History` som visar hur många " "försäljningsorder som är kopplade till den första prenumerationsordern." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:98 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Sales History` smart button is clicked, Odoo reveals a " "separate page containing a list of the related sales orders, clearly " diff --git a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index db5261582..b365be691 100644 --- a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jakob Krabbe , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Swedish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sv/)\n" @@ -286,11 +286,558 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Plan intervention from helpdesk tickets in Odoo Helpdesk" msgstr "Planera intervention från helpdeskärenden i Odoo Helpdesk" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:7 msgid "Helpdesk" msgstr "Helpdesk" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* is a ticketing-based customer support application. Multiple " +"teams can be configured and managed in one dashboard, each with their own " +"pipeline for tickets submitted by customers. Pipelines are organized in " +"customizable stages that enable teams to track, prioritize, and solve " +"customer issues quickly and efficiently." +msgstr "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* är en ärendebaserad applikation för kundsupport. Flera team " +"kan konfigureras och hanteras i en instrumentpanel, var och en med sin egen " +"pipeline för ärenden som skickas in av kunder. Pipelines är organiserade i " +"anpassningsbara steg som gör det möjligt för teamen att spåra, prioritera " +"och lösa kundproblem snabbt och effektivt." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:15 +msgid "Create a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "Skapa ett Helpdesk-team" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To view or modify *Helpdesk* teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. To create a new team, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button in the top-left of the dashboard." +msgstr "" +"För att visa eller ändra *Helpdesk*-team, gå till :menuselection:`Helpdesk " +"app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. För att skapa ett nytt team " +"klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`New` längst upp till vänster på " +"instrumentpanelen." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "View of the Helpdesk teams page in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "Vy över sidan för Helpdesk-team i Odoo Helpdesk." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:25 +msgid "" +"On the blank Helpdesk team form, enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the new team. " +"Then, enter a description of the team in the field below the team name, if " +"desired. To change the company this team is assigned to, select it from the " +":guilabel:`Company` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +"Ange ett :guilabel:`Namn` för det nya teamet i det tomma formuläret för " +"Helpdesk-team. Ange sedan en beskrivning av teamet i fältet under " +"teamnamnet, om så önskas. Om du vill ändra det företag som teamet är " +"tilldelat väljer du det i rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Företag`." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The team description is published on the public facing :doc:`website form " +"`, where customers and portal users " +"submit tickets. The description included in this field should **not** " +"include any information that is for internal use only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:0 +msgid "" +"View of a Helpdesk team's website form displaying the team description." +msgstr "" +"Vy över ett Helpdesk-teams webbplatsformulär som visar teamets beskrivning." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:40 +msgid "Visibility & Assignment" +msgstr "Synlighet och tilldelning" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The *Visibility* settings alter which internal users and portal users have " +"access to this team and its tickets. The *Assignment* settings alter how " +"users are assigned to handle each ticket." +msgstr "" +"Inställningarna för *Synlighet* anger vilka interna användare och " +"portalanvändare som har tillgång till detta team och dess ärenden. " +"Inställningarna för *Tilldelning* ändrar hur användare tilldelas för att " +"hantera varje ärende." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:46 +msgid "Determine team visibility" +msgstr "Fastställa teamets synlighet" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Visibility` section, select one of the following " +"options to determine who can view this team and its tickets:" +msgstr "" +"Under :guilabel:`Synlighet` väljer du ett av följande alternativ för att " +"bestämma vem som kan se detta team och dess biljetter:" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invited internal users (private)`: internal users can access the " +"team and the tickets they are following. This access can be modified on each" +" ticket individually by adding or removing the user as a follower. Internal " +"users are considered *invited* once they are added as followers to an " +"individual ticket, or :ref:`to the team itself `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:55 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All internal users (company)`: all internal users can access the " +"team and all of its tickets." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Alla interna användare (företag)`: alla interna användare kan " +"komma åt teamet och alla dess ärenden." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)`: all " +"internal users can access the team and all of its tickets. Portal users can " +"only access the tickets they are following." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Inbjudna portalanvändare och alla interna användare (public)`: " +"alla interna användare kan komma åt teamet och alla dess ärenden. " +"Portalanvändare kan bara komma åt de ärenden som de följer." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:61 +msgid "" +"A `Customer Support` team, meant to handle general shipping and product " +"issues, would have the visibility set on :guilabel:`Invited portal users and" +" all internal users`." +msgstr "" +"Ett `Customer Support`-team, som är avsett att hantera allmänna leverans- " +"och produktfrågor, skulle ha synligheten inställd på :guilabel:`Inbjudna " +"portalanvändare och alla interna användare`." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:64 +msgid "" +"At the same time, a `Financial Services` team handling tickets related to " +"accounting or tax information would only need to be visible to " +":guilabel:`Invited internal users`." +msgstr "" +"Samtidigt skulle ett `Financial Services` team som hanterar ärenden " +"relaterade till redovisning eller skatteinformation endast behöva vara " +"synligt för :guilabel:`Invited internal users`." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A team's visibility can be altered after the initial configuration. However," +" if the team changes from public access to either private or company-only " +"access, portal users are removed as followers from both the team, and from " +"individual tickets." +msgstr "" +"Ett teams synlighet kan ändras efter den första konfigurationen. Men om " +"teamet ändras från offentlig åtkomst till antingen privat eller " +"företagskodad åtkomst, tas portalanvändare bort som följare från både teamet" +" och från enskilda ärenden." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:75 +msgid "Follow all team's tickets" +msgstr "Följ alla lags biljetter" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If a user should be notified about any updates regarding tickets for this " +"team, select their name from the :guilabel:`Followers` drop-down menu, " +"located in the :guilabel:`Follow All Team's Tickets` field. Multiple users " +"can be selected to follow a single team." +msgstr "" +"Om en användare ska meddelas om uppdateringar gällande biljetter för detta " +"lag, välj deras namn från :guilabel:`Followers` rullgardinsmenyn, som finns " +"i :guilabel:`Follow All Team's Tickets` fältet. Flera användare kan väljas " +"för att följa ett och samma team." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:82 +msgid "" +"External contacts can be selected in the :guilabel:`Followers` field. If the" +" team's visibility is set to :guilabel:`Invited internal users (private)`, " +"followers are notified about updates to the team's tickets, but are **not** " +"able to view them in the portal." +msgstr "" +"Externa kontakter kan väljas i fältet :guilabel:`Följare`. Om teamets " +"synlighet är inställd på :guilabel:`Inbjudna interna användare (privat)`, " +"meddelas följare om uppdateringar av teamets ärenden, men de kan **inte** se" +" dem i portalen." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:87 +msgid "Automatically assign new tickets" +msgstr "Tilldela nya ärenden automatiskt" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:89 +msgid "" +"When tickets are received, they need to be assigned to a member of the team." +" This is done either manually on each ticket individually, or through " +":guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`. Check the :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`" +" checkbox to enable this feature for the team." +msgstr "" +"När ärenden tas emot måste de tilldelas en medlem i teamet. Detta görs " +"antingen manuellt på varje enskilt ärende, eller genom :guilabel:`Automatisk" +" tilldelning`. Markera kryssrutan :guilabel:`Automatisk tilldelning` för att" +" aktivera denna funktion för teamet." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a Helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the automatic assignment features in Odoo\n" +"Helpdesk." +msgstr "" +"Vy över en sida med inställningar för Helpdesk-team som betonar funktionerna för automatisk tilldelning i Odoo\n" +"Helpdesk." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:98 +msgid "" +"As soon as :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment` has been enabled, additional " +"fields appear." +msgstr "" +"Så snart :guilabel:`Automatisk tilldelning` har aktiverats visas ytterligare" +" fält." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Select one of the following assignment methods, based on how the workload " +"should be allocated across the team:" +msgstr "" +"Välj en av följande tilldelningsmetoder, baserat på hur arbetsbördan ska " +"fördelas i teamet:" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Each user is assigned an equal number of tickets`: tickets are " +"assigned to team members based on total ticket count, regardless of the " +"number of open or closed tickets they are currently assigned." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Varje användare tilldelas lika många ärenden`: ärenden tilldelas " +"teammedlemmar baserat på det totala antalet ärenden, oavsett hur många öppna" +" eller stängda ärenden de har tilldelats för tillfället." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Each user has an equal number of open tickets`: tickets are " +"assigned to team members based on how many open tickets they are currently " +"assigned." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Varje användare har lika många öppna ärenden`: ärenden tilldelas " +"teammedlemmar baserat på hur många öppna ärenden de för närvarande är " +"tilldelade." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:110 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Each user is assigned an equal number of tickets` is " +"selected, the overall number of tickets assigned to team members is the " +"same, but it does **not** consider the current workload." +msgstr "" +"När :guilabel:`Varje användare tilldelas lika många ärenden` är markerat, är" +" det totala antalet ärenden som tilldelas teammedlemmarna detsamma, men det " +"tar **inte** hänsyn till den aktuella arbetsbelastningen." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Each user has an equal number of open tickets` is selected, " +"it ensures a balanced workload among team members, as it takes the current " +"number of active tickets into account." +msgstr "" +"När :guilabel:`Varje användare har lika många öppna ärenden` är valt, " +"säkerställer det en balanserad arbetsbelastning bland teammedlemmarna, " +"eftersom det tar hänsyn till det aktuella antalet aktiva ärenden." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Finally, add the :guilabel:`Team Members` who are to be assigned tickets for" +" this team. Leave the field empty to include all employees who have the " +"proper assignments and access rights configured in their user account " +"settings." +msgstr "" +"Slutligen lägger du till :guilabel:`Team Members` som ska tilldelas ärenden " +"för detta team. Lämna fältet tomt för att inkludera alla anställda som har " +"rätt tilldelningar och åtkomsträttigheter konfigurerade i sina " +"användarkontoinställningar." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If an employee has time off scheduled in the *Time Off* application, they " +"are **not** assigned tickets during that time. If no employees are " +"available, the system looks ahead until there is a match." +msgstr "" +"Om en anställd har schemalagd ledighet i applikationen *Ledig tid* tilldelas" +" de **inte** biljetter under den tiden. Om inga anställda är tillgängliga " +"söker systemet vidare tills det finns en matchning." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:127 +msgid ":ref:`Manage users `" +msgstr ":ref:`Hantera användare `" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`Access rights <../general/users/access_rights>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:131 +msgid "Create or modify stages" +msgstr "Skapa eller modifiera steg" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:133 +msgid "" +"*Stages* are used to organize the *Helpdesk* pipeline and track the progress" +" of tickets. Stages are customizable, and can be renamed to fit the needs of" +" each team." +msgstr "" +"*Stages* används för att organisera *Helpdesk* pipeline och spåra " +"utvecklingen av ärenden. Stages är anpassningsbara och kan döpas om för att " +"passa behoven hos varje team." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:137 +msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be activated to access the " +"stages menu. To activate developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Settings app " +"--> General Settings --> Developer Tools`, and click :guilabel:`Activate the" +" developer mode`." +msgstr "" +":ref:`Utvecklarläge ` **måste** vara aktiverat för att komma " +"åt stegmenyn. För att aktivera utvecklarläget, gå till " +":menuselection:`Inställningsapp --> Allmänna inställningar --> " +"Utvecklarverktyg`, och klicka på :guilabel:`Aktivera utvecklarläget`." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:141 +msgid "" +"To view or modify *Helpdesk* stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " +"Configuration --> Stages`." +msgstr "" +"För att se eller ändra *Helpdesk*-steg, gå till :menuselection:`Helpdesk app" +" --> Configuration --> Stages`." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The default list view on the :guilabel:`Stages` page displays the stages " +"currently available in *Helpdesk*. They are listed in the order they appear " +"in the pipeline." +msgstr "" +"Standardlistvyn på sidan :guilabel:`Stages` visar de steg som för närvarande" +" är tillgängliga i *Helpdesk*. De listas i den ordning de visas i pipelinen." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To change the order of the stages, click the :guilabel:`(six square)` icon, " +"to the left of the stage name, and drag it to the desired place on the list." +msgstr "" +"För att ändra ordningen på scenerna, klicka på :guilabel:`(sex kvadrat)` " +"ikonen, till vänster om scenens namn, och dra den till önskad plats i " +"listan." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the stage list page emphasizing the buttons used to change the order the stages\n" +"appear in the list." +msgstr "" +"Vy över sidan med etapplistan som visar de knappar som används för att ändra ordningen\n" +"visas i listan." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Change the stage order on the Kanban view of a *Helpdesk* team's pipeline by" +" dragging and dropping individual columns." +msgstr "" +"Ändra stegordningen i Kanban-vyn för ett *Helpdesk*-teams pipeline genom att" +" dra och släppa enskilda kolumner." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click the :guilabel:`New` button at the top-left of " +"the stage list. Doing so reveals a blank stage form." +msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny scen klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`New` längst upp " +"till vänster i scenlistan. När du gör det visas ett tomt scenformulär." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Choose a :guilabel:`Name` for the new stage, and add a description, if " +"desired. Then, proceed to fill out the remaining fields following the steps " +"below." +msgstr "" +"Välj ett :guilabel:`Namn` för den nya etappen och lägg till en beskrivning " +"om så önskas. Fortsätt sedan att fylla i de återstående fälten enligt stegen" +" nedan." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "View of a stage's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "Vy över ett stadiums inställningssida i Odoo Helpdesk." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:170 +msgid "Add email and SMS templates to stages" +msgstr "Lägg till e-post- och SMS-mallar i steg" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When an :guilabel:`Email Template` is added to a stage, an email is " +"automatically sent to the customer when a ticket reaches that specific stage" +" in the pipeline. Likewise, adding an :guilabel:`SMS Template` triggers an " +"SMS text message to send to the customer." +msgstr "" +"När en :guilabel:`Email Template` läggs till i ett steg skickas ett " +"e-postmeddelande automatiskt till kunden när ett ärende når det specifika " +"steget i pipelinen. På samma sätt innebär tillägg av en :guilabel:`SMS-mall`" +" att ett SMS skickas till kunden." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:177 +msgid "" +"SMS Text Messaging is an :doc:`In-App Purchase (IAP) " +"` service that requires prepaid " +"credits to work. Refer to `SMS Pricing FAQ `_ for additional information." +msgstr "" +"SMS textmeddelanden är en :doc:`In-App Purchase (IAP) " +"` tjänst som kräver förbetalda " +"krediter för att fungera. Mer information finns i `SMS Pricing FAQ " +"`_." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To select an existing email template, select it from the :guilabel:`Email " +"Template` field. Click on the :guilabel:`→ (Internal Link)` icon to the " +"right of the field to edit the chosen template." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill välja en befintlig e-postmall markerar du den i fältet " +":guilabel:`E-postmall`. Klicka på ikonen :guilabel:`→ (Intern länk)` till " +"höger om fältet för att redigera den valda mallen." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:184 +msgid "" +"To create a new template, click the field, and enter a title for the new " +"template. Then, select :guilabel:`Create and edit` from the drop-down menu " +"that appears, and complete the form details." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill skapa en ny mall klickar du på fältet och anger en titel för den " +"nya mallen. Välj sedan :guilabel:`Create and edit` i rullgardinsmenyn som " +"visas, och fyll i formuläruppgifterna." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Follow the same steps to select, edit, or create an :guilabel:`SMS " +"Template`." +msgstr "" +"Följ samma steg för att välja, redigera eller skapa en :guilabel:`SMS-mall`." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "View of an SMS template setup page in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "Vy över en inställningssida för SMS-mall i Odoo Helpdesk" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/companies/email_template`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/companies/email_template`" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:197 +msgid "Assign stages to a team" +msgstr "Tilldela steg till ett team" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Make a selection in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk Teams` field on the " +":guilabel:`Stages` form. More than one team may be selected, since the same " +"stage can be assigned to multiple teams." +msgstr "" +"Gör ett val i fältet :guilabel:`Helpdesk Teams` i formuläret " +":guilabel:`Stages`. Fler än ett team kan väljas, eftersom samma scen kan " +"tilldelas flera team." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:203 +msgid "Fold a stage" +msgstr "Fäll en scen" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:205 +msgid "" +"By default, stages are unfolded in the Kanban view of either tickets " +"dashboard: :guilabel:`My Tickets` (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets " +"--> My Tickets`) or :guilabel:`All Tickets` (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app " +"--> Tickets --> All Tickets`)." +msgstr "" +"Som standard vecklas steg ut i Kanban-vyn i antingen ärendenas " +"instrumentpanel: :guilabel:`Mina ärenden` (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " +"Ärenden --> Mina ärenden`) eller :guilabel:`Alla ärenden` " +"(:menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Ärenden --> Alla ärenden`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Tickets in an unfolded stage are visible in the pipeline under the stage " +"name, and are considered *open*." +msgstr "" +"Biljetter i ett utvecklat skede är synliga i pipelinen under skedenamnet och" +" betraktas som *öppna*." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Stages can be configured to be folded in the Kanban view of a tickets page " +"(:guilabel:`My Tickets` or :guilabel:`All Tickets`)." +msgstr "" +"Lägeer kan konfigureras för att vikas i Kanban-vyn på en biljettsida " +"(:guilabel:`Mina biljetter` eller :guilabel:`Alla biljetter`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:215 +msgid "" +"The name of the folded stages are still visible, though the tickets in the " +"stage are no longer immediately visible." +msgstr "" +"Namnen på de vikta etapperna är fortfarande synliga, men biljetterna i " +"etappen är inte längre omedelbart synliga." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:218 +msgid "" +"To fold a stage, check the :guilabel:`Folded in Kanban` box on the " +":guilabel:`Stages` form." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill vika ett steg markerar du rutan :guilabel:`Folded in Kanban` i " +"formuläret :guilabel:`Stages`." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Tickets that reach a *folded* stage are considered *closed*. Closing a " +"ticket before the work is completed can result in reporting and " +"communication issues. This setting should **only** be enabled for stages " +"that are considered *closing* stages." +msgstr "" +"Ärenden som når ett *veckat* stadium betraktas som *stängda*. Att stänga ett" +" ärende innan arbetet är slutfört kan leda till rapporterings- och " +"kommunikationsproblem. Denna inställning bör **endast** aktiveras för skeden" +" som anses vara *stängande* skeden." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Stages can be temporarily folded in the Kanban view of the tickets pipeline," +" as well." +msgstr "Steg kan också tillfälligt vikas i Kanban-vyn för ärendepipelinen." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:227 +msgid "" +"View a specific team's pipeline by navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk " +"app`, and clicking the team's Kanban card." +msgstr "" +"Visa ett specifikt teams pipeline genom att navigera till " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk app` och klicka på teamets Kanban-kort." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Select a stage to fold temporarily, then click the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` " +"icon, and select :guilabel:`Fold`." +msgstr "" +"Välj en scen att vika tillfälligt, klicka sedan på :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` " +"ikonen och välj :guilabel:`Fold`." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Kanban view of a Helpdesk stage, with the temporary fold option emphasized." +msgstr "" +"Kanbanvy av ett Helpdesk-steg, med det tillfälliga vikningsalternativet " +"betonat." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Manually folding a stage from the Kanban view is temporary and does **not** " +"close the tickets in the stage." +msgstr "" +"Att manuellt fälla ett skede från Kanban-vyn är tillfälligt och stänger " +"**inte** ärendena i skedet." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:242 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Helpdesk `_" msgstr "" "Handledning för `Odoo: Helpdesk `_" @@ -1436,13 +1983,8 @@ msgid "" "To view and enable the *Track & Bill Time* features on a *Helpdesk* team, " "first navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> " "Helpdesk Teams`. Then, select a team from the list, or create a :doc:`new " -"one <../overview/getting_started>`. This reveals a team's settings page." +"one <../../helpdesk>`. This reveals a team's settings page." msgstr "" -"För att visa och aktivera funktionerna *Spåra och fakturera tid* i ett " -"*Helpdesk*-team, gå först till :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " -"Konfiguration --> Helpdesk-team`. Välj sedan ett team från listan, eller " -"skapa ett :doc:`nytt team <../overview/getting_started>`. Detta visar ett " -"teams inställningssida." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -2021,569 +2563,6 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment`" msgid "Overview" msgstr "Översikt" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk" -msgstr "Kom igång med Helpdesk" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo *Helpdesk* is a ticketing-based customer support application. Multiple " -"teams can be configured and managed in one dashboard, each with their own " -"pipeline for tickets submitted by customers. Pipelines are organized in " -"customizable stages that enable teams to track, prioritize, and solve " -"customer issues quickly and efficiently." -msgstr "" -"Odoo *Helpdesk* är en ärendebaserad applikation för kundsupport. Flera team " -"kan konfigureras och hanteras i en instrumentpanel, var och en med sin egen " -"pipeline för ärenden som skickas in av kunder. Pipelines är organiserade i " -"anpassningsbara steg som gör det möjligt för teamen att spåra, prioritera " -"och lösa kundproblem snabbt och effektivt." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:11 -msgid "Create a Helpdesk team" -msgstr "Skapa ett Helpdesk-team" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To view or modify *Helpdesk* teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. To create a new team, click the " -":guilabel:`New` button in the top-left of the dashboard." -msgstr "" -"För att visa eller ändra *Helpdesk*-team, gå till :menuselection:`Helpdesk " -"app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. För att skapa ett nytt team " -"klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`New` längst upp till vänster på " -"instrumentpanelen." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of the Helpdesk teams page in Odoo Helpdesk." -msgstr "Vy över sidan för Helpdesk-team i Odoo Helpdesk." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "" -"On the blank Helpdesk team form, enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the new team. " -"Then, enter a description of the team in the field below the team name, if " -"desired. To change the company this team is assigned to, select it from the " -":guilabel:`Company` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" -"Ange ett :guilabel:`Namn` för det nya teamet i det tomma formuläret för " -"Helpdesk-team. Ange sedan en beskrivning av teamet i fältet under " -"teamnamnet, om så önskas. Om du vill ändra det företag som teamet är " -"tilldelat väljer du det i rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Företag`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The team description is published on the public facing :doc:`website form " -"`, where customers and portal users submit tickets. The " -"description included in this field should **not** include any information " -"that is for internal use only." -msgstr "" -"Teamets beskrivning publiceras på den publika :doc:`webbplatsformuläret " -"`, där kunder och portalanvändare skickar ärenden. " -"Beskrivningen i detta fält får **inte** innehålla någon information som " -"endast är avsedd för internt bruk." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:0 -msgid "" -"View of a Helpdesk team's website form displaying the team description." -msgstr "" -"Vy över ett Helpdesk-teams webbplatsformulär som visar teamets beskrivning." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:35 -msgid "Visibility & Assignment" -msgstr "Synlighet och tilldelning" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The *Visibility* settings alter which internal users and portal users have " -"access to this team and its tickets. The *Assignment* settings alter how " -"users are assigned to handle each ticket." -msgstr "" -"Inställningarna för *Synlighet* anger vilka interna användare och " -"portalanvändare som har tillgång till detta team och dess ärenden. " -"Inställningarna för *Tilldelning* ändrar hur användare tilldelas för att " -"hantera varje ärende." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:41 -msgid "Determine team visibility" -msgstr "Fastställa teamets synlighet" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Visibility` section, select one of the following " -"options to determine who can view this team and its tickets:" -msgstr "" -"Under :guilabel:`Synlighet` väljer du ett av följande alternativ för att " -"bestämma vem som kan se detta team och dess biljetter:" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Invited internal users (private)`: internal users can access the " -"team and the tickets they are following. This access can be modified on each" -" ticket individually by adding or removing the user as a follower. Internal " -"users are considered *invited* once they are added as followers to an " -"individual ticket, or :ref:`to the team itself " -"`." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Inbjudna interna användare (privat)`: interna användare kan komma" -" åt teamet och de ärenden som de följer. Denna åtkomst kan ändras för varje " -"enskilt ärende genom att lägga till eller ta bort användaren som följare. " -"Interna användare anses vara *inbjudna* när de läggs till som följare till " -"ett enskilt ärende, eller :ref:`till själva teamet " -"`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:50 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`All internal users (company)`: all internal users can access the " -"team and all of its tickets." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Alla interna användare (företag)`: alla interna användare kan " -"komma åt teamet och alla dess ärenden." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:52 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)`: all " -"internal users can access the team and all of its tickets. Portal users can " -"only access the tickets they are following." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Inbjudna portalanvändare och alla interna användare (public)`: " -"alla interna användare kan komma åt teamet och alla dess ärenden. " -"Portalanvändare kan bara komma åt de ärenden som de följer." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:56 -msgid "" -"A `Customer Support` team, meant to handle general shipping and product " -"issues, would have the visibility set on :guilabel:`Invited portal users and" -" all internal users`." -msgstr "" -"Ett `Customer Support`-team, som är avsett att hantera allmänna leverans- " -"och produktfrågor, skulle ha synligheten inställd på :guilabel:`Inbjudna " -"portalanvändare och alla interna användare`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:59 -msgid "" -"At the same time, a `Financial Services` team handling tickets related to " -"accounting or tax information would only need to be visible to " -":guilabel:`Invited internal users`." -msgstr "" -"Samtidigt skulle ett `Financial Services` team som hanterar ärenden " -"relaterade till redovisning eller skatteinformation endast behöva vara " -"synligt för :guilabel:`Invited internal users`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:63 -msgid "" -"A team's visibility can be altered after the initial configuration. However," -" if the team changes from public access to either private or company-only " -"access, portal users are removed as followers from both the team, and from " -"individual tickets." -msgstr "" -"Ett teams synlighet kan ändras efter den första konfigurationen. Men om " -"teamet ändras från offentlig åtkomst till antingen privat eller " -"företagskodad åtkomst, tas portalanvändare bort som följare från både teamet" -" och från enskilda ärenden." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:70 -msgid "Follow all team's tickets" -msgstr "Följ alla lags biljetter" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:72 -msgid "" -"If a user should be notified about any updates regarding tickets for this " -"team, select their name from the :guilabel:`Followers` drop-down menu, " -"located in the :guilabel:`Follow All Team's Tickets` field. Multiple users " -"can be selected to follow a single team." -msgstr "" -"Om en användare ska meddelas om uppdateringar gällande biljetter för detta " -"lag, välj deras namn från :guilabel:`Followers` rullgardinsmenyn, som finns " -"i :guilabel:`Follow All Team's Tickets` fältet. Flera användare kan väljas " -"för att följa ett och samma team." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:77 -msgid "" -"External contacts can be selected in the :guilabel:`Followers` field. If the" -" team's visibility is set to :guilabel:`Invited internal users (private)`, " -"followers are notified about updates to the team's tickets, but are **not** " -"able to view them in the portal." -msgstr "" -"Externa kontakter kan väljas i fältet :guilabel:`Följare`. Om teamets " -"synlighet är inställd på :guilabel:`Inbjudna interna användare (privat)`, " -"meddelas följare om uppdateringar av teamets ärenden, men de kan **inte** se" -" dem i portalen." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:82 -msgid "Automatically assign new tickets" -msgstr "Tilldela nya ärenden automatiskt" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:84 -msgid "" -"When tickets are received, they need to be assigned to a member of the team." -" This is done either manually on each ticket individually, or through " -":guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`. Check the :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`" -" checkbox to enable this feature for the team." -msgstr "" -"När ärenden tas emot måste de tilldelas en medlem i teamet. Detta görs " -"antingen manuellt på varje enskilt ärende, eller genom :guilabel:`Automatisk" -" tilldelning`. Markera kryssrutan :guilabel:`Automatisk tilldelning` för att" -" aktivera denna funktion för teamet." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a Helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the automatic assignment features in Odoo\n" -"Helpdesk." -msgstr "" -"Vy över en sida med inställningar för Helpdesk-team som betonar funktionerna för automatisk tilldelning i Odoo\n" -"Helpdesk." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:93 -msgid "" -"As soon as :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment` has been enabled, additional " -"fields appear." -msgstr "" -"Så snart :guilabel:`Automatisk tilldelning` har aktiverats visas ytterligare" -" fält." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Select one of the following assignment methods, based on how the workload " -"should be allocated across the team:" -msgstr "" -"Välj en av följande tilldelningsmetoder, baserat på hur arbetsbördan ska " -"fördelas i teamet:" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:98 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Each user is assigned an equal number of tickets`: tickets are " -"assigned to team members based on total ticket count, regardless of the " -"number of open or closed tickets they are currently assigned." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Varje användare tilldelas lika många ärenden`: ärenden tilldelas " -"teammedlemmar baserat på det totala antalet ärenden, oavsett hur många öppna" -" eller stängda ärenden de har tilldelats för tillfället." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:101 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Each user has an equal number of open tickets`: tickets are " -"assigned to team members based on how many open tickets they are currently " -"assigned." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Varje användare har lika många öppna ärenden`: ärenden tilldelas " -"teammedlemmar baserat på hur många öppna ärenden de för närvarande är " -"tilldelade." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:105 -msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Each user is assigned an equal number of tickets` is " -"selected, the overall number of tickets assigned to team members is the " -"same, but it does **not** consider the current workload." -msgstr "" -"När :guilabel:`Varje användare tilldelas lika många ärenden` är markerat, är" -" det totala antalet ärenden som tilldelas teammedlemmarna detsamma, men det " -"tar **inte** hänsyn till den aktuella arbetsbelastningen." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:109 -msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Each user has an equal number of open tickets` is selected, " -"it ensures a balanced workload among team members, as it takes the current " -"number of active tickets into account." -msgstr "" -"När :guilabel:`Varje användare har lika många öppna ärenden` är valt, " -"säkerställer det en balanserad arbetsbelastning bland teammedlemmarna, " -"eftersom det tar hänsyn till det aktuella antalet aktiva ärenden." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Finally, add the :guilabel:`Team Members` who are to be assigned tickets for" -" this team. Leave the field empty to include all employees who have the " -"proper assignments and access rights configured in their user account " -"settings." -msgstr "" -"Slutligen lägger du till :guilabel:`Team Members` som ska tilldelas ärenden " -"för detta team. Lämna fältet tomt för att inkludera alla anställda som har " -"rätt tilldelningar och åtkomsträttigheter konfigurerade i sina " -"användarkontoinställningar." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:117 -msgid "" -"If an employee has time off scheduled in the *Time Off* application, they " -"are **not** assigned tickets during that time. If no employees are " -"available, the system looks ahead until there is a match." -msgstr "" -"Om en anställd har schemalagd ledighet i applikationen *Ledig tid* tilldelas" -" de **inte** biljetter under den tiden. Om inga anställda är tillgängliga " -"söker systemet vidare tills det finns en matchning." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:122 -msgid ":ref:`Manage users `" -msgstr ":ref:`Hantera användare `" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid ":doc:`Access rights <../../../general/users/access_rights>`" -msgstr ":doc:`Anslutningsrättigheter <../../../general/users/access_rights>`" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:126 -msgid "Create or modify stages" -msgstr "Skapa eller modifiera steg" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:128 -msgid "" -"*Stages* are used to organize the *Helpdesk* pipeline and track the progress" -" of tickets. Stages are customizable, and can be renamed to fit the needs of" -" each team." -msgstr "" -"*Stages* används för att organisera *Helpdesk* pipeline och spåra " -"utvecklingen av ärenden. Stages är anpassningsbara och kan döpas om för att " -"passa behoven hos varje team." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:132 -msgid "" -":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be activated to access the " -"stages menu. To activate developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Settings app " -"--> General Settings --> Developer Tools`, and click :guilabel:`Activate the" -" developer mode`." -msgstr "" -":ref:`Utvecklarläge ` **måste** vara aktiverat för att komma " -"åt stegmenyn. För att aktivera utvecklarläget, gå till " -":menuselection:`Inställningsapp --> Allmänna inställningar --> " -"Utvecklarverktyg`, och klicka på :guilabel:`Aktivera utvecklarläget`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:136 -msgid "" -"To view or modify *Helpdesk* stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " -"Configuration --> Stages`." -msgstr "" -"För att se eller ändra *Helpdesk*-steg, gå till :menuselection:`Helpdesk app" -" --> Configuration --> Stages`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:139 -msgid "" -"The default list view on the :guilabel:`Stages` page displays the stages " -"currently available in *Helpdesk*. They are listed in the order they appear " -"in the pipeline." -msgstr "" -"Standardlistvyn på sidan :guilabel:`Stages` visar de steg som för närvarande" -" är tillgängliga i *Helpdesk*. De listas i den ordning de visas i pipelinen." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:142 -msgid "" -"To change the order of the stages, click the :guilabel:`(six square)` icon, " -"to the left of the stage name, and drag it to the desired place on the list." -msgstr "" -"För att ändra ordningen på scenerna, klicka på :guilabel:`(sex kvadrat)` " -"ikonen, till vänster om scenens namn, och dra den till önskad plats i " -"listan." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the stage list page emphasizing the buttons used to change the order the stages\n" -"appear in the list." -msgstr "" -"Vy över sidan med etapplistan som visar de knappar som används för att ändra ordningen\n" -"visas i listan." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Change the stage order on the Kanban view of a *Helpdesk* team's pipeline by" -" dragging and dropping individual columns." -msgstr "" -"Ändra stegordningen i Kanban-vyn för ett *Helpdesk*-teams pipeline genom att" -" dra och släppa enskilda kolumner." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:154 -msgid "" -"To create a new stage, click the :guilabel:`New` button at the top-left of " -"the stage list. Doing so reveals a blank stage form." -msgstr "" -"För att skapa en ny scen klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`New` längst upp " -"till vänster i scenlistan. När du gör det visas ett tomt scenformulär." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Choose a :guilabel:`Name` for the new stage, and add a description, if " -"desired. Then, proceed to fill out the remaining fields following the steps " -"below." -msgstr "" -"Välj ett :guilabel:`Namn` för den nya etappen och lägg till en beskrivning " -"om så önskas. Fortsätt sedan att fylla i de återstående fälten enligt stegen" -" nedan." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of a stage's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk." -msgstr "Vy över ett stadiums inställningssida i Odoo Helpdesk." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:165 -msgid "Add email and SMS templates to stages" -msgstr "Lägg till e-post- och SMS-mallar i steg" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:167 -msgid "" -"When an :guilabel:`Email Template` is added to a stage, an email is " -"automatically sent to the customer when a ticket reaches that specific stage" -" in the pipeline. Likewise, adding an :guilabel:`SMS Template` triggers an " -"SMS text message to send to the customer." -msgstr "" -"När en :guilabel:`Email Template` läggs till i ett steg skickas ett " -"e-postmeddelande automatiskt till kunden när ett ärende når det specifika " -"steget i pipelinen. På samma sätt innebär tillägg av en :guilabel:`SMS-mall`" -" att ett SMS skickas till kunden." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:172 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is an :doc:`In-App Purchase (IAP) " -"` service that requires prepaid " -"credits to work. Refer to `SMS Pricing FAQ `_ for additional information." -msgstr "" -"SMS textmeddelanden är en :doc:`In-App Purchase (IAP) " -"` tjänst som kräver förbetalda " -"krediter för att fungera. Mer information finns i `SMS Pricing FAQ " -"`_." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:176 -msgid "" -"To select an existing email template, select it from the :guilabel:`Email " -"Template` field. Click on the :guilabel:`→ (Internal Link)` icon to the " -"right of the field to edit the chosen template." -msgstr "" -"Om du vill välja en befintlig e-postmall markerar du den i fältet " -":guilabel:`E-postmall`. Klicka på ikonen :guilabel:`→ (Intern länk)` till " -"höger om fältet för att redigera den valda mallen." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:179 -msgid "" -"To create a new template, click the field, and enter a title for the new " -"template. Then, select :guilabel:`Create and edit` from the drop-down menu " -"that appears, and complete the form details." -msgstr "" -"Om du vill skapa en ny mall klickar du på fältet och anger en titel för den " -"nya mallen. Välj sedan :guilabel:`Create and edit` i rullgardinsmenyn som " -"visas, och fyll i formuläruppgifterna." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Follow the same steps to select, edit, or create an :guilabel:`SMS " -"Template`." -msgstr "" -"Följ samma steg för att välja, redigera eller skapa en :guilabel:`SMS-mall`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of an SMS template setup page in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "Vy över en inställningssida för SMS-mall i Odoo Helpdesk" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/companies/email_template`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/companies/email_template`" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:192 -msgid "Assign stages to a team" -msgstr "Tilldela steg till ett team" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Make a selection in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk Teams` field on the " -":guilabel:`Stages` form. More than one team may be selected, since the same " -"stage can be assigned to multiple teams." -msgstr "" -"Gör ett val i fältet :guilabel:`Helpdesk Teams` i formuläret " -":guilabel:`Stages`. Fler än ett team kan väljas, eftersom samma scen kan " -"tilldelas flera team." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:198 -msgid "Fold a stage" -msgstr "Fäll en scen" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:200 -msgid "" -"By default, stages are unfolded in the Kanban view of either tickets " -"dashboard: :guilabel:`My Tickets` (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets " -"--> My Tickets`) or :guilabel:`All Tickets` (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app " -"--> Tickets --> All Tickets`)." -msgstr "" -"Som standard vecklas steg ut i Kanban-vyn i antingen ärendenas " -"instrumentpanel: :guilabel:`Mina ärenden` (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " -"Ärenden --> Mina ärenden`) eller :guilabel:`Alla ärenden` " -"(:menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Ärenden --> Alla ärenden`)." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:204 -msgid "" -"Tickets in an unfolded stage are visible in the pipeline under the stage " -"name, and are considered *open*." -msgstr "" -"Biljetter i ett utvecklat skede är synliga i pipelinen under skedenamnet och" -" betraktas som *öppna*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:207 -msgid "" -"Stages can be configured to be folded in the Kanban view of a tickets page " -"(:guilabel:`My Tickets` or :guilabel:`All Tickets`)." -msgstr "" -"Lägeer kan konfigureras för att vikas i Kanban-vyn på en biljettsida " -"(:guilabel:`Mina biljetter` eller :guilabel:`Alla biljetter`)." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:210 -msgid "" -"The name of the folded stages are still visible, though the tickets in the " -"stage are no longer immediately visible." -msgstr "" -"Namnen på de vikta etapperna är fortfarande synliga, men biljetterna i " -"etappen är inte längre omedelbart synliga." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:213 -msgid "" -"To fold a stage, check the :guilabel:`Folded in Kanban` box on the " -":guilabel:`Stages` form." -msgstr "" -"Om du vill vika ett steg markerar du rutan :guilabel:`Folded in Kanban` i " -"formuläret :guilabel:`Stages`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Tickets that reach a *folded* stage are considered *closed*. Closing a " -"ticket before the work is completed can result in reporting and " -"communication issues. This setting should **only** be enabled for stages " -"that are considered *closing* stages." -msgstr "" -"Ärenden som når ett *veckat* stadium betraktas som *stängda*. Att stänga ett" -" ärende innan arbetet är slutfört kan leda till rapporterings- och " -"kommunikationsproblem. Denna inställning bör **endast** aktiveras för skeden" -" som anses vara *stängande* skeden." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:220 -msgid "" -"Stages can be temporarily folded in the Kanban view of the tickets pipeline," -" as well." -msgstr "Steg kan också tillfälligt vikas i Kanban-vyn för ärendepipelinen." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:222 -msgid "" -"View a specific team's pipeline by navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk " -"app`, and clicking the team's Kanban card." -msgstr "" -"Visa ett specifikt teams pipeline genom att navigera till " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk app` och klicka på teamets Kanban-kort." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Select a stage to fold temporarily, then click the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` " -"icon, and select :guilabel:`Fold`." -msgstr "" -"Välj en scen att vika tillfälligt, klicka sedan på :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` " -"ikonen och välj :guilabel:`Fold`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Kanban view of a Helpdesk stage, with the temporary fold option emphasized." -msgstr "" -"Kanbanvy av ett Helpdesk-steg, med det tillfälliga vikningsalternativet " -"betonat." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Manually folding a stage from the Kanban view is temporary and does **not** " -"close the tickets in the stage." -msgstr "" -"Att manuellt fälla ett skede från Kanban-vyn är tillfälligt och stänger " -"**inte** ärendena i skedet." - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3 msgid "Help Center" msgstr "Hjälpcenter" @@ -2613,16 +2592,10 @@ msgid "" "To activate any *Help Center* features (*Forums*, *eLearning*, or " "*Knowledge*) on a *Helpdesk* team, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and select a team, or create a :doc:`new " -"one `. Verify the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team is set" -" to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)` in the " +"one <../../helpdesk>`. Verify the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team is set " +"to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)` in the " ":guilabel:`Visibility & Assignment` section." msgstr "" -"För att aktivera *Help Center*-funktioner (*Forum*, *eLearning* eller " -"*Knowledge*) i ett *Helpdesk*-team, gå till :menuselection:`Helpdesk app -->" -" Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` och välj ett team, eller skapa ett " -":doc:`new one `. Kontrollera att :guilabel:`Synlighet` för " -"teamet är inställt på :guilabel:`Inbjudna portalanvändare och alla interna " -"användare (offentliga)` i avsnittet :guilabel:`Synlighet och tilldelning`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -2658,8 +2631,8 @@ msgstr "" "tillgänglig." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`Getting Started `" -msgstr ":doc:`Att komma igång `" +msgid ":doc:`Helpdesk Overview <../../helpdesk>`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:38 msgid "Knowledge" @@ -2689,11 +2662,8 @@ msgstr "Möjliggöra kunskap i ett Helpdesk-team" msgid "" "To enable the *Knowledge* feature on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " ":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one `." +"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one <../../helpdesk>`." msgstr "" -"För att aktivera *Knowledge*-funktionen i ett *Helpdesk*-team, gå till " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` och välj " -"ett team, eller skapa ett :doc:`new one `." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -3033,12 +3003,8 @@ msgstr "Möjliggöra forum i ett Helpdesk-team" msgid "" "To enable :guilabel:`Community Forums` on a *Helpdesk* team, start by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk " -"Teams` and select a team, or create a :doc:`new one `." +"Teams` and select a team, or create a :doc:`new one <../../helpdesk>`." msgstr "" -"För att aktivera :guilabel:`Community Forums` i ett *Helpdesk*-team, börja " -"med att navigera till :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> " -"Helpdesk Teams` och välj ett team, eller skapa ett :doc:`new one " -"`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:197 msgid "" @@ -3169,11 +3135,8 @@ msgstr "Aktivera eLearning-kurser i ett Helpdesk-team" msgid "" "To enable *eLearning* courses on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " ":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one `." +"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one <../../helpdesk>`." msgstr "" -"För att aktivera *eLearning*-kurser i ett *Helpdesk*-team, gå till " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` och välj " -"ett team, eller skapa ett :doc:`new one `." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:249 msgid "" @@ -3414,30 +3377,22 @@ msgstr "Kundbetyg" msgid "" "Asking customers to rate the support they received from a *Helpdesk* team " "provides an opportunity to gauge team performance and track customer " -"satisfaction. Ratings can be published to the portal, providing customers " +"satisfaction. Ratings can be published on the portal, providing customers " "with a general overview of the team's performance." msgstr "" -"Att be kunderna betygsätta den support de fått från ett *Helpdesk*-team ger " -"möjlighet att mäta teamets prestation och spåra kundnöjdheten. Betygen kan " -"publiceras i portalen och ge kunderna en allmän överblick över teamets " -"prestationer." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 -msgid "Enable customer ratings on a Helpdesk team" -msgstr "Aktivera kundbetyg för ett Helpdesk-team" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To enable *customer ratings* on a helpdesk team by going to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams`. Select a team from " -"the list and navigate to the settings page. Scroll to the " -":guilabel:`Performance` section, and check the box for :guilabel:`Customer " -"Ratings`." +msgid "Enable customer ratings on Helpdesk teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To enable *customer ratings* on a helpdesk team, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select a" +" team from the list and click on it to open the settings page. Scroll to the" +" :guilabel:`Performance` section, and tick the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -"Aktivera *kundbetyg* i ett helpdesk-team genom att gå till " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Konfiguration --> Team`. Välj ett team från " -"listan och navigera till inställningssidan. Bläddra till avsnittet " -":guilabel:`Prestanda` och markera kryssrutan för :guilabel:`Kundbetyg`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -3447,11 +3402,11 @@ msgstr "" "Översikt över inställningssidan för ett helpdesk-team med betoning på funktionen för betygsättning av ärenden\n" "i Odoo Helpdesk." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:25 msgid "Set a ratings request email template on a stage" msgstr "Ange en e-postmall för begäran om betyg på en scen" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:27 msgid "" "To automatically request ratings from customers once their tickets have " "closed, an email template should be added to the appropriate stage." @@ -3459,95 +3414,73 @@ msgstr "" "För att automatiskt begära betyg från kunder när deras ärenden har stängts, " "bör en e-postmall läggas till i lämpligt skede." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:30 msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` setting has been enabled on the team's" -" settings page, (see above) click the :guilabel:`Set an Email Template on " -"Stages` link. Select a stage from the list, or click :guilabel:`New` to " -"create a new stage." +"After the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` :ref:`setting has been enabled " +"` on the team's settings page, click the " +":guilabel:`Set an Email Template on Stages` link. Select a stage from the " +"list, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new stage." msgstr "" -"När inställningen :guilabel:`Kundbetyg` har aktiverats på teamets " -"inställningssida (se ovan) klickar du på länken :guilabel:`Ställ in en " -"e-postmall för stadier`. Välj ett stadium från listan, eller klicka på " -":guilabel:`New` för att skapa ett nytt stadium." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 msgid "" "Customers should only be asked to rate tickets once an issue has been " -"resolved and their ticket is closed. Therefore, a *ratings request* email " -"should only be added to a stage that is **folded** in the kanban, as tickets" +"resolved and their ticket is *closed*. Therefore, a *ratings request* email " +"should **only** be added to a stage that is folded in the Kanban, as tickets" " in a *folded stage* are considered closed." msgstr "" -"Kunder bör endast ombes att betygsätta ärenden när ett problem har lösts och" -" deras ärende har stängts. Därför bör ett e-postmeddelande med en *förfrågan" -" om betygsättning* endast läggas till i ett skede som är **vikt** i kanban, " -"eftersom ärenden i ett *vikt skede* anses vara stängda." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 msgid "" -"On the stage's settings page, select `Helpdesk: Ticket Rating Request` in " -"the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. This template has been pre-configured " -"with ratings customers can use to provide feedback. To view the template, " -"click the arrow button to the right of the field." +"On the stage's settings page, select the template, `Helpdesk: Ticket Rating " +"Request` in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. This template has been " +"preconfigured with ratings customers can use to provide feedback. To view " +"the template, click the arrow button to the right of the field." msgstr "" -"På scenens inställningssida väljer du `Helpdesk: Ticket Rating Request` i " -"fältet :guilabel:`Email Template`. Den här mallen har förkonfigurerats med " -"betyg som kunderna kan använda för att ge feedback. Om du vill visa mallen " -"klickar du på pilknappen till höger om fältet." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the template has been added to the stage, it will automatically send a " -"message when a ticket is moved to that stage. Customers will be asked to " -"rate the support they received with colored icons." -msgstr "" -"När mallen har lagts till i steget kommer den automatiskt att skicka ett " -"meddelande när ett ärende flyttas till det steget. Kunderna ombeds att " -"betygsätta den support de fått med hjälp av färgade ikoner." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:43 +msgid "" +"After the template is added to the stage, it automatically sends a message " +"when a ticket is moved to that stage. Customers are then asked to rate the " +"support they received with colored icons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:46 msgid "*Green smiling face* - Satisfied" msgstr "*Grönt leende ansikte* - Nöjd" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:47 msgid "*Yellow neutral face* - Okay" msgstr "*Gult neutralt ansikte* - Okej" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:48 msgid "*Red frowning face* - Dissatisfied" msgstr "*Röd rynka pannan* - Missnöjd" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a standard helpdesk customer review email template for Odoo " -"Helpdesk." -msgstr "Vy över en standard e-postmall för kundrecensioner för Odoo Helpdesk." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:50 msgid "" "After selecting a rating, customers are taken to a webpage where they can " -"provide specific written feedback to support their rating. Once a rating is " -"submitted, it is added to the chatter on the ticket." +"provide specific written feedback to support their rating. The rating is " +"then submitted, and the rating, as well as any additional comments, are " +"added to the chatter on the ticket." msgstr "" -"När kunderna har valt ett betyg kommer de till en webbsida där de kan ge " -"specifik skriftlig feedback som stöd för sitt betyg. När ett betyg har " -"skickats in läggs det till i chatten om ärendet." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:55 msgid "" "Customer ratings can also be viewed through the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings`" -" report. To view this report, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting " -"--> Customer Ratings`." +" report. To view this report, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " +"Reporting --> Customer Ratings`." msgstr "" -"Kundbetyg kan också visas via rapporten :guilabel:`Kundbetyg`. För att se " -"denna rapport, gå till :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Rapportering --> " -"Kundbetyg`." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/companies/email_template`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:62 msgid "Publish ratings on the customer portal" msgstr "Publicera betyg på kundportalen" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:64 msgid "" "After enabling the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` setting, an option to " "publish ratings on the team's website appears. Enabling this setting " @@ -3562,31 +3495,26 @@ msgstr "" "kommer inte att inkluderas; endast statistik över teamets prestationer " "kommer att synas." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:70 msgid "" -"In order to display ratings on the customer portal, a team has to have their" -" visibility setting set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal " -"users`. This setting is found on the team's settings page under " -":guilabel:`Visibility`." +"To display ratings on the customer portal, a team **must** have their " +"visibility setting set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal " +"users (public)`. To enable this setting, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select a" +" team from the list and click on it to open the settings page. Scroll to the" +" :guilabel:`Visibility & Assignment` section, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)` checkbox." msgstr "" -"För att kunna visa betyg på kundportalen måste ett team ha sin " -"synlighetsinställning inställd på :guilabel:`Inbjudna portalanvändare och " -"alla interna användare`. Denna inställning finns på teamets inställningssida" -" under :guilabel:`Visibility`." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:77 msgid "" -"Next, to publish the ratings, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Teams` and select a team. Scroll to " -":guilabel:`Performance` and enable :guilabel:`Publish this team's ratings on" -" your website`." +"Next, to publish the ratings, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app--> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and select a team. Scroll to " +":guilabel:`Performance` and tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Publish this " +"team's ratings on your website`." msgstr "" -"För att publicera betygen går du till :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Teams` och väljer ett team. Bläddra till " -":guilabel:`Performance` och aktivera :guilabel:`Publish this team's ratings " -"on your website`." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:81 msgid "" "To view the ratings for a team, a customer will log into the portal and " "navigate to one of their tickets. After clicking on the team name in the " @@ -3603,20 +3531,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the ratings performance overview from the customer portal." msgstr "Vy över översikten över ratingprestanda från kundportalen." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`Portal access <../../../general/users/portal>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:93 msgid "Manually hide individual ratings" msgstr "Manuellt dölja enskilda betyg" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:95 msgid "" "Individual ratings can be manually hidden from the portal. This allows for " -"specific ratings to be kept out of the performance metrics that are shown to" -" customers." +"specific ratings to be kept out of the performance metrics shared with " +"customers." msgstr "" -"Enskilda betyg kan manuellt döljas från portalen. Detta gör det möjligt att " -"hålla specifika betyg utanför de resultatmått som visas för kunderna." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:98 msgid "" "To make a rating visible only to internal users, navigate to the page for a " "rating. This can be done in one of the following ways:" @@ -3624,27 +3554,21 @@ msgstr "" "För att göra ett betyg synligt endast för interna användare, navigera till " "sidan för ett betyg. Detta kan göras på något av följande sätt:" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:101 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` and click" -" on one of the kanban cards for an individual rating." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` and " +"click on one of the Kanban cards for an individual rating." msgstr "" -"Gå till :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Rapportering --> Kundbetyg` och klicka " -"på ett av kanban-korten för ett enskilt betyg." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:103 msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Tickets --> All Tickets` and remove" -" the :guilabel:`Open` filter from the search bar. Then filter by " +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app--> Tickets --> All Tickets` and " +"remove the :guilabel:`Open` filter from the search bar. Then filter by " ":guilabel:`Satisfied`, :guilabel:`Okay` and/or :guilabel:`Dissatisfied`. " "Select a ticket from the results. Click the :guilabel:`Rating` smart button." msgstr "" -"Navigera till :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Tickets --> All Tickets` och ta " -"bort :guilabel:`Open` filtret från sökfältet. Filtrera sedan efter " -":guilabel:`Satisfied`, :guilabel:`Okay` och/eller :guilabel:`Dissatisfied`. " -"Välj ett ärende från resultaten. Klicka på smartknappen :guilabel:`Rating`." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:108 msgid "" "Once on the rating details page, check the :guilabel:`Visible Internally " "Only` box." @@ -3652,14 +3576,13 @@ msgstr "" "På sidan med detaljer om betyget markerar du rutan :guilabel:`Visible " "Internally Only`." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:350 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets`" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports`" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`reports`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 msgid "Receiving tickets" @@ -3687,11 +3610,8 @@ msgstr "Aktivera kanalalternativ för att skicka ärenden" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, " "and choose an existing team, or click :guilabel:`New` to :doc:`create a new " -"team `." +"team <../../helpdesk>`." msgstr "" -"Gå till :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, " -"och välj ett befintligt team, eller klicka på :guilabel:`New` för att " -":doc:`skapa ett nytt team `." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -4505,6 +4425,10 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`SLAs `, kan en ändring av prioritetsnivån för ett ärende ändra " ":abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`-tidsfristen." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:350 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets`" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:351 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" @@ -4517,63 +4441,49 @@ msgstr ":doc:`/applikationer/webbplatser/livechat`" msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Rapporter" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:8 msgid "" -"Odoo *Helpdesk* includes several reports that provide the opportunity to " -"track trends for customer support tickets, identify areas for improvement, " -"manage employee workloads, and confirm when customer expectations are met." +"Reports in Odoo *Helpdesk* provide the opportunity to manage employee " +"workloads, identify areas for improvement, and confirm if customer " +"expectations are being met." msgstr "" -"Odoo *Helpdesk* innehåller flera rapporter som ger möjlighet att spåra " -"trender för kundsupportärenden, identifiera förbättringsområden, hantera " -"medarbetarnas arbetsbelastning och bekräfta när kundernas förväntningar " -"uppfylls." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 msgid "Available reports" msgstr "Tillgängliga rapporter" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 msgid "" "Details about the reports available in Odoo *Helpdesk* can be found below. " -"To view the different reports, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Reporting`." +"To view the different reports, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " +"Reporting`, and select one of the following: :guilabel:`Tickets Analysis`, " +":guilabel:`SLA Status Analysis`, or :guilabel:`Customer Ratings`." msgstr "" -"Detaljer om de rapporter som finns tillgängliga i Odoo *Helpdesk* hittar du " -"nedan. För att se de olika rapporterna, gå till :menuselection:`Helpdesk -->" -" Rapportering`." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:16 -msgid "Ticket Analysis" -msgstr "Analys av biljetter" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 +msgid "Tickets Analysis" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:21 msgid "" -"The *Ticket Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> " -"Ticket Analysis`) provides an overview of every customer support ticket in " -"the database. This includes the number of tickets assigned among teams and " -"individual users." +"The *Tickets Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Reporting " +"--> Tickets Analysis`) provides an overview of every customer support ticket" +" in the database." msgstr "" -"Rapporten *Ticket Analysis* (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> " -"Ticket Analysis`) ger en översikt över alla kundtjänstärenden i databasen. " -"Detta inkluderar antalet ärenden som tilldelats team och enskilda användare." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:24 msgid "" -"This report is useful in identifying where teams are spending the most time," -" and helps determine if there is an uneven workload distribution among the " -"support staff. The default report counts the number of tickets per team and " -"groups them by stage." +"This report is useful for identifying where teams are spending the most " +"time, and helps determine if there is an uneven workload distribution among " +"the support staff. The default report counts the number of tickets per team " +"and groups them by stage." msgstr "" -"Denna rapport är användbar för att identifiera var teamen spenderar mest tid" -" och hjälper till att avgöra om det finns en ojämn fördelning av " -"arbetsbelastningen bland supportpersonalen. Standardrapporten räknar antalet" -" ärenden per team och grupperar dem efter stadium." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 msgid "View of Ticket Analysis report default view." msgstr "Standardvy för rapporten Ticket Analysis." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:32 msgid "" "Alternative measures can be selected to track where the most time is spent " "at different points in the workflow. To change the measures used for the " @@ -4587,88 +4497,72 @@ msgstr "" "knappen :guilabel:`Mått` och väljer ett eller flera alternativ i " "rullgardinsmenyn:" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Hours to Respond`: average number of working hours " "between a message sent from the customer and the response from the support " -"team. *This is does not include messages sent when the ticket was in a " -"folded stage*" +"team. *This does not include messages sent when the ticket was in a folded " +"stage.*" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Svarstid i medeltal`: genomsnittligt antal arbetstimmar mellan " -"ett meddelande som skickas från kunden och svaret från supportteamet. *Detta" -" inkluderar inte meddelanden som skickats när ärendet var i en nedvikt " -"etapp*" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:40 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hours Open`: number of hours between the date the ticket was " "created and the closed date. If there is no closed date on the ticket, the " -"current date is used. **This measure is not specific to working hours**" +"current date is used. **This measure is not specific to working hours.**" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Timmar öppet`: antal timmar mellan det datum då ärendet skapades " -"och stängningsdatumet. Om det inte finns något stängningsdatum på ärendet " -"används det aktuella datumet. **Detta mått är inte specifikt för arbetstid**" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hours Spent`: number of *Timesheet* hours logged on a ticket. " "*This measure is only available if Timesheets are enabled on a team, and the" -" current user has the access rights to view them*" +" current user has the access rights to view them.*" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Loggade timmar`: antal *Tidrapport*-timmar som loggats på ett " -"ärende. *Detta mått är endast tillgängligt om Tidrapport är aktiverat i ett " -"team och den aktuella användaren har åtkomsträttigheter för att visa dem*" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:44 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the date on " -"which the ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team member" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Hours to Assign`: antal arbetstimmar mellan det datum då ärendet " -"skapades och det datum då det tilldelades en teammedlem" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:46 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date on " -"which the ticket was created and the date it was closed" +":guilabel:`Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the date the " +"ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team member." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Hours to Close`: antal arbetstimmar mellan det datum då ärendet " -"skapades och det datum då det stängdes" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hours to First Response`: number of working hours between the " -"date on which the ticket was received and the date one which the first " -"message was sent. *This does not include email sent automatically when a " -"ticket reaches a stage*" +":guilabel:`Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date the " +"ticket was created and the date it was closed." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Timmar till första svar`: antal arbetstimmar mellan det datum då " -"ärendet mottogs och det datum då det första meddelandet skickades. *Detta " -"inkluderar inte e-post som skickas automatiskt när ett ärende når ett " -"stadium*" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hours to SLA Deadline`: number of working hours remaining to " -"reach the last :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` deadline on a ticket" +":guilabel:`Hours to First Response`: number of working hours between the " +"date the ticket was received and the date on which the first message was " +"sent. *This does not include email sent automatically when a ticket reaches " +"a stage.*" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Hours to SLA Deadline`: antal arbetstimmar som återstår för att " -"nå den sista :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` deadline på ett ärende" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:53 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Rating /5`: number valued assigned to the rating received from a " -"customer (Dissatisfied = 1, Okay/Neutral = 3, Satisfied = 5)" +":guilabel:`Hours until SLA Deadline`: number of working hours remaining to " +"reach the last |SLA| deadline on a ticket." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Rating /5`: siffervärde som tilldelats betyget från en kund " -"(Dissatisfied = 1, Okay/Neutral = 3, Satisfied = 5)" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:99 -msgid ":guilabel:`Count`: number of tickets in total" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Count`: antal biljetter totalt" +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rating (/5)`: number out of five to represent customer feedback " +"(Dissatisfied = 1, Okay/Neutral = 3, Satisfied = 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining Hours on SO`: hours remaining on a linked sales order." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Count`: number of tickets in total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:61 msgid "" "*Working hours* are calculated based on the default working calendar. To " "view or change the working calendar, go to the :menuselection:`Settings` " @@ -4678,35 +4572,29 @@ msgstr "" " ändra arbetskalendern, gå till :menuselection:`Inställningar` och välj " ":menuselection:`Medarbetare --> Företagets arbetstider`." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:66 msgid "SLA Status Analysis" msgstr "Analys av SLA-status" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:68 msgid "" -"The *SLA Status Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting -->" -" SLA Status Analysis`) tracks how quickly an SLA (Service Level Agreement) " -"is fulfilled, as well as the success rate of individual policies." +"The *SLA Status Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Reporting" +" --> SLA Status Analysis`) :ref:`analyzes the performance ` of individual SLA (Service Level Agreement) policies." msgstr "" -"Rapporten *SLA Status Analysis* (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Rapportering " -"--> SLA Status Analysis`) visar hur snabbt ett SLA (Service Level Agreement)" -" uppfylls, samt hur väl enskilda policyer lyckas." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:72 msgid "" -"By default, this report is filtered to show the number of :abbr:`SLAs " -"(Service Level Agreements)` failed, as well as the failure rate over the " -"last 30 days, grouped by team." +"By default, this report is filtered to show the number of |SLAs| failed, in " +"progress, and the number that have been successful. The results are grouped " +"by teams." msgstr "" -"Som standard filtreras denna rapport för att visa antalet :abbr:`SLAs " -"(Service Level Agreements)` som misslyckats, samt misslyckandefrekvensen " -"under de senaste 30 dagarna, grupperat efter team." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 msgid "View of Group by options of Ticket Analysis report." msgstr "Visa grupp efter alternativ i Ticket Analysis-rapporten." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:79 msgid "" "To change the measures used for the report that is currently displayed, or " "to add more, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button, and select one or more " @@ -4716,135 +4604,57 @@ msgstr "" "närvarande, eller lägga till fler, klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Mått` " "och väljer ett eller flera alternativ i rullgardinsmenyn:" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:82 msgid "" -":guilabel:`% of Failed SLA`: percentage of tickets that have failed at least" -" one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`" +":guilabel:`Number of SLA Failed`: number of tickets that have failed at " +"least one |SLA|." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`% av misslyckade SLA`: procentandel av ärenden som har " -"misslyckats med minst ett :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:83 msgid "" -":guilabel:`% of SLA in Progress`: percentage of tickets that have at least " -"one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` still in progress, and have not " -"failed any :abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)`" +":guilabel:`Rating (/5)`: number value representing customer feedback " +"(Dissatisfied = 1, Okay/Neutral = 3, Satisfied = 5)." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`% of SLA in Progress`: procent av ärenden som har minst ett " -":abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` fortfarande pågående, och inte har " -"misslyckats med några :abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)`" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:84 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`% of Successful SLA`: percentage of tickets where all :abbr:`SLAs" -" (Service Level Agreements)` have been successful" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`% of Successful SLA`: procentandel ärenden där alla :abbr:`SLA " -"(Service Level Agreements)` har varit framgångsrika" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:86 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Number of SLA Failed`: number of tickets that have failed at " -"least one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`" +":guilabel:`Working Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the " +"date the ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team member." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Number of SLA Failed`: antal ärenden som har misslyckats med " -"minst ett :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:88 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Number of SLA Successful`: number of tickets where all " -":abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)` have been successful" +":guilabel:`Working Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date" +" the ticket was created and the date it was closed." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Number of SLA Successful`: antal ärenden där alla :abbr:`SLAs " -"(Service Level Agreements)` har varit framgångsrika" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:90 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Number of SLA in Progress`: number of tickets that have at least " -"one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` still in progress, and have not " -"failed any :abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)`" +":guilabel:`Working Hours to Reach SLA`: number of working hours between the " +"date the ticket was created and the date the |SLA| was satisfied." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Number of SLA in Progress`: antal ärenden som har minst ett " -":abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` fortfarande pågående, och inte har " -"misslyckats med några :abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)`" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:93 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Working Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the " -"date on which the ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team " -"member" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Working Hours to Assign`: antal arbetstimmar mellan det datum då " -"ärendet skapades och det datum då det tilldelades en teammedlem" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:95 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Working Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date" -" on which the ticket was created and the date it was closed" +msgid ":doc:`Service Level Agreements (SLA) `" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Working Hours to Close`: antal arbetstimmar mellan det datum då " -"ärendet skapades och det datum då det stängdes" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:97 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Working Hours to Reach SLA`: number of working hours between the " -"date on which the ticket was created and the date the :abbr:`SLA (Service " -"Level Agreement)` was satisfied" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Working Hours to Reach SLA`: antal arbetstimmar mellan det datum " -"då ärendet skapades och det datum då :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` " -"uppfylldes" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:102 -msgid "" -"To see the number of tickets that were able to achieve the stated :abbr:`SLA" -" (Service Level Agreement)` objectives, and track the amount of time it took" -" to achieve those objectives, click :menuselection:`Measures --> Number of " -"SLA Successful` and :menuselection:`Measures --> Working Hours to Reach " -"SLA`." -msgstr "" -"För att se antalet ärenden som lyckades uppnå de angivna :abbr:`SLA (Service" -" Level Agreement)`-målen, och spåra hur lång tid det tog att uppnå dessa " -"mål, klicka på :menuselection:`Mått --> Antal SLA som lyckades` och " -":menuselection:`Mått --> Arbetstid för att uppnå SLA`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:107 -msgid "" -"To sort these results by the team members assigned to the tickets, select " -":menuselection:`Total --> Assigned to`." -msgstr "" -"För att sortera dessa resultat efter de teammedlemmar som tilldelats " -"ärendena, välj :menuselection:`Total --> Tilldelad till`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:111 -msgid "" -":doc:`Service Level Agreements (SLA) " -"`" -msgstr "" -":doc:`Service Level Agreements (SLA) " -"`" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:98 msgid "Customer Ratings" msgstr "Kundbetyg" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:100 msgid "" -"The *Customer Ratings* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting -- " -"Customer Ratings`) displays an overview of the ratings received on " +"The *Customer Ratings* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app--> Reporting -->" +" Customer Ratings`) displays an overview of the ratings received on " "individual support tickets, as well as any additional comments submitted " "with the rating." msgstr "" -"Rapporten *Kundbetyg* (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Rapportering -- " -"Kundbetyg`) visar en översikt över de betyg som erhållits på enskilda " -"supportärenden, samt eventuella ytterligare kommentarer som lämnats " -"tillsammans med betyget." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 -msgid "View of the kanban display in the Customer Ratings report." -msgstr "Vy över kanban-displayen i rapporten Kundbetyg." +msgid "View of the Kanban display in the Customer Ratings report." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:108 msgid "" "Click on an individual rating to see additional details about the rating " "submitted by the customer, including a link to the original ticket." @@ -4856,31 +4666,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the details of an individual customer rating." msgstr "Visa detaljerna för ett enskilt kundbetyg." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:116 msgid "" -"On the rating's details page, select the :guilabel:`Visible Internally Only`" -" option to hide the rating from the customer portal." +"On the rating's details page, tick the :guilabel:`Visible Internally Only` " +"checkbox to hide the rating from the customer portal." msgstr "" -"På betygets informationssida väljer du alternativet :guilabel:`Visible " -"Internally Only` för att dölja betyget från kundportalen." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:119 msgid "" -"The *Customer Ratings* report is displayed in a kanban view by default, but " +"The *Customer Ratings* report is displayed in a Kanban view by default, but " "can also be displayed in graph, list, or pivot view." msgstr "" -"Rapporten *Kundbetyg* visas som standard i en kanbanvy, men kan också visas " -"i graf-, list- eller pivotvy." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:139 -msgid ":doc:`Ratings `" -msgstr ":doc:`Ratings `" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`Ratings `" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:126 msgid "View and filter options" msgstr "Visa och filtrera alternativ" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:128 msgid "" "On any Odoo report, the view and filter options vary, depending on what data" " is being analyzed, measured, and grouped. See below for additional " @@ -4890,7 +4696,7 @@ msgstr "" "data som analyseras, mäts och grupperas. Se nedan för ytterligare " "information om de tillgängliga vyerna för *Helpdesk*-rapporterna." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:133 msgid "" "Only one measure may be selected at a time for graphs, but pivot tables can " "include multiple measures." @@ -4898,12 +4704,12 @@ msgstr "" "Endast ett mått kan väljas åt gången för grafer, men pivottabeller kan " "innehålla flera mått." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:153 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:141 msgid "Pivot view" msgstr "Pivot-vy" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:139 msgid "" "The *pivot* view presents data in an interactive manner. All three " "*Helpdesk* reports are available in pivot view." @@ -4911,55 +4717,46 @@ msgstr "" "I *pivotvyn* presenteras data på ett interaktivt sätt. Alla tre " "*Helpdesk*-rapporterna är tillgängliga i pivotvyn." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:142 msgid "" -"The pivot view can be accessed on any report by selecting the " -":guilabel:`grid icon` at the top right of the screen." +"The pivot view can be accessed on any report by selecting the :icon:`oi-" +"view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot)` icon at the top-right of the screen." msgstr "" -"Pivotvyn kan nås i alla rapporter genom att välja :guilabel:`grid icon` " -"längst upp till höger på skärmen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:151 msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "Vy över analysrapporten för SLA-status i Odoo Helpdesk." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:149 msgid "" -"To add a group to a row or column to the pivot view, click the :guilabel:`➕ " -"(plus sign)` next to :guilabel:`Total`, and then select one of the groups. " -"To remove one, click the :guilabel:`➖ (minus sign)` and de-select the " -"appropriate option." +"To add a group to a row or column to the pivot view, click the :icon:`fa-" +"plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon next to :guilabel:`Total`, and then " +"select one of the groups. To remove one, click the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o`" +" :guilabel:`(minus)` icon, and de-select the appropriate option." msgstr "" -"Om du vill lägga till en grupp i en rad eller kolumn i pivotvyn klickar du " -"på :guilabel:`➕ (plustecken)` bredvid :guilabel:`Total` och väljer sedan en " -"av grupperna. Om du vill ta bort en grupp klickar du på :guilabel:`➖ " -"(minustecken)` och avmarkerar det aktuella alternativet." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:170 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:173 msgid "Graph view" msgstr "Grafvy" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:156 msgid "" "The *graph* view presents data in either a *bar*, *line*, or *pie* chart." msgstr "" "I vyn *graf* presenteras data i antingen ett *stapel*-, *linje*- eller " "*pie*-diagram." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:158 msgid "" -"Switch to the graph view by selecting the :guilabel:`line chart icon` at the" -" top right of the screen. To switch between the different charts, select the" -" *related icon* at the top left of the chart, while in graph view." +"Switch to the graph view by selecting the :icon:`fa-area-chart` " +":guilabel:`(area chart)` icon at the top-right of the screen. To switch " +"between the different charts, select the *related icon* at the top-left of " +"the chart, while in graph view." msgstr "" -"Växla till diagramvyn genom att välja :guilabel:`line chart icon` längst upp" -" till höger på skärmen. För att växla mellan de olika diagrammen, välj " -"*relaterad ikon* längst upp till vänster i diagrammet, medan du är i " -"grafvyn." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:164 msgid "Bar chart" msgstr "Stapeldiagram" @@ -4968,7 +4765,7 @@ msgstr "Stapeldiagram" msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in bar view." msgstr "Vy över analysrapporten för SLA-status i stapelvy." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:170 msgid "Line chart" msgstr "Linjediagram" @@ -4976,7 +4773,7 @@ msgstr "Linjediagram" msgid "View of the Customer Ratings report in line view." msgstr "Vy över rapporten Kundbetyg i radvy." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:176 msgid "Pie chart" msgstr "Cirkeldiagram" @@ -4984,37 +4781,33 @@ msgstr "Cirkeldiagram" msgid "View of the Ticket analysis report in pie chart view." msgstr "Vy över biljettanalysrapporten i form av ett cirkeldiagram." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:183 msgid "" "Both the *bar chart* and *line chart* can utilize the *stacked* view option." -" This presents two (or more) groups of data on top of each other, instead of" -" next to each other, making it easier to compare data." +" This presents two or more groups of data on top of each other, instead of " +"next to each other, making it easier to compare data. While viewing either a" +" bar chart or line chart, click the :icon:`fa-database` " +":guilabel:`(stacked)` icon to toggle the stacked view option on or off." msgstr "" -"Både *stapeldiagram* och *linjediagram* kan använda vyalternativet " -"*staplad*. Då visas två (eller flera) grupper av data ovanpå varandra, " -"istället för bredvid varandra, vilket gör det lättare att jämföra data." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:189 msgid "Save and share a favorite search" msgstr "Spara och dela en favoritsökning" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:191 msgid "" "The *Favorites* feature found on *Helpdesk* reports allows users to save " -"their most commonly used filters without having to reconstruct them every " +"their most commonly used filters, without having to reconstruct them every " "time they are needed." msgstr "" -"Med funktionen *Favoriter* som finns i *Helpdesk*-rapporter kan användarna " -"spara sina mest använda filter utan att behöva rekonstruera dem varje gång " -"de behövs." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:194 msgid "" -"To create and save new *Favorites* on a report, follow the steps below:" +"To create and save a new *Favorites* configuration on a report, follow the " +"steps below:" msgstr "" -"Följ stegen nedan för att skapa och spara nya *Favoriter* i en rapport:" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:196 msgid "" "Set the necessary parameters using the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group" " By` and :guilabel:`Measures` options." @@ -5022,35 +4815,37 @@ msgstr "" "Ställ in nödvändiga parametrar med hjälp av alternativen :guilabel:`Filter`," " :guilabel:`Gruppera efter` och :guilabel:`Mått`." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:213 -msgid "Click :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search`." -msgstr "Klicka på :menuselection:`Favoriter --> Spara aktuell sökning`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:214 -msgid "Rename the search." -msgstr "Byt namn på sökningen." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:198 msgid "" -"Select :guilabel:`Use by default` to have these filter settings " +"Click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(down)` icon next to the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar to open the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Favorites` heading, click :guilabel:`Save current " +"search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:201 +msgid "If desired, enter a new name for the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Default Filter` checkbox to have these filter settings " "automatically displayed when the report is opened. Otherwise, leave it " "blank." msgstr "" -"Välj :guilabel:`Use by default` om dessa filterinställningar ska visas " -"automatiskt när rapporten öppnas. Annars lämnar du den tom." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:204 msgid "" -"Select :guilabel:`Share with all users` to make this filter available to all" -" other database users. If this box is not checked, it will only be available" -" to the user who creates it." +"Tick the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make this filter configuration " +"available to all other database users. If this checkbox is not ticked, only " +"the user who creates the filter can access it." msgstr "" -"Välj :guilabel:`Dela med alla användare` för att göra detta filter " -"tillgängligt för alla andra databasanvändare. Om denna ruta inte är markerad" -" kommer filtret endast att vara tillgängligt för den användare som skapar " -"det." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:207 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to preserve the configuration for future use." msgstr "" "Klicka på :guilabel:`Spara` för att spara konfigurationen för framtida bruk." @@ -5059,17 +4854,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the save favorites option in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "Vy över alternativet spara favoriter i Odoo Helpdesk." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:226 -msgid "" -":doc:`Start receiving tickets " -"`" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:214 +msgid ":doc:`Start receiving tickets `" msgstr "" -":doc:`Börja ta emot ärenden " -"`" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:227 -msgid ":doc:`Odoo reporting `" -msgstr ":doc:`Odoo rapportering `" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:215 +msgid ":doc:`Odoo reporting <../../../essentials/reporting>`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 msgid "Service level agreements (SLA)" @@ -5395,11 +5186,11 @@ msgstr "" "Vy över ett ärendeformulär med en misslyckad och godkänd SLA i Odoo " "Helpdesk." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:133 msgid "Analyze SLA performance" msgstr "Objekta SLA-prestanda" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:135 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`SLA Status Analysis` report tracks how quickly an :abbr:`SLA " "(Service Level Agreement)` is fulfilled, as well as the performance of " @@ -5412,7 +5203,7 @@ msgstr "" "presterar. Navigera till rapporten, och motsvarande pivottabell, genom att " "gå till :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Rapportering --> SLA Statusanalys`." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:143 msgid "" "By default, the report displays in a :guilabel:`Pivot` view. Any :abbr:`SLA " "(Service Level Agreement)` policies in the database with tickets that failed" @@ -5424,7 +5215,7 @@ msgstr "" "uppfyllde en policy, är pågående eller har uppfyllt en policy listas. Som " "standard är de grupperade efter team och antal ärenden." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:151 msgid "" "The pivot view aggregates data, which can be manipulated by adding measures " "and filters." @@ -5432,7 +5223,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pivotvyn aggregerar data som kan manipuleras genom att lägga till mått och " "filter." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:153 msgid "" "To change the display, or add additional measurements, click the " ":guilabel:`Measures` button to reveal a drop-down menu of reporting " @@ -5442,7 +5233,7 @@ msgstr "" " på knappen :guilabel:`Mätningar` för att visa en rullgardinsmeny med " "rapporteringskriterier och väljer bland de tillgängliga alternativen." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:156 msgid "" "Whenever a measurement is picked, a :guilabel:`✔️ (checkmark)` icon appears " "in the drop-down menu to indicate that the measurement is included, and a " @@ -5457,7 +5248,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the available measures in the SLA status analysis report." msgstr "Vy över tillgängliga åtgärder i SLA-statusanalysrapporten." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:164 msgid "" "To add a group to a row or column, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` icon next " "to the policy name and then select one of the groups. To remove one, click " @@ -5475,7 +5266,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vy över de tillgängliga gruppalternativen i rapporten för analys av SLA-" "status." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:175 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`SLA Status Analysis` report can also be viewed as a " ":guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line Chart`, or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`. " @@ -5489,11 +5280,11 @@ msgstr "" "längst upp till höger på instrumentpanelen. Välj sedan lämplig diagramikon " "längst upp till vänster i diagrammet." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:182 msgid "Bar Chart" msgstr "Stapeldiagram" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:188 msgid "" "A bar chart can deal with larger data sets and compare data across several " "categories." @@ -5501,7 +5292,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ett stapeldiagram kan hantera större datamängder och jämföra data över flera" " kategorier." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:190 msgid "Line Chart" msgstr "Linjediagram" @@ -5509,12 +5300,12 @@ msgstr "Linjediagram" msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in line view." msgstr "Vy över analysrapporten för SLA-status i linjevy." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:196 msgid "A line chart can visualize data trends or changes over time." msgstr "" "Ett linjediagram kan visualisera datatrender eller förändringar över tid." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:198 msgid "Pie Chart" msgstr "Cirkeldiagram" @@ -5522,11 +5313,11 @@ msgstr "Cirkeldiagram" msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in pie chart view." msgstr "Vy över analysrapporten för SLA-status i cirkeldiagramvy." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:204 msgid "A pie chart compares data among a small number of categories." msgstr "I ett cirkeldiagram jämförs data i ett litet antal kategorier." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:207 msgid "" "Both the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` and :guilabel:`Line Chart` views can be " ":guilabel:`Stacked` by selecting the :guilabel:`Stacked` icon. This displays" @@ -5542,11 +5333,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in bar view, stacked." msgstr "Vy över analysrapporten för SLA-status i stapelvy, staplad." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:216 msgid "Cohort view" msgstr "Kohortvy" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:218 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Cohort` view is used to track the changes in data over a " "period of time. To display the :guilabel:`SLA Status Analysis` report in a " @@ -5560,19 +5351,19 @@ msgstr "" "representeras av :guilabel:`(fyra horisontella linjer)`, i det övre högra " "hörnet bredvid de andra visningsalternativen." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:227 msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in cohort view." msgstr "Vy över SLA-statusanalysrapporten i kohortvy." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:227 msgid "The cohort view examines the life cycle of data over time." msgstr "Kohortvyn undersöker livscykeln för data över tid." -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:230 msgid ":ref:`Reporting views `" msgstr ":ref:`Rapportering av vyer `" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:231 msgid "" ":doc:`Allow customers to close their tickets " "`" diff --git a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 123e8191c..16f234909 100644 --- a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jakob Krabbe , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Swedish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sv/)\n" @@ -1237,7 +1237,7 @@ msgid "eCommerce management" msgstr "Hantering av e-handel" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:124 msgid "Customer accounts" msgstr "Kundkonton" @@ -1872,7 +1872,7 @@ msgstr "" "perioder eller år, och direkt :guilabel:`insert in spreadsheet`, etc." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:147 msgid "Analytics" msgstr "Objekt" @@ -3198,11 +3198,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:168 msgid "" -"The file is then available after checkout in the **purchase order** section " -"found on the customer's portal." +"The file is then available after checkout in the :guilabel:`Sales Orders` " +"section, found on the customer's portal." msgstr "" -"Filen finns sedan tillgänglig efter utcheckningen i avsnittet " -"**inköpsorder** på kundens portal." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:172 msgid "Product configuration" @@ -7401,8 +7399,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads`" msgstr ":doc:`/applikationer/sales/crm/acquire_leads`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:156 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applikationer/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started`" +msgid ":doc:`../../services/helpdesk`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:161 msgid "Canned responses" @@ -8920,16 +8918,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:11 msgid "" "Each website can be designed and configured independently with its own " -":doc:`domain name `, theme, pages, menus, :doc:`languages " +":doc:`domain name `, :doc:`theme <../web_design/themes>`, " +":doc:`pages <../pages>`, :doc:`menus <../pages/menus>`, :doc:`languages " "`, :doc:`products <../../ecommerce/managing_products/products>`, " "assigned sales team, etc. They can also :ref:`share content and pages " "`." msgstr "" -"Varje webbplats kan utformas och konfigureras självständigt med sitt eget " -":doc:`domännamn `, tema, sidor, menyer, :doc:`språk " -"`, :doc:`produkter <../../ecommerce/managing_products/products>`," -" tilldelat säljteam, etc. De kan också :ref:`dela innehåll och sidor `." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -8948,7 +8942,7 @@ msgid "To create a new website, proceed as follows:" msgstr "Gör på följande sätt för att skapa en ny webbplats:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:136 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" "Gå till :menuselection:`Webbplats --> Konfiguration --> Inställningar`." @@ -9017,25 +9011,15 @@ msgstr "Välj webbplats" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:55 msgid "" -"When you switch websites, you are redirected to the other website, to the " -"same page (URL) as the current one. If the page you are currently viewing " -"does not exist on the other website, you are redirected to a 404 error page." -" Once redirected, click :guilabel:`Create page` to create the page." +"When you switch websites, you are redirected to the homepage of the other " +"website." msgstr "" -"När du byter webbplats omdirigeras du till den andra webbplatsen, till samma" -" sida (URL) som den aktuella. Om den sida du tittar på inte finns på den " -"andra webbplatsen omdirigeras du till en 404-felsida. När du har " -"omdirigerats klickar du på :guilabel:`Create page` för att skapa sidan." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:0 -msgid "Create a page from a 404 error page" -msgstr "Skapa en sida från en 404-felsida" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:58 msgid "Website-specific configuration" msgstr "Webbplatsspecifik konfiguration" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:60 msgid "" "Most website settings are website-specific, which means they can be " "enabled/disabled per website. To adapt the settings for a website, go to " @@ -9051,7 +9035,7 @@ msgstr "" "webbplatsen` högst upp på sidan :guilabel:`Inställningar`, i den **gula** " "bannern. Anpassa sedan alternativen för den specifika webbplatsen." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:67 msgid "" "Websites are created with the default settings; the settings are not copied " "from one website to the other." @@ -9059,7 +9043,7 @@ msgstr "" "Webbplatser skapas med standardinställningar; inställningarna kopieras inte " "från en webbplats till en annan." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:69 msgid "" "In a :doc:`multi-company environment `, " "each website can be linked to a specific company in your database so that " @@ -9073,11 +9057,11 @@ msgstr "" " på webbplatsen. För att visa företagsspecifika data anger du önskat företag" " i fältet :guilabel:`Företag`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:77 msgid "Content availability" msgstr "Innehållets tillgänglighet" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:79 msgid "" "By default, pages, products, events, etc. created from the frontend (using " "the :guilabel:`+New` button) are only available on the website from which it" @@ -9101,21 +9085,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Website field in Forum form" msgstr "Webbplatsfält i forumformulär" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:92 msgid "Records and features can be made available:" msgstr "Poster och funktioner kan göras tillgängliga:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:94 msgid "On all websites: leave the :guilabel:`Website` field empty;" msgstr "För alla webbplatser: lämna fältet :guilabel:`Website` tomt;" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:95 msgid "Only on one website: set the :guilabel:`Website` field accordingly;" msgstr "" "Endast på en webbplats: ställ in fältet :guilabel:`Website` i enlighet med " "detta;" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:96 msgid "" "On some websites: in this case, you should duplicate the item and set the " ":guilabel:`Website` field." @@ -9123,22 +9107,22 @@ msgstr "" "På vissa webbplatser: i detta fall bör du duplicera objektet och ange fältet" " :guilabel:`Website`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:100 msgid "Website pages" msgstr "Sidor på webbplatsen" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:102 msgid "" "To modify the website on which a page is to be published, proceed as " "follows:" msgstr "" "Gör på följande sätt för att ändra den webbplats där en sida ska publiceras:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:104 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages`." msgstr "Gå till :menuselection:`Webbplats --> Webbplats --> Sidor`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:105 msgid "" "Open the search panel and select the website on which the page is currently " "published." @@ -9150,11 +9134,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Display pages per website" msgstr "Visa sidor per webbplats" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:110 msgid "Tick the check box next to the page(s) you want to change." msgstr "Markera kryssrutan bredvid den eller de sidor du vill ändra." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:111 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Website` field and select the website, or empty it to " "publish the page on all websites." @@ -9162,7 +9146,7 @@ msgstr "" "Klicka på :guilabel:`Webbplats` och välj webbplats, eller töm fältet om du " "vill publicera sidan på alla webbplatser." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:115 msgid "" "Each website must have its own homepage; you may not use the same homepage " "for several websites." @@ -9170,11 +9154,11 @@ msgstr "" "Varje webbplats måste ha en egen startsida; du får inte använda samma " "startsida för flera webbplatser." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:118 msgid "eCommerce features" msgstr "Funktioner för e-handel" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:120 msgid "" "eCommerce features such as products, eCommerce categories, pricelists, " "discounts, payment providers, etc. can be restricted to :ref:`a specific " @@ -9184,7 +9168,7 @@ msgstr "" "rabatter, betalningsleverantörer etc. kan begränsas till :ref:`en specifik " "webbplats `." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:126 msgid "" "You can :doc:`allow your customers to use the same account " "<../../ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts>` on all of your " @@ -9196,11 +9180,11 @@ msgstr "" "webbplatser genom att aktivera kryssrutan :guilabel:`Shared Customer " "Accounts` i webbplatsinställningarna." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:131 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "Prissättning" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:133 msgid "" "Products can be priced differently based on the website using " ":ref:`pricelists `. The following configuration is " @@ -9209,7 +9193,7 @@ msgstr "" "Produkter kan prissättas olika baserat på webbplatsen med hjälp av " ":ref:`pricelists `. Följande konfiguration krävs:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:137 msgid "" "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section and select the " ":guilabel:`Pricelists` option :guilabel:`Multiple prices per product`." @@ -9217,14 +9201,14 @@ msgstr "" "Scrolla ner till sektionen :guilabel:`Shop - Products` och välj alternativet" " :guilabel:`Pricelists` :guilabel:`Multiple prices per product`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:139 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Pricelists` to define new pricelists or edit existing ones." msgstr "" "Klicka på :guilabel:`Pricelists` för att definiera nya prislistor eller " "redigera befintliga." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:140 msgid "" "Select the pricelist or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new one, then " "select the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and set the :guilabel:`Website` " @@ -9234,12 +9218,12 @@ msgstr "" "sedan fliken :guilabel:`Configuration` och ställ in fältet " ":guilabel:`Website`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting.rst:5 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Rapporter" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:149 msgid "" "Each website has its own :ref:`analytics `. To switch " "between websites, click the buttons in the upper right corner." @@ -9251,11 +9235,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Switch websites in analytics" msgstr "Byt webbplats i Analytics" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:156 msgid "Other reporting data" msgstr "Andra rapporteringsuppgifter" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:158 msgid "" "Other reporting data such as eCommerce dashboard data, online sales analyses" " and visitors can be grouped by website if necessary. Open the search panel " @@ -9284,19 +9268,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Cloudflare Turnstile is recommended** as it is possible to add an " -"interactive check if the automated check fails. Also, Google reCAPTCHA v3 is" -" limited to `1 million assessments per month per domain " -"`_." +"We recommend using **Cloudflare Turnstile** as reCAPTCHA v3 may not be " +"compliant with local data protection regulations." msgstr "" -"**Cloudflare Turnstile rekommenderas** eftersom det är möjligt att lägga " -"till en interaktiv kontroll om den automatiska kontrollen misslyckas. " -"Dessutom är Google reCAPTCHA v3 begränsad till `1 miljon bedömningar per " -"månad per domän `_." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:14 msgid "" "All pages using the :guilabel:`Form`, :guilabel:`Newsletter Block`, " ":guilabel:`Newsletter Popup` snippets, and the eCommerce :guilabel:`Extra " @@ -9306,7 +9282,7 @@ msgstr "" " Block`, :guilabel:`Newsletter Popup` och e-handelsformuläret " ":guilabel:`Extra Step During Checkout` skyddas av båda verktygen." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:19 msgid "" "`Cloudflare Turnstile's documentation " "`_" @@ -9314,7 +9290,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Cloudflare Turnstiles dokumentation " "`_" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:20 msgid "" "`Google's reCAPTCHA v3 guide " "`_" @@ -9322,15 +9298,15 @@ msgstr "" "`Google's reCAPTCHA v3 guide " "`_" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:25 msgid "Cloudflare Turnstile configuration" msgstr "Cloudflare Turnstile-konfiguration" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:28 msgid "On Cloudflare" msgstr "På Cloudflare" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:30 msgid "" "`Create `_ a Cloudflare account or use " "an existing one and `log in `_." @@ -9338,22 +9314,22 @@ msgstr "" "Skapa `_ ett Cloudflare-konto eller " "använd ett befintligt och logga in `_." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:32 msgid "On the dashboard navigation sidebar, click :guilabel:`Turnstile`." msgstr "" "Klicka på :guilabel:`Turnstile` i sidofältet för instrumentpanelens " "navigering." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:33 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Turnstile Sites` page, click :guilabel:`Add Site`." msgstr "" "På sidan :guilabel:`Turnstile Sites` klickar du på :guilabel:`Add Site`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:34 msgid "Add a :guilabel:`Site name` to identify it easily." msgstr "Lägg till en :guilabel:`Site name` för att enkelt identifiera den." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:35 msgid "" "Enter or select the website's :guilabel:`Domain` (e.g., *example.com* or " "*subdomain.example.com*)." @@ -9361,11 +9337,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ange eller välj webbplatsens :guilabel:`Domän` (t.ex. *exempel.com* eller " "*subdomän.exempel.com*)." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:36 msgid "Select a :guilabel:`Widget Mode`:" msgstr "Välj en :guilabel:`Widget Mode`:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:38 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Managed` mode is **recommended**, as visitors can be prompted" " to check a box confirming they are human if deemed necessary by Turnstile." @@ -9378,7 +9354,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Cloudflare Turnstile human verification widget" msgstr "Cloudflare Turnstile widget för mänsklig verifiering" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:44 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Non-interactive` and :guilabel:`Invisible` modes, " "visitors are never prompted to interact. In :guilabel:`Non-interactive` " @@ -9390,7 +9366,7 @@ msgstr "" "laddningswidget visas för att varna besökare om att Turnstile skyddar " "formuläret; widgeten stöds dock inte av Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:49 msgid "" "If the Turnstile check fails, visitors are not able to submit the form, and " "the following error message is displayed:" @@ -9402,8 +9378,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Cloudflare Turnstile verification error message" msgstr "Cloudflare Turnstile verifiering felmeddelande" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:28 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "Klicka på :guilabel:`Create`." @@ -9411,7 +9387,7 @@ msgstr "Klicka på :guilabel:`Create`." msgid "Adding a website to Cloudflare Turnstile" msgstr "Lägga till en webbplats i Cloudflare Turnstile" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:60 msgid "" "The generated keys are then displayed. Leave the page open for convenience, " "as copying the keys in Odoo is required next." @@ -9419,12 +9395,12 @@ msgstr "" "De genererade nycklarna visas sedan. Lämna sidan öppen för enkelhetens " "skull, eftersom kopiering av nycklarna i Odoo krävs härnäst." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:111 msgid "On Odoo" msgstr "På Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:66 msgid "" "From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " ":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`Cloudflare Turnstile` and click " @@ -9434,7 +9410,7 @@ msgstr "" "Under :guilabel:`Integrations`, aktivera :guilabel:`Cloudflare Turnstile` " "och klicka på :guilabel:`Save`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:68 msgid "" "Open the Cloudflare Turnstile page, copy the :guilabel:`Site Key`, and paste" " it into the :guilabel:`CF Site Key` field in Odoo." @@ -9442,7 +9418,7 @@ msgstr "" "Öppna Cloudflares Turnstile-sida, kopiera :guilabel:`Site Key` och klistra " "in den i fältet :guilabel:`CF Site Key` i Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:70 msgid "" "Open the Cloudflare Turnstile page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret Key`, and " "paste it into the :guilabel:`CF Secret Key` field in Odoo." @@ -9450,13 +9426,13 @@ msgstr "" "Öppna Cloudflares Turnstile-sida, kopiera :guilabel:`Secret Key` och klistra" " in den i fältet :guilabel:`CF Secret Key` i Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "Klicka på :guilabel:`Spara`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:75 msgid "" "Navigate to Turnstile on your Cloudflare account to view the solve rates and" " access more settings." @@ -9464,15 +9440,20 @@ msgstr "" "Gå till Turnstile på ditt Cloudflare-konto för att se lösningshastigheterna " "och få tillgång till fler inställningar." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:81 msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 configuration" msgstr "reCAPTCHA v3-konfiguration" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:84 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 may not be compliant with local data protection regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:87 msgid "On Google" msgstr "På Google" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:89 msgid "" "Open `the reCAPTCHA website registration page " "`_. Log in or create a Google" @@ -9482,19 +9463,19 @@ msgstr "" "`_. Logga in eller skapa ett " "Google-konto om det behövs." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:92 msgid "On the website registration page:" msgstr "På webbplatsens registreringssida:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:94 msgid "Give the website a :guilabel:`Label`." msgstr "Ge webbplatsen en :guilabel:`Label`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:95 msgid "Leave the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA type` on :guilabel:`Score based (v3)`." msgstr "Lämna :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA type` på :guilabel:`Score based (v3)`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:96 msgid "" "Enter one or more :guilabel:`Domains` (e.g., *example.com* or " "*subdomain.example.com*)." @@ -9502,7 +9483,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ange en eller flera :guilabel:`Domäner` (t.ex. *exempel.com* eller " "*subdomän.exempel.com*)." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:97 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform`, a project is automatically selected" " if one was already created with the logged-in Google account. If not, one " @@ -9515,11 +9496,11 @@ msgstr "" "för att välja ett projekt själv eller byta namn på det automatiskt skapade " "projektet." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:101 msgid "Agree to the terms of service." msgstr "Godkänn villkoren för tjänsten." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:102 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit`." msgstr "Klicka på :guilabel:`Submit`." @@ -9527,7 +9508,7 @@ msgstr "Klicka på :guilabel:`Submit`." msgid "reCAPTCHA website registration example" msgstr "reCAPTCHA exempel på registrering av webbplats" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:107 msgid "" "A new page with the generated keys is then displayed. Leave it open for " "convenience, as copying the keys to Odoo is required next." @@ -9535,7 +9516,7 @@ msgstr "" "En ny sida med de genererade nycklarna visas sedan. Lämna den öppen för " "enkelhetens skull, eftersom nycklarna ska kopieras till Odoo härnäst." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:113 msgid "" "From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " ":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` if needed." @@ -9544,7 +9525,7 @@ msgstr "" "Under :guilabel:`Integrations`, aktivera :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` om det " "behövs." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:117 msgid "" "Do not disable the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` feature or uninstall the " ":guilabel:`Google reCAPTCHA integration` module, as many other modules would" @@ -9554,7 +9535,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Google reCAPTCHA integration`-modulen, eftersom många andra " "moduler också skulle tas bort." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:120 msgid "" "Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Site key`, and paste it " "into the :guilabel:`Site Key` field in Odoo." @@ -9562,7 +9543,7 @@ msgstr "" "Öppna Googles reCAPTCHA-sida, kopiera :guilabel:`Site key` och klistra in " "den i :guilabel:`Site Key`-fältet i Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:122 msgid "" "Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret key`, and paste " "it into the :guilabel:`Secret Key` field in Odoo." @@ -9570,7 +9551,7 @@ msgstr "" "Öppna Google reCAPTCHA-sidan, kopiera :guilabel:`Secret key` och klistra in " "den i fältet :guilabel:`Secret Key` i Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:124 msgid "" "Change the default :guilabel:`Minimum score` (`0.50`) if necessary, using a " "value between `1.00` and `0.00`. The higher the threshold is, the more " @@ -9580,7 +9561,7 @@ msgstr "" "ett värde mellan `1.00` och `0.00`. Ju högre tröskelvärdet är, desto svårare" " är det att klara reCAPTCHA, och vice versa." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:129 msgid "" "You can notify visitors that reCAPTCHA protects a form. To do so, open the " "website editor and navigate to the form. Then, click somewhere on the form, " @@ -9597,7 +9578,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "reCAPTCHA policy message displayed on a form" msgstr "reCAPTCHA-policymeddelande som visas på ett formulär" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:138 msgid "" "If the reCAPTCHA check fails, the following error message is displayed:" msgstr "Om reCAPTCHA-kontrollen misslyckas visas följande felmeddelande:" @@ -9606,7 +9587,7 @@ msgstr "Om reCAPTCHA-kontrollen misslyckas visas följande felmeddelande:" msgid "Google reCAPTCHA verification error message" msgstr "Google reCAPTCHA verifiering felmeddelande" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:144 msgid "" "Analytics and additional settings are available on `Google's reCAPTCHA " "administration page `_. For " @@ -10190,29 +10171,22 @@ msgstr "" "Med Odoo kan du skapa sidor för din webbplats och anpassa deras innehåll och" " utseende efter dina behov." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:12 msgid "" -"*Static* pages are pages that have stable content, such as the homepage. You" -" can manually create new ones, define their URL, adapt their " -":ref:`properties `, etc. *Dynamic* pages, on the " -"other hand, are generated dynamically. All pages generated automatically by " -"Odoo, for example when you install an app or module (e.g., `/shop` or " -"`/blog`) or publish a new product or blog post, are dynamic pages and are " -"therefore managed differently." +"**Static** pages have stable content, such as the homepage. You can manually" +" create new ones, define their URLs, adapt their :ref:`properties " +"`, etc. **Dynamic** pages, on the other hand, are " +"generated dynamically. All pages generated automatically by Odoo, for " +"example, when you install an app or module (e.g., `/shop` or `/blog`) or " +"publish a new product or blog post, are dynamic pages and are therefore " +"managed differently." msgstr "" -"*Statiska* sidor är sidor som har ett stabilt innehåll, t.ex. hemsidan. Du " -"kan manuellt skapa nya sådana, definiera deras URL, anpassa deras " -":ref:`properties `, etc. *Dynamiska* sidor, å andra" -" sidan, genereras dynamiskt. Alla sidor som genereras automatiskt av Odoo, " -"till exempel när du installerar en app eller modul (t.ex. `/shop` eller " -"`/blog`) eller publicerar en ny produkt eller ett nytt blogginlägg, är " -"dynamiska sidor och hanteras därför på olika sätt." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:19 msgid "Page creation" msgstr "Skapa sida" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:21 msgid "" "Website pages can be created from the **frontend** and the **backend**. To " "create a new website page, proceed as follows:" @@ -10220,7 +10194,7 @@ msgstr "" "Webbsidor kan skapas från **frontend** och **backend**. Gör så här för att " "skapa en ny webbplatssida:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:24 msgid "" "Either open the **Website** app, click :guilabel:`+ New` in the top-right " "corner, then select :guilabel:`Page`;" @@ -10228,7 +10202,7 @@ msgstr "" "Öppna appen **Website**, klicka på :guilabel:`+ New` i det övre högra hörnet" " och välj sedan :guilabel:`Page`;" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:26 msgid "" "Or go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages` and click " ":guilabel:`New`." @@ -10236,15 +10210,13 @@ msgstr "" "Eller gå till :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages` och klicka på " ":guilabel:`New`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:27 msgid "" -"Enter a :guilabel:`Page Title`; this title is used in the menu, as well as " -"in the page's URL." +"Enter a :guilabel:`Page Title`; this title is used in the menu and the " +"page's URL." msgstr "" -"Ange en :guilabel:`Sidtitel`; denna titel används i menyn, samt i sidans " -"URL." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:29 msgid "" "Customize the page's content and appearance using the website builder, then " "click :guilabel:`Save`." @@ -10252,45 +10224,41 @@ msgstr "" "Anpassa sidans innehåll och utseende med hjälp av webbplatsbyggaren och " "klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Spara`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:31 msgid ":ref:`Publish ` the page." msgstr ":ref:`Publicera ` sidan." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:34 msgid "" "Disable :guilabel:`Add to menu` if the page should not appear in the menu." msgstr "" "Inaktivera :guilabel:`Lägg till i meny` om sidan inte ska visas i menyn." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:37 msgid "Page management" msgstr "Sidhantering" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:42 msgid "Publishing/unpublishing pages" msgstr "Publicering/ompublicering av sidor" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:44 msgid "" "Pages need to be published to make them accessible to website visitors. To " -"publish or unpublish a page, access it, then toggle the switch in the upper-" +"publish or unpublish a page, access it and toggle the switch in the upper-" "right corner from :guilabel:`Unpublished` to :guilabel:`Published`, or vice " "versa." msgstr "" -"Sidor måste publiceras för att de ska bli tillgängliga för webbplatsens " -"besökare. Du publicerar eller avpublicerar en sida genom att öppna den och " -"sedan växla knappen i det övre högra hörnet från :guilabel:`Unpublished` " -"till :guilabel:`Published`, eller vice versa." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst-1 msgid "Unpublished/Published toggle" msgstr "Opublicerad/Publicerad växla" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:52 msgid "It is also possible to:" msgstr "Det är också möjligt att:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:54 msgid "" "publish/unpublish a page from the :ref:`page properties " "`, where you can define a publishing date and/or " @@ -10300,66 +10268,52 @@ msgstr "" "`, där du kan ange ett publiceringsdatum och/eller " "begränsa sidans synlighet om det behövs;" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:56 msgid "" "publish/unpublish several pages at once: go to :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Site --> Pages`, select the pages, then, click :guilabel:`Action` and select" -" :guilabel:`Publish` or :guilabel:`Unpublish`." +"Site --> Pages`, select the pages, then click :guilabel:`Action` and select " +":guilabel:`Publish` or :guilabel:`Unpublish`." msgstr "" -"publicera/avpublicera flera sidor samtidigt: gå till :menuselection:`Website" -" --> Site --> Pages`, markera sidorna, klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Action` " -"och välj :guilabel:`Publish` eller :guilabel:`Unpublish`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:61 msgid "Homepage" msgstr "Hemsida" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:63 msgid "" -"By default, when you create a website, Odoo creates a dedicated " -":guilabel:`Home` page, but you can define any website page as your homepage." -" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, " -"then, in the :guilabel:`Website info` section, define the URL of the desired" -" page in the field :guilabel:`Homepage URL` (e.g., `/shop`)." +"When you create a website, Odoo creates a dedicated :guilabel:`Home` page by" +" default, but you can define any website page as your homepage. To do so, go" +" to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, then, in the " +":guilabel:`Website info` section, define the URL of the desired page in the " +"field :guilabel:`Homepage URL` (e.g., `/shop`)." msgstr "" -"När du skapar en webbplats skapar Odoo som standard en dedikerad " -":guilabel:`Home`-sida, men du kan definiera vilken webbplats som helst som " -"din startsida. Det gör du genom att gå till :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` och sedan, i avsnittet :guilabel:`Website info`," -" ange URL-adressen för den önskade sidan i fältet :guilabel:`Homepage URL` " -"(t.ex. `/shop`)." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:68 msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can define any static page as your homepage by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Properties`. Select the " -":guilabel:`Publish` tab and enable :guilabel:`Use as Homepage`." +"Alternatively, you can define any :ref:`static page ` as " +"your homepage by going to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Properties`. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Publish` tab and enable :guilabel:`Use as Homepage`." msgstr "" -"Alternativt kan du definiera en statisk sida som din startsida genom att gå " -"till :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Properties`. Välj fliken " -":guilabel:`Publicera` och aktivera :guilabel:`Använd som startsida`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:75 msgid "Page properties" msgstr "Sidans egenskaper" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:77 msgid "" -"To modify a static page's properties, access the page you wish to modify, " -"then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties`." +"To modify a :ref:`static page's ` properties, access the " +"page you wish to modify, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties`." msgstr "" -"För att ändra en statisk sidas egenskaper, gå till den sida du vill ändra " -"och gå sedan till :menuselection:`Site --> Properties`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:80 msgid "The :guilabel:`Name` tab allows you to:" msgstr "På fliken :guilabel:`Name` kan du göra följande:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:82 msgid "rename the page using the :guilabel:`Page Name` field;" msgstr "byta namn på sidan med hjälp av fältet :guilabel:`Page Name`;" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:83 msgid "" "modify the :guilabel:`Page URL`. In this case, you can redirect the old URL " "to the new one if needed. To do so, enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old URL`, " @@ -10371,12 +10325,12 @@ msgstr "" "URL` och välj sedan :guilabel:`Type` för :ref:`redirection `:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`301 Moved permanently`: to redirect the page permanently;" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`301 Moved permanently`: för att omdirigera sidan permanent;" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`302 Moved temporarily`: to redirect the page temporarily." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`302 Moved temporarily`: för att omdirigera sidan tillfälligt." @@ -10385,14 +10339,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Redirect old URL" msgstr "Omdirigera gammal URL" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:93 msgid "" "You can further adapt the page's properties in the :guilabel:`Publish` tab:" msgstr "" "Du kan anpassa sidans egenskaper ytterligare på fliken " ":guilabel:`Publicera`:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:95 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show in Top Menu`: Disable if you don't want the page to appear " "in the menu;" @@ -10400,7 +10354,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Visa i toppmenyn`: Inaktivera om du inte vill att sidan ska visas" " i menyn;" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:96 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use as Homepage`: Enable if you want the page to be the homepage " "of your website;" @@ -10408,7 +10362,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Använd som startsida`: Aktivera om du vill att sidan ska vara " "startsidan för din webbplats;" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:97 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Indexed`: Disable if you don't want the page to be shown in " "search engine results;" @@ -10416,11 +10370,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Indexerad`: Avaktivera om du inte vill att sidan ska visas i " "sökmotorresultat;" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:98 msgid ":guilabel:`Published`: Enable to publish the page;" msgstr ":guilabel:`Publicerad`: Aktivera publicering av sidan;" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Publishing Date`: To publish the page at a specific moment, " "select the date, click the clock icon to set the time, then click the green " @@ -10430,19 +10384,19 @@ msgstr "" "tidpunkt väljer du datum, klickar på klockikonen för att ställa in tiden och" " klickar sedan på den gröna bocken för att validera ditt val." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:101 msgid ":guilabel:`Visibility`: Select who can access the page:" msgstr ":guilabel:`Synlighet`: Välj vem som kan komma åt sidan:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:103 msgid ":guilabel:`All`" msgstr ":guilabel:`All`" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Signed In`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Signed In` (inloggad)" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Restricted Group`: Select the :doc:`user access group(s) " "` in the :guilabel:`Authorized " @@ -10452,14 +10406,14 @@ msgstr "" "` i fältet :guilabel:`Authorized " "group`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`With Password`: Enter the password in the :guilabel:`Password` " "field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Med lösenord`: Ange lösenordet i fältet :guilabel:`Password`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:110 msgid "" "*Some* of these properties can also be modified from :menuselection:`Website" " --> Site --> Pages`." @@ -10467,11 +10421,11 @@ msgstr "" "*Några* av dessa egenskaper kan också ändras från :menuselection:`Website " "--> Site --> Pages`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:113 msgid "Duplicating pages" msgstr "Duplicering av sidor" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:115 msgid "" "To duplicate a page, access the page, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> " "Properties` and click :guilabel:`Duplicate Page`. Enter a :guilabel:`Page " @@ -10486,15 +10440,15 @@ msgstr "" "bort den från menyn eller ändra dess position med hjälp av " ":doc:`menyredigerare `." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:123 msgid "Deleting pages" msgstr "Radera sidor" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:125 msgid "To delete a page, proceed as follows:" msgstr "Gör på följande sätt för att radera en sida:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:127 msgid "" "Access the page, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties` and click " ":guilabel:`Delete Page`." @@ -10502,7 +10456,7 @@ msgstr "" "Öppna sidan, gå sedan till :menuselection:`Site --> Properties` och klicka " "på :guilabel:`Delete Page`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:129 msgid "" "A pop-up window appears on the screen with all links referring to the page " "you want to delete, organized by category. To ensure website visitors don't " @@ -10519,7 +10473,7 @@ msgstr "" "Alternativt kan du skapa en :ref:`redirection ` för" " den borttagna sidan." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:134 msgid "" "Once you have updated the links (or set up a :ref:`redirection `), select the :guilabel:`I am sure about this` check box, then " @@ -10529,28 +10483,22 @@ msgstr "" "`) markerar du kryssrutan :guilabel:`I am sure " "about this` och klickar sedan på :guilabel:`OK`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:138 -msgid "URL redirects" -msgstr "URL-omdirigeringar" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Redirecting URLs consists in sending visitors and search engines to a URL " -"that is different from the one they originally requested. This technique is " -"used, for example, to prevent broken links when you :ref:`delete a page " -"`, :ref:`modify its URL `, or " -"move your site to a new :doc:`domain `. It can " -"also be used to improve :doc:`pages/seo`." +msgid "URL redirect mapping" msgstr "" -"Omdirigering av webbadresser innebär att besökare och sökmotorer skickas " -"till en annan webbadress än den de ursprungligen begärde. Denna teknik " -"används till exempel för att förhindra brutna länkar när du :ref:`raderar en" -" sida `, :ref:`modifierar dess URL " -"`, eller flyttar din webbplats till en ny " -":doc:`domän `. Den kan också användas för att " -"förbättra :doc:`pages/seo`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:142 +msgid "" +"URL redirect mapping consists in sending visitors and search engines to a " +"URL different from the one they initially requested. This technique is used," +" for example, to prevent broken links when you :ref:`delete a page " +"`, :ref:`modify its URL `, or " +"migrate your site from another platform to an Odoo :doc:`domain " +"`. It can also be used to improve " +":doc:`pages/seo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:148 msgid "" "To access existing URL redirections and create new ones, :doc:`activate the " "developer mode ` and go to " @@ -10560,127 +10508,105 @@ msgstr "" " utvecklarläget ` och gå till " ":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Redirects`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:151 -msgid "" -"A record is added automatically every time you :ref:`modify a page's URL " -"` and enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old URL`." -msgstr "" -"En post läggs till automatiskt varje gång du :ref:`modifierar en sidas URL " -"` och aktiverar :guilabel:`Redirect Old URL`." - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:153 -msgid "You can set up redirections for static and dynamic pages." -msgstr "Du kan konfigurera omdirigeringar för statiska och dynamiska sidor." +msgid "" +"A redirect record is added automatically every time you :ref:`modify a " +"page's URL ` and enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old " +"URL`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:155 msgid "" +"You can set up redirections for :ref:`static and dynamic pages " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:157 +msgid "" "To create a new redirection, click the :guilabel:`New` button, then fill in " "the fields:" msgstr "" "För att skapa en ny omdirigering klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`New` och " "fyller sedan i fälten:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:159 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name to identify the redirect." msgstr ":guilabel:`Namn`: Ange ett namn för att identifiera omdirigeringen." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:160 msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: Select the type of redirection:" msgstr ":guilabel:`Aktion`: Välj typ av omdirigering:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:160 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`404 Not found`: visitors are redirected to a 404 error page when " -"they try to access the page." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`404 Not found`: besökare omdirigeras till en 404-felsida när de " -"försöker komma åt sidan." - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:162 msgid "" -":guilabel:`301 Moved Permanently`: for permanent redirections of static " -"pages; the new URL is shown in search engine results and the redirect is " -"cached by browsers." +":guilabel:`404 Not found`: visitors are redirected to a 404 error page when " +"they try to access an unpublished or deleted page." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`301 Moved Permanently`: för permanenta omdirigeringar av statiska" -" sidor; den nya URL:en visas i sökmotorresultat och omdirigeringen cachas av" -" webbläsare." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:164 msgid "" -":guilabel:`302 Moved Temporarily`: for short-term redirections, for example," -" if you are redesigning or updating the page. The new URL is neither cached " -"by browsers, nor shown in search engine results." +":guilabel:`301 Moved Permanently`: for permanent redirections of unpublished" +" or deleted :ref:`static pages `. The new URL is shown in" +" search engine results, and the redirect is cached by browsers." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`302 Moved Temporarily`: för kortvariga omdirigeringar, till " -"exempel om du omformar eller uppdaterar sidan. Den nya URL:en cachas inte av" -" webbläsare och visas inte heller i sökmotorresultat." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:167 msgid "" -":guilabel:`308 Redirect / Rewrite`: for permanent redirections of dynamic " -"pages; the new URL is shown in search engine results and the redirect is " -"cached by browsers. Use this redirect type to rename a dynamic page, for " -"example, if you wish to rename `/shop` into `/market`." +":guilabel:`302 Moved Temporarily`: for short-term redirections, for example," +" if you are redesigning or updating a page. The new URL is neither cached by" +" browsers nor shown in search engine results." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`308 Redirect / Rewrite`: för permanenta omdirigeringar av " -"dynamiska sidor; den nya URL:en visas i sökmotorresultat och omdirigeringen " -"cachas av webbläsare. Använd denna omdirigeringstyp för att döpa om en " -"dynamisk sida, till exempel om du vill döpa om `/shop` till `/market`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:170 msgid "" -":guilabel:`URL from`: Enter the URL to be redirected (e.g., `/about-the-" -"company`) or search for the desired dynamic page and select it from the " -"list." +":guilabel:`308 Redirect/Rewrite`: for permanent redirections of existing " +":ref:`dynamic pages `. The URL is renamed; the new name " +"is shown in search engine results and is cached by browsers. Use this " +"redirect type to rename a dynamic page, for example, if you wish to rename " +"`/shop` into `/market`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`URL från`: Ange den URL som ska omdirigeras (t.ex. `/om-" -"företaget`) eller sök efter den önskade dynamiska sidan och välj den från " -"listan." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:173 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`URL to`: For 301, 302 and 308 redirects, enter the URL to be " -"redirected to. If you want to redirect to an external URL, make sure to " -"include the protocol (e.g., `https://`)." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`URL till`: För 301, 302 och 308 omdirigeringar anger du den URL " -"som ska omdirigeras till. Om du vill omdirigera till en extern URL, se till " -"att inkludera protokollet (t.ex. `https://`)." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:175 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL from`: Enter the URL to be redirected (e.g., `/about-the-" +"company`) or search for the desired :ref:`dynamic page ` " +"and select it from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:177 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL to`: For 301, 302, and 308 redirects, enter the URL to be " +"redirected to. If you want to redirect to an external URL, include the " +"protocol (e.g., `https://`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:179 msgid ":guilabel:`Website`: Select a specific website." msgstr ":guilabel:`Webbplats`: Välj en specifik webbplats." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:180 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sequence`: to define the order in which redirections are " +":guilabel:`Sequence`: To define the order in which redirections are " "performed, e.g., in the case of redirect chains (i.e., a series of redirects" " where one URL is redirected to another one, which is itself further " "redirected to another URL)." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Sequence`: för att definiera i vilken ordning omdirigeringar " -"utförs, t.ex. i fallet med omdirigeringskedjor (dvs. en serie omdirigeringar" -" där en URL omdirigeras till en annan, som i sin tur omdirigeras ytterligare" -" till en annan URL)." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:184 msgid "Toggle the :guilabel:`Activate` switch to deactivate the redirection." msgstr "" "Vrid på :guilabel:`Activate`-knappen för att inaktivera omdirigeringen." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:183 -msgid "" -"404, 301 and 302 redirections only work if the original page has been " -":ref:`unpublished ` or :ref:`deleted " -"`." -msgstr "" -"404, 301 och 302 omdirigeringar fungerar endast om den ursprungliga sidan " -"har blivit :ref:`upppublicerad ` eller " -":ref:`raderad `." - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:187 msgid "" +"404, 301, and 302 redirections are meant to migrate traffic from " +":ref:`unpublished ` or :ref:`deleted " +"` pages to *new* pages, while the 308 redirect is used " +"for *permanent* redirections of *existing* pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:192 +msgid "" "`Google documentation on redirects and search " "`_" @@ -10689,7 +10615,7 @@ msgstr "" "`_" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:193 msgid ":doc:`pages/seo`" msgstr ":doc:`sidor/seo`" @@ -11687,14 +11613,20 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`GTM (Google Tag Manager)` is a tag management system that allows you " "to easily update measurement codes and related code fragments, collectively " "known as tags on your website or mobile app, directly through the code " -"injector. To use GTM, proceed as follows:" +"injector." msgstr "" -":abbr:`GTM (Google Tag Manager)` är ett tagghanteringssystem som gör att du " -"enkelt kan uppdatera mätkoder och relaterade kodfragment, gemensamt kända " -"som taggar på din webbplats eller mobilapp, direkt via kodinjektorn. Gör så " -"här för att använda GTM:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Google Tag Manager may not be compliant with local data protection " +"regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:142 +msgid "To use GTM, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:144 msgid "" "Create or sign in to a Google account by going to " "https://tagmanager.google.com/." @@ -11702,18 +11634,18 @@ msgstr "" "Skapa eller logga in på ett Google-konto genom att gå till " "https://tagmanager.google.com/." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:146 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Accounts` tab, click :guilabel:`Create account`." msgstr "" "På fliken :guilabel:`Accounts` klickar du på :guilabel:`Create account`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:148 msgid "" "Enter an :guilabel:`Account Name` and select the account's " ":guilabel:`Country`." msgstr "Ange ett :guilabel:`Kontonamn` och välj kontots :guilabel:`Land`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:150 msgid "" "Enter your website's URL in the :guilabel:`Container name` field and select " "the :guilabel:`Target platform`." @@ -11721,11 +11653,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ange webbplatsens URL i fältet :guilabel:`Container name` och välj " ":guilabel:`Target platform`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:153 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create` and agree to the Terms of Service." msgstr "Klicka på :guilabel:`Create` och godkänn användarvillkoren." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:155 msgid "" "Copy the `` and `` codes from the popup window. Then, go to your" " website, click :guilabel:`Edit`, go to the :guilabel:`Themes` tab, scroll " @@ -11741,7 +11673,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Install Google Tag Manager" msgstr "Installera Google Tag Manager" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:164 msgid "" "The data is collected in the marketing tools used to monitor the website " "(e.g., Google Analytics, Plausible, Facebook Pixel), not in Odoo." @@ -12189,6 +12121,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/dynamic_content.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/inner_content.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -12347,6 +12280,59 @@ msgid "" "enter the code, replacing the code used to show the block's instructions." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:3 +msgid "Features" +msgstr "Funktioner" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Features` :doc:`building blocks <../building_blocks>` allow " +"you to list multiple items next to each other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The :ref:`Table of Content ` and the :ref:`Call " +"to Action ` blocks are presented below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:20 +msgid "Table of content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Table of Content` block is used to list many different items " +"grouped under several headings. A clickable index is available to navigate " +"quickly between the different categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst-1 +msgid "The default Table of Content block" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:29 +msgid "Call to action" +msgstr "Uppmaning till handling" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Call to Action` block is used to prompt visitors to take a " +"specific action, such as signing up for a newsletter or contacting you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst-1 +msgid "The default Call to Action block" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To change the button's link, select it, go to the :guilabel:`Customize` " +"tab's :guilabel:`Inline Text` section and replace `/contactus` with another " +"URL." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/inner_content.rst:3 msgid "Inner content" msgstr "Inre innehåll" @@ -12423,10 +12409,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The default banner block" msgstr "Standardblock för banner" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:29 -msgid "Call to action" -msgstr "Uppmaning till handling" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:31 msgid "" "The call to action button encourages visitors to take a specific action, for" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 37bb357c3..094f69bb2 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:55+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" @@ -717,11 +717,11 @@ msgstr "" "สำหรับบัญชีที่กำลังถูกลบ จากนั้นคลิกปุ่ม :guilabel:`ลบบัญชี` " "เพื่อยืนยันการลบ" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:36 msgid "Odoo.com account password change" msgstr "การเปลี่ยนรหัสผ่านบัญชี Odoo.com" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:38 msgid "" "To change an Odoo.com account password, first login into the Odoo.com user " "account from the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-" @@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ msgstr "" "ถัดจากไอคอนโปรไฟล์ จากนั้นเลือก :guilabel:`บัญชีของฉัน` " "และแดชบอร์ดพอร์ทัลจะแสดงขึ้น" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:41 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:43 msgid "" "To change the Odoo.com password, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security " "Settings` link, below the :menuselection:`Account Security` section. Next, " @@ -750,7 +750,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`รหัสผ่านใหม่` ในปัจจุบัน และยืนยันรหัสผ่านใหม่ สุดท้าย คลิกที่ " ":guilabel:`เปลี่ยนรหัสผ่าน` เพื่อดำเนินการเปลี่ยนรหัสผ่านให้เสร็จสิ้น" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:47 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:49 msgid "" "If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here " "`_." @@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ msgstr "" "หากลูกค้าต้องการเปลี่ยนการเข้าสู่ระบบ โปรดติดต่อฝ่ายสนับสนุน Odoo `ที่นี่ " "`_" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:53 msgid "" "Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the " "same email address is used." @@ -766,11 +766,11 @@ msgstr "" "รหัสผ่านสำหรับผู้ใช้ Odoo.com และผู้ใช้พอร์ทัลยังคงแยกจากกัน " "แม้ว่าจะใช้ที่อยู่อีเมลเดียวกันก็ตาม" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:55 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:57 msgid "Add two-factor authentication" msgstr "เพิ่มการยืนยันแบบสองขั้นตอน" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:59 msgid "" "To add two-factor authentication, login into the Odoo.com user account from " "the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-right corner of " @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ msgstr "" "และคลิกไอคอน :guilabel:`▼ (ลูกศรลง)` ถัดจาก :guilabel:`ไอคอนโปรไฟล์` " "จากนั้นเลือก :guilabel:`บัญชีของฉัน` และแดชบอร์ดพอร์ทัลจะแสดงขึ้น" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:64 msgid "" "If the user would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " "Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below " @@ -793,7 +793,7 @@ msgstr "" "ให้คลิกที่ลิงก์ :guilabel:`แก้ไขการตั้งค่าความปลอดภัย` ด้านล่างส่วน " ":menuselection:`ความปลอดภัยของบัญชี`" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:67 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " "(two-factor authentication)`. Then, confirm the current password in the " @@ -810,7 +810,7 @@ msgstr "" "(การยืนยันแบบสองขั้นตอน)` (Google Authenticator, Authy ฯลฯ) โดยการสแกน " ":guilabel:`รหัส QR โค้ด ` หรือป้อน :guilabel:`รหัสยืนยัน`" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:71 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:73 msgid "" "Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete " "the setup." @@ -818,22 +818,22 @@ msgstr "" "สุดท้าย คลิกที่ :guilabel:`เปิดใช้งานการยืนยันแบบสองขั้นตอน` " "เพื่อตั้งค่าให้เสร็จสมบูรณ์" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:76 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:" msgstr "" "ภายใต้ :guilabel:`บัญชีของฉัน` ผู้ใช้ Odoo.com " "ยังสามารถเข้าถึงสิ่งต่อไปนี้ได้:" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:76 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`" msgstr ":guilabel:`แดชบอร์ดพาร์ทเนอร์ของฉัน`" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" msgstr ":guilabel:`บริการภายในแอปของฉัน`" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`" msgstr ":guilabel:`แดชบอร์ดแอปของฉัน`" @@ -6799,14 +6799,260 @@ msgid "It should be stored securely, and should be generated randomly e.g." msgstr "ควรเก็บไว้อย่างปลอดภัย และควรสร้างขึ้นแบบสุ่ม เช่น" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:743 -msgid "which will generate a 32 characters pseudorandom printable string." -msgstr "ซึ่งจะสร้างสตริงที่สามารถพิมพ์แบบสุ่มเทียมได้ 32 ตัวอักษร" +msgid "which generates a 32-character pseudorandom printable string." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:746 +msgid "Reset the master password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:748 +msgid "" +"There may be instances where the master password is misplaced, or " +"compromised, and needs to be reset. The following process is for system " +"administrators of an Odoo on-premise database detailing how to manually " +"reset and re-encrypt the master password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:753 +msgid "" +"For more information about changing an Odoo.com account password, see this " +"documentation: :ref:`odoocom/change_password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:756 +msgid "" +"When creating a new on-premise database, a random master password is " +"generated. Odoo recommends using this password to secure the database. This " +"password is implemented by default, so there is a secure master password for" +" any Odoo on-premise deployment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:761 +msgid "" +"When creating an Odoo on-premise database the installation is accessible to " +"anyone on the internet, until this password is set to secure the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:764 +msgid "" +"The master password is specified in the Odoo configuration file (`odoo.conf`" +" or `odoorc` (hidden file)). The Odoo master password is needed to modify, " +"create, or delete a database through the graphical user interface (GUI)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:769 +msgid "Locate configuration file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:771 +msgid "" +"First, open the Odoo configuration file (`odoo.conf` or `odoorc` (hidden " +"file))." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:775 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:148 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:133 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:158 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:180 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:328 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:397 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:460 +msgid "Windows" +msgstr "Windows" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:777 +msgid "" +"The configuration file is located at: " +"`c:\\\\ProgramFiles\\\\Odoo{VERSION}\\\\server\\\\odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:779 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:25 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:152 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:174 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:199 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:228 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:388 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:450 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "Linux" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:781 +msgid "" +"Depending on how Odoo is installed on the Linux machine, the configuration " +"file is located in one of two different places:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:784 +msgid "Package installation: `/etc/odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:785 +msgid "Source installation: `~/.odoorc`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:788 +msgid "Change old password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:790 +msgid "" +"Once the appropriate file has been opened, proceed to modify the old " +"password in the configuration file to a temporary password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:795 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:843 +msgid "Graphical user interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:797 +msgid "" +"After locating the configuration file, open it using a (:abbr:`GUI " +"(graphical user interface)`). This can be achieved by simply double clicking" +" on the file. Then, the device should have a default :abbr:`GUI (graphical " +"user interface)` to open the file with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:801 +msgid "" +"Next, modify the master password line `admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sha…` to " +"`admin_passwd = newpassword1234`, for example. This password can be " +"anything, as long as it is saved temporarily. Make sure to modify all " +"characters after the `=`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:806 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:825 +msgid "" +"The line appears like this: `admin_passwd = " +"$pbkdf2-sh39dji295.59mptrfW.9z6HkA$w9j9AMVmKAP17OosCqDxDv2hjsvzlLpF8Rra8I7p/b573hji540mk/.3ek0lg%kvkol6k983mkf/40fjki79m`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:810 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:829 +msgid "The modified line appears like this: `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:812 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:852 +msgid "Command-line interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:814 +msgid "" +"Modify the master password line using the following Unix command detailed " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:816 +msgid "" +"Connect to the Odoo server's terminal via Secure Shell (SSH) protocol, and " +"edit the configuration file. To modify the configuration file, enter the " +"following command: :command:`sudo nano /etc/odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:820 +msgid "" +"After opening the configuration file, modify the master password line " +"`admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sha…` to `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`. This " +"password can be anything, as long as it is saved temporarily. Make sure to " +"modify all characters after the `=`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:832 +msgid "" +"It is essential that the password is changed to something else, rather than " +"triggering a new password reset by adding a semicolon `;` at the beginning " +"of the line. This ensures the database is secure throughout the entire " +"password reset process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:837 +msgid "Restart Odoo server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:839 +msgid "" +"After setting the temporary password, a restart of the Odoo server is " +"**required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:845 +msgid "" +"To restart the Odoo server, first, type `services` into the Windows " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. Then, select the :guilabel:`Services` application, " +"and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Odoo` service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:849 +msgid "" +"Next, right click on :guilabel:`Odoo`, and select :guilabel:`Start` or " +":guilabel:`Restart`. This action manually restarts the Odoo server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:854 +msgid "" +"Restart the Odoo server by typing the command: :command:`sudo service odoo15" +" restart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:857 +msgid "" +"Change the number after `odoo` to fit the specific version the server is " +"running on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:860 +msgid "Use web interface to re-encrypt password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:862 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to `/web/database/manager` or " +"`http://server_ip:port/web/database/manager` in a browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:866 +msgid "" +"Replace `server_ip` with the IP address of the database. Replace `port` with" +" the numbered port the database is accessible from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:869 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Set Master Password`, and type in the previously-" +"selected temporary password into the :guilabel:`Master Password` field. " +"Following this step, type in a :guilabel:`New Master Password`. The " +":guilabel:`New Master Password` is hashed (or encrypted), once the " +":guilabel:`Continue` button is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:874 +msgid "" +"At this point, the password has been successfully reset, and a hashed " +"version of the new password now appears in the configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:878 +msgid "" +"For more information on Odoo database security, see this documentation: " +":ref:`db_manager_security`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:882 msgid "Supported Browsers" msgstr "เบราว์เซอร์ที่รองรับ" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:748 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:884 msgid "" "Odoo supports all the major desktop and mobile browsers available on the " "market, as long as they are supported by their publishers." @@ -6814,38 +7060,38 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo รองรับเบราว์เซอร์เดสก์ท็อปและมือถือหลักทั้งหมดที่มีอยู่ในตลาด " "เท่าที่ได้รับการสนับสนุนจากผู้เผยแพร่" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:751 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:887 msgid "Here are the supported browsers:" msgstr "นี่คือเบราว์เซอร์ที่รองรับ:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:753 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:889 msgid "Google Chrome" msgstr "Google Chrome" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:754 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:890 msgid "Mozilla Firefox" msgstr "Mozilla Firefox" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:755 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:891 msgid "Microsoft Edge" msgstr "Microsoft Edge" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:756 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:892 msgid "Apple Safari" msgstr "Apple Safari" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:758 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:894 msgid "" "Please make sure your browser is up-to-date and still supported by its " "publisher before filing a bug report." msgstr "" "โปรดตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าเบราว์เซอร์ของคุณเป็นเวอร์ชันล่าสุดและยังคงได้รับการสนับสนุนโดยผู้เผยแพร่ก่อนที่จะยื่นรายงานข้อบกพร่อง" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:763 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:899 msgid "Since Odoo 13.0, ES6 is supported. Therefore, IE support is dropped." msgstr "ตั้งแต่ Odoo 13.0 จึงรองรับ ES6 ดังนั้นการสนับสนุน IE จึงถูกยกเลิก" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:766 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:902 msgid "" "to have multiple Odoo installations use the same PostgreSQL database, or to " "provide more computing resources to both software." @@ -6853,7 +7099,7 @@ msgstr "" "เพื่อให้การติดตั้ง Odoo หลายรายการใช้ฐานข้อมูล PostgreSQL เดียวกัน " "หรือเพื่อจัดหาทรัพยากรการประมวลผลเพิ่มเติมให้กับซอฟต์แวร์ทั้งสอง" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:769 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:905 msgid "" "technically a tool like socat_ can be used to proxy UNIX sockets across " "networks, but that is mostly for software which can only be used over UNIX " @@ -6863,7 +7109,7 @@ msgstr "" "ข้ามเครือข่ายได้ แต่ส่วนใหญ่ใช้สำหรับซอฟต์แวร์ที่สามารถใช้ได้ผ่านซ็อกเก็ต " "UNIX เท่านั้น" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:773 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:909 msgid "" "or be accessible only over an internal packet-switched network, but that " "requires secured switches, protections against `ARP spoofing`_ and precludes" @@ -7122,19 +7368,6 @@ msgstr "" "จำเป็นต้องเข้าสู่ระบบในฐานะลูกค้าหรือพาร์ทเนอร์แบบชำระเงินภายในองค์กรเพื่อดาวน์โหลดแพ็คเกจองค์กร" " (Enterprise)" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:25 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:52 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:129 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:152 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:174 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:199 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:228 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:271 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:384 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:446 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "Linux" - #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:28 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:116 msgid "Prepare" @@ -7180,7 +7413,7 @@ msgstr "" "จากนั้นจึงดำเนินการคำสั่งต่อไปนี้เพื่อติดตั้งเซิร์ฟเวอร์ PostgreSQL:" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:57 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:416 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:420 msgid "" "`wkhtmltopdf` is not installed through **pip** and must be installed " "manually in `version 0.12.6 " @@ -7282,19 +7515,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "เมื่อดาวน์โหลดแล้ว สามารถติดตั้งแพ็คเกจได้โดยใช้ตัวจัดการแพ็คเกจ 'dnf':" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:148 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:70 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:133 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:158 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:180 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:208 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:239 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:324 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:393 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:456 -msgid "Windows" -msgstr "Windows" - #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:151 msgid "" "Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running " @@ -7474,9 +7694,9 @@ msgstr "โคลนด้วย SSH" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:186 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:213 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:253 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:347 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:405 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:467 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:351 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:471 msgid "Mac OS" msgstr "Mac OS" @@ -7664,24 +7884,28 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:280 msgid "" -"For Debian-based systems, the packages are listed in the `debian/control " -"`_ file of the Odoo " -"sources." -msgstr "" -"สำหรับระบบที่ใช้ Debian แพ็คเกจต่างๆ จะแสดงอยู่ในไฟล์ `debian/control " -"`_ ของแหล่งที่มา Odoo" - -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:283 -msgid "" "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following commands should install the required " "packages:" msgstr "บน Debian/Ubuntu คำสั่งต่อไปนี้ควรติดตั้งแพ็คเกจที่จำเป็น:" +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:287 +msgid "" +"The `setup/debinstall.sh` script will parse the `debian/control " +"`_ file and install " +"the found packages." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:290 msgid "Install with pip" msgstr "ติดตั้งด้วย pip" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:292 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Using pip may lead to security issues and broken dependencies; only do this " +"if you know what you are doing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:296 msgid "" "As some of the Python packages need a compilation step, they require system " "libraries to be installed." @@ -7689,13 +7913,13 @@ msgstr "" "เนื่องจากแพ็คเกจ Python บางตัวจำเป็นต้องมีขั้นตอนการคอมไพล์ " "จึงจำเป็นต้องติดตั้งระบบไลบรารี" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:295 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:299 msgid "" "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following command should install these required " "libraries:" msgstr "บน Debian/Ubuntu คำสั่งต่อไปนี้ควรติดตั้งไลบรารีที่จำเป็นเหล่านี้:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:301 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:305 msgid "" "Odoo dependencies are listed in the :file:`requirements.txt` file located at" " the root of the Odoo Community directory." @@ -7703,7 +7927,7 @@ msgstr "" "การขึ้นต่อกันของ Odoo จะแสดงอยู่ในไฟล์ :file:`requirements.txt` " "ซึ่งอยู่ที่รากของไดเร็กทอรี Odoo คอมมูนิตี้" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:305 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:309 msgid "" "The Python packages in :file:`requirements.txt` are based on their " "stable/LTS Debian/Ubuntu corresponding version at the moment of the Odoo " @@ -7716,9 +7940,9 @@ msgstr "" "15.0 เวอร์ชันแพ็คเกจ `python3-babel` คือ 2.8.0 ใน Debian Bullseye และ 2.6.0 " "ใน Ubuntu Focal เวอร์ชันต่ำสุดจะถูกเลือกใน :file:`requirements.txt`" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:312 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:334 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:353 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:357 msgid "" "It can be preferable not to mix Python module packages between different " "instances of Odoo or with the system. However, it is possible to use " @@ -7730,7 +7954,7 @@ msgstr "" "`_ เพื่อสร้างสภาพแวดล้อม Python " "แบบแยกได้" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:320 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation " "(:file:`CommunityPath`) and run **pip** on the requirements file to install " @@ -7739,7 +7963,7 @@ msgstr "" "นำทางไปยังเส้นทางของการติดตั้ง Odoo คอมมูนิตี้ (:file:`CommunityPath`) " "และเรียกใช้ **pip** บนไฟล์ข้อกำหนดเพื่อติดตั้งข้อกำหนดสำหรับผู้ใช้ปัจจุบัน" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:326 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:330 msgid "" "Before installing the dependencies, download and install the `Build Tools " "for Visual Studio `_. Select " @@ -7749,8 +7973,8 @@ msgstr "" "Visual Studio `_ เลือก " "**เครื่องมือสร้าง C++** ในแท็บ **ภาระงาน** และติดตั้งเมื่อได้รับแจ้ง" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:330 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:349 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:334 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:353 msgid "" "Odoo dependencies are listed in the `requirements.txt` file located at the " "root of the Odoo Community directory." @@ -7758,7 +7982,7 @@ msgstr "" "การขึ้นต่อกันของ Odoo จะแสดงอยู่ในไฟล์ `requirements.txt` " "ซึ่งอยู่ที่รากของไดเร็กทอรี Odoo คอมมูนิตี้" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:342 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " "and run **pip** on the requirements file in a terminal **with Administrator " @@ -7767,7 +7991,7 @@ msgstr "" "นำทางไปยังเส้นทางของการติดตั้ง Odoo คอมมูนิตี้ (`CommunityPath`) และเรียกใช้" " **pip** บนไฟล์ข้อกำหนดในเทอร์มินัล **ด้วยสิทธิ์ของผู้ดูแลระบบ**:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:357 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:361 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " "and run **pip** on the requirements file:" @@ -7775,7 +7999,7 @@ msgstr "" "นำทางไปยังเส้นทางของการติดตั้ง Odoo คอมมูนิตี้ (`CommunityPath`) และเรียกใช้" " **pip** ในไฟล์ข้อกำหนด:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:367 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:371 msgid "" "Non-Python dependencies must be installed with a package manager (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." @@ -7783,15 +8007,15 @@ msgstr "" "ต้องติดตั้งการพึ่งพาที่ไม่ใช่ Python ด้วยตัวจัดการแพ็คเกจ (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:370 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:374 msgid "Download and install the **Command Line Tools**:" msgstr "ดาวน์โหลดและติดตั้ง **เครื่องมือบรรทัดคำสั่ง**:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:376 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:380 msgid "Use the package manager to install non-Python dependencies." msgstr "ใช้ตัวจัดการแพ็คเกจเพื่อติดตั้งการขึ้นต่อกันที่ไม่ใช่ Python" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:379 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:383 msgid "" "For languages using a **right-to-left interface** (such as Arabic or " "Hebrew), the `rtlcss` package is required." @@ -7799,21 +8023,21 @@ msgstr "" "สำหรับภาษาที่ใช้ **อินเทอร์เฟซจากขวาไปซ้าย** (เช่น อารบิกหรือฮีบรู) " "จำเป็นต้องมีแพ็คเกจ `rtlcss`" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:386 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:390 msgid "Download and install **nodejs** and **npm** with a package manager." msgstr "ดาวน์โหลดและติดตั้ง **nodejs** และ **npm** ด้วยตัวจัดการแพ็คเกจ" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:387 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:396 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:391 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:400 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:413 msgid "Install `rtlcss`:" msgstr "ติดตั้ง `rtlcss`:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:395 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:399 msgid "Download and install `nodejs `_." msgstr "ดาวน์โหลดและติดตั้ง `nodejs `_" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:402 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:406 msgid "" "Edit the system environment's variable `PATH` to add the folder where " "`rtlcss.cmd` is located (typically: " @@ -7823,7 +8047,7 @@ msgstr "" "อยู่ (โดยทั่วไป: " ":file:`C:\\\\Users\\\\\\\\AppData\\\\Roaming\\\\npm\\\\`)" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:407 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:411 msgid "" "Download and install **nodejs** with a package manager (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." @@ -7831,11 +8055,11 @@ msgstr "" "ดาวน์โหลดและติดตั้ง **nodejs** ด้วยตัวจัดการแพ็คเกจ (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:424 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:428 msgid "Running Odoo" msgstr "Odoo กำลังทำงาน" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:426 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:430 msgid "" "Once all dependencies are set up, Odoo can be launched by running `odoo-" "bin`, the command-line interface of the server. It is located at the root of" @@ -7846,7 +8070,7 @@ msgstr "" "ซึ่งเป็นอินเทอร์เฟซบรรทัดคำสั่งของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ ซึ่งอยู่ที่รากของไดเรกทอรี " "Odoo คอมมูนิตี้" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:429 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:433 msgid "" "To configure the server, either specify :ref:`command-line arguments " "` or a :ref:`configuration file " @@ -7856,7 +8080,7 @@ msgstr "" "` หรือ :ref:`ไฟล์การกำหนดค่า " "`" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:433 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:437 msgid "" "For the Enterprise edition, add the path to the `enterprise` add-ons to the " "`addons-path` argument. Note that it must come before the other paths in " @@ -7866,25 +8090,25 @@ msgstr "" "\"addons-path\" โปรดทราบว่าจะต้องมาก่อนเส้นทางอื่นๆ ใน `addons-path` " "เพื่อให้โหลด ส่วนเสริมได้อย่างถูกต้อง" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:437 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:441 msgid "Common necessary configurations are:" msgstr "การกำหนดค่าที่จำเป็นทั่วไปคือ:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:439 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:443 msgid "PostgreSQL user and password." msgstr "ผู้ใช้และรหัสผ่าน PostgreSQL" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:440 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:444 msgid "Custom addon paths beyond the defaults to load custom modules." msgstr "" "เส้นทางเสริมที่กำหนดเองนอกเหนือจากค่าเริ่มต้นเพื่อโหลดโมดูลที่กำหนดเอง" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:442 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:446 msgid "A typical way to run the server would be:" msgstr "วิธีทั่วไปในการรันเซิร์ฟเวอร์คือ:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:453 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:474 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:457 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:478 msgid "" "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, and " "`mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." @@ -7892,7 +8116,7 @@ msgstr "" "โดยที่ `CommunityPath` คือเส้นทางของการติดตั้ง Odoo คอมมูนิตี้ และ `mydb` " "คือชื่อของฐานข้อมูล PostgreSQL" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:463 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:467 msgid "" "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, " "`dbuser` is the PostgreSQL login, `dbpassword` is the PostgreSQL password, " @@ -7902,7 +8126,7 @@ msgstr "" "คือการเข้าสู่ระบบ PostgreSQL, `dbpassword` คือรหัสผ่าน PostgreSQL และ `mydb`" " คือชื่อของฐานข้อมูล PostgreSQL" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:477 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:481 msgid "" "After the server has started (the INFO log `odoo.modules.loading: Modules " "loaded.` is printed), open http://localhost:8069 in a web browser and log " @@ -7914,14 +8138,14 @@ msgstr "" "ในเว็บเบราว์เซอร์และเข้าสู่ระบบฐานข้อมูล Odoo ด้วยบัญชีผู้ดูแลระบบพื้นฐาน: " "ใช้ ` แอดมิน` เป็นอีเมล และ `แอดมิน` เป็นรหัสผ่านอีกครั้ง" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:482 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:486 msgid "" "From there, create and manage new :doc:`users " "<../../applications/general/users>`." msgstr "" "จากนั้น สร้างและจัดการ :doc:`ผู้ใช้ใหม่ <../../applications/general/users>`" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:483 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:487 msgid "" "The user account used to log into Odoo's web interface differs from the " ":option:`--db_user ` CLI argument." @@ -7929,7 +8153,7 @@ msgstr "" "บัญชีผู้ใช้ที่ใช้ในการเข้าสู่ระบบเว็บอินเทอร์เฟซของ Odoo แตกต่างจาก " ":option:`--db_user ` อาร์กิวเมนต์ CLI" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:487 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:491 msgid "" ":doc:`The list of CLI arguments for odoo-bin `" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po index 5dc3c5b9c..43b0c815d 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -3,6 +3,9 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2024 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2023-11-08 08:46+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,8 +23,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications.rst:9 msgid "User Docs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เอกสารผู้ใช้" #: ../../content/applications.rst:11 msgid "Discover our user guides and configuration tutorials per application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ค้นหาคู่มือผู้ใช้และบทช่วยสอนการกำหนดค่าตามแอปพลิเคชันของเรา" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po index 59d27e298..e3c3cb6cd 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" @@ -31,432 +31,653 @@ msgid "Activities" msgstr "กิจกรรม" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database. " -"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " -"chatter thread, kanban view, list view, or activities view of an " -"application." +msgid "*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:10 -msgid "Schedule activities" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The icon used to display activities varies depending on the :ref:`activity " +"type `:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:11 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`🕘 (clock)`: the default icon, which appears if nothing is " +"scheduled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 -msgid "" -"One way that activities are created is by clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule " -"Activity` button, located at the top of the *chatter* on any record. On the " -"pop-up window that appears, select an :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the " -"drop-down menu." +msgid ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)`: this icon appears if a phone call is scheduled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:13 +msgid ":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)`: this icon appears if an email is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:14 +msgid ":guilabel:`✔️ (checkmark)`: this icon appears if a to-do is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:15 msgid "" -"Individual applications have a list of *Activity Types* dedicated to that " -"application. For example, to view and edit the activities available for the " -"*CRM* application, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " -"Activity Types`." +":guilabel:`(group of people)`: this icon appears if a meeting is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(arrow pointing up above a line)`: this icon appears if a " +"document is scheduled to be uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(pencil in a box)`: this icon appears if a signature request is " +"scheduled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Enter a title for the activity in the :guilabel:`Summary` field, located in " -"the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window." +msgid "Schedule activities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:23 msgid "" -"To assign the activity to a different user, select a name from the " -":guilabel:`Assigned to` drop-down menu. Otherwise, the user creating the " -"activity is automatically assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Lastly, feel free to add any additional information in the optional " -":guilabel:`Log a note...` field." +"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " +":ref:`chatter ` thread, :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or " +":ref:`activities view ` of an application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Due Date` field on the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " -"window auto-populates based on the configuration settings for the selected " -":guilabel:`Activity Type`. However, this date can be changed by selecting a " -"day on the calendar in the :guilabel:`Due Date` field." +msgid "Chatter" +msgstr "แชท" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:32 +msgid "Activities can be created from the chatter on any record." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:34 -msgid "Lastly, click one of the following buttons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:36 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Schedule`: adds the activity to the chatter under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the chatter " -"under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, it is automatically " -"marked as completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:39 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Done \\& Schedule Next`: adds the task under :guilabel:`Today` " -"marked as done, and opens a new activity window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Discard`: discards any changes made on the pop-up window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Depending on the activity type, the :guilabel:`Schedule` button may be " -"replaced by a :guilabel:`Save` button, or an :guilabel:`Open Calendar` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Scheduled activities are added to the chatter for the record under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Activities can also be scheduled from the kanban, list, or activities view " -"of an application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:59 -msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "มุมมองคัมบัง" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`, and proceed to fill " -"out the pop-up form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:67 -msgid "List view" -msgstr "ดูล่าสุด" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`. If the record already " -"has an activity scheduled, the clock icon may be replaced by a :guilabel:`📞 " -"(phone)` or an :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:76 -msgid "Activity view" -msgstr "มุมมองกิจกรรม" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:78 -msgid "" -"To open the activity view for an application, select the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon from the menu bar anywhere in the database. Select any " -"application from the drop-down menu, and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " -"icon for the desired app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Activity menu drop down with focus on where to open activity view for CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Move across the row to " -"find the desired activity type, then click the :guilabel:`＋ (plus sign)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" -" throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Activities that appear in **green** indicate a due date sometime in the " -"future." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:96 -msgid "**Yellow** indicates that the activity's due date is today." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Red** indicates that the activity is overdue and the due date has passed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:99 -msgid "" -"For example, if an activity is created for a phone call, and the due date " -"passes, the activity appears with a red phone in list view, and a red clock " -"on the kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:103 -msgid "View scheduled activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:105 -msgid "" -"To view scheduled activities, open either the :menuselection:`Sales app` or " -":menuselection:`CRM app` and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, located " -"to the far-right side of the other view options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Doing so opens the activities menu, showcasing all the scheduled activities " -"for the user, by default. To show all activities for every user, remove the " -":guilabel:`My Pipeline` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To view a consolidated list of activities separated by the application where" -" they were created, and by deadline, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon on" -" the header menu to see the activities for that specific application in a " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The possibility to :guilabel:`Add new note` and :guilabel:`Request a " -"Document` appear at the bottom of this drop-down menu, when the :guilabel:`🕘" -" (clock)` icon on the header menu is clicked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads page emphasizing the activities menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:123 -msgid "Configure activity types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:125 -msgid "" -"To configure the types of activities in the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss --> Activities --> Activity Types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " -"activity types are found." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To edit an existing activity type, select it from the list, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`. To create a new activity type, click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:136 -msgid "" -"At the top of a blank activity type form, start by choosing a " -":guilabel:`Name` for the new activity type." +"To schedule a new activity, click the :guilabel:`Activities` button, located" +" at the top of the chatter. In the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " +"window that appears, :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 msgid "New activity type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:143 -msgid "Activity settings" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:45 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "มุมมองคัมบัง" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Another way that activities are created is from the Kanban view in an " +"application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:146 -msgid "Action" -msgstr "การดำเนินการ" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "The Kanban icon in the top menu, highlighted." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:53 msgid "" -"The *Action* field specifies the intent of the activity. Some actions " -"trigger specific behaviors after an activity is scheduled." +"To do so, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon located at the bottom of " +"an individual record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`+ Schedule An Activity`, then proceed to :ref:`fill out the" +" Schedule Activity form `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If a record already has a scheduled activity, the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon" +" is replaced by the icon that represents the existing scheduled activity. " +"Click on the activity type's icon to schedule another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:70 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "ดูล่าสุด" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:72 +msgid "Activities can also be created from a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Activities` column is hidden, reveal it using the " +":guilabel:`(additional options toggle)` icon in the far-right of the top " +"row, represented by two horizontal lines with two dots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon for the record the activity is" +" being added to, then click :guilabel:`+ Schedule an activity`. Proceed to " +":ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form ` that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:93 +msgid "Activity view" +msgstr "มุมมองกิจกรรม" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Most applications in Odoo have an *Activity* view available. If available, a" +" :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon is visible in the top-right of the main" +" menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To open the activity view, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "Top-right menu with the Activities icon called out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In this view, all the available activities are listed in the columns, while " +"the horizontal entries represent all the individual records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Activities that appear green have a due date in the future, activities that " +"appear orange are due today, while activities appearing red are overdue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Color bars in each column represent records for specific activity types, and" +" display a number indicating how many activities are scheduled for that " +"type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If multiple activity types are scheduled for a record, a number appears in " +"the box, indicating the total number of scheduled activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" +" throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To schedule an activity for a record, hover over the corresponding field, " +"and a :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` appears. Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)`, and then :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 +msgid "Schedule Activity form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Activities can be scheduled from many different places, such as from the " +":ref:`chatter ` of a record, or from one of multiple " +"views in an application, when available: the :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or :ref:`activity " +"view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Activity Type`: select the type of activity from the drop-down " +"menu. The default options are: :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Call`, " +":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`To-Do`. Depending on what other " +"applications are installed, additional options may be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Individual applications have a list of dedicated :ref:`activity types " +"`. For example, installing the *Sales* application makes " +":guilabel:`Order Upsell` available, while installing the *Sign* application " +"makes :guilabel:`Request Signature` available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Summary`: enter a short title for the activity, such as `Discuss " +"Proposal`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date`: using the calendar popover, select the activity's " +"deadline." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected, a link to upload a document is " -"added directly to the planned activity in the chatter." +":guilabel:`Assigned to`: by default, the current user populates this field. " +"To assign a different user to the activity, select them from the drop-down " +"menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 msgid "" -"If either :guilabel:`Phonecall` or :guilabel:`Meeting` are selected, users " -"have the option to open their calendar to schedule a time for this activity." +":guilabel:`Notes`: add any additional information for the activity in this " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Request Signature` is selected, a link is added to the planned" -" activity in the chatter that opens a signature request pop-up window." +"When the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window is completed, click one" +" of the following buttons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:158 msgid "" -"The actions available to select on an activity type vary, depending on the " -"applications currently installed in the database." +":guilabel:`Open Calendar`: opens the user's calendar to add and schedule the" +" activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:163 -msgid "Default user" -msgstr "ผู้ใช้เริ่มต้น" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:160 msgid "" -"To automatically assign this activity to a specific user when this activity " -"type is scheduled, choose a name from the :guilabel:`Default User` drop-down" -" menu. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to the user who" -" creates the activity." +"Click on the desired date and time for the activity, and a :guilabel:`New " +"Event` pop-up window appears. The summary from the *Schedule Activity* pop-" +"up window populates the :guilabel:`Title` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:170 -msgid "Default summary" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Enter the information in the :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up window, then click" +" :guilabel:`Save & Close` to schedule it. Once scheduled, the activity is " +"added to the chatter under the :guilabel:`Planned Activities` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Activity Type` is set to either :guilabel:`Call` or " +":guilabel:`Meeting`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 msgid "" -"To include notes whenever this activity type is created, enter them into the" -" :guilabel:`Default Summary` field." +":guilabel:`Schedule`: schedules the activity, and adds the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Planned Activities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:174 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule & Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the" +" chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, and is " +"automatically marked as done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next`: adds the details of the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, is " +"automatically marked as done, and a new :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up" +" window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancel`: discards any changes made on the :guilabel:`Schedule " +"Activity` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:188 +msgid "All scheduled activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To view a consolidated list of activities, organized by application, click " +"the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon in the header menu, located in the top-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If any activities are scheduled, the number of activities appear in a red " +"bubble on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:196 +msgid "" +"All activities for each application are further divided into subsections, " +"indicating where in the application the activity is to be completed. Each " +"sub-section lists the number of scheduled activities that are " +":guilabel:`Late`, due :guilabel:`Today`, and scheduled in the " +":guilabel:`Future`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:202 +msgid "" +"In the *Time Off* application, one activity is scheduled to be done in the " +"*All Time Off* requests dashboard, and six activities are scheduled to be " +"done in the *Allocations* dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:205 +msgid "" +"These requests appear in two separate lists in the all activities drop-down " +"menu: one labeled `Time Off` and one labeled `Time Off Allocation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list of activities that is accessed from the main menu bar. Two entries for the Time\n" +"Off application are highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:214 +msgid "Request a document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The option to :guilabel:`Request a Document` is available at the bottom of " +"the list of :ref:`all scheduled activities `, the option to " +":guilabel:`Request a Document` appears. Click :guilabel:`Request a " +"Document`, and a :guilabel:`Request a file` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:222 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Name`: enter a name for the document being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request To`: select the user the document is being requested from" +" using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date In`: enter a numerical value indicating when the " +"document is due. Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. " +"Click :guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. " +"Select the desired time-frame option from the list. The options are " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:229 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +":ref:`Workspace ` the document is being uploaded to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any desired tags from the drop-down menu. The " +"available tags displayed are based on the tags configured for the selected " +":guilabel:`Workspace`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message`: enter a message to clarify the document request in this" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:235 +msgid "" +"When all the fields are completed, click :guilabel:`Request` to send the " +"document request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Request a file form, with all fields filled out to request a contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:244 +msgid "Activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured types of activities in the database, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss section --> Activities " +"setting --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activity Types button in the Settings application under the Discuss section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " +"activity types are found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "The list of activity types already configured and available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:260 +msgid "Edit activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:262 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing :ref:`activity type `, click on the " +"activity type, and the activity type form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:265 +msgid "" +"Make any desired changes to the activity type form. The form automatically " +"saves, but it can be saved manually at any time by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Save Manually` option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:270 +msgid "Create new activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:272 +msgid "" +"To create a new :ref:`activity type `, click " +":guilabel:`New` from the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, and a blank " +"activity type form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the activity type at the top of the form, then " +"enter the following information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:279 +msgid "Activity Settings section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:281 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Action`: using the drop-down menu, select an action associated " +"with this new activity type. Some actions trigger specific behaviors after " +"an activity is scheduled, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:284 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Upload Document`: if selected, a link to upload a document is " +"automatically added to the planned activity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:286 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Call` or :guilabel:`Meeting`: if selected, users have the option " +"to open their calendar to select a date and time for the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request Signature`: if selected, a link to open a signature " +"request pop-up window is automatically added to the planned activity in the " +"chatter. This requires the Odoo *Sign* application to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Available activity types vary based on the installed applications in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folder`: select a specific :ref:`workspace " +"` folder to save a document to. This field **only** " +"appears if :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Action`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Folder` the document is " +"saved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default User`: select a user from the drop-down menu to " +"automatically assign this activity to the selected user when this activity " +"type is scheduled. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to " +"the user who creates the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Summary`: enter a note to include whenever this activity " +"type is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:307 +msgid "" "The information in the :guilabel:`Default User` and :guilabel:`Default " "Summary` fields are included when an activity is created. However, they can " "be altered before the activity is scheduled or saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:181 -msgid "Next activity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:311 msgid "" -"To automatically suggest, or trigger, a new activity after an activity has " -"been marked complete, the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` must be set." +":guilabel:`Keep Done`: tick this checkbox to keep activities that have been " +"marked as `Done` visible in the :ref:`activity view `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:187 -msgid "Suggest next activity" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:313 +msgid ":guilabel:`Default Note`: enter any notes to appear with the activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:316 +msgid "Next Activity section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:318 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field, select :guilabel:`Suggest Next " -"Activity`. Upon doing so, the field underneath changes to: " -":guilabel:`Suggest`. Click the :guilabel:`Suggest` field drop-down menu to " -"select any activities to recommend as follow-up tasks to this activity type." +"It is possible to have another activity either suggested or triggered. To do" +" so, configure the :guilabel:`Next Activity` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:321 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Schedule` field, choose a default deadline for these " -"activities. To do so, configure a desired number of :guilabel:`Days`, " -":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, decide if it should occur " -":guilabel:`after completion date` or :guilabel:`after previous activity " -"deadline`." +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`: select either :guilabel:`Suggest Next Activity` " +"or :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` from the drop-down menu. Depending on " +"the selected option, either the :guilabel:`Suggest` or :guilabel:`Trigger` " +"field is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:198 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:326 msgid "" -"This :guilabel:`Schedule` field information can be altered before the " -"activity is scheduled." +"The :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field does **not** appear if :guilabel:`Upload" +" Document` is selected for the :guilabel:`Action`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:227 -msgid "When all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Suggest/Trigger`: depending on what is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`, this field either displays :guilabel:`Suggest` or" +" :guilabel:`Trigger`. Using the drop-down menu, select the activity to " +"recommend or schedule as a follow-up task to the activity type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:332 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: configure when the next activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:334 +msgid "" +"First, enter a numerical value indicating when the activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. Click " +":guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. Select the" +" desired time-frame option from the list. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:340 +msgid "" +"Lastly, using the drop-down menu, select whether the activity is scheduled " +"or triggered either :guilabel:`after previous activity deadline` or " +":guilabel:`after completion date`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "Schedule activity popup with emphasis on recommended activities." +msgid "A new Activity form with all the fields filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Suggest " -"Next Activity`, and has activities listed in the :guilabel:`Suggest` field, " -"users are presented with recommendations for activities as next steps." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:348 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:211 -msgid "Trigger next activity" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:349 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss/team_communication`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Setting the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` to :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` " -"immediately launches the next activity once the previous one is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` is selected in the :guilabel:`Chaining " -"Type` field, the field beneath changes to: :guilabel:`Trigger`. From the " -":guilabel:`Trigger` field drop-down menu, select the activity that should be" -" launched once this activity is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Schedule new activity popup with emphasis on Done and launch next button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Trigger" -" Next Activity`, marking the activity as `Done` immediately launches the " -"next activity listed in the :guilabel:`Trigger` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:238 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:239 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" - #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:3 msgid "Export and import data" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 9c80d9aeb..73afbcdb2 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" @@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 @@ -695,6 +695,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:583 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:701 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 @@ -2376,6 +2377,7 @@ msgstr "ส่วนติดต่อผู้ใช้ของมุมมอ #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:32 msgid "Transactions" msgstr "ธุรกรรม" @@ -3102,7 +3104,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:90 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:432 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:363 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "Customer invoices" @@ -3368,7 +3370,7 @@ msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:169 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:242 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:376 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 @@ -5056,6 +5058,7 @@ msgstr "PDF ทุกไฟล์ที่สร้างโดย Odoo จะ #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:38 msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" msgstr ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" @@ -7286,30 +7289,28 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 msgid "" -"This document addresses a specific use case for theoretical purposes. " -"Navigate :ref:`here ` for " -"instructions on how to set up and use |AVCO| in Odoo." +"This document addresses a specific use case for theoretical purposes. For " +"instructions on how to set up and use |AVCO|, refer to the :doc:`inventory " +"valuation configuration " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +" doc." msgstr "" -"เอกสารนี้กล่าวถึงกรณีการใช้งานเฉพาะเพื่อวัตถุประสงค์ทางทฤษฎี ไป :ref:`ที่นี่" -" ` " -"เพื่อดูคำแนะนำในการตั้งค่าและใช้งาน |AVCO| ใน Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:32 -msgid "" -":ref:`Using inventory valuation `" -msgstr "" -":ref:`การใช้การประเมินมูลค่าสินค้าคงคลัง " -"`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 msgid "" +":doc:`Using inventory valuation " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:35 +msgid "" ":ref:`Other inventory valuation methods " "`" msgstr "" ":ref:`วิธีการประเมินมูลค่าสินค้าคงคลังแบบอื่นๆ " "`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:40 msgid "" "To use average cost inventory valuation on a product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and " @@ -7323,19 +7324,17 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`วิธีการคิดต้นทุน` เป็น `ต้นทุนเฉลี่ย (AVCO)` และ " ":guilabel:`การประเมินมูลค่าสินค้าคงคลัง` เป็น `อัตโนมัติ`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:46 msgid "" -":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration " -"`" +":doc:`Inventory valuation configuration " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" msgstr "" -":ref:`การกำหนดค่าการประเมินมูลค่าสินค้าคงคลัง " -"`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 msgid "Using average cost valuation" msgstr "การใช้การประเมินมูลค่าต้นทุนเฉลี่ย" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "" "The average cost method adjusts the inventory valuation when products are " "received in the warehouse. This section explains how it works, but if the " @@ -7346,11 +7345,11 @@ msgstr "" " ส่วนนี้จะอธิบายวิธีการทำงาน แต่หากคำอธิบายนั้นไม่จำเป็น ให้ข้ามไปที่ส่วน " ":ref:`กลับไปยังกรณีการใช้งานของผู้ขาย `" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:59 msgid "Formula" msgstr "สูตร" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:61 msgid "" "When new products arrive, the new average cost for each product is " "recomputed using the formula:" @@ -7358,7 +7357,7 @@ msgstr "" "เมื่อมีผลิตภัณฑ์ใหม่มาถึง " "ต้นทุนเฉลี่ยใหม่สำหรับแต่ละผลิตภัณฑ์จะถูกคำนวณใหม่โดยใช้สูตร:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:63 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{(Old~Qty \\times Old~Avg~Cost) + (Incoming~Qty \\times Purchase~Price)}{Final~Qty}\n" "\n" @@ -7366,11 +7365,11 @@ msgstr "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{(Old~Qty \\times Old~Avg~Cost) + (Incoming~Qty \\times Purchase~Price)}{Final~Qty}\n" "\n" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:66 msgid "**Old Qty**: product count in stock before receiving the new shipment;" msgstr "**จำนวนเดิม**: จำนวนสินค้าในสต็อกก่อนรับสินค้าชิ้นใหม่" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:67 msgid "" "**Old Avg Cost**: calculated average cost for a single product from the " "previous inventory valuation;" @@ -7378,11 +7377,11 @@ msgstr "" "**ต้นทุนเฉลี่ยเดิม**: " "ต้นทุนเฉลี่ยที่คำนวณสำหรับผลิตภัณฑ์เดียวจากการประเมินมูลค่าสินค้าคงคลังครั้งก่อน" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:69 msgid "**Incoming Qty**: count of products arriving in the new shipment;" msgstr "**จำนวนขาเข้า**: จำนวนผลิตภัณฑ์ที่มาถึงในการจัดส่งใหม่" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:70 msgid "" "**Purchase Price**: estimated price of products at the reception of products" " (since vendor bills may arrive later). The amount includes not only the " @@ -7397,11 +7396,11 @@ msgstr "" "` เมื่อรับใบเรียกเก็บเงินของผู้ขาย " "ราคานี้จะถูกปรับ;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:74 msgid "**Final Qty**: quantity of on-hand stock after the stock move." msgstr "**ปริมาณสุดท้าย**: ปริมาณสินค้าคงคลังคงเหลือหลังจากการย้ายสต็อก" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 msgid "" "When products leave the warehouse, the average cost **does not** change. " "Read about why the average cost valuation is **not** adjusted :ref:`here " @@ -7411,11 +7410,11 @@ msgstr "" "อ่านเพิ่มเติมว่าทำไมการประเมินมูลค่าต้นทุนเฉลี่ยจึง **ไม่** ถูกปรับ " ":ref:`ที่นี่ `" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:85 msgid "Compute average cost" msgstr "คำนวณต้นทุนเฉลี่ย" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:87 msgid "" "To understand how the average cost of a product changes with each shipment, " "consider the following table of warehouse operations and stock moves. Each " @@ -7425,145 +7424,148 @@ msgstr "" " ให้พิจารณาตารางการดำเนินงานคลังสินค้าและการเคลื่อนย้ายสินค้าคงคลังต่อไปนี้ " "แต่ละตัวอย่างเป็นตัวอย่างที่แตกต่างกันว่าการประเมินมูลค่าต้นทุนเฉลี่ยได้รับผลกระทบอย่างไร" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Operation" msgstr "ปฏิบัติการ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 msgid "Incoming Value" msgstr "มูลค่าขาเข้า" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "มูลค่าสินค้าคงคลัง" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "จำนวนสินค้าคงเหลือ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Avg Cost" msgstr "ต้นทุนเฉลี่ย" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:424 msgid "$0" msgstr "$0" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "Receive 8 tables at $10/unit" msgstr "รับ 8 โต๊ะในราคา $10 ต่อหน่วย" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "8 * $10" msgstr "8 * $10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "$80" msgstr "$80" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "8" msgstr "8" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "$10" msgstr "$10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 msgid "Receive 4 tables at $16/unit" msgstr "รับ 4 โต๊ะในราคา $16 ต่อหน่วย" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 msgid "4 * $16" msgstr "4 * $16" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 msgid "$144" msgstr "$144" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "$12" msgstr "$12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 msgid "Deliver 10 tables" msgstr "จัดส่ง 10 โต๊ะ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 msgid "-10 * $12" msgstr "-10 * $12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "$24" msgstr "$24" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "2" msgstr "2" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:106 msgid "" "Ensure comprehension of the above computations by reviewing the \"Receive 8 " "tables at $10/unit\" example." @@ -7571,11 +7573,11 @@ msgstr "" "ตรวจสอบความเข้าใจในการคำนวณข้างต้นโดยดูตัวอย่าง \"รับ 8 โต๊ะในราคา $10 " "ต่อหน่วย\"" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:109 msgid "Initially, the product stock is 0, so all values are $0." msgstr "ในตอนแรก สต็อกผลิตภัณฑ์เป็น 0 ดังนั้นค่าทั้งหมดจึงเป็น 0 ดอลลาร์" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:111 msgid "" "In the first warehouse operation, `8` tables are received at `$10` each. The" " average cost is calculated using the :ref:`formula " @@ -7584,7 +7586,7 @@ msgstr "" "ในการดำเนินงานคลังสินค้าครั้งแรก `8` โต๊ะ จะได้รับที่โต๊ะละ `$10` " "ต้นทุนเฉลี่ยคำนวณโดยใช้ :ref:`สูตร `:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:114 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{0 + 8 \\times $10}{8} = \\frac{$80}{8} = $10\n" "\n" @@ -7592,7 +7594,7 @@ msgstr "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{0 + 8 \\times $10}{8} = \\frac{$80}{8} = $10\n" "\n" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "" "Since the *incoming quantity* of tables is `8` and the *purchase price* for " "each is `$10`," @@ -7600,19 +7602,19 @@ msgstr "" "เนื่องจาก *ปริมาณที่เข้ามา* ของโต๊ะคือ `8` และ *ราคาซื้อ* สำหรับแต่ละโต๊คือ " "`$10`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:118 msgid "The inventory value in the numerator is evaluated to `$80`;" msgstr "มูลค่าสินค้าคงคลังในจำนวนเศษได้รับการประเมินเป็น `$80`;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 msgid "`$80` is divided by the total amount of tables to store, `8`;" msgstr "`$80` หารด้วยจำนวนโต๊ะทั้งหมดที่จะจัดเก็บ `8`;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:120 msgid "`$10` is the average cost of a single table from the first shipment." msgstr "`$10` คือต้นทุนเฉลี่ยของโต๊ะเดียวจากการจัดส่งครั้งแรก" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:122 msgid "" "To verify this in Odoo, in the *Purchase* app, order `8` quantities of a new" " product, `Table`, with no previous stock moves, for `$10` each." @@ -7621,7 +7623,7 @@ msgstr "" "`โต๊ะ` จำนวน 8` รายการโดยไม่มีการเคลื่อนย้ายสต็อกก่อนหน้านี้ ในราคาชิ้นละ " "`$10`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:125 msgid "" "In the table's :guilabel:`Product Category` field in the :guilabel:`General " "Information` tab of the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon," @@ -7635,7 +7637,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`วิธีการคิดต้นทุน` เป็น `ต้นทุนเฉลี่ย (AVCO)` และ " ":guilabel:`การประเมินมูลค่าสินค้าคงคลัง` เป็น 'อัตโนมัติ'" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "" "Then, return to the purchase order. Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`, and " "click :guilabel:`Receive Products` to confirm receipt." @@ -7643,7 +7645,7 @@ msgstr "" "จากนั้น กลับไปยังใบสั่งซื้อ คลิก :guilabel:`ยืนยันการสั่งซื้อ` และคลิก " ":guilabel:`รับสินค้า` เพื่อยืนยันการรับสินค้า" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:133 msgid "" "Next, check the inventory valuation record generated by the product " "reception by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> " @@ -7663,7 +7665,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show inventory valuation of 8 tables in Odoo." msgstr "แสดงการประเมินมูลค่าสินค้าคงคลังของ 8 โต๊ะใน Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "" "When the product category's :guilabel:`Costing Method` is set to " ":guilabel:`AVCO`, then the average cost of a product is also displayed on " @@ -7674,11 +7676,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`AVCO` ต้นทุนเฉลี่ยของผลิตภัณฑ์ก็จะแสดงในช่อง :guilabel:`ต้นทุน` " "ใต้แท็บ :guilabel:`ข้อมูลทั่วไป` บนหน้าผลิตภัณฑ์" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:149 msgid "Product delivery (use case)" msgstr "การส่งสินค้า (กรณีใช้งาน)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:151 msgid "" "For outgoing shipments, :ref:`outbound products have no effect on the " "average cost valuation `. Although the " @@ -7692,7 +7694,7 @@ msgstr "" "แม้ว่าการประเมินมูลค่าต้นทุนเฉลี่ยจะไม่ถูกคำนวณใหม่ " "แต่มูลค่าสินค้าคงคลังยังคงลดลงเนื่องจากผลิตภัณฑ์ถูกลบออกจากสต็อกและจัดส่งไปยังสถานที่ตั้งของลูกค้า" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:157 msgid "" "To demonstrate that the average cost valuation is not recalculated, examine " "the \"Deliver 10 tables\" example." @@ -7700,7 +7702,7 @@ msgstr "" "เพื่อแสดงให้เห็นว่าไม่มีการคำนวณการประเมินต้นทุนเฉลี่ยใหม่ " "ให้ตรวจสอบตัวอย่าง \"ส่ง 10 โต๊ะ\"" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{12 \\times $12 + (-10) \\times $12}{12-10} = \\frac{24}{2} = $12\n" "\n" @@ -7708,7 +7710,7 @@ msgstr "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{12 \\times $12 + (-10) \\times $12}{12-10} = \\frac{24}{2} = $12\n" "\n" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "" "Because 10 tables are being sent out to customers, the *incoming quantity* " "is `-10`. The previous average cost (`$12`) is used in lieu of a vendor's " @@ -7717,11 +7719,11 @@ msgstr "" "เนื่องจากมีการส่งออกโต๊ะ 10 โต๊ะไปให้ลูกค้า *ปริมาณที่เข้ามา* คือ `-10` " "ต้นทุนเฉลี่ยก่อนหน้า (`$12`) ถูกนำมาใช้แทน *ราคาซื้อ* ของผู้ขาย" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:165 msgid "The *incoming inventory value* is `-10 * $12 = -$120`;" msgstr "*มูลค่าสินค้าคงคลังขาเข้า* คือ `-10 * $12 = -$120`;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:166 msgid "" "The old *inventory value* (`$144`) is added to the *incoming inventory " "value* (`-$120`), so `$144 + -$120 = $24`;" @@ -7729,7 +7731,7 @@ msgstr "" "*มูลค่าสินค้าคงคลัง* เก่า (`$144`) จะถูกเพิ่มเข้าไปใน " "*มูลค่าสินค้าคงคลังขาเข้า* (`-$120`) ดังนั้น `$144 + -$120 = $24`;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:168 msgid "" "Only `2` tables remain after shipping out `10` tables from `12`. So the " "current *inventory value* (`$24`) is divided by the on-hand quantity (`2`);" @@ -7737,12 +7739,12 @@ msgstr "" "หลังจากส่งออก `10` โต๊ะจาก `12` แล้ว จะเหลือเพียง `2` โต๊ะเท่านั้น ดังนั้น " "*มูลค่าสินค้าคงคลัง* ปัจจุบัน (`$24`) หารด้วยปริมาณคงเหลือ (`2`);" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:170 msgid "" "`$24 / 2 = $12`, which is the same average cost as the previous operation." msgstr "`$24 / 2 = $12` ซึ่งเป็นต้นทุนเฉลี่ยเดียวกันกับการดำเนินการครั้งก่อน" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:172 msgid "" "To verify this in Odoo, sell `10` tables in the *Sales* app, validate the " "delivery, and then review the inventory valuation record by going to in " @@ -7756,7 +7758,7 @@ msgstr "" " ในชั้นการประเมินค่าสูงสุด การแสดงโต๊ะ `10` จะช่วยลดมูลค่าของผลิตภัณฑ์ลง " "`-$120`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:177 msgid "" "**Note**: What is not represented in this stock valuation record is the " "revenue made from this sale, so this decrease is not a loss to the company." @@ -7769,11 +7771,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show how deliveries decrease inventory valuation." msgstr "แสดงให้เห็นว่าการส่งมอบลดการประเมินมูลค่าสินค้าคงคลังอย่างไร" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:187 msgid "Return items to supplier (use case)" msgstr "ส่งคืนสินค้าไปยังซัพพลายเออร์ (กรณีใช้งาน)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:189 msgid "" "Because the price paid to suppliers can differ from the price the product is" " valued at with the |AVCO| method, Odoo handles returned items in a specific" @@ -7782,16 +7784,16 @@ msgstr "" "เนื่องจากราคาที่จ่ายให้กับซัพพลายเออร์อาจแตกต่างจากราคาที่ประเมินมูลค่าผลิตภัณฑ์ด้วย" " |AVCO| วิธีการ Odoo จะจัดการสินค้าที่ส่งคืนด้วยวิธีเฉพาะ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:192 msgid "" "Products are returned to suppliers at the original purchase price, but;" msgstr "สินค้าจะถูกส่งกลับไปยังซัพพลายเออร์ในราคาซื้อเดิม แต่;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:193 msgid "The internal cost valuation remains unchanged." msgstr "การประเมินมูลค่าต้นทุนภายในยังคงไม่เปลี่ยนแปลง" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 msgid "" "The above :ref:`example table ` is updated as" " follows:" @@ -7799,27 +7801,27 @@ msgstr "" "ข้อมูล :ref:`ตารางตัวอย่าง ` " "ข้างต้นได้รับการอัปเดตดังนี้:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 msgid "Qty*Avg Cost" msgstr "จำนวน*ต้นทุนเฉลี่ย" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 msgid "Return 1 table bought at $10" msgstr "ส่งคืนโต๊ะ 1 ตัวที่ซื้อในราคา $10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 msgid "-1 * $12" msgstr "-1 * $12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:242 msgid "1" msgstr "1" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:205 msgid "" "In other words, returns to vendors are perceived by Odoo as another form of " "a product exiting the warehouse. To Odoo, because the table is valued at $12" @@ -7833,7 +7835,7 @@ msgstr "" "เมื่อมีการส่งคืนผลิตภัณฑ์ ราคาซื้อเริ่มแรก `$10` " "ไม่เกี่ยวข้องกับต้นทุนเฉลี่ยของโต๊ะ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:211 msgid "" "To return a single table that was purchased for `$10`, navigate to the " "receipt in the *Inventory* app for the :ref:`8 tables purchased in Exercise " @@ -7845,7 +7847,7 @@ msgstr "" "` โดยไปที่ : guilabel:`ภาพรวมสินค้าคงคลัง` คลิกที่ " ":guilabel:`ใบเสร็จรับเงิน` และเลือกใบเสร็จที่ต้องการ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:216 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Return` on the validated delivery order, and modify " "the quantity to `1` in the reverse transfer window. This creates an outgoing" @@ -7857,7 +7859,7 @@ msgstr "" "ซึ่งจะสร้างการจัดส่งขาออกสำหรับโต๊ะ เลือก :guilabel:`ถูกต้อง` " "เพื่อยืนยันการจัดส่งขาออก" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:220 msgid "" "Return to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation` " "to see how the outgoing shipment decreases the inventory value by $12." @@ -7870,18 +7872,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inventory valuation for return." msgstr "การประเมินมูลค่าสินค้าคงคลังสำหรับการส่งคืน" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:230 msgid "Eliminate stock valuation errors in outgoing products" msgstr "กำจัดข้อผิดพลาดในการประเมินมูลค่าสินค้าคงคลังในผลิตภัณฑ์ขาออก" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:232 msgid "" "Inconsistencies can occur in a company's inventory when the average cost " "valuation is recalculated on outgoing shipments." msgstr "" "ความไม่สอดคล้องกันอาจเกิดขึ้นได้ในสินค้าคงคลังของบริษัทเมื่อมีการคำนวณการประเมินราคาต้นทุนเฉลี่ยใหม่ในการจัดส่งขาออก" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:235 msgid "" "To demonstrate this error, the table below displays a scenario in which 1 " "table is shipped to a customer and another is returned to a supplier at the " @@ -7891,36 +7893,36 @@ msgstr "" "โต๊ะที่ถูกจัดส่งให้กับลูกค้า และอีก 1 " "โต๊ะที่ถูกส่งกลับไปยังซัพพลายเออร์ในราคาที่ซื้อ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 msgid "Qty*Price" msgstr "จำนวน*ราคา" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 msgid "Ship 1 product to customer" msgstr "ส่งสินค้าให้ลูกค้า 1 รายการ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 msgid "-1 \\* $12" msgstr "-1 \\* $12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "Return 1 product initially bought at $10" msgstr "คืนสินค้า 1 ชิ้นที่ซื้อครั้งแรกที่ราคา $10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "-1 \\* $10" msgstr "-1 \\* $10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$2**" msgstr "**$2**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "**0**" msgstr "**0**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:248 msgid "" "In the final operation above, the final inventory valuation for the table is" " `$2` even though there are `0` tables left in stock." @@ -7929,11 +7931,11 @@ msgstr "" "การประเมินมูลค่าสินค้าคงคลังขั้นสุดท้ายสำหรับโต๊ะคือ `$2` " "แม้ว่าจะมีโต๊ะเหลืออยู่ `0` โต๊ะก็ตาม" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:251 msgid "Correct method" msgstr "วิธีที่ถูกต้อง" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:253 msgid "" "Use the average cost to value the return. This does not mean the company " "gets $12 back for a $10 purchase; the item returned for $10 is valued " @@ -7946,11 +7948,11 @@ msgstr "" "การเปลี่ยนแปลงมูลค่าสินค้าคงคลังแสดงถึงผลิตภัณฑ์ที่มีมูลค่า $12 " "ซึ่งไม่ได้ถูกบันทึกในสินทรัพย์ของบริษัทอีกต่อไป" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:258 msgid "Anglo-Saxon accounting" msgstr "การบัญชีแองโกล-แซ็กซอน" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:260 msgid "" "In addition to using |AVCO|, companies that use **Anglo-Saxon accounting** " "also keep a holding account that tracks the amount to be paid to vendors. " @@ -7966,7 +7968,7 @@ msgstr "" "**การป้อนข้อมูลสต็อก**) " "จะได้รับการเครดิตและกระทบยอดเมื่อได้รับใบเรียกเก็บเงินของผู้จำหน่ายเท่านั้น" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:266 msgid "" ":ref:`Anglo-Saxon vs. Continental " "`" @@ -7974,7 +7976,7 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`แองโกล-แซ็กซอน vs. คอนติเนนตัล " "`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:268 msgid "" "The table below reflects journal entries and accounts. The *stock input* " "account stores the money intended to pay vendors when the vendor bill has " @@ -7987,71 +7989,71 @@ msgstr "" "เพื่อสร้างสมดุลของบัญชีเมื่อส่งคืนผลิตภัณฑ์ที่มีส่วนต่างราคาระหว่างราคาที่สินค้า" " **มูลค่า ณ** และราคาที่ซื้อ บัญชี *ราคาส่วนต่าง* จะถูกสร้างขึ้น" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Stock Input" msgstr "การป้อนข้อมูลสต็อก" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Price Diff" msgstr "ส่วนต่างราคา" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 msgid "Receive 8 tables at $10" msgstr "รับ 8 โต๊ะ ราคา $10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 msgid "($80)" msgstr "($80)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" msgstr "รับใบเรียกเก็บเงินผู้ขาย $80" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 msgid "Receive 4 tables at $16" msgstr "รับ 4 โต๊ะ ราคา $16" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 msgid "($64)" msgstr "($64)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" msgstr "รับใบเรียกเก็บเงินผู้ขาย $64" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "Deliver 10 tables to customer" msgstr "ส่งมอบโต๊ะให้ลูกค้าจำนวน 10 โต๊ะ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "Return 1 table initially bought at $10" msgstr "ส่งคืนโต๊ะ 1 ตัวที่ซื้อครั้งแรกในราคา $10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$10**" msgstr "**$10**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$12**" msgstr "**$12**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" msgstr "รับเงินคืนจากผู้ขาย $10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "$2" msgstr "$2" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:296 msgid "Product reception" msgstr "การรับสินค้า" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:299 msgid "Summary" msgstr "สรุป" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:301 msgid "" "At product reception, Odoo ensures companies can pay for goods that were " "purchased by preemptively moving an amount matching the price of received " @@ -8071,7 +8073,7 @@ msgstr "" "การโอนเข้าบัญชีนี้แสดงว่าได้ชำระบิลแล้ว **การป้อนข้อมูลสต็อก** " "จะได้รับการกระทบยอดเมื่อได้รับใบเรียกเก็บเงินของผู้ขาย" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:308 msgid "" "Inventory valuation is a method of calculating how much each in-stock " "product is worth internally. Since there is a difference between the price " @@ -8086,15 +8088,15 @@ msgstr "" "จึงไม่เกี่ยวข้องกับการดำเนินการให้เครดิตและการหักบัญชีของ * " "*บัญชีสต็อกสินค้า**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:313 msgid "To conceptualize all this, follow the breakdown below." msgstr "หากต้องการกำหนดแนวความคิดทั้งหมดนี้ ให้ทำตามรายละเอียดด้านล่างนี้" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:316 msgid "Accounts balanced at received products" msgstr "บัญชีสมดุลกับสินค้าที่ได้รับ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:318 msgid "" "In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, `table`, in " "stock. Then, 8 tables are received from the vendor:" @@ -8102,7 +8104,7 @@ msgstr "" "ในตัวอย่างนี้ บริษัทเริ่มต้นด้วยหน่วยผลิตภัณฑ์ `โต๊ะ` ในสต็อกเป็นศูนย์ " "จากนั้นจะได้รับ 8 โต๊ะจากผู้ขาย:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:321 msgid "" "The **Stock Input** account stores `$80` of credit owed to the vendor. The " "amount in this account is unrelated to the inventory value." @@ -8110,7 +8112,7 @@ msgstr "" "บัญชี **ข้อมูลสต็อก** จะจัดเก็บเครดิต `$80` ที่เป็นหนี้กับผู้ขาย " "จำนวนเงินในบัญชีนี้ไม่เกี่ยวข้องกับมูลค่าสินค้าคงคลัง" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:323 msgid "" "`$80` worth of tables came **in** (**debit** the *Inventory Value* account " "`$80`), and" @@ -8118,7 +8120,7 @@ msgstr "" "มูลค่า `$80` ของโต๊ะ**เข้ามา** (**เดบิต** ในบัญชี *มูลค่าสินค้าคงคลัง* " "`$80`) และ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:324 msgid "" "`$80` must be paid **out** for received goods (**credit** the *Stock Input* " "account `$80`)." @@ -8126,12 +8128,12 @@ msgstr "" "จะต้องชำระ `$80` **ออก** สำหรับสินค้าที่ได้รับ (**เครดิต** บัญชี " "*สินค้าในสต็อค* `$80`)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:324 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:370 msgid "In Odoo" msgstr "ใน Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:329 msgid "" "Odoo generates an accounting journal entry when shipments that use |AVCO| " "costing method are received. Configure a :guilabel:`Price Difference " @@ -8142,7 +8144,7 @@ msgstr "" "|AVCO| กำหนดค่า :guilabel:`บัญชีส่วนต่างของราคา` โดยการเลือกไอคอน " ":guilabel:`➡️ (ลูกศร)` ถัดจากช่อง :guilabel:`หมวดหมู่สินค้า` ในหน้าผลิตภัณฑ์" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:333 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Account Properties`, create a new :guilabel:`Price " "Difference Account` by typing in the name of the account and clicking " @@ -8157,7 +8159,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create price difference account." msgstr "สร้างบัญชีราคาส่วนต่าง" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:341 msgid "" "Then, receive the shipment in the *Purchase* app or *Inventory* app, and " "navigate to the :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal " @@ -8173,7 +8175,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show accounting entry of 8 tables from the list." msgstr "แสดงรายการบัญชี 8 โต๊ะจากรายการ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:349 msgid "" "Click on the line for 8 tables. This accounting journal entry shows that " "when the 8 tables were received, the `Stock Valuation` account increased by " @@ -8189,11 +8191,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit stock valuation and credit stock input 80 dollars." msgstr "การประเมินมูลค่าสต็อกเดบิตและการป้อนข้อมูลสต็อกเครดิต 80 ดอลลาร์" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:358 msgid "Accounts balanced at received vendor bill" msgstr "บัญชีสมดุลตามใบเรียกเก็บเงินของผู้ขายที่ได้รับ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:360 msgid "" "In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, table, in " "stock. Then, 8 tables are received from the vendor. When the bill is " @@ -8203,7 +8205,7 @@ msgstr "" "จากนั้นจะได้รับ 8 โต๊ะจากผู้ขาย เมื่อได้รับใบเรียกเก็บเงินจากผู้ขายสำหรับ 8 " "โต๊ะ:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:363 msgid "" "Use `$80` in the **Stock Input** account to pay the bill. This cancels out " "and the account now holds `$0`." @@ -8211,11 +8213,11 @@ msgstr "" "ใช้ `$80` ในบัญชี **ข้อมูลสต็อก** เพื่อชำระบิล การดำเนินการนี้จะถูกยกเลิก " "และตอนนี้บัญชีมีเงิน `$0`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:365 msgid "Debit **Stock Input** `$80` (to reconcile this account)." msgstr "เดบิต **ข้อมูลสต็อก** `$80` (เพื่อกระทบยอดบัญชีนี้)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:366 msgid "" "Credit **Accounts payable** `$80`. This account stores the amount the " "company owes others, so accountants use the amount to write checks to " @@ -8224,7 +8226,7 @@ msgstr "" "เครดิต **เจ้าหนี้** `$80` บัญชีนี้จะจัดเก็บจำนวนเงินที่บริษัทเป็นหนี้ผู้อื่น" " ดังนั้นนักบัญชีจึงใช้จำนวนเงินดังกล่าวในการเขียนเช็คให้กับผู้ขาย" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:372 msgid "" "Once the vendor requests payment, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Orders --> Purchase` and select the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for " @@ -8235,7 +8237,7 @@ msgstr "" "คำสั่งซื้อ --> การซื้อ` และเลือก :abbr:`PO (ใบสั่งซื้อ)` สำหรับ 8 โต๊ะ ภายใน" " :abbr:`PO (ใบสั่งซื้อ)` ให้เลือก :guilabel:`สร้างบิล`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:376 msgid "" "Switch to the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view how `$80` is transferred" " from the holding account, `Stock Interim (Received)` to `Accounts Payable`." @@ -8249,11 +8251,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show bill linked to the purchase order for 8 tables." msgstr "แสดงบิลเชื่อมโยงกับใบสั่งซื้อ 8 โต๊ะ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:385 msgid "On product delivery" msgstr "ในการจัดส่งสินค้า" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:387 msgid "" "In the :ref:`above example table `, when 10" " products are delivered to a customer, the **Stock Input** account is " @@ -8263,7 +8265,7 @@ msgstr "" "เมื่อมีการจัดส่งผลิตภัณฑ์ 10 รายการให้กับลูกค้า บัญชี **ข้อมูลสต็อก** " "จะไม่ถูกแตะต้อง เนื่องจากไม่มีผลิตภัณฑ์ใหม่เข้ามา กล่าวง่ายๆ ก็คือ:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:391 msgid "" "**Inventory valuation** is credited `$120`. Subtracting from inventory " "valuation represents `$120` worth of products exiting the company." @@ -8272,7 +8274,7 @@ msgstr "" "การลบออกจากการประเมินมูลค่าสินค้าคงคลังหมายถึงมูลค่า `$120` " "ของผลิตภัณฑ์ที่ออกจากบริษัท" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:393 msgid "Debit **Accounts Receivable** to record revenue from the sale." msgstr "เดบิต **บัญชีลูกหนี้** เพื่อบันทึกรายได้จากการขาย" @@ -8280,7 +8282,7 @@ msgstr "เดบิต **บัญชีลูกหนี้** เพื่อ msgid "Show journal items linked to sale order." msgstr "แสดงรายการสมุดรายวันที่เชื่อมโยงกับใบสั่งขาย" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:401 msgid "" "In the accounting journal entry invoicing a customer for 10 tables, the " "accounts **Product Sales**, **Tax Received**, and **Accounts Receivable** " @@ -8292,7 +8294,7 @@ msgstr "" "ทั้งหมดเกี่ยวข้องกับการขายผลิตภัณฑ์ **บัญชีลูกหนี้** " "คือบัญชีที่ลูกค้าจะได้รับการชำระเงิน" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:405 msgid "" "Anglo-Saxon accounting recognizes the cost of goods sold (COGS) once the " "sale is made. So, up until the product is sold, scrapped, or returned, costs" @@ -8306,11 +8308,11 @@ msgstr "" "**ค่าใช้จ่าย** จะถูกหักเงิน `$120` เพื่อบันทึกค่าใช้จ่ายในการจัดเก็บ 10 " "โต๊ะในช่วงเวลานี้" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:411 msgid "On product return" msgstr "ในการคืนสินค้า" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:413 msgid "" "In the :ref:`above example table `, when " "returning 1 product to a vendor purchased at `$10`, a company expects `$10` " @@ -8327,7 +8329,7 @@ msgstr "" " ที่หายไปนั้นถูกระบุใน :guilabel:`บัญชีส่วนต่างของราคา` ซึ่งตั้งค่าไว้ใน " ":guilabel:`หมวดหมู่สินค้า` ของผลิตภัณฑ์" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:420 msgid "" "Behavior of *price difference accounts* varies from localization. In this " "case, the account is intended to store differences between vendor price and " @@ -8337,11 +8339,11 @@ msgstr "" "บัญชีมีวัตถุประสงค์เพื่อจัดเก็บผลต่างระหว่างราคาของผู้จัดจำหน่ายและวิธีการประเมินค่าสินค้าคงคลัง" " *อัตโนมัติ*" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:423 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "สรุป" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:425 msgid "" "Debit **Stock Input** account `$10` to move the table from stock to stock " "input. This move is to indicate that the table is to be processed for an " @@ -8350,13 +8352,13 @@ msgstr "" "เดบิตบัญชี **ข้อมูลสต็อก** `$10` เพื่อย้ายตารางจากสต็อกไปยังข้อมูลสต็อก " "การย้ายนี้มีไว้เพื่อบ่งชี้ว่าโต๊ะจะต้องได้รับการประมวลผลสำหรับการจัดส่งขาออก" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:427 msgid "" "Debit **Stock Input** an additional `$2` to account for the **Price " "Difference**." msgstr "เดบิต **ข้อมูลสต็อก** เพิ่ม `$2` เพื่อบัญชี **ส่วนต่างของราคา**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:428 msgid "" "Credit **Stock Valuation** `$12` because the item is leaving the stock." msgstr "" @@ -8366,16 +8368,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "2 dollar difference expensed in Price Difference account." msgstr "ส่วนต่าง 2 ดอลลาร์ที่ใช้จ่ายในบัญชีส่วนต่างราคา" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:434 msgid "Once the vendor's refund is received," msgstr "เมื่อได้รับเงินคืนจากผู้ขายแล้ว" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:436 msgid "" "Credit **Stock Input** account `$10` to reconcile the price of the table." msgstr "เครดิต **ข้อมูลสต็อก** บัญชี `$10` เพื่อกระทบยอดราคาของโต๊ะ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:437 msgid "" "Debit **Accounts Payable** `$10` to have the accountants collect and " "register the payment in their journal." @@ -8391,7 +8393,7 @@ msgstr "กลับมาเพื่อรับเงินคืน 10 ด #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:361 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:247 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:258 @@ -8830,8 +8832,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "ไม่สามารถลบบัญชีได้เมื่อมีการบันทึกธุรกรรมแล้ว " -"คุณสามารถทำให้ไม่สามารถใช้งานได้โดยใช้ฟีเจอร์ **เลิกใช้แล้ว**: " -"ทำเครื่องหมายที่ช่อง :guilabel:`เลิกใช้แล้ว` ในการตั้งค่าบัญชี และ " +"คุณสามารถทำให้ไม่สามารถใช้งานได้โดยใช้ฟีเจอร์ **ถูกเลิกใช้งานแล้ว**: " +"ทำเครื่องหมายที่ช่อง :guilabel:`ถูกเลิกใช้งานแล้ว` ในการตั้งค่าบัญชี และ " ":guilabel:`บันทึก`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:178 @@ -9234,6 +9236,7 @@ msgid "Partial payment 2/2" msgstr "ชำระเงินบางส่วน 2/2" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:422 msgid "30" msgstr "30" @@ -9530,7 +9533,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:254 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:278 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 @@ -9734,6 +9737,7 @@ msgid "VAT units tab" msgstr "แท็บหน่วย VAT" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:339 msgid "Fiscal position" msgstr "สถานะทางการเงิน" @@ -14488,6 +14492,7 @@ msgstr "" "`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:32 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "ข้อกำหนดเบื้องต้น" @@ -14685,6 +14690,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" msgstr ":doc:`../taxes`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:150 msgid ":doc:`../get_started`" msgstr ":doc:`../get_started`" @@ -14976,13 +14982,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:105 msgid "" -"Setting an :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` is **irreversible** and cannot be" -" removed." +"Install the :guilabel:`Irreversible Lock Date` (`account_lock`) module to " +"make the :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` *irreversible* once set." msgstr "" -"การตั้งค่า :guilabel:`วันที่ล็อคผู้ใช้ทั้งหมด` นั้น **ไม่สามารถย้อนกลับได้**" -" และไม่สามารถลบออกได้" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:109 msgid "" "A specific year-end closing entry is **optional** in order to close out the " "**profit and loss statement**. The reports are created in real-time, meaning" @@ -15109,7 +15113,7 @@ msgstr "" " แบบฟอร์มผลิตภัณฑ์ ฯลฯ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:386 msgid "Tax computation" msgstr "การคำนวณภาษี" @@ -15182,6 +15186,7 @@ msgstr "ภาษี" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:397 msgid "Total" msgstr "รวม" @@ -16036,130 +16041,1703 @@ msgstr "" "คุณอาจคำนวณราคาไม่ถูกต้อง " "นั่นเป็นเหตุผลที่เรามักจะแนะนำให้บริษัททำงานโดยใช้การอ้างอิงราคาเดียวเท่านั้น" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:3 -msgid "Avatax integration" -msgstr "การผสานรวมกับ Avatax" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:5 -msgid "Avatax is a tax calculation provider that can be integrated in Odoo." -msgstr "Avatax เป็นผู้ให้บริการคำนวณภาษีที่สามารถรวมเข้ากับ Odoo ได้" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:98 -msgid "Credential configuration" -msgstr "การกำหนดค่าข้อมูลรับรอง" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To integrate Avatax with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes` and add your Avatax credentials in the" -" :guilabel:`Avatax` section." +msgid "AvaTax integration" msgstr "" -"หากต้องการรวม Avatax เข้ากับ Odoo ให้ไปที่ :menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี --> " -"การกำหนดค่า --> การตั้งค่า --> ภาษี` และเพิ่มข้อมูลประจำตัว Avatax " -"ของคุณในส่วน :guilabel:`Avatax`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you do not yet have credentials, click on :guilabel:`How to Get " -"Credentials`." +"Avalara's *AvaTax* is a cloud-based tax software. Integrating *AvaTax* with " +"Odoo provides real-time and region-specific tax calculations when users " +"sell, purchase, and invoice items in Odoo. *AvaTax* tax calculation is " +"supported with every United Nations charted country, including inter-border " +"transactions." msgstr "" -"หากคุณยังไม่มีข้อมูลประจำตัว ให้คลิกที่ :guilabel:`วิธีรับข้อมูลรับรอง`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Configure Avatax settings" -msgstr "กำหนดการตั้งค่า Avatax" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:13 +msgid "" +"*AvaTax* is only available for integration with databases/companies that " +"have locations in the United States, Canada, and Brazil. This means the " +"fiscal position/country of a database can only be set to the United States, " +"Canada, or Brazil. For more information, reference this documentation: " +":ref:`avatax/fiscal_country`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:18 +msgid "" +"*AvaTax* accounts for location-based tax rates for each state, county, and " +"city. It improves remittance accuracy by paying close attention to laws, " +"rules, jurisdiction boundaries, and special circumstances (like, tax " +"holidays, and product exemptions). Companies who integrate with *AvaTax* can" +" maintain control of tax-calculations in-house with this simple :abbr:`API " +"(application programming interface)` integration." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:25 -msgid "Tax mapping" -msgstr "การทำแผนที่ภาษี" +msgid "" +"Some limitations exist in Odoo while using *AvaTax* for tax calculation:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:27 msgid "" -"The Avatax integration is available on Sale Orders and Invoices with the " -"included Avatax fiscal position." +"*AvaTax* is **not** supported in Odoo's *Point of Sale* app, because a " +"dynamic tax calculation model is excessive for transactions within a single " +"delivery address, such as stores or restaurants." msgstr "" -"การผสานรวม Avatax " -"พร้อมใช้งานในใบสั่งขายและใบแจ้งหนี้พร้อมกับตำแหน่งทางการเงินของ Avatax " -"ที่รวมอยู่ด้วย" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:30 msgid "" -"Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the " -"product categories." +"*AvaTax* and Odoo use the company address and **not** the warehouse address." msgstr "" -"ก่อนที่จะใช้การผสานรวม ให้ระบุ :guilabel:`หมวดหมู่ Avatax` " -"ในหมวดหมู่ผลิตภัณฑ์" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Specify Avatax Category on products" -msgstr "ระบุหมวดหมู่ Avatax บนผลิตภัณฑ์" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:31 msgid "" -"Avatax Categories may be overridden or set on individual products as well." -msgstr "หมวดหมู่ Avatax อาจถูกแทนที่หรือตั้งค่าไว้ในแต่ละผลิตภัณฑ์เช่นกัน" +"Exercise tax is **not** supported. This includes tobacco/vape taxes, fuel " +"taxes, and other specific industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Avalara's support documents: `About AvaTax " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:39 +msgid "Set up on AvaTax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To use *AvaTax*, an account with Avalara is required for the setup. If one " +"has not been set up yet, connect with Avalara to purchase a license: " +"`Avalara: Let's Talk `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Upon account setup, take note of the *AvaTax* :guilabel:`Account ID`. This " +"will be needed in the :ref:`Odoo setup `. In Odoo, this " +"number is the :guilabel:`API ID`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Then, `create a basic company profile " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:53 +msgid "Create basic company profile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Collect essential business details for the next step: locations where tax is" +" collected, products/services sold (and their sales locations), and customer" +" tax exemptions, if applicable. Follow the Avalara documentation for " +"creating a basic company profile:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:59 +msgid "" +"`Add company information `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:61 +msgid "" +"`Tell us where the company collects and pays tax " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:63 +msgid "" +"`Verify jurisdictions and activate the company " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Add other company locations for location-based filing " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:67 +msgid "" +"`Add a marketplace to the company profile " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:73 +msgid "Connect to AvaTax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:75 +msgid "" +"After creating the basic company profile in Avalara, connect to *AvaTax*. " +"This step links Odoo and *AvaTax* bidirectionally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox `_" +" or `production `_ environment. This will depend" +" on which type of Avalara account the company would like to integrate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:83 +msgid "" +"`Sandbox vs production environments in Avalara " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Log in to create the :guilabel:`License Key`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> License and API Keys`. Click :guilabel:`Generate License Key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:90 +msgid "" +"A warning appears stating: `If your business app is connected to Avalara " +"solutions, the connection will be broken until you update the app with the " +"new license key. This action cannot be undone.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Generating a new license key breaks the connection with existing business " +"apps using the *AvaTax* integration. Make sure to update these apps with the" +" new license key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If this will be the first :abbr:`API (application programming interface)` " +"integration being made with *AvaTax* and Odoo, then click " +":guilabel:`Generate license key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:100 +msgid "" +"If this is an additional license key, ensure the previous connection can be " +"broken. There is **only** one license key associated with each of the " +"Avalara sandbox and production accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Copy this key to a safe place. It is **strongly encouraged** to backup the " +"license key for future reference. This key cannot be retrieved after leaving" +" this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:108 +msgid "Odoo configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Before using *AvaTax*, there are some additional configurations in Odoo to " +"ensure tax calculations are made accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Verify that the Odoo database contains necessary data. The country initially" +" set up in the database determines the fiscal position, and aids *AvaTax* in" +" calculating accurate tax rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:119 +msgid "Fiscal country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Country`, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Country` " +"feature to :guilabel:`United States`, :guilabel:`Canada`, or " +":guilabel:`Brazil`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:131 +msgid "Company settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:133 +msgid "" +"All companies operating under the Odoo database should have a full and " +"complete address listed in the settings. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Settings app`, and under the :guilabel:`Companies` section, " +"ensure there is only one company operating the Odoo database. Click " +":guilabel:`Update Info` to open a separate page to update company details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:138 +msgid "" +"If there are multiple companies operating in the database, click " +":guilabel:`Manage Companies` to load a list of companies to select from. " +"Update company information by clicking into the specific company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Database administrators should ensure that the :guilabel:`Street...`, " +":guilabel:`Street2...`, :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, " +":guilabel:`ZIP`, and :guilabel:`Country` are all updated for the companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This ensures accurate tax calculations and smooth end-of-year accounting " +"operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:149 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:153 +msgid "Module installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, ensure that the Odoo *AvaTax* module is installed. To do so, navigate " +"to the :menuselection:`Apps application`. In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, " +"type in `avatax`, and press :kbd:`Enter`. The following results populate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "ชื่อ" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 +msgid "Technical name" +msgstr "ชื่อทางเทคนิค" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "คำอธิบาย" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:167 +msgid "`account_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Default *AvaTax* module. This module adds the base *AvaTax* features for tax" +" calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:169 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for geo localization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:170 +msgid "`account_avatax_geolocalize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:171 +msgid "" +"This module includes the features required for integration of *AvaTax* into " +"geo-localization in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:173 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SO`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:174 +msgid "`account_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Includes the information needed for tax calculation on sales orders in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:176 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for Inventory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:177 +msgid "`account_avatax_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:178 +msgid "Includes tax calculation in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:179 +msgid ":guilabel:`Amazon/Avatax Bridge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:180 +msgid "`sale_amazon_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Includes tax calculation features between the *Amazon Connector* and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:182 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:183 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:184 +msgid "Includes information for tax calculation in the Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:185 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:186 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:187 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for tax calculation for services " +"in the Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil Sale for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:190 +msgid "`l10n_br_edi_sale_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:191 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for tax calculation for the sale " +"of services in the Brazil localization. This includes electronic data " +"interchange (EDI)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:193 +msgid ":guilabel:`Test SOs for the Brazilian AvaTax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:194 +msgid "`l10n_br_test_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:195 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for test sales orders in the " +"Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Install` button on the module labeled, " +":guilabel:`Avatax`: `account_avatax`. Doing so installs the following " +"modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:200 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax`: `account_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:201 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SO`: `account_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:202 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for Inventory`: `account_avatax_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Should *AvaTax* be needed for geo-localization, or with the *Amazon " +"Connector*, then install those modules individually by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Install` on :guilabel:`Avatax for geo localization` and " +":guilabel:`Amazon/Avatax Bridge`, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:209 +msgid "" +"For localization specific *AvaTax* instructions, view the following " +":doc:`fiscal localization <../../fiscal_localizations>` documentation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:212 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:217 +msgid "Odoo AvaTax settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To integrate the *AvaTax* :abbr:`API (application programming interface)` " +"with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` section. The :guilabel:`AvaTax` fields in the :guilabel:`Taxes` " +"section is where the *AvaTax* configurations are made, and the credentials " +"are entered in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:224 +msgid "" +"First, tick the checkbox to the left of the :guilabel:`AvaTax` settings, to " +"activate *AvaTax* on the database. This is a quick, convenient way to " +"activate and deactivate *AvaTax* tax calculation on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Override product categories as needed" -msgstr "แทนที่หมวดหมู่ผลิตภัณฑ์ตามความจำเป็น" +msgid "Configure AvaTax settings" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:235 +msgid "" +"First, select the :guilabel:`Environment` in which the company wishes to use" +" *AvaTax* in. It can either be :guilabel:`Sandbox` or " +":guilabel:`Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:239 +msgid "" +"For help determining which *AvaTax* environment to use (either " +":guilabel:`Production` or :guilabel:`Sandbox`), visit: `Sandbox vs " +"Production environments " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:244 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Now, the credentials can be entered in. The *AvaTax* :guilabel:`Account ID` " +"should be entered in the :guilabel:`API ID` field, and the " +":guilabel:`License Key` should be entered in the :guilabel:`API Key` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Account ID` can be found by logging into the *AvaTax* portal " +"(`sandbox `_ or `production " +"`_). In the upper-right corner, click on the " +"initials of the user and :guilabel:`Account`. The :guilabel:`Account ID` is " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To access the :guilabel:`License Key` see this documentation: " +":ref:`avatax/create_avalara_credentials`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:259 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Company Code` field, enter the Avalara company code for " +"the company being configured. Avalara interprets this as `DEFAULT`, if it is" +" not set. The :guilabel:`Company Code` can be accessed in the Avalara " +"management portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:263 +msgid "" +"First, log into the *AvaTax* portal (`sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_). Then, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Manage Companies`. The :guilabel:`Company Code` value is located in the " +"row of the :guilabel:`Company` in the :guilabel:`Company Code` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "AvaTax company code highlighted on the company details page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:273 +msgid "Transaction options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:275 +msgid "" +"There are two transactional settings in the Odoo *AvaTax* settings that can " +"be configured: :guilabel:`Use UPC` and :guilabel:`Commit Transactions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:278 +msgid "" +"If the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Use UPC` is ticked, the transactions will" +" use Universal Product Codes (UPC), instead of custom defined codes in " +"Avalara. Consult a certified public accountant (CPA) for specific guidance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:282 +msgid "" +"Should the :guilabel:`Commit Transactions` checkbox be ticked, then, the " +"transactions in the Odoo database will be committed for reporting in " +"*AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:286 msgid "Address validation" msgstr "การตรวจสอบที่อยู่" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:288 msgid "" -"Manually validate customer addresses by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate " -"address` link in the customer form view." +"The *Address Validation* feature ensures that the most up-to-date address by" +" postal standards is set on a contact in Odoo. This is important to provide " +"accurate tax calculations for customers." msgstr "" -"ตรวจสอบที่อยู่ของลูกค้าด้วยตนเองโดยคลิกลิงก์ :guilabel:`ตรวจสอบที่อยู่` " -"ในมุมมองแบบฟอร์มลูกค้า" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Validate customer addresses" -msgstr "ตรวจสอบที่อยู่ของลูกค้า" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:292 msgid "" -"If preferred, choose to keep the newly validated address or the original " -"address in the wizard that pops up." +"The :guilabel:`Address Validation` feature only works with " +"partners/customers in North America." msgstr "" -"หากต้องการ " -"ให้เลือกเก็บที่อยู่ที่ได้รับการตรวจสอบใหม่หรือที่อยู่เดิมไว้ในวิซาร์ดที่แสดงขึ้น" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Address validation wizard" -msgstr "ตัวช่วยสร้างการตรวจสอบที่อยู่" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:64 -msgid "Tax calculation" -msgstr "การคำนวณภาษี" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:294 msgid "" -"Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with Avatax by" -" confirming the documents. Alternatively, calculate the taxes manually by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`Compute taxes using Avatax` button while these " -"documents are in draft mode." +"Additionally, tick the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Address validation` " +"field." msgstr "" -"คำนวณภาษีสำหรับใบเสนอราคาและใบแจ้งหนี้ของ Odoo โดยอัตโนมัติด้วย Avatax " -"โดยการยืนยันเอกสาร หรือคำนวณภาษีด้วยตนเองโดยคลิกปุ่ม " -":guilabel:`คำนวณภาษีโดยใช้ Avatax` ในขณะที่เอกสารเหล่านี้อยู่ในโหมดร่าง" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:297 msgid "" -"Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Code` field that's available on customers, " -"quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and Avatax." +"For accurate tax calculations, it is best practice to enter a complete " +"address for the contacts saved in the database. However, *AvaTax* can still " +"function by implementing a best effort attempt using only the " +":guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`State`, and :guilabel:`Zip code`. These are " +"the three minimum required fields." msgstr "" -"ใช้ฟิลด์ :guilabel:`รหัส Avalara` ที่มีอยู่ในลูกค้า ใบเสนอราคา " -"และใบแจ้งหนี้เพื่ออ้างอิงข้อมูลโยงใน Odoo และ Avatax" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:302 +msgid ":guilabel:`Save` the settings to implement the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Manually :guilabel:`Validate` the address by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Contacts app`, and selecting a contact. Now that the " +"*AvaTax* module has been configured on the database, a :guilabel:`Validate` " +"button appears directly below the :guilabel:`Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:309 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a pop-up window appears with a " +":guilabel:`Validated Address` and :guilabel:`Original Address` listed. If " +"the :guilabel:`Validated Address` is the correct mailing address for tax " +"purposes, click :guilabel:`Save Validated`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Validate address pop-up window in Odoo with \"Save Validated\" button and \"Validated\n" +"Address\" highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:319 +msgid "" +"All previously-entered addresses for contacts in the Odoo database will need" +" to be validated using the manually validate process outlined above. " +"Addresses are not automatically validated if they were entered previously. " +"This only occurs upon tax calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:324 +msgid "Test connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:326 +msgid "" +"After entering all the above information into the *AvaTax* setup on Odoo, " +"click :guilabel:`Test connection`. This ensures the :guilabel:`API ID` and " +":guilabel:`API KEY` are correct, and a connection is made between Odoo and " +"the *AvaTax* application programming interface (API)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:331 +msgid "Sync parameters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Upon finishing the configuration and settings of the *AvaTax* section, click" +" the :guilabel:`Sync Parameters` button. This action synchronizes the " +"exemption codes from *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:341 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Fiscal Positions`. A :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` is listed " +"named, :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)`. Click it to open " +"*AvaTax's* fiscal position configuration page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:345 +msgid "Here, ensure that the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` checkbox is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the checkbox next to the field labeled: :guilabel:`Detect " +"Automatically`. Should this option be ticked, then, Odoo will automatically " +"apply this :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for transactions in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Enabling :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` also makes specific parameters, " +"such as :guilabel:`VAT required`, :guilabel:`Foreign Tax ID`, " +":guilabel:`Country Group`, :guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`Federal States`, " +"or :guilabel:`Zip Range` appear. Filling these parameters filters the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` usage. Leaving them blank ensures all " +"calculations are made using this :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:358 +msgid "" +"Should the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` checkbox not be ticked, each " +"customer will need to have the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set on their " +":guilabel:`Sales and Purchase` tab of the contact record. To do so, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Order --> Customers`, or " +":menuselection:`Contacts app --> Contacts`. Then, select a customer or " +"contact to set the fiscal position on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:364 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Sales and Purchase` tab, and down to the section " +"labeled, :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`. Set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` " +"field to the fiscal position for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:430 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:372 +msgid "AvaTax accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Upon selecting the checkbox option for :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` a new " +":guilabel:`AvaTax` tab appears. Click into this tab to reveal two different " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:377 +msgid "" +"The first setting is the :guilabel:`AvaTax Invoice Account`, while the " +"second is, :guilabel:`AvaTax Refund Account`. Ensure both accounts are set " +"for smooth end-of-year record keeping. Consult a certified public accountant" +" (CPA) for specific guidance on setting both accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:381 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to implement the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:384 +msgid "Tax mapping" +msgstr "การทำแผนที่ภาษี" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:386 +msgid "" +"The *AvaTax* integration is available on sale orders and invoices with the " +"included *AvaTax* fiscal position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:390 +msgid "" +"Additionally, there is a :guilabel:`Tax Mapping` tab and :guilabel:`Account " +"Mapping` tab in the :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)` fiscal " +"position, where mapping for products can also be configured. To access " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Positions` navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Fiscal Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:396 +msgid "Product category mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the " +"product categories. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Product Categories`. Select the product category to add " +"the :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` to. In the :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` " +"field, select a category from the drop-down menu, or :guilabel:`Search " +"More...` to open the complete list of options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "Specify AvaTax Category on products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:409 +msgid "Product mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:411 +msgid "" +"*AvaTax* Categories may be set on individual products, as well. To set the " +":guilabel:`Avatax Category` navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Products --> Products`. Select the product to add the :guilabel:`Avatax " +"Category` to. Under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, on the far-" +"right, is a selector field labeled: :guilabel:`Avatax Category`. Finally, " +"click the drop-down menu, and select a category, or :guilabel:`Search " +"More...` to find one that is not listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:418 +msgid "" +"If both the product, and its category, have an :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` " +"set, the product's :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` takes precedence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "Override product categories as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:426 +msgid "" +"Mapping an :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` on either the *Product* or *Product " +"Category* should be completed for every *Product* or *Product Category*, " +"depending the route that is chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:431 +msgid ":doc:`avatax/avatax_use`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:432 +msgid ":doc:`avatax/avalara_portal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:163 +msgid "" +"`US Tax Compliance: Avatax elearning video " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:6 +msgid "Avalara (Avatax) portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Avalara's (*AvaTax*) management console offers account management options " +"including: viewing/editing the transactions sent from Odoo to *AvaTax*, " +"details on how the taxes are calculated, tax reporting, tax exemption " +"management, and tax return resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:13 +msgid "Avalara is the software developer of the tax software, *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the console, first, navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_ environment. This will depend on which type " +"of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`. Log in to the " +"management console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara dashboard after logging into management portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"For more information see Avalara's documentation: `Activate your " +"Communications Customer Portal account " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To access transactions, click in the :guilabel:`Transactions` link on the " +"main dashboard upon logging into the :ref:`avatax/portal`. To manually " +"access the *Transactions* page, while logged into the Avalara console, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Transactions --> Transactions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara portal with the transactions shortcut highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:43 +msgid "Edit transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click into a transaction to reveal more details about the transaction. These" +" details include sections on :guilabel:`Invoice detail`, " +":guilabel:`Additional info`, and :guilabel:`Customer info`. Click :icon:`fa-" +"pencil` :guilabel:`Edit document details` to make changes to the " +"transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:49 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Discount` can be added to adjust the invoice. This is " +"especially useful in cases where the transaction has already synced with " +"Avalara / *AvaTax*, and changes need to be made afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:55 +msgid "Filter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Filter transactions on the :guilabel:`Transactions` page, by setting the " +":guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields, and configuring other fields to " +"filter by, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Status`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Code`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`Exactly " +"match`, :guilabel:`Starts with`, or :guilabel:`Contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer/Vendor Code`: the customer/vendor code in Odoo (e.g. " +"`Contact18`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: the country this tax was calculated in; this is a text " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: the region of the country, which varies based on the " +":guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Filters` to access the following filter " +"conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Type`: any of the following selections, :guilabel:`All`," +" :guilabel:`Sales Invoice`, :guilabel:`Purchase Invoice`, :guilabel:`Return " +"Invoice`, :guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Inbound Invoice`, " +":guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Outbound Invoice`, or :guilabel:`Customs " +"Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Import ID`: represents the import ID of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:78 +msgid "Sort by" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:80 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Transactions` page, transactions will be listed below, " +"according to the set :ref:`avalara/portal-filter`, located in the top half " +"of the page. The following columns are available by default, to sort by " +"ascending or descending order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc Code`: either of the following options, :guilabel:`Exactly " +"match`, :guilabel:`Starts with`, or :guilabel:`Contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc Status`: either of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cust/Vendor Code` : this is the customer/vendor code in Odoo " +"(e.g. Contact18)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: this is the region of the country, this will vary based " +"on the :guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amount`: the numeric amount of the total amount on the Odoo " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax`: the numeric amount of the tax applied to the total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Transactions page on the Avalara portal with the filter and sort-by options " +"highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:99 +msgid "Customize columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Additional columns can be added by clicking the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Customize columns`. On the resulting popover window, click the " +"drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`column` that should be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The following columns can be added for additional transactional information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`AvaTax calculated`: the amount of tax calculated by *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cust/vendor code`: the customer/vendor code in Odoo (e.g. " +"`Contact18`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Currency`: the standardized abbreviation for the currency the " +"amount total is in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doc date`: the document's date of creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc status`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc type`: any of the following selections, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Sales Invoice`, :guilabel:`Purchase Invoice`, :guilabel:`Return " +"Invoice`, :guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Inbound Invoice`, " +":guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Outbound Invoice`, or :guilabel:`Customs " +"Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last modified`: timestamp of the last time the document was " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location code`: the location code used to calculate the tax, " +"based on the delivery address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:122 +msgid ":guilabel:`PO number`: the purchase order number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference code`: the Odoo reference code (e.g. NV/2024/00003)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: the region of the country,which varies based on the " +":guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson code`: the numeric ID of the user assigned to the " +"sales order in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax date`: the month/day/year of the tax calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax override type`: where an exemption would appear, should there" +" be none, the field populates with :guilabel:`None`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:131 +msgid "To add a new column click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:134 +msgid "" +"For more information on *AvaTax* transactions, refer to this Avalara " +"documentation: `Transactions " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:138 +msgid "Import-export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"While on the :ref:`avalara/portal-transactions`, click :icon:`fa-download` " +":guilabel:`Import transactions` or :icon:`fa-upload` :guilabel:`Export " +"transactions` to import or export transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1019 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:42 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "รายงาน" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To access reporting, navigate to the :menuselection:`Reports` link in the " +"top menu of the Avalara management console. Next, select from one of the " +"available reporting tabs: :guilabel:`Transactions reports`, " +":guilabel:`Liability & tax return reports`, or :guilabel:`Exemption " +"reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Additionally, there is a :guilabel:`Favorites` tab and :guilabel:`Downloads`" +" tab. The :guilabel:`Favorites` tab contains any favorited report " +"configurations for the Avalara user. The :guilabel:`Downloads` tab contains " +"a list view where the user can download the high-volume transaction reports " +"created in the last 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Make a selection for the :guilabel:`Report Category`, and the " +":guilabel:`Report Name`, under the :guilabel:`Select a report` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Next, fill out the :guilabel:`Select report details` section. These options " +"will vary based on the tab selected above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Depending on the report size, the following two options are available in the" +" section labeled, :guilabel:`Select the approximate number of transactions " +"for your report`: :guilabel:`Create and download the report instantly` (for " +"small reports) and :guilabel:`Create and download the report in the " +"background` (for larger reports). Select one or the other depending on the " +"volume of transactions in this report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Finally, under the section labeled, :guilabel:`Report preview and export` " +"make a selection of the file type to download. Either a :guilabel:`.PDF` or " +":guilabel:`.XLS` can be chosen. Alternatively, the file can be previewed by " +"selecting the :guilabel:`Preview` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:172 +msgid "" +"After making all the configurations, click :guilabel:`Create report` to " +"download the report. Click :icon:`fa-star-o` :guilabel:`Make this report a " +"favorite` to save the report configuration to the user's favorites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:176 +msgid "" +"After the report is created, click :icon:`fa-download` :guilabel:`Download` " +"to download the file to the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Select a pre-configured report from the :guilabel:`Frequently used reports` " +"section of the reporting dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Access this list by clicking on the :guilabel:`Reports` option in the top " +"menu of the Avalara management console, and scroll to the bottom of the " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"`See Avalara's documentation: Reports in AvaTax " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:191 +msgid "Add more jurisdictions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Additional jurisdictions (tax locations) can be added in the Avalara " +"management console. Navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_ environment. This will depend on which type " +"of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Where you collect tax`. " +"Choose between the three different tabs, depending on the business need. The" +" first tab is :guilabel:`Sales and use tax`, where tax can be collected for " +"the United States. Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add to where you " +"collect sales and use tax` to add another location where the company " +"collects sales and use tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The second option, is the :guilabel:`VAT/GST` tab where the :icon:`fa-plus` " +":guilabel:`Add a country or territory where you collect VAT/GST` can be " +"selected to add another country or territory where the company collects " +"VAT/GST." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Finally, on the far-right, is the :guilabel:`Customs duty` tab, where a " +"country can be added where the company collects customs duty. Simply click " +"on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a country where you calculate customs " +"duty` icon below the tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"AvaTax management console, on the Where you collect tax page, with the add button and\n" +"sales and use tax tab highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:217 +msgid "" +"`See Avalara's documentation: Add local jurisdiction taxes " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:221 +msgid "Tax exemption certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Tax exemption certificates for customers can be added into the Avalara " +"management console, so that *AvaTax* is aware of which customers may be " +"exempt from paying certain taxes. To add an *exception certificate* navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Exemptions --> Customer certificates`. From there, click" +" on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a certificate` to configure an " +"exemption." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:229 +msgid "" +"An Avalara subscription to Exemption Certificate Management (ECM) is " +"required in order to attach certificate images, and to be ready for an " +"audit. For more on subscribing to this add-on, visit `Avalara " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:235 +msgid "End-of-year operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Avalara's services include tax return services, for when it is time to file " +"taxes at the end of the year. To access Avalara's tax services log, into the" +" `management portal `_. Then, from the main " +"dashboard, click :guilabel:`Returns`. Avalara will prompt the Avalara user " +"to log in for security purposes, and redirect the user to the *Returns* " +"portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara portal with the returns shortcut highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Get started` to begin the tax return process. For more " +"information, refer to this Avalara documentation: `About Managed Returns " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, click on the :menuselection:`Returns` button in the top menu " +"of the Avalara management console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:161 +msgid ":doc:`../avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`avatax_use`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:3 +msgid "AvaTax use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:5 +msgid "" +"AvaTax is a tax calculation software that can be integrated with Odoo in the" +" United States and Canada. Once the :doc:`integration setup <../avatax>` is " +"complete, the calculated tax is simple and automatic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:10 +msgid "Tax calculation" +msgstr "การคำนวณภาษี" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with AvaTax by" +" confirming the documents during the sales flow. Alternatively, calculate " +"the taxes manually by clicking the :guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button, while " +"these documents are in draft stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button recalculates taxes, if any " +"product lines are edited on the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Sales quotation with the confirm and compute taxes button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The tax calculation is triggered during the following :ref:`automatic " +"trigger ` and :ref:`manual trigger " +"` circumstances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:30 +msgid "Automatic triggers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the sales rep sends the quote by email with :guilabel:`Send by email` " +"button (pop-up)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:33 +msgid "When the customer views the online quote on the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:34 +msgid "When a quote is confirmed and becomes a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:35 +msgid "When the customer views the invoice on the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:36 +msgid "When a draft invoice is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:37 +msgid "When the customer views the subscription in the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:38 +msgid "When a subscription generates an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:39 +msgid "When the customer gets to the last screen of the eCommerce checkout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:44 +msgid "Manual triggers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button at the bottom of the quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button at the top of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:49 +msgid "Use each of these buttons to manually re-calculate the sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Partner Code` field that is available on customer" +" records, quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and " +"AvaTax. This field is located under the :menuselection:`Other info` tab of " +"the sales order or quotation in the :guilabel:`Sales` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:56 +msgid "" +"On the customer record, navigate to *Contacts app* and select a contact. " +"Then open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab and the :guilabel:`Avalara " +"Partner Code` under the :guilabel:`Sales` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)` fiscal position is also " +"applied on those Odoo documents, like subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:165 +msgid ":doc:`../fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:68 +msgid "AvaTax synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Synchronization occurs with AvaTax, when the *invoice* is created in Odoo. " +"This means the sales tax is recorded with Avalara (AvaTax software " +"developer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`. " +"Select a quotation from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:76 +msgid "" +"After confirming a quotation and validating the delivery, click " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice`. Indicate whether it is a :guilabel:`Regular " +"invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or :guilabel:`Down payment " +"(fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Then click :guilabel:`Create and view invoice`. The recorded taxes can be " +"seen in the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab of the invoice. There will be " +"different taxes depending on the location of the :guilabel:`Delivery " +"Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Journal items highlighted on a invoice in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Finally, press the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to complete the invoice and " +"synchronize with the AvaTax portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:92 +msgid "" +"An invoice cannot be :guilabel:`Reset to draft` because this causes de-" +"synchronization with the AvaTax Portal. Instead, click :guilabel:`Add credit" +" note` and state: `Sync with AvaTax Portal`. See this documentation: " +":doc:`../../../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:97 +msgid "Fixed price discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Add a fixed price discount to a valuable customer, by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line` on the customer's invoice. Add the product discount, " +"and set the :guilabel:`Price` to either a positive or negative value. To " +"recalculate the taxes, click :guilabel:`Compute Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Tax calculation can even be done on negative subtotals and credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:107 +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:109 +msgid "" +"It is possible to log Avalara/*AvaTax* actions in Odoo for further analysis," +" or verification of functionality. Logging is accessible through the " +"*AvaTax* settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To start logging *AvaTax* actions, first, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, under the :guilabel:`AvaTax` " +"settings, click :guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Upon starting the log process, Odoo will log all Avalara/*AvaTax* actions " +"performed in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To view the logs, click on :guilabel:`Show logs` to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`. This reveals a detailed list of " +"Avalara/*AvaTax* actions. This list is sortable by the following columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:124 +msgid ":guilabel:`Created on`: timestamp of the *AvaTax* calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`Created by`: numeric value of the user in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Database name`: name of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: two values can be chosen for this field, " +":guilabel:`Server` or :guilabel:`Client`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Avalara service name. In this case, it will be *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:130 +msgid ":guilabel:`Level`: by default, this will be `INFO`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:131 +msgid ":guilabel:`Path`: indicates the path taken to make the calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`Line`: indicates the line the calculation is made on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:133 +msgid ":guilabel:`Function`: indicates the calculation taken on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara logging page with top row of list highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Click into the log line to reveal another field, called :guilabel:`Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:141 +msgid "" +"This field populates a raw transcription of the transaction, which involves " +"the creation (or adjustment) of a sales invoice using the Avalara *AvaTax* " +"API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The transaction includes details, such as addresses for shipping from and " +"to, line items describing the products or services, tax codes, tax amounts, " +"and other relevant information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:147 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Message` contains the calculated taxes for different " +"jurisdictions and confirms the creation (or adjustment) of the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Custom fields can be made using Odoo *Studio*. Click the :icon:`fa-" +"ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(ellipsis)` menu to the far-right of the header row. " +"Then click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add custom field`. This action opens " +"Odoo *Studio*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Studio* requires a *custom* pricing plan. Consult the database's " +"customer success manager for more information on switching plans. Or to see " +"if Odoo *Studio* is included in the database's current pricing plan. See " +"this documentation: :doc:`../../../../studio`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:162 +msgid ":doc:`avalara_portal`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:3 msgid "Cash basis taxes" msgstr "ภาษีเกณฑ์เงินสด" @@ -16460,13 +18038,6 @@ msgstr "" " มี **แผนงานหลักสองแผน**: โครงการ **สหภาพ OSS** สำหรับบริการข้ามพรมแดน " "และโครงการ **นำเข้า OSS** สำหรับสินค้าที่มีมูลค่าเท่ากับหรือต่ำกว่า 150 ยูโร" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1019 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:42 -msgid "Reports" -msgstr "รายงาน" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:54 msgid "" "To generate **OSS sales** or **OSS imports** reports and submit them onto " @@ -16919,7 +18490,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:592 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:570 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:700 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:710 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:119 @@ -20207,6 +21778,7 @@ msgstr "" "`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 @@ -20221,73 +21793,6 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`ติดตั้ง ` " "โมดูลต่อไปนี้เพื่อรับฟีเจอร์ทั้งหมดของการประยุกต์ใช้สำหรับประเทศอาร์เจนตินา:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "ชื่อ" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 -msgid "Technical name" -msgstr "ชื่อทางเทคนิค" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "คำอธิบาย" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:32 msgid ":guilabel:`Argentina - Accounting`" msgstr ":guilabel:`ประเทศอาร์เจนตินา - ระบบบัญชี`" @@ -20357,7 +21862,7 @@ msgstr "" "ในแบบฟอร์มการชำระเงินอีคอมเมิร์ซเพื่อสร้างใบแจ้งหนี้อิเล็กทรอนิกส์" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:52 @@ -20413,7 +21918,7 @@ msgid "Select Fiscal Localization Package." msgstr "เลือกแพ็คเกจการประยุกต์ใช้ทางการเงิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:205 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:255 msgid "Configure master data" msgstr "กำหนดค่าข้อมูลหลัก" @@ -22238,7 +23743,7 @@ msgstr "" "ได้รับการกำหนดค่าสำหรับเว็บไซต์ที่เกี่ยวข้อง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:923 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:267 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:181 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:270 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 @@ -23751,6 +25256,7 @@ msgid "`Stripe Terminal `_" msgstr "`เทอร์มินัล Stripe `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:150 msgid "Payroll" msgstr "เงินเดือน" @@ -24432,6 +25938,7 @@ msgstr "" "รายการบัญชีนี้จะรวมยอดคงเหลือจากสลิปเงินเดือนทั้งหมด" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:308 msgid "Pay employees" msgstr "จ่ายพนักงาน" @@ -24722,11 +26229,19 @@ msgstr "หมายเลข \"รหัสทางธุรกิจ\" ขอ msgid "You can choose any Odoo journal to post the payslip entries." msgstr "คุณสามารถเลือกสมุดรายวันของ Odoo เพื่อโพสต์รายการสลิปเงินเดือนได้" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:908 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:906 +msgid "" +"Configure the tax by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`. Create the necessary taxes for the Employment Hero payslip " +"entries. Fill in the tax code from **Employment Hero** in the " +":guilabel:`Matching Employment Hero Tax` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:911 msgid "How does the API work?" msgstr "API ทำงานอย่างไร?" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:910 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:913 msgid "" "The API syncs the journal entries from Employment Hero to Odoo and leaves " "them in draft mode. The reference includes the Employment Hero payslip entry" @@ -24746,7 +26261,7 @@ msgstr "" "ตัวอย่างรายการสมุดรายวัน Employment Hero ใน Odoo ระบบบัญชี " "(ประเทศออสเตรเลีย)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:920 msgid "" "By default, the synchronisation happens once per week. You can fetch the " "records manually by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " @@ -24758,13 +26273,13 @@ msgstr "" "การกำหนดค่า --> การตั้งค่า` และในตัวเลือก :guilabel:`เปิดใช้งานการผสานรวมกับ" " Employment Hero` ให้คลิกที่ :guilabel:`ดึงข้อมูล Payruns ด้วยตนเอง`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:921 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:924 msgid "" "Employment Hero payslip entries also work based on double-entry bookkeeping." msgstr "" "รายการสลิปเงินเดือนของ Employment Hero ยังทำงานโดยอิงจากการทำบัญชีสองครั้ง" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:926 msgid "" "The accounts used by Employment Hero are defined in the section " ":guilabel:`Payroll settings`." @@ -24776,7 +26291,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chart of Accounts menu in Employment Hero" msgstr "เมนูผังบัญชีใน Employment Hero" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:928 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:931 msgid "" "For the API to work, you need to create the same accounts as the default " "accounts of your Employment Hero business (**same name and same code**) in " @@ -24930,6 +26445,8 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Country`" msgstr ":guilabel:`ประเทศ`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:325 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:292 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" @@ -26410,26 +27927,19 @@ msgstr "ประเทศบราซิล" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:12 msgid "" "With the Brazilian localization, sales taxes can be automatically computed " -"and electronic invoices (NF-e) for goods can be sent using AvaTax (Avalara) " -"through |API| calls. Moreover, taxes for services can be configured." +"and electronic invoices for goods (NF-e) and services (NFS-e) can be sent " +"using AvaTax (Avalara) through |API| calls. Moreover, taxes for services can" +" be configured." msgstr "" -"ด้วยการประยุกต์ใช้สำหรับประเทศบราซิล ภาษีการขายสามารถคำนวณได้โดยอัตโนมัติ " -"และสามารถส่งใบแจ้งหนี้อิเล็กทรอนิกส์ (NF-e) สำหรับสินค้าได้โดยใช้ AvaTax " -"(Avalara) ผ่าน |API| โทร นอกจากนี้ยังสามารถกำหนดค่าภาษีสำหรับบริการได้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:16 msgid "" -"For the goods tax computation and electronic invoicing process, you need to " -"configure the :ref:`contacts `, :ref:`company " +"For the goods and services tax computation and electronic invoicing process," +" you need to configure the :ref:`contacts `, :ref:`company " "`, :ref:`products `, and :ref:`create an " -"account in Avatax ` need to be configured in the " -"general settings." +"account in AvaTax ` which needs to be configured in " +"the general settings." msgstr "" -"สำหรับการคำนวณภาษีสินค้าและกระบวนการออกใบแจ้งหนี้ทางอิเล็กทรอนิกส์ " -"คุณต้องกำหนดค่า :ref:`รายชื่อผู้ติดต่อ `, :ref:`บริษัท " -"`, :ref:`ผลิตภัณฑ์ ` และ :ref:`สร้างบัญชีใน" -" Avatax ` " -"จำเป็นต้องได้รับการกำหนดค่าในการตั้งค่าทั่วไป" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -26446,19 +27956,80 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "การประยุกต์ใช้ยังรวมถึงภาษีและเทมเพลตผังบัญชีที่สามารถแก้ไขได้หากจำเป็น" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:33 msgid "" -"Install the :guilabel:`🇧🇷 Brazil` :ref:`fiscal localization package " -"` to get all the default accounting features " -"of the Brazilian localization, following the :abbr:`IFRS (International " -"Financial Reporting Standards)` rules." +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Brazilian localization:" msgstr "" -"ติดตั้ง :guilabel:`🇧🇷 ประเทศบราซิล` :ref:`แพ็คเกจการประยุกต์ใช้ทางการเงิน " -"` " -"เพื่อรับฟีเจอร์ทางระบบบัญชีเริ่มต้นทั้งหมดของการประยุกต์ใช้สำหรับประเทศบราซิล" -" ตามกฎ :abbr:`IFRS (International Financial Reporting Standards)`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazilian - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_br`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `, " +"which represents having the Generic Brazilian chart of accounts and Taxes, " +"together with document types and identification types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazil - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:49 +msgid "`l10n_br_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:50 +msgid "Accounting reports for Brazil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` & :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:52 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax` & `l10n_br_avatax_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:53 +msgid "Goods and Services tax computation through Avalara." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Brazilian Accounting EDI` & :guilabel:`Brazilian Accounting EDI " +"for services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:55 +msgid "`l10n_br_edi` & `l10n_br_edi_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Provides electronic invoicing for goods and services for Brazil through " +"AvaTax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazil Pix QR codes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:58 +msgid "`l10n_br_pix`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:59 +msgid "Implements Pix QR codes for Brazil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:66 msgid "" "To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " "app and search the name given to your company." @@ -26466,7 +28037,7 @@ msgstr "" "หากต้องการกำหนดค่าข้อมูลบริษัทของคุณ ให้ไปที่ :menuselection: แอป " "\"รายชื่อผู้ติดต่อ\" และค้นหาชื่อที่กำหนดให้กับบริษัทของคุณ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:69 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option at the top of the page. Then, " "configure the following fields:" @@ -26474,74 +28045,72 @@ msgstr "" "เลือกตัวเลือก :guilabel:`บริษัท` ที่ด้านบนของหน้า จากนั้น " "กำหนดค่าฟิลด์ต่อไปนี้:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:245 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1096 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr ":guilabel:`ชื่อ`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:314 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Address` (add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip" -" Code`, :guilabel:`Country`)." +":guilabel:`Address`: add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip" +" Code`, :guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`ที่อยู่` (เพิ่ม :guilabel:`เมือง`, :guilabel:`รัฐ`, " -":guilabel:`รหัสไปรษณีย์`, :guilabel:`ประเทศ`)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:76 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street name, number, and any " "additional address information." msgstr "" "ในช่อง :guilabel:`ถนน` ให้ป้อนชื่อถนน หมายเลข และข้อมูลที่อยู่เพิ่มเติม" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:318 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Street 2` field, enter the neighborhood." msgstr "ในฟิลด์ :guilabel:`ถนน 2` ให้ป้อนบริเวณใกล้เคียง" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:252 -msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number` (:guilabel:`CNPJ`, :guilabel:`CPF`)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`หมายเลขประจำตัว` (:guilabel:`CNPJ`, :guilabel:`CPF`)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:253 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID` (associated with the identification type)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:320 +msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`: :guilabel:`CNPJ` or :guilabel:`CPF`" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`หมายเลขประจำตัวผู้เสียภาษี` (เกี่ยวข้องกับประเภทการระบุตัวตน)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:55 -msgid ":guilabel:`IE` (State registration)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`IE` (การจดทะเบียนของรัฐ)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:321 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: associated with the identification type" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:56 -msgid ":guilabel:`IM` (Municipal registration)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`IM` (ทะเบียนเทศบาล)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: State registration" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: Municipal registration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:84 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code` (Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " -"add if applicable)." +":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " +"add if applicable" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`รหัส SUFRAMA` (การกำกับดูแลเขตการค้าเสรีในเมืองมาเนาส์ - " -"เพิ่มหากมี)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:257 -msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`." -msgstr ":guilabel:`โทรศัพท์`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:258 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1097 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:293 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" msgstr ":guilabel:`อีเมล`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Company configuration." msgstr "การกำหนดค่าของบริษัท" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:91 msgid "" "Configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` within the :guilabel:`Sales and" " Purchase` tab:" @@ -26549,53 +28118,75 @@ msgstr "" "กำหนดค่า :guilabel:`ข้อมูลทางการเงิน` ภายในแท็บ " ":guilabel:`การขายและการซื้อ`:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:104 msgid "" -"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`Avatax Brazil `." msgstr "" -"เพิ่ม :guilabel:`สถานะการเงิน` สำหรับ :ref:`Avatax สำหรับประเทศบราซิล " -"`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:67 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime` (Federal Tax Regime)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`ระบบภาษี` (ระบบภาษีของรัฐบาลกลาง)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:68 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type` (indicates ICMS regime, Exempt status, or " -"Non-Taxpayer)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:94 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: Federal Tax Regime" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`ประเภทผู้เสียภาษี ICMS` (ระบุระบอบ ICMS สถานะได้รับการยกเว้น " -"หรือผู้ไม่เสียภาษี)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:69 -msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`." -msgstr ":guilabel:`ภาคกิจกรรมหลัก`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: indicates :guilabel:`ICMS regime`, " +":guilabel:`Exempt status`, or :guilabel:`Non-Taxpayer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:97 +msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Company fiscal configuration." msgstr "การกำหนดค่าทางการเงินของบริษัท" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:74 -msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact" -msgstr "สุดท้าย อัปโหลดโลโก้บริษัทและบันทึกผู้ติดต่อ" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Configure the following extra :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` if you are " +"going to issue NFS-e:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:350 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`COFINS Details`: :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with " +"rate 0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PIS Details` :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with rate " +"0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:109 +msgid ":guilabel:`CSLL Taxable` If the company is subject to CSLL or not" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Company fiscal configuration for NFSe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:114 +msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:117 msgid "" "If you are a simplified regime, you need to configure the ICMS rate under " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> " -"Avatax Brazil`." +"AvaTax Brazil`." msgstr "" -"หากคุณเป็นระบบการปกครองแบบง่าย คุณต้องกำหนดค่าอัตรา ICMS ภายใต้ " -":menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี --> การกำหนดค่า --> การตั้งค่า --> ภาษี --> Avatax" -" สำหรับประเทศบราซิล`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:123 msgid "Configure AvaTax integration" msgstr "กำหนดค่าการรวม AvaTax" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:125 msgid "" "Avalara AvaTax is a tax calculation and electronic invoicing provider that " "can be integrated in Odoo to automatically compute taxes by taking into " @@ -26609,47 +28200,75 @@ msgstr "" "ผลิตภัณฑ์ และข้อมูลธุรกรรม เพื่อดึงข้อมูลภาษีที่ถูกต้องที่จะใช้และประมวลผล " "e- ออกใบแจ้งหนี้กับทางราชการในภายหลัง" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:130 msgid "" "Using this integration requires :doc:`In-App-Purchases (IAPs) " "<../../essentials/in_app_purchase>` to compute the taxes and to send the " -"electronic invoices. Whenever you compute taxes, an |API| call is made using" -" credits from your |IAP| credits balance." +"electronic invoices. Whenever you compute taxes, send an electronic document" +" (NF-e, NFS-e, etc), or perform any electronic flow (NF-e Cancellation, " +"Correction letter, Invalidate invoice number range), an API call is made " +"using credits from your `IAP credits balance `_." msgstr "" -"การใช้การผสานรวมนี้จำเป็นต้องมี :doc:`In-App-Purchases (IAPs) " -"<../../essentials/in_app_purchase>` " -"เพื่อคำนวณภาษีและส่งใบแจ้งหนี้อิเล็กทรอนิกส์ เมื่อใดก็ตามที่คุณคำนวณภาษี " -"จะมี |API| การโทรทำได้โดยใช้เครดิตจาก |IAP| ของคุณ ยอดเครดิต" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:137 msgid "Odoo is a certified partner of Avalara Brazil." msgstr "Odoo เป็นคู่ค้าที่ได้รับการรับรองของ Avalara สำหรับประเทศบราซิล" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:138 +msgid "" +"You can `buy IAP credit on odoo.com `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:141 +msgid "Credential configuration" +msgstr "การกำหนดค่าข้อมูลรับรอง" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:143 msgid "" "To activate AvaTax in Odoo, you need to create an account. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, and in" " the :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` section, add the administration email address" -" to be used for the AvaTax portal in the :guilabel:`Avatax Portal Email`, " +" to be used for the AvaTax portal in the :guilabel:`AvaTax Portal Email`, " "and then click on :guilabel:`Create account`." msgstr "" -"หากต้องการเปิดใช้งาน AvaTax ใน Odoo คุณต้องสร้างบัญชี โดยไปที่ " -":menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี --> การกำหนดค่า --> การตั้งค่า --> ภาษี` และในส่วน" -" :guilabel:`AvaTax สำหรับประเทศบราซิล` " -"ให้เพิ่มที่อยู่อีเมลของผู้ดูแลระบบที่จะใช้สำหรับพอร์ทัล AvaTax ใน " -":guilabel:`อีเมลพอร์ทัล Avatax` จากนั้นคลิกที่ :guilabel:`สร้างบัญชี`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:149 msgid "" -"When **testing** an :guilabel:`Avatax Portal Email` integration in a testing" -" or sandbox database, use an alternate email address. It is **not** possible" -" to re-use the same email address on the production database." +"When **testing** or **creating a production** :guilabel:`AvaTax Portal " +"Email` integration in a sandbox or production database, use a real email " +"address, as it is needed to log in to the Avalara Portal and set up the " +"certificates, whether you want to test or use it on production." msgstr "" -"เมื่อ **ทดสอบ** การรวม :guilabel:`อีเมลพอร์ทัล Avatax` " -"ในฐานข้อมูลการทดสอบหรือแซนด์บ็อกซ์ ให้ใช้ที่อยู่อีเมลอื่น เป็นไปไม่ได้ " -"**ไม่สามารถใช้ที่อยู่อีเมลเดิมซ้ำในฐานข้อมูลที่ใช้งานจริงได้" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:153 +msgid "" +"There are two different Avalara Portals, one for testing and one for " +"production:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:155 +msgid "Sandbox: https://portal.sandbox.avalarabrasil.com.br/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 +msgid "Production: https://portal.avalarabrasil.com.br/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:158 +msgid "" +"When you create the account from Odoo, be sure to select the right " +"environment. Moreover, the email used to open the account cannot be used to " +"open another account. Save your :guilabel:`API ID` and :guilabel:`API Key` " +"when you create the account from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Transfer API Credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 msgid "" "After you create the account from Odoo, you need to go to the Avalara Portal" " to set up your password:" @@ -26657,25 +28276,23 @@ msgstr "" "หลังจากที่คุณสร้างบัญชีจาก Odoo คุณจะต้องไปที่พอร์ทัล Avalara " "เพื่อตั้งรหัสผ่าน:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 msgid "" "Access the `Avalara portal `_." msgstr "" "เข้าถึง `พอร์ทัล Avalara `_." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:169 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Meu primeiro acesso`." msgstr "คลิกที่ :guilabel:`Meu primeiro acesso`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:170 msgid "" -"Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/Avatax account," +"Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/AvaTax account," " and then click :guilabel:`Solicitar Senha`." msgstr "" -"เพิ่มที่อยู่อีเมลที่คุณใช้ใน Odoo เพื่อสร้างบัญชี Avalara/Avatax จากนั้นคลิก" -" :guilabel:`Solicitar Senha`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:172 msgid "" "You will receive an email with a token and a link to create your password. " "Click on this link and copy-paste the token to allocate your desired " @@ -26684,7 +28301,7 @@ msgstr "" "คุณจะได้รับอีเมลพร้อมโทเค็นและลิงก์สำหรับสร้างรหัสผ่าน " "คลิกที่ลิงค์นี้และคัดลอกและวางโทเค็นเพื่อจัดสรรรหัสผ่านที่คุณต้องการ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:176 msgid "" "You can start using AvaTax in Odoo for tax computation **only** without " "creating a password and accessing the Avalara portal in the Odoo database. " @@ -26697,10 +28314,10 @@ msgstr "" "เข้าถึงพอร์ทัล AvaTax และอัปโหลดใบรับรองของคุณที่นั่น" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 -msgid "Avatax account configuration." -msgstr "การกำหนดค่าบัญชี Avatax" +msgid "AvaTax account configuration." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:184 msgid "" "You can transfer |API| credentials. Use this only when you have already " "created an account in another Odoo instance and wish to reuse it." @@ -26709,11 +28326,11 @@ msgstr "" "ใช้สิ่งนี้เฉพาะเมื่อคุณได้สร้างบัญชีในอินสแตนซ์ Odoo " "อื่นแล้วและต้องการใช้ซ้ำ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:188 msgid "A1 certificate upload" msgstr "การอัปโหลดใบรับรอง A1" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:190 msgid "" "In order to issue electronic invoices, a certificate needs to be uploaded to" " the `AvaTax portal `_." @@ -26721,7 +28338,7 @@ msgstr "" "หากต้องการออกใบแจ้งหนี้อิเล็กทรอนิกส์ จะต้องอัปโหลดใบรับรองไปยัง `พอร์ทัล " "AvaTax `_" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:193 msgid "" "The certificate will be synchronized with Odoo, as long as the external " "identifier number in the AvaTax portal matches - without special characters " @@ -26732,7 +28349,20 @@ msgstr "" "ตรงกับหมายเลข CNPJ โดยไม่มีอักขระพิเศษ และหมายเลขประจำตัว (CNPJ) ใน Odoo " "ตรงกับ CNPJ ใน AvaTax" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:198 +msgid "" +"To issue NFS-e, some cities require that you link the certificate within the" +" City Portal system before issuing NFS-e from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:201 +msgid "" +"If you receive an error message from the city that says :guilabel:`Your " +"certificate is not linked to the user`, that means this process needs to be " +"done in the city portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:210 msgid "" "The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " "is installed by default as part of the data set included in the localization" @@ -26745,7 +28375,7 @@ msgstr "" "บัญชีจะถูกแม็ปโดยอัตโนมัติในภาษีที่เกี่ยวข้อง " "และฟิลด์บัญชีเจ้าหนี้และบัญชีลูกหนี้เริ่มต้น" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:215 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Brazil is based on the SPED CoA, which gives a " "baseline of the accounts needed in Brazil." @@ -26753,12 +28383,12 @@ msgstr "" "ผังบัญชีสำหรับบราซิลจะขึ้นอยู่กับ SPED CoA " "ซึ่งเป็นข้อมูลพื้นฐานของบัญชีที่จำเป็นในประเทศบราซิล" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:218 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." msgstr "คุณสามารถเพิ่มหรือลบบัญชีได้ตามความต้องการของบริษัท" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:223 msgid "" "In Brazil, a *series* number is linked to a sequence number range for " "electronic invoices. The series number can be configured in Odoo on a sales " @@ -26772,7 +28402,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ชุด` หากจำเป็นต้องใช้มากกว่าหนึ่งชุด " "จะต้องสร้างสมุดรายวันการขายใหม่และกำหนดหมายเลขชุดใหม่ให้กับแต่ละชุดที่ต้องการ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:228 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Use Documents` field needs to be selected. When issuing " "electronic and non-electronic invoices, the :guilabel:`Type` field selects " @@ -26790,7 +28420,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Journal configuration with the Use Documents? field checked." msgstr "การกำหนดค่าสมุดรายวันด้วยการใช้เอกสาร? ฟิลด์ถูกเลือกแล้ว" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 msgid "" "When creating the journal, ensure the field :guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note" " Sequence` is unchecked, as in Brazil, sequences between invoices, credit " @@ -26802,7 +28432,7 @@ msgstr "" "ลำดับระหว่างใบแจ้งหนี้ ใบลดหนี้ และใบเพิ่มหนี้จะถูกใช้ร่วมกันตามหมายเลขชุด " "ซึ่งหมายถึงต่อสมุดรายวัน" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:244 msgid "" "Taxes are automatically created when installing the Brazilian localization. " "Taxes are already configured, and some of them are used by Avalara when " @@ -26812,7 +28442,7 @@ msgstr "" "ภาษีได้รับการกำหนดค่าไว้แล้ว และ Avalara " "บางส่วนจะใช้เมื่อคำนวณภาษีในใบสั่งขายหรือใบแจ้งหนี้" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:247 msgid "" "Taxes can be edited, or more taxes can be added. For example, some taxes " "used for services need to be manually added and configured, as the rate may " @@ -26822,32 +28452,14 @@ msgstr "" "ภาษีบางส่วนที่ใช้สำหรับบริการจำเป็นต้องเพิ่มและกำหนดค่าด้วยตนเอง " "เนื่องจากอัตราอาจแตกต่างกันไปขึ้นอยู่กับเมืองที่คุณเสนอบริการ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:252 msgid "" -"Taxes attached to services are not computed by AvaTax. Only goods taxes are " -"computed." +"If you decide to do service taxes manually, you won't be able to issue an " +"NFS-e. To electronically send an NFS-e, you need to compute taxes using " +"Avalara." msgstr "" -"ภาษีที่แนบมากับบริการจะไม่ถูกคำนวณโดย AvaTax คำนวณเฉพาะภาษีสินค้าเท่านั้น" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When configuring a tax used for a service that is included in the final " -"price (when the tax is not added or subtracted on top of the product price)," -" set the :guilabel:`Tax Computation` to :guilabel:`Percentage of Price Tax " -"Included`, and, on the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, check the " -":guilabel:`Included in Price` option." -msgstr "" -"เมื่อกำหนดค่าภาษีที่ใช้สำหรับบริการที่รวมอยู่ในราคาสุดท้าย " -"(เมื่อภาษีไม่ได้บวกหรือลบออกจากราคาผลิตภัณฑ์) ให้ตั้งค่า " -":guilabel:`การคำนวณภาษี` เป็น :guilabel:`เปอร์เซ็นต์ของราคารวมภาษีแล้ว` " -"และในแท็บ :guilabel:`ตัวเลือกขั้นสูง` ให้ตรวจสอบตัวเลือก " -":guilabel:`รวมอยู่ในราคาแล้ว`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 -msgid "Tax configuration." -msgstr "การกำหนดค่าภาษี" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 msgid "" "Do not delete taxes, as they are used for the AvaTax tax computation. If " "deleted, Odoo creates them again when used in an |SO| or invoice and " @@ -26862,62 +28474,56 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`คำจำกัดความ` ของภาษี ภายใต้ :guilabel:`การกระจายใบแจ้งหนี้` และ " ":guilabel:`การแบ่งส่วนการคืนเงิน`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:262 msgid ":doc:`Taxes functional documentation <../accounting/taxes>`" msgstr ":doc:`เอกสารการทำงานของภาษี <../accounting/taxes>`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 msgid "" "To use the AvaTax integration on sale orders and invoices, first specify the" -" following information on the product:" +" following information on the product depending on its intended use:" msgstr "" -"หากต้องการใช้การรวม AvaTax กับใบสั่งขายและใบแจ้งหนี้ " -"ก่อนอื่นให้ระบุข้อมูลต่อไปนี้เกี่ยวกับผลิตภัณฑ์:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:217 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`CEST Code` (Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:273 +msgid "E-Invoice for goods (NF-e)" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`รหัส CEST` (รหัสสำหรับผลิตภัณฑ์ที่อยู่ภายใต้การทดแทนภาษี ICMS)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:275 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code` (Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code)." +":guilabel:`CEST Code`: Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code` (รหัสผลิตภัณฑ์ระบบการตั้งชื่อทั่วไปของ " -"Mercosur)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Source of Origin` (Indicates the origin of the product, which can" +":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code`: Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:277 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source of Origin`: Indicates the origin of the product, which can" " be foreign or domestic, among other possible options depending on the " -"specific use case)." +"specific use case" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`แหล่งที่มาของสินค้า` (ระบุแหล่งที่มาของผลิตภัณฑ์ " -"ซึ่งอาจมาจากต่างประเทศหรือในประเทศก็ได้ รวมถึงตัวเลือกอื่นๆ ที่เป็นไปได้ " -"ขึ้นอยู่กับกรณีการใช้งานเฉพาะ)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:279 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type` (Fiscal product type according to SPED " -"list table)." +":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type`: Fiscal product type according to SPED " +"list table" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`ประเภทผลิตภัณฑ์ทางการเงิน SPED` " -"(ประเภทผลิตภัณฑ์ทางการเงินตามตารางรายการ SPED)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:296 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Purpose of Use` (Specify the intended purpose of use for this " -"product)." +":guilabel:`Purpose of Use`: Specify the intended purpose of use for this " +"product" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`วัตถุประสงค์การใช้งาน` " -"(ระบุวัตถุประสงค์การใช้งานสำหรับผลิตภัณฑ์นี้)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Product configuration." msgstr "การกำหนดค่าผลิตภัณฑ์" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:286 msgid "" "Odoo automatically creates three products to be used for transportation " "costs associated with sales. These are named `Freight`, `Insurance`, and " @@ -26934,7 +28540,27 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ประเภทผลิตภัณฑ์` `บริการ`, :guilabel:`ประเภทต้นทุนการขนส่ง` " "`ประกันภัย`, `ค่าขนส่ง` หรือ `ค่าใช้จ่ายอื่นๆ`)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:293 +msgid "E-Invoice for services (NFS-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Code Origin`: City Service Code where the provider is " +"registered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:298 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Codes`: City Service Code where the service will be " +"provided, if no code is added, the Origin City Code will be used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:300 +msgid ":guilabel:`Labor Assignment`: Defines if your services includes labor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:305 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:282 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:656 @@ -26942,17 +28568,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contacts" msgstr "การติดต่อ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:307 msgid "" "Before using the integration, specify the following information on the " "contact:" msgstr "ก่อนที่จะใช้การรวม ให้ระบุข้อมูลต่อไปนี้ในผู้ติดต่อ:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 msgid "General information about the contact:" msgstr "ข้อมูลทั่วไปเกี่ยวกับการติดต่อ:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:311 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option for a contact with a tax ID (CNPJ), or" " check :guilabel:`Individual` for a contact with a CPF." @@ -26961,29 +28587,29 @@ msgstr "" "สำหรับผู้ติดต่อที่มีหมายเลขประจำตัวผู้เสียภาษี (CNPJ) หรือทำเครื่องหมาย " ":guilabel:`รายบุคคล` สำหรับผู้ติดต่อที่มี CPF" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:317 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street, number, and any extra " "address information." msgstr "ในช่อง :guilabel:`ถนน` ให้ป้อนถนน หมายเลข และข้อมูลที่อยู่เพิ่มเติม" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:254 -msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number." -msgstr ":guilabel:`IE`: หมายเลขประจำตัวผู้เสียภาษีของรัฐ" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:255 -msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipal tax identification number." -msgstr ":guilabel:`IM`: หมายเลขประจำตัวผู้เสียภาษีเทศบาล" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:323 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipal tax identification number" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 -msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number." -msgstr ":guilabel:`รหัส SUFRAMA`: หมายเลขทะเบียน SUFRAMA" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:324 +msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Contact configuration." msgstr "การกำหนดค่าการติดต่อ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:332 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`CPF`, :guilabel:`IE`, :guilabel:`IM`, and :guilabel:`SUFRAMA " "code` fields are are hidden until the :guilabel:`Country` is set to " @@ -26993,7 +28619,7 @@ msgstr "" "SUFRAMA` จะถูกซ่อนไว้จนกว่า :guilabel:`ประเทศ` จะถูกตั้งค่าเป็น " "`ประเทศบราซิล`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:335 msgid "" "Fiscal information about the contact under the :guilabel:`Sales \\& " "Purchase` tab:" @@ -27001,7 +28627,7 @@ msgstr "" "ข้อมูลทางการเงินเกี่ยวกับผู้ติดต่อภายใต้แท็บ :guilabel:`การขาย \\& " "การจัดซื้อ`:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position`: add the AvaTax fiscal position to automatically" " compute taxes on sale orders and invoices automatically" @@ -27009,20 +28635,18 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`สถานะทางการเงิน`: เพิ่มสถานะทางการเงินของ AvaTax " "เพื่อคำนวณภาษีสำหรับใบสั่งขายและใบแจ้งหนี้โดยอัตโนมัติ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:339 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: federal tax regime" msgstr ":guilabel:`ระบบภาษี`: ระบอบภาษีของรัฐบาลกลาง" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:340 msgid "" ":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: taxpayer type determines if the contact is " -"within the ICMS regime, if it is exempt, or if it is a non-taxpayer" +"within the :guilabel:`ICMS regime`, :guilabel:`Exempt status`, or " +":guilabel:`Non-taxpayer`" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`ประเภทผู้เสียภาษี ICMS`: " -"ประเภทผู้เสียภาษีจะกำหนดว่าผู้ติดต่อนั้นอยู่ในระบอบ ICMS หรือไม่ " -"ถ้าได้รับการยกเว้น หรือถ้าเป็นผู้ไม่เสียภาษี" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:342 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`: list of main activity sectors of the " "contact" @@ -27032,11 +28656,31 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`ส่วนกิจกรรมหลัก`: รายก msgid "Contact fiscal configuration." msgstr "ติดต่อการกำหนดค่าทางการเงิน" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:349 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`AvaTax Brazil `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PIS Details`: :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with rate " +"0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:354 +msgid ":guilabel:`CSLL Taxable`: If the company is subject to CSLL or not" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Contact fiscal configuration for NFSe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:362 msgid "Fiscal positions" msgstr "สถานะทางการเงิน" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:364 msgid "" "To compute taxes and send electronic invoices on sale orders and invoices, " "both the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` and the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API`" @@ -27046,36 +28690,31 @@ msgstr "" " ทั้งตัวเลือก :guilabel:`ตรวจจับโดยอัตโนมัติ` และ :guilabel:`ใช้ AvaTax API`" " จำเป็นต้องเปิดใช้งานใน :guilabel:`สถานะทางการเงิน`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:368 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the contact or selected" -" when creating a sales order or an invoice." +"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the :ref:`contact " +"` or selected when creating a sales order or an invoice." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`สถานะทางการเงิน` " -"สามารถกำหนดค่าในผู้ติดต่อหรือเลือกได้เมื่อสร้างใบสั่งขายหรือใบแจ้งหนี้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Fiscal position configuration" msgstr "การกำหนดค่าสถานะทางการเงิน" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:375 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:355 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:311 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "ขั้นตอนการทำงาน" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:377 msgid "" "This section provides an overview of the actions that trigger `API calls " -"`_ for tax computation, and how to send " -"an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) for government validation." +"`_ for tax computation, along with " +"instructions on how to send electronic invoices for goods (NF-e) and " +"services (NFS-e) for government validation." msgstr "" -"ส่วนนี้จะแสดงภาพรวมของการดำเนินการที่ทริกเกอร์ `การเรียก API " -"`_ สำหรับการคำนวณภาษี " -"และวิธีการส่งใบแจ้งหนี้อิเล็กทรอนิกส์สำหรับสินค้า (NF-e) " -"สำหรับการตรวจสอบของหน่วยงานภาครัฐ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:382 msgid "" "Please note that each |API| call incurs a cost. Be mindful of the actions " "that trigger these calls to manage costs effectively." @@ -27083,11 +28722,11 @@ msgstr "" "โปรดทราบว่าแต่ละ |API| การโทรมีค่าใช้จ่าย " "คำนึงถึงการกระทำที่กระตุ้นให้เกิดการโทรเหล่านี้เพื่อจัดการต้นทุนอย่างมีประสิทธิภาพ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:389 msgid "Tax calculations on quotations and sales orders" msgstr "การคำนวณภาษีในใบเสนอราคาและใบสั่งขาย" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:391 msgid "" "Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a quotation or sales order " "automatically with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" @@ -27095,46 +28734,47 @@ msgstr "" "ทริกเกอร์ |API| โทรคำนวณภาษีในใบเสนอราคาหรือใบสั่งขายโดยอัตโนมัติด้วย AvaTax" " ด้วยวิธีใดวิธีหนึ่งต่อไปนี้:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:394 msgid "**Quotation confirmation**" msgstr "**ยืนยันใบเสนอราคา**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:395 msgid "Confirm a quotation into a sales order." msgstr "ยืนยันใบเสนอราคาในใบสั่งขาย" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:316 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:412 msgid "**Manual trigger**" msgstr "**เริ่มต้นด้วยตนเอง**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:317 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using Avatax`." -msgstr "คลิกที่ :guilabel:`คำนวณภาษีโดยใช้ Avatax`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:413 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." +msgstr "คลิกที่ :guilabel:`คำนวณภาษีโดยใช้ AvaTax`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:318 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:414 msgid "**Preview**" msgstr "**ตัวอย่าง**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:319 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:415 msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Preview` button." msgstr "คลิกที่ปุ่ม :guilabel:`ดูตัวอย่าง`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:400 msgid "**Email a quotation / sales order**" msgstr "**ส่งใบเสนอราคา/สั่งซื้อทางอีเมล์**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:401 msgid "Send a quotation or sales order to a customer via email." msgstr "ส่งใบเสนอราคาหรือคำสั่งขายให้กับลูกค้าผ่านทางอีเมล" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:404 msgid "**Online quotation access**" msgstr "**การเข้าถึงใบเสนอราคาออนไลน์**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:403 msgid "" "When a customer accesses the quotation online (via the portal view), the " "|API| call is triggered." @@ -27142,27 +28782,21 @@ msgstr "" "เมื่อลูกค้าเข้าถึงใบเสนอราคาออนไลน์ (ผ่านมุมมองพอร์ทัล) |API| " "การโทรถูกเริ่มต้น" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:407 msgid "Tax calculations on invoices" msgstr "การคำนวณภาษีในใบแจ้งหนี้" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:409 msgid "" "Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a customer invoice automatically" -" with AvaTax any of the following ways:" +" with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" msgstr "" -"ทริกเกอร์ |API| โทรเพื่อคำนวณภาษีในใบแจ้งหนี้ของลูกค้าโดยอัตโนมัติด้วย " -"AvaTax วิธีใดวิธีหนึ่งต่อไปนี้:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:333 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." -msgstr "คลิกที่ :guilabel:`คำนวณภาษีโดยใช้ AvaTax`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:417 msgid "**Online invoice access**" msgstr "**การเข้าถึงใบแจ้งหนี้ออนไลน์**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:417 msgid "" "When a customer accesses the invoice online (via the portal view), the |API|" " call is triggered." @@ -27170,7 +28804,7 @@ msgstr "" "เมื่อลูกค้าเข้าถึงใบแจ้งหนี้ออนไลน์ (ผ่านมุมมองพอร์ทัล) |API| " "การโทรถูกเริ่มต้น" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:420 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` must be set to `Automatic Tax Mapping " "(Avalara Brazil)` for any of these actions to compute taxes automatically." @@ -27178,7 +28812,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`สถานะทางการเงิน` ต้องตั้งค่าเป็น `การแมปภาษีอัตโนมัติ (Avalara " "สำหรับประเทศบราซิล)` สำหรับการดำเนินการเหล่านี้เพื่อคำนวณภาษีโดยอัตโนมัติ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:424 msgid "" ":doc:`Fiscal positions (tax and account mapping) " "<../accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" @@ -27186,48 +28820,39 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`สถานะทางบัญชี " "(การแมปภาษีและบัญชี)<../accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:429 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 msgid "Electronic documents" msgstr "เอกสารอิเล็กทรอนิกส์" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:434 msgid "" -"To process an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e), the invoice needs to be " -"confirmed and taxes need to be computed by Avalara. Once that step is done, " -"click on the :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` button in the upper left corner, and" -" a pop-up will appear. Then click on :guilabel:`Process e-invoice` and any " -"of the other options - :guilabel:`Download` or :guilabel:`Email`. Finally, " -"click on :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` to process the invoice against the " -"government." +"To process an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) or services (NFS-e), the " +"invoice needs to be confirmed and taxes need to be computed by Avalara. Once" +" that step is done, click on the :guilabel:`Send & Print` button in the " +"upper left corner. In the pop-up that appears, click on :guilabel:`Process " +"e-invoice` and any of the other options - :guilabel:`Download` or " +":guilabel:`Email`. Finally, click on :guilabel:`Send & Print` to process the" +" invoice with the government." msgstr "" -"ในการประมวลผลใบแจ้งหนี้อิเล็กทรอนิกส์สำหรับสินค้า (NF-e) " -"ใบแจ้งหนี้จะต้องได้รับการยืนยัน และ Avalara จะต้องคำนวณภาษี " -"เมื่อขั้นตอนดังกล่าวเสร็จสิ้น คลิกที่ปุ่ม :guilabel:`ส่ง \\& พิมพ์` " -"ที่มุมซ้ายบน จากนั้นป๊อปอัปจะปรากฏขึ้น จากนั้นคลิกที่ " -":guilabel:`ประมวลผลใบแจ้งหนี้อิเล็กทรอนิกส์` และตัวเลือกอื่นๆ - " -":guilabel:`ดาวน์โหลด` หรือ :guilabel:`อีเมล` สุดท้าย คลิกที่ :guilabel:`ส่ง " -"\\& พิมพ์` เพื่อประมวลผลใบแจ้งหนี้กับรัฐบาล" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:441 msgid "" -"Before sending the electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) some fields need to " -"be filled out on the invoice:" +"Before sending the electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) or services (NFS-e), " +"some fields need to be filled out on the invoice:" msgstr "" -"ก่อนที่จะส่งใบแจ้งหนี้อิเล็กทรอนิกส์สำหรับสินค้า (NF-e) " -"จำเป็นต้องกรอกบางช่องในใบแจ้งหนี้:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:363 -msgid ":guilabel:`Customer` with all the customer information" -msgstr ":guilabel:`ลูกค้า` พร้อมข้อมูลลูกค้าทั้งหมด" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:444 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`, with all the customer information" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:578 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil` (how the invoice is planned to be paid)" +":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil`: how the invoice is planned to be paid" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`วิธีการชำระเงิน: ประเทศบราซิล` (วิธีการชำระเงินตามใบแจ้งหนี้)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:446 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set as the :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping " "(Avalara Brazil)`" @@ -27235,24 +28860,13 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`สถานะทางการเงิน` ถูกกำหนดเป็น :guilabel:`การแมปภาษีอัตโนมัติ " "(Avalara สำหรับประเทศบราซิล)`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:447 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Document Type` set as :guilabel:`(55) Electronic Invoice (NF-e)`." -" This is the only" +":guilabel:`Document Type` set as :guilabel:`(55) Electronic Invoice (NF-e)` " +"or :guilabel:`(SE) Electronic Service Invoice (NFS-e)`" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`ประเภทเอกสาร` ตั้งค่าเป็น :guilabel:`(55) " -"ใบแจ้งหนี้อิเล็กทรอนิกส์ (NF-e)` นี่เป็นเพียง" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:367 -msgid "" -"electronic document supported at the moment. Non-electronic invoices can be " -"registered, and other document types can be activated if needed" -msgstr "" -"รองรับเอกสารอิเล็กทรอนิกส์ในขณะนี้ " -"สามารถลงทะเบียนใบแจ้งหนี้ที่ไม่ใช่อิเล็กทรอนิกส์ได้ " -"และสามารถเปิดใช้งานเอกสารประเภทอื่นได้หากจำเป็น" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:450 msgid "" "There are some other optional fields that depend on the nature of the " "transaction. These fields are not required, so no errors will appear from " @@ -27262,14 +28876,14 @@ msgstr "" "ฟิลด์เหล่านี้ไม่จำเป็น ดังนั้นรัฐบาลจะไม่แสดงข้อผิดพลาดใดๆ " "หากฟิลด์ทางเลือกเหล่านี้ไม่ได้เติมไว้ในกรณีส่วนใหญ่:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:454 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Freight Model` determines how the goods are planned to be " "transported - domestic" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`โมเดลการขนส่งสินค้า` กำหนดวิธีวางแผนการขนส่งสินค้า - ภายในประเทศ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:455 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` determines who is doing the transportation" msgstr ":guilabel:`ผู้ขนส่งสำหรับประเทศบราซิล` เป็นผู้กำหนดว่าใครเป็นผู้ขนส่ง" @@ -27282,7 +28896,7 @@ msgstr "ข้อมูลใบแจ้งหนี้ที่จำเป็ msgid "Process electronic invoice pop-up in Odoo." msgstr "ประมวลผลป๊อปอัปใบแจ้งหนี้อิเล็กทรอนิกส์ใน Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:464 msgid "" "All of the fields available on the invoice used to issue an electronic " "invoice are also available on the sales order, if needed. When creating the " @@ -27293,14 +28907,14 @@ msgstr "" " หากจำเป็น เมื่อสร้างใบแจ้งหนี้ใบแรก ฟิลด์ :guilabel:`หมายเลขเอกสาร` " "จะแสดงขึ้น โดยจัดสรรเป็นหมายเลขแรกที่จะใช้ตามลำดับสำหรับใบแจ้งหนี้ครั้งถัดไป" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:470 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:595 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "Credit notes" msgstr "ใบลดหนี้" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:472 msgid "" "If a sales return needs to be registered, then a credit note can be created " "in Odoo to be sent to the government for validation." @@ -27308,16 +28922,21 @@ msgstr "" "หากจำเป็นต้องลงทะเบียนการคืนสินค้า คุณสามารถสร้างใบลดหนี้ใน Odoo " "เพื่อส่งให้รัฐบาลตรวจสอบได้" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:476 +msgid "" +"Credit notes are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:479 msgid ":ref:`Issue a credit note `" msgstr ":ref:`ออกใบลดหนี้ `" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:482 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:594 msgid "Debit Notes" msgstr "ใบเพิ่มหนี้" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:484 msgid "" "If additional information needs to be included, or values need to be " "corrected that were not accurately provided in the original invoice, a debit" @@ -27327,7 +28946,12 @@ msgstr "" "หรือจำเป็นต้องแก้ไขค่าที่ไม่ได้ระบุไว้อย่างถูกต้องในใบแจ้งหนี้ต้นฉบับ " "ก็สามารถออกใบเพิ่มหนี้ได้" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:488 +msgid "" +"Debit notes are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:490 msgid "" "Only the products included in the original invoice can be part of the debit " "note. While changes can be made to the product's unit price or quantity, " @@ -27340,55 +28964,75 @@ msgstr "" " **ไม่สามารถ** เพิ่มลงในใบเพิ่มหนี้ได้ " "วัตถุประสงค์ของเอกสารนี้คือเพื่อแจ้งจำนวนเงินที่คุณต้องการเพิ่มลงในใบแจ้งหนี้เดิมสำหรับสินค้าที่เท่ากันหรือน้อยกว่าเท่านั้น" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:496 msgid ":ref:`Issue a debit note `" msgstr ":ref:`ออกใบเพิ่มหนี้ `" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:499 msgid "Invoice cancellation" msgstr "การยกเลิกใบแจ้งหนี้" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:501 msgid "" "It is possible to cancel an electronic invoice that was validated by the " "government." msgstr "สามารถยกเลิกใบแจ้งหนี้อิเล็กทรอนิกส์ที่ได้รับการตรวจสอบโดยรัฐบาลได้" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:504 msgid "" "Check whether the electronic invoice is still within the cancellation " "deadline, which may vary according to the legislation of each state." msgstr "" "ตรวจสอบว่าใบแจ้งหนี้อิเล็กทรอนิกส์ยังอยู่ในกำหนดเวลาการยกเลิกซึ่งอาจแตกต่างกันไปตามกฎหมายของแต่ละรัฐ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:422 -msgid "" -"This can be done in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request Cancel` and adding a" -" cancellation :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. If you want to " -"send this cancellation reason to the customer via email, activate the " -":guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:508 +msgid "E-invoices for goods (NF-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:510 +msgid "" +"Cancel an e-invoice for goods (NF-e) in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request " +"Cancel` and adding a cancellation :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that " +"appears. If you want to send this cancellation reason to the customer via " +"email, activate the :guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." msgstr "" -"ซึ่งสามารถทำได้ใน Odoo โดยคลิก :guilabel:`ขอยกเลิก` และเพิ่มการยกเลิก " -":guilabel:`เหตุผล` ในป๊อปอัปที่แสดงขึ้น " -"หากคุณต้องการส่งเหตุผลการยกเลิกนี้ให้กับลูกค้าทางอีเมล " -"ให้เปิดใช้งานช่องทำเครื่องหมาย :guilabel:`อีเมล`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Invoice cancellation reason in Odoo." msgstr "เหตุผลการยกเลิกใบแจ้งหนี้ใน Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:518 +msgid "" +"This is an electronic cancellation, which means that Odoo will send a " +"request to the government to cancel the NF-e, and it will then consume one " +"|IAP| credit, as an |API| call occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:522 +msgid "E-invoices for services (NFS-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Cancel an e-invoice for services (NFS-e) in Odoo by clicking " +":guilabel:`Request Cancel`. In this case, there is no electronic " +"cancellation process, as not every city has this service available. The user" +" needs to manually cancel this NFS-e on the city portal. Once that step is " +"completed, they can request the cancellation in Odoo, which will cancel the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:530 msgid "Correction letter" msgstr "จดหมายแก้ไข" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:532 msgid "" -"A correction letter can be created and linked to an electronic invoice that " -"was validated by the government." +"A correction letter can be created and linked to an electronic invoice for " +"goods (NF-e) that was validated by the government." msgstr "" -"คุณสามารถสร้างจดหมายแก้ไขและเชื่อมโยงกับใบแจ้งหนี้อิเล็กทรอนิกส์ที่ได้รับการตรวจสอบโดยรัฐบาลได้" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:535 msgid "" "This can be done in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Correction Letter` and " "adding a correction :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. To send " @@ -27404,11 +29048,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Correction letter reason in Odoo." msgstr "เหตุผลของจดหมายแก้ไขใน Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:543 +msgid "" +"Correction letters are only available for electronic invoices for goods " +"(NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:546 msgid "Invalidate invoice number range" msgstr "ช่วงหมายเลขใบแจ้งหนี้ไม่ถูกต้อง" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:548 msgid "" "A range of sequences that are assigned to sales journals can be invalidated " "with the government if they are not currently used, **and** will not be used" @@ -27433,7 +29083,13 @@ msgstr "การเลือกช่วงตัวเลขที่ไม่ msgid "Number range invalidation wizard in Odoo." msgstr "ตัวช่วยสร้างการทำให้ช่วงตัวเลขไม่สามารถใช้ได้ใน Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:562 +msgid "" +"Invalidate invoice number range documents are only available for electronic " +"invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:566 msgid "" "The log of the canceled numbers along with the XML file are recorded in the " "chatter of the journal." @@ -27441,7 +29097,7 @@ msgstr "" "บันทึกของหมายเลขที่ยกเลิกพร้อมกับไฟล์ XML " "จะถูกบันทึกไว้ในการพูดคุยของสมุดรายวัน" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:572 msgid "" "On the vendor bills side, when receiving an invoice from a supplier, you can" " encode the bill in Odoo by adding all the commercial information together " @@ -27453,34 +29109,29 @@ msgstr "" "ได้โดยการเพิ่มข้อมูลเชิงพาณิชย์ทั้งหมดพร้อมกับข้อมูลเฉพาะของประเทศบราซิลเดียวกันกับที่บันทึกไว้ใน" " :ref:`ใบแจ้งหนี้ของลูกค้า `" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:576 msgid "These Brazilian specific fields are:" msgstr "สาขาเฉพาะของบราซิลเหล่านี้คือ:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:471 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil` (how the invoice is planned to be paid)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:579 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: used by your vendor" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`วิธีการชำระเงิน: ประเทศบราซิล` (วิธีการชำระเงินตามใบแจ้งหนี้)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:472 -msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type` used by your vendor." -msgstr ":guilabel:`ประเภทเอกสาร` ที่ผู้ขายของคุณใช้" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:473 -msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number` (the invoice number from your supplier)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`หมายเลขเอกสาร` (หมายเลขใบแจ้งหนี้จากซัพพลายเออร์ของคุณ)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:474 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Freight Model` (how goods are planned to be transported - " -"domestic)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:580 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number`: the invoice number from your supplier" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`โมเดลการขนส่งสินค้า` (วิธีวางแผนการขนส่งสินค้า - ภายในประเทศ)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:475 -msgid ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` (who is doing the transportation)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`ผู้ขนส่งสำหรับประเทศบราซิล` (ผู้ทำหน้าที่ขนส่ง)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:581 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Freight Model`: **NF-e specific** how goods are planned to be " +"transported - domestic" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:582 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil`: **NF-e specific** who is doing the " +"transportation." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:3 msgid "Chile" @@ -28060,20 +29711,6 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`รายชื่อผู้ติดต่อ` เพื่อดำเนินการดังกล่าว " "และกรอกข้อมูลในช่องต่อไปนี้ในแบบฟอร์มการติดต่อใหม่หรือที่มีอยู่" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1096 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`ชื่อ`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1097 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:293 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`อีเมล`" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:97 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" @@ -35833,12 +37470,71 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hong Kong" msgstr "เขตปกครองพิเศษฮ่องกง" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:6 -msgid "Add FPS QR codes to invoices" -msgstr "เพิ่มรหัส FPS QR ลงในใบแจ้งหนี้" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:8 msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get the latest " +"features of the Hong Kong localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:18 +msgid "`l10n_hk`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The base module to manage chart of accounting and localization for Hong " +"Kong." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:20 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:21 +msgid "`l10n_hk_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Enables :ref:`payroll ` specific localization features " +"for Odoo *Payroll* app. This module also installs :guilabel:`Hong Kong - " +"Payroll with Accounting` and :guilabel:`Documents - Hong Kong Payroll`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:26 +msgid "`l10n_hk_hr_payroll_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:27 +msgid "Installs the link between Hong Kong payroll and accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Documents - Hong Kong Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:29 +msgid "`documents_l10n_hk_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:30 +msgid "Integrates employee ir56 forms in the Odoo *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:33 +msgid "FPS QR codes on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:35 +msgid "" ":abbr:`FPS (Faster Payment System)` is a payment service platform that " "allows customers to make instant domestic payments to individuals and " "merchants in Hong Kong dollars or Renminbi via online and mobile banking." @@ -35847,119 +37543,1079 @@ msgstr "" "เป็นแพลตฟอร์มบริการการชำระเงินที่ช่วยให้ลูกค้าสามารถชำระเงินภายในประเทศได้ทันทีให้กับบุคคลและร้านค้าในสกุลดอลลาร์ฮ่องกงหรือเรนมินบี" " ผ่านทางธนาคารออนไลน์และมือถือ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:12 msgid "Activate QR codes" msgstr "เปิดใช้งานรหัส QR โค้ด" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:42 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " -":guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` " -"feature." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under " +"the :guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, tick the checkbox beside the " +":guilabel:`QR Codes` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"ไปที่ :menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี --> การกำหนดค่า --> การตั้งค่า` ใต้ส่วน " -":guilabel:`การชำระเงินของลูกค้า` ให้เปิดใช้งานฟีเจอร์ :guilabel:`QR โค้ด`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:47 msgid "FPS bank account configuration" msgstr "การกำหนดค่าบัญชีธนาคาร FPS" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:49 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"select the bank account for which you want to activate FPS. Set the " -":guilabel:`Proxy Type` and fill in the :guilabel:`Proxy Value` field " -"depending on the type you chose." +"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts app --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts " +"section --> Bank Accounts`. Then select the bank account for FPS activation." +" Proceed to set the :guilabel:`Proxy Type` and fill in the :guilabel:`Proxy " +"Value` field, depending on the type chosen." msgstr "" -"ไปที่ :menuselection:`รายชื่อผู้ติดต่อ --> การกำหนดค่า --> บัญชีธนาคาร` " -"และเลือกบัญชีธนาคารที่คุณต้องการเปิดใช้งาน FPS ตั้งค่า " -":guilabel:`ประเภทพร็อกซี` และกรอกข้อมูลลงในช่อง :guilabel:`ค่าพร็อกซี` " -"ขึ้นอยู่กับประเภทที่คุณเลือก" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:53 msgid "" -"The account holder's country must be set to Hong Kong on its contact form." -msgstr "ประเทศของเจ้าของบัญชีจะต้องตั้งค่าเป็นฮ่องกงในแบบฟอร์มการติดต่อ" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:27 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:27 -msgid "" -"You could also include the invoice number in the QR code by checking the " +"Remember to include the invoice number in the QR code, by ticking the " ":guilabel:`Include Reference` checkbox." msgstr "" -"คุณยังสามารถรวมหมายเลขใบแจ้งหนี้ใน QR โค้ดได้โดยทำเครื่องหมายที่ช่อง " -":guilabel:`รวมข้อมูลอ้างอิง`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "FPS bank account configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The account holder's country **must** be set to `Hong Kong` on their contact" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/bank`" msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/bank`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:147 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:37 msgid "Bank journal configuration" msgstr "การกำหนดค่าสมุดรายวันธนาคาร" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:69 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the " -"bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " -":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Journals` and " +"open the bank journal. Then, fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` fields, located in the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." msgstr "" -"ไปที่ :menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี --> การกำหนดค่า --> สมุดรายวัน` " -"เปิดสมุดรายวันของธนาคาร จากนั้นกรอก :guilabel:`หมายเลขบัญชี` และ " -":guilabel:`ธนาคาร` ใต้แท็บ :guilabel:`รายการสมุดรายวัน` " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 -msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration" -msgstr "การกำหนดค่าสมุดรายวันของบัญชีธนาคาร" +msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:78 msgid "Issue invoices with FPS QR codes" msgstr "ออกใบแจ้งหนี้ด้วยรหัส FPS QR โค้ด" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:158 msgid "" "When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" -" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to *EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code*." +" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to :guilabel:`EMV Merchant-Presented QR-" +"code`." msgstr "" "เมื่อสร้างใบแจ้งหนี้ใหม่ ให้เปิดแท็บ :guilabel:`ข้อมูลอื่นๆ` " -"และตั้งค่าตัวเลือก :guilabel:`รหัส QR โค้ดการชำระเงิน` เป็น *รหัส QR " -"โค้ดที่นำเสนอโดยผู้ขาย EMV*" +"และตั้งค่าตัวเลือก :guilabel:`รหัส QR โค้ดการชำระเงิน` เป็น :guilabel:`รหัส " +"QR โค้ดที่นำเสนอโดยผู้ขาย EMV`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 -msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option" -msgstr "เลือกตัวเลือกรหัส QR โค้ดที่นำเสนอโดยผู้ขาย EMV" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " -"Odoo uses this field to generate the FPS QR code." +msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is configured, as Odoo uses this " +"field to generate the FPS QR code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Ensure the :guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll` (`l10n_hk_hr_payroll`) module is " +"installed before proceeding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:100 +msgid "Create employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Employees` app and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, " +"configure the following fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:105 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: :guilabel:`HK Standard 40 hours/week` option " +"**must** be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:109 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Surname, Given Name, Name in Chinese`: name of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:112 +msgid ":guilabel:`Private Address`: address of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:113 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bank Account Number`: employee's bank account number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Current Rental`: employee's rental records (if rental allowance " +"is applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Autopay Type`: :guilabel:`BBAN`, :guilabel:`SVID`, " +":guilabel:`EMAL`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Autopay Reference`: autopay reference number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Identification No`: HKID of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Gender`: gender of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:121 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Bank Account Number`, this account should be set as " +":guilabel:`Trusted` before further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:124 +msgid "" +"To achieve this, click on the right-arrow button next to :guilabel:`Bank " +"Account Number` field. Set the :guilabel:`Send Money` to :guilabel:`Trusted`" +" by clicking on the toggle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:128 +msgid "" +"To populate the :guilabel:`Current Rental`, click on the :guilabel:`History`" +" button. Then, click on :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the relevant details and " +"save the rental record. Upon saving the record, the rental contract " +":guilabel:`state` will be visible (at the top-right corner) and can be set " +"to :guilabel:`Running`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:133 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`HR Settings` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Volunteer Contribution Option`: select either :guilabel:`Only " +"Mandatory Contribution`, :guilabel:`With Fixed %VC`, or :guilabel:`Cap 5% " +"VC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:137 +msgid ":guilabel:`MPF Manulife Account`: account number, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:142 +msgid "Manage contracts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once the new employee has been created, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` " +"smart button on the employee record, or navigate to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Employees --> Contracts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Only **one** contract can be active simultaneously per employee, but an " +"employee can be assigned consecutive contracts during their employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:151 +msgid "The following are critical for setting up a contract:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: set as :guilabel:`CAP57: Hong Kong " +"Employee`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:154 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: start date of employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: set as :guilabel:`HK Standard 40 hours/week` " +"(from employee record)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select either :guilabel:`Working Schedule`, " +":guilabel:`Attendances` or :guilabel:`Planning`. This field determines how " +"the work entries are accounted for in the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:160 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: the work entries are generated automatically " +"based on the employee's working schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendances`: the work entries are generated based on the check-" +"in/out period logged in the *Attendances*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: the work entries are generated from planning shifts " +"only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:166 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Salary Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` for Full-time or Part-" +"time employees, or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage` for employees who are paid " +"hourly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:170 +msgid ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: the frequency of payslip issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage`: :guilabel:`Monthly` or :guilabel:`Hourly` depending on the" +" :guilabel:`Wage Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internet Subscription`: this is an **optional** field to provide " +"additional internet allowance on top of the current salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:177 +msgid "Timesheets do **not** impact work entries in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Once all information has been setup, set the contract status to " +":guilabel:`Running` by clicking the :guilabel:`Running` button in the top-" +"right of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong employment contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:189 +msgid "Generate payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Once the employees, and their contracts, are configured, payslips can be " +"generated in the *Payroll* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides **four** different salary structures under CAP57 regulation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:196 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Employees Monthly Pay`: to process the monthly employee " +"salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice`: to process final payment upon " +"contract termination using :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:199 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Long Service Payment`: applicable to employees with more " +"than five years of service upon contract termination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Severance Payment`: applicable to employees with more than" +" two years of service upon contract termination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Before running the payslips, the accounts used in the salary rule can be " +"adjusted by navigating to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> " +"Rules`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Salary Rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Odoo can create pay runs in two ways: via :ref:`batch " +"` or :ref:`individual " +"` payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:217 +msgid "Batch payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:219 +msgid "" +"This method of payslip generation is used for recurring payments, since " +"multiple employee payslips can be managed at once. Go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:514 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Batch Name` (e.g. `2024 - Jan`) and :guilabel:`Period` " +"(e.g. `01/01/2024` - `01/31/2024`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:225 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Generate Payslips`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Choose which :guilabel:`Salary Structure` to use for this batch. The " +"department filter allows the batch to only apply to a specific group of " +"employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:228 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Generate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:229 +msgid "A :guilabel:`Payslips` smart button is created automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` to generate a draft journal entry" +" found in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of each payslip. A " +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears asking :guilabel:`Are you " +"sure you want to proceed?`. Click :guilabel:`Ok` to create the journal " +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:238 +msgid "Individual payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:240 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> All Payslips`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:242 +msgid "" +"This method of payslip generation is commonly used to handle non-recurring " +"payments (e.g. :guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice`, " +":guilabel:`CAP57: Long Service Payment` or :guilabel:`CAP57: Severance " +"Payment`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Select an :guilabel:`Employee`. When selected, the :guilabel:`Contract` is " +"filled out automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:249 +msgid "Add a pay :guilabel:`Period`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Select a salary :guilabel:`Structure` (e.g. :guilabel:`CAP57: Employees " +"Monthly Pay`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Worked Days & Inputs` tab automatically compute the worked " +"days/hours and time off leaves that are applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Additional payslip items can be added at this time (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Commissions`, :guilabel:`Deductions`) under the :guilabel:`Other " +"Inputs` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button to generate the payslip lines. " +"This button updates the :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:259 +msgid "" +"If the work entry for an employee was amended, click the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Recompute Whole Sheet` to " +"refresh the payslip's :guilabel:`Worked Days & Inputs` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:263 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab shows the detailed breakdown of the " +"computation, based on the salary rules configured for each structure type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rent Allowance`: amount derived from the employee's active rental" +" record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Basic Salary`: amount of base salary provided (after rent " +"allowance deduction)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`713 Gross`: net payable amount considering *Commission*, " +"*Internet Allowance*, *Reimbursements*, *Back-pay*, *Deduction*, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:270 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`MPF Gross`: net payable amount from 713 gross after consideration" +" of additional allowances, deductions, and end-of-year payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:272 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Mandatory Contribution`: employee MPF Contribution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:273 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employer Mandatory Contribution`: employer MPF Contribution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gross`: net payable amount from MPF gross after consideration of " +"MPF deductions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:275 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Net Salary`: final payable amount to be paid to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:278 +msgid "" +"There are no MPF contributions for the first month. Both employee and " +"employer contribution starts on second month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Salary computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` section in :guilabel:`Worked Days & " +"Inputs` tab, there are additional manual input types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Back Pay`: additional salary payout can be included under this " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:289 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Commission`: the commission earned during the period can be " +"manually entered here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Global Deduction`: a lump-sum deduction from the entire payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:291 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Global Reimbursement`: a lump-sum reimbursement to the entire " +"payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:292 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referral Fee`: the additional bonus offered for any form of " +"business-related referral." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Moving Daily Wage`: to override the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily " +"Wage)` value used for leaves computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skip Rent Allowance`: if set, the rental allowance is excluded " +"from the current payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Average Monthly Salary`: to override the average monthly " +"salary used for end-of-year payment (rule is only applicable to payslips " +"generated in December)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lieu of Notice Period (Months)`: only applicable to " +":guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice` salary structure. By default, " +"the final payout is set as 1-month. Use the :guilabel:`Count` field under " +"the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` section to set a different notice period " +"duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:304 +msgid "" +"Once the payslips are ready, click on :guilabel:`Compute Sheet`, followed by" +" :guilabel:`Create Draft entry` to generate a draft journal entry found in " +"the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Once the draft journal entries have been posted, the company can now pay the" +" employees. The user can choose between **two** different *payment methods*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:313 +msgid "" +"From the employee's payslip (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> " +"All Payslips`), once the payslip's journal entry has been posted, click " +":guilabel:`Register Payment`. The process is the same as :doc:`paying vendor" +" bills <../accounting/payments>`. Select the desired bank journal and " +"payment method, then later reconcile the payment with the corresponding bank" +" statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:317 +msgid "" +"For batch payments (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`), " +"once all draft journal entries from the batch are confirmed, click " +":guilabel:`Mark as Paid` to post the payment journal entry. Then " +":doc:`create a payment <../accounting/payments>` in the *Accounting* app, " +"and reconcile accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:323 +msgid "Attendances and hourly wage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:325 +msgid "" +"To configure the contract for an employee paid hourly using the " +"*Attendances* app for hours tracking, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll " +"app --> Contracts --> Contracts`. Create a new :ref:`contract " +"`. It is important to remember to set the " +":guilabel:`Work Entry Source` as :guilabel:`Attendances`, and " +":guilabel:`Wage Type` as :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:331 +msgid "To record the hours logged by the employee using *Attendances* app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:333 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Attendances app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:334 +msgid "" +"The employee can check-in/out, via the kiosk mode and the time will be " +"logged automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:335 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Payroll app`, review the attendance work entries " +"generated from :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Work Entries --> Work " +"Entries`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:337 +msgid "" +"Next, generate the :ref:`payslips ` and process " +"the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Attendance Work Entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Attendance Payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:348 +msgid "Time Off with Payroll" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:350 +msgid "" +"The work entry types and time off types are fully integrated between the " +"*Time Off* and *Payroll* apps. There are several default time off types and " +"work entry types specific to Hong Kong which are installed automatically " +"along with the *Hong Kong - Payroll* module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types` " +"and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:356 +msgid "" +"There are two checkboxes to be considered when setting up the work entry " +"type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use 713`: Include this leave type as part of 713 computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:359 +msgid ":guilabel:`Non-full pay`: 80% of the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Work Entry Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:366 +msgid "" +":ref:`Creating and configuring work entry types `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:369 +msgid "Understanding 713 Ordinance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:371 +msgid "" +"The *Hong Kong - Payroll* module is compliant with 713 Ordinance which " +"relates to the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` computation to ensure fair " +"compensation for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:374 +msgid "The ADW computation is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:379 +msgid "Hong Kong ADW Formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:379 +msgid "" +":abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` equals the total wage in a 12-month period," +" minus the wages of non-full pay, divided by the total days in a 12-month " +"period minus the days of non-full pay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:383 +msgid "" +"For 418 compliance, there is no automated allocation of the *Statutory " +"Holiday* entitlement to the employees. As soon as 418 requirements are met, " +"manually allocate the leaves, via the *Time Off* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Before generating payslips, ensure the statuses are :guilabel:`Done` to " +"validate the outcome." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:393 +msgid "Period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:394 +msgid "Days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:395 +msgid "Wage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:396 +msgid "Commission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:398 +msgid "ADW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:399 +msgid "Leave Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:400 +msgid "Jan" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:415 +msgid "31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:409 +msgid "$20200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:405 +msgid "$651.61 ($20200/31)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:413 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:407 +msgid "Feb" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:408 +msgid "28" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:410 +msgid "$5000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:411 +msgid "$25200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:412 +msgid "$769.49 ($45400/59)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:414 +msgid "Mar (One Day Annual Leave)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:418 +msgid "$20324.33" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:419 +msgid "$730.27 ($65724.33/90)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:420 +msgid "$769.49" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:421 +msgid "Apr (One Day 80% Sick Leave)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:423 +msgid "$20117.56" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:427 +msgid "$584.22 ($730.27*0.8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:430 +msgid "Here is an example demonstrating the 713 logic:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:432 +msgid "" +"**Jan**: Generate a payslip with a monthly wage of $20200. The :abbr:`ADW " +"(Average Daily Wage)` is always computed on a cumulative basis of the " +"trailing 12-months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:434 +msgid "" +"**Feb**: Generate a similar payslip, but add an :guilabel:`Other Input Type`" +" for the :guilabel:`Commission`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Mar**: Apply for **one** full-paid annual leave in March. The salary " +"compensation for the leave taken is based on :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily " +"Wage)` thus far." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:0 +msgid "Hong Kong March 713." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:443 +msgid "" +"**Apr**: Apply for a 1-day non-full pay leave in April. Since this is a non-" +"full pay leave, the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` is computed " +"accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:0 +msgid "Hong Kong April 713." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:451 +msgid "" +"The value of :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` is computed in the backend, " +"and not be visible to the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:455 +msgid "" +"`HK 713 Ordinance " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:456 +msgid "" +"`HK 418 Ordinance `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:459 +msgid "Generate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:461 +msgid "" +"Before generating the below reports, setup the following in " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Payroll`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:464 +msgid "Configure the following in the :guilabel:`Accounting` section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:466 +msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`Payroll HSBC Autopay` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:468 +msgid ":guilabel:`Autopay Type`: Set as :guilabel:`H2H Submission`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:469 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Bank Account` to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:471 +msgid "Configure the following in the :guilabel:`HK Localization` section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:473 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employer's Name shows on reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:474 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employer's File Number`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:475 +msgid ":guilabel:`Manulife MPF Scheme`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Payroll Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:482 +msgid "IRD report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:484 +msgid "There are a total of **four** IRD reports available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:486 +msgid ":guilabel:`IR56B`: employer's Return of Remuneration and Pensions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:487 +msgid ":guilabel:`IR56E`: notification of Commencement of Employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:488 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`IR56F`: notification of Ceasation of Employment (remaining in " +"HK)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:489 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`IR56G`: notification of Ceasation of Employment (departing from " +"HK permanently)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:491 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting`, and select one of the " +":guilabel:`IR56B/E/F/G Sheet` options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:495 +msgid "Fill in the relevant information for the IRD report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:496 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Populate`, and the :guilabel:`Eligible Employees` smart " +"button appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:497 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Employee Declarations` status is :guilabel:`Draft` and " +"changed to :guilabel:`Generated PDF` status once the schedule runs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:499 +msgid "Once the PDF is generated, the IRD form may be downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong IR56B report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:506 +msgid "" +"The scheduled action called *Payroll: Generate pdfs* can be manually " +"triggered. It is set by default to run the PDF generation monthly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:510 +msgid "Manulife MPF sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:512 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting --> Manulife MPF Sheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:515 +msgid "" +"Select the relevant :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Month`, and " +":guilabel:`Sequence No.`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:516 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create XLSX`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:517 +msgid "" +"The *Manulife MPF XLSX* file is then generated, and available for download." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Manulife Sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Odoo will not be developing further reports for other MPF trustee as there " +"will soon be an eMPF platform setup by the local government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:528 +msgid "`eMPF `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:531 +msgid "HSBC autopay report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:533 +msgid "" +"If *HSBC Autopay* is selected as the batch payment method, click on " +":guilabel:`Create HSBC Autopay Report`, and fill in the mandatory fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong HSBC Autopay wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:540 +msgid "" +"This creates an :file:`.apc` file format which can be uploaded to the HSCB " +"portal for processing." msgstr "" -"ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่า :guilabel:`ธนาคารผู้รับ` เป็นสิ่งที่คุณกำหนดค่า เนื่องจาก" -" Odoo ใช้ฟิลด์นี้เพื่อสร้างรหัส QR โค้ดของ FPS" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:3 msgid "India" @@ -44625,6 +47281,17 @@ msgstr "" "เป็นแพลตฟอร์มบริการการชำระเงินที่ช่วยให้ลูกค้าชำระเงินในประเทศได้ทันทีให้กับบุคคลและร้านค้าในสกุลเงินดอลลาร์สิงคโปร์" " ผ่านทางธนาคารออนไลน์และมือถือ" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` " +"feature." +msgstr "" +"ไปที่ :menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี --> การกำหนดค่า --> การตั้งค่า` ใต้ส่วน " +":guilabel:`การชำระเงินของลูกค้า` ให้เปิดใช้งานฟีเจอร์ :guilabel:`QR โค้ด`" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 msgid "PayNow bank account configuration" @@ -44648,10 +47315,52 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "ประเทศของเจ้าของบัญชีจะต้องตั้งค่าเป็นประเทศสิงคโปร์ในแบบฟอร์มการติดต่อ" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You could also include the invoice number in the QR code by checking the " +":guilabel:`Include Reference` checkbox." +msgstr "" +"คุณยังสามารถรวมหมายเลขใบแจ้งหนี้ใน QR โค้ดได้โดยทำเครื่องหมายที่ช่อง " +":guilabel:`รวมข้อมูลอ้างอิง`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the " +"bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." +msgstr "" +"ไปที่ :menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี --> การกำหนดค่า --> สมุดรายวัน` " +"เปิดสมุดรายวันของธนาคาร จากนั้นกรอก :guilabel:`หมายเลขบัญชี` และ " +":guilabel:`ธนาคาร` ใต้แท็บ :guilabel:`รายการสมุดรายวัน` " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 +msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration" +msgstr "การกำหนดค่าสมุดรายวันของบัญชีธนาคาร" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:45 msgid "Issue invoices with PayNow QR codes" msgstr "ออกใบแจ้งหนี้ด้วยรหัส QR โค้ดของ PayNow" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" +" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to *EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code*." +msgstr "" +"เมื่อสร้างใบแจ้งหนี้ใหม่ ให้เปิดแท็บ :guilabel:`ข้อมูลอื่นๆ` " +"และตั้งค่าตัวเลือก :guilabel:`รหัส QR โค้ดการชำระเงิน` เป็น *รหัส QR " +"โค้ดที่นำเสนอโดยผู้ขาย EMV*" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 +msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option" +msgstr "เลือกตัวเลือกรหัส QR โค้ดที่นำเสนอโดยผู้ขาย EMV" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:53 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " @@ -45745,16 +48454,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Issue invoices with PromptPay QR code" msgstr "ออกใบแจ้งหนี้ด้วยรหัส QR โค้ดพร้อมเพย์" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:158 -msgid "" -"When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" -" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to :guilabel:`EMV Merchant-Presented QR-" -"code`." -msgstr "" -"เมื่อสร้างใบแจ้งหนี้ใหม่ ให้เปิดแท็บ :guilabel:`ข้อมูลอื่นๆ` " -"และตั้งค่าตัวเลือก :guilabel:`รหัส QR โค้ดการชำระเงิน` เป็น :guilabel:`รหัส " -"QR โค้ดที่นำเสนอโดยผู้ขาย EMV`" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:164 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " @@ -46572,6 +49271,11 @@ msgid "" "can pay sales orders, invoices, or subscriptions with recurring payments " "using their favorite payment methods, such as **credit cards**." msgstr "" +"Odoo ได้ฝัง **ผู้ให้บริการชำระเงิน** ไว้หลายราย " +"ซึ่งอนุญาตให้ลูกค้าของคุณสามารถชำระเงินออนไลน์ บน *พอร์ทัลลูกค้า* หรือบน " +"*เว็บไซต์อีคอมเมิร์ซ* ของคุณ พวกเขาสามารถชำระเงินตามใบสั่งขาย ใบแจ้งหนี้ " +"หรือการสมัครสมาชิกด้วยการชำระเงินเป็นงวดโดยใช้วิธีการชำระเงินที่ชื่นชอบ เช่น" +" **บัตรเครดิต**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -46579,10 +49283,13 @@ msgid "" " ` that can be (de)activated based on " "your needs." msgstr "" +"ผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินแต่ละรายเชื่อมโยงกับรายการ :ref:`วิธีการชำระเงิน " +"` ที่รองรับ ซึ่งสามารถ (ยกเลิก) " +"เปิดใช้งานได้ตามความต้องการของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst-1 msgid "Online payment form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "แบบฟอร์มการชำระเงินออนไลน์" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -46593,10 +49300,16 @@ msgid "" "reference number for the data stored safely in the payment providers' " "systems." msgstr "" +"แอป Odoo " +"มอบหมายการจัดการข้อมูลที่ละเอียดอ่อนให้กับผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินที่ได้รับการรับรอง" +" เพื่อให้คุณไม่ต้องกังวลเกี่ยวกับการปฏิบัติตาม PCI ไม่มีข้อมูลที่ละเอียดอ่อน" +" (เช่น หมายเลขบัตรเครดิต) จะถูกจัดเก็บไว้ในเซิร์ฟเวอร์ Odoo หรือฐานข้อมูล " +"Odoo ที่โฮสต์อยู่ที่อื่น แอป Odoo " +"จะใช้หมายเลขอ้างอิงเฉพาะสำหรับข้อมูลที่เก็บไว้อย่างปลอดภัยในระบบของผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินแทน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:48 msgid "Supported payment providers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ผู้ให้บริการการชำระเงินที่รองรับ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -46605,30 +49318,34 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Payment Providers`, or :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Payment Providers`." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการเข้าถึงผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินที่รองรับ ไปที่ " +":menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี --> การกำหนดค่า --> ผู้ให้บริการชำระเงิน`, " +":menuselection:`เว็บไซต์ --> การกำหนดค่า --> ผู้ให้บริการชำระเงิน` หรือ " +":menuselection:`การขาย --> การกำหนดค่า -> ผู้ให้บริการชำระเงิน`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:57 msgid "Online payment providers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินออนไลน์" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:65 msgid "Payment flow from" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ช่องทางการชำระเงินจาก" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:66 msgid ":ref:`Tokenization `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`โทเค็น `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:67 msgid ":ref:`Manual capture `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`เรียกเก็บเงินด้วยตนเอง `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:68 msgid ":ref:`Refunds `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`การคืนเงิน `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:69 msgid ":ref:`Express checkout `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`ชำระเงินด่วน `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`Adyen `" @@ -46655,12 +49372,13 @@ msgstr "|V|" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:128 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:140 msgid "Full and partial" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ชำระจำนวนเต็มและบางส่วน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:76 msgid "" ":doc:`Amazon Payment Services `" msgstr "" +":doc:`Amazon Payment Services `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:83 @@ -46672,7 +49390,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:131 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:143 msgid "The provider's website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เว็บไซต์ของผู้ให้บริการ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:82 msgid ":doc:`AsiaPay `" @@ -46687,7 +49405,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`Authorize.Net `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:139 msgid "Full only" -msgstr "" +msgstr "จำนวนเต็มเท่านั้น" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`Buckaroo `" @@ -46699,7 +49417,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`Flutterwave `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:106 msgid ":doc:`Mercado Pago `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Mercado Pago `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:112 msgid ":doc:`Mollie `" @@ -46723,13 +49441,15 @@ msgstr ":doc:`Stripe `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:142 msgid ":doc:`Xendit `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Xendit `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:152 msgid "" "Each provider has its own specific configuration flow, depending on which " "feature is available." msgstr "" +"ผู้ให้บริการแต่ละรายมีขั้นตอนการกำหนดค่าเฉพาะของตัวเอง " +"ขึ้นอยู่กับฟีเจอร์ที่พร้อมใช้งาน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -46739,6 +49459,12 @@ msgid "" "pay online, and bank accounts are added and configured in the Accounting app" " to do a :doc:`bank reconciliation `." msgstr "" +"ผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินออนไลน์บางรายสามารถเพิ่มเป็น :doc:`บัญชีธนาคาร " +"<../finance/accounting/bank>` ได้ แต่ **ไม่ใช่** " +"กระบวนการเดียวกับการเพิ่มเป็นผู้ให้บริการชำระเงิน " +"ผู้ให้บริการการชำระเงินอนุญาตให้ลูกค้าชำระเงินออนไลน์ " +"และมีการเพิ่มและกำหนดค่าบัญชีธนาคารในแอประบบบัญชีเพื่อดำเนินการ " +":doc:`การกระทบยอดธนาคาร `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -46748,14 +49474,19 @@ msgid "" " business flows involving online payments. No credentials are required as " "the demo payments are dummy payments." msgstr "" +"นอกเหนือจากผู้ให้บริการการชำระเงินทั่วไปที่ผสานรวมกับ API เช่น Stripe PayPal" +" หรือ Adyen แล้ว Odoo ยังรวมกลุ่มกับ :doc:`ผู้ให้บริการการชำระเงินแบบสาธิต " +"` อีกด้วย " +"ผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินรายนี้อนุญาตให้คุณทดสอบกระแสธุรกิจที่เกี่ยวข้องกับการชำระเงินออนไลน์" +" ไม่จำเป็นต้องมีข้อมูลรับรองเนื่องจากการชำระเงินสาธิตเป็นการชำระเงินจำลอง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:169 msgid "Bank payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การชำระเงินผ่านธนาคาร" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`การโอนเงิน `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -46763,26 +49494,32 @@ msgid "" "reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received " "it in your bank account." msgstr "" +"เมื่อเลือก Odoo จะแสดงข้อมูลการชำระเงินของคุณพร้อมข้อมูลอ้างอิงการชำระเงิน " +"คุณต้องอนุมัติการชำระเงินด้วยตนเองเมื่อคุณได้รับเงินเข้าบัญชีธนาคารของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 msgid ":doc:`SEPA Direct Debit <../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`SEPA Direct Debit <../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 msgid "" "Your customers can make a bank transfer to register a SEPA Direct Debit " "mandate and get their bank account charged directly." msgstr "" +"ลูกค้าของคุณสามารถโอนเงินผ่านธนาคารเพื่อลงทะเบียนคำสั่งหักบัญชีอัตโนมัติ " +"SEPA และรับบัญชีธนาคารของพวกเขาโดยตรง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:181 msgid "Enable a payment provider" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เปิดใช้งานผู้ให้บริการชำระเงิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:183 msgid "" "To add a new payment provider and make its related payment methods available" " to your customers, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" +"หากต้องการเพิ่มผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินรายใหม่และทำให้ลูกค้าของคุณใช้วิธีการชำระเงินที่เกี่ยวข้องได้" +" ให้ดำเนินการดังนี้:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:186 msgid "" @@ -46790,6 +49527,10 @@ msgid "" "have the API credentials requested for third-party use. These are necessary " "for Odoo to communicate with the payment provider." msgstr "" +"ไปที่เว็บไซต์ของผู้ให้บริการชำระเงิน สร้างบัญชี " +"และตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าคุณมีข้อมูลรับรอง API " +"ที่ร้องขอสำหรับการใช้งานของบุคคลที่สาม สิ่งเหล่านี้จำเป็นสำหรับ Odoo " +"ในการสื่อสารกับผู้ให้บริการชำระเงิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:189 msgid "" @@ -46798,15 +49539,19 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, or " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`." msgstr "" +"ใน Odoo ให้ไปที่ :guilabel:`ผู้ให้บริการชำระเงิน` โดยไปที่ " +":menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี -> การกำหนดค่า -> ผู้ให้บริการการชำระเงิน`, " +":menuselection:`เว็บไซต์ --> การกำหนดค่า --> ผู้ให้บริการชำระเงิน` หรือ " +":menuselection:`การขาย --> การกำหนดค่า --> ผู้ให้บริการชำระเงิน`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:192 msgid "Select the provider and configure the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "เลือกผู้ให้บริการและกำหนดค่าแท็บ :guilabel:`ข้อมูลรับรอง`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:193 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:37 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`State` field to :guilabel:`Enabled`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตั้งค่าช่อง :guilabel:`สถานะ` เป็น :guilabel:`เปิดใช้งานแล้ว`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:196 msgid "" @@ -46814,6 +49559,9 @@ msgid "" "payment provider. Refer to the :ref:`related documentation " "` for more information." msgstr "" +"ช่องต่างๆ ในแท็บ :guilabel:`ข้อมูลรับรอง` ขึ้นอยู่กับผู้ให้บริการชำระเงิน " +"โปรดดู :ref:`เอกสารที่เกี่ยวข้อง ` " +"สำหรับข้อมูลเพิ่มเติม" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:199 msgid "" @@ -46823,6 +49571,12 @@ msgid "" "they can still manage :dfn:`(delete and assign to a subscription)` their " "existing tokens linked to such a provider." msgstr "" +"เมื่อคุณเปิดใช้งานผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินแล้ว " +"ผู้ให้บริการดังกล่าวจะถูกเผยแพร่บนเว็บไซต์ของคุณโดยอัตโนมัติ " +"หากคุณต้องการยกเลิกการเผยแพร่ ให้คลิกปุ่ม :guilabel:`เผยแพร่แล้ว` " +"ลูกค้าไม่สามารถชำระเงินผ่านผู้ให้บริการที่ไม่ได้เผยแพร่ แต่ยังคงสามารถจัดการ" +" :dfn:`(ลบและมอบหมายให้กับการสมัครสมาชิก)` " +"โทเค็นที่มีอยู่ซึ่งเชื่อมโยงกับผู้ให้บริการดังกล่าว" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:207 msgid "Test mode" @@ -46834,18 +49588,26 @@ msgid "" " field in the payment provider form to :guilabel:`Test mode`, then enter " "your provider's test/sandbox credentials in the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab." msgstr "" +"หากคุณต้องการลองใช้ผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินเป็นการทดสอบ ให้ตั้งค่าฟิลด์ " +":guilabel:`สถานะ` ในแบบฟอร์มผู้ให้บริการการชำระเงินเป็น " +":guilabel:`โหมดทดสอบ` " +"จากนั้นป้อนข้อมูลรับรองการทดสอบ/แซนด์บ็อกซ์ของผู้ให้บริการของคุณในแท็บ " +":guilabel:`ข้อมูลรับรอง`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:214 msgid "" "By default, the payment provider remains **unpublished** in test mode so " "that it's not visible to visitors." msgstr "" +"ตามค่าเริ่มต้น ผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินจะยังคง **ไม่เผยแพร่** ในโหมดทดสอบ " +"เพื่อไม่ให้ผู้เยี่ยมชมมองเห็นได้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:218 msgid "" "We recommend using the test mode on a duplicate or a test database to avoid " "potential issues with your invoice numbering." msgstr "" +"เราแนะนำให้ใช้โหมดทดสอบกับฐานข้อมูลที่ซ้ำกันหรือฐานข้อมูลทดสอบเพื่อหลีกเลี่ยงปัญหาที่อาจเกิดขึ้นกับการกำหนดหมายเลขใบแจ้งหนี้ของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:226 msgid "" @@ -46856,6 +49618,13 @@ msgid "" "provider, click :guilabel:`Enable Payment Methods`, then click the toggle " "button of the related method." msgstr "" +"ผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินแต่ละรายเกี่ยวข้องกับรายการวิธีการชำระเงินที่รองรับ " +"วิธีการที่ระบุไว้ในช่อง :guilabel:`วิธีการชำระเงิน` ในแท็บ " +":guilabel:`การกำหนดค่า` " +"ของแบบฟอร์มผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินคือวิธีที่ได้เปิดใช้งานแล้ว " +"หากต้องการเปิดใช้งานหรือปิดใช้งานวิธีการชำระเงินสำหรับผู้ให้บริการ ให้คลิก " +":guilabel:`เปิดใช้งานวิธีการชำระเงิน` " +"จากนั้นคลิกปุ่มสลับของวิธีการที่เกี่ยวข้อง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:232 msgid "" @@ -46864,10 +49633,14 @@ msgid "" "provider form, then, in the :guilabel:`Payment Methods` list, drag and drop " "the payment methods in the desired order." msgstr "" +"วิธีการชำระเงินจะแสดงบนเว็บไซต์ของคุณตามลำดับ หากต้องการเรียงลำดับใหม่ " +"ให้คลิก :guilabel:`เปิดใช้งานวิธีการชำระเงิน` ในแบบฟอร์มผู้ให้บริการชำระเงิน" +" จากนั้นในรายการ :guilabel:`วิธีการชำระเงิน` " +"ให้ลากและวางวิธีการชำระเงินตามลำดับที่ต้องการ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:237 msgid "Icons and brands" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ไอคอนและแบรนด์" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:239 msgid "" @@ -46879,6 +49652,12 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Payment Methods`, then click on " "the payment method." msgstr "" +"ไอคอนที่แสดงถัดจากวิธีการชำระเงินบนเว็บไซต์ของคุณอาจเป็นไอคอนของแบรนด์ที่เปิดใช้งานสำหรับวิธีการชำระเงิน" +" หรือหากไม่มี ไอคอนของวิธีการชำระเงินนั้นเอง หากต้องการแก้ไข ให้ไปที่ " +":menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี --> การกำหนดค่า --> วิธีการชำระเงิน`, " +":menuselection:`เว็บไซต์ --> การกำหนดค่า --> วิธีการชำระเงิน` หรือ " +":menuselection:`การขาย --> การกำหนดค่า --> วิธีการชำระเงิน` " +"จากนั้นคลิกที่วิธีการชำระเงิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:245 msgid "" @@ -46886,6 +49665,9 @@ msgid "" "upper-right corner of the payment method's form and click the pencil icon " "(:guilabel:`✎`)." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการแก้ไขไอคอนวิธีการชำระเงิน " +"ให้วางเมาส์เหนือรูปภาพที่มุมขวาบนของแบบฟอร์มวิธีการชำระเงิน " +"แล้วคลิกไอคอนดินสอ (:guilabel:`✎`)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:248 msgid "" @@ -46896,10 +49678,15 @@ msgid "" "the popup window that opens, hover the mouse over the image in the upper-" "right corner and click the pencil icon (:guilabel:`✎`)." msgstr "" +"เลือกแท็บ :guilabel:`แบรนด์` เพื่อดูแบรนด์ที่เปิดใช้งานสำหรับวิธีการชำระเงิน" +" แบรนด์และไอคอนที่เกี่ยวข้องจะแสดงตามลำดับ หากต้องการเรียงลำดับใหม่ " +"ให้ลากและวางตามลำดับที่ต้องการ หากต้องการแก้ไขไอคอนของแบรนด์ ให้เลือกแบรนด์ " +"จากนั้นในหน้าต่างป๊อปอัปที่เปิดขึ้น ให้เลื่อนเมาส์ไปเหนือรูปภาพที่มุมขวาบน " +"แล้วคลิกไอคอนดินสอ (:guilabel:`✎`)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:255 msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การกำหนดค่าขั้นสูง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:257 msgid "" @@ -46910,6 +49697,12 @@ msgid "" "activate the :ref:`developer mode `. Click the " ":guilabel:`Configuration` tab to adapt the features." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการกำหนดค่าวิธีการชำระเงินเพิ่มเติม ให้ไปที่ " +":menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี --> การกำหนดค่า --> วิธีการชำระเงิน`, " +":menuselection:`เว็บไซต์ --> การกำหนดค่า --> วิธีการชำระเงิน` หรือ " +":menuselection:`การขาย --> การกำหนดค่า - -> วิธีการชำระเงิน` " +"คลิกที่วิธีการชำระเงิน จากนั้นเปิดใช้งาน :ref:`โหมดนักพัฒนา ` คลิกแท็บ :guilabel:`การกำหนดค่า` เพื่อปรับฟีเจอร์ต่างๆ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:264 msgid "" @@ -46918,6 +49711,9 @@ msgid "" "configuration may result in errors and should be tested on a duplicate or " "test database first." msgstr "" +"วิธีการชำระเงินแต่ละวิธีได้รับการกำหนดค่าล่วงหน้าในลักษณะที่สอดคล้องกับพฤติกรรมของผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินและผสานร่วมกับ" +" Odoo การเปลี่ยนแปลงการกำหนดค่านี้อาจส่งผลให้เกิดข้อผิดพลาด " +"และควรทดสอบกับฐานข้อมูลที่ซ้ำกันหรือทดสอบก่อน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:267 msgid "" @@ -46928,10 +49724,17 @@ msgid "" "` for a method linked to a provider that " "does not support it will not produce the intended results." msgstr "" +"การแก้ไขการกำหนดค่าวิธีการชำระเงินจะมีผลเฉพาะในขอบเขตความสามารถของวิธีและความสามารถของผู้ให้บริการเท่านั้น" +" ตัวอย่างเช่น การเพิ่ม :ref:`ประเทศ " +"` " +"สำหรับวิธีการชำระเงินที่รองรับในประเทศเดียวเท่านั้น หรือการเปิดใช้งาน " +":ref:`โทเค็น ` " +"สำหรับวิธีการที่เชื่อมโยงกับผู้ให้บริการที่ไม่รองรับ " +"ไม่ให้ผลลัพธ์ตามที่ตั้งใจไว้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:276 msgid "Tokenization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "โทเค็น" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:278 msgid "" @@ -46941,6 +49744,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Configuration` tab of the selected payment provider and enable " ":guilabel:`Allow Saving Payment Methods`." msgstr "" +":ref:`หากผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินรองรับฟีเจอร์นี้ " +"` " +"ลูกค้าสามารถบันทึกรายละเอียดวิธีการชำระเงินไว้ใช้ในภายหลังได้ " +"หากต้องการเปิดใช้งานฟีเจอร์นี้ ให้ไปที่แท็บ :guilabel:`การกำหนดค่า` " +"ของผู้ให้บริการการชำระเงินที่เลือก และเปิดใช้งาน " +":guilabel:`อนุญาตให้บันทึกวิธีการชำระเงิน`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:283 msgid "" @@ -46949,6 +49758,10 @@ msgid "" "payment method details again. This is particularly useful for the eCommerce " "conversion rate and subscriptions that use recurring payments." msgstr "" +"ในกรณีนี้ **โทเค็นการชำระเงิน** จะถูกสร้างขึ้นใน Odoo " +"เพื่อใช้เป็นวิธีการชำระเงินสำหรับการชำระเงินครั้งต่อไป " +"โดยที่ลูกค้าไม่ต้องกรอกรายละเอียดวิธีการชำระเงินอีกครั้ง " +"สิ่งนี้มีประโยชน์อย่างยิ่งสำหรับอัตราการแปลงของอีคอมเมิร์ซและการสมัครสมาชิกที่ใช้การชำระเงินเป็นประจำ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:288 msgid "" @@ -46957,10 +49770,13 @@ msgid "" "token that only references the card details stored on the payment provider's" " server." msgstr "" +"คุณยังคงปฏิบัติตามมาตรฐาน PCI โดยสมบูรณ์เมื่อคุณเปิดใช้งานฟีเจอร์นี้ " +"เนื่องจาก Odoo ไม่ได้จัดเก็บรายละเอียดการ์ดโดยตรง " +"แต่จะสร้างโทเค็นการชำระเงินที่อ้างอิงเฉพาะรายละเอียดบัตรที่จัดเก็บไว้ในเซิร์ฟเวอร์ของผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินเท่านั้น" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:295 msgid "Manual capture" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เรียกเก็บเงินด้วยตนเอง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:297 msgid "" @@ -46970,6 +49786,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Configuration` tab of the selected payment provider and enable " ":guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually`." msgstr "" +":ref:`หากผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินรองรับฟีเจอร์นี้ " +"` " +"คุณสามารถอนุมัติและเรียกเก็บเงินได้ในสองขั้นตอนแทนที่จะเป็นขั้นตอนเดียว " +"หากต้องการเปิดใช้งานฟีเจอร์นี้ ให้ไปที่แท็บ :guilabel:`การกำหนดค่า` " +"ของผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินที่เลือก และเปิดใช้งาน " +":guilabel:`จำนวนเรียกเก็บเงินด้วยตนเอง`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:302 msgid "" @@ -46979,30 +49801,39 @@ msgid "" "to cancel it and release the reserved funds. Capturing payments manually is " "helpful in many situations:" msgstr "" +"เมื่อคุณอนุมัติการชำระเงิน เงินจะถูกสงวนไว้ตามวิธีการชำระเงินของลูกค้า " +"แต่จะไม่ถูกเรียกเก็บเงินทันที " +"พวกเขาจะถูกเรียกเก็บเงินเมื่อคุณเรียกเก็บเงินด้วยตนเองในภายหลัง " +"คุณยังสามารถยกเลิกการอนุญาตเพื่อยกเลิกและปล่อยเงินที่สงวนไว้ได้ " +"เรียกเก็บเงินด้วยตนเองมีประโยชน์ในหลายสถานการณ์:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:307 msgid "" "Receive the payment confirmation and wait until the order is shipped to " "capture the payment." msgstr "" +"รับการยืนยันการชำระเงินและรอจนกว่าคำสั่งซื้อจะถูกจัดส่งเพื่อเรียกเก็บเงิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:308 msgid "" "Review and verify that orders are legitimate before the payment is completed" " and the fulfillment process starts." msgstr "" +"ตรวจสอบและยืนยันว่าคำสั่งซื้อถูกต้องตามกฎหมายก่อนที่การชำระเงินจะเสร็จสิ้นและเริ่มกระบวนการจัดการคำสั่งซื้อ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:310 msgid "" "Avoid potentially high refund fees for refunded payments: payment providers " "will not charge you for voiding an authorization." msgstr "" +"หลีกเลี่ยงค่าธรรมเนียมการคืนเงินที่อาจมีจำนวนสูงสำหรับการชำระเงินที่ขอคืน: " +"ผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินจะไม่เรียกเก็บเงินจากคุณสำหรับธุรกรรมที่เป็นโมฆะ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:312 msgid "" "Hold a security deposit to return later, minus any deductions (e.g., in case" " of damages)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "เก็บเงินประกันไว้คืนทีหลัง หักค่าเสียหาย (เช่น กรณีเสียหาย)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:314 msgid "" @@ -47010,6 +49841,10 @@ msgid "" "order or invoice and click the :guilabel:`Capture Transaction` button. To " "release the funds, click the :guilabel:`Void Transaction` button." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการเรียกเก็บเงินหลังจากที่ได้รับการอนุมัติ " +"ให้ไปที่ใบสั่งขายหรือใบแจ้งหนี้ที่เกี่ยวข้อง แล้วคลิกปุ่ม " +":guilabel:`ธุรกรรมที่เรียกเก็บเงิน` หากต้องการปล่อยเงิน ให้คลิกปุ่ม " +":guilabel:`ธุรกรรมที่เป็นโมฆะ`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:319 msgid "" @@ -47019,6 +49854,12 @@ msgid "" "`. The providers that only support " "capturing or voiding the total amount have the value **Full only**." msgstr "" +"ผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินบางรายสนับสนุนการเก็บเงินเพียงส่วนหนึ่งของจำนวนเงินที่อนุญาตเท่านั้น" +" จำนวนเงินที่เหลือสามารถถูกยึดหรือถือเป็นโมฆะได้ " +"ผู้ให้บริการเหล่านี้มีค่าเป็น **จำนวนเต็มและบางส่วน** ใน :ref:`ตารางด้านบน " +"` " +"ผู้ให้บริการที่สนับสนุนเฉพาะการจับหรือทำให้ยอดรวมเป็นโมฆะจะมีค่าเป็น " +"**จำนวนเต็มเท่านั้น**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:323 msgid "" @@ -47026,12 +49867,17 @@ msgid "" " automatically released back to the customer's payment method. Refer to your" " payment provider's documentation for the exact reservation duration." msgstr "" +"เงินทุนอาจจะไม่ได้ถูกสงวนไว้ตลอดไป หลังจากช่วงระยะเวลาหนึ่ง " +"อาจมีการคืนเงินกลับไปยังวิธีการชำระเงินของลูกค้าโดยอัตโนมัติ " +"โปรดดูเอกสารประกอบของผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินของคุณเพื่อดูระยะเวลาการสงวนที่แน่นอน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:326 msgid "" "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers, but some allow" " the manual capture from their website interface." msgstr "" +"Odoo ไม่รองรับฟีเจอร์นี้สำหรับผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินทุกราย " +"แต่บางรายอนุญาตให้เรียกเก็บเงินด้วยตนเองได้จากอินเทอร์เฟซเว็บไซต์ของพวกเขา" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:332 msgid "Refunds" @@ -47043,6 +49889,10 @@ msgid "" "directly from Odoo. It does not need to be enabled first. To refund a " "customer payment, navigate to it and click the :guilabel:`Refund` button." msgstr "" +"หากผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินของคุณรองรับฟีเจอร์นี้ " +"คุณสามารถคืนเงินการชำระเงินได้โดยตรงจาก Odoo ไม่จำเป็นต้องเปิดใช้งานก่อน " +"หากต้องการคืนเงินให้กับลูกค้า ให้ไปที่การชำระเงินแล้วคลิกปุ่ม " +":guilabel:`คืนเงิน`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:339 msgid "" @@ -47052,12 +49902,20 @@ msgid "" "`. The providers that only support " "refunding the total amount have the value **Full only**." msgstr "" +"ผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินบางรายสนับสนุนการคืนเงินเพียงบางส่วนเท่านั้น " +"จำนวนเงินที่เหลือสามารถขอคืนเงินได้เช่นกัน ผู้ให้บริการเหล่านี้มีค่าเป็น " +"**จำนวนเต็มและบางส่วน** ใน :ref:`ตารางด้านบน " +"` " +"ผู้ให้บริการที่รองรับการคืนเงินตามจำนวนทั้งหมดเท่านั้นจะมีค่าเป็น " +"**จำนวนเต็มเท่านั้น**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:343 msgid "" "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers, but some allow" " to refund payments from their website interface." msgstr "" +"Odoo ไม่รองรับฟีเจอร์นี้สำหรับผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินทุกราย " +"แต่ผู้ให้บริการบางรายอนุญาตให้คืนเงินการชำระเงินจากอินเทอร์เฟซเว็บไซต์ได้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:349 msgid "Express checkout" @@ -47073,17 +49931,28 @@ msgid "" "contact form. They just have to validate the payment on Google's or Apple's " "payment form." msgstr "" +":ref:`หากผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินรองรับฟีเจอร์นี้ " +"` คุณสามารถอนุญาตให้ลูกค้าใช้ปุ่ม " +":guilabel:`Google Pay` และ :guilabel:`Apple Pay` " +"และชำระเงินตามคำสั่งซื้ออีคอมเมิร์ซได้ในคลิกเดียว " +"เมื่อพวกเขาใช้ปุ่มใดปุ่มหนึ่งเหล่านี้ " +"ลูกค้าจะตรงจากรถเข็นไปยังหน้ายืนยันโดยไม่ต้องกรอกแบบฟอร์มติดต่อ " +"พวกเขาเพียงแค่ต้องตรวจสอบการชำระเงินในแบบฟอร์มการชำระเงินของ Google หรือ " +"Apple" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:357 msgid "" "To enable this feature, go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab of the " "selected payment provider and enable :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout`." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการเปิดใช้งานฟีเจอร์นี้ ให้ไปที่แท็บ :guilabel:`การกำหนดค่า` " +"ของผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินที่เลือก และเปิดใช้งาน " +":guilabel:`อนุญาตการชำระเงินด่วน`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:361 msgid "" "All prices shown on the express checkout payment form always include taxes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ราคาทั้งหมดที่แสดงในแบบฟอร์มการชำระเงินด่วนจะรวมภาษีแล้วเสมอ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:364 msgid "Availability" @@ -47095,10 +49964,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maximum amount` allowed and modifying the :guilabel:`Currencies` " "and :guilabel:`Countries` in the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab." msgstr "" +"คุณสามารถปรับเปลี่ยนความพร้อมของผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินได้โดยการระบุ " +":guilabel:`จำนวนเงินสูงสุด` ที่อนุญาต และแก้ไข :guilabel:`สกุลเงิน` และ " +":guilabel:`ประเทศ` ในแท็บ :guilabel:`การกำหนดค่า`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:373 msgid "Currencies and countries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "สกุลเงินและประเทศ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:375 msgid "" @@ -47110,6 +49982,13 @@ msgid "" "available currencies and countries, adding or removing a payment provider's " "supported currencies or countries is possible." msgstr "" +"ผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินทุกรายมีรายการสกุลเงินและประเทศที่ใช้ได้แตกต่างกัน " +"โดยทำหน้าที่เป็นตัวกรองแรกในระหว่างดำเนินการชำระเงิน กล่าวคือ " +"ไม่สามารถเลือกวิธีการชำระเงินที่เชื่อมโยงกับผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินได้ " +"หากสกุลเงินหรือประเทศของลูกค้าไม่อยู่ในรายการที่รองรับ " +"เนื่องจากอาจมีข้อผิดพลาด การอัปเดต " +"และข้อมูลที่ไม่รู้จักในรายการสกุลเงินและประเทศที่มีอยู่ " +"การเพิ่มหรือลบสกุลเงินหรือประเทศที่รองรับของผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินจึงเป็นไปได้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:383 msgid "" @@ -47117,6 +49996,8 @@ msgid "" "own list of available currencies and countries that serves as another filter" " during payment operations." msgstr "" +":ref:`วิธีการชำระเงิน ` " +"ยังมีรายการสกุลเงินและประเทศที่ใช้ได้ของตนเองซึ่งทำหน้าที่เป็นตัวกรองอื่นในระหว่างดำเนินการชำระเงิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:385 msgid "" @@ -47126,10 +50007,15 @@ msgid "" "possible the payment will be refused at a later stage should the country or " "currency not be supported." msgstr "" +"หากรายการสกุลเงินหรือประเทศที่รองรับว่างเปล่า " +"แสดงว่ารายการยาวเกินไปที่จะแสดง หรือ Odoo " +"ไม่มีข้อมูลเกี่ยวกับผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินรายนั้น " +"ผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินยังคงให้บริการอยู่ " +"แม้ว่าการชำระเงินจะถูกปฏิเสธในภายหลังหากไม่รองรับประเทศหรือสกุลเงิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:391 msgid "Maximum amount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "จำนวนเงินสูงสุด" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:393 msgid "" @@ -47137,6 +50023,9 @@ msgid "" "selected provider. Leave the field to `0.00` to make the payment provider " "available regardless of the payment amount." msgstr "" +"คุณสามารถจำกัด :guilabel:`จำนวนเงินสูงสุด` " +"ที่สามารถชำระกับผู้ให้บริการที่เลือกได้ ปล่อยให้ช่องเป็น `0.00` " +"เพื่อให้ผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินสามารถใช้งานได้โดยไม่คำนึงถึงจำนวนเงินที่ชำระ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:397 msgid "" @@ -47145,10 +50034,14 @@ msgid "" "**Checkout** page when paid :doc:`shipping methods " "<../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping>` are enabled." msgstr "" +"ฟีเจอร์นี้ไม่ได้มีไว้สำหรับทำงานในหน้าที่อนุญาตให้ลูกค้าอัปเดตจำนวนเงินที่ชำระ" +" เช่น ตัวอย่างข้อมูล **การบริจาค** และหน้า **ชำระเงิน** เมื่อชำระเงิน " +":doc:`วิธีการจัดส่งเปิดใช้งานอยู่ " +"<../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping>` " #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:404 msgid "Payment journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "สมุดรายวันการชำระเงิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:406 msgid "" @@ -47158,24 +50051,33 @@ msgid "" " providers. To modify it, go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab of the " "selected payment provider and select another :guilabel:`Payment journal`." msgstr "" +"ต้องกำหนด :doc:`สมุดรายวันการชำระเงิน ` " +"เพื่อให้ผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินบันทึกการชำระเงินใน **บัญชีคงค้าง** " +"ตามค่าเริ่มต้น สมุดรายวัน :guilabel:`ธนาคาร` " +"จะถูกเพิ่มเป็นสมุดรายวันการชำระเงินสำหรับผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินทั้งหมด " +"หากต้องการแก้ไข ให้ไปที่แท็บ :guilabel:`การกำหนดค่า` " +"ของผู้ให้บริการการชำระเงินที่เลือก และเลือก " +":guilabel:`สมุดรายวันการชำระเงิน` อื่น" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:412 msgid "The payment journal must be a :guilabel:`Bank` journal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "สมุดรายวันการชำระเงินต้องเป็นสมุดรายวัน :guilabel:`ธนาคาร`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:413 msgid "The same journal can be used for several payment providers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "สามารถใช้สมุดรายวันเดียวกันสำหรับผู้ให้บริการการชำระเงินหลายราย" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:414 msgid "" "Payment journals must only be configured if the :doc:`Invoicing or " "Accounting app ` is installed." msgstr "" +"สมุดรายวันการชำระเงินจะต้องได้รับการกำหนดค่าเฉพาะเมื่อมีการติดตั้ง " +":doc:`แอปใบแจ้งหนี้หรือระบบบัญชี `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:418 msgid "Accounting perspective" -msgstr "" +msgstr "มุมมองระบบบัญชี" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:420 msgid "" @@ -47188,6 +50090,15 @@ msgid "" "to record your payments' journal entries. We recommend you ask your " "accountant for advice." msgstr "" +"จากมุมมองทางบัญชี มีขั้นตอนการชำระเงินออนไลน์สองประเภท: " +"การชำระเงินที่ฝากเข้าบัญชีธนาคารของคุณโดยตรงและเป็นไปตามขั้นตอน " +":doc:`การกระทบยอด ` ตามปกติ " +"และการชำระเงินที่มาจากบุคคลที่สาม :ref:`ผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินออนไลน์ " +"` " +"และกำหนดให้คุณต้องปฏิบัติตามขั้นตอนการทำงานทางบัญชีอื่น " +"สำหรับการชำระเงินเหล่านี้ " +"คุณต้องพิจารณาว่าคุณต้องการบันทึกรายการของบันทึกการชำระเงินอย่างไร " +"เราแนะนำให้คุณขอคำแนะนำจากนักบัญชีของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:427 msgid "" @@ -47196,10 +50107,14 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`outstanding account ` for each payment " "provider to separate the provider's payments from other payments." msgstr "" +"ตามค่าเริ่มต้น ระบบจะใช้ :guilabel:`บัญชีธนาคาร` ที่กำหนดไว้สำหรับ " +":ref:`สมุดรายวันการชำระเงิน ` แต่คุณยังสามารถระบุ" +" :ref:`บัญชีคงค้าง ` สำหรับ " +"ผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินแต่ละรายเพื่อแยกการชำระเงินของผู้ให้บริการออกจากการชำระเงินอื่นๆ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst-1 msgid "Define an outstanding account for a payment provider." -msgstr "" +msgstr "กำหนดบัญชีคงค้างสำหรับผู้ให้บริการชำระเงิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:436 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/wire_transfer`" @@ -47278,6 +50193,8 @@ msgid "" "`Adyen `_ is a Dutch company that offers several " "online payment possibilities." msgstr "" +"`Adyen `_ " +"เป็นบริษัทสัญชาติดัตช์ที่ให้บริการชำระเงินออนไลน์ได้หลากหลาย" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:20 @@ -47314,12 +50231,16 @@ msgid "" "annually** or invoicing a **minimum** of **1.000** transactions **per " "month**." msgstr "" +"Adyen ทำงานเฉพาะกับลูกค้าที่ดำเนินธุรกรรม **มากกว่า **10 ล้านครั้งต่อปี** " +"หรือออกใบแจ้งหนี้ **ขั้นต่ำ** ของธุรกรรม **1.000** ครั้ง **ต่อเดือน**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:22 msgid "" "First, reach Adyen support to enable :guilabel:`multiple partial capture` " "for you." msgstr "" +"ขั้นแรก ติดต่อฝ่ายสนับสนุนของ Adyen เพื่อเปิดใช้งาน " +":guilabel:`เรียกเก็บเงินบางส่วนหลายรายการ` ให้กับคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:18 @@ -47327,52 +50248,63 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:15 msgid "Credentials tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "แท็บข้อมูลรับรอง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:27 msgid "" "Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your Adyen account, " "which comprise:" msgstr "" +"Odoo ต้องการ **ข้อมูลรับรอง API** ของคุณเพื่อเชื่อมต่อกับบัญชี Adyen ของคุณ " +"ซึ่งประกอบด้วย:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:29 msgid "" "**Merchant Account**: The code of the merchant account to use with Adyen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**บัญชีร้านค้า**: รหัสของบัญชีผู้ค้าที่จะใช้กับ Adyen" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:30 msgid "" ":ref:`API Key `: The API key of the webservice " "user." msgstr "" +":ref:`คีย์ API `: คีย์ API ของผู้ใช้บริการเว็บ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:31 msgid "" ":ref:`Client Key `: The client key of the " "webservice user." msgstr "" +":ref:`ไคลเอ็นต์คีย์ `: " +"ไคลเอ็นต์คีย์ของผู้ใช้บริการเว็บ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:32 msgid ":ref:`HMAC Key `: The HMAC key of the webhook." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`คีย์ HMAC `: คีย์ HMAC ของเว็บฮุค" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:33 msgid "" ":ref:`Checkout API URL `: The base URL for the Checkout API " "endpoints." msgstr "" +":ref:`URL ของ API เช็คเอาท์ `: URL " +"ขั้นพื้นฐานสำหรับจุดสิ้นสุดของ API เช็คเอาท์" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:34 msgid "" ":ref:`Recurring API URL `: The base URL for the Recurring API " "endpoints." msgstr "" +":ref:`URL ของ API ที่เกิดขึ้นประจำ `: URL " +"ขั้นพื้นฐานสำหรับจุดสิ้นสุดของ API ที่เกิดขึ้นประจำ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:36 msgid "" "You can copy your credentials from your Adyen account, and paste them in the" " related fields under the **Credentials** tab." msgstr "" +"คุณสามารถคัดลอกข้อมูลรับรองจากบัญชี Adyen และวางลงในช่องที่เกี่ยวข้องใต้แท็บ" +" **ข้อมูลรับรอง**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -47381,24 +50313,30 @@ msgid "" "click on :guilabel:`Adyen`, enable :guilabel:`Test Mode` and enter your " "credentials in the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab." msgstr "" +"หากคุณกำลังลองใช้ Adyen เป็นแบบทดสอบ โดยใช้ *บัญชีทดสอบ* ของ Adyen โปรดไปที่" +" :menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี --> การกำหนดค่า --> ผู้ให้บริการชำระเงิน` " +"จากนั้นคลิกที่ :guilabel:`Adyen` เปิดใช้งาน :guilabel:`โหมดทดสอบ` " +"และกรอกข้อมูลรับรองของคุณในแท็บ :guilabel:`ข้อมูลรับรอง`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:48 msgid "API Key and Client Key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "คีย์ API และไคลเอ็นต์คีย์" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:50 msgid "" "In order to retrieve the API Key and the Client Key, log into your Adyen " "account, go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API Credentials`." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการดึงข้อมูลคีย์ API และไคลเอ็นต์คีย์ ให้เข้าสู่ระบบบัญชี Adyen " +"ของคุณ ไปที่ :menuselection:`นักพัฒนา -> ข้อมูลรับรอง API`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:53 msgid "If you already have an API user, open it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "หากคุณมีผู้ใช้ API อยู่แล้ว ให้เปิดขึ้นมา" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:54 msgid "If you don't have an API user yet, click on **Create new credential**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "หากคุณยังไม่มีผู้ใช้ API ให้คลิก **สร้างข้อมูลรับรองใหม่**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -47406,6 +50344,9 @@ msgid "" "generate your **API Key**. Be careful to copy your API key as you'll not be " "allowed to get it later without generating a new one." msgstr "" +"ไปที่ :menuselection:`การตั้งค่าเซิร์ฟเวอร์ --> การรับรองความถูกต้อง` " +"และคัดลอกหรือสร้าง **คีย์ API** ของคุณ โปรดระมัดระวังในการคัดลอกคีย์ API " +"ของคุณ เนื่องจากคุณจะไม่ได้รับอนุญาตให้รับในภายหลังโดยไม่สร้างรหัสใหม่" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -47413,10 +50354,13 @@ msgid "" "or generate your **Client Key**. This is also the place where you can " ":ref:`allow payments to be made from your website `." msgstr "" +"ตอนนี้ ไปที่ :menuselection:`การตั้งค่าไคลเอ็นต์ -> การรับรองความถูกต้อง` " +"และ cody หรือสร้าง **ไคลเอ็นต์คีย์** ของคุณ ที่นี่เป็นสถานที่ที่คุณสามารถ " +":ref:`อนุญาตให้ชำระเงินจากเว็บไซต์ของคุณ `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:67 msgid "HMAC key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "คีย์ HMAC" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -47425,20 +50369,26 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks --> Add webhook --> Add Standard " "notification`." msgstr "" +"ในการดึงข้อมูลคีย์ HMAC คุณจะต้องกำหนดค่าเว็บฮุค `การแจ้งเตือนมาตรฐาน` " +"สำหรับสิ่งนี้ ให้เข้าสู่ระบบบัญชี Adyen ของคุณ จากนั้นไปที่ " +":menuselection:`นักพัฒนา --> เว็บฮุค --> เพิ่มเว็บฮุค --> " +"เพิ่มการแจ้งเตือนมาตรฐาน`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst-1 msgid "Configure a webhook." -msgstr "" +msgstr "กำหนดค่าเว็บฮุค" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:77 msgid "" "There, in :menuselection:`General --> Server configuration --> URL`, enter " "your server address followed by `/payment/adyen/notification`." msgstr "" +"ใน :menuselection:`ทั่วไป -> การกำหนดค่าเซิร์ฟเวอร์ -> URL` " +"ให้ป้อนที่อยู่เซิร์ฟเวอร์ของคุณตามด้วย `/payment/adyen/notification`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst-1 msgid "Enter the notification URL." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ใส่ URL การแจ้งเตือน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -47446,46 +50396,57 @@ msgid "" "to copy the key as you will not be allowed to do it later without generating" " a new one." msgstr "" +"จากนั้นป้อน :menuselection:`ความปลอดภัย --> คีย์ HMAC --> สร้าง` " +"โปรดใช้ความระมัดระวังในการคัดลอกคีย์ " +"เนื่องจากคุณจะไม่ได้รับอนุญาตให้ทำในภายหลังโดยไม่สร้างคีย์ใหม่" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst-1 msgid "Generate a HMAC key and save it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "สร้างคีย์ HMAC และบันทึก" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:91 msgid "You have to save the webhook to finalize its creation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "คุณต้องบันทึกเว็บฮุคเพื่อสิ้นสุดการสร้าง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:96 msgid "API URLs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "API URLs" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:98 msgid "" "All Adyen API URLs include a customer area-specific prefix generated by " "Adyen. To configure the URLs, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" +"URL ของ Adyen API ทั้งหมดจะมีคำนำหน้าเฉพาะพื้นที่ของลูกค้าที่สร้างโดย Adyen " +"ในการกำหนดค่า URL ให้ดำเนินการดังนี้:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:101 msgid "" "Log into your Adyen account, then go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API " "URLs`." msgstr "" +"เข้าสู่ระบบบัญชี Adyen ของคุณ จากนั้นไปที่ :menuselection:`นักพัฒนา --> API " +"URLs`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:102 msgid "" "Copy the :guilabel:`Prefix` for your live Customer area (i.e., **data " "center**) and save it for later." msgstr "" +"คัดลอก :guilabel:`คำนำหน้า` สำหรับพื้นที่ลูกค้าปัจจุบันของคุณ (เช่น " +"**ศูนย์ข้อมูล**) และบันทึกไว้ใช้ในภายหลัง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:0 msgid "Copy the prefix for the Adyen APIs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "คัดลอกคำนำหน้าสำหรับ Adyen API" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:108 msgid "" "In Odoo, :ref:`navigate to the payment provider Adyen " "`." msgstr "" +"ใน Odoo :ref:`นำทางไปยังผู้ให้บริการการชำระเงิน Adyen " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -47493,6 +50454,9 @@ msgid "" "replace `yourprefix` with the prefix you previously saved: " "`https://yourprefix-checkout-live.adyenpayments.com/checkout`" msgstr "" +"ในช่อง :guilabel:`API URL เช็คเอาท์` ให้ป้อน URL ต่อไปนี้และแทนที่ " +"`yourprefix` ด้วยคำนำหน้าที่คุณบันทึกไว้ก่อนหน้านี้: `https://yourprefix-" +"checkout-live.adyenpayments.com/checkout`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -47500,29 +50464,34 @@ msgid "" "replace `yourprefix` with the prefix you previously saved: " "`https://yourprefix-pal-live.adyenpayments.com/pal/servlet/Recurring`." msgstr "" +"ในช่อง :guilabel:`API URL ที่เกิดขึ้นประจำ` ให้ป้อน URL ต่อไปนี้และแทนที่ " +"`yourprefix` ด้วยคำนำหน้าที่คุณบันทึกไว้ก่อนหน้านี้: `https://yourprefix-" +"pal-live.adyenpayments.com/pal/servlet/Recurring`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:117 msgid "" "If you are trying Adyen as a test, you can use the following URLs instead:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "หากคุณกำลังลองใช้ Adyen เป็นแบบทดสอบ คุณสามารถใช้ URL ต่อไปนี้แทน:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:119 msgid ":guilabel:`Checkout API URL`: `https://checkout-test.adyen.com`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`URL ของ API เช็คเอาท์`: `https://checkout-test.adyen.com`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:120 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Recurring API URL`: `https://pal-" "test.adyen.com/pal/servlet/Recurring`" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`URL API ที่เกิดขึ้นประจำ`: `https://pal-" +"test.adyen.com/pal/servlet/Recurring`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:123 msgid "Adyen Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "บัญชี Adyen" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:128 msgid "Allow payments from a specific origin" -msgstr "" +msgstr "อนุญาตการชำระเงินจากแหล่งเฉพาะ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -47531,21 +50500,26 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Add allowed origins`, then add the URLs from where payments " "will be made (the URLs of the servers hosting your Odoo instances)." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการอนุญาตการชำระเงินที่มาจากเว็บไซต์ของคุณ ให้ทำตามขั้นตอนใน " +":ref:`adyen/api_and_client_keys` เพื่อนำทางไปยังผู้ใช้ API ของคุณและไปที่ " +":menuselection:`เพิ่มต้นทางที่อนุญาต` จากนั้นเพิ่ม URL ที่จะชำระเงิน ( URL " +"ของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่โฮสต์อินสแตนซ์ Odoo ของคุณ)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst-1 msgid "Allows payments originated from a specific domain." -msgstr "" +msgstr "อนุญาตการชำระเงินที่มาจากโดเมนที่ระบุ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:139 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:41 msgid "Place a hold on a card" -msgstr "" +msgstr "วางบัตรไว้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:141 msgid "" "Adyen allows you to capture an amount manually instead of having an " "immediate capture." msgstr "" +"Adyen ช่วยให้คุณสามารถเรียกเก็บเงินด้วยตนเอง แทนที่จะต้องเรียกเก็บเงินทันที" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -47553,16 +50527,21 @@ msgid "" "explained in the :ref:`payment providers documentation " "`." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการตั้งค่า ให้เปิดใช้งานตัวเลือก **เรียกเก็บเงินด้วยตนเอง** บน Odoo " +"ตามที่อธิบายไว้ใน :ref:`เอกสารประกอบของผู้ให้บริการการชำระเงิน " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:146 msgid "" "Then, open your Adyen Merchant Account, go to :menuselection:`Account --> " "Settings`, and set the **Capture Delay** to **manual**." msgstr "" +"จากนั้น เปิดบัญชี Adyen Merchant ของคุณ ไปที่ :menuselection:`บัญชี --> " +"ตั้งค่า` และตั้งค่า **การเรียกเก็บเงินล่าช้า** เป็น **ด้วยตนเอง**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst-1 msgid "Capture Delay settings in Adyen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การตั้งค่าล่าช้าเวลาการเรียกเก็บเงินใน Adyen" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -47570,12 +50549,17 @@ msgid "" "**Capture Delay** to **manual** on Adyen. Otherwise, the transaction will be" " blocked in the authorized state in Odoo." msgstr "" +"หากคุณกำหนดค่า Odoo ให้เรียกเก็บเงินด้วยตนเอง ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าได้ตั้งค่า " +"**การเรียกเก็บเงินล่าช้า** เป็น **ด้วยตนเอง** บน Adyen ไม่เช่นนั้น " +"ธุรกรรมจะถูกบล็อกในสถานะที่ได้รับอนุญาตใน Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:159 msgid "" "After **7 days**, if the transaction has not been captured yet, the customer" " has the right to **revoke** it." msgstr "" +"หลังจาก **7 วัน** หากธุรกรรมยังไม่ถูกเรียกเก็บเงิน ลูกค้ามีสิทธิ์ " +"**เพิกถอน**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:3 msgid "Alipay" @@ -47586,51 +50570,66 @@ msgid "" "`Alipay `_ is an online payments platform " "established in China by Alibaba Group." msgstr "" +"`Alipay `_ " +"เป็นแพลตฟอร์มการชำระเงินออนไลน์ที่ก่อตั้งขึ้นในประเทศจีนโดยบริษัท Alibaba " +"Group" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:9 msgid "" "The provider Alipay is deprecated. It is recommended to use :doc:`asiapay` " "instead." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ผู้ให้บริการ Alipay เลิกใช้งานแล้ว ขอแนะนำให้ใช้ :doc:`asiapay` แทน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:20 msgid "" "Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your Alipay account, " "which comprise:" msgstr "" +"Odoo ต้องการ **ข้อมูลรับรอง API** ของคุณเพื่อเชื่อมต่อกับบัญชี Alipay ของคุณ" +" ซึ่งประกอบด้วย:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:22 msgid "" "**Account**: Depending on where you are situated - `Express Checkout` if " "your are a Chinese Merchant. - `Cross-border` if you are not." msgstr "" +"**บัญชี**: ขึ้นอยู่กับสถานที่ที่คุณอยู่ - `ชำระเงินด่วน` " +"หากคุณเป็นผู้ค้าจากประเทศจีน - `ข้ามพรมแดน` หากคุณไม่ใช่" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:25 msgid "" "**Alipay Seller Email**: Your public Alipay partner email (for express " "checkout only)." msgstr "" +"**อีเมลผู้ขาย Alipay**: อีเมลพาร์ทเนอร์ Alipay สาธารณะของคุณ " +"(สำหรับการชำระเงินด่วนเท่านั้น)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:26 msgid "" "**Merchant Partner ID**: The public partner ID solely used to identify the " "account with Alipay." msgstr "" +"**ID พาร์ทเนอร์ผู้ค้า**: รหัสพาร์ทเนอร์สาธารณะที่ใช้ในการระบุบัญชีกับ Alipay" +" เท่านั้น" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:27 msgid "**MD5 Signature Key**: The signature key." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**คีย์ลายเซ็น MD5**: คีย์ลายเซ็น" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:29 msgid "" "You can copy your credentials from your Alipay account, and paste them in " "the related fields under the **Credentials** tab." msgstr "" +"คุณสามารถคัดลอกข้อมูลรับรองจากบัญชี Alipay ของคุณ " +"และวางในช่องที่เกี่ยวข้องใต้แท็บ **ข้อมูลรับรอง**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:32 msgid "" "To retrieve them, log into your Alipay account, they are on the front page." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการดึงข้อมูลเหล่านี้ ให้เข้าสู่ระบบบัญชี Alipay ของคุณ " +"ซึ่งอยู่ที่หน้าแรก" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -47638,6 +50637,9 @@ msgid "" "to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database, rather than" " on your main database." msgstr "" +"หากคุณกำลังลองใช้ Alipay เป็นแบบทดสอบ ใน *แซนด์บ็อกซ์* ให้เปลี่ยน **สถานะ** " +"เป็น *โหมดทดสอบ* เราขอแนะนำให้ทำเช่นนี้กับฐานข้อมูลทดสอบบน Odoo " +"แทนที่จะทำกับฐานข้อมูลหลักของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:3 msgid "Amazon Payment Services" @@ -47649,10 +50651,13 @@ msgid "" "an online payment provider established in Dubai offering several online " "payment options." msgstr "" +"`Amazon Payment Services `_ หรือ APS " +"เป็นผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินออนไลน์ที่ก่อตั้งขึ้นในประเทศดูไบ " +"โดยมีตัวเลือกการชำระเงินออนไลน์มากมาย" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:11 msgid "Configuration on APS Dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การกำหนดค่าบนแดชบอร์ด APS" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -47663,12 +50668,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Access Code`, :guilabel:`SHA Request Phrase` and :guilabel:`SHA " "Response Phrase` fields, and save them for later." msgstr "" +"เข้าสู่ระบบ `แดชบอร์ด Amazon Payment Services `_ " +"และไปที่ :menuselection:`การตั้งค่าการรวม --> การตั้งค่าความปลอดภัย` สร้าง " +":guilabel:`รหัสการเข้าถึง` หากยังไม่ได้สร้าง คัดลอกค่าของช่อง " +":guilabel:`ตัวระบุผู้ค้า`, :guilabel:`รหัสการเข้าถึง`, :guilabel:`SHA " +"Request Phrase` และ :guilabel:`SHA Response Phrase` และบันทึกไว้ใช้ในภายหลัง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:18 msgid "" "Enter your Odoo database URL in the :guilabel:`Origin URL`, for example: " "`https://yourcompany.odoo.com/`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Save Changes`." msgstr "" +"ใส่ URL ฐานข้อมูล Odoo ของคุณใน :guilabel:`URL ต้นทาง` เช่น: " +"`https://yourcompany.odoo.com/` จากนั้นคลิกที่ " +":guilabel:`บันทึกการเปลี่ยนแปลง`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -47677,6 +50690,10 @@ msgid "" "`Active` and select your preferred payment methods underneath in " ":guilabel:`Payment Options`." msgstr "" +"ไปที่ :menuselection:`การตั้งค่าการรวม -> การตั้งค่าทางเทคนิค` และคลิกที่ " +":guilabel:`การเปลี่ยนเส้นทาง` ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่า :guilabel:`สถานะ` " +"ถูกตั้งค่าเป็น `ใช้งานอยู่` และเลือกวิธีการชำระเงินที่คุณต้องการด้านล่างใน " +":guilabel:`ตัวเลือกการชำระเงิน`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -47684,10 +50701,13 @@ msgid "" "database URL followed by `/payment/aps/return` in the :guilabel:`Redirection" " URL`." msgstr "" +"ตั้งค่า :guilabel:`ส่งพารามิเตอร์การตอบกลับ` เป็น :guilabel:`ใช่` และป้อน " +"URL ฐานข้อมูลของคุณตามด้วย `/payment/aps/return` ใน :guilabel:`URL " +"การเปลี่ยนเส้นทาง`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:0 msgid "For example `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/aps/return`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตัวอย่างเช่น `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/aps/return`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -47695,14 +50715,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Direct Transaction Feedback` and :guilabel:`Notification URL` " "fields." msgstr "" +"ใส่ URL ฐานข้อมูลของคุณตามด้วย `/payment/aps/webhook` ในช่อง " +":guilabel:`ข้อเสนอแนะการทำธุรกรรมโดยตรง` และ :guilabel:`URL การแจ้งเตือน`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:0 msgid "For example `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/aps/webhook`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตัวอย่างเช่น `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/aps/webhook`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:0 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Save Changes`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "คลิกที่ :guilabel:`บันทึกการเปลี่ยนแปลง`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -47710,6 +50732,9 @@ msgid "" "can customize the look and feel of the Amazon Payment Services payment page " "(where customers fill out their credit card details during payment)." msgstr "" +"ภายใต้ :menuselection:`การตั้งค่าการรวม --> เทมเพลตหน้าการชำระเงิน` " +"คุณสามารถปรับแต่งรูปลักษณ์ของหน้าการชำระเงินของ Amazon Payment Services ได้ " +"(ซึ่งลูกค้ากรอกรายละเอียดบัตรเครดิตระหว่างการชำระเงิน)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -47717,6 +50742,9 @@ msgid "" "`, change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`, and " "make sure it is :guilabel:`Published`." msgstr "" +":ref:`นำทางไปยังผู้ให้บริการชำระเงิน Amazon Payment Services " +"` เปลี่ยนสถานะเป็น :guilabel:`เปิดใช้งานแล้ว` " +"และตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าเป็น :guilabel:`เผยแพร่แล้ว`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -47725,6 +50753,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`SHA Response Phrase` with the values you saved at the step " ":ref:`payment_providers/aps/configure-dashboard`." msgstr "" +"ในแท็บ :guilabel:`ข้อมูลรับรอง` ให้กรอก :guilabel:`ตัวระบุผู้ค้า`, " +":guilabel:`รหัสการเข้าถึง`, :guilabel:`SHA Request Phrase` และ " +":guilabel:`SHA Response Phrase` ด้วยค่าที่คุณบันทึกไว้ ในขั้นตอน " +":ref:`pay_providers/aps/configure-dashboard`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:47 @@ -47733,7 +50765,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:44 msgid "Configure the rest of the options to your liking." -msgstr "" +msgstr "กำหนดค่าตัวเลือกที่เหลือตามที่คุณต้องการ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:3 msgid "AsiaPay" @@ -47745,39 +50777,50 @@ msgid "" "established in Hong Kong and covering several Asian countries and payment " "methods." msgstr "" +"`AsiaPay `_ " +"เป็นผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินออนไลน์ที่ก่อตั้งขึ้นในฮ่องกงและครอบคลุมหลายประเทศในเอเชีย" +" รวมถึงวิธีการชำระเงิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:11 msgid "Configuration on AsiaPay Dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การกำหนดค่าบนแดชบอร์ด AsiaPay" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:13 msgid "" "Log into AsiaPay Dashboard according to the account provided by AsiaPay." -msgstr "" +msgstr "เข้าสู่ระบบแดชบอร์ด AsiaPay ตามบัญชีที่ได้รับจาก AsiaPay" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:15 msgid "" "`PayDollar `_: For " "markets in HK, CN, MO, TW, SG, MY, IN, VN, NZ and AU" msgstr "" +"`PayDollar `_: " +"สำหรับตลาดใน HK, CN, MO, TW, SG, MY, IN, VN, NZ และ AU" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:17 msgid "" "`PesoPay `_: For market" " in PH" msgstr "" +"`PesoPay `_: " +"สำหรับตลาดใน PH" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:18 msgid "" "`SiamPay `_: For market" " in TH" msgstr "" +"`SiamPay `_: " +"สำหรับตลาดใน TH" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:19 msgid "" "`BimoPay `_: For market" " in ID" msgstr "" +"`BimoPay `_: " +"สำหรับตลาดใน ID" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -47785,12 +50828,16 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Currency` and :guilabel:`Secure Hash` fields and save them " "for later." msgstr "" +"ไปที่ :menuselection:`โปรไฟล์ --> ข้อมูลบัญชี` คัดลอกค่าของช่อง " +":guilabel:`สกุลเงิน` และ :guilabel:`แฮชที่ปลอดภัย` และบันทึกไว้ใช้ในภายหลัง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:0 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Profile --> Payment Account Settings` and enable the " "option :guilabel:`Return Value Link (Datefeed)`;" msgstr "" +"ไปที่ :menuselection:`โปรไฟล์ -> การตั้งค่าบัญชีการชำระเงิน` " +"และเปิดใช้งานตัวเลือก :guilabel:`ลิงค์ค่าส่งคืน (Datefeed)`;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -47798,21 +50845,27 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Return Value Link (Datefeed)` text field. For example: " "`https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/asiapay/webhook`;" msgstr "" +"ใส่ URL ฐานข้อมูล Odoo ของคุณตามด้วย `/payment/asiapay/webhook` " +"ในช่องข้อความ :guilabel:`ลิงค์ค่าส่งคืน (Datefeed)` ตัวอย่างเช่น: " +"`https://yourcompany.odoo.com/Payment/asiapay/webhook`;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:0 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Test` to check if the webhook is working correctly." msgstr "" +"คลิกที่ :guilabel:`ทดสอบ` เพื่อตรวจสอบว่าเว็บฮุคทำงานอย่างถูกต้องหรือไม่" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:29 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Update` to finalize the configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "คลิกที่ :guilabel:`อัปเดต` เพื่อสิ้นสุดการกำหนดค่า" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:36 msgid "" ":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider AsiaPay ` " "and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." msgstr "" +":ref:`นำทางไปยังผู้ให้บริการชำระเงิน AsiaPay ` " +"และเปลี่ยนสถานะเป็น :guilabel:`เปิดใช้งานแล้ว`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -47822,6 +50875,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Configuration` tab with the values you saved at the step " ":ref:`payment_providers/asiapay/configure_dashboard`;" msgstr "" +"ในแท็บ :guilabel:`ข้อมูลรับรอง` ให้เลือก :guilabel:`แบรนด์` ของบัญชี Asiapay" +" ของคุณ จากนั้นกรอก :guilabel:`ID ผู้ค้า` และ :guilabel:`รหัสแฮชที่ปลอดภัย` " +"และ :guilabel:`สกุลเงิน` ในแท็บ :guilabel:`การกำหนดค่า` " +"ด้วยค่าที่คุณบันทึกไว้ในขั้นตอน :ref:` " +"payment_providers/asiapay/configure_dashboard`;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -47831,6 +50889,12 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`developer mode ` and set the same value to the field " ":guilabel:`Secure Hash Function` in the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab." msgstr "" +"ตามค่าเริ่มต้น ผู้ให้บริการการชำระเงิน AsiaPay " +"ได้รับการกำหนดค่าให้ตรวจสอบรหัสแฮชด้วยฟังก์ชันแฮช `SHA1` หากฟังก์ชันอื่นคือ " +":ref:`ตั้งค่าไว้ในบัญชีของคุณ " +"` ให้เปิดใช้งาน " +":ref:`โหมดนักพัฒนา ` และตั้งค่าเดียวกันลงในฟิลด์ " +":guilabel:`ฟังก์ชั่นแฮชที่ปลอดภัย` ใน : guillabel: แท็บ `ข้อมูลรับรอง`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:3 msgid "Authorize.Net" @@ -47841,30 +50905,36 @@ msgid "" "`Authorize.Net `_ is a United States-based online" " payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards**." msgstr "" +"`Authorize.Net `_ " +"คือผู้ให้บริการโซลูชันการชำระเงินออนไลน์ในสหรัฐอเมริกา " +"ซึ่งช่วยให้ธุรกิจสามารถรับ **บัตรเครดิต** ได้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:17 msgid "" "Odoo needs your **API Credentials & Keys** to connect with your " "Authorize.Net account, which comprise:" msgstr "" +"Odoo ต้องการ **ข้อมูลรับรองและคีย์ API** ของคุณเพื่อเชื่อมต่อกับบัญชี " +"Authorize.Net ของคุณ ซึ่งประกอบด้วย:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:20 msgid "" "**API Login ID**: The ID solely used to identify the account with " "Authorize.Net." msgstr "" +"**รหัสเข้าสู่ระบบ API**: รหัสที่ใช้เพื่อระบุบัญชีกับ Authorize.Net เท่านั้น" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:21 msgid "**API Transaction Key**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**คีย์ธุรกรรม API**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:22 msgid "**API Signature Key**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**คีย์ลายเซ็น API**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:23 msgid "**API Client Key**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**คีย์ไคลเอ็นต์ API**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -47874,6 +50944,10 @@ msgid "" "Key**, and paste them on the related fields in Odoo. Then, click on " "**Generate Client Key**." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการดึงข้อมูลเหล่านี้ ให้เข้าสู่ระบบบัญชี Authorize.Net ของคุณ ไปที่ " +":menuselection:`บัญชี -> การตั้งค่า -> การตั้งค่าความปลอดภัย -> ข้อมูลรับรอง" +" API และคีย์` สร้าง **คีย์ธุรกรรม** และ **คีย์ลายเซ็นของคุณ ** " +"และวางลงในช่องที่เกี่ยวข้องใน Odoo จากนั้นคลิกที่ **สร้างไคลเอ็นต์คีย์**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -47881,6 +50955,10 @@ msgid "" " to :guilabel:`Test Mode`. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database, " "rather than on your main database." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการทดสอบ Authorize.Net ด้วยบัญชี *แซนด์บ็อกซ์* ให้เปลี่ยน " +":guilabel:`สถานะ` เป็น :guilabel:`โหมดทดสอบ` " +"เราแนะนำให้ทำเช่นนี้กับฐานข้อมูลทดสอบบน Odoo " +"แทนที่จะทำกับฐานข้อมูลหลักของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -47888,6 +50966,9 @@ msgid "" "the following error: *The merchant login ID or password is invalid or the " "account is inactive*." msgstr "" +"หากคุณใช้ :guilabel:`โหมดทดสอบ` กับบัญชีปกติ " +"จะส่งผลให้เกิดข้อผิดพลาดต่อไปนี้: " +"*รหัสเข้าสู่ระบบหรือรหัสผ่านของผู้ขายไม่ถูกต้องหรือบัญชีไม่ได้ใช้งาน*" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:38 msgid "Configuration tab" @@ -47899,22 +50980,28 @@ msgid "" "`. If enabled, the funds are reserved for " "30 days on the customer's card, but not charged yet." msgstr "" +"ด้วย Authorize.Net คุณสามารถเปิดใช้งาน :ref:`การเรียกเก็บเงินด้วยตนเอง " +"` ได้ หากเปิดใช้งาน เงินจะถูกสงวนไว้ 30 " +"วันในบัตรของลูกค้า แต่ยังไม่มีการเรียกเก็บเงิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:48 msgid "" "After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by " "Authorize.Net." msgstr "" +"หลังจาก **30 วัน** ธุรกรรมจะ **เป็นโมฆะโดยอัตโนมัติ** โดย Authorize.Net" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:54 msgid "ACH payments (USA only)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การชำระเงิน ACH (ในสหรัฐอเมริกาเท่านั้น)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:56 msgid "" ":abbr:`ACH (automated clearing house)` is an electronic funds transfer " "system used between bank accounts in the United States." msgstr "" +":abbr:`ACH (สำนักงานหักบัญชีอัตโนมัติ)` " +"เป็นระบบโอนเงินทางอิเล็กทรอนิกส์ที่ใช้ระหว่างบัญชีธนาคารในสหรัฐอเมริกา" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -47927,20 +51014,31 @@ msgid "" "(:guilabel:`⛭`) and select :guilabel:`Duplicate`. Change the provider's name" " to differentiate both versions (e.g., `Authorize.net - Banks`)." msgstr "" +"เพื่อให้ลูกค้าสามารถชำระเงินโดยใช้ ACH ได้ `ลงชื่อสมัครใช้บริการของ " +"Authorize.Net eCheck `_ " +"เมื่อเปิดใช้งาน eCheck แล้ว ให้ทำซ้ำผู้ให้บริการชำระเงิน Authorize.Net " +"ที่กำหนดค่าไว้ก่อนหน้านี้บน Odoo โดยไปที่ :menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี --> " +"การกำหนดค่า --> ผู้ให้บริการชำระเงิน --> Authorize.net` จากนั้น " +"คลิกไอคอนฟันเฟือง (:guilabel:`⛭`) และเลือก :guilabel:`คัดลอก` " +"เปลี่ยนชื่อผู้ให้บริการเพื่อแยกความแตกต่างทั้งสองเวอร์ชัน (เช่น " +"`Authorize.net - ธนาคาร`)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:69 msgid "" "When ready, change the provider's :guilabel:`State` to :guilabel:`Enabled` " "for a regular account or :guilabel:`Test Mode` for a sandbox account." msgstr "" +"เมื่อพร้อม ให้เปลี่ยนผู้ให้บริการ :guilabel:`สถานะ` เป็น " +":guilabel:`เปิดใช้งานแล้ว` สำหรับบัญชีปกติ หรือ :guilabel:`โหมดทดสอบ` " +"สำหรับบัญชี Sandbox" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:73 msgid "Import an Authorize.Net statement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "นำเข้าใบแจ้งยอด Authorize.Net" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:76 msgid "Export from Authorize.Net" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ส่งออกจาก Authorize.Net" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -47948,26 +51046,33 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +"`ดาวน์โหลดเทมเพลตการนำเข้า Excel " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:84 msgid "To export a statement:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ในการส่งออกใบแจ้งยอด:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:86 msgid "Log in to Authorize.Net." -msgstr "" +msgstr "เข้าสู่ระบบ Authorize.Net" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:87 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Account --> Statements --> eCheck.Net Settlement " "Statement`." msgstr "" +"ไปที่ :menuselection:`บัญชี --> ใบแจ้งยอด --> ใบแจ้งยอดการชำระบัญชี " +"eCheck.Net`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:88 msgid "" "Define an export range using an *opening* and *closing* batch settlement. " "All transactions within the two batch settlements will be exported to Odoo." msgstr "" +"กำหนดช่วงการส่งออกโดยใช้การชำระเป็นชุด *แบบเปิด* และ *แบบปิด* " +"ธุรกรรมทั้งหมดภายในการชำระเงินสองชุดจะถูกส่งออกไปยัง Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -47975,28 +51080,33 @@ msgid "" "into the :guilabel:`Report 1 Download` sheet of the :ref:`Excel import " "template `." msgstr "" +"เลือกธุรกรรมทั้งหมดภายในช่วงที่ต้องการ คัดลอกและวางลงในแผ่น " +":guilabel:`รายงาน 1 ดาวน์โหลด` ของ :ref:`เทมเพลตการนำเข้า Excel `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst-1 msgid "Selecting Authorize.Net transactions to import" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การเลือกธุรกรรม Authorize.Net ที่จะนำเข้า" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst-1 msgid "Settlement batch of an Authorize.Net statement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ชุดการชำระบัญชีของใบแจ้งยอด Authorize.Net" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:103 msgid "" "In this case, the first batch (01/01/2021) of the year belongs to the " "settlement of 12/31/2020, so the **opening** settlement is from 12/31/2020." msgstr "" +"ในกรณีนี้ งวดแรก (01/01/2021) ของปีเป็นของการชำระเงินของวันที่ 31/12/2020 " +"ดังนั้นการชำระเงิน **แบบเปิด** คือจาก 31/12/2020" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:106 msgid "Once the data is in the :guilabel:`Report 1 Download` sheet:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เมื่อข้อมูลอยู่ในชีต :guilabel:`รายงาน 1 ดาวน์โหลด`:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:108 msgid "Go to the :guilabel:`Transaction Search` tab on Authorize.Net." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ไปที่แท็บ :guilabel:`การค้นหาธุรกรรม` บน Authorize.Net" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -48004,10 +51114,13 @@ msgid "" "range of batch settlement dates in the :guilabel:`From:` and :guilabel:`To:`" " fields and click :guilabel:`Search`." msgstr "" +"ใต้ส่วน :guilabel:`วันที่ชำระบัญชี` " +"ให้เลือกช่วงวันที่ชำระเป็นชุดที่ใช้ก่อนหน้านี้ในช่อง :guilabel:`จาก:` และ " +":guilabel:`ถึง:` และคลิก :guilabel:`ค้นหา`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:111 msgid "When the list has been generated, click :guilabel:`Download to File`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "เมื่อสร้างรายการแล้ว คลิก :guilabel:`ดาวน์โหลดไปยังไฟล์`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -48015,6 +51128,9 @@ msgid "" "Response/Comma Separated`, enable :guilabel:`Include Column Headings`, and " "click :guilabel:`Submit`." msgstr "" +"ในหน้าต่างป๊อปอัป ให้เลือก :guilabel:`ช่องที่ขยายพร้อมการตอบสนอง " +"CAVV/คั่นด้วยเครื่องหมายจุลภาค`, เปิดใช้งาน " +":guilabel:`รวมส่วนหัวของคอลัมน์`, และคลิก :guilabel:`ส่ง`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -48022,6 +51138,9 @@ msgid "" " the :guilabel:`Report 2 Download` sheet of the :ref:`Excel import template " "`." msgstr "" +"เปิดไฟล์ข้อความ เลือก :guilabel:`ทั้งหมด` คัดลอกข้อมูล และวางลงในชีต " +":guilabel:`รายงาน 2 ดาวน์โหลด` ของ :ref:`เทมเพลตการนำเข้า Excel `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -48032,24 +51151,31 @@ msgid "" "filled-in lines of the :guilabel:`transit for report 1` or :guilabel:`2` " "sheets and paste it into the empty lines." msgstr "" +"บรรทัดระหว่างทางจะถูกกรอกและอัปเดตโดยอัตโนมัติใน " +":guilabel:`ระหว่างทางสำหรับรายงาน 1` และ :guilabel:`ระหว่างทางสำหรับรายงาน " +"2` แผ่นงานของ :ref:`เทมเพลตการนำเข้า Excel ` " +"ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่ามีรายการทั้งหมดอยู่ และ **หากไม่ใช่** " +"ให้คัดลอกสูตรจากบรรทัดที่กรอกไว้ก่อนหน้านี้ของชีต " +":guilabel:`ระหว่างทางสำหรับรายงาน 1` หรือ :guilabel:`2` และวางลงในบรรทัดว่าง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:123 msgid "" "To get the correct closing balance, **do not remove** any line from the " "Excel sheets." msgstr "" +"เพื่อให้ได้ยอดปิดบัญชีที่ถูกต้อง **อย่าลบ** บรรทัดใดๆ ออกจากแผ่นงาน Excel" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:126 msgid "Import into Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "นำเข้าสู่ Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:128 msgid "To import the data into Odoo:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "หากต้องการนำเข้าข้อมูลไปยัง Odoo:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:130 msgid "Open the :ref:`Excel import template `." -msgstr "" +msgstr "เปิด :ref:`เทมเพลตการนำเข้า Excel `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -48057,6 +51183,8 @@ msgid "" " special* to only paste the values in the :guilabel:`Odoo Import to CSV` " "sheet." msgstr "" +"คัดลอกข้อมูลจากชีต :guilabel:`ระหว่างทางสำหรับรายงาน 2` และใช้ *วางแบบพิเศษ*" +" เพื่อวางเฉพาะค่าในชีต :guilabel:`Odoo นำเข้าเป็น CSV`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -48065,10 +51193,16 @@ msgid "" " as such, go to :menuselection:`Authorize.Net --> Account --> Statements -->" " eCheck.Net Settlement Statement`." msgstr "" +"มองหาเซลล์ *สีน้ำเงิน* ในชีต :guilabel:`Odoo นำเข้าเป็น CSV` " +"รายการเหล่านี้เป็นรายการปฏิเสธการชำระเงินโดยไม่มีหมายเลขอ้างอิง " +"เนื่องจากไม่สามารถนำเข้าได้เช่นนี้ โปรดไปที่ :menuselection:`Authorize.Net " +"--> บัญชี --> ใบแจ้งยอด --> ใบแจ้งยอดการชำระบัญชี eCheck.Net`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:136 msgid "Look for :guilabel:`Charge Transaction/Chargeback`, and click it." msgstr "" +"มองหา :guilabel:`การทำธุรกรรมการเรียกเก็บเงิน / การปฏิเสธการชำระเงิน` " +"แล้วคลิก" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -48076,6 +51210,9 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Odoo Import to CSV` sheet, and add `Chargeback /` before the " "description." msgstr "" +"คัดลอกคำอธิบายใบแจ้งหนี้ วางลงในเซลล์ :guilabel:`ป้ายกำกับ` ของชีต " +":guilabel:`Odoo นำเข้าเป็น CSV` และเพิ่ม `การปฏิเสธการชำระเงิน /` " +"ก่อนคำอธิบาย" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -48083,16 +51220,22 @@ msgid "" "template ` for each invoice and copy/paste the " "description into each respective :guilabel:`Label` line." msgstr "" +"หากมีใบแจ้งหนี้หลายใบ ให้เพิ่มบรรทัดใน :ref:`เทมเพลตการนำเข้า Excel " +"` สำหรับใบแจ้งหนี้แต่ละใบ " +"และคัดลอก/วางคำอธิบายลงในแต่ละบรรทัด :guilabel:`ป้ายกำกับ`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:144 msgid "" "For **combined chargeback/returns** in the payouts, create a new line in the" " :ref:`Excel import template ` for each invoice." msgstr "" +"สำหรับ **การปฏิเสธการชำระเงิน/การคืนสินค้าแบบรวม** ในการชำระคืน " +"ให้สร้างบรรทัดใหม่ใน :ref:`เทมเพลตการนำเข้า Excel ` สำหรับแต่ละใบแจ้งหนี้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "Chargeback description" -msgstr "" +msgstr "คำอธิบายการปฏิเสธการชำระเงิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -48100,6 +51243,9 @@ msgid "" "change the format of the :guilabel:`Amount` column in the :guilabel:`Odoo " "Import to CSV` sheet to *Number*." msgstr "" +"จากนั้น ลบบรรทัดรายการ *ธุรกรรมที่ว่างเปล่า* และ *ธุรกรรมที่เป็นโมฆะ* " +"และเปลี่ยนรูปแบบของคอลัมน์ :guilabel:`จำนวน` ในชีต :guilabel:`Odoo " +"นำเข้าเป็น CSV` เป็น *ตัวเลข*" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -48107,6 +51253,8 @@ msgid "" "Transaction` and search again for the previously used batch settlements " "dates." msgstr "" +"กลับไปที่ :menuselection:`ใบแจ้งยอดการชำระบัญชี eCheck.Net --> ค้นหาธุรกรรม`" +" และค้นหาวันที่ชำระหนี้แบบกลุ่มที่ใช้ก่อนหน้านี้อีกครั้ง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:156 msgid "" @@ -48114,12 +51262,17 @@ msgid "" "payments' dates found in the :guilabel:`Date` column of the :guilabel:`Odoo " "Import to CSV`." msgstr "" +"ตรวจสอบว่าวันที่ชำระเงินเป็นชุดบน eCheck.Net " +"ตรงกับวันที่ชำระเงินที่เกี่ยวข้องซึ่งพบในคอลัมน์ :guilabel:`วันที่` ของ " +":guilabel:`Odoo นำเข้าเป็น CSV`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:158 msgid "" "If it does not match, replace the date with the one from eCheck.Net. Sort " "the column by *date*, and make sure the format is `MM/DD/YYYY`." msgstr "" +"หากไม่ตรงกัน ให้แทนที่วันที่ด้วยวันที่จาก eCheck.Net จัดเรียงคอลัมน์ตาม " +"*วันที่* และตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าอยู่ในรูปแบบ `MM/DD/YYYY`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -48127,6 +51280,8 @@ msgid "" "to CSV` sheet, paste it into a new Excel file, and save it using the CSV " "format." msgstr "" +"คัดลอกข้อมูล - รวมส่วนหัวของคอลัมน์ - จากชีต :guilabel:`Odoo นำเข้าเป็น CSV`" +" วางลงในไฟล์ Excel ใหม่ และบันทึกโดยใช้รูปแบบ CSV" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:162 msgid "" @@ -48135,12 +51290,18 @@ msgid "" "--> Import records --> Load file`. Select the CSV file and upload it into " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"เปิดแอประบบบัญชี ไปที่ :menuselection:`การกำหนดค่า -> สมุดรายวัน` " +"ทำเครื่องหมายที่ช่อง :guilabel:`Authorize.Net` และคลิก " +":menuselection:`รายการโปรด -> บันทึกการนำเข้า -> โหลดไฟล์` เลือกไฟล์ CSV " +"และอัปโหลดลงใน Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:167 msgid "" "List of `eCheck.Net return codes " "`_" msgstr "" +"รายการรหัสส่งคืน `eCheck.Net " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:3 msgid "Buckaroo" @@ -48151,10 +51312,12 @@ msgid "" "`Buckaroo `_ is a Dutch-based company that offers " "several online payment possibilities." msgstr "" +"`Buckaroo `_ " +"เป็นบริษัทสัญชาติดัตช์ที่ให้บริการชำระเงินออนไลน์ได้หลากหลาย" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:11 msgid "Configuration on Buckaroo Plaza" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การกำหนดค่าบน Buckaroo Plaza" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -48162,12 +51325,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`My Buckaroo --> Websites` and select the :guilabel:`Push " "settings` tab." msgstr "" +"เข้าสู่ระบบ `Buckaroo Plaza `_ ไปที่ " +":menuselection:`Buckaroo ของฉัน --> เว็บไซต์` และเลือกแท็บ " +":guilabel:`การตั้งค่าแบบพุช`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:15 msgid "" "Tick the :guilabel:`Enable Push Response` check box in the " ":guilabel:`Delayed and Push responses` section." msgstr "" +"ทำเครื่องหมายที่ช่อง :guilabel:`เปิดใช้การตอบกลับแบบพุช` ในส่วน " +":guilabel:`การตอบกลับแบบพุชและแบบล่าช้า`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -48176,10 +51344,14 @@ msgid "" "Failure` text fields. For example: " "`https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/buckaroo/webhook`." msgstr "" +"ใส่ URL ของฐานข้อมูล Odoo ของคุณ ตามด้วย `/payment/buckaroo/webhook` " +"ในช่องข้อความ :guilabel:`พุช URI สำเร็จ/รอดำเนินการ` และ :guilabel:`พุช URI " +"ล้มเหลว` ตัวอย่างเช่น: " +"`https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/buckaroo/webhook`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:20 msgid "Leave the other fields as they are and click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ปล่อยให้ช่องอื่นเหมือนเดิม แล้วคลิก :guilabel:`บันทึก`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -48187,6 +51359,9 @@ msgid "" "key used to uniquely identify your website with Buckaroo) and save it for " "later." msgstr "" +"ในแท็บ :guilabel:`ทั่วไป` ให้คัดลอกเว็บไซต์ :guilabel:`คีย์` (เช่น " +"คีย์ที่ใช้ในการระบุเว็บไซต์ของคุณโดยไม่ซ้ำกันด้วย Buckaroo) " +"และบันทึกไว้ใช้ในภายหลัง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -48194,12 +51369,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Generate` a :guilabel:`Secret key` and click :guilabel:`Save`. " "Save the key for later." msgstr "" +"ไปที่ :menuselection:`การกำหนดค่า -> ความปลอดภัย -> คีย์รหัส` ป้อนหรือ " +":guilabel:`สร้าง` :guilabel:`คีย์รหัส` และคลิก :guilabel:`บันทึก` " +"บันทึกคีย์ไว้ใช้ในภายหลัง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:29 msgid "" ":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Buckaroo `" " and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." msgstr "" +":ref:`นำทางไปยังผู้ให้บริการชำระเงิน Buckaroo ` " +"และเปลี่ยนสถานะเป็น :guilabel:`เปิดใช้งานแล้ว`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -48207,10 +51387,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Secret Key` fields with the values you saved at the step " ":ref:`payment_providers/buckaroo/configure_dashboard`." msgstr "" +"ในแท็บ :guilabel:`ข้อมูลรับรอง` ให้กรอกข้อมูลในช่อง :guilabel:`คีย์เว็บไซต์`" +" และ :guilabel:`คีย์รหัส` ด้วยค่าที่คุณบันทึกไว้ในขั้นตอน " +":ref:`payment_providers/buckaroo/configure_dashboard`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:34 msgid "Configure the options in the other tabs to your liking." -msgstr "" +msgstr "กำหนดค่าตัวเลือกในแท็บอื่นๆ ตามที่คุณต้องการ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:3 msgid "Demo" @@ -48221,14 +51404,16 @@ msgid "" "Odoo's **Demo Payment Provider** allows you to test business flows involving" " online transactions without requiring real banking credentials." msgstr "" +"**ผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินแบบสาธิต** ของ Odoo " +"ช่วยให้คุณสามารถทดสอบกระแสธุรกิจที่เกี่ยวข้องกับธุรกรรมออนไลน์ได้โดยไม่ต้องใช้ข้อมูลรับรองของธนาคารจริง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:15 msgid "Switch the state to :guilabel:`Test Mode`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "เปลี่ยนสถานะเป็น :guilabel:`โหมดทดสอบ`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:18 msgid "Payment outcome" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ผลการชำระเงิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -48236,14 +51421,18 @@ msgid "" "outcome when using the demo payment provider. To do so, click on the " ":guilabel:`Payment Status` drop-down menu and select the desired outcome." msgstr "" +"เมื่อชำระเงินหรือชำระบิลออนไลน์ " +"คุณสามารถเลือกผลการชำระเงินได้เมื่อใช้ผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินแบบสาธิต " +"โดยคลิกที่เมนูแบบเลื่อนลง :guilabel:`สถานะการชำระเงิน` " +"และเลือกผลลัพธ์ที่ต้องการ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst-1 msgid "Payment status outcomes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ผลลัพธ์สถานะการชำระเงิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:29 msgid "Transaction state" -msgstr "" +msgstr "สถานะการทำธุรกรรม" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -48255,10 +51444,17 @@ msgid "" " on the state bar (:guilabel:`Draft, Pending, Authorized, Confirmed, " "Canceled, Error`)." msgstr "" +"หากคุณเลือก :guilabel:`รอดำเนินการ` เป็น **ผลการชำระเงิน** " +"คุณสามารถเปลี่ยนสถานะของธุรกรรมได้โดยตรงจากมุมมองแบบฟอร์ม " +"หากต้องการเข้าถึงมุมมองแบบฟอร์มของธุรกรรม ให้เปิดใช้งาน :ref:`โหมดนักพัฒนา " +"` และไปที่ :menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี / เว็บไซต์ --> " +"การกำหนดค่า --> ธุรกรรมการชำระเงิน` จากนั้น " +"เปลี่ยนสถานะของธุรกรรมโดยคลิกที่แถบสถานะ (:guilabel:`ร่าง, รอดำเนินการ, " +"ได้รับอนุญาต, ยืนยันแล้ว, ยกเลิกแล้ว, เกิดข้อผิดพลาด`)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst-1 msgid "Transaction's status bar." -msgstr "" +msgstr "แถบสถานะของธุรกรรม" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:3 msgid "Flutterwave" @@ -48270,10 +51466,13 @@ msgid "" "established in Nigeria and covering several African countries and payment " "methods." msgstr "" +"`Flutterwave `_ " +"เป็นผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินออนไลน์ที่ก่อตั้งขึ้นในประเทศไนจีเรีย " +"และครอบคลุมหลายประเทศในแอฟริกา รวมถึงวิธีการชำระเงิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:11 msgid "Configuration on Flutterwave Dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การกำหนดค่าบนแดชบอร์ด Flutterwave" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -48282,6 +51481,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Public Key` and :guilabel:`Secret Key` fields and save them for " "later." msgstr "" +"เข้าสู่ระบบ `แดชบอร์ด Flutterwave `_ " +"และไปที่ :menuselection:`การตั้งค่า --> API` คัดลอกค่าของฟิลด์ " +":guilabel:`คีย์สาธารณะ` และ :guilabel:`คีย์รหัส` และบันทึกไว้ใช้ในภายหลัง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -48289,35 +51491,40 @@ msgid "" "URL followed by `/payment/flutterwave/webhook` in the :guilabel:`URL` text " "field." msgstr "" +"ไปที่ :menuselection:`การตั้งค่า -> เว็บฮุค` และป้อน URL ฐานข้อมูล Odoo " +"ของคุณ ตามด้วย `/payment/flutterwave/webhook` ในช่องข้อความ :guilabel:`URL`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:0 msgid "" "For example: `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/flutterwave/webhook`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตัวอย่าง: `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/flutterwave/webhook`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:19 msgid "" "Fill the :guilabel:`Secret hash` with a password that you generate and save " "its value for later." msgstr "" +"กรอก :guilabel:`รหัสแฮช` ด้วยรหัสผ่านที่คุณสร้างและบันทึกค่าไว้ใช้ในภายหลัง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:20 msgid "Make sure *all* the remaining checkboxes are ticked." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าได้ทำเครื่องหมายในช่อง *ทั้งหมด* ที่เหลือแล้ว" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:21 msgid "Click on **Save** to finalize the configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "คลิก **บันทึก** เพื่อสิ้นสุดการกำหนดค่า" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst-1 msgid "Flutterwave settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การตั้งค่า Flutterwave" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:31 msgid "" ":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Flutterwave " "` and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." msgstr "" +":ref:`นำทางไปยังผู้ให้บริการการชำระเงิน Flutterwave " +"` และเปลี่ยนสถานะเป็น :guilabel:`เปิดใช้งานแล้ว`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -48325,6 +51532,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Secret Key`, and :guilabel:`Webhook Secret` with the values you " "saved at the step :ref:`payment_providers/flutterwave/configure_dashboard`." msgstr "" +"ในแท็บ :guilabel:`ข้อมูลรับรอง` ให้กรอก :guilabel:`คีย์สาธารณะ`, " +":guilabel:`คีย์รหัส` และ :guilabel:`รหัสเว็บฮุค` " +"ด้วยค่าที่คุณบันทึกไว้ในขั้นตอน :ref:`payment_providers/ " +"flutterwave/configure_dashboard`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -48333,6 +51544,10 @@ msgid "" "as payment tokens. To do so, go to your Flutterwave Dashboard and then to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Account Settings`." msgstr "" +"หากคุณเลือกที่จะอนุญาตให้บันทึกวิธีการชำระเงิน " +"ขอแนะนำให้เปิดใช้งานการชำระเงินด้วยบัตรจากแดชบอร์ด Flutterwave เท่านั้น " +"เนื่องจากสามารถบันทึกได้เฉพาะบัตรเป็นโทเค็นการชำระเงิน โดยไปที่ Flutterwave " +"Dashboard จากนั้นไปที่ :menuselection:`การตั้งค่า -> การตั้งค่าบัญชี`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:3 msgid "Mercado Pago" @@ -48344,10 +51559,13 @@ msgid "" " covering several countries, currencies and payment methods in Latin " "America." msgstr "" +"`Mercado Pago `_ " +"เป็นผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินออนไลน์ที่ครอบคลุมหลายประเทศ สกุลเงิน " +"และวิธีการชำระเงินในละตินอเมริกา" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:11 msgid "Configuration on Mercado Pago Dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การกำหนดค่าบนแดชบอร์ด Mercado Pago" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -48355,6 +51573,9 @@ msgid "" "`_ and select your " "application or create a new one." msgstr "" +"เข้าสู่ระบบ `แดชบอร์ด Mercado Pago " +"`_ " +"และเลือกแอปพลิเคชันของคุณหรือสร้างแอปพลิเคชันใหม่" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -48362,10 +51583,14 @@ msgid "" "application page, then select the industry, optionally enter your domain, " "and click :guilabel:`Activar credenciales de producción`." msgstr "" +"เลือก :guilabel:`Credenciales de producción` " +"ในส่วนด้านซ้ายของหน้าแอปพลิเคชัน จากนั้นเลือกอุตสาหกรรม " +"หรือระบุโดเมนของคุณด้วย แล้วคลิก :guilabel:`Activar credenciales de " +"producción`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:18 msgid "Copy the :guilabel:`Access token` and save it for later." -msgstr "" +msgstr "คัดลอก :guilabel:`โทเค็นการเข้าถึง` และบันทึกไว้ใช้ในภายหลัง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -48373,16 +51598,21 @@ msgid "" " prueba` in the left part of the application page, then copy the test " ":guilabel:`Access token`." msgstr "" +"หากคุณกำลังลองใช้ Mercado Pago แบบทดสอบ ให้เลือก :guilabel:`Credienciales de" +" prueba` ในส่วนด้านซ้ายของหน้าแอปพลิเคชัน จากนั้นคัดลอกการทดสอบ " +":guilabel:`โทเค็นการเข้าถึง`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst-1 msgid "Production and testing credentials in Mercado Pago." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ข้อมูลรับรองการผลิตและการทดสอบใน Mercado Pago" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:32 msgid "" ":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Mercado Pago " "` and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." msgstr "" +":ref:`นำทางไปยังผู้ให้บริการชำระเงิน Mercado Pago " +"` และเปลี่ยนสถานะเป็น :guilabel:`เปิดใช้งานแล้ว`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -48390,11 +51620,16 @@ msgid "" "with the value you saved at the " ":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard` step." msgstr "" +"ในแท็บ :guilabel:`ข้อมูลรับรอง` ให้กรอก :guilabel:`โทเค็นการเข้าถึง` " +"ด้วยค่าที่คุณบันทึกไว้ในขั้นตอน " +":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:40 msgid "" "`Mercado Pago Odoo webinar `_" msgstr "" +"`การสัมมนาผ่านเว็บที่ Mercado Pago Odoo " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:3 msgid "Mollie" @@ -48405,24 +51640,32 @@ msgid "" "`Mollie `_ is an online payments platform " "established in the Netherlands." msgstr "" +"`Mollie `_ " +"เป็นแพลตฟอร์มการชำระเงินออนไลน์ที่ก่อตั้งขึ้นในประเทศเนเธอร์แลนด์" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:16 msgid "" "Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your Mollie account, " "which comprise:" msgstr "" +"Odoo ต้องการ **ข้อมูลรับรอง API** ของคุณเพื่อเชื่อมต่อกับบัญชี Mollie ของคุณ" +" ซึ่งประกอบด้วย:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:18 msgid "" "**API Key**: The test or live API Key depending on the configuration of the " "provider." msgstr "" +"**คีย์ API**: การทดสอบหรือคีย์ API " +"แบบไลฟ์จะขึ้นอยู่กับการกำหนดค่าของผู้ให้บริการ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:20 msgid "" "You can copy your credentials from your Mollie account, and paste them in " "the related fields under the **Credentials** tab." msgstr "" +"คุณสามารถคัดลอกข้อมูลรับรองจากบัญชี Mollie " +"และวางลงในช่องที่เกี่ยวข้องใต้แท็บ **ข้อมูลรับรอง**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -48430,6 +51673,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Developers --> API keys`, and copy your Test or Live **API " "Key**." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการดึงข้อมูลคีย์ API ของคุณ ให้เข้าสู่ระบบบัญชี Mollie ของคุณ ไปที่ " +":menuselection:`นักพัฒนา --> คีย์ API` และคัดลอก **คีย์ API** " +"การทดสอบหรือใช้งานจริงของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -48437,6 +51683,9 @@ msgid "" "**State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database, " "rather than on your main database." msgstr "" +"หากคุณกำลังลองใช้ Mollie เป็นแบบทดสอบ โดยใช้คีย์ทดสอบ API ให้เปลี่ยน " +"**สถานะ** เป็น *โหมดทดสอบ* เราแนะนำให้ทำเช่นนี้กับฐานข้อมูลทดสอบบน Odoo " +"แทนที่จะทำบนฐานข้อมูลหลักของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:3 msgid "Ogone" @@ -48448,31 +51697,35 @@ msgid "" "Services** is a France-based company that provides the technology involved " "in secure electronic transactions." msgstr "" +"`Ogone `_ หรือที่รู้จักในชื่อ **Ingenico Payment " +"Services** " +"เป็นบริษัทในฝรั่งเศสที่ให้บริการเทคโนโลยีที่เกี่ยวข้องกับธุรกรรมทางอิเล็กทรอนิกส์ที่ปลอดภัย" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:10 msgid "" "`Ogone's documentation `_." msgstr "" +"`เอกสารของ Ogone `_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:13 msgid "" "The provider Ogone is deprecated. It is recommended to use :doc:`stripe` " "instead." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ผู้ให้บริการ Ogone ถูกเลิกใช้งานแล้ว แนะนำให้ใช้ :doc:`stripe` แทน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:16 msgid "Settings in Ogone" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การตั้งค่าใน Ogone" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:19 msgid "Create an API user" -msgstr "" +msgstr "สร้างผู้ใช้ API" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:21 msgid "" "Log into your Ogone account and head to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "เข้าสู่ระบบบัญชี Ogone ของคุณและไปที่แท็บ :guilabel:`การกำหนดค่า`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -48482,30 +51735,39 @@ msgid "" "access to your Ogone configuration is possible. Additionally, passwords for " "**API users** do not need to be updated regularly, unlike normal users." msgstr "" +"คุณต้องสร้าง **ผู้ใช้ API** เพื่อใช้ในการสร้างธุรกรรมจาก Odoo " +"แม้ว่าคุณสามารถใช้บัญชีหลักของคุณในการทำเช่นนั้นได้ แต่การใช้ **ผู้ใช้ API**" +" จะทำให้แน่ใจได้ว่าหากข้อมูลรับรองที่ใช้ใน Odoo รั่วไหล " +"คุณจะเข้าถึงการกำหนดค่า Ogone ของคุณไม่ได้ นอกจากนี้ รหัสผ่านสำหรับผู้ใช้ " +"**API** ไม่จำเป็นต้องได้รับการอัปเดตเป็นประจำ ซึ่งต่างจากผู้ใช้ทั่วไป" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:28 msgid "" "To create an **API user**, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Users` " "and click on :guilabel:`New User`. The following fields must be configured:" msgstr "" +"หากต้องการสร้าง **ผู้ใช้ API** ให้ไปที่ :menuselection:`การกำหนดค่า -> " +"ผู้ใช้` และคลิกที่ :guilabel:`ผู้ใช้ใหม่` ต้องกำหนดค่าฟิลด์ต่อไปนี้:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:33 msgid ":guilabel:`UserID`: you can choose anything you want." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`UserID`: คุณสามารถเลือกอะไรก็ได้ที่คุณต้องการ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`User's Name, E-mail and Timezone`: you can enter the information " "you want." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`ชื่อผู้ใช้, อีเมล และเขตเวลา`: " +"คุณสามารถป้อนข้อมูลที่คุณต้องการได้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Profile`: should be set to :guilabel:`Admin`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`โปรไฟล์`: ควรตั้งค่าเป็น :guilabel:`แอดมิน`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:36 msgid ":guilabel:`Special user for API`: should be checked." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`ผู้ใช้พิเศษสำหรับ API`: ควรถูกเลือก" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -48513,6 +51775,8 @@ msgid "" "Save the password and **UserID**, as they will be required later on during " "the setup." msgstr "" +"หลังจากสร้างผู้ใช้แล้ว คุณจะต้องสร้างรหัสผ่าน บันทึกรหัสผ่านและ " +"**รหัสผู้ใช้** เนื่องจากจะต้องใช้ในภายหลังระหว่างการตั้งค่า" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -48520,10 +51784,13 @@ msgid "" "error. If not, simply click the :guilabel:`Activate(Errors)` button to reset" " the user." msgstr "" +"หากคุณได้ตั้งค่าผู้ใช้ไว้แล้ว " +"ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าได้เปิดใช้งานโดยไม่มีข้อผิดพลาดใดๆ หากไม่เป็นเช่นนั้น " +"เพียงคลิกปุ่ม :guilabel:`เปิดใช้งาน (ข้อผิดพลาด)` เพื่อรีเซ็ตผู้ใช้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:46 msgid "Set up Ogone for Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตั้งค่า Ogone สำหรับ Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -48534,6 +51801,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Data and Origin verification` tab of the same page and leave the " "URL field of the :guilabel:`e-Commerce and Alias Gateway` section blank." msgstr "" +"ตอนนี้ต้องกำหนดค่า Ogone ให้ยอมรับการชำระเงินจาก Odoo ไปที่ " +":menuselection:`การกำหนดค่า --> ข้อมูลทางเทคนิค --> พารามิเตอร์ Global " +"Security` เลือก :guilabel:`SHA-512` เป็น :guilabel:`อัลกอริทึมแฮช` และ " +":guilabel:`UTF-8` เป็น :guilabel: `การเข้ารหัสอักขระ` จากนั้น ไปที่แท็บ " +":guilabel:`การตรวจสอบข้อมูลและที่มา` ของหน้าเดียวกัน และปล่อยให้ช่อง URL " +"ของส่วน :guilabel:`อีคอมเมิร์ซและนามแฝงเกตเวย์` ว่างไว้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -48544,6 +51817,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Credentials` tab, select the algorithm you wish to use in the " ":guilabel:`Hash function` field." msgstr "" +"หากคุณต้องการใช้อัลกอริธึมอื่น เช่น `sha-1` หรือ `sha-256` ภายใน Odoo " +"ให้เปิดใช้งาน :ref:`โหมดนักพัฒนา ` และไปที่หน้า " +"**ผู้ให้บริการชำระเงิน** ใน :menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี --> การกำหนดค่า --> " +"ผู้ให้บริการชำระเงิน` คลิกที่ :guilabel:`Ogone` และในแท็บ " +":guilabel:`ข้อมูลรับรอง` ให้เลือกอัลกอริทึมที่คุณต้องการใช้ในฟิลด์ " +":guilabel:`ฟังก์ชันแฮช`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -48553,6 +51832,11 @@ msgid "" "the `sha-1` algorithm, both systems can ensure that the information they " "receive from the other was not altered or tampered with." msgstr "" +"ตอนนี้คุณจำเป็นต้องสร้างข้อความรหัสผ่าน **SHA-IN** ข้อความรหัสผ่าน **SHA-" +"IN** และ **SHA-OUT** " +"ใช้เพื่อลงนามแบบดิจิทัลในคำขอธุรกรรมและการตอบกลับระหว่าง Odoo และ Ogone " +"ด้วยการใช้ข้อความรหัสผ่านเหล่านี้และอัลกอริธึม `sha-1` " +"ทั้งสองระบบสามารถมั่นใจได้ว่าข้อมูลที่พวกเขาได้รับจากอีกฝ่ายจะไม่ถูกเปลี่ยนแปลงหรือดัดแปลง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -48560,6 +51844,9 @@ msgid "" "e-Commerce & Alias Gateway` and :guilabel:`Checks for DirectLink and Batch " "(Automatic)`. You can leave the IP address field blank." msgstr "" +"ป้อนข้อความรหัสผ่าน **SHA-IN** เดียวกันทั้งใน " +":guilabel:`ตรวจสอบอีคอมเมิร์ซและนามแฝงเกตเวย์` และ :guilabel:`ตรวจสอบ " +"DirectLink และ Batch (อัตโนมัติ)` คุณสามารถเว้นช่องที่อยู่ IP ว่างไว้ได้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -48568,6 +51855,10 @@ msgid "" "OUT** passphrases throughout the entire Ogone configuration, as Odoo only " "allows a single **SHA-IN** and single **SHA-OUT** passphrase." msgstr "" +"ข้อความรหัสผ่าน **SHA-IN** และ **SHA-OUT** ของคุณควรแตกต่างกัน " +"และมีความยาวระหว่าง 16 ถึง 32 ตัวอักษร ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าใช้ข้อความรหัสผ่าน " +"**SHA-IN** และ **SHA-OUT** เดียวกันตลอดทั้งการกำหนดค่า Ogone เนื่องจาก Odoo " +"อนุญาตข้อความรหัสผ่านเพียง **SHA-IN** และ **SHA-OUT** เดียวเท่านั้น" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -48577,12 +51868,19 @@ msgid "" "**API Key** and **Client Key**. Be careful to copy your API key as you’ll " "not be allowed to get it later without generating a new one." msgstr "" +"เพื่อดึงคีย์ **SHA-OUT** ให้เข้าสู่ระบบบัญชี Ogone ของคุณ ไปที่ " +":menuselection:`การกำหนดค่า --> ข้อมูลทางเทคนิค --> " +"ข้อเสนอแนะเกี่ยวกับธุรกรรม --> โหมดการส่งธุรกรรมทั้งหมด` และรับหรือสร้าง " +"**คีย์ API** และ **ไคลเอ็นต์คีย์** ของคุณ โปรดระมัดระวังในการคัดลอกรหัส API " +"ของคุณ เนื่องจากคุณจะไม่ได้รับอนุญาตให้รับในภายหลังโดยไม่สร้างคีย์ใหม่" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:78 msgid "" "When done, head to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Technical Information " "--> Transaction Feedback` and check the following options:" msgstr "" +"เมื่อเสร็จแล้ว ให้ไปที่ :menuselection:`การกำหนดค่า -> ข้อมูลทางเทคนิค -> " +"ข้อเสนอแนะเกี่ยวกับธุรกรรม` และตรวจสอบตัวเลือกต่อไปนี้:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -48590,24 +51888,32 @@ msgid "" "can be left empty, as Odoo will specify these URLs for every transaction " "request." msgstr "" +"ช่อง :guilabel:`URL` สำหรับ :guilabel:`การเปลี่ยนเส้นทาง HTTP ในเบราว์เซอร์`" +" สามารถเว้นว่างไว้ได้ เนื่องจาก Odoo จะระบุ URL เหล่านี้สำหรับทุกคำขอธุรกรรม" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:83 msgid "" ":guilabel:`I would like to receive transaction feedback parameters on the " "redirection URLs`: should be checked." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`ฉันต้องการรับพารามิเตอร์ผลตอบรับธุรกรรมใน URL การเปลี่ยนเส้นทาง`:" +" ควรถูกเลือก" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Direct HTTP server-to-server request`: should to be set to " "`Online but switch to a deferred request when the online request fails`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`คำขอ HTTP แบบเซิร์ฟเวอร์ต่อเซิร์ฟเวอร์โดยตรง`: ควรตั้งค่าเป็น " +"'ออนไลน์ แต่เปลี่ยนเป็นคำขอที่เลื่อนออกไปเมื่อคำขอออนไลน์ล้มเหลว'" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:87 msgid "" "Both **URL** fields should contain the same following URL, with `` " "replaced by your database: `https:///payment/ogone/return`." msgstr "" +"**URL** ทั้งสองช่องควรมี URL ต่อไปนี้เหมือนกัน โดยแทนที่ `` " +"ด้วยฐานข้อมูลของคุณ: `https:///payment/ogone/return`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -48617,12 +51923,18 @@ msgid "" "included (if you have another integration with Ogone that requires them), " "but are not advised." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`พารามิเตอร์อีคอมเมิร์ซแบบไดนามิก` ควรมีค่าต่อไปนี้: `ALIAS`, " +"`AMOUNT`, `CARDNO`, `CN`, `CURRENCY`, `IP`, `NCERROR` `ORDERID`, `PAYID`, ` " +"PM`, `สถานะ`, `TRXDATE` สามารถรวมพารามิเตอร์อื่นๆ ได้ " +"(หากคุณมีการผสานรวมอื่นกับ Ogone ที่ต้องการ) แต่ไม่แนะนำ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:94 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`All transaction submission modes` section, fill out **SHA-" "OUT** passphrase and disable `HTTP request for status change`." msgstr "" +"ในส่วน :guilabel:`โหมดการส่งธุรกรรมทั้งหมด` ให้กรอกข้อความรหัสผ่าน **SHA-" +"OUT** และปิดการใช้งาน `คำขอ HTTP สำหรับการเปลี่ยนสถานะ`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -48632,11 +51944,16 @@ msgid "" "card details saved, for how long the information is saved, if a checkbox to " "save the card information should be displayed, etc." msgstr "" +"เพื่อให้ลูกค้าของคุณสามารถบันทึกข้อมูลประจำตัวบัตรเครดิตเพื่อใช้ในอนาคต " +"โปรดไปที่ :menuselection:`การกำหนดค่า --> นามแฝง --> ข้อมูลนามแฝงของฉัน` " +"จากแท็บนี้ คุณสามารถกำหนดค่าวิธีที่ผู้ใช้สามารถบันทึกรายละเอียดการ์ด " +"ระยะเวลาในการบันทึกข้อมูล หากควรแสดงช่องทำเครื่องหมายเพื่อบันทึกข้อมูลการ์ด " +"ฯลฯ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:103 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:83 msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การตั้งค่าใน Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -48646,6 +51963,11 @@ msgid "" "fill out the other fields as configured in your :ref:`Ogone portal " "`." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการตั้งค่า Ogone ใน Odoo ให้ไปที่ :menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี -> " +"การกำหนดค่า -> ผู้ให้บริการการชำระเงิน` และเปิดผู้ให้บริการ Ogone ในแท็บ " +":guilabel:`ข้อมูลรับรอง` ให้ป้อน **PSPID** ของบัญชี Ogone ของคุณ " +"และกรอกข้อมูลในช่องอื่นๆ ตามที่กำหนดค่าใน :ref:`พอร์ทัล Ogone ` " +"ของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:3 msgid "PayPal" @@ -48657,6 +51979,9 @@ msgid "" "available worldwide, and one of the few that does not charge a subscription " "fee." msgstr "" +"`Paypal `_ " +"เป็นผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินออนไลน์สัญชาติอเมริกันที่ให้บริการทั่วโลก " +"และเป็นหนึ่งในไม่กี่รายที่ไม่เรียกเก็บค่าธรรมเนียมการสมัครสมาชิก" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -48666,10 +51991,15 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" +"แม้ว่า PayPal มีให้บริการใน `มากกว่า 200 ประเทศ/ภูมิภาค " +"`_ แต่รองรับ " +"`สกุลเงินเพียงบางสกุลเท่านั้น " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:14 msgid "Settings in PayPal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การตั้งค่าใน PayPal" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -48677,26 +52007,32 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Account Settings`, and open the :guilabel:`Website payments` " "menu." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการเข้าถึงการตั้งค่าบัญชี PayPal ของคุณ ให้เข้าสู่ระบบ PayPal เปิด " +":guilabel:`การตั้งค่าบัญชี` และเปิดเมนู :guilabel:`การชำระเงินผ่านเว็บไซต์`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst-1 msgid "PayPal account menu" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เมนูบัญชี PayPal" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:24 msgid "" "Note that for PayPal to work **in Odoo**, the options :ref:`Auto Return " "` and :ref:`PDT ` **must** be enabled." msgstr "" +"โปรดทราบว่าเพื่อให้ PayPal ทำงาน **ใน Odoo** ตัวเลือก :ref:`ส่งคืนอัตโนมัติ " +"` และ :ref:`PDT ` **ต้อง** เปิดใช้งานอยู่" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:30 msgid "Auto Return" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ส่งคืนอัตโนมัติ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:32 msgid "" "The **Auto Return** feature automatically redirects customers to Odoo once " "the payment is processed." msgstr "" +"ฟีเจอร์ **ส่งคืนอัตโนมัติ** จะเปลี่ยนเส้นทางลูกค้าไปยัง Odoo " +"โดยอัตโนมัติเมื่อประมวลผลการชำระเงินแล้ว" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -48706,16 +52042,24 @@ msgid "" "`https://yourcompany.odoo.com`) in the :guilabel:`Return URL` field, and " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"จาก :guilabel:`การชำระเงินเว็บไซต์` ให้ไปที่ " +":menuselection:`การตั้งค่าเว็บไซต์ --> อัปเดต --> " +"การส่งคืนการชำระเงินเว็บไซต์อัตโนมัติ --> การส่งคืนอัตโนมัติ` และเลือก " +":guilabel:`เปิด` ป้อนที่อยู่ฐานข้อมูล Odoo ของคุณ (เช่น " +"`https://yourcompany.odoo.com`) ในช่อง :guilabel:`URL ส่งคืน` และ " +":guilabel:`บันทึก`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:40 msgid "" "Any URL does the job. Odoo only needs the setting to be enabled since it " "uses another URL." msgstr "" +"URL ใดๆ ก็สามารถทำงานได้ Odoo " +"จำเป็นต้องเปิดใช้งานการตั้งค่าเท่านั้นเนื่องจากใช้ URL อื่น" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:45 msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การถ่ายโอนข้อมูลการชำระเงิน (PDT)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -48724,6 +52068,10 @@ msgid "" " of the payments. From :menuselection:`Website preferences --> Update`, " "scroll down to :guilabel:`Payment data transfer` and select :guilabel:`On`." msgstr "" +":abbr:`PDT (การโอนข้อมูลการชำระเงิน)` ช่วยให้ได้รับการยืนยันการชำระเงิน " +"แสดงสถานะการชำระเงินให้กับลูกค้า และตรวจสอบความถูกต้องของการชำระเงิน จาก " +":menuselection:`การตั้งค่าเว็บไซต์ --> อัปเดต` ให้เลื่อนลงไปที่ " +":guilabel:`การถ่ายโอนข้อมูลการชำระเงิน` และเลือก :guilabel:`เปิด`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -48732,10 +52080,15 @@ msgid "" "are enabled. If you need the **PDT Identity Token**, disable and re-enable " ":guilabel:`Payment data transfer` to display the token again." msgstr "" +"PayPal จะแสดง **โทเค็นประจำตัว PDT** ของคุณทันทีที่ :ref:`ส่งคืนอัตโนมัติ " +"` และ :ref:`การถ่ายโอนข้อมูลการชำระเงิน (PDT) " +"` ถูกเปิดใช้งาน หากคุณต้องการ **โทเค็นประจำตัว PDT** " +"ให้ปิดใช้งานและเปิดใช้งานอีกครั้ง :guilabel:`การถ่ายโอนข้อมูลการชำระเงิน` " +"เพื่อแสดงโทเค็นอีกครั้ง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:57 msgid "PayPal Account Optional" -msgstr "" +msgstr "บัญชี PayPal ตัวเลือก" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -48745,10 +52098,15 @@ msgid "" "Settings --> Website payments --> Update` and select :guilabel:`On` for " ":guilabel:`PayPal account optional`." msgstr "" +"เราไม่แนะนำให้ลูกค้าเข้าสู่ระบบด้วยบัญชี PayPal เมื่อชำระเงิน " +"ลูกค้าสามารถชำระเงินด้วยบัตรเดบิต/เครดิตได้สะดวกและสะดวกยิ่งขึ้น " +"หากต้องการปิดใช้งานข้อความแจ้งดังกล่าว ให้ไปที่ " +":menuselection:`การตั้งค่าบัญชี --> การชำระเงินของเว็บไซต์ --> อัปเดต` " +"และเลือก :guilabel:`เปิด` สำหรับ :guilabel:`บัญชี PayPal ตัวเลือก`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:65 msgid "Payment Messages Format" -msgstr "" +msgstr "รูปแบบข้อความการชำระเงิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -48757,6 +52115,10 @@ msgid "" " encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to PayPal. If you do " "not, some transactions fail without notice." msgstr "" +"หากคุณใช้อักขระเน้นเสียง (หรือสิ่งอื่นที่ไม่ใช่อักขระละตินหลัก) " +"สำหรับชื่อหรือที่อยู่ลูกค้า คุณ **ต้อง** " +"กำหนดค่ารูปแบบการเข้ารหัสของคำขอการชำระเงินที่ส่งโดย Odoo ไปยัง PayPal " +"หากคุณไม่ทำธุรกรรมบางอย่างจะล้มเหลวโดยไม่ต้องแจ้งให้ทราบล่วงหน้า" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -48765,12 +52127,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`More Options` and set the two default encoding formats as " ":guilabel:`UTF-8`." msgstr "" +"โดยไปที่ `บัญชีการผลิตของคุณ `_ จากนั้น คลิก " +":guilabel:`ตัวเลือกเพิ่มเติม` " +"และตั้งค่ารูปแบบการเข้ารหัสเริ่มต้นสองรูปแบบเป็น :guilabel:`UTF-8`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:76 msgid "" "For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " "`Paypal documentation `_." msgstr "" +"สำหรับข้อผิดพลาดการชำระเงินผ่านเว็บไซต์ที่เข้ารหัส & EWP_SETTINGS " +"โปรดตรวจสอบ `เอกสาร Paypal `_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -48779,6 +52147,10 @@ msgid "" "bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`_ to configure the " "encoding format in a test environment." msgstr "" +"กำหนดค่า :ref:`บัญชี Paypal Sandbox ` ของคุณ จากนั้นไปที่ " +"`ลิงค์นี้ `_ เพื่อกำหนดค่า " +"รูปแบบการเข้ารหัสในสภาพแวดล้อมการทดสอบ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -48787,32 +52159,41 @@ msgid "" "Providers` and :guilabel:`Activate` PayPal. Then, enter your PayPal account " "credentials in the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab:" msgstr "" +"Odoo ต้องการ **ข้อมูลรับรอง API** ของคุณเพื่อเชื่อมต่อกับบัญชี PayPal ของคุณ" +" โดยไปที่ :menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี --> การกำหนดค่า --> " +"ผู้ให้บริการชำระเงิน` และ :guilabel:`เปิดใช้งาน` PayPal จากนั้น " +"ป้อนข้อมูลรับรองบัญชี PayPal ของคุณในแท็บ :guilabel:`ข้อมูลรับรอง`:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:92 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: the login email address in Paypal;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`อีเมล`: ที่อยู่อีเมลสำหรับเข้าสู่ระบบใน Paypal;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`PDT Identity Token`: the key used to verify the authenticity of " "transactions." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`โทเค็นประจำตัว PDT`: คีย์ที่ใช้ในการตรวจสอบความถูกต้องของธุรกรรม" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:98 msgid "Test environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ทดสอบสภาพแวดล้อม" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:103 msgid "" "Thanks to PayPal sandbox accounts, you can test the entire payment flow in " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"ด้วยบัญชี Sandbox ของ PayPal คุณสามารถทดสอบขั้นตอนการชำระเงินทั้งหมดใน Odoo " +"ได้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:105 msgid "" "Log into the `Paypal Developer Site `_ using " "your PayPal credentials, which creates two sandbox accounts:" msgstr "" +"เข้าสู่ระบบ `ไซต์นักพัฒนา Paypal `_ " +"โดยใช้ข้อมูลรับรอง PayPal ของคุณ ซึ่งจะสร้างบัญชีแซนด์บ็อกซ์สองบัญชี:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -48820,12 +52201,16 @@ msgid "" "`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " "`_);" msgstr "" +"บัญชีธุรกิจ (เพื่อใช้เป็นผู้ค้า เช่น `pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"`_)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:110 msgid "" "A default personal account (to use as shoppers, e.g., " "`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `_)." msgstr "" +"บัญชีส่วนตัวเริ่มต้น (เพื่อใช้เป็นผู้ซื้อ เช่น `pp.merch01-buyer@example.com" +" `_)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -48835,10 +52220,16 @@ msgid "" "PayPal` in the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, and make sure the status is set " "on :guilabel:`Test Mode`." msgstr "" +"เข้าสู่ระบบแซนด์บ็อกซ์ของ PayPal โดยใช้บัญชีผู้ค้า " +"และปฏิบัติตามคำแนะนำในการกำหนดค่าเดียวกัน " +"ป้อนข้อมูลประจำตัวแซนด์บ็อกซ์ของคุณใน Odoo (:menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี --> " +"การกำหนดค่า --> ผู้ให้บริการชำระเงิน --> PayPal` ในแท็บ " +":guilabel:`ข้อมูลรับรอง` และตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าสถานะได้รับการตั้งค่าเป็น " +":guilabel:`โหมดทดสอบ`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:118 msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ทำการทดสอบธุรกรรมจาก Odoo โดยใช้บัญชี Sandbox ส่วนตัว" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:3 msgid "Razorpay" @@ -48849,10 +52240,13 @@ msgid "" "`Razorpay `_ is an online payments provider " "established in India and covering more than 100 payment methods." msgstr "" +"`Razorpay `_ " +"เป็นผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินออนไลน์ที่ก่อตั้งขึ้นในประเทศอินเดียและครอบคลุมวิธีการชำระเงินมากกว่า" +" 100 วิธี" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:11 msgid "Configuration on Razorpay Dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การกำหนดค่าบนแดชบอร์ด Razorpay" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -48861,6 +52255,9 @@ msgid "" "values of the :guilabel:`Key Id` and :guilabel:`Secret Key` fields and save " "them for later." msgstr "" +"เข้าสู่ระบบ `แดชบอร์ด Razorpay `_ และไปที่ " +":menuselection:`การตั้งค่า -> คีย์ API` สร้างคีย์ใหม่และคัดลอกค่าของฟิลด์ " +":guilabel:`คีย์ Id` และ :guilabel:`คีย์รหัส` และบันทึกไว้ใช้ในภายหลัง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -48868,16 +52265,20 @@ msgid "" " Webhook`, and enter your Odoo database URL followed by " "`/payment/razorpay/webhook` in the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` text field." msgstr "" +"ไปที่ :menuselection:`การตั้งค่า -> เว็บฮุค` คลิกที่ " +":guilabel:`สร้างเว็บฮุคใหม่` และป้อน URL ฐานข้อมูล Odoo ของคุณ ตามด้วย " +"`/payment/razorpay/webhook` ในช่องข้อความ :guilabel:`URL เว็บฮุค`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:0 msgid "For example: `https://example.odoo.com/payment/razorpay/webhook`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตัวอย่าง: `https://example.odoo.com/payment/razorpay/webhook`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:20 msgid "" "Fill the :guilabel:`Secret` field with a password of your choice and save it" " for later." msgstr "" +"กรอกรหัสผ่านที่คุณต้องการในช่อง :guilabel:`รหัส` และบันทึกไว้ใช้ในภายหลัง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -48885,10 +52286,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`payment.failed`, :guilabel:`refund.failed` and " ":guilabel:`refund.processed` checkboxes are ticked." msgstr "" +"ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าได้ทำเครื่องหมายที่ช่อง :guilabel:`Payment.authorized`, " +":guilabel:`Payment.captured`, :guilabel:`Payment.failed`, " +":guilabel:`refund.failed` และ :guilabel:`refund.processed` แล้ว" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:24 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create Webhook` to finalize the configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "คลิกที่ :guilabel:`สร้างเว็บฮุค` เพื่อเสร็จสิ้นการกำหนดค่า" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -48896,12 +52300,18 @@ msgid "" "make recurring payments. Send a request to the `Razorpay Support team " "`_ to enable recurring payments." msgstr "" +"ต้องเปิดใช้งานฟีเจอร์ :guilabel:`การชำระเงินเป็นงวด` " +"หากคุณต้องการชำระเงินเป็นงวด ส่งคำขอไปยัง `ทีมสนับสนุน Razorpay " +"`_ " +"เพื่อเปิดใช้งานการชำระเงินที่เกิดขึ้นประจำ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:39 msgid "" ":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Razorpay `" " and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." msgstr "" +":ref:`นำทางไปยังผู้ให้บริการชำระเงิน Razorpay ` " +"และเปลี่ยนสถานะเป็น :guilabel:`เปิดใช้งานแล้ว`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -48909,56 +52319,66 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Key Secret`, and :guilabel:`Webhook Secret` with the values you " "saved at the step :ref:`payment_providers/razorpay/configure_dashboard`." msgstr "" +"ในแท็บ :guilabel:`ข้อมูลรับรอง` ให้กรอก :guilabel:`คีย์ Id`, " +":guilabel:`คีย์รหัส` และ :guilabel:`รหัสของเว็บฮุค` " +"ด้วยค่าที่คุณบันทึกไว้ในขั้นตอน " +":ref:`payment_providers/razorpay/configure_dashboard`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:47 msgid "If you configure Odoo to capture amounts manually:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "หากคุณกำหนดค่า Odoo ให้เรียกเก็บเงินด้วยตนเอง:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:49 msgid "" "Be aware that the **manual voiding** of a transaction is not supported by " "Razorpay." -msgstr "" +msgstr "โปรดทราบว่า Razorpay ไม่รองรับ **การยกเลิกด้วยตนเอง** ของธุรกรรม" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:50 msgid "" "After **five days**, if the transaction hasn't been captured yet, it'll " "automatically be **voided**." msgstr "" +"หลังจาก **ห้าวัน** หากธุรกรรมยังไม่ถูกเรียกเก็บเงิน ธุรกรรมดังกล่าวจะ " +"**ถือเป็นโมฆะ** โดยอัตโนมัติ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:3 msgid "SIPS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SIPS" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:5 msgid "" "`SIPS `_ is an online payments solution from " "the multinational Worldline." msgstr "" +"`SIPS `_ เป็นโซลูชั่นการชำระเงินออนไลน์จาก " +"Worldline ข้ามชาติ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:17 msgid "" "Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your SIPS account, which" " comprise:" msgstr "" +"Odoo ต้องการ **ข้อมูลรับรอง API** ของคุณเพื่อเชื่อมต่อกับบัญชี SIPS ของคุณ " +"ซึ่งประกอบด้วย:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:19 msgid "" "**Merchant ID**: The ID solely used to identify the merchant account with " "SIPS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**ID ผู้ค้า**: รหัสที่ใช้เพื่อระบุบัญชีผู้ค้าด้วย SIPS เท่านั้น" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:20 msgid "**Secret Key**: The key to sign the merchant account with SIPS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**คีย์รหัส**: คีย์สำคัญในการลงนามบัญชีผู้ค้ากับ SIPS" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:21 msgid "**Secret Key Version**: The version of the key, pre-filled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**เวอร์ชันคีย์รหัส**: เวอร์ชันของคีย์ที่กรอกไว้ล่วงหน้า" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:22 msgid "**Interface Version**: Pre-filled, don't change it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**เวอร์ชันอินเทอร์เฟซ**: ซึ่งเติมไว้ล่วงหน้า ห้ามเปลี่ยนแปลง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -48966,6 +52386,8 @@ msgid "" " in the section **PROD**, and paste them in the related fields under the " "**Credentials** tab." msgstr "" +"คุณสามารถคัดลอกข้อมูลประจำตัวของคุณจากเอกสารข้อมูลสภาพแวดล้อม SIPS " +"ของคุณได้ในส่วน **PROD** และวางในช่องที่เกี่ยวข้องใต้แท็บ **ข้อมูลรับรอง**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -48973,6 +52395,9 @@ msgid "" "**State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database, " "rather than on your main database." msgstr "" +"หากคุณกำลังลองใช้ SIPS เป็นการทดสอบ โดยใช้ข้อมูลรับรอง *ทดสอบ* ให้เปลี่ยน " +"**สถานะ** เป็น *โหมดทดสอบ* เราขอแนะนำให้ทำเช่นนี้กับฐานข้อมูลทดสอบบน Odoo " +"แทนที่จะทำบนฐานข้อมูลหลักของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:3 msgid "Stripe" @@ -48984,24 +52409,29 @@ msgid "" "solution provider allowing businesses to accept **credit cards** and other " "payment methods." msgstr "" +"`Stripe `_ " +"เป็นผู้ให้บริการโซลูชันการชำระเงินออนไลน์ในสหรัฐอเมริกาที่ช่วยให้ธุรกิจสามารถรับ" +" **บัตรเครดิต** และวิธีการชำระเงินอื่นๆ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:9 msgid "`List of countries supported by Stripe `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`รายชื่อประเทศที่ Stripe รองรับ `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:10 msgid "" "`List of payment methods supported by Stripe " "`_" msgstr "" +"`รายการวิธีการชำระเงินที่ Stripe รองรับ " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:13 msgid "Create your Stripe account with Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "สร้างบัญชี Stripe ของคุณด้วย Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:15 msgid "The method to acquire your credentials depends on your hosting type:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "วิธีการรับข้อมูลประจำตัวของคุณขึ้นอยู่กับประเภทโฮสติ้งของคุณ:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:29 @@ -49010,6 +52440,9 @@ msgid "" "` and click :guilabel:`Connect " "Stripe`." msgstr "" +":ref:`นำทางไปยังผู้ให้บริการการชำระเงิน Stripe " +"` และคลิก :guilabel:`เชื่อมต่อ " +"Stripe`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:31 @@ -49017,6 +52450,8 @@ msgid "" "Go through the setup process and confirm your email address when Stripe " "sends you a confirmation email." msgstr "" +"ทำตามขั้นตอนการตั้งค่าและยืนยันที่อยู่อีเมลของคุณเมื่อ Stripe " +"ส่งอีเมลยืนยันถึงคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -49024,24 +52459,29 @@ msgid "" "requested information has been submitted, you are then redirected to Odoo, " "and your payment provider is enabled." msgstr "" +"ในตอนท้ายของกระบวนการ คลิก :guilabel:`ตกลงและส่ง` " +"หากมีการส่งข้อมูลที่ร้องขอทั้งหมดแล้ว คุณจะถูกเปลี่ยนเส้นทางไปยัง Odoo " +"และผู้ให้บริการการชำระเงินของคุณจะถูกเปิดใช้งาน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:27 msgid "Odoo.sh or On-premise" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo.sh หรือภายในองค์กร" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:33 msgid "" "At the end of the process, click :guilabel:`Agree and submit`; you are then " "redirected to the payment provider **Stripe** in Odoo." msgstr "" +"ในตอนท้ายของกระบวนการ คลิก :guilabel:`เห็นด้วยและส่ง`; " +"จากนั้นคุณจะถูกเปลี่ยนเส้นทางไปยังผู้ให้บริการชำระเงิน **Stripe** ใน Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:35 msgid ":ref:`Fill in your credentials `." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`กรอกข้อมูลรับรองของคุณ `." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:36 msgid ":ref:`Generate a webhook `." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`สร้างเว็บฮุค `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -49051,6 +52491,10 @@ msgid "" "`, :ref:`generate a webhook `, and enable " "the payment provider." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการใช้บัญชี Stripe ที่มีอยู่ :ref:`เปิดใช้งานโหมดนักพัฒนา ` และ :ref:`เปิดใช้งาน Stripe ด้วยตนเอง ` " +"จากนั้น คุณสามารถ :ref:`กรอกข้อมูลประจำตัวของคุณ `, " +":ref:`สร้างเว็บฮุค ` และเปิดใช้งานผู้ให้บริการชำระเงิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -49063,16 +52507,26 @@ msgid "" " ` with the test keys, and set the :guilabel:`State` field " "to :guilabel:`Test Mode`." msgstr "" +"คุณยังสามารถทดสอบ Stripe ได้โดยใช้ :ref:`pay_providers/test-mode` โดยขั้นแรก" +" `เข้าสู่ระบบแดชบอร์ด Stripe ของคุณ " +"`_ แล้วสลับไปที่ **โหมดทดสอบ** " +"จากนั้น ใน Odoo :ref:`เปิดใช้งานโหมดนักพัฒนา `, " +":ref:`นำทางไปยังผู้ให้บริการการชำระเงิน Stripe " +"`, :ref:`กรอกข้อมูลรับรอง API ของคุณ " +"` ด้วยการทดสอบ และตั้งค่าฟิลด์ :guilabel:`สถานะ` เป็น " +":guilabel:`โหมดทดสอบ`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:54 msgid "Fill in your credentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "กรอกข้อมูลรับรองของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:56 msgid "" "If your **API credentials** are required to connect with your Stripe " "account, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" +"หาก **ข้อมูลรับรอง API** ของคุณจำเป็นต้องเชื่อมต่อกับบัญชี Stripe ของคุณ " +"ให้ดำเนินการดังนี้:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -49080,12 +52534,17 @@ msgid "" "`_, or log into your Stripe " "dashboard and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API Keys`." msgstr "" +"ไปที่ `หน้าคีย์ API บน Stripe " +"`_ หรือเข้าสู่ระบบแดชบอร์ด " +"Stripe ของคุณแล้วไปที่ :menuselection:`นักพัฒนา -> คีย์ API`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:60 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Standard keys` section, copy the :guilabel:`Publishable " "key` and the :guilabel:`Secret key` and save them for later." msgstr "" +"ในส่วน :guilabel:`คีย์มาตรฐาน` ให้คัดลอก :guilabel:`คีย์ที่เผยแพร่ได้` และ " +":guilabel:`คีย์รหัส` แล้วบันทึกไว้ใช้ในภายหลัง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:101 @@ -49093,36 +52552,45 @@ msgid "" "In Odoo, :ref:`navigate to the payment provider Stripe " "`." msgstr "" +"ใน Odoo :ref:`นำทางไปยังผู้ให้บริการการชำระเงิน Stripe " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:63 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Publishable Key` " "and :guilabel:`Secret Key` fields with the values you previously saved." msgstr "" +"ในแท็บ :guilabel:`ข้อมูลรับรอง` ให้กรอกข้อมูลในช่อง " +":guilabel:`คีย์ที่เผยแพร่ได้` และ :guilabel:`คีย์รหัส` " +"ด้วยค่าที่คุณบันทึกไว้ก่อนหน้านี้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:69 msgid "Generate a webhook" -msgstr "" +msgstr "สร้างเว็บฮุค" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:71 msgid "" "If your **Webhook Signing Secret** is required to connect with your Stripe " "account, you can create a webhook automatically or manually." msgstr "" +"หาก **รหัสลายเซ็นเว็บฮุค** ของคุณจำเป็นต้องเชื่อมต่อกับบัญชี Stripe ของคุณ " +"คุณสามารถสร้างเว็บฮุคได้โดยอัตโนมัติหรือด้วยตนเอง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:75 msgid "Create the webhook automatically" -msgstr "" +msgstr "สร้างเว็บฮุคโดยอัตโนมัติ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:77 msgid "" "Make sure your :ref:`Publishable and Secret keys ` are " "filled in, then click :guilabel:`Generate your webhook`." msgstr "" +"ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่ากรอก :ref:`เผยแพร่และคีย์รหัส ` แล้ว " +"จากนั้นคลิก :guilabel:`สร้างเว็บฮุคของคุณ`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:80 msgid "Create the webhook manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "สร้างเว็บฮุคด้วยตนเอง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -49130,6 +52598,9 @@ msgid "" "`_, or log into your Stripe dashboard" " and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`." msgstr "" +"ไปที่ `หน้าเว็บฮุคบน Stripe `_ " +"หรือเข้าสู่ระบบแดชบอร์ด Stripe ของคุณแล้วไปที่ :menuselection:`นักพัฒนา -> " +"เว็บฮุค`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -49138,18 +52609,26 @@ msgid "" "URL, followed by `/payment/stripe/webhook`, e.g., " "`https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/stripe/webhook`." msgstr "" +"ในส่วน :guilabel:`โฮสต์ปลายทาง` ให้คลิก :guilabel:`เพิ่มปลายทาง` จากนั้น " +"ในช่อง :guilabel:`URL ปลายทาง` ให้ป้อน URL ของฐานข้อมูล Odoo ตามด้วย " +"`/payment/stripe/webhook` เช่น " +"`https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/stripe/webhook`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:87 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Select events` at the bottom of the form, then select the " "following events:" msgstr "" +"คลิก :guilabel:`เลือกกิจกรรม` ที่ด้านล่างของแบบฟอร์ม " +"จากนั้นเลือกกิจกรรมต่อไปนี้:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:90 msgid "" "in the :guilabel:`Charge` section: :guilabel:`charge.refunded` and " ":guilabel:`charge.refund.updated`;" msgstr "" +"ในส่วน :guilabel:`ค่าธรรมเนียม`: :guilabel:`charge.refunded` และ " +":guilabel:`charge.refund.updated`;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -49159,32 +52638,43 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`payment_intent.processing`, and " ":guilabel:`payment_intent.succeeded`;" msgstr "" +"ในส่วน :guilabel:`จุดประสงค์ในการชำระเงิน`: " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated`, " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.payment_failed`, " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.processing` และ " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.succeeded`;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:96 msgid "" "in the :guilabel:`Setup intent` section: :guilabel:`setup_intent.succeeded`." msgstr "" +"ในส่วน :guilabel:`จุดประสงค์ในการชำระเงิน`: " +":guilabel:`setup_intent.succeeded`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:98 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add events`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "คลิก :guilabel:`เพิ่มกิจกรรม`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:99 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add endpoint`, then click :guilabel:`Reveal` and save your " ":guilabel:`Signing secret` for later." msgstr "" +"คลิก :guilabel:`เพิ่มปลายทาง` จากนั้นคลิก :guilabel:`เปิดเผย` และบันทึก " +":guilabel:`รหัสลายเซ็น` ไว้ใช้ในภายหลัง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:103 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill the :guilabel:`Webhook Signing " "Secret` field with the value you previously saved." msgstr "" +"ในแท็บ :guilabel:`ข้อมูลรับรอง` ให้กรอกข้อมูลในช่อง " +":guilabel:`รหัสลายเซ็นเว็บฮุค` ด้วยค่าที่คุณบันทึกไว้ก่อนหน้านี้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:107 msgid "" "You can select other events, but they are currently not processed by Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "คุณสามารถเลือกกิจกรรมอื่นได้ แต่ Odoo ยังไม่ประมวลผลกิจกรรมเหล่านั้น" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:110 msgid "Enable Apple Pay" @@ -49196,21 +52686,28 @@ msgid "" "orders, go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, enable :guilabel:`Allow " "Express Checkout`, and click :guilabel:`Enable Apple Pay`." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการอนุญาตให้ลูกค้าใช้ปุ่ม Apple Pay " +"เพื่อชำระเงินคำสั่งซื้ออีคอมเมิร์ซ ให้ไปที่แท็บ :guilabel:`การกำหนดค่า` " +"เปิดใช้งาน :guilabel:`อนุญาตให้ชำระเงินด่วน` และคลิก :guilabel:`เปิดใช้งาน " +"Apple Pay`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:117 msgid "" ":ref:`Express checkout and Google Pay `" msgstr "" +":ref:`การชำระเงินด่วนและ Google Pay `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:119 msgid "" ":doc:`Use Stripe as a payment terminal in Point of Sale " "<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`ใช้ Stripe เป็นจุดชำระเงินในการขายหน้าร้าน " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:3 msgid "Wire transfers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "โอนเงิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -49218,6 +52715,9 @@ msgid "" "instructions to your customers, such as the bank details and communication. " "They are displayed:" msgstr "" +"วิธีการชำระเงิน **การโอนเงิน** " +"ช่วยให้คุณสามารถให้คำแนะนำในการชำระเงินแก่ลูกค้าของคุณ เช่น " +"รายละเอียดธนาคารและการสื่อสาร ซึ่งจะแสดง:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -49225,18 +52725,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wire transfer` as a payment method and clicked the :guilabel:`Pay" " now` button:" msgstr "" +"ในตอนท้ายของกระบวนการชำระเงิน เมื่อลูกค้าเลือก :guilabel:`โอนเงิน` " +"เป็นวิธีการชำระเงิน และคลิกปุ่ม :guilabel:`ชำระเงินทันที`:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 msgid "Payment instructions at checkout" -msgstr "" +msgstr "คำแนะนำการชำระเงินเมื่อเช็คเอาท์" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:14 msgid "on the customer portal:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "บนพอร์ทัลลูกค้า:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 msgid "Payment instructions on the customer portal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "คำแนะนำการชำระเงินบนพอร์ทัลลูกค้า" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -49244,18 +52746,26 @@ msgid "" "inefficient process-wise. We recommend setting up a :doc:`payment provider " "<../payment_providers>` instead." msgstr "" +"แม้ว่าวิธีนี้จะเข้าถึงได้มากและต้องมีการตั้งค่าเพียงเล็กน้อย " +"แต่ก็ไม่มีประสิทธิภาพตามกระบวนการ เราแนะนำให้ตั้งค่า " +":doc:`ผู้ให้บริการการชำระเงิน <../payment_providers>` แทน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:22 msgid "" "Online orders remain in the :guilabel:`Quotation sent` (i.e., unpaid order) " "stage until you receive the payment and :guilabel:`Confirm` the order." msgstr "" +"คำสั่งซื้อออนไลน์จะยังคงอยู่ในขั้นตอน :guilabel:`ส่งใบเสนอราคาแล้ว` (เช่น " +"คำสั่งซื้อที่ยังไม่ได้ชำระเงิน) จนกว่าคุณจะได้รับการชำระเงินและ " +":guilabel:`ยืนยัน` คำสั่งซื้อ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:26 msgid "" "**Wire transfer** can be used as a template for other payment methods that " "are processed manually, such as checks, by renaming or duplicating it." msgstr "" +"**การโอนเงิน** สามารถใช้เป็นเทมเพลตสำหรับวิธีการชำระเงินอื่นๆ " +"ที่ดำเนินการด้วยตนเอง เช่น เช็ค โดยการเปลี่ยนชื่อหรือทำซ้ำ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -49263,32 +52773,38 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, and open the :guilabel:`Wire " "Transfer` card. Then, in the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab:" msgstr "" +"หากต้องการกำหนดค่า **การโอนเงิน** ให้ไปที่ :menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี / " +"เว็บไซต์ --> การกำหนดค่า --> ผู้ให้บริการชำระเงิน` และเปิดการ์ด " +":guilabel:`การโอนเงิน` จากนั้นในแท็บ :guilabel:`การกำหนดค่า`:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:36 msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Communication` to be used;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เลือก :guilabel:`การสื่อสาร` ที่จะใช้;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:38 msgid ":guilabel:`Based on Document Reference`: sales order or invoice number" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`ตามเอกสารอ้างอิง`: ใบสั่งขายหรือหมายเลขใบแจ้งหนี้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:39 msgid ":guilabel:`Based on Customer ID`: customer identifier" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`ตามรหัสลูกค้า`: ตัวระบุลูกค้า" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:41 msgid "" "Tick the :guilabel:`Enable QR codes` check box to activate :doc:`QR code " "payments <../accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code>`." msgstr "" +"ทำเครื่องหมายที่ช่อง :guilabel:`เปิดใช้งานรหัส QR โค้ด` เพื่อเปิดใช้งาน " +":doc:`การชำระเงินด้วยรหัส QR โค้ด " +"<../accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:44 msgid "Define the payment instructions in the :guilabel:`Messages` tab:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "กำหนดวิธีการชำระเงินในแท็บ :guilabel:`ข้อความ`:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst-1 msgid "Define payment instructions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "กำหนดคำแนะนำการชำระเงิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -49297,6 +52813,10 @@ msgid "" "by Odoo. You can also add it afterwards and update the message by clicking " ":guilabel:`Reload pending message`." msgstr "" +"หากคุณได้กำหนด :doc:`บัญชีธนาคาร <../accounting/bank>` แล้ว " +"หมายเลขบัญชีจะถูกเพิ่มลงในข้อความเริ่มต้นที่สร้างโดย Odoo โดยอัตโนมัติ " +"คุณสามารถเพิ่มในภายหลังและอัปเดตข้อความได้โดยคลิก " +":guilabel:`โหลดข้อความที่ค้างอยู่อีกครั้ง`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:54 msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/journal`" @@ -49312,16 +52832,22 @@ msgid "" "provider that covers several Southeast Asian countries. It allows businesses" " to accept credit cards as well as several local payment methods." msgstr "" +"`Xendit `_ " +"คือผู้ให้บริการโซลูชันการชำระเงินในประเทศอินโดนีเซีย " +"ซึ่งครอบคลุมหลายประเทศในเอเชียตะวันออกเฉียงใต้ " +"ช่วยให้ธุรกิจรับบัตรเครดิตและวิธีการชำระเงินในท้องถิ่นหลายวิธี" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:12 msgid "Configuration on the Xendit Dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การกำหนดค่าบนแดชบอร์ด Xendit" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:14 msgid "" "Create a Xendit account if necessary and log in to the `Xendit Dashboard " "`_." msgstr "" +"สร้างบัญชี Xendit หากจำเป็น และเข้าสู่ระบบ `แดชบอร์ด Xendit " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -49330,6 +52856,9 @@ msgid "" "customers. Switch to :guilabel:`Live Mode` once you are ready to accept " "payments." msgstr "" +"ตรวจสอบโหมดบัญชีของคุณที่มุมซ้ายบนของหน้า ใช้ :guilabel:`โหมดทดสอบ` " +"เพื่อลองรวมโดยไม่เรียกเก็บเงินจากลูกค้า เปลี่ยนเป็น :guilabel:`โหมดไลฟ์` " +"เมื่อคุณพร้อมที่จะรับการชำระเงิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -49337,6 +52866,9 @@ msgid "" " application page. In the :guilabel:`Developers` section, click `API Keys " "`_." msgstr "" +"ไปที่ :menuselection:`การกำหนดค่า: การตั้งค่า` " +"ในส่วนด้านซ้ายของหน้าแอปพลิเคชัน ในส่วน :guilabel:`นักพัฒนา` คลิก `คีย์ API " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -49345,6 +52877,10 @@ msgid "" "in Products` permission and :guilabel:`None` for all other permissions then " "click :guilabel:`Generate key`." msgstr "" +"คลิก :guilabel:`สร้างคีย์รหัส` ในกล่องป๊อปอัป ให้ป้อน :guilabel:`ชื่อคีย์ " +"API` เลือก :guilabel:`เขียน` สำหรับสิทธิ์ :guilabel:`สินค้า Money-in` และ " +":guilabel:`ไม่มี` สำหรับการอนุญาตอื่นๆ ทั้งหมด จากนั้นคลิก :guilabel " +":`สร้างคีย์`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -49352,6 +52888,9 @@ msgid "" "**save this information securely for later**. This is the only time the API " "key can be viewed or downloaded." msgstr "" +"ยืนยันรหัสผ่านของคุณเพื่อแสดงคีย์ API ของคุณ คัดลอกหรือดาวน์โหลดคีย์และ " +"**บันทึกข้อมูลนี้อย่างปลอดภัยไว้ใช้ในภายหลัง** " +"นี่เป็นครั้งเดียวที่สามารถดูหรือดาวน์โหลดคีย์ API ได้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -49359,6 +52898,9 @@ msgid "" "`_ section to " "generate the webhook token." msgstr "" +"เมื่อเสร็จแล้ว ให้เลื่อนลงไปที่ส่วน `เว็บฮุค " +"`_ " +"เพื่อสร้างโทเค็นเว็บฮุค" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -49366,12 +52908,17 @@ msgid "" "Verification Token`, then confirm your password to display the token. Save " "it for later." msgstr "" +"ใต้ :guilabel:`โทเค็นการยืนยันเว็บฮุค` ให้คลิก " +":guilabel:`ดูโทเค็นการยืนยันเว็บฮุค` " +"จากนั้นยืนยันรหัสผ่านของคุณเพื่อแสดงโทเค็น บันทึกไว้สำหรับภายหลัง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:33 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` section, enter your Odoo database URL (e.g., " -"`https://example.odoo.com`) in the field :guilabel:`Invoices paid` and click" -" the :guilabel:`Test and save` button next to it." +"In the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` section, enter your Odoo database's URL, " +"followed by `/payment/xendit/webhook` (e.g., " +"`https://example.odoo.com/payment/xendit/webhook`) in the field " +":guilabel:`Invoices paid` and click the :guilabel:`Test and save` button " +"next to it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:40 @@ -49379,6 +52926,8 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Xendit ` " "and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." msgstr "" +":ref:`นำทางไปยังผู้ให้บริการชำระเงิน Xendit ` " +"และเปลี่ยนสถานะเป็น :guilabel:`เปิดใช้งานแล้ว`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -49386,3 +52935,6 @@ msgid "" " the information saved at the step " ":ref:`payment_providers/xendit/configure_dashboard`." msgstr "" +"กรอกข้อมูลในช่อง :guilabel:`คีย์รหัส` และ :guilabel:`โทเค็นเว็บฮุค` " +"พร้อมด้วยข้อมูลที่บันทึกไว้ในขั้นตอน " +":ref:`payment_providers/xendit/configure_dashboard`" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 815ea7892..a3928eb11 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general.rst:3 msgid "General settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การตั้งค่าทั่วไป" #: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:3 msgid "Apps and modules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "แอปและโมดูล" #: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -37,16 +37,21 @@ msgid "" "and :ref:`uninstall ` all apps and modules from the " ":menuselection:`Apps` dashboard." msgstr "" +"คุณสามารถ :ref:`ติดตั้ง `, :ref:`อัปเกรด `" +" และ :ref:`ถอนการติดตั้ง ` " +"แอปและโมดูลทั้งหมดได้จากแดชบอร์ด :menuselection:`แอป`" #: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:8 msgid "" "By default, an *Apps* filter is applied. If you want to search for modules, " "click on *Filters* and select *Extra*." msgstr "" +"ตามค่าเริ่มต้น ตัวกรอง *แอป* จะถูกนำมาใช้ หากคุณต้องการค้นหาโมดูล ให้คลิก " +"*ตัวกรอง* และเลือก *เพิ่มเติม*" #: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst-1 msgid "Add \"Extra\" filter in Odoo Apps" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เพิ่มตัวกรอง \"เพิ่มเติม\" ในแอป Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -54,20 +59,27 @@ msgid "" "uninstalled carelessly. Apply caution when adding or removing apps and " "modules on your database since this may impact your subscription costs." msgstr "" +"Odoo *ไม่ใช่สมาร์ทโฟน* และไม่ควรติดตั้งหรือถอนการติดตั้งแอปโดยไม่ระมัดระวัง " +"ใช้ความระมัดระวังเมื่อเพิ่มหรือลบแอปและโมดูลในฐานข้อมูลของคุณ " +"เนื่องจากอาจส่งผลต่อค่าใช้จ่ายในการสมัครสมาชิกของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 msgid "**Installing or uninstalling apps and managing users is up to you.**" msgstr "" +"**การติดตั้งหรือถอนการติดตั้งแอปและการจัดการผู้ใช้นั้นขึ้นอยู่กับคุณ**" #: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 msgid "" "As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage, as" " you know best how your organization works." msgstr "" +"ในฐานะผู้ดูแลระบบฐานข้อมูลของคุณ " +"คุณจะต้องรับผิดชอบต่อการใช้งานฐานข้อมูลดังกล่าว " +"เนื่องจากคุณทราบวิธีการทำงานขององค์กรเป็นอย่างดี" #: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo apps have dependencies.**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**แอพ Odoo มีการขึ้นต่อกัน**" #: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -75,42 +87,51 @@ msgid "" "additional apps and modules that are technically required, even if you won't" " actively use them." msgstr "" +"การติดตั้งแอปและฟีเจอร์บางอย่างที่มีการขึ้นต่อกันอาจติดตั้งแอปและโมดูลเพิ่มเติมที่จำเป็นทางเทคนิค" +" แม้ว่าคุณจะไม่ได้ใช้งานก็ตาม" #: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 msgid "**Test app installation/removal on a duplicate of your database.**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**ทดสอบการติดตั้ง/การลบแอปบนฐานข้อมูลที่ซ้ำกัน**" #: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 msgid "" "This way, you can know what app dependencies may be required or what data " "may be erased." msgstr "" +"ด้วยวิธีนี้ คุณจะทราบได้ว่าอาจต้องใช้การขึ้นต่อกันของแอปใดบ้าง " +"หรือข้อมูลใดบ้างที่อาจถูกลบ" #: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:32 msgid "Install apps and modules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ติดตั้งแอปและโมดูล" #: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:34 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Apps`, and click on the *Install* button of the app " "you want to install." msgstr "" +"ไปที่ :menuselection:`แอป` และคลิกที่ปุ่ม *ติดตั้ง* " +"ของแอปที่คุณต้องการติดตั้ง" #: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:37 msgid "" "If the module you are looking for is not listed, you can **update the app " "list**." msgstr "" +"หากไม่มีโมดูลที่คุณกำลังมองหาอยู่ในรายการ คุณสามารถ **อัปเดตรายการแอป** ได้" #: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:39 msgid "" "To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to " ":menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List` and click on *Update*." msgstr "" +"โดยเปิดใช้งาน :ref:`โหมดนักพัฒนา ` จากนั้นไปที่ " +":menuselection:`แอป --> อัปเดตรายการแอป` และคลิกที่ *อัปเดต*" #: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:45 msgid "Upgrade apps and modules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "อัปเกรดแอปและโมดูล" #: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -118,16 +139,21 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`supported versions of Odoo `. To " "be able to use them, you must **upgrade** your app." msgstr "" +"ในบางครั้ง การปรับปรุงใหม่หรือฟีเจอร์ของแอปจะถูกเพิ่มให้กับ " +":doc:`เวอร์ชันที่รองรับของ Odoo ` " +"เพื่อให้สามารถใช้งานได้ คุณต้อง **อัปเกรด** แอปของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:50 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Apps`, click on the *dropdown menu* of the app you " "want to upgrade, then on *Upgrade*." msgstr "" +"ไปที่ :menuselection:`แอป` คลิกที่ *เมนูแบบเลื่อนลง* " +"ของแอปที่คุณต้องการอัปเกรด จากนั้นคลิกที่ *อัปเกรด*" #: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:56 msgid "Uninstall apps and modules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ถอนการติดตั้งแอปและโมดูล" #: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -1700,146 +1726,111 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:5 -msgid "Developer Mode (debug mode)" +msgid "Developer mode (debug mode)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:7 msgid "" -"The developer mode (or debug mode) unlocks access to extra and advanced " -"tools in Odoo. There are several ways to activate the developer mode: " -"through the :ref:`settings `, the " -":ref:`browser extension `, through" -" the :ref:`command palette ` or the" -" :ref:`URL `." +"The developer mode, also known as debug mode, unlocks access to advanced " +":ref:`tools and settings ` in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:17 -msgid "Activate through the Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:11 msgid "" -"The debug mode can be activated in the Odoo database settings. Go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Developer Tools` and click" -" on :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`. At least one application needs " -"to be installed for the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` section to appear in the" -" :guilabel:`Settings` module." +"Proceed with caution, as some developer tools and technical settings are " +"considered advanced and may have associated risks. Only use them if you " +"understand the implications and are confident in your actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of the debug options under settings in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:16 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with assets)` is used by developers;" -" :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with tests assets)` is used by " -"developers and testers." +"The developer mode is also available with :ref:`assets " +"`, which are used to debug JavaScript " +"code, and with :ref:`tests assets `, " +"which are used to run test tours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:23 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "การเปิดใช้งาน" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To activate it, open the :guilabel:`Settings` app, scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Developer Tools` section, and click :guilabel:`Activate the " +"developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:28 msgid "" "Once activated, the :guilabel:`Deactivate the developer mode` option becomes" " available." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 +msgid "Activating the developer mode in the Settings app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To activate the developer mode **from anywhere in the database**, add " +"`?debug=1` to the URL after `/web` (e.g., " +"`https://example.odoo.com/web?debug=1#action=menu&cids=1`). To deactivate " +"it, use `?debug=0` instead." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:37 -msgid "Activate through the browser extension" +msgid "" +"Use `?debug=assets` to activate the developer mode with assets and " +"`?debug=tests` to activate it with tests assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:41 msgid "" -"Within a web browser, navigate to the browser settings and extensions and " -"search for the `Odoo Debug` extension. Once the extension is installed, a " -"new icon will be shown on the browser's toolbar." +"Open the **command palette** by pressing `Ctrl + K` or `Cmd ⌘ + K`, then " +"type `debug` to activate the developer mode with assets or deactivate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:44 +msgid "Browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:46 msgid "" -"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " -"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" -" a single click." +"The `Odoo Debug `_ browser extension " +"adds an icon to toggle developer mode on or off from the browser's toolbar. " +"It is available on the `Chrome Web Store " +"`_ and `Firefox Add-ons " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:54 +msgid "Developer tools and technical menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once the developer mode is activated, the developer tools can be accessed by" +" clicking the :icon:`fa-bug` :guilabel:`(bug)` icon. The menu contains tools" +" useful for understanding or editing technical data, such as a view's field," +" filters, or actions. The options available depend on where the menu is " +"accessed from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "View of Odoo's debug icon in a Google Chrome toolbar." +msgid "Accessing the developer tools" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:53 -msgid "Activate through the command palette" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:64 msgid "" -"In Odoo, the command palette tool has a command to activate the debug mode. " -"First, open the command palette tool with the keyboard shortcut `ctrl+k` and" -" then type `debug`. A command will show up to activate the debug mode." +"Database administrators can access the technical menu from the " +":guilabel:`Settings` app. It contains advanced database settings, such as " +"ones related to the database structure, security, actions, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Command palette with debug command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:68 -msgid "Activate through the URL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The debug mode can also be activated by adding an extra query string to the " -"database's URL. In the URL, add `?debug=1` or `?debug=true` after `/web`. To" -" deactivate the debug mode, change the value to `?debug=0` instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a URL with the debug mode command added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Additional modes are available for developers: `?debug=assets` enables the " -":ref:`assets mode `, and " -"`?debug=tests` enables the :ref:`tests mode " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:86 -msgid "Locate the developer mode tools" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Once developer mode is activated, the developer mode tools can be accessed " -"from the :guilabel:`Open Developer Tools` button, the bug icon located in " -"the header of the Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a console page and the debug icon being shown in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:95 -msgid "" -"This menu contains additional tools that are useful to understand or edit " -"technical data, such as the views or actions of a page. On a page that has " -"filters, actions, and view options, the developer mode tools contain some " -"useful menu items such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:99 -msgid ":guilabel:`Edit Action`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:100 -msgid ":guilabel:`Manage Filters`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:101 -msgid "Edit the current view (e.g. Kanban, List, Graph, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:102 -msgid "See the :guilabel:`Fields View Get`" +msgid "Accessing the technical menu" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:5 @@ -2700,11 +2691,11 @@ msgid "" "is asked, enter `odoo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 msgid "Check the DMARC policy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:104 msgid "" "The Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance (DMARC) " "record is a protocol that unifies :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` and " @@ -2715,41 +2706,41 @@ msgid "" " and/or :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` check." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 msgid "DMARC: TXT record" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 msgid "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`" msgstr "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:116 msgid "" "There are three :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` policies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 msgid "`p=none`" msgstr "`p=none`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:118 -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 msgid "`p=quarantine`" msgstr "`p=quarantine`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 msgid "`p=reject`" msgstr "`p=reject`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:123 msgid "" "`p=quarantine` and `p=reject` instruct the server that receives an email to " "quarantine that email or ignore it if the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy " "Framework)` and/or :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` check fails." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:127 msgid "" "If the domain name uses :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` and has defined one of these policies, the domain" @@ -2757,7 +2748,7 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:132 msgid "" "Yahoo or AOL are examples of email providers with a :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-" "based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` policy set to " @@ -2766,7 +2757,7 @@ msgid "" "their recipient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:137 msgid "" "`p=none` is used for the domain owner to receive reports about entities " "using their domain. It should not impact the deliverability if the " @@ -2774,7 +2765,7 @@ msgid "" "Conformance)` check fails." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:141 msgid "" ":abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` records are comprised of tags in the form of :abbr:`DNS " @@ -2800,182 +2791,182 @@ msgstr "" ":abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` ไม่ควรเริ่มต้นด้วยการเข้มงวดเกินไป" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:150 msgid "The following chart displays available tags:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 msgid "Tag Name" msgstr "ชื่อแท็ก" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 msgid "Purpose" msgstr "เสนอ" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 msgid "Example" msgstr "ตัวอย่าง" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 msgid "v" msgstr "v" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 msgid "Protocol version" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 msgid "`v=DMARC1`" msgstr "`v=DMARC1`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 msgid "pct" msgstr "pct" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 msgid "Percentage of messages subjected to filtering" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 msgid "`pct=20`" msgstr "`pct=20`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 msgid "ruf" msgstr "ruf" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 msgid "Reporting URI for forensic reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 msgid "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" msgstr "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 msgid "rua" msgstr "rua" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 msgid "Reporting URI of aggregate reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 msgid "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" msgstr "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 msgid "p" msgstr "p" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 msgid "Policy for organizational domain" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 msgid "sp" msgstr "sp" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 msgid "Policy for subdomains of the OD" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 msgid "`sp=reject`" msgstr "`sp=reject`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 msgid "adkim" msgstr "adkim" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 msgid "Alignment mode for DKIM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 msgid "`adkim=s`" msgstr "`adkim=s`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 msgid "aspf" msgstr "aspf" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:181 msgid "Alignment mode for SPF" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 msgid "`aspf=r`" msgstr "`aspf=r`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:184 msgid "" "Check the :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` record of a domain name with a tool like `MXToolbox DMARC " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:188 msgid "" "`DMARC.org is another great resource to learn about DMARC records. " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 msgid "SPF, DKIM & DMARC documentation of common providers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:196 msgid "" "`OVH DNS " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 msgid "" "`OVH SPF `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 msgid "" "`GoDaddy TXT record `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 msgid "`GoDaddy SPF `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:200 msgid "" "`GoDaddy DKIM `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:201 msgid "" "`NameCheap " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 msgid "" "`CloudFlare DNS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:204 msgid "" "`Google Domains `_" msgstr "" "`Google Domains `_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 msgid "" "`Azure DNS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:207 msgid "" "To fully test the configuration, use the `Mail-Tester `_ tool, which gives a full overview of the content and " @@ -2983,7 +2974,7 @@ msgid "" "records for other, lesser-known providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:212 msgid "" "`Using Mail-Tester to set SPF Records for specific carriers " "`_" @@ -8417,16 +8408,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 msgid "" "To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation " -"package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download " -"page `_. Next, install and setup the Odoo " -":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " -"start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +"package for Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download page " +"`_. Next, install and setup the Odoo :file:`.exe`" +" file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to start the " +"installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." msgstr "" -"หากต้องการเริ่มต้นการติดตั้ง ให้ไปที่แพ็คเกจการติดตั้ง Odoo 16 " -"หรือสูงกว่าสำหรับรุ่นองค์กรหรือคอมมูนิตี้ - Windows ที่ `หน้าดาวน์โหลดของ " -"Odoo `_ จากนั้น ติดตั้งและตั้งค่าไฟล์ Odoo " -":file:`.exe` หลังจากหน้าจอคำแนะนำ คลิก :guilabel:`ถัดไป` " -"เพื่อเริ่มการติดตั้งและยอมรับ :abbr:`TOS (ข้อกำหนดในการให้บริการ)`" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -8943,10 +8929,22 @@ msgid "" "Odoo uninstall guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:7 msgid "Devices" msgstr "อุปกรณ์" +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:21 +msgid "" +":doc:`Worldline payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:23 +msgid "" +":doc:`Ingenico payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 msgid "Connect a camera" msgstr "" @@ -10552,9 +10550,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:126 msgid "" "On a form, navigate to any field, and hover over the field name. A box of " -"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Object`" -" name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be" -" added." +"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Model` " +"name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be " +"added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:0 diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 435b6ed61..6024287f2 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" @@ -27,13 +27,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Human resources" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 msgid "Appraisals" msgstr "การประเมิน" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, the *Appraisals* application can be used to evaluate employee " "performance on a recurring basis. Managers can evaluate the performance of " @@ -42,28 +42,28 @@ msgid "" "desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:12 msgid "" "Appraisals give employees valuable feedback, including actionable goals to " "work toward, and measurable skills to improve upon. Additionally, appraisals" " may form the basis for raises, promotions, and other benefits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:16 msgid "" "Regular appraisals are good for both the employees and the company, since " "they can accurately measure performance based on company goals, and show " "employees where they need to improve." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:31 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "การกำหนดค่า" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Configuration` menu in the *Appraisals* application is where " "the settings can be configured, feedback templates can be edited, " @@ -71,31 +71,32 @@ msgid "" "feedback can be stored, and goal tags can be viewed/created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 msgid "Settings" msgstr "การตั้งค่า" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:29 msgid "" "To access the *Settings* menu, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " "application --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 msgid "Feedback templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:35 msgid "" "Feedback templates are form outlines used during an employee appraisal. Any " "edits made to a template are, ultimately, reflected in the appraisals sent " "to employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:38 msgid "" "There are two default templates pre-configured in Odoo *Appraisals*: one for" " employee feedback, and one for manager feedback. Each contains several " @@ -103,25 +104,25 @@ msgid "" " the questions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:42 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`My work`, :guilabel:`My future`, and :guilabel:`My feelings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:45 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`Feedback`, :guilabel:`Evaluation`, and :guilabel:`Improvements`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:48 msgid "" "Any desired changes to the default feedback templates can be made by making " "changes directly in each template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:54 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Appraisals` section of the settings menu determines the " "frequency that appraisals are performed, and if it is possible to request " @@ -134,56 +135,56 @@ msgid "" "enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 msgid "Appraisals plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:66 msgid "" "By default, appraisals are pre-configured to be automatically created six " "months after an employee is hired, with a second appraisal exactly six " "months after that." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:69 msgid "" "Once those two initial appraisals have been completed in the employee's " "first year, following appraisals are only created once a year (every twelve " "months)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:72 msgid "" "To modify this schedule, change the number of months in the blank fields " "under the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:76 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section is modified, **all** empty " ":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Dates` are modified for **all** employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 msgid "360 feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:82 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option can be enabled to allow managers to " "request feedback from other employees using a different survey form, at any " "time, independent of the appraisal schedule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:85 msgid "" "Typically, managers ask for feedback from other people who work with an " "employee they manage. This includes the employee's various managers, peers, " "and direct reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:88 msgid "" "To view the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey, click the :guilabel:`→ Internal" " link` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`Default Template` field. The " @@ -191,13 +192,13 @@ msgid "" " can be made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:92 msgid "" "For more information on how to edit a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:96 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` form is a pre-configured survey within the " "*Surveys* application. In order to use the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option, " @@ -205,11 +206,11 @@ msgid "" " be installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 msgid "Evaluation scale" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:103 msgid "" "On each employee appraisal form, final rating options appear by default. To " "view and edit these options, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " @@ -217,7 +218,7 @@ msgid "" "ratings in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:107 msgid "" "The pre-configured ratings are :guilabel:`Needs Improvement`, " ":guilabel:`Meets Expectations`, :guilabel:`Exceeds Expectations`, and " @@ -225,14 +226,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:111 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`New` button is clicked on the :guilabel:`Evaluation " "Scale` page, a blank line appears at the bottom of the list. Enter the name " "of the rating in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:114 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the ratings, click the :guilabel:`(six small gray " "boxes)` icon to the left of a rating, and drag the rating to the desired " @@ -245,7 +246,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:124 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` section displays information for all the " "surveys currently configured in the *Appraisals* application. To view the " @@ -257,55 +258,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list view of all available surveys in the Appraisals application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:132 msgid "" "Each appraisal (or survey) is presented in its own line on the " ":guilabel:`360 Feedback` page, along with various information related to " "that particular appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 msgid "Each appraisal includes the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:137 msgid ":guilabel:`Survey Name`: the name of the specific survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the employee responsible for the survey, including " "the month and year they were given that designation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Questions`: the number of questions in that particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Duration`: the average time a user spends completing the " "survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Registered`: the number of people who have been sent the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Completed`: the number of people who have completed the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:145 msgid "" "Each appraisal also has two buttons at the end of each line: a " ":guilabel:`Test` button and a :guilabel:`See Results` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:148 msgid "" "To see what an appraisal looks like for the end user (i.e. an employee), " "click the :guilabel:`Test` button, and the appraisal loads in a new browser " @@ -313,14 +314,14 @@ msgid "" "to enter any answers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:152 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`This is a Test Survey. → Edit " "Survey` at the top of the page to be taken to the detail form for that " "particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:155 msgid "" "To view the results from everyone who completed an appraisal, click the " ":guilabel:`See Results` button. This presents all the answers for the survey" @@ -329,13 +330,13 @@ msgid "" "each question are visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:160 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`→ Edit Survey` at the top of " "the page to be taken to the detail form for that particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:163 msgid "" "In addition to viewing the responses from past appraisals and surveys, new " "surveys can also be created from the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` page. Simply " @@ -343,123 +344,77 @@ msgid "" " survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:167 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:171 msgid "" "In previous versions of Odoo, this section was referred to as " ":guilabel:`Surveys`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:172 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "แท็ก" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 -msgid "" -"An additional feature of the *Appraisals* application is the ability to set " -":ref:`goals ` for employees. On each goal form, there is a" -" field to add tags. The available tags are pulled from a list that is " -"configured from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To view a list of all existing goal tags, and to create new tags, go to the " -":guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, by navigating to :menuselection:`Appraisals " -"application --> Configuration --> Tags`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:181 -msgid "All currently configured tags are presented in a list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:183 -msgid "" -"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " -"all tags need to be added from this list, or directly from the goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 -msgid "" -"To create a new tag from the :guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, click the " -":guilabel:`New` button, and a blank line appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the tag on the line. Then, press the enter key to save the" -" tag, and create a new blank line. Repeat this for all tags that need to be " -"added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:192 -msgid "The list of tags is automatically arranged in alphabetical order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:176 msgid "" "Navigate to the main *Appraisals* dashboard by opening the " ":guilabel:`Appraisals` application. The :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard is " "the default view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:179 msgid "" "To view the dashboard at any point in the application, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Appraisals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:182 msgid "" "All appraisals are displayed on the dashboard in a Kanban view, by default, " "with a list of groupings on the left side of the dashboard, including " ":guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Department`, and :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 msgid "" "Click any grouping option to view appraisals for **only** the chosen " "selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 msgid "" "Only groupings with multiple selections appear in the list. For example, if " "a database only has one company, the :guilabel:`Company` grouping does " "**not** appear, since there is no other company to select." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:193 msgid "Each appraisal card displays the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: the department the employee is associated with." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company the employee works for. This only appears " "in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date`: the date the appraisal was requested, or is scheduled for " "in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activities`: any activities that are scheduled for the appraisal," " such as :guilabel:`Meetings` or :guilabel:`Phone Calls.` If no activities " @@ -467,13 +422,13 @@ msgid "" "icon, located in the bottom-left corner of an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:204 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: the employee's manager, indicated by the profile icon " "in the bottom-right corner of an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:206 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status banner`: the status of the appraisal. A banner appears if " "an appraisal is marked as either :guilabel:`Canceled` or :guilabel:`Done`. " @@ -481,7 +436,7 @@ msgid "" "not been scheduled yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 msgid "" "To view the details of any appraisal, click on the card to open the " "appraisal form." @@ -491,22 +446,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Appraisals dashboard with each appraisal in its own box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 msgid "New appraisal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new appraisal, click the :guilabel:`New` button at the top of " "the :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard to load a blank appraisal form. Then, " "enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:222 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:223 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu. " "The manager is responsible for completing the :guilabel:`Manager's Feedback`" @@ -514,7 +469,7 @@ msgid "" "selected, if they have a manager set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appraisal Date`: the current date is automatically entered in " "this field. This field is automatically updated once the appraisal is " @@ -522,39 +477,39 @@ msgid "" "cancellation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu. This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have" " a department set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:233 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the employee's company from the drop-down menu. " "This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have a " "company set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 msgid "" "The only required fields for the appraisal form are the employee's " ":guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Manager`, and the :guilabel:`Company`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:241 msgid "" "Once the form is complete, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm " "the appraisal request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 msgid "" "Once confirmed, the employee receives an email stating that an appraisal was" " requested, and is then prompted to schedule an appraisal date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:246 msgid "" "The status changes to :guilabel:`Confirmed`, and the :guilabel:`Employee's " "Feedback` section of the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab is grayed out. The " @@ -563,18 +518,18 @@ msgid "" "once the appraisal request is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 msgid "" "If there are any existing appraisals for the employee, an " ":guilabel:`Appraisal` smart button appears at the top of the page, listing " "the total number of appraisals there are for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:255 msgid "Ask for feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:257 msgid "" "As part of the appraisal process, the manager can request feedback on an " "employee from anyone in the company. Feedback is usually requested from co-" @@ -583,43 +538,43 @@ msgid "" "manager's overall assessment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 msgid "" "To request feedback, the appraisal **must** be confirmed. Once confirmed, an" " :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button appears at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:265 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button is clicked, an :guilabel:`Ask " "Feedback` email pop-up form appears, using the :guilabel:`Appraisal: Ask " "Feedback` email template, which sends the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:269 msgid "" "Enter the employees being asked to complete the survey in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field. Multiple employees may be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 msgid "" "The email template has dynamic placeholders to personalize the message. Add " "any additional text to the email, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:275 msgid "If required, an :guilabel:`Answer Deadline` can be added, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:277 msgid "" "If any attachments are needed, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button, and" " a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the file(s), select them, then " "click :guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:280 msgid "When the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send.`" msgstr "" @@ -627,21 +582,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The email pop-up when requesting feedback from other employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:287 msgid "Appraisal form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:289 msgid "" "Once an appraisal is confirmed, the next steps are for the employee to fill " "out the self-assessment, after which the manager completes their assessment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:295 msgid "Employee's feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:297 msgid "" "To complete their portion of feedback, employees should navigate to the main" " :menuselection:`Appraisals application` dashboard, where the only entries " @@ -649,14 +604,14 @@ msgid "" "manage and have to provide manager feedback for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 msgid "" "Click on the appraisal to open the appraisal form. Enter responses in the " ":guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` " "tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:304 msgid "" "When completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to Manager` toggle (the " "default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When clicked, the toggle " @@ -668,24 +623,24 @@ msgid "" "The feedback section for the employee with the toggle button highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:314 msgid "Manager's feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 msgid "" "After the employee has completed the :guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` " "section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab, it is time for the manager to " "fill out the :guilabel:`Manager's Feedback` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:320 msgid "" "The manager enters their responses in the fields in the :ref:`same manner as" " the employee `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:323 msgid "" "When the feedback section is completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to " "Employee` toggle (the default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When " @@ -698,11 +653,12 @@ msgid "" " highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:748 msgid "Skills tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:334 msgid "" "Part of an appraisal is evaluating an employee's skills, and tracking their " "progress over time. The :guilabel:`Skills` tab of the appraisal form auto-" @@ -710,32 +666,32 @@ msgid "" "<../hr/employees/new_employee>`, once an appraisal is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:338 msgid "" "Each skill is grouped with like skills, and the :guilabel:`Skill Level`, " ":guilabel:`Progress`, and :guilabel:`Justification` are displayed for each " "skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 msgid "" "Update any skills, or add any new skills to the :guilabel:`Skills` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:343 msgid "" "If a skill level has increased, a reason for the improved rating can be " "entered into the :guilabel:`Justification` field, such as `took a fluency " "language test` or `received Javascript certification`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:347 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`Create a new employee ` document for " "detailed instructions on adding or updating a skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:350 msgid "" "After an appraisal is completed, and the skills have been updated, the next " "time an appraisal is confirmed, the updated skills populate the " @@ -746,11 +702,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The skills tab of an appraisal form, all filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:358 msgid "Private note tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:360 msgid "" "If managers want to leave notes that are only visible to other managers, " "they can be entered in the :guilabel:`Private Note` tab. The employee being " @@ -758,12 +714,12 @@ msgid "" "appear on their appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:386 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:520 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 msgid "Schedule a meeting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:367 msgid "" "Once both portions of an appraisal are completed (the :ref:`employee " "` and :ref:`manager Appraisals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:377 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, beneath the appraisal date on the " "desired appraisal card, and a :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window " @@ -791,47 +747,47 @@ msgid "" "activity form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Meeting` for the :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the drop-" "down menu. Doing so causes the form to change, so only the " ":guilabel:`Activity Type` and :guilabel:`Summary` fields appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:385 msgid "" "If scheduling an activity other than a meeting, such as a :guilabel:`Call` " "or a :guilabel:`To-Do`, the fields that appear on the :guilabel:`Schedule " "Activity` pop-up form change, accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:389 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon may appear as a number of different icons, " "depending on what, if any, scheduled activities are in place, and the color " "represents their corresponding due dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:392 msgid "" "If no activities are scheduled, that is represented by a gray :guilabel:`🕘 " "(clock)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:394 msgid "" "However, if a specific activity is scheduled, the icon may appear as a " ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon for a phone call, a :guilabel:`👥 (group of " "people)` icon for a meeting, and so on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:397 msgid "" "The color of the icon indicates the status; a green icon means an activity " "is scheduled in the future, and a red icon means the activity is past due." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:400 msgid "" "For more details on activities, refer to the :doc:`../essentials/activities`" " document." @@ -841,46 +797,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The appraisal cards with the various activity icons highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 msgid "" "Enter a brief description in the :guilabel:`Summary` field of the " ":guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window, such as `Annual Appraisal for " "(Employee)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:409 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button. From the calendar page " "that appears, navigate to, and double-click on, the desired date and time " "for the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:412 msgid "" "Doing so opens a :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up form. From this pop-up form, " "make any desired modifications, such as designating a :guilabel:`Start` " "time, or giving a :guilabel:`Name` to the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:416 msgid "" "Add the appraisee in the :guilabel:`Attendees` section, and include anyone " "else who should be in the meeting, if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:419 msgid "" "To make the meeting a video call, instead of an in-person meeting, click " ":guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting`, and a :guilabel:`Videocall URL` link appears in " "the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:422 msgid "" "Once all the desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:424 msgid "" "The meeting now appears on the calendar, and the invited parties are " "informed, via email." @@ -892,183 +848,46 @@ msgid "" "appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 msgid "" "The other way to schedule a meeting is from the individual appraisal form. " "To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Appraisal application` " "dashboard, then click on an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button, and the calendar loads." " Follow the same directions above to create the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 msgid "" -"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button says " +"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button reads " ":guilabel:`No Meeting`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:463 -msgid "Goals" -msgstr "เป้าหมาย" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:465 -msgid "" -"The ability to set goals for employees to work toward is an important " -"feature of Odoo *Appraisals*. Goals are typically set during an appraisal, " -"so the employee knows what they need to work toward before their next " -"appraisal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:469 -msgid "" -"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> " -"Goals`. This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban " -"view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:472 -msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:474 -msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the name of the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:475 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee the goal is assigned to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 -msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:477 -msgid ":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Employee`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is assigned " -"to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:480 -msgid "" -"If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " -"corner of the goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 -msgid "" -"Every individual goal requires its own entry for each employee. If employees" -" have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the list. For " -"example, if both Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " -"appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " -"goal for Sara." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 -msgid "New goal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:495 -msgid "" -"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application -->" -" Goals`, and click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:498 -msgid "" -"Enter the information on the card. The information requested is all the same" -" information that appears on the :ref:`goal card ` in the " -"Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field and a " -":guilabel:`Description` tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:502 -msgid "" -"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field by default, and " -"the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" -" profile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:505 -msgid "" -"Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " -"useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:513 -msgid "Completed goals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:515 -msgid "" -"When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " -"be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " -"dashboard, or from the individual goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:518 -msgid "" -"To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" -" the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the top-right of a goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:522 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon **only** appears when the mouse hovers " -"over the corner of a goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:525 -msgid "" -"Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " -"green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " -"card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:528 -msgid "" -"To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " -"open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " -"the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner " -"appears in the top-right corner of the goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:533 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:526 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:753 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:830 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "การรายงาน" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:442 msgid "" "The *Appraisals* application tracks two metrics across two different " "reports: an :ref:`appraisal analysis `, and a " ":ref:`skills evolution `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:448 msgid "Appraisal analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:450 msgid "" "To access the *Appraisal Analysis* report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Appraisal " @@ -1076,7 +895,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted in different colors to represent their status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 msgid "" "Appraisals in yellow are completed, appraisals in orange are in-progress " "(the appraisal is confirmed, but not completed), and appraisals in gray are " @@ -1084,13 +903,13 @@ msgid "" "been confirmed yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 msgid "" "The report displays the whole current year, by default, grouped by " "department." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:460 msgid "" "To change the calendar view presented, change the date settings in the top-" "left of the report. The options to display are :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -1098,13 +917,13 @@ msgid "" " move forward or backward in time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:464 msgid "" "At any point, click the :guilabel:`Today` button to present the calendar to " "include today's date in the view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:467 msgid "" "The report can have other filters and groupings set in the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top." @@ -1114,64 +933,64 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A report showing all the appraisals for the Appraisal Analysis report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 msgid "Skills evolution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 msgid "" "To access the *Skills Evolution* report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Skills Evolution`. " "This displays a report of all skills, grouped by employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:481 msgid "" "All the lines of the report are collapsed, by default. To view the details " "of a line, click on a line to expand the data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:484 msgid "Each skill has the following information listed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:486 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: name of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 msgid ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: the category the skill falls under." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:488 msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the specific, individual skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:489 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Level`: the level the employee had previously " "achieved for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:583 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Progress`: the previous percentage of competency " "achieved for the skill (based on the :guilabel:`Skill Level`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:585 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Skill Level`: the current level the employee has achieved" " for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Skill Progress`: the current percentage of competency " "achieved for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:494 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Justification`: any notes entered on the skill explaining the " "progress." @@ -1181,11 +1000,182 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A report showing all the skills grouped by employee." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:501 +msgid ":doc:`appraisals/goals`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:3 +msgid "Goals" +msgstr "เป้าหมาย" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Appraisals* application allows managers to set goals for their " +"employees. That way, employees know what to work toward before their next " +"review." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`. " +"This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:13 +msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:15 +msgid ":guilabel:`Goal`: the name of the goal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:16 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the employee the goal is assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:17 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-clock-o` :guilabel:`(clock)` icon: displays the corresponding " +":doc:`activity icon <../../essentials/activities>` for the record. If no " +"activities are scheduled, the default icon is the :icon:`fa-clock-o` " +":guilabel:`(clock)`. If any activities have been scheduled, the icon " +"represents the activity scheduled soonest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:21 +msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal. The " +"options are :guilabel:`0%`, :guilabel:`25%`, :guilabel:`50%`, " +":guilabel:`75%`, or :guilabel:`100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Icon`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is " +"assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " +"corner of the goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 +msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every individual goal requires its own record for each employee. If multiple" +" employees have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For example, if Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " +"appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " +"goal for Sara." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:40 +msgid "New goal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`," +" and click :guilabel:`New` top-left corner to open a blank goal form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Input the :guilabel:`Goal`, :guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Progress`, and " +":guilabel:`Deadline`, information on the goal card, as discussed in the " +":ref:`goal card ` section of this document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The information requested is all the same information that appears on the " +"goal card in the Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field " +"and a :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " +"all tags need to be added. To add a tag, enter the name of the tag on the " +"line, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(tag)\"`. Repeat this for all tags that" +" need to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field, by default, and " +"the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" +" profile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " +"useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 +msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:68 +msgid "Completed goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:70 +msgid "" +"When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " +"be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " +"dashboard, or from the individual goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" +" the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon in the top-" +"right of a goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon **only** " +"appears when the mouse hovers over the top-right corner of a goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " +"green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " +"open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " +"the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner " +"appears in the top-right corner of the goal form." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:5 msgid "Attendances" msgstr "การลงเวลางาน" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Attendances* application functions as a time clock. Employees are " "able to check in and out of work using a dedicated device in kiosk mode, " @@ -1195,56 +1185,55 @@ msgid "" " are working overtime, or checking out of work earlier than expected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:16 msgid "Access rights" msgstr "สิทธิ์การเข้าถึง" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:18 msgid "" "It is important to understand how the different access rights affect what " -"users can access in the *Attendances* application." +"options and features users can access in the *Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 msgid "" -"Every user in the database is always able to access their own information on" -" the dashboard and can check in and out directly from the database. Access " -"to all the other features is determined by access rights." +"Every user in the database is able to check in and out directly from the " +"database, without needing access to the *Attendances* application. " +"Additionally, all users can access their own attendance records from their " +"employee form in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Access to both the *Attendances* application, and the various features " +"within the application is determined by access rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:28 msgid "" "To see what access rights a user has, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Settings application --> Users & Companies: Users`, and " -"click on an individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by" -" default. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the " -"setting. For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to " -"leave the field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users & Companies: Users`, and click on an " +"individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by default. " +"Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the setting. " +"For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to leave the " +"field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:34 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Administrator` option is selected, the user has full " "access to the entire *Attendances* application, with no restrictions. They " -"can view all employee attendance records, enter kiosk mode from the " +"can view all employee attendance records, enter *Kiosk mMode* from the " "application, access all reporting metrics, and make modifications to the " -"settings." +"settings. If left blank, the user does **not** have access to the " +"*Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If left blank, the user can only view their own information on the " -"*Attendances* application dashboard and can view their own personal " -"attendance records under the reporting feature. All other attendance records" -" are hidden from view on the report. There is no access to either the kiosk " -"mode or the configuration menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:42 msgid "Approvers" msgstr "ผู้อนุมัติ" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:44 msgid "" "The **only** other scenario where different information may be accessible in" " the *Attendances* application is for approvers. If a user does *not* have " @@ -1265,7 +1254,7 @@ msgstr "" "สิ่งนี้ใช้กับพนักงานทุกคนที่มีผู้ใช้อยู่ในรายชื่อผู้อนุมัติแอปพลิเคชัน " "*ระบบลงเวลา* โดยทั่วไปแล้วผู้อนุมัติจะเป็นผู้จัดการ แม้ว่าจะไม่จำเป็นก็ตาม" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:52 msgid "" "To see who the attendance approver is for an employee, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Employees application` and click on the specific employee. " @@ -1276,7 +1265,7 @@ msgid "" "reports, and make modifications to their records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:61 msgid "" "Few configurations are needed in the *Attendances* application. Determining " "how employees check in and out, defining how the kiosks function, and " @@ -1285,11 +1274,11 @@ msgid "" "Configuration` to access the configuration menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:67 msgid "Modes" msgstr "โหมด" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how an employee " "checks in when using a kiosk. Options are :guilabel:`Barcode/RFID`, " @@ -1297,31 +1286,31 @@ msgid "" "Selection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:76 msgid "" "The *Barcode* application **does not** need to be installed to use one of " "the Barcode/RFID settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances from Backend`: activate this selection to allow users" " to check in and out directly from the Odoo database. If this is not " "activated, users must use a kiosk to check in and out of work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 msgid "Kiosk settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:88 msgid "" "This section only needs to be configured if employees use kiosks for " "checking in and out. If kiosks are **not** being used, modifying any of " "these fields does **not** adversely affect the *Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode Source`: this setting appears **only** if either of the " "two Barcode/RFID selections were configured for the :ref:`Kiosk Mode " @@ -1330,7 +1319,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Front Camera`, or :guilabel:`Back Camera`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:96 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification`: activate this option if employees " "should use a unique PIN to check in. PINs are configured on each individual " @@ -1338,14 +1327,14 @@ msgid "" "documentation for more information on setting up PINs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Time`: set the duration (in seconds) the check in and " "check out confirmation screen remains on the kiosk before going back to the " "main check in screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:101 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendance Kiosk Url`: Odoo generates a unique web address (URL) " "to use a device as a kiosk without having to sign in to the Odoo database. " @@ -1353,7 +1342,7 @@ msgid "" " browser to present the Attendances application kiosk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 msgid "" "These kiosk URLs are **not** secured with any type of access code. Anyone " "who has the URL can access the Attendances application kiosk. If the URL is " @@ -1362,17 +1351,17 @@ msgid "" "generate a new URL and update the kiosk accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:112 msgid "Extra hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:114 msgid "" "This section specifies how extra time is calculated, including when extra " "time is counted and what time is not logged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count of Extra Hours`: enable this box to allow employees to log " "extra hours beyond their set working hours (sometimes referred to as " @@ -1380,14 +1369,14 @@ msgid "" "well. If this is not activated, no other configurations appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start From`: the current date is automatically entered in this " "field. If desired, click on this field and use the calendar selector to " "modify the start date on which extra hours are logged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Company`: enter the amount of time, in" " minutes, that is **not** counted towards an employee's overtime. When an " @@ -1395,7 +1384,7 @@ msgid "" "minutes, the extra time is **not** counted as overtime for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Employee`: enter the amount of time, " "in minutes, that an employee is given, that does **not** adversely affect " @@ -1405,33 +1394,33 @@ msgid "" "they are **not** penalized for their reduced hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 msgid "" "A company sets both of the :guilabel:`Tolerance` fields to `15` minutes, and" " the working hours for the entire company are set from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:138 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:00 AM, and checks out at 5:14 PM, the extra 14" " minutes are **not** counted towards their overtime." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:141 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:05 AM, and checks out at 4:55 PM, even though " "they logged a total of 10 minutes less than their full working hours, they " "are **not** penalized for this discrepancy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Extra Hours`: activate this box to display the extra " "hours logged by an employee when they check out with a kiosk, or when a user" " checks out in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:149 msgid "" "Employees are still able to log overtime hours even if the :guilabel:`Count " "of Extra Hours` option is not activated. The difference is that when " @@ -1440,177 +1429,41 @@ msgid "" "hours>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:164 -msgid "Check in and out via the database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users who are logged into the " -"database to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " -"application, or use a kiosk. For some smaller companies, where every " -"employee is also a user, this feature may be useful." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:170 -msgid "" -"A user can check in and out on the main database dashboard, as well as in " -"any application. In the upper right corner of the top main menu, which is " -"always visible regardless of what application the user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴" -" (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is visible. Click on the " -"colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, enabling the user to check " -"in and/or out." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:180 -msgid "Check in" -msgstr "เช็คอิน" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:182 -msgid "" -"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " -"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` and the " -"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:190 -msgid "" -"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 -msgid "" -"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " -"their computer to access their location information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:197 -msgid "" -"If the user has not checked in and out already during the current work day, " -"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " -"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" -" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " -"appears beneath that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:202 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to check in. The :guilabel:`🔴 (red " -"circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget changes appearance" -" as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has checked in, by " -"changing the green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to a yellow " -":guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:207 -msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:210 -msgid "Check out" -msgstr "เช็คเอาท์" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:212 -msgid "" -"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " -"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" -" populating the time field. Beneath that line, :guilabel:`HH:MM` is " -"displayed, indicating the hours and minutes that have elapsed since checking" -" in. As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes " -"that have passed since the user checked in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:218 -msgid "" -"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " -"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears in addition to " -"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The time displayed in both of " -"these fields are populated with the most recent check in time, and will " -"match. Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously " -"logged hours are displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 -msgid "" -"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " -"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " -"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that will " -"be logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:228 -msgid "" -"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " -":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button. The attendance widget updates again," -" displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the logged time, and the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check " -"in ➡️` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " -"user allows their computer to access this information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:242 -msgid "" -"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " -"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " -"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" -" appears on the dashboard, including check ins and check outs with no time " -"value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:157 msgid "Kiosk mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:159 msgid "" "Some companies may opt to use a dedicated device (a laptop or desktop PC, a " "tablet, or a mobile phone) for employees to check in and check out from. " "Kiosk mode is used for these scenarios." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:163 msgid "" "If users check in and out using either a badge or an RFID, then an " "accessible device in kiosk mode **must** be available to check in and check " "out using these two methods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 msgid "" "Entering kiosk mode is only available for users with specific :ref:`access " "rights `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:169 msgid "Kiosk mode can be activated in three different ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:171 msgid "" "Navigate to the :guilabel:`Attendances` application, and click " ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode` in the top menu. The device then enters kiosk mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:173 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click on the link in the " @@ -1618,7 +1471,7 @@ msgid "" " recommended to close the database tab to keep the database secure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:177 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click :guilabel:`Copy` next to " @@ -1632,7 +1485,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:186 msgid "" "As a security measure, once a device is in kiosk mode, it is not possible to" " exit kiosk mode and go back into the database without signing back in. To " @@ -1641,11 +1494,11 @@ msgid "" "an extra layer of security, preventing anyone from accessing the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:192 msgid "Badge" msgstr "เหรียญรางวัล" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 msgid "" "To check in or out using a badge, tap the :guilabel:`📷 (camera) Tap to scan`" " image in the center of the kiosk. Then, scan the barcode on the badge using" @@ -1669,11 +1522,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Attendances Kiosk view displaying the scan badge image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:206 msgid "RFID" msgstr "RFID" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:208 msgid "" "To check in or out using an RFID key fob, simply scan the fob with an RFID " "reader. Once scanned, the employee is then either checked in or checked out," @@ -1681,11 +1534,11 @@ msgid "" "all the check in or check out information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:213 msgid "Manually" msgstr "ด้วยตนเอง" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:215 msgid "" "Users who do not have a scannable badge or an RFID fob can manually check in" " and out at a kiosk. Tap the :guilabel:`Identify Manually` button on the " @@ -1695,20 +1548,20 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`confirmation message ` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:221 msgid "" "When a large number of employees appear in the list, making scrolling " "inefficient, there are two ways to quickly find a specific person:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Search...`: tap on the :guilabel:`Search...` field and enter the " "person's name. As the name is typed in, the matching results are displayed " "on the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: to quickly filter the presented employees, tap on a " "department to display only those employees that are part of that department." @@ -1717,11 +1570,11 @@ msgid "" "part of the department, and is displayed when selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:232 msgid "PIN" msgstr "PIN" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:234 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification` option was activated in the " ":ref:`kiosk settings ` section of the " @@ -1729,7 +1582,7 @@ msgid "" "checking in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:238 msgid "" "After the employee is selected, a number pad appears with a message. When " "checking in, :guilabel:`(Employee) Welcome! Please enter your PIN to check " @@ -1738,7 +1591,7 @@ msgid "" "numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:243 msgid "" "Tap in the PIN using the number pad, then tap :guilabel:`OK` when done. The " "employee is then checked in or out, and a :ref:`confirmation message " @@ -1749,11 +1602,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pop-up that appears when prompted to enter a pin." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:253 msgid "Confirmation message" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:255 msgid "" "When an employee checks in or out, a confirmation message appears with all " "the check in or check out information. When checking in, a welcome message " @@ -1773,7 +1626,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ตกลง` หากต้องการออกจากหน้าจอก่อนเวลาที่กำหนดไว้ในคีออสก์ " "ให้แตะปุ่ม :guilabel:`ตกลง`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 msgid "" "When checking out, the screen displays a goodbye message, with the date and " "time of check out, and the total hours logged for the day. Beneath the " @@ -1785,12 +1638,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The goodbye message with all the employee's check out information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:681 msgid "Overview" msgstr "ภาพรวม" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:273 msgid "" "When entering the *Attendances* application, the :guilabel:`Overview` " "dashboard is presented, containing all the check in and check out " @@ -1801,11 +1654,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:280 msgid "Views" msgstr "มุมมอง" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:282 msgid "" "To change the view from the default Gantt chart to a list view, click the " ":guilabel:`List` icon in the top right of the dashboard, beneath the user's " @@ -1813,7 +1666,7 @@ msgid "" "button, located next to the :guilabel:`List` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:286 msgid "" "The default view presents the current day's information. To present the " "information for the :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or " @@ -1836,7 +1689,7 @@ msgstr "" "หากต้องการย้อนกลับไปยังมุมมองที่มีวันปัจจุบัน ให้คลิกปุ่ม :guilabel:`วันนี้`" " ซึ่งจะรีเฟรชแดชบอร์ด โดยนำเสนอข้อมูลที่มีข้อมูลของวันปัจจุบัน" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:295 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Day` view, the column for the current hour is highlighted " "in yellow. If the :guilabel:`Week` or :guilabel:`Month` view is selected, " @@ -1850,7 +1703,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:304 msgid "" "Any entries that have errors appear in red, indicating they need to be " "resolved by a user with the proper :ref:`access rights ` that need to be resolved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this filter has a drop-down to further select a " "specific time period. Select the desired time period from the options " "presented, a specific month, quarter, or year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Last 7 days`: this filter presents the attendance data for the " "last seven days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:332 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`: create a custom filter using the pop-up that " "appears when this is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 msgid "Groups" msgstr "กลุ่ม" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:338 msgid "The default groups that can be selected are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:340 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing the" " following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -1941,13 +1794,13 @@ msgid "" " period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:344 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee`: this group presents the attendance data organized by " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:345 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing " "the following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -1956,7 +1809,7 @@ msgid "" "time period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:349 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`: this option displays a drop-down menu with a " "variety of options to group the attendance data by, including " @@ -1964,53 +1817,53 @@ msgid "" "Address`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:356 msgid "Attendance log details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:358 msgid "" "Odoo captures various time and location details when a user checks in and " "out. The specific details provided are determined by the method the user " "checked in and out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:361 msgid "" "To view the specific check in and/or check out details for an employee, " "click on an individual entry in the overview dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 msgid "" "A detailed attendance log for the user appears in a pop-up window. To close " "the detailed attendance log, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` button in " "the bottom-left corner of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:367 msgid "The detailed attendance log contains the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:370 msgid "Main details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:372 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the name of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 msgid ":guilabel:`Check In`: the date and time the employee checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:374 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: the date and time the employee checked out. This only" " appears if the employee has checked out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:376 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Worked Hours`: the total amount of time the employee logged for " "the day, in an hour and minute format (HH:MM). This value calculates all the" @@ -2018,23 +1871,23 @@ msgid "" "multiple times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Extra Hours`: any extra hours the employee logged that is beyond " "their expected working hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:383 msgid "Check in/check out details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:385 msgid "" "The following information appears for both the :guilabel:`Check In` and " ":guilabel:`Check Out` sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: the method with which the attendance information was " "gathered. :guilabel:`Systray` is displayed if the employee logged in and out" @@ -2043,18 +1896,18 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`using an attendance kiosk `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:392 msgid "" ":guilabel:`IP Address`: the IP address for the computer the employee used to" " log in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:393 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browser`: the web browser the employee used to log in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:394 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Localization`: the city and country associated with the " "computer's IP address." @@ -2062,7 +1915,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`การประยุกต์ใช้`: เมืองและประเทศที่เกี่ยวข้องกับที่อยู่ IP " "ของคอมพิวเตอร์" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:395 msgid "" ":guilabel:`GPS Coordinates`: the specific coordinates when the user logged " "in or out. To view the specific coordinates on a map, click the :guilabel:`→" @@ -2074,26 +1927,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The detailed information for an attendance entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:405 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:84 msgid "Errors" msgstr "เกิดข้อผิดพลาด" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:407 msgid "" "Entries that contain an error appear on the overview dashboard in red. In " "the :guilabel:`Gantt view`, the entry appears with a red background. If in " "the :guilabel:`List view`, the entry text appears in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:411 msgid "" "An error typically occurs when an employee has checked in but has not " "checked out within the last 24 hours, or when an employee has a check in and" " check out period spanning over 16 hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:414 msgid "" "To fix the error, the attendance entry must be modified or deleted. Click on" " the entry to reveal a pop-up containing the details for that particular " @@ -2110,27 +1963,27 @@ msgid "" "selector is shown, and the time selector is highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:426 msgid "" "When all the information on the pop-up is correct, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close`. When the entry no longer has an error, the entry appears in gray " "instead of red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 msgid "" "To delete an entry, click :guilabel:`Remove` on the pop-up instead of making" " modifications to the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:435 msgid "" "To view attendance reports, click :guilabel:`Reporting` in the top menu. The" " default report displays each employee's attendance information for the past" " 3 months, in a :guilabel:`Line Chart`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 msgid "" "The default view is a :guilabel:`Graph`. To view the data in a pivot table, " "click the :guilabel:`Pivot Table` button on the top right of the report. To " @@ -2138,14 +1991,14 @@ msgid "" "next to the :guilabel:`Pivot Table` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 msgid "" "To present different information, adjust the :ref:`filters and groups " "` in the same way as in the :guilabel:`Overview`" " dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:445 msgid "" "The data can be presented in either a :guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line" " Chart`, :guilabel:`Pie Chart`, :guilabel:`Stacked` chart, or in " @@ -2154,13 +2007,13 @@ msgid "" "chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 msgid "" "To change the :guilabel:`Measures`, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button " "and select the desired measure from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:452 msgid "" "The report can also be inserted into a spreadsheet. Click the " ":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button and a pop-up appears. Select the " @@ -2172,6 +2025,151 @@ msgid "" "The default report view, with all the optional view buttons highlighted." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/check_in_check_out`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:461 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/hardware`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:3 +msgid "Check in and out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users, who are logged into the " +"database, to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " +"application, or use a kiosk. For smaller companies, where every employee is " +"also a user, this feature may be useful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A user can check in and/or out on the main database Odoo dashboard, or while" +" inside any application. To do so, in the upper-right corner of the top main" +" header menu, which is always visible regardless of what application the " +"user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is " +"visible. Click on the colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, " +"enabling the user to check in and/or out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:22 +msgid "Check in" +msgstr "เช็คอิน" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " +"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)`, and the " +"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in` " +":icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " +"their computer to access their location information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If the user has not already checked in and out during the current work day, " +"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " +"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" +" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " +"appears in that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button to check in. The " +":guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget " +"changes appearance, as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has" +" checked in, by changing the green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` " +"button to a yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:49 +msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:148 +msgid "Check out" +msgstr "เช็คเอาท์" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " +"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" +" populating the time field. Beneath that line, the hours and minutes that " +"have elapsed since checking in are displayed in a :guilabel:`HH:MM` format. " +"As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes that " +"have passed since the user checked in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " +"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears, in addition to " +"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The times displayed in both of " +"these fields match, and are populated with the most recent check in time. " +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously logged " +"time is displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " +"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " +"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that is " +"logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:70 +msgid "" +"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " +":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " +"yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button. The attendance " +"widget updates again, displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the " +"logged time, while the yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` " +"button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " +"user allows their computer to access this information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:85 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " +"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " +"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" +" appears on the main *Attendances* dashboard, including check ins and check " +"outs with no time value." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Hardware" msgstr "ฮาร์ดแวร์" @@ -2274,6 +2272,305 @@ msgid "" "departments." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:3 +msgid "Departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"All employees in the *Employees* app fall under specific departments within " +"a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:8 +msgid "Create new departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To make a new department, navigate to :menuselection:`Employees app --> " +"Departments`, then click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left to reveal a blank " +"department form. Fill out the following information on the department form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The department for with all fields filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:18 +msgid ":guilabel:`Department Name`: enter a name for the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: using the drop-down menu, select the department " +"manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Parent Department`: if the new department is housed within " +"another department (has a parent department), select the parent department " +"using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates`: if employees in this department " +"require a specific appraisal form that is different from the default " +"appraisal form, tick the checkbox. If this option is activated, an " +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab appears below the form. This field " +"**only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " +"department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Survey`: using the drop-down menu, select the default " +"survey to use for the department when requesting feedback from employees. " +"This field **only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed, **and** " +"the *360 Feedback* option is enabled in the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the department. Click the default " +"white color box to display all the color options. Click on a color to select" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab: this tab **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates` options is activated on the form. " +"Make any desired edits to the appraisal form. The appraisal form is used for" +" appraisals for all employees within this department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:36 +msgid "" +"After the form is completed, click the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon to manually save the changes. When saved, a " +":guilabel:`Department Organization` chart appears in the top-right of the " +"department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The form auto-saves while data is entered, however the :guilabel:`Department" +" Organization` chart does **not** appear until the form is manually saved. " +"If the form is not saved, the :guilabel:`Department Organization` chart is " +"visible upon opening the department card from the :guilabel:`Departments` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:47 +msgid "Refer to the :doc:`../appraisals` documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:50 +msgid "Departments dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured departments, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Departments`. All departments appear in a " +"Kanban view, by default, and are listed in alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The departments dashboard view with all the department cards in a Kanban " +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:175 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "มุมมองคัมบัง" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each department has its own Kanban card on the main :guilabel:`Departments` " +":icon:`oi-view-kanban` :guilabel:`(Kanban)` dashboard view, that can display" +" the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:66 +msgid "Department name: the name of the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:67 +msgid "Company: the company the department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employees`: the number of employees within the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisals`: the number of appraisals scheduled for employees in " +"the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Requests`: the number of unapproved time off requests " +"for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval ` . This **only** appears if there are requests to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allocation Requests`: the number of unapproved allocation " +"requests for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval " +"`. This **only** appears if there are requests " +"to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Applicants`: the number of :ref:`new applicants " +"` for a position in this department. This **only** appears " +"if there are new applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expense Reports`: the number of employees in the department with " +":ref:`open expense reports to approve `. This **only** " +"appears if there are any expense reports waiting for approval." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Absence`: the number of absences for the current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Color bar: the selected color for the department appears as a vertical bar " +"on the left side of the department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click on an alert in a department card, such as :guilabel:`Time Off " +"Requests`, to reveal a list view of the requests to approve. This list " +"includes **all** open requests to approve, not just from the specific " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The default view for the :guilabel:`Departments` dashboard is a Kanban view." +" It is possible to view the departments in two other forms: a list view and " +"a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "ดูล่าสุด" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a list view, click the :icon:`fa-align-justify` " +":guilabel:`(list)` icon in the top-right corner. The departments appear in a" +" list view, which displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Employees`, " +":guilabel:`Parent Department`, and :guilabel:`Color` for each department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The departments are sorted alphabetically by :guilabel:`Department Name`, by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The departments presented in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When in list view, departments can be managed in batch by selecting one or " +"multiple record's checkbox, then select the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Actions` button to reveal a drop-down menu of actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:113 +msgid "Hierarchy view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a hierarchy view, click the :icon:`fa-share-alt " +"fa-rotate-90` :guilabel:`(hierarchy)` icon in the top-right corner. The " +"departments appear in an organizational chart format, with the highest-level" +" department at the top (typically :guilabel:`Management`), and all other " +"departments beneath it. All child departments of the first-level child " +"departments are folded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Each department card displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, the " +":guilabel:`Manager` (and their profile image), the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Employees` in the department, and the ability to expand the department " +"(:guilabel:`Unfold`) if there are child departments beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Unfold` button on a department card to expand it. Once " +"expanded, the :guilabel:`Unfold` button changes to a :guilabel:`Fold` " +"button. To collapse the department, click the :guilabel:`Fold` button. Only " +"**one** department *per row* can be unfolded at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Click anywhere on a department card to open the department form. Click the " +":guilabel:`(#) Employees` smart button to view a list of all the employees " +"in that department, including all employees in the child departments beneath" +" it, organized by individual department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In the hierarchy view, if the :guilabel:`(2) Employees` button on the " +":guilabel:`Management` card is clicked (the highest-level department card), " +"**all** employees appear in a list view, grouped by department. This is " +"because **all** departments are children of the :guilabel:`Management` " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`(3) Employees` button in the :guilabel:`Sales` department " +"card is clicked, the employees from the :guilabel:`Sales` department, as " +"well as its two child departments (:guilabel:`East Coast Territory` and " +":guilabel:`West Coat Territory`), appear in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "The departments presented in a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list view of employees for the department that was clicked, including all child\n" +"departments." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 msgid "New employees" msgstr "พนักงานใหม่" @@ -2348,7 +2645,6 @@ msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:736 msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "" @@ -2469,7 +2765,8 @@ msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:869 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "ประวัติย่อ" @@ -3714,7 +4011,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:398 msgid "Salary" msgstr "เงินเดือน" @@ -5094,10 +5391,6 @@ msgid "" "different ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 -msgid "List view" -msgstr "ดูล่าสุด" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:304 msgid "" "The default view of the service records is a list view. This presents all " @@ -5145,11 +5438,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The form automatically saves as data is entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 -msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "มุมมองคัมบัง" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:331 msgid "" "To view services by their stage, click the :guilabel:`Kanban` button, which " @@ -5235,11 +5523,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:380 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:230 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:889 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:894 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "" @@ -5510,11 +5798,11 @@ msgid "" " pop-up windows close, and the activity now appears on the activity view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 msgid "Frontdesk" msgstr "แผนกต้อนรับส่วนหน้า" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:7 msgid "" "The Odoo *Frontdesk* application provides a way for visitors to check in to " "a building or location, and alert the person they are meeting about their " @@ -5522,24 +5810,24 @@ msgid "" "brought to them, while they wait." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:11 msgid "" "This application is ideal for businesses that do **not** have someone " "working at a reception desk, locations **without** a designated waiting area" " available to guests and visitors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:17 msgid "" "The first item to configure with the *Frontdesk* application is the station," " followed by any drink selections that might optionally be offered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 msgid "Stations" msgstr "สถานี" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:23 msgid "" "In Odoo's *Frontdesk* application, a *Station* can be thought of as any " "location where someone can sign in and wait for an employee. This is " @@ -5547,35 +5835,35 @@ msgid "" "kiosk where visitors check in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:27 msgid "" "When setting up the *Frontdesk* application, a minimum of one station " "**must** be configured, but there is no limit to how many stations can be " "created and configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:30 msgid "" "To create a station, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Stations`, and click :guilabel:`New`. When clicked, a " "blank frontdesk form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Name`: enter a name for the specific frontdesk " "location. This should be short and easily identifiable, such as `Reception " "Desk` or `Main Lobby`. This field is required in order to create a station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:38 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsibles`: select the person (or persons) who are alerted " "when a visitor checks in using this specific frontdesk. Multiple selections " "can be entered. This field is required in order to create a station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk URL`: this field auto-populates once the frontdesk form is " "saved, with at least the :guilabel:`Frontdesk Name` and " @@ -5583,46 +5871,45 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`(cloud with upward arrow)` icon, located at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:45 msgid "" "Once saved, a URL is generated in the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` field. This URL " "is one way the frontdesk kiosk is accessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:48 msgid "" "To access the kiosk, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at the end of the " "URL, and navigate to that URL in a web browser. This URL opens that specific" " station's frontdesk sign-in page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:52 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a frontdesk form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera" " with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:166 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:184 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to open a file explorer, navigate " "to the desired image/photo file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:58 msgid "" "The image selected for the station photo appears as the background image for" " the station kiosk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:61 msgid "Options tab" msgstr "แท็บตัวเลือก" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Host Selection`: if the visitor is attending a meeting, this " "option allows the visitor to select the meeting host from a presented list, " @@ -5630,35 +5917,35 @@ msgid "" "detailed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Authenticate Guest`: if additional information is required when a" " guest checks in, enable this option, and select which of the following are " "required:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: select whether the guest's email address is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Phone`: select whether the guest's phone number is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Organization`: select whether the guest's organization is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Theme`: select the color mode of the kiosk. Choose either " ":guilabel:`Light` or :guilabel:`Dark`. The :guilabel:`Light` selection " @@ -5666,7 +5953,7 @@ msgid "" "selection displays a dark gray and black background." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Self Check-In`: enable this option to present a check-in QR code " "on the kiosk. The QR code allows guests to check in using their mobile " @@ -5674,7 +5961,7 @@ msgid "" "kiosk with multiple guests checking in at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Offer Drinks`: enable this option to offer guests a drink upon " "check in. If this option is enabled, it is necessary to :ref:`configure the " @@ -5683,13 +5970,13 @@ msgid "" " are configured, select each drink to be offered using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:90 msgid "" "The following options are only visible in the :guilabel:`Options` tab if the" " :ref:`Host Selection ` option is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by email`: enable this option to have an email sent to the" " person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -5697,20 +5984,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Email Template` selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:97 msgid "" "To change the default email template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`Email Template` field, then select another email template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any edits to the " "template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:102 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by SMS`: enable this option to have an SMS (text) message " "sent to the person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -5718,13 +6005,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk SMS Template` selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:106 msgid "" "To change the default SMS template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`SMS Template` field, and select another SMS template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:109 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any desired edits to the" @@ -5732,7 +6019,7 @@ msgid "" "characters, which fits in 4 SMS (UNICODE) messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by Discuss`: this option is enabled by default when the " ":guilabel:`Host Selection` option is enabled. This option opens a *Discuss* " @@ -5740,28 +6027,28 @@ msgid "" "in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:116 msgid "" "When enabled, a default message appears for the person the guest is " "visiting. The *Discuss* application **must** be installed in order for this " "option to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:120 msgid "" "*Discuss* is installed by default when creating an Odoo database, and does " "not count towards billing. As long as the *Discuss* application is not " "intentionally uninstalled, the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option works." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:125 msgid "" "The default message format for the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option is: " "`(Frontdesk Station) Check-In: (Guest Name) (Guest Phone Number) " "(Organization) to meet (Name of employee).`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:128 msgid "" "An example of how that might appear in a *Discuss* message is: `Main Lobby " "Check-In: John Doe (123-555-1234) (Odoo, Inc.) to meet Marc Demo.`" @@ -5771,11 +6058,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Frontdesk station form with all the information filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 msgid "Side Message tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:138 msgid "" "Enter any desired text to appear on the station kiosk after a guest has " "checked in, such as a welcome greeting or any necessary instructions. The " @@ -5783,11 +6070,12 @@ msgid "" " a guest has completed the check-in process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:112 msgid "Drinks" msgstr "เครื่องดื่ม" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:147 msgid "" "After a station is created, the next step is to configure the drinks to " "offer visitors, if desired. This step is **not** necessary or required for " @@ -5795,31 +6083,31 @@ msgid "" "drinks are offered to guests." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:151 msgid "" "To add a drink option, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Drinks`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a " "blank drink form to configure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 msgid "Enter the following information on the drink form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Drink Name`: type the name of the drink option in this field. " "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 msgid "" ":guilabel:`People to Notify`: use the drop-down menu in this field to select" " who is notified when the drink is selected. Multiple people can be entered " "in this field. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:159 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a numerical value in this field to indicate " "where in the list of drink options this specific option appears. The lower " @@ -5828,16 +6116,16 @@ msgid "" "first in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:163 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:181 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a drink form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera " "with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:169 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:187 msgid "" "The image selected now appears in the picture field, and is set as the image" " for the drink." @@ -5847,156 +6135,237 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Drink form with the information filled out for an espresso." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:178 msgid "Station dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:192 +msgid "Kiosk setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " +"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " +"tablet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:197 +msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " +":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" +" a new browser tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " +"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" +" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " +"browser tab or window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " +"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " +"accessing the database when checking-in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" +" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " +":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " +"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " +"requests were made for each drink." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:220 +msgid "" +"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " +"other metrics, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`frontdesk/visitors`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:3 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "ผู้เยี่ยมชม" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:5 msgid "" -"To access a complete list of visitors that are currently checked in, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +"In the Odoo *Frontdesk* application, a *visitor* is defined as any non-" +"employee (e.g., repair person, job candidate, etc.). These visitors can be " +"logged upon arrival and departure for security purposes. This ensures an " +"accurate list of people on the premises." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:196 -msgid "" -"The visitors are listed in a list view, with the following details that were" -" entered when they checked in:" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:12 +msgid "Visitor list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To access a complete list of checked-in visitors, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:18 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Planned or Checked-In` and :guilabel:`Today` " "filters appear in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:21 +msgid "" +"All visitors are presented in a list view, with the following details that " +"were entered upon check in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:24 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the guest's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:25 msgid ":guilabel:`Visitor Company`: the company the guest represents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: the guest's phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 -msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`: the drink the guest requested." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`\\*: the drink the guest requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:28 msgid ":guilabel:`Host`: who the guest is waiting to see." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:29 msgid ":guilabel:`CheckIn`: the date and time the guest checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Checkout`: the date and time the guest checked out. As mentioned," -" in the default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " +":guilabel:`Checkout`\\*: the date and time the guest checked out. In the " +"default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " ":guilabel:`Planned` status are visible. Guests with check-out times are only" " visible if the :guilabel:`Today` filter is not active." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duration`: the amount of time the guest has been checked in for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`Station`: the location of where the guest checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: the status of the guest. The options are " ":guilabel:`Checked-In`, :guilabel:`Planned`, :guilabel:`Checked-Out`, or " -":guilabel:`Canceled`. In the default view, only guests with a " -":guilabel:`Checked-In` or :guilabel:`Planned` status are visible." +":guilabel:`Canceled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: the guest's email address." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`\\*: the guest's email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:39 msgid "" -"To the far right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page is " -"an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +"\\* These fields are not visible in the default :guilabel:`Visitor` list. " +"These must be enabled using the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` " +":guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon in the top-right of the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To the far-right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page, " +"there is an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:46 msgid "" "When a guest leaves, click the available :guilabel:`Check out` button to " "update the guest's record, and log the date and time they left." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:49 msgid "" "If a scheduled guest arrives, and they did not check in using the " "*Frontdesk* kiosk, they can be checked in here, by clicking the available " ":guilabel:`Check in` button to log the date and time they arrived." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:53 msgid "" -"Beside the untitled status column a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button appears," -" but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." +"Beside the untitled status column, a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " +"appears, but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:56 msgid "" "When their drink has been served, click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " "to indicate the drink has been delivered to the guest. Once clicked, that " "button disappears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst-1 msgid "" "The full list of currently checked in visitors, with the drinks to be served" " highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:63 msgid "" "If any column is not visible, or if a visible column is preferred to be " -"hidden, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options (two horizontal lines with " -"dots)` icon, located at the end of the column name list." +"hidden, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(additional " +"options)` icon, located at the end of the column name list. Doing so, " +"reveals a reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or disable. A" +" :icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`(check)` icon indicates the column is visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Clicking that reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or " -"disable. A :guilabel:`✅ (checkmark)` icon indicates the column is visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:69 msgid "Planned visitors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:71 msgid "" -"If a guest is expected to arrive at a future date and time, it is possible " -"to enter their information into the *Frontdesk* application in advance." +"Enter expected guest information in advance by creating a planned guest in " +"the *Frontdesk* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:73 msgid "" "To create a planned guest, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Visitors --> New`. Then, enter the same information as any other " -":ref:`visitor `. The only required fields are the " -"visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the :guilabel:`Station` at which they are " -"expected to arrive." +"Visitors`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, enter the same information as " +"any other :ref:`visitor ` on the guest form that appears. " +"The only required fields are the visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Station` at which they are expected to arrive." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:79 msgid "" "If a guest is planned in advance, they must be checked in from the list on " "the :guilabel:`Visitors` page in the *Frontdesk* application " @@ -6005,96 +6374,71 @@ msgid "" " entry remains listed as :guilabel:`Planned`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:84 msgid "" -"Only when a planned guest is checked in inside the application's visitor " -"list, their :guilabel:`Planned` status changes to :guilabel:`Checked-In`." +"The :guilabel:`Planned` status of a planned guest **only** changes to " +":guilabel:`Checked-In` when they are checked in *inside* the application's " +":guilabel:`Visitors` list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:87 msgid "" "If a guest does check in using a kiosk, ensure all records are current, and " -"the list of currently on-site guests is correct. Be sure to check in and/or " -"check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly reflects who " -"is currently on the premises." +"the list of guests that are currently on-site is correct. Be sure to check " +"in and/or check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly " +"reflects who is currently on the premises." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:91 msgid "" "Ensure planned guests are informed that they should **not** check in using " "the kiosk if they are listed as a planned guest in advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:274 -msgid "Frontdesk flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " -"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " -"tablet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:279 -msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:281 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " -":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" -" a new browser tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:283 -msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " -"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" -" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " -"browser tab or window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:288 -msgid "" -"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " -"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " -"accessing the database when checking-in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:95 msgid "Visitor flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:294 -msgid "" -"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a frontdesk kiosk, and " -"enter their information. The information requested is what was configured " -"for that specific frontdesk station. If any information is required, the " -"field displays a red asterisk (*). The visitor must enter the required " -"information in order to check in." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:98 +msgid "Visitor check in" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a :ref:`Frontdesk kiosk " +"`, and click :guilabel:`Check in`. The information " +"requested from the visitor is what was configured for that specific " +"*Frontdesk* station. If any information is required, the field displays a " +"red asterisk (\\*). The visitor **must** enter the required information in " +"order to check in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:105 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, the visitor taps the :guilabel:`Check " "In` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:108 msgid "" -"If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check " -"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: `Do " -"you want something to drink?`" +"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," +" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check " +"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: " +":guilabel:`Do you want something to drink?`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:117 msgid "" "The visitor can tap either :guilabel:`Yes, please`, or :guilabel:`No, thank " "you`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:119 msgid "" "If they select :guilabel:`Yes, please`, a drink selection screen appears, " "and the pre-configured options are listed. The visitor then taps the desired" @@ -6102,47 +6446,46 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Nothing, thanks` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:123 msgid "" -"If a drink selection was made, a `Thank you for registering! Your drink is " -"on the way.` message appears." +"If a drink selection was made, a :guilabel:`Thank you for registering! Your " +"drink is on the way.` message appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:313 -msgid "" -"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," -" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:127 +msgid "Notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:129 msgid "" "Once the visitor has checked in, the person they are visiting, and any other" -" users who were configured to be notified when checks ins occur at the " -"kiosk, are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a " -"*Discuss* chat, or any combination of those three options." +" users who were configured to be notified when check-ins occur at the kiosk," +" are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a *Discuss*" +" chat, or any combination of those three options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:133 msgid "" "If the visitor requested a drink, the user(s) configured as the " -":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified via the " -"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: `(Visitor Name) just " -"checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" +":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified, via the " +"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: :guilabel:`(Visitor " +"Name) just checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the drink has been delivered to the guest, the person who delivered the" " drink is responsible for marking the drink as delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:140 msgid "" "To mark a drink as delivered, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Stations --> (#) Drinks to serve` on the desired station card." +"Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#) " +"Drinks to serve`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:143 msgid "" "This opens a list of all the visitors checked in at that station, and are " "waiting for a drink. Click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button at the end of" @@ -6150,64 +6493,39 @@ msgid "" "their drink served, the visitor disappears from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:150 msgid "" "Once the visitor has completed their business, and has left the premises, it" " is important to check them out for accurate record keeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:153 msgid "" "To check visitors out properly, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app " -"--> Stations --> (#) On Site`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who" -" are currently checked-in at that station." +"--> Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#)" +" Drinks to serve`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who are " +"currently checked-in at that station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:157 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check Out` button near the end of the line for the " +"Click the :guilabel:`Check out` button near the end of the line for the " "visitor who left. Once they are marked as checked-out, the visitor " "disappears from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:161 msgid "" -"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important to" -" check out visitors for accurate record keeping." +"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important " +"for *Frontdesk* users to check out visitors for accurate record keeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:164 msgid "" "Always have an accurate list of who is on the premises at any given time. " "This is important for security purposes, and in the case of an emergency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:353 -msgid "" -"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " -"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:355 -msgid "" -"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" -" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " -":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:358 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " -"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " -"requests were made for each drink." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:361 -msgid "" -"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " -"other metrics, as well." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:5 msgid "Lunch" msgstr "อาหารเที่ยง" @@ -6715,7 +7033,7 @@ msgid "The category form, with the fields filled out for a Soup category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:280 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:701 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:392 msgid "Alerts" msgstr "การเตือน" @@ -7951,13 +8269,20 @@ msgid "" "the changes are also reflected in the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To access contract templates, the *Salary Configurator* " +"(`hr_contract_salary`) module **must** be :ref:`installed " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "To view all the current contract templates in the database, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Contracts: Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Contract Templates` page, all current contract templates " "appear in a list view. To view the details of a contract template, click " @@ -7966,40 +8291,40 @@ msgid "" "contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" "To create a new contract template, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Then, " "enter the following information on the blank contract template form that " "appears:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Reference`: enter a brief description for the template. " "This should be clear and easily understood, as this name appears in the " "*Recruitment* application, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: select the desired working schedule the " "contract applies to from the drop-down menu. If a new working schedule is " "needed, create a :ref:`new working schedule `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select how the work entries are generated. " "Choices are either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: work entries are generated based on the " "selected working schedule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "attendance, as they are logged in the *Attendances* application. Refer to " @@ -8007,56 +8332,56 @@ msgid "" "on checking in and out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Planning`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "planning in the *Planning* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select the :ref:`salary structure type " "` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the contract template applies " "to from the drop-down menu. If blank, the template applies to all " "departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Job Position`: select the :ref:`job position ` the contract template applies to from the drop-down menu. If " "blank, the template applies to all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 msgid ":guilabel:`Wage on Payroll`: enter the monthly wage in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Type`: select the type of contract from the drop-down " "menu. This list is the same as the :ref:`Employment Types " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: select the employee responsible for validating " "contracts, using this template, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`: select a default document that a" " new employee has to sign to accept an offer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template`: select a default document " "that a current employee has to sign to update their contract." @@ -8066,18 +8391,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new contract template form, with the fields filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 msgid "Salary information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or " ":guilabel:`Hourly Wage` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: using the drop-down menu, select how often the " "employee is paid. Options include :guilabel:`Annually`, :guilabel:`Semi-" @@ -8086,7 +8411,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Weekly`, or :guilabel:`Daily`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage`: enter the gross wage. The time period presented in this " "field is based on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Scheduled Pay` field. " @@ -8094,21 +8419,21 @@ msgid "" "*first*, since that entry updates this field automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:172 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)`: enter the total yearly cost the employee " "costs the employer. When this value is entered, the :guilabel:`Monthly Cost " "(Real)` is automatically updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Monthly Cost (Real)`: this field is **not** editable. The value " "is automatically populated after the :guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)` is " "entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:178 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Schedule Pay`, :guilabel:`Wage`, and :guilabel:`Yearly Cost " "(Real)` fields are all linked. If any of these fields are updated, the other" @@ -8121,11 +8446,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The salary information tab, with the fields filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 msgid "Pre-tax benefits and post-tax deductions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:190 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings set for the company, the entries " "presented in this section either vary, or may not appear at all." @@ -8133,50 +8458,50 @@ msgstr "" "ขึ้นอยู่กับการตั้งค่าการประยุกต์ใช้ของบริษัท " "รายการที่นำเสนอในส่วนนี้จะแตกต่างกันไปหรืออาจไม่ปรากฏเลย" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "For example, some entries may pertain to retirement accounts, health " "insurance benefits, and commuter benefits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:196 msgid "" "Enter the monetary amounts or percentages to specify how much of the " "employee's salary goes to the various benefits and/or deductions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "Employment types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:204 msgid "" "To view all the pre-configured employment types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll application --> Configuration --> Contracts: " "Employment Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:207 msgid "" "The employment types are presented in a list view on the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:209 msgid "" "The default employment types are :guilabel:`Permanent`, " ":guilabel:`Temporary`, :guilabel:`Seasonal`, :guilabel:`Interim`, " ":guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, and :guilabel:`Permanent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 msgid "" "To make a new employment type, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the " "upper-left corner, and a blank line appears at the bottom of the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:215 msgid "" "On this new blank line, enter the name of the employment type in the " ":guilabel:`Name` column. If the employment type is country-specific, select " @@ -8185,7 +8510,7 @@ msgid "" " specific country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:220 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the employment types, click the :guilabel:`six " "small gray boxes` icon to the left of the employment type :guilabel:`Name`, " @@ -8196,12 +8521,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The employment types in the database by default, in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -8209,15 +8534,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:238 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:241 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -8229,14 +8554,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ประเภทรายการงาน` รายการของ :guilabel:`ประเภทรายการงาน` " "จะถูกสร้างขึ้นโดยอัตโนมัติตามการตั้งค่าการประยุกต์ใช้ที่ตั้งไว้ในฐานข้อมูล" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work " "Entry Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:251 msgid "" "Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." @@ -8248,29 +8573,29 @@ msgid "" "code and color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 msgid "" "To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:730 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:43 msgid "General information section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: the name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:269 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: this code appears with the work entry type on " "timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " @@ -8278,7 +8603,7 @@ msgid "" "department for a code to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:272 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DMFA code`: this code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " "Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding :abbr:`DMFA (De " @@ -8289,50 +8614,50 @@ msgid "" "salaries paid to those employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 msgid "" ":guilabel:`External Code`: this code is used for exporting data to a third-" "party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used to determine " "the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: this code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " "payroll service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the particular work entry type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:285 msgid "Display in payslip section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rounding`: the rounding method selected determines how quantities" " on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: a timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:295 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -8342,11 +8667,11 @@ msgid "" "hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:301 msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: if the work entry is for work that " "is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " @@ -8355,39 +8680,39 @@ msgid "" " training, or volunteer work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:309 msgid "Valid for advantages section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: if the work entry should count towards a meal " "voucher, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:312 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: if the work entry should count towards " "representation fees, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: if the work entry should count " "towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:318 msgid "Time off options section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off`: check this box if the work entry type can be selected " "for a time off request, or entry, in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field " "appears. This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time" @@ -8395,14 +8720,14 @@ msgid "" "example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "A new type of time off can be entered in the field, if the listed types of " "time off in the drop-down menu do **not** display the type of time off " "needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: this is for Belgian-specific companies " "**only**, and does **not** appear for other localizations. Check this box if" @@ -8418,11 +8743,11 @@ msgstr "" " ตามที่รัฐบาลระบุ คนงานจะได้รับวันหยุดในแต่ละปี และในบางกรณี " "เวลาหยุดงานในช่วงเวลาที่กำหนดอาจส่งผลต่อระยะเวลาหยุดงานที่พนักงานได้รับหรือสะสมในปีถัดไป" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:336 msgid "Reporting section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:338 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: if the work entry should be visible on the " "unforeseen absences report, check this box." @@ -8432,11 +8757,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:348 msgid "Working schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 msgid "" "To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " @@ -8444,21 +8769,21 @@ msgid "" "contracts and work entries are found in this list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 msgid "" "Working schedules are company-specific. Each company **must** identify each " "type of working schedule they use. If the database is created for only one " "company, the company column is not available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" "An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " "work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " "that uses the 40-hour standard work week." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "" "A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " "needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." @@ -8470,17 +8795,17 @@ msgid "" "the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "New working schedule" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:373 msgid "" "To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " "enter the information on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -8488,7 +8813,7 @@ msgid "" "times that apply to the new working time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:380 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -8497,16 +8822,16 @@ msgid "" "modified by typing in the time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:386 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:389 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top-left. This creates " "entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" @@ -8514,11 +8839,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New working schedule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:403 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -8528,7 +8853,7 @@ msgid "" "on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:411 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -8538,73 +8863,77 @@ msgid "" "structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:417 msgid "" "The different :guilabel:`Structure Types` can be seen by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure " -"Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary: Structure Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:420 msgid "" -"There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: " -":guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Worker`. Typically, :guilabel:`Employee`" -" is used for salaried employees, which is why the wage type is " -":guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is typically used for" -" employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +"Two default structure types are configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Employee` and" +" :guilabel:`Worker`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:422 +msgid "" +"Typically, :guilabel:`Employee` is used for salaried employees, which is why" +" the wage type is :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is " +"typically used for employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is " +":guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "New structure type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " "structure type form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 msgid "" "Proceed to enter information in the fields. Most fields are pre-populated, " "but all the fields can be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:441 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Structure Type`: enter the name for the new structure type, such " "as `Employee` or `Worker`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Country`: select the country that the new structure type applies " "to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:445 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select what type of wage the new structure type uses," " either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for salaried employees, who receive the same wage " "every pay period, select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:451 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for employees, who receive wages based on how many" " hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: select the typical pay schedule for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," @@ -8613,7 +8942,7 @@ msgid "" "indicates how often this specific type of structure is paid out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: select the default working hours for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " @@ -8624,13 +8953,13 @@ msgid "" "hours>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: type in the name for the regular pay " "structure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:463 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: select the default type of work entry " "the new structure type falls under from the drop-down menu. The default " @@ -8641,13 +8970,13 @@ msgid "" "Hours`, and :guilabel:`Long Term Time Off`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 msgid "" "To view all the options for the :guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`, click " "the :guilabel:`Search More..` button at the bottom of the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:472 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings, this list may contain more options " "in addition to the default options." @@ -8660,11 +8989,11 @@ msgid "" "New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 msgid "New default working hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:484 msgid "" "To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " "in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " @@ -8674,14 +9003,14 @@ msgid "" "time. When the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: type in the name for the new default working hours. This " "should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " "Hours/Week`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that can use these new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " @@ -8689,7 +9018,7 @@ msgid "" " to have their own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:495 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: the average hours per day field is auto-" "populated, based on the working hours configured in the :guilabel:`Working " @@ -8697,13 +9026,13 @@ msgid "" "hours affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:499 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Timezone`: select the time zone to be used for the new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:501 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: enter the number of hours per week an " "employee would need to work to be considered a full-time employee. " @@ -8712,7 +9041,7 @@ msgid "" "(full-time vs part-time)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:505 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Time Rate`: this percentage is auto-generated based on the " "entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" @@ -8722,7 +9051,7 @@ msgid "" "adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: this tab is where each day's specific working" " hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " @@ -8730,26 +9059,26 @@ msgid "" "with each day divided into three timed sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:513 msgid "" "Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening " "(13:00-17:00) hours configured, using a 24 hour time format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:516 msgid "" "To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field to adjust, and " "make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the specific case of " "the times, type in the desired time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:519 msgid "" "Keep in mind, working hours are company-specific, and cannot be shared " "between companies. Each company needs to have their own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "" "If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " "bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " @@ -8758,17 +9087,17 @@ msgid "" " be adjusted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 msgid "Structures" msgstr "โครงสร้าง" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:531 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -8776,13 +9105,13 @@ msgid "" "`Bonus`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:538 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:541 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " @@ -8793,7 +9122,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All available salary structures." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:548 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." @@ -8805,12 +9134,12 @@ msgid "" "Rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:551 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:556 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:261 msgid "Rules" msgstr "กฏ" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:558 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " "purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" @@ -8822,35 +9151,35 @@ msgstr "" "และส่งผลต่อการดำเนินการในแอปพลิเคชัน *ระบบบัญชี* " "ดังนั้นการแก้ไขกฎเริ่มต้นหรือการสร้างกฎใหม่ควรทำเมื่อจำเป็นเท่านั้น" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:562 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " "Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:565 msgid "" "To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " "the following information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 msgid "Top section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:571 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rule Name`: enter a name for the rule. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " "recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " @@ -8858,38 +9187,38 @@ msgid "" "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:577 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a number indicating when this rule is calculated" " in the sequence of all other rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:576 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Active`: enable this toggle, so the rule is available for use. " "Disable the toggle to hide the rule without deleting it in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:583 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appears on payslip`: tick the checkbox to have the rule appear on" " employee payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:584 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Employer Cost Dashboard`: tick the checkbox to have the " "rule appear on the :guilabel:`Employer Cost` report, located on the " "*Payroll* app dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:586 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Payroll Reporting`: tick the checkbox to have the rule " "appear on payroll reports." @@ -8899,15 +9228,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 msgid "General tab" msgstr "แท็บทั่วไป" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:597 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "เงื่อนไข" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:599 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: select from the drop-down menu whether the " "rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always applies), a :guilabel:`Range` " @@ -8916,11 +9245,11 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:600 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:605 msgid "Computation" msgstr "การคำนวณ" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:607 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: select from the drop-down menu whether the amount " "is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a :guilabel:`Percentage (%)`, or a " @@ -8928,54 +9257,54 @@ msgid "" "percentage, or Python code needs to be entered next. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:613 msgid "Company contribution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:615 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partner`: if another company financially contributes to this " "rule, select the company from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:614 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:810 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 msgid "Description tab" msgstr "แท็บคำอธิบาย" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:621 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the rule. " "This tab only appears in the rule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:625 msgid "Accounting tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:627 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Debit Account`: select the debit account from the drop-down menu " "the rule affects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Credit Account`: select the credit account from the drop-down " "menu the rule affects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:624 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:629 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not computed in net accountability`: tick the checkbox to delete " "the value of this rule in the `Net Salary` rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:633 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:636 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " @@ -8984,11 +9313,11 @@ msgid "" "has matured to more markets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:642 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:644 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " @@ -9002,14 +9331,14 @@ msgid "" "a payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 msgid "" "To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " ":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " "applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:658 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" " :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " @@ -9021,11 +9350,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new Input Type form filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:664 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:669 msgid "Salary attachment types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:671 msgid "" "Salary attachments, also thought of as \"wage garnishments\", are portions " "of earnings taken out of a payslip for something specific. Much like all " @@ -9033,7 +9362,7 @@ msgid "" "**must** be defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:675 msgid "" "To view the currently configured salary attachments, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Salary " @@ -9042,7 +9371,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Child Support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:679 msgid "" "To make a new type of salary attachment, click the :guilabel:`New` button. " "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Code` (used in the salary " @@ -9054,11 +9383,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new salary attachment form filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " "section of the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary " @@ -9068,7 +9398,7 @@ msgid "" "their salary package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:695 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -9077,11 +9407,11 @@ msgid "" "sees, and what is populated, as the applicant enters information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:701 msgid "Benefits" msgstr "สิทธิประโยชน์" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:703 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain benefits " "set in Odoo, in addition to the salary, to make an offer more appealing " @@ -9089,7 +9419,7 @@ msgid "" " or internet, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:707 msgid "" "To view the benefits, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary Package Configurator: Benefits`. Benefits are grouped by " @@ -9101,7 +9431,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list view of all the benefits available for each structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:716 msgid "" "A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " "another labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " @@ -9109,7 +9439,7 @@ msgid "" "structure type has a meal voucher benefit available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:720 msgid "" "A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use the " "company car benefit, but cannot have meal vouchers. A person hired under the" @@ -9117,29 +9447,29 @@ msgid "" "available to them, not the use of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:724 msgid "" "To make a new benefit, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " "information in the fields on the blank benefits form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:722 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 msgid "The various fields for creating a benefit are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:732 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefits`: enter the name for the benefit. This field is " "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:733 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "benefit this is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of cost " "incurred by the company for this specific benefit. The default options are " @@ -9157,7 +9487,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ค่าจ้างพร้อมวันหยุด` และ :guilabel:`อัตราเวลาทำงาน` " "ขึ้นอยู่กับการตั้งค่าการประยุกต์ใช้ มีตัวเลือกเพิ่มเติมมากมายให้เลือก" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:739 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Related Type`: select from the drop-down menu what type of " "benefit it is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -9166,52 +9496,52 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:738 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the specific field" " on the contract the benefit appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select the specific field on the contract that the " "cost of the benefit is linked to, using the drop-down menu. If this field is" " left blank, the cost of the benefit is not computed in the employee budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:748 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Net Salary`: tick the checkbox if the benefit should " "impact the employee's net salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requested Documents`: select any document that is required to be " "submitted for this benefit, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:752 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mandatory Benefits`: using the drop-down menu, select the benefit" " that is required in order for this specific benefit to be offered to the " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 msgid "" "For example, a benefit for car insurance would populate `Company Car` in " "this field. This would allow the car insurance benefit to **only** be " "displayed if the employee has selected/enabled the benefit of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:758 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this benefit applies to. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:760 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select the metric that the benefit is granted, " "using the drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " @@ -9222,17 +9552,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new benefit form filled out for an internet subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:768 msgid "Display section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:770 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show Name`: tick the checkbox to have the benefit name appear in " "the salary package configurator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:767 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: select from the drop-down menu how this benefit is" " displayed. The options are :guilabel:`Always Selected`, " @@ -9241,14 +9571,14 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 msgid "" "Depending on the selection made, additional configurations need to be made. " "For example, if :guilabel:`Radio Buttons` is selected, the individual radio " "buttons must be entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Icon`: an icon from the `Font Awesome 4 library " "`_ can be visible for this benefit. Enter" @@ -9256,43 +9586,43 @@ msgid "" "suitcase icon, the code `fa fa-suitcase` is entered on this line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hide Description`: tick the checkbox to hide the benefit " "description if the benefit is not selected by the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:784 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded`: if the benefit should be folded, or hidden, because it " "is dependant on another benefit selection, tick the checkbox. The following " "fields appear when this is active:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Label`: enter a name for the folded section of the benefit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:783 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:788 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Res Field`: select the contract field this benefit is tied " "to using the drop-down menu. If this field is selected on the contract, then" " this benefit becomes visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:792 msgid "Activity section" msgstr "ส่วนกิจกรรม" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the activity type" " that is automatically created when this benefit is selected by the " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:796 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation`: select when the activity is created, either " "when the :guilabel:`Employee signs his contract`, or when the " @@ -9300,7 +9630,7 @@ msgid "" "desired selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:799 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation Type`: select the parameters for when the " "activity is created, either :guilabel:`When the benefit is set` or " @@ -9308,47 +9638,47 @@ msgid "" " desired selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:802 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Assigned to`: select the user the activity is automatically " "assigned to, using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:143 msgid "Sign section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:808 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Template to Sign`: if the employee is required to sign a document" " when selecting this benefit, select the document template from the drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:811 msgid "" "For example, a benefit regarding the use of a company car may require the " "employee to sign a document acknowledging the company's car policies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:812 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the benefit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:820 msgid "Personal info" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:822 msgid "" "Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " "candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " "information, resume, work information, and documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:826 msgid "" "The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " "section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " @@ -9356,17 +9686,17 @@ msgid "" "hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:825 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:830 msgid "" "To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " "dashboard, and click on the employee's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:829 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:834 msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:836 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Personal Info` section lists all of the fields that are " "available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " @@ -9380,25 +9710,25 @@ msgid "" "enter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:839 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 msgid "" "To edit a personal info entry, select an entry from the list on the " ":guilabel:`Personal Info` page, and modify the personal info on the form " "that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:842 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 msgid "To create a new personal info entry, click the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:849 msgid "" "The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " "are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " ":guilabel:`Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:852 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down menu. " ":guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the :guilabel:`Bank" @@ -9406,7 +9736,7 @@ msgid "" "account, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:851 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from the drop-down menu that best " "describes what kind of personal information this entry is, and where it is " @@ -9415,13 +9745,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address` or :guilabel:`Personal Documents`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:861 msgid "" "The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " "Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:859 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:864 msgid "" "Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required` box makes the field mandatory on the " "employee's card. The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the " @@ -9434,50 +9764,50 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:871 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:876 msgid "" "The resumé section, housed within the salary package configurator section of" " the settings menu, is how salary information rules are configured when " "offering a position to potential employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:879 msgid "" "When an offer is sent to a prospective employee, the values for the offer " "are computed from these settings, and appear on the offer page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:877 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:882 msgid "" "To configure this section, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator: Resumé`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:885 msgid "" "By default, there are three :guilabel:`Salary Structure Types` pre-" "configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Worker`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " ":guilabel:`None`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:888 msgid "" "Each :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` has several rules configured. These " "affect how an offer is calculated using that particular :guilabel:`Salary " "Structure Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:886 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " ":guilabel:`Contract Salary Resumé` form loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 msgid ":guilabel:`Information`: type in a name for this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:892 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:897 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select the category this value is housed under, using " "the drop-down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Monthly Salary`, " @@ -9485,11 +9815,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:901 msgid "New categories can be made if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, then enter the name for the new category " "in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, select the :guilabel:`Periodicity` from" @@ -9498,23 +9828,23 @@ msgid "" "appears in the :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` rule list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:908 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Monthly Total`: tick the checkbox if this value is added " "in the monthly total calculation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:911 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select what kind of value this rule is, either " ":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Days`, or :guilabel:`Percent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency` is for a set monetary value, :guilabel:`Days` is for " "compensation in the form of time off, and :guilabel:`Percent` is for a " @@ -9522,13 +9852,13 @@ msgid "" "commissions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:912 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select which :guilabel:`Salary Structure " "Type` this rule is nested under, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:919 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Value Type`: select how the value is computed, using the drop-" "down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Fixed Value`, " @@ -9536,7 +9866,7 @@ msgid "" "Benefits Values`, and :guilabel:`Monthly Total`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:922 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: select the code this rule applies to from the drop-down " "menu." @@ -9547,23 +9877,23 @@ msgid "" "The net wage rule form filled out, with all the information for net pay." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:929 msgid "Jobs" msgstr "งาน" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:926 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:931 msgid "" "Since the *Payroll* application is responsible for paying employees for " "specific job positions, the complete list of job positions can be found in " "both the *Payroll* and *Recruitment* applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:937 #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:934 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:939 msgid "" "The job positions listed in the *Payroll* application are identical to the " "job positions listed in the *Recruitment* application. If a new job position" @@ -9571,13 +9901,13 @@ msgid "" "*Payroll* application, and vice versa." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:943 msgid "" "To view the job positions, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Jobs: Job Positions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:941 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:946 msgid "" "A list of all the job positions appear, along with the corresponding " "department, on the :guilabel:`Job Position` page." @@ -9587,38 +9917,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list of all the job positions and corresponding departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 msgid "" "To create a new job description, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a job " "form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:955 msgid "" "Enter the information on the form for the new position. The information is " "identical as to the information entered when creating a new job position in " "the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 msgid "" "Refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation for more details" " on how to fill out this form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:957 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:962 msgid ":doc:`payroll/contracts`" msgstr ":doc:`payroll/contracts`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:963 msgid ":doc:`payroll/payslips`" msgstr ":doc:`payroll/payslips`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:959 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:964 msgid ":doc:`payroll/work_entries`" msgstr ":doc:`payroll/work_entries`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:965 msgid ":doc:`payroll/reporting`" msgstr ":doc:`payroll/reporting`" @@ -12314,8 +12644,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " "steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" " step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," -" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " -"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +" conducting an interview, or sending a job offer, for example. This process " +"is referred to as the 'applicant flow.'" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 @@ -12348,18 +12678,245 @@ msgid "" "positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " "` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " "stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " -"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes are " "visible on all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:37 msgid "" -"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +"Before creating a job position in Odoo, configure the necessary settings for" +" the *Recruitment* app. To view and edit the settings, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Settings`. After any " +"changes are made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the top-left corner " +"to save all the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:43 +msgid "Job posting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Job Posting` section of the *Recruitment* app settings has " +"only one selection to make. If job positions are to be posted to the " +"company's website, enable the :guilabel:`Online Posting` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Online Posting` is only available if the *Website* " +"application is also installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:53 +msgid "Recruitment process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recruitment process` section of the settings page specifies " +"what the database can and cannot do during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:59 +msgid "Send interview survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Odoo is capable of having a survey sent to an applicant to gather more " +"information about them. Surveys can be thought of as exams, or " +"questionnaires, and can be customized in various ways to provide the " +"recruitment team with valuable insights into the applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option to send surveys to " +"applicants. Once enabled, an :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Interview " +"Survey` internal link appears. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`Interview Survey` link to navigate to a list of all created " +"surveys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:70 +msgid "" +"This list includes all surveys that were created in the database, not just " +"surveys used in the *Recruitment* app. If no surveys have been created, the " +"surveys list displays a :guilabel:`No Survey Found` message, and presents " +"options to create a survey from several pre-configured survey templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:76 +msgid "" +"For more detailed information about surveys, refer to the :doc:`survey " +"essentials <../marketing/surveys/create>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Enabling the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option will install the " +"*Surveys* application once the settings are saved, if it is not installed " +"already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:84 +msgid "Send SMS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:86 +msgid "" +"It is possible to send text messages to applicants directly through the " +"*Recruitment* app. To do so, enable the :guilabel:`Send SMS` option. This " +"option requires credits to use, which can be obtained by clicking the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` internal link that emerges " +"when the feature is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For more information, refer to the :doc:`SMS pricing and FAQs " +"<../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:98 +msgid "CV display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When applicants submit an application, one of the default required fields is" +" a resumé, or :abbr:`CV (curriculum vitae)`. All resumés are stored in the " +"*Documents* application, and are accessible on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:104 +msgid "" +"A resumé has the option to appear on the applicant's form, which can be " +"viewed by clicking on the applicant's card. The resumé appears on the right-" +"side of the screen. If this is not enabled, the resumé is accessed via a " +"link in the chatter, where it needs to be clicked to expand and view it, or " +"downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`CV Display` option to show the resumé on the " +"applicant's card by default, and in addition to the document link. When " +"enabled, the resumé appears on the right side of the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"For the resumé to appear on the right-side, the browser window must be in " +"full-screen mode (where the browser spans the entire screen)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the browser window is set to a size smaller than the entire width of the " +"screen (not full-screen), then the resumé does not appear on the right-side." +" Instead, the resumé appears in the :guilabel:`Files` section of the " +"chatter, below the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The resumé on an applicant's card, appearing on the right side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:128 +msgid "CV digitization (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:130 +msgid "" +"When an application is submitted using any of the available methods, such as" +" an online application submission, emailing a resume to the job position " +"alias, or creating an applicant record directly from the database, it is " +"possible to have Odoo extract the applicant's name, phone number, and email " +"address from the resumé and populate the applicant's form. To do so, enable " +"the :guilabel:`CV Digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:136 +msgid "" +"When enabled, additional options appear. Click on the corresponding radio " +"button to select one of the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not digitize`: this option turns off resumé digitization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize on demand only`: this option only digitizes resumes when" +" requested. A :guilabel:`Digitize document` buttons appears on applicant " +"cards. When clicked, the resumé is scanned and the applicant's card is " +"updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize automatically`: this option automatically digitizes all " +"resumés when they are submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Beneath these options are two additional links. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-" +"right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` button to purchase credits for CV " +"digitization. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`View My Services` " +"to view a list of all current services, and their remaining credit balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:151 +msgid "" +"For more information on document digitization and :abbr:`IAP's (in-app " +"purchases)`, refer to the :doc:`In-app purchase (IAP) " +"<../essentials/in_app_purchase>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:155 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option for :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)`" +" at first may seem like a redundancy. It seems to be the same as disabling " +"the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option is enabled, a module is " +"installed so that resumés can be scanned. Disabling this option would " +"uninstall the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If at some point, there is a desire to temporarily stop digitizing resumés, " +"the :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option is selected. The reason this option " +"is available is so that the module is not uninstalled, allowing for " +"digitization to be enabled in the future by selecting one of the other two " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"When sending an offer to an applicant, an expiration date can be set on the " +"offer. Enter the number of days an offer is valid for in the " +":guilabel:`days` field. After the set amount of days has passed, if the " +"applicant has not accepted the offer, the offer is no longer available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To access the Kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " ":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " "opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " -"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " -"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " -"job position." +"Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` smart button on a job position " +"card to navigate to the Kanban view for all the applicants for that " +"particular job position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12367,119 +12924,130 @@ msgid "" "Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:186 msgid "" -"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"Inside the job application, the Kanban stages appear, with all the " "applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" -" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +" are currently in. There are six default stages in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:190 +msgid ":ref:`New `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:191 msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:194 msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:195 msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:197 msgid "" -"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " -"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " -"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " -"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " -"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default. Folded " +"columns appear gray, and the applicants in it are hidden from view. To " +"expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that column, click " +"anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and the column " +"expands, revealing the applicants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:206 msgid "" -"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " -"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, providing status " +"information for the applicant's in that specific stage. The status colors " +"are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:209 +msgid ":guilabel:`Green`: the applicant is ready to move to the next stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:210 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " -"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " -"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " -"stage." +":guilabel:`Red`: the applicant is blocked from moving to the next stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " -"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +":guilabel:`Gray`: the applicant is still in progress in the current stage " +"and is neither ready nor blocked from the next stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " -"which need to be scheduled." +"The status for each card is set manually. To set the status, click on the " +"small circle in the lower-left of the applicant card. A status pop-up window" +" appears. Click on the desired status for the applicant. The status dot on " +"the applicant card as well as the status bar updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The applicant card statuses, and status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:223 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " -"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " -"applicants currently in the stage." +"The names for the three status colors (`In Progress`, `Blocked`, and `Ready " +"for Next Stage`) :ref:`can be modified `, if " +"desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:229 msgid "Customize stages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:231 msgid "" "Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " "particular hiring steps of a business." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:235 msgid "New stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 msgid "" -"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " -"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " -"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" -" the screen to exit the new column creation." +"To create a new stage, click on :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Stage` and a new " +"column appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Stage " +"title` field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and " +"another new stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click" +" anywhere on the screen to exit the new stage creation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgid "The plus sign to click to add a new column to the Kanban stages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:249 msgid "Modify stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:251 msgid "" "To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " -":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " -"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " -"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " -"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " -"when done." +":icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side " +"of the stage. Click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon and a menu" +" appears. Then click on the :guilabel:`Edit` option. An :guilabel:`Edit: " +"(Stage)` form appears. Make any desired modifications to the form, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12488,40 +13056,39 @@ msgid "" "displays when clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 -msgid "Edit column form" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:265 +msgid "Edit stage form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:267 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " -"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" -" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +"The :guilabel:`Edit: (Stage)` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required field is the :guilabel:`Stage Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:272 msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " "drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " -"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"the stage, an email is automatically sent to the applicant using the " "selected template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " "(hidden) at all times in the default view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " "applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " @@ -12529,138 +13096,147 @@ msgid "" "is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:282 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " -"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " -"job positions can be selected." +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to specific job " +"positions, select the job positions from the drop-down menu. Multiple job " +"positions can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" " the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" " referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " ":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " -"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage. The *Referrals* app " +"must be installed in order to use this option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:289 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" -" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" -" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " -"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " -"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured status labels " +"(colored circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These " +"colors are displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the" +" applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the" +" label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " ":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " ":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" " any requirements of the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:298 msgid "Delete stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:300 msgid "" "If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," -" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." -" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " -"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " -":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " -":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` " +"icon appears. First, click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A " +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up warning appears, asking :guilabel:`Are you " +"sure you want to delete this column?` Click :guilabel:`Delete` to delete the" +" column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:307 msgid "" "If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " -"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" -" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" -" before deleting." +"up when attempting to delete the stage. The records currently in the stage " +"to need to be either deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage before" +" the stage can be deleted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:312 msgid "Email templates" msgstr "เทมเพลตอีเมล" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 msgid "" "To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " "templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " "use them are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " -"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " -"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " -"Interview` stage." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Applicant Acknowledgement`: this template is used to" +" let the applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`New` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:320 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " -"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " -"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Interest`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application caught the recruiter's attention, and " +"they have been shortlisted for either a phone call or an interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:323 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" -" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " -"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview`: this template is used to let " +"the applicant know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial " +"Qualification` stage and they will be contacted to set up an interview with " +"the recruiter. This email is automatically sent out once the applicant is in" +" the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:327 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" -" longer being considered for the position." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when " +"an applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the " +"position, and thanks them for their time and consideration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:330 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " -"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " -"configure their salary package." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is " +"no longer being considered for the position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 msgid "" "Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" " business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " ":doc:`../general/companies/email_template` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:337 msgid "" -"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " -"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " -":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " -"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +"To manually send an email, click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send an email from the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:344 msgid "" -"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " -":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " -"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " -"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +"Click the :icon:`fa-expand` :guilabel:`(expand)` full composer icon in the " +"bottom right corner of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter. A " +":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window loads, with the " +":guilabel:`Recipients` and :guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The " +"applicant's email address is entered in the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and" +" the :guilabel:`Subject` is `(Job Position)`. The email body is empty by " +"default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:350 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the field next to " +":guilabel:`Load template` in the bottom section of the window. Select the " +"email template to use from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 msgid "" -"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " -":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " "Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " "information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" " the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " @@ -12668,62 +13244,56 @@ msgid "" "change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:359 msgid "" -"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " -"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " -"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" -" of available templates." +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model load. There are " +"other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not configured" +" for the recruitment application, they do not appear in the list of " +"available templates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 msgid "" -"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " -"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " -"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " -":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " -"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " -"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " -"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " -"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " -"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button" +" in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the :icon:`fa-" +"close` :guilabel:`(delete)` icon to the right of the attachment." msgstr "" -"หากต้องการเพิ่มไฟล์แนบ ให้คลิกปุ่ม :guilabel:`แนบไฟล์` ที่มุมซ้ายล่าง " -"ไปที่ไฟล์ที่จะแนบ จากนั้นคลิก :guilabel:`เปิด` เพื่อแนบ หากต้องการลบไฟล์แนบ " -"ให้คลิกไอคอน :guilabel:`X (ลบ)` ทางด้านขวาของไฟล์แนบ " -"หากจำเป็นต้องทำการเปลี่ยนแปลงใดๆ กับอีเมล ให้แก้ไขเนื้อหาของอีเมล " -"หากควรบันทึกการแก้ไขเพื่อใช้ในอนาคต อีเมลสามารถบันทึกเป็นเทมเพลตใหม่ได้ " -"คลิกปุ่ม :guilabel:`บันทึกเป็นเทมเพลตใหม่` ที่มุมขวาล่าง หากต้องการส่งอีเมล " -"ให้คลิก :guilabel:`ส่ง` และอีเมลจะถูกส่งไปยังผู้สมัคร อีเมลจะแสดงในช่องแชท" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:367 +msgid "" +"If any changes need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If " +"the edits should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved " +"as a new template. Click the :guilabel:`Save Template` button in the bottom." +" To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email is sent to the " +"applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 msgid "Stage flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:375 msgid "" "In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " -"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the Kanban view to the" " desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:379 msgid "" "To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " -"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " -"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " -"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " -"indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " -"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " -"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +"in the Kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted at the top, above the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 +msgid "" +"Click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " +"Kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top-left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." msgstr "" -"หากต้องการเปลี่ยนขั้นตอนบนบัตรของผู้สมัคร " -"ให้คลิกที่บัตรของผู้สมัครในมุมมองคัมบังเพื่อไปยังมุมมองรายละเอียดของบัตร " -"ขั้นตอนปัจจุบันของการ์ดจะถูกเน้นด้วยสีม่วงที่ด้านบน เหนือการ์ด " -"เพียงคลิกด่านที่ต้องการสำหรับการ์ด จากนั้นด่านก็จะเปลี่ยนไป " -"บันทึกบันทึกที่ระบุถึงการเปลี่ยนแปลงด่านจะปรากฏในการพูดคุย " -"ย้อนกลับไปยังมุมมองคัมบังโดยคลิกที่ :guilabel:`แอปพลิเคชั่น` ในเมนู " -"เบรดครัมบ์ที่ด้านซ้ายบน และตอนนี้บัตรของผู้สมัครจะปรากฏในขั้นตอนใหม่" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -12731,130 +13301,137 @@ msgid "" "applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:233 -msgid "Initial qualification" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:643 +msgid "New" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:398 msgid "" "The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " "flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " "recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:402 msgid "" -"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " -"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " -"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " -"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " -":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " -"required when applying for a job position." +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`New` stage, whether submitted online" +" or if the applicant is manually entered by a recruiter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:405 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically populates the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`, the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile` number, and :guilabel:`LinkedIn " +"Profile` on the applicant's card. This information is required when applying" +" for a job position, by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If the website application form is modified, different fields may be " +"populated based on what information is requested on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:414 msgid "" "If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " -"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " -":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " -"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " -"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " -"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " -"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " -"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" -" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +"Introduction` section of the online application, it will populate in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card." msgstr "" -"หากผู้สมัครป้อนข้อมูลในส่วน :guilabel:`การแนะนำตัว` ของใบสมัครออนไลน์ " -"ข้อมูลนั้นจะถูกเติมลงในแท็บ :guilabel:`สรุปการสมัคร` " -"ที่ด้านล่างของบัตรของผู้สมัคร หากแนบเรซูเม่ไปกับใบสมัครออนไลน์ " -"เรซูเม่จะแสดงในส่วนไฟล์แนบของแชท และจะถูกจัดเก็บไว้ในแอปพลิเคชัน *เอกสาร* " -"ด้วย หากต้องการค้นหาเอกสารการรับสมัครที่จัดเก็บไว้ในแอปพลิเคชันเอกสาร " -"ให้ไปที่แดชบอร์ดหลัก :menuselection:`เอกสาร` และคลิกโฟลเดอร์ที่มีป้ายกำกับ " -":guilabel:`ระบบสรรหาบุคลากร` ทางด้านขวา " -"เอกสารการรับสมัครทั้งหมดจะถูกจัดเก็บไว้ในโฟลเดอร์นั้น" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:421 +msgid "" +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé would appear " +"in the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"*Documents* application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the left-" +"hand side. All recruitment documents are stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "" +"If the :ref:`CV Display ` option was enabled in the " +":ref:`Settings ` menu, the resumé appears on the " +"applicant's card, on the right-hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:431 msgid "Send interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:433 msgid "" "At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " "applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " "can be formatted in a variety of ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid "" +"The *Surveys* application is used to send these *interviews*, therefore the " +"*Surveys* application must be installed to send an interview to an " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 msgid "" "Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " "questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " -"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " -"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " -"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"be formatted to suit each individual job positions needs. For more " +"information on creating and editing interview forms, refer to the " +":doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 +msgid "" +"A job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form" +" of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " "position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " "the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" -" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" -" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +" on weekend evenings." msgstr "" -"Odoo ใช้คำว่า *การสัมภาษณ์* แต่อาจถือเป็นแบบสอบถาม แบบสำรวจ การทดสอบ " -"การรับรอง ฯลฯ " -"การสัมภาษณ์แบบกำหนดเองสามารถจัดรูปแบบให้เหมาะกับความต้องการของแต่ละตำแหน่งงานได้" -" เช่น " -"ตำแหน่งงานโปรแกรมเมอร์คอมพิวเตอร์อาจมีการสัมภาษณ์ในรูปแบบแบบทดสอบการเขียนโปรแกรมเพื่อกำหนดระดับทักษะของผู้สมัคร" -" " -"ตำแหน่งงานพนักงานเสิร์ฟในร้านอาหารอาจมีแบบสอบถามเพื่อสอบถามเกี่ยวกับความพร้อมของผู้สมัคร" -" หากผู้สมัครที่ต้องการต้องว่างในช่วงเย็นสุดสัปดาห์ " -"สำหรับข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมเกี่ยวกับการสร้างและแก้ไขแบบฟอร์มการสัมภาษณ์ " -"โปรดดูเอกสารประกอบ :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:450 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top-left of the " +"applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Send Interview` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Send an " +"interview` pop-up window appears, with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:458 msgid "" "In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" " the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" -" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " -"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " -"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " -"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " -":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, an " +":guilabel:`Edit:(Applicant)` pop-up window appears on top of the " +":guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window. Enter the email address in the " +":guilabel:`email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. Once the " +"applicant's information is saved, the :guilabel:`Edit: (Applicant)` closes " +"and the :guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window remains." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 msgid "" -"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " -"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " -"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +"Email templates use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the " +"applicant and the job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey" +" if more people should receive the email. If an email is in the database as " +"a contact, add that contact in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. If an email" +" should be sent to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they" +" should **not** be added as a contact, add their email in the " +":guilabel:`Additional emails` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:279 -msgid "" -"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " -"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " -"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " -"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " -"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 -msgid "" -"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " -"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " -"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " -"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " -"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " -"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " -"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " -"line." -msgstr "" -"Odoo เรียกแบบฟอร์มการสัมภาษณ์ว่า *แบบสอบถาม* " -"เทมเพลตอีเมลเหล่านี้ยังใช้ตัวยึดตำแหน่งแบบไดนามิกเพื่อปรับแต่งอีเมลให้เหมาะกับผู้สมัครและตำแหน่งงาน" -" เพิ่มผู้รับเพิ่มเติมสำหรับแบบสอบถามหากมีคนควรได้รับอีเมลมากกว่านี้ " -"หากอีเมลอยู่ในฐานข้อมูลเป็นผู้ติดต่อ ให้เพิ่มผู้ติดต่อนั้นในบรรทัด " -":guilabel:`ผู้รับ` " -"หากควรส่งอีเมลถึงบุคคลที่ไม่ได้อยู่ในฐานข้อมูลในฐานะผู้ติดต่อ " -"และไม่ควร**เพิ่มเป็นผู้ติดต่อ ให้เพิ่มอีเมลของพวกเขาในบรรทัด " -":guilabel:`อีเมลเพิ่มเติม`" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1066 msgid "" "If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " "button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " @@ -12862,25 +13439,26 @@ msgid "" " and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:475 msgid "" "If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" " for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " "window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " -"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " -"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " -"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +"calendar selector appears. Use the :icon:`fa-chevron-left` " +":guilabel:`(left)` and :icon:`fa-chevron-right` :guilabel:`(right)` arrows " +"on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then click on " +"the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"The :guilabel:`Mail Template` field is pre-populated based on the " "configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" " drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " "template loads in the email body." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 msgid "" "To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " ":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." @@ -12892,11 +13470,11 @@ msgid "" "pre-configured template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:494 msgid "Refuse" msgstr "ปฏิเสธ" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:496 msgid "" "At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " "the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" @@ -12905,108 +13483,265 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refuse`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " -"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " -":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " -"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " -"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " -"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " -"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" -" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " -"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " -"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " -"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Click the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reason` from the presented options. The default refuse " +"reasons in Odoo, and their corresponding email templates, are:" msgstr "" -"ป๊อปอัป :guilabel:`เหตุผลในการปฏิเสธ` จะแสดงขึ้น เลือก " -":guilabel:`เหตุผลในการปฏิเสธ` จากเมนูแบบเลื่อนลง " -"เหตุผลในการปฏิเสธตามค่าเริ่มต้นใน Odoo คือ: " -":guilabel:`ไม่ตรงกับข้อกำหนดของงาน`, :guilabel:`ผู้สมัครไม่สนใจอีกต่อไป` และ" -" :guilabel:`ผู้สมัครได้รับข้อเสนอที่ดีกว่า` " -"เหตุผลในการปฏิเสธทั้งสามนี้มีเทมเพลตอีเมลที่กำหนดค่าไว้ล่วงหน้าเชื่อมโยงอยู่ด้วย" -" สามารถสร้างเหตุผลการปฏิเสธเพิ่มเติมได้ " -"และเหตุผลที่มีอยู่สามารถแก้ไขหรือลบได้ หากต้องการเพิ่มเหตุผลการปฏิเสธใหม่ " -"ให้พิมพ์ชื่อเหตุผล จากนั้นคลิก :guilabel:`สร้างและแก้ไข...` " -":guilabel:`สร้าง: เหตุผลในการปฏิเสธ` หน้าต่างป๊อปอัปจะแสดงขึ้น " -"พิมพ์ชื่อของเทมเพลตอีเมลใหม่ในฟิลด์ :guilabel:`เทมเพลตอีเมล` และคลิก " -":guilabel:`สร้างและแก้ไข...` :guilabel:`สร้าง: เทมเพลตอีเมล` " -"หน้าต่างโหลดขึ้นมา กำหนดค่าเทมเพลตอีเมลใหม่ จากนั้นคลิก :guilabel:`บันทึก`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:508 +msgid "Email Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:509 +msgid "Refusal Reason" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:510 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Language issues`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Role already fulfilled`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Duplicate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Spam`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:516 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: don't like job`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: better offer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "" +"Additional refusal reasons :ref:`can be created and existing ones can be " +"modified or deleted `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:525 msgid "" "Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " "which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " "example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " -"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" -" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"applicant's name appears anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the " +"email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " "the :doc:`../general/companies/email_template` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 msgid "" -"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " -"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," -" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " -"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" -" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" -" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +"After a :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` is selected, two fields appear below the " +"refusal reason: :guilabel:`Send Email` and :guilabel:`Email Template`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:534 msgid "" -"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"The applicant's email address automatically populates the :guilabel:`Send " +"Email` field; additional email recipients cannot be added. If an email " +"should **not** be sent to the applicant, uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:538 +msgid "" +"The email template associated with the refusal reason populates the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field. If a different email template is desired, " +"select a different template from the :guilabel:`Email Template` drop-down " +"menu. To view the email template, click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon " +"to the right of the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. The email template " +"loads in a :guilabel:`Open: Email Template` pop-up window, and can be " +"modified if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:545 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Refuse`. The " "refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " -"appears on the applicant's card." +"appears on the applicant's card in the top-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top-right " "corner in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 msgid "" "After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " -"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " -"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" -" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " -":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " -"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " -"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +"position's Kanban view. To view the refused applicants only, click the " +":guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the search box, then click " +":guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` section. All applicants " +"that have been refused for the job position appear, in the stage they were " +"when they were refused." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:558 +msgid "" +"To view all applicants that have been refused from all job positions, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All " +"Applications`. Click the :guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the " +"search box, then click :guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"section. All applications for all job positions are presented in a list " +"view, organized by stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "Create or modify refuse reasons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:569 +msgid "" +"To view all currently configured refuse reasons, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Settings --> Applications: Refuse " +"Reasons`. All the refuse reasons appear in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +"To create a new refuse reason, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" +"left corner. A blank line appears at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Description` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +"Type in the new refuse reason in the field. It is recommended to enter a " +"reason that is short and concise, such as `offer expired` or `withdrew " +"application`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, click on the field to reveal " +"a drop-down menu. Select an :guilabel:`Email Template` from the list to be " +"used when this refuse reason is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +"If a new :guilabel:`Email Template` is desired, type in the name for the new" +" template in the field. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` and a " +":guilabel:`Create Email Template` form pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the form and an email :guilabel:`Subject` in " +"the corresponding fields. Enter the email content in the :guilabel:`Content`" +" tab. Make any other desired modifications to the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the template and return to the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reasons` list. The new template appears in the new refuse " +"reason :guilabel:`Email Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +"To make any modifications to a refuse reason, click on the line, and make " +"any desired changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:594 msgid "New applicant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:596 msgid "" "An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " "be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" -" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " -"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " -"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " -"button." +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online) an applicant " +"card can be easily added from the job position Kanban view in one of two " +"ways, using either the :ref:`quick add ` " +"button or the :ref:`New ` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 msgid "Quick add" msgstr "เพิ่มด่วน" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:607 msgid "" -"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " -"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " -"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"Quickly add a new applicant using the *quick add* button. If not already in " +"the job position Kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by " +"going to :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job " +"Positions`. Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` button on the job " "position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " -"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " -":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +"small :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in the top-right of the " +":guilabel:`New` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:616 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`: Enter the title for the card. Typically " +"this is the applicant's name and job position being applied to, for example:" +" `Laura Smith - HR Manager`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, " +"unless the :guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:671 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:623 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card appears in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:628 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`delete` icon or anywhere on the screen to " +"close the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -13015,104 +13750,60 @@ msgid "" "option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 -msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:645 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" -" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " -"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the *New* " +"button. If not already in the Kanban view for the job position to add an " +"applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by going to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job Positions`. " +"Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left of the Kanban view " +"and a blank applicant form loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:389 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:434 -msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " -"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " -"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " -"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:396 -msgid "" -"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " -"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " -"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " -"the card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:400 -msgid "" -"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " -"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " -"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:407 -msgid "Create" -msgstr "สร้าง" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:409 -msgid "" -"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " -":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " -"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," -" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " -"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:651 msgid "" "Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " "the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " "well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" " fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" " configurations, some fields may not be displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:662 msgid "Applicant section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:664 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" " the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +"position being applied to, for example: `John Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, unless the " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " -"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:672 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:673 msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:674 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`LinkedIn Profile`: enter the web address for the applicant's " +"personal profile on LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" " from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " @@ -13122,77 +13813,110 @@ msgid "" " high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:681 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" -" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " -":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " -"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: using the drop-down menu, select the people who " +"will conduct the interview(s). The selected people must have either " "*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " -"in order to appear on the drop-down." +"to appear in the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " "recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " "all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:687 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " -"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Evaluation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for the" +" applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " ":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:690 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source`: using the drop-down menu, select where the applicant " +"learned about the job position. The following options come pre-configured in" +" Odoo: :guilabel:`Search engine`, :guilabel:`Lead Recall`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Monster`, :guilabel:`Glassdoor`, and " +":guilabel:`Craigslist`. To add a new :guilabel:`Source`, type in the source," +" then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new source)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:695 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Medium`: using the drop-down menu, select the method, or " +":guilabel:`Medium`, for the :guilabel:`Source` that the applicant found the " +"job listing with. The pre-configured options are: :guilabel:`Banner`, " +":guilabel:`Direct`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, " +":guilabel:`Google Adwords`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Phone`, " +":guilabel:`Television`, :guilabel:`Twitter` (now known as \"X\"), or " +":guilabel:`Website`. To add a new :guilabel:`Medium`, type in the medium, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new medium)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:701 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " "job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " "the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " -"installed for this to appear." +"installed for this field to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:704 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: select the available start date for the applicant." +" To select a date, click on the field to reveal a calendar. Use the " +":guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrows on either side of the " +"month to navigate to the desired month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to" +" select the date. If no entry is selected that indicates the applicant is " +"ready to begin work immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:709 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, then click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 msgid "Job section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 msgid "" "The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " "long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" " possible, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " "to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:722 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " -"drop-down menu." +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job position is for using the " +"drop-down menu. This field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:726 msgid "Contract section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:728 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " "for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " @@ -13202,55 +13926,79 @@ msgstr "" "ป้อนจำนวนเงินที่ผู้สมัครขอสำหรับตำแหน่งในสาขานี้ หมายเลขควรอยู่ในรูปแบบ " "`XX,XXX.XX` สกุลเงินถูกกำหนดโดยการตั้งค่าการประยุกต์ใช้ของบริษัท" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:731 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" -" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are requested by " +"the applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Expected Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" -" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " -"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are offered to the " +"applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Proposed Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `unlimited sick time` or `retirement plan`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:484 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " -"select the available start date for the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:742 msgid "Application summary tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 msgid "" "Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" " can be typed into this field." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +"Skills can be added to the applicant's card. To add a skill, follow the same" +" steps as outlined in the skills section of the :ref:`Create new employees " +"` document." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:760 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "" +"If an applicant seems to be a good potential candidate, they are moved to " +"the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage. This could be for a number of " +"reasons, such as they have the relevant experience, education, or " +"certifications the position requires." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:766 +msgid "" +"This stage is to quickly sort candidates that have potential, and those that" +" do not meet the requirements. No automatic actions, such as emails, are set" +" for this stage. This stage simply informs the recruitment team to " +"potentially set up a phone call or an interview with the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:773 msgid "First interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:775 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " "they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " -"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +"position Kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" " the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " "the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " "applicant's card." @@ -13258,163 +14006,176 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"An applicant's card moves from one stage to another by using the click and " "drag method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:785 msgid "" -"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" -" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " -"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " -"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " -"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " -"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " -"the chatter." +"The :guilabel:`First Interview` stage can be modified so when the " +"applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an email is" +" automatically sent to the applicant stating an interview is requested. In " +"this pre-configured email template, a link to the recruiting team's calendar" +" appears, allowing the applicant to schedule their interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 msgid "" -"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " -"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " -"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " -"button at the top of the applicant's record." +":ref:`Edit ` the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, " +"and select the :guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` for the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field, to automate this action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 msgid "" -"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " -":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " -"the applicant's card." +"An interview can be scheduled in one of two ways: either manually by the " +"recruitment team, or by the applicant themselves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:802 msgid "" -"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " -"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " -":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " -"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " -":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +"If the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage was modified to send the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` email template when an applicant" +" reaches that stage, the applicant received a link to the recruitment team's" +" calendar, and can schedule the interview on their own. The recruitment " +"team's availability is reflected in the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +msgid "" +"If the interview needs to be scheduled by the recruitment team, they should " +"reach out to the applicant for a date and time that works. When a date and " +"time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and interviewer, the " +"interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, whether a phone or in-" +"person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button at the top of " +"the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button displays :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings are " +"currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage, this is the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:817 +msgid "" +"If there is one meeting already scheduled, the smart button displays " +":guilabel:`1 Meeting`, with the date of the upcoming meeting beneath it. If " +"more than one meeting is scheduled, the button displays :guilabel:`Next " +"Meeting`, with the date of the first upcoming meeting beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:821 msgid "" "Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " "meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " "the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " "right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" " events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " -"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +"hidden. Only the checked attendees are visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:827 msgid "" -"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " -"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " -":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " -"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " -"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " -"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +"The default view is the :guilabel:`Week` view. To change the calendar view, " +"click the :guilabel:`Week` button, then select the desired view from the " +"drop-down menu. The other options are either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:831 +msgid "" +"An option to display or hide weekends is available. Click the " +":guilabel:`Week` button, then click :guilabel:`Show weekends` to deactivate " +"it (the default is to show weekends). If a check mark is next to " +":guilabel:`Show weekends`, weekends are visible. If there is no check mark, " +"weekends are hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:836 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed date range for the calendar, either use the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-left` :guilabel:`(left arrow)`, :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`(Right arrow)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, " +"or click on a date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed " +"calendar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:845 msgid "" -"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " -"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " -"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " -"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " -"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " -"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " -"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." -msgstr "" -"หากต้องการเพิ่มการประชุมลงในปฏิทิน ให้คลิกวันที่จะมีการประชุม " -"หรือคลิกเวลาเริ่มต้นของการประชุมแล้วลากไปยังเวลาสิ้นสุด เพื่อเลือกวันที่ " -"เวลา และระยะเวลาของการประชุม หากปฏิทินแสดงมุมมองวันหรือสัปดาห์ ให้คลิกวัน " -"*และ* ช่วงเวลาที่จะประชุม :guilabel:`ป๊อปอัปกิจกรรมใหม่` จะแสดงขึ้น โดยมี " -":guilabel:`หัวข้อการประชุม` เติมด้วย :guilabel:`หัวเรื่อง/ชื่อแอปพลิเคชัน` " -"ของบัตรผู้สมัคร ช่วงเวลาเริ่มต้นคือ 30 นาที หากข้อมูลถูกต้อง คลิก " -":guilabel:`สร้าง` เพื่อเพิ่มการประชุมลงในปฏิทิน หรือคลิก :guilabel:`แก้ไข` " -"เพื่อแก้ไขการประชุม" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:560 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " -"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +"To add a meeting to the calendar when in the day or week view, click on the " +"start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, to select the date, " +"time, and the length of the meeting. A meeting can also be added in this " +"view by clicking on the day *and* the time slot the meeting is to take " +"place." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:564 -msgid "New event card" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:850 +msgid "" +"Both methods cause a :ref:`New Event ` pop up window" +" to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:566 -msgid "" -"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " -"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " -"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " -"save the changes and create the meeting." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:855 +msgid "New event pop-up window" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:857 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"Enter the information on the form. The only required fields to enter are the" +" :guilabel:`Meeting Title`, and the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` " +"fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to" +" save the changes and create the interview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:861 +msgid "" +"The fields available to populate or modify on the :guilabel:`New Event` card" +" are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:863 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Title`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " "clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:866 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End`: select the start and end date and " +"times for the meeting. Click on one of the fields and a calendar pop-up " +"window appears. Select both the start and end date and times, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:869 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all-day interview, check the box. " +"If this box is checked, the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` fields are" +" hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:871 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " "default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " "many other people as desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 -msgid "Meeting details tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:873 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting start time." +":guilabel:`Videocall URL`: if the meeting is virtual, or if there is a " +"virtual option available, click :guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting` and a URL is " +"automatically created for the meeting and populates the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:582 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting end time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:584 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " -":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " -"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " -"duration length." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:587 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " -"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " -":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " -"and end times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:590 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " -"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:876 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " "an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," @@ -13425,42 +14186,107 @@ msgid "" "instructions for each command to complete the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:598 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " -"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" -" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " -"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" -" via the selected option." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:884 +msgid "More options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:886 +msgid "" +"To add additional information to the meeting, click the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button in the lower-right corner of the pop-up window. Enter any of" +" the following additional fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:889 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length. The default length of a meeting is one hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:892 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. Several additional fields appear when this is " +"enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:896 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: using the drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:898 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings " +"repeat. The available options are :guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Yearly`, or :guilabel:`Custom`. If " +":guilabel:`Custom` is selected, a :guilabel:`Repeat Every` field appears " +"beneath it, along with another time frequency parameter (:guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, :guilabel:`Months`, or :guilabel:`Years`). Enter a number" +" in the blank field, then select the time period using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:904 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat on`: if :guilabel:`Weekly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Repeat on` field appears. Click on " +"the corresponding day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:906 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day of Month`: if :guilabel:`Monthly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Day of Month` field appears. Using " +"the drop-down menu, select either :guilabel:`Date of month` or " +":guilabel:`Day of month`. If :guilabel:`Date of month` is selected, enter " +"the date the meeting repeats. If :guilabel:`Day of month` is selected, use " +"the drop-down menus to determine the frequency. Select either " +":guilabel:`First`, :guilabel:`Second`, :guilabel:`Third`, " +":guilabel:`Fourth`, or :guilabel:`Last` for the first drop-down menu, then " +"select the day (:guilabel:`Monday`, :guilabel:`Tuesday`, etc.) in the second" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:913 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Until`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings stop " +"repeating. The available options are :guilabel:`Number of repetitions`, " +":guilabel:`End date`, and :guilabel:`Forever`. If :guilabel:`Number of " +"repetitions` is selected, enter the number of total meetings to occur in the" +" blank field. If :guilabel:`End date` is selected, specify the date using " +"the calendar pop-up window, or type in a date in a XX/XX/XXXX format. " +":guilabel:`Forever` schedules meetings indefinitely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:920 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " -"in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:921 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " "menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:923 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " -"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " -":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " -"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +":guilabel:`Appointment`: if an appointment is associated with this meeting, " +"select it form the drop-down menu, or create a new appointment by typing in " +"the appointment name, then click :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. A " +":guilabel:`Create Appointment` form loads. Enter the information on the " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:613 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:927 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select if the organizer appears either " +":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Busy` for the duration of the meeting, " +"using the drop-down menu. Next, select the visibility of this meeting, using" +" the drop-down menu to the right of the first selection. Options are " ":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " "users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " ":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " @@ -13468,100 +14294,95 @@ msgid "" "the company database to see the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:934 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " -"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" -" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " -"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " -"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " -"attendees at the same time." +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:936 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Default " +"options include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`SMS Text Message`, each with a specific time period before the " +"event (hours, days, etc). The reminder chosen alerts the meeting " +"participants of the meeting via the selected option at the specified time. " +"Multiple reminders can be selected in this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:947 msgid "Send meeting to attendees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:949 msgid "" "Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " -"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message from the " +"expanded :guilabel:`Event Form` (what is seen when the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button is clicked on in the event pop-up window)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:953 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " -"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " -"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" -" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " -"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " -"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " -"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " -"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " -"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +"To send the meeting via email, click the :icon:`fa-envelope` " +":guilabel:`Email` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact" +" Attendees` email configurator pop-up window appears. A pre-formatted email " +"using the default :guilabel:`Calendar: Event Update` email template " +"populates the email body field. The followers of the document (job " +"application), as well as the user who created the meeting are added as " +":guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's email address to the " +"list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make any other desired " +"changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button, navigate to the file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " ":guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" -"หากต้องการส่งการประชุมทางอีเมล ให้คลิกปุ่ม :guilabel:`อีเมล` " -"ถัดจากรายชื่อผู้เข้าร่วม " -":guilabel:`ป๊อปอัปตัวกำหนดค่าอีเมลสำหรับติดต่อผู้เข้าร่วมจะแสดงขึ้น " -"อีเมลที่จัดรูปแบบไว้ล่วงหน้าโดยใช้เทมเพลตอีเมลเริ่มต้น :guilabel:`ปฏิทิน: " -"อัปเดตกิจกรรม` จะเติมข้อมูลลงในช่องเนื้อหาอีเมล ผู้ติดตามเอกสาร " -"(การสมัครงาน) รวมถึงผู้ใช้ที่สร้างการประชุมจะถูกเพิ่มเป็น :guilabel:`ผู้รับ`" -" ตามค่าเริ่มต้น " -"เพิ่มที่อยู่อีเมลของผู้สมัครลงในรายการเพื่อส่งอีเมลถึงผู้สมัครด้วย " -"ทำการเปลี่ยนแปลงอื่นๆ ที่ต้องการกับอีเมล หากจำเป็นต้องมีไฟล์แนบ ให้คลิกปุ่ม " -":guilabel:`แนบไฟล์` นำทางไปยังไฟล์ จากนั้นคลิก :guilabel:`เปิด` " -"เมื่ออีเมลพร้อมที่จะส่งแล้ว ให้คลิก :guilabel:`ส่ง`" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:647 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:966 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " -"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " -"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " -"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." -" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " -"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " -":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." -msgstr "" -"หากต้องการส่งการประชุมทางข้อความ ให้คลิกปุ่ม :guilabel:`SMS` " -"ถัดจากรายชื่อผู้เข้าร่วม ป๊อปอัป :guilabel:`ส่งข้อความ SMS` แสดงขึ้น " -"ที่ด้านบน ในกล่องสีน้ำเงิน ข้อมูลจะแสดงขึ้นเกี่ยวกับข้อความ " -"บรรทัดแรกจะแสดงจำนวนเรกคอร์ด (หมายเลขโทรศัพท์) ที่ถูกเลือก " -"บรรทัดที่สองแสดงจำนวนผู้รับและจำนวนผู้รับที่ไม่ถูกต้อง " -"หากผู้ติดต่อไม่มีหมายเลขโทรศัพท์ที่ถูกต้อง ให้คลิก :guilabel:`ปิด` " -"และแก้ไขบันทึกของผู้เข้าร่วม จากนั้นทำตามขั้นตอนเหล่านี้อีกครั้ง" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 -msgid "" -"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " -":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " -"contacts with a valid phone number." +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :icon:`fa-mobile` " +":guilabel:`SMS` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS " +"Text Message` pop-up appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:658 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:969 msgid "" -"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " -"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" -" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " -"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" -" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " -"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +"At the top, a blue box appears if any attendees do not have valid mobile " +"numbers, and lists how many records are invalid. If a contact does not have " +"a valid mobile number listed, click :guilabel:`Close`, and edit the " +"attendee's record, then redo these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:973 +msgid "" +"When no warning message appears, type in the message to be sent to the " +"attendees in the :guilabel:`Message` field. to add any emojis to the " +"message, click the :guilabel:`Add Emoji` icon on the right-side of the pop-" +"up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:977 +msgid "" +"Beneath the message field, the number of characters, as well as the amount " +"of text messages required to send the message (according to GSM7 criteria) " +"appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue` to have the text sent later, after " +"any other messages are scheduled, or click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the " +"message immediately." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:669 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:987 msgid "" "Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " "messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " @@ -13569,11 +14390,11 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`../essentials/in_app_purchase` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:994 msgid "Second interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:996 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " "can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " @@ -13582,56 +14403,51 @@ msgid "" "Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1001 msgid "" "When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " -"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " -"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " -":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " -"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage. The " +"recruiter can now :ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the applicant, following the same process as the first " +"interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1009 msgid "Contract proposal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1011 msgid "" "When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " "be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " "and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" -" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top-right of" " the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1016 msgid "" "The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," " click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " -"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " -"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " -"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " -"is set to `0.00`)." +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. Most fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position. If any necessary fields are blank, enter " +"the relevant information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:705 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1022 msgid "" "Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" "up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " "applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " -"not appear on the pop-up." +"*Fleet* application is not installed, any fields related to vehicles do not " +"appear on the pop-up window." msgstr "" -"อาจไม่มีทุกช่องปรากฏในป๊อปอัป :guilabel:`สร้างลิงก์จำลอง` " -"ขึ้นอยู่กับการตั้งค่าการประยุกต์ใช้ของบริษัทและแอปพลิเคชันที่ติดตั้ง " -"บางฟิลด์อาจไม่แสดงขึ้น ตัวอย่างเช่น หากไม่ได้ติดตั้งแอปพลิเคชัน *ระบบขนส่ง* " -"ฟิลด์ที่เกี่ยวข้องกับยานพาหนะจะไม่ปรากฏบนป๊อปอัป" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1028 msgid "Universal fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1030 msgid "" "The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " "localization settings." @@ -13639,21 +14455,37 @@ msgstr "" "ช่องต่อไปนี้จะปรากฏสำหรับข้อเสนอทั้งหมดที่ส่งถึงผู้สมัคร " "โดยไม่คำนึงถึงการตั้งค่าการประยุกต์ใช้" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1032 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " -"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: the template currently being used to populate" +" the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window. To modify the " +"template, click the :guilabel:`Internal link` icon to the right of the drop-" +"down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. A " +"different :guilabel:`Contract Template` can be selected using the drop-down " +"menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1037 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " -"applicant." +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the name of the :guilabel:`Job Position` being " +"offered to the applicant. The selections available in the drop-down menu " +"correspond to the :guilabel:`Job Positions` configured on the main " +"*Recruitment* dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1040 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the specific name of the position being offered to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1041 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the :guilabel:`Department` the job position falls " +"under." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1042 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " "default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" @@ -13662,121 +14494,50 @@ msgid "" "click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1046 msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1047 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " -"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " -"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " -"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," -" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" -" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " -"application." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`ลิงก์ข้อเสนอ`: " -"ลิงก์นี้จะนำผู้สมัครไปยังหน้าเว็บที่พวกเขาสามารถป้อนข้อมูลส่วนบุคคล " -"ซึ่งจะถูกนำเข้าไปยังบันทึกพนักงานเมื่อสร้างขึ้น หากมี " -"ผู้สมัครสามารถแก้ไขแพ็คเกจเงินเดือนของพวกเขาได้ " -"(ตัวเลือกนี้ใช้ไม่ได้กับการประยุกต์ใช้ท้องถิ่นทั้งหมด) สุดท้าย " -"นี่คือจุดที่ผู้สมัครยอมรับข้อเสนอโดยคลิก :guilabel:`ตรวจสอบสัญญาและลงนาม` " -"เพื่อยอมรับสัญญาและลงนามโดยใช้แอปพลิเคชัน *การเซ็น*" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:732 -msgid "" -"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " -"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." +":guilabel:`Link Expiration Date`: job offers are only valid for a specific " +"period of time. The default expiration date is 30 days. Modify the " +"expiration date, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:738 -msgid "" -"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " -"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" -" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." -msgstr "" -"ฟิลด์ต่อไปนี้จะแสดงขึ้นเฉพาะเมื่อมีการเลือกการตั้งค่าการประยุกต์ใช้เฉพาะ " -"และ/หรือบางแอปพลิเคชันได้รับการติดตั้ง ตัวอย่างเช่น " -"หากไม่ได้ติดตั้งแอปพลิเคชัน *ระบบขนส่ง* " -"ฟิลด์ตัวเลือกที่เกี่ยวข้องกับยานพาหนะจะไม่แสดงขึ้น เช่น " -":guilabel:`บังคับรายชื่อรถยนต์ใหม่` หรือ :guilabel:`ยานพาหนะเริ่มต้น`" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:743 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" -" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:746 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " -"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" -" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:749 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " -"the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " -"that will be assigned to the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:752 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " -"for the cafeteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " -"contract that is being offered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " -"sending." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1051 msgid "Send offer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1053 msgid "" -"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" -" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " -"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" -" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " -"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " -"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +"When the information is all updated, click :guilabel:`Send By Email` to send" +" the offer to the applicant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1056 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " -"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" -"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " -"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." -" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " -"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " -":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " -":guilabel:`Send`." +"If the applicant does not have an email address listed on their applicant " +"card, a warning appears in a red box at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window, stating :guilabel:`The" +" applicant does not have a valid email set. The Offer Link won't be able to " +"be completed.` Click :guilabel:`Discard`, enter an email on the applicant's " +"card, then click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1062 +msgid "" +"An email pop-up window loads. The default :guilabel:`Recruitment: Your " +"Salary Package` email template is used, and the :guilabel:`Recipients`, " +":guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-populated based on the email " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1070 +msgid "Once the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1073 msgid "" "To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " "necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " @@ -13787,11 +14548,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1081 +msgid "Configure your package" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1083 +msgid "" +"The email template includes a :guilabel:`Configure your package` button. " +"This link takes the applicant to a webpage where they can modify the " +"proposed salary package, and enter their personal information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1087 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant is hired, the personal information entered on the webpage" +" is imported to their employee record, when created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1090 +msgid "" +"If applicable, the applicant can modify their salary package. This option is" +" not available for all localizations. Depending on where the company is " +"located, this option may not be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1093 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is completed, the applicant accepts the offer by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Review Contract & Sign` button to accept the " +"contract and sign it using the *Sign* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1100 msgid "Contract signed" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1102 msgid "" "Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " "step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " @@ -13802,16 +14594,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:796 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1109 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the Kanban view, but the " "card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1112 msgid "" "Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " -"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"green :guilabel:`HIRED` banner appears in the top-right of the applicant's " "card." msgstr "" @@ -13819,24 +14611,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1120 msgid "Create employee" msgstr "สร้างพนักงาน" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:809 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1122 msgid "" "Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " "record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " -"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"Employee` button in the top-left. An employee form appears, and any " "information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" " card appears in the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1127 msgid "" "Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" -" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " -":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, the employee" +" record is saved in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:5 @@ -14104,114 +14896,108 @@ msgid "" "by-step instructions on how to create and configure a survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 msgid "Referrals" msgstr "แนะนำ" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " -"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"regarding referrals is housed - from points earned, coworkers hired, and " "rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " -"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " -"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " -"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " -"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" -" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +"and then earn referral points as those people progress through the " +"recruitment pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be " +"exchanged for prizes. The *Referrals* application integrates with the " +"*Employees*, *Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be" +" installed in order for the *Referrals* application to function." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:14 msgid "" -"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " -"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " -"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +"The only configurations needed for the *Referrals* application *after* " +"installation are related to the :ref:`rewards `; " +"everything else is pre-configured when Odoo *Referrals* is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:18 msgid "" -"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " -"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " -"` and configurations menus. For more information on " -"users and access rights, refer to these documents: :doc:`../general/users` " -"and :doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +"Users with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the *Referrals* application. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the :ref:`reporting ` and configurations" +" menus. For more information on users and access rights, refer to these " +"documents: :doc:`../general/users` and " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 msgid "Onboarding" msgstr "การเริ่มงาน" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:28 msgid "" "When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" "configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " -"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" -" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"each explaining the different parts of the *Referrals* application. At the " +"top of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " "onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " "Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " "text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 msgid "" "Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " "displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " "advance to the next slide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " "superheroes to save the day!`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " "or refer friends.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " "league!`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:46 msgid "" -"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the *Referrals* application is " "opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " "button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" " :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " -"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +"will begin again when the *Referrals* application is opened. Once the " ":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " -"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the *Referrals* " "application is opened from that point on." msgstr "" -"สไลด์การเริ่มต้นใช้งานจะแสดงขึ้นทุกครั้งที่เปิดแอปแนะนำพนักงาน " -"จนกระทั่งมีการดูสไลด์ทั้งหมดและคลิกปุ่ม :guilabel:`เริ่มทันที` " -"หากการเตรียมความพร้อมเริ่มต้น ณ จุดใดก็ตาม หรือหากปุ่ม " -":guilabel:`เริ่มทันที` ไม่ได้ถูกคลิก " -"สไลด์การเริ่มต้นใช้งานจะเริ่มต้นอีกครั้งเมื่อเปิดแอปแนะนำพนักงาน " -"เมื่อคลิกปุ่ม :guilabel:`เริ่มเลย` สไลด์การเริ่มต้นใช้งานจะไม่แสดงขึ้นอีก " -"และแดชบอร์ดหลักจะโหลดเมื่อแอปพลิเคชันการอ้างอิงเปิดขึ้นจากจุดนั้นเป็นต้นไป" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:53 msgid "" "At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " -"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main *Referrals* dashboard loads. If " ":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " -"opening the Referrals application." +"opening the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -14219,7 +15005,7 @@ msgid "" "An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:62 msgid "" "If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " "opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " @@ -14228,60 +15014,53 @@ msgid "" "screen appears instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:70 msgid "" "Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " -"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " -"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " -"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " -"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`." +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* application can " +"modify onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line " +"displays the text for the individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding" +" slide, click on an individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:76 msgid "" -"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " -"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " -"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " -"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " -"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " -"that particular company." +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` field. A " +":guilabel:`Company` may be selected, as well. However, if this field is " +"populated, that slide is *only* displayed for that particular company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:81 msgid "" -"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" -" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " -"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" -" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " -"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " -"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " -"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +"The :guilabel:`Company` field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:83 msgid "" -"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +"The image can be modified, as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the " +"top-right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and " +":guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` " +"icon to change the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the " +"desired image, select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears" +" in the thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage " +"can)` icon, then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:94 msgid "" -"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " -"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " -"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " -"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " -":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " -"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +"The sequence in which the slides appear can be changed from the *Onboarding*" +" dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`(six small gray boxes)` icon to the left of" +" the the slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -14289,627 +15068,18 @@ msgid "" "The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:103 -msgid "Share job positions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:105 -msgid "" -"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " -"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " -"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " -"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:113 -msgid "View Jobs" -msgstr "ดูงาน" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:115 -msgid "" -"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " -":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " -"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" -"displayed on the card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:124 -msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:128 -msgid "" -"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " -"of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 -msgid "" -"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " -"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:134 -msgid "" -"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " -"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " -"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " -"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " -":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 -msgid "Refer friends" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:145 -msgid "" -"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " -"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " -"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:149 -msgid "" -"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " -"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:152 -msgid "" -"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " -"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " -"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " -"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" -" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " -"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " -"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " -"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 -msgid "Share a job" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:169 -msgid "" -"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " -"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" -" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " -"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " -"applicants in the Referrals application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 -msgid "Link" -msgstr "ลิงก์" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:181 -msgid "" -"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " -":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " -"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " -"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" -" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" -" prospective employee however desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:188 -msgid "Facebook" -msgstr "Facebook" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:190 -msgid "" -"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " -"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " -"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " -"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " -"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " -"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" -"in to Facebook first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" -" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" -" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " -"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " -"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " -"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " -"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " -":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " -"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " -"specific activity." -msgstr "" -"พิมพ์ข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมเพื่อเพิ่มลงในโพสต์ในช่องว่างใต้ชื่อของคุณ หากต้องการ " -":guilabel:`แท็ก` ผู้ใช้ :guilabel:`เช็คอิน` สถานที่ใดสถานที่หนึ่ง หรือเพิ่ม " -":guilabel:`สถานะ` ในโพสต์ หากต้องการแท็กผู้ใช้ ให้คลิกไอคอน " -":guilabel:`แท็กเพื่อน` และเลือกบุคคลที่จะแท็กในโพสต์ " -"หากต้องการเพิ่มสถานที่เช็คอิน ให้คลิกไอคอน :guilabel:`เช็คอิน` " -"และเลือกสถานที่จากป๊อปอัปของสถานที่ที่กำหนดไว้ล่วงหน้าตามตำแหน่งปัจจุบันของคุณ" -" หากต้องการเพิ่ม :guilabel:`สถานะ` ให้คลิกไอคอน " -":guilabel:`ความรู้สึก/กิจกรรม` จากนั้นเลือกความรู้สึกหรือประเภทกิจกรรม " -"และสุดท้าย หากเลือกประเภทกิจกรรมไว้ ให้เลือกกิจกรรมเฉพาะ" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 -msgid "" -"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " -":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " -":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " -"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" -" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" -"highlighted, as are all the required settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 -msgid "Share to news feed or story" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:218 -msgid "" -"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " -":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " -"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " -":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " -"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," -" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " -"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" -" story, or both." -msgstr "" -"วิธีการแชร์เริ่มต้นคือผ่าน :guilabel:`ฟีดข่าว`, :guilabel:`สตอรี่` " -"หรือทั้งสองอย่าง ที่ส่วนล่างของแบบฟอร์มจะมีปุ่มตัวเลือกถัดจากสองตัวเลือก " -":guilabel:`ฟีด` (สำหรับฟีดข่าว) และ :guilabel:`สตอรี่ของคุณ` สำหรับเรื่องราว" -" เมื่อเลือก :guilabel:`แชร์ไปที่ฟีดข่าวหรือเรื่องราว` " -"ปุ่มเหล่านี้จะใช้งานได้ หากเลือกตัวเลือกอื่น ปุ่มตัวเลือกเหล่านี้จะเป็นสีเทา" -" เปิดใช้งานปุ่มตัวเลือกเพื่อระบุว่าควรแชร์ตำแหน่งงานอย่างไร ทั้งในฟีดข่าว " -"สตอรี่ หรือทั้งสองอย่าง" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:225 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " -"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " -"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " -"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " -"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" -" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " -"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " -":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" -" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." -msgstr "" -"ตัวเลือก :guilabel:`แชร์ไปที่ฟีดข่าวหรือสตอรี่` " -"ช่วยให้สามารถเลือกการตั้งค่าความเป็นส่วนตัวที่เฉพาะเจาะจงได้ " -"ที่มุมขวาล่างของหน้าจอ มีตัวเลือกเมนูแบบเลื่อนลงสองตัวเลือก " -"อันหนึ่งสำหรับตัวเลือก :guilabel:`ฟีด` และอีกอันสำหรับตัวเลือก " -":guilabel:`สตอรี่ของคุณ` เลือกพารามิเตอร์การโพสต์จากเมนูแบบเลื่อนลง ตัวเลือก" -" :guilabel:`Feed` โฆษณา :guilabel:`สตอรี่ของคุณ` " -"จะปรากฏแตกต่างกันไปในแต่ละผู้ใช้ " -"ขึ้นอยู่กับการตั้งค่าความเป็นส่วนตัวที่ถูกสร้างขึ้นใน Facebook " -":guilabel:`สาธารณะ` และ :guilabel:`เพื่อน` เป็นตัวเลือกเริ่มต้น " -"แต่ตัวเลือกอื่นๆ ที่ผู้ใช้อาจกำหนดค่าไว้จะแสดงขึ้นเช่นกัน เช่น " -"กลุ่มที่กำหนดเอง" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " -":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:236 -msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " -"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:242 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" -" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " -"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " -"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:246 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:275 -msgid "" -"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " -"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 -msgid "Share in a group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:251 -msgid "" -"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " -"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" -" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " -":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " -"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " -"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " -"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " -"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " -"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:264 -msgid "Share in an event" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:266 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:269 -msgid "" -"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " -"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " -"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" -" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " -"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " -"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 -msgid "Share in a private message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:280 -msgid "" -"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" -" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" -"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " -"Private Message`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:284 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " -"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " -"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " -"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " -"process for each friend to be added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:289 -msgid "" -"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " -"message` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:293 -msgid "X/Twitter" -msgstr "X/Twitter" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:295 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " -"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " -"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " -"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " -"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" -" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:301 -msgid "The default message is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:303 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" -" Position)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:305 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " -"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " -"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," -" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " -"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " -":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " -"X/Twitter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:312 -msgid "" -"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " -"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " -":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" -" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " -":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " -":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " -"restricts who can reply to the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 -msgid "" -"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " -"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " -"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " -"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:322 -msgid "" -"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" -" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " -"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 -msgid "" -"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" -" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" -"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:336 -msgid "LinkedIn" -msgstr "LinkedIn" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:338 -msgid "" -"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " -"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " -"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " -"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " -"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " -"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:344 -msgid "" -"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " -"message to an individual or group of individuals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 -msgid "Share in a post" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:350 -msgid "" -"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" -" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " -":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " -"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:354 -msgid "" -"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " -"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " -"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " -"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " -":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " -"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " -":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" -" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " -"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " -"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " -"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " -"right corner." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`ทุกคน` อนุญาตให้ทุกคนใน LinkedIn เห็นโพสต์ได้ " -":guilabel:`เครือข่ายของคุณเท่านั้น` " -"จะแชร์โพสต์กับผู้ที่เชื่อมต่อกับผู้ใช้เท่านั้น และจะถูกซ่อนจากคนอื่นๆ " -":guilabel:`กลุ่ม` แชร์โพสต์กับกลุ่มเฉพาะที่ผู้ใช้เป็นสมาชิกอยู่ " -"โพสต์สามารถแชร์กับกลุ่มเดียวเท่านั้น ไม่สามารถโพสต์ไปยังหลายกลุ่มพร้อมกันได้" -" หากเลือก :guilabel:`กลุ่ม` " -"หน้าเว็บจะโหลดพร้อมรายการกลุ่มทั้งหมดที่ผู้ใช้เป็นสมาชิกอยู่ในปัจจุบัน " -"คลิกที่กลุ่มเพื่อเลือก จากนั้นคลิกปุ่ม :guilabel:`บันทึก` ที่มุมขวาล่าง" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:366 -msgid "" -"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " -"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " -"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " -"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " -":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " -"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " -"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" -" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " -"the far lower right corner." -msgstr "" -"จากนั้นเลือกผู้ที่สามารถแสดงความคิดเห็นในโพสต์ได้ " -"หากต้องการเปลี่ยนการตั้งค่านี้ ให้คลิกที่ปุ่ม :guilabel:`💬 (กรอบคำพูด) " -"ทุกคน` ที่อยู่ใต้เนื้อหาของโพสต์ หน้าเว็บโหลดด้วยตัวเลือกต่างๆ " -"คลิกที่หนึ่งในสามตัวเลือกเพื่อเลือก ตัวเลือกทั้งสาม ได้แก่ " -":guilabel:`ทุกคน`, :guilabel:`เครือข่ายของคุณเท่านั้น` และ " -":guilabel:`ไม่มีใคร` ตัวเลือกเริ่มต้นคือ :guilabel:`ทุกคน` " -"ซึ่งอนุญาตให้ทุกคนที่มีบัญชี LinkedIn สามารถแสดงความคิดเห็นในโพสต์ได้ " -":guilabel:`เครือข่ายของคุณเท่านั้น` " -"จะอนุญาตให้เฉพาะผู้ที่เชื่อมโยงกับผู้ใช้สามารถแสดงความคิดเห็นในโพสต์ได้ " -":guilabel:`ไม่มีใคร` ปิดการแสดงความคิดเห็น หลังจากทำการเลือกแล้ว ให้คลิกปุ่ม" -" :guilabel:`บันทึก` ที่มุมขวาล่างสุด" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:375 -msgid "" -"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " -":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " -"post button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:383 -msgid "Send as private message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:385 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " -"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " -"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" -" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" -" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " -"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." -" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " -"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" -" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " -":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " -":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " -"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " -"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " -"browser tab to exit." -msgstr "" -"แทนที่จะสร้างโพสต์สาธารณะ โพสต์สามารถส่งไปยังคนรู้จักในข้อความส่วนตัวได้ " -"โดยคลิกปุ่ม :guilabel:`ส่งเป็นข้อความส่วนตัว` ที่มุมซ้ายล่าง " -"หน้าต่างข้อความจะโหลดพร้อมลิงก์ไปยังรายละเอียดงานที่ด้านล่างของหน้าต่าง " -"ขั้นแรก เลือกผู้รับข้อความ พิมพ์ชื่อลงในช่อง :guilabel:`ค้นหาผู้รับข้อความ` " -"ขณะที่พิมพ์ชื่อ การเชื่อมต่อที่ตรงกันจะแสดงขึ้น " -"คลิกที่การเชื่อมต่อเพื่อเพิ่ม " -"ทำซ้ำขั้นตอนนี้กับผู้รับทุกคนที่จะส่งข้อความถึง " -"ไม่มีการจำกัดจำนวนการเชื่อมต่อที่สามารถส่งข้อความได้ จากนั้น " -"ให้ป้อนข้อความเพิ่มเติมในเนื้อหาข้อความ คลิก :guilabel:`ส่ง` " -"ที่มุมขวาล่างเพื่อส่งข้อความ :guilabel:`ส่งข้อความเรียบร้อยแล้ว!` " -"โหลดหน้าจอแล้ว มีสองตัวเลือกให้เลือก :guilabel:`ดูข้อความ` และ " -":guilabel:`ดำเนินการต่อไปยัง LinkedIn` " -"คลิกที่ตัวเลือกที่ต้องการเพื่อไปยังตัวเลือกนั้น " -"หรือปิดแท็บเบราว์เซอร์เพื่อออก" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 -msgid "Email a friend" -msgstr "ส่งอีเมลถึงเพื่อน" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:401 -msgid "" -"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " -"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " -"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" -" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " -"Mail` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:406 -msgid "" -"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " -"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" -" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " -"`Job for you`, but can be edited." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:410 -msgid "" -"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " -"appears is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:412 -msgid "`Hello,`" -msgstr "`Hello,`" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:414 -msgid "" -"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " -"interesting for you`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:416 -msgid "`See Job Offers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:418 -msgid "" -"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " -"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " -"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " -"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " -"message will be sent and the window will close." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:426 msgid "Hired referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:107 msgid "" "When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" " their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:110 msgid "" "After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," " instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " @@ -14917,21 +15087,21 @@ msgid "" "friend!` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 msgid "" "Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " -"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " -"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" -" an available avatar to select it." +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is grayed out, and " +"the name that the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. " +"Click on an available avatar to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:118 msgid "" -"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," -" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " -"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " -"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " -"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the *Referrals* " +"application, after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to " +"select another avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars " +"have been selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible." +" Mouse over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -14940,15 +15110,15 @@ msgid "" "chosen are greyed out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 msgid "Modify friends" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 msgid "" "Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " "` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"rights for the *Recruitment* application can make modifications to friends. " "The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " "avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " @@ -14957,17 +15127,17 @@ msgid "" " dogs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:138 msgid "" "To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" " an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " ":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " "friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" -" else in the Referrals application." +" else in the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " ":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " @@ -14976,65 +15146,66 @@ msgid "" "user's avatar when activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:148 msgid "" "If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " ":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " "replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" -" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " -"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:474 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 msgid "" -"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " -"original information." +"The referral friend form automatically saves, but can be saved manually at " +"any time by clicking the *Save manually* option, represented by a " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel " +"any changes made, click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to " +"delete any changes, and revert to the original content." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A friend form in edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:482 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 msgid "" "It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " "background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " "about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " -"Referrals application." +"*Referrals* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:172 msgid "Referral points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:174 msgid "" "The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " -"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"rewards. On the main *Referrals* application dashboard, the top displays a " "summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " "the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " "available to spend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 msgid "" "To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" " the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:183 msgid "" "The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " "pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " @@ -15044,7 +15215,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 msgid "" "To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " @@ -15052,11 +15223,11 @@ msgid "" "category are displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:194 msgid "My referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 msgid "" "To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " ":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " @@ -15064,26 +15235,31 @@ msgid "" "card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:200 msgid "" -"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " -"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " -"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " -"the top right corner." +"A successful referral displays a green :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the top-" +"right corner of the card. Referrals that are in process display a purple " +":guilabel:`In Progress` banner in the top-right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 msgid "" -"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " -"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " -"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the subject/application " +"title (as it appears on the applicant card in the *Recruitment* app), the " +"name of the job position, the person responsible for filling the role " +"(recruiter), and the points earned. For referrals that have been hired, the " +"selected avatar also appears on the card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two referral cards, one hired and one in-progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:214 msgid "Points" msgstr "คะแนน" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 msgid "" "The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " "positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " @@ -15091,14 +15267,14 @@ msgid "" " *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:220 msgid "" "On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " "that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " "points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:224 msgid "" "Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " "points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " @@ -15106,108 +15282,109 @@ msgid "" " the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:229 msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:231 msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:232 msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:235 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 msgid "" "The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " -"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" -" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " -"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage are done in the " +"*Recruitment* application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment " +"` documentation to modify the points for each " +"stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:244 msgid "Rewards" msgstr "รางวัล" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 msgid "Create rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 msgid "" -"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" -" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " -"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " -"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " -"information on the form:" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the " +"*Referrals* application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights " +"for the *Recruitment* application can create or modify rewards. To add " +"rewards, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> " +"Rewards`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and a reward form loads. Enter the " +"following information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:254 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +":guilabel:`Product Name`: enter the name as it should appear for the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" -" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " -"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" -" form." +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" appears for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each company " +"needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the form. " +"This field only appears if in a multi-company environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:259 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: select the person who will be responsible for " "procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " -"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" -" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is bought in the *Referrals* " +"application, so they know when to deliver the reward to the recipient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:263 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +":guilabel:`Description`: type in the description for the reward. This will " "be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +":guilabel:`Photo`: add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " "page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " "(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " -"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" -" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +"(pencil)` icon, and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 msgid "" "The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " -":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +":guilabel:`Company` (if applicable), and :guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 msgid "" "It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " "cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " @@ -15215,39 +15392,31 @@ msgid "" "placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:595 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:283 msgid "Redeem rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 msgid "" "To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " "main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " "individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " -"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +"listed in the top-right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" " purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " "bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " "the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" " instead of a buy button." msgstr "" -"หากต้องการแลกคะแนนเป็นรางวัล ให้คลิกปุ่ม :guilabel:`รางวัล` " -"บนแดชบอร์ดการแนะนำหลัก " -"รางวัลที่กำหนดค่าไว้ทั้งหมดจะแสดงอยู่ในบัตรรางวัลแต่ละใบ " -"คะแนนที่ต้องใช้ในการซื้อรางวัลจะแสดงอยู่ที่มุมขวาบนของบัตร " -"หากผู้ใช้มีคะแนนเพียงพอที่จะซื้อรางวัล ปุ่ม :guilabel:`🧺 (ตะกร้า) ซื้อ` " -"จะแสดงที่ด้านล่างของบัตรรางวัล หากพวกเขามีคะแนนไม่เพียงพอสำหรับรางวัล " -"บัตรรางวัลจะแสดง :guilabel:`คุณต้องมีคะแนนอีก (x) คะแนนเพื่อซื้อสิ่งนี้` " -"แทนที่จะเป็นปุ่มซื้อ" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:292 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " -"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " -"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " -":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears, asking if the user is sure " +"they want to purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item," +" or :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:297 msgid "" "After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " "used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." @@ -15261,27 +15430,27 @@ msgid "" "many more reward points are needed to redeem." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:309 msgid "Levels" msgstr "ระดับ" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:311 msgid "" -"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"The *Referrals* application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " "the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " "employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:315 msgid "" "Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" " are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " "participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 msgid "" -"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main *Referrals* " "application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " "X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " "indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " @@ -15290,13 +15459,13 @@ msgid "" "points still needed before they can level up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:636 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:325 msgid "Modify levels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:638 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " "modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " "--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " @@ -15305,48 +15474,58 @@ msgid "" "element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:334 msgid "" "To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " -"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form, then make " +"modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 msgid "" -"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." -" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" -" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " -"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" -" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " -"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +"Type in the name (or number) of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` " +"field. What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main " +"dashboard when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points " +"needed to reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points" +" needed to level up are the total accumulated points earned over the " +"lifetime of the employee, not additional points from the previous level that" +" must be earned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:654 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:343 msgid "" "If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" " to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " -"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " -"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to " "select it." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The level form saves automatically, but can be saved manually at any time by" +" clicking the *save manually* option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel any changes made, " +"click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to delete any changes, " +"and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A level form in edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:671 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:362 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 msgid "Level up" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:369 msgid "" "Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " "user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " @@ -15355,7 +15534,7 @@ msgid "" "level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:374 msgid "" "Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " "text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" @@ -15363,7 +15542,7 @@ msgid "" "the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:687 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:378 msgid "" "Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" " the specified amount of points required." @@ -15375,16 +15554,16 @@ msgid "" "above their image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:387 msgid "" "Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " "accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " "to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:394 msgid "" -"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"In the *Referrals* application, it is possible to post a message, also " "referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " "information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " "banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " @@ -15392,85 +15571,86 @@ msgid "" "an :guilabel:`X`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 msgid "" "Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" " individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " "click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" " alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " -"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +"*Referrals* application for the first time in a new session." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:409 msgid "Create an alert" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " "information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date From`: the date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " "will be visible on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date To`: the date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " "will be hidden from view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:420 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +":guilabel:`Company`: the current company populates this field by default. To" " modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " "from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " -"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"to everyone with access to the *Referrals* application. If a company is " "specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " -"Referrals application) will see the alert." +"*Referrals* application) will see the alert. This field only appears when in" +" a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +":guilabel:`Alert`: enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" " the alert banner on the main dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +":guilabel:`On Click`: there are three options for the alert. Click the radio" " button next to the desired selection. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:739 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:430 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: the alert only displays text, there is no link to" " click." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: the alert contains a link that when clicked, " "navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:433 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: the alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " "when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " "appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." msgstr "" @@ -15479,15 +15659,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:446 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " -"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" -" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " -"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in *Referrals*. To access " +"the reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The" +" main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 msgid "" "In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " "many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " @@ -15497,7 +15677,7 @@ msgid "" "there are no referrals from that particular channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:457 msgid "" "The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " "includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " @@ -15506,7 +15686,7 @@ msgid "" "many points were given for refused applicants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:770 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:462 msgid "" "The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " "new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " @@ -15517,34 +15697,330 @@ msgid "" "in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 msgid "" "The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " -"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " -"option." +"needs to be installed to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:473 +msgid ":doc:`referrals/share_jobs`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:3 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo *Referrals*, users can earn referral points by sharing job positions" +" with potential applicants. Job positions can be shared in several ways, " +"through the :ref:`View Jobs ` button and the " +":ref:`Email A Friend ` button, located at the bottom " +"of the *Referrals* app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Sharing jobs can **only** occur after onboarding slides have been viewed or " +"skipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:16 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "ดูงาน" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main *Referrals* dashboard. This " +"presents all job positions, with each individual job presented with its own " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:27 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the *Job " +"Position* field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The number of :guilabel:`Open Positions` being recruited. This information " +"is taken from the *Expected New Employees* field of the *Recruitment* tab of" +" the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:33 +msgid "The points a user earns when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the *Job Position* tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions are visible in the *Referrals* app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`../recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:46 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Subject` and :guilabel:`Body` are populated using a default " +"template. The :guilabel:`Subject` `Job for you` is present, by default, but " +"can be modified, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position populates the *Job Position* " +"placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the email body is" +" an individualized tracking link to the specific job position listed on the " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When the prospective employee receives the email, the link sends them to the" +" job position page, where they can apply for the position, and the person " +"who referred them is tracked in the *Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:72 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Other than sending an email, job positions can be shared, via social media " +"platforms, and by tracking links to the job position. At the bottom of each " +"job position card are four icons, and corresponding tracking links, that can" +" be used to share the job position, keeping track of applicants in the " +"*Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:84 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "ลิงก์" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :icon:`fa-chain` :guilabel:`(link)` " +"icon above it. A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the " +"tracking link. Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is " +"copied, click the :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up window. Next," +" share the link with the prospective employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:93 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :icon:`fa-facebook` :guilabel:`(Facebook)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into Facebook, when the the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button is clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new " +"tab, with the link populated in the main body of the new post in a pop-up " +"window. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads, " +"instead, prompting the user to log-in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, then share the job " +"position using the available options in Facebook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:107 +msgid "X (formerly Twitter)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:109 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X. Click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`(X)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the user is already signed-in to X, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button" +" is clicked, an X page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready" +" to post, in a draft pop-up window. If the user is *not* already signed-in, " +"a sign-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to first sign-in to X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:117 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:119 +msgid "" +"`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job " +"Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message, then " +"share using the available options in X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:125 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "LinkedIn" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :icon:`fa-linkedin` :guilabel:`(LinkedIn)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button is clicked, a new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job " +"position at the top. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen" +" loads instead, prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:134 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual (or group of individuals)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message or " +"post, then share using the available options in LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:143 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "ส่งอีเมลถึงเพื่อน" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions, instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Referrals` main dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`Email a friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Send Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address in the :guilabel:`Email` field. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients by separating each email address with a comma " +"followed by a single space. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +":guilabel:`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The email :guilabel:`Body` is also populated with pre-configured text. The " +"text that appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:156 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "`Hello,`" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:158 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you\\:`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:160 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:162 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of" +" all job positions currently being recruited for. Add any additional text " +"and make any edits to the message body, if necessary. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. This sends the message, and closes " +"the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 msgid "Time Off" msgstr "การลา" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Time Off* application serves as a centralized hub for all time-off-" "related information. This application manages requests, balances, " "allocations, approvals, and reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:10 msgid "" -"Users can :ref:`request time off `, and see an " -"overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " +"Users can :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`, and see" +" an overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " ":ref:`allocate time off ` to individuals, teams, or the " "whole company, and :ref:`approve time off requests `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:15 msgid "" "Detailed :ref:`reports ` can be run to see how much time" " off (and what kinds of time off) are being used, :ref:`accrual plans " @@ -15552,45 +16028,45 @@ msgid "" "` can be set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 msgid "" "Be advised, only users with specific access rights can see all aspects of " "the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 msgid "" "All users can access the :guilabel:`My Time Off` and :guilabel:`Overview` " "sections of the *Time Off* application. All other sections require specific " "access rights." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:26 msgid "" "To better understand how access rights affect the *Time Off* application, " "refer to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` document, specifically the " "section about configuring the work information tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to allocate time off to employees, and for employees to request and" " use their time off, the various time off types must be configured first, " "then allocated to employees (if allocation is required)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:40 msgid "Time off types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 msgid "" "To view the currently configured time off types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. The time" " off types are presented in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:45 msgid "" "The *Time Off* application comes with four pre-configured time off types: " ":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, " @@ -15598,25 +16074,25 @@ msgid "" "needs or used as-is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:50 msgid "Create time off type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 msgid "" "To create a new time off type, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Time Off Types`. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button to reveal a blank time off type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:55 msgid "" "Enter the name for the particular type of time off in the blank line at the " "top of the form, such as `Sick Time` or `Vacation`. Then, enter the " "following information on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:59 msgid "" "The only **required** fields on the time off type form are the name of the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, the :guilabel:`Take Time Off In`, and the " @@ -15624,23 +16100,23 @@ msgid "" " and :guilabel:`Allocation Requests` sections **must** be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:65 msgid "Time Off Requests section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select what specific kind of approval is required for " "the time off type. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No Validation`: no approvals are required when requesting this " "type of time off. The time off request is automatically approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Time Off Officer`: only the specified :ref:`Time Off Officer " "`, set on this form in the :guilabel:`Notified " @@ -15648,7 +16124,7 @@ msgid "" "option is selected by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver`: only the employee's specified approver " "for time off, which is set on the *Work Information* tab on the " @@ -15656,7 +16132,7 @@ msgid "" " time off request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver and Time Off Officer`: both the employee's" " :ref:`specified time off approver` and the " @@ -15664,11 +16140,11 @@ msgid "" "the time off request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:83 msgid "Allocation Requests section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requires allocation`: if the time off must be allocated to " "employees, select :guilabel:`Yes`. If the time off can be requested without " @@ -15677,20 +16153,20 @@ msgid "" " form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee Requests`: select :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests " "Allowed` if the employee is able to request more time off than was " "allocated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:92 msgid "" "If employees should **not** be able to make requests for more time off than " "what was allocated, select the :guilabel:`Not Allowed` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:96 msgid "" "Ten days are allocated to the employee for this particular type of time off," " and the :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests Allowed` option is enabled. The " @@ -15699,81 +16175,81 @@ msgid "" "option is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 msgid "" "It is important to note that requesting additional time off does **not** " "guarantee that time off is granted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select the type of approvals required for the " "allocation of this particular time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approved by Time Off Officer` indicates the :ref:`Time Off " "Officer ` set on this form must approve the " "allocation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No validation needed` indicates that no approvals are required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:113 msgid "Configuration section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notified Time Off Officer`: select the person who is notified and" " responsible for approving requests and allocations for this specific type " "of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take Time Off in`: select the format the time off is requested in" " from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 msgid "The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: if time off can only be requested in full day increments (8" " hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:125 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: if time off can only be requested in half day " "increments (4 hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Hours`: if the time off can be taken in hourly increments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Deduct Extra Hours`: enable this option if the time off request " "should factor in any extra time accrued by the employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:134 msgid "" "If an employee works two extra hours for the week, and requests five hours " "of time off, the request would be for three hours, since the two extra " "worked hours are used first, and deducted from the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow To Attach Supporting Document`: enable this option to allow" " the employee to attach documents to the time off request. This is useful in" @@ -15781,7 +16257,7 @@ msgid "" "leave." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kind of Time Off`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "time off this is, either :guilabel:`Worked Time` or :guilabel:`Absence`. " @@ -15790,7 +16266,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Absence` does not count toward any type of accrual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if multiple companies are created in the database, and " "this time off type only applies to one company, select the company from the " @@ -15799,11 +16275,11 @@ msgid "" "company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:151 msgid "Negative Cap section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:153 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option if employees are able to " "request more time off than they currently have, allowing a negative balance." @@ -15811,19 +16287,19 @@ msgid "" " enter the maximum amount of negative time allowed, in days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 msgid "" "Sara currently has three days of the time off type `Vacation`. She is " "planning a trip that requires five days of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 msgid "" "The `Vacation` time off type has the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option " "enabled, and the :guilabel:`Amount in Negative` is set to five." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:164 msgid "" "These settings allow Sara to submit a request for five days of the " "`Vacation` time off type. If approved, her `Vacation` time off balance will " @@ -15836,59 +16312,59 @@ msgid "" "off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:173 msgid "Payroll section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:175 msgid "" "If the time off type should create :doc:`../hr/payroll/work_entries` in the " "*Payroll* application, select the :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` from the drop-" "down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 msgid "Timesheets section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Timesheets` section only appears if the user is in developer " "mode. Refer to the :ref:`developer-mode` document for details on how to " "access the developer mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 msgid "" "When an employee takes time off, and is also using timesheets, Odoo creates " "entries in the *Timesheets* application for the time off. This section " "defines how they are entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:188 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Project`: select the project that the time off type entries " "appear in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:189 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Task`: select the task that appears in the timesheet for this " "time off type. The default options are: :guilabel:`Time Off`, " ":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`Training`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 msgid "Display Option section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:195 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color to be used in the *Time Off* application " "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cover Image`: select an icon to be used in the *Time Off* " "application dashboard." @@ -15900,65 +16376,65 @@ msgid "" "off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:206 msgid "Accrual plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:208 msgid "" "Some time off is earned through an accrual plan, meaning that for every " "specified amount of time an employee works (hour, day, week, etc), they earn" " or *accrue* a specified amount of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:212 msgid "" "If an employee accrues a vacation day for every week they work, they would " "earn 0.2 vacation days for each hour they work. At the end of a forty hour " "work week, they would earn one whole vacation day (8 hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:217 msgid "Create accrual plan" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new accrual plan, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Accrual Plans`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, " "which reveals a blank accrual plan form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the accrual plan name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrued Gain Time`: select when the employee begins to accrue " "time off, either :guilabel:`At the start of the accrual period` or " ":guilabel:`At the end of the accrual period`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry-Over Time`: select when the employee received previously " "earned time. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the start of the year`: select this if the accrual rolls over " "on January 1 of the upcoming year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:232 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the allocation date`: select this if the accrual rolls over as" " soon as time is allocated to the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Other`: select this option if neither of the other two options " "are applicable. When selected, a :guilabel:`Carry-Over Date` field appears. " @@ -15966,14 +16442,14 @@ msgid "" "the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Based on worked time`: enable this option if time off accrual is " "determined by the employee's worked hours. Days **not** considered as worked" " time do **not** contribute to the accrual plan in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:241 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone Transition`: this selection determines when employees " "move up to a new milestone. If they qualify to change milestones in the " @@ -15982,14 +16458,14 @@ msgid "" "the current pay period)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Milestone Transition` field is **only** visible after a " "minimum of two :ref:`rules ` have been configured on the " "accrual plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:250 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " "accrual plan applies to. If left blank, the accrual plan can be used for all" @@ -16000,43 +16476,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An accrual plan form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:263 msgid "" "Rules must be created in order for employees to accrue time off from the " "accrual plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New Milestone` button in the gray" " :guilabel:`Rules` section, and a :guilabel:`Create Milestone` modal form " "appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:268 msgid "Fill out the following fields on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee accrue`: select the parameters for earned time off in " "this section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 msgid "" "First, select either :guilabel:`Days` or :guilabel:`Hours` for the increment" " of accrued time using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 msgid "" "Next, enter the numerical amount of the selected parameter that is accrued. " "The numerical format is `X.XXXX`, so that partial days or hours can also be " "configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:278 msgid "" "Last, select how often the time is accrued using the drop-down menu. The " "default options are :guilabel:`Hourly`, :guilabel:`Daily`, " @@ -16044,64 +16520,64 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Twice a year`, and :guilabel:`Yearly`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 msgid "" "Depending on which option is selected, additional fields may appear. For " "example, if :guilabel:`Twice a month` is selected, two additional fields " "appear, to specify the two days of each month that the milestone occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cap accrued time`: if there is a maximum amount of days the " "employee can accrue with this plan, enable this option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 msgid "" "When enabled, two additional fields appear beneath it. Select the type of " "time period from the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Days` or " ":guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:291 msgid "" "Then, enter a numerical value in the field to specify the maximum amount of " "time that can be accrued." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:293 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone reached`: enter the number and value of the time period" " that must pass before the employee starts to accumulate time off. The first" " value is numerical; enter a number in the first field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:297 msgid "" "Then, select the type of time period using the drop-down menu in the second " "field. The options are: :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Months`, or " ":guilabel:`Years`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over`: select how any unused time off is handled. The " "options are either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None. Accrued time reset to 0`: any unused time off is gone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:302 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All accrued time carried over`: all unused time off is rolled " "over to the next calendar year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over with a maximum`: unused time off is rolled over to the" " next calendar year, but there is a cap. An :guilabel:`Up to` field appears " @@ -16109,7 +16585,7 @@ msgid "" "roll over to the following year. Any time off beyond this parameter is lost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:309 msgid "" "Once the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the form " "and close the modal, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the form and " @@ -16120,72 +16596,72 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A milestone form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:320 msgid "Public holidays" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 msgid "" "To observe public or national holidays, and provide extra days off as " "holidays to employees, configure the observed *public holidays* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 msgid "" "It is important to configure these days in Odoo, so employees are aware of " "the days they have off, and do not request time off on days that are already" " set as a public holiday (non-working days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 msgid "" "Additionally, all public holidays configured in the *Time Off* app are also " "reflected in any app that uses working schedules, such as *Calendar*, " "*Planning*, *Manufacturing*, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:331 msgid "" "Due to Odoo's integration with other apps that use working schedules, it is " "considered best practice to ensure *all* public holidays are configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:335 msgid "Create public holiday" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 msgid "" "To create a public holiday, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Public Holidays`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:340 msgid "All currently configured public holidays appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:342 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a new line appears at the bottom of " "the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:341 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 msgid "Enter the following information on that new line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:346 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the holiday." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:347 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, the current company " "populates this field by default. It is not possible to edit this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:351 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company` field is hidden by default. To view this field, " "click the two dots in the top-right corner of the list, to the far-right of " @@ -16193,7 +16669,7 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:355 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday starts. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -16204,7 +16680,7 @@ msgid "" "company's time zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:360 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday ends. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -16215,33 +16691,33 @@ msgid "" " zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 msgid "" "A company located in San Francisco operates from 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM, with an " "eight hour work day and one hour lunch break." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:370 msgid "" "For a user in New York, with a computer time zone set to Eastern Standard " "Time, a created public holiday displays a start time of 12:00 PM - 9:00 PM, " "accounting for the three hour time zone difference." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 msgid "" "Similarly, a user located in Los Angeles, with a computer time zone set to " "Pacific Standard Time, sees a public holiday time as 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: if the holiday should only apply to employees who" " have a specific set of working hours, select the working hours from the " "drop-down menu. If left blank, the holiday applies to all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:380 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: if using the *Payroll* application, this field " "defines how the :ref:`work entries ` for the holiday " @@ -16252,18 +16728,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The list of public holidays in the configuration menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:389 msgid "Mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 msgid "" "Some companies have special days where specific departments, or the entire " "staff, is required to be present, and time off is not allowed on those " "specific days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:394 msgid "" "These types of days are called *mandatory days* in Odoo. These can be " "configured to be company-wide, or department specific. When configured, " @@ -16271,35 +16747,35 @@ msgid "" "off requests for these mandatory days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:399 msgid "Create mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 msgid "" "No mandatory days are configured in Odoo by default. To create a mandatory " "day, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> " "Mandatory Days`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:404 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner, and a blank line " "appears in the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:408 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the mandatory day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, this field is visible, " "and the current company populates this field by default. Using the drop-down" " menu, select the company the mandatory day is for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:412 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Departments`: this column is hidden by default. First, click the " ":guilabel:`(optional columns)` icon in the top-right corner, next to " @@ -16307,33 +16783,33 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Departments` to reveal that column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 msgid "" "Next, select the desired departments from the drop-down menu. Multiple " "departments can be selected, and there is no limit to the amount of " "departments that can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:419 msgid "" "If this field is left blank, the mandatory day applies to the entire " "company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day starts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:421 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day ends. If creating a single mandatory day, the end date should " "be the same as the start date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: if desired, select a color from the available presented " "options. If no color is desired, select the `No color` option, represented " @@ -16346,11 +16822,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Mandatory Days section with three configured days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:435 msgid "Allocate time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:437 msgid "" "Once time off types and accrual plans have been configured, the next step is" " to allocate, or give, time off to employees. This section is only visible " @@ -16358,44 +16834,44 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 msgid "" "To create a new allocation, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Management --> Allocations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:444 msgid "" "This presents a list of all current allocations, including their respective " "statuses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:446 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`New` to allocate time off, and a blank allocation form " "appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 msgid "" "After entering a name for the allocation on the first blank field of the " "form, enter the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:451 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of time" " off that is being allocated to the employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`: select either :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` or" " :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`. If the allocation is **not** based on an " "accrual plan, select :guilabel:`Regular Allocation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:456 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Plan`: if :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for " "the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, the :guilabel:`Accrual Plan` field appears." @@ -16404,7 +16880,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:460 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period/Start Date`: if :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` is" " selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, this field is labeled " @@ -16413,7 +16889,7 @@ msgid "" "Date`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:465 msgid "" "The current date populates the first date field by default. To select " "another date, click on the pre-populated date to reveal a popover calendar " @@ -16421,20 +16897,20 @@ msgid "" "the date to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:469 msgid "" "If the allocation expires, select the expiration date in the next date " "field. If the time off does *not* expire, leave the second date field blank." " `No Limit` appears in the field if no date is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:473 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation " "Type`, this second field is labeled :guilabel:`Run until`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time that is being allocated to " "the employees. This field displays the time in either :guilabel:`Hours` or " @@ -16442,7 +16918,7 @@ msgid "" "` is configured (in hours or days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:478 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how the allocation is " "assigned. This selection determines who receives the time off allocation. " @@ -16450,32 +16926,32 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Department`, or :guilabel:`By Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 msgid "" "Depending on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Mode`, this following field" " is labeled either: :guilabel:`Employees`, :guilabel:`Company`, " ":guilabel:`Department`, or :guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 msgid "" "Using the drop-down menu, indicate the specific employees, company, " "department, or employee tags who are receiving this time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 msgid "" "Multiple selections can be made for either :guilabel:`Employees` or " ":guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:490 msgid "" "Only one selection can be made for the :guilabel:`Company` or " ":guilabel:`Department`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:491 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: if any description or note is necessary to " "explain the time off allocation, enter it in this field at the bottom of the" @@ -16488,158 +16964,11 @@ msgid "" "granted to all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:499 -msgid "Request time off" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Once an employee has been allocated time off, a request to use the time off " -"can be submitted. Time off can be requested in one of two ways, either from " -"the :ref:`dashboard ` or from the :ref:`My Time Off " -"` view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:505 -msgid "" -"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " -"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " -"Off` list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:509 -msgid "" -"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " -"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" -" form appears in a modal. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` " -"list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:514 -msgid "" -"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " -"form:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:516 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " -"the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:517 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " -"two fields to populate, the start and end dates. Click on either date field " -"and a popover calendar appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 -msgid "" -"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " -"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " -"applicable)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:523 -msgid "" -"If the time off requested is for a single day, click on the start date, then" -" click the same date again for the end date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:526 -msgid "" -"When the correct dates are selected/highlighted, click the :guilabel:`Apply`" -" button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:528 -msgid "" -"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " -"field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 -msgid "" -"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" -" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:533 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, check this " -"box. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " -"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " -"day is being requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:537 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " -"day, check this box. A :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` field appears " -"beneath this option, if selected. Using the drop-down menu, select the start" -" and end time for the time off request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " -":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " -"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " -"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " -"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:545 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " -"should include any details that managers and approvers may need in order to " -"approve the request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:547 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachments of documents. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " -"appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:551 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the desired files to attach, select them, then click the " -":guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off request form." -" Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:554 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:604 -msgid "" -"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " -"request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:557 -msgid "" -"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " -"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " -"be saved manually at any time by clicking the *save manually* button, " -"represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " -"with the flu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:502 msgid "Request allocation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:504 msgid "" "If an employee has used all their time off, or is going to run out of time " "off, they can request an allocation for additional time. Allocations can be " @@ -16648,7 +16977,7 @@ msgid "" " view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:508 msgid "" "To create a new allocation request, click either the :guilabel:`New " "Allocation Request` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the " @@ -16656,7 +16985,7 @@ msgid "" "buttons open a new allocation request form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:513 msgid "" "Both :guilabel:`New` buttons open a :guilabel:`New Allocation` request form," " but when requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, the form appears in a " @@ -16664,20 +16993,20 @@ msgid "" "screen navigates to a new allocation request page, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:518 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Allocation` request " "form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested for " "the allocation from the drop-down menu. After a selection is made, the title" " updates with the time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:522 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period`: this field **only** appears if requesting an " "allocation with a time off type that has the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` " @@ -16686,18 +17015,18 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` field is set to :guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:527 msgid "" "Using the calendar selector, select a start and end date the allocation is " "valid for. By default, the current date populates the first field, and " ":guilabel:`No Limit` populates the second field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 msgid "Adjust both of these dates, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:531 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time being requested in this " "field. The format is presented in either days or hours, depending on how the" @@ -16705,14 +17034,21 @@ msgid "" "allocation request is updated to include the amount of time being requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:535 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: enter a description for the allocation request." " This should include any details that managers and approvers may need in " "order to approve the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:538 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 msgid "" "If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Allocations` list view, the" " information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " @@ -16726,11 +17062,11 @@ msgid "" "sick time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:553 msgid "Management" msgstr "การจัดการ" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:555 msgid "" "Time off and allocation requests typically undergo an approval process " "before being granted. Requests either need one or two approvals, if any, " @@ -16739,17 +17075,17 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:560 msgid "" "Only users who can approve allocation and time off requests have the " ":guilabel:`Management` section visible in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:566 msgid "Manage time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 msgid "" "To view time off requests that need approval, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Management --> Time Off`. The only time off" @@ -16758,7 +17094,7 @@ msgid "" "in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:573 msgid "" "The default filter in the :guilabel:`Time Off` list is `Waiting For Me`. " "This only presents time off requests that need to be approved for current " @@ -16766,7 +17102,7 @@ msgid "" " or :guilabel:`Second Approval`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:643 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:577 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented time off requests. Since only time off requests that need to be " @@ -16776,28 +17112,28 @@ msgid "" "appear on the left side of the screen, under :guilabel:`Departments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 msgid "" "If there are no requests that fall under one of the status options or " "departments, that status or department is **not** visible on the left-side " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:587 msgid "" "To display time off requests for specific departments only, click on the " ":guilabel:`Department` on the left-hand side. Only requests within the " "selected department are then presented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:656 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:657 msgid "" "The status column displays the status of each request, with the status " "highlighted in a specific color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` and :guilabel:`Second Approval` requests are " "highlighted in yellow and are the only ones that appear in the list by " @@ -16807,7 +17143,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:665 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:599 msgid "" "To approve a time off request, click the :guilabel:`👍 Approve` button at the" " end of the line. To validate a time off request that has already been " @@ -16822,7 +17158,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:608 msgid "" "For more details, click anywhere on the time off request line (except for " "the :guilabel:`👍 Approve`, :guilabel:`✔️ Validate`, and :guilabel:`✖️ " @@ -16830,24 +17166,24 @@ msgid "" "of the user, changes can be made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:612 msgid "" "To modify the request, make any desired changes to the form. All changes are" " automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:614 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Approve` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button " "to refuse the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:684 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:620 msgid "Manage allocations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:686 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:622 msgid "" "To view allocations that need approval, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off" " app --> Management --> Allocations`. The only allocations visible on this " @@ -16855,7 +17191,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:627 msgid "" "The default filters that are configured to be in place when navigating to " "the :guilabel:`Allocations` list are :guilabel:`My Team` and " @@ -16863,13 +17199,13 @@ msgid "" "team (who they manage) and active employees. Inactive users are not shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented allocation requests." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:635 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Status` options are :guilabel:`To Approve`, " ":guilabel:`Refused`, and :guilabel:`Approved`. Click on a specific " @@ -16877,14 +17213,14 @@ msgid "" "allocation requests, click :guilabel:`All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 msgid "" "It is also possible to display allocation requests by department. Click on " "the :guilabel:`Department` in the left side of the screen to only present " "allocations for that specific department." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:644 msgid "" "The groupings on the left side only present allocation requests that fall " "under the default filters of :guilabel:`My Team` and :guilabel:`Active " @@ -16892,34 +17228,34 @@ msgid "" "filters are presented on the left side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:712 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:648 msgid "" "For example, if there are no requests with a status of :guilabel:`To " "Submit`, that status option does not appear in the left-hand side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:651 msgid "" "All departments for the user's employees appear in the list. If there are no" " allocation requests that fall under that department matching the pre-" "configured filters, the list is blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:654 msgid "" "It is always possible to remove any of the pre-configured filters, by " "clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon on the specific filter to remove " "it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:660 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, " ":guilabel:`Approved` requests are highlighted in green, and the " ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:663 msgid "" "To approve an allocation request, click the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` button at" " the end of the line. To refuse a request, click the :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` " @@ -16931,28 +17267,28 @@ msgid "" "Allocations with the filter, groupings, and status sections highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:670 msgid "" "If more details are needed, click anywhere on the allocation request line " "(except for the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` buttons) to" " view the request in detail." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:673 msgid "" "Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be made to the allocation " "request form that appears. To modify the request, make any desired changes " "to the form. All changes are automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:741 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:677 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Validate` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button" " to refuse the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:683 msgid "" "To view a color-coded schedule of the user's time off, and/or of the team " "managed by them, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Overview`. " @@ -16960,7 +17296,7 @@ msgid "" "view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:687 msgid "" "To change the time period displayed, click on the :guilabel:`Month` button " "to reveal a drop-down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -16968,7 +17304,7 @@ msgid "" "corresponding view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 msgid "" "To navigate forward or backward in time, in the selected increment " "(:guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, etc.), click the :guilabel:`← (left " @@ -16976,44 +17312,44 @@ msgid "" " that specified amount of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:695 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Month` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by" " one month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:697 msgid "" "To return to a view containing the current day, click the :guilabel:`Today` " "button at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 msgid "" "Team members are listed alphabetically on individual lines, and their " "requested time off, regardless of the status (*validated* or *to approve*), " "is visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:766 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:702 msgid "" "Each employee is color-coded. The employee's color is selected at random, " "and does *not* correspond to the type of time off they requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:705 msgid "" "The status of the time off is represented by the color detail of the " "request, either appearing solid (*validated*) or striped (*to approve*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 msgid "" "The number of days or hours requested is written on the request (if there is" " enough space)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:710 msgid "" "At the bottom of the calendar, in the :guilabel:`Total` line, a bar graph " "shows how many people are projected to be out on any given day. The number " @@ -17021,7 +17357,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:778 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:714 msgid "" "Click on a time off entry to view the details for the specific time off " "entry. The total number of hours or days are listed, along with the start " @@ -17033,21 +17369,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview of the user's team, with time off requests shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:723 msgid "My time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:725 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`My Time` section of the *Time Off* application contains the " "time off dashboard, as well as the user's time off requests and allocations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:795 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:731 msgid "Dashboard" msgstr "แดชบอร์ด" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:733 msgid "" "All users have access to the time off dashboard, which is the default view " "in the *Time Off* application. The dashboard can also be accessed at any " @@ -17055,38 +17391,38 @@ msgid "" "My Time --> Dashboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 msgid "" "The current year is displayed, and the current day is highlighted in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:739 msgid "" "To change the view, click on the :guilabel:`Year` button to reveal a drop-" "down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, or " ":guilabel:`Month` to present the calendar in that corresponding view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:743 msgid "" "To change the presented dates, click the :guilabel:`← (left arrow)` or " ":guilabel:`→ (right arrow)` icons to the left of the :guilabel:`Year` " "button. The calendar view adjusts in increments of the presented view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:811 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Year` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by " "one year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:813 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:749 msgid "" "To change the view at any point to a view that includes the current date, " "click the :guilabel:`Today` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:816 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:752 msgid "" "Above the calendar view is a summary of the user's time off balances. Every " "time off type that has been allocated appears in its own summary box. Each " @@ -17095,7 +17431,7 @@ msgid "" "applicable)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:757 msgid "" "To view the full details of a time off balance, click the :guilabel:`? " "(question mark)` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`(DAYS/HOURS) AVAILABLE` " @@ -17109,7 +17445,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A view of the complete time off balance details in the popover window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:767 msgid "" "A user is also able to see how much time off they will have accrued in the " "future. On the right side of the time off summary blocks, there is a " @@ -17117,7 +17453,7 @@ msgid "" "selector popover appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:771 msgid "" "The current date is the default date selected. Navigate to the desired date," " and Odoo displays the time off balances the user will have on that date. " @@ -17126,14 +17462,14 @@ msgid "" "of the date field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:840 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:776 msgid "" "On the right side of the calendar, the various time off types are displayed," " with their corresponding colors. The :guilabel:`Legend` explains how the " "various statuses for time off requests are presented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:780 msgid "" "Time off that has been validated appears in a solid color (in the color " "specified in the :guilabel:`Time Off Type` section above the " @@ -17142,19 +17478,19 @@ msgid "" "line through the dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:849 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:785 msgid "" -"New time off requests can be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :ref:`New Time Off" -" ` modal appears." +"New time off requests can be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. Click the " +":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :doc:`New Time Off" +" <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:852 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 msgid "" -"New allocation requests can also be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the dashboard to " -"request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation ` modal appears." +"New allocation requests can also be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard` to request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation " +"` modal appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 @@ -17163,56 +17499,56 @@ msgid "" "buttons highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:863 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:800 msgid "My time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:865 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:802 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`. Here, all time " "off requests, both past and present, appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:868 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:805 msgid "" "The list includes the following information for each request: the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Start Date`, " ":guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and the :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:872 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:809 msgid "" "A new time off request can be made from this view. Click the :guilabel:`New`" -" button to :ref:`request time off `." +" button to :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:878 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:815 msgid "My allocations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:817 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's allocations, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Allocations`. All " "allocations and requested allocations appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:820 msgid "" "The information presented on the :guilabel:`My Allocations` page includes: " "the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Amount`, " ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`, and :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:824 msgid "" "A new allocation request can be made from this view, as well. Click the " ":guilabel:`New` button to :ref:`request an allocation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:895 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:832 msgid "" "The reporting feature allows users to view time off for their team, either " "by employee or type of time off. This allows users to see which employees " @@ -17220,7 +17556,7 @@ msgid "" "types are being used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:899 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:836 msgid "" "Any report can be added to a spreadsheet through the *Insert in Spreadsheet*" " button that appears in the top-left of a report. If the *Documents* " @@ -17228,31 +17564,31 @@ msgid "" "appears. If not, the report can be added to a *Dashboard*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:841 msgid "By employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:843 msgid "" "To view a report of employee time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Employee`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:846 msgid "" "The default report presents the current year's data in a list view, " "displaying all the employees in alphabetical order. Each employee's line is " "collapsed by default. To expand a line, click anywhere on the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:913 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:850 msgid "" "The view expands, and has the time off requests organized by time off type. " "Click anywhere on a time off type line to expand it, and view all the " "individual time off requests that fall under that type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:916 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:853 msgid "" "The information shown in the list includes: the :guilabel:`Employee` name, " ":guilabel:`Number of Days` off requested, the :guilabel:`Start Date`, " @@ -17263,7 +17599,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Report of time off, shown by each employee in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:861 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " @@ -17275,8 +17611,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The various other views highlighted, for the employee time off report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:933 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:870 msgid "" "When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " "particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports and their" @@ -17284,18 +17619,18 @@ msgid "" "documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:875 msgid "By type" msgstr "ตามประเภท" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:940 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:877 msgid "" "To view a list of all time off, organized by time off type, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Type`. This shows all time" " off requests in a default bar chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:943 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 msgid "" "Hover over a bar to view the :guilabel:`Duration (Days)` of that specific " "time off type." @@ -17307,13 +17642,13 @@ msgid "" "highlighted in a red box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 msgid "" "Click on a bar to go to a detailed list view of all the time off requests " "for that time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:952 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:889 msgid "" "Each request is listed, with the following information displayed: the " ":guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Request Type`, " @@ -17321,10 +17656,174 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " "way. The various options are a :guilabel:`Graph` (the default view), " ":guilabel:`List`, or :guilabel:`Pivot` table." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:897 +msgid "" +"When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " +"particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports, and " +"their various options, refer to the :doc:`reporting " +"<../essentials/reporting>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:902 +msgid ":doc:`time_off/request_time_off`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Request time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once time off has been allocated to an employee, a request to use it can be " +"submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Time off can be requested in one of two ways: either from the main *Time " +"Off* application :guilabel:`Dashboard` (:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My " +"Time --> Dashboard`), or from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` dashboard view " +"(:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " +"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " +"Off` dashboard, in the default list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " +"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" +" form appears in a pop-up window. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time" +" Off` list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " +"form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " +"the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " +"two fields to populate: the start and end dates. Click on either date field " +"and a popover calendar appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " +"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " +"applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If only requesting time off for a single day, click on the start date, then " +"click the same date again for the end date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the correct dates are selected, click the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" +" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, tick this " +"checkbox. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " +"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " +"day is being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " +"day, tick this checkbox. If selected, a :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` " +"field appears beneath this option. Using the drop-down menu, select the " +"start and end time for the time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " +":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " +"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " +"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " +"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " +"should include any details that managers and approvers may need to approve " +"the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachment of documents. " +"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the desired files that should be attached, select them, then " +"click The :guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off " +"request form. Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information, and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " +"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " +"be saved manually at any time by clicking the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " +"with the flu." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 98c89b495..55e324e74 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory & MRP" +msgid "Supply Chain" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 @@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:20 msgid "Location" msgstr "สถานที่" @@ -1495,14 +1495,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:16 @@ -1517,16 +1519,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:26 @@ -3746,6 +3755,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:182 msgid "Manual" msgstr "ด้วยตัวเอง" @@ -3822,12 +3833,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:214 msgid "" -"The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is four days," -" and the :ref:`purchase security lead time ` is one day." +"The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is " +"four days, and the :ref:`purchase security lead time " +"` is one day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:218 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` field of the reordering rule is set to " "zero, the product appears on the replenishment dashboard five days before " @@ -3840,34 +3851,34 @@ msgid "" "Feb 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:226 msgid "" "To see the product on the replenishment dashboard for the current date, " "February 20, set the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` to `7.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:229 msgid "" "To determine the amount of visibility days needed to see a product on the " "replenishment dashboard, subtract *today's date* from the *date the need " "appears* on the replenishment dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:232 msgid "Visibility~days = Need~appears~date - Today's~date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:237 msgid "" "Referring to the example above, today's date is February 20th, and the need " "for the product appears on February 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:240 msgid "(February 27 - February 20 = 7 days)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:242 msgid "" "Incorrectly setting the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` fewer than seven days in" " this case results in the need **not** appearing on the replenishment " @@ -3880,11 +3891,11 @@ msgid "" "days set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:252 msgid "Route" msgstr "เส้นทาง" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:254 msgid "" "Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected under the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it is possible" @@ -3892,7 +3903,7 @@ msgid "" "the functionality of both routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:258 msgid "" "Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering " "rule. This is the route that the rule defaults to, if multiple are selected." @@ -3900,20 +3911,20 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:262 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Route` column is hidden on the " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:264 msgid "" "Reveal the :guilabel:`Route` column by selecting the :guilabel:`(slider)` " "icon to the far-right of the column titles, and checking the " ":guilabel:`Route` option from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:267 msgid "" "Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule, and a drop-down " "menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the " @@ -3924,7 +3935,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:275 msgid "" "If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set " "for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the selected route " @@ -4600,7 +4611,7 @@ msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:100 msgid "Assign serial numbers" msgstr "" @@ -4620,7 +4631,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" @@ -4647,56 +4658,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:21 -msgid "when closing a manufacturing order" +msgid "" +":doc:`during a manufacturing order " +"<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product>` for a " +"product tracked by lot/serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:24 msgid "when making an inventory adjustment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:32 msgid "" "Display the Detailed Operations smart button and bulleted list icon on a " "receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:32 msgid "" "Display the **Detailed Operations** smart button and bulleted list icon on a" " receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:37 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers to products, activate the :guilabel:`Lots and " "Serial Numbers` feature in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " "--> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:40 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of an item's product form, set the " ":guilabel:`Tracking` field to :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:44 msgid "" ":ref:`Enable serial numbers `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:45 msgid "" ":ref:`Track products by serial numbers " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:49 msgid "" "Next, enable creating new serial numbers by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:52 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, select the desired operation " "type (e.g. :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, or " @@ -4709,11 +4723,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show \"Create New\" option is selected on the Receipts operation type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:64 msgid "Detailed Operations" msgstr "รายละเอียดการดำเนินงาน" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:66 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned to products when entering stock for the first" " time, from the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` page on the receipt. " @@ -4721,7 +4735,7 @@ msgid "" "Operations --> Receipts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:71 msgid "" "Serial numbers can **not** be assigned to products on a request for " "quotation (RfQ) or purchase order (PO) — **only** on a receipt." @@ -4731,13 +4745,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the purchase order and the Receipt smart button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:78 msgid "" "Screenshot of a \"Purchase Order\" with the \"Receipt\" smart button at the " "top." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:80 msgid "" "To record an item's serial number before receiving the item, follow the " "steps in the next sections to assign serial numbers, but do **not** click " @@ -4745,13 +4759,13 @@ msgid "" "from the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:84 msgid "" "Assign a single serial number to a product by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` smart button on a receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:87 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, manually type in the " "serial number for a single product." @@ -4761,13 +4775,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a line on the Detailed Operations page to assign serial numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:94 msgid "" "When finished, click the receipt's breadcrumbs, and the assigned serial " "numbers are automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:102 msgid "" "To generate new serial numbers in a sequence, click the :guilabel:`+ (plus)`" " icon in the :ref:`product line `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:113 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` pop-up window. The " ":guilabel:`Number of SN` field is auto-filled based on the product quantity " @@ -4799,22 +4813,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show Assign Serial numbers pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:125 msgid "Stock move pop-up window" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:127 msgid "" "For various methods of assigning serial numbers in bulk, click the " ":guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the :ref:`product line " "` of a receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:132 msgid "Add a line" msgstr "เพิ่มบรรทัด" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:134 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window that appears, manually " "input the serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." @@ -4824,11 +4838,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a line on the Stock move pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:142 msgid "Generate Serials" msgstr "สร้างซีเรียล" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:144 msgid "" "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Generate " "Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." @@ -4838,7 +4852,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show generate serials button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:151 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Generate Serial numbers` pop-up window, where " "the first serial number is entered in the :guilabel:`First SN` field to " @@ -4846,36 +4860,36 @@ msgid "" "entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:155 msgid "" "For more details on how to fill in this pop-up window, :ref:`refer to this " "section `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:159 msgid "Import Serials" msgstr "นำเข้าซีเรียล" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:161 msgid "" "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Import " "Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:165 msgid "" "If the button is not visible, ensure the :guilabel:`Create New` option is " "selected in the :ref:`receipt's configuration page " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:168 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window. Enter each serial " "number on a separate line in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:172 msgid "" "Copy/paste serial numbers from an existing excel spreadsheet and add them to" " the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." @@ -4885,7 +4899,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show excel sheet to copy serial numbers from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:179 msgid "" "Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to add serial numbers to " "the list of products, and serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " @@ -4894,25 +4908,26 @@ msgid "" "option unchecked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:146 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Generate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:187 msgid "" "For a receipt with a :guilabel:`Demand` of `3.00` products, one product has " "already been assigned a serial number in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` " "pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:190 msgid "" "So, in the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window, two serial numbers, `124` " "and `125` are assigned to the remaining products by entering the following " "in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` input field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:199 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option is selected to add these two " "serial numbers **in addition** to the serial number, `123`, that has already" @@ -4954,7 +4969,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "" @@ -5026,6 +5041,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:343 msgid "Traceability" msgstr "การติดตามย้อนกลับ" @@ -5481,6 +5497,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:189 msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" msgstr ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" @@ -5512,17 +5529,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 msgid "Expiration alerts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 msgid "" "To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:251 msgid "" "Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " "Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " @@ -5530,14 +5547,14 @@ msgid "" "related to the products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:255 msgid "" "To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " "form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " "earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:259 msgid "" "After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " "Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " @@ -5545,14 +5562,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:263 msgid "" "To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " "are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" " :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:267 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." msgstr "" @@ -5562,487 +5579,593 @@ msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" +msgid "Lot numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:10 msgid "" -"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" -" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " -"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" -" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." +"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. They " +"typically represent a specific batch of products that were received, stored," +" shipped, or manufactured in-house." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:13 msgid "" -"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " -"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " -"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " -"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " -"lifecycles." +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products sharing common " +"properties, facilitating end-to-end traceability through their lifecycles." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:16 msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " -"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " -"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " -"expiration dates." +"Lots are useful for managing large quantities of manufactured or received " +"products, aiding in tracing items back to their group, particularly for " +"product recalls or :doc:`expiration dates `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:26 msgid "" -"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " -"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " -"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " -"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " -":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +"To track products using lots, enable the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature. Go" +" to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and tick the checkbox " +"next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 -msgid "Track products by lots" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`Tracking expiration dates `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:33 msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " -"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " -"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " -"and choose a product." +":ref:`Print GS1 barcodes for lots and serial numbers " +"`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:42 +msgid "Track by lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:44 msgid "" -"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " -"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " -":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " -"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, configure " +"individual products to be tracked using lots. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and choose a " +"product to configure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:48 msgid "" +"On the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, select the :guilabel:`By Lots` option in " +"the :guilabel:`Tracking` field. Now, new or existing lot numbers can be " +"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`expiration_dates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 +msgid "" "If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " -"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" -" lot numbers to the existing stock." +"serial numbers, a warning message appears. Use an :doc:`inventory adjustment" +" ` to assign lot numbers to existing products in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 -msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:65 +msgid "Assign lots for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:67 msgid "" -"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " -"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" -" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " -"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " -"automatically." +"Assign new lot numbers to :ref:`incoming goods " +"` on the receipt form. When " +"shipping :ref:`outgoing goods `, select products with specific lot numbers on the delivery order " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:75 +msgid "On receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Assigning new or existing lot numbers to incoming goods can be done directly" +" on receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To begin, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app to `create and confirm " +"`_ a |PO| for products tracked " +"by lot numbers. Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button that " +"appears at the top of the page to navigate to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to an existing receipt by going to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, clicking the :guilabel:`Receipts` Kanban " +"card, and choosing the desired receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number triggers an " +"error, indicating that a lot number **must** be assigned before validating " +"the receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:96 +msgid "" +"On the receipt form, on the product line in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, " +"select the |list| icon to the right of the product that is tracked by lot " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the bulleted list icon on the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, where the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` and :guilabel:`Quantity` are assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 +msgid "The two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **importing**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:109 +msgid "Manual assignment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"To manually assign lot numbers, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Input the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, :guilabel:`Store To` location for the lot, " +":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Destination Package`, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To assign multiple lot numbers, or store to multiple locations, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and type a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` for " +"additional quantities. Repeat until the total in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"column matches the :guilabel:`Demand` at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:125 +msgid "Import lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:127 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, click :guilabel:`Import " +"Serials/Lots`, then paste the bulk lot numbers, in the " +":guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on *Google* spreadsheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 +msgid "Lot numbers copied to the lot number line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Lot numbers pasted to the \"Lots/Serial numbers\" field, in the **Import " +"Lots** pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to generate *additional* " +"lot numbers in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window. To replace " +"the lot numbers in the list, leave the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option" +" unticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` on the receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:200 +msgid "" +":ref:`Traceability report for lot numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:157 +msgid "On delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Odoo makes it possible to specify which lot numbers for a product are chosen" +" for outgoing shipment on a delivery order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To begin, create or select an existing quotation from the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app. After confirming the |SO|, the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button becomes available. Click the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt form for " +"that specific |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to delivery orders by going to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`" +" kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button opens the the delivery order " +"form, where lot numbers are picked for delivery. In the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab, click the |list| icon to the right of the " +"product that is tracked by lot numbers. Clicking that icon reveals a " +":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, the chosen lot number and its storage location is " +"displayed in the :guilabel:`Pick From` column, with the with the full " +":guilabel:`Quantity` taken from that specific lot (if there is enough stock " +"in that particular lot)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:179 +msgid "" +"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " +":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:183 +msgid "" +"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " +"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It also " +"depends on the ordered quantity, and whether the lot's on-hand quantity is " +"enough to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Repeat the above steps to select enough lots to fulfill the " +":guilabel:`Demand`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. " +"Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button on the |DO| to deliver the " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Popup for source lot number on sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:203 +msgid "Lot management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Manage and view existing lot numbers for products in the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` dashboard by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:208 +msgid "" +"By default, lot numbers are grouped by product, and selecting the drop-down " +"menu for each product displays the existing lot numbers. Select a lot number" +" to :ref:`modify or add details ` " +"linked to the lot. Lot numbers can also be :ref:`created " +"` from this page, by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 +msgid "Show the \"Lot/Serial Number\" dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Display lot numbers, grouped by products, on the **Lot/Serial Number** " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 +msgid "Modify lot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Clicking a lot from the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` dashboard reveals a " +"separate page where additional information can be provided about the lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to follow " +"the most recent number. However, it can be edited, by clicking the line " +"under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and changing the generated " +"number to any desired one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:233 +msgid "On the lot number form, the following fields can be modified:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:235 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: change the lot number linked to the " +":guilabel:`Product`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:236 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internal Reference`: records an alternative lot/serial number " +"used within the warehouse that differs from the one used by the supplier " +"manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company where the lot number is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:239 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: add extra details about the lot or serial number in" +" this text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:242 +msgid "" +"On existing lots, the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"fields **cannot** be modified, as the lot numbers are linked with existing " +"stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the lot number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:250 +msgid ":doc:`Set expiration dates for lots `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:253 +msgid "Add property" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:255 +msgid "" +"To add custom fields to lots for enhanced traceability, there are two " +"methods of adding properties on a lot number form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon at the top-left of the page," +" then select :icon:`fa-cogs` :guilabel:`Add Properties` from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a Property` button, located below " +"the existing fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Name and :doc:`configure the new field " +"<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`. Once finished, enter the " +"property value in the new field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The new property, `Wood type`, is added. The value is recorded as `Cherry " +"wood`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Show the \"Add Properties\" button on a lot number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:273 +msgid "" +":doc:`Configuring custom properties " +"<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 +msgid "Reserve lot number for a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:280 +msgid "" +"To create a lot number for a product, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lot/Serial Numbers`, and " +"click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Creating a lot number reserves it for a product but **does not** assign it. " +"To assign lot numbers, refer to the section on :ref:`assigning lot numbers " +"on receipts `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:289 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " "follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " -"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " -"and changing the generated number." +"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field " +"on the lot form, and changing the generated number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:293 msgid "" "Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " "field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " "menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:72 -msgid "" -"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " -"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " -"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " -"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" -"website environment)." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:298 +msgid "The lot number, `000001`, is created for the product, `Drawer Black`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 -msgid "" -"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " -"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:83 -msgid "" -"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " -"button to save all changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:304 msgid "" "After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " -"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" -" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " -"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." +"product, the lot number is saved as an existing lot number linked to the " +"product, and can be selected when :ref:`assigning lot numbers to products on" +" a receipt `, or when making an " +"inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:310 msgid "" -"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " -"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " -"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" -" assigned to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:95 -msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " -"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " -"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " -"order form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:104 -msgid "Manage lots on receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " -"purchase order (PO)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:108 -msgid "" -"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " -"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 -msgid "" -"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " -"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " -"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " -"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " -"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " -"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " -":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " -"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " -"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" -"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " -":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " -"number being assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:133 -msgid "" -"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " -":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " -"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " -"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:137 -msgid "" -"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " -"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " -"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 -msgid "" -"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" -" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " -"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " -"quantity." +"After creating the lot number, `000001` appears as an option for `Drawer " +"Black` when assigning lot numbers on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` " +"page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 -msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgid "Show how to assign lot numbers on the Inventory Adjustment page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " -":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " -"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " -"the :guilabel:`Demand`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:155 -msgid "" -"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " -"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " -"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" -" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" -" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " -":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " -"entered in each of the lot number lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 -msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:168 -msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." -" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " -":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " -"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" -" assigned, and more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:174 -msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " -"sales order (SO)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " -"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:181 -msgid "" -"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" -" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " -"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:185 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" -" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " -":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:201 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " -"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 -msgid "" -"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " -"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " -":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " -"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:198 -msgid "" -"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " -"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" -" there is enough stock in that particular lot)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:202 -msgid "" -"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " -":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " -"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " -"total quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:207 -msgid "" -"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " -"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " -"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " -"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " -"lot to fulfill the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:213 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" -msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:215 -msgid "" -"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " -"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" -" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 -msgid "" -"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " -"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " -":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " -"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " -"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:228 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" -" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " -"the same lot number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:318 msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:320 msgid "" -"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " -"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " -"be used." +"By default, new lots can only be created when receiving products, and " +"existing lot numbers cannot be used. For sales orders, only existing lot " +"numbers can be utilized, and new ones cannot be created on the delivery " +"order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:237 -msgid "" -"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" -" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:324 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " "type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " -"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +"Operations Types`, and select the desired operation type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:328 msgid "" -"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " -"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " -"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" -" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " -":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" -" to save the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:249 -msgid "" -"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " -"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " -"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " -"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." +"On the operation type form, under the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"section, tick the :guilabel:`Create New` checkbox to enable new lot numbers " +"to be created during this operation type. Choose :guilabel:`Use Existing " +"ones` if only existing lot numbers can be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:337 msgid "" "For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " "useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" " warehouse receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:345 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " -"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " -"stored, and who (and when) it went to." +"entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from, when it arrived, where it" +" was stored, who it went to (and when)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:348 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:352 msgid "" "From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " "assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:355 msgid "" -"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " -"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " -":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " -"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." +"To group by lots, begin by removing any filters in the :guilabel:`Search...`" +" bar. Then, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(caret down)` icon to" +" open a drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` options," +" and :guilabel:`Favorites`. Under the :guilabel:`Group By` section, click " +"the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` option, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"Number` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:361 msgid "" -"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " -"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." +"Doing so reorganizes all the records on the page to display all existing " +"lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded to show all quantities of " +"products with that assigned number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:369 +msgid "Traceability report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To view a full stock moves report for a lot number, select the lot number " +"line from the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Number` dashboard. On the lot number " +"form, click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the Traceability Report for a lot, that displays the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:380 msgid ":doc:`differences`" msgstr "" @@ -6561,6 +6684,144 @@ msgid "" " packaging to the internal count of the product." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:3 +msgid "Reassign lot/serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Changing a product's tracking settings to use lots or serial numbers, " +"*after* storing products in Odoo without them, can lead to inconsistent " +"records. Follow this documentation to learn how to use an inventory " +"adjustment to assign lot or serial numbers to products that were not " +"originally assigned lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Warning message: products in stock have no lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This document outlines the process of using two inventory adjustments: one " +"to remove incorrect records *without* lot numbers, and another to save the " +"quantities *with* the lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`Set up and use lot numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Set up serial numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Use serial numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:24 +msgid "Change on-hand quantity to zero" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To change the product's settings to track by lots or serial numbers, begin " +"by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and select the intended product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, click the product's :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button to open the " +":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. In the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"column, change the value to zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If the product is stored in multiple locations, make sure the **total** on " +"hand quantity at **all** locations is zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Show the Inventory Adjustments model, highlighting the \"On Hand Quantity\" " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:41 +msgid "Change traceability setting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Return to the product form (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Products`), and switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, change the :guilabel:`Tracking` option " +"from :guilabel:`No Tracking` to :guilabel:`By Lots` or :guilabel:`By Unique " +"Serial Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 +msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:56 +msgid "Restore on-hand quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:58 +msgid "" +"After manually changing the on-hand quantity to zero and changing the " +":guilabel:`Tracking` setting to lots or serial numbers, restore the " +"quantities by clicking the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button from the desired" +" product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:62 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Update Quantity` page, because the on-hand quantity had " +"been previously changed to zero, a :guilabel:`No Stock On Hand` warning " +"appears on the page. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" +"left corner. Doing so reveals a new, modifiable line on the " +":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. Then, input a desired lot number in the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` to its original value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Fill in the \"Lot/Serial Number\" and \"On Hand Quantity\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To find the original quantity, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"accordingly, after assigning a new lot or serial number, click the " +":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon in the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` column. Then, click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` " +"button on the far-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Show the \"History\" button on the Inventory Adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The inventory adjustment that changed the on-hand quantity to zero is " +"displayed in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:0 +msgid "Show the history entry." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "" @@ -6691,6 +6952,12 @@ msgid "" "in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "" @@ -6875,6 +7142,12 @@ msgid "" "tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:197 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" @@ -6883,6 +7156,20 @@ msgid "" " appears." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " +"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:208 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " @@ -7238,6 +7525,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:80 msgid "Create purchase order" msgstr "" @@ -7509,12 +7798,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:160 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:161 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" msgstr "" @@ -7716,7 +8005,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:124 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" msgstr ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" @@ -7897,8 +8186,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "Create a sales order" msgstr "" @@ -7960,7 +8247,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Print shipping labels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:8 msgid "" "Integrate Odoo with :doc:`third-party shipping carriers " "<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>` to automatically generate " @@ -7968,7 +8255,7 @@ msgid "" "numbers, and barcodes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:15 msgid "" "To generate labels for a third-party shipping carrier, first :doc:`install " "the third-party shipping connector " @@ -7985,36 +8272,83 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set the \"Get Rate and Create Shipment\" option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:33 +msgid "Labels for multi-step" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"For companies using :doc:`two " +"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or :doc:`three step " +"delivery <../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, labels can be " +"triggered to print after validating the picking or packing operation. To do " +"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations " +"Types`, and choose the desired operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Operation Type` configuration page, tick the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` checkbox. Enabling this feature ensures that the " +"third-party shipping label is printed upon validating this operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:45 +msgid "" +"For :doc:`two-step delivery " +"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, where products are " +"placed directly in packages during picking, companies can print shipping " +"labels during picking instead of delivery. Odoo allows users to enable the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` feature on the `Pick` operation itself to achieve " +"this flexibility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:0 +msgid "Enable the \"Print Label\" feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:55 msgid "Print tracking labels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:57 msgid "" -"Tracking labels are generated after the delivery order (DO) is validated." +"Tracking labels are printed when specific operations are validated. By " +"default, validating a delivery order (DO) generates a tracking label in the " +"chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:61 msgid "" -"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin on the " -":menuselection:`Sales app`, and proceed to the desired quotation to " -":ref:`add the shipping cost `, confirm the sales order, and validate the |DO|." +"For companies using two or three step delivery, refer to the :ref:`printing " +"labels for multi-step delivery ` section to learn how to print the label after validating a picking " +"or packing operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin in the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and proceed to the desired quotation or sales " +"order (SO). There, and :ref:`add the shipping cost " +"` to the order. Then, " +"navigate to the linked |DO| — or another operation type when using multi-" +"step delivery — to validate the operation and print the label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:71 msgid "" "If only the *Inventory* app is installed, create :abbr:`DOs (Delivery " -"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app , :ref:`add the " +"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, :ref:`add the " "third-party carrier ` in " "the :guilabel:`Carrier` field, and validate the |DO|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:79 msgid "Add shipping on quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:81 msgid "" "To generate a tracking label for an order, begin by creating a quotation in " ":menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`, clicking " @@ -8026,15 +8360,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the \"Add Shipping\" button on the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:89 msgid "" "In the resulting pop-up window, select the intended carrier from the " -":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. Clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` " -"displays the shipping cost for the customer, via the third-party carrier in " -"the :guilabel:`Cost` field." +":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Total Order " +"Weight` field is automatically populated, based on the :ref:`weight of " +"products in the order `. " +"Modify this field to overwrite the predicted weight, and use this weight to " +"estimate the cost of shipping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Get Rate` to display the shipping cost for the " +"customer, via the third-party carrier in the :guilabel:`Cost` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 msgid "" "If clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` results in an error, ensure the " ":ref:`warehouse's address ` are properly configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:102 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the cost to the quotation, which is listed as " "the :ref:`configured delivery product " @@ -8055,49 +8397,49 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show \"Get rate\" pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:112 msgid "" -"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, the shipping carrier is" -" specified in a delivery order's :guilabel:`Carrier` field of the " -":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." +"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, specify the " +":guilabel:`Carrier` by going to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, " +"navigating to the |DO|, and going to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:0 msgid "Show the \"Additional Info\" tab of a delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:123 msgid "Validate delivery order" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:125 msgid "" "On a delivery order form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab to" " ensure the third-party shipping carrier has been added to the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:129 msgid "" "If the *Sales* app is not installed, the third-party carrier is set in the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:132 msgid "" "After the items in the order have been packed, click :guilabel:`Validate` to" " get the shipping carrier's tracking number, and generate the shipping " "label." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:136 msgid "" "Create or select an existing delivery order by going to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and selecting the :guilabel:`Delivery " "Orders` card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:139 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` number is generated in the " ":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab of the delivery order. Click the " @@ -8105,7 +8447,7 @@ msgid "" "shipping carrier's website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:143 msgid "The tracking label is found in PDF format in the chatter." msgstr "" @@ -8113,14 +8455,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show generated shipping label in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:150 msgid "" "For multi-package shipping, one label is generated per package. Each label " "appears in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:157 msgid "Sample label generated from Odoo's shipping connector with FedEx." msgstr "" @@ -8307,11 +8649,282 @@ msgid "" "create the first backorder." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:3 +msgid "Printable delivery PDFs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automatically print delivery-related PDFs documents and labels in Odoo, " +"containing package recipient details, contents, or handling instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The following PDFs can be configured to print upon validating an *Inventory*" +" operation (e.g. receipt, picking, delivery orders, quality checks):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:11 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery slip `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`Return slip `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:13 +msgid "" +":ref:`Product labels of items in the order " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:14 +msgid "" +":ref:`Lot and serial number labels `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:15 +msgid "Carrier labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:16 +msgid "Export documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:17 +msgid "Package Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:18 +msgid "Package label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To automatically print these forms, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`, and select the desired " +"operation type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick each of the desired options available " +"in the :guilabel:`Print on Validation` section to download the PDF of those " +"selected documents automatically after validating the :guilabel:`Operation " +"Type`. For details on what each of the checkbox options do, jump to the " +"related section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Print on Validation* option in the \"Pick\" *Operation Type*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:36 +msgid "Delivery slip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A *delivery slip* contains recipient and package details, usually placed " +"inside (or attached to) the package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:42 +msgid ":ref:`Picking list `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`Tracking label `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:45 +msgid "" +"After :ref:`enabling the Delivery Slip setting " +"` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " +"configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " +"operation type downloads a PDF of the delivery slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The delivery slip shows products, quantities, the delivery order reference " +"number, and the total order weight." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Example delivery slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:58 +msgid "Return slip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Print a *return slip* to include in a delivery for customer return packages." +" It identifies the return, links to the sales order, and includes item " +"details and customer information. It can also include specific return " +"instructions for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:64 +msgid "" +"After :ref:`enabling the Return Slip setting " +"` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " +"configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " +"operation type downloads a PDF of the return slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The return slip displays the company's return address, along with barcodes " +"for both the order and the return operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Example return slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:77 +msgid "Product labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Print *product labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " +"information, such as product name, barcode, and price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"After navigating to the intended operation type (:menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`), in the :guilabel:`Hardware` " +"tab, tick the :guilabel:`Product Labels` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Print label as:` drop-down menu visible, where" +" each product label can be printed as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`2 x 7 with price`: PDF displays product name, barcode, and price," +" fitting two rows and seven columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 2 x 7 with price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 7 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price, " +"fitting four rows and seven columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 4 x 7 with price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12`: displays product name and barcode. Fits four rows and " +"twelve columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 4 x 12." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price. " +"Fits four rows and twelve columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels`: prints labels in the Zebra Programming Language " +"(ZPL) containing the product name and barcode. Readable for Zebra printers " +"to automatically print labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels with price`: prints labels in the :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " +"Programming Language)` containing the product name, barcode, and price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Product labels can be manually printed from any delivery order, by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Print Labels` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:128 +msgid "Lot/SN Labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Print *lot/SN labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " +"information, such as product name, lot or serial number, and the barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To automatically print this PDF, navigate to the intended operation type's " +"options page (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations" +" Types`). Then, in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick the :guilabel:`Lot/SN " +"Labels` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per lot/SN`: PDF with labels for unique lot/serial " +"numbers in the order, including product name, lot/serial number, and " +"barcode. Fits four rows and twelve columns per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:150 +msgid "Labels for an order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per unit`: PDF with labels matching the quantity of " +"items, displaying the product name, lot/serial number, and barcode. Fits " +"four rows and twelve columns per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per lot/SN`: prints labels in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " +"Programming Language)`, containing the product name, lot/serial number, and " +"barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per unit`: prints labels with the quantity of " +"items in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming Language)`, containing the product " +"name, lot/serial number, and barcode." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "Scheduled delivery dates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 msgid "" "Accurately forecasting delivery dates is vital for fulfilling customer " "expectations. In Odoo, the *Inventory* app allows for comprehensive lead " @@ -8319,11 +8932,11 @@ msgid "" "orders, deliveries, and receptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:15 msgid "Lead time types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:17 msgid "" "Different lead times for different operations can impact various stages of " "the order fulfillment process. Here's a summary of the types of lead times " @@ -8334,66 +8947,85 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show graphic of all lead times working together." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "" -":ref:`Customer lead time `: The default " -"time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is the " -"number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the date " -"the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as *delivery" -" lead time*." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:24 msgid "" -":ref:`Sales security lead time `: " -"moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of days. " -"This serves as a buffer to allow the team ample time to prepare the outgoing" -" shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " -"process." +":ref:`Customer lead time `: " +"default time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is" +" the number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the " +"date the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as " +"*delivery lead time*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:29 msgid "" -":ref:`Purchase lead time `: the number of " -"days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " +":ref:`Sales security lead time `: moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of " +"days. This serves as a buffer to allow ample time to prepare the outgoing " +"shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 +msgid "" +":ref:`Purchase lead time `: number" +" of days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " "products. It provides insight on the time it takes for products to arrive at" " the warehouse, facilitating effective scheduling and planning of supplier " "deliveries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:39 msgid "" -":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` by a " -"specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders earlier " -"mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products that are" -" set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment report* " -"earlier, according to the specified number of days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:40 -msgid "" -":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: the number " -"of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date of " -"confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in Odoo), " -"and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished good." +":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " +"by a specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders " +"earlier mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products " +"that are set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment " +"report* earlier, according to the specified number of days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:45 msgid "" -":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " -"forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with " -":ref:`replenish to order `, the " +":ref:`Days to Purchase `: " +"days needed for the vendor to receive a request for quotation (RFQ) and " +"confirm it. It advances the deadline to schedule a |RFQ| by a specified " +"number of days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:49 +msgid "" +":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: " +"number of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date " +"of confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in " +"Odoo), and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished" +" good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:54 +msgid "" +":ref:`Days to prepare manufacturing order " +"`: number of days " +"needed to replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the " +"product. Either set one directly on the bill of materials (BoM), or click " +"*Compute* to sum up purchase and manufacturing lead times of components in " +"the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:60 +msgid "" +":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing " +"Order)` forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with" +" :ref:`replenish to order `, the " "security lead time makes the need appear earlier on the replenishment " "report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:69 msgid "Sales lead times" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 msgid "" "Customer lead times and sales security lead times can be configured to " "automatically compute an *expected delivery date* on a :abbr:`SO (Sales " @@ -8401,14 +9033,14 @@ msgid "" "setting for shipments from the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:75 msgid "" "Odoo issues a warning message if the set delivery date is earlier than the " "expected date, as it may not be feasible to fulfill the order by that time, " "which would impact other warehouse operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:79 msgid "" "A :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` containing a `Coconut-scented candle` is " "confirmed on July 11th. The product has a customer lead time of 14 days, and" @@ -8421,17 +9053,17 @@ msgid "" "Set *Delivery Date* in a sales order. Enables delivery lead times feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:87 msgid "" "The following sections demonstrate how to automatically compute expected " "delivery dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:90 msgid "Customer lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:92 msgid "" "Set the customer lead time on each product form, by navigating to the " "products page. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> " @@ -8441,7 +9073,7 @@ msgid "" "order from start to finish." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 msgid "" "Set a 14-day customer lead time for the `Coconut-scented candle` by " "navigating to its product form. Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, type" @@ -8452,31 +9084,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set *Customer Lead Time* on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:109 msgid "Sales security lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:111 msgid "" "*Sales security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:114 msgid "" "On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " "heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales`, and " "click the checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. This security lead time is " "a buffer notifying the team to prepare for outgoing shipments earlier than " "the scheduled date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales` to `1.00` day, pushes " "the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of a delivery order (DO) forward by one day. " @@ -8491,11 +9123,11 @@ msgid "" "settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:131 msgid "Deliver several products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:133 msgid "" "For orders that include multiple products with different lead times, the " "lead times can be configured directly from the quotation itself. On a " @@ -8503,7 +9135,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Policy` to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`As soon as possible` to deliver products as soon as they are " "ready. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " @@ -8511,7 +9143,7 @@ msgid "" "products in the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`When all products are ready` to wait to fulfill the entire order " "at once. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " @@ -8523,14 +9155,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show *Shipping Policy* field in the *Other Info* tab of a quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:150 msgid "" "In a quotation containing 2 products, `Yoga mat` and `Resistance band,` the " "products have a lead time of 8 days and 5 days, respectively. Today's date " "is April 2nd." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:153 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Shipping Policy` is set to :guilabel:`As soon as " "possible`, the scheduled delivery date is 5 days from today: April 7th. On " @@ -8538,17 +9170,17 @@ msgid "" " the scheduled date to be 8 days from today: April 10th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:160 msgid "Purchase lead times" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 msgid "" "Automatically determining the dates on which to place orders from suppliers " "can help simplify the procurement process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 msgid "" "Odoo calculates the supplier shipment *receipt date*, and :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` deadline, based on the required date the product is needed" @@ -8557,7 +9189,7 @@ msgid "" "determine the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` deadline." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 msgid "" "This deadline is the date by which the order should be confirmed, in order " "to ensure timely arrival by the expected receipt date." @@ -8568,24 +9200,24 @@ msgid "" "Visualization of PO deadline and receipt date used with vendor lead times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:178 msgid "" ":ref:`PO scheduling with reordering rules " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:181 msgid "Vendor lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:183 msgid "" "To set a vendor lead time for orders arriving in the warehouse from a vendor" " location, begin by navigating to a product form through " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:186 msgid "" "Next, select the desired product, and switch to the :guilabel:`Purchase` " "tab. In the editable vendor pricelist, click the :guilabel:`Add a line` " @@ -8594,14 +9226,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:192 msgid "" "Multiple vendors and lead times can be added to the vendor pricelist. The " "default vendor and lead time selected will be the entry at the top of the " "list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:196 msgid "" "On the vendor pricelist of the product form, the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " "Time` for the selected vendor is set to `10 days.`" @@ -8611,7 +9243,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add delivery lead times to vendor pricelist on a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:203 msgid "" "By setting the vendor lead time, the expected arrival date of the item is " "automatically determined as the date of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " @@ -8620,7 +9252,7 @@ msgid "" "expected timeframe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 msgid "" "On a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` confirmed on July 11th, for a product " "configured with a 10-day vendor lead time, Odoo automatically sets the " @@ -8639,34 +9271,33 @@ msgid "" "Show expected *Scheduled Date* of arrival of the product from the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:225 msgid "Purchase security lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:227 msgid "" "*Purchase security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:230 msgid "" -"On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " -"heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`, and" -" click the checkbox to enable the feature." +"On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " +"heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in supplier " -"deliveries." +"deliveries. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:237 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase` to `2.00` days, " -"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by one day. In that " +"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by two days. In that " "case, if a product is initially scheduled to arrive on April 6th, with a " "two-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the receipt would be " "April 8th." @@ -8678,18 +9309,35 @@ msgid "" "Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 +msgid "Days to purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To set up the *days to purchase* lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Advanced " +"Scheduling` section, in the :guilabel:`Days to Purchase` field, specify the " +"number of days required for the vendor to confirm a |RFQ| after receiving it" +" from the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Show \"Days to Purchase\" configuration in the Settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 msgid "Manufacturing lead times" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:265 msgid "" "Lead times can help simplify the procurement process for consumable " "materials and components used in manufactured products with bills of " -"materials." +"materials (BoMs)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:268 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the deadline to " "begin the manufacturing process to complete the product by the scheduled " @@ -8703,43 +9351,54 @@ msgid "" "times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 msgid "Manufacturing lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:279 msgid "" -"Configure the manufacturing lead time directly on the product form, by " -"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products`, " -"and select the desired product." +"Manufacturing lead times for products are configured from a product's bill " +"of materials (BoM) form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:281 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product, specify the calendar days " -"needed to the manufacture the product in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead " -"Time` field." +"To add a lead time to a |BoM|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" +" --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM| to edit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:284 msgid "" -"Specify a 14-day :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead Time` for a product directly " -"in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product." +"On the |BoM| form, click the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. Change the value" +" (in days) in the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field to specify the calendar" +" days needed to manufacture the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 -msgid "" -"View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Manuf. Lead Time value specified on a product's Bill of Material form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:292 +msgid "" +"If the selected |BoM| is a multi-level |BoM|, the manufacturing lead times " +"of the components are added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 +msgid "" +"If the |BoM| product is subcontracted, the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` can " +"be used to determine the date at which components should be sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:298 msgid "" "Establish a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, based on the " "*expected delivery date*, indicated in the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field " "of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:301 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field on the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`, is" @@ -8747,31 +9406,32 @@ msgid "" "lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:305 msgid "" "This ensures the manufacturing process begins on time, in order to meet the " "delivery date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:307 msgid "" -"However, it's important to note that lead times are based on calendar days. " -"Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center capacity*" -" (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work center " -"simultaneously`)." +"However, it is important to note that lead times are based on calendar days." +" Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center " +"capacity* (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work " +"center simultaneously`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 -msgid ":ref:`Manufacturing planning `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 msgid "" -":ref:`Configure automatic MO scheduling with reordering rules " -"`" +":doc:`Manufacturing planning <../../../manufacturing/workflows/use_mps>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:313 +msgid "" +":doc:`Schedule MOs with reordering rules " +"<../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 msgid "" "A product's scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " "August 15th. The product requires 14 days to manufacture. So, the latest " @@ -8779,23 +9439,63 @@ msgid "" "date is August 1st." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:324 +msgid "Days to prepare manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Configure the days required to gather components to manufacture a product by" +" going to its |BoM|. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" +" Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:330 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab of the |BoM|, specify the calendar days" +" needed to obtain components of the product in the :guilabel:`Days to " +"prepare Manufacturing Order` field. Doing so creates |MOs| in advance, and " +"ensures there is enough time to either replenish components, or manufacture " +"semi-finished products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Compute`, located next to the :guilabel:`Days to prepare" +" Manufacturing Order` field, calculates the longest lead time among all the " +"components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:339 +msgid "" +"*Purchase security lead times* that impact this specific |BoM| are also " +"added to this value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:343 +msgid "" +"A |BoM| has two components, one has a manufacturing lead time of two days, " +"and the other has a purchase lead time of four days. The :guilabel:`Days to " +"prepare Manufacturing Order` is four days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:350 msgid "Manufacturing security lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:352 msgid "" "*Manufacturing security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the" -" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead " -"Time`, and click the checkbox to enable the feature." +" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security " +"Lead Time`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:356 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in the " -"manufacturing process." +"manufacturing process. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 @@ -8804,7 +9504,7 @@ msgid "" "settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:364 msgid "" "A product has a scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " "set for August 15th. The manufacturing lead time is 7 days, and " @@ -8814,37 +9514,37 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is August 5th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:371 msgid "Global example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:373 msgid "" "See the following example to understand how all the lead times work together" " to ensure timely order fulfillment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:376 msgid "**Sales security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:377 msgid "**Manufacturing security lead time**: 2 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:378 msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**: 3 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:379 msgid "**Purchase security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:380 msgid "**Vendor lead time**: 4 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:382 msgid "" "The customer places an order for a manufactured product on September 1st, " "and the scheduled delivery date from the warehouse is on September 20th. " @@ -8859,24 +9559,24 @@ msgid "" "operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:390 msgid "**September 1st**: Sales order created, confirmed by salesperson." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:392 msgid "" "**September 9th**: Deadline to order components to ensure they arrive in " "time when manufacturing begins (4-day supplier lead time)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:395 msgid "" "**September 13th**: Scheduled date of receipt for components. Initially, it " "was set to 9/14, but the 1-day purchase security lead time pushed the date " "earlier by 1 day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:398 msgid "" "**September 14th**: Deadline to begin manufacturing. Calculated by " "subtracting the manufacturing lead time of 3 days, and the manufacturing " @@ -8884,7 +9584,7 @@ msgid "" "19th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:402 msgid "" "**September 19th**: :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the delivery order form " "indicates the updated expected delivery date, which was originally set as " @@ -8892,7 +9592,7 @@ msgid "" "a day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:406 msgid "" "Odoo's replenishment planning maps a business' order fulfillment process, " "setting pre-determined deadlines and raw material order dates, including " @@ -8933,7 +9633,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings." msgstr "" @@ -9100,475 +9799,536 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in one step" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:11 msgid "" -"By default, incoming shipments are configured to be received directly into " -"stock, and outgoing shipments are configured to be delivered directly from " -"stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one " -"step receipts and deliveries." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " +"process in one step, by default. This means purchases will be received " +"directly into stock, and deliveries will be moved directly from stock to " +"customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:30 msgid "" -"Incoming and outgoing shipments do not need to be configured with the same " -"steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in " -"three steps." +"Incoming and outgoing shipments do **not** need to be configured with the " +"same amount of steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18 msgid "" -"In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and " -"deliveries." +"For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " +"received directly in one step, and delivered in three steps (pick + pack + " +"ship)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20 -msgid "Configure the warehouse" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To configure one-step receipts and deliveries for a warehouse, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and select " +"a warehouse to edit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:27 msgid "" -"If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they" -" can easily be set back to the one step setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`, and click on the desired warehouse to edit. Next, on the " -":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, under the :guilabel:`Shipments` " -"section, select :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)` for " -":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " -"step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)`, and set " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " +"step)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one " -"step." +msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to one-step on warehouse form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Since one-step receipt and delivery is the default for incoming and outgoing" +" shipments in Odoo, the *Multi-Step Routes* feature is *not* required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 +msgid "" +"However, for the :guilabel:`Shipments` settings to appear on a warehouse " +"form, the feature **must** be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick " +"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Doing so also activates the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` " +"feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:50 msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "รับสินค้าโดยตรง (1 ขั้นตอน)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "Create a purchase order" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When products are received in one step, they will move from the vendor " +"location to warehouse stock in the database immediately upon validation of a" +" purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:81 msgid "" -"On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making" -" a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, select (or create) a " -":guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` " -"to finalize the quote as a new purchase order." +"To create a |PO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank :guilabel:`Request for Quotation` (RfQ) " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:61 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " -"the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " -"receipt for the purchase order." +"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Supplier` field. Then, fill out the various " +"fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order." +msgid "Filled out new request for quotation form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 -msgid "Process the receipt" +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the |RfQ|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:94 msgid "" -"When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click " -":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This moves the |RfQ| to the " +":guilabel:`Purchase Order` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once the |PO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears at " +"the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse receipt " +"(WH/IN) form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ " -"(bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon " -"enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows " -"the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n" -"pop-up." +msgid "Receipt smart button on confirmed purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier " -"Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives " -"here, it will be available for manufacturing, sales, etc. Then, the status " -"of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the " -"reception process in one step." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 +msgid "Process receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:84 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " +"the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " +"validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validated warehouse receipt in Done stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Click back to the |PO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" +" the |PO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Received` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:99 msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "ส่งสินค้าโดยตรง (1 ขั้นตอน)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:101 msgid "" -"Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and " -"make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then select (or create) a " -":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down field, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order." +"When products are delivered in one step, they will move from warehouse stock" +" to the customer location in the database immediately upon validation of a " +"sales order (SO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:156 +msgid "Create sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:158 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " -"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " -"delivery order for the sales order." +"To create a |SO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales app`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank sales quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field. Then, fill out the various" +" fields on the sales quotation form, as necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed." +msgid "Filled out new sales quotation form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:117 msgid "" -"Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." +"Under the :guilabel:`Product` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:120 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:172 -msgid "Process the delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. This moves the quotation to the " +":guilabel:`Sales Order` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 msgid "" -"When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), " -"click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery." +"Once the |SO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears at " +"the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse delivery " +"(WH/OUT) form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the delivery order." +msgid "Delivery smart button on confirmed sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:207 +msgid "Process delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:133 msgid "" -"Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the " -":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers" -" location`. Then, the status of the document will change to " -":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step." +"From the warehouse delivery form, the products ordered by the customer can " +"be delivered from the warehouse. To deliver the products, change the value " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field to match the ordered quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Demand` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once validated, the delivery order " +"moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validated delivery order in Done stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click back to the |SO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" +" the |SO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Delivered` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:229 +msgid ":doc:`shipments_deliveries`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in two steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12 msgid "" -"Depending on a company's business processes, multiple steps may be needed " -"before receiving or shipping products. In the two-step receipt process, " -"products are received in an input area, then transferred to stock. Two-step " -"receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as " -"locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves." +"Depending on a company's needs, receiving and shipping products in and out " +"of the warehouse might require multi-step operations. In Odoo *Inventory*, " +"this can be done using *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the two-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, " +"then transferred to stock. This kind of process for incoming shipments might" +" be beneficial for warehouses with specific storage locations, such as " +"freezers and refrigerators, secured locked areas, or special aisles and " +"shelves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:19 msgid "" "Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and " "employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The " -"products are not available for further processing until they are transferred" -" into stock." +"products are *not* available for further processing, until they are " +"transferred into stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:23 msgid "" -"In the two-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order" -" are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and " -"brought to an output location before being shipped." +"In the two-step delivery process, products are first picked from their " +"respective location in the warehouse, then transferred to an output location" +" before being shipped to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:26 msgid "" -"One situation where this would be useful is when using either a :abbr:`FIFO " -"(First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO " -"(First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, where the products that are " -"being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration " -"date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" -" `, so the settings need to be changed" -" in order to utilize two-step receipts and deliveries. Incoming and outgoing" -" shipments do not need to be set to have the same steps. For example, " -"products can be received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the " -"following example, two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries." +"This might be beneficial for companies using a First In, First Out (FIFO), " +"Last In, First Out (LIFO), or First Expired, First Out (FEFO) removal " +"strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "Configure multi-step routes" +msgid "" +"For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " +"received in two steps (input + stock), and delivered in three steps (pick + " +"pack + ship)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:38 msgid "" -"First, make sure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` option is enabled in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " -":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save` " -"the changes." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " +"process in one step, by default. To change these settings, the *Multi-Step " +"Routes* feature must be enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and " -"deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`, and click on the warehouse to change the warehouse settings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Multi-Step Routes feature in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for" -" :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and " -"then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +"Next, configure a warehouse for two-step receipts and deliveries. Navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and " +"select a warehouse to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)`, " +"and set :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Send goods in output " +"and then deliver (2 steps)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to two-step on warehouse form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:62 msgid "" -"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two " -"steps." +"Selecting two-step receipts and deliveries automatically creates new *Input*" +" and *Output* warehouse locations in the database, named `WH/Input` and " +"`WH/Output`, respectively." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:65 msgid "" -"Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and " -"*output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and " -":guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard." -" To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations`, and select the :guilabel:`Location` to change. On the location " -"form, update the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any other changes (if " -"necessary)." +"To rename or edit these locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Locations`, and select the desired location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:66 -msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the location's form, change the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any " +"other necessary changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:72 +msgid "Process receipt in two steps (input + stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When products are received in two steps, they first move from the vendor " +"location to an input location. Then, they move from the input location to " +"warehouse stock in the database, upon validation of a purchase order (PO), " +"and a subsequent internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, fill out the various " +"fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out new Request for Quotation from vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery smart button for validated purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:105 msgid "" "For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step " -"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase " -"Order)` form may need to be specified as the correct *input location* " -"connected to the two-step warehouse, which can be done by selecting the " -"warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at" -" the end of the name." +"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the |PO| form **must** " +"be specified as the correct *input location* connected to the two-step " +"warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:109 msgid "" -"After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` " -"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` form. " -"Click it to reveal the new receipt (WH/IN) operation." +"This can be done by selecting the warehouse from the drop-down menu that " +"includes the `Receipts` label at the end of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:115 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " +"the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " +"validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage, and the products" +" move to the :guilabel:`WH/Input` location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 -msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." +msgid "Receipt form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Once the purchase order is confirmed, a receipt is generated and ready to " -"process." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:128 +msgid "Process internal transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the " -":guilabel:`Receipts` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " -"dashboard. This reveals a list of all receipts to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` associated with the purchase order, then " -"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to " -":guilabel:`WH/Input`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Receipt form for product move to WH/Input." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:106 -msgid "Process the internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "" "Once the receipt is validated, an internal transfer is created and ready to " "process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:132 msgid "" -"Click back to the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` in the breadcrumbs, and " -"locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." +"To view the internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app`, and locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:135 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to reveal a list of all internal " -"transfers to process, and select the transfer associated with the previously" -" validated receipt." +"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " +"of all internal transfers to process, and select the transfer associated " +"with the previously validated receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:138 msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product " -"from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move " +"the product from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:141 msgid "" -"Once the transfer is validated, the product enters inventory and is " +"Once the transfer is validated, the products enter inventory, and are " "available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock." +msgid "Internal transfer form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:127 -msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:149 +msgid "Process delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:151 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " -":guilabel:`New`. Select (or create) a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:136 -msgid "" -"After confirming the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart " -"button will appear in the top, above the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal the associated " -"receipt." +"When products are delivered in two steps, they move from warehouse stock to " +"an output location. Then, they move from the output location to a customer " +"location in the database, upon validation of a picking order, and a " +"subsequent delivery order (DO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Delivery smart button on sales order form." +msgid "Filled out new sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168 msgid "" -"Sales order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` Kanban card." +"Under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:150 -msgid "Process the picking" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery smart button on validated sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:182 +msgid "Process picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 msgid "" "Once the sales order is confirmed, a picking order is generated and ready to" " process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:186 msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the " -":guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. " -"This reveals a list of all pickings to process." +"To complete the picking, navigate to the :guilabel:`Inventory app`, and " +"locate the :guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " +"dashboard. Alternatively, the picking order can also be accessed via the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:190 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, click the :guilabel:`# To " +"Process` button on the :guilabel:`Pick` task card. This reveals a list of " +"all pickings to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:193 msgid "" "Click on the picking (WH/PICK) operation associated with the sales order to " "reveal the picking order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Check Availability` on the picking order form. If the " -"product is in stock, Odoo automatically reserves the product. Quantities can" -" also be manually set by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " -"column to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Picking order form for products included in sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:200 msgid "" -"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking and move the " -"product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" +"Manually set the quantity by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"column, to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking, and move the" +" product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Once the picking is validated, a delivery order is created, and ready to " +"process. Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button on the sales order " +"form reveals the newly created delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, to view the delivery order, navigate back to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, via the breadcrumbs, and locate the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` task card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " +"of all delivery orders to process, and select the order associated with the " +"previously validated picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Picking operation form moving product to WH/Output." +msgid "Delivery order form for products ordered by customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:222 msgid "" -"Once the picking has been processed, the delivery order is generated, and " -"can be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Navigate back to the original sales order by going to :menuselection:`Sales " -"app`, and selecting the associated sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:179 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button now indicates there are two transfers." -" Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal each transfer tied to" -" this sales order: the completed picking, and the new delivery (WH/OUT) " -"operation. Click the delivery operation to open the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 -msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Delivery operation form moving product to customer location." +"To deliver the products, change the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field " +"to match the ordered quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:3 @@ -9638,6 +10398,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " @@ -9654,6 +10418,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "" @@ -11124,7 +11892,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo" +msgid "Sendcloud configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5 @@ -11168,16 +11936,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank" " account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping " -"rules or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " -"required." +"rules, or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " +"**required**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:174 msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:39 msgid "" "Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings" " --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse" @@ -11188,7 +11956,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:46 msgid "" "To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` " "is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field " @@ -11232,24 +12000,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:63 msgid "" "Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo" " configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:69 msgid "" "In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo " "Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:72 msgid "" "After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and " @@ -11259,7 +12027,7 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo StealthyWood`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:77 msgid "" "Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the " "shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public " @@ -11270,32 +12038,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:158 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "ตั้งค่าใน Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86 -msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To ensure seamless Sendcloud integration with Odoo, :ref:`install " +"` and :ref:`link " +"` the Sendcloud shipping" +" connector to the Sendcloud account. Then, :ref:`configure Odoo fields " +"`, so Sendcloud can " +"accurately pull shipping data to generate labels." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +msgid "Install Sendcloud shipping module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 msgid "" "After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure" -" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " -"search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." +" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " +"search for the `Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:110 msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:112 msgid "" "Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The " @@ -11303,14 +12081,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:116 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once" " on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to " @@ -11318,69 +12096,69 @@ msgid "" "Methods`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 msgid "" "Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this " "shipping method or create a new product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:131 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:146 msgid "" "Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:135 msgid "" "After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the " "shipping products:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:137 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New " "Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping " "products` link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:139 msgid "" "Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries " "and returns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:140 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:143 msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:" msgstr "" @@ -11404,7 +12182,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`" " `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` " @@ -11443,7 +12221,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:169 msgid "" "Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a " "package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured " @@ -11451,20 +12229,64 @@ msgid "" " within 24 hours of creation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using " "test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used " "to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the " "creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment " -"settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`." +"settings can be toggled back and forth from their respective smart buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166 -msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:181 +msgid "Shipping information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 +msgid "" +"To use Sendcloud to generate shipping labels, the following information " +"**must** be filled out accurately and completely in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Customer information**: when creating a quotation, ensure the selected " +":guilabel:`Customer` has a valid phone number, email address, and shipping " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:189 +msgid "" +"To verify, select the :guilabel:`Customer` field to open their contact page." +" Here, add their shipping address in the :guilabel:`Contact` field, along " +"with their :guilabel:`Mobile` number and :guilabel:`Email` address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:193 +msgid "" +"**Product weight**: ensure all products in an order have a specified " +":guilabel:`Weight` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of their product form. " +"Refer to the :ref:`Product weight section " +"` of this article for " +"detailed instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +msgid "" +"**Warehouse address**: ensure the warehouse name and address in Odoo match " +"the :ref:`previously defined warehouse " +"` in the Sendcloud " +"setup. For details on warehouse configuration in Odoo, refer to the " +":ref:`warehouse configuration section " +"` of the third-party " +"shipping documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:204 +msgid "Generate labels with Sendcloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:206 msgid "" "When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud " "shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label " @@ -11472,41 +12294,41 @@ msgid "" "following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:205 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for " "returns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:212 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214 msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 msgid "" "When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the " "configured Sendcloud account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "คำถามที่พบบ่อย" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 msgid "Shipment is too heavy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 msgid "" "If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, " "then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need " @@ -11514,7 +12336,7 @@ msgid "" "transfer and generate labels." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping " "methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will " @@ -11522,11 +12344,11 @@ msgid "" "order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 msgid "Personal carrier contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:237 msgid "" "Use custom prices from a direct carrier contract, via CSV upload, by first " "logging into Sendcloud, navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Carriers " @@ -11537,14 +12359,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:245 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Contract prices` section, click :guilabel:`Download " "CSV` and fill out the contract prices in the :guilabel:`price` column of the" " CSV file template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:249 msgid "" "Ensure the CSV file includes the correct prices to avoid any inaccuracies." msgstr "" @@ -11554,23 +12376,23 @@ msgid "" "Show sample contract CSV from Sendcloud, highlighting the price column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:255 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload` the completed CSV file to Sendcloud, then click " ":guilabel:`Save these prices`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:258 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to upload contract prices with carriers " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:262 msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:264 msgid "" "Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight " "of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* " @@ -11578,27 +12400,27 @@ msgid "" "transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:269 msgid "" "Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute" " the volumetric weight." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:273 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:277 msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:279 msgid "" -"First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by " -"the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " +"First, verify that the product being shipped has a weight that is supported " +"by the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " "destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier." " The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the " "carrier." @@ -12999,7 +13821,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:15 msgid "" -":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings `" +":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings " +"`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:17 @@ -15103,7 +15926,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:94 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:160 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is greater than the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **green**. If " @@ -15146,17 +15969,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Applying an inventory adjustment simultaneously creates a :doc:`stock move " +"line (SML) <../reporting/moves_history>` in the *Moves History* report for " +"traceability." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " "specified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:129 msgid "Count products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131 msgid "" "Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is " "complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory " @@ -15164,7 +15994,7 @@ msgid "" "product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135 msgid "" "On each product line, identify whether the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` column recorded in the database matches the newly-counted value. " @@ -15172,7 +16002,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Set` button (target icon) at the far right of the product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:139 msgid "" "Doing so copies the value from the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column over " "to the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and sets the value of the " @@ -15185,7 +16015,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148 msgid "" "If the newly-counted value for a given product does **not** match the value " "in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, instead of " @@ -15193,7 +16023,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152 msgid "" "To do so, click the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column on the " "specific inventory adjustment line for the product whose count is being " @@ -15201,7 +16031,7 @@ msgid "" "`0.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 msgid "" "To change this value, type in a new value that matches the real, newly-" "counted value. Then, click away from the line. Doing so saves the " @@ -15209,7 +16039,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:166 msgid "" "Subsequently, once applied, a move with the difference between the " ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is " @@ -15222,7 +16052,7 @@ msgid "" "moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:174 msgid "" "Sometimes a count occurs, but cannot be applied in the database right away. " "In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, " @@ -15232,11 +16062,11 @@ msgid "" "adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:181 msgid "Change inventory count frequency" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183 msgid "" "By default, the *scheduled date* for inventory adjustments are always " "scheduled for the 31st of December of the current year. However, for some " @@ -15244,7 +16074,7 @@ msgid "" "times. In such cases, the default scheduled date can be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:187 msgid "" "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " @@ -15258,43 +16088,43 @@ msgid "" " setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:195 msgid "" "To change the day, click the :guilabel:`31`, and change it to a day within " "the range `1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:198 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:117 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" "down menu, and select the desired month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:201 msgid "" "Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all " "changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:204 msgid "Plan big inventory counts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:206 msgid "" "To plan big inventory counts, such as a full count of everything currently " "in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->" " Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209 msgid "" "Then, select the desired products to be counted by clicking the checkbox on " "the far left of each product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:213 msgid "" "To request a count of **all** products currently in stock, click the " "checkbox at the very top of the table, in the header row next to the " @@ -15305,7 +16135,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221 msgid "" "Once all desired products have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Request a" " Count` button at the top of the page. This causes a :guilabel:`Request a " @@ -15313,21 +16143,21 @@ msgid "" "information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:225 msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:226 msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" " be accounted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the on-hand quantity of each product line blank," " select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To pre-fill the on-hand quantity of each " @@ -15335,17 +16165,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Set Current Value`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:232 msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 msgid "" "In the Odoo *Barcode* app, users can only view inventory counts that are " "assigned to **them**, and are scheduled for **today** or **earlier**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:239 msgid ":doc:`cycle_counts`" msgstr "" @@ -15354,228 +16184,286 @@ msgid "Create a second warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 msgid "" -"A *warehouse* is a physical building or space where items are stored. In " -"Odoo, it is possible to set up multiple warehouses and transfer stored items" -" between them." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *warehouse* is a physical building or space where " +"items are stored. By default, each Odoo database has one warehouse already " +"pre-configured, with the address set as the company's address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:9 msgid "" -"By default, the Odoo platform has one warehouse that is already configured, " -"with the address set as the company's address. To create a second warehouse," -" select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, then click " -":guilabel:`Create` and configure the form as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:12 -msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code by which the warehouse is " -"referred to; the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is **WH**" +"However, it is possible to set up multiple additional warehouses, and " +"transfer stored items between them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:15 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse; this can be set as" -" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " -"vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:17 -msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The options below will only appear if the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " -"checkbox is enabled in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` under the" -" :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " -"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: select the routes that incoming and" -" outgoing shipments should follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:27 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " -"from this warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:28 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: allow for items to be manufactured in " -"this warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture`: select the route that should be followed when " -"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: check the box to allow for purchased products " -"to be delivered to the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:33 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Resupply From`: select warehouses that can be used to resupply " -"the warehouse being created" +"To create a second warehouse, the *Storage Locations* feature must be " +"enabled. To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, " +"tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and " +":guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "A filled out form for creating a new warehouse." +msgid "" +"Warning pop-up window for creating a second warehouse before enabling " +"Storage Locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:97 msgid "" -"Creating a second warehouse will automatically enable the *Storage " -"Locations* setting, which allows location tracking of products within a " -"warehouse. To toggle this setting, navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings` and click the checkbox under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " -"heading." +"Creating a second warehouse without first enabling the *Storage Locations* " +"feature triggers a :guilabel:`Warning` pop-up window. It indicates creating " +"a second warehouse automatically activates the *Storage Locations* setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:30 +msgid "Create new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:70 msgid "" -"After filling out the form, click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse " -"will be created." +"To create a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens a " +"blank warehouse creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:35 +msgid "Fill out the following fields as necessary:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code used to identify the warehouse," +" i.e. `WH2` (the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is `WH`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse. This can be set as" +" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " +"vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located. By default," +" this is set to the company's address in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Filled out warehouse name and address settings on warehouse creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:49 -msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, configure the warehouse's" +" main workflow in the :guilabel:`Shipments` section, and set available " +"replenishment methods in the :guilabel:`Resupply` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:54 msgid "" -"If a new warehouse is created that has existing inventory in it, the " -"inventory counts should be added to Odoo so that the stock listed in the " -"Odoo database reflects what is in the physical warehouse. To add inventory " -"to a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations -->" -" Inventory Adjustments`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`. The inventory " -"adjustment form can then be filled out as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:57 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: the name or code that the inventory " -"adjustment can be referred to by" +"The :guilabel:`Shipments` and :guilabel:`Resupply` sections only appear if " +"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` checkbox is enabled in " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " +"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Locations`: the location(s) where the inventory is stored; " -"include the new warehouse and any locations within it that inventory will be" -" added to" +"In the :guilabel:`Shipments` section, choose between one, two, or three-step" +" processes for both incoming and outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:61 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Products`: include all products that will be added to inventory " -"or leave blank to select any product during the next step" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:62 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Resupply` section, edit the following settings:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:64 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Include Exhausted Products`: include products with a quantity of " -"zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they " -"have no existing inventory" +":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractors`: enable this feature to coordinate with " +"vendors, and have components dropshipped directly to subcontractors for " +"manufacturing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:66 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date used by accounting teams for " -"bookkeeping related to the inventory" +":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " +"with goods from this warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:68 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the inventory; can be set as the " -"user's company or as a customer or vendor" +":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: when products are manufactured, they " +"can be delivered to this warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Counted Quantities`: choose whether the counted quantities for " -"products being added should default to stock on hand or zero; does not " -"affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing " -"inventory" +":guilabel:`Manufacture`: the route that should be followed when " +"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse. Choose from one, two, and three-" +"step production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: when products are purchased, they can be " +"delivered to this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resupply From`: Check the box next to the other warehouses from " +"which this warehouse can replenish products. If the current warehouse does " +"not have the stock, it can also pull products from these selected warehouses" +" in the database. Automatic resupply routes will be created accordingly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "A filled out form for an inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:77 msgid "" -"Once the form is properly configured, click on :guilabel:`Start Inventory` " -"to be taken to the next page where products can be added to the inventory " -"adjustment. Add a new product by clicking on :guilabel:`Create` and then " -"fill out the product line as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:81 -msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory" +"Filled out Warehouse Configuration tab settings on warehouse creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:82 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " -"the new warehouse; this can be set as the overall warehouse or a location " -"within the warehouse" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new warehouse's settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:84 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " -"serial number used to identify it" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:85 +msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:87 msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Hand`: the total quantity of the product stored in the " -"location for which inventory is being adjusted; this should be zero for a " -"new location or warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:88 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Counted`: the amount of the product that is being added to " -"inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:89 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the *On Hand* and *Counted* " -"values; this will automatically update to reflect the value entered in the " -":guilabel:`Counted` column" +"If a new warehouse is created to represent a real-world storage location " +"with existing stock, update the warehouse's stock using an inventory " +"adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:91 -msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for counting the product" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`count_products`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "Include a line for each product being added to inventory." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To perform an inventory adjustment, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Operations --> Physical Inventory`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing" +" so adds a new line at the bottom of the list of inventory adjustments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:97 +msgid "Configure the line by filling out the following fields as necessary:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:99 msgid "" -"After adding all the products already stored in the new warehouse, click " -":guilabel:`Validate Inventory` to complete the inventory adjustment. The " -"values in the :guilabel:`On Hand` column will update to reflect those in the" -" :guilabel:`Counted` column and the products added will appear in the " -"inventory of the new warehouse." +":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " +"the new warehouse. This can be set as the overall warehouse, or a location " +"within the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " +"serial number used to identify it, if the product is tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the total quantity of the product stored in " +"the location for which inventory is being adjusted. For a new warehouse or " +"location where a count or a prior inventory adjustment has not taken place, " +"this should be set to `0.00`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure (UoM) used for counting the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: the amount of the product being added to " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the on-hand and counted " +"quantities. This automatically updates to reflect the value entered in the " +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date selected for the next inventory count " +"for this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`User`: the user who recorded the inventory adjustment in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out inventory adjustment line for product in new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once each line for the products being added to the new warehouse is " +"configured, click :guilabel:`Apply` on each line to apply the new inventory " +"counts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The values in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column update to reflect " +"those in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and the products added " +"appear in the new warehouse's stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:125 +msgid "" +"If products tracked using a lot number or serial number are added without " +"specifying the tracking number, a :guilabel:`Tracked Products in Inventory " +"Adjustment` pop-up window appears upon clicking :guilabel:`Apply` on that " +"product's line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The pop-up indicates tracked products were added, but the lots/serial " +"numbers were not defined. To apply the adjustment without the numbers, click" +" :guilabel:`Apply`. To add the numbers before applying, click " +":guilabel:`Discard`, and add the numbers. Then, once ready, click " +":guilabel:`Apply` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:0 +msgid "Tracked Products in Inventory Adjustment pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`warehouses_locations`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:3 @@ -15768,10 +16656,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once all necessary changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123 -msgid ":doc:`count_products`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`use_locations`" msgstr "" @@ -15884,46 +16768,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Scrap inventory" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:8 msgid "" -"In some cases, a product in inventory may be damaged or found to be " -"defective. If it is not possible to repair or return the product, Odoo " -"*Inventory* allows users to scrap it, ensuring that usable inventory counts " -"remain accurate." +"Sometimes, products in a company's warehouse stock might be found to be " +"damaged or defective, past the point of being reparable. If it is not " +"possible to repair the product, or return the product to a vendor, it can be" +" scrapped." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:12 msgid "" -"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " -"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." +"Odoo *Inventory* allows users to scrap inventory, designating goods or " +"materials that are no longer usable or sellable for disposal (or recycling)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:15 msgid "" -"To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`. Remove the " -":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display " -"virtual locations. Finally, select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` " -"location." +"Scrapping inventory in a database helps stock counts remain accurate, by " +"removing scrapped products from physical inventory, and placing it in a " +"virtual scrap location (*Virtual Locations/Scrap*)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:19 msgid "" -"By default, scrapping a product removes it from physical inventory, and " -"places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual Locations/Scrap*. A virtual " -"location is **not** a physical space, but rather a designation in Odoo that " -"is used to track items that are no longer in physical inventory." +"*Virtual locations* in Odoo are **not** real, physical spaces in a " +"warehouse. Rather, they are designated locations in a database that provide " +"tracking of items that shouldn't be counted in a physical inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:68 -msgid "Learn more" -msgstr "เรียนรู้เพิ่มเติม" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:25 msgid "" "For more information about virtual locations, see the documentation about " "the different types of :ref:`locations " @@ -15931,119 +16804,174 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:29 -msgid "Scrap from stock" +msgid "" +"To use locations in warehouse, including a virtual scrap location, the " +"*Storage Locations* feature must first be enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:32 msgid "" -"To scrap a product located in inventory, begin by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Scrap`. On the :guilabel:`Scrap" -" Orders` page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new scrap order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:35 -msgid "" -"On the scrap order, select the product being scrapped from the " -":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` field. The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the " -"location where the product is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` " -"defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be " -"changed by selecting a different location from their respective drop-down " -"menus." +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Tick the " +"checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` to enable the feature, and " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "A new scrap order." +msgid "Enabled Storage Locations setting in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:41 +msgid "Scrap from stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:43 msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to scrap the product. The on-hand " -"inventory count for the scrapped product updates to subtract the scrapped " -"quantity." +"To create a new scrap order (SP) for an in-stock product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Scrap`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a new |SP| form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:49 -msgid "Scrap from a receipt, transfer, or delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:46 msgid "" -"It is also possible to scrap products during the receipt, transfer, and " -"delivery operations. This can be necessary if any products are found to be " -"defective when receiving them into inventory, transferring them from one " -"location to another, or preparing them for delivery." +"Click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and select the " +"product that should be scrapped from inventory. In the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"field, change the value to the quantity of the product that should be " +"scrapped (by default, this value is set to `1.00`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To scrap a product during the receipt, transfer, or delivery operations, " -"begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app. On the " -":guilabel:`Overview` page, select the :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the" -" :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`, or " -":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, depending on the type of operation the " -"product is being scrapped from." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out new scrap order form with product details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:54 msgid "" -"For the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card to appear on the " -":menuselection:`Overview` page of the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, the " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next " -"to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading." +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " +"is currently stored. The :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to the " +"designated scrap location (:guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`). Either of " +"these locations can be changed by selecting a different location from their " +"respective drop-down menus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If the scrapping is tied to a specific existing operation, specify the " +"operation in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company` field displays the company whose warehouse this " +"product belongs to. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " +"scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:66 msgid "" -"Alternatively, a list of all delivery orders, receipts, and transfers can be" -" viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> " -"Transfers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Next, open a delivery order, receipt, or transfer from the corresponding " -"page by clicking on it. A :guilabel:`Scrap` button appears at the top of the" -" page. Click it to open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the new |SP|. Once " +"validated, a :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button appears at the top of " +"the form. Click the smart button to view the details of the scrap operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "The scrap pop-up in the Inventory app." +msgid "Product Moves smart button on new scrap order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:75 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Scrap` button will only appear on a receipt that has been " -"validated. This is because Odoo only allows products to be scrapped once " -"they have been entered into inventory." +"To view the all-time total quantities of scrapped items, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Click the " +":guilabel:`x (remove)` button on the :guilabel:`Internal` filter in the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar, to display virtual locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window, select the product being scrapped " -"from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Then, enter the quantity in the" -" :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +"Select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` location. From the " +":guilabel:`Scrap` location's form, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` smart" +" button, at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " -"is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual" -" Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be changed by selecting a " -"different location from their respective drop-down menus." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:82 +msgid "A list of all scrapped products, and their quantities, is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:0 +msgid "Current Stock list of all scrapped products in virtual scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:89 +msgid "Scrap from an existing operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:91 msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the product. After doing so, the " -":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window disappears and a :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " -"button appears in the top right of the page. Click it to view all of the " -"scrap orders created from that operation." +"Scrap orders (SPs) can *also* be created from existing operations, such as " +"receipts, delivery orders, and internal transfers, before they are entered " +"into, or removed from, stock for an operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To scrap a product during an operation, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview`, " +"click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on an operation's task card (i.e. " +"the :guilabel:`Receipts` task card)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "The Scraps smart button." +msgid "# To Process button on Receipts task card on Inventory Overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, select an operation to process from the resulting list of existing " +"orders. Doing so opens that operation's form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon, and select " +":guilabel:`Scrap` from the resulting drop-down menu. This opens a " +":guilabel:`Scrap Products` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Scrap Products pop-up window on operation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:113 +msgid "" +"From this pop-up window, click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product`" +" field, and select the products from the operation that should be scrapped. " +"Adjust the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Product` selected is tracked using a lot or serial number," +" a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial` field appears. Specify the tracking number in that" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` and :guilabel:`Scrap Location` can be " +"changed, if needed. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " +"scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Scrap Products`. A :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " +"button appears at the top of the operation form. Click this smart button to " +"view the details of all scrap orders created from this specific operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Scraps smart button showing all scrap orders from operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:3 @@ -16052,126 +16980,220 @@ msgstr "ตำแหน่ง" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:5 msgid "" -"A *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. This can be a shelf, " -"room, aisle, etc. There are three types of locations in Odoo:" +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. " +"This can be a shelf, room, aisle, rack, bin, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:8 msgid "" -"*Physical locations* are spaces within a warehouse owned by the user's " -"company. These can be a an area where items are stored like an aisle or " -"shelf, or an area where operations take place, like loading and unloading " -"bays." +"There are also external and virtual locations. For example, customer " +"locations, and locations specifically designated as \"virtual\", instead of " +"real, physical locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:11 msgid "" -"*Partner locations* are the same as physical locations except that they " -"exist within the warehouse of a customer or vendor." +"Locations allow for the storage of products in designated areas of the " +"warehouse, to help track inventory accurately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:17 msgid "" -"*Virtual locations* are locations that do not exist physically, but where " -"items that are not in inventory can be placed. These can be items that have " -"not yet entered inventory, like products that are on the way to a warehouse," -" or items that are no longer in inventory due to loss or other factors." +"To specify storage locations, the *Storage Locations* setting must be " +"enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"section. Tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` to enable " +"the feature, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In order to use locations, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be" -" enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, and enable " -"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:24 -msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Storage Location setting in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:26 msgid "" -"Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations --> Create`. The new location " -"form can then be configured as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location Name`: the name that will be used to reference the " -"location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:30 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Parent Location`: the location or warehouse that the new location" -" exists within" +"Once the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is enabled, two additional " +"internal link options appear below it: :guilabel:`Locations` and " +":guilabel:`Putaway Rules`. Click :guilabel:`Locations` to open a list of all" +" existing locations in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location Type`: choose the category that the location belongs to" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse that the location " -"is inside of" +msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:104 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: check this box to allow for " -"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: check this box to allow products to be " -"returned to this location" +"To create a new location inside a warehouse, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Doing so " +"opens a list of all existing locations. Click :guilabel:`New` to open a new " +"location creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:37 -msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode number assigned to the location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:108 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Removal Strategy`: the :doc:`strategy <../removal_strategies>` " -"for how items should be taken from inventory" +"In the :guilabel:`Location Name` field, assign a name for the new location. " +"In the :guilabel:`Parent Location` field, assign the location that this new " +"location exists in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 -msgid "The form for creating a new location." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:41 +msgid "" +"A new location `Gate 1` is created. Its parent location is `Dispatch Zone`. " +"In the :guilabel:`Parent Location` for `Gate 1`, select `Dispatch Zone`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:48 -msgid "Create location hierarchies" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, fill out the necessary " +"details for the new location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Location Type` field, select which type of location this " +"is. There are seven different types of locations to choose from:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:50 msgid "" -"The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" -" to exist within a warehouse or another location. Every location can serve " -"as a parent location, and every parent location can have multiple locations " -"within it, allowing for the creation of a virtually infinite hierarchical " -"structure." +":guilabel:`Vendor Location`: virtual location representing the source " +"location for products coming from vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:52 msgid "" -"Location hierarchy could be organized so that a shelf is located within an " -"aisle, which is located within a room, which is located within the overall " -"warehouse." +":guilabel:`View`: virtual location used to create a hierarchical structure " +"for a warehouse; aggregates its child locations. **Should not directly " +"contain products**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`Internal Location`: physical location inside a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:55 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer Location`: virtual location representing the destination" +" location for products sent to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Inventory Loss`: virtual location serving as a counterpart for " +"inventory operations. Used to correct stock levels of physical inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:59 msgid "" -"To create the location hierarchy in the example above, set the warehouse as " -"the parent of the room, the room as the parent of the aisle, and the aisle " -"as the parent of the shelf. This can be adapted to a hierarchy of any " -"magnitude." +":guilabel:`Production`: virtual counterpart location for production " +"operations. This location consumes components and produces finished " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transit Location`: counterpart location that should be used in " +"inter-company or inter-warehouse operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Additional Information section of new location creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Configure the remaining fields in the :guilabel:`Additional Information` " +"section as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose warehouse the location is inside of. " +"Leave this field blank if this location is shared between companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow for " +"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow products to " +"be returned to this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode assigned to the location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Replenish Location`: tick this checkbox to get all quantities to " +"replenish at this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Cyclic Counting` section, change the value in the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field from the default `0`, if " +"necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Cyclic Counting section of new location creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When different than `0`, the inventory count dates for products stored at " +"this location are automatically set at the defined frequency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:90 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, in the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` " +"field, click the drop-down menu and select the :doc:`removal strategy " +"<../removal_strategies>` for how items should be removed from this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:97 +msgid "Create location hierarchies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" +" to exist within a warehouse, or below another location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Every location can serve as a parent location, and every parent location can" +" have multiple locations within it, allowing for the creation of a " +"hierarchical structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Location hierarchy could be organized so that a small refrigerator is " +"located on a specific shelf, which is located in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Location hierarchy of small refrigerator, on a shelf in a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To create the location hierarchy in the example above (`WH/Stock/Shelf " +"2/Small Refrigerator`), set the warehouse stock as the parent of the shelf, " +"and the shelf as the parent of the small refrigerator. This can be adapted " +"to a hierarchy of any magnitude." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:5 @@ -16916,6 +17938,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 +msgid "Process the receipt" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99 msgid "" "Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for " @@ -17013,150 +18039,160 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations" +msgid "Manage warehouses and locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:9 msgid "Warehouse" msgstr "โกดังสินค้า" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:15 msgid "" -"In Odoo, a *warehouse* is the actual building/place in which a company's " -"items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user " -"can create moves between warehouses." +"Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo, and stock moves can be created " +"between warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:22 msgid "" -"A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a " -"sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). " -"Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible " -"to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can " -"be configured as needed under one warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:24 -msgid "There are three types of locations:" +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. " +"This can be a shelf, room, aisle, rack, bin, etc. Locations allow for the " +"storage of products in designated areas of the warehouse, to help track " +"inventory accurately." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:26 msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading " -"areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc." +"A location is only part of *one* warehouse, and can **not** be linked to " +"multiple warehouses. As many locations can be configured as needed under one" +" warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:29 +msgid "There are three types of locations in Odoo *Inventory*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:31 msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only " -"difference being that they are not owned by the user's company." +"**Physical Locations**: internal locations within a single warehouse owned " +"by the company. This can include shipping and loading docks, aisles, " +"shelves, storage areas, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:33 msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory " -"Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse " -"(**Procurements**)." +"**Partner Locations**: external locations, such as designated spaces in a " +"customer or vendor's warehouse. They are similar to physical locations, but " +"they are **not** owned by the user's company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:36 msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be " -"structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the " -"organization of the warehouses." +"**Virtual Locations**: this type of location does not exist as a physical " +"space, but products can be \"stored\" here when they are not physically in " +"an inventory yet. *Inventory Loss* and *Procurements* are examples of " +"virtual locations, for products that are lost or in transit to the " +"warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:41 msgid "" -"To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" -" enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"Every location within a warehouse can serve as a parent location, and every " +"parent location can have multiple locations within it, allowing for the " +"creation of a hierarchical structure. This allows for more detailed levels " +"of analysis of the stock operations and the organization of the warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:48 +msgid "" +"For companies with one warehouse, no additional settings are required to " +"activate before editing the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:51 +msgid "" +"For companies with multiple warehouses, and to create locations within a " +"warehouse, the *Storage Locations* feature must be enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:54 msgid "" -"To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable " -":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check " -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes`." -msgstr "" -"หากต้องการจัดการหลายเส้นทางภายในคลังสินค้า ให้เปิดใช้งาน " -":guilabel:`เส้นทางหลายขั้นตอน` และตรวจสอบ " -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes`" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:58 -msgid "Create a new warehouse" +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Tick the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox to enable the feature, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " -"Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Storage Locations feature enabled in the Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:63 msgid "" -"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. " -"The short name is five characters maximum." +"To manage warehouse *routes*, such as two-and-three-step receipts and " +"deliveries, enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature from the *Inventory* app " +"settings, as well. For more on routes, see :doc:`use_routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:68 +msgid "Create a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Begin by assigning a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name`, and a :guilabel:`Short " +"Name`. The :guilabel:`Short Name` field is limited to a **five** character " +"maximum." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." +msgid "New warehouse creation form name configuration fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:81 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse " -"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first " -"letters of location]\"." +"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like `WH/[first " +"letters of location]`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:84 msgid "" -"Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations " -"related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently " -"created warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the " -":guilabel:`Locations` setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:85 -msgid "Create a new location" +"For example, a warehouse named `Warehouse #2` might have the " +":guilabel:`Short Name` `WH2` (the short name for the default warehouse in " +"Odoo is `WH`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:87 msgid "" -"To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " -"Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +"Once the warehouse is created, navigate back to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard. New operations for the newly created " +"warehouse are automatically generated there." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:90 msgid "" -"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`" -" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +"For more on creating new warehouses, see :doc:`create_a_second_warehouse`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." +msgid "" +"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfers for the new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:102 +msgid "Create a new location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:111 +msgid "For more on locations, see :doc:`use_locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "New warehouse location creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 msgid "Inventory valuation" msgstr "การประเมินมูลค่าสินค้าคงคลัง" @@ -17497,7 +18533,7 @@ msgid "" "The Inventory Valuation fields are located on the Product Categories form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 msgid "" "Alternatively, automated inventory valuation is an integrated valuation " "method that updates the inventory value in real-time by creating journal " @@ -17505,7 +18541,7 @@ msgid "" "company's inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:26 msgid "" "Automated inventory valuation is a method recommended for expert " "accountants, given the extra steps involved in journal entry configuration. " @@ -17514,125 +18550,104 @@ msgid "" "basis depending on the needs and priorities of the business." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 msgid "Types of accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 msgid "" "Accounting entries will depend on the accounting mode: *Continental* or " "*Anglo-Saxon*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39 msgid "" "Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and " -"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Then, in the search bar, look for :guilabel:`Anglo-Saxon Accounting`, to see" +" if the feature is enabled. If it is **not** enabled, Continental accounting" +" mode is in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the Anglo-Saxon accounting mode feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 msgid "" "In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported " "when products are sold or delivered. This means that the cost of a good is " -"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. " -"*Interim Stock Accounts* are used for the input and output accounts, and are" -" both *Asset Accounts* in the balance sheet." +"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. So " +"for **manual** valuation method, set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to " +"`Stock Valuation` for the current asset type; for **automatic** valuation " +"method, set the the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to an *Expenses* or a *Cost " +"of Revenue* type (e.g. `Cost of Production`, `Cost of Goods Sold`, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 msgid "" "In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a " -"product is received into stock. Additionally, a single *Expense* account is " -"used for both input and output accounts in the balance sheet." +"product is received into stock. Because of this, the :guilabel:`Expense " +"Account` can be set to **either** *Expenses* or a *Cost of Revenue* type, " +"however, it is more commonly set to an *Expenses* account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 -msgid "Costing methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 msgid "" -"Below are the three costing methods that can be used in Odoo for inventory " -"valuation." +":ref:`Details about configuring Expense and Stock accounts " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Standard Price**: is the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the " -"product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used to " -"compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " -"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Average Cost (AVCO)**: calculates the valuation of a product based on the " -"average cost of that product, divided by the total number of available stock" -" on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and " -"constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**First In First Out (FIFO)**: tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing " -"items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to change the " -"valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the next good " -"sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next inventory " -"lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based on the " -"valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most accurate " -"inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it's highly " -"sensitive to input data and human error." -msgstr "" -"**เข้าก่อนออกก่อน (FIFO)**: ติดตามต้นทุนของสินค้าเข้าและออกแบบเรียลไทม์ " -"และใช้ราคาจริงของผลิตภัณฑ์เพื่อเปลี่ยนแปลงการประเมินราคา " -"ราคาซื้อที่เก่าที่สุดจะถูกใช้เป็นต้นทุนสำหรับสินค้าที่ขายถัดไปจนกว่าจะขายผลิตภัณฑ์นั้นหมดทั้งล็อต" -" เมื่อล็อตสินค้าคงคลังถัดไปเลื่อนขึ้นในคิว " -"ต้นทุนผลิตภัณฑ์ที่อัปเดตจะถูกใช้ตามการประเมินมูลค่าของล็อตเฉพาะนั้น " -"วิธีการนี้ถือเป็นวิธีการประเมินมูลค่าสินค้าคงคลังที่แม่นยำที่สุดด้วยเหตุผลหลายด้าน" -" วิธีการนี้มีความอ่อนไหวสูงต่อการป้อนข้อมูลและข้อผิดพลาดจากมนุษย์" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It's highly" -" recommended to consult an accountant first before making any adjustments " -"here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:78 -msgid "Configure automated inventory valuation in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:67 msgid "" "Make changes to inventory valuation options by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and " -"choose the category/categories where the automated valuation method should " -"apply." +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. In " +"the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` section, select the desired " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:72 msgid "" "It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product " "categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` heading are two labels: " -":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`. Pick the " -"desired :guilabel:`Costing Method` using the drop-down menu (e.g. " -":guilabel:`Standard`, :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`, or :guilabel:`First " -"In First Out (FIFO)`) and switch the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to " -":guilabel:`Automated`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 +msgid "Show inventory valuation configuration options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 -msgid "" -":ref:`Using the inventory " -"valuation`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +msgid "Costing method" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +msgid "" +"From the product category's configuration page, choose the desired " +":guilabel:`Costing Method`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Standard Price`: the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of " +"the product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used " +"to compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " +"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`: calculates the valuation of a product based" +" on the average cost of that product, divided by the total number of " +"available stock on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is " +"*dynamic*, and constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " "Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " @@ -17643,7 +18658,30 @@ msgid "" "validated purchase orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`: tracks the costs of incoming and " +"outgoing items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to " +"change the valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the " +"next good sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next " +"inventory lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based " +"on the valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most " +"accurate inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it is" +" highly sensitive to input data and human error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It is " +"highly recommended to consult an accountant first before making any " +"adjustments here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`using_inventory_valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " "that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " @@ -17654,21 +18692,122 @@ msgid "" "*Inventory Valuation* report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 msgid "" -"On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " -"appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " -"inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" +"Inventory valuation in Odoo can be set to be updated manually or " +"automatically. While *Expense* accounts apply to both, the *Stock Input* and" +" *Stock Output* accounts are only used for automated valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Refer to the :ref:`Expense ` and " +":ref:`Stock input/output ` sections for " +"details on configuring each account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +msgid "Expense account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To configure the *expense account*, go to the :guilabel:`Account Properties`" +" section of the intended product category (:menuselection:`Inventory app -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`). Then, choose an existing account " +"from the :guilabel:`Expense Account` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +msgid "" +"To ensure the chosen account is the correct :guilabel:`Type,` click the " +"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account. Then, set the account type " +"based on the information below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177 +msgid "Automated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +msgid "" +"In Anglo-Saxon accounting for automated inventory valuation, set the " +":guilabel:`Expense Account` to the `Expenses` account. Then, click the " +"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, choose :guilabel:`Expenses` or :guilabel:`Cost of " +"Revenue` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show **Expense Account** field, and external link icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To configure the :guilabel:`Expense Account`, choose :guilabel:`Stock " +"Valuation` from the field's drop-down menu. Verify the account's type by " +"clicking the |right arrow| icon, and then ensure the :guilabel:`Type` is " +":guilabel:`Current Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the **Expense Account** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +msgid "Continental" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to the :guilabel:`Expenses` or " +":guilabel:`Cost of Revenue` account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:190 +msgid "Stock input/output (automated only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:192 +msgid "" +"To configure the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and :guilabel:`Stock Output" +" Account`, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product" +" Categories` and select the desired product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field, select :guilabel:`Automated`. " +"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` section appear. " +"These accounts are defined as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " "products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: accounting journal where entries are " +"automatically posted when a product's inventory valuation changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -17677,7 +18816,7 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:207 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -17686,11 +18825,57 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:124 -msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:216 +msgid "" +"In Anglo-Saxon accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to *different* :guilabel:`Current " +"Assets` accounts. This way, delivering products and invoicing the customer " +"balance the *Stock Output* account, while receiving products and billing " +"vendors balance the *Stock Input* account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +msgid "" +"To modify the account type, go to the click the |right arrow| icon to the " +"right of the stock input/output account. In the pop-up window, choose " +":guilabel:`Current Assets` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Display account setup page, highlighting the **Type** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +msgid "" +"The *Stock Input* account is set to `Stock Interim (Received)`, a *Current " +"Asset* account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 +msgid "" +"In Continental accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to **the same** :guilabel:`Current " +"Assets` account. That way, one account can be balanced when items are bought" +" and sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:239 +msgid "" +"The stock input and output accounts are both set to `Stock Interim " +"(Received)`, a :guilabel:`Current Assets` account type. They can also be set" +" to the `Stock Interim (Delivered)`, as long as the input and output " +"accounts are assigned to the **same** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the Stock Input and Output accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 +msgid "Inventory valuation reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." " At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " @@ -17699,14 +18884,18 @@ msgid "" " at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 msgid "" "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " "all of the inventory on hand is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 msgid "" "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " "Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " @@ -17753,9 +18942,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 -msgid "" -":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " -"`" +msgid ":doc:`Set up inventory valuation `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:26 @@ -18204,10 +19391,6 @@ msgid "" "& Serial Numbers` to enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:115 msgid "" "Next, ensure the intended product is tracked by lots or serial numbers by " @@ -18222,7 +19405,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "After enabling the features, assign lot or serial numbers to products using " "an :doc:`inventory adjustment ` or " -"during :ref:`product reception `." +"during :ref:`product reception `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:126 @@ -19071,6 +20254,956 @@ msgid "" "The detailed operations shows which lots are being selected for the picking." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory aging report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The inventory aging report evaluates all items in stock, providing insights " +"into potentially sunken purchase costs and delays in profitability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Create customized pivot tables to analyze product, operation types, month, " +"or company breakdowns. This helps identify products in stock that are at " +"risk of passing their expiration or viability dates, or instances of " +"rot/decay for fast-expiring items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The *Reporting* menu in *Inventory* is only accessible to users with " +":doc:`admin access <../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To access the inventory aging report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Reporting --> Inventory Aging`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:24 +msgid "Navigate the inventory aging report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report displays a pivot table, " +"with the month in columns, and product category in rows. The default " +"filters, :guilabel:`Incoming` and :guilabel:`Has Remaining Qty`, show only " +"products from receipts, and are currently in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining Qty` displays the number of on-hand items, and " +":guilabel:`Remaining Value` displays the total cost of purchasing these " +"items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in each column " +"or row reveals options to expand the pivot table and show a detailed " +"breakdown of the :guilabel:`Remaining Qty` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` " +"by :guilabel:`Product`, :guilabel:`Product Category`, :guilabel:`Date`, or " +":guilabel:`Company`. Clicking the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` " +":guilabel:`(minus)` icon collapses it back to its previous state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:43 +msgid "Inventory aging report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Inventory aging report, showing each **Product** in rows and each reception " +"**Date** in columns, to better monitor products with fast expiration dates. " +"Each row shows the the total on-hand quantity and inventory valuation of " +"items purchased on each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Records in the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report are *stock valuation " +"layers* (SVLs), representing product moves that impact stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Inventory adjustments do **not** create |SVLs|; only items purchased from " +"vendors do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:71 +msgid "Generate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After learning how to :ref:`navigate the inventory aging report " +"`, it can be used to create and " +"share different reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Aging` report are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:63 +msgid "Rotating stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To create a report to identify items that have been in stock for a while, " +"follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Aging`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` " +":guilabel:`(caret down)` icon in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to see a " +"drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and " +":guilabel:`Favorite` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Product` under the :guilabel:`Group By` section. Doing so " +"expands the pivot table to show a product in each row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to the left of the " +"date column. Hover over :guilabel:`Date` from the drop-down menu and choose " +":guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, :guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +"or :guilabel:`Day`. Doing so expands the columns to show the " +":guilabel:`Remaining Qty` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` by the selected " +"time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For products that have a longer shelf life, choose longer time periods such " +"as :guilabel:`Month` or :guilabel:`Quarter` when expanding columns by " +":guilabel:`Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 +msgid "Pivot table, highlighting the plus icon to expand columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The report now displays the on-hand stock of items, and their total " +"purchasing cost, for each time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Inventory aging report, with the :guilabel:`Group By`: :guilabel:`Product` " +"option selected, and with the :guilabel:`Date` column set to " +":guilabel:`Day`. It gives insight into how much raw fish sashimi products " +"were purchased on each day, and how much it cost. This informs the business " +"owners how much stock is at risk of rotting in stock, per day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 +msgid "Inventory aging report, showing product row items and day columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:3 +msgid "Locations dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The *Locations* dashboard in the *Inventory* application provides an " +"overview of on-hand storage locations for company products. Use this report " +"to see where stock is stored, identify :ref:`misplaced items " +"`, or view past inventory to see " +"product locations on specific dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To access the locations report, the *Storage Locations* feature must be " +"enabled. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and click :guilabel:`Save`. Then, access the " +"locations dashboard by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:24 +msgid "Navigate the locations dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard lists all on-hand products " +"in stock (in the :guilabel:`Product` column), along with the following " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: current storage location. If a product is stored at " +"`Shelf 1` and `Shelf 2`, the product is listed twice, showing quantities at " +"each location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Package`: the package that the product is stored in, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: if the product has a lot or serial number, it" +" is specified here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: current quantity of products. Click the " +":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand " +"quantity <../inventory_management/count_products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reserved Quantity`: on-hand quantity reserved for operations, " +"such as pickings, delivery orders, or manufacturings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: the unit of measure of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Click the buttons to the right of each row item to access additional " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:42 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the" +" product, displaying information about the quantity and description of why " +"the product was moved from one location to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:47 +msgid "" +"View what the product is reserved for, by clicking the :icon:`fa-history` " +":guilabel:`History` button on the far-right of the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Moves History` page, remove the :icon:`fa-filter` " +":guilabel:`Done` filter. Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar to reveal filter options, and select the " +":guilabel:`To Do` filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Display *Moves History* page of to-do deliveries that reserved the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:58 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering " +"rules <../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>` " +"page to replenish products at the specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In the upper-left corner of the page, click the the :guilabel:`New` button " +"to make an :doc:`inventory adjustment " +"<../inventory_management/count_products>` to record quantities of a certain " +"product at a specific :guilabel:`Location`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To view products, quantities, and their locations for a specified date, " +"click the :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button (also located in the upper-" +"left corner of the page). Select a date and time in the :guilabel:`Inventory" +" at Date` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After learning how to :ref:`navigate the locations dashboard " +"`, it can be used to create " +"and share different reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Locations` " +"dashboard are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:81 +msgid "Dead stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To get list of expired items, also referred to as *dead stock*, follow these" +" steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:143 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to" +" reveal a drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and " +":guilabel:`Favorite` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts` " +"option under the :guilabel:`Filters` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:91 +msgid "The report now displays a list of expired products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:94 +msgid "" +"This report can also be generated from the :ref:`Lot and Serials Numbers " +"` page, accessed by going to" +" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst-1 +msgid "Show a list of products whose expiration dates have exceeded today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:105 +msgid "Stranded inventory report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Businesses using multi-step flows in the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* " +"apps, may have *stranded* items, which are products not in their proper " +"storage locations, due to human error. Use this report to periodically check" +" transfer locations (e.g. *WH/Input*, *WH/Pre-Processing*) to ensure items " +"are moved to their intended storage locations, and accurately recorded in " +"the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To get a list of items that might be sitting idly in storage, follow these " +"steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, begin typing the name of the location " +"where products are intended to be moved to, such as `WH/Input`, or " +"`WH/Packing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Search Location for:` [location name] option from the " +"resulting drop-down menu that appears beneath the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show search result for the location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:124 +msgid "The report now displays a list of products at the transit location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Searching `Input` in :guilabel:`Location` shows a list of products at a " +"*WH/Input* location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The list shows `500` quantities of `Chicken`, which is alarming if not " +"refrigerated soon after reception. The stranded inventory report helps " +"identify items that have been idling in non-storage locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show items stored at a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:138 +msgid "Inventory discrepancy report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:140 +msgid "" +"To generate a report of items that have been moved since the last " +":doc:`inventory audit <../inventory_management/cycle_counts>`, follow these " +"steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Conflicts` option " +"from the :guilabel:`Filters` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The report now displays items whose quantities have changed since the last " +"cycle count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show items from the *Conflicts* filter in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` button to view inventory " +"transfers, including receipts and deliveries, that have occurred since the " +"inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show *Moves History*, showing a delivery that occurred after an inventory " +"adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:3 +msgid "Moves history dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Moves History* report in Odoo *Inventory* provides a detailed record of" +" product movements (containing past and current locations), lot numbers, and" +" reasons for movement. Reports can be generated for any time frame, making " +"this report essential for analyzing stock levels, monitoring inventory " +"turnover, and identifying any discrepancies in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The reporting feature is only accessible to users with :doc:`admin access " +"<../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Moves History`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst-1 +msgid "Display Moves History report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:23 +msgid "Navigate the moves history report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:25 +msgid "In the report, the columns represent:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: calendar date and time of the stock move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: description of the reason for the stock move or " +"quantity change, such as a receipt number (e.g. `WH/IN/00012`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product involved in the move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: specifies the lot or serial number of the " +"tracked product being moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:33 +msgid ":guilabel:`From`: source location of the moved product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`To`: destination location of the moved product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity`: number of products moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: unit of measure of the products moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: indicates the move status, which can be " +":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available` (ready for action), or " +":guilabel:`Partially Available` (insufficient quantities to complete the " +"operation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:66 +msgid "Search options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Use the following search options to customize the :guilabel:`Moves History` " +"report to display relevant information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:70 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Filters` section allows users to search among pre-made and " +"custom filters to find specific stock records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Do`: show stock move records that are in progress. This " +"includes lines with a :guilabel:`Status` column value of " +":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Partially Available`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done`: completed stock moves, with a :guilabel:`Status` of " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Incoming`: displays move records from vendor locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:58 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Outgoing`: displays move records to customer locations, including" +" customer returns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internal`: displays move records from one internal location to " +"another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturing`: shows records where products were produced from " +"the virtual, production :doc:`location " +"<../inventory_management/use_locations>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: select this drop-down menu to access various date filter " +"options and view stock moves from a specific month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last 30 Days`: show records that occurred in the last thirty " +"days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Last 3 Months`: show records from the last three months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:113 +msgid "Group By" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " +"groupings to the search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: group records by product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: group records by the three status types: " +":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available`, and :guilabel:`Partially " +"Available`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: group records by :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, or :guilabel:`Day`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transfers`: group records by operation number, e.g. " +"`WH/OUT/00012`, `WH/MO/00211`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: group records by source location (the :guilabel:`From`" +" column in this report)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: group records by product category. To configure these," +" go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: Product" +" Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Batch Transfer`: group records by :doc:`batch " +"<../advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:125 +msgid "Favorites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To save the current applied filters and groups, so the same information can " +"be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save current " +"search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " +"current view the default filter when opening the :guilabel:`Moves History` " +"report. Or tick the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option " +"available to other users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:134 +msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:137 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../essentials/search`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:3 +msgid "Stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the stock report in Odoo *Inventory* for a detailed list of all stored " +"products, including those reserved, purchased and in transit, as well as " +"those delivered to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Stock`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Show the stock report, accessible by going to Inventory > Reporting > Stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:19 +msgid "Navigate the stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:21 +msgid "" +"On the stock report, the left sidebar includes several groupings to narrow " +"down what is being shown. The default groupings are :guilabel:`Warehouses`," +" which filters products by specific warehouses, and :guilabel:`Category`, " +"which shows products within a selected product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Warehouse` grouping is only available when there are multiple" +" warehouses in the database. Refer to the " +":doc:`../inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse` documentation for " +"more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:30 +msgid "In the report itself, the columns represent:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:32 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unit Cost`: average inventory valuation per unit, adjusted based " +"on the cost to purchase and/or manufacture the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Value`: Total inventory valuation of the product, " +"calculated by multiplying unit cost by on-hand quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:39 +msgid "" +":ref:`Compute average cost inventory valuation per unit " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:40 +msgid "" +":doc:`Inventory valuation methods " +"<../inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand`: current quantity of products. Click the :icon:`fa-" +"pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand quantity " +"<../inventory_management/count_products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Free to Use`: on-hand quantity that are **not** reserved for " +"delivery or manufacturing orders, and are available to sell or use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Incoming`: items expected to arrive at the warehouse. Number of " +"products is based on quantities in confirmed purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Outgoing`: items expected to leave the warehouse or be consumed " +"in manufacturing orders. Number of products is based on quantities in " +"confirmed sales or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the product, " +"displaying information about the quantity and description of why the product" +" was moved from one location to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering rules " +"<../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>` page for " +"the product to create or manage methods of procuring the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Locations`: break down of on-hand quantity at multiple storage " +"locations. Only available when the product is stored in multiple locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forecast`: access the forecasted report to view on-hand, " +"incoming, and outgoing quantities. Report also contains links to confirmed " +"purchase, sales, or manufacturing orders. Only available when there are " +"confirmed sales, purchase, or manufacturing orders for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Published`: display products published on the website. Only " +"available with the *Website* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available in POS`: display products available through the *Point " +"of Sale* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available in Self`: display products available in self order " +"through the *Point of Sale* app. Appears in the search because the " +":guilabel:`Available in Self Order` checkbox was ticked in the " +":guilabel:`Point of Sale` section of a product form's :guilabel:`Sales` tab." +" The option is only available when the :guilabel:`Available in POS` checkbox" +" is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In the Sales tab of a product form, showing *Available in Self Order* " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not available in Self`: display products available in *PoS*, but " +"not available in self order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:91 +msgid "`Configure PoS products `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Sold`: display products that can be sold to customers. " +"Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Sold` checkbox is ticked" +" on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Purchased`: display products that can be bought from " +"vendors. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` " +"checkbox is ticked on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Recurring`: show subscription products, indicated by " +"ticking the :guilabel:`Recurring` checkbox on the product form. Only " +"available with the *Subscription* app activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Rented`: show products that can be loaned to customers for" +" a certain time. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Rented`" +" checkbox was ticked on the product form. Only available with the *Rental* " +"app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Subcontracted`: display products that can be produced by a" +" :doc:`third-party manufacturer " +"<../../../manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic>`. Available " +"only with the *Manufacturing* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Expensed`: show items that can be expensed. Only available" +" with the *Expenses* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`../../product_management/product_tracking/type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " +"groupings to the search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Type`: group items by :doc:`product type " +"<../../product_management/product_tracking/type>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Category`: group items by product category. To configure " +"these, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: " +"Product Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`POS Product Category`: group items by :doc:`point of sale product" +" categories <../../../../sales/point_of_sale/configuration>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To save the current applied filters and groupbys, so the same information " +"can be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save " +"current search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " +"current view the default filter when opening the stock report. Or tick the " +":guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option available to other " +"users." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "บำรุงรักษา" @@ -20655,7 +22788,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration.rst:5 msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การกำหนดค่าขั้นสูง" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Use kits" @@ -21626,11 +23759,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:94 +msgid "Learn more" +msgstr "เรียนรู้เพิ่มเติม" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:32 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to properly configure a new |BOM|, see the " -"documentation on :ref:`creating a bill of materials " -"`." +"documentation on :doc:`creating a bill of materials " +"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:35 @@ -21779,163 +23917,434 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bill of materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:9 msgid "" -"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " -"quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " -"It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines " -"needed to complete a production process." +"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) documents specific components, " +"along with their respective quantities, that are needed to produce or repair" +" a product. In Odoo, |BoMs| as blueprints for manufactured goods and kits, " +"and often include production operations and step-by-step guidelines, as " +"well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " -"linked to each product, so even product variants can have their own tailored" -" :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:15 +msgid "BoM setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:17 msgid "" -"Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " -"manufacturing process and save time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:18 -msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" +"To create a |BOM|, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> " +"Bills of Materials` and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" -"The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" -" or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " -"managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." +"Next, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type` to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " -":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " -"of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the " -":guilabel:`Product`." +"Then, specify :ref:`required components ` and, if necessary, define any :ref:`manufacturing operations " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:26 msgid "" -"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " -"product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." +"Individual |BOMs| can also be quickly accessed or created by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on any product form, as " +"accessible through the *Sales*, *Inventory*, and *Manufacturing* apps, as " +"well as through any internal links where a product is referenced (such as in" +" a field or a line item)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "Show BoM for a product, with components listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "BoM for `Drawer`, displaying the **Components** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:38 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/kit_shipping`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`../subcontracting/subcontracting_basic`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:44 +msgid "Components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:46 msgid "" -"For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" -" to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" -" to specify the various components that make up the production of the final " -"product and their respective quantities. New components can be created " -"quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created " -"beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> " -"Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)`." +"In the :guilabel:`Components` tab of a |BOM|, specify components used to " +"manufacture the product by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the " +":guilabel:`Components` drop-down menu, select from existing products or " +"create a new product by typing the name and selecting either the " +":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option to quickly add the line item, or the " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` option to add the component and continue to " +"its configuration form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." +msgid "Add a component by selecting it from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:43 -msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:56 msgid "" -":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " -"Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." +"Optionally, access additional fields by clicking the :icon:`oi-settings-" +"adjust` :guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon to the far-right of the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab. Tick the checkboxes for the following features " +"to enable these columns:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:60 msgid "" -"In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " -"the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " -"form." +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify which :doc:`product variant " +"<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>` each component is used in. " +"When the field is left blank, the component is used in all product variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:66 msgid "" -"The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " -"variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" -" :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master " -":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and " -"specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply " -"on Variants` column." +":guilabel:`Consumed in Operation`: specify the operation using the " +"component. Useful for determining :ref:`manufacturing readiness " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:62 -msgid "Set up operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:68 msgid "" -"Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" -" instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" -" this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Operations`." +":guilabel:`Manual Consumption`: tick the checkbox to force operators to " +"check the :guilabel:`Consumed` checkbox on a manufacturing order (MO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show a manufacturing order, highlighting the *Consumed* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:75 msgid "" -"Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " -":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " -"operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a " -"name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like " -"components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the " -":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that " -"variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +"Not doing so triggers the :guilabel:`Consumption Warning` error message, " +"where the consumed component quantity must be manually inputted. Otherwise, " +"the operation cannot be completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " -":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" -" new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing " -"Operations` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show the consumption warning error message." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:85 -msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" +msgid "Operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" -"A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " -"addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " -"the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)`." +"Add an *operation* to a |BOM| to specify instructions for production and " +"register time spent on an operation. To use this feature, first enable the " +"*Work Orders* feature by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the" +" :guilabel:`Work Orders` checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " -":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "\"Work Orders\" feature in the Settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:99 msgid "" -"Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " -"of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " -":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which " -"operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in " -"Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"Next, navigate to the |BOM| by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app " +"--> Products --> Bill of Materials` and selecting the desired |BOM|. To add " +"a new operation, go to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, and click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window, where the " +"various fields of the operation are configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: name of the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: select existing locations to perform the operation," +" or create a new work center by typing the name and selecting the " +":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify if this operation is only available " +"for certain product variants. If the operation applies to all product " +"variants, leave this field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Configuring BoMs for product variants " +"<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration Computation`: choose how time spent on the operation is " +"tracked. Opt for :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` to use the " +"operation's time tracker or :guilabel:`Set duration manually` if operators " +"can record and modify time themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Choosing the :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` option enables the " +":guilabel:`Based on last __ work orders` option, which automatically " +"estimates the time to complete this operation based on the last few " +"operations. Choosing :guilabel:`Set duration manually` enables the " +":guilabel:`Default Duration` field instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Duration`: estimated amount of time to complete the " +"operation; used for `planning manufacturing orders " +"`_ and determining `work center" +" availability `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company the |BOM| is available in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Include operation details in the :guilabel:`Work Sheet` tab. Choose " +":guilabel:`PDF` to attach a file or :guilabel:`Google Slide` with *public* " +"access to share a link. Select :guilabel:`Text` to type instructions in the " +":guilabel:`Description` text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Type `/` for a list of formatting options and features, including ChatGPT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show ChatGPT feature to generate instructions for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Fill out the Create Operations pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save \\& Close` to close the pop-up window. To add" +" more operations, click :guilabel:`Save & New` and repeat the same steps " +"above to configure another operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +"After creating an operation, click the :guilabel:`Copy Existing Operations` " +"button to choose an operation to duplicate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show Operation tab, highlighting the \"Copy Existing Operations\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:158 +msgid "Instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To add detailed instructions to operations, the *Quality* app must be " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add specific instructions to an existing operation by clicking the " +"operation's :icon:`fa-list-ul` :guilabel:`(list)` icon in the " +":guilabel:`Instructions` column. The number in the :guilabel:`Instructions` " +"column shows the number of existing detailed instructions there are for the " +"operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the Instructions column, and list icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:172 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Steps` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank " +"quality control point form where the new manufacturing step can be created. " +"Here, give the specific instruction a :guilabel:`Title` and set the " +":guilabel:`Type` to :guilabel:`Instructions`. In the " +":guilabel:`Instructions` tab of the form, write out the directions for the " +"step in the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Further customizations can be made here on this form, beyond ordinary " +"instructions, to also include specific types of quality control points that " +"carry specific (or complex) conditions. For more details about quality " +"control points refer the :doc:`Instruction check " +"<../../quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the page to add a quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:188 +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab contains more |BoM| configurations to " +"customize procurement, calculate costs, and define how components are " +"consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturing Readiness`: choosing :guilabel:`When components for" +" the 1st operation are available` shows the :guilabel:`Component Status` as " +"a **green** :guilabel:`Not Available`, when only the components that are " +"consumed in the first operation are in stock. This indicates that although " +"not all components are available, operators can at least begin with the " +"first operation. Choosing :guilabel:`When all components are available` " +"displays a **red** :guilabel:`Not Available` component status unless all " +"components are in available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Specify which operation consumes each component on the |BoM| in the " +":ref:`Manual Consumption field `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show the *Component Status* field on the manufacturing order dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:210 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Version`: displays the current |BoM| version, visible with the " +"Odoo *PLM* app installed for managing |BoM| changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:212 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Flexible Consumption`: specifies if components used can deviate " +"from the quantity defined on the |BoM|. Choose :guilabel:`Blocked` if " +"operators **must** adhere strictly to the |BoM| quantity. Otherwise, choose " +":guilabel:`Allowed` or :guilabel:`Allowed with Warning`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:215 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Routing`: select the preferred warehouse's manufacturing " +"operation type for products produced in multiple warehouses. If left blank, " +"this warehouse's `Manufacturing` operation type is used by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:218 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: select pre-created :doc:`analytic " +"distribution models " +"<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>` from the list " +"to automatically record the cost of manufacturing products in the chosen " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:221 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manuf Lead Time`: define the number of days needed to complete a " +"|MO| from the date of confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to prepare Manufacturing Order`: number of days needed to " +"replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +":doc:`Analytic distribution " +"<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:228 +msgid "" +":doc:`Lead times " +"<../../inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Miscellaneous* tab of the BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:236 +msgid "Add by-products to BoMs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:238 +msgid "" +"A *by-product* is a residual product that is created during production in " +"addition to the main product of a |BOM|. Unlike the primary product, there " +"can be more than one by-product on a |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To add by-products to a |BOM|, first enable the *By-Products* feature in " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`By-" +"Products` to enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "\"By Products\" feature in the settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, add by-products to a |BOM| by clicking the " +":guilabel:`By-products` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and fill in the " +":guilabel:`By-product`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Unit of " +"Measure`. Optionally, specify a :guilabel:`Produced in Operation` for the " +"by-product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The by-product, `Mush`, is created in the `Grind grapes` operation when " +"producing `Red Wine`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show sample by-product in the BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 @@ -21974,18 +24383,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 +msgid "Lot/serial number tracking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The assignment of lots or serial numbers to newly manufactured products is " +"optional. To optionally :doc:`assign lots or serial numbers " +"<../../inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn>` to newly " +"manufactured products, go to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section in the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the :guilabel:`Tracking` field, select " +":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Doing so enables the *Lot/Serial Number* field on a manufacturing order, or " +"the *Register Production* instruction on a work order card in the *Shop " +"Floor* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 +msgid "\"Lot/Serial Number\" field on the MO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 +msgid "**Lot/Serial Number** field on the MO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Register Production** option to generate lot/serial number on a work order" +" card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:54 msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:56 msgid "" "Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " "manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" " manufacture a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " @@ -21998,14 +24443,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 msgid "" "On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." " In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" " produces." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 msgid "" "Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" " clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " @@ -22018,7 +24463,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:79 msgid "" "Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " "and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " @@ -22029,7 +24474,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:86 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " "setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " @@ -22041,14 +24486,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:96 msgid "" "The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " "allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " "exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " "For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " -"to :ref:`create a bill of materials `." +"to :doc:`create a bill of materials `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:3 @@ -23116,6 +25560,2033 @@ msgid "" "of the |MO| itself." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "Subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a " +"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" +" then sold by the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting " +"company and the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide " +"variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in" +" and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the " +"manufacturing themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:19 +msgid "" +"This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, " +"as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with " +"subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they " +"are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized " +"work to subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors " +"to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as " +"profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain " +"arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which " +"projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a " +"variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what" +" happens to finished products once they are manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " +":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst-1 +msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:62 +msgid "" +"With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in " +"Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:64 +msgid "" +"On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a " +"*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates" +" the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that" +" it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the " +"Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can " +"be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product " +"pages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:72 +msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:75 +msgid "Subcontracting workflows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference " +"between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully " +"responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the " +":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_basic` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " +"sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This " +"workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " +"purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to " +"the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the " +":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary " +"to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to" +" products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:94 +msgid "" +"In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are " +"to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:97 +msgid "" +"In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can " +"either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an " +"end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured" +" to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are " +"outlined in their respective documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:104 +msgid "Subcontracted product valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different " +"variables:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;" +" from here on referred to as `C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them " +"shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor" +" to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred " +"to as `x`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be " +"represented by the following equation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"P = C + M + S + D + x\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:124 +msgid "" +"It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will " +"include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not " +"dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost" +" of dropshipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Basic subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " +"certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " +"purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " +"the product's vendor to delivery the product to the purchasing company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For subcontracted products specifically, delivery lead times can be " +"configured to take into account the amount of time required for the " +"subcontractor to manufacture a product. Doing so allows the contracting " +"company to better predict the delivery dates of subcontracted products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Like all lead times in Odoo, lead times for subcontracted products are only " +"an estimate, and are based on how long actions are *expected* to take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " +"means that lead times should not be viewed as guarantees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`basic subcontracting ` workflow " +"to manufacture a product, a company is not responsible for supplying the " +"subcontractor with the necessary components. This means that the only " +"factors affecting the delivery date of a product are the amount of time it " +"takes the subcontractor to manufacture and deliver it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time that considers " +"both of these factors, the *Expected Arrival* date displayed on purchase " +"orders (POs) for the product more accurately reflects the amount of time " +"required for both manufacturing and delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 +msgid "Product delivery lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " +"subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has been added, enter the number of days it takes " +"them to manufacture and deliver the product, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead" +" Time` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Delivery Lead Time field for a subcontractor, on the Purchase tab of a " +"product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Multiple subcontractors can be added to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a " +"product's page, and a different :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` can be set " +"for each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:57 +msgid "Lead time workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 +msgid "" +"After setting a delivery lead time for a product's vendor, create an |RfQ| " +"by navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase " +"Orders`, and clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Specify the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the " +"product in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and " +"adding a quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once a product has been added, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field on the" +" |RfQ| auto-populates with a date that reflects the vendor's delivery lead " +"time, as specified on the product's page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If the date needs to be adjusted, click on the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` " +"field to open a calendar popover, and select the desired date. Make sure not" +" to choose a date sooner than the one that was auto-populated, unless the " +"subcontractor has confirmed that they are able to deliver the product by " +"that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` on the |RfQ| to turn it into a " +"|PO|. At this point, the subcontractor should begin manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, before delivering it to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Tricycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends requires three days to manufacture a tricycle, plus" +" an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " +"tricycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " +"two days for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:88 +msgid "" +"On May 3rd, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| to purchase one tricycle from Bike " +"Friends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date listed on the |PO| is May 8th, five " +"days after the :guilabel:`Confirmation Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Expected Arrival date on a PO for a subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Bike Friends begins manufacturing the tricycle on May 3rd — the day that the" +" |PO| is confirmed — and finishes on May 6th, three days later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The tricycle is then shipped to Mike's Bikes the same day, and they receive " +"it on May 8th, two days later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " +"certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " +"purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " +"the product's vendor to deliver the product to the purchasing company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Certain subcontracted products require the contracting company to supply the" +" subcontractor with manufacturing components. In this case, a *manufacturing" +" lead time* can be used, in addition to the delivery lead time, to generate " +"the date on which the subcontractor must receive the required components, in" +" order to manufacture the product and deliver it on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In cases where components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, an " +"additional delivery lead time can be set for each component. This should be " +"set to the amount of time it takes the vendor to deliver components to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once a delivery lead time has been set on a component, dropship orders for " +"the component display the date by which the order must be confirmed, so that" +" it can be dropshipped to the subcontractor by the date on which " +"manufacturing must begin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order " +"` route, a company is responsible for purchasing " +"the necessary components from a vendor, and having them dropshipped directly" +" to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 +msgid "" +"This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, it is also necessary " +"to consider how long it takes the component vendor to dropship the " +"components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:48 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a *delivery lead time*, specifying a " +"*manufacturing lead time* on the product's BoM, and assigning the vendor of " +"the components an additional *delivery lead time*, *Dropship Subcontractor* " +"orders for the product's components display the deadline for confirming a " +"dropship order to send the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " +":guilabel:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:61 +msgid "Product manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a BoM" +" from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 +msgid "" +"On the |BoM|, select the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the same number of days that was " +"entered in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` field of the |BoM|'s product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Manuf. Lead Time field on a product's BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 +msgid "" +"While not all of these days are actually used for manufacturing by the " +"subcontractor, setting the same number of days in each field tells Odoo that" +" the subcontractor must receive the components and begin production by the " +"start of the product's delivery lead time. This gives the subcontractor " +"enough time to both manufacture and deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 +msgid "Component delivery lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:92 +msgid "" +"From the product's BoM, navigate to each component by clicking on the " +"component in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and then clicking the " +":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` button to the right of the " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:96 +msgid "" +"On the product page for each component, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab." +" If the vendor has not already been added, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor has been added, enter the number of days it takes them to " +"dropship the product to the subcontractor, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " +"Time` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:104 +msgid "Dropship subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Create a request for quotation (RfQ) for the product by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`, and " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Specify the subcontractor in :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the product" +" in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, " +"selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and specifying a " +"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:113 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" +" time for the component vendor to dropship the components, and the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " +"auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " +"of the product. However, this does not consider the time it takes to " +"dropship the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:121 +msgid "" +"When purchasing a product subcontracted using the *Dropship Subcontractor on" +" Order* route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " +"extra time needed for the components to be delivered to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Since production does not begin until they receive the components, leaving " +"the date as is results in the finished product arriving *after* the date " +"listed on the |RfQ|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " +"so creates a second |RfQ| to purchase the components from the dropshipper, " +"and have them sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for " +"Quotation`, and select the |RfQ| that lists the dropshipper in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 +msgid "" +"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field lists the date on which" +" the subcontractor must receive the components, in order to deliver the " +"finished product by the *Expected Arrival* date listed on the subcontractor " +"|PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Order Deadline` field lists the latest date on which the " +"|RfQ| can be confirmed, in order for the dropshipper to deliver the " +"components to the subcontractor by the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|, and confirm " +"the purchase of the components from the dropshipper. Doing so causes a " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to appear at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to open the dropship order. This" +" order can also be accessed from the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button that " +"now appears on the subcontractor |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:149 +msgid "" +"After the dropshipper has delivered the components to the subcontractor, " +"click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the dropship order to " +"confirm that the subcontractor has received the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor receives the components, they begin manufacturing the" +" component, before delivering it to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Bicycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes must purchase the required components from vendor Bike World, " +"and have them dropshipped to Bike Friends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:164 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each bicycle, plus " +"an addition two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:167 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for bicycle" +" manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus two days " +"for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:170 +msgid "" +"On the bicycle's BoM, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days as " +"well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered to " +"the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:173 +msgid "" +"On the product pages for each of the bicycle's components, they assign Bike " +"World a delivery lead time of two days. This is the amount of time it takes " +"Bike World to dropship each component directly to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:177 +msgid "" +"On May 10th, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| for one bicycle, with an expected " +"delivery date of May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:180 +msgid "" +"The |RfQ| for purchasing the components from Bike World and having them " +"dropshipped to Bike Friends has an Expected Arrival date of May 12th, and a " +"Deadline of May 10th. The |RfQ| must be confirmed by the deadline in order " +"for Bike Friends to receive the components by the Expected Arrival date, " +"giving them enough time to deliver the finished bicycle to Mike's Bikes by " +"May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Order Deadline and Expected Arrival dates on a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes confirms the |RfQ| on May 10th, and Bike World delivers the " +"components to Bike Friends on May 12th. Bike Friends manufactures the " +"bicycle, and delivers it to Mike's Bikes on May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " +"means that lead times should **not** be viewed as guarantees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order " +"` route, a company is responsible for supplying the" +" subcontractor with the necessary components. As a result, the subcontractor" +" cannot begin manufacturing until the components have been received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, the date they receive " +"the components must also be considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:39 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time, and specifying " +"a manufacturing lead time on the product's bill of materials (BoM), " +"*Resupply Subcontractor* orders for the product's components display the " +"deadline by which the subcontractor must receive the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " +"subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a " +"|BoM| from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:80 +msgid "Resupply subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" +" time for the subcontractor to receive the components, manufacture the " +"product, and deliver it back to the subcontracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " +"auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " +"of the product. However, this does **not** consider the time it takes to " +"ship the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:98 +msgid "" +"When purchasing a product subcontracted using the Resupply Subcontractor on " +"Order route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " +"extra time needed for the components to be shipped to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " +"so causes a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to appear at the top of the " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to open the resupply " +"subcontractor order, which is the order created to send components to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Deadline` field on the resupply subcontractor order shows the" +" deadline for the subcontractor to receive the components, in order for them" +" to have enough time to manufacture and deliver the finished product by the " +"Expected Arrival date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field should display the latest date on which" +" components can be shipped, while still arriving to the subcontractor by the" +" :guilabel:`Deadline`. However, by default, the date displayed is the same " +"as the date in the :guilabel:`Deadline` field, and must be updated to take " +"into account the time required for shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field to open a calendar popover " +"from which a date can be selected. Select a date that allows for the " +"components to be delivered by the :guilabel:`Deadline` on the resupply " +"subcontractor order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:124 +msgid "" +"After the components are shipped, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at " +"the top of the order to confirm they have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Unicycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes must supply Bike Friends with the necessary components for " +"manufacturing the unicycles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:137 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each unicycle, plus" +" an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:140 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " +"unicycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " +"two days for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:143 +msgid "" +"On the unicycle's |BoM|, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days, " +"as well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered " +"to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 +msgid "" +"They confirm a |PO| for one unicycle, with an expected arrival date of May " +"30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The resupply subcontractor order for shipping the components to the " +"subcontractor shows a *Deadline* of May 25th. The subcontractor must receive" +" the components by this date, in order to have enough time to manufacture " +"the unicycle, and deliver it by May 30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:152 +msgid "" +"It takes Mike's Bikes two days to deliver the components, so they update the" +" *Scheduled Date* field on the resupply subcontractor order to May 23rd, two" +" days before the Deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Scheduled Date and Deadline fields on a resupply subcontractor order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes ships the components to Bike Friends on the scheduled date of " +"May 23rd, and they arrive on the deadline of May 25th. This gives Bike " +"Friends enough time to manufacture the unicycle, and ship it back to Mike's " +"Bikes by the expected arrival date of May 30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:3 +msgid "Basic subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a " +"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" +" then sold by the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the " +"necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to " +"worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic " +"subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-" +"subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that " +"subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted " +"products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be " +"manufactured by them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " +":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary" +" to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53 +msgid "Configure product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the " +"product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, " +"selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and " +"entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`" +" field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished " +"product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " +"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " +"subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83 +msgid "Configure BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " +"--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials " +"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` " +"option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the " +":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using" +" subcontracting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when " +"calculating the product's expected arrival date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:81 +msgid "" +"When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for " +"manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:86 +msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:88 +msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " +"|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a receipt order or a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, " +"**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" +" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " +"product is shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted " +"product is being purchased from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " +"with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer," +" or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process " +"starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169 +msgid "Create SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171 +msgid "" +"It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased" +" from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being " +"purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " +"Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a " +"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a" +" quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens" +" the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:128 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough " +"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates" +" a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193 +msgid "" +"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " +"end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is " +"enough stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197 +msgid "Process PO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:140 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to " +":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the " +"|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to " +"the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a " +"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the " +"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:153 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic " +"subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and " +"can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 +msgid "" +"A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " +"top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 +msgid "" +"PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " +"top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242 +msgid "Process receipt or dropship order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " +"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " +"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251 +msgid "" +"If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, " +"once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " +"Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the" +" :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the " +"receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter" +" the product into inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260 +msgid "Process dropship order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262 +msgid "" +"If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select" +" the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open " +"the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order " +"to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270 +msgid "Process delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " +"finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " +"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" +" the customer, and process the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " +"the product has been shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship to subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the" +" necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have " +"them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order " +"(PO) for that product is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " +"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and " +"*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve " +"dropshipping, they are used for different purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have " +"them shipped directly to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components " +"from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By " +"default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the " +"contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33 +msgid "" +"However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship " +"Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In " +"this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then " +"ships the finished product directly to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37 +msgid "" +"This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the " +":ref:`workflow section ` of" +" this doc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " +"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " +"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the " +"components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as " +"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in " +"the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the " +":guilabel:`Price` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that " +"determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been " +"manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock " +"on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " +"subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73 +msgid "Configure bill of materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click " +"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " +"select the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and" +" specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97 +msgid "Configure Components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " +"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " +"arrow)` button to the right of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106 +msgid "" +"On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add " +"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in " +"the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the" +" subcontractor, once they are purchased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the " +":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119 +msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " +"*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the" +" vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so " +"creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the " +"components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" +" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" +" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " +"product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " +"with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, " +"or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts " +"with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148 +msgid "Create an SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the " +"product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is " +"the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted " +"product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the " +"*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** " +"there is no stock of the product on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead " +"create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172 +msgid "" +"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " +"end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, " +"even if there is stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176 +msgid "Process subcontractor PO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178 +msgid "" +"If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`," +" and clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a" +" new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* " +"|PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components" +" to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, " +"and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" +"button at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from " +"the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** " +"automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship " +"Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* " +"|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205 +msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. " +"Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` " +"field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after " +"confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212 +msgid "" +"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship " +"Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of" +" the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and " +"confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, " +"and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the " +"*subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" +"Dropship smart button at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227 +msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" +" *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, " +"respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the " +":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the " +"subcontractor has received the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" +" *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the " +"product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of" +" the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the" +" *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the " +":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship " +"order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the " +"product to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product " +"has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the " +"necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each " +"time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " +"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping" +" it to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply " +"Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24 +msgid "" +"While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components " +"required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are " +"sourced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from " +"the warehouse of the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from " +"a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of " +"the subcontracting company and their subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36 +msgid "" +"See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of " +"the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " +"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " +"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of " +"materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`" +" tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the " +"subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68 +msgid "" +"This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other " +"elements, like the cost of the product's components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " +"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click " +"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " +"select the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107 +msgid "Configure components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " +"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " +"arrow)` button to the right of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116 +msgid "" +"On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and " +"select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the " +":guilabel:`Routes` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122 +msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to " +"purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a" +" dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the " +"subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" +" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149 +msgid "" +"While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to " +"automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is " +"also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful " +"when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply " +"Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking" +" :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom " +"the components should be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` " +"drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the " +"components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` " +"to confirm that the order has been sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough " +"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead" +" creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase " +"app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a " +"subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically " +"created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the " +"required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed " +"from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top " +"of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 +msgid "" +"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n" +"buttons at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 +msgid "" +"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and " +"Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227 +msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the " +"subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " +"Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open" +" the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` " +"card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " +"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " +"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " +"finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " +"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" +" the customer, and process the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " +"the product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows.rst:5 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "ขั้นตอนการทำงาน" @@ -23397,6 +27868,13 @@ msgid "" "only after closing the associated |MO|." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " +"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29 msgid "" "To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " @@ -23669,1355 +28147,6 @@ msgid "" "and *WH/MO/00010*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontracting overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:7 -msgid "" -"In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a " -"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" -" then sold by the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting " -"company and the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:13 -msgid "" -"For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide " -"variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in" -" and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the " -"manufacturing themselves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:17 -msgid "" -"This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, " -"as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with " -"subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they " -"are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized " -"work to subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:22 -msgid "" -"On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors " -"to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as " -"profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain " -"arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which " -"projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a " -"variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what" -" happens to finished products once they are manufactured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " -"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " -":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " -"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst-1 -msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:42 -msgid "" -"With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in " -"Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a " -"*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates" -" the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that" -" it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the " -"Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can " -"be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product " -"pages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:51 -msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:52 -msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:55 -msgid "Subcontracting workflows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:57 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference " -"between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully " -"responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the " -":doc:`subcontracting_basic` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " -"sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This " -"workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting_resupply` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " -"purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to " -"the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the " -":doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:69 -msgid "" -"In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary " -"to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to" -" products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are " -"to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can " -"either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an " -"end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured" -" to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are " -"outlined in their respective documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:83 -msgid "Subcontracted product valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different " -"variables:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;" -" from here on referred to as `C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "" -"The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them " -"shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:93 -msgid "" -"The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor" -" to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred " -"to as `x`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be " -"represented by the following equation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:100 -msgid "" -"P = C + M + S + D + x\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:103 -msgid "" -"It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will " -"include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not " -"dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost" -" of dropshipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:3 -msgid "Basic subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a " -"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" -" then sold by the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the " -"necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to " -"worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic " -"subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-" -"subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that " -"subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted " -"products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be " -"manufactured by them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" -" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " -":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " -"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary" -" to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53 -msgid "Configure product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " -"product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the " -"product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, " -"selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and " -"entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`" -" field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished " -"product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " -"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " -"subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83 -msgid "Configure BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " -"Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " -"--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92 -msgid "" -"For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials " -"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` " -"option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the " -":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using" -" subcontracting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " -":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the " -"subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when " -"calculating the product's expected arrival date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:81 -msgid "" -"When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the " -":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for " -"manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:86 -msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:88 -msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " -"|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a receipt order or a dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, " -"**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" -" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " -"product is shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138 -msgid "" -"The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted " -"product is being purchased from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " -"with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer," -" or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process " -"starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into " -"inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169 -msgid "Create SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:112 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171 -msgid "" -"It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased" -" from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being " -"purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next " -"step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175 -msgid "" -"To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " -"Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178 -msgid "" -"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a " -"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a" -" quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:123 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens" -" the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:128 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough " -"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates" -" a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:134 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193 -msgid "" -"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " -"end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is " -"enough stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197 -msgid "Process PO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:140 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to " -":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the " -"|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to " -"the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:145 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking " -":guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:148 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a " -"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the " -"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:153 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic " -"subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and " -"can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 -msgid "" -"A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " -"top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 -msgid "" -"PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " -"top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:164 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242 -msgid "Process receipt or dropship order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " -"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " -"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 -msgid "Process receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:173 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251 -msgid "" -"If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, " -"once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " -"Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:177 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the" -" :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the " -"receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter" -" the product into inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260 -msgid "Process dropship order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:184 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262 -msgid "" -"If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select" -" the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:187 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open " -"the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order " -"to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270 -msgid "Process delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " -"finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " -"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" -" the customer, and process the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:198 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " -"the product has been shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3 -msgid "Dropship to subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the" -" necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have " -"them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order " -"(PO) for that product is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " -"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23 -msgid "" -"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and " -"*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve " -"dropshipping, they are used for different purposes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have " -"them shipped directly to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components " -"from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By " -"default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the " -"contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33 -msgid "" -"However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship " -"Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In " -"this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then " -"ships the finished product directly to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37 -msgid "" -"This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the " -":ref:`workflow section ` of" -" this doc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " -"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " -":guilabel:`Operations` heading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " -"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the " -"components listed on the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " -"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as " -"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in " -"the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the " -":guilabel:`Price` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that " -"determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been " -"manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock " -"on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " -"subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73 -msgid "Configure bill of materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click " -"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " -"select the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the " -":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a " -"line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and" -" specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97 -msgid "Configure Components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99 -msgid "" -"To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " -"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " -"arrow)` button to the right of the name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " -"component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106 -msgid "" -"On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add " -"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in " -"the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the" -" subcontractor, once they are purchased." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the " -":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " -"section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119 -msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121 -msgid "" -"The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " -"*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the" -" vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so " -"creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the " -"components to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" -" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" -" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " -"product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " -"with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, " -"or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts " -"with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148 -msgid "Create an SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the " -"product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in " -"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is " -"the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted " -"product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the " -"*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** " -"there is no stock of the product on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169 -msgid "" -"If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead " -"create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172 -msgid "" -"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " -"end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, " -"even if there is stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176 -msgid "Process subcontractor PO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by" -" navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`," -" and clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a" -" new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the " -":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* " -"|PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components" -" to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, " -"and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" -"button at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198 -msgid "" -"In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from " -"the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** " -"automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201 -msgid "" -"Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship " -"Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* " -"|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205 -msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207 -msgid "" -"To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. " -"Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` " -"field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after " -"confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212 -msgid "" -"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship " -"Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of" -" the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and " -"confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, " -"and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the " -"*subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" -"Dropship smart button at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227 -msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229 -msgid "" -"Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" -" *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, " -"respectively." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the " -":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the " -"subcontractor has received the components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" -" *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the " -"product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of" -" the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into " -"inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the" -" *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the " -"receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the " -":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship " -"order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the " -"product to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product " -"has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3 -msgid "Resupply subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the " -"necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each " -"time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " -"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping" -" it to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21 -msgid "" -"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply " -"Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24 -msgid "" -"While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components " -"required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are " -"sourced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from " -"the warehouse of the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from " -"a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of " -"the subcontracting company and their subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36 -msgid "" -"See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of " -"the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " -"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " -":guilabel:`Operations` heading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " -"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of " -"materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " -"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`" -" tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the " -"subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68 -msgid "" -"This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other " -"elements, like the cost of the product's components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " -"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click " -"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " -"select the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107 -msgid "Configure components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109 -msgid "" -"To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " -"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " -"arrow)` button to the right of the name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116 -msgid "" -"On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and " -"select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the " -":guilabel:`Routes` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122 -msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124 -msgid "" -"The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to " -"purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a" -" dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the " -"subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" -" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149 -msgid "" -"While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to " -"automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is " -"also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful " -"when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154 -msgid "" -"To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply " -"Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking" -" :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom " -"the components should be sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking " -":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` " -"drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the " -"components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` " -"to confirm that the order has been sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough " -"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190 -msgid "" -"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead" -" creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase " -"app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a " -"subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically " -"created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214 -msgid "" -"In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the " -"required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed " -"from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top " -"of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 -msgid "" -"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n" -"buttons at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 -msgid "" -"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and " -"Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227 -msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the " -"subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " -"Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open" -" the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to " -"confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the " -":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` " -"card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " -"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " -"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " -"finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " -"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" -" the customer, and process the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " -"the product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:3 msgid "Unbuild orders" msgstr "" @@ -25808,8 +28937,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:12 msgid "" "Utilize *engineering change orders* (*ECOs*) to track, implement, and revert" -" change versions made to products, and :ref:`bills of materials " -"`." +" change versions made to products, and :doc:`bills of materials " +"<../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:15 @@ -27272,6 +30401,354 @@ msgid "" "export it as an Excel file." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:3 +msgid "Procurement expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:12 +msgid "" +"With the *Purchase* application, users can monitor procurement expenses over" +" time. This report helps companies track and analyze spending, identify " +"cost-saving opportunities, and ensure efficient budget management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:17 +msgid "Create procurement expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To create a |per|, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " +"Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:22 +msgid "" +"By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` (POs) with a " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of Requests for " +"Quotation (RFQs) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent*, or *Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:25 +msgid "Add filters and groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the top-right, click the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot)` icon " +"to switch to pivot view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:32 +msgid "" +"While the |per| can also be :ref:`viewed ` as a " +":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " +":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`, " +"the pivot view provides the most detailed view of the data, and is the " +"recommended starting point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Remove any default filters from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. Then, click " +"the |caret| to open the drop-down menu that contains the " +":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and :guilabel:`Favorites` " +"columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Unless otherwise specified, the report displays data from both |RFQs| and " +"|POs|. This can be changed by selecting either :guilabel:`Requests for " +"Quotation` or :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a time frame to use for " +"comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " +"|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " +"Then, select :guilabel:`Product Category`, which is also located in the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The selections under the :guilabel:`Group By` heading can be altered, " +"depending on the needs of the individual company. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Product`, instead of :guilabel:`Product Category`, provides a " +"more in depth look at the performance of specific items, in place of an " +"entire category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading that " +"appears. These options are only available after the date range is selected " +"under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " +":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " +"as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " +"time period from the previous year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:60 +msgid "" +"While multiple time-based filters can be added at once, only one comparison " +"can be selected at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the procurement expenses\n" +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The filter for Q2, comparison for **Previous Period**, and group-by for " +"**Vendor** and **Product Category** were selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:68 +msgid "Add measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:70 +msgid "" +"After selecting the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group by`, and " +":guilabel:`Comparison` settings, click out of the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:82 +msgid "" +"By default, the report displays data with the following measures: " +":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " +":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " +"drop-down list of available measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click the following specific measures to include additional columns for the " +"procurement expenses report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total` and :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`: can include one or both " +"measures. These are included for overall spending analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:91 +msgid ":guilabel:`Average Cost`: included to evaluate cost efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to Confirm` and :guilabel:`Days to Receive`: used to assess " +"supplier performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Qty Ordered` and :guilabel:`Qty Received`: used to understand " +"order efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Qty Billed` and :guilabel:`Qty to be Billed`: used to track order" +" accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Additional measures can be included in the report, if desired, to provide " +"additional insights. For example, :guilabel:`Gross Weight` and " +":guilabel:`Volume` may be included for further logistics and management " +"analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:101 +msgid "" +"After selecting all necessary measures, click out of the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:85 +msgid "View results" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:108 +msgid "" +"After all of the filters and measures have been selected, the report " +"generates in the selected view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst-1 +msgid "A sample version of the procurement expenses report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " +"editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is **only** available if the " +"*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The |per| is also available in graph view. Click the :icon:`fa-area-chart` " +":guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view. Click the " +"corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a :icon:`fa-bar-" +"chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` :guilabel:`(line " +"chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:107 +msgid "To save this report as a *favorite*, see :ref:`search/favorites`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor costs report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With the *Purchase* application, users can track the fluctuation of vendor " +"costs over time. This allows users to identify the most expensive vendors, " +"and track seasonal changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:14 +msgid "Create vendor costs reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To create a vendor costs report, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase " +"app --> Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` " +"dashboard. By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of POs (Purchase Orders) with a " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of RFQs (Requests " +"for Quotation) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent, or *Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a date range to use for " +"comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " +"|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " +"Then, select :guilabel:`Product`, which is also located in the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Product` is **not** required for this report. However, " +"it is recommended, as it provides additional insight into the performance of" +" individual vendors. Additional selections can be made under the " +":guilabel:`Group by` heading as well, including :guilabel:`Product " +"Category`, :guilabel:`Status`, and :guilabel:`Purchase Representative`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To ensure the report is generated correctly, make sure that " +":guilabel:`Vendor` is the **first** selection made under the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading. These " +"options are only available after the date range is selected under the " +":guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " +":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " +"as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " +"time period from the previous year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the " +"vendor costs report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"By default, the report displays with the following measures: " +":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " +":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " +"drop-down list of available measures. Click :guilabel:`Average Cost` to add " +"it to the report. Select any additional measures to add to the report, or " +"click on any of the already selected measures to remove them, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:80 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to run the report with at least :guilabel:`Average Cost`, " +":guilabel:`Total`, or :guilabel:`Untaxed Total` selected from the " +":guilabel:`Measures` list. Additional measures, such as :guilabel:`Days to " +"Receive`, can be added to provide additional insights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:87 +msgid "" +"After all of the :ref:`filters and measures have been selected " +"`, the report generates in the pivot " +"view. Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " +"editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is only available if the " +"*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A sample of a vendor costs report with the measures set as total and average" +" costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The vendor costs report is also available in *graph* view. Click the " +":icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view." +" Click the corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a " +":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " +":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5 msgid "Manage deals" msgstr "" @@ -28485,9 +31962,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51 msgid "" "To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> " -"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, check" -" the box next to :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and " -"bills`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, tick " +"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`3-way matching`, and click :guilabel:`Save` " +"to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56 @@ -28496,15 +31973,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 -msgid "Activated three-way matching feature in purchase settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:60 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:62 msgid "" "When products are received into a company's warehouse, receipts are created." " Once the company processes the received quantities, they can choose to " @@ -28513,11 +31986,11 @@ msgid "" "completed at different steps of the procurement process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:68 msgid "With the bill control policy set to ordered quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:70 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *ordered quantities*" " bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " @@ -28526,42 +31999,42 @@ msgid "" "Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:75 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new request for quotation (RFQ). Doing so reveals a blank " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 msgid "" "On the blank detail form, add a vendor to the :abbr:`RFQ (request for " "quotation)` in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the " ":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 msgid "" "Then, confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` button above the detail form. Doing so turns the " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a vendor bill for " "the purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:88 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button reveals the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill` page for the purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:91 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button to modify " "the bill, and add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field. If needed," @@ -28569,21 +32042,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 msgid "" "Next, confirm the bill by clicking the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *ordered quantities*, the draft bill" " can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:175 msgid "" "On the new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` number," " which can be used to match the bill with additional documents (such as the " @@ -28594,7 +32067,7 @@ msgid "" "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:108 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " @@ -28607,7 +32080,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Vendor bill form for ordered quantities control policy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:118 msgid "" "Each vendor bill provides the option to either :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " "or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note`. A *credit note* is typically issued when a " @@ -28616,11 +32089,11 @@ msgid "" "returned from the customer/buyer to the vendor or supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:124 msgid "With the bill control policy set to received quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:127 msgid "" "If the creation of a vendor bill is attempted without receiving any " "quantities of a product (while using the *received quantities* bill control " @@ -28628,7 +32101,7 @@ msgid "" "proceeding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *received " "quantities* bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " @@ -28637,38 +32110,38 @@ msgid "" "Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:136 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`. Doing so reveals a " "blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a bill for the " "purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:151 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Create Bill` before any products have been received will" -" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to appear. The :guilabel:`Purchase " -"Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity of the items " -"included on the order to create a vendor bill." +" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up message to appear. The " +":guilabel:`Purchase Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity" +" of the items included on the order to create a vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:159 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the warehouse " "receipt form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:161 msgid "" "On the warehouse receipt form, click :menuselection:`Validate --> Apply` to " "mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities. Then, navigate back to the " @@ -28676,7 +32149,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Bill` button on the purchase order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 msgid "" "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Draft Bill` for the purchase order. On the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and add a " @@ -28684,20 +32157,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:172 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *received quantities*, the draft " "bill can **only** be confirmed when at least some of the quantities are " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:181 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " @@ -28706,11 +32179,11 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:187 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills in Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:189 msgid "" "Vendor bills can also be created directly from the *Accounting* app, " "**without** having to create a purchase order first. To do this, go to " @@ -28718,7 +32191,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a blank vendor bill detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 msgid "" "On this blank vendor bill detail form, add a vendor in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " @@ -28728,27 +32201,27 @@ msgid "" "the bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:198 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view (or change) the " ":guilabel:`Account` journals that were populated based on the configuration " "on the corresponding :guilabel:`Vendor` and :guilabel:`Product` forms." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` to add" " credit or debit notes to the bill. Or, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` " "number (while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:205 msgid "" "Then, when ready, click :menuselection:`Register Payment --> Create Payment`" " to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 msgid "" "To tie the draft bill to an existing purchase order, click the drop-down " "menu next to :guilabel:`Auto-Complete`, and select a :abbr:`PO (purchase " @@ -28760,17 +32233,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Auto-complete drop-down list on draft vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:218 msgid "Batch billing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:220 msgid "" "Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 msgid "" "To do this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. " "Then, click the :guilabel:`checkbox` at the top left of the page, beside the" @@ -28779,7 +32252,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Draft` :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:227 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon to export, delete, or send" " & print the bills; click the :guilabel:`Print` icon to print the invoices " @@ -28787,7 +32260,7 @@ msgid "" "payments for multiple vendor bills at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Register Payment` is selected, a pop-up appears. In this " "pop-up window, select the appropriate journal in the :guilabel:`Journal` " @@ -28796,7 +32269,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Group Payments` on this pop-up, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:236 msgid "" "When ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button, which creates a " "list of journal entries on a separate page. This list of journal entries are" @@ -28804,21 +32277,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 -msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up." +msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:244 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Register Payment` option for vendor bills in batches will " "only work for journal entries whose :guilabel:`Status` is set to " ":guilabel:`Posted`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:252 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 +msgid ":doc:`control_bills`" msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5 msgid "Products" @@ -29212,16 +32683,16 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" +msgid "Purchase units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" -" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " -"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " -"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " -"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." +" unit of measure than when it is sold. This can cause confusion between " +"sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to convert " +"measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your product once" +" and let Odoo handle the conversion." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 @@ -29328,21 +32799,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "" -"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." +"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, click into " +"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure Category` field and enter a name for the " +"category. Then, under the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:77 msgid "" "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" -" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" -" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" -" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " -"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " -"Odoo is always a multiple of this value." +" to other units of measure inside the category. Name the unit, and select " +"the units of measure category you just created. For the *Type*, select " +"*Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter the *Rounding " +"Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by Odoo is always a " +"multiple of this value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:83 msgid "" "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " "fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." @@ -29352,7 +32825,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "" "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " "appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " @@ -29372,35 +32845,31 @@ msgstr "" "ตัวอย่างเช่น หากคุณต้องการใช้ความแม่นยำในการปัดเศษที่ 0.00001 ให้ตั้งค่า " "*ตัวเลข* เป็น 5" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:97 msgid "" "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" " measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " "*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:101 msgid "" "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " "*Smaller*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:103 msgid "" "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " "second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " "than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:107 msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 -msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:109 msgid "" "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " "units of measure." diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 0720078a6..369ab479b 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" @@ -45,11 +45,11 @@ msgid "" "marketing-essentials-989?fullscreen=1>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:38 msgid "Email marketing dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:40 msgid "" "After installing the application, click the :menuselection:`Email Marketing`" " app icon from the main Odoo dashboard. Doing so reveals the main " @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the main dashboard of the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:47 msgid "" "In the search bar, the default filter of :guilabel:`My Mailings` is present " "to show all the mailings related to the current user. To remove that filter," @@ -68,101 +68,101 @@ msgid "" "bar. Doing so reveals all the mailings in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:51 msgid "" "The information on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard has four different " "view options, located in the upper-right corner as individual icons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:54 msgid "The view options, from left-to-right, are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:56 msgid ":ref:`List ` (default view)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:57 msgid ":ref:`Kanban `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:58 msgid ":ref:`Calendar `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:59 msgid ":ref:`Graph `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:61 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:733 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:736 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:420 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:145 msgid "List view" msgstr "ดูล่าสุด" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:66 msgid "" "The list view, represented by the :guilabel:`☰ (horizontal lines)` icon in " "the upper-right corner, is the default view of the :guilabel:`Mailings` " "dashboard in the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:69 msgid "" "While in list view, there are columns dedicated to different aspects of " "information related to the listed emails. Those columns are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:72 msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: the date the email was sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Subject`: the subject of the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the user who created the email, or the user who has" " been assigned to the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Sent`: how many times the email has been sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:77 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivered (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been " "successfully delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Opened (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been opened by " "the recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been clicked by" " the recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replied (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been replied to" " by the recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: the status of the email (:guilabel:`Draft`, " ":guilabel:`In Queue`, or :guilabel:`Sent`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:84 msgid "" "To add or remove columns, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options (two " "horizontal lines with dots)` icon, located to the far-right of the column " @@ -170,13 +170,13 @@ msgid "" "options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:706 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:709 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:391 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "มุมมองคัมบัง" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:93 msgid "" "The Kanban view, represented by the :guilabel:`(inverted bar graph)` icon, " "can be accessed in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Mailings` " @@ -188,50 +188,50 @@ msgid "" "Kanban view of the main dashboard of the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:100 msgid "" "While in Kanban view, the email information is displayed in the various " "stages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:102 msgid "" "The stages are: :guilabel:`Draft`, :guilabel:`In Queue`, " ":guilabel:`Sending`, and :guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Draft`: the email is still being written/created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`In Queue`: the email is scheduled to be sent at a later date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:106 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sending`: the email is currently being sent to its recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:107 msgid ":guilabel:`Sent`: the email has already been sent to its recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:109 msgid "" "In each stage, there are drag-and-drop cards representing the emails that " "have been created/sent, and the stage they are in represents the current " "status of that mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:112 msgid "" "Each card on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard provides key information " "related to that specific email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:115 msgid "" "When the cursor hovers over the upper-right corner of an email campaign " "card, a :guilabel:`⋮ (three vertical dots)` icon appears. When clicked, a " @@ -245,19 +245,19 @@ msgid "" "View of the three-dot drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:404 msgid "Calendar view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:129 msgid "" "The calendar view, represented by a :guilabel:`📆 (calendar)` icon, can be " "accessed in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in " "the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:132 msgid "" "While in calendar view, a monthly calendar (by default), shows when the " "mailings have been sent or are scheduled to be sent." @@ -268,26 +268,26 @@ msgid "" "Calendar view of the mailings dashboard in the Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:139 msgid "" "The current date is represented by a :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` icon over " "the date on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:141 msgid "" "To the right of the calendar, the options to filter the results by " ":guilabel:`Responsible` and/or :guilabel:`Status` are available, via " "checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:145 msgid "" "To hide the right sidebar, click the :guilabel:`(panel-right)` icon, located" " above the sidebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:147 msgid "" "In the top-left corner, above the calendar, the option to change the time " "period being displayed is available via a drop-down menu, which shows " @@ -297,35 +297,35 @@ msgid "" "default)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:152 msgid "" "Clicking any of those options changes the calendar display to reflect that " "desired amount of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:154 msgid "" "Clicking either :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` icon or :guilabel:`➡️ (right " "arrow)` icon changes the calendar to a previous or future time, depending on" " what is clicked, based on the chosen amount of time being represented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:158 msgid "To jump back to the current date, click the :guilabel:`Today` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:163 msgid "Graph view" msgstr "มุมมองกราฟ" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:165 msgid "" "The graph view, represented by a :guilabel:`(line graph)` icon, can be " "accessed in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in " "the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:168 msgid "" "While in graph view, the status of the emails on the :guilabel:`Mailings` " "page is represented in a bar graph, but other graph view options can be " @@ -336,20 +336,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the Graph view appears in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:175 msgid "" "In the upper-left corner, above the graph, there is a :guilabel:`Measures` " "drop-down menu. When clicked, different filter options become available to " "further customize the graph views." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:178 msgid "" "Those :guilabel:`Measures` options are: :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage` " "and :guilabel:`Count` (default)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:181 msgid "" "To the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu is an " ":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button, if the *Documents* application is " @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ msgid "" "add the graph to a spreadsheet or dashboard becomes available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:185 msgid "" "Beside the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu and :guilabel:`Insert in " "Spreadsheet` button are different graph view options. From left-to-right, " @@ -365,17 +365,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`(line chart)`, and :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:190 msgid "" "Each graph view option provides its own series of additional view options, " "which appear to the right of the selected graph view option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:194 msgid "Search options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:196 msgid "" "Regardless of the view chosen for the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in the " ":guilabel:`Email Marketing` app, the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group " @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ msgid "" "customize the information being displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:200 msgid "" "To access those options, click the :guilabel:`(downward arrow)` icon, " "located to the right of the search bar. Doing so reveals a drop-down mega " @@ -396,17 +396,17 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:207 msgid "" "These options provide various ways to specify and organize the information " "seen on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:212 msgid "Filters" msgstr "ตัวกรอง" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:214 msgid "" "This section of the drop-down mega menu provides different ways to filter " "email results being shown on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in the " @@ -419,14 +419,14 @@ msgid "" "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:221 msgid "" "The options are: :guilabel:`My Mailings`, :guilabel:`Sent Date`, " ":guilabel:`A/B Tests`, :guilabel:`A/B Tests to review`, " ":guilabel:`Archived`, and :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:224 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` is selected, Odoo reveals a pop-up window, " "with three customizable fields to fill in, in order to create custom filter " @@ -438,11 +438,11 @@ msgid "" "Add custom filter pop-up window that appears in Odoo Email Marketing app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:232 msgid "Group By" msgstr "กลุ่มโดย" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:234 msgid "" "This section of the drop-down mega menu provides different ways to group " "email results being shown on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in the " @@ -454,13 +454,13 @@ msgid "" "View of the Group By drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:241 msgid "" "Using this section, the data can be grouped by the messages' " ":guilabel:`Status`, or who it was :guilabel:`Sent By`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:244 msgid "" "There is also the option to group the data by :guilabel:`Sent Period`, which" " has its own sub-menu of options to choose from. The :guilabel:`Sent Period`" @@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Week`, and :guilabel:`Day`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:248 msgid "" "If none of the above :guilabel:`Group By` options deliver the desired " "results, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` at the bottom of the " @@ -477,11 +477,11 @@ msgid "" " data that may be desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:253 msgid "Favorites" msgstr "รายการโปรด" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:255 msgid "" "This section provides the opportunity to save custom filters and/or " "groupings for future use. To utilize this section, click the :guilabel:`Save" @@ -494,31 +494,31 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:263 msgid "" "Give the favorited filter/grouping a title on the blank line above the " "checkboxes for :guilabel:`Default filter` and :guilabel:`Shared`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:266 msgid "" "Ticking the box for :guilabel:`Default filter` makes this favorited " "filter/grouping the default option. Ticking the box for :guilabel:`Shared` " "allows other users to see and use this favorited filter/grouping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:270 msgid "" "When all desired options are configured, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the " "filter/grouping in the :guilabel:`Favorites` section of the mega drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:274 msgid "Settings" msgstr "การตั้งค่า" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:276 msgid "" "To view and modify the *Email Marketing* settings, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ msgid "" "Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:283 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, there are four features available." msgstr "" @@ -538,23 +538,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the Settings page in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:289 msgid "The features are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:291 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns`: enables the option to manage mass mailing " "campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing`: allows recipients to " "blacklist themselves from future mailings during the unsubscribing process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dedicated Server`: provides the option to utilize a separate, " "dedicated server for mailings. When enabled, Odoo reveals a new field (and " @@ -562,24 +562,24 @@ msgid "" " for it to connect properly to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:297 msgid "" ":guilabel:`24H Stat Mailing Reports`: allows users to check how well " "mailings have performed a day after it has been sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:303 msgid "Create an email" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:305 msgid "" "To create an email, open the :menuselection:`Email Marketing` application, " "and click the :guilabel:`New` button in the upper-left corner of the " ":guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:308 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`New` reveals a blank email form." msgstr "" @@ -587,38 +587,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of a blank email detail form in Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:314 msgid "" "On the email form, there are fields for the :ref:`Subject " "` and :ref:`Recipients " "` of the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:317 msgid "" "Beneath that, there are three tabs: :ref:`Mail Body " "`, :ref:`A/B Tests `, " "and :ref:`Settings `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:323 msgid "Subject" msgstr "หัวเรื่อง" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:325 msgid "" "First, enter a :guilabel:`Subject` to the email. The :guilabel:`Subject` is " "visible in the recipients' inbox, allowing them to quickly see what the " "message is about." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:329 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Subject` field is mandatory. An email can **not** be sent " "without a :guilabel:`Subject`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:332 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`(smiley face with a plus sign)` icon at the end of the " ":guilabel:`Subject` field represents emojis that can be added to the " @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ msgid "" "emojis that can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:336 msgid "" "Beside the :guilabel:`(smiley face with a plus sign)` icon at the end of the" " :guilabel:`Subject` field is an empty :guilabel:`(star)` icon. When " @@ -635,11 +635,11 @@ msgid "" "future." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:344 msgid "Recipients" msgstr "ผู้รับ" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:346 msgid "" "Beneath the :guilabel:`Subject` field on the email form is the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field. In this field, select the recipients of the " @@ -647,30 +647,30 @@ msgid "" "clicking the field reveals a drop-down menu of other recipient options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:350 msgid "" "With the default :guilabel:`Mailing List` option selected, a specific " "mailing list **must** be chosen from the adjacent :guilabel:`Select mailing " "lists` field drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:354 msgid "" "More than one mailing list can be chosen from the :guilabel:`Select mailing " "lists` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:356 msgid "" "Odoo then sends the email to contacts on that specific mailing list(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:356 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:822 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:825 msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/mailing_lists`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:361 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Recipients` field is clicked, a drop-down menu of other " "options is revealed. Each option provides different ways Odoo can create a " @@ -682,26 +682,26 @@ msgid "" "View of recipients drop-down menu in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:368 msgid "" "Those options (excluding the default :guilabel:`Mailing List`) provide the " "option to create a more specified recipient filter, in an equation-like " "format, which appears beneath the :guilabel:`Recipients` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:372 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Recipients` field options, other than the default " ":guilabel:`Mailing List` option, are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:375 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: ties specifically to the *Contacts* app, and includes " "all the contacts entered in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:377 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Event Registration`: ties specifically to the *Events* app, and " "provides opportunities to interact with event registrants, in order to " @@ -709,14 +709,14 @@ msgid "" "valuable actions, such as post-event surveys, purchases, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:380 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`: ties specifically to records in the *CRM* " "application, which opens up a number of opportunities to influence sales or " "purchase decisions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:382 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mailing Contact`: ties specifically to the *Email Marketing* app," " and focuses on specific mailing contacts that have been entered in that " @@ -727,17 +727,17 @@ msgid "" "Contacts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:387 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sales Order`: ties specifically to the *Sales* app, and focuses " "on a specific sales orders in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:391 msgid "Add recipient filter" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:393 msgid "" "To add a more specific recipient filter to any :guilabel:`Recipient` option," " select any recipient option (other than :guilabel:`Mailing List`), and " @@ -746,14 +746,14 @@ msgid "" "formatted like an equation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:398 msgid "" "It is highly recommended that users implement detailed targeting criteria " "for the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. Typically, a single line of targeting " "logic is not sufficient enough for an email campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:402 msgid "" "While the :guilabel:`Mailing List` option is adequate for the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field, the :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity` and " @@ -761,7 +761,7 @@ msgid "" "criteria, which can be added on top of those seed sources." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:407 msgid "" "For example, with the :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity` option chosen in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field, users can add various custom criteria related " @@ -776,57 +776,57 @@ msgid "" "View of how recipient filters can be customized in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:416 msgid "" "To reveal the sub-menu options within the filter rule fields, click each " "field, and make the desired selections, until the preferred configuration " "has been achieved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:419 msgid "" "The number of :guilabel:`records` in the database that match the configured " "rule(s) are indicated beneath the configured filter rule(s), in green." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:427 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:191 msgid "" "Some sub-menu options in the first rule field allow for a second choice to " "provide even more specificity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:430 msgid "" "To the right of each rule, there are three additional options, represented " "by :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)`, :guilabel:`(sitemap)`, and :guilabel:`🗑️ " "(trash)` icons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:433 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon adds a new node (line) to the overall " "targeting logic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:434 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`(sitemap)` icon adds a branch to the node. A branch contains " "two additional, indented sub-nodes that are related to that specific rule, " "providing even more specificity to the parent line above it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:437 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon deletes a specific node (line) in the array " "of logic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:442 msgid "Mail Body tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:444 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab, there are a number of pre-configured " "message templates to choose from." @@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:451 msgid "" "Select the desired template, and proceed to modify every element of its " "design details with Odoo's drag-and-drop building blocks, which appear on " @@ -851,14 +851,14 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:455 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:458 msgid "" "The features on the sidebar used to create and customize emails are " "separated into three sections: :guilabel:`Blocks`, :guilabel:`Customize`, " "and :guilabel:`Design`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:461 msgid "" "Each building block provides unique features and professional design " "elements. To use a building block, drag-and-drop the desired block element " @@ -866,7 +866,7 @@ msgid "" " building block can be customized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:466 msgid "" "To build an email from the ground up, without any building block elements, " "select the :guilabel:`Plain Text` template. When selected, Odoo provides a " @@ -875,7 +875,7 @@ msgid "" "commands." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:471 msgid "" "When `/` is typed into the blank body of the email, while using a " ":guilabel:`Plain Text` template, a drop-down menu of various design elements" @@ -888,24 +888,24 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:482 msgid "A/B Tests tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:484 msgid "" "Initially, when the :guilabel:`A/B Tests` tab is opened on an email form, " "the only option available is :guilabel:`Allow A/B Testing`. This is **not** " "a required option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:487 msgid "" "If this option is enabled, recipients are only mailed *once* for the " "entirety of the campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:489 msgid "" "This allows the user to send different versions of the same mailing to " "randomly selected recipients to gauge the effectiveness of various designs, " @@ -913,7 +913,7 @@ msgid "" " sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:493 msgid "" "When the checkbox beside :guilabel:`Allow A/B Testing` is ticked, an " ":guilabel:`on (%)` field appears, in which the user determines the " @@ -921,70 +921,70 @@ msgid "" "current version of the mailing as part of the test." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:498 msgid "" "The default figure in the :guilabel:`on (%)` field is `10`, but that figure " "can be changed at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:501 msgid "Beneath that, two additional fields appear:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:503 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Winner Selection` field provides a drop-down menu of options," " wherein the user decides what criteria should be used to determine the " "\"winning\" version of the email tests that are sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:507 msgid "The options in the :guilabel:`Winner Selection` field are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manual`: allows the user to determine the \"winning\" version of " "the mailing. This option removes the :guilabel:`Send Final On` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:511 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Highest Open Rate` (default): the mailing with the highest open " "rate is determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:513 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Highest Click Rate`: the mailing with the highest click rate is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:515 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Highest Reply Rate`: the mailing with the highest reply rate is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:517 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Leads`: the mailing with the most leads generated is determined " "to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:516 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:519 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quotations`: the mailing with the most quotations generated is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:521 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Revenues`: the mailing with the most revenue generated is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:524 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Send Final On` field allows users to choose a date that is " "used to know *when* Odoo should determine the \"winning\" email, and " @@ -995,25 +995,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the A/B Tests tab in Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:532 msgid "" "To the right of those fields is a :guilabel:`Create an Alternative Version` " "button. When clicked, Odoo presents a new :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab for the " "user to create an alternate version of the email to test." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:539 msgid "Settings tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:541 msgid "" "The options present in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of the mail form are " "divided into two sections: :guilabel:`Email Content` and " ":guilabel:`Tracking`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:545 msgid "" "The options available in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab vary depending on if " "the *Mailing Campaigns* feature is activated in :menuselection:`Email " @@ -1021,7 +1021,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`email_marketing/mailing-campaigns` for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:549 msgid "" "Without the *Mailing Campaigns* feature activated, the :guilabel:`Settings` " "tab on the email form only contains the :guilabel:`Preview Text`, " @@ -1035,11 +1035,11 @@ msgid "" "activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:558 msgid "Email content" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:560 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preview Text`: allows the user to enter a preview sentence to " "encourage recipients to open the email. In most inboxes, this is displayed " @@ -1048,36 +1048,36 @@ msgid "" "available, as well, via the :guilabel:`(smiley face with a plus sign)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:564 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send From`: designate an email alias that displays as the sender " "of this particular email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:563 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:566 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Reply To`: designate an email alias to whom all the replies of " "this particular email are sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:565 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:568 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attach a file`: if any specific files are required (or helpful) " "for this email, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button, and upload the " "desired file(s) to the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:572 msgid "Tracking" msgstr "การติดตาม" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:574 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: designate a user in the database to be responsible " "for this particular email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:578 msgid "" "If the *Mailing Campaign* feature *is* activated, an additional " ":guilabel:`Campaign` field appears in the :guilabel:`Tracking` section of " @@ -1090,31 +1090,31 @@ msgid "" "activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:585 msgid "" "The additional :guilabel:`Campaign` field allows users to attach this " "particular email to a mailing campaign, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:585 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:588 msgid "" "If the desired campaign is not available in the initial drop-down menu, " "select :guilabel:`Search More` to reveal a complete list of all mailing " "campaigns in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:591 msgid "" "Or, type the name of the desired mailing campaign in the " ":guilabel:`Campaign` field, until Odoo reveals the desired campaign in the " "drop-down menu. Then, select the desired campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:595 msgid "Send, schedule, test" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:597 msgid "" "Once the mailing is finalized, the following options can be utilized, via " "buttons located in the upper-left corner of the email form: :ref:`Send " @@ -1122,11 +1122,11 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Test `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:604 msgid "Send" msgstr "ส่ง" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:603 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:606 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Send` button reveals a :guilabel:`Ready to unleash emails?` " "pop-up window." @@ -1138,18 +1138,18 @@ msgid "" "clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:609 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:612 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Send to all` button is clicked, Odoo sends the email to " "the desired recipients. Once Odoo has sent the mailing, the status changes " "to :guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:615 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:618 msgid "Schedule" msgstr "กำหนดเวลา" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:617 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:620 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Schedule` button reveals a :guilabel:`When do you want to " "send your mailing?` pop-up window." @@ -1162,13 +1162,13 @@ msgid "" " is clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:624 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:627 msgid "" "In this pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Send on` field to reveal a " "calendar pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:630 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:633 msgid "" "From the calendar pop-up window, select the future date and time for Odoo to" " send this email. Then, click :guilabel:`✔️ Apply`. When a date and time are" @@ -1176,11 +1176,11 @@ msgid "" "mailing changes to :guilabel:`In Queue`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:640 msgid "Test" msgstr "ทดสอบ" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:642 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Test` button reveals a :guilabel:`Test Mailing` pop-up " "window." @@ -1192,20 +1192,20 @@ msgid "" "clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:648 msgid "" "From this pop-up window, enter the email addresses of the contacts to whom " "Odoo should send this test email in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. " "Multiple contacts can be added in this field, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:649 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:652 msgid "" "Once all the desired email addresses have been entered in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field, click the :guilabel:`Send Test` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:656 msgid "" "By default, there's a daily limit applied for **all emails** sent throughout" " **all applications**. So, if there are remaining emails to be sent after a " @@ -1214,17 +1214,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Retry`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:661 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:664 msgid "Mailing campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:663 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:666 msgid "" "The *Email Marketing* application provides users with the ability to build " "mailing campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:665 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:668 msgid "" "In order to create and customize mailing campaigns, the *Mailing Campaigns* " "feature **must** be activated in the *Settings* page of the *Email " @@ -1237,13 +1237,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign feature setting in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:677 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature is activated, a new " ":guilabel:`Campaigns` menu option appears in the header." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:677 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:680 msgid "" "When that is clicked, Odoo reveals a separate :guilabel:`Campaigns` page, " "displaying all the mailing campaigns in the database, and the current stage " @@ -1254,19 +1254,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign page in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:688 msgid "" "This information can also be viewed in a list, by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ " "(horizontal lines)` icon in the upper-right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:691 msgid "" "Clicking any campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page reveals that " "campaign's form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:693 msgid "" "There are two different ways to create and customize campaigns in the *Email" " Marketing* application, either directly from the :ref:`Campaigns page " @@ -1274,24 +1274,24 @@ msgid "" "` on an email form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:697 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:700 msgid "Create mailing campaign (from campaigns page)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:699 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:702 msgid "" "When the *Mailing Campaigns* feature is activated, a new *Campaigns* option " "appears in the header of the *Email Marketing* application. Campaigns can be" " created directly on the *Campaigns* page in the *Email Marketing* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:706 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Campaigns " "--> New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:711 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`New` button is clicked in the default Kanban view on the" " :guilabel:`Campaigns` page, a Kanban card appears in the :guilabel:`New` " @@ -1302,42 +1302,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign pop-up kanban in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:718 msgid "" "New campaign cards can also be made by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " "sign)` at the top of any Kanban stage on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:721 msgid "" "When the new campaign Kanban card appears, the options to enter a " ":guilabel:`Campaign Name`, a :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` " "become readily available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:724 msgid "" "To add the campaign to the Kanban stage, click the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:726 msgid "To delete the campaign, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:728 msgid "" "To further customize the campaign, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, which " "reveals the campaign form for additional modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:732 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Campaign Name` **must** be entered in the Kanban card, in order" " for the :guilabel:`Edit` button to reveal the campaign form for further " "modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:735 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:738 msgid "" "To enter the list view on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page, click the " ":guilabel:`☰ (horizontal lines)` icon in the upper-right corner. Doing so " @@ -1348,7 +1348,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign page in list view in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:745 msgid "" "To create a campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page while in list view," " click the :guilabel:`New` button. Doing so reveals a blank campaign form." @@ -1358,13 +1358,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the blank campaign form in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:749 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:752 msgid "" "From this campaign form, a :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, a " ":guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:752 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:755 msgid "" "At the top of the form, various metric-related smart buttons can be seen " "that showcase specific analytics related to the campaign. Those smart " @@ -1372,23 +1372,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Opportunities`, and :guilabel:`Clicks`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:757 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:760 msgid "" "Once a :guilabel:`Campaign Name` is entered and saved, additional buttons " "appear at the top of the campaign form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:760 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:763 msgid "" "Those additional buttons are: :guilabel:`Send Mailing` and :guilabel:`Send " "SMS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:766 msgid "Campaign form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:768 msgid "" "On the campaign form (after clicking :guilabel:`Edit` from the Kanban card, " "or selecting an existing campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page) there" @@ -1399,7 +1399,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign form in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:775 msgid "" "At the top of the form, various smart buttons can be seen that showcase " "specific analytics related to the campaign. Those smart buttons are: " @@ -1407,30 +1407,30 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Clicks`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:776 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:779 msgid "" "There are also buttons to :guilabel:`Send Mailing`, :guilabel:`Send SMS`, " ":guilabel:`Add Post`, and :guilabel:`Add Push` (push notification)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:780 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:783 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Send Mailing` and :guilabel:`Send SMS` buttons are not " "readily available, enter a :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, then save (either " "manually or automatically). Doing so reveals those buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:784 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:787 msgid "" "The status of the campaign can be viewed in the upper-right corner of the " "campaign form, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:792 msgid "Create mailing campaign (from settings tab)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:794 msgid "" "To create a new campaign from the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of a mailing " "form, click the :guilabel:`Campaign` field, and start typing the name of the" @@ -1443,13 +1443,13 @@ msgid "" "View of the mailing campaign creation in the Settings tab of an email form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:800 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:803 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Create` to add this new mailing campaign to the database, " "and modify its settings in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:806 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Create and Edit...` to add this new mailing campaign to " "the database, and reveal a :guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up window." @@ -1461,39 +1461,244 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:810 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:813 msgid "" "Here, the new mailing campaign can be further customized. Users can adjust " "the :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, assign a :guilabel:`Responsible`, and add " ":guilabel:`Tags`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:813 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:816 msgid "" "Buttons to :guilabel:`Add Post` or :guilabel:`Send Push` (push " "notifications) are also available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:815 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:818 msgid "" "There is also a status located in the upper-right corner of the " ":guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:818 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:821 msgid "" "When all modifications are ready to be finalized, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close`. To delete the entire campaign, click :guilabel:`Discard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:823 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:826 msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/unsubscriptions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:824 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:827 msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/lost_leads_email`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:828 +msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/analyze_metrics`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to properly understand the success or failure of an email marketing" +" campaign, it is necessary to monitor several key metrics. The insights " +"gained from these metrics can then be used to optimize future campaigns. " +"Odoo's *Email Marketing* application tracks several :ref:`key metrics " +"`, that can be interpreted to improve future " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:13 +msgid "View metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:15 +msgid "" +"After a mass mail has been sent, the results for that particular mailing are" +" displayed in multiple locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To access the metrics for an individual mailing, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Mailings`. Locate the specific " +"mailing in the list view, and use the column headings to view the results " +"for that mailing. Click on one of the mailings in the list to open the " +"record. At the top of the record, detailed metrics are displayed as smart " +"buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The smart buttons on a mass mailing, displaying the results of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Click on the smart buttons to see the recipient records for each metric." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:33 +msgid "Opened rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The *Opened* rate measures the percentage of emails opened by recipients " +"against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A high open rate may indicate that the subject line was timely, compelling, " +"and successfully prompted the recipients to view the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"A low open rate may indicate the subject line failed to capture the " +"recipients' interest. It could also indicate the email ended up in a spam or" +" junk folder due to having a poor sender reputation or failing to " +":doc:`configure the proper DNS records " +"<../../general/email_communication/email_domain>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:46 +msgid "Replied rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The *Replied* rate measures the percentage of recipients who responded to " +"the email directly against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:51 +msgid "" +"A high replied rate may indicate the email resonated with recipients, " +"prompting them to take action or provide feedback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:54 +msgid "" +"A low replied rate may suggest that the message lacked relevance or did not " +"contain a clear call to action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:58 +msgid "Clicked rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The *Clicked* through rate (CTR), measures the percentage of recipients who " +"clicked on a link within the email against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A high |CTR| may indicate the email content was relevant and appropriately " +"targeted. Recipients were motivated to click the links provided, and likely " +"found the content engaging." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:66 +msgid "" +"A low |CTR| may indicate issues with either the targeting, or the content " +"itself. Recipients may have been unmotivated by the calls to action, if " +"there were any, or the message itself may have been directed toward the " +"wrong audience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "Received rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The *Received* rate measures the percentage of emails that were successfully" +" delivered against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:76 +msgid "" +"A high received rate can indicate that the mailing list used is up to date " +"and the sender authentication is trusted by email providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:79 +msgid "" +"A low received rate may indicate issues either with the mailing list used " +"for the mailing or with the sender authentication. View the :ref:`email-" +"marketing/deliverability-issues` section for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:84 +msgid "Bounced rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The *Bounced* rate measures the percentage of emails that were " +"unsuccessfully delivered, against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:89 +msgid "" +"A high bounce rate could indicate issues either with the mailing list used " +"for the mailing or with the sender authentication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:92 +msgid "" +"A low bounce rate may indicate that the mailing list used is up to date and " +"the sender authentication is trusted by email providers. View the " +":ref:`email-marketing/deliverability-issues` section for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:99 +msgid "Deliverability issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The following define possible reasons for a high bounce rate or low received" +" rate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Using a mailing list that contains outdated contact information, or " +"malformed email addresses are likely to result in a high bounce rate and/or " +"a low received rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Mailings sent using a *From* email address that differs from the sender's " +"domain are likely to bounce with certain email providers due to failing " +":ref:`DMARC authentication `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Failing to :doc:`configure the proper DNS records " +"<../../general/email_communication/email_domain>` can also result in a high " +"bounce rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:112 +msgid ":ref:`Mailing campaigns `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:113 +msgid ":doc:`Manage unsubscriptions `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:3 msgid "Lost leads reactivation email" msgstr "" @@ -2835,6 +3040,835 @@ msgstr "อีเวนต์" msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Events `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:3 +msgid "Create events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With the *Events* application, event organizers can create and configure in-" +"person or online-only events in Odoo. Each new event contains a number of " +"customizable options that are geared around specific event logistics, as " +"needed per event, such as ticket sales and registration desk, booths, " +"tracks, sponsors, rooms, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Events can be manually created from scratch or built off of pre-made " +"templates. Once launched, the *Events* application then integrates with the " +"*Website* app for the front-end promotion and registration of the event for " +"attendees, the *Sales* app for the purchasing ability of paid tickets, as " +"well the *CRM* application through customizable lead generation rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:16 +msgid "New event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To create a new event, begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Events " +"app` to land on the default :guilabel:`Events` dashboard, in the :icon:`oi-" +"view-kanban` :guilabel:`Kanban` view. From there, or alternatively from the " +":icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`List` or :icon:`fa-tasks` :guilabel:`Gantt` " +"views, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the upper-left corner of the " +"dashboard to open up a new event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "Typical event template in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If certain fields do not readily appear on the event form, that means an " +"additional application needs to be installed, or the database is not " +"operating in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For example, the :guilabel:`Twitter Wall` field **only** appears if the " +"*Social Marketing* app is installed, and the :guilabel:`Company` field " +"**only** appears if the database is working in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:36 +msgid "" +"These are just *additional* elements that can be used for an event. They are" +" **not** required to create, host, and manage an event with Odoo *Events*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:40 +msgid "Event form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:42 +msgid "" +"At the top of the event form are a series of smart buttons related to " +"various event metrics, which will autopopulate with pertinent data once " +"attendees begin to register, booths and sponsors sign on for the event, the " +"event takes place, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Beneath the smart buttons is the event form, which contains various fields " +"and clickable tabs that serve to configure the initial, necessary details of" +" the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:49 +msgid "The following are fields found on an event form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Event Name`: the title of the event. This field is **required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: when the event is scheduled to take place. This field is " +"auto-populated, but modifiable, and is **required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: the corresponding timezone related to the event. This " +"field is auto-populated, but modifiable, and is **required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Language`: designate a specific language for all event " +"communications to be translated into, if necessary. This field is blank, by " +"default, so if event-related communications are being sent to recipients who" +" speak a different language, be sure to configure this field properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Twitter Wall`: creates a separate page on the event website to " +"feature specific social posts on X (formerly Twitter) that contain pre-" +"determined desired elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To create and customize a :guilabel:`Twitter Wall`, type the name of the " +"desired wall into the field, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from " +"the resulting drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:66 +msgid "Doing so reveals :guilabel:`Create Twitter Wall` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:0 +msgid "The Twitter Wall pop-up window in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:72 +msgid "" +"From this window, enter a :guilabel:`Wall Name`. Then, select a certain word" +" or hashtag for Odoo to search for on X, like `#WoodWorkingExpo24`, for " +"example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Next, determine the :guilabel:`Type of tweets` Odoo should showcase with " +"that predetermined criteria. The choices in this field are: " +":guilabel:`Recent`, :guilabel:`Popular`, or :guilabel:`Mixed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Users also have the option to add a brief :guilabel:`Description` to the " +"wall, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the greyed-out, non-modifiable :guilabel:`Website URL` field will " +"autopopulate with the full URL needed to access the document through the " +"event website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:84 +msgid "" +"An image can also be added to the wall by clicking the :icon:`fa-pencil` " +":guilabel:`(pencil)` icon that appears when the cursor hovers over the " +":guilabel:`(camera)` placeholder image in the upper-right corner of the pop-" +"up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, from the resulting file explorer window, select the desired image to " +"be added to the wall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:91 +msgid "" +"This :guilabel:`Twitter Wall` field **only** appears on the event form if " +"the *Social Marketing* app is installed, and an X account has been added as " +"a stream on the application. To learn more, check out the :doc:`Social " +"marketing essentials <../social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials>` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Template`: choose a pre-configured event template from the " +"resulting drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Or, create a new one directly from this field, by typing in the name of the " +"new template, and selecting either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:101 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create` (which creates the template, and can be edited later) or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` (which creates the template, and reveals a " +"separate template page to configure the template in greater detail)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: add any corresponding tags to briefly describe the event " +"(e.g. `Online`, `Conference`, etc.). Multiple tags can be added per event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Tags can be displayed on events that are listed on the website by enabling " +"the *Show on Website* checkbox from :menuselection:`Events app --> " +"Configuration --> Event Tag Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: designate the organizer of the event (a company, " +"contact, or employee)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:113 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: designate a user in the database to be responsible " +"for this event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: designate which company in the database to which this " +"event is related. This field **only** appears if working in a multi-company " +"environment. This field is auto-populated, but modifiable, and is " +"**required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: choose to restrict the publishing of this event to a " +"specific website created in Odoo. If this field is left blank, the event can" +" be published on *all* websites in the database. To learn more, refer to the" +" :doc:`Multiple websites " +"<../../websites/website/configuration/multi_website>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Venue`: enter the pertinent event venue details in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Exhibition Map`: if desired, click the :guilabel:`Upload your " +"file` button to upload an image of the event venue map." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Registrations`: if this checkbox is ticked, a limit to the " +"amount of registrations is added to the event, and that desired limit amount" +" **must** be entered in the blank field before :guilabel:`Attendees`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge Dimension`: select a desired paper format dimension for " +"event badges. The options are: :guilabel:`A4 foldable`, :guilabel:`A6`, or " +":guilabel:`4 per sheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge Background`: if desired, click the :guilabel:`Upload your " +"file` button to upload a custom background image for event badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:132 +msgid "" +"When the above fields in the event form have been adequately filled in, move" +" on to the four tabs at the bottom of the event form for further " +"customization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Those tabs are: :ref:`Tickets `, :ref:`Communication " +"`, :ref:`Questions `, " +"and :ref:`Notes `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:142 +msgid "Tickets tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Create custom tickets (and ticket tiers) for events in the " +":guilabel:`Tickets` tab of an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "A typical tickets tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:150 +msgid "" +"To create a ticket, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Tickets` " +"tab. Then, enter a name for the ticket (e.g. `Basic Ticket` or `VIP`) in the" +" :guilabel:`Name` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:153 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Product` field, either select the pre-configured " +":guilabel:`Event Registration` product, or create a new one by typing in the" +" name of the new event registration product, and then select either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the resulting " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Upon installing Odoo *Events*, a new product type, *Event Ticket*, becomes " +"available on product forms (:menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> " +"Products`). In order for an event registration product to be selectable in " +"the *Tickets* tab, the event registration :guilabel:`Product Type` **must** " +"be set to :guilabel:`Event Ticket`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Existing event registration products can be modified directly from this " +"field, as well, by clicking the :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right " +"arrow)` icon, located beside the event registration product. Doing so " +"reveals that product's form. If the *Inventory* application is installed, " +"additional choices are available to customize for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Next, set the registration cost of the ticket in the :guilabel:`Price` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:173 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Price* defined on the event registration product's product form " +"sets the default cost of a ticket. Modifying the :guilabel:`Price` of a " +"ticket in the :guilabel:`Tickets` tab, sets a new registration cost of the " +"ticket for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Next, determine a :guilabel:`Sales Start` and :guilabel:`Sales End` date in " +"their respective fields. To do that, click into the blank field to reveal a " +"calendar popover. From there, select the desired date and time, then click " +":icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Then, if desired, designate a :guilabel:`Maximum` amount of that specific " +"ticket that can be sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:183 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Taken` column populates with the number of tickets that are " +"sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Optionally, in the :guilabel:`Color` column, add a custom color to " +"differentiate ticket badges. The selected color displays on ticket badges " +"when printed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To delete any tickets from the :guilabel:`Tickets` tab, click the :icon:`fa-" +"trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` icon on the corresponding line for the " +"ticket that should be deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:192 +msgid "" +"To add an optional :guilabel:`Description` column to the :guilabel:`Tickets`" +" tab, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(additional options)` " +"drop-down menu, located to the far-right of the column titles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Then, tick the checkbox beside :guilabel:`Description` from the resulting " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:198 +msgid "" +"When added, the option to add brief descriptions for each event ticket " +"appears, which can be used to inform attendees of any perks or amenities " +"that may coincide with specific ticket purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:204 +msgid "Communication tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:206 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Communication` tab of an event form, create various " +"marketing communications that can be scheduled to be sent at specific " +"intervals leading up to, and following, the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Typical communication tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:214 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo provides three separate pre-configured communications on " +"every new event form. One is an email sent after each registration to " +"confirm the purchase with the attendee. The other two are email event " +"reminders that are scheduled to be sent at different time intervals leading " +"up to the event to remind the recipient of the upcoming event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To add a communication in the :guilabel:`Communication` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, select the desired type of communication in " +"the :guilabel:`Send` field. The options are: :guilabel:`Mail`, " +":guilabel:`SMS`, :guilabel:`Social Post`, or :guilabel:`WhatsApp`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:223 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the number of communications that can be added in the " +":guilabel:`Communication` tab of an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:226 +msgid "" +"To delete a communication from the :guilabel:`Communication` tab, click the " +":icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` icon on the corresponding " +"communication line. Doing so removes the communication from the event " +"entirely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:231 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Social Post` option **only** appears if the *Social " +"Marketing* application is installed. The :guilabel:`WhatsApp` option " +"**only** appears if the *WhatsApp Integration* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:235 +msgid "" +":doc:`WhatsApp <../../productivity/whatsapp>` templates **cannot** be edited" +" during active configuration. A separate approval from *Meta* is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:239 +msgid "Mail" +msgstr "เมล" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:241 +msgid "" +"Select an existing email template from the :guilabel:`Template` drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:243 +msgid "" +"Next, define the :guilabel:`Interval`, :guilabel:`Unit`, and " +":guilabel:`Trigger` from their respective drop-down fields, letting Odoo " +"know when the communication should be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Unit` options are: :guilabel:`Immediately`, " +":guilabel:`Hours`, :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, and " +":guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Then, select an option from the :guilabel:`Trigger` drop-down menu. The " +"options are: :guilabel:`After each registration`, :guilabel:`Before the " +"event`, and :guilabel:`After the event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:252 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Sent` column populates with the number of sent " +"communications. And, beside the number are different icons that appear, " +"depending on the status of that particular communication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The status of *Running* is represented by a :icon:`fa-cogs` " +":guilabel:`(three gears)` icon. The status of *Sent* is represented by a " +":icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`(checkmark)` icon. And, the status of " +"*Scheduled* is represented by an :icon:`fa-hourglass-half` " +":guilabel:`(hourglass)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:260 +msgid "" +"To send a confirmation email an hour after an attendee registers for an " +"event, configure the following communication:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:263 +msgid ":guilabel:`Interval`: `1`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:264 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: :guilabel:`Hours`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:265 +msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: :guilabel:`After each registration`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Existing email templates can be modified directly from the " +":guilabel:`Template` drop-down menu, if necessary, by clicking the " +":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` icon next to the template " +"name. Doing so reveals a separate page where users can edit the " +":guilabel:`Content`, :guilabel:`Email Configuration`, and " +":guilabel:`Settings` of that particular email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:273 +msgid "" +"To view and manage all email templates, activate :ref:`developer-mode` and " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email: Email " +"Templates`. Modify with caution as email templates effect all communications" +" where the template is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:20 +msgid "Questions tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:282 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab of an event form, users can create brief " +"questionnaires for registrants to interact with, and respond to, after they " +"register for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:285 +msgid "" +"These questions can be focused on gathering basic information about the " +"attendee, learning about their preferences, expectations, and other things " +"of that nature. This information can also be used to create more detailed " +"reporting metrics, in addition to being utilized to create specific lead " +"generation rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "Typical questions tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:295 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo provides three questions in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab " +"for every event form. The default questions require the registrant(s) to " +"provide their :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Email`, and make it optional " +"to include their :guilabel:`Phone` number, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:299 +msgid "" +"The information gathered from the :guilabel:`Questions` tab can be found on " +"the :guilabel:`Attendees` dashboard, accessible via the :icon:`fa-users` " +":guilabel:`Attendees` smart button. Odoo populates individual records that " +"contain basic information about the registrant(s), as well as their " +"preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:304 +msgid "" +"To add a question in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Question` pop-up window. From " +"here, users can create and configure their question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Question pop-up window that appears in the Odoo Events " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:311 +msgid "" +"First, enter the question in the field at the top of the form. Then, decide " +"if the question should require a :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer` and/or if Odoo" +" should :guilabel:`Ask once per order`, by ticking their respective boxes, " +"if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Ask once per order` checkbox is ticked, the question will " +"only be asked once, and its value is propogated to every attendee in the " +"order (if multiple tickets are purchased at once). If the checkbox is *not* " +"ticked for this setting, Odoo will present the question for every attendee " +"that is connected to that registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:320 +msgid "Next, select a :guilabel:`Question Type` option:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:322 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Selection`: provide answer options to the question for " +"registrants to choose from. Selectable answer options can be managed in the " +":guilabel:`Answers` column at the bottom of the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:325 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Text Input`: lets the users enter a custom response to the " +"question in a text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:326 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter their " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:327 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter their" +" email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:328 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Phone`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter their" +" phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter a " +"company they are associated with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:332 +msgid "" +"Once all the desired configurations have been entered, either click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the question, and return to the " +":guilabel:`Questions` tab on the event form, or click :guilabel:`Save & New`" +" to save the question and immediately create a new question on a new " +":guilabel:`Create Question` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:337 +msgid "" +"As questions are added to the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, the informative " +"columns showcase the configurations of each question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:340 +msgid "The informative columns are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:342 +msgid ":guilabel:`Title`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:343 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mandatory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:344 +msgid ":guilabel:`Once per Order`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:345 +msgid ":guilabel:`Type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:346 +msgid ":guilabel:`Answers` (if applicable)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:348 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Selection` and :guilabel:`Text Input` types, a :icon:`fa-bar-" +"chart` :guilabel:`Stats` button appears on the right side of the question " +"line. When clicked, Odoo reveals a separate page, showcasing the response " +"metrics to that specific question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:352 +msgid "" +"To delete any question from the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click the " +":icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` icon on the corresponding " +"question line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:355 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the number of questions that can be added in the " +":guilabel:`Questions` tab of an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:361 +msgid "Notes tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:363 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Notes` tab of an event form, users can leave detailed " +"internal notes and/or event-related instructions/information for attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "Typical notes tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:370 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Note` field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, users can leave " +"internal notes for other event employees, like \"to-do\" lists, contact " +"information, instructions, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:373 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Ticket Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, " +"users can leave specific instructions for people attending the event that " +"appear on the attendees ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:266 +msgid "Publish events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:379 +msgid "" +"Once all configurations and modifications are complete on the event form, it" +" is time to publish the event on the website. Doing so makes the event " +"visible to website visitors, and makes it possible for people to register " +"for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:383 +msgid "" +"To publish an event after all the customizations are complete, click the " +":icon:`fa-globe` :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button at the top of the " +"event form. Doing so reveals the event's web page, which can be customized " +"like any other web page on the site, via the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:388 +msgid "" +"To learn more about website design functionality and options, consult the " +":doc:`Building block <../../websites/website/web_design/building_blocks>` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:391 +msgid "" +"Once the event website is ready to be shared, click the red " +":guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch in the header menu, changing it to a " +"green :guilabel:`Published` switch. At this point, the event web page is " +"published, and viewable/accessible by all website visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:396 +msgid "Send event invites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:398 +msgid "" +"To send event invites to potential attendees, navigate to the desired event " +"form, via :menuselection:`Events app --> Events`, and click into the desired" +" event. Following this, click the :guilabel:`Invite` button in the upper-" +"left corner of the event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:402 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a blank email form to fill out, as desired. To learn more " +"about how to create and customize emails like this, refer to the " +":ref:`Create an email ` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:406 +msgid "" +"Proceed to create and customize an email message to send as an invite to " +"potential attendees. Remember to include a link to the registration page on " +"the event website, allowing interested recipients to quickly register." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Sending emails from Odoo is subject to a daily limit, which, by default, is " +"200. To learn more about daily limits, visit the " +":ref:`email_communication/daily_limit_mail` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:217 +msgid ":doc:`event_essentials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:416 +msgid ":doc:`track_manage_talks`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:3 msgid "Event essentials" msgstr "" @@ -3307,10 +4341,6 @@ msgid "" " all function the same way for both :guilabel:`Mailing Type` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:266 -msgid "Publish events" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:268 msgid "" "Until an event is published, it will remain hidden from public view on the " @@ -3342,6 +4372,424 @@ msgid "" "View of a website page and the option to publish the event in Odoo Events." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:3 +msgid "Event templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Events* application provides the ability to customize and " +"configure event templates, which can be used to expedite the event-creation " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:8 +msgid "" +"These templates can be created and personalized in the application, and then" +" selected from an event form, in order to quickly apply a series of settings" +" and elements to the new event, all of which can be further modified, if " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:13 +msgid "Event templates page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo *Events* application, event templates can quickly be created and" +" modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To begin, navigate to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Event" +" Templates`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Event Templates` page. Here, " +"find all the existing event templates in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "The Event Templates page in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo provides three pre-configured event templates: " +":guilabel:`Exhibition`, :guilabel:`Training`, and :guilabel:`Sport`, which " +"all have their own unique customizations applied to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To change how these event templates appear on the *Template* drop-down field" +" on an event form, drag-and-drop them into any desired order, using the " +":icon:`oi-draggable` :guilabel:`(draggable)` icon, located to the left of " +"each event template line on the :guilabel:`Event Templates` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To learn more about event forms, refer to the :doc:`create_events` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:37 +msgid "Create event template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:39 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to create and configure an event template in Odoo " +"*Events*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**On the dashboard**, by navigating to :menuselection:`Events app --> " +"Configuration --> Event Templates` and clicking the :guilabel:`New` button " +"in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank event template form that " +"can be customized in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**On an event form itself**. Start by typing the name of a new event " +"template in the *Template* field, and click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` " +"from the resulting drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a *Create Template* pop-" +"up window, featuring all the same configurable fields and elements found on " +"a standard event template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create \"[template name]\"` from the resulting drop-down" +" menu, via the *Template* field on an event form creates the event template " +"in the database, but does **not** present the user with the *Create " +"Template* pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The event template would have to be modified, by selecting it on the *Event " +"Templates* page (:menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Event " +"Templates`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:58 +msgid "Event template form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:60 +msgid "" +"All the fields on a standard :guilabel:`Event Template` form are *also* on " +"the *Create Template* pop-up window, accessible via the *Template* field on " +"an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "A standard event template form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Start by providing the event template with a name in the :guilabel:`Event " +"Template` field, located at the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Beneath that field, there is a series of selectable checkboxes, all of which" +" are related to how the event menu will be displayed on the event web page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website Submenu`: enables a submenu on the event's website. When " +"this checkbox is ticked, every other checkbox in this series is " +"automatically ticked, as well. Then, choose to untick (deselect) any of the " +"checkbox options, as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tracks Menu Item`: adds a submenu item to navigate to a page " +"displaying all planned tracks for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Track Proposals Menu Item`: adds a submenu item to navigate to a " +"page, in which visitors can fill out a form to propose a track (talk, " +"lecture, presentation, etc.) to happen during the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Booth Menu Item`: adds a submenu item that takes visitors to a " +"separate page, where an event booth can be purchased. Event booths can be " +"customized and configured in the :guilabel:`Booths` tab of the event " +"template form, from the *Booth Categories* page (:menuselection:`Events app " +"--> Configuration --> Booth Categories`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:87 +msgid "" +"First, users **must** create a booth product with the required *Event Booth*" +" option set as the :guilabel:`Product Type` on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Exhibitors Menu Item`: adds a submenu item that takes visitors to" +" a separate page, showcasing all the exhibitors related to that specific " +"event. Icons representing those exhibitors are also found on the footer of " +"every event-specific web page, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Community`: adds a submenu item allowing attendees to access pre-" +"configured virtual community rooms to meet with other attendees, and discuss" +" various topics related to the event. When this checkbox is ticked, the " +":guilabel:`Allow Room Creation` feature becomes available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allow Room Creation`: allow visitors to create community rooms of" +" their own." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Register Button`: adds a button at the end of the event submenu " +"that takes visitors to the event-specific registration page when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Once the desired checkboxes have been ticked, select an appropriate " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the event from the available drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, for organizational purposes, there is the option to add " +":guilabel:`Tags` to this event template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to :guilabel:`Limit Registrations` to this specific" +" event template by ticking that checkbox. If ticked, proceed to enter the " +"number of :guilabel:`Attendees` this template should be limited to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Beneath those general information fields at the top of the event template " +"form, there are five tabs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:112 +msgid ":ref:`Tickets `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:113 +msgid ":ref:`Communication `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:114 +msgid ":ref:`Booths `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:115 +msgid ":ref:`Questions `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:116 +msgid ":ref:`Notes `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:121 +msgid "Booths tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:123 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Booths` tab on an event template form is the only tab that " +"differentiates itself from a standard event form, where the other tabs " +"(:guilabel:`Tickets`, :guilabel:`Communication`, :guilabel:`Questions`, and " +":guilabel:`Notes`) are present and configured using the same process. For " +"more information about those tabs, refer to the :doc:`create_events` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To create a booth or booth category, an event booth product **must** be " +"created in the database first, with the *Product Type* set to *Event Booth*." +" **Only** products with that specific configuration can be selected in the " +"required *Product* field of a booth or booth category form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Event booths can be created and customized in two ways in the Odoo *Events* " +"application. Either in the :guilabel:`Booths` tab of an event template form," +" or by navigating to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Booth " +"Categories`, and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To add a booth from the :guilabel:`Booths` tab of an event template form, " +"click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create " +"Booths` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "A Create Booths pop-up window in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Start by providing a :guilabel:`Name` for this booth in the corresponding " +"field at the top of the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Then, select an appropriate :guilabel:`Booth Category` from the drop-down " +"field below. Booth categories can be created and modified from the *Booth " +"Categories* page in the *Events* application, which is accessible by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Booth " +"Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:154 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Booth Category` can be created directly from this field on the " +":guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-up window. To accomplish that, type the name " +"of the new booth category in the :guilabel:`Booth Category` field, and " +"select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the " +"resulting drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` merely creates the category, which can (and " +"should be) customized at a later date. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and " +"edit...` reveals a new :guilabel:`Create Booth Category` pop-up window, from" +" which the category can be configured in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Booth Category pop-up window in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:167 +msgid "" +"From this pop-up window, proceed to name the :guilabel:`Booth Category`, " +"modify its :guilabel:`Booth Details` settings, configure its " +":guilabel:`Sponsorship` options (if applicable), and leave an optional " +":guilabel:`Description` to explain any pertinent details related to this " +"specific category of booths." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:172 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to add a photo/visual representation of the booth " +"category, via the :guilabel:`(camera)` icon in the upper-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:175 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The same configurations and options are available by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Booth Categories`, and " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Once the desired :guilabel:`Booth Category` is selected, the remaining " +"fields on the :guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-up window (:guilabel:`Currency`," +" :guilabel:`Product`, and :guilabel:`Price`) autopopulate, based on " +"information configured for that selected :guilabel:`Booth Category`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:186 +msgid "" +"These fields **cannot** be modified from the :guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-" +"up window. They can only be modified from the specific booth category form " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:189 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`" +" to save the booth, and return to the event template form. Or, click " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to save the booth, and start creating another booth " +"on a fresh :guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-up window. Click " +":guilabel:`Discard` to remove all changes, and return to the event template " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Once the booth has been saved, it appears in the :guilabel:`Booths` tab on " +"the event template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:197 +msgid "Use event templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Once an event template is complete, it is accessible on all event forms in " +"the Odoo *Events* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:202 +msgid "" +"To use an event template, navigate to the :menuselection:`Events app` and " +"click :guilabel:`New` to open a new event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:205 +msgid "" +"From the event form, click the :guilabel:`Template` field to reveal all the " +"existing event templates in the database. They appear in the same order as " +"they are listed in on the *Event Templates* page (:menuselection:`Events app" +" --> Configuration --> Event Templates`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Select the desired event template from the :guilabel:`Template` drop-down " +"field on the event form. Pre-configured settings automatically populate the " +"event form, saving time during the event creation process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Any of these pre-configured settings related to the selected event template " +"chosen in the :guilabel:`Template` field on an event form can be modified, " +"as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:218 +msgid ":doc:`create_events`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:3 msgid "Sell tickets" msgstr "" @@ -8785,11 +10233,6 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Options`, :guilabel:`Description`, and :guilabel:`End Message`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:20 -msgid "Questions tab" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:52 msgid "" "View, access, add, and/or delete questions and sections to the survey in the" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 05e7591e5..793b69e68 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" @@ -2266,17 +2266,15 @@ msgstr "เปิดใช้งานการรวมศูนย์ของ #: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:36 msgid "" -"If you select a new workspace, existing documents aren't moved. Only newly " +"If you select a new workspace, existing documents are not moved. Only newly " "created documents will be found under the new workspace." msgstr "" -"หากคุณเลือกเวิร์กสเปซใหม่ เอกสารที่มีอยู่จะไม่ถูกย้าย " -"เฉพาะเอกสารที่สร้างขึ้นใหม่เท่านั้นที่จะพบได้ภายใต้เวิร์กสเปซใหม่" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:42 msgid "Workspaces" msgstr "เวิร์กสเปซ" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:44 msgid "" "Workspaces are hierarchical folders having their own set of tags and " ":ref:`actions `. Default workspaces exist, but " @@ -2290,11 +2288,11 @@ msgstr "" " :menuselection:`เอกสาร -> การกำหนดค่า -> เวิร์กสเปซ` และคลิก " ":guilabel:`สร้าง` ในหน้าใหม่ ให้กรอกข้อมูลต่อไปนี้:" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr ":guilabel:`ชื่อ`" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Parent Workspace`: if you want to create a sub-workspace, select " "its :guilabel:`Parent Workspace`" @@ -2302,12 +2300,12 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`เวิร์กสเปซหลัก`: หากคุณต้องการสร้างเวิร์กสเปซย่อย ให้เลือก " ":guilabel:`เวิร์กสเปซหลัก`" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:236 msgid "Tags" msgstr "แท็ก" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:56 msgid "" "Tags are used within workspaces to add a level of differentiation between " "documents. They are organized per category, and filters can be used to sort " @@ -2316,7 +2314,7 @@ msgstr "" "แท็กถูกใช้ภายในเวิร์กสเปซเพื่อเพิ่มระดับความแตกต่างระหว่างเอกสาร " "มีการจัดเรียงตามหมวดหมู่ และสามารถใช้ตัวกรองเพื่อจัดเรียงได้" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:59 msgid "" "Tags can be created from the :guilabel:`Tags` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a " "line`, create the :guilabel:`Tag Category`, and :guilabel:`Name` your tags." @@ -2324,19 +2322,19 @@ msgstr "" "สามารถสร้างแท็กได้จากแท็บ :guilabel:`แท็ก` คลิก :guilabel:`เพิ่มบรรทัด` " "สร้าง :guilabel:`หมวดหมู่แท็ก` และ :guilabel:`ตั้งชื่อ` แท็กของคุณ" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:63 msgid "" "The tags of a parent workspace apply to the child workspaces automatically;" msgstr "แท็กของเวิร์กสเปซหลักจะนำไปใช้กับเวิร์กสเปซย่อยโดยอัตโนมัติ" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:64 msgid "" "Tags can be created and modified by going to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Tags`;" msgstr "" "สามารถสร้างและแก้ไขแท็กได้โดยไปที่ :menuselection:`การกำหนดค่า -> แท็ก`;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:65 msgid "" "Tags can also be created or edited by clicking the gear icon :guilabel:`⚙` " "on the left menu." @@ -2344,11 +2342,35 @@ msgstr "" "คุณสามารถสร้างหรือแก้ไขแท็กได้โดยคลิกไอคอนรูปเฟือง :guilabel:`⚙` " "ที่เมนูด้านซ้าย" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:67 +msgid "" +"An **email alias** can be used to automatically send received documents to a" +" specific workspace based on the tag assigned. To create an email alias:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Select the tag and the corresponding workspace where the document should be " +"directed in the left column of your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Next to the :guilabel:`Upload` button, click the down arrow, and then click " +":guilabel:`Share`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In the new window, click :guilabel:`Download and Upload` and enter the email" +" alias where documents should be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:79 msgid "Access rights" msgstr "สิทธิ์การเข้าถึง" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:81 msgid "" "To manage your workspace access rights, go to :menuselection:`Documents --> " "Configuration --> Workspaces`, open the workspace you want to edit, and go " @@ -2363,11 +2385,11 @@ msgstr "" "และแก้ไขเอกสารของเวิร์กสเปซได้ คุณยังสามารถเพิ่ม :guilabel:`อ่านเป็นกลุ่ม` " "ที่สามารถดูได้เฉพาะเอกสารของเวิร์กสเปซเท่านั้น" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:87 msgid "Description" msgstr "คำอธิบาย" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:89 msgid "" "You can add descriptive information to your workspace by going to " ":menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration --> Workspaces`, opening the " @@ -2377,7 +2399,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`เอกสาร --> การกำหนดค่า --> เวิร์กสเปซ` " "จากนั้นเปิดเวิร์กสเปซที่คุณต้องการอธิบายและไปที่แท็บ :guilabel:`คำอธิบาย`" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:94 msgid "" "Workspaces can also be created and edited by clicking the gear icon " ":guilabel:`⚙` on the left menu." @@ -2389,41 +2411,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create sub-workspaces from the left menu" msgstr "สร้างเวิร์กสเปซย่อยจากเมนูด้านซ้าย" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:101 msgid "Documents management" msgstr "การจัดการเอกสาร" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:103 msgid "" "When selecting or opening a document, the right panel displays different " "options. On the top, additional options might be available: " ":guilabel:`Download`, :guilabel:`Share`, :guilabel:`Replace`, " ":guilabel:`Lock` or :guilabel:`Split`. It is also possible to " -":guilabel:`Open chatter` or :guilabel:`Archive` the document." +":guilabel:`Open chatter` or use the :guilabel:`Move to trash` option." msgstr "" -"เมื่อเลือกหรือเปิดเอกสาร แผงด้านขวาจะแสดงตัวเลือกต่างๆ ที่ด้านบน " -"อาจมีตัวเลือกเพิ่มเติม: :guilabel:`ดาวน์โหลด`, :guilabel:`แชร์`, " -":guilabel:`เปลี่ยน`, :guilabel:`ล็อค` หรือ :guilabel:`แยก` " -"นอกจากนี้ยังสามารถ :guilabel:`เปิดแชท` หรือ :guilabel:`เก็บถาวร` เอกสารได้" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst-1 msgid "right panel options" msgstr "ตัวเลือกแผงด้านขวา" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:112 msgid "" -"Then, you can modify the name of your file by clicking on " -":guilabel:`Document`. A :guilabel:`Contact` or an :guilabel:`Owner` can be " -"assigned. The related :guilabel:`Workspace` can be modified and it is " -"possible to access the related :guilabel:`Journal Entry` or add " -":guilabel:`Tags`." +"Then, you can modify the name of your file by clicking on :guilabel:`Name`. " +"A :guilabel:`Contact` or an :guilabel:`Owner` can be assigned. The related " +":guilabel:`Workspace` can be modified and it is possible to access the " +"related :guilabel:`Journal Entry` or add :guilabel:`Tags`." msgstr "" -"จากนั้น คุณสามารถแก้ไขชื่อไฟล์ของคุณได้โดยคลิกที่ :guilabel:`เอกสาร` " -"สามารถมอบหมาย :guilabel:`รายชื่อติดต่อ` หรือ :guilabel:`เจ้าของ` ได้ " -":guilabel:`เวิร์กสเปซ` ที่เกี่ยวข้องสามารถแก้ไขได้ และสามารถเข้าถึง " -":guilabel:`รายการสมุดรายวัน` ที่เกี่ยวข้อง หรือเพิ่ม :guilabel:`แท็ก`" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:117 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Contact` is the person related to the document and assigned " "to it. He can only view the document and not modify it. I.e.: an existing " @@ -2434,7 +2447,7 @@ msgstr "" "เขาสามารถดูได้เฉพาะเอกสารเท่านั้นและไม่สามารถแก้ไขได้ กล่าวคือ: " "ซัพพลายเออร์ที่มีอยู่ในฐานข้อมูลของคุณคือผู้ติดต่อสำหรับการเรียกเก็บเงินของพวกเขา" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:120 msgid "" "The person who creates a document is, by default :guilabel:`Owner` of it and" " has complete rights to it. It is possible to replace the owner of a " @@ -2445,7 +2458,7 @@ msgstr "" "และมีสิทธิ์โดยสมบูรณ์ในเอกสารนั้น สามารถแทนที่เจ้าของเอกสารได้ กล่าวคือ " "พนักงานจะต้องเป็นเจ้าของเอกสารจึงจะสามารถดูได้ใน \"โปรไฟล์ของฉัน\"" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:124 msgid "" "Different :ref:`Actions ` are available at the " "bottom of the right panel, depending on the workspace where your document is" @@ -2455,11 +2468,11 @@ msgstr "" "ที่แตกต่างกันจะมีอยู่ที่ด้านล่างของแผงด้านขวา " "ขึ้นอยู่กับเวิร์กสเปซที่เก็บเอกสารของคุณ" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:128 msgid "Split PDF documents" msgstr "แยกเอกสาร PDF" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:130 msgid "" "Select the PDF you want to split, and click the scissors icon. A new view " "displays all the pages of the document." @@ -2467,7 +2480,7 @@ msgstr "" "เลือก PDF ที่คุณต้องการแยก แล้วคลิกไอคอนกรรไกร " "มุมมองใหม่จะแสดงทุกหน้าของเอกสาร" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:133 msgid "" "By default, each page of the document will be split when clicking " ":guilabel:`Split`. To remove a split between two pages, click on the " @@ -2480,7 +2493,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "split your documents" msgstr "แยกเอกสารของคุณ" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:140 msgid "" "To merge documents from your dashboard, select them and click the scissors " "icon. Click on the scissors between the two documents and click " @@ -2490,11 +2503,11 @@ msgstr "" "ให้เลือกเอกสารเหล่านั้นแล้วคลิกไอคอนกรรไกร " "คลิกที่กรรไกรระหว่างเอกสารทั้งสองและคลิก :guilabel:`แยก` เพื่อรวมเอกสาร" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:144 msgid "Additional features" msgstr "ฟีเจอร์เพิ่มเติม" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:146 msgid "" "Select a workspace and click the arrow next to the :guilabel:`Upload` button" " to access additional features:" @@ -2502,11 +2515,11 @@ msgstr "" "เลือกเวิร์กสเปซแล้วคลิกลูกศรถัดจากปุ่ม :guilabel:`อัปโหลด` " "เพื่อเข้าถึงฟีเจอร์เพิ่มเติม:" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:150 msgid "Request" msgstr "คำร้องขอ" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:152 msgid "" "You can create \"missing documents\" and organize them as documents, to " "remind users to download them." @@ -2514,7 +2527,7 @@ msgstr "" "คุณสามารถสร้าง \"เอกสารที่ขาด\" และจัดระเบียบเป็นเอกสาร " "เพื่อเตือนให้ผู้ใช้ดาวน์โหลดได้" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:154 msgid "" "Select the workspace where the file should be stored, click " ":guilabel:`Upload`, then :guilabel:`Request`. Add the :guilabel:`Document " @@ -2533,11 +2546,11 @@ msgstr "" "จากนั้น คลิก :guilabel:`ส่งคำขอ` " "พื้นที่ที่สำรองไว้สำหรับเอกสารที่ขาดจะถูกสร้างขึ้นในเวิร์กสเปซ" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:161 msgid "When your document is available, click the placeholder to upload it." msgstr "เมื่อเอกสารของคุณพร้อมใช้งาน ให้คลิกตัวยึดตำแหน่งเพื่ออัปโหลด" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:163 msgid "" "You can see all missing documents by going to the **Activity** view and to " "the :guilabel:`Requested Document` column." @@ -2545,7 +2558,7 @@ msgstr "" "คุณสามารถดูเอกสารทั้งหมดที่ขาดหายไปได้โดยไปที่มุมมอง **กิจกรรม** " "และไปที่คอลัมน์ :guilabel:`เอกสารที่ร้องขอ`" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:167 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Activity` view, you can send a **reminder email** to " "users from whom you are expecting a document. Go to the :guilabel:`Requested" @@ -2555,7 +2568,7 @@ msgstr "" "ให้กับผู้ใช้ที่คุณต้องการเอกสารได้ ไปที่คอลัมน์ :guilabel:`เอกสารที่ร้องขอ` " "คลิกที่ ⋮ และ :guilabel:`คำขอเอกสาร: แจ้งเตือน`" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:171 msgid "" "Click on a date to see the details of a specific request. You can update it " "by clicking on the pen icon, :guilabel:`Preview` the content of the reminder" @@ -2570,11 +2583,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "send a reminder email from the Activity view" msgstr "ส่งอีเมลเตือนความจำจากมุมมองกิจกรรม" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:179 msgid "Add a link" msgstr "เพิ่มลิงก์" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:181 msgid "" "To add a link to your documents dashboard, click on :guilabel:`Add a Link`, " "enter the :guilabel:`URL`, and :guilabel:`Name` it." @@ -2582,11 +2595,11 @@ msgstr "" "หากต้องการเพิ่มลิงก์ไปยังแดชบอร์ดเอกสารของคุณ ให้คลิกที่ " ":guilabel:`เพิ่มลิงก์` ป้อน :guilabel:`URL` และ :guilabel:`ชื่อ`" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:185 msgid "Share" msgstr "แชร์" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:187 msgid "" "You can create a share link to a document or all documents of a workspace. " "It allows anyone to download the file(s) or upload files to a workspace." @@ -2594,7 +2607,7 @@ msgstr "" "คุณสามารถสร้างลิงก์แชร์ไปยังเอกสารหรือเอกสารทั้งหมดของเวิร์กสเปซได้ " "อนุญาตให้ทุกคนดาวน์โหลดไฟล์หรืออัปโหลดไฟล์ไปยังเวิร์กสเปซได้" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:190 msgid "" "To do so, select the workspace or the document and click the arrow next to " "the :guilabel:`Upload` button then :guilabel:`Share`. On the pop-up, the " @@ -2614,7 +2627,7 @@ msgstr "" "หากต้องการให้ผู้ใช้อัปโหลดเอกสารของตนเอง ให้เลือก " ":guilabel:`ดาวน์โหลดและอัปโหลด`" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:198 msgid "" "It is possible to only share one or more documents (without their workspace)" " by selecting them and clicking :guilabel:`Share`." @@ -2622,11 +2635,11 @@ msgstr "" "คุณสามารถแชร์เอกสารได้ตั้งแต่หนึ่งฉบับขึ้นไป (โดยไม่มีเวิร์กสเปซ) " "โดยการเลือกและคลิก :guilabel:`แชร์`" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:202 msgid "New spreadsheet" msgstr "สเปรดชีตใหม่" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:204 msgid "" "To create a new :doc:`spreadsheet `, click :guilabel:`New " "Spreadsheet`. You can select a :guilabel:`Blank spreadsheet` or an " @@ -2636,11 +2649,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`สเปรดชีตใหม่` คุณสามารถเลือก :guilabel:`สเปรดชีตเปล่า` หรือ " ":doc:`เทมเพลตที่มีอยู่ `" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:210 msgid "Workflow actions" msgstr "การดำเนินการเวิร์กโฟลว์" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:212 msgid "" "Workflow actions help manage documents and overall business operations. " "These are automated actions that can be created and customized for each " @@ -2652,18 +2665,18 @@ msgstr "" " ด้วยการคลิกเพียงครั้งเดียว คุณสามารถสร้าง ย้าย ลงนาม และเพิ่มแท็กลงในเอกสาร" " และดำเนินการกับใบเรียกเก็บเงินได้" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:216 msgid "" "These workflow actions appear on the right panel when a document meets the " "set criteria." msgstr "" "การดำเนินการเวิร์กโฟลว์เหล่านี้จะแสดงบนแผงด้านขวาเมื่อเอกสารตรงตามเกณฑ์ที่ตั้งไว้" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:219 msgid "Create workflow actions" msgstr "สร้างการดำเนินการเวิร์กโฟลว์" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:221 msgid "" "To create workflow actions, go to :menuselection:`Documents --> " "Configuration --> Actions` and click :guilabel:`New`." @@ -2671,7 +2684,7 @@ msgstr "" "หากต้องการสร้างการดำเนินการเวิร์กโฟลว์ ให้ไปที่ :menuselection:`เอกสาร -> " "การกำหนดค่า -> การดำเนินการ` และคลิก :guilabel:`สร้าง`" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:225 msgid "" "An action applies to all **sub-workspaces** under the :guilabel:`Related " "Workspace` you selected." @@ -2679,11 +2692,11 @@ msgstr "" "การดำเนินการจะมีผลกับ **เวิร์กสเปซย่อย** ทั้งหมดภายใต้ " ":guilabel:`เวิร์กสเปซที่เกี่ยวข้อง` ที่คุณเลือก" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:228 msgid "Set the conditions" msgstr "กำหนดเงื่อนไข" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:230 msgid "" "You can :guilabel:`Create` a new :guilabel:`Action` or edit an existing one." " You can define the :guilabel:`Action Name` and then set the conditions that" @@ -2695,26 +2708,23 @@ msgstr "" "จากนั้นตั้งค่าเงื่อนไขที่ทริกเกอร์ลักษณะที่แสดงของปุ่มการกระทำ " "(:guilabel:`▶`) บนแผงด้านขวาเมื่อเลือกไฟล์" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:234 msgid "There are three basic types of conditions you can set:" msgstr "มีเงื่อนไขพื้นฐานสามประเภทที่คุณสามารถกำหนดได้:" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:236 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: you can use the :guilabel:`Contains` and :guilabel:`Does " -"not contain` conditions, meaning the files *must have* or *mustn't have* the" -" tags set here." +"not contain` conditions, meaning the files *must have* or *must not have* " +"the tags set here." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`แท็ก`: คุณสามารถใช้ :guilabel:`ประกอบด้วย` และ " -":guilabel:`ไม่ประกอบด้วย` เงื่อนไข หมายความว่าไฟล์ *ต้องมี* หรือ *ต้องไม่มี*" -" แท็กที่ตั้งไว้ที่นี่" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:239 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: the files must be associated with the contact set here." msgstr ":guilabel:`รายชื่อติดต่อ`: ไฟล์จะต้องเชื่อมโยงกับชุดผู้ติดต่อที่นี่" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:241 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Owner`: the files must be associated with the owner set here." msgstr ":guilabel:`เจ้าของ`: ไฟล์จะต้องเชื่อมโยงกับเจ้าของที่ตั้งไว้ที่นี่" @@ -2723,19 +2733,17 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`เจ้าของ`: ไฟล์จะต้องเช msgid "Example of a workflow action's basic condition in Odoo Documents" msgstr "ตัวอย่างเงื่อนไขพื้นฐานของการดำเนินการเวิร์กโฟลว์ในเอกสาร Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:247 msgid "" -"If you don't set any conditions, the action button appears for all files " +"If you do not set any conditions, the action button appears for all files " "inside the selected workspace." msgstr "" -"หากคุณไม่ได้กำหนดเงื่อนไขใดๆ " -"ปุ่มการดำเนินการจะแสดงขึ้นสำหรับไฟล์ทั้งหมดภายในเวิร์กสเปซที่เลือก" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:251 msgid "Advanced condition type: domain" msgstr "ประเภทเงื่อนไขขั้นสูง: โดเมน" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:254 msgid "" "It is recommended to have some knowledge of Odoo development to configure " "*Domain* filters properly." @@ -2743,7 +2751,7 @@ msgstr "" "แนะนำให้มีความรู้เกี่ยวกับการพัฒนา Odoo เพื่อกำหนดค่าตัวกรอง *โดเมน* " "อย่างเหมาะสม" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:257 msgid "" "The :ref:`developer mode ` needs to be activated to access " "the :guilabel:`Domain` condition from the :guilabel:`Actions` tab. Once " @@ -2755,7 +2763,7 @@ msgstr "" "เมื่อเสร็จแล้ว ให้เลือกประเภทเงื่อนไข :guilabel:`โดเมน` และคลิก " ":guilabel:`เพิ่มเงื่อนไข`" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:261 msgid "" "To create a rule, you typically select a :guilabel:`field`, an " ":guilabel:`operator`, and a :guilabel:`value`. For example, if you want to " @@ -2773,7 +2781,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a workflow action's domain condition in Odoo Documents" msgstr "ตัวอย่างเงื่อนไขโดเมนของการดำเนินการเวิร์กโฟลว์ในเอกสาร Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:269 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add New Rule` (plus icon) and :guilabel:`Add branch` to add" " conditions and sub-conditions. You can then specify if your rule should " @@ -2786,114 +2794,114 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ใดๆ` คุณยังสามารถแก้ไขกฎได้โดยตรงโดยใช้ " ":guilabel:`โปรแกรมแก้ไขโค้ด`" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:274 msgid "Configure the actions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:276 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Actions` tab to set up your action. You can " "simultaneously:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:278 msgid "" "**Set Contact**: add a contact to the file, or replace an existing contact " "with a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:279 msgid "" "**Set Owner**: add an owner to the file, or replace an existing owner with a" " new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:280 msgid "**Move to Workspace**: move the file to any workspace." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:281 msgid "" "**Create**: create one of the following items attached to the file in your " "database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:283 msgid "" "**Link to record**: link the document to a record (i.e. link to a vehicle in" " Fleet);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:284 msgid "**Product template**: create a product you can edit directly;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:285 msgid "**Task**: create a Project task you can edit directly;" msgstr "**งาน**: สร้างงานโปรเจ็กต์ที่คุณสามารถแก้ไขได้โดยตรง" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:286 msgid "**Signature PDF template**: create a new Sign template to send out;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:287 msgid "**PDF to sign**: create a PDF to sign;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:288 msgid "**Applicant**: create a new HR application you can edit directly;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:289 msgid "" "**Vendor bill**: create a vendor bill using OCR and AI to scrape information" " from the file content;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:291 msgid "" "**Customer invoice**: create a customer invoice using OCR and AI to scrape " "information from the file;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:293 msgid "" "**Vendor credit note**: create a vendor credit note using OCR and AI to " "scrape information from the file;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:295 msgid "" "**Credit note**: create a customer credit note using OCR and AI to scrape " "information from the file;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:297 msgid "" "**Miscellaneous Operations**: create a record in :guilabel:`Miscellaneous " "Operations` in Accounting;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:299 msgid "**Bank Statement**: create a Bank Statement in Finance;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:300 msgid "" "**Expense**: create an expense automatically based on a file's content." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:290 -msgid "**Set Tags**: add, remove, and replace any number of tags." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:302 +msgid "**Set Tags**: add, remove, and replace any number of tags;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:303 msgid "" "**Activities - Mark all as Done**: mark all activities linked to the file as" -" done." +" done;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:304 msgid "" "**Activities - Schedule Activity**: create a new activity linked to the file" " as configured in the action. You can choose to set the activity on the " @@ -2904,11 +2912,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a workflow action Odoo Documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:311 msgid "Digitize documents with AI and optical character recognition (OCR)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:313 msgid "" "Documents available in the Finance workspace can be digitized. Select the " "document to digitize, click :guilabel:`Create Bill`, :guilabel:`Create " @@ -2916,7 +2924,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send for Digitization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:318 msgid "" ":doc:`AI-powered document digitization " "<../finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization>`" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 84d516668..804f93b55 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:44 @@ -246,233 +246,280 @@ msgid "" "the top :guilabel:`Pipeline` page to view all opportunities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:3 +msgid "Create leads (from email or manually)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:8 msgid "" -"Two key ways to generate new leads or opportunities for your business are " -"through email aliases and website contact forms. Odoo automatically creates " -"leads in your CRM whenever someone sends a message to a Sales Team email " -"alias or fills out a contact form on your website." +"Leads can be added to the *CRM* app from custom email aliases, and by " +"manually creating new records. This is in addition to the leads and " +"opportunities created in the app through the :doc:`website contact form " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:12 +msgid "" +"First, ensure the *Leads* feature is enabled in the database by navigating " +"to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:17 msgid "Configure email aliases" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:19 msgid "" -"Each Sales Team can use its own unique email alias to generate " -"leads/opportunities. Any email sent to a Sales Team's email alias will " -"automatically create a lead (if leads are activated in your CRM settings) or" -" an opportunity in the pipeline for that particular team. Configure custom " -"email aliases on the configuration page for each Sales Team by navigating to" -" :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`." +"Each sales team has the option to create and utilize their own unique email " +"alias. When messages are sent to this address, a lead (or opportunity), is " +"created with the information from the message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Configuring Sales Teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:23 -msgid "Use Contact Forms on your website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:23 msgid "" -"By default, your website's *Contact Us* page displays Odoo's ready-to-use " -"Contact Form. Whenever someone submits this form, a lead or an opportunity " -"is generated in your database." +"To create or update a sales teams' email alias, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`. Click on a team " +"from the list to open the team's details page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Default Contact Us page" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The sales team details page, focused on the email alias section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:30 msgid "" -"The Contact Form can be activated or deactivated at any time by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Go to Website --> Customize --> Contact Form`." +"In the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field, enter a name for the email alias, or " +"edit the existing name. In the :guilabel:`Accept Emails From` field, use the" +" drop-down menu to choose who is allowed to send messages to this email " +"alias:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Form toggle" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Everyone`: messages are accepted from any email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:35 msgid "" -"When the Form is deactivated, the *Contact Us* page simply displays a button" -" to email your company directly. Any email sent this way will generate a " -"lead/opportunity." +":guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`: only accepts messages from email " +"addresses associated with a a partner (contact or customer) record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Us Page using email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:37 msgid "" -"Choose which Sales Team or salesperson is automatically assigned to the " -"leads/opportunities created from the Contact Form by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Communication`." +":guilabel:`Followers only`: only accepts messages from those who are " +"following a record related to the team, such as a lead or opportunity. " +"Messages are also accepted from team members." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Form settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:55 -msgid "Customize Contact Forms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:39 msgid "" -"Contact Forms can be customized for the specific information your team " -"needs, using the free *Form Builder* module." +":guilabel:`Authenticated Employees`: only accepts messages from email " +"addresses that are connected to a record in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:43 +msgid "Leads created from email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:45 msgid "" -"The *Form Builder* module is installed automatically when a Form element is " -"added to a web page via the Website Builder. It can also be installed " -"manually from the :guilabel:`Apps` page." +"Leads created from email alias messages can be viewed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads`. Click a lead from the list to open it, " +"and view the details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Form Builder building blocks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:48 msgid "" -"Forms can be created from scratch to serve a wide variety of purposes. " -"However, Odoo's default *Contact Us* page is designed to fit most users' " -"needs. Start with the default form and modify from there." +"The email received by the alias is added to the *chatter* thread for the " +"lead. The subject line of the message is added to the title field, and the " +":guilabel:`Email` field is updated with the contact's email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:73 -msgid "Edit Contact Form fields" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The chatter thread of a newly created lead in the CRM app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:57 msgid "" -"In Edit mode on your website, click on any field to start editing it. The " -"following information can be edited for each field on the Contact Form:" +"If the *leads* feature is **not** enabled on the database, messages to the " +"email alias are added to the database as opportunities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:64 +msgid "Manually create leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:66 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Type`: Choose a custom field option or an existing field. " -"Examples include phone, file upload, language, etc." +"Leads can be added directly to the *CRM* app by manually creating a new " +"record. Navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads` to view a list of " +"existing leads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Input Type`: Determine the type of entry customers should input. " -"Available options are text,email, telephone, and URL." +"Leads can also be added via the :doc:`Generate Leads ` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:72 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Input Placeholder`: Type in an example to guide users how to " -"input information where formatting is important, such as a phone number or " -"email address." +"At the top-left of the list, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank " +":guilabel:`Leads` form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:74 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Label Name`: Type in the display name to show users what " -"information is needed from them." +"In the first field of the new form, enter a title for the new lead. Next, " +"enter a :guilabel:`Contact Name`, and a :guilabel:`Company Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:78 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Label Position`: Choose the way the label is aligned with the " -"rest of the form. The label can be hidden, above the field, to the far left " -"of the field, or right adjusted and closer to the field." +"If a lead is :doc:`converted to an opportunity `, the " +":guilabel:`Company Name` field is used to either link this opportunity to an" +" existing customer, or to create a new customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:82 +msgid "Manually create opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:84 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Required`: Toggle this option for information that you absolutely" -" need entered." +"To manually create an opportunity, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Sales --> My Pipeline`. At the top-left of the page, click :guilabel:`New` " +"to create a new opportunity Kanban card. In the " +":guilabel:`Organization/Contact` field, enter the name of the company the " +"opportunity is for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:88 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hidden`: Toggle this option to hide the field without deleting " -"it." +"Choose a name, and enter it in the :guilabel:`Opportunity` field. *This is a" +" required field.* When manually creating an opportunity, it is helpful to " +"add a name that relates to the details of the opportunity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:93 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Shown on Mobile`: Toggle this option to show the field to users " -"on mobile devices." +"In the example below, the opportunity is named `5 VP Chairs`. This " +"identifies the product the customer is interested in, as well as the " +"potential number of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Editable field options" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:0 +msgid "An example of an opportunity in the CRM pipeline." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:100 msgid "" -"By default, when a Form is submitted, it sends you an email with the " -"customer's inputted information. To have it automatically generate a " -"lead/opportunity instead, edit the Form and select :guilabel:`Create an " -"Opportunity` as the Action." +"Enter the contact information for the opportunity in the :guilabel:`Email` " +"and :guilabel:`Phone` fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:103 msgid "" -"If leads are activated in your CRM settings, selecting :guilabel:`Create an " -"Opportunity` generates a lead instead. To learn more about activating leads " -"in the CRM settings, head over to :doc:`convert`." +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Revenue` field, enter an estimated value for the " +"opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The information in the :guilabel:`Expected Revenue` and priority fields can " +"be used to track performance for individual salespeople, and on a team " +"basis. See :doc:`../performance/expected_revenue_report` and " +":doc:`../track_leads/lead_scoring` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:111 +msgid "Then, use the |st-o| :guilabel:`(star)` icons to assign a priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:113 +msgid "|st-o| |st-o| |st-o|: low priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:114 +msgid "|st| |st-o| |st-o|: medium priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:115 +msgid "|st| |st| |st-o|: high priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:116 +msgid "|st| |st| |st|: very high priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Assigning a priority changes the order of leads in Kanban view, with higher " +"priority leads displayed first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once all the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Add`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The CRM pipeline with a newly created opportunity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 msgid "Lead mining" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 msgid "" -"Lead mining is a feature that allows CRM users to generate new leads " +"*Lead mining* is a feature that allows *CRM* users to generate new leads " "directly into their Odoo database. To ensure lead qualification, lead mining" " output is determined by a variety of filtering criteria, such as the " "country, the company size, and the industry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:15 msgid "" -"To get started, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and activate :guilabel:`Lead Mining`." +"To get started, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`Lead Mining` checkbox to activate the " +"feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "Activate lead mining in Odoo CRM settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:23 msgid "Generate leads" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:25 msgid "" -"After the :guilabel:`Lead Mining` setting is activated, a new button called " -":guilabel:`Generate Leads` is available to use in the :guilabel:`CRM` " -"pipeline. Lead mining requests are also available through " -":menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests`, or through " -":menuselection:`CRM --> Leads --> Leads` where the :guilabel:`Generate " -"Leads` button is also available." +"After the *Lead Mining* setting is activated, a new button called *Generate " +"Leads* is available to use in the upper-left corner of the *CRM* *Pipeline* " +"(:menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales --> My Pipeline`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Lead mining requests are also available through :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests`, or through :menuselection:`CRM app " +"--> Leads --> Leads`, where the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button is also " +"available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "The Generate Leads button to use the lead mining feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:37 msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button, and a window will appear " +"Click the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button, and a pop-up window appears, " "offering a variety of criteria by which to generate leads." msgstr "" @@ -482,109 +529,141 @@ msgid "" "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:44 msgid "" "Choose to generate leads for :guilabel:`Companies` to get company " -"information only, or choose :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` to get " -"company information as well as individual employee contact information. When" -" targeting :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts`, there is an option to " -"filter contacts based on :guilabel:`Role` or :guilabel:`Seniority`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:44 -msgid "Additional filtering options include:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Size`: filter leads based on the number of employees at the " -"company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Countries`: filter leads based on the country (or countries) they" -" are located in" +"information only, or choose |CC| to get company information and individual " +"employee contact information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:48 msgid "" -":guilabel:`States`: further filter leads based on the state they are located" -" in, if applicable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:49 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Industries`: filter leads based on the specific industry they " -"work in" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose which Sales Team the leads will be assigned " -"to" +"When targeting |CC|, additional options are available to filter contacts " +"based on :guilabel:`Role` or :guilabel:`Seniority`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Salesperson`: choose which person(s) on the Sales Team the leads " -"will be assigned to" +msgid "Additional filtering options include the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Countries`: filter leads based on the country (or countries) they" +" are located in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`States`: further filter leads based on the state in which they " +"are located, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Industries`: filter leads based on the specific industry they " +"work in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Filter on Size`: tick this checkbox to specify the number of " +"employees at the company. This generates a field labeled :guilabel:`Size`. " +"Fill in the blanks to create a range for the desired company size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose which Sales Team the leads will be assigned " +"to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson`: choose which member of the Sales Team the leads " +"will be assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:62 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Tags`: choose which tags are applied directly to the " -"leads once found" +"leads once found." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 msgid "" "Make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulations when receiving contact " "information. Get more information about the General Data Protection " "Regulation on `Odoo GDPR `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:69 +msgid "View leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +msgid "" +"After leads are generated, they are assigned to the designated salesperson " +"and team. To view additional information regarding the lead, select one from" +" the list, and click to open it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the chatter thread for the lead, additional information is provided. This" +" can include the number of employees, the technology used by the company, " +"the timezone, and direct contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 +msgid "The chatter thread of a newly generated lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Leads` are **not** enabled for the database, then leads are " +"generated as *opportunities*, and added to the pipeline for the designated " +"salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To enable the :guilabel:`Leads` feature, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:88 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "กำหนดราคา" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:91 msgid "" -"Lead mining is an *In-App Purchase* feature and each generated lead costs " -"one credit." +"Lead mining is an *In-App Purchase* feature, and each generated lead costs " +"one :ref:`credit `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:95 msgid "" -"Choosing to generate :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` costs one " -"additional credit for each contact generated." +"Generating |CC| costs one additional credit for each contact generated. See " +"here for complete pricing information: `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP " +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:99 msgid "" -"See here for full pricing information: `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:70 -msgid "" -"To buy credits, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"To buy credits, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Lead Generation` section, under the " -":guilabel:`Lead Mining` feature, click on :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." +":guilabel:`Lead Mining` feature, click :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 -msgid "Buy credits from the lead mining settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:103 msgid "" "Credits may also be purchased by navigating to the :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> General Settings`. In the :guilabel:`In-App Purchases` section, under " -"the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` feature, click on :guilabel:`View My Services`." +"app`. In the :guilabel:`Contacts` section, under the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` " +"feature, click :guilabel:`View My Services`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 @@ -592,20 +671,272 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Buy credits in the Odoo IAP settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:87 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:112 msgid "" "Enterprise Odoo users with a valid subscription get free credits to test " -":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` features before deciding to purchase more " -"credits for the database. This includes demo/training databases, educational" -" databases, and one-app-free databases." +"|IAP| features before purchasing more credits for the database. This " +"includes demo/training databases, educational databases, and one-app-free " +"databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:3 +msgid "Create opportunities from web contact forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Adding a contact form to a website makes it easy to convert visitors into " +"leads and opportunities. After a visitor submits their information, an " +"opportunity can be created automatically, and assigned to a designated sales" +" team and salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:12 +msgid "Customize contact forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By default, the *Contact Us* page on an Odoo website displays a " +"preconfigured contact form. This form can be customized, as needed, to suit " +"the needs of a specific sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Website app --> Contact Us`, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit` in the top-right of the screen to open the web editor. " +"Click on the form building block in the body of the webpage to open the form" +" configuration settings on the right sidebar. The following options are " +"available to customize the contact form from the :guilabel:`From` section of" +" the right sidebar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst-1 +msgid "The form configuration settings on an Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Action`: the default action for a contact form is :guilabel:`Send" +" an Email`. Select :guilabel:`Create an Opportunity` from the drop-down list" +" to capture the information in the *CRM* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose a sales team from the drop-down menu that the" +" opportunities from this form should be assigned to. This field **only** " +"appears if the :guilabel:`Action` field is set to :guilabel:`Create an " +"Opportunity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson`: if the opportunities should be assigned to a " +"specific salesperson, select them from the drop-down menu. If no selection " +"is made in this field, the opportunities are assigned based on the team's " +"existing rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marked Fields`: use this field to alter how the form handles " +"marked fields. The default option is to treat marked fields as " +":guilabel:`Required`, which is the recommended setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mark Text`: choose how :guilabel:`Marked Fields` should be " +"identified. The default character is an asterisk (`*`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Labels Width`: use this field to alter the pixel width of the " +"labels, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Success`: select how the webpage reacts after a customer " +"successfully submits a form. :guilabel:`Nothing` keeps the customer on the " +"same screen, with the addition of a confirmation message that the form was " +"submitted successfully. :guilabel:`Redirect` sends the customer to a new " +"webpage, based on the address provided in the :guilabel:`URL` field below. " +":guilabel:`Show Message` replaces the form with a preconfigured message that" +" informs the customer someone should respond to them as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL`: if :guilabel:`Redirect` is selected in the :guilabel:`On " +"Success` field, enter the URL for the webpage, where customers should be " +"directed after successfully submitting a form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visibility`: use the drop-down menu to add any visibility " +"conditions for this field, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If *leads* are activated in *CRM* settings, selecting :guilabel:`Create an " +"Opportunity` generates a lead instead. To activate leads, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:57 +msgid "Customize contact form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In addition to the settings for the form, the settings for each field can be" +" customized, as well. With the web editor menu still open, click into a " +"field to open the :guilabel:`Field` configuration settings section on the " +"sidebar. The following options are available to customize a field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: choose a custom field option or an existing field type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input Type`: determine the type of information customers should " +"input. Available options are :guilabel:`Text`, :guilabel:`Email`, " +":guilabel:`Telephone`, or :guilabel:`Url`. The selection made in this field " +"limits the format that customers can use when entering information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Label`: enter the name for the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Position`: choose the way the label is aligned with the rest of " +"the form. The label can be hidden, above the field, to the left of the " +"field, or right adjusted and closer to the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: slide the toggle to add a description for the " +"field, which can provide additional instructions to customers. Click under " +"the field on the form to add the description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Placeholder`: enter an example to help users know how to input " +"information where formatting is important, such as a phone number or email " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Value`: enter a value to include in the form, by default," +" if the customer does not provide information in the field. *It is not " +"recommended to include a default value for required fields*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required`: slide the toggle to mark this field as required if it " +"**must** be filled in for every submission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visibility`: select when this field should be visible. Use the " +"button on the left to choose whether to show or hide this field on a desktop" +" users. Use the button on the right to choose whether to show or hide this " +"field to mobile users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`Animation`: select if this field should have any animation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst-1 +msgid "The field configuration settings on an Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:89 +msgid "View opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:91 +msgid "" +"After a customer submits a contact form, and an opportunity is created, it " +"is assigned based on the :ref:`form settings `. " +"To view opportunities, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales --> My " +"Pipeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If leads are activated on the database, contact form submissions are " +"generated as leads, not opportunities. To activate leads, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads` to view the newly-created " +"leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:102 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`My Pipeline` dashboard, click on an opportunity card in " +"the Kanban view to open the opportunity record. The information submitted by" +" the customer is visible on the opportunity record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:107 +msgid "" +"As the contact form fields are customizable, the fields on the opportunity " +"record, where the form information is stored, varies accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the preconfigured contact form is used, the *Subject* field is added to " +"the :guilabel:`Title` field, and the content in the :guilabel:`Notes` field," +" which is labeled as :guilabel:`Your Question`, is added to the " +":guilabel:`Internal Notes` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../pipeline/manage_sales_teams`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`convert`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`../track_leads/lead_scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:118 +msgid ":ref:`Website forms `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 msgid "Create and send quotations" msgstr "" @@ -1015,20 +1346,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:12 msgid "" -"To install the *Gamification* module, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` " -"application. Click into the :guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top of the page" -" and remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter. Type `Gamification` to search." +"To install the *CRM Gamification* module, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Apps` application. Click into the :guilabel:`Search...` bar " +"at the top of the page and remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter. Type `CRM " +"Gamification` to search." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:16 msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Gamification` module is **not** already installed, click " -":guilabel:`Install`. After completing the installation, return to the " -":menuselection:`Apps` application and search for `Gamification` again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:20 -msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`CRM Gamification` module, click :guilabel:`Install`. This " "module features goals and challenges related to the *CRM* and *Sales* " "applications." @@ -1038,31 +1363,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the gamification module being installed in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:24 msgid "" -"If both the *CRM* and *Sales* apps are installed, the *CRM Gamification* " -"module is automatically installed on the database." +"If **both** the *CRM* and *Sales* apps are installed, the *CRM Gamification*" +" module is automatically installed on the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 msgid "" "To access the *Gamification Tools* menu, first enable :ref:`developer-mode`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:29 msgid "" "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Gamification Tools`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1 -msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings" +msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 msgid "Create badges" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 msgid "" "*Badges* are awarded to users when they have completed a challenge. " "Different badges can be awarded based on the type of task completed, and can" @@ -1070,7 +1395,7 @@ msgid "" "goal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:44 msgid "" "To view the existing badges, or create a new one, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." @@ -1080,7 +1405,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the badges page in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:52 msgid "" "Some badges can be awarded outside of challenges, as well. Select the Kanban" " card for the desired badge, then click :guilabel:`Grant`. This opens a " @@ -1088,30 +1413,30 @@ msgid "" " would you like to reward?` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:56 msgid "" "Add any additional information regarding why the user is receiving the " "reward in the field below, then click :guilabel:`Grant Badge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a new badge, click :guilabel:`New` at the top-left of the page to " "open a blank form. Enter a name for the :guilabel:`Badge`, followed by a " "description." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Allowance to Grant` field determines when a badge can be " "granted, and by whom:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:64 msgid ":guilabel:`Everyone`: this badge can be manually granted by any user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`A selected list of users`: this badge can only be granted by a " "select group of users. If this option is selected, it generates a new field," @@ -1119,7 +1444,7 @@ msgid "" "down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`People having some badges`: this badge can only be granted by " "users who have already been awarded a specific badge. If this option is " @@ -1128,13 +1453,13 @@ msgid "" " this badge to others." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No one, assigned through challenges`: this badge cannot be " "manually granted, it can only be awarded through challenges." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:75 msgid "" "To limit the number of badges a user can send, tick the :guilabel:`Monthly " "Limited Spending` checkbox. This sets a limit on the number of times a user " @@ -1146,32 +1471,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The details page for a new badge." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:87 msgid "Create a challenge" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:89 msgid "" "To create a challenge, navigate to to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Gamification Tools --> Challenges`. Click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left " "corner to open a blank challenge form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:92 msgid "At the top of the form, enter a :guilabel:`Challenge Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:95 msgid "Create assignment rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:97 msgid "" "To assign the challenge to specific users, one or more assignment rules must" " be utilized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:99 msgid "" "Click into the first field under :guilabel:`Assign Challenge to`, and select" " a parameter from the drop-down list to define the rule. Then, click into " @@ -1179,73 +1504,84 @@ msgid "" "third field to further define the parameter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:104 msgid "" "To include all users with permissions in the *Sales* app, create a rule with" -" the following parameters: - :guilabel:`Groups` - :guilabel:`is in` - " -"`Sales/User: Own Documents Only`" +" the following parameters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:107 +msgid ":guilabel:`Groups`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`is in`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:109 +msgid "`Sales/User: Own Documents Only`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:0 msgid "View of the assignation rules section of a Challenge form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:115 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Periodicity` field, select a time frame for goals to be " "automatically assessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:118 msgid "Add goals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:120 msgid "" "Challenges can be based on a single goal, or can include multiple goals with" " different targets. To add a goal to the challenge, click :guilabel:`Add a " "line` on the :guilabel:`Goals` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:123 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Goal Definition` field, choose a goal from the drop-down " "list. The :guilabel:`Condition` field automatically updates to reflect the " "condition set on the goal definition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:128 msgid "" "The *CRM Gamification* module contains preconfigured goals geared towards " "salesteams:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:130 msgid ":guilabel:`New Leads`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Time to Qualify a Lead`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:132 msgid ":guilabel:`Days to Close a Dead`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:133 msgid ":guilabel:`New Opportunities`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`New Sales Orders`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:136 msgid "" "Enter a :guilabel:`Target` for the goal based on the :guilabel:`Suffix`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:138 msgid "Repeat these steps for each additional goal." msgstr "" @@ -1253,25 +1589,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The goals tab of a challenge form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:145 msgid "Add rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:147 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Reward` tab. Choose the :ref:`badges ` to be awarded :guilabel:`For 1st User` and :guilabel:`For Every " "Succeeding User` by selecting them from the drop-down lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:152 msgid "" "Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " "of a running period, at the end date of a challenge, or when the challenge " "is manually closed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:155 msgid "" "After setup is complete, click the :guilabel:`Start Challenge` button at the" " top-left of the page to begin the challenge." @@ -1299,6 +1635,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Timezone`, and :guilabel:`Technologies Used`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Enterprise Odoo users with a valid subscription get free credits to test " +":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` features before deciding to purchase more " +"credits for the database. This includes demo/training databases, educational" +" databases, and one-app-free databases." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:21 msgid "" "The *leads* feature **must** be activated in the *CRM* settings page in " @@ -4205,6 +4550,182 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:3 +msgid "Manage sales teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Teams* feature within Odoo's *CRM* app allows for the creation " +"and management of multiple sales teams, each with their own assignment " +"rules, invoicing targets, and roster of salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:9 +msgid "Create a sales team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To create a new sales team, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration " +"--> Sales Teams`, then click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the blank sales team form, enter a name in the :guilabel:`Sales Team` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:16 +msgid "Next, select a :guilabel:`Team Leader` from the drop-down list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Set an :guilabel:`Email Alias` to automatically generate a lead/opportunity " +"for this sales team whenever a message is sent to that unique email address." +" Choose whether to accept emails from :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`, :guilabel:`Followers Only`, or " +":guilabel:`Authenticated Employees`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Select a :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu to assign this team to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company` field is only visible in multi-company databases, " +"and is not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The settings page for a new sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If the *Sales* app is installed on the database, an :guilabel:`Invoicing " +"Target` field appears on the sales team form. This is the revenue target for" +" the current month. The amount entered in this field is used to populate the" +" invoicing progress bar on the :ref:`sales team dashboard `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:39 +msgid "Add sales team members" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To add team members, click :guilabel:`Add` under the :guilabel:`Members` tab" +" when editing the sales team's configuration page. This opens a " +":guilabel:`Create Sales Team Members` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Rule-Based Assignment` feature has **not** been enabled on" +" the *CRM* app's *Settings* page, clicking :guilabel:`Add` under the " +":guilabel:`Members` tab opens an :guilabel:`Add: Salespersons` pop-up " +"window. Tick the checkbox to the far-left of the salesperson to be added to " +"the team, then click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:0 +msgid "The Add: Salespersons pop-up window on a new sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Select a user from the :guilabel:`Salesperson` drop-down list to add them to" +" the team. To prevent this salesperson from being automatically assigned " +"leads, tick the :guilabel:`Skip auto assignment` checkbox. If this feature " +"is activated, the salesperson can still be assigned leads manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The Create Sales Team Members pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Leads (30 days)` field tracks how many leads the salesperson " +"has been assigned in the past thirty days for this team, and the maximum " +"number of leads they should be assigned. To edit the maximum number of leads" +" this salesperson can be assigned, enter that amount in the :guilabel:`Leads" +" (30 days)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:68 +msgid "" +":doc:`Assignment rules <../track_leads/lead_scoring>` can be configured for " +"individual salespeople using the :guilabel:`Domain` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when finished, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to " +"add additional members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:74 +msgid "Enable multi teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To allow salespeople to be assigned to more than one sales team, the *Multi " +"Teams* setting needs to be enabled. First, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`CRM` section, tick" +" the checkbox labeled :guilabel:`Multi Teams`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` " +"at the top-left of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The settings page of the CRM app with the Multi Teams setting enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:88 +msgid "Sales team dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view the sales team dashboard, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales " +"--> Teams`. Any team the user is a member of appears in the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The sales team dashboard in the CRM app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Each Kanban card gives an overview of the sales team's open opportunities, " +"quotations, sales orders, and expected revenue, as well as a bar graph of " +"new opportunities per week, and an invoicing progress bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Pipeline` button to go directly to that team's *CRM* " +"pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Click on the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon in " +"the top-right corner of the Kanban card to open a drop-down menu. Then, to " +"view or edit the team's settings, click :guilabel:`Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../optimize/utilize_activities`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/merge_similar.rst:3 msgid "Merge similar leads and opportunities" msgstr "" @@ -4387,113 +4908,6 @@ msgid "" "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 -msgid "Multiple sales teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Sales Teams* feature to manage several sales teams, departments, or" -" channels, each with their own unique sales processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 -msgid "Create a new sales team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new sales team, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Sales Teams`, then click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:15 -msgid "" -"On the creation page, set an :guilabel:`Email Alias` to automatically " -"generate a lead/opportunity for this sales team every time a message is sent" -" to that unique email address. Choose whether to accept emails from " -":guilabel:`Everyone`, :guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`, or " -":guilabel:`Followers Only`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Set an :guilabel:`Invoicing Target` if this team has specific monthly " -"revenue goals. Set a :guilabel:`Domain` to assign leads/opportunities to " -"this sales team based on specific filters, such as country, language, or " -"campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Create a sales team in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:29 -msgid "Add members to a sales team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To add team members, click :guilabel:`Add` under the :guilabel:`Members` tab" -" when editing the sales team's configuration page. Select a salesperson from" -" the drop-down menu or create new salesperson. Set a maximum number of leads" -" that can be assigned to this salesperson in a 30-day period to ensure that " -"they do not overwork." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Add a salesperson in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 -msgid "" -"One person can be added as a team member or :guilabel:`Team Leader` to " -"multiple sales teams, allowing them to access all of the pipelines that they" -" need to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:44 -msgid "Sales team dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 -msgid "" -"To view the sales team dashboard, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Sales --> " -"Teams`. Odoo users will see any teams that they are a part of as dashboard " -"tiles." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Each tile gives an overview of the sales team's open opportunities, " -"quotations, sales orders, and expected revenue, as well as a bar graph of " -"new opportunities per week and an invoicing progress bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Sales team overview dashboard in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Click on the three dots in the corner of a tile to open a navigational menu " -"that lets users quickly view documents or reports, create new quotations or " -"opportunities, pick a color for this team, or access the team's " -"configuration page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Click the Three Dot Menu in Odoo CRM dashboard to view documents and create " -"opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Pipeline` button to go directly to that team's CRM " -"pipeline." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:5 msgid "Assign and track leads" msgstr "" @@ -6743,7 +7157,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`payment_methods/terminals`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -6942,7 +7356,7 @@ msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` at the bottom of the screen to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:72 @@ -6965,7 +7379,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:96 @@ -7011,16 +7425,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 msgid "" -"Worldline payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " +"Ingenico payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:10 msgid "" -"Worldline is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " +"Ingenico is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " "Luxembourg." msgstr "" @@ -7037,31 +7449,54 @@ msgstr "เชื่อมต่อกล่อง IoT" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:20 msgid "" -"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"Connecting an Ingenico payment terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " "an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " "database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:26 -msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:25 +msgid "Configure the Lane/Desk/Move 5000 terminals for Ingenico BENELUX" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:27 msgid "" -"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " -"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." +"Press the function button (:guilabel:`F` on Lane/5000, :guilabel:`⦿` on " +"Desk/5000 and Move/5000)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Kassa menu --> Settings Menu` and enter the settings " +"password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Change Connection` and press :guilabel:`OK` on the next " +"screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, click on connection change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " -"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " -"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " -"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." +msgid "Select :guilabel:`TCP/IP` and :guilabel:`IP-address`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:32 +msgid "On the next screen, enter the IP address of your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Enter `9000` as port number and press :guilabel:`OK` on the next screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:35 +msgid "" +"At this point, the terminal restarts and should be displayed in your IoT Box" +" form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:43 msgid "" "Enable the payment terminal :ref:`in the application settings " "` and :doc:`create the related payment method " @@ -7071,7 +7506,7 @@ msgid "" "Device` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:57 msgid "" "In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " "Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " @@ -7080,26 +7515,26 @@ msgid "" "Successful*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:66 msgid "" "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " "retry to send the payment request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:69 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" " Odoo even if the connection between the terminal and Odoo has issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:75 msgid "" "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " "you the connection failed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:78 msgid "" "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " "of card that has been used and the transaction ID." @@ -7264,6 +7699,8 @@ msgid "" "`List of payment methods supported by Stripe " "`_" msgstr "" +"`รายการวิธีการชำระเงินที่ Stripe รองรับ " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -7526,6 +7963,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Worldline" msgstr "Worldline" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Worldline payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Worldline is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " +"Luxembourg." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo is compatible with Worldline terminals that use the CTEP protocol " @@ -8436,7 +8885,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:42 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:243 msgid "Multiple prices per product" msgstr "หลายราคาต่อสินค้า" @@ -8481,7 +8930,7 @@ msgid "Setup form of a multiple prices pricelist" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:321 msgid "Advanced price rules" msgstr "" @@ -10508,21 +10957,108 @@ msgid "" " usual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:71 +msgid "" +"As of February 19, 2024, in North American marketplaces, :abbr:`FBA " +"(Fulfilled by Amazon)` orders created with the *Amazon Connector*, do not " +"get the customer's name passed onto the sales/delivery order in Odoo. This " +"is due to the fact that Amazon now calculates, and remits, sales tax on " +"behalf of sellers. In other words, personally identifiable customer " +"information is not transmitted to the seller any longer, after a :abbr:`FBA " +"(Fulfilled by Amazon)` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 msgid "Supported marketplaces" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:75 -msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 msgid "" "If a marketplace is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, it's possible to" " :ref:`add a new marketplace `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:86 +msgid "**North America region**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Canada" +msgstr "แคนาดา" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Amazon.ca" +msgstr "Amazon.ca" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "เม็กซิโก" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Amazon.com.mx" +msgstr "Amazon.com.mx" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:92 +msgid "US" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:92 +msgid "Amazon.com" +msgstr "Amazon.com" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:96 +msgid "**Europe region**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:98 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "เยอรมันนี" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:98 +msgid "Amazon.de" +msgstr "Amazon.de" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:100 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "ประเทศสเปน" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:100 +msgid "Amazon.es" +msgstr "Amazon.es" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:102 +msgid "France" +msgstr "ฝรั่งเศส" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:102 +msgid "Amazon.fr" +msgstr "Amazon.fr" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:104 +msgid "UK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:104 +msgid "Amazon.co.uk" +msgstr "Amazon.co.uk" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:106 +msgid "Italy" +msgstr "ประเทศอิตาลี" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:106 +msgid "Amazon.it" +msgstr "Amazon.it" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:108 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "เนเธอร์แลนด์" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:108 +msgid "Amazon.nl" +msgstr "Amazon.nl" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:30 @@ -10530,7 +11066,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:155 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:17 @@ -15456,7 +15992,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Loyalty Cards`: When making purchases, the customer accumulates " -"points to exchange for rewards on future orders." +"points to exchange for rewards on current and/or future orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:90 @@ -16162,7 +16698,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:337 msgid "" "Either option reveals the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, in which pricelists " "can be created and/or modified at any time." @@ -16173,13 +16709,27 @@ msgid "How the pricelists page looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:267 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " -"*Sales* and *eCommerce*." +"The order of the pricelists on the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page has an impact" +" on how they are applied. If several pricelists share the same criteria, " +"**only** the first listed pricelist is applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"For example, for two pricelists with different rules, but same criteria " +"(e.g., same website, same country), only the *first* pricelist in the list " +"is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " +"*Sales* and *eCommerce*. This pricelist is applied by default, if there are " +"no matching criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:64 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, either select the desired pricelist to" " edit, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new pricelist, which reveals a " @@ -16190,14 +16740,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the pricelist detail form looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:72 msgid "" "When creating a new pricelist, start by adding a name for the pricelist at " "the top of the form, in the blank field. Next, select which " ":guilabel:`Currency` should be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:75 msgid "" "Then, if working in a multi-company environment, select which company this " "pricelist should apply to in the :guilabel:`Company` field. If this field is" @@ -16205,11 +16755,11 @@ msgid "" "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:80 msgid "Price rules tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:82 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab functionality on a pricelist form varies " "depending on the :guilabel:`Pricelists` setting chosen: either " @@ -16217,25 +16767,25 @@ msgid "" "(discounts, formulas)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:86 msgid "" "However, the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab and :guilabel:`Configuration` " "tab are always the same, regardless of the chosen :guilabel:`Pricelists` " "setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:90 msgid "Price rules tab (multiple prices per product)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:92 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Multiple prices per product` setting activated, the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab on pricelist forms provides the option to add " "specific products, with a specific price, to a pricelist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96 msgid "" "To add a specific product and price to a pricelist form, click the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab, then click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the " @@ -16243,20 +16793,20 @@ msgid "" "specific price should be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 msgid "" "Next, if necessary, select a product variant under the :guilabel:`Variants` " "column (e.g. a specific product size, color, etc.). If no variants are " "selected, then this price will apply to all variants of the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104 msgid "" "If a minimum amount of the product must be purchased in order to apply the " "specific price, enter the amount under the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:107 msgid "" "To configure the price of the product for this specific pricelist, enter the" " desired amount under the :guilabel:`Price` column. Then, there is the " @@ -16264,56 +16814,56 @@ msgid "" "configured product price, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "" "To add another product line, click :guilabel:`Add a line` again, and repeat " "the process. There is no limit to how many products can be added in the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab of a pricelist form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:114 msgid "" "For more information, check out the following section: :ref:`Multiple prices" " per product `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:118 msgid "Price rules tab (advanced price rules)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` setting " "activated, the :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab on pricelist forms provides the " "option to configure detailed price rules based on formulas." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:124 msgid "" "Check out the :ref:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas) " "` section for detailed steps on how to add " "advanced price rules to a pricelist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 msgid "Time-based rules tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 msgid "" "Time-based rules are used specifically with :doc:`subscription products " "`. Be sure to check out the Odoo" " *Subscriptions* :doc:`documentation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:134 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab, the same functionality of the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab is present, with the only difference being that " "a repeating time period can be applied in the :guilabel:`Period` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:138 msgid "" "After a :guilabel:`Product` and potential :guilabel:`Variant` are selected " "in the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab, select the blank field in the " @@ -16321,7 +16871,7 @@ msgid "" "recurrence periods (e.g. `Monthly`, `Quarterly`, `Weekly`, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:142 msgid "" "New recurrence periods can also be directly created from this column, by " "typing in the new name for the :guilabel:`Period` and then selecting " @@ -16334,28 +16884,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Custom time period pop-up form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:151 msgid "" "From this :guilabel:`Create Period` pop-up form, add a :guilabel:`Name`, " ":guilabel:`Duration`, then a :guilabel:`Unit` (e.g. `Days`, `Weeks`, etc.). " "When finished, click :guilabel:`Save and Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:154 msgid "" "Lastly, add the desired price for this time-based rule in the " ":guilabel:`Price` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:157 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:160 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "แท็บการกำหนดค่า" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:162 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, there are a few options that can " "further customize the pricelist." @@ -16365,7 +16915,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuration tab on pricelist detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:169 msgid "" "From here, under the :guilabel:`Availability` section, in the " ":guilabel:`Country Groups` field, certain country groups can be added to the" @@ -16373,13 +16923,13 @@ msgid "" "this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:174 msgid "" "If no country is set for a customer, Odoo takes the first pricelist without " "any country group." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:176 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Website` section, there are a few options that can be " "configured. In the :guilabel:`Website` field, this pricelist can be applied " @@ -16387,7 +16937,7 @@ msgid "" "blank, the pricelist will be applied to all websites in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:181 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Selectable` checkbox to have this pricelist as a " "selectable option for customers to choose as they shop. If the " @@ -16395,7 +16945,7 @@ msgid "" "this pricelist for themselves as they shop." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:185 msgid "" "Lastly, there is the option to add an :guilabel:`E-commerce Promotional " "Code`. To add a code, type in the desired promo code that, when entered " @@ -16403,17 +16953,17 @@ msgid "" "the customer does not fall into the previously-specified criteria." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:190 msgid "Show discount percentage to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:192 msgid "" "With Odoo *Sales*, the option to show the public price *and* the computed " "discount percentage on the product catalog is available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:195 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Pricing` section, click the checkbox next " @@ -16421,7 +16971,7 @@ msgid "" "save all changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:199 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Discounts` feature, navigate to the " "pricelists page, either by clicking the :guilabel:`Pricelists` link from the" @@ -16429,7 +16979,7 @@ msgid "" "Products --> Pricelists`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:203 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, select the desired pricelist to edit. On" " the pricelist form, click into the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab. In the " @@ -16443,34 +16993,34 @@ msgid "" "Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:211 msgid "The options available in this section are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:213 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Discount included in the price`: shows the customer only the " "final price with the discount already included." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:215 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show public price & discount to the customer`: shows the customer" " the public price *and* the discount they're earning." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:219 msgid "Customer pricelist application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:221 msgid "" "While the default pricelist applied to any customer is the :guilabel:`Public" " Pricelist`, Odoo provides the opportunity to directly apply a different " "pricelist to customers on their contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:224 msgid "" "To do that, open the desired customer's contact form, either by navigating " "to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Customers` and selecting the " @@ -16482,7 +17032,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sample customer detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:232 msgid "" "On the desired customer's contact form, under the :guilabel:`Sales & " "Purchase` tab, in the :guilabel:`Sales` section, designate what pricelist " @@ -16494,7 +17044,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pricelist field in a customer detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:245 msgid "" "To apply several prices per individual product, select the " ":guilabel:`Multiple prices per product` option, after enabling the " @@ -16503,7 +17053,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:249 msgid "" "Next, apply pricelists to specific products using the product form. Navigate" " to the :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and select the " @@ -16512,7 +17062,7 @@ msgid "" "form on a separate page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:254 msgid "" "On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Extra Prices` smart button, " "located at the top of the form." @@ -16522,7 +17072,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the extra prices smart button appears in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:261 msgid "" "Doing so reveals a separate page displaying the :guilabel:`Price Rules` that" " are specific to that particular product. Here, price rules can be edited or" @@ -16533,20 +17083,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the extra price rules per product page appears in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:268 msgid "" "To create a new price rule for a product from this specific :guilabel:`Price" " Rules` page, click :guilabel:`New` to add a new, customizable row that has " "the desired product already populated in the :guilabel:`Applied On` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:272 msgid "" "Next, select which :guilabel:`Pricelist` this specific product price rule " "should apply to, via the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:276 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " +"*Sales* and *eCommerce*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:279 msgid "" "To create a new pricelist from this page, type in the desired name of the " "new pricelist in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column, then select " @@ -16556,13 +17112,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pricelists` page, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:285 msgid "" "After the desired pricelist is added to the row, designate a :guilabel:`Min." " Quantity` for the price rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:289 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` column is set to `2`, the new price in the " ":guilabel:`Price` column will be applied to orders of 2 or more products. " @@ -16571,14 +17127,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min. Quantity` of `2` products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:294 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired amount in the :guilabel:`Price` column. Then, if " "needed, enter a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End Date` for the " "product's price rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:297 msgid "" "And lastly, if working in a multi-company environment, select which company " "this price rule should be applied to in the :guilabel:`Company` field. " @@ -16586,19 +17142,19 @@ msgid "" "the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:301 msgid "" "Click away from the row to activate Odoo's auto-save capability, meaning " "that newly-created price rule is now ready to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:304 msgid "" "Proceed to add as many unique price rules per product as desired. There is " "no limit to how many price rules can be added per product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:307 msgid "" "With the price rule(s) in place for a specific product, customers who fall " "into those corresponding pricelists automatically see those new prices " @@ -16607,7 +17163,7 @@ msgid "" "product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:313 msgid "" "When a price rule/pricelist is added to a product via the :guilabel:`Extra " "Prices` smart button, it is also reflected on the pricelist itself. " @@ -16616,7 +17172,7 @@ msgid "" "smart button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:323 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` pricelist feature" " provides the option to set price change rules based on discounts and " @@ -16624,7 +17180,7 @@ msgid "" "the product's cost, or another pricelist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:327 msgid "" "To use advanced pricing rules, with discounts and formulas, select the " ":guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` option, after " @@ -16633,7 +17189,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:332 msgid "" "After activating and saving that :guilabel:`Pricelists` feature, the " ":guilabel:`Settings` page reloads and, from here, either select the " @@ -16642,13 +17198,13 @@ msgid "" " Products --> Pricelists`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:340 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, select a desired pricelist to modify, " "or create a new pricelist by clicking the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:343 msgid "" "On the pricelist form, under the :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line` to add an advanced price rule. Doing so reveals a " @@ -16660,35 +17216,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the Create Pricelist Rules pop-up form looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:352 msgid "Price computation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:354 msgid "" "On this form, first choose one of the three :guilabel:`Computation` options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fixed Price`: the price computation is based on a fixed price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:357 msgid ":guilabel:`Discount`: the price computation is based on a discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:358 msgid ":guilabel:`Formula`: the price computation is based on a formula." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:361 msgid "" "Each :guilabel:`Computation` option reveals its own computation-specific " "fields on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:363 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Fixed Price` is selected, enter the desired price in the " ":guilabel:`Fixed Price` field below. If :guilabel:`Discount` is selected, " @@ -16696,7 +17252,7 @@ msgid "" " appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:367 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Formula` is selected, a number of configurable options appear." msgstr "" @@ -16705,7 +17261,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The various formula computation options present in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:373 msgid "" "To configure the :guilabel:`Formula` computation option, start by selecting " "an option from the :guilabel:`Based on` field: :guilabel:`Sales Price`, " @@ -16713,14 +17269,14 @@ msgid "" "advanced price rule formula will be based on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:377 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Discount` field, determine how much of a discount " "should be applied. It should be noted that a mark-up can be applied by " "setting a negative discount in this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:381 msgid "" "To formulate a 100% markup (or 2 times the cost of the product), with a $5 " "minimum margin, set the :guilabel:`Based on` field to :guilabel:`Cost`, the " @@ -16734,7 +17290,7 @@ msgid "" " Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:389 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` field, specify a fixed amount to add (or " "subtract) to the amount calculated with the discount. After that, enter a " @@ -16742,29 +17298,29 @@ msgid "" " sets the price so that it is a multiple of the value in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:394 msgid "Rounding is applied *after* the discount and *before* the surcharge." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:397 msgid "" "To have prices that end in 9.99, set the :guilabel:`Rounding Method` to `10`" " and the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` to `-0.01`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:400 msgid "" "Lastly, specify the minimum amount of margin over the base price in the " ":guilabel:`Margins` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:402 msgid "" "Once all formula-related configurations are complete, Odoo provides an " "example of the formula in a blue block to the right of the configurations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:406 msgid "" "To apply 20% discounts, with prices rounded up to 9.99, set the " ":guilabel:`Based on` field to :guilabel:`Sales Price`, the " @@ -16776,47 +17332,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a 20% discount with prices rounded to 9.99 in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:415 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "เงื่อนไข" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:417 msgid "" "At the bottom of the :guilabel:`Create Pricelist Rules` pop-up form is the " ":guilabel:`Conditions` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:420 msgid "" "Here, start by selecting one of the options in the :guilabel:`Apply On` " "field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:422 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All Products`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to all" " products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to" " a specific category of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:425 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to a " "specific product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:426 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to " "a specific product variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:429 msgid "" "If any of those options, apart from :guilabel:`All Products`, are selected, " "a new option-specific field appears, in which the specific " @@ -16824,31 +17380,31 @@ msgid "" "Variant` must be chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:433 msgid "" "Then, select a minimum quantity to be applied to the advanced pricelist rule" " in the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` field. Lastly, select a range of dates for" " the pricelist item validation in the :guilabel:`Validity` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:437 msgid "" "Once all configurations are complete, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " "to save the advanced pricelist rule, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to " "immediately create another advanced pricelist rule on a fresh form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:442 msgid "" "If a price rule is set for a particular product, and another one for its " "product category, Odoo takes the rule of the product itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:446 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:447 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management`" msgstr "" @@ -20583,7 +21139,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:406 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:107 msgid ":doc:`../subscriptions`" msgstr ":doc:`../subscriptions`" @@ -20592,7 +21148,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../subscriptions`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:407 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:183 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`plans`" msgstr "" @@ -20601,7 +21157,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:408 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:184 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`products`" msgstr ":doc:`ผลิตภัณฑ์`" @@ -22743,7 +23299,14 @@ msgid "" "initial subscription product in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The prorated amount is **only** applied to *Service* product types. It is " +"**not** applied to *Consumable* or *Storable* product types, even if the " +"message appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:75 msgid "" "From this new upsell quotation form, add new subscription products in the " ":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " @@ -22756,27 +23319,27 @@ msgid "" "Subscriptions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:82 msgid "" "Once the desired upsell subscription product(s) have been added, it can be " "sent to the customer for approval by clicking the :guilabel:`Send by Email` " "button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:86 msgid "" "When the quotation is confirmed by the customer, the upsell products are " "added to the initial subscription. Quotation prices are then prorated to the" " remaining time of the current invoicing period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:91 msgid "" "Before sending the new quotation to the customer, the unit price, taxes, and" " even discount can be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:94 msgid "" "Once the customer approves, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " "quotation, making it a sales order. When that's clicked, a :guilabel:`Sales " @@ -22784,7 +23347,7 @@ msgid "" " to this initial subscription order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:98 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Sales History` smart button is clicked, Odoo reveals a " "separate page containing a list of the related sales orders, clearly " diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index df9a466fc..f9c584d1e 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" @@ -241,11 +241,424 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Plan intervention from helpdesk tickets in Odoo Helpdesk" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:7 msgid "Helpdesk" msgstr "ดูแลช่วยเหลือ" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* is a ticketing-based customer support application. Multiple " +"teams can be configured and managed in one dashboard, each with their own " +"pipeline for tickets submitted by customers. Pipelines are organized in " +"customizable stages that enable teams to track, prioritize, and solve " +"customer issues quickly and efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:15 +msgid "Create a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To view or modify *Helpdesk* teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. To create a new team, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button in the top-left of the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "View of the Helpdesk teams page in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:25 +msgid "" +"On the blank Helpdesk team form, enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the new team. " +"Then, enter a description of the team in the field below the team name, if " +"desired. To change the company this team is assigned to, select it from the " +":guilabel:`Company` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The team description is published on the public facing :doc:`website form " +"`, where customers and portal users " +"submit tickets. The description included in this field should **not** " +"include any information that is for internal use only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:0 +msgid "" +"View of a Helpdesk team's website form displaying the team description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:40 +msgid "Visibility & Assignment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The *Visibility* settings alter which internal users and portal users have " +"access to this team and its tickets. The *Assignment* settings alter how " +"users are assigned to handle each ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:46 +msgid "Determine team visibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Visibility` section, select one of the following " +"options to determine who can view this team and its tickets:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invited internal users (private)`: internal users can access the " +"team and the tickets they are following. This access can be modified on each" +" ticket individually by adding or removing the user as a follower. Internal " +"users are considered *invited* once they are added as followers to an " +"individual ticket, or :ref:`to the team itself `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:55 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All internal users (company)`: all internal users can access the " +"team and all of its tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)`: all " +"internal users can access the team and all of its tickets. Portal users can " +"only access the tickets they are following." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:61 +msgid "" +"A `Customer Support` team, meant to handle general shipping and product " +"issues, would have the visibility set on :guilabel:`Invited portal users and" +" all internal users`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:64 +msgid "" +"At the same time, a `Financial Services` team handling tickets related to " +"accounting or tax information would only need to be visible to " +":guilabel:`Invited internal users`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A team's visibility can be altered after the initial configuration. However," +" if the team changes from public access to either private or company-only " +"access, portal users are removed as followers from both the team, and from " +"individual tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:75 +msgid "Follow all team's tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If a user should be notified about any updates regarding tickets for this " +"team, select their name from the :guilabel:`Followers` drop-down menu, " +"located in the :guilabel:`Follow All Team's Tickets` field. Multiple users " +"can be selected to follow a single team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:82 +msgid "" +"External contacts can be selected in the :guilabel:`Followers` field. If the" +" team's visibility is set to :guilabel:`Invited internal users (private)`, " +"followers are notified about updates to the team's tickets, but are **not** " +"able to view them in the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:87 +msgid "Automatically assign new tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:89 +msgid "" +"When tickets are received, they need to be assigned to a member of the team." +" This is done either manually on each ticket individually, or through " +":guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`. Check the :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`" +" checkbox to enable this feature for the team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a Helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the automatic assignment features in Odoo\n" +"Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:98 +msgid "" +"As soon as :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment` has been enabled, additional " +"fields appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Select one of the following assignment methods, based on how the workload " +"should be allocated across the team:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Each user is assigned an equal number of tickets`: tickets are " +"assigned to team members based on total ticket count, regardless of the " +"number of open or closed tickets they are currently assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Each user has an equal number of open tickets`: tickets are " +"assigned to team members based on how many open tickets they are currently " +"assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:110 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Each user is assigned an equal number of tickets` is " +"selected, the overall number of tickets assigned to team members is the " +"same, but it does **not** consider the current workload." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Each user has an equal number of open tickets` is selected, " +"it ensures a balanced workload among team members, as it takes the current " +"number of active tickets into account." +msgstr "" +"เมื่อเลือก :guilabel:`ผู้ใช้แต่ละรายมีจำนวนทิกเก็ตที่เปิดอยู่เท่ากัน` " +"จะช่วยรับประกันปริมาณงานที่สมดุลระหว่างสมาชิกในทีม " +"เนื่องจากจะนำจำนวนทิกเก็ตที่ใช้งานอยู่ในปัจจุบันมาพิจารณาด้วย" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Finally, add the :guilabel:`Team Members` who are to be assigned tickets for" +" this team. Leave the field empty to include all employees who have the " +"proper assignments and access rights configured in their user account " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If an employee has time off scheduled in the *Time Off* application, they " +"are **not** assigned tickets during that time. If no employees are " +"available, the system looks ahead until there is a match." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:127 +msgid ":ref:`Manage users `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`Access rights <../general/users/access_rights>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:131 +msgid "Create or modify stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:133 +msgid "" +"*Stages* are used to organize the *Helpdesk* pipeline and track the progress" +" of tickets. Stages are customizable, and can be renamed to fit the needs of" +" each team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:137 +msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be activated to access the " +"stages menu. To activate developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Settings app " +"--> General Settings --> Developer Tools`, and click :guilabel:`Activate the" +" developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:141 +msgid "" +"To view or modify *Helpdesk* stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " +"Configuration --> Stages`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The default list view on the :guilabel:`Stages` page displays the stages " +"currently available in *Helpdesk*. They are listed in the order they appear " +"in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To change the order of the stages, click the :guilabel:`(six square)` icon, " +"to the left of the stage name, and drag it to the desired place on the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the stage list page emphasizing the buttons used to change the order the stages\n" +"appear in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Change the stage order on the Kanban view of a *Helpdesk* team's pipeline by" +" dragging and dropping individual columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click the :guilabel:`New` button at the top-left of " +"the stage list. Doing so reveals a blank stage form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Choose a :guilabel:`Name` for the new stage, and add a description, if " +"desired. Then, proceed to fill out the remaining fields following the steps " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "View of a stage's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:170 +msgid "Add email and SMS templates to stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When an :guilabel:`Email Template` is added to a stage, an email is " +"automatically sent to the customer when a ticket reaches that specific stage" +" in the pipeline. Likewise, adding an :guilabel:`SMS Template` triggers an " +"SMS text message to send to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:177 +msgid "" +"SMS Text Messaging is an :doc:`In-App Purchase (IAP) " +"` service that requires prepaid " +"credits to work. Refer to `SMS Pricing FAQ `_ for additional information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To select an existing email template, select it from the :guilabel:`Email " +"Template` field. Click on the :guilabel:`→ (Internal Link)` icon to the " +"right of the field to edit the chosen template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:184 +msgid "" +"To create a new template, click the field, and enter a title for the new " +"template. Then, select :guilabel:`Create and edit` from the drop-down menu " +"that appears, and complete the form details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Follow the same steps to select, edit, or create an :guilabel:`SMS " +"Template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "View of an SMS template setup page in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/companies/email_template`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/companies/email_template`" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:197 +msgid "Assign stages to a team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Make a selection in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk Teams` field on the " +":guilabel:`Stages` form. More than one team may be selected, since the same " +"stage can be assigned to multiple teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:203 +msgid "Fold a stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:205 +msgid "" +"By default, stages are unfolded in the Kanban view of either tickets " +"dashboard: :guilabel:`My Tickets` (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets " +"--> My Tickets`) or :guilabel:`All Tickets` (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app " +"--> Tickets --> All Tickets`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Tickets in an unfolded stage are visible in the pipeline under the stage " +"name, and are considered *open*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Stages can be configured to be folded in the Kanban view of a tickets page " +"(:guilabel:`My Tickets` or :guilabel:`All Tickets`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:215 +msgid "" +"The name of the folded stages are still visible, though the tickets in the " +"stage are no longer immediately visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:218 +msgid "" +"To fold a stage, check the :guilabel:`Folded in Kanban` box on the " +":guilabel:`Stages` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Tickets that reach a *folded* stage are considered *closed*. Closing a " +"ticket before the work is completed can result in reporting and " +"communication issues. This setting should **only** be enabled for stages " +"that are considered *closing* stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Stages can be temporarily folded in the Kanban view of the tickets pipeline," +" as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:227 +msgid "" +"View a specific team's pipeline by navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk " +"app`, and clicking the team's Kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Select a stage to fold temporarily, then click the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` " +"icon, and select :guilabel:`Fold`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Kanban view of a Helpdesk stage, with the temporary fold option emphasized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Manually folding a stage from the Kanban view is temporary and does **not** " +"close the tickets in the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:242 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Helpdesk `_" msgstr "" @@ -1106,7 +1519,7 @@ msgid "" "To view and enable the *Track & Bill Time* features on a *Helpdesk* team, " "first navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> " "Helpdesk Teams`. Then, select a team from the list, or create a :doc:`new " -"one <../overview/getting_started>`. This reveals a team's settings page." +"one <../../helpdesk>`. This reveals a team's settings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:31 @@ -1532,425 +1945,6 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment`" msgid "Overview" msgstr "ภาพรวม" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo *Helpdesk* is a ticketing-based customer support application. Multiple " -"teams can be configured and managed in one dashboard, each with their own " -"pipeline for tickets submitted by customers. Pipelines are organized in " -"customizable stages that enable teams to track, prioritize, and solve " -"customer issues quickly and efficiently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:11 -msgid "Create a Helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To view or modify *Helpdesk* teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. To create a new team, click the " -":guilabel:`New` button in the top-left of the dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of the Helpdesk teams page in Odoo Helpdesk." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "" -"On the blank Helpdesk team form, enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the new team. " -"Then, enter a description of the team in the field below the team name, if " -"desired. To change the company this team is assigned to, select it from the " -":guilabel:`Company` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The team description is published on the public facing :doc:`website form " -"`, where customers and portal users submit tickets. The " -"description included in this field should **not** include any information " -"that is for internal use only." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:0 -msgid "" -"View of a Helpdesk team's website form displaying the team description." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:35 -msgid "Visibility & Assignment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The *Visibility* settings alter which internal users and portal users have " -"access to this team and its tickets. The *Assignment* settings alter how " -"users are assigned to handle each ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:41 -msgid "Determine team visibility" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Visibility` section, select one of the following " -"options to determine who can view this team and its tickets:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Invited internal users (private)`: internal users can access the " -"team and the tickets they are following. This access can be modified on each" -" ticket individually by adding or removing the user as a follower. Internal " -"users are considered *invited* once they are added as followers to an " -"individual ticket, or :ref:`to the team itself " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:50 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`All internal users (company)`: all internal users can access the " -"team and all of its tickets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:52 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)`: all " -"internal users can access the team and all of its tickets. Portal users can " -"only access the tickets they are following." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:56 -msgid "" -"A `Customer Support` team, meant to handle general shipping and product " -"issues, would have the visibility set on :guilabel:`Invited portal users and" -" all internal users`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:59 -msgid "" -"At the same time, a `Financial Services` team handling tickets related to " -"accounting or tax information would only need to be visible to " -":guilabel:`Invited internal users`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:63 -msgid "" -"A team's visibility can be altered after the initial configuration. However," -" if the team changes from public access to either private or company-only " -"access, portal users are removed as followers from both the team, and from " -"individual tickets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:70 -msgid "Follow all team's tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:72 -msgid "" -"If a user should be notified about any updates regarding tickets for this " -"team, select their name from the :guilabel:`Followers` drop-down menu, " -"located in the :guilabel:`Follow All Team's Tickets` field. Multiple users " -"can be selected to follow a single team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:77 -msgid "" -"External contacts can be selected in the :guilabel:`Followers` field. If the" -" team's visibility is set to :guilabel:`Invited internal users (private)`, " -"followers are notified about updates to the team's tickets, but are **not** " -"able to view them in the portal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:82 -msgid "Automatically assign new tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:84 -msgid "" -"When tickets are received, they need to be assigned to a member of the team." -" This is done either manually on each ticket individually, or through " -":guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`. Check the :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`" -" checkbox to enable this feature for the team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a Helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the automatic assignment features in Odoo\n" -"Helpdesk." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:93 -msgid "" -"As soon as :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment` has been enabled, additional " -"fields appear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Select one of the following assignment methods, based on how the workload " -"should be allocated across the team:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:98 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Each user is assigned an equal number of tickets`: tickets are " -"assigned to team members based on total ticket count, regardless of the " -"number of open or closed tickets they are currently assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:101 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Each user has an equal number of open tickets`: tickets are " -"assigned to team members based on how many open tickets they are currently " -"assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:105 -msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Each user is assigned an equal number of tickets` is " -"selected, the overall number of tickets assigned to team members is the " -"same, but it does **not** consider the current workload." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:109 -msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Each user has an equal number of open tickets` is selected, " -"it ensures a balanced workload among team members, as it takes the current " -"number of active tickets into account." -msgstr "" -"เมื่อเลือก :guilabel:`ผู้ใช้แต่ละรายมีจำนวนทิกเก็ตที่เปิดอยู่เท่ากัน` " -"จะช่วยรับประกันปริมาณงานที่สมดุลระหว่างสมาชิกในทีม " -"เนื่องจากจะนำจำนวนทิกเก็ตที่ใช้งานอยู่ในปัจจุบันมาพิจารณาด้วย" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Finally, add the :guilabel:`Team Members` who are to be assigned tickets for" -" this team. Leave the field empty to include all employees who have the " -"proper assignments and access rights configured in their user account " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:117 -msgid "" -"If an employee has time off scheduled in the *Time Off* application, they " -"are **not** assigned tickets during that time. If no employees are " -"available, the system looks ahead until there is a match." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:122 -msgid ":ref:`Manage users `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid ":doc:`Access rights <../../../general/users/access_rights>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:126 -msgid "Create or modify stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:128 -msgid "" -"*Stages* are used to organize the *Helpdesk* pipeline and track the progress" -" of tickets. Stages are customizable, and can be renamed to fit the needs of" -" each team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:132 -msgid "" -":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be activated to access the " -"stages menu. To activate developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Settings app " -"--> General Settings --> Developer Tools`, and click :guilabel:`Activate the" -" developer mode`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:136 -msgid "" -"To view or modify *Helpdesk* stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " -"Configuration --> Stages`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:139 -msgid "" -"The default list view on the :guilabel:`Stages` page displays the stages " -"currently available in *Helpdesk*. They are listed in the order they appear " -"in the pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:142 -msgid "" -"To change the order of the stages, click the :guilabel:`(six square)` icon, " -"to the left of the stage name, and drag it to the desired place on the list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the stage list page emphasizing the buttons used to change the order the stages\n" -"appear in the list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Change the stage order on the Kanban view of a *Helpdesk* team's pipeline by" -" dragging and dropping individual columns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:154 -msgid "" -"To create a new stage, click the :guilabel:`New` button at the top-left of " -"the stage list. Doing so reveals a blank stage form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Choose a :guilabel:`Name` for the new stage, and add a description, if " -"desired. Then, proceed to fill out the remaining fields following the steps " -"below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of a stage's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:165 -msgid "Add email and SMS templates to stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:167 -msgid "" -"When an :guilabel:`Email Template` is added to a stage, an email is " -"automatically sent to the customer when a ticket reaches that specific stage" -" in the pipeline. Likewise, adding an :guilabel:`SMS Template` triggers an " -"SMS text message to send to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:172 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is an :doc:`In-App Purchase (IAP) " -"` service that requires prepaid " -"credits to work. Refer to `SMS Pricing FAQ `_ for additional information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:176 -msgid "" -"To select an existing email template, select it from the :guilabel:`Email " -"Template` field. Click on the :guilabel:`→ (Internal Link)` icon to the " -"right of the field to edit the chosen template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:179 -msgid "" -"To create a new template, click the field, and enter a title for the new " -"template. Then, select :guilabel:`Create and edit` from the drop-down menu " -"that appears, and complete the form details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Follow the same steps to select, edit, or create an :guilabel:`SMS " -"Template`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of an SMS template setup page in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/companies/email_template`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/companies/email_template`" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:192 -msgid "Assign stages to a team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Make a selection in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk Teams` field on the " -":guilabel:`Stages` form. More than one team may be selected, since the same " -"stage can be assigned to multiple teams." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:198 -msgid "Fold a stage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:200 -msgid "" -"By default, stages are unfolded in the Kanban view of either tickets " -"dashboard: :guilabel:`My Tickets` (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets " -"--> My Tickets`) or :guilabel:`All Tickets` (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app " -"--> Tickets --> All Tickets`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:204 -msgid "" -"Tickets in an unfolded stage are visible in the pipeline under the stage " -"name, and are considered *open*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:207 -msgid "" -"Stages can be configured to be folded in the Kanban view of a tickets page " -"(:guilabel:`My Tickets` or :guilabel:`All Tickets`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:210 -msgid "" -"The name of the folded stages are still visible, though the tickets in the " -"stage are no longer immediately visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:213 -msgid "" -"To fold a stage, check the :guilabel:`Folded in Kanban` box on the " -":guilabel:`Stages` form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Tickets that reach a *folded* stage are considered *closed*. Closing a " -"ticket before the work is completed can result in reporting and " -"communication issues. This setting should **only** be enabled for stages " -"that are considered *closing* stages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:220 -msgid "" -"Stages can be temporarily folded in the Kanban view of the tickets pipeline," -" as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:222 -msgid "" -"View a specific team's pipeline by navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk " -"app`, and clicking the team's Kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Select a stage to fold temporarily, then click the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` " -"icon, and select :guilabel:`Fold`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Kanban view of a Helpdesk stage, with the temporary fold option emphasized." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Manually folding a stage from the Kanban view is temporary and does **not** " -"close the tickets in the stage." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3 msgid "Help Center" msgstr "ศูนย์ช่วยเหลือ" @@ -1974,8 +1968,8 @@ msgid "" "To activate any *Help Center* features (*Forums*, *eLearning*, or " "*Knowledge*) on a *Helpdesk* team, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and select a team, or create a :doc:`new " -"one `. Verify the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team is set" -" to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)` in the " +"one <../../helpdesk>`. Verify the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team is set " +"to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)` in the " ":guilabel:`Visibility & Assignment` section." msgstr "" @@ -2002,7 +1996,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`Getting Started `" +msgid ":doc:`Helpdesk Overview <../../helpdesk>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:38 @@ -2029,7 +2023,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To enable the *Knowledge* feature on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " ":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one `." +"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one <../../helpdesk>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:54 @@ -2283,7 +2277,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To enable :guilabel:`Community Forums` on a *Helpdesk* team, start by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk " -"Teams` and select a team, or create a :doc:`new one `." +"Teams` and select a team, or create a :doc:`new one <../../helpdesk>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:197 @@ -2387,7 +2381,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To enable *eLearning* courses on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " ":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one `." +"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one <../../helpdesk>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:249 @@ -2571,21 +2565,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Asking customers to rate the support they received from a *Helpdesk* team " "provides an opportunity to gauge team performance and track customer " -"satisfaction. Ratings can be published to the portal, providing customers " +"satisfaction. Ratings can be published on the portal, providing customers " "with a general overview of the team's performance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 -msgid "Enable customer ratings on a Helpdesk team" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "Enable customer ratings on Helpdesk teams" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:14 msgid "" -"To enable *customer ratings* on a helpdesk team by going to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams`. Select a team from " -"the list and navigate to the settings page. Scroll to the " -":guilabel:`Performance` section, and check the box for :guilabel:`Customer " -"Ratings`." +"To enable *customer ratings* on a helpdesk team, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select a" +" team from the list and click on it to open the settings page. Scroll to the" +" :guilabel:`Performance` section, and tick the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst-1 @@ -2594,84 +2588,83 @@ msgid "" "in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:25 msgid "Set a ratings request email template on a stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:27 msgid "" "To automatically request ratings from customers once their tickets have " "closed, an email template should be added to the appropriate stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:30 msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` setting has been enabled on the team's" -" settings page, (see above) click the :guilabel:`Set an Email Template on " -"Stages` link. Select a stage from the list, or click :guilabel:`New` to " -"create a new stage." +"After the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` :ref:`setting has been enabled " +"` on the team's settings page, click the " +":guilabel:`Set an Email Template on Stages` link. Select a stage from the " +"list, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 msgid "" "Customers should only be asked to rate tickets once an issue has been " -"resolved and their ticket is closed. Therefore, a *ratings request* email " -"should only be added to a stage that is **folded** in the kanban, as tickets" +"resolved and their ticket is *closed*. Therefore, a *ratings request* email " +"should **only** be added to a stage that is folded in the Kanban, as tickets" " in a *folded stage* are considered closed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 msgid "" -"On the stage's settings page, select `Helpdesk: Ticket Rating Request` in " -"the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. This template has been pre-configured " -"with ratings customers can use to provide feedback. To view the template, " -"click the arrow button to the right of the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the template has been added to the stage, it will automatically send a " -"message when a ticket is moved to that stage. Customers will be asked to " -"rate the support they received with colored icons." +"On the stage's settings page, select the template, `Helpdesk: Ticket Rating " +"Request` in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. This template has been " +"preconfigured with ratings customers can use to provide feedback. To view " +"the template, click the arrow button to the right of the field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:43 +msgid "" +"After the template is added to the stage, it automatically sends a message " +"when a ticket is moved to that stage. Customers are then asked to rate the " +"support they received with colored icons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:46 msgid "*Green smiling face* - Satisfied" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:47 msgid "*Yellow neutral face* - Okay" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:48 msgid "*Red frowning face* - Dissatisfied" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a standard helpdesk customer review email template for Odoo " -"Helpdesk." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:50 msgid "" "After selecting a rating, customers are taken to a webpage where they can " -"provide specific written feedback to support their rating. Once a rating is " -"submitted, it is added to the chatter on the ticket." +"provide specific written feedback to support their rating. The rating is " +"then submitted, and the rating, as well as any additional comments, are " +"added to the chatter on the ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:55 msgid "" "Customer ratings can also be viewed through the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings`" -" report. To view this report, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting " -"--> Customer Ratings`." +" report. To view this report, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " +"Reporting --> Customer Ratings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/companies/email_template`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:62 msgid "Publish ratings on the customer portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:64 msgid "" "After enabling the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` setting, an option to " "publish ratings on the team's website appears. Enabling this setting " @@ -2680,23 +2673,26 @@ msgid "" "only statistics of the team's performance will be visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:70 msgid "" -"In order to display ratings on the customer portal, a team has to have their" -" visibility setting set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal " -"users`. This setting is found on the team's settings page under " -":guilabel:`Visibility`." +"To display ratings on the customer portal, a team **must** have their " +"visibility setting set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal " +"users (public)`. To enable this setting, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select a" +" team from the list and click on it to open the settings page. Scroll to the" +" :guilabel:`Visibility & Assignment` section, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:77 msgid "" -"Next, to publish the ratings, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Teams` and select a team. Scroll to " -":guilabel:`Performance` and enable :guilabel:`Publish this team's ratings on" -" your website`." +"Next, to publish the ratings, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app--> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and select a team. Scroll to " +":guilabel:`Performance` and tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Publish this " +"team's ratings on your website`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:81 msgid "" "To view the ratings for a team, a customer will log into the portal and " "navigate to one of their tickets. After clicking on the team name in the " @@ -2709,51 +2705,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the ratings performance overview from the customer portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:88 -msgid "Manually hide individual ratings" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Individual ratings can be manually hidden from the portal. This allows for " -"specific ratings to be kept out of the performance metrics that are shown to" -" customers." +msgid ":doc:`Portal access <../../../general/users/portal>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:93 +msgid "Manually hide individual ratings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Individual ratings can be manually hidden from the portal. This allows for " +"specific ratings to be kept out of the performance metrics shared with " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:98 msgid "" "To make a rating visible only to internal users, navigate to the page for a " "rating. This can be done in one of the following ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:101 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` and click" -" on one of the kanban cards for an individual rating." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` and " +"click on one of the Kanban cards for an individual rating." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:103 msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Tickets --> All Tickets` and remove" -" the :guilabel:`Open` filter from the search bar. Then filter by " +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app--> Tickets --> All Tickets` and " +"remove the :guilabel:`Open` filter from the search bar. Then filter by " ":guilabel:`Satisfied`, :guilabel:`Okay` and/or :guilabel:`Dissatisfied`. " "Select a ticket from the results. Click the :guilabel:`Rating` smart button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:108 msgid "" "Once on the rating details page, check the :guilabel:`Visible Internally " "Only` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:350 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets`" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports`" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`reports`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 msgid "Receiving tickets" @@ -2776,7 +2775,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, " "and choose an existing team, or click :guilabel:`New` to :doc:`create a new " -"team `." +"team <../../helpdesk>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:16 @@ -3383,6 +3382,10 @@ msgid "" "Level Agreement)` deadline." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:350 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets`" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:351 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" @@ -3395,49 +3398,49 @@ msgstr ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat`" msgid "Reporting" msgstr "การรายงาน" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:8 msgid "" -"Odoo *Helpdesk* includes several reports that provide the opportunity to " -"track trends for customer support tickets, identify areas for improvement, " -"manage employee workloads, and confirm when customer expectations are met." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 -msgid "Available reports" +"Reports in Odoo *Helpdesk* provide the opportunity to manage employee " +"workloads, identify areas for improvement, and confirm if customer " +"expectations are being met." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 +msgid "Available reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 msgid "" "Details about the reports available in Odoo *Helpdesk* can be found below. " -"To view the different reports, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Reporting`." +"To view the different reports, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " +"Reporting`, and select one of the following: :guilabel:`Tickets Analysis`, " +":guilabel:`SLA Status Analysis`, or :guilabel:`Customer Ratings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:16 -msgid "Ticket Analysis" -msgstr "การวิเคราะห์ทิกเก็ต" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The *Ticket Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> " -"Ticket Analysis`) provides an overview of every customer support ticket in " -"the database. This includes the number of tickets assigned among teams and " -"individual users." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 +msgid "Tickets Analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:21 msgid "" -"This report is useful in identifying where teams are spending the most time," -" and helps determine if there is an uneven workload distribution among the " -"support staff. The default report counts the number of tickets per team and " -"groups them by stage." +"The *Tickets Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Reporting " +"--> Tickets Analysis`) provides an overview of every customer support ticket" +" in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"This report is useful for identifying where teams are spending the most " +"time, and helps determine if there is an uneven workload distribution among " +"the support staff. The default report counts the number of tickets per team " +"and groups them by stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 msgid "View of Ticket Analysis report default view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:32 msgid "" "Alternative measures can be selected to track where the most time is spent " "at different points in the workflow. To change the measures used for the " @@ -3446,197 +3449,158 @@ msgid "" "down menu:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Hours to Respond`: average number of working hours " "between a message sent from the customer and the response from the support " -"team. *This is does not include messages sent when the ticket was in a " -"folded stage*" +"team. *This does not include messages sent when the ticket was in a folded " +"stage.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:40 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hours Open`: number of hours between the date the ticket was " "created and the closed date. If there is no closed date on the ticket, the " -"current date is used. **This measure is not specific to working hours**" +"current date is used. **This measure is not specific to working hours.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hours Spent`: number of *Timesheet* hours logged on a ticket. " "*This measure is only available if Timesheets are enabled on a team, and the" -" current user has the access rights to view them*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:44 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the date on " -"which the ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team member" +" current user has the access rights to view them.*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:46 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date on " -"which the ticket was created and the date it was closed" +":guilabel:`Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the date the " +"ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team member." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hours to First Response`: number of working hours between the " -"date on which the ticket was received and the date one which the first " -"message was sent. *This does not include email sent automatically when a " -"ticket reaches a stage*" +":guilabel:`Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date the " +"ticket was created and the date it was closed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hours to SLA Deadline`: number of working hours remaining to " -"reach the last :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` deadline on a ticket" +":guilabel:`Hours to First Response`: number of working hours between the " +"date the ticket was received and the date on which the first message was " +"sent. *This does not include email sent automatically when a ticket reaches " +"a stage.*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:53 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Rating /5`: number valued assigned to the rating received from a " -"customer (Dissatisfied = 1, Okay/Neutral = 3, Satisfied = 5)" +":guilabel:`Hours until SLA Deadline`: number of working hours remaining to " +"reach the last |SLA| deadline on a ticket." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:99 -msgid ":guilabel:`Count`: number of tickets in total" +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rating (/5)`: number out of five to represent customer feedback " +"(Dissatisfied = 1, Okay/Neutral = 3, Satisfied = 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining Hours on SO`: hours remaining on a linked sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Count`: number of tickets in total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:61 msgid "" "*Working hours* are calculated based on the default working calendar. To " "view or change the working calendar, go to the :menuselection:`Settings` " "application and select :menuselection:`Employees --> Company Working Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:66 msgid "SLA Status Analysis" msgstr "การวิเคราะห์สถานะ SLA" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:68 msgid "" -"The *SLA Status Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting -->" -" SLA Status Analysis`) tracks how quickly an SLA (Service Level Agreement) " -"is fulfilled, as well as the success rate of individual policies." +"The *SLA Status Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Reporting" +" --> SLA Status Analysis`) :ref:`analyzes the performance ` of individual SLA (Service Level Agreement) policies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:72 msgid "" -"By default, this report is filtered to show the number of :abbr:`SLAs " -"(Service Level Agreements)` failed, as well as the failure rate over the " -"last 30 days, grouped by team." +"By default, this report is filtered to show the number of |SLAs| failed, in " +"progress, and the number that have been successful. The results are grouped " +"by teams." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 msgid "View of Group by options of Ticket Analysis report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:79 msgid "" "To change the measures used for the report that is currently displayed, or " "to add more, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button, and select one or more " "options from the drop-down menu:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:82 msgid "" -":guilabel:`% of Failed SLA`: percentage of tickets that have failed at least" -" one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`" +":guilabel:`Number of SLA Failed`: number of tickets that have failed at " +"least one |SLA|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:83 msgid "" -":guilabel:`% of SLA in Progress`: percentage of tickets that have at least " -"one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` still in progress, and have not " -"failed any :abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:84 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`% of Successful SLA`: percentage of tickets where all :abbr:`SLAs" -" (Service Level Agreements)` have been successful" +":guilabel:`Rating (/5)`: number value representing customer feedback " +"(Dissatisfied = 1, Okay/Neutral = 3, Satisfied = 5)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:86 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Number of SLA Failed`: number of tickets that have failed at " -"least one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`" +":guilabel:`Working Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the " +"date the ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team member." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:88 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Number of SLA Successful`: number of tickets where all " -":abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)` have been successful" +":guilabel:`Working Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date" +" the ticket was created and the date it was closed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:90 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Number of SLA in Progress`: number of tickets that have at least " -"one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` still in progress, and have not " -"failed any :abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:93 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Working Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the " -"date on which the ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team " -"member" +":guilabel:`Working Hours to Reach SLA`: number of working hours between the " +"date the ticket was created and the date the |SLA| was satisfied." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:95 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Working Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date" -" on which the ticket was created and the date it was closed" +msgid ":doc:`Service Level Agreements (SLA) `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:97 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Working Hours to Reach SLA`: number of working hours between the " -"date on which the ticket was created and the date the :abbr:`SLA (Service " -"Level Agreement)` was satisfied" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:102 -msgid "" -"To see the number of tickets that were able to achieve the stated :abbr:`SLA" -" (Service Level Agreement)` objectives, and track the amount of time it took" -" to achieve those objectives, click :menuselection:`Measures --> Number of " -"SLA Successful` and :menuselection:`Measures --> Working Hours to Reach " -"SLA`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:107 -msgid "" -"To sort these results by the team members assigned to the tickets, select " -":menuselection:`Total --> Assigned to`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:111 -msgid "" -":doc:`Service Level Agreements (SLA) " -"`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:98 msgid "Customer Ratings" msgstr "การให้คะแนนลูกค้า" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:100 msgid "" -"The *Customer Ratings* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting -- " -"Customer Ratings`) displays an overview of the ratings received on " +"The *Customer Ratings* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app--> Reporting -->" +" Customer Ratings`) displays an overview of the ratings received on " "individual support tickets, as well as any additional comments submitted " "with the rating." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 -msgid "View of the kanban display in the Customer Ratings report." +msgid "View of the Kanban display in the Customer Ratings report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:108 msgid "" "Click on an individual rating to see additional details about the rating " "submitted by the customer, including a link to the original ticket." @@ -3646,91 +3610,88 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the details of an individual customer rating." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:116 msgid "" -"On the rating's details page, select the :guilabel:`Visible Internally Only`" -" option to hide the rating from the customer portal." +"On the rating's details page, tick the :guilabel:`Visible Internally Only` " +"checkbox to hide the rating from the customer portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:119 msgid "" -"The *Customer Ratings* report is displayed in a kanban view by default, but " +"The *Customer Ratings* report is displayed in a Kanban view by default, but " "can also be displayed in graph, list, or pivot view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:139 -msgid ":doc:`Ratings `" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`Ratings `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:126 msgid "View and filter options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:128 msgid "" "On any Odoo report, the view and filter options vary, depending on what data" " is being analyzed, measured, and grouped. See below for additional " "information on the available views for the *Helpdesk* reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:133 msgid "" "Only one measure may be selected at a time for graphs, but pivot tables can " "include multiple measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:153 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:141 msgid "Pivot view" msgstr "มุมมองสรุป" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:139 msgid "" "The *pivot* view presents data in an interactive manner. All three " "*Helpdesk* reports are available in pivot view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:142 msgid "" -"The pivot view can be accessed on any report by selecting the " -":guilabel:`grid icon` at the top right of the screen." +"The pivot view can be accessed on any report by selecting the :icon:`oi-" +"view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot)` icon at the top-right of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:151 msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:149 msgid "" -"To add a group to a row or column to the pivot view, click the :guilabel:`➕ " -"(plus sign)` next to :guilabel:`Total`, and then select one of the groups. " -"To remove one, click the :guilabel:`➖ (minus sign)` and de-select the " -"appropriate option." +"To add a group to a row or column to the pivot view, click the :icon:`fa-" +"plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon next to :guilabel:`Total`, and then " +"select one of the groups. To remove one, click the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o`" +" :guilabel:`(minus)` icon, and de-select the appropriate option." msgstr "" -"หากต้องการเพิ่มกลุ่มลงในแถวหรือคอลัมน์ในมุมมองสรุป ให้คลิก :guilabel:`➕ " -"(เครื่องหมายบวก)` ถัดจาก :guilabel:`ทั้งหมด` จากนั้นเลือกกลุ่มใดกลุ่มหนึ่ง " -"หากต้องการลบออก ให้คลิก :guilabel:`➖ (เครื่องหมายลบ)` " -"และยกเลิกการเลือกตัวเลือกที่เหมาะสม" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:170 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:173 msgid "Graph view" msgstr "มุมมองกราฟ" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:156 msgid "" "The *graph* view presents data in either a *bar*, *line*, or *pie* chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:158 msgid "" -"Switch to the graph view by selecting the :guilabel:`line chart icon` at the" -" top right of the screen. To switch between the different charts, select the" -" *related icon* at the top left of the chart, while in graph view." +"Switch to the graph view by selecting the :icon:`fa-area-chart` " +":guilabel:`(area chart)` icon at the top-right of the screen. To switch " +"between the different charts, select the *related icon* at the top-left of " +"the chart, while in graph view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:164 msgid "Bar chart" msgstr "แผนภูมิแท่ง" @@ -3739,7 +3700,7 @@ msgstr "แผนภูมิแท่ง" msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in bar view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:170 msgid "Line chart" msgstr "แผนภูมิเส้น" @@ -3747,7 +3708,7 @@ msgstr "แผนภูมิเส้น" msgid "View of the Customer Ratings report in line view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:176 msgid "Pie chart" msgstr "แผนภูมิวงกลม" @@ -3755,58 +3716,69 @@ msgstr "แผนภูมิวงกลม" msgid "View of the Ticket analysis report in pie chart view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:183 msgid "" "Both the *bar chart* and *line chart* can utilize the *stacked* view option." -" This presents two (or more) groups of data on top of each other, instead of" -" next to each other, making it easier to compare data." +" This presents two or more groups of data on top of each other, instead of " +"next to each other, making it easier to compare data. While viewing either a" +" bar chart or line chart, click the :icon:`fa-database` " +":guilabel:`(stacked)` icon to toggle the stacked view option on or off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:189 msgid "Save and share a favorite search" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:191 msgid "" "The *Favorites* feature found on *Helpdesk* reports allows users to save " -"their most commonly used filters without having to reconstruct them every " +"their most commonly used filters, without having to reconstruct them every " "time they are needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:194 msgid "" -"To create and save new *Favorites* on a report, follow the steps below:" +"To create and save a new *Favorites* configuration on a report, follow the " +"steps below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:196 msgid "" "Set the necessary parameters using the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group" " By` and :guilabel:`Measures` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:213 -msgid "Click :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:214 -msgid "Rename the search." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:198 msgid "" -"Select :guilabel:`Use by default` to have these filter settings " +"Click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(down)` icon next to the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar to open the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Favorites` heading, click :guilabel:`Save current " +"search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:201 +msgid "If desired, enter a new name for the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Default Filter` checkbox to have these filter settings " "automatically displayed when the report is opened. Otherwise, leave it " "blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:204 msgid "" -"Select :guilabel:`Share with all users` to make this filter available to all" -" other database users. If this box is not checked, it will only be available" -" to the user who creates it." +"Tick the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make this filter configuration " +"available to all other database users. If this checkbox is not ticked, only " +"the user who creates the filter can access it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:207 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to preserve the configuration for future use." msgstr "" @@ -3814,14 +3786,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the save favorites option in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:226 -msgid "" -":doc:`Start receiving tickets " -"`" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:214 +msgid ":doc:`Start receiving tickets `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:227 -msgid ":doc:`Odoo reporting `" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:215 +msgid ":doc:`Odoo reporting <../../../essentials/reporting>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 @@ -4069,11 +4039,11 @@ msgid "" "View of a ticket's form with a failing and passing SLA in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:133 msgid "Analyze SLA performance" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:135 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`SLA Status Analysis` report tracks how quickly an :abbr:`SLA " "(Service Level Agreement)` is fulfilled, as well as the performance of " @@ -4082,7 +4052,7 @@ msgid "" " Analysis`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:143 msgid "" "By default, the report displays in a :guilabel:`Pivot` view. Any :abbr:`SLA " "(Service Level Agreement)` policies in the database with tickets that failed" @@ -4090,20 +4060,20 @@ msgid "" "listed. By default, they are grouped by team and ticket count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:151 msgid "" "The pivot view aggregates data, which can be manipulated by adding measures " "and filters." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:153 msgid "" "To change the display, or add additional measurements, click the " ":guilabel:`Measures` button to reveal a drop-down menu of reporting " "criteria, and choose from the options available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:156 msgid "" "Whenever a measurement is picked, a :guilabel:`✔️ (checkmark)` icon appears " "in the drop-down menu to indicate that the measurement is included, and a " @@ -4115,7 +4085,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the available measures in the SLA status analysis report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:164 msgid "" "To add a group to a row or column, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` icon next " "to the policy name and then select one of the groups. To remove one, click " @@ -4127,7 +4097,7 @@ msgid "" "View of the available group by options in the SLA status analysis report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:175 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`SLA Status Analysis` report can also be viewed as a " ":guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line Chart`, or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`. " @@ -4136,17 +4106,17 @@ msgid "" "at the top-left of the graph." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:182 msgid "Bar Chart" msgstr "แผนภูมิแท่ง" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:188 msgid "" "A bar chart can deal with larger data sets and compare data across several " "categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:190 msgid "Line Chart" msgstr "แผนภูมิเส้น" @@ -4154,11 +4124,11 @@ msgstr "แผนภูมิเส้น" msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in line view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:196 msgid "A line chart can visualize data trends or changes over time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:198 msgid "Pie Chart" msgstr "แผนภูมิวงกลม" @@ -4166,11 +4136,11 @@ msgstr "แผนภูมิวงกลม" msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in pie chart view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:204 msgid "A pie chart compares data among a small number of categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:207 msgid "" "Both the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` and :guilabel:`Line Chart` views can be " ":guilabel:`Stacked` by selecting the :guilabel:`Stacked` icon. This displays" @@ -4182,11 +4152,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in bar view, stacked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:216 msgid "Cohort view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:218 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Cohort` view is used to track the changes in data over a " "period of time. To display the :guilabel:`SLA Status Analysis` report in a " @@ -4195,19 +4165,19 @@ msgid "" "next to the other view options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:227 msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in cohort view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:227 msgid "The cohort view examines the life cycle of data over time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:230 msgid ":ref:`Reporting views `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:231 msgid "" ":doc:`Allow customers to close their tickets " "`" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index c89ccf08e..d4177e393 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -5,17 +5,17 @@ # # Translators: # Wichanon Jamwutthipreecha, 2024 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -967,7 +967,7 @@ msgid "eCommerce management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:124 msgid "Customer accounts" msgstr "" @@ -1459,7 +1459,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:147 msgid "Analytics" msgstr "การวิเคราะห์" @@ -2489,8 +2489,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:168 msgid "" -"The file is then available after checkout in the **purchase order** section " -"found on the customer's portal." +"The file is then available after checkout in the :guilabel:`Sales Orders` " +"section, found on the customer's portal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:172 @@ -6105,8 +6105,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:156 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started`" +msgid ":doc:`../../services/helpdesk`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:161 msgid "Canned responses" @@ -7476,7 +7476,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:11 msgid "" "Each website can be designed and configured independently with its own " -":doc:`domain name `, theme, pages, menus, :doc:`languages " +":doc:`domain name `, :doc:`theme <../web_design/themes>`, " +":doc:`pages <../pages>`, :doc:`menus <../pages/menus>`, :doc:`languages " "`, :doc:`products <../../ecommerce/managing_products/products>`, " "assigned sales team, etc. They can also :ref:`share content and pages " "`." @@ -7497,7 +7498,7 @@ msgid "To create a new website, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:136 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" @@ -7554,21 +7555,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:55 msgid "" -"When you switch websites, you are redirected to the other website, to the " -"same page (URL) as the current one. If the page you are currently viewing " -"does not exist on the other website, you are redirected to a 404 error page." -" Once redirected, click :guilabel:`Create page` to create the page." +"When you switch websites, you are redirected to the homepage of the other " +"website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:0 -msgid "Create a page from a 404 error page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:58 msgid "Website-specific configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:60 msgid "" "Most website settings are website-specific, which means they can be " "enabled/disabled per website. To adapt the settings for a website, go to " @@ -7578,13 +7573,13 @@ msgid "" " for that specific website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:67 msgid "" "Websites are created with the default settings; the settings are not copied " "from one website to the other." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:69 msgid "" "In a :doc:`multi-company environment `, " "each website can be linked to a specific company in your database so that " @@ -7593,11 +7588,11 @@ msgid "" " the :guilabel:`Company` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:77 msgid "Content availability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:79 msgid "" "By default, pages, products, events, etc. created from the frontend (using " "the :guilabel:`+New` button) are only available on the website from which it" @@ -7622,39 +7617,39 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Website field in Forum form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:92 msgid "Records and features can be made available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:94 msgid "On all websites: leave the :guilabel:`Website` field empty;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:95 msgid "Only on one website: set the :guilabel:`Website` field accordingly;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:96 msgid "" "On some websites: in this case, you should duplicate the item and set the " ":guilabel:`Website` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:100 msgid "Website pages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:102 msgid "" "To modify the website on which a page is to be published, proceed as " "follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:104 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:105 msgid "" "Open the search panel and select the website on which the page is currently " "published." @@ -7664,34 +7659,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Display pages per website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:110 msgid "Tick the check box next to the page(s) you want to change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:111 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Website` field and select the website, or empty it to " "publish the page on all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:115 msgid "" "Each website must have its own homepage; you may not use the same homepage " "for several websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:118 msgid "eCommerce features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:120 msgid "" "eCommerce features such as products, eCommerce categories, pricelists, " "discounts, payment providers, etc. can be restricted to :ref:`a specific " "website `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:126 msgid "" "You can :doc:`allow your customers to use the same account " "<../../ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts>` on all of your " @@ -7699,41 +7694,41 @@ msgid "" "the website settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:131 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "กำหนดราคา" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:133 msgid "" "Products can be priced differently based on the website using " ":ref:`pricelists `. The following configuration is " "required:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:137 msgid "" "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section and select the " ":guilabel:`Pricelists` option :guilabel:`Multiple prices per product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:139 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Pricelists` to define new pricelists or edit existing ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:140 msgid "" "Select the pricelist or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new one, then " "select the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and set the :guilabel:`Website` " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting.rst:5 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "การรายงาน" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:149 msgid "" "Each website has its own :ref:`analytics `. To switch " "between websites, click the buttons in the upper right corner." @@ -7743,11 +7738,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Switch websites in analytics" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:156 msgid "Other reporting data" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:158 msgid "" "Other reporting data such as eCommerce dashboard data, online sales analyses" " and visitors can be grouped by website if necessary. Open the search panel " @@ -7768,69 +7763,66 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Cloudflare Turnstile is recommended** as it is possible to add an " -"interactive check if the automated check fails. Also, Google reCAPTCHA v3 is" -" limited to `1 million assessments per month per domain " -"`_." +"We recommend using **Cloudflare Turnstile** as reCAPTCHA v3 may not be " +"compliant with local data protection regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:14 msgid "" "All pages using the :guilabel:`Form`, :guilabel:`Newsletter Block`, " ":guilabel:`Newsletter Popup` snippets, and the eCommerce :guilabel:`Extra " "Step During Checkout` form are protected by both tools." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:19 msgid "" "`Cloudflare Turnstile's documentation " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:20 msgid "" "`Google's reCAPTCHA v3 guide " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:25 msgid "Cloudflare Turnstile configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:28 msgid "On Cloudflare" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:30 msgid "" "`Create `_ a Cloudflare account or use " "an existing one and `log in `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:32 msgid "On the dashboard navigation sidebar, click :guilabel:`Turnstile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:33 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Turnstile Sites` page, click :guilabel:`Add Site`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:34 msgid "Add a :guilabel:`Site name` to identify it easily." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:35 msgid "" "Enter or select the website's :guilabel:`Domain` (e.g., *example.com* or " "*subdomain.example.com*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:36 msgid "Select a :guilabel:`Widget Mode`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:38 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Managed` mode is **recommended**, as visitors can be prompted" " to check a box confirming they are human if deemed necessary by Turnstile." @@ -7840,7 +7832,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Cloudflare Turnstile human verification widget" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:44 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Non-interactive` and :guilabel:`Invisible` modes, " "visitors are never prompted to interact. In :guilabel:`Non-interactive` " @@ -7848,7 +7840,7 @@ msgid "" "protects the form; however, the widget is not supported by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:49 msgid "" "If the Turnstile check fails, visitors are not able to submit the form, and " "the following error message is displayed:" @@ -7858,8 +7850,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Cloudflare Turnstile verification error message" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:28 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "คลิก :guilabel:`สร้าง`" @@ -7867,82 +7859,87 @@ msgstr "คลิก :guilabel:`สร้าง`" msgid "Adding a website to Cloudflare Turnstile" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:60 msgid "" "The generated keys are then displayed. Leave the page open for convenience, " "as copying the keys in Odoo is required next." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:111 msgid "On Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:66 msgid "" "From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " ":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`Cloudflare Turnstile` and click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:68 msgid "" "Open the Cloudflare Turnstile page, copy the :guilabel:`Site Key`, and paste" " it into the :guilabel:`CF Site Key` field in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:70 msgid "" "Open the Cloudflare Turnstile page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret Key`, and " "paste it into the :guilabel:`CF Secret Key` field in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "คลิก :guilabel:`บันทึก`" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:75 msgid "" "Navigate to Turnstile on your Cloudflare account to view the solve rates and" " access more settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:81 msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:85 -msgid "On Google" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:84 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 may not be compliant with local data protection regulations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:87 +msgid "On Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:89 msgid "" "Open `the reCAPTCHA website registration page " "`_. Log in or create a Google" " account if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:92 msgid "On the website registration page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:94 msgid "Give the website a :guilabel:`Label`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:95 msgid "Leave the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA type` on :guilabel:`Score based (v3)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:96 msgid "" "Enter one or more :guilabel:`Domains` (e.g., *example.com* or " "*subdomain.example.com*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:97 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform`, a project is automatically selected" " if one was already created with the logged-in Google account. If not, one " @@ -7955,11 +7952,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform` " "เพื่อเลือกโปรเจ็กต์ด้วยตนเองหรือเปลี่ยนชื่อโปรเจ็กต์ที่สร้างขึ้นโดยอัตโนมัติ" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:101 msgid "Agree to the terms of service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:102 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit`." msgstr "" @@ -7967,45 +7964,45 @@ msgstr "" msgid "reCAPTCHA website registration example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:107 msgid "" "A new page with the generated keys is then displayed. Leave it open for " "convenience, as copying the keys to Odoo is required next." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:113 msgid "" "From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " ":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:117 msgid "" "Do not disable the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` feature or uninstall the " ":guilabel:`Google reCAPTCHA integration` module, as many other modules would" " also be removed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:120 msgid "" "Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Site key`, and paste it " "into the :guilabel:`Site Key` field in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:122 msgid "" "Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret key`, and paste " "it into the :guilabel:`Secret Key` field in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:124 msgid "" "Change the default :guilabel:`Minimum score` (`0.50`) if necessary, using a " "value between `1.00` and `0.00`. The higher the threshold is, the more " "difficult it is to pass the reCAPTCHA, and vice versa." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:129 msgid "" "You can notify visitors that reCAPTCHA protects a form. To do so, open the " "website editor and navigate to the form. Then, click somewhere on the form, " @@ -8017,7 +8014,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "reCAPTCHA policy message displayed on a form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:138 msgid "" "If the reCAPTCHA check fails, the following error message is displayed:" msgstr "" @@ -8026,7 +8023,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Google reCAPTCHA verification error message" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:144 msgid "" "Analytics and additional settings are available on `Google's reCAPTCHA " "administration page `_. For " @@ -8469,72 +8466,72 @@ msgid "" " and appearance to your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:12 msgid "" -"*Static* pages are pages that have stable content, such as the homepage. You" -" can manually create new ones, define their URL, adapt their " -":ref:`properties `, etc. *Dynamic* pages, on the " -"other hand, are generated dynamically. All pages generated automatically by " -"Odoo, for example when you install an app or module (e.g., `/shop` or " -"`/blog`) or publish a new product or blog post, are dynamic pages and are " -"therefore managed differently." +"**Static** pages have stable content, such as the homepage. You can manually" +" create new ones, define their URLs, adapt their :ref:`properties " +"`, etc. **Dynamic** pages, on the other hand, are " +"generated dynamically. All pages generated automatically by Odoo, for " +"example, when you install an app or module (e.g., `/shop` or `/blog`) or " +"publish a new product or blog post, are dynamic pages and are therefore " +"managed differently." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:19 msgid "Page creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:21 msgid "" "Website pages can be created from the **frontend** and the **backend**. To " "create a new website page, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:24 msgid "" "Either open the **Website** app, click :guilabel:`+ New` in the top-right " "corner, then select :guilabel:`Page`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:26 msgid "" "Or go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages` and click " ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:27 msgid "" -"Enter a :guilabel:`Page Title`; this title is used in the menu, as well as " -"in the page's URL." +"Enter a :guilabel:`Page Title`; this title is used in the menu and the " +"page's URL." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:29 msgid "" "Customize the page's content and appearance using the website builder, then " "click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:31 msgid ":ref:`Publish ` the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:34 msgid "" "Disable :guilabel:`Add to menu` if the page should not appear in the menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:37 msgid "Page management" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:42 msgid "Publishing/unpublishing pages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:44 msgid "" "Pages need to be published to make them accessible to website visitors. To " -"publish or unpublish a page, access it, then toggle the switch in the upper-" +"publish or unpublish a page, access it and toggle the switch in the upper-" "right corner from :guilabel:`Unpublished` to :guilabel:`Published`, or vice " "versa." msgstr "" @@ -8543,63 +8540,63 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Unpublished/Published toggle" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:52 msgid "It is also possible to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:54 msgid "" "publish/unpublish a page from the :ref:`page properties " "`, where you can define a publishing date and/or " "restrict the page's visibility if needed;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:56 msgid "" "publish/unpublish several pages at once: go to :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Site --> Pages`, select the pages, then, click :guilabel:`Action` and select" -" :guilabel:`Publish` or :guilabel:`Unpublish`." +"Site --> Pages`, select the pages, then click :guilabel:`Action` and select " +":guilabel:`Publish` or :guilabel:`Unpublish`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:61 msgid "Homepage" msgstr "โฮมเพจ" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:63 msgid "" -"By default, when you create a website, Odoo creates a dedicated " -":guilabel:`Home` page, but you can define any website page as your homepage." -" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, " -"then, in the :guilabel:`Website info` section, define the URL of the desired" -" page in the field :guilabel:`Homepage URL` (e.g., `/shop`)." +"When you create a website, Odoo creates a dedicated :guilabel:`Home` page by" +" default, but you can define any website page as your homepage. To do so, go" +" to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, then, in the " +":guilabel:`Website info` section, define the URL of the desired page in the " +"field :guilabel:`Homepage URL` (e.g., `/shop`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:68 msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can define any static page as your homepage by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Properties`. Select the " -":guilabel:`Publish` tab and enable :guilabel:`Use as Homepage`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:73 -msgid "Page properties" +"Alternatively, you can define any :ref:`static page ` as " +"your homepage by going to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Properties`. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Publish` tab and enable :guilabel:`Use as Homepage`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To modify a static page's properties, access the page you wish to modify, " -"then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties`." +msgid "Page properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:78 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Name` tab allows you to:" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To modify a :ref:`static page's ` properties, access the " +"page you wish to modify, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:80 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Name` tab allows you to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:82 msgid "rename the page using the :guilabel:`Page Name` field;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:83 msgid "" "modify the :guilabel:`Page URL`. In this case, you can redirect the old URL " "to the new one if needed. To do so, enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old URL`, " @@ -8607,11 +8604,11 @@ msgid "" "redirection>`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`301 Moved permanently`: to redirect the page permanently;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`302 Moved temporarily`: to redirect the page temporarily." msgstr "" @@ -8619,76 +8616,76 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Redirect old URL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:93 msgid "" "You can further adapt the page's properties in the :guilabel:`Publish` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:95 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show in Top Menu`: Disable if you don't want the page to appear " "in the menu;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:96 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use as Homepage`: Enable if you want the page to be the homepage " "of your website;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:97 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Indexed`: Disable if you don't want the page to be shown in " "search engine results;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:98 msgid ":guilabel:`Published`: Enable to publish the page;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Publishing Date`: To publish the page at a specific moment, " "select the date, click the clock icon to set the time, then click the green " "check mark to validate your selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:101 msgid ":guilabel:`Visibility`: Select who can access the page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:103 msgid ":guilabel:`All`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Signed In`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Restricted Group`: Select the :doc:`user access group(s) " "` in the :guilabel:`Authorized " "group` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`With Password`: Enter the password in the :guilabel:`Password` " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:110 msgid "" "*Some* of these properties can also be modified from :menuselection:`Website" " --> Site --> Pages`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:113 msgid "Duplicating pages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:115 msgid "" "To duplicate a page, access the page, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> " "Properties` and click :guilabel:`Duplicate Page`. Enter a :guilabel:`Page " @@ -8697,21 +8694,21 @@ msgid "" "change its position using the :doc:`menu editor `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:123 msgid "Deleting pages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:125 msgid "To delete a page, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:127 msgid "" "Access the page, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties` and click " ":guilabel:`Delete Page`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:129 msgid "" "A pop-up window appears on the screen with all links referring to the page " "you want to delete, organized by category. To ensure website visitors don't " @@ -8721,131 +8718,137 @@ msgid "" "` for the deleted page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:134 msgid "" "Once you have updated the links (or set up a :ref:`redirection `), select the :guilabel:`I am sure about this` check box, then " "click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:138 -msgid "URL redirects" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Redirecting URLs consists in sending visitors and search engines to a URL " -"that is different from the one they originally requested. This technique is " -"used, for example, to prevent broken links when you :ref:`delete a page " -"`, :ref:`modify its URL `, or " -"move your site to a new :doc:`domain `. It can " -"also be used to improve :doc:`pages/seo`." +msgid "URL redirect mapping" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:142 +msgid "" +"URL redirect mapping consists in sending visitors and search engines to a " +"URL different from the one they initially requested. This technique is used," +" for example, to prevent broken links when you :ref:`delete a page " +"`, :ref:`modify its URL `, or " +"migrate your site from another platform to an Odoo :doc:`domain " +"`. It can also be used to improve " +":doc:`pages/seo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:148 msgid "" "To access existing URL redirections and create new ones, :doc:`activate the " "developer mode ` and go to " ":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Redirects`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:151 -msgid "" -"A record is added automatically every time you :ref:`modify a page's URL " -"` and enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old URL`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:153 -msgid "You can set up redirections for static and dynamic pages." +msgid "" +"A redirect record is added automatically every time you :ref:`modify a " +"page's URL ` and enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old " +"URL`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:155 msgid "" +"You can set up redirections for :ref:`static and dynamic pages " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:157 +msgid "" "To create a new redirection, click the :guilabel:`New` button, then fill in " "the fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:159 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name to identify the redirect." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:158 -msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: Select the type of redirection:" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:160 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`404 Not found`: visitors are redirected to a 404 error page when " -"they try to access the page." +msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: Select the type of redirection:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:162 msgid "" -":guilabel:`301 Moved Permanently`: for permanent redirections of static " -"pages; the new URL is shown in search engine results and the redirect is " -"cached by browsers." +":guilabel:`404 Not found`: visitors are redirected to a 404 error page when " +"they try to access an unpublished or deleted page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:164 msgid "" -":guilabel:`302 Moved Temporarily`: for short-term redirections, for example," -" if you are redesigning or updating the page. The new URL is neither cached " -"by browsers, nor shown in search engine results." +":guilabel:`301 Moved Permanently`: for permanent redirections of unpublished" +" or deleted :ref:`static pages `. The new URL is shown in" +" search engine results, and the redirect is cached by browsers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:167 msgid "" -":guilabel:`308 Redirect / Rewrite`: for permanent redirections of dynamic " -"pages; the new URL is shown in search engine results and the redirect is " -"cached by browsers. Use this redirect type to rename a dynamic page, for " -"example, if you wish to rename `/shop` into `/market`." +":guilabel:`302 Moved Temporarily`: for short-term redirections, for example," +" if you are redesigning or updating a page. The new URL is neither cached by" +" browsers nor shown in search engine results." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:170 msgid "" -":guilabel:`URL from`: Enter the URL to be redirected (e.g., `/about-the-" -"company`) or search for the desired dynamic page and select it from the " -"list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:173 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`URL to`: For 301, 302 and 308 redirects, enter the URL to be " -"redirected to. If you want to redirect to an external URL, make sure to " -"include the protocol (e.g., `https://`)." +":guilabel:`308 Redirect/Rewrite`: for permanent redirections of existing " +":ref:`dynamic pages `. The URL is renamed; the new name " +"is shown in search engine results and is cached by browsers. Use this " +"redirect type to rename a dynamic page, for example, if you wish to rename " +"`/shop` into `/market`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:175 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL from`: Enter the URL to be redirected (e.g., `/about-the-" +"company`) or search for the desired :ref:`dynamic page ` " +"and select it from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:177 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL to`: For 301, 302, and 308 redirects, enter the URL to be " +"redirected to. If you want to redirect to an external URL, include the " +"protocol (e.g., `https://`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:179 msgid ":guilabel:`Website`: Select a specific website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:180 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sequence`: to define the order in which redirections are " +":guilabel:`Sequence`: To define the order in which redirections are " "performed, e.g., in the case of redirect chains (i.e., a series of redirects" " where one URL is redirected to another one, which is itself further " "redirected to another URL)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:184 msgid "Toggle the :guilabel:`Activate` switch to deactivate the redirection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:187 msgid "" -"404, 301 and 302 redirections only work if the original page has been " +"404, 301, and 302 redirections are meant to migrate traffic from " ":ref:`unpublished ` or :ref:`deleted " -"`." +"` pages to *new* pages, while the 308 redirect is used " +"for *permanent* redirections of *existing* pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:192 msgid "" "`Google documentation on redirects and search " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:193 msgid ":doc:`pages/seo`" msgstr ":doc:`pages/seo`" @@ -9590,36 +9593,46 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`GTM (Google Tag Manager)` is a tag management system that allows you " "to easily update measurement codes and related code fragments, collectively " "known as tags on your website or mobile app, directly through the code " -"injector. To use GTM, proceed as follows:" +"injector." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Google Tag Manager may not be compliant with local data protection " +"regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:142 +msgid "To use GTM, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:144 msgid "" "Create or sign in to a Google account by going to " "https://tagmanager.google.com/." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:146 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Accounts` tab, click :guilabel:`Create account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:148 msgid "" "Enter an :guilabel:`Account Name` and select the account's " ":guilabel:`Country`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:150 msgid "" "Enter your website's URL in the :guilabel:`Container name` field and select " "the :guilabel:`Target platform`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:153 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create` and agree to the Terms of Service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:155 msgid "" "Copy the `` and `` codes from the popup window. Then, go to your" " website, click :guilabel:`Edit`, go to the :guilabel:`Themes` tab, scroll " @@ -9631,7 +9644,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Install Google Tag Manager" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:164 msgid "" "The data is collected in the marketing tools used to monitor the website " "(e.g., Google Analytics, Plausible, Facebook Pixel), not in Odoo." @@ -10016,6 +10029,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/dynamic_content.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/inner_content.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -10174,6 +10188,59 @@ msgid "" "enter the code, replacing the code used to show the block's instructions." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:3 +msgid "Features" +msgstr "ฟีเจอร์ต่าง ๆ " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Features` :doc:`building blocks <../building_blocks>` allow " +"you to list multiple items next to each other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The :ref:`Table of Content ` and the :ref:`Call " +"to Action ` blocks are presented below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:20 +msgid "Table of content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Table of Content` block is used to list many different items " +"grouped under several headings. A clickable index is available to navigate " +"quickly between the different categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst-1 +msgid "The default Table of Content block" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:29 +msgid "Call to action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Call to Action` block is used to prompt visitors to take a " +"specific action, such as signing up for a newsletter or contacting you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst-1 +msgid "The default Call to Action block" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To change the button's link, select it, go to the :guilabel:`Customize` " +"tab's :guilabel:`Inline Text` section and replace `/contactus` with another " +"URL." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/inner_content.rst:3 msgid "Inner content" msgstr "เนื้อหาด้านใน" @@ -10242,10 +10309,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The default banner block" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:29 -msgid "Call to action" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:31 msgid "" "The call to action button encourages visitors to take a specific action, for" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po index 5375ecddc..db0be61da 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -31,430 +31,651 @@ msgid "Activities" msgstr "Дії" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database. " -"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " -"chatter thread, kanban view, list view, or activities view of an " -"application." +msgid "*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:10 -msgid "Schedule activities" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The icon used to display activities varies depending on the :ref:`activity " +"type `:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:11 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`🕘 (clock)`: the default icon, which appears if nothing is " +"scheduled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 -msgid "" -"One way that activities are created is by clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule " -"Activity` button, located at the top of the *chatter* on any record. On the " -"pop-up window that appears, select an :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the " -"drop-down menu." +msgid ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)`: this icon appears if a phone call is scheduled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:13 +msgid ":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)`: this icon appears if an email is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:14 +msgid ":guilabel:`✔️ (checkmark)`: this icon appears if a to-do is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:15 msgid "" -"Individual applications have a list of *Activity Types* dedicated to that " -"application. For example, to view and edit the activities available for the " -"*CRM* application, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " -"Activity Types`." +":guilabel:`(group of people)`: this icon appears if a meeting is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(arrow pointing up above a line)`: this icon appears if a " +"document is scheduled to be uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(pencil in a box)`: this icon appears if a signature request is " +"scheduled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Enter a title for the activity in the :guilabel:`Summary` field, located in " -"the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window." +msgid "Schedule activities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:23 msgid "" -"To assign the activity to a different user, select a name from the " -":guilabel:`Assigned to` drop-down menu. Otherwise, the user creating the " -"activity is automatically assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Lastly, feel free to add any additional information in the optional " -":guilabel:`Log a note...` field." +"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " +":ref:`chatter ` thread, :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or " +":ref:`activities view ` of an application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Due Date` field on the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " -"window auto-populates based on the configuration settings for the selected " -":guilabel:`Activity Type`. However, this date can be changed by selecting a " -"day on the calendar in the :guilabel:`Due Date` field." +msgid "Chatter" +msgstr "Чатер" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:32 +msgid "Activities can be created from the chatter on any record." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:34 -msgid "Lastly, click one of the following buttons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:36 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Schedule`: adds the activity to the chatter under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the chatter " -"under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, it is automatically " -"marked as completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:39 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Done \\& Schedule Next`: adds the task under :guilabel:`Today` " -"marked as done, and opens a new activity window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Discard`: discards any changes made on the pop-up window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Depending on the activity type, the :guilabel:`Schedule` button may be " -"replaced by a :guilabel:`Save` button, or an :guilabel:`Open Calendar` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Scheduled activities are added to the chatter for the record under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Activities can also be scheduled from the kanban, list, or activities view " -"of an application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:59 -msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`, and proceed to fill " -"out the pop-up form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:67 -msgid "List view" -msgstr "Список перегляду" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`. If the record already " -"has an activity scheduled, the clock icon may be replaced by a :guilabel:`📞 " -"(phone)` or an :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:76 -msgid "Activity view" -msgstr "Перегляд дії" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:78 -msgid "" -"To open the activity view for an application, select the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon from the menu bar anywhere in the database. Select any " -"application from the drop-down menu, and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " -"icon for the desired app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Activity menu drop down with focus on where to open activity view for CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Move across the row to " -"find the desired activity type, then click the :guilabel:`＋ (plus sign)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" -" throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Activities that appear in **green** indicate a due date sometime in the " -"future." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:96 -msgid "**Yellow** indicates that the activity's due date is today." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Red** indicates that the activity is overdue and the due date has passed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:99 -msgid "" -"For example, if an activity is created for a phone call, and the due date " -"passes, the activity appears with a red phone in list view, and a red clock " -"on the kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:103 -msgid "View scheduled activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:105 -msgid "" -"To view scheduled activities, open either the :menuselection:`Sales app` or " -":menuselection:`CRM app` and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, located " -"to the far-right side of the other view options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Doing so opens the activities menu, showcasing all the scheduled activities " -"for the user, by default. To show all activities for every user, remove the " -":guilabel:`My Pipeline` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To view a consolidated list of activities separated by the application where" -" they were created, and by deadline, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon on" -" the header menu to see the activities for that specific application in a " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The possibility to :guilabel:`Add new note` and :guilabel:`Request a " -"Document` appear at the bottom of this drop-down menu, when the :guilabel:`🕘" -" (clock)` icon on the header menu is clicked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads page emphasizing the activities menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:123 -msgid "Configure activity types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:125 -msgid "" -"To configure the types of activities in the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss --> Activities --> Activity Types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " -"activity types are found." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To edit an existing activity type, select it from the list, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`. To create a new activity type, click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:136 -msgid "" -"At the top of a blank activity type form, start by choosing a " -":guilabel:`Name` for the new activity type." +"To schedule a new activity, click the :guilabel:`Activities` button, located" +" at the top of the chatter. In the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " +"window that appears, :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 msgid "New activity type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:143 -msgid "Activity settings" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:45 +msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:146 -msgid "Action" -msgstr "Дія" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 msgid "" -"The *Action* field specifies the intent of the activity. Some actions " -"trigger specific behaviors after an activity is scheduled." +"Another way that activities are created is from the Kanban view in an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "The Kanban icon in the top menu, highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon located at the bottom of " +"an individual record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`+ Schedule An Activity`, then proceed to :ref:`fill out the" +" Schedule Activity form `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If a record already has a scheduled activity, the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon" +" is replaced by the icon that represents the existing scheduled activity. " +"Click on the activity type's icon to schedule another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:70 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Список перегляду" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:72 +msgid "Activities can also be created from a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Activities` column is hidden, reveal it using the " +":guilabel:`(additional options toggle)` icon in the far-right of the top " +"row, represented by two horizontal lines with two dots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon for the record the activity is" +" being added to, then click :guilabel:`+ Schedule an activity`. Proceed to " +":ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form ` that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:93 +msgid "Activity view" +msgstr "Перегляд дії" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Most applications in Odoo have an *Activity* view available. If available, a" +" :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon is visible in the top-right of the main" +" menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To open the activity view, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "Top-right menu with the Activities icon called out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In this view, all the available activities are listed in the columns, while " +"the horizontal entries represent all the individual records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Activities that appear green have a due date in the future, activities that " +"appear orange are due today, while activities appearing red are overdue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Color bars in each column represent records for specific activity types, and" +" display a number indicating how many activities are scheduled for that " +"type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If multiple activity types are scheduled for a record, a number appears in " +"the box, indicating the total number of scheduled activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" +" throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To schedule an activity for a record, hover over the corresponding field, " +"and a :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` appears. Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)`, and then :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 +msgid "Schedule Activity form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Activities can be scheduled from many different places, such as from the " +":ref:`chatter ` of a record, or from one of multiple " +"views in an application, when available: the :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or :ref:`activity " +"view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Activity Type`: select the type of activity from the drop-down " +"menu. The default options are: :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Call`, " +":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`To-Do`. Depending on what other " +"applications are installed, additional options may be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Individual applications have a list of dedicated :ref:`activity types " +"`. For example, installing the *Sales* application makes " +":guilabel:`Order Upsell` available, while installing the *Sign* application " +"makes :guilabel:`Request Signature` available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Summary`: enter a short title for the activity, such as `Discuss " +"Proposal`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date`: using the calendar popover, select the activity's " +"deadline." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected, a link to upload a document is " -"added directly to the planned activity in the chatter." +":guilabel:`Assigned to`: by default, the current user populates this field. " +"To assign a different user to the activity, select them from the drop-down " +"menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 msgid "" -"If either :guilabel:`Phonecall` or :guilabel:`Meeting` are selected, users " -"have the option to open their calendar to schedule a time for this activity." +":guilabel:`Notes`: add any additional information for the activity in this " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Request Signature` is selected, a link is added to the planned" -" activity in the chatter that opens a signature request pop-up window." +"When the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window is completed, click one" +" of the following buttons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:158 msgid "" -"The actions available to select on an activity type vary, depending on the " -"applications currently installed in the database." +":guilabel:`Open Calendar`: opens the user's calendar to add and schedule the" +" activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:163 -msgid "Default user" -msgstr "Типовий користувач" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:160 msgid "" -"To automatically assign this activity to a specific user when this activity " -"type is scheduled, choose a name from the :guilabel:`Default User` drop-down" -" menu. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to the user who" -" creates the activity." +"Click on the desired date and time for the activity, and a :guilabel:`New " +"Event` pop-up window appears. The summary from the *Schedule Activity* pop-" +"up window populates the :guilabel:`Title` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:170 -msgid "Default summary" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Enter the information in the :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up window, then click" +" :guilabel:`Save & Close` to schedule it. Once scheduled, the activity is " +"added to the chatter under the :guilabel:`Planned Activities` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Activity Type` is set to either :guilabel:`Call` or " +":guilabel:`Meeting`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 msgid "" -"To include notes whenever this activity type is created, enter them into the" -" :guilabel:`Default Summary` field." +":guilabel:`Schedule`: schedules the activity, and adds the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Planned Activities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:174 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule & Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the" +" chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, and is " +"automatically marked as done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next`: adds the details of the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, is " +"automatically marked as done, and a new :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up" +" window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancel`: discards any changes made on the :guilabel:`Schedule " +"Activity` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:188 +msgid "All scheduled activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To view a consolidated list of activities, organized by application, click " +"the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon in the header menu, located in the top-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If any activities are scheduled, the number of activities appear in a red " +"bubble on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:196 +msgid "" +"All activities for each application are further divided into subsections, " +"indicating where in the application the activity is to be completed. Each " +"sub-section lists the number of scheduled activities that are " +":guilabel:`Late`, due :guilabel:`Today`, and scheduled in the " +":guilabel:`Future`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:202 +msgid "" +"In the *Time Off* application, one activity is scheduled to be done in the " +"*All Time Off* requests dashboard, and six activities are scheduled to be " +"done in the *Allocations* dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:205 +msgid "" +"These requests appear in two separate lists in the all activities drop-down " +"menu: one labeled `Time Off` and one labeled `Time Off Allocation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list of activities that is accessed from the main menu bar. Two entries for the Time\n" +"Off application are highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:214 +msgid "Request a document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The option to :guilabel:`Request a Document` is available at the bottom of " +"the list of :ref:`all scheduled activities `, the option to " +":guilabel:`Request a Document` appears. Click :guilabel:`Request a " +"Document`, and a :guilabel:`Request a file` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:222 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Name`: enter a name for the document being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request To`: select the user the document is being requested from" +" using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date In`: enter a numerical value indicating when the " +"document is due. Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. " +"Click :guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. " +"Select the desired time-frame option from the list. The options are " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:229 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +":ref:`Workspace ` the document is being uploaded to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any desired tags from the drop-down menu. The " +"available tags displayed are based on the tags configured for the selected " +":guilabel:`Workspace`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message`: enter a message to clarify the document request in this" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:235 +msgid "" +"When all the fields are completed, click :guilabel:`Request` to send the " +"document request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Request a file form, with all fields filled out to request a contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:244 +msgid "Activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured types of activities in the database, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss section --> Activities " +"setting --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activity Types button in the Settings application under the Discuss section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " +"activity types are found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "The list of activity types already configured and available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:260 +msgid "Edit activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:262 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing :ref:`activity type `, click on the " +"activity type, and the activity type form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:265 +msgid "" +"Make any desired changes to the activity type form. The form automatically " +"saves, but it can be saved manually at any time by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Save Manually` option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:270 +msgid "Create new activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:272 +msgid "" +"To create a new :ref:`activity type `, click " +":guilabel:`New` from the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, and a blank " +"activity type form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the activity type at the top of the form, then " +"enter the following information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:279 +msgid "Activity Settings section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:281 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Action`: using the drop-down menu, select an action associated " +"with this new activity type. Some actions trigger specific behaviors after " +"an activity is scheduled, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:284 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Upload Document`: if selected, a link to upload a document is " +"automatically added to the planned activity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:286 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Call` or :guilabel:`Meeting`: if selected, users have the option " +"to open their calendar to select a date and time for the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request Signature`: if selected, a link to open a signature " +"request pop-up window is automatically added to the planned activity in the " +"chatter. This requires the Odoo *Sign* application to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Available activity types vary based on the installed applications in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folder`: select a specific :ref:`workspace " +"` folder to save a document to. This field **only** " +"appears if :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Action`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Folder` the document is " +"saved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default User`: select a user from the drop-down menu to " +"automatically assign this activity to the selected user when this activity " +"type is scheduled. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to " +"the user who creates the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Summary`: enter a note to include whenever this activity " +"type is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:307 +msgid "" "The information in the :guilabel:`Default User` and :guilabel:`Default " "Summary` fields are included when an activity is created. However, they can " "be altered before the activity is scheduled or saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:181 -msgid "Next activity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:311 msgid "" -"To automatically suggest, or trigger, a new activity after an activity has " -"been marked complete, the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` must be set." +":guilabel:`Keep Done`: tick this checkbox to keep activities that have been " +"marked as `Done` visible in the :ref:`activity view `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:187 -msgid "Suggest next activity" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:313 +msgid ":guilabel:`Default Note`: enter any notes to appear with the activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:316 +msgid "Next Activity section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:318 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field, select :guilabel:`Suggest Next " -"Activity`. Upon doing so, the field underneath changes to: " -":guilabel:`Suggest`. Click the :guilabel:`Suggest` field drop-down menu to " -"select any activities to recommend as follow-up tasks to this activity type." +"It is possible to have another activity either suggested or triggered. To do" +" so, configure the :guilabel:`Next Activity` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:321 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Schedule` field, choose a default deadline for these " -"activities. To do so, configure a desired number of :guilabel:`Days`, " -":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, decide if it should occur " -":guilabel:`after completion date` or :guilabel:`after previous activity " -"deadline`." +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`: select either :guilabel:`Suggest Next Activity` " +"or :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` from the drop-down menu. Depending on " +"the selected option, either the :guilabel:`Suggest` or :guilabel:`Trigger` " +"field is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:198 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:326 msgid "" -"This :guilabel:`Schedule` field information can be altered before the " -"activity is scheduled." +"The :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field does **not** appear if :guilabel:`Upload" +" Document` is selected for the :guilabel:`Action`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:227 -msgid "When all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Suggest/Trigger`: depending on what is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`, this field either displays :guilabel:`Suggest` or" +" :guilabel:`Trigger`. Using the drop-down menu, select the activity to " +"recommend or schedule as a follow-up task to the activity type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:332 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: configure when the next activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:334 +msgid "" +"First, enter a numerical value indicating when the activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. Click " +":guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. Select the" +" desired time-frame option from the list. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:340 +msgid "" +"Lastly, using the drop-down menu, select whether the activity is scheduled " +"or triggered either :guilabel:`after previous activity deadline` or " +":guilabel:`after completion date`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "Schedule activity popup with emphasis on recommended activities." +msgid "A new Activity form with all the fields filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Suggest " -"Next Activity`, and has activities listed in the :guilabel:`Suggest` field, " -"users are presented with recommendations for activities as next steps." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:348 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:211 -msgid "Trigger next activity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Setting the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` to :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` " -"immediately launches the next activity once the previous one is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` is selected in the :guilabel:`Chaining " -"Type` field, the field beneath changes to: :guilabel:`Trigger`. From the " -":guilabel:`Trigger` field drop-down menu, select the activity that should be" -" launched once this activity is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Schedule new activity popup with emphasis on Done and launch next button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Trigger" -" Next Activity`, marking the activity as `Done` immediately launches the " -"next activity listed in the :guilabel:`Trigger` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:238 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:239 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:349 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss/team_communication`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index e3d2371bb..fb1352de0 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -1701,146 +1701,111 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:5 -msgid "Developer Mode (debug mode)" +msgid "Developer mode (debug mode)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:7 msgid "" -"The developer mode (or debug mode) unlocks access to extra and advanced " -"tools in Odoo. There are several ways to activate the developer mode: " -"through the :ref:`settings `, the " -":ref:`browser extension `, through" -" the :ref:`command palette ` or the" -" :ref:`URL `." +"The developer mode, also known as debug mode, unlocks access to advanced " +":ref:`tools and settings ` in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:17 -msgid "Activate through the Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:11 msgid "" -"The debug mode can be activated in the Odoo database settings. Go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Developer Tools` and click" -" on :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`. At least one application needs " -"to be installed for the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` section to appear in the" -" :guilabel:`Settings` module." +"Proceed with caution, as some developer tools and technical settings are " +"considered advanced and may have associated risks. Only use them if you " +"understand the implications and are confident in your actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of the debug options under settings in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:16 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with assets)` is used by developers;" -" :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with tests assets)` is used by " -"developers and testers." +"The developer mode is also available with :ref:`assets " +"`, which are used to debug JavaScript " +"code, and with :ref:`tests assets `, " +"which are used to run test tours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:23 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Активація" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To activate it, open the :guilabel:`Settings` app, scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Developer Tools` section, and click :guilabel:`Activate the " +"developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:28 msgid "" "Once activated, the :guilabel:`Deactivate the developer mode` option becomes" " available." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 +msgid "Activating the developer mode in the Settings app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To activate the developer mode **from anywhere in the database**, add " +"`?debug=1` to the URL after `/web` (e.g., " +"`https://example.odoo.com/web?debug=1#action=menu&cids=1`). To deactivate " +"it, use `?debug=0` instead." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:37 -msgid "Activate through the browser extension" +msgid "" +"Use `?debug=assets` to activate the developer mode with assets and " +"`?debug=tests` to activate it with tests assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:41 msgid "" -"Within a web browser, navigate to the browser settings and extensions and " -"search for the `Odoo Debug` extension. Once the extension is installed, a " -"new icon will be shown on the browser's toolbar." +"Open the **command palette** by pressing `Ctrl + K` or `Cmd ⌘ + K`, then " +"type `debug` to activate the developer mode with assets or deactivate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:44 +msgid "Browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:46 msgid "" -"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " -"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" -" a single click." +"The `Odoo Debug `_ browser extension " +"adds an icon to toggle developer mode on or off from the browser's toolbar. " +"It is available on the `Chrome Web Store " +"`_ and `Firefox Add-ons " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:54 +msgid "Developer tools and technical menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once the developer mode is activated, the developer tools can be accessed by" +" clicking the :icon:`fa-bug` :guilabel:`(bug)` icon. The menu contains tools" +" useful for understanding or editing technical data, such as a view's field," +" filters, or actions. The options available depend on where the menu is " +"accessed from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "View of Odoo's debug icon in a Google Chrome toolbar." +msgid "Accessing the developer tools" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:53 -msgid "Activate through the command palette" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:64 msgid "" -"In Odoo, the command palette tool has a command to activate the debug mode. " -"First, open the command palette tool with the keyboard shortcut `ctrl+k` and" -" then type `debug`. A command will show up to activate the debug mode." +"Database administrators can access the technical menu from the " +":guilabel:`Settings` app. It contains advanced database settings, such as " +"ones related to the database structure, security, actions, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Command palette with debug command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:68 -msgid "Activate through the URL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The debug mode can also be activated by adding an extra query string to the " -"database's URL. In the URL, add `?debug=1` or `?debug=true` after `/web`. To" -" deactivate the debug mode, change the value to `?debug=0` instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a URL with the debug mode command added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Additional modes are available for developers: `?debug=assets` enables the " -":ref:`assets mode `, and " -"`?debug=tests` enables the :ref:`tests mode " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:86 -msgid "Locate the developer mode tools" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Once developer mode is activated, the developer mode tools can be accessed " -"from the :guilabel:`Open Developer Tools` button, the bug icon located in " -"the header of the Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a console page and the debug icon being shown in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:95 -msgid "" -"This menu contains additional tools that are useful to understand or edit " -"technical data, such as the views or actions of a page. On a page that has " -"filters, actions, and view options, the developer mode tools contain some " -"useful menu items such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:99 -msgid ":guilabel:`Edit Action`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:100 -msgid ":guilabel:`Manage Filters`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:101 -msgid "Edit the current view (e.g. Kanban, List, Graph, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:102 -msgid "See the :guilabel:`Fields View Get`" +msgid "Accessing the technical menu" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:5 @@ -2543,11 +2508,11 @@ msgid "" "is asked, enter `odoo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 msgid "Check the DMARC policy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:104 msgid "" "The Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance (DMARC) " "record is a protocol that unifies :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` and " @@ -2558,41 +2523,41 @@ msgid "" " and/or :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` check." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 msgid "DMARC: TXT record" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 msgid "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:116 msgid "" "There are three :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` policies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 msgid "`p=none`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:118 -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 msgid "`p=quarantine`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 msgid "`p=reject`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:123 msgid "" "`p=quarantine` and `p=reject` instruct the server that receives an email to " "quarantine that email or ignore it if the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy " "Framework)` and/or :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` check fails." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:127 msgid "" "If the domain name uses :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` and has defined one of these policies, the domain" @@ -2600,7 +2565,7 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:132 msgid "" "Yahoo or AOL are examples of email providers with a :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-" "based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` policy set to " @@ -2609,7 +2574,7 @@ msgid "" "their recipient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:137 msgid "" "`p=none` is used for the domain owner to receive reports about entities " "using their domain. It should not impact the deliverability if the " @@ -2617,7 +2582,7 @@ msgid "" "Conformance)` check fails." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:141 msgid "" ":abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` records are comprised of tags in the form of :abbr:`DNS " @@ -2632,181 +2597,181 @@ msgid "" " too restrictive." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:150 msgid "The following chart displays available tags:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 msgid "Tag Name" msgstr "Назва тегу" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 msgid "Purpose" msgstr "Ціль" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 msgid "Example" msgstr "Приклад" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 msgid "v" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 msgid "Protocol version" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 msgid "`v=DMARC1`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 msgid "pct" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 msgid "Percentage of messages subjected to filtering" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 msgid "`pct=20`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 msgid "ruf" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 msgid "Reporting URI for forensic reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 msgid "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 msgid "rua" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 msgid "Reporting URI of aggregate reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 msgid "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 msgid "p" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 msgid "Policy for organizational domain" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 msgid "sp" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 msgid "Policy for subdomains of the OD" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 msgid "`sp=reject`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 msgid "adkim" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 msgid "Alignment mode for DKIM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 msgid "`adkim=s`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 msgid "aspf" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:181 msgid "Alignment mode for SPF" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 msgid "`aspf=r`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:184 msgid "" "Check the :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` record of a domain name with a tool like `MXToolbox DMARC " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:188 msgid "" "`DMARC.org is another great resource to learn about DMARC records. " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 msgid "SPF, DKIM & DMARC documentation of common providers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:196 msgid "" "`OVH DNS " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 msgid "" "`OVH SPF `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 msgid "" "`GoDaddy TXT record `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 msgid "`GoDaddy SPF `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:200 msgid "" "`GoDaddy DKIM `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:201 msgid "" "`NameCheap " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 msgid "" "`CloudFlare DNS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:204 msgid "" "`Google Domains `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 msgid "" "`Azure DNS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:207 msgid "" "To fully test the configuration, use the `Mail-Tester `_ tool, which gives a full overview of the content and " @@ -2814,7 +2779,7 @@ msgid "" "records for other, lesser-known providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:212 msgid "" "`Using Mail-Tester to set SPF Records for specific carriers " "`_" @@ -7926,10 +7891,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 msgid "" "To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation " -"package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download " -"page `_. Next, install and setup the Odoo " -":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " -"start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +"package for Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download page " +"`_. Next, install and setup the Odoo :file:`.exe`" +" file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to start the " +"installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 @@ -8446,10 +8411,22 @@ msgid "" "Odoo uninstall guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:7 msgid "Devices" msgstr "Пристрої" +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:21 +msgid "" +":doc:`Worldline payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:23 +msgid "" +":doc:`Ingenico payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 msgid "Connect a camera" msgstr "" @@ -10042,9 +10019,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:126 msgid "" "On a form, navigate to any field, and hover over the field name. A box of " -"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Object`" -" name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be" -" added." +"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Model` " +"name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be " +"added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:0 diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index bbae0df87..ba3329035 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -27,13 +27,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Human resources" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 msgid "Appraisals" msgstr "Оцінки" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, the *Appraisals* application can be used to evaluate employee " "performance on a recurring basis. Managers can evaluate the performance of " @@ -42,28 +42,28 @@ msgid "" "desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:12 msgid "" "Appraisals give employees valuable feedback, including actionable goals to " "work toward, and measurable skills to improve upon. Additionally, appraisals" " may form the basis for raises, promotions, and other benefits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:16 msgid "" "Regular appraisals are good for both the employees and the company, since " "they can accurately measure performance based on company goals, and show " "employees where they need to improve." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:31 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Налаштування" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Configuration` menu in the *Appraisals* application is where " "the settings can be configured, feedback templates can be edited, " @@ -71,31 +71,32 @@ msgid "" "feedback can be stored, and goal tags can be viewed/created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Налаштування" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:29 msgid "" "To access the *Settings* menu, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " "application --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 msgid "Feedback templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:35 msgid "" "Feedback templates are form outlines used during an employee appraisal. Any " "edits made to a template are, ultimately, reflected in the appraisals sent " "to employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:38 msgid "" "There are two default templates pre-configured in Odoo *Appraisals*: one for" " employee feedback, and one for manager feedback. Each contains several " @@ -103,25 +104,25 @@ msgid "" " the questions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:42 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`My work`, :guilabel:`My future`, and :guilabel:`My feelings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:45 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`Feedback`, :guilabel:`Evaluation`, and :guilabel:`Improvements`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:48 msgid "" "Any desired changes to the default feedback templates can be made by making " "changes directly in each template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:54 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Appraisals` section of the settings menu determines the " "frequency that appraisals are performed, and if it is possible to request " @@ -134,56 +135,56 @@ msgid "" "enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 msgid "Appraisals plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:66 msgid "" "By default, appraisals are pre-configured to be automatically created six " "months after an employee is hired, with a second appraisal exactly six " "months after that." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:69 msgid "" "Once those two initial appraisals have been completed in the employee's " "first year, following appraisals are only created once a year (every twelve " "months)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:72 msgid "" "To modify this schedule, change the number of months in the blank fields " "under the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:76 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section is modified, **all** empty " ":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Dates` are modified for **all** employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 msgid "360 feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:82 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option can be enabled to allow managers to " "request feedback from other employees using a different survey form, at any " "time, independent of the appraisal schedule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:85 msgid "" "Typically, managers ask for feedback from other people who work with an " "employee they manage. This includes the employee's various managers, peers, " "and direct reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:88 msgid "" "To view the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey, click the :guilabel:`→ Internal" " link` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`Default Template` field. The " @@ -191,13 +192,13 @@ msgid "" " can be made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:92 msgid "" "For more information on how to edit a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:96 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` form is a pre-configured survey within the " "*Surveys* application. In order to use the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option, " @@ -205,11 +206,11 @@ msgid "" " be installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 msgid "Evaluation scale" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:103 msgid "" "On each employee appraisal form, final rating options appear by default. To " "view and edit these options, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " @@ -217,7 +218,7 @@ msgid "" "ratings in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:107 msgid "" "The pre-configured ratings are :guilabel:`Needs Improvement`, " ":guilabel:`Meets Expectations`, :guilabel:`Exceeds Expectations`, and " @@ -225,14 +226,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:111 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`New` button is clicked on the :guilabel:`Evaluation " "Scale` page, a blank line appears at the bottom of the list. Enter the name " "of the rating in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:114 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the ratings, click the :guilabel:`(six small gray " "boxes)` icon to the left of a rating, and drag the rating to the desired " @@ -245,7 +246,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:124 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` section displays information for all the " "surveys currently configured in the *Appraisals* application. To view the " @@ -257,55 +258,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list view of all available surveys in the Appraisals application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:132 msgid "" "Each appraisal (or survey) is presented in its own line on the " ":guilabel:`360 Feedback` page, along with various information related to " "that particular appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 msgid "Each appraisal includes the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:137 msgid ":guilabel:`Survey Name`: the name of the specific survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the employee responsible for the survey, including " "the month and year they were given that designation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Questions`: the number of questions in that particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Duration`: the average time a user spends completing the " "survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Registered`: the number of people who have been sent the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Completed`: the number of people who have completed the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:145 msgid "" "Each appraisal also has two buttons at the end of each line: a " ":guilabel:`Test` button and a :guilabel:`See Results` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:148 msgid "" "To see what an appraisal looks like for the end user (i.e. an employee), " "click the :guilabel:`Test` button, and the appraisal loads in a new browser " @@ -313,14 +314,14 @@ msgid "" "to enter any answers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:152 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`This is a Test Survey. → Edit " "Survey` at the top of the page to be taken to the detail form for that " "particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:155 msgid "" "To view the results from everyone who completed an appraisal, click the " ":guilabel:`See Results` button. This presents all the answers for the survey" @@ -329,13 +330,13 @@ msgid "" "each question are visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:160 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`→ Edit Survey` at the top of " "the page to be taken to the detail form for that particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:163 msgid "" "In addition to viewing the responses from past appraisals and surveys, new " "surveys can also be created from the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` page. Simply " @@ -343,123 +344,77 @@ msgid "" " survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:167 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:171 msgid "" "In previous versions of Odoo, this section was referred to as " ":guilabel:`Surveys`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:172 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "Мітки" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 -msgid "" -"An additional feature of the *Appraisals* application is the ability to set " -":ref:`goals ` for employees. On each goal form, there is a" -" field to add tags. The available tags are pulled from a list that is " -"configured from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To view a list of all existing goal tags, and to create new tags, go to the " -":guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, by navigating to :menuselection:`Appraisals " -"application --> Configuration --> Tags`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:181 -msgid "All currently configured tags are presented in a list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:183 -msgid "" -"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " -"all tags need to be added from this list, or directly from the goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 -msgid "" -"To create a new tag from the :guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, click the " -":guilabel:`New` button, and a blank line appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the tag on the line. Then, press the enter key to save the" -" tag, and create a new blank line. Repeat this for all tags that need to be " -"added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:192 -msgid "The list of tags is automatically arranged in alphabetical order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:176 msgid "" "Navigate to the main *Appraisals* dashboard by opening the " ":guilabel:`Appraisals` application. The :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard is " "the default view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:179 msgid "" "To view the dashboard at any point in the application, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Appraisals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:182 msgid "" "All appraisals are displayed on the dashboard in a Kanban view, by default, " "with a list of groupings on the left side of the dashboard, including " ":guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Department`, and :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 msgid "" "Click any grouping option to view appraisals for **only** the chosen " "selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 msgid "" "Only groupings with multiple selections appear in the list. For example, if " "a database only has one company, the :guilabel:`Company` grouping does " "**not** appear, since there is no other company to select." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:193 msgid "Each appraisal card displays the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: the department the employee is associated with." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company the employee works for. This only appears " "in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date`: the date the appraisal was requested, or is scheduled for " "in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activities`: any activities that are scheduled for the appraisal," " such as :guilabel:`Meetings` or :guilabel:`Phone Calls.` If no activities " @@ -467,13 +422,13 @@ msgid "" "icon, located in the bottom-left corner of an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:204 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: the employee's manager, indicated by the profile icon " "in the bottom-right corner of an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:206 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status banner`: the status of the appraisal. A banner appears if " "an appraisal is marked as either :guilabel:`Canceled` or :guilabel:`Done`. " @@ -481,7 +436,7 @@ msgid "" "not been scheduled yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 msgid "" "To view the details of any appraisal, click on the card to open the " "appraisal form." @@ -491,22 +446,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Appraisals dashboard with each appraisal in its own box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 msgid "New appraisal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new appraisal, click the :guilabel:`New` button at the top of " "the :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard to load a blank appraisal form. Then, " "enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:222 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:223 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu. " "The manager is responsible for completing the :guilabel:`Manager's Feedback`" @@ -514,7 +469,7 @@ msgid "" "selected, if they have a manager set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appraisal Date`: the current date is automatically entered in " "this field. This field is automatically updated once the appraisal is " @@ -522,39 +477,39 @@ msgid "" "cancellation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu. This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have" " a department set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:233 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the employee's company from the drop-down menu. " "This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have a " "company set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 msgid "" "The only required fields for the appraisal form are the employee's " ":guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Manager`, and the :guilabel:`Company`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:241 msgid "" "Once the form is complete, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm " "the appraisal request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 msgid "" "Once confirmed, the employee receives an email stating that an appraisal was" " requested, and is then prompted to schedule an appraisal date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:246 msgid "" "The status changes to :guilabel:`Confirmed`, and the :guilabel:`Employee's " "Feedback` section of the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab is grayed out. The " @@ -563,18 +518,18 @@ msgid "" "once the appraisal request is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 msgid "" "If there are any existing appraisals for the employee, an " ":guilabel:`Appraisal` smart button appears at the top of the page, listing " "the total number of appraisals there are for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:255 msgid "Ask for feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:257 msgid "" "As part of the appraisal process, the manager can request feedback on an " "employee from anyone in the company. Feedback is usually requested from co-" @@ -583,43 +538,43 @@ msgid "" "manager's overall assessment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 msgid "" "To request feedback, the appraisal **must** be confirmed. Once confirmed, an" " :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button appears at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:265 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button is clicked, an :guilabel:`Ask " "Feedback` email pop-up form appears, using the :guilabel:`Appraisal: Ask " "Feedback` email template, which sends the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:269 msgid "" "Enter the employees being asked to complete the survey in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field. Multiple employees may be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 msgid "" "The email template has dynamic placeholders to personalize the message. Add " "any additional text to the email, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:275 msgid "If required, an :guilabel:`Answer Deadline` can be added, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:277 msgid "" "If any attachments are needed, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button, and" " a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the file(s), select them, then " "click :guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:280 msgid "When the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send.`" msgstr "" @@ -627,21 +582,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The email pop-up when requesting feedback from other employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:287 msgid "Appraisal form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:289 msgid "" "Once an appraisal is confirmed, the next steps are for the employee to fill " "out the self-assessment, after which the manager completes their assessment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:295 msgid "Employee's feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:297 msgid "" "To complete their portion of feedback, employees should navigate to the main" " :menuselection:`Appraisals application` dashboard, where the only entries " @@ -649,14 +604,14 @@ msgid "" "manage and have to provide manager feedback for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 msgid "" "Click on the appraisal to open the appraisal form. Enter responses in the " ":guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` " "tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:304 msgid "" "When completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to Manager` toggle (the " "default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When clicked, the toggle " @@ -668,24 +623,24 @@ msgid "" "The feedback section for the employee with the toggle button highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:314 msgid "Manager's feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 msgid "" "After the employee has completed the :guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` " "section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab, it is time for the manager to " "fill out the :guilabel:`Manager's Feedback` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:320 msgid "" "The manager enters their responses in the fields in the :ref:`same manner as" " the employee `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:323 msgid "" "When the feedback section is completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to " "Employee` toggle (the default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When " @@ -698,11 +653,12 @@ msgid "" " highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:748 msgid "Skills tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:334 msgid "" "Part of an appraisal is evaluating an employee's skills, and tracking their " "progress over time. The :guilabel:`Skills` tab of the appraisal form auto-" @@ -710,32 +666,32 @@ msgid "" "<../hr/employees/new_employee>`, once an appraisal is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:338 msgid "" "Each skill is grouped with like skills, and the :guilabel:`Skill Level`, " ":guilabel:`Progress`, and :guilabel:`Justification` are displayed for each " "skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 msgid "" "Update any skills, or add any new skills to the :guilabel:`Skills` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:343 msgid "" "If a skill level has increased, a reason for the improved rating can be " "entered into the :guilabel:`Justification` field, such as `took a fluency " "language test` or `received Javascript certification`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:347 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`Create a new employee ` document for " "detailed instructions on adding or updating a skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:350 msgid "" "After an appraisal is completed, and the skills have been updated, the next " "time an appraisal is confirmed, the updated skills populate the " @@ -746,11 +702,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The skills tab of an appraisal form, all filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:358 msgid "Private note tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:360 msgid "" "If managers want to leave notes that are only visible to other managers, " "they can be entered in the :guilabel:`Private Note` tab. The employee being " @@ -758,12 +714,12 @@ msgid "" "appear on their appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:386 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:520 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 msgid "Schedule a meeting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:367 msgid "" "Once both portions of an appraisal are completed (the :ref:`employee " "` and :ref:`manager Appraisals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:377 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, beneath the appraisal date on the " "desired appraisal card, and a :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window " @@ -791,47 +747,47 @@ msgid "" "activity form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Meeting` for the :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the drop-" "down menu. Doing so causes the form to change, so only the " ":guilabel:`Activity Type` and :guilabel:`Summary` fields appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:385 msgid "" "If scheduling an activity other than a meeting, such as a :guilabel:`Call` " "or a :guilabel:`To-Do`, the fields that appear on the :guilabel:`Schedule " "Activity` pop-up form change, accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:389 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon may appear as a number of different icons, " "depending on what, if any, scheduled activities are in place, and the color " "represents their corresponding due dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:392 msgid "" "If no activities are scheduled, that is represented by a gray :guilabel:`🕘 " "(clock)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:394 msgid "" "However, if a specific activity is scheduled, the icon may appear as a " ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon for a phone call, a :guilabel:`👥 (group of " "people)` icon for a meeting, and so on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:397 msgid "" "The color of the icon indicates the status; a green icon means an activity " "is scheduled in the future, and a red icon means the activity is past due." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:400 msgid "" "For more details on activities, refer to the :doc:`../essentials/activities`" " document." @@ -841,46 +797,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The appraisal cards with the various activity icons highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 msgid "" "Enter a brief description in the :guilabel:`Summary` field of the " ":guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window, such as `Annual Appraisal for " "(Employee)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:409 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button. From the calendar page " "that appears, navigate to, and double-click on, the desired date and time " "for the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:412 msgid "" "Doing so opens a :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up form. From this pop-up form, " "make any desired modifications, such as designating a :guilabel:`Start` " "time, or giving a :guilabel:`Name` to the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:416 msgid "" "Add the appraisee in the :guilabel:`Attendees` section, and include anyone " "else who should be in the meeting, if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:419 msgid "" "To make the meeting a video call, instead of an in-person meeting, click " ":guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting`, and a :guilabel:`Videocall URL` link appears in " "the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:422 msgid "" "Once all the desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:424 msgid "" "The meeting now appears on the calendar, and the invited parties are " "informed, via email." @@ -892,183 +848,46 @@ msgid "" "appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 msgid "" "The other way to schedule a meeting is from the individual appraisal form. " "To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Appraisal application` " "dashboard, then click on an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button, and the calendar loads." " Follow the same directions above to create the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 msgid "" -"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button says " +"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button reads " ":guilabel:`No Meeting`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:463 -msgid "Goals" -msgstr "Цілі" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:465 -msgid "" -"The ability to set goals for employees to work toward is an important " -"feature of Odoo *Appraisals*. Goals are typically set during an appraisal, " -"so the employee knows what they need to work toward before their next " -"appraisal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:469 -msgid "" -"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> " -"Goals`. This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban " -"view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:472 -msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:474 -msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the name of the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:475 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee the goal is assigned to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 -msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:477 -msgid ":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Employee`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is assigned " -"to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:480 -msgid "" -"If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " -"corner of the goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 -msgid "" -"Every individual goal requires its own entry for each employee. If employees" -" have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the list. For " -"example, if both Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " -"appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " -"goal for Sara." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 -msgid "New goal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:495 -msgid "" -"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application -->" -" Goals`, and click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:498 -msgid "" -"Enter the information on the card. The information requested is all the same" -" information that appears on the :ref:`goal card ` in the " -"Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field and a " -":guilabel:`Description` tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:502 -msgid "" -"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field by default, and " -"the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" -" profile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:505 -msgid "" -"Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " -"useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:513 -msgid "Completed goals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:515 -msgid "" -"When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " -"be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " -"dashboard, or from the individual goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:518 -msgid "" -"To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" -" the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the top-right of a goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:522 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon **only** appears when the mouse hovers " -"over the corner of a goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:525 -msgid "" -"Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " -"green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " -"card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:528 -msgid "" -"To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " -"open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " -"the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner " -"appears in the top-right corner of the goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:533 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:526 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:753 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:830 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Звітність" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:442 msgid "" "The *Appraisals* application tracks two metrics across two different " "reports: an :ref:`appraisal analysis `, and a " ":ref:`skills evolution `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:448 msgid "Appraisal analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:450 msgid "" "To access the *Appraisal Analysis* report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Appraisal " @@ -1076,7 +895,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted in different colors to represent their status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 msgid "" "Appraisals in yellow are completed, appraisals in orange are in-progress " "(the appraisal is confirmed, but not completed), and appraisals in gray are " @@ -1084,13 +903,13 @@ msgid "" "been confirmed yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 msgid "" "The report displays the whole current year, by default, grouped by " "department." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:460 msgid "" "To change the calendar view presented, change the date settings in the top-" "left of the report. The options to display are :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -1098,13 +917,13 @@ msgid "" " move forward or backward in time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:464 msgid "" "At any point, click the :guilabel:`Today` button to present the calendar to " "include today's date in the view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:467 msgid "" "The report can have other filters and groupings set in the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top." @@ -1114,64 +933,64 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A report showing all the appraisals for the Appraisal Analysis report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 msgid "Skills evolution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 msgid "" "To access the *Skills Evolution* report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Skills Evolution`. " "This displays a report of all skills, grouped by employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:481 msgid "" "All the lines of the report are collapsed, by default. To view the details " "of a line, click on a line to expand the data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:484 msgid "Each skill has the following information listed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:486 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: name of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 msgid ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: the category the skill falls under." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:488 msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the specific, individual skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:489 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Level`: the level the employee had previously " "achieved for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:583 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Progress`: the previous percentage of competency " "achieved for the skill (based on the :guilabel:`Skill Level`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:585 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Skill Level`: the current level the employee has achieved" " for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Skill Progress`: the current percentage of competency " "achieved for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:494 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Justification`: any notes entered on the skill explaining the " "progress." @@ -1181,11 +1000,182 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A report showing all the skills grouped by employee." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:501 +msgid ":doc:`appraisals/goals`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:3 +msgid "Goals" +msgstr "Цілі" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Appraisals* application allows managers to set goals for their " +"employees. That way, employees know what to work toward before their next " +"review." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`. " +"This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:13 +msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:15 +msgid ":guilabel:`Goal`: the name of the goal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:16 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the employee the goal is assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:17 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-clock-o` :guilabel:`(clock)` icon: displays the corresponding " +":doc:`activity icon <../../essentials/activities>` for the record. If no " +"activities are scheduled, the default icon is the :icon:`fa-clock-o` " +":guilabel:`(clock)`. If any activities have been scheduled, the icon " +"represents the activity scheduled soonest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:21 +msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal. The " +"options are :guilabel:`0%`, :guilabel:`25%`, :guilabel:`50%`, " +":guilabel:`75%`, or :guilabel:`100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Icon`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is " +"assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " +"corner of the goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 +msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every individual goal requires its own record for each employee. If multiple" +" employees have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For example, if Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " +"appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " +"goal for Sara." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:40 +msgid "New goal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`," +" and click :guilabel:`New` top-left corner to open a blank goal form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Input the :guilabel:`Goal`, :guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Progress`, and " +":guilabel:`Deadline`, information on the goal card, as discussed in the " +":ref:`goal card ` section of this document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The information requested is all the same information that appears on the " +"goal card in the Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field " +"and a :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " +"all tags need to be added. To add a tag, enter the name of the tag on the " +"line, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(tag)\"`. Repeat this for all tags that" +" need to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field, by default, and " +"the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" +" profile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " +"useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 +msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:68 +msgid "Completed goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:70 +msgid "" +"When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " +"be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " +"dashboard, or from the individual goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" +" the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon in the top-" +"right of a goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon **only** " +"appears when the mouse hovers over the top-right corner of a goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " +"green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " +"open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " +"the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner " +"appears in the top-right corner of the goal form." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:5 msgid "Attendances" msgstr "Відвідування" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Attendances* application functions as a time clock. Employees are " "able to check in and out of work using a dedicated device in kiosk mode, " @@ -1195,56 +1185,55 @@ msgid "" " are working overtime, or checking out of work earlier than expected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:16 msgid "Access rights" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:18 msgid "" "It is important to understand how the different access rights affect what " -"users can access in the *Attendances* application." +"options and features users can access in the *Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 msgid "" -"Every user in the database is always able to access their own information on" -" the dashboard and can check in and out directly from the database. Access " -"to all the other features is determined by access rights." +"Every user in the database is able to check in and out directly from the " +"database, without needing access to the *Attendances* application. " +"Additionally, all users can access their own attendance records from their " +"employee form in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Access to both the *Attendances* application, and the various features " +"within the application is determined by access rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:28 msgid "" "To see what access rights a user has, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Settings application --> Users & Companies: Users`, and " -"click on an individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by" -" default. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the " -"setting. For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to " -"leave the field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users & Companies: Users`, and click on an " +"individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by default. " +"Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the setting. " +"For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to leave the " +"field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:34 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Administrator` option is selected, the user has full " "access to the entire *Attendances* application, with no restrictions. They " -"can view all employee attendance records, enter kiosk mode from the " +"can view all employee attendance records, enter *Kiosk mMode* from the " "application, access all reporting metrics, and make modifications to the " -"settings." +"settings. If left blank, the user does **not** have access to the " +"*Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If left blank, the user can only view their own information on the " -"*Attendances* application dashboard and can view their own personal " -"attendance records under the reporting feature. All other attendance records" -" are hidden from view on the report. There is no access to either the kiosk " -"mode or the configuration menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:42 msgid "Approvers" msgstr "Затверджувачі" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:44 msgid "" "The **only** other scenario where different information may be accessible in" " the *Attendances* application is for approvers. If a user does *not* have " @@ -1257,7 +1246,7 @@ msgid "" "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:52 msgid "" "To see who the attendance approver is for an employee, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Employees application` and click on the specific employee. " @@ -1268,7 +1257,7 @@ msgid "" "reports, and make modifications to their records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:61 msgid "" "Few configurations are needed in the *Attendances* application. Determining " "how employees check in and out, defining how the kiosks function, and " @@ -1277,11 +1266,11 @@ msgid "" "Configuration` to access the configuration menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:67 msgid "Modes" msgstr "Режими" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how an employee " "checks in when using a kiosk. Options are :guilabel:`Barcode/RFID`, " @@ -1289,31 +1278,31 @@ msgid "" "Selection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:76 msgid "" "The *Barcode* application **does not** need to be installed to use one of " "the Barcode/RFID settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances from Backend`: activate this selection to allow users" " to check in and out directly from the Odoo database. If this is not " "activated, users must use a kiosk to check in and out of work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 msgid "Kiosk settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:88 msgid "" "This section only needs to be configured if employees use kiosks for " "checking in and out. If kiosks are **not** being used, modifying any of " "these fields does **not** adversely affect the *Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode Source`: this setting appears **only** if either of the " "two Barcode/RFID selections were configured for the :ref:`Kiosk Mode " @@ -1322,7 +1311,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Front Camera`, or :guilabel:`Back Camera`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:96 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification`: activate this option if employees " "should use a unique PIN to check in. PINs are configured on each individual " @@ -1330,14 +1319,14 @@ msgid "" "documentation for more information on setting up PINs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Time`: set the duration (in seconds) the check in and " "check out confirmation screen remains on the kiosk before going back to the " "main check in screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:101 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendance Kiosk Url`: Odoo generates a unique web address (URL) " "to use a device as a kiosk without having to sign in to the Odoo database. " @@ -1345,7 +1334,7 @@ msgid "" " browser to present the Attendances application kiosk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 msgid "" "These kiosk URLs are **not** secured with any type of access code. Anyone " "who has the URL can access the Attendances application kiosk. If the URL is " @@ -1354,17 +1343,17 @@ msgid "" "generate a new URL and update the kiosk accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:112 msgid "Extra hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:114 msgid "" "This section specifies how extra time is calculated, including when extra " "time is counted and what time is not logged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count of Extra Hours`: enable this box to allow employees to log " "extra hours beyond their set working hours (sometimes referred to as " @@ -1372,14 +1361,14 @@ msgid "" "well. If this is not activated, no other configurations appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start From`: the current date is automatically entered in this " "field. If desired, click on this field and use the calendar selector to " "modify the start date on which extra hours are logged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Company`: enter the amount of time, in" " minutes, that is **not** counted towards an employee's overtime. When an " @@ -1387,7 +1376,7 @@ msgid "" "minutes, the extra time is **not** counted as overtime for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Employee`: enter the amount of time, " "in minutes, that an employee is given, that does **not** adversely affect " @@ -1397,33 +1386,33 @@ msgid "" "they are **not** penalized for their reduced hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 msgid "" "A company sets both of the :guilabel:`Tolerance` fields to `15` minutes, and" " the working hours for the entire company are set from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:138 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:00 AM, and checks out at 5:14 PM, the extra 14" " minutes are **not** counted towards their overtime." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:141 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:05 AM, and checks out at 4:55 PM, even though " "they logged a total of 10 minutes less than their full working hours, they " "are **not** penalized for this discrepancy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Extra Hours`: activate this box to display the extra " "hours logged by an employee when they check out with a kiosk, or when a user" " checks out in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:149 msgid "" "Employees are still able to log overtime hours even if the :guilabel:`Count " "of Extra Hours` option is not activated. The difference is that when " @@ -1432,177 +1421,41 @@ msgid "" "hours>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:164 -msgid "Check in and out via the database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users who are logged into the " -"database to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " -"application, or use a kiosk. For some smaller companies, where every " -"employee is also a user, this feature may be useful." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:170 -msgid "" -"A user can check in and out on the main database dashboard, as well as in " -"any application. In the upper right corner of the top main menu, which is " -"always visible regardless of what application the user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴" -" (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is visible. Click on the " -"colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, enabling the user to check " -"in and/or out." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:180 -msgid "Check in" -msgstr "Реєстрація" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:182 -msgid "" -"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " -"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` and the " -"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:190 -msgid "" -"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 -msgid "" -"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " -"their computer to access their location information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:197 -msgid "" -"If the user has not checked in and out already during the current work day, " -"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " -"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" -" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " -"appears beneath that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:202 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to check in. The :guilabel:`🔴 (red " -"circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget changes appearance" -" as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has checked in, by " -"changing the green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to a yellow " -":guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:207 -msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:210 -msgid "Check out" -msgstr "Чекаут" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:212 -msgid "" -"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " -"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" -" populating the time field. Beneath that line, :guilabel:`HH:MM` is " -"displayed, indicating the hours and minutes that have elapsed since checking" -" in. As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes " -"that have passed since the user checked in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:218 -msgid "" -"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " -"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears in addition to " -"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The time displayed in both of " -"these fields are populated with the most recent check in time, and will " -"match. Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously " -"logged hours are displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 -msgid "" -"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " -"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " -"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that will " -"be logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:228 -msgid "" -"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " -":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button. The attendance widget updates again," -" displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the logged time, and the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check " -"in ➡️` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " -"user allows their computer to access this information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:242 -msgid "" -"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " -"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " -"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" -" appears on the dashboard, including check ins and check outs with no time " -"value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:157 msgid "Kiosk mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:159 msgid "" "Some companies may opt to use a dedicated device (a laptop or desktop PC, a " "tablet, or a mobile phone) for employees to check in and check out from. " "Kiosk mode is used for these scenarios." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:163 msgid "" "If users check in and out using either a badge or an RFID, then an " "accessible device in kiosk mode **must** be available to check in and check " "out using these two methods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 msgid "" "Entering kiosk mode is only available for users with specific :ref:`access " "rights `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:169 msgid "Kiosk mode can be activated in three different ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:171 msgid "" "Navigate to the :guilabel:`Attendances` application, and click " ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode` in the top menu. The device then enters kiosk mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:173 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click on the link in the " @@ -1610,7 +1463,7 @@ msgid "" " recommended to close the database tab to keep the database secure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:177 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click :guilabel:`Copy` next to " @@ -1624,7 +1477,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:186 msgid "" "As a security measure, once a device is in kiosk mode, it is not possible to" " exit kiosk mode and go back into the database without signing back in. To " @@ -1633,11 +1486,11 @@ msgid "" "an extra layer of security, preventing anyone from accessing the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:192 msgid "Badge" msgstr "Значок" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 msgid "" "To check in or out using a badge, tap the :guilabel:`📷 (camera) Tap to scan`" " image in the center of the kiosk. Then, scan the barcode on the badge using" @@ -1653,11 +1506,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Attendances Kiosk view displaying the scan badge image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:206 msgid "RFID" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:208 msgid "" "To check in or out using an RFID key fob, simply scan the fob with an RFID " "reader. Once scanned, the employee is then either checked in or checked out," @@ -1665,11 +1518,11 @@ msgid "" "all the check in or check out information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:213 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Вручну" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:215 msgid "" "Users who do not have a scannable badge or an RFID fob can manually check in" " and out at a kiosk. Tap the :guilabel:`Identify Manually` button on the " @@ -1679,20 +1532,20 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`confirmation message ` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:221 msgid "" "When a large number of employees appear in the list, making scrolling " "inefficient, there are two ways to quickly find a specific person:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Search...`: tap on the :guilabel:`Search...` field and enter the " "person's name. As the name is typed in, the matching results are displayed " "on the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: to quickly filter the presented employees, tap on a " "department to display only those employees that are part of that department." @@ -1701,11 +1554,11 @@ msgid "" "part of the department, and is displayed when selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:232 msgid "PIN" msgstr "PIN" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:234 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification` option was activated in the " ":ref:`kiosk settings ` section of the " @@ -1713,7 +1566,7 @@ msgid "" "checking in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:238 msgid "" "After the employee is selected, a number pad appears with a message. When " "checking in, :guilabel:`(Employee) Welcome! Please enter your PIN to check " @@ -1722,7 +1575,7 @@ msgid "" "numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:243 msgid "" "Tap in the PIN using the number pad, then tap :guilabel:`OK` when done. The " "employee is then checked in or out, and a :ref:`confirmation message " @@ -1733,11 +1586,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pop-up that appears when prompted to enter a pin." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:253 msgid "Confirmation message" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:255 msgid "" "When an employee checks in or out, a confirmation message appears with all " "the check in or check out information. When checking in, a welcome message " @@ -1749,7 +1602,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 msgid "" "When checking out, the screen displays a goodbye message, with the date and " "time of check out, and the total hours logged for the day. Beneath the " @@ -1761,12 +1614,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The goodbye message with all the employee's check out information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:681 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Загальний огляд" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:273 msgid "" "When entering the *Attendances* application, the :guilabel:`Overview` " "dashboard is presented, containing all the check in and check out " @@ -1777,11 +1630,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:280 msgid "Views" msgstr "Переглядів" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:282 msgid "" "To change the view from the default Gantt chart to a list view, click the " ":guilabel:`List` icon in the top right of the dashboard, beneath the user's " @@ -1789,7 +1642,7 @@ msgid "" "button, located next to the :guilabel:`List` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:286 msgid "" "The default view presents the current day's information. To present the " "information for the :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or " @@ -1803,7 +1656,7 @@ msgid "" "dashboard, presenting information containing the current day's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:295 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Day` view, the column for the current hour is highlighted " "in yellow. If the :guilabel:`Week` or :guilabel:`Month` view is selected, " @@ -1817,7 +1670,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:304 msgid "" "Any entries that have errors appear in red, indicating they need to be " "resolved by a user with the proper :ref:`access rights ` that need to be resolved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this filter has a drop-down to further select a " "specific time period. Select the desired time period from the options " "presented, a specific month, quarter, or year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Last 7 days`: this filter presents the attendance data for the " "last seven days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:332 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`: create a custom filter using the pop-up that " "appears when this is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 msgid "Groups" msgstr "Групи" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:338 msgid "The default groups that can be selected are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:340 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing the" " following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -1908,13 +1761,13 @@ msgid "" " period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:344 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee`: this group presents the attendance data organized by " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:345 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing " "the following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -1923,7 +1776,7 @@ msgid "" "time period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:349 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`: this option displays a drop-down menu with a " "variety of options to group the attendance data by, including " @@ -1931,53 +1784,53 @@ msgid "" "Address`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:356 msgid "Attendance log details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:358 msgid "" "Odoo captures various time and location details when a user checks in and " "out. The specific details provided are determined by the method the user " "checked in and out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:361 msgid "" "To view the specific check in and/or check out details for an employee, " "click on an individual entry in the overview dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 msgid "" "A detailed attendance log for the user appears in a pop-up window. To close " "the detailed attendance log, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` button in " "the bottom-left corner of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:367 msgid "The detailed attendance log contains the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:370 msgid "Main details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:372 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the name of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 msgid ":guilabel:`Check In`: the date and time the employee checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:374 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: the date and time the employee checked out. This only" " appears if the employee has checked out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:376 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Worked Hours`: the total amount of time the employee logged for " "the day, in an hour and minute format (HH:MM). This value calculates all the" @@ -1985,23 +1838,23 @@ msgid "" "multiple times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Extra Hours`: any extra hours the employee logged that is beyond " "their expected working hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:383 msgid "Check in/check out details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:385 msgid "" "The following information appears for both the :guilabel:`Check In` and " ":guilabel:`Check Out` sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: the method with which the attendance information was " "gathered. :guilabel:`Systray` is displayed if the employee logged in and out" @@ -2010,24 +1863,24 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`using an attendance kiosk `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:392 msgid "" ":guilabel:`IP Address`: the IP address for the computer the employee used to" " log in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:393 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browser`: the web browser the employee used to log in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:394 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Localization`: the city and country associated with the " "computer's IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:395 msgid "" ":guilabel:`GPS Coordinates`: the specific coordinates when the user logged " "in or out. To view the specific coordinates on a map, click the :guilabel:`→" @@ -2039,26 +1892,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The detailed information for an attendance entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:405 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:84 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Помилки" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:407 msgid "" "Entries that contain an error appear on the overview dashboard in red. In " "the :guilabel:`Gantt view`, the entry appears with a red background. If in " "the :guilabel:`List view`, the entry text appears in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:411 msgid "" "An error typically occurs when an employee has checked in but has not " "checked out within the last 24 hours, or when an employee has a check in and" " check out period spanning over 16 hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:414 msgid "" "To fix the error, the attendance entry must be modified or deleted. Click on" " the entry to reveal a pop-up containing the details for that particular " @@ -2075,27 +1928,27 @@ msgid "" "selector is shown, and the time selector is highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:426 msgid "" "When all the information on the pop-up is correct, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close`. When the entry no longer has an error, the entry appears in gray " "instead of red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 msgid "" "To delete an entry, click :guilabel:`Remove` on the pop-up instead of making" " modifications to the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:435 msgid "" "To view attendance reports, click :guilabel:`Reporting` in the top menu. The" " default report displays each employee's attendance information for the past" " 3 months, in a :guilabel:`Line Chart`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 msgid "" "The default view is a :guilabel:`Graph`. To view the data in a pivot table, " "click the :guilabel:`Pivot Table` button on the top right of the report. To " @@ -2103,14 +1956,14 @@ msgid "" "next to the :guilabel:`Pivot Table` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 msgid "" "To present different information, adjust the :ref:`filters and groups " "` in the same way as in the :guilabel:`Overview`" " dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:445 msgid "" "The data can be presented in either a :guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line" " Chart`, :guilabel:`Pie Chart`, :guilabel:`Stacked` chart, or in " @@ -2119,13 +1972,13 @@ msgid "" "chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 msgid "" "To change the :guilabel:`Measures`, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button " "and select the desired measure from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:452 msgid "" "The report can also be inserted into a spreadsheet. Click the " ":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button and a pop-up appears. Select the " @@ -2137,6 +1990,151 @@ msgid "" "The default report view, with all the optional view buttons highlighted." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/check_in_check_out`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:461 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/hardware`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:3 +msgid "Check in and out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users, who are logged into the " +"database, to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " +"application, or use a kiosk. For smaller companies, where every employee is " +"also a user, this feature may be useful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A user can check in and/or out on the main database Odoo dashboard, or while" +" inside any application. To do so, in the upper-right corner of the top main" +" header menu, which is always visible regardless of what application the " +"user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is " +"visible. Click on the colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, " +"enabling the user to check in and/or out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:22 +msgid "Check in" +msgstr "Реєстрація" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " +"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)`, and the " +"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in` " +":icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " +"their computer to access their location information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If the user has not already checked in and out during the current work day, " +"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " +"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" +" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " +"appears in that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button to check in. The " +":guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget " +"changes appearance, as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has" +" checked in, by changing the green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` " +"button to a yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:49 +msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:148 +msgid "Check out" +msgstr "Чекаут" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " +"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" +" populating the time field. Beneath that line, the hours and minutes that " +"have elapsed since checking in are displayed in a :guilabel:`HH:MM` format. " +"As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes that " +"have passed since the user checked in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " +"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears, in addition to " +"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The times displayed in both of " +"these fields match, and are populated with the most recent check in time. " +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously logged " +"time is displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " +"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " +"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that is " +"logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:70 +msgid "" +"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " +":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " +"yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button. The attendance " +"widget updates again, displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the " +"logged time, while the yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` " +"button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " +"user allows their computer to access this information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:85 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " +"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " +"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" +" appears on the main *Attendances* dashboard, including check ins and check " +"outs with no time value." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Hardware" msgstr "Обладнання" @@ -2239,6 +2237,305 @@ msgid "" "departments." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:3 +msgid "Departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"All employees in the *Employees* app fall under specific departments within " +"a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:8 +msgid "Create new departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To make a new department, navigate to :menuselection:`Employees app --> " +"Departments`, then click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left to reveal a blank " +"department form. Fill out the following information on the department form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The department for with all fields filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:18 +msgid ":guilabel:`Department Name`: enter a name for the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: using the drop-down menu, select the department " +"manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Parent Department`: if the new department is housed within " +"another department (has a parent department), select the parent department " +"using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates`: if employees in this department " +"require a specific appraisal form that is different from the default " +"appraisal form, tick the checkbox. If this option is activated, an " +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab appears below the form. This field " +"**only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " +"department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Survey`: using the drop-down menu, select the default " +"survey to use for the department when requesting feedback from employees. " +"This field **only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed, **and** " +"the *360 Feedback* option is enabled in the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the department. Click the default " +"white color box to display all the color options. Click on a color to select" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab: this tab **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates` options is activated on the form. " +"Make any desired edits to the appraisal form. The appraisal form is used for" +" appraisals for all employees within this department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:36 +msgid "" +"After the form is completed, click the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon to manually save the changes. When saved, a " +":guilabel:`Department Organization` chart appears in the top-right of the " +"department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The form auto-saves while data is entered, however the :guilabel:`Department" +" Organization` chart does **not** appear until the form is manually saved. " +"If the form is not saved, the :guilabel:`Department Organization` chart is " +"visible upon opening the department card from the :guilabel:`Departments` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:47 +msgid "Refer to the :doc:`../appraisals` documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:50 +msgid "Departments dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured departments, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Departments`. All departments appear in a " +"Kanban view, by default, and are listed in alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The departments dashboard view with all the department cards in a Kanban " +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:175 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each department has its own Kanban card on the main :guilabel:`Departments` " +":icon:`oi-view-kanban` :guilabel:`(Kanban)` dashboard view, that can display" +" the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:66 +msgid "Department name: the name of the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:67 +msgid "Company: the company the department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employees`: the number of employees within the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisals`: the number of appraisals scheduled for employees in " +"the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Requests`: the number of unapproved time off requests " +"for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval ` . This **only** appears if there are requests to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allocation Requests`: the number of unapproved allocation " +"requests for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval " +"`. This **only** appears if there are requests " +"to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Applicants`: the number of :ref:`new applicants " +"` for a position in this department. This **only** appears " +"if there are new applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expense Reports`: the number of employees in the department with " +":ref:`open expense reports to approve `. This **only** " +"appears if there are any expense reports waiting for approval." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Absence`: the number of absences for the current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Color bar: the selected color for the department appears as a vertical bar " +"on the left side of the department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click on an alert in a department card, such as :guilabel:`Time Off " +"Requests`, to reveal a list view of the requests to approve. This list " +"includes **all** open requests to approve, not just from the specific " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The default view for the :guilabel:`Departments` dashboard is a Kanban view." +" It is possible to view the departments in two other forms: a list view and " +"a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Список перегляду" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a list view, click the :icon:`fa-align-justify` " +":guilabel:`(list)` icon in the top-right corner. The departments appear in a" +" list view, which displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Employees`, " +":guilabel:`Parent Department`, and :guilabel:`Color` for each department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The departments are sorted alphabetically by :guilabel:`Department Name`, by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The departments presented in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When in list view, departments can be managed in batch by selecting one or " +"multiple record's checkbox, then select the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Actions` button to reveal a drop-down menu of actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:113 +msgid "Hierarchy view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a hierarchy view, click the :icon:`fa-share-alt " +"fa-rotate-90` :guilabel:`(hierarchy)` icon in the top-right corner. The " +"departments appear in an organizational chart format, with the highest-level" +" department at the top (typically :guilabel:`Management`), and all other " +"departments beneath it. All child departments of the first-level child " +"departments are folded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Each department card displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, the " +":guilabel:`Manager` (and their profile image), the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Employees` in the department, and the ability to expand the department " +"(:guilabel:`Unfold`) if there are child departments beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Unfold` button on a department card to expand it. Once " +"expanded, the :guilabel:`Unfold` button changes to a :guilabel:`Fold` " +"button. To collapse the department, click the :guilabel:`Fold` button. Only " +"**one** department *per row* can be unfolded at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Click anywhere on a department card to open the department form. Click the " +":guilabel:`(#) Employees` smart button to view a list of all the employees " +"in that department, including all employees in the child departments beneath" +" it, organized by individual department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In the hierarchy view, if the :guilabel:`(2) Employees` button on the " +":guilabel:`Management` card is clicked (the highest-level department card), " +"**all** employees appear in a list view, grouped by department. This is " +"because **all** departments are children of the :guilabel:`Management` " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`(3) Employees` button in the :guilabel:`Sales` department " +"card is clicked, the employees from the :guilabel:`Sales` department, as " +"well as its two child departments (:guilabel:`East Coast Territory` and " +":guilabel:`West Coat Territory`), appear in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "The departments presented in a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list view of employees for the department that was clicked, including all child\n" +"departments." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 msgid "New employees" msgstr "Нові співробітники" @@ -2313,7 +2610,6 @@ msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:736 msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "" @@ -2434,7 +2730,8 @@ msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:869 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "Резюме" @@ -3673,7 +3970,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:398 msgid "Salary" msgstr "Зарплатня" @@ -5038,10 +5335,6 @@ msgid "" "different ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 -msgid "List view" -msgstr "Список перегляду" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:304 msgid "" "The default view of the service records is a list view. This presents all " @@ -5089,11 +5382,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The form automatically saves as data is entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 -msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:331 msgid "" "To view services by their stage, click the :guilabel:`Kanban` button, which " @@ -5179,11 +5467,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:380 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:230 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:889 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:894 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "" @@ -5454,11 +5742,11 @@ msgid "" " pop-up windows close, and the activity now appears on the activity view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 msgid "Frontdesk" msgstr "Стійка реєстрації" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:7 msgid "" "The Odoo *Frontdesk* application provides a way for visitors to check in to " "a building or location, and alert the person they are meeting about their " @@ -5466,24 +5754,24 @@ msgid "" "brought to them, while they wait." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:11 msgid "" "This application is ideal for businesses that do **not** have someone " "working at a reception desk, locations **without** a designated waiting area" " available to guests and visitors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:17 msgid "" "The first item to configure with the *Frontdesk* application is the station," " followed by any drink selections that might optionally be offered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 msgid "Stations" msgstr "Станції" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:23 msgid "" "In Odoo's *Frontdesk* application, a *Station* can be thought of as any " "location where someone can sign in and wait for an employee. This is " @@ -5491,35 +5779,35 @@ msgid "" "kiosk where visitors check in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:27 msgid "" "When setting up the *Frontdesk* application, a minimum of one station " "**must** be configured, but there is no limit to how many stations can be " "created and configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:30 msgid "" "To create a station, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Stations`, and click :guilabel:`New`. When clicked, a " "blank frontdesk form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Name`: enter a name for the specific frontdesk " "location. This should be short and easily identifiable, such as `Reception " "Desk` or `Main Lobby`. This field is required in order to create a station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:38 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsibles`: select the person (or persons) who are alerted " "when a visitor checks in using this specific frontdesk. Multiple selections " "can be entered. This field is required in order to create a station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk URL`: this field auto-populates once the frontdesk form is " "saved, with at least the :guilabel:`Frontdesk Name` and " @@ -5527,46 +5815,45 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`(cloud with upward arrow)` icon, located at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:45 msgid "" "Once saved, a URL is generated in the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` field. This URL " "is one way the frontdesk kiosk is accessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:48 msgid "" "To access the kiosk, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at the end of the " "URL, and navigate to that URL in a web browser. This URL opens that specific" " station's frontdesk sign-in page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:52 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a frontdesk form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera" " with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:166 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:184 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to open a file explorer, navigate " "to the desired image/photo file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:58 msgid "" "The image selected for the station photo appears as the background image for" " the station kiosk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:61 msgid "Options tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Host Selection`: if the visitor is attending a meeting, this " "option allows the visitor to select the meeting host from a presented list, " @@ -5574,35 +5861,35 @@ msgid "" "detailed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Authenticate Guest`: if additional information is required when a" " guest checks in, enable this option, and select which of the following are " "required:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: select whether the guest's email address is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Phone`: select whether the guest's phone number is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Organization`: select whether the guest's organization is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Theme`: select the color mode of the kiosk. Choose either " ":guilabel:`Light` or :guilabel:`Dark`. The :guilabel:`Light` selection " @@ -5610,7 +5897,7 @@ msgid "" "selection displays a dark gray and black background." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Self Check-In`: enable this option to present a check-in QR code " "on the kiosk. The QR code allows guests to check in using their mobile " @@ -5618,7 +5905,7 @@ msgid "" "kiosk with multiple guests checking in at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Offer Drinks`: enable this option to offer guests a drink upon " "check in. If this option is enabled, it is necessary to :ref:`configure the " @@ -5627,13 +5914,13 @@ msgid "" " are configured, select each drink to be offered using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:90 msgid "" "The following options are only visible in the :guilabel:`Options` tab if the" " :ref:`Host Selection ` option is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by email`: enable this option to have an email sent to the" " person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -5641,20 +5928,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Email Template` selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:97 msgid "" "To change the default email template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`Email Template` field, then select another email template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any edits to the " "template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:102 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by SMS`: enable this option to have an SMS (text) message " "sent to the person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -5662,13 +5949,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk SMS Template` selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:106 msgid "" "To change the default SMS template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`SMS Template` field, and select another SMS template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:109 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any desired edits to the" @@ -5676,7 +5963,7 @@ msgid "" "characters, which fits in 4 SMS (UNICODE) messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by Discuss`: this option is enabled by default when the " ":guilabel:`Host Selection` option is enabled. This option opens a *Discuss* " @@ -5684,28 +5971,28 @@ msgid "" "in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:116 msgid "" "When enabled, a default message appears for the person the guest is " "visiting. The *Discuss* application **must** be installed in order for this " "option to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:120 msgid "" "*Discuss* is installed by default when creating an Odoo database, and does " "not count towards billing. As long as the *Discuss* application is not " "intentionally uninstalled, the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option works." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:125 msgid "" "The default message format for the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option is: " "`(Frontdesk Station) Check-In: (Guest Name) (Guest Phone Number) " "(Organization) to meet (Name of employee).`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:128 msgid "" "An example of how that might appear in a *Discuss* message is: `Main Lobby " "Check-In: John Doe (123-555-1234) (Odoo, Inc.) to meet Marc Demo.`" @@ -5715,11 +6002,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Frontdesk station form with all the information filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 msgid "Side Message tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:138 msgid "" "Enter any desired text to appear on the station kiosk after a guest has " "checked in, such as a welcome greeting or any necessary instructions. The " @@ -5727,11 +6014,12 @@ msgid "" " a guest has completed the check-in process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:112 msgid "Drinks" msgstr "Напої" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:147 msgid "" "After a station is created, the next step is to configure the drinks to " "offer visitors, if desired. This step is **not** necessary or required for " @@ -5739,31 +6027,31 @@ msgid "" "drinks are offered to guests." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:151 msgid "" "To add a drink option, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Drinks`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a " "blank drink form to configure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 msgid "Enter the following information on the drink form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Drink Name`: type the name of the drink option in this field. " "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 msgid "" ":guilabel:`People to Notify`: use the drop-down menu in this field to select" " who is notified when the drink is selected. Multiple people can be entered " "in this field. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:159 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a numerical value in this field to indicate " "where in the list of drink options this specific option appears. The lower " @@ -5772,16 +6060,16 @@ msgid "" "first in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:163 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:181 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a drink form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera " "with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:169 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:187 msgid "" "The image selected now appears in the picture field, and is set as the image" " for the drink." @@ -5791,156 +6079,237 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Drink form with the information filled out for an espresso." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:178 msgid "Station dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:192 +msgid "Kiosk setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " +"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " +"tablet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:197 +msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " +":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" +" a new browser tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " +"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" +" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " +"browser tab or window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " +"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " +"accessing the database when checking-in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" +" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " +":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " +"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " +"requests were made for each drink." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:220 +msgid "" +"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " +"other metrics, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`frontdesk/visitors`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:3 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "Відвідувачі" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:5 msgid "" -"To access a complete list of visitors that are currently checked in, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +"In the Odoo *Frontdesk* application, a *visitor* is defined as any non-" +"employee (e.g., repair person, job candidate, etc.). These visitors can be " +"logged upon arrival and departure for security purposes. This ensures an " +"accurate list of people on the premises." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:196 -msgid "" -"The visitors are listed in a list view, with the following details that were" -" entered when they checked in:" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:12 +msgid "Visitor list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To access a complete list of checked-in visitors, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:18 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Planned or Checked-In` and :guilabel:`Today` " "filters appear in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:21 +msgid "" +"All visitors are presented in a list view, with the following details that " +"were entered upon check in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:24 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the guest's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:25 msgid ":guilabel:`Visitor Company`: the company the guest represents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: the guest's phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 -msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`: the drink the guest requested." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`\\*: the drink the guest requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:28 msgid ":guilabel:`Host`: who the guest is waiting to see." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:29 msgid ":guilabel:`CheckIn`: the date and time the guest checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Checkout`: the date and time the guest checked out. As mentioned," -" in the default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " +":guilabel:`Checkout`\\*: the date and time the guest checked out. In the " +"default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " ":guilabel:`Planned` status are visible. Guests with check-out times are only" " visible if the :guilabel:`Today` filter is not active." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duration`: the amount of time the guest has been checked in for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`Station`: the location of where the guest checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: the status of the guest. The options are " ":guilabel:`Checked-In`, :guilabel:`Planned`, :guilabel:`Checked-Out`, or " -":guilabel:`Canceled`. In the default view, only guests with a " -":guilabel:`Checked-In` or :guilabel:`Planned` status are visible." +":guilabel:`Canceled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: the guest's email address." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`\\*: the guest's email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:39 msgid "" -"To the far right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page is " -"an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +"\\* These fields are not visible in the default :guilabel:`Visitor` list. " +"These must be enabled using the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` " +":guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon in the top-right of the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To the far-right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page, " +"there is an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:46 msgid "" "When a guest leaves, click the available :guilabel:`Check out` button to " "update the guest's record, and log the date and time they left." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:49 msgid "" "If a scheduled guest arrives, and they did not check in using the " "*Frontdesk* kiosk, they can be checked in here, by clicking the available " ":guilabel:`Check in` button to log the date and time they arrived." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:53 msgid "" -"Beside the untitled status column a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button appears," -" but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." +"Beside the untitled status column, a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " +"appears, but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:56 msgid "" "When their drink has been served, click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " "to indicate the drink has been delivered to the guest. Once clicked, that " "button disappears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst-1 msgid "" "The full list of currently checked in visitors, with the drinks to be served" " highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:63 msgid "" "If any column is not visible, or if a visible column is preferred to be " -"hidden, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options (two horizontal lines with " -"dots)` icon, located at the end of the column name list." +"hidden, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(additional " +"options)` icon, located at the end of the column name list. Doing so, " +"reveals a reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or disable. A" +" :icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`(check)` icon indicates the column is visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Clicking that reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or " -"disable. A :guilabel:`✅ (checkmark)` icon indicates the column is visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:69 msgid "Planned visitors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:71 msgid "" -"If a guest is expected to arrive at a future date and time, it is possible " -"to enter their information into the *Frontdesk* application in advance." +"Enter expected guest information in advance by creating a planned guest in " +"the *Frontdesk* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:73 msgid "" "To create a planned guest, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Visitors --> New`. Then, enter the same information as any other " -":ref:`visitor `. The only required fields are the " -"visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the :guilabel:`Station` at which they are " -"expected to arrive." +"Visitors`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, enter the same information as " +"any other :ref:`visitor ` on the guest form that appears. " +"The only required fields are the visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Station` at which they are expected to arrive." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:79 msgid "" "If a guest is planned in advance, they must be checked in from the list on " "the :guilabel:`Visitors` page in the *Frontdesk* application " @@ -5949,96 +6318,71 @@ msgid "" " entry remains listed as :guilabel:`Planned`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:84 msgid "" -"Only when a planned guest is checked in inside the application's visitor " -"list, their :guilabel:`Planned` status changes to :guilabel:`Checked-In`." +"The :guilabel:`Planned` status of a planned guest **only** changes to " +":guilabel:`Checked-In` when they are checked in *inside* the application's " +":guilabel:`Visitors` list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:87 msgid "" "If a guest does check in using a kiosk, ensure all records are current, and " -"the list of currently on-site guests is correct. Be sure to check in and/or " -"check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly reflects who " -"is currently on the premises." +"the list of guests that are currently on-site is correct. Be sure to check " +"in and/or check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly " +"reflects who is currently on the premises." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:91 msgid "" "Ensure planned guests are informed that they should **not** check in using " "the kiosk if they are listed as a planned guest in advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:274 -msgid "Frontdesk flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " -"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " -"tablet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:279 -msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:281 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " -":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" -" a new browser tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:283 -msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " -"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" -" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " -"browser tab or window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:288 -msgid "" -"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " -"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " -"accessing the database when checking-in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:95 msgid "Visitor flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:294 -msgid "" -"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a frontdesk kiosk, and " -"enter their information. The information requested is what was configured " -"for that specific frontdesk station. If any information is required, the " -"field displays a red asterisk (*). The visitor must enter the required " -"information in order to check in." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:98 +msgid "Visitor check in" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a :ref:`Frontdesk kiosk " +"`, and click :guilabel:`Check in`. The information " +"requested from the visitor is what was configured for that specific " +"*Frontdesk* station. If any information is required, the field displays a " +"red asterisk (\\*). The visitor **must** enter the required information in " +"order to check in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:105 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, the visitor taps the :guilabel:`Check " "In` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:108 msgid "" -"If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check " -"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: `Do " -"you want something to drink?`" +"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," +" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check " +"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: " +":guilabel:`Do you want something to drink?`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:117 msgid "" "The visitor can tap either :guilabel:`Yes, please`, or :guilabel:`No, thank " "you`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:119 msgid "" "If they select :guilabel:`Yes, please`, a drink selection screen appears, " "and the pre-configured options are listed. The visitor then taps the desired" @@ -6046,47 +6390,46 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Nothing, thanks` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:123 msgid "" -"If a drink selection was made, a `Thank you for registering! Your drink is " -"on the way.` message appears." +"If a drink selection was made, a :guilabel:`Thank you for registering! Your " +"drink is on the way.` message appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:313 -msgid "" -"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," -" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:127 +msgid "Notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:129 msgid "" "Once the visitor has checked in, the person they are visiting, and any other" -" users who were configured to be notified when checks ins occur at the " -"kiosk, are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a " -"*Discuss* chat, or any combination of those three options." +" users who were configured to be notified when check-ins occur at the kiosk," +" are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a *Discuss*" +" chat, or any combination of those three options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:133 msgid "" "If the visitor requested a drink, the user(s) configured as the " -":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified via the " -"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: `(Visitor Name) just " -"checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" +":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified, via the " +"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: :guilabel:`(Visitor " +"Name) just checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the drink has been delivered to the guest, the person who delivered the" " drink is responsible for marking the drink as delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:140 msgid "" "To mark a drink as delivered, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Stations --> (#) Drinks to serve` on the desired station card." +"Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#) " +"Drinks to serve`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:143 msgid "" "This opens a list of all the visitors checked in at that station, and are " "waiting for a drink. Click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button at the end of" @@ -6094,64 +6437,39 @@ msgid "" "their drink served, the visitor disappears from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:150 msgid "" "Once the visitor has completed their business, and has left the premises, it" " is important to check them out for accurate record keeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:153 msgid "" "To check visitors out properly, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app " -"--> Stations --> (#) On Site`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who" -" are currently checked-in at that station." +"--> Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#)" +" Drinks to serve`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who are " +"currently checked-in at that station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:157 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check Out` button near the end of the line for the " +"Click the :guilabel:`Check out` button near the end of the line for the " "visitor who left. Once they are marked as checked-out, the visitor " "disappears from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:161 msgid "" -"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important to" -" check out visitors for accurate record keeping." +"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important " +"for *Frontdesk* users to check out visitors for accurate record keeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:164 msgid "" "Always have an accurate list of who is on the premises at any given time. " "This is important for security purposes, and in the case of an emergency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:353 -msgid "" -"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " -"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:355 -msgid "" -"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" -" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " -":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:358 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " -"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " -"requests were made for each drink." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:361 -msgid "" -"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " -"other metrics, as well." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:5 msgid "Lunch" msgstr "Ланч" @@ -6659,7 +6977,7 @@ msgid "The category form, with the fields filled out for a Soup category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:280 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:701 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:392 msgid "Alerts" msgstr "Застереження" @@ -7876,13 +8194,20 @@ msgid "" "the changes are also reflected in the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To access contract templates, the *Salary Configurator* " +"(`hr_contract_salary`) module **must** be :ref:`installed " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "To view all the current contract templates in the database, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Contracts: Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Contract Templates` page, all current contract templates " "appear in a list view. To view the details of a contract template, click " @@ -7891,40 +8216,40 @@ msgid "" "contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" "To create a new contract template, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Then, " "enter the following information on the blank contract template form that " "appears:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Reference`: enter a brief description for the template. " "This should be clear and easily understood, as this name appears in the " "*Recruitment* application, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: select the desired working schedule the " "contract applies to from the drop-down menu. If a new working schedule is " "needed, create a :ref:`new working schedule `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select how the work entries are generated. " "Choices are either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: work entries are generated based on the " "selected working schedule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "attendance, as they are logged in the *Attendances* application. Refer to " @@ -7932,56 +8257,56 @@ msgid "" "on checking in and out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Planning`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "planning in the *Planning* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select the :ref:`salary structure type " "` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the contract template applies " "to from the drop-down menu. If blank, the template applies to all " "departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Job Position`: select the :ref:`job position ` the contract template applies to from the drop-down menu. If " "blank, the template applies to all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 msgid ":guilabel:`Wage on Payroll`: enter the monthly wage in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Type`: select the type of contract from the drop-down " "menu. This list is the same as the :ref:`Employment Types " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: select the employee responsible for validating " "contracts, using this template, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`: select a default document that a" " new employee has to sign to accept an offer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template`: select a default document " "that a current employee has to sign to update their contract." @@ -7991,18 +8316,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new contract template form, with the fields filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 msgid "Salary information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or " ":guilabel:`Hourly Wage` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: using the drop-down menu, select how often the " "employee is paid. Options include :guilabel:`Annually`, :guilabel:`Semi-" @@ -8011,7 +8336,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Weekly`, or :guilabel:`Daily`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage`: enter the gross wage. The time period presented in this " "field is based on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Scheduled Pay` field. " @@ -8019,21 +8344,21 @@ msgid "" "*first*, since that entry updates this field automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:172 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)`: enter the total yearly cost the employee " "costs the employer. When this value is entered, the :guilabel:`Monthly Cost " "(Real)` is automatically updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Monthly Cost (Real)`: this field is **not** editable. The value " "is automatically populated after the :guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)` is " "entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:178 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Schedule Pay`, :guilabel:`Wage`, and :guilabel:`Yearly Cost " "(Real)` fields are all linked. If any of these fields are updated, the other" @@ -8046,60 +8371,60 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The salary information tab, with the fields filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 msgid "Pre-tax benefits and post-tax deductions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:190 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings set for the company, the entries " "presented in this section either vary, or may not appear at all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "For example, some entries may pertain to retirement accounts, health " "insurance benefits, and commuter benefits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:196 msgid "" "Enter the monetary amounts or percentages to specify how much of the " "employee's salary goes to the various benefits and/or deductions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "Employment types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:204 msgid "" "To view all the pre-configured employment types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll application --> Configuration --> Contracts: " "Employment Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:207 msgid "" "The employment types are presented in a list view on the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:209 msgid "" "The default employment types are :guilabel:`Permanent`, " ":guilabel:`Temporary`, :guilabel:`Seasonal`, :guilabel:`Interim`, " ":guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, and :guilabel:`Permanent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 msgid "" "To make a new employment type, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the " "upper-left corner, and a blank line appears at the bottom of the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:215 msgid "" "On this new blank line, enter the name of the employment type in the " ":guilabel:`Name` column. If the employment type is country-specific, select " @@ -8108,7 +8433,7 @@ msgid "" " specific country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:220 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the employment types, click the :guilabel:`six " "small gray boxes` icon to the left of the employment type :guilabel:`Name`, " @@ -8119,12 +8444,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The employment types in the database by default, in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -8132,15 +8457,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:238 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:241 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -8148,14 +8473,14 @@ msgid "" "automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work " "Entry Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:251 msgid "" "Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." @@ -8167,29 +8492,29 @@ msgid "" "code and color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 msgid "" "To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:730 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:43 msgid "General information section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: the name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:269 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: this code appears with the work entry type on " "timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " @@ -8197,7 +8522,7 @@ msgid "" "department for a code to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:272 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DMFA code`: this code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " "Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding :abbr:`DMFA (De " @@ -8208,50 +8533,50 @@ msgid "" "salaries paid to those employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 msgid "" ":guilabel:`External Code`: this code is used for exporting data to a third-" "party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used to determine " "the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: this code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " "payroll service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the particular work entry type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:285 msgid "Display in payslip section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rounding`: the rounding method selected determines how quantities" " on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: a timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:295 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -8261,11 +8586,11 @@ msgid "" "hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:301 msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: if the work entry is for work that " "is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " @@ -8274,39 +8599,39 @@ msgid "" " training, or volunteer work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:309 msgid "Valid for advantages section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: if the work entry should count towards a meal " "voucher, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:312 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: if the work entry should count towards " "representation fees, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: if the work entry should count " "towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:318 msgid "Time off options section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off`: check this box if the work entry type can be selected " "for a time off request, or entry, in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field " "appears. This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time" @@ -8314,14 +8639,14 @@ msgid "" "example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "A new type of time off can be entered in the field, if the listed types of " "time off in the drop-down menu do **not** display the type of time off " "needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: this is for Belgian-specific companies " "**only**, and does **not** appear for other localizations. Check this box if" @@ -8332,11 +8657,11 @@ msgid "" "year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:336 msgid "Reporting section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:338 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: if the work entry should be visible on the " "unforeseen absences report, check this box." @@ -8346,11 +8671,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:348 msgid "Working schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 msgid "" "To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " @@ -8358,21 +8683,21 @@ msgid "" "contracts and work entries are found in this list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 msgid "" "Working schedules are company-specific. Each company **must** identify each " "type of working schedule they use. If the database is created for only one " "company, the company column is not available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" "An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " "work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " "that uses the 40-hour standard work week." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "" "A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " "needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." @@ -8384,17 +8709,17 @@ msgid "" "the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "New working schedule" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:373 msgid "" "To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " "enter the information on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -8402,7 +8727,7 @@ msgid "" "times that apply to the new working time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:380 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -8411,16 +8736,16 @@ msgid "" "modified by typing in the time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:386 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:389 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top-left. This creates " "entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" @@ -8428,11 +8753,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New working schedule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:403 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -8442,7 +8767,7 @@ msgid "" "on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:411 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -8452,73 +8777,77 @@ msgid "" "structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:417 msgid "" "The different :guilabel:`Structure Types` can be seen by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure " -"Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary: Structure Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:420 msgid "" -"There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: " -":guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Worker`. Typically, :guilabel:`Employee`" -" is used for salaried employees, which is why the wage type is " -":guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is typically used for" -" employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +"Two default structure types are configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Employee` and" +" :guilabel:`Worker`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:422 +msgid "" +"Typically, :guilabel:`Employee` is used for salaried employees, which is why" +" the wage type is :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is " +"typically used for employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is " +":guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "New structure type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " "structure type form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 msgid "" "Proceed to enter information in the fields. Most fields are pre-populated, " "but all the fields can be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:441 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Structure Type`: enter the name for the new structure type, such " "as `Employee` or `Worker`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Country`: select the country that the new structure type applies " "to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:445 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select what type of wage the new structure type uses," " either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for salaried employees, who receive the same wage " "every pay period, select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:451 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for employees, who receive wages based on how many" " hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: select the typical pay schedule for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," @@ -8527,7 +8856,7 @@ msgid "" "indicates how often this specific type of structure is paid out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: select the default working hours for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " @@ -8538,13 +8867,13 @@ msgid "" "hours>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: type in the name for the regular pay " "structure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:463 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: select the default type of work entry " "the new structure type falls under from the drop-down menu. The default " @@ -8555,13 +8884,13 @@ msgid "" "Hours`, and :guilabel:`Long Term Time Off`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 msgid "" "To view all the options for the :guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`, click " "the :guilabel:`Search More..` button at the bottom of the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:472 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings, this list may contain more options " "in addition to the default options." @@ -8572,11 +8901,11 @@ msgid "" "New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 msgid "New default working hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:484 msgid "" "To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " "in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " @@ -8586,14 +8915,14 @@ msgid "" "time. When the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: type in the name for the new default working hours. This " "should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " "Hours/Week`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that can use these new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " @@ -8601,7 +8930,7 @@ msgid "" " to have their own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:495 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: the average hours per day field is auto-" "populated, based on the working hours configured in the :guilabel:`Working " @@ -8609,13 +8938,13 @@ msgid "" "hours affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:499 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Timezone`: select the time zone to be used for the new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:501 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: enter the number of hours per week an " "employee would need to work to be considered a full-time employee. " @@ -8624,7 +8953,7 @@ msgid "" "(full-time vs part-time)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:505 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Time Rate`: this percentage is auto-generated based on the " "entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" @@ -8634,7 +8963,7 @@ msgid "" "adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: this tab is where each day's specific working" " hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " @@ -8642,26 +8971,26 @@ msgid "" "with each day divided into three timed sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:513 msgid "" "Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening " "(13:00-17:00) hours configured, using a 24 hour time format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:516 msgid "" "To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field to adjust, and " "make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the specific case of " "the times, type in the desired time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:519 msgid "" "Keep in mind, working hours are company-specific, and cannot be shared " "between companies. Each company needs to have their own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "" "If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " "bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " @@ -8670,17 +8999,17 @@ msgid "" " be adjusted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 msgid "Structures" msgstr "Структури" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:531 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -8688,13 +9017,13 @@ msgid "" "`Bonus`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:538 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:541 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " @@ -8705,7 +9034,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All available salary structures." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:548 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." @@ -8717,12 +9046,12 @@ msgid "" "Rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:551 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:556 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:261 msgid "Rules" msgstr "Правила" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:558 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " "purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" @@ -8730,35 +9059,35 @@ msgid "" "the creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:562 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " "Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:565 msgid "" "To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " "the following information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 msgid "Top section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:571 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rule Name`: enter a name for the rule. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " "recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " @@ -8766,38 +9095,38 @@ msgid "" "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:577 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a number indicating when this rule is calculated" " in the sequence of all other rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:576 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Active`: enable this toggle, so the rule is available for use. " "Disable the toggle to hide the rule without deleting it in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:583 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appears on payslip`: tick the checkbox to have the rule appear on" " employee payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:584 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Employer Cost Dashboard`: tick the checkbox to have the " "rule appear on the :guilabel:`Employer Cost` report, located on the " "*Payroll* app dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:586 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Payroll Reporting`: tick the checkbox to have the rule " "appear on payroll reports." @@ -8807,15 +9136,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 msgid "General tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:597 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "Умови" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:599 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: select from the drop-down menu whether the " "rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always applies), a :guilabel:`Range` " @@ -8824,11 +9153,11 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:600 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:605 msgid "Computation" msgstr "Розрахунок" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:607 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: select from the drop-down menu whether the amount " "is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a :guilabel:`Percentage (%)`, or a " @@ -8836,54 +9165,54 @@ msgid "" "percentage, or Python code needs to be entered next. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:613 msgid "Company contribution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:615 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partner`: if another company financially contributes to this " "rule, select the company from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:614 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:810 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 msgid "Description tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:621 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the rule. " "This tab only appears in the rule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:625 msgid "Accounting tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:627 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Debit Account`: select the debit account from the drop-down menu " "the rule affects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Credit Account`: select the credit account from the drop-down " "menu the rule affects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:624 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:629 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not computed in net accountability`: tick the checkbox to delete " "the value of this rule in the `Net Salary` rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:633 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:636 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " @@ -8892,11 +9221,11 @@ msgid "" "has matured to more markets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:642 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:644 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " @@ -8910,14 +9239,14 @@ msgid "" "a payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 msgid "" "To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " ":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " "applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:658 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" " :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " @@ -8929,11 +9258,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new Input Type form filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:664 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:669 msgid "Salary attachment types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:671 msgid "" "Salary attachments, also thought of as \"wage garnishments\", are portions " "of earnings taken out of a payslip for something specific. Much like all " @@ -8941,7 +9270,7 @@ msgid "" "**must** be defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:675 msgid "" "To view the currently configured salary attachments, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Salary " @@ -8950,7 +9279,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Child Support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:679 msgid "" "To make a new type of salary attachment, click the :guilabel:`New` button. " "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Code` (used in the salary " @@ -8962,11 +9291,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new salary attachment form filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " "section of the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary " @@ -8976,7 +9306,7 @@ msgid "" "their salary package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:695 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -8985,11 +9315,11 @@ msgid "" "sees, and what is populated, as the applicant enters information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:701 msgid "Benefits" msgstr "Переваги" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:703 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain benefits " "set in Odoo, in addition to the salary, to make an offer more appealing " @@ -8997,7 +9327,7 @@ msgid "" " or internet, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:707 msgid "" "To view the benefits, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary Package Configurator: Benefits`. Benefits are grouped by " @@ -9009,7 +9339,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list view of all the benefits available for each structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:716 msgid "" "A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " "another labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " @@ -9017,7 +9347,7 @@ msgid "" "structure type has a meal voucher benefit available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:720 msgid "" "A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use the " "company car benefit, but cannot have meal vouchers. A person hired under the" @@ -9025,29 +9355,29 @@ msgid "" "available to them, not the use of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:724 msgid "" "To make a new benefit, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " "information in the fields on the blank benefits form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:722 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 msgid "The various fields for creating a benefit are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:732 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefits`: enter the name for the benefit. This field is " "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:733 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "benefit this is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of cost " "incurred by the company for this specific benefit. The default options are " @@ -9058,7 +9388,7 @@ msgid "" "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:739 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Related Type`: select from the drop-down menu what type of " "benefit it is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -9067,52 +9397,52 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:738 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the specific field" " on the contract the benefit appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select the specific field on the contract that the " "cost of the benefit is linked to, using the drop-down menu. If this field is" " left blank, the cost of the benefit is not computed in the employee budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:748 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Net Salary`: tick the checkbox if the benefit should " "impact the employee's net salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requested Documents`: select any document that is required to be " "submitted for this benefit, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:752 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mandatory Benefits`: using the drop-down menu, select the benefit" " that is required in order for this specific benefit to be offered to the " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 msgid "" "For example, a benefit for car insurance would populate `Company Car` in " "this field. This would allow the car insurance benefit to **only** be " "displayed if the employee has selected/enabled the benefit of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:758 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this benefit applies to. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:760 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select the metric that the benefit is granted, " "using the drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " @@ -9123,17 +9453,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new benefit form filled out for an internet subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:768 msgid "Display section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:770 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show Name`: tick the checkbox to have the benefit name appear in " "the salary package configurator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:767 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: select from the drop-down menu how this benefit is" " displayed. The options are :guilabel:`Always Selected`, " @@ -9142,14 +9472,14 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 msgid "" "Depending on the selection made, additional configurations need to be made. " "For example, if :guilabel:`Radio Buttons` is selected, the individual radio " "buttons must be entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Icon`: an icon from the `Font Awesome 4 library " "`_ can be visible for this benefit. Enter" @@ -9157,43 +9487,43 @@ msgid "" "suitcase icon, the code `fa fa-suitcase` is entered on this line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hide Description`: tick the checkbox to hide the benefit " "description if the benefit is not selected by the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:784 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded`: if the benefit should be folded, or hidden, because it " "is dependant on another benefit selection, tick the checkbox. The following " "fields appear when this is active:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Label`: enter a name for the folded section of the benefit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:783 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:788 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Res Field`: select the contract field this benefit is tied " "to using the drop-down menu. If this field is selected on the contract, then" " this benefit becomes visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:792 msgid "Activity section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the activity type" " that is automatically created when this benefit is selected by the " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:796 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation`: select when the activity is created, either " "when the :guilabel:`Employee signs his contract`, or when the " @@ -9201,7 +9531,7 @@ msgid "" "desired selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:799 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation Type`: select the parameters for when the " "activity is created, either :guilabel:`When the benefit is set` or " @@ -9209,47 +9539,47 @@ msgid "" " desired selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:802 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Assigned to`: select the user the activity is automatically " "assigned to, using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:143 msgid "Sign section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:808 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Template to Sign`: if the employee is required to sign a document" " when selecting this benefit, select the document template from the drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:811 msgid "" "For example, a benefit regarding the use of a company car may require the " "employee to sign a document acknowledging the company's car policies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:812 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the benefit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:820 msgid "Personal info" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:822 msgid "" "Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " "candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " "information, resume, work information, and documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:826 msgid "" "The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " "section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " @@ -9257,17 +9587,17 @@ msgid "" "hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:825 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:830 msgid "" "To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " "dashboard, and click on the employee's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:829 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:834 msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:836 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Personal Info` section lists all of the fields that are " "available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " @@ -9281,25 +9611,25 @@ msgid "" "enter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:839 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 msgid "" "To edit a personal info entry, select an entry from the list on the " ":guilabel:`Personal Info` page, and modify the personal info on the form " "that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:842 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 msgid "To create a new personal info entry, click the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:849 msgid "" "The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " "are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " ":guilabel:`Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:852 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down menu. " ":guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the :guilabel:`Bank" @@ -9307,7 +9637,7 @@ msgid "" "account, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:851 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from the drop-down menu that best " "describes what kind of personal information this entry is, and where it is " @@ -9316,13 +9646,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address` or :guilabel:`Personal Documents`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:861 msgid "" "The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " "Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:859 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:864 msgid "" "Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required` box makes the field mandatory on the " "employee's card. The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the " @@ -9335,50 +9665,50 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:871 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:876 msgid "" "The resumé section, housed within the salary package configurator section of" " the settings menu, is how salary information rules are configured when " "offering a position to potential employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:879 msgid "" "When an offer is sent to a prospective employee, the values for the offer " "are computed from these settings, and appear on the offer page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:877 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:882 msgid "" "To configure this section, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator: Resumé`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:885 msgid "" "By default, there are three :guilabel:`Salary Structure Types` pre-" "configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Worker`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " ":guilabel:`None`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:888 msgid "" "Each :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` has several rules configured. These " "affect how an offer is calculated using that particular :guilabel:`Salary " "Structure Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:886 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " ":guilabel:`Contract Salary Resumé` form loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 msgid ":guilabel:`Information`: type in a name for this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:892 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:897 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select the category this value is housed under, using " "the drop-down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Monthly Salary`, " @@ -9386,11 +9716,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:901 msgid "New categories can be made if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, then enter the name for the new category " "in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, select the :guilabel:`Periodicity` from" @@ -9399,23 +9729,23 @@ msgid "" "appears in the :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` rule list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:908 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Monthly Total`: tick the checkbox if this value is added " "in the monthly total calculation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:911 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select what kind of value this rule is, either " ":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Days`, or :guilabel:`Percent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency` is for a set monetary value, :guilabel:`Days` is for " "compensation in the form of time off, and :guilabel:`Percent` is for a " @@ -9423,13 +9753,13 @@ msgid "" "commissions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:912 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select which :guilabel:`Salary Structure " "Type` this rule is nested under, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:919 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Value Type`: select how the value is computed, using the drop-" "down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Fixed Value`, " @@ -9437,7 +9767,7 @@ msgid "" "Benefits Values`, and :guilabel:`Monthly Total`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:922 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: select the code this rule applies to from the drop-down " "menu." @@ -9448,23 +9778,23 @@ msgid "" "The net wage rule form filled out, with all the information for net pay." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:929 msgid "Jobs" msgstr "Вакансії" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:926 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:931 msgid "" "Since the *Payroll* application is responsible for paying employees for " "specific job positions, the complete list of job positions can be found in " "both the *Payroll* and *Recruitment* applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:937 #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:934 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:939 msgid "" "The job positions listed in the *Payroll* application are identical to the " "job positions listed in the *Recruitment* application. If a new job position" @@ -9472,13 +9802,13 @@ msgid "" "*Payroll* application, and vice versa." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:943 msgid "" "To view the job positions, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Jobs: Job Positions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:941 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:946 msgid "" "A list of all the job positions appear, along with the corresponding " "department, on the :guilabel:`Job Position` page." @@ -9488,38 +9818,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list of all the job positions and corresponding departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 msgid "" "To create a new job description, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a job " "form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:955 msgid "" "Enter the information on the form for the new position. The information is " "identical as to the information entered when creating a new job position in " "the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 msgid "" "Refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation for more details" " on how to fill out this form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:957 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:962 msgid ":doc:`payroll/contracts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:963 msgid ":doc:`payroll/payslips`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:959 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:964 msgid ":doc:`payroll/work_entries`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:965 msgid ":doc:`payroll/reporting`" msgstr "" @@ -12193,8 +12523,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " "steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" " step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," -" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " -"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +" conducting an interview, or sending a job offer, for example. This process " +"is referred to as the 'applicant flow.'" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 @@ -12227,18 +12557,245 @@ msgid "" "positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " "` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " "stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " -"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes are " "visible on all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:37 msgid "" -"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +"Before creating a job position in Odoo, configure the necessary settings for" +" the *Recruitment* app. To view and edit the settings, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Settings`. After any " +"changes are made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the top-left corner " +"to save all the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:43 +msgid "Job posting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Job Posting` section of the *Recruitment* app settings has " +"only one selection to make. If job positions are to be posted to the " +"company's website, enable the :guilabel:`Online Posting` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Online Posting` is only available if the *Website* " +"application is also installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:53 +msgid "Recruitment process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recruitment process` section of the settings page specifies " +"what the database can and cannot do during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:59 +msgid "Send interview survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Odoo is capable of having a survey sent to an applicant to gather more " +"information about them. Surveys can be thought of as exams, or " +"questionnaires, and can be customized in various ways to provide the " +"recruitment team with valuable insights into the applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option to send surveys to " +"applicants. Once enabled, an :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Interview " +"Survey` internal link appears. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`Interview Survey` link to navigate to a list of all created " +"surveys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:70 +msgid "" +"This list includes all surveys that were created in the database, not just " +"surveys used in the *Recruitment* app. If no surveys have been created, the " +"surveys list displays a :guilabel:`No Survey Found` message, and presents " +"options to create a survey from several pre-configured survey templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:76 +msgid "" +"For more detailed information about surveys, refer to the :doc:`survey " +"essentials <../marketing/surveys/create>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Enabling the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option will install the " +"*Surveys* application once the settings are saved, if it is not installed " +"already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:84 +msgid "Send SMS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:86 +msgid "" +"It is possible to send text messages to applicants directly through the " +"*Recruitment* app. To do so, enable the :guilabel:`Send SMS` option. This " +"option requires credits to use, which can be obtained by clicking the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` internal link that emerges " +"when the feature is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For more information, refer to the :doc:`SMS pricing and FAQs " +"<../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:98 +msgid "CV display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When applicants submit an application, one of the default required fields is" +" a resumé, or :abbr:`CV (curriculum vitae)`. All resumés are stored in the " +"*Documents* application, and are accessible on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:104 +msgid "" +"A resumé has the option to appear on the applicant's form, which can be " +"viewed by clicking on the applicant's card. The resumé appears on the right-" +"side of the screen. If this is not enabled, the resumé is accessed via a " +"link in the chatter, where it needs to be clicked to expand and view it, or " +"downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`CV Display` option to show the resumé on the " +"applicant's card by default, and in addition to the document link. When " +"enabled, the resumé appears on the right side of the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"For the resumé to appear on the right-side, the browser window must be in " +"full-screen mode (where the browser spans the entire screen)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the browser window is set to a size smaller than the entire width of the " +"screen (not full-screen), then the resumé does not appear on the right-side." +" Instead, the resumé appears in the :guilabel:`Files` section of the " +"chatter, below the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The resumé on an applicant's card, appearing on the right side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:128 +msgid "CV digitization (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:130 +msgid "" +"When an application is submitted using any of the available methods, such as" +" an online application submission, emailing a resume to the job position " +"alias, or creating an applicant record directly from the database, it is " +"possible to have Odoo extract the applicant's name, phone number, and email " +"address from the resumé and populate the applicant's form. To do so, enable " +"the :guilabel:`CV Digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:136 +msgid "" +"When enabled, additional options appear. Click on the corresponding radio " +"button to select one of the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not digitize`: this option turns off resumé digitization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize on demand only`: this option only digitizes resumes when" +" requested. A :guilabel:`Digitize document` buttons appears on applicant " +"cards. When clicked, the resumé is scanned and the applicant's card is " +"updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize automatically`: this option automatically digitizes all " +"resumés when they are submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Beneath these options are two additional links. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-" +"right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` button to purchase credits for CV " +"digitization. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`View My Services` " +"to view a list of all current services, and their remaining credit balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:151 +msgid "" +"For more information on document digitization and :abbr:`IAP's (in-app " +"purchases)`, refer to the :doc:`In-app purchase (IAP) " +"<../essentials/in_app_purchase>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:155 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option for :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)`" +" at first may seem like a redundancy. It seems to be the same as disabling " +"the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option is enabled, a module is " +"installed so that resumés can be scanned. Disabling this option would " +"uninstall the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If at some point, there is a desire to temporarily stop digitizing resumés, " +"the :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option is selected. The reason this option " +"is available is so that the module is not uninstalled, allowing for " +"digitization to be enabled in the future by selecting one of the other two " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"When sending an offer to an applicant, an expiration date can be set on the " +"offer. Enter the number of days an offer is valid for in the " +":guilabel:`days` field. After the set amount of days has passed, if the " +"applicant has not accepted the offer, the offer is no longer available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To access the Kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " ":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " "opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " -"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " -"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " -"job position." +"Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` smart button on a job position " +"card to navigate to the Kanban view for all the applicants for that " +"particular job position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12246,119 +12803,130 @@ msgid "" "Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:186 msgid "" -"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"Inside the job application, the Kanban stages appear, with all the " "applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" -" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +" are currently in. There are six default stages in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:190 +msgid ":ref:`New `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:191 msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:194 msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:195 msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:197 msgid "" -"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " -"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " -"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " -"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " -"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default. Folded " +"columns appear gray, and the applicants in it are hidden from view. To " +"expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that column, click " +"anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and the column " +"expands, revealing the applicants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:206 msgid "" -"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " -"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, providing status " +"information for the applicant's in that specific stage. The status colors " +"are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:209 +msgid ":guilabel:`Green`: the applicant is ready to move to the next stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:210 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " -"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " -"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " -"stage." +":guilabel:`Red`: the applicant is blocked from moving to the next stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " -"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +":guilabel:`Gray`: the applicant is still in progress in the current stage " +"and is neither ready nor blocked from the next stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " -"which need to be scheduled." +"The status for each card is set manually. To set the status, click on the " +"small circle in the lower-left of the applicant card. A status pop-up window" +" appears. Click on the desired status for the applicant. The status dot on " +"the applicant card as well as the status bar updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The applicant card statuses, and status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:223 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " -"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " -"applicants currently in the stage." +"The names for the three status colors (`In Progress`, `Blocked`, and `Ready " +"for Next Stage`) :ref:`can be modified `, if " +"desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:229 msgid "Customize stages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:231 msgid "" "Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " "particular hiring steps of a business." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:235 msgid "New stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 msgid "" -"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " -"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " -"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" -" the screen to exit the new column creation." +"To create a new stage, click on :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Stage` and a new " +"column appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Stage " +"title` field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and " +"another new stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click" +" anywhere on the screen to exit the new stage creation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgid "The plus sign to click to add a new column to the Kanban stages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:249 msgid "Modify stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:251 msgid "" "To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " -":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " -"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " -"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " -"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " -"when done." +":icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side " +"of the stage. Click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon and a menu" +" appears. Then click on the :guilabel:`Edit` option. An :guilabel:`Edit: " +"(Stage)` form appears. Make any desired modifications to the form, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12367,40 +12935,39 @@ msgid "" "displays when clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 -msgid "Edit column form" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:265 +msgid "Edit stage form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:267 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " -"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" -" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +"The :guilabel:`Edit: (Stage)` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required field is the :guilabel:`Stage Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:272 msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " "drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " -"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"the stage, an email is automatically sent to the applicant using the " "selected template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " "(hidden) at all times in the default view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " "applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " @@ -12408,138 +12975,147 @@ msgid "" "is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:282 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " -"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " -"job positions can be selected." +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to specific job " +"positions, select the job positions from the drop-down menu. Multiple job " +"positions can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" " the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" " referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " ":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " -"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage. The *Referrals* app " +"must be installed in order to use this option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:289 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" -" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" -" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " -"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " -"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured status labels " +"(colored circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These " +"colors are displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the" +" applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the" +" label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " ":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " ":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" " any requirements of the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:298 msgid "Delete stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:300 msgid "" "If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," -" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." -" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " -"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " -":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " -":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` " +"icon appears. First, click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A " +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up warning appears, asking :guilabel:`Are you " +"sure you want to delete this column?` Click :guilabel:`Delete` to delete the" +" column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:307 msgid "" "If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " -"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" -" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" -" before deleting." +"up when attempting to delete the stage. The records currently in the stage " +"to need to be either deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage before" +" the stage can be deleted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:312 msgid "Email templates" msgstr "Шаблони електронних листів" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 msgid "" "To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " "templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " "use them are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " -"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " -"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " -"Interview` stage." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Applicant Acknowledgement`: this template is used to" +" let the applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`New` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:320 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " -"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " -"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Interest`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application caught the recruiter's attention, and " +"they have been shortlisted for either a phone call or an interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:323 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" -" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " -"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview`: this template is used to let " +"the applicant know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial " +"Qualification` stage and they will be contacted to set up an interview with " +"the recruiter. This email is automatically sent out once the applicant is in" +" the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:327 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" -" longer being considered for the position." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when " +"an applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the " +"position, and thanks them for their time and consideration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:330 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " -"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " -"configure their salary package." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is " +"no longer being considered for the position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 msgid "" "Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" " business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " ":doc:`../general/companies/email_template` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:337 msgid "" -"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " -"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " -":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " -"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +"To manually send an email, click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send an email from the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:344 msgid "" -"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " -":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " -"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " -"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +"Click the :icon:`fa-expand` :guilabel:`(expand)` full composer icon in the " +"bottom right corner of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter. A " +":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window loads, with the " +":guilabel:`Recipients` and :guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The " +"applicant's email address is entered in the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and" +" the :guilabel:`Subject` is `(Job Position)`. The email body is empty by " +"default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:350 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the field next to " +":guilabel:`Load template` in the bottom section of the window. Select the " +"email template to use from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 msgid "" -"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " -":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " "Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " "information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" " the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " @@ -12547,47 +13123,55 @@ msgid "" "change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:359 msgid "" -"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " -"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " -"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" -" of available templates." +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model load. There are " +"other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not configured" +" for the recruitment application, they do not appear in the list of " +"available templates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 msgid "" -"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " -"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " -"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " -":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " -"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " -"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " -"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " -"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " -"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button" +" in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the :icon:`fa-" +"close` :guilabel:`(delete)` icon to the right of the attachment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:367 +msgid "" +"If any changes need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If " +"the edits should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved " +"as a new template. Click the :guilabel:`Save Template` button in the bottom." +" To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email is sent to the " +"applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 msgid "Stage flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:375 msgid "" "In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " -"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the Kanban view to the" " desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:379 msgid "" "To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " -"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " -"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " -"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"in the Kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted at the top, above the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 +msgid "" +"Click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " "indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " -"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " -"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +"Kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top-left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12596,104 +13180,137 @@ msgid "" "applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:233 -msgid "Initial qualification" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:643 +msgid "New" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:398 msgid "" "The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " "flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " "recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:402 msgid "" -"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " -"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " -"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " -"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " -":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " -"required when applying for a job position." +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`New` stage, whether submitted online" +" or if the applicant is manually entered by a recruiter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:405 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically populates the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`, the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile` number, and :guilabel:`LinkedIn " +"Profile` on the applicant's card. This information is required when applying" +" for a job position, by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If the website application form is modified, different fields may be " +"populated based on what information is requested on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:414 msgid "" "If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " -"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " -":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " -"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " -"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " -"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " -"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " -"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" -" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +"Introduction` section of the online application, it will populate in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:421 +msgid "" +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé would appear " +"in the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"*Documents* application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the left-" +"hand side. All recruitment documents are stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "" +"If the :ref:`CV Display ` option was enabled in the " +":ref:`Settings ` menu, the resumé appears on the " +"applicant's card, on the right-hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:431 msgid "Send interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:433 msgid "" "At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " "applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " "can be formatted in a variety of ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid "" +"The *Surveys* application is used to send these *interviews*, therefore the " +"*Surveys* application must be installed to send an interview to an " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 msgid "" "Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " "questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " -"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " -"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " -"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " -"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " -"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" -" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" -" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +"be formatted to suit each individual job positions needs. For more " +"information on creating and editing interview forms, refer to the " +":doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 +msgid "" +"A job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form" +" of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:450 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top-left of the " +"applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Send Interview` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Send an " +"interview` pop-up window appears, with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:458 msgid "" "In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" " the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" -" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " -"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " -"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " -"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " -":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, an " +":guilabel:`Edit:(Applicant)` pop-up window appears on top of the " +":guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window. Enter the email address in the " +":guilabel:`email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. Once the " +"applicant's information is saved, the :guilabel:`Edit: (Applicant)` closes " +"and the :guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window remains." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 msgid "" -"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " -"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " -"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +"Email templates use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the " +"applicant and the job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey" +" if more people should receive the email. If an email is in the database as " +"a contact, add that contact in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. If an email" +" should be sent to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they" +" should **not** be added as a contact, add their email in the " +":guilabel:`Additional emails` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:279 -msgid "" -"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " -"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " -"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " -"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " -"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 -msgid "" -"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " -"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " -"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " -"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " -"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " -"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " -"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1066 msgid "" "If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " "button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " @@ -12701,25 +13318,26 @@ msgid "" " and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:475 msgid "" "If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" " for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " "window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " -"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " -"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " -"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +"calendar selector appears. Use the :icon:`fa-chevron-left` " +":guilabel:`(left)` and :icon:`fa-chevron-right` :guilabel:`(right)` arrows " +"on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then click on " +"the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"The :guilabel:`Mail Template` field is pre-populated based on the " "configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" " drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " "template loads in the email body." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 msgid "" "To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " ":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." @@ -12731,11 +13349,11 @@ msgid "" "pre-configured template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:494 msgid "Refuse" msgstr "Відхилити" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:496 msgid "" "At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " "the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" @@ -12744,95 +13362,265 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refuse`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " -"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " -":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " -"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " -"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " -"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " -"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" -" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " -"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " -"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " -"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Click the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reason` from the presented options. The default refuse " +"reasons in Odoo, and their corresponding email templates, are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:508 +msgid "Email Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:509 +msgid "Refusal Reason" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:510 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Language issues`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Role already fulfilled`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Duplicate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Spam`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:516 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: don't like job`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: better offer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "" +"Additional refusal reasons :ref:`can be created and existing ones can be " +"modified or deleted `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:525 msgid "" "Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " "which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " "example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " -"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" -" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"applicant's name appears anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the " +"email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " "the :doc:`../general/companies/email_template` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 msgid "" -"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " -"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," -" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " -"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" -" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" -" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +"After a :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` is selected, two fields appear below the " +"refusal reason: :guilabel:`Send Email` and :guilabel:`Email Template`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:534 msgid "" -"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"The applicant's email address automatically populates the :guilabel:`Send " +"Email` field; additional email recipients cannot be added. If an email " +"should **not** be sent to the applicant, uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:538 +msgid "" +"The email template associated with the refusal reason populates the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field. If a different email template is desired, " +"select a different template from the :guilabel:`Email Template` drop-down " +"menu. To view the email template, click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon " +"to the right of the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. The email template " +"loads in a :guilabel:`Open: Email Template` pop-up window, and can be " +"modified if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:545 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Refuse`. The " "refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " -"appears on the applicant's card." +"appears on the applicant's card in the top-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top-right " "corner in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 msgid "" "After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " -"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " -"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" -" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " -":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " -"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " -"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +"position's Kanban view. To view the refused applicants only, click the " +":guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the search box, then click " +":guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` section. All applicants " +"that have been refused for the job position appear, in the stage they were " +"when they were refused." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:558 +msgid "" +"To view all applicants that have been refused from all job positions, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All " +"Applications`. Click the :guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the " +"search box, then click :guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"section. All applications for all job positions are presented in a list " +"view, organized by stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "Create or modify refuse reasons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:569 +msgid "" +"To view all currently configured refuse reasons, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Settings --> Applications: Refuse " +"Reasons`. All the refuse reasons appear in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +"To create a new refuse reason, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" +"left corner. A blank line appears at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Description` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +"Type in the new refuse reason in the field. It is recommended to enter a " +"reason that is short and concise, such as `offer expired` or `withdrew " +"application`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, click on the field to reveal " +"a drop-down menu. Select an :guilabel:`Email Template` from the list to be " +"used when this refuse reason is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +"If a new :guilabel:`Email Template` is desired, type in the name for the new" +" template in the field. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` and a " +":guilabel:`Create Email Template` form pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the form and an email :guilabel:`Subject` in " +"the corresponding fields. Enter the email content in the :guilabel:`Content`" +" tab. Make any other desired modifications to the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the template and return to the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reasons` list. The new template appears in the new refuse " +"reason :guilabel:`Email Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +"To make any modifications to a refuse reason, click on the line, and make " +"any desired changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:594 msgid "New applicant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:596 msgid "" "An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " "be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" -" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " -"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " -"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " -"button." +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online) an applicant " +"card can be easily added from the job position Kanban view in one of two " +"ways, using either the :ref:`quick add ` " +"button or the :ref:`New ` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 msgid "Quick add" msgstr "Щвидке додавання" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:607 msgid "" -"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " -"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " -"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"Quickly add a new applicant using the *quick add* button. If not already in " +"the job position Kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by " +"going to :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job " +"Positions`. Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` button on the job " "position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " -"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " -":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +"small :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in the top-right of the " +":guilabel:`New` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:616 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`: Enter the title for the card. Typically " +"this is the applicant's name and job position being applied to, for example:" +" `Laura Smith - HR Manager`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, " +"unless the :guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:671 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:623 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card appears in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:628 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`delete` icon or anywhere on the screen to " +"close the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12841,104 +13629,60 @@ msgid "" "option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 -msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:645 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" -" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " -"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the *New* " +"button. If not already in the Kanban view for the job position to add an " +"applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by going to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job Positions`. " +"Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left of the Kanban view " +"and a blank applicant form loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:389 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:434 -msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " -"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " -"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " -"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:396 -msgid "" -"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " -"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " -"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " -"the card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:400 -msgid "" -"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " -"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " -"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:407 -msgid "Create" -msgstr "Створити" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:409 -msgid "" -"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " -":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " -"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," -" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " -"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:651 msgid "" "Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " "the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " "well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" " fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" " configurations, some fields may not be displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:662 msgid "Applicant section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:664 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" " the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +"position being applied to, for example: `John Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, unless the " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " -"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:672 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:673 msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:674 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`LinkedIn Profile`: enter the web address for the applicant's " +"personal profile on LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" " from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " @@ -12948,132 +13692,189 @@ msgid "" " high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:681 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" -" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " -":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " -"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: using the drop-down menu, select the people who " +"will conduct the interview(s). The selected people must have either " "*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " -"in order to appear on the drop-down." +"to appear in the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " "recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " "all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:687 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " -"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Evaluation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for the" +" applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " ":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:690 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source`: using the drop-down menu, select where the applicant " +"learned about the job position. The following options come pre-configured in" +" Odoo: :guilabel:`Search engine`, :guilabel:`Lead Recall`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Monster`, :guilabel:`Glassdoor`, and " +":guilabel:`Craigslist`. To add a new :guilabel:`Source`, type in the source," +" then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new source)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:695 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Medium`: using the drop-down menu, select the method, or " +":guilabel:`Medium`, for the :guilabel:`Source` that the applicant found the " +"job listing with. The pre-configured options are: :guilabel:`Banner`, " +":guilabel:`Direct`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, " +":guilabel:`Google Adwords`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Phone`, " +":guilabel:`Television`, :guilabel:`Twitter` (now known as \"X\"), or " +":guilabel:`Website`. To add a new :guilabel:`Medium`, type in the medium, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new medium)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:701 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " "job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " "the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " -"installed for this to appear." +"installed for this field to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:704 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: select the available start date for the applicant." +" To select a date, click on the field to reveal a calendar. Use the " +":guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrows on either side of the " +"month to navigate to the desired month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to" +" select the date. If no entry is selected that indicates the applicant is " +"ready to begin work immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:709 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, then click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 msgid "Job section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 msgid "" "The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " "long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" " possible, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " "to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:722 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " -"drop-down menu." +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job position is for using the " +"drop-down menu. This field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:726 msgid "Contract section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:728 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " "for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " "The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:731 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" -" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are requested by " +"the applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Expected Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" -" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " -"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are offered to the " +"applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Proposed Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `unlimited sick time` or `retirement plan`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:484 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " -"select the available start date for the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:742 msgid "Application summary tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 msgid "" "Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" " can be typed into this field." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +"Skills can be added to the applicant's card. To add a skill, follow the same" +" steps as outlined in the skills section of the :ref:`Create new employees " +"` document." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:760 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "" +"If an applicant seems to be a good potential candidate, they are moved to " +"the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage. This could be for a number of " +"reasons, such as they have the relevant experience, education, or " +"certifications the position requires." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:766 +msgid "" +"This stage is to quickly sort candidates that have potential, and those that" +" do not meet the requirements. No automatic actions, such as emails, are set" +" for this stage. This stage simply informs the recruitment team to " +"potentially set up a phone call or an interview with the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:773 msgid "First interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:775 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " "they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " -"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +"position Kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" " the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " "the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " "applicant's card." @@ -13081,155 +13882,176 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"An applicant's card moves from one stage to another by using the click and " "drag method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:785 msgid "" -"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" -" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " -"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " -"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " -"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " -"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " -"the chatter." +"The :guilabel:`First Interview` stage can be modified so when the " +"applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an email is" +" automatically sent to the applicant stating an interview is requested. In " +"this pre-configured email template, a link to the recruiting team's calendar" +" appears, allowing the applicant to schedule their interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 msgid "" -"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " -"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " -"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " -"button at the top of the applicant's record." +":ref:`Edit ` the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, " +"and select the :guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` for the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field, to automate this action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 msgid "" -"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " -":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " -"the applicant's card." +"An interview can be scheduled in one of two ways: either manually by the " +"recruitment team, or by the applicant themselves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:802 msgid "" -"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " -"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " -":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " -"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " -":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +"If the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage was modified to send the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` email template when an applicant" +" reaches that stage, the applicant received a link to the recruitment team's" +" calendar, and can schedule the interview on their own. The recruitment " +"team's availability is reflected in the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +msgid "" +"If the interview needs to be scheduled by the recruitment team, they should " +"reach out to the applicant for a date and time that works. When a date and " +"time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and interviewer, the " +"interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, whether a phone or in-" +"person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button at the top of " +"the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button displays :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings are " +"currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage, this is the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:817 +msgid "" +"If there is one meeting already scheduled, the smart button displays " +":guilabel:`1 Meeting`, with the date of the upcoming meeting beneath it. If " +"more than one meeting is scheduled, the button displays :guilabel:`Next " +"Meeting`, with the date of the first upcoming meeting beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:821 msgid "" "Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " "meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " "the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " "right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" " events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " -"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +"hidden. Only the checked attendees are visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:827 msgid "" -"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " -"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " -":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " -"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " -"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " -"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +"The default view is the :guilabel:`Week` view. To change the calendar view, " +"click the :guilabel:`Week` button, then select the desired view from the " +"drop-down menu. The other options are either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:831 +msgid "" +"An option to display or hide weekends is available. Click the " +":guilabel:`Week` button, then click :guilabel:`Show weekends` to deactivate " +"it (the default is to show weekends). If a check mark is next to " +":guilabel:`Show weekends`, weekends are visible. If there is no check mark, " +"weekends are hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:836 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed date range for the calendar, either use the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-left` :guilabel:`(left arrow)`, :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`(Right arrow)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, " +"or click on a date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed " +"calendar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:845 msgid "" -"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " -"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " -"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " -"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " -"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " -"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " -"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +"To add a meeting to the calendar when in the day or week view, click on the " +"start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, to select the date, " +"time, and the length of the meeting. A meeting can also be added in this " +"view by clicking on the day *and* the time slot the meeting is to take " +"place." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:850 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " -"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +"Both methods cause a :ref:`New Event ` pop up window" +" to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:564 -msgid "New event card" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:855 +msgid "New event pop-up window" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:857 msgid "" -"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " -"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " -"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " -"save the changes and create the meeting." +"Enter the information on the form. The only required fields to enter are the" +" :guilabel:`Meeting Title`, and the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` " +"fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to" +" save the changes and create the interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:861 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"The fields available to populate or modify on the :guilabel:`New Event` card" +" are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:863 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Title`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " "clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:866 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End`: select the start and end date and " +"times for the meeting. Click on one of the fields and a calendar pop-up " +"window appears. Select both the start and end date and times, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:869 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all-day interview, check the box. " +"If this box is checked, the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` fields are" +" hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:871 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " "default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " "many other people as desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 -msgid "Meeting details tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:873 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting start time." +":guilabel:`Videocall URL`: if the meeting is virtual, or if there is a " +"virtual option available, click :guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting` and a URL is " +"automatically created for the meeting and populates the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:582 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting end time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:584 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " -":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " -"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " -"duration length." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:587 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " -"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " -":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " -"and end times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:590 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " -"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:876 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " "an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," @@ -13240,42 +14062,107 @@ msgid "" "instructions for each command to complete the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:598 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " -"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" -" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " -"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" -" via the selected option." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:884 +msgid "More options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:886 +msgid "" +"To add additional information to the meeting, click the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button in the lower-right corner of the pop-up window. Enter any of" +" the following additional fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:889 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length. The default length of a meeting is one hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:892 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. Several additional fields appear when this is " +"enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:896 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: using the drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:898 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings " +"repeat. The available options are :guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Yearly`, or :guilabel:`Custom`. If " +":guilabel:`Custom` is selected, a :guilabel:`Repeat Every` field appears " +"beneath it, along with another time frequency parameter (:guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, :guilabel:`Months`, or :guilabel:`Years`). Enter a number" +" in the blank field, then select the time period using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:904 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat on`: if :guilabel:`Weekly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Repeat on` field appears. Click on " +"the corresponding day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:906 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day of Month`: if :guilabel:`Monthly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Day of Month` field appears. Using " +"the drop-down menu, select either :guilabel:`Date of month` or " +":guilabel:`Day of month`. If :guilabel:`Date of month` is selected, enter " +"the date the meeting repeats. If :guilabel:`Day of month` is selected, use " +"the drop-down menus to determine the frequency. Select either " +":guilabel:`First`, :guilabel:`Second`, :guilabel:`Third`, " +":guilabel:`Fourth`, or :guilabel:`Last` for the first drop-down menu, then " +"select the day (:guilabel:`Monday`, :guilabel:`Tuesday`, etc.) in the second" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:913 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Until`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings stop " +"repeating. The available options are :guilabel:`Number of repetitions`, " +":guilabel:`End date`, and :guilabel:`Forever`. If :guilabel:`Number of " +"repetitions` is selected, enter the number of total meetings to occur in the" +" blank field. If :guilabel:`End date` is selected, specify the date using " +"the calendar pop-up window, or type in a date in a XX/XX/XXXX format. " +":guilabel:`Forever` schedules meetings indefinitely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:920 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " -"in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:921 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " "menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:923 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " -"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " -":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " -"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +":guilabel:`Appointment`: if an appointment is associated with this meeting, " +"select it form the drop-down menu, or create a new appointment by typing in " +"the appointment name, then click :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. A " +":guilabel:`Create Appointment` form loads. Enter the information on the " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:613 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:927 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select if the organizer appears either " +":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Busy` for the duration of the meeting, " +"using the drop-down menu. Next, select the visibility of this meeting, using" +" the drop-down menu to the right of the first selection. Options are " ":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " "users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " ":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " @@ -13283,41 +14170,50 @@ msgid "" "the company database to see the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:934 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " -"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" -" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " -"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " -"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " -"attendees at the same time." +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:936 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Default " +"options include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`SMS Text Message`, each with a specific time period before the " +"event (hours, days, etc). The reminder chosen alerts the meeting " +"participants of the meeting via the selected option at the specified time. " +"Multiple reminders can be selected in this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:947 msgid "Send meeting to attendees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:949 msgid "" "Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " -"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message from the " +"expanded :guilabel:`Event Form` (what is seen when the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button is clicked on in the event pop-up window)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:953 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " -"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " -"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" -" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " -"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " -"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " -"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " -"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " -"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +"To send the meeting via email, click the :icon:`fa-envelope` " +":guilabel:`Email` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact" +" Attendees` email configurator pop-up window appears. A pre-formatted email " +"using the default :guilabel:`Calendar: Event Update` email template " +"populates the email body field. The followers of the document (job " +"application), as well as the user who created the meeting are added as " +":guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's email address to the " +"list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make any other desired " +"changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button, navigate to the file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " ":guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" @@ -13326,39 +14222,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:647 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:966 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " -"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " -"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " -"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." -" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " -"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " -":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :icon:`fa-mobile` " +":guilabel:`SMS` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS " +"Text Message` pop-up appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:969 msgid "" -"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " -":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " -"contacts with a valid phone number." +"At the top, a blue box appears if any attendees do not have valid mobile " +"numbers, and lists how many records are invalid. If a contact does not have " +"a valid mobile number listed, click :guilabel:`Close`, and edit the " +"attendee's record, then redo these steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:658 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:973 msgid "" -"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " -"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" -" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " -"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" -" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " -"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +"When no warning message appears, type in the message to be sent to the " +"attendees in the :guilabel:`Message` field. to add any emojis to the " +"message, click the :guilabel:`Add Emoji` icon on the right-side of the pop-" +"up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:977 +msgid "" +"Beneath the message field, the number of characters, as well as the amount " +"of text messages required to send the message (according to GSM7 criteria) " +"appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue` to have the text sent later, after " +"any other messages are scheduled, or click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the " +"message immediately." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:669 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:987 msgid "" "Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " "messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " @@ -13366,11 +14266,11 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`../essentials/in_app_purchase` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:994 msgid "Second interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:996 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " "can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " @@ -13379,72 +14279,87 @@ msgid "" "Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1001 msgid "" "When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " -"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " -"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " -":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " -"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage. The " +"recruiter can now :ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the applicant, following the same process as the first " +"interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1009 msgid "Contract proposal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1011 msgid "" "When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " "be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " "and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" -" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top-right of" " the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1016 msgid "" "The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," " click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " -"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " -"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " -"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " -"is set to `0.00`)." +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. Most fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position. If any necessary fields are blank, enter " +"the relevant information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:705 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1022 msgid "" "Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" "up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " "applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " -"not appear on the pop-up." +"*Fleet* application is not installed, any fields related to vehicles do not " +"appear on the pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1028 msgid "Universal fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1030 msgid "" "The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " "localization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1032 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " -"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: the template currently being used to populate" +" the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window. To modify the " +"template, click the :guilabel:`Internal link` icon to the right of the drop-" +"down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. A " +"different :guilabel:`Contract Template` can be selected using the drop-down " +"menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1037 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " -"applicant." +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the name of the :guilabel:`Job Position` being " +"offered to the applicant. The selections available in the drop-down menu " +"correspond to the :guilabel:`Job Positions` configured on the main " +"*Recruitment* dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1040 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the specific name of the position being offered to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1041 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the :guilabel:`Department` the job position falls " +"under." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1042 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " "default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" @@ -13453,109 +14368,50 @@ msgid "" "click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1046 msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1047 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " -"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " -"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " -"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," -" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" -" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " -"application." +":guilabel:`Link Expiration Date`: job offers are only valid for a specific " +"period of time. The default expiration date is 30 days. Modify the " +"expiration date, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:732 -msgid "" -"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " -"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:738 -msgid "" -"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " -"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" -" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:743 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" -" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:746 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " -"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" -" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:749 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " -"the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " -"that will be assigned to the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:752 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " -"for the cafeteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " -"contract that is being offered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " -"sending." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1051 msgid "Send offer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1053 msgid "" -"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" -" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " -"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" -" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " -"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " -"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +"When the information is all updated, click :guilabel:`Send By Email` to send" +" the offer to the applicant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1056 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " -"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" -"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " -"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." -" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " -"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " -":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " -":guilabel:`Send`." +"If the applicant does not have an email address listed on their applicant " +"card, a warning appears in a red box at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window, stating :guilabel:`The" +" applicant does not have a valid email set. The Offer Link won't be able to " +"be completed.` Click :guilabel:`Discard`, enter an email on the applicant's " +"card, then click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1062 +msgid "" +"An email pop-up window loads. The default :guilabel:`Recruitment: Your " +"Salary Package` email template is used, and the :guilabel:`Recipients`, " +":guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-populated based on the email " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1070 +msgid "Once the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1073 msgid "" "To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " "necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " @@ -13566,11 +14422,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1081 +msgid "Configure your package" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1083 +msgid "" +"The email template includes a :guilabel:`Configure your package` button. " +"This link takes the applicant to a webpage where they can modify the " +"proposed salary package, and enter their personal information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1087 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant is hired, the personal information entered on the webpage" +" is imported to their employee record, when created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1090 +msgid "" +"If applicable, the applicant can modify their salary package. This option is" +" not available for all localizations. Depending on where the company is " +"located, this option may not be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1093 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is completed, the applicant accepts the offer by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Review Contract & Sign` button to accept the " +"contract and sign it using the *Sign* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1100 msgid "Contract signed" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1102 msgid "" "Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " "step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " @@ -13581,16 +14468,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:796 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1109 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the Kanban view, but the " "card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1112 msgid "" "Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " -"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"green :guilabel:`HIRED` banner appears in the top-right of the applicant's " "card." msgstr "" @@ -13598,24 +14485,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1120 msgid "Create employee" msgstr "Створити співробітника" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:809 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1122 msgid "" "Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " "record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " -"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"Employee` button in the top-left. An employee form appears, and any " "information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" " card appears in the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1127 msgid "" "Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" -" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " -":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, the employee" +" record is saved in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:5 @@ -13883,107 +14770,108 @@ msgid "" "by-step instructions on how to create and configure a survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 msgid "Referrals" msgstr "Рекомендації" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " -"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"regarding referrals is housed - from points earned, coworkers hired, and " "rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " -"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " -"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " -"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " -"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" -" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +"and then earn referral points as those people progress through the " +"recruitment pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be " +"exchanged for prizes. The *Referrals* application integrates with the " +"*Employees*, *Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be" +" installed in order for the *Referrals* application to function." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:14 msgid "" -"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " -"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " -"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +"The only configurations needed for the *Referrals* application *after* " +"installation are related to the :ref:`rewards `; " +"everything else is pre-configured when Odoo *Referrals* is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:18 msgid "" -"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " -"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " -"` and configurations menus. For more information on " -"users and access rights, refer to these documents: :doc:`../general/users` " -"and :doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +"Users with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the *Referrals* application. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the :ref:`reporting ` and configurations" +" menus. For more information on users and access rights, refer to these " +"documents: :doc:`../general/users` and " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 msgid "Onboarding" msgstr "Залучення" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:28 msgid "" "When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" "configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " -"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" -" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"each explaining the different parts of the *Referrals* application. At the " +"top of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " "onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " "Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " "text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 msgid "" "Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " "displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " "advance to the next slide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " "superheroes to save the day!`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " "or refer friends.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " "league!`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:46 msgid "" -"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the *Referrals* application is " "opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " "button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" " :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " -"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +"will begin again when the *Referrals* application is opened. Once the " ":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " -"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the *Referrals* " "application is opened from that point on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:53 msgid "" "At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " -"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main *Referrals* dashboard loads. If " ":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " -"opening the Referrals application." +"opening the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -13991,7 +14879,7 @@ msgid "" "An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:62 msgid "" "If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " "opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " @@ -14000,60 +14888,53 @@ msgid "" "screen appears instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:70 msgid "" "Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " -"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " -"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " -"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " -"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`." +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* application can " +"modify onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line " +"displays the text for the individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding" +" slide, click on an individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:76 msgid "" -"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " -"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " -"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " -"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " -"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " -"that particular company." +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` field. A " +":guilabel:`Company` may be selected, as well. However, if this field is " +"populated, that slide is *only* displayed for that particular company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:81 msgid "" -"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" -" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " -"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" -" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " -"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " -"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " -"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +"The :guilabel:`Company` field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:83 msgid "" -"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +"The image can be modified, as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the " +"top-right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and " +":guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` " +"icon to change the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the " +"desired image, select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears" +" in the thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage " +"can)` icon, then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:94 msgid "" -"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " -"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " -"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " -"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " -":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " -"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +"The sequence in which the slides appear can be changed from the *Onboarding*" +" dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`(six small gray boxes)` icon to the left of" +" the the slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -14061,567 +14942,18 @@ msgid "" "The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:103 -msgid "Share job positions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:105 -msgid "" -"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " -"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " -"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " -"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:113 -msgid "View Jobs" -msgstr "Переглянути вакансії" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:115 -msgid "" -"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " -":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " -"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" -"displayed on the card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:124 -msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:128 -msgid "" -"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " -"of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 -msgid "" -"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " -"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:134 -msgid "" -"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " -"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " -"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " -"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " -":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 -msgid "Refer friends" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:145 -msgid "" -"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " -"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " -"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:149 -msgid "" -"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " -"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:152 -msgid "" -"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " -"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " -"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " -"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" -" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " -"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " -"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " -"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 -msgid "Share a job" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:169 -msgid "" -"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " -"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" -" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " -"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " -"applicants in the Referrals application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 -msgid "Link" -msgstr "Посилання" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:181 -msgid "" -"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " -":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " -"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " -"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" -" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" -" prospective employee however desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:188 -msgid "Facebook" -msgstr "Facebook" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:190 -msgid "" -"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " -"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " -"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " -"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " -"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " -"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" -"in to Facebook first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" -" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" -" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " -"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " -"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " -"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " -"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " -":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " -"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " -"specific activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 -msgid "" -"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " -":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " -":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " -"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" -" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" -"highlighted, as are all the required settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 -msgid "Share to news feed or story" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:218 -msgid "" -"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " -":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " -"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " -":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " -"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," -" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " -"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" -" story, or both." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:225 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " -"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " -"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " -"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " -"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" -" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " -"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " -":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" -" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " -":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:236 -msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " -"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:242 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" -" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " -"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " -"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:246 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:275 -msgid "" -"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " -"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 -msgid "Share in a group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:251 -msgid "" -"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " -"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" -" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " -":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " -"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " -"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " -"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " -"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " -"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:264 -msgid "Share in an event" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:266 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:269 -msgid "" -"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " -"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " -"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" -" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " -"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " -"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 -msgid "Share in a private message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:280 -msgid "" -"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" -" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" -"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " -"Private Message`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:284 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " -"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " -"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " -"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " -"process for each friend to be added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:289 -msgid "" -"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " -"message` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:293 -msgid "X/Twitter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:295 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " -"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " -"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " -"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " -"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" -" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:301 -msgid "The default message is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:303 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" -" Position)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:305 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " -"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " -"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," -" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " -"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " -":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " -"X/Twitter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:312 -msgid "" -"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " -"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " -":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" -" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " -":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " -":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " -"restricts who can reply to the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 -msgid "" -"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " -"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " -"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " -"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:322 -msgid "" -"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" -" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " -"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 -msgid "" -"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" -" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" -"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:336 -msgid "LinkedIn" -msgstr "LinkedIn" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:338 -msgid "" -"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " -"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " -"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " -"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " -"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " -"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:344 -msgid "" -"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " -"message to an individual or group of individuals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 -msgid "Share in a post" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:350 -msgid "" -"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" -" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " -":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " -"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:354 -msgid "" -"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " -"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " -"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " -"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " -":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " -"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " -":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" -" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " -"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " -"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " -"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " -"right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:366 -msgid "" -"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " -"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " -"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " -"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " -":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " -"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " -"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" -" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " -"the far lower right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:375 -msgid "" -"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " -":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " -"post button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:383 -msgid "Send as private message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:385 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " -"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " -"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" -" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" -" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " -"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." -" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " -"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" -" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " -":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " -":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " -"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " -"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " -"browser tab to exit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 -msgid "Email a friend" -msgstr "Надіслати електронний лист другу" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:401 -msgid "" -"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " -"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " -"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" -" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " -"Mail` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:406 -msgid "" -"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " -"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" -" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " -"`Job for you`, but can be edited." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:410 -msgid "" -"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " -"appears is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:412 -msgid "`Hello,`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:414 -msgid "" -"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " -"interesting for you`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:416 -msgid "`See Job Offers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:418 -msgid "" -"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " -"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " -"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " -"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " -"message will be sent and the window will close." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:426 msgid "Hired referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:107 msgid "" "When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" " their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:110 msgid "" "After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," " instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " @@ -14629,21 +14961,21 @@ msgid "" "friend!` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 msgid "" "Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " -"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " -"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" -" an available avatar to select it." +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is grayed out, and " +"the name that the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. " +"Click on an available avatar to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:118 msgid "" -"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," -" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " -"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " -"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " -"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the *Referrals* " +"application, after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to " +"select another avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars " +"have been selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible." +" Mouse over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -14652,15 +14984,15 @@ msgid "" "chosen are greyed out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 msgid "Modify friends" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 msgid "" "Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " "` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"rights for the *Recruitment* application can make modifications to friends. " "The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " "avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " @@ -14669,17 +15001,17 @@ msgid "" " dogs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:138 msgid "" "To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" " an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " ":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " "friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" -" else in the Referrals application." +" else in the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " ":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " @@ -14688,65 +15020,66 @@ msgid "" "user's avatar when activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:148 msgid "" "If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " ":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " "replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" -" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " -"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:474 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 msgid "" -"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " -"original information." +"The referral friend form automatically saves, but can be saved manually at " +"any time by clicking the *Save manually* option, represented by a " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel " +"any changes made, click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to " +"delete any changes, and revert to the original content." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A friend form in edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:482 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 msgid "" "It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " "background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " "about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " -"Referrals application." +"*Referrals* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:172 msgid "Referral points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:174 msgid "" "The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " -"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"rewards. On the main *Referrals* application dashboard, the top displays a " "summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " "the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " "available to spend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 msgid "" "To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" " the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:183 msgid "" "The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " "pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " @@ -14756,7 +15089,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 msgid "" "To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " @@ -14764,11 +15097,11 @@ msgid "" "category are displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:194 msgid "My referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 msgid "" "To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " ":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " @@ -14776,26 +15109,31 @@ msgid "" "card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:200 msgid "" -"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " -"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " -"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " -"the top right corner." +"A successful referral displays a green :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the top-" +"right corner of the card. Referrals that are in process display a purple " +":guilabel:`In Progress` banner in the top-right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 msgid "" -"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " -"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " -"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the subject/application " +"title (as it appears on the applicant card in the *Recruitment* app), the " +"name of the job position, the person responsible for filling the role " +"(recruiter), and the points earned. For referrals that have been hired, the " +"selected avatar also appears on the card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two referral cards, one hired and one in-progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:214 msgid "Points" msgstr "Бали" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 msgid "" "The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " "positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " @@ -14803,14 +15141,14 @@ msgid "" " *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:220 msgid "" "On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " "that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " "points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:224 msgid "" "Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " "points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " @@ -14818,108 +15156,109 @@ msgid "" " the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:229 msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:231 msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:232 msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:235 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 msgid "" "The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " -"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" -" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " -"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage are done in the " +"*Recruitment* application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment " +"` documentation to modify the points for each " +"stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:244 msgid "Rewards" msgstr "Нагороди" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 msgid "Create rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 msgid "" -"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" -" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " -"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " -"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " -"information on the form:" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the " +"*Referrals* application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights " +"for the *Recruitment* application can create or modify rewards. To add " +"rewards, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> " +"Rewards`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and a reward form loads. Enter the " +"following information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:254 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +":guilabel:`Product Name`: enter the name as it should appear for the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" -" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " -"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" -" form." +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" appears for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each company " +"needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the form. " +"This field only appears if in a multi-company environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:259 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: select the person who will be responsible for " "procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " -"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" -" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is bought in the *Referrals* " +"application, so they know when to deliver the reward to the recipient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:263 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +":guilabel:`Description`: type in the description for the reward. This will " "be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +":guilabel:`Photo`: add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " "page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " "(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " -"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" -" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +"(pencil)` icon, and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 msgid "" "The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " -":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +":guilabel:`Company` (if applicable), and :guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 msgid "" "It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " "cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " @@ -14927,31 +15266,31 @@ msgid "" "placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:595 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:283 msgid "Redeem rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 msgid "" "To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " "main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " "individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " -"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +"listed in the top-right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" " purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " "bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " "the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" " instead of a buy button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:292 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " -"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " -"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " -":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears, asking if the user is sure " +"they want to purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item," +" or :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:297 msgid "" "After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " "used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." @@ -14965,27 +15304,27 @@ msgid "" "many more reward points are needed to redeem." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:309 msgid "Levels" msgstr "Рівні" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:311 msgid "" -"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"The *Referrals* application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " "the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " "employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:315 msgid "" "Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" " are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " "participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 msgid "" -"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main *Referrals* " "application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " "X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " "indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " @@ -14994,13 +15333,13 @@ msgid "" "points still needed before they can level up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:636 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:325 msgid "Modify levels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:638 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " "modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " "--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " @@ -15009,48 +15348,58 @@ msgid "" "element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:334 msgid "" "To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " -"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form, then make " +"modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 msgid "" -"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." -" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" -" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " -"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" -" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " -"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +"Type in the name (or number) of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` " +"field. What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main " +"dashboard when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points " +"needed to reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points" +" needed to level up are the total accumulated points earned over the " +"lifetime of the employee, not additional points from the previous level that" +" must be earned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:654 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:343 msgid "" "If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" " to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " -"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " -"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to " "select it." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The level form saves automatically, but can be saved manually at any time by" +" clicking the *save manually* option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel any changes made, " +"click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to delete any changes, " +"and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A level form in edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:671 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:362 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 msgid "Level up" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:369 msgid "" "Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " "user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " @@ -15059,7 +15408,7 @@ msgid "" "level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:374 msgid "" "Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " "text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" @@ -15067,7 +15416,7 @@ msgid "" "the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:687 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:378 msgid "" "Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" " the specified amount of points required." @@ -15079,16 +15428,16 @@ msgid "" "above their image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:387 msgid "" "Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " "accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " "to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:394 msgid "" -"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"In the *Referrals* application, it is possible to post a message, also " "referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " "information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " "banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " @@ -15096,85 +15445,86 @@ msgid "" "an :guilabel:`X`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 msgid "" "Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" " individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " "click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" " alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " -"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +"*Referrals* application for the first time in a new session." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:409 msgid "Create an alert" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " "information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date From`: the date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " "will be visible on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date To`: the date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " "will be hidden from view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:420 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +":guilabel:`Company`: the current company populates this field by default. To" " modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " "from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " -"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"to everyone with access to the *Referrals* application. If a company is " "specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " -"Referrals application) will see the alert." +"*Referrals* application) will see the alert. This field only appears when in" +" a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +":guilabel:`Alert`: enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" " the alert banner on the main dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +":guilabel:`On Click`: there are three options for the alert. Click the radio" " button next to the desired selection. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:739 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:430 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: the alert only displays text, there is no link to" " click." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: the alert contains a link that when clicked, " "navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:433 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: the alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " "when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " "appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." msgstr "" @@ -15183,15 +15533,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:446 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " -"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" -" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " -"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in *Referrals*. To access " +"the reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The" +" main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 msgid "" "In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " "many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " @@ -15201,7 +15551,7 @@ msgid "" "there are no referrals from that particular channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:457 msgid "" "The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " "includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " @@ -15210,7 +15560,7 @@ msgid "" "many points were given for refused applicants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:770 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:462 msgid "" "The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " "new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " @@ -15221,34 +15571,330 @@ msgid "" "in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 msgid "" "The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " -"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " -"option." +"needs to be installed to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:473 +msgid ":doc:`referrals/share_jobs`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:3 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo *Referrals*, users can earn referral points by sharing job positions" +" with potential applicants. Job positions can be shared in several ways, " +"through the :ref:`View Jobs ` button and the " +":ref:`Email A Friend ` button, located at the bottom " +"of the *Referrals* app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Sharing jobs can **only** occur after onboarding slides have been viewed or " +"skipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:16 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "Переглянути вакансії" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main *Referrals* dashboard. This " +"presents all job positions, with each individual job presented with its own " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:27 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the *Job " +"Position* field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The number of :guilabel:`Open Positions` being recruited. This information " +"is taken from the *Expected New Employees* field of the *Recruitment* tab of" +" the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:33 +msgid "The points a user earns when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the *Job Position* tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions are visible in the *Referrals* app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`../recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:46 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Subject` and :guilabel:`Body` are populated using a default " +"template. The :guilabel:`Subject` `Job for you` is present, by default, but " +"can be modified, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position populates the *Job Position* " +"placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the email body is" +" an individualized tracking link to the specific job position listed on the " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When the prospective employee receives the email, the link sends them to the" +" job position page, where they can apply for the position, and the person " +"who referred them is tracked in the *Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:72 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Other than sending an email, job positions can be shared, via social media " +"platforms, and by tracking links to the job position. At the bottom of each " +"job position card are four icons, and corresponding tracking links, that can" +" be used to share the job position, keeping track of applicants in the " +"*Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:84 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "Посилання" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :icon:`fa-chain` :guilabel:`(link)` " +"icon above it. A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the " +"tracking link. Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is " +"copied, click the :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up window. Next," +" share the link with the prospective employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:93 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :icon:`fa-facebook` :guilabel:`(Facebook)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into Facebook, when the the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button is clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new " +"tab, with the link populated in the main body of the new post in a pop-up " +"window. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads, " +"instead, prompting the user to log-in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, then share the job " +"position using the available options in Facebook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:107 +msgid "X (formerly Twitter)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:109 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X. Click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`(X)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the user is already signed-in to X, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button" +" is clicked, an X page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready" +" to post, in a draft pop-up window. If the user is *not* already signed-in, " +"a sign-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to first sign-in to X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:117 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:119 +msgid "" +"`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job " +"Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message, then " +"share using the available options in X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:125 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "LinkedIn" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :icon:`fa-linkedin` :guilabel:`(LinkedIn)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button is clicked, a new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job " +"position at the top. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen" +" loads instead, prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:134 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual (or group of individuals)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message or " +"post, then share using the available options in LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:143 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "Надіслати електронний лист другу" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions, instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Referrals` main dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`Email a friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Send Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address in the :guilabel:`Email` field. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients by separating each email address with a comma " +"followed by a single space. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +":guilabel:`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The email :guilabel:`Body` is also populated with pre-configured text. The " +"text that appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:156 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:158 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you\\:`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:160 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:162 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of" +" all job positions currently being recruited for. Add any additional text " +"and make any edits to the message body, if necessary. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. This sends the message, and closes " +"the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 msgid "Time Off" msgstr "Відпустка" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Time Off* application serves as a centralized hub for all time-off-" "related information. This application manages requests, balances, " "allocations, approvals, and reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:10 msgid "" -"Users can :ref:`request time off `, and see an " -"overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " +"Users can :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`, and see" +" an overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " ":ref:`allocate time off ` to individuals, teams, or the " "whole company, and :ref:`approve time off requests `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:15 msgid "" "Detailed :ref:`reports ` can be run to see how much time" " off (and what kinds of time off) are being used, :ref:`accrual plans " @@ -15256,45 +15902,45 @@ msgid "" "` can be set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 msgid "" "Be advised, only users with specific access rights can see all aspects of " "the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 msgid "" "All users can access the :guilabel:`My Time Off` and :guilabel:`Overview` " "sections of the *Time Off* application. All other sections require specific " "access rights." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:26 msgid "" "To better understand how access rights affect the *Time Off* application, " "refer to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` document, specifically the " "section about configuring the work information tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to allocate time off to employees, and for employees to request and" " use their time off, the various time off types must be configured first, " "then allocated to employees (if allocation is required)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:40 msgid "Time off types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 msgid "" "To view the currently configured time off types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. The time" " off types are presented in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:45 msgid "" "The *Time Off* application comes with four pre-configured time off types: " ":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, " @@ -15302,25 +15948,25 @@ msgid "" "needs or used as-is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:50 msgid "Create time off type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 msgid "" "To create a new time off type, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Time Off Types`. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button to reveal a blank time off type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:55 msgid "" "Enter the name for the particular type of time off in the blank line at the " "top of the form, such as `Sick Time` or `Vacation`. Then, enter the " "following information on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:59 msgid "" "The only **required** fields on the time off type form are the name of the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, the :guilabel:`Take Time Off In`, and the " @@ -15328,23 +15974,23 @@ msgid "" " and :guilabel:`Allocation Requests` sections **must** be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:65 msgid "Time Off Requests section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select what specific kind of approval is required for " "the time off type. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No Validation`: no approvals are required when requesting this " "type of time off. The time off request is automatically approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Time Off Officer`: only the specified :ref:`Time Off Officer " "`, set on this form in the :guilabel:`Notified " @@ -15352,7 +15998,7 @@ msgid "" "option is selected by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver`: only the employee's specified approver " "for time off, which is set on the *Work Information* tab on the " @@ -15360,7 +16006,7 @@ msgid "" " time off request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver and Time Off Officer`: both the employee's" " :ref:`specified time off approver` and the " @@ -15368,11 +16014,11 @@ msgid "" "the time off request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:83 msgid "Allocation Requests section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requires allocation`: if the time off must be allocated to " "employees, select :guilabel:`Yes`. If the time off can be requested without " @@ -15381,20 +16027,20 @@ msgid "" " form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee Requests`: select :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests " "Allowed` if the employee is able to request more time off than was " "allocated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:92 msgid "" "If employees should **not** be able to make requests for more time off than " "what was allocated, select the :guilabel:`Not Allowed` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:96 msgid "" "Ten days are allocated to the employee for this particular type of time off," " and the :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests Allowed` option is enabled. The " @@ -15403,81 +16049,81 @@ msgid "" "option is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 msgid "" "It is important to note that requesting additional time off does **not** " "guarantee that time off is granted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select the type of approvals required for the " "allocation of this particular time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approved by Time Off Officer` indicates the :ref:`Time Off " "Officer ` set on this form must approve the " "allocation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No validation needed` indicates that no approvals are required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:113 msgid "Configuration section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notified Time Off Officer`: select the person who is notified and" " responsible for approving requests and allocations for this specific type " "of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take Time Off in`: select the format the time off is requested in" " from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 msgid "The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: if time off can only be requested in full day increments (8" " hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:125 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: if time off can only be requested in half day " "increments (4 hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Hours`: if the time off can be taken in hourly increments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Deduct Extra Hours`: enable this option if the time off request " "should factor in any extra time accrued by the employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:134 msgid "" "If an employee works two extra hours for the week, and requests five hours " "of time off, the request would be for three hours, since the two extra " "worked hours are used first, and deducted from the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow To Attach Supporting Document`: enable this option to allow" " the employee to attach documents to the time off request. This is useful in" @@ -15485,7 +16131,7 @@ msgid "" "leave." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kind of Time Off`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "time off this is, either :guilabel:`Worked Time` or :guilabel:`Absence`. " @@ -15494,7 +16140,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Absence` does not count toward any type of accrual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if multiple companies are created in the database, and " "this time off type only applies to one company, select the company from the " @@ -15503,11 +16149,11 @@ msgid "" "company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:151 msgid "Negative Cap section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:153 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option if employees are able to " "request more time off than they currently have, allowing a negative balance." @@ -15515,19 +16161,19 @@ msgid "" " enter the maximum amount of negative time allowed, in days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 msgid "" "Sara currently has three days of the time off type `Vacation`. She is " "planning a trip that requires five days of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 msgid "" "The `Vacation` time off type has the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option " "enabled, and the :guilabel:`Amount in Negative` is set to five." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:164 msgid "" "These settings allow Sara to submit a request for five days of the " "`Vacation` time off type. If approved, her `Vacation` time off balance will " @@ -15540,59 +16186,59 @@ msgid "" "off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:173 msgid "Payroll section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:175 msgid "" "If the time off type should create :doc:`../hr/payroll/work_entries` in the " "*Payroll* application, select the :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` from the drop-" "down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 msgid "Timesheets section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Timesheets` section only appears if the user is in developer " "mode. Refer to the :ref:`developer-mode` document for details on how to " "access the developer mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 msgid "" "When an employee takes time off, and is also using timesheets, Odoo creates " "entries in the *Timesheets* application for the time off. This section " "defines how they are entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:188 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Project`: select the project that the time off type entries " "appear in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:189 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Task`: select the task that appears in the timesheet for this " "time off type. The default options are: :guilabel:`Time Off`, " ":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`Training`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 msgid "Display Option section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:195 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color to be used in the *Time Off* application " "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cover Image`: select an icon to be used in the *Time Off* " "application dashboard." @@ -15604,65 +16250,65 @@ msgid "" "off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:206 msgid "Accrual plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:208 msgid "" "Some time off is earned through an accrual plan, meaning that for every " "specified amount of time an employee works (hour, day, week, etc), they earn" " or *accrue* a specified amount of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:212 msgid "" "If an employee accrues a vacation day for every week they work, they would " "earn 0.2 vacation days for each hour they work. At the end of a forty hour " "work week, they would earn one whole vacation day (8 hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:217 msgid "Create accrual plan" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new accrual plan, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Accrual Plans`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, " "which reveals a blank accrual plan form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the accrual plan name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrued Gain Time`: select when the employee begins to accrue " "time off, either :guilabel:`At the start of the accrual period` or " ":guilabel:`At the end of the accrual period`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry-Over Time`: select when the employee received previously " "earned time. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the start of the year`: select this if the accrual rolls over " "on January 1 of the upcoming year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:232 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the allocation date`: select this if the accrual rolls over as" " soon as time is allocated to the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Other`: select this option if neither of the other two options " "are applicable. When selected, a :guilabel:`Carry-Over Date` field appears. " @@ -15670,14 +16316,14 @@ msgid "" "the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Based on worked time`: enable this option if time off accrual is " "determined by the employee's worked hours. Days **not** considered as worked" " time do **not** contribute to the accrual plan in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:241 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone Transition`: this selection determines when employees " "move up to a new milestone. If they qualify to change milestones in the " @@ -15686,14 +16332,14 @@ msgid "" "the current pay period)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Milestone Transition` field is **only** visible after a " "minimum of two :ref:`rules ` have been configured on the " "accrual plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:250 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " "accrual plan applies to. If left blank, the accrual plan can be used for all" @@ -15704,43 +16350,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An accrual plan form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:263 msgid "" "Rules must be created in order for employees to accrue time off from the " "accrual plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New Milestone` button in the gray" " :guilabel:`Rules` section, and a :guilabel:`Create Milestone` modal form " "appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:268 msgid "Fill out the following fields on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee accrue`: select the parameters for earned time off in " "this section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 msgid "" "First, select either :guilabel:`Days` or :guilabel:`Hours` for the increment" " of accrued time using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 msgid "" "Next, enter the numerical amount of the selected parameter that is accrued. " "The numerical format is `X.XXXX`, so that partial days or hours can also be " "configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:278 msgid "" "Last, select how often the time is accrued using the drop-down menu. The " "default options are :guilabel:`Hourly`, :guilabel:`Daily`, " @@ -15748,64 +16394,64 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Twice a year`, and :guilabel:`Yearly`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 msgid "" "Depending on which option is selected, additional fields may appear. For " "example, if :guilabel:`Twice a month` is selected, two additional fields " "appear, to specify the two days of each month that the milestone occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cap accrued time`: if there is a maximum amount of days the " "employee can accrue with this plan, enable this option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 msgid "" "When enabled, two additional fields appear beneath it. Select the type of " "time period from the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Days` or " ":guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:291 msgid "" "Then, enter a numerical value in the field to specify the maximum amount of " "time that can be accrued." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:293 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone reached`: enter the number and value of the time period" " that must pass before the employee starts to accumulate time off. The first" " value is numerical; enter a number in the first field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:297 msgid "" "Then, select the type of time period using the drop-down menu in the second " "field. The options are: :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Months`, or " ":guilabel:`Years`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over`: select how any unused time off is handled. The " "options are either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None. Accrued time reset to 0`: any unused time off is gone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:302 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All accrued time carried over`: all unused time off is rolled " "over to the next calendar year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over with a maximum`: unused time off is rolled over to the" " next calendar year, but there is a cap. An :guilabel:`Up to` field appears " @@ -15813,7 +16459,7 @@ msgid "" "roll over to the following year. Any time off beyond this parameter is lost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:309 msgid "" "Once the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the form " "and close the modal, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the form and " @@ -15824,72 +16470,72 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A milestone form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:320 msgid "Public holidays" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 msgid "" "To observe public or national holidays, and provide extra days off as " "holidays to employees, configure the observed *public holidays* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 msgid "" "It is important to configure these days in Odoo, so employees are aware of " "the days they have off, and do not request time off on days that are already" " set as a public holiday (non-working days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 msgid "" "Additionally, all public holidays configured in the *Time Off* app are also " "reflected in any app that uses working schedules, such as *Calendar*, " "*Planning*, *Manufacturing*, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:331 msgid "" "Due to Odoo's integration with other apps that use working schedules, it is " "considered best practice to ensure *all* public holidays are configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:335 msgid "Create public holiday" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 msgid "" "To create a public holiday, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Public Holidays`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:340 msgid "All currently configured public holidays appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:342 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a new line appears at the bottom of " "the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:341 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 msgid "Enter the following information on that new line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:346 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the holiday." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:347 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, the current company " "populates this field by default. It is not possible to edit this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:351 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company` field is hidden by default. To view this field, " "click the two dots in the top-right corner of the list, to the far-right of " @@ -15897,7 +16543,7 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:355 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday starts. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -15908,7 +16554,7 @@ msgid "" "company's time zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:360 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday ends. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -15919,33 +16565,33 @@ msgid "" " zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 msgid "" "A company located in San Francisco operates from 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM, with an " "eight hour work day and one hour lunch break." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:370 msgid "" "For a user in New York, with a computer time zone set to Eastern Standard " "Time, a created public holiday displays a start time of 12:00 PM - 9:00 PM, " "accounting for the three hour time zone difference." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 msgid "" "Similarly, a user located in Los Angeles, with a computer time zone set to " "Pacific Standard Time, sees a public holiday time as 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: if the holiday should only apply to employees who" " have a specific set of working hours, select the working hours from the " "drop-down menu. If left blank, the holiday applies to all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:380 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: if using the *Payroll* application, this field " "defines how the :ref:`work entries ` for the holiday " @@ -15956,18 +16602,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The list of public holidays in the configuration menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:389 msgid "Mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 msgid "" "Some companies have special days where specific departments, or the entire " "staff, is required to be present, and time off is not allowed on those " "specific days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:394 msgid "" "These types of days are called *mandatory days* in Odoo. These can be " "configured to be company-wide, or department specific. When configured, " @@ -15975,35 +16621,35 @@ msgid "" "off requests for these mandatory days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:399 msgid "Create mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 msgid "" "No mandatory days are configured in Odoo by default. To create a mandatory " "day, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> " "Mandatory Days`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:404 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner, and a blank line " "appears in the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:408 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the mandatory day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, this field is visible, " "and the current company populates this field by default. Using the drop-down" " menu, select the company the mandatory day is for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:412 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Departments`: this column is hidden by default. First, click the " ":guilabel:`(optional columns)` icon in the top-right corner, next to " @@ -16011,33 +16657,33 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Departments` to reveal that column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 msgid "" "Next, select the desired departments from the drop-down menu. Multiple " "departments can be selected, and there is no limit to the amount of " "departments that can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:419 msgid "" "If this field is left blank, the mandatory day applies to the entire " "company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day starts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:421 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day ends. If creating a single mandatory day, the end date should " "be the same as the start date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: if desired, select a color from the available presented " "options. If no color is desired, select the `No color` option, represented " @@ -16050,11 +16696,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Mandatory Days section with three configured days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:435 msgid "Allocate time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:437 msgid "" "Once time off types and accrual plans have been configured, the next step is" " to allocate, or give, time off to employees. This section is only visible " @@ -16062,44 +16708,44 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 msgid "" "To create a new allocation, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Management --> Allocations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:444 msgid "" "This presents a list of all current allocations, including their respective " "statuses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:446 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`New` to allocate time off, and a blank allocation form " "appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 msgid "" "After entering a name for the allocation on the first blank field of the " "form, enter the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:451 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of time" " off that is being allocated to the employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`: select either :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` or" " :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`. If the allocation is **not** based on an " "accrual plan, select :guilabel:`Regular Allocation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:456 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Plan`: if :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for " "the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, the :guilabel:`Accrual Plan` field appears." @@ -16108,7 +16754,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:460 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period/Start Date`: if :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` is" " selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, this field is labeled " @@ -16117,7 +16763,7 @@ msgid "" "Date`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:465 msgid "" "The current date populates the first date field by default. To select " "another date, click on the pre-populated date to reveal a popover calendar " @@ -16125,20 +16771,20 @@ msgid "" "the date to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:469 msgid "" "If the allocation expires, select the expiration date in the next date " "field. If the time off does *not* expire, leave the second date field blank." " `No Limit` appears in the field if no date is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:473 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation " "Type`, this second field is labeled :guilabel:`Run until`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time that is being allocated to " "the employees. This field displays the time in either :guilabel:`Hours` or " @@ -16146,7 +16792,7 @@ msgid "" "` is configured (in hours or days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:478 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how the allocation is " "assigned. This selection determines who receives the time off allocation. " @@ -16154,32 +16800,32 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Department`, or :guilabel:`By Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 msgid "" "Depending on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Mode`, this following field" " is labeled either: :guilabel:`Employees`, :guilabel:`Company`, " ":guilabel:`Department`, or :guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 msgid "" "Using the drop-down menu, indicate the specific employees, company, " "department, or employee tags who are receiving this time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 msgid "" "Multiple selections can be made for either :guilabel:`Employees` or " ":guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:490 msgid "" "Only one selection can be made for the :guilabel:`Company` or " ":guilabel:`Department`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:491 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: if any description or note is necessary to " "explain the time off allocation, enter it in this field at the bottom of the" @@ -16192,158 +16838,11 @@ msgid "" "granted to all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:499 -msgid "Request time off" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Once an employee has been allocated time off, a request to use the time off " -"can be submitted. Time off can be requested in one of two ways, either from " -"the :ref:`dashboard ` or from the :ref:`My Time Off " -"` view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:505 -msgid "" -"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " -"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " -"Off` list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:509 -msgid "" -"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " -"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" -" form appears in a modal. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` " -"list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:514 -msgid "" -"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " -"form:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:516 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " -"the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:517 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " -"two fields to populate, the start and end dates. Click on either date field " -"and a popover calendar appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 -msgid "" -"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " -"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " -"applicable)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:523 -msgid "" -"If the time off requested is for a single day, click on the start date, then" -" click the same date again for the end date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:526 -msgid "" -"When the correct dates are selected/highlighted, click the :guilabel:`Apply`" -" button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:528 -msgid "" -"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " -"field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 -msgid "" -"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" -" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:533 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, check this " -"box. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " -"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " -"day is being requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:537 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " -"day, check this box. A :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` field appears " -"beneath this option, if selected. Using the drop-down menu, select the start" -" and end time for the time off request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " -":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " -"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " -"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " -"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:545 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " -"should include any details that managers and approvers may need in order to " -"approve the request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:547 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachments of documents. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " -"appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:551 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the desired files to attach, select them, then click the " -":guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off request form." -" Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:554 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:604 -msgid "" -"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " -"request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:557 -msgid "" -"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " -"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " -"be saved manually at any time by clicking the *save manually* button, " -"represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " -"with the flu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:502 msgid "Request allocation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:504 msgid "" "If an employee has used all their time off, or is going to run out of time " "off, they can request an allocation for additional time. Allocations can be " @@ -16352,7 +16851,7 @@ msgid "" " view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:508 msgid "" "To create a new allocation request, click either the :guilabel:`New " "Allocation Request` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the " @@ -16360,7 +16859,7 @@ msgid "" "buttons open a new allocation request form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:513 msgid "" "Both :guilabel:`New` buttons open a :guilabel:`New Allocation` request form," " but when requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, the form appears in a " @@ -16368,20 +16867,20 @@ msgid "" "screen navigates to a new allocation request page, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:518 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Allocation` request " "form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested for " "the allocation from the drop-down menu. After a selection is made, the title" " updates with the time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:522 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period`: this field **only** appears if requesting an " "allocation with a time off type that has the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` " @@ -16390,18 +16889,18 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` field is set to :guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:527 msgid "" "Using the calendar selector, select a start and end date the allocation is " "valid for. By default, the current date populates the first field, and " ":guilabel:`No Limit` populates the second field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 msgid "Adjust both of these dates, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:531 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time being requested in this " "field. The format is presented in either days or hours, depending on how the" @@ -16409,14 +16908,21 @@ msgid "" "allocation request is updated to include the amount of time being requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:535 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: enter a description for the allocation request." " This should include any details that managers and approvers may need in " "order to approve the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:538 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 msgid "" "If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Allocations` list view, the" " information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " @@ -16430,11 +16936,11 @@ msgid "" "sick time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:553 msgid "Management" msgstr "Управління" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:555 msgid "" "Time off and allocation requests typically undergo an approval process " "before being granted. Requests either need one or two approvals, if any, " @@ -16443,17 +16949,17 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:560 msgid "" "Only users who can approve allocation and time off requests have the " ":guilabel:`Management` section visible in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:566 msgid "Manage time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 msgid "" "To view time off requests that need approval, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Management --> Time Off`. The only time off" @@ -16462,7 +16968,7 @@ msgid "" "in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:573 msgid "" "The default filter in the :guilabel:`Time Off` list is `Waiting For Me`. " "This only presents time off requests that need to be approved for current " @@ -16470,7 +16976,7 @@ msgid "" " or :guilabel:`Second Approval`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:643 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:577 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented time off requests. Since only time off requests that need to be " @@ -16480,28 +16986,28 @@ msgid "" "appear on the left side of the screen, under :guilabel:`Departments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 msgid "" "If there are no requests that fall under one of the status options or " "departments, that status or department is **not** visible on the left-side " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:587 msgid "" "To display time off requests for specific departments only, click on the " ":guilabel:`Department` on the left-hand side. Only requests within the " "selected department are then presented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:656 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:657 msgid "" "The status column displays the status of each request, with the status " "highlighted in a specific color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` and :guilabel:`Second Approval` requests are " "highlighted in yellow and are the only ones that appear in the list by " @@ -16511,7 +17017,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:665 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:599 msgid "" "To approve a time off request, click the :guilabel:`👍 Approve` button at the" " end of the line. To validate a time off request that has already been " @@ -16526,7 +17032,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:608 msgid "" "For more details, click anywhere on the time off request line (except for " "the :guilabel:`👍 Approve`, :guilabel:`✔️ Validate`, and :guilabel:`✖️ " @@ -16534,24 +17040,24 @@ msgid "" "of the user, changes can be made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:612 msgid "" "To modify the request, make any desired changes to the form. All changes are" " automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:614 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Approve` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button " "to refuse the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:684 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:620 msgid "Manage allocations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:686 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:622 msgid "" "To view allocations that need approval, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off" " app --> Management --> Allocations`. The only allocations visible on this " @@ -16559,7 +17065,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:627 msgid "" "The default filters that are configured to be in place when navigating to " "the :guilabel:`Allocations` list are :guilabel:`My Team` and " @@ -16567,13 +17073,13 @@ msgid "" "team (who they manage) and active employees. Inactive users are not shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented allocation requests." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:635 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Status` options are :guilabel:`To Approve`, " ":guilabel:`Refused`, and :guilabel:`Approved`. Click on a specific " @@ -16581,14 +17087,14 @@ msgid "" "allocation requests, click :guilabel:`All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 msgid "" "It is also possible to display allocation requests by department. Click on " "the :guilabel:`Department` in the left side of the screen to only present " "allocations for that specific department." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:644 msgid "" "The groupings on the left side only present allocation requests that fall " "under the default filters of :guilabel:`My Team` and :guilabel:`Active " @@ -16596,34 +17102,34 @@ msgid "" "filters are presented on the left side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:712 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:648 msgid "" "For example, if there are no requests with a status of :guilabel:`To " "Submit`, that status option does not appear in the left-hand side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:651 msgid "" "All departments for the user's employees appear in the list. If there are no" " allocation requests that fall under that department matching the pre-" "configured filters, the list is blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:654 msgid "" "It is always possible to remove any of the pre-configured filters, by " "clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon on the specific filter to remove " "it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:660 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, " ":guilabel:`Approved` requests are highlighted in green, and the " ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:663 msgid "" "To approve an allocation request, click the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` button at" " the end of the line. To refuse a request, click the :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` " @@ -16635,28 +17141,28 @@ msgid "" "Allocations with the filter, groupings, and status sections highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:670 msgid "" "If more details are needed, click anywhere on the allocation request line " "(except for the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` buttons) to" " view the request in detail." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:673 msgid "" "Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be made to the allocation " "request form that appears. To modify the request, make any desired changes " "to the form. All changes are automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:741 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:677 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Validate` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button" " to refuse the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:683 msgid "" "To view a color-coded schedule of the user's time off, and/or of the team " "managed by them, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Overview`. " @@ -16664,7 +17170,7 @@ msgid "" "view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:687 msgid "" "To change the time period displayed, click on the :guilabel:`Month` button " "to reveal a drop-down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -16672,7 +17178,7 @@ msgid "" "corresponding view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 msgid "" "To navigate forward or backward in time, in the selected increment " "(:guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, etc.), click the :guilabel:`← (left " @@ -16680,44 +17186,44 @@ msgid "" " that specified amount of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:695 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Month` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by" " one month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:697 msgid "" "To return to a view containing the current day, click the :guilabel:`Today` " "button at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 msgid "" "Team members are listed alphabetically on individual lines, and their " "requested time off, regardless of the status (*validated* or *to approve*), " "is visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:766 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:702 msgid "" "Each employee is color-coded. The employee's color is selected at random, " "and does *not* correspond to the type of time off they requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:705 msgid "" "The status of the time off is represented by the color detail of the " "request, either appearing solid (*validated*) or striped (*to approve*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 msgid "" "The number of days or hours requested is written on the request (if there is" " enough space)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:710 msgid "" "At the bottom of the calendar, in the :guilabel:`Total` line, a bar graph " "shows how many people are projected to be out on any given day. The number " @@ -16725,7 +17231,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:778 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:714 msgid "" "Click on a time off entry to view the details for the specific time off " "entry. The total number of hours or days are listed, along with the start " @@ -16737,21 +17243,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview of the user's team, with time off requests shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:723 msgid "My time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:725 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`My Time` section of the *Time Off* application contains the " "time off dashboard, as well as the user's time off requests and allocations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:795 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:731 msgid "Dashboard" msgstr "Дашборд" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:733 msgid "" "All users have access to the time off dashboard, which is the default view " "in the *Time Off* application. The dashboard can also be accessed at any " @@ -16759,38 +17265,38 @@ msgid "" "My Time --> Dashboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 msgid "" "The current year is displayed, and the current day is highlighted in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:739 msgid "" "To change the view, click on the :guilabel:`Year` button to reveal a drop-" "down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, or " ":guilabel:`Month` to present the calendar in that corresponding view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:743 msgid "" "To change the presented dates, click the :guilabel:`← (left arrow)` or " ":guilabel:`→ (right arrow)` icons to the left of the :guilabel:`Year` " "button. The calendar view adjusts in increments of the presented view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:811 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Year` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by " "one year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:813 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:749 msgid "" "To change the view at any point to a view that includes the current date, " "click the :guilabel:`Today` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:816 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:752 msgid "" "Above the calendar view is a summary of the user's time off balances. Every " "time off type that has been allocated appears in its own summary box. Each " @@ -16799,7 +17305,7 @@ msgid "" "applicable)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:757 msgid "" "To view the full details of a time off balance, click the :guilabel:`? " "(question mark)` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`(DAYS/HOURS) AVAILABLE` " @@ -16813,7 +17319,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A view of the complete time off balance details in the popover window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:767 msgid "" "A user is also able to see how much time off they will have accrued in the " "future. On the right side of the time off summary blocks, there is a " @@ -16821,7 +17327,7 @@ msgid "" "selector popover appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:771 msgid "" "The current date is the default date selected. Navigate to the desired date," " and Odoo displays the time off balances the user will have on that date. " @@ -16830,14 +17336,14 @@ msgid "" "of the date field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:840 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:776 msgid "" "On the right side of the calendar, the various time off types are displayed," " with their corresponding colors. The :guilabel:`Legend` explains how the " "various statuses for time off requests are presented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:780 msgid "" "Time off that has been validated appears in a solid color (in the color " "specified in the :guilabel:`Time Off Type` section above the " @@ -16846,19 +17352,19 @@ msgid "" "line through the dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:849 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:785 msgid "" -"New time off requests can be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :ref:`New Time Off" -" ` modal appears." +"New time off requests can be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. Click the " +":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :doc:`New Time Off" +" <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:852 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 msgid "" -"New allocation requests can also be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the dashboard to " -"request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation ` modal appears." +"New allocation requests can also be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard` to request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation " +"` modal appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 @@ -16867,56 +17373,56 @@ msgid "" "buttons highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:863 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:800 msgid "My time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:865 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:802 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`. Here, all time " "off requests, both past and present, appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:868 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:805 msgid "" "The list includes the following information for each request: the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Start Date`, " ":guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and the :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:872 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:809 msgid "" "A new time off request can be made from this view. Click the :guilabel:`New`" -" button to :ref:`request time off `." +" button to :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:878 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:815 msgid "My allocations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:817 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's allocations, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Allocations`. All " "allocations and requested allocations appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:820 msgid "" "The information presented on the :guilabel:`My Allocations` page includes: " "the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Amount`, " ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`, and :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:824 msgid "" "A new allocation request can be made from this view, as well. Click the " ":guilabel:`New` button to :ref:`request an allocation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:895 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:832 msgid "" "The reporting feature allows users to view time off for their team, either " "by employee or type of time off. This allows users to see which employees " @@ -16924,7 +17430,7 @@ msgid "" "types are being used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:899 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:836 msgid "" "Any report can be added to a spreadsheet through the *Insert in Spreadsheet*" " button that appears in the top-left of a report. If the *Documents* " @@ -16932,31 +17438,31 @@ msgid "" "appears. If not, the report can be added to a *Dashboard*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:841 msgid "By employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:843 msgid "" "To view a report of employee time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Employee`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:846 msgid "" "The default report presents the current year's data in a list view, " "displaying all the employees in alphabetical order. Each employee's line is " "collapsed by default. To expand a line, click anywhere on the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:913 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:850 msgid "" "The view expands, and has the time off requests organized by time off type. " "Click anywhere on a time off type line to expand it, and view all the " "individual time off requests that fall under that type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:916 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:853 msgid "" "The information shown in the list includes: the :guilabel:`Employee` name, " ":guilabel:`Number of Days` off requested, the :guilabel:`Start Date`, " @@ -16967,7 +17473,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Report of time off, shown by each employee in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:861 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " @@ -16979,8 +17485,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The various other views highlighted, for the employee time off report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:933 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:870 msgid "" "When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " "particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports and their" @@ -16988,18 +17493,18 @@ msgid "" "documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:875 msgid "By type" msgstr "За типом" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:940 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:877 msgid "" "To view a list of all time off, organized by time off type, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Type`. This shows all time" " off requests in a default bar chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:943 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 msgid "" "Hover over a bar to view the :guilabel:`Duration (Days)` of that specific " "time off type." @@ -17011,13 +17516,13 @@ msgid "" "highlighted in a red box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 msgid "" "Click on a bar to go to a detailed list view of all the time off requests " "for that time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:952 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:889 msgid "" "Each request is listed, with the following information displayed: the " ":guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Request Type`, " @@ -17025,10 +17530,174 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " "way. The various options are a :guilabel:`Graph` (the default view), " ":guilabel:`List`, or :guilabel:`Pivot` table." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:897 +msgid "" +"When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " +"particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports, and " +"their various options, refer to the :doc:`reporting " +"<../essentials/reporting>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:902 +msgid ":doc:`time_off/request_time_off`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Request time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once time off has been allocated to an employee, a request to use it can be " +"submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Time off can be requested in one of two ways: either from the main *Time " +"Off* application :guilabel:`Dashboard` (:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My " +"Time --> Dashboard`), or from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` dashboard view " +"(:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " +"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " +"Off` dashboard, in the default list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " +"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" +" form appears in a pop-up window. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time" +" Off` list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " +"form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " +"the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " +"two fields to populate: the start and end dates. Click on either date field " +"and a popover calendar appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " +"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " +"applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If only requesting time off for a single day, click on the start date, then " +"click the same date again for the end date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the correct dates are selected, click the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" +" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, tick this " +"checkbox. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " +"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " +"day is being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " +"day, tick this checkbox. If selected, a :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` " +"field appears beneath this option. Using the drop-down menu, select the " +"start and end time for the time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " +":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " +"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " +"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " +"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " +"should include any details that managers and approvers may need to approve " +"the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachment of documents. " +"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the desired files that should be attached, select them, then " +"click The :guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off " +"request form. Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information, and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " +"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " +"be saved manually at any time by clicking the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " +"with the flu." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index b9a9e9f86..9eb3b105a 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -26,8 +26,8 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory & MRP" -msgstr "Склад та MRP" +msgid "Supply Chain" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 msgid "Barcode" @@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:20 msgid "Location" msgstr "Розташування" @@ -1486,14 +1486,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:16 @@ -1508,16 +1510,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:26 @@ -3731,6 +3740,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:182 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Вручну" @@ -3807,12 +3818,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:214 msgid "" -"The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is four days," -" and the :ref:`purchase security lead time ` is one day." +"The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is " +"four days, and the :ref:`purchase security lead time " +"` is one day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:218 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` field of the reordering rule is set to " "zero, the product appears on the replenishment dashboard five days before " @@ -3825,34 +3836,34 @@ msgid "" "Feb 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:226 msgid "" "To see the product on the replenishment dashboard for the current date, " "February 20, set the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` to `7.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:229 msgid "" "To determine the amount of visibility days needed to see a product on the " "replenishment dashboard, subtract *today's date* from the *date the need " "appears* on the replenishment dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:232 msgid "Visibility~days = Need~appears~date - Today's~date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:237 msgid "" "Referring to the example above, today's date is February 20th, and the need " "for the product appears on February 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:240 msgid "(February 27 - February 20 = 7 days)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:242 msgid "" "Incorrectly setting the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` fewer than seven days in" " this case results in the need **not** appearing on the replenishment " @@ -3865,11 +3876,11 @@ msgid "" "days set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:252 msgid "Route" msgstr "Маршрут" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:254 msgid "" "Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected under the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it is possible" @@ -3877,7 +3888,7 @@ msgid "" "the functionality of both routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:258 msgid "" "Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering " "rule. This is the route that the rule defaults to, if multiple are selected." @@ -3885,20 +3896,20 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:262 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Route` column is hidden on the " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:264 msgid "" "Reveal the :guilabel:`Route` column by selecting the :guilabel:`(slider)` " "icon to the far-right of the column titles, and checking the " ":guilabel:`Route` option from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:267 msgid "" "Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule, and a drop-down " "menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the " @@ -3909,7 +3920,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:275 msgid "" "If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set " "for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the selected route " @@ -4578,7 +4589,7 @@ msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:100 msgid "Assign serial numbers" msgstr "" @@ -4598,7 +4609,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" @@ -4625,56 +4636,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:21 -msgid "when closing a manufacturing order" +msgid "" +":doc:`during a manufacturing order " +"<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product>` for a " +"product tracked by lot/serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:24 msgid "when making an inventory adjustment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:32 msgid "" "Display the Detailed Operations smart button and bulleted list icon on a " "receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:32 msgid "" "Display the **Detailed Operations** smart button and bulleted list icon on a" " receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:37 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers to products, activate the :guilabel:`Lots and " "Serial Numbers` feature in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " "--> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:40 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of an item's product form, set the " ":guilabel:`Tracking` field to :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:44 msgid "" ":ref:`Enable serial numbers `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:45 msgid "" ":ref:`Track products by serial numbers " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:49 msgid "" "Next, enable creating new serial numbers by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:52 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, select the desired operation " "type (e.g. :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, or " @@ -4687,11 +4701,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show \"Create New\" option is selected on the Receipts operation type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:64 msgid "Detailed Operations" msgstr "Детальні операції" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:66 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned to products when entering stock for the first" " time, from the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` page on the receipt. " @@ -4699,7 +4713,7 @@ msgid "" "Operations --> Receipts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:71 msgid "" "Serial numbers can **not** be assigned to products on a request for " "quotation (RfQ) or purchase order (PO) — **only** on a receipt." @@ -4709,13 +4723,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the purchase order and the Receipt smart button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:78 msgid "" "Screenshot of a \"Purchase Order\" with the \"Receipt\" smart button at the " "top." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:80 msgid "" "To record an item's serial number before receiving the item, follow the " "steps in the next sections to assign serial numbers, but do **not** click " @@ -4723,13 +4737,13 @@ msgid "" "from the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:84 msgid "" "Assign a single serial number to a product by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` smart button on a receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:87 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, manually type in the " "serial number for a single product." @@ -4739,13 +4753,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a line on the Detailed Operations page to assign serial numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:94 msgid "" "When finished, click the receipt's breadcrumbs, and the assigned serial " "numbers are automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:102 msgid "" "To generate new serial numbers in a sequence, click the :guilabel:`+ (plus)`" " icon in the :ref:`product line `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:113 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` pop-up window. The " ":guilabel:`Number of SN` field is auto-filled based on the product quantity " @@ -4777,22 +4791,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show Assign Serial numbers pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:125 msgid "Stock move pop-up window" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:127 msgid "" "For various methods of assigning serial numbers in bulk, click the " ":guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the :ref:`product line " "` of a receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:132 msgid "Add a line" msgstr "Додати рядок" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:134 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window that appears, manually " "input the serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." @@ -4802,11 +4816,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a line on the Stock move pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:142 msgid "Generate Serials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:144 msgid "" "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Generate " "Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." @@ -4816,7 +4830,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show generate serials button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:151 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Generate Serial numbers` pop-up window, where " "the first serial number is entered in the :guilabel:`First SN` field to " @@ -4824,36 +4838,36 @@ msgid "" "entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:155 msgid "" "For more details on how to fill in this pop-up window, :ref:`refer to this " "section `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:159 msgid "Import Serials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:161 msgid "" "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Import " "Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:165 msgid "" "If the button is not visible, ensure the :guilabel:`Create New` option is " "selected in the :ref:`receipt's configuration page " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:168 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window. Enter each serial " "number on a separate line in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:172 msgid "" "Copy/paste serial numbers from an existing excel spreadsheet and add them to" " the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." @@ -4863,7 +4877,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show excel sheet to copy serial numbers from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:179 msgid "" "Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to add serial numbers to " "the list of products, and serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " @@ -4872,25 +4886,26 @@ msgid "" "option unchecked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:146 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Generate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:187 msgid "" "For a receipt with a :guilabel:`Demand` of `3.00` products, one product has " "already been assigned a serial number in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` " "pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:190 msgid "" "So, in the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window, two serial numbers, `124` " "and `125` are assigned to the remaining products by entering the following " "in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` input field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:199 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option is selected to add these two " "serial numbers **in addition** to the serial number, `123`, that has already" @@ -4932,7 +4947,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr ":doc:`lots`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "" @@ -5004,6 +5019,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:343 msgid "Traceability" msgstr "Відстеження" @@ -5459,6 +5475,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:189 msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" msgstr "" @@ -5490,17 +5507,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 msgid "Expiration alerts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 msgid "" "To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:251 msgid "" "Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " "Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " @@ -5508,14 +5525,14 @@ msgid "" "related to the products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:255 msgid "" "To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " "form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " "earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:259 msgid "" "After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " "Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " @@ -5523,14 +5540,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:263 msgid "" "To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " "are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" " :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:267 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." msgstr "" @@ -5540,486 +5557,593 @@ msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" +msgid "Lot numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:10 msgid "" -"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" -" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " -"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" -" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." +"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. They " +"typically represent a specific batch of products that were received, stored," +" shipped, or manufactured in-house." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:13 msgid "" -"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " -"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " -"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " -"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " -"lifecycles." +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products sharing common " +"properties, facilitating end-to-end traceability through their lifecycles." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:16 msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " -"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " -"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " -"expiration dates." +"Lots are useful for managing large quantities of manufactured or received " +"products, aiding in tracing items back to their group, particularly for " +"product recalls or :doc:`expiration dates `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:26 msgid "" -"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " -"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " -"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " -"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " -":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +"To track products using lots, enable the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature. Go" +" to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and tick the checkbox " +"next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 -msgid "Track products by lots" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`Tracking expiration dates `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:33 msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " -"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " -"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " -"and choose a product." +":ref:`Print GS1 barcodes for lots and serial numbers " +"`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:42 +msgid "Track by lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:44 msgid "" -"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " -"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " -":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " -"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, configure " +"individual products to be tracked using lots. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and choose a " +"product to configure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:48 msgid "" +"On the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, select the :guilabel:`By Lots` option in " +"the :guilabel:`Tracking` field. Now, new or existing lot numbers can be " +"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`expiration_dates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 +msgid "" "If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " -"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" -" lot numbers to the existing stock." +"serial numbers, a warning message appears. Use an :doc:`inventory adjustment" +" ` to assign lot numbers to existing products in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 -msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:65 +msgid "Assign lots for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:67 msgid "" -"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " -"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" -" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " -"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " -"automatically." +"Assign new lot numbers to :ref:`incoming goods " +"` on the receipt form. When " +"shipping :ref:`outgoing goods `, select products with specific lot numbers on the delivery order " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:75 +msgid "On receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Assigning new or existing lot numbers to incoming goods can be done directly" +" on receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To begin, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app to `create and confirm " +"`_ a |PO| for products tracked " +"by lot numbers. Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button that " +"appears at the top of the page to navigate to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to an existing receipt by going to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, clicking the :guilabel:`Receipts` Kanban " +"card, and choosing the desired receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number triggers an " +"error, indicating that a lot number **must** be assigned before validating " +"the receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:96 +msgid "" +"On the receipt form, on the product line in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, " +"select the |list| icon to the right of the product that is tracked by lot " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the bulleted list icon on the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, where the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` and :guilabel:`Quantity` are assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 +msgid "The two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **importing**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:109 +msgid "Manual assignment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"To manually assign lot numbers, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Input the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, :guilabel:`Store To` location for the lot, " +":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Destination Package`, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To assign multiple lot numbers, or store to multiple locations, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and type a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` for " +"additional quantities. Repeat until the total in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"column matches the :guilabel:`Demand` at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:125 +msgid "Import lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:127 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, click :guilabel:`Import " +"Serials/Lots`, then paste the bulk lot numbers, in the " +":guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on *Google* spreadsheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 +msgid "Lot numbers copied to the lot number line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Lot numbers pasted to the \"Lots/Serial numbers\" field, in the **Import " +"Lots** pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to generate *additional* " +"lot numbers in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window. To replace " +"the lot numbers in the list, leave the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option" +" unticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` on the receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:200 +msgid "" +":ref:`Traceability report for lot numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:157 +msgid "On delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Odoo makes it possible to specify which lot numbers for a product are chosen" +" for outgoing shipment on a delivery order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To begin, create or select an existing quotation from the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app. After confirming the |SO|, the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button becomes available. Click the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt form for " +"that specific |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to delivery orders by going to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`" +" kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button opens the the delivery order " +"form, where lot numbers are picked for delivery. In the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab, click the |list| icon to the right of the " +"product that is tracked by lot numbers. Clicking that icon reveals a " +":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, the chosen lot number and its storage location is " +"displayed in the :guilabel:`Pick From` column, with the with the full " +":guilabel:`Quantity` taken from that specific lot (if there is enough stock " +"in that particular lot)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:179 +msgid "" +"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " +":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:183 +msgid "" +"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " +"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It also " +"depends on the ordered quantity, and whether the lot's on-hand quantity is " +"enough to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Repeat the above steps to select enough lots to fulfill the " +":guilabel:`Demand`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. " +"Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button on the |DO| to deliver the " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Popup for source lot number on sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:203 +msgid "Lot management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Manage and view existing lot numbers for products in the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` dashboard by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:208 +msgid "" +"By default, lot numbers are grouped by product, and selecting the drop-down " +"menu for each product displays the existing lot numbers. Select a lot number" +" to :ref:`modify or add details ` " +"linked to the lot. Lot numbers can also be :ref:`created " +"` from this page, by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 +msgid "Show the \"Lot/Serial Number\" dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Display lot numbers, grouped by products, on the **Lot/Serial Number** " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 +msgid "Modify lot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Clicking a lot from the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` dashboard reveals a " +"separate page where additional information can be provided about the lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to follow " +"the most recent number. However, it can be edited, by clicking the line " +"under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and changing the generated " +"number to any desired one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:233 +msgid "On the lot number form, the following fields can be modified:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:235 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: change the lot number linked to the " +":guilabel:`Product`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:236 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internal Reference`: records an alternative lot/serial number " +"used within the warehouse that differs from the one used by the supplier " +"manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company where the lot number is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:239 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: add extra details about the lot or serial number in" +" this text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:242 +msgid "" +"On existing lots, the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"fields **cannot** be modified, as the lot numbers are linked with existing " +"stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the lot number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:250 +msgid ":doc:`Set expiration dates for lots `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:253 +msgid "Add property" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:255 +msgid "" +"To add custom fields to lots for enhanced traceability, there are two " +"methods of adding properties on a lot number form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon at the top-left of the page," +" then select :icon:`fa-cogs` :guilabel:`Add Properties` from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a Property` button, located below " +"the existing fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Name and :doc:`configure the new field " +"<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`. Once finished, enter the " +"property value in the new field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The new property, `Wood type`, is added. The value is recorded as `Cherry " +"wood`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Show the \"Add Properties\" button on a lot number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:273 +msgid "" +":doc:`Configuring custom properties " +"<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 +msgid "Reserve lot number for a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:280 +msgid "" +"To create a lot number for a product, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lot/Serial Numbers`, and " +"click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Creating a lot number reserves it for a product but **does not** assign it. " +"To assign lot numbers, refer to the section on :ref:`assigning lot numbers " +"on receipts `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:289 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " "follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " -"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " -"and changing the generated number." +"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field " +"on the lot form, and changing the generated number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:293 msgid "" "Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " "field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " "menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:72 -msgid "" -"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " -"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " -"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " -"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" -"website environment)." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:298 +msgid "The lot number, `000001`, is created for the product, `Drawer Black`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 -msgid "" -"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " -"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:83 -msgid "" -"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " -"button to save all changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:304 msgid "" "After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " -"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" -" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " -"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." +"product, the lot number is saved as an existing lot number linked to the " +"product, and can be selected when :ref:`assigning lot numbers to products on" +" a receipt `, or when making an " +"inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:310 msgid "" -"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " -"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " -"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" -" assigned to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:95 -msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " -"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " -"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " -"order form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:104 -msgid "Manage lots on receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " -"purchase order (PO)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:108 -msgid "" -"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " -"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 -msgid "" -"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " -"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " -"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " -"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " -"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " -"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " -":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " -"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " -"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" -"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " -":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " -"number being assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:133 -msgid "" -"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " -":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " -"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " -"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:137 -msgid "" -"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " -"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " -"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 -msgid "" -"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" -" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " -"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " -"quantity." +"After creating the lot number, `000001` appears as an option for `Drawer " +"Black` when assigning lot numbers on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` " +"page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 -msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgid "Show how to assign lot numbers on the Inventory Adjustment page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " -":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " -"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " -"the :guilabel:`Demand`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:155 -msgid "" -"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " -"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " -"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" -" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" -" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " -":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " -"entered in each of the lot number lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 -msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:168 -msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." -" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " -":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " -"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" -" assigned, and more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:174 -msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " -"sales order (SO)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " -"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:181 -msgid "" -"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" -" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " -"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:185 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" -" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " -":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:201 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " -"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 -msgid "" -"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " -"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " -":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " -"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:198 -msgid "" -"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " -"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" -" there is enough stock in that particular lot)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:202 -msgid "" -"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " -":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " -"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " -"total quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:207 -msgid "" -"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " -"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " -"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " -"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " -"lot to fulfill the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:213 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:215 -msgid "" -"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " -"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" -" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 -msgid "" -"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " -"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " -":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " -"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " -"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:228 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" -" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " -"the same lot number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:318 msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:320 msgid "" -"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " -"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " -"be used." +"By default, new lots can only be created when receiving products, and " +"existing lot numbers cannot be used. For sales orders, only existing lot " +"numbers can be utilized, and new ones cannot be created on the delivery " +"order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:237 -msgid "" -"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" -" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:324 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " "type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " -"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +"Operations Types`, and select the desired operation type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:328 msgid "" -"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " -"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " -"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" -" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " -":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" -" to save the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:249 -msgid "" -"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " -"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " -"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " -"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." +"On the operation type form, under the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"section, tick the :guilabel:`Create New` checkbox to enable new lot numbers " +"to be created during this operation type. Choose :guilabel:`Use Existing " +"ones` if only existing lot numbers can be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:337 msgid "" "For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " "useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" " warehouse receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "Відстеження партій" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:345 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " -"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " -"stored, and who (and when) it went to." +"entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from, when it arrived, where it" +" was stored, who it went to (and when)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:348 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:352 msgid "" "From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " "assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:355 msgid "" -"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " -"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " -":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " -"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." +"To group by lots, begin by removing any filters in the :guilabel:`Search...`" +" bar. Then, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(caret down)` icon to" +" open a drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` options," +" and :guilabel:`Favorites`. Under the :guilabel:`Group By` section, click " +"the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` option, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"Number` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:361 msgid "" -"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " -"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." +"Doing so reorganizes all the records on the page to display all existing " +"lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded to show all quantities of " +"products with that assigned number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:369 +msgid "Traceability report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To view a full stock moves report for a lot number, select the lot number " +"line from the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Number` dashboard. On the lot number " +"form, click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the Traceability Report for a lot, that displays the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:380 msgid ":doc:`differences`" msgstr "" @@ -6538,6 +6662,144 @@ msgid "" " packaging to the internal count of the product." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:3 +msgid "Reassign lot/serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Changing a product's tracking settings to use lots or serial numbers, " +"*after* storing products in Odoo without them, can lead to inconsistent " +"records. Follow this documentation to learn how to use an inventory " +"adjustment to assign lot or serial numbers to products that were not " +"originally assigned lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Warning message: products in stock have no lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This document outlines the process of using two inventory adjustments: one " +"to remove incorrect records *without* lot numbers, and another to save the " +"quantities *with* the lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`Set up and use lot numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Set up serial numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Use serial numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:24 +msgid "Change on-hand quantity to zero" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To change the product's settings to track by lots or serial numbers, begin " +"by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and select the intended product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, click the product's :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button to open the " +":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. In the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"column, change the value to zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If the product is stored in multiple locations, make sure the **total** on " +"hand quantity at **all** locations is zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Show the Inventory Adjustments model, highlighting the \"On Hand Quantity\" " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:41 +msgid "Change traceability setting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Return to the product form (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Products`), and switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, change the :guilabel:`Tracking` option " +"from :guilabel:`No Tracking` to :guilabel:`By Lots` or :guilabel:`By Unique " +"Serial Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 +msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:56 +msgid "Restore on-hand quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:58 +msgid "" +"After manually changing the on-hand quantity to zero and changing the " +":guilabel:`Tracking` setting to lots or serial numbers, restore the " +"quantities by clicking the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button from the desired" +" product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:62 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Update Quantity` page, because the on-hand quantity had " +"been previously changed to zero, a :guilabel:`No Stock On Hand` warning " +"appears on the page. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" +"left corner. Doing so reveals a new, modifiable line on the " +":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. Then, input a desired lot number in the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` to its original value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Fill in the \"Lot/Serial Number\" and \"On Hand Quantity\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To find the original quantity, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"accordingly, after assigning a new lot or serial number, click the " +":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon in the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` column. Then, click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` " +"button on the far-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Show the \"History\" button on the Inventory Adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The inventory adjustment that changed the on-hand quantity to zero is " +"displayed in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:0 +msgid "Show the history entry." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "" @@ -6667,6 +6929,12 @@ msgid "" "in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "" @@ -6851,6 +7119,12 @@ msgid "" "tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:197 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" @@ -6859,6 +7133,20 @@ msgid "" " appears." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " +"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:208 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " @@ -7213,6 +7501,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:80 msgid "Create purchase order" msgstr "" @@ -7497,12 +7787,12 @@ msgstr "" "відправнику**. Ви отримаєте новий номер відстеження та нову мітку." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:160 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:161 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" msgstr ":doc:`multipack`" @@ -7704,7 +7994,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:124 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" @@ -7885,8 +8175,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "Create a sales order" msgstr "" @@ -7948,7 +8236,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Print shipping labels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:8 msgid "" "Integrate Odoo with :doc:`third-party shipping carriers " "<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>` to automatically generate " @@ -7956,7 +8244,7 @@ msgid "" "numbers, and barcodes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:15 msgid "" "To generate labels for a third-party shipping carrier, first :doc:`install " "the third-party shipping connector " @@ -7973,36 +8261,83 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set the \"Get Rate and Create Shipment\" option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:33 +msgid "Labels for multi-step" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"For companies using :doc:`two " +"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or :doc:`three step " +"delivery <../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, labels can be " +"triggered to print after validating the picking or packing operation. To do " +"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations " +"Types`, and choose the desired operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Operation Type` configuration page, tick the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` checkbox. Enabling this feature ensures that the " +"third-party shipping label is printed upon validating this operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:45 +msgid "" +"For :doc:`two-step delivery " +"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, where products are " +"placed directly in packages during picking, companies can print shipping " +"labels during picking instead of delivery. Odoo allows users to enable the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` feature on the `Pick` operation itself to achieve " +"this flexibility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:0 +msgid "Enable the \"Print Label\" feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:55 msgid "Print tracking labels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:57 msgid "" -"Tracking labels are generated after the delivery order (DO) is validated." +"Tracking labels are printed when specific operations are validated. By " +"default, validating a delivery order (DO) generates a tracking label in the " +"chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:61 msgid "" -"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin on the " -":menuselection:`Sales app`, and proceed to the desired quotation to " -":ref:`add the shipping cost `, confirm the sales order, and validate the |DO|." +"For companies using two or three step delivery, refer to the :ref:`printing " +"labels for multi-step delivery ` section to learn how to print the label after validating a picking " +"or packing operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin in the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and proceed to the desired quotation or sales " +"order (SO). There, and :ref:`add the shipping cost " +"` to the order. Then, " +"navigate to the linked |DO| — or another operation type when using multi-" +"step delivery — to validate the operation and print the label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:71 msgid "" "If only the *Inventory* app is installed, create :abbr:`DOs (Delivery " -"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app , :ref:`add the " +"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, :ref:`add the " "third-party carrier ` in " "the :guilabel:`Carrier` field, and validate the |DO|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:79 msgid "Add shipping on quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:81 msgid "" "To generate a tracking label for an order, begin by creating a quotation in " ":menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`, clicking " @@ -8014,15 +8349,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the \"Add Shipping\" button on the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:89 msgid "" "In the resulting pop-up window, select the intended carrier from the " -":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. Clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` " -"displays the shipping cost for the customer, via the third-party carrier in " -"the :guilabel:`Cost` field." +":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Total Order " +"Weight` field is automatically populated, based on the :ref:`weight of " +"products in the order `. " +"Modify this field to overwrite the predicted weight, and use this weight to " +"estimate the cost of shipping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Get Rate` to display the shipping cost for the " +"customer, via the third-party carrier in the :guilabel:`Cost` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 msgid "" "If clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` results in an error, ensure the " ":ref:`warehouse's address ` are properly configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:102 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the cost to the quotation, which is listed as " "the :ref:`configured delivery product " @@ -8043,49 +8386,49 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show \"Get rate\" pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:112 msgid "" -"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, the shipping carrier is" -" specified in a delivery order's :guilabel:`Carrier` field of the " -":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." +"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, specify the " +":guilabel:`Carrier` by going to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, " +"navigating to the |DO|, and going to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:0 msgid "Show the \"Additional Info\" tab of a delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:123 msgid "Validate delivery order" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:125 msgid "" "On a delivery order form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab to" " ensure the third-party shipping carrier has been added to the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:129 msgid "" "If the *Sales* app is not installed, the third-party carrier is set in the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:132 msgid "" "After the items in the order have been packed, click :guilabel:`Validate` to" " get the shipping carrier's tracking number, and generate the shipping " "label." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:136 msgid "" "Create or select an existing delivery order by going to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and selecting the :guilabel:`Delivery " "Orders` card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:139 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` number is generated in the " ":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab of the delivery order. Click the " @@ -8093,7 +8436,7 @@ msgid "" "shipping carrier's website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:143 msgid "The tracking label is found in PDF format in the chatter." msgstr "" @@ -8101,14 +8444,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show generated shipping label in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:150 msgid "" "For multi-package shipping, one label is generated per package. Each label " "appears in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:157 msgid "Sample label generated from Odoo's shipping connector with FedEx." msgstr "" @@ -8295,11 +8638,282 @@ msgid "" "create the first backorder." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:3 +msgid "Printable delivery PDFs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automatically print delivery-related PDFs documents and labels in Odoo, " +"containing package recipient details, contents, or handling instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The following PDFs can be configured to print upon validating an *Inventory*" +" operation (e.g. receipt, picking, delivery orders, quality checks):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:11 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery slip `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`Return slip `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:13 +msgid "" +":ref:`Product labels of items in the order " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:14 +msgid "" +":ref:`Lot and serial number labels `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:15 +msgid "Carrier labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:16 +msgid "Export documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:17 +msgid "Package Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:18 +msgid "Package label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To automatically print these forms, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`, and select the desired " +"operation type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick each of the desired options available " +"in the :guilabel:`Print on Validation` section to download the PDF of those " +"selected documents automatically after validating the :guilabel:`Operation " +"Type`. For details on what each of the checkbox options do, jump to the " +"related section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Print on Validation* option in the \"Pick\" *Operation Type*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:36 +msgid "Delivery slip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A *delivery slip* contains recipient and package details, usually placed " +"inside (or attached to) the package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:42 +msgid ":ref:`Picking list `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`Tracking label `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:45 +msgid "" +"After :ref:`enabling the Delivery Slip setting " +"` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " +"configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " +"operation type downloads a PDF of the delivery slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The delivery slip shows products, quantities, the delivery order reference " +"number, and the total order weight." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Example delivery slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:58 +msgid "Return slip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Print a *return slip* to include in a delivery for customer return packages." +" It identifies the return, links to the sales order, and includes item " +"details and customer information. It can also include specific return " +"instructions for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:64 +msgid "" +"After :ref:`enabling the Return Slip setting " +"` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " +"configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " +"operation type downloads a PDF of the return slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The return slip displays the company's return address, along with barcodes " +"for both the order and the return operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Example return slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:77 +msgid "Product labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Print *product labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " +"information, such as product name, barcode, and price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"After navigating to the intended operation type (:menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`), in the :guilabel:`Hardware` " +"tab, tick the :guilabel:`Product Labels` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Print label as:` drop-down menu visible, where" +" each product label can be printed as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`2 x 7 with price`: PDF displays product name, barcode, and price," +" fitting two rows and seven columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 2 x 7 with price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 7 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price, " +"fitting four rows and seven columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 4 x 7 with price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12`: displays product name and barcode. Fits four rows and " +"twelve columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 4 x 12." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price. " +"Fits four rows and twelve columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels`: prints labels in the Zebra Programming Language " +"(ZPL) containing the product name and barcode. Readable for Zebra printers " +"to automatically print labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels with price`: prints labels in the :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " +"Programming Language)` containing the product name, barcode, and price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Product labels can be manually printed from any delivery order, by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Print Labels` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:128 +msgid "Lot/SN Labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Print *lot/SN labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " +"information, such as product name, lot or serial number, and the barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To automatically print this PDF, navigate to the intended operation type's " +"options page (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations" +" Types`). Then, in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick the :guilabel:`Lot/SN " +"Labels` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per lot/SN`: PDF with labels for unique lot/serial " +"numbers in the order, including product name, lot/serial number, and " +"barcode. Fits four rows and twelve columns per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:150 +msgid "Labels for an order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per unit`: PDF with labels matching the quantity of " +"items, displaying the product name, lot/serial number, and barcode. Fits " +"four rows and twelve columns per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per lot/SN`: prints labels in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " +"Programming Language)`, containing the product name, lot/serial number, and " +"barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per unit`: prints labels with the quantity of " +"items in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming Language)`, containing the product " +"name, lot/serial number, and barcode." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "Scheduled delivery dates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 msgid "" "Accurately forecasting delivery dates is vital for fulfilling customer " "expectations. In Odoo, the *Inventory* app allows for comprehensive lead " @@ -8307,11 +8921,11 @@ msgid "" "orders, deliveries, and receptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:15 msgid "Lead time types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:17 msgid "" "Different lead times for different operations can impact various stages of " "the order fulfillment process. Here's a summary of the types of lead times " @@ -8322,66 +8936,85 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show graphic of all lead times working together." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "" -":ref:`Customer lead time `: The default " -"time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is the " -"number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the date " -"the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as *delivery" -" lead time*." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:24 msgid "" -":ref:`Sales security lead time `: " -"moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of days. " -"This serves as a buffer to allow the team ample time to prepare the outgoing" -" shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " -"process." +":ref:`Customer lead time `: " +"default time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is" +" the number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the " +"date the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as " +"*delivery lead time*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:29 msgid "" -":ref:`Purchase lead time `: the number of " -"days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " +":ref:`Sales security lead time `: moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of " +"days. This serves as a buffer to allow ample time to prepare the outgoing " +"shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 +msgid "" +":ref:`Purchase lead time `: number" +" of days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " "products. It provides insight on the time it takes for products to arrive at" " the warehouse, facilitating effective scheduling and planning of supplier " "deliveries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:39 msgid "" -":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` by a " -"specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders earlier " -"mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products that are" -" set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment report* " -"earlier, according to the specified number of days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:40 -msgid "" -":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: the number " -"of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date of " -"confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in Odoo), " -"and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished good." +":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " +"by a specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders " +"earlier mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products " +"that are set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment " +"report* earlier, according to the specified number of days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:45 msgid "" -":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " -"forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with " -":ref:`replenish to order `, the " +":ref:`Days to Purchase `: " +"days needed for the vendor to receive a request for quotation (RFQ) and " +"confirm it. It advances the deadline to schedule a |RFQ| by a specified " +"number of days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:49 +msgid "" +":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: " +"number of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date " +"of confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in " +"Odoo), and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished" +" good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:54 +msgid "" +":ref:`Days to prepare manufacturing order " +"`: number of days " +"needed to replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the " +"product. Either set one directly on the bill of materials (BoM), or click " +"*Compute* to sum up purchase and manufacturing lead times of components in " +"the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:60 +msgid "" +":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing " +"Order)` forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with" +" :ref:`replenish to order `, the " "security lead time makes the need appear earlier on the replenishment " "report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:69 msgid "Sales lead times" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 msgid "" "Customer lead times and sales security lead times can be configured to " "automatically compute an *expected delivery date* on a :abbr:`SO (Sales " @@ -8389,14 +9022,14 @@ msgid "" "setting for shipments from the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:75 msgid "" "Odoo issues a warning message if the set delivery date is earlier than the " "expected date, as it may not be feasible to fulfill the order by that time, " "which would impact other warehouse operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:79 msgid "" "A :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` containing a `Coconut-scented candle` is " "confirmed on July 11th. The product has a customer lead time of 14 days, and" @@ -8409,17 +9042,17 @@ msgid "" "Set *Delivery Date* in a sales order. Enables delivery lead times feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:87 msgid "" "The following sections demonstrate how to automatically compute expected " "delivery dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:90 msgid "Customer lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:92 msgid "" "Set the customer lead time on each product form, by navigating to the " "products page. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> " @@ -8429,7 +9062,7 @@ msgid "" "order from start to finish." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 msgid "" "Set a 14-day customer lead time for the `Coconut-scented candle` by " "navigating to its product form. Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, type" @@ -8440,31 +9073,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set *Customer Lead Time* on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:109 msgid "Sales security lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:111 msgid "" "*Sales security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:114 msgid "" "On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " "heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales`, and " "click the checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. This security lead time is " "a buffer notifying the team to prepare for outgoing shipments earlier than " "the scheduled date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales` to `1.00` day, pushes " "the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of a delivery order (DO) forward by one day. " @@ -8479,11 +9112,11 @@ msgid "" "settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:131 msgid "Deliver several products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:133 msgid "" "For orders that include multiple products with different lead times, the " "lead times can be configured directly from the quotation itself. On a " @@ -8491,7 +9124,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Policy` to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`As soon as possible` to deliver products as soon as they are " "ready. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " @@ -8499,7 +9132,7 @@ msgid "" "products in the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`When all products are ready` to wait to fulfill the entire order " "at once. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " @@ -8511,14 +9144,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show *Shipping Policy* field in the *Other Info* tab of a quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:150 msgid "" "In a quotation containing 2 products, `Yoga mat` and `Resistance band,` the " "products have a lead time of 8 days and 5 days, respectively. Today's date " "is April 2nd." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:153 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Shipping Policy` is set to :guilabel:`As soon as " "possible`, the scheduled delivery date is 5 days from today: April 7th. On " @@ -8526,17 +9159,17 @@ msgid "" " the scheduled date to be 8 days from today: April 10th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:160 msgid "Purchase lead times" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 msgid "" "Automatically determining the dates on which to place orders from suppliers " "can help simplify the procurement process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 msgid "" "Odoo calculates the supplier shipment *receipt date*, and :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` deadline, based on the required date the product is needed" @@ -8545,7 +9178,7 @@ msgid "" "determine the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` deadline." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 msgid "" "This deadline is the date by which the order should be confirmed, in order " "to ensure timely arrival by the expected receipt date." @@ -8556,24 +9189,24 @@ msgid "" "Visualization of PO deadline and receipt date used with vendor lead times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:178 msgid "" ":ref:`PO scheduling with reordering rules " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:181 msgid "Vendor lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:183 msgid "" "To set a vendor lead time for orders arriving in the warehouse from a vendor" " location, begin by navigating to a product form through " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:186 msgid "" "Next, select the desired product, and switch to the :guilabel:`Purchase` " "tab. In the editable vendor pricelist, click the :guilabel:`Add a line` " @@ -8582,14 +9215,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:192 msgid "" "Multiple vendors and lead times can be added to the vendor pricelist. The " "default vendor and lead time selected will be the entry at the top of the " "list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:196 msgid "" "On the vendor pricelist of the product form, the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " "Time` for the selected vendor is set to `10 days.`" @@ -8599,7 +9232,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add delivery lead times to vendor pricelist on a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:203 msgid "" "By setting the vendor lead time, the expected arrival date of the item is " "automatically determined as the date of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " @@ -8608,7 +9241,7 @@ msgid "" "expected timeframe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 msgid "" "On a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` confirmed on July 11th, for a product " "configured with a 10-day vendor lead time, Odoo automatically sets the " @@ -8627,34 +9260,33 @@ msgid "" "Show expected *Scheduled Date* of arrival of the product from the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:225 msgid "Purchase security lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:227 msgid "" "*Purchase security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:230 msgid "" -"On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " -"heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`, and" -" click the checkbox to enable the feature." +"On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " +"heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in supplier " -"deliveries." +"deliveries. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:237 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase` to `2.00` days, " -"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by one day. In that " +"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by two days. In that " "case, if a product is initially scheduled to arrive on April 6th, with a " "two-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the receipt would be " "April 8th." @@ -8666,18 +9298,35 @@ msgid "" "Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 +msgid "Days to purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To set up the *days to purchase* lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Advanced " +"Scheduling` section, in the :guilabel:`Days to Purchase` field, specify the " +"number of days required for the vendor to confirm a |RFQ| after receiving it" +" from the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Show \"Days to Purchase\" configuration in the Settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 msgid "Manufacturing lead times" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:265 msgid "" "Lead times can help simplify the procurement process for consumable " "materials and components used in manufactured products with bills of " -"materials." +"materials (BoMs)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:268 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the deadline to " "begin the manufacturing process to complete the product by the scheduled " @@ -8691,43 +9340,54 @@ msgid "" "times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 msgid "Manufacturing lead time" msgstr "Термін виконання виробництва" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:279 msgid "" -"Configure the manufacturing lead time directly on the product form, by " -"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products`, " -"and select the desired product." +"Manufacturing lead times for products are configured from a product's bill " +"of materials (BoM) form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:281 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product, specify the calendar days " -"needed to the manufacture the product in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead " -"Time` field." +"To add a lead time to a |BoM|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" +" --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM| to edit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:284 msgid "" -"Specify a 14-day :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead Time` for a product directly " -"in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product." +"On the |BoM| form, click the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. Change the value" +" (in days) in the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field to specify the calendar" +" days needed to manufacture the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 -msgid "" -"View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Manuf. Lead Time value specified on a product's Bill of Material form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:292 +msgid "" +"If the selected |BoM| is a multi-level |BoM|, the manufacturing lead times " +"of the components are added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 +msgid "" +"If the |BoM| product is subcontracted, the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` can " +"be used to determine the date at which components should be sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:298 msgid "" "Establish a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, based on the " "*expected delivery date*, indicated in the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field " "of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:301 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field on the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`, is" @@ -8735,31 +9395,32 @@ msgid "" "lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:305 msgid "" "This ensures the manufacturing process begins on time, in order to meet the " "delivery date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:307 msgid "" -"However, it's important to note that lead times are based on calendar days. " -"Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center capacity*" -" (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work center " -"simultaneously`)." +"However, it is important to note that lead times are based on calendar days." +" Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center " +"capacity* (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work " +"center simultaneously`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 -msgid ":ref:`Manufacturing planning `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 msgid "" -":ref:`Configure automatic MO scheduling with reordering rules " -"`" +":doc:`Manufacturing planning <../../../manufacturing/workflows/use_mps>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:313 +msgid "" +":doc:`Schedule MOs with reordering rules " +"<../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 msgid "" "A product's scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " "August 15th. The product requires 14 days to manufacture. So, the latest " @@ -8767,23 +9428,63 @@ msgid "" "date is August 1st." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:324 +msgid "Days to prepare manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Configure the days required to gather components to manufacture a product by" +" going to its |BoM|. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" +" Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:330 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab of the |BoM|, specify the calendar days" +" needed to obtain components of the product in the :guilabel:`Days to " +"prepare Manufacturing Order` field. Doing so creates |MOs| in advance, and " +"ensures there is enough time to either replenish components, or manufacture " +"semi-finished products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Compute`, located next to the :guilabel:`Days to prepare" +" Manufacturing Order` field, calculates the longest lead time among all the " +"components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:339 +msgid "" +"*Purchase security lead times* that impact this specific |BoM| are also " +"added to this value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:343 +msgid "" +"A |BoM| has two components, one has a manufacturing lead time of two days, " +"and the other has a purchase lead time of four days. The :guilabel:`Days to " +"prepare Manufacturing Order` is four days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:350 msgid "Manufacturing security lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:352 msgid "" "*Manufacturing security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the" -" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead " -"Time`, and click the checkbox to enable the feature." +" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security " +"Lead Time`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:356 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in the " -"manufacturing process." +"manufacturing process. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 @@ -8792,7 +9493,7 @@ msgid "" "settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:364 msgid "" "A product has a scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " "set for August 15th. The manufacturing lead time is 7 days, and " @@ -8802,37 +9503,37 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is August 5th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:371 msgid "Global example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:373 msgid "" "See the following example to understand how all the lead times work together" " to ensure timely order fulfillment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:376 msgid "**Sales security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:377 msgid "**Manufacturing security lead time**: 2 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:378 msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**: 3 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:379 msgid "**Purchase security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:380 msgid "**Vendor lead time**: 4 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:382 msgid "" "The customer places an order for a manufactured product on September 1st, " "and the scheduled delivery date from the warehouse is on September 20th. " @@ -8847,24 +9548,24 @@ msgid "" "operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:390 msgid "**September 1st**: Sales order created, confirmed by salesperson." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:392 msgid "" "**September 9th**: Deadline to order components to ensure they arrive in " "time when manufacturing begins (4-day supplier lead time)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:395 msgid "" "**September 13th**: Scheduled date of receipt for components. Initially, it " "was set to 9/14, but the 1-day purchase security lead time pushed the date " "earlier by 1 day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:398 msgid "" "**September 14th**: Deadline to begin manufacturing. Calculated by " "subtracting the manufacturing lead time of 3 days, and the manufacturing " @@ -8872,7 +9573,7 @@ msgid "" "19th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:402 msgid "" "**September 19th**: :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the delivery order form " "indicates the updated expected delivery date, which was originally set as " @@ -8880,7 +9581,7 @@ msgid "" "a day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:406 msgid "" "Odoo's replenishment planning maps a business' order fulfillment process, " "setting pre-determined deadlines and raw material order dates, including " @@ -8921,7 +9622,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings." msgstr "" @@ -9088,475 +9788,536 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in one step" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:11 msgid "" -"By default, incoming shipments are configured to be received directly into " -"stock, and outgoing shipments are configured to be delivered directly from " -"stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one " -"step receipts and deliveries." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " +"process in one step, by default. This means purchases will be received " +"directly into stock, and deliveries will be moved directly from stock to " +"customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:30 msgid "" -"Incoming and outgoing shipments do not need to be configured with the same " -"steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in " -"three steps." +"Incoming and outgoing shipments do **not** need to be configured with the " +"same amount of steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18 msgid "" -"In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and " -"deliveries." +"For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " +"received directly in one step, and delivered in three steps (pick + pack + " +"ship)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20 -msgid "Configure the warehouse" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To configure one-step receipts and deliveries for a warehouse, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and select " +"a warehouse to edit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:27 msgid "" -"If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they" -" can easily be set back to the one step setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`, and click on the desired warehouse to edit. Next, on the " -":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, under the :guilabel:`Shipments` " -"section, select :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)` for " -":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " -"step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)`, and set " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " +"step)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one " -"step." +msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to one-step on warehouse form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Since one-step receipt and delivery is the default for incoming and outgoing" +" shipments in Odoo, the *Multi-Step Routes* feature is *not* required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 +msgid "" +"However, for the :guilabel:`Shipments` settings to appear on a warehouse " +"form, the feature **must** be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick " +"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Doing so also activates the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` " +"feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:50 msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "Отримайте товар безпосередньо (1 крок)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "Create a purchase order" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When products are received in one step, they will move from the vendor " +"location to warehouse stock in the database immediately upon validation of a" +" purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:81 msgid "" -"On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making" -" a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, select (or create) a " -":guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` " -"to finalize the quote as a new purchase order." +"To create a |PO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank :guilabel:`Request for Quotation` (RfQ) " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:61 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " -"the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " -"receipt for the purchase order." +"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Supplier` field. Then, fill out the various " +"fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order." +msgid "Filled out new request for quotation form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 -msgid "Process the receipt" +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the |RfQ|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:94 msgid "" -"When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click " -":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This moves the |RfQ| to the " +":guilabel:`Purchase Order` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once the |PO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears at " +"the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse receipt " +"(WH/IN) form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ " -"(bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon " -"enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows " -"the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n" -"pop-up." +msgid "Receipt smart button on confirmed purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier " -"Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives " -"here, it will be available for manufacturing, sales, etc. Then, the status " -"of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the " -"reception process in one step." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 +msgid "Process receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:84 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " +"the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " +"validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validated warehouse receipt in Done stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Click back to the |PO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" +" the |PO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Received` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:99 msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "Доставка товарів безпосередньо (1 крок)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:101 msgid "" -"Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and " -"make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then select (or create) a " -":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down field, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order." +"When products are delivered in one step, they will move from warehouse stock" +" to the customer location in the database immediately upon validation of a " +"sales order (SO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:156 +msgid "Create sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:158 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " -"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " -"delivery order for the sales order." +"To create a |SO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales app`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank sales quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field. Then, fill out the various" +" fields on the sales quotation form, as necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed." +msgid "Filled out new sales quotation form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:117 msgid "" -"Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." +"Under the :guilabel:`Product` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:120 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:172 -msgid "Process the delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. This moves the quotation to the " +":guilabel:`Sales Order` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 msgid "" -"When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), " -"click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery." +"Once the |SO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears at " +"the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse delivery " +"(WH/OUT) form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the delivery order." +msgid "Delivery smart button on confirmed sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:207 +msgid "Process delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:133 msgid "" -"Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the " -":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers" -" location`. Then, the status of the document will change to " -":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step." +"From the warehouse delivery form, the products ordered by the customer can " +"be delivered from the warehouse. To deliver the products, change the value " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field to match the ordered quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Demand` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once validated, the delivery order " +"moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validated delivery order in Done stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click back to the |SO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" +" the |SO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Delivered` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:229 +msgid ":doc:`shipments_deliveries`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in two steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12 msgid "" -"Depending on a company's business processes, multiple steps may be needed " -"before receiving or shipping products. In the two-step receipt process, " -"products are received in an input area, then transferred to stock. Two-step " -"receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as " -"locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves." +"Depending on a company's needs, receiving and shipping products in and out " +"of the warehouse might require multi-step operations. In Odoo *Inventory*, " +"this can be done using *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the two-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, " +"then transferred to stock. This kind of process for incoming shipments might" +" be beneficial for warehouses with specific storage locations, such as " +"freezers and refrigerators, secured locked areas, or special aisles and " +"shelves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:19 msgid "" "Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and " "employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The " -"products are not available for further processing until they are transferred" -" into stock." +"products are *not* available for further processing, until they are " +"transferred into stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:23 msgid "" -"In the two-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order" -" are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and " -"brought to an output location before being shipped." +"In the two-step delivery process, products are first picked from their " +"respective location in the warehouse, then transferred to an output location" +" before being shipped to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:26 msgid "" -"One situation where this would be useful is when using either a :abbr:`FIFO " -"(First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO " -"(First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, where the products that are " -"being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration " -"date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" -" `, so the settings need to be changed" -" in order to utilize two-step receipts and deliveries. Incoming and outgoing" -" shipments do not need to be set to have the same steps. For example, " -"products can be received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the " -"following example, two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries." +"This might be beneficial for companies using a First In, First Out (FIFO), " +"Last In, First Out (LIFO), or First Expired, First Out (FEFO) removal " +"strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "Configure multi-step routes" +msgid "" +"For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " +"received in two steps (input + stock), and delivered in three steps (pick + " +"pack + ship)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:38 msgid "" -"First, make sure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` option is enabled in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " -":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save` " -"the changes." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " +"process in one step, by default. To change these settings, the *Multi-Step " +"Routes* feature must be enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and " -"deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`, and click on the warehouse to change the warehouse settings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Multi-Step Routes feature in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for" -" :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and " -"then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +"Next, configure a warehouse for two-step receipts and deliveries. Navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and " +"select a warehouse to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)`, " +"and set :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Send goods in output " +"and then deliver (2 steps)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to two-step on warehouse form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:62 msgid "" -"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two " -"steps." +"Selecting two-step receipts and deliveries automatically creates new *Input*" +" and *Output* warehouse locations in the database, named `WH/Input` and " +"`WH/Output`, respectively." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:65 msgid "" -"Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and " -"*output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and " -":guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard." -" To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations`, and select the :guilabel:`Location` to change. On the location " -"form, update the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any other changes (if " -"necessary)." +"To rename or edit these locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Locations`, and select the desired location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:66 -msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the location's form, change the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any " +"other necessary changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:72 +msgid "Process receipt in two steps (input + stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When products are received in two steps, they first move from the vendor " +"location to an input location. Then, they move from the input location to " +"warehouse stock in the database, upon validation of a purchase order (PO), " +"and a subsequent internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, fill out the various " +"fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out new Request for Quotation from vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery smart button for validated purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:105 msgid "" "For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step " -"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase " -"Order)` form may need to be specified as the correct *input location* " -"connected to the two-step warehouse, which can be done by selecting the " -"warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at" -" the end of the name." +"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the |PO| form **must** " +"be specified as the correct *input location* connected to the two-step " +"warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:109 msgid "" -"After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` " -"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` form. " -"Click it to reveal the new receipt (WH/IN) operation." +"This can be done by selecting the warehouse from the drop-down menu that " +"includes the `Receipts` label at the end of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:115 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " +"the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " +"validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage, and the products" +" move to the :guilabel:`WH/Input` location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 -msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." +msgid "Receipt form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Once the purchase order is confirmed, a receipt is generated and ready to " -"process." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:128 +msgid "Process internal transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the " -":guilabel:`Receipts` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " -"dashboard. This reveals a list of all receipts to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` associated with the purchase order, then " -"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to " -":guilabel:`WH/Input`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Receipt form for product move to WH/Input." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:106 -msgid "Process the internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "" "Once the receipt is validated, an internal transfer is created and ready to " "process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:132 msgid "" -"Click back to the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` in the breadcrumbs, and " -"locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." +"To view the internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app`, and locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:135 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to reveal a list of all internal " -"transfers to process, and select the transfer associated with the previously" -" validated receipt." +"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " +"of all internal transfers to process, and select the transfer associated " +"with the previously validated receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:138 msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product " -"from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move " +"the product from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:141 msgid "" -"Once the transfer is validated, the product enters inventory and is " +"Once the transfer is validated, the products enter inventory, and are " "available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock." +msgid "Internal transfer form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:127 -msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:149 +msgid "Process delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:151 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " -":guilabel:`New`. Select (or create) a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:136 -msgid "" -"After confirming the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart " -"button will appear in the top, above the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal the associated " -"receipt." +"When products are delivered in two steps, they move from warehouse stock to " +"an output location. Then, they move from the output location to a customer " +"location in the database, upon validation of a picking order, and a " +"subsequent delivery order (DO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Delivery smart button on sales order form." +msgid "Filled out new sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168 msgid "" -"Sales order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` Kanban card." +"Under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:150 -msgid "Process the picking" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery smart button on validated sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:182 +msgid "Process picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 msgid "" "Once the sales order is confirmed, a picking order is generated and ready to" " process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:186 msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the " -":guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. " -"This reveals a list of all pickings to process." +"To complete the picking, navigate to the :guilabel:`Inventory app`, and " +"locate the :guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " +"dashboard. Alternatively, the picking order can also be accessed via the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:190 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, click the :guilabel:`# To " +"Process` button on the :guilabel:`Pick` task card. This reveals a list of " +"all pickings to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:193 msgid "" "Click on the picking (WH/PICK) operation associated with the sales order to " "reveal the picking order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Check Availability` on the picking order form. If the " -"product is in stock, Odoo automatically reserves the product. Quantities can" -" also be manually set by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " -"column to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Picking order form for products included in sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:200 msgid "" -"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking and move the " -"product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" +"Manually set the quantity by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"column, to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking, and move the" +" product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Once the picking is validated, a delivery order is created, and ready to " +"process. Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button on the sales order " +"form reveals the newly created delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, to view the delivery order, navigate back to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, via the breadcrumbs, and locate the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` task card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " +"of all delivery orders to process, and select the order associated with the " +"previously validated picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Picking operation form moving product to WH/Output." +msgid "Delivery order form for products ordered by customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:222 msgid "" -"Once the picking has been processed, the delivery order is generated, and " -"can be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Navigate back to the original sales order by going to :menuselection:`Sales " -"app`, and selecting the associated sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:179 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button now indicates there are two transfers." -" Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal each transfer tied to" -" this sales order: the completed picking, and the new delivery (WH/OUT) " -"operation. Click the delivery operation to open the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 -msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Delivery operation form moving product to customer location." +"To deliver the products, change the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field " +"to match the ordered quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:3 @@ -9626,6 +10387,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " @@ -9642,6 +10407,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "" @@ -11120,7 +11889,7 @@ msgstr "" "адресу тощо." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo" +msgid "Sendcloud configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5 @@ -11164,16 +11933,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank" " account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping " -"rules or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " -"required." +"rules, or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " +"**required**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:174 msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:39 msgid "" "Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings" " --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse" @@ -11184,7 +11953,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:46 msgid "" "To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` " "is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field " @@ -11228,24 +11997,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:63 msgid "" "Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo" " configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:69 msgid "" "In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo " "Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:72 msgid "" "After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and " @@ -11255,7 +12024,7 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo StealthyWood`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:77 msgid "" "Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the " "shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public " @@ -11266,32 +12035,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:158 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "Налаштування в Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86 -msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To ensure seamless Sendcloud integration with Odoo, :ref:`install " +"` and :ref:`link " +"` the Sendcloud shipping" +" connector to the Sendcloud account. Then, :ref:`configure Odoo fields " +"`, so Sendcloud can " +"accurately pull shipping data to generate labels." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +msgid "Install Sendcloud shipping module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 msgid "" "After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure" -" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " -"search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." +" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " +"search for the `Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:110 msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:112 msgid "" "Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The " @@ -11299,14 +12078,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:116 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once" " on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to " @@ -11314,69 +12093,69 @@ msgid "" "Methods`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 msgid "" "Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this " "shipping method or create a new product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:131 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:146 msgid "" "Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:135 msgid "" "After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the " "shipping products:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:137 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New " "Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping " "products` link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:139 msgid "" "Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries " "and returns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:140 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:143 msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:" msgstr "" @@ -11400,7 +12179,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`" " `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` " @@ -11439,7 +12218,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:169 msgid "" "Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a " "package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured " @@ -11447,20 +12226,64 @@ msgid "" " within 24 hours of creation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using " "test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used " "to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the " "creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment " -"settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`." +"settings can be toggled back and forth from their respective smart buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166 -msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:181 +msgid "Shipping information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 +msgid "" +"To use Sendcloud to generate shipping labels, the following information " +"**must** be filled out accurately and completely in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Customer information**: when creating a quotation, ensure the selected " +":guilabel:`Customer` has a valid phone number, email address, and shipping " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:189 +msgid "" +"To verify, select the :guilabel:`Customer` field to open their contact page." +" Here, add their shipping address in the :guilabel:`Contact` field, along " +"with their :guilabel:`Mobile` number and :guilabel:`Email` address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:193 +msgid "" +"**Product weight**: ensure all products in an order have a specified " +":guilabel:`Weight` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of their product form. " +"Refer to the :ref:`Product weight section " +"` of this article for " +"detailed instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +msgid "" +"**Warehouse address**: ensure the warehouse name and address in Odoo match " +"the :ref:`previously defined warehouse " +"` in the Sendcloud " +"setup. For details on warehouse configuration in Odoo, refer to the " +":ref:`warehouse configuration section " +"` of the third-party " +"shipping documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:204 +msgid "Generate labels with Sendcloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:206 msgid "" "When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud " "shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label " @@ -11468,41 +12291,41 @@ msgid "" "following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:205 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for " "returns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:212 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214 msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 msgid "" "When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the " "configured Sendcloud account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 msgid "Shipment is too heavy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 msgid "" "If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, " "then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need " @@ -11510,7 +12333,7 @@ msgid "" "transfer and generate labels." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping " "methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will " @@ -11518,11 +12341,11 @@ msgid "" "order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 msgid "Personal carrier contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:237 msgid "" "Use custom prices from a direct carrier contract, via CSV upload, by first " "logging into Sendcloud, navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Carriers " @@ -11533,14 +12356,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:245 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Contract prices` section, click :guilabel:`Download " "CSV` and fill out the contract prices in the :guilabel:`price` column of the" " CSV file template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:249 msgid "" "Ensure the CSV file includes the correct prices to avoid any inaccuracies." msgstr "" @@ -11550,23 +12373,23 @@ msgid "" "Show sample contract CSV from Sendcloud, highlighting the price column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:255 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload` the completed CSV file to Sendcloud, then click " ":guilabel:`Save these prices`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:258 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to upload contract prices with carriers " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:262 msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:264 msgid "" "Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight " "of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* " @@ -11574,27 +12397,27 @@ msgid "" "transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:269 msgid "" "Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute" " the volumetric weight." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:273 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:277 msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:279 msgid "" -"First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by " -"the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " +"First, verify that the product being shipped has a weight that is supported " +"by the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " "destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier." " The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the " "carrier." @@ -12995,7 +13818,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:15 msgid "" -":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings `" +":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings " +"`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:17 @@ -15092,7 +15916,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:94 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:160 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is greater than the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **green**. If " @@ -15135,17 +15959,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Applying an inventory adjustment simultaneously creates a :doc:`stock move " +"line (SML) <../reporting/moves_history>` in the *Moves History* report for " +"traceability." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " "specified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:129 msgid "Count products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131 msgid "" "Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is " "complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory " @@ -15153,7 +15984,7 @@ msgid "" "product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135 msgid "" "On each product line, identify whether the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` column recorded in the database matches the newly-counted value. " @@ -15161,7 +15992,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Set` button (target icon) at the far right of the product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:139 msgid "" "Doing so copies the value from the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column over " "to the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and sets the value of the " @@ -15174,7 +16005,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148 msgid "" "If the newly-counted value for a given product does **not** match the value " "in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, instead of " @@ -15182,7 +16013,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152 msgid "" "To do so, click the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column on the " "specific inventory adjustment line for the product whose count is being " @@ -15190,7 +16021,7 @@ msgid "" "`0.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 msgid "" "To change this value, type in a new value that matches the real, newly-" "counted value. Then, click away from the line. Doing so saves the " @@ -15198,7 +16029,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:166 msgid "" "Subsequently, once applied, a move with the difference between the " ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is " @@ -15211,7 +16042,7 @@ msgid "" "moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:174 msgid "" "Sometimes a count occurs, but cannot be applied in the database right away. " "In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, " @@ -15221,11 +16052,11 @@ msgid "" "adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:181 msgid "Change inventory count frequency" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183 msgid "" "By default, the *scheduled date* for inventory adjustments are always " "scheduled for the 31st of December of the current year. However, for some " @@ -15233,7 +16064,7 @@ msgid "" "times. In such cases, the default scheduled date can be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:187 msgid "" "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " @@ -15247,43 +16078,43 @@ msgid "" " setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:195 msgid "" "To change the day, click the :guilabel:`31`, and change it to a day within " "the range `1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:198 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:117 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" "down menu, and select the desired month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:201 msgid "" "Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all " "changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:204 msgid "Plan big inventory counts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:206 msgid "" "To plan big inventory counts, such as a full count of everything currently " "in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->" " Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209 msgid "" "Then, select the desired products to be counted by clicking the checkbox on " "the far left of each product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:213 msgid "" "To request a count of **all** products currently in stock, click the " "checkbox at the very top of the table, in the header row next to the " @@ -15294,7 +16125,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221 msgid "" "Once all desired products have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Request a" " Count` button at the top of the page. This causes a :guilabel:`Request a " @@ -15302,21 +16133,21 @@ msgid "" "information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:225 msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:226 msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" " be accounted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the on-hand quantity of each product line blank," " select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To pre-fill the on-hand quantity of each " @@ -15324,17 +16155,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Set Current Value`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:232 msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 msgid "" "In the Odoo *Barcode* app, users can only view inventory counts that are " "assigned to **them**, and are scheduled for **today** or **earlier**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:239 msgid ":doc:`cycle_counts`" msgstr "" @@ -15343,228 +16174,286 @@ msgid "Create a second warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 msgid "" -"A *warehouse* is a physical building or space where items are stored. In " -"Odoo, it is possible to set up multiple warehouses and transfer stored items" -" between them." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *warehouse* is a physical building or space where " +"items are stored. By default, each Odoo database has one warehouse already " +"pre-configured, with the address set as the company's address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:9 msgid "" -"By default, the Odoo platform has one warehouse that is already configured, " -"with the address set as the company's address. To create a second warehouse," -" select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, then click " -":guilabel:`Create` and configure the form as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:12 -msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code by which the warehouse is " -"referred to; the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is **WH**" +"However, it is possible to set up multiple additional warehouses, and " +"transfer stored items between them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:15 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse; this can be set as" -" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " -"vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:17 -msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The options below will only appear if the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " -"checkbox is enabled in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` under the" -" :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " -"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: select the routes that incoming and" -" outgoing shipments should follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:27 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " -"from this warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:28 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: allow for items to be manufactured in " -"this warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture`: select the route that should be followed when " -"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: check the box to allow for purchased products " -"to be delivered to the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:33 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Resupply From`: select warehouses that can be used to resupply " -"the warehouse being created" +"To create a second warehouse, the *Storage Locations* feature must be " +"enabled. To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, " +"tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and " +":guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "A filled out form for creating a new warehouse." +msgid "" +"Warning pop-up window for creating a second warehouse before enabling " +"Storage Locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:97 msgid "" -"Creating a second warehouse will automatically enable the *Storage " -"Locations* setting, which allows location tracking of products within a " -"warehouse. To toggle this setting, navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings` and click the checkbox under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " -"heading." +"Creating a second warehouse without first enabling the *Storage Locations* " +"feature triggers a :guilabel:`Warning` pop-up window. It indicates creating " +"a second warehouse automatically activates the *Storage Locations* setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:30 +msgid "Create new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:70 msgid "" -"After filling out the form, click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse " -"will be created." +"To create a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens a " +"blank warehouse creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:35 +msgid "Fill out the following fields as necessary:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code used to identify the warehouse," +" i.e. `WH2` (the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is `WH`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse. This can be set as" +" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " +"vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located. By default," +" this is set to the company's address in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Filled out warehouse name and address settings on warehouse creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:49 -msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, configure the warehouse's" +" main workflow in the :guilabel:`Shipments` section, and set available " +"replenishment methods in the :guilabel:`Resupply` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:54 msgid "" -"If a new warehouse is created that has existing inventory in it, the " -"inventory counts should be added to Odoo so that the stock listed in the " -"Odoo database reflects what is in the physical warehouse. To add inventory " -"to a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations -->" -" Inventory Adjustments`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`. The inventory " -"adjustment form can then be filled out as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:57 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: the name or code that the inventory " -"adjustment can be referred to by" +"The :guilabel:`Shipments` and :guilabel:`Resupply` sections only appear if " +"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` checkbox is enabled in " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " +"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Locations`: the location(s) where the inventory is stored; " -"include the new warehouse and any locations within it that inventory will be" -" added to" +"In the :guilabel:`Shipments` section, choose between one, two, or three-step" +" processes for both incoming and outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:61 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Products`: include all products that will be added to inventory " -"or leave blank to select any product during the next step" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:62 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Resupply` section, edit the following settings:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:64 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Include Exhausted Products`: include products with a quantity of " -"zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they " -"have no existing inventory" +":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractors`: enable this feature to coordinate with " +"vendors, and have components dropshipped directly to subcontractors for " +"manufacturing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:66 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date used by accounting teams for " -"bookkeeping related to the inventory" +":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " +"with goods from this warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:68 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the inventory; can be set as the " -"user's company or as a customer or vendor" +":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: when products are manufactured, they " +"can be delivered to this warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Counted Quantities`: choose whether the counted quantities for " -"products being added should default to stock on hand or zero; does not " -"affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing " -"inventory" +":guilabel:`Manufacture`: the route that should be followed when " +"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse. Choose from one, two, and three-" +"step production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: when products are purchased, they can be " +"delivered to this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resupply From`: Check the box next to the other warehouses from " +"which this warehouse can replenish products. If the current warehouse does " +"not have the stock, it can also pull products from these selected warehouses" +" in the database. Automatic resupply routes will be created accordingly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "A filled out form for an inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:77 msgid "" -"Once the form is properly configured, click on :guilabel:`Start Inventory` " -"to be taken to the next page where products can be added to the inventory " -"adjustment. Add a new product by clicking on :guilabel:`Create` and then " -"fill out the product line as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:81 -msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory" +"Filled out Warehouse Configuration tab settings on warehouse creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:82 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " -"the new warehouse; this can be set as the overall warehouse or a location " -"within the warehouse" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new warehouse's settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:84 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " -"serial number used to identify it" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:85 +msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:87 msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Hand`: the total quantity of the product stored in the " -"location for which inventory is being adjusted; this should be zero for a " -"new location or warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:88 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Counted`: the amount of the product that is being added to " -"inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:89 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the *On Hand* and *Counted* " -"values; this will automatically update to reflect the value entered in the " -":guilabel:`Counted` column" +"If a new warehouse is created to represent a real-world storage location " +"with existing stock, update the warehouse's stock using an inventory " +"adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:91 -msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for counting the product" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`count_products`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "Include a line for each product being added to inventory." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To perform an inventory adjustment, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Operations --> Physical Inventory`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing" +" so adds a new line at the bottom of the list of inventory adjustments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:97 +msgid "Configure the line by filling out the following fields as necessary:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:99 msgid "" -"After adding all the products already stored in the new warehouse, click " -":guilabel:`Validate Inventory` to complete the inventory adjustment. The " -"values in the :guilabel:`On Hand` column will update to reflect those in the" -" :guilabel:`Counted` column and the products added will appear in the " -"inventory of the new warehouse." +":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " +"the new warehouse. This can be set as the overall warehouse, or a location " +"within the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " +"serial number used to identify it, if the product is tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the total quantity of the product stored in " +"the location for which inventory is being adjusted. For a new warehouse or " +"location where a count or a prior inventory adjustment has not taken place, " +"this should be set to `0.00`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure (UoM) used for counting the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: the amount of the product being added to " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the on-hand and counted " +"quantities. This automatically updates to reflect the value entered in the " +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date selected for the next inventory count " +"for this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`User`: the user who recorded the inventory adjustment in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out inventory adjustment line for product in new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once each line for the products being added to the new warehouse is " +"configured, click :guilabel:`Apply` on each line to apply the new inventory " +"counts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The values in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column update to reflect " +"those in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and the products added " +"appear in the new warehouse's stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:125 +msgid "" +"If products tracked using a lot number or serial number are added without " +"specifying the tracking number, a :guilabel:`Tracked Products in Inventory " +"Adjustment` pop-up window appears upon clicking :guilabel:`Apply` on that " +"product's line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The pop-up indicates tracked products were added, but the lots/serial " +"numbers were not defined. To apply the adjustment without the numbers, click" +" :guilabel:`Apply`. To add the numbers before applying, click " +":guilabel:`Discard`, and add the numbers. Then, once ready, click " +":guilabel:`Apply` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:0 +msgid "Tracked Products in Inventory Adjustment pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`warehouses_locations`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:3 @@ -15757,10 +16646,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once all necessary changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123 -msgid ":doc:`count_products`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`use_locations`" msgstr "" @@ -15873,46 +16758,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Scrap inventory" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:8 msgid "" -"In some cases, a product in inventory may be damaged or found to be " -"defective. If it is not possible to repair or return the product, Odoo " -"*Inventory* allows users to scrap it, ensuring that usable inventory counts " -"remain accurate." +"Sometimes, products in a company's warehouse stock might be found to be " +"damaged or defective, past the point of being reparable. If it is not " +"possible to repair the product, or return the product to a vendor, it can be" +" scrapped." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:12 msgid "" -"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " -"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." +"Odoo *Inventory* allows users to scrap inventory, designating goods or " +"materials that are no longer usable or sellable for disposal (or recycling)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:15 msgid "" -"To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`. Remove the " -":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display " -"virtual locations. Finally, select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` " -"location." +"Scrapping inventory in a database helps stock counts remain accurate, by " +"removing scrapped products from physical inventory, and placing it in a " +"virtual scrap location (*Virtual Locations/Scrap*)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:19 msgid "" -"By default, scrapping a product removes it from physical inventory, and " -"places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual Locations/Scrap*. A virtual " -"location is **not** a physical space, but rather a designation in Odoo that " -"is used to track items that are no longer in physical inventory." +"*Virtual locations* in Odoo are **not** real, physical spaces in a " +"warehouse. Rather, they are designated locations in a database that provide " +"tracking of items that shouldn't be counted in a physical inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:68 -msgid "Learn more" -msgstr "Дізнатися більше" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:25 msgid "" "For more information about virtual locations, see the documentation about " "the different types of :ref:`locations " @@ -15920,119 +16794,174 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:29 -msgid "Scrap from stock" +msgid "" +"To use locations in warehouse, including a virtual scrap location, the " +"*Storage Locations* feature must first be enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:32 msgid "" -"To scrap a product located in inventory, begin by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Scrap`. On the :guilabel:`Scrap" -" Orders` page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new scrap order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:35 -msgid "" -"On the scrap order, select the product being scrapped from the " -":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` field. The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the " -"location where the product is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` " -"defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be " -"changed by selecting a different location from their respective drop-down " -"menus." +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Tick the " +"checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` to enable the feature, and " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "A new scrap order." +msgid "Enabled Storage Locations setting in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:41 +msgid "Scrap from stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:43 msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to scrap the product. The on-hand " -"inventory count for the scrapped product updates to subtract the scrapped " -"quantity." +"To create a new scrap order (SP) for an in-stock product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Scrap`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a new |SP| form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:49 -msgid "Scrap from a receipt, transfer, or delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:46 msgid "" -"It is also possible to scrap products during the receipt, transfer, and " -"delivery operations. This can be necessary if any products are found to be " -"defective when receiving them into inventory, transferring them from one " -"location to another, or preparing them for delivery." +"Click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and select the " +"product that should be scrapped from inventory. In the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"field, change the value to the quantity of the product that should be " +"scrapped (by default, this value is set to `1.00`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To scrap a product during the receipt, transfer, or delivery operations, " -"begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app. On the " -":guilabel:`Overview` page, select the :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the" -" :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`, or " -":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, depending on the type of operation the " -"product is being scrapped from." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out new scrap order form with product details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:54 msgid "" -"For the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card to appear on the " -":menuselection:`Overview` page of the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, the " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next " -"to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading." +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " +"is currently stored. The :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to the " +"designated scrap location (:guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`). Either of " +"these locations can be changed by selecting a different location from their " +"respective drop-down menus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If the scrapping is tied to a specific existing operation, specify the " +"operation in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company` field displays the company whose warehouse this " +"product belongs to. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " +"scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:66 msgid "" -"Alternatively, a list of all delivery orders, receipts, and transfers can be" -" viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> " -"Transfers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Next, open a delivery order, receipt, or transfer from the corresponding " -"page by clicking on it. A :guilabel:`Scrap` button appears at the top of the" -" page. Click it to open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the new |SP|. Once " +"validated, a :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button appears at the top of " +"the form. Click the smart button to view the details of the scrap operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "The scrap pop-up in the Inventory app." +msgid "Product Moves smart button on new scrap order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:75 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Scrap` button will only appear on a receipt that has been " -"validated. This is because Odoo only allows products to be scrapped once " -"they have been entered into inventory." +"To view the all-time total quantities of scrapped items, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Click the " +":guilabel:`x (remove)` button on the :guilabel:`Internal` filter in the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar, to display virtual locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window, select the product being scrapped " -"from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Then, enter the quantity in the" -" :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +"Select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` location. From the " +":guilabel:`Scrap` location's form, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` smart" +" button, at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " -"is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual" -" Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be changed by selecting a " -"different location from their respective drop-down menus." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:82 +msgid "A list of all scrapped products, and their quantities, is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:0 +msgid "Current Stock list of all scrapped products in virtual scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:89 +msgid "Scrap from an existing operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:91 msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the product. After doing so, the " -":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window disappears and a :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " -"button appears in the top right of the page. Click it to view all of the " -"scrap orders created from that operation." +"Scrap orders (SPs) can *also* be created from existing operations, such as " +"receipts, delivery orders, and internal transfers, before they are entered " +"into, or removed from, stock for an operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To scrap a product during an operation, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview`, " +"click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on an operation's task card (i.e. " +"the :guilabel:`Receipts` task card)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "The Scraps smart button." +msgid "# To Process button on Receipts task card on Inventory Overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, select an operation to process from the resulting list of existing " +"orders. Doing so opens that operation's form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon, and select " +":guilabel:`Scrap` from the resulting drop-down menu. This opens a " +":guilabel:`Scrap Products` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Scrap Products pop-up window on operation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:113 +msgid "" +"From this pop-up window, click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product`" +" field, and select the products from the operation that should be scrapped. " +"Adjust the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Product` selected is tracked using a lot or serial number," +" a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial` field appears. Specify the tracking number in that" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` and :guilabel:`Scrap Location` can be " +"changed, if needed. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " +"scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Scrap Products`. A :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " +"button appears at the top of the operation form. Click this smart button to " +"view the details of all scrap orders created from this specific operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Scraps smart button showing all scrap orders from operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:3 @@ -16041,126 +16970,220 @@ msgstr "Розташування" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:5 msgid "" -"A *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. This can be a shelf, " -"room, aisle, etc. There are three types of locations in Odoo:" +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. " +"This can be a shelf, room, aisle, rack, bin, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:8 msgid "" -"*Physical locations* are spaces within a warehouse owned by the user's " -"company. These can be a an area where items are stored like an aisle or " -"shelf, or an area where operations take place, like loading and unloading " -"bays." +"There are also external and virtual locations. For example, customer " +"locations, and locations specifically designated as \"virtual\", instead of " +"real, physical locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:11 msgid "" -"*Partner locations* are the same as physical locations except that they " -"exist within the warehouse of a customer or vendor." +"Locations allow for the storage of products in designated areas of the " +"warehouse, to help track inventory accurately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:17 msgid "" -"*Virtual locations* are locations that do not exist physically, but where " -"items that are not in inventory can be placed. These can be items that have " -"not yet entered inventory, like products that are on the way to a warehouse," -" or items that are no longer in inventory due to loss or other factors." +"To specify storage locations, the *Storage Locations* setting must be " +"enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"section. Tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` to enable " +"the feature, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In order to use locations, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be" -" enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, and enable " -"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:24 -msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Storage Location setting in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:26 msgid "" -"Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations --> Create`. The new location " -"form can then be configured as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location Name`: the name that will be used to reference the " -"location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:30 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Parent Location`: the location or warehouse that the new location" -" exists within" +"Once the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is enabled, two additional " +"internal link options appear below it: :guilabel:`Locations` and " +":guilabel:`Putaway Rules`. Click :guilabel:`Locations` to open a list of all" +" existing locations in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location Type`: choose the category that the location belongs to" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse that the location " -"is inside of" +msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:104 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: check this box to allow for " -"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: check this box to allow products to be " -"returned to this location" +"To create a new location inside a warehouse, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Doing so " +"opens a list of all existing locations. Click :guilabel:`New` to open a new " +"location creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:37 -msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode number assigned to the location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:108 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Removal Strategy`: the :doc:`strategy <../removal_strategies>` " -"for how items should be taken from inventory" +"In the :guilabel:`Location Name` field, assign a name for the new location. " +"In the :guilabel:`Parent Location` field, assign the location that this new " +"location exists in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 -msgid "The form for creating a new location." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:41 +msgid "" +"A new location `Gate 1` is created. Its parent location is `Dispatch Zone`. " +"In the :guilabel:`Parent Location` for `Gate 1`, select `Dispatch Zone`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:48 -msgid "Create location hierarchies" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, fill out the necessary " +"details for the new location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Location Type` field, select which type of location this " +"is. There are seven different types of locations to choose from:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:50 msgid "" -"The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" -" to exist within a warehouse or another location. Every location can serve " -"as a parent location, and every parent location can have multiple locations " -"within it, allowing for the creation of a virtually infinite hierarchical " -"structure." +":guilabel:`Vendor Location`: virtual location representing the source " +"location for products coming from vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:52 msgid "" -"Location hierarchy could be organized so that a shelf is located within an " -"aisle, which is located within a room, which is located within the overall " -"warehouse." +":guilabel:`View`: virtual location used to create a hierarchical structure " +"for a warehouse; aggregates its child locations. **Should not directly " +"contain products**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`Internal Location`: physical location inside a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:55 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer Location`: virtual location representing the destination" +" location for products sent to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Inventory Loss`: virtual location serving as a counterpart for " +"inventory operations. Used to correct stock levels of physical inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:59 msgid "" -"To create the location hierarchy in the example above, set the warehouse as " -"the parent of the room, the room as the parent of the aisle, and the aisle " -"as the parent of the shelf. This can be adapted to a hierarchy of any " -"magnitude." +":guilabel:`Production`: virtual counterpart location for production " +"operations. This location consumes components and produces finished " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transit Location`: counterpart location that should be used in " +"inter-company or inter-warehouse operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Additional Information section of new location creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Configure the remaining fields in the :guilabel:`Additional Information` " +"section as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose warehouse the location is inside of. " +"Leave this field blank if this location is shared between companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow for " +"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow products to " +"be returned to this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode assigned to the location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Replenish Location`: tick this checkbox to get all quantities to " +"replenish at this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Cyclic Counting` section, change the value in the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field from the default `0`, if " +"necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Cyclic Counting section of new location creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When different than `0`, the inventory count dates for products stored at " +"this location are automatically set at the defined frequency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:90 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, in the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` " +"field, click the drop-down menu and select the :doc:`removal strategy " +"<../removal_strategies>` for how items should be removed from this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:97 +msgid "Create location hierarchies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" +" to exist within a warehouse, or below another location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Every location can serve as a parent location, and every parent location can" +" have multiple locations within it, allowing for the creation of a " +"hierarchical structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Location hierarchy could be organized so that a small refrigerator is " +"located on a specific shelf, which is located in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Location hierarchy of small refrigerator, on a shelf in a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To create the location hierarchy in the example above (`WH/Stock/Shelf " +"2/Small Refrigerator`), set the warehouse stock as the parent of the shelf, " +"and the shelf as the parent of the small refrigerator. This can be adapted " +"to a hierarchy of any magnitude." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:5 @@ -16903,6 +17926,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 +msgid "Process the receipt" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99 msgid "" "Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for " @@ -17000,147 +18027,160 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations" +msgid "Manage warehouses and locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:9 msgid "Warehouse" msgstr "Склад" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:15 msgid "" -"In Odoo, a *warehouse* is the actual building/place in which a company's " -"items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user " -"can create moves between warehouses." +"Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo, and stock moves can be created " +"between warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:22 msgid "" -"A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a " -"sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). " -"Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible " -"to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can " -"be configured as needed under one warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:24 -msgid "There are three types of locations:" +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. " +"This can be a shelf, room, aisle, rack, bin, etc. Locations allow for the " +"storage of products in designated areas of the warehouse, to help track " +"inventory accurately." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:26 msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading " -"areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc." +"A location is only part of *one* warehouse, and can **not** be linked to " +"multiple warehouses. As many locations can be configured as needed under one" +" warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:29 +msgid "There are three types of locations in Odoo *Inventory*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:31 msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only " -"difference being that they are not owned by the user's company." +"**Physical Locations**: internal locations within a single warehouse owned " +"by the company. This can include shipping and loading docks, aisles, " +"shelves, storage areas, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:33 msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory " -"Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse " -"(**Procurements**)." +"**Partner Locations**: external locations, such as designated spaces in a " +"customer or vendor's warehouse. They are similar to physical locations, but " +"they are **not** owned by the user's company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:36 msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be " -"structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the " -"organization of the warehouses." +"**Virtual Locations**: this type of location does not exist as a physical " +"space, but products can be \"stored\" here when they are not physically in " +"an inventory yet. *Inventory Loss* and *Procurements* are examples of " +"virtual locations, for products that are lost or in transit to the " +"warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:41 msgid "" -"To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" -" enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"Every location within a warehouse can serve as a parent location, and every " +"parent location can have multiple locations within it, allowing for the " +"creation of a hierarchical structure. This allows for more detailed levels " +"of analysis of the stock operations and the organization of the warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:48 +msgid "" +"For companies with one warehouse, no additional settings are required to " +"activate before editing the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:51 +msgid "" +"For companies with multiple warehouses, and to create locations within a " +"warehouse, the *Storage Locations* feature must be enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:54 msgid "" -"To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable " -":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check " -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes`." +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Tick the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox to enable the feature, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:58 -msgid "Create a new warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " -"Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Storage Locations feature enabled in the Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:63 msgid "" -"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. " -"The short name is five characters maximum." +"To manage warehouse *routes*, such as two-and-three-step receipts and " +"deliveries, enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature from the *Inventory* app " +"settings, as well. For more on routes, see :doc:`use_routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:68 +msgid "Create a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Begin by assigning a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name`, and a :guilabel:`Short " +"Name`. The :guilabel:`Short Name` field is limited to a **five** character " +"maximum." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." +msgid "New warehouse creation form name configuration fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:81 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse " -"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first " -"letters of location]\"." +"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like `WH/[first " +"letters of location]`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:84 msgid "" -"Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations " -"related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently " -"created warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the " -":guilabel:`Locations` setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:85 -msgid "Create a new location" +"For example, a warehouse named `Warehouse #2` might have the " +":guilabel:`Short Name` `WH2` (the short name for the default warehouse in " +"Odoo is `WH`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:87 msgid "" -"To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " -"Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +"Once the warehouse is created, navigate back to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard. New operations for the newly created " +"warehouse are automatically generated there." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:90 msgid "" -"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`" -" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +"For more on creating new warehouses, see :doc:`create_a_second_warehouse`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." +msgid "" +"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfers for the new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:102 +msgid "Create a new location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:111 +msgid "For more on locations, see :doc:`use_locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "New warehouse location creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 msgid "Inventory valuation" msgstr "" @@ -17481,7 +18521,7 @@ msgid "" "The Inventory Valuation fields are located on the Product Categories form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 msgid "" "Alternatively, automated inventory valuation is an integrated valuation " "method that updates the inventory value in real-time by creating journal " @@ -17489,7 +18529,7 @@ msgid "" "company's inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:26 msgid "" "Automated inventory valuation is a method recommended for expert " "accountants, given the extra steps involved in journal entry configuration. " @@ -17498,118 +18538,104 @@ msgid "" "basis depending on the needs and priorities of the business." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 msgid "Types of accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 msgid "" "Accounting entries will depend on the accounting mode: *Continental* or " "*Anglo-Saxon*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39 msgid "" "Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and " -"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Then, in the search bar, look for :guilabel:`Anglo-Saxon Accounting`, to see" +" if the feature is enabled. If it is **not** enabled, Continental accounting" +" mode is in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the Anglo-Saxon accounting mode feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 msgid "" "In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported " "when products are sold or delivered. This means that the cost of a good is " -"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. " -"*Interim Stock Accounts* are used for the input and output accounts, and are" -" both *Asset Accounts* in the balance sheet." +"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. So " +"for **manual** valuation method, set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to " +"`Stock Valuation` for the current asset type; for **automatic** valuation " +"method, set the the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to an *Expenses* or a *Cost " +"of Revenue* type (e.g. `Cost of Production`, `Cost of Goods Sold`, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 msgid "" "In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a " -"product is received into stock. Additionally, a single *Expense* account is " -"used for both input and output accounts in the balance sheet." +"product is received into stock. Because of this, the :guilabel:`Expense " +"Account` can be set to **either** *Expenses* or a *Cost of Revenue* type, " +"however, it is more commonly set to an *Expenses* account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 -msgid "Costing methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 msgid "" -"Below are the three costing methods that can be used in Odoo for inventory " -"valuation." +":ref:`Details about configuring Expense and Stock accounts " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Standard Price**: is the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the " -"product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used to " -"compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " -"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Average Cost (AVCO)**: calculates the valuation of a product based on the " -"average cost of that product, divided by the total number of available stock" -" on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and " -"constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**First In First Out (FIFO)**: tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing " -"items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to change the " -"valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the next good " -"sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next inventory " -"lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based on the " -"valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most accurate " -"inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it's highly " -"sensitive to input data and human error." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It's highly" -" recommended to consult an accountant first before making any adjustments " -"here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:78 -msgid "Configure automated inventory valuation in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:67 msgid "" "Make changes to inventory valuation options by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and " -"choose the category/categories where the automated valuation method should " -"apply." +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. In " +"the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` section, select the desired " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:72 msgid "" "It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product " "categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` heading are two labels: " -":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`. Pick the " -"desired :guilabel:`Costing Method` using the drop-down menu (e.g. " -":guilabel:`Standard`, :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`, or :guilabel:`First " -"In First Out (FIFO)`) and switch the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to " -":guilabel:`Automated`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 +msgid "Show inventory valuation configuration options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 -msgid "" -":ref:`Using the inventory " -"valuation`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +msgid "Costing method" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +msgid "" +"From the product category's configuration page, choose the desired " +":guilabel:`Costing Method`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Standard Price`: the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of " +"the product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used " +"to compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " +"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`: calculates the valuation of a product based" +" on the average cost of that product, divided by the total number of " +"available stock on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is " +"*dynamic*, and constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " "Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " @@ -17620,7 +18646,30 @@ msgid "" "validated purchase orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`: tracks the costs of incoming and " +"outgoing items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to " +"change the valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the " +"next good sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next " +"inventory lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based " +"on the valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most " +"accurate inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it is" +" highly sensitive to input data and human error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It is " +"highly recommended to consult an accountant first before making any " +"adjustments here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`using_inventory_valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " "that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " @@ -17631,21 +18680,122 @@ msgid "" "*Inventory Valuation* report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 msgid "" -"On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " -"appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " -"inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" +"Inventory valuation in Odoo can be set to be updated manually or " +"automatically. While *Expense* accounts apply to both, the *Stock Input* and" +" *Stock Output* accounts are only used for automated valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Refer to the :ref:`Expense ` and " +":ref:`Stock input/output ` sections for " +"details on configuring each account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +msgid "Expense account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To configure the *expense account*, go to the :guilabel:`Account Properties`" +" section of the intended product category (:menuselection:`Inventory app -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`). Then, choose an existing account " +"from the :guilabel:`Expense Account` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +msgid "" +"To ensure the chosen account is the correct :guilabel:`Type,` click the " +"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account. Then, set the account type " +"based on the information below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177 +msgid "Automated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +msgid "" +"In Anglo-Saxon accounting for automated inventory valuation, set the " +":guilabel:`Expense Account` to the `Expenses` account. Then, click the " +"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, choose :guilabel:`Expenses` or :guilabel:`Cost of " +"Revenue` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show **Expense Account** field, and external link icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To configure the :guilabel:`Expense Account`, choose :guilabel:`Stock " +"Valuation` from the field's drop-down menu. Verify the account's type by " +"clicking the |right arrow| icon, and then ensure the :guilabel:`Type` is " +":guilabel:`Current Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the **Expense Account** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +msgid "Continental" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to the :guilabel:`Expenses` or " +":guilabel:`Cost of Revenue` account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:190 +msgid "Stock input/output (automated only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:192 +msgid "" +"To configure the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and :guilabel:`Stock Output" +" Account`, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product" +" Categories` and select the desired product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field, select :guilabel:`Automated`. " +"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` section appear. " +"These accounts are defined as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " "products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: accounting journal where entries are " +"automatically posted when a product's inventory valuation changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -17654,7 +18804,7 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:207 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -17663,11 +18813,57 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:124 -msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:216 +msgid "" +"In Anglo-Saxon accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to *different* :guilabel:`Current " +"Assets` accounts. This way, delivering products and invoicing the customer " +"balance the *Stock Output* account, while receiving products and billing " +"vendors balance the *Stock Input* account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +msgid "" +"To modify the account type, go to the click the |right arrow| icon to the " +"right of the stock input/output account. In the pop-up window, choose " +":guilabel:`Current Assets` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Display account setup page, highlighting the **Type** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +msgid "" +"The *Stock Input* account is set to `Stock Interim (Received)`, a *Current " +"Asset* account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 +msgid "" +"In Continental accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to **the same** :guilabel:`Current " +"Assets` account. That way, one account can be balanced when items are bought" +" and sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:239 +msgid "" +"The stock input and output accounts are both set to `Stock Interim " +"(Received)`, a :guilabel:`Current Assets` account type. They can also be set" +" to the `Stock Interim (Delivered)`, as long as the input and output " +"accounts are assigned to the **same** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the Stock Input and Output accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 +msgid "Inventory valuation reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." " At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " @@ -17676,14 +18872,18 @@ msgid "" " at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 msgid "" "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " "all of the inventory on hand is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 msgid "" "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " "Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " @@ -17730,9 +18930,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 -msgid "" -":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " -"`" +msgid ":doc:`Set up inventory valuation `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:26 @@ -18181,10 +19379,6 @@ msgid "" "& Serial Numbers` to enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:115 msgid "" "Next, ensure the intended product is tracked by lots or serial numbers by " @@ -18199,7 +19393,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "After enabling the features, assign lot or serial numbers to products using " "an :doc:`inventory adjustment ` or " -"during :ref:`product reception `." +"during :ref:`product reception `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:126 @@ -19048,6 +20242,956 @@ msgid "" "The detailed operations shows which lots are being selected for the picking." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory aging report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The inventory aging report evaluates all items in stock, providing insights " +"into potentially sunken purchase costs and delays in profitability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Create customized pivot tables to analyze product, operation types, month, " +"or company breakdowns. This helps identify products in stock that are at " +"risk of passing their expiration or viability dates, or instances of " +"rot/decay for fast-expiring items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The *Reporting* menu in *Inventory* is only accessible to users with " +":doc:`admin access <../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To access the inventory aging report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Reporting --> Inventory Aging`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:24 +msgid "Navigate the inventory aging report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report displays a pivot table, " +"with the month in columns, and product category in rows. The default " +"filters, :guilabel:`Incoming` and :guilabel:`Has Remaining Qty`, show only " +"products from receipts, and are currently in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining Qty` displays the number of on-hand items, and " +":guilabel:`Remaining Value` displays the total cost of purchasing these " +"items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in each column " +"or row reveals options to expand the pivot table and show a detailed " +"breakdown of the :guilabel:`Remaining Qty` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` " +"by :guilabel:`Product`, :guilabel:`Product Category`, :guilabel:`Date`, or " +":guilabel:`Company`. Clicking the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` " +":guilabel:`(minus)` icon collapses it back to its previous state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:43 +msgid "Inventory aging report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Inventory aging report, showing each **Product** in rows and each reception " +"**Date** in columns, to better monitor products with fast expiration dates. " +"Each row shows the the total on-hand quantity and inventory valuation of " +"items purchased on each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Records in the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report are *stock valuation " +"layers* (SVLs), representing product moves that impact stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Inventory adjustments do **not** create |SVLs|; only items purchased from " +"vendors do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:71 +msgid "Generate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After learning how to :ref:`navigate the inventory aging report " +"`, it can be used to create and " +"share different reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Aging` report are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:63 +msgid "Rotating stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To create a report to identify items that have been in stock for a while, " +"follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Aging`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` " +":guilabel:`(caret down)` icon in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to see a " +"drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and " +":guilabel:`Favorite` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Product` under the :guilabel:`Group By` section. Doing so " +"expands the pivot table to show a product in each row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to the left of the " +"date column. Hover over :guilabel:`Date` from the drop-down menu and choose " +":guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, :guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +"or :guilabel:`Day`. Doing so expands the columns to show the " +":guilabel:`Remaining Qty` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` by the selected " +"time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For products that have a longer shelf life, choose longer time periods such " +"as :guilabel:`Month` or :guilabel:`Quarter` when expanding columns by " +":guilabel:`Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 +msgid "Pivot table, highlighting the plus icon to expand columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The report now displays the on-hand stock of items, and their total " +"purchasing cost, for each time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Inventory aging report, with the :guilabel:`Group By`: :guilabel:`Product` " +"option selected, and with the :guilabel:`Date` column set to " +":guilabel:`Day`. It gives insight into how much raw fish sashimi products " +"were purchased on each day, and how much it cost. This informs the business " +"owners how much stock is at risk of rotting in stock, per day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 +msgid "Inventory aging report, showing product row items and day columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:3 +msgid "Locations dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The *Locations* dashboard in the *Inventory* application provides an " +"overview of on-hand storage locations for company products. Use this report " +"to see where stock is stored, identify :ref:`misplaced items " +"`, or view past inventory to see " +"product locations on specific dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To access the locations report, the *Storage Locations* feature must be " +"enabled. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and click :guilabel:`Save`. Then, access the " +"locations dashboard by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:24 +msgid "Navigate the locations dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard lists all on-hand products " +"in stock (in the :guilabel:`Product` column), along with the following " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: current storage location. If a product is stored at " +"`Shelf 1` and `Shelf 2`, the product is listed twice, showing quantities at " +"each location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Package`: the package that the product is stored in, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: if the product has a lot or serial number, it" +" is specified here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: current quantity of products. Click the " +":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand " +"quantity <../inventory_management/count_products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reserved Quantity`: on-hand quantity reserved for operations, " +"such as pickings, delivery orders, or manufacturings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: the unit of measure of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Click the buttons to the right of each row item to access additional " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:42 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the" +" product, displaying information about the quantity and description of why " +"the product was moved from one location to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:47 +msgid "" +"View what the product is reserved for, by clicking the :icon:`fa-history` " +":guilabel:`History` button on the far-right of the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Moves History` page, remove the :icon:`fa-filter` " +":guilabel:`Done` filter. Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar to reveal filter options, and select the " +":guilabel:`To Do` filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Display *Moves History* page of to-do deliveries that reserved the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:58 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering " +"rules <../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>` " +"page to replenish products at the specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In the upper-left corner of the page, click the the :guilabel:`New` button " +"to make an :doc:`inventory adjustment " +"<../inventory_management/count_products>` to record quantities of a certain " +"product at a specific :guilabel:`Location`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To view products, quantities, and their locations for a specified date, " +"click the :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button (also located in the upper-" +"left corner of the page). Select a date and time in the :guilabel:`Inventory" +" at Date` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After learning how to :ref:`navigate the locations dashboard " +"`, it can be used to create " +"and share different reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Locations` " +"dashboard are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:81 +msgid "Dead stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To get list of expired items, also referred to as *dead stock*, follow these" +" steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:143 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to" +" reveal a drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and " +":guilabel:`Favorite` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts` " +"option under the :guilabel:`Filters` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:91 +msgid "The report now displays a list of expired products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:94 +msgid "" +"This report can also be generated from the :ref:`Lot and Serials Numbers " +"` page, accessed by going to" +" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst-1 +msgid "Show a list of products whose expiration dates have exceeded today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:105 +msgid "Stranded inventory report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Businesses using multi-step flows in the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* " +"apps, may have *stranded* items, which are products not in their proper " +"storage locations, due to human error. Use this report to periodically check" +" transfer locations (e.g. *WH/Input*, *WH/Pre-Processing*) to ensure items " +"are moved to their intended storage locations, and accurately recorded in " +"the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To get a list of items that might be sitting idly in storage, follow these " +"steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, begin typing the name of the location " +"where products are intended to be moved to, such as `WH/Input`, or " +"`WH/Packing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Search Location for:` [location name] option from the " +"resulting drop-down menu that appears beneath the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show search result for the location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:124 +msgid "The report now displays a list of products at the transit location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Searching `Input` in :guilabel:`Location` shows a list of products at a " +"*WH/Input* location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The list shows `500` quantities of `Chicken`, which is alarming if not " +"refrigerated soon after reception. The stranded inventory report helps " +"identify items that have been idling in non-storage locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show items stored at a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:138 +msgid "Inventory discrepancy report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:140 +msgid "" +"To generate a report of items that have been moved since the last " +":doc:`inventory audit <../inventory_management/cycle_counts>`, follow these " +"steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Conflicts` option " +"from the :guilabel:`Filters` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The report now displays items whose quantities have changed since the last " +"cycle count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show items from the *Conflicts* filter in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` button to view inventory " +"transfers, including receipts and deliveries, that have occurred since the " +"inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show *Moves History*, showing a delivery that occurred after an inventory " +"adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:3 +msgid "Moves history dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Moves History* report in Odoo *Inventory* provides a detailed record of" +" product movements (containing past and current locations), lot numbers, and" +" reasons for movement. Reports can be generated for any time frame, making " +"this report essential for analyzing stock levels, monitoring inventory " +"turnover, and identifying any discrepancies in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The reporting feature is only accessible to users with :doc:`admin access " +"<../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Moves History`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst-1 +msgid "Display Moves History report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:23 +msgid "Navigate the moves history report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:25 +msgid "In the report, the columns represent:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: calendar date and time of the stock move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: description of the reason for the stock move or " +"quantity change, such as a receipt number (e.g. `WH/IN/00012`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product involved in the move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: specifies the lot or serial number of the " +"tracked product being moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:33 +msgid ":guilabel:`From`: source location of the moved product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`To`: destination location of the moved product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity`: number of products moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: unit of measure of the products moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: indicates the move status, which can be " +":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available` (ready for action), or " +":guilabel:`Partially Available` (insufficient quantities to complete the " +"operation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:66 +msgid "Search options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Use the following search options to customize the :guilabel:`Moves History` " +"report to display relevant information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:70 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Filters` section allows users to search among pre-made and " +"custom filters to find specific stock records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Do`: show stock move records that are in progress. This " +"includes lines with a :guilabel:`Status` column value of " +":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Partially Available`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done`: completed stock moves, with a :guilabel:`Status` of " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Incoming`: displays move records from vendor locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:58 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Outgoing`: displays move records to customer locations, including" +" customer returns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internal`: displays move records from one internal location to " +"another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturing`: shows records where products were produced from " +"the virtual, production :doc:`location " +"<../inventory_management/use_locations>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: select this drop-down menu to access various date filter " +"options and view stock moves from a specific month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last 30 Days`: show records that occurred in the last thirty " +"days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Last 3 Months`: show records from the last three months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:113 +msgid "Group By" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " +"groupings to the search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: group records by product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: group records by the three status types: " +":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available`, and :guilabel:`Partially " +"Available`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: group records by :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, or :guilabel:`Day`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transfers`: group records by operation number, e.g. " +"`WH/OUT/00012`, `WH/MO/00211`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: group records by source location (the :guilabel:`From`" +" column in this report)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: group records by product category. To configure these," +" go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: Product" +" Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Batch Transfer`: group records by :doc:`batch " +"<../advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:125 +msgid "Favorites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To save the current applied filters and groups, so the same information can " +"be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save current " +"search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " +"current view the default filter when opening the :guilabel:`Moves History` " +"report. Or tick the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option " +"available to other users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:134 +msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:137 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../essentials/search`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:3 +msgid "Stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the stock report in Odoo *Inventory* for a detailed list of all stored " +"products, including those reserved, purchased and in transit, as well as " +"those delivered to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Stock`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Show the stock report, accessible by going to Inventory > Reporting > Stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:19 +msgid "Navigate the stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:21 +msgid "" +"On the stock report, the left sidebar includes several groupings to narrow " +"down what is being shown. The default groupings are :guilabel:`Warehouses`," +" which filters products by specific warehouses, and :guilabel:`Category`, " +"which shows products within a selected product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Warehouse` grouping is only available when there are multiple" +" warehouses in the database. Refer to the " +":doc:`../inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse` documentation for " +"more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:30 +msgid "In the report itself, the columns represent:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:32 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unit Cost`: average inventory valuation per unit, adjusted based " +"on the cost to purchase and/or manufacture the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Value`: Total inventory valuation of the product, " +"calculated by multiplying unit cost by on-hand quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:39 +msgid "" +":ref:`Compute average cost inventory valuation per unit " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:40 +msgid "" +":doc:`Inventory valuation methods " +"<../inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand`: current quantity of products. Click the :icon:`fa-" +"pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand quantity " +"<../inventory_management/count_products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Free to Use`: on-hand quantity that are **not** reserved for " +"delivery or manufacturing orders, and are available to sell or use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Incoming`: items expected to arrive at the warehouse. Number of " +"products is based on quantities in confirmed purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Outgoing`: items expected to leave the warehouse or be consumed " +"in manufacturing orders. Number of products is based on quantities in " +"confirmed sales or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the product, " +"displaying information about the quantity and description of why the product" +" was moved from one location to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering rules " +"<../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>` page for " +"the product to create or manage methods of procuring the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Locations`: break down of on-hand quantity at multiple storage " +"locations. Only available when the product is stored in multiple locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forecast`: access the forecasted report to view on-hand, " +"incoming, and outgoing quantities. Report also contains links to confirmed " +"purchase, sales, or manufacturing orders. Only available when there are " +"confirmed sales, purchase, or manufacturing orders for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Published`: display products published on the website. Only " +"available with the *Website* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available in POS`: display products available through the *Point " +"of Sale* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available in Self`: display products available in self order " +"through the *Point of Sale* app. Appears in the search because the " +":guilabel:`Available in Self Order` checkbox was ticked in the " +":guilabel:`Point of Sale` section of a product form's :guilabel:`Sales` tab." +" The option is only available when the :guilabel:`Available in POS` checkbox" +" is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In the Sales tab of a product form, showing *Available in Self Order* " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not available in Self`: display products available in *PoS*, but " +"not available in self order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:91 +msgid "`Configure PoS products `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Sold`: display products that can be sold to customers. " +"Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Sold` checkbox is ticked" +" on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Purchased`: display products that can be bought from " +"vendors. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` " +"checkbox is ticked on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Recurring`: show subscription products, indicated by " +"ticking the :guilabel:`Recurring` checkbox on the product form. Only " +"available with the *Subscription* app activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Rented`: show products that can be loaned to customers for" +" a certain time. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Rented`" +" checkbox was ticked on the product form. Only available with the *Rental* " +"app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Subcontracted`: display products that can be produced by a" +" :doc:`third-party manufacturer " +"<../../../manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic>`. Available " +"only with the *Manufacturing* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Expensed`: show items that can be expensed. Only available" +" with the *Expenses* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`../../product_management/product_tracking/type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " +"groupings to the search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Type`: group items by :doc:`product type " +"<../../product_management/product_tracking/type>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Category`: group items by product category. To configure " +"these, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: " +"Product Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`POS Product Category`: group items by :doc:`point of sale product" +" categories <../../../../sales/point_of_sale/configuration>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To save the current applied filters and groupbys, so the same information " +"can be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save " +"current search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " +"current view the default filter when opening the stock report. Or tick the " +":guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option available to other " +"users." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "Обслуговування" @@ -21605,11 +23749,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:94 +msgid "Learn more" +msgstr "Дізнатися більше" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:32 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to properly configure a new |BOM|, see the " -"documentation on :ref:`creating a bill of materials " -"`." +"documentation on :doc:`creating a bill of materials " +"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:35 @@ -21758,163 +23907,434 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bill of materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:9 msgid "" -"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " -"quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " -"It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines " -"needed to complete a production process." +"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) documents specific components, " +"along with their respective quantities, that are needed to produce or repair" +" a product. In Odoo, |BoMs| as blueprints for manufactured goods and kits, " +"and often include production operations and step-by-step guidelines, as " +"well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " -"linked to each product, so even product variants can have their own tailored" -" :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:15 +msgid "BoM setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:17 msgid "" -"Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " -"manufacturing process and save time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:18 -msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" +"To create a |BOM|, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> " +"Bills of Materials` and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" -"The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" -" or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " -"managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." +"Next, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type` to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " -":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " -"of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the " -":guilabel:`Product`." +"Then, specify :ref:`required components ` and, if necessary, define any :ref:`manufacturing operations " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:26 msgid "" -"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " -"product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." +"Individual |BOMs| can also be quickly accessed or created by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on any product form, as " +"accessible through the *Sales*, *Inventory*, and *Manufacturing* apps, as " +"well as through any internal links where a product is referenced (such as in" +" a field or a line item)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "Show BoM for a product, with components listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "BoM for `Drawer`, displaying the **Components** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:38 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/kit_shipping`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`../subcontracting/subcontracting_basic`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:44 +msgid "Components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:46 msgid "" -"For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" -" to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" -" to specify the various components that make up the production of the final " -"product and their respective quantities. New components can be created " -"quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created " -"beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> " -"Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)`." +"In the :guilabel:`Components` tab of a |BOM|, specify components used to " +"manufacture the product by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the " +":guilabel:`Components` drop-down menu, select from existing products or " +"create a new product by typing the name and selecting either the " +":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option to quickly add the line item, or the " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` option to add the component and continue to " +"its configuration form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." +msgid "Add a component by selecting it from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:43 -msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:56 msgid "" -":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " -"Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." +"Optionally, access additional fields by clicking the :icon:`oi-settings-" +"adjust` :guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon to the far-right of the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab. Tick the checkboxes for the following features " +"to enable these columns:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:60 msgid "" -"In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " -"the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " -"form." +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify which :doc:`product variant " +"<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>` each component is used in. " +"When the field is left blank, the component is used in all product variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:66 msgid "" -"The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " -"variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" -" :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master " -":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and " -"specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply " -"on Variants` column." +":guilabel:`Consumed in Operation`: specify the operation using the " +"component. Useful for determining :ref:`manufacturing readiness " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:62 -msgid "Set up operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:68 msgid "" -"Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" -" instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" -" this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Operations`." +":guilabel:`Manual Consumption`: tick the checkbox to force operators to " +"check the :guilabel:`Consumed` checkbox on a manufacturing order (MO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show a manufacturing order, highlighting the *Consumed* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:75 msgid "" -"Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " -":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " -"operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a " -"name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like " -"components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the " -":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that " -"variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +"Not doing so triggers the :guilabel:`Consumption Warning` error message, " +"where the consumed component quantity must be manually inputted. Otherwise, " +"the operation cannot be completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " -":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" -" new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing " -"Operations` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show the consumption warning error message." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:85 -msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" +msgid "Operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" -"A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " -"addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " -"the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)`." +"Add an *operation* to a |BOM| to specify instructions for production and " +"register time spent on an operation. To use this feature, first enable the " +"*Work Orders* feature by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the" +" :guilabel:`Work Orders` checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " -":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "\"Work Orders\" feature in the Settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:99 msgid "" -"Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " -"of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " -":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which " -"operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in " -"Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"Next, navigate to the |BOM| by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app " +"--> Products --> Bill of Materials` and selecting the desired |BOM|. To add " +"a new operation, go to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, and click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window, where the " +"various fields of the operation are configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: name of the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: select existing locations to perform the operation," +" or create a new work center by typing the name and selecting the " +":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify if this operation is only available " +"for certain product variants. If the operation applies to all product " +"variants, leave this field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Configuring BoMs for product variants " +"<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration Computation`: choose how time spent on the operation is " +"tracked. Opt for :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` to use the " +"operation's time tracker or :guilabel:`Set duration manually` if operators " +"can record and modify time themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Choosing the :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` option enables the " +":guilabel:`Based on last __ work orders` option, which automatically " +"estimates the time to complete this operation based on the last few " +"operations. Choosing :guilabel:`Set duration manually` enables the " +":guilabel:`Default Duration` field instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Duration`: estimated amount of time to complete the " +"operation; used for `planning manufacturing orders " +"`_ and determining `work center" +" availability `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company the |BOM| is available in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Include operation details in the :guilabel:`Work Sheet` tab. Choose " +":guilabel:`PDF` to attach a file or :guilabel:`Google Slide` with *public* " +"access to share a link. Select :guilabel:`Text` to type instructions in the " +":guilabel:`Description` text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Type `/` for a list of formatting options and features, including ChatGPT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show ChatGPT feature to generate instructions for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Fill out the Create Operations pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save \\& Close` to close the pop-up window. To add" +" more operations, click :guilabel:`Save & New` and repeat the same steps " +"above to configure another operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +"After creating an operation, click the :guilabel:`Copy Existing Operations` " +"button to choose an operation to duplicate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show Operation tab, highlighting the \"Copy Existing Operations\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:158 +msgid "Instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To add detailed instructions to operations, the *Quality* app must be " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add specific instructions to an existing operation by clicking the " +"operation's :icon:`fa-list-ul` :guilabel:`(list)` icon in the " +":guilabel:`Instructions` column. The number in the :guilabel:`Instructions` " +"column shows the number of existing detailed instructions there are for the " +"operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the Instructions column, and list icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:172 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Steps` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank " +"quality control point form where the new manufacturing step can be created. " +"Here, give the specific instruction a :guilabel:`Title` and set the " +":guilabel:`Type` to :guilabel:`Instructions`. In the " +":guilabel:`Instructions` tab of the form, write out the directions for the " +"step in the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Further customizations can be made here on this form, beyond ordinary " +"instructions, to also include specific types of quality control points that " +"carry specific (or complex) conditions. For more details about quality " +"control points refer the :doc:`Instruction check " +"<../../quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the page to add a quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:188 +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab contains more |BoM| configurations to " +"customize procurement, calculate costs, and define how components are " +"consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturing Readiness`: choosing :guilabel:`When components for" +" the 1st operation are available` shows the :guilabel:`Component Status` as " +"a **green** :guilabel:`Not Available`, when only the components that are " +"consumed in the first operation are in stock. This indicates that although " +"not all components are available, operators can at least begin with the " +"first operation. Choosing :guilabel:`When all components are available` " +"displays a **red** :guilabel:`Not Available` component status unless all " +"components are in available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Specify which operation consumes each component on the |BoM| in the " +":ref:`Manual Consumption field `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show the *Component Status* field on the manufacturing order dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:210 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Version`: displays the current |BoM| version, visible with the " +"Odoo *PLM* app installed for managing |BoM| changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:212 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Flexible Consumption`: specifies if components used can deviate " +"from the quantity defined on the |BoM|. Choose :guilabel:`Blocked` if " +"operators **must** adhere strictly to the |BoM| quantity. Otherwise, choose " +":guilabel:`Allowed` or :guilabel:`Allowed with Warning`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:215 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Routing`: select the preferred warehouse's manufacturing " +"operation type for products produced in multiple warehouses. If left blank, " +"this warehouse's `Manufacturing` operation type is used by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:218 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: select pre-created :doc:`analytic " +"distribution models " +"<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>` from the list " +"to automatically record the cost of manufacturing products in the chosen " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:221 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manuf Lead Time`: define the number of days needed to complete a " +"|MO| from the date of confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to prepare Manufacturing Order`: number of days needed to " +"replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +":doc:`Analytic distribution " +"<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:228 +msgid "" +":doc:`Lead times " +"<../../inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Miscellaneous* tab of the BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:236 +msgid "Add by-products to BoMs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:238 +msgid "" +"A *by-product* is a residual product that is created during production in " +"addition to the main product of a |BOM|. Unlike the primary product, there " +"can be more than one by-product on a |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To add by-products to a |BOM|, first enable the *By-Products* feature in " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`By-" +"Products` to enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "\"By Products\" feature in the settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, add by-products to a |BOM| by clicking the " +":guilabel:`By-products` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and fill in the " +":guilabel:`By-product`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Unit of " +"Measure`. Optionally, specify a :guilabel:`Produced in Operation` for the " +"by-product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The by-product, `Mush`, is created in the `Grind grapes` operation when " +"producing `Red Wine`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show sample by-product in the BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 @@ -21953,18 +24373,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 +msgid "Lot/serial number tracking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The assignment of lots or serial numbers to newly manufactured products is " +"optional. To optionally :doc:`assign lots or serial numbers " +"<../../inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn>` to newly " +"manufactured products, go to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section in the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the :guilabel:`Tracking` field, select " +":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Doing so enables the *Lot/Serial Number* field on a manufacturing order, or " +"the *Register Production* instruction on a work order card in the *Shop " +"Floor* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 +msgid "\"Lot/Serial Number\" field on the MO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 +msgid "**Lot/Serial Number** field on the MO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Register Production** option to generate lot/serial number on a work order" +" card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:54 msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:56 msgid "" "Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " "manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" " manufacture a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " @@ -21977,14 +24433,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 msgid "" "On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." " In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" " produces." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 msgid "" "Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" " clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " @@ -21997,7 +24453,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:79 msgid "" "Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " "and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " @@ -22008,7 +24464,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:86 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " "setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " @@ -22020,14 +24476,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:96 msgid "" "The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " "allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " "exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " "For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " -"to :ref:`create a bill of materials `." +"to :doc:`create a bill of materials `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:3 @@ -23095,6 +25550,2033 @@ msgid "" "of the |MO| itself." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "Subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a " +"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" +" then sold by the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting " +"company and the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide " +"variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in" +" and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the " +"manufacturing themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:19 +msgid "" +"This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, " +"as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with " +"subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they " +"are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized " +"work to subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors " +"to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as " +"profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain " +"arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which " +"projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a " +"variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what" +" happens to finished products once they are manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " +":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst-1 +msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:62 +msgid "" +"With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in " +"Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:64 +msgid "" +"On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a " +"*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates" +" the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that" +" it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the " +"Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can " +"be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product " +"pages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:72 +msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:75 +msgid "Subcontracting workflows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference " +"between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully " +"responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the " +":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_basic` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " +"sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This " +"workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " +"purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to " +"the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the " +":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary " +"to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to" +" products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:94 +msgid "" +"In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are " +"to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:97 +msgid "" +"In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can " +"either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an " +"end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured" +" to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are " +"outlined in their respective documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:104 +msgid "Subcontracted product valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different " +"variables:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;" +" from here on referred to as `C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them " +"shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor" +" to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred " +"to as `x`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be " +"represented by the following equation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"P = C + M + S + D + x\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:124 +msgid "" +"It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will " +"include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not " +"dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost" +" of dropshipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Basic subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " +"certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " +"purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " +"the product's vendor to delivery the product to the purchasing company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For subcontracted products specifically, delivery lead times can be " +"configured to take into account the amount of time required for the " +"subcontractor to manufacture a product. Doing so allows the contracting " +"company to better predict the delivery dates of subcontracted products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Like all lead times in Odoo, lead times for subcontracted products are only " +"an estimate, and are based on how long actions are *expected* to take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " +"means that lead times should not be viewed as guarantees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`basic subcontracting ` workflow " +"to manufacture a product, a company is not responsible for supplying the " +"subcontractor with the necessary components. This means that the only " +"factors affecting the delivery date of a product are the amount of time it " +"takes the subcontractor to manufacture and deliver it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time that considers " +"both of these factors, the *Expected Arrival* date displayed on purchase " +"orders (POs) for the product more accurately reflects the amount of time " +"required for both manufacturing and delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 +msgid "Product delivery lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " +"subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has been added, enter the number of days it takes " +"them to manufacture and deliver the product, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead" +" Time` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Delivery Lead Time field for a subcontractor, on the Purchase tab of a " +"product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Multiple subcontractors can be added to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a " +"product's page, and a different :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` can be set " +"for each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:57 +msgid "Lead time workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 +msgid "" +"After setting a delivery lead time for a product's vendor, create an |RfQ| " +"by navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase " +"Orders`, and clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Specify the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the " +"product in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and " +"adding a quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once a product has been added, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field on the" +" |RfQ| auto-populates with a date that reflects the vendor's delivery lead " +"time, as specified on the product's page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If the date needs to be adjusted, click on the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` " +"field to open a calendar popover, and select the desired date. Make sure not" +" to choose a date sooner than the one that was auto-populated, unless the " +"subcontractor has confirmed that they are able to deliver the product by " +"that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` on the |RfQ| to turn it into a " +"|PO|. At this point, the subcontractor should begin manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, before delivering it to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Tricycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends requires three days to manufacture a tricycle, plus" +" an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " +"tricycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " +"two days for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:88 +msgid "" +"On May 3rd, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| to purchase one tricycle from Bike " +"Friends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date listed on the |PO| is May 8th, five " +"days after the :guilabel:`Confirmation Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Expected Arrival date on a PO for a subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Bike Friends begins manufacturing the tricycle on May 3rd — the day that the" +" |PO| is confirmed — and finishes on May 6th, three days later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The tricycle is then shipped to Mike's Bikes the same day, and they receive " +"it on May 8th, two days later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " +"certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " +"purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " +"the product's vendor to deliver the product to the purchasing company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Certain subcontracted products require the contracting company to supply the" +" subcontractor with manufacturing components. In this case, a *manufacturing" +" lead time* can be used, in addition to the delivery lead time, to generate " +"the date on which the subcontractor must receive the required components, in" +" order to manufacture the product and deliver it on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In cases where components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, an " +"additional delivery lead time can be set for each component. This should be " +"set to the amount of time it takes the vendor to deliver components to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once a delivery lead time has been set on a component, dropship orders for " +"the component display the date by which the order must be confirmed, so that" +" it can be dropshipped to the subcontractor by the date on which " +"manufacturing must begin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order " +"` route, a company is responsible for purchasing " +"the necessary components from a vendor, and having them dropshipped directly" +" to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 +msgid "" +"This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, it is also necessary " +"to consider how long it takes the component vendor to dropship the " +"components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:48 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a *delivery lead time*, specifying a " +"*manufacturing lead time* on the product's BoM, and assigning the vendor of " +"the components an additional *delivery lead time*, *Dropship Subcontractor* " +"orders for the product's components display the deadline for confirming a " +"dropship order to send the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " +":guilabel:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:61 +msgid "Product manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a BoM" +" from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 +msgid "" +"On the |BoM|, select the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the same number of days that was " +"entered in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` field of the |BoM|'s product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Manuf. Lead Time field on a product's BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 +msgid "" +"While not all of these days are actually used for manufacturing by the " +"subcontractor, setting the same number of days in each field tells Odoo that" +" the subcontractor must receive the components and begin production by the " +"start of the product's delivery lead time. This gives the subcontractor " +"enough time to both manufacture and deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 +msgid "Component delivery lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:92 +msgid "" +"From the product's BoM, navigate to each component by clicking on the " +"component in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and then clicking the " +":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` button to the right of the " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:96 +msgid "" +"On the product page for each component, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab." +" If the vendor has not already been added, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor has been added, enter the number of days it takes them to " +"dropship the product to the subcontractor, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " +"Time` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:104 +msgid "Dropship subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Create a request for quotation (RfQ) for the product by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`, and " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Specify the subcontractor in :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the product" +" in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, " +"selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and specifying a " +"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:113 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" +" time for the component vendor to dropship the components, and the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " +"auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " +"of the product. However, this does not consider the time it takes to " +"dropship the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:121 +msgid "" +"When purchasing a product subcontracted using the *Dropship Subcontractor on" +" Order* route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " +"extra time needed for the components to be delivered to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Since production does not begin until they receive the components, leaving " +"the date as is results in the finished product arriving *after* the date " +"listed on the |RfQ|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " +"so creates a second |RfQ| to purchase the components from the dropshipper, " +"and have them sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for " +"Quotation`, and select the |RfQ| that lists the dropshipper in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 +msgid "" +"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field lists the date on which" +" the subcontractor must receive the components, in order to deliver the " +"finished product by the *Expected Arrival* date listed on the subcontractor " +"|PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Order Deadline` field lists the latest date on which the " +"|RfQ| can be confirmed, in order for the dropshipper to deliver the " +"components to the subcontractor by the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|, and confirm " +"the purchase of the components from the dropshipper. Doing so causes a " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to appear at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to open the dropship order. This" +" order can also be accessed from the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button that " +"now appears on the subcontractor |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:149 +msgid "" +"After the dropshipper has delivered the components to the subcontractor, " +"click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the dropship order to " +"confirm that the subcontractor has received the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor receives the components, they begin manufacturing the" +" component, before delivering it to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Bicycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes must purchase the required components from vendor Bike World, " +"and have them dropshipped to Bike Friends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:164 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each bicycle, plus " +"an addition two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:167 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for bicycle" +" manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus two days " +"for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:170 +msgid "" +"On the bicycle's BoM, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days as " +"well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered to " +"the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:173 +msgid "" +"On the product pages for each of the bicycle's components, they assign Bike " +"World a delivery lead time of two days. This is the amount of time it takes " +"Bike World to dropship each component directly to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:177 +msgid "" +"On May 10th, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| for one bicycle, with an expected " +"delivery date of May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:180 +msgid "" +"The |RfQ| for purchasing the components from Bike World and having them " +"dropshipped to Bike Friends has an Expected Arrival date of May 12th, and a " +"Deadline of May 10th. The |RfQ| must be confirmed by the deadline in order " +"for Bike Friends to receive the components by the Expected Arrival date, " +"giving them enough time to deliver the finished bicycle to Mike's Bikes by " +"May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Order Deadline and Expected Arrival dates on a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes confirms the |RfQ| on May 10th, and Bike World delivers the " +"components to Bike Friends on May 12th. Bike Friends manufactures the " +"bicycle, and delivers it to Mike's Bikes on May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " +"means that lead times should **not** be viewed as guarantees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order " +"` route, a company is responsible for supplying the" +" subcontractor with the necessary components. As a result, the subcontractor" +" cannot begin manufacturing until the components have been received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, the date they receive " +"the components must also be considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:39 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time, and specifying " +"a manufacturing lead time on the product's bill of materials (BoM), " +"*Resupply Subcontractor* orders for the product's components display the " +"deadline by which the subcontractor must receive the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " +"subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a " +"|BoM| from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:80 +msgid "Resupply subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" +" time for the subcontractor to receive the components, manufacture the " +"product, and deliver it back to the subcontracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " +"auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " +"of the product. However, this does **not** consider the time it takes to " +"ship the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:98 +msgid "" +"When purchasing a product subcontracted using the Resupply Subcontractor on " +"Order route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " +"extra time needed for the components to be shipped to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " +"so causes a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to appear at the top of the " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to open the resupply " +"subcontractor order, which is the order created to send components to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Deadline` field on the resupply subcontractor order shows the" +" deadline for the subcontractor to receive the components, in order for them" +" to have enough time to manufacture and deliver the finished product by the " +"Expected Arrival date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field should display the latest date on which" +" components can be shipped, while still arriving to the subcontractor by the" +" :guilabel:`Deadline`. However, by default, the date displayed is the same " +"as the date in the :guilabel:`Deadline` field, and must be updated to take " +"into account the time required for shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field to open a calendar popover " +"from which a date can be selected. Select a date that allows for the " +"components to be delivered by the :guilabel:`Deadline` on the resupply " +"subcontractor order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:124 +msgid "" +"After the components are shipped, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at " +"the top of the order to confirm they have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Unicycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes must supply Bike Friends with the necessary components for " +"manufacturing the unicycles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:137 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each unicycle, plus" +" an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:140 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " +"unicycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " +"two days for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:143 +msgid "" +"On the unicycle's |BoM|, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days, " +"as well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered " +"to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 +msgid "" +"They confirm a |PO| for one unicycle, with an expected arrival date of May " +"30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The resupply subcontractor order for shipping the components to the " +"subcontractor shows a *Deadline* of May 25th. The subcontractor must receive" +" the components by this date, in order to have enough time to manufacture " +"the unicycle, and deliver it by May 30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:152 +msgid "" +"It takes Mike's Bikes two days to deliver the components, so they update the" +" *Scheduled Date* field on the resupply subcontractor order to May 23rd, two" +" days before the Deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Scheduled Date and Deadline fields on a resupply subcontractor order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes ships the components to Bike Friends on the scheduled date of " +"May 23rd, and they arrive on the deadline of May 25th. This gives Bike " +"Friends enough time to manufacture the unicycle, and ship it back to Mike's " +"Bikes by the expected arrival date of May 30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:3 +msgid "Basic subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a " +"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" +" then sold by the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the " +"necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to " +"worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic " +"subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-" +"subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that " +"subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted " +"products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be " +"manufactured by them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " +":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary" +" to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53 +msgid "Configure product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the " +"product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, " +"selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and " +"entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`" +" field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished " +"product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " +"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " +"subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83 +msgid "Configure BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " +"--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials " +"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` " +"option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the " +":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using" +" subcontracting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when " +"calculating the product's expected arrival date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:81 +msgid "" +"When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for " +"manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:86 +msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:88 +msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " +"|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a receipt order or a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, " +"**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" +" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " +"product is shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted " +"product is being purchased from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " +"with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer," +" or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process " +"starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169 +msgid "Create SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171 +msgid "" +"It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased" +" from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being " +"purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " +"Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a " +"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a" +" quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens" +" the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:128 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough " +"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates" +" a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193 +msgid "" +"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " +"end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is " +"enough stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197 +msgid "Process PO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:140 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to " +":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the " +"|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to " +"the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a " +"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the " +"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:153 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic " +"subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and " +"can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 +msgid "" +"A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " +"top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 +msgid "" +"PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " +"top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242 +msgid "Process receipt or dropship order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " +"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " +"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251 +msgid "" +"If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, " +"once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " +"Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the" +" :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the " +"receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter" +" the product into inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260 +msgid "Process dropship order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262 +msgid "" +"If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select" +" the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open " +"the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order " +"to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270 +msgid "Process delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " +"finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " +"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" +" the customer, and process the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " +"the product has been shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship to subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the" +" necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have " +"them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order " +"(PO) for that product is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " +"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and " +"*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve " +"dropshipping, they are used for different purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have " +"them shipped directly to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components " +"from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By " +"default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the " +"contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33 +msgid "" +"However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship " +"Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In " +"this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then " +"ships the finished product directly to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37 +msgid "" +"This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the " +":ref:`workflow section ` of" +" this doc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " +"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " +"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the " +"components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as " +"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in " +"the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the " +":guilabel:`Price` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that " +"determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been " +"manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock " +"on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " +"subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73 +msgid "Configure bill of materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click " +"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " +"select the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and" +" specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97 +msgid "Configure Components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " +"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " +"arrow)` button to the right of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106 +msgid "" +"On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add " +"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in " +"the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the" +" subcontractor, once they are purchased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the " +":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119 +msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " +"*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the" +" vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so " +"creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the " +"components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" +" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" +" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " +"product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " +"with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, " +"or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts " +"with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148 +msgid "Create an SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the " +"product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is " +"the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted " +"product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the " +"*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** " +"there is no stock of the product on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead " +"create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172 +msgid "" +"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " +"end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, " +"even if there is stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176 +msgid "Process subcontractor PO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178 +msgid "" +"If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`," +" and clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a" +" new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* " +"|PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components" +" to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, " +"and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" +"button at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from " +"the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** " +"automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship " +"Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* " +"|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205 +msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. " +"Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` " +"field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after " +"confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212 +msgid "" +"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship " +"Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of" +" the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and " +"confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, " +"and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the " +"*subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" +"Dropship smart button at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227 +msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" +" *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, " +"respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the " +":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the " +"subcontractor has received the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" +" *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the " +"product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of" +" the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the" +" *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the " +":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship " +"order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the " +"product to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product " +"has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the " +"necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each " +"time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " +"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping" +" it to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply " +"Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24 +msgid "" +"While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components " +"required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are " +"sourced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from " +"the warehouse of the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from " +"a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of " +"the subcontracting company and their subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36 +msgid "" +"See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of " +"the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " +"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " +"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of " +"materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`" +" tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the " +"subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68 +msgid "" +"This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other " +"elements, like the cost of the product's components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " +"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click " +"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " +"select the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107 +msgid "Configure components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " +"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " +"arrow)` button to the right of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116 +msgid "" +"On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and " +"select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the " +":guilabel:`Routes` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122 +msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to " +"purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a" +" dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the " +"subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" +" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149 +msgid "" +"While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to " +"automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is " +"also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful " +"when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply " +"Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking" +" :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom " +"the components should be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` " +"drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the " +"components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` " +"to confirm that the order has been sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough " +"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead" +" creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase " +"app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a " +"subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically " +"created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the " +"required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed " +"from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top " +"of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 +msgid "" +"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n" +"buttons at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 +msgid "" +"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and " +"Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227 +msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the " +"subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " +"Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open" +" the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` " +"card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " +"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " +"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " +"finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " +"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" +" the customer, and process the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " +"the product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows.rst:5 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "Робочі процеси" @@ -23376,6 +27858,13 @@ msgid "" "only after closing the associated |MO|." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " +"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29 msgid "" "To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " @@ -23640,1355 +28129,6 @@ msgid "" "and *WH/MO/00010*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontracting overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:7 -msgid "" -"In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a " -"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" -" then sold by the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting " -"company and the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:13 -msgid "" -"For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide " -"variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in" -" and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the " -"manufacturing themselves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:17 -msgid "" -"This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, " -"as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with " -"subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they " -"are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized " -"work to subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:22 -msgid "" -"On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors " -"to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as " -"profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain " -"arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which " -"projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a " -"variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what" -" happens to finished products once they are manufactured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " -"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " -":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " -"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst-1 -msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:42 -msgid "" -"With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in " -"Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a " -"*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates" -" the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that" -" it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the " -"Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can " -"be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product " -"pages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:51 -msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:52 -msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:55 -msgid "Subcontracting workflows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:57 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference " -"between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully " -"responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the " -":doc:`subcontracting_basic` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " -"sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This " -"workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting_resupply` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " -"purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to " -"the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the " -":doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:69 -msgid "" -"In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary " -"to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to" -" products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are " -"to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can " -"either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an " -"end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured" -" to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are " -"outlined in their respective documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:83 -msgid "Subcontracted product valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different " -"variables:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;" -" from here on referred to as `C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "" -"The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them " -"shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:93 -msgid "" -"The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor" -" to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred " -"to as `x`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be " -"represented by the following equation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:100 -msgid "" -"P = C + M + S + D + x\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:103 -msgid "" -"It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will " -"include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not " -"dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost" -" of dropshipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:3 -msgid "Basic subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a " -"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" -" then sold by the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the " -"necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to " -"worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic " -"subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-" -"subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that " -"subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted " -"products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be " -"manufactured by them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" -" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " -":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " -"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary" -" to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53 -msgid "Configure product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " -"product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the " -"product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, " -"selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and " -"entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`" -" field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished " -"product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " -"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " -"subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83 -msgid "Configure BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " -"Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " -"--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92 -msgid "" -"For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials " -"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` " -"option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the " -":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using" -" subcontracting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " -":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the " -"subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when " -"calculating the product's expected arrival date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:81 -msgid "" -"When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the " -":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for " -"manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:86 -msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:88 -msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " -"|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a receipt order or a dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, " -"**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" -" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " -"product is shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138 -msgid "" -"The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted " -"product is being purchased from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " -"with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer," -" or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process " -"starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into " -"inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169 -msgid "Create SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:112 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171 -msgid "" -"It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased" -" from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being " -"purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next " -"step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175 -msgid "" -"To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " -"Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178 -msgid "" -"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a " -"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a" -" quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:123 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens" -" the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:128 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough " -"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates" -" a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:134 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193 -msgid "" -"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " -"end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is " -"enough stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197 -msgid "Process PO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:140 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to " -":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the " -"|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to " -"the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:145 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking " -":guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:148 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a " -"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the " -"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:153 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic " -"subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and " -"can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 -msgid "" -"A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " -"top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 -msgid "" -"PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " -"top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:164 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242 -msgid "Process receipt or dropship order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " -"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " -"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 -msgid "Process receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:173 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251 -msgid "" -"If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, " -"once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " -"Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:177 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the" -" :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the " -"receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter" -" the product into inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260 -msgid "Process dropship order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:184 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262 -msgid "" -"If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select" -" the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:187 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open " -"the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order " -"to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270 -msgid "Process delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " -"finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " -"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" -" the customer, and process the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:198 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " -"the product has been shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3 -msgid "Dropship to subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the" -" necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have " -"them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order " -"(PO) for that product is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " -"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23 -msgid "" -"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and " -"*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve " -"dropshipping, they are used for different purposes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have " -"them shipped directly to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components " -"from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By " -"default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the " -"contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33 -msgid "" -"However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship " -"Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In " -"this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then " -"ships the finished product directly to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37 -msgid "" -"This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the " -":ref:`workflow section ` of" -" this doc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " -"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " -":guilabel:`Operations` heading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " -"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the " -"components listed on the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " -"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as " -"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in " -"the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the " -":guilabel:`Price` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that " -"determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been " -"manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock " -"on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " -"subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73 -msgid "Configure bill of materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click " -"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " -"select the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the " -":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a " -"line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and" -" specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97 -msgid "Configure Components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99 -msgid "" -"To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " -"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " -"arrow)` button to the right of the name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " -"component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106 -msgid "" -"On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add " -"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in " -"the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the" -" subcontractor, once they are purchased." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the " -":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " -"section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119 -msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121 -msgid "" -"The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " -"*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the" -" vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so " -"creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the " -"components to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" -" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" -" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " -"product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " -"with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, " -"or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts " -"with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148 -msgid "Create an SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the " -"product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in " -"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is " -"the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted " -"product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the " -"*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** " -"there is no stock of the product on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169 -msgid "" -"If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead " -"create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172 -msgid "" -"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " -"end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, " -"even if there is stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176 -msgid "Process subcontractor PO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by" -" navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`," -" and clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a" -" new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the " -":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* " -"|PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components" -" to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, " -"and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" -"button at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198 -msgid "" -"In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from " -"the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** " -"automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201 -msgid "" -"Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship " -"Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* " -"|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205 -msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207 -msgid "" -"To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. " -"Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` " -"field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after " -"confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212 -msgid "" -"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship " -"Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of" -" the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and " -"confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, " -"and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the " -"*subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" -"Dropship smart button at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227 -msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229 -msgid "" -"Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" -" *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, " -"respectively." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the " -":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the " -"subcontractor has received the components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" -" *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the " -"product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of" -" the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into " -"inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the" -" *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the " -"receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the " -":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship " -"order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the " -"product to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product " -"has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3 -msgid "Resupply subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the " -"necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each " -"time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " -"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping" -" it to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21 -msgid "" -"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply " -"Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24 -msgid "" -"While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components " -"required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are " -"sourced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from " -"the warehouse of the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from " -"a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of " -"the subcontracting company and their subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36 -msgid "" -"See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of " -"the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " -"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " -":guilabel:`Operations` heading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " -"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of " -"materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " -"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`" -" tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the " -"subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68 -msgid "" -"This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other " -"elements, like the cost of the product's components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " -"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click " -"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " -"select the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107 -msgid "Configure components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109 -msgid "" -"To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " -"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " -"arrow)` button to the right of the name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116 -msgid "" -"On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and " -"select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the " -":guilabel:`Routes` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122 -msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124 -msgid "" -"The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to " -"purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a" -" dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the " -"subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" -" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149 -msgid "" -"While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to " -"automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is " -"also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful " -"when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154 -msgid "" -"To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply " -"Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking" -" :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom " -"the components should be sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking " -":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` " -"drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the " -"components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` " -"to confirm that the order has been sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough " -"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190 -msgid "" -"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead" -" creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase " -"app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a " -"subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically " -"created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214 -msgid "" -"In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the " -"required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed " -"from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top " -"of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 -msgid "" -"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n" -"buttons at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 -msgid "" -"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and " -"Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227 -msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the " -"subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " -"Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open" -" the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to " -"confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the " -":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` " -"card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " -"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " -"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " -"finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " -"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" -" the customer, and process the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " -"the product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:3 msgid "Unbuild orders" msgstr "" @@ -25751,8 +28891,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:12 msgid "" "Utilize *engineering change orders* (*ECOs*) to track, implement, and revert" -" change versions made to products, and :ref:`bills of materials " -"`." +" change versions made to products, and :doc:`bills of materials " +"<../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:15 @@ -27191,6 +30331,354 @@ msgid "" "export it as an Excel file." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:3 +msgid "Procurement expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:12 +msgid "" +"With the *Purchase* application, users can monitor procurement expenses over" +" time. This report helps companies track and analyze spending, identify " +"cost-saving opportunities, and ensure efficient budget management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:17 +msgid "Create procurement expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To create a |per|, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " +"Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:22 +msgid "" +"By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` (POs) with a " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of Requests for " +"Quotation (RFQs) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent*, or *Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:25 +msgid "Add filters and groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the top-right, click the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot)` icon " +"to switch to pivot view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:32 +msgid "" +"While the |per| can also be :ref:`viewed ` as a " +":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " +":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`, " +"the pivot view provides the most detailed view of the data, and is the " +"recommended starting point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Remove any default filters from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. Then, click " +"the |caret| to open the drop-down menu that contains the " +":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and :guilabel:`Favorites` " +"columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Unless otherwise specified, the report displays data from both |RFQs| and " +"|POs|. This can be changed by selecting either :guilabel:`Requests for " +"Quotation` or :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a time frame to use for " +"comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " +"|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " +"Then, select :guilabel:`Product Category`, which is also located in the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The selections under the :guilabel:`Group By` heading can be altered, " +"depending on the needs of the individual company. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Product`, instead of :guilabel:`Product Category`, provides a " +"more in depth look at the performance of specific items, in place of an " +"entire category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading that " +"appears. These options are only available after the date range is selected " +"under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " +":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " +"as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " +"time period from the previous year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:60 +msgid "" +"While multiple time-based filters can be added at once, only one comparison " +"can be selected at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the procurement expenses\n" +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The filter for Q2, comparison for **Previous Period**, and group-by for " +"**Vendor** and **Product Category** were selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:68 +msgid "Add measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:70 +msgid "" +"After selecting the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group by`, and " +":guilabel:`Comparison` settings, click out of the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:82 +msgid "" +"By default, the report displays data with the following measures: " +":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " +":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " +"drop-down list of available measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click the following specific measures to include additional columns for the " +"procurement expenses report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total` and :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`: can include one or both " +"measures. These are included for overall spending analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:91 +msgid ":guilabel:`Average Cost`: included to evaluate cost efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to Confirm` and :guilabel:`Days to Receive`: used to assess " +"supplier performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Qty Ordered` and :guilabel:`Qty Received`: used to understand " +"order efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Qty Billed` and :guilabel:`Qty to be Billed`: used to track order" +" accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Additional measures can be included in the report, if desired, to provide " +"additional insights. For example, :guilabel:`Gross Weight` and " +":guilabel:`Volume` may be included for further logistics and management " +"analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:101 +msgid "" +"After selecting all necessary measures, click out of the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:85 +msgid "View results" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:108 +msgid "" +"After all of the filters and measures have been selected, the report " +"generates in the selected view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst-1 +msgid "A sample version of the procurement expenses report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " +"editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is **only** available if the " +"*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The |per| is also available in graph view. Click the :icon:`fa-area-chart` " +":guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view. Click the " +"corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a :icon:`fa-bar-" +"chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` :guilabel:`(line " +"chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:107 +msgid "To save this report as a *favorite*, see :ref:`search/favorites`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor costs report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With the *Purchase* application, users can track the fluctuation of vendor " +"costs over time. This allows users to identify the most expensive vendors, " +"and track seasonal changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:14 +msgid "Create vendor costs reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To create a vendor costs report, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase " +"app --> Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` " +"dashboard. By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of POs (Purchase Orders) with a " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of RFQs (Requests " +"for Quotation) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent, or *Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a date range to use for " +"comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " +"|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " +"Then, select :guilabel:`Product`, which is also located in the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Product` is **not** required for this report. However, " +"it is recommended, as it provides additional insight into the performance of" +" individual vendors. Additional selections can be made under the " +":guilabel:`Group by` heading as well, including :guilabel:`Product " +"Category`, :guilabel:`Status`, and :guilabel:`Purchase Representative`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To ensure the report is generated correctly, make sure that " +":guilabel:`Vendor` is the **first** selection made under the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading. These " +"options are only available after the date range is selected under the " +":guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " +":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " +"as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " +"time period from the previous year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the " +"vendor costs report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"By default, the report displays with the following measures: " +":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " +":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " +"drop-down list of available measures. Click :guilabel:`Average Cost` to add " +"it to the report. Select any additional measures to add to the report, or " +"click on any of the already selected measures to remove them, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:80 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to run the report with at least :guilabel:`Average Cost`, " +":guilabel:`Total`, or :guilabel:`Untaxed Total` selected from the " +":guilabel:`Measures` list. Additional measures, such as :guilabel:`Days to " +"Receive`, can be added to provide additional insights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:87 +msgid "" +"After all of the :ref:`filters and measures have been selected " +"`, the report generates in the pivot " +"view. Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " +"editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is only available if the " +"*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A sample of a vendor costs report with the measures set as total and average" +" costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The vendor costs report is also available in *graph* view. Click the " +":icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view." +" Click the corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a " +":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " +":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5 msgid "Manage deals" msgstr "" @@ -28404,9 +31892,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51 msgid "" "To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> " -"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, check" -" the box next to :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and " -"bills`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, tick " +"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`3-way matching`, and click :guilabel:`Save` " +"to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56 @@ -28415,15 +31903,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 -msgid "Activated three-way matching feature in purchase settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:60 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:62 msgid "" "When products are received into a company's warehouse, receipts are created." " Once the company processes the received quantities, they can choose to " @@ -28432,11 +31916,11 @@ msgid "" "completed at different steps of the procurement process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:68 msgid "With the bill control policy set to ordered quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:70 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *ordered quantities*" " bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " @@ -28445,42 +31929,42 @@ msgid "" "Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:75 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new request for quotation (RFQ). Doing so reveals a blank " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 msgid "" "On the blank detail form, add a vendor to the :abbr:`RFQ (request for " "quotation)` in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the " ":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 msgid "" "Then, confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` button above the detail form. Doing so turns the " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a vendor bill for " "the purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:88 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button reveals the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill` page for the purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:91 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button to modify " "the bill, and add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field. If needed," @@ -28488,21 +31972,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 msgid "" "Next, confirm the bill by clicking the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *ordered quantities*, the draft bill" " can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:175 msgid "" "On the new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` number," " which can be used to match the bill with additional documents (such as the " @@ -28513,7 +31997,7 @@ msgid "" "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:108 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " @@ -28526,7 +32010,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Vendor bill form for ordered quantities control policy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:118 msgid "" "Each vendor bill provides the option to either :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " "or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note`. A *credit note* is typically issued when a " @@ -28535,11 +32019,11 @@ msgid "" "returned from the customer/buyer to the vendor or supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:124 msgid "With the bill control policy set to received quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:127 msgid "" "If the creation of a vendor bill is attempted without receiving any " "quantities of a product (while using the *received quantities* bill control " @@ -28547,7 +32031,7 @@ msgid "" "proceeding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *received " "quantities* bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " @@ -28556,38 +32040,38 @@ msgid "" "Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:136 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`. Doing so reveals a " "blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a bill for the " "purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:151 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Create Bill` before any products have been received will" -" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to appear. The :guilabel:`Purchase " -"Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity of the items " -"included on the order to create a vendor bill." +" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up message to appear. The " +":guilabel:`Purchase Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity" +" of the items included on the order to create a vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:159 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the warehouse " "receipt form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:161 msgid "" "On the warehouse receipt form, click :menuselection:`Validate --> Apply` to " "mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities. Then, navigate back to the " @@ -28595,7 +32079,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Bill` button on the purchase order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 msgid "" "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Draft Bill` for the purchase order. On the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and add a " @@ -28603,20 +32087,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:172 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *received quantities*, the draft " "bill can **only** be confirmed when at least some of the quantities are " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:181 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " @@ -28625,11 +32109,11 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:187 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills in Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:189 msgid "" "Vendor bills can also be created directly from the *Accounting* app, " "**without** having to create a purchase order first. To do this, go to " @@ -28637,7 +32121,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a blank vendor bill detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 msgid "" "On this blank vendor bill detail form, add a vendor in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " @@ -28647,27 +32131,27 @@ msgid "" "the bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:198 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view (or change) the " ":guilabel:`Account` journals that were populated based on the configuration " "on the corresponding :guilabel:`Vendor` and :guilabel:`Product` forms." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` to add" " credit or debit notes to the bill. Or, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` " "number (while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:205 msgid "" "Then, when ready, click :menuselection:`Register Payment --> Create Payment`" " to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 msgid "" "To tie the draft bill to an existing purchase order, click the drop-down " "menu next to :guilabel:`Auto-Complete`, and select a :abbr:`PO (purchase " @@ -28679,17 +32163,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Auto-complete drop-down list on draft vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:218 msgid "Batch billing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:220 msgid "" "Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 msgid "" "To do this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. " "Then, click the :guilabel:`checkbox` at the top left of the page, beside the" @@ -28698,7 +32182,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Draft` :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:227 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon to export, delete, or send" " & print the bills; click the :guilabel:`Print` icon to print the invoices " @@ -28706,7 +32190,7 @@ msgid "" "payments for multiple vendor bills at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Register Payment` is selected, a pop-up appears. In this " "pop-up window, select the appropriate journal in the :guilabel:`Journal` " @@ -28715,7 +32199,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Group Payments` on this pop-up, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:236 msgid "" "When ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button, which creates a " "list of journal entries on a separate page. This list of journal entries are" @@ -28723,19 +32207,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 -msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up." +msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:244 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Register Payment` option for vendor bills in batches will " "only work for journal entries whose :guilabel:`Status` is set to " ":guilabel:`Posted`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:252 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 +msgid ":doc:`control_bills`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5 @@ -29129,16 +32612,16 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" +msgid "Purchase units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" -" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " -"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " -"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " -"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." +" unit of measure than when it is sold. This can cause confusion between " +"sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to convert " +"measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your product once" +" and let Odoo handle the conversion." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 @@ -29252,21 +32735,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "" -"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." +"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, click into " +"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure Category` field and enter a name for the " +"category. Then, under the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:77 msgid "" "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" -" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" -" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" -" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " -"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " -"Odoo is always a multiple of this value." +" to other units of measure inside the category. Name the unit, and select " +"the units of measure category you just created. For the *Type*, select " +"*Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter the *Rounding " +"Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by Odoo is always a " +"multiple of this value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:83 msgid "" "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " "fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." @@ -29276,7 +32761,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "" "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " "appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " @@ -29288,35 +32773,31 @@ msgid "" "0.00001, set *Digits* to 5." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:97 msgid "" "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" " measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " "*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:101 msgid "" "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " "*Smaller*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:103 msgid "" "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " "second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " "than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:107 msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 -msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:109 msgid "" "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " "units of measure." diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 6dace4b14..48dc69c40 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:55+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Thi Huong Nguyen, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" @@ -647,11 +647,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delete Account` button to confirm the deletion." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:36 msgid "Odoo.com account password change" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:38 msgid "" "To change an Odoo.com account password, first login into the Odoo.com user " "account from the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-" @@ -660,7 +660,7 @@ msgid "" "dashboard appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:41 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:43 msgid "" "To change the Odoo.com password, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security " "Settings` link, below the :menuselection:`Account Security` section. Next, " @@ -669,23 +669,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Change Password` to complete the password change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:47 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:49 msgid "" "If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:53 msgid "" "Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the " "same email address is used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:55 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:57 msgid "Add two-factor authentication" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:59 msgid "" "To add two-factor authentication, login into the Odoo.com user account from " "the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-right corner of " @@ -694,14 +694,14 @@ msgid "" "dashboard appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:64 msgid "" "If the user would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " "Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below " "the :menuselection:`Account Security` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:67 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " "(two-factor authentication)`. Then, confirm the current password in the " @@ -712,26 +712,26 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Verification Code`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:71 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:73 msgid "" "Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete " "the setup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:76 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:76 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`" msgstr "" @@ -5852,63 +5852,309 @@ msgid "It should be stored securely, and should be generated randomly e.g." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:743 -msgid "which will generate a 32 characters pseudorandom printable string." +msgid "which generates a 32-character pseudorandom printable string." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:746 +msgid "Reset the master password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:748 +msgid "" +"There may be instances where the master password is misplaced, or " +"compromised, and needs to be reset. The following process is for system " +"administrators of an Odoo on-premise database detailing how to manually " +"reset and re-encrypt the master password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:753 +msgid "" +"For more information about changing an Odoo.com account password, see this " +"documentation: :ref:`odoocom/change_password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:756 +msgid "" +"When creating a new on-premise database, a random master password is " +"generated. Odoo recommends using this password to secure the database. This " +"password is implemented by default, so there is a secure master password for" +" any Odoo on-premise deployment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:761 +msgid "" +"When creating an Odoo on-premise database the installation is accessible to " +"anyone on the internet, until this password is set to secure the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:764 +msgid "" +"The master password is specified in the Odoo configuration file (`odoo.conf`" +" or `odoorc` (hidden file)). The Odoo master password is needed to modify, " +"create, or delete a database through the graphical user interface (GUI)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:769 +msgid "Locate configuration file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:771 +msgid "" +"First, open the Odoo configuration file (`odoo.conf` or `odoorc` (hidden " +"file))." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:775 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:148 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:133 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:158 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:180 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:328 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:397 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:460 +msgid "Windows" +msgstr "Windows" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:777 +msgid "" +"The configuration file is located at: " +"`c:\\\\ProgramFiles\\\\Odoo{VERSION}\\\\server\\\\odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:779 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:25 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:152 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:174 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:199 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:228 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:388 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:450 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:781 +msgid "" +"Depending on how Odoo is installed on the Linux machine, the configuration " +"file is located in one of two different places:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:784 +msgid "Package installation: `/etc/odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:785 +msgid "Source installation: `~/.odoorc`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:788 +msgid "Change old password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:790 +msgid "" +"Once the appropriate file has been opened, proceed to modify the old " +"password in the configuration file to a temporary password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:795 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:843 +msgid "Graphical user interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:797 +msgid "" +"After locating the configuration file, open it using a (:abbr:`GUI " +"(graphical user interface)`). This can be achieved by simply double clicking" +" on the file. Then, the device should have a default :abbr:`GUI (graphical " +"user interface)` to open the file with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:801 +msgid "" +"Next, modify the master password line `admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sha…` to " +"`admin_passwd = newpassword1234`, for example. This password can be " +"anything, as long as it is saved temporarily. Make sure to modify all " +"characters after the `=`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:806 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:825 +msgid "" +"The line appears like this: `admin_passwd = " +"$pbkdf2-sh39dji295.59mptrfW.9z6HkA$w9j9AMVmKAP17OosCqDxDv2hjsvzlLpF8Rra8I7p/b573hji540mk/.3ek0lg%kvkol6k983mkf/40fjki79m`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:810 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:829 +msgid "The modified line appears like this: `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:812 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:852 +msgid "Command-line interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:814 +msgid "" +"Modify the master password line using the following Unix command detailed " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:816 +msgid "" +"Connect to the Odoo server's terminal via Secure Shell (SSH) protocol, and " +"edit the configuration file. To modify the configuration file, enter the " +"following command: :command:`sudo nano /etc/odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:820 +msgid "" +"After opening the configuration file, modify the master password line " +"`admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sha…` to `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`. This " +"password can be anything, as long as it is saved temporarily. Make sure to " +"modify all characters after the `=`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:832 +msgid "" +"It is essential that the password is changed to something else, rather than " +"triggering a new password reset by adding a semicolon `;` at the beginning " +"of the line. This ensures the database is secure throughout the entire " +"password reset process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:837 +msgid "Restart Odoo server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:839 +msgid "" +"After setting the temporary password, a restart of the Odoo server is " +"**required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:845 +msgid "" +"To restart the Odoo server, first, type `services` into the Windows " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. Then, select the :guilabel:`Services` application, " +"and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Odoo` service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:849 +msgid "" +"Next, right click on :guilabel:`Odoo`, and select :guilabel:`Start` or " +":guilabel:`Restart`. This action manually restarts the Odoo server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:854 +msgid "" +"Restart the Odoo server by typing the command: :command:`sudo service odoo15" +" restart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:857 +msgid "" +"Change the number after `odoo` to fit the specific version the server is " +"running on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:860 +msgid "Use web interface to re-encrypt password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:862 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to `/web/database/manager` or " +"`http://server_ip:port/web/database/manager` in a browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:866 +msgid "" +"Replace `server_ip` with the IP address of the database. Replace `port` with" +" the numbered port the database is accessible from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:869 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Set Master Password`, and type in the previously-" +"selected temporary password into the :guilabel:`Master Password` field. " +"Following this step, type in a :guilabel:`New Master Password`. The " +":guilabel:`New Master Password` is hashed (or encrypted), once the " +":guilabel:`Continue` button is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:874 +msgid "" +"At this point, the password has been successfully reset, and a hashed " +"version of the new password now appears in the configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:878 +msgid "" +"For more information on Odoo database security, see this documentation: " +":ref:`db_manager_security`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:882 msgid "Supported Browsers" msgstr "Các trình duyệt được hỗ trợ" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:748 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:884 msgid "" "Odoo supports all the major desktop and mobile browsers available on the " "market, as long as they are supported by their publishers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:751 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:887 msgid "Here are the supported browsers:" msgstr "Đây là các trình duyệt được hỗ trợ:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:753 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:889 msgid "Google Chrome" msgstr "Google Chrome" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:754 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:890 msgid "Mozilla Firefox" msgstr "Mozilla Firefox" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:755 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:891 msgid "Microsoft Edge" msgstr "Microsoft Edge" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:756 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:892 msgid "Apple Safari" msgstr "Apple Safari" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:758 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:894 msgid "" "Please make sure your browser is up-to-date and still supported by its " "publisher before filing a bug report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:763 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:899 msgid "Since Odoo 13.0, ES6 is supported. Therefore, IE support is dropped." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:766 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:902 msgid "" "to have multiple Odoo installations use the same PostgreSQL database, or to " "provide more computing resources to both software." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:769 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:905 msgid "" "technically a tool like socat_ can be used to proxy UNIX sockets across " "networks, but that is mostly for software which can only be used over UNIX " "sockets" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:773 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:909 msgid "" "or be accessible only over an internal packet-switched network, but that " "requires secured switches, protections against `ARP spoofing`_ and precludes" @@ -6124,19 +6370,6 @@ msgid "" " download the Enterprise packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:25 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:52 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:129 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:152 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:174 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:199 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:228 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:271 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:384 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:446 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:28 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:116 msgid "Prepare" @@ -6175,7 +6408,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:57 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:416 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:420 msgid "" "`wkhtmltopdf` is not installed through **pip** and must be installed " "manually in `version 0.12.6 " @@ -6253,19 +6486,6 @@ msgid "" "manager:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:148 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:70 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:133 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:158 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:180 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:208 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:239 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:324 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:393 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:456 -msgid "Windows" -msgstr "Windows" - #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:151 msgid "" "Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running " @@ -6410,9 +6630,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:186 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:213 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:253 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:347 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:405 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:467 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:351 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:471 msgid "Mac OS" msgstr "Mac OS" @@ -6564,40 +6784,46 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:280 msgid "" -"For Debian-based systems, the packages are listed in the `debian/control " -"`_ file of the Odoo " -"sources." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:283 -msgid "" "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following commands should install the required " "packages:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:287 +msgid "" +"The `setup/debinstall.sh` script will parse the `debian/control " +"`_ file and install " +"the found packages." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:290 msgid "Install with pip" msgstr "Cài đặt với pip" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:292 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Using pip may lead to security issues and broken dependencies; only do this " +"if you know what you are doing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:296 msgid "" "As some of the Python packages need a compilation step, they require system " "libraries to be installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:295 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:299 msgid "" "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following command should install these required " "libraries:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:301 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:305 msgid "" "Odoo dependencies are listed in the :file:`requirements.txt` file located at" " the root of the Odoo Community directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:305 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:309 msgid "" "The Python packages in :file:`requirements.txt` are based on their " "stable/LTS Debian/Ubuntu corresponding version at the moment of the Odoo " @@ -6606,9 +6832,9 @@ msgid "" "then chosen in the :file:`requirements.txt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:312 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:334 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:353 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:357 msgid "" "It can be preferable not to mix Python module packages between different " "instances of Odoo or with the system. However, it is possible to use " @@ -6616,143 +6842,143 @@ msgid "" "Python environments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:320 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation " "(:file:`CommunityPath`) and run **pip** on the requirements file to install " "the requirements for the current user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:326 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:330 msgid "" "Before installing the dependencies, download and install the `Build Tools " "for Visual Studio `_. Select " "**C++ build tools** in the **Workloads** tab and install them when prompted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:330 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:349 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:334 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:353 msgid "" "Odoo dependencies are listed in the `requirements.txt` file located at the " "root of the Odoo Community directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:342 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " "and run **pip** on the requirements file in a terminal **with Administrator " "privileges**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:357 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:361 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " "and run **pip** on the requirements file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:367 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:371 msgid "" "Non-Python dependencies must be installed with a package manager (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:370 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:374 msgid "Download and install the **Command Line Tools**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:376 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:380 msgid "Use the package manager to install non-Python dependencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:379 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:383 msgid "" "For languages using a **right-to-left interface** (such as Arabic or " "Hebrew), the `rtlcss` package is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:386 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:390 msgid "Download and install **nodejs** and **npm** with a package manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:387 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:396 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:391 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:400 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:413 msgid "Install `rtlcss`:" msgstr "Cài đặt `rtlcss`:" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:395 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:399 msgid "Download and install `nodejs `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:402 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:406 msgid "" "Edit the system environment's variable `PATH` to add the folder where " "`rtlcss.cmd` is located (typically: " ":file:`C:\\\\Users\\\\\\\\AppData\\\\Roaming\\\\npm\\\\`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:407 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:411 msgid "" "Download and install **nodejs** with a package manager (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:424 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:428 msgid "Running Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:426 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:430 msgid "" "Once all dependencies are set up, Odoo can be launched by running `odoo-" "bin`, the command-line interface of the server. It is located at the root of" " the Odoo Community directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:429 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:433 msgid "" "To configure the server, either specify :ref:`command-line arguments " "` or a :ref:`configuration file " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:433 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:437 msgid "" "For the Enterprise edition, add the path to the `enterprise` add-ons to the " "`addons-path` argument. Note that it must come before the other paths in " "`addons-path` for add-ons to be loaded correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:437 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:441 msgid "Common necessary configurations are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:439 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:443 msgid "PostgreSQL user and password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:440 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:444 msgid "Custom addon paths beyond the defaults to load custom modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:442 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:446 msgid "A typical way to run the server would be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:453 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:474 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:457 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:478 msgid "" "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, and " "`mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:463 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:467 msgid "" "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, " "`dbuser` is the PostgreSQL login, `dbpassword` is the PostgreSQL password, " "and `mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:477 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:481 msgid "" "After the server has started (the INFO log `odoo.modules.loading: Modules " "loaded.` is printed), open http://localhost:8069 in a web browser and log " @@ -6760,19 +6986,19 @@ msgid "" "the email and, again, `admin` as the password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:482 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:486 msgid "" "From there, create and manage new :doc:`users " "<../../applications/general/users>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:483 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:487 msgid "" "The user account used to log into Odoo's web interface differs from the " ":option:`--db_user ` CLI argument." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:487 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:491 msgid "" ":doc:`The list of CLI arguments for odoo-bin `" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po index da3e480c7..8ec5c1bac 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Thi Huong Nguyen, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" @@ -31,225 +31,194 @@ msgid "Activities" msgstr "Hoạt động" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database. " -"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " -"chatter thread, kanban view, list view, or activities view of an " -"application." +msgid "*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database." msgstr "" -"*Hoạt động* là các nhiệm vụ follow-up gắn liền với một tập dữ liệu trong cơ " -"sở dữ liệu Odoo. Hoạt động có thể được lên lịch trên bất kỳ trang nào của cơ" -" sở dữ liệu có chứa chuỗi cửa sổ trò chuyện, chế độ xem kanban, chế độ xem " -"danh sách hoặc chế độ xem hoạt động của một ứng dụng." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The icon used to display activities varies depending on the :ref:`activity " +"type `:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:11 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`🕘 (clock)`: the default icon, which appears if nothing is " +"scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 +msgid ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)`: this icon appears if a phone call is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:13 +msgid ":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)`: this icon appears if an email is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:14 +msgid ":guilabel:`✔️ (checkmark)`: this icon appears if a to-do is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:15 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(group of people)`: this icon appears if a meeting is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(arrow pointing up above a line)`: this icon appears if a " +"document is scheduled to be uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(pencil in a box)`: this icon appears if a signature request is " +"scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 msgid "Schedule activities" msgstr "Lên lịch hoạt động" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:23 msgid "" -"One way that activities are created is by clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule " -"Activity` button, located at the top of the *chatter* on any record. On the " -"pop-up window that appears, select an :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the " -"drop-down menu." +"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " +":ref:`chatter ` thread, :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or " +":ref:`activities view ` of an application." msgstr "" -"Một cách để tạo hoạt động là nhấp vào nút :guilabel:`Lên lịch hoạt động`, " -"nằm ở đầu *cửa sổ trò chuyện* trên bất kỳ tập dữ liệu nào. Khi cửa sổ bật " -"lên xuất hiện, chọn :guilabel:`Loại hoạt động` từ menu thả xuống." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Individual applications have a list of *Activity Types* dedicated to that " -"application. For example, to view and edit the activities available for the " -"*CRM* application, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " -"Activity Types`." -msgstr "" -"Các ứng dụng riêng lẻ có danh sách *Loại hoạt động* dành riêng cho ứng dụng " -"đó. Ví dụ: để xem và chỉnh sửa các hoạt động có sẵn cho ứng dụng *CRM*, hãy " -"đi đến :menuselection:`ứng dụng CRM --> Cấu hình --> Loại hoạt động`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Enter a title for the activity in the :guilabel:`Summary` field, located in " -"the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window." -msgstr "" -"Nhập tiêu đề cho hoạt động trong trường :guilabel:`Tóm tắt`, nằm trong cửa " -"sổ bật lên :guilabel:`Lên lịch hoạt động`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To assign the activity to a different user, select a name from the " -":guilabel:`Assigned to` drop-down menu. Otherwise, the user creating the " -"activity is automatically assigned." -msgstr "" -"Để phân công hoạt động cho một người dùng khác, hãy chọn tên từ menu thả " -"xuống :guilabel:`Phân công cho`. Nếu không, hoạt động sẽ tự động được phân " -"công cho người dùng tạo hoạt động đó." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Lastly, feel free to add any additional information in the optional " -":guilabel:`Log a note...` field." -msgstr "" -"Cuối cùng, hãy thêm bất kỳ thông tin bổ sung nào vào trường :guilabel:`Viết " -"ghi chú...` tùy chọn." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Due Date` field on the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " -"window auto-populates based on the configuration settings for the selected " -":guilabel:`Activity Type`. However, this date can be changed by selecting a " -"day on the calendar in the :guilabel:`Due Date` field." +msgid "Chatter" +msgstr "Cửa sổ trò chuyện" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:32 +msgid "Activities can be created from the chatter on any record." msgstr "" -"Trường :guilabel:`Ngày đến hạn` trên cửa sổ bật lên :guilabel:`Lên lịch hoạt" -" động` được tự động điền dựa trên cài đặt cấu hình cho :guilabel:`Loại hoạt " -"động` đã chọn. Tuy nhiên, ngày này có thể được thay đổi bằng cách chọn một " -"ngày trên lịch trong trường :guilabel:`Ngày đến hạn`." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:34 -msgid "Lastly, click one of the following buttons:" -msgstr "Cuối cùng, nhấp vào một trong các nút sau:" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:36 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Schedule`: adds the activity to the chatter under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." +"To schedule a new activity, click the :guilabel:`Activities` button, located" +" at the top of the chatter. In the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " +"window that appears, :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Lên lịch`: thêm hoạt động vào cửa sổ trò chuyện trong phần " -":guilabel:`Hoạt động theo kế hoạch`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the chatter " -"under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, it is automatically " -"marked as completed." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Đánh dấu là hoàn tất`: thêm chi tiết của hoạt động vào cửa sổ trò" -" chuyện trong phần :guilabel:`Hôm nay`. Hoạt động không được lên lịch mà sẽ " -"tự động được đánh dấu là đã hoàn tất." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:39 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Done \\& Schedule Next`: adds the task under :guilabel:`Today` " -"marked as done, and opens a new activity window." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Hoàn tất \\& Lên lịch tiếp theo`: thêm nhiệm vụ vào phần " -":guilabel:`Hôm nay` được đánh dấu là hoàn tất và mở một cửa sổ hoạt động " -"mới." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Discard`: discards any changes made on the pop-up window." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Huỷ bỏ`: huỷ bỏ mọi thay đổi được thực hiện trên cửa sổ bật lên." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "Chế độ xem lead CRM và tùy chọn lên lịch hoạt động." +msgid "New activity type form." +msgstr "Biểu mẫu loại hoạt động mới." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Depending on the activity type, the :guilabel:`Schedule` button may be " -"replaced by a :guilabel:`Save` button, or an :guilabel:`Open Calendar` " -"button." -msgstr "" -"Tùy vào loại hoạt động, nút :guilabel:`Lên lịch` có thể được thay thế bằng " -"nút :guilabel:`Lưu` hoặc nút :guilabel:`Mở lịch`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Scheduled activities are added to the chatter for the record under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." -msgstr "" -"Các hoạt động đã lên lịch sẽ được thêm vào cửa sổ trò chuyện trong phần " -":guilabel:`Hoạt động theo kế hoạch`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Activities can also be scheduled from the kanban, list, or activities view " -"of an application." -msgstr "" -"Hoạt động cũng có thể được lên lịch từ chế độ xem Kanban, danh sách hoặc " -"hoạt động của ứng dụng." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:45 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "Chế độ xem kanban" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`, and proceed to fill " -"out the pop-up form." +"Another way that activities are created is from the Kanban view in an " +"application." msgstr "" -"Chọn một tập dữ liệu để lên lịch hoạt động. Nhấp vào biểu tượng :guilabel:`🕘" -" (đồng hồ)`, sau đó là :guilabel:`Lên lịch hoạt động` và điền vào biểu mẫu " -"bật lên." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "The Kanban icon in the top menu, highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon located at the bottom of " +"an individual record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`+ Schedule An Activity`, then proceed to :ref:`fill out the" +" Schedule Activity form `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 msgid "" "Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." msgstr "Chế độ xem kanban của chu trình CRM và tùy chọn lên lịch hoạt động." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If a record already has a scheduled activity, the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon" +" is replaced by the icon that represents the existing scheduled activity. " +"Click on the activity type's icon to schedule another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:70 msgid "List view" msgstr "Chế độ xem danh sách" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`. If the record already " -"has an activity scheduled, the clock icon may be replaced by a :guilabel:`📞 " -"(phone)` or an :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:72 +msgid "Activities can also be created from a list view." msgstr "" -"Chọn một tập dữ liệu để lên lịch hoạt động. Nhấp vào biểu tượng :guilabel:`🕘" -" (đồng hồ)`, sau đó là :guilabel:`Lên lịch hoạt động`. Nếu tập dữ liệu đã có" -" hoạt động được lên lịch, biểu tượng đồng hồ có thể được thay thế bằng biểu " -"tượng :guilabel:`📞 (điện thoại)` hoặc biểu tượng :guilabel:`✉️ (phong bì)`." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Activities` column is hidden, reveal it using the " +":guilabel:`(additional options toggle)` icon in the far-right of the top " +"row, represented by two horizontal lines with two dots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon for the record the activity is" +" being added to, then click :guilabel:`+ Schedule an activity`. Proceed to " +":ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form ` that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." msgstr "" "Chế độ xem danh sách của chu trình CRM và tùy chọn lên lịch hoạt động." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:93 msgid "Activity view" msgstr "Chế độ xem hoạt động" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 msgid "" -"To open the activity view for an application, select the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon from the menu bar anywhere in the database. Select any " -"application from the drop-down menu, and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " -"icon for the desired app." +"Most applications in Odoo have an *Activity* view available. If available, a" +" :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon is visible in the top-right of the main" +" menu bar." msgstr "" -"Để mở chế độ xem hoạt động cho một ứng dụng, hãy chọn biểu tượng " -":guilabel:`🕘 (đồng hồ)` từ thanh menu ở bất kỳ đâu trong cơ sở dữ liệu. Chọn" -" một ứng dụng bất kỳ từ menu thả xuống và nhấp vào biểu tượng :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(đồng hồ)` cho ứng dụng mong muốn." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:98 msgid "" -"Activity menu drop down with focus on where to open activity view for CRM." +"To open the activity view, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon." msgstr "" -"Menu hoạt động thả xuống tập trung vào vị trí mở chế độ xem hoạt động cho " -"CRM." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "Top-right menu with the Activities icon called out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:104 msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Move across the row to " -"find the desired activity type, then click the :guilabel:`＋ (plus sign)`." +"In this view, all the available activities are listed in the columns, while " +"the horizontal entries represent all the individual records." msgstr "" -"Chọn một tập dữ liệu để lên lịch hoạt động. Di chuyển giữa các hàng để tìm " -"loại hoạt động mong muốn, sau đó nhấp vào :guilabel:`＋ (dấu cộng)`." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:107 msgid "" -"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +"Activities that appear green have a due date in the future, activities that " +"appear orange are due today, while activities appearing red are overdue." msgstr "" -"Chế độ xem hoạt động của chu trình CRM và tùy chọn lên lịch hoạt động." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Color bars in each column represent records for specific activity types, and" +" display a number indicating how many activities are scheduled for that " +"type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If multiple activity types are scheduled for a record, a number appears in " +"the box, indicating the total number of scheduled activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:117 msgid "" "Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" " throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." @@ -257,102 +226,266 @@ msgstr "" "Màu sắc của hoạt động và mối quan hệ của chúng với ngày hết hạn của hoạt " "động thống nhất trong Odoo, bất kể loại hoạt động hay chế độ xem." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:120 msgid "" -"Activities that appear in **green** indicate a due date sometime in the " -"future." +"To schedule an activity for a record, hover over the corresponding field, " +"and a :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` appears. Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)`, and then :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." msgstr "" -"Hoạt động có **màu xanh lục** cho biết ngày đến hạn diễn ra vào một thời " -"điểm nào đó trong tương lai." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:96 -msgid "**Yellow** indicates that the activity's due date is today." -msgstr "**Màu vàng** cho biết ngày đến hạn của hoạt động là hôm nay." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Red** indicates that the activity is overdue and the due date has passed." -msgstr "**Màu đỏ** cho biết hoạt động đã quá hạn và ngày đến hạn đã qua." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:99 -msgid "" -"For example, if an activity is created for a phone call, and the due date " -"passes, the activity appears with a red phone in list view, and a red clock " -"on the kanban view." -msgstr "" -"Ví dụ: nếu hoạt động được tạo cho một cuộc gọi điện thoại và đã qua ngày đến" -" hạn thì hoạt động đó sẽ xuất hiện với một chiếc điện thoại màu đỏ ở chế độ " -"xem danh sách và đồng hồ màu đỏ ở chế độ xem kanban." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:103 -msgid "View scheduled activities" -msgstr "Xem hoạt động đã lên lịch" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:105 -msgid "" -"To view scheduled activities, open either the :menuselection:`Sales app` or " -":menuselection:`CRM app` and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, located " -"to the far-right side of the other view options." -msgstr "" -"Để xem các hoạt động đã lên lịch, hãy mở :menuselection:`ứng dụng Bán hàng` " -"hoặc :menuselection:`ứng dụng CRM` và nhấp vào biểu tượng :guilabel:`🕘 (đồng" -" hồ)`, nằm ở phía ngoài cùng bên phải của các tùy chọn chế độ xem khác." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Doing so opens the activities menu, showcasing all the scheduled activities " -"for the user, by default. To show all activities for every user, remove the " -":guilabel:`My Pipeline` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." -msgstr "" -"Theo mặc định, việc này sẽ mở menu hoạt động, hiển thị tất cả hoạt động đã " -"lên lịch cho người dùng. Để hiển thị tất cả hoạt động của mọi người dùng, " -"hãy xóa bộ lọc :guilabel:`Chu trình của tôi` khỏi thanh :guilabel:`Tìm " -"kiếm...`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To view a consolidated list of activities separated by the application where" -" they were created, and by deadline, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon on" -" the header menu to see the activities for that specific application in a " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" -"Để xem danh sách tổng hợp hoạt động được phân chia theo ứng dụng mà chúng " -"được tạo và theo hạn chót, hãy nhấp vào biểu tượng :guilabel:`🕘 (đồng hồ)` " -"trên menu tiêu đề để xem các hoạt động cho ứng dụng cụ thể đó trong menu thả" -" xuống." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The possibility to :guilabel:`Add new note` and :guilabel:`Request a " -"Document` appear at the bottom of this drop-down menu, when the :guilabel:`🕘" -" (clock)` icon on the header menu is clicked." -msgstr "" -"Khả năng :guilabel:`Thêm ghi chú mới` và :guilabel:`Yêu cầu tài liệu` xuất " -"hiện ở cuối menu thả xuống này, khi nhấp vào biểu tượng :guilabel:`🕘 (đồng " -"hồ)` trên menu tiêu đề." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads page emphasizing the activities menu." -msgstr "Màn hình hiển thị trang lead CRM tập trung vào menu hoạt động." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:123 -msgid "Configure activity types" -msgstr "Cấu hình loại hoạt động" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:125 msgid "" -"To configure the types of activities in the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss --> Activities --> Activity Types`." +"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." msgstr "" -"Để cấu hình các loại hoạt động trong cơ sở dữ liệu, hãy truy cập " -":menuselection:`ứng dụng Cài đặt --> Thảo luận --> Hoạt động --> Loại hoạt " -"động`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types." -msgstr "Màn hình hiển thị trang cài đặt tập trung vào menu loại hoạt động." +"Chế độ xem hoạt động của chu trình CRM và tùy chọn lên lịch hoạt động." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 +msgid "Schedule Activity form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Activities can be scheduled from many different places, such as from the " +":ref:`chatter ` of a record, or from one of multiple " +"views in an application, when available: the :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or :ref:`activity " +"view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Activity Type`: select the type of activity from the drop-down " +"menu. The default options are: :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Call`, " +":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`To-Do`. Depending on what other " +"applications are installed, additional options may be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Individual applications have a list of dedicated :ref:`activity types " +"`. For example, installing the *Sales* application makes " +":guilabel:`Order Upsell` available, while installing the *Sign* application " +"makes :guilabel:`Request Signature` available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Summary`: enter a short title for the activity, such as `Discuss " +"Proposal`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date`: using the calendar popover, select the activity's " +"deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assigned to`: by default, the current user populates this field. " +"To assign a different user to the activity, select them from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: add any additional information for the activity in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window is completed, click one" +" of the following buttons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:158 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Open Calendar`: opens the user's calendar to add and schedule the" +" activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Click on the desired date and time for the activity, and a :guilabel:`New " +"Event` pop-up window appears. The summary from the *Schedule Activity* pop-" +"up window populates the :guilabel:`Title` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Enter the information in the :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up window, then click" +" :guilabel:`Save & Close` to schedule it. Once scheduled, the activity is " +"added to the chatter under the :guilabel:`Planned Activities` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Activity Type` is set to either :guilabel:`Call` or " +":guilabel:`Meeting`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: schedules the activity, and adds the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Planned Activities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:174 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule & Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the" +" chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, and is " +"automatically marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next`: adds the details of the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, is " +"automatically marked as done, and a new :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up" +" window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancel`: discards any changes made on the :guilabel:`Schedule " +"Activity` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "Chế độ xem lead CRM và tùy chọn lên lịch hoạt động." + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:188 +msgid "All scheduled activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To view a consolidated list of activities, organized by application, click " +"the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon in the header menu, located in the top-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If any activities are scheduled, the number of activities appear in a red " +"bubble on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:196 +msgid "" +"All activities for each application are further divided into subsections, " +"indicating where in the application the activity is to be completed. Each " +"sub-section lists the number of scheduled activities that are " +":guilabel:`Late`, due :guilabel:`Today`, and scheduled in the " +":guilabel:`Future`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:202 +msgid "" +"In the *Time Off* application, one activity is scheduled to be done in the " +"*All Time Off* requests dashboard, and six activities are scheduled to be " +"done in the *Allocations* dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:205 +msgid "" +"These requests appear in two separate lists in the all activities drop-down " +"menu: one labeled `Time Off` and one labeled `Time Off Allocation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list of activities that is accessed from the main menu bar. Two entries for the Time\n" +"Off application are highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:214 +msgid "Request a document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The option to :guilabel:`Request a Document` is available at the bottom of " +"the list of :ref:`all scheduled activities `, the option to " +":guilabel:`Request a Document` appears. Click :guilabel:`Request a " +"Document`, and a :guilabel:`Request a file` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:222 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Name`: enter a name for the document being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request To`: select the user the document is being requested from" +" using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date In`: enter a numerical value indicating when the " +"document is due. Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. " +"Click :guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. " +"Select the desired time-frame option from the list. The options are " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:229 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +":ref:`Workspace ` the document is being uploaded to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any desired tags from the drop-down menu. The " +"available tags displayed are based on the tags configured for the selected " +":guilabel:`Workspace`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message`: enter a message to clarify the document request in this" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:235 +msgid "" +"When all the fields are completed, click :guilabel:`Request` to send the " +"document request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Request a file form, with all fields filled out to request a contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:244 +msgid "Activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured types of activities in the database, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss section --> Activities " +"setting --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activity Types button in the Settings application under the Discuss section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:253 msgid "" "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " "activity types are found." @@ -360,202 +493,195 @@ msgstr "" "Thao tác này sẽ hiển thị trang :guilabel:`Loại hoạt động`, nơi chứa các loại" " hoạt động hiện có." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To edit an existing activity type, select it from the list, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`. To create a new activity type, click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" -"Để chỉnh sửa loại hoạt động hiện có, hãy chọn loại hoạt động đó từ danh " -"sách, sau đó nhấp vào :guilabel:`Chỉnh sửa`. Để tạo một loại hoạt động mới, " -"hãy nhấp vào :guilabel:`Tạo`." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:136 -msgid "" -"At the top of a blank activity type form, start by choosing a " -":guilabel:`Name` for the new activity type." -msgstr "" -"Ở đầu biểu mẫu loại hoạt động trống, hãy bắt đầu bằng cách chọn " -":guilabel:`Tên` cho loại hoạt động mới." - #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "New activity type form." -msgstr "Biểu mẫu loại hoạt động mới." - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:143 -msgid "Activity settings" -msgstr "Cài đặt hoạt động" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:146 -msgid "Action" -msgstr "Hành động" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:148 -msgid "" -"The *Action* field specifies the intent of the activity. Some actions " -"trigger specific behaviors after an activity is scheduled." +msgid "The list of activity types already configured and available." msgstr "" -"Trường *Hành động* xác định mục đích của hoạt động. Một số hành động kích " -"hoạt các hành vi cụ thể sau khi một hoạt động được lên lịch." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected, a link to upload a document is " -"added directly to the planned activity in the chatter." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:260 +msgid "Edit activity types" msgstr "" -"Nếu chọn :guilabel:`Tải tài liệu lên`, liên kết để tải tài liệu lên sẽ được " -"thêm trực tiếp vào hoạt động theo kế hoạch trong cửa sổ trò chuyện." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:262 msgid "" -"If either :guilabel:`Phonecall` or :guilabel:`Meeting` are selected, users " -"have the option to open their calendar to schedule a time for this activity." +"To edit an existing :ref:`activity type `, click on the " +"activity type, and the activity type form loads." msgstr "" -"Nếu chọn :guilabel:`Cuộc gọi điện thoại` hoặc :guilabel:`Cuộc họp`, người " -"dùng sẽ có tùy chọn mở lịch để lên lịch thời gian cho hoạt động này." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:265 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Request Signature` is selected, a link is added to the planned" -" activity in the chatter that opens a signature request pop-up window." +"Make any desired changes to the activity type form. The form automatically " +"saves, but it can be saved manually at any time by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Save Manually` option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner of the page." msgstr "" -"Nếu chọn :guilabel:`Yêu cầu chữ ký`, một liên kết sẽ được thêm vào hoạt động" -" theo kế hoạch trong cửa sổ trò chuyện để mở ra một cửa sổ bật lên yêu cầu " -"chữ ký." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:270 +msgid "Create new activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:272 msgid "" -"The actions available to select on an activity type vary, depending on the " -"applications currently installed in the database." +"To create a new :ref:`activity type `, click " +":guilabel:`New` from the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, and a blank " +"activity type form loads." msgstr "" -"Các hành động có thể chọn cho một loại hoạt động sẽ khác nhau, tùy vào ứng " -"dụng hiện được cài đặt trong cơ sở dữ liệu." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:163 -msgid "Default user" -msgstr "Người dùng mặc định" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:275 msgid "" -"To automatically assign this activity to a specific user when this activity " -"type is scheduled, choose a name from the :guilabel:`Default User` drop-down" -" menu. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to the user who" -" creates the activity." +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the activity type at the top of the form, then " +"enter the following information on the form." msgstr "" -"Để tự động phân công hoạt động này cho một người dùng cụ thể khi loại hoạt " -"động này được lên lịch, hãy chọn tên từ menu thả xuống :guilabel:`Người dùng" -" mặc định`. Nếu trường này được để trống, thì hoạt động sẽ được phân công " -"cho người dùng tạo hoạt động đó." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:170 -msgid "Default summary" -msgstr "Tóm tắt mặc định" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:279 +msgid "Activity Settings section" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:281 msgid "" -"To include notes whenever this activity type is created, enter them into the" -" :guilabel:`Default Summary` field." +":guilabel:`Action`: using the drop-down menu, select an action associated " +"with this new activity type. Some actions trigger specific behaviors after " +"an activity is scheduled, such as:" msgstr "" -"Để thêm ghi chú bất cứ khi nào loại hoạt động này được tạo, hãy nhập chúng " -"vào trường :guilabel:`Tóm tắt mặc định`." -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:284 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Upload Document`: if selected, a link to upload a document is " +"automatically added to the planned activity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:286 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Call` or :guilabel:`Meeting`: if selected, users have the option " +"to open their calendar to select a date and time for the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request Signature`: if selected, a link to open a signature " +"request pop-up window is automatically added to the planned activity in the " +"chatter. This requires the Odoo *Sign* application to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Available activity types vary based on the installed applications in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folder`: select a specific :ref:`workspace " +"` folder to save a document to. This field **only** " +"appears if :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Action`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Folder` the document is " +"saved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default User`: select a user from the drop-down menu to " +"automatically assign this activity to the selected user when this activity " +"type is scheduled. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to " +"the user who creates the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Summary`: enter a note to include whenever this activity " +"type is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:307 msgid "" "The information in the :guilabel:`Default User` and :guilabel:`Default " "Summary` fields are included when an activity is created. However, they can " "be altered before the activity is scheduled or saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:181 -msgid "Next activity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:311 msgid "" -"To automatically suggest, or trigger, a new activity after an activity has " -"been marked complete, the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` must be set." +":guilabel:`Keep Done`: tick this checkbox to keep activities that have been " +"marked as `Done` visible in the :ref:`activity view `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:187 -msgid "Suggest next activity" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:313 +msgid ":guilabel:`Default Note`: enter any notes to appear with the activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:316 +msgid "Next Activity section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:318 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field, select :guilabel:`Suggest Next " -"Activity`. Upon doing so, the field underneath changes to: " -":guilabel:`Suggest`. Click the :guilabel:`Suggest` field drop-down menu to " -"select any activities to recommend as follow-up tasks to this activity type." +"It is possible to have another activity either suggested or triggered. To do" +" so, configure the :guilabel:`Next Activity` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:321 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Schedule` field, choose a default deadline for these " -"activities. To do so, configure a desired number of :guilabel:`Days`, " -":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, decide if it should occur " -":guilabel:`after completion date` or :guilabel:`after previous activity " -"deadline`." +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`: select either :guilabel:`Suggest Next Activity` " +"or :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` from the drop-down menu. Depending on " +"the selected option, either the :guilabel:`Suggest` or :guilabel:`Trigger` " +"field is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:198 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:326 msgid "" -"This :guilabel:`Schedule` field information can be altered before the " -"activity is scheduled." +"The :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field does **not** appear if :guilabel:`Upload" +" Document` is selected for the :guilabel:`Action`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:227 -msgid "When all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Suggest/Trigger`: depending on what is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`, this field either displays :guilabel:`Suggest` or" +" :guilabel:`Trigger`. Using the drop-down menu, select the activity to " +"recommend or schedule as a follow-up task to the activity type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:332 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: configure when the next activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:334 +msgid "" +"First, enter a numerical value indicating when the activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. Click " +":guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. Select the" +" desired time-frame option from the list. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:340 +msgid "" +"Lastly, using the drop-down menu, select whether the activity is scheduled " +"or triggered either :guilabel:`after previous activity deadline` or " +":guilabel:`after completion date`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "Schedule activity popup with emphasis on recommended activities." +msgid "A new Activity form with all the fields filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Suggest " -"Next Activity`, and has activities listed in the :guilabel:`Suggest` field, " -"users are presented with recommendations for activities as next steps." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:348 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:211 -msgid "Trigger next activity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Setting the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` to :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` " -"immediately launches the next activity once the previous one is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` is selected in the :guilabel:`Chaining " -"Type` field, the field beneath changes to: :guilabel:`Trigger`. From the " -":guilabel:`Trigger` field drop-down menu, select the activity that should be" -" launched once this activity is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Schedule new activity popup with emphasis on Done and launch next button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Trigger" -" Next Activity`, marking the activity as `Done` immediately launches the " -"next activity listed in the :guilabel:`Trigger` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:238 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:239 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:349 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss/team_communication`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 93d42519b..d9240b1dd 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Thi Huong Nguyen, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" @@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 @@ -584,6 +584,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:583 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:701 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 @@ -1903,6 +1904,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:32 msgid "Transactions" msgstr "Giao dịch" @@ -2454,7 +2456,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:90 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:432 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:363 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "Customer invoices" @@ -2680,7 +2682,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:169 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:242 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:376 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 @@ -4056,6 +4058,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:38 msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" msgstr "" @@ -5828,23 +5831,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 msgid "" -"This document addresses a specific use case for theoretical purposes. " -"Navigate :ref:`here ` for " -"instructions on how to set up and use |AVCO| in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:32 -msgid "" -":ref:`Using inventory valuation `" +"This document addresses a specific use case for theoretical purposes. For " +"instructions on how to set up and use |AVCO|, refer to the :doc:`inventory " +"valuation configuration " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +" doc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 msgid "" +":doc:`Using inventory valuation " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:35 +msgid "" ":ref:`Other inventory valuation methods " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:40 msgid "" "To use average cost inventory valuation on a product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and " @@ -5853,17 +5859,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to `Automated`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:46 msgid "" -":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration " -"`" +":doc:`Inventory valuation configuration " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 msgid "Using average cost valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "" "The average cost method adjusts the inventory valuation when products are " "received in the warehouse. This section explains how it works, but if the " @@ -5871,37 +5877,37 @@ msgid "" "` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:59 msgid "Formula" msgstr "Công thức" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:61 msgid "" "When new products arrive, the new average cost for each product is " "recomputed using the formula:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:63 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{(Old~Qty \\times Old~Avg~Cost) + (Incoming~Qty \\times Purchase~Price)}{Final~Qty}\n" "\n" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:66 msgid "**Old Qty**: product count in stock before receiving the new shipment;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:67 msgid "" "**Old Avg Cost**: calculated average cost for a single product from the " "previous inventory valuation;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:69 msgid "**Incoming Qty**: count of products arriving in the new shipment;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:70 msgid "" "**Purchase Price**: estimated price of products at the reception of products" " (since vendor bills may arrive later). The amount includes not only the " @@ -5910,214 +5916,217 @@ msgid "" "vendor bill, this price is adjusted;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:74 msgid "**Final Qty**: quantity of on-hand stock after the stock move." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 msgid "" "When products leave the warehouse, the average cost **does not** change. " "Read about why the average cost valuation is **not** adjusted :ref:`here " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:85 msgid "Compute average cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:87 msgid "" "To understand how the average cost of a product changes with each shipment, " "consider the following table of warehouse operations and stock moves. Each " "is a different example of how the average cost valuation is affected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Operation" msgstr "Hoạt động" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 msgid "Incoming Value" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "Giá trị tồn kho" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Avg Cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:424 msgid "$0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 msgid "0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "Receive 8 tables at $10/unit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "8 * $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "$80" msgstr "80$" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "8" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "$10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 msgid "Receive 4 tables at $16/unit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 msgid "4 * $16" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 msgid "$144" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "$12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 msgid "Deliver 10 tables" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 msgid "-10 * $12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "$24" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:106 msgid "" "Ensure comprehension of the above computations by reviewing the \"Receive 8 " "tables at $10/unit\" example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:109 msgid "Initially, the product stock is 0, so all values are $0." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:111 msgid "" "In the first warehouse operation, `8` tables are received at `$10` each. The" " average cost is calculated using the :ref:`formula " "`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:114 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{0 + 8 \\times $10}{8} = \\frac{$80}{8} = $10\n" "\n" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "" "Since the *incoming quantity* of tables is `8` and the *purchase price* for " "each is `$10`," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:118 msgid "The inventory value in the numerator is evaluated to `$80`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 msgid "`$80` is divided by the total amount of tables to store, `8`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:120 msgid "`$10` is the average cost of a single table from the first shipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:122 msgid "" "To verify this in Odoo, in the *Purchase* app, order `8` quantities of a new" " product, `Table`, with no previous stock moves, for `$10` each." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:125 msgid "" "In the table's :guilabel:`Product Category` field in the :guilabel:`General " "Information` tab of the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon," @@ -6126,13 +6135,13 @@ msgid "" " Valuation` to `Automated`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "" "Then, return to the purchase order. Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`, and " "click :guilabel:`Receive Products` to confirm receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:133 msgid "" "Next, check the inventory valuation record generated by the product " "reception by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> " @@ -6146,7 +6155,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show inventory valuation of 8 tables in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "" "When the product category's :guilabel:`Costing Method` is set to " ":guilabel:`AVCO`, then the average cost of a product is also displayed on " @@ -6154,11 +6163,11 @@ msgid "" "on the product page itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:149 msgid "Product delivery (use case)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:151 msgid "" "For outgoing shipments, :ref:`outbound products have no effect on the " "average cost valuation `. Although the " @@ -6167,47 +6176,47 @@ msgid "" "customer location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:157 msgid "" "To demonstrate that the average cost valuation is not recalculated, examine " "the \"Deliver 10 tables\" example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{12 \\times $12 + (-10) \\times $12}{12-10} = \\frac{24}{2} = $12\n" "\n" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "" "Because 10 tables are being sent out to customers, the *incoming quantity* " "is `-10`. The previous average cost (`$12`) is used in lieu of a vendor's " "*purchase price*;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:165 msgid "The *incoming inventory value* is `-10 * $12 = -$120`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:166 msgid "" "The old *inventory value* (`$144`) is added to the *incoming inventory " "value* (`-$120`), so `$144 + -$120 = $24`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:168 msgid "" "Only `2` tables remain after shipping out `10` tables from `12`. So the " "current *inventory value* (`$24`) is divided by the on-hand quantity (`2`);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:170 msgid "" "`$24 / 2 = $12`, which is the same average cost as the previous operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:172 msgid "" "To verify this in Odoo, sell `10` tables in the *Sales* app, validate the " "delivery, and then review the inventory valuation record by going to in " @@ -6216,7 +6225,7 @@ msgid "" "by `-$120`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:177 msgid "" "**Note**: What is not represented in this stock valuation record is the " "revenue made from this sale, so this decrease is not a loss to the company." @@ -6226,53 +6235,53 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show how deliveries decrease inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:187 msgid "Return items to supplier (use case)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:189 msgid "" "Because the price paid to suppliers can differ from the price the product is" " valued at with the |AVCO| method, Odoo handles returned items in a specific" " way." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:192 msgid "" "Products are returned to suppliers at the original purchase price, but;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:193 msgid "The internal cost valuation remains unchanged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 msgid "" "The above :ref:`example table ` is updated as" " follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 msgid "Qty*Avg Cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 msgid "Return 1 table bought at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 msgid "-1 * $12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:242 msgid "1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:205 msgid "" "In other words, returns to vendors are perceived by Odoo as another form of " "a product exiting the warehouse. To Odoo, because the table is valued at $12" @@ -6281,7 +6290,7 @@ msgid "" "average cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:211 msgid "" "To return a single table that was purchased for `$10`, navigate to the " "receipt in the *Inventory* app for the :ref:`8 tables purchased in Exercise " @@ -6289,7 +6298,7 @@ msgid "" " clicking on :guilabel:`Receipts`, and selecting the desired receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:216 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Return` on the validated delivery order, and modify " "the quantity to `1` in the reverse transfer window. This creates an outgoing" @@ -6297,7 +6306,7 @@ msgid "" " shipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:220 msgid "" "Return to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation` " "to see how the outgoing shipment decreases the inventory value by $12." @@ -6307,63 +6316,63 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inventory valuation for return." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:230 msgid "Eliminate stock valuation errors in outgoing products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:232 msgid "" "Inconsistencies can occur in a company's inventory when the average cost " "valuation is recalculated on outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:235 msgid "" "To demonstrate this error, the table below displays a scenario in which 1 " "table is shipped to a customer and another is returned to a supplier at the " "purchased price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 msgid "Qty*Price" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 msgid "Ship 1 product to customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 msgid "-1 \\* $12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "Return 1 product initially bought at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "-1 \\* $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$2**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "**0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:248 msgid "" "In the final operation above, the final inventory valuation for the table is" " `$2` even though there are `0` tables left in stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:251 msgid "Correct method" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:253 msgid "" "Use the average cost to value the return. This does not mean the company " "gets $12 back for a $10 purchase; the item returned for $10 is valued " @@ -6371,11 +6380,11 @@ msgid "" " no longer being accounted for in company assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:258 msgid "Anglo-Saxon accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:260 msgid "" "In addition to using |AVCO|, companies that use **Anglo-Saxon accounting** " "also keep a holding account that tracks the amount to be paid to vendors. " @@ -6385,13 +6394,13 @@ msgid "" "vendor bill is received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:266 msgid "" ":ref:`Anglo-Saxon vs. Continental " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:268 msgid "" "The table below reflects journal entries and accounts. The *stock input* " "account stores the money intended to pay vendors when the vendor bill has " @@ -6400,71 +6409,71 @@ msgid "" "price it was bought for, a *price difference* account is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Stock Input" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Price Diff" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 msgid "Receive 8 tables at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 msgid "($80)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 msgid "Receive 4 tables at $16" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 msgid "($64)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "Deliver 10 tables to customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "Return 1 table initially bought at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$10**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$12**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "$2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:296 msgid "Product reception" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:299 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Tóm tắt" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:301 msgid "" "At product reception, Odoo ensures companies can pay for goods that were " "purchased by preemptively moving an amount matching the price of received " @@ -6476,7 +6485,7 @@ msgid "" "bill is received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:308 msgid "" "Inventory valuation is a method of calculating how much each in-stock " "product is worth internally. Since there is a difference between the price " @@ -6485,44 +6494,44 @@ msgid "" "crediting and debiting operations of the **Stock Input** account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:313 msgid "To conceptualize all this, follow the breakdown below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:316 msgid "Accounts balanced at received products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:318 msgid "" "In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, `table`, in " "stock. Then, 8 tables are received from the vendor:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:321 msgid "" "The **Stock Input** account stores `$80` of credit owed to the vendor. The " "amount in this account is unrelated to the inventory value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:323 msgid "" "`$80` worth of tables came **in** (**debit** the *Inventory Value* account " "`$80`), and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:324 msgid "" "`$80` must be paid **out** for received goods (**credit** the *Stock Input* " "account `$80`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:324 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:370 msgid "In Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:329 msgid "" "Odoo generates an accounting journal entry when shipments that use |AVCO| " "costing method are received. Configure a :guilabel:`Price Difference " @@ -6530,7 +6539,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category` field on the product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:333 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Account Properties`, create a new :guilabel:`Price " "Difference Account` by typing in the name of the account and clicking " @@ -6542,7 +6551,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create price difference account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:341 msgid "" "Then, receive the shipment in the *Purchase* app or *Inventory* app, and " "navigate to the :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal " @@ -6554,7 +6563,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show accounting entry of 8 tables from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:349 msgid "" "Click on the line for 8 tables. This accounting journal entry shows that " "when the 8 tables were received, the `Stock Valuation` account increased by " @@ -6566,35 +6575,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit stock valuation and credit stock input 80 dollars." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:358 msgid "Accounts balanced at received vendor bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:360 msgid "" "In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, table, in " "stock. Then, 8 tables are received from the vendor. When the bill is " "received from vendor for 8 tables:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:363 msgid "" "Use `$80` in the **Stock Input** account to pay the bill. This cancels out " "and the account now holds `$0`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:365 msgid "Debit **Stock Input** `$80` (to reconcile this account)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:366 msgid "" "Credit **Accounts payable** `$80`. This account stores the amount the " "company owes others, so accountants use the amount to write checks to " "vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:372 msgid "" "Once the vendor requests payment, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Orders --> Purchase` and select the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for " @@ -6602,7 +6611,7 @@ msgid "" "Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:376 msgid "" "Switch to the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view how `$80` is transferred" " from the holding account, `Stock Interim (Received)` to `Accounts Payable`." @@ -6613,24 +6622,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show bill linked to the purchase order for 8 tables." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:385 msgid "On product delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:387 msgid "" "In the :ref:`above example table `, when 10" " products are delivered to a customer, the **Stock Input** account is " "untouched because there are no new products coming in. To put it simply:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:391 msgid "" "**Inventory valuation** is credited `$120`. Subtracting from inventory " "valuation represents `$120` worth of products exiting the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:393 msgid "Debit **Accounts Receivable** to record revenue from the sale." msgstr "" @@ -6638,7 +6647,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show journal items linked to sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:401 msgid "" "In the accounting journal entry invoicing a customer for 10 tables, the " "accounts **Product Sales**, **Tax Received**, and **Accounts Receivable** " @@ -6646,7 +6655,7 @@ msgid "" "account where the customer payment will be received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:405 msgid "" "Anglo-Saxon accounting recognizes the cost of goods sold (COGS) once the " "sale is made. So, up until the product is sold, scrapped, or returned, costs" @@ -6655,11 +6664,11 @@ msgid "" "period of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:411 msgid "On product return" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:413 msgid "" "In the :ref:`above example table `, when " "returning 1 product to a vendor purchased at `$10`, a company expects `$10` " @@ -6670,31 +6679,31 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:420 msgid "" "Behavior of *price difference accounts* varies from localization. In this " "case, the account is intended to store differences between vendor price and " "*automated* inventory valuation methods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:423 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "Tóm tắt:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:425 msgid "" "Debit **Stock Input** account `$10` to move the table from stock to stock " "input. This move is to indicate that the table is to be processed for an " "outgoing shipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:427 msgid "" "Debit **Stock Input** an additional `$2` to account for the **Price " "Difference**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:428 msgid "" "Credit **Stock Valuation** `$12` because the item is leaving the stock." msgstr "" @@ -6703,16 +6712,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "2 dollar difference expensed in Price Difference account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:434 msgid "Once the vendor's refund is received," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:436 msgid "" "Credit **Stock Input** account `$10` to reconcile the price of the table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:437 msgid "" "Debit **Accounts Payable** `$10` to have the accountants collect and " "register the payment in their journal." @@ -6726,7 +6735,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:361 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:247 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:258 @@ -7419,6 +7428,7 @@ msgid "Partial payment 2/2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:422 msgid "30" msgstr "30" @@ -7656,7 +7666,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:254 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:278 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 @@ -7813,6 +7823,7 @@ msgid "VAT units tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:339 msgid "Fiscal position" msgstr "Vị trí tài chính" @@ -11520,6 +11531,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:32 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "Khoá học tiên quyết" @@ -11670,6 +11682,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:150 msgid ":doc:`../get_started`" msgstr "" @@ -11897,11 +11910,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:105 msgid "" -"Setting an :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` is **irreversible** and cannot be" -" removed." +"Install the :guilabel:`Irreversible Lock Date` (`account_lock`) module to " +"make the :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` *irreversible* once set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:109 msgid "" "A specific year-end closing entry is **optional** in order to close out the " "**profit and loss statement**. The reports are created in real-time, meaning" @@ -11995,7 +12008,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:386 msgid "Tax computation" msgstr "" @@ -12058,6 +12071,7 @@ msgstr "Thuế" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:397 msgid "Total" msgstr "Tổng" @@ -12752,110 +12766,1701 @@ msgid "" "to only work with one price reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:3 -msgid "Avatax integration" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:5 -msgid "Avatax is a tax calculation provider that can be integrated in Odoo." +msgid "AvaTax integration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:98 -msgid "Credential configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:7 msgid "" -"To integrate Avatax with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes` and add your Avatax credentials in the" -" :guilabel:`Avatax` section." +"Avalara's *AvaTax* is a cloud-based tax software. Integrating *AvaTax* with " +"Odoo provides real-time and region-specific tax calculations when users " +"sell, purchase, and invoice items in Odoo. *AvaTax* tax calculation is " +"supported with every United Nations charted country, including inter-border " +"transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:13 msgid "" -"If you do not yet have credentials, click on :guilabel:`How to Get " -"Credentials`." +"*AvaTax* is only available for integration with databases/companies that " +"have locations in the United States, Canada, and Brazil. This means the " +"fiscal position/country of a database can only be set to the United States, " +"Canada, or Brazil. For more information, reference this documentation: " +":ref:`avatax/fiscal_country`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Configure Avatax settings" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:18 +msgid "" +"*AvaTax* accounts for location-based tax rates for each state, county, and " +"city. It improves remittance accuracy by paying close attention to laws, " +"rules, jurisdiction boundaries, and special circumstances (like, tax " +"holidays, and product exemptions). Companies who integrate with *AvaTax* can" +" maintain control of tax-calculations in-house with this simple :abbr:`API " +"(application programming interface)` integration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:25 -msgid "Tax mapping" +msgid "" +"Some limitations exist in Odoo while using *AvaTax* for tax calculation:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:27 msgid "" -"The Avatax integration is available on Sale Orders and Invoices with the " -"included Avatax fiscal position." +"*AvaTax* is **not** supported in Odoo's *Point of Sale* app, because a " +"dynamic tax calculation model is excessive for transactions within a single " +"delivery address, such as stores or restaurants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:30 msgid "" -"Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the " -"product categories." +"*AvaTax* and Odoo use the company address and **not** the warehouse address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Specify Avatax Category on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:31 msgid "" -"Avatax Categories may be overridden or set on individual products as well." +"Exercise tax is **not** supported. This includes tobacco/vape taxes, fuel " +"taxes, and other specific industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Avalara's support documents: `About AvaTax " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:39 +msgid "Set up on AvaTax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To use *AvaTax*, an account with Avalara is required for the setup. If one " +"has not been set up yet, connect with Avalara to purchase a license: " +"`Avalara: Let's Talk `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Upon account setup, take note of the *AvaTax* :guilabel:`Account ID`. This " +"will be needed in the :ref:`Odoo setup `. In Odoo, this " +"number is the :guilabel:`API ID`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Then, `create a basic company profile " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:53 +msgid "Create basic company profile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Collect essential business details for the next step: locations where tax is" +" collected, products/services sold (and their sales locations), and customer" +" tax exemptions, if applicable. Follow the Avalara documentation for " +"creating a basic company profile:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:59 +msgid "" +"`Add company information `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:61 +msgid "" +"`Tell us where the company collects and pays tax " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:63 +msgid "" +"`Verify jurisdictions and activate the company " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Add other company locations for location-based filing " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:67 +msgid "" +"`Add a marketplace to the company profile " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:73 +msgid "Connect to AvaTax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:75 +msgid "" +"After creating the basic company profile in Avalara, connect to *AvaTax*. " +"This step links Odoo and *AvaTax* bidirectionally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox `_" +" or `production `_ environment. This will depend" +" on which type of Avalara account the company would like to integrate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:83 +msgid "" +"`Sandbox vs production environments in Avalara " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Log in to create the :guilabel:`License Key`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> License and API Keys`. Click :guilabel:`Generate License Key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:90 +msgid "" +"A warning appears stating: `If your business app is connected to Avalara " +"solutions, the connection will be broken until you update the app with the " +"new license key. This action cannot be undone.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Generating a new license key breaks the connection with existing business " +"apps using the *AvaTax* integration. Make sure to update these apps with the" +" new license key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If this will be the first :abbr:`API (application programming interface)` " +"integration being made with *AvaTax* and Odoo, then click " +":guilabel:`Generate license key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:100 +msgid "" +"If this is an additional license key, ensure the previous connection can be " +"broken. There is **only** one license key associated with each of the " +"Avalara sandbox and production accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Copy this key to a safe place. It is **strongly encouraged** to backup the " +"license key for future reference. This key cannot be retrieved after leaving" +" this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:108 +msgid "Odoo configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Before using *AvaTax*, there are some additional configurations in Odoo to " +"ensure tax calculations are made accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Verify that the Odoo database contains necessary data. The country initially" +" set up in the database determines the fiscal position, and aids *AvaTax* in" +" calculating accurate tax rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:119 +msgid "Fiscal country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Country`, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Country` " +"feature to :guilabel:`United States`, :guilabel:`Canada`, or " +":guilabel:`Brazil`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:131 +msgid "Company settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:133 +msgid "" +"All companies operating under the Odoo database should have a full and " +"complete address listed in the settings. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Settings app`, and under the :guilabel:`Companies` section, " +"ensure there is only one company operating the Odoo database. Click " +":guilabel:`Update Info` to open a separate page to update company details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:138 +msgid "" +"If there are multiple companies operating in the database, click " +":guilabel:`Manage Companies` to load a list of companies to select from. " +"Update company information by clicking into the specific company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Database administrators should ensure that the :guilabel:`Street...`, " +":guilabel:`Street2...`, :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, " +":guilabel:`ZIP`, and :guilabel:`Country` are all updated for the companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This ensures accurate tax calculations and smooth end-of-year accounting " +"operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:149 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:153 +msgid "Module installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, ensure that the Odoo *AvaTax* module is installed. To do so, navigate " +"to the :menuselection:`Apps application`. In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, " +"type in `avatax`, and press :kbd:`Enter`. The following results populate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Tên" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 +msgid "Technical name" +msgstr "Tên kỹ thuật" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Mô tả" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:167 +msgid "`account_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Default *AvaTax* module. This module adds the base *AvaTax* features for tax" +" calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:169 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for geo localization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:170 +msgid "`account_avatax_geolocalize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:171 +msgid "" +"This module includes the features required for integration of *AvaTax* into " +"geo-localization in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:173 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SO`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:174 +msgid "`account_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Includes the information needed for tax calculation on sales orders in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:176 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for Inventory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:177 +msgid "`account_avatax_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:178 +msgid "Includes tax calculation in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:179 +msgid ":guilabel:`Amazon/Avatax Bridge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:180 +msgid "`sale_amazon_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Includes tax calculation features between the *Amazon Connector* and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:182 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:183 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:184 +msgid "Includes information for tax calculation in the Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:185 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:186 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:187 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for tax calculation for services " +"in the Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil Sale for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:190 +msgid "`l10n_br_edi_sale_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:191 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for tax calculation for the sale " +"of services in the Brazil localization. This includes electronic data " +"interchange (EDI)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:193 +msgid ":guilabel:`Test SOs for the Brazilian AvaTax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:194 +msgid "`l10n_br_test_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:195 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for test sales orders in the " +"Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Install` button on the module labeled, " +":guilabel:`Avatax`: `account_avatax`. Doing so installs the following " +"modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:200 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax`: `account_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:201 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SO`: `account_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:202 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for Inventory`: `account_avatax_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Should *AvaTax* be needed for geo-localization, or with the *Amazon " +"Connector*, then install those modules individually by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Install` on :guilabel:`Avatax for geo localization` and " +":guilabel:`Amazon/Avatax Bridge`, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:209 +msgid "" +"For localization specific *AvaTax* instructions, view the following " +":doc:`fiscal localization <../../fiscal_localizations>` documentation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:212 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:217 +msgid "Odoo AvaTax settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To integrate the *AvaTax* :abbr:`API (application programming interface)` " +"with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` section. The :guilabel:`AvaTax` fields in the :guilabel:`Taxes` " +"section is where the *AvaTax* configurations are made, and the credentials " +"are entered in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:224 +msgid "" +"First, tick the checkbox to the left of the :guilabel:`AvaTax` settings, to " +"activate *AvaTax* on the database. This is a quick, convenient way to " +"activate and deactivate *AvaTax* tax calculation on the Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Override product categories as needed" +msgid "Configure AvaTax settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:235 +msgid "" +"First, select the :guilabel:`Environment` in which the company wishes to use" +" *AvaTax* in. It can either be :guilabel:`Sandbox` or " +":guilabel:`Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:239 +msgid "" +"For help determining which *AvaTax* environment to use (either " +":guilabel:`Production` or :guilabel:`Sandbox`), visit: `Sandbox vs " +"Production environments " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:244 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Now, the credentials can be entered in. The *AvaTax* :guilabel:`Account ID` " +"should be entered in the :guilabel:`API ID` field, and the " +":guilabel:`License Key` should be entered in the :guilabel:`API Key` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Account ID` can be found by logging into the *AvaTax* portal " +"(`sandbox `_ or `production " +"`_). In the upper-right corner, click on the " +"initials of the user and :guilabel:`Account`. The :guilabel:`Account ID` is " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To access the :guilabel:`License Key` see this documentation: " +":ref:`avatax/create_avalara_credentials`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:259 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Company Code` field, enter the Avalara company code for " +"the company being configured. Avalara interprets this as `DEFAULT`, if it is" +" not set. The :guilabel:`Company Code` can be accessed in the Avalara " +"management portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:263 +msgid "" +"First, log into the *AvaTax* portal (`sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_). Then, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Manage Companies`. The :guilabel:`Company Code` value is located in the " +"row of the :guilabel:`Company` in the :guilabel:`Company Code` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "AvaTax company code highlighted on the company details page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:273 +msgid "Transaction options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:275 +msgid "" +"There are two transactional settings in the Odoo *AvaTax* settings that can " +"be configured: :guilabel:`Use UPC` and :guilabel:`Commit Transactions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:278 +msgid "" +"If the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Use UPC` is ticked, the transactions will" +" use Universal Product Codes (UPC), instead of custom defined codes in " +"Avalara. Consult a certified public accountant (CPA) for specific guidance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:282 +msgid "" +"Should the :guilabel:`Commit Transactions` checkbox be ticked, then, the " +"transactions in the Odoo database will be committed for reporting in " +"*AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:286 msgid "Address validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:288 msgid "" -"Manually validate customer addresses by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate " -"address` link in the customer form view." +"The *Address Validation* feature ensures that the most up-to-date address by" +" postal standards is set on a contact in Odoo. This is important to provide " +"accurate tax calculations for customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:292 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Address Validation` feature only works with " +"partners/customers in North America." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Additionally, tick the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Address validation` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:297 +msgid "" +"For accurate tax calculations, it is best practice to enter a complete " +"address for the contacts saved in the database. However, *AvaTax* can still " +"function by implementing a best effort attempt using only the " +":guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`State`, and :guilabel:`Zip code`. These are " +"the three minimum required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:302 +msgid ":guilabel:`Save` the settings to implement the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Manually :guilabel:`Validate` the address by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Contacts app`, and selecting a contact. Now that the " +"*AvaTax* module has been configured on the database, a :guilabel:`Validate` " +"button appears directly below the :guilabel:`Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:309 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a pop-up window appears with a " +":guilabel:`Validated Address` and :guilabel:`Original Address` listed. If " +"the :guilabel:`Validated Address` is the correct mailing address for tax " +"purposes, click :guilabel:`Save Validated`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Validate address pop-up window in Odoo with \"Save Validated\" button and \"Validated\n" +"Address\" highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:319 +msgid "" +"All previously-entered addresses for contacts in the Odoo database will need" +" to be validated using the manually validate process outlined above. " +"Addresses are not automatically validated if they were entered previously. " +"This only occurs upon tax calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:324 +msgid "Test connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:326 +msgid "" +"After entering all the above information into the *AvaTax* setup on Odoo, " +"click :guilabel:`Test connection`. This ensures the :guilabel:`API ID` and " +":guilabel:`API KEY` are correct, and a connection is made between Odoo and " +"the *AvaTax* application programming interface (API)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:331 +msgid "Sync parameters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Upon finishing the configuration and settings of the *AvaTax* section, click" +" the :guilabel:`Sync Parameters` button. This action synchronizes the " +"exemption codes from *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:341 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Fiscal Positions`. A :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` is listed " +"named, :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)`. Click it to open " +"*AvaTax's* fiscal position configuration page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:345 +msgid "Here, ensure that the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` checkbox is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the checkbox next to the field labeled: :guilabel:`Detect " +"Automatically`. Should this option be ticked, then, Odoo will automatically " +"apply this :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for transactions in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Enabling :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` also makes specific parameters, " +"such as :guilabel:`VAT required`, :guilabel:`Foreign Tax ID`, " +":guilabel:`Country Group`, :guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`Federal States`, " +"or :guilabel:`Zip Range` appear. Filling these parameters filters the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` usage. Leaving them blank ensures all " +"calculations are made using this :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:358 +msgid "" +"Should the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` checkbox not be ticked, each " +"customer will need to have the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set on their " +":guilabel:`Sales and Purchase` tab of the contact record. To do so, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Order --> Customers`, or " +":menuselection:`Contacts app --> Contacts`. Then, select a customer or " +"contact to set the fiscal position on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:364 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Sales and Purchase` tab, and down to the section " +"labeled, :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`. Set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` " +"field to the fiscal position for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:372 +msgid "AvaTax accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Upon selecting the checkbox option for :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` a new " +":guilabel:`AvaTax` tab appears. Click into this tab to reveal two different " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:377 +msgid "" +"The first setting is the :guilabel:`AvaTax Invoice Account`, while the " +"second is, :guilabel:`AvaTax Refund Account`. Ensure both accounts are set " +"for smooth end-of-year record keeping. Consult a certified public accountant" +" (CPA) for specific guidance on setting both accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:381 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to implement the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:384 +msgid "Tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:386 +msgid "" +"The *AvaTax* integration is available on sale orders and invoices with the " +"included *AvaTax* fiscal position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:390 +msgid "" +"Additionally, there is a :guilabel:`Tax Mapping` tab and :guilabel:`Account " +"Mapping` tab in the :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)` fiscal " +"position, where mapping for products can also be configured. To access " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Positions` navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Fiscal Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:396 +msgid "Product category mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the " +"product categories. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Product Categories`. Select the product category to add " +"the :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` to. In the :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` " +"field, select a category from the drop-down menu, or :guilabel:`Search " +"More...` to open the complete list of options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Validate customer addresses" +msgid "Specify AvaTax Category on products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:409 +msgid "Product mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:411 msgid "" -"If preferred, choose to keep the newly validated address or the original " -"address in the wizard that pops up." +"*AvaTax* Categories may be set on individual products, as well. To set the " +":guilabel:`Avatax Category` navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Products --> Products`. Select the product to add the :guilabel:`Avatax " +"Category` to. Under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, on the far-" +"right, is a selector field labeled: :guilabel:`Avatax Category`. Finally, " +"click the drop-down menu, and select a category, or :guilabel:`Search " +"More...` to find one that is not listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:418 +msgid "" +"If both the product, and its category, have an :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` " +"set, the product's :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` takes precedence." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Address validation wizard" +msgid "Override product categories as needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:426 +msgid "" +"Mapping an :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` on either the *Product* or *Product " +"Category* should be completed for every *Product* or *Product Category*, " +"depending the route that is chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:431 +msgid ":doc:`avatax/avatax_use`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:432 +msgid ":doc:`avatax/avalara_portal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:163 +msgid "" +"`US Tax Compliance: Avatax elearning video " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:6 +msgid "Avalara (Avatax) portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Avalara's (*AvaTax*) management console offers account management options " +"including: viewing/editing the transactions sent from Odoo to *AvaTax*, " +"details on how the taxes are calculated, tax reporting, tax exemption " +"management, and tax return resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:13 +msgid "Avalara is the software developer of the tax software, *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the console, first, navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_ environment. This will depend on which type " +"of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`. Log in to the " +"management console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara dashboard after logging into management portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"For more information see Avalara's documentation: `Activate your " +"Communications Customer Portal account " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To access transactions, click in the :guilabel:`Transactions` link on the " +"main dashboard upon logging into the :ref:`avatax/portal`. To manually " +"access the *Transactions* page, while logged into the Avalara console, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Transactions --> Transactions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara portal with the transactions shortcut highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:43 +msgid "Edit transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click into a transaction to reveal more details about the transaction. These" +" details include sections on :guilabel:`Invoice detail`, " +":guilabel:`Additional info`, and :guilabel:`Customer info`. Click :icon:`fa-" +"pencil` :guilabel:`Edit document details` to make changes to the " +"transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:49 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Discount` can be added to adjust the invoice. This is " +"especially useful in cases where the transaction has already synced with " +"Avalara / *AvaTax*, and changes need to be made afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:55 +msgid "Filter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Filter transactions on the :guilabel:`Transactions` page, by setting the " +":guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields, and configuring other fields to " +"filter by, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Status`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Code`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`Exactly " +"match`, :guilabel:`Starts with`, or :guilabel:`Contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer/Vendor Code`: the customer/vendor code in Odoo (e.g. " +"`Contact18`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: the country this tax was calculated in; this is a text " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: the region of the country, which varies based on the " +":guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Filters` to access the following filter " +"conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Type`: any of the following selections, :guilabel:`All`," +" :guilabel:`Sales Invoice`, :guilabel:`Purchase Invoice`, :guilabel:`Return " +"Invoice`, :guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Inbound Invoice`, " +":guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Outbound Invoice`, or :guilabel:`Customs " +"Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Import ID`: represents the import ID of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:78 +msgid "Sort by" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:80 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Transactions` page, transactions will be listed below, " +"according to the set :ref:`avalara/portal-filter`, located in the top half " +"of the page. The following columns are available by default, to sort by " +"ascending or descending order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc Code`: either of the following options, :guilabel:`Exactly " +"match`, :guilabel:`Starts with`, or :guilabel:`Contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc Status`: either of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cust/Vendor Code` : this is the customer/vendor code in Odoo " +"(e.g. Contact18)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: this is the region of the country, this will vary based " +"on the :guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amount`: the numeric amount of the total amount on the Odoo " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax`: the numeric amount of the tax applied to the total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Transactions page on the Avalara portal with the filter and sort-by options " +"highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:99 +msgid "Customize columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Additional columns can be added by clicking the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Customize columns`. On the resulting popover window, click the " +"drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`column` that should be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The following columns can be added for additional transactional information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`AvaTax calculated`: the amount of tax calculated by *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cust/vendor code`: the customer/vendor code in Odoo (e.g. " +"`Contact18`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Currency`: the standardized abbreviation for the currency the " +"amount total is in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doc date`: the document's date of creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc status`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc type`: any of the following selections, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Sales Invoice`, :guilabel:`Purchase Invoice`, :guilabel:`Return " +"Invoice`, :guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Inbound Invoice`, " +":guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Outbound Invoice`, or :guilabel:`Customs " +"Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last modified`: timestamp of the last time the document was " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location code`: the location code used to calculate the tax, " +"based on the delivery address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:122 +msgid ":guilabel:`PO number`: the purchase order number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference code`: the Odoo reference code (e.g. NV/2024/00003)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: the region of the country,which varies based on the " +":guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson code`: the numeric ID of the user assigned to the " +"sales order in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax date`: the month/day/year of the tax calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax override type`: where an exemption would appear, should there" +" be none, the field populates with :guilabel:`None`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:131 +msgid "To add a new column click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:134 +msgid "" +"For more information on *AvaTax* transactions, refer to this Avalara " +"documentation: `Transactions " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:138 +msgid "Import-export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"While on the :ref:`avalara/portal-transactions`, click :icon:`fa-download` " +":guilabel:`Import transactions` or :icon:`fa-upload` :guilabel:`Export " +"transactions` to import or export transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1019 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:42 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "Báo cáo" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To access reporting, navigate to the :menuselection:`Reports` link in the " +"top menu of the Avalara management console. Next, select from one of the " +"available reporting tabs: :guilabel:`Transactions reports`, " +":guilabel:`Liability & tax return reports`, or :guilabel:`Exemption " +"reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Additionally, there is a :guilabel:`Favorites` tab and :guilabel:`Downloads`" +" tab. The :guilabel:`Favorites` tab contains any favorited report " +"configurations for the Avalara user. The :guilabel:`Downloads` tab contains " +"a list view where the user can download the high-volume transaction reports " +"created in the last 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Make a selection for the :guilabel:`Report Category`, and the " +":guilabel:`Report Name`, under the :guilabel:`Select a report` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Next, fill out the :guilabel:`Select report details` section. These options " +"will vary based on the tab selected above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Depending on the report size, the following two options are available in the" +" section labeled, :guilabel:`Select the approximate number of transactions " +"for your report`: :guilabel:`Create and download the report instantly` (for " +"small reports) and :guilabel:`Create and download the report in the " +"background` (for larger reports). Select one or the other depending on the " +"volume of transactions in this report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Finally, under the section labeled, :guilabel:`Report preview and export` " +"make a selection of the file type to download. Either a :guilabel:`.PDF` or " +":guilabel:`.XLS` can be chosen. Alternatively, the file can be previewed by " +"selecting the :guilabel:`Preview` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:172 +msgid "" +"After making all the configurations, click :guilabel:`Create report` to " +"download the report. Click :icon:`fa-star-o` :guilabel:`Make this report a " +"favorite` to save the report configuration to the user's favorites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:176 +msgid "" +"After the report is created, click :icon:`fa-download` :guilabel:`Download` " +"to download the file to the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Select a pre-configured report from the :guilabel:`Frequently used reports` " +"section of the reporting dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Access this list by clicking on the :guilabel:`Reports` option in the top " +"menu of the Avalara management console, and scroll to the bottom of the " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"`See Avalara's documentation: Reports in AvaTax " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:191 +msgid "Add more jurisdictions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Additional jurisdictions (tax locations) can be added in the Avalara " +"management console. Navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_ environment. This will depend on which type " +"of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Where you collect tax`. " +"Choose between the three different tabs, depending on the business need. The" +" first tab is :guilabel:`Sales and use tax`, where tax can be collected for " +"the United States. Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add to where you " +"collect sales and use tax` to add another location where the company " +"collects sales and use tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The second option, is the :guilabel:`VAT/GST` tab where the :icon:`fa-plus` " +":guilabel:`Add a country or territory where you collect VAT/GST` can be " +"selected to add another country or territory where the company collects " +"VAT/GST." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Finally, on the far-right, is the :guilabel:`Customs duty` tab, where a " +"country can be added where the company collects customs duty. Simply click " +"on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a country where you calculate customs " +"duty` icon below the tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"AvaTax management console, on the Where you collect tax page, with the add button and\n" +"sales and use tax tab highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:217 +msgid "" +"`See Avalara's documentation: Add local jurisdiction taxes " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:221 +msgid "Tax exemption certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Tax exemption certificates for customers can be added into the Avalara " +"management console, so that *AvaTax* is aware of which customers may be " +"exempt from paying certain taxes. To add an *exception certificate* navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Exemptions --> Customer certificates`. From there, click" +" on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a certificate` to configure an " +"exemption." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:229 +msgid "" +"An Avalara subscription to Exemption Certificate Management (ECM) is " +"required in order to attach certificate images, and to be ready for an " +"audit. For more on subscribing to this add-on, visit `Avalara " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:235 +msgid "End-of-year operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Avalara's services include tax return services, for when it is time to file " +"taxes at the end of the year. To access Avalara's tax services log, into the" +" `management portal `_. Then, from the main " +"dashboard, click :guilabel:`Returns`. Avalara will prompt the Avalara user " +"to log in for security purposes, and redirect the user to the *Returns* " +"portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara portal with the returns shortcut highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Get started` to begin the tax return process. For more " +"information, refer to this Avalara documentation: `About Managed Returns " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, click on the :menuselection:`Returns` button in the top menu " +"of the Avalara management console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:161 +msgid ":doc:`../avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`avatax_use`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:3 +msgid "AvaTax use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:5 +msgid "" +"AvaTax is a tax calculation software that can be integrated with Odoo in the" +" United States and Canada. Once the :doc:`integration setup <../avatax>` is " +"complete, the calculated tax is simple and automatic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:10 msgid "Tax calculation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:12 msgid "" -"Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with Avatax by" -" confirming the documents. Alternatively, calculate the taxes manually by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`Compute taxes using Avatax` button while these " -"documents are in draft mode." +"Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with AvaTax by" +" confirming the documents during the sales flow. Alternatively, calculate " +"the taxes manually by clicking the :guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button, while " +"these documents are in draft stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:17 msgid "" -"Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Code` field that's available on customers, " -"quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and Avatax." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button recalculates taxes, if any " +"product lines are edited on the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 -msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Sales quotation with the confirm and compute taxes button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The tax calculation is triggered during the following :ref:`automatic " +"trigger ` and :ref:`manual trigger " +"` circumstances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:30 +msgid "Automatic triggers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the sales rep sends the quote by email with :guilabel:`Send by email` " +"button (pop-up)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:33 +msgid "When the customer views the online quote on the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:34 +msgid "When a quote is confirmed and becomes a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:35 +msgid "When the customer views the invoice on the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:36 +msgid "When a draft invoice is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:37 +msgid "When the customer views the subscription in the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:38 +msgid "When a subscription generates an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:39 +msgid "When the customer gets to the last screen of the eCommerce checkout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:44 +msgid "Manual triggers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button at the bottom of the quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button at the top of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:49 +msgid "Use each of these buttons to manually re-calculate the sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Partner Code` field that is available on customer" +" records, quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and " +"AvaTax. This field is located under the :menuselection:`Other info` tab of " +"the sales order or quotation in the :guilabel:`Sales` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:56 +msgid "" +"On the customer record, navigate to *Contacts app* and select a contact. " +"Then open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab and the :guilabel:`Avalara " +"Partner Code` under the :guilabel:`Sales` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)` fiscal position is also " +"applied on those Odoo documents, like subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:165 +msgid ":doc:`../fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:68 +msgid "AvaTax synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Synchronization occurs with AvaTax, when the *invoice* is created in Odoo. " +"This means the sales tax is recorded with Avalara (AvaTax software " +"developer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`. " +"Select a quotation from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:76 +msgid "" +"After confirming a quotation and validating the delivery, click " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice`. Indicate whether it is a :guilabel:`Regular " +"invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or :guilabel:`Down payment " +"(fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Then click :guilabel:`Create and view invoice`. The recorded taxes can be " +"seen in the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab of the invoice. There will be " +"different taxes depending on the location of the :guilabel:`Delivery " +"Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Journal items highlighted on a invoice in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Finally, press the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to complete the invoice and " +"synchronize with the AvaTax portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:92 +msgid "" +"An invoice cannot be :guilabel:`Reset to draft` because this causes de-" +"synchronization with the AvaTax Portal. Instead, click :guilabel:`Add credit" +" note` and state: `Sync with AvaTax Portal`. See this documentation: " +":doc:`../../../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:97 +msgid "Fixed price discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Add a fixed price discount to a valuable customer, by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line` on the customer's invoice. Add the product discount, " +"and set the :guilabel:`Price` to either a positive or negative value. To " +"recalculate the taxes, click :guilabel:`Compute Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Tax calculation can even be done on negative subtotals and credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:107 +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:109 +msgid "" +"It is possible to log Avalara/*AvaTax* actions in Odoo for further analysis," +" or verification of functionality. Logging is accessible through the " +"*AvaTax* settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To start logging *AvaTax* actions, first, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, under the :guilabel:`AvaTax` " +"settings, click :guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Upon starting the log process, Odoo will log all Avalara/*AvaTax* actions " +"performed in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To view the logs, click on :guilabel:`Show logs` to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`. This reveals a detailed list of " +"Avalara/*AvaTax* actions. This list is sortable by the following columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:124 +msgid ":guilabel:`Created on`: timestamp of the *AvaTax* calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`Created by`: numeric value of the user in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Database name`: name of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: two values can be chosen for this field, " +":guilabel:`Server` or :guilabel:`Client`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Avalara service name. In this case, it will be *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:130 +msgid ":guilabel:`Level`: by default, this will be `INFO`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:131 +msgid ":guilabel:`Path`: indicates the path taken to make the calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`Line`: indicates the line the calculation is made on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:133 +msgid ":guilabel:`Function`: indicates the calculation taken on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara logging page with top row of list highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Click into the log line to reveal another field, called :guilabel:`Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:141 +msgid "" +"This field populates a raw transcription of the transaction, which involves " +"the creation (or adjustment) of a sales invoice using the Avalara *AvaTax* " +"API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The transaction includes details, such as addresses for shipping from and " +"to, line items describing the products or services, tax codes, tax amounts, " +"and other relevant information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:147 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Message` contains the calculated taxes for different " +"jurisdictions and confirms the creation (or adjustment) of the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Custom fields can be made using Odoo *Studio*. Click the :icon:`fa-" +"ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(ellipsis)` menu to the far-right of the header row. " +"Then click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add custom field`. This action opens " +"Odoo *Studio*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Studio* requires a *custom* pricing plan. Consult the database's " +"customer success manager for more information on switching plans. Or to see " +"if Odoo *Studio* is included in the database's current pricing plan. See " +"this documentation: :doc:`../../../../studio`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:162 +msgid ":doc:`avalara_portal`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:3 @@ -13091,13 +14696,6 @@ msgid "" "services and the **Import OSS** scheme for goods valued at or below €150." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1019 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:42 -msgid "Reports" -msgstr "Báo cáo" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:54 msgid "" "To generate **OSS sales** or **OSS imports** reports and submit them onto " @@ -13445,7 +15043,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:592 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:570 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:700 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:710 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:119 @@ -15931,6 +17529,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 @@ -15943,73 +17542,6 @@ msgid "" "features of the Argentinean localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "Tên" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 -msgid "Technical name" -msgstr "Tên kỹ thuật" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "Mô tả" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:32 msgid ":guilabel:`Argentina - Accounting`" msgstr "" @@ -16069,7 +17601,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:52 @@ -16118,7 +17650,7 @@ msgid "Select Fiscal Localization Package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:205 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:255 msgid "Configure master data" msgstr "" @@ -17589,7 +19121,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:923 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:267 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:181 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:270 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 @@ -18841,6 +20373,7 @@ msgid "`Stripe Terminal `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:150 msgid "Payroll" msgstr "Bảng lương" @@ -19344,6 +20877,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:308 msgid "Pay employees" msgstr "" @@ -19561,11 +21095,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can choose any Odoo journal to post the payslip entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:908 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:906 +msgid "" +"Configure the tax by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`. Create the necessary taxes for the Employment Hero payslip " +"entries. Fill in the tax code from **Employment Hero** in the " +":guilabel:`Matching Employment Hero Tax` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:911 msgid "How does the API work?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:910 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:913 msgid "" "The API syncs the journal entries from Employment Hero to Odoo and leaves " "them in draft mode. The reference includes the Employment Hero payslip entry" @@ -19578,7 +21120,7 @@ msgid "" "Example of a Employment Hero Journal Entry in Odoo Accounting (Australia)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:920 msgid "" "By default, the synchronisation happens once per week. You can fetch the " "records manually by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " @@ -19586,12 +21128,12 @@ msgid "" "option, click on :guilabel:`Fetch Payruns Manually`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:921 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:924 msgid "" "Employment Hero payslip entries also work based on double-entry bookkeeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:926 msgid "" "The accounts used by Employment Hero are defined in the section " ":guilabel:`Payroll settings`." @@ -19601,7 +21143,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chart of Accounts menu in Employment Hero" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:928 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:931 msgid "" "For the API to work, you need to create the same accounts as the default " "accounts of your Employment Hero business (**same name and same code**) in " @@ -19735,6 +21277,8 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:325 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:292 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" @@ -20885,17 +22429,18 @@ msgstr "Brazil" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:12 msgid "" "With the Brazilian localization, sales taxes can be automatically computed " -"and electronic invoices (NF-e) for goods can be sent using AvaTax (Avalara) " -"through |API| calls. Moreover, taxes for services can be configured." +"and electronic invoices for goods (NF-e) and services (NFS-e) can be sent " +"using AvaTax (Avalara) through |API| calls. Moreover, taxes for services can" +" be configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:16 msgid "" -"For the goods tax computation and electronic invoicing process, you need to " -"configure the :ref:`contacts `, :ref:`company " +"For the goods and services tax computation and electronic invoicing process," +" you need to configure the :ref:`contacts `, :ref:`company " "`, :ref:`products `, and :ref:`create an " -"account in Avatax ` need to be configured in the " -"general settings." +"account in AvaTax ` which needs to be configured in " +"the general settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:21 @@ -20910,133 +22455,230 @@ msgid "" "can be modified if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:33 msgid "" -"Install the :guilabel:`🇧🇷 Brazil` :ref:`fiscal localization package " -"` to get all the default accounting features " -"of the Brazilian localization, following the :abbr:`IFRS (International " -"Financial Reporting Standards)` rules." +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Brazilian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazilian - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_br`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `, " +"which represents having the Generic Brazilian chart of accounts and Taxes, " +"together with document types and identification types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazil - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:49 +msgid "`l10n_br_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:50 +msgid "Accounting reports for Brazil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` & :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:52 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax` & `l10n_br_avatax_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:53 +msgid "Goods and Services tax computation through Avalara." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Brazilian Accounting EDI` & :guilabel:`Brazilian Accounting EDI " +"for services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:55 +msgid "`l10n_br_edi` & `l10n_br_edi_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Provides electronic invoicing for goods and services for Brazil through " +"AvaTax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazil Pix QR codes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:58 +msgid "`l10n_br_pix`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:59 +msgid "Implements Pix QR codes for Brazil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:66 msgid "" "To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " "app and search the name given to your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:69 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option at the top of the page. Then, " "configure the following fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:245 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1096 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:314 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Address` (add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip" -" Code`, :guilabel:`Country`)." +":guilabel:`Address`: add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip" +" Code`, :guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:76 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street name, number, and any " "additional address information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:318 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Street 2` field, enter the neighborhood." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:252 -msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number` (:guilabel:`CNPJ`, :guilabel:`CPF`)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:320 +msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`: :guilabel:`CNPJ` or :guilabel:`CPF`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:253 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID` (associated with the identification type)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:321 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: associated with the identification type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:55 -msgid ":guilabel:`IE` (State registration)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: State registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:56 -msgid ":guilabel:`IM` (Municipal registration)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: Municipal registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:84 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code` (Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " -"add if applicable)." +":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " +"add if applicable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:257 -msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:258 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1097 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:293 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Company configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:91 msgid "" "Configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` within the :guilabel:`Sales and" " Purchase` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:104 msgid "" -"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`Avatax Brazil `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:67 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime` (Federal Tax Regime)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:94 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: Federal Tax Regime" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:95 msgid "" -":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type` (indicates ICMS regime, Exempt status, or " -"Non-Taxpayer)." +":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: indicates :guilabel:`ICMS regime`, " +":guilabel:`Exempt status`, or :guilabel:`Non-Taxpayer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:69 -msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:97 +msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Company fiscal configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:74 -msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Configure the following extra :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` if you are " +"going to issue NFS-e:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:350 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`COFINS Details`: :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with " +"rate 0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PIS Details` :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with rate " +"0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:109 +msgid ":guilabel:`CSLL Taxable` If the company is subject to CSLL or not" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Company fiscal configuration for NFSe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:114 +msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:117 msgid "" "If you are a simplified regime, you need to configure the ICMS rate under " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> " -"Avatax Brazil`." +"AvaTax Brazil`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:123 msgid "Configure AvaTax integration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:125 msgid "" "Avalara AvaTax is a tax calculation and electronic invoicing provider that " "can be integrated in Odoo to automatically compute taxes by taking into " @@ -21045,63 +22687,103 @@ msgid "" " afterward with the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:130 msgid "" "Using this integration requires :doc:`In-App-Purchases (IAPs) " "<../../essentials/in_app_purchase>` to compute the taxes and to send the " -"electronic invoices. Whenever you compute taxes, an |API| call is made using" -" credits from your |IAP| credits balance." +"electronic invoices. Whenever you compute taxes, send an electronic document" +" (NF-e, NFS-e, etc), or perform any electronic flow (NF-e Cancellation, " +"Correction letter, Invalidate invoice number range), an API call is made " +"using credits from your `IAP credits balance `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:137 msgid "Odoo is a certified partner of Avalara Brazil." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:138 +msgid "" +"You can `buy IAP credit on odoo.com `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:141 +msgid "Credential configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:143 msgid "" "To activate AvaTax in Odoo, you need to create an account. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, and in" " the :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` section, add the administration email address" -" to be used for the AvaTax portal in the :guilabel:`Avatax Portal Email`, " +" to be used for the AvaTax portal in the :guilabel:`AvaTax Portal Email`, " "and then click on :guilabel:`Create account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:149 msgid "" -"When **testing** an :guilabel:`Avatax Portal Email` integration in a testing" -" or sandbox database, use an alternate email address. It is **not** possible" -" to re-use the same email address on the production database." +"When **testing** or **creating a production** :guilabel:`AvaTax Portal " +"Email` integration in a sandbox or production database, use a real email " +"address, as it is needed to log in to the Avalara Portal and set up the " +"certificates, whether you want to test or use it on production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:153 +msgid "" +"There are two different Avalara Portals, one for testing and one for " +"production:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:155 +msgid "Sandbox: https://portal.sandbox.avalarabrasil.com.br/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 +msgid "Production: https://portal.avalarabrasil.com.br/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:158 +msgid "" +"When you create the account from Odoo, be sure to select the right " +"environment. Moreover, the email used to open the account cannot be used to " +"open another account. Save your :guilabel:`API ID` and :guilabel:`API Key` " +"when you create the account from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Transfer API Credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 msgid "" "After you create the account from Odoo, you need to go to the Avalara Portal" " to set up your password:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 msgid "" "Access the `Avalara portal `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:169 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Meu primeiro acesso`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:170 msgid "" -"Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/Avatax account," +"Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/AvaTax account," " and then click :guilabel:`Solicitar Senha`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:172 msgid "" "You will receive an email with a token and a link to create your password. " "Click on this link and copy-paste the token to allocate your desired " "password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:176 msgid "" "You can start using AvaTax in Odoo for tax computation **only** without " "creating a password and accessing the Avalara portal in the Odoo database. " @@ -21110,26 +22792,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 -msgid "Avatax account configuration." +msgid "AvaTax account configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:184 msgid "" "You can transfer |API| credentials. Use this only when you have already " "created an account in another Odoo instance and wish to reuse it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:188 msgid "A1 certificate upload" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:190 msgid "" "In order to issue electronic invoices, a certificate needs to be uploaded to" " the `AvaTax portal `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:193 msgid "" "The certificate will be synchronized with Odoo, as long as the external " "identifier number in the AvaTax portal matches - without special characters " @@ -21137,7 +22819,20 @@ msgid "" " with the CNPJ in AvaTax." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:198 +msgid "" +"To issue NFS-e, some cities require that you link the certificate within the" +" City Portal system before issuing NFS-e from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:201 +msgid "" +"If you receive an error message from the city that says :guilabel:`Your " +"certificate is not linked to the user`, that means this process needs to be " +"done in the city portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:210 msgid "" "The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " "is installed by default as part of the data set included in the localization" @@ -21145,18 +22840,18 @@ msgid "" " and the default account payable and account receivable fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:215 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Brazil is based on the SPED CoA, which gives a " "baseline of the accounts needed in Brazil." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:218 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:223 msgid "" "In Brazil, a *series* number is linked to a sequence number range for " "electronic invoices. The series number can be configured in Odoo on a sales " @@ -21165,7 +22860,7 @@ msgid "" "number assigned to it for each series needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:228 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Use Documents` field needs to be selected. When issuing " "electronic and non-electronic invoices, the :guilabel:`Type` field selects " @@ -21178,7 +22873,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Journal configuration with the Use Documents? field checked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 msgid "" "When creating the journal, ensure the field :guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note" " Sequence` is unchecked, as in Brazil, sequences between invoices, credit " @@ -21186,40 +22881,28 @@ msgid "" "journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:244 msgid "" "Taxes are automatically created when installing the Brazilian localization. " "Taxes are already configured, and some of them are used by Avalara when " "computing taxes on the sales order or invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:247 msgid "" "Taxes can be edited, or more taxes can be added. For example, some taxes " "used for services need to be manually added and configured, as the rate may " "differ depending on the city where you are offering the service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:252 msgid "" -"Taxes attached to services are not computed by AvaTax. Only goods taxes are " -"computed." +"If you decide to do service taxes manually, you won't be able to issue an " +"NFS-e. To electronically send an NFS-e, you need to compute taxes using " +"Avalara." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When configuring a tax used for a service that is included in the final " -"price (when the tax is not added or subtracted on top of the product price)," -" set the :guilabel:`Tax Computation` to :guilabel:`Percentage of Price Tax " -"Included`, and, on the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, check the " -":guilabel:`Included in Price` option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 -msgid "Tax configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 msgid "" "Do not delete taxes, as they are used for the AvaTax tax computation. If " "deleted, Odoo creates them again when used in an |SO| or invoice and " @@ -21229,50 +22912,56 @@ msgid "" "refunds` sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:262 msgid ":doc:`Taxes functional documentation <../accounting/taxes>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 msgid "" "To use the AvaTax integration on sale orders and invoices, first specify the" -" following information on the product:" +" following information on the product depending on its intended use:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:217 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`CEST Code` (Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:273 +msgid "E-Invoice for goods (NF-e)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:275 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code` (Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code)." +":guilabel:`CEST Code`: Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Source of Origin` (Indicates the origin of the product, which can" +":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code`: Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:277 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source of Origin`: Indicates the origin of the product, which can" " be foreign or domestic, among other possible options depending on the " -"specific use case)." +"specific use case" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:279 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type` (Fiscal product type according to SPED " -"list table)." +":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type`: Fiscal product type according to SPED " +"list table" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:296 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Purpose of Use` (Specify the intended purpose of use for this " -"product)." +":guilabel:`Purpose of Use`: Specify the intended purpose of use for this " +"product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Product configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:286 msgid "" "Odoo automatically creates three products to be used for transportation " "costs associated with sales. These are named `Freight`, `Insurance`, and " @@ -21282,7 +22971,27 @@ msgid "" "`Insurance`, `Freight`, or `Other Costs`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:293 +msgid "E-Invoice for services (NFS-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Code Origin`: City Service Code where the provider is " +"registered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:298 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Codes`: City Service Code where the service will be " +"provided, if no code is added, the Origin City Code will be used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:300 +msgid ":guilabel:`Labor Assignment`: Defines if your services includes labor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:305 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:282 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:656 @@ -21290,74 +22999,75 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contacts" msgstr "Liên hệ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:307 msgid "" "Before using the integration, specify the following information on the " "contact:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 msgid "General information about the contact:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:311 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option for a contact with a tax ID (CNPJ), or" " check :guilabel:`Individual` for a contact with a CPF." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:317 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street, number, and any extra " "address information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:254 -msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:255 -msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipal tax identification number." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:323 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipal tax identification number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 -msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:324 +msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Contact configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:332 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`CPF`, :guilabel:`IE`, :guilabel:`IM`, and :guilabel:`SUFRAMA " "code` fields are are hidden until the :guilabel:`Country` is set to " "`Brazil`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:335 msgid "" "Fiscal information about the contact under the :guilabel:`Sales \\& " "Purchase` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position`: add the AvaTax fiscal position to automatically" " compute taxes on sale orders and invoices automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:339 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: federal tax regime" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:340 msgid "" ":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: taxpayer type determines if the contact is " -"within the ICMS regime, if it is exempt, or if it is a non-taxpayer" +"within the :guilabel:`ICMS regime`, :guilabel:`Exempt status`, or " +":guilabel:`Non-taxpayer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:342 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`: list of main activity sectors of the " "contact" @@ -21367,200 +23077,213 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contact fiscal configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:349 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`AvaTax Brazil `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PIS Details`: :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with rate " +"0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:354 +msgid ":guilabel:`CSLL Taxable`: If the company is subject to CSLL or not" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Contact fiscal configuration for NFSe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:362 msgid "Fiscal positions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:364 msgid "" "To compute taxes and send electronic invoices on sale orders and invoices, " "both the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` and the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API`" " options need to be enabled in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:368 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the contact or selected" -" when creating a sales order or an invoice." +"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the :ref:`contact " +"` or selected when creating a sales order or an invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Fiscal position configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:375 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:355 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:311 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:377 msgid "" "This section provides an overview of the actions that trigger `API calls " -"`_ for tax computation, and how to send " -"an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) for government validation." +"`_ for tax computation, along with " +"instructions on how to send electronic invoices for goods (NF-e) and " +"services (NFS-e) for government validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:382 msgid "" "Please note that each |API| call incurs a cost. Be mindful of the actions " "that trigger these calls to manage costs effectively." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:389 msgid "Tax calculations on quotations and sales orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:391 msgid "" "Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a quotation or sales order " "automatically with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:394 msgid "**Quotation confirmation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:395 msgid "Confirm a quotation into a sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:316 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:412 msgid "**Manual trigger**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:317 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using Avatax`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:413 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:318 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:414 msgid "**Preview**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:319 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:415 msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Preview` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:400 msgid "**Email a quotation / sales order**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:401 msgid "Send a quotation or sales order to a customer via email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:404 msgid "**Online quotation access**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:403 msgid "" "When a customer accesses the quotation online (via the portal view), the " "|API| call is triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:407 msgid "Tax calculations on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:409 msgid "" "Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a customer invoice automatically" -" with AvaTax any of the following ways:" +" with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:333 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:417 msgid "**Online invoice access**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:417 msgid "" "When a customer accesses the invoice online (via the portal view), the |API|" " call is triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:420 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` must be set to `Automatic Tax Mapping " "(Avalara Brazil)` for any of these actions to compute taxes automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:424 msgid "" ":doc:`Fiscal positions (tax and account mapping) " "<../accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:429 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 msgid "Electronic documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:434 msgid "" -"To process an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e), the invoice needs to be " -"confirmed and taxes need to be computed by Avalara. Once that step is done, " -"click on the :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` button in the upper left corner, and" -" a pop-up will appear. Then click on :guilabel:`Process e-invoice` and any " -"of the other options - :guilabel:`Download` or :guilabel:`Email`. Finally, " -"click on :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` to process the invoice against the " -"government." +"To process an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) or services (NFS-e), the " +"invoice needs to be confirmed and taxes need to be computed by Avalara. Once" +" that step is done, click on the :guilabel:`Send & Print` button in the " +"upper left corner. In the pop-up that appears, click on :guilabel:`Process " +"e-invoice` and any of the other options - :guilabel:`Download` or " +":guilabel:`Email`. Finally, click on :guilabel:`Send & Print` to process the" +" invoice with the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:441 msgid "" -"Before sending the electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) some fields need to " -"be filled out on the invoice:" +"Before sending the electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) or services (NFS-e), " +"some fields need to be filled out on the invoice:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:363 -msgid ":guilabel:`Customer` with all the customer information" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:444 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`, with all the customer information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:578 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil` (how the invoice is planned to be paid)" +":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil`: how the invoice is planned to be paid" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:446 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set as the :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping " "(Avalara Brazil)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:447 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Document Type` set as :guilabel:`(55) Electronic Invoice (NF-e)`." -" This is the only" +":guilabel:`Document Type` set as :guilabel:`(55) Electronic Invoice (NF-e)` " +"or :guilabel:`(SE) Electronic Service Invoice (NFS-e)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:367 -msgid "" -"electronic document supported at the moment. Non-electronic invoices can be " -"registered, and other document types can be activated if needed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:450 msgid "" "There are some other optional fields that depend on the nature of the " "transaction. These fields are not required, so no errors will appear from " "the government if these optional fields are not populated for most cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:454 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Freight Model` determines how the goods are planned to be " "transported - domestic" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:455 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` determines who is doing the transportation" msgstr "" @@ -21573,7 +23296,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Process electronic invoice pop-up in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:464 msgid "" "All of the fields available on the invoice used to issue an electronic " "invoice are also available on the sales order, if needed. When creating the " @@ -21581,36 +23304,46 @@ msgid "" " as the first number to be used sequentially for subsequent invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:470 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:595 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "Credit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:472 msgid "" "If a sales return needs to be registered, then a credit note can be created " "in Odoo to be sent to the government for validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:476 +msgid "" +"Credit notes are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:479 msgid ":ref:`Issue a credit note `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:482 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:594 msgid "Debit Notes" msgstr "Giấy báo Nợ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:484 msgid "" "If additional information needs to be included, or values need to be " "corrected that were not accurately provided in the original invoice, a debit" " note can be issued." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:488 +msgid "" +"Debit notes are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:490 msgid "" "Only the products included in the original invoice can be part of the debit " "note. While changes can be made to the product's unit price or quantity, " @@ -21619,49 +23352,74 @@ msgid "" "for the same or fewer products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:496 msgid ":ref:`Issue a debit note `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:499 msgid "Invoice cancellation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:501 msgid "" "It is possible to cancel an electronic invoice that was validated by the " "government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:504 msgid "" "Check whether the electronic invoice is still within the cancellation " "deadline, which may vary according to the legislation of each state." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:508 +msgid "E-invoices for goods (NF-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:510 msgid "" -"This can be done in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request Cancel` and adding a" -" cancellation :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. If you want to " -"send this cancellation reason to the customer via email, activate the " -":guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." +"Cancel an e-invoice for goods (NF-e) in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request " +"Cancel` and adding a cancellation :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that " +"appears. If you want to send this cancellation reason to the customer via " +"email, activate the :guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Invoice cancellation reason in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:518 +msgid "" +"This is an electronic cancellation, which means that Odoo will send a " +"request to the government to cancel the NF-e, and it will then consume one " +"|IAP| credit, as an |API| call occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:522 +msgid "E-invoices for services (NFS-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Cancel an e-invoice for services (NFS-e) in Odoo by clicking " +":guilabel:`Request Cancel`. In this case, there is no electronic " +"cancellation process, as not every city has this service available. The user" +" needs to manually cancel this NFS-e on the city portal. Once that step is " +"completed, they can request the cancellation in Odoo, which will cancel the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:530 msgid "Correction letter" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:532 msgid "" -"A correction letter can be created and linked to an electronic invoice that " -"was validated by the government." +"A correction letter can be created and linked to an electronic invoice for " +"goods (NF-e) that was validated by the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:535 msgid "" "This can be done in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Correction Letter` and " "adding a correction :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. To send " @@ -21673,11 +23431,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Correction letter reason in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:543 +msgid "" +"Correction letters are only available for electronic invoices for goods " +"(NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:546 msgid "Invalidate invoice number range" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:548 msgid "" "A range of sequences that are assigned to sales journals can be invalidated " "with the government if they are not currently used, **and** will not be used" @@ -21696,13 +23460,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Number range invalidation wizard in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:562 +msgid "" +"Invalidate invoice number range documents are only available for electronic " +"invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:566 msgid "" "The log of the canceled numbers along with the XML file are recorded in the " "chatter of the journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:572 msgid "" "On the vendor bills side, when receiving an invoice from a supplier, you can" " encode the bill in Odoo by adding all the commercial information together " @@ -21710,31 +23480,28 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`customer invoices `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:576 msgid "These Brazilian specific fields are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:579 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: used by your vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:580 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number`: the invoice number from your supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:581 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil` (how the invoice is planned to be paid)." +":guilabel:`Freight Model`: **NF-e specific** how goods are planned to be " +"transported - domestic" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:472 -msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type` used by your vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:473 -msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number` (the invoice number from your supplier)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:582 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Freight Model` (how goods are planned to be transported - " -"domestic)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:475 -msgid ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` (who is doing the transportation)." +":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil`: **NF-e specific** who is doing the " +"transportation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:3 @@ -22206,20 +23973,6 @@ msgid "" " new or existing contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1096 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1097 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:293 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:97 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" @@ -28410,113 +30163,1145 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hong Kong" msgstr "Hồng Kông" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:6 -msgid "Add FPS QR codes to invoices" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:8 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get the latest " +"features of the Hong Kong localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:18 +msgid "`l10n_hk`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The base module to manage chart of accounting and localization for Hong " +"Kong." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:20 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:21 +msgid "`l10n_hk_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Enables :ref:`payroll ` specific localization features " +"for Odoo *Payroll* app. This module also installs :guilabel:`Hong Kong - " +"Payroll with Accounting` and :guilabel:`Documents - Hong Kong Payroll`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:26 +msgid "`l10n_hk_hr_payroll_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:27 +msgid "Installs the link between Hong Kong payroll and accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Documents - Hong Kong Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:29 +msgid "`documents_l10n_hk_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:30 +msgid "Integrates employee ir56 forms in the Odoo *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:33 +msgid "FPS QR codes on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:35 msgid "" ":abbr:`FPS (Faster Payment System)` is a payment service platform that " "allows customers to make instant domestic payments to individuals and " "merchants in Hong Kong dollars or Renminbi via online and mobile banking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:12 msgid "Activate QR codes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:42 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " -":guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` " -"feature." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under " +"the :guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, tick the checkbox beside the " +":guilabel:`QR Codes` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:47 msgid "FPS bank account configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:49 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"select the bank account for which you want to activate FPS. Set the " -":guilabel:`Proxy Type` and fill in the :guilabel:`Proxy Value` field " -"depending on the type you chose." +"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts app --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts " +"section --> Bank Accounts`. Then select the bank account for FPS activation." +" Proceed to set the :guilabel:`Proxy Type` and fill in the :guilabel:`Proxy " +"Value` field, depending on the type chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:53 msgid "" -"The account holder's country must be set to Hong Kong on its contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:27 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:27 -msgid "" -"You could also include the invoice number in the QR code by checking the " +"Remember to include the invoice number in the QR code, by ticking the " ":guilabel:`Include Reference` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "FPS bank account configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The account holder's country **must** be set to `Hong Kong` on their contact" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/bank`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:147 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:37 msgid "Bank journal configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:69 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the " -"bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " -":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Journals` and " +"open the bank journal. Then, fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` fields, located in the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 -msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration" +msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:78 msgid "Issue invoices with FPS QR codes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:158 msgid "" "When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" -" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to *EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code*." +" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to :guilabel:`EMV Merchant-Presented QR-" +"code`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 -msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option" +msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:87 msgid "" -"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " -"Odoo uses this field to generate the FPS QR code." +"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is configured, as Odoo uses this " +"field to generate the FPS QR code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Ensure the :guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll` (`l10n_hk_hr_payroll`) module is " +"installed before proceeding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:100 +msgid "Create employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Employees` app and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, " +"configure the following fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:105 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: :guilabel:`HK Standard 40 hours/week` option " +"**must** be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:109 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Surname, Given Name, Name in Chinese`: name of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:112 +msgid ":guilabel:`Private Address`: address of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:113 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bank Account Number`: employee's bank account number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Current Rental`: employee's rental records (if rental allowance " +"is applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Autopay Type`: :guilabel:`BBAN`, :guilabel:`SVID`, " +":guilabel:`EMAL`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Autopay Reference`: autopay reference number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Identification No`: HKID of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Gender`: gender of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:121 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Bank Account Number`, this account should be set as " +":guilabel:`Trusted` before further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:124 +msgid "" +"To achieve this, click on the right-arrow button next to :guilabel:`Bank " +"Account Number` field. Set the :guilabel:`Send Money` to :guilabel:`Trusted`" +" by clicking on the toggle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:128 +msgid "" +"To populate the :guilabel:`Current Rental`, click on the :guilabel:`History`" +" button. Then, click on :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the relevant details and " +"save the rental record. Upon saving the record, the rental contract " +":guilabel:`state` will be visible (at the top-right corner) and can be set " +"to :guilabel:`Running`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:133 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`HR Settings` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Volunteer Contribution Option`: select either :guilabel:`Only " +"Mandatory Contribution`, :guilabel:`With Fixed %VC`, or :guilabel:`Cap 5% " +"VC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:137 +msgid ":guilabel:`MPF Manulife Account`: account number, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:142 +msgid "Manage contracts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once the new employee has been created, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` " +"smart button on the employee record, or navigate to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Employees --> Contracts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Only **one** contract can be active simultaneously per employee, but an " +"employee can be assigned consecutive contracts during their employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:151 +msgid "The following are critical for setting up a contract:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: set as :guilabel:`CAP57: Hong Kong " +"Employee`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:154 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: start date of employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: set as :guilabel:`HK Standard 40 hours/week` " +"(from employee record)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select either :guilabel:`Working Schedule`, " +":guilabel:`Attendances` or :guilabel:`Planning`. This field determines how " +"the work entries are accounted for in the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:160 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: the work entries are generated automatically " +"based on the employee's working schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendances`: the work entries are generated based on the check-" +"in/out period logged in the *Attendances*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: the work entries are generated from planning shifts " +"only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:166 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Salary Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` for Full-time or Part-" +"time employees, or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage` for employees who are paid " +"hourly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:170 +msgid ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: the frequency of payslip issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage`: :guilabel:`Monthly` or :guilabel:`Hourly` depending on the" +" :guilabel:`Wage Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internet Subscription`: this is an **optional** field to provide " +"additional internet allowance on top of the current salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:177 +msgid "Timesheets do **not** impact work entries in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Once all information has been setup, set the contract status to " +":guilabel:`Running` by clicking the :guilabel:`Running` button in the top-" +"right of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong employment contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:189 +msgid "Generate payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Once the employees, and their contracts, are configured, payslips can be " +"generated in the *Payroll* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides **four** different salary structures under CAP57 regulation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:196 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Employees Monthly Pay`: to process the monthly employee " +"salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice`: to process final payment upon " +"contract termination using :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:199 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Long Service Payment`: applicable to employees with more " +"than five years of service upon contract termination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Severance Payment`: applicable to employees with more than" +" two years of service upon contract termination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Before running the payslips, the accounts used in the salary rule can be " +"adjusted by navigating to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> " +"Rules`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Salary Rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Odoo can create pay runs in two ways: via :ref:`batch " +"` or :ref:`individual " +"` payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:217 +msgid "Batch payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:219 +msgid "" +"This method of payslip generation is used for recurring payments, since " +"multiple employee payslips can be managed at once. Go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:514 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Batch Name` (e.g. `2024 - Jan`) and :guilabel:`Period` " +"(e.g. `01/01/2024` - `01/31/2024`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:225 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Generate Payslips`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Choose which :guilabel:`Salary Structure` to use for this batch. The " +"department filter allows the batch to only apply to a specific group of " +"employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:228 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Generate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:229 +msgid "A :guilabel:`Payslips` smart button is created automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` to generate a draft journal entry" +" found in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of each payslip. A " +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears asking :guilabel:`Are you " +"sure you want to proceed?`. Click :guilabel:`Ok` to create the journal " +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:238 +msgid "Individual payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:240 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> All Payslips`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:242 +msgid "" +"This method of payslip generation is commonly used to handle non-recurring " +"payments (e.g. :guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice`, " +":guilabel:`CAP57: Long Service Payment` or :guilabel:`CAP57: Severance " +"Payment`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Select an :guilabel:`Employee`. When selected, the :guilabel:`Contract` is " +"filled out automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:249 +msgid "Add a pay :guilabel:`Period`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Select a salary :guilabel:`Structure` (e.g. :guilabel:`CAP57: Employees " +"Monthly Pay`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Worked Days & Inputs` tab automatically compute the worked " +"days/hours and time off leaves that are applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Additional payslip items can be added at this time (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Commissions`, :guilabel:`Deductions`) under the :guilabel:`Other " +"Inputs` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button to generate the payslip lines. " +"This button updates the :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:259 +msgid "" +"If the work entry for an employee was amended, click the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Recompute Whole Sheet` to " +"refresh the payslip's :guilabel:`Worked Days & Inputs` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:263 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab shows the detailed breakdown of the " +"computation, based on the salary rules configured for each structure type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rent Allowance`: amount derived from the employee's active rental" +" record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Basic Salary`: amount of base salary provided (after rent " +"allowance deduction)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`713 Gross`: net payable amount considering *Commission*, " +"*Internet Allowance*, *Reimbursements*, *Back-pay*, *Deduction*, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:270 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`MPF Gross`: net payable amount from 713 gross after consideration" +" of additional allowances, deductions, and end-of-year payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:272 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Mandatory Contribution`: employee MPF Contribution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:273 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employer Mandatory Contribution`: employer MPF Contribution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gross`: net payable amount from MPF gross after consideration of " +"MPF deductions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:275 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Net Salary`: final payable amount to be paid to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:278 +msgid "" +"There are no MPF contributions for the first month. Both employee and " +"employer contribution starts on second month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Salary computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` section in :guilabel:`Worked Days & " +"Inputs` tab, there are additional manual input types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Back Pay`: additional salary payout can be included under this " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:289 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Commission`: the commission earned during the period can be " +"manually entered here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Global Deduction`: a lump-sum deduction from the entire payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:291 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Global Reimbursement`: a lump-sum reimbursement to the entire " +"payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:292 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referral Fee`: the additional bonus offered for any form of " +"business-related referral." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Moving Daily Wage`: to override the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily " +"Wage)` value used for leaves computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skip Rent Allowance`: if set, the rental allowance is excluded " +"from the current payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Average Monthly Salary`: to override the average monthly " +"salary used for end-of-year payment (rule is only applicable to payslips " +"generated in December)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lieu of Notice Period (Months)`: only applicable to " +":guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice` salary structure. By default, " +"the final payout is set as 1-month. Use the :guilabel:`Count` field under " +"the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` section to set a different notice period " +"duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:304 +msgid "" +"Once the payslips are ready, click on :guilabel:`Compute Sheet`, followed by" +" :guilabel:`Create Draft entry` to generate a draft journal entry found in " +"the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Once the draft journal entries have been posted, the company can now pay the" +" employees. The user can choose between **two** different *payment methods*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:313 +msgid "" +"From the employee's payslip (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> " +"All Payslips`), once the payslip's journal entry has been posted, click " +":guilabel:`Register Payment`. The process is the same as :doc:`paying vendor" +" bills <../accounting/payments>`. Select the desired bank journal and " +"payment method, then later reconcile the payment with the corresponding bank" +" statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:317 +msgid "" +"For batch payments (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`), " +"once all draft journal entries from the batch are confirmed, click " +":guilabel:`Mark as Paid` to post the payment journal entry. Then " +":doc:`create a payment <../accounting/payments>` in the *Accounting* app, " +"and reconcile accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:323 +msgid "Attendances and hourly wage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:325 +msgid "" +"To configure the contract for an employee paid hourly using the " +"*Attendances* app for hours tracking, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll " +"app --> Contracts --> Contracts`. Create a new :ref:`contract " +"`. It is important to remember to set the " +":guilabel:`Work Entry Source` as :guilabel:`Attendances`, and " +":guilabel:`Wage Type` as :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:331 +msgid "To record the hours logged by the employee using *Attendances* app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:333 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Attendances app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:334 +msgid "" +"The employee can check-in/out, via the kiosk mode and the time will be " +"logged automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:335 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Payroll app`, review the attendance work entries " +"generated from :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Work Entries --> Work " +"Entries`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:337 +msgid "" +"Next, generate the :ref:`payslips ` and process " +"the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Attendance Work Entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Attendance Payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:348 +msgid "Time Off with Payroll" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:350 +msgid "" +"The work entry types and time off types are fully integrated between the " +"*Time Off* and *Payroll* apps. There are several default time off types and " +"work entry types specific to Hong Kong which are installed automatically " +"along with the *Hong Kong - Payroll* module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types` " +"and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:356 +msgid "" +"There are two checkboxes to be considered when setting up the work entry " +"type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use 713`: Include this leave type as part of 713 computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:359 +msgid ":guilabel:`Non-full pay`: 80% of the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Work Entry Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:366 +msgid "" +":ref:`Creating and configuring work entry types `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:369 +msgid "Understanding 713 Ordinance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:371 +msgid "" +"The *Hong Kong - Payroll* module is compliant with 713 Ordinance which " +"relates to the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` computation to ensure fair " +"compensation for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:374 +msgid "The ADW computation is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:379 +msgid "Hong Kong ADW Formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:379 +msgid "" +":abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` equals the total wage in a 12-month period," +" minus the wages of non-full pay, divided by the total days in a 12-month " +"period minus the days of non-full pay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:383 +msgid "" +"For 418 compliance, there is no automated allocation of the *Statutory " +"Holiday* entitlement to the employees. As soon as 418 requirements are met, " +"manually allocate the leaves, via the *Time Off* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Before generating payslips, ensure the statuses are :guilabel:`Done` to " +"validate the outcome." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:393 +msgid "Period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:394 +msgid "Days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:395 +msgid "Wage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:396 +msgid "Commission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:398 +msgid "ADW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:399 +msgid "Leave Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:400 +msgid "Jan" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:415 +msgid "31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:409 +msgid "$20200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:405 +msgid "$651.61 ($20200/31)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:413 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:407 +msgid "Feb" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:408 +msgid "28" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:410 +msgid "$5000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:411 +msgid "$25200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:412 +msgid "$769.49 ($45400/59)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:414 +msgid "Mar (One Day Annual Leave)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:418 +msgid "$20324.33" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:419 +msgid "$730.27 ($65724.33/90)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:420 +msgid "$769.49" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:421 +msgid "Apr (One Day 80% Sick Leave)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:423 +msgid "$20117.56" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:427 +msgid "$584.22 ($730.27*0.8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:430 +msgid "Here is an example demonstrating the 713 logic:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:432 +msgid "" +"**Jan**: Generate a payslip with a monthly wage of $20200. The :abbr:`ADW " +"(Average Daily Wage)` is always computed on a cumulative basis of the " +"trailing 12-months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:434 +msgid "" +"**Feb**: Generate a similar payslip, but add an :guilabel:`Other Input Type`" +" for the :guilabel:`Commission`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Mar**: Apply for **one** full-paid annual leave in March. The salary " +"compensation for the leave taken is based on :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily " +"Wage)` thus far." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:0 +msgid "Hong Kong March 713." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:443 +msgid "" +"**Apr**: Apply for a 1-day non-full pay leave in April. Since this is a non-" +"full pay leave, the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` is computed " +"accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:0 +msgid "Hong Kong April 713." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:451 +msgid "" +"The value of :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` is computed in the backend, " +"and not be visible to the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:455 +msgid "" +"`HK 713 Ordinance " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:456 +msgid "" +"`HK 418 Ordinance `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:459 +msgid "Generate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:461 +msgid "" +"Before generating the below reports, setup the following in " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Payroll`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:464 +msgid "Configure the following in the :guilabel:`Accounting` section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:466 +msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`Payroll HSBC Autopay` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:468 +msgid ":guilabel:`Autopay Type`: Set as :guilabel:`H2H Submission`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:469 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Bank Account` to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:471 +msgid "Configure the following in the :guilabel:`HK Localization` section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:473 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employer's Name shows on reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:474 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employer's File Number`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:475 +msgid ":guilabel:`Manulife MPF Scheme`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Payroll Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:482 +msgid "IRD report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:484 +msgid "There are a total of **four** IRD reports available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:486 +msgid ":guilabel:`IR56B`: employer's Return of Remuneration and Pensions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:487 +msgid ":guilabel:`IR56E`: notification of Commencement of Employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:488 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`IR56F`: notification of Ceasation of Employment (remaining in " +"HK)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:489 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`IR56G`: notification of Ceasation of Employment (departing from " +"HK permanently)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:491 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting`, and select one of the " +":guilabel:`IR56B/E/F/G Sheet` options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:495 +msgid "Fill in the relevant information for the IRD report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:496 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Populate`, and the :guilabel:`Eligible Employees` smart " +"button appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:497 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Employee Declarations` status is :guilabel:`Draft` and " +"changed to :guilabel:`Generated PDF` status once the schedule runs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:499 +msgid "Once the PDF is generated, the IRD form may be downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong IR56B report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:506 +msgid "" +"The scheduled action called *Payroll: Generate pdfs* can be manually " +"triggered. It is set by default to run the PDF generation monthly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:510 +msgid "Manulife MPF sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:512 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting --> Manulife MPF Sheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:515 +msgid "" +"Select the relevant :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Month`, and " +":guilabel:`Sequence No.`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:516 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create XLSX`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:517 +msgid "" +"The *Manulife MPF XLSX* file is then generated, and available for download." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Manulife Sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Odoo will not be developing further reports for other MPF trustee as there " +"will soon be an eMPF platform setup by the local government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:528 +msgid "`eMPF `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:531 +msgid "HSBC autopay report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:533 +msgid "" +"If *HSBC Autopay* is selected as the batch payment method, click on " +":guilabel:`Create HSBC Autopay Report`, and fill in the mandatory fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong HSBC Autopay wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:540 +msgid "" +"This creates an :file:`.apc` file format which can be uploaded to the HSCB " +"portal for processing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:3 @@ -35237,6 +38022,15 @@ msgid "" "online and mobile banking." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` " +"feature." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 msgid "PayNow bank account configuration" @@ -35255,10 +38049,44 @@ msgid "" "The account holder's country must be set to Singapore on its contact form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You could also include the invoice number in the QR code by checking the " +":guilabel:`Include Reference` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the " +"bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 +msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:45 msgid "Issue invoices with PayNow QR codes" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" +" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to *EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 +msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:53 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " @@ -36148,13 +38976,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Issue invoices with PromptPay QR code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:158 -msgid "" -"When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" -" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to :guilabel:`EMV Merchant-Presented QR-" -"code`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:164 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " @@ -39628,9 +42449,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:33 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` section, enter your Odoo database URL (e.g., " -"`https://example.odoo.com`) in the field :guilabel:`Invoices paid` and click" -" the :guilabel:`Test and save` button next to it." +"In the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` section, enter your Odoo database's URL, " +"followed by `/payment/xendit/webhook` (e.g., " +"`https://example.odoo.com/payment/xendit/webhook`) in the field " +":guilabel:`Invoices paid` and click the :guilabel:`Test and save` button " +"next to it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:40 diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 5c0e02596..220e0b29e 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" @@ -1699,146 +1699,111 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:5 -msgid "Developer Mode (debug mode)" +msgid "Developer mode (debug mode)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:7 msgid "" -"The developer mode (or debug mode) unlocks access to extra and advanced " -"tools in Odoo. There are several ways to activate the developer mode: " -"through the :ref:`settings `, the " -":ref:`browser extension `, through" -" the :ref:`command palette ` or the" -" :ref:`URL `." +"The developer mode, also known as debug mode, unlocks access to advanced " +":ref:`tools and settings ` in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:17 -msgid "Activate through the Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:11 msgid "" -"The debug mode can be activated in the Odoo database settings. Go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Developer Tools` and click" -" on :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`. At least one application needs " -"to be installed for the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` section to appear in the" -" :guilabel:`Settings` module." +"Proceed with caution, as some developer tools and technical settings are " +"considered advanced and may have associated risks. Only use them if you " +"understand the implications and are confident in your actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of the debug options under settings in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:16 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with assets)` is used by developers;" -" :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with tests assets)` is used by " -"developers and testers." +"The developer mode is also available with :ref:`assets " +"`, which are used to debug JavaScript " +"code, and with :ref:`tests assets `, " +"which are used to run test tours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:23 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Kích hoạt" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To activate it, open the :guilabel:`Settings` app, scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Developer Tools` section, and click :guilabel:`Activate the " +"developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:28 msgid "" "Once activated, the :guilabel:`Deactivate the developer mode` option becomes" " available." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 +msgid "Activating the developer mode in the Settings app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To activate the developer mode **from anywhere in the database**, add " +"`?debug=1` to the URL after `/web` (e.g., " +"`https://example.odoo.com/web?debug=1#action=menu&cids=1`). To deactivate " +"it, use `?debug=0` instead." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:37 -msgid "Activate through the browser extension" +msgid "" +"Use `?debug=assets` to activate the developer mode with assets and " +"`?debug=tests` to activate it with tests assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:41 msgid "" -"Within a web browser, navigate to the browser settings and extensions and " -"search for the `Odoo Debug` extension. Once the extension is installed, a " -"new icon will be shown on the browser's toolbar." +"Open the **command palette** by pressing `Ctrl + K` or `Cmd ⌘ + K`, then " +"type `debug` to activate the developer mode with assets or deactivate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:44 +msgid "Browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:46 msgid "" -"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " -"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" -" a single click." +"The `Odoo Debug `_ browser extension " +"adds an icon to toggle developer mode on or off from the browser's toolbar. " +"It is available on the `Chrome Web Store " +"`_ and `Firefox Add-ons " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:54 +msgid "Developer tools and technical menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once the developer mode is activated, the developer tools can be accessed by" +" clicking the :icon:`fa-bug` :guilabel:`(bug)` icon. The menu contains tools" +" useful for understanding or editing technical data, such as a view's field," +" filters, or actions. The options available depend on where the menu is " +"accessed from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "View of Odoo's debug icon in a Google Chrome toolbar." +msgid "Accessing the developer tools" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:53 -msgid "Activate through the command palette" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:64 msgid "" -"In Odoo, the command palette tool has a command to activate the debug mode. " -"First, open the command palette tool with the keyboard shortcut `ctrl+k` and" -" then type `debug`. A command will show up to activate the debug mode." +"Database administrators can access the technical menu from the " +":guilabel:`Settings` app. It contains advanced database settings, such as " +"ones related to the database structure, security, actions, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Command palette with debug command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:68 -msgid "Activate through the URL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The debug mode can also be activated by adding an extra query string to the " -"database's URL. In the URL, add `?debug=1` or `?debug=true` after `/web`. To" -" deactivate the debug mode, change the value to `?debug=0` instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a URL with the debug mode command added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Additional modes are available for developers: `?debug=assets` enables the " -":ref:`assets mode `, and " -"`?debug=tests` enables the :ref:`tests mode " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:86 -msgid "Locate the developer mode tools" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Once developer mode is activated, the developer mode tools can be accessed " -"from the :guilabel:`Open Developer Tools` button, the bug icon located in " -"the header of the Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a console page and the debug icon being shown in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:95 -msgid "" -"This menu contains additional tools that are useful to understand or edit " -"technical data, such as the views or actions of a page. On a page that has " -"filters, actions, and view options, the developer mode tools contain some " -"useful menu items such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:99 -msgid ":guilabel:`Edit Action`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:100 -msgid ":guilabel:`Manage Filters`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:101 -msgid "Edit the current view (e.g. Kanban, List, Graph, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:102 -msgid "See the :guilabel:`Fields View Get`" +msgid "Accessing the technical menu" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:5 @@ -2541,11 +2506,11 @@ msgid "" "is asked, enter `odoo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 msgid "Check the DMARC policy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:104 msgid "" "The Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance (DMARC) " "record is a protocol that unifies :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` and " @@ -2556,41 +2521,41 @@ msgid "" " and/or :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` check." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 msgid "DMARC: TXT record" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 msgid "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:116 msgid "" "There are three :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` policies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 msgid "`p=none`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:118 -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 msgid "`p=quarantine`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 msgid "`p=reject`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:123 msgid "" "`p=quarantine` and `p=reject` instruct the server that receives an email to " "quarantine that email or ignore it if the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy " "Framework)` and/or :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` check fails." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:127 msgid "" "If the domain name uses :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` and has defined one of these policies, the domain" @@ -2598,7 +2563,7 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:132 msgid "" "Yahoo or AOL are examples of email providers with a :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-" "based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` policy set to " @@ -2607,7 +2572,7 @@ msgid "" "their recipient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:137 msgid "" "`p=none` is used for the domain owner to receive reports about entities " "using their domain. It should not impact the deliverability if the " @@ -2615,7 +2580,7 @@ msgid "" "Conformance)` check fails." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:141 msgid "" ":abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` records are comprised of tags in the form of :abbr:`DNS " @@ -2630,181 +2595,181 @@ msgid "" " too restrictive." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:150 msgid "The following chart displays available tags:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 msgid "Tag Name" msgstr "Tên thẻ" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 msgid "Purpose" msgstr "Mục đích" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 msgid "Example" msgstr "Ví dụ" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 msgid "v" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 msgid "Protocol version" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 msgid "`v=DMARC1`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 msgid "pct" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 msgid "Percentage of messages subjected to filtering" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 msgid "`pct=20`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 msgid "ruf" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 msgid "Reporting URI for forensic reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 msgid "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 msgid "rua" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 msgid "Reporting URI of aggregate reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 msgid "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 msgid "p" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 msgid "Policy for organizational domain" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 msgid "sp" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 msgid "Policy for subdomains of the OD" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 msgid "`sp=reject`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 msgid "adkim" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 msgid "Alignment mode for DKIM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 msgid "`adkim=s`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 msgid "aspf" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:181 msgid "Alignment mode for SPF" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 msgid "`aspf=r`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:184 msgid "" "Check the :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` record of a domain name with a tool like `MXToolbox DMARC " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:188 msgid "" "`DMARC.org is another great resource to learn about DMARC records. " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 msgid "SPF, DKIM & DMARC documentation of common providers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:196 msgid "" "`OVH DNS " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 msgid "" "`OVH SPF `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 msgid "" "`GoDaddy TXT record `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 msgid "`GoDaddy SPF `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:200 msgid "" "`GoDaddy DKIM `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:201 msgid "" "`NameCheap " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 msgid "" "`CloudFlare DNS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:204 msgid "" "`Google Domains `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 msgid "" "`Azure DNS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:207 msgid "" "To fully test the configuration, use the `Mail-Tester `_ tool, which gives a full overview of the content and " @@ -2812,7 +2777,7 @@ msgid "" "records for other, lesser-known providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:212 msgid "" "`Using Mail-Tester to set SPF Records for specific carriers " "`_" @@ -7922,10 +7887,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 msgid "" "To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation " -"package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download " -"page `_. Next, install and setup the Odoo " -":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " -"start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +"package for Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download page " +"`_. Next, install and setup the Odoo :file:`.exe`" +" file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to start the " +"installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 @@ -8442,10 +8407,22 @@ msgid "" "Odoo uninstall guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:7 msgid "Devices" msgstr "Thiết bị" +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:21 +msgid "" +":doc:`Worldline payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:23 +msgid "" +":doc:`Ingenico payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 msgid "Connect a camera" msgstr "" @@ -10038,9 +10015,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:126 msgid "" "On a form, navigate to any field, and hover over the field name. A box of " -"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Object`" -" name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be" -" added." +"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Model` " +"name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be " +"added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:0 diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index f4372e7e0..60fefac5c 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Thi Huong Nguyen, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" @@ -30,13 +30,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Human resources" msgstr "Nguồn nhân lực" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 msgid "Appraisals" msgstr "Đánh giá" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, the *Appraisals* application can be used to evaluate employee " "performance on a recurring basis. Managers can evaluate the performance of " @@ -45,28 +45,28 @@ msgid "" "desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:12 msgid "" "Appraisals give employees valuable feedback, including actionable goals to " "work toward, and measurable skills to improve upon. Additionally, appraisals" " may form the basis for raises, promotions, and other benefits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:16 msgid "" "Regular appraisals are good for both the employees and the company, since " "they can accurately measure performance based on company goals, and show " "employees where they need to improve." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:31 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Cấu hình" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Configuration` menu in the *Appraisals* application is where " "the settings can be configured, feedback templates can be edited, " @@ -74,31 +74,32 @@ msgid "" "feedback can be stored, and goal tags can be viewed/created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Cài đặt" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:29 msgid "" "To access the *Settings* menu, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " "application --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 msgid "Feedback templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:35 msgid "" "Feedback templates are form outlines used during an employee appraisal. Any " "edits made to a template are, ultimately, reflected in the appraisals sent " "to employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:38 msgid "" "There are two default templates pre-configured in Odoo *Appraisals*: one for" " employee feedback, and one for manager feedback. Each contains several " @@ -106,25 +107,25 @@ msgid "" " the questions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:42 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`My work`, :guilabel:`My future`, and :guilabel:`My feelings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:45 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`Feedback`, :guilabel:`Evaluation`, and :guilabel:`Improvements`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:48 msgid "" "Any desired changes to the default feedback templates can be made by making " "changes directly in each template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:54 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Appraisals` section of the settings menu determines the " "frequency that appraisals are performed, and if it is possible to request " @@ -137,56 +138,56 @@ msgid "" "enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 msgid "Appraisals plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:66 msgid "" "By default, appraisals are pre-configured to be automatically created six " "months after an employee is hired, with a second appraisal exactly six " "months after that." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:69 msgid "" "Once those two initial appraisals have been completed in the employee's " "first year, following appraisals are only created once a year (every twelve " "months)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:72 msgid "" "To modify this schedule, change the number of months in the blank fields " "under the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:76 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section is modified, **all** empty " ":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Dates` are modified for **all** employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 msgid "360 feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:82 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option can be enabled to allow managers to " "request feedback from other employees using a different survey form, at any " "time, independent of the appraisal schedule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:85 msgid "" "Typically, managers ask for feedback from other people who work with an " "employee they manage. This includes the employee's various managers, peers, " "and direct reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:88 msgid "" "To view the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey, click the :guilabel:`→ Internal" " link` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`Default Template` field. The " @@ -194,13 +195,13 @@ msgid "" " can be made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:92 msgid "" "For more information on how to edit a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:96 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` form is a pre-configured survey within the " "*Surveys* application. In order to use the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option, " @@ -208,11 +209,11 @@ msgid "" " be installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 msgid "Evaluation scale" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:103 msgid "" "On each employee appraisal form, final rating options appear by default. To " "view and edit these options, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " @@ -220,7 +221,7 @@ msgid "" "ratings in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:107 msgid "" "The pre-configured ratings are :guilabel:`Needs Improvement`, " ":guilabel:`Meets Expectations`, :guilabel:`Exceeds Expectations`, and " @@ -228,14 +229,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:111 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`New` button is clicked on the :guilabel:`Evaluation " "Scale` page, a blank line appears at the bottom of the list. Enter the name " "of the rating in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:114 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the ratings, click the :guilabel:`(six small gray " "boxes)` icon to the left of a rating, and drag the rating to the desired " @@ -248,7 +249,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:124 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` section displays information for all the " "surveys currently configured in the *Appraisals* application. To view the " @@ -260,55 +261,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list view of all available surveys in the Appraisals application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:132 msgid "" "Each appraisal (or survey) is presented in its own line on the " ":guilabel:`360 Feedback` page, along with various information related to " "that particular appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 msgid "Each appraisal includes the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:137 msgid ":guilabel:`Survey Name`: the name of the specific survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the employee responsible for the survey, including " "the month and year they were given that designation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Questions`: the number of questions in that particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Duration`: the average time a user spends completing the " "survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Registered`: the number of people who have been sent the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Completed`: the number of people who have completed the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:145 msgid "" "Each appraisal also has two buttons at the end of each line: a " ":guilabel:`Test` button and a :guilabel:`See Results` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:148 msgid "" "To see what an appraisal looks like for the end user (i.e. an employee), " "click the :guilabel:`Test` button, and the appraisal loads in a new browser " @@ -316,14 +317,14 @@ msgid "" "to enter any answers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:152 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`This is a Test Survey. → Edit " "Survey` at the top of the page to be taken to the detail form for that " "particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:155 msgid "" "To view the results from everyone who completed an appraisal, click the " ":guilabel:`See Results` button. This presents all the answers for the survey" @@ -332,13 +333,13 @@ msgid "" "each question are visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:160 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`→ Edit Survey` at the top of " "the page to be taken to the detail form for that particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:163 msgid "" "In addition to viewing the responses from past appraisals and surveys, new " "surveys can also be created from the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` page. Simply " @@ -346,123 +347,77 @@ msgid "" " survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:167 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:171 msgid "" "In previous versions of Odoo, this section was referred to as " ":guilabel:`Surveys`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:172 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "Thẻ" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 -msgid "" -"An additional feature of the *Appraisals* application is the ability to set " -":ref:`goals ` for employees. On each goal form, there is a" -" field to add tags. The available tags are pulled from a list that is " -"configured from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To view a list of all existing goal tags, and to create new tags, go to the " -":guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, by navigating to :menuselection:`Appraisals " -"application --> Configuration --> Tags`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:181 -msgid "All currently configured tags are presented in a list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:183 -msgid "" -"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " -"all tags need to be added from this list, or directly from the goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 -msgid "" -"To create a new tag from the :guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, click the " -":guilabel:`New` button, and a blank line appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the tag on the line. Then, press the enter key to save the" -" tag, and create a new blank line. Repeat this for all tags that need to be " -"added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:192 -msgid "The list of tags is automatically arranged in alphabetical order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:176 msgid "" "Navigate to the main *Appraisals* dashboard by opening the " ":guilabel:`Appraisals` application. The :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard is " "the default view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:179 msgid "" "To view the dashboard at any point in the application, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Appraisals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:182 msgid "" "All appraisals are displayed on the dashboard in a Kanban view, by default, " "with a list of groupings on the left side of the dashboard, including " ":guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Department`, and :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 msgid "" "Click any grouping option to view appraisals for **only** the chosen " "selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 msgid "" "Only groupings with multiple selections appear in the list. For example, if " "a database only has one company, the :guilabel:`Company` grouping does " "**not** appear, since there is no other company to select." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:193 msgid "Each appraisal card displays the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: the department the employee is associated with." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company the employee works for. This only appears " "in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date`: the date the appraisal was requested, or is scheduled for " "in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activities`: any activities that are scheduled for the appraisal," " such as :guilabel:`Meetings` or :guilabel:`Phone Calls.` If no activities " @@ -470,13 +425,13 @@ msgid "" "icon, located in the bottom-left corner of an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:204 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: the employee's manager, indicated by the profile icon " "in the bottom-right corner of an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:206 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status banner`: the status of the appraisal. A banner appears if " "an appraisal is marked as either :guilabel:`Canceled` or :guilabel:`Done`. " @@ -484,7 +439,7 @@ msgid "" "not been scheduled yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 msgid "" "To view the details of any appraisal, click on the card to open the " "appraisal form." @@ -494,22 +449,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Appraisals dashboard with each appraisal in its own box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 msgid "New appraisal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new appraisal, click the :guilabel:`New` button at the top of " "the :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard to load a blank appraisal form. Then, " "enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:222 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:223 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu. " "The manager is responsible for completing the :guilabel:`Manager's Feedback`" @@ -517,7 +472,7 @@ msgid "" "selected, if they have a manager set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appraisal Date`: the current date is automatically entered in " "this field. This field is automatically updated once the appraisal is " @@ -525,39 +480,39 @@ msgid "" "cancellation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu. This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have" " a department set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:233 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the employee's company from the drop-down menu. " "This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have a " "company set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 msgid "" "The only required fields for the appraisal form are the employee's " ":guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Manager`, and the :guilabel:`Company`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:241 msgid "" "Once the form is complete, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm " "the appraisal request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 msgid "" "Once confirmed, the employee receives an email stating that an appraisal was" " requested, and is then prompted to schedule an appraisal date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:246 msgid "" "The status changes to :guilabel:`Confirmed`, and the :guilabel:`Employee's " "Feedback` section of the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab is grayed out. The " @@ -566,18 +521,18 @@ msgid "" "once the appraisal request is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 msgid "" "If there are any existing appraisals for the employee, an " ":guilabel:`Appraisal` smart button appears at the top of the page, listing " "the total number of appraisals there are for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:255 msgid "Ask for feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:257 msgid "" "As part of the appraisal process, the manager can request feedback on an " "employee from anyone in the company. Feedback is usually requested from co-" @@ -586,43 +541,43 @@ msgid "" "manager's overall assessment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 msgid "" "To request feedback, the appraisal **must** be confirmed. Once confirmed, an" " :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button appears at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:265 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button is clicked, an :guilabel:`Ask " "Feedback` email pop-up form appears, using the :guilabel:`Appraisal: Ask " "Feedback` email template, which sends the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:269 msgid "" "Enter the employees being asked to complete the survey in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field. Multiple employees may be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 msgid "" "The email template has dynamic placeholders to personalize the message. Add " "any additional text to the email, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:275 msgid "If required, an :guilabel:`Answer Deadline` can be added, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:277 msgid "" "If any attachments are needed, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button, and" " a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the file(s), select them, then " "click :guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:280 msgid "When the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send.`" msgstr "" @@ -630,21 +585,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The email pop-up when requesting feedback from other employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:287 msgid "Appraisal form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:289 msgid "" "Once an appraisal is confirmed, the next steps are for the employee to fill " "out the self-assessment, after which the manager completes their assessment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:295 msgid "Employee's feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:297 msgid "" "To complete their portion of feedback, employees should navigate to the main" " :menuselection:`Appraisals application` dashboard, where the only entries " @@ -652,14 +607,14 @@ msgid "" "manage and have to provide manager feedback for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 msgid "" "Click on the appraisal to open the appraisal form. Enter responses in the " ":guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` " "tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:304 msgid "" "When completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to Manager` toggle (the " "default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When clicked, the toggle " @@ -671,24 +626,24 @@ msgid "" "The feedback section for the employee with the toggle button highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:314 msgid "Manager's feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 msgid "" "After the employee has completed the :guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` " "section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab, it is time for the manager to " "fill out the :guilabel:`Manager's Feedback` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:320 msgid "" "The manager enters their responses in the fields in the :ref:`same manner as" " the employee `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:323 msgid "" "When the feedback section is completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to " "Employee` toggle (the default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When " @@ -701,11 +656,12 @@ msgid "" " highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:748 msgid "Skills tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:334 msgid "" "Part of an appraisal is evaluating an employee's skills, and tracking their " "progress over time. The :guilabel:`Skills` tab of the appraisal form auto-" @@ -713,32 +669,32 @@ msgid "" "<../hr/employees/new_employee>`, once an appraisal is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:338 msgid "" "Each skill is grouped with like skills, and the :guilabel:`Skill Level`, " ":guilabel:`Progress`, and :guilabel:`Justification` are displayed for each " "skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 msgid "" "Update any skills, or add any new skills to the :guilabel:`Skills` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:343 msgid "" "If a skill level has increased, a reason for the improved rating can be " "entered into the :guilabel:`Justification` field, such as `took a fluency " "language test` or `received Javascript certification`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:347 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`Create a new employee ` document for " "detailed instructions on adding or updating a skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:350 msgid "" "After an appraisal is completed, and the skills have been updated, the next " "time an appraisal is confirmed, the updated skills populate the " @@ -749,11 +705,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The skills tab of an appraisal form, all filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:358 msgid "Private note tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:360 msgid "" "If managers want to leave notes that are only visible to other managers, " "they can be entered in the :guilabel:`Private Note` tab. The employee being " @@ -761,12 +717,12 @@ msgid "" "appear on their appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:386 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:520 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 msgid "Schedule a meeting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:367 msgid "" "Once both portions of an appraisal are completed (the :ref:`employee " "` and :ref:`manager Appraisals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:377 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, beneath the appraisal date on the " "desired appraisal card, and a :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window " @@ -794,47 +750,47 @@ msgid "" "activity form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Meeting` for the :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the drop-" "down menu. Doing so causes the form to change, so only the " ":guilabel:`Activity Type` and :guilabel:`Summary` fields appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:385 msgid "" "If scheduling an activity other than a meeting, such as a :guilabel:`Call` " "or a :guilabel:`To-Do`, the fields that appear on the :guilabel:`Schedule " "Activity` pop-up form change, accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:389 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon may appear as a number of different icons, " "depending on what, if any, scheduled activities are in place, and the color " "represents their corresponding due dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:392 msgid "" "If no activities are scheduled, that is represented by a gray :guilabel:`🕘 " "(clock)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:394 msgid "" "However, if a specific activity is scheduled, the icon may appear as a " ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon for a phone call, a :guilabel:`👥 (group of " "people)` icon for a meeting, and so on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:397 msgid "" "The color of the icon indicates the status; a green icon means an activity " "is scheduled in the future, and a red icon means the activity is past due." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:400 msgid "" "For more details on activities, refer to the :doc:`../essentials/activities`" " document." @@ -844,46 +800,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The appraisal cards with the various activity icons highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 msgid "" "Enter a brief description in the :guilabel:`Summary` field of the " ":guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window, such as `Annual Appraisal for " "(Employee)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:409 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button. From the calendar page " "that appears, navigate to, and double-click on, the desired date and time " "for the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:412 msgid "" "Doing so opens a :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up form. From this pop-up form, " "make any desired modifications, such as designating a :guilabel:`Start` " "time, or giving a :guilabel:`Name` to the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:416 msgid "" "Add the appraisee in the :guilabel:`Attendees` section, and include anyone " "else who should be in the meeting, if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:419 msgid "" "To make the meeting a video call, instead of an in-person meeting, click " ":guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting`, and a :guilabel:`Videocall URL` link appears in " "the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:422 msgid "" "Once all the desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:424 msgid "" "The meeting now appears on the calendar, and the invited parties are " "informed, via email." @@ -895,183 +851,46 @@ msgid "" "appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 msgid "" "The other way to schedule a meeting is from the individual appraisal form. " "To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Appraisal application` " "dashboard, then click on an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button, and the calendar loads." " Follow the same directions above to create the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 msgid "" -"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button says " +"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button reads " ":guilabel:`No Meeting`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:463 -msgid "Goals" -msgstr "Mục tiêu" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:465 -msgid "" -"The ability to set goals for employees to work toward is an important " -"feature of Odoo *Appraisals*. Goals are typically set during an appraisal, " -"so the employee knows what they need to work toward before their next " -"appraisal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:469 -msgid "" -"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> " -"Goals`. This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban " -"view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:472 -msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:474 -msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the name of the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:475 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee the goal is assigned to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 -msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:477 -msgid ":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Employee`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is assigned " -"to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:480 -msgid "" -"If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " -"corner of the goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 -msgid "" -"Every individual goal requires its own entry for each employee. If employees" -" have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the list. For " -"example, if both Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " -"appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " -"goal for Sara." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 -msgid "New goal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:495 -msgid "" -"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application -->" -" Goals`, and click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:498 -msgid "" -"Enter the information on the card. The information requested is all the same" -" information that appears on the :ref:`goal card ` in the " -"Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field and a " -":guilabel:`Description` tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:502 -msgid "" -"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field by default, and " -"the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" -" profile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:505 -msgid "" -"Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " -"useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:513 -msgid "Completed goals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:515 -msgid "" -"When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " -"be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " -"dashboard, or from the individual goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:518 -msgid "" -"To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" -" the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the top-right of a goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:522 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon **only** appears when the mouse hovers " -"over the corner of a goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:525 -msgid "" -"Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " -"green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " -"card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:528 -msgid "" -"To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " -"open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " -"the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner " -"appears in the top-right corner of the goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:533 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:526 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:753 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:830 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Báo cáo" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:442 msgid "" "The *Appraisals* application tracks two metrics across two different " "reports: an :ref:`appraisal analysis `, and a " ":ref:`skills evolution `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:448 msgid "Appraisal analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:450 msgid "" "To access the *Appraisal Analysis* report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Appraisal " @@ -1079,7 +898,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted in different colors to represent their status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 msgid "" "Appraisals in yellow are completed, appraisals in orange are in-progress " "(the appraisal is confirmed, but not completed), and appraisals in gray are " @@ -1087,13 +906,13 @@ msgid "" "been confirmed yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 msgid "" "The report displays the whole current year, by default, grouped by " "department." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:460 msgid "" "To change the calendar view presented, change the date settings in the top-" "left of the report. The options to display are :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -1101,13 +920,13 @@ msgid "" " move forward or backward in time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:464 msgid "" "At any point, click the :guilabel:`Today` button to present the calendar to " "include today's date in the view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:467 msgid "" "The report can have other filters and groupings set in the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top." @@ -1117,64 +936,64 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A report showing all the appraisals for the Appraisal Analysis report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 msgid "Skills evolution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 msgid "" "To access the *Skills Evolution* report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Skills Evolution`. " "This displays a report of all skills, grouped by employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:481 msgid "" "All the lines of the report are collapsed, by default. To view the details " "of a line, click on a line to expand the data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:484 msgid "Each skill has the following information listed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:486 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: name of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 msgid ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: the category the skill falls under." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:488 msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the specific, individual skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:489 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Level`: the level the employee had previously " "achieved for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:583 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Progress`: the previous percentage of competency " "achieved for the skill (based on the :guilabel:`Skill Level`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:585 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Skill Level`: the current level the employee has achieved" " for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Skill Progress`: the current percentage of competency " "achieved for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:494 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Justification`: any notes entered on the skill explaining the " "progress." @@ -1184,11 +1003,182 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A report showing all the skills grouped by employee." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:501 +msgid ":doc:`appraisals/goals`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:3 +msgid "Goals" +msgstr "Mục tiêu" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Appraisals* application allows managers to set goals for their " +"employees. That way, employees know what to work toward before their next " +"review." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`. " +"This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:13 +msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:15 +msgid ":guilabel:`Goal`: the name of the goal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:16 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the employee the goal is assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:17 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-clock-o` :guilabel:`(clock)` icon: displays the corresponding " +":doc:`activity icon <../../essentials/activities>` for the record. If no " +"activities are scheduled, the default icon is the :icon:`fa-clock-o` " +":guilabel:`(clock)`. If any activities have been scheduled, the icon " +"represents the activity scheduled soonest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:21 +msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal. The " +"options are :guilabel:`0%`, :guilabel:`25%`, :guilabel:`50%`, " +":guilabel:`75%`, or :guilabel:`100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Icon`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is " +"assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " +"corner of the goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 +msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every individual goal requires its own record for each employee. If multiple" +" employees have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For example, if Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " +"appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " +"goal for Sara." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:40 +msgid "New goal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`," +" and click :guilabel:`New` top-left corner to open a blank goal form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Input the :guilabel:`Goal`, :guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Progress`, and " +":guilabel:`Deadline`, information on the goal card, as discussed in the " +":ref:`goal card ` section of this document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The information requested is all the same information that appears on the " +"goal card in the Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field " +"and a :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " +"all tags need to be added. To add a tag, enter the name of the tag on the " +"line, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(tag)\"`. Repeat this for all tags that" +" need to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field, by default, and " +"the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" +" profile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " +"useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 +msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:68 +msgid "Completed goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:70 +msgid "" +"When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " +"be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " +"dashboard, or from the individual goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" +" the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon in the top-" +"right of a goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon **only** " +"appears when the mouse hovers over the top-right corner of a goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " +"green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " +"open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " +"the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner " +"appears in the top-right corner of the goal form." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:5 msgid "Attendances" msgstr "Chấm công" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Attendances* application functions as a time clock. Employees are " "able to check in and out of work using a dedicated device in kiosk mode, " @@ -1198,56 +1188,55 @@ msgid "" " are working overtime, or checking out of work earlier than expected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:16 msgid "Access rights" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:18 msgid "" "It is important to understand how the different access rights affect what " -"users can access in the *Attendances* application." +"options and features users can access in the *Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 msgid "" -"Every user in the database is always able to access their own information on" -" the dashboard and can check in and out directly from the database. Access " -"to all the other features is determined by access rights." +"Every user in the database is able to check in and out directly from the " +"database, without needing access to the *Attendances* application. " +"Additionally, all users can access their own attendance records from their " +"employee form in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Access to both the *Attendances* application, and the various features " +"within the application is determined by access rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:28 msgid "" "To see what access rights a user has, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Settings application --> Users & Companies: Users`, and " -"click on an individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by" -" default. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the " -"setting. For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to " -"leave the field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users & Companies: Users`, and click on an " +"individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by default. " +"Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the setting. " +"For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to leave the " +"field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:34 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Administrator` option is selected, the user has full " "access to the entire *Attendances* application, with no restrictions. They " -"can view all employee attendance records, enter kiosk mode from the " +"can view all employee attendance records, enter *Kiosk mMode* from the " "application, access all reporting metrics, and make modifications to the " -"settings." +"settings. If left blank, the user does **not** have access to the " +"*Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If left blank, the user can only view their own information on the " -"*Attendances* application dashboard and can view their own personal " -"attendance records under the reporting feature. All other attendance records" -" are hidden from view on the report. There is no access to either the kiosk " -"mode or the configuration menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:42 msgid "Approvers" msgstr "Người phê duyệt" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:44 msgid "" "The **only** other scenario where different information may be accessible in" " the *Attendances* application is for approvers. If a user does *not* have " @@ -1260,7 +1249,7 @@ msgid "" "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:52 msgid "" "To see who the attendance approver is for an employee, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Employees application` and click on the specific employee. " @@ -1271,7 +1260,7 @@ msgid "" "reports, and make modifications to their records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:61 msgid "" "Few configurations are needed in the *Attendances* application. Determining " "how employees check in and out, defining how the kiosks function, and " @@ -1280,11 +1269,11 @@ msgid "" "Configuration` to access the configuration menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:67 msgid "Modes" msgstr "Chế độ" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how an employee " "checks in when using a kiosk. Options are :guilabel:`Barcode/RFID`, " @@ -1292,31 +1281,31 @@ msgid "" "Selection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:76 msgid "" "The *Barcode* application **does not** need to be installed to use one of " "the Barcode/RFID settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances from Backend`: activate this selection to allow users" " to check in and out directly from the Odoo database. If this is not " "activated, users must use a kiosk to check in and out of work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 msgid "Kiosk settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:88 msgid "" "This section only needs to be configured if employees use kiosks for " "checking in and out. If kiosks are **not** being used, modifying any of " "these fields does **not** adversely affect the *Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode Source`: this setting appears **only** if either of the " "two Barcode/RFID selections were configured for the :ref:`Kiosk Mode " @@ -1325,7 +1314,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Front Camera`, or :guilabel:`Back Camera`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:96 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification`: activate this option if employees " "should use a unique PIN to check in. PINs are configured on each individual " @@ -1333,14 +1322,14 @@ msgid "" "documentation for more information on setting up PINs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Time`: set the duration (in seconds) the check in and " "check out confirmation screen remains on the kiosk before going back to the " "main check in screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:101 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendance Kiosk Url`: Odoo generates a unique web address (URL) " "to use a device as a kiosk without having to sign in to the Odoo database. " @@ -1348,7 +1337,7 @@ msgid "" " browser to present the Attendances application kiosk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 msgid "" "These kiosk URLs are **not** secured with any type of access code. Anyone " "who has the URL can access the Attendances application kiosk. If the URL is " @@ -1357,17 +1346,17 @@ msgid "" "generate a new URL and update the kiosk accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:112 msgid "Extra hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:114 msgid "" "This section specifies how extra time is calculated, including when extra " "time is counted and what time is not logged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count of Extra Hours`: enable this box to allow employees to log " "extra hours beyond their set working hours (sometimes referred to as " @@ -1375,14 +1364,14 @@ msgid "" "well. If this is not activated, no other configurations appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start From`: the current date is automatically entered in this " "field. If desired, click on this field and use the calendar selector to " "modify the start date on which extra hours are logged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Company`: enter the amount of time, in" " minutes, that is **not** counted towards an employee's overtime. When an " @@ -1390,7 +1379,7 @@ msgid "" "minutes, the extra time is **not** counted as overtime for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Employee`: enter the amount of time, " "in minutes, that an employee is given, that does **not** adversely affect " @@ -1400,33 +1389,33 @@ msgid "" "they are **not** penalized for their reduced hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 msgid "" "A company sets both of the :guilabel:`Tolerance` fields to `15` minutes, and" " the working hours for the entire company are set from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:138 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:00 AM, and checks out at 5:14 PM, the extra 14" " minutes are **not** counted towards their overtime." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:141 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:05 AM, and checks out at 4:55 PM, even though " "they logged a total of 10 minutes less than their full working hours, they " "are **not** penalized for this discrepancy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Extra Hours`: activate this box to display the extra " "hours logged by an employee when they check out with a kiosk, or when a user" " checks out in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:149 msgid "" "Employees are still able to log overtime hours even if the :guilabel:`Count " "of Extra Hours` option is not activated. The difference is that when " @@ -1435,177 +1424,41 @@ msgid "" "hours>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:164 -msgid "Check in and out via the database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users who are logged into the " -"database to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " -"application, or use a kiosk. For some smaller companies, where every " -"employee is also a user, this feature may be useful." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:170 -msgid "" -"A user can check in and out on the main database dashboard, as well as in " -"any application. In the upper right corner of the top main menu, which is " -"always visible regardless of what application the user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴" -" (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is visible. Click on the " -"colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, enabling the user to check " -"in and/or out." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:180 -msgid "Check in" -msgstr "Check-in" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:182 -msgid "" -"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " -"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` and the " -"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:190 -msgid "" -"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 -msgid "" -"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " -"their computer to access their location information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:197 -msgid "" -"If the user has not checked in and out already during the current work day, " -"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " -"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" -" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " -"appears beneath that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:202 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to check in. The :guilabel:`🔴 (red " -"circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget changes appearance" -" as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has checked in, by " -"changing the green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to a yellow " -":guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:207 -msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:210 -msgid "Check out" -msgstr "Check-out" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:212 -msgid "" -"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " -"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" -" populating the time field. Beneath that line, :guilabel:`HH:MM` is " -"displayed, indicating the hours and minutes that have elapsed since checking" -" in. As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes " -"that have passed since the user checked in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:218 -msgid "" -"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " -"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears in addition to " -"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The time displayed in both of " -"these fields are populated with the most recent check in time, and will " -"match. Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously " -"logged hours are displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 -msgid "" -"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " -"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " -"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that will " -"be logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:228 -msgid "" -"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " -":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button. The attendance widget updates again," -" displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the logged time, and the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check " -"in ➡️` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " -"user allows their computer to access this information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:242 -msgid "" -"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " -"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " -"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" -" appears on the dashboard, including check ins and check outs with no time " -"value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:157 msgid "Kiosk mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:159 msgid "" "Some companies may opt to use a dedicated device (a laptop or desktop PC, a " "tablet, or a mobile phone) for employees to check in and check out from. " "Kiosk mode is used for these scenarios." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:163 msgid "" "If users check in and out using either a badge or an RFID, then an " "accessible device in kiosk mode **must** be available to check in and check " "out using these two methods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 msgid "" "Entering kiosk mode is only available for users with specific :ref:`access " "rights `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:169 msgid "Kiosk mode can be activated in three different ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:171 msgid "" "Navigate to the :guilabel:`Attendances` application, and click " ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode` in the top menu. The device then enters kiosk mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:173 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click on the link in the " @@ -1613,7 +1466,7 @@ msgid "" " recommended to close the database tab to keep the database secure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:177 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click :guilabel:`Copy` next to " @@ -1627,7 +1480,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:186 msgid "" "As a security measure, once a device is in kiosk mode, it is not possible to" " exit kiosk mode and go back into the database without signing back in. To " @@ -1636,11 +1489,11 @@ msgid "" "an extra layer of security, preventing anyone from accessing the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:192 msgid "Badge" msgstr "Huy hiệu" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 msgid "" "To check in or out using a badge, tap the :guilabel:`📷 (camera) Tap to scan`" " image in the center of the kiosk. Then, scan the barcode on the badge using" @@ -1656,11 +1509,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Attendances Kiosk view displaying the scan badge image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:206 msgid "RFID" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:208 msgid "" "To check in or out using an RFID key fob, simply scan the fob with an RFID " "reader. Once scanned, the employee is then either checked in or checked out," @@ -1668,11 +1521,11 @@ msgid "" "all the check in or check out information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:213 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Thủ công" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:215 msgid "" "Users who do not have a scannable badge or an RFID fob can manually check in" " and out at a kiosk. Tap the :guilabel:`Identify Manually` button on the " @@ -1682,20 +1535,20 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`confirmation message ` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:221 msgid "" "When a large number of employees appear in the list, making scrolling " "inefficient, there are two ways to quickly find a specific person:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Search...`: tap on the :guilabel:`Search...` field and enter the " "person's name. As the name is typed in, the matching results are displayed " "on the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: to quickly filter the presented employees, tap on a " "department to display only those employees that are part of that department." @@ -1704,11 +1557,11 @@ msgid "" "part of the department, and is displayed when selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:232 msgid "PIN" msgstr "MÃ SỐ" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:234 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification` option was activated in the " ":ref:`kiosk settings ` section of the " @@ -1716,7 +1569,7 @@ msgid "" "checking in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:238 msgid "" "After the employee is selected, a number pad appears with a message. When " "checking in, :guilabel:`(Employee) Welcome! Please enter your PIN to check " @@ -1725,7 +1578,7 @@ msgid "" "numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:243 msgid "" "Tap in the PIN using the number pad, then tap :guilabel:`OK` when done. The " "employee is then checked in or out, and a :ref:`confirmation message " @@ -1736,11 +1589,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pop-up that appears when prompted to enter a pin." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:253 msgid "Confirmation message" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:255 msgid "" "When an employee checks in or out, a confirmation message appears with all " "the check in or check out information. When checking in, a welcome message " @@ -1752,7 +1605,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 msgid "" "When checking out, the screen displays a goodbye message, with the date and " "time of check out, and the total hours logged for the day. Beneath the " @@ -1764,12 +1617,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The goodbye message with all the employee's check out information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:681 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Tổng quan" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:273 msgid "" "When entering the *Attendances* application, the :guilabel:`Overview` " "dashboard is presented, containing all the check in and check out " @@ -1780,11 +1633,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:280 msgid "Views" msgstr "Lượt xem" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:282 msgid "" "To change the view from the default Gantt chart to a list view, click the " ":guilabel:`List` icon in the top right of the dashboard, beneath the user's " @@ -1792,7 +1645,7 @@ msgid "" "button, located next to the :guilabel:`List` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:286 msgid "" "The default view presents the current day's information. To present the " "information for the :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or " @@ -1806,7 +1659,7 @@ msgid "" "dashboard, presenting information containing the current day's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:295 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Day` view, the column for the current hour is highlighted " "in yellow. If the :guilabel:`Week` or :guilabel:`Month` view is selected, " @@ -1820,7 +1673,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:304 msgid "" "Any entries that have errors appear in red, indicating they need to be " "resolved by a user with the proper :ref:`access rights ` that need to be resolved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this filter has a drop-down to further select a " "specific time period. Select the desired time period from the options " "presented, a specific month, quarter, or year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Last 7 days`: this filter presents the attendance data for the " "last seven days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:332 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`: create a custom filter using the pop-up that " "appears when this is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 msgid "Groups" msgstr "Nhóm" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:338 msgid "The default groups that can be selected are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:340 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing the" " following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -1911,13 +1764,13 @@ msgid "" " period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:344 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee`: this group presents the attendance data organized by " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:345 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing " "the following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -1926,7 +1779,7 @@ msgid "" "time period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:349 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`: this option displays a drop-down menu with a " "variety of options to group the attendance data by, including " @@ -1934,53 +1787,53 @@ msgid "" "Address`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:356 msgid "Attendance log details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:358 msgid "" "Odoo captures various time and location details when a user checks in and " "out. The specific details provided are determined by the method the user " "checked in and out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:361 msgid "" "To view the specific check in and/or check out details for an employee, " "click on an individual entry in the overview dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 msgid "" "A detailed attendance log for the user appears in a pop-up window. To close " "the detailed attendance log, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` button in " "the bottom-left corner of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:367 msgid "The detailed attendance log contains the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:370 msgid "Main details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:372 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the name of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 msgid ":guilabel:`Check In`: the date and time the employee checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:374 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: the date and time the employee checked out. This only" " appears if the employee has checked out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:376 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Worked Hours`: the total amount of time the employee logged for " "the day, in an hour and minute format (HH:MM). This value calculates all the" @@ -1988,23 +1841,23 @@ msgid "" "multiple times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Extra Hours`: any extra hours the employee logged that is beyond " "their expected working hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:383 msgid "Check in/check out details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:385 msgid "" "The following information appears for both the :guilabel:`Check In` and " ":guilabel:`Check Out` sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: the method with which the attendance information was " "gathered. :guilabel:`Systray` is displayed if the employee logged in and out" @@ -2013,24 +1866,24 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`using an attendance kiosk `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:392 msgid "" ":guilabel:`IP Address`: the IP address for the computer the employee used to" " log in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:393 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browser`: the web browser the employee used to log in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:394 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Localization`: the city and country associated with the " "computer's IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:395 msgid "" ":guilabel:`GPS Coordinates`: the specific coordinates when the user logged " "in or out. To view the specific coordinates on a map, click the :guilabel:`→" @@ -2042,26 +1895,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The detailed information for an attendance entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:405 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:84 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Lỗi" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:407 msgid "" "Entries that contain an error appear on the overview dashboard in red. In " "the :guilabel:`Gantt view`, the entry appears with a red background. If in " "the :guilabel:`List view`, the entry text appears in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:411 msgid "" "An error typically occurs when an employee has checked in but has not " "checked out within the last 24 hours, or when an employee has a check in and" " check out period spanning over 16 hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:414 msgid "" "To fix the error, the attendance entry must be modified or deleted. Click on" " the entry to reveal a pop-up containing the details for that particular " @@ -2078,27 +1931,27 @@ msgid "" "selector is shown, and the time selector is highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:426 msgid "" "When all the information on the pop-up is correct, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close`. When the entry no longer has an error, the entry appears in gray " "instead of red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 msgid "" "To delete an entry, click :guilabel:`Remove` on the pop-up instead of making" " modifications to the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:435 msgid "" "To view attendance reports, click :guilabel:`Reporting` in the top menu. The" " default report displays each employee's attendance information for the past" " 3 months, in a :guilabel:`Line Chart`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 msgid "" "The default view is a :guilabel:`Graph`. To view the data in a pivot table, " "click the :guilabel:`Pivot Table` button on the top right of the report. To " @@ -2106,14 +1959,14 @@ msgid "" "next to the :guilabel:`Pivot Table` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 msgid "" "To present different information, adjust the :ref:`filters and groups " "` in the same way as in the :guilabel:`Overview`" " dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:445 msgid "" "The data can be presented in either a :guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line" " Chart`, :guilabel:`Pie Chart`, :guilabel:`Stacked` chart, or in " @@ -2122,13 +1975,13 @@ msgid "" "chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 msgid "" "To change the :guilabel:`Measures`, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button " "and select the desired measure from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:452 msgid "" "The report can also be inserted into a spreadsheet. Click the " ":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button and a pop-up appears. Select the " @@ -2140,6 +1993,151 @@ msgid "" "The default report view, with all the optional view buttons highlighted." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/check_in_check_out`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:461 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/hardware`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:3 +msgid "Check in and out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users, who are logged into the " +"database, to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " +"application, or use a kiosk. For smaller companies, where every employee is " +"also a user, this feature may be useful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A user can check in and/or out on the main database Odoo dashboard, or while" +" inside any application. To do so, in the upper-right corner of the top main" +" header menu, which is always visible regardless of what application the " +"user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is " +"visible. Click on the colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, " +"enabling the user to check in and/or out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:22 +msgid "Check in" +msgstr "Check-in" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " +"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)`, and the " +"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in` " +":icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " +"their computer to access their location information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If the user has not already checked in and out during the current work day, " +"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " +"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" +" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " +"appears in that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button to check in. The " +":guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget " +"changes appearance, as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has" +" checked in, by changing the green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` " +"button to a yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:49 +msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:148 +msgid "Check out" +msgstr "Check-out" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " +"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" +" populating the time field. Beneath that line, the hours and minutes that " +"have elapsed since checking in are displayed in a :guilabel:`HH:MM` format. " +"As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes that " +"have passed since the user checked in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " +"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears, in addition to " +"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The times displayed in both of " +"these fields match, and are populated with the most recent check in time. " +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously logged " +"time is displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " +"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " +"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that is " +"logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:70 +msgid "" +"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " +":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " +"yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button. The attendance " +"widget updates again, displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the " +"logged time, while the yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` " +"button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " +"user allows their computer to access this information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:85 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " +"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " +"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" +" appears on the main *Attendances* dashboard, including check ins and check " +"outs with no time value." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Hardware" msgstr "Phần cứng" @@ -2265,6 +2263,305 @@ msgid "" "departments." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:3 +msgid "Departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"All employees in the *Employees* app fall under specific departments within " +"a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:8 +msgid "Create new departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To make a new department, navigate to :menuselection:`Employees app --> " +"Departments`, then click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left to reveal a blank " +"department form. Fill out the following information on the department form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The department for with all fields filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:18 +msgid ":guilabel:`Department Name`: enter a name for the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: using the drop-down menu, select the department " +"manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Parent Department`: if the new department is housed within " +"another department (has a parent department), select the parent department " +"using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates`: if employees in this department " +"require a specific appraisal form that is different from the default " +"appraisal form, tick the checkbox. If this option is activated, an " +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab appears below the form. This field " +"**only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " +"department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Survey`: using the drop-down menu, select the default " +"survey to use for the department when requesting feedback from employees. " +"This field **only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed, **and** " +"the *360 Feedback* option is enabled in the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the department. Click the default " +"white color box to display all the color options. Click on a color to select" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab: this tab **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates` options is activated on the form. " +"Make any desired edits to the appraisal form. The appraisal form is used for" +" appraisals for all employees within this department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:36 +msgid "" +"After the form is completed, click the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon to manually save the changes. When saved, a " +":guilabel:`Department Organization` chart appears in the top-right of the " +"department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The form auto-saves while data is entered, however the :guilabel:`Department" +" Organization` chart does **not** appear until the form is manually saved. " +"If the form is not saved, the :guilabel:`Department Organization` chart is " +"visible upon opening the department card from the :guilabel:`Departments` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:47 +msgid "Refer to the :doc:`../appraisals` documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:50 +msgid "Departments dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured departments, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Departments`. All departments appear in a " +"Kanban view, by default, and are listed in alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The departments dashboard view with all the department cards in a Kanban " +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:175 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "Chế độ xem kanban" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each department has its own Kanban card on the main :guilabel:`Departments` " +":icon:`oi-view-kanban` :guilabel:`(Kanban)` dashboard view, that can display" +" the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:66 +msgid "Department name: the name of the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:67 +msgid "Company: the company the department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employees`: the number of employees within the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisals`: the number of appraisals scheduled for employees in " +"the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Requests`: the number of unapproved time off requests " +"for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval ` . This **only** appears if there are requests to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allocation Requests`: the number of unapproved allocation " +"requests for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval " +"`. This **only** appears if there are requests " +"to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Applicants`: the number of :ref:`new applicants " +"` for a position in this department. This **only** appears " +"if there are new applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expense Reports`: the number of employees in the department with " +":ref:`open expense reports to approve `. This **only** " +"appears if there are any expense reports waiting for approval." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Absence`: the number of absences for the current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Color bar: the selected color for the department appears as a vertical bar " +"on the left side of the department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click on an alert in a department card, such as :guilabel:`Time Off " +"Requests`, to reveal a list view of the requests to approve. This list " +"includes **all** open requests to approve, not just from the specific " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The default view for the :guilabel:`Departments` dashboard is a Kanban view." +" It is possible to view the departments in two other forms: a list view and " +"a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Xem danh sách" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a list view, click the :icon:`fa-align-justify` " +":guilabel:`(list)` icon in the top-right corner. The departments appear in a" +" list view, which displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Employees`, " +":guilabel:`Parent Department`, and :guilabel:`Color` for each department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The departments are sorted alphabetically by :guilabel:`Department Name`, by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The departments presented in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When in list view, departments can be managed in batch by selecting one or " +"multiple record's checkbox, then select the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Actions` button to reveal a drop-down menu of actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:113 +msgid "Hierarchy view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a hierarchy view, click the :icon:`fa-share-alt " +"fa-rotate-90` :guilabel:`(hierarchy)` icon in the top-right corner. The " +"departments appear in an organizational chart format, with the highest-level" +" department at the top (typically :guilabel:`Management`), and all other " +"departments beneath it. All child departments of the first-level child " +"departments are folded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Each department card displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, the " +":guilabel:`Manager` (and their profile image), the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Employees` in the department, and the ability to expand the department " +"(:guilabel:`Unfold`) if there are child departments beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Unfold` button on a department card to expand it. Once " +"expanded, the :guilabel:`Unfold` button changes to a :guilabel:`Fold` " +"button. To collapse the department, click the :guilabel:`Fold` button. Only " +"**one** department *per row* can be unfolded at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Click anywhere on a department card to open the department form. Click the " +":guilabel:`(#) Employees` smart button to view a list of all the employees " +"in that department, including all employees in the child departments beneath" +" it, organized by individual department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In the hierarchy view, if the :guilabel:`(2) Employees` button on the " +":guilabel:`Management` card is clicked (the highest-level department card), " +"**all** employees appear in a list view, grouped by department. This is " +"because **all** departments are children of the :guilabel:`Management` " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`(3) Employees` button in the :guilabel:`Sales` department " +"card is clicked, the employees from the :guilabel:`Sales` department, as " +"well as its two child departments (:guilabel:`East Coast Territory` and " +":guilabel:`West Coat Territory`), appear in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "The departments presented in a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list view of employees for the department that was clicked, including all child\n" +"departments." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 msgid "New employees" msgstr "Nhân viên mới" @@ -2339,7 +2636,6 @@ msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:736 msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "Các trường thông tin không bắt buộc" @@ -2460,7 +2756,8 @@ msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "Tab Resumé" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:869 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "Resumé" @@ -3699,7 +3996,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:398 msgid "Salary" msgstr "Tiền lương" @@ -5064,10 +5361,6 @@ msgid "" "different ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 -msgid "List view" -msgstr "Xem danh sách" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:304 msgid "" "The default view of the service records is a list view. This presents all " @@ -5115,11 +5408,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The form automatically saves as data is entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 -msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "Chế độ xem kanban" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:331 msgid "" "To view services by their stage, click the :guilabel:`Kanban` button, which " @@ -5205,11 +5493,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:380 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:230 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:889 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:894 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "" @@ -5480,11 +5768,11 @@ msgid "" " pop-up windows close, and the activity now appears on the activity view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 msgid "Frontdesk" msgstr "Quầy lễ tân" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:7 msgid "" "The Odoo *Frontdesk* application provides a way for visitors to check in to " "a building or location, and alert the person they are meeting about their " @@ -5492,24 +5780,24 @@ msgid "" "brought to them, while they wait." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:11 msgid "" "This application is ideal for businesses that do **not** have someone " "working at a reception desk, locations **without** a designated waiting area" " available to guests and visitors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:17 msgid "" "The first item to configure with the *Frontdesk* application is the station," " followed by any drink selections that might optionally be offered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 msgid "Stations" msgstr "Địa điểm" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:23 msgid "" "In Odoo's *Frontdesk* application, a *Station* can be thought of as any " "location where someone can sign in and wait for an employee. This is " @@ -5517,35 +5805,35 @@ msgid "" "kiosk where visitors check in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:27 msgid "" "When setting up the *Frontdesk* application, a minimum of one station " "**must** be configured, but there is no limit to how many stations can be " "created and configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:30 msgid "" "To create a station, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Stations`, and click :guilabel:`New`. When clicked, a " "blank frontdesk form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Name`: enter a name for the specific frontdesk " "location. This should be short and easily identifiable, such as `Reception " "Desk` or `Main Lobby`. This field is required in order to create a station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:38 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsibles`: select the person (or persons) who are alerted " "when a visitor checks in using this specific frontdesk. Multiple selections " "can be entered. This field is required in order to create a station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk URL`: this field auto-populates once the frontdesk form is " "saved, with at least the :guilabel:`Frontdesk Name` and " @@ -5553,46 +5841,45 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`(cloud with upward arrow)` icon, located at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:45 msgid "" "Once saved, a URL is generated in the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` field. This URL " "is one way the frontdesk kiosk is accessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:48 msgid "" "To access the kiosk, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at the end of the " "URL, and navigate to that URL in a web browser. This URL opens that specific" " station's frontdesk sign-in page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:52 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a frontdesk form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera" " with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:166 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:184 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to open a file explorer, navigate " "to the desired image/photo file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:58 msgid "" "The image selected for the station photo appears as the background image for" " the station kiosk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:61 msgid "Options tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Host Selection`: if the visitor is attending a meeting, this " "option allows the visitor to select the meeting host from a presented list, " @@ -5600,35 +5887,35 @@ msgid "" "detailed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Authenticate Guest`: if additional information is required when a" " guest checks in, enable this option, and select which of the following are " "required:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: select whether the guest's email address is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Phone`: select whether the guest's phone number is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Organization`: select whether the guest's organization is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Theme`: select the color mode of the kiosk. Choose either " ":guilabel:`Light` or :guilabel:`Dark`. The :guilabel:`Light` selection " @@ -5636,7 +5923,7 @@ msgid "" "selection displays a dark gray and black background." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Self Check-In`: enable this option to present a check-in QR code " "on the kiosk. The QR code allows guests to check in using their mobile " @@ -5644,7 +5931,7 @@ msgid "" "kiosk with multiple guests checking in at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Offer Drinks`: enable this option to offer guests a drink upon " "check in. If this option is enabled, it is necessary to :ref:`configure the " @@ -5653,13 +5940,13 @@ msgid "" " are configured, select each drink to be offered using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:90 msgid "" "The following options are only visible in the :guilabel:`Options` tab if the" " :ref:`Host Selection ` option is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by email`: enable this option to have an email sent to the" " person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -5667,20 +5954,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Email Template` selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:97 msgid "" "To change the default email template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`Email Template` field, then select another email template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any edits to the " "template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:102 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by SMS`: enable this option to have an SMS (text) message " "sent to the person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -5688,13 +5975,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk SMS Template` selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:106 msgid "" "To change the default SMS template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`SMS Template` field, and select another SMS template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:109 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any desired edits to the" @@ -5702,7 +5989,7 @@ msgid "" "characters, which fits in 4 SMS (UNICODE) messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by Discuss`: this option is enabled by default when the " ":guilabel:`Host Selection` option is enabled. This option opens a *Discuss* " @@ -5710,28 +5997,28 @@ msgid "" "in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:116 msgid "" "When enabled, a default message appears for the person the guest is " "visiting. The *Discuss* application **must** be installed in order for this " "option to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:120 msgid "" "*Discuss* is installed by default when creating an Odoo database, and does " "not count towards billing. As long as the *Discuss* application is not " "intentionally uninstalled, the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option works." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:125 msgid "" "The default message format for the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option is: " "`(Frontdesk Station) Check-In: (Guest Name) (Guest Phone Number) " "(Organization) to meet (Name of employee).`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:128 msgid "" "An example of how that might appear in a *Discuss* message is: `Main Lobby " "Check-In: John Doe (123-555-1234) (Odoo, Inc.) to meet Marc Demo.`" @@ -5741,11 +6028,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Frontdesk station form with all the information filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 msgid "Side Message tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:138 msgid "" "Enter any desired text to appear on the station kiosk after a guest has " "checked in, such as a welcome greeting or any necessary instructions. The " @@ -5753,11 +6040,12 @@ msgid "" " a guest has completed the check-in process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:112 msgid "Drinks" msgstr "Đồ uống" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:147 msgid "" "After a station is created, the next step is to configure the drinks to " "offer visitors, if desired. This step is **not** necessary or required for " @@ -5765,31 +6053,31 @@ msgid "" "drinks are offered to guests." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:151 msgid "" "To add a drink option, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Drinks`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a " "blank drink form to configure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 msgid "Enter the following information on the drink form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Drink Name`: type the name of the drink option in this field. " "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 msgid "" ":guilabel:`People to Notify`: use the drop-down menu in this field to select" " who is notified when the drink is selected. Multiple people can be entered " "in this field. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:159 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a numerical value in this field to indicate " "where in the list of drink options this specific option appears. The lower " @@ -5798,16 +6086,16 @@ msgid "" "first in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:163 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:181 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a drink form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera " "with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:169 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:187 msgid "" "The image selected now appears in the picture field, and is set as the image" " for the drink." @@ -5817,156 +6105,237 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Drink form with the information filled out for an espresso." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:178 msgid "Station dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:192 +msgid "Kiosk setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " +"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " +"tablet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:197 +msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " +":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" +" a new browser tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " +"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" +" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " +"browser tab or window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " +"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " +"accessing the database when checking-in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" +" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " +":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " +"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " +"requests were made for each drink." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:220 +msgid "" +"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " +"other metrics, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`frontdesk/visitors`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:3 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "Khách" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:5 msgid "" -"To access a complete list of visitors that are currently checked in, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +"In the Odoo *Frontdesk* application, a *visitor* is defined as any non-" +"employee (e.g., repair person, job candidate, etc.). These visitors can be " +"logged upon arrival and departure for security purposes. This ensures an " +"accurate list of people on the premises." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:196 -msgid "" -"The visitors are listed in a list view, with the following details that were" -" entered when they checked in:" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:12 +msgid "Visitor list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To access a complete list of checked-in visitors, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:18 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Planned or Checked-In` and :guilabel:`Today` " "filters appear in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:21 +msgid "" +"All visitors are presented in a list view, with the following details that " +"were entered upon check in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:24 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the guest's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:25 msgid ":guilabel:`Visitor Company`: the company the guest represents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: the guest's phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 -msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`: the drink the guest requested." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`\\*: the drink the guest requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:28 msgid ":guilabel:`Host`: who the guest is waiting to see." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:29 msgid ":guilabel:`CheckIn`: the date and time the guest checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Checkout`: the date and time the guest checked out. As mentioned," -" in the default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " +":guilabel:`Checkout`\\*: the date and time the guest checked out. In the " +"default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " ":guilabel:`Planned` status are visible. Guests with check-out times are only" " visible if the :guilabel:`Today` filter is not active." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duration`: the amount of time the guest has been checked in for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`Station`: the location of where the guest checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: the status of the guest. The options are " ":guilabel:`Checked-In`, :guilabel:`Planned`, :guilabel:`Checked-Out`, or " -":guilabel:`Canceled`. In the default view, only guests with a " -":guilabel:`Checked-In` or :guilabel:`Planned` status are visible." +":guilabel:`Canceled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: the guest's email address." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`\\*: the guest's email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:39 msgid "" -"To the far right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page is " -"an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +"\\* These fields are not visible in the default :guilabel:`Visitor` list. " +"These must be enabled using the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` " +":guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon in the top-right of the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To the far-right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page, " +"there is an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:46 msgid "" "When a guest leaves, click the available :guilabel:`Check out` button to " "update the guest's record, and log the date and time they left." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:49 msgid "" "If a scheduled guest arrives, and they did not check in using the " "*Frontdesk* kiosk, they can be checked in here, by clicking the available " ":guilabel:`Check in` button to log the date and time they arrived." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:53 msgid "" -"Beside the untitled status column a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button appears," -" but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." +"Beside the untitled status column, a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " +"appears, but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:56 msgid "" "When their drink has been served, click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " "to indicate the drink has been delivered to the guest. Once clicked, that " "button disappears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst-1 msgid "" "The full list of currently checked in visitors, with the drinks to be served" " highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:63 msgid "" "If any column is not visible, or if a visible column is preferred to be " -"hidden, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options (two horizontal lines with " -"dots)` icon, located at the end of the column name list." +"hidden, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(additional " +"options)` icon, located at the end of the column name list. Doing so, " +"reveals a reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or disable. A" +" :icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`(check)` icon indicates the column is visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Clicking that reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or " -"disable. A :guilabel:`✅ (checkmark)` icon indicates the column is visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:69 msgid "Planned visitors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:71 msgid "" -"If a guest is expected to arrive at a future date and time, it is possible " -"to enter their information into the *Frontdesk* application in advance." +"Enter expected guest information in advance by creating a planned guest in " +"the *Frontdesk* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:73 msgid "" "To create a planned guest, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Visitors --> New`. Then, enter the same information as any other " -":ref:`visitor `. The only required fields are the " -"visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the :guilabel:`Station` at which they are " -"expected to arrive." +"Visitors`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, enter the same information as " +"any other :ref:`visitor ` on the guest form that appears. " +"The only required fields are the visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Station` at which they are expected to arrive." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:79 msgid "" "If a guest is planned in advance, they must be checked in from the list on " "the :guilabel:`Visitors` page in the *Frontdesk* application " @@ -5975,96 +6344,71 @@ msgid "" " entry remains listed as :guilabel:`Planned`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:84 msgid "" -"Only when a planned guest is checked in inside the application's visitor " -"list, their :guilabel:`Planned` status changes to :guilabel:`Checked-In`." +"The :guilabel:`Planned` status of a planned guest **only** changes to " +":guilabel:`Checked-In` when they are checked in *inside* the application's " +":guilabel:`Visitors` list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:87 msgid "" "If a guest does check in using a kiosk, ensure all records are current, and " -"the list of currently on-site guests is correct. Be sure to check in and/or " -"check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly reflects who " -"is currently on the premises." +"the list of guests that are currently on-site is correct. Be sure to check " +"in and/or check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly " +"reflects who is currently on the premises." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:91 msgid "" "Ensure planned guests are informed that they should **not** check in using " "the kiosk if they are listed as a planned guest in advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:274 -msgid "Frontdesk flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " -"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " -"tablet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:279 -msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:281 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " -":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" -" a new browser tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:283 -msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " -"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" -" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " -"browser tab or window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:288 -msgid "" -"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " -"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " -"accessing the database when checking-in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:95 msgid "Visitor flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:294 -msgid "" -"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a frontdesk kiosk, and " -"enter their information. The information requested is what was configured " -"for that specific frontdesk station. If any information is required, the " -"field displays a red asterisk (*). The visitor must enter the required " -"information in order to check in." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:98 +msgid "Visitor check in" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a :ref:`Frontdesk kiosk " +"`, and click :guilabel:`Check in`. The information " +"requested from the visitor is what was configured for that specific " +"*Frontdesk* station. If any information is required, the field displays a " +"red asterisk (\\*). The visitor **must** enter the required information in " +"order to check in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:105 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, the visitor taps the :guilabel:`Check " "In` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:108 msgid "" -"If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check " -"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: `Do " -"you want something to drink?`" +"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," +" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check " +"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: " +":guilabel:`Do you want something to drink?`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:117 msgid "" "The visitor can tap either :guilabel:`Yes, please`, or :guilabel:`No, thank " "you`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:119 msgid "" "If they select :guilabel:`Yes, please`, a drink selection screen appears, " "and the pre-configured options are listed. The visitor then taps the desired" @@ -6072,47 +6416,46 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Nothing, thanks` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:123 msgid "" -"If a drink selection was made, a `Thank you for registering! Your drink is " -"on the way.` message appears." +"If a drink selection was made, a :guilabel:`Thank you for registering! Your " +"drink is on the way.` message appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:313 -msgid "" -"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," -" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:127 +msgid "Notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:129 msgid "" "Once the visitor has checked in, the person they are visiting, and any other" -" users who were configured to be notified when checks ins occur at the " -"kiosk, are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a " -"*Discuss* chat, or any combination of those three options." +" users who were configured to be notified when check-ins occur at the kiosk," +" are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a *Discuss*" +" chat, or any combination of those three options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:133 msgid "" "If the visitor requested a drink, the user(s) configured as the " -":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified via the " -"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: `(Visitor Name) just " -"checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" +":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified, via the " +"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: :guilabel:`(Visitor " +"Name) just checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the drink has been delivered to the guest, the person who delivered the" " drink is responsible for marking the drink as delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:140 msgid "" "To mark a drink as delivered, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Stations --> (#) Drinks to serve` on the desired station card." +"Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#) " +"Drinks to serve`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:143 msgid "" "This opens a list of all the visitors checked in at that station, and are " "waiting for a drink. Click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button at the end of" @@ -6120,64 +6463,39 @@ msgid "" "their drink served, the visitor disappears from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:150 msgid "" "Once the visitor has completed their business, and has left the premises, it" " is important to check them out for accurate record keeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:153 msgid "" "To check visitors out properly, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app " -"--> Stations --> (#) On Site`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who" -" are currently checked-in at that station." +"--> Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#)" +" Drinks to serve`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who are " +"currently checked-in at that station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:157 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check Out` button near the end of the line for the " +"Click the :guilabel:`Check out` button near the end of the line for the " "visitor who left. Once they are marked as checked-out, the visitor " "disappears from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:161 msgid "" -"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important to" -" check out visitors for accurate record keeping." +"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important " +"for *Frontdesk* users to check out visitors for accurate record keeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:164 msgid "" "Always have an accurate list of who is on the premises at any given time. " "This is important for security purposes, and in the case of an emergency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:353 -msgid "" -"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " -"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:355 -msgid "" -"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" -" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " -":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:358 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " -"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " -"requests were made for each drink." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:361 -msgid "" -"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " -"other metrics, as well." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:5 msgid "Lunch" msgstr "Bữa ăn" @@ -6685,7 +7003,7 @@ msgid "The category form, with the fields filled out for a Soup category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:280 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:701 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:392 msgid "Alerts" msgstr "Cảnh báo" @@ -7902,13 +8220,20 @@ msgid "" "the changes are also reflected in the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To access contract templates, the *Salary Configurator* " +"(`hr_contract_salary`) module **must** be :ref:`installed " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "To view all the current contract templates in the database, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Contracts: Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Contract Templates` page, all current contract templates " "appear in a list view. To view the details of a contract template, click " @@ -7917,40 +8242,40 @@ msgid "" "contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" "To create a new contract template, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Then, " "enter the following information on the blank contract template form that " "appears:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Reference`: enter a brief description for the template. " "This should be clear and easily understood, as this name appears in the " "*Recruitment* application, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: select the desired working schedule the " "contract applies to from the drop-down menu. If a new working schedule is " "needed, create a :ref:`new working schedule `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select how the work entries are generated. " "Choices are either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: work entries are generated based on the " "selected working schedule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "attendance, as they are logged in the *Attendances* application. Refer to " @@ -7958,56 +8283,56 @@ msgid "" "on checking in and out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Planning`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "planning in the *Planning* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select the :ref:`salary structure type " "` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the contract template applies " "to from the drop-down menu. If blank, the template applies to all " "departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Job Position`: select the :ref:`job position ` the contract template applies to from the drop-down menu. If " "blank, the template applies to all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 msgid ":guilabel:`Wage on Payroll`: enter the monthly wage in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Type`: select the type of contract from the drop-down " "menu. This list is the same as the :ref:`Employment Types " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: select the employee responsible for validating " "contracts, using this template, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`: select a default document that a" " new employee has to sign to accept an offer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template`: select a default document " "that a current employee has to sign to update their contract." @@ -8017,18 +8342,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new contract template form, with the fields filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 msgid "Salary information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or " ":guilabel:`Hourly Wage` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: using the drop-down menu, select how often the " "employee is paid. Options include :guilabel:`Annually`, :guilabel:`Semi-" @@ -8037,7 +8362,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Weekly`, or :guilabel:`Daily`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage`: enter the gross wage. The time period presented in this " "field is based on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Scheduled Pay` field. " @@ -8045,21 +8370,21 @@ msgid "" "*first*, since that entry updates this field automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:172 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)`: enter the total yearly cost the employee " "costs the employer. When this value is entered, the :guilabel:`Monthly Cost " "(Real)` is automatically updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Monthly Cost (Real)`: this field is **not** editable. The value " "is automatically populated after the :guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)` is " "entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:178 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Schedule Pay`, :guilabel:`Wage`, and :guilabel:`Yearly Cost " "(Real)` fields are all linked. If any of these fields are updated, the other" @@ -8072,60 +8397,60 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The salary information tab, with the fields filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 msgid "Pre-tax benefits and post-tax deductions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:190 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings set for the company, the entries " "presented in this section either vary, or may not appear at all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "For example, some entries may pertain to retirement accounts, health " "insurance benefits, and commuter benefits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:196 msgid "" "Enter the monetary amounts or percentages to specify how much of the " "employee's salary goes to the various benefits and/or deductions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "Employment types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:204 msgid "" "To view all the pre-configured employment types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll application --> Configuration --> Contracts: " "Employment Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:207 msgid "" "The employment types are presented in a list view on the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:209 msgid "" "The default employment types are :guilabel:`Permanent`, " ":guilabel:`Temporary`, :guilabel:`Seasonal`, :guilabel:`Interim`, " ":guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, and :guilabel:`Permanent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 msgid "" "To make a new employment type, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the " "upper-left corner, and a blank line appears at the bottom of the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:215 msgid "" "On this new blank line, enter the name of the employment type in the " ":guilabel:`Name` column. If the employment type is country-specific, select " @@ -8134,7 +8459,7 @@ msgid "" " specific country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:220 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the employment types, click the :guilabel:`six " "small gray boxes` icon to the left of the employment type :guilabel:`Name`, " @@ -8145,12 +8470,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The employment types in the database by default, in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -8158,15 +8483,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:238 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:241 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -8174,14 +8499,14 @@ msgid "" "automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work " "Entry Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:251 msgid "" "Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." @@ -8193,29 +8518,29 @@ msgid "" "code and color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 msgid "" "To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:730 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:43 msgid "General information section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: the name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:269 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: this code appears with the work entry type on " "timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " @@ -8223,7 +8548,7 @@ msgid "" "department for a code to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:272 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DMFA code`: this code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " "Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding :abbr:`DMFA (De " @@ -8234,50 +8559,50 @@ msgid "" "salaries paid to those employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 msgid "" ":guilabel:`External Code`: this code is used for exporting data to a third-" "party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used to determine " "the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: this code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " "payroll service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the particular work entry type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:285 msgid "Display in payslip section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rounding`: the rounding method selected determines how quantities" " on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: a timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:295 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -8287,11 +8612,11 @@ msgid "" "hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:301 msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: if the work entry is for work that " "is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " @@ -8300,39 +8625,39 @@ msgid "" " training, or volunteer work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:309 msgid "Valid for advantages section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: if the work entry should count towards a meal " "voucher, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:312 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: if the work entry should count towards " "representation fees, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: if the work entry should count " "towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:318 msgid "Time off options section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off`: check this box if the work entry type can be selected " "for a time off request, or entry, in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field " "appears. This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time" @@ -8340,14 +8665,14 @@ msgid "" "example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "A new type of time off can be entered in the field, if the listed types of " "time off in the drop-down menu do **not** display the type of time off " "needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: this is for Belgian-specific companies " "**only**, and does **not** appear for other localizations. Check this box if" @@ -8358,11 +8683,11 @@ msgid "" "year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:336 msgid "Reporting section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:338 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: if the work entry should be visible on the " "unforeseen absences report, check this box." @@ -8372,11 +8697,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:348 msgid "Working schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 msgid "" "To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " @@ -8384,21 +8709,21 @@ msgid "" "contracts and work entries are found in this list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 msgid "" "Working schedules are company-specific. Each company **must** identify each " "type of working schedule they use. If the database is created for only one " "company, the company column is not available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" "An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " "work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " "that uses the 40-hour standard work week." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "" "A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " "needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." @@ -8410,17 +8735,17 @@ msgid "" "the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "New working schedule" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:373 msgid "" "To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " "enter the information on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -8428,7 +8753,7 @@ msgid "" "times that apply to the new working time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:380 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -8437,16 +8762,16 @@ msgid "" "modified by typing in the time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:386 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:389 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top-left. This creates " "entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" @@ -8454,11 +8779,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New working schedule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:403 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -8468,7 +8793,7 @@ msgid "" "on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:411 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -8478,73 +8803,77 @@ msgid "" "structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:417 msgid "" "The different :guilabel:`Structure Types` can be seen by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure " -"Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary: Structure Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:420 msgid "" -"There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: " -":guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Worker`. Typically, :guilabel:`Employee`" -" is used for salaried employees, which is why the wage type is " -":guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is typically used for" -" employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +"Two default structure types are configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Employee` and" +" :guilabel:`Worker`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:422 +msgid "" +"Typically, :guilabel:`Employee` is used for salaried employees, which is why" +" the wage type is :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is " +"typically used for employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is " +":guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "New structure type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " "structure type form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 msgid "" "Proceed to enter information in the fields. Most fields are pre-populated, " "but all the fields can be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:441 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Structure Type`: enter the name for the new structure type, such " "as `Employee` or `Worker`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Country`: select the country that the new structure type applies " "to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:445 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select what type of wage the new structure type uses," " either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for salaried employees, who receive the same wage " "every pay period, select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:451 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for employees, who receive wages based on how many" " hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: select the typical pay schedule for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," @@ -8553,7 +8882,7 @@ msgid "" "indicates how often this specific type of structure is paid out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: select the default working hours for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " @@ -8564,13 +8893,13 @@ msgid "" "hours>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: type in the name for the regular pay " "structure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:463 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: select the default type of work entry " "the new structure type falls under from the drop-down menu. The default " @@ -8581,13 +8910,13 @@ msgid "" "Hours`, and :guilabel:`Long Term Time Off`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 msgid "" "To view all the options for the :guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`, click " "the :guilabel:`Search More..` button at the bottom of the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:472 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings, this list may contain more options " "in addition to the default options." @@ -8598,11 +8927,11 @@ msgid "" "New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 msgid "New default working hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:484 msgid "" "To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " "in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " @@ -8612,14 +8941,14 @@ msgid "" "time. When the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: type in the name for the new default working hours. This " "should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " "Hours/Week`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that can use these new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " @@ -8627,7 +8956,7 @@ msgid "" " to have their own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:495 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: the average hours per day field is auto-" "populated, based on the working hours configured in the :guilabel:`Working " @@ -8635,13 +8964,13 @@ msgid "" "hours affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:499 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Timezone`: select the time zone to be used for the new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:501 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: enter the number of hours per week an " "employee would need to work to be considered a full-time employee. " @@ -8650,7 +8979,7 @@ msgid "" "(full-time vs part-time)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:505 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Time Rate`: this percentage is auto-generated based on the " "entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" @@ -8660,7 +8989,7 @@ msgid "" "adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: this tab is where each day's specific working" " hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " @@ -8668,26 +8997,26 @@ msgid "" "with each day divided into three timed sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:513 msgid "" "Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening " "(13:00-17:00) hours configured, using a 24 hour time format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:516 msgid "" "To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field to adjust, and " "make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the specific case of " "the times, type in the desired time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:519 msgid "" "Keep in mind, working hours are company-specific, and cannot be shared " "between companies. Each company needs to have their own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "" "If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " "bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " @@ -8696,17 +9025,17 @@ msgid "" " be adjusted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 msgid "Structures" msgstr "Cấu trúc" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:531 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -8714,13 +9043,13 @@ msgid "" "`Bonus`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:538 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:541 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " @@ -8731,7 +9060,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All available salary structures." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:548 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." @@ -8743,12 +9072,12 @@ msgid "" "Rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:551 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:556 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:261 msgid "Rules" msgstr "Quy tắc" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:558 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " "purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" @@ -8756,35 +9085,35 @@ msgid "" "the creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:562 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " "Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:565 msgid "" "To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " "the following information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 msgid "Top section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:571 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rule Name`: enter a name for the rule. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " "recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " @@ -8792,38 +9121,38 @@ msgid "" "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:577 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a number indicating when this rule is calculated" " in the sequence of all other rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:576 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Active`: enable this toggle, so the rule is available for use. " "Disable the toggle to hide the rule without deleting it in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:583 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appears on payslip`: tick the checkbox to have the rule appear on" " employee payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:584 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Employer Cost Dashboard`: tick the checkbox to have the " "rule appear on the :guilabel:`Employer Cost` report, located on the " "*Payroll* app dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:586 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Payroll Reporting`: tick the checkbox to have the rule " "appear on payroll reports." @@ -8833,15 +9162,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 msgid "General tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:597 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "Điều kiện" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:599 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: select from the drop-down menu whether the " "rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always applies), a :guilabel:`Range` " @@ -8850,11 +9179,11 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:600 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:605 msgid "Computation" msgstr "Tính toán" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:607 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: select from the drop-down menu whether the amount " "is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a :guilabel:`Percentage (%)`, or a " @@ -8862,54 +9191,54 @@ msgid "" "percentage, or Python code needs to be entered next. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:613 msgid "Company contribution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:615 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partner`: if another company financially contributes to this " "rule, select the company from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:614 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:810 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 msgid "Description tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:621 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the rule. " "This tab only appears in the rule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:625 msgid "Accounting tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:627 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Debit Account`: select the debit account from the drop-down menu " "the rule affects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Credit Account`: select the credit account from the drop-down " "menu the rule affects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:624 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:629 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not computed in net accountability`: tick the checkbox to delete " "the value of this rule in the `Net Salary` rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:633 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:636 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " @@ -8918,11 +9247,11 @@ msgid "" "has matured to more markets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:642 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:644 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " @@ -8936,14 +9265,14 @@ msgid "" "a payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 msgid "" "To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " ":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " "applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:658 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" " :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " @@ -8955,11 +9284,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new Input Type form filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:664 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:669 msgid "Salary attachment types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:671 msgid "" "Salary attachments, also thought of as \"wage garnishments\", are portions " "of earnings taken out of a payslip for something specific. Much like all " @@ -8967,7 +9296,7 @@ msgid "" "**must** be defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:675 msgid "" "To view the currently configured salary attachments, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Salary " @@ -8976,7 +9305,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Child Support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:679 msgid "" "To make a new type of salary attachment, click the :guilabel:`New` button. " "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Code` (used in the salary " @@ -8988,11 +9317,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new salary attachment form filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " "section of the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary " @@ -9002,7 +9332,7 @@ msgid "" "their salary package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:695 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -9011,11 +9341,11 @@ msgid "" "sees, and what is populated, as the applicant enters information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:701 msgid "Benefits" msgstr "Quyền lợi" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:703 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain benefits " "set in Odoo, in addition to the salary, to make an offer more appealing " @@ -9023,7 +9353,7 @@ msgid "" " or internet, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:707 msgid "" "To view the benefits, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary Package Configurator: Benefits`. Benefits are grouped by " @@ -9035,7 +9365,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list view of all the benefits available for each structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:716 msgid "" "A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " "another labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " @@ -9043,7 +9373,7 @@ msgid "" "structure type has a meal voucher benefit available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:720 msgid "" "A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use the " "company car benefit, but cannot have meal vouchers. A person hired under the" @@ -9051,29 +9381,29 @@ msgid "" "available to them, not the use of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:724 msgid "" "To make a new benefit, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " "information in the fields on the blank benefits form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:722 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 msgid "The various fields for creating a benefit are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:732 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefits`: enter the name for the benefit. This field is " "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:733 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "benefit this is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of cost " "incurred by the company for this specific benefit. The default options are " @@ -9084,7 +9414,7 @@ msgid "" "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:739 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Related Type`: select from the drop-down menu what type of " "benefit it is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -9093,52 +9423,52 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:738 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the specific field" " on the contract the benefit appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select the specific field on the contract that the " "cost of the benefit is linked to, using the drop-down menu. If this field is" " left blank, the cost of the benefit is not computed in the employee budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:748 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Net Salary`: tick the checkbox if the benefit should " "impact the employee's net salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requested Documents`: select any document that is required to be " "submitted for this benefit, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:752 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mandatory Benefits`: using the drop-down menu, select the benefit" " that is required in order for this specific benefit to be offered to the " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 msgid "" "For example, a benefit for car insurance would populate `Company Car` in " "this field. This would allow the car insurance benefit to **only** be " "displayed if the employee has selected/enabled the benefit of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:758 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this benefit applies to. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:760 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select the metric that the benefit is granted, " "using the drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " @@ -9149,17 +9479,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new benefit form filled out for an internet subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:768 msgid "Display section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:770 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show Name`: tick the checkbox to have the benefit name appear in " "the salary package configurator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:767 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: select from the drop-down menu how this benefit is" " displayed. The options are :guilabel:`Always Selected`, " @@ -9168,14 +9498,14 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 msgid "" "Depending on the selection made, additional configurations need to be made. " "For example, if :guilabel:`Radio Buttons` is selected, the individual radio " "buttons must be entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Icon`: an icon from the `Font Awesome 4 library " "`_ can be visible for this benefit. Enter" @@ -9183,43 +9513,43 @@ msgid "" "suitcase icon, the code `fa fa-suitcase` is entered on this line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hide Description`: tick the checkbox to hide the benefit " "description if the benefit is not selected by the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:784 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded`: if the benefit should be folded, or hidden, because it " "is dependant on another benefit selection, tick the checkbox. The following " "fields appear when this is active:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Label`: enter a name for the folded section of the benefit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:783 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:788 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Res Field`: select the contract field this benefit is tied " "to using the drop-down menu. If this field is selected on the contract, then" " this benefit becomes visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:792 msgid "Activity section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the activity type" " that is automatically created when this benefit is selected by the " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:796 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation`: select when the activity is created, either " "when the :guilabel:`Employee signs his contract`, or when the " @@ -9227,7 +9557,7 @@ msgid "" "desired selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:799 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation Type`: select the parameters for when the " "activity is created, either :guilabel:`When the benefit is set` or " @@ -9235,47 +9565,47 @@ msgid "" " desired selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:802 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Assigned to`: select the user the activity is automatically " "assigned to, using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:143 msgid "Sign section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:808 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Template to Sign`: if the employee is required to sign a document" " when selecting this benefit, select the document template from the drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:811 msgid "" "For example, a benefit regarding the use of a company car may require the " "employee to sign a document acknowledging the company's car policies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:812 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the benefit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:820 msgid "Personal info" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:822 msgid "" "Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " "candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " "information, resume, work information, and documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:826 msgid "" "The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " "section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " @@ -9283,17 +9613,17 @@ msgid "" "hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:825 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:830 msgid "" "To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " "dashboard, and click on the employee's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:829 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:834 msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:836 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Personal Info` section lists all of the fields that are " "available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " @@ -9307,25 +9637,25 @@ msgid "" "enter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:839 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 msgid "" "To edit a personal info entry, select an entry from the list on the " ":guilabel:`Personal Info` page, and modify the personal info on the form " "that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:842 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 msgid "To create a new personal info entry, click the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:849 msgid "" "The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " "are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " ":guilabel:`Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:852 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down menu. " ":guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the :guilabel:`Bank" @@ -9333,7 +9663,7 @@ msgid "" "account, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:851 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from the drop-down menu that best " "describes what kind of personal information this entry is, and where it is " @@ -9342,13 +9672,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address` or :guilabel:`Personal Documents`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:861 msgid "" "The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " "Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:859 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:864 msgid "" "Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required` box makes the field mandatory on the " "employee's card. The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the " @@ -9361,50 +9691,50 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:871 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:876 msgid "" "The resumé section, housed within the salary package configurator section of" " the settings menu, is how salary information rules are configured when " "offering a position to potential employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:879 msgid "" "When an offer is sent to a prospective employee, the values for the offer " "are computed from these settings, and appear on the offer page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:877 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:882 msgid "" "To configure this section, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator: Resumé`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:885 msgid "" "By default, there are three :guilabel:`Salary Structure Types` pre-" "configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Worker`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " ":guilabel:`None`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:888 msgid "" "Each :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` has several rules configured. These " "affect how an offer is calculated using that particular :guilabel:`Salary " "Structure Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:886 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " ":guilabel:`Contract Salary Resumé` form loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 msgid ":guilabel:`Information`: type in a name for this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:892 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:897 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select the category this value is housed under, using " "the drop-down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Monthly Salary`, " @@ -9412,11 +9742,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:901 msgid "New categories can be made if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, then enter the name for the new category " "in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, select the :guilabel:`Periodicity` from" @@ -9425,23 +9755,23 @@ msgid "" "appears in the :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` rule list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:908 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Monthly Total`: tick the checkbox if this value is added " "in the monthly total calculation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:911 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select what kind of value this rule is, either " ":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Days`, or :guilabel:`Percent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency` is for a set monetary value, :guilabel:`Days` is for " "compensation in the form of time off, and :guilabel:`Percent` is for a " @@ -9449,13 +9779,13 @@ msgid "" "commissions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:912 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select which :guilabel:`Salary Structure " "Type` this rule is nested under, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:919 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Value Type`: select how the value is computed, using the drop-" "down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Fixed Value`, " @@ -9463,7 +9793,7 @@ msgid "" "Benefits Values`, and :guilabel:`Monthly Total`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:922 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: select the code this rule applies to from the drop-down " "menu." @@ -9474,23 +9804,23 @@ msgid "" "The net wage rule form filled out, with all the information for net pay." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:929 msgid "Jobs" msgstr "Tuyển dụng" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:926 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:931 msgid "" "Since the *Payroll* application is responsible for paying employees for " "specific job positions, the complete list of job positions can be found in " "both the *Payroll* and *Recruitment* applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:937 #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:934 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:939 msgid "" "The job positions listed in the *Payroll* application are identical to the " "job positions listed in the *Recruitment* application. If a new job position" @@ -9498,13 +9828,13 @@ msgid "" "*Payroll* application, and vice versa." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:943 msgid "" "To view the job positions, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Jobs: Job Positions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:941 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:946 msgid "" "A list of all the job positions appear, along with the corresponding " "department, on the :guilabel:`Job Position` page." @@ -9514,38 +9844,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list of all the job positions and corresponding departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 msgid "" "To create a new job description, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a job " "form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:955 msgid "" "Enter the information on the form for the new position. The information is " "identical as to the information entered when creating a new job position in " "the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 msgid "" "Refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation for more details" " on how to fill out this form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:957 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:962 msgid ":doc:`payroll/contracts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:963 msgid ":doc:`payroll/payslips`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:959 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:964 msgid ":doc:`payroll/work_entries`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:965 msgid ":doc:`payroll/reporting`" msgstr "" @@ -12219,8 +12549,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " "steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" " step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," -" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " -"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +" conducting an interview, or sending a job offer, for example. This process " +"is referred to as the 'applicant flow.'" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 @@ -12253,18 +12583,245 @@ msgid "" "positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " "` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " "stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " -"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes are " "visible on all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:37 msgid "" -"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +"Before creating a job position in Odoo, configure the necessary settings for" +" the *Recruitment* app. To view and edit the settings, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Settings`. After any " +"changes are made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the top-left corner " +"to save all the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:43 +msgid "Job posting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Job Posting` section of the *Recruitment* app settings has " +"only one selection to make. If job positions are to be posted to the " +"company's website, enable the :guilabel:`Online Posting` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Online Posting` is only available if the *Website* " +"application is also installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:53 +msgid "Recruitment process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recruitment process` section of the settings page specifies " +"what the database can and cannot do during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:59 +msgid "Send interview survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Odoo is capable of having a survey sent to an applicant to gather more " +"information about them. Surveys can be thought of as exams, or " +"questionnaires, and can be customized in various ways to provide the " +"recruitment team with valuable insights into the applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option to send surveys to " +"applicants. Once enabled, an :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Interview " +"Survey` internal link appears. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`Interview Survey` link to navigate to a list of all created " +"surveys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:70 +msgid "" +"This list includes all surveys that were created in the database, not just " +"surveys used in the *Recruitment* app. If no surveys have been created, the " +"surveys list displays a :guilabel:`No Survey Found` message, and presents " +"options to create a survey from several pre-configured survey templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:76 +msgid "" +"For more detailed information about surveys, refer to the :doc:`survey " +"essentials <../marketing/surveys/create>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Enabling the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option will install the " +"*Surveys* application once the settings are saved, if it is not installed " +"already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:84 +msgid "Send SMS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:86 +msgid "" +"It is possible to send text messages to applicants directly through the " +"*Recruitment* app. To do so, enable the :guilabel:`Send SMS` option. This " +"option requires credits to use, which can be obtained by clicking the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` internal link that emerges " +"when the feature is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For more information, refer to the :doc:`SMS pricing and FAQs " +"<../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:98 +msgid "CV display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When applicants submit an application, one of the default required fields is" +" a resumé, or :abbr:`CV (curriculum vitae)`. All resumés are stored in the " +"*Documents* application, and are accessible on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:104 +msgid "" +"A resumé has the option to appear on the applicant's form, which can be " +"viewed by clicking on the applicant's card. The resumé appears on the right-" +"side of the screen. If this is not enabled, the resumé is accessed via a " +"link in the chatter, where it needs to be clicked to expand and view it, or " +"downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`CV Display` option to show the resumé on the " +"applicant's card by default, and in addition to the document link. When " +"enabled, the resumé appears on the right side of the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"For the resumé to appear on the right-side, the browser window must be in " +"full-screen mode (where the browser spans the entire screen)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the browser window is set to a size smaller than the entire width of the " +"screen (not full-screen), then the resumé does not appear on the right-side." +" Instead, the resumé appears in the :guilabel:`Files` section of the " +"chatter, below the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The resumé on an applicant's card, appearing on the right side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:128 +msgid "CV digitization (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:130 +msgid "" +"When an application is submitted using any of the available methods, such as" +" an online application submission, emailing a resume to the job position " +"alias, or creating an applicant record directly from the database, it is " +"possible to have Odoo extract the applicant's name, phone number, and email " +"address from the resumé and populate the applicant's form. To do so, enable " +"the :guilabel:`CV Digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:136 +msgid "" +"When enabled, additional options appear. Click on the corresponding radio " +"button to select one of the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not digitize`: this option turns off resumé digitization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize on demand only`: this option only digitizes resumes when" +" requested. A :guilabel:`Digitize document` buttons appears on applicant " +"cards. When clicked, the resumé is scanned and the applicant's card is " +"updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize automatically`: this option automatically digitizes all " +"resumés when they are submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Beneath these options are two additional links. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-" +"right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` button to purchase credits for CV " +"digitization. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`View My Services` " +"to view a list of all current services, and their remaining credit balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:151 +msgid "" +"For more information on document digitization and :abbr:`IAP's (in-app " +"purchases)`, refer to the :doc:`In-app purchase (IAP) " +"<../essentials/in_app_purchase>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:155 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option for :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)`" +" at first may seem like a redundancy. It seems to be the same as disabling " +"the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option is enabled, a module is " +"installed so that resumés can be scanned. Disabling this option would " +"uninstall the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If at some point, there is a desire to temporarily stop digitizing resumés, " +"the :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option is selected. The reason this option " +"is available is so that the module is not uninstalled, allowing for " +"digitization to be enabled in the future by selecting one of the other two " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"When sending an offer to an applicant, an expiration date can be set on the " +"offer. Enter the number of days an offer is valid for in the " +":guilabel:`days` field. After the set amount of days has passed, if the " +"applicant has not accepted the offer, the offer is no longer available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To access the Kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " ":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " "opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " -"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " -"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " -"job position." +"Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` smart button on a job position " +"card to navigate to the Kanban view for all the applicants for that " +"particular job position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12272,119 +12829,130 @@ msgid "" "Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:186 msgid "" -"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"Inside the job application, the Kanban stages appear, with all the " "applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" -" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +" are currently in. There are six default stages in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:190 +msgid ":ref:`New `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:191 msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:194 msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:195 msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:197 msgid "" -"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " -"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " -"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " -"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " -"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default. Folded " +"columns appear gray, and the applicants in it are hidden from view. To " +"expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that column, click " +"anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and the column " +"expands, revealing the applicants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:206 msgid "" -"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " -"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, providing status " +"information for the applicant's in that specific stage. The status colors " +"are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:209 +msgid ":guilabel:`Green`: the applicant is ready to move to the next stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:210 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " -"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " -"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " -"stage." +":guilabel:`Red`: the applicant is blocked from moving to the next stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " -"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +":guilabel:`Gray`: the applicant is still in progress in the current stage " +"and is neither ready nor blocked from the next stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " -"which need to be scheduled." +"The status for each card is set manually. To set the status, click on the " +"small circle in the lower-left of the applicant card. A status pop-up window" +" appears. Click on the desired status for the applicant. The status dot on " +"the applicant card as well as the status bar updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The applicant card statuses, and status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:223 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " -"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " -"applicants currently in the stage." +"The names for the three status colors (`In Progress`, `Blocked`, and `Ready " +"for Next Stage`) :ref:`can be modified `, if " +"desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:229 msgid "Customize stages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:231 msgid "" "Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " "particular hiring steps of a business." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:235 msgid "New stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 msgid "" -"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " -"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " -"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" -" the screen to exit the new column creation." +"To create a new stage, click on :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Stage` and a new " +"column appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Stage " +"title` field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and " +"another new stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click" +" anywhere on the screen to exit the new stage creation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgid "The plus sign to click to add a new column to the Kanban stages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:249 msgid "Modify stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:251 msgid "" "To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " -":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " -"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " -"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " -"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " -"when done." +":icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side " +"of the stage. Click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon and a menu" +" appears. Then click on the :guilabel:`Edit` option. An :guilabel:`Edit: " +"(Stage)` form appears. Make any desired modifications to the form, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12393,40 +12961,39 @@ msgid "" "displays when clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 -msgid "Edit column form" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:265 +msgid "Edit stage form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:267 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " -"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" -" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +"The :guilabel:`Edit: (Stage)` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required field is the :guilabel:`Stage Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:272 msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " "drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " -"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"the stage, an email is automatically sent to the applicant using the " "selected template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " "(hidden) at all times in the default view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " "applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " @@ -12434,138 +13001,147 @@ msgid "" "is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:282 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " -"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " -"job positions can be selected." +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to specific job " +"positions, select the job positions from the drop-down menu. Multiple job " +"positions can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" " the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" " referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " ":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " -"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage. The *Referrals* app " +"must be installed in order to use this option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:289 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" -" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" -" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " -"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " -"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured status labels " +"(colored circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These " +"colors are displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the" +" applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the" +" label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " ":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " ":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" " any requirements of the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:298 msgid "Delete stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:300 msgid "" "If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," -" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." -" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " -"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " -":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " -":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` " +"icon appears. First, click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A " +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up warning appears, asking :guilabel:`Are you " +"sure you want to delete this column?` Click :guilabel:`Delete` to delete the" +" column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:307 msgid "" "If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " -"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" -" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" -" before deleting." +"up when attempting to delete the stage. The records currently in the stage " +"to need to be either deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage before" +" the stage can be deleted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:312 msgid "Email templates" msgstr "Mẫu Email" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 msgid "" "To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " "templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " "use them are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " -"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " -"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " -"Interview` stage." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Applicant Acknowledgement`: this template is used to" +" let the applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`New` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:320 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " -"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " -"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Interest`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application caught the recruiter's attention, and " +"they have been shortlisted for either a phone call or an interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:323 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" -" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " -"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview`: this template is used to let " +"the applicant know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial " +"Qualification` stage and they will be contacted to set up an interview with " +"the recruiter. This email is automatically sent out once the applicant is in" +" the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:327 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" -" longer being considered for the position." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when " +"an applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the " +"position, and thanks them for their time and consideration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:330 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " -"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " -"configure their salary package." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is " +"no longer being considered for the position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 msgid "" "Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" " business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " ":doc:`../general/companies/email_template` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:337 msgid "" -"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " -"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " -":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " -"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +"To manually send an email, click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send an email from the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:344 msgid "" -"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " -":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " -"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " -"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +"Click the :icon:`fa-expand` :guilabel:`(expand)` full composer icon in the " +"bottom right corner of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter. A " +":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window loads, with the " +":guilabel:`Recipients` and :guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The " +"applicant's email address is entered in the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and" +" the :guilabel:`Subject` is `(Job Position)`. The email body is empty by " +"default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:350 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the field next to " +":guilabel:`Load template` in the bottom section of the window. Select the " +"email template to use from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 msgid "" -"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " -":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " "Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " "information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" " the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " @@ -12573,47 +13149,55 @@ msgid "" "change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:359 msgid "" -"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " -"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " -"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" -" of available templates." +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model load. There are " +"other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not configured" +" for the recruitment application, they do not appear in the list of " +"available templates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 msgid "" -"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " -"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " -"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " -":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " -"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " -"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " -"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " -"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " -"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button" +" in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the :icon:`fa-" +"close` :guilabel:`(delete)` icon to the right of the attachment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:367 +msgid "" +"If any changes need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If " +"the edits should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved " +"as a new template. Click the :guilabel:`Save Template` button in the bottom." +" To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email is sent to the " +"applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 msgid "Stage flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:375 msgid "" "In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " -"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the Kanban view to the" " desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:379 msgid "" "To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " -"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " -"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " -"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"in the Kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted at the top, above the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 +msgid "" +"Click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " "indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " -"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " -"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +"Kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top-left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12622,104 +13206,137 @@ msgid "" "applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:233 -msgid "Initial qualification" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:643 +msgid "New" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:398 msgid "" "The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " "flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " "recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:402 msgid "" -"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " -"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " -"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " -"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " -":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " -"required when applying for a job position." +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`New` stage, whether submitted online" +" or if the applicant is manually entered by a recruiter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:405 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically populates the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`, the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile` number, and :guilabel:`LinkedIn " +"Profile` on the applicant's card. This information is required when applying" +" for a job position, by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If the website application form is modified, different fields may be " +"populated based on what information is requested on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:414 msgid "" "If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " -"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " -":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " -"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " -"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " -"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " -"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " -"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" -" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +"Introduction` section of the online application, it will populate in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:421 +msgid "" +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé would appear " +"in the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"*Documents* application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the left-" +"hand side. All recruitment documents are stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "" +"If the :ref:`CV Display ` option was enabled in the " +":ref:`Settings ` menu, the resumé appears on the " +"applicant's card, on the right-hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:431 msgid "Send interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:433 msgid "" "At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " "applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " "can be formatted in a variety of ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid "" +"The *Surveys* application is used to send these *interviews*, therefore the " +"*Surveys* application must be installed to send an interview to an " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 msgid "" "Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " "questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " -"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " -"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " -"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " -"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " -"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" -" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" -" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +"be formatted to suit each individual job positions needs. For more " +"information on creating and editing interview forms, refer to the " +":doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 +msgid "" +"A job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form" +" of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:450 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top-left of the " +"applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Send Interview` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Send an " +"interview` pop-up window appears, with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:458 msgid "" "In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" " the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" -" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " -"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " -"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " -"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " -":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, an " +":guilabel:`Edit:(Applicant)` pop-up window appears on top of the " +":guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window. Enter the email address in the " +":guilabel:`email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. Once the " +"applicant's information is saved, the :guilabel:`Edit: (Applicant)` closes " +"and the :guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window remains." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 msgid "" -"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " -"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " -"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +"Email templates use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the " +"applicant and the job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey" +" if more people should receive the email. If an email is in the database as " +"a contact, add that contact in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. If an email" +" should be sent to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they" +" should **not** be added as a contact, add their email in the " +":guilabel:`Additional emails` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:279 -msgid "" -"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " -"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " -"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " -"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " -"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 -msgid "" -"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " -"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " -"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " -"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " -"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " -"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " -"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1066 msgid "" "If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " "button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " @@ -12727,25 +13344,26 @@ msgid "" " and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:475 msgid "" "If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" " for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " "window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " -"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " -"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " -"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +"calendar selector appears. Use the :icon:`fa-chevron-left` " +":guilabel:`(left)` and :icon:`fa-chevron-right` :guilabel:`(right)` arrows " +"on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then click on " +"the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"The :guilabel:`Mail Template` field is pre-populated based on the " "configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" " drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " "template loads in the email body." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 msgid "" "To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " ":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." @@ -12757,11 +13375,11 @@ msgid "" "pre-configured template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:494 msgid "Refuse" msgstr "Từ chối" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:496 msgid "" "At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " "the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" @@ -12770,95 +13388,265 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refuse`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " -"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " -":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " -"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " -"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " -"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " -"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" -" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " -"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " -"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " -"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Click the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reason` from the presented options. The default refuse " +"reasons in Odoo, and their corresponding email templates, are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:508 +msgid "Email Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:509 +msgid "Refusal Reason" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:510 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Language issues`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Role already fulfilled`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Duplicate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Spam`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:516 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: don't like job`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: better offer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "" +"Additional refusal reasons :ref:`can be created and existing ones can be " +"modified or deleted `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:525 msgid "" "Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " "which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " "example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " -"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" -" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"applicant's name appears anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the " +"email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " "the :doc:`../general/companies/email_template` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 msgid "" -"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " -"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," -" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " -"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" -" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" -" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +"After a :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` is selected, two fields appear below the " +"refusal reason: :guilabel:`Send Email` and :guilabel:`Email Template`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:534 msgid "" -"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"The applicant's email address automatically populates the :guilabel:`Send " +"Email` field; additional email recipients cannot be added. If an email " +"should **not** be sent to the applicant, uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:538 +msgid "" +"The email template associated with the refusal reason populates the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field. If a different email template is desired, " +"select a different template from the :guilabel:`Email Template` drop-down " +"menu. To view the email template, click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon " +"to the right of the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. The email template " +"loads in a :guilabel:`Open: Email Template` pop-up window, and can be " +"modified if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:545 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Refuse`. The " "refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " -"appears on the applicant's card." +"appears on the applicant's card in the top-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top-right " "corner in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 msgid "" "After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " -"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " -"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" -" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " -":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " -"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " -"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +"position's Kanban view. To view the refused applicants only, click the " +":guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the search box, then click " +":guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` section. All applicants " +"that have been refused for the job position appear, in the stage they were " +"when they were refused." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:558 +msgid "" +"To view all applicants that have been refused from all job positions, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All " +"Applications`. Click the :guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the " +"search box, then click :guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"section. All applications for all job positions are presented in a list " +"view, organized by stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "Create or modify refuse reasons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:569 +msgid "" +"To view all currently configured refuse reasons, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Settings --> Applications: Refuse " +"Reasons`. All the refuse reasons appear in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +"To create a new refuse reason, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" +"left corner. A blank line appears at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Description` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +"Type in the new refuse reason in the field. It is recommended to enter a " +"reason that is short and concise, such as `offer expired` or `withdrew " +"application`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, click on the field to reveal " +"a drop-down menu. Select an :guilabel:`Email Template` from the list to be " +"used when this refuse reason is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +"If a new :guilabel:`Email Template` is desired, type in the name for the new" +" template in the field. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` and a " +":guilabel:`Create Email Template` form pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the form and an email :guilabel:`Subject` in " +"the corresponding fields. Enter the email content in the :guilabel:`Content`" +" tab. Make any other desired modifications to the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the template and return to the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reasons` list. The new template appears in the new refuse " +"reason :guilabel:`Email Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +"To make any modifications to a refuse reason, click on the line, and make " +"any desired changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:594 msgid "New applicant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:596 msgid "" "An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " "be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" -" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " -"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " -"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " -"button." +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online) an applicant " +"card can be easily added from the job position Kanban view in one of two " +"ways, using either the :ref:`quick add ` " +"button or the :ref:`New ` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 msgid "Quick add" msgstr "Thêm nhanh" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:607 msgid "" -"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " -"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " -"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"Quickly add a new applicant using the *quick add* button. If not already in " +"the job position Kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by " +"going to :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job " +"Positions`. Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` button on the job " "position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " -"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " -":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +"small :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in the top-right of the " +":guilabel:`New` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:616 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`: Enter the title for the card. Typically " +"this is the applicant's name and job position being applied to, for example:" +" `Laura Smith - HR Manager`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, " +"unless the :guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:671 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:623 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card appears in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:628 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`delete` icon or anywhere on the screen to " +"close the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12867,104 +13655,60 @@ msgid "" "option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 -msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:645 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" -" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " -"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the *New* " +"button. If not already in the Kanban view for the job position to add an " +"applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by going to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job Positions`. " +"Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left of the Kanban view " +"and a blank applicant form loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:389 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:434 -msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " -"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " -"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " -"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:396 -msgid "" -"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " -"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " -"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " -"the card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:400 -msgid "" -"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " -"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " -"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:407 -msgid "Create" -msgstr "Tạo" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:409 -msgid "" -"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " -":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " -"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," -" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " -"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:651 msgid "" "Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " "the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " "well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" " fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" " configurations, some fields may not be displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:662 msgid "Applicant section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:664 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" " the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +"position being applied to, for example: `John Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, unless the " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " -"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:672 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:673 msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:674 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`LinkedIn Profile`: enter the web address for the applicant's " +"personal profile on LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" " from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " @@ -12974,132 +13718,189 @@ msgid "" " high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:681 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" -" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " -":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " -"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: using the drop-down menu, select the people who " +"will conduct the interview(s). The selected people must have either " "*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " -"in order to appear on the drop-down." +"to appear in the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " "recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " "all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:687 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " -"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Evaluation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for the" +" applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " ":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:690 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source`: using the drop-down menu, select where the applicant " +"learned about the job position. The following options come pre-configured in" +" Odoo: :guilabel:`Search engine`, :guilabel:`Lead Recall`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Monster`, :guilabel:`Glassdoor`, and " +":guilabel:`Craigslist`. To add a new :guilabel:`Source`, type in the source," +" then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new source)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:695 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Medium`: using the drop-down menu, select the method, or " +":guilabel:`Medium`, for the :guilabel:`Source` that the applicant found the " +"job listing with. The pre-configured options are: :guilabel:`Banner`, " +":guilabel:`Direct`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, " +":guilabel:`Google Adwords`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Phone`, " +":guilabel:`Television`, :guilabel:`Twitter` (now known as \"X\"), or " +":guilabel:`Website`. To add a new :guilabel:`Medium`, type in the medium, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new medium)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:701 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " "job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " "the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " -"installed for this to appear." +"installed for this field to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:704 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: select the available start date for the applicant." +" To select a date, click on the field to reveal a calendar. Use the " +":guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrows on either side of the " +"month to navigate to the desired month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to" +" select the date. If no entry is selected that indicates the applicant is " +"ready to begin work immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:709 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, then click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 msgid "Job section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 msgid "" "The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " "long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" " possible, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " "to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:722 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " -"drop-down menu." +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job position is for using the " +"drop-down menu. This field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:726 msgid "Contract section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:728 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " "for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " "The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:731 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" -" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are requested by " +"the applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Expected Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" -" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " -"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are offered to the " +"applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Proposed Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `unlimited sick time` or `retirement plan`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:484 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " -"select the available start date for the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:742 msgid "Application summary tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 msgid "" "Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" " can be typed into this field." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +"Skills can be added to the applicant's card. To add a skill, follow the same" +" steps as outlined in the skills section of the :ref:`Create new employees " +"` document." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:760 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "" +"If an applicant seems to be a good potential candidate, they are moved to " +"the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage. This could be for a number of " +"reasons, such as they have the relevant experience, education, or " +"certifications the position requires." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:766 +msgid "" +"This stage is to quickly sort candidates that have potential, and those that" +" do not meet the requirements. No automatic actions, such as emails, are set" +" for this stage. This stage simply informs the recruitment team to " +"potentially set up a phone call or an interview with the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:773 msgid "First interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:775 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " "they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " -"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +"position Kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" " the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " "the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " "applicant's card." @@ -13107,155 +13908,176 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"An applicant's card moves from one stage to another by using the click and " "drag method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:785 msgid "" -"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" -" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " -"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " -"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " -"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " -"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " -"the chatter." +"The :guilabel:`First Interview` stage can be modified so when the " +"applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an email is" +" automatically sent to the applicant stating an interview is requested. In " +"this pre-configured email template, a link to the recruiting team's calendar" +" appears, allowing the applicant to schedule their interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 msgid "" -"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " -"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " -"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " -"button at the top of the applicant's record." +":ref:`Edit ` the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, " +"and select the :guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` for the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field, to automate this action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 msgid "" -"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " -":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " -"the applicant's card." +"An interview can be scheduled in one of two ways: either manually by the " +"recruitment team, or by the applicant themselves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:802 msgid "" -"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " -"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " -":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " -"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " -":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +"If the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage was modified to send the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` email template when an applicant" +" reaches that stage, the applicant received a link to the recruitment team's" +" calendar, and can schedule the interview on their own. The recruitment " +"team's availability is reflected in the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +msgid "" +"If the interview needs to be scheduled by the recruitment team, they should " +"reach out to the applicant for a date and time that works. When a date and " +"time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and interviewer, the " +"interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, whether a phone or in-" +"person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button at the top of " +"the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button displays :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings are " +"currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage, this is the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:817 +msgid "" +"If there is one meeting already scheduled, the smart button displays " +":guilabel:`1 Meeting`, with the date of the upcoming meeting beneath it. If " +"more than one meeting is scheduled, the button displays :guilabel:`Next " +"Meeting`, with the date of the first upcoming meeting beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:821 msgid "" "Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " "meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " "the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " "right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" " events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " -"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +"hidden. Only the checked attendees are visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:827 msgid "" -"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " -"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " -":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " -"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " -"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " -"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +"The default view is the :guilabel:`Week` view. To change the calendar view, " +"click the :guilabel:`Week` button, then select the desired view from the " +"drop-down menu. The other options are either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:831 +msgid "" +"An option to display or hide weekends is available. Click the " +":guilabel:`Week` button, then click :guilabel:`Show weekends` to deactivate " +"it (the default is to show weekends). If a check mark is next to " +":guilabel:`Show weekends`, weekends are visible. If there is no check mark, " +"weekends are hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:836 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed date range for the calendar, either use the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-left` :guilabel:`(left arrow)`, :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`(Right arrow)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, " +"or click on a date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed " +"calendar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:845 msgid "" -"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " -"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " -"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " -"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " -"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " -"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " -"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +"To add a meeting to the calendar when in the day or week view, click on the " +"start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, to select the date, " +"time, and the length of the meeting. A meeting can also be added in this " +"view by clicking on the day *and* the time slot the meeting is to take " +"place." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:850 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " -"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +"Both methods cause a :ref:`New Event ` pop up window" +" to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:564 -msgid "New event card" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:855 +msgid "New event pop-up window" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:857 msgid "" -"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " -"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " -"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " -"save the changes and create the meeting." +"Enter the information on the form. The only required fields to enter are the" +" :guilabel:`Meeting Title`, and the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` " +"fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to" +" save the changes and create the interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:861 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"The fields available to populate or modify on the :guilabel:`New Event` card" +" are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:863 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Title`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " "clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:866 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End`: select the start and end date and " +"times for the meeting. Click on one of the fields and a calendar pop-up " +"window appears. Select both the start and end date and times, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:869 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all-day interview, check the box. " +"If this box is checked, the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` fields are" +" hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:871 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " "default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " "many other people as desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 -msgid "Meeting details tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:873 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting start time." +":guilabel:`Videocall URL`: if the meeting is virtual, or if there is a " +"virtual option available, click :guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting` and a URL is " +"automatically created for the meeting and populates the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:582 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting end time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:584 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " -":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " -"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " -"duration length." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:587 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " -"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " -":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " -"and end times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:590 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " -"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:876 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " "an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," @@ -13266,42 +14088,107 @@ msgid "" "instructions for each command to complete the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:598 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " -"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" -" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " -"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" -" via the selected option." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:884 +msgid "More options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:886 +msgid "" +"To add additional information to the meeting, click the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button in the lower-right corner of the pop-up window. Enter any of" +" the following additional fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:889 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length. The default length of a meeting is one hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:892 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. Several additional fields appear when this is " +"enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:896 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: using the drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:898 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings " +"repeat. The available options are :guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Yearly`, or :guilabel:`Custom`. If " +":guilabel:`Custom` is selected, a :guilabel:`Repeat Every` field appears " +"beneath it, along with another time frequency parameter (:guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, :guilabel:`Months`, or :guilabel:`Years`). Enter a number" +" in the blank field, then select the time period using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:904 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat on`: if :guilabel:`Weekly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Repeat on` field appears. Click on " +"the corresponding day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:906 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day of Month`: if :guilabel:`Monthly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Day of Month` field appears. Using " +"the drop-down menu, select either :guilabel:`Date of month` or " +":guilabel:`Day of month`. If :guilabel:`Date of month` is selected, enter " +"the date the meeting repeats. If :guilabel:`Day of month` is selected, use " +"the drop-down menus to determine the frequency. Select either " +":guilabel:`First`, :guilabel:`Second`, :guilabel:`Third`, " +":guilabel:`Fourth`, or :guilabel:`Last` for the first drop-down menu, then " +"select the day (:guilabel:`Monday`, :guilabel:`Tuesday`, etc.) in the second" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:913 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Until`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings stop " +"repeating. The available options are :guilabel:`Number of repetitions`, " +":guilabel:`End date`, and :guilabel:`Forever`. If :guilabel:`Number of " +"repetitions` is selected, enter the number of total meetings to occur in the" +" blank field. If :guilabel:`End date` is selected, specify the date using " +"the calendar pop-up window, or type in a date in a XX/XX/XXXX format. " +":guilabel:`Forever` schedules meetings indefinitely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:920 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " -"in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:921 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " "menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:923 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " -"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " -":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " -"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +":guilabel:`Appointment`: if an appointment is associated with this meeting, " +"select it form the drop-down menu, or create a new appointment by typing in " +"the appointment name, then click :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. A " +":guilabel:`Create Appointment` form loads. Enter the information on the " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:613 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:927 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select if the organizer appears either " +":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Busy` for the duration of the meeting, " +"using the drop-down menu. Next, select the visibility of this meeting, using" +" the drop-down menu to the right of the first selection. Options are " ":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " "users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " ":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " @@ -13309,41 +14196,50 @@ msgid "" "the company database to see the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:934 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " -"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" -" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " -"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " -"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " -"attendees at the same time." +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:936 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Default " +"options include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`SMS Text Message`, each with a specific time period before the " +"event (hours, days, etc). The reminder chosen alerts the meeting " +"participants of the meeting via the selected option at the specified time. " +"Multiple reminders can be selected in this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:947 msgid "Send meeting to attendees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:949 msgid "" "Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " -"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message from the " +"expanded :guilabel:`Event Form` (what is seen when the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button is clicked on in the event pop-up window)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:953 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " -"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " -"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" -" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " -"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " -"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " -"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " -"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " -"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +"To send the meeting via email, click the :icon:`fa-envelope` " +":guilabel:`Email` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact" +" Attendees` email configurator pop-up window appears. A pre-formatted email " +"using the default :guilabel:`Calendar: Event Update` email template " +"populates the email body field. The followers of the document (job " +"application), as well as the user who created the meeting are added as " +":guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's email address to the " +"list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make any other desired " +"changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button, navigate to the file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " ":guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" @@ -13352,39 +14248,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:647 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:966 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " -"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " -"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " -"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." -" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " -"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " -":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :icon:`fa-mobile` " +":guilabel:`SMS` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS " +"Text Message` pop-up appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:969 msgid "" -"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " -":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " -"contacts with a valid phone number." +"At the top, a blue box appears if any attendees do not have valid mobile " +"numbers, and lists how many records are invalid. If a contact does not have " +"a valid mobile number listed, click :guilabel:`Close`, and edit the " +"attendee's record, then redo these steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:658 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:973 msgid "" -"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " -"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" -" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " -"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" -" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " -"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +"When no warning message appears, type in the message to be sent to the " +"attendees in the :guilabel:`Message` field. to add any emojis to the " +"message, click the :guilabel:`Add Emoji` icon on the right-side of the pop-" +"up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:977 +msgid "" +"Beneath the message field, the number of characters, as well as the amount " +"of text messages required to send the message (according to GSM7 criteria) " +"appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue` to have the text sent later, after " +"any other messages are scheduled, or click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the " +"message immediately." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:669 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:987 msgid "" "Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " "messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " @@ -13392,11 +14292,11 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`../essentials/in_app_purchase` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:994 msgid "Second interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:996 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " "can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " @@ -13405,72 +14305,87 @@ msgid "" "Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1001 msgid "" "When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " -"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " -"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " -":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " -"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage. The " +"recruiter can now :ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the applicant, following the same process as the first " +"interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1009 msgid "Contract proposal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1011 msgid "" "When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " "be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " "and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" -" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top-right of" " the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1016 msgid "" "The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," " click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " -"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " -"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " -"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " -"is set to `0.00`)." +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. Most fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position. If any necessary fields are blank, enter " +"the relevant information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:705 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1022 msgid "" "Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" "up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " "applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " -"not appear on the pop-up." +"*Fleet* application is not installed, any fields related to vehicles do not " +"appear on the pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1028 msgid "Universal fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1030 msgid "" "The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " "localization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1032 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " -"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: the template currently being used to populate" +" the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window. To modify the " +"template, click the :guilabel:`Internal link` icon to the right of the drop-" +"down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. A " +"different :guilabel:`Contract Template` can be selected using the drop-down " +"menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1037 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " -"applicant." +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the name of the :guilabel:`Job Position` being " +"offered to the applicant. The selections available in the drop-down menu " +"correspond to the :guilabel:`Job Positions` configured on the main " +"*Recruitment* dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1040 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the specific name of the position being offered to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1041 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the :guilabel:`Department` the job position falls " +"under." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1042 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " "default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" @@ -13479,109 +14394,50 @@ msgid "" "click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1046 msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1047 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " -"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " -"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " -"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," -" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" -" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " -"application." +":guilabel:`Link Expiration Date`: job offers are only valid for a specific " +"period of time. The default expiration date is 30 days. Modify the " +"expiration date, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:732 -msgid "" -"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " -"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:738 -msgid "" -"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " -"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" -" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:743 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" -" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:746 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " -"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" -" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:749 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " -"the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " -"that will be assigned to the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:752 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " -"for the cafeteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " -"contract that is being offered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " -"sending." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1051 msgid "Send offer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1053 msgid "" -"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" -" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " -"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" -" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " -"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " -"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +"When the information is all updated, click :guilabel:`Send By Email` to send" +" the offer to the applicant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1056 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " -"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" -"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " -"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." -" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " -"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " -":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " -":guilabel:`Send`." +"If the applicant does not have an email address listed on their applicant " +"card, a warning appears in a red box at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window, stating :guilabel:`The" +" applicant does not have a valid email set. The Offer Link won't be able to " +"be completed.` Click :guilabel:`Discard`, enter an email on the applicant's " +"card, then click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1062 +msgid "" +"An email pop-up window loads. The default :guilabel:`Recruitment: Your " +"Salary Package` email template is used, and the :guilabel:`Recipients`, " +":guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-populated based on the email " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1070 +msgid "Once the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1073 msgid "" "To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " "necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " @@ -13592,11 +14448,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1081 +msgid "Configure your package" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1083 +msgid "" +"The email template includes a :guilabel:`Configure your package` button. " +"This link takes the applicant to a webpage where they can modify the " +"proposed salary package, and enter their personal information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1087 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant is hired, the personal information entered on the webpage" +" is imported to their employee record, when created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1090 +msgid "" +"If applicable, the applicant can modify their salary package. This option is" +" not available for all localizations. Depending on where the company is " +"located, this option may not be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1093 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is completed, the applicant accepts the offer by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Review Contract & Sign` button to accept the " +"contract and sign it using the *Sign* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1100 msgid "Contract signed" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1102 msgid "" "Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " "step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " @@ -13607,16 +14494,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:796 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1109 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the Kanban view, but the " "card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1112 msgid "" "Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " -"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"green :guilabel:`HIRED` banner appears in the top-right of the applicant's " "card." msgstr "" @@ -13624,24 +14511,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1120 msgid "Create employee" msgstr "Create employee" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:809 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1122 msgid "" "Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " "record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " -"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"Employee` button in the top-left. An employee form appears, and any " "information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" " card appears in the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1127 msgid "" "Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" -" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " -":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, the employee" +" record is saved in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:5 @@ -13909,107 +14796,108 @@ msgid "" "by-step instructions on how to create and configure a survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 msgid "Referrals" msgstr "Giới thiệu" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " -"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"regarding referrals is housed - from points earned, coworkers hired, and " "rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " -"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " -"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " -"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " -"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" -" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +"and then earn referral points as those people progress through the " +"recruitment pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be " +"exchanged for prizes. The *Referrals* application integrates with the " +"*Employees*, *Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be" +" installed in order for the *Referrals* application to function." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:14 msgid "" -"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " -"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " -"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +"The only configurations needed for the *Referrals* application *after* " +"installation are related to the :ref:`rewards `; " +"everything else is pre-configured when Odoo *Referrals* is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:18 msgid "" -"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " -"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " -"` and configurations menus. For more information on " -"users and access rights, refer to these documents: :doc:`../general/users` " -"and :doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +"Users with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the *Referrals* application. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the :ref:`reporting ` and configurations" +" menus. For more information on users and access rights, refer to these " +"documents: :doc:`../general/users` and " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 msgid "Onboarding" msgstr "Hướng dẫn" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:28 msgid "" "When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" "configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " -"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" -" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"each explaining the different parts of the *Referrals* application. At the " +"top of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " "onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " "Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " "text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 msgid "" "Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " "displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " "advance to the next slide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " "superheroes to save the day!`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " "or refer friends.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " "league!`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:46 msgid "" -"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the *Referrals* application is " "opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " "button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" " :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " -"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +"will begin again when the *Referrals* application is opened. Once the " ":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " -"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the *Referrals* " "application is opened from that point on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:53 msgid "" "At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " -"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main *Referrals* dashboard loads. If " ":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " -"opening the Referrals application." +"opening the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -14017,7 +14905,7 @@ msgid "" "An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:62 msgid "" "If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " "opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " @@ -14026,60 +14914,53 @@ msgid "" "screen appears instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:70 msgid "" "Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " -"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " -"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " -"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " -"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`." +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* application can " +"modify onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line " +"displays the text for the individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding" +" slide, click on an individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:76 msgid "" -"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " -"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " -"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " -"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " -"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " -"that particular company." +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` field. A " +":guilabel:`Company` may be selected, as well. However, if this field is " +"populated, that slide is *only* displayed for that particular company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:81 msgid "" -"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" -" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " -"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" -" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " -"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " -"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " -"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +"The :guilabel:`Company` field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:83 msgid "" -"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +"The image can be modified, as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the " +"top-right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and " +":guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` " +"icon to change the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the " +"desired image, select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears" +" in the thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage " +"can)` icon, then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:94 msgid "" -"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " -"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " -"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " -"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " -":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " -"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +"The sequence in which the slides appear can be changed from the *Onboarding*" +" dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`(six small gray boxes)` icon to the left of" +" the the slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -14087,567 +14968,18 @@ msgid "" "The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:103 -msgid "Share job positions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:105 -msgid "" -"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " -"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " -"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " -"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:113 -msgid "View Jobs" -msgstr "Xem công việc" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:115 -msgid "" -"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " -":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " -"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" -"displayed on the card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:124 -msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:128 -msgid "" -"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " -"of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 -msgid "" -"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " -"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:134 -msgid "" -"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " -"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " -"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " -"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " -":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 -msgid "Refer friends" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:145 -msgid "" -"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " -"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " -"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:149 -msgid "" -"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " -"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:152 -msgid "" -"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " -"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " -"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " -"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" -" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " -"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " -"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " -"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 -msgid "Share a job" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:169 -msgid "" -"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " -"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" -" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " -"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " -"applicants in the Referrals application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 -msgid "Link" -msgstr "Liên kết" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:181 -msgid "" -"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " -":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " -"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " -"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" -" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" -" prospective employee however desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:188 -msgid "Facebook" -msgstr "Facebook" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:190 -msgid "" -"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " -"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " -"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " -"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " -"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " -"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" -"in to Facebook first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" -" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" -" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " -"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " -"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " -"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " -"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " -":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " -"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " -"specific activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 -msgid "" -"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " -":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " -":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " -"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" -" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" -"highlighted, as are all the required settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 -msgid "Share to news feed or story" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:218 -msgid "" -"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " -":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " -"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " -":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " -"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," -" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " -"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" -" story, or both." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:225 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " -"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " -"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " -"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " -"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" -" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " -"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " -":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" -" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " -":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:236 -msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " -"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:242 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" -" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " -"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " -"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:246 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:275 -msgid "" -"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " -"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 -msgid "Share in a group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:251 -msgid "" -"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " -"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" -" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " -":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " -"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " -"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " -"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " -"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " -"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:264 -msgid "Share in an event" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:266 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:269 -msgid "" -"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " -"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " -"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" -" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " -"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " -"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 -msgid "Share in a private message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:280 -msgid "" -"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" -" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" -"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " -"Private Message`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:284 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " -"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " -"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " -"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " -"process for each friend to be added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:289 -msgid "" -"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " -"message` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:293 -msgid "X/Twitter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:295 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " -"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " -"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " -"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " -"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" -" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:301 -msgid "The default message is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:303 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" -" Position)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:305 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " -"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " -"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," -" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " -"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " -":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " -"X/Twitter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:312 -msgid "" -"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " -"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " -":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" -" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " -":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " -":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " -"restricts who can reply to the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 -msgid "" -"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " -"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " -"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " -"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:322 -msgid "" -"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" -" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " -"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 -msgid "" -"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" -" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" -"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:336 -msgid "LinkedIn" -msgstr "LinkedIn" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:338 -msgid "" -"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " -"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " -"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " -"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " -"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " -"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:344 -msgid "" -"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " -"message to an individual or group of individuals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 -msgid "Share in a post" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:350 -msgid "" -"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" -" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " -":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " -"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:354 -msgid "" -"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " -"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " -"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " -"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " -":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " -"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " -":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" -" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " -"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " -"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " -"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " -"right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:366 -msgid "" -"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " -"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " -"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " -"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " -":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " -"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " -"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" -" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " -"the far lower right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:375 -msgid "" -"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " -":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " -"post button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:383 -msgid "Send as private message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:385 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " -"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " -"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" -" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" -" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " -"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." -" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " -"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" -" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " -":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " -":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " -"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " -"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " -"browser tab to exit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 -msgid "Email a friend" -msgstr "Gửi email cho một người bạn" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:401 -msgid "" -"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " -"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " -"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" -" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " -"Mail` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:406 -msgid "" -"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " -"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" -" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " -"`Job for you`, but can be edited." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:410 -msgid "" -"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " -"appears is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:412 -msgid "`Hello,`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:414 -msgid "" -"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " -"interesting for you`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:416 -msgid "`See Job Offers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:418 -msgid "" -"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " -"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " -"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " -"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " -"message will be sent and the window will close." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:426 msgid "Hired referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:107 msgid "" "When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" " their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:110 msgid "" "After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," " instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " @@ -14655,21 +14987,21 @@ msgid "" "friend!` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 msgid "" "Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " -"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " -"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" -" an available avatar to select it." +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is grayed out, and " +"the name that the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. " +"Click on an available avatar to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:118 msgid "" -"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," -" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " -"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " -"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " -"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the *Referrals* " +"application, after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to " +"select another avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars " +"have been selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible." +" Mouse over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -14678,15 +15010,15 @@ msgid "" "chosen are greyed out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 msgid "Modify friends" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 msgid "" "Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " "` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"rights for the *Recruitment* application can make modifications to friends. " "The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " "avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " @@ -14695,17 +15027,17 @@ msgid "" " dogs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:138 msgid "" "To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" " an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " ":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " "friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" -" else in the Referrals application." +" else in the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " ":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " @@ -14714,65 +15046,66 @@ msgid "" "user's avatar when activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:148 msgid "" "If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " ":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " "replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" -" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " -"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:474 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 msgid "" -"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " -"original information." +"The referral friend form automatically saves, but can be saved manually at " +"any time by clicking the *Save manually* option, represented by a " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel " +"any changes made, click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to " +"delete any changes, and revert to the original content." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A friend form in edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:482 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 msgid "" "It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " "background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " "about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " -"Referrals application." +"*Referrals* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:172 msgid "Referral points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:174 msgid "" "The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " -"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"rewards. On the main *Referrals* application dashboard, the top displays a " "summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " "the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " "available to spend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 msgid "" "To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" " the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:183 msgid "" "The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " "pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " @@ -14782,7 +15115,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 msgid "" "To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " @@ -14790,11 +15123,11 @@ msgid "" "category are displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:194 msgid "My referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 msgid "" "To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " ":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " @@ -14802,26 +15135,31 @@ msgid "" "card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:200 msgid "" -"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " -"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " -"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " -"the top right corner." +"A successful referral displays a green :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the top-" +"right corner of the card. Referrals that are in process display a purple " +":guilabel:`In Progress` banner in the top-right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 msgid "" -"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " -"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " -"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the subject/application " +"title (as it appears on the applicant card in the *Recruitment* app), the " +"name of the job position, the person responsible for filling the role " +"(recruiter), and the points earned. For referrals that have been hired, the " +"selected avatar also appears on the card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two referral cards, one hired and one in-progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:214 msgid "Points" msgstr "Điểm" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 msgid "" "The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " "positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " @@ -14829,14 +15167,14 @@ msgid "" " *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:220 msgid "" "On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " "that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " "points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:224 msgid "" "Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " "points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " @@ -14844,108 +15182,109 @@ msgid "" " the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:229 msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:231 msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:232 msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:235 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 msgid "" "The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " -"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" -" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " -"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage are done in the " +"*Recruitment* application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment " +"` documentation to modify the points for each " +"stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:244 msgid "Rewards" msgstr "Phần thưởng" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 msgid "Create rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 msgid "" -"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" -" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " -"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " -"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " -"information on the form:" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the " +"*Referrals* application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights " +"for the *Recruitment* application can create or modify rewards. To add " +"rewards, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> " +"Rewards`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and a reward form loads. Enter the " +"following information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:254 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +":guilabel:`Product Name`: enter the name as it should appear for the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" -" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " -"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" -" form." +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" appears for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each company " +"needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the form. " +"This field only appears if in a multi-company environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:259 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: select the person who will be responsible for " "procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " -"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" -" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is bought in the *Referrals* " +"application, so they know when to deliver the reward to the recipient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:263 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +":guilabel:`Description`: type in the description for the reward. This will " "be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +":guilabel:`Photo`: add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " "page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " "(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " -"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" -" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +"(pencil)` icon, and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 msgid "" "The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " -":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +":guilabel:`Company` (if applicable), and :guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 msgid "" "It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " "cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " @@ -14953,31 +15292,31 @@ msgid "" "placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:595 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:283 msgid "Redeem rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 msgid "" "To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " "main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " "individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " -"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +"listed in the top-right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" " purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " "bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " "the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" " instead of a buy button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:292 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " -"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " -"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " -":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears, asking if the user is sure " +"they want to purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item," +" or :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:297 msgid "" "After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " "used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." @@ -14991,27 +15330,27 @@ msgid "" "many more reward points are needed to redeem." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:309 msgid "Levels" msgstr "Mốc" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:311 msgid "" -"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"The *Referrals* application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " "the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " "employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:315 msgid "" "Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" " are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " "participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 msgid "" -"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main *Referrals* " "application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " "X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " "indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " @@ -15020,13 +15359,13 @@ msgid "" "points still needed before they can level up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:636 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:325 msgid "Modify levels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:638 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " "modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " "--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " @@ -15035,48 +15374,58 @@ msgid "" "element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:334 msgid "" "To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " -"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form, then make " +"modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 msgid "" -"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." -" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" -" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " -"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" -" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " -"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +"Type in the name (or number) of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` " +"field. What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main " +"dashboard when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points " +"needed to reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points" +" needed to level up are the total accumulated points earned over the " +"lifetime of the employee, not additional points from the previous level that" +" must be earned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:654 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:343 msgid "" "If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" " to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " -"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " -"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to " "select it." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The level form saves automatically, but can be saved manually at any time by" +" clicking the *save manually* option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel any changes made, " +"click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to delete any changes, " +"and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A level form in edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:671 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:362 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 msgid "Level up" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:369 msgid "" "Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " "user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " @@ -15085,7 +15434,7 @@ msgid "" "level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:374 msgid "" "Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " "text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" @@ -15093,7 +15442,7 @@ msgid "" "the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:687 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:378 msgid "" "Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" " the specified amount of points required." @@ -15105,16 +15454,16 @@ msgid "" "above their image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:387 msgid "" "Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " "accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " "to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:394 msgid "" -"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"In the *Referrals* application, it is possible to post a message, also " "referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " "information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " "banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " @@ -15122,85 +15471,86 @@ msgid "" "an :guilabel:`X`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 msgid "" "Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" " individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " "click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" " alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " -"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +"*Referrals* application for the first time in a new session." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:409 msgid "Create an alert" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " "information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date From`: the date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " "will be visible on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date To`: the date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " "will be hidden from view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:420 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +":guilabel:`Company`: the current company populates this field by default. To" " modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " "from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " -"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"to everyone with access to the *Referrals* application. If a company is " "specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " -"Referrals application) will see the alert." +"*Referrals* application) will see the alert. This field only appears when in" +" a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +":guilabel:`Alert`: enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" " the alert banner on the main dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +":guilabel:`On Click`: there are three options for the alert. Click the radio" " button next to the desired selection. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:739 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:430 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: the alert only displays text, there is no link to" " click." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: the alert contains a link that when clicked, " "navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:433 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: the alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " "when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " "appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." msgstr "" @@ -15209,15 +15559,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:446 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " -"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" -" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " -"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in *Referrals*. To access " +"the reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The" +" main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 msgid "" "In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " "many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " @@ -15227,7 +15577,7 @@ msgid "" "there are no referrals from that particular channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:457 msgid "" "The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " "includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " @@ -15236,7 +15586,7 @@ msgid "" "many points were given for refused applicants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:770 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:462 msgid "" "The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " "new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " @@ -15247,34 +15597,330 @@ msgid "" "in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 msgid "" "The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " -"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " -"option." +"needs to be installed to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:473 +msgid ":doc:`referrals/share_jobs`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:3 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo *Referrals*, users can earn referral points by sharing job positions" +" with potential applicants. Job positions can be shared in several ways, " +"through the :ref:`View Jobs ` button and the " +":ref:`Email A Friend ` button, located at the bottom " +"of the *Referrals* app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Sharing jobs can **only** occur after onboarding slides have been viewed or " +"skipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:16 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "Xem công việc" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main *Referrals* dashboard. This " +"presents all job positions, with each individual job presented with its own " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:27 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the *Job " +"Position* field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The number of :guilabel:`Open Positions` being recruited. This information " +"is taken from the *Expected New Employees* field of the *Recruitment* tab of" +" the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:33 +msgid "The points a user earns when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the *Job Position* tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions are visible in the *Referrals* app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`../recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:46 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Subject` and :guilabel:`Body` are populated using a default " +"template. The :guilabel:`Subject` `Job for you` is present, by default, but " +"can be modified, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position populates the *Job Position* " +"placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the email body is" +" an individualized tracking link to the specific job position listed on the " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When the prospective employee receives the email, the link sends them to the" +" job position page, where they can apply for the position, and the person " +"who referred them is tracked in the *Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:72 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Other than sending an email, job positions can be shared, via social media " +"platforms, and by tracking links to the job position. At the bottom of each " +"job position card are four icons, and corresponding tracking links, that can" +" be used to share the job position, keeping track of applicants in the " +"*Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:84 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "Liên kết" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :icon:`fa-chain` :guilabel:`(link)` " +"icon above it. A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the " +"tracking link. Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is " +"copied, click the :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up window. Next," +" share the link with the prospective employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:93 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :icon:`fa-facebook` :guilabel:`(Facebook)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into Facebook, when the the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button is clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new " +"tab, with the link populated in the main body of the new post in a pop-up " +"window. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads, " +"instead, prompting the user to log-in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, then share the job " +"position using the available options in Facebook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:107 +msgid "X (formerly Twitter)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:109 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X. Click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`(X)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the user is already signed-in to X, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button" +" is clicked, an X page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready" +" to post, in a draft pop-up window. If the user is *not* already signed-in, " +"a sign-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to first sign-in to X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:117 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:119 +msgid "" +"`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job " +"Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message, then " +"share using the available options in X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:125 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "LinkedIn" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :icon:`fa-linkedin` :guilabel:`(LinkedIn)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button is clicked, a new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job " +"position at the top. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen" +" loads instead, prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:134 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual (or group of individuals)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message or " +"post, then share using the available options in LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:143 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "Gửi email cho một người bạn" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions, instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Referrals` main dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`Email a friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Send Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address in the :guilabel:`Email` field. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients by separating each email address with a comma " +"followed by a single space. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +":guilabel:`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The email :guilabel:`Body` is also populated with pre-configured text. The " +"text that appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:156 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:158 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you\\:`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:160 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:162 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of" +" all job positions currently being recruited for. Add any additional text " +"and make any edits to the message body, if necessary. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. This sends the message, and closes " +"the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 msgid "Time Off" msgstr "Nghỉ phép" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Time Off* application serves as a centralized hub for all time-off-" "related information. This application manages requests, balances, " "allocations, approvals, and reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:10 msgid "" -"Users can :ref:`request time off `, and see an " -"overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " +"Users can :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`, and see" +" an overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " ":ref:`allocate time off ` to individuals, teams, or the " "whole company, and :ref:`approve time off requests `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:15 msgid "" "Detailed :ref:`reports ` can be run to see how much time" " off (and what kinds of time off) are being used, :ref:`accrual plans " @@ -15282,45 +15928,45 @@ msgid "" "` can be set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 msgid "" "Be advised, only users with specific access rights can see all aspects of " "the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 msgid "" "All users can access the :guilabel:`My Time Off` and :guilabel:`Overview` " "sections of the *Time Off* application. All other sections require specific " "access rights." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:26 msgid "" "To better understand how access rights affect the *Time Off* application, " "refer to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` document, specifically the " "section about configuring the work information tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to allocate time off to employees, and for employees to request and" " use their time off, the various time off types must be configured first, " "then allocated to employees (if allocation is required)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:40 msgid "Time off types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 msgid "" "To view the currently configured time off types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. The time" " off types are presented in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:45 msgid "" "The *Time Off* application comes with four pre-configured time off types: " ":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, " @@ -15328,25 +15974,25 @@ msgid "" "needs or used as-is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:50 msgid "Create time off type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 msgid "" "To create a new time off type, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Time Off Types`. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button to reveal a blank time off type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:55 msgid "" "Enter the name for the particular type of time off in the blank line at the " "top of the form, such as `Sick Time` or `Vacation`. Then, enter the " "following information on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:59 msgid "" "The only **required** fields on the time off type form are the name of the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, the :guilabel:`Take Time Off In`, and the " @@ -15354,23 +16000,23 @@ msgid "" " and :guilabel:`Allocation Requests` sections **must** be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:65 msgid "Time Off Requests section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select what specific kind of approval is required for " "the time off type. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No Validation`: no approvals are required when requesting this " "type of time off. The time off request is automatically approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Time Off Officer`: only the specified :ref:`Time Off Officer " "`, set on this form in the :guilabel:`Notified " @@ -15378,7 +16024,7 @@ msgid "" "option is selected by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver`: only the employee's specified approver " "for time off, which is set on the *Work Information* tab on the " @@ -15386,7 +16032,7 @@ msgid "" " time off request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver and Time Off Officer`: both the employee's" " :ref:`specified time off approver` and the " @@ -15394,11 +16040,11 @@ msgid "" "the time off request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:83 msgid "Allocation Requests section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requires allocation`: if the time off must be allocated to " "employees, select :guilabel:`Yes`. If the time off can be requested without " @@ -15407,20 +16053,20 @@ msgid "" " form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee Requests`: select :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests " "Allowed` if the employee is able to request more time off than was " "allocated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:92 msgid "" "If employees should **not** be able to make requests for more time off than " "what was allocated, select the :guilabel:`Not Allowed` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:96 msgid "" "Ten days are allocated to the employee for this particular type of time off," " and the :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests Allowed` option is enabled. The " @@ -15429,81 +16075,81 @@ msgid "" "option is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 msgid "" "It is important to note that requesting additional time off does **not** " "guarantee that time off is granted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select the type of approvals required for the " "allocation of this particular time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approved by Time Off Officer` indicates the :ref:`Time Off " "Officer ` set on this form must approve the " "allocation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No validation needed` indicates that no approvals are required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:113 msgid "Configuration section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notified Time Off Officer`: select the person who is notified and" " responsible for approving requests and allocations for this specific type " "of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take Time Off in`: select the format the time off is requested in" " from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 msgid "The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: if time off can only be requested in full day increments (8" " hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:125 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: if time off can only be requested in half day " "increments (4 hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Hours`: if the time off can be taken in hourly increments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Deduct Extra Hours`: enable this option if the time off request " "should factor in any extra time accrued by the employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:134 msgid "" "If an employee works two extra hours for the week, and requests five hours " "of time off, the request would be for three hours, since the two extra " "worked hours are used first, and deducted from the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow To Attach Supporting Document`: enable this option to allow" " the employee to attach documents to the time off request. This is useful in" @@ -15511,7 +16157,7 @@ msgid "" "leave." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kind of Time Off`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "time off this is, either :guilabel:`Worked Time` or :guilabel:`Absence`. " @@ -15520,7 +16166,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Absence` does not count toward any type of accrual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if multiple companies are created in the database, and " "this time off type only applies to one company, select the company from the " @@ -15529,11 +16175,11 @@ msgid "" "company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:151 msgid "Negative Cap section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:153 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option if employees are able to " "request more time off than they currently have, allowing a negative balance." @@ -15541,19 +16187,19 @@ msgid "" " enter the maximum amount of negative time allowed, in days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 msgid "" "Sara currently has three days of the time off type `Vacation`. She is " "planning a trip that requires five days of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 msgid "" "The `Vacation` time off type has the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option " "enabled, and the :guilabel:`Amount in Negative` is set to five." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:164 msgid "" "These settings allow Sara to submit a request for five days of the " "`Vacation` time off type. If approved, her `Vacation` time off balance will " @@ -15566,59 +16212,59 @@ msgid "" "off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:173 msgid "Payroll section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:175 msgid "" "If the time off type should create :doc:`../hr/payroll/work_entries` in the " "*Payroll* application, select the :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` from the drop-" "down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 msgid "Timesheets section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Timesheets` section only appears if the user is in developer " "mode. Refer to the :ref:`developer-mode` document for details on how to " "access the developer mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 msgid "" "When an employee takes time off, and is also using timesheets, Odoo creates " "entries in the *Timesheets* application for the time off. This section " "defines how they are entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:188 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Project`: select the project that the time off type entries " "appear in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:189 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Task`: select the task that appears in the timesheet for this " "time off type. The default options are: :guilabel:`Time Off`, " ":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`Training`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 msgid "Display Option section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:195 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color to be used in the *Time Off* application " "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cover Image`: select an icon to be used in the *Time Off* " "application dashboard." @@ -15630,65 +16276,65 @@ msgid "" "off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:206 msgid "Accrual plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:208 msgid "" "Some time off is earned through an accrual plan, meaning that for every " "specified amount of time an employee works (hour, day, week, etc), they earn" " or *accrue* a specified amount of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:212 msgid "" "If an employee accrues a vacation day for every week they work, they would " "earn 0.2 vacation days for each hour they work. At the end of a forty hour " "work week, they would earn one whole vacation day (8 hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:217 msgid "Create accrual plan" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new accrual plan, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Accrual Plans`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, " "which reveals a blank accrual plan form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the accrual plan name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrued Gain Time`: select when the employee begins to accrue " "time off, either :guilabel:`At the start of the accrual period` or " ":guilabel:`At the end of the accrual period`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry-Over Time`: select when the employee received previously " "earned time. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the start of the year`: select this if the accrual rolls over " "on January 1 of the upcoming year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:232 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the allocation date`: select this if the accrual rolls over as" " soon as time is allocated to the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Other`: select this option if neither of the other two options " "are applicable. When selected, a :guilabel:`Carry-Over Date` field appears. " @@ -15696,14 +16342,14 @@ msgid "" "the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Based on worked time`: enable this option if time off accrual is " "determined by the employee's worked hours. Days **not** considered as worked" " time do **not** contribute to the accrual plan in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:241 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone Transition`: this selection determines when employees " "move up to a new milestone. If they qualify to change milestones in the " @@ -15712,14 +16358,14 @@ msgid "" "the current pay period)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Milestone Transition` field is **only** visible after a " "minimum of two :ref:`rules ` have been configured on the " "accrual plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:250 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " "accrual plan applies to. If left blank, the accrual plan can be used for all" @@ -15730,43 +16376,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An accrual plan form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:263 msgid "" "Rules must be created in order for employees to accrue time off from the " "accrual plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New Milestone` button in the gray" " :guilabel:`Rules` section, and a :guilabel:`Create Milestone` modal form " "appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:268 msgid "Fill out the following fields on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee accrue`: select the parameters for earned time off in " "this section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 msgid "" "First, select either :guilabel:`Days` or :guilabel:`Hours` for the increment" " of accrued time using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 msgid "" "Next, enter the numerical amount of the selected parameter that is accrued. " "The numerical format is `X.XXXX`, so that partial days or hours can also be " "configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:278 msgid "" "Last, select how often the time is accrued using the drop-down menu. The " "default options are :guilabel:`Hourly`, :guilabel:`Daily`, " @@ -15774,64 +16420,64 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Twice a year`, and :guilabel:`Yearly`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 msgid "" "Depending on which option is selected, additional fields may appear. For " "example, if :guilabel:`Twice a month` is selected, two additional fields " "appear, to specify the two days of each month that the milestone occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cap accrued time`: if there is a maximum amount of days the " "employee can accrue with this plan, enable this option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 msgid "" "When enabled, two additional fields appear beneath it. Select the type of " "time period from the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Days` or " ":guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:291 msgid "" "Then, enter a numerical value in the field to specify the maximum amount of " "time that can be accrued." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:293 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone reached`: enter the number and value of the time period" " that must pass before the employee starts to accumulate time off. The first" " value is numerical; enter a number in the first field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:297 msgid "" "Then, select the type of time period using the drop-down menu in the second " "field. The options are: :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Months`, or " ":guilabel:`Years`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over`: select how any unused time off is handled. The " "options are either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None. Accrued time reset to 0`: any unused time off is gone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:302 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All accrued time carried over`: all unused time off is rolled " "over to the next calendar year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over with a maximum`: unused time off is rolled over to the" " next calendar year, but there is a cap. An :guilabel:`Up to` field appears " @@ -15839,7 +16485,7 @@ msgid "" "roll over to the following year. Any time off beyond this parameter is lost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:309 msgid "" "Once the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the form " "and close the modal, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the form and " @@ -15850,72 +16496,72 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A milestone form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:320 msgid "Public holidays" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 msgid "" "To observe public or national holidays, and provide extra days off as " "holidays to employees, configure the observed *public holidays* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 msgid "" "It is important to configure these days in Odoo, so employees are aware of " "the days they have off, and do not request time off on days that are already" " set as a public holiday (non-working days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 msgid "" "Additionally, all public holidays configured in the *Time Off* app are also " "reflected in any app that uses working schedules, such as *Calendar*, " "*Planning*, *Manufacturing*, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:331 msgid "" "Due to Odoo's integration with other apps that use working schedules, it is " "considered best practice to ensure *all* public holidays are configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:335 msgid "Create public holiday" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 msgid "" "To create a public holiday, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Public Holidays`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:340 msgid "All currently configured public holidays appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:342 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a new line appears at the bottom of " "the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:341 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 msgid "Enter the following information on that new line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:346 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the holiday." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:347 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, the current company " "populates this field by default. It is not possible to edit this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:351 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company` field is hidden by default. To view this field, " "click the two dots in the top-right corner of the list, to the far-right of " @@ -15923,7 +16569,7 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:355 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday starts. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -15934,7 +16580,7 @@ msgid "" "company's time zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:360 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday ends. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -15945,33 +16591,33 @@ msgid "" " zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 msgid "" "A company located in San Francisco operates from 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM, with an " "eight hour work day and one hour lunch break." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:370 msgid "" "For a user in New York, with a computer time zone set to Eastern Standard " "Time, a created public holiday displays a start time of 12:00 PM - 9:00 PM, " "accounting for the three hour time zone difference." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 msgid "" "Similarly, a user located in Los Angeles, with a computer time zone set to " "Pacific Standard Time, sees a public holiday time as 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: if the holiday should only apply to employees who" " have a specific set of working hours, select the working hours from the " "drop-down menu. If left blank, the holiday applies to all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:380 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: if using the *Payroll* application, this field " "defines how the :ref:`work entries ` for the holiday " @@ -15982,18 +16628,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The list of public holidays in the configuration menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:389 msgid "Mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 msgid "" "Some companies have special days where specific departments, or the entire " "staff, is required to be present, and time off is not allowed on those " "specific days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:394 msgid "" "These types of days are called *mandatory days* in Odoo. These can be " "configured to be company-wide, or department specific. When configured, " @@ -16001,35 +16647,35 @@ msgid "" "off requests for these mandatory days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:399 msgid "Create mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 msgid "" "No mandatory days are configured in Odoo by default. To create a mandatory " "day, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> " "Mandatory Days`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:404 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner, and a blank line " "appears in the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:408 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the mandatory day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, this field is visible, " "and the current company populates this field by default. Using the drop-down" " menu, select the company the mandatory day is for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:412 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Departments`: this column is hidden by default. First, click the " ":guilabel:`(optional columns)` icon in the top-right corner, next to " @@ -16037,33 +16683,33 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Departments` to reveal that column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 msgid "" "Next, select the desired departments from the drop-down menu. Multiple " "departments can be selected, and there is no limit to the amount of " "departments that can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:419 msgid "" "If this field is left blank, the mandatory day applies to the entire " "company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day starts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:421 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day ends. If creating a single mandatory day, the end date should " "be the same as the start date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: if desired, select a color from the available presented " "options. If no color is desired, select the `No color` option, represented " @@ -16076,11 +16722,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Mandatory Days section with three configured days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:435 msgid "Allocate time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:437 msgid "" "Once time off types and accrual plans have been configured, the next step is" " to allocate, or give, time off to employees. This section is only visible " @@ -16088,44 +16734,44 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 msgid "" "To create a new allocation, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Management --> Allocations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:444 msgid "" "This presents a list of all current allocations, including their respective " "statuses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:446 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`New` to allocate time off, and a blank allocation form " "appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 msgid "" "After entering a name for the allocation on the first blank field of the " "form, enter the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:451 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of time" " off that is being allocated to the employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`: select either :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` or" " :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`. If the allocation is **not** based on an " "accrual plan, select :guilabel:`Regular Allocation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:456 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Plan`: if :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for " "the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, the :guilabel:`Accrual Plan` field appears." @@ -16134,7 +16780,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:460 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period/Start Date`: if :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` is" " selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, this field is labeled " @@ -16143,7 +16789,7 @@ msgid "" "Date`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:465 msgid "" "The current date populates the first date field by default. To select " "another date, click on the pre-populated date to reveal a popover calendar " @@ -16151,20 +16797,20 @@ msgid "" "the date to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:469 msgid "" "If the allocation expires, select the expiration date in the next date " "field. If the time off does *not* expire, leave the second date field blank." " `No Limit` appears in the field if no date is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:473 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation " "Type`, this second field is labeled :guilabel:`Run until`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time that is being allocated to " "the employees. This field displays the time in either :guilabel:`Hours` or " @@ -16172,7 +16818,7 @@ msgid "" "` is configured (in hours or days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:478 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how the allocation is " "assigned. This selection determines who receives the time off allocation. " @@ -16180,32 +16826,32 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Department`, or :guilabel:`By Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 msgid "" "Depending on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Mode`, this following field" " is labeled either: :guilabel:`Employees`, :guilabel:`Company`, " ":guilabel:`Department`, or :guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 msgid "" "Using the drop-down menu, indicate the specific employees, company, " "department, or employee tags who are receiving this time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 msgid "" "Multiple selections can be made for either :guilabel:`Employees` or " ":guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:490 msgid "" "Only one selection can be made for the :guilabel:`Company` or " ":guilabel:`Department`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:491 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: if any description or note is necessary to " "explain the time off allocation, enter it in this field at the bottom of the" @@ -16218,158 +16864,11 @@ msgid "" "granted to all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:499 -msgid "Request time off" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Once an employee has been allocated time off, a request to use the time off " -"can be submitted. Time off can be requested in one of two ways, either from " -"the :ref:`dashboard ` or from the :ref:`My Time Off " -"` view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:505 -msgid "" -"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " -"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " -"Off` list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:509 -msgid "" -"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " -"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" -" form appears in a modal. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` " -"list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:514 -msgid "" -"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " -"form:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:516 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " -"the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:517 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " -"two fields to populate, the start and end dates. Click on either date field " -"and a popover calendar appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 -msgid "" -"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " -"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " -"applicable)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:523 -msgid "" -"If the time off requested is for a single day, click on the start date, then" -" click the same date again for the end date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:526 -msgid "" -"When the correct dates are selected/highlighted, click the :guilabel:`Apply`" -" button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:528 -msgid "" -"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " -"field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 -msgid "" -"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" -" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:533 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, check this " -"box. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " -"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " -"day is being requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:537 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " -"day, check this box. A :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` field appears " -"beneath this option, if selected. Using the drop-down menu, select the start" -" and end time for the time off request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " -":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " -"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " -"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " -"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:545 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " -"should include any details that managers and approvers may need in order to " -"approve the request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:547 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachments of documents. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " -"appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:551 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the desired files to attach, select them, then click the " -":guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off request form." -" Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:554 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:604 -msgid "" -"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " -"request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:557 -msgid "" -"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " -"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " -"be saved manually at any time by clicking the *save manually* button, " -"represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " -"with the flu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:502 msgid "Request allocation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:504 msgid "" "If an employee has used all their time off, or is going to run out of time " "off, they can request an allocation for additional time. Allocations can be " @@ -16378,7 +16877,7 @@ msgid "" " view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:508 msgid "" "To create a new allocation request, click either the :guilabel:`New " "Allocation Request` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the " @@ -16386,7 +16885,7 @@ msgid "" "buttons open a new allocation request form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:513 msgid "" "Both :guilabel:`New` buttons open a :guilabel:`New Allocation` request form," " but when requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, the form appears in a " @@ -16394,20 +16893,20 @@ msgid "" "screen navigates to a new allocation request page, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:518 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Allocation` request " "form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested for " "the allocation from the drop-down menu. After a selection is made, the title" " updates with the time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:522 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period`: this field **only** appears if requesting an " "allocation with a time off type that has the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` " @@ -16416,18 +16915,18 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` field is set to :guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:527 msgid "" "Using the calendar selector, select a start and end date the allocation is " "valid for. By default, the current date populates the first field, and " ":guilabel:`No Limit` populates the second field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 msgid "Adjust both of these dates, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:531 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time being requested in this " "field. The format is presented in either days or hours, depending on how the" @@ -16435,14 +16934,21 @@ msgid "" "allocation request is updated to include the amount of time being requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:535 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: enter a description for the allocation request." " This should include any details that managers and approvers may need in " "order to approve the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:538 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 msgid "" "If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Allocations` list view, the" " information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " @@ -16456,11 +16962,11 @@ msgid "" "sick time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:553 msgid "Management" msgstr "Quản lý" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:555 msgid "" "Time off and allocation requests typically undergo an approval process " "before being granted. Requests either need one or two approvals, if any, " @@ -16469,17 +16975,17 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:560 msgid "" "Only users who can approve allocation and time off requests have the " ":guilabel:`Management` section visible in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:566 msgid "Manage time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 msgid "" "To view time off requests that need approval, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Management --> Time Off`. The only time off" @@ -16488,7 +16994,7 @@ msgid "" "in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:573 msgid "" "The default filter in the :guilabel:`Time Off` list is `Waiting For Me`. " "This only presents time off requests that need to be approved for current " @@ -16496,7 +17002,7 @@ msgid "" " or :guilabel:`Second Approval`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:643 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:577 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented time off requests. Since only time off requests that need to be " @@ -16506,28 +17012,28 @@ msgid "" "appear on the left side of the screen, under :guilabel:`Departments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 msgid "" "If there are no requests that fall under one of the status options or " "departments, that status or department is **not** visible on the left-side " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:587 msgid "" "To display time off requests for specific departments only, click on the " ":guilabel:`Department` on the left-hand side. Only requests within the " "selected department are then presented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:656 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:657 msgid "" "The status column displays the status of each request, with the status " "highlighted in a specific color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` and :guilabel:`Second Approval` requests are " "highlighted in yellow and are the only ones that appear in the list by " @@ -16537,7 +17043,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:665 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:599 msgid "" "To approve a time off request, click the :guilabel:`👍 Approve` button at the" " end of the line. To validate a time off request that has already been " @@ -16552,7 +17058,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:608 msgid "" "For more details, click anywhere on the time off request line (except for " "the :guilabel:`👍 Approve`, :guilabel:`✔️ Validate`, and :guilabel:`✖️ " @@ -16560,24 +17066,24 @@ msgid "" "of the user, changes can be made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:612 msgid "" "To modify the request, make any desired changes to the form. All changes are" " automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:614 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Approve` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button " "to refuse the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:684 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:620 msgid "Manage allocations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:686 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:622 msgid "" "To view allocations that need approval, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off" " app --> Management --> Allocations`. The only allocations visible on this " @@ -16585,7 +17091,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:627 msgid "" "The default filters that are configured to be in place when navigating to " "the :guilabel:`Allocations` list are :guilabel:`My Team` and " @@ -16593,13 +17099,13 @@ msgid "" "team (who they manage) and active employees. Inactive users are not shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented allocation requests." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:635 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Status` options are :guilabel:`To Approve`, " ":guilabel:`Refused`, and :guilabel:`Approved`. Click on a specific " @@ -16607,14 +17113,14 @@ msgid "" "allocation requests, click :guilabel:`All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 msgid "" "It is also possible to display allocation requests by department. Click on " "the :guilabel:`Department` in the left side of the screen to only present " "allocations for that specific department." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:644 msgid "" "The groupings on the left side only present allocation requests that fall " "under the default filters of :guilabel:`My Team` and :guilabel:`Active " @@ -16622,34 +17128,34 @@ msgid "" "filters are presented on the left side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:712 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:648 msgid "" "For example, if there are no requests with a status of :guilabel:`To " "Submit`, that status option does not appear in the left-hand side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:651 msgid "" "All departments for the user's employees appear in the list. If there are no" " allocation requests that fall under that department matching the pre-" "configured filters, the list is blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:654 msgid "" "It is always possible to remove any of the pre-configured filters, by " "clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon on the specific filter to remove " "it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:660 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, " ":guilabel:`Approved` requests are highlighted in green, and the " ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:663 msgid "" "To approve an allocation request, click the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` button at" " the end of the line. To refuse a request, click the :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` " @@ -16661,28 +17167,28 @@ msgid "" "Allocations with the filter, groupings, and status sections highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:670 msgid "" "If more details are needed, click anywhere on the allocation request line " "(except for the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` buttons) to" " view the request in detail." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:673 msgid "" "Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be made to the allocation " "request form that appears. To modify the request, make any desired changes " "to the form. All changes are automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:741 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:677 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Validate` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button" " to refuse the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:683 msgid "" "To view a color-coded schedule of the user's time off, and/or of the team " "managed by them, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Overview`. " @@ -16690,7 +17196,7 @@ msgid "" "view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:687 msgid "" "To change the time period displayed, click on the :guilabel:`Month` button " "to reveal a drop-down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -16698,7 +17204,7 @@ msgid "" "corresponding view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 msgid "" "To navigate forward or backward in time, in the selected increment " "(:guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, etc.), click the :guilabel:`← (left " @@ -16706,44 +17212,44 @@ msgid "" " that specified amount of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:695 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Month` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by" " one month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:697 msgid "" "To return to a view containing the current day, click the :guilabel:`Today` " "button at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 msgid "" "Team members are listed alphabetically on individual lines, and their " "requested time off, regardless of the status (*validated* or *to approve*), " "is visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:766 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:702 msgid "" "Each employee is color-coded. The employee's color is selected at random, " "and does *not* correspond to the type of time off they requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:705 msgid "" "The status of the time off is represented by the color detail of the " "request, either appearing solid (*validated*) or striped (*to approve*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 msgid "" "The number of days or hours requested is written on the request (if there is" " enough space)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:710 msgid "" "At the bottom of the calendar, in the :guilabel:`Total` line, a bar graph " "shows how many people are projected to be out on any given day. The number " @@ -16751,7 +17257,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:778 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:714 msgid "" "Click on a time off entry to view the details for the specific time off " "entry. The total number of hours or days are listed, along with the start " @@ -16763,21 +17269,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview of the user's team, with time off requests shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:723 msgid "My time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:725 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`My Time` section of the *Time Off* application contains the " "time off dashboard, as well as the user's time off requests and allocations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:795 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:731 msgid "Dashboard" msgstr "Trang tổng quan" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:733 msgid "" "All users have access to the time off dashboard, which is the default view " "in the *Time Off* application. The dashboard can also be accessed at any " @@ -16785,38 +17291,38 @@ msgid "" "My Time --> Dashboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 msgid "" "The current year is displayed, and the current day is highlighted in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:739 msgid "" "To change the view, click on the :guilabel:`Year` button to reveal a drop-" "down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, or " ":guilabel:`Month` to present the calendar in that corresponding view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:743 msgid "" "To change the presented dates, click the :guilabel:`← (left arrow)` or " ":guilabel:`→ (right arrow)` icons to the left of the :guilabel:`Year` " "button. The calendar view adjusts in increments of the presented view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:811 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Year` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by " "one year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:813 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:749 msgid "" "To change the view at any point to a view that includes the current date, " "click the :guilabel:`Today` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:816 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:752 msgid "" "Above the calendar view is a summary of the user's time off balances. Every " "time off type that has been allocated appears in its own summary box. Each " @@ -16825,7 +17331,7 @@ msgid "" "applicable)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:757 msgid "" "To view the full details of a time off balance, click the :guilabel:`? " "(question mark)` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`(DAYS/HOURS) AVAILABLE` " @@ -16839,7 +17345,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A view of the complete time off balance details in the popover window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:767 msgid "" "A user is also able to see how much time off they will have accrued in the " "future. On the right side of the time off summary blocks, there is a " @@ -16847,7 +17353,7 @@ msgid "" "selector popover appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:771 msgid "" "The current date is the default date selected. Navigate to the desired date," " and Odoo displays the time off balances the user will have on that date. " @@ -16856,14 +17362,14 @@ msgid "" "of the date field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:840 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:776 msgid "" "On the right side of the calendar, the various time off types are displayed," " with their corresponding colors. The :guilabel:`Legend` explains how the " "various statuses for time off requests are presented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:780 msgid "" "Time off that has been validated appears in a solid color (in the color " "specified in the :guilabel:`Time Off Type` section above the " @@ -16872,19 +17378,19 @@ msgid "" "line through the dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:849 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:785 msgid "" -"New time off requests can be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :ref:`New Time Off" -" ` modal appears." +"New time off requests can be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. Click the " +":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :doc:`New Time Off" +" <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:852 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 msgid "" -"New allocation requests can also be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the dashboard to " -"request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation ` modal appears." +"New allocation requests can also be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard` to request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation " +"` modal appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 @@ -16893,56 +17399,56 @@ msgid "" "buttons highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:863 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:800 msgid "My time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:865 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:802 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`. Here, all time " "off requests, both past and present, appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:868 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:805 msgid "" "The list includes the following information for each request: the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Start Date`, " ":guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and the :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:872 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:809 msgid "" "A new time off request can be made from this view. Click the :guilabel:`New`" -" button to :ref:`request time off `." +" button to :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:878 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:815 msgid "My allocations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:817 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's allocations, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Allocations`. All " "allocations and requested allocations appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:820 msgid "" "The information presented on the :guilabel:`My Allocations` page includes: " "the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Amount`, " ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`, and :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:824 msgid "" "A new allocation request can be made from this view, as well. Click the " ":guilabel:`New` button to :ref:`request an allocation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:895 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:832 msgid "" "The reporting feature allows users to view time off for their team, either " "by employee or type of time off. This allows users to see which employees " @@ -16950,7 +17456,7 @@ msgid "" "types are being used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:899 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:836 msgid "" "Any report can be added to a spreadsheet through the *Insert in Spreadsheet*" " button that appears in the top-left of a report. If the *Documents* " @@ -16958,31 +17464,31 @@ msgid "" "appears. If not, the report can be added to a *Dashboard*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:841 msgid "By employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:843 msgid "" "To view a report of employee time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Employee`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:846 msgid "" "The default report presents the current year's data in a list view, " "displaying all the employees in alphabetical order. Each employee's line is " "collapsed by default. To expand a line, click anywhere on the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:913 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:850 msgid "" "The view expands, and has the time off requests organized by time off type. " "Click anywhere on a time off type line to expand it, and view all the " "individual time off requests that fall under that type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:916 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:853 msgid "" "The information shown in the list includes: the :guilabel:`Employee` name, " ":guilabel:`Number of Days` off requested, the :guilabel:`Start Date`, " @@ -16993,7 +17499,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Report of time off, shown by each employee in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:861 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " @@ -17005,8 +17511,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The various other views highlighted, for the employee time off report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:933 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:870 msgid "" "When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " "particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports and their" @@ -17014,18 +17519,18 @@ msgid "" "documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:875 msgid "By type" msgstr "By type" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:940 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:877 msgid "" "To view a list of all time off, organized by time off type, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Type`. This shows all time" " off requests in a default bar chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:943 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 msgid "" "Hover over a bar to view the :guilabel:`Duration (Days)` of that specific " "time off type." @@ -17037,13 +17542,13 @@ msgid "" "highlighted in a red box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 msgid "" "Click on a bar to go to a detailed list view of all the time off requests " "for that time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:952 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:889 msgid "" "Each request is listed, with the following information displayed: the " ":guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Request Type`, " @@ -17051,10 +17556,174 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " "way. The various options are a :guilabel:`Graph` (the default view), " ":guilabel:`List`, or :guilabel:`Pivot` table." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:897 +msgid "" +"When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " +"particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports, and " +"their various options, refer to the :doc:`reporting " +"<../essentials/reporting>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:902 +msgid ":doc:`time_off/request_time_off`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Request time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once time off has been allocated to an employee, a request to use it can be " +"submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Time off can be requested in one of two ways: either from the main *Time " +"Off* application :guilabel:`Dashboard` (:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My " +"Time --> Dashboard`), or from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` dashboard view " +"(:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " +"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " +"Off` dashboard, in the default list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " +"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" +" form appears in a pop-up window. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time" +" Off` list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " +"form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " +"the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " +"two fields to populate: the start and end dates. Click on either date field " +"and a popover calendar appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " +"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " +"applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If only requesting time off for a single day, click on the start date, then " +"click the same date again for the end date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the correct dates are selected, click the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" +" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, tick this " +"checkbox. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " +"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " +"day is being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " +"day, tick this checkbox. If selected, a :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` " +"field appears beneath this option. Using the drop-down menu, select the " +"start and end time for the time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " +":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " +"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " +"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " +"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " +"should include any details that managers and approvers may need to approve " +"the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachment of documents. " +"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the desired files that should be attached, select them, then " +"click The :guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off " +"request form. Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information, and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " +"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " +"be saved manually at any time by clicking the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " +"with the flu." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 037612e01..1333944d0 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Thi Huong Nguyen, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory & MRP" +msgid "Supply Chain" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 @@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:20 msgid "Location" msgstr "Vị trí" @@ -1485,14 +1485,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:16 @@ -1507,16 +1509,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:26 @@ -3730,6 +3739,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:182 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Thủ công" @@ -3806,12 +3817,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:214 msgid "" -"The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is four days," -" and the :ref:`purchase security lead time ` is one day." +"The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is " +"four days, and the :ref:`purchase security lead time " +"` is one day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:218 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` field of the reordering rule is set to " "zero, the product appears on the replenishment dashboard five days before " @@ -3824,34 +3835,34 @@ msgid "" "Feb 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:226 msgid "" "To see the product on the replenishment dashboard for the current date, " "February 20, set the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` to `7.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:229 msgid "" "To determine the amount of visibility days needed to see a product on the " "replenishment dashboard, subtract *today's date* from the *date the need " "appears* on the replenishment dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:232 msgid "Visibility~days = Need~appears~date - Today's~date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:237 msgid "" "Referring to the example above, today's date is February 20th, and the need " "for the product appears on February 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:240 msgid "(February 27 - February 20 = 7 days)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:242 msgid "" "Incorrectly setting the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` fewer than seven days in" " this case results in the need **not** appearing on the replenishment " @@ -3864,11 +3875,11 @@ msgid "" "days set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:252 msgid "Route" msgstr "Quy trình" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:254 msgid "" "Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected under the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it is possible" @@ -3876,7 +3887,7 @@ msgid "" "the functionality of both routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:258 msgid "" "Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering " "rule. This is the route that the rule defaults to, if multiple are selected." @@ -3884,20 +3895,20 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:262 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Route` column is hidden on the " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:264 msgid "" "Reveal the :guilabel:`Route` column by selecting the :guilabel:`(slider)` " "icon to the far-right of the column titles, and checking the " ":guilabel:`Route` option from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:267 msgid "" "Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule, and a drop-down " "menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the " @@ -3908,7 +3919,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:275 msgid "" "If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set " "for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the selected route " @@ -4577,7 +4588,7 @@ msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:100 msgid "Assign serial numbers" msgstr "" @@ -4597,7 +4608,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr "" @@ -4624,56 +4635,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:21 -msgid "when closing a manufacturing order" +msgid "" +":doc:`during a manufacturing order " +"<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product>` for a " +"product tracked by lot/serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:24 msgid "when making an inventory adjustment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:32 msgid "" "Display the Detailed Operations smart button and bulleted list icon on a " "receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:32 msgid "" "Display the **Detailed Operations** smart button and bulleted list icon on a" " receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:37 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers to products, activate the :guilabel:`Lots and " "Serial Numbers` feature in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " "--> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:40 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of an item's product form, set the " ":guilabel:`Tracking` field to :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:44 msgid "" ":ref:`Enable serial numbers `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:45 msgid "" ":ref:`Track products by serial numbers " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:49 msgid "" "Next, enable creating new serial numbers by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:52 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, select the desired operation " "type (e.g. :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, or " @@ -4686,11 +4700,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show \"Create New\" option is selected on the Receipts operation type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:64 msgid "Detailed Operations" msgstr "Hoạt động chi tiết" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:66 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned to products when entering stock for the first" " time, from the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` page on the receipt. " @@ -4698,7 +4712,7 @@ msgid "" "Operations --> Receipts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:71 msgid "" "Serial numbers can **not** be assigned to products on a request for " "quotation (RfQ) or purchase order (PO) — **only** on a receipt." @@ -4708,13 +4722,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the purchase order and the Receipt smart button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:78 msgid "" "Screenshot of a \"Purchase Order\" with the \"Receipt\" smart button at the " "top." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:80 msgid "" "To record an item's serial number before receiving the item, follow the " "steps in the next sections to assign serial numbers, but do **not** click " @@ -4722,13 +4736,13 @@ msgid "" "from the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:84 msgid "" "Assign a single serial number to a product by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` smart button on a receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:87 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, manually type in the " "serial number for a single product." @@ -4738,13 +4752,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a line on the Detailed Operations page to assign serial numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:94 msgid "" "When finished, click the receipt's breadcrumbs, and the assigned serial " "numbers are automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:102 msgid "" "To generate new serial numbers in a sequence, click the :guilabel:`+ (plus)`" " icon in the :ref:`product line `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:113 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` pop-up window. The " ":guilabel:`Number of SN` field is auto-filled based on the product quantity " @@ -4776,22 +4790,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show Assign Serial numbers pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:125 msgid "Stock move pop-up window" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:127 msgid "" "For various methods of assigning serial numbers in bulk, click the " ":guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the :ref:`product line " "` of a receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:132 msgid "Add a line" msgstr "Thêm một dòng" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:134 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window that appears, manually " "input the serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." @@ -4801,11 +4815,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a line on the Stock move pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:142 msgid "Generate Serials" msgstr "Tạo số sê-ri" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:144 msgid "" "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Generate " "Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." @@ -4815,7 +4829,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show generate serials button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:151 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Generate Serial numbers` pop-up window, where " "the first serial number is entered in the :guilabel:`First SN` field to " @@ -4823,36 +4837,36 @@ msgid "" "entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:155 msgid "" "For more details on how to fill in this pop-up window, :ref:`refer to this " "section `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:159 msgid "Import Serials" msgstr "Nhập sê-ri" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:161 msgid "" "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Import " "Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:165 msgid "" "If the button is not visible, ensure the :guilabel:`Create New` option is " "selected in the :ref:`receipt's configuration page " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:168 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window. Enter each serial " "number on a separate line in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:172 msgid "" "Copy/paste serial numbers from an existing excel spreadsheet and add them to" " the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." @@ -4862,7 +4876,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show excel sheet to copy serial numbers from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:179 msgid "" "Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to add serial numbers to " "the list of products, and serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " @@ -4871,25 +4885,26 @@ msgid "" "option unchecked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:146 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Generate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:187 msgid "" "For a receipt with a :guilabel:`Demand` of `3.00` products, one product has " "already been assigned a serial number in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` " "pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:190 msgid "" "So, in the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window, two serial numbers, `124` " "and `125` are assigned to the remaining products by entering the following " "in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` input field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:199 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option is selected to add these two " "serial numbers **in addition** to the serial number, `123`, that has already" @@ -4931,7 +4946,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "" @@ -5003,6 +5018,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:343 msgid "Traceability" msgstr "Truy xuất nguồn gốc" @@ -5458,6 +5474,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:189 msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" msgstr "" @@ -5489,17 +5506,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 msgid "Expiration alerts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 msgid "" "To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:251 msgid "" "Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " "Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " @@ -5507,14 +5524,14 @@ msgid "" "related to the products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:255 msgid "" "To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " "form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " "earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:259 msgid "" "After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " "Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " @@ -5522,14 +5539,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:263 msgid "" "To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " "are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" " :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:267 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." msgstr "" @@ -5539,486 +5556,593 @@ msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" +msgid "Lot numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:10 msgid "" -"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" -" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " -"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" -" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." +"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. They " +"typically represent a specific batch of products that were received, stored," +" shipped, or manufactured in-house." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:13 msgid "" -"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " -"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " -"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " -"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " -"lifecycles." +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products sharing common " +"properties, facilitating end-to-end traceability through their lifecycles." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:16 msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " -"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " -"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " -"expiration dates." +"Lots are useful for managing large quantities of manufactured or received " +"products, aiding in tracing items back to their group, particularly for " +"product recalls or :doc:`expiration dates `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:26 msgid "" -"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " -"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " -"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " -"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " -":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +"To track products using lots, enable the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature. Go" +" to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and tick the checkbox " +"next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 -msgid "Track products by lots" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`Tracking expiration dates `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:33 msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " -"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " -"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " -"and choose a product." +":ref:`Print GS1 barcodes for lots and serial numbers " +"`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:42 +msgid "Track by lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:44 msgid "" -"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " -"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " -":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " -"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, configure " +"individual products to be tracked using lots. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and choose a " +"product to configure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:48 msgid "" +"On the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, select the :guilabel:`By Lots` option in " +"the :guilabel:`Tracking` field. Now, new or existing lot numbers can be " +"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`expiration_dates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 +msgid "" "If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " -"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" -" lot numbers to the existing stock." +"serial numbers, a warning message appears. Use an :doc:`inventory adjustment" +" ` to assign lot numbers to existing products in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 -msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:65 +msgid "Assign lots for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:67 msgid "" -"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " -"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" -" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " -"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " -"automatically." +"Assign new lot numbers to :ref:`incoming goods " +"` on the receipt form. When " +"shipping :ref:`outgoing goods `, select products with specific lot numbers on the delivery order " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:75 +msgid "On receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Assigning new or existing lot numbers to incoming goods can be done directly" +" on receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To begin, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app to `create and confirm " +"`_ a |PO| for products tracked " +"by lot numbers. Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button that " +"appears at the top of the page to navigate to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to an existing receipt by going to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, clicking the :guilabel:`Receipts` Kanban " +"card, and choosing the desired receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number triggers an " +"error, indicating that a lot number **must** be assigned before validating " +"the receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:96 +msgid "" +"On the receipt form, on the product line in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, " +"select the |list| icon to the right of the product that is tracked by lot " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the bulleted list icon on the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, where the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` and :guilabel:`Quantity` are assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 +msgid "The two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **importing**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:109 +msgid "Manual assignment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"To manually assign lot numbers, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Input the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, :guilabel:`Store To` location for the lot, " +":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Destination Package`, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To assign multiple lot numbers, or store to multiple locations, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and type a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` for " +"additional quantities. Repeat until the total in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"column matches the :guilabel:`Demand` at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:125 +msgid "Import lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:127 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, click :guilabel:`Import " +"Serials/Lots`, then paste the bulk lot numbers, in the " +":guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on *Google* spreadsheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 +msgid "Lot numbers copied to the lot number line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Lot numbers pasted to the \"Lots/Serial numbers\" field, in the **Import " +"Lots** pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to generate *additional* " +"lot numbers in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window. To replace " +"the lot numbers in the list, leave the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option" +" unticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` on the receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:200 +msgid "" +":ref:`Traceability report for lot numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:157 +msgid "On delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Odoo makes it possible to specify which lot numbers for a product are chosen" +" for outgoing shipment on a delivery order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To begin, create or select an existing quotation from the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app. After confirming the |SO|, the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button becomes available. Click the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt form for " +"that specific |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to delivery orders by going to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`" +" kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button opens the the delivery order " +"form, where lot numbers are picked for delivery. In the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab, click the |list| icon to the right of the " +"product that is tracked by lot numbers. Clicking that icon reveals a " +":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, the chosen lot number and its storage location is " +"displayed in the :guilabel:`Pick From` column, with the with the full " +":guilabel:`Quantity` taken from that specific lot (if there is enough stock " +"in that particular lot)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:179 +msgid "" +"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " +":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:183 +msgid "" +"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " +"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It also " +"depends on the ordered quantity, and whether the lot's on-hand quantity is " +"enough to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Repeat the above steps to select enough lots to fulfill the " +":guilabel:`Demand`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. " +"Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button on the |DO| to deliver the " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Popup for source lot number on sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:203 +msgid "Lot management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Manage and view existing lot numbers for products in the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` dashboard by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:208 +msgid "" +"By default, lot numbers are grouped by product, and selecting the drop-down " +"menu for each product displays the existing lot numbers. Select a lot number" +" to :ref:`modify or add details ` " +"linked to the lot. Lot numbers can also be :ref:`created " +"` from this page, by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 +msgid "Show the \"Lot/Serial Number\" dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Display lot numbers, grouped by products, on the **Lot/Serial Number** " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 +msgid "Modify lot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Clicking a lot from the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` dashboard reveals a " +"separate page where additional information can be provided about the lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to follow " +"the most recent number. However, it can be edited, by clicking the line " +"under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and changing the generated " +"number to any desired one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:233 +msgid "On the lot number form, the following fields can be modified:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:235 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: change the lot number linked to the " +":guilabel:`Product`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:236 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internal Reference`: records an alternative lot/serial number " +"used within the warehouse that differs from the one used by the supplier " +"manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company where the lot number is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:239 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: add extra details about the lot or serial number in" +" this text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:242 +msgid "" +"On existing lots, the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"fields **cannot** be modified, as the lot numbers are linked with existing " +"stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the lot number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:250 +msgid ":doc:`Set expiration dates for lots `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:253 +msgid "Add property" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:255 +msgid "" +"To add custom fields to lots for enhanced traceability, there are two " +"methods of adding properties on a lot number form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon at the top-left of the page," +" then select :icon:`fa-cogs` :guilabel:`Add Properties` from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a Property` button, located below " +"the existing fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Name and :doc:`configure the new field " +"<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`. Once finished, enter the " +"property value in the new field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The new property, `Wood type`, is added. The value is recorded as `Cherry " +"wood`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Show the \"Add Properties\" button on a lot number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:273 +msgid "" +":doc:`Configuring custom properties " +"<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 +msgid "Reserve lot number for a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:280 +msgid "" +"To create a lot number for a product, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lot/Serial Numbers`, and " +"click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Creating a lot number reserves it for a product but **does not** assign it. " +"To assign lot numbers, refer to the section on :ref:`assigning lot numbers " +"on receipts `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:289 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " "follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " -"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " -"and changing the generated number." +"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field " +"on the lot form, and changing the generated number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:293 msgid "" "Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " "field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " "menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:72 -msgid "" -"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " -"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " -"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " -"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" -"website environment)." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:298 +msgid "The lot number, `000001`, is created for the product, `Drawer Black`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 -msgid "" -"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " -"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:83 -msgid "" -"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " -"button to save all changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:304 msgid "" "After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " -"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" -" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " -"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." +"product, the lot number is saved as an existing lot number linked to the " +"product, and can be selected when :ref:`assigning lot numbers to products on" +" a receipt `, or when making an " +"inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:310 msgid "" -"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " -"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " -"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" -" assigned to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:95 -msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " -"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " -"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " -"order form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:104 -msgid "Manage lots on receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " -"purchase order (PO)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:108 -msgid "" -"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " -"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 -msgid "" -"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " -"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " -"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " -"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " -"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " -"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " -":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " -"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " -"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" -"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " -":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " -"number being assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:133 -msgid "" -"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " -":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " -"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " -"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:137 -msgid "" -"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " -"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " -"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 -msgid "" -"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" -" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " -"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " -"quantity." +"After creating the lot number, `000001` appears as an option for `Drawer " +"Black` when assigning lot numbers on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` " +"page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 -msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgid "Show how to assign lot numbers on the Inventory Adjustment page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " -":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " -"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " -"the :guilabel:`Demand`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:155 -msgid "" -"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " -"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " -"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" -" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" -" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " -":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " -"entered in each of the lot number lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 -msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:168 -msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." -" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " -":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " -"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" -" assigned, and more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:174 -msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " -"sales order (SO)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " -"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:181 -msgid "" -"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" -" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " -"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:185 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" -" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " -":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:201 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " -"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 -msgid "" -"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " -"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " -":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " -"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:198 -msgid "" -"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " -"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" -" there is enough stock in that particular lot)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:202 -msgid "" -"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " -":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " -"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " -"total quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:207 -msgid "" -"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " -"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " -"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " -"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " -"lot to fulfill the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:213 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:215 -msgid "" -"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " -"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" -" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 -msgid "" -"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " -"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " -":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " -"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " -"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:228 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" -" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " -"the same lot number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:318 msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:320 msgid "" -"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " -"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " -"be used." +"By default, new lots can only be created when receiving products, and " +"existing lot numbers cannot be used. For sales orders, only existing lot " +"numbers can be utilized, and new ones cannot be created on the delivery " +"order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:237 -msgid "" -"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" -" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:324 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " "type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " -"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +"Operations Types`, and select the desired operation type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:328 msgid "" -"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " -"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " -"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" -" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " -":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" -" to save the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:249 -msgid "" -"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " -"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " -"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " -"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." +"On the operation type form, under the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"section, tick the :guilabel:`Create New` checkbox to enable new lot numbers " +"to be created during this operation type. Choose :guilabel:`Use Existing " +"ones` if only existing lot numbers can be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:337 msgid "" "For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " "useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" " warehouse receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:345 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " -"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " -"stored, and who (and when) it went to." +"entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from, when it arrived, where it" +" was stored, who it went to (and when)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:348 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:352 msgid "" "From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " "assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:355 msgid "" -"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " -"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " -":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " -"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." +"To group by lots, begin by removing any filters in the :guilabel:`Search...`" +" bar. Then, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(caret down)` icon to" +" open a drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` options," +" and :guilabel:`Favorites`. Under the :guilabel:`Group By` section, click " +"the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` option, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"Number` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:361 msgid "" -"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " -"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." +"Doing so reorganizes all the records on the page to display all existing " +"lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded to show all quantities of " +"products with that assigned number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:369 +msgid "Traceability report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To view a full stock moves report for a lot number, select the lot number " +"line from the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Number` dashboard. On the lot number " +"form, click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the Traceability Report for a lot, that displays the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:380 msgid ":doc:`differences`" msgstr "" @@ -6537,6 +6661,144 @@ msgid "" " packaging to the internal count of the product." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:3 +msgid "Reassign lot/serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Changing a product's tracking settings to use lots or serial numbers, " +"*after* storing products in Odoo without them, can lead to inconsistent " +"records. Follow this documentation to learn how to use an inventory " +"adjustment to assign lot or serial numbers to products that were not " +"originally assigned lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Warning message: products in stock have no lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This document outlines the process of using two inventory adjustments: one " +"to remove incorrect records *without* lot numbers, and another to save the " +"quantities *with* the lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`Set up and use lot numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Set up serial numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Use serial numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:24 +msgid "Change on-hand quantity to zero" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To change the product's settings to track by lots or serial numbers, begin " +"by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and select the intended product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, click the product's :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button to open the " +":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. In the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"column, change the value to zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If the product is stored in multiple locations, make sure the **total** on " +"hand quantity at **all** locations is zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Show the Inventory Adjustments model, highlighting the \"On Hand Quantity\" " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:41 +msgid "Change traceability setting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Return to the product form (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Products`), and switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, change the :guilabel:`Tracking` option " +"from :guilabel:`No Tracking` to :guilabel:`By Lots` or :guilabel:`By Unique " +"Serial Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 +msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:56 +msgid "Restore on-hand quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:58 +msgid "" +"After manually changing the on-hand quantity to zero and changing the " +":guilabel:`Tracking` setting to lots or serial numbers, restore the " +"quantities by clicking the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button from the desired" +" product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:62 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Update Quantity` page, because the on-hand quantity had " +"been previously changed to zero, a :guilabel:`No Stock On Hand` warning " +"appears on the page. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" +"left corner. Doing so reveals a new, modifiable line on the " +":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. Then, input a desired lot number in the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` to its original value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Fill in the \"Lot/Serial Number\" and \"On Hand Quantity\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To find the original quantity, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"accordingly, after assigning a new lot or serial number, click the " +":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon in the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` column. Then, click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` " +"button on the far-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Show the \"History\" button on the Inventory Adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The inventory adjustment that changed the on-hand quantity to zero is " +"displayed in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:0 +msgid "Show the history entry." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "" @@ -6666,6 +6928,12 @@ msgid "" "in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "" @@ -6850,6 +7118,12 @@ msgid "" "tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:197 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" @@ -6858,6 +7132,20 @@ msgid "" " appears." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " +"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:208 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " @@ -7212,6 +7500,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:80 msgid "Create purchase order" msgstr "" @@ -7483,12 +7773,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:160 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:161 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" msgstr "" @@ -7690,7 +7980,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:124 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" @@ -7871,8 +8161,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "Create a sales order" msgstr "" @@ -7934,7 +8222,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Print shipping labels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:8 msgid "" "Integrate Odoo with :doc:`third-party shipping carriers " "<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>` to automatically generate " @@ -7942,7 +8230,7 @@ msgid "" "numbers, and barcodes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:15 msgid "" "To generate labels for a third-party shipping carrier, first :doc:`install " "the third-party shipping connector " @@ -7959,36 +8247,83 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set the \"Get Rate and Create Shipment\" option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:33 +msgid "Labels for multi-step" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"For companies using :doc:`two " +"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or :doc:`three step " +"delivery <../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, labels can be " +"triggered to print after validating the picking or packing operation. To do " +"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations " +"Types`, and choose the desired operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Operation Type` configuration page, tick the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` checkbox. Enabling this feature ensures that the " +"third-party shipping label is printed upon validating this operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:45 +msgid "" +"For :doc:`two-step delivery " +"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, where products are " +"placed directly in packages during picking, companies can print shipping " +"labels during picking instead of delivery. Odoo allows users to enable the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` feature on the `Pick` operation itself to achieve " +"this flexibility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:0 +msgid "Enable the \"Print Label\" feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:55 msgid "Print tracking labels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:57 msgid "" -"Tracking labels are generated after the delivery order (DO) is validated." +"Tracking labels are printed when specific operations are validated. By " +"default, validating a delivery order (DO) generates a tracking label in the " +"chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:61 msgid "" -"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin on the " -":menuselection:`Sales app`, and proceed to the desired quotation to " -":ref:`add the shipping cost `, confirm the sales order, and validate the |DO|." +"For companies using two or three step delivery, refer to the :ref:`printing " +"labels for multi-step delivery ` section to learn how to print the label after validating a picking " +"or packing operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin in the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and proceed to the desired quotation or sales " +"order (SO). There, and :ref:`add the shipping cost " +"` to the order. Then, " +"navigate to the linked |DO| — or another operation type when using multi-" +"step delivery — to validate the operation and print the label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:71 msgid "" "If only the *Inventory* app is installed, create :abbr:`DOs (Delivery " -"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app , :ref:`add the " +"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, :ref:`add the " "third-party carrier ` in " "the :guilabel:`Carrier` field, and validate the |DO|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:79 msgid "Add shipping on quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:81 msgid "" "To generate a tracking label for an order, begin by creating a quotation in " ":menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`, clicking " @@ -8000,15 +8335,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the \"Add Shipping\" button on the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:89 msgid "" "In the resulting pop-up window, select the intended carrier from the " -":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. Clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` " -"displays the shipping cost for the customer, via the third-party carrier in " -"the :guilabel:`Cost` field." +":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Total Order " +"Weight` field is automatically populated, based on the :ref:`weight of " +"products in the order `. " +"Modify this field to overwrite the predicted weight, and use this weight to " +"estimate the cost of shipping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Get Rate` to display the shipping cost for the " +"customer, via the third-party carrier in the :guilabel:`Cost` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 msgid "" "If clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` results in an error, ensure the " ":ref:`warehouse's address ` are properly configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:102 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the cost to the quotation, which is listed as " "the :ref:`configured delivery product " @@ -8029,49 +8372,49 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show \"Get rate\" pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:112 msgid "" -"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, the shipping carrier is" -" specified in a delivery order's :guilabel:`Carrier` field of the " -":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." +"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, specify the " +":guilabel:`Carrier` by going to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, " +"navigating to the |DO|, and going to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:0 msgid "Show the \"Additional Info\" tab of a delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:123 msgid "Validate delivery order" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:125 msgid "" "On a delivery order form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab to" " ensure the third-party shipping carrier has been added to the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:129 msgid "" "If the *Sales* app is not installed, the third-party carrier is set in the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:132 msgid "" "After the items in the order have been packed, click :guilabel:`Validate` to" " get the shipping carrier's tracking number, and generate the shipping " "label." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:136 msgid "" "Create or select an existing delivery order by going to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and selecting the :guilabel:`Delivery " "Orders` card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:139 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` number is generated in the " ":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab of the delivery order. Click the " @@ -8079,7 +8422,7 @@ msgid "" "shipping carrier's website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:143 msgid "The tracking label is found in PDF format in the chatter." msgstr "" @@ -8087,14 +8430,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show generated shipping label in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:150 msgid "" "For multi-package shipping, one label is generated per package. Each label " "appears in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:157 msgid "Sample label generated from Odoo's shipping connector with FedEx." msgstr "" @@ -8281,11 +8624,282 @@ msgid "" "create the first backorder." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:3 +msgid "Printable delivery PDFs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automatically print delivery-related PDFs documents and labels in Odoo, " +"containing package recipient details, contents, or handling instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The following PDFs can be configured to print upon validating an *Inventory*" +" operation (e.g. receipt, picking, delivery orders, quality checks):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:11 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery slip `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`Return slip `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:13 +msgid "" +":ref:`Product labels of items in the order " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:14 +msgid "" +":ref:`Lot and serial number labels `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:15 +msgid "Carrier labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:16 +msgid "Export documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:17 +msgid "Package Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:18 +msgid "Package label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To automatically print these forms, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`, and select the desired " +"operation type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick each of the desired options available " +"in the :guilabel:`Print on Validation` section to download the PDF of those " +"selected documents automatically after validating the :guilabel:`Operation " +"Type`. For details on what each of the checkbox options do, jump to the " +"related section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Print on Validation* option in the \"Pick\" *Operation Type*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:36 +msgid "Delivery slip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A *delivery slip* contains recipient and package details, usually placed " +"inside (or attached to) the package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:42 +msgid ":ref:`Picking list `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`Tracking label `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:45 +msgid "" +"After :ref:`enabling the Delivery Slip setting " +"` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " +"configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " +"operation type downloads a PDF of the delivery slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The delivery slip shows products, quantities, the delivery order reference " +"number, and the total order weight." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Example delivery slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:58 +msgid "Return slip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Print a *return slip* to include in a delivery for customer return packages." +" It identifies the return, links to the sales order, and includes item " +"details and customer information. It can also include specific return " +"instructions for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:64 +msgid "" +"After :ref:`enabling the Return Slip setting " +"` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " +"configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " +"operation type downloads a PDF of the return slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The return slip displays the company's return address, along with barcodes " +"for both the order and the return operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Example return slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:77 +msgid "Product labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Print *product labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " +"information, such as product name, barcode, and price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"After navigating to the intended operation type (:menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`), in the :guilabel:`Hardware` " +"tab, tick the :guilabel:`Product Labels` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Print label as:` drop-down menu visible, where" +" each product label can be printed as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`2 x 7 with price`: PDF displays product name, barcode, and price," +" fitting two rows and seven columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 2 x 7 with price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 7 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price, " +"fitting four rows and seven columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 4 x 7 with price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12`: displays product name and barcode. Fits four rows and " +"twelve columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 4 x 12." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price. " +"Fits four rows and twelve columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels`: prints labels in the Zebra Programming Language " +"(ZPL) containing the product name and barcode. Readable for Zebra printers " +"to automatically print labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels with price`: prints labels in the :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " +"Programming Language)` containing the product name, barcode, and price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Product labels can be manually printed from any delivery order, by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Print Labels` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:128 +msgid "Lot/SN Labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Print *lot/SN labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " +"information, such as product name, lot or serial number, and the barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To automatically print this PDF, navigate to the intended operation type's " +"options page (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations" +" Types`). Then, in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick the :guilabel:`Lot/SN " +"Labels` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per lot/SN`: PDF with labels for unique lot/serial " +"numbers in the order, including product name, lot/serial number, and " +"barcode. Fits four rows and twelve columns per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:150 +msgid "Labels for an order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per unit`: PDF with labels matching the quantity of " +"items, displaying the product name, lot/serial number, and barcode. Fits " +"four rows and twelve columns per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per lot/SN`: prints labels in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " +"Programming Language)`, containing the product name, lot/serial number, and " +"barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per unit`: prints labels with the quantity of " +"items in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming Language)`, containing the product " +"name, lot/serial number, and barcode." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "Scheduled delivery dates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 msgid "" "Accurately forecasting delivery dates is vital for fulfilling customer " "expectations. In Odoo, the *Inventory* app allows for comprehensive lead " @@ -8293,11 +8907,11 @@ msgid "" "orders, deliveries, and receptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:15 msgid "Lead time types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:17 msgid "" "Different lead times for different operations can impact various stages of " "the order fulfillment process. Here's a summary of the types of lead times " @@ -8308,66 +8922,85 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show graphic of all lead times working together." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "" -":ref:`Customer lead time `: The default " -"time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is the " -"number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the date " -"the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as *delivery" -" lead time*." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:24 msgid "" -":ref:`Sales security lead time `: " -"moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of days. " -"This serves as a buffer to allow the team ample time to prepare the outgoing" -" shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " -"process." +":ref:`Customer lead time `: " +"default time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is" +" the number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the " +"date the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as " +"*delivery lead time*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:29 msgid "" -":ref:`Purchase lead time `: the number of " -"days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " +":ref:`Sales security lead time `: moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of " +"days. This serves as a buffer to allow ample time to prepare the outgoing " +"shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 +msgid "" +":ref:`Purchase lead time `: number" +" of days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " "products. It provides insight on the time it takes for products to arrive at" " the warehouse, facilitating effective scheduling and planning of supplier " "deliveries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:39 msgid "" -":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` by a " -"specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders earlier " -"mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products that are" -" set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment report* " -"earlier, according to the specified number of days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:40 -msgid "" -":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: the number " -"of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date of " -"confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in Odoo), " -"and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished good." +":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " +"by a specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders " +"earlier mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products " +"that are set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment " +"report* earlier, according to the specified number of days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:45 msgid "" -":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " -"forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with " -":ref:`replenish to order `, the " +":ref:`Days to Purchase `: " +"days needed for the vendor to receive a request for quotation (RFQ) and " +"confirm it. It advances the deadline to schedule a |RFQ| by a specified " +"number of days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:49 +msgid "" +":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: " +"number of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date " +"of confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in " +"Odoo), and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished" +" good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:54 +msgid "" +":ref:`Days to prepare manufacturing order " +"`: number of days " +"needed to replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the " +"product. Either set one directly on the bill of materials (BoM), or click " +"*Compute* to sum up purchase and manufacturing lead times of components in " +"the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:60 +msgid "" +":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing " +"Order)` forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with" +" :ref:`replenish to order `, the " "security lead time makes the need appear earlier on the replenishment " "report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:69 msgid "Sales lead times" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 msgid "" "Customer lead times and sales security lead times can be configured to " "automatically compute an *expected delivery date* on a :abbr:`SO (Sales " @@ -8375,14 +9008,14 @@ msgid "" "setting for shipments from the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:75 msgid "" "Odoo issues a warning message if the set delivery date is earlier than the " "expected date, as it may not be feasible to fulfill the order by that time, " "which would impact other warehouse operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:79 msgid "" "A :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` containing a `Coconut-scented candle` is " "confirmed on July 11th. The product has a customer lead time of 14 days, and" @@ -8395,17 +9028,17 @@ msgid "" "Set *Delivery Date* in a sales order. Enables delivery lead times feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:87 msgid "" "The following sections demonstrate how to automatically compute expected " "delivery dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:90 msgid "Customer lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:92 msgid "" "Set the customer lead time on each product form, by navigating to the " "products page. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> " @@ -8415,7 +9048,7 @@ msgid "" "order from start to finish." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 msgid "" "Set a 14-day customer lead time for the `Coconut-scented candle` by " "navigating to its product form. Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, type" @@ -8426,31 +9059,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set *Customer Lead Time* on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:109 msgid "Sales security lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:111 msgid "" "*Sales security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:114 msgid "" "On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " "heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales`, and " "click the checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. This security lead time is " "a buffer notifying the team to prepare for outgoing shipments earlier than " "the scheduled date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales` to `1.00` day, pushes " "the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of a delivery order (DO) forward by one day. " @@ -8465,11 +9098,11 @@ msgid "" "settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:131 msgid "Deliver several products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:133 msgid "" "For orders that include multiple products with different lead times, the " "lead times can be configured directly from the quotation itself. On a " @@ -8477,7 +9110,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Policy` to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`As soon as possible` to deliver products as soon as they are " "ready. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " @@ -8485,7 +9118,7 @@ msgid "" "products in the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`When all products are ready` to wait to fulfill the entire order " "at once. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " @@ -8497,14 +9130,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show *Shipping Policy* field in the *Other Info* tab of a quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:150 msgid "" "In a quotation containing 2 products, `Yoga mat` and `Resistance band,` the " "products have a lead time of 8 days and 5 days, respectively. Today's date " "is April 2nd." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:153 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Shipping Policy` is set to :guilabel:`As soon as " "possible`, the scheduled delivery date is 5 days from today: April 7th. On " @@ -8512,17 +9145,17 @@ msgid "" " the scheduled date to be 8 days from today: April 10th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:160 msgid "Purchase lead times" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 msgid "" "Automatically determining the dates on which to place orders from suppliers " "can help simplify the procurement process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 msgid "" "Odoo calculates the supplier shipment *receipt date*, and :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` deadline, based on the required date the product is needed" @@ -8531,7 +9164,7 @@ msgid "" "determine the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` deadline." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 msgid "" "This deadline is the date by which the order should be confirmed, in order " "to ensure timely arrival by the expected receipt date." @@ -8542,24 +9175,24 @@ msgid "" "Visualization of PO deadline and receipt date used with vendor lead times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:178 msgid "" ":ref:`PO scheduling with reordering rules " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:181 msgid "Vendor lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:183 msgid "" "To set a vendor lead time for orders arriving in the warehouse from a vendor" " location, begin by navigating to a product form through " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:186 msgid "" "Next, select the desired product, and switch to the :guilabel:`Purchase` " "tab. In the editable vendor pricelist, click the :guilabel:`Add a line` " @@ -8568,14 +9201,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:192 msgid "" "Multiple vendors and lead times can be added to the vendor pricelist. The " "default vendor and lead time selected will be the entry at the top of the " "list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:196 msgid "" "On the vendor pricelist of the product form, the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " "Time` for the selected vendor is set to `10 days.`" @@ -8585,7 +9218,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add delivery lead times to vendor pricelist on a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:203 msgid "" "By setting the vendor lead time, the expected arrival date of the item is " "automatically determined as the date of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " @@ -8594,7 +9227,7 @@ msgid "" "expected timeframe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 msgid "" "On a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` confirmed on July 11th, for a product " "configured with a 10-day vendor lead time, Odoo automatically sets the " @@ -8613,34 +9246,33 @@ msgid "" "Show expected *Scheduled Date* of arrival of the product from the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:225 msgid "Purchase security lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:227 msgid "" "*Purchase security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:230 msgid "" -"On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " -"heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`, and" -" click the checkbox to enable the feature." +"On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " +"heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in supplier " -"deliveries." +"deliveries. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:237 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase` to `2.00` days, " -"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by one day. In that " +"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by two days. In that " "case, if a product is initially scheduled to arrive on April 6th, with a " "two-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the receipt would be " "April 8th." @@ -8652,18 +9284,35 @@ msgid "" "Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 +msgid "Days to purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To set up the *days to purchase* lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Advanced " +"Scheduling` section, in the :guilabel:`Days to Purchase` field, specify the " +"number of days required for the vendor to confirm a |RFQ| after receiving it" +" from the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Show \"Days to Purchase\" configuration in the Settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 msgid "Manufacturing lead times" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:265 msgid "" "Lead times can help simplify the procurement process for consumable " "materials and components used in manufactured products with bills of " -"materials." +"materials (BoMs)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:268 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the deadline to " "begin the manufacturing process to complete the product by the scheduled " @@ -8677,43 +9326,54 @@ msgid "" "times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 msgid "Manufacturing lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:279 msgid "" -"Configure the manufacturing lead time directly on the product form, by " -"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products`, " -"and select the desired product." +"Manufacturing lead times for products are configured from a product's bill " +"of materials (BoM) form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:281 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product, specify the calendar days " -"needed to the manufacture the product in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead " -"Time` field." +"To add a lead time to a |BoM|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" +" --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM| to edit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:284 msgid "" -"Specify a 14-day :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead Time` for a product directly " -"in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product." +"On the |BoM| form, click the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. Change the value" +" (in days) in the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field to specify the calendar" +" days needed to manufacture the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 -msgid "" -"View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Manuf. Lead Time value specified on a product's Bill of Material form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:292 +msgid "" +"If the selected |BoM| is a multi-level |BoM|, the manufacturing lead times " +"of the components are added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 +msgid "" +"If the |BoM| product is subcontracted, the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` can " +"be used to determine the date at which components should be sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:298 msgid "" "Establish a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, based on the " "*expected delivery date*, indicated in the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field " "of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:301 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field on the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`, is" @@ -8721,31 +9381,32 @@ msgid "" "lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:305 msgid "" "This ensures the manufacturing process begins on time, in order to meet the " "delivery date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:307 msgid "" -"However, it's important to note that lead times are based on calendar days. " -"Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center capacity*" -" (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work center " -"simultaneously`)." +"However, it is important to note that lead times are based on calendar days." +" Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center " +"capacity* (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work " +"center simultaneously`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 -msgid ":ref:`Manufacturing planning `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 msgid "" -":ref:`Configure automatic MO scheduling with reordering rules " -"`" +":doc:`Manufacturing planning <../../../manufacturing/workflows/use_mps>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:313 +msgid "" +":doc:`Schedule MOs with reordering rules " +"<../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 msgid "" "A product's scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " "August 15th. The product requires 14 days to manufacture. So, the latest " @@ -8753,23 +9414,63 @@ msgid "" "date is August 1st." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:324 +msgid "Days to prepare manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Configure the days required to gather components to manufacture a product by" +" going to its |BoM|. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" +" Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:330 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab of the |BoM|, specify the calendar days" +" needed to obtain components of the product in the :guilabel:`Days to " +"prepare Manufacturing Order` field. Doing so creates |MOs| in advance, and " +"ensures there is enough time to either replenish components, or manufacture " +"semi-finished products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Compute`, located next to the :guilabel:`Days to prepare" +" Manufacturing Order` field, calculates the longest lead time among all the " +"components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:339 +msgid "" +"*Purchase security lead times* that impact this specific |BoM| are also " +"added to this value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:343 +msgid "" +"A |BoM| has two components, one has a manufacturing lead time of two days, " +"and the other has a purchase lead time of four days. The :guilabel:`Days to " +"prepare Manufacturing Order` is four days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:350 msgid "Manufacturing security lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:352 msgid "" "*Manufacturing security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the" -" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead " -"Time`, and click the checkbox to enable the feature." +" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security " +"Lead Time`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:356 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in the " -"manufacturing process." +"manufacturing process. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 @@ -8778,7 +9479,7 @@ msgid "" "settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:364 msgid "" "A product has a scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " "set for August 15th. The manufacturing lead time is 7 days, and " @@ -8788,37 +9489,37 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is August 5th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:371 msgid "Global example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:373 msgid "" "See the following example to understand how all the lead times work together" " to ensure timely order fulfillment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:376 msgid "**Sales security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:377 msgid "**Manufacturing security lead time**: 2 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:378 msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**: 3 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:379 msgid "**Purchase security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:380 msgid "**Vendor lead time**: 4 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:382 msgid "" "The customer places an order for a manufactured product on September 1st, " "and the scheduled delivery date from the warehouse is on September 20th. " @@ -8833,24 +9534,24 @@ msgid "" "operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:390 msgid "**September 1st**: Sales order created, confirmed by salesperson." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:392 msgid "" "**September 9th**: Deadline to order components to ensure they arrive in " "time when manufacturing begins (4-day supplier lead time)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:395 msgid "" "**September 13th**: Scheduled date of receipt for components. Initially, it " "was set to 9/14, but the 1-day purchase security lead time pushed the date " "earlier by 1 day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:398 msgid "" "**September 14th**: Deadline to begin manufacturing. Calculated by " "subtracting the manufacturing lead time of 3 days, and the manufacturing " @@ -8858,7 +9559,7 @@ msgid "" "19th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:402 msgid "" "**September 19th**: :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the delivery order form " "indicates the updated expected delivery date, which was originally set as " @@ -8866,7 +9567,7 @@ msgid "" "a day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:406 msgid "" "Odoo's replenishment planning maps a business' order fulfillment process, " "setting pre-determined deadlines and raw material order dates, including " @@ -8907,7 +9608,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings." msgstr "" @@ -9074,475 +9774,536 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in one step" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:11 msgid "" -"By default, incoming shipments are configured to be received directly into " -"stock, and outgoing shipments are configured to be delivered directly from " -"stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one " -"step receipts and deliveries." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " +"process in one step, by default. This means purchases will be received " +"directly into stock, and deliveries will be moved directly from stock to " +"customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:30 msgid "" -"Incoming and outgoing shipments do not need to be configured with the same " -"steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in " -"three steps." +"Incoming and outgoing shipments do **not** need to be configured with the " +"same amount of steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18 msgid "" -"In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and " -"deliveries." +"For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " +"received directly in one step, and delivered in three steps (pick + pack + " +"ship)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20 -msgid "Configure the warehouse" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To configure one-step receipts and deliveries for a warehouse, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and select " +"a warehouse to edit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:27 msgid "" -"If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they" -" can easily be set back to the one step setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`, and click on the desired warehouse to edit. Next, on the " -":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, under the :guilabel:`Shipments` " -"section, select :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)` for " -":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " -"step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)`, and set " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " +"step)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one " -"step." +msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to one-step on warehouse form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Since one-step receipt and delivery is the default for incoming and outgoing" +" shipments in Odoo, the *Multi-Step Routes* feature is *not* required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 +msgid "" +"However, for the :guilabel:`Shipments` settings to appear on a warehouse " +"form, the feature **must** be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick " +"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Doing so also activates the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` " +"feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:50 msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "Nhận hàng trực tiếp (1 bước)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "Create a purchase order" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When products are received in one step, they will move from the vendor " +"location to warehouse stock in the database immediately upon validation of a" +" purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:81 msgid "" -"On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making" -" a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, select (or create) a " -":guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` " -"to finalize the quote as a new purchase order." +"To create a |PO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank :guilabel:`Request for Quotation` (RfQ) " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:61 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " -"the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " -"receipt for the purchase order." +"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Supplier` field. Then, fill out the various " +"fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order." +msgid "Filled out new request for quotation form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 -msgid "Process the receipt" +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the |RfQ|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:94 msgid "" -"When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click " -":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This moves the |RfQ| to the " +":guilabel:`Purchase Order` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once the |PO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears at " +"the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse receipt " +"(WH/IN) form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ " -"(bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon " -"enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows " -"the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n" -"pop-up." +msgid "Receipt smart button on confirmed purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier " -"Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives " -"here, it will be available for manufacturing, sales, etc. Then, the status " -"of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the " -"reception process in one step." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 +msgid "Process receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:84 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " +"the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " +"validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validated warehouse receipt in Done stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Click back to the |PO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" +" the |PO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Received` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:99 msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "Giao hàng trực tiếp (1 bước)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:101 msgid "" -"Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and " -"make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then select (or create) a " -":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down field, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order." +"When products are delivered in one step, they will move from warehouse stock" +" to the customer location in the database immediately upon validation of a " +"sales order (SO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:156 +msgid "Create sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:158 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " -"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " -"delivery order for the sales order." +"To create a |SO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales app`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank sales quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field. Then, fill out the various" +" fields on the sales quotation form, as necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed." +msgid "Filled out new sales quotation form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:117 msgid "" -"Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." +"Under the :guilabel:`Product` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:120 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:172 -msgid "Process the delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. This moves the quotation to the " +":guilabel:`Sales Order` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 msgid "" -"When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), " -"click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery." +"Once the |SO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears at " +"the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse delivery " +"(WH/OUT) form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the delivery order." +msgid "Delivery smart button on confirmed sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:207 +msgid "Process delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:133 msgid "" -"Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the " -":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers" -" location`. Then, the status of the document will change to " -":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step." +"From the warehouse delivery form, the products ordered by the customer can " +"be delivered from the warehouse. To deliver the products, change the value " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field to match the ordered quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Demand` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once validated, the delivery order " +"moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validated delivery order in Done stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click back to the |SO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" +" the |SO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Delivered` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:229 +msgid ":doc:`shipments_deliveries`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in two steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12 msgid "" -"Depending on a company's business processes, multiple steps may be needed " -"before receiving or shipping products. In the two-step receipt process, " -"products are received in an input area, then transferred to stock. Two-step " -"receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as " -"locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves." +"Depending on a company's needs, receiving and shipping products in and out " +"of the warehouse might require multi-step operations. In Odoo *Inventory*, " +"this can be done using *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the two-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, " +"then transferred to stock. This kind of process for incoming shipments might" +" be beneficial for warehouses with specific storage locations, such as " +"freezers and refrigerators, secured locked areas, or special aisles and " +"shelves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:19 msgid "" "Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and " "employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The " -"products are not available for further processing until they are transferred" -" into stock." +"products are *not* available for further processing, until they are " +"transferred into stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:23 msgid "" -"In the two-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order" -" are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and " -"brought to an output location before being shipped." +"In the two-step delivery process, products are first picked from their " +"respective location in the warehouse, then transferred to an output location" +" before being shipped to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:26 msgid "" -"One situation where this would be useful is when using either a :abbr:`FIFO " -"(First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO " -"(First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, where the products that are " -"being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration " -"date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" -" `, so the settings need to be changed" -" in order to utilize two-step receipts and deliveries. Incoming and outgoing" -" shipments do not need to be set to have the same steps. For example, " -"products can be received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the " -"following example, two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries." +"This might be beneficial for companies using a First In, First Out (FIFO), " +"Last In, First Out (LIFO), or First Expired, First Out (FEFO) removal " +"strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "Configure multi-step routes" +msgid "" +"For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " +"received in two steps (input + stock), and delivered in three steps (pick + " +"pack + ship)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:38 msgid "" -"First, make sure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` option is enabled in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " -":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save` " -"the changes." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " +"process in one step, by default. To change these settings, the *Multi-Step " +"Routes* feature must be enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and " -"deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`, and click on the warehouse to change the warehouse settings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Multi-Step Routes feature in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for" -" :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and " -"then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +"Next, configure a warehouse for two-step receipts and deliveries. Navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and " +"select a warehouse to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)`, " +"and set :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Send goods in output " +"and then deliver (2 steps)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to two-step on warehouse form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:62 msgid "" -"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two " -"steps." +"Selecting two-step receipts and deliveries automatically creates new *Input*" +" and *Output* warehouse locations in the database, named `WH/Input` and " +"`WH/Output`, respectively." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:65 msgid "" -"Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and " -"*output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and " -":guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard." -" To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations`, and select the :guilabel:`Location` to change. On the location " -"form, update the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any other changes (if " -"necessary)." +"To rename or edit these locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Locations`, and select the desired location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:66 -msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the location's form, change the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any " +"other necessary changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:72 +msgid "Process receipt in two steps (input + stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When products are received in two steps, they first move from the vendor " +"location to an input location. Then, they move from the input location to " +"warehouse stock in the database, upon validation of a purchase order (PO), " +"and a subsequent internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, fill out the various " +"fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out new Request for Quotation from vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery smart button for validated purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:105 msgid "" "For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step " -"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase " -"Order)` form may need to be specified as the correct *input location* " -"connected to the two-step warehouse, which can be done by selecting the " -"warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at" -" the end of the name." +"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the |PO| form **must** " +"be specified as the correct *input location* connected to the two-step " +"warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:109 msgid "" -"After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` " -"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` form. " -"Click it to reveal the new receipt (WH/IN) operation." +"This can be done by selecting the warehouse from the drop-down menu that " +"includes the `Receipts` label at the end of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:115 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " +"the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " +"validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage, and the products" +" move to the :guilabel:`WH/Input` location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 -msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." +msgid "Receipt form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Once the purchase order is confirmed, a receipt is generated and ready to " -"process." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:128 +msgid "Process internal transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the " -":guilabel:`Receipts` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " -"dashboard. This reveals a list of all receipts to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` associated with the purchase order, then " -"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to " -":guilabel:`WH/Input`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Receipt form for product move to WH/Input." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:106 -msgid "Process the internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "" "Once the receipt is validated, an internal transfer is created and ready to " "process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:132 msgid "" -"Click back to the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` in the breadcrumbs, and " -"locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." +"To view the internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app`, and locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:135 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to reveal a list of all internal " -"transfers to process, and select the transfer associated with the previously" -" validated receipt." +"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " +"of all internal transfers to process, and select the transfer associated " +"with the previously validated receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:138 msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product " -"from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move " +"the product from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:141 msgid "" -"Once the transfer is validated, the product enters inventory and is " +"Once the transfer is validated, the products enter inventory, and are " "available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock." +msgid "Internal transfer form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:127 -msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:149 +msgid "Process delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:151 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " -":guilabel:`New`. Select (or create) a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:136 -msgid "" -"After confirming the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart " -"button will appear in the top, above the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal the associated " -"receipt." +"When products are delivered in two steps, they move from warehouse stock to " +"an output location. Then, they move from the output location to a customer " +"location in the database, upon validation of a picking order, and a " +"subsequent delivery order (DO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Delivery smart button on sales order form." +msgid "Filled out new sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168 msgid "" -"Sales order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` Kanban card." +"Under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:150 -msgid "Process the picking" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery smart button on validated sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:182 +msgid "Process picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 msgid "" "Once the sales order is confirmed, a picking order is generated and ready to" " process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:186 msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the " -":guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. " -"This reveals a list of all pickings to process." +"To complete the picking, navigate to the :guilabel:`Inventory app`, and " +"locate the :guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " +"dashboard. Alternatively, the picking order can also be accessed via the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:190 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, click the :guilabel:`# To " +"Process` button on the :guilabel:`Pick` task card. This reveals a list of " +"all pickings to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:193 msgid "" "Click on the picking (WH/PICK) operation associated with the sales order to " "reveal the picking order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Check Availability` on the picking order form. If the " -"product is in stock, Odoo automatically reserves the product. Quantities can" -" also be manually set by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " -"column to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Picking order form for products included in sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:200 msgid "" -"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking and move the " -"product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" +"Manually set the quantity by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"column, to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking, and move the" +" product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Once the picking is validated, a delivery order is created, and ready to " +"process. Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button on the sales order " +"form reveals the newly created delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, to view the delivery order, navigate back to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, via the breadcrumbs, and locate the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` task card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " +"of all delivery orders to process, and select the order associated with the " +"previously validated picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Picking operation form moving product to WH/Output." +msgid "Delivery order form for products ordered by customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:222 msgid "" -"Once the picking has been processed, the delivery order is generated, and " -"can be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Navigate back to the original sales order by going to :menuselection:`Sales " -"app`, and selecting the associated sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:179 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button now indicates there are two transfers." -" Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal each transfer tied to" -" this sales order: the completed picking, and the new delivery (WH/OUT) " -"operation. Click the delivery operation to open the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 -msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Delivery operation form moving product to customer location." +"To deliver the products, change the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field " +"to match the ordered quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:3 @@ -9612,6 +10373,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " @@ -9628,6 +10393,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "" @@ -11098,7 +11867,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo" +msgid "Sendcloud configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5 @@ -11142,16 +11911,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank" " account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping " -"rules or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " -"required." +"rules, or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " +"**required**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:174 msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:39 msgid "" "Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings" " --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse" @@ -11162,7 +11931,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:46 msgid "" "To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` " "is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field " @@ -11206,24 +11975,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:63 msgid "" "Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo" " configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:69 msgid "" "In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo " "Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:72 msgid "" "After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and " @@ -11233,7 +12002,7 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo StealthyWood`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:77 msgid "" "Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the " "shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public " @@ -11244,32 +12013,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:158 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86 -msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To ensure seamless Sendcloud integration with Odoo, :ref:`install " +"` and :ref:`link " +"` the Sendcloud shipping" +" connector to the Sendcloud account. Then, :ref:`configure Odoo fields " +"`, so Sendcloud can " +"accurately pull shipping data to generate labels." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +msgid "Install Sendcloud shipping module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 msgid "" "After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure" -" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " -"search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." +" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " +"search for the `Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:110 msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:112 msgid "" "Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The " @@ -11277,14 +12056,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:116 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once" " on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to " @@ -11292,69 +12071,69 @@ msgid "" "Methods`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 msgid "" "Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this " "shipping method or create a new product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:131 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:146 msgid "" "Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:135 msgid "" "After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the " "shipping products:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:137 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New " "Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping " "products` link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:139 msgid "" "Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries " "and returns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:140 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:143 msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:" msgstr "" @@ -11378,7 +12157,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`" " `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` " @@ -11417,7 +12196,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:169 msgid "" "Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a " "package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured " @@ -11425,20 +12204,64 @@ msgid "" " within 24 hours of creation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using " "test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used " "to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the " "creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment " -"settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`." +"settings can be toggled back and forth from their respective smart buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166 -msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:181 +msgid "Shipping information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 +msgid "" +"To use Sendcloud to generate shipping labels, the following information " +"**must** be filled out accurately and completely in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Customer information**: when creating a quotation, ensure the selected " +":guilabel:`Customer` has a valid phone number, email address, and shipping " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:189 +msgid "" +"To verify, select the :guilabel:`Customer` field to open their contact page." +" Here, add their shipping address in the :guilabel:`Contact` field, along " +"with their :guilabel:`Mobile` number and :guilabel:`Email` address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:193 +msgid "" +"**Product weight**: ensure all products in an order have a specified " +":guilabel:`Weight` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of their product form. " +"Refer to the :ref:`Product weight section " +"` of this article for " +"detailed instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +msgid "" +"**Warehouse address**: ensure the warehouse name and address in Odoo match " +"the :ref:`previously defined warehouse " +"` in the Sendcloud " +"setup. For details on warehouse configuration in Odoo, refer to the " +":ref:`warehouse configuration section " +"` of the third-party " +"shipping documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:204 +msgid "Generate labels with Sendcloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:206 msgid "" "When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud " "shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label " @@ -11446,41 +12269,41 @@ msgid "" "following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:205 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for " "returns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:212 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214 msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 msgid "" "When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the " "configured Sendcloud account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "Câu hỏi thường gặp" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 msgid "Shipment is too heavy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 msgid "" "If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, " "then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need " @@ -11488,7 +12311,7 @@ msgid "" "transfer and generate labels." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping " "methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will " @@ -11496,11 +12319,11 @@ msgid "" "order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 msgid "Personal carrier contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:237 msgid "" "Use custom prices from a direct carrier contract, via CSV upload, by first " "logging into Sendcloud, navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Carriers " @@ -11511,14 +12334,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:245 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Contract prices` section, click :guilabel:`Download " "CSV` and fill out the contract prices in the :guilabel:`price` column of the" " CSV file template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:249 msgid "" "Ensure the CSV file includes the correct prices to avoid any inaccuracies." msgstr "" @@ -11528,23 +12351,23 @@ msgid "" "Show sample contract CSV from Sendcloud, highlighting the price column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:255 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload` the completed CSV file to Sendcloud, then click " ":guilabel:`Save these prices`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:258 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to upload contract prices with carriers " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:262 msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:264 msgid "" "Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight " "of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* " @@ -11552,27 +12375,27 @@ msgid "" "transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:269 msgid "" "Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute" " the volumetric weight." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:273 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:277 msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:279 msgid "" -"First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by " -"the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " +"First, verify that the product being shipped has a weight that is supported " +"by the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " "destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier." " The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the " "carrier." @@ -12973,7 +13796,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:15 msgid "" -":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings `" +":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings " +"`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:17 @@ -15070,7 +15894,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:94 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:160 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is greater than the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **green**. If " @@ -15113,17 +15937,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Applying an inventory adjustment simultaneously creates a :doc:`stock move " +"line (SML) <../reporting/moves_history>` in the *Moves History* report for " +"traceability." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " "specified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:129 msgid "Count products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131 msgid "" "Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is " "complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory " @@ -15131,7 +15962,7 @@ msgid "" "product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135 msgid "" "On each product line, identify whether the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` column recorded in the database matches the newly-counted value. " @@ -15139,7 +15970,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Set` button (target icon) at the far right of the product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:139 msgid "" "Doing so copies the value from the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column over " "to the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and sets the value of the " @@ -15152,7 +15983,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148 msgid "" "If the newly-counted value for a given product does **not** match the value " "in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, instead of " @@ -15160,7 +15991,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152 msgid "" "To do so, click the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column on the " "specific inventory adjustment line for the product whose count is being " @@ -15168,7 +15999,7 @@ msgid "" "`0.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 msgid "" "To change this value, type in a new value that matches the real, newly-" "counted value. Then, click away from the line. Doing so saves the " @@ -15176,7 +16007,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:166 msgid "" "Subsequently, once applied, a move with the difference between the " ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is " @@ -15189,7 +16020,7 @@ msgid "" "moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:174 msgid "" "Sometimes a count occurs, but cannot be applied in the database right away. " "In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, " @@ -15199,11 +16030,11 @@ msgid "" "adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:181 msgid "Change inventory count frequency" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183 msgid "" "By default, the *scheduled date* for inventory adjustments are always " "scheduled for the 31st of December of the current year. However, for some " @@ -15211,7 +16042,7 @@ msgid "" "times. In such cases, the default scheduled date can be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:187 msgid "" "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " @@ -15225,43 +16056,43 @@ msgid "" " setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:195 msgid "" "To change the day, click the :guilabel:`31`, and change it to a day within " "the range `1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:198 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:117 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" "down menu, and select the desired month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:201 msgid "" "Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all " "changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:204 msgid "Plan big inventory counts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:206 msgid "" "To plan big inventory counts, such as a full count of everything currently " "in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->" " Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209 msgid "" "Then, select the desired products to be counted by clicking the checkbox on " "the far left of each product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:213 msgid "" "To request a count of **all** products currently in stock, click the " "checkbox at the very top of the table, in the header row next to the " @@ -15272,7 +16103,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221 msgid "" "Once all desired products have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Request a" " Count` button at the top of the page. This causes a :guilabel:`Request a " @@ -15280,21 +16111,21 @@ msgid "" "information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:225 msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:226 msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" " be accounted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the on-hand quantity of each product line blank," " select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To pre-fill the on-hand quantity of each " @@ -15302,17 +16133,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Set Current Value`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:232 msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 msgid "" "In the Odoo *Barcode* app, users can only view inventory counts that are " "assigned to **them**, and are scheduled for **today** or **earlier**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:239 msgid ":doc:`cycle_counts`" msgstr "" @@ -15321,228 +16152,286 @@ msgid "Create a second warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 msgid "" -"A *warehouse* is a physical building or space where items are stored. In " -"Odoo, it is possible to set up multiple warehouses and transfer stored items" -" between them." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *warehouse* is a physical building or space where " +"items are stored. By default, each Odoo database has one warehouse already " +"pre-configured, with the address set as the company's address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:9 msgid "" -"By default, the Odoo platform has one warehouse that is already configured, " -"with the address set as the company's address. To create a second warehouse," -" select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, then click " -":guilabel:`Create` and configure the form as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:12 -msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code by which the warehouse is " -"referred to; the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is **WH**" +"However, it is possible to set up multiple additional warehouses, and " +"transfer stored items between them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:15 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse; this can be set as" -" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " -"vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:17 -msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The options below will only appear if the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " -"checkbox is enabled in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` under the" -" :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " -"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: select the routes that incoming and" -" outgoing shipments should follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:27 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " -"from this warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:28 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: allow for items to be manufactured in " -"this warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture`: select the route that should be followed when " -"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: check the box to allow for purchased products " -"to be delivered to the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:33 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Resupply From`: select warehouses that can be used to resupply " -"the warehouse being created" +"To create a second warehouse, the *Storage Locations* feature must be " +"enabled. To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, " +"tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and " +":guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "A filled out form for creating a new warehouse." +msgid "" +"Warning pop-up window for creating a second warehouse before enabling " +"Storage Locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:97 msgid "" -"Creating a second warehouse will automatically enable the *Storage " -"Locations* setting, which allows location tracking of products within a " -"warehouse. To toggle this setting, navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings` and click the checkbox under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " -"heading." +"Creating a second warehouse without first enabling the *Storage Locations* " +"feature triggers a :guilabel:`Warning` pop-up window. It indicates creating " +"a second warehouse automatically activates the *Storage Locations* setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:30 +msgid "Create new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:70 msgid "" -"After filling out the form, click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse " -"will be created." +"To create a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens a " +"blank warehouse creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:35 +msgid "Fill out the following fields as necessary:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code used to identify the warehouse," +" i.e. `WH2` (the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is `WH`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse. This can be set as" +" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " +"vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located. By default," +" this is set to the company's address in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Filled out warehouse name and address settings on warehouse creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:49 -msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, configure the warehouse's" +" main workflow in the :guilabel:`Shipments` section, and set available " +"replenishment methods in the :guilabel:`Resupply` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:54 msgid "" -"If a new warehouse is created that has existing inventory in it, the " -"inventory counts should be added to Odoo so that the stock listed in the " -"Odoo database reflects what is in the physical warehouse. To add inventory " -"to a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations -->" -" Inventory Adjustments`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`. The inventory " -"adjustment form can then be filled out as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:57 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: the name or code that the inventory " -"adjustment can be referred to by" +"The :guilabel:`Shipments` and :guilabel:`Resupply` sections only appear if " +"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` checkbox is enabled in " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " +"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Locations`: the location(s) where the inventory is stored; " -"include the new warehouse and any locations within it that inventory will be" -" added to" +"In the :guilabel:`Shipments` section, choose between one, two, or three-step" +" processes for both incoming and outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:61 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Products`: include all products that will be added to inventory " -"or leave blank to select any product during the next step" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:62 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Resupply` section, edit the following settings:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:64 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Include Exhausted Products`: include products with a quantity of " -"zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they " -"have no existing inventory" +":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractors`: enable this feature to coordinate with " +"vendors, and have components dropshipped directly to subcontractors for " +"manufacturing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:66 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date used by accounting teams for " -"bookkeeping related to the inventory" +":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " +"with goods from this warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:68 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the inventory; can be set as the " -"user's company or as a customer or vendor" +":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: when products are manufactured, they " +"can be delivered to this warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Counted Quantities`: choose whether the counted quantities for " -"products being added should default to stock on hand or zero; does not " -"affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing " -"inventory" +":guilabel:`Manufacture`: the route that should be followed when " +"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse. Choose from one, two, and three-" +"step production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: when products are purchased, they can be " +"delivered to this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resupply From`: Check the box next to the other warehouses from " +"which this warehouse can replenish products. If the current warehouse does " +"not have the stock, it can also pull products from these selected warehouses" +" in the database. Automatic resupply routes will be created accordingly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "A filled out form for an inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:77 msgid "" -"Once the form is properly configured, click on :guilabel:`Start Inventory` " -"to be taken to the next page where products can be added to the inventory " -"adjustment. Add a new product by clicking on :guilabel:`Create` and then " -"fill out the product line as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:81 -msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory" +"Filled out Warehouse Configuration tab settings on warehouse creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:82 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " -"the new warehouse; this can be set as the overall warehouse or a location " -"within the warehouse" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new warehouse's settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:84 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " -"serial number used to identify it" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:85 +msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:87 msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Hand`: the total quantity of the product stored in the " -"location for which inventory is being adjusted; this should be zero for a " -"new location or warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:88 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Counted`: the amount of the product that is being added to " -"inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:89 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the *On Hand* and *Counted* " -"values; this will automatically update to reflect the value entered in the " -":guilabel:`Counted` column" +"If a new warehouse is created to represent a real-world storage location " +"with existing stock, update the warehouse's stock using an inventory " +"adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:91 -msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for counting the product" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`count_products`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "Include a line for each product being added to inventory." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To perform an inventory adjustment, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Operations --> Physical Inventory`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing" +" so adds a new line at the bottom of the list of inventory adjustments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:97 +msgid "Configure the line by filling out the following fields as necessary:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:99 msgid "" -"After adding all the products already stored in the new warehouse, click " -":guilabel:`Validate Inventory` to complete the inventory adjustment. The " -"values in the :guilabel:`On Hand` column will update to reflect those in the" -" :guilabel:`Counted` column and the products added will appear in the " -"inventory of the new warehouse." +":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " +"the new warehouse. This can be set as the overall warehouse, or a location " +"within the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " +"serial number used to identify it, if the product is tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the total quantity of the product stored in " +"the location for which inventory is being adjusted. For a new warehouse or " +"location where a count or a prior inventory adjustment has not taken place, " +"this should be set to `0.00`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure (UoM) used for counting the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: the amount of the product being added to " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the on-hand and counted " +"quantities. This automatically updates to reflect the value entered in the " +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date selected for the next inventory count " +"for this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`User`: the user who recorded the inventory adjustment in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out inventory adjustment line for product in new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once each line for the products being added to the new warehouse is " +"configured, click :guilabel:`Apply` on each line to apply the new inventory " +"counts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The values in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column update to reflect " +"those in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and the products added " +"appear in the new warehouse's stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:125 +msgid "" +"If products tracked using a lot number or serial number are added without " +"specifying the tracking number, a :guilabel:`Tracked Products in Inventory " +"Adjustment` pop-up window appears upon clicking :guilabel:`Apply` on that " +"product's line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The pop-up indicates tracked products were added, but the lots/serial " +"numbers were not defined. To apply the adjustment without the numbers, click" +" :guilabel:`Apply`. To add the numbers before applying, click " +":guilabel:`Discard`, and add the numbers. Then, once ready, click " +":guilabel:`Apply` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:0 +msgid "Tracked Products in Inventory Adjustment pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`warehouses_locations`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:3 @@ -15735,10 +16624,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once all necessary changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123 -msgid ":doc:`count_products`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`use_locations`" msgstr "" @@ -15851,46 +16736,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Scrap inventory" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:8 msgid "" -"In some cases, a product in inventory may be damaged or found to be " -"defective. If it is not possible to repair or return the product, Odoo " -"*Inventory* allows users to scrap it, ensuring that usable inventory counts " -"remain accurate." +"Sometimes, products in a company's warehouse stock might be found to be " +"damaged or defective, past the point of being reparable. If it is not " +"possible to repair the product, or return the product to a vendor, it can be" +" scrapped." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:12 msgid "" -"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " -"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." +"Odoo *Inventory* allows users to scrap inventory, designating goods or " +"materials that are no longer usable or sellable for disposal (or recycling)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:15 msgid "" -"To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`. Remove the " -":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display " -"virtual locations. Finally, select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` " -"location." +"Scrapping inventory in a database helps stock counts remain accurate, by " +"removing scrapped products from physical inventory, and placing it in a " +"virtual scrap location (*Virtual Locations/Scrap*)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:19 msgid "" -"By default, scrapping a product removes it from physical inventory, and " -"places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual Locations/Scrap*. A virtual " -"location is **not** a physical space, but rather a designation in Odoo that " -"is used to track items that are no longer in physical inventory." +"*Virtual locations* in Odoo are **not** real, physical spaces in a " +"warehouse. Rather, they are designated locations in a database that provide " +"tracking of items that shouldn't be counted in a physical inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:68 -msgid "Learn more" -msgstr "Tìm hiểu thêm" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:25 msgid "" "For more information about virtual locations, see the documentation about " "the different types of :ref:`locations " @@ -15898,119 +16772,174 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:29 -msgid "Scrap from stock" +msgid "" +"To use locations in warehouse, including a virtual scrap location, the " +"*Storage Locations* feature must first be enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:32 msgid "" -"To scrap a product located in inventory, begin by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Scrap`. On the :guilabel:`Scrap" -" Orders` page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new scrap order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:35 -msgid "" -"On the scrap order, select the product being scrapped from the " -":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` field. The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the " -"location where the product is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` " -"defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be " -"changed by selecting a different location from their respective drop-down " -"menus." +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Tick the " +"checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` to enable the feature, and " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "A new scrap order." +msgid "Enabled Storage Locations setting in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:41 +msgid "Scrap from stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:43 msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to scrap the product. The on-hand " -"inventory count for the scrapped product updates to subtract the scrapped " -"quantity." +"To create a new scrap order (SP) for an in-stock product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Scrap`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a new |SP| form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:49 -msgid "Scrap from a receipt, transfer, or delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:46 msgid "" -"It is also possible to scrap products during the receipt, transfer, and " -"delivery operations. This can be necessary if any products are found to be " -"defective when receiving them into inventory, transferring them from one " -"location to another, or preparing them for delivery." +"Click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and select the " +"product that should be scrapped from inventory. In the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"field, change the value to the quantity of the product that should be " +"scrapped (by default, this value is set to `1.00`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To scrap a product during the receipt, transfer, or delivery operations, " -"begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app. On the " -":guilabel:`Overview` page, select the :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the" -" :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`, or " -":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, depending on the type of operation the " -"product is being scrapped from." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out new scrap order form with product details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:54 msgid "" -"For the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card to appear on the " -":menuselection:`Overview` page of the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, the " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next " -"to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading." +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " +"is currently stored. The :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to the " +"designated scrap location (:guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`). Either of " +"these locations can be changed by selecting a different location from their " +"respective drop-down menus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If the scrapping is tied to a specific existing operation, specify the " +"operation in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company` field displays the company whose warehouse this " +"product belongs to. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " +"scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:66 msgid "" -"Alternatively, a list of all delivery orders, receipts, and transfers can be" -" viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> " -"Transfers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Next, open a delivery order, receipt, or transfer from the corresponding " -"page by clicking on it. A :guilabel:`Scrap` button appears at the top of the" -" page. Click it to open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the new |SP|. Once " +"validated, a :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button appears at the top of " +"the form. Click the smart button to view the details of the scrap operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "The scrap pop-up in the Inventory app." +msgid "Product Moves smart button on new scrap order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:75 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Scrap` button will only appear on a receipt that has been " -"validated. This is because Odoo only allows products to be scrapped once " -"they have been entered into inventory." +"To view the all-time total quantities of scrapped items, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Click the " +":guilabel:`x (remove)` button on the :guilabel:`Internal` filter in the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar, to display virtual locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window, select the product being scrapped " -"from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Then, enter the quantity in the" -" :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +"Select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` location. From the " +":guilabel:`Scrap` location's form, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` smart" +" button, at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " -"is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual" -" Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be changed by selecting a " -"different location from their respective drop-down menus." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:82 +msgid "A list of all scrapped products, and their quantities, is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:0 +msgid "Current Stock list of all scrapped products in virtual scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:89 +msgid "Scrap from an existing operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:91 msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the product. After doing so, the " -":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window disappears and a :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " -"button appears in the top right of the page. Click it to view all of the " -"scrap orders created from that operation." +"Scrap orders (SPs) can *also* be created from existing operations, such as " +"receipts, delivery orders, and internal transfers, before they are entered " +"into, or removed from, stock for an operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To scrap a product during an operation, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview`, " +"click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on an operation's task card (i.e. " +"the :guilabel:`Receipts` task card)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "The Scraps smart button." +msgid "# To Process button on Receipts task card on Inventory Overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, select an operation to process from the resulting list of existing " +"orders. Doing so opens that operation's form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon, and select " +":guilabel:`Scrap` from the resulting drop-down menu. This opens a " +":guilabel:`Scrap Products` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Scrap Products pop-up window on operation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:113 +msgid "" +"From this pop-up window, click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product`" +" field, and select the products from the operation that should be scrapped. " +"Adjust the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Product` selected is tracked using a lot or serial number," +" a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial` field appears. Specify the tracking number in that" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` and :guilabel:`Scrap Location` can be " +"changed, if needed. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " +"scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Scrap Products`. A :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " +"button appears at the top of the operation form. Click this smart button to " +"view the details of all scrap orders created from this specific operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Scraps smart button showing all scrap orders from operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:3 @@ -16019,126 +16948,220 @@ msgstr "Vị trí" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:5 msgid "" -"A *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. This can be a shelf, " -"room, aisle, etc. There are three types of locations in Odoo:" +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. " +"This can be a shelf, room, aisle, rack, bin, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:8 msgid "" -"*Physical locations* are spaces within a warehouse owned by the user's " -"company. These can be a an area where items are stored like an aisle or " -"shelf, or an area where operations take place, like loading and unloading " -"bays." +"There are also external and virtual locations. For example, customer " +"locations, and locations specifically designated as \"virtual\", instead of " +"real, physical locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:11 msgid "" -"*Partner locations* are the same as physical locations except that they " -"exist within the warehouse of a customer or vendor." +"Locations allow for the storage of products in designated areas of the " +"warehouse, to help track inventory accurately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:17 msgid "" -"*Virtual locations* are locations that do not exist physically, but where " -"items that are not in inventory can be placed. These can be items that have " -"not yet entered inventory, like products that are on the way to a warehouse," -" or items that are no longer in inventory due to loss or other factors." +"To specify storage locations, the *Storage Locations* setting must be " +"enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"section. Tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` to enable " +"the feature, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In order to use locations, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be" -" enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, and enable " -"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:24 -msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Storage Location setting in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:26 msgid "" -"Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations --> Create`. The new location " -"form can then be configured as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location Name`: the name that will be used to reference the " -"location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:30 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Parent Location`: the location or warehouse that the new location" -" exists within" +"Once the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is enabled, two additional " +"internal link options appear below it: :guilabel:`Locations` and " +":guilabel:`Putaway Rules`. Click :guilabel:`Locations` to open a list of all" +" existing locations in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location Type`: choose the category that the location belongs to" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse that the location " -"is inside of" +msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:104 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: check this box to allow for " -"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: check this box to allow products to be " -"returned to this location" +"To create a new location inside a warehouse, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Doing so " +"opens a list of all existing locations. Click :guilabel:`New` to open a new " +"location creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:37 -msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode number assigned to the location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:108 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Removal Strategy`: the :doc:`strategy <../removal_strategies>` " -"for how items should be taken from inventory" +"In the :guilabel:`Location Name` field, assign a name for the new location. " +"In the :guilabel:`Parent Location` field, assign the location that this new " +"location exists in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 -msgid "The form for creating a new location." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:41 +msgid "" +"A new location `Gate 1` is created. Its parent location is `Dispatch Zone`. " +"In the :guilabel:`Parent Location` for `Gate 1`, select `Dispatch Zone`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:48 -msgid "Create location hierarchies" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, fill out the necessary " +"details for the new location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Location Type` field, select which type of location this " +"is. There are seven different types of locations to choose from:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:50 msgid "" -"The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" -" to exist within a warehouse or another location. Every location can serve " -"as a parent location, and every parent location can have multiple locations " -"within it, allowing for the creation of a virtually infinite hierarchical " -"structure." +":guilabel:`Vendor Location`: virtual location representing the source " +"location for products coming from vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:52 msgid "" -"Location hierarchy could be organized so that a shelf is located within an " -"aisle, which is located within a room, which is located within the overall " -"warehouse." +":guilabel:`View`: virtual location used to create a hierarchical structure " +"for a warehouse; aggregates its child locations. **Should not directly " +"contain products**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`Internal Location`: physical location inside a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:55 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer Location`: virtual location representing the destination" +" location for products sent to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Inventory Loss`: virtual location serving as a counterpart for " +"inventory operations. Used to correct stock levels of physical inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:59 msgid "" -"To create the location hierarchy in the example above, set the warehouse as " -"the parent of the room, the room as the parent of the aisle, and the aisle " -"as the parent of the shelf. This can be adapted to a hierarchy of any " -"magnitude." +":guilabel:`Production`: virtual counterpart location for production " +"operations. This location consumes components and produces finished " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transit Location`: counterpart location that should be used in " +"inter-company or inter-warehouse operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Additional Information section of new location creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Configure the remaining fields in the :guilabel:`Additional Information` " +"section as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose warehouse the location is inside of. " +"Leave this field blank if this location is shared between companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow for " +"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow products to " +"be returned to this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode assigned to the location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Replenish Location`: tick this checkbox to get all quantities to " +"replenish at this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Cyclic Counting` section, change the value in the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field from the default `0`, if " +"necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Cyclic Counting section of new location creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When different than `0`, the inventory count dates for products stored at " +"this location are automatically set at the defined frequency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:90 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, in the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` " +"field, click the drop-down menu and select the :doc:`removal strategy " +"<../removal_strategies>` for how items should be removed from this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:97 +msgid "Create location hierarchies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" +" to exist within a warehouse, or below another location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Every location can serve as a parent location, and every parent location can" +" have multiple locations within it, allowing for the creation of a " +"hierarchical structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Location hierarchy could be organized so that a small refrigerator is " +"located on a specific shelf, which is located in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Location hierarchy of small refrigerator, on a shelf in a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To create the location hierarchy in the example above (`WH/Stock/Shelf " +"2/Small Refrigerator`), set the warehouse stock as the parent of the shelf, " +"and the shelf as the parent of the small refrigerator. This can be adapted " +"to a hierarchy of any magnitude." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:5 @@ -16876,6 +17899,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 +msgid "Process the receipt" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99 msgid "" "Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for " @@ -16973,147 +18000,160 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations" +msgid "Manage warehouses and locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:9 msgid "Warehouse" msgstr "Kho hàng" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:15 msgid "" -"In Odoo, a *warehouse* is the actual building/place in which a company's " -"items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user " -"can create moves between warehouses." +"Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo, and stock moves can be created " +"between warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:22 msgid "" -"A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a " -"sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). " -"Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible " -"to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can " -"be configured as needed under one warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:24 -msgid "There are three types of locations:" +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. " +"This can be a shelf, room, aisle, rack, bin, etc. Locations allow for the " +"storage of products in designated areas of the warehouse, to help track " +"inventory accurately." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:26 msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading " -"areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc." +"A location is only part of *one* warehouse, and can **not** be linked to " +"multiple warehouses. As many locations can be configured as needed under one" +" warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:29 +msgid "There are three types of locations in Odoo *Inventory*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:31 msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only " -"difference being that they are not owned by the user's company." +"**Physical Locations**: internal locations within a single warehouse owned " +"by the company. This can include shipping and loading docks, aisles, " +"shelves, storage areas, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:33 msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory " -"Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse " -"(**Procurements**)." +"**Partner Locations**: external locations, such as designated spaces in a " +"customer or vendor's warehouse. They are similar to physical locations, but " +"they are **not** owned by the user's company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:36 msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be " -"structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the " -"organization of the warehouses." +"**Virtual Locations**: this type of location does not exist as a physical " +"space, but products can be \"stored\" here when they are not physically in " +"an inventory yet. *Inventory Loss* and *Procurements* are examples of " +"virtual locations, for products that are lost or in transit to the " +"warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:41 msgid "" -"To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" -" enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"Every location within a warehouse can serve as a parent location, and every " +"parent location can have multiple locations within it, allowing for the " +"creation of a hierarchical structure. This allows for more detailed levels " +"of analysis of the stock operations and the organization of the warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:48 +msgid "" +"For companies with one warehouse, no additional settings are required to " +"activate before editing the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:51 +msgid "" +"For companies with multiple warehouses, and to create locations within a " +"warehouse, the *Storage Locations* feature must be enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:54 msgid "" -"To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable " -":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check " -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes`." +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Tick the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox to enable the feature, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:58 -msgid "Create a new warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " -"Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Storage Locations feature enabled in the Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:63 msgid "" -"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. " -"The short name is five characters maximum." +"To manage warehouse *routes*, such as two-and-three-step receipts and " +"deliveries, enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature from the *Inventory* app " +"settings, as well. For more on routes, see :doc:`use_routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:68 +msgid "Create a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Begin by assigning a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name`, and a :guilabel:`Short " +"Name`. The :guilabel:`Short Name` field is limited to a **five** character " +"maximum." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." +msgid "New warehouse creation form name configuration fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:81 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse " -"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first " -"letters of location]\"." +"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like `WH/[first " +"letters of location]`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:84 msgid "" -"Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations " -"related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently " -"created warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the " -":guilabel:`Locations` setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:85 -msgid "Create a new location" +"For example, a warehouse named `Warehouse #2` might have the " +":guilabel:`Short Name` `WH2` (the short name for the default warehouse in " +"Odoo is `WH`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:87 msgid "" -"To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " -"Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +"Once the warehouse is created, navigate back to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard. New operations for the newly created " +"warehouse are automatically generated there." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:90 msgid "" -"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`" -" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +"For more on creating new warehouses, see :doc:`create_a_second_warehouse`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." +msgid "" +"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfers for the new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:102 +msgid "Create a new location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:111 +msgid "For more on locations, see :doc:`use_locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "New warehouse location creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 msgid "Inventory valuation" msgstr "" @@ -17454,7 +18494,7 @@ msgid "" "The Inventory Valuation fields are located on the Product Categories form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 msgid "" "Alternatively, automated inventory valuation is an integrated valuation " "method that updates the inventory value in real-time by creating journal " @@ -17462,7 +18502,7 @@ msgid "" "company's inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:26 msgid "" "Automated inventory valuation is a method recommended for expert " "accountants, given the extra steps involved in journal entry configuration. " @@ -17471,118 +18511,104 @@ msgid "" "basis depending on the needs and priorities of the business." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 msgid "Types of accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 msgid "" "Accounting entries will depend on the accounting mode: *Continental* or " "*Anglo-Saxon*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39 msgid "" "Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and " -"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Then, in the search bar, look for :guilabel:`Anglo-Saxon Accounting`, to see" +" if the feature is enabled. If it is **not** enabled, Continental accounting" +" mode is in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the Anglo-Saxon accounting mode feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 msgid "" "In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported " "when products are sold or delivered. This means that the cost of a good is " -"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. " -"*Interim Stock Accounts* are used for the input and output accounts, and are" -" both *Asset Accounts* in the balance sheet." +"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. So " +"for **manual** valuation method, set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to " +"`Stock Valuation` for the current asset type; for **automatic** valuation " +"method, set the the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to an *Expenses* or a *Cost " +"of Revenue* type (e.g. `Cost of Production`, `Cost of Goods Sold`, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 msgid "" "In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a " -"product is received into stock. Additionally, a single *Expense* account is " -"used for both input and output accounts in the balance sheet." +"product is received into stock. Because of this, the :guilabel:`Expense " +"Account` can be set to **either** *Expenses* or a *Cost of Revenue* type, " +"however, it is more commonly set to an *Expenses* account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 -msgid "Costing methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 msgid "" -"Below are the three costing methods that can be used in Odoo for inventory " -"valuation." +":ref:`Details about configuring Expense and Stock accounts " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Standard Price**: is the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the " -"product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used to " -"compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " -"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Average Cost (AVCO)**: calculates the valuation of a product based on the " -"average cost of that product, divided by the total number of available stock" -" on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and " -"constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**First In First Out (FIFO)**: tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing " -"items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to change the " -"valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the next good " -"sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next inventory " -"lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based on the " -"valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most accurate " -"inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it's highly " -"sensitive to input data and human error." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It's highly" -" recommended to consult an accountant first before making any adjustments " -"here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:78 -msgid "Configure automated inventory valuation in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:67 msgid "" "Make changes to inventory valuation options by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and " -"choose the category/categories where the automated valuation method should " -"apply." +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. In " +"the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` section, select the desired " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:72 msgid "" "It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product " "categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` heading are two labels: " -":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`. Pick the " -"desired :guilabel:`Costing Method` using the drop-down menu (e.g. " -":guilabel:`Standard`, :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`, or :guilabel:`First " -"In First Out (FIFO)`) and switch the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to " -":guilabel:`Automated`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 +msgid "Show inventory valuation configuration options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 -msgid "" -":ref:`Using the inventory " -"valuation`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +msgid "Costing method" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +msgid "" +"From the product category's configuration page, choose the desired " +":guilabel:`Costing Method`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Standard Price`: the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of " +"the product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used " +"to compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " +"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`: calculates the valuation of a product based" +" on the average cost of that product, divided by the total number of " +"available stock on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is " +"*dynamic*, and constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " "Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " @@ -17593,7 +18619,30 @@ msgid "" "validated purchase orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`: tracks the costs of incoming and " +"outgoing items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to " +"change the valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the " +"next good sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next " +"inventory lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based " +"on the valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most " +"accurate inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it is" +" highly sensitive to input data and human error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It is " +"highly recommended to consult an accountant first before making any " +"adjustments here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`using_inventory_valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " "that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " @@ -17604,21 +18653,122 @@ msgid "" "*Inventory Valuation* report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 msgid "" -"On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " -"appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " -"inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" +"Inventory valuation in Odoo can be set to be updated manually or " +"automatically. While *Expense* accounts apply to both, the *Stock Input* and" +" *Stock Output* accounts are only used for automated valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Refer to the :ref:`Expense ` and " +":ref:`Stock input/output ` sections for " +"details on configuring each account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +msgid "Expense account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To configure the *expense account*, go to the :guilabel:`Account Properties`" +" section of the intended product category (:menuselection:`Inventory app -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`). Then, choose an existing account " +"from the :guilabel:`Expense Account` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +msgid "" +"To ensure the chosen account is the correct :guilabel:`Type,` click the " +"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account. Then, set the account type " +"based on the information below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177 +msgid "Automated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +msgid "" +"In Anglo-Saxon accounting for automated inventory valuation, set the " +":guilabel:`Expense Account` to the `Expenses` account. Then, click the " +"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, choose :guilabel:`Expenses` or :guilabel:`Cost of " +"Revenue` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show **Expense Account** field, and external link icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To configure the :guilabel:`Expense Account`, choose :guilabel:`Stock " +"Valuation` from the field's drop-down menu. Verify the account's type by " +"clicking the |right arrow| icon, and then ensure the :guilabel:`Type` is " +":guilabel:`Current Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the **Expense Account** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +msgid "Continental" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to the :guilabel:`Expenses` or " +":guilabel:`Cost of Revenue` account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:190 +msgid "Stock input/output (automated only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:192 +msgid "" +"To configure the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and :guilabel:`Stock Output" +" Account`, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product" +" Categories` and select the desired product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field, select :guilabel:`Automated`. " +"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` section appear. " +"These accounts are defined as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " "products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: accounting journal where entries are " +"automatically posted when a product's inventory valuation changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -17627,7 +18777,7 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:207 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -17636,11 +18786,57 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:124 -msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:216 +msgid "" +"In Anglo-Saxon accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to *different* :guilabel:`Current " +"Assets` accounts. This way, delivering products and invoicing the customer " +"balance the *Stock Output* account, while receiving products and billing " +"vendors balance the *Stock Input* account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +msgid "" +"To modify the account type, go to the click the |right arrow| icon to the " +"right of the stock input/output account. In the pop-up window, choose " +":guilabel:`Current Assets` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Display account setup page, highlighting the **Type** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +msgid "" +"The *Stock Input* account is set to `Stock Interim (Received)`, a *Current " +"Asset* account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 +msgid "" +"In Continental accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to **the same** :guilabel:`Current " +"Assets` account. That way, one account can be balanced when items are bought" +" and sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:239 +msgid "" +"The stock input and output accounts are both set to `Stock Interim " +"(Received)`, a :guilabel:`Current Assets` account type. They can also be set" +" to the `Stock Interim (Delivered)`, as long as the input and output " +"accounts are assigned to the **same** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the Stock Input and Output accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 +msgid "Inventory valuation reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." " At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " @@ -17649,14 +18845,18 @@ msgid "" " at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 msgid "" "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " "all of the inventory on hand is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 msgid "" "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " "Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " @@ -17703,9 +18903,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 -msgid "" -":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " -"`" +msgid ":doc:`Set up inventory valuation `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:26 @@ -18154,10 +19352,6 @@ msgid "" "& Serial Numbers` to enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:115 msgid "" "Next, ensure the intended product is tracked by lots or serial numbers by " @@ -18172,7 +19366,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "After enabling the features, assign lot or serial numbers to products using " "an :doc:`inventory adjustment ` or " -"during :ref:`product reception `." +"during :ref:`product reception `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:126 @@ -19021,6 +20215,956 @@ msgid "" "The detailed operations shows which lots are being selected for the picking." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory aging report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The inventory aging report evaluates all items in stock, providing insights " +"into potentially sunken purchase costs and delays in profitability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Create customized pivot tables to analyze product, operation types, month, " +"or company breakdowns. This helps identify products in stock that are at " +"risk of passing their expiration or viability dates, or instances of " +"rot/decay for fast-expiring items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The *Reporting* menu in *Inventory* is only accessible to users with " +":doc:`admin access <../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To access the inventory aging report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Reporting --> Inventory Aging`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:24 +msgid "Navigate the inventory aging report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report displays a pivot table, " +"with the month in columns, and product category in rows. The default " +"filters, :guilabel:`Incoming` and :guilabel:`Has Remaining Qty`, show only " +"products from receipts, and are currently in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining Qty` displays the number of on-hand items, and " +":guilabel:`Remaining Value` displays the total cost of purchasing these " +"items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in each column " +"or row reveals options to expand the pivot table and show a detailed " +"breakdown of the :guilabel:`Remaining Qty` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` " +"by :guilabel:`Product`, :guilabel:`Product Category`, :guilabel:`Date`, or " +":guilabel:`Company`. Clicking the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` " +":guilabel:`(minus)` icon collapses it back to its previous state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:43 +msgid "Inventory aging report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Inventory aging report, showing each **Product** in rows and each reception " +"**Date** in columns, to better monitor products with fast expiration dates. " +"Each row shows the the total on-hand quantity and inventory valuation of " +"items purchased on each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Records in the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report are *stock valuation " +"layers* (SVLs), representing product moves that impact stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Inventory adjustments do **not** create |SVLs|; only items purchased from " +"vendors do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:71 +msgid "Generate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After learning how to :ref:`navigate the inventory aging report " +"`, it can be used to create and " +"share different reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Aging` report are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:63 +msgid "Rotating stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To create a report to identify items that have been in stock for a while, " +"follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Aging`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` " +":guilabel:`(caret down)` icon in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to see a " +"drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and " +":guilabel:`Favorite` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Product` under the :guilabel:`Group By` section. Doing so " +"expands the pivot table to show a product in each row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to the left of the " +"date column. Hover over :guilabel:`Date` from the drop-down menu and choose " +":guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, :guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +"or :guilabel:`Day`. Doing so expands the columns to show the " +":guilabel:`Remaining Qty` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` by the selected " +"time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For products that have a longer shelf life, choose longer time periods such " +"as :guilabel:`Month` or :guilabel:`Quarter` when expanding columns by " +":guilabel:`Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 +msgid "Pivot table, highlighting the plus icon to expand columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The report now displays the on-hand stock of items, and their total " +"purchasing cost, for each time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Inventory aging report, with the :guilabel:`Group By`: :guilabel:`Product` " +"option selected, and with the :guilabel:`Date` column set to " +":guilabel:`Day`. It gives insight into how much raw fish sashimi products " +"were purchased on each day, and how much it cost. This informs the business " +"owners how much stock is at risk of rotting in stock, per day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 +msgid "Inventory aging report, showing product row items and day columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:3 +msgid "Locations dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The *Locations* dashboard in the *Inventory* application provides an " +"overview of on-hand storage locations for company products. Use this report " +"to see where stock is stored, identify :ref:`misplaced items " +"`, or view past inventory to see " +"product locations on specific dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To access the locations report, the *Storage Locations* feature must be " +"enabled. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and click :guilabel:`Save`. Then, access the " +"locations dashboard by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:24 +msgid "Navigate the locations dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard lists all on-hand products " +"in stock (in the :guilabel:`Product` column), along with the following " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: current storage location. If a product is stored at " +"`Shelf 1` and `Shelf 2`, the product is listed twice, showing quantities at " +"each location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Package`: the package that the product is stored in, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: if the product has a lot or serial number, it" +" is specified here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: current quantity of products. Click the " +":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand " +"quantity <../inventory_management/count_products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reserved Quantity`: on-hand quantity reserved for operations, " +"such as pickings, delivery orders, or manufacturings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: the unit of measure of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Click the buttons to the right of each row item to access additional " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:42 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the" +" product, displaying information about the quantity and description of why " +"the product was moved from one location to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:47 +msgid "" +"View what the product is reserved for, by clicking the :icon:`fa-history` " +":guilabel:`History` button on the far-right of the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Moves History` page, remove the :icon:`fa-filter` " +":guilabel:`Done` filter. Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar to reveal filter options, and select the " +":guilabel:`To Do` filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Display *Moves History* page of to-do deliveries that reserved the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:58 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering " +"rules <../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>` " +"page to replenish products at the specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In the upper-left corner of the page, click the the :guilabel:`New` button " +"to make an :doc:`inventory adjustment " +"<../inventory_management/count_products>` to record quantities of a certain " +"product at a specific :guilabel:`Location`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To view products, quantities, and their locations for a specified date, " +"click the :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button (also located in the upper-" +"left corner of the page). Select a date and time in the :guilabel:`Inventory" +" at Date` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After learning how to :ref:`navigate the locations dashboard " +"`, it can be used to create " +"and share different reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Locations` " +"dashboard are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:81 +msgid "Dead stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To get list of expired items, also referred to as *dead stock*, follow these" +" steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:143 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to" +" reveal a drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and " +":guilabel:`Favorite` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts` " +"option under the :guilabel:`Filters` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:91 +msgid "The report now displays a list of expired products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:94 +msgid "" +"This report can also be generated from the :ref:`Lot and Serials Numbers " +"` page, accessed by going to" +" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst-1 +msgid "Show a list of products whose expiration dates have exceeded today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:105 +msgid "Stranded inventory report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Businesses using multi-step flows in the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* " +"apps, may have *stranded* items, which are products not in their proper " +"storage locations, due to human error. Use this report to periodically check" +" transfer locations (e.g. *WH/Input*, *WH/Pre-Processing*) to ensure items " +"are moved to their intended storage locations, and accurately recorded in " +"the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To get a list of items that might be sitting idly in storage, follow these " +"steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, begin typing the name of the location " +"where products are intended to be moved to, such as `WH/Input`, or " +"`WH/Packing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Search Location for:` [location name] option from the " +"resulting drop-down menu that appears beneath the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show search result for the location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:124 +msgid "The report now displays a list of products at the transit location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Searching `Input` in :guilabel:`Location` shows a list of products at a " +"*WH/Input* location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The list shows `500` quantities of `Chicken`, which is alarming if not " +"refrigerated soon after reception. The stranded inventory report helps " +"identify items that have been idling in non-storage locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show items stored at a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:138 +msgid "Inventory discrepancy report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:140 +msgid "" +"To generate a report of items that have been moved since the last " +":doc:`inventory audit <../inventory_management/cycle_counts>`, follow these " +"steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Conflicts` option " +"from the :guilabel:`Filters` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The report now displays items whose quantities have changed since the last " +"cycle count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show items from the *Conflicts* filter in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` button to view inventory " +"transfers, including receipts and deliveries, that have occurred since the " +"inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show *Moves History*, showing a delivery that occurred after an inventory " +"adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:3 +msgid "Moves history dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Moves History* report in Odoo *Inventory* provides a detailed record of" +" product movements (containing past and current locations), lot numbers, and" +" reasons for movement. Reports can be generated for any time frame, making " +"this report essential for analyzing stock levels, monitoring inventory " +"turnover, and identifying any discrepancies in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The reporting feature is only accessible to users with :doc:`admin access " +"<../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Moves History`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst-1 +msgid "Display Moves History report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:23 +msgid "Navigate the moves history report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:25 +msgid "In the report, the columns represent:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: calendar date and time of the stock move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: description of the reason for the stock move or " +"quantity change, such as a receipt number (e.g. `WH/IN/00012`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product involved in the move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: specifies the lot or serial number of the " +"tracked product being moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:33 +msgid ":guilabel:`From`: source location of the moved product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`To`: destination location of the moved product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity`: number of products moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: unit of measure of the products moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: indicates the move status, which can be " +":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available` (ready for action), or " +":guilabel:`Partially Available` (insufficient quantities to complete the " +"operation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:66 +msgid "Search options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Use the following search options to customize the :guilabel:`Moves History` " +"report to display relevant information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:70 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Filters` section allows users to search among pre-made and " +"custom filters to find specific stock records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Do`: show stock move records that are in progress. This " +"includes lines with a :guilabel:`Status` column value of " +":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Partially Available`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done`: completed stock moves, with a :guilabel:`Status` of " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Incoming`: displays move records from vendor locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:58 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Outgoing`: displays move records to customer locations, including" +" customer returns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internal`: displays move records from one internal location to " +"another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturing`: shows records where products were produced from " +"the virtual, production :doc:`location " +"<../inventory_management/use_locations>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: select this drop-down menu to access various date filter " +"options and view stock moves from a specific month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last 30 Days`: show records that occurred in the last thirty " +"days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Last 3 Months`: show records from the last three months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:113 +msgid "Group By" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " +"groupings to the search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: group records by product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: group records by the three status types: " +":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available`, and :guilabel:`Partially " +"Available`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: group records by :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, or :guilabel:`Day`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transfers`: group records by operation number, e.g. " +"`WH/OUT/00012`, `WH/MO/00211`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: group records by source location (the :guilabel:`From`" +" column in this report)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: group records by product category. To configure these," +" go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: Product" +" Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Batch Transfer`: group records by :doc:`batch " +"<../advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:125 +msgid "Favorites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To save the current applied filters and groups, so the same information can " +"be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save current " +"search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " +"current view the default filter when opening the :guilabel:`Moves History` " +"report. Or tick the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option " +"available to other users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:134 +msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:137 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../essentials/search`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:3 +msgid "Stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the stock report in Odoo *Inventory* for a detailed list of all stored " +"products, including those reserved, purchased and in transit, as well as " +"those delivered to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Stock`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Show the stock report, accessible by going to Inventory > Reporting > Stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:19 +msgid "Navigate the stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:21 +msgid "" +"On the stock report, the left sidebar includes several groupings to narrow " +"down what is being shown. The default groupings are :guilabel:`Warehouses`," +" which filters products by specific warehouses, and :guilabel:`Category`, " +"which shows products within a selected product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Warehouse` grouping is only available when there are multiple" +" warehouses in the database. Refer to the " +":doc:`../inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse` documentation for " +"more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:30 +msgid "In the report itself, the columns represent:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:32 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unit Cost`: average inventory valuation per unit, adjusted based " +"on the cost to purchase and/or manufacture the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Value`: Total inventory valuation of the product, " +"calculated by multiplying unit cost by on-hand quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:39 +msgid "" +":ref:`Compute average cost inventory valuation per unit " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:40 +msgid "" +":doc:`Inventory valuation methods " +"<../inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand`: current quantity of products. Click the :icon:`fa-" +"pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand quantity " +"<../inventory_management/count_products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Free to Use`: on-hand quantity that are **not** reserved for " +"delivery or manufacturing orders, and are available to sell or use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Incoming`: items expected to arrive at the warehouse. Number of " +"products is based on quantities in confirmed purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Outgoing`: items expected to leave the warehouse or be consumed " +"in manufacturing orders. Number of products is based on quantities in " +"confirmed sales or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the product, " +"displaying information about the quantity and description of why the product" +" was moved from one location to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering rules " +"<../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>` page for " +"the product to create or manage methods of procuring the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Locations`: break down of on-hand quantity at multiple storage " +"locations. Only available when the product is stored in multiple locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forecast`: access the forecasted report to view on-hand, " +"incoming, and outgoing quantities. Report also contains links to confirmed " +"purchase, sales, or manufacturing orders. Only available when there are " +"confirmed sales, purchase, or manufacturing orders for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Published`: display products published on the website. Only " +"available with the *Website* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available in POS`: display products available through the *Point " +"of Sale* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available in Self`: display products available in self order " +"through the *Point of Sale* app. Appears in the search because the " +":guilabel:`Available in Self Order` checkbox was ticked in the " +":guilabel:`Point of Sale` section of a product form's :guilabel:`Sales` tab." +" The option is only available when the :guilabel:`Available in POS` checkbox" +" is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In the Sales tab of a product form, showing *Available in Self Order* " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not available in Self`: display products available in *PoS*, but " +"not available in self order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:91 +msgid "`Configure PoS products `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Sold`: display products that can be sold to customers. " +"Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Sold` checkbox is ticked" +" on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Purchased`: display products that can be bought from " +"vendors. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` " +"checkbox is ticked on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Recurring`: show subscription products, indicated by " +"ticking the :guilabel:`Recurring` checkbox on the product form. Only " +"available with the *Subscription* app activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Rented`: show products that can be loaned to customers for" +" a certain time. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Rented`" +" checkbox was ticked on the product form. Only available with the *Rental* " +"app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Subcontracted`: display products that can be produced by a" +" :doc:`third-party manufacturer " +"<../../../manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic>`. Available " +"only with the *Manufacturing* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Expensed`: show items that can be expensed. Only available" +" with the *Expenses* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`../../product_management/product_tracking/type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " +"groupings to the search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Type`: group items by :doc:`product type " +"<../../product_management/product_tracking/type>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Category`: group items by product category. To configure " +"these, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: " +"Product Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`POS Product Category`: group items by :doc:`point of sale product" +" categories <../../../../sales/point_of_sale/configuration>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To save the current applied filters and groupbys, so the same information " +"can be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save " +"current search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " +"current view the default filter when opening the stock report. Or tick the " +":guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option available to other " +"users." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "Bảo trì" @@ -21576,11 +23720,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:94 +msgid "Learn more" +msgstr "Tìm hiểu thêm" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:32 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to properly configure a new |BOM|, see the " -"documentation on :ref:`creating a bill of materials " -"`." +"documentation on :doc:`creating a bill of materials " +"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:35 @@ -21729,163 +23878,434 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bill of materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:9 msgid "" -"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " -"quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " -"It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines " -"needed to complete a production process." +"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) documents specific components, " +"along with their respective quantities, that are needed to produce or repair" +" a product. In Odoo, |BoMs| as blueprints for manufactured goods and kits, " +"and often include production operations and step-by-step guidelines, as " +"well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " -"linked to each product, so even product variants can have their own tailored" -" :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:15 +msgid "BoM setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:17 msgid "" -"Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " -"manufacturing process and save time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:18 -msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" +"To create a |BOM|, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> " +"Bills of Materials` and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" -"The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" -" or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " -"managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." +"Next, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type` to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " -":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " -"of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the " -":guilabel:`Product`." +"Then, specify :ref:`required components ` and, if necessary, define any :ref:`manufacturing operations " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:26 msgid "" -"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " -"product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." +"Individual |BOMs| can also be quickly accessed or created by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on any product form, as " +"accessible through the *Sales*, *Inventory*, and *Manufacturing* apps, as " +"well as through any internal links where a product is referenced (such as in" +" a field or a line item)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "Show BoM for a product, with components listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "BoM for `Drawer`, displaying the **Components** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:38 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/kit_shipping`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`../subcontracting/subcontracting_basic`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:44 +msgid "Components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:46 msgid "" -"For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" -" to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" -" to specify the various components that make up the production of the final " -"product and their respective quantities. New components can be created " -"quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created " -"beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> " -"Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)`." +"In the :guilabel:`Components` tab of a |BOM|, specify components used to " +"manufacture the product by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the " +":guilabel:`Components` drop-down menu, select from existing products or " +"create a new product by typing the name and selecting either the " +":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option to quickly add the line item, or the " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` option to add the component and continue to " +"its configuration form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." +msgid "Add a component by selecting it from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:43 -msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:56 msgid "" -":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " -"Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." +"Optionally, access additional fields by clicking the :icon:`oi-settings-" +"adjust` :guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon to the far-right of the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab. Tick the checkboxes for the following features " +"to enable these columns:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:60 msgid "" -"In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " -"the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " -"form." +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify which :doc:`product variant " +"<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>` each component is used in. " +"When the field is left blank, the component is used in all product variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:66 msgid "" -"The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " -"variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" -" :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master " -":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and " -"specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply " -"on Variants` column." +":guilabel:`Consumed in Operation`: specify the operation using the " +"component. Useful for determining :ref:`manufacturing readiness " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:62 -msgid "Set up operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:68 msgid "" -"Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" -" instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" -" this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Operations`." +":guilabel:`Manual Consumption`: tick the checkbox to force operators to " +"check the :guilabel:`Consumed` checkbox on a manufacturing order (MO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show a manufacturing order, highlighting the *Consumed* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:75 msgid "" -"Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " -":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " -"operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a " -"name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like " -"components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the " -":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that " -"variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +"Not doing so triggers the :guilabel:`Consumption Warning` error message, " +"where the consumed component quantity must be manually inputted. Otherwise, " +"the operation cannot be completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " -":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" -" new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing " -"Operations` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show the consumption warning error message." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:85 -msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" +msgid "Operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" -"A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " -"addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " -"the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)`." +"Add an *operation* to a |BOM| to specify instructions for production and " +"register time spent on an operation. To use this feature, first enable the " +"*Work Orders* feature by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the" +" :guilabel:`Work Orders` checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " -":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "\"Work Orders\" feature in the Settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:99 msgid "" -"Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " -"of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " -":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which " -"operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in " -"Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"Next, navigate to the |BOM| by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app " +"--> Products --> Bill of Materials` and selecting the desired |BOM|. To add " +"a new operation, go to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, and click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window, where the " +"various fields of the operation are configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: name of the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: select existing locations to perform the operation," +" or create a new work center by typing the name and selecting the " +":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify if this operation is only available " +"for certain product variants. If the operation applies to all product " +"variants, leave this field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Configuring BoMs for product variants " +"<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration Computation`: choose how time spent on the operation is " +"tracked. Opt for :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` to use the " +"operation's time tracker or :guilabel:`Set duration manually` if operators " +"can record and modify time themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Choosing the :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` option enables the " +":guilabel:`Based on last __ work orders` option, which automatically " +"estimates the time to complete this operation based on the last few " +"operations. Choosing :guilabel:`Set duration manually` enables the " +":guilabel:`Default Duration` field instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Duration`: estimated amount of time to complete the " +"operation; used for `planning manufacturing orders " +"`_ and determining `work center" +" availability `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company the |BOM| is available in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Include operation details in the :guilabel:`Work Sheet` tab. Choose " +":guilabel:`PDF` to attach a file or :guilabel:`Google Slide` with *public* " +"access to share a link. Select :guilabel:`Text` to type instructions in the " +":guilabel:`Description` text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Type `/` for a list of formatting options and features, including ChatGPT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show ChatGPT feature to generate instructions for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Fill out the Create Operations pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save \\& Close` to close the pop-up window. To add" +" more operations, click :guilabel:`Save & New` and repeat the same steps " +"above to configure another operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +"After creating an operation, click the :guilabel:`Copy Existing Operations` " +"button to choose an operation to duplicate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show Operation tab, highlighting the \"Copy Existing Operations\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:158 +msgid "Instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To add detailed instructions to operations, the *Quality* app must be " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add specific instructions to an existing operation by clicking the " +"operation's :icon:`fa-list-ul` :guilabel:`(list)` icon in the " +":guilabel:`Instructions` column. The number in the :guilabel:`Instructions` " +"column shows the number of existing detailed instructions there are for the " +"operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the Instructions column, and list icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:172 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Steps` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank " +"quality control point form where the new manufacturing step can be created. " +"Here, give the specific instruction a :guilabel:`Title` and set the " +":guilabel:`Type` to :guilabel:`Instructions`. In the " +":guilabel:`Instructions` tab of the form, write out the directions for the " +"step in the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Further customizations can be made here on this form, beyond ordinary " +"instructions, to also include specific types of quality control points that " +"carry specific (or complex) conditions. For more details about quality " +"control points refer the :doc:`Instruction check " +"<../../quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the page to add a quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:188 +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab contains more |BoM| configurations to " +"customize procurement, calculate costs, and define how components are " +"consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturing Readiness`: choosing :guilabel:`When components for" +" the 1st operation are available` shows the :guilabel:`Component Status` as " +"a **green** :guilabel:`Not Available`, when only the components that are " +"consumed in the first operation are in stock. This indicates that although " +"not all components are available, operators can at least begin with the " +"first operation. Choosing :guilabel:`When all components are available` " +"displays a **red** :guilabel:`Not Available` component status unless all " +"components are in available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Specify which operation consumes each component on the |BoM| in the " +":ref:`Manual Consumption field `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show the *Component Status* field on the manufacturing order dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:210 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Version`: displays the current |BoM| version, visible with the " +"Odoo *PLM* app installed for managing |BoM| changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:212 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Flexible Consumption`: specifies if components used can deviate " +"from the quantity defined on the |BoM|. Choose :guilabel:`Blocked` if " +"operators **must** adhere strictly to the |BoM| quantity. Otherwise, choose " +":guilabel:`Allowed` or :guilabel:`Allowed with Warning`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:215 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Routing`: select the preferred warehouse's manufacturing " +"operation type for products produced in multiple warehouses. If left blank, " +"this warehouse's `Manufacturing` operation type is used by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:218 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: select pre-created :doc:`analytic " +"distribution models " +"<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>` from the list " +"to automatically record the cost of manufacturing products in the chosen " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:221 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manuf Lead Time`: define the number of days needed to complete a " +"|MO| from the date of confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to prepare Manufacturing Order`: number of days needed to " +"replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +":doc:`Analytic distribution " +"<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:228 +msgid "" +":doc:`Lead times " +"<../../inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Miscellaneous* tab of the BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:236 +msgid "Add by-products to BoMs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:238 +msgid "" +"A *by-product* is a residual product that is created during production in " +"addition to the main product of a |BOM|. Unlike the primary product, there " +"can be more than one by-product on a |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To add by-products to a |BOM|, first enable the *By-Products* feature in " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`By-" +"Products` to enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "\"By Products\" feature in the settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, add by-products to a |BOM| by clicking the " +":guilabel:`By-products` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and fill in the " +":guilabel:`By-product`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Unit of " +"Measure`. Optionally, specify a :guilabel:`Produced in Operation` for the " +"by-product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The by-product, `Mush`, is created in the `Grind grapes` operation when " +"producing `Red Wine`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show sample by-product in the BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 @@ -21924,18 +24344,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 +msgid "Lot/serial number tracking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The assignment of lots or serial numbers to newly manufactured products is " +"optional. To optionally :doc:`assign lots or serial numbers " +"<../../inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn>` to newly " +"manufactured products, go to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section in the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the :guilabel:`Tracking` field, select " +":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Doing so enables the *Lot/Serial Number* field on a manufacturing order, or " +"the *Register Production* instruction on a work order card in the *Shop " +"Floor* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 +msgid "\"Lot/Serial Number\" field on the MO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 +msgid "**Lot/Serial Number** field on the MO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Register Production** option to generate lot/serial number on a work order" +" card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:54 msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:56 msgid "" "Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " "manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" " manufacture a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " @@ -21948,14 +24404,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 msgid "" "On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." " In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" " produces." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 msgid "" "Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" " clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " @@ -21968,7 +24424,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:79 msgid "" "Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " "and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " @@ -21979,7 +24435,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:86 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " "setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " @@ -21991,14 +24447,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:96 msgid "" "The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " "allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " "exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " "For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " -"to :ref:`create a bill of materials `." +"to :doc:`create a bill of materials `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:3 @@ -23066,6 +25521,2033 @@ msgid "" "of the |MO| itself." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "Subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a " +"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" +" then sold by the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting " +"company and the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide " +"variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in" +" and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the " +"manufacturing themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:19 +msgid "" +"This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, " +"as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with " +"subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they " +"are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized " +"work to subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors " +"to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as " +"profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain " +"arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which " +"projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a " +"variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what" +" happens to finished products once they are manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " +":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst-1 +msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:62 +msgid "" +"With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in " +"Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:64 +msgid "" +"On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a " +"*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates" +" the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that" +" it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the " +"Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can " +"be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product " +"pages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:72 +msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:75 +msgid "Subcontracting workflows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference " +"between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully " +"responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the " +":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_basic` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " +"sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This " +"workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " +"purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to " +"the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the " +":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary " +"to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to" +" products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:94 +msgid "" +"In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are " +"to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:97 +msgid "" +"In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can " +"either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an " +"end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured" +" to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are " +"outlined in their respective documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:104 +msgid "Subcontracted product valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different " +"variables:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;" +" from here on referred to as `C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them " +"shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor" +" to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred " +"to as `x`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be " +"represented by the following equation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"P = C + M + S + D + x\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:124 +msgid "" +"It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will " +"include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not " +"dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost" +" of dropshipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Basic subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " +"certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " +"purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " +"the product's vendor to delivery the product to the purchasing company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For subcontracted products specifically, delivery lead times can be " +"configured to take into account the amount of time required for the " +"subcontractor to manufacture a product. Doing so allows the contracting " +"company to better predict the delivery dates of subcontracted products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Like all lead times in Odoo, lead times for subcontracted products are only " +"an estimate, and are based on how long actions are *expected* to take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " +"means that lead times should not be viewed as guarantees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`basic subcontracting ` workflow " +"to manufacture a product, a company is not responsible for supplying the " +"subcontractor with the necessary components. This means that the only " +"factors affecting the delivery date of a product are the amount of time it " +"takes the subcontractor to manufacture and deliver it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time that considers " +"both of these factors, the *Expected Arrival* date displayed on purchase " +"orders (POs) for the product more accurately reflects the amount of time " +"required for both manufacturing and delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 +msgid "Product delivery lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " +"subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has been added, enter the number of days it takes " +"them to manufacture and deliver the product, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead" +" Time` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Delivery Lead Time field for a subcontractor, on the Purchase tab of a " +"product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Multiple subcontractors can be added to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a " +"product's page, and a different :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` can be set " +"for each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:57 +msgid "Lead time workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 +msgid "" +"After setting a delivery lead time for a product's vendor, create an |RfQ| " +"by navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase " +"Orders`, and clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Specify the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the " +"product in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and " +"adding a quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once a product has been added, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field on the" +" |RfQ| auto-populates with a date that reflects the vendor's delivery lead " +"time, as specified on the product's page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If the date needs to be adjusted, click on the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` " +"field to open a calendar popover, and select the desired date. Make sure not" +" to choose a date sooner than the one that was auto-populated, unless the " +"subcontractor has confirmed that they are able to deliver the product by " +"that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` on the |RfQ| to turn it into a " +"|PO|. At this point, the subcontractor should begin manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, before delivering it to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Tricycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends requires three days to manufacture a tricycle, plus" +" an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " +"tricycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " +"two days for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:88 +msgid "" +"On May 3rd, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| to purchase one tricycle from Bike " +"Friends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date listed on the |PO| is May 8th, five " +"days after the :guilabel:`Confirmation Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Expected Arrival date on a PO for a subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Bike Friends begins manufacturing the tricycle on May 3rd — the day that the" +" |PO| is confirmed — and finishes on May 6th, three days later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The tricycle is then shipped to Mike's Bikes the same day, and they receive " +"it on May 8th, two days later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " +"certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " +"purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " +"the product's vendor to deliver the product to the purchasing company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Certain subcontracted products require the contracting company to supply the" +" subcontractor with manufacturing components. In this case, a *manufacturing" +" lead time* can be used, in addition to the delivery lead time, to generate " +"the date on which the subcontractor must receive the required components, in" +" order to manufacture the product and deliver it on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In cases where components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, an " +"additional delivery lead time can be set for each component. This should be " +"set to the amount of time it takes the vendor to deliver components to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once a delivery lead time has been set on a component, dropship orders for " +"the component display the date by which the order must be confirmed, so that" +" it can be dropshipped to the subcontractor by the date on which " +"manufacturing must begin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order " +"` route, a company is responsible for purchasing " +"the necessary components from a vendor, and having them dropshipped directly" +" to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 +msgid "" +"This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, it is also necessary " +"to consider how long it takes the component vendor to dropship the " +"components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:48 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a *delivery lead time*, specifying a " +"*manufacturing lead time* on the product's BoM, and assigning the vendor of " +"the components an additional *delivery lead time*, *Dropship Subcontractor* " +"orders for the product's components display the deadline for confirming a " +"dropship order to send the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " +":guilabel:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:61 +msgid "Product manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a BoM" +" from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 +msgid "" +"On the |BoM|, select the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the same number of days that was " +"entered in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` field of the |BoM|'s product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Manuf. Lead Time field on a product's BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 +msgid "" +"While not all of these days are actually used for manufacturing by the " +"subcontractor, setting the same number of days in each field tells Odoo that" +" the subcontractor must receive the components and begin production by the " +"start of the product's delivery lead time. This gives the subcontractor " +"enough time to both manufacture and deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 +msgid "Component delivery lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:92 +msgid "" +"From the product's BoM, navigate to each component by clicking on the " +"component in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and then clicking the " +":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` button to the right of the " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:96 +msgid "" +"On the product page for each component, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab." +" If the vendor has not already been added, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor has been added, enter the number of days it takes them to " +"dropship the product to the subcontractor, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " +"Time` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:104 +msgid "Dropship subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Create a request for quotation (RfQ) for the product by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`, and " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Specify the subcontractor in :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the product" +" in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, " +"selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and specifying a " +"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:113 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" +" time for the component vendor to dropship the components, and the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " +"auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " +"of the product. However, this does not consider the time it takes to " +"dropship the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:121 +msgid "" +"When purchasing a product subcontracted using the *Dropship Subcontractor on" +" Order* route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " +"extra time needed for the components to be delivered to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Since production does not begin until they receive the components, leaving " +"the date as is results in the finished product arriving *after* the date " +"listed on the |RfQ|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " +"so creates a second |RfQ| to purchase the components from the dropshipper, " +"and have them sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for " +"Quotation`, and select the |RfQ| that lists the dropshipper in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 +msgid "" +"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field lists the date on which" +" the subcontractor must receive the components, in order to deliver the " +"finished product by the *Expected Arrival* date listed on the subcontractor " +"|PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Order Deadline` field lists the latest date on which the " +"|RfQ| can be confirmed, in order for the dropshipper to deliver the " +"components to the subcontractor by the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|, and confirm " +"the purchase of the components from the dropshipper. Doing so causes a " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to appear at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to open the dropship order. This" +" order can also be accessed from the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button that " +"now appears on the subcontractor |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:149 +msgid "" +"After the dropshipper has delivered the components to the subcontractor, " +"click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the dropship order to " +"confirm that the subcontractor has received the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor receives the components, they begin manufacturing the" +" component, before delivering it to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Bicycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes must purchase the required components from vendor Bike World, " +"and have them dropshipped to Bike Friends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:164 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each bicycle, plus " +"an addition two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:167 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for bicycle" +" manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus two days " +"for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:170 +msgid "" +"On the bicycle's BoM, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days as " +"well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered to " +"the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:173 +msgid "" +"On the product pages for each of the bicycle's components, they assign Bike " +"World a delivery lead time of two days. This is the amount of time it takes " +"Bike World to dropship each component directly to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:177 +msgid "" +"On May 10th, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| for one bicycle, with an expected " +"delivery date of May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:180 +msgid "" +"The |RfQ| for purchasing the components from Bike World and having them " +"dropshipped to Bike Friends has an Expected Arrival date of May 12th, and a " +"Deadline of May 10th. The |RfQ| must be confirmed by the deadline in order " +"for Bike Friends to receive the components by the Expected Arrival date, " +"giving them enough time to deliver the finished bicycle to Mike's Bikes by " +"May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Order Deadline and Expected Arrival dates on a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes confirms the |RfQ| on May 10th, and Bike World delivers the " +"components to Bike Friends on May 12th. Bike Friends manufactures the " +"bicycle, and delivers it to Mike's Bikes on May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " +"means that lead times should **not** be viewed as guarantees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order " +"` route, a company is responsible for supplying the" +" subcontractor with the necessary components. As a result, the subcontractor" +" cannot begin manufacturing until the components have been received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, the date they receive " +"the components must also be considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:39 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time, and specifying " +"a manufacturing lead time on the product's bill of materials (BoM), " +"*Resupply Subcontractor* orders for the product's components display the " +"deadline by which the subcontractor must receive the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " +"subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a " +"|BoM| from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:80 +msgid "Resupply subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" +" time for the subcontractor to receive the components, manufacture the " +"product, and deliver it back to the subcontracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " +"auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " +"of the product. However, this does **not** consider the time it takes to " +"ship the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:98 +msgid "" +"When purchasing a product subcontracted using the Resupply Subcontractor on " +"Order route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " +"extra time needed for the components to be shipped to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " +"so causes a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to appear at the top of the " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to open the resupply " +"subcontractor order, which is the order created to send components to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Deadline` field on the resupply subcontractor order shows the" +" deadline for the subcontractor to receive the components, in order for them" +" to have enough time to manufacture and deliver the finished product by the " +"Expected Arrival date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field should display the latest date on which" +" components can be shipped, while still arriving to the subcontractor by the" +" :guilabel:`Deadline`. However, by default, the date displayed is the same " +"as the date in the :guilabel:`Deadline` field, and must be updated to take " +"into account the time required for shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field to open a calendar popover " +"from which a date can be selected. Select a date that allows for the " +"components to be delivered by the :guilabel:`Deadline` on the resupply " +"subcontractor order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:124 +msgid "" +"After the components are shipped, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at " +"the top of the order to confirm they have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Unicycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes must supply Bike Friends with the necessary components for " +"manufacturing the unicycles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:137 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each unicycle, plus" +" an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:140 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " +"unicycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " +"two days for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:143 +msgid "" +"On the unicycle's |BoM|, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days, " +"as well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered " +"to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 +msgid "" +"They confirm a |PO| for one unicycle, with an expected arrival date of May " +"30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The resupply subcontractor order for shipping the components to the " +"subcontractor shows a *Deadline* of May 25th. The subcontractor must receive" +" the components by this date, in order to have enough time to manufacture " +"the unicycle, and deliver it by May 30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:152 +msgid "" +"It takes Mike's Bikes two days to deliver the components, so they update the" +" *Scheduled Date* field on the resupply subcontractor order to May 23rd, two" +" days before the Deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Scheduled Date and Deadline fields on a resupply subcontractor order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes ships the components to Bike Friends on the scheduled date of " +"May 23rd, and they arrive on the deadline of May 25th. This gives Bike " +"Friends enough time to manufacture the unicycle, and ship it back to Mike's " +"Bikes by the expected arrival date of May 30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:3 +msgid "Basic subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a " +"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" +" then sold by the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the " +"necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to " +"worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic " +"subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-" +"subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that " +"subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted " +"products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be " +"manufactured by them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " +":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary" +" to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53 +msgid "Configure product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the " +"product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, " +"selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and " +"entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`" +" field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished " +"product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " +"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " +"subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83 +msgid "Configure BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " +"--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials " +"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` " +"option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the " +":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using" +" subcontracting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when " +"calculating the product's expected arrival date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:81 +msgid "" +"When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for " +"manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:86 +msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:88 +msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " +"|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a receipt order or a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, " +"**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" +" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " +"product is shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted " +"product is being purchased from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " +"with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer," +" or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process " +"starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169 +msgid "Create SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171 +msgid "" +"It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased" +" from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being " +"purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " +"Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a " +"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a" +" quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens" +" the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:128 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough " +"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates" +" a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193 +msgid "" +"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " +"end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is " +"enough stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197 +msgid "Process PO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:140 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to " +":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the " +"|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to " +"the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a " +"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the " +"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:153 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic " +"subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and " +"can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 +msgid "" +"A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " +"top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 +msgid "" +"PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " +"top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242 +msgid "Process receipt or dropship order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " +"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " +"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251 +msgid "" +"If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, " +"once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " +"Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the" +" :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the " +"receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter" +" the product into inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260 +msgid "Process dropship order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262 +msgid "" +"If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select" +" the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open " +"the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order " +"to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270 +msgid "Process delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " +"finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " +"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" +" the customer, and process the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " +"the product has been shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship to subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the" +" necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have " +"them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order " +"(PO) for that product is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " +"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and " +"*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve " +"dropshipping, they are used for different purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have " +"them shipped directly to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components " +"from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By " +"default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the " +"contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33 +msgid "" +"However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship " +"Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In " +"this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then " +"ships the finished product directly to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37 +msgid "" +"This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the " +":ref:`workflow section ` of" +" this doc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " +"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " +"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the " +"components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as " +"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in " +"the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the " +":guilabel:`Price` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that " +"determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been " +"manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock " +"on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " +"subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73 +msgid "Configure bill of materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click " +"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " +"select the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and" +" specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97 +msgid "Configure Components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " +"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " +"arrow)` button to the right of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106 +msgid "" +"On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add " +"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in " +"the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the" +" subcontractor, once they are purchased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the " +":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119 +msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " +"*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the" +" vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so " +"creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the " +"components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" +" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" +" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " +"product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " +"with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, " +"or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts " +"with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148 +msgid "Create an SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the " +"product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is " +"the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted " +"product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the " +"*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** " +"there is no stock of the product on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead " +"create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172 +msgid "" +"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " +"end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, " +"even if there is stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176 +msgid "Process subcontractor PO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178 +msgid "" +"If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`," +" and clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a" +" new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* " +"|PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components" +" to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, " +"and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" +"button at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from " +"the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** " +"automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship " +"Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* " +"|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205 +msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. " +"Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` " +"field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after " +"confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212 +msgid "" +"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship " +"Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of" +" the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and " +"confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, " +"and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the " +"*subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" +"Dropship smart button at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227 +msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" +" *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, " +"respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the " +":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the " +"subcontractor has received the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" +" *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the " +"product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of" +" the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the" +" *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the " +":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship " +"order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the " +"product to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product " +"has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the " +"necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each " +"time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " +"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping" +" it to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply " +"Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24 +msgid "" +"While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components " +"required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are " +"sourced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from " +"the warehouse of the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from " +"a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of " +"the subcontracting company and their subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36 +msgid "" +"See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of " +"the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " +"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " +"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of " +"materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`" +" tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the " +"subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68 +msgid "" +"This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other " +"elements, like the cost of the product's components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " +"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click " +"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " +"select the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107 +msgid "Configure components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " +"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " +"arrow)` button to the right of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116 +msgid "" +"On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and " +"select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the " +":guilabel:`Routes` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122 +msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to " +"purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a" +" dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the " +"subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" +" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149 +msgid "" +"While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to " +"automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is " +"also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful " +"when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply " +"Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking" +" :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom " +"the components should be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` " +"drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the " +"components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` " +"to confirm that the order has been sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough " +"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead" +" creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase " +"app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a " +"subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically " +"created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the " +"required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed " +"from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top " +"of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 +msgid "" +"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n" +"buttons at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 +msgid "" +"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and " +"Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227 +msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the " +"subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " +"Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open" +" the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` " +"card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " +"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " +"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " +"finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " +"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" +" the customer, and process the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " +"the product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows.rst:5 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "" @@ -23347,6 +27829,13 @@ msgid "" "only after closing the associated |MO|." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " +"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29 msgid "" "To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " @@ -23611,1355 +28100,6 @@ msgid "" "and *WH/MO/00010*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontracting overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:7 -msgid "" -"In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a " -"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" -" then sold by the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting " -"company and the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:13 -msgid "" -"For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide " -"variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in" -" and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the " -"manufacturing themselves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:17 -msgid "" -"This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, " -"as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with " -"subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they " -"are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized " -"work to subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:22 -msgid "" -"On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors " -"to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as " -"profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain " -"arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which " -"projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a " -"variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what" -" happens to finished products once they are manufactured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " -"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " -":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " -"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst-1 -msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:42 -msgid "" -"With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in " -"Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a " -"*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates" -" the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that" -" it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the " -"Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can " -"be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product " -"pages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:51 -msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:52 -msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:55 -msgid "Subcontracting workflows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:57 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference " -"between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully " -"responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the " -":doc:`subcontracting_basic` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " -"sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This " -"workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting_resupply` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " -"purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to " -"the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the " -":doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:69 -msgid "" -"In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary " -"to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to" -" products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are " -"to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can " -"either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an " -"end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured" -" to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are " -"outlined in their respective documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:83 -msgid "Subcontracted product valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different " -"variables:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;" -" from here on referred to as `C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "" -"The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them " -"shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:93 -msgid "" -"The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor" -" to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred " -"to as `x`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be " -"represented by the following equation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:100 -msgid "" -"P = C + M + S + D + x\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:103 -msgid "" -"It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will " -"include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not " -"dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost" -" of dropshipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:3 -msgid "Basic subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a " -"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" -" then sold by the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the " -"necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to " -"worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic " -"subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-" -"subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that " -"subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted " -"products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be " -"manufactured by them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" -" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " -":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " -"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary" -" to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53 -msgid "Configure product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " -"product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the " -"product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, " -"selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and " -"entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`" -" field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished " -"product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " -"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " -"subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83 -msgid "Configure BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " -"Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " -"--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92 -msgid "" -"For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials " -"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` " -"option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the " -":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using" -" subcontracting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " -":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the " -"subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when " -"calculating the product's expected arrival date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:81 -msgid "" -"When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the " -":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for " -"manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:86 -msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:88 -msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " -"|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a receipt order or a dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, " -"**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" -" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " -"product is shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138 -msgid "" -"The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted " -"product is being purchased from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " -"with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer," -" or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process " -"starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into " -"inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169 -msgid "Create SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:112 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171 -msgid "" -"It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased" -" from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being " -"purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next " -"step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175 -msgid "" -"To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " -"Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178 -msgid "" -"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a " -"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a" -" quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:123 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens" -" the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:128 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough " -"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates" -" a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:134 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193 -msgid "" -"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " -"end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is " -"enough stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197 -msgid "Process PO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:140 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to " -":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the " -"|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to " -"the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:145 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking " -":guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:148 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a " -"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the " -"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:153 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic " -"subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and " -"can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 -msgid "" -"A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " -"top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 -msgid "" -"PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " -"top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:164 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242 -msgid "Process receipt or dropship order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " -"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " -"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 -msgid "Process receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:173 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251 -msgid "" -"If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, " -"once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " -"Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:177 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the" -" :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the " -"receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter" -" the product into inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260 -msgid "Process dropship order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:184 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262 -msgid "" -"If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select" -" the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:187 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open " -"the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order " -"to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270 -msgid "Process delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " -"finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " -"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" -" the customer, and process the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:198 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " -"the product has been shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3 -msgid "Dropship to subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the" -" necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have " -"them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order " -"(PO) for that product is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " -"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23 -msgid "" -"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and " -"*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve " -"dropshipping, they are used for different purposes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have " -"them shipped directly to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components " -"from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By " -"default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the " -"contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33 -msgid "" -"However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship " -"Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In " -"this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then " -"ships the finished product directly to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37 -msgid "" -"This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the " -":ref:`workflow section ` of" -" this doc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " -"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " -":guilabel:`Operations` heading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " -"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the " -"components listed on the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " -"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as " -"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in " -"the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the " -":guilabel:`Price` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that " -"determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been " -"manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock " -"on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " -"subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73 -msgid "Configure bill of materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click " -"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " -"select the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the " -":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a " -"line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and" -" specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97 -msgid "Configure Components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99 -msgid "" -"To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " -"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " -"arrow)` button to the right of the name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " -"component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106 -msgid "" -"On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add " -"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in " -"the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the" -" subcontractor, once they are purchased." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the " -":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " -"section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119 -msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121 -msgid "" -"The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " -"*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the" -" vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so " -"creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the " -"components to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" -" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" -" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " -"product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " -"with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, " -"or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts " -"with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148 -msgid "Create an SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the " -"product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in " -"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is " -"the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted " -"product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the " -"*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** " -"there is no stock of the product on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169 -msgid "" -"If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead " -"create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172 -msgid "" -"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " -"end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, " -"even if there is stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176 -msgid "Process subcontractor PO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by" -" navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`," -" and clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a" -" new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the " -":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* " -"|PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components" -" to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, " -"and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" -"button at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198 -msgid "" -"In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from " -"the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** " -"automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201 -msgid "" -"Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship " -"Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* " -"|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205 -msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207 -msgid "" -"To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. " -"Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` " -"field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after " -"confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212 -msgid "" -"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship " -"Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of" -" the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and " -"confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, " -"and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the " -"*subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" -"Dropship smart button at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227 -msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229 -msgid "" -"Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" -" *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, " -"respectively." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the " -":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the " -"subcontractor has received the components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" -" *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the " -"product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of" -" the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into " -"inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the" -" *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the " -"receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the " -":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship " -"order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the " -"product to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product " -"has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3 -msgid "Resupply subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the " -"necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each " -"time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " -"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping" -" it to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21 -msgid "" -"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply " -"Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24 -msgid "" -"While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components " -"required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are " -"sourced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from " -"the warehouse of the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from " -"a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of " -"the subcontracting company and their subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36 -msgid "" -"See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of " -"the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " -"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " -":guilabel:`Operations` heading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " -"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of " -"materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " -"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`" -" tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the " -"subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68 -msgid "" -"This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other " -"elements, like the cost of the product's components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " -"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click " -"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " -"select the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107 -msgid "Configure components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109 -msgid "" -"To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " -"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " -"arrow)` button to the right of the name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116 -msgid "" -"On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and " -"select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the " -":guilabel:`Routes` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122 -msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124 -msgid "" -"The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to " -"purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a" -" dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the " -"subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" -" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149 -msgid "" -"While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to " -"automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is " -"also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful " -"when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154 -msgid "" -"To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply " -"Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking" -" :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom " -"the components should be sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking " -":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` " -"drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the " -"components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` " -"to confirm that the order has been sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough " -"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190 -msgid "" -"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead" -" creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase " -"app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a " -"subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically " -"created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214 -msgid "" -"In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the " -"required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed " -"from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top " -"of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 -msgid "" -"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n" -"buttons at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 -msgid "" -"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and " -"Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227 -msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the " -"subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " -"Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open" -" the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to " -"confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the " -":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` " -"card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " -"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " -"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " -"finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " -"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" -" the customer, and process the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " -"the product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:3 msgid "Unbuild orders" msgstr "" @@ -25722,8 +28862,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:12 msgid "" "Utilize *engineering change orders* (*ECOs*) to track, implement, and revert" -" change versions made to products, and :ref:`bills of materials " -"`." +" change versions made to products, and :doc:`bills of materials " +"<../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:15 @@ -27162,6 +30302,354 @@ msgid "" "export it as an Excel file." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:3 +msgid "Procurement expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:12 +msgid "" +"With the *Purchase* application, users can monitor procurement expenses over" +" time. This report helps companies track and analyze spending, identify " +"cost-saving opportunities, and ensure efficient budget management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:17 +msgid "Create procurement expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To create a |per|, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " +"Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:22 +msgid "" +"By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` (POs) with a " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of Requests for " +"Quotation (RFQs) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent*, or *Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:25 +msgid "Add filters and groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the top-right, click the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot)` icon " +"to switch to pivot view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:32 +msgid "" +"While the |per| can also be :ref:`viewed ` as a " +":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " +":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`, " +"the pivot view provides the most detailed view of the data, and is the " +"recommended starting point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Remove any default filters from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. Then, click " +"the |caret| to open the drop-down menu that contains the " +":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and :guilabel:`Favorites` " +"columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Unless otherwise specified, the report displays data from both |RFQs| and " +"|POs|. This can be changed by selecting either :guilabel:`Requests for " +"Quotation` or :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a time frame to use for " +"comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " +"|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " +"Then, select :guilabel:`Product Category`, which is also located in the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The selections under the :guilabel:`Group By` heading can be altered, " +"depending on the needs of the individual company. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Product`, instead of :guilabel:`Product Category`, provides a " +"more in depth look at the performance of specific items, in place of an " +"entire category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading that " +"appears. These options are only available after the date range is selected " +"under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " +":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " +"as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " +"time period from the previous year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:60 +msgid "" +"While multiple time-based filters can be added at once, only one comparison " +"can be selected at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the procurement expenses\n" +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The filter for Q2, comparison for **Previous Period**, and group-by for " +"**Vendor** and **Product Category** were selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:68 +msgid "Add measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:70 +msgid "" +"After selecting the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group by`, and " +":guilabel:`Comparison` settings, click out of the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:82 +msgid "" +"By default, the report displays data with the following measures: " +":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " +":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " +"drop-down list of available measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click the following specific measures to include additional columns for the " +"procurement expenses report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total` and :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`: can include one or both " +"measures. These are included for overall spending analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:91 +msgid ":guilabel:`Average Cost`: included to evaluate cost efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to Confirm` and :guilabel:`Days to Receive`: used to assess " +"supplier performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Qty Ordered` and :guilabel:`Qty Received`: used to understand " +"order efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Qty Billed` and :guilabel:`Qty to be Billed`: used to track order" +" accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Additional measures can be included in the report, if desired, to provide " +"additional insights. For example, :guilabel:`Gross Weight` and " +":guilabel:`Volume` may be included for further logistics and management " +"analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:101 +msgid "" +"After selecting all necessary measures, click out of the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:85 +msgid "View results" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:108 +msgid "" +"After all of the filters and measures have been selected, the report " +"generates in the selected view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst-1 +msgid "A sample version of the procurement expenses report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " +"editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is **only** available if the " +"*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The |per| is also available in graph view. Click the :icon:`fa-area-chart` " +":guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view. Click the " +"corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a :icon:`fa-bar-" +"chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` :guilabel:`(line " +"chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:107 +msgid "To save this report as a *favorite*, see :ref:`search/favorites`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor costs report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With the *Purchase* application, users can track the fluctuation of vendor " +"costs over time. This allows users to identify the most expensive vendors, " +"and track seasonal changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:14 +msgid "Create vendor costs reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To create a vendor costs report, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase " +"app --> Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` " +"dashboard. By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of POs (Purchase Orders) with a " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of RFQs (Requests " +"for Quotation) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent, or *Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a date range to use for " +"comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " +"|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " +"Then, select :guilabel:`Product`, which is also located in the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Product` is **not** required for this report. However, " +"it is recommended, as it provides additional insight into the performance of" +" individual vendors. Additional selections can be made under the " +":guilabel:`Group by` heading as well, including :guilabel:`Product " +"Category`, :guilabel:`Status`, and :guilabel:`Purchase Representative`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To ensure the report is generated correctly, make sure that " +":guilabel:`Vendor` is the **first** selection made under the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading. These " +"options are only available after the date range is selected under the " +":guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " +":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " +"as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " +"time period from the previous year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the " +"vendor costs report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"By default, the report displays with the following measures: " +":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " +":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " +"drop-down list of available measures. Click :guilabel:`Average Cost` to add " +"it to the report. Select any additional measures to add to the report, or " +"click on any of the already selected measures to remove them, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:80 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to run the report with at least :guilabel:`Average Cost`, " +":guilabel:`Total`, or :guilabel:`Untaxed Total` selected from the " +":guilabel:`Measures` list. Additional measures, such as :guilabel:`Days to " +"Receive`, can be added to provide additional insights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:87 +msgid "" +"After all of the :ref:`filters and measures have been selected " +"`, the report generates in the pivot " +"view. Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " +"editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is only available if the " +"*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A sample of a vendor costs report with the measures set as total and average" +" costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The vendor costs report is also available in *graph* view. Click the " +":icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view." +" Click the corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a " +":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " +":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5 msgid "Manage deals" msgstr "" @@ -28375,9 +31863,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51 msgid "" "To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> " -"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, check" -" the box next to :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and " -"bills`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, tick " +"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`3-way matching`, and click :guilabel:`Save` " +"to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56 @@ -28386,15 +31874,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 -msgid "Activated three-way matching feature in purchase settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:60 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:62 msgid "" "When products are received into a company's warehouse, receipts are created." " Once the company processes the received quantities, they can choose to " @@ -28403,11 +31887,11 @@ msgid "" "completed at different steps of the procurement process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:68 msgid "With the bill control policy set to ordered quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:70 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *ordered quantities*" " bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " @@ -28416,42 +31900,42 @@ msgid "" "Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:75 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new request for quotation (RFQ). Doing so reveals a blank " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 msgid "" "On the blank detail form, add a vendor to the :abbr:`RFQ (request for " "quotation)` in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the " ":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 msgid "" "Then, confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` button above the detail form. Doing so turns the " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a vendor bill for " "the purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:88 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button reveals the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill` page for the purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:91 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button to modify " "the bill, and add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field. If needed," @@ -28459,21 +31943,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 msgid "" "Next, confirm the bill by clicking the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *ordered quantities*, the draft bill" " can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:175 msgid "" "On the new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` number," " which can be used to match the bill with additional documents (such as the " @@ -28484,7 +31968,7 @@ msgid "" "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:108 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " @@ -28497,7 +31981,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Vendor bill form for ordered quantities control policy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:118 msgid "" "Each vendor bill provides the option to either :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " "or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note`. A *credit note* is typically issued when a " @@ -28506,11 +31990,11 @@ msgid "" "returned from the customer/buyer to the vendor or supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:124 msgid "With the bill control policy set to received quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:127 msgid "" "If the creation of a vendor bill is attempted without receiving any " "quantities of a product (while using the *received quantities* bill control " @@ -28518,7 +32002,7 @@ msgid "" "proceeding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *received " "quantities* bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " @@ -28527,38 +32011,38 @@ msgid "" "Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:136 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`. Doing so reveals a " "blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a bill for the " "purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:151 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Create Bill` before any products have been received will" -" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to appear. The :guilabel:`Purchase " -"Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity of the items " -"included on the order to create a vendor bill." +" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up message to appear. The " +":guilabel:`Purchase Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity" +" of the items included on the order to create a vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:159 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the warehouse " "receipt form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:161 msgid "" "On the warehouse receipt form, click :menuselection:`Validate --> Apply` to " "mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities. Then, navigate back to the " @@ -28566,7 +32050,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Bill` button on the purchase order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 msgid "" "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Draft Bill` for the purchase order. On the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and add a " @@ -28574,20 +32058,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:172 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *received quantities*, the draft " "bill can **only** be confirmed when at least some of the quantities are " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:181 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " @@ -28596,11 +32080,11 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:187 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills in Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:189 msgid "" "Vendor bills can also be created directly from the *Accounting* app, " "**without** having to create a purchase order first. To do this, go to " @@ -28608,7 +32092,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a blank vendor bill detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 msgid "" "On this blank vendor bill detail form, add a vendor in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " @@ -28618,27 +32102,27 @@ msgid "" "the bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:198 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view (or change) the " ":guilabel:`Account` journals that were populated based on the configuration " "on the corresponding :guilabel:`Vendor` and :guilabel:`Product` forms." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` to add" " credit or debit notes to the bill. Or, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` " "number (while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:205 msgid "" "Then, when ready, click :menuselection:`Register Payment --> Create Payment`" " to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 msgid "" "To tie the draft bill to an existing purchase order, click the drop-down " "menu next to :guilabel:`Auto-Complete`, and select a :abbr:`PO (purchase " @@ -28650,17 +32134,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Auto-complete drop-down list on draft vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:218 msgid "Batch billing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:220 msgid "" "Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 msgid "" "To do this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. " "Then, click the :guilabel:`checkbox` at the top left of the page, beside the" @@ -28669,7 +32153,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Draft` :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:227 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon to export, delete, or send" " & print the bills; click the :guilabel:`Print` icon to print the invoices " @@ -28677,7 +32161,7 @@ msgid "" "payments for multiple vendor bills at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Register Payment` is selected, a pop-up appears. In this " "pop-up window, select the appropriate journal in the :guilabel:`Journal` " @@ -28686,7 +32170,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Group Payments` on this pop-up, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:236 msgid "" "When ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button, which creates a " "list of journal entries on a separate page. This list of journal entries are" @@ -28694,19 +32178,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 -msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up." +msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:244 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Register Payment` option for vendor bills in batches will " "only work for journal entries whose :guilabel:`Status` is set to " ":guilabel:`Posted`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:252 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 +msgid ":doc:`control_bills`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5 @@ -29100,16 +32583,16 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" +msgid "Purchase units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" -" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " -"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " -"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " -"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." +" unit of measure than when it is sold. This can cause confusion between " +"sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to convert " +"measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your product once" +" and let Odoo handle the conversion." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 @@ -29216,21 +32699,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "" -"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." +"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, click into " +"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure Category` field and enter a name for the " +"category. Then, under the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:77 msgid "" "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" -" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" -" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" -" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " -"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " -"Odoo is always a multiple of this value." +" to other units of measure inside the category. Name the unit, and select " +"the units of measure category you just created. For the *Type*, select " +"*Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter the *Rounding " +"Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by Odoo is always a " +"multiple of this value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:83 msgid "" "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " "fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." @@ -29240,7 +32725,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "" "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " "appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " @@ -29252,35 +32737,31 @@ msgid "" "0.00001, set *Digits* to 5." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:97 msgid "" "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" " measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " "*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:101 msgid "" "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " "*Smaller*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:103 msgid "" "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " "second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " "than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:107 msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 -msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:109 msgid "" "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " "units of measure." diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 223970892..98b964514 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Thi Huong Nguyen, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Thi Huong Nguyen, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -44,11 +44,11 @@ msgid "" "marketing-essentials-989?fullscreen=1>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:38 msgid "Email marketing dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:40 msgid "" "After installing the application, click the :menuselection:`Email Marketing`" " app icon from the main Odoo dashboard. Doing so reveals the main " @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the main dashboard of the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:47 msgid "" "In the search bar, the default filter of :guilabel:`My Mailings` is present " "to show all the mailings related to the current user. To remove that filter," @@ -67,101 +67,101 @@ msgid "" "bar. Doing so reveals all the mailings in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:51 msgid "" "The information on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard has four different " "view options, located in the upper-right corner as individual icons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:54 msgid "The view options, from left-to-right, are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:56 msgid ":ref:`List ` (default view)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:57 msgid ":ref:`Kanban `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:58 msgid ":ref:`Calendar `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:59 msgid ":ref:`Graph `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:61 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:733 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:736 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:420 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:145 msgid "List view" msgstr "Xem danh sách" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:66 msgid "" "The list view, represented by the :guilabel:`☰ (horizontal lines)` icon in " "the upper-right corner, is the default view of the :guilabel:`Mailings` " "dashboard in the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:69 msgid "" "While in list view, there are columns dedicated to different aspects of " "information related to the listed emails. Those columns are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:72 msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: the date the email was sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Subject`: the subject of the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the user who created the email, or the user who has" " been assigned to the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Sent`: how many times the email has been sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:77 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivered (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been " "successfully delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Opened (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been opened by " "the recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been clicked by" " the recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replied (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been replied to" " by the recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: the status of the email (:guilabel:`Draft`, " ":guilabel:`In Queue`, or :guilabel:`Sent`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:84 msgid "" "To add or remove columns, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options (two " "horizontal lines with dots)` icon, located to the far-right of the column " @@ -169,13 +169,13 @@ msgid "" "options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:706 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:709 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:391 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "Chế độ xem kanban" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:93 msgid "" "The Kanban view, represented by the :guilabel:`(inverted bar graph)` icon, " "can be accessed in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Mailings` " @@ -187,50 +187,50 @@ msgid "" "Kanban view of the main dashboard of the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:100 msgid "" "While in Kanban view, the email information is displayed in the various " "stages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:102 msgid "" "The stages are: :guilabel:`Draft`, :guilabel:`In Queue`, " ":guilabel:`Sending`, and :guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Draft`: the email is still being written/created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`In Queue`: the email is scheduled to be sent at a later date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:106 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sending`: the email is currently being sent to its recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:107 msgid ":guilabel:`Sent`: the email has already been sent to its recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:109 msgid "" "In each stage, there are drag-and-drop cards representing the emails that " "have been created/sent, and the stage they are in represents the current " "status of that mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:112 msgid "" "Each card on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard provides key information " "related to that specific email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:115 msgid "" "When the cursor hovers over the upper-right corner of an email campaign " "card, a :guilabel:`⋮ (three vertical dots)` icon appears. When clicked, a " @@ -244,19 +244,19 @@ msgid "" "View of the three-dot drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:404 msgid "Calendar view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:129 msgid "" "The calendar view, represented by a :guilabel:`📆 (calendar)` icon, can be " "accessed in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in " "the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:132 msgid "" "While in calendar view, a monthly calendar (by default), shows when the " "mailings have been sent or are scheduled to be sent." @@ -267,26 +267,26 @@ msgid "" "Calendar view of the mailings dashboard in the Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:139 msgid "" "The current date is represented by a :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` icon over " "the date on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:141 msgid "" "To the right of the calendar, the options to filter the results by " ":guilabel:`Responsible` and/or :guilabel:`Status` are available, via " "checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:145 msgid "" "To hide the right sidebar, click the :guilabel:`(panel-right)` icon, located" " above the sidebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:147 msgid "" "In the top-left corner, above the calendar, the option to change the time " "period being displayed is available via a drop-down menu, which shows " @@ -296,35 +296,35 @@ msgid "" "default)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:152 msgid "" "Clicking any of those options changes the calendar display to reflect that " "desired amount of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:154 msgid "" "Clicking either :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` icon or :guilabel:`➡️ (right " "arrow)` icon changes the calendar to a previous or future time, depending on" " what is clicked, based on the chosen amount of time being represented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:158 msgid "To jump back to the current date, click the :guilabel:`Today` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:163 msgid "Graph view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:165 msgid "" "The graph view, represented by a :guilabel:`(line graph)` icon, can be " "accessed in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in " "the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:168 msgid "" "While in graph view, the status of the emails on the :guilabel:`Mailings` " "page is represented in a bar graph, but other graph view options can be " @@ -335,20 +335,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the Graph view appears in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:175 msgid "" "In the upper-left corner, above the graph, there is a :guilabel:`Measures` " "drop-down menu. When clicked, different filter options become available to " "further customize the graph views." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:178 msgid "" "Those :guilabel:`Measures` options are: :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage` " "and :guilabel:`Count` (default)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:181 msgid "" "To the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu is an " ":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button, if the *Documents* application is " @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ msgid "" "add the graph to a spreadsheet or dashboard becomes available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:185 msgid "" "Beside the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu and :guilabel:`Insert in " "Spreadsheet` button are different graph view options. From left-to-right, " @@ -364,17 +364,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`(line chart)`, and :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:190 msgid "" "Each graph view option provides its own series of additional view options, " "which appear to the right of the selected graph view option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:194 msgid "Search options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:196 msgid "" "Regardless of the view chosen for the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in the " ":guilabel:`Email Marketing` app, the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group " @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ msgid "" "customize the information being displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:200 msgid "" "To access those options, click the :guilabel:`(downward arrow)` icon, " "located to the right of the search bar. Doing so reveals a drop-down mega " @@ -395,17 +395,17 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:207 msgid "" "These options provide various ways to specify and organize the information " "seen on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:212 msgid "Filters" msgstr "Bộ lọc" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:214 msgid "" "This section of the drop-down mega menu provides different ways to filter " "email results being shown on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in the " @@ -418,14 +418,14 @@ msgid "" "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:221 msgid "" "The options are: :guilabel:`My Mailings`, :guilabel:`Sent Date`, " ":guilabel:`A/B Tests`, :guilabel:`A/B Tests to review`, " ":guilabel:`Archived`, and :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:224 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` is selected, Odoo reveals a pop-up window, " "with three customizable fields to fill in, in order to create custom filter " @@ -437,11 +437,11 @@ msgid "" "Add custom filter pop-up window that appears in Odoo Email Marketing app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:232 msgid "Group By" msgstr "Nhóm theo" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:234 msgid "" "This section of the drop-down mega menu provides different ways to group " "email results being shown on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in the " @@ -453,13 +453,13 @@ msgid "" "View of the Group By drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:241 msgid "" "Using this section, the data can be grouped by the messages' " ":guilabel:`Status`, or who it was :guilabel:`Sent By`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:244 msgid "" "There is also the option to group the data by :guilabel:`Sent Period`, which" " has its own sub-menu of options to choose from. The :guilabel:`Sent Period`" @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Week`, and :guilabel:`Day`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:248 msgid "" "If none of the above :guilabel:`Group By` options deliver the desired " "results, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` at the bottom of the " @@ -476,11 +476,11 @@ msgid "" " data that may be desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:253 msgid "Favorites" msgstr "Yêu thích" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:255 msgid "" "This section provides the opportunity to save custom filters and/or " "groupings for future use. To utilize this section, click the :guilabel:`Save" @@ -493,31 +493,31 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:263 msgid "" "Give the favorited filter/grouping a title on the blank line above the " "checkboxes for :guilabel:`Default filter` and :guilabel:`Shared`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:266 msgid "" "Ticking the box for :guilabel:`Default filter` makes this favorited " "filter/grouping the default option. Ticking the box for :guilabel:`Shared` " "allows other users to see and use this favorited filter/grouping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:270 msgid "" "When all desired options are configured, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the " "filter/grouping in the :guilabel:`Favorites` section of the mega drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:274 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Cài đặt" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:276 msgid "" "To view and modify the *Email Marketing* settings, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ msgid "" "Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:283 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, there are four features available." msgstr "" @@ -537,23 +537,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the Settings page in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:289 msgid "The features are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:291 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns`: enables the option to manage mass mailing " "campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing`: allows recipients to " "blacklist themselves from future mailings during the unsubscribing process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dedicated Server`: provides the option to utilize a separate, " "dedicated server for mailings. When enabled, Odoo reveals a new field (and " @@ -561,24 +561,24 @@ msgid "" " for it to connect properly to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:297 msgid "" ":guilabel:`24H Stat Mailing Reports`: allows users to check how well " "mailings have performed a day after it has been sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:303 msgid "Create an email" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:305 msgid "" "To create an email, open the :menuselection:`Email Marketing` application, " "and click the :guilabel:`New` button in the upper-left corner of the " ":guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:308 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`New` reveals a blank email form." msgstr "" @@ -586,38 +586,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of a blank email detail form in Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:314 msgid "" "On the email form, there are fields for the :ref:`Subject " "` and :ref:`Recipients " "` of the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:317 msgid "" "Beneath that, there are three tabs: :ref:`Mail Body " "`, :ref:`A/B Tests `, " "and :ref:`Settings `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:323 msgid "Subject" msgstr "Tiêu đề" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:325 msgid "" "First, enter a :guilabel:`Subject` to the email. The :guilabel:`Subject` is " "visible in the recipients' inbox, allowing them to quickly see what the " "message is about." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:329 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Subject` field is mandatory. An email can **not** be sent " "without a :guilabel:`Subject`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:332 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`(smiley face with a plus sign)` icon at the end of the " ":guilabel:`Subject` field represents emojis that can be added to the " @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ msgid "" "emojis that can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:336 msgid "" "Beside the :guilabel:`(smiley face with a plus sign)` icon at the end of the" " :guilabel:`Subject` field is an empty :guilabel:`(star)` icon. When " @@ -634,11 +634,11 @@ msgid "" "future." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:344 msgid "Recipients" msgstr "Người nhận" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:346 msgid "" "Beneath the :guilabel:`Subject` field on the email form is the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field. In this field, select the recipients of the " @@ -646,30 +646,30 @@ msgid "" "clicking the field reveals a drop-down menu of other recipient options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:350 msgid "" "With the default :guilabel:`Mailing List` option selected, a specific " "mailing list **must** be chosen from the adjacent :guilabel:`Select mailing " "lists` field drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:354 msgid "" "More than one mailing list can be chosen from the :guilabel:`Select mailing " "lists` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:356 msgid "" "Odoo then sends the email to contacts on that specific mailing list(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:356 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:822 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:825 msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/mailing_lists`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:361 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Recipients` field is clicked, a drop-down menu of other " "options is revealed. Each option provides different ways Odoo can create a " @@ -681,26 +681,26 @@ msgid "" "View of recipients drop-down menu in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:368 msgid "" "Those options (excluding the default :guilabel:`Mailing List`) provide the " "option to create a more specified recipient filter, in an equation-like " "format, which appears beneath the :guilabel:`Recipients` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:372 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Recipients` field options, other than the default " ":guilabel:`Mailing List` option, are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:375 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: ties specifically to the *Contacts* app, and includes " "all the contacts entered in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:377 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Event Registration`: ties specifically to the *Events* app, and " "provides opportunities to interact with event registrants, in order to " @@ -708,14 +708,14 @@ msgid "" "valuable actions, such as post-event surveys, purchases, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:380 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`: ties specifically to records in the *CRM* " "application, which opens up a number of opportunities to influence sales or " "purchase decisions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:382 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mailing Contact`: ties specifically to the *Email Marketing* app," " and focuses on specific mailing contacts that have been entered in that " @@ -726,17 +726,17 @@ msgid "" "Contacts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:387 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sales Order`: ties specifically to the *Sales* app, and focuses " "on a specific sales orders in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:391 msgid "Add recipient filter" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:393 msgid "" "To add a more specific recipient filter to any :guilabel:`Recipient` option," " select any recipient option (other than :guilabel:`Mailing List`), and " @@ -745,14 +745,14 @@ msgid "" "formatted like an equation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:398 msgid "" "It is highly recommended that users implement detailed targeting criteria " "for the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. Typically, a single line of targeting " "logic is not sufficient enough for an email campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:402 msgid "" "While the :guilabel:`Mailing List` option is adequate for the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field, the :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity` and " @@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ msgid "" "criteria, which can be added on top of those seed sources." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:407 msgid "" "For example, with the :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity` option chosen in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field, users can add various custom criteria related " @@ -775,57 +775,57 @@ msgid "" "View of how recipient filters can be customized in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:416 msgid "" "To reveal the sub-menu options within the filter rule fields, click each " "field, and make the desired selections, until the preferred configuration " "has been achieved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:419 msgid "" "The number of :guilabel:`records` in the database that match the configured " "rule(s) are indicated beneath the configured filter rule(s), in green." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:427 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:191 msgid "" "Some sub-menu options in the first rule field allow for a second choice to " "provide even more specificity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:430 msgid "" "To the right of each rule, there are three additional options, represented " "by :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)`, :guilabel:`(sitemap)`, and :guilabel:`🗑️ " "(trash)` icons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:433 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon adds a new node (line) to the overall " "targeting logic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:434 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`(sitemap)` icon adds a branch to the node. A branch contains " "two additional, indented sub-nodes that are related to that specific rule, " "providing even more specificity to the parent line above it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:437 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon deletes a specific node (line) in the array " "of logic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:442 msgid "Mail Body tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:444 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab, there are a number of pre-configured " "message templates to choose from." @@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:451 msgid "" "Select the desired template, and proceed to modify every element of its " "design details with Odoo's drag-and-drop building blocks, which appear on " @@ -850,14 +850,14 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:455 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:458 msgid "" "The features on the sidebar used to create and customize emails are " "separated into three sections: :guilabel:`Blocks`, :guilabel:`Customize`, " "and :guilabel:`Design`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:461 msgid "" "Each building block provides unique features and professional design " "elements. To use a building block, drag-and-drop the desired block element " @@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ msgid "" " building block can be customized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:466 msgid "" "To build an email from the ground up, without any building block elements, " "select the :guilabel:`Plain Text` template. When selected, Odoo provides a " @@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ msgid "" "commands." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:471 msgid "" "When `/` is typed into the blank body of the email, while using a " ":guilabel:`Plain Text` template, a drop-down menu of various design elements" @@ -887,24 +887,24 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:482 msgid "A/B Tests tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:484 msgid "" "Initially, when the :guilabel:`A/B Tests` tab is opened on an email form, " "the only option available is :guilabel:`Allow A/B Testing`. This is **not** " "a required option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:487 msgid "" "If this option is enabled, recipients are only mailed *once* for the " "entirety of the campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:489 msgid "" "This allows the user to send different versions of the same mailing to " "randomly selected recipients to gauge the effectiveness of various designs, " @@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ msgid "" " sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:493 msgid "" "When the checkbox beside :guilabel:`Allow A/B Testing` is ticked, an " ":guilabel:`on (%)` field appears, in which the user determines the " @@ -920,70 +920,70 @@ msgid "" "current version of the mailing as part of the test." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:498 msgid "" "The default figure in the :guilabel:`on (%)` field is `10`, but that figure " "can be changed at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:501 msgid "Beneath that, two additional fields appear:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:503 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Winner Selection` field provides a drop-down menu of options," " wherein the user decides what criteria should be used to determine the " "\"winning\" version of the email tests that are sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:507 msgid "The options in the :guilabel:`Winner Selection` field are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manual`: allows the user to determine the \"winning\" version of " "the mailing. This option removes the :guilabel:`Send Final On` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:511 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Highest Open Rate` (default): the mailing with the highest open " "rate is determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:513 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Highest Click Rate`: the mailing with the highest click rate is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:515 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Highest Reply Rate`: the mailing with the highest reply rate is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:517 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Leads`: the mailing with the most leads generated is determined " "to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:516 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:519 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quotations`: the mailing with the most quotations generated is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:521 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Revenues`: the mailing with the most revenue generated is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:524 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Send Final On` field allows users to choose a date that is " "used to know *when* Odoo should determine the \"winning\" email, and " @@ -994,25 +994,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the A/B Tests tab in Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:532 msgid "" "To the right of those fields is a :guilabel:`Create an Alternative Version` " "button. When clicked, Odoo presents a new :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab for the " "user to create an alternate version of the email to test." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:539 msgid "Settings tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:541 msgid "" "The options present in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of the mail form are " "divided into two sections: :guilabel:`Email Content` and " ":guilabel:`Tracking`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:545 msgid "" "The options available in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab vary depending on if " "the *Mailing Campaigns* feature is activated in :menuselection:`Email " @@ -1020,7 +1020,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`email_marketing/mailing-campaigns` for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:549 msgid "" "Without the *Mailing Campaigns* feature activated, the :guilabel:`Settings` " "tab on the email form only contains the :guilabel:`Preview Text`, " @@ -1034,11 +1034,11 @@ msgid "" "activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:558 msgid "Email content" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:560 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preview Text`: allows the user to enter a preview sentence to " "encourage recipients to open the email. In most inboxes, this is displayed " @@ -1047,36 +1047,36 @@ msgid "" "available, as well, via the :guilabel:`(smiley face with a plus sign)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:564 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send From`: designate an email alias that displays as the sender " "of this particular email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:563 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:566 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Reply To`: designate an email alias to whom all the replies of " "this particular email are sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:565 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:568 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attach a file`: if any specific files are required (or helpful) " "for this email, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button, and upload the " "desired file(s) to the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:572 msgid "Tracking" msgstr "Theo dõi" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:574 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: designate a user in the database to be responsible " "for this particular email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:578 msgid "" "If the *Mailing Campaign* feature *is* activated, an additional " ":guilabel:`Campaign` field appears in the :guilabel:`Tracking` section of " @@ -1089,31 +1089,31 @@ msgid "" "activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:585 msgid "" "The additional :guilabel:`Campaign` field allows users to attach this " "particular email to a mailing campaign, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:585 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:588 msgid "" "If the desired campaign is not available in the initial drop-down menu, " "select :guilabel:`Search More` to reveal a complete list of all mailing " "campaigns in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:591 msgid "" "Or, type the name of the desired mailing campaign in the " ":guilabel:`Campaign` field, until Odoo reveals the desired campaign in the " "drop-down menu. Then, select the desired campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:595 msgid "Send, schedule, test" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:597 msgid "" "Once the mailing is finalized, the following options can be utilized, via " "buttons located in the upper-left corner of the email form: :ref:`Send " @@ -1121,11 +1121,11 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Test `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:604 msgid "Send" msgstr "Gửi" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:603 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:606 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Send` button reveals a :guilabel:`Ready to unleash emails?` " "pop-up window." @@ -1137,18 +1137,18 @@ msgid "" "clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:609 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:612 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Send to all` button is clicked, Odoo sends the email to " "the desired recipients. Once Odoo has sent the mailing, the status changes " "to :guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:615 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:618 msgid "Schedule" msgstr "Lịch trình" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:617 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:620 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Schedule` button reveals a :guilabel:`When do you want to " "send your mailing?` pop-up window." @@ -1161,13 +1161,13 @@ msgid "" " is clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:624 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:627 msgid "" "In this pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Send on` field to reveal a " "calendar pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:630 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:633 msgid "" "From the calendar pop-up window, select the future date and time for Odoo to" " send this email. Then, click :guilabel:`✔️ Apply`. When a date and time are" @@ -1175,11 +1175,11 @@ msgid "" "mailing changes to :guilabel:`In Queue`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:640 msgid "Test" msgstr "Kiểm thử" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:642 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Test` button reveals a :guilabel:`Test Mailing` pop-up " "window." @@ -1191,20 +1191,20 @@ msgid "" "clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:648 msgid "" "From this pop-up window, enter the email addresses of the contacts to whom " "Odoo should send this test email in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. " "Multiple contacts can be added in this field, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:649 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:652 msgid "" "Once all the desired email addresses have been entered in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field, click the :guilabel:`Send Test` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:656 msgid "" "By default, there's a daily limit applied for **all emails** sent throughout" " **all applications**. So, if there are remaining emails to be sent after a " @@ -1213,17 +1213,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Retry`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:661 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:664 msgid "Mailing campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:663 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:666 msgid "" "The *Email Marketing* application provides users with the ability to build " "mailing campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:665 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:668 msgid "" "In order to create and customize mailing campaigns, the *Mailing Campaigns* " "feature **must** be activated in the *Settings* page of the *Email " @@ -1236,13 +1236,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign feature setting in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:677 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature is activated, a new " ":guilabel:`Campaigns` menu option appears in the header." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:677 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:680 msgid "" "When that is clicked, Odoo reveals a separate :guilabel:`Campaigns` page, " "displaying all the mailing campaigns in the database, and the current stage " @@ -1253,19 +1253,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign page in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:688 msgid "" "This information can also be viewed in a list, by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ " "(horizontal lines)` icon in the upper-right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:691 msgid "" "Clicking any campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page reveals that " "campaign's form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:693 msgid "" "There are two different ways to create and customize campaigns in the *Email" " Marketing* application, either directly from the :ref:`Campaigns page " @@ -1273,24 +1273,24 @@ msgid "" "` on an email form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:697 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:700 msgid "Create mailing campaign (from campaigns page)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:699 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:702 msgid "" "When the *Mailing Campaigns* feature is activated, a new *Campaigns* option " "appears in the header of the *Email Marketing* application. Campaigns can be" " created directly on the *Campaigns* page in the *Email Marketing* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:706 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Campaigns " "--> New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:711 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`New` button is clicked in the default Kanban view on the" " :guilabel:`Campaigns` page, a Kanban card appears in the :guilabel:`New` " @@ -1301,42 +1301,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign pop-up kanban in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:718 msgid "" "New campaign cards can also be made by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " "sign)` at the top of any Kanban stage on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:721 msgid "" "When the new campaign Kanban card appears, the options to enter a " ":guilabel:`Campaign Name`, a :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` " "become readily available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:724 msgid "" "To add the campaign to the Kanban stage, click the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:726 msgid "To delete the campaign, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:728 msgid "" "To further customize the campaign, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, which " "reveals the campaign form for additional modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:732 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Campaign Name` **must** be entered in the Kanban card, in order" " for the :guilabel:`Edit` button to reveal the campaign form for further " "modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:735 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:738 msgid "" "To enter the list view on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page, click the " ":guilabel:`☰ (horizontal lines)` icon in the upper-right corner. Doing so " @@ -1347,7 +1347,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign page in list view in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:745 msgid "" "To create a campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page while in list view," " click the :guilabel:`New` button. Doing so reveals a blank campaign form." @@ -1357,13 +1357,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the blank campaign form in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:749 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:752 msgid "" "From this campaign form, a :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, a " ":guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:752 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:755 msgid "" "At the top of the form, various metric-related smart buttons can be seen " "that showcase specific analytics related to the campaign. Those smart " @@ -1371,23 +1371,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Opportunities`, and :guilabel:`Clicks`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:757 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:760 msgid "" "Once a :guilabel:`Campaign Name` is entered and saved, additional buttons " "appear at the top of the campaign form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:760 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:763 msgid "" "Those additional buttons are: :guilabel:`Send Mailing` and :guilabel:`Send " "SMS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:766 msgid "Campaign form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:768 msgid "" "On the campaign form (after clicking :guilabel:`Edit` from the Kanban card, " "or selecting an existing campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page) there" @@ -1398,7 +1398,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign form in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:775 msgid "" "At the top of the form, various smart buttons can be seen that showcase " "specific analytics related to the campaign. Those smart buttons are: " @@ -1406,30 +1406,30 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Clicks`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:776 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:779 msgid "" "There are also buttons to :guilabel:`Send Mailing`, :guilabel:`Send SMS`, " ":guilabel:`Add Post`, and :guilabel:`Add Push` (push notification)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:780 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:783 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Send Mailing` and :guilabel:`Send SMS` buttons are not " "readily available, enter a :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, then save (either " "manually or automatically). Doing so reveals those buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:784 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:787 msgid "" "The status of the campaign can be viewed in the upper-right corner of the " "campaign form, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:792 msgid "Create mailing campaign (from settings tab)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:794 msgid "" "To create a new campaign from the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of a mailing " "form, click the :guilabel:`Campaign` field, and start typing the name of the" @@ -1442,13 +1442,13 @@ msgid "" "View of the mailing campaign creation in the Settings tab of an email form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:800 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:803 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Create` to add this new mailing campaign to the database, " "and modify its settings in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:806 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Create and Edit...` to add this new mailing campaign to " "the database, and reveal a :guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up window." @@ -1460,39 +1460,244 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:810 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:813 msgid "" "Here, the new mailing campaign can be further customized. Users can adjust " "the :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, assign a :guilabel:`Responsible`, and add " ":guilabel:`Tags`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:813 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:816 msgid "" "Buttons to :guilabel:`Add Post` or :guilabel:`Send Push` (push " "notifications) are also available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:815 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:818 msgid "" "There is also a status located in the upper-right corner of the " ":guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:818 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:821 msgid "" "When all modifications are ready to be finalized, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close`. To delete the entire campaign, click :guilabel:`Discard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:823 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:826 msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/unsubscriptions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:824 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:827 msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/lost_leads_email`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:828 +msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/analyze_metrics`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to properly understand the success or failure of an email marketing" +" campaign, it is necessary to monitor several key metrics. The insights " +"gained from these metrics can then be used to optimize future campaigns. " +"Odoo's *Email Marketing* application tracks several :ref:`key metrics " +"`, that can be interpreted to improve future " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:13 +msgid "View metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:15 +msgid "" +"After a mass mail has been sent, the results for that particular mailing are" +" displayed in multiple locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To access the metrics for an individual mailing, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Mailings`. Locate the specific " +"mailing in the list view, and use the column headings to view the results " +"for that mailing. Click on one of the mailings in the list to open the " +"record. At the top of the record, detailed metrics are displayed as smart " +"buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The smart buttons on a mass mailing, displaying the results of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Click on the smart buttons to see the recipient records for each metric." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:33 +msgid "Opened rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The *Opened* rate measures the percentage of emails opened by recipients " +"against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A high open rate may indicate that the subject line was timely, compelling, " +"and successfully prompted the recipients to view the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"A low open rate may indicate the subject line failed to capture the " +"recipients' interest. It could also indicate the email ended up in a spam or" +" junk folder due to having a poor sender reputation or failing to " +":doc:`configure the proper DNS records " +"<../../general/email_communication/email_domain>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:46 +msgid "Replied rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The *Replied* rate measures the percentage of recipients who responded to " +"the email directly against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:51 +msgid "" +"A high replied rate may indicate the email resonated with recipients, " +"prompting them to take action or provide feedback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:54 +msgid "" +"A low replied rate may suggest that the message lacked relevance or did not " +"contain a clear call to action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:58 +msgid "Clicked rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The *Clicked* through rate (CTR), measures the percentage of recipients who " +"clicked on a link within the email against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A high |CTR| may indicate the email content was relevant and appropriately " +"targeted. Recipients were motivated to click the links provided, and likely " +"found the content engaging." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:66 +msgid "" +"A low |CTR| may indicate issues with either the targeting, or the content " +"itself. Recipients may have been unmotivated by the calls to action, if " +"there were any, or the message itself may have been directed toward the " +"wrong audience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "Received rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The *Received* rate measures the percentage of emails that were successfully" +" delivered against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:76 +msgid "" +"A high received rate can indicate that the mailing list used is up to date " +"and the sender authentication is trusted by email providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:79 +msgid "" +"A low received rate may indicate issues either with the mailing list used " +"for the mailing or with the sender authentication. View the :ref:`email-" +"marketing/deliverability-issues` section for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:84 +msgid "Bounced rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The *Bounced* rate measures the percentage of emails that were " +"unsuccessfully delivered, against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:89 +msgid "" +"A high bounce rate could indicate issues either with the mailing list used " +"for the mailing or with the sender authentication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:92 +msgid "" +"A low bounce rate may indicate that the mailing list used is up to date and " +"the sender authentication is trusted by email providers. View the " +":ref:`email-marketing/deliverability-issues` section for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:99 +msgid "Deliverability issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The following define possible reasons for a high bounce rate or low received" +" rate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Using a mailing list that contains outdated contact information, or " +"malformed email addresses are likely to result in a high bounce rate and/or " +"a low received rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Mailings sent using a *From* email address that differs from the sender's " +"domain are likely to bounce with certain email providers due to failing " +":ref:`DMARC authentication `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Failing to :doc:`configure the proper DNS records " +"<../../general/email_communication/email_domain>` can also result in a high " +"bounce rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:112 +msgid ":ref:`Mailing campaigns `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:113 +msgid ":doc:`Manage unsubscriptions `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:3 msgid "Lost leads reactivation email" msgstr "" @@ -2834,6 +3039,835 @@ msgstr "Sự kiện" msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Events `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:3 +msgid "Create events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With the *Events* application, event organizers can create and configure in-" +"person or online-only events in Odoo. Each new event contains a number of " +"customizable options that are geared around specific event logistics, as " +"needed per event, such as ticket sales and registration desk, booths, " +"tracks, sponsors, rooms, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Events can be manually created from scratch or built off of pre-made " +"templates. Once launched, the *Events* application then integrates with the " +"*Website* app for the front-end promotion and registration of the event for " +"attendees, the *Sales* app for the purchasing ability of paid tickets, as " +"well the *CRM* application through customizable lead generation rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:16 +msgid "New event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To create a new event, begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Events " +"app` to land on the default :guilabel:`Events` dashboard, in the :icon:`oi-" +"view-kanban` :guilabel:`Kanban` view. From there, or alternatively from the " +":icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`List` or :icon:`fa-tasks` :guilabel:`Gantt` " +"views, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the upper-left corner of the " +"dashboard to open up a new event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "Typical event template in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If certain fields do not readily appear on the event form, that means an " +"additional application needs to be installed, or the database is not " +"operating in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For example, the :guilabel:`Twitter Wall` field **only** appears if the " +"*Social Marketing* app is installed, and the :guilabel:`Company` field " +"**only** appears if the database is working in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:36 +msgid "" +"These are just *additional* elements that can be used for an event. They are" +" **not** required to create, host, and manage an event with Odoo *Events*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:40 +msgid "Event form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:42 +msgid "" +"At the top of the event form are a series of smart buttons related to " +"various event metrics, which will autopopulate with pertinent data once " +"attendees begin to register, booths and sponsors sign on for the event, the " +"event takes place, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Beneath the smart buttons is the event form, which contains various fields " +"and clickable tabs that serve to configure the initial, necessary details of" +" the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:49 +msgid "The following are fields found on an event form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Event Name`: the title of the event. This field is **required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: when the event is scheduled to take place. This field is " +"auto-populated, but modifiable, and is **required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: the corresponding timezone related to the event. This " +"field is auto-populated, but modifiable, and is **required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Language`: designate a specific language for all event " +"communications to be translated into, if necessary. This field is blank, by " +"default, so if event-related communications are being sent to recipients who" +" speak a different language, be sure to configure this field properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Twitter Wall`: creates a separate page on the event website to " +"feature specific social posts on X (formerly Twitter) that contain pre-" +"determined desired elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To create and customize a :guilabel:`Twitter Wall`, type the name of the " +"desired wall into the field, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from " +"the resulting drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:66 +msgid "Doing so reveals :guilabel:`Create Twitter Wall` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:0 +msgid "The Twitter Wall pop-up window in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:72 +msgid "" +"From this window, enter a :guilabel:`Wall Name`. Then, select a certain word" +" or hashtag for Odoo to search for on X, like `#WoodWorkingExpo24`, for " +"example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Next, determine the :guilabel:`Type of tweets` Odoo should showcase with " +"that predetermined criteria. The choices in this field are: " +":guilabel:`Recent`, :guilabel:`Popular`, or :guilabel:`Mixed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Users also have the option to add a brief :guilabel:`Description` to the " +"wall, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the greyed-out, non-modifiable :guilabel:`Website URL` field will " +"autopopulate with the full URL needed to access the document through the " +"event website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:84 +msgid "" +"An image can also be added to the wall by clicking the :icon:`fa-pencil` " +":guilabel:`(pencil)` icon that appears when the cursor hovers over the " +":guilabel:`(camera)` placeholder image in the upper-right corner of the pop-" +"up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, from the resulting file explorer window, select the desired image to " +"be added to the wall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:91 +msgid "" +"This :guilabel:`Twitter Wall` field **only** appears on the event form if " +"the *Social Marketing* app is installed, and an X account has been added as " +"a stream on the application. To learn more, check out the :doc:`Social " +"marketing essentials <../social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials>` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Template`: choose a pre-configured event template from the " +"resulting drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Or, create a new one directly from this field, by typing in the name of the " +"new template, and selecting either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:101 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create` (which creates the template, and can be edited later) or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` (which creates the template, and reveals a " +"separate template page to configure the template in greater detail)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: add any corresponding tags to briefly describe the event " +"(e.g. `Online`, `Conference`, etc.). Multiple tags can be added per event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Tags can be displayed on events that are listed on the website by enabling " +"the *Show on Website* checkbox from :menuselection:`Events app --> " +"Configuration --> Event Tag Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: designate the organizer of the event (a company, " +"contact, or employee)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:113 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: designate a user in the database to be responsible " +"for this event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: designate which company in the database to which this " +"event is related. This field **only** appears if working in a multi-company " +"environment. This field is auto-populated, but modifiable, and is " +"**required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: choose to restrict the publishing of this event to a " +"specific website created in Odoo. If this field is left blank, the event can" +" be published on *all* websites in the database. To learn more, refer to the" +" :doc:`Multiple websites " +"<../../websites/website/configuration/multi_website>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Venue`: enter the pertinent event venue details in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Exhibition Map`: if desired, click the :guilabel:`Upload your " +"file` button to upload an image of the event venue map." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Registrations`: if this checkbox is ticked, a limit to the " +"amount of registrations is added to the event, and that desired limit amount" +" **must** be entered in the blank field before :guilabel:`Attendees`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge Dimension`: select a desired paper format dimension for " +"event badges. The options are: :guilabel:`A4 foldable`, :guilabel:`A6`, or " +":guilabel:`4 per sheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge Background`: if desired, click the :guilabel:`Upload your " +"file` button to upload a custom background image for event badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:132 +msgid "" +"When the above fields in the event form have been adequately filled in, move" +" on to the four tabs at the bottom of the event form for further " +"customization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Those tabs are: :ref:`Tickets `, :ref:`Communication " +"`, :ref:`Questions `, " +"and :ref:`Notes `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:142 +msgid "Tickets tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Create custom tickets (and ticket tiers) for events in the " +":guilabel:`Tickets` tab of an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "A typical tickets tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:150 +msgid "" +"To create a ticket, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Tickets` " +"tab. Then, enter a name for the ticket (e.g. `Basic Ticket` or `VIP`) in the" +" :guilabel:`Name` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:153 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Product` field, either select the pre-configured " +":guilabel:`Event Registration` product, or create a new one by typing in the" +" name of the new event registration product, and then select either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the resulting " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Upon installing Odoo *Events*, a new product type, *Event Ticket*, becomes " +"available on product forms (:menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> " +"Products`). In order for an event registration product to be selectable in " +"the *Tickets* tab, the event registration :guilabel:`Product Type` **must** " +"be set to :guilabel:`Event Ticket`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Existing event registration products can be modified directly from this " +"field, as well, by clicking the :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right " +"arrow)` icon, located beside the event registration product. Doing so " +"reveals that product's form. If the *Inventory* application is installed, " +"additional choices are available to customize for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Next, set the registration cost of the ticket in the :guilabel:`Price` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:173 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Price* defined on the event registration product's product form " +"sets the default cost of a ticket. Modifying the :guilabel:`Price` of a " +"ticket in the :guilabel:`Tickets` tab, sets a new registration cost of the " +"ticket for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Next, determine a :guilabel:`Sales Start` and :guilabel:`Sales End` date in " +"their respective fields. To do that, click into the blank field to reveal a " +"calendar popover. From there, select the desired date and time, then click " +":icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Then, if desired, designate a :guilabel:`Maximum` amount of that specific " +"ticket that can be sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:183 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Taken` column populates with the number of tickets that are " +"sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Optionally, in the :guilabel:`Color` column, add a custom color to " +"differentiate ticket badges. The selected color displays on ticket badges " +"when printed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To delete any tickets from the :guilabel:`Tickets` tab, click the :icon:`fa-" +"trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` icon on the corresponding line for the " +"ticket that should be deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:192 +msgid "" +"To add an optional :guilabel:`Description` column to the :guilabel:`Tickets`" +" tab, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(additional options)` " +"drop-down menu, located to the far-right of the column titles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Then, tick the checkbox beside :guilabel:`Description` from the resulting " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:198 +msgid "" +"When added, the option to add brief descriptions for each event ticket " +"appears, which can be used to inform attendees of any perks or amenities " +"that may coincide with specific ticket purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:204 +msgid "Communication tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:206 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Communication` tab of an event form, create various " +"marketing communications that can be scheduled to be sent at specific " +"intervals leading up to, and following, the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Typical communication tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:214 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo provides three separate pre-configured communications on " +"every new event form. One is an email sent after each registration to " +"confirm the purchase with the attendee. The other two are email event " +"reminders that are scheduled to be sent at different time intervals leading " +"up to the event to remind the recipient of the upcoming event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To add a communication in the :guilabel:`Communication` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, select the desired type of communication in " +"the :guilabel:`Send` field. The options are: :guilabel:`Mail`, " +":guilabel:`SMS`, :guilabel:`Social Post`, or :guilabel:`WhatsApp`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:223 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the number of communications that can be added in the " +":guilabel:`Communication` tab of an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:226 +msgid "" +"To delete a communication from the :guilabel:`Communication` tab, click the " +":icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` icon on the corresponding " +"communication line. Doing so removes the communication from the event " +"entirely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:231 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Social Post` option **only** appears if the *Social " +"Marketing* application is installed. The :guilabel:`WhatsApp` option " +"**only** appears if the *WhatsApp Integration* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:235 +msgid "" +":doc:`WhatsApp <../../productivity/whatsapp>` templates **cannot** be edited" +" during active configuration. A separate approval from *Meta* is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:239 +msgid "Mail" +msgstr "Mail" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:241 +msgid "" +"Select an existing email template from the :guilabel:`Template` drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:243 +msgid "" +"Next, define the :guilabel:`Interval`, :guilabel:`Unit`, and " +":guilabel:`Trigger` from their respective drop-down fields, letting Odoo " +"know when the communication should be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Unit` options are: :guilabel:`Immediately`, " +":guilabel:`Hours`, :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, and " +":guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Then, select an option from the :guilabel:`Trigger` drop-down menu. The " +"options are: :guilabel:`After each registration`, :guilabel:`Before the " +"event`, and :guilabel:`After the event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:252 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Sent` column populates with the number of sent " +"communications. And, beside the number are different icons that appear, " +"depending on the status of that particular communication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The status of *Running* is represented by a :icon:`fa-cogs` " +":guilabel:`(three gears)` icon. The status of *Sent* is represented by a " +":icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`(checkmark)` icon. And, the status of " +"*Scheduled* is represented by an :icon:`fa-hourglass-half` " +":guilabel:`(hourglass)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:260 +msgid "" +"To send a confirmation email an hour after an attendee registers for an " +"event, configure the following communication:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:263 +msgid ":guilabel:`Interval`: `1`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:264 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: :guilabel:`Hours`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:265 +msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: :guilabel:`After each registration`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Existing email templates can be modified directly from the " +":guilabel:`Template` drop-down menu, if necessary, by clicking the " +":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` icon next to the template " +"name. Doing so reveals a separate page where users can edit the " +":guilabel:`Content`, :guilabel:`Email Configuration`, and " +":guilabel:`Settings` of that particular email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:273 +msgid "" +"To view and manage all email templates, activate :ref:`developer-mode` and " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email: Email " +"Templates`. Modify with caution as email templates effect all communications" +" where the template is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:20 +msgid "Questions tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:282 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab of an event form, users can create brief " +"questionnaires for registrants to interact with, and respond to, after they " +"register for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:285 +msgid "" +"These questions can be focused on gathering basic information about the " +"attendee, learning about their preferences, expectations, and other things " +"of that nature. This information can also be used to create more detailed " +"reporting metrics, in addition to being utilized to create specific lead " +"generation rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "Typical questions tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:295 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo provides three questions in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab " +"for every event form. The default questions require the registrant(s) to " +"provide their :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Email`, and make it optional " +"to include their :guilabel:`Phone` number, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:299 +msgid "" +"The information gathered from the :guilabel:`Questions` tab can be found on " +"the :guilabel:`Attendees` dashboard, accessible via the :icon:`fa-users` " +":guilabel:`Attendees` smart button. Odoo populates individual records that " +"contain basic information about the registrant(s), as well as their " +"preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:304 +msgid "" +"To add a question in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Question` pop-up window. From " +"here, users can create and configure their question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Question pop-up window that appears in the Odoo Events " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:311 +msgid "" +"First, enter the question in the field at the top of the form. Then, decide " +"if the question should require a :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer` and/or if Odoo" +" should :guilabel:`Ask once per order`, by ticking their respective boxes, " +"if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Ask once per order` checkbox is ticked, the question will " +"only be asked once, and its value is propogated to every attendee in the " +"order (if multiple tickets are purchased at once). If the checkbox is *not* " +"ticked for this setting, Odoo will present the question for every attendee " +"that is connected to that registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:320 +msgid "Next, select a :guilabel:`Question Type` option:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:322 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Selection`: provide answer options to the question for " +"registrants to choose from. Selectable answer options can be managed in the " +":guilabel:`Answers` column at the bottom of the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:325 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Text Input`: lets the users enter a custom response to the " +"question in a text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:326 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter their " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:327 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter their" +" email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:328 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Phone`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter their" +" phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter a " +"company they are associated with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:332 +msgid "" +"Once all the desired configurations have been entered, either click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the question, and return to the " +":guilabel:`Questions` tab on the event form, or click :guilabel:`Save & New`" +" to save the question and immediately create a new question on a new " +":guilabel:`Create Question` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:337 +msgid "" +"As questions are added to the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, the informative " +"columns showcase the configurations of each question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:340 +msgid "The informative columns are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:342 +msgid ":guilabel:`Title`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:343 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mandatory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:344 +msgid ":guilabel:`Once per Order`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:345 +msgid ":guilabel:`Type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:346 +msgid ":guilabel:`Answers` (if applicable)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:348 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Selection` and :guilabel:`Text Input` types, a :icon:`fa-bar-" +"chart` :guilabel:`Stats` button appears on the right side of the question " +"line. When clicked, Odoo reveals a separate page, showcasing the response " +"metrics to that specific question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:352 +msgid "" +"To delete any question from the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click the " +":icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` icon on the corresponding " +"question line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:355 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the number of questions that can be added in the " +":guilabel:`Questions` tab of an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:361 +msgid "Notes tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:363 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Notes` tab of an event form, users can leave detailed " +"internal notes and/or event-related instructions/information for attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "Typical notes tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:370 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Note` field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, users can leave " +"internal notes for other event employees, like \"to-do\" lists, contact " +"information, instructions, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:373 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Ticket Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, " +"users can leave specific instructions for people attending the event that " +"appear on the attendees ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:266 +msgid "Publish events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:379 +msgid "" +"Once all configurations and modifications are complete on the event form, it" +" is time to publish the event on the website. Doing so makes the event " +"visible to website visitors, and makes it possible for people to register " +"for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:383 +msgid "" +"To publish an event after all the customizations are complete, click the " +":icon:`fa-globe` :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button at the top of the " +"event form. Doing so reveals the event's web page, which can be customized " +"like any other web page on the site, via the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:388 +msgid "" +"To learn more about website design functionality and options, consult the " +":doc:`Building block <../../websites/website/web_design/building_blocks>` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:391 +msgid "" +"Once the event website is ready to be shared, click the red " +":guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch in the header menu, changing it to a " +"green :guilabel:`Published` switch. At this point, the event web page is " +"published, and viewable/accessible by all website visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:396 +msgid "Send event invites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:398 +msgid "" +"To send event invites to potential attendees, navigate to the desired event " +"form, via :menuselection:`Events app --> Events`, and click into the desired" +" event. Following this, click the :guilabel:`Invite` button in the upper-" +"left corner of the event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:402 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a blank email form to fill out, as desired. To learn more " +"about how to create and customize emails like this, refer to the " +":ref:`Create an email ` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:406 +msgid "" +"Proceed to create and customize an email message to send as an invite to " +"potential attendees. Remember to include a link to the registration page on " +"the event website, allowing interested recipients to quickly register." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Sending emails from Odoo is subject to a daily limit, which, by default, is " +"200. To learn more about daily limits, visit the " +":ref:`email_communication/daily_limit_mail` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:217 +msgid ":doc:`event_essentials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:416 +msgid ":doc:`track_manage_talks`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:3 msgid "Event essentials" msgstr "" @@ -3306,10 +4340,6 @@ msgid "" " all function the same way for both :guilabel:`Mailing Type` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:266 -msgid "Publish events" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:268 msgid "" "Until an event is published, it will remain hidden from public view on the " @@ -3341,6 +4371,424 @@ msgid "" "View of a website page and the option to publish the event in Odoo Events." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:3 +msgid "Event templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Events* application provides the ability to customize and " +"configure event templates, which can be used to expedite the event-creation " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:8 +msgid "" +"These templates can be created and personalized in the application, and then" +" selected from an event form, in order to quickly apply a series of settings" +" and elements to the new event, all of which can be further modified, if " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:13 +msgid "Event templates page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo *Events* application, event templates can quickly be created and" +" modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To begin, navigate to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Event" +" Templates`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Event Templates` page. Here, " +"find all the existing event templates in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "The Event Templates page in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo provides three pre-configured event templates: " +":guilabel:`Exhibition`, :guilabel:`Training`, and :guilabel:`Sport`, which " +"all have their own unique customizations applied to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To change how these event templates appear on the *Template* drop-down field" +" on an event form, drag-and-drop them into any desired order, using the " +":icon:`oi-draggable` :guilabel:`(draggable)` icon, located to the left of " +"each event template line on the :guilabel:`Event Templates` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To learn more about event forms, refer to the :doc:`create_events` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:37 +msgid "Create event template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:39 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to create and configure an event template in Odoo " +"*Events*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**On the dashboard**, by navigating to :menuselection:`Events app --> " +"Configuration --> Event Templates` and clicking the :guilabel:`New` button " +"in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank event template form that " +"can be customized in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**On an event form itself**. Start by typing the name of a new event " +"template in the *Template* field, and click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` " +"from the resulting drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a *Create Template* pop-" +"up window, featuring all the same configurable fields and elements found on " +"a standard event template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create \"[template name]\"` from the resulting drop-down" +" menu, via the *Template* field on an event form creates the event template " +"in the database, but does **not** present the user with the *Create " +"Template* pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The event template would have to be modified, by selecting it on the *Event " +"Templates* page (:menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Event " +"Templates`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:58 +msgid "Event template form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:60 +msgid "" +"All the fields on a standard :guilabel:`Event Template` form are *also* on " +"the *Create Template* pop-up window, accessible via the *Template* field on " +"an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "A standard event template form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Start by providing the event template with a name in the :guilabel:`Event " +"Template` field, located at the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Beneath that field, there is a series of selectable checkboxes, all of which" +" are related to how the event menu will be displayed on the event web page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website Submenu`: enables a submenu on the event's website. When " +"this checkbox is ticked, every other checkbox in this series is " +"automatically ticked, as well. Then, choose to untick (deselect) any of the " +"checkbox options, as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tracks Menu Item`: adds a submenu item to navigate to a page " +"displaying all planned tracks for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Track Proposals Menu Item`: adds a submenu item to navigate to a " +"page, in which visitors can fill out a form to propose a track (talk, " +"lecture, presentation, etc.) to happen during the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Booth Menu Item`: adds a submenu item that takes visitors to a " +"separate page, where an event booth can be purchased. Event booths can be " +"customized and configured in the :guilabel:`Booths` tab of the event " +"template form, from the *Booth Categories* page (:menuselection:`Events app " +"--> Configuration --> Booth Categories`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:87 +msgid "" +"First, users **must** create a booth product with the required *Event Booth*" +" option set as the :guilabel:`Product Type` on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Exhibitors Menu Item`: adds a submenu item that takes visitors to" +" a separate page, showcasing all the exhibitors related to that specific " +"event. Icons representing those exhibitors are also found on the footer of " +"every event-specific web page, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Community`: adds a submenu item allowing attendees to access pre-" +"configured virtual community rooms to meet with other attendees, and discuss" +" various topics related to the event. When this checkbox is ticked, the " +":guilabel:`Allow Room Creation` feature becomes available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allow Room Creation`: allow visitors to create community rooms of" +" their own." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Register Button`: adds a button at the end of the event submenu " +"that takes visitors to the event-specific registration page when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Once the desired checkboxes have been ticked, select an appropriate " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the event from the available drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, for organizational purposes, there is the option to add " +":guilabel:`Tags` to this event template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to :guilabel:`Limit Registrations` to this specific" +" event template by ticking that checkbox. If ticked, proceed to enter the " +"number of :guilabel:`Attendees` this template should be limited to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Beneath those general information fields at the top of the event template " +"form, there are five tabs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:112 +msgid ":ref:`Tickets `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:113 +msgid ":ref:`Communication `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:114 +msgid ":ref:`Booths `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:115 +msgid ":ref:`Questions `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:116 +msgid ":ref:`Notes `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:121 +msgid "Booths tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:123 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Booths` tab on an event template form is the only tab that " +"differentiates itself from a standard event form, where the other tabs " +"(:guilabel:`Tickets`, :guilabel:`Communication`, :guilabel:`Questions`, and " +":guilabel:`Notes`) are present and configured using the same process. For " +"more information about those tabs, refer to the :doc:`create_events` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To create a booth or booth category, an event booth product **must** be " +"created in the database first, with the *Product Type* set to *Event Booth*." +" **Only** products with that specific configuration can be selected in the " +"required *Product* field of a booth or booth category form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Event booths can be created and customized in two ways in the Odoo *Events* " +"application. Either in the :guilabel:`Booths` tab of an event template form," +" or by navigating to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Booth " +"Categories`, and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To add a booth from the :guilabel:`Booths` tab of an event template form, " +"click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create " +"Booths` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "A Create Booths pop-up window in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Start by providing a :guilabel:`Name` for this booth in the corresponding " +"field at the top of the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Then, select an appropriate :guilabel:`Booth Category` from the drop-down " +"field below. Booth categories can be created and modified from the *Booth " +"Categories* page in the *Events* application, which is accessible by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Booth " +"Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:154 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Booth Category` can be created directly from this field on the " +":guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-up window. To accomplish that, type the name " +"of the new booth category in the :guilabel:`Booth Category` field, and " +"select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the " +"resulting drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` merely creates the category, which can (and " +"should be) customized at a later date. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and " +"edit...` reveals a new :guilabel:`Create Booth Category` pop-up window, from" +" which the category can be configured in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Booth Category pop-up window in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:167 +msgid "" +"From this pop-up window, proceed to name the :guilabel:`Booth Category`, " +"modify its :guilabel:`Booth Details` settings, configure its " +":guilabel:`Sponsorship` options (if applicable), and leave an optional " +":guilabel:`Description` to explain any pertinent details related to this " +"specific category of booths." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:172 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to add a photo/visual representation of the booth " +"category, via the :guilabel:`(camera)` icon in the upper-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:175 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The same configurations and options are available by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Booth Categories`, and " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Once the desired :guilabel:`Booth Category` is selected, the remaining " +"fields on the :guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-up window (:guilabel:`Currency`," +" :guilabel:`Product`, and :guilabel:`Price`) autopopulate, based on " +"information configured for that selected :guilabel:`Booth Category`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:186 +msgid "" +"These fields **cannot** be modified from the :guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-" +"up window. They can only be modified from the specific booth category form " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:189 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`" +" to save the booth, and return to the event template form. Or, click " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to save the booth, and start creating another booth " +"on a fresh :guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-up window. Click " +":guilabel:`Discard` to remove all changes, and return to the event template " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Once the booth has been saved, it appears in the :guilabel:`Booths` tab on " +"the event template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:197 +msgid "Use event templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Once an event template is complete, it is accessible on all event forms in " +"the Odoo *Events* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:202 +msgid "" +"To use an event template, navigate to the :menuselection:`Events app` and " +"click :guilabel:`New` to open a new event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:205 +msgid "" +"From the event form, click the :guilabel:`Template` field to reveal all the " +"existing event templates in the database. They appear in the same order as " +"they are listed in on the *Event Templates* page (:menuselection:`Events app" +" --> Configuration --> Event Templates`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Select the desired event template from the :guilabel:`Template` drop-down " +"field on the event form. Pre-configured settings automatically populate the " +"event form, saving time during the event creation process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Any of these pre-configured settings related to the selected event template " +"chosen in the :guilabel:`Template` field on an event form can be modified, " +"as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:218 +msgid ":doc:`create_events`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:3 msgid "Sell tickets" msgstr "" @@ -8778,11 +10226,6 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Options`, :guilabel:`Description`, and :guilabel:`End Message`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:20 -msgid "Questions tab" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:52 msgid "" "View, access, add, and/or delete questions and sections to the survey in the" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 136980764..f5afd0aa3 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Thi Huong Nguyen, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" @@ -2229,15 +2229,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:36 msgid "" -"If you select a new workspace, existing documents aren't moved. Only newly " +"If you select a new workspace, existing documents are not moved. Only newly " "created documents will be found under the new workspace." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:42 msgid "Workspaces" msgstr "Workspaces" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:44 msgid "" "Workspaces are hierarchical folders having their own set of tags and " ":ref:`actions `. Default workspaces exist, but " @@ -2246,56 +2246,80 @@ msgid "" " fill in the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Parent Workspace`: if you want to create a sub-workspace, select " "its :guilabel:`Parent Workspace`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:236 msgid "Tags" msgstr "Thẻ" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:56 msgid "" "Tags are used within workspaces to add a level of differentiation between " "documents. They are organized per category, and filters can be used to sort " "them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:59 msgid "" "Tags can be created from the :guilabel:`Tags` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a " "line`, create the :guilabel:`Tag Category`, and :guilabel:`Name` your tags." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:63 msgid "" "The tags of a parent workspace apply to the child workspaces automatically;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:64 msgid "" "Tags can be created and modified by going to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Tags`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:65 msgid "" "Tags can also be created or edited by clicking the gear icon :guilabel:`⚙` " "on the left menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:67 +msgid "" +"An **email alias** can be used to automatically send received documents to a" +" specific workspace based on the tag assigned. To create an email alias:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Select the tag and the corresponding workspace where the document should be " +"directed in the left column of your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Next to the :guilabel:`Upload` button, click the down arrow, and then click " +":guilabel:`Share`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In the new window, click :guilabel:`Download and Upload` and enter the email" +" alias where documents should be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:79 msgid "Access rights" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:81 msgid "" "To manage your workspace access rights, go to :menuselection:`Documents --> " "Configuration --> Workspaces`, open the workspace you want to edit, and go " @@ -2304,18 +2328,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Read Groups` that can only view the workspace's documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:87 msgid "Description" msgstr "Mô tả" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:89 msgid "" "You can add descriptive information to your workspace by going to " ":menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration --> Workspaces`, opening the " "workspace you want to describe and going to the :guilabel:`Description` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:94 msgid "" "Workspaces can also be created and edited by clicking the gear icon " ":guilabel:`⚙` on the left menu." @@ -2325,40 +2349,39 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create sub-workspaces from the left menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:101 msgid "Documents management" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:103 msgid "" "When selecting or opening a document, the right panel displays different " "options. On the top, additional options might be available: " ":guilabel:`Download`, :guilabel:`Share`, :guilabel:`Replace`, " ":guilabel:`Lock` or :guilabel:`Split`. It is also possible to " -":guilabel:`Open chatter` or :guilabel:`Archive` the document." +":guilabel:`Open chatter` or use the :guilabel:`Move to trash` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst-1 msgid "right panel options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:112 msgid "" -"Then, you can modify the name of your file by clicking on " -":guilabel:`Document`. A :guilabel:`Contact` or an :guilabel:`Owner` can be " -"assigned. The related :guilabel:`Workspace` can be modified and it is " -"possible to access the related :guilabel:`Journal Entry` or add " -":guilabel:`Tags`." +"Then, you can modify the name of your file by clicking on :guilabel:`Name`. " +"A :guilabel:`Contact` or an :guilabel:`Owner` can be assigned. The related " +":guilabel:`Workspace` can be modified and it is possible to access the " +"related :guilabel:`Journal Entry` or add :guilabel:`Tags`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:117 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Contact` is the person related to the document and assigned " "to it. He can only view the document and not modify it. I.e.: an existing " "supplier in your database is the contact for their bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:120 msgid "" "The person who creates a document is, by default :guilabel:`Owner` of it and" " has complete rights to it. It is possible to replace the owner of a " @@ -2366,24 +2389,24 @@ msgid "" " in \"My Profile\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:124 msgid "" "Different :ref:`Actions ` are available at the " "bottom of the right panel, depending on the workspace where your document is" " stored." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:128 msgid "Split PDF documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:130 msgid "" "Select the PDF you want to split, and click the scissors icon. A new view " "displays all the pages of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:133 msgid "" "By default, each page of the document will be split when clicking " ":guilabel:`Split`. To remove a split between two pages, click on the " @@ -2394,34 +2417,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "split your documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:140 msgid "" "To merge documents from your dashboard, select them and click the scissors " "icon. Click on the scissors between the two documents and click " ":guilabel:`Split` to merge the documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:144 msgid "Additional features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:146 msgid "" "Select a workspace and click the arrow next to the :guilabel:`Upload` button" " to access additional features:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:150 msgid "Request" msgstr "Yêu cầu" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:152 msgid "" "You can create \"missing documents\" and organize them as documents, to " "remind users to download them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:154 msgid "" "Select the workspace where the file should be stored, click " ":guilabel:`Upload`, then :guilabel:`Request`. Add the :guilabel:`Document " @@ -2433,24 +2456,24 @@ msgid "" "the workspace." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:161 msgid "When your document is available, click the placeholder to upload it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:163 msgid "" "You can see all missing documents by going to the **Activity** view and to " "the :guilabel:`Requested Document` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:167 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Activity` view, you can send a **reminder email** to " "users from whom you are expecting a document. Go to the :guilabel:`Requested" " Document` column, click on ⋮ and :guilabel:`Document Request: Reminder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:171 msgid "" "Click on a date to see the details of a specific request. You can update it " "by clicking on the pen icon, :guilabel:`Preview` the content of the reminder" @@ -2461,27 +2484,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "send a reminder email from the Activity view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:179 msgid "Add a link" msgstr "Thêm một liên kết" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:181 msgid "" "To add a link to your documents dashboard, click on :guilabel:`Add a Link`, " "enter the :guilabel:`URL`, and :guilabel:`Name` it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:185 msgid "Share" msgstr "Chia sẻ" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:187 msgid "" "You can create a share link to a document or all documents of a workspace. " "It allows anyone to download the file(s) or upload files to a workspace." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:190 msgid "" "To do so, select the workspace or the document and click the arrow next to " "the :guilabel:`Upload` button then :guilabel:`Share`. On the pop-up, the " @@ -2493,28 +2516,28 @@ msgid "" "Upload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:198 msgid "" "It is possible to only share one or more documents (without their workspace)" " by selecting them and clicking :guilabel:`Share`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:202 msgid "New spreadsheet" msgstr "Bảng tính mới" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:204 msgid "" "To create a new :doc:`spreadsheet `, click :guilabel:`New " "Spreadsheet`. You can select a :guilabel:`Blank spreadsheet` or an " ":doc:`existing template `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:210 msgid "Workflow actions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:212 msgid "" "Workflow actions help manage documents and overall business operations. " "These are automated actions that can be created and customized for each " @@ -2522,33 +2545,33 @@ msgid "" " add tags to a document, and process bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:216 msgid "" "These workflow actions appear on the right panel when a document meets the " "set criteria." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:219 msgid "Create workflow actions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:221 msgid "" "To create workflow actions, go to :menuselection:`Documents --> " "Configuration --> Actions` and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:225 msgid "" "An action applies to all **sub-workspaces** under the :guilabel:`Related " "Workspace` you selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:228 msgid "Set the conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:230 msgid "" "You can :guilabel:`Create` a new :guilabel:`Action` or edit an existing one." " You can define the :guilabel:`Action Name` and then set the conditions that" @@ -2556,23 +2579,23 @@ msgid "" "side panel when selecting a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:234 msgid "There are three basic types of conditions you can set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:236 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: you can use the :guilabel:`Contains` and :guilabel:`Does " -"not contain` conditions, meaning the files *must have* or *mustn't have* the" -" tags set here." +"not contain` conditions, meaning the files *must have* or *must not have* " +"the tags set here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:239 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: the files must be associated with the contact set here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:241 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Owner`: the files must be associated with the owner set here." msgstr "" @@ -2581,23 +2604,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a workflow action's basic condition in Odoo Documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:247 msgid "" -"If you don't set any conditions, the action button appears for all files " +"If you do not set any conditions, the action button appears for all files " "inside the selected workspace." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:251 msgid "Advanced condition type: domain" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:254 msgid "" "It is recommended to have some knowledge of Odoo development to configure " "*Domain* filters properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:257 msgid "" "The :ref:`developer mode ` needs to be activated to access " "the :guilabel:`Domain` condition from the :guilabel:`Actions` tab. Once " @@ -2605,7 +2628,7 @@ msgid "" "condition`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:261 msgid "" "To create a rule, you typically select a :guilabel:`field`, an " ":guilabel:`operator`, and a :guilabel:`value`. For example, if you want to " @@ -2618,7 +2641,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a workflow action's domain condition in Odoo Documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:269 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add New Rule` (plus icon) and :guilabel:`Add branch` to add" " conditions and sub-conditions. You can then specify if your rule should " @@ -2626,114 +2649,114 @@ msgid "" "rule directly using the :guilabel:`Code editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:274 msgid "Configure the actions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:276 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Actions` tab to set up your action. You can " "simultaneously:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:278 msgid "" "**Set Contact**: add a contact to the file, or replace an existing contact " "with a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:279 msgid "" "**Set Owner**: add an owner to the file, or replace an existing owner with a" " new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:280 msgid "**Move to Workspace**: move the file to any workspace." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:281 msgid "" "**Create**: create one of the following items attached to the file in your " "database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:283 msgid "" "**Link to record**: link the document to a record (i.e. link to a vehicle in" " Fleet);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:284 msgid "**Product template**: create a product you can edit directly;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:285 msgid "**Task**: create a Project task you can edit directly;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:286 msgid "**Signature PDF template**: create a new Sign template to send out;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:287 msgid "**PDF to sign**: create a PDF to sign;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:288 msgid "**Applicant**: create a new HR application you can edit directly;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:289 msgid "" "**Vendor bill**: create a vendor bill using OCR and AI to scrape information" " from the file content;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:291 msgid "" "**Customer invoice**: create a customer invoice using OCR and AI to scrape " "information from the file;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:293 msgid "" "**Vendor credit note**: create a vendor credit note using OCR and AI to " "scrape information from the file;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:295 msgid "" "**Credit note**: create a customer credit note using OCR and AI to scrape " "information from the file;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:297 msgid "" "**Miscellaneous Operations**: create a record in :guilabel:`Miscellaneous " "Operations` in Accounting;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:299 msgid "**Bank Statement**: create a Bank Statement in Finance;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:300 msgid "" "**Expense**: create an expense automatically based on a file's content." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:290 -msgid "**Set Tags**: add, remove, and replace any number of tags." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:302 +msgid "**Set Tags**: add, remove, and replace any number of tags;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:303 msgid "" "**Activities - Mark all as Done**: mark all activities linked to the file as" -" done." +" done;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:304 msgid "" "**Activities - Schedule Activity**: create a new activity linked to the file" " as configured in the action. You can choose to set the activity on the " @@ -2744,11 +2767,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a workflow action Odoo Documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:311 msgid "Digitize documents with AI and optical character recognition (OCR)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:313 msgid "" "Documents available in the Finance workspace can be digitized. Select the " "document to digitize, click :guilabel:`Create Bill`, :guilabel:`Create " @@ -2756,7 +2779,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send for Digitization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:318 msgid "" ":doc:`AI-powered document digitization " "<../finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization>`" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 03998a31d..e2a723375 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -9,17 +9,17 @@ # Hà Trần Thị Minh, 2023 # Nancy Momoland , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2024 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Thi Huong Nguyen, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Thi Huong Nguyen, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:44 @@ -255,240 +255,280 @@ msgid "" "the top :guilabel:`Pipeline` page to view all opportunities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:3 +msgid "Create leads (from email or manually)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:8 msgid "" -"Two key ways to generate new leads or opportunities for your business are " -"through email aliases and website contact forms. Odoo automatically creates " -"leads in your CRM whenever someone sends a message to a Sales Team email " -"alias or fills out a contact form on your website." +"Leads can be added to the *CRM* app from custom email aliases, and by " +"manually creating new records. This is in addition to the leads and " +"opportunities created in the app through the :doc:`website contact form " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:12 +msgid "" +"First, ensure the *Leads* feature is enabled in the database by navigating " +"to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:17 msgid "Configure email aliases" msgstr "Cấu hình email aliases" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:19 msgid "" -"Each Sales Team can use its own unique email alias to generate " -"leads/opportunities. Any email sent to a Sales Team's email alias will " -"automatically create a lead (if leads are activated in your CRM settings) or" -" an opportunity in the pipeline for that particular team. Configure custom " -"email aliases on the configuration page for each Sales Team by navigating to" -" :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`." -msgstr "" -"Mỗi Nhóm bán hàng có thể sử dụng email alias của riêng mình để tạo khách " -"hàng tiềm năng/cơ hội. Bất kỳ email nào được gửi đến email alias của Nhóm " -"bán hàng sẽ tự động tạo khách hàng tiềm năng (nếu tính năng khách hàng tiềm " -"năng được kích hoạt trong cài đặt CRM của bạn) hoặc cơ hội trong quy trình " -"bán hàng cho nhóm cụ thể đó. Cấu hình email alias tùy chỉnh trên trang cấu " -"hình cho từng Nhóm bán hàng bằng cách vào :menuselection:`CRM --> Cấu hình " -"--> Nhóm bán hàng`." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Configuring Sales Teams" -msgstr "Cấu hình nhóm bán hàng" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:23 -msgid "Use Contact Forms on your website" +"Each sales team has the option to create and utilize their own unique email " +"alias. When messages are sent to this address, a lead (or opportunity), is " +"created with the information from the message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:23 msgid "" -"By default, your website's *Contact Us* page displays Odoo's ready-to-use " -"Contact Form. Whenever someone submits this form, a lead or an opportunity " -"is generated in your database." +"To create or update a sales teams' email alias, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`. Click on a team " +"from the list to open the team's details page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Default Contact Us page" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The sales team details page, focused on the email alias section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:30 msgid "" -"The Contact Form can be activated or deactivated at any time by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Go to Website --> Customize --> Contact Form`." +"In the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field, enter a name for the email alias, or " +"edit the existing name. In the :guilabel:`Accept Emails From` field, use the" +" drop-down menu to choose who is allowed to send messages to this email " +"alias:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Form toggle" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Everyone`: messages are accepted from any email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:35 msgid "" -"When the Form is deactivated, the *Contact Us* page simply displays a button" -" to email your company directly. Any email sent this way will generate a " -"lead/opportunity." +":guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`: only accepts messages from email " +"addresses associated with a a partner (contact or customer) record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Us Page using email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:37 msgid "" -"Choose which Sales Team or salesperson is automatically assigned to the " -"leads/opportunities created from the Contact Form by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Communication`." +":guilabel:`Followers only`: only accepts messages from those who are " +"following a record related to the team, such as a lead or opportunity. " +"Messages are also accepted from team members." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Form settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:55 -msgid "Customize Contact Forms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:39 msgid "" -"Contact Forms can be customized for the specific information your team " -"needs, using the free *Form Builder* module." +":guilabel:`Authenticated Employees`: only accepts messages from email " +"addresses that are connected to a record in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:43 +msgid "Leads created from email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:45 msgid "" -"The *Form Builder* module is installed automatically when a Form element is " -"added to a web page via the Website Builder. It can also be installed " -"manually from the :guilabel:`Apps` page." +"Leads created from email alias messages can be viewed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads`. Click a lead from the list to open it, " +"and view the details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Form Builder building blocks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:48 msgid "" -"Forms can be created from scratch to serve a wide variety of purposes. " -"However, Odoo's default *Contact Us* page is designed to fit most users' " -"needs. Start with the default form and modify from there." +"The email received by the alias is added to the *chatter* thread for the " +"lead. The subject line of the message is added to the title field, and the " +":guilabel:`Email` field is updated with the contact's email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:73 -msgid "Edit Contact Form fields" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The chatter thread of a newly created lead in the CRM app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:57 msgid "" -"In Edit mode on your website, click on any field to start editing it. The " -"following information can be edited for each field on the Contact Form:" +"If the *leads* feature is **not** enabled on the database, messages to the " +"email alias are added to the database as opportunities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:64 +msgid "Manually create leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:66 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Type`: Choose a custom field option or an existing field. " -"Examples include phone, file upload, language, etc." +"Leads can be added directly to the *CRM* app by manually creating a new " +"record. Navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads` to view a list of " +"existing leads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Input Type`: Determine the type of entry customers should input. " -"Available options are text,email, telephone, and URL." +"Leads can also be added via the :doc:`Generate Leads ` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:72 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Input Placeholder`: Type in an example to guide users how to " -"input information where formatting is important, such as a phone number or " -"email address." +"At the top-left of the list, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank " +":guilabel:`Leads` form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:74 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Label Name`: Type in the display name to show users what " -"information is needed from them." +"In the first field of the new form, enter a title for the new lead. Next, " +"enter a :guilabel:`Contact Name`, and a :guilabel:`Company Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:78 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Label Position`: Choose the way the label is aligned with the " -"rest of the form. The label can be hidden, above the field, to the far left " -"of the field, or right adjusted and closer to the field." +"If a lead is :doc:`converted to an opportunity `, the " +":guilabel:`Company Name` field is used to either link this opportunity to an" +" existing customer, or to create a new customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:82 +msgid "Manually create opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:84 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Required`: Toggle this option for information that you absolutely" -" need entered." +"To manually create an opportunity, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Sales --> My Pipeline`. At the top-left of the page, click :guilabel:`New` " +"to create a new opportunity Kanban card. In the " +":guilabel:`Organization/Contact` field, enter the name of the company the " +"opportunity is for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:88 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hidden`: Toggle this option to hide the field without deleting " -"it." +"Choose a name, and enter it in the :guilabel:`Opportunity` field. *This is a" +" required field.* When manually creating an opportunity, it is helpful to " +"add a name that relates to the details of the opportunity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:93 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Shown on Mobile`: Toggle this option to show the field to users " -"on mobile devices." +"In the example below, the opportunity is named `5 VP Chairs`. This " +"identifies the product the customer is interested in, as well as the " +"potential number of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Editable field options" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:0 +msgid "An example of an opportunity in the CRM pipeline." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:100 msgid "" -"By default, when a Form is submitted, it sends you an email with the " -"customer's inputted information. To have it automatically generate a " -"lead/opportunity instead, edit the Form and select :guilabel:`Create an " -"Opportunity` as the Action." +"Enter the contact information for the opportunity in the :guilabel:`Email` " +"and :guilabel:`Phone` fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:103 msgid "" -"If leads are activated in your CRM settings, selecting :guilabel:`Create an " -"Opportunity` generates a lead instead. To learn more about activating leads " -"in the CRM settings, head over to :doc:`convert`." +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Revenue` field, enter an estimated value for the " +"opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The information in the :guilabel:`Expected Revenue` and priority fields can " +"be used to track performance for individual salespeople, and on a team " +"basis. See :doc:`../performance/expected_revenue_report` and " +":doc:`../track_leads/lead_scoring` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:111 +msgid "Then, use the |st-o| :guilabel:`(star)` icons to assign a priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:113 +msgid "|st-o| |st-o| |st-o|: low priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:114 +msgid "|st| |st-o| |st-o|: medium priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:115 +msgid "|st| |st| |st-o|: high priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:116 +msgid "|st| |st| |st|: very high priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Assigning a priority changes the order of leads in Kanban view, with higher " +"priority leads displayed first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once all the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Add`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The CRM pipeline with a newly created opportunity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 msgid "Lead mining" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 msgid "" -"Lead mining is a feature that allows CRM users to generate new leads " +"*Lead mining* is a feature that allows *CRM* users to generate new leads " "directly into their Odoo database. To ensure lead qualification, lead mining" " output is determined by a variety of filtering criteria, such as the " "country, the company size, and the industry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:15 msgid "" -"To get started, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and activate :guilabel:`Lead Mining`." +"To get started, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`Lead Mining` checkbox to activate the " +"feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "Activate lead mining in Odoo CRM settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:23 msgid "Generate leads" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:25 msgid "" -"After the :guilabel:`Lead Mining` setting is activated, a new button called " -":guilabel:`Generate Leads` is available to use in the :guilabel:`CRM` " -"pipeline. Lead mining requests are also available through " -":menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests`, or through " -":menuselection:`CRM --> Leads --> Leads` where the :guilabel:`Generate " -"Leads` button is also available." +"After the *Lead Mining* setting is activated, a new button called *Generate " +"Leads* is available to use in the upper-left corner of the *CRM* *Pipeline* " +"(:menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales --> My Pipeline`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Lead mining requests are also available through :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests`, or through :menuselection:`CRM app " +"--> Leads --> Leads`, where the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button is also " +"available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "The Generate Leads button to use the lead mining feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:37 msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button, and a window will appear " +"Click the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button, and a pop-up window appears, " "offering a variety of criteria by which to generate leads." msgstr "" @@ -498,109 +538,141 @@ msgid "" "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:44 msgid "" "Choose to generate leads for :guilabel:`Companies` to get company " -"information only, or choose :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` to get " -"company information as well as individual employee contact information. When" -" targeting :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts`, there is an option to " -"filter contacts based on :guilabel:`Role` or :guilabel:`Seniority`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:44 -msgid "Additional filtering options include:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Size`: filter leads based on the number of employees at the " -"company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Countries`: filter leads based on the country (or countries) they" -" are located in" +"information only, or choose |CC| to get company information and individual " +"employee contact information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:48 msgid "" -":guilabel:`States`: further filter leads based on the state they are located" -" in, if applicable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:49 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Industries`: filter leads based on the specific industry they " -"work in" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose which Sales Team the leads will be assigned " -"to" +"When targeting |CC|, additional options are available to filter contacts " +"based on :guilabel:`Role` or :guilabel:`Seniority`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Salesperson`: choose which person(s) on the Sales Team the leads " -"will be assigned to" +msgid "Additional filtering options include the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Countries`: filter leads based on the country (or countries) they" +" are located in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`States`: further filter leads based on the state in which they " +"are located, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Industries`: filter leads based on the specific industry they " +"work in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Filter on Size`: tick this checkbox to specify the number of " +"employees at the company. This generates a field labeled :guilabel:`Size`. " +"Fill in the blanks to create a range for the desired company size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose which Sales Team the leads will be assigned " +"to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson`: choose which member of the Sales Team the leads " +"will be assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:62 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Tags`: choose which tags are applied directly to the " -"leads once found" +"leads once found." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 msgid "" "Make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulations when receiving contact " "information. Get more information about the General Data Protection " "Regulation on `Odoo GDPR `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:69 +msgid "View leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +msgid "" +"After leads are generated, they are assigned to the designated salesperson " +"and team. To view additional information regarding the lead, select one from" +" the list, and click to open it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the chatter thread for the lead, additional information is provided. This" +" can include the number of employees, the technology used by the company, " +"the timezone, and direct contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 +msgid "The chatter thread of a newly generated lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Leads` are **not** enabled for the database, then leads are " +"generated as *opportunities*, and added to the pipeline for the designated " +"salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To enable the :guilabel:`Leads` feature, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:88 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "Định giá" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:91 msgid "" -"Lead mining is an *In-App Purchase* feature and each generated lead costs " -"one credit." +"Lead mining is an *In-App Purchase* feature, and each generated lead costs " +"one :ref:`credit `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:95 msgid "" -"Choosing to generate :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` costs one " -"additional credit for each contact generated." +"Generating |CC| costs one additional credit for each contact generated. See " +"here for complete pricing information: `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP " +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:99 msgid "" -"See here for full pricing information: `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:70 -msgid "" -"To buy credits, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"To buy credits, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Lead Generation` section, under the " -":guilabel:`Lead Mining` feature, click on :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." +":guilabel:`Lead Mining` feature, click :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 -msgid "Buy credits from the lead mining settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:103 msgid "" "Credits may also be purchased by navigating to the :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> General Settings`. In the :guilabel:`In-App Purchases` section, under " -"the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` feature, click on :guilabel:`View My Services`." +"app`. In the :guilabel:`Contacts` section, under the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` " +"feature, click :guilabel:`View My Services`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 @@ -608,20 +680,272 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Buy credits in the Odoo IAP settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:87 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:112 msgid "" "Enterprise Odoo users with a valid subscription get free credits to test " -":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` features before deciding to purchase more " -"credits for the database. This includes demo/training databases, educational" -" databases, and one-app-free databases." +"|IAP| features before purchasing more credits for the database. This " +"includes demo/training databases, educational databases, and one-app-free " +"databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:3 +msgid "Create opportunities from web contact forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Adding a contact form to a website makes it easy to convert visitors into " +"leads and opportunities. After a visitor submits their information, an " +"opportunity can be created automatically, and assigned to a designated sales" +" team and salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:12 +msgid "Customize contact forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By default, the *Contact Us* page on an Odoo website displays a " +"preconfigured contact form. This form can be customized, as needed, to suit " +"the needs of a specific sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Website app --> Contact Us`, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit` in the top-right of the screen to open the web editor. " +"Click on the form building block in the body of the webpage to open the form" +" configuration settings on the right sidebar. The following options are " +"available to customize the contact form from the :guilabel:`From` section of" +" the right sidebar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst-1 +msgid "The form configuration settings on an Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Action`: the default action for a contact form is :guilabel:`Send" +" an Email`. Select :guilabel:`Create an Opportunity` from the drop-down list" +" to capture the information in the *CRM* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose a sales team from the drop-down menu that the" +" opportunities from this form should be assigned to. This field **only** " +"appears if the :guilabel:`Action` field is set to :guilabel:`Create an " +"Opportunity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson`: if the opportunities should be assigned to a " +"specific salesperson, select them from the drop-down menu. If no selection " +"is made in this field, the opportunities are assigned based on the team's " +"existing rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marked Fields`: use this field to alter how the form handles " +"marked fields. The default option is to treat marked fields as " +":guilabel:`Required`, which is the recommended setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mark Text`: choose how :guilabel:`Marked Fields` should be " +"identified. The default character is an asterisk (`*`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Labels Width`: use this field to alter the pixel width of the " +"labels, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Success`: select how the webpage reacts after a customer " +"successfully submits a form. :guilabel:`Nothing` keeps the customer on the " +"same screen, with the addition of a confirmation message that the form was " +"submitted successfully. :guilabel:`Redirect` sends the customer to a new " +"webpage, based on the address provided in the :guilabel:`URL` field below. " +":guilabel:`Show Message` replaces the form with a preconfigured message that" +" informs the customer someone should respond to them as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL`: if :guilabel:`Redirect` is selected in the :guilabel:`On " +"Success` field, enter the URL for the webpage, where customers should be " +"directed after successfully submitting a form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visibility`: use the drop-down menu to add any visibility " +"conditions for this field, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If *leads* are activated in *CRM* settings, selecting :guilabel:`Create an " +"Opportunity` generates a lead instead. To activate leads, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:57 +msgid "Customize contact form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In addition to the settings for the form, the settings for each field can be" +" customized, as well. With the web editor menu still open, click into a " +"field to open the :guilabel:`Field` configuration settings section on the " +"sidebar. The following options are available to customize a field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: choose a custom field option or an existing field type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input Type`: determine the type of information customers should " +"input. Available options are :guilabel:`Text`, :guilabel:`Email`, " +":guilabel:`Telephone`, or :guilabel:`Url`. The selection made in this field " +"limits the format that customers can use when entering information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Label`: enter the name for the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Position`: choose the way the label is aligned with the rest of " +"the form. The label can be hidden, above the field, to the left of the " +"field, or right adjusted and closer to the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: slide the toggle to add a description for the " +"field, which can provide additional instructions to customers. Click under " +"the field on the form to add the description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Placeholder`: enter an example to help users know how to input " +"information where formatting is important, such as a phone number or email " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Value`: enter a value to include in the form, by default," +" if the customer does not provide information in the field. *It is not " +"recommended to include a default value for required fields*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required`: slide the toggle to mark this field as required if it " +"**must** be filled in for every submission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visibility`: select when this field should be visible. Use the " +"button on the left to choose whether to show or hide this field on a desktop" +" users. Use the button on the right to choose whether to show or hide this " +"field to mobile users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`Animation`: select if this field should have any animation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst-1 +msgid "The field configuration settings on an Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:89 +msgid "View opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:91 +msgid "" +"After a customer submits a contact form, and an opportunity is created, it " +"is assigned based on the :ref:`form settings `. " +"To view opportunities, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales --> My " +"Pipeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If leads are activated on the database, contact form submissions are " +"generated as leads, not opportunities. To activate leads, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads` to view the newly-created " +"leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:102 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`My Pipeline` dashboard, click on an opportunity card in " +"the Kanban view to open the opportunity record. The information submitted by" +" the customer is visible on the opportunity record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:107 +msgid "" +"As the contact form fields are customizable, the fields on the opportunity " +"record, where the form information is stored, varies accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the preconfigured contact form is used, the *Subject* field is added to " +"the :guilabel:`Title` field, and the content in the :guilabel:`Notes` field," +" which is labeled as :guilabel:`Your Question`, is added to the " +":guilabel:`Internal Notes` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../pipeline/manage_sales_teams`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`convert`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`../track_leads/lead_scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:118 +msgid ":ref:`Website forms `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 msgid "Create and send quotations" msgstr "" @@ -1031,20 +1355,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:12 msgid "" -"To install the *Gamification* module, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` " -"application. Click into the :guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top of the page" -" and remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter. Type `Gamification` to search." +"To install the *CRM Gamification* module, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Apps` application. Click into the :guilabel:`Search...` bar " +"at the top of the page and remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter. Type `CRM " +"Gamification` to search." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:16 msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Gamification` module is **not** already installed, click " -":guilabel:`Install`. After completing the installation, return to the " -":menuselection:`Apps` application and search for `Gamification` again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:20 -msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`CRM Gamification` module, click :guilabel:`Install`. This " "module features goals and challenges related to the *CRM* and *Sales* " "applications." @@ -1054,31 +1372,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the gamification module being installed in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:24 msgid "" -"If both the *CRM* and *Sales* apps are installed, the *CRM Gamification* " -"module is automatically installed on the database." +"If **both** the *CRM* and *Sales* apps are installed, the *CRM Gamification*" +" module is automatically installed on the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 msgid "" "To access the *Gamification Tools* menu, first enable :ref:`developer-mode`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:29 msgid "" "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Gamification Tools`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1 -msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings" +msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 msgid "Create badges" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 msgid "" "*Badges* are awarded to users when they have completed a challenge. " "Different badges can be awarded based on the type of task completed, and can" @@ -1086,7 +1404,7 @@ msgid "" "goal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:44 msgid "" "To view the existing badges, or create a new one, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." @@ -1096,7 +1414,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the badges page in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:52 msgid "" "Some badges can be awarded outside of challenges, as well. Select the Kanban" " card for the desired badge, then click :guilabel:`Grant`. This opens a " @@ -1104,30 +1422,30 @@ msgid "" " would you like to reward?` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:56 msgid "" "Add any additional information regarding why the user is receiving the " "reward in the field below, then click :guilabel:`Grant Badge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a new badge, click :guilabel:`New` at the top-left of the page to " "open a blank form. Enter a name for the :guilabel:`Badge`, followed by a " "description." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Allowance to Grant` field determines when a badge can be " "granted, and by whom:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:64 msgid ":guilabel:`Everyone`: this badge can be manually granted by any user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`A selected list of users`: this badge can only be granted by a " "select group of users. If this option is selected, it generates a new field," @@ -1135,7 +1453,7 @@ msgid "" "down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`People having some badges`: this badge can only be granted by " "users who have already been awarded a specific badge. If this option is " @@ -1144,13 +1462,13 @@ msgid "" " this badge to others." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No one, assigned through challenges`: this badge cannot be " "manually granted, it can only be awarded through challenges." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:75 msgid "" "To limit the number of badges a user can send, tick the :guilabel:`Monthly " "Limited Spending` checkbox. This sets a limit on the number of times a user " @@ -1162,32 +1480,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The details page for a new badge." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:87 msgid "Create a challenge" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:89 msgid "" "To create a challenge, navigate to to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Gamification Tools --> Challenges`. Click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left " "corner to open a blank challenge form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:92 msgid "At the top of the form, enter a :guilabel:`Challenge Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:95 msgid "Create assignment rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:97 msgid "" "To assign the challenge to specific users, one or more assignment rules must" " be utilized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:99 msgid "" "Click into the first field under :guilabel:`Assign Challenge to`, and select" " a parameter from the drop-down list to define the rule. Then, click into " @@ -1195,73 +1513,84 @@ msgid "" "third field to further define the parameter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:104 msgid "" "To include all users with permissions in the *Sales* app, create a rule with" -" the following parameters: - :guilabel:`Groups` - :guilabel:`is in` - " -"`Sales/User: Own Documents Only`" +" the following parameters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:107 +msgid ":guilabel:`Groups`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`is in`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:109 +msgid "`Sales/User: Own Documents Only`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:0 msgid "View of the assignation rules section of a Challenge form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:115 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Periodicity` field, select a time frame for goals to be " "automatically assessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:118 msgid "Add goals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:120 msgid "" "Challenges can be based on a single goal, or can include multiple goals with" " different targets. To add a goal to the challenge, click :guilabel:`Add a " "line` on the :guilabel:`Goals` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:123 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Goal Definition` field, choose a goal from the drop-down " "list. The :guilabel:`Condition` field automatically updates to reflect the " "condition set on the goal definition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:128 msgid "" "The *CRM Gamification* module contains preconfigured goals geared towards " "salesteams:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:130 msgid ":guilabel:`New Leads`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Time to Qualify a Lead`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:132 msgid ":guilabel:`Days to Close a Dead`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:133 msgid ":guilabel:`New Opportunities`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`New Sales Orders`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:136 msgid "" "Enter a :guilabel:`Target` for the goal based on the :guilabel:`Suffix`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:138 msgid "Repeat these steps for each additional goal." msgstr "" @@ -1269,25 +1598,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The goals tab of a challenge form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:145 msgid "Add rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:147 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Reward` tab. Choose the :ref:`badges ` to be awarded :guilabel:`For 1st User` and :guilabel:`For Every " "Succeeding User` by selecting them from the drop-down lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:152 msgid "" "Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " "of a running period, at the end date of a challenge, or when the challenge " "is manually closed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:155 msgid "" "After setup is complete, click the :guilabel:`Start Challenge` button at the" " top-left of the page to begin the challenge." @@ -1315,6 +1644,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Timezone`, and :guilabel:`Technologies Used`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Enterprise Odoo users with a valid subscription get free credits to test " +":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` features before deciding to purchase more " +"credits for the database. This includes demo/training databases, educational" +" databases, and one-app-free databases." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:21 msgid "" "The *leads* feature **must** be activated in the *CRM* settings page in " @@ -4224,6 +4562,182 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:3 +msgid "Manage sales teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Teams* feature within Odoo's *CRM* app allows for the creation " +"and management of multiple sales teams, each with their own assignment " +"rules, invoicing targets, and roster of salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:9 +msgid "Create a sales team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To create a new sales team, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration " +"--> Sales Teams`, then click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the blank sales team form, enter a name in the :guilabel:`Sales Team` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:16 +msgid "Next, select a :guilabel:`Team Leader` from the drop-down list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Set an :guilabel:`Email Alias` to automatically generate a lead/opportunity " +"for this sales team whenever a message is sent to that unique email address." +" Choose whether to accept emails from :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`, :guilabel:`Followers Only`, or " +":guilabel:`Authenticated Employees`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Select a :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu to assign this team to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company` field is only visible in multi-company databases, " +"and is not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The settings page for a new sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If the *Sales* app is installed on the database, an :guilabel:`Invoicing " +"Target` field appears on the sales team form. This is the revenue target for" +" the current month. The amount entered in this field is used to populate the" +" invoicing progress bar on the :ref:`sales team dashboard `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:39 +msgid "Add sales team members" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To add team members, click :guilabel:`Add` under the :guilabel:`Members` tab" +" when editing the sales team's configuration page. This opens a " +":guilabel:`Create Sales Team Members` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Rule-Based Assignment` feature has **not** been enabled on" +" the *CRM* app's *Settings* page, clicking :guilabel:`Add` under the " +":guilabel:`Members` tab opens an :guilabel:`Add: Salespersons` pop-up " +"window. Tick the checkbox to the far-left of the salesperson to be added to " +"the team, then click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:0 +msgid "The Add: Salespersons pop-up window on a new sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Select a user from the :guilabel:`Salesperson` drop-down list to add them to" +" the team. To prevent this salesperson from being automatically assigned " +"leads, tick the :guilabel:`Skip auto assignment` checkbox. If this feature " +"is activated, the salesperson can still be assigned leads manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The Create Sales Team Members pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Leads (30 days)` field tracks how many leads the salesperson " +"has been assigned in the past thirty days for this team, and the maximum " +"number of leads they should be assigned. To edit the maximum number of leads" +" this salesperson can be assigned, enter that amount in the :guilabel:`Leads" +" (30 days)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:68 +msgid "" +":doc:`Assignment rules <../track_leads/lead_scoring>` can be configured for " +"individual salespeople using the :guilabel:`Domain` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when finished, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to " +"add additional members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:74 +msgid "Enable multi teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To allow salespeople to be assigned to more than one sales team, the *Multi " +"Teams* setting needs to be enabled. First, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`CRM` section, tick" +" the checkbox labeled :guilabel:`Multi Teams`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` " +"at the top-left of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The settings page of the CRM app with the Multi Teams setting enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:88 +msgid "Sales team dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view the sales team dashboard, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales " +"--> Teams`. Any team the user is a member of appears in the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The sales team dashboard in the CRM app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Each Kanban card gives an overview of the sales team's open opportunities, " +"quotations, sales orders, and expected revenue, as well as a bar graph of " +"new opportunities per week, and an invoicing progress bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Pipeline` button to go directly to that team's *CRM* " +"pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Click on the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon in " +"the top-right corner of the Kanban card to open a drop-down menu. Then, to " +"view or edit the team's settings, click :guilabel:`Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../optimize/utilize_activities`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/merge_similar.rst:3 msgid "Merge similar leads and opportunities" msgstr "" @@ -4406,113 +4920,6 @@ msgid "" "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 -msgid "Multiple sales teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Sales Teams* feature to manage several sales teams, departments, or" -" channels, each with their own unique sales processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 -msgid "Create a new sales team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new sales team, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Sales Teams`, then click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:15 -msgid "" -"On the creation page, set an :guilabel:`Email Alias` to automatically " -"generate a lead/opportunity for this sales team every time a message is sent" -" to that unique email address. Choose whether to accept emails from " -":guilabel:`Everyone`, :guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`, or " -":guilabel:`Followers Only`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Set an :guilabel:`Invoicing Target` if this team has specific monthly " -"revenue goals. Set a :guilabel:`Domain` to assign leads/opportunities to " -"this sales team based on specific filters, such as country, language, or " -"campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Create a sales team in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:29 -msgid "Add members to a sales team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To add team members, click :guilabel:`Add` under the :guilabel:`Members` tab" -" when editing the sales team's configuration page. Select a salesperson from" -" the drop-down menu or create new salesperson. Set a maximum number of leads" -" that can be assigned to this salesperson in a 30-day period to ensure that " -"they do not overwork." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Add a salesperson in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 -msgid "" -"One person can be added as a team member or :guilabel:`Team Leader` to " -"multiple sales teams, allowing them to access all of the pipelines that they" -" need to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:44 -msgid "Sales team dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 -msgid "" -"To view the sales team dashboard, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Sales --> " -"Teams`. Odoo users will see any teams that they are a part of as dashboard " -"tiles." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Each tile gives an overview of the sales team's open opportunities, " -"quotations, sales orders, and expected revenue, as well as a bar graph of " -"new opportunities per week and an invoicing progress bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Sales team overview dashboard in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Click on the three dots in the corner of a tile to open a navigational menu " -"that lets users quickly view documents or reports, create new quotations or " -"opportunities, pick a color for this team, or access the team's " -"configuration page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Click the Three Dot Menu in Odoo CRM dashboard to view documents and create " -"opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Pipeline` button to go directly to that team's CRM " -"pipeline." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:5 msgid "Assign and track leads" msgstr "" @@ -6742,7 +7149,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -6941,7 +7348,7 @@ msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` at the bottom of the screen to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:72 @@ -6964,7 +7371,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:96 @@ -7010,16 +7417,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 msgid "" -"Worldline payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " +"Ingenico payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:10 msgid "" -"Worldline is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " +"Ingenico is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " "Luxembourg." msgstr "" @@ -7036,31 +7441,54 @@ msgstr "Kết nối IoT Box" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:20 msgid "" -"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"Connecting an Ingenico payment terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " "an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " "database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:26 -msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:25 +msgid "Configure the Lane/Desk/Move 5000 terminals for Ingenico BENELUX" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:27 msgid "" -"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " -"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." +"Press the function button (:guilabel:`F` on Lane/5000, :guilabel:`⦿` on " +"Desk/5000 and Move/5000)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Kassa menu --> Settings Menu` and enter the settings " +"password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Change Connection` and press :guilabel:`OK` on the next " +"screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, click on connection change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " -"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " -"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " -"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." +msgid "Select :guilabel:`TCP/IP` and :guilabel:`IP-address`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:32 +msgid "On the next screen, enter the IP address of your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Enter `9000` as port number and press :guilabel:`OK` on the next screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:35 +msgid "" +"At this point, the terminal restarts and should be displayed in your IoT Box" +" form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:43 msgid "" "Enable the payment terminal :ref:`in the application settings " "` and :doc:`create the related payment method " @@ -7070,7 +7498,7 @@ msgid "" "Device` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:57 msgid "" "In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " "Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " @@ -7079,26 +7507,26 @@ msgid "" "Successful*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:66 msgid "" "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " "retry to send the payment request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:69 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" " Odoo even if the connection between the terminal and Odoo has issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:75 msgid "" "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " "you the connection failed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:78 msgid "" "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " "of card that has been used and the transaction ID." @@ -7517,6 +7945,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Worldline" msgstr "Worldline" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Worldline payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Worldline is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " +"Luxembourg." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo is compatible with Worldline terminals that use the CTEP protocol " @@ -8417,7 +8857,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:42 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:243 msgid "Multiple prices per product" msgstr "Nhiều giá cho một sản phẩm" @@ -8462,7 +8902,7 @@ msgid "Setup form of a multiple prices pricelist" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:321 msgid "Advanced price rules" msgstr "" @@ -10481,21 +10921,108 @@ msgid "" " usual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:71 +msgid "" +"As of February 19, 2024, in North American marketplaces, :abbr:`FBA " +"(Fulfilled by Amazon)` orders created with the *Amazon Connector*, do not " +"get the customer's name passed onto the sales/delivery order in Odoo. This " +"is due to the fact that Amazon now calculates, and remits, sales tax on " +"behalf of sellers. In other words, personally identifiable customer " +"information is not transmitted to the seller any longer, after a :abbr:`FBA " +"(Fulfilled by Amazon)` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 msgid "Supported marketplaces" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:75 -msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 msgid "" "If a marketplace is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, it's possible to" " :ref:`add a new marketplace `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:86 +msgid "**North America region**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Canada" +msgstr "Canada" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Amazon.ca" +msgstr "Amazon.ca" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "Mexico" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Amazon.com.mx" +msgstr "Amazon.com.mx" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:92 +msgid "US" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:92 +msgid "Amazon.com" +msgstr "Amazon.com" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:96 +msgid "**Europe region**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:98 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "Đức" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:98 +msgid "Amazon.de" +msgstr "Amazon.de" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:100 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "Tây Ban Nha" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:100 +msgid "Amazon.es" +msgstr "Amazon.es" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:102 +msgid "France" +msgstr "Pháp" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:102 +msgid "Amazon.fr" +msgstr "Amazon.fr" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:104 +msgid "UK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:104 +msgid "Amazon.co.uk" +msgstr "Amazon.co.uk" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:106 +msgid "Italy" +msgstr "Ý" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:106 +msgid "Amazon.it" +msgstr "Amazon.it" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:108 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "Hà Lan" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:108 +msgid "Amazon.nl" +msgstr "Amazon.nl" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:30 @@ -10503,7 +11030,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:155 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:17 @@ -15276,7 +15803,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Loyalty Cards`: When making purchases, the customer accumulates " -"points to exchange for rewards on future orders." +"points to exchange for rewards on current and/or future orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:90 @@ -15982,7 +16509,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:337 msgid "" "Either option reveals the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, in which pricelists " "can be created and/or modified at any time." @@ -15993,13 +16520,27 @@ msgid "How the pricelists page looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:267 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " -"*Sales* and *eCommerce*." +"The order of the pricelists on the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page has an impact" +" on how they are applied. If several pricelists share the same criteria, " +"**only** the first listed pricelist is applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"For example, for two pricelists with different rules, but same criteria " +"(e.g., same website, same country), only the *first* pricelist in the list " +"is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " +"*Sales* and *eCommerce*. This pricelist is applied by default, if there are " +"no matching criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:64 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, either select the desired pricelist to" " edit, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new pricelist, which reveals a " @@ -16010,14 +16551,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the pricelist detail form looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:72 msgid "" "When creating a new pricelist, start by adding a name for the pricelist at " "the top of the form, in the blank field. Next, select which " ":guilabel:`Currency` should be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:75 msgid "" "Then, if working in a multi-company environment, select which company this " "pricelist should apply to in the :guilabel:`Company` field. If this field is" @@ -16025,11 +16566,11 @@ msgid "" "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:80 msgid "Price rules tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:82 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab functionality on a pricelist form varies " "depending on the :guilabel:`Pricelists` setting chosen: either " @@ -16037,25 +16578,25 @@ msgid "" "(discounts, formulas)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:86 msgid "" "However, the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab and :guilabel:`Configuration` " "tab are always the same, regardless of the chosen :guilabel:`Pricelists` " "setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:90 msgid "Price rules tab (multiple prices per product)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:92 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Multiple prices per product` setting activated, the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab on pricelist forms provides the option to add " "specific products, with a specific price, to a pricelist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96 msgid "" "To add a specific product and price to a pricelist form, click the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab, then click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the " @@ -16063,20 +16604,20 @@ msgid "" "specific price should be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 msgid "" "Next, if necessary, select a product variant under the :guilabel:`Variants` " "column (e.g. a specific product size, color, etc.). If no variants are " "selected, then this price will apply to all variants of the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104 msgid "" "If a minimum amount of the product must be purchased in order to apply the " "specific price, enter the amount under the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:107 msgid "" "To configure the price of the product for this specific pricelist, enter the" " desired amount under the :guilabel:`Price` column. Then, there is the " @@ -16084,56 +16625,56 @@ msgid "" "configured product price, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "" "To add another product line, click :guilabel:`Add a line` again, and repeat " "the process. There is no limit to how many products can be added in the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab of a pricelist form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:114 msgid "" "For more information, check out the following section: :ref:`Multiple prices" " per product `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:118 msgid "Price rules tab (advanced price rules)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` setting " "activated, the :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab on pricelist forms provides the " "option to configure detailed price rules based on formulas." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:124 msgid "" "Check out the :ref:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas) " "` section for detailed steps on how to add " "advanced price rules to a pricelist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 msgid "Time-based rules tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 msgid "" "Time-based rules are used specifically with :doc:`subscription products " "`. Be sure to check out the Odoo" " *Subscriptions* :doc:`documentation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:134 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab, the same functionality of the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab is present, with the only difference being that " "a repeating time period can be applied in the :guilabel:`Period` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:138 msgid "" "After a :guilabel:`Product` and potential :guilabel:`Variant` are selected " "in the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab, select the blank field in the " @@ -16141,7 +16682,7 @@ msgid "" "recurrence periods (e.g. `Monthly`, `Quarterly`, `Weekly`, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:142 msgid "" "New recurrence periods can also be directly created from this column, by " "typing in the new name for the :guilabel:`Period` and then selecting " @@ -16154,28 +16695,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Custom time period pop-up form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:151 msgid "" "From this :guilabel:`Create Period` pop-up form, add a :guilabel:`Name`, " ":guilabel:`Duration`, then a :guilabel:`Unit` (e.g. `Days`, `Weeks`, etc.). " "When finished, click :guilabel:`Save and Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:154 msgid "" "Lastly, add the desired price for this time-based rule in the " ":guilabel:`Price` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:157 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:160 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:162 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, there are a few options that can " "further customize the pricelist." @@ -16185,7 +16726,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuration tab on pricelist detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:169 msgid "" "From here, under the :guilabel:`Availability` section, in the " ":guilabel:`Country Groups` field, certain country groups can be added to the" @@ -16193,13 +16734,13 @@ msgid "" "this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:174 msgid "" "If no country is set for a customer, Odoo takes the first pricelist without " "any country group." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:176 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Website` section, there are a few options that can be " "configured. In the :guilabel:`Website` field, this pricelist can be applied " @@ -16207,7 +16748,7 @@ msgid "" "blank, the pricelist will be applied to all websites in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:181 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Selectable` checkbox to have this pricelist as a " "selectable option for customers to choose as they shop. If the " @@ -16215,7 +16756,7 @@ msgid "" "this pricelist for themselves as they shop." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:185 msgid "" "Lastly, there is the option to add an :guilabel:`E-commerce Promotional " "Code`. To add a code, type in the desired promo code that, when entered " @@ -16223,17 +16764,17 @@ msgid "" "the customer does not fall into the previously-specified criteria." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:190 msgid "Show discount percentage to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:192 msgid "" "With Odoo *Sales*, the option to show the public price *and* the computed " "discount percentage on the product catalog is available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:195 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Pricing` section, click the checkbox next " @@ -16241,7 +16782,7 @@ msgid "" "save all changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:199 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Discounts` feature, navigate to the " "pricelists page, either by clicking the :guilabel:`Pricelists` link from the" @@ -16249,7 +16790,7 @@ msgid "" "Products --> Pricelists`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:203 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, select the desired pricelist to edit. On" " the pricelist form, click into the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab. In the " @@ -16263,34 +16804,34 @@ msgid "" "Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:211 msgid "The options available in this section are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:213 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Discount included in the price`: shows the customer only the " "final price with the discount already included." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:215 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show public price & discount to the customer`: shows the customer" " the public price *and* the discount they're earning." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:219 msgid "Customer pricelist application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:221 msgid "" "While the default pricelist applied to any customer is the :guilabel:`Public" " Pricelist`, Odoo provides the opportunity to directly apply a different " "pricelist to customers on their contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:224 msgid "" "To do that, open the desired customer's contact form, either by navigating " "to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Customers` and selecting the " @@ -16302,7 +16843,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sample customer detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:232 msgid "" "On the desired customer's contact form, under the :guilabel:`Sales & " "Purchase` tab, in the :guilabel:`Sales` section, designate what pricelist " @@ -16314,7 +16855,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pricelist field in a customer detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:245 msgid "" "To apply several prices per individual product, select the " ":guilabel:`Multiple prices per product` option, after enabling the " @@ -16323,7 +16864,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:249 msgid "" "Next, apply pricelists to specific products using the product form. Navigate" " to the :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and select the " @@ -16332,7 +16873,7 @@ msgid "" "form on a separate page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:254 msgid "" "On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Extra Prices` smart button, " "located at the top of the form." @@ -16342,7 +16883,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the extra prices smart button appears in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:261 msgid "" "Doing so reveals a separate page displaying the :guilabel:`Price Rules` that" " are specific to that particular product. Here, price rules can be edited or" @@ -16353,20 +16894,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the extra price rules per product page appears in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:268 msgid "" "To create a new price rule for a product from this specific :guilabel:`Price" " Rules` page, click :guilabel:`New` to add a new, customizable row that has " "the desired product already populated in the :guilabel:`Applied On` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:272 msgid "" "Next, select which :guilabel:`Pricelist` this specific product price rule " "should apply to, via the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:276 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " +"*Sales* and *eCommerce*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:279 msgid "" "To create a new pricelist from this page, type in the desired name of the " "new pricelist in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column, then select " @@ -16376,13 +16923,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pricelists` page, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:285 msgid "" "After the desired pricelist is added to the row, designate a :guilabel:`Min." " Quantity` for the price rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:289 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` column is set to `2`, the new price in the " ":guilabel:`Price` column will be applied to orders of 2 or more products. " @@ -16391,14 +16938,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min. Quantity` of `2` products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:294 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired amount in the :guilabel:`Price` column. Then, if " "needed, enter a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End Date` for the " "product's price rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:297 msgid "" "And lastly, if working in a multi-company environment, select which company " "this price rule should be applied to in the :guilabel:`Company` field. " @@ -16406,19 +16953,19 @@ msgid "" "the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:301 msgid "" "Click away from the row to activate Odoo's auto-save capability, meaning " "that newly-created price rule is now ready to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:304 msgid "" "Proceed to add as many unique price rules per product as desired. There is " "no limit to how many price rules can be added per product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:307 msgid "" "With the price rule(s) in place for a specific product, customers who fall " "into those corresponding pricelists automatically see those new prices " @@ -16427,7 +16974,7 @@ msgid "" "product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:313 msgid "" "When a price rule/pricelist is added to a product via the :guilabel:`Extra " "Prices` smart button, it is also reflected on the pricelist itself. " @@ -16436,7 +16983,7 @@ msgid "" "smart button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:323 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` pricelist feature" " provides the option to set price change rules based on discounts and " @@ -16444,7 +16991,7 @@ msgid "" "the product's cost, or another pricelist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:327 msgid "" "To use advanced pricing rules, with discounts and formulas, select the " ":guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` option, after " @@ -16453,7 +17000,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:332 msgid "" "After activating and saving that :guilabel:`Pricelists` feature, the " ":guilabel:`Settings` page reloads and, from here, either select the " @@ -16462,13 +17009,13 @@ msgid "" " Products --> Pricelists`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:340 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, select a desired pricelist to modify, " "or create a new pricelist by clicking the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:343 msgid "" "On the pricelist form, under the :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line` to add an advanced price rule. Doing so reveals a " @@ -16480,35 +17027,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the Create Pricelist Rules pop-up form looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:352 msgid "Price computation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:354 msgid "" "On this form, first choose one of the three :guilabel:`Computation` options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fixed Price`: the price computation is based on a fixed price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:357 msgid ":guilabel:`Discount`: the price computation is based on a discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:358 msgid ":guilabel:`Formula`: the price computation is based on a formula." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:361 msgid "" "Each :guilabel:`Computation` option reveals its own computation-specific " "fields on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:363 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Fixed Price` is selected, enter the desired price in the " ":guilabel:`Fixed Price` field below. If :guilabel:`Discount` is selected, " @@ -16516,7 +17063,7 @@ msgid "" " appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:367 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Formula` is selected, a number of configurable options appear." msgstr "" @@ -16525,7 +17072,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The various formula computation options present in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:373 msgid "" "To configure the :guilabel:`Formula` computation option, start by selecting " "an option from the :guilabel:`Based on` field: :guilabel:`Sales Price`, " @@ -16533,14 +17080,14 @@ msgid "" "advanced price rule formula will be based on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:377 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Discount` field, determine how much of a discount " "should be applied. It should be noted that a mark-up can be applied by " "setting a negative discount in this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:381 msgid "" "To formulate a 100% markup (or 2 times the cost of the product), with a $5 " "minimum margin, set the :guilabel:`Based on` field to :guilabel:`Cost`, the " @@ -16554,7 +17101,7 @@ msgid "" " Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:389 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` field, specify a fixed amount to add (or " "subtract) to the amount calculated with the discount. After that, enter a " @@ -16562,29 +17109,29 @@ msgid "" " sets the price so that it is a multiple of the value in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:394 msgid "Rounding is applied *after* the discount and *before* the surcharge." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:397 msgid "" "To have prices that end in 9.99, set the :guilabel:`Rounding Method` to `10`" " and the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` to `-0.01`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:400 msgid "" "Lastly, specify the minimum amount of margin over the base price in the " ":guilabel:`Margins` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:402 msgid "" "Once all formula-related configurations are complete, Odoo provides an " "example of the formula in a blue block to the right of the configurations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:406 msgid "" "To apply 20% discounts, with prices rounded up to 9.99, set the " ":guilabel:`Based on` field to :guilabel:`Sales Price`, the " @@ -16596,47 +17143,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a 20% discount with prices rounded to 9.99 in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:415 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "Điều kiện" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:417 msgid "" "At the bottom of the :guilabel:`Create Pricelist Rules` pop-up form is the " ":guilabel:`Conditions` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:420 msgid "" "Here, start by selecting one of the options in the :guilabel:`Apply On` " "field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:422 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All Products`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to all" " products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to" " a specific category of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:425 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to a " "specific product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:426 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to " "a specific product variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:429 msgid "" "If any of those options, apart from :guilabel:`All Products`, are selected, " "a new option-specific field appears, in which the specific " @@ -16644,31 +17191,31 @@ msgid "" "Variant` must be chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:433 msgid "" "Then, select a minimum quantity to be applied to the advanced pricelist rule" " in the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` field. Lastly, select a range of dates for" " the pricelist item validation in the :guilabel:`Validity` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:437 msgid "" "Once all configurations are complete, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " "to save the advanced pricelist rule, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to " "immediately create another advanced pricelist rule on a fresh form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:442 msgid "" "If a price rule is set for a particular product, and another one for its " "product category, Odoo takes the rule of the product itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:446 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:447 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management`" msgstr "" @@ -20399,7 +20946,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:406 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:107 msgid ":doc:`../subscriptions`" msgstr "" @@ -20408,7 +20955,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:407 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:183 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`plans`" msgstr "" @@ -20417,7 +20964,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:408 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:184 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`products`" msgstr "" @@ -22559,7 +23106,14 @@ msgid "" "initial subscription product in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The prorated amount is **only** applied to *Service* product types. It is " +"**not** applied to *Consumable* or *Storable* product types, even if the " +"message appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:75 msgid "" "From this new upsell quotation form, add new subscription products in the " ":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " @@ -22572,27 +23126,27 @@ msgid "" "Subscriptions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:82 msgid "" "Once the desired upsell subscription product(s) have been added, it can be " "sent to the customer for approval by clicking the :guilabel:`Send by Email` " "button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:86 msgid "" "When the quotation is confirmed by the customer, the upsell products are " "added to the initial subscription. Quotation prices are then prorated to the" " remaining time of the current invoicing period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:91 msgid "" "Before sending the new quotation to the customer, the unit price, taxes, and" " even discount can be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:94 msgid "" "Once the customer approves, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " "quotation, making it a sales order. When that's clicked, a :guilabel:`Sales " @@ -22600,7 +23154,7 @@ msgid "" " to this initial subscription order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:98 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Sales History` smart button is clicked, Odoo reveals a " "separate page containing a list of the related sales orders, clearly " diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 386af2bca..c07be0b05 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -8,17 +8,17 @@ # Hà Trần Thị Minh, 2024 # Tâm Doãn Bắc, 2024 # Võ Văn Khoa, 2024 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Thi Huong Nguyen, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Thi Huong Nguyen, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -958,7 +958,7 @@ msgid "eCommerce management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:124 msgid "Customer accounts" msgstr "" @@ -1450,7 +1450,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:147 msgid "Analytics" msgstr "Phân tích" @@ -2453,8 +2453,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:168 msgid "" -"The file is then available after checkout in the **purchase order** section " -"found on the customer's portal." +"The file is then available after checkout in the :guilabel:`Sales Orders` " +"section, found on the customer's portal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:172 @@ -6028,7 +6028,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:156 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started`" +msgid ":doc:`../../services/helpdesk`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:161 @@ -7167,7 +7167,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:11 msgid "" "Each website can be designed and configured independently with its own " -":doc:`domain name `, theme, pages, menus, :doc:`languages " +":doc:`domain name `, :doc:`theme <../web_design/themes>`, " +":doc:`pages <../pages>`, :doc:`menus <../pages/menus>`, :doc:`languages " "`, :doc:`products <../../ecommerce/managing_products/products>`, " "assigned sales team, etc. They can also :ref:`share content and pages " "`." @@ -7188,7 +7189,7 @@ msgid "To create a new website, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:136 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" @@ -7245,21 +7246,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:55 msgid "" -"When you switch websites, you are redirected to the other website, to the " -"same page (URL) as the current one. If the page you are currently viewing " -"does not exist on the other website, you are redirected to a 404 error page." -" Once redirected, click :guilabel:`Create page` to create the page." +"When you switch websites, you are redirected to the homepage of the other " +"website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:0 -msgid "Create a page from a 404 error page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:58 msgid "Website-specific configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:60 msgid "" "Most website settings are website-specific, which means they can be " "enabled/disabled per website. To adapt the settings for a website, go to " @@ -7269,13 +7264,13 @@ msgid "" " for that specific website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:67 msgid "" "Websites are created with the default settings; the settings are not copied " "from one website to the other." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:69 msgid "" "In a :doc:`multi-company environment `, " "each website can be linked to a specific company in your database so that " @@ -7284,11 +7279,11 @@ msgid "" " the :guilabel:`Company` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:77 msgid "Content availability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:79 msgid "" "By default, pages, products, events, etc. created from the frontend (using " "the :guilabel:`+New` button) are only available on the website from which it" @@ -7304,39 +7299,39 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Website field in Forum form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:92 msgid "Records and features can be made available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:94 msgid "On all websites: leave the :guilabel:`Website` field empty;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:95 msgid "Only on one website: set the :guilabel:`Website` field accordingly;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:96 msgid "" "On some websites: in this case, you should duplicate the item and set the " ":guilabel:`Website` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:100 msgid "Website pages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:102 msgid "" "To modify the website on which a page is to be published, proceed as " "follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:104 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:105 msgid "" "Open the search panel and select the website on which the page is currently " "published." @@ -7346,34 +7341,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Display pages per website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:110 msgid "Tick the check box next to the page(s) you want to change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:111 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Website` field and select the website, or empty it to " "publish the page on all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:115 msgid "" "Each website must have its own homepage; you may not use the same homepage " "for several websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:118 msgid "eCommerce features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:120 msgid "" "eCommerce features such as products, eCommerce categories, pricelists, " "discounts, payment providers, etc. can be restricted to :ref:`a specific " "website `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:126 msgid "" "You can :doc:`allow your customers to use the same account " "<../../ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts>` on all of your " @@ -7381,41 +7376,41 @@ msgid "" "the website settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:131 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "Định giá" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:133 msgid "" "Products can be priced differently based on the website using " ":ref:`pricelists `. The following configuration is " "required:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:137 msgid "" "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section and select the " ":guilabel:`Pricelists` option :guilabel:`Multiple prices per product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:139 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Pricelists` to define new pricelists or edit existing ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:140 msgid "" "Select the pricelist or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new one, then " "select the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and set the :guilabel:`Website` " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting.rst:5 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Báo cáo" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:149 msgid "" "Each website has its own :ref:`analytics `. To switch " "between websites, click the buttons in the upper right corner." @@ -7425,11 +7420,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Switch websites in analytics" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:156 msgid "Other reporting data" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:158 msgid "" "Other reporting data such as eCommerce dashboard data, online sales analyses" " and visitors can be grouped by website if necessary. Open the search panel " @@ -7450,69 +7445,66 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Cloudflare Turnstile is recommended** as it is possible to add an " -"interactive check if the automated check fails. Also, Google reCAPTCHA v3 is" -" limited to `1 million assessments per month per domain " -"`_." +"We recommend using **Cloudflare Turnstile** as reCAPTCHA v3 may not be " +"compliant with local data protection regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:14 msgid "" "All pages using the :guilabel:`Form`, :guilabel:`Newsletter Block`, " ":guilabel:`Newsletter Popup` snippets, and the eCommerce :guilabel:`Extra " "Step During Checkout` form are protected by both tools." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:19 msgid "" "`Cloudflare Turnstile's documentation " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:20 msgid "" "`Google's reCAPTCHA v3 guide " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:25 msgid "Cloudflare Turnstile configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:28 msgid "On Cloudflare" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:30 msgid "" "`Create `_ a Cloudflare account or use " "an existing one and `log in `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:32 msgid "On the dashboard navigation sidebar, click :guilabel:`Turnstile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:33 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Turnstile Sites` page, click :guilabel:`Add Site`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:34 msgid "Add a :guilabel:`Site name` to identify it easily." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:35 msgid "" "Enter or select the website's :guilabel:`Domain` (e.g., *example.com* or " "*subdomain.example.com*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:36 msgid "Select a :guilabel:`Widget Mode`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:38 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Managed` mode is **recommended**, as visitors can be prompted" " to check a box confirming they are human if deemed necessary by Turnstile." @@ -7522,7 +7514,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Cloudflare Turnstile human verification widget" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:44 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Non-interactive` and :guilabel:`Invisible` modes, " "visitors are never prompted to interact. In :guilabel:`Non-interactive` " @@ -7530,7 +7522,7 @@ msgid "" "protects the form; however, the widget is not supported by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:49 msgid "" "If the Turnstile check fails, visitors are not able to submit the form, and " "the following error message is displayed:" @@ -7540,8 +7532,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Cloudflare Turnstile verification error message" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:28 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" @@ -7549,82 +7541,87 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding a website to Cloudflare Turnstile" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:60 msgid "" "The generated keys are then displayed. Leave the page open for convenience, " "as copying the keys in Odoo is required next." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:111 msgid "On Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:66 msgid "" "From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " ":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`Cloudflare Turnstile` and click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:68 msgid "" "Open the Cloudflare Turnstile page, copy the :guilabel:`Site Key`, and paste" " it into the :guilabel:`CF Site Key` field in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:70 msgid "" "Open the Cloudflare Turnstile page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret Key`, and " "paste it into the :guilabel:`CF Secret Key` field in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:75 msgid "" "Navigate to Turnstile on your Cloudflare account to view the solve rates and" " access more settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:81 msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:85 -msgid "On Google" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:84 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 may not be compliant with local data protection regulations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:87 +msgid "On Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:89 msgid "" "Open `the reCAPTCHA website registration page " "`_. Log in or create a Google" " account if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:92 msgid "On the website registration page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:94 msgid "Give the website a :guilabel:`Label`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:95 msgid "Leave the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA type` on :guilabel:`Score based (v3)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:96 msgid "" "Enter one or more :guilabel:`Domains` (e.g., *example.com* or " "*subdomain.example.com*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:97 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform`, a project is automatically selected" " if one was already created with the logged-in Google account. If not, one " @@ -7632,11 +7629,11 @@ msgid "" "a project yourself or rename the automatically created project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:101 msgid "Agree to the terms of service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:102 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit`." msgstr "" @@ -7644,45 +7641,45 @@ msgstr "" msgid "reCAPTCHA website registration example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:107 msgid "" "A new page with the generated keys is then displayed. Leave it open for " "convenience, as copying the keys to Odoo is required next." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:113 msgid "" "From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " ":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:117 msgid "" "Do not disable the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` feature or uninstall the " ":guilabel:`Google reCAPTCHA integration` module, as many other modules would" " also be removed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:120 msgid "" "Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Site key`, and paste it " "into the :guilabel:`Site Key` field in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:122 msgid "" "Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret key`, and paste " "it into the :guilabel:`Secret Key` field in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:124 msgid "" "Change the default :guilabel:`Minimum score` (`0.50`) if necessary, using a " "value between `1.00` and `0.00`. The higher the threshold is, the more " "difficult it is to pass the reCAPTCHA, and vice versa." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:129 msgid "" "You can notify visitors that reCAPTCHA protects a form. To do so, open the " "website editor and navigate to the form. Then, click somewhere on the form, " @@ -7694,7 +7691,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "reCAPTCHA policy message displayed on a form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:138 msgid "" "If the reCAPTCHA check fails, the following error message is displayed:" msgstr "" @@ -7703,7 +7700,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Google reCAPTCHA verification error message" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:144 msgid "" "Analytics and additional settings are available on `Google's reCAPTCHA " "administration page `_. For " @@ -8146,72 +8143,72 @@ msgid "" " and appearance to your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:12 msgid "" -"*Static* pages are pages that have stable content, such as the homepage. You" -" can manually create new ones, define their URL, adapt their " -":ref:`properties `, etc. *Dynamic* pages, on the " -"other hand, are generated dynamically. All pages generated automatically by " -"Odoo, for example when you install an app or module (e.g., `/shop` or " -"`/blog`) or publish a new product or blog post, are dynamic pages and are " -"therefore managed differently." +"**Static** pages have stable content, such as the homepage. You can manually" +" create new ones, define their URLs, adapt their :ref:`properties " +"`, etc. **Dynamic** pages, on the other hand, are " +"generated dynamically. All pages generated automatically by Odoo, for " +"example, when you install an app or module (e.g., `/shop` or `/blog`) or " +"publish a new product or blog post, are dynamic pages and are therefore " +"managed differently." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:19 msgid "Page creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:21 msgid "" "Website pages can be created from the **frontend** and the **backend**. To " "create a new website page, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:24 msgid "" "Either open the **Website** app, click :guilabel:`+ New` in the top-right " "corner, then select :guilabel:`Page`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:26 msgid "" "Or go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages` and click " ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:27 msgid "" -"Enter a :guilabel:`Page Title`; this title is used in the menu, as well as " -"in the page's URL." +"Enter a :guilabel:`Page Title`; this title is used in the menu and the " +"page's URL." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:29 msgid "" "Customize the page's content and appearance using the website builder, then " "click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:31 msgid ":ref:`Publish ` the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:34 msgid "" "Disable :guilabel:`Add to menu` if the page should not appear in the menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:37 msgid "Page management" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:42 msgid "Publishing/unpublishing pages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:44 msgid "" "Pages need to be published to make them accessible to website visitors. To " -"publish or unpublish a page, access it, then toggle the switch in the upper-" +"publish or unpublish a page, access it and toggle the switch in the upper-" "right corner from :guilabel:`Unpublished` to :guilabel:`Published`, or vice " "versa." msgstr "" @@ -8220,63 +8217,63 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Unpublished/Published toggle" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:52 msgid "It is also possible to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:54 msgid "" "publish/unpublish a page from the :ref:`page properties " "`, where you can define a publishing date and/or " "restrict the page's visibility if needed;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:56 msgid "" "publish/unpublish several pages at once: go to :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Site --> Pages`, select the pages, then, click :guilabel:`Action` and select" -" :guilabel:`Publish` or :guilabel:`Unpublish`." +"Site --> Pages`, select the pages, then click :guilabel:`Action` and select " +":guilabel:`Publish` or :guilabel:`Unpublish`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:61 msgid "Homepage" msgstr "Trang chủ" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:63 msgid "" -"By default, when you create a website, Odoo creates a dedicated " -":guilabel:`Home` page, but you can define any website page as your homepage." -" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, " -"then, in the :guilabel:`Website info` section, define the URL of the desired" -" page in the field :guilabel:`Homepage URL` (e.g., `/shop`)." +"When you create a website, Odoo creates a dedicated :guilabel:`Home` page by" +" default, but you can define any website page as your homepage. To do so, go" +" to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, then, in the " +":guilabel:`Website info` section, define the URL of the desired page in the " +"field :guilabel:`Homepage URL` (e.g., `/shop`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:68 msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can define any static page as your homepage by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Properties`. Select the " -":guilabel:`Publish` tab and enable :guilabel:`Use as Homepage`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:73 -msgid "Page properties" +"Alternatively, you can define any :ref:`static page ` as " +"your homepage by going to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Properties`. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Publish` tab and enable :guilabel:`Use as Homepage`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To modify a static page's properties, access the page you wish to modify, " -"then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties`." +msgid "Page properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:78 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Name` tab allows you to:" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To modify a :ref:`static page's ` properties, access the " +"page you wish to modify, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:80 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Name` tab allows you to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:82 msgid "rename the page using the :guilabel:`Page Name` field;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:83 msgid "" "modify the :guilabel:`Page URL`. In this case, you can redirect the old URL " "to the new one if needed. To do so, enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old URL`, " @@ -8284,11 +8281,11 @@ msgid "" "redirection>`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`301 Moved permanently`: to redirect the page permanently;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`302 Moved temporarily`: to redirect the page temporarily." msgstr "" @@ -8296,76 +8293,76 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Redirect old URL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:93 msgid "" "You can further adapt the page's properties in the :guilabel:`Publish` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:95 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show in Top Menu`: Disable if you don't want the page to appear " "in the menu;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:96 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use as Homepage`: Enable if you want the page to be the homepage " "of your website;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:97 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Indexed`: Disable if you don't want the page to be shown in " "search engine results;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:98 msgid ":guilabel:`Published`: Enable to publish the page;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Publishing Date`: To publish the page at a specific moment, " "select the date, click the clock icon to set the time, then click the green " "check mark to validate your selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:101 msgid ":guilabel:`Visibility`: Select who can access the page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:103 msgid ":guilabel:`All`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Signed In`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Restricted Group`: Select the :doc:`user access group(s) " "` in the :guilabel:`Authorized " "group` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`With Password`: Enter the password in the :guilabel:`Password` " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:110 msgid "" "*Some* of these properties can also be modified from :menuselection:`Website" " --> Site --> Pages`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:113 msgid "Duplicating pages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:115 msgid "" "To duplicate a page, access the page, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> " "Properties` and click :guilabel:`Duplicate Page`. Enter a :guilabel:`Page " @@ -8374,21 +8371,21 @@ msgid "" "change its position using the :doc:`menu editor `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:123 msgid "Deleting pages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:125 msgid "To delete a page, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:127 msgid "" "Access the page, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties` and click " ":guilabel:`Delete Page`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:129 msgid "" "A pop-up window appears on the screen with all links referring to the page " "you want to delete, organized by category. To ensure website visitors don't " @@ -8398,131 +8395,137 @@ msgid "" "` for the deleted page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:134 msgid "" "Once you have updated the links (or set up a :ref:`redirection `), select the :guilabel:`I am sure about this` check box, then " "click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:138 -msgid "URL redirects" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Redirecting URLs consists in sending visitors and search engines to a URL " -"that is different from the one they originally requested. This technique is " -"used, for example, to prevent broken links when you :ref:`delete a page " -"`, :ref:`modify its URL `, or " -"move your site to a new :doc:`domain `. It can " -"also be used to improve :doc:`pages/seo`." +msgid "URL redirect mapping" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:142 +msgid "" +"URL redirect mapping consists in sending visitors and search engines to a " +"URL different from the one they initially requested. This technique is used," +" for example, to prevent broken links when you :ref:`delete a page " +"`, :ref:`modify its URL `, or " +"migrate your site from another platform to an Odoo :doc:`domain " +"`. It can also be used to improve " +":doc:`pages/seo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:148 msgid "" "To access existing URL redirections and create new ones, :doc:`activate the " "developer mode ` and go to " ":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Redirects`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:151 -msgid "" -"A record is added automatically every time you :ref:`modify a page's URL " -"` and enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old URL`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:153 -msgid "You can set up redirections for static and dynamic pages." +msgid "" +"A redirect record is added automatically every time you :ref:`modify a " +"page's URL ` and enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old " +"URL`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:155 msgid "" +"You can set up redirections for :ref:`static and dynamic pages " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:157 +msgid "" "To create a new redirection, click the :guilabel:`New` button, then fill in " "the fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:159 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name to identify the redirect." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:158 -msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: Select the type of redirection:" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:160 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`404 Not found`: visitors are redirected to a 404 error page when " -"they try to access the page." +msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: Select the type of redirection:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:162 msgid "" -":guilabel:`301 Moved Permanently`: for permanent redirections of static " -"pages; the new URL is shown in search engine results and the redirect is " -"cached by browsers." +":guilabel:`404 Not found`: visitors are redirected to a 404 error page when " +"they try to access an unpublished or deleted page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:164 msgid "" -":guilabel:`302 Moved Temporarily`: for short-term redirections, for example," -" if you are redesigning or updating the page. The new URL is neither cached " -"by browsers, nor shown in search engine results." +":guilabel:`301 Moved Permanently`: for permanent redirections of unpublished" +" or deleted :ref:`static pages `. The new URL is shown in" +" search engine results, and the redirect is cached by browsers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:167 msgid "" -":guilabel:`308 Redirect / Rewrite`: for permanent redirections of dynamic " -"pages; the new URL is shown in search engine results and the redirect is " -"cached by browsers. Use this redirect type to rename a dynamic page, for " -"example, if you wish to rename `/shop` into `/market`." +":guilabel:`302 Moved Temporarily`: for short-term redirections, for example," +" if you are redesigning or updating a page. The new URL is neither cached by" +" browsers nor shown in search engine results." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:170 msgid "" -":guilabel:`URL from`: Enter the URL to be redirected (e.g., `/about-the-" -"company`) or search for the desired dynamic page and select it from the " -"list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:173 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`URL to`: For 301, 302 and 308 redirects, enter the URL to be " -"redirected to. If you want to redirect to an external URL, make sure to " -"include the protocol (e.g., `https://`)." +":guilabel:`308 Redirect/Rewrite`: for permanent redirections of existing " +":ref:`dynamic pages `. The URL is renamed; the new name " +"is shown in search engine results and is cached by browsers. Use this " +"redirect type to rename a dynamic page, for example, if you wish to rename " +"`/shop` into `/market`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:175 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL from`: Enter the URL to be redirected (e.g., `/about-the-" +"company`) or search for the desired :ref:`dynamic page ` " +"and select it from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:177 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL to`: For 301, 302, and 308 redirects, enter the URL to be " +"redirected to. If you want to redirect to an external URL, include the " +"protocol (e.g., `https://`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:179 msgid ":guilabel:`Website`: Select a specific website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:180 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sequence`: to define the order in which redirections are " +":guilabel:`Sequence`: To define the order in which redirections are " "performed, e.g., in the case of redirect chains (i.e., a series of redirects" " where one URL is redirected to another one, which is itself further " "redirected to another URL)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:184 msgid "Toggle the :guilabel:`Activate` switch to deactivate the redirection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:187 msgid "" -"404, 301 and 302 redirections only work if the original page has been " +"404, 301, and 302 redirections are meant to migrate traffic from " ":ref:`unpublished ` or :ref:`deleted " -"`." +"` pages to *new* pages, while the 308 redirect is used " +"for *permanent* redirections of *existing* pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:192 msgid "" "`Google documentation on redirects and search " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:193 msgid ":doc:`pages/seo`" msgstr "" @@ -9267,36 +9270,46 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`GTM (Google Tag Manager)` is a tag management system that allows you " "to easily update measurement codes and related code fragments, collectively " "known as tags on your website or mobile app, directly through the code " -"injector. To use GTM, proceed as follows:" +"injector." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Google Tag Manager may not be compliant with local data protection " +"regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:142 +msgid "To use GTM, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:144 msgid "" "Create or sign in to a Google account by going to " "https://tagmanager.google.com/." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:146 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Accounts` tab, click :guilabel:`Create account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:148 msgid "" "Enter an :guilabel:`Account Name` and select the account's " ":guilabel:`Country`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:150 msgid "" "Enter your website's URL in the :guilabel:`Container name` field and select " "the :guilabel:`Target platform`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:153 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create` and agree to the Terms of Service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:155 msgid "" "Copy the `` and `` codes from the popup window. Then, go to your" " website, click :guilabel:`Edit`, go to the :guilabel:`Themes` tab, scroll " @@ -9308,7 +9321,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Install Google Tag Manager" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:164 msgid "" "The data is collected in the marketing tools used to monitor the website " "(e.g., Google Analytics, Plausible, Facebook Pixel), not in Odoo." @@ -9693,6 +9706,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/dynamic_content.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/inner_content.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -9851,6 +9865,59 @@ msgid "" "enter the code, replacing the code used to show the block's instructions." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:3 +msgid "Features" +msgstr "Tính năng" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Features` :doc:`building blocks <../building_blocks>` allow " +"you to list multiple items next to each other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The :ref:`Table of Content ` and the :ref:`Call " +"to Action ` blocks are presented below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:20 +msgid "Table of content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Table of Content` block is used to list many different items " +"grouped under several headings. A clickable index is available to navigate " +"quickly between the different categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst-1 +msgid "The default Table of Content block" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:29 +msgid "Call to action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Call to Action` block is used to prompt visitors to take a " +"specific action, such as signing up for a newsletter or contacting you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst-1 +msgid "The default Call to Action block" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To change the button's link, select it, go to the :guilabel:`Customize` " +"tab's :guilabel:`Inline Text` section and replace `/contactus` with another " +"URL." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/inner_content.rst:3 msgid "Inner content" msgstr "Nội dung bên trong" @@ -9919,10 +9986,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The default banner block" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:29 -msgid "Call to action" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:31 msgid "" "The call to action button encourages visitors to take a specific action, for" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 03f8afd7d..b4f6f5cb3 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:55+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Chloe Wang, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -649,11 +649,11 @@ msgstr "" "要确认删除，请输入要删除账户的 :guilabel:`密码` 和 :guilabel:`登录名`。然后点击 :guilabel:`删除账户` " "按钮确认删除。" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:36 msgid "Odoo.com account password change" msgstr "修改 Odoo.com 账户密码" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:38 msgid "" "To change an Odoo.com account password, first login into the Odoo.com user " "account from the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-" @@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ msgstr "" "要更改 Odoo.com 账户密码，请首先从 Odoo.com 登录页面登录 Odoo.com 用户账户。登录后，转到屏幕右上角，点击个人资料图标旁边的" " :guilabel:`▼（向下箭头）` 图标。然后，选择 :guilabel:`我的帐户`，门户仪表板就会出现。" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:41 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:43 msgid "" "To change the Odoo.com password, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security " "Settings` link, below the :menuselection:`Account Security` section. Next, " @@ -676,23 +676,23 @@ msgstr "" "链接。然后，输入当前的 :guilabel:`密码` 和 :guilabel:`新密码` 进行必要更改，并验证新密码。最后，点击 " ":guilabel:`更改密码` 完成密码更改。" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:47 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:49 msgid "" "If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here " "`_." msgstr "如果客户希望更改登录名，请联系 Odoo 支持`此处`_。" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:53 msgid "" "Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the " "same email address is used." msgstr "即使使用相同的电子邮件地址，Odoo.com 用户和门户网站用户的密码也要分开。" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:55 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:57 msgid "Add two-factor authentication" msgstr "添加双因素身份验证" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:59 msgid "" "To add two-factor authentication, login into the Odoo.com user account from " "the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-right corner of " @@ -704,7 +704,7 @@ msgstr "" "用户账户。登录后，转到屏幕右上角，点击:guilabel:`个人资料图标旁边的:guilabel:`▼（向下箭头）`图标。然后选择 " ":guilabel:`我的账户'，门户仪表板就会出现。" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:64 msgid "" "If the user would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " "Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below " @@ -713,7 +713,7 @@ msgstr "" "如果用户希望为访问 Odoo.com 启用双因素身份验证 " "（2FA），请单击:menuselection:`账户安全`部分下方的:guilabel:`编辑安全设置`链接。" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:67 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " "(two-factor authentication)`. Then, confirm the current password in the " @@ -728,26 +728,26 @@ msgstr "" "码`或输入:guilabel:`验证码`，在:abbr:`2FA（双因素身份验证）`应用程序（Google Authenticator、Authy " "等）中激活:abbr:`2FA（双因素身份验证）`。" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:71 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:73 msgid "" "Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete " "the setup." msgstr "最后，点击 :guilabel:`启用双因素身份验证` 完成设置。" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:76 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:" msgstr "在:guilabel:`我的账户` 下，Odoo.com 用户还可以访问以下内容：" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:76 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`" msgstr ":guilabel:`我的合作伙伴仪表板`" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" msgstr ":guilabel:`我的应用程序内服务`" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`" msgstr ":guilabel:`我的应用程序仪表板`" @@ -5812,63 +5812,309 @@ msgid "It should be stored securely, and should be generated randomly e.g." msgstr "它应该安全地存储，并且应该随机生成，例如" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:743 -msgid "which will generate a 32 characters pseudorandom printable string." -msgstr "这将生成一个32个字符的伪随机可打印字符串。" +msgid "which generates a 32-character pseudorandom printable string." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:746 +msgid "Reset the master password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:748 +msgid "" +"There may be instances where the master password is misplaced, or " +"compromised, and needs to be reset. The following process is for system " +"administrators of an Odoo on-premise database detailing how to manually " +"reset and re-encrypt the master password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:753 +msgid "" +"For more information about changing an Odoo.com account password, see this " +"documentation: :ref:`odoocom/change_password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:756 +msgid "" +"When creating a new on-premise database, a random master password is " +"generated. Odoo recommends using this password to secure the database. This " +"password is implemented by default, so there is a secure master password for" +" any Odoo on-premise deployment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:761 +msgid "" +"When creating an Odoo on-premise database the installation is accessible to " +"anyone on the internet, until this password is set to secure the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:764 +msgid "" +"The master password is specified in the Odoo configuration file (`odoo.conf`" +" or `odoorc` (hidden file)). The Odoo master password is needed to modify, " +"create, or delete a database through the graphical user interface (GUI)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:769 +msgid "Locate configuration file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:771 +msgid "" +"First, open the Odoo configuration file (`odoo.conf` or `odoorc` (hidden " +"file))." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:775 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:148 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:133 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:158 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:180 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:328 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:397 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:460 +msgid "Windows" +msgstr "Windows" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:777 +msgid "" +"The configuration file is located at: " +"`c:\\\\ProgramFiles\\\\Odoo{VERSION}\\\\server\\\\odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:779 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:25 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:152 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:174 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:199 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:228 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:388 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:450 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "Linux" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:781 +msgid "" +"Depending on how Odoo is installed on the Linux machine, the configuration " +"file is located in one of two different places:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:784 +msgid "Package installation: `/etc/odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:785 +msgid "Source installation: `~/.odoorc`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:788 +msgid "Change old password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:790 +msgid "" +"Once the appropriate file has been opened, proceed to modify the old " +"password in the configuration file to a temporary password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:795 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:843 +msgid "Graphical user interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:797 +msgid "" +"After locating the configuration file, open it using a (:abbr:`GUI " +"(graphical user interface)`). This can be achieved by simply double clicking" +" on the file. Then, the device should have a default :abbr:`GUI (graphical " +"user interface)` to open the file with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:801 +msgid "" +"Next, modify the master password line `admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sha…` to " +"`admin_passwd = newpassword1234`, for example. This password can be " +"anything, as long as it is saved temporarily. Make sure to modify all " +"characters after the `=`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:806 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:825 +msgid "" +"The line appears like this: `admin_passwd = " +"$pbkdf2-sh39dji295.59mptrfW.9z6HkA$w9j9AMVmKAP17OosCqDxDv2hjsvzlLpF8Rra8I7p/b573hji540mk/.3ek0lg%kvkol6k983mkf/40fjki79m`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:810 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:829 +msgid "The modified line appears like this: `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:812 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:852 +msgid "Command-line interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:814 +msgid "" +"Modify the master password line using the following Unix command detailed " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:816 +msgid "" +"Connect to the Odoo server's terminal via Secure Shell (SSH) protocol, and " +"edit the configuration file. To modify the configuration file, enter the " +"following command: :command:`sudo nano /etc/odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:820 +msgid "" +"After opening the configuration file, modify the master password line " +"`admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sha…` to `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`. This " +"password can be anything, as long as it is saved temporarily. Make sure to " +"modify all characters after the `=`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:832 +msgid "" +"It is essential that the password is changed to something else, rather than " +"triggering a new password reset by adding a semicolon `;` at the beginning " +"of the line. This ensures the database is secure throughout the entire " +"password reset process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:837 +msgid "Restart Odoo server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:839 +msgid "" +"After setting the temporary password, a restart of the Odoo server is " +"**required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:845 +msgid "" +"To restart the Odoo server, first, type `services` into the Windows " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. Then, select the :guilabel:`Services` application, " +"and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Odoo` service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:849 +msgid "" +"Next, right click on :guilabel:`Odoo`, and select :guilabel:`Start` or " +":guilabel:`Restart`. This action manually restarts the Odoo server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:854 +msgid "" +"Restart the Odoo server by typing the command: :command:`sudo service odoo15" +" restart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:857 +msgid "" +"Change the number after `odoo` to fit the specific version the server is " +"running on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:860 +msgid "Use web interface to re-encrypt password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:862 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to `/web/database/manager` or " +"`http://server_ip:port/web/database/manager` in a browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:866 +msgid "" +"Replace `server_ip` with the IP address of the database. Replace `port` with" +" the numbered port the database is accessible from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:869 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Set Master Password`, and type in the previously-" +"selected temporary password into the :guilabel:`Master Password` field. " +"Following this step, type in a :guilabel:`New Master Password`. The " +":guilabel:`New Master Password` is hashed (or encrypted), once the " +":guilabel:`Continue` button is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:874 +msgid "" +"At this point, the password has been successfully reset, and a hashed " +"version of the new password now appears in the configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:878 +msgid "" +"For more information on Odoo database security, see this documentation: " +":ref:`db_manager_security`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:882 msgid "Supported Browsers" msgstr "将图像的 WebP 版本用于受支持的浏览器，并且对于不支持 WebP 的浏览器，请优雅地回退 JPEG 和 PNG。" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:748 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:884 msgid "" "Odoo supports all the major desktop and mobile browsers available on the " "market, as long as they are supported by their publishers." msgstr "Odoo支持市场上所有主要的桌面和移动浏览器，只要它们得到出版商的支持。" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:751 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:887 msgid "Here are the supported browsers:" msgstr "以下是支持的浏览器：" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:753 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:889 msgid "Google Chrome" msgstr "谷歌浏览器" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:754 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:890 msgid "Mozilla Firefox" msgstr "火狐浏览器" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:755 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:891 msgid "Microsoft Edge" msgstr "Microsoft Edge" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:756 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:892 msgid "Apple Safari" msgstr "苹果浏览器" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:758 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:894 msgid "" "Please make sure your browser is up-to-date and still supported by its " "publisher before filing a bug report." msgstr "在提交错误报告之前，请确保您的浏览器是最新的，并且仍然受其发布者的支持。" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:763 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:899 msgid "Since Odoo 13.0, ES6 is supported. Therefore, IE support is dropped." msgstr "从Odoo 13.0开始，支持ES6。 因此，将删除 IE 支持。" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:766 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:902 msgid "" "to have multiple Odoo installations use the same PostgreSQL database, or to " "provide more computing resources to both software." msgstr "让多个Odoo安装使用相同的PostgreSQL数据库，或者为两个软件提供更多的计算资源。" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:769 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:905 msgid "" "technically a tool like socat_ can be used to proxy UNIX sockets across " "networks, but that is mostly for software which can only be used over UNIX " "sockets" msgstr "从技术上讲，像socat_这样的工具可以用来跨网络代理UNIX套接字，但这主要用于只能通过UNIX套接字使用的软件。" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:773 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:909 msgid "" "or be accessible only over an internal packet-switched network, but that " "requires secured switches, protections against `ARP spoofing`_ and precludes" @@ -6101,19 +6347,6 @@ msgid "" " download the Enterprise packages." msgstr "必须以付费内部客户或合作伙伴的身份登录，才能下载企业软件包。" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:25 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:52 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:129 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:152 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:174 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:199 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:228 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:271 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:384 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:446 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "Linux" - #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:28 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:116 msgid "Prepare" @@ -6154,7 +6387,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "确保 `sudo` 命令可用且配置良好，然后执行以下命令安装 PostgreSQL 服务器：" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:57 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:416 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:420 msgid "" "`wkhtmltopdf` is not installed through **pip** and must be installed " "manually in `version 0.12.6 " @@ -6245,19 +6478,6 @@ msgid "" "manager:" msgstr "下载后，可以使用“dnf”包管理器安装包：" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:148 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:70 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:133 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:158 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:180 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:208 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:239 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:324 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:393 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:456 -msgid "Windows" -msgstr "Windows" - #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:151 msgid "" "Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running " @@ -6413,9 +6633,9 @@ msgstr "使用SSH克隆" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:186 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:213 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:253 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:347 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:405 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:467 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:351 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:471 msgid "Mac OS" msgstr "Mac OS" @@ -6581,42 +6801,46 @@ msgstr "使用 **发行版软件包** 是安装依赖包的首选方式。或者 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:280 msgid "" -"For Debian-based systems, the packages are listed in the `debian/control " -"`_ file of the Odoo " -"sources." -msgstr "" -"对于基于 Debian 的系统，软件包列在 Odoo 源文件的 `debian/control " -"`_ 文件中。" - -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:283 -msgid "" "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following commands should install the required " "packages:" msgstr "在 Debian/Ubuntu 上，使用以下命令即可安装所需的软件包：" +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:287 +msgid "" +"The `setup/debinstall.sh` script will parse the `debian/control " +"`_ file and install " +"the found packages." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:290 msgid "Install with pip" msgstr "使用 pip 安装" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:292 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Using pip may lead to security issues and broken dependencies; only do this " +"if you know what you are doing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:296 msgid "" "As some of the Python packages need a compilation step, they require system " "libraries to be installed." msgstr "由于某些 Python 软件包需要编译步骤，因此需要安装系统库。" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:295 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:299 msgid "" "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following command should install these required " "libraries:" msgstr "在 Debian/Ubuntu 上，使用以下命令即可安装这些所需的库：" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:301 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:305 msgid "" "Odoo dependencies are listed in the :file:`requirements.txt` file located at" " the root of the Odoo Community directory." msgstr "Odoo 依赖项列在位于 Odoo 社区版目录根目录下的 :file:`requirements.txt` 文件中。" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:305 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:309 msgid "" "The Python packages in :file:`requirements.txt` are based on their " "stable/LTS Debian/Ubuntu corresponding version at the moment of the Odoo " @@ -6628,9 +6852,9 @@ msgstr "" "对应版本。例如，对于 Odoo 15.0，`python3-babel` 软件包版本在 Debian Bullseye 中为 2.8.0，在 " "Ubuntu Focal 中为 2.6.0。然后在 :file:`requirements.txt` 中选择最低版本。" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:312 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:334 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:353 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:357 msgid "" "It can be preferable not to mix Python module packages between different " "instances of Odoo or with the system. However, it is possible to use " @@ -6640,14 +6864,14 @@ msgstr "" "最好不要在 Odoo 的不同实例之间或与系统混合使用 Python 模块包。不过，可以使用 `virtualenv " "`_ 来创建隔离的 Python 环境。" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:320 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation " "(:file:`CommunityPath`) and run **pip** on the requirements file to install " "the requirements for the current user." msgstr "导航至 Odoo 社区版安装路径（:file:`CommunityPath`），并在需求文件上运行 **pip** 为当前用户安装需求。" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:326 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:330 msgid "" "Before installing the dependencies, download and install the `Build Tools " "for Visual Studio `_. Select " @@ -6657,27 +6881,27 @@ msgstr "" "`_\"。在 **Workloads** 选项卡中选择 " "**C++ 编译工具**，并按提示安装。" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:330 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:349 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:334 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:353 msgid "" "Odoo dependencies are listed in the `requirements.txt` file located at the " "root of the Odoo Community directory." msgstr "Odoo 依赖项列在位于 Odoo 社区版目录根目录下的`requirements.txt`文件中。" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:342 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " "and run **pip** on the requirements file in a terminal **with Administrator " "privileges**:" msgstr "导航至 Odoo 社区版安装路径（\"CommunityPath\"），并在**具有管理员权限**的终端上对需求文件运行 **pip**：" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:357 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:361 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " "and run **pip** on the requirements file:" msgstr "导航至 Odoo 社区版安装路径（\"CommunityPath\"），并在需求文件上运行 **pip**：" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:367 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:371 msgid "" "Non-Python dependencies must be installed with a package manager (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." @@ -6685,35 +6909,35 @@ msgstr "" "非 Python 依赖项必须使用软件包管理器安装（`Homebrew `_, `MacPorts " "`_）。" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:370 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:374 msgid "Download and install the **Command Line Tools**:" msgstr "下载并安装命令行工** ：" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:376 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:380 msgid "Use the package manager to install non-Python dependencies." msgstr "使用软件包管理器安装非 Python 依赖项。" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:379 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:383 msgid "" "For languages using a **right-to-left interface** (such as Arabic or " "Hebrew), the `rtlcss` package is required." msgstr "对于使用**从右到左界面**的语言（如阿拉伯语或希伯来语），需要使用 `rtlcss` 软件包。" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:386 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:390 msgid "Download and install **nodejs** and **npm** with a package manager." msgstr "使用软件包管理器下载并安装 **nodejs** 和 **npm**。" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:387 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:396 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:391 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:400 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:413 msgid "Install `rtlcss`:" msgstr "安装 `rtlcss`：" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:395 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:399 msgid "Download and install `nodejs `_." msgstr "下载并安装 `nodejs `_。" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:402 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:406 msgid "" "Edit the system environment's variable `PATH` to add the folder where " "`rtlcss.cmd` is located (typically: " @@ -6722,7 +6946,7 @@ msgstr "" "编辑系统环境变量 `PATH` 以添加 `rtlcss.cmd` " "所在文件夹（通常为：:file:`C:\\Users\\\\1\\AppData\\\\Roaming\\npm\\`）。" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:407 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:411 msgid "" "Download and install **nodejs** with a package manager (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." @@ -6730,18 +6954,18 @@ msgstr "" "使用软件包管理器（`Homebrew `_, `MacPorts " "`_）下载并安装 **nodejs**。" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:424 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:428 msgid "Running Odoo" msgstr "运行 Odoo" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:426 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:430 msgid "" "Once all dependencies are set up, Odoo can be launched by running `odoo-" "bin`, the command-line interface of the server. It is located at the root of" " the Odoo Community directory." msgstr "一旦设置了所有依赖项，就可以通过运行服务器的命令行界面“odoo-bin”来启动Odoo。它位于Odoo社区目录的根目录。" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:429 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:433 msgid "" "To configure the server, either specify :ref:`command-line arguments " "` or a :ref:`configuration file " @@ -6750,7 +6974,7 @@ msgstr "" "要配置服务器，可指定 :ref:` 命令行参数 ` 或 :ref:` 配置文件 " "`。" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:433 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:437 msgid "" "For the Enterprise edition, add the path to the `enterprise` add-ons to the " "`addons-path` argument. Note that it must come before the other paths in " @@ -6759,30 +6983,30 @@ msgstr "" "对于企业版，请在 `addons-path` 参数中添加 `enterprise` 附加组件的路径。请注意，该路径必须位于 `addons-path` " "中其他路径之前，这样才能正确加载附加组件。" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:437 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:441 msgid "Common necessary configurations are:" msgstr "常见的必要配置有：" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:439 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:443 msgid "PostgreSQL user and password." msgstr "PostgreSQL 用户和密码。" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:440 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:444 msgid "Custom addon paths beyond the defaults to load custom modules." msgstr "可以在默认路径之外设置自定义插件路径以加载自定义模块。" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:442 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:446 msgid "A typical way to run the server would be:" msgstr "运行服务器的典型方法是：" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:453 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:474 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:457 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:478 msgid "" "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, and " "`mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." msgstr "其中，\"CommunityPath \"是 Odoo 社区版的安装路径，\"mydb \"是 PostgreSQL 数据库的名称。" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:463 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:467 msgid "" "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, " "`dbuser` is the PostgreSQL login, `dbpassword` is the PostgreSQL password, " @@ -6791,7 +7015,7 @@ msgstr "" "其中，\"CommunityPath \"是 Odoo 社区版的安装路径，\"dbuser \"是 PostgreSQL " "登录名，\"dbpassword \"是 PostgreSQL 密码，\"mydb \"是 PostgreSQL 数据库名称。" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:477 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:481 msgid "" "After the server has started (the INFO log `odoo.modules.loading: Modules " "loaded.` is printed), open http://localhost:8069 in a web browser and log " @@ -6802,19 +7026,19 @@ msgstr "" "http://localhost:8069，使用基本管理员账户登录 Odoo 数据库：使用 `admin` 作为电子邮件，同样使用 `admin` " "作为密码。" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:482 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:486 msgid "" "From there, create and manage new :doc:`users " "<../../applications/general/users>`." msgstr "从那里，创建并管理新的 :doc:`用户 <.../../applications/general/users>`。" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:483 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:487 msgid "" "The user account used to log into Odoo's web interface differs from the " ":option:`--db_user ` CLI argument." msgstr "用于登录 Odoo 网页界面的用户账户与 :option:`--db_user ` CLI 参数不同。" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:487 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:491 msgid "" ":doc:`The list of CLI arguments for odoo-bin `" msgstr ":doc:`odoo-bin 的 CLI 参数列表`" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po index 271c7f823..ce303a3e8 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po @@ -11,17 +11,17 @@ # 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2024 # Mandy Choy , 2024 # 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2024 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Chloe Wang, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Chloe Wang, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -38,465 +38,653 @@ msgid "Activities" msgstr "活动" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database. " -"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " -"chatter thread, kanban view, list view, or activities view of an " -"application." +msgid "*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database." msgstr "" -"*活动*是与 Odoo 数据库中的记录相关联的后续任务。可以在数据库中包含聊天线程、看板视图、列表视图或应用程序活动视图的任何页面上安排活动。" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The icon used to display activities varies depending on the :ref:`activity " +"type `:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:11 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`🕘 (clock)`: the default icon, which appears if nothing is " +"scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 +msgid ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)`: this icon appears if a phone call is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:13 +msgid ":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)`: this icon appears if an email is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:14 +msgid ":guilabel:`✔️ (checkmark)`: this icon appears if a to-do is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:15 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(group of people)`: this icon appears if a meeting is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(arrow pointing up above a line)`: this icon appears if a " +"document is scheduled to be uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(pencil in a box)`: this icon appears if a signature request is " +"scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 msgid "Schedule activities" msgstr "活动安排" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:23 msgid "" -"One way that activities are created is by clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule " -"Activity` button, located at the top of the *chatter* on any record. On the " -"pop-up window that appears, select an :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the " -"drop-down menu." +"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " +":ref:`chatter ` thread, :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or " +":ref:`activities view ` of an application." msgstr "" -"创建活动的方法之一是点击任何记录的*沟通栏*顶部的 :guilabel:`日程活动`按钮。在弹出的窗口中，从下拉菜单中选择 " -":guilabel:`活动类型`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Individual applications have a list of *Activity Types* dedicated to that " -"application. For example, to view and edit the activities available for the " -"*CRM* application, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " -"Activity Types`." -msgstr "" -"每个应用程序都有一个专用于该应用程序的*活动类型*列表。例如，要查看和编辑 *CRM* 应用程序可用的活动，请转到 " -":menuselection:`CRM 应用程序 --> 配置 --> 活动类型`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Enter a title for the activity in the :guilabel:`Summary` field, located in " -"the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window." -msgstr "在弹出窗口 :guilabel:`活动安排` 中的 :guilabel:`摘要` 字段中输入活动标题。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To assign the activity to a different user, select a name from the " -":guilabel:`Assigned to` drop-down menu. Otherwise, the user creating the " -"activity is automatically assigned." -msgstr "要将活动分配给不同的用户，请从 :guilabel:`分配给` 下拉菜单中选择一个名称。否则，将自动分配给创建活动的用户。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Lastly, feel free to add any additional information in the optional " -":guilabel:`Log a note...` field." -msgstr "最后，请在可选的 :guilabel:`记录备注...`字段中添加其他信息。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Due Date` field on the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " -"window auto-populates based on the configuration settings for the selected " -":guilabel:`Activity Type`. However, this date can be changed by selecting a " -"day on the calendar in the :guilabel:`Due Date` field." +msgid "Chatter" +msgstr "图表" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:32 +msgid "Activities can be created from the chatter on any record." msgstr "" -"在弹出的 :guilabel:`活动安排` 窗口中，:guilabel:`截止日期` 字段会根据所选 :guilabel:`活动类型` " -"的配置设置自动填充。但是，可以通过在 :guilabel:`截止日期` 字段中选择日历上的某一天来更改此日期。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:34 -msgid "Lastly, click one of the following buttons:" -msgstr "最后，点击以下其中一个按钮：" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:36 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Schedule`: adds the activity to the chatter under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." -msgstr ":guilabel:`计划`：将活动添加到 :guilabel:`计划活动`下的沟通栏。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the chatter " -"under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, it is automatically " -"marked as completed." -msgstr ":guilabel:`标记为完成`：在 :guilabel:`今天` 沟通栏中添加活动的详细信息。该活动不会被安排，而是自动标记为已完成。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:39 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Done \\& Schedule Next`: adds the task under :guilabel:`Today` " -"marked as done, and opens a new activity window." -msgstr ":guilabel:`完成 \\& 安排下一个`：将任务标记为已完成并添加到:guilabel:`今天` 下，并打开新的活动窗口。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Discard`: discards any changes made on the pop-up window." -msgstr ":guilabel:`放弃`：放弃在弹出窗口上所做的任何更改。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "CRM 潜在客户和安排活动的选项视图。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Depending on the activity type, the :guilabel:`Schedule` button may be " -"replaced by a :guilabel:`Save` button, or an :guilabel:`Open Calendar` " -"button." -msgstr "根据活动类型，:guilabel:`日程安排`按钮可能会被:guilabel:`保存`按钮或:guilabel:`打开日历`按钮取代。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Scheduled activities are added to the chatter for the record under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." -msgstr "已计划活动会添加到沟通栏中，位于 :guilabel:`已计划活动` 之下。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Activities can also be scheduled from the kanban, list, or activities view " -"of an application." -msgstr "也可以通过应用程序的看板、列表或活动视图，安排活动。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:59 -msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "看板视图" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`, and proceed to fill " -"out the pop-up form." -msgstr "选择要安排活动的记录。点击 :guilabel:`🕘（时钟）` 图标，然后点击 :guilabel:`安排活动`，接着填写弹出的表格。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "CRM 管道的看板视图，以及安排活动的选项。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:67 -msgid "List view" -msgstr "列表视图" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`. If the record already " -"has an activity scheduled, the clock icon may be replaced by a :guilabel:`📞 " -"(phone)` or an :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon." +"To schedule a new activity, click the :guilabel:`Activities` button, located" +" at the top of the chatter. In the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " +"window that appears, :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." msgstr "" -"选择要安排活动的记录。点击 :guilabel:`🕘（时钟）` 图标，然后点击 " -":guilabel:`安排活动`。如果记录已安排活动，时钟图标可能会被:guilabel:`📞（电话）` 或:guilabel:`✉️（信封）` " -"图标取代。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "CRM 管道的列表视图，以及安排活动的选项。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:76 -msgid "Activity view" -msgstr "活动视图" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:78 -msgid "" -"To open the activity view for an application, select the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon from the menu bar anywhere in the database. Select any " -"application from the drop-down menu, and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " -"icon for the desired app." -msgstr "" -"要打开应用程序的活动视图，请从数据库任意位置的菜单栏中选择 :guilabel:`🕘（时钟）`图标。从下拉菜单中选择任何应用程序，然后单击所需应用程序的" -" :guilabel:`🕘（时钟）` 图标。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Activity menu drop down with focus on where to open activity view for CRM." -msgstr "活动下拉菜单，重点在于在何处打开 CRM 的活动视图。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Move across the row to " -"find the desired activity type, then click the :guilabel:`＋ (plus sign)`." -msgstr "选择要安排活动的记录。在行中移动找到所需的活动类型，然后单击 :guilabel:`＋（加号）`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "客户关系管理管道的活动视图，以及安排活动的选项。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" -" throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." -msgstr "活动颜色及其与活动到期日的关系在整个 Odoo 中都是一致的，与活动类型或视图无关。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Activities that appear in **green** indicate a due date sometime in the " -"future." -msgstr "显示为**绿色**的活动表示截止日期在未来某个时候。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:96 -msgid "**Yellow** indicates that the activity's due date is today." -msgstr "**黄色**表示活动的截止日期是今天。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Red** indicates that the activity is overdue and the due date has passed." -msgstr "**红色**表示活动已逾期，且已过截止日期。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:99 -msgid "" -"For example, if an activity is created for a phone call, and the due date " -"passes, the activity appears with a red phone in list view, and a red clock " -"on the kanban view." -msgstr "例如，如果为一个电话创建了一个活动，而截止日期已过，则该活动在列表视图中显示为红色电话，在看板视图中显示为红色时钟。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:103 -msgid "View scheduled activities" -msgstr "查看预定活动" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:105 -msgid "" -"To view scheduled activities, open either the :menuselection:`Sales app` or " -":menuselection:`CRM app` and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, located " -"to the far-right side of the other view options." -msgstr "" -"要查看计划活动，请打开 :menuselection:`销售应用程序`或 :menuselection:`CRM " -"应用程序`，然后单击位于其他视图选项最右侧的 :guilabel:`🕘（时钟）` 图标。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Doing so opens the activities menu, showcasing all the scheduled activities " -"for the user, by default. To show all activities for every user, remove the " -":guilabel:`My Pipeline` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." -msgstr "" -"这样做会打开活动菜单，默认情况下会显示用户的所有计划活动。要显示每个用户的所有活动，请从 :guilabel:`搜索...` 栏移除 " -":guilabel:`我的管道` 筛选器。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To view a consolidated list of activities separated by the application where" -" they were created, and by deadline, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon on" -" the header menu to see the activities for that specific application in a " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" -"要查看按创建应用程序和截止日期分列的活动综合列表，请单击标题菜单上的 :guilabel:`🕘（时钟）` 图标，在下拉菜单中查看该特定应用程序的活动。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The possibility to :guilabel:`Add new note` and :guilabel:`Request a " -"Document` appear at the bottom of this drop-down menu, when the :guilabel:`🕘" -" (clock)` icon on the header menu is clicked." -msgstr "" -"点击标题菜单上的 :guilabel:` 🕘（时钟）` 图标后，下拉菜单底部将显示 :guilabel:`添加新备注`和 " -":guilabel:`请求文档`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads page emphasizing the activities menu." -msgstr "强调活动菜单的客户关系潜在客户页面视图。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:123 -msgid "Configure activity types" -msgstr "配置活动类型" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:125 -msgid "" -"To configure the types of activities in the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss --> Activities --> Activity Types`." -msgstr "要配置数据库中的活动类型，请访问 :menuselection:` 设置应用程序 --> 讨论 --> 活动 --> 活动类型`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types." -msgstr "强调菜单活动类型的设置页面视图。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " -"activity types are found." -msgstr "这样就会显示 :guilabel:`活动类型` 页面，在这里可以找到现有的活动类型。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To edit an existing activity type, select it from the list, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`. To create a new activity type, click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" -"要编辑现有活动类型，请从列表中选择该类型，然后单击 :guilabel:`编辑`。要创建新的活动类型，请单击 :guilabel:`创建`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:136 -msgid "" -"At the top of a blank activity type form, start by choosing a " -":guilabel:`Name` for the new activity type." -msgstr "在空白活动类型表单的顶部，首先为新活动类型选择 :guilabel:`名称`。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 msgid "New activity type form." msgstr "新活动类型表单。" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:143 -msgid "Activity settings" -msgstr "活动设置" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:45 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "看板视图" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:146 -msgid "Action" -msgstr "操作" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 msgid "" -"The *Action* field specifies the intent of the activity. Some actions " -"trigger specific behaviors after an activity is scheduled." -msgstr "*操作* 字段指定了活动的意图。某些操作会在计划活动后触发特定行为。" +"Another way that activities are created is from the Kanban view in an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "The Kanban icon in the top menu, highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon located at the bottom of " +"an individual record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`+ Schedule An Activity`, then proceed to :ref:`fill out the" +" Schedule Activity form `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "CRM 管道的看板视图，以及安排活动的选项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If a record already has a scheduled activity, the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon" +" is replaced by the icon that represents the existing scheduled activity. " +"Click on the activity type's icon to schedule another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:70 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "列表视图" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:72 +msgid "Activities can also be created from a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Activities` column is hidden, reveal it using the " +":guilabel:`(additional options toggle)` icon in the far-right of the top " +"row, represented by two horizontal lines with two dots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon for the record the activity is" +" being added to, then click :guilabel:`+ Schedule an activity`. Proceed to " +":ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form ` that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "CRM 管道的列表视图，以及安排活动的选项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:93 +msgid "Activity view" +msgstr "活动视图" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Most applications in Odoo have an *Activity* view available. If available, a" +" :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon is visible in the top-right of the main" +" menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To open the activity view, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "Top-right menu with the Activities icon called out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In this view, all the available activities are listed in the columns, while " +"the horizontal entries represent all the individual records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Activities that appear green have a due date in the future, activities that " +"appear orange are due today, while activities appearing red are overdue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Color bars in each column represent records for specific activity types, and" +" display a number indicating how many activities are scheduled for that " +"type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If multiple activity types are scheduled for a record, a number appears in " +"the box, indicating the total number of scheduled activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" +" throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." +msgstr "活动颜色及其与活动到期日的关系在整个 Odoo 中都是一致的，与活动类型或视图无关。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To schedule an activity for a record, hover over the corresponding field, " +"and a :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` appears. Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)`, and then :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "客户关系管理管道的活动视图，以及安排活动的选项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 +msgid "Schedule Activity form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Activities can be scheduled from many different places, such as from the " +":ref:`chatter ` of a record, or from one of multiple " +"views in an application, when available: the :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or :ref:`activity " +"view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" +msgstr "在表格中输入以下信息：" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Activity Type`: select the type of activity from the drop-down " +"menu. The default options are: :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Call`, " +":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`To-Do`. Depending on what other " +"applications are installed, additional options may be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Individual applications have a list of dedicated :ref:`activity types " +"`. For example, installing the *Sales* application makes " +":guilabel:`Order Upsell` available, while installing the *Sign* application " +"makes :guilabel:`Request Signature` available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Summary`: enter a short title for the activity, such as `Discuss " +"Proposal`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date`: using the calendar popover, select the activity's " +"deadline." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected, a link to upload a document is " -"added directly to the planned activity in the chatter." -msgstr "如果选择:guilabel:`上传文档`，则会在聊天记录中的计划活动中直接添加上传文档的链接。" +":guilabel:`Assigned to`: by default, the current user populates this field. " +"To assign a different user to the activity, select them from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 msgid "" -"If either :guilabel:`Phonecall` or :guilabel:`Meeting` are selected, users " -"have the option to open their calendar to schedule a time for this activity." -msgstr "如果选择了 :guilabel:`电话呼叫` 或 :guilabel:`会议`，用户就可以选择打开日历，为该活动安排时间。" +":guilabel:`Notes`: add any additional information for the activity in this " +"field." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Request Signature` is selected, a link is added to the planned" -" activity in the chatter that opens a signature request pop-up window." -msgstr "如果选择 :guilabel:`请求签名`，则会在聊天记录中的计划活动上添加链接，弹出签名请求窗口。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:159 -msgid "" -"The actions available to select on an activity type vary, depending on the " -"applications currently installed in the database." -msgstr "可选择的活动类型上的操作，会根据当前安装在数据库中的应用程序而有所不同。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:163 -msgid "Default user" -msgstr "默认用户" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:165 -msgid "" -"To automatically assign this activity to a specific user when this activity " -"type is scheduled, choose a name from the :guilabel:`Default User` drop-down" -" menu. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to the user who" -" creates the activity." +"When the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window is completed, click one" +" of the following buttons:" msgstr "" -"要在计划此活动类型时将此活动自动分配给特定用户，请从 :guilabel:`默认用户` " -"下拉菜单中选择一个名称。如果此字段留空，活动将分配给创建活动的用户。" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:170 -msgid "Default summary" -msgstr "默认摘要" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:158 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Open Calendar`: opens the user's calendar to add and schedule the" +" activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Click on the desired date and time for the activity, and a :guilabel:`New " +"Event` pop-up window appears. The summary from the *Schedule Activity* pop-" +"up window populates the :guilabel:`Title` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Enter the information in the :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up window, then click" +" :guilabel:`Save & Close` to schedule it. Once scheduled, the activity is " +"added to the chatter under the :guilabel:`Planned Activities` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Activity Type` is set to either :guilabel:`Call` or " +":guilabel:`Meeting`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 msgid "" -"To include notes whenever this activity type is created, enter them into the" -" :guilabel:`Default Summary` field." -msgstr "要在创建此活动类型时包含备注，请在 :guilabel:`默认摘要` 字段中输入备注。" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: schedules the activity, and adds the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Planned Activities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:174 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule & Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the" +" chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, and is " +"automatically marked as done." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next`: adds the details of the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, is " +"automatically marked as done, and a new :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up" +" window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancel`: discards any changes made on the :guilabel:`Schedule " +"Activity` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "CRM 潜在客户和安排活动的选项视图。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:188 +msgid "All scheduled activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To view a consolidated list of activities, organized by application, click " +"the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon in the header menu, located in the top-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If any activities are scheduled, the number of activities appear in a red " +"bubble on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:196 +msgid "" +"All activities for each application are further divided into subsections, " +"indicating where in the application the activity is to be completed. Each " +"sub-section lists the number of scheduled activities that are " +":guilabel:`Late`, due :guilabel:`Today`, and scheduled in the " +":guilabel:`Future`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:202 +msgid "" +"In the *Time Off* application, one activity is scheduled to be done in the " +"*All Time Off* requests dashboard, and six activities are scheduled to be " +"done in the *Allocations* dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:205 +msgid "" +"These requests appear in two separate lists in the all activities drop-down " +"menu: one labeled `Time Off` and one labeled `Time Off Allocation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list of activities that is accessed from the main menu bar. Two entries for the Time\n" +"Off application are highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:214 +msgid "Request a document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The option to :guilabel:`Request a Document` is available at the bottom of " +"the list of :ref:`all scheduled activities `, the option to " +":guilabel:`Request a Document` appears. Click :guilabel:`Request a " +"Document`, and a :guilabel:`Request a file` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:222 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Name`: enter a name for the document being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request To`: select the user the document is being requested from" +" using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date In`: enter a numerical value indicating when the " +"document is due. Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. " +"Click :guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. " +"Select the desired time-frame option from the list. The options are " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:229 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +":ref:`Workspace ` the document is being uploaded to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any desired tags from the drop-down menu. The " +"available tags displayed are based on the tags configured for the selected " +":guilabel:`Workspace`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message`: enter a message to clarify the document request in this" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:235 +msgid "" +"When all the fields are completed, click :guilabel:`Request` to send the " +"document request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Request a file form, with all fields filled out to request a contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:244 +msgid "Activity types" +msgstr "活动类型" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured types of activities in the database, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss section --> Activities " +"setting --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activity Types button in the Settings application under the Discuss section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " +"activity types are found." +msgstr "这样就会显示 :guilabel:`活动类型` 页面，在这里可以找到现有的活动类型。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "The list of activity types already configured and available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:260 +msgid "Edit activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:262 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing :ref:`activity type `, click on the " +"activity type, and the activity type form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:265 +msgid "" +"Make any desired changes to the activity type form. The form automatically " +"saves, but it can be saved manually at any time by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Save Manually` option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:270 +msgid "Create new activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:272 +msgid "" +"To create a new :ref:`activity type `, click " +":guilabel:`New` from the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, and a blank " +"activity type form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the activity type at the top of the form, then " +"enter the following information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:279 +msgid "Activity Settings section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:281 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Action`: using the drop-down menu, select an action associated " +"with this new activity type. Some actions trigger specific behaviors after " +"an activity is scheduled, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:284 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Upload Document`: if selected, a link to upload a document is " +"automatically added to the planned activity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:286 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Call` or :guilabel:`Meeting`: if selected, users have the option " +"to open their calendar to select a date and time for the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request Signature`: if selected, a link to open a signature " +"request pop-up window is automatically added to the planned activity in the " +"chatter. This requires the Odoo *Sign* application to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Available activity types vary based on the installed applications in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folder`: select a specific :ref:`workspace " +"` folder to save a document to. This field **only** " +"appears if :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Action`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Folder` the document is " +"saved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default User`: select a user from the drop-down menu to " +"automatically assign this activity to the selected user when this activity " +"type is scheduled. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to " +"the user who creates the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Summary`: enter a note to include whenever this activity " +"type is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:307 +msgid "" "The information in the :guilabel:`Default User` and :guilabel:`Default " "Summary` fields are included when an activity is created. However, they can " "be altered before the activity is scheduled or saved." msgstr "" "创建活动时，将包含 :guilabel:`默认用户` 和 :guilabel:`默认摘要` 字段中的信息。但是，可以在计划或保存活动之前更改它们。" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:181 -msgid "Next activity" -msgstr "下一个活动" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:311 msgid "" -"To automatically suggest, or trigger, a new activity after an activity has " -"been marked complete, the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` must be set." -msgstr "要在活动标记完成后自动建议或触发新活动，必须设置 :guilabel:`连锁类型`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:187 -msgid "Suggest next activity" -msgstr "建议下一个活动" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:189 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field, select :guilabel:`Suggest Next " -"Activity`. Upon doing so, the field underneath changes to: " -":guilabel:`Suggest`. Click the :guilabel:`Suggest` field drop-down menu to " -"select any activities to recommend as follow-up tasks to this activity type." +":guilabel:`Keep Done`: tick this checkbox to keep activities that have been " +"marked as `Done` visible in the :ref:`activity view `." msgstr "" -"在 :guilabel:`链接类型` 字段中，选择 :guilabel:`建议下一项活动`。执行此操作后，下面的字段就会变为 " -":guilabel:`建议`。点击:guilabel:`建议` 字段下拉菜单，选择要推荐作为此活动类型后续任务的任何活动。" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Schedule` field, choose a default deadline for these " -"activities. To do so, configure a desired number of :guilabel:`Days`, " -":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, decide if it should occur " -":guilabel:`after completion date` or :guilabel:`after previous activity " -"deadline`." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:313 +msgid ":guilabel:`Default Note`: enter any notes to appear with the activity." msgstr "" -"在 :guilabel:`时间安排` 字段中，为这些活动选择默认截止日期。为此，请配置所需的 :guilabel:`日`、 :guilabel:`周` " -"或 :guilabel:`月` 数目。然后，决定它应该发生在 :guilabel:`完成日期之后`，还是在 " -":guilabel:`上一个活动截止日期之后`。" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:198 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:316 +msgid "Next Activity section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:318 msgid "" -"This :guilabel:`Schedule` field information can be altered before the " -"activity is scheduled." -msgstr "安排活动前，可更改此:guilabel:`排期` 字段的信息。" +"It is possible to have another activity either suggested or triggered. To do" +" so, configure the :guilabel:`Next Activity` section." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:227 -msgid "When all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "完成所有配置后，单击 :guilabel:`保存`。" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:321 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`: select either :guilabel:`Suggest Next Activity` " +"or :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` from the drop-down menu. Depending on " +"the selected option, either the :guilabel:`Suggest` or :guilabel:`Trigger` " +"field is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:326 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field does **not** appear if :guilabel:`Upload" +" Document` is selected for the :guilabel:`Action`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Suggest/Trigger`: depending on what is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`, this field either displays :guilabel:`Suggest` or" +" :guilabel:`Trigger`. Using the drop-down menu, select the activity to " +"recommend or schedule as a follow-up task to the activity type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:332 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: configure when the next activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:334 +msgid "" +"First, enter a numerical value indicating when the activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. Click " +":guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. Select the" +" desired time-frame option from the list. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:340 +msgid "" +"Lastly, using the drop-down menu, select whether the activity is scheduled " +"or triggered either :guilabel:`after previous activity deadline` or " +":guilabel:`after completion date`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "Schedule activity popup with emphasis on recommended activities." -msgstr "活动安排弹出窗口，重点推荐活动。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Suggest " -"Next Activity`, and has activities listed in the :guilabel:`Suggest` field, " -"users are presented with recommendations for activities as next steps." +msgid "A new Activity form with all the fields filled out." msgstr "" -"如果活动的 :guilabel:`连锁类型` 设置为 :guilabel:`建议下一个活动`，且 :guilabel:`建议` " -"字段中列出了活动，则会向用户显示后续步骤的活动建议。" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:211 -msgid "Trigger next activity" -msgstr "触发下一个活动" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Setting the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` to :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` " -"immediately launches the next activity once the previous one is completed." -msgstr "将 :guilabel:`连锁类型` 设置为 :guilabel:`触发下一个活动`，在活动完成后，会立即启动下一个活动。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` is selected in the :guilabel:`Chaining " -"Type` field, the field beneath changes to: :guilabel:`Trigger`. From the " -":guilabel:`Trigger` field drop-down menu, select the activity that should be" -" launched once this activity is completed." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:348 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss`" msgstr "" -"如果在 :guilabel:`连锁类型` 字段中选择了 :guilabel:`触发下一个活动`，下方的字段将变为 :guilabel:`触发器`。从 " -":guilabel:`触发器` 字段下拉菜单中，选择此活动完成后应启动的活动。" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Schedule new activity popup with emphasis on Done and launch next button." -msgstr "安排新活动弹出窗口，强调“完成”和“启动下一个”按钮。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Trigger" -" Next Activity`, marking the activity as `Done` immediately launches the " -"next activity listed in the :guilabel:`Trigger` field." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:349 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss/team_communication`" msgstr "" -"当活动的 :guilabel:`连锁类型` 设置为 :guilabel:`触发下一活动` 时，将该活动标记为 `完成`，会立即启动在 " -":guilabel:`触发器` 字段中列出的下一个活动。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:238 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:239 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:3 msgid "Export and import data" @@ -2434,6 +2622,8 @@ msgid "" "data type, as well as the :guilabel:`# Code editor` text area below the " "filter rules, to view and edit the domain manually." msgstr "" +"激活 :ref:`开发者模式` 可显示每个字段的技术名称和数据类型，以及筛选规则下方的 :guilabel:`#代码编辑器` " +"文本区域，以便手动查看和编辑域。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/search.rst:160 msgid "Group records" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 3f480ff57..a849dee9d 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Chloe Wang, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ msgstr "要编辑现有银行日记账，转到:menuselection:`会计-->配置-- #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 @@ -632,6 +632,7 @@ msgstr "要编辑现有银行日记账，转到:menuselection:`会计-->配置-- #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:583 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:701 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 @@ -2018,6 +2019,7 @@ msgstr "银行日记账对账视图的用户界面。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:32 msgid "Transactions" msgstr "交易" @@ -2632,7 +2634,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:90 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:432 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:363 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "Customer invoices" @@ -2864,7 +2866,7 @@ msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:169 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:242 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:376 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 @@ -4314,6 +4316,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo 生成的每个 PDF 都包含一个整合的 **Factur-X** XML 文 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:38 msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" msgstr ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" @@ -6219,26 +6222,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 msgid "" -"This document addresses a specific use case for theoretical purposes. " -"Navigate :ref:`here ` for " -"instructions on how to set up and use |AVCO| in Odoo." +"This document addresses a specific use case for theoretical purposes. For " +"instructions on how to set up and use |AVCO|, refer to the :doc:`inventory " +"valuation configuration " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +" doc." msgstr "" -"本文档针对特定用例进行理论阐述。请浏览 :ref:`此处 " -"`，了解如何在 Odoo 中设置和使用 |AVCO|。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:32 -msgid "" -":ref:`Using inventory valuation `" -msgstr ":ref:`使用库存估值 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 msgid "" +":doc:`Using inventory valuation " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:35 +msgid "" ":ref:`Other inventory valuation methods " "`" msgstr "" ":ref:`其他库存估值方法 `" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:40 msgid "" "To use average cost inventory valuation on a product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and " @@ -6250,17 +6254,17 @@ msgstr "" "的类别。在产品类别页面，将 :guilabel:`成本计算方法` 设置为 `平均成本（AVCO）`，将 :guilabel:`库存估价` 设置为 " "`自动`。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:46 msgid "" -":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration " -"`" -msgstr ":ref:`库存估值配置`" +":doc:`Inventory valuation configuration " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 msgid "Using average cost valuation" msgstr "使用平均成本估值" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "" "The average cost method adjusts the inventory valuation when products are " "received in the warehouse. This section explains how it works, but if the " @@ -6270,37 +6274,37 @@ msgstr "" "平均成本方式在仓库收到产品时调整库存估价。本节将解释其工作原理，如果不需要解释，请跳至 :ref:`返回供应商用例 " "` 部分。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:59 msgid "Formula" msgstr "公式" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:61 msgid "" "When new products arrive, the new average cost for each product is " "recomputed using the formula:" msgstr "当新产品上市时，每种产品的新平均成本将根据公式重新计算：" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:63 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{(Old~Qty \\times Old~Avg~Cost) + (Incoming~Qty \\times Purchase~Price)}{Final~Qty}\n" "\n" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:66 msgid "**Old Qty**: product count in stock before receiving the new shipment;" msgstr "**旧数量**：收到新货物前的产品库存数量；" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:67 msgid "" "**Old Avg Cost**: calculated average cost for a single product from the " "previous inventory valuation;" msgstr "** 旧平均成本**：根据上次库存估价计算出的单个产品的平均成本；" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:69 msgid "**Incoming Qty**: count of products arriving in the new shipment;" msgstr "**到货数量**：新货物中到货产品的数量；" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:70 msgid "" "**Purchase Price**: estimated price of products at the reception of products" " (since vendor bills may arrive later). The amount includes not only the " @@ -6311,11 +6315,11 @@ msgstr "" "**采购价**：接收产品时的产品估计价格（因为供应商账单可能稍后到达）。该金额不仅包括产品价格，还包括附加费用，如运费、税金和 :ref:`落地成本 " "`。收到供应商账单时，该价格将被调整；" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:74 msgid "**Final Qty**: quantity of on-hand stock after the stock move." msgstr "**最终数量**：库存移动后的库存数量。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 msgid "" "When products leave the warehouse, the average cost **does not** change. " "Read about why the average cost valuation is **not** adjusted :ref:`here " @@ -6323,166 +6327,169 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "当产品离开仓库时，平均成本**不会**发生变化。关于为什么**不会**调整平均成本估值，请阅读:ref:此处``。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:85 msgid "Compute average cost" msgstr "计算平均成本" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:87 msgid "" "To understand how the average cost of a product changes with each shipment, " "consider the following table of warehouse operations and stock moves. Each " "is a different example of how the average cost valuation is affected." msgstr "要了解产品的平均成本如何随每次装运而变化，请看下表中的仓库业务和存货移动。每个例子都说明了平均成本估价如何受到影响。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Operation" msgstr "作业" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 msgid "Incoming Value" msgstr "入库价值" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "库存价值" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "在手数量" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Avg Cost" msgstr "平均成本" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:424 msgid "$0" msgstr "$0" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "Receive 8 tables at $10/unit" msgstr "收到 8 张桌子，每张 $10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "8 * $10" msgstr "8 * $10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "$80" msgstr "$80" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "8" msgstr "8" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "$10" msgstr "$10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 msgid "Receive 4 tables at $16/unit" msgstr "收到 4 张桌子，每张 $16" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 msgid "4 * $16" msgstr "4 * $16" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 msgid "$144" msgstr "$144" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "$12" msgstr "$12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 msgid "Deliver 10 tables" msgstr "运送 10 张桌子" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 msgid "-10 * $12" msgstr "-10 * $12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "$24" msgstr "$24" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "2" msgstr "2" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:106 msgid "" "Ensure comprehension of the above computations by reviewing the \"Receive 8 " "tables at $10/unit\" example." msgstr "通过复习“收到 8 张桌子，每张 $10”示例，确保理解上述计算。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:109 msgid "Initially, the product stock is 0, so all values are $0." msgstr "初始时，产品存量为 0，因此全部价值为 $0。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:111 msgid "" "In the first warehouse operation, `8` tables are received at `$10` each. The" " average cost is calculated using the :ref:`formula " @@ -6491,37 +6498,37 @@ msgstr "" "在第一次仓库操作中，收到了 `8` 张桌子，每张桌子的价格为 `$10`。使用 :ref:`公式 " "` 计算平均成本：" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:114 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{0 + 8 \\times $10}{8} = \\frac{$80}{8} = $10\n" "\n" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "" "Since the *incoming quantity* of tables is `8` and the *purchase price* for " "each is `$10`," msgstr "因为桌子*进货量*为`8`，每张桌子的*购买价格*为 `$10`，" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:118 msgid "The inventory value in the numerator is evaluated to `$80`;" msgstr "库存价值评估为`$80`；" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 msgid "`$80` is divided by the total amount of tables to store, `8`;" msgstr "`$80`除以要存储的桌子总数 `8`。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:120 msgid "`$10` is the average cost of a single table from the first shipment." msgstr "`$10` 即为第一批送货的每张桌子的平均成本。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:122 msgid "" "To verify this in Odoo, in the *Purchase* app, order `8` quantities of a new" " product, `Table`, with no previous stock moves, for `$10` each." msgstr "要在 Odoo 中验证这一点，请在 *采购* 应用程序中，以 `$10` 的价格订购 `8` 件新产品 `桌子`，不移动之前库存。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:125 msgid "" "In the table's :guilabel:`Product Category` field in the :guilabel:`General " "Information` tab of the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon," @@ -6533,13 +6540,13 @@ msgstr "" "图标，打开一个 :guilabel:`外部链接` 编辑产品类别。将 :guilabel:`成本计算方法` 设置为`平均成本（AVCO）`，将 " ":guilabel:`存货估价` 设置为`自动化`。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "" "Then, return to the purchase order. Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`, and " "click :guilabel:`Receive Products` to confirm receipt." msgstr "然后，返回采购订单。点击:guilabel:`确认订单` 并点击 :guilabel:`收到产品` 确认收货。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:133 msgid "" "Next, check the inventory valuation record generated by the product " "reception by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> " @@ -6556,7 +6563,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show inventory valuation of 8 tables in Odoo." msgstr "在 Odoo 系统中显示 8 张桌子的库存估值。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "" "When the product category's :guilabel:`Costing Method` is set to " ":guilabel:`AVCO`, then the average cost of a product is also displayed on " @@ -6566,11 +6573,11 @@ msgstr "" "当产品类别的 :guilabel:`成本计算方法` 设置为 :guilabel:`AVCO` 时，产品的平均成本也会显示在产品页面本身的 " ":guilabel:`常规信息` 标签下的 :guilabel:`成本` 字段中。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:149 msgid "Product delivery (use case)" msgstr "产品交付（使用案例）" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:151 msgid "" "For outgoing shipments, :ref:`outbound products have no effect on the " "average cost valuation `. Although the " @@ -6581,47 +6588,47 @@ msgstr "" "对于出货，:ref:`出货产品对平均成本估价 " "`没有影响。虽然平均成本估价不会重新计算，但由于产品已从库存中移除并交付到客户所在地，因此库存值仍会减少。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:157 msgid "" "To demonstrate that the average cost valuation is not recalculated, examine " "the \"Deliver 10 tables\" example." msgstr "为了证明平均成本估价没有重新计算，请查看“交付 10 张桌子”示例。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{12 \\times $12 + (-10) \\times $12}{12-10} = \\frac{24}{2} = $12\n" "\n" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "" "Because 10 tables are being sent out to customers, the *incoming quantity* " "is `-10`. The previous average cost (`$12`) is used in lieu of a vendor's " "*purchase price*;" msgstr "因为要向客户发送 10 张桌子，所以*进货量*为`-10`。以前的平均成本（`$12`）用于代替供应商的*采购价格*；" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:165 msgid "The *incoming inventory value* is `-10 * $12 = -$120`;" msgstr "*入库价值*为`-10 * $12 = -$120`；" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:166 msgid "" "The old *inventory value* (`$144`) is added to the *incoming inventory " "value* (`-$120`), so `$144 + -$120 = $24`;" msgstr "旧*库存价值*（`$144`）与新*库存价值*（`-$120`）相加，得出`$144 + -$120 = $24`；" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:168 msgid "" "Only `2` tables remain after shipping out `10` tables from `12`. So the " "current *inventory value* (`$24`) is divided by the on-hand quantity (`2`);" msgstr "`12` 张桌子运出 `10` 张后，只剩下 `2` 张桌子。因此，当前*库存价值*（`$24`）除以库存数量（`2`）；" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:170 msgid "" "`$24 / 2 = $12`, which is the same average cost as the previous operation." msgstr "`$24 / 2 = $12`，即与前一次操作的平均成本相同。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:172 msgid "" "To verify this in Odoo, sell `10` tables in the *Sales* app, validate the " "delivery, and then review the inventory valuation record by going to in " @@ -6632,7 +6639,7 @@ msgstr "" "要在 Odoo 中验证这一点，请在 *销售* 应用程序中销售 `10` 张桌子，验证交付，然后通过 :menuselection:`库存 --> 报告 " "--> 库存估值` 查看库存估值记录。在最上面的估价层中，交付 `10` 个桌子会使产品价值减少 `-$120`。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:177 msgid "" "**Note**: What is not represented in this stock valuation record is the " "revenue made from this sale, so this decrease is not a loss to the company." @@ -6642,53 +6649,53 @@ msgstr "**注**：本库存估值记录中未体现的是此次销售的收入 msgid "Show how deliveries decrease inventory valuation." msgstr "显示交货如何降低库存估价。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:187 msgid "Return items to supplier (use case)" msgstr "将物品退回供应商（用例）" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:189 msgid "" "Because the price paid to suppliers can differ from the price the product is" " valued at with the |AVCO| method, Odoo handles returned items in a specific" " way." msgstr "由于支付给供应商的价格可能与使用 |AVCO| 方法对产品估值的价格不同，Odoo 会以特定方式处理退回的项目。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:192 msgid "" "Products are returned to suppliers at the original purchase price, but;" msgstr "产品按原价退还给供应商，但" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:193 msgid "The internal cost valuation remains unchanged." msgstr "内部成本估值保持不变。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 msgid "" "The above :ref:`example table ` is updated as" " follows:" msgstr "上述 :ref:`示例桌子 ` 更新如下：" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 msgid "Qty*Avg Cost" msgstr "数量*平均成本" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 msgid "Return 1 table bought at $10" msgstr "退还 $10 购买的 1 张桌子" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 msgid "-1 * $12" msgstr "-1 * $12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:242 msgid "1" msgstr "1" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:205 msgid "" "In other words, returns to vendors are perceived by Odoo as another form of " "a product exiting the warehouse. To Odoo, because the table is valued at $12" @@ -6699,7 +6706,7 @@ msgstr "" "换言之，Odoo 将退还给供应商的产品视为另一种形式的产品出库。对 Odoo 来说，由于桌子的单位价值为 $12 ，因此产品退回时库存价值会减少 " "`$12`；最初的购买价格 `$10` 与桌子的平均成本无关。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:211 msgid "" "To return a single table that was purchased for `$10`, navigate to the " "receipt in the *Inventory* app for the :ref:`8 tables purchased in Exercise " @@ -6710,7 +6717,7 @@ msgstr "" "` 中购买的桌子收据，方法是进入 :guilabel:`库存概览`)，单击 " ":guilabel:`收据`，然后选择所需收据。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:216 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Return` on the validated delivery order, and modify " "the quantity to `1` in the reverse transfer window. This creates an outgoing" @@ -6720,7 +6727,7 @@ msgstr "" "然后，在已验证的交货单上单击 :guilabel:`退回`，并在反向传输窗口中将数量修改为 `1`。这样就为该表创建了一个出库装运。选择 " ":guilabel:`验证` 确认出货。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:220 msgid "" "Return to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation` " "to see how the outgoing shipment decreases the inventory value by $12." @@ -6730,63 +6737,63 @@ msgstr "返回 :menuselection:`库存 --> 报告 --> 库存估值` 查看出货 msgid "Inventory valuation for return." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:230 msgid "Eliminate stock valuation errors in outgoing products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:232 msgid "" "Inconsistencies can occur in a company's inventory when the average cost " "valuation is recalculated on outgoing shipments." msgstr "当对运出的货物重新计算平均成本估价时，公司的存货可能会出现不一致的情况。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:235 msgid "" "To demonstrate this error, the table below displays a scenario in which 1 " "table is shipped to a customer and another is returned to a supplier at the " "purchased price." msgstr "为说明这一错误，下表展示了一种情况：一张桌子已发运给客户，另一张桌子则按购买价退还给供应商。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 msgid "Qty*Price" msgstr "数量*价格" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 msgid "Ship 1 product to customer" msgstr "向客户运送 1 件产品" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 msgid "-1 \\* $12" msgstr "-1 \\* $12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "Return 1 product initially bought at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "-1 \\* $10" msgstr "-1 \\* $10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$2**" msgstr "**$2**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "**0**" msgstr "**0**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:248 msgid "" "In the final operation above, the final inventory valuation for the table is" " `$2` even though there are `0` tables left in stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:251 msgid "Correct method" msgstr "正确方法" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:253 msgid "" "Use the average cost to value the return. This does not mean the company " "gets $12 back for a $10 purchase; the item returned for $10 is valued " @@ -6794,11 +6801,11 @@ msgid "" " no longer being accounted for in company assets." msgstr "使用平均成本对退货进行估值。这并不意味着公司用 $10 购买的产品可以换回 $12；用 $10 退回的产品内部估值为 $12。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:258 msgid "Anglo-Saxon accounting" msgstr "Anglo-Saxon accounting" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:260 msgid "" "In addition to using |AVCO|, companies that use **Anglo-Saxon accounting** " "also keep a holding account that tracks the amount to be paid to vendors. " @@ -6810,13 +6817,13 @@ msgstr "" "除使用|AVCO|外，使用**盎格鲁-" "撒克逊会计**的公司还保留一个持有账户，用于追踪支付给供应商的金额。一旦供应商交付订单，**库存价值**就会根据入库产品的供应商价格增加。持有账户（称为**库存输入**）被记入贷方，只有在收到供应商账单后才进行对账。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:266 msgid "" ":ref:`Anglo-Saxon vs. Continental " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:268 msgid "" "The table below reflects journal entries and accounts. The *stock input* " "account stores the money intended to pay vendors when the vendor bill has " @@ -6826,71 +6833,71 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "下表反映了日记账分录和账户。当尚未收到供应商账单时，*库存输入*账户存储用于支付供应商的款项。如果退货产品*估价*与购买价格之间存在差价，为了平衡账目，需要创建一个*价差*账户。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Stock Input" msgstr "库存输入" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Price Diff" msgstr "价格差异" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 msgid "Receive 8 tables at $10" msgstr "收到 8 张桌子，每张 $10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 msgid "($80)" msgstr "($80)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" msgstr "收到供应商的账单$80" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 msgid "Receive 4 tables at $16" msgstr "收到 4 张桌子，每张 $16" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 msgid "($64)" msgstr "($64)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" msgstr "收到供应商的账单$64" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "Deliver 10 tables to customer" msgstr "向客户交付 10 张桌子" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "Return 1 table initially bought at $10" msgstr "退还 $10 购买的 1 张桌子" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$10**" msgstr "**$10**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$12**" msgstr "**$12**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" msgstr "收到供应商的退款账单$10" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "$2" msgstr "$2" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:296 msgid "Product reception" msgstr "产品接收" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:299 msgid "Summary" msgstr "摘要" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:301 msgid "" "At product reception, Odoo ensures companies can pay for goods that were " "purchased by preemptively moving an amount matching the price of received " @@ -6904,7 +6911,7 @@ msgstr "" "在接收产品时，Odoo 通过预先将与接收货物价格相匹配的金额转入 :doc:`负债账户`， " "**库存输入**，确保公司能够支付购买的货物。然后，一旦收到账单，持有账户中的金额就会转入*应付账款*。转入该账户意味着账单已支付。收到供应商账单后，**库存输入**即进行对账。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:308 msgid "" "Inventory valuation is a method of calculating how much each in-stock " "product is worth internally. Since there is a difference between the price " @@ -6914,44 +6921,44 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "库存估价是计算每种库存产品内部价值的一种方法。由于产品的**估值价格**与产品的实际**购买价格**之间存在差异，因此**库存估值**账户与**库存输入**账户的贷方和借方操作无关。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:313 msgid "To conceptualize all this, follow the breakdown below." msgstr "要理解全部，请看以下细目。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:316 msgid "Accounts balanced at received products" msgstr "收到产品时的账目平衡" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:318 msgid "" "In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, `table`, in " "stock. Then, 8 tables are received from the vendor:" msgstr "在此示例中，某公司的产品 `桌子` 库存量为零。然后，从供应商处收到 8 张桌子：" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:321 msgid "" "The **Stock Input** account stores `$80` of credit owed to the vendor. The " "amount in this account is unrelated to the inventory value." msgstr "**库存输入**账户存储欠供应商的贷方款项 `$80`。该账户中的金额与库存价值无关。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:323 msgid "" "`$80` worth of tables came **in** (**debit** the *Inventory Value* account " "`$80`), and" msgstr "价值 `$80` 的桌子**到货**（将*库存价值*账户金额记为**借方** `$80`），并且" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:324 msgid "" "`$80` must be paid **out** for received goods (**credit** the *Stock Input* " "account `$80`)." msgstr "必须为收到的货物支付`$80`（将*库存输入*账户的金额记为贷方 `$80` ）。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:324 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:370 msgid "In Odoo" msgstr "在Odoo上" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:329 msgid "" "Odoo generates an accounting journal entry when shipments that use |AVCO| " "costing method are received. Configure a :guilabel:`Price Difference " @@ -6961,7 +6968,7 @@ msgstr "" "当收到使用 |AVCO| 成本计算方法的货物时，Odoo 会生成会计分录。选择产品页面上 :guilabel:`产品分类` 字段旁边的 " ":guilabel:`➡️（箭头）`图标，配置 :guilabel:`差价账户`。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:333 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Account Properties`, create a new :guilabel:`Price " "Difference Account` by typing in the name of the account and clicking " @@ -6975,7 +6982,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create price difference account." msgstr "创建差额账户。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:341 msgid "" "Then, receive the shipment in the *Purchase* app or *Inventory* app, and " "navigate to the :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal " @@ -6989,7 +6996,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show accounting entry of 8 tables from the list." msgstr "显示列表中 8 张桌子的会计分录。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:349 msgid "" "Click on the line for 8 tables. This accounting journal entry shows that " "when the 8 tables were received, the `Stock Valuation` account increased by " @@ -7003,35 +7010,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit stock valuation and credit stock input 80 dollars." msgstr "借记库存估值，贷记库存输入 80 元。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:358 msgid "Accounts balanced at received vendor bill" msgstr "供应商账单收到时账户已平衡。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:360 msgid "" "In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, table, in " "stock. Then, 8 tables are received from the vendor. When the bill is " "received from vendor for 8 tables:" msgstr "在此示例中，某公司开始时的产品（桌子）库存为零。然后，从供应商处收到 8 张桌子。当从供应商处收到 8 张桌子的账单时：" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:363 msgid "" "Use `$80` in the **Stock Input** account to pay the bill. This cancels out " "and the account now holds `$0`." msgstr "使用**库存输入**账户中的`$80`支付账单。这样就抵消了，账户中现在有 `$0`。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:365 msgid "Debit **Stock Input** `$80` (to reconcile this account)." msgstr "借记 **股票输入** `80`美元（调节该账户）。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:366 msgid "" "Credit **Accounts payable** `$80`. This account stores the amount the " "company owes others, so accountants use the amount to write checks to " "vendors." msgstr "贷记**应付账款**`80`美元。该账户记录公司欠额，因此会计人员使用该金额向供应商开具支票。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:372 msgid "" "Once the vendor requests payment, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Orders --> Purchase` and select the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for " @@ -7041,7 +7048,7 @@ msgstr "" "供应商要求付款后，导航到 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 订单 --> 采购` 并选择 8 个桌子的 : " "abbr:`PO（采购订单）`。在 :abbr:`PO（采购订单）`中，选择 :guilabel:`创建账单`。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:376 msgid "" "Switch to the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view how `$80` is transferred" " from the holding account, `Stock Interim (Received)` to `Accounts Payable`." @@ -7054,11 +7061,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show bill linked to the purchase order for 8 tables." msgstr "显示与 8 张桌子的采购订单相关联的账单。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:385 msgid "On product delivery" msgstr "产品交付" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:387 msgid "" "In the :ref:`above example table `, when 10" " products are delivered to a customer, the **Stock Input** account is " @@ -7067,13 +7074,13 @@ msgstr "" "在 :ref:`上述示例桌子 ` 中，当向客户交付 10 " "件产品时，**库存输入**账户不受影响，因为没有新产品进入。简单来说：" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:391 msgid "" "**Inventory valuation** is credited `$120`. Subtracting from inventory " "valuation represents `$120` worth of products exiting the company." msgstr "**存货估值**记入 `$120`。从存货估值中减去 `$120`，表示有价值 `$120` 的产品离开公司。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:393 msgid "Debit **Accounts Receivable** to record revenue from the sale." msgstr "借记**应收账款**，记录销售收入。" @@ -7081,7 +7088,7 @@ msgstr "借记**应收账款**，记录销售收入。" msgid "Show journal items linked to sale order." msgstr "显示与销售订单关联的日记账项目。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:401 msgid "" "In the accounting journal entry invoicing a customer for 10 tables, the " "accounts **Product Sales**, **Tax Received**, and **Accounts Receivable** " @@ -7091,7 +7098,7 @@ msgstr "" "在向客户开具 10 " "张桌子发票的会计分录中，**产品销售**、**已收税款**和**应收账款**等账户都与产品销售有关。**应收账款**是收到客户付款的账户。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:405 msgid "" "Anglo-Saxon accounting recognizes the cost of goods sold (COGS) once the " "sale is made. So, up until the product is sold, scrapped, or returned, costs" @@ -7102,11 +7109,11 @@ msgstr "" "盎格鲁-撒克逊会计体系在销售完成后即确认销售成本（COGS）。因此，在产品售出、报废或退回之前，库存产品的成本都不会计算在内。**费用**账户借记 " "`$120`，记录在此期间存储 10 张桌子的成本。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:411 msgid "On product return" msgstr "产品退货" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:413 msgid "" "In the :ref:`above example table `, when " "returning 1 product to a vendor purchased at `$10`, a company expects `$10` " @@ -7120,31 +7127,31 @@ msgstr "" "件以`$10`购买的产品时，公司预计供应商的**应付账款**账户中会有`$10`。但是，**库存输入**账户必须借记`$12`，因为退货时的平均成本是`$12`。缺失的" " `$2` 在 :guilabel:`差额账户` 中核算，该账户设置在产品的 :guilabel:`产品类别` 中。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:420 msgid "" "Behavior of *price difference accounts* varies from localization. In this " "case, the account is intended to store differences between vendor price and " "*automated* inventory valuation methods." msgstr "*差额账户*的行为因本地化而异。在这种情况下，该账户用于存储供应商价格与*自动*库存估价方法之间的差额。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:423 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "摘要：" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:425 msgid "" "Debit **Stock Input** account `$10` to move the table from stock to stock " "input. This move is to indicate that the table is to be processed for an " "outgoing shipment." msgstr "借记**库存输入**账户 `$10` ，将桌子从库存移至库存输入。此移动表明该桌子将用于出货。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:427 msgid "" "Debit **Stock Input** an additional `$2` to account for the **Price " "Difference**." msgstr "借记**库存输入**额外的`$2`，计入**差额**。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:428 msgid "" "Credit **Stock Valuation** `$12` because the item is leaving the stock." msgstr "**库存估值**账户记入贷方`$12`，因为该物品正在离开库存。" @@ -7153,16 +7160,16 @@ msgstr "**库存估值**账户记入贷方`$12`，因为该物品正在离开库 msgid "2 dollar difference expensed in Price Difference account." msgstr "2 元差额计入价格差异账户。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:434 msgid "Once the vendor's refund is received," msgstr "收到供应商的退款后，" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:436 msgid "" "Credit **Stock Input** account `$10` to reconcile the price of the table." msgstr "将**库存输入**账户记入贷方`$10`，以调整桌子的价格。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:437 msgid "" "Debit **Accounts Payable** `$10` to have the accountants collect and " "register the payment in their journal." @@ -7176,7 +7183,7 @@ msgstr "退回即可返还 10 元。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:361 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:247 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:258 @@ -7908,6 +7915,7 @@ msgid "Partial payment 2/2" msgstr "部分付款 2/2" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:422 msgid "30" msgstr "30" @@ -8153,7 +8161,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:254 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:278 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 @@ -8323,6 +8331,7 @@ msgid "VAT units tab" msgstr "增值税单位选项卡" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:339 msgid "Fiscal position" msgstr "财政状况" @@ -12350,6 +12359,7 @@ msgstr "" "is-vat_en>`_。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:32 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "先决条件" @@ -12517,6 +12527,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" msgstr ":doc:`../taxes`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:150 msgid ":doc:`../get_started`" msgstr ":doc:`../get_started`" @@ -12764,11 +12775,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:105 msgid "" -"Setting an :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` is **irreversible** and cannot be" -" removed." -msgstr "设置 :guilabel:`所有用户锁定日期`的操作是**不可逆转的**，而且无法删除。" +"Install the :guilabel:`Irreversible Lock Date` (`account_lock`) module to " +"make the :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` *irreversible* once set." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:109 msgid "" "A specific year-end closing entry is **optional** in order to close out the " "**profit and loss statement**. The reports are created in real-time, meaning" @@ -12878,7 +12889,7 @@ msgstr "" "字段中显示给后台用户。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:386 msgid "Tax computation" msgstr "税费计算" @@ -12943,6 +12954,7 @@ msgstr "税项" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:397 msgid "Total" msgstr "总计" @@ -13684,115 +13696,1703 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "注意有一个错误的倾向 :如果你要设置一个价内税的财政位置但是使用一个不含税的价格表, 你可能会得出错误的价格。这就是我们建议公司只用一个价格参照." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:3 -msgid "Avatax integration" -msgstr "Avatax集成" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:5 -msgid "Avatax is a tax calculation provider that can be integrated in Odoo." -msgstr "Avatax是一家税费计算服务提供商，可以集成至Odoo。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:98 -msgid "Credential configuration" -msgstr "凭证配置" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To integrate Avatax with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes` and add your Avatax credentials in the" -" :guilabel:`Avatax` section." +msgid "AvaTax integration" msgstr "" -"要将Avatax集成至Odoo，转到:menuselection:`会计-->配置-->设置-->税项`，在:guilabel:`Avatax`部分添加Avatax凭证。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you do not yet have credentials, click on :guilabel:`How to Get " -"Credentials`." -msgstr "如果您没有凭证，点击:guilabel:`如何获得凭证`。" +"Avalara's *AvaTax* is a cloud-based tax software. Integrating *AvaTax* with " +"Odoo provides real-time and region-specific tax calculations when users " +"sell, purchase, and invoice items in Odoo. *AvaTax* tax calculation is " +"supported with every United Nations charted country, including inter-border " +"transactions." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Configure Avatax settings" -msgstr "配置Avatax设置" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:13 +msgid "" +"*AvaTax* is only available for integration with databases/companies that " +"have locations in the United States, Canada, and Brazil. This means the " +"fiscal position/country of a database can only be set to the United States, " +"Canada, or Brazil. For more information, reference this documentation: " +":ref:`avatax/fiscal_country`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:18 +msgid "" +"*AvaTax* accounts for location-based tax rates for each state, county, and " +"city. It improves remittance accuracy by paying close attention to laws, " +"rules, jurisdiction boundaries, and special circumstances (like, tax " +"holidays, and product exemptions). Companies who integrate with *AvaTax* can" +" maintain control of tax-calculations in-house with this simple :abbr:`API " +"(application programming interface)` integration." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:25 -msgid "Tax mapping" -msgstr "税项映射" +msgid "" +"Some limitations exist in Odoo while using *AvaTax* for tax calculation:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:27 msgid "" -"The Avatax integration is available on Sale Orders and Invoices with the " -"included Avatax fiscal position." -msgstr "Avatax集成可用于销售订单和开票，包括Avatax财政状况。" +"*AvaTax* is **not** supported in Odoo's *Point of Sale* app, because a " +"dynamic tax calculation model is excessive for transactions within a single " +"delivery address, such as stores or restaurants." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:30 msgid "" -"Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the " -"product categories." -msgstr "在集成之前，请在产品类别中指定:guilabel:`Avatax类别`。" +"*AvaTax* and Odoo use the company address and **not** the warehouse address." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Specify Avatax Category on products" -msgstr "在产品中指定Avatax类别" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:31 msgid "" -"Avatax Categories may be overridden or set on individual products as well." -msgstr "Avatax类别也可以涵盖或设置于单个产品。" +"Exercise tax is **not** supported. This includes tobacco/vape taxes, fuel " +"taxes, and other specific industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Avalara's support documents: `About AvaTax " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:39 +msgid "Set up on AvaTax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To use *AvaTax*, an account with Avalara is required for the setup. If one " +"has not been set up yet, connect with Avalara to purchase a license: " +"`Avalara: Let's Talk `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Upon account setup, take note of the *AvaTax* :guilabel:`Account ID`. This " +"will be needed in the :ref:`Odoo setup `. In Odoo, this " +"number is the :guilabel:`API ID`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Then, `create a basic company profile " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:53 +msgid "Create basic company profile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Collect essential business details for the next step: locations where tax is" +" collected, products/services sold (and their sales locations), and customer" +" tax exemptions, if applicable. Follow the Avalara documentation for " +"creating a basic company profile:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:59 +msgid "" +"`Add company information `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:61 +msgid "" +"`Tell us where the company collects and pays tax " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:63 +msgid "" +"`Verify jurisdictions and activate the company " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Add other company locations for location-based filing " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:67 +msgid "" +"`Add a marketplace to the company profile " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:73 +msgid "Connect to AvaTax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:75 +msgid "" +"After creating the basic company profile in Avalara, connect to *AvaTax*. " +"This step links Odoo and *AvaTax* bidirectionally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox `_" +" or `production `_ environment. This will depend" +" on which type of Avalara account the company would like to integrate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:83 +msgid "" +"`Sandbox vs production environments in Avalara " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Log in to create the :guilabel:`License Key`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> License and API Keys`. Click :guilabel:`Generate License Key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:90 +msgid "" +"A warning appears stating: `If your business app is connected to Avalara " +"solutions, the connection will be broken until you update the app with the " +"new license key. This action cannot be undone.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Generating a new license key breaks the connection with existing business " +"apps using the *AvaTax* integration. Make sure to update these apps with the" +" new license key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If this will be the first :abbr:`API (application programming interface)` " +"integration being made with *AvaTax* and Odoo, then click " +":guilabel:`Generate license key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:100 +msgid "" +"If this is an additional license key, ensure the previous connection can be " +"broken. There is **only** one license key associated with each of the " +"Avalara sandbox and production accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Copy this key to a safe place. It is **strongly encouraged** to backup the " +"license key for future reference. This key cannot be retrieved after leaving" +" this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:108 +msgid "Odoo configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Before using *AvaTax*, there are some additional configurations in Odoo to " +"ensure tax calculations are made accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Verify that the Odoo database contains necessary data. The country initially" +" set up in the database determines the fiscal position, and aids *AvaTax* in" +" calculating accurate tax rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:119 +msgid "Fiscal country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Country`, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Country` " +"feature to :guilabel:`United States`, :guilabel:`Canada`, or " +":guilabel:`Brazil`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:131 +msgid "Company settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:133 +msgid "" +"All companies operating under the Odoo database should have a full and " +"complete address listed in the settings. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Settings app`, and under the :guilabel:`Companies` section, " +"ensure there is only one company operating the Odoo database. Click " +":guilabel:`Update Info` to open a separate page to update company details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:138 +msgid "" +"If there are multiple companies operating in the database, click " +":guilabel:`Manage Companies` to load a list of companies to select from. " +"Update company information by clicking into the specific company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Database administrators should ensure that the :guilabel:`Street...`, " +":guilabel:`Street2...`, :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, " +":guilabel:`ZIP`, and :guilabel:`Country` are all updated for the companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This ensures accurate tax calculations and smooth end-of-year accounting " +"operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:149 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:153 +msgid "Module installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, ensure that the Odoo *AvaTax* module is installed. To do so, navigate " +"to the :menuselection:`Apps application`. In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, " +"type in `avatax`, and press :kbd:`Enter`. The following results populate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "名称" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 +msgid "Technical name" +msgstr "技术名称" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "描述" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:167 +msgid "`account_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Default *AvaTax* module. This module adds the base *AvaTax* features for tax" +" calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:169 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for geo localization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:170 +msgid "`account_avatax_geolocalize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:171 +msgid "" +"This module includes the features required for integration of *AvaTax* into " +"geo-localization in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:173 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SO`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:174 +msgid "`account_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Includes the information needed for tax calculation on sales orders in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:176 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for Inventory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:177 +msgid "`account_avatax_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:178 +msgid "Includes tax calculation in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:179 +msgid ":guilabel:`Amazon/Avatax Bridge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:180 +msgid "`sale_amazon_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Includes tax calculation features between the *Amazon Connector* and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:182 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:183 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:184 +msgid "Includes information for tax calculation in the Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:185 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:186 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:187 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for tax calculation for services " +"in the Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil Sale for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:190 +msgid "`l10n_br_edi_sale_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:191 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for tax calculation for the sale " +"of services in the Brazil localization. This includes electronic data " +"interchange (EDI)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:193 +msgid ":guilabel:`Test SOs for the Brazilian AvaTax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:194 +msgid "`l10n_br_test_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:195 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for test sales orders in the " +"Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Install` button on the module labeled, " +":guilabel:`Avatax`: `account_avatax`. Doing so installs the following " +"modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:200 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax`: `account_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:201 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SO`: `account_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:202 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for Inventory`: `account_avatax_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Should *AvaTax* be needed for geo-localization, or with the *Amazon " +"Connector*, then install those modules individually by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Install` on :guilabel:`Avatax for geo localization` and " +":guilabel:`Amazon/Avatax Bridge`, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:209 +msgid "" +"For localization specific *AvaTax* instructions, view the following " +":doc:`fiscal localization <../../fiscal_localizations>` documentation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:212 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:217 +msgid "Odoo AvaTax settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To integrate the *AvaTax* :abbr:`API (application programming interface)` " +"with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` section. The :guilabel:`AvaTax` fields in the :guilabel:`Taxes` " +"section is where the *AvaTax* configurations are made, and the credentials " +"are entered in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:224 +msgid "" +"First, tick the checkbox to the left of the :guilabel:`AvaTax` settings, to " +"activate *AvaTax* on the database. This is a quick, convenient way to " +"activate and deactivate *AvaTax* tax calculation on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Override product categories as needed" -msgstr "根据需要涵盖产品类别" +msgid "Configure AvaTax settings" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:235 +msgid "" +"First, select the :guilabel:`Environment` in which the company wishes to use" +" *AvaTax* in. It can either be :guilabel:`Sandbox` or " +":guilabel:`Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:239 +msgid "" +"For help determining which *AvaTax* environment to use (either " +":guilabel:`Production` or :guilabel:`Sandbox`), visit: `Sandbox vs " +"Production environments " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:244 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Now, the credentials can be entered in. The *AvaTax* :guilabel:`Account ID` " +"should be entered in the :guilabel:`API ID` field, and the " +":guilabel:`License Key` should be entered in the :guilabel:`API Key` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Account ID` can be found by logging into the *AvaTax* portal " +"(`sandbox `_ or `production " +"`_). In the upper-right corner, click on the " +"initials of the user and :guilabel:`Account`. The :guilabel:`Account ID` is " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To access the :guilabel:`License Key` see this documentation: " +":ref:`avatax/create_avalara_credentials`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:259 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Company Code` field, enter the Avalara company code for " +"the company being configured. Avalara interprets this as `DEFAULT`, if it is" +" not set. The :guilabel:`Company Code` can be accessed in the Avalara " +"management portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:263 +msgid "" +"First, log into the *AvaTax* portal (`sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_). Then, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Manage Companies`. The :guilabel:`Company Code` value is located in the " +"row of the :guilabel:`Company` in the :guilabel:`Company Code` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "AvaTax company code highlighted on the company details page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:273 +msgid "Transaction options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:275 +msgid "" +"There are two transactional settings in the Odoo *AvaTax* settings that can " +"be configured: :guilabel:`Use UPC` and :guilabel:`Commit Transactions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:278 +msgid "" +"If the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Use UPC` is ticked, the transactions will" +" use Universal Product Codes (UPC), instead of custom defined codes in " +"Avalara. Consult a certified public accountant (CPA) for specific guidance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:282 +msgid "" +"Should the :guilabel:`Commit Transactions` checkbox be ticked, then, the " +"transactions in the Odoo database will be committed for reporting in " +"*AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:286 msgid "Address validation" msgstr "地址验证" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:288 msgid "" -"Manually validate customer addresses by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate " -"address` link in the customer form view." -msgstr "点击客户表单视图中的:guilabel:`validate address`链接，以手动验证客户地址。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Validate customer addresses" -msgstr "验证客户地址" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If preferred, choose to keep the newly validated address or the original " -"address in the wizard that pops up." -msgstr "如果愿意，请在弹出向导中保留新验证的地址或原地址。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Address validation wizard" -msgstr "地址验证向导" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:64 -msgid "Tax calculation" -msgstr "税费计算" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with Avatax by" -" confirming the documents. Alternatively, calculate the taxes manually by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`Compute taxes using Avatax` button while these " -"documents are in draft mode." +"The *Address Validation* feature ensures that the most up-to-date address by" +" postal standards is set on a contact in Odoo. This is important to provide " +"accurate tax calculations for customers." msgstr "" -"通过确认单据，使用Avatax自动计算Odoo报价单和开票中的税费。或者，在单据处于草稿模式时，点击 :guilabel:`Compute tax " -"using Avatax`按钮，手动计算税费。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:292 msgid "" -"Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Code` field that's available on customers, " -"quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and Avatax." -msgstr "使用客户、报价单和开票中的:guilabel:`Avalara代码`字段，交叉引用Odoo和Avatax中的数据。" +"The :guilabel:`Address Validation` feature only works with " +"partners/customers in North America." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Additionally, tick the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Address validation` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:297 +msgid "" +"For accurate tax calculations, it is best practice to enter a complete " +"address for the contacts saved in the database. However, *AvaTax* can still " +"function by implementing a best effort attempt using only the " +":guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`State`, and :guilabel:`Zip code`. These are " +"the three minimum required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:302 +msgid ":guilabel:`Save` the settings to implement the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Manually :guilabel:`Validate` the address by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Contacts app`, and selecting a contact. Now that the " +"*AvaTax* module has been configured on the database, a :guilabel:`Validate` " +"button appears directly below the :guilabel:`Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:309 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a pop-up window appears with a " +":guilabel:`Validated Address` and :guilabel:`Original Address` listed. If " +"the :guilabel:`Validated Address` is the correct mailing address for tax " +"purposes, click :guilabel:`Save Validated`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Validate address pop-up window in Odoo with \"Save Validated\" button and \"Validated\n" +"Address\" highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:319 +msgid "" +"All previously-entered addresses for contacts in the Odoo database will need" +" to be validated using the manually validate process outlined above. " +"Addresses are not automatically validated if they were entered previously. " +"This only occurs upon tax calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:324 +msgid "Test connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:326 +msgid "" +"After entering all the above information into the *AvaTax* setup on Odoo, " +"click :guilabel:`Test connection`. This ensures the :guilabel:`API ID` and " +":guilabel:`API KEY` are correct, and a connection is made between Odoo and " +"the *AvaTax* application programming interface (API)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:331 +msgid "Sync parameters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Upon finishing the configuration and settings of the *AvaTax* section, click" +" the :guilabel:`Sync Parameters` button. This action synchronizes the " +"exemption codes from *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:341 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Fiscal Positions`. A :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` is listed " +"named, :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)`. Click it to open " +"*AvaTax's* fiscal position configuration page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:345 +msgid "Here, ensure that the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` checkbox is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the checkbox next to the field labeled: :guilabel:`Detect " +"Automatically`. Should this option be ticked, then, Odoo will automatically " +"apply this :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for transactions in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Enabling :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` also makes specific parameters, " +"such as :guilabel:`VAT required`, :guilabel:`Foreign Tax ID`, " +":guilabel:`Country Group`, :guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`Federal States`, " +"or :guilabel:`Zip Range` appear. Filling these parameters filters the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` usage. Leaving them blank ensures all " +"calculations are made using this :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:358 +msgid "" +"Should the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` checkbox not be ticked, each " +"customer will need to have the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set on their " +":guilabel:`Sales and Purchase` tab of the contact record. To do so, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Order --> Customers`, or " +":menuselection:`Contacts app --> Contacts`. Then, select a customer or " +"contact to set the fiscal position on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:364 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Sales and Purchase` tab, and down to the section " +"labeled, :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`. Set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` " +"field to the fiscal position for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:430 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:372 +msgid "AvaTax accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Upon selecting the checkbox option for :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` a new " +":guilabel:`AvaTax` tab appears. Click into this tab to reveal two different " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:377 +msgid "" +"The first setting is the :guilabel:`AvaTax Invoice Account`, while the " +"second is, :guilabel:`AvaTax Refund Account`. Ensure both accounts are set " +"for smooth end-of-year record keeping. Consult a certified public accountant" +" (CPA) for specific guidance on setting both accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:381 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to implement the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:384 +msgid "Tax mapping" +msgstr "税项映射" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:386 +msgid "" +"The *AvaTax* integration is available on sale orders and invoices with the " +"included *AvaTax* fiscal position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:390 +msgid "" +"Additionally, there is a :guilabel:`Tax Mapping` tab and :guilabel:`Account " +"Mapping` tab in the :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)` fiscal " +"position, where mapping for products can also be configured. To access " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Positions` navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Fiscal Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:396 +msgid "Product category mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the " +"product categories. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Product Categories`. Select the product category to add " +"the :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` to. In the :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` " +"field, select a category from the drop-down menu, or :guilabel:`Search " +"More...` to open the complete list of options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "Specify AvaTax Category on products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:409 +msgid "Product mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:411 +msgid "" +"*AvaTax* Categories may be set on individual products, as well. To set the " +":guilabel:`Avatax Category` navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Products --> Products`. Select the product to add the :guilabel:`Avatax " +"Category` to. Under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, on the far-" +"right, is a selector field labeled: :guilabel:`Avatax Category`. Finally, " +"click the drop-down menu, and select a category, or :guilabel:`Search " +"More...` to find one that is not listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:418 +msgid "" +"If both the product, and its category, have an :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` " +"set, the product's :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` takes precedence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "Override product categories as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:426 +msgid "" +"Mapping an :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` on either the *Product* or *Product " +"Category* should be completed for every *Product* or *Product Category*, " +"depending the route that is chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:431 +msgid ":doc:`avatax/avatax_use`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:432 +msgid ":doc:`avatax/avalara_portal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:163 +msgid "" +"`US Tax Compliance: Avatax elearning video " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:6 +msgid "Avalara (Avatax) portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Avalara's (*AvaTax*) management console offers account management options " +"including: viewing/editing the transactions sent from Odoo to *AvaTax*, " +"details on how the taxes are calculated, tax reporting, tax exemption " +"management, and tax return resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:13 +msgid "Avalara is the software developer of the tax software, *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the console, first, navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_ environment. This will depend on which type " +"of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`. Log in to the " +"management console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara dashboard after logging into management portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"For more information see Avalara's documentation: `Activate your " +"Communications Customer Portal account " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To access transactions, click in the :guilabel:`Transactions` link on the " +"main dashboard upon logging into the :ref:`avatax/portal`. To manually " +"access the *Transactions* page, while logged into the Avalara console, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Transactions --> Transactions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara portal with the transactions shortcut highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:43 +msgid "Edit transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click into a transaction to reveal more details about the transaction. These" +" details include sections on :guilabel:`Invoice detail`, " +":guilabel:`Additional info`, and :guilabel:`Customer info`. Click :icon:`fa-" +"pencil` :guilabel:`Edit document details` to make changes to the " +"transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:49 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Discount` can be added to adjust the invoice. This is " +"especially useful in cases where the transaction has already synced with " +"Avalara / *AvaTax*, and changes need to be made afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:55 +msgid "Filter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Filter transactions on the :guilabel:`Transactions` page, by setting the " +":guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields, and configuring other fields to " +"filter by, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Status`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Code`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`Exactly " +"match`, :guilabel:`Starts with`, or :guilabel:`Contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer/Vendor Code`: the customer/vendor code in Odoo (e.g. " +"`Contact18`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: the country this tax was calculated in; this is a text " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: the region of the country, which varies based on the " +":guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Filters` to access the following filter " +"conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Type`: any of the following selections, :guilabel:`All`," +" :guilabel:`Sales Invoice`, :guilabel:`Purchase Invoice`, :guilabel:`Return " +"Invoice`, :guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Inbound Invoice`, " +":guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Outbound Invoice`, or :guilabel:`Customs " +"Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Import ID`: represents the import ID of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:78 +msgid "Sort by" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:80 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Transactions` page, transactions will be listed below, " +"according to the set :ref:`avalara/portal-filter`, located in the top half " +"of the page. The following columns are available by default, to sort by " +"ascending or descending order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc Code`: either of the following options, :guilabel:`Exactly " +"match`, :guilabel:`Starts with`, or :guilabel:`Contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc Status`: either of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cust/Vendor Code` : this is the customer/vendor code in Odoo " +"(e.g. Contact18)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: this is the region of the country, this will vary based " +"on the :guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amount`: the numeric amount of the total amount on the Odoo " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax`: the numeric amount of the tax applied to the total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Transactions page on the Avalara portal with the filter and sort-by options " +"highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:99 +msgid "Customize columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Additional columns can be added by clicking the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Customize columns`. On the resulting popover window, click the " +"drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`column` that should be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The following columns can be added for additional transactional information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`AvaTax calculated`: the amount of tax calculated by *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cust/vendor code`: the customer/vendor code in Odoo (e.g. " +"`Contact18`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Currency`: the standardized abbreviation for the currency the " +"amount total is in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doc date`: the document's date of creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc status`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc type`: any of the following selections, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Sales Invoice`, :guilabel:`Purchase Invoice`, :guilabel:`Return " +"Invoice`, :guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Inbound Invoice`, " +":guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Outbound Invoice`, or :guilabel:`Customs " +"Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last modified`: timestamp of the last time the document was " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location code`: the location code used to calculate the tax, " +"based on the delivery address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:122 +msgid ":guilabel:`PO number`: the purchase order number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference code`: the Odoo reference code (e.g. NV/2024/00003)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: the region of the country,which varies based on the " +":guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson code`: the numeric ID of the user assigned to the " +"sales order in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax date`: the month/day/year of the tax calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax override type`: where an exemption would appear, should there" +" be none, the field populates with :guilabel:`None`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:131 +msgid "To add a new column click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:134 +msgid "" +"For more information on *AvaTax* transactions, refer to this Avalara " +"documentation: `Transactions " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:138 +msgid "Import-export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"While on the :ref:`avalara/portal-transactions`, click :icon:`fa-download` " +":guilabel:`Import transactions` or :icon:`fa-upload` :guilabel:`Export " +"transactions` to import or export transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1019 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:42 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "报告" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To access reporting, navigate to the :menuselection:`Reports` link in the " +"top menu of the Avalara management console. Next, select from one of the " +"available reporting tabs: :guilabel:`Transactions reports`, " +":guilabel:`Liability & tax return reports`, or :guilabel:`Exemption " +"reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Additionally, there is a :guilabel:`Favorites` tab and :guilabel:`Downloads`" +" tab. The :guilabel:`Favorites` tab contains any favorited report " +"configurations for the Avalara user. The :guilabel:`Downloads` tab contains " +"a list view where the user can download the high-volume transaction reports " +"created in the last 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Make a selection for the :guilabel:`Report Category`, and the " +":guilabel:`Report Name`, under the :guilabel:`Select a report` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Next, fill out the :guilabel:`Select report details` section. These options " +"will vary based on the tab selected above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Depending on the report size, the following two options are available in the" +" section labeled, :guilabel:`Select the approximate number of transactions " +"for your report`: :guilabel:`Create and download the report instantly` (for " +"small reports) and :guilabel:`Create and download the report in the " +"background` (for larger reports). Select one or the other depending on the " +"volume of transactions in this report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Finally, under the section labeled, :guilabel:`Report preview and export` " +"make a selection of the file type to download. Either a :guilabel:`.PDF` or " +":guilabel:`.XLS` can be chosen. Alternatively, the file can be previewed by " +"selecting the :guilabel:`Preview` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:172 +msgid "" +"After making all the configurations, click :guilabel:`Create report` to " +"download the report. Click :icon:`fa-star-o` :guilabel:`Make this report a " +"favorite` to save the report configuration to the user's favorites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:176 +msgid "" +"After the report is created, click :icon:`fa-download` :guilabel:`Download` " +"to download the file to the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Select a pre-configured report from the :guilabel:`Frequently used reports` " +"section of the reporting dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Access this list by clicking on the :guilabel:`Reports` option in the top " +"menu of the Avalara management console, and scroll to the bottom of the " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"`See Avalara's documentation: Reports in AvaTax " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:191 +msgid "Add more jurisdictions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Additional jurisdictions (tax locations) can be added in the Avalara " +"management console. Navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_ environment. This will depend on which type " +"of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Where you collect tax`. " +"Choose between the three different tabs, depending on the business need. The" +" first tab is :guilabel:`Sales and use tax`, where tax can be collected for " +"the United States. Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add to where you " +"collect sales and use tax` to add another location where the company " +"collects sales and use tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The second option, is the :guilabel:`VAT/GST` tab where the :icon:`fa-plus` " +":guilabel:`Add a country or territory where you collect VAT/GST` can be " +"selected to add another country or territory where the company collects " +"VAT/GST." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Finally, on the far-right, is the :guilabel:`Customs duty` tab, where a " +"country can be added where the company collects customs duty. Simply click " +"on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a country where you calculate customs " +"duty` icon below the tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"AvaTax management console, on the Where you collect tax page, with the add button and\n" +"sales and use tax tab highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:217 +msgid "" +"`See Avalara's documentation: Add local jurisdiction taxes " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:221 +msgid "Tax exemption certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Tax exemption certificates for customers can be added into the Avalara " +"management console, so that *AvaTax* is aware of which customers may be " +"exempt from paying certain taxes. To add an *exception certificate* navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Exemptions --> Customer certificates`. From there, click" +" on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a certificate` to configure an " +"exemption." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:229 +msgid "" +"An Avalara subscription to Exemption Certificate Management (ECM) is " +"required in order to attach certificate images, and to be ready for an " +"audit. For more on subscribing to this add-on, visit `Avalara " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:235 +msgid "End-of-year operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Avalara's services include tax return services, for when it is time to file " +"taxes at the end of the year. To access Avalara's tax services log, into the" +" `management portal `_. Then, from the main " +"dashboard, click :guilabel:`Returns`. Avalara will prompt the Avalara user " +"to log in for security purposes, and redirect the user to the *Returns* " +"portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara portal with the returns shortcut highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Get started` to begin the tax return process. For more " +"information, refer to this Avalara documentation: `About Managed Returns " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, click on the :menuselection:`Returns` button in the top menu " +"of the Avalara management console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:161 +msgid ":doc:`../avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`avatax_use`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:3 +msgid "AvaTax use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:5 +msgid "" +"AvaTax is a tax calculation software that can be integrated with Odoo in the" +" United States and Canada. Once the :doc:`integration setup <../avatax>` is " +"complete, the calculated tax is simple and automatic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:10 +msgid "Tax calculation" +msgstr "税费计算" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with AvaTax by" +" confirming the documents during the sales flow. Alternatively, calculate " +"the taxes manually by clicking the :guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button, while " +"these documents are in draft stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button recalculates taxes, if any " +"product lines are edited on the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Sales quotation with the confirm and compute taxes button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The tax calculation is triggered during the following :ref:`automatic " +"trigger ` and :ref:`manual trigger " +"` circumstances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:30 +msgid "Automatic triggers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the sales rep sends the quote by email with :guilabel:`Send by email` " +"button (pop-up)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:33 +msgid "When the customer views the online quote on the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:34 +msgid "When a quote is confirmed and becomes a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:35 +msgid "When the customer views the invoice on the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:36 +msgid "When a draft invoice is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:37 +msgid "When the customer views the subscription in the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:38 +msgid "When a subscription generates an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:39 +msgid "When the customer gets to the last screen of the eCommerce checkout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:44 +msgid "Manual triggers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button at the bottom of the quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button at the top of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:49 +msgid "Use each of these buttons to manually re-calculate the sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Partner Code` field that is available on customer" +" records, quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and " +"AvaTax. This field is located under the :menuselection:`Other info` tab of " +"the sales order or quotation in the :guilabel:`Sales` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:56 +msgid "" +"On the customer record, navigate to *Contacts app* and select a contact. " +"Then open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab and the :guilabel:`Avalara " +"Partner Code` under the :guilabel:`Sales` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)` fiscal position is also " +"applied on those Odoo documents, like subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:165 +msgid ":doc:`../fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:68 +msgid "AvaTax synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Synchronization occurs with AvaTax, when the *invoice* is created in Odoo. " +"This means the sales tax is recorded with Avalara (AvaTax software " +"developer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`. " +"Select a quotation from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:76 +msgid "" +"After confirming a quotation and validating the delivery, click " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice`. Indicate whether it is a :guilabel:`Regular " +"invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or :guilabel:`Down payment " +"(fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Then click :guilabel:`Create and view invoice`. The recorded taxes can be " +"seen in the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab of the invoice. There will be " +"different taxes depending on the location of the :guilabel:`Delivery " +"Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Journal items highlighted on a invoice in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Finally, press the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to complete the invoice and " +"synchronize with the AvaTax portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:92 +msgid "" +"An invoice cannot be :guilabel:`Reset to draft` because this causes de-" +"synchronization with the AvaTax Portal. Instead, click :guilabel:`Add credit" +" note` and state: `Sync with AvaTax Portal`. See this documentation: " +":doc:`../../../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:97 +msgid "Fixed price discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Add a fixed price discount to a valuable customer, by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line` on the customer's invoice. Add the product discount, " +"and set the :guilabel:`Price` to either a positive or negative value. To " +"recalculate the taxes, click :guilabel:`Compute Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Tax calculation can even be done on negative subtotals and credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:107 +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:109 +msgid "" +"It is possible to log Avalara/*AvaTax* actions in Odoo for further analysis," +" or verification of functionality. Logging is accessible through the " +"*AvaTax* settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To start logging *AvaTax* actions, first, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, under the :guilabel:`AvaTax` " +"settings, click :guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Upon starting the log process, Odoo will log all Avalara/*AvaTax* actions " +"performed in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To view the logs, click on :guilabel:`Show logs` to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`. This reveals a detailed list of " +"Avalara/*AvaTax* actions. This list is sortable by the following columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:124 +msgid ":guilabel:`Created on`: timestamp of the *AvaTax* calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`Created by`: numeric value of the user in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Database name`: name of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: two values can be chosen for this field, " +":guilabel:`Server` or :guilabel:`Client`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Avalara service name. In this case, it will be *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:130 +msgid ":guilabel:`Level`: by default, this will be `INFO`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:131 +msgid ":guilabel:`Path`: indicates the path taken to make the calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`Line`: indicates the line the calculation is made on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:133 +msgid ":guilabel:`Function`: indicates the calculation taken on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara logging page with top row of list highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Click into the log line to reveal another field, called :guilabel:`Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:141 +msgid "" +"This field populates a raw transcription of the transaction, which involves " +"the creation (or adjustment) of a sales invoice using the Avalara *AvaTax* " +"API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The transaction includes details, such as addresses for shipping from and " +"to, line items describing the products or services, tax codes, tax amounts, " +"and other relevant information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:147 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Message` contains the calculated taxes for different " +"jurisdictions and confirms the creation (or adjustment) of the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Custom fields can be made using Odoo *Studio*. Click the :icon:`fa-" +"ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(ellipsis)` menu to the far-right of the header row. " +"Then click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add custom field`. This action opens " +"Odoo *Studio*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Studio* requires a *custom* pricing plan. Consult the database's " +"customer success manager for more information on switching plans. Or to see " +"if Odoo *Studio* is included in the database's current pricing plan. See " +"this documentation: :doc:`../../../../studio`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:162 +msgid ":doc:`avalara_portal`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:3 msgid "Cash basis taxes" msgstr "现金收付税费" @@ -14046,13 +15646,6 @@ msgstr "" "欧盟引入的:abbr:`一站式服务`系统简化了**跨境**货物和服务销售的增值税征收。它主要适用于企业对消费者**（B2C）**的情况。有了开放源码软件，企业可以在本国注册增值税，并使用单一的在线门户来处理在欧盟境内销售的增值税义务。有**两个主要计划**：用于跨境服务的**欧盟开放源码软件**计划和用于价值等于或低于" " 150 欧元的货物的**进口开放源码软件**计划。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1019 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:42 -msgid "Reports" -msgstr "报告" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:54 msgid "" "To generate **OSS sales** or **OSS imports** reports and submit them onto " @@ -14432,7 +16025,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:592 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:570 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:700 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:710 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:119 @@ -15233,7 +16826,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:115 msgid "There are two bills:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "有两种发票：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:117 msgid "Bill A: $1200 to be deferred from 01/01/2023 to 12/31/2023" @@ -15525,6 +17118,8 @@ msgid "" "throughout this document since the main menu refers to these as " ":guilabel:`Expense Categories`." msgstr "" +"费用类别的管理方式与 Odoo 中的产品类似。费用类别表格沿用 Odoo 中的标准产品表格，输入的信息也类似。由于主菜单将支出产品称为 " +":guilabel:`开支类别`，因此本文档中将这些产品称为开支类别。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -15533,6 +17128,8 @@ msgid "" "field, and select the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` from the drop-down menu " "(most products will be set to :guilabel:`Units`)." msgstr "" +"只有两个字段必需填写，即 :guilabel:`产品名称` 和 :guilabel:`计量单位`。在字段中输入 " +":guilabel:`产品名称`，并从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`计量单位`（大多数产品将设置为 :guilabel:`单位`）。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -15709,6 +17306,7 @@ msgid "" "populated as the cost *per mile*. Set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to the " "*number of miles* driven, and the total is calculated." msgstr "" +"以“行驶里程”为例，:guilabel:`单价`将作为*每英里*的成本填入。将 :guilabel:`数量` 设为*行驶里程数*，系统会自动计算总成本。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -15716,6 +17314,8 @@ msgid "" "category, the tax percentage and amount appear automatically after entering " "either the :guilabel:`Total` or the :guilabel:`Quantity`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`包括的税项`：如果在开支类别中配置了税项，则在输入 :guilabel:`总计` 或 :guilabel:`数量` " +"后，税金百分比和金额会自动显示。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -15723,12 +17323,13 @@ msgid "" "Taxes` value will update in real time as the :guilabel:`Total` or " ":guilabel:`Quantity` is updated." msgstr "" +"在费用类别中配置税项时，:guilabel:`包含税项`值将随着:guilabel:`总计`或:guilabel:`数量`更新，而同步实时更新。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee this " "expense is for." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`员工`：使用下拉式菜单，选择该开支适用的员工。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -15739,12 +17340,15 @@ msgid "" "pay for the expense) select :guilabel:`Company`. Depending on the expense " "category selected, this field may not appear." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`付款人`：点击单选按钮，指明谁支付了费用及应该收到报销款项。如果费用由员工垫付（并应报销），请选择 " +":guilabel:`员工（报销）`。如果由公司直接支付（如使用公司信用卡支付），请选择 " +":guilabel:`公司`。根据所选的费用类别，此字段可能不会出现。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:136 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: If there is any reference text that should be " "included for the expense, enter it in this field." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`账单参考`：如果有任何应包含在开支中的参考文字，请在此字段中输入。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -15753,12 +17357,14 @@ msgid "" " arrows to navigate to the correct month, then click on the specific day to " "enter the selection." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`开支日期`：使用日历模块，输入开支发生的日期。使用 :guilabel:`<（左）`和 " +":guilabel:`>（右）`箭头，导航到正确的月份，然后点击特定日期，输入选择项。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Account`: Select the expense account that this expense should be " "logged on from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`账户`：从下拉菜单中选择此支出应记录的开支账户。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -15770,6 +17376,9 @@ msgid "" "saved, the customer name disappears and only the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is" " visible on the expense." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`再开立发票客户`：如果开支应由客户支付，请从下拉菜单中，选择销售订单 " +":abbr:`SO（销售订单）`和客户。下拉菜单中的所有销售订单都会同时列出 :abbr:`SO（销售订单) " +"`和销售订单的公司，但在保存费用后，客户名称会消失，开支资料上只显示 :abbr:`SO（销售订单）`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -15779,6 +17388,8 @@ msgid "" "indicate the sales order for the custom garden (which also references the " "customer) as the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`." msgstr "" +"假设客户希望就定制花园（包含设计和安装）进行一次现场会议，并同意支付相关费用（如差旅、酒店、餐饮等）。与该会议相关的所有开支，都将在定制花园的销售订单（这张销售订单最终也是指向该客户）中以" +" :guilabel:`再开立发票客户` 的形式显示。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -15788,6 +17399,8 @@ msgid "" "category if needed. Adjust the percentage for each analytic account by " "typing in the percentage value next to the account." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`分析分布`： 从下来菜单中，选择开支应计入的账户，可以是 " +":guilabel:`项目`、:guilabel:`部门`或两者皆有。如有需要，每个类别可列出多个账户。输入账户旁边的百分比值，可调整每个分析账户所占的百分比。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -15804,11 +17417,11 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`备注`：如果需要任何注释以澄清费用，请在注 #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "A filled in expense form for a client lunch." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一份填写好的客户午餐开支表单。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:169 msgid "Attach a receipt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "附上收据" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:171 msgid "" @@ -16153,10 +17766,12 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`To Submit` status, but the text appears in blue, while the other" " expenses text appears in black." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`待提交` 的开支不单可利用其 :guilabel:`待提交` " +"状态轻易识别，开支的文字也会显示为蓝色，而其他开支的文字只会显示为黑色。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Submit the report to the manager." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将报告提交给经理/主管。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:359 msgid "" @@ -16181,6 +17796,8 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`expenses/reimburse` sections are **only** for users with the " "*necessary rights*." msgstr "" +":ref:`expenses/approve`、:ref:`expenses/post`，以及 :ref:`expenses/reimburse` " +"章节，**仅供**拥有 *必要权限* 的使用者阅读。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:373 msgid "Approve expenses" @@ -16282,10 +17899,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Done`. Expense reports with a status of :guilabel:`Refused` are " "hidden in the default view." msgstr "" +"有权限审批开支报告的用户（通常是经理/主管）可以轻松查看他们有访问权限的所有开支报告。进入 :menuselection:`报销应用程序 --> " +"开支报告`，所有状态为 :guilabel:`待提交`、:guilabel:`已提交`、:guilabel:`已批准`、:guilabel:`已发布` " +"或 :guilabel:` 已完成` 的开支报告都会出现在列表中。状态为 :guilabel:`已拒绝` 的支出报告，在默认视图中不会显示。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Reports to validate are found on the Reports to Approve page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "需要验证的报告会在“待批准报告”页面显示。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:419 msgid "" @@ -16299,6 +17919,9 @@ msgid "" "company, enable the specific employee name filter and/or company filter in " "the :guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Company` sections." msgstr "" +"查看开支报告时，左侧有一个可启用或禁用的筛选器面板。筛选器可应用于三个类别：分别是 :guilabel:`状态`、:guilabel:`员工` " +"和:guilabel:`公司`。若只想查看特定状态的开支报告，请启用特定状态筛选器，以显示该状态的开支报告。禁用特定状态筛选器可隐藏该状态的报告。要查看特定员工和/或公司的开支报告，请在" +" :guilabel:`员工` 和 :guilabel:`公司` 部分，启用特定员工姓名和/或公司筛选器。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:427 msgid "" @@ -16308,6 +17931,8 @@ msgid "" "box next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to " "select all the reports in the list." msgstr "" +"批准报告有两种方式（单独批准或同时批准多个报告），拒绝批准只有一种方式。要同时批准多个开支报告，请保留在列表视图中。首先，点击每个报告旁边的复选框，选择要批准的报告，或点击" +" :guilabel:`员工` 旁边的复选框，选择列表中的所有报告。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:433 msgid "" @@ -16316,22 +17941,24 @@ msgid "" "filter on the left side by only having the :guilabel:`Submitted` filter " "enabled." msgstr "" +"只有状态为 :guilabel:`已提交` 的报告，才可获得批准。建议调整左侧的状态筛选器，只启用 :guilabel:`已提交` " +"筛选器，从而只显示已提交的报告。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:437 msgid "" "If a report is selected that is unable to be approved, the " ":guilabel:`Approve Report` button **will not appear**, indicating there is a" " problem with the selected report(s)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果选择的报告无法获得批准，:guilabel:`批准报告` 按钮**将不会显示**，表明所选报告有问题。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:440 msgid "Next, click the :guilabel:`Approve Report` button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，点击 :guilabel:`批准报告` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" "Approve multiple reports by clicking the checkboxes next to each report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击每份报告旁边的复选框，一次批准多份报告。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:446 msgid "" @@ -16341,6 +17968,8 @@ msgid "" " or :guilabel:`Reset to draft`. Click :guilabel:`Approve` to approve the " "report." msgstr "" +"要批准单个报告，请点击报告转到该报告的详细视图。在此视图中，有几个选项：:guilabel:`批准`、:guilabel:`下期工资单才报告`、:guilabel:`拒绝`或:guilabel:`重置为草稿`。点击" +" :guilabel:`批准`，以批准报告。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:450 msgid "" @@ -16348,11 +17977,13 @@ msgid "" "explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to Refuse Expense` " "field, and then click :guilabel:`Refuse`." msgstr "" +"如果点击 :guilabel:`拒绝`，会弹出一个窗口。在 :guilabel:`拒绝开支原因` 字段中，输入拒绝的简要理由，然后点击 " +":guilabel:`拒绝`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:0 msgid "Send messages in the chatter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在沟通栏中发送信息。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:457 msgid "" @@ -16362,10 +17993,11 @@ msgid "" "in the :guilabel:`Filters` section. This presents all the reports for the " "manager's team." msgstr "" +"团队经理可以轻松查看团队成员的所有开支报告。在:guilabel:`开支报告`视图中，点击搜索框右侧的下拉箭头，然后点击:guilabel:`筛选器`部分中的:guilabel:`我的团队`。系统会显示该经理团队的所有报告。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Select the My Team filter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择 “我的团队” 筛选器。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:467 msgid "" @@ -16376,6 +18008,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send`. The message is posted in the chatter, and the person " "tagged will be notified via email of the message, as well as any followers." msgstr "" +"如果需要更多信息，例如缺少收据，可以通过聊天工具轻松沟通。在单个报告中，只需点击 " +":guilabel:`发送信息`，即可打开消息文本框。输入信息，标记适当的人（如需），然后点击 " +":guilabel:`发送`，便可将消息发送到沟通栏。信息发布到沟通栏后，被标记的人和所有关注者都会收到邮件通知。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:473 msgid "" @@ -17076,6 +18711,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 @@ -17088,73 +18724,6 @@ msgid "" "features of the Argentinean localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "名称" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 -msgid "Technical name" -msgstr "技术名称" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "描述" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:32 msgid ":guilabel:`Argentina - Accounting`" msgstr "" @@ -17214,7 +18783,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:52 @@ -17263,7 +18832,7 @@ msgid "Select Fiscal Localization Package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:205 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:255 msgid "Configure master data" msgstr "" @@ -18798,7 +20367,7 @@ msgstr "" "<.../payment_providers>`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:923 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:267 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:181 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:270 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 @@ -20119,6 +21688,7 @@ msgid "`Stripe Terminal `_" msgstr "`Stripe 终端 `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:150 msgid "Payroll" msgstr "工资" @@ -20655,6 +22225,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`创建分录草稿`，生成会计分录草稿，供会计师审阅。请注意，在批量工资单的情况下，该会计分录将汇总所有工资单的余额。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:308 msgid "Pay employees" msgstr "向员工支付薪酬" @@ -20894,11 +22465,19 @@ msgstr "Employment Hero “企业 ID” 号码位于 URL 中" msgid "You can choose any Odoo journal to post the payslip entries." msgstr "您可以选择任何Odoo日记帐来过帐工资单条目。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:908 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:906 +msgid "" +"Configure the tax by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`. Create the necessary taxes for the Employment Hero payslip " +"entries. Fill in the tax code from **Employment Hero** in the " +":guilabel:`Matching Employment Hero Tax` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:911 msgid "How does the API work?" msgstr "API 如何工作？" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:910 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:913 msgid "" "The API syncs the journal entries from Employment Hero to Odoo and leaves " "them in draft mode. The reference includes the Employment Hero payslip entry" @@ -20913,7 +22492,7 @@ msgid "" "Example of a Employment Hero Journal Entry in Odoo Accounting (Australia)" msgstr "Odoo 会计系统中的 Employment Hero 日记账记项示例（澳大利亚）" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:920 msgid "" "By default, the synchronisation happens once per week. You can fetch the " "records manually by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " @@ -20923,12 +22502,12 @@ msgstr "" "默认情况下，每周同步一次。您可以进入 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置`，在 :guilabel:`启用 " "Employment Hero 整合` 选项中点击 :guilabel:`手动获取薪资记录`，手动获取记录。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:921 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:924 msgid "" "Employment Hero payslip entries also work based on double-entry bookkeeping." msgstr "Employment Hero 工资单分录也是基于复式记账法。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:926 msgid "" "The accounts used by Employment Hero are defined in the section " ":guilabel:`Payroll settings`." @@ -20938,7 +22517,7 @@ msgstr "Employment Hero 使用的账户在 :guilabel:`薪资设置` 章节中定 msgid "Chart of Accounts menu in Employment Hero" msgstr "Employment Hero 中的会计科目表菜单" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:928 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:931 msgid "" "For the API to work, you need to create the same accounts as the default " "accounts of your Employment Hero business (**same name and same code**) in " @@ -21080,6 +22659,8 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Country`" msgstr ":guilabel:`国家/地区`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:325 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:292 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" @@ -22309,18 +23890,18 @@ msgstr "巴西" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:12 msgid "" "With the Brazilian localization, sales taxes can be automatically computed " -"and electronic invoices (NF-e) for goods can be sent using AvaTax (Avalara) " -"through |API| calls. Moreover, taxes for services can be configured." +"and electronic invoices for goods (NF-e) and services (NFS-e) can be sent " +"using AvaTax (Avalara) through |API| calls. Moreover, taxes for services can" +" be configured." msgstr "" -"在巴西本地化功能中，可以通过AvaTax（Avalara）的 API 调用自动计算销售税，并发送货物的电子发票（NF-e）。此外，还可以配置服务税。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:16 msgid "" -"For the goods tax computation and electronic invoicing process, you need to " -"configure the :ref:`contacts `, :ref:`company " +"For the goods and services tax computation and electronic invoicing process," +" you need to configure the :ref:`contacts `, :ref:`company " "`, :ref:`products `, and :ref:`create an " -"account in Avatax ` need to be configured in the " -"general settings." +"account in AvaTax ` which needs to be configured in " +"the general settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:21 @@ -22335,139 +23916,230 @@ msgid "" "can be modified if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:33 msgid "" -"Install the :guilabel:`🇧🇷 Brazil` :ref:`fiscal localization package " -"` to get all the default accounting features " -"of the Brazilian localization, following the :abbr:`IFRS (International " -"Financial Reporting Standards)` rules." +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Brazilian localization:" msgstr "" -"安装 :guilabel:`巴西` :ref:`财务本地化服务包 ` " -"以获得巴西本地化的所有默认会计功能，并遵循:abbr:`IFRS（国际财务报告标准）` 规则。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazilian - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_br`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `, " +"which represents having the Generic Brazilian chart of accounts and Taxes, " +"together with document types and identification types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazil - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:49 +msgid "`l10n_br_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:50 +msgid "Accounting reports for Brazil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` & :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:52 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax` & `l10n_br_avatax_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:53 +msgid "Goods and Services tax computation through Avalara." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Brazilian Accounting EDI` & :guilabel:`Brazilian Accounting EDI " +"for services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:55 +msgid "`l10n_br_edi` & `l10n_br_edi_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Provides electronic invoicing for goods and services for Brazil through " +"AvaTax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazil Pix QR codes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:58 +msgid "`l10n_br_pix`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:59 +msgid "Implements Pix QR codes for Brazil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:66 msgid "" "To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " "app and search the name given to your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:69 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option at the top of the page. Then, " "configure the following fields:" msgstr "选择页面顶部的 :guilabel:`公司` 选项。然后，配置以下字段：" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:245 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`." -msgstr ":guilabel:`名称`。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1096 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`名称`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:314 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Address` (add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip" -" Code`, :guilabel:`Country`)." +":guilabel:`Address`: add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip" +" Code`, :guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`地址` （添加 :guilabel:`城市`, :guilabel:`州/市`, :guilabel:`邮政编码`, " -":guilabel:`国家/地区` ）。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:76 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street name, number, and any " "additional address information." msgstr "在:guilabel:`街道` 字段中，输入街道名称、编号和其他地址信息。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:318 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Street 2` field, enter the neighborhood." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`街道 2` 字段中，输入街区信息。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:252 -msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number` (:guilabel:`CNPJ`, :guilabel:`CPF`)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`识别码`（:guilabel:`CNPJ`、:guilabel:`CPF`）。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:320 +msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`: :guilabel:`CNPJ` or :guilabel:`CPF`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:253 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID` (associated with the identification type)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`税号`（与识别类型相关）。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:321 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: associated with the identification type" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:55 -msgid ":guilabel:`IE` (State registration)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`IE`（州注册）。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: State registration" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:56 -msgid ":guilabel:`IM` (Municipal registration)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`IM`（市级注册）。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: Municipal registration" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:84 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code` (Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " -"add if applicable)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA 代码`（如果适用，则为马瑙斯自由贸易区总局）。" +":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " +"add if applicable" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:257 -msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`." -msgstr ":guilabel:`电话`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:258 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`." -msgstr ":guilabel:`电子邮件`。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1097 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:293 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`电子邮件`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Company configuration." msgstr "公司配置" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:91 msgid "" "Configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` within the :guilabel:`Sales and" " Purchase` tab:" msgstr "配置 :guilabel:`销售及采购` 选项卡中的 :guilabel:`财务信息`：" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:104 msgid "" -"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`Avatax Brazil `." -msgstr "为 :ref:`Avatax Brazil ` 添加 :guilabel:`财政状况`。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:67 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime` (Federal Tax Regime)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`税收制度`（联邦税制）" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:94 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: Federal Tax Regime" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:95 msgid "" -":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type` (indicates ICMS regime, Exempt status, or " -"Non-Taxpayer)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`ICMS 纳税人类型`（表示 ICMS 制度、豁免状态或非纳税人）。" +":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: indicates :guilabel:`ICMS regime`, " +":guilabel:`Exempt status`, or :guilabel:`Non-Taxpayer`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:69 -msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`." -msgstr ":guilabel:`主要活动部门`。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:97 +msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Company fiscal configuration." msgstr "公司财务配置。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:74 -msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact" -msgstr "最后，上传公司徽标并保存联系人" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Configure the following extra :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` if you are " +"going to issue NFS-e:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:350 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`COFINS Details`: :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with " +"rate 0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PIS Details` :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with rate " +"0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:109 +msgid ":guilabel:`CSLL Taxable` If the company is subject to CSLL or not" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Company fiscal configuration for NFSe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:114 +msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:117 msgid "" "If you are a simplified regime, you need to configure the ICMS rate under " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> " -"Avatax Brazil`." +"AvaTax Brazil`." msgstr "" -"如果是简化制度，则需要在 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 税收 --> Avatax Brazil` 下配置 " -"ICMS 税率。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:123 msgid "Configure AvaTax integration" msgstr "配置 AvaTax 整合" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:125 msgid "" "Avalara AvaTax is a tax calculation and electronic invoicing provider that " "can be integrated in Odoo to automatically compute taxes by taking into " @@ -22478,71 +24150,103 @@ msgstr "" "Avalara AvaTax 是一个税款计算和电子发票提供商，可整合至 Odoo " "系统，通过考虑公司、联系人（客户）、产品和交易信息自动计算税款，检索出正确的税款，然后向政府处理电子发票。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:130 msgid "" "Using this integration requires :doc:`In-App-Purchases (IAPs) " "<../../essentials/in_app_purchase>` to compute the taxes and to send the " -"electronic invoices. Whenever you compute taxes, an |API| call is made using" -" credits from your |IAP| credits balance." +"electronic invoices. Whenever you compute taxes, send an electronic document" +" (NF-e, NFS-e, etc), or perform any electronic flow (NF-e Cancellation, " +"Correction letter, Invalidate invoice number range), an API call is made " +"using credits from your `IAP credits balance `_." msgstr "" -"使用此整合需要 :doc:`应用内购买（IAP）<../../essentials/in_app_purchase>` " -"来计算税款和发送电子发票。每次计算税款时，都会使用您的 |IAP| 信用余额中的信用额度调用 |API| 呼叫。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:137 msgid "Odoo is a certified partner of Avalara Brazil." msgstr "Odoo 是 Avalara Brazil 公司的认证合作伙伴。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:138 +msgid "" +"You can `buy IAP credit on odoo.com `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:141 +msgid "Credential configuration" +msgstr "凭证配置" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:143 msgid "" "To activate AvaTax in Odoo, you need to create an account. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, and in" " the :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` section, add the administration email address" -" to be used for the AvaTax portal in the :guilabel:`Avatax Portal Email`, " +" to be used for the AvaTax portal in the :guilabel:`AvaTax Portal Email`, " "and then click on :guilabel:`Create account`." msgstr "" -"要在 Odoo 中激活 AvaTax，您需要创建一个账户。请进入 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 税务`， " -":guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` 部分，在 :guilabel:`Avatax Portal Email` 中添加用于 AvaTax " -"门户网站的管理电子邮件地址，然后点击 :guilabel:`创建账户`。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:149 msgid "" -"When **testing** an :guilabel:`Avatax Portal Email` integration in a testing" -" or sandbox database, use an alternate email address. It is **not** possible" -" to re-use the same email address on the production database." +"When **testing** or **creating a production** :guilabel:`AvaTax Portal " +"Email` integration in a sandbox or production database, use a real email " +"address, as it is needed to log in to the Avalara Portal and set up the " +"certificates, whether you want to test or use it on production." msgstr "" -"在测试或沙箱数据库中**测试** :guilabel:`Avatax " -"门户电子邮件`整合时，请使用备用电子邮件地址。不能在生产数据库中重复使用相同的电子邮件地址。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:153 +msgid "" +"There are two different Avalara Portals, one for testing and one for " +"production:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:155 +msgid "Sandbox: https://portal.sandbox.avalarabrasil.com.br/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 +msgid "Production: https://portal.avalarabrasil.com.br/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:158 +msgid "" +"When you create the account from Odoo, be sure to select the right " +"environment. Moreover, the email used to open the account cannot be used to " +"open another account. Save your :guilabel:`API ID` and :guilabel:`API Key` " +"when you create the account from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Transfer API Credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 msgid "" "After you create the account from Odoo, you need to go to the Avalara Portal" " to set up your password:" msgstr "从 Odoo 创建账户后，您需要进入 Avalara 门户设置密码：" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 msgid "" "Access the `Avalara portal `_." msgstr "访问 `Avalara 门户网站 `_。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:169 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Meu primeiro acesso`." msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`Meu primeiro acesso`。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:170 msgid "" -"Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/Avatax account," +"Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/AvaTax account," " and then click :guilabel:`Solicitar Senha`." msgstr "" -"添加您在 Odoo 中用于创建 Avalara/Avatax 账户的电子邮件地址，然后点击:guilabel:`Solicitar Senha`。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:172 msgid "" "You will receive an email with a token and a link to create your password. " "Click on this link and copy-paste the token to allocate your desired " "password." msgstr "您将收到一封电子邮件，其中包含一个令牌和一个创建密码的链接。点击该链接并复制粘贴令牌，即可分配您所需的密码。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:176 msgid "" "You can start using AvaTax in Odoo for tax computation **only** without " "creating a password and accessing the Avalara portal in the Odoo database. " @@ -22553,27 +24257,27 @@ msgstr "" "门户。但是，为了使用电子发票服务，您**必须**访问 AvaTax 门户网站并上传您的证书。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 -msgid "Avatax account configuration." -msgstr "Avatax 账户配置。" +msgid "AvaTax account configuration." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:184 msgid "" "You can transfer |API| credentials. Use this only when you have already " "created an account in another Odoo instance and wish to reuse it." msgstr "您可以转移 |API| 证书。只有当您已在另一个 Odoo 实例中创建了账户并希望重复使用该账户时，才可使用此功能。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:188 msgid "A1 certificate upload" msgstr "A1 证书上传" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:190 msgid "" "In order to issue electronic invoices, a certificate needs to be uploaded to" " the `AvaTax portal `_." msgstr "" "为了开具电子发票，需要将证书上传到`AvaTax 门户网站 `_。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:193 msgid "" "The certificate will be synchronized with Odoo, as long as the external " "identifier number in the AvaTax portal matches - without special characters " @@ -22583,7 +24287,20 @@ msgstr "" "只要 AvaTax 门户中的外部识别码（不含特殊字符）与 CNPJ 编号一致，且 Odoo 中的识别码 （CNPJ） 与 AvaTax 中的 CNPJ " "一致，证书就会与 Odoo 同步。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:198 +msgid "" +"To issue NFS-e, some cities require that you link the certificate within the" +" City Portal system before issuing NFS-e from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:201 +msgid "" +"If you receive an error message from the city that says :guilabel:`Your " +"certificate is not linked to the user`, that means this process needs to be " +"done in the city portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:210 msgid "" "The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " "is installed by default as part of the data set included in the localization" @@ -22591,18 +24308,18 @@ msgid "" " and the default account payable and account receivable fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:215 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Brazil is based on the SPED CoA, which gives a " "baseline of the accounts needed in Brazil." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:218 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." msgstr "您可以根据公司需要添加或删除账户。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:223 msgid "" "In Brazil, a *series* number is linked to a sequence number range for " "electronic invoices. The series number can be configured in Odoo on a sales " @@ -22613,7 +24330,7 @@ msgstr "" "在巴西，*系列*号与电子发票的序列号范围相关联。系列号可通过 :guilabel:`系列` 字段在 Odoo " "的销售日记账上配置。如果需要一个以上的系列号，则需要创建一个新的销售日记账，并为每个系列号分配一个新的系列号。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:228 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Use Documents` field needs to be selected. When issuing " "electronic and non-electronic invoices, the :guilabel:`Type` field selects " @@ -22628,7 +24345,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Journal configuration with the Use Documents? field checked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 msgid "" "When creating the journal, ensure the field :guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note" " Sequence` is unchecked, as in Brazil, sequences between invoices, credit " @@ -22636,40 +24353,28 @@ msgid "" "journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:244 msgid "" "Taxes are automatically created when installing the Brazilian localization. " "Taxes are already configured, and some of them are used by Avalara when " "computing taxes on the sales order or invoice." msgstr "安装巴西本地化软件时会自动创建税项。Avalara 在计算销售订单或发票上的税额时，会使用已配置的税额。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:247 msgid "" "Taxes can be edited, or more taxes can be added. For example, some taxes " "used for services need to be manually added and configured, as the rate may " "differ depending on the city where you are offering the service." msgstr "可以编辑税项或添加更多税项。例如，用于服务的某些税项需要手动添加和配置，因为税项可能因提供服务的城市而异。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:252 msgid "" -"Taxes attached to services are not computed by AvaTax. Only goods taxes are " -"computed." -msgstr "AvaTax 不计算服务税。只计算货物税。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When configuring a tax used for a service that is included in the final " -"price (when the tax is not added or subtracted on top of the product price)," -" set the :guilabel:`Tax Computation` to :guilabel:`Percentage of Price Tax " -"Included`, and, on the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, check the " -":guilabel:`Included in Price` option." +"If you decide to do service taxes manually, you won't be able to issue an " +"NFS-e. To electronically send an NFS-e, you need to compute taxes using " +"Avalara." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 -msgid "Tax configuration." -msgstr "税项配置。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 msgid "" "Do not delete taxes, as they are used for the AvaTax tax computation. If " "deleted, Odoo creates them again when used in an |SO| or invoice and " @@ -22681,50 +24386,56 @@ msgstr "" "请勿删除税项，因为它们用于 AvaTax 税务计算。如果被删除，当在销售订单（SO）或发票中使用 AvaTax 计算税项时，Odoo " "会重新创建这些税项，但是用于登记税项的账户需要在税项的:guilabel:`定义`选项卡下重新配置，包括:guilabel:`发票分配`和:guilabel:`退款分配`部分。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:262 msgid ":doc:`Taxes functional documentation <../accounting/taxes>`" msgstr ":doc:`税务功能文档 <../accounting/taxes>`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 msgid "" "To use the AvaTax integration on sale orders and invoices, first specify the" -" following information on the product:" -msgstr "要在销售订单和发票上使用 AvaTax 整合，首先要在产品上指定以下信息：" +" following information on the product depending on its intended use:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:217 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`CEST Code` (Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`CEST代码`（适用于 ICMS 税收替代的产品代码）。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:273 +msgid "E-Invoice for goods (NF-e)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:275 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code` (Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code`（南美共同市场商品编码）。" +":guilabel:`CEST Code`: Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Source of Origin` (Indicates the origin of the product, which can" +":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code`: Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:277 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source of Origin`: Indicates the origin of the product, which can" " be foreign or domestic, among other possible options depending on the " -"specific use case)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`原产地`（表示产品的原产地，可以是国外或国内，还有其他可能的选项，视具体使用情况而定）。" +"specific use case" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:279 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type` (Fiscal product type according to SPED " -"list table)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`SPED 财政产品类型`（根据 SPED 列表确定的税务产品类型）。" +":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type`: Fiscal product type according to SPED " +"list table" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:296 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Purpose of Use` (Specify the intended purpose of use for this " -"product)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`用途` （说明该产品的预期用途）。" +":guilabel:`Purpose of Use`: Specify the intended purpose of use for this " +"product" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Product configuration." msgstr "产品配置。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:286 msgid "" "Odoo automatically creates three products to be used for transportation " "costs associated with sales. These are named `Freight`, `Insurance`, and " @@ -22737,7 +24448,27 @@ msgstr "" "`运费`、`保险费`和`其他费用`。它们已经配置好，如果需要创建更多产品，请复制并使用相同的配置（所需配置： " ":guilabel:`产品类型``服务`、:guilabel:`运输成本类型``保险`、`运费`或`其他成本`）。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:293 +msgid "E-Invoice for services (NFS-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Code Origin`: City Service Code where the provider is " +"registered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:298 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Codes`: City Service Code where the service will be " +"provided, if no code is added, the Origin City Code will be used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:300 +msgid ":guilabel:`Labor Assignment`: Defines if your services includes labor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:305 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:282 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:656 @@ -22745,45 +24476,45 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contacts" msgstr "联系人" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:307 msgid "" "Before using the integration, specify the following information on the " "contact:" msgstr "使用整合前，请在联系人上指定以下信息：" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 msgid "General information about the contact:" msgstr "联系人的基本信息：" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:311 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option for a contact with a tax ID (CNPJ), or" " check :guilabel:`Individual` for a contact with a CPF." msgstr "如果联系人有税号（CNPJ），请选择 :guilabel:`公司` 选项；如果联系人有 CPF，请选择 :guilabel:`个人`。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:317 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street, number, and any extra " "address information." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`街道` 字段中，输入街道、号码和其他地址信息。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:254 -msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number." -msgstr ":guilabel:`IE`：州税识别号。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:255 -msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipal tax identification number." -msgstr ":guilabel:`IM`: 市税识别号。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:323 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipal tax identification number" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 -msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number." -msgstr ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA 代码`：SUFRAMA 注册号。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:324 +msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Contact configuration." msgstr "联系人配置" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:332 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`CPF`, :guilabel:`IE`, :guilabel:`IM`, and :guilabel:`SUFRAMA " "code` fields are are hidden until the :guilabel:`Country` is set to " @@ -22792,29 +24523,30 @@ msgstr "" "在将:guilabel:`国家/地区`设置为`巴西`之前， :guilabel:`CPF`、:guilabel:`IE`、:guilabel:`IM`和" " :guilabel:`SUFRAMA 代码`字段会被隐藏。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:335 msgid "" "Fiscal information about the contact under the :guilabel:`Sales \\& " "Purchase` tab:" msgstr "在 :guilabel:`销售与采购` 标签下查看联系人的财务信息：" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position`: add the AvaTax fiscal position to automatically" " compute taxes on sale orders and invoices automatically" msgstr ":guilabel:`财政状况`：添加 AvaTax 财政状况，自动计算销售订单和发票上的税金。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:339 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: federal tax regime" msgstr ":guilabel:`税收制度`：（联邦税制）" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:340 msgid "" ":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: taxpayer type determines if the contact is " -"within the ICMS regime, if it is exempt, or if it is a non-taxpayer" +"within the :guilabel:`ICMS regime`, :guilabel:`Exempt status`, or " +":guilabel:`Non-taxpayer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:342 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`: list of main activity sectors of the " "contact" @@ -22824,11 +24556,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contact fiscal configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:349 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`AvaTax Brazil `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PIS Details`: :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with rate " +"0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:354 +msgid ":guilabel:`CSLL Taxable`: If the company is subject to CSLL or not" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Contact fiscal configuration for NFSe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:362 msgid "Fiscal positions" msgstr "财政状况" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:364 msgid "" "To compute taxes and send electronic invoices on sale orders and invoices, " "both the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` and the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API`" @@ -22837,194 +24589,182 @@ msgstr "" "要在销售订单和发票上计算税款和发送电子发票，需要在:guilabel:`财政状况`中启用:guilabel:`自动检测`和:guilabel:`使用 " "AvaTax API`选项。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:368 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the contact or selected" -" when creating a sales order or an invoice." -msgstr ":guilabel:`财政状况` 可在联系人上配置，或在创建销售订单或发票时选择。" +"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the :ref:`contact " +"` or selected when creating a sales order or an invoice." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Fiscal position configuration" msgstr "财政状况配置" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:375 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:355 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:311 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "工作流" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:377 msgid "" "This section provides an overview of the actions that trigger `API calls " -"`_ for tax computation, and how to send " -"an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) for government validation." +"`_ for tax computation, along with " +"instructions on how to send electronic invoices for goods (NF-e) and " +"services (NFS-e) for government validation." msgstr "" -"本节概述了触发 `API " -"调用`_以进行税款计算的操作，以及如何发送电子货物发票（NF-e）以供政府验证。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:382 msgid "" "Please note that each |API| call incurs a cost. Be mindful of the actions " "that trigger these calls to manage costs effectively." msgstr "请注意，每次 |API| 调用都会产生费用。请注意触发这些调用的操作，以便有效管理成本。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:389 msgid "Tax calculations on quotations and sales orders" msgstr "报价单和销售订单的税款计算" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:391 msgid "" "Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a quotation or sales order " "automatically with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" msgstr "通过以下任一方式触发 |API| 调用，使用 AvaTax 自动计算报价单或销售订单上的税款：" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:394 msgid "**Quotation confirmation**" msgstr "**报价确认**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:395 msgid "Confirm a quotation into a sales order." msgstr "将报价单确认为销售订单。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:316 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:412 msgid "**Manual trigger**" msgstr "**手动触发**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:317 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using Avatax`." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`使用 Avatax 计算税额`。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:413 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`使用 AvaTax 计算税款`。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:318 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:414 msgid "**Preview**" msgstr "**预览**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:319 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:415 msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Preview` button." msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`预览` 按钮。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:400 msgid "**Email a quotation / sales order**" msgstr "**通过电子邮件发送报价单/销售订单**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:401 msgid "Send a quotation or sales order to a customer via email." msgstr "通过电子邮件向客户发送报价单或销售订单。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:404 msgid "**Online quotation access**" msgstr "**在线报价**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:403 msgid "" "When a customer accesses the quotation online (via the portal view), the " "|API| call is triggered." msgstr "当客户在线访问报价单时（通过门户视图），就会触发 |API| 调用。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:407 msgid "Tax calculations on invoices" msgstr "Mirto Bonan" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:409 msgid "" "Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a customer invoice automatically" -" with AvaTax any of the following ways:" -msgstr "使用 AvaTax 触发 |API| 调用，以下列任何一种方式自动计算客户发票上的税款：" +" with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:333 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`使用 AvaTax 计算税款`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:417 msgid "**Online invoice access**" msgstr "**在线发票访问**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:417 msgid "" "When a customer accesses the invoice online (via the portal view), the |API|" " call is triggered." msgstr "当客户在线（通过门户视图）访问发票时，就会触发 |API| 调用。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:420 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` must be set to `Automatic Tax Mapping " "(Avalara Brazil)` for any of these actions to compute taxes automatically." msgstr "必须将 :guilabel:`财政状况` 设为`自动税收映射（Avalara Brazil）`，这些操作才能自动计算税款。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:424 msgid "" ":doc:`Fiscal positions (tax and account mapping) " "<../accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" msgstr ":doc:`财政状况（税收和账户映射）<../accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:429 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 msgid "Electronic documents" msgstr "电子文档" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:434 msgid "" -"To process an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e), the invoice needs to be " -"confirmed and taxes need to be computed by Avalara. Once that step is done, " -"click on the :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` button in the upper left corner, and" -" a pop-up will appear. Then click on :guilabel:`Process e-invoice` and any " -"of the other options - :guilabel:`Download` or :guilabel:`Email`. Finally, " -"click on :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` to process the invoice against the " -"government." +"To process an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) or services (NFS-e), the " +"invoice needs to be confirmed and taxes need to be computed by Avalara. Once" +" that step is done, click on the :guilabel:`Send & Print` button in the " +"upper left corner. In the pop-up that appears, click on :guilabel:`Process " +"e-invoice` and any of the other options - :guilabel:`Download` or " +":guilabel:`Email`. Finally, click on :guilabel:`Send & Print` to process the" +" invoice with the government." msgstr "" -"要处理货物电子发票（NF-e），Avalara 需要确认发票并计算税款。完成该步骤后，点击左上角的 :guilabel:`发送\\&打印` " -"按钮，弹出一个窗口。然后点击 :guilabel:`处理电子发票` 和其他选项 - :guilabel:`下载` 或 " -":guilabel:`电子邮件`。最后，点击 :guilabel:`发送\\&打印` 处理政府发票。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:441 msgid "" -"Before sending the electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) some fields need to " -"be filled out on the invoice:" -msgstr "在发送电子货物发票（NF-e）之前，需要在发票上填写一些字段：" +"Before sending the electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) or services (NFS-e), " +"some fields need to be filled out on the invoice:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:363 -msgid ":guilabel:`Customer` with all the customer information" -msgstr ":guilabel:`客户` 包含所有客户信息" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:444 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`, with all the customer information" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:578 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil` (how the invoice is planned to be paid)" -msgstr ":guilabel:`付款方式：巴西`（计划支付发票的方式）" +":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil`: how the invoice is planned to be paid" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:446 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set as the :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping " "(Avalara Brazil)`" msgstr ":guilabel:`财政状况` 设置为 :guilabel:`自动税收映射（Avalara 巴西）` 。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:447 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Document Type` set as :guilabel:`(55) Electronic Invoice (NF-e)`." -" This is the only" -msgstr "将:guilabel:`文件类型` 设置为:guilabel:`(55)电子发票(NF-e)`。目前，这是唯一" +":guilabel:`Document Type` set as :guilabel:`(55) Electronic Invoice (NF-e)` " +"or :guilabel:`(SE) Electronic Service Invoice (NFS-e)`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:367 -msgid "" -"electronic document supported at the moment. Non-electronic invoices can be " -"registered, and other document types can be activated if needed" -msgstr "支持的电子文档类型。非电子发票可以进行注册，如果需要的话，可以激活其他文档类型。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:450 msgid "" "There are some other optional fields that depend on the nature of the " "transaction. These fields are not required, so no errors will appear from " "the government if these optional fields are not populated for most cases:" msgstr "这些是根据交易性质而定的一些可选字段。这些字段不是必填字段，因此在大多数情况下，如果不填写这些可选字段，政府不会出现错误。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:454 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Freight Model` determines how the goods are planned to be " "transported - domestic" msgstr ":guilabel:`货运模式`决定了计划运输货物的方式 - 国内运输" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:455 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` determines who is doing the transportation" msgstr ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` 决定由谁进行运输" @@ -23037,7 +24777,7 @@ msgstr "处理电子发票所需的发票信息。" msgid "Process electronic invoice pop-up in Odoo." msgstr "在 Odoo 中处理电子发票弹出窗口。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:464 msgid "" "All of the fields available on the invoice used to issue an electronic " "invoice are also available on the sales order, if needed. When creating the " @@ -23047,36 +24787,46 @@ msgstr "" "如果需要，用于开具电子发票的发票上的所有字段也可在销售订单上使用。创建第一张发票时，会显示 :guilabel:`文档编号` " "字段，并将其分配为第一个编号，在后续发票中按顺序使用。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:470 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:595 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "Credit notes" msgstr "贷记单" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:472 msgid "" "If a sales return needs to be registered, then a credit note can be created " "in Odoo to be sent to the government for validation." msgstr "如果需要登记销售退货，则可在 Odoo 中创建贷记单据，发送给政府进行验证。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:476 +msgid "" +"Credit notes are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:479 msgid ":ref:`Issue a credit note `" msgstr ":ref:`签发贷记单 `" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:482 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:594 msgid "Debit Notes" msgstr "借记单" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:484 msgid "" "If additional information needs to be included, or values need to be " "corrected that were not accurately provided in the original invoice, a debit" " note can be issued." msgstr "如果需要提供更多信息，或需要更正原始发票中未准确提供的价值，可出具借记单。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:488 +msgid "" +"Debit notes are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:490 msgid "" "Only the products included in the original invoice can be part of the debit " "note. While changes can be made to the product's unit price or quantity, " @@ -23086,51 +24836,74 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "只有原始发票中包含的产品才能成为借记单的一部分。虽然可以更改产品单价或数量，但**不能**将产品添加到借记单中。本文件的目的仅是声明您要向原始发票添加的金额，用于相同数量或更少的产品。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:496 msgid ":ref:`Issue a debit note `" msgstr ":ref:`签发借记单 `" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:499 msgid "Invoice cancellation" msgstr "开票取消" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:501 msgid "" "It is possible to cancel an electronic invoice that was validated by the " "government." msgstr "可以注销经政府验证的电子发票。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:504 msgid "" "Check whether the electronic invoice is still within the cancellation " "deadline, which may vary according to the legislation of each state." msgstr "检查电子发票是否仍在取消期限内，各州/市的法律规定可能有所不同。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:422 -msgid "" -"This can be done in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request Cancel` and adding a" -" cancellation :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. If you want to " -"send this cancellation reason to the customer via email, activate the " -":guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:508 +msgid "E-invoices for goods (NF-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:510 +msgid "" +"Cancel an e-invoice for goods (NF-e) in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request " +"Cancel` and adding a cancellation :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that " +"appears. If you want to send this cancellation reason to the customer via " +"email, activate the :guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." msgstr "" -"这可在 Odoo 中通过点击 :guilabel:`请求取消` 并在弹出窗口中添加取消 :guilabel:`原因` " -"来实现。如果要通过电子邮件将取消原因发送给客户，请激活 :guilabel:`E-mail` 复选框。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Invoice cancellation reason in Odoo." msgstr "Odoo 中的发票取消原因。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:518 +msgid "" +"This is an electronic cancellation, which means that Odoo will send a " +"request to the government to cancel the NF-e, and it will then consume one " +"|IAP| credit, as an |API| call occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:522 +msgid "E-invoices for services (NFS-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Cancel an e-invoice for services (NFS-e) in Odoo by clicking " +":guilabel:`Request Cancel`. In this case, there is no electronic " +"cancellation process, as not every city has this service available. The user" +" needs to manually cancel this NFS-e on the city portal. Once that step is " +"completed, they can request the cancellation in Odoo, which will cancel the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:530 msgid "Correction letter" msgstr "更正信" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:532 msgid "" -"A correction letter can be created and linked to an electronic invoice that " -"was validated by the government." -msgstr "可创建更正信，并将其链接到政府验证的电子发票上。" +"A correction letter can be created and linked to an electronic invoice for " +"goods (NF-e) that was validated by the government." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:535 msgid "" "This can be done in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Correction Letter` and " "adding a correction :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. To send " @@ -23144,11 +24917,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Correction letter reason in Odoo." msgstr "Odoo 中更正信件的原因。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:543 +msgid "" +"Correction letters are only available for electronic invoices for goods " +"(NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:546 msgid "Invalidate invoice number range" msgstr "发票号码范围无效" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:548 msgid "" "A range of sequences that are assigned to sales journals can be invalidated " "with the government if they are not currently used, **and** will not be used" @@ -23170,13 +24949,19 @@ msgstr "Odoo 中的数字范围无效选择。" msgid "Number range invalidation wizard in Odoo." msgstr "Odoo 中的数字范围无效向导。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:562 +msgid "" +"Invalidate invoice number range documents are only available for electronic " +"invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:566 msgid "" "The log of the canceled numbers along with the XML file are recorded in the " "chatter of the journal." msgstr "取消的编号以及 XML 文件的日志记录在日记账的聊天记录中。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:572 msgid "" "On the vendor bills side, when receiving an invoice from a supplier, you can" " encode the bill in Odoo by adding all the commercial information together " @@ -23186,32 +24971,29 @@ msgstr "" "在供应商账单方面，在收到供应商发票时，您可以通过将所有商业信息与记录在:ref:`客户发票 `上的相同的巴西特定信息一起添加到 Odoo 中来对账单进行编码。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:576 msgid "These Brazilian specific fields are:" msgstr "这些巴西特定领域是：" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:579 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: used by your vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:580 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number`: the invoice number from your supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:581 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil` (how the invoice is planned to be paid)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`付款方式：巴西`（计划支付发票的方式）。" +":guilabel:`Freight Model`: **NF-e specific** how goods are planned to be " +"transported - domestic" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:472 -msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type` used by your vendor." -msgstr ":guilabel:`文档类型` 由您的供应商使用。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:473 -msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number` (the invoice number from your supplier)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`文件编号` （供应商提供的发票号码）。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:582 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Freight Model` (how goods are planned to be transported - " -"domestic)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`货运模式`（计划运输货物的方式 - 国内运输）。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:475 -msgid ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` (who is doing the transportation)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil`（运输方）。" +":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil`: **NF-e specific** who is doing the " +"transportation." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:3 msgid "Chile" @@ -23709,20 +25491,6 @@ msgstr "" "要发送 :abbr:`SII（智利国家税务局）` 电子发票，也需要配置合作伙伴联系人。要执行此操作，请打开 :menuselection:`联系人` " "应用程序，并在新的或现有的联系人表单中填写以下字段。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1096 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`名称`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1097 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:293 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`电子邮件`" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:97 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" @@ -30369,121 +32137,1148 @@ msgstr "如果发生侵权行为，您可以处以罚款，但也可以期待法 msgid "Hong Kong" msgstr "香港" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:6 -msgid "Add FPS QR codes to invoices" -msgstr "在发票上添加 FPS 二维码" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:8 msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get the latest " +"features of the Hong Kong localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:18 +msgid "`l10n_hk`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The base module to manage chart of accounting and localization for Hong " +"Kong." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:20 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:21 +msgid "`l10n_hk_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Enables :ref:`payroll ` specific localization features " +"for Odoo *Payroll* app. This module also installs :guilabel:`Hong Kong - " +"Payroll with Accounting` and :guilabel:`Documents - Hong Kong Payroll`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:26 +msgid "`l10n_hk_hr_payroll_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:27 +msgid "Installs the link between Hong Kong payroll and accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Documents - Hong Kong Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:29 +msgid "`documents_l10n_hk_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:30 +msgid "Integrates employee ir56 forms in the Odoo *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:33 +msgid "FPS QR codes on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:35 +msgid "" ":abbr:`FPS (Faster Payment System)` is a payment service platform that " "allows customers to make instant domestic payments to individuals and " "merchants in Hong Kong dollars or Renminbi via online and mobile banking." msgstr ":abbr:`FPS（转速快）`是一个支付服务平台，客户可通过网络和手机银行，以港元或人民币向个人和商户进行即时本地付款。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:12 msgid "Activate QR codes" msgstr "激活二维码" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:42 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " -":guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` " -"feature." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under " +"the :guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, tick the checkbox beside the " +":guilabel:`QR Codes` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"进入 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置`。在 :guilabel:`客户付款` 部分，激活 " -":guilabel:`二维码` 功能。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:47 msgid "FPS bank account configuration" msgstr "FPS 银行账户配置" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:49 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"select the bank account for which you want to activate FPS. Set the " -":guilabel:`Proxy Type` and fill in the :guilabel:`Proxy Value` field " -"depending on the type you chose." +"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts app --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts " +"section --> Bank Accounts`. Then select the bank account for FPS activation." +" Proceed to set the :guilabel:`Proxy Type` and fill in the :guilabel:`Proxy " +"Value` field, depending on the type chosen." msgstr "" -"进入 :menuselection:`联系人 --> 配置 --> 银行账户` 并选择要激活 FPS 的银行账户。根据所选类型设置 " -":guilabel:`代理类型` 并填写 :guilabel:`代理值` 字段。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:53 msgid "" -"The account holder's country must be set to Hong Kong on its contact form." -msgstr "账户持有人在联系人资料表格上的国家/地区字段，必须设置为香港。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:27 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:27 -msgid "" -"You could also include the invoice number in the QR code by checking the " +"Remember to include the invoice number in the QR code, by ticking the " ":guilabel:`Include Reference` checkbox." -msgstr "您还可以选中 :guilabel:`附带参考` 复选框，将发票号码纳入二维码中。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "FPS bank account configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The account holder's country **must** be set to `Hong Kong` on their contact" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/bank`" msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/bank`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:147 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:37 msgid "Bank journal configuration" msgstr "银行日记账配置" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:69 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the " -"bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " -":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Journals` and " +"open the bank journal. Then, fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` fields, located in the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." msgstr "" -"进入 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 日记账`，打开银行日记账，然后在 :guilabel:`日记账分录` 标签下填写 " -":guilabel:`账号` 和 :guilabel:`银行`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 -msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration" -msgstr "银行账户的日记账配置" +msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:78 msgid "Issue invoices with FPS QR codes" msgstr "用 FPS 二维码开具发票" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:158 msgid "" "When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" -" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to *EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code*." +" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to :guilabel:`EMV Merchant-Presented QR-" +"code`." msgstr "" -"创建新发票时，打开 :guilabel:`其他信息` 标签，将 :guilabel:`付款二维码` 选项设置为 *EMV 商户出示二维码*。" +"创建新发票时，打开:guilabel:`其他信息`选项卡，将:guilabel:`付款二维码`选项设置为:guilabel:`EMV " +"商户出示的二维码`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 -msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option" -msgstr "选择 EMV 商户出示二维码选项" +msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:87 msgid "" -"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " -"Odoo uses this field to generate the FPS QR code." -msgstr "确保 :guilabel:`收款银行`是您配置的字段，因为 Odoo 使用此字段生成 FPS 二维码。" +"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is configured, as Odoo uses this " +"field to generate the FPS QR code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Ensure the :guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll` (`l10n_hk_hr_payroll`) module is " +"installed before proceeding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:100 +msgid "Create employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Employees` app and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, " +"configure the following fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:105 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: :guilabel:`HK Standard 40 hours/week` option " +"**must** be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:109 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Surname, Given Name, Name in Chinese`: name of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:112 +msgid ":guilabel:`Private Address`: address of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:113 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bank Account Number`: employee's bank account number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Current Rental`: employee's rental records (if rental allowance " +"is applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Autopay Type`: :guilabel:`BBAN`, :guilabel:`SVID`, " +":guilabel:`EMAL`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Autopay Reference`: autopay reference number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Identification No`: HKID of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Gender`: gender of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:121 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Bank Account Number`, this account should be set as " +":guilabel:`Trusted` before further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:124 +msgid "" +"To achieve this, click on the right-arrow button next to :guilabel:`Bank " +"Account Number` field. Set the :guilabel:`Send Money` to :guilabel:`Trusted`" +" by clicking on the toggle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:128 +msgid "" +"To populate the :guilabel:`Current Rental`, click on the :guilabel:`History`" +" button. Then, click on :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the relevant details and " +"save the rental record. Upon saving the record, the rental contract " +":guilabel:`state` will be visible (at the top-right corner) and can be set " +"to :guilabel:`Running`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:133 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`HR Settings` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Volunteer Contribution Option`: select either :guilabel:`Only " +"Mandatory Contribution`, :guilabel:`With Fixed %VC`, or :guilabel:`Cap 5% " +"VC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:137 +msgid ":guilabel:`MPF Manulife Account`: account number, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:142 +msgid "Manage contracts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once the new employee has been created, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` " +"smart button on the employee record, or navigate to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Employees --> Contracts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Only **one** contract can be active simultaneously per employee, but an " +"employee can be assigned consecutive contracts during their employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:151 +msgid "The following are critical for setting up a contract:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: set as :guilabel:`CAP57: Hong Kong " +"Employee`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:154 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: start date of employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: set as :guilabel:`HK Standard 40 hours/week` " +"(from employee record)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select either :guilabel:`Working Schedule`, " +":guilabel:`Attendances` or :guilabel:`Planning`. This field determines how " +"the work entries are accounted for in the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:160 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: the work entries are generated automatically " +"based on the employee's working schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendances`: the work entries are generated based on the check-" +"in/out period logged in the *Attendances*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: the work entries are generated from planning shifts " +"only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:166 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Salary Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` for Full-time or Part-" +"time employees, or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage` for employees who are paid " +"hourly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:170 +msgid ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: the frequency of payslip issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage`: :guilabel:`Monthly` or :guilabel:`Hourly` depending on the" +" :guilabel:`Wage Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internet Subscription`: this is an **optional** field to provide " +"additional internet allowance on top of the current salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:177 +msgid "Timesheets do **not** impact work entries in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Once all information has been setup, set the contract status to " +":guilabel:`Running` by clicking the :guilabel:`Running` button in the top-" +"right of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong employment contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:189 +msgid "Generate payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Once the employees, and their contracts, are configured, payslips can be " +"generated in the *Payroll* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides **four** different salary structures under CAP57 regulation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:196 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Employees Monthly Pay`: to process the monthly employee " +"salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice`: to process final payment upon " +"contract termination using :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:199 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Long Service Payment`: applicable to employees with more " +"than five years of service upon contract termination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Severance Payment`: applicable to employees with more than" +" two years of service upon contract termination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Before running the payslips, the accounts used in the salary rule can be " +"adjusted by navigating to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> " +"Rules`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Salary Rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Odoo can create pay runs in two ways: via :ref:`batch " +"` or :ref:`individual " +"` payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:217 +msgid "Batch payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:219 +msgid "" +"This method of payslip generation is used for recurring payments, since " +"multiple employee payslips can be managed at once. Go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:514 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Batch Name` (e.g. `2024 - Jan`) and :guilabel:`Period` " +"(e.g. `01/01/2024` - `01/31/2024`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:225 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Generate Payslips`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Choose which :guilabel:`Salary Structure` to use for this batch. The " +"department filter allows the batch to only apply to a specific group of " +"employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:228 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Generate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:229 +msgid "A :guilabel:`Payslips` smart button is created automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` to generate a draft journal entry" +" found in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of each payslip. A " +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears asking :guilabel:`Are you " +"sure you want to proceed?`. Click :guilabel:`Ok` to create the journal " +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:238 +msgid "Individual payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:240 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> All Payslips`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:242 +msgid "" +"This method of payslip generation is commonly used to handle non-recurring " +"payments (e.g. :guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice`, " +":guilabel:`CAP57: Long Service Payment` or :guilabel:`CAP57: Severance " +"Payment`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Select an :guilabel:`Employee`. When selected, the :guilabel:`Contract` is " +"filled out automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:249 +msgid "Add a pay :guilabel:`Period`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Select a salary :guilabel:`Structure` (e.g. :guilabel:`CAP57: Employees " +"Monthly Pay`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Worked Days & Inputs` tab automatically compute the worked " +"days/hours and time off leaves that are applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Additional payslip items can be added at this time (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Commissions`, :guilabel:`Deductions`) under the :guilabel:`Other " +"Inputs` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button to generate the payslip lines. " +"This button updates the :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:259 +msgid "" +"If the work entry for an employee was amended, click the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Recompute Whole Sheet` to " +"refresh the payslip's :guilabel:`Worked Days & Inputs` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:263 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab shows the detailed breakdown of the " +"computation, based on the salary rules configured for each structure type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rent Allowance`: amount derived from the employee's active rental" +" record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Basic Salary`: amount of base salary provided (after rent " +"allowance deduction)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`713 Gross`: net payable amount considering *Commission*, " +"*Internet Allowance*, *Reimbursements*, *Back-pay*, *Deduction*, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:270 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`MPF Gross`: net payable amount from 713 gross after consideration" +" of additional allowances, deductions, and end-of-year payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:272 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Mandatory Contribution`: employee MPF Contribution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:273 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employer Mandatory Contribution`: employer MPF Contribution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gross`: net payable amount from MPF gross after consideration of " +"MPF deductions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:275 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Net Salary`: final payable amount to be paid to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:278 +msgid "" +"There are no MPF contributions for the first month. Both employee and " +"employer contribution starts on second month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Salary computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` section in :guilabel:`Worked Days & " +"Inputs` tab, there are additional manual input types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Back Pay`: additional salary payout can be included under this " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:289 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Commission`: the commission earned during the period can be " +"manually entered here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Global Deduction`: a lump-sum deduction from the entire payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:291 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Global Reimbursement`: a lump-sum reimbursement to the entire " +"payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:292 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referral Fee`: the additional bonus offered for any form of " +"business-related referral." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Moving Daily Wage`: to override the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily " +"Wage)` value used for leaves computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skip Rent Allowance`: if set, the rental allowance is excluded " +"from the current payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Average Monthly Salary`: to override the average monthly " +"salary used for end-of-year payment (rule is only applicable to payslips " +"generated in December)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lieu of Notice Period (Months)`: only applicable to " +":guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice` salary structure. By default, " +"the final payout is set as 1-month. Use the :guilabel:`Count` field under " +"the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` section to set a different notice period " +"duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:304 +msgid "" +"Once the payslips are ready, click on :guilabel:`Compute Sheet`, followed by" +" :guilabel:`Create Draft entry` to generate a draft journal entry found in " +"the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Once the draft journal entries have been posted, the company can now pay the" +" employees. The user can choose between **two** different *payment methods*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:313 +msgid "" +"From the employee's payslip (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> " +"All Payslips`), once the payslip's journal entry has been posted, click " +":guilabel:`Register Payment`. The process is the same as :doc:`paying vendor" +" bills <../accounting/payments>`. Select the desired bank journal and " +"payment method, then later reconcile the payment with the corresponding bank" +" statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:317 +msgid "" +"For batch payments (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`), " +"once all draft journal entries from the batch are confirmed, click " +":guilabel:`Mark as Paid` to post the payment journal entry. Then " +":doc:`create a payment <../accounting/payments>` in the *Accounting* app, " +"and reconcile accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:323 +msgid "Attendances and hourly wage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:325 +msgid "" +"To configure the contract for an employee paid hourly using the " +"*Attendances* app for hours tracking, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll " +"app --> Contracts --> Contracts`. Create a new :ref:`contract " +"`. It is important to remember to set the " +":guilabel:`Work Entry Source` as :guilabel:`Attendances`, and " +":guilabel:`Wage Type` as :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:331 +msgid "To record the hours logged by the employee using *Attendances* app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:333 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Attendances app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:334 +msgid "" +"The employee can check-in/out, via the kiosk mode and the time will be " +"logged automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:335 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Payroll app`, review the attendance work entries " +"generated from :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Work Entries --> Work " +"Entries`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:337 +msgid "" +"Next, generate the :ref:`payslips ` and process " +"the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Attendance Work Entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Attendance Payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:348 +msgid "Time Off with Payroll" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:350 +msgid "" +"The work entry types and time off types are fully integrated between the " +"*Time Off* and *Payroll* apps. There are several default time off types and " +"work entry types specific to Hong Kong which are installed automatically " +"along with the *Hong Kong - Payroll* module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types` " +"and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:356 +msgid "" +"There are two checkboxes to be considered when setting up the work entry " +"type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use 713`: Include this leave type as part of 713 computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:359 +msgid ":guilabel:`Non-full pay`: 80% of the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Work Entry Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:366 +msgid "" +":ref:`Creating and configuring work entry types `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:369 +msgid "Understanding 713 Ordinance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:371 +msgid "" +"The *Hong Kong - Payroll* module is compliant with 713 Ordinance which " +"relates to the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` computation to ensure fair " +"compensation for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:374 +msgid "The ADW computation is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:379 +msgid "Hong Kong ADW Formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:379 +msgid "" +":abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` equals the total wage in a 12-month period," +" minus the wages of non-full pay, divided by the total days in a 12-month " +"period minus the days of non-full pay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:383 +msgid "" +"For 418 compliance, there is no automated allocation of the *Statutory " +"Holiday* entitlement to the employees. As soon as 418 requirements are met, " +"manually allocate the leaves, via the *Time Off* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Before generating payslips, ensure the statuses are :guilabel:`Done` to " +"validate the outcome." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:393 +msgid "Period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:394 +msgid "Days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:395 +msgid "Wage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:396 +msgid "Commission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:398 +msgid "ADW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:399 +msgid "Leave Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:400 +msgid "Jan" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:415 +msgid "31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:409 +msgid "$20200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:405 +msgid "$651.61 ($20200/31)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:413 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:407 +msgid "Feb" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:408 +msgid "28" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:410 +msgid "$5000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:411 +msgid "$25200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:412 +msgid "$769.49 ($45400/59)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:414 +msgid "Mar (One Day Annual Leave)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:418 +msgid "$20324.33" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:419 +msgid "$730.27 ($65724.33/90)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:420 +msgid "$769.49" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:421 +msgid "Apr (One Day 80% Sick Leave)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:423 +msgid "$20117.56" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:427 +msgid "$584.22 ($730.27*0.8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:430 +msgid "Here is an example demonstrating the 713 logic:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:432 +msgid "" +"**Jan**: Generate a payslip with a monthly wage of $20200. The :abbr:`ADW " +"(Average Daily Wage)` is always computed on a cumulative basis of the " +"trailing 12-months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:434 +msgid "" +"**Feb**: Generate a similar payslip, but add an :guilabel:`Other Input Type`" +" for the :guilabel:`Commission`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Mar**: Apply for **one** full-paid annual leave in March. The salary " +"compensation for the leave taken is based on :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily " +"Wage)` thus far." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:0 +msgid "Hong Kong March 713." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:443 +msgid "" +"**Apr**: Apply for a 1-day non-full pay leave in April. Since this is a non-" +"full pay leave, the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` is computed " +"accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:0 +msgid "Hong Kong April 713." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:451 +msgid "" +"The value of :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` is computed in the backend, " +"and not be visible to the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:455 +msgid "" +"`HK 713 Ordinance " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:456 +msgid "" +"`HK 418 Ordinance `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:459 +msgid "Generate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:461 +msgid "" +"Before generating the below reports, setup the following in " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Payroll`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:464 +msgid "Configure the following in the :guilabel:`Accounting` section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:466 +msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`Payroll HSBC Autopay` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:468 +msgid ":guilabel:`Autopay Type`: Set as :guilabel:`H2H Submission`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:469 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Bank Account` to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:471 +msgid "Configure the following in the :guilabel:`HK Localization` section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:473 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employer's Name shows on reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:474 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employer's File Number`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:475 +msgid ":guilabel:`Manulife MPF Scheme`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Payroll Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:482 +msgid "IRD report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:484 +msgid "There are a total of **four** IRD reports available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:486 +msgid ":guilabel:`IR56B`: employer's Return of Remuneration and Pensions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:487 +msgid ":guilabel:`IR56E`: notification of Commencement of Employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:488 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`IR56F`: notification of Ceasation of Employment (remaining in " +"HK)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:489 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`IR56G`: notification of Ceasation of Employment (departing from " +"HK permanently)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:491 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting`, and select one of the " +":guilabel:`IR56B/E/F/G Sheet` options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:495 +msgid "Fill in the relevant information for the IRD report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:496 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Populate`, and the :guilabel:`Eligible Employees` smart " +"button appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:497 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Employee Declarations` status is :guilabel:`Draft` and " +"changed to :guilabel:`Generated PDF` status once the schedule runs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:499 +msgid "Once the PDF is generated, the IRD form may be downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong IR56B report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:506 +msgid "" +"The scheduled action called *Payroll: Generate pdfs* can be manually " +"triggered. It is set by default to run the PDF generation monthly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:510 +msgid "Manulife MPF sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:512 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting --> Manulife MPF Sheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:515 +msgid "" +"Select the relevant :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Month`, and " +":guilabel:`Sequence No.`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:516 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create XLSX`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:517 +msgid "" +"The *Manulife MPF XLSX* file is then generated, and available for download." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Manulife Sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Odoo will not be developing further reports for other MPF trustee as there " +"will soon be an eMPF platform setup by the local government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:528 +msgid "`eMPF `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:531 +msgid "HSBC autopay report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:533 +msgid "" +"If *HSBC Autopay* is selected as the batch payment method, click on " +":guilabel:`Create HSBC Autopay Report`, and fill in the mandatory fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong HSBC Autopay wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:540 +msgid "" +"This creates an :file:`.apc` file format which can be uploaded to the HSCB " +"portal for processing." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:3 msgid "India" @@ -37446,6 +40241,17 @@ msgid "" "online and mobile banking." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` " +"feature." +msgstr "" +"进入 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置`。在 :guilabel:`客户付款` 部分，激活 " +":guilabel:`二维码` 功能。" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 msgid "PayNow bank account configuration" @@ -37464,10 +40270,47 @@ msgid "" "The account holder's country must be set to Singapore on its contact form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You could also include the invoice number in the QR code by checking the " +":guilabel:`Include Reference` checkbox." +msgstr "您还可以选中 :guilabel:`附带参考` 复选框，将发票号码纳入二维码中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the " +"bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." +msgstr "" +"进入 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 日记账`，打开银行日记账，然后在 :guilabel:`日记账分录` 标签下填写 " +":guilabel:`账号` 和 :guilabel:`银行`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 +msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration" +msgstr "银行账户的日记账配置" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:45 msgid "Issue invoices with PayNow QR codes" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" +" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to *EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code*." +msgstr "" +"创建新发票时，打开 :guilabel:`其他信息` 标签，将 :guilabel:`付款二维码` 选项设置为 *EMV 商户出示二维码*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 +msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option" +msgstr "选择 EMV 商户出示二维码选项" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:53 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " @@ -38457,15 +41300,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Issue invoices with PromptPay QR code" msgstr "使用 PromptPay 二维码开具发票" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:158 -msgid "" -"When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" -" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to :guilabel:`EMV Merchant-Presented QR-" -"code`." -msgstr "" -"创建新发票时，打开:guilabel:`其他信息`选项卡，将:guilabel:`付款二维码`选项设置为:guilabel:`EMV " -"商户出示的二维码`。" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:164 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " @@ -42156,9 +44990,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:33 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` section, enter your Odoo database URL (e.g., " -"`https://example.odoo.com`) in the field :guilabel:`Invoices paid` and click" -" the :guilabel:`Test and save` button next to it." +"In the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` section, enter your Odoo database's URL, " +"followed by `/payment/xendit/webhook` (e.g., " +"`https://example.odoo.com/payment/xendit/webhook`) in the field " +":guilabel:`Invoices paid` and click the :guilabel:`Test and save` button " +"next to it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:40 diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 717371616..7c7b55613 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -16,17 +16,17 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2024 # diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2024 # Emily Jia , 2024 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Chloe Wang, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Chloe Wang, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -315,14 +315,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:91 msgid "Share records" -msgstr "" +msgstr "共享记录" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:93 msgid "" "Data (such as, products, contacts, and equipment) can be shared, or set to " "be shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose " "between:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "数据（如产品、联系人和设备）可以共享，也可以设置为只显示特定公司的数据。要执行此操作，请在以下表格中进行选择：" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:96 msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." @@ -336,13 +336,13 @@ msgstr "*添加公司*：记录对登录到该特定公司的用户可见。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst-1 msgid "View of a product's form emphasizing the company field in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "强调 Odoo 销售公司领域的产品形式视图。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:103 msgid "" "When an environment is selected from the top menu, along with an additional " "company, records are shared between the two companies." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从顶部菜单中选择环境和其他公司时，两个公司将共享记录。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:107 msgid "Branches" @@ -357,10 +357,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a line`, and fill out the :guilabel:`Create Branches` pop-up " "form that appears." msgstr "" +"分支可添加到公司。可通过导航至 :menuselection:`设置应用程序 --> 公司部分 --> " +"管理公司`来添加分支。然后，从列表中选择所需的公司。在公司详情表中，打开 :guilabel:`分公司`选项卡。要添加分支，请点击 " +":guilabel:`添加行`，然后在弹出的 :guilabel:`创建分支`表格中填写。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst-1 msgid "Add a branch to a company with branches and add a line highlighted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在有分支机构的公司中添加分支机构，并突出显示一行。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -370,6 +373,9 @@ msgid "" "the company from the *company selector* in the top menu, and go to " ":menuselection:`Settings app --> Accounting --> Fiscal Localization`." msgstr "" +"在 :ref:`开发者模式` 中，分支表单上还设置了 :guilabel:`母公司`。分支的会计和财务本地化设置在 " +":guilabel:`母公司` 上。要执行此操作，请从顶部菜单的 *公司选择器* 中选择公司，然后转到 :menuselection:`设置应用程序 " +"--> 会计 --> 财务本地化`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -378,28 +384,29 @@ msgid "" "constitutes a multi-company database, and needs to be moved to the *Custom* " "pricing plan." msgstr "" +"如果数据库属于*标准*或*一个应用程序免费*定价计划，则向公司添加分支机构会触发追加销售。添加一个或多个分支机构即构成多公司数据库，需要转到*自定义*定价计划。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:134 msgid "" "For more information on pricing, see `Odoo's pricing " "`_ page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有关定价的更多信息，请参阅 `Odoo 的定价 `_页面。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:137 msgid "Employee access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "员工访问权限" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:139 msgid "" "Once companies are created, manage the employees' :doc:`Access Rights " "` for *Multi Companies*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建公司后，管理 *多家公司* 员工的 :doc:`访问权限 `。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:142 msgid "" "To access the *Access Rights*, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> " "Users section --> Manage Users`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要访问 *访问权限*，请导航至 :menuselection:`设置应用程序 --> 用户部分 --> 管理用户`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -407,24 +414,26 @@ msgid "" "Then, either change the fields for :guilabel:`Allowed Companies` or " ":guilabel:`Default Company`." msgstr "" +"在 :guilabel:`用户` 页面，从列表中选择要修改的用户。然后，更改 :guilabel:`允许的公司` 或 :guilabel:`默认公司` " +"的字段。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:148 msgid "" "Multiple companies can be set for :guilabel:`Allowed Companies`, and *only " "one* can be set as the :guilabel:`Default Company`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "可为 :guilabel:`允许的公司` 设置多个公司，但*只能将一个*设置为 :guilabel:`默认公司`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst-1 msgid "" "View of an user form emphasizing the multi companies field under the access rights tabs\n" "in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 用户表单视图，突出访问权限选项卡下的多公司字段。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:156 msgid "" "If an administrator has multiple companies activated on the database, and is" " editing a record, the editing occurs on the record's related company." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果管理员在数据库中激活了多个公司，并且正在编辑一条记录，则会在记录的相关公司中进行编辑。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -435,7 +444,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:164 msgid "When creating a record, the company taken into account is:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建记录时，考虑到公司是：" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -462,7 +471,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:178 msgid "Document format" -msgstr "" +msgstr "文件格式" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:180 msgid "" @@ -471,6 +480,8 @@ msgid "" "Companies section`, click on :guilabel:`Configure Document Layout` and edit " "the information as needed." msgstr "" +"要根据各公司设置文档格式，请 *激活* 并 *选择* 相应的公司，然后在:menuselection:`设置应用程序 --> " +"公司部分`下，点击:guilabel:`配置文档布局`，并根据需要编辑信息。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -484,42 +495,44 @@ msgid "" "navigating here: :menuselection:`Settings app --> Companies section --> " "Manage Companies`, and select a company from the list." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`公司详情` 可在文档布局上编辑。默认情况下，该字段从列出的公司信息中填充，当导航到 :menuselection:`设置应用程序 " +"--> 公司部分 --> 管理公司`，并从列表中选择一家公司。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:193 msgid "Inter-company transactions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "公司间交易" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:195 msgid "" "First, activate the :ref:`developer mode `. Then, make sure " "each one of the companies is properly set in relation to:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，激活 :ref:`开发者模式`。然后，确保每家公司的相关设置正确无误：" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:198 msgid "" ":doc:`Chart of Accounts " "<../finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`会计科目表<../finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>`" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:199 msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../finance/accounting/taxes>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`税项 <../finance/accounting/taxes>`" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:200 msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`财务状况 <../finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:201 msgid ":doc:`Journals <../finance/accounting/bank>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`日记账 <../finance/accounting/bank>`" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:202 msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Localizations <../finance/fiscal_localizations>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`财务本地化 <../finance/fiscal_localizations>`" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:203 msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`价目表 <../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -528,12 +541,14 @@ msgid "" "company form, select the :guilabel:`Inter-Company Transactions` tab, on the " "individual company's detail form." msgstr "" +"然后，导航至 :menuselection:`设置应用程序 --> 公司部分 --> " +"管理公司`。然后，从列表中选择所需公司。在公司表格中，选择各个公司详细表格中的 :guilabel:`公司间交易` 选项卡。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:209 msgid "" "With the respective company activated and selected, choose one of the " "following :guilabel:`Rule` options:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "激活并选择相应的公司后，选择以下 :guilabel:`规则` 选项之一：" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:212 msgid "" @@ -590,6 +605,9 @@ msgid "" "between the companies. See " ":doc:`../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type`." msgstr "" +"产品 **必须** 配置为 :guilabel:``可销售` 并在公司之间共享。请参阅 " +":doc:`../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type`" +" 。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:238 msgid "" @@ -600,6 +618,9 @@ msgid "" "company. If, instead of a drafted purchase/sales order, it should be " "validated, enable :guilabel:`Automatic Validation`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`同步发票/账单`：当所选公司的销售/采购订单被确认时，在`JS Store Belgium` 上为`JS Store US` " +"开具的发票会自动创建供应商账单，并使用所选公司仓库生成采购/销售订单草稿。如果不生成草拟采购/销售订单，而要进行验证，请启用 " +":guilabel:`自动验证`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:244 msgid "" @@ -608,30 +629,32 @@ msgid "" "Belgium` is automatically created (and confirmed, if the " ":guilabel:`Automatic Validation` feature was enabled)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`同步销售/采购订单`：当 `JS Store US` 的销售订单在 `JS Store Belgium` 上确认时，`JS " +"Store Belgium`上的采购订单将自动创建（如果启用了:guilabel:`自动验证`功能，则自动确认）。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:249 msgid "" "Remember to test all workflows as a user *other* than the administrator." -msgstr "" +msgstr "切记以管理员*以外*的用户身份测试所有工作流程。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:252 msgid ":doc:`Multi-company Guidelines <../../developer/howtos/company>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`多公司指南 <../../developer/howtos/company>`" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:253 msgid ":doc:`../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:3 msgid "Digest emails" -msgstr "" +msgstr "摘要邮件" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:5 msgid "" "*Digest Emails* are periodic snapshots sent via email to users in an " "organization that include high-level information about how the business is " "performing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*摘要电子邮件*是通过电子邮件定期发送给组织内用户的快照，其中包括有关业务绩效的高级信息。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -639,6 +662,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings app --> Statistics section`, activate the " ":guilabel:`Digest Emails` feature, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"要开始发送摘要电子邮件，首先导航至 :menuselection:`设置应用程序 --> 统计部分`，激活 :guilabel:`摘要电子邮件` " +"功能，然后点击 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst-1 msgid "Digest Emails section inside General Settings." @@ -646,31 +671,31 @@ msgstr "在常规设置中的电子邮件摘要部分。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:15 msgid "A variety of settings can be configured for digest emails, such as:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "可以为摘要电子邮件配置多种设置，例如：" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:17 msgid "" "Deciding which :abbr:`KPIs (key performance indicators)` are shared in the " "digest emails" -msgstr "" +msgstr "决定在摘要电子邮件中共享哪些 :abbr:`KPI（关键绩效指标）`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:18 msgid "Determining how often digest emails are sent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "确定发送摘要电子邮件的频率" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:19 msgid "Choosing who in the organization receives digest emails" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择组织内哪些人会收到摘要电子邮件" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:20 msgid "Creating custom digest email templates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建自定义摘要电子邮件模板" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:21 msgid "" "Adding additional :abbr:`KPIs (key performance indicators)` (*Studio* app " "required)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加额外的:abbr:`KPI（关键绩效指标）`（需要 *Studio* 应用程序）" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -679,13 +704,15 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`KPI (key performance indicator)` measurements across the Odoo " "database, and is sent daily to administrators." msgstr "" +"默认情况下，已启用 :guilabel:`摘要电子邮件` 功能。 :guilabel:`您的 Odoo 定期摘要` 作为主要模板，其中包括整个 Odoo" +" 数据库的所有 :abbr:`KPI（关键性能指标）`测量值，并每天发送给管理员。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:29 msgid "" "When creating duplicates of databases that have sending capabilities (not " "testing-mode), the digest emails continue to send from the duplicate " "database, unless deactivated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为具有发送功能（非测试模式）的数据库创建副本时，除非停用，否则摘要电子邮件将继续从副本数据库发送。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -694,10 +721,12 @@ msgid "" " by un-ticking the checkbox, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. See the section " "on :ref:`digest-emails/deactivate`." msgstr "" +"要停用摘要电子邮件，请导航至 :menuselection:`设置 --> 统计部分`。然后，通过取消勾选复选框停用 " +":guilabel:`摘要电子邮件` 功能，并点击 :guilabel:`保存`。请参阅 :ref:`摘要电子邮件/停用` 部分。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:39 msgid "Customize default digest email" -msgstr "" +msgstr "自定义默认摘要电子邮件" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -706,17 +735,20 @@ msgid "" " Then, select :guilabel:`Your Odoo Periodic Digest`, and click on the " ":guilabel:`↗️ (External link)` icon, next to the drop-down menu selection." msgstr "" +"要自定义默认摘要电子邮件（*您的 Odoo 定期摘要*），请进入 :menuselection:`设置应用程序 --> 统计部分 --> " +"摘要电子邮件字段`。然后，选择 :guilabel:`您的 Odoo 定期摘要`，并点击下拉菜单选择旁边的 " +":guilabel:`️↗️（外部链接）`图标。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:45 msgid "" "A pop-up window appears, and presents a variety of editable settings, which " "include:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "弹出窗口显示各种可编辑的设置，其中包括：" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:179 msgid ":guilabel:`Digest Name`: the name of the digest email." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`摘要名称`：摘要电子邮件的名称。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:180 @@ -725,13 +757,15 @@ msgid "" "(:guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Monthly`, or " ":guilabel:`Quarterly`)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`周期性`：控制摘要邮件的发送频率（:guilabel:`每天`、:guilabel:`每周`、:guilabel:`每月`或 " +":guilabel:`每季度`）。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:182 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Next Send Date`: the date on which the digest email will be sent " "again." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`下次发送日期`：再次发送摘要电子邮件的日期。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:183 @@ -741,6 +775,8 @@ msgid "" "indicates an active :abbr:`KPI (key performance indicator)` in the digest " "email. See the section on :ref:`digest-emails/kpis`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`KPI`选项卡：选中/取消选中出现在摘要电子邮件中的每个计算的:abbr:`KPI（关键绩效指标）`。打勾的方框表示文摘邮件中的:abbr:`KPI（关键绩效指标）`处于活动状态。请参阅" +" :ref:`digest-emails/kpis` 部分。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:186 @@ -748,6 +784,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Recipients` tab: add/remove users who receive the digest emails. " "See the section on :ref:`digest-emails/recipients`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`收件人` 选项卡：添加/删除接收摘要邮件的用户。请参阅 :ref:`digest-emails/recipients` 部分。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -756,6 +793,8 @@ msgid "" "*Studio* need to be installed. See this section on :ref:`digest-" "emails/custom-kpi`." msgstr "" +":abbr:`KPI（关键绩效指标）`可使用 Odoo *Studio* 进行定制。如果需要安装 " +"*Studio*，则会产生额外的数据库订购费用。请参阅本节的 :ref:`digest-emails/custom-kpi`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst-1 msgid "Customize default Digest Email settings and custom KPIs." @@ -763,7 +802,7 @@ msgstr "自定义默认摘要电子邮件设置和自定义K" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:69 msgid "Deactivate digest email" -msgstr "" +msgstr "停用摘要电子邮件" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -772,6 +811,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Configure Digest Emails`. Then, select the desired digest email " "from the list that should be deactivated." msgstr "" +"要手动停用单个摘要电子邮件，首先导航至 :menuselection:`设置应用程序 --> 统计部分`，然后点击 " +":guilabel:`配置摘要电子邮件`。然后，从列表中选择需要停用的摘要电子邮件。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -780,10 +821,12 @@ msgid "" "user from the mailing list. These buttons are located in the top menu, just " "above the :guilabel:`Digest Name`." msgstr "" +"接下来，点击 :guilabel:`所有人停用` 关闭所有人的摘要电子邮件，或点击 :guilabel:`取消订阅我` " +"从邮件列表中删除已登录的用户。这些按钮位于顶部菜单中，就在 :guilabel:`摘要名称` 的上方。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:80 msgid "Manually send digest email" -msgstr "" +msgstr "手动发送摘要电子邮件" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -792,6 +835,9 @@ msgid "" "Then, select the desired digest email, and click :guilabel:`SEND NOW`. This " "button is located in the top menu, just above the :guilabel:`Digest Name`." msgstr "" +"要手动发送摘要电子邮件，首先导航至 :menuselection:`设置应用程序 --> 统计部分`，然后点击 " +":guilabel:`配置摘要电子邮件`。然后，选择所需的摘要电子邮件，并点击 :guilabel:`立即发送`。该按钮位于顶部菜单中，就在 " +":guilabel:`摘要名称` 的上方。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:90 msgid "KPIs" @@ -803,17 +849,18 @@ msgid "" " digest email from the :guilabel:`KPIs` tab of the digest email template " "form." msgstr "" +"可从摘要电子邮件模板表单的 :guilabel:`KPI` 选项卡将预先配置的:guilabel:`KPI（关键绩效指标）` 添加到摘要电子邮件中。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:95 msgid "" "First, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Statistics section`, and" " click :guilabel:`Configure Digest Emails`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，导航至 :menuselection:`设置应用程序 --> 统计部分`，然后点击 :guilabel:`配置摘要电子邮件`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:98 msgid "" "Then, select the desired digest email, and open the :guilabel:`KPIs` tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，选择所需的摘要电子邮件，并打开 :guilabel:`KPI` 选项卡。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -822,64 +869,67 @@ msgid "" "After all :abbr:`KPIs (key performance indicators)` are added (or " "deselected), click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"要在摘要电子邮件中添加:abbr:`KPI（关键绩效指标）`，请勾选所需:abbr:`KPI（关键绩效指标`旁边的复选框。添加（或取消选择）所有 " +":abbr:`KPI （关键绩效指标）`后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:104 msgid "" "The following :abbr:`KPIs (key performance indicators)` are available in the" " :guilabel:`KPIs` tab on a digest email template form out-of-box in Odoo:" msgstr "" +"以下:abbr:`KPI（关键绩效指标）` 可在 Odoo 开箱即用的摘要电子邮件模板表单上的 :guilabel:`KPI` 选项卡中使用：" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst-1 msgid "KPIs listed in the out-of-box digest email." -msgstr "" +msgstr "开箱摘要电子邮件中列出的关键绩效指标。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:113 msgid ":guilabel:`General`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`通用`" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:112 msgid ":guilabel:`Connected Users`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`已连接用户`" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:113 msgid ":guilabel:`Messages`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`信息`" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Project`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`项目`" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Open Tasks`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`开放任务`" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:119 msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`招募`" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:119 msgid ":guilabel:`Employees`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`员工`" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:123 msgid ":guilabel:`CRM`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`CRM`" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:122 msgid ":guilabel:`New Leads/Opportunities`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`新销售线索/商机`" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:123 msgid ":guilabel:`Opportunities Won`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`赢得的商机`" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:127 msgid ":guilabel:`Sales`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`销售`" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`All Sales`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`所有销售`" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:127 msgid ":guilabel:`eCommerce Sales`" @@ -937,7 +987,7 @@ msgstr "收款人" msgid "" "Digest email recipients are added from the :guilabel:`Recipients` tab of the" " digest email template form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "摘要电子邮件收件人可从摘要电子邮件模板表单的 :guilabel:`收件人` 选项卡中添加。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -945,33 +995,35 @@ msgid "" "section`, and click :guilabel:`Configure Digest Emails`. Then, select the " "desired digest email, and open the :guilabel:`Recipients` tab." msgstr "" +"要添加收件人，请导航至 :menuselection:`设置应用程序 --> 统计部分`，然后点击 " +":guilabel:`配置摘要邮件`。然后，选择所需的摘要电子邮件，并打开 :guilabel:`收件人` 选项卡。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:156 msgid "" "To add a recipient, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and an :guilabel:`Add " "Recipients` pop-up window appears, with all available users to add as " "recipients." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要添加收件人，请点击 :guilabel:`添加行`，弹出 :guilabel:`添加收件人` 窗口，显示可添加为收件人的所有可用用户。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:159 msgid "" "From the pop-up window, tick the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Name` of " "the user(s), and click the :guilabel:`Select` button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在弹出窗口中，勾选用户 :guilabel:`姓名` 旁的复选框，然后点击 :guilabel:`选择` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:162 msgid "" "To remove a user as a recipient, click the :guilabel:`❌ (remove)` icon to " "the far-right of the user listed in the :guilabel:`Recipients` tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要删除用户的收件人身份，请点击 :guilabel:`❌（删除）`选项卡中列出的用户最右边的 :guilabel:`收件人` 图标。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:165 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to implement the changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`保存`，以执行更改。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:170 msgid "Create digest emails" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建摘要电子邮件" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -979,12 +1031,14 @@ msgid "" "Statistics section`, and click :guilabel:`Configure Digest Emails`. Then, " "click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new digest email." msgstr "" +"要创建新的摘要电子邮件，请导航至 :menuselection:`设置应用程序 --> 统计部分`，然后点击 " +":guilabel:`配置摘要电子邮件`。然后，点击 :guilabel:`创建`，以创建新的摘要电子邮件。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:176 msgid "" "A separate page, with a blank digest email template appears, and presents a " "variety of editable settings, including:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "会出现一个带有空白摘要电子邮件模板的独立页面，并提供各种可编辑的设置，包括：" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:189 msgid "" @@ -992,6 +1046,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Periodicity`, choose the desired :abbr:`KPIs (key performance " "indicators)`, and add :guilabel:`Recipients`, as needed." msgstr "" +"从那里，给摘要电子邮件一个 :guilabel:`摘要名称`，指定 " +":guilabel:`周期性`，选择所需的:abbr:`KPI（关键绩效指标）`，并根据需要添加 :guilabel:`收件人`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:193 msgid "" @@ -999,34 +1055,37 @@ msgid "" " a selection in the :guilabel:`Digest Email` field, located in the " ":menuselection:`Settings app --> Statistics section`." msgstr "" +"点击 :guilabel:`保存` 后，新的自定义摘要电子邮件将作为选项出现在 :menuselection:`设置应用程序 --> 统计部分` 中的 " +":guilabel:`摘要电子邮件` 字段。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:199 msgid "Custom KPIs with Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo Studio 自定义 KPI" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:201 msgid "" "The :abbr:`KPIs (key performance indicators)` on a digest email template " "form, in the :guilabel:`KPIs` tab, can be customized using Odoo *Studio*." msgstr "" +"可使用 Odoo *Studio* 对:guilabel:`KPI`选项卡中的摘要电子邮件模板表单上的:abbr:`KPI（关键绩效指标）`进行自定义。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:205 msgid "" "Additional costs to the database subscription are incurred, should Odoo " "*Studio* need to be installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果需要安装 Odoo *Studio*，则会产生额外的数据库订购费用。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:208 msgid "" "To begin, click the :guilabel:`🛠️ (tools)` icon in the top-right of the " "screen. This is the link to the Odoo *Studio* application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，点击屏幕右上方的 :guilabel:`️🛠️（工具）` 图标。这是 Odoo *Studio* 应用程序的链接。" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:211 msgid "" "In order to create additional fields, create two fields on the digest " "object:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了创建附加字段，请在摘要对象上创建两个字段：" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:213 msgid "" @@ -1703,6 +1762,8 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`domain name documentation " "`." msgstr "" +"有关如何配置域名的更多信息，请查看 " +":doc:`域名文档`." #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/email_template.rst:261 msgid "Updating translations within email templates" @@ -1764,168 +1825,116 @@ msgid "" msgstr "编辑翻译时，数据库中的默认语言设置将以**粗体**显示。" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:5 -msgid "Developer Mode (debug mode)" -msgstr "开发人员模式（调试模式）" +msgid "Developer mode (debug mode)" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:7 msgid "" -"The developer mode (or debug mode) unlocks access to extra and advanced " -"tools in Odoo. There are several ways to activate the developer mode: " -"through the :ref:`settings `, the " -":ref:`browser extension `, through" -" the :ref:`command palette ` or the" -" :ref:`URL `." +"The developer mode, also known as debug mode, unlocks access to advanced " +":ref:`tools and settings ` in Odoo." msgstr "" -"开发人员模式（或调试模式）可解锁访问 Odoo 中的额外和高级工具。激活开发者模式有几种方法：通过 :ref:`设置 " -"`, :ref:`浏览器扩展 " -"`, 通过 :ref:`命令面板 " -"` 或 :ref:`URL " -"`。" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:17 -msgid "Activate through the Settings" -msgstr "通过“设置”激活" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:11 msgid "" -"The debug mode can be activated in the Odoo database settings. Go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Developer Tools` and click" -" on :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`. At least one application needs " -"to be installed for the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` section to appear in the" -" :guilabel:`Settings` module." +"Proceed with caution, as some developer tools and technical settings are " +"considered advanced and may have associated risks. Only use them if you " +"understand the implications and are confident in your actions." msgstr "" -"调试模式可在 Odoo 数据库设置中激活。进入 :menuselection:`设置-->常规设置-->开发工具`，点击 " -":guilabel:`激活开发模式`。至少需要安装一个应用程序才能在 :guilabel:`设置` 模块中显示 :guilabel:`开发者工具` " -"部分。" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of the debug options under settings in Odoo." -msgstr "Odoo 设置下的调试选项概览。" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:16 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with assets)` is used by developers;" -" :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with tests assets)` is used by " -"developers and testers." +"The developer mode is also available with :ref:`assets " +"`, which are used to debug JavaScript " +"code, and with :ref:`tests assets `, " +"which are used to run test tours." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`激活开发者模式（带资产）`供开发者使用； :guilabel:`激活开发者模式（带测试资产）`由开发者和测试人员使用。" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:23 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "启用" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To activate it, open the :guilabel:`Settings` app, scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Developer Tools` section, and click :guilabel:`Activate the " +"developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:28 msgid "" "Once activated, the :guilabel:`Deactivate the developer mode` option becomes" " available." msgstr "一旦激活，:guilabel:`停用开发者模式`选项就会可用。" +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 +msgid "Activating the developer mode in the Settings app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To activate the developer mode **from anywhere in the database**, add " +"`?debug=1` to the URL after `/web` (e.g., " +"`https://example.odoo.com/web?debug=1#action=menu&cids=1`). To deactivate " +"it, use `?debug=0` instead." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:37 -msgid "Activate through the browser extension" -msgstr "通过浏览器扩展程序激活" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:39 msgid "" -"Within a web browser, navigate to the browser settings and extensions and " -"search for the `Odoo Debug` extension. Once the extension is installed, a " -"new icon will be shown on the browser's toolbar." -msgstr "在网络浏览器中，进入浏览器设置和扩展，搜索 `Odoo Debug` 扩展。安装扩展后，浏览器工具栏上将显示一个新图标。" +"Use `?debug=assets` to activate the developer mode with assets and " +"`?debug=tests` to activate it with tests assets." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:41 msgid "" -"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " -"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" -" a single click." -msgstr "对于 *Odoo Debug* 扩展，单击可启用模式的正常版本，而双击将启用资产。若要停用，请单击。" +"Open the **command palette** by pressing `Ctrl + K` or `Cmd ⌘ + K`, then " +"type `debug` to activate the developer mode with assets or deactivate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:44 +msgid "Browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The `Odoo Debug `_ browser extension " +"adds an icon to toggle developer mode on or off from the browser's toolbar. " +"It is available on the `Chrome Web Store " +"`_ and `Firefox Add-ons " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:54 +msgid "Developer tools and technical menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once the developer mode is activated, the developer tools can be accessed by" +" clicking the :icon:`fa-bug` :guilabel:`(bug)` icon. The menu contains tools" +" useful for understanding or editing technical data, such as a view's field," +" filters, or actions. The options available depend on where the menu is " +"accessed from." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "View of Odoo's debug icon in a Google Chrome toolbar." -msgstr "Google Chrome 工具栏中 Odoo 调试图标的视图。" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:53 -msgid "Activate through the command palette" -msgstr "通过命令面板激活" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the command palette tool has a command to activate the debug mode. " -"First, open the command palette tool with the keyboard shortcut `ctrl+k` and" -" then type `debug`. A command will show up to activate the debug mode." +msgid "Accessing the developer tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Database administrators can access the technical menu from the " +":guilabel:`Settings` app. It contains advanced database settings, such as " +"ones related to the database structure, security, actions, etc." msgstr "" -"在 Odoo 中，命令调板工具有一个激活调试模式的命令。首先，使用键盘快捷键 `ctrl+k` 打开命令调色板工具，然后输入 " -"`debug`。这时会出现一条激活调试模式的命令。" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Command palette with debug command." -msgstr "带有调试指令的指令调色板。" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:68 -msgid "Activate through the URL" -msgstr "通过网址激活" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The debug mode can also be activated by adding an extra query string to the " -"database's URL. In the URL, add `?debug=1` or `?debug=true` after `/web`. To" -" deactivate the debug mode, change the value to `?debug=0` instead." +msgid "Accessing the technical menu" msgstr "" -"调试模式也可以通过在数据库的 URL 中添加额外的查询字符串来激活。在 URL " -"中，在`/web`后添加`?debug=1`或`?debug=true`。要停用调试模式，可将其值改为 `?debug=0`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a URL with the debug mode command added." -msgstr "添加了调试模式命令的 URL 概述。" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Additional modes are available for developers: `?debug=assets` enables the " -":ref:`assets mode `, and " -"`?debug=tests` enables the :ref:`tests mode " -"`." -msgstr "" -"开发人员可以使用其他模式：`？debug=assets`启用 ：ref：`assets " -"模式`，`？debug=tests` 启用 ：ref：`tests 模式 " -"`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:86 -msgid "Locate the developer mode tools" -msgstr "找到开发者模式工具" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Once developer mode is activated, the developer mode tools can be accessed " -"from the :guilabel:`Open Developer Tools` button, the bug icon located in " -"the header of the Odoo database." -msgstr "激活开发者模式后，可通过 :guilabel:`打开开发者工具` 按钮访问开发者模式工具，该按钮是位于 Odoo 数据库标题中的错误图标。" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a console page and the debug icon being shown in Odoo." -msgstr "Odoo 中显示的控制台页面和调试图标概览。" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:95 -msgid "" -"This menu contains additional tools that are useful to understand or edit " -"technical data, such as the views or actions of a page. On a page that has " -"filters, actions, and view options, the developer mode tools contain some " -"useful menu items such as:" -msgstr "" -"该菜单包含对理解或编辑技术数据（如页面的视图或操作）非常有用的附加工具。在具有过滤器、操作和视图选项的页面上，开发人员模式工具包含一些有用的菜单项，如：" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:99 -msgid ":guilabel:`Edit Action`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`编辑操作`" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:100 -msgid ":guilabel:`Manage Filters`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`管理筛选器`" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:101 -msgid "Edit the current view (e.g. Kanban, List, Graph, etc.)" -msgstr "编辑当前视图（例如看板、列表、图表等）" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:102 -msgid "See the :guilabel:`Fields View Get`" -msgstr "请参阅:guilabel:`字段视图获取`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:5 msgid "Email communication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "电子邮件通信" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth.rst:3 msgid "Connect Microsoft Outlook 365 to Odoo using Azure OAuth" @@ -2536,7 +2545,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth.rst:293 msgid ":doc:`email_servers`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`email_servers`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:3 msgid "Configure DNS records to send emails in Odoo" @@ -2566,6 +2575,11 @@ msgid "" "is greatly improved with the :ref:`notifications configuration " "`." msgstr "" +"根据 Odoo 的标准，电子邮件是从 ``\"name of the author\" " +"`` 接收的。换句话说，可以翻译成：``\"作者姓名\" " +"<{ICP.mail.from.filter}@{mail.catchall.domain}>``。在这种情况下，ICP 代表 " +"`ir.config_parameter`，即系统参数。使用 :ref:`通知配置 " +"`，可大大提高送达率。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -2736,11 +2750,11 @@ msgstr "" "使用:abbr:`DKIM 核心`_等免费工具检查 " ":abbr:`DKIM（域名密钥识别邮件）` 记录是否有效。如果询问选择器，请输入`odoo`。" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 msgid "Check the DMARC policy" msgstr "查看 DMARC 政策" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:104 msgid "" "The Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance (DMARC) " "record is a protocol that unifies :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` and " @@ -2754,34 +2768,34 @@ msgstr "" "统一起来的协议。域名的 :abbr:`DMARC （基于域的消息身份验证、报告和一致性）` 记录中包含的指令告诉目标服务器如何处理未通过 " ":abbr:`SPF （发件人政策框架）` 和/或:abbr:`DKIM（域名密钥识别邮件）`检查的传入电子邮件。" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 msgid "DMARC: TXT record" msgstr "DMARC：TXT 记录" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 msgid "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`" msgstr "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:116 msgid "" "There are three :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` policies:" msgstr "有三种:abbr:`DMARC（基于域的消息验证、报告和一致性）`策略：" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 msgid "`p=none`" msgstr "`p=none`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:118 -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 msgid "`p=quarantine`" msgstr "`p=quarantine`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 msgid "`p=reject`" msgstr "`p=reject`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:123 msgid "" "`p=quarantine` and `p=reject` instruct the server that receives an email to " "quarantine that email or ignore it if the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy " @@ -2790,7 +2804,7 @@ msgstr "" "`p=隔离 和 `p=拒绝` 指示接收电子邮件的服务器隔离该电子邮件，或者如果 :abbr:`SPF（发件人策略框架）和/或 " "DKIM（域名密钥识别邮件）`检查失败，则忽略该邮件。" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:127 msgid "" "If the domain name uses :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` and has defined one of these policies, the domain" @@ -2800,7 +2814,7 @@ msgstr "" "如果域名使用 : abbr:`DMARC（基于域的消息验证、报告和一致性）`并定义了这些策略之一，则域名必须符合 " ":abbr:`SPF（发件人策略框架）`或启用:abbr:`DKIM（域密钥识别邮件）`。" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:132 msgid "" "Yahoo or AOL are examples of email providers with a :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-" "based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` policy set to " @@ -2812,7 +2826,7 @@ msgstr "" "abbr:`DMARC（基于域的消息验证、报告和一致性）`策略设置为`p=reject`。Odoo " "强烈建议数据库用户不要使用*@yahoo.com*或*@aol.com*地址。这些电子邮件将永远无法送达收件人。" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:137 msgid "" "`p=none` is used for the domain owner to receive reports about entities " "using their domain. It should not impact the deliverability if the " @@ -2822,7 +2836,7 @@ msgstr "" "`p=none` 用于域所有者接收关于使用其域的实体的报告。如果:abbr:`DMARC（基于域的消息身份验证、报告和一致性）` " "检查失败，则不应影响送达率。" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:141 msgid "" ":abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` records are comprised of tags in the form of :abbr:`DNS " @@ -2842,115 +2856,115 @@ msgstr "" "子域策略）`、:abbr:`ADKIM（DKIM 对齐模式）和:abbr:`ASPF（SPF " "对齐模式）。为获得最佳实践，:abbr:`DMARC（基于域的消息验证、报告和一致性）`策略一开始不应限制性过强。" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:150 msgid "The following chart displays available tags:" msgstr "下图显示了可用的标签：" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 msgid "Tag Name" msgstr "标签名称" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 msgid "Purpose" msgstr "目的" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 msgid "Example" msgstr "示例" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 msgid "v" msgstr "v" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 msgid "Protocol version" msgstr "协议版本" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 msgid "`v=DMARC1`" msgstr "`v=DMARC1`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 msgid "pct" msgstr "pct" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 msgid "Percentage of messages subjected to filtering" msgstr "被过滤信息的百分比" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 msgid "`pct=20`" msgstr "`pct=20`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 msgid "ruf" msgstr "ruf" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 msgid "Reporting URI for forensic reports" msgstr "取证报告的报告 URI" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 msgid "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" msgstr "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 msgid "rua" msgstr "rua" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 msgid "Reporting URI of aggregate reports" msgstr "汇总报告的报告 URI" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 msgid "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" msgstr "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 msgid "p" msgstr "p" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 msgid "Policy for organizational domain" msgstr "组织域政策" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 msgid "sp" msgstr "sp" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 msgid "Policy for subdomains of the OD" msgstr "OD 子域策略" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 msgid "`sp=reject`" msgstr "`sp=reject`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 msgid "adkim" msgstr "adkim" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 msgid "Alignment mode for DKIM" msgstr "DKIM 对齐模式" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 msgid "`adkim=s`" msgstr "`adkim=s`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 msgid "aspf" msgstr "aspf" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:181 msgid "Alignment mode for SPF" msgstr "SPF 对齐模式" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 msgid "`aspf=r`" msgstr "`aspf=r`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:184 msgid "" "Check the :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` record of a domain name with a tool like `MXToolbox DMARC " @@ -2959,70 +2973,70 @@ msgstr "" "使用`MXToolbox DMARC `_等工具检查域名的 :abbr:`DMARC" " （基于域的消息身份验证、报告和一致性）`记录。" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:188 msgid "" "`DMARC.org is another great resource to learn about DMARC records. " "`_" msgstr "`DMARC.org 是了解 DMARC 记录的另一个重要资源。`_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 msgid "SPF, DKIM & DMARC documentation of common providers" msgstr "SPF，DKIM和DMARC常见提供商的文档" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 -msgid "" -"`OVH DNS " -"`_" -msgstr "" -"`OVH DNS " -"`_" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:195 -msgid "" -"`OVH SPF `_" -msgstr "" -"`OVH SPF `_" - #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:196 msgid "" -"`GoDaddy TXT record `_" +"`OVH DNS " +"`_" msgstr "" -"`GoDaddy TXT record `_" +"`OVH DNS " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 -msgid "`GoDaddy SPF `_" -msgstr "`GoDaddy SPF `_" +msgid "" +"`OVH SPF `_" +msgstr "" +"`OVH SPF `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 msgid "" -"`GoDaddy DKIM `_" +"`GoDaddy TXT record `_" msgstr "" -"`GoDaddy DKIM `_" +"`GoDaddy TXT record `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 +msgid "`GoDaddy SPF `_" +msgstr "`GoDaddy SPF `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:200 msgid "" -"`NameCheap " -"`_" +"`GoDaddy DKIM `_" msgstr "" -"`NameCheap " -"`_" +"`GoDaddy DKIM `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:201 msgid "" +"`NameCheap " +"`_" +msgstr "" +"`NameCheap " +"`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 +msgid "" "`CloudFlare DNS `_" msgstr "" "`CloudFlare DNS `_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:204 msgid "" "`Google Domains `_" msgstr "“谷歌域名”_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 msgid "" "`Azure DNS `_" @@ -3030,7 +3044,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Azure DNS `_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:207 msgid "" "To fully test the configuration, use the `Mail-Tester `_ tool, which gives a full overview of the content and " @@ -3040,7 +3054,7 @@ msgstr "" "要全面测试配置，请使用 `Mail-Tester `_工具，该工具可在一封电子邮件中提供内容和配置的完整概览。Mail-Tester 还可用于为其他不太知名的提供商配置记录。" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:212 msgid "" "`Using Mail-Tester to set SPF Records for specific carriers " "`_" @@ -3093,6 +3107,9 @@ msgid "" "`_. Incoming and outgoing servers must be configured " "for on-premise databases." msgstr "" +"本文档**主要针对Odoo内部数据库**，与`Odoo 云端版`_和`Odoo.sh " +"`_不同，Odoo 内部数据库无法从Odoo " +"收发电子邮件的开箱即用解决方案中获益。必须为内部数据库配置接收和发送服务器。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -3158,14 +3175,18 @@ msgid "" "external email server. Once all the information has been filled out, click " ":guilabel:`Test Connection`." msgstr "" +"作为系统管理员，进入 Odoo 的 :menuselection:`设置 --> 常规设置 --> 讨论`，并启用 " +":guilabel:`自定义电子邮件服务器` 选项。然后，点击 " +":guilabel:`保存`。接下来，点击:guilabel:`外发邮件服务器`，并点击:guilabel:`创建`，在 Odoo " +"中创建一个新的外发邮件服务器记录。参考外部电子邮件服务器的 SMTP 数据。填写所有信息后，点击 :guilabel:`测试连接`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`google_oauth`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`google_oauth`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:71 msgid ":doc:`azure_oauth`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`azure_oauth`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -3272,6 +3293,9 @@ msgid "" "in Odoo: ``“Admin” `` => ``“Admin” " "``." msgstr "" +"在下面的示例中，发件人电子邮件地址被替换为两个系统参数（`mail.default.from` 和 " +"`mail.catchall.domain`）的组合。这是 Odoo 的默认通知配置：``“Admin” `` " +"=> ``\"“Admin”``。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -3390,6 +3414,8 @@ msgid "" " and Amazon SES, Mailgun, Sendgrid or :doc:`Mailjet ` for mass " "mailings." msgstr "" +"在 Odoo 中，交易邮件和群发邮件可使用单独的电子邮件服务器。例如，交易邮件使用 Postmark 或 SendinBlue，群发邮件使用 " +"Amazon SES、Mailgun、Sendgrid 或 :doc:`Mailjet `。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:186 msgid "" @@ -3446,6 +3472,10 @@ msgid "" "not have another action attached to it like other aliases might, it is only " "used to collect replies." msgstr "" +"从 Odoo " +"发送的**回复消息**会根据模型的别名（如有）或全部别名（**catchall@**）转发到原始讨论主题（以及所有关注者的收件箱）。对没有自定义别名的模型信息的回复将使用" +" catchall 别名 (`catchall@mycompany.odoo.com`)。不过，catchall " +"地址不像其他别名那样可以附加其他操作，它只用于收集回复。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:216 msgid "" @@ -3576,6 +3606,9 @@ msgid "" "a change is made then the system will not recognize the old alias, and the " "reply will not be received." msgstr "" +"要编辑 catchall 和 bounce 别名，首先激活 :ref:`开发者模式`。然后，进入 " +":menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 参数 --> 系统参数`，自定义别名（`mail.catchall.alias` & " +"`mail.bounce.alias`）。这类更改应在数据库启用前完成。如果客户在更改后回复，系统将无法识别旧的别名，也就无法收到回复。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:272 msgid "" @@ -3613,11 +3646,11 @@ msgstr "两个系统参数如下：" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:289 msgid "`mail.gateway.loop.minutes` (120 minutes by default)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`mail.gateway.loop.minutes`（默认为 120 分钟）" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:290 msgid "`mail.gateway.loop.threshold` (20 by default)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`mail.gateway.loop.threshold`（默认为 20）" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:292 msgid "" @@ -3639,6 +3672,10 @@ msgid "" "the number of records this alias is allowed to create in the given period of" " time (value of `mail.gateway.loop.minutes`)." msgstr "" +"当 Odoo 数据库中的通用电子邮件地址或任何别名收到电子邮件时，Odoo 会查看系统参数 `mail.gateway.loop.threshold` " +"中定义的给定时间段内收到的邮件。如果收到的邮件是发送到一个别名，那么 Odoo 将参考系统参数 " +"`mail.gateway.loop.threshold` " +"并确定该值作为该别名在给定时间内允许创建的记录数（`mail.gateway.loop.minutes` 的值）。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:302 msgid "" @@ -3650,6 +3687,9 @@ msgid "" "specified time-frame, and will prevent a feedback loop from occurring if a " "duplicate email is detected." msgstr "" +"此外，当收到发送至总括电子邮件地址的电子邮件时，Odoo 将在设定的时间段内（如系统参数 " +"`mail.gateway.loop.minutes`中的值所述）参考数据库收到的电子邮件。然后，Odoo " +"将确定收到的任何电子邮件是否与指定时间段内收到的电子邮件相匹配，并在检测到重复电子邮件时防止出现反馈循环。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:309 msgid "Allow alias domain system parameter" @@ -3695,6 +3735,8 @@ msgid "" "`mail.catchall.domain.allowed` system parameter is still used in Odoo 17 for" " backward compatibility." msgstr "" +"这一别名不匹配问题已在 Odoo 17 中得到解决，但为了向后兼容，`mail.catchall.domain.allowed` 系统参数仍在 Odoo" +" 17 中使用。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:335 msgid "" @@ -3704,13 +3746,16 @@ msgid "" " Parameters`. Click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, type in " "`mail.catchall.domain.allowed` for the :guilabel:`Key` field." msgstr "" +"要添加 `mail.catchall.domain.allowed` 系统参数，首先要激活 :ref:`开发者模式`。然后，进入 :menuselection:`设置应用程序 --> 技术 --> 参数部分 --> 系统参数`。点击 " +":guilabel:`创建`。然后，在 :guilabel:`密钥` 字段中输入 `mail.catchall.domain.allowed`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:340 msgid "" "Next, for the :guilabel:`Value` field, add the domain(s) separated by " "comma(s) (if plural domains). Manually :guilabel:`Save`, and the system " "parameter takes immediate effect." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，在 :guilabel:`数值` 字段中添加用逗号分隔的域（如果是复数域）。手动 :guilabel:`保存`，系统参数立即生效。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -5142,7 +5187,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/google_translate.rst:8 msgid "Google API console" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Google API 控制台" #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/google_translate.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -5190,7 +5235,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/google_translate.rst:42 msgid "API library" -msgstr "" +msgstr "API 图书馆" #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/google_translate.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -5200,10 +5245,12 @@ msgid "" "result. This should be a *Google Enterprise API* labeled :guilabel:`Cloud " "Translation API`." msgstr "" +"接下来，需要在新创建的项目中安装 *云翻译 API*。要执行此操作，请点击左侧菜单中的 :menuselection:`图书馆`。然后，搜索术语 " +"`云翻译 API`，并点击进入结果。这应该是标有 :guilabel:`云翻译 API` 的 *Google Enterprise API*。" #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/google_translate.rst:49 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Enable` to install the library on this project." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`启用` 在此项目中安装库。" #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/google_translate.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -5217,37 +5264,37 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Once a billing account is setup with *Google* and the library is enabled, " "click :guilabel:`Manage` to finish configuration on the API." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 *Google* 上设置计费账户并启用库后，请点击:guilabel:`管理` 完成 API 的配置。" #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/google_translate.rst:61 msgid "" "Now that the project is set up, and the *Cloud Translation API* is enabled, " "credentials **must** be created. This includes the *API key*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在项目已设置完成，*云翻译 API* 也已启用，因此必须***创建证书。这包括 *API 密钥*。" #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/google_translate.rst:64 msgid "" "To begin this process, click :menuselection:`Credentials` in the left " "sidebar menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要开始此过程，请点击左侧边栏菜单中的 :menuselection:`证书` 。" #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/google_translate.rst:66 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Create Credentials` in the top menu, and select " ":guilabel:`API key` from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，点击顶部菜单中的 :guilabel:`创建证书`，并从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`API 密钥`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/google_translate.rst-1 msgid "Create an API key in the Google API console." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Google API 控制台中创建一个 API 密钥。" #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/google_translate.rst:73 msgid "Copy the :guilabel:`API key` for use in the next section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "复制 :guilabel:`API 密钥` 以供下一节使用。" #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/google_translate.rst:76 msgid "For security purposes, the usage of the *API key* can be restricted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了安全起见，可以限制 *API 密钥* 的使用。" #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/google_translate.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -5257,13 +5304,15 @@ msgid "" "includes setting an application to restrict the use of the API key, and " "whether this API key can call any API." msgstr "" +"要执行此操作，请点击弹出窗口中的 :guilabel:`编辑 API 密钥` 或点击 :guilabel:`证书` 页面上列出的 API 密钥，进入 " +"*API 限制*。在这里，可以设置密钥限制。这包括设置应用程序以限制 API 密钥的使用，以及此 API 密钥是否可以调用任何 API。" #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/google_translate.rst:83 msgid "" "It is recommended that the Odoo *Translate API* be restricted to **only** " "allow requests from the configured Odoo database and to the *Cloud " "Translation API*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "建议将 Odoo *翻译 API* 限制为**仅**允许来自已配置的 Odoo 数据库和*云翻译 API* 的请求。" #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/google_translate.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -5273,6 +5322,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add`. Lastly, add the :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)`, and" " click :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" +"要添加网站限制，请点击 :guilabel:`设置应用程序限制` 下的 :guilabel:`网站`。然后，点击 " +":guilabel:`添加`，输入*Google 翻译*正在使用的数据库地址。最后，添加:abbr:`URL（统一资源定位器）`，然后点击 " +":guilabel:`已完成`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/google_translate.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -5281,19 +5333,21 @@ msgid "" "Then use the drop-down menu to choose the API being configured (*Cloud " "Translation API*)." msgstr "" +"要将密钥的使用限制在选定的 API 上，首先在 :guilabel:`API 限制`部分下选择 " +":guilabel:`限制密钥`。然后使用下拉菜单选择要配置的 API（*云翻译 API*）。" #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/google_translate.rst:96 msgid "Save the API key: copy the API key and store it somewhere secure." -msgstr "" +msgstr "保存 API 密钥：复制 API 密钥并将其存储在安全的地方。" #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/google_translate.rst:97 msgid "" "Do **not** share the API key publicly or expose it in client-side code." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**请勿**公开共享 API 密钥，也不要在客户端代码中公开。" #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/google_translate.rst:100 msgid "Odoo configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 配置" #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/google_translate.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -5302,14 +5356,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Message Translation`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` the settings, and " "*Google Translate* can be used in any chatter throughout the database." msgstr "" +"要访问 Odoo 中的整合，请导航至 :menuselection:`设置应用程序 --> 讨论部分`。在标有 :guilabel:`信息翻译` " +"的字段中输入 API 密钥。然后，:guilabel:`保存`设置，*Google 翻译*就可以在整个数据库的任何沟通栏中使用了。" #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/google_translate.rst-1 msgid "Odoo configuration of the API key from the *Google API Console*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 从 *Google API 控制台*配置 API 密钥。" #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/google_translate.rst:112 msgid "Translate chatter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "翻译沟通栏" #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/google_translate.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -5318,14 +5374,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Translate`. The content translates to the *language* set on the " "user's preferences." msgstr "" +"要从其他语言翻译用户文本，请点击沟通栏右侧的 :guilabel:`...（三点）` 图标菜单。然后，选择 " +":guilabel:`翻译`。内容将翻译为用户偏好设置中的*语言*。" #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/google_translate.rst-1 msgid "Google Translate present in an Odoo database's chatter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Google 翻译出现在 Odoo 数据库的沟通栏中。" #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/google_translate.rst:123 msgid ":ref:`language/change-user-language`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`language/change-user-language`" #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins.rst:5 msgid "Mail Plugins" @@ -5414,7 +5472,7 @@ msgstr "查看“潜在客户开发IAP服务隐私政策”``_" @@ -6522,7 +6580,7 @@ msgstr "确保服务器已配置。" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/iot/config/connect`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/iot/config/connect`" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:97 msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_CHECK_CERT_READ_EXCEPTION`" @@ -6662,6 +6720,7 @@ msgid "" "eligible for a certificate: :ref:`Internet of Things (IoT) eligibility " "`." msgstr "" +"确保 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子和数据库有资格获得证书：:ref:`物联网（IoT）资格 `。" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:173 msgid "How to ensure that the HTTPS certificate is correct" @@ -6732,7 +6791,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "These :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` issues may appear as the following in" " different browsers:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "这些:abbr:`DNS（域名系统）` 问题在不同的浏览器中可能显示如下：" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:213 msgid "Chrome" @@ -6922,7 +6981,7 @@ msgstr "比例" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/pos.rst:49 msgid "Connect the scale and power it on. Refer to :doc:`../devices/scale`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接电子秤并接通电源。请参阅 :doc:`.../devices/scale`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/pos.rst:51 msgid "Customer display" @@ -6933,6 +6992,8 @@ msgid "" "Connect a screen to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to display the " ":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order. Refer to :doc:`../devices/screen`." msgstr "" +"将屏幕连接到 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子，以显示 :abbr:`PoS （销售点）` 订单。请参阅 " +":doc:`../devices/screen` 。" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/pos.rst:54 msgid "Payment terminal" @@ -6991,7 +7052,7 @@ msgstr "配对代码应打印在连接到 :abbr:`IoT （物联网）` 盒子的 #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 msgid "The pairing code does not show under the following circumstances:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在下列情况下，配对代码不会显示：" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -7009,7 +7070,7 @@ msgid "" "The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " "Things)` box has started. It is automatically removed from connected " "displays when this time has expired." -msgstr "" +msgstr "代码仅在 :abbr:`IoT （物联网）` 盒启动后 5 分钟内有效。过期后，它将自动从连接的显示器上删除。" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -7019,6 +7080,8 @@ msgid "" "flashed to update the image (see :ref:`Flashing the SD Card " "`)." msgstr "" +":abbr:`IoT（物联网）`盒子镜像的版本太旧。如果 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子的映像来自较早版本，则需要重新刷新 " +":abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子的 SD 卡以更新映像（请参阅 :ref:`刷新 SD 卡 `）。" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -7040,6 +7103,8 @@ msgid "" "can reach the database and that the server does not use a multi-database " "environment." msgstr "" +"当一个 :abbr:`IoT （物联网）` 盒子连接到数据库时，它可能会重新启动。如果是这样，可能需要长达五分钟的时间才能出现在数据库中。如果 5 " +"分钟后仍未显示 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子，请确保 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子可以连接到数据库，并且服务器没有使用多数据库环境。" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -7061,7 +7126,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:48 msgid "The HTTPS certificate does not generate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "HTTPS 证书不会生成" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -7102,7 +7167,7 @@ msgid "" "If a printer does not appear in the devices list, go to the :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` box homepage and make sure that it is listed under " ":guilabel:`Printers`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果打印机未出现在设备列表中，请访问 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子主页，确保它列在 :guilabel:`打印机` 下。" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "The IoT box Home Page landing page." @@ -7115,6 +7180,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administration` tab and click on :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If the " "printer is not present in the list, it is likely not connected properly." msgstr "" +"如果打印机不在 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）`盒子主页，请点击 :guilabel:`打印机服务器`，转到 :guilabel:`管理`选项卡并点击 " +":guilabel:`添加打印机`。如果打印机未出现在列表中，则可能未正确连接。" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 msgid "The printer outputs random text" @@ -7138,6 +7205,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Modify Printer`. Follow the steps and select the *make* and " "*model* corresponding to the printer." msgstr "" +"解决办法是手动选择相应的驱动程序。在 :guilabel:`IOT（物联网）`盒子主页上，点击 :guilabel:`打印机服务器`，进入 " +":guilabel:`打印机`选项卡，并在列表中选择打印机。在 :guilabel:`管理` 下拉菜单中，点击 " +":guilabel:`修改打印机`。按照步骤选择与打印机相对应的*品牌*和*型号*。" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Edit the printer connected to the IoT box." @@ -7294,7 +7364,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:163 msgid "**CUPS naming convention**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**CUPS 命名惯例**" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -7304,6 +7374,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name` should follow a particular convention to work with the `ESC" " *` command." msgstr "" +"CUPS` 将提示管理员提供三项信息： :guilabel:`姓名`、 :guilabel:`描述` 和 " +":guilabel:`位置`。后两条信息不需要特别说明，但 :guilabel:`姓名` 应遵循特定惯例，以便与 `ESC *` 命令配合使用。" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -7400,7 +7472,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:210 msgid "" "`EPSONTMm30II` -> The name itself is correct, but it will not use `ESC *`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`EPSONTMm30II` -> 名称本身是正确的，但不会使用 `ESC *`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:211 msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> This name is missing the end `__`." @@ -7416,7 +7488,7 @@ msgstr "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_XDV__` -> 参数 `XDV` 与任何现有参数不匹配 msgid "" "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_SCALE__` -> The parameter `SCALE` is missing the scale " "value." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_SCALE__` -> 参数`SCALE`缺少比例值。" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:215 msgid "**Finish adding a printer**" @@ -7822,10 +7894,12 @@ msgid "" "recognizable (has a RAW driver type), then update the drivers on the device." " See :ref:`troubleshooting/dymo/update_drivers`." msgstr "" +"如果 DYMO LabelWriter 450 DUO 打印机根本无法打印或无法识别（具有 RAW 驱动程序类型），请更新设备上的驱动程序。请参阅 " +":ref:`troubleshooting/dymo/update_drivers`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Add a printer button highlighted on the Printer CUPS management page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在打印机 CUPS 管理页面上突出显示添加打印机按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:450 msgid "" @@ -7847,12 +7921,13 @@ msgid "" "recognizable, as the original printer will still be present. Click " ":guilabel:`Continue` to be taken to the next screen." msgstr "" +"在下一屏幕中，将 :guilabel:`名称` 修改为可识别的名称，因为原始打印机仍将存在。点击 :guilabel:`继续` 进入下一屏幕。" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "" "Rename printer page in the 'Add a Printer' flow, with the name field " "highlighted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 '添加打印机' 流程中重命名打印机页面，名称字段突出显示。" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:465 msgid "" @@ -7860,6 +7935,8 @@ msgid "" "DUO Label (en)` (or whichever DYMO printer model is being used), and " "finally, click :guilabel:`Add Printer` to complete the installation." msgstr "" +"接下来，选择 :guilabel:`型号`。选择 :guilabel:`DYMO LabelWriter 450 DUO Label " +"(en)`（或正在使用的 DYMO 打印机型号），最后单击 :guilabel:`添加打印机` 完成安装。" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -8130,10 +8207,12 @@ msgid "" "appears as `Toledo 8217`, as opposed to the previous display, where it " "appeared as `Adam Equipment Serial`." msgstr "" +"最后，重新启动 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子，以识别对衡器配置所做的更改。重启后，电子秤显示为 `Toledo " +"8217`，而不是之前显示的`Adam Equipment Serial`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:3 msgid "Updating (IoT)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "更新（物联网）" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -8141,6 +8220,8 @@ msgid "" "virtual Windows :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, the term 'updating' " "can mean several different things." msgstr "" +"由于 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子和虚拟 Windows :abbr:`IoT （物联网）` 盒子的复杂性，'更新' " +"一词可以有几种不同的含义。" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -8148,17 +8229,18 @@ msgid "" " of Things)` box can be updated, or a new image can be flashed (using a " "physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box)." msgstr "" +"可以更新实际驱动程序，更新:abbr:`IoT（物联网）`盒子上的核心代码，或者闪存新的映像（使用物理:abbr:`IoT（物联网）`盒子）。" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:11 msgid "" "This document explores the various ways to update :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " "Things)` boxes to ensure smooth operation of :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " "Things)` box processes and devices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本文档探讨了更新 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子的各种方法，以确保 :abbr:`IoT （物联网）` 盒子流程和设备的顺利运行。" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:17 msgid "Flashing the SD card on IoT box" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在物联网盒子上刷写 SD 卡" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -8623,14 +8705,11 @@ msgstr "下载和首次安装" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 msgid "" "To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation " -"package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download " -"page `_. Next, install and setup the Odoo " -":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " -"start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +"package for Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download page " +"`_. Next, install and setup the Odoo :file:`.exe`" +" file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to start the " +"installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." msgstr "" -"要开始安装，请在 `Odoo 的下载页面 `_浏览 Odoo 16 或更高版本的企业或社区 - " -"Windows 版安装包。接下来，安装并设置 Odoo :file:`.exe` 文件。在出现说明屏幕后，点击 :guilabel:`下一步` " -"开始安装，并同意 :abbr:`TOS（服务条款）`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -9169,10 +9248,22 @@ msgid "" "Odoo uninstall guide." msgstr "确认卸载，并按照 Odoo 卸载指南中的步骤进行卸载。" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:7 msgid "Devices" msgstr "设备" +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:21 +msgid "" +":doc:`Worldline payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:23 +msgid "" +":doc:`Ingenico payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 msgid "Connect a camera" msgstr "连接相机" @@ -9241,6 +9332,8 @@ msgid "" "the attached *device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if " "required." msgstr "" +"在控制点表单中，选择 :guilabel:`类型` 字段并点击下拉菜单中的 :guilabel:`拍摄照片` 来编辑控制点。这样做会显示一个名为 " +":guilabel:`设备` 的字段，可在其中选择所附的 *设备*。 :guilabel:`保存` 更改（如需）。" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 msgid "Setting up the device on the quality control point." @@ -9251,11 +9344,11 @@ msgid "" "The camera is now useable with the selected quality control point. When the " "quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the " "database prompts the operator to take a picture." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，相机可用于所选的质量控制点。在生产过程中到达质量控制点时，数据库会提示操作员拍照。" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 msgid "Graphic user interface of the device on the quality control point." -msgstr "" +msgstr "质量控制点上设备的图形用户界面。" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/camera.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -9320,13 +9413,13 @@ msgstr "现在，相机设备可以连接到 :guilabel:`操作` 列中标有 :gu msgid "" "The first trigger listed is chosen first. The order of triggers matters, and" " they can be dragged into any desired order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先选择列出的第一个触发器。触发器的顺序很重要，可以将它们拖入任何想要的顺序。" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/camera.rst:78 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" " database is correctly connected to the camera." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`工单` 屏幕上，状态图形显示数据库是否正确连接到摄像机。" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/camera.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 @@ -9337,21 +9430,21 @@ msgstr ":ref:`workcenter_iot`" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 msgid "Connect a footswitch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接脚踏开关" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 msgid "" "When working in a manufacturing environment, it's always better for an " "operator to have both hands available at all times. Odoo's :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` box makes this possible when using a footswitch." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在生产环境中工作时，操作员最好能随时使用双手。使用脚踏开关时，Odoo 的 :abbr:`IoT（物联网）` 盒子可以实现这一点。" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:9 msgid "" "In fact, with a footswitch, the operator is able to go from one screen to " "another, and perform actions using their foot. This can be configured in " "just a few steps on the work center in the *Manufacturing* app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "事实上，有了脚踏开关，操作员就能从一个屏幕切换到另一个屏幕，并用脚执行操作。只需几步就可以在*制造*应用程序的工作中心上进行配置。" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -9359,6 +9452,8 @@ msgid "" " the two devices via cable. More often than not, this is done with a " ":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable." msgstr "" +"要将脚控开关连接到 : abbr:`IoT（物联网）`盒子，需要通过电缆将两个设备连接起来。通常使用 :abbr:`USB （通用串行总线）` " +"电缆来实现。" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -9366,14 +9461,16 @@ msgid "" "hardware>`_, there is no need to take further action, since it'll be " "automatically detected when connected." msgstr "" +"如果脚踏开关在 `受支持的设备`_中，则无需采取进一步措施，因为连接后会自动检测到。" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 msgid "Footswitch recognized on the IoT box." -msgstr "" +msgstr "识别物联网盒子上的脚踏开关。" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:27 msgid "Link a footswitch to a work center in the Odoo Manufacturing app" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Odoo 制造应用程序中将脚踏开关链接到工作中心" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -9388,6 +9485,11 @@ msgid "" "*Manufacturing app* could be the :guilabel:`Validate` or :guilabel:`Mark as " "Done` buttons on a manufacturing work order." msgstr "" +"要将脚控开关连接到操作，首先需要在工作中心进行配置。导航至 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 配置 --> " +"工作中心`。在此转到要使用脚控开关的 :guilabel:`工作中心`，在 :guilabel:`IoT 触发器` 选项卡的 " +":guilabel:`设备` 栏下，通过选择 :guilabel:`添加行` 添加设备。这样做意味着脚控开关可以链接到 :guilabel:`操作` " +"列下拉菜单中的一个选项，还可以选择添加一个按键来触发它。例如，*制造应用程序*中的 :guilabel:`操作` 可以是制造工单上的 " +":guilabel:`验证` 或 :guilabel:`标记为已完成` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 msgid "Footswitch trigger setup on the Odoo database." @@ -10855,9 +10957,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:126 msgid "" "On a form, navigate to any field, and hover over the field name. A box of " -"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Object`" -" name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be" -" added." +"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Model` " +"name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be " +"added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:0 diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 7d1e76132..02d35b132 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Chloe Wang, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -33,13 +33,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Human resources" msgstr "人力资源" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 msgid "Appraisals" msgstr "评估" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, the *Appraisals* application can be used to evaluate employee " "performance on a recurring basis. Managers can evaluate the performance of " @@ -50,28 +50,28 @@ msgstr "" "在 Odoo 中，*考评* " "应用程序可用于定期评估员工绩效。管理人员可以评估员工的绩效，也可以让员工进行自我评估。评估是可定制，并可根据需要设置任何类型的时间表。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:12 msgid "" "Appraisals give employees valuable feedback, including actionable goals to " "work toward, and measurable skills to improve upon. Additionally, appraisals" " may form the basis for raises, promotions, and other benefits." msgstr "考评应用程序为员工提供宝贵的反馈意见，包括可行的努力目标和可衡量的技能改进方向。此外，考评还可能成为加薪、晋升和其他福利的依据。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:16 msgid "" "Regular appraisals are good for both the employees and the company, since " "they can accurately measure performance based on company goals, and show " "employees where they need to improve." msgstr "定期考评对员工和公司都有好处，因为它可以根据公司目标准确衡量绩效，并向员工展示他们需要改进的地方。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:31 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "配置" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Configuration` menu in the *Appraisals* application is where " "the settings can be configured, feedback templates can be edited, " @@ -81,31 +81,32 @@ msgstr "" "在 *考评* 应用程序中，:guilabel:`配置` " "菜单是进行设置配置的地方，可以编辑反馈模板、设置评估频率、管理评估等级，存储360度反馈的数据，并查看/创建目标标签。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 msgid "Settings" msgstr "设置" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:29 msgid "" "To access the *Settings* menu, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " "application --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "要访问*设置*菜单，请导航至 :menuselection:`考评应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 msgid "Feedback templates" msgstr "反馈模板" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:35 msgid "" "Feedback templates are form outlines used during an employee appraisal. Any " "edits made to a template are, ultimately, reflected in the appraisals sent " "to employees." msgstr "反馈模板是员工考核过程中使用的表格大纲。对模板所做的任何编辑最终都会反映在发送给员工的考评中。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:38 msgid "" "There are two default templates pre-configured in Odoo *Appraisals*: one for" " employee feedback, and one for manager feedback. Each contains several " @@ -113,27 +114,27 @@ msgid "" " the questions." msgstr "Odoo *考评* 中预设了两个默认模板：一个用于员工反馈，另一个用于经理反馈。模板都包含几个部分，涵盖问题和如何回答问题的简要说明。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:42 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`My work`, :guilabel:`My future`, and :guilabel:`My feelings`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`员工反馈模板`包含以下部分：:guilabel:`我的工作`、:guilabel:`我的未来`和:guilabel:`我的感受`。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:45 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`Feedback`, :guilabel:`Evaluation`, and :guilabel:`Improvements`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`经理反馈模板` 包含以下部分：:guilabel:`反馈`、:guilabel:`评估` 和 :guilabel:`改进`。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:48 msgid "" "Any desired changes to the default feedback templates can be made by making " "changes directly in each template." msgstr "对默认反馈模板的任何修改，都可以直接在每个模板中进行。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:54 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Appraisals` section of the settings menu determines the " "frequency that appraisals are performed, and if it is possible to request " @@ -146,56 +147,56 @@ msgid "" "enabled." msgstr "填写时间线，并启用 360 反馈的考核部分。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 msgid "Appraisals plans" msgstr "考评计划" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:66 msgid "" "By default, appraisals are pre-configured to be automatically created six " "months after an employee is hired, with a second appraisal exactly six " "months after that." msgstr "默认情况下，考评会在员工入职六个月后自动创建，并在六个月后自动进行第二次评估。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:69 msgid "" "Once those two initial appraisals have been completed in the employee's " "first year, following appraisals are only created once a year (every twelve " "months)." msgstr "一旦员工在第一年完成了两次初次评估，接下来的评估只需每年进行一次（每 12 个月 1 次）。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:72 msgid "" "To modify this schedule, change the number of months in the blank fields " "under the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section." msgstr "要修改此计划，请更改 :guilabel:`考评计划` 部分空白字段中的月数。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:76 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section is modified, **all** empty " ":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Dates` are modified for **all** employees." msgstr "如果修改了 :guilabel:`考评计划` 部分，**所有**员工的 :guilabel:`下一次考评日期` 部分都会被修改。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 msgid "360 feedback" msgstr "360 反馈" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:82 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option can be enabled to allow managers to " "request feedback from other employees using a different survey form, at any " "time, independent of the appraisal schedule." msgstr "启用 :guilabel:`360 反馈` 选项后，管理人员可随时使用不同的调查表要求其他员工提供反馈，而不受考评时间表的影响。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:85 msgid "" "Typically, managers ask for feedback from other people who work with an " "employee they manage. This includes the employee's various managers, peers, " "and direct reports." msgstr "通常情况下，管理人员会要求与自己管理的员工共事的其他人提供反馈意见。这包括员工的不同经理、同事和直接下属。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:88 msgid "" "To view the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey, click the :guilabel:`→ Internal" " link` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`Default Template` field. The " @@ -205,13 +206,13 @@ msgstr "" "要查看 :guilabel:`360 反馈` 调查，请点击 :guilabel:`→ 内部链接` 图标，该图标位于 :guilabel:`默认模板` " "字段末尾。加载 :guilabel:`360 反馈`调查表，并可对调查表进行任何所需的更改。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:92 msgid "" "For more information on how to edit a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." msgstr "有关如何编辑调查表的详细信息，请参阅 :doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` 文档。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:96 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` form is a pre-configured survey within the " "*Surveys* application. In order to use the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option, " @@ -221,11 +222,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`360 反馈`表单是*调查*应用程序中的预配置调查表。要使用 :guilabel:`360 反馈` " "选项，包括编辑调查表的功能，必须安装 *调查* 应用程序。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 msgid "Evaluation scale" msgstr "评分表" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:103 msgid "" "On each employee appraisal form, final rating options appear by default. To " "view and edit these options, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " @@ -235,7 +236,7 @@ msgstr "" "在每个员工考核表上，默认会出现最终评分选项。要查看和编辑这些选项，请导航至 :menuselection:`考评应用程序 --> 配置 --> " "评估表`。这将以列表视图显示评级。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:107 msgid "" "The pre-configured ratings are :guilabel:`Needs Improvement`, " ":guilabel:`Meets Expectations`, :guilabel:`Exceeds Expectations`, and " @@ -245,14 +246,14 @@ msgstr "" "预先设置的评级包括 :guilabel:`需要改进`、:guilabel:`符合预期`、:guilabel:`超出预期`和 " ":guilabel:`非常超出预期`。要添加其他评级，请点击:guilabel:`新建` 按钮。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:111 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`New` button is clicked on the :guilabel:`Evaluation " "Scale` page, a blank line appears at the bottom of the list. Enter the name " "of the rating in the field." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`评估表` 页面点击 :guilabel:`新建` 按钮后，列表底部会出现一行空白。在字段中输入评级名称。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:114 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the ratings, click the :guilabel:`(six small gray " "boxes)` icon to the left of a rating, and drag the rating to the desired " @@ -265,7 +266,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "评估表，突出显示新按钮和点击拖动图标。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:124 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` section displays information for all the " "surveys currently configured in the *Appraisals* application. To view the " @@ -279,55 +280,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list view of all available surveys in the Appraisals application." msgstr "考评应用程序中所有可用调查的列表视图。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:132 msgid "" "Each appraisal (or survey) is presented in its own line on the " ":guilabel:`360 Feedback` page, along with various information related to " "that particular appraisal." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`360 反馈` 页面上，每个考评（或调查）都有自己的一行，并附有与该考评相关的各种信息。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 msgid "Each appraisal includes the following information:" msgstr "每份考评都包括以下信息：" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:137 msgid ":guilabel:`Survey Name`: the name of the specific survey." msgstr ":guilabel:`调查名称`：具体调查的名称。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the employee responsible for the survey, including " "the month and year they were given that designation." msgstr ":guilabel:`负责人`：负责调查的员工，包括被指定为负责人的月份和年份信息。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Questions`: the number of questions in that particular survey." msgstr ":guilabel:`问题`：该调查中的问题数。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Duration`: the average time a user spends completing the " "survey." msgstr ":guilabel:`平均持续时间`：用户完成调查所花费的平均时间。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Registered`: the number of people who have been sent the survey." msgstr ":guilabel:`已登记`：已发送调查问卷的人数。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Completed`: the number of people who have completed the survey." msgstr ":guilabel:`已完成`：已完成调查的人数。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:145 msgid "" "Each appraisal also has two buttons at the end of each line: a " ":guilabel:`Test` button and a :guilabel:`See Results` button." msgstr "每行评估末尾还有两个按钮：:guilabel:`测试`按钮和:guilabel:`查看结果`按钮。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:148 msgid "" "To see what an appraisal looks like for the end user (i.e. an employee), " "click the :guilabel:`Test` button, and the appraisal loads in a new browser " @@ -337,14 +338,14 @@ msgstr "" "要查看最终用户（即员工）的考评结果，请点击:guilabel:`测试` " "按钮，考评结果就会载入新的浏览器选项卡。整个考评结果都会加载，无需输入任何答案即可点击查看。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:152 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`This is a Test Survey. → Edit " "Survey` at the top of the page to be taken to the detail form for that " "particular survey." msgstr "要退出，请关闭选项卡。或点击页面顶部的 :guilabel:`这是测试调查表。→ 编辑调查表`，转到该特定调查表的详细表单。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:155 msgid "" "To view the results from everyone who completed an appraisal, click the " ":guilabel:`See Results` button. This presents all the answers for the survey" @@ -355,13 +356,13 @@ msgstr "" "要查看每个考评结果，请点击:guilabel:`查看结果` " "按钮。这会在选项卡中显示调查的所有答案。每个问题都显示了回答该问题的人数和跳过该问题的人数。所有问题的答案都可见。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:160 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`→ Edit Survey` at the top of " "the page to be taken to the detail form for that particular survey." msgstr "要退出，请关闭选项卡。或者，点击页面顶部的 :guilabel:`→ 编辑调查表` ，进入该特定调查表的详细表格。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:163 msgid "" "In addition to viewing the responses from past appraisals and surveys, new " "surveys can also be created from the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` page. Simply " @@ -371,82 +372,32 @@ msgstr "" "除了查看过去考评和调查的回复外，还可以从 :guilabel:`360 反馈`页面创建新调查。只需点击页面左上角的 :guilabel:`新建` " "按钮，即可创建新调查。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:167 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." msgstr "有关如何创建调查的详细信息，请参阅 :doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` 文档。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:171 msgid "" "In previous versions of Odoo, this section was referred to as " ":guilabel:`Surveys`." msgstr "在以前的 Odoo 版本中，该部分被称为 :guilabel:`调查`。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:172 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "标签" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 -msgid "" -"An additional feature of the *Appraisals* application is the ability to set " -":ref:`goals ` for employees. On each goal form, there is a" -" field to add tags. The available tags are pulled from a list that is " -"configured from the settings." -msgstr "" -"*考评* 应用程序的另一项功能是为员工设置 " -":ref:`目标`。每个目标表单上都有一个添加标签的字段。可用标签是从设置中配置的列表中提取的。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To view a list of all existing goal tags, and to create new tags, go to the " -":guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, by navigating to :menuselection:`Appraisals " -"application --> Configuration --> Tags`." -msgstr "" -"要查看所有现有目标标签的列表并创建新标签，请访问 :guilabel:`目标标签` 页面，方法是导航至 :menuselection:`考评应用程序 " -"--> 配置 --> 标签`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:181 -msgid "All currently configured tags are presented in a list view." -msgstr "所有当前配置的标记都会显示在列表视图中。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:183 -msgid "" -"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " -"all tags need to be added from this list, or directly from the goal form." -msgstr "*考评*应用程序没有任何预设标签，因此所有标签都需要从该列表中添加，或直接从目标表单中添加。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 -msgid "" -"To create a new tag from the :guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, click the " -":guilabel:`New` button, and a blank line appears." -msgstr "要在 :guilabel:`目标标签` 页面创建新标签，请点击:guilabel:`新建` 按钮，此时会出现一行空白。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the tag on the line. Then, press the enter key to save the" -" tag, and create a new blank line. Repeat this for all tags that need to be " -"added." -msgstr "在行上输入标签名称。然后按回车键保存标签，并创建新的空白行。对所有需要添加的标记重复此操作。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:192 -msgid "The list of tags is automatically arranged in alphabetical order." -msgstr "标签列表会自动按字母顺序排列。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:176 msgid "" "Navigate to the main *Appraisals* dashboard by opening the " ":guilabel:`Appraisals` application. The :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard is " "the default view." msgstr "打开 :guilabel:`考评` 应用程序，导航至 *考评* 主仪表板。:guilabel:`考评` 仪表板是默认视图。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:179 msgid "" "To view the dashboard at any point in the application, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Appraisals`." msgstr "要在应用程序的任何位置查看仪表板，请导航至 :menuselection:`考评应用程序 --> 考评`。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:182 msgid "" "All appraisals are displayed on the dashboard in a Kanban view, by default, " "with a list of groupings on the left side of the dashboard, including " @@ -455,13 +406,13 @@ msgstr "" "默认情况下，所有考评都以看板视图显示在仪表板上，仪表板左侧有一个分组列表，包括 :guilabel:`公司`、:guilabel:`部门`和 " ":guilabel:`状态`。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 msgid "" "Click any grouping option to view appraisals for **only** the chosen " "selection." msgstr "点击任何分组选项，**仅**查看所选选项的鉴定结果。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 msgid "" "Only groupings with multiple selections appear in the list. For example, if " "a database only has one company, the :guilabel:`Company` grouping does " @@ -469,32 +420,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "只有具有多个选择的分组才会出现在列表中。例如，如果数据库中只有一个公司，则不会出现 :guilabel:`公司` 分组，因为没有其他公司可供选择。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:193 msgid "Each appraisal card displays the following information:" msgstr "每张考评卡都显示以下信息：" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee's name." msgstr ":guilabel:`姓名`：员工姓名。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: the department the employee is associated with." msgstr ":guilabel:`部门`：员工所属部门。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company the employee works for. This only appears " "in a multi-company database." msgstr "guilabel:`公司`：员工所在公司。只出现在多公司数据库中。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date`: the date the appraisal was requested, or is scheduled for " "in the future." msgstr ":guilabel:`日期'：申请考评的日期或计划考评的日期。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activities`: any activities that are scheduled for the appraisal," " such as :guilabel:`Meetings` or :guilabel:`Phone Calls.` If no activities " @@ -503,13 +454,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`活动`：为评估安排的任何活动，如:guilabel:`会议`或:guilabel:`电话。`如果没有安排任何活动，可以通过评估卡片左下角的:guilabel:`🕘（时钟）`图标安排活动。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:204 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: the employee's manager, indicated by the profile icon " "in the bottom-right corner of an appraisal card." msgstr ":guilabel:`经理`：员工的经理，在考评卡右下角的个人资料图标显示。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:206 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status banner`: the status of the appraisal. A banner appears if " "an appraisal is marked as either :guilabel:`Canceled` or :guilabel:`Done`. " @@ -519,7 +470,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`状态横幅`：鉴定的状态。如果考评被标记为 :guilabel:`已取消` 或 :guilabel:`已完成` " "则会出现横幅。如果没有横幅，则表示评估尚未进行或尚未安排。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 msgid "" "To view the details of any appraisal, click on the card to open the " "appraisal form." @@ -529,11 +480,11 @@ msgstr "要查看任何考评的详细信息，请点击卡片打开考评表。 msgid "The Appraisals dashboard with each appraisal in its own box." msgstr "考评仪表板，每个考评以独立框形式呈现。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 msgid "New appraisal" msgstr "新考评" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new appraisal, click the :guilabel:`New` button at the top of " "the :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard to load a blank appraisal form. Then, " @@ -541,11 +492,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "要创建新考评，请点击 :guilabel:`考评`仪表板顶部的 :guilabel:`新建` 按钮，加载空白考评表。然后，在表格中输入以下信息：" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:222 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the employee's name." msgstr ":guilabel:`姓名`：输入员工姓名。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:223 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu. " "The manager is responsible for completing the :guilabel:`Manager's Feedback`" @@ -555,7 +506,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`经理`：从下拉菜单中选择员工的经理。经理负责填写考评的 :guilabel:`经理反馈` " "部分。如果员工档案中设置了经理，则该字段会在员工被选中后自动填充。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appraisal Date`: the current date is automatically entered in " "this field. This field is automatically updated once the appraisal is " @@ -563,39 +514,39 @@ msgid "" "cancellation." msgstr ":guilabel:`考评日期`：当前日期会自动输入此字段。考评完成或取消后，此字段将自动更新，并显示相应的完成或取消日期。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu. This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have" " a department set on their employee profile." msgstr ":guilabel:`部门`：从下拉菜单中选择员工的部门。如果员工档案中设置了部门，则该字段会在员工被选中后自动填充。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:233 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the employee's company from the drop-down menu. " "This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have a " "company set on their employee profile." msgstr ":guilabel:`公司`：从下拉菜单中选择员工的公司。如果员工档案中设置了公司，则该字段会在员工被选中后自动填充。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 msgid "" "The only required fields for the appraisal form are the employee's " ":guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Manager`, and the :guilabel:`Company`." msgstr "考评表唯一必填字段是员工的 :guilabel:`姓名`、 :guilabel:`经理`和 :guilabel:`公司` 字段。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:241 msgid "" "Once the form is complete, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm " "the appraisal request." msgstr "表格填写完成后，点击 :guilabel:`确认` 按钮确认考评申请。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 msgid "" "Once confirmed, the employee receives an email stating that an appraisal was" " requested, and is then prompted to schedule an appraisal date." msgstr "一经确认，员工就会收到一封电子邮件，说明已提出考评请求，并提示员工安排考评日期。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:246 msgid "" "The status changes to :guilabel:`Confirmed`, and the :guilabel:`Employee's " "Feedback` section of the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab is grayed out. The " @@ -606,18 +557,18 @@ msgstr "" "状态变为 :guilabel:`已确认`，并且 :guilabel:`考评` 选项卡中的 :guilabel:`员工反馈` " "部分变为灰色。该部分的信息只有在员工公布自我评估后才会出现。一旦评估请求得到确认，:guilabel:`最终评级` 字段也会出现。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 msgid "" "If there are any existing appraisals for the employee, an " ":guilabel:`Appraisal` smart button appears at the top of the page, listing " "the total number of appraisals there are for the employee." msgstr "如果该员工有任何现有考评，页面顶部会出现一个 :guilabel:`考评` 智能按钮，列出该员工的考评总数。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:255 msgid "Ask for feedback" msgstr "询问反馈" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:257 msgid "" "As part of the appraisal process, the manager can request feedback on an " "employee from anyone in the company. Feedback is usually requested from co-" @@ -627,13 +578,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "作为考评流程的一部分，经理可以要求公司中的任何人提供有关员工的反馈意见。反馈通常来自同事和其他与员工有互动或共事的人。这样做的目的是为了更全面地了解员工，帮助经理做出整体评估。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 msgid "" "To request feedback, the appraisal **must** be confirmed. Once confirmed, an" " :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button appears at the top of the form." msgstr "要请求反馈，**必须***确认考评。确认后，表单顶部会出现一个 :guilabel:`询问反馈` 按钮。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:265 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button is clicked, an :guilabel:`Ask " "Feedback` email pop-up form appears, using the :guilabel:`Appraisal: Ask " @@ -642,23 +593,23 @@ msgstr "" "点击 :guilabel:`询问反馈` 按钮后，会弹出 :guilabel:`询问反馈` 电子邮件表单，使用 :guilabel:`考评：询问反馈` " "电子邮件模板，发送 :guilabel:`360 反馈` 调查。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:269 msgid "" "Enter the employees being asked to complete the survey in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field. Multiple employees may be selected." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`收件人` 字段中输入要求完成调查的员工。可选择多个员工。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 msgid "" "The email template has dynamic placeholders to personalize the message. Add " "any additional text to the email, if desired." msgstr "电子邮件模板具有动态占位符，可个性化信息。如果需要，可在电子邮件中添加任何其他文本。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:275 msgid "If required, an :guilabel:`Answer Deadline` can be added, as well." msgstr "如果需要，还可以添加 :guilabel:`答复期限`。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:277 msgid "" "If any attachments are needed, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button, and" " a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the file(s), select them, then " @@ -667,7 +618,7 @@ msgstr "" "如果需要任何附件，请点击 :guilabel:`附件` 按钮，此时会出现一个文件资源管理器窗口。导航到文件，选择它们，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`打开`。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:280 msgid "When the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send.`" msgstr "电子邮件准备发送时，点击 :guilabel:`发送`。" @@ -675,21 +626,21 @@ msgstr "电子邮件准备发送时，点击 :guilabel:`发送`。" msgid "The email pop-up when requesting feedback from other employees." msgstr "请求其他员工提供反馈时弹出的电子邮件。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:287 msgid "Appraisal form" msgstr "考评表" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:289 msgid "" "Once an appraisal is confirmed, the next steps are for the employee to fill " "out the self-assessment, after which the manager completes their assessment." msgstr "一旦确定了考评，接下来的步骤就是员工填写自我评估，然后经理完成评估。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:295 msgid "Employee's feedback" msgstr "员工反馈" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:297 msgid "" "To complete their portion of feedback, employees should navigate to the main" " :menuselection:`Appraisals application` dashboard, where the only entries " @@ -699,14 +650,14 @@ msgstr "" "要完成反馈部分，员工应导航到 :menuselection:`考评应用程序` " "主仪表板，其中唯一可见的条目包括员工本人和/或员工管理的人员，以及需要提供经理反馈的员工的评估。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 msgid "" "Click on the appraisal to open the appraisal form. Enter responses in the " ":guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` " "tab." msgstr "点击考评，打开考评表。在 :guilabel:`考评` 选项卡下的 :guilabel:`员工反馈` 部分输入回复。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:304 msgid "" "When completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to Manager` toggle (the " "default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When clicked, the toggle " @@ -719,11 +670,11 @@ msgid "" "The feedback section for the employee with the toggle button highlighted." msgstr "突出显示切换按钮的员工反馈部分。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:314 msgid "Manager's feedback" msgstr "经理反馈" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 msgid "" "After the employee has completed the :guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` " "section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab, it is time for the manager to " @@ -731,13 +682,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "员工完成 :guilabel:`考评`选项卡下的 :guilabel:`员工反馈` 部分后，经理就可以填写 :guilabel:`经理反馈` 部分。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:320 msgid "" "The manager enters their responses in the fields in the :ref:`same manner as" " the employee `." msgstr "经理以 :ref:`与员工 ` 相同的方式在字段中输入回复。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:323 msgid "" "When the feedback section is completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to " "Employee` toggle (the default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When " @@ -751,11 +702,12 @@ msgid "" " highlighted." msgstr "员工和管理人员的反馈部分。突出显示切换按钮。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:748 msgid "Skills tab" msgstr "技能选项卡" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:334 msgid "" "Part of an appraisal is evaluating an employee's skills, and tracking their " "progress over time. The :guilabel:`Skills` tab of the appraisal form auto-" @@ -765,19 +717,19 @@ msgstr "" "考评的一部分是评估员工的技能，并追踪他们在一段时间内的进步。一旦确认考评，考评表的 :guilabel:`技能` 选项卡就会自动填充来自 " ":doc:`员工表<../hr/employees/new_employee>` 的技能。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:338 msgid "" "Each skill is grouped with like skills, and the :guilabel:`Skill Level`, " ":guilabel:`Progress`, and :guilabel:`Justification` are displayed for each " "skill." msgstr "每个技能与同类技能分组，并显示每个技能的 :guilabel:`技能等级`、:guilabel:`进度`和 :guilabel:`理由`。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 msgid "" "Update any skills, or add any new skills to the :guilabel:`Skills` tab." msgstr "更新任何技能，或在 :guilabel:`技能` 标签中添加任何新技能。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:343 msgid "" "If a skill level has increased, a reason for the improved rating can be " "entered into the :guilabel:`Justification` field, such as `took a fluency " @@ -785,13 +737,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如果技能等级提高了，可以在 :guilabel:`理由` 字段中输入评级提高的原因，例如`参加了语言测试`或`获得 Javascript 认证`。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:347 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`Create a new employee ` document for " "detailed instructions on adding or updating a skill." msgstr "有关添加或更新技能的详细说明，请参阅 :ref:`创建新员工 ` 文档。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:350 msgid "" "After an appraisal is completed, and the skills have been updated, the next " "time an appraisal is confirmed, the updated skills populate the " @@ -802,11 +754,11 @@ msgstr "完成考评并更新技能后，下一次确认考评时，更新的技 msgid "The skills tab of an appraisal form, all filled out." msgstr "考评表中的技能选项卡，全部填写完毕。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:358 msgid "Private note tab" msgstr "私人备注选项卡" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:360 msgid "" "If managers want to leave notes that are only visible to other managers, " "they can be entered in the :guilabel:`Private Note` tab. The employee being " @@ -816,12 +768,12 @@ msgstr "" "如果管理者想留下只有其他管理者才能看到的备注，可以在 " ":guilabel:`私人备注`选项卡中输入。被评估的员工**无法**访问该选项卡，该选项卡也**不会**出现在评估报告中。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:386 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:520 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 msgid "Schedule a meeting" msgstr "安排会议" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:367 msgid "" "Once both portions of an appraisal are completed (the :ref:`employee " "` and :ref:`manager `和:ref:`经理`反馈部分），就到了员工和经理见面讨论考评的时候了。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:371 msgid "" "A meeting can be scheduled in one of two ways: either from the *Appraisals* " "application dashboard, or from an individual appraisal card." msgstr "可以通过两种方式安排会议：从 *考评* 应用程序仪表板，或从个人评估卡安排。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:374 msgid "" "To schedule an appraisal from the dashboard of the *Appraisals* application," " first navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Appraisals`." msgstr "要从 *考评* 应用程序的仪表板安排考评，首先要导航到 :menuselection:`考评应用程序 --> 考评`。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:377 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, beneath the appraisal date on the " "desired appraisal card, and a :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window " @@ -853,7 +805,7 @@ msgstr "" "点击 :guilabel:` 🕘（时钟）`图标，位于所需考评卡的考评日期下方，弹出 :guilabel:` 安排活动` 窗口。然后，点击 " ":guilabel:`+ 安排活动`，创建一个空白的活动表格。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Meeting` for the :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the drop-" "down menu. Doing so causes the form to change, so only the " @@ -862,7 +814,7 @@ msgstr "" "从下拉菜单中为 :guilabel:`活动类型` 选择 :guilabel:`会议`。这样做会更改表单，因此只显示 :guilabel:`活动类型` 和" " :guilabel:`摘要` 字段。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:385 msgid "" "If scheduling an activity other than a meeting, such as a :guilabel:`Call` " "or a :guilabel:`To-Do`, the fields that appear on the :guilabel:`Schedule " @@ -871,33 +823,33 @@ msgstr "" "如果安排的是除了会议之外的其他活动，如 :guilabel:`电话` 或 :guilabel:`待办事项`，出现在 :guilabel:`活动安排` " "弹出窗体上的字段也会相应改变。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:389 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon may appear as a number of different icons, " "depending on what, if any, scheduled activities are in place, and the color " "represents their corresponding due dates." msgstr ":guilabel:`🕘（时钟）` 图标可能显示为多个不同的图标，这取决于有哪些预定活动（如有），颜色代表其相应的到期日期。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:392 msgid "" "If no activities are scheduled, that is represented by a gray :guilabel:`🕘 " "(clock)` icon." msgstr "如果没有安排活动，则用灰色 :guilabel:`🕘（时钟）` 图标表示。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:394 msgid "" "However, if a specific activity is scheduled, the icon may appear as a " ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon for a phone call, a :guilabel:`👥 (group of " "people)` icon for a meeting, and so on." msgstr "但是，如果安排了特定活动，图标可能会显示为:guilabel:` 📞（电话）` 图标、:guilabel:`👥（人群）` 会议图标等。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:397 msgid "" "The color of the icon indicates the status; a green icon means an activity " "is scheduled in the future, and a red icon means the activity is past due." msgstr "图标的颜色表示状态；绿色图标表示已安排未来活动，红色图标表示活动已逾期。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:400 msgid "" "For more details on activities, refer to the :doc:`../essentials/activities`" " document." @@ -907,21 +859,21 @@ msgstr "有关活动的更多详情，请参阅 :doc:`../essentials/activities` msgid "The appraisal cards with the various activity icons highlighted." msgstr "考评卡，突出显示各种活动图标。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 msgid "" "Enter a brief description in the :guilabel:`Summary` field of the " ":guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window, such as `Annual Appraisal for " "(Employee)`." msgstr "在弹出的 :guilabel:`活动安排` 窗口的 :guilabel:`总结` 字段中输入简要说明，如`（员工）年度考评`。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:409 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button. From the calendar page " "that appears, navigate to, and double-click on, the desired date and time " "for the meeting." msgstr "接下来，点击 :guilabel:`打开日历` 按钮。在出现的日历页面中，导航到所需的会议日期和时间并双击。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:412 msgid "" "Doing so opens a :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up form. From this pop-up form, " "make any desired modifications, such as designating a :guilabel:`Start` " @@ -930,13 +882,13 @@ msgstr "" "打开 :guilabel:`新活动` 弹出窗口。在弹出的表单中，进行任何需要的修改，例如指定 :guilabel:`开始` 时间，或为会议命名 " ":guilabel:`姓名`。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:416 msgid "" "Add the appraisee in the :guilabel:`Attendees` section, and include anyone " "else who should be in the meeting, if necessary." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`参与者` 部分中添加被考评人，如有必要，还可添加应参加会议的其他人员。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:419 msgid "" "To make the meeting a video call, instead of an in-person meeting, click " ":guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting`, and a :guilabel:`Videocall URL` link appears in " @@ -944,12 +896,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "若要将会议变为视频通话而非面对面会议，请点击:guilabel:`+ Odoo 会议`，字段中将出现 :guilabel:`视频通话 URL` 链接。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:422 msgid "" "Once all the desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "完成所有所需更改后，点击 :guilabel:`保存并关闭`。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:424 msgid "" "The meeting now appears on the calendar, and the invited parties are " "informed, via email." @@ -961,179 +913,35 @@ msgid "" "appraisal." msgstr "会议表单，包含 Ronnie Hart 年度考评的所有信息。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 msgid "" "The other way to schedule a meeting is from the individual appraisal form. " "To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Appraisal application` " "dashboard, then click on an appraisal card." msgstr "另一种安排会议的方法是通过个人考评表。要执行此操作，请导航到 :menuselection:`考评应用程序`仪表板，然后点击考评卡。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button, and the calendar loads." " Follow the same directions above to create the meeting." msgstr "接下来，点击 :guilabel:`会议` 智能按钮，日历就会加载。按照上述相同步骤创建会议。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 msgid "" -"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button says " +"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button reads " ":guilabel:`No Meeting`." -msgstr "如果没有安排会议，则 :guilabel:`会议` 智能按钮会显示 :guilabel:`无会议`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:463 -msgid "Goals" -msgstr "目标" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:465 -msgid "" -"The ability to set goals for employees to work toward is an important " -"feature of Odoo *Appraisals*. Goals are typically set during an appraisal, " -"so the employee knows what they need to work toward before their next " -"appraisal." -msgstr "为员工设定工作目标是 Odoo *考评* 的一项重要功能。目标通常是在考核期间设定的，这样员工就能在下次考核前知道自己需要努力的方向。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:469 -msgid "" -"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> " -"Goals`. This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban " -"view." -msgstr "要查看所有目标，请导航至 :menuselection:`考评应用程序 --> 目标`。这会以默认看板视图显示每位员工的所有目标。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:472 -msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" -msgstr "每张目标卡都包含以下信息：" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:474 -msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the name of the goal." -msgstr ":guilabel:`技能`：目标名称。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:475 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee the goal is assigned to." -msgstr ":guilabel:`姓名`：目标分配给的员工。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 -msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." -msgstr ":guilabel:`到期日期`：目标的到期日期。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:477 -msgid ":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal." -msgstr ":guilabel:`进展`：为目标设定的能力百分比。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Employee`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is assigned " -"to." -msgstr ":guilabel:`员工`：目标分配给的员工的简介图标。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:480 -msgid "" -"If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " -"corner of the goal card." -msgstr "如果目标已完成，目标卡右上角会出现 :guilabel:`已完成`横幅。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." -msgstr "目标看板视图，包含九张目标卡。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 -msgid "" -"Every individual goal requires its own entry for each employee. If employees" -" have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the list. For " -"example, if both Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " -"appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " -"goal for Sara." msgstr "" -"每个员工的每个目标都需要有自己的条目。如果员工有相同的目标，列表中就会出现每个员工的目标卡。例如，如果 Bob 和 Sara 都有相同的 `输入` " -"目标，看板视图中就会出现两张卡片：一张是 Bob 的 `输入` 目标，另一张是 Sara 的 `输入` 目标。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 -msgid "New goal" -msgstr "新目标" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:495 -msgid "" -"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application -->" -" Goals`, and click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank goal form." -msgstr "" -"要创建新目标，请导航至 :menuselection:`考评应用程序 --> 目标`，然后点击 :guilabel:`新建` 以打开空白目标表单。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:498 -msgid "" -"Enter the information on the card. The information requested is all the same" -" information that appears on the :ref:`goal card ` in the " -"Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field and a " -":guilabel:`Description` tab." -msgstr "" -"在卡片上输入信息。所请求的信息与看板视图中的:ref:`目标卡片 `上显示的所有信息相同，但增加了 " -":guilabel:`标签` 字段和 :guilabel:`说明` 选项卡。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:502 -msgid "" -"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field by default, and " -"the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" -" profile." -msgstr "默认情况下，当前用户将填充 :guilabel:`员工` 字段，而 :guilabel:`经理` 字段将填充员工配置文件中设置的经理。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:505 -msgid "" -"Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " -"useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." -msgstr "对表格进行必要的修改，并在 :guilabel:`说明` 选项卡中添加任何有助于明确目标的注释。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." -msgstr "为 Python 技能填写的目标表格，熟练程度设定为 50%。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:513 -msgid "Completed goals" -msgstr "已完成目标" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:515 -msgid "" -"When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " -"be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " -"dashboard, or from the individual goal card." -msgstr "目标实现后，必须更新记录。可以通过以下两种方式之一将目标标记为 `已完成`：从:guilabel:`目标` 主仪表板，或从单个目标卡。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:518 -msgid "" -"To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" -" the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the top-right of a goal card." -msgstr "要在 :guilabel:`目标` 主仪表板上将目标标记为 `已完成`，请点击目标卡右上角的 :guilabel:`⋮ （三点）`图标。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:522 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon **only** appears when the mouse hovers " -"over the corner of a goal card." -msgstr "只有当鼠标悬停在目标卡的角落时，**才会**出现 :guilabel:`⋮（三点）` 图标。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:525 -msgid "" -"Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " -"green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " -"card." -msgstr "然后，从下拉菜单中点击 :guilabel:`标记为已完成`。目标卡的右上角就会出现绿色的 :guilabel:`已完成` 横幅。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:528 -msgid "" -"To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " -"open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " -"the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner " -"appears in the top-right corner of the goal form." -msgstr "" -"要从目标卡本身将目标标记为 `已完成`，请点击目标卡打开该目标的表单。然后，点击表单左上角的 :guilabel:`标记为已完成` " -"按钮。点击后，目标表单的右上角会出现绿色的 :guilabel:`已完成` 横幅。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:533 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:526 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:753 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:830 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "报告" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:442 msgid "" "The *Appraisals* application tracks two metrics across two different " "reports: an :ref:`appraisal analysis `, and a " @@ -1142,11 +950,11 @@ msgstr "" "*考评* 应用程序在两个不同的报告中追踪两个指标：:ref:`考评分析 ` 和 :ref:`技能发展 " "`。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:448 msgid "Appraisal analysis" msgstr "考评分析" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:450 msgid "" "To access the *Appraisal Analysis* report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Appraisal " @@ -1156,7 +964,7 @@ msgstr "" "要访问 *考评分析* 报告，请导航至 :menuselection:`考评应用程序 --> 报告 --> " "考评分析`。这将显示数据库中所有考评的报告，以不同颜色突出显示考评状态。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 msgid "" "Appraisals in yellow are completed, appraisals in orange are in-progress " "(the appraisal is confirmed, but not completed), and appraisals in gray are " @@ -1166,13 +974,13 @@ msgstr "" "黄色表示考评已完成，橙色表示考评正在进行中（考评已确认，但尚未完成），灰色表示考评已安排（根据 :ref:`appraisals/appraisal-" "plan`），但尚未确认。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 msgid "" "The report displays the whole current year, by default, grouped by " "department." msgstr "默认情况下，报告按部门分组显示当年全年的数据。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:460 msgid "" "To change the calendar view presented, change the date settings in the top-" "left of the report. The options to display are :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -1182,13 +990,13 @@ msgstr "" "要更改显示的日历视图，请更改报告左上角的日期设置。可显示的选项有 :guilabel:`日`、:guilabel:`周`、:guilabel:`月`和 " ":guilabel:`年`。使用箭头向前或向后移动时间。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:464 msgid "" "At any point, click the :guilabel:`Today` button to present the calendar to " "include today's date in the view." msgstr "在任何时候，点击 :guilabel:`今天` 按钮都可显示日历，将今天的日期包含在视图中。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:467 msgid "" "The report can have other filters and groupings set in the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top." @@ -1198,11 +1006,11 @@ msgstr "报告可以在顶部的 :guilabel:`搜索...` 栏中设置其他筛选 msgid "A report showing all the appraisals for the Appraisal Analysis report." msgstr "显示所有考评的考评分析报告。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 msgid "Skills evolution" msgstr "技能进化" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 msgid "" "To access the *Skills Evolution* report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Skills Evolution`. " @@ -1210,53 +1018,53 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "要访问 *技能进化* 报告，请导航至 :menuselection:`考评应用程序 --> 报告 --> 技能进化`。将显示按雇员分组的所有技能报告。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:481 msgid "" "All the lines of the report are collapsed, by default. To view the details " "of a line, click on a line to expand the data." msgstr "默认情况下，报告的所有行都是折叠的。要查看某一行的详细信息，请点击某一行展开数据。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:484 msgid "Each skill has the following information listed:" msgstr "每个技能都列出了以下信息：" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:486 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: name of the employee." msgstr ":guilabel:`员工`：员工姓名。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 msgid ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: the category the skill falls under." msgstr ":guilabel:`技能类型`：技能所属类别。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:488 msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the specific, individual skill." msgstr ":guilabel:`技能`：具体的个人技能。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:489 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Level`: the level the employee had previously " "achieved for the skill." msgstr ":guilabel:`以前的技能水平`：员工以前达到的技能水平。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:583 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Progress`: the previous percentage of competency " "achieved for the skill (based on the :guilabel:`Skill Level`)." msgstr ":guilabel:`以前的技能进度`：该技能以前达到的能力百分比（基于 :guilabel:`技能水平`）。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:585 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Skill Level`: the current level the employee has achieved" " for the skill." msgstr ":guilabel:`当前技能水平`：员工当前已达到的技能水平。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Skill Progress`: the current percentage of competency " "achieved for the skill." msgstr ":guilabel:`当前技能进度`：技能当前达到的能力百分比。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:494 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Justification`: any notes entered on the skill explaining the " "progress." @@ -1266,11 +1074,184 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`说明`：在技能上输入的解释进度的注释。" msgid "A report showing all the skills grouped by employee." msgstr "按员工分组显示所有技能的报告。" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:501 +msgid ":doc:`appraisals/goals`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:3 +msgid "Goals" +msgstr "目标" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Appraisals* application allows managers to set goals for their " +"employees. That way, employees know what to work toward before their next " +"review." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`. " +"This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:13 +msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" +msgstr "每张目标卡都包含以下信息：" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:15 +msgid ":guilabel:`Goal`: the name of the goal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:16 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the employee the goal is assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:17 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-clock-o` :guilabel:`(clock)` icon: displays the corresponding " +":doc:`activity icon <../../essentials/activities>` for the record. If no " +"activities are scheduled, the default icon is the :icon:`fa-clock-o` " +":guilabel:`(clock)`. If any activities have been scheduled, the icon " +"represents the activity scheduled soonest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:21 +msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." +msgstr ":guilabel:`到期日期`：目标的到期日期。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal. The " +"options are :guilabel:`0%`, :guilabel:`25%`, :guilabel:`50%`, " +":guilabel:`75%`, or :guilabel:`100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Icon`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is " +"assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " +"corner of the goal card." +msgstr "如果目标已完成，目标卡右上角会出现 :guilabel:`已完成`横幅。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 +msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." +msgstr "目标看板视图，包含九张目标卡。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every individual goal requires its own record for each employee. If multiple" +" employees have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For example, if Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " +"appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " +"goal for Sara." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:40 +msgid "New goal" +msgstr "新目标" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`," +" and click :guilabel:`New` top-left corner to open a blank goal form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Input the :guilabel:`Goal`, :guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Progress`, and " +":guilabel:`Deadline`, information on the goal card, as discussed in the " +":ref:`goal card ` section of this document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The information requested is all the same information that appears on the " +"goal card in the Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field " +"and a :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " +"all tags need to be added. To add a tag, enter the name of the tag on the " +"line, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(tag)\"`. Repeat this for all tags that" +" need to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field, by default, and " +"the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" +" profile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " +"useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "对表格进行必要的修改，并在 :guilabel:`说明` 选项卡中添加任何有助于明确目标的注释。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 +msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." +msgstr "为 Python 技能填写的目标表格，熟练程度设定为 50%。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:68 +msgid "Completed goals" +msgstr "已完成目标" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:70 +msgid "" +"When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " +"be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " +"dashboard, or from the individual goal card." +msgstr "目标实现后，必须更新记录。可以通过以下两种方式之一将目标标记为 `已完成`：从:guilabel:`目标` 主仪表板，或从单个目标卡。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" +" the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon in the top-" +"right of a goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon **only** " +"appears when the mouse hovers over the top-right corner of a goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " +"green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " +"card." +msgstr "然后，从下拉菜单中点击 :guilabel:`标记为已完成`。目标卡的右上角就会出现绿色的 :guilabel:`已完成` 横幅。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " +"open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " +"the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner " +"appears in the top-right corner of the goal form." +msgstr "" +"要从目标卡本身将目标标记为 `已完成`，请点击目标卡打开该目标的表单。然后，点击表单左上角的 :guilabel:`标记为已完成` " +"按钮。点击后，目标表单的右上角会出现绿色的 :guilabel:`已完成` 横幅。" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:5 msgid "Attendances" msgstr "出勤" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Attendances* application functions as a time clock. Employees are " "able to check in and out of work using a dedicated device in kiosk mode, " @@ -1282,62 +1263,55 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo 的 *出勤* " "应用程序具有计时功能。员工可以在自助考勤终端模式下使用专用设备签到和签退，而用户也可以直接从数据库中签到和签退。管理者可以快速查看任何特定时间内的可用人员，创建报告以查看每个人的工作时间，并深入了解哪些员工超时工作或提前下班。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:16 msgid "Access rights" msgstr "访问权限" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:18 msgid "" "It is important to understand how the different access rights affect what " -"users can access in the *Attendances* application." -msgstr "了解不同的访问权限如何影响用户在 *出勤* 应用程序中的访问权限非常重要。" +"options and features users can access in the *Attendances* application." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 msgid "" -"Every user in the database is always able to access their own information on" -" the dashboard and can check in and out directly from the database. Access " -"to all the other features is determined by access rights." -msgstr "数据库中的每个用户始终都能在仪表板上访问自己的信息，并可直接从数据库中签入和签出。所有其他功能的访问权限由访问权限决定。" +"Every user in the database is able to check in and out directly from the " +"database, without needing access to the *Attendances* application. " +"Additionally, all users can access their own attendance records from their " +"employee form in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Access to both the *Attendances* application, and the various features " +"within the application is determined by access rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:28 msgid "" "To see what access rights a user has, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Settings application --> Users & Companies: Users`, and " -"click on an individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by" -" default. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the " -"setting. For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to " -"leave the field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users & Companies: Users`, and click on an " +"individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by default. " +"Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the setting. " +"For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to leave the " +"field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." msgstr "" -"要查看用户的访问权限，请导航至 :menuselection:`设置应用程序 --> " -"用户和公司：用户`，然后点击单个用户。:guilabel:`访问权限`选项卡默认可见。向下滚动到 :guilabel:`人力资源` 部分查看设置。对于 " -":guilabel:`考勤` 字段，可选择留空或选择 :guilabel:`管理员`。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:34 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Administrator` option is selected, the user has full " "access to the entire *Attendances* application, with no restrictions. They " -"can view all employee attendance records, enter kiosk mode from the " +"can view all employee attendance records, enter *Kiosk mMode* from the " "application, access all reporting metrics, and make modifications to the " -"settings." +"settings. If left blank, the user does **not** have access to the " +"*Attendances* application." msgstr "" -"如果选择了 :guilabel:`管理员` 选项，用户就可以完全访问整个 *考勤* " -"应用程序，没有任何限制。他们可以查看所有员工的考勤记录，从应用程序进入自助服务终端模式，访问所有报告指标，并对设置进行修改。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If left blank, the user can only view their own information on the " -"*Attendances* application dashboard and can view their own personal " -"attendance records under the reporting feature. All other attendance records" -" are hidden from view on the report. There is no access to either the kiosk " -"mode or the configuration menu." -msgstr "" -"如果留空，用户只能在*考勤*应用程序仪表板上查看自己的信息，并可在报告功能下查看自己的个人出勤记录。所有其他出勤记录都会被隐藏，无法在报告中查看。用户不能访问自助终端模式或配置菜单。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:42 msgid "Approvers" msgstr "审批人" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:44 msgid "" "The **only** other scenario where different information may be accessible in" " the *Attendances* application is for approvers. If a user does *not* have " @@ -1351,7 +1325,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在**考勤*应用程序中，**唯一**可能访问不同信息的另一种情况是审批人。如果用户*没有**考勤*应用程序的管理权限，但被设置为*考勤*应用程序的员工审批人，则该用户能够查看特定员工的考勤记录，并在必要时对该员工的考勤记录进行修改。这适用于被列为*考勤*应用程序审批人的所有员工。通常情况下，审批人是经理，但并非必须如此。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:52 msgid "" "To see who the attendance approver is for an employee, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Employees application` and click on the specific employee. " @@ -1365,7 +1339,7 @@ msgstr "" "选项卡，滚动到 :guilabel:`审批人` 部分，并选中 :guilabel:`考勤` " "字段。被选中的人可以在*考勤*应用程序仪表板和考勤报告中查看该员工的考勤记录，并对其记录进行修改。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:61 msgid "" "Few configurations are needed in the *Attendances* application. Determining " "how employees check in and out, defining how the kiosks function, and " @@ -1376,11 +1350,11 @@ msgstr "" "*考勤*应用程序中需要的配置很少。确定员工的签到和签退方式、定义自助服务机的功能以及确定额外工时的计算方式都可以在配置菜单中进行设置。导航至 " ":menuselection:`考勤应用程序 --> 配置` 访问配置菜单。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:67 msgid "Modes" msgstr "模式" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how an employee " "checks in when using a kiosk. Options are :guilabel:`Barcode/RFID`, " @@ -1390,13 +1364,13 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`自助考勤终端模式`：使用下拉菜单选择员工使用自助服务机时的签到方式。选项包括 " ":guilabel:`条形码/RFID`、:guilabel:`条形码/RFID 和手动选择`或 :guilabel:`手动选择`。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:76 msgid "" "The *Barcode* application **does not** need to be installed to use one of " "the Barcode/RFID settings." msgstr "使用条形码/RFID 设置时，**无需**安装**条形码*应用程序。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances from Backend`: activate this selection to allow users" " to check in and out directly from the Odoo database. If this is not " @@ -1404,11 +1378,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`后台考勤`：激活此选项可让用户直接从 Odoo 数据库签到和签退。如果未激活此选项，用户必须使用自助考勤终端完成考勤手续。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 msgid "Kiosk settings" msgstr "自助考勤终端设置" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:88 msgid "" "This section only needs to be configured if employees use kiosks for " "checking in and out. If kiosks are **not** being used, modifying any of " @@ -1416,7 +1390,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "只有在员工使用自助考勤终端办理签到和签退时，才需要配置本部分。如果**不使**用自助考勤终端，则修改这些字段**不会**对*考勤*应用程序产生不利影响。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode Source`: this setting appears **only** if either of the " "two Barcode/RFID selections were configured for the :ref:`Kiosk Mode " @@ -1428,7 +1402,7 @@ msgstr "" "选项中的任何一个时，此设置才会出现。选择在自助服务机上扫描条形码的方式，可以使用专用条形码 :guilabel:`扫描器` 或设备的 " ":guilabel:`前置摄像头` 或 :guilabel:`后置摄像头`。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:96 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification`: activate this option if employees " "should use a unique PIN to check in. PINs are configured on each individual " @@ -1438,14 +1412,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`员工密码识别`：如果员工应使用唯一的密码签到，则激活此选项。PIN 配置在每个员工记录上。有关设置 PIN 的更多信息，请参阅 " ":doc:`../hr/employees/new_employee` 文档。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Time`: set the duration (in seconds) the check in and " "check out confirmation screen remains on the kiosk before going back to the " "main check in screen." msgstr ":guilabel:`显示时间`：设置在回到主签到屏幕之前，签到和签出确认屏幕在自助终端上停留的时间（秒）。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:101 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendance Kiosk Url`: Odoo generates a unique web address (URL) " "to use a device as a kiosk without having to sign in to the Odoo database. " @@ -1455,7 +1429,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`考勤终端网址`： Odoo 会生成唯一的网络地址（URL），无需登录 Odoo " "数据库即可将设备用作终端。设置终端设备时，请在网络浏览器中导航至该唯一网址，以显示“考勤”应用程序终端。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 msgid "" "These kiosk URLs are **not** secured with any type of access code. Anyone " "who has the URL can access the Attendances application kiosk. If the URL is " @@ -1466,17 +1440,17 @@ msgstr "" "这些终端网址**没有**任何类型的访问代码保护。任何拥有该网址的人都可以访问考勤应用程序终端。如果由于安全漏洞等原因导致网址泄露，请点击链接下方的 " ":guilabel:`生成新的终端模式网址`，以生成一个新网址并相应地更新终端。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:112 msgid "Extra hours" msgstr "加班时间" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:114 msgid "" "This section specifies how extra time is calculated, including when extra " "time is counted and what time is not logged." msgstr "本节规定了额外时间的计算方法，包括何时计算额外时间以及哪些时间不记录。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count of Extra Hours`: enable this box to allow employees to log " "extra hours beyond their set working hours (sometimes referred to as " @@ -1486,14 +1460,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`额外工时计数`：启用此框可允许员工记录超出其设定工作时间的额外工时（有时称为 " "*加班*）。激活此选项还会显示以下设置。如果未激活，则不会显示其他配置。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start From`: the current date is automatically entered in this " "field. If desired, click on this field and use the calendar selector to " "modify the start date on which extra hours are logged." msgstr ":guilabel:`起始日期`：当前日期会自动输入此字段。如果需要，可点击此字段，使用日历选择器修改记录额外工时的起始日期。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Company`: enter the amount of time, in" " minutes, that is **not** counted towards an employee's overtime. When an " @@ -1502,7 +1476,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`有利于公司的宽容时间`：输入**不计入**员工加班时间的分钟数。当员工离职时，如果记录的额外时间低于指定的分钟数，则该额外时间**不计入**员工的加班时间。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Employee`: enter the amount of time, " "in minutes, that an employee is given, that does **not** adversely affect " @@ -1513,19 +1487,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`有利于雇员的宽限时间`：输入以分钟为单位的时间量，即使员工记录的时间少于其工作时间，这段时间也**不会**对其考勤产生不利影响。当员工签退时，如果当天记录的总时间少于其规定的工作时间，且少于此指定的宽限期，员工**不会**因工作时间减少而受到惩罚。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 msgid "" "A company sets both of the :guilabel:`Tolerance` fields to `15` minutes, and" " the working hours for the entire company are set from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM." msgstr "公司将 :guilabel:`宽容` 字段都设置为 15 分钟，并将整个公司的工作时间设置为上午 9:00 至下午 5:00。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:138 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:00 AM, and checks out at 5:14 PM, the extra 14" " minutes are **not** counted towards their overtime." msgstr "如果一名员工上午 9:00 签到，下午 5:14 离开，多出的 14 分钟**不计入**加班时间。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:141 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:05 AM, and checks out at 4:55 PM, even though " "they logged a total of 10 minutes less than their full working hours, they " @@ -1533,14 +1507,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如果一名员工上午 9:05 上班，下午 4:55 下班，即使他们记录的时间比完整工作时间少 10 分钟，他们也**不会**因这一差异而受到处罚。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Extra Hours`: activate this box to display the extra " "hours logged by an employee when they check out with a kiosk, or when a user" " checks out in the database." msgstr ":guilabel:`显示额外工时`：激活此框可显示员工在自助考勤机上签退或用户在数据库中签退时记录的额外工时。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:149 msgid "" "Employees are still able to log overtime hours even if the :guilabel:`Count " "of Extra Hours` option is not activated. The difference is that when " @@ -1551,200 +1525,41 @@ msgstr "" "即使未激活 :guilabel:`计算额外工时` 选项，员工仍可记录加班时间。不同的是，当 :guilabel:`计算额外工时` 激活时，加班时间可以 " ":ref:`从已批准的休假申请 ` 中扣除。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:164 -msgid "Check in and out via the database" -msgstr "通过数据库办理签到和签退" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users who are logged into the " -"database to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " -"application, or use a kiosk. For some smaller companies, where every " -"employee is also a user, this feature may be useful." -msgstr "" -"Odoo 的 *考勤* 应用程序允许登录数据库的用户签到和签退，而无需进入 *考勤* " -"应用程序或使用自助考勤终端。对于一些规模较小的公司，每个员工都是用户，这项功能可能会很有用。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:170 -msgid "" -"A user can check in and out on the main database dashboard, as well as in " -"any application. In the upper right corner of the top main menu, which is " -"always visible regardless of what application the user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴" -" (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is visible. Click on the " -"colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, enabling the user to check " -"in and/or out." -msgstr "" -"用户可以在数据库主仪表板上签到或签退，也可以在任何应用程序中签到或签退。无论用户在哪个应用程序中，顶部主菜单的右上角都会显示 " -":guilabel:`🔴（红圈）` 或 :guilabel:`🟢（绿圈）`。点击彩色圆圈可显示考勤小部件，使用户可以签到和/或签退。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." -msgstr "右上角主菜单，签到按钮突出显示。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:180 -msgid "Check in" -msgstr "签到" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:182 -msgid "" -"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " -"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` and the " -"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` " -"button." -msgstr "" -"如果考勤部件的圆圈是红色的，则表示用户当前没有签到。点击 :guilabel:`🔴（红圈）`，考勤小部件就会出现，并显示绿色的 " -":guilabel:`签到➡️` 按钮。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:190 -msgid "" -"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." -msgstr "当用户从数据库签到时，*考勤* 应用程序会记录用户的详细位置信息，包括 IP 地址和 GPS 坐标。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 -msgid "" -"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " -"their computer to access their location information." -msgstr "要让 *考勤* 应用程序记录位置详情，用户必须允许计算机访问其位置信息。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:197 -msgid "" -"If the user has not checked in and out already during the current work day, " -"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " -"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" -" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " -"appears beneath that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" -"如果用户在当前工作日内尚未签到和签退，则该按钮是 小部件中唯一可见的项目。如果用户之前已经签到和签退，按钮上方会出现一个 " -":guilabel:`今日总计` 字段，字段下方会显示当天已记录的总时间，格式为 :guilabel:`HH:MM`（小时：分钟）。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:202 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to check in. The :guilabel:`🔴 (red " -"circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget changes appearance" -" as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has checked in, by " -"changing the green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to a yellow " -":guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button." -msgstr "" -"点击 :guilabel:`签到➡️` 按钮签到。顶部菜单中的 :guilabel:`🔴（红圈）` " -"变为绿色，窗口小部件的外观也随之改变。小工具更新后，绿色的 :guilabel:`签到➡️` 按钮变为黄色的 :guilabel:`签退➡️` " -"按钮，以反映用户已签到。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:207 -msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." -msgstr "点击屏幕上的任意位置关闭考勤小工具。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:210 -msgid "Check out" -msgstr "签退" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:212 -msgid "" -"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " -"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" -" populating the time field. Beneath that line, :guilabel:`HH:MM` is " -"displayed, indicating the hours and minutes that have elapsed since checking" -" in. As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes " -"that have passed since the user checked in." -msgstr "" -"如果用户是首次签出，:guilabel:`自 HH:MM（上午/下午）`会出现在小工具的顶部，用户签到的时间会填入时间字段。该行下方显示 " -":guilabel:`HH:MM`，表示签到后过去的小时和分钟。随着时间的流逝，该值会被更新，以反映用户签到后已过去的小时和分钟。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:218 -msgid "" -"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " -"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears in addition to " -"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The time displayed in both of " -"these fields are populated with the most recent check in time, and will " -"match. Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously " -"logged hours are displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" -"如果用户以前签到和签退过，则会显示额外字段。除了 :guilabel:`自 HH:MM（上午/下午）` 字段外，还会出现一个 :guilabel:`在 " -"HH:MM （上午/下午）之前` 字段。这两个字段中显示的时间均由最近的签到时间填充，并将匹配。在 :guilabel:`在 HH:MM " -"（上午/下午）之前` 字段下方，将以 :guilabel:`HH:MM` （小时:分钟）格式显示之前记录的时间。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 -msgid "" -"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " -"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " -"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that will " -"be logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." -msgstr "" -"此外，在这两个字段的下方，会出现一个 :guilabel:`今日总计` 字段。该字段是 :guilabel:`在 HH:MM 之前（上午/下午）` 和 " -":guilabel:`自 HH:MM（上午/下午）起` 两个字段的总和，是用户在注销时记录的总时间。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:228 -msgid "" -"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " -":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button. The attendance widget updates again," -" displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the logged time, and the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check " -"in ➡️` button." -msgstr "" -"随着时间的流逝，:guilabel:`自 HH:MM 起（上午/下午）` 和 :guilabel:`今日总计` 字段都会实时更新。要签退，请点击黄色的 " -":guilabel:`签退➡️` 按钮。考勤小部件再次更新，显示带有记录时间的 :guilabel:`今日总计` 字段，黄色的 " -":guilabel:`签退➡️` 按钮变为绿色的 :guilabel:`签到➡️` 按钮。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " -"user allows their computer to access this information." -msgstr "当用户从数据库中签退时，*考勤* 应用程序会记录用户的详细位置信息。只有当用户允许其电脑访问这些信息时，**才会**记录这些信息。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." -msgstr "员工在数据库中签到时弹出的窗口。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:242 -msgid "" -"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " -"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " -"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" -" appears on the dashboard, including check ins and check outs with no time " -"value." -msgstr "" -"用户签到和签退的次数没有限制。用户可以在没有任何时间间隔（值为 " -"00:00）的情况下签到和签退。员工每次登录和退出时，信息都会被存储并显示在仪表板上，包括无时间值的签到和签退。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:157 msgid "Kiosk mode" msgstr "自助考勤模式" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:159 msgid "" "Some companies may opt to use a dedicated device (a laptop or desktop PC, a " "tablet, or a mobile phone) for employees to check in and check out from. " "Kiosk mode is used for these scenarios." msgstr "有些公司可能会选择使用专用设备（笔记本电脑或台式电脑、平板电脑或手机）供员工签到和签退。自助考勤模式适用于这些情况。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:163 msgid "" "If users check in and out using either a badge or an RFID, then an " "accessible device in kiosk mode **must** be available to check in and check " "out using these two methods." msgstr "如果用户使用徽章或无线射频识别（RFID）签到和签退，则**必须**有一台处于自助考勤模式的无障碍设备，可使用这两种方法签到和签退。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 msgid "" "Entering kiosk mode is only available for users with specific :ref:`access " "rights `." msgstr "只有拥有特定 :ref:`访问权限 ` 的用户才能进入自助考勤模式。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:169 msgid "Kiosk mode can be activated in three different ways:" msgstr "自助考勤模式可通过三种不同方式激活：" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:171 msgid "" "Navigate to the :guilabel:`Attendances` application, and click " ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode` in the top menu. The device then enters kiosk mode." msgstr "导航至 :guilabel:`考勤` 应用程序，然后点击顶部菜单中的 :guilabel:`自助考勤模式`。设备就会进入自助考勤模式。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:173 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click on the link in the " @@ -1754,7 +1569,7 @@ msgstr "" "导航至 :menuselection:`考勤应用程序 --> 配置`。在 :guilabel:`自助考勤设置` 部分，点击 " ":guilabel:`自助考勤 Url` 字段中的链接。新标签页将以自助考勤模式打开。建议关闭数据库选项卡，以确保数据库安全。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:177 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click :guilabel:`Copy` next to " @@ -1770,7 +1585,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "考勤应用程序设置部分中的自助考勤 URL 字段。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:186 msgid "" "As a security measure, once a device is in kiosk mode, it is not possible to" " exit kiosk mode and go back into the database without signing back in. To " @@ -1780,11 +1595,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "作为一项安全措施，一旦设备进入自助考勤终端模式，在没有重新登录的情况下，将无法退出自助考勤终端模式并返回数据库。要退出自助考勤终端模式，请点击网络浏览器中的返回按钮。这样，用户就会退出数据库，回到主登录界面。这样就多了一层安全保护，防止他人访问数据库。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:192 msgid "Badge" msgstr "徽章" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 msgid "" "To check in or out using a badge, tap the :guilabel:`📷 (camera) Tap to scan`" " image in the center of the kiosk. Then, scan the barcode on the badge using" @@ -1804,11 +1619,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Attendances Kiosk view displaying the scan badge image." msgstr "显示扫描徽章图像的自助考勤终端视图。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:206 msgid "RFID" msgstr "RFID" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:208 msgid "" "To check in or out using an RFID key fob, simply scan the fob with an RFID " "reader. Once scanned, the employee is then either checked in or checked out," @@ -1818,11 +1633,11 @@ msgstr "" "使用 RFID 钥匙扣签到或签退，只需用 RFID 读卡器扫描钥匙扣即可。扫描完成后，员工将被签到或签退，并出现一条 :ref:`确认信息 " "` 包含所有签到或签退信息。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:213 msgid "Manually" msgstr "手动" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:215 msgid "" "Users who do not have a scannable badge or an RFID fob can manually check in" " and out at a kiosk. Tap the :guilabel:`Identify Manually` button on the " @@ -1835,20 +1650,20 @@ msgstr "" "按钮，就会出现一个显示所有可签到或签退员工的屏幕。这与 *员工* 应用程序仪表板中的视图相同。点击此人，他们就会被签到或签退，并显示 " ":ref:`确认信息 ` 。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:221 msgid "" "When a large number of employees appear in the list, making scrolling " "inefficient, there are two ways to quickly find a specific person:" msgstr "当列表中出现大量员工，导致查找效率较低时，有两种方法可以快速查找特定人员：" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Search...`: tap on the :guilabel:`Search...` field and enter the " "person's name. As the name is typed in, the matching results are displayed " "on the screen." msgstr ":guilabel:`搜索...`：点击 :guilabel:`搜索...` 字段并输入人名。输入姓名后，屏幕上将显示匹配结果。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: to quickly filter the presented employees, tap on a " "department to display only those employees that are part of that department." @@ -1859,11 +1674,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`部门`：要快速筛选显示的员工，请点击部门，只显示属于该部门的员工。屏幕左侧列出了 " ":guilabel:`部门`，每个部门末尾的数字表示有多少员工属于该部门，选定后会显示出来。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:232 msgid "PIN" msgstr "PIN" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:234 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification` option was activated in the " ":ref:`kiosk settings ` section of the " @@ -1873,7 +1688,7 @@ msgstr "" "如果在配置菜单的 :ref:`自助签到机设置 ` 部分中激活了 :guilabel:`员工 " "PIN 码识别` 选项，则员工在手动签到或签退时会被提示输入 PIN。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:238 msgid "" "After the employee is selected, a number pad appears with a message. When " "checking in, :guilabel:`(Employee) Welcome! Please enter your PIN to check " @@ -1884,7 +1699,7 @@ msgstr "" "选中员工后，数字键盘会显示一条信息。签到时，:guilabel:`（员工）欢迎！请输入您的 PIN 码签到` " "出现在数字上方。结账时，:guilabel:`（员工）要签退吗？请输入您的密码签退 `出现在数字上方。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:243 msgid "" "Tap in the PIN using the number pad, then tap :guilabel:`OK` when done. The " "employee is then checked in or out, and a :ref:`confirmation message " @@ -1897,11 +1712,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pop-up that appears when prompted to enter a pin." msgstr "提示输入密码时弹出的窗口。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:253 msgid "Confirmation message" msgstr "确认信息" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:255 msgid "" "When an employee checks in or out, a confirmation message appears with all " "the check in or check out information. When checking in, a welcome message " @@ -1916,7 +1731,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`今日小时数： HH:MM`字段，显示该员工当天已记录的时间。如果没有记录时间，则显示值为 `00:00`。信息下方有一个 " ":guilabel:`确认` 按钮。要在自助考勤机预设时间之前退出屏幕，请点击 :guilabel:`确认` 按钮。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 msgid "" "When checking out, the screen displays a goodbye message, with the date and " "time of check out, and the total hours logged for the day. Beneath the " @@ -1930,12 +1745,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The goodbye message with all the employee's check out information." msgstr "包含所有员工签退信息的再见消息。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:681 msgid "Overview" msgstr "概述" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:273 msgid "" "When entering the *Attendances* application, the :guilabel:`Overview` " "dashboard is presented, containing all the check in and check out " @@ -1949,11 +1764,11 @@ msgstr "" " ` 和/或 :ref:`特定员工审批权限 ` " "，则这些员工的签到和签退信息也会在 :guilabel:`概览`仪表板上显示。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:280 msgid "Views" msgstr "查看" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:282 msgid "" "To change the view from the default Gantt chart to a list view, click the " ":guilabel:`List` icon in the top right of the dashboard, beneath the user's " @@ -1963,7 +1778,7 @@ msgstr "" "要将视图从默认甘特图更改为列表视图，请点击仪表板右上方用户照片下方的 :guilabel:`列表` 图标。要切换回甘特图，请点击 " ":guilabel:`列表` 按钮旁边的 :guilabel:`甘特图` 按钮。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:286 msgid "" "The default view presents the current day's information. To present the " "information for the :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or " @@ -1982,7 +1797,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`←（左箭头）` 或 :guilabel:`→（右箭头）` 按钮。要跳回包含当前日期的视图，请点击:guilabel:`今日` " "按钮。这将刷新仪表板，显示当天信息。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:295 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Day` view, the column for the current hour is highlighted " "in yellow. If the :guilabel:`Week` or :guilabel:`Month` view is selected, " @@ -1998,7 +1813,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "概览仪表板显示一周的信息，并突出显示当前日期。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:304 msgid "" "Any entries that have errors appear in red, indicating they need to be " "resolved by a user with the proper :ref:`access rights ` 的用户和/或员工的 " ":ref:`审批人 ` 来解决。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:311 msgid "Filters and groups" msgstr "筛选器和分组" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:313 msgid "" "To filter the results in the overview dashboard, or to present different " "groups of information, click the :guilabel:`🔻 (triangle drop down)` button " @@ -2023,67 +1838,67 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "要在概览仪表板中筛选结果或呈现不同的信息组，请点击仪表板上方的:guilabel:`🔻（向下三角形）按钮，位于:guilabel:`搜索栏`右侧，然后选择可用的:guilabel:`筛选器`或:guilabel:`分组方式`。有几个预配置的筛选器和分组可供选择，还可以创建自定义选项。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:320 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:276 msgid "Filters" msgstr "筛选" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:322 msgid "The default filters that can be selected are:" msgstr "可选择的默认筛选器有：" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:324 msgid "" ":guilabel:`My Attendances`: this filter only presents the user's attendance " "data." msgstr ":guilabel:`我的考勤`：此筛选器只显示用户的考勤数据。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:325 msgid "" ":guilabel:`My Team`: this filter presents the attendance data for the user's" " team." msgstr ":guilabel:`我的团队`：该筛选器显示用户所在团队的考勤数据。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:326 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At Work`: this filter displays the attendance data for everyone " "currently checked in." msgstr ":guilabel:`上岗`：此筛选器显示当前签到的每个人的考勤数据。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:327 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Errors`: this filter displays any entries with :ref:`errors " "` that need to be resolved." msgstr ":guilabel:`错误`：该筛选器显示带有 :ref:`错误` 的条目，这些条目需要解决。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this filter has a drop-down to further select a " "specific time period. Select the desired time period from the options " "presented, a specific month, quarter, or year." msgstr ":guilabel:`签到`：该筛选器有一个下拉菜单，可进一步选择特定时间段。从显示的选项中选择所需的时间段，具体到月、季度、年。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Last 7 days`: this filter presents the attendance data for the " "last seven days." msgstr ":guilabel:`最近 7 天`：该筛选器显示最近七天的考勤数据。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:332 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`: create a custom filter using the pop-up that " "appears when this is selected." msgstr ":guilabel:`添加自定义筛选器`：使用选中时弹出的窗口创建自定义筛选器。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 msgid "Groups" msgstr "群组" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:338 msgid "The default groups that can be selected are:" msgstr "可选择的默认组有：" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:340 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing the" " following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -2093,13 +1908,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`签到`：该分组显示一个下拉菜单，包含以下时间段选项：:guilabel:`年`、:guilabel:`季`、:guilabel:`月`、:guilabel:`周`和:guilabel:`日`。选择时间段，显示按所选时间段分组的所有签到信息。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:344 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee`: this group presents the attendance data organized by " "employee." msgstr ":guilabel:`员工`：这一组显示按员工分类的考勤数据。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:345 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing " "the following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -2109,7 +1924,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`签退`：该分组显示一个下拉菜单，包含以下时间段选项：:guilabel:`年`、:guilabel:`季`、:guilabel:`月`、:guilabel:`周`和:guilabel:`日`。选择时间段，显示按所选时间段分组的所有签退信息。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:349 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`: this option displays a drop-down menu with a " "variety of options to group the attendance data by, including " @@ -2119,53 +1934,53 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`添加自定义分组`：该选项会显示一个下拉菜单，其中包含多种可对考勤数据进行分组的选项，包括 " ":guilabel:`城市`、:guilabel:`国家/地区`、:guilabel:`模式`和 :guilabel:`IP 地址`。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:356 msgid "Attendance log details" msgstr "考勤记录详情" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:358 msgid "" "Odoo captures various time and location details when a user checks in and " "out. The specific details provided are determined by the method the user " "checked in and out." msgstr "用户签到和签退时，Odoo 会捕捉各种时间和地点细节。提供的具体详细信息取决于用户签到和签退的方式。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:361 msgid "" "To view the specific check in and/or check out details for an employee, " "click on an individual entry in the overview dashboard." msgstr "要查看员工的具体签到和/或签退详情，请点击仪表板概览中的单个条目。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 msgid "" "A detailed attendance log for the user appears in a pop-up window. To close " "the detailed attendance log, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` button in " "the bottom-left corner of the form." msgstr "用户的详细出勤记录会出现在弹出窗口中。要关闭详细考勤记录，请点击表格左下角的 :guilabel:`保存并关闭` 按钮。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:367 msgid "The detailed attendance log contains the following information:" msgstr "详细的考勤记录包含以下信息：" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:370 msgid "Main details" msgstr "主要详情" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:372 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the name of the employee." msgstr ":guilabel:`员工`：员工姓名。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 msgid ":guilabel:`Check In`: the date and time the employee checked in." msgstr ":guilabel:`签到`：员工签到的日期和时间。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:374 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: the date and time the employee checked out. This only" " appears if the employee has checked out." msgstr ":guilabel:`签退`：员工签退的日期和时间。只有在员工已签退的情况下才会显示。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:376 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Worked Hours`: the total amount of time the employee logged for " "the day, in an hour and minute format (HH:MM). This value calculates all the" @@ -2174,23 +1989,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`工作时间`：员工当天记录的总时间，格式为小时和分钟（HH:MM）。如果员工多次签到和签退，该值将计算当天的所有签到和签退时间。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Extra Hours`: any extra hours the employee logged that is beyond " "their expected working hours." msgstr ":guilabel:`额外工时`：员工记录的超出预期工作时间的额外工时。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:383 msgid "Check in/check out details" msgstr "签到/签退详情" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:385 msgid "" "The following information appears for both the :guilabel:`Check In` and " ":guilabel:`Check Out` sections." msgstr "以下信息同时显示在 :guilabel:`签到` 和 :guilabel:`签退` 部分。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: the method with which the attendance information was " "gathered. :guilabel:`Systray` is displayed if the employee logged in and out" @@ -2202,24 +2017,24 @@ msgstr "" " :guilabel:`Systray`；如果员工:ref:`使用自助考勤机 ` " "签到和签退，则显示 :guilabel:`手动操作`。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:392 msgid "" ":guilabel:`IP Address`: the IP address for the computer the employee used to" " log in or out." msgstr ":guilabel:`IP 地址`：员工用来登录或退出的计算机 IP 地址。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:393 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browser`: the web browser the employee used to log in or out." msgstr ":guilabel:`Browser`：员工签到或签退时使用的网络浏览器。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:394 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Localization`: the city and country associated with the " "computer's IP address." msgstr ":guilabel:`本地化`：与计算机 IP 地址相关联的城市和国家。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:395 msgid "" ":guilabel:`GPS Coordinates`: the specific coordinates when the user logged " "in or out. To view the specific coordinates on a map, click the :guilabel:`→" @@ -2233,12 +2048,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The detailed information for an attendance entry." msgstr "考勤记录的详细信息。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:405 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:84 msgid "Errors" msgstr "错误" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:407 msgid "" "Entries that contain an error appear on the overview dashboard in red. In " "the :guilabel:`Gantt view`, the entry appears with a red background. If in " @@ -2247,14 +2062,14 @@ msgstr "" "包含错误的条目会以红色显示在概览仪表板上。在 :guilabel:`甘特视图`中，条目显示为红色背景。在 " ":guilabel:`列表视图中，条目文本显示为红色。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:411 msgid "" "An error typically occurs when an employee has checked in but has not " "checked out within the last 24 hours, or when an employee has a check in and" " check out period spanning over 16 hours." msgstr "当员工在过去 24 小时内签到但未签退，或签到和签退时间超过 16 小时，通常会出现错误。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:414 msgid "" "To fix the error, the attendance entry must be modified or deleted. Click on" " the entry to reveal a pop-up containing the details for that particular " @@ -2274,20 +2089,20 @@ msgid "" "selector is shown, and the time selector is highlighted." msgstr "允许修改出错考勤条目的弹出窗口。日历选择器已显示，时间选择器已高亮。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:426 msgid "" "When all the information on the pop-up is correct, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close`. When the entry no longer has an error, the entry appears in gray " "instead of red." msgstr "弹出窗口中的所有信息都正确后，点击 :guilabel:`保存并关闭`。当条目不再有错误时，条目将显示为灰色而不是红色。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 msgid "" "To delete an entry, click :guilabel:`Remove` on the pop-up instead of making" " modifications to the entry." msgstr "要删除条目，请点击弹出窗口中的 :guilabel:`删除`，而不要修改条目。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:435 msgid "" "To view attendance reports, click :guilabel:`Reporting` in the top menu. The" " default report displays each employee's attendance information for the past" @@ -2296,7 +2111,7 @@ msgstr "" "要查看考勤报告，请点击顶部菜单中的 :guilabel:`报告`。默认报告以 :guilabel:`折线图` 的形式显示每位员工过去 3 " "个月的考勤信息。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 msgid "" "The default view is a :guilabel:`Graph`. To view the data in a pivot table, " "click the :guilabel:`Pivot Table` button on the top right of the report. To " @@ -2306,7 +2121,7 @@ msgstr "" "默认视图为 :guilabel:`图表`。要在透视表中查看数据，请点击报告右上方的 :guilabel:`数据透视表` 按钮。要切换回图表视图，请点击 " ":guilabel:`数据透视表` 按钮旁边的 :guilabel:`图表` 按钮。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 msgid "" "To present different information, adjust the :ref:`filters and groups " "` in the same way as in the :guilabel:`Overview`" @@ -2315,7 +2130,7 @@ msgstr "" "要显示不同的信息，请调整 :ref:`筛选器和分组` ，方法与 :guilabel:`概览` " "仪表板相同。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:445 msgid "" "The data can be presented in either a :guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line" " Chart`, :guilabel:`Pie Chart`, :guilabel:`Stacked` chart, or in " @@ -2326,13 +2141,13 @@ msgstr "" "数据可以以 :guilabel:`柱状图`、:guilabel:`折线图`、:guilabel:`饼状图`、:guilabel:`堆叠` 图表，或以 " ":guilabel:`降序` 或 :guilabel:`升序` 顺序显示。要将视图更改为这些图表中的任何一种，请点击显示图表上方的相应按钮。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 msgid "" "To change the :guilabel:`Measures`, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button " "and select the desired measure from the drop-down menu." msgstr "要更改 :guilabel:`计量` 参数，请单击 :guilabel:`计量` 按钮，然后从下拉菜单中选择所需的参数。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:452 msgid "" "The report can also be inserted into a spreadsheet. Click the " ":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button and a pop-up appears. Select the " @@ -2345,6 +2160,151 @@ msgid "" "The default report view, with all the optional view buttons highlighted." msgstr "默认报告视图，突出显示所有可选视图按钮。" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/check_in_check_out`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:461 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/hardware`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:3 +msgid "Check in and out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users, who are logged into the " +"database, to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " +"application, or use a kiosk. For smaller companies, where every employee is " +"also a user, this feature may be useful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A user can check in and/or out on the main database Odoo dashboard, or while" +" inside any application. To do so, in the upper-right corner of the top main" +" header menu, which is always visible regardless of what application the " +"user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is " +"visible. Click on the colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, " +"enabling the user to check in and/or out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." +msgstr "右上角主菜单，签到按钮突出显示。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:22 +msgid "Check in" +msgstr "签到" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " +"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)`, and the " +"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in` " +":icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." +msgstr "当用户从数据库签到时，*考勤* 应用程序会记录用户的详细位置信息，包括 IP 地址和 GPS 坐标。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " +"their computer to access their location information." +msgstr "要让 *考勤* 应用程序记录位置详情，用户必须允许计算机访问其位置信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If the user has not already checked in and out during the current work day, " +"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " +"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" +" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " +"appears in that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button to check in. The " +":guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget " +"changes appearance, as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has" +" checked in, by changing the green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` " +"button to a yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:49 +msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." +msgstr "点击屏幕上的任意位置关闭考勤小工具。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:148 +msgid "Check out" +msgstr "签退" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " +"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" +" populating the time field. Beneath that line, the hours and minutes that " +"have elapsed since checking in are displayed in a :guilabel:`HH:MM` format. " +"As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes that " +"have passed since the user checked in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " +"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears, in addition to " +"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The times displayed in both of " +"these fields match, and are populated with the most recent check in time. " +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously logged " +"time is displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " +"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " +"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that is " +"logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:70 +msgid "" +"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " +":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " +"yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button. The attendance " +"widget updates again, displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the " +"logged time, while the yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` " +"button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " +"user allows their computer to access this information." +msgstr "当用户从数据库中签退时，*考勤* 应用程序会记录用户的详细位置信息。只有当用户允许其电脑访问这些信息时，**才会**记录这些信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." +msgstr "员工在数据库中签到时弹出的窗口。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:85 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " +"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " +"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" +" appears on the main *Attendances* dashboard, including check ins and check " +"outs with no time value." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Hardware" msgstr "硬件" @@ -2457,6 +2417,305 @@ msgid "" "departments." msgstr "Odoo *员工* 模块可用于整理公司的雇佣记录、合同以及部门。" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:3 +msgid "Departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"All employees in the *Employees* app fall under specific departments within " +"a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:8 +msgid "Create new departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To make a new department, navigate to :menuselection:`Employees app --> " +"Departments`, then click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left to reveal a blank " +"department form. Fill out the following information on the department form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The department for with all fields filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:18 +msgid ":guilabel:`Department Name`: enter a name for the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: using the drop-down menu, select the department " +"manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Parent Department`: if the new department is housed within " +"another department (has a parent department), select the parent department " +"using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates`: if employees in this department " +"require a specific appraisal form that is different from the default " +"appraisal form, tick the checkbox. If this option is activated, an " +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab appears below the form. This field " +"**only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " +"department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Survey`: using the drop-down menu, select the default " +"survey to use for the department when requesting feedback from employees. " +"This field **only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed, **and** " +"the *360 Feedback* option is enabled in the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the department. Click the default " +"white color box to display all the color options. Click on a color to select" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab: this tab **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates` options is activated on the form. " +"Make any desired edits to the appraisal form. The appraisal form is used for" +" appraisals for all employees within this department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:36 +msgid "" +"After the form is completed, click the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon to manually save the changes. When saved, a " +":guilabel:`Department Organization` chart appears in the top-right of the " +"department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The form auto-saves while data is entered, however the :guilabel:`Department" +" Organization` chart does **not** appear until the form is manually saved. " +"If the form is not saved, the :guilabel:`Department Organization` chart is " +"visible upon opening the department card from the :guilabel:`Departments` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:47 +msgid "Refer to the :doc:`../appraisals` documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:50 +msgid "Departments dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured departments, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Departments`. All departments appear in a " +"Kanban view, by default, and are listed in alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The departments dashboard view with all the department cards in a Kanban " +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:175 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "看板视图" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each department has its own Kanban card on the main :guilabel:`Departments` " +":icon:`oi-view-kanban` :guilabel:`(Kanban)` dashboard view, that can display" +" the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:66 +msgid "Department name: the name of the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:67 +msgid "Company: the company the department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employees`: the number of employees within the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisals`: the number of appraisals scheduled for employees in " +"the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Requests`: the number of unapproved time off requests " +"for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval ` . This **only** appears if there are requests to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allocation Requests`: the number of unapproved allocation " +"requests for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval " +"`. This **only** appears if there are requests " +"to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Applicants`: the number of :ref:`new applicants " +"` for a position in this department. This **only** appears " +"if there are new applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expense Reports`: the number of employees in the department with " +":ref:`open expense reports to approve `. This **only** " +"appears if there are any expense reports waiting for approval." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Absence`: the number of absences for the current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Color bar: the selected color for the department appears as a vertical bar " +"on the left side of the department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click on an alert in a department card, such as :guilabel:`Time Off " +"Requests`, to reveal a list view of the requests to approve. This list " +"includes **all** open requests to approve, not just from the specific " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The default view for the :guilabel:`Departments` dashboard is a Kanban view." +" It is possible to view the departments in two other forms: a list view and " +"a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "列表视图" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a list view, click the :icon:`fa-align-justify` " +":guilabel:`(list)` icon in the top-right corner. The departments appear in a" +" list view, which displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Employees`, " +":guilabel:`Parent Department`, and :guilabel:`Color` for each department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The departments are sorted alphabetically by :guilabel:`Department Name`, by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The departments presented in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When in list view, departments can be managed in batch by selecting one or " +"multiple record's checkbox, then select the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Actions` button to reveal a drop-down menu of actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:113 +msgid "Hierarchy view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a hierarchy view, click the :icon:`fa-share-alt " +"fa-rotate-90` :guilabel:`(hierarchy)` icon in the top-right corner. The " +"departments appear in an organizational chart format, with the highest-level" +" department at the top (typically :guilabel:`Management`), and all other " +"departments beneath it. All child departments of the first-level child " +"departments are folded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Each department card displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, the " +":guilabel:`Manager` (and their profile image), the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Employees` in the department, and the ability to expand the department " +"(:guilabel:`Unfold`) if there are child departments beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Unfold` button on a department card to expand it. Once " +"expanded, the :guilabel:`Unfold` button changes to a :guilabel:`Fold` " +"button. To collapse the department, click the :guilabel:`Fold` button. Only " +"**one** department *per row* can be unfolded at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Click anywhere on a department card to open the department form. Click the " +":guilabel:`(#) Employees` smart button to view a list of all the employees " +"in that department, including all employees in the child departments beneath" +" it, organized by individual department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In the hierarchy view, if the :guilabel:`(2) Employees` button on the " +":guilabel:`Management` card is clicked (the highest-level department card), " +"**all** employees appear in a list view, grouped by department. This is " +"because **all** departments are children of the :guilabel:`Management` " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`(3) Employees` button in the :guilabel:`Sales` department " +"card is clicked, the employees from the :guilabel:`Sales` department, as " +"well as its two child departments (:guilabel:`East Coast Territory` and " +":guilabel:`West Coat Territory`), appear in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "The departments presented in a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list view of employees for the department that was clicked, including all child\n" +"departments." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 msgid "New employees" msgstr "新员工" @@ -2540,7 +2799,6 @@ msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted." msgstr "新员工表单，高亮显示必填字段。" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:736 msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "可选字段" @@ -2680,7 +2938,8 @@ msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "简历选项卡" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:869 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "简历" @@ -4077,7 +4336,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr ":guilabel:`拖车挂钩`：如果车辆安装了拖车挂钩，请选中此复选框。" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:398 msgid "Salary" msgstr "工资" @@ -5530,10 +5789,6 @@ msgid "" "different ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 -msgid "List view" -msgstr "列表视图" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:304 msgid "" "The default view of the service records is a list view. This presents all " @@ -5581,11 +5836,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The form automatically saves as data is entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 -msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "看板视图" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:331 msgid "" "To view services by their stage, click the :guilabel:`Kanban` button, which " @@ -5671,11 +5921,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:380 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:230 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:889 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:894 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "在表格中输入以下信息：" @@ -5955,11 +6205,11 @@ msgid "" " pop-up windows close, and the activity now appears on the activity view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 msgid "Frontdesk" msgstr "前台" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:7 msgid "" "The Odoo *Frontdesk* application provides a way for visitors to check in to " "a building or location, and alert the person they are meeting about their " @@ -5968,24 +6218,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Odoo *前台*应用程序为访客提供了一种在建筑物或地点办理登记手续的方式，并提醒访客已经到达。此外，还可以要求在等待期间为访客送上预先准备好的饮品。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:11 msgid "" "This application is ideal for businesses that do **not** have someone " "working at a reception desk, locations **without** a designated waiting area" " available to guests and visitors." msgstr "该应用程序非常适合那些**没有**前台接待人员、**没有**指定等候区供客人和访客使用的企业。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:17 msgid "" "The first item to configure with the *Frontdesk* application is the station," " followed by any drink selections that might optionally be offered." msgstr "使用 *前台* 应用程序配置的第一个项目是工作站，然后是可选择提供的任何饮品。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 msgid "Stations" msgstr "岗位" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:23 msgid "" "In Odoo's *Frontdesk* application, a *Station* can be thought of as any " "location where someone can sign in and wait for an employee. This is " @@ -5995,14 +6245,14 @@ msgstr "" "在 Odoo 的 *前台* 应用程序中，*工作站* " "可以理解为任何可以签到并等待员工的位置。这通常是某种形式的等候区，如大堂。每个工作站都有一个自助服务终端，供访客签到。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:27 msgid "" "When setting up the *Frontdesk* application, a minimum of one station " "**must** be configured, but there is no limit to how many stations can be " "created and configured." msgstr "在设置 *前台* 应用程序时，**必须**配置至少一个工作站，但创建和配置工作站的数量没有限制。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:30 msgid "" "To create a station, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Stations`, and click :guilabel:`New`. When clicked, a " @@ -6011,7 +6261,7 @@ msgstr "" "要创建工作站，请导航至 :menuselection:`前台应用程序 --> 配置 --> 工作站`，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`新建`。点击后，会出现一个空白的前台表单。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Name`: enter a name for the specific frontdesk " "location. This should be short and easily identifiable, such as `Reception " @@ -6019,14 +6269,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`前台名称`：输入特定前台位置的名称。该名称应简短且易于识别，如 `接待台` 或 `大堂`。创建服务站时必须填写此字段。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:38 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsibles`: select the person (or persons) who are alerted " "when a visitor checks in using this specific frontdesk. Multiple selections " "can be entered. This field is required in order to create a station." msgstr ":guilabel:`负责人`：选择在访客使用此特定前台登记时发出警报的人员。可输入多个选择。要创建服务站，必须填写此字段。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk URL`: this field auto-populates once the frontdesk form is " "saved, with at least the :guilabel:`Frontdesk Name` and " @@ -6036,13 +6286,13 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`自助服务终端 URL`：保存前台表单后，该字段将自动填充，且至少已填写 :guilabel:`前台名称` 和 " ":guilabel:` 负责人` 字段。要手动保存，请点击表单顶部的 :guilabel:`（带向上箭头的云）` 图标。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:45 msgid "" "Once saved, a URL is generated in the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` field. This URL " "is one way the frontdesk kiosk is accessed." msgstr "保存后，将在 :guilabel:`自助服务终端 URL` 字段中生成一个 URL。该 URL 是访问前台终端的一种方式。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:48 msgid "" "To access the kiosk, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at the end of the " "URL, and navigate to that URL in a web browser. This URL opens that specific" @@ -6051,7 +6301,7 @@ msgstr "" "要访问自助服务终端，请点击 URL 末尾的 :guilabel:`复制` 按钮，并在网络浏览器中导航到该 URL。该 URL " "会打开特定站点的前台登录页面。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:52 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a frontdesk form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera" " with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " @@ -6060,26 +6310,25 @@ msgstr "" "要在前台表单中添加图像/照片，请将鼠标悬停在表单右上方的 :guilabel:` （带 '+' 号的相机）`图标上，以显示 :guilabel:`✏️ " "（铅笔）`图标。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:166 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:184 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to open a file explorer, navigate " "to the desired image/photo file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:58 msgid "" "The image selected for the station photo appears as the background image for" " the station kiosk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:61 msgid "Options tab" msgstr "“选项”选项卡" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Host Selection`: if the visitor is attending a meeting, this " "option allows the visitor to select the meeting host from a presented list, " @@ -6087,35 +6336,35 @@ msgid "" "detailed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Authenticate Guest`: if additional information is required when a" " guest checks in, enable this option, and select which of the following are " "required:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: select whether the guest's email address is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Phone`: select whether the guest's phone number is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Organization`: select whether the guest's organization is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Theme`: select the color mode of the kiosk. Choose either " ":guilabel:`Light` or :guilabel:`Dark`. The :guilabel:`Light` selection " @@ -6123,7 +6372,7 @@ msgid "" "selection displays a dark gray and black background." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Self Check-In`: enable this option to present a check-in QR code " "on the kiosk. The QR code allows guests to check in using their mobile " @@ -6131,7 +6380,7 @@ msgid "" "kiosk with multiple guests checking in at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Offer Drinks`: enable this option to offer guests a drink upon " "check in. If this option is enabled, it is necessary to :ref:`configure the " @@ -6140,13 +6389,13 @@ msgid "" " are configured, select each drink to be offered using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:90 msgid "" "The following options are only visible in the :guilabel:`Options` tab if the" " :ref:`Host Selection ` option is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by email`: enable this option to have an email sent to the" " person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -6154,20 +6403,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Email Template` selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:97 msgid "" "To change the default email template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`Email Template` field, then select another email template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any edits to the " "template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:102 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by SMS`: enable this option to have an SMS (text) message " "sent to the person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -6175,13 +6424,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk SMS Template` selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:106 msgid "" "To change the default SMS template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`SMS Template` field, and select another SMS template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:109 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any desired edits to the" @@ -6189,7 +6438,7 @@ msgid "" "characters, which fits in 4 SMS (UNICODE) messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by Discuss`: this option is enabled by default when the " ":guilabel:`Host Selection` option is enabled. This option opens a *Discuss* " @@ -6197,28 +6446,28 @@ msgid "" "in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:116 msgid "" "When enabled, a default message appears for the person the guest is " "visiting. The *Discuss* application **must** be installed in order for this " "option to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:120 msgid "" "*Discuss* is installed by default when creating an Odoo database, and does " "not count towards billing. As long as the *Discuss* application is not " "intentionally uninstalled, the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option works." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:125 msgid "" "The default message format for the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option is: " "`(Frontdesk Station) Check-In: (Guest Name) (Guest Phone Number) " "(Organization) to meet (Name of employee).`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:128 msgid "" "An example of how that might appear in a *Discuss* message is: `Main Lobby " "Check-In: John Doe (123-555-1234) (Odoo, Inc.) to meet Marc Demo.`" @@ -6228,11 +6477,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Frontdesk station form with all the information filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 msgid "Side Message tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:138 msgid "" "Enter any desired text to appear on the station kiosk after a guest has " "checked in, such as a welcome greeting or any necessary instructions. The " @@ -6240,11 +6489,12 @@ msgid "" " a guest has completed the check-in process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:112 msgid "Drinks" msgstr "饮料可乐" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:147 msgid "" "After a station is created, the next step is to configure the drinks to " "offer visitors, if desired. This step is **not** necessary or required for " @@ -6252,31 +6502,31 @@ msgid "" "drinks are offered to guests." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:151 msgid "" "To add a drink option, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Drinks`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a " "blank drink form to configure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 msgid "Enter the following information on the drink form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Drink Name`: type the name of the drink option in this field. " "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 msgid "" ":guilabel:`People to Notify`: use the drop-down menu in this field to select" " who is notified when the drink is selected. Multiple people can be entered " "in this field. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:159 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a numerical value in this field to indicate " "where in the list of drink options this specific option appears. The lower " @@ -6285,16 +6535,16 @@ msgid "" "first in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:163 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:181 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a drink form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera " "with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:169 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:187 msgid "" "The image selected now appears in the picture field, and is set as the image" " for the drink." @@ -6304,156 +6554,237 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Drink form with the information filled out for an espresso." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:178 msgid "Station dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:192 +msgid "Kiosk setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " +"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " +"tablet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:197 +msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " +":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" +" a new browser tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " +"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" +" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " +"browser tab or window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " +"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " +"accessing the database when checking-in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" +" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " +":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " +"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " +"requests were made for each drink." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:220 +msgid "" +"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " +"other metrics, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`frontdesk/visitors`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:3 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "访问者" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:5 msgid "" -"To access a complete list of visitors that are currently checked in, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +"In the Odoo *Frontdesk* application, a *visitor* is defined as any non-" +"employee (e.g., repair person, job candidate, etc.). These visitors can be " +"logged upon arrival and departure for security purposes. This ensures an " +"accurate list of people on the premises." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:196 -msgid "" -"The visitors are listed in a list view, with the following details that were" -" entered when they checked in:" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:12 +msgid "Visitor list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To access a complete list of checked-in visitors, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:18 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Planned or Checked-In` and :guilabel:`Today` " "filters appear in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:21 +msgid "" +"All visitors are presented in a list view, with the following details that " +"were entered upon check in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:24 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the guest's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:25 msgid ":guilabel:`Visitor Company`: the company the guest represents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: the guest's phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 -msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`: the drink the guest requested." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`\\*: the drink the guest requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:28 msgid ":guilabel:`Host`: who the guest is waiting to see." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:29 msgid ":guilabel:`CheckIn`: the date and time the guest checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Checkout`: the date and time the guest checked out. As mentioned," -" in the default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " +":guilabel:`Checkout`\\*: the date and time the guest checked out. In the " +"default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " ":guilabel:`Planned` status are visible. Guests with check-out times are only" " visible if the :guilabel:`Today` filter is not active." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duration`: the amount of time the guest has been checked in for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`Station`: the location of where the guest checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: the status of the guest. The options are " ":guilabel:`Checked-In`, :guilabel:`Planned`, :guilabel:`Checked-Out`, or " -":guilabel:`Canceled`. In the default view, only guests with a " -":guilabel:`Checked-In` or :guilabel:`Planned` status are visible." +":guilabel:`Canceled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: the guest's email address." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`\\*: the guest's email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:39 msgid "" -"To the far right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page is " -"an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +"\\* These fields are not visible in the default :guilabel:`Visitor` list. " +"These must be enabled using the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` " +":guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon in the top-right of the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To the far-right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page, " +"there is an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:46 msgid "" "When a guest leaves, click the available :guilabel:`Check out` button to " "update the guest's record, and log the date and time they left." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:49 msgid "" "If a scheduled guest arrives, and they did not check in using the " "*Frontdesk* kiosk, they can be checked in here, by clicking the available " ":guilabel:`Check in` button to log the date and time they arrived." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:53 msgid "" -"Beside the untitled status column a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button appears," -" but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." +"Beside the untitled status column, a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " +"appears, but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:56 msgid "" "When their drink has been served, click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " "to indicate the drink has been delivered to the guest. Once clicked, that " "button disappears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst-1 msgid "" "The full list of currently checked in visitors, with the drinks to be served" " highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:63 msgid "" "If any column is not visible, or if a visible column is preferred to be " -"hidden, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options (two horizontal lines with " -"dots)` icon, located at the end of the column name list." +"hidden, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(additional " +"options)` icon, located at the end of the column name list. Doing so, " +"reveals a reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or disable. A" +" :icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`(check)` icon indicates the column is visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Clicking that reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or " -"disable. A :guilabel:`✅ (checkmark)` icon indicates the column is visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:69 msgid "Planned visitors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:71 msgid "" -"If a guest is expected to arrive at a future date and time, it is possible " -"to enter their information into the *Frontdesk* application in advance." +"Enter expected guest information in advance by creating a planned guest in " +"the *Frontdesk* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:73 msgid "" "To create a planned guest, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Visitors --> New`. Then, enter the same information as any other " -":ref:`visitor `. The only required fields are the " -"visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the :guilabel:`Station` at which they are " -"expected to arrive." +"Visitors`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, enter the same information as " +"any other :ref:`visitor ` on the guest form that appears. " +"The only required fields are the visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Station` at which they are expected to arrive." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:79 msgid "" "If a guest is planned in advance, they must be checked in from the list on " "the :guilabel:`Visitors` page in the *Frontdesk* application " @@ -6462,96 +6793,71 @@ msgid "" " entry remains listed as :guilabel:`Planned`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:84 msgid "" -"Only when a planned guest is checked in inside the application's visitor " -"list, their :guilabel:`Planned` status changes to :guilabel:`Checked-In`." +"The :guilabel:`Planned` status of a planned guest **only** changes to " +":guilabel:`Checked-In` when they are checked in *inside* the application's " +":guilabel:`Visitors` list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:87 msgid "" "If a guest does check in using a kiosk, ensure all records are current, and " -"the list of currently on-site guests is correct. Be sure to check in and/or " -"check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly reflects who " -"is currently on the premises." +"the list of guests that are currently on-site is correct. Be sure to check " +"in and/or check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly " +"reflects who is currently on the premises." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:91 msgid "" "Ensure planned guests are informed that they should **not** check in using " "the kiosk if they are listed as a planned guest in advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:274 -msgid "Frontdesk flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " -"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " -"tablet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:279 -msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:281 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " -":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" -" a new browser tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:283 -msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " -"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" -" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " -"browser tab or window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:288 -msgid "" -"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " -"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " -"accessing the database when checking-in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:95 msgid "Visitor flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:294 -msgid "" -"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a frontdesk kiosk, and " -"enter their information. The information requested is what was configured " -"for that specific frontdesk station. If any information is required, the " -"field displays a red asterisk (*). The visitor must enter the required " -"information in order to check in." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:98 +msgid "Visitor check in" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a :ref:`Frontdesk kiosk " +"`, and click :guilabel:`Check in`. The information " +"requested from the visitor is what was configured for that specific " +"*Frontdesk* station. If any information is required, the field displays a " +"red asterisk (\\*). The visitor **must** enter the required information in " +"order to check in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:105 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, the visitor taps the :guilabel:`Check " "In` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:108 msgid "" -"If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check " -"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: `Do " -"you want something to drink?`" +"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," +" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check " +"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: " +":guilabel:`Do you want something to drink?`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:117 msgid "" "The visitor can tap either :guilabel:`Yes, please`, or :guilabel:`No, thank " "you`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:119 msgid "" "If they select :guilabel:`Yes, please`, a drink selection screen appears, " "and the pre-configured options are listed. The visitor then taps the desired" @@ -6559,47 +6865,46 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Nothing, thanks` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:123 msgid "" -"If a drink selection was made, a `Thank you for registering! Your drink is " -"on the way.` message appears." +"If a drink selection was made, a :guilabel:`Thank you for registering! Your " +"drink is on the way.` message appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:313 -msgid "" -"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," -" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:127 +msgid "Notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:129 msgid "" "Once the visitor has checked in, the person they are visiting, and any other" -" users who were configured to be notified when checks ins occur at the " -"kiosk, are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a " -"*Discuss* chat, or any combination of those three options." +" users who were configured to be notified when check-ins occur at the kiosk," +" are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a *Discuss*" +" chat, or any combination of those three options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:133 msgid "" "If the visitor requested a drink, the user(s) configured as the " -":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified via the " -"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: `(Visitor Name) just " -"checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" +":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified, via the " +"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: :guilabel:`(Visitor " +"Name) just checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the drink has been delivered to the guest, the person who delivered the" " drink is responsible for marking the drink as delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:140 msgid "" "To mark a drink as delivered, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Stations --> (#) Drinks to serve` on the desired station card." +"Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#) " +"Drinks to serve`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:143 msgid "" "This opens a list of all the visitors checked in at that station, and are " "waiting for a drink. Click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button at the end of" @@ -6607,64 +6912,39 @@ msgid "" "their drink served, the visitor disappears from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:150 msgid "" "Once the visitor has completed their business, and has left the premises, it" " is important to check them out for accurate record keeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:153 msgid "" "To check visitors out properly, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app " -"--> Stations --> (#) On Site`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who" -" are currently checked-in at that station." +"--> Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#)" +" Drinks to serve`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who are " +"currently checked-in at that station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:157 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check Out` button near the end of the line for the " +"Click the :guilabel:`Check out` button near the end of the line for the " "visitor who left. Once they are marked as checked-out, the visitor " "disappears from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:161 msgid "" -"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important to" -" check out visitors for accurate record keeping." +"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important " +"for *Frontdesk* users to check out visitors for accurate record keeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:164 msgid "" "Always have an accurate list of who is on the premises at any given time. " "This is important for security purposes, and in the case of an emergency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:353 -msgid "" -"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " -"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:355 -msgid "" -"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" -" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " -":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:358 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " -"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " -"requests were made for each drink." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:361 -msgid "" -"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " -"other metrics, as well." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:5 msgid "Lunch" msgstr "午餐" @@ -7172,7 +7452,7 @@ msgid "The category form, with the fields filled out for a Soup category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:280 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:701 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:392 msgid "Alerts" msgstr "警告" @@ -8389,13 +8669,20 @@ msgid "" "the changes are also reflected in the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To access contract templates, the *Salary Configurator* " +"(`hr_contract_salary`) module **must** be :ref:`installed " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "To view all the current contract templates in the database, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Contracts: Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Contract Templates` page, all current contract templates " "appear in a list view. To view the details of a contract template, click " @@ -8404,40 +8691,40 @@ msgid "" "contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" "To create a new contract template, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Then, " "enter the following information on the blank contract template form that " "appears:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Reference`: enter a brief description for the template. " "This should be clear and easily understood, as this name appears in the " "*Recruitment* application, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: select the desired working schedule the " "contract applies to from the drop-down menu. If a new working schedule is " "needed, create a :ref:`new working schedule `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select how the work entries are generated. " "Choices are either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: work entries are generated based on the " "selected working schedule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "attendance, as they are logged in the *Attendances* application. Refer to " @@ -8445,56 +8732,56 @@ msgid "" "on checking in and out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Planning`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "planning in the *Planning* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select the :ref:`salary structure type " "` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the contract template applies " "to from the drop-down menu. If blank, the template applies to all " "departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Job Position`: select the :ref:`job position ` the contract template applies to from the drop-down menu. If " "blank, the template applies to all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 msgid ":guilabel:`Wage on Payroll`: enter the monthly wage in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Type`: select the type of contract from the drop-down " "menu. This list is the same as the :ref:`Employment Types " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: select the employee responsible for validating " "contracts, using this template, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`: select a default document that a" " new employee has to sign to accept an offer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template`: select a default document " "that a current employee has to sign to update their contract." @@ -8504,18 +8791,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new contract template form, with the fields filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 msgid "Salary information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or " ":guilabel:`Hourly Wage` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: using the drop-down menu, select how often the " "employee is paid. Options include :guilabel:`Annually`, :guilabel:`Semi-" @@ -8524,7 +8811,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Weekly`, or :guilabel:`Daily`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage`: enter the gross wage. The time period presented in this " "field is based on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Scheduled Pay` field. " @@ -8532,21 +8819,21 @@ msgid "" "*first*, since that entry updates this field automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:172 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)`: enter the total yearly cost the employee " "costs the employer. When this value is entered, the :guilabel:`Monthly Cost " "(Real)` is automatically updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Monthly Cost (Real)`: this field is **not** editable. The value " "is automatically populated after the :guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)` is " "entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:178 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Schedule Pay`, :guilabel:`Wage`, and :guilabel:`Yearly Cost " "(Real)` fields are all linked. If any of these fields are updated, the other" @@ -8559,60 +8846,60 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The salary information tab, with the fields filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 msgid "Pre-tax benefits and post-tax deductions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:190 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings set for the company, the entries " "presented in this section either vary, or may not appear at all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "For example, some entries may pertain to retirement accounts, health " "insurance benefits, and commuter benefits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:196 msgid "" "Enter the monetary amounts or percentages to specify how much of the " "employee's salary goes to the various benefits and/or deductions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "Employment types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:204 msgid "" "To view all the pre-configured employment types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll application --> Configuration --> Contracts: " "Employment Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:207 msgid "" "The employment types are presented in a list view on the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:209 msgid "" "The default employment types are :guilabel:`Permanent`, " ":guilabel:`Temporary`, :guilabel:`Seasonal`, :guilabel:`Interim`, " ":guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, and :guilabel:`Permanent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 msgid "" "To make a new employment type, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the " "upper-left corner, and a blank line appears at the bottom of the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:215 msgid "" "On this new blank line, enter the name of the employment type in the " ":guilabel:`Name` column. If the employment type is country-specific, select " @@ -8621,7 +8908,7 @@ msgid "" " specific country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:220 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the employment types, click the :guilabel:`six " "small gray boxes` icon to the left of the employment type :guilabel:`Name`, " @@ -8632,12 +8919,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The employment types in the database by default, in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "工作条目" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -8647,15 +8934,15 @@ msgstr "" "*工作条目*是员工工时单上的一条单独记录。所有工作和休假类型均可配置为工作条目，如 " ":guilabel:`考勤`、:guilabel:`病假`、:guilabel:`培训`或 :guilabel:`国家法定节假日`。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:238 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr ":doc:`管理工作条目 `" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:241 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "工作条目类型" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -8665,14 +8952,14 @@ msgstr "" "在 *工资册* 应用程序中创建工作条目时，或员工在 *工时单* 应用程序中输入信息时，首先需要选择 " ":guilabel:`工作条目类型`。系统将根据数据库中的本地化设置自动创建:guilabel:`工作条目类型`列表。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work " "Entry Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:251 msgid "" "Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." @@ -8684,29 +8971,29 @@ msgid "" "code and color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "新建工作条目类型" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 msgid "" "To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:730 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:43 msgid "General information section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: the name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:269 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: this code appears with the work entry type on " "timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " @@ -8714,7 +9001,7 @@ msgid "" "department for a code to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:272 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DMFA code`: this code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " "Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding :abbr:`DMFA (De " @@ -8725,50 +9012,50 @@ msgid "" "salaries paid to those employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 msgid "" ":guilabel:`External Code`: this code is used for exporting data to a third-" "party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used to determine " "the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: this code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " "payroll service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the particular work entry type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:285 msgid "Display in payslip section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rounding`: the rounding method selected determines how quantities" " on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: a timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:295 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -8781,11 +9068,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`不采用四舍五入法`，则输入的时间仍为 5.5 小时。如果 :guilabel:`四舍五入` 设置为 " ":guilabel:`半天`，则条目将改为 4 小时。如果设置为 :guilabel:`一天`，条目将改为 8 小时。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:301 msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: if the work entry is for work that " "is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " @@ -8794,39 +9081,39 @@ msgid "" " training, or volunteer work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:309 msgid "Valid for advantages section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: if the work entry should count towards a meal " "voucher, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:312 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: if the work entry should count towards " "representation fees, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: if the work entry should count " "towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:318 msgid "Time off options section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off`: check this box if the work entry type can be selected " "for a time off request, or entry, in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field " "appears. This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time" @@ -8834,14 +9121,14 @@ msgid "" "example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "A new type of time off can be entered in the field, if the listed types of " "time off in the drop-down menu do **not** display the type of time off " "needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: this is for Belgian-specific companies " "**only**, and does **not** appear for other localizations. Check this box if" @@ -8852,11 +9139,11 @@ msgid "" "year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:336 msgid "Reporting section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:338 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: if the work entry should be visible on the " "unforeseen absences report, check this box." @@ -8866,11 +9153,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:348 msgid "Working schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 msgid "" "To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " @@ -8878,21 +9165,21 @@ msgid "" "contracts and work entries are found in this list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 msgid "" "Working schedules are company-specific. Each company **must** identify each " "type of working schedule they use. If the database is created for only one " "company, the company column is not available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" "An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " "work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " "that uses the 40-hour standard work week." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "" "A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " "needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." @@ -8904,17 +9191,17 @@ msgid "" "the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "New working schedule" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:373 msgid "" "To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " "enter the information on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -8924,7 +9211,7 @@ msgstr "" "这些字段被自动填充为标准 40 小时工作周，但可以进行修改。首先，通过修改 :guilabel:`名称` " "字段中的文本来更改工作时间的名称。然后，对适用于新工作时间的天数和时间进行调整。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:380 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -8936,7 +9223,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`每天时长`以及:guilabel:`工作条目类型` 选项，并选中所需选项。输入时间，可修改:guilabel:`开始工作时间` " "和:guilabel:`结束工作时间` 列。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:386 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." @@ -8944,10 +9231,10 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`工作开始时间` 和 :guilabel:`工作结束时间`必须采用 24 小时制格式。例如，`下午 2:00 ` " "应输入为`14:00`。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:389 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top-left. This creates " "entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" @@ -8955,11 +9242,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New working schedule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:403 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "工资结构类型" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -8971,7 +9258,7 @@ msgstr "" "在 Odoo " "中，员工的工资单基于*结构*和*结构类型*，两者会影响员工输入工时单的方式。每种结构类型都包含处理工时单条目的一组规则，由嵌套在其中的不同结构组成。结构类型定义了员工获取工资的频率、工作时长，以及工资是基于工资（固定）还是基于工作时间（变化）。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:411 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -8983,73 +9270,77 @@ msgstr "" "例如，结构类型可以是`员工` ，而该结构类型中可能包含有两个不同的结构：一个是`固定工资` 结构，其中包括处理固定工资的所有单独的规则；另一个是 " "`年终奖`结构，其中只包括年终奖发放的规则。而`固定工资` 结构和`年终奖` 结构都属于 `员工` 结构类型。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:417 msgid "" "The different :guilabel:`Structure Types` can be seen by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure " -"Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary: Structure Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:420 msgid "" -"There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: " -":guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Worker`. Typically, :guilabel:`Employee`" -" is used for salaried employees, which is why the wage type is " -":guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is typically used for" -" employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +"Two default structure types are configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Employee` and" +" :guilabel:`Worker`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:422 +msgid "" +"Typically, :guilabel:`Employee` is used for salaried employees, which is why" +" the wage type is :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is " +"typically used for employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is " +":guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "New structure type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " "structure type form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 msgid "" "Proceed to enter information in the fields. Most fields are pre-populated, " "but all the fields can be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:441 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Structure Type`: enter the name for the new structure type, such " "as `Employee` or `Worker`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Country`: select the country that the new structure type applies " "to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:445 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select what type of wage the new structure type uses," " either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for salaried employees, who receive the same wage " "every pay period, select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:451 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for employees, who receive wages based on how many" " hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: select the typical pay schedule for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," @@ -9058,7 +9349,7 @@ msgid "" "indicates how often this specific type of structure is paid out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: select the default working hours for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " @@ -9069,13 +9360,13 @@ msgid "" "hours>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: type in the name for the regular pay " "structure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:463 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: select the default type of work entry " "the new structure type falls under from the drop-down menu. The default " @@ -9086,13 +9377,13 @@ msgid "" "Hours`, and :guilabel:`Long Term Time Off`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 msgid "" "To view all the options for the :guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`, click " "the :guilabel:`Search More..` button at the bottom of the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:472 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings, this list may contain more options " "in addition to the default options." @@ -9103,11 +9394,11 @@ msgid "" "New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 msgid "New default working hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:484 msgid "" "To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " "in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " @@ -9117,14 +9408,14 @@ msgid "" "time. When the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: type in the name for the new default working hours. This " "should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " "Hours/Week`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that can use these new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " @@ -9132,7 +9423,7 @@ msgid "" " to have their own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:495 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: the average hours per day field is auto-" "populated, based on the working hours configured in the :guilabel:`Working " @@ -9140,13 +9431,13 @@ msgid "" "hours affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:499 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Timezone`: select the time zone to be used for the new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:501 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: enter the number of hours per week an " "employee would need to work to be considered a full-time employee. " @@ -9155,7 +9446,7 @@ msgid "" "(full-time vs part-time)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:505 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Time Rate`: this percentage is auto-generated based on the " "entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" @@ -9165,7 +9456,7 @@ msgid "" "adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: this tab is where each day's specific working" " hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " @@ -9173,26 +9464,26 @@ msgid "" "with each day divided into three timed sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:513 msgid "" "Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening " "(13:00-17:00) hours configured, using a 24 hour time format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:516 msgid "" "To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field to adjust, and " "make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the specific case of " "the times, type in the desired time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:519 msgid "" "Keep in mind, working hours are company-specific, and cannot be shared " "between companies. Each company needs to have their own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "" "If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " "bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " @@ -9201,17 +9492,17 @@ msgid "" " be adjusted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 msgid "Structures" msgstr "结构" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:531 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." msgstr "*薪资结构*是指员工在特定*结构*内获取薪资的不同方式，并由各种规则具体定义。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -9219,13 +9510,13 @@ msgid "" "`Bonus`." msgstr "公司对每种薪资类型的结构数量需求取决于薪资获取的不同方式以及薪资计算方式。例如， `奖金`便是一种可增添的常见结构。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:538 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:541 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " @@ -9237,7 +9528,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All available salary structures." msgstr "所有可用的薪资结构。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:548 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." @@ -9249,12 +9540,12 @@ msgid "" "Rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:551 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:556 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:261 msgid "Rules" msgstr "规则" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:558 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " "purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" @@ -9262,35 +9553,35 @@ msgid "" "the creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:562 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " "Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:565 msgid "" "To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " "the following information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 msgid "Top section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:571 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rule Name`: enter a name for the rule. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " "recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " @@ -9298,38 +9589,38 @@ msgid "" "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:577 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a number indicating when this rule is calculated" " in the sequence of all other rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:576 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Active`: enable this toggle, so the rule is available for use. " "Disable the toggle to hide the rule without deleting it in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:583 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appears on payslip`: tick the checkbox to have the rule appear on" " employee payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:584 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Employer Cost Dashboard`: tick the checkbox to have the " "rule appear on the :guilabel:`Employer Cost` report, located on the " "*Payroll* app dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:586 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Payroll Reporting`: tick the checkbox to have the rule " "appear on payroll reports." @@ -9339,15 +9630,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 msgid "General tab" msgstr "常规选项卡" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:597 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "条件" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:599 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: select from the drop-down menu whether the " "rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always applies), a :guilabel:`Range` " @@ -9356,11 +9647,11 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:600 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:605 msgid "Computation" msgstr "计算" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:607 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: select from the drop-down menu whether the amount " "is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a :guilabel:`Percentage (%)`, or a " @@ -9368,54 +9659,54 @@ msgid "" "percentage, or Python code needs to be entered next. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:613 msgid "Company contribution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:615 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partner`: if another company financially contributes to this " "rule, select the company from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:614 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:810 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 msgid "Description tab" msgstr "描述选项卡" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:621 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the rule. " "This tab only appears in the rule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:625 msgid "Accounting tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:627 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Debit Account`: select the debit account from the drop-down menu " "the rule affects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Credit Account`: select the credit account from the drop-down " "menu the rule affects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:624 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:629 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not computed in net accountability`: tick the checkbox to delete " "the value of this rule in the `Net Salary` rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:633 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "规则参数" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:636 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " @@ -9424,11 +9715,11 @@ msgid "" "has matured to more markets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:642 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "其他输入类型" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:644 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " @@ -9442,14 +9733,14 @@ msgid "" "a payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 msgid "" "To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " ":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " "applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:658 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" " :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " @@ -9461,11 +9752,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new Input Type form filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:664 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:669 msgid "Salary attachment types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:671 msgid "" "Salary attachments, also thought of as \"wage garnishments\", are portions " "of earnings taken out of a payslip for something specific. Much like all " @@ -9473,7 +9764,7 @@ msgid "" "**must** be defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:675 msgid "" "To view the currently configured salary attachments, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Salary " @@ -9482,7 +9773,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Child Support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:679 msgid "" "To make a new type of salary attachment, click the :guilabel:`New` button. " "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Code` (used in the salary " @@ -9494,11 +9785,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new salary attachment form filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "工资包配置程序" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " "section of the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary " @@ -9508,7 +9800,7 @@ msgid "" "their salary package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:695 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -9517,11 +9809,11 @@ msgid "" "sees, and what is populated, as the applicant enters information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:701 msgid "Benefits" msgstr "优点" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:703 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain benefits " "set in Odoo, in addition to the salary, to make an offer more appealing " @@ -9529,7 +9821,7 @@ msgid "" " or internet, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:707 msgid "" "To view the benefits, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary Package Configurator: Benefits`. Benefits are grouped by " @@ -9541,7 +9833,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list view of all the benefits available for each structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:716 msgid "" "A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " "another labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " @@ -9549,7 +9841,7 @@ msgid "" "structure type has a meal voucher benefit available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:720 msgid "" "A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use the " "company car benefit, but cannot have meal vouchers. A person hired under the" @@ -9557,29 +9849,29 @@ msgid "" "available to them, not the use of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:724 msgid "" "To make a new benefit, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " "information in the fields on the blank benefits form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:722 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 msgid "The various fields for creating a benefit are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:732 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefits`: enter the name for the benefit. This field is " "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:733 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "benefit this is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of cost " "incurred by the company for this specific benefit. The default options are " @@ -9590,7 +9882,7 @@ msgid "" "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:739 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Related Type`: select from the drop-down menu what type of " "benefit it is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -9599,52 +9891,52 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:738 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the specific field" " on the contract the benefit appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select the specific field on the contract that the " "cost of the benefit is linked to, using the drop-down menu. If this field is" " left blank, the cost of the benefit is not computed in the employee budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:748 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Net Salary`: tick the checkbox if the benefit should " "impact the employee's net salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requested Documents`: select any document that is required to be " "submitted for this benefit, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:752 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mandatory Benefits`: using the drop-down menu, select the benefit" " that is required in order for this specific benefit to be offered to the " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 msgid "" "For example, a benefit for car insurance would populate `Company Car` in " "this field. This would allow the car insurance benefit to **only** be " "displayed if the employee has selected/enabled the benefit of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:758 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this benefit applies to. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:760 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select the metric that the benefit is granted, " "using the drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " @@ -9655,17 +9947,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new benefit form filled out for an internet subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:768 msgid "Display section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:770 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show Name`: tick the checkbox to have the benefit name appear in " "the salary package configurator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:767 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: select from the drop-down menu how this benefit is" " displayed. The options are :guilabel:`Always Selected`, " @@ -9674,14 +9966,14 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 msgid "" "Depending on the selection made, additional configurations need to be made. " "For example, if :guilabel:`Radio Buttons` is selected, the individual radio " "buttons must be entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Icon`: an icon from the `Font Awesome 4 library " "`_ can be visible for this benefit. Enter" @@ -9689,43 +9981,43 @@ msgid "" "suitcase icon, the code `fa fa-suitcase` is entered on this line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hide Description`: tick the checkbox to hide the benefit " "description if the benefit is not selected by the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:784 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded`: if the benefit should be folded, or hidden, because it " "is dependant on another benefit selection, tick the checkbox. The following " "fields appear when this is active:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Label`: enter a name for the folded section of the benefit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:783 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:788 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Res Field`: select the contract field this benefit is tied " "to using the drop-down menu. If this field is selected on the contract, then" " this benefit becomes visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:792 msgid "Activity section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the activity type" " that is automatically created when this benefit is selected by the " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:796 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation`: select when the activity is created, either " "when the :guilabel:`Employee signs his contract`, or when the " @@ -9733,7 +10025,7 @@ msgid "" "desired selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:799 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation Type`: select the parameters for when the " "activity is created, either :guilabel:`When the benefit is set` or " @@ -9741,47 +10033,47 @@ msgid "" " desired selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:802 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Assigned to`: select the user the activity is automatically " "assigned to, using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:143 msgid "Sign section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:808 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Template to Sign`: if the employee is required to sign a document" " when selecting this benefit, select the document template from the drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:811 msgid "" "For example, a benefit regarding the use of a company car may require the " "employee to sign a document acknowledging the company's car policies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:812 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the benefit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:820 msgid "Personal info" msgstr "个人信息" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:822 msgid "" "Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " "candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " "information, resume, work information, and documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:826 msgid "" "The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " "section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " @@ -9789,17 +10081,17 @@ msgid "" "hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:825 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:830 msgid "" "To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " "dashboard, and click on the employee's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:829 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:834 msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." msgstr "员工卡可被视为员工的人事档案。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:836 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Personal Info` section lists all of the fields that are " "available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " @@ -9813,25 +10105,25 @@ msgid "" "enter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:839 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 msgid "" "To edit a personal info entry, select an entry from the list on the " ":guilabel:`Personal Info` page, and modify the personal info on the form " "that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:842 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 msgid "To create a new personal info entry, click the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:849 msgid "" "The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " "are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " ":guilabel:`Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:852 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down menu. " ":guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the :guilabel:`Bank" @@ -9839,7 +10131,7 @@ msgid "" "account, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:851 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from the drop-down menu that best " "describes what kind of personal information this entry is, and where it is " @@ -9848,13 +10140,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address` or :guilabel:`Personal Documents`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:861 msgid "" "The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " "Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:859 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:864 msgid "" "Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required` box makes the field mandatory on the " "employee's card. The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the " @@ -9867,50 +10159,50 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "新建个人信息条目。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:871 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:876 msgid "" "The resumé section, housed within the salary package configurator section of" " the settings menu, is how salary information rules are configured when " "offering a position to potential employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:879 msgid "" "When an offer is sent to a prospective employee, the values for the offer " "are computed from these settings, and appear on the offer page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:877 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:882 msgid "" "To configure this section, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator: Resumé`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:885 msgid "" "By default, there are three :guilabel:`Salary Structure Types` pre-" "configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Worker`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " ":guilabel:`None`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:888 msgid "" "Each :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` has several rules configured. These " "affect how an offer is calculated using that particular :guilabel:`Salary " "Structure Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:886 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " ":guilabel:`Contract Salary Resumé` form loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 msgid ":guilabel:`Information`: type in a name for this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:892 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:897 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select the category this value is housed under, using " "the drop-down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Monthly Salary`, " @@ -9918,11 +10210,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:901 msgid "New categories can be made if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, then enter the name for the new category " "in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, select the :guilabel:`Periodicity` from" @@ -9931,23 +10223,23 @@ msgid "" "appears in the :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` rule list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:908 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Monthly Total`: tick the checkbox if this value is added " "in the monthly total calculation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:911 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select what kind of value this rule is, either " ":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Days`, or :guilabel:`Percent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency` is for a set monetary value, :guilabel:`Days` is for " "compensation in the form of time off, and :guilabel:`Percent` is for a " @@ -9955,13 +10247,13 @@ msgid "" "commissions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:912 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select which :guilabel:`Salary Structure " "Type` this rule is nested under, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:919 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Value Type`: select how the value is computed, using the drop-" "down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Fixed Value`, " @@ -9969,7 +10261,7 @@ msgid "" "Benefits Values`, and :guilabel:`Monthly Total`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:922 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: select the code this rule applies to from the drop-down " "menu." @@ -9980,23 +10272,23 @@ msgid "" "The net wage rule form filled out, with all the information for net pay." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:929 msgid "Jobs" msgstr "工作" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:926 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:931 msgid "" "Since the *Payroll* application is responsible for paying employees for " "specific job positions, the complete list of job positions can be found in " "both the *Payroll* and *Recruitment* applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:937 #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:934 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:939 msgid "" "The job positions listed in the *Payroll* application are identical to the " "job positions listed in the *Recruitment* application. If a new job position" @@ -10004,13 +10296,13 @@ msgid "" "*Payroll* application, and vice versa." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:943 msgid "" "To view the job positions, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Jobs: Job Positions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:941 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:946 msgid "" "A list of all the job positions appear, along with the corresponding " "department, on the :guilabel:`Job Position` page." @@ -10020,38 +10312,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list of all the job positions and corresponding departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 msgid "" "To create a new job description, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a job " "form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:955 msgid "" "Enter the information on the form for the new position. The information is " "identical as to the information entered when creating a new job position in " "the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 msgid "" "Refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation for more details" " on how to fill out this form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:957 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:962 msgid ":doc:`payroll/contracts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:963 msgid ":doc:`payroll/payslips`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:959 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:964 msgid ":doc:`payroll/work_entries`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:965 msgid ":doc:`payroll/reporting`" msgstr "" @@ -12725,8 +13017,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " "steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" " step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," -" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " -"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +" conducting an interview, or sending a job offer, for example. This process " +"is referred to as the 'applicant flow.'" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 @@ -12759,18 +13051,245 @@ msgid "" "positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " "` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " "stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " -"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes are " "visible on all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:37 msgid "" -"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +"Before creating a job position in Odoo, configure the necessary settings for" +" the *Recruitment* app. To view and edit the settings, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Settings`. After any " +"changes are made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the top-left corner " +"to save all the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:43 +msgid "Job posting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Job Posting` section of the *Recruitment* app settings has " +"only one selection to make. If job positions are to be posted to the " +"company's website, enable the :guilabel:`Online Posting` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Online Posting` is only available if the *Website* " +"application is also installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:53 +msgid "Recruitment process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recruitment process` section of the settings page specifies " +"what the database can and cannot do during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:59 +msgid "Send interview survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Odoo is capable of having a survey sent to an applicant to gather more " +"information about them. Surveys can be thought of as exams, or " +"questionnaires, and can be customized in various ways to provide the " +"recruitment team with valuable insights into the applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option to send surveys to " +"applicants. Once enabled, an :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Interview " +"Survey` internal link appears. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`Interview Survey` link to navigate to a list of all created " +"surveys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:70 +msgid "" +"This list includes all surveys that were created in the database, not just " +"surveys used in the *Recruitment* app. If no surveys have been created, the " +"surveys list displays a :guilabel:`No Survey Found` message, and presents " +"options to create a survey from several pre-configured survey templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:76 +msgid "" +"For more detailed information about surveys, refer to the :doc:`survey " +"essentials <../marketing/surveys/create>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Enabling the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option will install the " +"*Surveys* application once the settings are saved, if it is not installed " +"already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:84 +msgid "Send SMS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:86 +msgid "" +"It is possible to send text messages to applicants directly through the " +"*Recruitment* app. To do so, enable the :guilabel:`Send SMS` option. This " +"option requires credits to use, which can be obtained by clicking the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` internal link that emerges " +"when the feature is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For more information, refer to the :doc:`SMS pricing and FAQs " +"<../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:98 +msgid "CV display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When applicants submit an application, one of the default required fields is" +" a resumé, or :abbr:`CV (curriculum vitae)`. All resumés are stored in the " +"*Documents* application, and are accessible on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:104 +msgid "" +"A resumé has the option to appear on the applicant's form, which can be " +"viewed by clicking on the applicant's card. The resumé appears on the right-" +"side of the screen. If this is not enabled, the resumé is accessed via a " +"link in the chatter, where it needs to be clicked to expand and view it, or " +"downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`CV Display` option to show the resumé on the " +"applicant's card by default, and in addition to the document link. When " +"enabled, the resumé appears on the right side of the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"For the resumé to appear on the right-side, the browser window must be in " +"full-screen mode (where the browser spans the entire screen)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the browser window is set to a size smaller than the entire width of the " +"screen (not full-screen), then the resumé does not appear on the right-side." +" Instead, the resumé appears in the :guilabel:`Files` section of the " +"chatter, below the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The resumé on an applicant's card, appearing on the right side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:128 +msgid "CV digitization (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:130 +msgid "" +"When an application is submitted using any of the available methods, such as" +" an online application submission, emailing a resume to the job position " +"alias, or creating an applicant record directly from the database, it is " +"possible to have Odoo extract the applicant's name, phone number, and email " +"address from the resumé and populate the applicant's form. To do so, enable " +"the :guilabel:`CV Digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:136 +msgid "" +"When enabled, additional options appear. Click on the corresponding radio " +"button to select one of the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not digitize`: this option turns off resumé digitization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize on demand only`: this option only digitizes resumes when" +" requested. A :guilabel:`Digitize document` buttons appears on applicant " +"cards. When clicked, the resumé is scanned and the applicant's card is " +"updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize automatically`: this option automatically digitizes all " +"resumés when they are submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Beneath these options are two additional links. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-" +"right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` button to purchase credits for CV " +"digitization. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`View My Services` " +"to view a list of all current services, and their remaining credit balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:151 +msgid "" +"For more information on document digitization and :abbr:`IAP's (in-app " +"purchases)`, refer to the :doc:`In-app purchase (IAP) " +"<../essentials/in_app_purchase>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:155 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option for :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)`" +" at first may seem like a redundancy. It seems to be the same as disabling " +"the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option is enabled, a module is " +"installed so that resumés can be scanned. Disabling this option would " +"uninstall the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If at some point, there is a desire to temporarily stop digitizing resumés, " +"the :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option is selected. The reason this option " +"is available is so that the module is not uninstalled, allowing for " +"digitization to be enabled in the future by selecting one of the other two " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"When sending an offer to an applicant, an expiration date can be set on the " +"offer. Enter the number of days an offer is valid for in the " +":guilabel:`days` field. After the set amount of days has passed, if the " +"applicant has not accepted the offer, the offer is no longer available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To access the Kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " ":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " "opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " -"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " -"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " -"job position." +"Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` smart button on a job position " +"card to navigate to the Kanban view for all the applicants for that " +"particular job position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12778,119 +13297,130 @@ msgid "" "Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:186 msgid "" -"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"Inside the job application, the Kanban stages appear, with all the " "applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" -" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +" are currently in. There are six default stages in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:190 +msgid ":ref:`New `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:191 msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:194 msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:195 msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:197 msgid "" -"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " -"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " -"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " -"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " -"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default. Folded " +"columns appear gray, and the applicants in it are hidden from view. To " +"expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that column, click " +"anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and the column " +"expands, revealing the applicants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:206 msgid "" -"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " -"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, providing status " +"information for the applicant's in that specific stage. The status colors " +"are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:209 +msgid ":guilabel:`Green`: the applicant is ready to move to the next stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:210 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " -"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " -"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " -"stage." +":guilabel:`Red`: the applicant is blocked from moving to the next stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " -"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +":guilabel:`Gray`: the applicant is still in progress in the current stage " +"and is neither ready nor blocked from the next stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " -"which need to be scheduled." +"The status for each card is set manually. To set the status, click on the " +"small circle in the lower-left of the applicant card. A status pop-up window" +" appears. Click on the desired status for the applicant. The status dot on " +"the applicant card as well as the status bar updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The applicant card statuses, and status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:223 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " -"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " -"applicants currently in the stage." +"The names for the three status colors (`In Progress`, `Blocked`, and `Ready " +"for Next Stage`) :ref:`can be modified `, if " +"desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:229 msgid "Customize stages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:231 msgid "" "Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " "particular hiring steps of a business." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:235 msgid "New stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 msgid "" -"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " -"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " -"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" -" the screen to exit the new column creation." +"To create a new stage, click on :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Stage` and a new " +"column appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Stage " +"title` field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and " +"another new stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click" +" anywhere on the screen to exit the new stage creation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgid "The plus sign to click to add a new column to the Kanban stages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:249 msgid "Modify stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:251 msgid "" "To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " -":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " -"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " -"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " -"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " -"when done." +":icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side " +"of the stage. Click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon and a menu" +" appears. Then click on the :guilabel:`Edit` option. An :guilabel:`Edit: " +"(Stage)` form appears. Make any desired modifications to the form, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12899,40 +13429,39 @@ msgid "" "displays when clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 -msgid "Edit column form" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:265 +msgid "Edit stage form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:267 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " -"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" -" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +"The :guilabel:`Edit: (Stage)` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required field is the :guilabel:`Stage Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:272 msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " "drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " -"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"the stage, an email is automatically sent to the applicant using the " "selected template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " "(hidden) at all times in the default view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " "applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " @@ -12940,138 +13469,147 @@ msgid "" "is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:282 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " -"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " -"job positions can be selected." +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to specific job " +"positions, select the job positions from the drop-down menu. Multiple job " +"positions can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" " the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" " referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " ":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " -"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage. The *Referrals* app " +"must be installed in order to use this option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:289 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" -" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" -" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " -"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " -"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured status labels " +"(colored circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These " +"colors are displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the" +" applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the" +" label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " ":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " ":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" " any requirements of the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:298 msgid "Delete stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:300 msgid "" "If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," -" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." -" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " -"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " -":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " -":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` " +"icon appears. First, click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A " +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up warning appears, asking :guilabel:`Are you " +"sure you want to delete this column?` Click :guilabel:`Delete` to delete the" +" column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:307 msgid "" "If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " -"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" -" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" -" before deleting." +"up when attempting to delete the stage. The records currently in the stage " +"to need to be either deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage before" +" the stage can be deleted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:312 msgid "Email templates" msgstr "电子邮件模板" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 msgid "" "To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " "templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " "use them are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " -"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " -"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " -"Interview` stage." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Applicant Acknowledgement`: this template is used to" +" let the applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`New` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:320 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " -"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " -"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Interest`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application caught the recruiter's attention, and " +"they have been shortlisted for either a phone call or an interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:323 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" -" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " -"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview`: this template is used to let " +"the applicant know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial " +"Qualification` stage and they will be contacted to set up an interview with " +"the recruiter. This email is automatically sent out once the applicant is in" +" the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:327 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" -" longer being considered for the position." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when " +"an applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the " +"position, and thanks them for their time and consideration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:330 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " -"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " -"configure their salary package." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is " +"no longer being considered for the position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 msgid "" "Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" " business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " ":doc:`../general/companies/email_template` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:337 msgid "" -"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " -"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " -":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " -"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +"To manually send an email, click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send an email from the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:344 msgid "" -"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " -":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " -"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " -"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +"Click the :icon:`fa-expand` :guilabel:`(expand)` full composer icon in the " +"bottom right corner of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter. A " +":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window loads, with the " +":guilabel:`Recipients` and :guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The " +"applicant's email address is entered in the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and" +" the :guilabel:`Subject` is `(Job Position)`. The email body is empty by " +"default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:350 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the field next to " +":guilabel:`Load template` in the bottom section of the window. Select the " +"email template to use from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 msgid "" -"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " -":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " "Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " "information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" " the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " @@ -13079,47 +13617,55 @@ msgid "" "change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:359 msgid "" -"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " -"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " -"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" -" of available templates." +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model load. There are " +"other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not configured" +" for the recruitment application, they do not appear in the list of " +"available templates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 msgid "" -"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " -"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " -"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " -":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " -"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " -"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " -"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " -"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " -"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button" +" in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the :icon:`fa-" +"close` :guilabel:`(delete)` icon to the right of the attachment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:367 +msgid "" +"If any changes need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If " +"the edits should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved " +"as a new template. Click the :guilabel:`Save Template` button in the bottom." +" To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email is sent to the " +"applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 msgid "Stage flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:375 msgid "" "In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " -"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the Kanban view to the" " desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:379 msgid "" "To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " -"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " -"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " -"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"in the Kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted at the top, above the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 +msgid "" +"Click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " "indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " -"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " -"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +"Kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top-left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -13128,104 +13674,137 @@ msgid "" "applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:233 -msgid "Initial qualification" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:643 +msgid "New" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:398 msgid "" "The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " "flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " "recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:402 msgid "" -"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " -"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " -"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " -"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " -":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " -"required when applying for a job position." +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`New` stage, whether submitted online" +" or if the applicant is manually entered by a recruiter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:405 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically populates the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`, the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile` number, and :guilabel:`LinkedIn " +"Profile` on the applicant's card. This information is required when applying" +" for a job position, by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If the website application form is modified, different fields may be " +"populated based on what information is requested on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:414 msgid "" "If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " -"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " -":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " -"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " -"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " -"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " -"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " -"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" -" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +"Introduction` section of the online application, it will populate in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:421 +msgid "" +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé would appear " +"in the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"*Documents* application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the left-" +"hand side. All recruitment documents are stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "" +"If the :ref:`CV Display ` option was enabled in the " +":ref:`Settings ` menu, the resumé appears on the " +"applicant's card, on the right-hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:431 msgid "Send interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:433 msgid "" "At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " "applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " "can be formatted in a variety of ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid "" +"The *Surveys* application is used to send these *interviews*, therefore the " +"*Surveys* application must be installed to send an interview to an " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 msgid "" "Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " "questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " -"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " -"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " -"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " -"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " -"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" -" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" -" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +"be formatted to suit each individual job positions needs. For more " +"information on creating and editing interview forms, refer to the " +":doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 +msgid "" +"A job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form" +" of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:450 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top-left of the " +"applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Send Interview` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Send an " +"interview` pop-up window appears, with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:458 msgid "" "In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" " the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" -" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " -"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " -"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " -"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " -":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, an " +":guilabel:`Edit:(Applicant)` pop-up window appears on top of the " +":guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window. Enter the email address in the " +":guilabel:`email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. Once the " +"applicant's information is saved, the :guilabel:`Edit: (Applicant)` closes " +"and the :guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window remains." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 msgid "" -"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " -"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " -"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +"Email templates use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the " +"applicant and the job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey" +" if more people should receive the email. If an email is in the database as " +"a contact, add that contact in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. If an email" +" should be sent to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they" +" should **not** be added as a contact, add their email in the " +":guilabel:`Additional emails` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:279 -msgid "" -"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " -"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " -"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " -"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " -"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 -msgid "" -"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " -"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " -"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " -"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " -"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " -"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " -"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1066 msgid "" "If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " "button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " @@ -13233,25 +13812,26 @@ msgid "" " and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:475 msgid "" "If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" " for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " "window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " -"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " -"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " -"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +"calendar selector appears. Use the :icon:`fa-chevron-left` " +":guilabel:`(left)` and :icon:`fa-chevron-right` :guilabel:`(right)` arrows " +"on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then click on " +"the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"The :guilabel:`Mail Template` field is pre-populated based on the " "configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" " drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " "template loads in the email body." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 msgid "" "To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " ":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." @@ -13263,11 +13843,11 @@ msgid "" "pre-configured template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:494 msgid "Refuse" msgstr "拒绝" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:496 msgid "" "At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " "the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" @@ -13276,95 +13856,265 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refuse`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " -"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " -":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " -"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " -"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " -"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " -"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" -" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " -"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " -"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " -"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Click the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reason` from the presented options. The default refuse " +"reasons in Odoo, and their corresponding email templates, are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:508 +msgid "Email Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:509 +msgid "Refusal Reason" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:510 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Language issues`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Role already fulfilled`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Duplicate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Spam`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:516 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: don't like job`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: better offer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "" +"Additional refusal reasons :ref:`can be created and existing ones can be " +"modified or deleted `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:525 msgid "" "Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " "which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " "example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " -"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" -" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"applicant's name appears anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the " +"email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " "the :doc:`../general/companies/email_template` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 msgid "" -"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " -"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," -" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " -"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" -" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" -" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +"After a :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` is selected, two fields appear below the " +"refusal reason: :guilabel:`Send Email` and :guilabel:`Email Template`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:534 msgid "" -"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"The applicant's email address automatically populates the :guilabel:`Send " +"Email` field; additional email recipients cannot be added. If an email " +"should **not** be sent to the applicant, uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:538 +msgid "" +"The email template associated with the refusal reason populates the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field. If a different email template is desired, " +"select a different template from the :guilabel:`Email Template` drop-down " +"menu. To view the email template, click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon " +"to the right of the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. The email template " +"loads in a :guilabel:`Open: Email Template` pop-up window, and can be " +"modified if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:545 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Refuse`. The " "refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " -"appears on the applicant's card." +"appears on the applicant's card in the top-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top-right " "corner in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 msgid "" "After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " -"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " -"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" -" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " -":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " -"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " -"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +"position's Kanban view. To view the refused applicants only, click the " +":guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the search box, then click " +":guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` section. All applicants " +"that have been refused for the job position appear, in the stage they were " +"when they were refused." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:558 +msgid "" +"To view all applicants that have been refused from all job positions, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All " +"Applications`. Click the :guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the " +"search box, then click :guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"section. All applications for all job positions are presented in a list " +"view, organized by stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "Create or modify refuse reasons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:569 +msgid "" +"To view all currently configured refuse reasons, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Settings --> Applications: Refuse " +"Reasons`. All the refuse reasons appear in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +"To create a new refuse reason, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" +"left corner. A blank line appears at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Description` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +"Type in the new refuse reason in the field. It is recommended to enter a " +"reason that is short and concise, such as `offer expired` or `withdrew " +"application`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, click on the field to reveal " +"a drop-down menu. Select an :guilabel:`Email Template` from the list to be " +"used when this refuse reason is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +"If a new :guilabel:`Email Template` is desired, type in the name for the new" +" template in the field. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` and a " +":guilabel:`Create Email Template` form pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the form and an email :guilabel:`Subject` in " +"the corresponding fields. Enter the email content in the :guilabel:`Content`" +" tab. Make any other desired modifications to the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the template and return to the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reasons` list. The new template appears in the new refuse " +"reason :guilabel:`Email Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +"To make any modifications to a refuse reason, click on the line, and make " +"any desired changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:594 msgid "New applicant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:596 msgid "" "An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " "be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" -" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " -"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " -"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " -"button." +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online) an applicant " +"card can be easily added from the job position Kanban view in one of two " +"ways, using either the :ref:`quick add ` " +"button or the :ref:`New ` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 msgid "Quick add" msgstr "快速添加" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:607 msgid "" -"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " -"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " -"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"Quickly add a new applicant using the *quick add* button. If not already in " +"the job position Kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by " +"going to :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job " +"Positions`. Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` button on the job " "position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " -"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " -":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +"small :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in the top-right of the " +":guilabel:`New` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:616 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`: Enter the title for the card. Typically " +"this is the applicant's name and job position being applied to, for example:" +" `Laura Smith - HR Manager`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, " +"unless the :guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:671 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:623 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card appears in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:628 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`delete` icon or anywhere on the screen to " +"close the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -13373,104 +14123,60 @@ msgid "" "option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 -msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:645 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" -" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " -"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the *New* " +"button. If not already in the Kanban view for the job position to add an " +"applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by going to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job Positions`. " +"Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left of the Kanban view " +"and a blank applicant form loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:389 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:434 -msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " -"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " -"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " -"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:396 -msgid "" -"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " -"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " -"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " -"the card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:400 -msgid "" -"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " -"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " -"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:407 -msgid "Create" -msgstr "创建" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:409 -msgid "" -"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " -":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " -"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," -" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " -"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:651 msgid "" "Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " "the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " "well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" " fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" " configurations, some fields may not be displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:662 msgid "Applicant section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:664 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" " the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +"position being applied to, for example: `John Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, unless the " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " -"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:672 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:673 msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:674 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`LinkedIn Profile`: enter the web address for the applicant's " +"personal profile on LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" " from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " @@ -13480,132 +14186,189 @@ msgid "" " high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:681 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" -" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " -":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " -"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: using the drop-down menu, select the people who " +"will conduct the interview(s). The selected people must have either " "*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " -"in order to appear on the drop-down." +"to appear in the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " "recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " "all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:687 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " -"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Evaluation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for the" +" applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " ":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:690 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source`: using the drop-down menu, select where the applicant " +"learned about the job position. The following options come pre-configured in" +" Odoo: :guilabel:`Search engine`, :guilabel:`Lead Recall`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Monster`, :guilabel:`Glassdoor`, and " +":guilabel:`Craigslist`. To add a new :guilabel:`Source`, type in the source," +" then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new source)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:695 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Medium`: using the drop-down menu, select the method, or " +":guilabel:`Medium`, for the :guilabel:`Source` that the applicant found the " +"job listing with. The pre-configured options are: :guilabel:`Banner`, " +":guilabel:`Direct`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, " +":guilabel:`Google Adwords`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Phone`, " +":guilabel:`Television`, :guilabel:`Twitter` (now known as \"X\"), or " +":guilabel:`Website`. To add a new :guilabel:`Medium`, type in the medium, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new medium)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:701 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " "job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " "the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " -"installed for this to appear." +"installed for this field to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:704 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: select the available start date for the applicant." +" To select a date, click on the field to reveal a calendar. Use the " +":guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrows on either side of the " +"month to navigate to the desired month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to" +" select the date. If no entry is selected that indicates the applicant is " +"ready to begin work immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:709 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, then click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 msgid "Job section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 msgid "" "The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " "long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" " possible, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " "to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:722 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " -"drop-down menu." +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job position is for using the " +"drop-down menu. This field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:726 msgid "Contract section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:728 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " "for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " "The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:731 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" -" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are requested by " +"the applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Expected Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" -" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " -"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are offered to the " +"applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Proposed Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `unlimited sick time` or `retirement plan`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:484 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " -"select the available start date for the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:742 msgid "Application summary tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 msgid "" "Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" " can be typed into this field." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +"Skills can be added to the applicant's card. To add a skill, follow the same" +" steps as outlined in the skills section of the :ref:`Create new employees " +"` document." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:760 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "" +"If an applicant seems to be a good potential candidate, they are moved to " +"the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage. This could be for a number of " +"reasons, such as they have the relevant experience, education, or " +"certifications the position requires." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:766 +msgid "" +"This stage is to quickly sort candidates that have potential, and those that" +" do not meet the requirements. No automatic actions, such as emails, are set" +" for this stage. This stage simply informs the recruitment team to " +"potentially set up a phone call or an interview with the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:773 msgid "First interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:775 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " "they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " -"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +"position Kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" " the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " "the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " "applicant's card." @@ -13613,155 +14376,176 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"An applicant's card moves from one stage to another by using the click and " "drag method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:785 msgid "" -"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" -" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " -"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " -"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " -"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " -"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " -"the chatter." +"The :guilabel:`First Interview` stage can be modified so when the " +"applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an email is" +" automatically sent to the applicant stating an interview is requested. In " +"this pre-configured email template, a link to the recruiting team's calendar" +" appears, allowing the applicant to schedule their interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 msgid "" -"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " -"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " -"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " -"button at the top of the applicant's record." +":ref:`Edit ` the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, " +"and select the :guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` for the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field, to automate this action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 msgid "" -"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " -":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " -"the applicant's card." +"An interview can be scheduled in one of two ways: either manually by the " +"recruitment team, or by the applicant themselves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:802 msgid "" -"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " -"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " -":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " -"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " -":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +"If the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage was modified to send the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` email template when an applicant" +" reaches that stage, the applicant received a link to the recruitment team's" +" calendar, and can schedule the interview on their own. The recruitment " +"team's availability is reflected in the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +msgid "" +"If the interview needs to be scheduled by the recruitment team, they should " +"reach out to the applicant for a date and time that works. When a date and " +"time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and interviewer, the " +"interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, whether a phone or in-" +"person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button at the top of " +"the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button displays :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings are " +"currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage, this is the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:817 +msgid "" +"If there is one meeting already scheduled, the smart button displays " +":guilabel:`1 Meeting`, with the date of the upcoming meeting beneath it. If " +"more than one meeting is scheduled, the button displays :guilabel:`Next " +"Meeting`, with the date of the first upcoming meeting beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:821 msgid "" "Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " "meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " "the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " "right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" " events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " -"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +"hidden. Only the checked attendees are visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:827 msgid "" -"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " -"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " -":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " -"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " -"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " -"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +"The default view is the :guilabel:`Week` view. To change the calendar view, " +"click the :guilabel:`Week` button, then select the desired view from the " +"drop-down menu. The other options are either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:831 +msgid "" +"An option to display or hide weekends is available. Click the " +":guilabel:`Week` button, then click :guilabel:`Show weekends` to deactivate " +"it (the default is to show weekends). If a check mark is next to " +":guilabel:`Show weekends`, weekends are visible. If there is no check mark, " +"weekends are hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:836 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed date range for the calendar, either use the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-left` :guilabel:`(left arrow)`, :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`(Right arrow)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, " +"or click on a date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed " +"calendar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:845 msgid "" -"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " -"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " -"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " -"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " -"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " -"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " -"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +"To add a meeting to the calendar when in the day or week view, click on the " +"start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, to select the date, " +"time, and the length of the meeting. A meeting can also be added in this " +"view by clicking on the day *and* the time slot the meeting is to take " +"place." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:850 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " -"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +"Both methods cause a :ref:`New Event ` pop up window" +" to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:564 -msgid "New event card" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:855 +msgid "New event pop-up window" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:857 msgid "" -"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " -"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " -"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " -"save the changes and create the meeting." +"Enter the information on the form. The only required fields to enter are the" +" :guilabel:`Meeting Title`, and the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` " +"fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to" +" save the changes and create the interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:861 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"The fields available to populate or modify on the :guilabel:`New Event` card" +" are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:863 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Title`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " "clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:866 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End`: select the start and end date and " +"times for the meeting. Click on one of the fields and a calendar pop-up " +"window appears. Select both the start and end date and times, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:869 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all-day interview, check the box. " +"If this box is checked, the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` fields are" +" hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:871 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " "default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " "many other people as desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 -msgid "Meeting details tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:873 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting start time." +":guilabel:`Videocall URL`: if the meeting is virtual, or if there is a " +"virtual option available, click :guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting` and a URL is " +"automatically created for the meeting and populates the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:582 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting end time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:584 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " -":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " -"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " -"duration length." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:587 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " -"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " -":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " -"and end times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:590 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " -"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:876 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " "an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," @@ -13772,42 +14556,107 @@ msgid "" "instructions for each command to complete the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:598 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " -"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" -" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " -"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" -" via the selected option." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:884 +msgid "More options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:886 +msgid "" +"To add additional information to the meeting, click the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button in the lower-right corner of the pop-up window. Enter any of" +" the following additional fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:889 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length. The default length of a meeting is one hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:892 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. Several additional fields appear when this is " +"enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:896 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: using the drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:898 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings " +"repeat. The available options are :guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Yearly`, or :guilabel:`Custom`. If " +":guilabel:`Custom` is selected, a :guilabel:`Repeat Every` field appears " +"beneath it, along with another time frequency parameter (:guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, :guilabel:`Months`, or :guilabel:`Years`). Enter a number" +" in the blank field, then select the time period using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:904 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat on`: if :guilabel:`Weekly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Repeat on` field appears. Click on " +"the corresponding day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:906 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day of Month`: if :guilabel:`Monthly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Day of Month` field appears. Using " +"the drop-down menu, select either :guilabel:`Date of month` or " +":guilabel:`Day of month`. If :guilabel:`Date of month` is selected, enter " +"the date the meeting repeats. If :guilabel:`Day of month` is selected, use " +"the drop-down menus to determine the frequency. Select either " +":guilabel:`First`, :guilabel:`Second`, :guilabel:`Third`, " +":guilabel:`Fourth`, or :guilabel:`Last` for the first drop-down menu, then " +"select the day (:guilabel:`Monday`, :guilabel:`Tuesday`, etc.) in the second" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:913 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Until`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings stop " +"repeating. The available options are :guilabel:`Number of repetitions`, " +":guilabel:`End date`, and :guilabel:`Forever`. If :guilabel:`Number of " +"repetitions` is selected, enter the number of total meetings to occur in the" +" blank field. If :guilabel:`End date` is selected, specify the date using " +"the calendar pop-up window, or type in a date in a XX/XX/XXXX format. " +":guilabel:`Forever` schedules meetings indefinitely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:920 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " -"in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:921 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " "menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:923 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " -"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " -":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " -"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +":guilabel:`Appointment`: if an appointment is associated with this meeting, " +"select it form the drop-down menu, or create a new appointment by typing in " +"the appointment name, then click :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. A " +":guilabel:`Create Appointment` form loads. Enter the information on the " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:613 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:927 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select if the organizer appears either " +":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Busy` for the duration of the meeting, " +"using the drop-down menu. Next, select the visibility of this meeting, using" +" the drop-down menu to the right of the first selection. Options are " ":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " "users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " ":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " @@ -13815,41 +14664,50 @@ msgid "" "the company database to see the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:934 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " -"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" -" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " -"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " -"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " -"attendees at the same time." +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:936 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Default " +"options include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`SMS Text Message`, each with a specific time period before the " +"event (hours, days, etc). The reminder chosen alerts the meeting " +"participants of the meeting via the selected option at the specified time. " +"Multiple reminders can be selected in this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:947 msgid "Send meeting to attendees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:949 msgid "" "Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " -"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message from the " +"expanded :guilabel:`Event Form` (what is seen when the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button is clicked on in the event pop-up window)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:953 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " -"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " -"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" -" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " -"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " -"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " -"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " -"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " -"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +"To send the meeting via email, click the :icon:`fa-envelope` " +":guilabel:`Email` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact" +" Attendees` email configurator pop-up window appears. A pre-formatted email " +"using the default :guilabel:`Calendar: Event Update` email template " +"populates the email body field. The followers of the document (job " +"application), as well as the user who created the meeting are added as " +":guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's email address to the " +"list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make any other desired " +"changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button, navigate to the file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " ":guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" @@ -13858,39 +14716,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:647 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:966 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " -"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " -"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " -"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." -" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " -"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " -":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :icon:`fa-mobile` " +":guilabel:`SMS` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS " +"Text Message` pop-up appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:969 msgid "" -"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " -":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " -"contacts with a valid phone number." +"At the top, a blue box appears if any attendees do not have valid mobile " +"numbers, and lists how many records are invalid. If a contact does not have " +"a valid mobile number listed, click :guilabel:`Close`, and edit the " +"attendee's record, then redo these steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:658 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:973 msgid "" -"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " -"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" -" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " -"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" -" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " -"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +"When no warning message appears, type in the message to be sent to the " +"attendees in the :guilabel:`Message` field. to add any emojis to the " +"message, click the :guilabel:`Add Emoji` icon on the right-side of the pop-" +"up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:977 +msgid "" +"Beneath the message field, the number of characters, as well as the amount " +"of text messages required to send the message (according to GSM7 criteria) " +"appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue` to have the text sent later, after " +"any other messages are scheduled, or click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the " +"message immediately." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:669 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:987 msgid "" "Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " "messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " @@ -13898,11 +14760,11 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`../essentials/in_app_purchase` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:994 msgid "Second interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:996 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " "can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " @@ -13911,72 +14773,87 @@ msgid "" "Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1001 msgid "" "When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " -"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " -"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " -":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " -"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage. The " +"recruiter can now :ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the applicant, following the same process as the first " +"interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1009 msgid "Contract proposal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1011 msgid "" "When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " "be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " "and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" -" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top-right of" " the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1016 msgid "" "The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," " click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " -"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " -"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " -"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " -"is set to `0.00`)." +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. Most fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position. If any necessary fields are blank, enter " +"the relevant information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:705 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1022 msgid "" "Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" "up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " "applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " -"not appear on the pop-up." +"*Fleet* application is not installed, any fields related to vehicles do not " +"appear on the pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1028 msgid "Universal fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1030 msgid "" "The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " "localization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1032 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " -"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: the template currently being used to populate" +" the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window. To modify the " +"template, click the :guilabel:`Internal link` icon to the right of the drop-" +"down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. A " +"different :guilabel:`Contract Template` can be selected using the drop-down " +"menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1037 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " -"applicant." +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the name of the :guilabel:`Job Position` being " +"offered to the applicant. The selections available in the drop-down menu " +"correspond to the :guilabel:`Job Positions` configured on the main " +"*Recruitment* dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1040 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the specific name of the position being offered to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1041 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the :guilabel:`Department` the job position falls " +"under." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1042 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " "default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" @@ -13985,109 +14862,50 @@ msgid "" "click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1046 msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1047 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " -"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " -"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " -"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," -" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" -" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " -"application." +":guilabel:`Link Expiration Date`: job offers are only valid for a specific " +"period of time. The default expiration date is 30 days. Modify the " +"expiration date, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:732 -msgid "" -"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " -"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:738 -msgid "" -"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " -"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" -" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:743 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" -" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:746 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " -"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" -" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:749 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " -"the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " -"that will be assigned to the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:752 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " -"for the cafeteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " -"contract that is being offered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " -"sending." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1051 msgid "Send offer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1053 msgid "" -"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" -" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " -"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" -" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " -"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " -"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +"When the information is all updated, click :guilabel:`Send By Email` to send" +" the offer to the applicant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1056 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " -"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" -"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " -"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." -" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " -"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " -":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " -":guilabel:`Send`." +"If the applicant does not have an email address listed on their applicant " +"card, a warning appears in a red box at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window, stating :guilabel:`The" +" applicant does not have a valid email set. The Offer Link won't be able to " +"be completed.` Click :guilabel:`Discard`, enter an email on the applicant's " +"card, then click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1062 +msgid "" +"An email pop-up window loads. The default :guilabel:`Recruitment: Your " +"Salary Package` email template is used, and the :guilabel:`Recipients`, " +":guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-populated based on the email " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1070 +msgid "Once the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1073 msgid "" "To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " "necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " @@ -14098,11 +14916,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1081 +msgid "Configure your package" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1083 +msgid "" +"The email template includes a :guilabel:`Configure your package` button. " +"This link takes the applicant to a webpage where they can modify the " +"proposed salary package, and enter their personal information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1087 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant is hired, the personal information entered on the webpage" +" is imported to their employee record, when created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1090 +msgid "" +"If applicable, the applicant can modify their salary package. This option is" +" not available for all localizations. Depending on where the company is " +"located, this option may not be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1093 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is completed, the applicant accepts the offer by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Review Contract & Sign` button to accept the " +"contract and sign it using the *Sign* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1100 msgid "Contract signed" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1102 msgid "" "Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " "step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " @@ -14113,16 +14962,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:796 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1109 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the Kanban view, but the " "card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1112 msgid "" "Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " -"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"green :guilabel:`HIRED` banner appears in the top-right of the applicant's " "card." msgstr "" @@ -14130,24 +14979,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1120 msgid "Create employee" msgstr "创建员工" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:809 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1122 msgid "" "Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " "record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " -"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"Employee` button in the top-left. An employee form appears, and any " "information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" " card appears in the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1127 msgid "" "Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" -" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " -":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, the employee" +" record is saved in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:5 @@ -14415,107 +15264,108 @@ msgid "" "by-step instructions on how to create and configure a survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 msgid "Referrals" msgstr "介绍人" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " -"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"regarding referrals is housed - from points earned, coworkers hired, and " "rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " -"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " -"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " -"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " -"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" -" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +"and then earn referral points as those people progress through the " +"recruitment pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be " +"exchanged for prizes. The *Referrals* application integrates with the " +"*Employees*, *Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be" +" installed in order for the *Referrals* application to function." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:14 msgid "" -"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " -"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " -"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +"The only configurations needed for the *Referrals* application *after* " +"installation are related to the :ref:`rewards `; " +"everything else is pre-configured when Odoo *Referrals* is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:18 msgid "" -"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " -"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " -"` and configurations menus. For more information on " -"users and access rights, refer to these documents: :doc:`../general/users` " -"and :doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +"Users with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the *Referrals* application. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the :ref:`reporting ` and configurations" +" menus. For more information on users and access rights, refer to these " +"documents: :doc:`../general/users` and " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 msgid "Onboarding" msgstr "新手入门" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:28 msgid "" "When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" "configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " -"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" -" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"each explaining the different parts of the *Referrals* application. At the " +"top of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " "onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " "Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " "text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 msgid "" "Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " "displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " "advance to the next slide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " "superheroes to save the day!`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " "or refer friends.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " "league!`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:46 msgid "" -"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the *Referrals* application is " "opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " "button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" " :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " -"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +"will begin again when the *Referrals* application is opened. Once the " ":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " -"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the *Referrals* " "application is opened from that point on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:53 msgid "" "At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " -"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main *Referrals* dashboard loads. If " ":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " -"opening the Referrals application." +"opening the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -14523,7 +15373,7 @@ msgid "" "An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:62 msgid "" "If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " "opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " @@ -14532,60 +15382,53 @@ msgid "" "screen appears instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:70 msgid "" "Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " -"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " -"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " -"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " -"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`." +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* application can " +"modify onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line " +"displays the text for the individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding" +" slide, click on an individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:76 msgid "" -"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " -"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " -"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " -"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " -"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " -"that particular company." +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` field. A " +":guilabel:`Company` may be selected, as well. However, if this field is " +"populated, that slide is *only* displayed for that particular company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:81 msgid "" -"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" -" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " -"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" -" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " -"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " -"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " -"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +"The :guilabel:`Company` field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:83 msgid "" -"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +"The image can be modified, as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the " +"top-right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and " +":guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` " +"icon to change the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the " +"desired image, select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears" +" in the thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage " +"can)` icon, then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:94 msgid "" -"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " -"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " -"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " -"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " -":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " -"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +"The sequence in which the slides appear can be changed from the *Onboarding*" +" dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`(six small gray boxes)` icon to the left of" +" the the slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -14593,567 +15436,18 @@ msgid "" "The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:103 -msgid "Share job positions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:105 -msgid "" -"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " -"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " -"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " -"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:113 -msgid "View Jobs" -msgstr "查看工作" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:115 -msgid "" -"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " -":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " -"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" -"displayed on the card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:124 -msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:128 -msgid "" -"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " -"of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 -msgid "" -"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " -"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:134 -msgid "" -"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " -"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " -"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " -"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " -":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 -msgid "Refer friends" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:145 -msgid "" -"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " -"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " -"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:149 -msgid "" -"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " -"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:152 -msgid "" -"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " -"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " -"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " -"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" -" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " -"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " -"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " -"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 -msgid "Share a job" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:169 -msgid "" -"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " -"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" -" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " -"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " -"applicants in the Referrals application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 -msgid "Link" -msgstr "链接" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:181 -msgid "" -"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " -":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " -"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " -"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" -" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" -" prospective employee however desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:188 -msgid "Facebook" -msgstr "脸书" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:190 -msgid "" -"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " -"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " -"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " -"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " -"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " -"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" -"in to Facebook first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" -" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" -" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " -"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " -"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " -"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " -"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " -":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " -"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " -"specific activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 -msgid "" -"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " -":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " -":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " -"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" -" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" -"highlighted, as are all the required settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 -msgid "Share to news feed or story" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:218 -msgid "" -"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " -":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " -"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " -":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " -"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," -" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " -"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" -" story, or both." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:225 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " -"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " -"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " -"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " -"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" -" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " -"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " -":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" -" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " -":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:236 -msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " -"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:242 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" -" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " -"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " -"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:246 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:275 -msgid "" -"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " -"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 -msgid "Share in a group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:251 -msgid "" -"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " -"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" -" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " -":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " -"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " -"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " -"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " -"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " -"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:264 -msgid "Share in an event" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:266 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:269 -msgid "" -"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " -"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " -"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" -" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " -"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " -"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 -msgid "Share in a private message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:280 -msgid "" -"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" -" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" -"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " -"Private Message`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:284 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " -"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " -"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " -"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " -"process for each friend to be added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:289 -msgid "" -"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " -"message` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:293 -msgid "X/Twitter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:295 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " -"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " -"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " -"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " -"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" -" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:301 -msgid "The default message is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:303 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" -" Position)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:305 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " -"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " -"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," -" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " -"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " -":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " -"X/Twitter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:312 -msgid "" -"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " -"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " -":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" -" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " -":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " -":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " -"restricts who can reply to the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 -msgid "" -"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " -"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " -"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " -"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:322 -msgid "" -"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" -" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " -"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 -msgid "" -"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" -" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" -"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:336 -msgid "LinkedIn" -msgstr "领英" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:338 -msgid "" -"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " -"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " -"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " -"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " -"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " -"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:344 -msgid "" -"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " -"message to an individual or group of individuals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 -msgid "Share in a post" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:350 -msgid "" -"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" -" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " -":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " -"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:354 -msgid "" -"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " -"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " -"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " -"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " -":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " -"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " -":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" -" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " -"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " -"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " -"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " -"right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:366 -msgid "" -"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " -"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " -"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " -"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " -":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " -"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " -"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" -" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " -"the far lower right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:375 -msgid "" -"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " -":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " -"post button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:383 -msgid "Send as private message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:385 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " -"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " -"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" -" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" -" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " -"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." -" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " -"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" -" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " -":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " -":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " -"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " -"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " -"browser tab to exit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 -msgid "Email a friend" -msgstr "给朋友发电子邮件" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:401 -msgid "" -"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " -"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " -"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" -" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " -"Mail` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:406 -msgid "" -"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " -"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" -" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " -"`Job for you`, but can be edited." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:410 -msgid "" -"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " -"appears is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:412 -msgid "`Hello,`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:414 -msgid "" -"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " -"interesting for you`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:416 -msgid "`See Job Offers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:418 -msgid "" -"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " -"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " -"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " -"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " -"message will be sent and the window will close." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:426 msgid "Hired referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:107 msgid "" "When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" " their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:110 msgid "" "After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," " instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " @@ -15161,21 +15455,21 @@ msgid "" "friend!` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 msgid "" "Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " -"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " -"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" -" an available avatar to select it." +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is grayed out, and " +"the name that the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. " +"Click on an available avatar to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:118 msgid "" -"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," -" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " -"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " -"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " -"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the *Referrals* " +"application, after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to " +"select another avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars " +"have been selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible." +" Mouse over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -15184,15 +15478,15 @@ msgid "" "chosen are greyed out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 msgid "Modify friends" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 msgid "" "Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " "` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"rights for the *Recruitment* application can make modifications to friends. " "The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " "avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " @@ -15201,17 +15495,17 @@ msgid "" " dogs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:138 msgid "" "To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" " an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " ":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " "friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" -" else in the Referrals application." +" else in the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " ":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " @@ -15220,65 +15514,66 @@ msgid "" "user's avatar when activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:148 msgid "" "If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " ":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " "replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" -" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " -"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:474 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 msgid "" -"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " -"original information." +"The referral friend form automatically saves, but can be saved manually at " +"any time by clicking the *Save manually* option, represented by a " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel " +"any changes made, click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to " +"delete any changes, and revert to the original content." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A friend form in edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:482 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 msgid "" "It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " "background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " "about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " -"Referrals application." +"*Referrals* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:172 msgid "Referral points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:174 msgid "" "The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " -"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"rewards. On the main *Referrals* application dashboard, the top displays a " "summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " "the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " "available to spend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 msgid "" "To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" " the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:183 msgid "" "The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " "pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " @@ -15288,7 +15583,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 msgid "" "To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " @@ -15296,11 +15591,11 @@ msgid "" "category are displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:194 msgid "My referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 msgid "" "To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " ":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " @@ -15308,26 +15603,31 @@ msgid "" "card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:200 msgid "" -"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " -"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " -"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " -"the top right corner." +"A successful referral displays a green :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the top-" +"right corner of the card. Referrals that are in process display a purple " +":guilabel:`In Progress` banner in the top-right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 msgid "" -"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " -"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " -"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the subject/application " +"title (as it appears on the applicant card in the *Recruitment* app), the " +"name of the job position, the person responsible for filling the role " +"(recruiter), and the points earned. For referrals that have been hired, the " +"selected avatar also appears on the card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two referral cards, one hired and one in-progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:214 msgid "Points" msgstr "分数" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 msgid "" "The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " "positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " @@ -15335,14 +15635,14 @@ msgid "" " *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:220 msgid "" "On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " "that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " "points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:224 msgid "" "Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " "points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " @@ -15350,108 +15650,109 @@ msgid "" " the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:229 msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:231 msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:232 msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:235 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 msgid "" "The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " -"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" -" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " -"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage are done in the " +"*Recruitment* application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment " +"` documentation to modify the points for each " +"stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:244 msgid "Rewards" msgstr "优惠及返利" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 msgid "Create rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 msgid "" -"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" -" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " -"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " -"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " -"information on the form:" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the " +"*Referrals* application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights " +"for the *Recruitment* application can create or modify rewards. To add " +"rewards, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> " +"Rewards`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and a reward form loads. Enter the " +"following information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:254 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +":guilabel:`Product Name`: enter the name as it should appear for the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" -" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " -"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" -" form." +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" appears for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each company " +"needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the form. " +"This field only appears if in a multi-company environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:259 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: select the person who will be responsible for " "procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " -"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" -" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is bought in the *Referrals* " +"application, so they know when to deliver the reward to the recipient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:263 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +":guilabel:`Description`: type in the description for the reward. This will " "be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +":guilabel:`Photo`: add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " "page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " "(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " -"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" -" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +"(pencil)` icon, and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 msgid "" "The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " -":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +":guilabel:`Company` (if applicable), and :guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 msgid "" "It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " "cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " @@ -15459,31 +15760,31 @@ msgid "" "placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:595 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:283 msgid "Redeem rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 msgid "" "To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " "main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " "individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " -"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +"listed in the top-right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" " purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " "bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " "the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" " instead of a buy button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:292 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " -"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " -"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " -":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears, asking if the user is sure " +"they want to purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item," +" or :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:297 msgid "" "After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " "used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." @@ -15497,27 +15798,27 @@ msgid "" "many more reward points are needed to redeem." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:309 msgid "Levels" msgstr "等级" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:311 msgid "" -"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"The *Referrals* application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " "the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " "employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:315 msgid "" "Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" " are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " "participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 msgid "" -"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main *Referrals* " "application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " "X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " "indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " @@ -15526,13 +15827,13 @@ msgid "" "points still needed before they can level up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:636 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:325 msgid "Modify levels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:638 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " "modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " "--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " @@ -15541,48 +15842,58 @@ msgid "" "element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:334 msgid "" "To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " -"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form, then make " +"modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 msgid "" -"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." -" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" -" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " -"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" -" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " -"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +"Type in the name (or number) of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` " +"field. What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main " +"dashboard when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points " +"needed to reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points" +" needed to level up are the total accumulated points earned over the " +"lifetime of the employee, not additional points from the previous level that" +" must be earned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:654 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:343 msgid "" "If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" " to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " -"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " -"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to " "select it." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The level form saves automatically, but can be saved manually at any time by" +" clicking the *save manually* option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel any changes made, " +"click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to delete any changes, " +"and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A level form in edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:671 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:362 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 msgid "Level up" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:369 msgid "" "Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " "user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " @@ -15591,7 +15902,7 @@ msgid "" "level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:374 msgid "" "Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " "text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" @@ -15599,7 +15910,7 @@ msgid "" "the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:687 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:378 msgid "" "Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" " the specified amount of points required." @@ -15611,16 +15922,16 @@ msgid "" "above their image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:387 msgid "" "Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " "accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " "to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:394 msgid "" -"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"In the *Referrals* application, it is possible to post a message, also " "referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " "information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " "banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " @@ -15628,85 +15939,86 @@ msgid "" "an :guilabel:`X`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 msgid "" "Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" " individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " "click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" " alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " -"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +"*Referrals* application for the first time in a new session." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:409 msgid "Create an alert" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " "information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date From`: the date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " "will be visible on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date To`: the date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " "will be hidden from view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:420 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +":guilabel:`Company`: the current company populates this field by default. To" " modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " "from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " -"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"to everyone with access to the *Referrals* application. If a company is " "specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " -"Referrals application) will see the alert." +"*Referrals* application) will see the alert. This field only appears when in" +" a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +":guilabel:`Alert`: enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" " the alert banner on the main dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +":guilabel:`On Click`: there are three options for the alert. Click the radio" " button next to the desired selection. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:739 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:430 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: the alert only displays text, there is no link to" " click." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: the alert contains a link that when clicked, " "navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:433 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: the alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " "when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " "appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." msgstr "" @@ -15715,15 +16027,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:446 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " -"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" -" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " -"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in *Referrals*. To access " +"the reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The" +" main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 msgid "" "In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " "many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " @@ -15733,7 +16045,7 @@ msgid "" "there are no referrals from that particular channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:457 msgid "" "The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " "includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " @@ -15742,7 +16054,7 @@ msgid "" "many points were given for refused applicants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:770 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:462 msgid "" "The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " "new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " @@ -15753,34 +16065,330 @@ msgid "" "in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 msgid "" "The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " -"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " -"option." +"needs to be installed to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:473 +msgid ":doc:`referrals/share_jobs`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:3 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo *Referrals*, users can earn referral points by sharing job positions" +" with potential applicants. Job positions can be shared in several ways, " +"through the :ref:`View Jobs ` button and the " +":ref:`Email A Friend ` button, located at the bottom " +"of the *Referrals* app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Sharing jobs can **only** occur after onboarding slides have been viewed or " +"skipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:16 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "查看工作" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main *Referrals* dashboard. This " +"presents all job positions, with each individual job presented with its own " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:27 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the *Job " +"Position* field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The number of :guilabel:`Open Positions` being recruited. This information " +"is taken from the *Expected New Employees* field of the *Recruitment* tab of" +" the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:33 +msgid "The points a user earns when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the *Job Position* tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions are visible in the *Referrals* app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`../recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:46 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Subject` and :guilabel:`Body` are populated using a default " +"template. The :guilabel:`Subject` `Job for you` is present, by default, but " +"can be modified, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position populates the *Job Position* " +"placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the email body is" +" an individualized tracking link to the specific job position listed on the " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When the prospective employee receives the email, the link sends them to the" +" job position page, where they can apply for the position, and the person " +"who referred them is tracked in the *Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:72 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Other than sending an email, job positions can be shared, via social media " +"platforms, and by tracking links to the job position. At the bottom of each " +"job position card are four icons, and corresponding tracking links, that can" +" be used to share the job position, keeping track of applicants in the " +"*Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:84 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "链接" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :icon:`fa-chain` :guilabel:`(link)` " +"icon above it. A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the " +"tracking link. Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is " +"copied, click the :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up window. Next," +" share the link with the prospective employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:93 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "脸书" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :icon:`fa-facebook` :guilabel:`(Facebook)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into Facebook, when the the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button is clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new " +"tab, with the link populated in the main body of the new post in a pop-up " +"window. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads, " +"instead, prompting the user to log-in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, then share the job " +"position using the available options in Facebook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:107 +msgid "X (formerly Twitter)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:109 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X. Click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`(X)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the user is already signed-in to X, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button" +" is clicked, an X page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready" +" to post, in a draft pop-up window. If the user is *not* already signed-in, " +"a sign-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to first sign-in to X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:117 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:119 +msgid "" +"`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job " +"Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message, then " +"share using the available options in X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:125 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "领英" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :icon:`fa-linkedin` :guilabel:`(LinkedIn)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button is clicked, a new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job " +"position at the top. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen" +" loads instead, prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:134 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual (or group of individuals)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message or " +"post, then share using the available options in LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:143 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "给朋友发电子邮件" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions, instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Referrals` main dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`Email a friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Send Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address in the :guilabel:`Email` field. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients by separating each email address with a comma " +"followed by a single space. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +":guilabel:`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The email :guilabel:`Body` is also populated with pre-configured text. The " +"text that appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:156 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:158 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you\\:`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:160 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:162 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of" +" all job positions currently being recruited for. Add any additional text " +"and make any edits to the message body, if necessary. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. This sends the message, and closes " +"the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 msgid "Time Off" msgstr "休息时间" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Time Off* application serves as a centralized hub for all time-off-" "related information. This application manages requests, balances, " "allocations, approvals, and reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:10 msgid "" -"Users can :ref:`request time off `, and see an " -"overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " +"Users can :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`, and see" +" an overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " ":ref:`allocate time off ` to individuals, teams, or the " "whole company, and :ref:`approve time off requests `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:15 msgid "" "Detailed :ref:`reports ` can be run to see how much time" " off (and what kinds of time off) are being used, :ref:`accrual plans " @@ -15788,45 +16396,45 @@ msgid "" "` can be set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 msgid "" "Be advised, only users with specific access rights can see all aspects of " "the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 msgid "" "All users can access the :guilabel:`My Time Off` and :guilabel:`Overview` " "sections of the *Time Off* application. All other sections require specific " "access rights." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:26 msgid "" "To better understand how access rights affect the *Time Off* application, " "refer to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` document, specifically the " "section about configuring the work information tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to allocate time off to employees, and for employees to request and" " use their time off, the various time off types must be configured first, " "then allocated to employees (if allocation is required)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:40 msgid "Time off types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 msgid "" "To view the currently configured time off types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. The time" " off types are presented in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:45 msgid "" "The *Time Off* application comes with four pre-configured time off types: " ":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, " @@ -15834,25 +16442,25 @@ msgid "" "needs or used as-is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:50 msgid "Create time off type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 msgid "" "To create a new time off type, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Time Off Types`. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button to reveal a blank time off type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:55 msgid "" "Enter the name for the particular type of time off in the blank line at the " "top of the form, such as `Sick Time` or `Vacation`. Then, enter the " "following information on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:59 msgid "" "The only **required** fields on the time off type form are the name of the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, the :guilabel:`Take Time Off In`, and the " @@ -15860,23 +16468,23 @@ msgid "" " and :guilabel:`Allocation Requests` sections **must** be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:65 msgid "Time Off Requests section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select what specific kind of approval is required for " "the time off type. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No Validation`: no approvals are required when requesting this " "type of time off. The time off request is automatically approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Time Off Officer`: only the specified :ref:`Time Off Officer " "`, set on this form in the :guilabel:`Notified " @@ -15884,7 +16492,7 @@ msgid "" "option is selected by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver`: only the employee's specified approver " "for time off, which is set on the *Work Information* tab on the " @@ -15892,7 +16500,7 @@ msgid "" " time off request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver and Time Off Officer`: both the employee's" " :ref:`specified time off approver` and the " @@ -15900,11 +16508,11 @@ msgid "" "the time off request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:83 msgid "Allocation Requests section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requires allocation`: if the time off must be allocated to " "employees, select :guilabel:`Yes`. If the time off can be requested without " @@ -15913,20 +16521,20 @@ msgid "" " form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee Requests`: select :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests " "Allowed` if the employee is able to request more time off than was " "allocated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:92 msgid "" "If employees should **not** be able to make requests for more time off than " "what was allocated, select the :guilabel:`Not Allowed` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:96 msgid "" "Ten days are allocated to the employee for this particular type of time off," " and the :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests Allowed` option is enabled. The " @@ -15935,81 +16543,81 @@ msgid "" "option is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 msgid "" "It is important to note that requesting additional time off does **not** " "guarantee that time off is granted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select the type of approvals required for the " "allocation of this particular time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approved by Time Off Officer` indicates the :ref:`Time Off " "Officer ` set on this form must approve the " "allocation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No validation needed` indicates that no approvals are required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:113 msgid "Configuration section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notified Time Off Officer`: select the person who is notified and" " responsible for approving requests and allocations for this specific type " "of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take Time Off in`: select the format the time off is requested in" " from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 msgid "The options are:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选项有：" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: if time off can only be requested in full day increments (8" " hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:125 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: if time off can only be requested in half day " "increments (4 hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Hours`: if the time off can be taken in hourly increments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Deduct Extra Hours`: enable this option if the time off request " "should factor in any extra time accrued by the employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:134 msgid "" "If an employee works two extra hours for the week, and requests five hours " "of time off, the request would be for three hours, since the two extra " "worked hours are used first, and deducted from the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow To Attach Supporting Document`: enable this option to allow" " the employee to attach documents to the time off request. This is useful in" @@ -16017,7 +16625,7 @@ msgid "" "leave." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kind of Time Off`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "time off this is, either :guilabel:`Worked Time` or :guilabel:`Absence`. " @@ -16026,7 +16634,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Absence` does not count toward any type of accrual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if multiple companies are created in the database, and " "this time off type only applies to one company, select the company from the " @@ -16035,11 +16643,11 @@ msgid "" "company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:151 msgid "Negative Cap section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:153 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option if employees are able to " "request more time off than they currently have, allowing a negative balance." @@ -16047,19 +16655,19 @@ msgid "" " enter the maximum amount of negative time allowed, in days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 msgid "" "Sara currently has three days of the time off type `Vacation`. She is " "planning a trip that requires five days of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 msgid "" "The `Vacation` time off type has the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option " "enabled, and the :guilabel:`Amount in Negative` is set to five." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:164 msgid "" "These settings allow Sara to submit a request for five days of the " "`Vacation` time off type. If approved, her `Vacation` time off balance will " @@ -16072,59 +16680,59 @@ msgid "" "off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:173 msgid "Payroll section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:175 msgid "" "If the time off type should create :doc:`../hr/payroll/work_entries` in the " "*Payroll* application, select the :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` from the drop-" "down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 msgid "Timesheets section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Timesheets` section only appears if the user is in developer " "mode. Refer to the :ref:`developer-mode` document for details on how to " "access the developer mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 msgid "" "When an employee takes time off, and is also using timesheets, Odoo creates " "entries in the *Timesheets* application for the time off. This section " "defines how they are entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:188 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Project`: select the project that the time off type entries " "appear in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:189 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Task`: select the task that appears in the timesheet for this " "time off type. The default options are: :guilabel:`Time Off`, " ":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`Training`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 msgid "Display Option section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:195 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color to be used in the *Time Off* application " "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cover Image`: select an icon to be used in the *Time Off* " "application dashboard." @@ -16136,65 +16744,65 @@ msgid "" "off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:206 msgid "Accrual plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:208 msgid "" "Some time off is earned through an accrual plan, meaning that for every " "specified amount of time an employee works (hour, day, week, etc), they earn" " or *accrue* a specified amount of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:212 msgid "" "If an employee accrues a vacation day for every week they work, they would " "earn 0.2 vacation days for each hour they work. At the end of a forty hour " "work week, they would earn one whole vacation day (8 hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:217 msgid "Create accrual plan" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new accrual plan, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Accrual Plans`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, " "which reveals a blank accrual plan form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the accrual plan name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrued Gain Time`: select when the employee begins to accrue " "time off, either :guilabel:`At the start of the accrual period` or " ":guilabel:`At the end of the accrual period`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry-Over Time`: select when the employee received previously " "earned time. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the start of the year`: select this if the accrual rolls over " "on January 1 of the upcoming year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:232 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the allocation date`: select this if the accrual rolls over as" " soon as time is allocated to the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Other`: select this option if neither of the other two options " "are applicable. When selected, a :guilabel:`Carry-Over Date` field appears. " @@ -16202,14 +16810,14 @@ msgid "" "the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Based on worked time`: enable this option if time off accrual is " "determined by the employee's worked hours. Days **not** considered as worked" " time do **not** contribute to the accrual plan in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:241 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone Transition`: this selection determines when employees " "move up to a new milestone. If they qualify to change milestones in the " @@ -16218,14 +16826,14 @@ msgid "" "the current pay period)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Milestone Transition` field is **only** visible after a " "minimum of two :ref:`rules ` have been configured on the " "accrual plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:250 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " "accrual plan applies to. If left blank, the accrual plan can be used for all" @@ -16236,43 +16844,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An accrual plan form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:263 msgid "" "Rules must be created in order for employees to accrue time off from the " "accrual plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New Milestone` button in the gray" " :guilabel:`Rules` section, and a :guilabel:`Create Milestone` modal form " "appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:268 msgid "Fill out the following fields on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee accrue`: select the parameters for earned time off in " "this section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 msgid "" "First, select either :guilabel:`Days` or :guilabel:`Hours` for the increment" " of accrued time using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 msgid "" "Next, enter the numerical amount of the selected parameter that is accrued. " "The numerical format is `X.XXXX`, so that partial days or hours can also be " "configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:278 msgid "" "Last, select how often the time is accrued using the drop-down menu. The " "default options are :guilabel:`Hourly`, :guilabel:`Daily`, " @@ -16280,64 +16888,64 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Twice a year`, and :guilabel:`Yearly`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 msgid "" "Depending on which option is selected, additional fields may appear. For " "example, if :guilabel:`Twice a month` is selected, two additional fields " "appear, to specify the two days of each month that the milestone occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cap accrued time`: if there is a maximum amount of days the " "employee can accrue with this plan, enable this option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 msgid "" "When enabled, two additional fields appear beneath it. Select the type of " "time period from the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Days` or " ":guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:291 msgid "" "Then, enter a numerical value in the field to specify the maximum amount of " "time that can be accrued." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:293 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone reached`: enter the number and value of the time period" " that must pass before the employee starts to accumulate time off. The first" " value is numerical; enter a number in the first field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:297 msgid "" "Then, select the type of time period using the drop-down menu in the second " "field. The options are: :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Months`, or " ":guilabel:`Years`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over`: select how any unused time off is handled. The " "options are either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None. Accrued time reset to 0`: any unused time off is gone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:302 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All accrued time carried over`: all unused time off is rolled " "over to the next calendar year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over with a maximum`: unused time off is rolled over to the" " next calendar year, but there is a cap. An :guilabel:`Up to` field appears " @@ -16345,7 +16953,7 @@ msgid "" "roll over to the following year. Any time off beyond this parameter is lost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:309 msgid "" "Once the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the form " "and close the modal, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the form and " @@ -16356,72 +16964,72 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A milestone form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:320 msgid "Public holidays" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 msgid "" "To observe public or national holidays, and provide extra days off as " "holidays to employees, configure the observed *public holidays* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 msgid "" "It is important to configure these days in Odoo, so employees are aware of " "the days they have off, and do not request time off on days that are already" " set as a public holiday (non-working days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 msgid "" "Additionally, all public holidays configured in the *Time Off* app are also " "reflected in any app that uses working schedules, such as *Calendar*, " "*Planning*, *Manufacturing*, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:331 msgid "" "Due to Odoo's integration with other apps that use working schedules, it is " "considered best practice to ensure *all* public holidays are configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:335 msgid "Create public holiday" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 msgid "" "To create a public holiday, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Public Holidays`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:340 msgid "All currently configured public holidays appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:342 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a new line appears at the bottom of " "the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:341 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 msgid "Enter the following information on that new line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:346 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the holiday." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:347 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, the current company " "populates this field by default. It is not possible to edit this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:351 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company` field is hidden by default. To view this field, " "click the two dots in the top-right corner of the list, to the far-right of " @@ -16429,7 +17037,7 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:355 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday starts. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -16440,7 +17048,7 @@ msgid "" "company's time zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:360 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday ends. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -16451,33 +17059,33 @@ msgid "" " zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 msgid "" "A company located in San Francisco operates from 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM, with an " "eight hour work day and one hour lunch break." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:370 msgid "" "For a user in New York, with a computer time zone set to Eastern Standard " "Time, a created public holiday displays a start time of 12:00 PM - 9:00 PM, " "accounting for the three hour time zone difference." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 msgid "" "Similarly, a user located in Los Angeles, with a computer time zone set to " "Pacific Standard Time, sees a public holiday time as 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: if the holiday should only apply to employees who" " have a specific set of working hours, select the working hours from the " "drop-down menu. If left blank, the holiday applies to all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:380 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: if using the *Payroll* application, this field " "defines how the :ref:`work entries ` for the holiday " @@ -16488,18 +17096,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The list of public holidays in the configuration menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:389 msgid "Mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 msgid "" "Some companies have special days where specific departments, or the entire " "staff, is required to be present, and time off is not allowed on those " "specific days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:394 msgid "" "These types of days are called *mandatory days* in Odoo. These can be " "configured to be company-wide, or department specific. When configured, " @@ -16507,35 +17115,35 @@ msgid "" "off requests for these mandatory days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:399 msgid "Create mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 msgid "" "No mandatory days are configured in Odoo by default. To create a mandatory " "day, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> " "Mandatory Days`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:404 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner, and a blank line " "appears in the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:408 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the mandatory day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, this field is visible, " "and the current company populates this field by default. Using the drop-down" " menu, select the company the mandatory day is for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:412 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Departments`: this column is hidden by default. First, click the " ":guilabel:`(optional columns)` icon in the top-right corner, next to " @@ -16543,33 +17151,33 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Departments` to reveal that column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 msgid "" "Next, select the desired departments from the drop-down menu. Multiple " "departments can be selected, and there is no limit to the amount of " "departments that can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:419 msgid "" "If this field is left blank, the mandatory day applies to the entire " "company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day starts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:421 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day ends. If creating a single mandatory day, the end date should " "be the same as the start date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: if desired, select a color from the available presented " "options. If no color is desired, select the `No color` option, represented " @@ -16582,11 +17190,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Mandatory Days section with three configured days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:435 msgid "Allocate time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:437 msgid "" "Once time off types and accrual plans have been configured, the next step is" " to allocate, or give, time off to employees. This section is only visible " @@ -16594,44 +17202,44 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 msgid "" "To create a new allocation, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Management --> Allocations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:444 msgid "" "This presents a list of all current allocations, including their respective " "statuses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:446 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`New` to allocate time off, and a blank allocation form " "appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 msgid "" "After entering a name for the allocation on the first blank field of the " "form, enter the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:451 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of time" " off that is being allocated to the employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`: select either :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` or" " :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`. If the allocation is **not** based on an " "accrual plan, select :guilabel:`Regular Allocation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:456 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Plan`: if :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for " "the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, the :guilabel:`Accrual Plan` field appears." @@ -16640,7 +17248,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:460 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period/Start Date`: if :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` is" " selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, this field is labeled " @@ -16649,7 +17257,7 @@ msgid "" "Date`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:465 msgid "" "The current date populates the first date field by default. To select " "another date, click on the pre-populated date to reveal a popover calendar " @@ -16657,20 +17265,20 @@ msgid "" "the date to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:469 msgid "" "If the allocation expires, select the expiration date in the next date " "field. If the time off does *not* expire, leave the second date field blank." " `No Limit` appears in the field if no date is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:473 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation " "Type`, this second field is labeled :guilabel:`Run until`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time that is being allocated to " "the employees. This field displays the time in either :guilabel:`Hours` or " @@ -16678,7 +17286,7 @@ msgid "" "` is configured (in hours or days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:478 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how the allocation is " "assigned. This selection determines who receives the time off allocation. " @@ -16686,32 +17294,32 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Department`, or :guilabel:`By Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 msgid "" "Depending on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Mode`, this following field" " is labeled either: :guilabel:`Employees`, :guilabel:`Company`, " ":guilabel:`Department`, or :guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 msgid "" "Using the drop-down menu, indicate the specific employees, company, " "department, or employee tags who are receiving this time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 msgid "" "Multiple selections can be made for either :guilabel:`Employees` or " ":guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:490 msgid "" "Only one selection can be made for the :guilabel:`Company` or " ":guilabel:`Department`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:491 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: if any description or note is necessary to " "explain the time off allocation, enter it in this field at the bottom of the" @@ -16724,158 +17332,11 @@ msgid "" "granted to all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:499 -msgid "Request time off" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Once an employee has been allocated time off, a request to use the time off " -"can be submitted. Time off can be requested in one of two ways, either from " -"the :ref:`dashboard ` or from the :ref:`My Time Off " -"` view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:505 -msgid "" -"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " -"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " -"Off` list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:509 -msgid "" -"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " -"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" -" form appears in a modal. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` " -"list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:514 -msgid "" -"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " -"form:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:516 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " -"the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:517 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " -"two fields to populate, the start and end dates. Click on either date field " -"and a popover calendar appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 -msgid "" -"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " -"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " -"applicable)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:523 -msgid "" -"If the time off requested is for a single day, click on the start date, then" -" click the same date again for the end date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:526 -msgid "" -"When the correct dates are selected/highlighted, click the :guilabel:`Apply`" -" button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:528 -msgid "" -"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " -"field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 -msgid "" -"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" -" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:533 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, check this " -"box. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " -"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " -"day is being requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:537 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " -"day, check this box. A :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` field appears " -"beneath this option, if selected. Using the drop-down menu, select the start" -" and end time for the time off request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " -":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " -"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " -"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " -"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:545 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " -"should include any details that managers and approvers may need in order to " -"approve the request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:547 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachments of documents. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " -"appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:551 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the desired files to attach, select them, then click the " -":guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off request form." -" Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:554 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:604 -msgid "" -"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " -"request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:557 -msgid "" -"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " -"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " -"be saved manually at any time by clicking the *save manually* button, " -"represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " -"with the flu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:502 msgid "Request allocation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:504 msgid "" "If an employee has used all their time off, or is going to run out of time " "off, they can request an allocation for additional time. Allocations can be " @@ -16884,7 +17345,7 @@ msgid "" " view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:508 msgid "" "To create a new allocation request, click either the :guilabel:`New " "Allocation Request` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the " @@ -16892,7 +17353,7 @@ msgid "" "buttons open a new allocation request form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:513 msgid "" "Both :guilabel:`New` buttons open a :guilabel:`New Allocation` request form," " but when requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, the form appears in a " @@ -16900,20 +17361,20 @@ msgid "" "screen navigates to a new allocation request page, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:518 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Allocation` request " "form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested for " "the allocation from the drop-down menu. After a selection is made, the title" " updates with the time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:522 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period`: this field **only** appears if requesting an " "allocation with a time off type that has the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` " @@ -16922,18 +17383,18 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` field is set to :guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:527 msgid "" "Using the calendar selector, select a start and end date the allocation is " "valid for. By default, the current date populates the first field, and " ":guilabel:`No Limit` populates the second field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 msgid "Adjust both of these dates, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:531 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time being requested in this " "field. The format is presented in either days or hours, depending on how the" @@ -16941,14 +17402,21 @@ msgid "" "allocation request is updated to include the amount of time being requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:535 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: enter a description for the allocation request." " This should include any details that managers and approvers may need in " "order to approve the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:538 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 msgid "" "If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Allocations` list view, the" " information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " @@ -16962,11 +17430,11 @@ msgid "" "sick time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:553 msgid "Management" msgstr "管理" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:555 msgid "" "Time off and allocation requests typically undergo an approval process " "before being granted. Requests either need one or two approvals, if any, " @@ -16975,17 +17443,17 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:560 msgid "" "Only users who can approve allocation and time off requests have the " ":guilabel:`Management` section visible in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:566 msgid "Manage time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 msgid "" "To view time off requests that need approval, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Management --> Time Off`. The only time off" @@ -16994,7 +17462,7 @@ msgid "" "in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:573 msgid "" "The default filter in the :guilabel:`Time Off` list is `Waiting For Me`. " "This only presents time off requests that need to be approved for current " @@ -17002,7 +17470,7 @@ msgid "" " or :guilabel:`Second Approval`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:643 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:577 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented time off requests. Since only time off requests that need to be " @@ -17012,28 +17480,28 @@ msgid "" "appear on the left side of the screen, under :guilabel:`Departments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 msgid "" "If there are no requests that fall under one of the status options or " "departments, that status or department is **not** visible on the left-side " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:587 msgid "" "To display time off requests for specific departments only, click on the " ":guilabel:`Department` on the left-hand side. Only requests within the " "selected department are then presented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:656 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:657 msgid "" "The status column displays the status of each request, with the status " "highlighted in a specific color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` and :guilabel:`Second Approval` requests are " "highlighted in yellow and are the only ones that appear in the list by " @@ -17043,7 +17511,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:665 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:599 msgid "" "To approve a time off request, click the :guilabel:`👍 Approve` button at the" " end of the line. To validate a time off request that has already been " @@ -17058,7 +17526,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:608 msgid "" "For more details, click anywhere on the time off request line (except for " "the :guilabel:`👍 Approve`, :guilabel:`✔️ Validate`, and :guilabel:`✖️ " @@ -17066,24 +17534,24 @@ msgid "" "of the user, changes can be made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:612 msgid "" "To modify the request, make any desired changes to the form. All changes are" " automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:614 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Approve` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button " "to refuse the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:684 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:620 msgid "Manage allocations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:686 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:622 msgid "" "To view allocations that need approval, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off" " app --> Management --> Allocations`. The only allocations visible on this " @@ -17091,7 +17559,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:627 msgid "" "The default filters that are configured to be in place when navigating to " "the :guilabel:`Allocations` list are :guilabel:`My Team` and " @@ -17099,13 +17567,13 @@ msgid "" "team (who they manage) and active employees. Inactive users are not shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented allocation requests." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:635 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Status` options are :guilabel:`To Approve`, " ":guilabel:`Refused`, and :guilabel:`Approved`. Click on a specific " @@ -17113,14 +17581,14 @@ msgid "" "allocation requests, click :guilabel:`All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 msgid "" "It is also possible to display allocation requests by department. Click on " "the :guilabel:`Department` in the left side of the screen to only present " "allocations for that specific department." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:644 msgid "" "The groupings on the left side only present allocation requests that fall " "under the default filters of :guilabel:`My Team` and :guilabel:`Active " @@ -17128,34 +17596,34 @@ msgid "" "filters are presented on the left side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:712 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:648 msgid "" "For example, if there are no requests with a status of :guilabel:`To " "Submit`, that status option does not appear in the left-hand side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:651 msgid "" "All departments for the user's employees appear in the list. If there are no" " allocation requests that fall under that department matching the pre-" "configured filters, the list is blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:654 msgid "" "It is always possible to remove any of the pre-configured filters, by " "clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon on the specific filter to remove " "it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:660 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, " ":guilabel:`Approved` requests are highlighted in green, and the " ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:663 msgid "" "To approve an allocation request, click the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` button at" " the end of the line. To refuse a request, click the :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` " @@ -17167,28 +17635,28 @@ msgid "" "Allocations with the filter, groupings, and status sections highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:670 msgid "" "If more details are needed, click anywhere on the allocation request line " "(except for the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` buttons) to" " view the request in detail." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:673 msgid "" "Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be made to the allocation " "request form that appears. To modify the request, make any desired changes " "to the form. All changes are automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:741 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:677 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Validate` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button" " to refuse the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:683 msgid "" "To view a color-coded schedule of the user's time off, and/or of the team " "managed by them, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Overview`. " @@ -17196,7 +17664,7 @@ msgid "" "view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:687 msgid "" "To change the time period displayed, click on the :guilabel:`Month` button " "to reveal a drop-down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -17204,7 +17672,7 @@ msgid "" "corresponding view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 msgid "" "To navigate forward or backward in time, in the selected increment " "(:guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, etc.), click the :guilabel:`← (left " @@ -17212,44 +17680,44 @@ msgid "" " that specified amount of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:695 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Month` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by" " one month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:697 msgid "" "To return to a view containing the current day, click the :guilabel:`Today` " "button at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 msgid "" "Team members are listed alphabetically on individual lines, and their " "requested time off, regardless of the status (*validated* or *to approve*), " "is visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:766 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:702 msgid "" "Each employee is color-coded. The employee's color is selected at random, " "and does *not* correspond to the type of time off they requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:705 msgid "" "The status of the time off is represented by the color detail of the " "request, either appearing solid (*validated*) or striped (*to approve*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 msgid "" "The number of days or hours requested is written on the request (if there is" " enough space)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:710 msgid "" "At the bottom of the calendar, in the :guilabel:`Total` line, a bar graph " "shows how many people are projected to be out on any given day. The number " @@ -17257,7 +17725,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:778 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:714 msgid "" "Click on a time off entry to view the details for the specific time off " "entry. The total number of hours or days are listed, along with the start " @@ -17269,21 +17737,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview of the user's team, with time off requests shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:723 msgid "My time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:725 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`My Time` section of the *Time Off* application contains the " "time off dashboard, as well as the user's time off requests and allocations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:795 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:731 msgid "Dashboard" msgstr "仪表板" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:733 msgid "" "All users have access to the time off dashboard, which is the default view " "in the *Time Off* application. The dashboard can also be accessed at any " @@ -17291,38 +17759,38 @@ msgid "" "My Time --> Dashboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 msgid "" "The current year is displayed, and the current day is highlighted in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:739 msgid "" "To change the view, click on the :guilabel:`Year` button to reveal a drop-" "down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, or " ":guilabel:`Month` to present the calendar in that corresponding view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:743 msgid "" "To change the presented dates, click the :guilabel:`← (left arrow)` or " ":guilabel:`→ (right arrow)` icons to the left of the :guilabel:`Year` " "button. The calendar view adjusts in increments of the presented view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:811 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Year` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by " "one year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:813 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:749 msgid "" "To change the view at any point to a view that includes the current date, " "click the :guilabel:`Today` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:816 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:752 msgid "" "Above the calendar view is a summary of the user's time off balances. Every " "time off type that has been allocated appears in its own summary box. Each " @@ -17331,7 +17799,7 @@ msgid "" "applicable)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:757 msgid "" "To view the full details of a time off balance, click the :guilabel:`? " "(question mark)` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`(DAYS/HOURS) AVAILABLE` " @@ -17345,7 +17813,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A view of the complete time off balance details in the popover window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:767 msgid "" "A user is also able to see how much time off they will have accrued in the " "future. On the right side of the time off summary blocks, there is a " @@ -17353,7 +17821,7 @@ msgid "" "selector popover appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:771 msgid "" "The current date is the default date selected. Navigate to the desired date," " and Odoo displays the time off balances the user will have on that date. " @@ -17362,14 +17830,14 @@ msgid "" "of the date field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:840 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:776 msgid "" "On the right side of the calendar, the various time off types are displayed," " with their corresponding colors. The :guilabel:`Legend` explains how the " "various statuses for time off requests are presented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:780 msgid "" "Time off that has been validated appears in a solid color (in the color " "specified in the :guilabel:`Time Off Type` section above the " @@ -17378,19 +17846,19 @@ msgid "" "line through the dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:849 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:785 msgid "" -"New time off requests can be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :ref:`New Time Off" -" ` modal appears." +"New time off requests can be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. Click the " +":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :doc:`New Time Off" +" <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:852 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 msgid "" -"New allocation requests can also be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the dashboard to " -"request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation ` modal appears." +"New allocation requests can also be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard` to request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation " +"` modal appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 @@ -17399,56 +17867,56 @@ msgid "" "buttons highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:863 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:800 msgid "My time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:865 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:802 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`. Here, all time " "off requests, both past and present, appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:868 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:805 msgid "" "The list includes the following information for each request: the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Start Date`, " ":guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and the :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:872 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:809 msgid "" "A new time off request can be made from this view. Click the :guilabel:`New`" -" button to :ref:`request time off `." +" button to :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:878 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:815 msgid "My allocations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:817 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's allocations, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Allocations`. All " "allocations and requested allocations appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:820 msgid "" "The information presented on the :guilabel:`My Allocations` page includes: " "the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Amount`, " ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`, and :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:824 msgid "" "A new allocation request can be made from this view, as well. Click the " ":guilabel:`New` button to :ref:`request an allocation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:895 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:832 msgid "" "The reporting feature allows users to view time off for their team, either " "by employee or type of time off. This allows users to see which employees " @@ -17456,7 +17924,7 @@ msgid "" "types are being used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:899 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:836 msgid "" "Any report can be added to a spreadsheet through the *Insert in Spreadsheet*" " button that appears in the top-left of a report. If the *Documents* " @@ -17464,31 +17932,31 @@ msgid "" "appears. If not, the report can be added to a *Dashboard*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:841 msgid "By employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:843 msgid "" "To view a report of employee time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Employee`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:846 msgid "" "The default report presents the current year's data in a list view, " "displaying all the employees in alphabetical order. Each employee's line is " "collapsed by default. To expand a line, click anywhere on the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:913 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:850 msgid "" "The view expands, and has the time off requests organized by time off type. " "Click anywhere on a time off type line to expand it, and view all the " "individual time off requests that fall under that type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:916 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:853 msgid "" "The information shown in the list includes: the :guilabel:`Employee` name, " ":guilabel:`Number of Days` off requested, the :guilabel:`Start Date`, " @@ -17499,7 +17967,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Report of time off, shown by each employee in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:861 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " @@ -17511,8 +17979,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The various other views highlighted, for the employee time off report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:933 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:870 msgid "" "When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " "particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports and their" @@ -17520,18 +17987,18 @@ msgid "" "documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:875 msgid "By type" msgstr "按类型" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:940 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:877 msgid "" "To view a list of all time off, organized by time off type, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Type`. This shows all time" " off requests in a default bar chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:943 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 msgid "" "Hover over a bar to view the :guilabel:`Duration (Days)` of that specific " "time off type." @@ -17543,13 +18010,13 @@ msgid "" "highlighted in a red box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 msgid "" "Click on a bar to go to a detailed list view of all the time off requests " "for that time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:952 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:889 msgid "" "Each request is listed, with the following information displayed: the " ":guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Request Type`, " @@ -17557,10 +18024,174 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " "way. The various options are a :guilabel:`Graph` (the default view), " ":guilabel:`List`, or :guilabel:`Pivot` table." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:897 +msgid "" +"When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " +"particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports, and " +"their various options, refer to the :doc:`reporting " +"<../essentials/reporting>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:902 +msgid ":doc:`time_off/request_time_off`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Request time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once time off has been allocated to an employee, a request to use it can be " +"submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Time off can be requested in one of two ways: either from the main *Time " +"Off* application :guilabel:`Dashboard` (:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My " +"Time --> Dashboard`), or from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` dashboard view " +"(:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " +"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " +"Off` dashboard, in the default list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " +"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" +" form appears in a pop-up window. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time" +" Off` list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " +"form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " +"the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " +"two fields to populate: the start and end dates. Click on either date field " +"and a popover calendar appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " +"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " +"applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If only requesting time off for a single day, click on the start date, then " +"click the same date again for the end date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the correct dates are selected, click the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" +" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, tick this " +"checkbox. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " +"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " +"day is being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " +"day, tick this checkbox. If selected, a :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` " +"field appears beneath this option. Using the drop-down menu, select the " +"start and end time for the time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " +":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " +"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " +"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " +"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " +"should include any details that managers and approvers may need to approve " +"the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachment of documents. " +"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the desired files that should be attached, select them, then " +"click The :guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off " +"request form. Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information, and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " +"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " +"be saved manually at any time by clicking the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " +"with the flu." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 7e74401ad..d8fb52d06 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: +# John Lin , 2023 # Jeana Jiang, 2023 # 何彬 , 2023 # liAnGjiA , 2023 -# John Lin , 2023 # Raymond Yu , 2023 # Miao Zhou , 2023 # Emily Jia , 2023 @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Chloe Wang, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -40,8 +40,8 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory & MRP" -msgstr "库存&MRP" +msgid "Supply Chain" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 msgid "Barcode" @@ -747,7 +747,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:20 msgid "Location" msgstr "位置" @@ -1582,14 +1582,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:16 @@ -1604,16 +1606,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:26 @@ -4028,6 +4037,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:182 msgid "Manual" msgstr "手动" @@ -4106,12 +4117,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:214 msgid "" -"The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is four days," -" and the :ref:`purchase security lead time ` is one day." +"The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is " +"four days, and the :ref:`purchase security lead time " +"` is one day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:218 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` field of the reordering rule is set to " "zero, the product appears on the replenishment dashboard five days before " @@ -4124,34 +4135,34 @@ msgid "" "Feb 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:226 msgid "" "To see the product on the replenishment dashboard for the current date, " "February 20, set the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` to `7.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:229 msgid "" "To determine the amount of visibility days needed to see a product on the " "replenishment dashboard, subtract *today's date* from the *date the need " "appears* on the replenishment dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:232 msgid "Visibility~days = Need~appears~date - Today's~date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:237 msgid "" "Referring to the example above, today's date is February 20th, and the need " "for the product appears on February 27th." msgstr "例如，今天是 2 月 20 日，产品需求出现在 2 月 27 日。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:240 msgid "(February 27 - February 20 = 7 days)" msgstr "（2 月 27 日 - 2 月 20 日 = 7 天）" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:242 msgid "" "Incorrectly setting the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` fewer than seven days in" " this case results in the need **not** appearing on the replenishment " @@ -4164,11 +4175,11 @@ msgid "" "days set." msgstr "显示设置了正确和错误可见天数的补货仪表板。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:252 msgid "Route" msgstr "路线" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:254 msgid "" "Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected under the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it is possible" @@ -4178,7 +4189,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo 允许在每个产品表单的 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡下选择多个路径。例如，可以同时选择 :guilabel:`购买` 和 " ":guilabel:`制造`，从而启用两种途径的功能。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:258 msgid "" "Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering " "rule. This is the route that the rule defaults to, if multiple are selected." @@ -4188,20 +4199,20 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo 还允许用户为产品重新排序规则设置首选路径。如果选择了多个路径，则该规则默认使用该路径。要选择首选路线，首先导航至 " ":menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 重新排序规则`。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:262 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Route` column is hidden on the " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:264 msgid "" "Reveal the :guilabel:`Route` column by selecting the :guilabel:`(slider)` " "icon to the far-right of the column titles, and checking the " ":guilabel:`Route` option from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:267 msgid "" "Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule, and a drop-down " "menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the " @@ -4212,7 +4223,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:275 msgid "" "If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set " "for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the selected route " @@ -4928,7 +4939,7 @@ msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:100 msgid "Assign serial numbers" msgstr "" @@ -4948,7 +4959,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers` " @@ -4975,56 +4986,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:21 -msgid "when closing a manufacturing order" +msgid "" +":doc:`during a manufacturing order " +"<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product>` for a " +"product tracked by lot/serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:24 msgid "when making an inventory adjustment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:32 msgid "" "Display the Detailed Operations smart button and bulleted list icon on a " "receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:32 msgid "" "Display the **Detailed Operations** smart button and bulleted list icon on a" " receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:37 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers to products, activate the :guilabel:`Lots and " "Serial Numbers` feature in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " "--> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:40 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of an item's product form, set the " ":guilabel:`Tracking` field to :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:44 msgid "" ":ref:`Enable serial numbers `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:45 msgid "" ":ref:`Track products by serial numbers " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:49 msgid "" "Next, enable creating new serial numbers by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:52 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, select the desired operation " "type (e.g. :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, or " @@ -5037,11 +5051,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show \"Create New\" option is selected on the Receipts operation type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:64 msgid "Detailed Operations" msgstr "作业详情" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:66 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned to products when entering stock for the first" " time, from the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` page on the receipt. " @@ -5049,7 +5063,7 @@ msgid "" "Operations --> Receipts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:71 msgid "" "Serial numbers can **not** be assigned to products on a request for " "quotation (RfQ) or purchase order (PO) — **only** on a receipt." @@ -5059,13 +5073,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the purchase order and the Receipt smart button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:78 msgid "" "Screenshot of a \"Purchase Order\" with the \"Receipt\" smart button at the " "top." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:80 msgid "" "To record an item's serial number before receiving the item, follow the " "steps in the next sections to assign serial numbers, but do **not** click " @@ -5073,13 +5087,13 @@ msgid "" "from the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:84 msgid "" "Assign a single serial number to a product by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` smart button on a receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:87 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, manually type in the " "serial number for a single product." @@ -5089,13 +5103,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a line on the Detailed Operations page to assign serial numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:94 msgid "" "When finished, click the receipt's breadcrumbs, and the assigned serial " "numbers are automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:102 msgid "" "To generate new serial numbers in a sequence, click the :guilabel:`+ (plus)`" " icon in the :ref:`product line `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:113 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` pop-up window. The " ":guilabel:`Number of SN` field is auto-filled based on the product quantity " @@ -5127,22 +5141,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show Assign Serial numbers pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:125 msgid "Stock move pop-up window" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:127 msgid "" "For various methods of assigning serial numbers in bulk, click the " ":guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the :ref:`product line " "` of a receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:132 msgid "Add a line" msgstr "添加行" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:134 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window that appears, manually " "input the serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." @@ -5152,11 +5166,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a line on the Stock move pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:142 msgid "Generate Serials" msgstr "生成序列号" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:144 msgid "" "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Generate " "Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." @@ -5166,7 +5180,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show generate serials button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:151 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Generate Serial numbers` pop-up window, where " "the first serial number is entered in the :guilabel:`First SN` field to " @@ -5174,37 +5188,37 @@ msgid "" "entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:155 msgid "" "For more details on how to fill in this pop-up window, :ref:`refer to this " "section `." msgstr "" "有关如何填写此弹出窗口的详细信息，请 :ref:`参考本节 `。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:159 msgid "Import Serials" msgstr "导入序列号" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:161 msgid "" "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Import " "Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:165 msgid "" "If the button is not visible, ensure the :guilabel:`Create New` option is " "selected in the :ref:`receipt's configuration page " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:168 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window. Enter each serial " "number on a separate line in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:172 msgid "" "Copy/paste serial numbers from an existing excel spreadsheet and add them to" " the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." @@ -5214,7 +5228,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show excel sheet to copy serial numbers from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:179 msgid "" "Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to add serial numbers to " "the list of products, and serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " @@ -5223,25 +5237,26 @@ msgid "" "option unchecked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:146 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Generate`." msgstr "最后，点击 :guilabel:`生成`。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:187 msgid "" "For a receipt with a :guilabel:`Demand` of `3.00` products, one product has " "already been assigned a serial number in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` " "pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:190 msgid "" "So, in the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window, two serial numbers, `124` " "and `125` are assigned to the remaining products by entering the following " "in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` input field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:199 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option is selected to add these two " "serial numbers **in addition** to the serial number, `123`, that has already" @@ -5284,7 +5299,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr ":doc:`lots` " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "" @@ -5357,6 +5372,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "序列号可以包含多种不同类型的字符：数字、字母、印刷符号或三种类型的混合字符。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:343 msgid "Traceability" msgstr "追溯" @@ -5868,6 +5884,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`产品类别`上设置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:189 msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" msgstr ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" @@ -5901,17 +5918,17 @@ msgstr "这样做可以细分所有易腐产品、其保质期和指定的批号 msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." msgstr "在批次和序列号页面上按有效期分组。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 msgid "Expiration alerts" msgstr "过期提醒" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 msgid "" "To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "要查看过期提醒，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 批次/序列号`。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:251 msgid "" "Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " "Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " @@ -5921,7 +5938,7 @@ msgstr "" "然后，单击包含易腐产品的 :guilabel:`批次/序列号`。这样就会显示序列号详情表。在序列号详情表单中，点击 :guilabel:`日期` " "选项卡，查看与产品有关的所有过期信息。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:255 msgid "" "To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " "form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " @@ -5930,7 +5947,7 @@ msgstr "" "要编辑表格，请点击表格左上角的 :guilabel:`编辑`，然后将 :guilabel:`到期日`更改为今天（或更早），并点击 :guilabel:`" " 保存`，以保存更改。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:259 msgid "" "After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " "Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " @@ -5940,14 +5957,14 @@ msgstr "" "保存后，批号表单顶部会显示红色的 :guilabel:`过期提醒`，表示该批次的产品已过期或即将过期。从这里点击返回 " ":guilabel:`批次/序列号` 页面（通过面包屑导航）。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:263 msgid "" "To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " "are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" " :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "要查看新的过期提醒或已过期（或即将过期）产品的任何过期提醒，请从 :guilabel:`搜索...` 栏中移除所有搜索筛选器。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:267 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." msgstr "然后，点击 :guilabel:`筛选器`，选择 :guilabel:`过期提醒`。" @@ -5957,112 +5974,463 @@ msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "过期产品的过期提醒。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" -msgstr "使用批次管理产品组" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" -" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " -"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" -" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." +msgid "Lot numbers" msgstr "" -"*批次*是在 Odoo " -"中识别和追踪产品的两种方法之一。批次通常表示收到的、目前储存的或从仓库发运的某一特定批次的物品，但也可表示内部生产的某一批次产品。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:10 msgid "" -"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " -"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " -"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " -"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " -"lifecycles." +"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. They " +"typically represent a specific batch of products that were received, stored," +" shipped, or manufactured in-house." msgstr "" -"制造商为具有共同属性的产品组分配批号；这可能导致多种产品共享相同的批号。这有助于识别单个组中的多个产品，并允许对这些产品生命周期中的每个步骤进行端到端追溯。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:13 msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " -"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " -"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " -"expiration dates." -msgstr "批次对大量生产或接收的产品（如服装或食品）非常适用，可用于追溯产品的组别。这在管理产品召回或过期日期时尤其有用。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " -"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " -"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " -"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " -":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products sharing common " +"properties, facilitating end-to-end traceability through their lifecycles." msgstr "" -"要使用批次追踪产品，必须启用*批次和序列号*功能。转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`，向下滚动到 " -":guilabel:`追溯性` 部分，然后点击 :guilabel:`批次和序列号` 旁边的方框。然后，点击 :guilabel:`保存` " -"按钮保存更改。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 -msgid "Track products by lots" -msgstr "按批次追踪产品" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:16 msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " -"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " -"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " -"and choose a product." +"Lots are useful for managing large quantities of manufactured or received " +"products, aiding in tracing items back to their group, particularly for " +"product recalls or :doc:`expiration dates `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To track products using lots, enable the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature. Go" +" to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and tick the checkbox " +"next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`Tracking expiration dates `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:33 +msgid "" +":ref:`Print GS1 barcodes for lots and serial numbers " +"`" msgstr "" -"激活 :guilabel:`批次和序列号` 设置后，现在可以配置使用批次追踪单个产品。要执行此操作，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序" -" --> 产品 --> 产品` 并选择一个产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " -"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " -":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " -"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +msgid "Track by lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, configure " +"individual products to be tracked using lots. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and choose a " +"product to configure." msgstr "" -"进入产品表单后，点击 :guilabel:`编辑` 对表单进行更改。然后，点击 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡。在 :guilabel:`追溯性`" -" 部分，点击 :guilabel:`按批次`。然后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`，以保存更改。现在，可为新接收或生产的产品批次分配现有或新批号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:48 msgid "" +"On the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, select the :guilabel:`By Lots` option in " +"the :guilabel:`Tracking` field. Now, new or existing lot numbers can be " +"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`expiration_dates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 +msgid "" "If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " -"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" -" lot numbers to the existing stock." -msgstr "如果产品在激活批次或序列号追踪之前已有库存，则可能需要进行库存调整，以便为现有库存分配批次号。" +"serial numbers, a warning message appears. Use an :doc:`inventory adjustment" +" ` to assign lot numbers to existing products in stock." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." msgstr "在产品表单上启用按批次追踪功能。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 -msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" -msgstr "为库存产品创建新批次" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:58 -msgid "" -"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " -"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" -" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " -"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " -"automatically." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:65 +msgid "Assign lots for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -"可以为库存中未分配批次的产品创建新批次。要执行此操作，请进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> " -"批次/序列号`（:guilabel:`库存应用程序` --> `产品` --> `批次/序列号`），然后点击 " -":guilabel:`创建`。这样会显示一个单独页面，在该页面中会自动生成一个新的 :guilabel:`批次/序列号`。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Assign new lot numbers to :ref:`incoming goods " +"` on the receipt form. When " +"shipping :ref:`outgoing goods `, select products with specific lot numbers on the delivery order " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:75 +msgid "On receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Assigning new or existing lot numbers to incoming goods can be done directly" +" on receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To begin, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app to `create and confirm " +"`_ a |PO| for products tracked " +"by lot numbers. Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button that " +"appears at the top of the page to navigate to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to an existing receipt by going to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, clicking the :guilabel:`Receipts` Kanban " +"card, and choosing the desired receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number triggers an " +"error, indicating that a lot number **must** be assigned before validating " +"the receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." +msgstr "添加批次/序列号用户错误弹出窗口。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:96 +msgid "" +"On the receipt form, on the product line in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, " +"select the |list| icon to the right of the product that is tracked by lot " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the bulleted list icon on the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, where the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` and :guilabel:`Quantity` are assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 +msgid "The two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **importing**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:109 +msgid "Manual assignment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"To manually assign lot numbers, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Input the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, :guilabel:`Store To` location for the lot, " +":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Destination Package`, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To assign multiple lot numbers, or store to multiple locations, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and type a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` for " +"additional quantities. Repeat until the total in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"column matches the :guilabel:`Demand` at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:125 +msgid "Import lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:127 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, click :guilabel:`Import " +"Serials/Lots`, then paste the bulk lot numbers, in the " +":guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "在 excel 电子表格中复制批号清单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on *Google* spreadsheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 +msgid "Lot numbers copied to the lot number line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Lot numbers pasted to the \"Lots/Serial numbers\" field, in the **Import " +"Lots** pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to generate *additional* " +"lot numbers in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window. To replace " +"the lot numbers in the list, leave the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option" +" unticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` on the receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:200 +msgid "" +":ref:`Traceability report for lot numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:157 +msgid "On delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Odoo makes it possible to specify which lot numbers for a product are chosen" +" for outgoing shipment on a delivery order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To begin, create or select an existing quotation from the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app. After confirming the |SO|, the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button becomes available. Click the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt form for " +"that specific |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to delivery orders by going to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`" +" kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button opens the the delivery order " +"form, where lot numbers are picked for delivery. In the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab, click the |list| icon to the right of the " +"product that is tracked by lot numbers. Clicking that icon reveals a " +":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, the chosen lot number and its storage location is " +"displayed in the :guilabel:`Pick From` column, with the with the full " +":guilabel:`Quantity` taken from that specific lot (if there is enough stock " +"in that particular lot)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:179 +msgid "" +"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " +":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:183 +msgid "" +"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " +"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It also " +"depends on the ordered quantity, and whether the lot's on-hand quantity is " +"enough to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Repeat the above steps to select enough lots to fulfill the " +":guilabel:`Demand`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. " +"Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button on the |DO| to deliver the " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Popup for source lot number on sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:203 +msgid "Lot management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Manage and view existing lot numbers for products in the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` dashboard by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:208 +msgid "" +"By default, lot numbers are grouped by product, and selecting the drop-down " +"menu for each product displays the existing lot numbers. Select a lot number" +" to :ref:`modify or add details ` " +"linked to the lot. Lot numbers can also be :ref:`created " +"` from this page, by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 +msgid "Show the \"Lot/Serial Number\" dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Display lot numbers, grouped by products, on the **Lot/Serial Number** " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 +msgid "Modify lot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Clicking a lot from the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` dashboard reveals a " +"separate page where additional information can be provided about the lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to follow " +"the most recent number. However, it can be edited, by clicking the line " +"under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and changing the generated " +"number to any desired one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:233 +msgid "On the lot number form, the following fields can be modified:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:235 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: change the lot number linked to the " +":guilabel:`Product`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:236 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internal Reference`: records an alternative lot/serial number " +"used within the warehouse that differs from the one used by the supplier " +"manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company where the lot number is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:239 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: add extra details about the lot or serial number in" +" this text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:242 +msgid "" +"On existing lots, the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"fields **cannot** be modified, as the lot numbers are linked with existing " +"stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the lot number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:250 +msgid ":doc:`Set expiration dates for lots `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:253 +msgid "Add property" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:255 +msgid "" +"To add custom fields to lots for enhanced traceability, there are two " +"methods of adding properties on a lot number form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon at the top-left of the page," +" then select :icon:`fa-cogs` :guilabel:`Add Properties` from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a Property` button, located below " +"the existing fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Name and :doc:`configure the new field " +"<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`. Once finished, enter the " +"property value in the new field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The new property, `Wood type`, is added. The value is recorded as `Cherry " +"wood`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Show the \"Add Properties\" button on a lot number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:273 +msgid "" +":doc:`Configuring custom properties " +"<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 +msgid "Reserve lot number for a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:280 +msgid "" +"To create a lot number for a product, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lot/Serial Numbers`, and " +"click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Creating a lot number reserves it for a product but **does not** assign it. " +"To assign lot numbers, refer to the section on :ref:`assigning lot numbers " +"on receipts `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:289 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " "follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " -"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " -"and changing the generated number." +"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field " +"on the lot form, and changing the generated number." msgstr "" -"虽然 Odoo 会自动生成一个新的 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 以跟随最新编号，但可通过点击 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` " -"字段下的行并更改生成的编号，将其编辑和更改为任何所需的编号。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:293 msgid "" "Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " "field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " @@ -6071,417 +6439,130 @@ msgstr "" "生成新的 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 后，点击 :guilabel:`产品` " "旁边的空白区域，显示一个下拉菜单。从该菜单中选择要分配新编号的产品。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:72 -msgid "" -"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " -"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " -"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " -"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" -"website environment)." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:298 +msgid "The lot number, `000001`, is created for the product, `Drawer Black`." msgstr "" -"此表单还提供调整 :guilabel:`数量` 的选项，分配唯一的 :guilabel:`内部参考` 编号（用于可追溯性目的），并在 " -":guilabel:`网站` 字段中将此特定批号或序列号配置分配给特定网站（如在多网站环境中工作）。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 -msgid "" -"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " -"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." -msgstr "也可在下面的 :guilabel:`描述`选项卡中添加对该特定批次或序列号的详细描述。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:83 -msgid "" -"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " -"button to save all changes." -msgstr "完成所有所需配置后，点击 :guilabel:`保存` 按钮保存所有更改。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." msgstr "带有指定产品的新批号创建表。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:304 msgid "" "After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " -"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" -" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " -"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." -msgstr "" -"创建、保存新批号并将其分配给所需产品后，通过 :menuselection:`产品 --> 产品` 访问 :menuselection:`库存` " -"应用程序中的产品表单，并选择刚刚分配新创建批号的产品。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:90 -msgid "" -"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " -"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " -"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" -" assigned to it." -msgstr "" -"在该产品的详细表格中，点击 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 智能按钮查看新的批号。当收到或生产更多数量的该产品时，可选择并分配新的批号。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:95 -msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" -msgstr "管理送货和收货批次" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " -"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " -"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " -"order form." -msgstr "可为**入库**和**出库**货物指定批号。对于入库货物，可直接在采购订单上分配批号。对于出库货物，则直接在销售订单上分配批号。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:104 -msgid "Manage lots on receipts" -msgstr "管理收据批次" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " -"purchase order (PO)." -msgstr "可直接从采购订单（PO）中为**入库**货物分配批号。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:108 -msgid "" -"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " -"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." -msgstr "" -"要创建一个 :abbr:`PO（采购订单）`，请转到 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> " -"创建`。这样就会出现一个新的空白询价（RFQ）表单。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 -msgid "" -"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " -"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " -"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " -"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." -msgstr "" -"在此 :abbr:`RFQ（询价单）`上，通过添加 :guilabel:`供应商`填写必要信息。通过点击 :guilabel:`添加产品`（在 " -":guilabel:`产品`选项卡下），在 :guilabel:`产品`行中添加所需的产品。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " -"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." -msgstr "更改 :guilabel:`数量` 列中的数字，选择所需的订购产品数量。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " -"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " -":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " -"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." -msgstr "" -"填写完 :abbr:`RFQ（询价单）`后，点击 :guilabel:`确认订单`。当 :abbr:`RFQ（询价单）`被确认后，它将成为一个 " -":guilabel:`采购订单`，并出现一个 :guilabel:`收据` 智能按钮。点击 :guilabel:`收据` 智能按钮，进入仓库收据表格。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " -"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" -"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " -":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " -"number being assigned." -msgstr "" -"在为订购的产品数量分配批号之前点击 :guilabel:`验证` 会弹出 :guilabel:`用户错误` " -"窗口。弹出窗口要求输入订购产品的批号或序列号。在未指定批号的情况下，**无法**验证:abbr:`RFQ（询价单）`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." -msgstr "添加批次/序列号用户错误弹出窗口。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:133 -msgid "" -"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " -":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " -"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " -"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +"product, the lot number is saved as an existing lot number linked to the " +"product, and can be selected when :ref:`assigning lot numbers to products on" +" a receipt `, or when making an " +"inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:310 msgid "" -"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " -"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " -"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." +"After creating the lot number, `000001` appears as an option for `Drawer " +"Black` when assigning lot numbers on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` " +"page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 -msgid "" -"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" -" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " -"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " -"quantity." -msgstr "" -"**手动分配批号**：点击:guilabel:`添加行`，并在 :guilabel:`至` 列下选择产品要存储的位置。然后，键入新的 " -":guilabel:`批号名称`，并设置 :guilabel:`已完成`数量。" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 -msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgid "Show how to assign lot numbers on the Inventory Adjustment page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " -":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " -"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " -"the :guilabel:`Demand`." -msgstr "" -"如果要在多个位置和批次处理数量，请点击 :guilabel:`添加行`并输入新的 :guilabel:`批号名称`以添加数量。重复上述操作，直到 " -":guilabel:`已完成数量` 与 :guilabel:`需求量` 一致。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:155 -msgid "" -"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " -"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " -"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" -" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" -" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " -":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " -"entered in each of the lot number lines." -msgstr "" -"**从电子表格复制/粘贴批号**：在电子表格中填入从供应商处收到的所有批号（或在收到时手动选择分配的批号）。然后，将其复制并粘贴到 " -":guilabel:`批次/序列号名称` 列。Odoo " -"将根据粘贴在列中的编号数量，自动创建所需的行数。在此，:guilabel:`至`位置和:guilabel:`已完成`数量可手动输入到每个批号行中。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 -msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." -msgstr "在 excel 电子表格中复制批号清单。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." -msgstr "为所有产品数量分配批号后，点击 :guilabel:`确认` 关闭弹出窗口。然后，点击 :guilabel:`验证`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:168 -msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." -" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " -":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " -"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" -" assigned, and more." -msgstr "" -"验证收据后会出现 :guilabel:`可追溯性` 智能按钮。点击 :guilabel:`可追溯性` 智能按钮，查看更新后的 " -":guilabel:`可追溯性报告`，其中包括：:guilabel:`参考` " -"文档、正在追踪的:guilabel:`产品`、:guilabel:`批次/序列号` 分配等。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:174 -msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" -msgstr "管理送货订单批次" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " -"sales order (SO)." -msgstr "可直接从销售订单（SO）中为**出库**货物分配批号。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " -"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." -msgstr "" -"要创建一个 :abbr:`SO（销售订单）`，请转到 :menuselection:`销售应用程序 --> 创建`。这样就会出现一个新的空白报价单。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:181 -msgid "" -"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" -" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " -"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." -msgstr "" -"在此空白报价表上，通过添加 :guilabel:`客户` 填写必要信息，并通过点击 :guilabel:`添加产品` 在 :guilabel:`产品` " -"行（在 :guilabel:`订单行` 选项卡中）添加产品。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:185 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` column." -msgstr "然后，更改 :guilabel:`数量` 列中的数字，选择所需的销售数量。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" -" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " -":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." -msgstr "" -"填写报价单后，点击 :guilabel:`确认` 按钮确认报价单。确认报价单后，报价单将变为 :abbr:`SO（销售订单）`，并出现 " -":guilabel:`送货` 智能按钮。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:201 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " -"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`送货` 智能按钮，查看该特定 :abbr:`SO（销售订单）` 的仓单表格。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 -msgid "" -"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " -"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " -":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " -"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:198 -msgid "" -"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " -"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" -" there is enough stock in that particular lot)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:202 -msgid "" -"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " -":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " -"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " -"total quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:207 -msgid "" -"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " -"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " -"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " -"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " -"lot to fulfill the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:213 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:215 -msgid "" -"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " -"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" -" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 -msgid "" -"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " -"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " -":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " -"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " -"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:228 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" -" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " -"the same lot number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:318 msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:320 msgid "" -"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " -"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " -"be used." +"By default, new lots can only be created when receiving products, and " +"existing lot numbers cannot be used. For sales orders, only existing lot " +"numbers can be utilized, and new ones cannot be created on the delivery " +"order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:237 -msgid "" -"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" -" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:324 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " "type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " -"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +"Operations Types`, and select the desired operation type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:328 msgid "" -"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " -"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " -"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" -" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " -":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" -" to save the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:249 -msgid "" -"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " -"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " -"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " -"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." +"On the operation type form, under the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"section, tick the :guilabel:`Create New` checkbox to enable new lot numbers " +"to be created during this operation type. Choose :guilabel:`Use Existing " +"ones` if only existing lot numbers can be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:337 msgid "" "For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " "useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" " warehouse receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "批次追踪" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:345 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " -"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " -"stored, and who (and when) it went to." +"entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from, when it arrived, where it" +" was stored, who it went to (and when)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:348 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:352 msgid "" "From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " "assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:355 msgid "" -"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " -"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " -":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " -"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." +"To group by lots, begin by removing any filters in the :guilabel:`Search...`" +" bar. Then, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(caret down)` icon to" +" open a drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` options," +" and :guilabel:`Favorites`. Under the :guilabel:`Group By` section, click " +"the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` option, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"Number` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:361 msgid "" -"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " -"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." +"Doing so reorganizes all the records on the page to display all existing " +"lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded to show all quantities of " +"products with that assigned number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:369 +msgid "Traceability report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To view a full stock moves report for a lot number, select the lot number " +"line from the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Number` dashboard. On the lot number " +"form, click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the Traceability Report for a lot, that displays the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:380 msgid ":doc:`differences`" msgstr "" @@ -7000,6 +7081,144 @@ msgid "" " packaging to the internal count of the product." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:3 +msgid "Reassign lot/serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Changing a product's tracking settings to use lots or serial numbers, " +"*after* storing products in Odoo without them, can lead to inconsistent " +"records. Follow this documentation to learn how to use an inventory " +"adjustment to assign lot or serial numbers to products that were not " +"originally assigned lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Warning message: products in stock have no lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This document outlines the process of using two inventory adjustments: one " +"to remove incorrect records *without* lot numbers, and another to save the " +"quantities *with* the lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`Set up and use lot numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Set up serial numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Use serial numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:24 +msgid "Change on-hand quantity to zero" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To change the product's settings to track by lots or serial numbers, begin " +"by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and select the intended product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, click the product's :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button to open the " +":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. In the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"column, change the value to zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If the product is stored in multiple locations, make sure the **total** on " +"hand quantity at **all** locations is zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Show the Inventory Adjustments model, highlighting the \"On Hand Quantity\" " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:41 +msgid "Change traceability setting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Return to the product form (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Products`), and switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, change the :guilabel:`Tracking` option " +"from :guilabel:`No Tracking` to :guilabel:`By Lots` or :guilabel:`By Unique " +"Serial Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 +msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:56 +msgid "Restore on-hand quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:58 +msgid "" +"After manually changing the on-hand quantity to zero and changing the " +":guilabel:`Tracking` setting to lots or serial numbers, restore the " +"quantities by clicking the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button from the desired" +" product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:62 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Update Quantity` page, because the on-hand quantity had " +"been previously changed to zero, a :guilabel:`No Stock On Hand` warning " +"appears on the page. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" +"left corner. Doing so reveals a new, modifiable line on the " +":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. Then, input a desired lot number in the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` to its original value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Fill in the \"Lot/Serial Number\" and \"On Hand Quantity\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To find the original quantity, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"accordingly, after assigning a new lot or serial number, click the " +":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon in the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` column. Then, click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` " +"button on the far-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Show the \"History\" button on the Inventory Adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The inventory adjustment that changed the on-hand quantity to zero is " +"displayed in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:0 +msgid "Show the history entry." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "" @@ -7129,6 +7348,12 @@ msgid "" "in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save all changes." +msgstr "完成所有所需配置后，点击 :guilabel:`保存` 按钮保存所有更改。" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "" @@ -7313,6 +7538,12 @@ msgid "" "tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "然后，更改 :guilabel:`数量` 列中的数字，选择所需的销售数量。" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:197 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" @@ -7321,6 +7552,20 @@ msgid "" " appears." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " +"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`送货` 智能按钮，查看该特定 :abbr:`SO（销售订单）` 的仓单表格。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:208 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " @@ -7675,6 +7920,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:80 msgid "Create purchase order" msgstr "" @@ -7948,12 +8195,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "在取消发货请求后, 你可以更改货代为你想要的。通过点击 **送给货** 按钮确认。你会得到一个新的运单号以及一张新的标签。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:160 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`invoicing` " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:161 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" msgstr ":doc:`multipack` " @@ -8155,7 +8402,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:124 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" @@ -8336,8 +8583,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "Create a sales order" msgstr "" @@ -8399,7 +8644,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Print shipping labels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:8 msgid "" "Integrate Odoo with :doc:`third-party shipping carriers " "<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>` to automatically generate " @@ -8407,7 +8652,7 @@ msgid "" "numbers, and barcodes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:15 msgid "" "To generate labels for a third-party shipping carrier, first :doc:`install " "the third-party shipping connector " @@ -8424,36 +8669,83 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set the \"Get Rate and Create Shipment\" option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:33 +msgid "Labels for multi-step" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"For companies using :doc:`two " +"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or :doc:`three step " +"delivery <../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, labels can be " +"triggered to print after validating the picking or packing operation. To do " +"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations " +"Types`, and choose the desired operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Operation Type` configuration page, tick the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` checkbox. Enabling this feature ensures that the " +"third-party shipping label is printed upon validating this operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:45 +msgid "" +"For :doc:`two-step delivery " +"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, where products are " +"placed directly in packages during picking, companies can print shipping " +"labels during picking instead of delivery. Odoo allows users to enable the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` feature on the `Pick` operation itself to achieve " +"this flexibility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:0 +msgid "Enable the \"Print Label\" feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:55 msgid "Print tracking labels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:57 msgid "" -"Tracking labels are generated after the delivery order (DO) is validated." +"Tracking labels are printed when specific operations are validated. By " +"default, validating a delivery order (DO) generates a tracking label in the " +"chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:61 msgid "" -"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin on the " -":menuselection:`Sales app`, and proceed to the desired quotation to " -":ref:`add the shipping cost `, confirm the sales order, and validate the |DO|." +"For companies using two or three step delivery, refer to the :ref:`printing " +"labels for multi-step delivery ` section to learn how to print the label after validating a picking " +"or packing operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin in the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and proceed to the desired quotation or sales " +"order (SO). There, and :ref:`add the shipping cost " +"` to the order. Then, " +"navigate to the linked |DO| — or another operation type when using multi-" +"step delivery — to validate the operation and print the label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:71 msgid "" "If only the *Inventory* app is installed, create :abbr:`DOs (Delivery " -"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app , :ref:`add the " +"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, :ref:`add the " "third-party carrier ` in " "the :guilabel:`Carrier` field, and validate the |DO|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:79 msgid "Add shipping on quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:81 msgid "" "To generate a tracking label for an order, begin by creating a quotation in " ":menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`, clicking " @@ -8465,15 +8757,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the \"Add Shipping\" button on the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:89 msgid "" "In the resulting pop-up window, select the intended carrier from the " -":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. Clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` " -"displays the shipping cost for the customer, via the third-party carrier in " -"the :guilabel:`Cost` field." +":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Total Order " +"Weight` field is automatically populated, based on the :ref:`weight of " +"products in the order `. " +"Modify this field to overwrite the predicted weight, and use this weight to " +"estimate the cost of shipping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Get Rate` to display the shipping cost for the " +"customer, via the third-party carrier in the :guilabel:`Cost` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 msgid "" "If clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` results in an error, ensure the " ":ref:`warehouse's address ` are properly configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:102 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the cost to the quotation, which is listed as " "the :ref:`configured delivery product " @@ -8494,49 +8794,49 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show \"Get rate\" pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:112 msgid "" -"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, the shipping carrier is" -" specified in a delivery order's :guilabel:`Carrier` field of the " -":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." +"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, specify the " +":guilabel:`Carrier` by going to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, " +"navigating to the |DO|, and going to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:0 msgid "Show the \"Additional Info\" tab of a delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:123 msgid "Validate delivery order" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:125 msgid "" "On a delivery order form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab to" " ensure the third-party shipping carrier has been added to the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:129 msgid "" "If the *Sales* app is not installed, the third-party carrier is set in the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:132 msgid "" "After the items in the order have been packed, click :guilabel:`Validate` to" " get the shipping carrier's tracking number, and generate the shipping " "label." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:136 msgid "" "Create or select an existing delivery order by going to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and selecting the :guilabel:`Delivery " "Orders` card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:139 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` number is generated in the " ":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab of the delivery order. Click the " @@ -8544,7 +8844,7 @@ msgid "" "shipping carrier's website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:143 msgid "The tracking label is found in PDF format in the chatter." msgstr "" @@ -8552,14 +8852,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show generated shipping label in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:150 msgid "" "For multi-package shipping, one label is generated per package. Each label " "appears in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:157 msgid "Sample label generated from Odoo's shipping connector with FedEx." msgstr "" @@ -8746,11 +9046,282 @@ msgid "" "create the first backorder." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:3 +msgid "Printable delivery PDFs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automatically print delivery-related PDFs documents and labels in Odoo, " +"containing package recipient details, contents, or handling instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The following PDFs can be configured to print upon validating an *Inventory*" +" operation (e.g. receipt, picking, delivery orders, quality checks):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:11 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery slip `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`Return slip `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:13 +msgid "" +":ref:`Product labels of items in the order " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:14 +msgid "" +":ref:`Lot and serial number labels `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:15 +msgid "Carrier labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:16 +msgid "Export documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:17 +msgid "Package Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:18 +msgid "Package label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To automatically print these forms, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`, and select the desired " +"operation type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick each of the desired options available " +"in the :guilabel:`Print on Validation` section to download the PDF of those " +"selected documents automatically after validating the :guilabel:`Operation " +"Type`. For details on what each of the checkbox options do, jump to the " +"related section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Print on Validation* option in the \"Pick\" *Operation Type*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:36 +msgid "Delivery slip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A *delivery slip* contains recipient and package details, usually placed " +"inside (or attached to) the package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:42 +msgid ":ref:`Picking list `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`Tracking label `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:45 +msgid "" +"After :ref:`enabling the Delivery Slip setting " +"` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " +"configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " +"operation type downloads a PDF of the delivery slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The delivery slip shows products, quantities, the delivery order reference " +"number, and the total order weight." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Example delivery slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:58 +msgid "Return slip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Print a *return slip* to include in a delivery for customer return packages." +" It identifies the return, links to the sales order, and includes item " +"details and customer information. It can also include specific return " +"instructions for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:64 +msgid "" +"After :ref:`enabling the Return Slip setting " +"` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " +"configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " +"operation type downloads a PDF of the return slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The return slip displays the company's return address, along with barcodes " +"for both the order and the return operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Example return slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:77 +msgid "Product labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Print *product labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " +"information, such as product name, barcode, and price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"After navigating to the intended operation type (:menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`), in the :guilabel:`Hardware` " +"tab, tick the :guilabel:`Product Labels` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Print label as:` drop-down menu visible, where" +" each product label can be printed as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`2 x 7 with price`: PDF displays product name, barcode, and price," +" fitting two rows and seven columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 2 x 7 with price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 7 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price, " +"fitting four rows and seven columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 4 x 7 with price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12`: displays product name and barcode. Fits four rows and " +"twelve columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 4 x 12." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price. " +"Fits four rows and twelve columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels`: prints labels in the Zebra Programming Language " +"(ZPL) containing the product name and barcode. Readable for Zebra printers " +"to automatically print labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels with price`: prints labels in the :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " +"Programming Language)` containing the product name, barcode, and price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Product labels can be manually printed from any delivery order, by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Print Labels` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:128 +msgid "Lot/SN Labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Print *lot/SN labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " +"information, such as product name, lot or serial number, and the barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To automatically print this PDF, navigate to the intended operation type's " +"options page (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations" +" Types`). Then, in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick the :guilabel:`Lot/SN " +"Labels` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per lot/SN`: PDF with labels for unique lot/serial " +"numbers in the order, including product name, lot/serial number, and " +"barcode. Fits four rows and twelve columns per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:150 +msgid "Labels for an order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per unit`: PDF with labels matching the quantity of " +"items, displaying the product name, lot/serial number, and barcode. Fits " +"four rows and twelve columns per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per lot/SN`: prints labels in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " +"Programming Language)`, containing the product name, lot/serial number, and " +"barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per unit`: prints labels with the quantity of " +"items in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming Language)`, containing the product " +"name, lot/serial number, and barcode." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "Scheduled delivery dates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 msgid "" "Accurately forecasting delivery dates is vital for fulfilling customer " "expectations. In Odoo, the *Inventory* app allows for comprehensive lead " @@ -8758,11 +9329,11 @@ msgid "" "orders, deliveries, and receptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:15 msgid "Lead time types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:17 msgid "" "Different lead times for different operations can impact various stages of " "the order fulfillment process. Here's a summary of the types of lead times " @@ -8773,66 +9344,85 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show graphic of all lead times working together." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "" -":ref:`Customer lead time `: The default " -"time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is the " -"number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the date " -"the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as *delivery" -" lead time*." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:24 msgid "" -":ref:`Sales security lead time `: " -"moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of days. " -"This serves as a buffer to allow the team ample time to prepare the outgoing" -" shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " -"process." +":ref:`Customer lead time `: " +"default time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is" +" the number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the " +"date the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as " +"*delivery lead time*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:29 msgid "" -":ref:`Purchase lead time `: the number of " -"days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " +":ref:`Sales security lead time `: moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of " +"days. This serves as a buffer to allow ample time to prepare the outgoing " +"shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 +msgid "" +":ref:`Purchase lead time `: number" +" of days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " "products. It provides insight on the time it takes for products to arrive at" " the warehouse, facilitating effective scheduling and planning of supplier " "deliveries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:39 msgid "" -":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` by a " -"specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders earlier " -"mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products that are" -" set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment report* " -"earlier, according to the specified number of days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:40 -msgid "" -":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: the number " -"of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date of " -"confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in Odoo), " -"and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished good." +":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " +"by a specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders " +"earlier mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products " +"that are set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment " +"report* earlier, according to the specified number of days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:45 msgid "" -":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " -"forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with " -":ref:`replenish to order `, the " +":ref:`Days to Purchase `: " +"days needed for the vendor to receive a request for quotation (RFQ) and " +"confirm it. It advances the deadline to schedule a |RFQ| by a specified " +"number of days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:49 +msgid "" +":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: " +"number of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date " +"of confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in " +"Odoo), and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished" +" good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:54 +msgid "" +":ref:`Days to prepare manufacturing order " +"`: number of days " +"needed to replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the " +"product. Either set one directly on the bill of materials (BoM), or click " +"*Compute* to sum up purchase and manufacturing lead times of components in " +"the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:60 +msgid "" +":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing " +"Order)` forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with" +" :ref:`replenish to order `, the " "security lead time makes the need appear earlier on the replenishment " "report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:69 msgid "Sales lead times" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 msgid "" "Customer lead times and sales security lead times can be configured to " "automatically compute an *expected delivery date* on a :abbr:`SO (Sales " @@ -8840,14 +9430,14 @@ msgid "" "setting for shipments from the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:75 msgid "" "Odoo issues a warning message if the set delivery date is earlier than the " "expected date, as it may not be feasible to fulfill the order by that time, " "which would impact other warehouse operations." msgstr "如果设定的交货日期早于预期日期，Odoo 就会发出警告信息，因为届时可能无法完成订单，从而影响其他仓库业务。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:79 msgid "" "A :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` containing a `Coconut-scented candle` is " "confirmed on July 11th. The product has a customer lead time of 14 days, and" @@ -8862,17 +9452,17 @@ msgid "" "Set *Delivery Date* in a sales order. Enables delivery lead times feature." msgstr "在销售订单中设置*交货日期*。启用交货周期功能。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:87 msgid "" "The following sections demonstrate how to automatically compute expected " "delivery dates." msgstr "以下部分演示如何自动计算预期交货日期。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:90 msgid "Customer lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:92 msgid "" "Set the customer lead time on each product form, by navigating to the " "products page. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> " @@ -8882,7 +9472,7 @@ msgid "" "order from start to finish." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 msgid "" "Set a 14-day customer lead time for the `Coconut-scented candle` by " "navigating to its product form. Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, type" @@ -8893,31 +9483,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set *Customer Lead Time* on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:109 msgid "Sales security lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:111 msgid "" "*Sales security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:114 msgid "" "On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " "heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales`, and " "click the checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. This security lead time is " "a buffer notifying the team to prepare for outgoing shipments earlier than " "the scheduled date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales` to `1.00` day, pushes " "the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of a delivery order (DO) forward by one day. " @@ -8932,11 +9522,11 @@ msgid "" "settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:131 msgid "Deliver several products" msgstr "交付多种产品" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:133 msgid "" "For orders that include multiple products with different lead times, the " "lead times can be configured directly from the quotation itself. On a " @@ -8944,7 +9534,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Policy` to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`As soon as possible` to deliver products as soon as they are " "ready. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " @@ -8952,7 +9542,7 @@ msgid "" "products in the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`When all products are ready` to wait to fulfill the entire order " "at once. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " @@ -8964,14 +9554,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show *Shipping Policy* field in the *Other Info* tab of a quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:150 msgid "" "In a quotation containing 2 products, `Yoga mat` and `Resistance band,` the " "products have a lead time of 8 days and 5 days, respectively. Today's date " "is April 2nd." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:153 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Shipping Policy` is set to :guilabel:`As soon as " "possible`, the scheduled delivery date is 5 days from today: April 7th. On " @@ -8979,17 +9569,17 @@ msgid "" " the scheduled date to be 8 days from today: April 10th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:160 msgid "Purchase lead times" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 msgid "" "Automatically determining the dates on which to place orders from suppliers " "can help simplify the procurement process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 msgid "" "Odoo calculates the supplier shipment *receipt date*, and :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` deadline, based on the required date the product is needed" @@ -8998,7 +9588,7 @@ msgid "" "determine the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` deadline." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 msgid "" "This deadline is the date by which the order should be confirmed, in order " "to ensure timely arrival by the expected receipt date." @@ -9009,24 +9599,24 @@ msgid "" "Visualization of PO deadline and receipt date used with vendor lead times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:178 msgid "" ":ref:`PO scheduling with reordering rules " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:181 msgid "Vendor lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:183 msgid "" "To set a vendor lead time for orders arriving in the warehouse from a vendor" " location, begin by navigating to a product form through " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:186 msgid "" "Next, select the desired product, and switch to the :guilabel:`Purchase` " "tab. In the editable vendor pricelist, click the :guilabel:`Add a line` " @@ -9035,14 +9625,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:192 msgid "" "Multiple vendors and lead times can be added to the vendor pricelist. The " "default vendor and lead time selected will be the entry at the top of the " "list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:196 msgid "" "On the vendor pricelist of the product form, the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " "Time` for the selected vendor is set to `10 days.`" @@ -9052,7 +9642,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add delivery lead times to vendor pricelist on a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:203 msgid "" "By setting the vendor lead time, the expected arrival date of the item is " "automatically determined as the date of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " @@ -9061,7 +9651,7 @@ msgid "" "expected timeframe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 msgid "" "On a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` confirmed on July 11th, for a product " "configured with a 10-day vendor lead time, Odoo automatically sets the " @@ -9080,34 +9670,33 @@ msgid "" "Show expected *Scheduled Date* of arrival of the product from the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:225 msgid "Purchase security lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:227 msgid "" "*Purchase security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:230 msgid "" -"On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " -"heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`, and" -" click the checkbox to enable the feature." +"On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " +"heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in supplier " -"deliveries." +"deliveries. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:237 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase` to `2.00` days, " -"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by one day. In that " +"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by two days. In that " "case, if a product is initially scheduled to arrive on April 6th, with a " "two-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the receipt would be " "April 8th." @@ -9119,18 +9708,35 @@ msgid "" "Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 +msgid "Days to purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To set up the *days to purchase* lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Advanced " +"Scheduling` section, in the :guilabel:`Days to Purchase` field, specify the " +"number of days required for the vendor to confirm a |RFQ| after receiving it" +" from the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Show \"Days to Purchase\" configuration in the Settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 msgid "Manufacturing lead times" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:265 msgid "" "Lead times can help simplify the procurement process for consumable " "materials and components used in manufactured products with bills of " -"materials." +"materials (BoMs)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:268 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the deadline to " "begin the manufacturing process to complete the product by the scheduled " @@ -9144,43 +9750,54 @@ msgid "" "times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 msgid "Manufacturing lead time" msgstr "制造前置时间" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:279 msgid "" -"Configure the manufacturing lead time directly on the product form, by " -"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products`, " -"and select the desired product." +"Manufacturing lead times for products are configured from a product's bill " +"of materials (BoM) form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:281 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product, specify the calendar days " -"needed to the manufacture the product in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead " -"Time` field." +"To add a lead time to a |BoM|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" +" --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM| to edit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:284 msgid "" -"Specify a 14-day :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead Time` for a product directly " -"in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product." +"On the |BoM| form, click the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. Change the value" +" (in days) in the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field to specify the calendar" +" days needed to manufacture the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 -msgid "" -"View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Manuf. Lead Time value specified on a product's Bill of Material form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:292 +msgid "" +"If the selected |BoM| is a multi-level |BoM|, the manufacturing lead times " +"of the components are added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 +msgid "" +"If the |BoM| product is subcontracted, the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` can " +"be used to determine the date at which components should be sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:298 msgid "" "Establish a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, based on the " "*expected delivery date*, indicated in the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field " "of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:301 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field on the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`, is" @@ -9188,31 +9805,32 @@ msgid "" "lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:305 msgid "" "This ensures the manufacturing process begins on time, in order to meet the " "delivery date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:307 msgid "" -"However, it's important to note that lead times are based on calendar days. " -"Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center capacity*" -" (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work center " -"simultaneously`)." +"However, it is important to note that lead times are based on calendar days." +" Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center " +"capacity* (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work " +"center simultaneously`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 -msgid ":ref:`Manufacturing planning `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 msgid "" -":ref:`Configure automatic MO scheduling with reordering rules " -"`" +":doc:`Manufacturing planning <../../../manufacturing/workflows/use_mps>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:313 +msgid "" +":doc:`Schedule MOs with reordering rules " +"<../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 msgid "" "A product's scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " "August 15th. The product requires 14 days to manufacture. So, the latest " @@ -9220,23 +9838,63 @@ msgid "" "date is August 1st." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:324 +msgid "Days to prepare manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Configure the days required to gather components to manufacture a product by" +" going to its |BoM|. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" +" Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:330 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab of the |BoM|, specify the calendar days" +" needed to obtain components of the product in the :guilabel:`Days to " +"prepare Manufacturing Order` field. Doing so creates |MOs| in advance, and " +"ensures there is enough time to either replenish components, or manufacture " +"semi-finished products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Compute`, located next to the :guilabel:`Days to prepare" +" Manufacturing Order` field, calculates the longest lead time among all the " +"components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:339 +msgid "" +"*Purchase security lead times* that impact this specific |BoM| are also " +"added to this value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:343 +msgid "" +"A |BoM| has two components, one has a manufacturing lead time of two days, " +"and the other has a purchase lead time of four days. The :guilabel:`Days to " +"prepare Manufacturing Order` is four days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:350 msgid "Manufacturing security lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:352 msgid "" "*Manufacturing security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the" -" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead " -"Time`, and click the checkbox to enable the feature." +" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security " +"Lead Time`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:356 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in the " -"manufacturing process." +"manufacturing process. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 @@ -9245,7 +9903,7 @@ msgid "" "settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:364 msgid "" "A product has a scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " "set for August 15th. The manufacturing lead time is 7 days, and " @@ -9255,37 +9913,37 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is August 5th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:371 msgid "Global example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:373 msgid "" "See the following example to understand how all the lead times work together" " to ensure timely order fulfillment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:376 msgid "**Sales security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:377 msgid "**Manufacturing security lead time**: 2 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:378 msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**: 3 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:379 msgid "**Purchase security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:380 msgid "**Vendor lead time**: 4 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:382 msgid "" "The customer places an order for a manufactured product on September 1st, " "and the scheduled delivery date from the warehouse is on September 20th. " @@ -9300,24 +9958,24 @@ msgid "" "operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:390 msgid "**September 1st**: Sales order created, confirmed by salesperson." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:392 msgid "" "**September 9th**: Deadline to order components to ensure they arrive in " "time when manufacturing begins (4-day supplier lead time)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:395 msgid "" "**September 13th**: Scheduled date of receipt for components. Initially, it " "was set to 9/14, but the 1-day purchase security lead time pushed the date " "earlier by 1 day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:398 msgid "" "**September 14th**: Deadline to begin manufacturing. Calculated by " "subtracting the manufacturing lead time of 3 days, and the manufacturing " @@ -9325,7 +9983,7 @@ msgid "" "19th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:402 msgid "" "**September 19th**: :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the delivery order form " "indicates the updated expected delivery date, which was originally set as " @@ -9333,7 +9991,7 @@ msgid "" "a day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:406 msgid "" "Odoo's replenishment planning maps a business' order fulfillment process, " "setting pre-determined deadlines and raw material order dates, including " @@ -9374,7 +10032,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings." msgstr "" @@ -9541,496 +10198,536 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in one step" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:11 msgid "" -"By default, incoming shipments are configured to be received directly into " -"stock, and outgoing shipments are configured to be delivered directly from " -"stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one " -"step receipts and deliveries." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " +"process in one step, by default. This means purchases will be received " +"directly into stock, and deliveries will be moved directly from stock to " +"customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:30 msgid "" -"Incoming and outgoing shipments do not need to be configured with the same " -"steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in " -"three steps." +"Incoming and outgoing shipments do **not** need to be configured with the " +"same amount of steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18 msgid "" -"In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and " -"deliveries." +"For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " +"received directly in one step, and delivered in three steps (pick + pack + " +"ship)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20 -msgid "Configure the warehouse" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To configure one-step receipts and deliveries for a warehouse, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and select " +"a warehouse to edit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:27 msgid "" -"If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they" -" can easily be set back to the one step setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`, and click on the desired warehouse to edit. Next, on the " -":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, under the :guilabel:`Shipments` " -"section, select :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)` for " -":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " -"step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)`, and set " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " +"step)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one " -"step." +msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to one-step on warehouse form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Since one-step receipt and delivery is the default for incoming and outgoing" +" shipments in Odoo, the *Multi-Step Routes* feature is *not* required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 +msgid "" +"However, for the :guilabel:`Shipments` settings to appear on a warehouse " +"form, the feature **must** be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick " +"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Doing so also activates the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` " +"feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:50 msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "直接接收产品(1步收货）" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "Create a purchase order" -msgstr "创建采购订单" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:52 msgid "" -"On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making" -" a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, select (or create) a " -":guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` " -"to finalize the quote as a new purchase order." +"When products are received in one step, they will move from the vendor " +"location to warehouse stock in the database immediately upon validation of a" +" purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:81 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " -"the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " -"receipt for the purchase order." +"To create a |PO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank :guilabel:`Request for Quotation` (RfQ) " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Supplier` field. Then, fill out the various " +"fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order." +msgid "Filled out new request for quotation form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 -msgid "Process the receipt" -msgstr "处理收据" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:65 msgid "" -"When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click " -":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt." -msgstr "查看收据（与上述订购单相关）时，点击:guilabel:`验证` 完成收据。" +"Under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the |RfQ|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This moves the |RfQ| to the " +":guilabel:`Purchase Order` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once the |PO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears at " +"the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse receipt " +"(WH/IN) form." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button." -msgstr "通过验证智能按钮验证订购单。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ " -"(bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon " -"enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows " -"the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)." +msgid "Receipt smart button on confirmed purchase order form." msgstr "" -"如果激活了 :guilabel:`存储位置'，点击 :guilabel:`️🗑️（垃圾桶）`删除图标旁边的 " -":guilabel:`≣（符号列）`，启用:guilabel:`详细操作`屏幕。这允许指定接收产品的位置。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n" -"pop-up." -msgstr "在弹出的详细操作中为接收的产品选择存储位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier " -"Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives " -"here, it will be available for manufacturing, sales, etc. Then, the status " -"of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the " -"reception process in one step." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 +msgid "Process receipt" msgstr "" -"一旦收据通过验证，产品就会离开 :guilabel:`供应商位置` 并进入 " -":guilabel:`仓库/库存地点`。一旦到达这里，产品就可以用于生产、销售等。然后，文件状态将变为 " -":guilabel:`完成`，从而一步完成接收过程。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:84 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " +"the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " +"validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validated warehouse receipt in Done stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Click back to the |PO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" +" the |PO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Received` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:99 msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "直接出货（1步）" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:101 msgid "" -"Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and " -"make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then select (or create) a " -":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down field, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order." +"When products are delivered in one step, they will move from warehouse stock" +" to the customer location in the database immediately upon validation of a " +"sales order (SO)." msgstr "" -"首先，导航到:menuselection:`销售` 应用程序主仪表板，点击 :guilabel:`新建` " -"创建一个新报价。然后从下拉菜单中选择（或创建）一个 :guilabel:`客户`，在订单行中添加一个可存储的 :guilabel:`产品`，然后点击 " -":guilabel:`确认` 将报价单最终确定为销售订单。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:156 +msgid "Create sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:158 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " -"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " -"delivery order for the sales order." -msgstr "在 :abbr:`SO（销售订单）`表单的右上角会出现一个 :guilabel:`送货` 智能按钮 — 点击它可显示销售订单的相关交货单。" +"To create a |SO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales app`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank sales quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field. Then, fill out the various" +" fields on the sales quotation form, as necessary." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed." -msgstr "确认销售订单后，会出现智能交货按钮。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." +msgid "Filled out new sales quotation form." msgstr "" -"交货单也可在 :menuselection:`库存` 应用程序中找到。在 :guilabel:`概览`仪表板中，点击:guilabel:`送货订单` " -"看板卡中的 :guilabel:`# 待处理` 智能按钮。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Product` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:120 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:172 -msgid "Process the delivery" -msgstr "处理交货" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:171 msgid "" -"When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), " -"click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery." -msgstr "查看交货单（与上述销售订单相关联）时，点击 :guilabel:`验证` 即可完成交货。" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. This moves the quotation to the " +":guilabel:`Sales Order` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Once the |SO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears at " +"the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse delivery " +"(WH/OUT) form." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the delivery order." -msgstr "验证交货单。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the " -":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers" -" location`. Then, the status of the document will change to " -":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step." +msgid "Delivery smart button on confirmed sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:207 +msgid "Process delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:133 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse delivery form, the products ordered by the customer can " +"be delivered from the warehouse. To deliver the products, change the value " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field to match the ordered quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Demand` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once validated, the delivery order " +"moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validated delivery order in Done stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click back to the |SO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" +" the |SO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Delivered` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:229 +msgid ":doc:`shipments_deliveries`" msgstr "" -"一旦分拣订单通过验证，产品就会离开 :guilabel:`仓库/库存位置` 并移动到 :guilabel:`合作伙伴/客户位置`。然后，文件状态将变为 " -":guilabel:`完成`，从而一步完成交货。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in two steps" msgstr "分两步处理收货和发货" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Depending on a company's business processes, multiple steps may be needed " -"before receiving or shipping products. In the two-step receipt process, " -"products are received in an input area, then transferred to stock. Two-step " -"receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as " -"locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves." -msgstr "" -"根据公司的业务流程，在接收或运送产品之前可能需要多个步骤。在两步收货流程中，产品先在输入区收货，然后转入库存。两步收货法在使用不同存储位置（如上锁或安全区域、冰柜和冰箱或不同货架）时效果最佳。" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12 msgid "" +"Depending on a company's needs, receiving and shipping products in and out " +"of the warehouse might require multi-step operations. In Odoo *Inventory*, " +"this can be done using *Multi-Step Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the two-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, " +"then transferred to stock. This kind of process for incoming shipments might" +" be beneficial for warehouses with specific storage locations, such as " +"freezers and refrigerators, secured locked areas, or special aisles and " +"shelves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:19 +msgid "" "Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and " "employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The " -"products are not available for further processing until they are transferred" -" into stock." -msgstr "可以根据产品的存放地点对其进行分类，员工可以将运往特定地点的所有产品入库。产品在转入库存之前不能进行进一步处理。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In the two-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order" -" are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and " -"brought to an output location before being shipped." -msgstr "在两步送货流程中，属于送货订单一部分的产品会根据其搬运策略从仓库中分拣出来，然后运到输出地点，然后再进行装运。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:20 -msgid "" -"One situation where this would be useful is when using either a :abbr:`FIFO " -"(First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO " -"(First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, where the products that are " -"being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration " -"date." +"products are *not* available for further processing, until they are " +"transferred into stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:23 msgid "" -"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" -" `, so the settings need to be changed" -" in order to utilize two-step receipts and deliveries. Incoming and outgoing" -" shipments do not need to be set to have the same steps. For example, " -"products can be received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the " -"following example, two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries." +"In the two-step delivery process, products are first picked from their " +"respective location in the warehouse, then transferred to an output location" +" before being shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"This might be beneficial for companies using a First In, First Out (FIFO), " +"Last In, First Out (LIFO), or First Expired, First Out (FEFO) removal " +"strategy." msgstr "" -"Odoo 的默认设置为 :ref:`一步完成收货和发货 " -"`，因此需要更改设置才能使用两步收货和发货。入库和出库不需要设置相同的步骤。例如，产品可以分两步收货，但只需一步发货。在下面的示例中，收货和发货都将使用两个步骤。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "Configure multi-step routes" -msgstr "配置多步骤路线" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34 msgid "" -"First, make sure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` option is enabled in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " -":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save` " -"the changes." +"For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " +"received in two steps (input + stock), and delivered in three steps (pick + " +"pack + ship)." msgstr "" -"首先，确保在 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 中的 :guilabel:`仓库` 标题下启用 " -":guilabel:`多步骤路线` 选项。启用设置后，:guilabel:`保存`更改。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:38 msgid "" -"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature." -msgstr "激活 :guilabel:`多步骤路线` 设置也将激活 :guilabel:`存储位置` 功能。" +"In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " +"process in one step, by default. To change these settings, the *Multi-Step " +"Routes* feature must be enabled." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and " -"deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`, and click on the warehouse to change the warehouse settings." -msgstr "接下来，需要为两步收货和交货配置仓库。进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库`，点击仓库更改仓库设置。" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Multi-Step Routes feature in Inventory app settings." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for" -" :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and " -"then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +"Next, configure a warehouse for two-step receipts and deliveries. Navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and " +"select a warehouse to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)`, " +"and set :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Send goods in output " +"and then deliver (2 steps)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two " -"steps." -msgstr "设置收货和发货选项，分两步收货和发货。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and " -"*output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and " -":guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard." -" To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations`, and select the :guilabel:`Location` to change. On the location " -"form, update the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any other changes (if " -"necessary)." -msgstr "" -"激活两步收货和送货将创建新的*输入*和*输出*位置，默认情况下，在 :guilabel:`位置` 仪表板上分别标为 " -":guilabel:`WH/Input` 和 :guilabel:`WH/Output` 。要重新命名这些位置，请转到 " -":menuselection:`配置 --> 位置`，然后选择要更改的 :guilabel:`位置`。在位置表单中，更新 " -":guilabel:`位置名称` 并进行其他更改（如有必要）。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:66 -msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)" +msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to two-step on warehouse form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Selecting two-step receipts and deliveries automatically creates new *Input*" +" and *Output* warehouse locations in the database, named `WH/Input` and " +"`WH/Output`, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To rename or edit these locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Locations`, and select the desired location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the location's form, change the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any " +"other necessary changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:72 +msgid "Process receipt in two steps (input + stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When products are received in two steps, they first move from the vendor " +"location to an input location. Then, they move from the input location to " +"warehouse stock in the database, upon validation of a purchase order (PO), " +"and a subsequent internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, fill out the various " +"fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out new Request for Quotation from vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery smart button for validated purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:105 msgid "" "For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step " -"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase " -"Order)` form may need to be specified as the correct *input location* " -"connected to the two-step warehouse, which can be done by selecting the " -"warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at" -" the end of the name." +"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the |PO| form **must** " +"be specified as the correct *input location* connected to the two-step " +"warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:109 msgid "" -"After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` " -"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` form. " -"Click it to reveal the new receipt (WH/IN) operation." +"This can be done by selecting the warehouse from the drop-down menu that " +"includes the `Receipts` label at the end of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:115 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " +"the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " +"validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage, and the products" +" move to the :guilabel:`WH/Input` location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 -msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." +msgid "Receipt form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Once the purchase order is confirmed, a receipt is generated and ready to " -"process." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:128 +msgid "Process internal transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the " -":guilabel:`Receipts` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " -"dashboard. This reveals a list of all receipts to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` associated with the purchase order, then " -"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to " -":guilabel:`WH/Input`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Receipt form for product move to WH/Input." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:106 -msgid "Process the internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "" "Once the receipt is validated, an internal transfer is created and ready to " "process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:132 msgid "" -"Click back to the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` in the breadcrumbs, and " -"locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." +"To view the internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app`, and locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:135 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to reveal a list of all internal " -"transfers to process, and select the transfer associated with the previously" -" validated receipt." +"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " +"of all internal transfers to process, and select the transfer associated " +"with the previously validated receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:138 msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product " -"from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move " +"the product from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:141 msgid "" -"Once the transfer is validated, the product enters inventory and is " +"Once the transfer is validated, the products enter inventory, and are " "available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock." +msgid "Internal transfer form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:127 -msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:149 +msgid "Process delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:151 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " -":guilabel:`New`. Select (or create) a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:136 -msgid "" -"After confirming the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart " -"button will appear in the top, above the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal the associated " -"receipt." +"When products are delivered in two steps, they move from warehouse stock to " +"an output location. Then, they move from the output location to a customer " +"location in the database, upon validation of a picking order, and a " +"subsequent delivery order (DO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Delivery smart button on sales order form." +msgid "Filled out new sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168 msgid "" -"Sales order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` Kanban card." +"Under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:150 -msgid "Process the picking" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery smart button on validated sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:182 +msgid "Process picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 msgid "" "Once the sales order is confirmed, a picking order is generated and ready to" " process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:186 msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the " -":guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. " -"This reveals a list of all pickings to process." +"To complete the picking, navigate to the :guilabel:`Inventory app`, and " +"locate the :guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " +"dashboard. Alternatively, the picking order can also be accessed via the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:190 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, click the :guilabel:`# To " +"Process` button on the :guilabel:`Pick` task card. This reveals a list of " +"all pickings to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:193 msgid "" "Click on the picking (WH/PICK) operation associated with the sales order to " "reveal the picking order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Check Availability` on the picking order form. If the " -"product is in stock, Odoo automatically reserves the product. Quantities can" -" also be manually set by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " -"column to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Picking order form for products included in sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:200 msgid "" -"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking and move the " -"product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" +"Manually set the quantity by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"column, to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking, and move the" +" product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Once the picking is validated, a delivery order is created, and ready to " +"process. Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button on the sales order " +"form reveals the newly created delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, to view the delivery order, navigate back to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, via the breadcrumbs, and locate the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` task card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " +"of all delivery orders to process, and select the order associated with the " +"previously validated picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Picking operation form moving product to WH/Output." +msgid "Delivery order form for products ordered by customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:222 msgid "" -"Once the picking has been processed, the delivery order is generated, and " -"can be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Navigate back to the original sales order by going to :menuselection:`Sales " -"app`, and selecting the associated sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:179 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button now indicates there are two transfers." -" Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal each transfer tied to" -" this sales order: the completed picking, and the new delivery (WH/OUT) " -"operation. Click the delivery operation to open the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 -msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Delivery operation form moving product to customer location." +"To deliver the products, change the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field " +"to match the ordered quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:3 @@ -10100,6 +10797,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "创建采购订单" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " @@ -10116,6 +10817,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "" @@ -11587,7 +12292,7 @@ msgstr "" "您需要写邮件至 xmlrequests@dhl.com 并且随附您账户的详细信息诸如账号, region区域, 地址, 等访问API 访问信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo" +msgid "Sendcloud configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5 @@ -11635,18 +12340,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank" " account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping " -"rules or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " -"required." +"rules, or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " +"**required**." msgstr "" -"Odoo 与 Sendcloud 的整合仅适用于已链接银行账户的免费 Sendcloud 计划，因为 Sendcloud " -"不会免费发货。要使用发货规则或单个自定义承运商联系人，则需要 Sendcloud 的付费计划。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:174 msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "仓库配置" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:39 msgid "" "Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings" " --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse" @@ -11659,7 +12362,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings." msgstr "在 Sendcloud 设置中添加地址。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:46 msgid "" "To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` " "is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field " @@ -11705,24 +12408,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:63 msgid "" "Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo" " configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:69 msgid "" "In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo " "Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:72 msgid "" "After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and " @@ -11732,7 +12435,7 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo StealthyWood`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:77 msgid "" "Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the " "shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public " @@ -11743,32 +12446,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:158 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "设置Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86 -msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To ensure seamless Sendcloud integration with Odoo, :ref:`install " +"` and :ref:`link " +"` the Sendcloud shipping" +" connector to the Sendcloud account. Then, :ref:`configure Odoo fields " +"`, so Sendcloud can " +"accurately pull shipping data to generate labels." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +msgid "Install Sendcloud shipping module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 msgid "" "After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure" -" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " -"search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." +" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " +"search for the `Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:110 msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:112 msgid "" "Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The " @@ -11778,7 +12491,7 @@ msgstr "" "安装后，在 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 中激活 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 送货` " "模块。guilabel:`Sendcloud 连接器`设置位于:guilabel:`发货连接器`部分。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:116 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once" @@ -11787,7 +12500,7 @@ msgstr "" "激活 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 连接器` 后，点击列出的连接器下方的 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 送货方式` " "链接。进入:guilabel:`送货方式`页面后，点击:guilabel:`创建`。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to " @@ -11795,69 +12508,69 @@ msgid "" "Methods`." msgstr ":guilabel:`送货方式` 也可以通过 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 送货 --> 送货方式` 访问。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 msgid "" "Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:" msgstr "在 :guilabel:`新送货方式` 表单中填写以下字段：" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`." msgstr ":guilabel:`送货方式`：类型 `Sendcloud DPD`。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu." msgstr ":guilabel:`供应商`：从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`Sendcloud`。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this " "shipping method or create a new product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:131 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:146 msgid "" "Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:135 msgid "" "After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the " "shipping products:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:137 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New " "Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping " "products` link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:139 msgid "" "Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries " "and returns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:140 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:143 msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:" msgstr "" @@ -11881,7 +12594,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`" " `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` " @@ -11920,7 +12633,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:169 msgid "" "Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a " "package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured " @@ -11928,20 +12641,64 @@ msgid "" " within 24 hours of creation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using " "test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used " "to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the " "creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment " -"settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`." +"settings can be toggled back and forth from their respective smart buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166 -msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:181 +msgid "Shipping information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 +msgid "" +"To use Sendcloud to generate shipping labels, the following information " +"**must** be filled out accurately and completely in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Customer information**: when creating a quotation, ensure the selected " +":guilabel:`Customer` has a valid phone number, email address, and shipping " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:189 +msgid "" +"To verify, select the :guilabel:`Customer` field to open their contact page." +" Here, add their shipping address in the :guilabel:`Contact` field, along " +"with their :guilabel:`Mobile` number and :guilabel:`Email` address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:193 +msgid "" +"**Product weight**: ensure all products in an order have a specified " +":guilabel:`Weight` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of their product form. " +"Refer to the :ref:`Product weight section " +"` of this article for " +"detailed instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +msgid "" +"**Warehouse address**: ensure the warehouse name and address in Odoo match " +"the :ref:`previously defined warehouse " +"` in the Sendcloud " +"setup. For details on warehouse configuration in Odoo, refer to the " +":ref:`warehouse configuration section " +"` of the third-party " +"shipping documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:204 +msgid "Generate labels with Sendcloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:206 msgid "" "When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud " "shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label " @@ -11951,41 +12708,41 @@ msgstr "" "在 Odoo 中创建报价单时，添加发货和 :guilabel:`Sendcloud " "发货产品`。然后，:guilabel:`验证`发货。发货标签文件会在沟通栏中自动生成，其中包括以下内容：" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:205 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages." msgstr ":guilabel:`送货标签`，取决于包裹数量。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for " "returns." msgstr ":guilabel:`退货标签`（如果 Sendcloud 连接器配置了退货标签）。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:212 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them." msgstr ":guilabel:`海关文件`（如果目的地国家需要）。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214 msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available." msgstr "此外，现在还提供了追踪号码。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 msgid "" "When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the " "configured Sendcloud account." msgstr "创建退货标签时，Sendcloud 将自动向配置的 Sendcloud 账户收费。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 msgid "Shipment is too heavy" msgstr "货物过重" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 msgid "" "If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, " "then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need " @@ -11995,7 +12752,7 @@ msgstr "" "如果发货重量超过配置的 Sendcloud 服务承载能力，则会将重量分割以模拟多个包裹。产品需要放在不同的 :guilabel:`包裹` 中，以便 " ":guilabel:`验证`转运和生成标签。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping " "methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will " @@ -12004,11 +12761,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在 Sendcloud 中还可以设置:guilabel:`规则`，在重量过重时使用其他运输方式。但请注意，这些规则不适用于销售订单上的运费计算。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 msgid "Personal carrier contract" msgstr "个人运输合同" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:237 msgid "" "Use custom prices from a direct carrier contract, via CSV upload, by first " "logging into Sendcloud, navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Carriers " @@ -12021,7 +12778,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud." msgstr "导航至 Sendcloud 中的合同部分。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:245 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Contract prices` section, click :guilabel:`Download " "CSV` and fill out the contract prices in the :guilabel:`price` column of the" @@ -12030,7 +12787,7 @@ msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`合同价格` 部分，点击 :guilabel:`下载 CSV` 并在 CSV 文件模板的 :guilabel:`价格` " "列中填写合同价格。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:249 msgid "" "Ensure the CSV file includes the correct prices to avoid any inaccuracies." msgstr "确保 CSV 文件包含正确的价格，以避免出现任何不准确的情况。" @@ -12040,13 +12797,13 @@ msgid "" "Show sample contract CSV from Sendcloud, highlighting the price column." msgstr "显示来自 Sendcloud 的合同 CSV 示例，突出显示价格列。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:255 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload` the completed CSV file to Sendcloud, then click " ":guilabel:`Save these prices`." msgstr ":guilabel:`上传` 已完成的 CSV 文件到 Sendcloud，然后点击 :guilabel:`保存价格`。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:258 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to upload contract prices with carriers " "`_" @@ -12054,11 +12811,11 @@ msgstr "" "`Sendcloud：如何上传与运营商的合同价格`_" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:262 msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:264 msgid "" "Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight " "of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* " @@ -12067,13 +12824,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "许多承运商对重量有多种衡量标准。一种是包裹中产品的实际重量，另一种是*体积重量*（:dfn:`体积重量是指包裹在运输过程中所占的体积。换言之，它是包裹的实际大小。）" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:269 msgid "" "Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute" " the volumetric weight." msgstr "检查所选承运商是否已经定义了计算体积重量的公式。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:273 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight " "`_" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:277 msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate" msgstr "无法计算运费率" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:279 msgid "" -"First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by " -"the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " +"First, verify that the product being shipped has a weight that is supported " +"by the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " "destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier." " The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the " "carrier." msgstr "" -"首先，确认所发运产品的重量符合所选发运方式的要求。如果已设置，则验证承运商是否支持目的地国家/地区（来自客户地址）。承运商也应支持来源国家/地区（仓库地址）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Starshipit shipping" @@ -13524,8 +14280,9 @@ msgstr "在批量拣货时，订单会被分组并合并成一个拣货清单。 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:15 msgid "" -":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings `" -msgstr ":ref:`使用条形码应用程序进行拣取`" +":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings " +"`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -15235,11 +15992,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:180 msgid "`WHA/Stock` : 1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`WHA/Stock` : 1" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:181 msgid "`WHB/Stock` : 2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`WHB/Stock` : 2" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -15652,7 +16409,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:94 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:160 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is greater than the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **green**. If " @@ -15695,17 +16452,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Applying an inventory adjustment simultaneously creates a :doc:`stock move " +"line (SML) <../reporting/moves_history>` in the *Moves History* report for " +"traceability." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " "specified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:129 msgid "Count products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131 msgid "" "Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is " "complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory " @@ -15713,7 +16477,7 @@ msgid "" "product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135 msgid "" "On each product line, identify whether the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` column recorded in the database matches the newly-counted value. " @@ -15721,7 +16485,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Set` button (target icon) at the far right of the product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:139 msgid "" "Doing so copies the value from the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column over " "to the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and sets the value of the " @@ -15734,7 +16498,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148 msgid "" "If the newly-counted value for a given product does **not** match the value " "in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, instead of " @@ -15742,7 +16506,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152 msgid "" "To do so, click the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column on the " "specific inventory adjustment line for the product whose count is being " @@ -15750,7 +16514,7 @@ msgid "" "`0.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 msgid "" "To change this value, type in a new value that matches the real, newly-" "counted value. Then, click away from the line. Doing so saves the " @@ -15758,7 +16522,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:166 msgid "" "Subsequently, once applied, a move with the difference between the " ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is " @@ -15771,7 +16535,7 @@ msgid "" "moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:174 msgid "" "Sometimes a count occurs, but cannot be applied in the database right away. " "In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, " @@ -15781,11 +16545,11 @@ msgid "" "adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:181 msgid "Change inventory count frequency" msgstr "更改库存清点频率" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183 msgid "" "By default, the *scheduled date* for inventory adjustments are always " "scheduled for the 31st of December of the current year. However, for some " @@ -15793,7 +16557,7 @@ msgid "" "times. In such cases, the default scheduled date can be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:187 msgid "" "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " @@ -15807,43 +16571,43 @@ msgid "" " setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:195 msgid "" "To change the day, click the :guilabel:`31`, and change it to a day within " "the range `1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:198 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:117 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" "down menu, and select the desired month." msgstr "如要更改月份，请单击 :guilabel:`12 月` 显示下拉菜单，并选择所需的月份。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:201 msgid "" "Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all " "changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:204 msgid "Plan big inventory counts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:206 msgid "" "To plan big inventory counts, such as a full count of everything currently " "in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->" " Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209 msgid "" "Then, select the desired products to be counted by clicking the checkbox on " "the far left of each product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:213 msgid "" "To request a count of **all** products currently in stock, click the " "checkbox at the very top of the table, in the header row next to the " @@ -15854,7 +16618,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221 msgid "" "Once all desired products have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Request a" " Count` button at the top of the page. This causes a :guilabel:`Request a " @@ -15862,21 +16626,21 @@ msgid "" "information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:225 msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:226 msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" " be accounted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the on-hand quantity of each product line blank," " select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To pre-fill the on-hand quantity of each " @@ -15884,17 +16648,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Set Current Value`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:232 msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 msgid "" "In the Odoo *Barcode* app, users can only view inventory counts that are " "assigned to **them**, and are scheduled for **today** or **earlier**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:239 msgid ":doc:`cycle_counts`" msgstr "" @@ -15903,228 +16667,286 @@ msgid "Create a second warehouse" msgstr "创建第二个仓库" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 msgid "" -"A *warehouse* is a physical building or space where items are stored. In " -"Odoo, it is possible to set up multiple warehouses and transfer stored items" -" between them." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *warehouse* is a physical building or space where " +"items are stored. By default, each Odoo database has one warehouse already " +"pre-configured, with the address set as the company's address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:9 msgid "" -"By default, the Odoo platform has one warehouse that is already configured, " -"with the address set as the company's address. To create a second warehouse," -" select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, then click " -":guilabel:`Create` and configure the form as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:12 -msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code by which the warehouse is " -"referred to; the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is **WH**" +"However, it is possible to set up multiple additional warehouses, and " +"transfer stored items between them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:15 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse; this can be set as" -" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " -"vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:17 -msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The options below will only appear if the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " -"checkbox is enabled in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` under the" -" :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " -"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: select the routes that incoming and" -" outgoing shipments should follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:27 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " -"from this warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:28 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: allow for items to be manufactured in " -"this warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture`: select the route that should be followed when " -"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: check the box to allow for purchased products " -"to be delivered to the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:33 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Resupply From`: select warehouses that can be used to resupply " -"the warehouse being created" +"To create a second warehouse, the *Storage Locations* feature must be " +"enabled. To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, " +"tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and " +":guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "A filled out form for creating a new warehouse." +msgid "" +"Warning pop-up window for creating a second warehouse before enabling " +"Storage Locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:97 msgid "" -"Creating a second warehouse will automatically enable the *Storage " -"Locations* setting, which allows location tracking of products within a " -"warehouse. To toggle this setting, navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings` and click the checkbox under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " -"heading." +"Creating a second warehouse without first enabling the *Storage Locations* " +"feature triggers a :guilabel:`Warning` pop-up window. It indicates creating " +"a second warehouse automatically activates the *Storage Locations* setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:30 +msgid "Create new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:70 msgid "" -"After filling out the form, click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse " -"will be created." +"To create a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens a " +"blank warehouse creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:35 +msgid "Fill out the following fields as necessary:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code used to identify the warehouse," +" i.e. `WH2` (the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is `WH`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse. This can be set as" +" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " +"vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located. By default," +" this is set to the company's address in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Filled out warehouse name and address settings on warehouse creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:49 -msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" -msgstr "添加库存到新仓库" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:51 msgid "" -"If a new warehouse is created that has existing inventory in it, the " -"inventory counts should be added to Odoo so that the stock listed in the " -"Odoo database reflects what is in the physical warehouse. To add inventory " -"to a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations -->" -" Inventory Adjustments`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`. The inventory " -"adjustment form can then be filled out as follows:" +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, configure the warehouse's" +" main workflow in the :guilabel:`Shipments` section, and set available " +"replenishment methods in the :guilabel:`Resupply` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:54 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: the name or code that the inventory " -"adjustment can be referred to by" +"The :guilabel:`Shipments` and :guilabel:`Resupply` sections only appear if " +"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` checkbox is enabled in " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " +"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Locations`: the location(s) where the inventory is stored; " -"include the new warehouse and any locations within it that inventory will be" -" added to" +"In the :guilabel:`Shipments` section, choose between one, two, or three-step" +" processes for both incoming and outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:61 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Products`: include all products that will be added to inventory " -"or leave blank to select any product during the next step" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:62 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Resupply` section, edit the following settings:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:64 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Include Exhausted Products`: include products with a quantity of " -"zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they " -"have no existing inventory" +":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractors`: enable this feature to coordinate with " +"vendors, and have components dropshipped directly to subcontractors for " +"manufacturing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:66 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date used by accounting teams for " -"bookkeeping related to the inventory" +":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " +"with goods from this warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:68 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the inventory; can be set as the " -"user's company or as a customer or vendor" +":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: when products are manufactured, they " +"can be delivered to this warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Counted Quantities`: choose whether the counted quantities for " -"products being added should default to stock on hand or zero; does not " -"affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing " -"inventory" +":guilabel:`Manufacture`: the route that should be followed when " +"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse. Choose from one, two, and three-" +"step production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: when products are purchased, they can be " +"delivered to this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resupply From`: Check the box next to the other warehouses from " +"which this warehouse can replenish products. If the current warehouse does " +"not have the stock, it can also pull products from these selected warehouses" +" in the database. Automatic resupply routes will be created accordingly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "A filled out form for an inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:77 msgid "" -"Once the form is properly configured, click on :guilabel:`Start Inventory` " -"to be taken to the next page where products can be added to the inventory " -"adjustment. Add a new product by clicking on :guilabel:`Create` and then " -"fill out the product line as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:81 -msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory" +"Filled out Warehouse Configuration tab settings on warehouse creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:82 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " -"the new warehouse; this can be set as the overall warehouse or a location " -"within the warehouse" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new warehouse's settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:84 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " -"serial number used to identify it" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:85 +msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" +msgstr "添加库存到新仓库" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:87 msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Hand`: the total quantity of the product stored in the " -"location for which inventory is being adjusted; this should be zero for a " -"new location or warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:88 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Counted`: the amount of the product that is being added to " -"inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:89 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the *On Hand* and *Counted* " -"values; this will automatically update to reflect the value entered in the " -":guilabel:`Counted` column" +"If a new warehouse is created to represent a real-world storage location " +"with existing stock, update the warehouse's stock using an inventory " +"adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:91 -msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for counting the product" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`count_products`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "Include a line for each product being added to inventory." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To perform an inventory adjustment, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Operations --> Physical Inventory`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing" +" so adds a new line at the bottom of the list of inventory adjustments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:97 +msgid "Configure the line by filling out the following fields as necessary:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:99 msgid "" -"After adding all the products already stored in the new warehouse, click " -":guilabel:`Validate Inventory` to complete the inventory adjustment. The " -"values in the :guilabel:`On Hand` column will update to reflect those in the" -" :guilabel:`Counted` column and the products added will appear in the " -"inventory of the new warehouse." +":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " +"the new warehouse. This can be set as the overall warehouse, or a location " +"within the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " +"serial number used to identify it, if the product is tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the total quantity of the product stored in " +"the location for which inventory is being adjusted. For a new warehouse or " +"location where a count or a prior inventory adjustment has not taken place, " +"this should be set to `0.00`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure (UoM) used for counting the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: the amount of the product being added to " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the on-hand and counted " +"quantities. This automatically updates to reflect the value entered in the " +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date selected for the next inventory count " +"for this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`User`: the user who recorded the inventory adjustment in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out inventory adjustment line for product in new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once each line for the products being added to the new warehouse is " +"configured, click :guilabel:`Apply` on each line to apply the new inventory " +"counts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The values in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column update to reflect " +"those in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and the products added " +"appear in the new warehouse's stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:125 +msgid "" +"If products tracked using a lot number or serial number are added without " +"specifying the tracking number, a :guilabel:`Tracked Products in Inventory " +"Adjustment` pop-up window appears upon clicking :guilabel:`Apply` on that " +"product's line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The pop-up indicates tracked products were added, but the lots/serial " +"numbers were not defined. To apply the adjustment without the numbers, click" +" :guilabel:`Apply`. To add the numbers before applying, click " +":guilabel:`Discard`, and add the numbers. Then, once ready, click " +":guilabel:`Apply` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:0 +msgid "Tracked Products in Inventory Adjustment pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`warehouses_locations`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:3 @@ -16317,10 +17139,6 @@ msgstr "要更改日期，请单击 `31`，然后根据所需的年份月份， msgid "Once all necessary changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123 -msgid ":doc:`count_products`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`use_locations`" msgstr "" @@ -16433,52 +17251,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Scrap inventory" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:8 msgid "" -"In some cases, a product in inventory may be damaged or found to be " -"defective. If it is not possible to repair or return the product, Odoo " -"*Inventory* allows users to scrap it, ensuring that usable inventory counts " -"remain accurate." -msgstr "在某些情况下，库存产品可能会损坏或发现有缺陷。如果无法修理或退货，Odoo *库存* 允许用户报废产品，以确保可用库存计数保持准确。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " -"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." +"Sometimes, products in a company's warehouse stock might be found to be " +"damaged or defective, past the point of being reparable. If it is not " +"possible to repair the product, or return the product to a vendor, it can be" +" scrapped." msgstr "" -"废料订单可通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存 --> 操作 --> 报废` " -"查看。每个报废订单都会显示创建订单的日期和时间，以及报废的产品和数量。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:12 msgid "" -"To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`. Remove the " -":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display " -"virtual locations. Finally, select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` " -"location." +"Odoo *Inventory* allows users to scrap inventory, designating goods or " +"materials that are no longer usable or sellable for disposal (or recycling)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Scrapping inventory in a database helps stock counts remain accurate, by " +"removing scrapped products from physical inventory, and placing it in a " +"virtual scrap location (*Virtual Locations/Scrap*)." msgstr "" -"要查看每个报废项目的总数量，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 位置`。从 :guilabel:`搜索...` 栏移除" -" :guilabel:`内部` 筛选器，以显示虚拟位置。最后，选择 :guilabel:`虚拟位置/报废` 位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:19 msgid "" -"By default, scrapping a product removes it from physical inventory, and " -"places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual Locations/Scrap*. A virtual " -"location is **not** a physical space, but rather a designation in Odoo that " -"is used to track items that are no longer in physical inventory." +"*Virtual locations* in Odoo are **not** real, physical spaces in a " +"warehouse. Rather, they are designated locations in a database that provide " +"tracking of items that shouldn't be counted in a physical inventory." msgstr "" -"默认情况下，报废产品会将其从物理库存中移除，并将其放置在名为*虚拟位置/报废*的虚拟位置中。虚拟位置**并非**物理空间，而是 Odoo " -"中的一个名称，用于追踪不再属于实际库存的物品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:68 -msgid "Learn more" -msgstr "了解更多" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:25 msgid "" "For more information about virtual locations, see the documentation about " "the different types of :ref:`locations " @@ -16486,127 +17287,174 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To use locations in warehouse, including a virtual scrap location, the " +"*Storage Locations* feature must first be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Tick the " +"checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` to enable the feature, and " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Storage Locations setting in Inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:41 msgid "Scrap from stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:43 msgid "" -"To scrap a product located in inventory, begin by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Scrap`. On the :guilabel:`Scrap" -" Orders` page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new scrap order." +"To create a new scrap order (SP) for an in-stock product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Scrap`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a new |SP| form." msgstr "" -"要报废库存中的产品，首先导航到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 操作 --> 报废`。在 :guilabel:`报废订单` 页面，单击 " -":guilabel:`创建` 以配置新的报废订单。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:46 msgid "" -"On the scrap order, select the product being scrapped from the " -":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` field. The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the " -"location where the product is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` " -"defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be " -"changed by selecting a different location from their respective drop-down " -"menus." +"Click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and select the " +"product that should be scrapped from inventory. In the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"field, change the value to the quantity of the product that should be " +"scrapped (by default, this value is set to `1.00`)." msgstr "" -"在报废订单中，从 :guilabel:`产品` 下拉菜单中选择要报废的产品，然后在 :guilabel:`数量` " -"字段中输入数量。:guilabel:`源位置` 的默认值是产品的存储位置，而 :guilabel:`报废位置` 的默认值是 " -":guilabel:`虚拟位置/报废`，但可以从各自的下拉菜单中选择不同的位置来更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "A new scrap order." +msgid "Filled out new scrap order form with product details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:54 msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to scrap the product. The on-hand " -"inventory count for the scrapped product updates to subtract the scrapped " -"quantity." +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " +"is currently stored. The :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to the " +"designated scrap location (:guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`). Either of " +"these locations can be changed by selecting a different location from their " +"respective drop-down menus." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:49 -msgid "Scrap from a receipt, transfer, or delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:59 msgid "" -"It is also possible to scrap products during the receipt, transfer, and " -"delivery operations. This can be necessary if any products are found to be " -"defective when receiving them into inventory, transferring them from one " -"location to another, or preparing them for delivery." +"If the scrapping is tied to a specific existing operation, specify the " +"operation in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:62 msgid "" -"To scrap a product during the receipt, transfer, or delivery operations, " -"begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app. On the " -":guilabel:`Overview` page, select the :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the" -" :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`, or " -":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, depending on the type of operation the " -"product is being scrapped from." -msgstr "" -"要在收货、转移或交付操作过程中报废产品，首先要导航到 :menuselection:`库存` 应用程序。在 :guilabel:`概览` " -"页面，根据产品报废的操作类型，选择 :guilabel:`收据`, :guilabel:`内部转移` 或 :guilabel:`送货订单` 卡上的 " -":guilabel:`# 待处理` 按钮。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:61 -msgid "" -"For the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card to appear on the " -":menuselection:`Overview` page of the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, the " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next " -"to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading." +"The :guilabel:`Company` field displays the company whose warehouse this " +"product belongs to. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " +"scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:66 msgid "" -"Alternatively, a list of all delivery orders, receipts, and transfers can be" -" viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> " -"Transfers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Next, open a delivery order, receipt, or transfer from the corresponding " -"page by clicking on it. A :guilabel:`Scrap` button appears at the top of the" -" page. Click it to open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the new |SP|. Once " +"validated, a :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button appears at the top of " +"the form. Click the smart button to view the details of the scrap operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "The scrap pop-up in the Inventory app." +msgid "Product Moves smart button on new scrap order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:75 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Scrap` button will only appear on a receipt that has been " -"validated. This is because Odoo only allows products to be scrapped once " -"they have been entered into inventory." +"To view the all-time total quantities of scrapped items, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Click the " +":guilabel:`x (remove)` button on the :guilabel:`Internal` filter in the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar, to display virtual locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window, select the product being scrapped " -"from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Then, enter the quantity in the" -" :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +"Select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` location. From the " +":guilabel:`Scrap` location's form, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` smart" +" button, at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " -"is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual" -" Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be changed by selecting a " -"different location from their respective drop-down menus." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:82 +msgid "A list of all scrapped products, and their quantities, is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:0 +msgid "Current Stock list of all scrapped products in virtual scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:89 +msgid "Scrap from an existing operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:91 msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the product. After doing so, the " -":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window disappears and a :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " -"button appears in the top right of the page. Click it to view all of the " -"scrap orders created from that operation." +"Scrap orders (SPs) can *also* be created from existing operations, such as " +"receipts, delivery orders, and internal transfers, before they are entered " +"into, or removed from, stock for an operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To scrap a product during an operation, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview`, " +"click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on an operation's task card (i.e. " +"the :guilabel:`Receipts` task card)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "The Scraps smart button." +msgid "# To Process button on Receipts task card on Inventory Overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, select an operation to process from the resulting list of existing " +"orders. Doing so opens that operation's form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon, and select " +":guilabel:`Scrap` from the resulting drop-down menu. This opens a " +":guilabel:`Scrap Products` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Scrap Products pop-up window on operation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:113 +msgid "" +"From this pop-up window, click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product`" +" field, and select the products from the operation that should be scrapped. " +"Adjust the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Product` selected is tracked using a lot or serial number," +" a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial` field appears. Specify the tracking number in that" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` and :guilabel:`Scrap Location` can be " +"changed, if needed. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " +"scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Scrap Products`. A :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " +"button appears at the top of the operation form. Click this smart button to " +"view the details of all scrap orders created from this specific operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Scraps smart button showing all scrap orders from operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:3 @@ -16615,126 +17463,220 @@ msgstr "地点" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:5 msgid "" -"A *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. This can be a shelf, " -"room, aisle, etc. There are three types of locations in Odoo:" +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. " +"This can be a shelf, room, aisle, rack, bin, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:8 msgid "" -"*Physical locations* are spaces within a warehouse owned by the user's " -"company. These can be a an area where items are stored like an aisle or " -"shelf, or an area where operations take place, like loading and unloading " -"bays." +"There are also external and virtual locations. For example, customer " +"locations, and locations specifically designated as \"virtual\", instead of " +"real, physical locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:11 msgid "" -"*Partner locations* are the same as physical locations except that they " -"exist within the warehouse of a customer or vendor." +"Locations allow for the storage of products in designated areas of the " +"warehouse, to help track inventory accurately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:17 msgid "" -"*Virtual locations* are locations that do not exist physically, but where " -"items that are not in inventory can be placed. These can be items that have " -"not yet entered inventory, like products that are on the way to a warehouse," -" or items that are no longer in inventory due to loss or other factors." +"To specify storage locations, the *Storage Locations* setting must be " +"enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"section. Tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` to enable " +"the feature, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In order to use locations, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be" -" enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, and enable " -"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:24 -msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Storage Location setting in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:26 msgid "" -"Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations --> Create`. The new location " -"form can then be configured as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location Name`: the name that will be used to reference the " -"location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:30 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Parent Location`: the location or warehouse that the new location" -" exists within" +"Once the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is enabled, two additional " +"internal link options appear below it: :guilabel:`Locations` and " +":guilabel:`Putaway Rules`. Click :guilabel:`Locations` to open a list of all" +" existing locations in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location Type`: choose the category that the location belongs to" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse that the location " -"is inside of" +msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:104 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: check this box to allow for " -"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: check this box to allow products to be " -"returned to this location" +"To create a new location inside a warehouse, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Doing so " +"opens a list of all existing locations. Click :guilabel:`New` to open a new " +"location creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:37 -msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode number assigned to the location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:108 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Removal Strategy`: the :doc:`strategy <../removal_strategies>` " -"for how items should be taken from inventory" +"In the :guilabel:`Location Name` field, assign a name for the new location. " +"In the :guilabel:`Parent Location` field, assign the location that this new " +"location exists in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 -msgid "The form for creating a new location." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:41 +msgid "" +"A new location `Gate 1` is created. Its parent location is `Dispatch Zone`. " +"In the :guilabel:`Parent Location` for `Gate 1`, select `Dispatch Zone`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:48 -msgid "Create location hierarchies" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, fill out the necessary " +"details for the new location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Location Type` field, select which type of location this " +"is. There are seven different types of locations to choose from:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:50 msgid "" -"The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" -" to exist within a warehouse or another location. Every location can serve " -"as a parent location, and every parent location can have multiple locations " -"within it, allowing for the creation of a virtually infinite hierarchical " -"structure." +":guilabel:`Vendor Location`: virtual location representing the source " +"location for products coming from vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:52 msgid "" -"Location hierarchy could be organized so that a shelf is located within an " -"aisle, which is located within a room, which is located within the overall " -"warehouse." +":guilabel:`View`: virtual location used to create a hierarchical structure " +"for a warehouse; aggregates its child locations. **Should not directly " +"contain products**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`Internal Location`: physical location inside a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:55 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer Location`: virtual location representing the destination" +" location for products sent to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Inventory Loss`: virtual location serving as a counterpart for " +"inventory operations. Used to correct stock levels of physical inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:59 msgid "" -"To create the location hierarchy in the example above, set the warehouse as " -"the parent of the room, the room as the parent of the aisle, and the aisle " -"as the parent of the shelf. This can be adapted to a hierarchy of any " -"magnitude." +":guilabel:`Production`: virtual counterpart location for production " +"operations. This location consumes components and produces finished " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transit Location`: counterpart location that should be used in " +"inter-company or inter-warehouse operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Additional Information section of new location creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Configure the remaining fields in the :guilabel:`Additional Information` " +"section as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose warehouse the location is inside of. " +"Leave this field blank if this location is shared between companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow for " +"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow products to " +"be returned to this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode assigned to the location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Replenish Location`: tick this checkbox to get all quantities to " +"replenish at this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Cyclic Counting` section, change the value in the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field from the default `0`, if " +"necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Cyclic Counting section of new location creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When different than `0`, the inventory count dates for products stored at " +"this location are automatically set at the defined frequency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:90 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, in the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` " +"field, click the drop-down menu and select the :doc:`removal strategy " +"<../removal_strategies>` for how items should be removed from this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:97 +msgid "Create location hierarchies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" +" to exist within a warehouse, or below another location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Every location can serve as a parent location, and every parent location can" +" have multiple locations within it, allowing for the creation of a " +"hierarchical structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Location hierarchy could be organized so that a small refrigerator is " +"located on a specific shelf, which is located in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Location hierarchy of small refrigerator, on a shelf in a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To create the location hierarchy in the example above (`WH/Stock/Shelf " +"2/Small Refrigerator`), set the warehouse stock as the parent of the shelf, " +"and the shelf as the parent of the small refrigerator. This can be adapted " +"to a hierarchy of any magnitude." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:5 @@ -17492,6 +18434,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse." msgstr "发货仓库的发货单卡。" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 +msgid "Process the receipt" +msgstr "处理收据" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99 msgid "" "Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for " @@ -17598,151 +18544,160 @@ msgid "" msgstr "排期工具运行后，将分别为出库和入库仓库创建交货单和收据。交货单和收据的处理方法与上文详述的相同。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations" -msgstr "管理仓库和位置" +msgid "Manage warehouses and locations" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:9 msgid "Warehouse" msgstr "仓库" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:15 msgid "" -"In Odoo, a *warehouse* is the actual building/place in which a company's " -"items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user " -"can create moves between warehouses." -msgstr "在 Odoo 中，*仓库*是实际的建筑物/场所，公司的物品存放在其中。在 Odoo 中可以设置多个仓库，用户可以在仓库之间创建调拨。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a " -"sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). " -"Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible " -"to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can " -"be configured as needed under one warehouse." +"Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo, and stock moves can be created " +"between warehouses." msgstr "" -"**位置**是仓库内的特定空间。它可以是仓库的一个子位置（货架、地板、过道等）。因此，一个位置只属于一个仓库，不可能将一个位置链接到多个仓库。在 " -"Odoo 中，一个仓库下可根据需要配置多个位置。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:24 -msgid "There are three types of locations:" -msgstr "有 3 种类型的位置：" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. " +"This can be a shelf, room, aisle, rack, bin, etc. Locations allow for the " +"storage of products in designated areas of the warehouse, to help track " +"inventory accurately." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:26 msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading " -"areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc." -msgstr "**物理库位** 是公司拥有的仓库的内部库位。它们可以是仓库的装卸区、货架、或一个区域等。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only " -"difference being that they are not owned by the user's company." -msgstr "**合作伙伴库位**是客户和/或供应商仓库内的位置。它们与物理库位相同，唯一区别是它们不属于用户的公司。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory " -"Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse " -"(**Procurements**)." -msgstr "" -"**虚拟库位** " -"是指在仓库中没有实际物理地方的位置，当产品尚未（或不再）实际进入库存时，可以将其放置在虚拟位置。在记录丢失的产品（**库存损失**）或核算正在运往仓库的产品（**采购**）时，它们会派上用场。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be " -"structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the " -"organization of the warehouses." +"A location is only part of *one* warehouse, and can **not** be linked to " +"multiple warehouses. As many locations can be configured as needed under one" +" warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 -msgid "" -"To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" -" enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:29 +msgid "There are three types of locations in Odoo *Inventory*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Physical Locations**: internal locations within a single warehouse owned " +"by the company. This can include shipping and loading docks, aisles, " +"shelves, storage areas, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:33 +msgid "" +"**Partner Locations**: external locations, such as designated spaces in a " +"customer or vendor's warehouse. They are similar to physical locations, but " +"they are **not** owned by the user's company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Virtual Locations**: this type of location does not exist as a physical " +"space, but products can be \"stored\" here when they are not physically in " +"an inventory yet. *Inventory Loss* and *Procurements* are examples of " +"virtual locations, for products that are lost or in transit to the " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Every location within a warehouse can serve as a parent location, and every " +"parent location can have multiple locations within it, allowing for the " +"creation of a hierarchical structure. This allows for more detailed levels " +"of analysis of the stock operations and the organization of the warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:48 +msgid "" +"For companies with one warehouse, no additional settings are required to " +"activate before editing the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:51 +msgid "" +"For companies with multiple warehouses, and to create locations within a " +"warehouse, the *Storage Locations* feature must be enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:54 msgid "" -"To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable " -":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check " -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes`." +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Tick the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox to enable the feature, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:58 -msgid "Create a new warehouse" -msgstr "创建新仓库" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " -"Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "要创建仓库，请转到 :menuselection:`配置 --> 仓库管理 --> 仓库` 并单击 :guilabel:`创建`。" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Storage Locations feature enabled in the Inventory app settings." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:63 msgid "" -"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. " -"The short name is five characters maximum." -msgstr "然后，填写 :guilabel:`仓库名称` 和 :guilabel:`简称`。简称最多为五个字符。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." +"To manage warehouse *routes*, such as two-and-three-step receipts and " +"deliveries, enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature from the *Inventory* app " +"settings, as well. For more on routes, see :doc:`use_routes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:68 +msgid "Create a new warehouse" +msgstr "创建新仓库" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Begin by assigning a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name`, and a :guilabel:`Short " +"Name`. The :guilabel:`Short Name` field is limited to a **five** character " +"maximum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "New warehouse creation form name configuration fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:81 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse " -"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first " -"letters of location]\"." +"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like `WH/[first " +"letters of location]`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:84 msgid "" -"Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations " -"related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently " -"created warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the " -":guilabel:`Locations` setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:85 -msgid "Create a new location" +"For example, a warehouse named `Warehouse #2` might have the " +":guilabel:`Short Name` `WH2` (the short name for the default warehouse in " +"Odoo is `WH`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:87 msgid "" -"To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " -"Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +"Once the warehouse is created, navigate back to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard. New operations for the newly created " +"warehouse are automatically generated there." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:90 msgid "" -"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`" -" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +"For more on creating new warehouses, see :doc:`create_a_second_warehouse`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." +msgid "" +"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfers for the new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:102 +msgid "Create a new location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:111 +msgid "For more on locations, see :doc:`use_locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "New warehouse location creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 msgid "Inventory valuation" msgstr "库存计价" @@ -17890,6 +18845,8 @@ msgid "" "original |PO| **must** belong to a *Product Category* with its *Force " "Removal Strategy* set to |FIFO|, and its *Costing Method* set to |AVCO|." msgstr "" +"要在供应商账单上应用到岸成本，原始 |PO| 中包含的产品**必须**属于一个*产品类别*，其*强制移除策略*设置为 " +"|FIFO|，其*成本计算方法*设置为 |AVCO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -17898,6 +18855,8 @@ msgid "" "products from. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, under the " ":guilabel:`Products` tab, to add products to the |RfQ|." msgstr "" +"导航至 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 新建` 以创建新的询价（RfQ）。在 :guilabel:`供应商` " +"字段中，添加要订购产品的供应商。然后，点击 :guilabel:`产品` 标签下的 :guilabel:`添加产品`，将产品添加到询价单中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -17905,16 +18864,18 @@ msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Receive Products` once the products have been received, " "followed by :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" +"准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`确认订单`，以确认订单。收到产品后，点击 :guilabel:`接收产品`，然后点击 " +":guilabel:`验证`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:90 msgid "Create vendor bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建供应商账单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:92 msgid "" "Once the vendor fulfills the |PO| and sends a bill, a vendor bill can be " "created from the |PO| in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦供应商完成 |PO| 并发送账单，就可以在 Odoo 中根据 |PO| 创建供应商账单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -17943,7 +18904,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Landed Costs column checkboxes for product and landed cost." -msgstr "" +msgstr "落地成本栏的产品和到岸成本复选框。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -17952,42 +18913,44 @@ msgid "" "checkbox **is** ticked. This differentiates landed costs from all other " "costs displayed on the bill." msgstr "" +"在 " +":guilabel:`落地成本`列中，从供应商订购的产品的复选框**未**被勾选，而落地成本产品的复选框**已**被勾选。这将落地成本与账单上显示的所有其他成本区分开来。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:114 msgid "" "Additionally, at the top of the form, a :guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` " "button appears." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此外，在表单顶部会出现一个 :guilabel:`创建落地成本` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Create Landed Costs button on vendor bill." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在供应商账单上创建落地成本按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:121 msgid "Add landed cost" -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加落地成本" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:123 msgid "" "Once a landed cost is added to the vendor bill, click :guilabel:`Create " "Landed Costs` at the top of the vendor bill." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将落地成本添加到供应商账单后，点击供应商账单顶部的 :guilabel:`创建落地成本`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:126 msgid "" "Doing so automatically creates a landed cost record, with a set landed cost " "pre-filled in the product line in the :guilabel:`Additional Costs` tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这样做会自动创建一个落地成本记录，并在 :guilabel:`额外费用` 选项卡的产品行中预填设定的落地成本。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:129 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Landed Cost` form, click the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-" "down menu, and select which transfer the landed cost belongs to." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`落地成本` 表格中，点击 :guilabel:`转账` 下拉菜单，选择落地成本属于哪项转账。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Landed cost form with selected receipt transfer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "带选定收据转账的落地成本表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -17996,6 +18959,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, and clicking" " :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +"除了直接从供应商账单创建落地成本外，*还可*通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 操作 --> 落地成本`，然后点击 " +":guilabel:`新建`，创建落地成本记录。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -18003,6 +18968,7 @@ msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Compute` (at the bottom of the form, under the " ":guilabel:`Total:` cost)." msgstr "" +"从 :guilabel:`转账` 下拉菜单中设置选择后，点击 :guilabel:`计算`（位于表格底部，在 :guilabel:`总计：`成本下）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -18012,12 +18978,14 @@ msgid "" "landed cost, and the :guilabel:`New Value` displays the sum of the two, for " "the total cost of the |PO|." msgstr "" +"点击 :guilabel:`估值调整` 选项卡，查看到岸成本的影响。:guilabel:`原始价值`栏列出了 |PO| " +"的原始价格，:guilabel:`额外到岸成本` 栏显示了到岸成本，:guilabel:`新价值`显示了两者的总和，即 |PO| 的总成本。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:149 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to post the landed cost entry to the " "accounting journal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`验证`，将到岸成本分录记入会计日记账。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -18026,24 +18994,27 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, with the product's updated valuation " "listed." msgstr "" +"这样，表单顶部就会出现一个 :guilabel:`估值` 智能按钮。点击 :guilabel:`估值` 智能按钮打开 :guilabel:`库存估值` " +"页面，其中列出了产品的最新估值。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:156 msgid "" "For a :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to appear upon validation, the " "product's :guilabel:`Product Type` **must** be set to :guilabel:`Storable`." msgstr "" +"要在验证时显示 :guilabel:`估值` 智能按钮，产品的 :guilabel:`产品类型` **必须**设置为 :guilabel:`可存储`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:159 msgid "" "To view the valuation of *every* product, including landed costs, navigate " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要查看 *每个* 产品的估价（包括落地成本），请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 报告 --> 估价`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:163 msgid "" "Each journal entry created for a landed cost on a vendor bill can be viewed " "in the *Accounting* app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "可以在 *会计* 应用程序中查看为供应商账单上的落地成本创建的每一条日记账分录。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -18094,7 +19065,7 @@ msgid "" "The Inventory Valuation fields are located on the Product Categories form." msgstr "库存估价字段位于产品类别表单中。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 msgid "" "Alternatively, automated inventory valuation is an integrated valuation " "method that updates the inventory value in real-time by creating journal " @@ -18102,7 +19073,7 @@ msgid "" "company's inventory." msgstr "另外，自动存货估价是一种综合估价方法，每当公司存货在不同地点之间发生存货移动时，就会创建日记账分录，从而实时更新存货价值。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:26 msgid "" "Automated inventory valuation is a method recommended for expert " "accountants, given the extra steps involved in journal entry configuration. " @@ -18112,122 +19083,104 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "鉴于日记账分录配置涉及额外步骤，建议专业会计师采用自动存货估价方法。即使在初始设置之后，也需要定期检查该方法，以确保准确性，并根据企业需求和优先事项不断进行调整。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 msgid "Types of accounting" msgstr "会计类型" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 msgid "" "Accounting entries will depend on the accounting mode: *Continental* or " "*Anglo-Saxon*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "会计分录取决于会计模式：*大陆*或*盎格鲁-撒克逊*。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39 msgid "" "Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and " -"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "激活 :ref:`开发者模式` 并导航至 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置` 以验证会计模式。" +"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Then, in the search bar, look for :guilabel:`Anglo-Saxon Accounting`, to see" +" if the feature is enabled. If it is **not** enabled, Continental accounting" +" mode is in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the Anglo-Saxon accounting mode feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 msgid "" "In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported " "when products are sold or delivered. This means that the cost of a good is " -"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. " -"*Interim Stock Accounts* are used for the input and output accounts, and are" -" both *Asset Accounts* in the balance sheet." +"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. So " +"for **manual** valuation method, set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to " +"`Stock Valuation` for the current asset type; for **automatic** valuation " +"method, set the the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to an *Expenses* or a *Cost " +"of Revenue* type (e.g. `Cost of Production`, `Cost of Goods Sold`, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 msgid "" "In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a " -"product is received into stock. Additionally, a single *Expense* account is " -"used for both input and output accounts in the balance sheet." +"product is received into stock. Because of this, the :guilabel:`Expense " +"Account` can be set to **either** *Expenses* or a *Cost of Revenue* type, " +"however, it is more commonly set to an *Expenses* account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 -msgid "Costing methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 msgid "" -"Below are the three costing methods that can be used in Odoo for inventory " -"valuation." +":ref:`Details about configuring Expense and Stock accounts " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Standard Price**: is the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the " -"product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used to " -"compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " -"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." -msgstr "" -"**标准价格**：是 Odoo " -"的默认成本计算方法。产品成本在产品表单中手动定义，并使用该成本计算估值。即使采购订单上的采购价格不同，估价仍将使用产品表单上定义的成本。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Average Cost (AVCO)**: calculates the valuation of a product based on the " -"average cost of that product, divided by the total number of available stock" -" on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and " -"constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." -msgstr "" -"**平均成本法（AVCO）**：根据产品的平均成本除以手头可用存货总数来计算产品估值。采用这种成本计算方法，存货估值是*动态*的，会根据产品的购买价格不断调整。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**First In First Out (FIFO)**: tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing " -"items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to change the " -"valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the next good " -"sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next inventory " -"lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based on the " -"valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most accurate " -"inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it's highly " -"sensitive to input data and human error." -msgstr "" -"**先进先出（FIFO）**：实时追踪进货和出货成本，并使用产品的实际价格来改变估价。最旧的进货价被用作下一个售出产品的成本，直到该产品整批售出。当下一个库存批次进入队列时，根据该特定批次的估值使用更新的产品成本。这种方法可以说是最准确的库存估值方法，不过，它对输入数据和人为误差非常敏感。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It's highly" -" recommended to consult an accountant first before making any adjustments " -"here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:78 -msgid "Configure automated inventory valuation in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:67 msgid "" "Make changes to inventory valuation options by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and " -"choose the category/categories where the automated valuation method should " -"apply." -msgstr "通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 产品类别` 更改库存估价选项，并选择自动估价方法应适用的类别。" +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. In " +"the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` section, select the desired " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` options." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:72 msgid "" "It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product " "categories." msgstr "不同的产品类别可以使用不同的估值设置。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` heading are two labels: " -":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`. Pick the " -"desired :guilabel:`Costing Method` using the drop-down menu (e.g. " -":guilabel:`Standard`, :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`, or :guilabel:`First " -"In First Out (FIFO)`) and switch the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to " -":guilabel:`Automated`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 +msgid "Show inventory valuation configuration options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 -msgid "" -":ref:`Using the inventory " -"valuation`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +msgid "Costing method" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +msgid "" +"From the product category's configuration page, choose the desired " +":guilabel:`Costing Method`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Standard Price`: the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of " +"the product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used " +"to compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " +"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`: calculates the valuation of a product based" +" on the average cost of that product, divided by the total number of " +"available stock on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is " +"*dynamic*, and constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " "Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " @@ -18237,8 +19190,34 @@ msgid "" "purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs accumulated from " "validated purchase orders." msgstr "" +"选择 :guilabel:`平均成本（AVCO）` 作为 :guilabel:`成本计算方法` 时，更改相应产品类别中产品的 " +":guilabel:`成本` 字段中的数值，将在 *库存估价* " +"报告中创建新记录，以调整产品的价值。然后，:guilabel:`成本`金额将根据手头存货的平均采购价和有效采购订单的累计成本自动更新。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`: tracks the costs of incoming and " +"outgoing items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to " +"change the valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the " +"next good sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next " +"inventory lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based " +"on the valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most " +"accurate inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it is" +" highly sensitive to input data and human error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It is " +"highly recommended to consult an accountant first before making any " +"adjustments here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`using_inventory_valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " "that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " @@ -18248,22 +19227,126 @@ msgid "" "changed manually, Odoo will generate a corresponding record in the " "*Inventory Valuation* report." msgstr "" +"当更改 :guilabel:`成本计算方法` 时，使用 :guilabel:`标准` " +"成本计算方法的库存产品**不会**改变价值；相反，现有单位保持其价值，此后任何产品移动都会影响平均成本，产品的成本也会改变。如果手动更改产品表单中 " +":guilabel:`成本` 字段的值，Odoo 将在 *存货估价* 报告中生成相应记录。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 msgid "" -"On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " -"appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " -"inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" +"Inventory valuation in Odoo can be set to be updated manually or " +"automatically. While *Expense* accounts apply to both, the *Stock Input* and" +" *Stock Output* accounts are only used for automated valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Refer to the :ref:`Expense ` and " +":ref:`Stock input/output ` sections for " +"details on configuring each account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +msgid "Expense account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To configure the *expense account*, go to the :guilabel:`Account Properties`" +" section of the intended product category (:menuselection:`Inventory app -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`). Then, choose an existing account " +"from the :guilabel:`Expense Account` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +msgid "" +"To ensure the chosen account is the correct :guilabel:`Type,` click the " +"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account. Then, set the account type " +"based on the information below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177 +msgid "Automated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +msgid "" +"In Anglo-Saxon accounting for automated inventory valuation, set the " +":guilabel:`Expense Account` to the `Expenses` account. Then, click the " +"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, choose :guilabel:`Expenses` or :guilabel:`Cost of " +"Revenue` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show **Expense Account** field, and external link icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To configure the :guilabel:`Expense Account`, choose :guilabel:`Stock " +"Valuation` from the field's drop-down menu. Verify the account's type by " +"clicking the |right arrow| icon, and then ensure the :guilabel:`Type` is " +":guilabel:`Current Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the **Expense Account** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +msgid "Continental" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to the :guilabel:`Expenses` or " +":guilabel:`Cost of Revenue` account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:190 +msgid "Stock input/output (automated only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:192 +msgid "" +"To configure the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and :guilabel:`Stock Output" +" Account`, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product" +" Categories` and select the desired product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field, select :guilabel:`Automated`. " +"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` section appear. " +"These accounts are defined as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " "products." +msgstr ":guilabel:`库存估价账户`：当产品启用自动库存估价时，此账户将保存产品的当前价值。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: accounting journal where entries are " +"automatically posted when a product's inventory valuation changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -18271,8 +19354,9 @@ msgid "" "all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each " "product." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`库存输入账户`：除非源位置设置了特定的估价账户，否则所有入库库存移动的对应日记账项目都将记入此账户。这是特定类别中所有产品的默认值，也可直接在每个产品上设置。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:207 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -18280,12 +19364,59 @@ msgid "" " for all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each " "product." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`库存输出账户`：除非目的地设置了特定的估价账户，否则所有出库库存移动的对应日记账项目都将记入此账户。这是指定类别中所有产品的默认值，也可直接在每个产品上设置。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:124 -msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:216 +msgid "" +"In Anglo-Saxon accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to *different* :guilabel:`Current " +"Assets` accounts. This way, delivering products and invoicing the customer " +"balance the *Stock Output* account, while receiving products and billing " +"vendors balance the *Stock Input* account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +msgid "" +"To modify the account type, go to the click the |right arrow| icon to the " +"right of the stock input/output account. In the pop-up window, choose " +":guilabel:`Current Assets` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Display account setup page, highlighting the **Type** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +msgid "" +"The *Stock Input* account is set to `Stock Interim (Received)`, a *Current " +"Asset* account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 +msgid "" +"In Continental accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to **the same** :guilabel:`Current " +"Assets` account. That way, one account can be balanced when items are bought" +" and sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:239 +msgid "" +"The stock input and output accounts are both set to `Stock Interim " +"(Received)`, a :guilabel:`Current Assets` account type. They can also be set" +" to the `Stock Interim (Delivered)`, as long as the input and output " +"accounts are assigned to the **same** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the Stock Input and Output accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 +msgid "Inventory valuation reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." " At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " @@ -18293,15 +19424,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unfold All` in order to see all of the latest data displayed, all" " at once." msgstr "" +"开始时，进入 :menuselection:`会计 --> 报告 --> 资产负债表`。在仪表盘顶部，将 :guilabel:`截至` 字段值更改为 " +":guilabel:`今日`，并将 :guilabel:`选项` 筛选调整为 :guilabel:`展开全部`，以便一次性显示所有最新数据。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 msgid "" "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " "all of the inventory on hand is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 msgid "" "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " "Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " @@ -18348,9 +19485,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 -msgid "" -":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " -"`" +msgid ":doc:`Set up inventory valuation `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:26 @@ -18805,10 +19940,6 @@ msgid "" "& Serial Numbers` to enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:115 msgid "" "Next, ensure the intended product is tracked by lots or serial numbers by " @@ -18823,7 +19954,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "After enabling the features, assign lot or serial numbers to products using " "an :doc:`inventory adjustment ` or " -"during :ref:`product reception `." +"during :ref:`product reception `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:126 @@ -19691,6 +20822,956 @@ msgid "" "The detailed operations shows which lots are being selected for the picking." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory aging report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The inventory aging report evaluates all items in stock, providing insights " +"into potentially sunken purchase costs and delays in profitability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Create customized pivot tables to analyze product, operation types, month, " +"or company breakdowns. This helps identify products in stock that are at " +"risk of passing their expiration or viability dates, or instances of " +"rot/decay for fast-expiring items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The *Reporting* menu in *Inventory* is only accessible to users with " +":doc:`admin access <../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To access the inventory aging report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Reporting --> Inventory Aging`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:24 +msgid "Navigate the inventory aging report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report displays a pivot table, " +"with the month in columns, and product category in rows. The default " +"filters, :guilabel:`Incoming` and :guilabel:`Has Remaining Qty`, show only " +"products from receipts, and are currently in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining Qty` displays the number of on-hand items, and " +":guilabel:`Remaining Value` displays the total cost of purchasing these " +"items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in each column " +"or row reveals options to expand the pivot table and show a detailed " +"breakdown of the :guilabel:`Remaining Qty` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` " +"by :guilabel:`Product`, :guilabel:`Product Category`, :guilabel:`Date`, or " +":guilabel:`Company`. Clicking the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` " +":guilabel:`(minus)` icon collapses it back to its previous state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:43 +msgid "Inventory aging report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Inventory aging report, showing each **Product** in rows and each reception " +"**Date** in columns, to better monitor products with fast expiration dates. " +"Each row shows the the total on-hand quantity and inventory valuation of " +"items purchased on each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Records in the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report are *stock valuation " +"layers* (SVLs), representing product moves that impact stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Inventory adjustments do **not** create |SVLs|; only items purchased from " +"vendors do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:71 +msgid "Generate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After learning how to :ref:`navigate the inventory aging report " +"`, it can be used to create and " +"share different reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Aging` report are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:63 +msgid "Rotating stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To create a report to identify items that have been in stock for a while, " +"follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Aging`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` " +":guilabel:`(caret down)` icon in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to see a " +"drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and " +":guilabel:`Favorite` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Product` under the :guilabel:`Group By` section. Doing so " +"expands the pivot table to show a product in each row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to the left of the " +"date column. Hover over :guilabel:`Date` from the drop-down menu and choose " +":guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, :guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +"or :guilabel:`Day`. Doing so expands the columns to show the " +":guilabel:`Remaining Qty` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` by the selected " +"time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For products that have a longer shelf life, choose longer time periods such " +"as :guilabel:`Month` or :guilabel:`Quarter` when expanding columns by " +":guilabel:`Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 +msgid "Pivot table, highlighting the plus icon to expand columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The report now displays the on-hand stock of items, and their total " +"purchasing cost, for each time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Inventory aging report, with the :guilabel:`Group By`: :guilabel:`Product` " +"option selected, and with the :guilabel:`Date` column set to " +":guilabel:`Day`. It gives insight into how much raw fish sashimi products " +"were purchased on each day, and how much it cost. This informs the business " +"owners how much stock is at risk of rotting in stock, per day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 +msgid "Inventory aging report, showing product row items and day columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:3 +msgid "Locations dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The *Locations* dashboard in the *Inventory* application provides an " +"overview of on-hand storage locations for company products. Use this report " +"to see where stock is stored, identify :ref:`misplaced items " +"`, or view past inventory to see " +"product locations on specific dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To access the locations report, the *Storage Locations* feature must be " +"enabled. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and click :guilabel:`Save`. Then, access the " +"locations dashboard by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:24 +msgid "Navigate the locations dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard lists all on-hand products " +"in stock (in the :guilabel:`Product` column), along with the following " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: current storage location. If a product is stored at " +"`Shelf 1` and `Shelf 2`, the product is listed twice, showing quantities at " +"each location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Package`: the package that the product is stored in, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: if the product has a lot or serial number, it" +" is specified here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: current quantity of products. Click the " +":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand " +"quantity <../inventory_management/count_products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reserved Quantity`: on-hand quantity reserved for operations, " +"such as pickings, delivery orders, or manufacturings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: the unit of measure of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Click the buttons to the right of each row item to access additional " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:42 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the" +" product, displaying information about the quantity and description of why " +"the product was moved from one location to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:47 +msgid "" +"View what the product is reserved for, by clicking the :icon:`fa-history` " +":guilabel:`History` button on the far-right of the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Moves History` page, remove the :icon:`fa-filter` " +":guilabel:`Done` filter. Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar to reveal filter options, and select the " +":guilabel:`To Do` filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Display *Moves History* page of to-do deliveries that reserved the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:58 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering " +"rules <../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>` " +"page to replenish products at the specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In the upper-left corner of the page, click the the :guilabel:`New` button " +"to make an :doc:`inventory adjustment " +"<../inventory_management/count_products>` to record quantities of a certain " +"product at a specific :guilabel:`Location`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To view products, quantities, and their locations for a specified date, " +"click the :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button (also located in the upper-" +"left corner of the page). Select a date and time in the :guilabel:`Inventory" +" at Date` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After learning how to :ref:`navigate the locations dashboard " +"`, it can be used to create " +"and share different reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Locations` " +"dashboard are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:81 +msgid "Dead stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To get list of expired items, also referred to as *dead stock*, follow these" +" steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:143 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to" +" reveal a drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and " +":guilabel:`Favorite` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts` " +"option under the :guilabel:`Filters` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:91 +msgid "The report now displays a list of expired products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:94 +msgid "" +"This report can also be generated from the :ref:`Lot and Serials Numbers " +"` page, accessed by going to" +" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst-1 +msgid "Show a list of products whose expiration dates have exceeded today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:105 +msgid "Stranded inventory report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Businesses using multi-step flows in the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* " +"apps, may have *stranded* items, which are products not in their proper " +"storage locations, due to human error. Use this report to periodically check" +" transfer locations (e.g. *WH/Input*, *WH/Pre-Processing*) to ensure items " +"are moved to their intended storage locations, and accurately recorded in " +"the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To get a list of items that might be sitting idly in storage, follow these " +"steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, begin typing the name of the location " +"where products are intended to be moved to, such as `WH/Input`, or " +"`WH/Packing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Search Location for:` [location name] option from the " +"resulting drop-down menu that appears beneath the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show search result for the location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:124 +msgid "The report now displays a list of products at the transit location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Searching `Input` in :guilabel:`Location` shows a list of products at a " +"*WH/Input* location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The list shows `500` quantities of `Chicken`, which is alarming if not " +"refrigerated soon after reception. The stranded inventory report helps " +"identify items that have been idling in non-storage locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show items stored at a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:138 +msgid "Inventory discrepancy report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:140 +msgid "" +"To generate a report of items that have been moved since the last " +":doc:`inventory audit <../inventory_management/cycle_counts>`, follow these " +"steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Conflicts` option " +"from the :guilabel:`Filters` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The report now displays items whose quantities have changed since the last " +"cycle count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show items from the *Conflicts* filter in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` button to view inventory " +"transfers, including receipts and deliveries, that have occurred since the " +"inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show *Moves History*, showing a delivery that occurred after an inventory " +"adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:3 +msgid "Moves history dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Moves History* report in Odoo *Inventory* provides a detailed record of" +" product movements (containing past and current locations), lot numbers, and" +" reasons for movement. Reports can be generated for any time frame, making " +"this report essential for analyzing stock levels, monitoring inventory " +"turnover, and identifying any discrepancies in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The reporting feature is only accessible to users with :doc:`admin access " +"<../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Moves History`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst-1 +msgid "Display Moves History report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:23 +msgid "Navigate the moves history report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:25 +msgid "In the report, the columns represent:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: calendar date and time of the stock move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: description of the reason for the stock move or " +"quantity change, such as a receipt number (e.g. `WH/IN/00012`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product involved in the move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: specifies the lot or serial number of the " +"tracked product being moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:33 +msgid ":guilabel:`From`: source location of the moved product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`To`: destination location of the moved product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity`: number of products moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: unit of measure of the products moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: indicates the move status, which can be " +":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available` (ready for action), or " +":guilabel:`Partially Available` (insufficient quantities to complete the " +"operation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:66 +msgid "Search options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Use the following search options to customize the :guilabel:`Moves History` " +"report to display relevant information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:70 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Filters` section allows users to search among pre-made and " +"custom filters to find specific stock records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Do`: show stock move records that are in progress. This " +"includes lines with a :guilabel:`Status` column value of " +":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Partially Available`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done`: completed stock moves, with a :guilabel:`Status` of " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Incoming`: displays move records from vendor locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:58 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Outgoing`: displays move records to customer locations, including" +" customer returns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internal`: displays move records from one internal location to " +"another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturing`: shows records where products were produced from " +"the virtual, production :doc:`location " +"<../inventory_management/use_locations>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: select this drop-down menu to access various date filter " +"options and view stock moves from a specific month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last 30 Days`: show records that occurred in the last thirty " +"days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Last 3 Months`: show records from the last three months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:113 +msgid "Group By" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " +"groupings to the search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: group records by product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: group records by the three status types: " +":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available`, and :guilabel:`Partially " +"Available`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: group records by :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, or :guilabel:`Day`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transfers`: group records by operation number, e.g. " +"`WH/OUT/00012`, `WH/MO/00211`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: group records by source location (the :guilabel:`From`" +" column in this report)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: group records by product category. To configure these," +" go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: Product" +" Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Batch Transfer`: group records by :doc:`batch " +"<../advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:125 +msgid "Favorites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To save the current applied filters and groups, so the same information can " +"be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save current " +"search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " +"current view the default filter when opening the :guilabel:`Moves History` " +"report. Or tick the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option " +"available to other users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:134 +msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:137 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../essentials/search`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:3 +msgid "Stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the stock report in Odoo *Inventory* for a detailed list of all stored " +"products, including those reserved, purchased and in transit, as well as " +"those delivered to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Stock`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Show the stock report, accessible by going to Inventory > Reporting > Stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:19 +msgid "Navigate the stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:21 +msgid "" +"On the stock report, the left sidebar includes several groupings to narrow " +"down what is being shown. The default groupings are :guilabel:`Warehouses`," +" which filters products by specific warehouses, and :guilabel:`Category`, " +"which shows products within a selected product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Warehouse` grouping is only available when there are multiple" +" warehouses in the database. Refer to the " +":doc:`../inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse` documentation for " +"more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:30 +msgid "In the report itself, the columns represent:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:32 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unit Cost`: average inventory valuation per unit, adjusted based " +"on the cost to purchase and/or manufacture the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Value`: Total inventory valuation of the product, " +"calculated by multiplying unit cost by on-hand quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:39 +msgid "" +":ref:`Compute average cost inventory valuation per unit " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:40 +msgid "" +":doc:`Inventory valuation methods " +"<../inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand`: current quantity of products. Click the :icon:`fa-" +"pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand quantity " +"<../inventory_management/count_products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Free to Use`: on-hand quantity that are **not** reserved for " +"delivery or manufacturing orders, and are available to sell or use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Incoming`: items expected to arrive at the warehouse. Number of " +"products is based on quantities in confirmed purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Outgoing`: items expected to leave the warehouse or be consumed " +"in manufacturing orders. Number of products is based on quantities in " +"confirmed sales or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the product, " +"displaying information about the quantity and description of why the product" +" was moved from one location to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering rules " +"<../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>` page for " +"the product to create or manage methods of procuring the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Locations`: break down of on-hand quantity at multiple storage " +"locations. Only available when the product is stored in multiple locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forecast`: access the forecasted report to view on-hand, " +"incoming, and outgoing quantities. Report also contains links to confirmed " +"purchase, sales, or manufacturing orders. Only available when there are " +"confirmed sales, purchase, or manufacturing orders for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Published`: display products published on the website. Only " +"available with the *Website* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available in POS`: display products available through the *Point " +"of Sale* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available in Self`: display products available in self order " +"through the *Point of Sale* app. Appears in the search because the " +":guilabel:`Available in Self Order` checkbox was ticked in the " +":guilabel:`Point of Sale` section of a product form's :guilabel:`Sales` tab." +" The option is only available when the :guilabel:`Available in POS` checkbox" +" is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In the Sales tab of a product form, showing *Available in Self Order* " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not available in Self`: display products available in *PoS*, but " +"not available in self order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:91 +msgid "`Configure PoS products `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Sold`: display products that can be sold to customers. " +"Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Sold` checkbox is ticked" +" on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Purchased`: display products that can be bought from " +"vendors. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` " +"checkbox is ticked on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Recurring`: show subscription products, indicated by " +"ticking the :guilabel:`Recurring` checkbox on the product form. Only " +"available with the *Subscription* app activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Rented`: show products that can be loaned to customers for" +" a certain time. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Rented`" +" checkbox was ticked on the product form. Only available with the *Rental* " +"app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Subcontracted`: display products that can be produced by a" +" :doc:`third-party manufacturer " +"<../../../manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic>`. Available " +"only with the *Manufacturing* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Expensed`: show items that can be expensed. Only available" +" with the *Expenses* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`../../product_management/product_tracking/type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " +"groupings to the search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Type`: group items by :doc:`product type " +"<../../product_management/product_tracking/type>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Category`: group items by product category. To configure " +"these, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: " +"Product Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`POS Product Category`: group items by :doc:`point of sale product" +" categories <../../../../sales/point_of_sale/configuration>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To save the current applied filters and groupbys, so the same information " +"can be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save " +"current search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " +"current view the default filter when opening the stock report. Or tick the " +":guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option available to other " +"users." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "维护" @@ -22370,11 +24451,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:94 +msgid "Learn more" +msgstr "了解更多" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:32 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to properly configure a new |BOM|, see the " -"documentation on :ref:`creating a bill of materials " -"`." +"documentation on :doc:`creating a bill of materials " +"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:35 @@ -22523,190 +24609,435 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bill of materials" msgstr "物料清单" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:9 msgid "" -"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " -"quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " -"It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines " -"needed to complete a production process." +"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) documents specific components, " +"along with their respective quantities, that are needed to produce or repair" +" a product. In Odoo, |BoMs| as blueprints for manufactured goods and kits, " +"and often include production operations and step-by-step guidelines, as " +"well." msgstr "" -"物料清单*（简称*BoM*）是一份文件，其中规定了制造或交付成品所需的每个组件的数量。它还可以包括完成一个生产流程所需的各种操作和各个步骤指南。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " -"linked to each product, so even product variants can have their own tailored" -" :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:15 +msgid "BoM setup" msgstr "" -"在 Odoo 制造中，每个产品可链接多个 :abbr:`物料清单（BoM）`，因此即使是产品变体也可拥有自己量身定制的 " -":abbr:`物料清单（BoM）`。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:17 msgid "" -"Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " -"manufacturing process and save time." -msgstr "正确设置:abbr:`物料清单（BoM）`有助于优化生产流程，节省时间。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:18 -msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" -msgstr "创建物料清单（BoM）" +"To create a |BOM|, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> " +"Bills of Materials` and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" -"The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" -" or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " -"managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." -msgstr "最简单的 :abbr:`物料清单（BoM）`设置是没有操作或指令，只有组件。在这种情况下，只需使用*制造订单*来管理生产。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " -":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " -"of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the " -":guilabel:`Product`." +"Next, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type` to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`." msgstr "" -"要在 :guilabel:`制造` 模块中创建:abbr:`物料清单（BoM）`，请转到 :menuselection:`产品 --> " -"物料清单`。然后，点击 :guilabel:`创建`。然后，指定 :guilabel:`产品`。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:22 msgid "" -"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " -"product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." -msgstr "也可以直接从产品表单中创建:abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`，在这种情况下，:guilabel:`产品`字段会预先填充。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:31 -msgid "" -"For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" -" to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" -" to specify the various components that make up the production of the final " -"product and their respective quantities. New components can be created " -"quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created " -"beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> " -"Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)`." +"Then, specify :ref:`required components ` and, if necessary, define any :ref:`manufacturing operations " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Individual |BOMs| can also be quickly accessed or created by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on any product form, as " +"accessible through the *Sales*, *Inventory*, and *Manufacturing* apps, as " +"well as through any internal links where a product is referenced (such as in" +" a field or a line item)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "Show BoM for a product, with components listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "BoM for `Drawer`, displaying the **Components** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:38 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/kit_shipping`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`../subcontracting/subcontracting_basic`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:44 +msgid "Components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Components` tab of a |BOM|, specify components used to " +"manufacture the product by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the " +":guilabel:`Components` drop-down menu, select from existing products or " +"create a new product by typing the name and selecting either the " +":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option to quickly add the line item, or the " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` option to add the component and continue to " +"its configuration form." msgstr "" -"对于标准的:abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`，请将 :guilabel:`BoM 类型`设置为 :guilabel:`制造该产品`。然后，点击 " -":guilabel:`添加行`，指定构成最终产品生产的各种组件及其各自的数量。新组件可通过 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）` 快速创建，也可预先在 " -":menuselection:`制造 --> 产品 --> 产品 --> 创建` 中创建。最后，点击 :guilabel:`保存` " -"完成创建:abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." -msgstr "制定物料清单。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:43 -msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" -msgstr "为产品变体指定物料清单（BoM）" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:45 -msgid "" -":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " -"Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." -msgstr "还可将:abbr:`物料清单（BoM）`分配给特定的 *产品型号*，有两种设置选项可供选择。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:49 -msgid "" -"In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " -"the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " -"form." -msgstr "要将 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）` 分配给产品变体，必须已在产品表单上配置了产品的变体属性。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " -"variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" -" :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master " -":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and " -"specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply " -"on Variants` column." +msgid "Add a component by selecting it from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -"第一种方法是创建一个新的 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`，并指定 :guilabel:`产品变体`，从而为每个变体创建一个 " -":abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`。第二种方法是创建一个包含所有组件的主:abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`，并使用 :guilabel:`应用于变体` " -"列指定每个组件适用于哪个变体。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." -msgstr "物料清单中的产品变体。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:62 -msgid "Set up operations" -msgstr "设置操作" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:56 msgid "" -"Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" -" instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" -" this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Operations`." +"Optionally, access additional fields by clicking the :icon:`oi-settings-" +"adjust` :guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon to the far-right of the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab. Tick the checkboxes for the following features " +"to enable these columns:" msgstr "" -"在 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`中添加 :guilabel:`操作` 以指定生产指令并登记操作所花费的时间。要使用此功能，首先在 " -":menuselection:`制造 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 操作` 中启用 :guilabel:`工作订单` 功能。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:60 msgid "" -"Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " -":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " -"operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a " -"name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like " -"components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the " -":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that " -"variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify which :doc:`product variant " +"<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>` each component is used in. " +"When the field is left blank, the component is used in all product variants." msgstr "" -"然后，在新建:abbr:`物料清单（BoM）`时，点击:guilabel:`操作` 选项卡并点击:guilabel:`添加行` 添加新操作。在 " -":guilabel:`创建操作` 框中，给操作命名，指定 :guilabel:`工作中心` 和持续时间设置。与组件一样，Odoo 提供了在 " -":guilabel:`应用于变体` 字段中指定产品变体的选项，因此操作仅适用于该变体。最后，点击 :guilabel:`保存并关闭`。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:66 msgid "" -"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " -":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" -" new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing " -"Operations` feature." +":guilabel:`Consumed in Operation`: specify the operation using the " +"component. Useful for determining :ref:`manufacturing readiness " +"`." msgstr "" -"每个操作都是唯一的，因为它总是只与一个:abbr:`BoM（物料清单）` 相关联。在配置新的 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）` 时，可使用 " -":guilabel:`复制现有操作` 功能重复使用操作。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." -msgstr "复制现有操作功能。" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manual Consumption`: tick the checkbox to force operators to " +"check the :guilabel:`Consumed` checkbox on a manufacturing order (MO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show a manufacturing order, highlighting the *Consumed* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Not doing so triggers the :guilabel:`Consumption Warning` error message, " +"where the consumed component quantity must be manually inputted. Otherwise, " +"the operation cannot be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show the consumption warning error message." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:85 -msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" -msgstr "在物料清单（BoM）中添加副产品" +msgid "Operations" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" -"A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " -"addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " -"the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)`." +"Add an *operation* to a |BOM| to specify instructions for production and " +"register time spent on an operation. To use this feature, first enable the " +"*Work Orders* feature by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the" +" :guilabel:`Work Orders` checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" -"*副产品*是指在生产过程中，除了:abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`中的主产品之外产生的剩余产品。与主产品不同，:abbr:`物料清单`上可以有不止一种副产品。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " -":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies`" msgstr "" -"要将副产品添加到:abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`，首先在 :menuselection:`制造 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 操作` 中启用 " -":guilabel:`副产品` 功能。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " -"of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " -":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which " -"operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in " -"Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "\"Work Orders\" feature in the Settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the |BOM| by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app " +"--> Products --> Bill of Materials` and selecting the desired |BOM|. To add " +"a new operation, go to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, and click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window, where the " +"various fields of the operation are configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: name of the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: select existing locations to perform the operation," +" or create a new work center by typing the name and selecting the " +":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify if this operation is only available " +"for certain product variants. If the operation applies to all product " +"variants, leave this field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Configuring BoMs for product variants " +"<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration Computation`: choose how time spent on the operation is " +"tracked. Opt for :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` to use the " +"operation's time tracker or :guilabel:`Set duration manually` if operators " +"can record and modify time themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Choosing the :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` option enables the " +":guilabel:`Based on last __ work orders` option, which automatically " +"estimates the time to complete this operation based on the last few " +"operations. Choosing :guilabel:`Set duration manually` enables the " +":guilabel:`Default Duration` field instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Duration`: estimated amount of time to complete the " +"operation; used for `planning manufacturing orders " +"`_ and determining `work center" +" availability `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company the |BOM| is available in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Include operation details in the :guilabel:`Work Sheet` tab. Choose " +":guilabel:`PDF` to attach a file or :guilabel:`Google Slide` with *public* " +"access to share a link. Select :guilabel:`Text` to type instructions in the " +":guilabel:`Description` text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Type `/` for a list of formatting options and features, including ChatGPT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show ChatGPT feature to generate instructions for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Fill out the Create Operations pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save \\& Close` to close the pop-up window. To add" +" more operations, click :guilabel:`Save & New` and repeat the same steps " +"above to configure another operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +"After creating an operation, click the :guilabel:`Copy Existing Operations` " +"button to choose an operation to duplicate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show Operation tab, highlighting the \"Copy Existing Operations\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:158 +msgid "Instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To add detailed instructions to operations, the *Quality* app must be " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add specific instructions to an existing operation by clicking the " +"operation's :icon:`fa-list-ul` :guilabel:`(list)` icon in the " +":guilabel:`Instructions` column. The number in the :guilabel:`Instructions` " +"column shows the number of existing detailed instructions there are for the " +"operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the Instructions column, and list icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:172 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Steps` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank " +"quality control point form where the new manufacturing step can be created. " +"Here, give the specific instruction a :guilabel:`Title` and set the " +":guilabel:`Type` to :guilabel:`Instructions`. In the " +":guilabel:`Instructions` tab of the form, write out the directions for the " +"step in the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Further customizations can be made here on this form, beyond ordinary " +"instructions, to also include specific types of quality control points that " +"carry specific (or complex) conditions. For more details about quality " +"control points refer the :doc:`Instruction check " +"<../../quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the page to add a quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:188 +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab contains more |BoM| configurations to " +"customize procurement, calculate costs, and define how components are " +"consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturing Readiness`: choosing :guilabel:`When components for" +" the 1st operation are available` shows the :guilabel:`Component Status` as " +"a **green** :guilabel:`Not Available`, when only the components that are " +"consumed in the first operation are in stock. This indicates that although " +"not all components are available, operators can at least begin with the " +"first operation. Choosing :guilabel:`When all components are available` " +"displays a **red** :guilabel:`Not Available` component status unless all " +"components are in available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Specify which operation consumes each component on the |BoM| in the " +":ref:`Manual Consumption field `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show the *Component Status* field on the manufacturing order dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:210 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Version`: displays the current |BoM| version, visible with the " +"Odoo *PLM* app installed for managing |BoM| changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:212 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Flexible Consumption`: specifies if components used can deviate " +"from the quantity defined on the |BoM|. Choose :guilabel:`Blocked` if " +"operators **must** adhere strictly to the |BoM| quantity. Otherwise, choose " +":guilabel:`Allowed` or :guilabel:`Allowed with Warning`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:215 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Routing`: select the preferred warehouse's manufacturing " +"operation type for products produced in multiple warehouses. If left blank, " +"this warehouse's `Manufacturing` operation type is used by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:218 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: select pre-created :doc:`analytic " +"distribution models " +"<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>` from the list " +"to automatically record the cost of manufacturing products in the chosen " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:221 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manuf Lead Time`: define the number of days needed to complete a " +"|MO| from the date of confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to prepare Manufacturing Order`: number of days needed to " +"replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +":doc:`Analytic distribution " +"<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:228 +msgid "" +":doc:`Lead times " +"<../../inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Miscellaneous* tab of the BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:236 +msgid "Add by-products to BoMs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:238 +msgid "" +"A *by-product* is a residual product that is created during production in " +"addition to the main product of a |BOM|. Unlike the primary product, there " +"can be more than one by-product on a |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To add by-products to a |BOM|, first enable the *By-Products* feature in " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`By-" +"Products` to enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "\"By Products\" feature in the settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, add by-products to a |BOM| by clicking the " +":guilabel:`By-products` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and fill in the " +":guilabel:`By-product`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Unit of " +"Measure`. Optionally, specify a :guilabel:`Produced in Operation` for the " +"by-product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The by-product, `Mush`, is created in the `Grind grapes` operation when " +"producing `Red Wine`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show sample by-product in the BoM." msgstr "" -"启用该功能后，您可以通过点击 :guilabel:`操作` 选项卡并点击 " -":guilabel:`添加行`，将副产品添加到:abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`。然后，为副产品命名，并标明 :guilabel:`数量` 和 " -":guilabel:`计量单位`。如果 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）` 已配置操作，请在 :guilabel:`在运行中生产` " -"字段中准确说明副产品由哪项操作生产。最后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" @@ -22750,18 +25081,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." msgstr "产品页面库存选项卡上的“制造”路径。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 +msgid "Lot/serial number tracking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The assignment of lots or serial numbers to newly manufactured products is " +"optional. To optionally :doc:`assign lots or serial numbers " +"<../../inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn>` to newly " +"manufactured products, go to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section in the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the :guilabel:`Tracking` field, select " +":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Doing so enables the *Lot/Serial Number* field on a manufacturing order, or " +"the *Register Production* instruction on a work order card in the *Shop " +"Floor* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 +msgid "\"Lot/Serial Number\" field on the MO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 +msgid "**Lot/Serial Number** field on the MO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Register Production** option to generate lot/serial number on a work order" +" card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:54 msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "配置物料清单（BoM）" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:56 msgid "" "Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " "manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" " manufacture a product." msgstr "接下来，必须为产品配置 |BOM|，以便 Odoo 知道产品是如何生产的。BOM 是生产产品所需的组件和操作的列表。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " @@ -22776,7 +25143,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." msgstr "产品页面上的“物料清单”智能按钮。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 msgid "" "On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." " In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" @@ -22784,7 +25151,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在 |BOM| 上，:guilabel:`产品` 字段会自动填充产品。在 :guilabel:`数量` 字段中，指定 BoM 生产的单位数量。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 msgid "" "Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" " clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " @@ -22799,7 +25166,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "物料清单上的组件选项卡。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:79 msgid "" "Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " "and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " @@ -22813,7 +25180,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`操作` 字段中，指定要添加的操作名称（如装配、切割等）。从 :guilabel:`工作中心` " "下拉菜单中选择执行操作的工作中心。最后，点击:guilabel:`保存并关闭` 完成添加操作，或点击 :guilabel:`保存并新建` 添加更多操作。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:86 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " "setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " @@ -22827,18 +25194,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "物料清单上的操作选项卡。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:96 msgid "" "The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " "allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " "exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " "For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " -"to :ref:`create a bill of materials `." +"to :doc:`create a bill of materials `." msgstr "" -"上节提供了创建基本 |BOM| 的说明，以便在 Odoo 中生产产品。然而，这并不是对配置 |BOM| " -"时所有可用选项的详尽总结。有关物料清单的更多信息，请参阅 :ref:`创建物料清单 ` 文档。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "One-step manufacturing" @@ -23925,6 +26288,2056 @@ msgid "" "of the |MO| itself." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "Subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a " +"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" +" then sold by the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting " +"company and the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide " +"variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in" +" and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the " +"manufacturing themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:19 +msgid "" +"This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, " +"as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with " +"subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they " +"are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized " +"work to subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors " +"to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as " +"profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain " +"arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which " +"projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a " +"variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what" +" happens to finished products once they are manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " +":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst-1 +msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:62 +msgid "" +"With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in " +"Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:64 +msgid "" +"On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a " +"*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates" +" the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that" +" it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the " +"Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can " +"be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product " +"pages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:72 +msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:75 +msgid "Subcontracting workflows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference " +"between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully " +"responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the " +":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_basic` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " +"sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This " +"workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " +"purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to " +"the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the " +":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary " +"to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to" +" products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:94 +msgid "" +"In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are " +"to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:97 +msgid "" +"In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can " +"either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an " +"end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured" +" to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are " +"outlined in their respective documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:104 +msgid "Subcontracted product valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different " +"variables:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;" +" from here on referred to as `C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them " +"shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor" +" to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred " +"to as `x`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be " +"represented by the following equation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"P = C + M + S + D + x\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:124 +msgid "" +"It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will " +"include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not " +"dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost" +" of dropshipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Basic subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " +"certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " +"purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " +"the product's vendor to delivery the product to the purchasing company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For subcontracted products specifically, delivery lead times can be " +"configured to take into account the amount of time required for the " +"subcontractor to manufacture a product. Doing so allows the contracting " +"company to better predict the delivery dates of subcontracted products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Like all lead times in Odoo, lead times for subcontracted products are only " +"an estimate, and are based on how long actions are *expected* to take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " +"means that lead times should not be viewed as guarantees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`basic subcontracting ` workflow " +"to manufacture a product, a company is not responsible for supplying the " +"subcontractor with the necessary components. This means that the only " +"factors affecting the delivery date of a product are the amount of time it " +"takes the subcontractor to manufacture and deliver it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time that considers " +"both of these factors, the *Expected Arrival* date displayed on purchase " +"orders (POs) for the product more accurately reflects the amount of time " +"required for both manufacturing and delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 +msgid "Product delivery lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " +"subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has been added, enter the number of days it takes " +"them to manufacture and deliver the product, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead" +" Time` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Delivery Lead Time field for a subcontractor, on the Purchase tab of a " +"product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Multiple subcontractors can be added to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a " +"product's page, and a different :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` can be set " +"for each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:57 +msgid "Lead time workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 +msgid "" +"After setting a delivery lead time for a product's vendor, create an |RfQ| " +"by navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase " +"Orders`, and clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Specify the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the " +"product in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and " +"adding a quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once a product has been added, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field on the" +" |RfQ| auto-populates with a date that reflects the vendor's delivery lead " +"time, as specified on the product's page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If the date needs to be adjusted, click on the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` " +"field to open a calendar popover, and select the desired date. Make sure not" +" to choose a date sooner than the one that was auto-populated, unless the " +"subcontractor has confirmed that they are able to deliver the product by " +"that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` on the |RfQ| to turn it into a " +"|PO|. At this point, the subcontractor should begin manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, before delivering it to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Tricycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends requires three days to manufacture a tricycle, plus" +" an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " +"tricycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " +"two days for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:88 +msgid "" +"On May 3rd, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| to purchase one tricycle from Bike " +"Friends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date listed on the |PO| is May 8th, five " +"days after the :guilabel:`Confirmation Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Expected Arrival date on a PO for a subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Bike Friends begins manufacturing the tricycle on May 3rd — the day that the" +" |PO| is confirmed — and finishes on May 6th, three days later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The tricycle is then shipped to Mike's Bikes the same day, and they receive " +"it on May 8th, two days later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " +"certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " +"purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " +"the product's vendor to deliver the product to the purchasing company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Certain subcontracted products require the contracting company to supply the" +" subcontractor with manufacturing components. In this case, a *manufacturing" +" lead time* can be used, in addition to the delivery lead time, to generate " +"the date on which the subcontractor must receive the required components, in" +" order to manufacture the product and deliver it on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In cases where components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, an " +"additional delivery lead time can be set for each component. This should be " +"set to the amount of time it takes the vendor to deliver components to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once a delivery lead time has been set on a component, dropship orders for " +"the component display the date by which the order must be confirmed, so that" +" it can be dropshipped to the subcontractor by the date on which " +"manufacturing must begin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order " +"` route, a company is responsible for purchasing " +"the necessary components from a vendor, and having them dropshipped directly" +" to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 +msgid "" +"This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, it is also necessary " +"to consider how long it takes the component vendor to dropship the " +"components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:48 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a *delivery lead time*, specifying a " +"*manufacturing lead time* on the product's BoM, and assigning the vendor of " +"the components an additional *delivery lead time*, *Dropship Subcontractor* " +"orders for the product's components display the deadline for confirming a " +"dropship order to send the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " +":guilabel:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:61 +msgid "Product manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a BoM" +" from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 +msgid "" +"On the |BoM|, select the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the same number of days that was " +"entered in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` field of the |BoM|'s product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Manuf. Lead Time field on a product's BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 +msgid "" +"While not all of these days are actually used for manufacturing by the " +"subcontractor, setting the same number of days in each field tells Odoo that" +" the subcontractor must receive the components and begin production by the " +"start of the product's delivery lead time. This gives the subcontractor " +"enough time to both manufacture and deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 +msgid "Component delivery lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:92 +msgid "" +"From the product's BoM, navigate to each component by clicking on the " +"component in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and then clicking the " +":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` button to the right of the " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:96 +msgid "" +"On the product page for each component, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab." +" If the vendor has not already been added, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor has been added, enter the number of days it takes them to " +"dropship the product to the subcontractor, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " +"Time` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:104 +msgid "Dropship subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Create a request for quotation (RfQ) for the product by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`, and " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Specify the subcontractor in :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the product" +" in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, " +"selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and specifying a " +"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:113 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" +" time for the component vendor to dropship the components, and the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " +"auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " +"of the product. However, this does not consider the time it takes to " +"dropship the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:121 +msgid "" +"When purchasing a product subcontracted using the *Dropship Subcontractor on" +" Order* route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " +"extra time needed for the components to be delivered to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Since production does not begin until they receive the components, leaving " +"the date as is results in the finished product arriving *after* the date " +"listed on the |RfQ|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " +"so creates a second |RfQ| to purchase the components from the dropshipper, " +"and have them sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for " +"Quotation`, and select the |RfQ| that lists the dropshipper in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 +msgid "" +"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field lists the date on which" +" the subcontractor must receive the components, in order to deliver the " +"finished product by the *Expected Arrival* date listed on the subcontractor " +"|PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Order Deadline` field lists the latest date on which the " +"|RfQ| can be confirmed, in order for the dropshipper to deliver the " +"components to the subcontractor by the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|, and confirm " +"the purchase of the components from the dropshipper. Doing so causes a " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to appear at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to open the dropship order. This" +" order can also be accessed from the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button that " +"now appears on the subcontractor |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:149 +msgid "" +"After the dropshipper has delivered the components to the subcontractor, " +"click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the dropship order to " +"confirm that the subcontractor has received the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor receives the components, they begin manufacturing the" +" component, before delivering it to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Bicycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes must purchase the required components from vendor Bike World, " +"and have them dropshipped to Bike Friends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:164 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each bicycle, plus " +"an addition two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:167 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for bicycle" +" manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus two days " +"for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:170 +msgid "" +"On the bicycle's BoM, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days as " +"well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered to " +"the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:173 +msgid "" +"On the product pages for each of the bicycle's components, they assign Bike " +"World a delivery lead time of two days. This is the amount of time it takes " +"Bike World to dropship each component directly to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:177 +msgid "" +"On May 10th, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| for one bicycle, with an expected " +"delivery date of May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:180 +msgid "" +"The |RfQ| for purchasing the components from Bike World and having them " +"dropshipped to Bike Friends has an Expected Arrival date of May 12th, and a " +"Deadline of May 10th. The |RfQ| must be confirmed by the deadline in order " +"for Bike Friends to receive the components by the Expected Arrival date, " +"giving them enough time to deliver the finished bicycle to Mike's Bikes by " +"May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Order Deadline and Expected Arrival dates on a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes confirms the |RfQ| on May 10th, and Bike World delivers the " +"components to Bike Friends on May 12th. Bike Friends manufactures the " +"bicycle, and delivers it to Mike's Bikes on May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " +"means that lead times should **not** be viewed as guarantees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order " +"` route, a company is responsible for supplying the" +" subcontractor with the necessary components. As a result, the subcontractor" +" cannot begin manufacturing until the components have been received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, the date they receive " +"the components must also be considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:39 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time, and specifying " +"a manufacturing lead time on the product's bill of materials (BoM), " +"*Resupply Subcontractor* orders for the product's components display the " +"deadline by which the subcontractor must receive the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " +"subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a " +"|BoM| from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:80 +msgid "Resupply subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" +" time for the subcontractor to receive the components, manufacture the " +"product, and deliver it back to the subcontracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " +"auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " +"of the product. However, this does **not** consider the time it takes to " +"ship the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:98 +msgid "" +"When purchasing a product subcontracted using the Resupply Subcontractor on " +"Order route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " +"extra time needed for the components to be shipped to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " +"so causes a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to appear at the top of the " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to open the resupply " +"subcontractor order, which is the order created to send components to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Deadline` field on the resupply subcontractor order shows the" +" deadline for the subcontractor to receive the components, in order for them" +" to have enough time to manufacture and deliver the finished product by the " +"Expected Arrival date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field should display the latest date on which" +" components can be shipped, while still arriving to the subcontractor by the" +" :guilabel:`Deadline`. However, by default, the date displayed is the same " +"as the date in the :guilabel:`Deadline` field, and must be updated to take " +"into account the time required for shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field to open a calendar popover " +"from which a date can be selected. Select a date that allows for the " +"components to be delivered by the :guilabel:`Deadline` on the resupply " +"subcontractor order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:124 +msgid "" +"After the components are shipped, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at " +"the top of the order to confirm they have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Unicycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes must supply Bike Friends with the necessary components for " +"manufacturing the unicycles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:137 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each unicycle, plus" +" an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:140 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " +"unicycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " +"two days for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:143 +msgid "" +"On the unicycle's |BoM|, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days, " +"as well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered " +"to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 +msgid "" +"They confirm a |PO| for one unicycle, with an expected arrival date of May " +"30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The resupply subcontractor order for shipping the components to the " +"subcontractor shows a *Deadline* of May 25th. The subcontractor must receive" +" the components by this date, in order to have enough time to manufacture " +"the unicycle, and deliver it by May 30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:152 +msgid "" +"It takes Mike's Bikes two days to deliver the components, so they update the" +" *Scheduled Date* field on the resupply subcontractor order to May 23rd, two" +" days before the Deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Scheduled Date and Deadline fields on a resupply subcontractor order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes ships the components to Bike Friends on the scheduled date of " +"May 23rd, and they arrive on the deadline of May 25th. This gives Bike " +"Friends enough time to manufacture the unicycle, and ship it back to Mike's " +"Bikes by the expected arrival date of May 30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:3 +msgid "Basic subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a " +"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" +" then sold by the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the " +"necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to " +"worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic " +"subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-" +"subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that " +"subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted " +"products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be " +"manufactured by them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " +":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary" +" to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53 +msgid "Configure product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the " +"product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, " +"selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and " +"entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`" +" field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished " +"product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " +"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " +"subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83 +msgid "Configure BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " +"--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials " +"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` " +"option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the " +":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using" +" subcontracting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when " +"calculating the product's expected arrival date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:81 +msgid "" +"When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for " +"manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:86 +msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:88 +msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " +"|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a receipt order or a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, " +"**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" +" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " +"product is shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted " +"product is being purchased from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " +"with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer," +" or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process " +"starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169 +msgid "Create SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171 +msgid "" +"It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased" +" from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being " +"purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " +"Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a " +"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a" +" quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens" +" the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:128 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough " +"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates" +" a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193 +msgid "" +"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " +"end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is " +"enough stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197 +msgid "Process PO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:140 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to " +":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the " +"|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to " +"the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a " +"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the " +"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:153 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic " +"subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and " +"can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 +msgid "" +"A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " +"top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 +msgid "" +"PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " +"top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242 +msgid "Process receipt or dropship order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " +"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " +"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251 +msgid "" +"If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, " +"once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " +"Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the" +" :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the " +"receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter" +" the product into inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260 +msgid "Process dropship order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262 +msgid "" +"If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select" +" the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open " +"the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order " +"to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270 +msgid "Process delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " +"finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " +"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" +" the customer, and process the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " +"the product has been shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship to subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the" +" necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have " +"them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order " +"(PO) for that product is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " +"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and " +"*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve " +"dropshipping, they are used for different purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have " +"them shipped directly to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components " +"from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By " +"default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the " +"contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33 +msgid "" +"However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship " +"Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In " +"this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then " +"ships the finished product directly to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37 +msgid "" +"This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the " +":ref:`workflow section ` of" +" this doc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " +"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " +"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the " +"components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as " +"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in " +"the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the " +":guilabel:`Price` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that " +"determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been " +"manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock " +"on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " +"subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73 +msgid "Configure bill of materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click " +"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " +"select the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and" +" specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97 +msgid "Configure Components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " +"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " +"arrow)` button to the right of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106 +msgid "" +"On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add " +"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in " +"the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the" +" subcontractor, once they are purchased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the " +":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119 +msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " +"*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the" +" vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so " +"creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the " +"components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" +" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" +" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " +"product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " +"with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, " +"or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts " +"with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148 +msgid "Create an SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the " +"product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" +"在 :guilabel:`客户` 下拉菜单中选择客户。然后，在 :guilabel:`订单行` " +"选项卡上点击:guilabel:`添加产品`，在:guilabel:`产品 `下拉菜单中选择产品，并在:guilabel:`数量`字段中输入数量。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is " +"the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted " +"product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" +"点击 :guilabel:`确认`，以确认 |SO|，此时页面顶部会出现一个 :guilabel:`采购` 智能按钮。这是*分包商* " +"|PO|，或为从分包商处购买分包产品而创建的 |PO|。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the " +"*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** " +"there is no stock of the product on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead " +"create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172 +msgid "" +"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " +"end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, " +"even if there is stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176 +msgid "Process subcontractor PO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178 +msgid "" +"If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`," +" and clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" +"如果在上一步中未创建 *分包商* |PO|，则现在通过导航至 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 订单 --> 采购订单` 并点击 " +":guilabel:`新建`进行创建。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu." +msgstr "从 :guilabel:`供应商` 下拉菜单中选择分包商，开始填写 |PO|。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a" +" new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" +"在 :guilabel:`产品` 选项卡中，点击 :guilabel:`添加产品` 创建新产品系列。在 :guilabel:`产品` " +"字段中选择分包商生产的产品，并在 :guilabel:`数量` 字段中输入数量。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* " +"|PO|." +msgstr "最后，点击 :guilabel:`确认订单`，以确认 *承包商* |PO|。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components" +" to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, " +"and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" +"当确认产品的 |PO| 需要向分包商直运组件时，会自动创建收据或分送订单，并可通过 |PO| 顶部出现的相应 :guilabel:`收据` 或 " +":guilabel:`直运`智能按钮访问。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" +"button at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from " +"the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** " +"automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "此外，还将为从供应商处购买并发送给分包商的组件创建 |RfQ|。但是，|RfQ|**并不**自动链接到*分包商* |PO|。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship " +"Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* " +"|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" +"一旦 |RfQ| 得到确认并成为*供应商* |PO|，就会创建一个*分包商*订单。该订单同时与 *供应商* |PO| 和 *分包商* |PO| 关联。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205 +msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ" +msgstr "确认供应商 RfQ" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. " +"Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` " +"field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after " +"confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." +msgstr "" +"要访问通过确认*分包商* |PO| 创建的|RfQ|，请导航至:menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 订单 --> " +"询价单`。在:guilabel:`供应商`字段中选择列出正确供应商的 " +"|RfQ|，并在:guilabel:`源文件`字段中选择确认*分包商*|PO|后创建的收据参考号。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212 +msgid "" +"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship " +"Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of" +" the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and " +"confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, " +"and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the " +"*subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" +"Dropship smart button at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227 +msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" +" *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, " +"respectively." +msgstr "" +"组件交付给分包商后，导航至 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 订单 --> 采购订单`，并选择 *供应商* |PO| 或 *分包商*" +" |PO|。然后，分别点击 :guilabel:`直运` 智能按钮或 :guilabel:`补货` 智能按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the " +":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the " +"subcontractor has received the components." +msgstr "点击任一按钮都会打开*直运分包商*订单。点击订单顶部的 :guilabel:`验证` 按钮，确认分包商已收到组件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" +" *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" +"分包商生产出成品后，导航至 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 订单 --> 采购订单`，然后选择 *分包商* |PO|。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the " +"product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of" +" the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into " +"inventory." +msgstr "" +"如果分包产品需要入库，产品到达后，点击 *分包商* |PO| 顶部的 :guilabel:`接收产品` 按钮打开收据。然后，点击收据顶部的 " +":guilabel:`验证` 按钮，将产品登记入库。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the" +" *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the " +"receipt." +msgstr "或者，选择 *分包商* |PO| 顶部的 :guilabel:`接受` 智能按钮，然后点击收据顶部的 :guilabel:`验证`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the " +":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship " +"order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the " +"product to the customer." +msgstr "" +"如果分包产品需要直运，请选择页面顶部的 :guilabel:`直运` 按钮以打开直运订单，并在分包商将产品发送给客户后点击 " +":guilabel:`验证`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product " +"has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" +"产品运送给客户后，导航至 :menuselection:`销售` 应用程序，并选择 |SO|。选择页面顶部的 :guilabel:`送货` " +"智能按钮打开送货单，点击 :guilabel:`验证` 确认产品已发送给客户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply subcontractor" +msgstr "分包商重新供应" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the " +"necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each " +"time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " +"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping" +" it to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply " +"Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24 +msgid "" +"While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components " +"required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are " +"sourced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from " +"the warehouse of the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from " +"a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of " +"the subcontracting company and their subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36 +msgid "" +"See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of " +"the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " +"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " +"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of " +"materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`" +" tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the " +"subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68 +msgid "" +"This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other " +"elements, like the cost of the product's components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " +"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click " +"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " +"select the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107 +msgid "Configure components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " +"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " +"arrow)` button to the right of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116 +msgid "" +"On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and " +"select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the " +":guilabel:`Routes` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122 +msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to " +"purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a" +" dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the " +"subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" +" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149 +msgid "" +"While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to " +"automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is " +"also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful " +"when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply " +"Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking" +" :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom " +"the components should be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` " +"drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the " +"components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` " +"to confirm that the order has been sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough " +"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead" +" creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase " +"app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a " +"subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically " +"created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the " +"required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed " +"from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top " +"of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 +msgid "" +"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n" +"buttons at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 +msgid "" +"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and " +"Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227 +msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the " +"subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " +"Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open" +" the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` " +"card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " +"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " +"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " +"finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " +"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" +" the customer, and process the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " +"the product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows.rst:5 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "工作流" @@ -24211,6 +28624,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在关闭相关制造订单（MO）之前，可从*制造*应用程序和*车间*模块报废部件。成品只能在*制造*应用程序中报废，而且只能在关闭相关 |MO| 后报废。" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " +"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." +msgstr "" +"废料订单可通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存 --> 操作 --> 报废` " +"查看。每个报废订单都会显示创建订单的日期和时间，以及报废的产品和数量。" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29 msgid "" "To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " @@ -24497,1378 +28919,6 @@ msgid "" "and *WH/MO/00010*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontracting overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:7 -msgid "" -"In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a " -"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" -" then sold by the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting " -"company and the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:13 -msgid "" -"For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide " -"variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in" -" and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the " -"manufacturing themselves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:17 -msgid "" -"This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, " -"as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with " -"subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they " -"are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized " -"work to subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:22 -msgid "" -"On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors " -"to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as " -"profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain " -"arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which " -"projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a " -"variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what" -" happens to finished products once they are manufactured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " -"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " -":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " -"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst-1 -msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:42 -msgid "" -"With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in " -"Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a " -"*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates" -" the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that" -" it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the " -"Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can " -"be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product " -"pages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:51 -msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:52 -msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:55 -msgid "Subcontracting workflows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:57 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference " -"between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully " -"responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the " -":doc:`subcontracting_basic` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " -"sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This " -"workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting_resupply` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " -"purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to " -"the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the " -":doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:69 -msgid "" -"In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary " -"to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to" -" products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are " -"to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can " -"either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an " -"end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured" -" to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are " -"outlined in their respective documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:83 -msgid "Subcontracted product valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different " -"variables:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;" -" from here on referred to as `C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "" -"The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them " -"shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:93 -msgid "" -"The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor" -" to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred " -"to as `x`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be " -"represented by the following equation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:100 -msgid "" -"P = C + M + S + D + x\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:103 -msgid "" -"It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will " -"include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not " -"dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost" -" of dropshipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:3 -msgid "Basic subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a " -"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" -" then sold by the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the " -"necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to " -"worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic " -"subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-" -"subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that " -"subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted " -"products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be " -"manufactured by them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" -" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " -":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " -"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary" -" to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53 -msgid "Configure product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " -"product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the " -"product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, " -"selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and " -"entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`" -" field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished " -"product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " -"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " -"subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83 -msgid "Configure BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " -"Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " -"--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92 -msgid "" -"For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials " -"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` " -"option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the " -":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using" -" subcontracting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " -":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the " -"subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when " -"calculating the product's expected arrival date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:81 -msgid "" -"When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the " -":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for " -"manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:86 -msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:88 -msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " -"|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a receipt order or a dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, " -"**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" -" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " -"product is shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138 -msgid "" -"The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted " -"product is being purchased from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " -"with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer," -" or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process " -"starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into " -"inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169 -msgid "Create SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:112 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171 -msgid "" -"It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased" -" from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being " -"purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next " -"step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175 -msgid "" -"To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " -"Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178 -msgid "" -"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a " -"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a" -" quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:123 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens" -" the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:128 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough " -"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates" -" a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:134 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193 -msgid "" -"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " -"end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is " -"enough stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197 -msgid "Process PO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:140 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to " -":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the " -"|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to " -"the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:145 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking " -":guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:148 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a " -"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the " -"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:153 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic " -"subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and " -"can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 -msgid "" -"A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " -"top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 -msgid "" -"PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " -"top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:164 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242 -msgid "Process receipt or dropship order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " -"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " -"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 -msgid "Process receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:173 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251 -msgid "" -"If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, " -"once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " -"Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:177 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the" -" :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the " -"receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter" -" the product into inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260 -msgid "Process dropship order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:184 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262 -msgid "" -"If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select" -" the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:187 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open " -"the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order " -"to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270 -msgid "Process delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " -"finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " -"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" -" the customer, and process the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:198 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " -"the product has been shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3 -msgid "Dropship to subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the" -" necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have " -"them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order " -"(PO) for that product is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " -"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23 -msgid "" -"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and " -"*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve " -"dropshipping, they are used for different purposes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have " -"them shipped directly to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components " -"from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By " -"default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the " -"contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33 -msgid "" -"However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship " -"Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In " -"this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then " -"ships the finished product directly to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37 -msgid "" -"This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the " -":ref:`workflow section ` of" -" this doc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " -"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " -":guilabel:`Operations` heading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " -"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the " -"components listed on the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " -"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as " -"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in " -"the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the " -":guilabel:`Price` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that " -"determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been " -"manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock " -"on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " -"subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73 -msgid "Configure bill of materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click " -"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " -"select the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the " -":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a " -"line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and" -" specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97 -msgid "Configure Components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99 -msgid "" -"To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " -"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " -"arrow)` button to the right of the name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " -"component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106 -msgid "" -"On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add " -"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in " -"the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the" -" subcontractor, once they are purchased." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the " -":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " -"section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119 -msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121 -msgid "" -"The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " -"*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the" -" vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so " -"creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the " -"components to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" -" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" -" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " -"product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " -"with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, " -"or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts " -"with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148 -msgid "Create an SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the " -"product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in " -"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" -"在 :guilabel:`客户` 下拉菜单中选择客户。然后，在 :guilabel:`订单行` " -"选项卡上点击:guilabel:`添加产品`，在:guilabel:`产品 `下拉菜单中选择产品，并在:guilabel:`数量`字段中输入数量。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is " -"the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted " -"product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" -"点击 :guilabel:`确认`，以确认 |SO|，此时页面顶部会出现一个 :guilabel:`采购` 智能按钮。这是*分包商* " -"|PO|，或为从分包商处购买分包产品而创建的 |PO|。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the " -"*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** " -"there is no stock of the product on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169 -msgid "" -"If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead " -"create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172 -msgid "" -"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " -"end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, " -"even if there is stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176 -msgid "Process subcontractor PO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by" -" navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`," -" and clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" -"如果在上一步中未创建 *分包商* |PO|，则现在通过导航至 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 订单 --> 采购订单` 并点击 " -":guilabel:`新建`进行创建。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu." -msgstr "从 :guilabel:`供应商` 下拉菜单中选择分包商，开始填写 |PO|。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a" -" new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the " -":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" -"在 :guilabel:`产品` 选项卡中，点击 :guilabel:`添加产品` 创建新产品系列。在 :guilabel:`产品` " -"字段中选择分包商生产的产品，并在 :guilabel:`数量` 字段中输入数量。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* " -"|PO|." -msgstr "最后，点击 :guilabel:`确认订单`，以确认 *承包商* |PO|。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components" -" to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, " -"and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" -"当确认产品的 |PO| 需要向分包商直运组件时，会自动创建收据或分送订单，并可通过 |PO| 顶部出现的相应 :guilabel:`收据` 或 " -":guilabel:`直运`智能按钮访问。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" -"button at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198 -msgid "" -"In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from " -"the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** " -"automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "此外，还将为从供应商处购买并发送给分包商的组件创建 |RfQ|。但是，|RfQ|**并不**自动链接到*分包商* |PO|。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201 -msgid "" -"Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship " -"Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* " -"|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" -"一旦 |RfQ| 得到确认并成为*供应商* |PO|，就会创建一个*分包商*订单。该订单同时与 *供应商* |PO| 和 *分包商* |PO| 关联。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205 -msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ" -msgstr "确认供应商 RfQ" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207 -msgid "" -"To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. " -"Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` " -"field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after " -"confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." -msgstr "" -"要访问通过确认*分包商* |PO| 创建的|RfQ|，请导航至:menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 订单 --> " -"询价单`。在:guilabel:`供应商`字段中选择列出正确供应商的 " -"|RfQ|，并在:guilabel:`源文件`字段中选择确认*分包商*|PO|后创建的收据参考号。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212 -msgid "" -"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship " -"Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of" -" the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and " -"confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, " -"and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the " -"*subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" -"Dropship smart button at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227 -msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229 -msgid "" -"Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" -" *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, " -"respectively." -msgstr "" -"组件交付给分包商后，导航至 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 订单 --> 采购订单`，并选择 *供应商* |PO| 或 *分包商*" -" |PO|。然后，分别点击 :guilabel:`直运` 智能按钮或 :guilabel:`补货` 智能按钮。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the " -":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the " -"subcontractor has received the components." -msgstr "点击任一按钮都会打开*直运分包商*订单。点击订单顶部的 :guilabel:`验证` 按钮，确认分包商已收到组件。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" -" *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" -"分包商生产出成品后，导航至 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 订单 --> 采购订单`，然后选择 *分包商* |PO|。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the " -"product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of" -" the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into " -"inventory." -msgstr "" -"如果分包产品需要入库，产品到达后，点击 *分包商* |PO| 顶部的 :guilabel:`接收产品` 按钮打开收据。然后，点击收据顶部的 " -":guilabel:`验证` 按钮，将产品登记入库。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the" -" *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the " -"receipt." -msgstr "或者，选择 *分包商* |PO| 顶部的 :guilabel:`接受` 智能按钮，然后点击收据顶部的 :guilabel:`验证`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the " -":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship " -"order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the " -"product to the customer." -msgstr "" -"如果分包产品需要直运，请选择页面顶部的 :guilabel:`直运` 按钮以打开直运订单，并在分包商将产品发送给客户后点击 " -":guilabel:`验证`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product " -"has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" -"产品运送给客户后，导航至 :menuselection:`销售` 应用程序，并选择 |SO|。选择页面顶部的 :guilabel:`送货` " -"智能按钮打开送货单，点击 :guilabel:`验证` 确认产品已发送给客户。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3 -msgid "Resupply subcontractor" -msgstr "分包商重新供应" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the " -"necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each " -"time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " -"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping" -" it to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21 -msgid "" -"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply " -"Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24 -msgid "" -"While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components " -"required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are " -"sourced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from " -"the warehouse of the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from " -"a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of " -"the subcontracting company and their subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36 -msgid "" -"See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of " -"the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " -"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " -":guilabel:`Operations` heading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " -"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of " -"materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " -"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`" -" tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the " -"subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68 -msgid "" -"This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other " -"elements, like the cost of the product's components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " -"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click " -"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " -"select the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107 -msgid "Configure components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109 -msgid "" -"To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " -"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " -"arrow)` button to the right of the name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116 -msgid "" -"On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and " -"select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the " -":guilabel:`Routes` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122 -msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124 -msgid "" -"The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to " -"purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a" -" dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the " -"subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" -" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149 -msgid "" -"While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to " -"automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is " -"also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful " -"when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154 -msgid "" -"To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply " -"Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking" -" :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom " -"the components should be sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking " -":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` " -"drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the " -"components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` " -"to confirm that the order has been sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough " -"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190 -msgid "" -"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead" -" creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase " -"app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a " -"subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically " -"created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214 -msgid "" -"In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the " -"required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed " -"from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top " -"of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 -msgid "" -"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n" -"buttons at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 -msgid "" -"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and " -"Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227 -msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the " -"subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " -"Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open" -" the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to " -"confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the " -":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` " -"card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " -"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " -"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " -"finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " -"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" -" the customer, and process the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " -"the product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:3 msgid "Unbuild orders" msgstr "" @@ -26667,11 +29717,9 @@ msgstr "工程变更指令" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:12 msgid "" "Utilize *engineering change orders* (*ECOs*) to track, implement, and revert" -" change versions made to products, and :ref:`bills of materials " -"`." +" change versions made to products, and :doc:`bills of materials " +"<../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" -"利用*工程变更指令*（*ECO*）追踪、实施和恢复对产品和物料清单进行的变更版本:ref:`bills of materials " -"`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:15 msgid "Engineering change orders can be created:" @@ -28175,6 +31223,354 @@ msgid "" "export it as an Excel file." msgstr "您可以在电子表格应用程序中直接插入透视表的数据，或将其导出为Excel文件。" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:3 +msgid "Procurement expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:12 +msgid "" +"With the *Purchase* application, users can monitor procurement expenses over" +" time. This report helps companies track and analyze spending, identify " +"cost-saving opportunities, and ensure efficient budget management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:17 +msgid "Create procurement expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To create a |per|, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " +"Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:22 +msgid "" +"By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` (POs) with a " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of Requests for " +"Quotation (RFQs) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent*, or *Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:25 +msgid "Add filters and groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the top-right, click the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot)` icon " +"to switch to pivot view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:32 +msgid "" +"While the |per| can also be :ref:`viewed ` as a " +":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " +":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`, " +"the pivot view provides the most detailed view of the data, and is the " +"recommended starting point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Remove any default filters from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. Then, click " +"the |caret| to open the drop-down menu that contains the " +":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and :guilabel:`Favorites` " +"columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Unless otherwise specified, the report displays data from both |RFQs| and " +"|POs|. This can be changed by selecting either :guilabel:`Requests for " +"Quotation` or :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a time frame to use for " +"comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " +"|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " +"Then, select :guilabel:`Product Category`, which is also located in the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The selections under the :guilabel:`Group By` heading can be altered, " +"depending on the needs of the individual company. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Product`, instead of :guilabel:`Product Category`, provides a " +"more in depth look at the performance of specific items, in place of an " +"entire category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading that " +"appears. These options are only available after the date range is selected " +"under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " +":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " +"as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " +"time period from the previous year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:60 +msgid "" +"While multiple time-based filters can be added at once, only one comparison " +"can be selected at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the procurement expenses\n" +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The filter for Q2, comparison for **Previous Period**, and group-by for " +"**Vendor** and **Product Category** were selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:68 +msgid "Add measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:70 +msgid "" +"After selecting the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group by`, and " +":guilabel:`Comparison` settings, click out of the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:82 +msgid "" +"By default, the report displays data with the following measures: " +":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " +":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " +"drop-down list of available measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click the following specific measures to include additional columns for the " +"procurement expenses report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total` and :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`: can include one or both " +"measures. These are included for overall spending analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:91 +msgid ":guilabel:`Average Cost`: included to evaluate cost efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to Confirm` and :guilabel:`Days to Receive`: used to assess " +"supplier performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Qty Ordered` and :guilabel:`Qty Received`: used to understand " +"order efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Qty Billed` and :guilabel:`Qty to be Billed`: used to track order" +" accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Additional measures can be included in the report, if desired, to provide " +"additional insights. For example, :guilabel:`Gross Weight` and " +":guilabel:`Volume` may be included for further logistics and management " +"analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:101 +msgid "" +"After selecting all necessary measures, click out of the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:85 +msgid "View results" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:108 +msgid "" +"After all of the filters and measures have been selected, the report " +"generates in the selected view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst-1 +msgid "A sample version of the procurement expenses report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " +"editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is **only** available if the " +"*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The |per| is also available in graph view. Click the :icon:`fa-area-chart` " +":guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view. Click the " +"corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a :icon:`fa-bar-" +"chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` :guilabel:`(line " +"chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:107 +msgid "To save this report as a *favorite*, see :ref:`search/favorites`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor costs report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With the *Purchase* application, users can track the fluctuation of vendor " +"costs over time. This allows users to identify the most expensive vendors, " +"and track seasonal changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:14 +msgid "Create vendor costs reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To create a vendor costs report, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase " +"app --> Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` " +"dashboard. By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of POs (Purchase Orders) with a " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of RFQs (Requests " +"for Quotation) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent, or *Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a date range to use for " +"comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " +"|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " +"Then, select :guilabel:`Product`, which is also located in the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Product` is **not** required for this report. However, " +"it is recommended, as it provides additional insight into the performance of" +" individual vendors. Additional selections can be made under the " +":guilabel:`Group by` heading as well, including :guilabel:`Product " +"Category`, :guilabel:`Status`, and :guilabel:`Purchase Representative`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To ensure the report is generated correctly, make sure that " +":guilabel:`Vendor` is the **first** selection made under the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading. These " +"options are only available after the date range is selected under the " +":guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " +":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " +"as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " +"time period from the previous year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the " +"vendor costs report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"By default, the report displays with the following measures: " +":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " +":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " +"drop-down list of available measures. Click :guilabel:`Average Cost` to add " +"it to the report. Select any additional measures to add to the report, or " +"click on any of the already selected measures to remove them, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:80 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to run the report with at least :guilabel:`Average Cost`, " +":guilabel:`Total`, or :guilabel:`Untaxed Total` selected from the " +":guilabel:`Measures` list. Additional measures, such as :guilabel:`Days to " +"Receive`, can be added to provide additional insights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:87 +msgid "" +"After all of the :ref:`filters and measures have been selected " +"`, the report generates in the pivot " +"view. Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " +"editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is only available if the " +"*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A sample of a vendor costs report with the measures set as total and average" +" costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The vendor costs report is also available in *graph* view. Click the " +":icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view." +" Click the corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a " +":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " +":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5 msgid "Manage deals" msgstr "管理交易" @@ -29417,9 +32813,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51 msgid "" "To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> " -"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, check" -" the box next to :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and " -"bills`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, tick " +"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`3-way matching`, and click :guilabel:`Save` " +"to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56 @@ -29428,15 +32824,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 -msgid "Activated three-way matching feature in purchase settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:60 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:62 msgid "" "When products are received into a company's warehouse, receipts are created." " Once the company processes the received quantities, they can choose to " @@ -29445,11 +32837,11 @@ msgid "" "completed at different steps of the procurement process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:68 msgid "With the bill control policy set to ordered quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:70 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *ordered quantities*" " bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " @@ -29458,42 +32850,42 @@ msgid "" "Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:75 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new request for quotation (RFQ). Doing so reveals a blank " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 msgid "" "On the blank detail form, add a vendor to the :abbr:`RFQ (request for " "quotation)` in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the " ":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 msgid "" "Then, confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` button above the detail form. Doing so turns the " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a vendor bill for " "the purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:88 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button reveals the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill` page for the purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:91 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button to modify " "the bill, and add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field. If needed," @@ -29501,21 +32893,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 msgid "" "Next, confirm the bill by clicking the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *ordered quantities*, the draft bill" " can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:175 msgid "" "On the new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` number," " which can be used to match the bill with additional documents (such as the " @@ -29526,7 +32918,7 @@ msgid "" "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:108 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " @@ -29539,7 +32931,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Vendor bill form for ordered quantities control policy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:118 msgid "" "Each vendor bill provides the option to either :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " "or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note`. A *credit note* is typically issued when a " @@ -29548,11 +32940,11 @@ msgid "" "returned from the customer/buyer to the vendor or supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:124 msgid "With the bill control policy set to received quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:127 msgid "" "If the creation of a vendor bill is attempted without receiving any " "quantities of a product (while using the *received quantities* bill control " @@ -29560,7 +32952,7 @@ msgid "" "proceeding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *received " "quantities* bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " @@ -29569,38 +32961,38 @@ msgid "" "Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:136 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`. Doing so reveals a " "blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a bill for the " "purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:151 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Create Bill` before any products have been received will" -" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to appear. The :guilabel:`Purchase " -"Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity of the items " -"included on the order to create a vendor bill." +" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up message to appear. The " +":guilabel:`Purchase Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity" +" of the items included on the order to create a vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:159 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the warehouse " "receipt form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:161 msgid "" "On the warehouse receipt form, click :menuselection:`Validate --> Apply` to " "mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities. Then, navigate back to the " @@ -29608,7 +33000,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Bill` button on the purchase order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 msgid "" "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Draft Bill` for the purchase order. On the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and add a " @@ -29616,20 +33008,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:172 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *received quantities*, the draft " "bill can **only** be confirmed when at least some of the quantities are " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:181 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " @@ -29638,11 +33030,11 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:187 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills in Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:189 msgid "" "Vendor bills can also be created directly from the *Accounting* app, " "**without** having to create a purchase order first. To do this, go to " @@ -29652,7 +33044,7 @@ msgstr "" "也可直接从 *会计* 应用程序创建供应商账单，**无需**先创建采购订单。要执行此操作，进入 :menuselection:`会计应用程序 --> " "供应商 --> 订单`，然后点击 :guilabel:`创建`。这样就会显示一个空白的供应商账单明细表。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 msgid "" "On this blank vendor bill detail form, add a vendor in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " @@ -29665,27 +33057,27 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`产品` 行（位于:guilabel:`发票行` 选项卡下）添加产品。然后，在 :guilabel:`账单日期` " "字段中添加账单日期和其他必要信息。最后，点击 :guilabel:`确认`，以确认账单。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:198 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view (or change) the " ":guilabel:`Account` journals that were populated based on the configuration " "on the corresponding :guilabel:`Vendor` and :guilabel:`Product` forms." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` to add" " credit or debit notes to the bill. Or, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` " "number (while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:205 msgid "" "Then, when ready, click :menuselection:`Register Payment --> Create Payment`" " to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 msgid "" "To tie the draft bill to an existing purchase order, click the drop-down " "menu next to :guilabel:`Auto-Complete`, and select a :abbr:`PO (purchase " @@ -29697,17 +33089,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Auto-complete drop-down list on draft vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:218 msgid "Batch billing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:220 msgid "" "Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 msgid "" "To do this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. " "Then, click the :guilabel:`checkbox` at the top left of the page, beside the" @@ -29716,7 +33108,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Draft` :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:227 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon to export, delete, or send" " & print the bills; click the :guilabel:`Print` icon to print the invoices " @@ -29724,7 +33116,7 @@ msgid "" "payments for multiple vendor bills at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Register Payment` is selected, a pop-up appears. In this " "pop-up window, select the appropriate journal in the :guilabel:`Journal` " @@ -29733,7 +33125,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Group Payments` on this pop-up, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:236 msgid "" "When ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button, which creates a " "list of journal entries on a separate page. This list of journal entries are" @@ -29741,19 +33133,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 -msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up." +msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:244 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Register Payment` option for vendor bills in batches will " "only work for journal entries whose :guilabel:`Status` is set to " ":guilabel:`Posted`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:252 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 +msgid ":doc:`control_bills`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5 @@ -30186,18 +33577,17 @@ msgstr "" "智能按钮显示为`0`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" -msgstr "以不同于销售的计量单位购买" +msgid "Purchase units of measure" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" -" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " -"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " -"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " -"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." +" unit of measure than when it is sold. This can cause confusion between " +"sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to convert " +"measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your product once" +" and let Odoo handle the conversion." msgstr "" -"当您购买产品时，您的供应商可能会使用与您销售产品时不同的计量单位。这可能会造成销售代表和采购代表之间的混淆。每次手动转换计量值也很耗时。使用Odoo，您可以配置产品一次，并让Odoo处理转换。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 msgid "Consider the following examples:" @@ -30312,22 +33702,23 @@ msgstr "在 Odoo 采购中创建新的计量单位类别" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "" -"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." -msgstr "下一步是创建两个度量单位。为此，请转至：菜单选择：`配置-->度量单位`。" +"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, click into " +"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure Category` field and enter a name for the " +"category. Then, under the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:77 msgid "" "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" -" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" -" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" -" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " -"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " -"Odoo is always a multiple of this value." +" to other units of measure inside the category. Name the unit, and select " +"the units of measure category you just created. For the *Type*, select " +"*Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter the *Rounding " +"Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by Odoo is always a " +"multiple of this value." msgstr "" -"首先，通过单击*创建*，创建用作参考点的度量单位，以转换为类别内的其他度量单位。命名单位并选择刚刚创建的度量单位类别。对于*类型*，选择此类别类型的*参考度量单位*。输入要使用的*舍入精度*。由Odoo计算的量始终是该值的倍数。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:83 msgid "" "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " "fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." @@ -30337,7 +33728,7 @@ msgstr "在示例中，由于您不能购买少于 1 卷并且不会使用卷的 msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "在 Odoo 采购中创建新的参考计量单位" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "" "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " "appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " @@ -30352,35 +33743,31 @@ msgstr "" " " "mode>`，然后转到：菜单选择：`设置-->技术-->数据库结-->小数精度，选择*乘积度量单位*并相应地编辑*位*。例如，如果要使用0.00001的舍入精度，请将*位*设置为5。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:97 msgid "" "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" " measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " "*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." msgstr "接下来，创建第二个度量单位，命名它，并选择与参考单位相同的度量单位类别。作为*类型*，根据您的情况选择*小于*或*大于参考测量单位*。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:101 msgid "" "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " "*Smaller*." msgstr "由于卷帘等于100平方米，因此应选择“较小”。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:103 msgid "" "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " "second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " "than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." msgstr "接下来，您需要输入参考单位和第二个单位之间的*比率*。如果第二个单位较小，则*比值*应大于1。如果第二个单位较大，则比值应小于1。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:107 msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "对于卷帘，比率应设置为100。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 -msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "在 Odoo 采购中创建第二个计量单位" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:109 msgid "" "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " "units of measure." diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 25d017361..edefa2759 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -11,17 +11,17 @@ # 稀饭~~ , 2023 # 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2023 # Datasource International , 2024 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Chloe Wang, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Chloe Wang, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -51,11 +51,11 @@ msgid "" "marketing-essentials-989?fullscreen=1>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:38 msgid "Email marketing dashboard" msgstr "电子邮件营销仪表板" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:40 msgid "" "After installing the application, click the :menuselection:`Email Marketing`" " app icon from the main Odoo dashboard. Doing so reveals the main " @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the main dashboard of the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "Odoo电子邮件营销应用程序的主仪表板视图。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:47 msgid "" "In the search bar, the default filter of :guilabel:`My Mailings` is present " "to show all the mailings related to the current user. To remove that filter," @@ -74,101 +74,101 @@ msgid "" "bar. Doing so reveals all the mailings in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:51 msgid "" "The information on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard has four different " "view options, located in the upper-right corner as individual icons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:54 msgid "The view options, from left-to-right, are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:56 msgid ":ref:`List ` (default view)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:57 msgid ":ref:`Kanban `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:58 msgid ":ref:`Calendar `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:59 msgid ":ref:`Graph `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:61 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:733 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:736 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:420 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:145 msgid "List view" msgstr "列表视图" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:66 msgid "" "The list view, represented by the :guilabel:`☰ (horizontal lines)` icon in " "the upper-right corner, is the default view of the :guilabel:`Mailings` " "dashboard in the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:69 msgid "" "While in list view, there are columns dedicated to different aspects of " "information related to the listed emails. Those columns are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:72 msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: the date the email was sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Subject`: the subject of the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the user who created the email, or the user who has" " been assigned to the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Sent`: how many times the email has been sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:77 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivered (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been " "successfully delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Opened (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been opened by " "the recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been clicked by" " the recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replied (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been replied to" " by the recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: the status of the email (:guilabel:`Draft`, " ":guilabel:`In Queue`, or :guilabel:`Sent`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:84 msgid "" "To add or remove columns, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options (two " "horizontal lines with dots)` icon, located to the far-right of the column " @@ -176,13 +176,13 @@ msgid "" "options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:706 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:709 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:391 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "看板视图" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:93 msgid "" "The Kanban view, represented by the :guilabel:`(inverted bar graph)` icon, " "can be accessed in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Mailings` " @@ -194,50 +194,50 @@ msgid "" "Kanban view of the main dashboard of the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:100 msgid "" "While in Kanban view, the email information is displayed in the various " "stages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:102 msgid "" "The stages are: :guilabel:`Draft`, :guilabel:`In Queue`, " ":guilabel:`Sending`, and :guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Draft`: the email is still being written/created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`In Queue`: the email is scheduled to be sent at a later date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:106 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sending`: the email is currently being sent to its recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:107 msgid ":guilabel:`Sent`: the email has already been sent to its recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:109 msgid "" "In each stage, there are drag-and-drop cards representing the emails that " "have been created/sent, and the stage they are in represents the current " "status of that mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:112 msgid "" "Each card on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard provides key information " "related to that specific email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:115 msgid "" "When the cursor hovers over the upper-right corner of an email campaign " "card, a :guilabel:`⋮ (three vertical dots)` icon appears. When clicked, a " @@ -251,19 +251,19 @@ msgid "" "View of the three-dot drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing dashboard." msgstr "查看Odoo电子邮件营销仪表板上的三点下拉菜单。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:404 msgid "Calendar view" msgstr "日历视图" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:129 msgid "" "The calendar view, represented by a :guilabel:`📆 (calendar)` icon, can be " "accessed in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in " "the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:132 msgid "" "While in calendar view, a monthly calendar (by default), shows when the " "mailings have been sent or are scheduled to be sent." @@ -274,26 +274,26 @@ msgid "" "Calendar view of the mailings dashboard in the Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:139 msgid "" "The current date is represented by a :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` icon over " "the date on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:141 msgid "" "To the right of the calendar, the options to filter the results by " ":guilabel:`Responsible` and/or :guilabel:`Status` are available, via " "checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:145 msgid "" "To hide the right sidebar, click the :guilabel:`(panel-right)` icon, located" " above the sidebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:147 msgid "" "In the top-left corner, above the calendar, the option to change the time " "period being displayed is available via a drop-down menu, which shows " @@ -303,35 +303,35 @@ msgid "" "default)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:152 msgid "" "Clicking any of those options changes the calendar display to reflect that " "desired amount of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:154 msgid "" "Clicking either :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` icon or :guilabel:`➡️ (right " "arrow)` icon changes the calendar to a previous or future time, depending on" " what is clicked, based on the chosen amount of time being represented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:158 msgid "To jump back to the current date, click the :guilabel:`Today` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:163 msgid "Graph view" msgstr "图形视图" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:165 msgid "" "The graph view, represented by a :guilabel:`(line graph)` icon, can be " "accessed in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in " "the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:168 msgid "" "While in graph view, the status of the emails on the :guilabel:`Mailings` " "page is represented in a bar graph, but other graph view options can be " @@ -342,20 +342,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the Graph view appears in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "图表视图在Odoo电子邮件营销应用程序中的显示方式。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:175 msgid "" "In the upper-left corner, above the graph, there is a :guilabel:`Measures` " "drop-down menu. When clicked, different filter options become available to " "further customize the graph views." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:178 msgid "" "Those :guilabel:`Measures` options are: :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage` " "and :guilabel:`Count` (default)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:181 msgid "" "To the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu is an " ":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button, if the *Documents* application is " @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ msgid "" "add the graph to a spreadsheet or dashboard becomes available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:185 msgid "" "Beside the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu and :guilabel:`Insert in " "Spreadsheet` button are different graph view options. From left-to-right, " @@ -371,17 +371,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`(line chart)`, and :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:190 msgid "" "Each graph view option provides its own series of additional view options, " "which appear to the right of the selected graph view option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:194 msgid "Search options" msgstr "搜索选项" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:196 msgid "" "Regardless of the view chosen for the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in the " ":guilabel:`Email Marketing` app, the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group " @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ msgid "" "customize the information being displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:200 msgid "" "To access those options, click the :guilabel:`(downward arrow)` icon, " "located to the right of the search bar. Doing so reveals a drop-down mega " @@ -402,17 +402,17 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:207 msgid "" "These options provide various ways to specify and organize the information " "seen on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:212 msgid "Filters" msgstr "筛选" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:214 msgid "" "This section of the drop-down mega menu provides different ways to filter " "email results being shown on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in the " @@ -425,14 +425,14 @@ msgid "" "dashboard." msgstr "查看 Odoo 电子邮件营销仪表板上的筛选器下拉菜单选项。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:221 msgid "" "The options are: :guilabel:`My Mailings`, :guilabel:`Sent Date`, " ":guilabel:`A/B Tests`, :guilabel:`A/B Tests to review`, " ":guilabel:`Archived`, and :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:224 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` is selected, Odoo reveals a pop-up window, " "with three customizable fields to fill in, in order to create custom filter " @@ -444,11 +444,11 @@ msgid "" "Add custom filter pop-up window that appears in Odoo Email Marketing app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:232 msgid "Group By" msgstr "分组方式" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:234 msgid "" "This section of the drop-down mega menu provides different ways to group " "email results being shown on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in the " @@ -460,13 +460,13 @@ msgid "" "View of the Group By drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "查看 Odoo 电子邮件营销应用程序中的 \"按分组\" 下拉菜单视图。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:241 msgid "" "Using this section, the data can be grouped by the messages' " ":guilabel:`Status`, or who it was :guilabel:`Sent By`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:244 msgid "" "There is also the option to group the data by :guilabel:`Sent Period`, which" " has its own sub-menu of options to choose from. The :guilabel:`Sent Period`" @@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ msgstr "" "还有按 :guilabel:`发送日期` 分组数据的选项，该选项有自己的子菜单可供选择。:guilabel:`发送日期` 选项包括 " ":guilabel:`年`, :guilabel:`季度`, :guilabel:`月`, :guilabel:`周` 和 :guilabel:`日`。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:248 msgid "" "If none of the above :guilabel:`Group By` options deliver the desired " "results, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` at the bottom of the " @@ -485,11 +485,11 @@ msgid "" " data that may be desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:253 msgid "Favorites" msgstr "收藏" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:255 msgid "" "This section provides the opportunity to save custom filters and/or " "groupings for future use. To utilize this section, click the :guilabel:`Save" @@ -502,31 +502,31 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "查看 Odoo 电子邮件营销应用程序中的 \"收藏夹\" 下拉菜单视图。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:263 msgid "" "Give the favorited filter/grouping a title on the blank line above the " "checkboxes for :guilabel:`Default filter` and :guilabel:`Shared`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:266 msgid "" "Ticking the box for :guilabel:`Default filter` makes this favorited " "filter/grouping the default option. Ticking the box for :guilabel:`Shared` " "allows other users to see and use this favorited filter/grouping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:270 msgid "" "When all desired options are configured, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the " "filter/grouping in the :guilabel:`Favorites` section of the mega drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:274 msgid "Settings" msgstr "设置" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:276 msgid "" "To view and modify the *Email Marketing* settings, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ msgid "" "Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:283 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, there are four features available." msgstr "" @@ -546,23 +546,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the Settings page in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "查看 Odoo 电子邮件营销应用程序中的设置页面。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:289 msgid "The features are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:291 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns`: enables the option to manage mass mailing " "campaigns." msgstr ":guilabel:`邮件营销活动`：启用管理批量邮件营销活动的选项。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing`: allows recipients to " "blacklist themselves from future mailings during the unsubscribing process." msgstr ":guilabel:`退订时的黑名单选项`：允许收件人在退订过程中将自己列入黑名单，今后不再收到邮件。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dedicated Server`: provides the option to utilize a separate, " "dedicated server for mailings. When enabled, Odoo reveals a new field (and " @@ -572,24 +572,24 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel: \"专用服务器\"：提供使用单独的专用服务器发送邮件的选项。启用后，Odoo " "会显示一个新字段（和链接），必须在其中输入特定的服务器配置，才能正确连接到 Odoo。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:297 msgid "" ":guilabel:`24H Stat Mailing Reports`: allows users to check how well " "mailings have performed a day after it has been sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:303 msgid "Create an email" msgstr "创建电子邮件" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:305 msgid "" "To create an email, open the :menuselection:`Email Marketing` application, " "and click the :guilabel:`New` button in the upper-left corner of the " ":guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:308 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`New` reveals a blank email form." msgstr "" @@ -597,38 +597,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of a blank email detail form in Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "查看 Odoo 电子邮件营销应用程序中的空白电子邮件详细表单。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:314 msgid "" "On the email form, there are fields for the :ref:`Subject " "` and :ref:`Recipients " "` of the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:317 msgid "" "Beneath that, there are three tabs: :ref:`Mail Body " "`, :ref:`A/B Tests `, " "and :ref:`Settings `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:323 msgid "Subject" msgstr "主题" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:325 msgid "" "First, enter a :guilabel:`Subject` to the email. The :guilabel:`Subject` is " "visible in the recipients' inbox, allowing them to quickly see what the " "message is about." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:329 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Subject` field is mandatory. An email can **not** be sent " "without a :guilabel:`Subject`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:332 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`(smiley face with a plus sign)` icon at the end of the " ":guilabel:`Subject` field represents emojis that can be added to the " @@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ msgid "" "emojis that can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:336 msgid "" "Beside the :guilabel:`(smiley face with a plus sign)` icon at the end of the" " :guilabel:`Subject` field is an empty :guilabel:`(star)` icon. When " @@ -645,11 +645,11 @@ msgid "" "future." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:344 msgid "Recipients" msgstr "收款人" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:346 msgid "" "Beneath the :guilabel:`Subject` field on the email form is the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field. In this field, select the recipients of the " @@ -657,30 +657,30 @@ msgid "" "clicking the field reveals a drop-down menu of other recipient options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:350 msgid "" "With the default :guilabel:`Mailing List` option selected, a specific " "mailing list **must** be chosen from the adjacent :guilabel:`Select mailing " "lists` field drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:354 msgid "" "More than one mailing list can be chosen from the :guilabel:`Select mailing " "lists` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:356 msgid "" "Odoo then sends the email to contacts on that specific mailing list(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:356 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:822 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:825 msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/mailing_lists`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:361 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Recipients` field is clicked, a drop-down menu of other " "options is revealed. Each option provides different ways Odoo can create a " @@ -693,26 +693,26 @@ msgid "" "View of recipients drop-down menu in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "查看 Odoo 电子邮件营销应用程序中的 \"收件人\" 下拉菜单视图。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:368 msgid "" "Those options (excluding the default :guilabel:`Mailing List`) provide the " "option to create a more specified recipient filter, in an equation-like " "format, which appears beneath the :guilabel:`Recipients` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:372 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Recipients` field options, other than the default " ":guilabel:`Mailing List` option, are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:375 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: ties specifically to the *Contacts* app, and includes " "all the contacts entered in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:377 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Event Registration`: ties specifically to the *Events* app, and " "provides opportunities to interact with event registrants, in order to " @@ -720,14 +720,14 @@ msgid "" "valuable actions, such as post-event surveys, purchases, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:380 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`: ties specifically to records in the *CRM* " "application, which opens up a number of opportunities to influence sales or " "purchase decisions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:382 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mailing Contact`: ties specifically to the *Email Marketing* app," " and focuses on specific mailing contacts that have been entered in that " @@ -738,17 +738,17 @@ msgid "" "Contacts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:387 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sales Order`: ties specifically to the *Sales* app, and focuses " "on a specific sales orders in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:391 msgid "Add recipient filter" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:393 msgid "" "To add a more specific recipient filter to any :guilabel:`Recipient` option," " select any recipient option (other than :guilabel:`Mailing List`), and " @@ -757,14 +757,14 @@ msgid "" "formatted like an equation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:398 msgid "" "It is highly recommended that users implement detailed targeting criteria " "for the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. Typically, a single line of targeting " "logic is not sufficient enough for an email campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:402 msgid "" "While the :guilabel:`Mailing List` option is adequate for the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field, the :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity` and " @@ -772,7 +772,7 @@ msgid "" "criteria, which can be added on top of those seed sources." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:407 msgid "" "For example, with the :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity` option chosen in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field, users can add various custom criteria related " @@ -787,57 +787,57 @@ msgid "" "View of how recipient filters can be customized in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "在 Odoo 电子邮件营销中，可以自定义收件人筛选器的视图。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:416 msgid "" "To reveal the sub-menu options within the filter rule fields, click each " "field, and make the desired selections, until the preferred configuration " "has been achieved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:419 msgid "" "The number of :guilabel:`records` in the database that match the configured " "rule(s) are indicated beneath the configured filter rule(s), in green." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:427 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:191 msgid "" "Some sub-menu options in the first rule field allow for a second choice to " "provide even more specificity." msgstr "第一个规则字段中的子菜单选项可以进行第二项选择，以提供更具体的筛选条件。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:430 msgid "" "To the right of each rule, there are three additional options, represented " "by :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)`, :guilabel:`(sitemap)`, and :guilabel:`🗑️ " "(trash)` icons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:433 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon adds a new node (line) to the overall " "targeting logic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:434 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`(sitemap)` icon adds a branch to the node. A branch contains " "two additional, indented sub-nodes that are related to that specific rule, " "providing even more specificity to the parent line above it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:437 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon deletes a specific node (line) in the array " "of logic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:442 msgid "Mail Body tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:444 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab, there are a number of pre-configured " "message templates to choose from." @@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:451 msgid "" "Select the desired template, and proceed to modify every element of its " "design details with Odoo's drag-and-drop building blocks, which appear on " @@ -862,14 +862,14 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:455 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:458 msgid "" "The features on the sidebar used to create and customize emails are " "separated into three sections: :guilabel:`Blocks`, :guilabel:`Customize`, " "and :guilabel:`Design`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:461 msgid "" "Each building block provides unique features and professional design " "elements. To use a building block, drag-and-drop the desired block element " @@ -877,7 +877,7 @@ msgid "" " building block can be customized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:466 msgid "" "To build an email from the ground up, without any building block elements, " "select the :guilabel:`Plain Text` template. When selected, Odoo provides a " @@ -886,7 +886,7 @@ msgid "" "commands." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:471 msgid "" "When `/` is typed into the blank body of the email, while using a " ":guilabel:`Plain Text` template, a drop-down menu of various design elements" @@ -899,24 +899,24 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:482 msgid "A/B Tests tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:484 msgid "" "Initially, when the :guilabel:`A/B Tests` tab is opened on an email form, " "the only option available is :guilabel:`Allow A/B Testing`. This is **not** " "a required option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:487 msgid "" "If this option is enabled, recipients are only mailed *once* for the " "entirety of the campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:489 msgid "" "This allows the user to send different versions of the same mailing to " "randomly selected recipients to gauge the effectiveness of various designs, " @@ -924,7 +924,7 @@ msgid "" " sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:493 msgid "" "When the checkbox beside :guilabel:`Allow A/B Testing` is ticked, an " ":guilabel:`on (%)` field appears, in which the user determines the " @@ -932,70 +932,70 @@ msgid "" "current version of the mailing as part of the test." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:498 msgid "" "The default figure in the :guilabel:`on (%)` field is `10`, but that figure " "can be changed at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:501 msgid "Beneath that, two additional fields appear:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:503 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Winner Selection` field provides a drop-down menu of options," " wherein the user decides what criteria should be used to determine the " "\"winning\" version of the email tests that are sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:507 msgid "The options in the :guilabel:`Winner Selection` field are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manual`: allows the user to determine the \"winning\" version of " "the mailing. This option removes the :guilabel:`Send Final On` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:511 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Highest Open Rate` (default): the mailing with the highest open " "rate is determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:513 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Highest Click Rate`: the mailing with the highest click rate is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:515 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Highest Reply Rate`: the mailing with the highest reply rate is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:517 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Leads`: the mailing with the most leads generated is determined " "to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:516 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:519 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quotations`: the mailing with the most quotations generated is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:521 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Revenues`: the mailing with the most revenue generated is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:524 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Send Final On` field allows users to choose a date that is " "used to know *when* Odoo should determine the \"winning\" email, and " @@ -1006,25 +1006,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the A/B Tests tab in Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:532 msgid "" "To the right of those fields is a :guilabel:`Create an Alternative Version` " "button. When clicked, Odoo presents a new :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab for the " "user to create an alternate version of the email to test." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:539 msgid "Settings tab" msgstr "设置选项卡" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:541 msgid "" "The options present in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of the mail form are " "divided into two sections: :guilabel:`Email Content` and " ":guilabel:`Tracking`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:545 msgid "" "The options available in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab vary depending on if " "the *Mailing Campaigns* feature is activated in :menuselection:`Email " @@ -1034,7 +1034,7 @@ msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`设置` 选项卡中可用的选项有所不同，这取决于 *邮寄活动* 功能是否在 :menuselection:`电邮市场营销 --> " "配置 --> 设置` 中激活。更多信息请参阅 :ref:`email_marketing/mailing-campaigns`。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:549 msgid "" "Without the *Mailing Campaigns* feature activated, the :guilabel:`Settings` " "tab on the email form only contains the :guilabel:`Preview Text`, " @@ -1049,11 +1049,11 @@ msgid "" "activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:558 msgid "Email content" msgstr "邮件内容" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:560 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preview Text`: allows the user to enter a preview sentence to " "encourage recipients to open the email. In most inboxes, this is displayed " @@ -1064,36 +1064,36 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`预览文本`：允许用户输入预览句子，以鼓励收件人打开邮件。在大多数收件箱中，它会显示在主题旁边。如果留空，则会显示电子邮件内容的第一个字符。还可通过" " :guilabel:`（带加号的笑脸）` 图标在此字段中添加表情符号。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:564 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send From`: designate an email alias that displays as the sender " "of this particular email." msgstr ":guilabel:`发送自`：指定一个电子邮件别名，作为此特定电子邮件的发件人显示。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:563 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:566 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Reply To`: designate an email alias to whom all the replies of " "this particular email are sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:565 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:568 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attach a file`: if any specific files are required (or helpful) " "for this email, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button, and upload the " "desired file(s) to the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:572 msgid "Tracking" msgstr "跟踪" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:574 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: designate a user in the database to be responsible " "for this particular email." msgstr ":guilabel:`负责人`：在数据库中指定一个用户负责此电子邮件。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:578 msgid "" "If the *Mailing Campaign* feature *is* activated, an additional " ":guilabel:`Campaign` field appears in the :guilabel:`Tracking` section of " @@ -1108,31 +1108,31 @@ msgid "" "activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:585 msgid "" "The additional :guilabel:`Campaign` field allows users to attach this " "particular email to a mailing campaign, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:585 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:588 msgid "" "If the desired campaign is not available in the initial drop-down menu, " "select :guilabel:`Search More` to reveal a complete list of all mailing " "campaigns in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:591 msgid "" "Or, type the name of the desired mailing campaign in the " ":guilabel:`Campaign` field, until Odoo reveals the desired campaign in the " "drop-down menu. Then, select the desired campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:595 msgid "Send, schedule, test" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:597 msgid "" "Once the mailing is finalized, the following options can be utilized, via " "buttons located in the upper-left corner of the email form: :ref:`Send " @@ -1140,11 +1140,11 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Test `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:604 msgid "Send" msgstr "发送" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:603 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:606 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Send` button reveals a :guilabel:`Ready to unleash emails?` " "pop-up window." @@ -1156,18 +1156,18 @@ msgid "" "clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:609 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:612 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Send to all` button is clicked, Odoo sends the email to " "the desired recipients. Once Odoo has sent the mailing, the status changes " "to :guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:615 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:618 msgid "Schedule" msgstr "安排" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:617 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:620 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Schedule` button reveals a :guilabel:`When do you want to " "send your mailing?` pop-up window." @@ -1180,13 +1180,13 @@ msgid "" " is clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:624 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:627 msgid "" "In this pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Send on` field to reveal a " "calendar pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:630 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:633 msgid "" "From the calendar pop-up window, select the future date and time for Odoo to" " send this email. Then, click :guilabel:`✔️ Apply`. When a date and time are" @@ -1194,11 +1194,11 @@ msgid "" "mailing changes to :guilabel:`In Queue`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:640 msgid "Test" msgstr "测试" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:642 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Test` button reveals a :guilabel:`Test Mailing` pop-up " "window." @@ -1210,20 +1210,20 @@ msgid "" "clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:648 msgid "" "From this pop-up window, enter the email addresses of the contacts to whom " "Odoo should send this test email in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. " "Multiple contacts can be added in this field, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:649 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:652 msgid "" "Once all the desired email addresses have been entered in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field, click the :guilabel:`Send Test` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:656 msgid "" "By default, there's a daily limit applied for **all emails** sent throughout" " **all applications**. So, if there are remaining emails to be sent after a " @@ -1232,17 +1232,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Retry`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:661 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:664 msgid "Mailing campaigns" msgstr "邮件营销" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:663 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:666 msgid "" "The *Email Marketing* application provides users with the ability to build " "mailing campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:665 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:668 msgid "" "In order to create and customize mailing campaigns, the *Mailing Campaigns* " "feature **must** be activated in the *Settings* page of the *Email " @@ -1255,13 +1255,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign feature setting in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:677 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature is activated, a new " ":guilabel:`Campaigns` menu option appears in the header." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:677 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:680 msgid "" "When that is clicked, Odoo reveals a separate :guilabel:`Campaigns` page, " "displaying all the mailing campaigns in the database, and the current stage " @@ -1272,19 +1272,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign page in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:688 msgid "" "This information can also be viewed in a list, by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ " "(horizontal lines)` icon in the upper-right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:691 msgid "" "Clicking any campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page reveals that " "campaign's form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:693 msgid "" "There are two different ways to create and customize campaigns in the *Email" " Marketing* application, either directly from the :ref:`Campaigns page " @@ -1292,24 +1292,24 @@ msgid "" "` on an email form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:697 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:700 msgid "Create mailing campaign (from campaigns page)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:699 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:702 msgid "" "When the *Mailing Campaigns* feature is activated, a new *Campaigns* option " "appears in the header of the *Email Marketing* application. Campaigns can be" " created directly on the *Campaigns* page in the *Email Marketing* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:706 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Campaigns " "--> New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:711 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`New` button is clicked in the default Kanban view on the" " :guilabel:`Campaigns` page, a Kanban card appears in the :guilabel:`New` " @@ -1320,42 +1320,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign pop-up kanban in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:718 msgid "" "New campaign cards can also be made by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " "sign)` at the top of any Kanban stage on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:721 msgid "" "When the new campaign Kanban card appears, the options to enter a " ":guilabel:`Campaign Name`, a :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` " "become readily available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:724 msgid "" "To add the campaign to the Kanban stage, click the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:726 msgid "To delete the campaign, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:728 msgid "" "To further customize the campaign, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, which " "reveals the campaign form for additional modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:732 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Campaign Name` **must** be entered in the Kanban card, in order" " for the :guilabel:`Edit` button to reveal the campaign form for further " "modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:735 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:738 msgid "" "To enter the list view on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page, click the " ":guilabel:`☰ (horizontal lines)` icon in the upper-right corner. Doing so " @@ -1366,7 +1366,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign page in list view in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:745 msgid "" "To create a campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page while in list view," " click the :guilabel:`New` button. Doing so reveals a blank campaign form." @@ -1376,13 +1376,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the blank campaign form in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:749 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:752 msgid "" "From this campaign form, a :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, a " ":guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:752 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:755 msgid "" "At the top of the form, various metric-related smart buttons can be seen " "that showcase specific analytics related to the campaign. Those smart " @@ -1390,23 +1390,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Opportunities`, and :guilabel:`Clicks`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:757 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:760 msgid "" "Once a :guilabel:`Campaign Name` is entered and saved, additional buttons " "appear at the top of the campaign form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:760 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:763 msgid "" "Those additional buttons are: :guilabel:`Send Mailing` and :guilabel:`Send " "SMS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:766 msgid "Campaign form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:768 msgid "" "On the campaign form (after clicking :guilabel:`Edit` from the Kanban card, " "or selecting an existing campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page) there" @@ -1417,7 +1417,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign form in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:775 msgid "" "At the top of the form, various smart buttons can be seen that showcase " "specific analytics related to the campaign. Those smart buttons are: " @@ -1425,30 +1425,30 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Clicks`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:776 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:779 msgid "" "There are also buttons to :guilabel:`Send Mailing`, :guilabel:`Send SMS`, " ":guilabel:`Add Post`, and :guilabel:`Add Push` (push notification)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:780 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:783 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Send Mailing` and :guilabel:`Send SMS` buttons are not " "readily available, enter a :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, then save (either " "manually or automatically). Doing so reveals those buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:784 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:787 msgid "" "The status of the campaign can be viewed in the upper-right corner of the " "campaign form, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:792 msgid "Create mailing campaign (from settings tab)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:794 msgid "" "To create a new campaign from the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of a mailing " "form, click the :guilabel:`Campaign` field, and start typing the name of the" @@ -1461,13 +1461,13 @@ msgid "" "View of the mailing campaign creation in the Settings tab of an email form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:800 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:803 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Create` to add this new mailing campaign to the database, " "and modify its settings in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:806 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Create and Edit...` to add this new mailing campaign to " "the database, and reveal a :guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up window." @@ -1479,39 +1479,244 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "在 Odoo 电子邮件营销应用程序中查看电子邮件发送活动弹出窗口。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:810 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:813 msgid "" "Here, the new mailing campaign can be further customized. Users can adjust " "the :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, assign a :guilabel:`Responsible`, and add " ":guilabel:`Tags`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:813 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:816 msgid "" "Buttons to :guilabel:`Add Post` or :guilabel:`Send Push` (push " "notifications) are also available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:815 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:818 msgid "" "There is also a status located in the upper-right corner of the " ":guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:818 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:821 msgid "" "When all modifications are ready to be finalized, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close`. To delete the entire campaign, click :guilabel:`Discard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:823 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:826 msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/unsubscriptions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:824 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:827 msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/lost_leads_email`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:828 +msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/analyze_metrics`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to properly understand the success or failure of an email marketing" +" campaign, it is necessary to monitor several key metrics. The insights " +"gained from these metrics can then be used to optimize future campaigns. " +"Odoo's *Email Marketing* application tracks several :ref:`key metrics " +"`, that can be interpreted to improve future " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:13 +msgid "View metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:15 +msgid "" +"After a mass mail has been sent, the results for that particular mailing are" +" displayed in multiple locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To access the metrics for an individual mailing, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Mailings`. Locate the specific " +"mailing in the list view, and use the column headings to view the results " +"for that mailing. Click on one of the mailings in the list to open the " +"record. At the top of the record, detailed metrics are displayed as smart " +"buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The smart buttons on a mass mailing, displaying the results of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Click on the smart buttons to see the recipient records for each metric." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:33 +msgid "Opened rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The *Opened* rate measures the percentage of emails opened by recipients " +"against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A high open rate may indicate that the subject line was timely, compelling, " +"and successfully prompted the recipients to view the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"A low open rate may indicate the subject line failed to capture the " +"recipients' interest. It could also indicate the email ended up in a spam or" +" junk folder due to having a poor sender reputation or failing to " +":doc:`configure the proper DNS records " +"<../../general/email_communication/email_domain>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:46 +msgid "Replied rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The *Replied* rate measures the percentage of recipients who responded to " +"the email directly against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:51 +msgid "" +"A high replied rate may indicate the email resonated with recipients, " +"prompting them to take action or provide feedback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:54 +msgid "" +"A low replied rate may suggest that the message lacked relevance or did not " +"contain a clear call to action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:58 +msgid "Clicked rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The *Clicked* through rate (CTR), measures the percentage of recipients who " +"clicked on a link within the email against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A high |CTR| may indicate the email content was relevant and appropriately " +"targeted. Recipients were motivated to click the links provided, and likely " +"found the content engaging." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:66 +msgid "" +"A low |CTR| may indicate issues with either the targeting, or the content " +"itself. Recipients may have been unmotivated by the calls to action, if " +"there were any, or the message itself may have been directed toward the " +"wrong audience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "Received rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The *Received* rate measures the percentage of emails that were successfully" +" delivered against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:76 +msgid "" +"A high received rate can indicate that the mailing list used is up to date " +"and the sender authentication is trusted by email providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:79 +msgid "" +"A low received rate may indicate issues either with the mailing list used " +"for the mailing or with the sender authentication. View the :ref:`email-" +"marketing/deliverability-issues` section for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:84 +msgid "Bounced rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The *Bounced* rate measures the percentage of emails that were " +"unsuccessfully delivered, against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:89 +msgid "" +"A high bounce rate could indicate issues either with the mailing list used " +"for the mailing or with the sender authentication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:92 +msgid "" +"A low bounce rate may indicate that the mailing list used is up to date and " +"the sender authentication is trusted by email providers. View the " +":ref:`email-marketing/deliverability-issues` section for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:99 +msgid "Deliverability issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The following define possible reasons for a high bounce rate or low received" +" rate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Using a mailing list that contains outdated contact information, or " +"malformed email addresses are likely to result in a high bounce rate and/or " +"a low received rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Mailings sent using a *From* email address that differs from the sender's " +"domain are likely to bounce with certain email providers due to failing " +":ref:`DMARC authentication `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Failing to :doc:`configure the proper DNS records " +"<../../general/email_communication/email_domain>` can also result in a high " +"bounce rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:112 +msgid ":ref:`Mailing campaigns `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:113 +msgid ":doc:`Manage unsubscriptions `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:3 msgid "Lost leads reactivation email" msgstr "" @@ -1796,13 +2001,16 @@ msgid "" "field to enter a lost reason (or multiple lost reasons, depending on your " "operator choice) to include in the rule." msgstr "" +"要执行此操作，请再次创建另一个 :guilabel:`新规则`。然后，在规则的第一个字段中，从下拉菜单中选择 " +":guilabel:`丢失原因`。对于操作符，从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`不在` 或 " +":guilabel:`不包含`。在任一选择下，使用第三个字段输入要包含在规则中的丢失原因（或多个丢失原因，取决于您的操作符选择）。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:162 msgid "" "If choosing the :guilabel:`does not contain` operator, then repeat the " "preceding steps to add more lost reasons, as needed, where each lost reason " "occupies one rule row at a time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果选择 :guilabel:`不包含` 操作符，则重复前面的步骤，根据需要添加更多丢失原因，其中每个丢失原因每次占用一条规则行。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -1810,12 +2018,13 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`select appropriate lost reasons " "`." msgstr "" +"有关详细信息，请参阅下文概述如何 :ref:`选择合适的丢失原因 `。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst-1 msgid "" "A list of filter rules that exclude all lost reasons other than the desired " "reason." -msgstr "" +msgstr "排除除所需原因之外的所有丢失原因的筛选规则列表。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:175 msgid "Active" @@ -1825,7 +2034,7 @@ msgstr "已启用" msgid "" "Finally, add a pair of :guilabel:`Active` filters to include both active and" " inactive leads for the campaign." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最后，添加一对 :guilabel:`激活` 筛选器，将活跃和非活跃潜在客户都纳入推广。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -1834,6 +2043,7 @@ msgid "" "greatly impacts the number of targetable records for the email campaign, and" " does **not** include a complete or accurate lost leads audience." msgstr "" +"同时添加活跃*和*不活跃的潜在客户记录，对于全面捕捉数据库中的流失潜在客户是非常必要的。二者缺一不可，因为会极大地影响电邮营销活动的目标记录数量，并且**不**包括完整或准确的流失潜在客户受众。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:186 msgid "" @@ -1844,6 +2054,10 @@ msgid "" " select the :guilabel:`Active` parameter from the drop-down menu. The rule " "then automatically fills out to read: :guilabel:`Active` *is* `set`." msgstr "" +"首先，点击最近创建的规则（如 :guilabel:`丢失原因`）上的 :guilabel:`（添加分支）` " +"图标，该图标位于规则行右侧三个图标的中间。这样就添加了一对 :guilabel:`any of` " +"规则。然后，在新创建分支的顶部规则的第一个字段中，从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`Active` 参数。规则将自动填写为： " +":guilabel:`Active` *is* `set`。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:192 msgid "" @@ -1852,6 +2066,8 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`is not` from the operator drop-down menu in the second field. " "The rule should then read: :guilabel:`Active` *is not* `set`." msgstr "" +"对于分支底部规则的第一个字段，再次从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`Active`。不过，这次要从第二个字段的操作符下拉菜单中选择 " +":guilabel:`is not`。规则应为：:guilabel:`Active` *is not* `set`。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -1872,6 +2088,9 @@ msgid "" " Marketing* :ref:`documentation on how to create an email " "`." msgstr "" +"现在，电子邮件营销活动的域名部分已完成，请使用任何预制的样式模板创建电子邮件正文内容，或选择 :guilabel:`纯文本` 或 " +":guilabel:`从零开始` 选项进行更精细的控制。有关更多信息，请参阅 *电子邮件营销* :ref:`关于如何创建电子邮件的文档 " +"`。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:209 msgid "" @@ -1879,32 +2098,34 @@ msgid "" "Filter 💾 (floppy disk)`, enter a name (such as `Lost Leads`), and click " ":guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" +"要保存筛选器集供以后使用，请点击 :guilabel:`保存为收藏夹筛选器💾 （软盘）`，输入名称（如 `已丢失销售线索`），然后点击 " +":guilabel:`添加`。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:0 msgid "" "The Save as Favorite Filter pop-up can save the lost leads criteria for " "later." -msgstr "" +msgstr "弹出的 “保存为收藏夹筛选器” 可以保存已丢失的销售线索标准，以备后用。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:217 msgid "Send or schedule" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发送或安排" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:219 msgid "Once all the components of the email campaign are complete, either:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "电子邮件营销活动的所有组成部分完成后，可以选择：" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:221 msgid "" "click the purple :guilabel:`Send` button at the top-left of the form to " "immediately send the email; or" -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击表单左上方紫色的 :guilabel:`发送` 按钮，立即发送电子邮件；或" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:223 msgid "" "click the gray :guilabel:`Schedule` button, located to the right of the " ":guilabel:`Send` button, to send the email at a future date and time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击位于 :guilabel:`发送` 按钮右侧的灰色 :guilabel:`安排` 按钮，在未来日期和时间发送电子邮件。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:227 msgid "" @@ -1913,6 +2134,8 @@ msgid "" "and body content produce the best click-through rates, before sending a " "final version to the remaining leads." msgstr "" +"考虑使用 *A/B " +"测试*，向一定比例的目标客户发送另一版本的电子邮件。这有助于确定什么样的主题行和正文内容能产生最好的点击率，然后再向其余潜在客户发送最终版本。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:231 msgid "" @@ -1920,16 +2143,18 @@ msgid "" "the box next to :guilabel:`Allow A/B Testing`. Then, adjust the parameters " "as needed, and click :guilabel:`Create an Alternative Version`." msgstr "" +"要执行此操作，请打开邮件表单中的 :guilabel:`A/B 测试` 选项卡，选中 :guilabel:`允许 A/B 测试` " +"旁边的复选框。然后，根据需要调整参数，并点击 :guilabel:`创建替代版本`。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:0 msgid "" "The A/B Tests tab with the Allow A/B Testing box checked to create an " "alternate version." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选中 “允许 A/B 测试” 复选框的 “A/B 测试” 选项卡，以创建另一个版本。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:242 msgid "Select appropriate lost reasons" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择合适的丢失原因" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:244 msgid "" @@ -1938,35 +2163,39 @@ msgid "" "pipeline organized and reporting data accurate, and generates potential to " "follow up with the lead in the future." msgstr "" +"当销售线索被标记为丢失时，Odoo 建议选择 " +"*丢失原因*，以说明该销售机会未促成销售的原因。这样做可保持管道的有序性和报告数据的准确性，并为今后跟进潜在客户创造条件。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:248 msgid "" "If an existing *Lost Reason* is not applicable, users with the necessary " "permissions can create new ones, which means the lost reasons in a database " "can vary from organization to organization, and from pipeline to pipeline." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果现有的*丢失原因*不适用，拥有必要权限的用户可以创建新的*丢失原因*，这意味着数据库中的丢失原因可能因组织和管道而异。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:252 msgid "" "For more information on *Lost Reasons*, including the creation of them, " "refer to :doc:`../../sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities`." msgstr "" +"有关*丢失原因*的更多信息，包括创建原因，请参阅 :doc:`../../sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities` " +"。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:255 msgid "By default, Odoo includes a few common *Lost Reasons*, such as:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认情况下，Odoo 包含一些常见的*丢失原因*，例如：" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:257 msgid "*Too expensive*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*太昂贵*" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:258 msgid "*We don't have people/skills*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*我们暂时无法提供人员/技能*" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:259 msgid "*Not enough stock*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*库存不足*" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:261 msgid "" @@ -1976,89 +2205,90 @@ msgid "" "*does not contain* `_____` for every reason in the database, **except** for " "the relevant one(s)." msgstr "" +"在确定哪些原因应包含在丢失销售线索重新激活电子邮件中时，应考虑电子邮件的广告内容，以便找出一个或多个相关的丢失原因。然后，添加一条规则，说明:guilabel:`丢失原因`*不包含*`_____`数据库中的每个原因，相关原因**除外**。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:267 msgid "" "If the email advertises a selection of previously-limited merchandise that " "is now back in stock, it makes sense to target leads with the lost reason: " "*not enough stock*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果电子邮件宣传的是限量销售的商品，且现在已补货，那么用丢失的原因来锁定目标销售线索就很有意义：*库存不足*。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:0 msgid "" "A list of filter rules that exclude all lost reasons except for Out of " "Stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "除缺货外，排除所有丢失原因的筛选规则列表。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:274 msgid "" "If the email advertises a price reduction, it makes sense to target leads " "with the lost reason: *too expensive*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果邮件中宣传降价，那么就可以用以下原因来锁定目标客户：*太贵*。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:0 msgid "" "A list of filter rules that exclude all lost reasons except for Too " "Expensive." -msgstr "" +msgstr "排除除 “太贵” 以外所有丢失原因的筛选规则列表。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:282 msgid "Analyze the results" -msgstr "" +msgstr "分析结果" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:284 msgid "" "After sending a lost leads reactivation email, marketing teams can use the " "smart buttons along the top of the email to analyze the results, and " "determine follow-up actions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在发送重新激活丢失销售线索电子邮件后，营销团队可以使用电子邮件顶部的智能按钮分析结果，并确定后续行动。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:287 msgid "" "Clicking on any of the smart buttons opens a list of records matching that " "button's specific criteria." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击任何一个智能按钮，都会打开一个符合该按钮特定条件的记录列表。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst-1 msgid "" "The Mailing page of a sent email showing the smart buttons along the top of " "the page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "已发送电子邮件的邮件页面，显示页面顶部的智能按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:294 msgid "The smart buttons include:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "智能按钮包括：" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:296 msgid ":guilabel:`Sent`: total number of emails sent." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`已发送`：已发送电子邮件总数。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:297 msgid ":guilabel:`Opened`: percentage of recipients that opened the email." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`已打开`：打开邮件的收件人百分比。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:298 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replied`: percentage of recipients that replied to the email." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`已回复`：回复邮件的收件人百分比。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked`: click-through rate (%) of recipients that clicked on a " "link in the email." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`已点击`：点击电子邮件中链接的收件人的点击率（%）。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:300 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Leads/Opportunities`: number of leads (or opportunities) that " "have been created in the *CRM* pipeline, as a result of the email campaign." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`销售线索/商机`：由于电子邮件营销活动而在*CRM*管道中创建的销售线索（或商机）数量。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:302 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quotations`: number of quotations that have been created in the " "*Sales* application, as a result of the email." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`报价单`：因电子邮件而在*销售*应用程序中创建的报价单数量。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:304 msgid "" @@ -2067,28 +2297,29 @@ msgid "" "recorded in either the *Invoicing* or *Accounting* application, depending on" " which app is installed in the database." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`已开发票`：通过向客户发送发票并由客户支付，电子邮件营销活动产生的总收入。这些值记录在*发票*或*会计*应用程序中，具体取决于数据库中安装了哪个应用程序。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:307 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Received`: percentage of recipients that received the email." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`已收到`：收到电子邮件的收件人百分比。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:308 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bounced`: percentage of emails that bounced (:dfn:`not " "delivered`)." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`已退回`：退回（:dfn:`未送达`）电子邮件的百分比。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:309 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ignored`: the number of recipients that received the email, but " "have not interacted with it in a meaningful way (i.e. opened, clicked, " "etc.)." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`已忽视`：收到电子邮件但未进行有意义的互动（如打开、点击等）的收件人数量。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:313 msgid "Email nurturing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "电子邮件培育" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:315 msgid "" @@ -2097,84 +2328,85 @@ msgid "" " a lead, build a deeper relationship, and ultimately convert the lead into a" " sale." msgstr "" +"*邮件培育*（有时也称为*销售线索培育*）是指及时发送一系列相关的“提示”邮件，与销售线索建立联系，加深关系，并最终将销售线索转化为销售的过程。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:319 msgid "" "The point of nurturing is to keep the email campaign \"visible\" or at the " "top of a lead's inbox, until they are ready to buy." -msgstr "" +msgstr "培育的目的是让电子邮件营销活动保持“可见”或处于潜在客户收件箱的顶部，直到他们准备好购买。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:322 msgid "" "There are many approaches to effective lead nurturing, but they often " "involve:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "有效培育潜在客户的方法有很多，但通常涉及以下方面：" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:324 msgid "Sending an initial email (such as, a lost leads reactivation email)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "发送初始电子邮件（例如，已丢失销售线索重新激活电子邮件）。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:325 msgid "" "Sending a follow-up email each week (or according to specific triggers) for " "the duration of the campaign." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在活动期间，每周（或根据特定触发因素）发送一封跟进电子邮件。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:327 msgid "" "Continuously analyzing results to learn what approaches have resulted in " "sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "不断分析结果，了解哪些方法能带来销售额。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:328 msgid "" "Continuously adjusting the approach to remain \"visible\" at the top of the " "lead's inbox, and hopefully, get a meaningful response from the lead." -msgstr "" +msgstr "不断调整方法，以保持在销售线索收件箱顶部的“可见度”，并希望得到销售线索有意义的回复。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:331 msgid "" "As a campaign progresses, a marketing team may send different follow-up " "emails depending on how a lead responded the previous week." -msgstr "" +msgstr "随着营销活动的进展，营销团队可能会根据客户上周的回复情况发送不同的后续电子邮件。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:335 msgid "" "A marketing team wants to advertise a restocking of limited-run merchandise " "to all leads with a lost reason of *not enough stock*. They develop the " "following three-week long lead nurturing campaign." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一个营销团队希望向所有因 “库存不足” 而丢失的潜在客户，宣传限量商品已补货。团队制定了以下为期三周的销售线索培育活动。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:339 msgid "" "**Week 1:** the marketing team sends an initial email, with the subject " "line: *“Limited run merchandise is back in stock! Act now!”*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**第 1 周：** 营销团队发送第一封邮件，主题为 *“限量商品已到货！立即行动！”*" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:341 msgid "" "**Week 2:** the marketing team sends two different emails, depending on how " "a lead responded." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**第 2 周：** 营销团队会根据客户的回复情况，发送两封不同的电子邮件。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:343 msgid "" "If a lead ignored the Week 1 email: *“Stock is almost out, did you get " "yours?”*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果客户忽略了第 1 周的电子邮件，则发送： *\"库存告急，您买到了吗？”*" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:344 msgid "" "If a lead clicked on the Week 1 email: *\"You still have time to add this to" " your collection\"*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果客户点击了第 1 周的电子邮件：*“您仍有时间购买，把握机会*。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:346 msgid "" "**Week 3:** the marketing team sends a final email to all leads who have not" " been converted stating: *“20% off, don't miss your last chance to get these" " items before they're gone!”*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**第 3 周：** 营销团队向所有未转化的潜在客户发送最后一封电子邮件，说明：*“8 折优惠，最后购买机会，售完不补！\"*" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:349 msgid "" @@ -2184,21 +2416,22 @@ msgid "" "analyze reports on how many opportunities, quotations, and invoices have " "been generated by the campaign." msgstr "" +"在整个营销活动中，营销团队会不断查看邮件页面顶部的智能按钮，以了解打开、点击或忽略邮件的潜在客户比例。他们还定期分析报告，了解活动产生了多少商机、报价单和发票。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:355 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:223 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`../email_marketing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../email_marketing`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:356 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:224 msgid ":doc:`unsubscriptions`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`unsubscriptions`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:357 msgid ":doc:`../marketing_automation`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../marketing_automation`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:15 @@ -2602,48 +2835,50 @@ msgid "" "their email address, click a button, and subscribe to that predetermined " "mailing list." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`时事通讯弹窗` " +"选项可显示一个可定制的弹窗，当访问者滚动到网页中放置构建模块的特定部分时，该窗口就会出现。当访问者到达指定部分时，弹出窗口就会出现，访问者可以在窗口中输入电子邮件地址，点击按钮，订阅预定的邮件列表。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst-1 msgid "Sample of how a newsletter popup block appears on an Odoo Website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 网站上如何显示时事通讯弹窗的示例。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:193 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Newsletter` option provides the same functionality as the " "other options. However, it only consists of a field for the visitor to enter" " their email address, and a button to subscribe to the mailing list." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`时事通讯`选项提供的功能与其他选项相同。不过，它只包括一个供访客输入电子邮件地址的字段和一个订阅邮件列表的按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:197 msgid "" "It is covertly designed in this fashion to be cleanly implemented into the " "content of the webpage and/or footer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这种隐蔽的设计方式可以干净利落地在网页内容和/或页脚中实施。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:204 msgid "" "Once the desired newsletter building block is chosen, drag-and-drop it onto " "the body of the website. Then, select the newly-placed newsletter building " "block to reveal its configuration options on the right-sidebar." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择所需的时事通讯构件后，将其拖放到网站主体上。然后，选择新放置的时事通讯构件，右侧边栏就会显示其配置选项。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:208 msgid "" "From there, open the :guilabel:`Newsletter` drop-down menu, and select the " "specific mailing list that should be applied to the block." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，打开 :guilabel:`时事通讯` 下拉菜单，选择要应用到区块的特定邮件列表。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst-1 msgid "" "The newsletter drop-down menu in the customize sidebar that appears in Odoo " "Website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Odoo 网站中出现的自定义侧边栏中的时事通讯下拉菜单。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:215 msgid "" "Once the desired configurations and customizations are complete, be sure to " "click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the upper-right corner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成所需配置和自定义设置后，请务必点击右上角的 :guilabel:`保存` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:218 msgid "" @@ -2652,6 +2887,7 @@ msgid "" "list. They are also added as a contact for that mailing list in Odoo *Email " "Marketing*." msgstr "" +"现在，当访客输入电子邮件地址并点击订阅按钮时，他们就会立即订阅到预先配置的邮件列表。他们也会被添加为 Odoo *电子邮件营销* 中该邮件列表的联系人。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:3 msgid "Manage unsubscriptions (blacklist)" @@ -2720,6 +2956,8 @@ msgid "" "the email, or use a block from the *Footers* section of the email builder, " "which includes the unsubscribe link." msgstr "" +"如果使用*从零开始*模板创建邮件，默认情况下不会显示*退订*链接。用户**必须**在邮件正文中手动添加特定的退订链接`/unsubscribe_from_list`，或使用邮件创建器" +" *页脚* 部分中包含退订链接的区块。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -2729,25 +2967,27 @@ msgid "" "subscriptions, and informs them that they've been :guilabel:`Successfully " "Unsubscribed`." msgstr "" +"如果收件人点击邮件中的*退订*链接，Odoo 会立即将其从邮件列表中退订，并显示 :guilabel:`邮件订阅` " +"页面，收件人可在该页面直接管理其订阅，并通知收件人已 :guilabel:`成功退订`。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst-1 msgid "" "The Mailng Subscriptions page that appears when 'Unsubscribe' link in " "mailing is clicked." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击邮件中的'取消订阅'链接后出现的邮件订阅页面。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:48 msgid "" "Beneath that, Odoo asks the former subscriber to :guilabel:`Please let us " "know why you updated your subscription`, and the user can proceed to choose " "the appropriate opt-out reason from a series of options presented to them." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在下面，Odoo 会要求前订阅者 :guilabel:`请告诉我们您更新订阅的原因`，然后用户可以从一系列选项中选择适当的退出原因。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:53 msgid "" "The opt-out answer options can be created and modified by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Optout Reasons`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "可通过导航至 :menuselection:`电子邮件营销应用程序 --> 配置 --> 退出原因` 创建和修改退出答案选项。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -2756,6 +2996,8 @@ msgid "" "logs their reasoning for unsubscribing in the *Email Marketing* app for " "future analysis." msgstr "" +"一旦他们从显示的选项中选择了适当的退订原因，就可以点击 :guilabel:`发送`按钮。然后，Odoo 会在 *电子邮件营销* " +"应用程序中记录退订的原因，以便将来进行分析。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:102 @@ -2768,6 +3010,7 @@ msgid "" " emails during the unsubscription process, on the :guilabel:`Mailing " "Subscriptions` page, they must click :guilabel:`Exclude Me`." msgstr "" +"在退订过程中，收件人要从**所有**营销电子邮件中删除（即拉黑）自己，必须在:guilabel:`邮件订阅`页面上点击:guilabel:`排除我`。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -2775,19 +3018,21 @@ msgid "" "been successfully blacklisted, with a message reading: :guilabel:`✔️ Email " "added to our blocklist`." msgstr "" +"点击 :guilabel:`排除我` 后，Odoo " +"会通知收件人他们已被成功列入黑名单，信息内容为：:guilabel:`✔️电子邮件已添加到我们的黑名单`。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst-1 msgid "" "The blocklist question on the Mailing Subscriptions page that recipients " "see." -msgstr "" +msgstr "收件人在“邮件订阅”页面上看到的拉黑问题。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:74 msgid "" "Beneath that, Odoo asks the former subscriber to :guilabel:`Please let us " "know why you want to be added to our blocklist`, and the user can proceed to" " choose the appropriate reason from a series of options presented to them." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在此之下，Odoo 会要求前订阅者 :guilabel:`请告诉我们拉黑原因`，用户可以从一系列选项中选择合适的原因。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -2796,6 +3041,8 @@ msgid "" "reasoning for blacklisting themselves in the *Email Marketing* app for " "future analysis." msgstr "" +"一旦他们从显示的选项中选择了合适的理由，就可以点击 :guilabel:`发送`按钮。然后，Odoo 会将他们将自己列入黑名单的理由记录在 " +"*电子邮件营销* 应用程序中，以供日后分析。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:83 msgid "Blacklisted email addresses" @@ -2894,6 +3141,835 @@ msgstr "活动" msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Events `_" msgstr "`Odoo 教程：活动 `_" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:3 +msgid "Create events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With the *Events* application, event organizers can create and configure in-" +"person or online-only events in Odoo. Each new event contains a number of " +"customizable options that are geared around specific event logistics, as " +"needed per event, such as ticket sales and registration desk, booths, " +"tracks, sponsors, rooms, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Events can be manually created from scratch or built off of pre-made " +"templates. Once launched, the *Events* application then integrates with the " +"*Website* app for the front-end promotion and registration of the event for " +"attendees, the *Sales* app for the purchasing ability of paid tickets, as " +"well the *CRM* application through customizable lead generation rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:16 +msgid "New event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To create a new event, begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Events " +"app` to land on the default :guilabel:`Events` dashboard, in the :icon:`oi-" +"view-kanban` :guilabel:`Kanban` view. From there, or alternatively from the " +":icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`List` or :icon:`fa-tasks` :guilabel:`Gantt` " +"views, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the upper-left corner of the " +"dashboard to open up a new event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "Typical event template in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If certain fields do not readily appear on the event form, that means an " +"additional application needs to be installed, or the database is not " +"operating in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For example, the :guilabel:`Twitter Wall` field **only** appears if the " +"*Social Marketing* app is installed, and the :guilabel:`Company` field " +"**only** appears if the database is working in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:36 +msgid "" +"These are just *additional* elements that can be used for an event. They are" +" **not** required to create, host, and manage an event with Odoo *Events*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:40 +msgid "Event form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:42 +msgid "" +"At the top of the event form are a series of smart buttons related to " +"various event metrics, which will autopopulate with pertinent data once " +"attendees begin to register, booths and sponsors sign on for the event, the " +"event takes place, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Beneath the smart buttons is the event form, which contains various fields " +"and clickable tabs that serve to configure the initial, necessary details of" +" the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:49 +msgid "The following are fields found on an event form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Event Name`: the title of the event. This field is **required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: when the event is scheduled to take place. This field is " +"auto-populated, but modifiable, and is **required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: the corresponding timezone related to the event. This " +"field is auto-populated, but modifiable, and is **required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Language`: designate a specific language for all event " +"communications to be translated into, if necessary. This field is blank, by " +"default, so if event-related communications are being sent to recipients who" +" speak a different language, be sure to configure this field properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Twitter Wall`: creates a separate page on the event website to " +"feature specific social posts on X (formerly Twitter) that contain pre-" +"determined desired elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To create and customize a :guilabel:`Twitter Wall`, type the name of the " +"desired wall into the field, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from " +"the resulting drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:66 +msgid "Doing so reveals :guilabel:`Create Twitter Wall` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:0 +msgid "The Twitter Wall pop-up window in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:72 +msgid "" +"From this window, enter a :guilabel:`Wall Name`. Then, select a certain word" +" or hashtag for Odoo to search for on X, like `#WoodWorkingExpo24`, for " +"example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Next, determine the :guilabel:`Type of tweets` Odoo should showcase with " +"that predetermined criteria. The choices in this field are: " +":guilabel:`Recent`, :guilabel:`Popular`, or :guilabel:`Mixed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Users also have the option to add a brief :guilabel:`Description` to the " +"wall, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the greyed-out, non-modifiable :guilabel:`Website URL` field will " +"autopopulate with the full URL needed to access the document through the " +"event website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:84 +msgid "" +"An image can also be added to the wall by clicking the :icon:`fa-pencil` " +":guilabel:`(pencil)` icon that appears when the cursor hovers over the " +":guilabel:`(camera)` placeholder image in the upper-right corner of the pop-" +"up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, from the resulting file explorer window, select the desired image to " +"be added to the wall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:91 +msgid "" +"This :guilabel:`Twitter Wall` field **only** appears on the event form if " +"the *Social Marketing* app is installed, and an X account has been added as " +"a stream on the application. To learn more, check out the :doc:`Social " +"marketing essentials <../social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials>` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Template`: choose a pre-configured event template from the " +"resulting drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Or, create a new one directly from this field, by typing in the name of the " +"new template, and selecting either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:101 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create` (which creates the template, and can be edited later) or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` (which creates the template, and reveals a " +"separate template page to configure the template in greater detail)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: add any corresponding tags to briefly describe the event " +"(e.g. `Online`, `Conference`, etc.). Multiple tags can be added per event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Tags can be displayed on events that are listed on the website by enabling " +"the *Show on Website* checkbox from :menuselection:`Events app --> " +"Configuration --> Event Tag Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: designate the organizer of the event (a company, " +"contact, or employee)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:113 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: designate a user in the database to be responsible " +"for this event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: designate which company in the database to which this " +"event is related. This field **only** appears if working in a multi-company " +"environment. This field is auto-populated, but modifiable, and is " +"**required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: choose to restrict the publishing of this event to a " +"specific website created in Odoo. If this field is left blank, the event can" +" be published on *all* websites in the database. To learn more, refer to the" +" :doc:`Multiple websites " +"<../../websites/website/configuration/multi_website>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Venue`: enter the pertinent event venue details in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Exhibition Map`: if desired, click the :guilabel:`Upload your " +"file` button to upload an image of the event venue map." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Registrations`: if this checkbox is ticked, a limit to the " +"amount of registrations is added to the event, and that desired limit amount" +" **must** be entered in the blank field before :guilabel:`Attendees`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge Dimension`: select a desired paper format dimension for " +"event badges. The options are: :guilabel:`A4 foldable`, :guilabel:`A6`, or " +":guilabel:`4 per sheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge Background`: if desired, click the :guilabel:`Upload your " +"file` button to upload a custom background image for event badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:132 +msgid "" +"When the above fields in the event form have been adequately filled in, move" +" on to the four tabs at the bottom of the event form for further " +"customization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Those tabs are: :ref:`Tickets `, :ref:`Communication " +"`, :ref:`Questions `, " +"and :ref:`Notes `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:142 +msgid "Tickets tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Create custom tickets (and ticket tiers) for events in the " +":guilabel:`Tickets` tab of an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "A typical tickets tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:150 +msgid "" +"To create a ticket, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Tickets` " +"tab. Then, enter a name for the ticket (e.g. `Basic Ticket` or `VIP`) in the" +" :guilabel:`Name` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:153 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Product` field, either select the pre-configured " +":guilabel:`Event Registration` product, or create a new one by typing in the" +" name of the new event registration product, and then select either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the resulting " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Upon installing Odoo *Events*, a new product type, *Event Ticket*, becomes " +"available on product forms (:menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> " +"Products`). In order for an event registration product to be selectable in " +"the *Tickets* tab, the event registration :guilabel:`Product Type` **must** " +"be set to :guilabel:`Event Ticket`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Existing event registration products can be modified directly from this " +"field, as well, by clicking the :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right " +"arrow)` icon, located beside the event registration product. Doing so " +"reveals that product's form. If the *Inventory* application is installed, " +"additional choices are available to customize for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Next, set the registration cost of the ticket in the :guilabel:`Price` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:173 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Price* defined on the event registration product's product form " +"sets the default cost of a ticket. Modifying the :guilabel:`Price` of a " +"ticket in the :guilabel:`Tickets` tab, sets a new registration cost of the " +"ticket for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Next, determine a :guilabel:`Sales Start` and :guilabel:`Sales End` date in " +"their respective fields. To do that, click into the blank field to reveal a " +"calendar popover. From there, select the desired date and time, then click " +":icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Then, if desired, designate a :guilabel:`Maximum` amount of that specific " +"ticket that can be sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:183 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Taken` column populates with the number of tickets that are " +"sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Optionally, in the :guilabel:`Color` column, add a custom color to " +"differentiate ticket badges. The selected color displays on ticket badges " +"when printed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To delete any tickets from the :guilabel:`Tickets` tab, click the :icon:`fa-" +"trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` icon on the corresponding line for the " +"ticket that should be deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:192 +msgid "" +"To add an optional :guilabel:`Description` column to the :guilabel:`Tickets`" +" tab, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(additional options)` " +"drop-down menu, located to the far-right of the column titles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Then, tick the checkbox beside :guilabel:`Description` from the resulting " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:198 +msgid "" +"When added, the option to add brief descriptions for each event ticket " +"appears, which can be used to inform attendees of any perks or amenities " +"that may coincide with specific ticket purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:204 +msgid "Communication tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:206 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Communication` tab of an event form, create various " +"marketing communications that can be scheduled to be sent at specific " +"intervals leading up to, and following, the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Typical communication tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:214 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo provides three separate pre-configured communications on " +"every new event form. One is an email sent after each registration to " +"confirm the purchase with the attendee. The other two are email event " +"reminders that are scheduled to be sent at different time intervals leading " +"up to the event to remind the recipient of the upcoming event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To add a communication in the :guilabel:`Communication` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, select the desired type of communication in " +"the :guilabel:`Send` field. The options are: :guilabel:`Mail`, " +":guilabel:`SMS`, :guilabel:`Social Post`, or :guilabel:`WhatsApp`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:223 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the number of communications that can be added in the " +":guilabel:`Communication` tab of an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:226 +msgid "" +"To delete a communication from the :guilabel:`Communication` tab, click the " +":icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` icon on the corresponding " +"communication line. Doing so removes the communication from the event " +"entirely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:231 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Social Post` option **only** appears if the *Social " +"Marketing* application is installed. The :guilabel:`WhatsApp` option " +"**only** appears if the *WhatsApp Integration* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:235 +msgid "" +":doc:`WhatsApp <../../productivity/whatsapp>` templates **cannot** be edited" +" during active configuration. A separate approval from *Meta* is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:239 +msgid "Mail" +msgstr "邮件" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:241 +msgid "" +"Select an existing email template from the :guilabel:`Template` drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:243 +msgid "" +"Next, define the :guilabel:`Interval`, :guilabel:`Unit`, and " +":guilabel:`Trigger` from their respective drop-down fields, letting Odoo " +"know when the communication should be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Unit` options are: :guilabel:`Immediately`, " +":guilabel:`Hours`, :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, and " +":guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Then, select an option from the :guilabel:`Trigger` drop-down menu. The " +"options are: :guilabel:`After each registration`, :guilabel:`Before the " +"event`, and :guilabel:`After the event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:252 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Sent` column populates with the number of sent " +"communications. And, beside the number are different icons that appear, " +"depending on the status of that particular communication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The status of *Running* is represented by a :icon:`fa-cogs` " +":guilabel:`(three gears)` icon. The status of *Sent* is represented by a " +":icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`(checkmark)` icon. And, the status of " +"*Scheduled* is represented by an :icon:`fa-hourglass-half` " +":guilabel:`(hourglass)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:260 +msgid "" +"To send a confirmation email an hour after an attendee registers for an " +"event, configure the following communication:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:263 +msgid ":guilabel:`Interval`: `1`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:264 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: :guilabel:`Hours`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:265 +msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: :guilabel:`After each registration`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Existing email templates can be modified directly from the " +":guilabel:`Template` drop-down menu, if necessary, by clicking the " +":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` icon next to the template " +"name. Doing so reveals a separate page where users can edit the " +":guilabel:`Content`, :guilabel:`Email Configuration`, and " +":guilabel:`Settings` of that particular email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:273 +msgid "" +"To view and manage all email templates, activate :ref:`developer-mode` and " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email: Email " +"Templates`. Modify with caution as email templates effect all communications" +" where the template is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:20 +msgid "Questions tab" +msgstr "问题选项卡" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:282 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab of an event form, users can create brief " +"questionnaires for registrants to interact with, and respond to, after they " +"register for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:285 +msgid "" +"These questions can be focused on gathering basic information about the " +"attendee, learning about their preferences, expectations, and other things " +"of that nature. This information can also be used to create more detailed " +"reporting metrics, in addition to being utilized to create specific lead " +"generation rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "Typical questions tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:295 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo provides three questions in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab " +"for every event form. The default questions require the registrant(s) to " +"provide their :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Email`, and make it optional " +"to include their :guilabel:`Phone` number, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:299 +msgid "" +"The information gathered from the :guilabel:`Questions` tab can be found on " +"the :guilabel:`Attendees` dashboard, accessible via the :icon:`fa-users` " +":guilabel:`Attendees` smart button. Odoo populates individual records that " +"contain basic information about the registrant(s), as well as their " +"preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:304 +msgid "" +"To add a question in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Question` pop-up window. From " +"here, users can create and configure their question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Question pop-up window that appears in the Odoo Events " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:311 +msgid "" +"First, enter the question in the field at the top of the form. Then, decide " +"if the question should require a :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer` and/or if Odoo" +" should :guilabel:`Ask once per order`, by ticking their respective boxes, " +"if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Ask once per order` checkbox is ticked, the question will " +"only be asked once, and its value is propogated to every attendee in the " +"order (if multiple tickets are purchased at once). If the checkbox is *not* " +"ticked for this setting, Odoo will present the question for every attendee " +"that is connected to that registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:320 +msgid "Next, select a :guilabel:`Question Type` option:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:322 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Selection`: provide answer options to the question for " +"registrants to choose from. Selectable answer options can be managed in the " +":guilabel:`Answers` column at the bottom of the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:325 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Text Input`: lets the users enter a custom response to the " +"question in a text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:326 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter their " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:327 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter their" +" email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:328 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Phone`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter their" +" phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter a " +"company they are associated with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:332 +msgid "" +"Once all the desired configurations have been entered, either click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the question, and return to the " +":guilabel:`Questions` tab on the event form, or click :guilabel:`Save & New`" +" to save the question and immediately create a new question on a new " +":guilabel:`Create Question` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:337 +msgid "" +"As questions are added to the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, the informative " +"columns showcase the configurations of each question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:340 +msgid "The informative columns are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:342 +msgid ":guilabel:`Title`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:343 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mandatory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:344 +msgid ":guilabel:`Once per Order`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:345 +msgid ":guilabel:`Type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:346 +msgid ":guilabel:`Answers` (if applicable)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:348 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Selection` and :guilabel:`Text Input` types, a :icon:`fa-bar-" +"chart` :guilabel:`Stats` button appears on the right side of the question " +"line. When clicked, Odoo reveals a separate page, showcasing the response " +"metrics to that specific question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:352 +msgid "" +"To delete any question from the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click the " +":icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` icon on the corresponding " +"question line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:355 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the number of questions that can be added in the " +":guilabel:`Questions` tab of an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:361 +msgid "Notes tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:363 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Notes` tab of an event form, users can leave detailed " +"internal notes and/or event-related instructions/information for attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "Typical notes tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:370 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Note` field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, users can leave " +"internal notes for other event employees, like \"to-do\" lists, contact " +"information, instructions, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:373 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Ticket Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, " +"users can leave specific instructions for people attending the event that " +"appear on the attendees ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:266 +msgid "Publish events" +msgstr "发布的活动" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:379 +msgid "" +"Once all configurations and modifications are complete on the event form, it" +" is time to publish the event on the website. Doing so makes the event " +"visible to website visitors, and makes it possible for people to register " +"for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:383 +msgid "" +"To publish an event after all the customizations are complete, click the " +":icon:`fa-globe` :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button at the top of the " +"event form. Doing so reveals the event's web page, which can be customized " +"like any other web page on the site, via the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:388 +msgid "" +"To learn more about website design functionality and options, consult the " +":doc:`Building block <../../websites/website/web_design/building_blocks>` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:391 +msgid "" +"Once the event website is ready to be shared, click the red " +":guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch in the header menu, changing it to a " +"green :guilabel:`Published` switch. At this point, the event web page is " +"published, and viewable/accessible by all website visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:396 +msgid "Send event invites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:398 +msgid "" +"To send event invites to potential attendees, navigate to the desired event " +"form, via :menuselection:`Events app --> Events`, and click into the desired" +" event. Following this, click the :guilabel:`Invite` button in the upper-" +"left corner of the event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:402 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a blank email form to fill out, as desired. To learn more " +"about how to create and customize emails like this, refer to the " +":ref:`Create an email ` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:406 +msgid "" +"Proceed to create and customize an email message to send as an invite to " +"potential attendees. Remember to include a link to the registration page on " +"the event website, allowing interested recipients to quickly register." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Sending emails from Odoo is subject to a daily limit, which, by default, is " +"200. To learn more about daily limits, visit the " +":ref:`email_communication/daily_limit_mail` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:217 +msgid ":doc:`event_essentials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:416 +msgid ":doc:`track_manage_talks`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:3 msgid "Event essentials" msgstr "活动要点" @@ -3429,10 +4505,6 @@ msgstr "" "对于 :guilabel:`邮件类型` 两个选项，:guilabel:`立即发送`、:guilabel:`计划` 和 :guilabel:`测试` " "的功能相同。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:266 -msgid "Publish events" -msgstr "发布的活动" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:268 msgid "" "Until an event is published, it will remain hidden from public view on the " @@ -3470,6 +4542,424 @@ msgid "" "View of a website page and the option to publish the event in Odoo Events." msgstr "查看网站页面和在 Odoo 活动应用程序中发布活动的选项。" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:3 +msgid "Event templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Events* application provides the ability to customize and " +"configure event templates, which can be used to expedite the event-creation " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:8 +msgid "" +"These templates can be created and personalized in the application, and then" +" selected from an event form, in order to quickly apply a series of settings" +" and elements to the new event, all of which can be further modified, if " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:13 +msgid "Event templates page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo *Events* application, event templates can quickly be created and" +" modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To begin, navigate to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Event" +" Templates`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Event Templates` page. Here, " +"find all the existing event templates in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "The Event Templates page in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo provides three pre-configured event templates: " +":guilabel:`Exhibition`, :guilabel:`Training`, and :guilabel:`Sport`, which " +"all have their own unique customizations applied to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To change how these event templates appear on the *Template* drop-down field" +" on an event form, drag-and-drop them into any desired order, using the " +":icon:`oi-draggable` :guilabel:`(draggable)` icon, located to the left of " +"each event template line on the :guilabel:`Event Templates` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To learn more about event forms, refer to the :doc:`create_events` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:37 +msgid "Create event template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:39 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to create and configure an event template in Odoo " +"*Events*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**On the dashboard**, by navigating to :menuselection:`Events app --> " +"Configuration --> Event Templates` and clicking the :guilabel:`New` button " +"in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank event template form that " +"can be customized in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**On an event form itself**. Start by typing the name of a new event " +"template in the *Template* field, and click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` " +"from the resulting drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a *Create Template* pop-" +"up window, featuring all the same configurable fields and elements found on " +"a standard event template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create \"[template name]\"` from the resulting drop-down" +" menu, via the *Template* field on an event form creates the event template " +"in the database, but does **not** present the user with the *Create " +"Template* pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The event template would have to be modified, by selecting it on the *Event " +"Templates* page (:menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Event " +"Templates`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:58 +msgid "Event template form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:60 +msgid "" +"All the fields on a standard :guilabel:`Event Template` form are *also* on " +"the *Create Template* pop-up window, accessible via the *Template* field on " +"an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "A standard event template form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Start by providing the event template with a name in the :guilabel:`Event " +"Template` field, located at the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Beneath that field, there is a series of selectable checkboxes, all of which" +" are related to how the event menu will be displayed on the event web page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website Submenu`: enables a submenu on the event's website. When " +"this checkbox is ticked, every other checkbox in this series is " +"automatically ticked, as well. Then, choose to untick (deselect) any of the " +"checkbox options, as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tracks Menu Item`: adds a submenu item to navigate to a page " +"displaying all planned tracks for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Track Proposals Menu Item`: adds a submenu item to navigate to a " +"page, in which visitors can fill out a form to propose a track (talk, " +"lecture, presentation, etc.) to happen during the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Booth Menu Item`: adds a submenu item that takes visitors to a " +"separate page, where an event booth can be purchased. Event booths can be " +"customized and configured in the :guilabel:`Booths` tab of the event " +"template form, from the *Booth Categories* page (:menuselection:`Events app " +"--> Configuration --> Booth Categories`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:87 +msgid "" +"First, users **must** create a booth product with the required *Event Booth*" +" option set as the :guilabel:`Product Type` on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Exhibitors Menu Item`: adds a submenu item that takes visitors to" +" a separate page, showcasing all the exhibitors related to that specific " +"event. Icons representing those exhibitors are also found on the footer of " +"every event-specific web page, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Community`: adds a submenu item allowing attendees to access pre-" +"configured virtual community rooms to meet with other attendees, and discuss" +" various topics related to the event. When this checkbox is ticked, the " +":guilabel:`Allow Room Creation` feature becomes available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allow Room Creation`: allow visitors to create community rooms of" +" their own." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Register Button`: adds a button at the end of the event submenu " +"that takes visitors to the event-specific registration page when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Once the desired checkboxes have been ticked, select an appropriate " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the event from the available drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, for organizational purposes, there is the option to add " +":guilabel:`Tags` to this event template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to :guilabel:`Limit Registrations` to this specific" +" event template by ticking that checkbox. If ticked, proceed to enter the " +"number of :guilabel:`Attendees` this template should be limited to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Beneath those general information fields at the top of the event template " +"form, there are five tabs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:112 +msgid ":ref:`Tickets `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:113 +msgid ":ref:`Communication `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:114 +msgid ":ref:`Booths `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:115 +msgid ":ref:`Questions `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:116 +msgid ":ref:`Notes `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:121 +msgid "Booths tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:123 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Booths` tab on an event template form is the only tab that " +"differentiates itself from a standard event form, where the other tabs " +"(:guilabel:`Tickets`, :guilabel:`Communication`, :guilabel:`Questions`, and " +":guilabel:`Notes`) are present and configured using the same process. For " +"more information about those tabs, refer to the :doc:`create_events` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To create a booth or booth category, an event booth product **must** be " +"created in the database first, with the *Product Type* set to *Event Booth*." +" **Only** products with that specific configuration can be selected in the " +"required *Product* field of a booth or booth category form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Event booths can be created and customized in two ways in the Odoo *Events* " +"application. Either in the :guilabel:`Booths` tab of an event template form," +" or by navigating to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Booth " +"Categories`, and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To add a booth from the :guilabel:`Booths` tab of an event template form, " +"click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create " +"Booths` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "A Create Booths pop-up window in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Start by providing a :guilabel:`Name` for this booth in the corresponding " +"field at the top of the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Then, select an appropriate :guilabel:`Booth Category` from the drop-down " +"field below. Booth categories can be created and modified from the *Booth " +"Categories* page in the *Events* application, which is accessible by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Booth " +"Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:154 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Booth Category` can be created directly from this field on the " +":guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-up window. To accomplish that, type the name " +"of the new booth category in the :guilabel:`Booth Category` field, and " +"select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the " +"resulting drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` merely creates the category, which can (and " +"should be) customized at a later date. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and " +"edit...` reveals a new :guilabel:`Create Booth Category` pop-up window, from" +" which the category can be configured in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Booth Category pop-up window in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:167 +msgid "" +"From this pop-up window, proceed to name the :guilabel:`Booth Category`, " +"modify its :guilabel:`Booth Details` settings, configure its " +":guilabel:`Sponsorship` options (if applicable), and leave an optional " +":guilabel:`Description` to explain any pertinent details related to this " +"specific category of booths." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:172 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to add a photo/visual representation of the booth " +"category, via the :guilabel:`(camera)` icon in the upper-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:175 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The same configurations and options are available by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Booth Categories`, and " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Once the desired :guilabel:`Booth Category` is selected, the remaining " +"fields on the :guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-up window (:guilabel:`Currency`," +" :guilabel:`Product`, and :guilabel:`Price`) autopopulate, based on " +"information configured for that selected :guilabel:`Booth Category`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:186 +msgid "" +"These fields **cannot** be modified from the :guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-" +"up window. They can only be modified from the specific booth category form " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:189 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`" +" to save the booth, and return to the event template form. Or, click " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to save the booth, and start creating another booth " +"on a fresh :guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-up window. Click " +":guilabel:`Discard` to remove all changes, and return to the event template " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Once the booth has been saved, it appears in the :guilabel:`Booths` tab on " +"the event template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:197 +msgid "Use event templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Once an event template is complete, it is accessible on all event forms in " +"the Odoo *Events* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:202 +msgid "" +"To use an event template, navigate to the :menuselection:`Events app` and " +"click :guilabel:`New` to open a new event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:205 +msgid "" +"From the event form, click the :guilabel:`Template` field to reveal all the " +"existing event templates in the database. They appear in the same order as " +"they are listed in on the *Event Templates* page (:menuselection:`Events app" +" --> Configuration --> Event Templates`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Select the desired event template from the :guilabel:`Template` drop-down " +"field on the event form. Pre-configured settings automatically populate the " +"event form, saving time during the event creation process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Any of these pre-configured settings related to the selected event template " +"chosen in the :guilabel:`Template` field on an event form can be modified, " +"as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:218 +msgid ":doc:`create_events`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:3 msgid "Sell tickets" msgstr "销售门票" @@ -3915,6 +5405,8 @@ msgid "" "` or start with a :ref:`campaign template " "`." msgstr "" +"通过创建 :ref:`从零开始的新活动 ` 或从 :ref:`活动模板 " +"` 开始。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:11 @@ -3975,6 +5467,8 @@ msgid "" "A new campaign can be created from scratch or from a :ref:`template " "`." msgstr "" +"可以从头开始创建一个新的营销活动，也可以从 :ref:`模板` " +"创建一个新的营销活动。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -4157,7 +5651,7 @@ msgstr "正在进行或已停止的活动的参与者人数显示在活动表单 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:151 msgid ":doc:`Audience targeting `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`受众定位 `" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:154 msgid "Workflow" @@ -4194,21 +5688,21 @@ msgstr "要创建以下活动之一，请点击活动表单中 :guilabel:`工作 msgid "" ":ref:`Email `: an email that is " "sent to the target audience." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`电子邮件 `：发送给目标受众的电子邮件。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:171 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:55 msgid "" ":ref:`Server action `: an internal " "action within the database that is executed." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`服务器操作 `：在数据库中执行的内部操作。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:173 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:57 msgid "" ":ref:`SMS `: a text message that is " "sent to the target audience." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`SMS `：发送给目标受众的文本信息。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:177 msgid ":doc:`marketing_automation/workflow_activities`" @@ -4278,7 +5772,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`marketing_automation/understanding_metrics`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/target_audience.rst:3 msgid "Audience targeting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "受众定位" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/target_audience.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4287,6 +5781,8 @@ msgid "" "target audience for the campaign's reach (i.e., the unique contact records " "in the database, and imported list, etc.)." msgstr "" +"广告系列表单上的 :guilabel:`目标` 和 :guilabel:`筛选` 字段也称为 " +"*域*，包含用于定义广告系列覆盖的目标受众（即数据库中的唯一联系人记录和导入列表等）的参数。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/target_audience.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -4296,6 +5792,8 @@ msgid "" "the fields that are available throughout the campaign, including the fields " "available in the :guilabel:`Filter` section, and in dynamic placeholders." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`目标`：指定广告系列中可用的记录类型，如 :guilabel:`销售线索/商机`、:guilabel:`活动注册`、 " +":guilabel:`联系人`，指定的记录模型决定整个广告系列中可用的字段，包括 :guilabel:`筛选器` 部分和动态占位符中可用的字段。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/target_audience.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -4304,6 +5802,8 @@ msgid "" " from the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Configuration --> " "Favorite Filters` menu." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`保存为收藏夹筛选器`：保存当前的:guilabel:`筛选器`，以便将来与当前的:guilabel:`目标`模型一起使用，可通过:menuselection:`营销自动化应用程序" +" --> 配置 --> 收藏夹筛选器`菜单进行管理。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/target_audience.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -4341,7 +5841,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/target_audience.rst:36 msgid "Defining filters" -msgstr "" +msgstr "定义筛选器" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/target_audience.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -4349,6 +5849,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Match all records`, indicating that the campaign is targeting " "**all** records of the :guilabel:`Target` model." msgstr "" +"默认营销活动 :guilabel:`筛选器` 配置设置为 :guilabel:`匹配所有记录`，表示营销活动针对 :guilabel:`目标` " +"模型的**所有**记录。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/target_audience.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -4357,10 +5859,13 @@ msgid "" "parameters. See the :ref:`Search, filter, and group records ` documentation for more information on how to create filter rules." msgstr "" +"要完善活动的 :guilabel:`筛选` 规则，请点击 :guilabel:`➕ 添加条件` " +"按钮，显示新的一行，其中包含可配置的规则参数。有关如何创建筛选规则的更多信息，请参阅 :ref:`搜索、过滤和分组记录 ` 文档。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/target_audience.rst-1 msgid "A new filter rule row on the campaign form Filters." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在活动表单“过滤器”中新增一行筛选器规则。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/target_audience.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -4369,6 +5874,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`# record(s)` button to open a :guilabel:`Selected records` pop-up" " window, in which the targeted records can be viewed." msgstr "" +"在筛选规则的底部有一个 :guilabel:`#记录` 按钮，显示此域的目标记录总数。选择 :guilabel:`#记录` 按钮可打开一个 " +":guilabel:`选定记录` 弹出窗口，在该窗口中可查看目标记录。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/target_audience.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -4376,13 +5883,15 @@ msgid "" "data type, as well as the :guilabel:`# Code editor` text area below the " "filter rules, to view and edit the domain manually." msgstr "" +"激活 :ref:`开发者模式` 可显示每个字段的技术名称和数据类型，以及筛选规则下方的 :guilabel:`#代码编辑器` " +"文本区域，以便手动查看和编辑域。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/target_audience.rst:59 msgid "" "To target all leads and opportunities from the *CRM* app that are in the " "*New* stage, and have an expected revenue greater than $1,000, the following" " should be entered:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要锁定*CRM* 应用程序中处于*新* 阶段、预期收入超过 $1,000 的所有潜在客户和商机，应输入以下内容：" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/target_audience.rst:62 msgid ":guilabel:`Target`: `Lead/Opportunity`" @@ -4446,7 +5955,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`testing_running`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/target_audience.rst:84 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:336 msgid ":doc:`understanding_metrics`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`understanding_metrics`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/testing_running.rst:3 msgid "Testing/running campaigns" @@ -5078,10 +6587,12 @@ msgid "" "workflow can be made up of any number of :ref:`activities " "` to meet the needs of the campaign." msgstr "" +"*工作流程*是营销自动化活动的整体*活动*结构。每个营销活动只能有一个工作流程。但是，工作流程可以由任意数量的 :ref:`活动 " +"` 组成，以满足营销活动的需要。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:13 msgid "A workflow in an Odoo Marketing Automation campaign." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 营销自动化活动中的一个工作流程。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -5089,13 +6600,15 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`trigger type ` of **Mail: not " "opened**." msgstr "" +"由三个活动组成的工作流程序列；最后一个子活动的 :ref:`触发类型 ` 为 " +"**邮件：未打开**。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:21 msgid "" "Activities are the methods of communication or server actions, organized in " "a workflow, that are executed within a campaign; they are the building " "blocks of the campaign's workflow." -msgstr "" +msgstr "活动是在营销活动中按工作流程组织的通信方法或服务器操作；它们是营销活动工作流程的组成部分。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -5106,6 +6619,9 @@ msgid "" "new activity` button in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section. Doing so opens the" " :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"可通过从 :menuselection:`市场营销自动化应用程序 --> 活动` 面板中选择现有活动或 :ref:`创建新活动 " +"`，然后点击 :guilabel:`工作流程` 部分中的 " +":guilabel:`添加新活动` 按钮，将新活动添加到活动表单的工作流中。这样做会打开 :guilabel:`创建活动` 弹窗。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -5113,6 +6629,8 @@ msgid "" "field, and select the :ref:`type of activity ` to be executed from the :guilabel:`Activity Type` field." msgstr "" +"首先，在 :guilabel:`活动名称` 字段中定义活动名称，并从 :guilabel:`活动类型` 字段中选择要执行的 :ref:`活动类型 " +"`。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -5121,6 +6639,9 @@ msgid "" "` and the :ref:`DOMAIN " "` of the activity." msgstr "" +"然后，配置活动的 :ref:`触发器`，以及活动的 :ref:`有效期 " +"`和 :ref:`域名 " +"`。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -5130,10 +6651,13 @@ msgid "" " window to add another activity. Clicking :guilabel:`Discard` closes the " "pop-up window without saving the activity." msgstr "" +"活动配置完成后，点击 :guilabel:`保存并关闭` 将其添加到活动的工作流中，或单击 :guilabel:`保存并新建` " +"将活动添加到工作流中，并打开新的 :guilabel:`创建活动` 弹出窗口添加另一个活动。点击 :guilabel:`丢弃` " +"关闭弹出窗口，但不保存活动。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "The create activities pop-up window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建活动弹出窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:49 msgid "Activity types" @@ -5143,7 +6667,7 @@ msgstr "活动类型" msgid "" "There are three different types of activities available in the *Marketing " "Automation* app:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*市场营销自动化*应用程序中有三种不同类型的活动：" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:288 @@ -5156,6 +6680,8 @@ msgid "" "option to :guilabel:`Pick a Template` in the :guilabel:`Mail Template` field" " is available." msgstr "" +"如果选择 :guilabel:`电子邮件` 作为 :guilabel:`活动类型`，则可在 :guilabel:`邮件模板` 字段中选择 " +":guilabel:`选择模板`。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -5164,6 +6690,8 @@ msgid "" "and edit...` to reveal a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up " "window. Proceed to create and configure the new email template." msgstr "" +"要直接从 :guilabel:`邮件模板` 字段创建新模板，请开始键入新模板的标题，然后选择 :guilabel:`创建和编辑...`，弹出 " +":guilabel:`创建营销模板` 窗口。继续创建和配置新的电子邮件模板。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst-1 @@ -5179,17 +6707,19 @@ msgid "" "window, in order to continue to configure the :ref:`trigger " "`." msgstr "" +"配置好电子邮件模板后，点击 :guilabel:`保存并关闭` 保存活动，并返回到 :guilabel:`创建活动` 弹出窗口，以继续配置 " +":ref:`触发器 `。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:81 msgid "" "The title used for the :guilabel:`Mail Template` **must** be unique from any" " other mail template titles in the campaign, and it also serves as the " "subject of the email." -msgstr "" +msgstr "用于 :guilabel:`邮件模板` 的标题 **必须**与活动中任何其他邮件模板标题不同，并且它也用作电子邮件的主题。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:85 msgid ":doc:`Creating and configuring email templates <../email_marketing>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`创建和配置电子邮件模板<../email_marketing>`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:90 msgid "Server action" @@ -5204,10 +6734,13 @@ msgid "" "model. Optionally, :ref:`create a new server action " "`." msgstr "" +"如果选择 :guilabel:`服务器操作` 作为 :guilabel:`活动类型`，则可在 :guilabel:`服务器操作` 字段中选择 " +":guilabel:`选择服务器操作`。该字段是一个下拉菜单，包含活动的 :guilabel:`目标` 模型的所有预配置服务器操作。可选择 " +":ref:`创建新的服务器操作 `。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "The Server Action drop-down menu on create activities pop-up window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建活动弹出窗口上的服务器操作下拉菜单。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -5216,6 +6749,8 @@ msgid "" "activity, and return to the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window, in " "order to configure the :ref:`trigger `." msgstr "" +"选择预配置的服务器操作后，无需配置其他活动类型。点击 :guilabel:`保存并关闭` 保存活动，并返回到 :guilabel:`创建活动` " +"弹出窗口，以配置 :ref:`触发器`。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -5223,10 +6758,12 @@ msgid "" "and navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical --> Actions --> " "Server Actions` dashboard." msgstr "" +"要查看数据库中的所有服务器操作，请激活 :ref:`开发者模式` 并导航至 :menuselection:`设置应用程序 --> 技术 --> 操作 " +"--> 服务器操作` 面板。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:113 msgid "Create a new server action" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建新的服务器操作" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -5236,10 +6773,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Server Action` pop-up window, wherein a custom server " "action can be created and configured." msgstr "" +"还可选择创建新的服务器操作。要执行此操作，请在 :guilabel:`服务器操作` 字段中键入新操作的标题，然后点击 " +":guilabel:`创建和编辑...`。这样会弹出一个空白的 :guilabel:`创建服务器操作` 窗口，可在其中创建和配置自定义服务器操作。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "The Create Server Action pop-up window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建服务器操作弹出窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -5247,53 +6786,55 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type` of server action. The configuration fields change, " "depending on the selected :guilabel:`Type`:" msgstr "" +"在:guilabel:`创建服务器操作` 弹窗中，选择服务器操作的 :guilabel:`类型`。配置字段会根据所选的 :guilabel:`类型` " +"发生变化：" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:127 msgid ":guilabel:`Update Record`: update the values of a record." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`更新记录`：更新记录的值。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Activity`: create an activity with the *Discuss* app." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`创建活动`：使用 *内部讨论* 应用程序创建活动。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:129 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send Email`: post a message, a note, or send an email with the " "*Discuss* app." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`发送电子邮件`：使用*内部讨论*应用程序发布消息、备注或发送电子邮件。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send SMS`: send an SMS, and log them on documents, with the *SMS*" " app." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`发送短信`：使用 *SMS* 应用程序发送短信，并将其记录在文档中。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Followers` or :guilabel:`Remove Followers`: add or remove " "followers on a record with the *Discuss* app." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`添加关注者` 或 :guilabel:`删除关注者`：使用 *内部讨论* 应用程序添加或删除记录上的关注者。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:133 msgid ":guilabel:`Create Record`: create a new record with new values." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`创建记录`：使用新值创建新记录。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`Execute Code`: execute a block of Python code." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`执行代码`：执行一段 Python 代码。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:135 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send Webhook Notification`: send a POST request to an external " "system." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`发送 Webhook 通知`：向外部系统发送 POST 请求。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:136 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Execute Existing Actions`: define an action that triggers several" " other server actions." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`执行现有操作`：定义可触发多个其他服务器操作的操作。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -5302,13 +6843,15 @@ msgid "" "window, in order to configure the :ref:`trigger " "`." msgstr "" +"配置服务器操作后，点击 :guilabel:`保存并关闭` 保存活动，并返回到 :guilabel:`创建活动` 弹出窗口，以配置 :ref:`触发器 " +"`。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:144 msgid "" "Some of the server action types have advanced configurations available when " ":ref:`developer-mode` is activated, such as specifying the " ":guilabel:`Allowed Groups` that can execute this server action." -msgstr "" +msgstr "激活 :ref:`开发者模式` 时，某些服务器操作类型具有可用的高级配置，例如指定可执行此服务器操作的 :guilabel:`允许组别`。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:151 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:315 @@ -5321,6 +6864,8 @@ msgid "" "to :guilabel:`Pick a Template` in the :guilabel:`SMS Template` field is " "available." msgstr "" +"如果选择 :guilabel:`SMS` 作为 :guilabel:`活动类型` ，则可在 :guilabel:`SMS 模板` 字段中选择 " +":guilabel:`选择模板` 。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:156 msgid "" @@ -5515,7 +7060,7 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DOMAIN` section of the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up " "window contains fields to further filter the target audience of the " "activity." -msgstr "" +msgstr "弹出窗口 :guilabel:`创建活动` 中的 :guilabel:`域名` 部分包含可进一步筛选活动目标受众的字段。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/workflow_activities.rst:254 msgid "" @@ -5672,6 +7217,9 @@ msgid "" " trigger type, and the :guilabel:`Activity` field has the parent activity " "selected." msgstr "" +"选择触发器类型后，弹出 :guilabel:`创建活动` 窗口将打开以配置子活动。该过程与 :ref:`创建新活动 " +"` 相同，不同之处在于 :guilabel:`触发器` " +"字段已预先填入选定的触发器类型，而 :guilabel:`活动` 字段已选定母活动。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8 msgid "SMS Marketing" @@ -6378,7 +7926,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To learn more about mailing lists and contacts, check out " ":doc:`mailing_lists_blacklists`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要了解有关邮件列表和联系人的更多信息，请查阅 :doc:`mailing_lists_blacklists` 。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst-1 msgid "View of the mailing list page in the SMS marketing application." @@ -6593,17 +8141,19 @@ msgstr "短信营销中的报告页面。" msgid "" "SMS messages can be sent using automation rules in Odoo. Odoo *Studio* is " "required to use automation rules." -msgstr "" +msgstr "可使用 Odoo 中的自动化规则发送短信。使用自动化规则需要 Odoo *Studio*。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:182 msgid "" "To install Odoo *Studio*, go to the :menuselection:`Apps application`. Then," " using the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, search for `studio`." msgstr "" +"要安装 Odoo *Studio*，请进入 :menuselection:`应用程序`。然后，使用 :guilabel:`搜索...` 栏搜索 " +"`studio`。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:185 msgid "If it is not already installed, click :guilabel:`Install`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果尚未安装，请点击 :guilabel:`安装`。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:187 msgid "" @@ -6612,6 +8162,8 @@ msgid "" "`_, or reach out to the database's customer " "success manager, with any questions on making the change." msgstr "" +"添加*Studio*应用程序会将订阅状态升级为*定制*，从而增加成本。有关更改的任何问题，请咨询 " +"`技术支持团队`_，或联系数据库的客户成功经理。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -6619,18 +8171,20 @@ msgid "" " to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Automation section " "--> Automation Rules`. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new rule." msgstr "" +"要使用自动化规则，请在 :ref:`开发者模式` 中导航至 :menuselection:`设置应用程序 --> " +"技术菜单 --> 自动化部分 --> 自动化规则`。然后，点击 :guilabel:`新建`，创建新规则。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:195 msgid "" "Enter a name for the automation rule, and select a :guilabel:`Model` to " "implement this rule on." -msgstr "" +msgstr "输入自动化规则的名称，并选择 :guilabel:`模式` 以执行此规则。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:197 msgid "" "Based on the selection for the :guilabel:`Trigger`, additional fields will " "populate below. Set the :guilabel:`Trigger` to one of the following options:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据对 :guilabel:`触发器` 的选择，下面将弹出其他字段。将 :guilabel:`触发器` 设置为以下选项之一：" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:200 msgid ":guilabel:`Values Updated`" @@ -8545,7 +10099,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:120 msgid "The options are:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选项有：" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -8899,6 +10453,8 @@ msgid "" "visual and data-related results and responses. When clicked again, that " "question's visual and data-related results re-appear." msgstr "" +"每个问题都显示在相应结果的上方。问题左侧有一个 :guilabel:`️👁️（眼睛）` 图标。点击后，Odoo " +"会隐藏可视化和数据相关的结果和回复。再次点击时，该问题的可视化和数据相关结果会重新出现。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -8906,12 +10462,13 @@ msgid "" "participants :guilabel:`Responded` and how many :guilabel:`Skipped` the " "question." msgstr "" +"在问题的最右侧，有一些指示器可以显示有多少参与者 :guilabel:`已回答` 问题，有多少参与者 :guilabel:`跳过了` 问题。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst-1 msgid "" "The Responded and Skipped indicators on the 'See results' page in Odoo " "Surveys." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 调查中 '查看结果' 页面上的 “已回复” 和 “已跳过” 指标。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -8920,25 +10477,27 @@ msgid "" " for example, there is also an indicator to showcase how many users answered" " the question :guilabel:`Correct`." msgstr "" +"如果问题要求参与者输入自己的答案，而没有任何选项可供选择，例如输入一个特定的数字或日期，也会有一个指标来显示有多少用户回答了问题 " +":guilabel:`正确`。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst-1 msgid "" "Sample of a 'correct' indicator on the 'See results' page in the Odoo " "Surveys application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 调查应用程序 '查看结果' 页面上的 '正确' 指标示例。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:135 msgid "" "Even if there is no configured *correct* response for question of this " "nature, the :guilabel:`Correct` indicator still appears, although, it " "displays a `0`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "即使没有为此类问题配置*正确*的答案，:guilabel:`正确` 指示符仍然会出现，不过显示的是`0`。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:138 msgid "" "This would occur for opinion-based questions, like `When would be a good " "time to hold another sale?`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "这种情况会出现在基于观点的问题中，如 `什么时候是举行另一次销售的好时机？`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -8947,31 +10506,33 @@ msgid "" "correct answer is indicated by a :guilabel:`✔️ (checkmark)` icon next to the" " correct answer option, in the legend above the graph." msgstr "" +"如果多选题只有一个正确答案，则这些结果和答案将以 :guilabel:`饼状图` 表示。正确答案由图表上方图例中正确答案选项旁边的 " +":guilabel:`✔️（对号）` 图标表示。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst-1 msgid "" "Typical pie graph results on the 'See results' page in the Odoo Surveys " "application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 调查应用程序中 '查看结果' 页面上的典型饼状图结果。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:149 msgid "" "If there are multiple correct answer options (or no correct answers at all) " "for a multiple choice question, those results and responses are represented " "by a :guilabel:`Bar Graph`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果多选题有多个正确答案选项（或根本没有正确答案），则这些结果和答案用 :guilabel:`柱状图` 表示。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst-1 msgid "" "Typical bar graph results on the 'See results' page in the Odoo Surveys " "application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 调查应用程序 '查看结果' 页面上的典型柱状图结果。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:156 msgid "" "Each multiple choice question has a :guilabel:`Graph` tab and an " ":guilabel:`Data` tab. The graph-related tab is shown by default." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每道选择题都有一个 :guilabel:`图表` 选项卡和一个 :guilabel:`数据` 选项卡。默认情况下显示与图表相关的选项卡。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -8979,43 +10540,47 @@ msgid "" "for the question. The :guilabel:`User Choice` (with percentages and votes) " "along with the :guilabel:`Score` of each option." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`数据`选项卡显示问题的所有:guilabel:`答案`选项。guilabel:`用户选择`（包括百分比和票数）以及每个选项的 " +":guilabel:`分数`。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst-1 msgid "" "Typical 'Data' tab on the 'See results' page in the Odoo Surveys " "application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 调查应用程序 '查看结果' 页面上的典型 '数据' 选项卡。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:167 msgid "" "Other question types, wherein there were no answer options for the " "participant to choose from, there is a :guilabel:`Most Common` tab and an " ":guilabel:`All Data` tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "其他没有答案选项供参与者选择的问题类型，有一个 :guilabel:`最常见` 选项卡和一个 :guilabel:`所有数据` 选项卡。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:170 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Most Common` tab shows the :guilabel:`User Responses`, the " ":guilabel:`Occurrence`, and the :guilabel:`Score` (if applicable)." msgstr "" +"在 :guilabel:`最常见` 选项卡中显示 :guilabel:`用户反馈`、:guilabel:`发生率` 和 " +":guilabel:`得分`（如适用）。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst-1 msgid "" "Typical 'Most Common' tab on the 'See results' page in the Odoo Surveys " "application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 调查应用程序 '查看结果' 页面上的典型 '最常见' 选项卡。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:177 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`All Data` tab shows a list of all the submitted responses to " "that particular question." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`所有数据`选项卡显示对该特定问题提交的所有回复的列表。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst-1 msgid "" "Typical 'All Data' tab on the 'See results' page in the Odoo Surveys " "application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 调查应用程序 '查看结果' 页面上的典型 '所有数据' 选项卡。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:184 msgid "" @@ -9023,6 +10588,8 @@ msgid "" "response, :guilabel:`Maximum`, :guilabel:`Minimum`, and :guilabel:`Average` " "indicators appear to the far-right of the results tabs." msgstr "" +"如果问题要求参与者输入数值作为回答，则 :guilabel:`最大`、:guilabel:`最小` 和 :guilabel:`平均` " +"指标会出现在结果选项卡的最右侧。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -9204,19 +10771,19 @@ msgid "" " users with automated settings and options that are ideally specific to " "those types of surveys. Each of those survey type options comes equipped " "with its own specific selection of options." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这些选项通过为用户提供自动设置和选项来简化调查问卷的制作过程，是这些类型调查问卷的理想之选。每个调查问卷类型选项都有自己的特定选项。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:31 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Custom` option, selected by default, offers all the options " "from every potential survey type (located in the :guilabel:`Options` tab)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认情况下选择 :guilabel:`定制` 选项，可提供每种潜在调查类型（位于 :guilabel:`选项`标签页中）的所有选项。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:34 msgid "" "Beneath those radio survey type options is a blank field in which a name for" " the survey **must** be entered." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在这些单选调查表类型选项下面有一个空白字段，**必须**在其中输入调查表的名称。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -9225,6 +10792,8 @@ msgid "" "user who initially created the survey is selected as the default " ":guilabel:`Responsible`." msgstr "" +"调查表名称字段下方是 :guilabel:`负责人` 字段。从下拉菜单中选择一个用户负责调查表。默认情况下，最初创建调查表的用户被选为默认 " +":guilabel:`负责人`。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -9234,23 +10803,21 @@ msgid "" "be used as the background image for the entire survey. This is **not** a " "required option." msgstr "" +"在这些字段的右侧和选项卡的上方，有一个添加背景图片的选项，用 :guilabel:`📷（相机）` " +"图标表示。点击后，就可以选择上传图片。该图片将用作整个调查的背景图片。这**不是**必选项。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:46 msgid "" "Below those fields and options are four tabs: :guilabel:`Questions`, " ":guilabel:`Options`, :guilabel:`Description`, and :guilabel:`End Message`." msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:20 -msgid "Questions tab" -msgstr "问题选项卡" +"在这些字段和选项下面有四个选项卡：:guilabel:`问题`、:guilabel:`选项`、:guilabel:`描述`和:guilabel:`结束语`。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:52 msgid "" "View, access, add, and/or delete questions and sections to the survey in the" " :guilabel:`Questions` tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`问题` 选项卡中查看、访问、添加和/或删除调查表中的问题和部分。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:25 diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 85ec82440..3cf88ccdf 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Chloe Wang, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -2355,15 +2355,15 @@ msgstr "实现会计附件文件的集中管理。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:36 msgid "" -"If you select a new workspace, existing documents aren't moved. Only newly " +"If you select a new workspace, existing documents are not moved. Only newly " "created documents will be found under the new workspace." -msgstr "如果选择新工作区，现有文档不会移动。只有新创建的文档才会出现在新工作区中。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:42 msgid "Workspaces" msgstr "工作空间" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:44 msgid "" "Workspaces are hierarchical folders having their own set of tags and " ":ref:`actions `. Default workspaces exist, but " @@ -2374,29 +2374,29 @@ msgstr "" "工作空间是分层文件夹，有自己的标签集和 :ref:`操作` 。存在默认工作区，您也可以通过进入 " ":menuselection:`文档 --> 配置 --> 工作区` 并单击 :guilabel:`新建`，以创建自己的工作区。在新页面上填写以下信息：" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr ":guilabel:`名称`" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Parent Workspace`: if you want to create a sub-workspace, select " "its :guilabel:`Parent Workspace`" msgstr ":guilabel:`上级工作区`：如果要创建下级工作区，请选择其 :guilabel:` 上级工作区`。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:236 msgid "Tags" msgstr "标签" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:56 msgid "" "Tags are used within workspaces to add a level of differentiation between " "documents. They are organized per category, and filters can be used to sort " "them." msgstr "在工作区中使用标签可增加文档之间的区分度。标签按类别排列，并可使用筛选器进行排序。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:59 msgid "" "Tags can be created from the :guilabel:`Tags` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a " "line`, create the :guilabel:`Tag Category`, and :guilabel:`Name` your tags." @@ -2404,28 +2404,52 @@ msgstr "" "标签可在 :guilabel:`标签` 选项卡中创建。点击 :guilabel:`添加行`，创建 :guilabel:`标签类别`，并 " ":guilabel:` 命名`您的标签。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:63 msgid "" "The tags of a parent workspace apply to the child workspaces automatically;" msgstr "上级工作区的标记会自动应用到下级工作区；" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:64 msgid "" "Tags can be created and modified by going to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Tags`;" msgstr "可以通过 :menuselection:`配置 --> 标签` 创建和修改标签；" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:65 msgid "" "Tags can also be created or edited by clicking the gear icon :guilabel:`⚙` " "on the left menu." msgstr "点击左侧菜单上的齿轮图标 :guilabel:`⚙`，也可以创建或编辑标签。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:67 +msgid "" +"An **email alias** can be used to automatically send received documents to a" +" specific workspace based on the tag assigned. To create an email alias:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Select the tag and the corresponding workspace where the document should be " +"directed in the left column of your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Next to the :guilabel:`Upload` button, click the down arrow, and then click " +":guilabel:`Share`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In the new window, click :guilabel:`Download and Upload` and enter the email" +" alias where documents should be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:79 msgid "Access rights" msgstr "访问权限" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:81 msgid "" "To manage your workspace access rights, go to :menuselection:`Documents --> " "Configuration --> Workspaces`, open the workspace you want to edit, and go " @@ -2437,11 +2461,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`访问权限` 选项卡。您可以添加 :guilabel:`写入组` 来查看、创建和编辑工作区的文档。也可以添加只能查看工作区文档的 " ":guilabel:`读取组`。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:87 msgid "Description" msgstr "描述" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:89 msgid "" "You can add descriptive information to your workspace by going to " ":menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration --> Workspaces`, opening the " @@ -2450,7 +2474,7 @@ msgstr "" "您可以进入 :menuselection:`文档 --> 配置 --> 工作区`，打开要描述的工作区，并进入 :guilabel:`描述` " "选项卡，为工作区添加描述信息。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:94 msgid "" "Workspaces can also be created and edited by clicking the gear icon " ":guilabel:`⚙` on the left menu." @@ -2460,45 +2484,39 @@ msgstr "点击左侧菜单上的齿轮图标 :guilabel:`⚙` 也可以创建和 msgid "Create sub-workspaces from the left menu" msgstr "从左侧菜单创建子工作区" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:101 msgid "Documents management" msgstr "‎文档管理‎" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:103 msgid "" "When selecting or opening a document, the right panel displays different " "options. On the top, additional options might be available: " ":guilabel:`Download`, :guilabel:`Share`, :guilabel:`Replace`, " ":guilabel:`Lock` or :guilabel:`Split`. It is also possible to " -":guilabel:`Open chatter` or :guilabel:`Archive` the document." +":guilabel:`Open chatter` or use the :guilabel:`Move to trash` option." msgstr "" -"选择或打开文档时，右侧面板会显示不同的选项。顶部可能还有其他选项：:guilabel:`下载`、:guilabel:`共享`、:guilabel:`替换`、:guilabel:`锁定`或:guilabel:`分割`。也可以" -" :guilabel:`打开沟通栏` 或 :guilabel:`归档` 文档。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst-1 msgid "right panel options" msgstr "右侧面板选项" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:112 msgid "" -"Then, you can modify the name of your file by clicking on " -":guilabel:`Document`. A :guilabel:`Contact` or an :guilabel:`Owner` can be " -"assigned. The related :guilabel:`Workspace` can be modified and it is " -"possible to access the related :guilabel:`Journal Entry` or add " -":guilabel:`Tags`." +"Then, you can modify the name of your file by clicking on :guilabel:`Name`. " +"A :guilabel:`Contact` or an :guilabel:`Owner` can be assigned. The related " +":guilabel:`Workspace` can be modified and it is possible to access the " +"related :guilabel:`Journal Entry` or add :guilabel:`Tags`." msgstr "" -"然后，您可以点击 :guilabel:`文件` 来修改文件名。可以指定 :guilabel:`联系人` 或 " -":guilabel:`所有者`。可以修改相关的 :guilabel:`工作区` 并访问相关的 :guilabel:`日记账分录` 或添加 " -":guilabel:`标签`。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:117 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Contact` is the person related to the document and assigned " "to it. He can only view the document and not modify it. I.e.: an existing " "supplier in your database is the contact for their bill." msgstr "guilabel:`联系人`是与文件相关并分配给文件的人。只能查看文件，不能修改文件。例如：您数据库中的现有供应商是其账单的联系人。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:120 msgid "" "The person who creates a document is, by default :guilabel:`Owner` of it and" " has complete rights to it. It is possible to replace the owner of a " @@ -2508,24 +2526,24 @@ msgstr "" "默认情况下，创建文件的人是文件的 :guilabel:`所有者`，并拥有文件的全部权利。可以替换文件的所有者。也就是说，员工必须是文件的所有者，才能在 " "\"我的资料\" 中看到该文件。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:124 msgid "" "Different :ref:`Actions ` are available at the " "bottom of the right panel, depending on the workspace where your document is" " stored." msgstr "右侧面板底部有不同的 :ref:`操作 ` 可用，具体取决于存储文档的工作区。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:128 msgid "Split PDF documents" msgstr "拆分 PDF 文件" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:130 msgid "" "Select the PDF you want to split, and click the scissors icon. A new view " "displays all the pages of the document." msgstr "选择要拆分的 PDF 文件，然后单击剪刀图标。新的视图将显示文件的所有页面。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:133 msgid "" "By default, each page of the document will be split when clicking " ":guilabel:`Split`. To remove a split between two pages, click on the " @@ -2536,34 +2554,34 @@ msgstr "默认情况下，点击 :guilabel:`拆分` 时，文件的每一页都 msgid "split your documents" msgstr "拆分您的文件" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:140 msgid "" "To merge documents from your dashboard, select them and click the scissors " "icon. Click on the scissors between the two documents and click " ":guilabel:`Split` to merge the documents." msgstr "要从仪表板合并文件，请选择文件并单击剪刀图标。单击两个文件之间的剪刀，然后单击 :guilabel:`拆分` 以合并文档。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:144 msgid "Additional features" msgstr "其他功能" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:146 msgid "" "Select a workspace and click the arrow next to the :guilabel:`Upload` button" " to access additional features:" msgstr "选择一个工作区，然后点击 :guilabel:`上传` 按钮旁边的箭头，即可访问其他功能：" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:150 msgid "Request" msgstr "请求" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:152 msgid "" "You can create \"missing documents\" and organize them as documents, to " "remind users to download them." msgstr "您可以创建 “缺失文件”，并将其整理为文件，以提醒用户下载。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:154 msgid "" "Select the workspace where the file should be stored, click " ":guilabel:`Upload`, then :guilabel:`Request`. Add the :guilabel:`Document " @@ -2578,17 +2596,17 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`发送请求至` 字段中选择您需要的人，填写 :guilabel:`到期日`，确认文件所属的 :guilabel:`工作区`，并添加 " ":guilabel:`标签` 和 :guilabel:`备注`（如需）。然后，点击 :guilabel:`请求`。将在工作区中为缺失文件创建一个占位符。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:161 msgid "When your document is available, click the placeholder to upload it." msgstr "文件可用时，点击占位符上传文件。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:163 msgid "" "You can see all missing documents by going to the **Activity** view and to " "the :guilabel:`Requested Document` column." msgstr "您可以通过**活动**视图和 :guilabel:`要求提供的文件` 列查看所有缺失的文件。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:167 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Activity` view, you can send a **reminder email** to " "users from whom you are expecting a document. Go to the :guilabel:`Requested" @@ -2597,7 +2615,7 @@ msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`活动` 视图中，您可以向正在等待文件的用户发送**提醒电子邮件**。转到 :guilabel:`要求提供的文件` 列，点击⋮和" " :guilabel:`文件申请：提醒`。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:171 msgid "" "Click on a date to see the details of a specific request. You can update it " "by clicking on the pen icon, :guilabel:`Preview` the content of the reminder" @@ -2609,28 +2627,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "send a reminder email from the Activity view" msgstr "从活动视图发送提醒电子邮件" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:179 msgid "Add a link" msgstr "添加链接" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:181 msgid "" "To add a link to your documents dashboard, click on :guilabel:`Add a Link`, " "enter the :guilabel:`URL`, and :guilabel:`Name` it." msgstr "" "要在文件仪表板中添加链接，请单击 :guilabel:`添加链接`，输入 :guilabel:`URL`，然后输入 :guilabel:`名称`。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:185 msgid "Share" msgstr "分享" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:187 msgid "" "You can create a share link to a document or all documents of a workspace. " "It allows anyone to download the file(s) or upload files to a workspace." msgstr "您可以为工作区的某个文档或所有文档创建共享链接。允许任何人下载文件或上传文件到工作区。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:190 msgid "" "To do so, select the workspace or the document and click the arrow next to " "the :guilabel:`Upload` button then :guilabel:`Share`. On the pop-up, the " @@ -2646,17 +2664,17 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`有效期至` 字段设置 URL 有效日期。如果还想共享工作区的子文件夹，请勾选 :guilabel:`包括子文件夹` " "框。要让用户上传自己的文档，请选择 :guilabel:`下载和上传`。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:198 msgid "" "It is possible to only share one or more documents (without their workspace)" " by selecting them and clicking :guilabel:`Share`." msgstr "通过选择文档并点击 :guilabel:`共享`，可以只共享一个或多个文档（不共享工作区）。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:202 msgid "New spreadsheet" msgstr "新建电子表格" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:204 msgid "" "To create a new :doc:`spreadsheet `, click :guilabel:`New " "Spreadsheet`. You can select a :guilabel:`Blank spreadsheet` or an " @@ -2665,11 +2683,11 @@ msgstr "" "要创建一个新的 :doc:`电子表格`，点击 :guilabel:`新电子表格`。您可以选择 " ":guilabel:`空白电子表格` 或 :doc:`现有模板 `。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:210 msgid "Workflow actions" msgstr "工作流操作" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:212 msgid "" "Workflow actions help manage documents and overall business operations. " "These are automated actions that can be created and customized for each " @@ -2678,33 +2696,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "工作流程操作有助于管理文件和整体业务运营。这些都是可以为每个工作区创建和定制的自动操作。例如，只需点击一下，您就可以为文档创建、移动、签署和添加标签，并处理账单。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:216 msgid "" "These workflow actions appear on the right panel when a document meets the " "set criteria." msgstr "当文档符合设定的标准时，这些工作流程操作就会出现在右侧面板上。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:219 msgid "Create workflow actions" msgstr "创建工作流操作" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:221 msgid "" "To create workflow actions, go to :menuselection:`Documents --> " "Configuration --> Actions` and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "要创建工作流程操作，请转至 :menuselection:`文件 --> 配置 --> 操作` 并单击 :guilabel:`新建`。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:225 msgid "" "An action applies to all **sub-workspaces** under the :guilabel:`Related " "Workspace` you selected." msgstr "操作适用于所选 :guilabel:`相关工作区` 下的所有**子工作区**。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:228 msgid "Set the conditions" msgstr "设置条件" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:230 msgid "" "You can :guilabel:`Create` a new :guilabel:`Action` or edit an existing one." " You can define the :guilabel:`Action Name` and then set the conditions that" @@ -2714,25 +2732,23 @@ msgstr "" "您可以 :guilabel:`创建` 新的 :guilabel:`操作` 或编辑现有的。您可以定义 " ":guilabel:`操作名称`，并设置在选择文件时触发右侧面板上的操作按钮（:guilabel:`▶`）的条件。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:234 msgid "There are three basic types of conditions you can set:" msgstr "可以设置三种基本类型的条件：" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:236 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: you can use the :guilabel:`Contains` and :guilabel:`Does " -"not contain` conditions, meaning the files *must have* or *mustn't have* the" -" tags set here." +"not contain` conditions, meaning the files *must have* or *must not have* " +"the tags set here." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`标签`：您可以使用 :guilabel:`包含` 和 :guilabel:`不包含` 条件，这意味着文件 *必须具有* 或 " -"*不能具有* 在此处设置的标签。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:239 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: the files must be associated with the contact set here." msgstr "guilabel:`联系人`：文件必须与此处设置的联系人相关联。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:241 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Owner`: the files must be associated with the owner set here." msgstr "guilabel:`所有者`：文件必须与此处设置的所有者相关联。" @@ -2741,23 +2757,23 @@ msgstr "guilabel:`所有者`：文件必须与此处设置的所有者相关联 msgid "Example of a workflow action's basic condition in Odoo Documents" msgstr "Odoo文档管理应用程序中工作流操作基本条件示例" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:247 msgid "" -"If you don't set any conditions, the action button appears for all files " +"If you do not set any conditions, the action button appears for all files " "inside the selected workspace." -msgstr "如果不设置任何条件，操作按钮将显示所选工作区内的所有文件。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:251 msgid "Advanced condition type: domain" msgstr "高级条件类型：域" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:254 msgid "" "It is recommended to have some knowledge of Odoo development to configure " "*Domain* filters properly." msgstr "建议有 Odoo 开发知识的用户设置*域*过滤器。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:257 msgid "" "The :ref:`developer mode ` needs to be activated to access " "the :guilabel:`Domain` condition from the :guilabel:`Actions` tab. Once " @@ -2767,7 +2783,7 @@ msgstr "" "需要激活 :ref:`开发者模式` 才能从 :guilabel:`操作` 选项卡访问 :guilabel:`域名` " "条件。完成后，选择 :guilabel:`域名` 条件类型，然后单击 :guilabel:`添加条件`。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:261 msgid "" "To create a rule, you typically select a :guilabel:`field`, an " ":guilabel:`operator`, and a :guilabel:`value`. For example, if you want to " @@ -2783,7 +2799,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a workflow action's domain condition in Odoo Documents" msgstr "Odoo中文档管理应用程序中工作流操作域条件示例" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:269 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add New Rule` (plus icon) and :guilabel:`Add branch` to add" " conditions and sub-conditions. You can then specify if your rule should " @@ -2793,114 +2809,114 @@ msgstr "" "点击:guilabel:`新增规则`（+图标）和 :guilabel:`添加分支`，添加条件和子条件。然后，您可以指定规则应匹配 " ":guilabel:`所有` 还是 :guilabel:`任意` 条件。您还可以使用 :guilabel:`代码编辑器` 直接编辑规则。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:274 msgid "Configure the actions" msgstr "配置操作" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:276 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Actions` tab to set up your action. You can " "simultaneously:" msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`操作`选项卡，以设置操作。您可以同时：" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:278 msgid "" "**Set Contact**: add a contact to the file, or replace an existing contact " "with a new one." msgstr "**设置联系人**：为文件添加联系人，或用新联系人替换现有联系人。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:279 msgid "" "**Set Owner**: add an owner to the file, or replace an existing owner with a" " new one." msgstr "**设置所有人**：为文件添加所有人，或用新所有人替换现有所有人。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:280 msgid "**Move to Workspace**: move the file to any workspace." msgstr "**移至工作区**：将文件移至任何工作区。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:281 msgid "" "**Create**: create one of the following items attached to the file in your " "database:" msgstr "**创建**：在数据库中创建附至文件的以下项目之一：" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:283 msgid "" "**Link to record**: link the document to a record (i.e. link to a vehicle in" " Fleet);" msgstr "**链接到记录**：将文档链接到记录（例如，链接到车队中的车辆）；" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:284 msgid "**Product template**: create a product you can edit directly;" msgstr "**产品模板**：创建可直接编辑的产品；" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:285 msgid "**Task**: create a Project task you can edit directly;" msgstr "**任务**：创建可直接编辑的项目任务；" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:286 msgid "**Signature PDF template**: create a new Sign template to send out;" msgstr "**签名 PDF 模板**：创建一个新的签名模板来发送；" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:287 msgid "**PDF to sign**: create a PDF to sign;" msgstr "**PDF 待签署文件**：创建一个需要签署的 PDF 文件；" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:288 msgid "**Applicant**: create a new HR application you can edit directly;" msgstr "**申请人**：创建一个新的人力资源申请，您可以直接编辑；" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:289 msgid "" "**Vendor bill**: create a vendor bill using OCR and AI to scrape information" " from the file content;" msgstr "**供应商账单**：使用 OCR 和人工智能从文件内容中获取信息，创建供应商账单；" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:291 msgid "" "**Customer invoice**: create a customer invoice using OCR and AI to scrape " "information from the file;" msgstr "**客户发票**：使用 OCR 和人工智能从文件中获取信息，创建客户发票；" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:293 msgid "" "**Vendor credit note**: create a vendor credit note using OCR and AI to " "scrape information from the file;" msgstr "**供应商贷项通知单**：使用 OCR 和人工智能从文件中提取信息来创建供应商贷项通知单。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:295 msgid "" "**Credit note**: create a customer credit note using OCR and AI to scrape " "information from the file;" msgstr "**贷项通知单**：使用 OCR 和人工智能从文件中提取信息来创建客户贷项通知单。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:297 msgid "" "**Miscellaneous Operations**: create a record in :guilabel:`Miscellaneous " "Operations` in Accounting;" msgstr "**其他操作**：在会计中创建一个:guilabel:`其他操作`记录。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:299 msgid "**Bank Statement**: create a Bank Statement in Finance;" msgstr "**银行对账单**：在财务中创建银行对账单；" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:300 msgid "" "**Expense**: create an expense automatically based on a file's content." msgstr "**费用**：根据文件内容自动创建费用。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:290 -msgid "**Set Tags**: add, remove, and replace any number of tags." -msgstr "**设置标签**：添加、删除和替换任意数量的标签。" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:302 +msgid "**Set Tags**: add, remove, and replace any number of tags;" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:303 msgid "" "**Activities - Mark all as Done**: mark all activities linked to the file as" -" done." -msgstr "**活动—将所有活动标记为已完成**：将所有关联至文件的活动标记为已完成。" +" done;" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:304 msgid "" "**Activities - Schedule Activity**: create a new activity linked to the file" " as configured in the action. You can choose to set the activity on the " @@ -2911,11 +2927,11 @@ msgstr "**活动—计划活动**：创建在操作中配置并关联至文件 msgid "Example of a workflow action Odoo Documents" msgstr "Odoo 文件管理应用程序中工作流操作示例" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:311 msgid "Digitize documents with AI and optical character recognition (OCR)" msgstr "利用人工智能和光学字符识别（OCR）将文件数字化" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:313 msgid "" "Documents available in the Finance workspace can be digitized. Select the " "document to digitize, click :guilabel:`Create Bill`, :guilabel:`Create " @@ -2924,7 +2940,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在财务工作区中，可以将文档进行数字化处理。选择要数字化的文档，点击:guilabel:`创建账单`、:guilabel:`创建客户发票`或:guilabel:`创建贷项通知单`，然后点击:guilabel:`发送进行数字化处理`。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:318 msgid "" ":doc:`AI-powered document digitization " "<../finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization>`" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 7aeae0a6a..bd3c15817 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -15,23 +15,23 @@ # Datasource International , 2023 # Gary Wei , 2023 # qilong zhong , 2024 -# Mandy Choy , 2024 # Emily Jia , 2024 # 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2024 # 稀饭~~ , 2024 -# diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2024 # Jeffery CHEN , 2024 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Chloe Wang, 2024 +# Mandy Choy , 2024 +# diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Chloe Wang, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:44 @@ -274,242 +274,282 @@ msgid "" "the top :guilabel:`Pipeline` page to view all opportunities." msgstr "要查看所有机会，可能需要从顶部 :guilabel:`管道` 页面的 :guilabel:`搜索...` 栏中移除部分筛选器。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities" -msgstr "产生潜在客户/机会" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Two key ways to generate new leads or opportunities for your business are " -"through email aliases and website contact forms. Odoo automatically creates " -"leads in your CRM whenever someone sends a message to a Sales Team email " -"alias or fills out a contact form on your website." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:3 +msgid "Create leads (from email or manually)" msgstr "" -"为您的企业创造新潜在客户或机会的两种主要方法是通过电子邮件别名和网站联系表单。每当有人向销售团队电子邮件别名发送消息或在您的网站上填写联系表单时，Odoo都会在您的CRM中自动创建潜在客户。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Leads can be added to the *CRM* app from custom email aliases, and by " +"manually creating new records. This is in addition to the leads and " +"opportunities created in the app through the :doc:`website contact form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:12 +msgid "" +"First, ensure the *Leads* feature is enabled in the database by navigating " +"to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:17 msgid "Configure email aliases" msgstr "配置电子邮件别名" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:19 msgid "" -"Each Sales Team can use its own unique email alias to generate " -"leads/opportunities. Any email sent to a Sales Team's email alias will " -"automatically create a lead (if leads are activated in your CRM settings) or" -" an opportunity in the pipeline for that particular team. Configure custom " -"email aliases on the configuration page for each Sales Team by navigating to" -" :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`." +"Each sales team has the option to create and utilize their own unique email " +"alias. When messages are sent to this address, a lead (or opportunity), is " +"created with the information from the message." msgstr "" -"销售团队可以使用自己独特的电子邮件地址别名来生成潜在客户/销售机会。发送至销售团队电子邮件地址别名的电子邮件将自动为销售团队创建潜在客户（需在CRM设置中激活潜在客户）或销售机会。跳转至：菜单选择：`CRM-->配置-->销售团队`，在配置页面上为销售团队配置自定义电子邮件地址别名。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Configuring Sales Teams" -msgstr "配置销售团队" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:23 -msgid "Use Contact Forms on your website" -msgstr "在您的网站上使用联系表格" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:23 msgid "" -"By default, your website's *Contact Us* page displays Odoo's ready-to-use " -"Contact Form. Whenever someone submits this form, a lead or an opportunity " -"is generated in your database." -msgstr "在默认情况下，您网站的“联系我们”页面会显示随时可用Odoo联系人表单。有人提交表单后，会在您的数据库中生成潜在客户或销售机会。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Default Contact Us page" -msgstr "默认的“联系我们”页面" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The Contact Form can be activated or deactivated at any time by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Go to Website --> Customize --> Contact Form`." -msgstr "联系人表单可以随时激活或停用，方法是转到：menuselection：`网站 --> 转到网站 --> 自定义 -->联系表单`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Form toggle" -msgstr "联系人表单切换" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:39 -msgid "" -"When the Form is deactivated, the *Contact Us* page simply displays a button" -" to email your company directly. Any email sent this way will generate a " -"lead/opportunity." -msgstr "如果停用表单，“联系我们”页面只显示一个按钮，用于直接向您公司发送电子邮件。以这种方式发送的电子邮件将生成潜在客户/销售机会。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Us Page using email" -msgstr "“联系我们”页面使用电子邮件" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Choose which Sales Team or salesperson is automatically assigned to the " -"leads/opportunities created from the Contact Form by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Communication`." -msgstr "跳转至：菜单选择：`网站-->配置-->设置-->通信`，选择为联系人表单创建的潜在客户/销售机会分配的销售团队或销售人员。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Form settings" -msgstr "联系人表单设置" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:55 -msgid "Customize Contact Forms" -msgstr "定制联系人表单" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Contact Forms can be customized for the specific information your team " -"needs, using the free *Form Builder* module." -msgstr "您可以使用免费的*表单创建*模块，根据团队需要的特定信息定制联系人表单。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The *Form Builder* module is installed automatically when a Form element is " -"added to a web page via the Website Builder. It can also be installed " -"manually from the :guilabel:`Apps` page." -msgstr "通过网站创建模块将表单元素添加至网页，自动安装“表单创建”模块。也可以在guilabel：`应用程序`页面手动安装。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Form Builder building blocks" -msgstr "表单创建的创建块" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Forms can be created from scratch to serve a wide variety of purposes. " -"However, Odoo's default *Contact Us* page is designed to fit most users' " -"needs. Start with the default form and modify from there." -msgstr "可以从零开始创建表单，以满足多种用途。Odoo的默认*联系我们*页面旨在满足大多数用户的需求，您可以直接修改默认表单。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:73 -msgid "Edit Contact Form fields" -msgstr "编辑联系人表单字段" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In Edit mode on your website, click on any field to start editing it. The " -"following information can be edited for each field on the Contact Form:" -msgstr "在网站的编辑模式下，单击任何字段即可进行编辑。可以为联系人表单字段编辑以下信息：" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:78 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Type`: Choose a custom field option or an existing field. " -"Examples include phone, file upload, language, etc." -msgstr ":guilabel：`类别`：选择自定义字段选项或现有字段。包括电话、文件上传、语言等。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:80 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Input Type`: Determine the type of entry customers should input. " -"Available options are text,email, telephone, and URL." -msgstr ":guilabel：`输入类别`：确定客户需输入的条目类别。包括文字、电子邮件地址、电话和URL。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:82 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Input Placeholder`: Type in an example to guide users how to " -"input information where formatting is important, such as a phone number or " -"email address." -msgstr ":guilabel：`输入占位符`：输入示例，指导用户如何输入有格式要求的信息，如电话和电子邮件地址。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:84 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Label Name`: Type in the display name to show users what " -"information is needed from them." -msgstr ":guilabel：`标签名称`：输入显示名称，以便向用户显示需要输入的信息。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:86 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Label Position`: Choose the way the label is aligned with the " -"rest of the form. The label can be hidden, above the field, to the far left " -"of the field, or right adjusted and closer to the field." -msgstr ":guilabel：`标签位置`：选择标签与表单其余部分对齐的方式。标签可以隐藏、位于字段上方、字段最左边、或向右调整并靠近字段。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:89 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Required`: Toggle this option for information that you absolutely" -" need entered." -msgstr ":guilabel：`必填`：对于必须输入的信息，使用此选项。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:90 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hidden`: Toggle this option to hide the field without deleting " -"it." -msgstr ":guilabel：`隐藏`：使用此选项，隐藏而非删除字段。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:91 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Shown on Mobile`: Toggle this option to show the field to users " -"on mobile devices." -msgstr ":guilabel：`在移动设备上显示`：使用此选项，在用户的移动设备上显示字段。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Editable field options" -msgstr "可编辑的字段选项" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:97 -msgid "" -"By default, when a Form is submitted, it sends you an email with the " -"customer's inputted information. To have it automatically generate a " -"lead/opportunity instead, edit the Form and select :guilabel:`Create an " -"Opportunity` as the Action." +"To create or update a sales teams' email alias, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`. Click on a team " +"from the list to open the team's details page." msgstr "" -"在默认情况下，提交表单时，会向您发送包含客户输入信息的电子邮件。如果希望自动生成潜在客户/销售机会，请编辑表单并选择：guilabel：`创建销售机会'作为动作指令。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If leads are activated in your CRM settings, selecting :guilabel:`Create an " -"Opportunity` generates a lead instead. To learn more about activating leads " -"in the CRM settings, head over to :doc:`convert`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The sales team details page, focused on the email alias section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field, enter a name for the email alias, or " +"edit the existing name. In the :guilabel:`Accept Emails From` field, use the" +" drop-down menu to choose who is allowed to send messages to this email " +"alias:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Everyone`: messages are accepted from any email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`: only accepts messages from email " +"addresses associated with a a partner (contact or customer) record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Followers only`: only accepts messages from those who are " +"following a record related to the team, such as a lead or opportunity. " +"Messages are also accepted from team members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Authenticated Employees`: only accepts messages from email " +"addresses that are connected to a record in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:43 +msgid "Leads created from email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Leads created from email alias messages can be viewed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads`. Click a lead from the list to open it, " +"and view the details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The email received by the alias is added to the *chatter* thread for the " +"lead. The subject line of the message is added to the title field, and the " +":guilabel:`Email` field is updated with the contact's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The chatter thread of a newly created lead in the CRM app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If the *leads* feature is **not** enabled on the database, messages to the " +"email alias are added to the database as opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:64 +msgid "Manually create leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Leads can be added directly to the *CRM* app by manually creating a new " +"record. Navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads` to view a list of " +"existing leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Leads can also be added via the :doc:`Generate Leads ` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:72 +msgid "" +"At the top-left of the list, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank " +":guilabel:`Leads` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the first field of the new form, enter a title for the new lead. Next, " +"enter a :guilabel:`Contact Name`, and a :guilabel:`Company Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If a lead is :doc:`converted to an opportunity `, the " +":guilabel:`Company Name` field is used to either link this opportunity to an" +" existing customer, or to create a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:82 +msgid "Manually create opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To manually create an opportunity, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Sales --> My Pipeline`. At the top-left of the page, click :guilabel:`New` " +"to create a new opportunity Kanban card. In the " +":guilabel:`Organization/Contact` field, enter the name of the company the " +"opportunity is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Choose a name, and enter it in the :guilabel:`Opportunity` field. *This is a" +" required field.* When manually creating an opportunity, it is helpful to " +"add a name that relates to the details of the opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:93 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the opportunity is named `5 VP Chairs`. This " +"identifies the product the customer is interested in, as well as the " +"potential number of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:0 +msgid "An example of an opportunity in the CRM pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Enter the contact information for the opportunity in the :guilabel:`Email` " +"and :guilabel:`Phone` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:103 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Revenue` field, enter an estimated value for the " +"opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The information in the :guilabel:`Expected Revenue` and priority fields can " +"be used to track performance for individual salespeople, and on a team " +"basis. See :doc:`../performance/expected_revenue_report` and " +":doc:`../track_leads/lead_scoring` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:111 +msgid "Then, use the |st-o| :guilabel:`(star)` icons to assign a priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:113 +msgid "|st-o| |st-o| |st-o|: low priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:114 +msgid "|st| |st-o| |st-o|: medium priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:115 +msgid "|st| |st| |st-o|: high priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:116 +msgid "|st| |st| |st|: very high priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Assigning a priority changes the order of leads in Kanban view, with higher " +"priority leads displayed first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once all the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Add`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The CRM pipeline with a newly created opportunity." msgstr "" -"如果在CRM设置中激活了潜在客户，请选择：guilabel：`创建销售机会'，以生成潜在客户。了解有关在CRM设置中激活潜在客户的更多信息，请跳转至：doc：`转换`。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 msgid "Lead mining" msgstr "线索挖掘" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 msgid "" -"Lead mining is a feature that allows CRM users to generate new leads " +"*Lead mining* is a feature that allows *CRM* users to generate new leads " "directly into their Odoo database. To ensure lead qualification, lead mining" " output is determined by a variety of filtering criteria, such as the " "country, the company size, and the industry." msgstr "" -"商机挖掘是一项新建商机的功能，可以由CRM模块用户直接向其Odoo数据库中创建新商机。为确保商机合格，商机挖掘的输出由多种过滤条件进行判断，比如国家、公司规模以及行业等。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:15 msgid "" -"To get started, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and activate :guilabel:`Lead Mining`." -msgstr "开始请前往菜单选项 ：`CRM --> 配置 --> 设置`  并激活：用户界面标签`商机挖掘`." +"To get started, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`Lead Mining` checkbox to activate the " +"feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "Activate lead mining in Odoo CRM settings." msgstr "在Odoo CRM设置中启用商机挖掘功能." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:23 msgid "Generate leads" msgstr "创建商机" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:25 msgid "" -"After the :guilabel:`Lead Mining` setting is activated, a new button called " -":guilabel:`Generate Leads` is available to use in the :guilabel:`CRM` " -"pipeline. Lead mining requests are also available through " -":menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests`, or through " -":menuselection:`CRM --> Leads --> Leads` where the :guilabel:`Generate " -"Leads` button is also available." +"After the *Lead Mining* setting is activated, a new button called *Generate " +"Leads* is available to use in the upper-left corner of the *CRM* *Pipeline* " +"(:menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales --> My Pipeline`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Lead mining requests are also available through :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests`, or through :menuselection:`CRM app " +"--> Leads --> Leads`, where the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button is also " +"available." msgstr "" -"标签‘商机挖掘’ 设置启用后，在CRM模块中会出现一个标识为‘新建商机’ 的可用按钮。发起商机挖掘请求可通过菜单选项：`CRM --> 配置 --> " -"商机挖掘请求`，或者：`CRM --> 商机 --> 商机` 下的 `新建商机` 按钮。 " #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "The Generate Leads button to use the lead mining feature." msgstr "用于使用商机挖掘模块功能的‘新建商机’按钮。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:37 msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button, and a window will appear " +"Click the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button, and a pop-up window appears, " "offering a variety of criteria by which to generate leads." -msgstr "点击标签‘新建商机’，会出现一个带各种条件选项的窗口。" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -517,65 +557,67 @@ msgid "" "Odoo." msgstr "这个带条件选项的弹窗用于在Odoo中新建商机。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:44 msgid "" "Choose to generate leads for :guilabel:`Companies` to get company " -"information only, or choose :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` to get " -"company information as well as individual employee contact information. When" -" targeting :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts`, there is an option to " -"filter contacts based on :guilabel:`Role` or :guilabel:`Seniority`." +"information only, or choose |CC| to get company information and individual " +"employee contact information." msgstr "" -"选择`公司` " -"条件选项，则新建商机时只带出公司信息；若选择`公司和联系方式`，则带出公司信息以及其联系人的联系方式信息，此选项下有可选标签`角色`、`职级` " -"用于筛选联系信息。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:44 -msgid "Additional filtering options include:" -msgstr "其他筛选选项包括：" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Size`: filter leads based on the number of employees at the " -"company" -msgstr "`公司规模` ：基于该公司员工数进行筛选" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Countries`: filter leads based on the country (or countries) they" -" are located in" -msgstr "`国家`：基于该公司所在国进行筛选" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:48 msgid "" -":guilabel:`States`: further filter leads based on the state they are located" -" in, if applicable" -msgstr "`州/省`：如有，从该公司所在的州/省进行筛选" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:49 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Industries`: filter leads based on the specific industry they " -"work in" -msgstr "`行业`：基于该公司所从事的行业进行筛选" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose which Sales Team the leads will be assigned " -"to" -msgstr "`销售团队`：选择商机分派给哪个销售团队" +"When targeting |CC|, additional options are available to filter contacts " +"based on :guilabel:`Role` or :guilabel:`Seniority`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Salesperson`: choose which person(s) on the Sales Team the leads " -"will be assigned to" -msgstr "`销售人员`：选择商机分派给哪个销售人员" +msgid "Additional filtering options include the following:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Countries`: filter leads based on the country (or countries) they" +" are located in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`States`: further filter leads based on the state in which they " +"are located, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Industries`: filter leads based on the specific industry they " +"work in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Filter on Size`: tick this checkbox to specify the number of " +"employees at the company. This generates a field labeled :guilabel:`Size`. " +"Fill in the blanks to create a range for the desired company size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose which Sales Team the leads will be assigned " +"to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson`: choose which member of the Sales Team the leads " +"will be assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:62 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Tags`: choose which tags are applied directly to the " -"leads once found" -msgstr "`缺省标签`：选择在发现商机时适用哪个标签" +"leads once found." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 msgid "" "Make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulations when receiving contact " "information. Get more information about the General Data Protection " @@ -584,73 +626,347 @@ msgstr "" "在接收联系方式信息时，确保已明晰最新的欧盟相关法规。更多关于欧盟《通用数据保护条例》的信息，请参考`Odoo GDPR " "`_。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:69 +msgid "View leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +msgid "" +"After leads are generated, they are assigned to the designated salesperson " +"and team. To view additional information regarding the lead, select one from" +" the list, and click to open it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the chatter thread for the lead, additional information is provided. This" +" can include the number of employees, the technology used by the company, " +"the timezone, and direct contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 +msgid "The chatter thread of a newly generated lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Leads` are **not** enabled for the database, then leads are " +"generated as *opportunities*, and added to the pipeline for the designated " +"salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To enable the :guilabel:`Leads` feature, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:88 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "价格" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:91 msgid "" -"Lead mining is an *In-App Purchase* feature and each generated lead costs " -"one credit." -msgstr "商机挖掘是一个*In-App Purchase（APP 付费）* 的功能，每一条创建的商机消耗1个信用分。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Choosing to generate :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` costs one " -"additional credit for each contact generated." -msgstr "选择`公司和联系方式` 新建商机，每一条将额外消耗1个信用分" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:67 -msgid "" -"See here for full pricing information: `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP " -"`_." +"Lead mining is an *In-App Purchase* feature, and each generated lead costs " +"one :ref:`credit `." msgstr "" -"此处查看完整价目信息： `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP `_." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:95 msgid "" -"To buy credits, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Generating |CC| costs one additional credit for each contact generated. See " +"here for complete pricing information: `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Lead Generation` section, under the " -":guilabel:`Lead Mining` feature, click on :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." -msgstr "" -"购买信用分，请转至菜单选项：`CRM --> 配置 --> 设置`. 在`商机挖掘`功能下的 `商机创建` 标签区域，点击 `购买信用` ." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 -msgid "Buy credits from the lead mining settings." +":guilabel:`Lead Mining` feature, click :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:103 msgid "" "Credits may also be purchased by navigating to the :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> General Settings`. In the :guilabel:`In-App Purchases` section, under " -"the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` feature, click on :guilabel:`View My Services`." +"app`. In the :guilabel:`Contacts` section, under the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` " +"feature, click :guilabel:`View My Services`." msgstr "" -"也可以通过导航至 :menuselection:`设置-->常规设置`来购买点数。在 :guilabel:`应用内购买` " -"部分的:guilabel:`Odoo IAP` 功能下，点击 :guilabel:`查看我的服务`。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst-1 msgid "Buy credits in the Odoo IAP settings." msgstr "在 Odoo IAP 设置中购买积分。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:87 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:112 msgid "" "Enterprise Odoo users with a valid subscription get free credits to test " -":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` features before deciding to purchase more " -"credits for the database. This includes demo/training databases, educational" -" databases, and one-app-free databases." +"|IAP| features before purchasing more credits for the database. This " +"includes demo/training databases, educational databases, and one-app-free " +"databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:3 +msgid "Create opportunities from web contact forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Adding a contact form to a website makes it easy to convert visitors into " +"leads and opportunities. After a visitor submits their information, an " +"opportunity can be created automatically, and assigned to a designated sales" +" team and salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:12 +msgid "Customize contact forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By default, the *Contact Us* page on an Odoo website displays a " +"preconfigured contact form. This form can be customized, as needed, to suit " +"the needs of a specific sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Website app --> Contact Us`, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit` in the top-right of the screen to open the web editor. " +"Click on the form building block in the body of the webpage to open the form" +" configuration settings on the right sidebar. The following options are " +"available to customize the contact form from the :guilabel:`From` section of" +" the right sidebar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst-1 +msgid "The form configuration settings on an Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Action`: the default action for a contact form is :guilabel:`Send" +" an Email`. Select :guilabel:`Create an Opportunity` from the drop-down list" +" to capture the information in the *CRM* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose a sales team from the drop-down menu that the" +" opportunities from this form should be assigned to. This field **only** " +"appears if the :guilabel:`Action` field is set to :guilabel:`Create an " +"Opportunity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson`: if the opportunities should be assigned to a " +"specific salesperson, select them from the drop-down menu. If no selection " +"is made in this field, the opportunities are assigned based on the team's " +"existing rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marked Fields`: use this field to alter how the form handles " +"marked fields. The default option is to treat marked fields as " +":guilabel:`Required`, which is the recommended setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mark Text`: choose how :guilabel:`Marked Fields` should be " +"identified. The default character is an asterisk (`*`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Labels Width`: use this field to alter the pixel width of the " +"labels, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Success`: select how the webpage reacts after a customer " +"successfully submits a form. :guilabel:`Nothing` keeps the customer on the " +"same screen, with the addition of a confirmation message that the form was " +"submitted successfully. :guilabel:`Redirect` sends the customer to a new " +"webpage, based on the address provided in the :guilabel:`URL` field below. " +":guilabel:`Show Message` replaces the form with a preconfigured message that" +" informs the customer someone should respond to them as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL`: if :guilabel:`Redirect` is selected in the :guilabel:`On " +"Success` field, enter the URL for the webpage, where customers should be " +"directed after successfully submitting a form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visibility`: use the drop-down menu to add any visibility " +"conditions for this field, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If *leads* are activated in *CRM* settings, selecting :guilabel:`Create an " +"Opportunity` generates a lead instead. To activate leads, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:57 +msgid "Customize contact form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In addition to the settings for the form, the settings for each field can be" +" customized, as well. With the web editor menu still open, click into a " +"field to open the :guilabel:`Field` configuration settings section on the " +"sidebar. The following options are available to customize a field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: choose a custom field option or an existing field type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input Type`: determine the type of information customers should " +"input. Available options are :guilabel:`Text`, :guilabel:`Email`, " +":guilabel:`Telephone`, or :guilabel:`Url`. The selection made in this field " +"limits the format that customers can use when entering information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Label`: enter the name for the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Position`: choose the way the label is aligned with the rest of " +"the form. The label can be hidden, above the field, to the left of the " +"field, or right adjusted and closer to the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: slide the toggle to add a description for the " +"field, which can provide additional instructions to customers. Click under " +"the field on the form to add the description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Placeholder`: enter an example to help users know how to input " +"information where formatting is important, such as a phone number or email " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Value`: enter a value to include in the form, by default," +" if the customer does not provide information in the field. *It is not " +"recommended to include a default value for required fields*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required`: slide the toggle to mark this field as required if it " +"**must** be filled in for every submission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visibility`: select when this field should be visible. Use the " +"button on the left to choose whether to show or hide this field on a desktop" +" users. Use the button on the right to choose whether to show or hide this " +"field to mobile users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`Animation`: select if this field should have any animation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst-1 +msgid "The field configuration settings on an Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:89 +msgid "View opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:91 +msgid "" +"After a customer submits a contact form, and an opportunity is created, it " +"is assigned based on the :ref:`form settings `. " +"To view opportunities, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales --> My " +"Pipeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If leads are activated on the database, contact form submissions are " +"generated as leads, not opportunities. To activate leads, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads` to view the newly-created " +"leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:102 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`My Pipeline` dashboard, click on an opportunity card in " +"the Kanban view to open the opportunity record. The information submitted by" +" the customer is visible on the opportunity record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:107 +msgid "" +"As the contact form fields are customizable, the fields on the opportunity " +"record, where the form information is stored, varies accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the preconfigured contact form is used, the *Subject* field is added to " +"the :guilabel:`Title` field, and the content in the :guilabel:`Notes` field," +" which is labeled as :guilabel:`Your Question`, is added to the " +":guilabel:`Internal Notes` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../pipeline/manage_sales_teams`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`convert`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`../track_leads/lead_scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:118 +msgid ":ref:`Website forms `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 msgid "Create and send quotations" msgstr "创建并发送报价单" @@ -1091,24 +1407,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:12 msgid "" -"To install the *Gamification* module, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` " -"application. Click into the :guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top of the page" -" and remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter. Type `Gamification` to search." +"To install the *CRM Gamification* module, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Apps` application. Click into the :guilabel:`Search...` bar " +"at the top of the page and remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter. Type `CRM " +"Gamification` to search." msgstr "" -"要安装 *游戏化* 模块，请导航至 :menuselection:`应用程序` 。点击页面顶部的 :guilabel:`搜索...` 栏，移除 " -":guilabel:`应用程序` 筛选器。输入 `游戏化` 进行搜索。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:16 msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Gamification` module is **not** already installed, click " -":guilabel:`Install`. After completing the installation, return to the " -":menuselection:`Apps` application and search for `Gamification` again." -msgstr "" -"如果 :guilabel:`游戏化` 模块尚未安装，请点接 :guilabel:`安装`。完成安装后，返回 :menuselection:`应用程序` " -"并再次搜索 `游戏化`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:20 -msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`CRM Gamification` module, click :guilabel:`Install`. This " "module features goals and challenges related to the *CRM* and *Sales* " "applications." @@ -1120,31 +1426,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the gamification module being installed in Odoo." msgstr "在 Odoo 中安装游戏化模块的视图。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:24 msgid "" -"If both the *CRM* and *Sales* apps are installed, the *CRM Gamification* " -"module is automatically installed on the database." -msgstr "如果同时安装了 *客户关系管理* 和 *销售* 应用程序，*客户关系管理游戏化* 模块会自动安装到数据库中。" +"If **both** the *CRM* and *Sales* apps are installed, the *CRM Gamification*" +" module is automatically installed on the database." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 msgid "" "To access the *Gamification Tools* menu, first enable :ref:`developer-mode`." msgstr "要访问 *游戏化工具* 菜单，首先要启用 :ref:`开发者模式`。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:29 msgid "" "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Gamification Tools`." msgstr "接下来，导航至 :menuselection:`设置应用程序 --> 游戏化工具`。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1 -msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings" -msgstr "Odoo设置中游戏化工具菜单的视图" +msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 msgid "Create badges" msgstr "创建徽章" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 msgid "" "*Badges* are awarded to users when they have completed a challenge. " "Different badges can be awarded based on the type of task completed, and can" @@ -1152,7 +1458,7 @@ msgid "" "goal." msgstr "*徽章*在用户完成挑战后授予用户。可根据完成任务的类型授予不同的徽章，还可根据用户完成目标的时间向多个用户颁发徽章。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:44 msgid "" "To view the existing badges, or create a new one, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." @@ -1162,7 +1468,7 @@ msgstr "要查看现有徽章或创建新徽章，请导航至 :menuselection:` msgid "View of the badges page in Odoo." msgstr "Odoo 徽章页面视图" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:52 msgid "" "Some badges can be awarded outside of challenges, as well. Select the Kanban" " card for the desired badge, then click :guilabel:`Grant`. This opens a " @@ -1172,30 +1478,30 @@ msgstr "" "有些徽章也可以在挑战之外授予。选择所需徽章的看板卡，然后点击 :guilabel:`授予徽章`。这将打开一个 :guilabel:`授予徽章` " "弹出窗口。从 :guilabel:`您希望奖励谁？`字段中选择一名用户。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:56 msgid "" "Add any additional information regarding why the user is receiving the " "reward in the field below, then click :guilabel:`Grant Badge`." msgstr "在下面的字段中添加有关用户获得奖励原因的任何其他信息，然后点击 :guilabel:`授予徽章`。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a new badge, click :guilabel:`New` at the top-left of the page to " "open a blank form. Enter a name for the :guilabel:`Badge`, followed by a " "description." msgstr "要创建新徽章，请点击页面左上角的 :guilabel:`新建` 打开空白表格。输入 :guilabel:`徽章` 的名称，然后输入说明。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Allowance to Grant` field determines when a badge can be " "granted, and by whom:" msgstr ":guilabel:`授予权限` 字段决定何时以及由谁授予徽章：" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:64 msgid ":guilabel:`Everyone`: this badge can be manually granted by any user." msgstr ":guilabel:`任何人`：任何用户都可以手动授予此徽章。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`A selected list of users`: this badge can only be granted by a " "select group of users. If this option is selected, it generates a new field," @@ -1205,7 +1511,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`选定的用户列表`：此徽章只能由选定的一组用户授予。如果选择此选项，则会生成一个新字段 " ":guilabel:`授权用户`。从下拉列表中选择适当的用户。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`People having some badges`: this badge can only be granted by " "users who have already been awarded a specific badge. If this option is " @@ -1216,13 +1522,13 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`拥有某些徽章的人`：只有已经获得特定徽章的用户才能授予此徽章。如果选择了此选项，则会生成一个新字段，即 " ":guilabel:`徽章要求`。使用下拉列表选择用户在授予他人徽章之前必须拥有的徽章。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No one, assigned through challenges`: this badge cannot be " "manually granted, it can only be awarded through challenges." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:75 msgid "" "To limit the number of badges a user can send, tick the :guilabel:`Monthly " "Limited Spending` checkbox. This sets a limit on the number of times a user " @@ -1234,11 +1540,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The details page for a new badge." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:87 msgid "Create a challenge" msgstr "创建一个挑战" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:89 msgid "" "To create a challenge, navigate to to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Gamification Tools --> Challenges`. Click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left " @@ -1247,21 +1553,21 @@ msgstr "" "要创建挑战，请导航至 :menuselection:`设置 --> 游戏化工具 --> 挑战`。点击左上角的 " ":guilabel:`新建`，打开空白挑战表单。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:92 msgid "At the top of the form, enter a :guilabel:`Challenge Name`." msgstr "在表单顶部输入 :guilabel:`挑战名称`。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:95 msgid "Create assignment rules" msgstr "创建分配规则" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:97 msgid "" "To assign the challenge to specific users, one or more assignment rules must" " be utilized." msgstr "要将挑战分配给特定用户，必须使用一个或多个分配规则。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:99 msgid "" "Click into the first field under :guilabel:`Assign Challenge to`, and select" " a parameter from the drop-down list to define the rule. Then, click into " @@ -1271,30 +1577,39 @@ msgstr "" "点击 :guilabel:`将挑战分配给` " "下的第一个字段，并从下拉列表中选择一个参数来定义规则。然后，点击下一个字段，定义规则的运算符。如有必要，点击第三个字段进一步定义参数。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:104 msgid "" "To include all users with permissions in the *Sales* app, create a rule with" -" the following parameters: - :guilabel:`Groups` - :guilabel:`is in` - " -"`Sales/User: Own Documents Only`" +" the following parameters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:107 +msgid ":guilabel:`Groups`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`is in`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:109 +msgid "`Sales/User: Own Documents Only`" msgstr "" -"要将所有有权限的用户都纳入 *销售* 应用程序，请创建一条带有以下参数的规则：- :guilabel:`群组` - :guilabel:`属于` - " -"`销售/用户：仅限自己的文件`。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:0 msgid "View of the assignation rules section of a Challenge form." msgstr "挑战表格的分配规则部分的视图。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:115 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Periodicity` field, select a time frame for goals to be " "automatically assessed." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`周期性` 字段中，选择要自动评估的目标的时间范围。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:118 msgid "Add goals" msgstr "添加目标" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:120 msgid "" "Challenges can be based on a single goal, or can include multiple goals with" " different targets. To add a goal to the challenge, click :guilabel:`Add a " @@ -1303,7 +1618,7 @@ msgstr "" "挑战可以基于单个目标，也可以包括具有不同目标的多个目标。要在挑战中添加目标，请点击 :guilabel:`目标` 选项卡上的 " ":guilabel:`添加行`。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:123 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Goal Definition` field, choose a goal from the drop-down " "list. The :guilabel:`Condition` field automatically updates to reflect the " @@ -1311,38 +1626,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`目标定义` 字段中，从下拉列表中选择一个目标。:guilabel:`条件` 字段会自动更新，以反映目标定义中设置的条件。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:128 msgid "" "The *CRM Gamification* module contains preconfigured goals geared towards " "salesteams:" msgstr "*客户关系管理游戏化*模块包含针对销售团队的预设目标：" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:130 msgid ":guilabel:`New Leads`" msgstr ":guilabel:`新潜在客户`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Time to Qualify a Lead`" msgstr ":guilabel:`验证潜在客户的时间`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:132 msgid ":guilabel:`Days to Close a Dead`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:133 msgid ":guilabel:`New Opportunities`" msgstr ":guilabel:`新商机`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`New Sales Orders`" msgstr ":guilabel:`新销售订单`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:136 msgid "" "Enter a :guilabel:`Target` for the goal based on the :guilabel:`Suffix`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:138 msgid "Repeat these steps for each additional goal." msgstr "" @@ -1350,25 +1665,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The goals tab of a challenge form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:145 msgid "Add rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:147 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Reward` tab. Choose the :ref:`badges ` to be awarded :guilabel:`For 1st User` and :guilabel:`For Every " "Succeeding User` by selecting them from the drop-down lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:152 msgid "" "Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " "of a running period, at the end date of a challenge, or when the challenge " "is manually closed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:155 msgid "" "After setup is complete, click the :guilabel:`Start Challenge` button at the" " top-left of the page to begin the challenge." @@ -1396,6 +1711,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Timezone`, and :guilabel:`Technologies Used`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Enterprise Odoo users with a valid subscription get free credits to test " +":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` features before deciding to purchase more " +"credits for the database. This includes demo/training databases, educational" +" databases, and one-app-free databases." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:21 msgid "" "The *leads* feature **must** be activated in the *CRM* settings page in " @@ -4383,6 +4707,182 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:3 +msgid "Manage sales teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Teams* feature within Odoo's *CRM* app allows for the creation " +"and management of multiple sales teams, each with their own assignment " +"rules, invoicing targets, and roster of salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:9 +msgid "Create a sales team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To create a new sales team, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration " +"--> Sales Teams`, then click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the blank sales team form, enter a name in the :guilabel:`Sales Team` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:16 +msgid "Next, select a :guilabel:`Team Leader` from the drop-down list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Set an :guilabel:`Email Alias` to automatically generate a lead/opportunity " +"for this sales team whenever a message is sent to that unique email address." +" Choose whether to accept emails from :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`, :guilabel:`Followers Only`, or " +":guilabel:`Authenticated Employees`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Select a :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu to assign this team to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company` field is only visible in multi-company databases, " +"and is not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The settings page for a new sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If the *Sales* app is installed on the database, an :guilabel:`Invoicing " +"Target` field appears on the sales team form. This is the revenue target for" +" the current month. The amount entered in this field is used to populate the" +" invoicing progress bar on the :ref:`sales team dashboard `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:39 +msgid "Add sales team members" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To add team members, click :guilabel:`Add` under the :guilabel:`Members` tab" +" when editing the sales team's configuration page. This opens a " +":guilabel:`Create Sales Team Members` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Rule-Based Assignment` feature has **not** been enabled on" +" the *CRM* app's *Settings* page, clicking :guilabel:`Add` under the " +":guilabel:`Members` tab opens an :guilabel:`Add: Salespersons` pop-up " +"window. Tick the checkbox to the far-left of the salesperson to be added to " +"the team, then click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:0 +msgid "The Add: Salespersons pop-up window on a new sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Select a user from the :guilabel:`Salesperson` drop-down list to add them to" +" the team. To prevent this salesperson from being automatically assigned " +"leads, tick the :guilabel:`Skip auto assignment` checkbox. If this feature " +"is activated, the salesperson can still be assigned leads manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The Create Sales Team Members pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Leads (30 days)` field tracks how many leads the salesperson " +"has been assigned in the past thirty days for this team, and the maximum " +"number of leads they should be assigned. To edit the maximum number of leads" +" this salesperson can be assigned, enter that amount in the :guilabel:`Leads" +" (30 days)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:68 +msgid "" +":doc:`Assignment rules <../track_leads/lead_scoring>` can be configured for " +"individual salespeople using the :guilabel:`Domain` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when finished, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to " +"add additional members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:74 +msgid "Enable multi teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To allow salespeople to be assigned to more than one sales team, the *Multi " +"Teams* setting needs to be enabled. First, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`CRM` section, tick" +" the checkbox labeled :guilabel:`Multi Teams`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` " +"at the top-left of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The settings page of the CRM app with the Multi Teams setting enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:88 +msgid "Sales team dashboard" +msgstr "销售团队仪表板" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view the sales team dashboard, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales " +"--> Teams`. Any team the user is a member of appears in the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The sales team dashboard in the CRM app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Each Kanban card gives an overview of the sales team's open opportunities, " +"quotations, sales orders, and expected revenue, as well as a bar graph of " +"new opportunities per week, and an invoicing progress bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Pipeline` button to go directly to that team's *CRM* " +"pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Click on the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon in " +"the top-right corner of the Kanban card to open a drop-down menu. Then, to " +"view or edit the team's settings, click :guilabel:`Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../optimize/utilize_activities`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/merge_similar.rst:3 msgid "Merge similar leads and opportunities" msgstr "" @@ -4565,121 +5065,6 @@ msgid "" "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 -msgid "Multiple sales teams" -msgstr "多个销售团队" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Sales Teams* feature to manage several sales teams, departments, or" -" channels, each with their own unique sales processes." -msgstr "使用*销售团队*功能管理多个销售团队、部门或渠道，每个团队、部门或渠道都有自己独特的销售流程。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 -msgid "Create a new sales team" -msgstr "创建新的销售团队" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new sales team, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Sales Teams`, then click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" -"要创建新的销售团队，请转到 :menuselection:`CRM --> 配置 --> 销售团队`，然后单击 :guilabel:`创建`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:15 -msgid "" -"On the creation page, set an :guilabel:`Email Alias` to automatically " -"generate a lead/opportunity for this sales team every time a message is sent" -" to that unique email address. Choose whether to accept emails from " -":guilabel:`Everyone`, :guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`, or " -":guilabel:`Followers Only`." -msgstr "" -"在创建页面，设置 :guilabel:`电邮别名`，以便每次向该唯一电子邮件地址发送信息时，自动为该销售团队生成潜在客户/机会。选择是否接受来自 " -":guilabel:`所有人`, :guilabel:`已认证合作伙伴`, 或 :guilabel:`仅限关注者` 的电子邮件。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Set an :guilabel:`Invoicing Target` if this team has specific monthly " -"revenue goals. Set a :guilabel:`Domain` to assign leads/opportunities to " -"this sales team based on specific filters, such as country, language, or " -"campaign." -msgstr "" -"如果该团队有特定的月收入目标，则设置 :guilabel:`开票目标`。设置 " -":guilabel:`域名`，以根据特定筛选条件（如国家、语言或活动）将潜在客户/机会分配给该销售团队。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Create a sales team in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "在 Odoo CRM 中创建销售团队。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:29 -msgid "Add members to a sales team" -msgstr "为销售团队增加成员" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To add team members, click :guilabel:`Add` under the :guilabel:`Members` tab" -" when editing the sales team's configuration page. Select a salesperson from" -" the drop-down menu or create new salesperson. Set a maximum number of leads" -" that can be assigned to this salesperson in a 30-day period to ensure that " -"they do not overwork." -msgstr "" -"添加团队成员，请在编辑销售团队配置页面时点击 :guilabel:`Members` 标签下的 " -":guilabel:`Add`。从下拉菜单中选择销售人员或创建新销售人员。设置 30 " -"天内可分配给该销售人员的最大潜在客户数量，以确保销售人员不会过度劳累。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Add a salesperson in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "在 Odoo CRM 中添加销售人员。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 -msgid "" -"One person can be added as a team member or :guilabel:`Team Leader` to " -"multiple sales teams, allowing them to access all of the pipelines that they" -" need to." -msgstr "个人可以作为团队成员或 :guilabel:`团队领导` 添加到多个销售团队，允许其访问所需的所有管道。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:44 -msgid "Sales team dashboard" -msgstr "销售团队仪表板" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 -msgid "" -"To view the sales team dashboard, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Sales --> " -"Teams`. Odoo users will see any teams that they are a part of as dashboard " -"tiles." -msgstr "查看销售团队仪表板，请跳转至：菜单选择：`CRM-->销售-->团队`。Odoo 用户所属的团队会显示在仪表板的分区中。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Each tile gives an overview of the sales team's open opportunities, " -"quotations, sales orders, and expected revenue, as well as a bar graph of " -"new opportunities per week and an invoicing progress bar." -msgstr "各分区概述销售团队的开放销售机会、报价、销售订单、预期收入、每周新销售机会的条形图和开票进度条。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Sales team overview dashboard in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "Odoo CRM 中的销售团队概览仪表板。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Click on the three dots in the corner of a tile to open a navigational menu " -"that lets users quickly view documents or reports, create new quotations or " -"opportunities, pick a color for this team, or access the team's " -"configuration page." -msgstr "点击分区角落的三个点，打开导航菜单，用户可以快速查看文件或报告，创建报价或销售机会，为销售团队选择颜色、进入配置页面。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Click the Three Dot Menu in Odoo CRM dashboard to view documents and create " -"opportunities." -msgstr "单击Odoo CRM仪表板中的三点菜单，查看文件，创建销售机会。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Pipeline` button to go directly to that team's CRM " -"pipeline." -msgstr "单击：guilabel：`通道'按钮，直接跳转至销售团队的CRM通道。" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:5 msgid "Assign and track leads" msgstr "分配和跟踪销售线索" @@ -6998,7 +7383,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -7207,7 +7592,7 @@ msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` at the bottom of the screen to save changes." msgstr "点击屏幕底部的 :guilabel:`保存`，以保存更改。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:72 @@ -7230,7 +7615,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:96 @@ -7277,16 +7662,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "连接支付终端可为客户提供流畅的支付流程，并方便收银员的工作。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 msgid "" -"Worldline payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " +"Ingenico payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:10 msgid "" -"Worldline is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " +"Ingenico is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " "Luxembourg." msgstr "" @@ -7303,32 +7686,54 @@ msgstr "连接一个IOT 盒子" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:20 msgid "" -"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"Connecting an Ingenico payment terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " "an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " "database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:26 -msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" -msgstr "为比荷卢Ingenico配置Lane/5000" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:25 +msgid "Configure the Lane/Desk/Move 5000 terminals for Ingenico BENELUX" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:27 msgid "" -"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " -"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." -msgstr "点击终端上的F按钮，然后前往 :menuselection:`PoS菜单 --> 设置`并输入设置密码。" +"Press the function button (:guilabel:`F` on Lane/5000, :guilabel:`⦿` on " +"Desk/5000 and Move/5000)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Kassa menu --> Settings Menu` and enter the settings " +"password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Change Connection` and press :guilabel:`OK` on the next " +"screen." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, click on connection change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " -"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " -"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " -"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." +msgid "Select :guilabel:`TCP/IP` and :guilabel:`IP-address`." msgstr "" -"现在，单击连接更改和TCP/IP。键入*物联网盒*的IP（可以在物联网盒的表单视图中找到）。然后，输入9000作为端口。终端将重新启动。完成后，在Odoo中填写*物联网盒*表格，并验证终端是否已找到。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:32 +msgid "On the next screen, enter the IP address of your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Enter `9000` as port number and press :guilabel:`OK` on the next screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:35 +msgid "" +"At this point, the terminal restarts and should be displayed in your IoT Box" +" form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:43 msgid "" "Enable the payment terminal :ref:`in the application settings " "` and :doc:`create the related payment method " @@ -7338,7 +7743,7 @@ msgid "" "Device` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:57 msgid "" "In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " "Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " @@ -7348,26 +7753,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在*PoS界面*，当处理付款时，选择使用支付终端的*支付方式*。检查栏目中的金额是否为须发送到付款终端的金额并单击*发送*。当付款成功时，状态将更改为*付款成功*。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:66 msgid "" "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " "retry to send the payment request." msgstr "如需取消付款请求，点击取消。你仍可重试发送付款请求。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:69 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" " Odoo even if the connection between the terminal and Odoo has issues." msgstr "如果支付终端有任何问题，您仍然可以使用*强制完成*强制支付。这将允许您在Odoo中验证订单，即使终端和Odoo之间的连接有问题。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:75 msgid "" "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " "you the connection failed." msgstr "只有当您收到一条错误消息，告诉您连接失败时，此选项才可用。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:78 msgid "" "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " "of card that has been used and the transaction ID." @@ -7803,6 +8208,18 @@ msgstr "付款时，在你的PoS界面选择Vantiv支付方式并...完成。" msgid "Worldline" msgstr "Worldline" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Worldline payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Worldline is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " +"Luxembourg." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo is compatible with Worldline terminals that use the CTEP protocol " @@ -8718,7 +9135,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:42 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:243 msgid "Multiple prices per product" msgstr "每个产品多个价格表" @@ -8763,7 +9180,7 @@ msgid "Setup form of a multiple prices pricelist" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:321 msgid "Advanced price rules" msgstr "高级价格规则" @@ -9491,7 +9908,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:43 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/iot/config/connect`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/iot/config/connect`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/iot/devices/printer`" @@ -10861,21 +11278,108 @@ msgid "" " usual." msgstr "亚马逊连接器用于同步销售订单数据。其他操作，如下载月费报告、处理争议或退款，**必须**像往常一样从*亚马逊卖家中心*进行管理。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:71 +msgid "" +"As of February 19, 2024, in North American marketplaces, :abbr:`FBA " +"(Fulfilled by Amazon)` orders created with the *Amazon Connector*, do not " +"get the customer's name passed onto the sales/delivery order in Odoo. This " +"is due to the fact that Amazon now calculates, and remits, sales tax on " +"behalf of sellers. In other words, personally identifiable customer " +"information is not transmitted to the seller any longer, after a :abbr:`FBA " +"(Fulfilled by Amazon)` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 msgid "Supported marketplaces" msgstr "支持的市场" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:75 -msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces." -msgstr "亚马逊连接器支持当前所有市场。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 msgid "" "If a marketplace is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, it's possible to" " :ref:`add a new marketplace `." msgstr "如果亚马逊市场中未列出市场，则可以 :ref:`添加新市场 `。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:86 +msgid "**North America region**" +msgstr " **美地** " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Canada" +msgstr "加拿大" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Amazon.ca" +msgstr "Amazon.ca" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "墨西哥" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Amazon.com.mx" +msgstr "Amazon.com.mx" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:92 +msgid "US" +msgstr "美国" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:92 +msgid "Amazon.com" +msgstr "Amazon.com" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:96 +msgid "**Europe region**" +msgstr " **洲地** " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:98 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "德国" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:98 +msgid "Amazon.de" +msgstr "Amazon.de" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:100 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "西班牙" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:100 +msgid "Amazon.es" +msgstr "Amazon.es" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:102 +msgid "France" +msgstr "法国" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:102 +msgid "Amazon.fr" +msgstr "Amazon.fr" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:104 +msgid "UK" +msgstr "英国" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:104 +msgid "Amazon.co.uk" +msgstr "Amazon.co.uk" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:106 +msgid "Italy" +msgstr "意大利" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:106 +msgid "Amazon.it" +msgstr "Amazon.it" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:108 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "荷兰" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:108 +msgid "Amazon.nl" +msgstr "Amazon.nl" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:30 @@ -10883,7 +11387,7 @@ msgstr "如果亚马逊市场中未列出市场，则可以 :ref:`添加新市 msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr ":doc:`setup`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:155 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:17 @@ -15765,7 +16269,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Loyalty Cards`: When making purchases, the customer accumulates " -"points to exchange for rewards on future orders." +"points to exchange for rewards on current and/or future orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:90 @@ -16471,7 +16975,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:337 msgid "" "Either option reveals the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, in which pricelists " "can be created and/or modified at any time." @@ -16482,13 +16986,27 @@ msgid "How the pricelists page looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:267 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " -"*Sales* and *eCommerce*." +"The order of the pricelists on the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page has an impact" +" on how they are applied. If several pricelists share the same criteria, " +"**only** the first listed pricelist is applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"For example, for two pricelists with different rules, but same criteria " +"(e.g., same website, same country), only the *first* pricelist in the list " +"is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " +"*Sales* and *eCommerce*. This pricelist is applied by default, if there are " +"no matching criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:64 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, either select the desired pricelist to" " edit, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new pricelist, which reveals a " @@ -16499,14 +17017,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the pricelist detail form looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:72 msgid "" "When creating a new pricelist, start by adding a name for the pricelist at " "the top of the form, in the blank field. Next, select which " ":guilabel:`Currency` should be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:75 msgid "" "Then, if working in a multi-company environment, select which company this " "pricelist should apply to in the :guilabel:`Company` field. If this field is" @@ -16514,11 +17032,11 @@ msgid "" "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:80 msgid "Price rules tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:82 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab functionality on a pricelist form varies " "depending on the :guilabel:`Pricelists` setting chosen: either " @@ -16526,25 +17044,25 @@ msgid "" "(discounts, formulas)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:86 msgid "" "However, the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab and :guilabel:`Configuration` " "tab are always the same, regardless of the chosen :guilabel:`Pricelists` " "setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:90 msgid "Price rules tab (multiple prices per product)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:92 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Multiple prices per product` setting activated, the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab on pricelist forms provides the option to add " "specific products, with a specific price, to a pricelist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96 msgid "" "To add a specific product and price to a pricelist form, click the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab, then click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the " @@ -16552,20 +17070,20 @@ msgid "" "specific price should be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 msgid "" "Next, if necessary, select a product variant under the :guilabel:`Variants` " "column (e.g. a specific product size, color, etc.). If no variants are " "selected, then this price will apply to all variants of the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104 msgid "" "If a minimum amount of the product must be purchased in order to apply the " "specific price, enter the amount under the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:107 msgid "" "To configure the price of the product for this specific pricelist, enter the" " desired amount under the :guilabel:`Price` column. Then, there is the " @@ -16573,56 +17091,56 @@ msgid "" "configured product price, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "" "To add another product line, click :guilabel:`Add a line` again, and repeat " "the process. There is no limit to how many products can be added in the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab of a pricelist form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:114 msgid "" "For more information, check out the following section: :ref:`Multiple prices" " per product `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:118 msgid "Price rules tab (advanced price rules)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` setting " "activated, the :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab on pricelist forms provides the " "option to configure detailed price rules based on formulas." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:124 msgid "" "Check out the :ref:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas) " "` section for detailed steps on how to add " "advanced price rules to a pricelist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 msgid "Time-based rules tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 msgid "" "Time-based rules are used specifically with :doc:`subscription products " "`. Be sure to check out the Odoo" " *Subscriptions* :doc:`documentation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:134 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab, the same functionality of the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab is present, with the only difference being that " "a repeating time period can be applied in the :guilabel:`Period` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:138 msgid "" "After a :guilabel:`Product` and potential :guilabel:`Variant` are selected " "in the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab, select the blank field in the " @@ -16630,7 +17148,7 @@ msgid "" "recurrence periods (e.g. `Monthly`, `Quarterly`, `Weekly`, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:142 msgid "" "New recurrence periods can also be directly created from this column, by " "typing in the new name for the :guilabel:`Period` and then selecting " @@ -16643,28 +17161,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Custom time period pop-up form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:151 msgid "" "From this :guilabel:`Create Period` pop-up form, add a :guilabel:`Name`, " ":guilabel:`Duration`, then a :guilabel:`Unit` (e.g. `Days`, `Weeks`, etc.). " "When finished, click :guilabel:`Save and Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:154 msgid "" "Lastly, add the desired price for this time-based rule in the " ":guilabel:`Price` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:157 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:160 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "配置选项卡" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:162 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, there are a few options that can " "further customize the pricelist." @@ -16674,7 +17192,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuration tab on pricelist detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:169 msgid "" "From here, under the :guilabel:`Availability` section, in the " ":guilabel:`Country Groups` field, certain country groups can be added to the" @@ -16682,13 +17200,13 @@ msgid "" "this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:174 msgid "" "If no country is set for a customer, Odoo takes the first pricelist without " "any country group." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:176 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Website` section, there are a few options that can be " "configured. In the :guilabel:`Website` field, this pricelist can be applied " @@ -16696,7 +17214,7 @@ msgid "" "blank, the pricelist will be applied to all websites in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:181 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Selectable` checkbox to have this pricelist as a " "selectable option for customers to choose as they shop. If the " @@ -16704,7 +17222,7 @@ msgid "" "this pricelist for themselves as they shop." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:185 msgid "" "Lastly, there is the option to add an :guilabel:`E-commerce Promotional " "Code`. To add a code, type in the desired promo code that, when entered " @@ -16712,17 +17230,17 @@ msgid "" "the customer does not fall into the previously-specified criteria." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:190 msgid "Show discount percentage to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:192 msgid "" "With Odoo *Sales*, the option to show the public price *and* the computed " "discount percentage on the product catalog is available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:195 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Pricing` section, click the checkbox next " @@ -16730,7 +17248,7 @@ msgid "" "save all changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:199 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Discounts` feature, navigate to the " "pricelists page, either by clicking the :guilabel:`Pricelists` link from the" @@ -16738,7 +17256,7 @@ msgid "" "Products --> Pricelists`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:203 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, select the desired pricelist to edit. On" " the pricelist form, click into the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab. In the " @@ -16752,34 +17270,34 @@ msgid "" "Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:211 msgid "The options available in this section are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:213 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Discount included in the price`: shows the customer only the " "final price with the discount already included." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:215 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show public price & discount to the customer`: shows the customer" " the public price *and* the discount they're earning." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:219 msgid "Customer pricelist application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:221 msgid "" "While the default pricelist applied to any customer is the :guilabel:`Public" " Pricelist`, Odoo provides the opportunity to directly apply a different " "pricelist to customers on their contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:224 msgid "" "To do that, open the desired customer's contact form, either by navigating " "to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Customers` and selecting the " @@ -16791,7 +17309,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sample customer detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:232 msgid "" "On the desired customer's contact form, under the :guilabel:`Sales & " "Purchase` tab, in the :guilabel:`Sales` section, designate what pricelist " @@ -16803,7 +17321,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pricelist field in a customer detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:245 msgid "" "To apply several prices per individual product, select the " ":guilabel:`Multiple prices per product` option, after enabling the " @@ -16812,7 +17330,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:249 msgid "" "Next, apply pricelists to specific products using the product form. Navigate" " to the :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and select the " @@ -16821,7 +17339,7 @@ msgid "" "form on a separate page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:254 msgid "" "On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Extra Prices` smart button, " "located at the top of the form." @@ -16831,7 +17349,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the extra prices smart button appears in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:261 msgid "" "Doing so reveals a separate page displaying the :guilabel:`Price Rules` that" " are specific to that particular product. Here, price rules can be edited or" @@ -16842,20 +17360,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the extra price rules per product page appears in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:268 msgid "" "To create a new price rule for a product from this specific :guilabel:`Price" " Rules` page, click :guilabel:`New` to add a new, customizable row that has " "the desired product already populated in the :guilabel:`Applied On` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:272 msgid "" "Next, select which :guilabel:`Pricelist` this specific product price rule " "should apply to, via the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:276 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " +"*Sales* and *eCommerce*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:279 msgid "" "To create a new pricelist from this page, type in the desired name of the " "new pricelist in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column, then select " @@ -16865,13 +17389,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pricelists` page, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:285 msgid "" "After the desired pricelist is added to the row, designate a :guilabel:`Min." " Quantity` for the price rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:289 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` column is set to `2`, the new price in the " ":guilabel:`Price` column will be applied to orders of 2 or more products. " @@ -16880,14 +17404,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min. Quantity` of `2` products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:294 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired amount in the :guilabel:`Price` column. Then, if " "needed, enter a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End Date` for the " "product's price rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:297 msgid "" "And lastly, if working in a multi-company environment, select which company " "this price rule should be applied to in the :guilabel:`Company` field. " @@ -16895,19 +17419,19 @@ msgid "" "the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:301 msgid "" "Click away from the row to activate Odoo's auto-save capability, meaning " "that newly-created price rule is now ready to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:304 msgid "" "Proceed to add as many unique price rules per product as desired. There is " "no limit to how many price rules can be added per product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:307 msgid "" "With the price rule(s) in place for a specific product, customers who fall " "into those corresponding pricelists automatically see those new prices " @@ -16916,7 +17440,7 @@ msgid "" "product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:313 msgid "" "When a price rule/pricelist is added to a product via the :guilabel:`Extra " "Prices` smart button, it is also reflected on the pricelist itself. " @@ -16925,7 +17449,7 @@ msgid "" "smart button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:323 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` pricelist feature" " provides the option to set price change rules based on discounts and " @@ -16933,7 +17457,7 @@ msgid "" "the product's cost, or another pricelist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:327 msgid "" "To use advanced pricing rules, with discounts and formulas, select the " ":guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` option, after " @@ -16942,7 +17466,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:332 msgid "" "After activating and saving that :guilabel:`Pricelists` feature, the " ":guilabel:`Settings` page reloads and, from here, either select the " @@ -16951,13 +17475,13 @@ msgid "" " Products --> Pricelists`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:340 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, select a desired pricelist to modify, " "or create a new pricelist by clicking the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:343 msgid "" "On the pricelist form, under the :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line` to add an advanced price rule. Doing so reveals a " @@ -16969,35 +17493,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the Create Pricelist Rules pop-up form looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:352 msgid "Price computation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:354 msgid "" "On this form, first choose one of the three :guilabel:`Computation` options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fixed Price`: the price computation is based on a fixed price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:357 msgid ":guilabel:`Discount`: the price computation is based on a discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:358 msgid ":guilabel:`Formula`: the price computation is based on a formula." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:361 msgid "" "Each :guilabel:`Computation` option reveals its own computation-specific " "fields on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:363 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Fixed Price` is selected, enter the desired price in the " ":guilabel:`Fixed Price` field below. If :guilabel:`Discount` is selected, " @@ -17005,7 +17529,7 @@ msgid "" " appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:367 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Formula` is selected, a number of configurable options appear." msgstr "" @@ -17014,7 +17538,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The various formula computation options present in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:373 msgid "" "To configure the :guilabel:`Formula` computation option, start by selecting " "an option from the :guilabel:`Based on` field: :guilabel:`Sales Price`, " @@ -17022,14 +17546,14 @@ msgid "" "advanced price rule formula will be based on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:377 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Discount` field, determine how much of a discount " "should be applied. It should be noted that a mark-up can be applied by " "setting a negative discount in this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:381 msgid "" "To formulate a 100% markup (or 2 times the cost of the product), with a $5 " "minimum margin, set the :guilabel:`Based on` field to :guilabel:`Cost`, the " @@ -17043,7 +17567,7 @@ msgid "" " Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:389 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` field, specify a fixed amount to add (or " "subtract) to the amount calculated with the discount. After that, enter a " @@ -17051,116 +17575,125 @@ msgid "" " sets the price so that it is a multiple of the value in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:394 msgid "Rounding is applied *after* the discount and *before* the surcharge." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:397 msgid "" "To have prices that end in 9.99, set the :guilabel:`Rounding Method` to `10`" " and the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` to `-0.01`." msgstr "" +"要使价格以 9.99 结尾，请将 :guilabel:`四舍五入法` 设为 `10`，将 :guilabel:`额外费用` 设为 `-0.01`。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:400 msgid "" "Lastly, specify the minimum amount of margin over the base price in the " ":guilabel:`Margins` field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最后，在 :guilabel:`利润率` 字段中指定基准价格的最低利润额。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:402 msgid "" "Once all formula-related configurations are complete, Odoo provides an " "example of the formula in a blue block to the right of the configurations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成所有与公式相关的配置后，Odoo 会在配置右侧的蓝色块中提供一个公式示例。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:406 msgid "" "To apply 20% discounts, with prices rounded up to 9.99, set the " ":guilabel:`Based on` field to :guilabel:`Sales Price`, the " ":guilabel:`Discount` field to `20`, the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` field to " "`-0.01`, and the :guilabel:`Rounding Method` field to `10`." msgstr "" +"要应用 20% 折扣，并将价格四舍五入到 9.99，请将 :guilabel:`基于` 字段设置为 :guilabel:`销售价格`，将 " +":guilabel:`折扣` 字段设置为 `20`，将 :guilabel:`额外费用` 字段设置为 `-0.01`，将 " +":guilabel:`四舍五入法` 字段设置为 `10`。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:0 msgid "Example of a 20% discount with prices rounded to 9.99 in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Odoo 销售中将价格四舍五入为 9.99 的 20% 折扣示例。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:415 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "条件" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:417 msgid "" "At the bottom of the :guilabel:`Create Pricelist Rules` pop-up form is the " ":guilabel:`Conditions` section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`创建价格表规则` 弹出窗体的底部是 :guilabel:`条件` 部分。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:420 msgid "" "Here, start by selecting one of the options in the :guilabel:`Apply On` " "field:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，在 :guilabel:`应用于` 字段中选择一个选项：" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:422 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All Products`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to all" " products." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`所有产品`：高级价格表规则将应用于所有产品。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to" " a specific category of products." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`产品类别`：高级价格表规则将应用于特定的产品类别。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:425 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to a " "specific product." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`产品`：高级价格表规则将应用于特定产品。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:426 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to " "a specific product variant." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`产品变体`：高级价格表规则将应用于特定的产品变体。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:429 msgid "" "If any of those options, apart from :guilabel:`All Products`, are selected, " "a new option-specific field appears, in which the specific " ":guilabel:`Product Category`, :guilabel:`Product`, or :guilabel:`Product " "Variant` must be chosen." msgstr "" +"如果选择了除 :guilabel:`所有产品` 以外的任何选项，则会出现一个新的特定选项字段，必须在其中选择特定的 " +":guilabel:`产品类别`、:guilabel:`产品` 或 :guilabel:`产品变体`。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:433 msgid "" "Then, select a minimum quantity to be applied to the advanced pricelist rule" " in the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` field. Lastly, select a range of dates for" " the pricelist item validation in the :guilabel:`Validity` field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，选择 :guilabel:`最小数量`字段。最后，在 :guilabel:`有效性`字段中选择价格表项目验证的日期范围。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:437 msgid "" "Once all configurations are complete, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " "to save the advanced pricelist rule, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to " "immediately create another advanced pricelist rule on a fresh form." msgstr "" +"完成所有配置后，点击 :guilabel:`保存并关闭` 保存高级价目表规则，或点击 :guilabel:`保存并关闭` " +"立即在新表单上创建另一个高级价目表规则。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:442 msgid "" "If a price rule is set for a particular product, and another one for its " "product category, Odoo takes the rule of the product itself." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果为某一特定产品设置了价格规则，同时又为其产品类别设置了另一价格规则，Odoo 将采用产品本身的规则。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:446 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:447 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management`" msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products.rst:5 msgid "Manage your products" @@ -17168,7 +17701,7 @@ msgstr "管理您的产品" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 msgid "Import products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "导入产品" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -17176,17 +17709,19 @@ msgid "" "variants, which can be opened and edited with any spreadsheet software " "(Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice, Google Sheets, etc.)." msgstr "" +"Odoo *销售* 应用程序提供了一个模板，用于导入带有类别和变体的产品，该模板可使用任何电子表格软件（Microsoft " +"Excel、OpenOffice、Google Sheets等）打开和编辑。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:8 msgid "" "When this spreadsheet is filled out properly, it can be quickly uploaded to " "the Odoo database. When uploaded, those products are instantly added, " "accessible, and editable in the product catalog." -msgstr "" +msgstr "电子表格填写正确后，可快速上传到 Odoo 数据库。上传后，这些产品就会立即添加到产品目录中，并可在产品目录中访问和编辑。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:12 msgid "Import template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "导入模板" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -17194,7 +17729,7 @@ msgid "" "Template for Products* **must** be downloaded. Once downloaded, the template" " can be adjusted and customized, and then uploaded back into the Odoo " "database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了导入带有类别和变体的产品，必须下载**产品导入模板*。下载后，可对模板进行调整和定制，然后上载回 Odoo 数据库。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -17203,18 +17738,20 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a " "drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"要下载必要的导入模板，请导航至 :menuselection:`销售应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品`。在 :guilabel:`产品` " +"页面上，点击左上角的 :guilabel:`⚙️（齿轮）` 图标。这样就会显示一个下拉菜单。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:22 msgid "" "From this drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Import records` option." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`导入记录` 选项。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" "The Import records option selectable from the gear icon on the Products page" " in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "可从 Odoo 销售“产品”页面的齿轮图标中选择“导入记录”选项。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -17222,29 +17759,30 @@ msgid "" "download the :guilabel:`Import Template for Products`. Click that link to " "download the template." msgstr "" +"选择 :guilabel:`导入记录` 会显示一个单独的页面，其中有下载 :guilabel:`产品导入模板` 的链接。点击该链接下载模板。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 msgid "" "Once the template download is complete, open the spreadsheet file to " "customize it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "模板下载完成后，打开电子表格文件进行定制。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:38 msgid "Customize product import template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "自定义产品导入模板" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:40 msgid "" "When the import template has been downloaded and opened, it's time to modify" " its contents. However, before any changes are made, there are a few " "elements to keep in mind during the process:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "下载并打开导入模板后，就可以修改其内容了。不过，在进行任何修改之前，在此过程中需要注意几个要素：" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:43 msgid "" "Feel free to remove any columns that aren't deemed necessary. But, it is " "*strongly* advised that the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column remains." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请随意删除任何认为不必要的列。但强烈建议保留 :guilabel:`内部参考` 列。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -17253,13 +17791,15 @@ msgid "" " many cases. This can even be from previous software spreadsheets to ease " "the transition into Odoo." msgstr "" +"虽然这不是强制性的，但在 :guilabel:`内部参考` 列中为每个产品设置一个唯一的标识符（如 " +"`FURN_001`）在很多情况下是有帮助的。这甚至可以来自以前的软件电子表格，以方便向 Odoo 过渡。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:50 msgid "" "For example, when updating imported products, the same file can be imported " "several times without creating duplicates, thus enhancing the efficiency and" " simplicity of imported product management." -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，在更新导入产品时，同一文件可以多次导入而不会产生重复，从而提高了导入产品管理的效率和简便性。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -17291,35 +17831,37 @@ msgid "" "that needs a manual adjustment, and select the appropriate field from that " "drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"要将列名与 Odoo 中的字段手动匹配，请点击需要手动调整的 :guilabel:`文件栏` 旁边的 :guilabel:`Odoo 字段` " +"下拉菜单，然后从该下拉菜单中选择适当的字段。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:0 msgid "" "The Odoo Field drop-down menu next to a Field Column that needs to be " "manually adjusted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "需要手动调整的字段列旁的 Odoo 字段下拉菜单。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:71 msgid "Import product template spreadsheet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "导入产品模板电子表格" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:73 msgid "" "After customizing the product template spreadsheet, return to the Odoo " "product import page, where the template download link is found, and click " "the :guilabel:`Upload File` button in the upper-left corner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "自定义产品模板电子表格后，返回到 Odoo 产品导入页面（此处有模板下载链接），然后点击左上角的 :guilabel:`上传文件` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" "The upload file button on the import products template download page in Odoo" " Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 销售中导入产品模板下载页面上的上传文件按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:81 msgid "" "Then, a pop-up window appears, in which the completed product template " "spreadsheet file should be selected and uploaded to Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后会弹出一个窗口，在该窗口中应选择完成的产品模板电子表格文件并上传到 Odoo。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -17327,32 +17869,34 @@ msgid "" "configured product template spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File " "Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, and :guilabel:`Comments`." msgstr "" +"之后，Odoo 会显示一个页面，展示新配置的产品模板电子表格的所有元素，这些元素由 :guilabel:`文件栏`、:guilabel:`Odoo " +"字段` 和 :guilabel:`评论` 分隔。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" "The import a file page in Odoo Sales after a product template has been " "uploaded." -msgstr "" +msgstr "上传产品模板后，在 Odoo 销售中导入文件页面。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:91 msgid "" "From here, the :guilabel:`File Column` can be manually assigned to an " ":guilabel:`Odoo Field`, if necessary." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在此，如有必要，可将 :guilabel:`文件栏` 手动分配给 :guilabel:`Odoo 字段`。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:94 msgid "" "To make sure everything is appropriate, and all the columns and fields are " "lined up accurately, click the :guilabel:`Test` button in the upper-left " "corner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要确保一切妥当，所有列和字段都准确排列，请点击左上角的 :guilabel:`测试` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:97 msgid "" "If everything is lined up and applied correctly, Odoo reveals a blue banner " "at the top of the page, informing the user that :guilabel:`Everything seems " "valid`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果一切正常，Odoo 会在页面顶部显示一个蓝色横幅，通知用户 :guilabel:`一切正常`。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -17439,6 +17983,8 @@ msgid "" "product form. While these fields are easily editable directly on the product" " form, they can also be modified via a product import." msgstr "" +"在 Odoo " +"的产品表单中，有许多字段可以随时修改和自定义。这些字段位于产品表单的每个选项卡下。这些字段可以直接在产品表单上轻松编辑，也可以通过产品导入进行修改。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -17448,6 +17994,7 @@ msgid "" "the preconfigured product types existing in the database (e.g. *Storable " "Product*, *Consumable*, etc.)." msgstr "" +"如前所述，这种性质的关系字段**只能**导入数据库中已存在的产品。例如，如果用户试图导入一个*产品类型*的产品，它只能是数据库中现有的预配置产品类型之一（如*可储存产品*、*可消费产品*等）。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -17455,7 +18002,7 @@ msgid "" "spreadsheet, add the name of the field as a column name/title on the " "spreadsheet. Then, on the appropriate product line, add the desired relation" " field option." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要在产品导入模板电子表格中导入关系字段的信息，请在电子表格中添加字段名称作为列名/标题。然后，在相应的产品行中添加所需的关系字段选项。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -17464,6 +18011,8 @@ msgid "" "(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️ (gear) icon --> " "Import records --> Upload File`)." msgstr "" +"输入所有所需的关系字段信息后，保存电子表格，并按照上述流程将其导入数据库（:menuselection:`销售应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品 " +"--> ⚙️（齿轮）图标 --> 导入记录 --> 上传文件`）。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -20899,7 +21448,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:406 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:107 msgid ":doc:`../subscriptions`" msgstr "" @@ -20908,7 +21457,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:407 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:183 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`plans`" msgstr "" @@ -20917,13 +21466,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:408 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:184 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`products`" msgstr ":doc:`products`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:169 msgid ":doc:`../../essentials/in_app_purchase`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../essentials/in_app_purchase`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:3 msgid "Close subscriptions" @@ -23077,7 +23626,14 @@ msgid "" "initial subscription product in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The prorated amount is **only** applied to *Service* product types. It is " +"**not** applied to *Consumable* or *Storable* product types, even if the " +"message appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:75 msgid "" "From this new upsell quotation form, add new subscription products in the " ":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " @@ -23090,27 +23646,27 @@ msgid "" "Subscriptions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:82 msgid "" "Once the desired upsell subscription product(s) have been added, it can be " "sent to the customer for approval by clicking the :guilabel:`Send by Email` " "button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:86 msgid "" "When the quotation is confirmed by the customer, the upsell products are " "added to the initial subscription. Quotation prices are then prorated to the" " remaining time of the current invoicing period." msgstr "客户确认报价后，追加销售的产品将添加到初始订购中。然后，报价将根据当前发票期的剩余时间按比例计算。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:91 msgid "" "Before sending the new quotation to the customer, the unit price, taxes, and" " even discount can be applied." msgstr "在向客户发送新的报价单之前，可以应用单价、税金甚至折扣。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:94 msgid "" "Once the customer approves, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " "quotation, making it a sales order. When that's clicked, a :guilabel:`Sales " @@ -23120,7 +23676,7 @@ msgstr "" "客户批准后，点击报价单上的 :guilabel:`确认` 按钮，使其成为销售订单。点击后，会出现 :guilabel:`销售历史` " "智能按钮，显示初始订购单上有多少销售订单。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:98 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Sales History` smart button is clicked, Odoo reveals a " "separate page containing a list of the related sales orders, clearly " diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 289fdcdb5..ece555073 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:55+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Tony Ng, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" @@ -593,11 +593,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delete Account` button to confirm the deletion." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:36 msgid "Odoo.com account password change" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:38 msgid "" "To change an Odoo.com account password, first login into the Odoo.com user " "account from the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-" @@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ msgid "" "dashboard appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:41 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:43 msgid "" "To change the Odoo.com password, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security " "Settings` link, below the :menuselection:`Account Security` section. Next, " @@ -615,23 +615,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Change Password` to complete the password change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:47 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:49 msgid "" "If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:53 msgid "" "Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the " "same email address is used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:55 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:57 msgid "Add two-factor authentication" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:59 msgid "" "To add two-factor authentication, login into the Odoo.com user account from " "the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-right corner of " @@ -640,14 +640,14 @@ msgid "" "dashboard appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:64 msgid "" "If the user would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " "Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below " "the :menuselection:`Account Security` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:67 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " "(two-factor authentication)`. Then, confirm the current password in the " @@ -658,26 +658,26 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Verification Code`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:71 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:73 msgid "" "Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete " "the setup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:76 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:76 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`" msgstr "" @@ -5362,63 +5362,309 @@ msgid "It should be stored securely, and should be generated randomly e.g." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:743 -msgid "which will generate a 32 characters pseudorandom printable string." +msgid "which generates a 32-character pseudorandom printable string." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:746 -msgid "Supported Browsers" +msgid "Reset the master password" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:748 msgid "" +"There may be instances where the master password is misplaced, or " +"compromised, and needs to be reset. The following process is for system " +"administrators of an Odoo on-premise database detailing how to manually " +"reset and re-encrypt the master password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:753 +msgid "" +"For more information about changing an Odoo.com account password, see this " +"documentation: :ref:`odoocom/change_password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:756 +msgid "" +"When creating a new on-premise database, a random master password is " +"generated. Odoo recommends using this password to secure the database. This " +"password is implemented by default, so there is a secure master password for" +" any Odoo on-premise deployment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:761 +msgid "" +"When creating an Odoo on-premise database the installation is accessible to " +"anyone on the internet, until this password is set to secure the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:764 +msgid "" +"The master password is specified in the Odoo configuration file (`odoo.conf`" +" or `odoorc` (hidden file)). The Odoo master password is needed to modify, " +"create, or delete a database through the graphical user interface (GUI)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:769 +msgid "Locate configuration file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:771 +msgid "" +"First, open the Odoo configuration file (`odoo.conf` or `odoorc` (hidden " +"file))." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:775 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:148 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:133 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:158 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:180 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:328 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:397 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:460 +msgid "Windows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:777 +msgid "" +"The configuration file is located at: " +"`c:\\\\ProgramFiles\\\\Odoo{VERSION}\\\\server\\\\odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:779 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:25 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:152 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:174 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:199 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:228 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:388 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:450 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:781 +msgid "" +"Depending on how Odoo is installed on the Linux machine, the configuration " +"file is located in one of two different places:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:784 +msgid "Package installation: `/etc/odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:785 +msgid "Source installation: `~/.odoorc`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:788 +msgid "Change old password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:790 +msgid "" +"Once the appropriate file has been opened, proceed to modify the old " +"password in the configuration file to a temporary password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:795 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:843 +msgid "Graphical user interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:797 +msgid "" +"After locating the configuration file, open it using a (:abbr:`GUI " +"(graphical user interface)`). This can be achieved by simply double clicking" +" on the file. Then, the device should have a default :abbr:`GUI (graphical " +"user interface)` to open the file with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:801 +msgid "" +"Next, modify the master password line `admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sha…` to " +"`admin_passwd = newpassword1234`, for example. This password can be " +"anything, as long as it is saved temporarily. Make sure to modify all " +"characters after the `=`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:806 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:825 +msgid "" +"The line appears like this: `admin_passwd = " +"$pbkdf2-sh39dji295.59mptrfW.9z6HkA$w9j9AMVmKAP17OosCqDxDv2hjsvzlLpF8Rra8I7p/b573hji540mk/.3ek0lg%kvkol6k983mkf/40fjki79m`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:810 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:829 +msgid "The modified line appears like this: `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:812 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:852 +msgid "Command-line interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:814 +msgid "" +"Modify the master password line using the following Unix command detailed " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:816 +msgid "" +"Connect to the Odoo server's terminal via Secure Shell (SSH) protocol, and " +"edit the configuration file. To modify the configuration file, enter the " +"following command: :command:`sudo nano /etc/odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:820 +msgid "" +"After opening the configuration file, modify the master password line " +"`admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sha…` to `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`. This " +"password can be anything, as long as it is saved temporarily. Make sure to " +"modify all characters after the `=`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:832 +msgid "" +"It is essential that the password is changed to something else, rather than " +"triggering a new password reset by adding a semicolon `;` at the beginning " +"of the line. This ensures the database is secure throughout the entire " +"password reset process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:837 +msgid "Restart Odoo server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:839 +msgid "" +"After setting the temporary password, a restart of the Odoo server is " +"**required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:845 +msgid "" +"To restart the Odoo server, first, type `services` into the Windows " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. Then, select the :guilabel:`Services` application, " +"and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Odoo` service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:849 +msgid "" +"Next, right click on :guilabel:`Odoo`, and select :guilabel:`Start` or " +":guilabel:`Restart`. This action manually restarts the Odoo server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:854 +msgid "" +"Restart the Odoo server by typing the command: :command:`sudo service odoo15" +" restart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:857 +msgid "" +"Change the number after `odoo` to fit the specific version the server is " +"running on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:860 +msgid "Use web interface to re-encrypt password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:862 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to `/web/database/manager` or " +"`http://server_ip:port/web/database/manager` in a browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:866 +msgid "" +"Replace `server_ip` with the IP address of the database. Replace `port` with" +" the numbered port the database is accessible from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:869 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Set Master Password`, and type in the previously-" +"selected temporary password into the :guilabel:`Master Password` field. " +"Following this step, type in a :guilabel:`New Master Password`. The " +":guilabel:`New Master Password` is hashed (or encrypted), once the " +":guilabel:`Continue` button is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:874 +msgid "" +"At this point, the password has been successfully reset, and a hashed " +"version of the new password now appears in the configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:878 +msgid "" +"For more information on Odoo database security, see this documentation: " +":ref:`db_manager_security`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:882 +msgid "Supported Browsers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:884 +msgid "" "Odoo supports all the major desktop and mobile browsers available on the " "market, as long as they are supported by their publishers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:751 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:887 msgid "Here are the supported browsers:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:753 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:889 msgid "Google Chrome" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:754 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:890 msgid "Mozilla Firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:755 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:891 msgid "Microsoft Edge" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:756 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:892 msgid "Apple Safari" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:758 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:894 msgid "" "Please make sure your browser is up-to-date and still supported by its " "publisher before filing a bug report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:763 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:899 msgid "Since Odoo 13.0, ES6 is supported. Therefore, IE support is dropped." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:766 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:902 msgid "" "to have multiple Odoo installations use the same PostgreSQL database, or to " "provide more computing resources to both software." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:769 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:905 msgid "" "technically a tool like socat_ can be used to proxy UNIX sockets across " "networks, but that is mostly for software which can only be used over UNIX " "sockets" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:773 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:909 msgid "" "or be accessible only over an internal packet-switched network, but that " "requires secured switches, protections against `ARP spoofing`_ and precludes" @@ -5634,19 +5880,6 @@ msgid "" " download the Enterprise packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:25 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:52 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:129 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:152 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:174 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:199 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:228 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:271 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:384 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:446 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:28 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:116 msgid "Prepare" @@ -5685,7 +5918,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:57 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:416 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:420 msgid "" "`wkhtmltopdf` is not installed through **pip** and must be installed " "manually in `version 0.12.6 " @@ -5763,19 +5996,6 @@ msgid "" "manager:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:148 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:70 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:133 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:158 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:180 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:208 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:239 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:324 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:393 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:456 -msgid "Windows" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:151 msgid "" "Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running " @@ -5920,9 +6140,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:186 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:213 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:253 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:347 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:405 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:467 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:351 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:471 msgid "Mac OS" msgstr "" @@ -6074,40 +6294,46 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:280 msgid "" -"For Debian-based systems, the packages are listed in the `debian/control " -"`_ file of the Odoo " -"sources." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:283 -msgid "" "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following commands should install the required " "packages:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:287 +msgid "" +"The `setup/debinstall.sh` script will parse the `debian/control " +"`_ file and install " +"the found packages." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:290 msgid "Install with pip" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:292 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Using pip may lead to security issues and broken dependencies; only do this " +"if you know what you are doing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:296 msgid "" "As some of the Python packages need a compilation step, they require system " "libraries to be installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:295 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:299 msgid "" "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following command should install these required " "libraries:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:301 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:305 msgid "" "Odoo dependencies are listed in the :file:`requirements.txt` file located at" " the root of the Odoo Community directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:305 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:309 msgid "" "The Python packages in :file:`requirements.txt` are based on their " "stable/LTS Debian/Ubuntu corresponding version at the moment of the Odoo " @@ -6116,9 +6342,9 @@ msgid "" "then chosen in the :file:`requirements.txt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:312 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:334 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:353 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:357 msgid "" "It can be preferable not to mix Python module packages between different " "instances of Odoo or with the system. However, it is possible to use " @@ -6126,143 +6352,143 @@ msgid "" "Python environments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:320 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation " "(:file:`CommunityPath`) and run **pip** on the requirements file to install " "the requirements for the current user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:326 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:330 msgid "" "Before installing the dependencies, download and install the `Build Tools " "for Visual Studio `_. Select " "**C++ build tools** in the **Workloads** tab and install them when prompted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:330 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:349 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:334 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:353 msgid "" "Odoo dependencies are listed in the `requirements.txt` file located at the " "root of the Odoo Community directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:342 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " "and run **pip** on the requirements file in a terminal **with Administrator " "privileges**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:357 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:361 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " "and run **pip** on the requirements file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:367 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:371 msgid "" "Non-Python dependencies must be installed with a package manager (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:370 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:374 msgid "Download and install the **Command Line Tools**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:376 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:380 msgid "Use the package manager to install non-Python dependencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:379 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:383 msgid "" "For languages using a **right-to-left interface** (such as Arabic or " "Hebrew), the `rtlcss` package is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:386 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:390 msgid "Download and install **nodejs** and **npm** with a package manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:387 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:396 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:391 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:400 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:413 msgid "Install `rtlcss`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:395 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:399 msgid "Download and install `nodejs `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:402 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:406 msgid "" "Edit the system environment's variable `PATH` to add the folder where " "`rtlcss.cmd` is located (typically: " ":file:`C:\\\\Users\\\\\\\\AppData\\\\Roaming\\\\npm\\\\`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:407 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:411 msgid "" "Download and install **nodejs** with a package manager (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:424 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:428 msgid "Running Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:426 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:430 msgid "" "Once all dependencies are set up, Odoo can be launched by running `odoo-" "bin`, the command-line interface of the server. It is located at the root of" " the Odoo Community directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:429 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:433 msgid "" "To configure the server, either specify :ref:`command-line arguments " "` or a :ref:`configuration file " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:433 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:437 msgid "" "For the Enterprise edition, add the path to the `enterprise` add-ons to the " "`addons-path` argument. Note that it must come before the other paths in " "`addons-path` for add-ons to be loaded correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:437 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:441 msgid "Common necessary configurations are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:439 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:443 msgid "PostgreSQL user and password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:440 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:444 msgid "Custom addon paths beyond the defaults to load custom modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:442 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:446 msgid "A typical way to run the server would be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:453 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:474 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:457 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:478 msgid "" "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, and " "`mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:463 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:467 msgid "" "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, " "`dbuser` is the PostgreSQL login, `dbpassword` is the PostgreSQL password, " "and `mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:477 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:481 msgid "" "After the server has started (the INFO log `odoo.modules.loading: Modules " "loaded.` is printed), open http://localhost:8069 in a web browser and log " @@ -6270,19 +6496,19 @@ msgid "" "the email and, again, `admin` as the password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:482 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:486 msgid "" "From there, create and manage new :doc:`users " "<../../applications/general/users>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:483 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:487 msgid "" "The user account used to log into Odoo's web interface differs from the " ":option:`--db_user ` CLI argument." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:487 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:491 msgid "" ":doc:`The list of CLI arguments for odoo-bin `" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po index 938c9836c..7593f3da5 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Tony Ng, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" @@ -31,462 +31,652 @@ msgid "Activities" msgstr "活動" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database. " -"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " -"chatter thread, kanban view, list view, or activities view of an " -"application." +msgid "*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database." msgstr "" -"*活動*是與 Odoo 資料庫中的記錄相關聯的後續任務。可以在資料庫中包含聊天對話串、看板視圖、列表視圖，或應用程式活動視圖的任何頁面上安排活動。" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The icon used to display activities varies depending on the :ref:`activity " +"type `:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:11 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`🕘 (clock)`: the default icon, which appears if nothing is " +"scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 +msgid ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)`: this icon appears if a phone call is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:13 +msgid ":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)`: this icon appears if an email is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:14 +msgid ":guilabel:`✔️ (checkmark)`: this icon appears if a to-do is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:15 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(group of people)`: this icon appears if a meeting is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(arrow pointing up above a line)`: this icon appears if a " +"document is scheduled to be uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`(pencil in a box)`: this icon appears if a signature request is " +"scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 msgid "Schedule activities" msgstr "排期活動" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:23 msgid "" -"One way that activities are created is by clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule " -"Activity` button, located at the top of the *chatter* on any record. On the " -"pop-up window that appears, select an :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the " -"drop-down menu." +"Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a " +":ref:`chatter ` thread, :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or " +":ref:`activities view ` of an application." msgstr "" -"建立活動的方法之一，是按任何記錄的*聊天視窗*頂部的 :guilabel:`安排活動`按鈕。在彈出的窗口中，從下拉選單中選擇 " -":guilabel:`活動類型`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Individual applications have a list of *Activity Types* dedicated to that " -"application. For example, to view and edit the activities available for the " -"*CRM* application, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " -"Activity Types`." -msgstr "" -"每個應用程式都有一個專用於該應用程序的*活動類型*列表。例如，要查看和編輯 *客戶關係* 應用程式可用的活動，可往 " -":menuselection:`客戶關係程式 --> 配置 --> 活動類型`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Enter a title for the activity in the :guilabel:`Summary` field, located in " -"the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window." -msgstr "在彈出窗口 :guilabel:`排期活動` 中的 :guilabel:`摘要` 欄位中，輸入活動標題。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To assign the activity to a different user, select a name from the " -":guilabel:`Assigned to` drop-down menu. Otherwise, the user creating the " -"activity is automatically assigned." -msgstr "要將活動分配給不同的用戶，請從 :guilabel:`已分配至` 下拉選單中選擇一個名稱。否則，會自動分配給建立活動的用戶。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Lastly, feel free to add any additional information in the optional " -":guilabel:`Log a note...` field." -msgstr "最後，請在可選的 :guilabel:`記錄備註⋯`欄位中，加入任何額外資料。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Due Date` field on the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " -"window auto-populates based on the configuration settings for the selected " -":guilabel:`Activity Type`. However, this date can be changed by selecting a " -"day on the calendar in the :guilabel:`Due Date` field." +msgid "Chatter" +msgstr "聊天視窗" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:32 +msgid "Activities can be created from the chatter on any record." msgstr "" -"在彈出的 :guilabel:`排期活動` 窗口中，:guilabel:`截止日期` 欄位會根據所選取的 :guilabel:`活動類型` " -"的配置設定，自動填充。但是，可透過在 :guilabel:`截止日期` 欄位中，用日曆選擇某一天來更改此日期。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:34 -msgid "Lastly, click one of the following buttons:" -msgstr "最後，按一下以下其中一個按鈕：" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:36 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Schedule`: adds the activity to the chatter under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." -msgstr ":guilabel:`排期`：將活動加入 :guilabel:`已規劃活動` 下的聊天視窗中。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the chatter " -"under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, it is automatically " -"marked as completed." -msgstr ":guilabel:`標記為已完成`：將活動的詳細資訊加入 :guilabel:`今天` 下的聊天中。活動未排期，會自動標記為已完成。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:39 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Done \\& Schedule Next`: adds the task under :guilabel:`Today` " -"marked as done, and opens a new activity window." -msgstr ":guilabel:`完成並安排下一活動`：將任務新增至 :guilabel:`今天` 之下及標記為已完成，並開啟一個新的活動視窗。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Discard`: discards any changes made on the pop-up window." -msgstr ":guilabel:`捨棄`：捨棄在彈出視窗內所做的任何變更。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "檢視客戶關係潛在客戶，並為活動排期的選項。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Depending on the activity type, the :guilabel:`Schedule` button may be " -"replaced by a :guilabel:`Save` button, or an :guilabel:`Open Calendar` " -"button." -msgstr "根據活動類型，:guilabel:`排期`按鈕可能會被:guilabel:`儲存`或:guilabel:`開啟日曆`按鈕取代。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Scheduled activities are added to the chatter for the record under " -":guilabel:`Planned activities`." -msgstr "已規劃的活動將會加入聊天視窗中，放在 :guilabel:`已規劃活動`之下。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Activities can also be scheduled from the kanban, list, or activities view " -"of an application." -msgstr "也可以從應用程式的看板、清單或活動視圖，去安排活動。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:59 -msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "看板檢視畫面" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`, and proceed to fill " -"out the pop-up form." -msgstr "選擇要安排活動的記錄。按一下 :guilabel:`🕘（時鐘）` 圖示，然後按 :guilabel:`安排活動`，然後填寫彈出的表格。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "客戶關係管道的看板視圖，以及安排活動的選項。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:67 -msgid "List view" -msgstr "列表顯示" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Click on the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`. If the record already " -"has an activity scheduled, the clock icon may be replaced by a :guilabel:`📞 " -"(phone)` or an :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon." +"To schedule a new activity, click the :guilabel:`Activities` button, located" +" at the top of the chatter. In the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up " +"window that appears, :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." msgstr "" -"選擇要安排活動的記錄。按一下 :guilabel:`🕘（時鐘）` 圖示，然後按 :guilabel:`安排活動`。如果記錄已安排活動，時鐘可能會顯示為 " -":guilabel:`📞（電話）` 或:guilabel:`✉️（信封）` 圖示。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "客戶關係管道的列表視圖，以及安排活動的選項。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:76 -msgid "Activity view" -msgstr "活動檢視畫面" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:78 -msgid "" -"To open the activity view for an application, select the :guilabel:`🕘 " -"(clock)` icon from the menu bar anywhere in the database. Select any " -"application from the drop-down menu, and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " -"icon for the desired app." -msgstr "" -"要開啟應用程式的活動視圖，請從資料庫任何位置的選單列中，選擇 " -":guilabel:`🕘（時鐘）`圖示。從下拉選單選擇任何應用程式，然後按一下所需應用程式的 :guilabel:`🕘（時鐘）` 圖示。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Activity menu drop down with focus on where to open activity view for CRM." -msgstr "活動下拉選單，焦點在於在何處開啟客戶關係的活動視圖。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Select a record on which to schedule an activity. Move across the row to " -"find the desired activity type, then click the :guilabel:`＋ (plus sign)`." -msgstr "選擇要安排活動的記錄。在行中尋找所需的活動類型，然後按一下 :guilabel:`＋（加號）`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." -msgstr "客戶關係管道的活動視圖，以及安排活動的選項。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" -" throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." -msgstr "活動顏色及它與活動到期日的關係，在整個 Odoo 平台內都是一致，與活動類型或視圖無關。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Activities that appear in **green** indicate a due date sometime in the " -"future." -msgstr "顯示為**綠色**的活動，表示截止日期在今日之後。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:96 -msgid "**Yellow** indicates that the activity's due date is today." -msgstr "**黃色**表示活動的截止日期是今天。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Red** indicates that the activity is overdue and the due date has passed." -msgstr "**紅色**表示活動已逾期，截止日期已過。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:99 -msgid "" -"For example, if an activity is created for a phone call, and the due date " -"passes, the activity appears with a red phone in list view, and a red clock " -"on the kanban view." -msgstr "例如，如果建立了一個通話活動，而截止日期已過，則該活動在列表視圖中會顯示為紅色的電話，在看板視圖中顯示為紅色的時鐘。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:103 -msgid "View scheduled activities" -msgstr "檢視已排期活動" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:105 -msgid "" -"To view scheduled activities, open either the :menuselection:`Sales app` or " -":menuselection:`CRM app` and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, located " -"to the far-right side of the other view options." -msgstr "" -"要查看已規劃活動，請開啟 :menuselection:`銷售應用程式` 或 " -":menuselection:`客戶關係應用程式`，然後按一下其他視圖選項最右側的 :guilabel:`🕘（時鐘）` 圖示。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Doing so opens the activities menu, showcasing all the scheduled activities " -"for the user, by default. To show all activities for every user, remove the " -":guilabel:`My Pipeline` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." -msgstr "" -"這樣做會開啟活動選單，預設情況下會顯示用戶的所有已規劃活動。要顯示每個用戶的所有活動，請在 :guilabel:`搜尋⋯` 列移除 " -":guilabel:`我的管道` 篩選器。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To view a consolidated list of activities separated by the application where" -" they were created, and by deadline, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon on" -" the header menu to see the activities for that specific application in a " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" -"若要按照建立應用程式及截止日期查看活動綜合列表，請按一下頁首選單的 :guilabel:`🕘（時鐘）` 圖示，在下拉選單中查看該應用程式的活動。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The possibility to :guilabel:`Add new note` and :guilabel:`Request a " -"Document` appear at the bottom of this drop-down menu, when the :guilabel:`🕘" -" (clock)` icon on the header menu is clicked." -msgstr "" -"按一下頁首選單上的 :guilabel:` 🕘（時鐘）` 圖示後，下拉式選單底部將顯示 :guilabel:`新增備註`及 " -":guilabel:`索取文件`選項。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of CRM leads page emphasizing the activities menu." -msgstr "強調活動選單的客戶關係潛在客戶頁面視圖。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:123 -msgid "Configure activity types" -msgstr "配置活動類型" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:125 -msgid "" -"To configure the types of activities in the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss --> Activities --> Activity Types`." -msgstr "要配置資料庫中的活動類型，請前往 :menuselection:`設定應用程式 --> 聊天 --> 活動 --> 活動類型`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types." -msgstr "強調選單活動類型的設定頁面視圖。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " -"activity types are found." -msgstr "之後會顯示 :guilabel:`活動類型` 頁面，可找到現有的活動類型。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To edit an existing activity type, select it from the list, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`. To create a new activity type, click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" -"要編輯現有活動類型，請從列表中選取該類型，然後按一下 :guilabel:`編輯`。要建立新的活動類型，請按 :guilabel:`建立`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:136 -msgid "" -"At the top of a blank activity type form, start by choosing a " -":guilabel:`Name` for the new activity type." -msgstr "在空白的活動類型表單的頂部，首先為新活動類型選擇一個 :guilabel:`名稱`。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 msgid "New activity type form." msgstr "新活動類型表單。" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:143 -msgid "Activity settings" -msgstr "活動設定" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:45 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "看板檢視畫面" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:146 -msgid "Action" -msgstr "動作" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:47 msgid "" -"The *Action* field specifies the intent of the activity. Some actions " -"trigger specific behaviors after an activity is scheduled." -msgstr "*動作* 欄位指定了活動的意圖。有些操作會在活動獲規劃之後，觸發特定行為。" +"Another way that activities are created is from the Kanban view in an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "The Kanban icon in the top menu, highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon located at the bottom of " +"an individual record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`+ Schedule An Activity`, then proceed to :ref:`fill out the" +" Schedule Activity form `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Kanban view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "客戶關係管道的看板視圖，以及安排活動的選項。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If a record already has a scheduled activity, the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon" +" is replaced by the icon that represents the existing scheduled activity. " +"Click on the activity type's icon to schedule another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:70 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "列表顯示" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:72 +msgid "Activities can also be created from a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Activities` column is hidden, reveal it using the " +":guilabel:`(additional options toggle)` icon in the far-right of the top " +"row, represented by two horizontal lines with two dots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon for the record the activity is" +" being added to, then click :guilabel:`+ Schedule an activity`. Proceed to " +":ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form ` that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "客戶關係管道的列表視圖，以及安排活動的選項。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:93 +msgid "Activity view" +msgstr "活動檢視畫面" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Most applications in Odoo have an *Activity* view available. If available, a" +" :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon is visible in the top-right of the main" +" menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To open the activity view, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` activity icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "Top-right menu with the Activities icon called out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In this view, all the available activities are listed in the columns, while " +"the horizontal entries represent all the individual records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Activities that appear green have a due date in the future, activities that " +"appear orange are due today, while activities appearing red are overdue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Color bars in each column represent records for specific activity types, and" +" display a number indicating how many activities are scheduled for that " +"type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If multiple activity types are scheduled for a record, a number appears in " +"the box, indicating the total number of scheduled activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" +" throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." +msgstr "活動顏色及它與活動到期日的關係，在整個 Odoo 平台內都是一致，與活動類型或視圖無關。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To schedule an activity for a record, hover over the corresponding field, " +"and a :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` appears. Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)`, and then :ref:`fill out the Schedule Activity form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activity view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "客戶關係管道的活動視圖，以及安排活動的選項。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:131 +msgid "Schedule Activity form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Activities can be scheduled from many different places, such as from the " +":ref:`chatter ` of a record, or from one of multiple " +"views in an application, when available: the :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, :ref:`list view `, or :ref:`activity " +"view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 +msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Activity Type`: select the type of activity from the drop-down " +"menu. The default options are: :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Call`, " +":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`To-Do`. Depending on what other " +"applications are installed, additional options may be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Individual applications have a list of dedicated :ref:`activity types " +"`. For example, installing the *Sales* application makes " +":guilabel:`Order Upsell` available, while installing the *Sign* application " +"makes :guilabel:`Request Signature` available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Summary`: enter a short title for the activity, such as `Discuss " +"Proposal`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date`: using the calendar popover, select the activity's " +"deadline." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:151 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected, a link to upload a document is " -"added directly to the planned activity in the chatter." -msgstr "如果選擇:guilabel:`上載文件`，會在聊天視窗中的已規劃活動中，直接加入上載文件的連結。" +":guilabel:`Assigned to`: by default, the current user populates this field. " +"To assign a different user to the activity, select them from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:153 msgid "" -"If either :guilabel:`Phonecall` or :guilabel:`Meeting` are selected, users " -"have the option to open their calendar to schedule a time for this activity." -msgstr "如果選擇了 :guilabel:`電話通話` 或 :guilabel:`會議`，使用者便可選擇開啟日曆，為該活動安排時間。" +":guilabel:`Notes`: add any additional information for the activity in this " +"field." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:155 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Request Signature` is selected, a link is added to the planned" -" activity in the chatter that opens a signature request pop-up window." -msgstr "如果選擇 :guilabel:`請求簽名`，會在聊天視窗中的已規劃活動加入連結，該連結會彈出簽名請求視窗。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:159 -msgid "" -"The actions available to select on an activity type vary, depending on the " -"applications currently installed in the database." -msgstr "不同活動類型可供選擇的操作會有不同，具體取決於資料庫中已安裝的應用程式。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:163 -msgid "Default user" -msgstr "預設使用者" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:165 -msgid "" -"To automatically assign this activity to a specific user when this activity " -"type is scheduled, choose a name from the :guilabel:`Default User` drop-down" -" menu. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to the user who" -" creates the activity." +"When the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window is completed, click one" +" of the following buttons:" msgstr "" -"要在規劃此活動類型時將活動自動分配給特定用戶，請從 :guilabel:`預設使用者` " -"下拉選單選擇一個名稱。如果留空欄位，活動將分配給建立活動的使用者。" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:170 -msgid "Default summary" -msgstr "預設摘要" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:158 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Open Calendar`: opens the user's calendar to add and schedule the" +" activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Click on the desired date and time for the activity, and a :guilabel:`New " +"Event` pop-up window appears. The summary from the *Schedule Activity* pop-" +"up window populates the :guilabel:`Title` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Enter the information in the :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up window, then click" +" :guilabel:`Save & Close` to schedule it. Once scheduled, the activity is " +"added to the chatter under the :guilabel:`Planned Activities` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Activity Type` is set to either :guilabel:`Call` or " +":guilabel:`Meeting`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:172 msgid "" -"To include notes whenever this activity type is created, enter them into the" -" :guilabel:`Default Summary` field." -msgstr "要在建立此活動類型時包括備註，請在 :guilabel:`預設摘要` 欄位中輸入備註。" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: schedules the activity, and adds the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Planned Activities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:174 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule & Mark as Done`: adds the details of the activity to the" +" chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, and is " +"automatically marked as done." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:176 msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next`: adds the details of the activity to the " +"chatter under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, is " +"automatically marked as done, and a new :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up" +" window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancel`: discards any changes made on the :guilabel:`Schedule " +"Activity` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." +msgstr "檢視客戶關係潛在客戶，並為活動排期的選項。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:188 +msgid "All scheduled activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To view a consolidated list of activities, organized by application, click " +"the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon in the header menu, located in the top-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If any activities are scheduled, the number of activities appear in a red " +"bubble on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:196 +msgid "" +"All activities for each application are further divided into subsections, " +"indicating where in the application the activity is to be completed. Each " +"sub-section lists the number of scheduled activities that are " +":guilabel:`Late`, due :guilabel:`Today`, and scheduled in the " +":guilabel:`Future`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:202 +msgid "" +"In the *Time Off* application, one activity is scheduled to be done in the " +"*All Time Off* requests dashboard, and six activities are scheduled to be " +"done in the *Allocations* dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:205 +msgid "" +"These requests appear in two separate lists in the all activities drop-down " +"menu: one labeled `Time Off` and one labeled `Time Off Allocation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list of activities that is accessed from the main menu bar. Two entries for the Time\n" +"Off application are highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:214 +msgid "Request a document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The option to :guilabel:`Request a Document` is available at the bottom of " +"the list of :ref:`all scheduled activities `, the option to " +":guilabel:`Request a Document` appears. Click :guilabel:`Request a " +"Document`, and a :guilabel:`Request a file` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:222 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Name`: enter a name for the document being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request To`: select the user the document is being requested from" +" using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Due Date In`: enter a numerical value indicating when the " +"document is due. Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. " +"Click :guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. " +"Select the desired time-frame option from the list. The options are " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:229 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +":ref:`Workspace ` the document is being uploaded to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any desired tags from the drop-down menu. The " +"available tags displayed are based on the tags configured for the selected " +":guilabel:`Workspace`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message`: enter a message to clarify the document request in this" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:235 +msgid "" +"When all the fields are completed, click :guilabel:`Request` to send the " +"document request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Request a file form, with all fields filled out to request a contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:244 +msgid "Activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured types of activities in the database, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss section --> Activities " +"setting --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activity Types button in the Settings application under the Discuss section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " +"activity types are found." +msgstr "之後會顯示 :guilabel:`活動類型` 頁面，可找到現有的活動類型。" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 +msgid "The list of activity types already configured and available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:260 +msgid "Edit activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:262 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing :ref:`activity type `, click on the " +"activity type, and the activity type form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:265 +msgid "" +"Make any desired changes to the activity type form. The form automatically " +"saves, but it can be saved manually at any time by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Save Manually` option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:270 +msgid "Create new activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:272 +msgid "" +"To create a new :ref:`activity type `, click " +":guilabel:`New` from the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, and a blank " +"activity type form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the activity type at the top of the form, then " +"enter the following information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:279 +msgid "Activity Settings section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:281 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Action`: using the drop-down menu, select an action associated " +"with this new activity type. Some actions trigger specific behaviors after " +"an activity is scheduled, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:284 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Upload Document`: if selected, a link to upload a document is " +"automatically added to the planned activity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:286 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Call` or :guilabel:`Meeting`: if selected, users have the option " +"to open their calendar to select a date and time for the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Request Signature`: if selected, a link to open a signature " +"request pop-up window is automatically added to the planned activity in the " +"chatter. This requires the Odoo *Sign* application to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Available activity types vary based on the installed applications in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folder`: select a specific :ref:`workspace " +"` folder to save a document to. This field **only** " +"appears if :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Action`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Using the drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Folder` the document is " +"saved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default User`: select a user from the drop-down menu to " +"automatically assign this activity to the selected user when this activity " +"type is scheduled. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to " +"the user who creates the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Summary`: enter a note to include whenever this activity " +"type is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:307 +msgid "" "The information in the :guilabel:`Default User` and :guilabel:`Default " "Summary` fields are included when an activity is created. However, they can " "be altered before the activity is scheduled or saved." msgstr "" "建立活動時，會包括 :guilabel:`預設使用者` 及 :guilabel:`預設摘要` 欄位中的資料。不過，可在規劃或儲存活動之前修改。" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:181 -msgid "Next activity" -msgstr "下一活動" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:311 msgid "" -"To automatically suggest, or trigger, a new activity after an activity has " -"been marked complete, the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` must be set." -msgstr "要在活動標記為完成後自動建議或觸發新活動，必須設定 :guilabel:`連鎖類型`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:187 -msgid "Suggest next activity" -msgstr "建議下一活動" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:189 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field, select :guilabel:`Suggest Next " -"Activity`. Upon doing so, the field underneath changes to: " -":guilabel:`Suggest`. Click the :guilabel:`Suggest` field drop-down menu to " -"select any activities to recommend as follow-up tasks to this activity type." +":guilabel:`Keep Done`: tick this checkbox to keep activities that have been " +"marked as `Done` visible in the :ref:`activity view `." msgstr "" -"在 :guilabel:`連結類型` 欄位，選擇 :guilabel:`建議下一活動`。執行此操作後，下方的欄位將會變成 " -":guilabel:`建議`。按一下 :guilabel:`建議`欄位下拉式選單，選擇想建議作為此活動類型後續任務的任何活動。" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:220 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Schedule` field, choose a default deadline for these " -"activities. To do so, configure a desired number of :guilabel:`Days`, " -":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, decide if it should occur " -":guilabel:`after completion date` or :guilabel:`after previous activity " -"deadline`." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:313 +msgid ":guilabel:`Default Note`: enter any notes to appear with the activity." msgstr "" -"在 :guilabel:`排期` 欄位，為這些活動選擇預設期限。配置所需的 :guilabel:`天` 數、 :guilabel:`週` 數，或幾多個 " -":guilabel:`月`。然後，決定它應該發生在 :guilabel:`完成日期之後`，還是在 :guilabel:`上一活動期限之後`。" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:198 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:316 +msgid "Next Activity section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:318 msgid "" -"This :guilabel:`Schedule` field information can be altered before the " -"activity is scheduled." -msgstr "安排活動前，可更改此 :guilabel:`排期` 欄位的資訊。" +"It is possible to have another activity either suggested or triggered. To do" +" so, configure the :guilabel:`Next Activity` section." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:227 -msgid "When all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "完成所有配置後，按一下 :guilabel:`儲存`。" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:321 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`: select either :guilabel:`Suggest Next Activity` " +"or :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` from the drop-down menu. Depending on " +"the selected option, either the :guilabel:`Suggest` or :guilabel:`Trigger` " +"field is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:326 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field does **not** appear if :guilabel:`Upload" +" Document` is selected for the :guilabel:`Action`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Suggest/Trigger`: depending on what is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Chaining Type`, this field either displays :guilabel:`Suggest` or" +" :guilabel:`Trigger`. Using the drop-down menu, select the activity to " +"recommend or schedule as a follow-up task to the activity type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:332 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: configure when the next activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:334 +msgid "" +"First, enter a numerical value indicating when the activity is suggested or " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Next to this field, a :guilabel:`Days` field is visible. Click " +":guilabel:`Days`, the default option, to reveal a drop-down menu. Select the" +" desired time-frame option from the list. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:340 +msgid "" +"Lastly, using the drop-down menu, select whether the activity is scheduled " +"or triggered either :guilabel:`after previous activity deadline` or " +":guilabel:`after completion date`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "Schedule activity popup with emphasis on recommended activities." -msgstr "活動安排彈出視窗，重點在建議的活動。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Suggest " -"Next Activity`, and has activities listed in the :guilabel:`Suggest` field, " -"users are presented with recommendations for activities as next steps." -msgstr "" -"如果活動的 :guilabel:`連鎖類型` 設為 :guilabel:`建議下一活動`，並有在 :guilabel:`建議` " -"欄位中列出活動，便會向使用者顯示後續步驟的活動建議。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:211 -msgid "Trigger next activity" -msgstr "觸發下一活動" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Setting the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` to :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` " -"immediately launches the next activity once the previous one is completed." -msgstr "將 :guilabel:`連鎖類型` 設為 :guilabel:`觸發下一活動`，在活動完成時，會立即啟動下一個活動。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:216 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` is selected in the :guilabel:`Chaining " -"Type` field, the field beneath changes to: :guilabel:`Trigger`. From the " -":guilabel:`Trigger` field drop-down menu, select the activity that should be" -" launched once this activity is completed." -msgstr "" -"如果在 :guilabel:`連鎖類型` 欄位中選擇 :guilabel:`觸發下一活動`，下方的欄位會變成 :guilabel:`觸發器`。從 " -":guilabel:`觸發器` 欄位下拉式選單中，選擇該活動完成後要啟動的活動。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Schedule new activity popup with emphasis on Done and launch next button." -msgstr "安排新活動彈出視窗，重點在「完成並啟始下一步」按鈕。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Trigger" -" Next Activity`, marking the activity as `Done` immediately launches the " -"next activity listed in the :guilabel:`Trigger` field." -msgstr "" -"當活動的 :guilabel:`連鎖類型` 設為 :guilabel:`觸發下一活動` 時，將該活動標記為 `完成` 會立即啟動 " -":guilabel:`觸發器` 欄位列出的下一個活動。" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:238 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`" +msgid "A new Activity form with all the fields filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:239 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:348 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:349 +msgid ":doc:`../productivity/discuss/team_communication`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 822182811..3aa6dbcbf 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Tony Ng, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ msgstr "現金/支票賬" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:138 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:334 msgid "Partner" -msgstr "業務夥伴" +msgstr "合作夥伴" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 msgid "Partner ledger" @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 @@ -600,6 +600,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:583 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:701 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 @@ -1919,6 +1920,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:32 msgid "Transactions" msgstr "交易" @@ -2470,11 +2472,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:90 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:432 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:363 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "Customer invoices" -msgstr "Customer invoices" +msgstr "客戶發票" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:8 msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" @@ -2696,7 +2698,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:169 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:242 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:376 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 @@ -2986,7 +2988,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:75 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:94 msgid "Always (upon invoice)" -msgstr "始终 (根據應收憑單)" +msgstr "永遠（根據發票）" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -2997,7 +2999,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:109 msgid "On early payment" -msgstr "於預付款" +msgstr "提早付款時" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -4076,6 +4078,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:38 msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" msgstr "" @@ -5721,7 +5724,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:145 msgid "Invoice Layout" -msgstr "應收憑單樣式" +msgstr "發票版面設計" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -5848,23 +5851,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 msgid "" -"This document addresses a specific use case for theoretical purposes. " -"Navigate :ref:`here ` for " -"instructions on how to set up and use |AVCO| in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:32 -msgid "" -":ref:`Using inventory valuation `" +"This document addresses a specific use case for theoretical purposes. For " +"instructions on how to set up and use |AVCO|, refer to the :doc:`inventory " +"valuation configuration " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +" doc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 msgid "" +":doc:`Using inventory valuation " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:35 +msgid "" ":ref:`Other inventory valuation methods " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:40 msgid "" "To use average cost inventory valuation on a product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and " @@ -5873,17 +5879,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to `Automated`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:46 msgid "" -":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration " -"`" +":doc:`Inventory valuation configuration " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 msgid "Using average cost valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "" "The average cost method adjusts the inventory valuation when products are " "received in the warehouse. This section explains how it works, but if the " @@ -5891,37 +5897,37 @@ msgid "" "` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:59 msgid "Formula" msgstr "算式" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:61 msgid "" "When new products arrive, the new average cost for each product is " "recomputed using the formula:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:63 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{(Old~Qty \\times Old~Avg~Cost) + (Incoming~Qty \\times Purchase~Price)}{Final~Qty}\n" "\n" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:66 msgid "**Old Qty**: product count in stock before receiving the new shipment;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:67 msgid "" "**Old Avg Cost**: calculated average cost for a single product from the " "previous inventory valuation;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:69 msgid "**Incoming Qty**: count of products arriving in the new shipment;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:70 msgid "" "**Purchase Price**: estimated price of products at the reception of products" " (since vendor bills may arrive later). The amount includes not only the " @@ -5930,214 +5936,217 @@ msgid "" "vendor bill, this price is adjusted;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:74 msgid "**Final Qty**: quantity of on-hand stock after the stock move." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 msgid "" "When products leave the warehouse, the average cost **does not** change. " "Read about why the average cost valuation is **not** adjusted :ref:`here " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:85 msgid "Compute average cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:87 msgid "" "To understand how the average cost of a product changes with each shipment, " "consider the following table of warehouse operations and stock moves. Each " "is a different example of how the average cost valuation is affected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Operation" msgstr "製程" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 msgid "Incoming Value" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "庫存價值" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Avg Cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:424 msgid "$0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 msgid "0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "Receive 8 tables at $10/unit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "8 * $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "$80" msgstr "$80" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "8" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "$10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 msgid "Receive 4 tables at $16/unit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 msgid "4 * $16" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 msgid "$144" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "$12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 msgid "Deliver 10 tables" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 msgid "-10 * $12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "$24" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:106 msgid "" "Ensure comprehension of the above computations by reviewing the \"Receive 8 " "tables at $10/unit\" example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:109 msgid "Initially, the product stock is 0, so all values are $0." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:111 msgid "" "In the first warehouse operation, `8` tables are received at `$10` each. The" " average cost is calculated using the :ref:`formula " "`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:114 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{0 + 8 \\times $10}{8} = \\frac{$80}{8} = $10\n" "\n" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "" "Since the *incoming quantity* of tables is `8` and the *purchase price* for " "each is `$10`," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:118 msgid "The inventory value in the numerator is evaluated to `$80`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 msgid "`$80` is divided by the total amount of tables to store, `8`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:120 msgid "`$10` is the average cost of a single table from the first shipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:122 msgid "" "To verify this in Odoo, in the *Purchase* app, order `8` quantities of a new" " product, `Table`, with no previous stock moves, for `$10` each." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:125 msgid "" "In the table's :guilabel:`Product Category` field in the :guilabel:`General " "Information` tab of the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon," @@ -6146,13 +6155,13 @@ msgid "" " Valuation` to `Automated`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "" "Then, return to the purchase order. Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`, and " "click :guilabel:`Receive Products` to confirm receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:133 msgid "" "Next, check the inventory valuation record generated by the product " "reception by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> " @@ -6166,7 +6175,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show inventory valuation of 8 tables in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "" "When the product category's :guilabel:`Costing Method` is set to " ":guilabel:`AVCO`, then the average cost of a product is also displayed on " @@ -6174,11 +6183,11 @@ msgid "" "on the product page itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:149 msgid "Product delivery (use case)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:151 msgid "" "For outgoing shipments, :ref:`outbound products have no effect on the " "average cost valuation `. Although the " @@ -6187,47 +6196,47 @@ msgid "" "customer location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:157 msgid "" "To demonstrate that the average cost valuation is not recalculated, examine " "the \"Deliver 10 tables\" example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{12 \\times $12 + (-10) \\times $12}{12-10} = \\frac{24}{2} = $12\n" "\n" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "" "Because 10 tables are being sent out to customers, the *incoming quantity* " "is `-10`. The previous average cost (`$12`) is used in lieu of a vendor's " "*purchase price*;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:165 msgid "The *incoming inventory value* is `-10 * $12 = -$120`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:166 msgid "" "The old *inventory value* (`$144`) is added to the *incoming inventory " "value* (`-$120`), so `$144 + -$120 = $24`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:168 msgid "" "Only `2` tables remain after shipping out `10` tables from `12`. So the " "current *inventory value* (`$24`) is divided by the on-hand quantity (`2`);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:170 msgid "" "`$24 / 2 = $12`, which is the same average cost as the previous operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:172 msgid "" "To verify this in Odoo, sell `10` tables in the *Sales* app, validate the " "delivery, and then review the inventory valuation record by going to in " @@ -6236,7 +6245,7 @@ msgid "" "by `-$120`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:177 msgid "" "**Note**: What is not represented in this stock valuation record is the " "revenue made from this sale, so this decrease is not a loss to the company." @@ -6246,53 +6255,53 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show how deliveries decrease inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:187 msgid "Return items to supplier (use case)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:189 msgid "" "Because the price paid to suppliers can differ from the price the product is" " valued at with the |AVCO| method, Odoo handles returned items in a specific" " way." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:192 msgid "" "Products are returned to suppliers at the original purchase price, but;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:193 msgid "The internal cost valuation remains unchanged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 msgid "" "The above :ref:`example table ` is updated as" " follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 msgid "Qty*Avg Cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 msgid "Return 1 table bought at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 msgid "-1 * $12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:242 msgid "1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:205 msgid "" "In other words, returns to vendors are perceived by Odoo as another form of " "a product exiting the warehouse. To Odoo, because the table is valued at $12" @@ -6301,7 +6310,7 @@ msgid "" "average cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:211 msgid "" "To return a single table that was purchased for `$10`, navigate to the " "receipt in the *Inventory* app for the :ref:`8 tables purchased in Exercise " @@ -6309,7 +6318,7 @@ msgid "" " clicking on :guilabel:`Receipts`, and selecting the desired receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:216 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Return` on the validated delivery order, and modify " "the quantity to `1` in the reverse transfer window. This creates an outgoing" @@ -6317,7 +6326,7 @@ msgid "" " shipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:220 msgid "" "Return to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation` " "to see how the outgoing shipment decreases the inventory value by $12." @@ -6327,63 +6336,63 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inventory valuation for return." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:230 msgid "Eliminate stock valuation errors in outgoing products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:232 msgid "" "Inconsistencies can occur in a company's inventory when the average cost " "valuation is recalculated on outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:235 msgid "" "To demonstrate this error, the table below displays a scenario in which 1 " "table is shipped to a customer and another is returned to a supplier at the " "purchased price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 msgid "Qty*Price" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 msgid "Ship 1 product to customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 msgid "-1 \\* $12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "Return 1 product initially bought at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "-1 \\* $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$2**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "**0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:248 msgid "" "In the final operation above, the final inventory valuation for the table is" " `$2` even though there are `0` tables left in stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:251 msgid "Correct method" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:253 msgid "" "Use the average cost to value the return. This does not mean the company " "gets $12 back for a $10 purchase; the item returned for $10 is valued " @@ -6391,11 +6400,11 @@ msgid "" " no longer being accounted for in company assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:258 msgid "Anglo-Saxon accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:260 msgid "" "In addition to using |AVCO|, companies that use **Anglo-Saxon accounting** " "also keep a holding account that tracks the amount to be paid to vendors. " @@ -6405,13 +6414,13 @@ msgid "" "vendor bill is received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:266 msgid "" ":ref:`Anglo-Saxon vs. Continental " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:268 msgid "" "The table below reflects journal entries and accounts. The *stock input* " "account stores the money intended to pay vendors when the vendor bill has " @@ -6420,71 +6429,71 @@ msgid "" "price it was bought for, a *price difference* account is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Stock Input" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Price Diff" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 msgid "Receive 8 tables at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 msgid "($80)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 msgid "Receive 4 tables at $16" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 msgid "($64)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "Deliver 10 tables to customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "Return 1 table initially bought at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$10**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$12**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "$2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:296 msgid "Product reception" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:299 msgid "Summary" msgstr "摘要" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:301 msgid "" "At product reception, Odoo ensures companies can pay for goods that were " "purchased by preemptively moving an amount matching the price of received " @@ -6496,7 +6505,7 @@ msgid "" "bill is received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:308 msgid "" "Inventory valuation is a method of calculating how much each in-stock " "product is worth internally. Since there is a difference between the price " @@ -6505,44 +6514,44 @@ msgid "" "crediting and debiting operations of the **Stock Input** account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:313 msgid "To conceptualize all this, follow the breakdown below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:316 msgid "Accounts balanced at received products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:318 msgid "" "In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, `table`, in " "stock. Then, 8 tables are received from the vendor:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:321 msgid "" "The **Stock Input** account stores `$80` of credit owed to the vendor. The " "amount in this account is unrelated to the inventory value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:323 msgid "" "`$80` worth of tables came **in** (**debit** the *Inventory Value* account " "`$80`), and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:324 msgid "" "`$80` must be paid **out** for received goods (**credit** the *Stock Input* " "account `$80`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:324 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:370 msgid "In Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:329 msgid "" "Odoo generates an accounting journal entry when shipments that use |AVCO| " "costing method are received. Configure a :guilabel:`Price Difference " @@ -6550,7 +6559,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category` field on the product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:333 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Account Properties`, create a new :guilabel:`Price " "Difference Account` by typing in the name of the account and clicking " @@ -6562,7 +6571,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create price difference account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:341 msgid "" "Then, receive the shipment in the *Purchase* app or *Inventory* app, and " "navigate to the :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal " @@ -6574,7 +6583,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show accounting entry of 8 tables from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:349 msgid "" "Click on the line for 8 tables. This accounting journal entry shows that " "when the 8 tables were received, the `Stock Valuation` account increased by " @@ -6586,35 +6595,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit stock valuation and credit stock input 80 dollars." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:358 msgid "Accounts balanced at received vendor bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:360 msgid "" "In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, table, in " "stock. Then, 8 tables are received from the vendor. When the bill is " "received from vendor for 8 tables:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:363 msgid "" "Use `$80` in the **Stock Input** account to pay the bill. This cancels out " "and the account now holds `$0`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:365 msgid "Debit **Stock Input** `$80` (to reconcile this account)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:366 msgid "" "Credit **Accounts payable** `$80`. This account stores the amount the " "company owes others, so accountants use the amount to write checks to " "vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:372 msgid "" "Once the vendor requests payment, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Orders --> Purchase` and select the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for " @@ -6622,7 +6631,7 @@ msgid "" "Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:376 msgid "" "Switch to the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view how `$80` is transferred" " from the holding account, `Stock Interim (Received)` to `Accounts Payable`." @@ -6633,24 +6642,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show bill linked to the purchase order for 8 tables." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:385 msgid "On product delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:387 msgid "" "In the :ref:`above example table `, when 10" " products are delivered to a customer, the **Stock Input** account is " "untouched because there are no new products coming in. To put it simply:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:391 msgid "" "**Inventory valuation** is credited `$120`. Subtracting from inventory " "valuation represents `$120` worth of products exiting the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:393 msgid "Debit **Accounts Receivable** to record revenue from the sale." msgstr "" @@ -6658,7 +6667,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show journal items linked to sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:401 msgid "" "In the accounting journal entry invoicing a customer for 10 tables, the " "accounts **Product Sales**, **Tax Received**, and **Accounts Receivable** " @@ -6666,7 +6675,7 @@ msgid "" "account where the customer payment will be received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:405 msgid "" "Anglo-Saxon accounting recognizes the cost of goods sold (COGS) once the " "sale is made. So, up until the product is sold, scrapped, or returned, costs" @@ -6675,11 +6684,11 @@ msgid "" "period of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:411 msgid "On product return" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:413 msgid "" "In the :ref:`above example table `, when " "returning 1 product to a vendor purchased at `$10`, a company expects `$10` " @@ -6690,31 +6699,31 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:420 msgid "" "Behavior of *price difference accounts* varies from localization. In this " "case, the account is intended to store differences between vendor price and " "*automated* inventory valuation methods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:423 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "摘要:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:425 msgid "" "Debit **Stock Input** account `$10` to move the table from stock to stock " "input. This move is to indicate that the table is to be processed for an " "outgoing shipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:427 msgid "" "Debit **Stock Input** an additional `$2` to account for the **Price " "Difference**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:428 msgid "" "Credit **Stock Valuation** `$12` because the item is leaving the stock." msgstr "" @@ -6723,16 +6732,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "2 dollar difference expensed in Price Difference account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:434 msgid "Once the vendor's refund is received," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:436 msgid "" "Credit **Stock Input** account `$10` to reconcile the price of the table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:437 msgid "" "Debit **Accounts Payable** `$10` to have the accountants collect and " "register the payment in their journal." @@ -6746,7 +6755,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:361 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:247 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:258 @@ -7439,6 +7448,7 @@ msgid "Partial payment 2/2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:422 msgid "30" msgstr "30" @@ -7676,7 +7686,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:254 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:278 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 @@ -7833,8 +7843,9 @@ msgid "VAT units tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:339 msgid "Fiscal position" -msgstr "財務狀況" +msgstr "財務規則" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -9746,7 +9757,7 @@ msgstr "淨利潤與用於賺取這些利潤的公司資產價值的比率。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 msgid "**Position:**" -msgstr "**狀況：**" +msgstr "**規則：**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 msgid "**Average debtor days:**" @@ -11696,6 +11707,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:32 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "先修課程" @@ -11846,6 +11858,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:150 msgid ":doc:`../get_started`" msgstr "" @@ -12094,11 +12107,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:105 msgid "" -"Setting an :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` is **irreversible** and cannot be" -" removed." -msgstr "設定 :guilabel:`所有使用者鎖定日期` 的操作是不可逆轉的，而且無法移除。" +"Install the :guilabel:`Irreversible Lock Date` (`account_lock`) module to " +"make the :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` *irreversible* once set." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:109 msgid "" "A specific year-end closing entry is **optional** in order to close out the " "**profit and loss statement**. The reports are created in real-time, meaning" @@ -12180,11 +12193,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:60 msgid "Basic options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "基本選項" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:65 msgid "Tax name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "稅項名稱" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -12194,13 +12207,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:386 msgid "Tax computation" -msgstr "Tax computation" +msgstr "稅項計算" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:75 msgid "**Group of Taxes**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**稅項組別**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -12257,6 +12270,7 @@ msgstr "稅金" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:397 msgid "Total" msgstr "總計" @@ -12766,7 +12780,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:11 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "介紹" +msgstr "簡介" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -12951,110 +12965,1701 @@ msgid "" "to only work with one price reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:3 -msgid "Avatax integration" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:5 -msgid "Avatax is a tax calculation provider that can be integrated in Odoo." +msgid "AvaTax integration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:98 -msgid "Credential configuration" -msgstr "Credential configuration" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:7 msgid "" -"To integrate Avatax with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes` and add your Avatax credentials in the" -" :guilabel:`Avatax` section." +"Avalara's *AvaTax* is a cloud-based tax software. Integrating *AvaTax* with " +"Odoo provides real-time and region-specific tax calculations when users " +"sell, purchase, and invoice items in Odoo. *AvaTax* tax calculation is " +"supported with every United Nations charted country, including inter-border " +"transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:13 msgid "" -"If you do not yet have credentials, click on :guilabel:`How to Get " -"Credentials`." +"*AvaTax* is only available for integration with databases/companies that " +"have locations in the United States, Canada, and Brazil. This means the " +"fiscal position/country of a database can only be set to the United States, " +"Canada, or Brazil. For more information, reference this documentation: " +":ref:`avatax/fiscal_country`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Configure Avatax settings" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:18 +msgid "" +"*AvaTax* accounts for location-based tax rates for each state, county, and " +"city. It improves remittance accuracy by paying close attention to laws, " +"rules, jurisdiction boundaries, and special circumstances (like, tax " +"holidays, and product exemptions). Companies who integrate with *AvaTax* can" +" maintain control of tax-calculations in-house with this simple :abbr:`API " +"(application programming interface)` integration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:25 -msgid "Tax mapping" +msgid "" +"Some limitations exist in Odoo while using *AvaTax* for tax calculation:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:27 msgid "" -"The Avatax integration is available on Sale Orders and Invoices with the " -"included Avatax fiscal position." +"*AvaTax* is **not** supported in Odoo's *Point of Sale* app, because a " +"dynamic tax calculation model is excessive for transactions within a single " +"delivery address, such as stores or restaurants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:30 msgid "" -"Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the " -"product categories." +"*AvaTax* and Odoo use the company address and **not** the warehouse address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Specify Avatax Category on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:31 msgid "" -"Avatax Categories may be overridden or set on individual products as well." +"Exercise tax is **not** supported. This includes tobacco/vape taxes, fuel " +"taxes, and other specific industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Avalara's support documents: `About AvaTax " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:39 +msgid "Set up on AvaTax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To use *AvaTax*, an account with Avalara is required for the setup. If one " +"has not been set up yet, connect with Avalara to purchase a license: " +"`Avalara: Let's Talk `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Upon account setup, take note of the *AvaTax* :guilabel:`Account ID`. This " +"will be needed in the :ref:`Odoo setup `. In Odoo, this " +"number is the :guilabel:`API ID`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Then, `create a basic company profile " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:53 +msgid "Create basic company profile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Collect essential business details for the next step: locations where tax is" +" collected, products/services sold (and their sales locations), and customer" +" tax exemptions, if applicable. Follow the Avalara documentation for " +"creating a basic company profile:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:59 +msgid "" +"`Add company information `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:61 +msgid "" +"`Tell us where the company collects and pays tax " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:63 +msgid "" +"`Verify jurisdictions and activate the company " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Add other company locations for location-based filing " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:67 +msgid "" +"`Add a marketplace to the company profile " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:73 +msgid "Connect to AvaTax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:75 +msgid "" +"After creating the basic company profile in Avalara, connect to *AvaTax*. " +"This step links Odoo and *AvaTax* bidirectionally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox `_" +" or `production `_ environment. This will depend" +" on which type of Avalara account the company would like to integrate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:83 +msgid "" +"`Sandbox vs production environments in Avalara " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Log in to create the :guilabel:`License Key`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> License and API Keys`. Click :guilabel:`Generate License Key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:90 +msgid "" +"A warning appears stating: `If your business app is connected to Avalara " +"solutions, the connection will be broken until you update the app with the " +"new license key. This action cannot be undone.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Generating a new license key breaks the connection with existing business " +"apps using the *AvaTax* integration. Make sure to update these apps with the" +" new license key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If this will be the first :abbr:`API (application programming interface)` " +"integration being made with *AvaTax* and Odoo, then click " +":guilabel:`Generate license key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:100 +msgid "" +"If this is an additional license key, ensure the previous connection can be " +"broken. There is **only** one license key associated with each of the " +"Avalara sandbox and production accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Copy this key to a safe place. It is **strongly encouraged** to backup the " +"license key for future reference. This key cannot be retrieved after leaving" +" this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:108 +msgid "Odoo configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Before using *AvaTax*, there are some additional configurations in Odoo to " +"ensure tax calculations are made accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Verify that the Odoo database contains necessary data. The country initially" +" set up in the database determines the fiscal position, and aids *AvaTax* in" +" calculating accurate tax rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:119 +msgid "Fiscal country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Country`, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Country` " +"feature to :guilabel:`United States`, :guilabel:`Canada`, or " +":guilabel:`Brazil`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:131 +msgid "Company settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:133 +msgid "" +"All companies operating under the Odoo database should have a full and " +"complete address listed in the settings. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Settings app`, and under the :guilabel:`Companies` section, " +"ensure there is only one company operating the Odoo database. Click " +":guilabel:`Update Info` to open a separate page to update company details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:138 +msgid "" +"If there are multiple companies operating in the database, click " +":guilabel:`Manage Companies` to load a list of companies to select from. " +"Update company information by clicking into the specific company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Database administrators should ensure that the :guilabel:`Street...`, " +":guilabel:`Street2...`, :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, " +":guilabel:`ZIP`, and :guilabel:`Country` are all updated for the companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This ensures accurate tax calculations and smooth end-of-year accounting " +"operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:149 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:153 +msgid "Module installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, ensure that the Odoo *AvaTax* module is installed. To do so, navigate " +"to the :menuselection:`Apps application`. In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, " +"type in `avatax`, and press :kbd:`Enter`. The following results populate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "名稱" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 +msgid "Technical name" +msgstr "技術名稱" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "說明" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:167 +msgid "`account_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Default *AvaTax* module. This module adds the base *AvaTax* features for tax" +" calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:169 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for geo localization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:170 +msgid "`account_avatax_geolocalize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:171 +msgid "" +"This module includes the features required for integration of *AvaTax* into " +"geo-localization in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:173 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SO`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:174 +msgid "`account_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Includes the information needed for tax calculation on sales orders in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:176 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for Inventory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:177 +msgid "`account_avatax_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:178 +msgid "Includes tax calculation in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:179 +msgid ":guilabel:`Amazon/Avatax Bridge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:180 +msgid "`sale_amazon_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Includes tax calculation features between the *Amazon Connector* and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:182 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:183 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:184 +msgid "Includes information for tax calculation in the Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:185 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:186 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:187 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for tax calculation for services " +"in the Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil Sale for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:190 +msgid "`l10n_br_edi_sale_services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:191 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for tax calculation for the sale " +"of services in the Brazil localization. This includes electronic data " +"interchange (EDI)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:193 +msgid ":guilabel:`Test SOs for the Brazilian AvaTax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:194 +msgid "`l10n_br_test_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:195 +msgid "" +"This module includes the required features for test sales orders in the " +"Brazil localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Install` button on the module labeled, " +":guilabel:`Avatax`: `account_avatax`. Doing so installs the following " +"modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:200 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax`: `account_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:201 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SO`: `account_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:202 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for Inventory`: `account_avatax_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Should *AvaTax* be needed for geo-localization, or with the *Amazon " +"Connector*, then install those modules individually by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Install` on :guilabel:`Avatax for geo localization` and " +":guilabel:`Amazon/Avatax Bridge`, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:209 +msgid "" +"For localization specific *AvaTax* instructions, view the following " +":doc:`fiscal localization <../../fiscal_localizations>` documentation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:212 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:217 +msgid "Odoo AvaTax settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To integrate the *AvaTax* :abbr:`API (application programming interface)` " +"with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` section. The :guilabel:`AvaTax` fields in the :guilabel:`Taxes` " +"section is where the *AvaTax* configurations are made, and the credentials " +"are entered in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:224 +msgid "" +"First, tick the checkbox to the left of the :guilabel:`AvaTax` settings, to " +"activate *AvaTax* on the database. This is a quick, convenient way to " +"activate and deactivate *AvaTax* tax calculation on the Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Override product categories as needed" +msgid "Configure AvaTax settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:235 +msgid "" +"First, select the :guilabel:`Environment` in which the company wishes to use" +" *AvaTax* in. It can either be :guilabel:`Sandbox` or " +":guilabel:`Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:239 +msgid "" +"For help determining which *AvaTax* environment to use (either " +":guilabel:`Production` or :guilabel:`Sandbox`), visit: `Sandbox vs " +"Production environments " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:244 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Now, the credentials can be entered in. The *AvaTax* :guilabel:`Account ID` " +"should be entered in the :guilabel:`API ID` field, and the " +":guilabel:`License Key` should be entered in the :guilabel:`API Key` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Account ID` can be found by logging into the *AvaTax* portal " +"(`sandbox `_ or `production " +"`_). In the upper-right corner, click on the " +"initials of the user and :guilabel:`Account`. The :guilabel:`Account ID` is " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To access the :guilabel:`License Key` see this documentation: " +":ref:`avatax/create_avalara_credentials`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:259 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Company Code` field, enter the Avalara company code for " +"the company being configured. Avalara interprets this as `DEFAULT`, if it is" +" not set. The :guilabel:`Company Code` can be accessed in the Avalara " +"management portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:263 +msgid "" +"First, log into the *AvaTax* portal (`sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_). Then, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Manage Companies`. The :guilabel:`Company Code` value is located in the " +"row of the :guilabel:`Company` in the :guilabel:`Company Code` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "AvaTax company code highlighted on the company details page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:273 +msgid "Transaction options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:275 +msgid "" +"There are two transactional settings in the Odoo *AvaTax* settings that can " +"be configured: :guilabel:`Use UPC` and :guilabel:`Commit Transactions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:278 +msgid "" +"If the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Use UPC` is ticked, the transactions will" +" use Universal Product Codes (UPC), instead of custom defined codes in " +"Avalara. Consult a certified public accountant (CPA) for specific guidance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:282 +msgid "" +"Should the :guilabel:`Commit Transactions` checkbox be ticked, then, the " +"transactions in the Odoo database will be committed for reporting in " +"*AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:286 msgid "Address validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:288 msgid "" -"Manually validate customer addresses by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate " -"address` link in the customer form view." +"The *Address Validation* feature ensures that the most up-to-date address by" +" postal standards is set on a contact in Odoo. This is important to provide " +"accurate tax calculations for customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:292 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Address Validation` feature only works with " +"partners/customers in North America." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Additionally, tick the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Address validation` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:297 +msgid "" +"For accurate tax calculations, it is best practice to enter a complete " +"address for the contacts saved in the database. However, *AvaTax* can still " +"function by implementing a best effort attempt using only the " +":guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`State`, and :guilabel:`Zip code`. These are " +"the three minimum required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:302 +msgid ":guilabel:`Save` the settings to implement the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Manually :guilabel:`Validate` the address by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Contacts app`, and selecting a contact. Now that the " +"*AvaTax* module has been configured on the database, a :guilabel:`Validate` " +"button appears directly below the :guilabel:`Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:309 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a pop-up window appears with a " +":guilabel:`Validated Address` and :guilabel:`Original Address` listed. If " +"the :guilabel:`Validated Address` is the correct mailing address for tax " +"purposes, click :guilabel:`Save Validated`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Validate address pop-up window in Odoo with \"Save Validated\" button and \"Validated\n" +"Address\" highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:319 +msgid "" +"All previously-entered addresses for contacts in the Odoo database will need" +" to be validated using the manually validate process outlined above. " +"Addresses are not automatically validated if they were entered previously. " +"This only occurs upon tax calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:324 +msgid "Test connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:326 +msgid "" +"After entering all the above information into the *AvaTax* setup on Odoo, " +"click :guilabel:`Test connection`. This ensures the :guilabel:`API ID` and " +":guilabel:`API KEY` are correct, and a connection is made between Odoo and " +"the *AvaTax* application programming interface (API)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:331 +msgid "Sync parameters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Upon finishing the configuration and settings of the *AvaTax* section, click" +" the :guilabel:`Sync Parameters` button. This action synchronizes the " +"exemption codes from *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:341 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Fiscal Positions`. A :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` is listed " +"named, :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)`. Click it to open " +"*AvaTax's* fiscal position configuration page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:345 +msgid "Here, ensure that the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` checkbox is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the checkbox next to the field labeled: :guilabel:`Detect " +"Automatically`. Should this option be ticked, then, Odoo will automatically " +"apply this :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for transactions in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Enabling :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` also makes specific parameters, " +"such as :guilabel:`VAT required`, :guilabel:`Foreign Tax ID`, " +":guilabel:`Country Group`, :guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`Federal States`, " +"or :guilabel:`Zip Range` appear. Filling these parameters filters the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` usage. Leaving them blank ensures all " +"calculations are made using this :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:358 +msgid "" +"Should the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` checkbox not be ticked, each " +"customer will need to have the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set on their " +":guilabel:`Sales and Purchase` tab of the contact record. To do so, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Order --> Customers`, or " +":menuselection:`Contacts app --> Contacts`. Then, select a customer or " +"contact to set the fiscal position on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:364 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Sales and Purchase` tab, and down to the section " +"labeled, :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`. Set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` " +"field to the fiscal position for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:372 +msgid "AvaTax accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Upon selecting the checkbox option for :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` a new " +":guilabel:`AvaTax` tab appears. Click into this tab to reveal two different " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:377 +msgid "" +"The first setting is the :guilabel:`AvaTax Invoice Account`, while the " +"second is, :guilabel:`AvaTax Refund Account`. Ensure both accounts are set " +"for smooth end-of-year record keeping. Consult a certified public accountant" +" (CPA) for specific guidance on setting both accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:381 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to implement the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:384 +msgid "Tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:386 +msgid "" +"The *AvaTax* integration is available on sale orders and invoices with the " +"included *AvaTax* fiscal position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:390 +msgid "" +"Additionally, there is a :guilabel:`Tax Mapping` tab and :guilabel:`Account " +"Mapping` tab in the :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)` fiscal " +"position, where mapping for products can also be configured. To access " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Positions` navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Fiscal Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:396 +msgid "Product category mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the " +"product categories. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Product Categories`. Select the product category to add " +"the :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` to. In the :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` " +"field, select a category from the drop-down menu, or :guilabel:`Search " +"More...` to open the complete list of options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Validate customer addresses" +msgid "Specify AvaTax Category on products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:409 +msgid "Product mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:411 msgid "" -"If preferred, choose to keep the newly validated address or the original " -"address in the wizard that pops up." +"*AvaTax* Categories may be set on individual products, as well. To set the " +":guilabel:`Avatax Category` navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Products --> Products`. Select the product to add the :guilabel:`Avatax " +"Category` to. Under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, on the far-" +"right, is a selector field labeled: :guilabel:`Avatax Category`. Finally, " +"click the drop-down menu, and select a category, or :guilabel:`Search " +"More...` to find one that is not listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:418 +msgid "" +"If both the product, and its category, have an :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` " +"set, the product's :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` takes precedence." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 -msgid "Address validation wizard" +msgid "Override product categories as needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:426 +msgid "" +"Mapping an :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` on either the *Product* or *Product " +"Category* should be completed for every *Product* or *Product Category*, " +"depending the route that is chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:431 +msgid ":doc:`avatax/avatax_use`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:432 +msgid ":doc:`avatax/avalara_portal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:163 +msgid "" +"`US Tax Compliance: Avatax elearning video " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:6 +msgid "Avalara (Avatax) portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Avalara's (*AvaTax*) management console offers account management options " +"including: viewing/editing the transactions sent from Odoo to *AvaTax*, " +"details on how the taxes are calculated, tax reporting, tax exemption " +"management, and tax return resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:13 +msgid "Avalara is the software developer of the tax software, *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the console, first, navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_ environment. This will depend on which type " +"of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`. Log in to the " +"management console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara dashboard after logging into management portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"For more information see Avalara's documentation: `Activate your " +"Communications Customer Portal account " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To access transactions, click in the :guilabel:`Transactions` link on the " +"main dashboard upon logging into the :ref:`avatax/portal`. To manually " +"access the *Transactions* page, while logged into the Avalara console, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Transactions --> Transactions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara portal with the transactions shortcut highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:43 +msgid "Edit transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click into a transaction to reveal more details about the transaction. These" +" details include sections on :guilabel:`Invoice detail`, " +":guilabel:`Additional info`, and :guilabel:`Customer info`. Click :icon:`fa-" +"pencil` :guilabel:`Edit document details` to make changes to the " +"transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:49 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Discount` can be added to adjust the invoice. This is " +"especially useful in cases where the transaction has already synced with " +"Avalara / *AvaTax*, and changes need to be made afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:55 +msgid "Filter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Filter transactions on the :guilabel:`Transactions` page, by setting the " +":guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields, and configuring other fields to " +"filter by, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Status`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Code`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`Exactly " +"match`, :guilabel:`Starts with`, or :guilabel:`Contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer/Vendor Code`: the customer/vendor code in Odoo (e.g. " +"`Contact18`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: the country this tax was calculated in; this is a text " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: the region of the country, which varies based on the " +":guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Filters` to access the following filter " +"conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Type`: any of the following selections, :guilabel:`All`," +" :guilabel:`Sales Invoice`, :guilabel:`Purchase Invoice`, :guilabel:`Return " +"Invoice`, :guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Inbound Invoice`, " +":guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Outbound Invoice`, or :guilabel:`Customs " +"Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Import ID`: represents the import ID of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:78 +msgid "Sort by" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:80 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Transactions` page, transactions will be listed below, " +"according to the set :ref:`avalara/portal-filter`, located in the top half " +"of the page. The following columns are available by default, to sort by " +"ascending or descending order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc Code`: either of the following options, :guilabel:`Exactly " +"match`, :guilabel:`Starts with`, or :guilabel:`Contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc Status`: either of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cust/Vendor Code` : this is the customer/vendor code in Odoo " +"(e.g. Contact18)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: this is the region of the country, this will vary based " +"on the :guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amount`: the numeric amount of the total amount on the Odoo " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax`: the numeric amount of the tax applied to the total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Transactions page on the Avalara portal with the filter and sort-by options " +"highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:99 +msgid "Customize columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Additional columns can be added by clicking the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Customize columns`. On the resulting popover window, click the " +"drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`column` that should be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The following columns can be added for additional transactional information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`AvaTax calculated`: the amount of tax calculated by *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cust/vendor code`: the customer/vendor code in Odoo (e.g. " +"`Contact18`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Currency`: the standardized abbreviation for the currency the " +"amount total is in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doc date`: the document's date of creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc status`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or " +":guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Doc type`: any of the following selections, :guilabel:`All`, " +":guilabel:`Sales Invoice`, :guilabel:`Purchase Invoice`, :guilabel:`Return " +"Invoice`, :guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Inbound Invoice`, " +":guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Outbound Invoice`, or :guilabel:`Customs " +"Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last modified`: timestamp of the last time the document was " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location code`: the location code used to calculate the tax, " +"based on the delivery address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:122 +msgid ":guilabel:`PO number`: the purchase order number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference code`: the Odoo reference code (e.g. NV/2024/00003)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Region`: the region of the country,which varies based on the " +":guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson code`: the numeric ID of the user assigned to the " +"sales order in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax date`: the month/day/year of the tax calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax override type`: where an exemption would appear, should there" +" be none, the field populates with :guilabel:`None`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:131 +msgid "To add a new column click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:134 +msgid "" +"For more information on *AvaTax* transactions, refer to this Avalara " +"documentation: `Transactions " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:138 +msgid "Import-export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"While on the :ref:`avalara/portal-transactions`, click :icon:`fa-download` " +":guilabel:`Import transactions` or :icon:`fa-upload` :guilabel:`Export " +"transactions` to import or export transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1019 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:42 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "報表" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To access reporting, navigate to the :menuselection:`Reports` link in the " +"top menu of the Avalara management console. Next, select from one of the " +"available reporting tabs: :guilabel:`Transactions reports`, " +":guilabel:`Liability & tax return reports`, or :guilabel:`Exemption " +"reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Additionally, there is a :guilabel:`Favorites` tab and :guilabel:`Downloads`" +" tab. The :guilabel:`Favorites` tab contains any favorited report " +"configurations for the Avalara user. The :guilabel:`Downloads` tab contains " +"a list view where the user can download the high-volume transaction reports " +"created in the last 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Make a selection for the :guilabel:`Report Category`, and the " +":guilabel:`Report Name`, under the :guilabel:`Select a report` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Next, fill out the :guilabel:`Select report details` section. These options " +"will vary based on the tab selected above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Depending on the report size, the following two options are available in the" +" section labeled, :guilabel:`Select the approximate number of transactions " +"for your report`: :guilabel:`Create and download the report instantly` (for " +"small reports) and :guilabel:`Create and download the report in the " +"background` (for larger reports). Select one or the other depending on the " +"volume of transactions in this report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Finally, under the section labeled, :guilabel:`Report preview and export` " +"make a selection of the file type to download. Either a :guilabel:`.PDF` or " +":guilabel:`.XLS` can be chosen. Alternatively, the file can be previewed by " +"selecting the :guilabel:`Preview` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:172 +msgid "" +"After making all the configurations, click :guilabel:`Create report` to " +"download the report. Click :icon:`fa-star-o` :guilabel:`Make this report a " +"favorite` to save the report configuration to the user's favorites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:176 +msgid "" +"After the report is created, click :icon:`fa-download` :guilabel:`Download` " +"to download the file to the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Select a pre-configured report from the :guilabel:`Frequently used reports` " +"section of the reporting dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Access this list by clicking on the :guilabel:`Reports` option in the top " +"menu of the Avalara management console, and scroll to the bottom of the " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"`See Avalara's documentation: Reports in AvaTax " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:191 +msgid "Add more jurisdictions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Additional jurisdictions (tax locations) can be added in the Avalara " +"management console. Navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox " +"`_ or `production " +"`_ environment. This will depend on which type " +"of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Where you collect tax`. " +"Choose between the three different tabs, depending on the business need. The" +" first tab is :guilabel:`Sales and use tax`, where tax can be collected for " +"the United States. Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add to where you " +"collect sales and use tax` to add another location where the company " +"collects sales and use tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The second option, is the :guilabel:`VAT/GST` tab where the :icon:`fa-plus` " +":guilabel:`Add a country or territory where you collect VAT/GST` can be " +"selected to add another country or territory where the company collects " +"VAT/GST." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Finally, on the far-right, is the :guilabel:`Customs duty` tab, where a " +"country can be added where the company collects customs duty. Simply click " +"on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a country where you calculate customs " +"duty` icon below the tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"AvaTax management console, on the Where you collect tax page, with the add button and\n" +"sales and use tax tab highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:217 +msgid "" +"`See Avalara's documentation: Add local jurisdiction taxes " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:221 +msgid "Tax exemption certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Tax exemption certificates for customers can be added into the Avalara " +"management console, so that *AvaTax* is aware of which customers may be " +"exempt from paying certain taxes. To add an *exception certificate* navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Exemptions --> Customer certificates`. From there, click" +" on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a certificate` to configure an " +"exemption." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:229 +msgid "" +"An Avalara subscription to Exemption Certificate Management (ECM) is " +"required in order to attach certificate images, and to be ready for an " +"audit. For more on subscribing to this add-on, visit `Avalara " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:235 +msgid "End-of-year operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Avalara's services include tax return services, for when it is time to file " +"taxes at the end of the year. To access Avalara's tax services log, into the" +" `management portal `_. Then, from the main " +"dashboard, click :guilabel:`Returns`. Avalara will prompt the Avalara user " +"to log in for security purposes, and redirect the user to the *Returns* " +"portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara portal with the returns shortcut highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Get started` to begin the tax return process. For more " +"information, refer to this Avalara documentation: `About Managed Returns " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, click on the :menuselection:`Returns` button in the top menu " +"of the Avalara management console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:161 +msgid ":doc:`../avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`avatax_use`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:3 +msgid "AvaTax use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:5 +msgid "" +"AvaTax is a tax calculation software that can be integrated with Odoo in the" +" United States and Canada. Once the :doc:`integration setup <../avatax>` is " +"complete, the calculated tax is simple and automatic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:10 msgid "Tax calculation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:12 msgid "" -"Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with Avatax by" -" confirming the documents. Alternatively, calculate the taxes manually by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`Compute taxes using Avatax` button while these " -"documents are in draft mode." +"Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with AvaTax by" +" confirming the documents during the sales flow. Alternatively, calculate " +"the taxes manually by clicking the :guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button, while " +"these documents are in draft stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:17 msgid "" -"Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Code` field that's available on customers, " -"quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and Avatax." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button recalculates taxes, if any " +"product lines are edited on the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 -msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Sales quotation with the confirm and compute taxes button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The tax calculation is triggered during the following :ref:`automatic " +"trigger ` and :ref:`manual trigger " +"` circumstances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:30 +msgid "Automatic triggers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the sales rep sends the quote by email with :guilabel:`Send by email` " +"button (pop-up)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:33 +msgid "When the customer views the online quote on the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:34 +msgid "When a quote is confirmed and becomes a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:35 +msgid "When the customer views the invoice on the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:36 +msgid "When a draft invoice is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:37 +msgid "When the customer views the subscription in the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:38 +msgid "When a subscription generates an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:39 +msgid "When the customer gets to the last screen of the eCommerce checkout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:44 +msgid "Manual triggers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button at the bottom of the quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button at the top of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:49 +msgid "Use each of these buttons to manually re-calculate the sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Partner Code` field that is available on customer" +" records, quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and " +"AvaTax. This field is located under the :menuselection:`Other info` tab of " +"the sales order or quotation in the :guilabel:`Sales` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:56 +msgid "" +"On the customer record, navigate to *Contacts app* and select a contact. " +"Then open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab and the :guilabel:`Avalara " +"Partner Code` under the :guilabel:`Sales` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)` fiscal position is also " +"applied on those Odoo documents, like subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:165 +msgid ":doc:`../fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:68 +msgid "AvaTax synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Synchronization occurs with AvaTax, when the *invoice* is created in Odoo. " +"This means the sales tax is recorded with Avalara (AvaTax software " +"developer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`. " +"Select a quotation from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:76 +msgid "" +"After confirming a quotation and validating the delivery, click " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice`. Indicate whether it is a :guilabel:`Regular " +"invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or :guilabel:`Down payment " +"(fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Then click :guilabel:`Create and view invoice`. The recorded taxes can be " +"seen in the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab of the invoice. There will be " +"different taxes depending on the location of the :guilabel:`Delivery " +"Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Journal items highlighted on a invoice in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Finally, press the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to complete the invoice and " +"synchronize with the AvaTax portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:92 +msgid "" +"An invoice cannot be :guilabel:`Reset to draft` because this causes de-" +"synchronization with the AvaTax Portal. Instead, click :guilabel:`Add credit" +" note` and state: `Sync with AvaTax Portal`. See this documentation: " +":doc:`../../../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:97 +msgid "Fixed price discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Add a fixed price discount to a valuable customer, by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line` on the customer's invoice. Add the product discount, " +"and set the :guilabel:`Price` to either a positive or negative value. To " +"recalculate the taxes, click :guilabel:`Compute Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Tax calculation can even be done on negative subtotals and credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:107 +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:109 +msgid "" +"It is possible to log Avalara/*AvaTax* actions in Odoo for further analysis," +" or verification of functionality. Logging is accessible through the " +"*AvaTax* settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To start logging *AvaTax* actions, first, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, under the :guilabel:`AvaTax` " +"settings, click :guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Upon starting the log process, Odoo will log all Avalara/*AvaTax* actions " +"performed in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To view the logs, click on :guilabel:`Show logs` to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`. This reveals a detailed list of " +"Avalara/*AvaTax* actions. This list is sortable by the following columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:124 +msgid ":guilabel:`Created on`: timestamp of the *AvaTax* calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`Created by`: numeric value of the user in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Database name`: name of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: two values can be chosen for this field, " +":guilabel:`Server` or :guilabel:`Client`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Avalara service name. In this case, it will be *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:130 +msgid ":guilabel:`Level`: by default, this will be `INFO`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:131 +msgid ":guilabel:`Path`: indicates the path taken to make the calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`Line`: indicates the line the calculation is made on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:133 +msgid ":guilabel:`Function`: indicates the calculation taken on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1 +msgid "Avalara logging page with top row of list highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Click into the log line to reveal another field, called :guilabel:`Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:141 +msgid "" +"This field populates a raw transcription of the transaction, which involves " +"the creation (or adjustment) of a sales invoice using the Avalara *AvaTax* " +"API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The transaction includes details, such as addresses for shipping from and " +"to, line items describing the products or services, tax codes, tax amounts, " +"and other relevant information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:147 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Message` contains the calculated taxes for different " +"jurisdictions and confirms the creation (or adjustment) of the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Custom fields can be made using Odoo *Studio*. Click the :icon:`fa-" +"ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(ellipsis)` menu to the far-right of the header row. " +"Then click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add custom field`. This action opens " +"Odoo *Studio*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Studio* requires a *custom* pricing plan. Consult the database's " +"customer success manager for more information on switching plans. Or to see " +"if Odoo *Studio* is included in the database's current pricing plan. See " +"this documentation: :doc:`../../../../studio`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:162 +msgid ":doc:`avalara_portal`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:3 @@ -13290,13 +14895,6 @@ msgid "" "services and the **Import OSS** scheme for goods valued at or below €150." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1019 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:42 -msgid "Reports" -msgstr "報表" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:54 msgid "" "To generate **OSS sales** or **OSS imports** reports and submit them onto " @@ -13644,7 +15242,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:592 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:570 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:700 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:710 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:119 @@ -16316,27 +17914,24 @@ msgstr "您可以在下面找到本地化功能的一般說明以及如何配置 msgid "" "`Webinar - Localización de Argentina " "`_." -msgstr "" -"`Webinar - Localización de Argentina " -"`_." +msgstr "`網路研討會 - 阿根廷本地化 `_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:11 msgid "" "`eCommerce - Localización de Argentina " "`_." -msgstr "" -"`eCommerce - Localización de Argentina " -"`_." +msgstr "`電子商務 - 阿根廷本地化 `_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:14 msgid "" "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina " "`_" msgstr "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina " -"`_" +"`智能教程 - 阿根廷本地化 `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 @@ -16349,73 +17944,6 @@ msgid "" "features of the Argentinean localization:" msgstr ":ref:`安裝 ` 以下模組可取得阿根廷本地化套裝的所有功能：" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "名稱" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 -msgid "Technical name" -msgstr "技術名稱" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "說明" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:32 msgid ":guilabel:`Argentina - Accounting`" msgstr ":guilabel:`阿根廷 - 會計`" @@ -16431,14 +17959,12 @@ msgid "" " :abbr:`AFIP (Administración Federal de Ingresos Públicos)` regulations and " "guidelines." msgstr "" -"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `, " -"which represents the minimal configuration to operate in Argentina under the" -" :abbr:`AFIP (Administración Federal de Ingresos Públicos)` regulations and " -"guidelines." +"預設的 :ref:`財政本地化套裝 `，代表根據聯邦公共收入管理局（:abbr:`AFIP" +" (Administración Federal de Ingresos Públicos)`）的法規和準則，在阿根廷營運的最低配置。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:37 msgid ":guilabel:`Argentinean Accounting Reports`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Argentinean Accounting Reports`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`阿根廷會計報告`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:38 msgid "`l10n_ar_reports`" @@ -16446,11 +17972,11 @@ msgstr "`l10n_ar_reports`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:39 msgid "VAT Book report and VAT summary report." -msgstr "VAT Book report and VAT summary report." +msgstr "增值稅簿記報告和增值稅匯總報告。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:40 msgid ":guilabel:`Argentinean Electronic Invoicing`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Argentinean Electronic Invoicing`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`阿根廷電子發票`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:41 msgid "`l10n_ar_edi`" @@ -16460,15 +17986,12 @@ msgstr "`l10n_ar_edi`" msgid "" "Includes all technical and functional requirements to generate electronic " "invoices via web service, based on the AFIP regulations." -msgstr "" -"Includes all technical and functional requirements to generate electronic " -"invoices via web service, based on the AFIP regulations." +msgstr "包括根據 AFIP 法規, 透過網路服務產生電子發票的所有技術和功能要求。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:44 msgid "" ":ref:`Argentinean eCommerce `" -msgstr "" -":ref:`Argentinean eCommerce `" +msgstr ":ref:`阿根廷電子商務 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:45 msgid "`l10n_ar_website_sale`" @@ -16479,13 +18002,10 @@ msgid "" "(optional) Allows the user to see Identification Type and AFIP " "Responsibility in the eCommerce checkout form in order to create electronic " "invoices." -msgstr "" -"(optional) Allows the user to see Identification Type and AFIP " -"Responsibility in the eCommerce checkout form in order to create electronic " -"invoices." +msgstr "（可選用）允許使用者在電子商務結賬表單中, 查看識別類型和 AFIP 責任，以便建立電子發票。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:52 @@ -16499,19 +18019,16 @@ msgid "" "in is the :guilabel:`AFIP Responsibility Type`, which represents the fiscal " "obligation and structure of the company." msgstr "" -"Once the localization modules are installed, the first step is to set up the" -" company's data. In addition to the basic information, a key field to fill " -"in is the :guilabel:`AFIP Responsibility Type`, which represents the fiscal " -"obligation and structure of the company." +"安裝在地化模組後，第一步是設定公司資料。除了基本資訊外，需要填寫的關鍵欄位是 :guilabel:`AFIP 責任類型`,它代表公司的財務義務和結構。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Select AFIP Responsibility Type." -msgstr "Select AFIP Responsibility Type." +msgstr "選擇 AFIP 責任類型。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:63 msgid "Chart of account" -msgstr "Chart of account" +msgstr "賬目總表" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -16520,36 +18037,34 @@ msgid "" "type, and consider the difference between companies that do not require as " "many accounts as the companies that have more complex fiscal requirements:" msgstr "" -"In Accounting, there are three different :guilabel:`Chart of Accounts` " -"packages to choose from. They are based on a company's AFIP responsibility " -"type, and consider the difference between companies that do not require as " -"many accounts as the companies that have more complex fiscal requirements:" +"在會計中，有三種不同的 :guilabel:`會計賬目總表` 套裝包可供選擇。它們基於公司的 AFIP " +"責任類型,並考慮到不需要大量賬戶及具有複雜財務要求的公司之間的差異：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:70 msgid "Monotributista (227 accounts);" -msgstr "Monotributista (227 accounts);" +msgstr "Monotributista (227種賬戶)；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:71 msgid "IVA Exento (290 accounts);" -msgstr "IVA Exento (290 accounts);" +msgstr "IVA Exento (290種賬戶)；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:72 msgid "Responsable Inscripto (298 Accounts)." -msgstr "Responsable Inscripto (298 Accounts)." +msgstr "Responsable Inscripto (298種賬戶)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Select Fiscal Localization Package." -msgstr "Select Fiscal Localization Package." +msgstr "選擇財政本地化套裝。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:205 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:255 msgid "Configure master data" msgstr "配置主數據" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:82 msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" -msgstr "Electronic Invoice Credentials" +msgstr "電子發票憑證" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:85 msgid "Environment" @@ -16559,9 +18074,7 @@ msgstr "環境" msgid "" "The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, " "**testing** and **production**." -msgstr "" -"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, " -"**testing** and **production**." +msgstr "AFIP 基礎設施複製在兩個獨立的環境中： **測試** 和 **正式運行**。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -16570,10 +18083,7 @@ msgid "" "environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " "certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." msgstr "" -"Testing is provided so that the companies can test their databases until " -"they are ready to move into the **Production** environment. As these two " -"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " -"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." +"提供測試是為了讓公司可以測試他們的資料庫，直到他們準備好進入**正式運行**環境。由於這兩個環境完全隔離，一個安裝個體的數碼憑證，在另一個個體中無效。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -16581,13 +18091,12 @@ msgid "" "Settings --> Argentinean Localization` and choose either :guilabel:`Prueba " "(Testing)` or :guilabel:`Produccion (Production)`." msgstr "" -"To select a database environment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Settings --> Argentinean Localization` and choose either :guilabel:`Prueba " -"(Testing)` or :guilabel:`Produccion (Production)`." +"若要選擇資料庫環境，請前往 :menuselection:`會計 --> 設定 --> 阿根廷本地化`，然後選擇 " +":guilabel:`Prueba（測試）` 或 :guilabel:`Produccion（正式運行）`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Select AFIP database environment: Testing or Production." -msgstr "Select AFIP database environment: Testing or Production." +msgstr "選擇 AFIP 資料庫環境：測試或正式運行。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:101 msgid "AFIP certificates" @@ -16597,17 +18106,13 @@ msgstr "AFIP 證書" msgid "" "The electronic invoice and other AFIP services work with :guilabel:`Web " "Services (WS)` provided by the AFIP." -msgstr "" -"The electronic invoice and other AFIP services work with :guilabel:`Web " -"Services (WS)` provided by the AFIP." +msgstr "電子發票和其他 AFIP 服務,可與 AFIP 提供的 :guilabel:`網絡服務(WS)`配搭使用。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:106 msgid "" "In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" " a :guilabel:`Digital Certificate` if you do not have one already." -msgstr "" -"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" -" a :guilabel:`Digital Certificate` if you do not have one already." +msgstr "為了啟用與 AFIP 的通訊，第一步是要求 :guilabel:`數碼憑證`（若未有）。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -16615,13 +18120,12 @@ msgid "" "selected, a file with extension `.csr` (certificate signing request) is " "generated to be used in the AFIP portal to request the certificate." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Generate Certificate Sign Request (Odoo)`. When this option is " -"selected, a file with extension `.csr` (certificate signing request) is " -"generated to be used in the AFIP portal to request the certificate." +":guilabel:`產生證書簽署請求(Odoo)`。選擇此選項後，將產生副檔名為 `.csr`（證書簽署請求）的文件，以在 AFIP " +"入口網站中要求證書。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 msgid "Request a certificate." -msgstr "Request a certificate." +msgstr "要求證書。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -16630,10 +18134,9 @@ msgid "" "`_ " "to get a certificate." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Generate Certificate (AFIP)`. Access the AFIP portal and follow " -"the instructions described in `this document " +":guilabel:`產生證書 (AFIP)`。存取 AFIP 門戶網站,並依照 `此文件 " "`_ " -"to get a certificate." +"中所述，取得證書。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -16641,13 +18144,12 @@ msgid "" "is generated, upload it to Odoo using the :guilabel:`Pencil` icon next to " "the field :guilabel:`Certificado` and select the corresponding file." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo)`. Once the certificate " -"is generated, upload it to Odoo using the :guilabel:`Pencil` icon next to " -"the field :guilabel:`Certificado` and select the corresponding file." +":guilabel:`上載證書及私鑰 (Odoo)`。產生憑證後，使用 :guilabel:`Certificado` 欄位旁的 " +":guilabel:`鉛筆` 圖示將其上載至 Odoo，然後選擇相應的檔案。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 msgid "Upload Certificate and Private Key." -msgstr "Upload Certificate and Private Key." +msgstr "上載證書及私密密鑰。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -16658,24 +18160,19 @@ msgid "" "Homologation Certificate. The following message will be in the chatter when " "testing locally:" msgstr "" -"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " -"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " -"`_. Furthermore, " -"Odoo allows the user to test electronic invoicing locally without a " -"Homologation Certificate. The following message will be in the chatter when " -"testing locally:" +"如果您需要配置規格認證，請參閱 AFIP 官方文檔：`規格認證 " +"`_。此外，Odoo " +"亦允許用戶在本地測試電子發票，而無需規格認證。本地測試時,溝通欄中將顯示以下消息:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 msgid "" "Invoice validated locally because it is in a testing environment without testing\n" "certificate/keys." -msgstr "" -"Invoice validated locally because it is in a testing environment without testing\n" -"certificate/keys." +msgstr "發票在本地驗證，因為它處於測試環境中,沒有測試證書 /密鑰。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:143 msgid "Identification type and VAT" -msgstr "Identification type and VAT" +msgstr "標識類型和增值稅" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -16684,36 +18181,29 @@ msgid "" " transactions. There are six :guilabel:`Identification Types` available by " "default, as well as 32 inactive types." msgstr "" -"As part of the Argentinean localization, document types defined by the AFIP " -"are now available in the **Partner form**. Information is essential for most" -" transactions. There are six :guilabel:`Identification Types` available by " -"default, as well as 32 inactive types." +"作為阿根廷本地化的一部分，由 AFIP 定義的文件類型現在可在 **合作夥伴表格** 中使用。對於大多數交易來說，資訊是必要的。預設情況下有 6 種 " +":guilabel:`識別類型` 可用,還有 32 種非有效類型。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "A list of AR Localization document types in Odoo, as defined by AFIP." -msgstr "A list of AR Localization document types in Odoo, as defined by AFIP." +msgstr "根據 AFIP 的定義，Odoo 中的阿根廷本地化文件類型列表。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:154 msgid "" "The complete list of :guilabel:`Identification Types` defined by the AFIP is" " included in Odoo, but only the common ones are active." -msgstr "" -"The complete list of :guilabel:`Identification Types` defined by the AFIP is" -" included in Odoo, but only the common ones are active." +msgstr "Odoo 中包含 AFIP 定義的 :guilabel:`標識類型` 的完整列表，但只有常用的標識類型是有效的。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:158 msgid "AFIP responsibility type" -msgstr "AFIP responsibility type" +msgstr "AFIP 責任類型" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:160 msgid "" "In Argentina, the document type and corresponding transactions associated " "with customers and vendors is defined by the AFIP Responsibility type. This " "field should be defined in the **Partner form**." -msgstr "" -"In Argentina, the document type and corresponding transactions associated " -"with customers and vendors is defined by the AFIP Responsibility type. This " -"field should be defined in the **Partner form**." +msgstr "在阿根廷，與客戶和供應商相關的單據類型和相應交易, 由 AFIP 責任類型定義。該欄位應在 **合作夥伴表** 中定義。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:171 msgid "" @@ -16721,17 +18211,14 @@ msgid "" " their related financial account and configuration, e.g., 73 taxes for " ":guilabel:`Responsable Inscripto`." msgstr "" -"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically with" -" their related financial account and configuration, e.g., 73 taxes for " -":guilabel:`Responsable Inscripto`." +"作為本地化模組的一部份，稅款會自動與相關財務賬戶和配置一起創建，例如註冊負責人（:guilabel:`Responsable Inscripto`）的 " +"73 種稅款。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "" "A list of AR Localization taxes with financial amount and configuration in " "Odoo." -msgstr "" -"A list of AR Localization taxes with financial amount and configuration in " -"Odoo." +msgstr "Odoo 中的阿根廷本地化稅項清單以及財務金額和配置。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:179 msgid "Taxes types" @@ -16739,27 +18226,23 @@ msgstr "稅項類型" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:181 msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" -msgstr "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "阿根廷有多種稅種，最常見的是：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:183 msgid "" ":guilabel:`VAT`: this is the regular VAT and can have various percentages;" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`VAT`: this is the regular VAT and can have various percentages;" +msgstr "增值稅（:guilabel:`VAT`）：這是常規增值稅，可以有不同的百分比；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:184 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Perception`: advance payment of a tax that is applied on " "invoices;" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Perception`: advance payment of a tax that is applied on " -"invoices;" +msgstr ":guilabel:`預繳`：是應用於發票上的一種預付稅款；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:185 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Retention`: advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Retention`: advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments." +msgstr ":guilabel:`保留金`：是應用於付款上的一種預付稅款；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:188 msgid "Special taxes" @@ -16772,18 +18255,15 @@ msgid "" "creating a new tax, be sure to check if that tax is not already included as " "inactive." msgstr "" -"Some Argentinean taxes are not commonly used for all companies, and those " -"less common options are labeled as inactive in Odoo by default. Before " -"creating a new tax, be sure to check if that tax is not already included as " -"inactive." +"阿根廷的某些稅項並非所有公司都常用，這些不常用的選項在 Odoo 中預設被標記為未激活。在建立新稅項之前, 請務必檢查該稅項是否已被列為未啟動稅項。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "" "A list showing less common Argentinean tax options, which are labeled as inactive in Odoo\n" "by default." msgstr "" -"A list showing less common Argentinean tax options, which are labeled as inactive in Odoo\n" -"by default." +"顯示不常用的阿根廷稅項的列表，這些選項在 Odoo 中\n" +"預設標為未啟動。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:202 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:252 @@ -16798,21 +18278,15 @@ msgid "" "`AFIP `__ is the governmental fiscal authority " "that defines such transactions." msgstr "" -"In some Latin American countries, like Argentina, some accounting " -"transactions such as invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " -"types defined by the governmental fiscal authorities. In Argentina, the " -"`AFIP `__ is the governmental fiscal authority " -"that defines such transactions." +"在一些拉丁美洲國家/地區，例如阿根廷, 某些會計交易（如發票和供應商賬單）根據政府稅務機構定義的文件類型進行分類。在阿根廷,AFIP " +" 是負責定義此類交易的政府稅務機構。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:209 msgid "" "The document type is an essential piece of information that needs to be " "clearly displayed in printed reports, invoices, and journal entries that " "list account moves." -msgstr "" -"The document type is an essential piece of information that needs to be " -"clearly displayed in printed reports, invoices, and journal entries that " -"list account moves." +msgstr "文件類型是在列出賬戶流水的打印報告、發票和日記賬記項中,需要清晰顯示的重要資料。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:212 msgid "" @@ -16820,79 +18294,61 @@ msgid "" "assigned. As part of the localization, the document type includes the " "country in which the document is applicable (this data is created " "automatically when the localization module is installed)." -msgstr "" -"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " -"assigned. As part of the localization, the document type includes the " -"country in which the document is applicable (this data is created " -"automatically when the localization module is installed)." +msgstr "每種文件類型在其指定的日記賬中都有唯一的序列。作為本地化的一部分，文件類型包括文件適用的國家/地區（安裝本地化模組時,會自動建立此數據）。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:216 msgid "" "The information required for the :guilabel:`Document Types` is included by " "default so the user does not need to fill anything on this view:" -msgstr "" -"The information required for the :guilabel:`Document Types` is included by " -"default so the user does not need to fill anything on this view:" +msgstr "預設情況下，:guilabel:`文件類型` 所需的資訊已包含在內，因此用戶無需在此檢視畫面中填寫任何內容：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "A list of document types in Odoo." -msgstr "A list of document types in Odoo." +msgstr "Odoo 中的文件類型列表。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:224 msgid "" "There are several :guilabel:`Document Types` types that are inactive by " "default, but can be activated as needed." -msgstr "" -"There are several :guilabel:`Document Types` types that are inactive by " -"default, but can be activated as needed." +msgstr "有幾種 :guilabel:`文件類型` 類型預設未生效，但可根據需要啟動。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:228 msgid "Letters" -msgstr "信件" +msgstr "字母" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:230 msgid "" "For Argentina, the :guilabel:`Document Types` include a letter that helps " "indicate the type of transaction or operation. For example, when an invoice " "is related to a(n):" -msgstr "" -"For Argentina, the :guilabel:`Document Types` include a letter that helps " -"indicate the type of transaction or operation. For example, when an invoice " -"is related to a(n):" +msgstr "對於阿根廷而言，:guilabel:`文件類型` 包括一個有助指示交易或操作類型的字母。例如，當發票與以下內容相關時：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:233 msgid "" ":guilabel:`B2B transaction`, a document type :guilabel:`A` must be used;" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`B2B transaction`, a document type :guilabel:`A` must be used;" +msgstr ":guilabel:`商戶對商戶（B2B）交易`，必須使用單據類型 :guilabel:`A`；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`B2C transaction`, a document type :guilabel:`B` must be used;" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`B2C transaction`, a document type :guilabel:`B` must be used;" +msgstr ":guilabel:`商戶對顧客（B2C）交易`，必須使用單據類型 :guilabel:`B`；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:235 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Exportation Transaction`, a document type :guilabel:`E` must be " "used." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Exportation Transaction`, a document type :guilabel:`E` must be " -"used." +msgstr ":guilabel:`出口交易`，必須使用單據類型 :guilabel:`E`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:237 msgid "" "The documents included in the localization already have the proper letter " "associated with each :guilabel:`Document Type`, so there is no further " "configuration necessary." -msgstr "" -"The documents included in the localization already have the proper letter " -"associated with each :guilabel:`Document Type`, so there is no further " -"configuration necessary." +msgstr "本地化功能包含的文件, 已經具有與每個 :guilabel:`文件類型` 關聯的正確字母，因此無需進一步配置。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "document types grouped by letters." -msgstr "document types grouped by letters." +msgstr "按字母分組的文件類型。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:245 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:269 @@ -16902,24 +18358,19 @@ msgstr "在發票上使用" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:247 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Document Type` on each transaction will be determined by:" -msgstr "" -"The :guilabel:`Document Type` on each transaction will be determined by:" +msgstr "每筆交易的 :guilabel:`文件類型` 將由以下因素決定：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:249 msgid "" "The journal entry related to the invoice (if the journal uses documents);" -msgstr "" -"The journal entry related to the invoice (if the journal uses documents);" +msgstr "與發票相關的日記賬記項（如果日記賬使用單據/文件）；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:250 msgid "" "The onditions applied based on the type of issuer and receiver (e.g., the " "type of fiscal regime of the buyer and the type of fiscal regime of the " "vendor)." -msgstr "" -"The onditions applied based on the type of issuer and receiver (e.g., the " -"type of fiscal regime of the buyer and the type of fiscal regime of the " -"vendor)." +msgstr "適用的條件是基於發出人和接收人的類型（例如, 買方的財政制度類型和賣方的財政制度類型）。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:256 msgid "" @@ -16927,9 +18378,8 @@ msgid "" "depending on its usage and internal type. To configure journals, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`." msgstr "" -"In the Argentinean localization, the journal can have a different approach " -"depending on its usage and internal type. To configure journals, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`." +"在阿根廷本地化功能中，日記賬可以根據其用途和內部類型, 採用不同的方法。若要設定日記賬，請前往 :menuselection:`會計 --> 配置 " +"--> 日記賬`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:260 msgid "" @@ -16939,11 +18389,8 @@ msgid "" " on invoices, please refer to the section :ref:`2.3 document types " "`." msgstr "" -"For sales and purchase journals, it's possible to activate the option " -":guilabel:`Use Documents`, which enables a list of :guilabel:`Document " -"Types` that can be related to the invoices and vendor bills. For more detail" -" on invoices, please refer to the section :ref:`2.3 document types " -"`." +"對於銷售和採購日記賬，可以啟動 :guilabel:`使用文件` 選項，該選項會啟用能夠與發票和供應商賬單相關聯的 :guilabel:`文件類型` " +"清單。有關發票的更多詳細資訊，請參閱以下章節：:ref:`2.3 文件類型 `。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:265 msgid "" @@ -16952,14 +18399,12 @@ msgid "" "meaning, their use case will be mostly limited to monitoring account moves " "related to internal control processes." msgstr "" -"If the sales or purchase journals do not have the :guilabel:`Use Documents` " -"option activated, they will not be able to generate fiscal invoices, " -"meaning, their use case will be mostly limited to monitoring account moves " -"related to internal control processes." +"如果銷售或採購日記賬沒有啟動 :guilabel:`使用文件` " +"選項，它們將無法產生財務發票，意味它們的用途，將主要限於監控與內部控制流程相關的賬戶變更。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:270 msgid "AFIP information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" -msgstr "AFIP information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" +msgstr "AFIP 資訊（亦稱作 AFIP 銷售點）" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:272 msgid "" @@ -16967,25 +18412,24 @@ msgid "" "journals and defines the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the " "transactions for which the journal is created." msgstr "" -"The :guilabel:`AFIP POS System` is a field only visible for the **Sales** " -"journals and defines the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the " -"transactions for which the journal is created." +":guilabel:`AFIP 銷售點系統` 是只向 **銷售** 日記賬顯示的欄位，定義了為相關交易建立的日記賬中，用於管理交易的 AFIP " +"銷售點類型。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:275 msgid "The AFIP POS defines the following:" -msgstr "The AFIP POS defines the following:" +msgstr "AFIP 銷售點定義以下資訊：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:277 msgid "the sequences of document types related to the web service;" -msgstr "the sequences of document types related to the web service;" +msgstr "與網絡服務相關文件類型的序號；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:278 msgid "the structure and data of the electronic invoice file." -msgstr "the structure and data of the electronic invoice file." +msgstr "電子發票檔案的結構及數據。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "A AFIP POS System field which is available on Sales journals in Odoo." -msgstr "A AFIP POS System field which is available on Sales journals in Odoo." +msgstr "AFIP 銷售點系統欄位, 可在 Odoo 的銷售日記賬中使用。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:285 msgid "Web services" @@ -16995,19 +18439,14 @@ msgstr "網頁服務" msgid "" "**Web services** help generate invoices for different purposes. Below are a " "few options to choose from:" -msgstr "" -"**Web services** help generate invoices for different purposes. Below are a " -"few options to choose from:" +msgstr "**網絡服務** 協助產生不同用途的發票。以下是一些可供選擇的選項：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:290 msgid "" ":guilabel:`wsfev1: Electronic Invoice`: is the most common service, which is" " used to generate invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per" " item;" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`wsfev1: Electronic Invoice`: is the most common service, which is" -" used to generate invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per" -" item;" +msgstr ":guilabel:`wsfev1: 電子發票`:是最常見的服務，用於產生單據類型 A、B、C、M 的發票，當中每個項目沒有詳細資訊；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:292 msgid "" @@ -17017,9 +18456,8 @@ msgid "" "`__;" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond`: is for those who invoice " -"capital goods and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds " -"granted by the Ministry of Economy. For more details go to: `Fiscal Bond " +":guilabel:`wsbfev1: 電子財政債券`:適用於那些為資本貨物開立發票, " +"並希望獲得經濟部授予電子稅務債券優惠的人。如欲了解更多詳情，請瀏覽: `財政債券 " "`__;" @@ -17028,10 +18466,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice`: is used to generate " "invoices for international customers and transactions that involve " "exportation processes, the document type related is type \"E\"." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice`: is used to generate " -"invoices for international customers and transactions that involve " -"exportation processes, the document type related is type \"E\"." +msgstr ":guilabel:`wsfexv1: 電子出口發票`:用於為牽涉出口流程的國際客戶和交易產生發票，相關文件類型為「E」類型。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Web Services." @@ -17039,15 +18474,13 @@ msgstr "網頁服務。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:304 msgid "Here are some useful fields to know when working with web services:" -msgstr "Here are some useful fields to know when working with web services:" +msgstr "以下是使用網絡服務時需要了解的一些有用欄位：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:306 msgid "" ":guilabel:`AFIP POS Number`: is the number configured in the AFIP to " "identify the operations related to this AFIP POS;" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`AFIP POS Number`: is the number configured in the AFIP to " -"identify the operations related to this AFIP POS;" +msgstr ":guilabel:`AFIP 銷售點號碼`:是AFIP中配置的號碼，用於識別與該AFIP 銷售點相關的操作；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:308 msgid "" @@ -17057,11 +18490,9 @@ msgid "" "AFIP will require the company to have one AFIP POS per location. This " "location will be printed in the invoice report;" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`AFIP POS Address`: is the field related to the commercial address" -" registered for the POS, which is usually the same address as the company. " -"For example, if a company has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then the " -"AFIP will require the company to have one AFIP POS per location. This " -"location will be printed in the invoice report;" +":guilabel:`AFIP POS 位址`:是與 POS " +"註冊的商業地址相關的欄位，通常與公司地址相同。例如，如果一家公司擁有多個商店（財務地點）,則 AFIP 將要求該公司每個地點配備一個 AFIP " +"POS。該位置將列印在發票報告中；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:312 msgid "" @@ -17069,33 +18500,29 @@ msgid "" "document types (applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share " "the same sequence. For example:" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Unified Book`: when the AFIP POS System is Preimpresa, then the " -"document types (applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share " -"the same sequence. For example:" +":guilabel:`統一賬簿：當AFIP POS系統為Preimpresa時，具有相同字母的單據類型（適用於日記賬）會使用相同的序列。例如：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:315 msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002;" -msgstr "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002;" +msgstr "發票: FA-A 0001-00000002;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:316 msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003;" -msgstr "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003;" +msgstr "貸記單: NC-A 0001-00000003;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:317 msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." -msgstr "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." +msgstr "借記單: ND-A 0001-00000004。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:320 msgid "Sequences" -msgstr "序號" +msgstr "序列" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:322 msgid "" "For the first invoice, Odoo synchronizes with the AFIP automatically and " "displays the last sequence used." -msgstr "" -"For the first invoice, Odoo synchronizes with the AFIP automatically and " -"displays the last sequence used." +msgstr "對於第一張發票，Odoo 會自動與 AFIP 同步, 並顯示最後使用的序列。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:326 msgid "" @@ -17105,11 +18532,8 @@ msgid "" "document type sequences, since the document number is provided by the " "vendor." msgstr "" -"When creating :guilabel:`Purchase Journals`, it's possible to define whether" -" they are related to document types or not. In the case where the option to " -"use documents is selected, there would be no need to manually associate the " -"document type sequences, since the document number is provided by the " -"vendor." +"建立 " +":guilabel:`採購日記賬`時，可定義它們是否與文件類型相關。在選擇使用文件的選項的情況下，不需要手動關聯文件類型序列，因為文件編號是由供應商提供。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:332 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:391 @@ -17125,81 +18549,65 @@ msgstr "發票" msgid "" "The information below applies to invoice creation once the partners and " "journals are created and properly configured." -msgstr "" -"The information below applies to invoice creation once the partners and " -"journals are created and properly configured." +msgstr "一旦創建並正確配置了合作夥伴和日記賬, 以下資料即適用於發票建立。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:341 msgid "Document type assignation" -msgstr "Document type assignation" +msgstr "指定文件類型" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:343 msgid "" "When the partner is selected, the :guilabel:`Document Type` field will be " "filled in automatically based on the AFIP document type:" -msgstr "" -"When the partner is selected, the :guilabel:`Document Type` field will be " -"filled in automatically based on the AFIP document type:" +msgstr "選擇合作夥伴後，:guilabel:`文檔類型` 欄位將根據 AFIP 文件類型, 自動填寫：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:346 msgid "" "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A** is the type " "of document that shows all the taxes in detail along with the customer's " "information." -msgstr "" -"**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A** is the type " -"of document that shows all the taxes in detail along with the customer's " -"information." +msgstr "**給客戶 IVA Responsable Inscripto 的發票, 字首 A** 是一種詳細顯示所有稅項以及客戶資訊的文件類型。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 msgid "Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A." -msgstr "Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A." +msgstr "給客戶 IVA Responsable Inscripto 的發票, 字首 A。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:352 msgid "" "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B** is the type of document that does " "not detail the taxes, since the taxes are included in the total amount." -msgstr "" -"**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B** is the type of document that does " -"not detail the taxes, since the taxes are included in the total amount." +msgstr "**給最終客戶的發票，字首 B** 是不詳細說明所有稅項的文件類型, 因為稅項已包含在總額中。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 msgid "Invoice for an end customer, prefix B." -msgstr "Invoice for an end customer, prefix B." +msgstr "給最終客戶的發票,字首 B。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:358 msgid "" "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E** is the type of document used when " "exporting goods that shows the incoterm." -msgstr "" -"**Exportation Invoice, prefix E** is the type of document used when " -"exporting goods that shows the incoterm." +msgstr "**出口發票，字首 E** 是出口貨物時使用的顯示國際貿易術語解釋通則(incoterm)的文件類型。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 msgid "Exportation Invoice, prefix E" -msgstr "Exportation Invoice, prefix E" +msgstr "出口發票, 字首 E" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:364 msgid "" "Even though some invoices use the same journal, the prefix and sequence are " "given by the :guilabel:`Document Type` field." -msgstr "" -"Even though some invoices use the same journal, the prefix and sequence are " -"given by the :guilabel:`Document Type` field." +msgstr "雖然某些發票使用相同的日記賬，但字首及序列是由 :guilabel:`文件類型` 欄位指定。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:367 msgid "" "The most common :guilabel:`Document Type` will be defined automatically for " "the different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated" " manually by the user before confirming the invoice." -msgstr "" -"The most common :guilabel:`Document Type` will be defined automatically for " -"the different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated" -" manually by the user before confirming the invoice." +msgstr "最常見的 :guilabel:`文件類型` 將針對 AFIP 責任類型的不同組合,作出自動定義，但使用者可以在確認發票之前手動更新。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:372 msgid "Electronic invoice elements" -msgstr "Electronic invoice elements" +msgstr "電子發票元素" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:374 msgid "" @@ -17209,39 +18617,31 @@ msgid "" " needs attention along with a proposed solution. If an error persists, the " "invoice remains in draft until the issue is resolved." msgstr "" -"When using electronic invoices, if all the information is correct then the " -"invoice is posted in the standard way unless there is an error that needs to" -" be addressed. When error messages pop up, they indicate both the issue that" -" needs attention along with a proposed solution. If an error persists, the " -"invoice remains in draft until the issue is resolved." +"使用電子發票時，如果所有資料正確無誤，發票會以標準方式入賬，除非出現需要解決的錯誤。錯誤訊息彈出時，會同時顯示需要注意的問題和建議的解決方案。如果錯誤持續存在，發票將保持草稿狀態，直到問題得到解決。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:379 msgid "" "Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " "and status is displayed in the AFIP tab, including:" -msgstr "" -"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " -"and status is displayed in the AFIP tab, including:" +msgstr "發票入賬後，與 AFIP 驗證和狀態有關的資訊, 將顯示在 AFIP 分頁中，包括：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:382 msgid ":guilabel:`AFIP Autorisation`: CAE number;" -msgstr ":guilabel:`AFIP Autorisation`: CAE number;" +msgstr ":guilabel:`AFIP 授權`:CAE 號碼；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:383 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expiration Date`: deadline to deliver the invoice to the " "customers (normally 10 days after the CAE is generated);" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Expiration Date`: deadline to deliver the invoice to the " -"customers (normally 10 days after the CAE is generated);" +msgstr ":guilabel:`到期日期`:向客戶交付發票的截止日期(通常在生成 CAE 後的 10 天內)；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:385 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Result:` indicates if the invoice has been :guilabel:`Aceptado en" " AFIP` and/or :guilabel:`Aceptado con Observaciones`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Result:` indicates if the invoice has been :guilabel:`Aceptado en" -" AFIP` and/or :guilabel:`Aceptado con Observaciones`." +":guilabel:`結果`:表示發票是否已經 :guilabel:`已被 AFIP 接受` 及/或 :guilabel:`AFIP " +"已接受但有待觀察`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "AFIP Status." @@ -17255,9 +18655,7 @@ msgstr "發票稅項" msgid "" "Based on the :guilabel:`AFIP Responsibility type`, the VAT tax can apply " "differently on the PDF report:" -msgstr "" -"Based on the :guilabel:`AFIP Responsibility type`, the VAT tax can apply " -"differently on the PDF report:" +msgstr "根據 :guilabel:`AFIP 責任類型`，在PDF 報告中,增值稅的應用方式可能會有所不同。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:398 msgid "" @@ -17265,9 +18663,8 @@ msgid "" "clearly identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer " "has the following AFIP Responsibility type of **Responsable Inscripto**;" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`A. Tax excluded`: in this case the taxed amount needs to be " -"clearly identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer " -"has the following AFIP Responsibility type of **Responsable Inscripto**;" +":guilabel:`A.不連稅`：在該情況下，需要在報告中明確指出稅項金額。當客戶的 AFIP 責任類型為 **Responsable " +"Inscripto** 時，此條件便適用；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 msgid "Tax excluded." @@ -17278,39 +18675,36 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`B. Tax amount included`: this means that the taxed amount is " "included as part of the product price, subtotal, and totals. This condition " "applies when the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`B. Tax amount included`: this means that the taxed amount is " -"included as part of the product price, subtotal, and totals. This condition " -"applies when the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" +msgstr ":guilabel:`B.連稅金額`：即稅額已包含在產品價格、小計和總額中。該條件適用於客戶具有以下 AFIP 責任類型的情況：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:409 msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento;" -msgstr "IVA Sujeto Exento;" +msgstr "IVA Sujeto Exento；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:410 msgid "Consumidor Final;" -msgstr "Consumidor Final;" +msgstr "最終消費者；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:411 msgid "Responsable Monotributo;" -msgstr "Responsable Monotributo;" +msgstr "單一稅務負責人；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:412 msgid "IVA liberado." -msgstr "IVA liberado." +msgstr "IVA liberado。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 msgid "Tax amount included." -msgstr "Tax amount included." +msgstr "連稅金額。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:419 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:650 msgid "Special use cases" -msgstr "Special use cases" +msgstr "特殊使用情況" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:422 msgid "Invoices for services" -msgstr "Invoices for services" +msgstr "服務發票" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:424 msgid "" @@ -17318,31 +18712,26 @@ msgid "" " to report the service starting and ending date, this information can be " "filled in the tab :guilabel:`Other Info`." msgstr "" -"For electronic invoices that include :guilabel:`Services`, the AFIP requires" -" to report the service starting and ending date, this information can be " -"filled in the tab :guilabel:`Other Info`." +"對於包含 :guilabel:`服務` 的電子發票，AFIP 要求報告服務開始和結束日期, 此資訊可在 :guilabel:`其他資訊` 分頁中填寫。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Invoices for Services." -msgstr "Invoices for Services." +msgstr "服務發票。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:431 msgid "" "If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the " "values will be filled automatically with the first and last day of the " "invoice's month." -msgstr "" -"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the " -"values will be filled automatically with the first and last day of the " -"invoice's month." +msgstr "如果在發票驗證前沒有手動選擇日期,會自動使用發票月份的第一天和最後一天，去填寫這些值。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Service Dates." -msgstr "Service Dates." +msgstr "服務日期。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:439 msgid "Exportation invoices" -msgstr "Exportation invoices" +msgstr "出口發票" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:441 msgid "" @@ -17350,13 +18739,12 @@ msgid "" "journal uses the AFIP POS System **Expo Voucher - Web Service** so that the " "proper document type(s) can be associated." msgstr "" -"Invoices related to :guilabel:`Exportation Transactions` require that a " -"journal uses the AFIP POS System **Expo Voucher - Web Service** so that the " -"proper document type(s) can be associated." +"與 :guilabel:`出口交易` 相關的發票, 要求日記賬使用 AFIP 銷售點系統 **Expo Voucher - " +"網上服務**，以便可以關聯正確的文件類型。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Exporation journal." -msgstr "Exporation journal." +msgstr "出口日記賬。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:448 msgid "" @@ -17364,71 +18752,63 @@ msgid "" "responsibility type :guilabel:`Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior` - " ":guilabel:`Ley N° 19.640`, Odoo automatically assigns the:" msgstr "" -"When the customer selected in the invoice is configured with an AFIP " -"responsibility type :guilabel:`Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior` - " -":guilabel:`Ley N° 19.640`, Odoo automatically assigns the:" +"當發票中選擇的客戶配置了以下 AFIP 責任類型時: :guilabel:`Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior` - " +":guilabel:`Ley N° 19.640`, Odoo 會自動編配：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:452 msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service;" -msgstr "Journal related to the exportation Web Service;" +msgstr "與出口網上服務相關的日記賬；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:453 msgid "Exportation document type;" -msgstr "Exportation document type;" +msgstr "出口文件類型；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:454 msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior;" -msgstr "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior;" +msgstr "財務規則: Compras/Ventas al exterior;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:455 msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods;" -msgstr "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods;" +msgstr "Concepto AFIP: 產品/貨物的最終出口；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:456 msgid "Exempt Taxes." -msgstr "Exempt Taxes." +msgstr "豁免稅項。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Export invoice fields autofilled in Odoo." -msgstr "Export invoice fields autofilled in Odoo." +msgstr "Odoo 中自動填入的出口發票欄位。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:463 msgid "" "The Exportation Documents require Incoterms to be enabled and configured, " "which can be found in :menuselection:`Other Info --> Accounting`." -msgstr "" -"The Exportation Documents require Incoterms to be enabled and configured, " -"which can be found in :menuselection:`Other Info --> Accounting`." +msgstr "出口文件需要啟用和設定 Incoterms(國際貿易術語)，可在 :menuselection:`其他資訊 --> 會計` 中找到。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Export invoice - Incoterm." -msgstr "Export invoice - Incoterm." +msgstr "出口發票 - 國際貿易術語。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:471 msgid "Fiscal bond" -msgstr "Fiscal bond" +msgstr "財政債券" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:473 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Electronic Fiscal Bond` is used for those who invoice capital" " goods and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by" " the Ministry of Economy." -msgstr "" -"The :guilabel:`Electronic Fiscal Bond` is used for those who invoice capital" -" goods and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by" -" the Ministry of Economy." +msgstr ":guilabel:`電子財政債券` 適用於那些為資本貨物開立發票,並希望獲得經濟部授予的電子稅務債券優惠的人。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:476 msgid "" "For these transactions, it is important to consider the following " "requirements:" -msgstr "" -"For these transactions, it is important to consider the following " -"requirements:" +msgstr "對於這些交易，重要的是要考慮以下要求:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:478 msgid "Currency (according to the parameter table) and invoice quotation;" -msgstr "Currency (according to the parameter table) and invoice quotation;" +msgstr "貨幣（依照參數表）及發票報價；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:479 msgid "Taxes;" @@ -17440,19 +18820,19 @@ msgstr "區域；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:481 msgid "Detail each item;" -msgstr "Detail each item;" +msgstr "每個項目的詳細說明；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:483 msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM);" -msgstr "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM);" +msgstr "根據南方共同市場通用命名法的代碼(NCM);" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:484 msgid "Complete description;" -msgstr "Complete description;" +msgstr "完整的描述；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:485 msgid "Unit Net Price;" -msgstr "Unit Net Price;" +msgstr "每單位淨價格；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:486 msgid "Quantity;" @@ -17460,19 +18840,19 @@ msgstr "數量；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:487 msgid "Unit of measurement;" -msgstr "Unit of measurement;" +msgstr "量度單位;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:488 msgid "Bonus;" -msgstr "Bonus;" +msgstr "獎金;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:489 msgid "VAT rate." -msgstr "VAT rate." +msgstr "增值稅稅率。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:492 msgid "Electronic credit invoice MiPyme (FCE)" -msgstr "Electronic credit invoice MiPyme (FCE)" +msgstr "電子貸記發票 MiPyme(FCE)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:494 msgid "" @@ -17483,100 +18863,80 @@ msgid "" "them to increase their productivity, through the early collection of credits" " and receivables issued to their clients and/or vendors." msgstr "" -"For SME invoices, there are several document types that are classified as " -"**MiPyME**, which are also known as **Electronic Credit Invoice** (or " -"**FCE** in Spanish). This classification develops a mechanism that improves " -"the financing conditions for small and medium-sized businesses, and allows " -"them to increase their productivity, through the early collection of credits" -" and receivables issued to their clients and/or vendors." +"對於中小企業發票，有幾種文件類型被歸類為 **MiPyME** ，也稱為 **電子信用發票** （或西班牙語 **FCE** " +"）。這種分類建立了一種機制，可改善中小企業的融資條件，使其能夠通過盡早收回向客戶和/或供應商發放的信貸和應收賬款, 以提高生產率。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:500 msgid "" "For these transactions it's important to consider the following " "requirements:" -msgstr "" -"For these transactions it's important to consider the following " -"requirements:" +msgstr "對於這些交易，必須考慮以下要求:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:502 msgid "specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc);" -msgstr "specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc);" +msgstr "特定文件類型(201、202、206 等)；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:503 msgid "the emitter should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyME transactions;" -msgstr "the emitter should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyME transactions;" +msgstr "發出者應符合 AFIP 的 MiPyME 交易資格；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:504 msgid "the amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS;" -msgstr "the amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS;" +msgstr "金額應超過 100,000 ARS(阿根廷比索)；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:505 msgid "" "A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" " cannot be validated, having an error message such as the following." -msgstr "" -"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" -" cannot be validated, having an error message such as the following." +msgstr "銀行賬戶類型 CBU 必須與用款人相關，否則發票將無法驗證, 並顯示以下錯誤訊息:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Bank account relation error." -msgstr "Bank account relation error." +msgstr "銀行賬戶關聯錯誤。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:512 msgid "" "To set up the :guilabel:`Transmission Mode`, go to settings and select " "either :guilabel:`SDC` or :guilabel:`ADC`." -msgstr "" -"To set up the :guilabel:`Transmission Mode`, go to settings and select " -"either :guilabel:`SDC` or :guilabel:`ADC`." +msgstr "要設置 :guilabel:`傳輸模式`，請進入設定並選擇 :guilabel:`SDC` 或 :guilabel:`ADC`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Transmission Mode." -msgstr "Transmission Mode." +msgstr "傳輸模式。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:519 msgid "" "To change the :guilabel:`Transmission Mode` for a specific invoice, go to " "the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and change it before confirming." -msgstr "" -"To change the :guilabel:`Transmission Mode` for a specific invoice, go to " -"the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and change it before confirming." +msgstr "要更改特定發票的 :guilabel:`傳輸模式`，請前往 :guilabel:`其他資訊` 分頁並更改，然後確認。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:523 msgid "" "Changing the :guilabel:`Transmission Mode` will not change the mode selected" " in :guilabel:`Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Changing the :guilabel:`Transmission Mode` will not change the mode selected" -" in :guilabel:`Settings`." +msgstr "更改 :guilabel:`傳輸模式` 不會更改 :guilabel:`設定` 中選擇的模式。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Transmission Mode on Invoice." -msgstr "Transmission Mode on Invoice." +msgstr "發票上的傳輸模式。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:530 msgid "" "When creating a :guilabel:`Credit/Debit` note related to a FCE document:" -msgstr "" -"When creating a :guilabel:`Credit/Debit` note related to a FCE document:" +msgstr "建立與 FCE 文件相關的 :guilabel:`貸記單/借記單` 時:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:532 msgid "" "use the :guilabel:`Credit and Debit Note` buttons, so all the information " "from the invoice is transferred to the new :guilabel:`Credit and Debit " "Note`;" -msgstr "" -"use the :guilabel:`Credit and Debit Note` buttons, so all the information " -"from the invoice is transferred to the new :guilabel:`Credit and Debit " -"Note`;" +msgstr "使用 :guilabel:`貸記單及借記單` 按鈕，使發票所有資訊都轉移至新的 :guilabel:`貸記單及借記單`;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:534 msgid "" "the document letter should be the same as than the originator document " "(either A or B);" -msgstr "" -"the document letter should be the same as than the originator document " -"(either A or B);" +msgstr "文件字母應與原始文件相同(A 或 B)；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:535 msgid "" @@ -17585,26 +18945,22 @@ msgid "" "different between the emission day and the payment date. It is possible to " "create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." msgstr "" -"the same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " -"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " -"different between the emission day and the payment date. It is possible to " -"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." +"必須使用與來源文件相同的貨幣。使用輔助貨幣時，如果發行日和支付日之間的貨幣匯率不同，會出現匯率差異。你可建立貸記單/借記單以減少/增加以 ARS " +"支付的金額。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Credit & debit notes buttons." -msgstr "Credit & debit notes buttons." +msgstr "貸記單及借記單按鈕。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:543 msgid "When creating a :guilabel:`Credit Note` we can have two scenarios:" -msgstr "When creating a :guilabel:`Credit Note` we can have two scenarios:" +msgstr "建立 :guilabel:`貸記單` 時，可能有兩種情況：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:545 msgid "" "the FCE is rejected so the :guilabel:`Credit Note` should have the field " ":guilabel:`FCE, is Cancellation?` as *True*; or;" -msgstr "" -"the FCE is rejected so the :guilabel:`Credit Note` should have the field " -":guilabel:`FCE, is Cancellation?` as *True*; or;" +msgstr "FCE 被拒絕，因此 :guilabel:`貸記單` 應將欄位 :guilabel:`FCE：是取消嗎？` 設為 *真* ；或" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:547 msgid "" @@ -17612,17 +18968,15 @@ msgid "" "this case the field :guilabel:`FCE, is Cancellation?` must be *empty* " "(false)." msgstr "" -"the :guilabel:`Credit Note`, is created to annulate the FCE document, in " -"this case the field :guilabel:`FCE, is Cancellation?` must be *empty* " -"(false)." +"建立 :guilabel:`貸記單` 以廢止 FCE 文件。在此情況下，欄位 :guilabel:`FCE，是取消嗎？` 必須為 *空* （假）。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "FCE: Es Cancelación?" -msgstr "FCE: Es Cancelación?" +msgstr "FCE：是取消嗎？" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:557 msgid "Invoice printed report" -msgstr "Invoice printed report" +msgstr "發票列印報告" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:559 msgid "" @@ -17631,18 +18985,16 @@ msgid "" "represents the CAE number. The expiration date is also displayed as it is a " "legal requirement." msgstr "" -"The :guilabel:`PDF Report` related to electronic invoices that have been " -"validated by the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which " -"represents the CAE number. The expiration date is also displayed as it is a " -"legal requirement." +"與經 AFIP 驗證的電子發票相關的 :guilabel:`PDF 報告`，在格式底部包含一個代表 CAE " +"編號的條碼。該處亦會顯示到期日期，因是法律要求。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Invoice printed report." -msgstr "Invoice printed report." +msgstr "發票列印報告。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:568 msgid "Troubleshooting and auditing" -msgstr "Troubleshooting and auditing" +msgstr "疑難排解及審計" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:570 msgid "" @@ -17652,33 +19004,27 @@ msgid "" "mode>`, then go to the :menuselection:`Accounting` menu and click on the " "button :guilabel:`Consult Invoice` button in AFIP." msgstr "" -"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes, it is possible to obtain detailed" -" information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP." -" To retrieve this information, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to the :menuselection:`Accounting` menu and click on the " -"button :guilabel:`Consult Invoice` button in AFIP." +"為審計及疑難排解目的，可以取得先前發送給 AFIP 的發票號碼的詳細資訊。若要獲得此訊息，請啟動 :ref:`開發人員模式 `，然後前往 :menuselection:`會計` 選單，並在 AFIP 內按一下 :guilabel:`查閱發票` 按鈕。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Consult invoice in AFIP." -msgstr "Consult invoice in AFIP." +msgstr "在 AFIP 中查閱發票。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Details of invoice consulted in AFIP." -msgstr "Details of invoice consulted in AFIP." +msgstr "發票詳情可在 AFIP 中查閱。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:583 msgid "" "It is also possible to retrieve the last number used in AFIP for a specific " "document type and POS Number as a reference for any possible issues on the " "sequence synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." -msgstr "" -"It is also possible to retrieve the last number used in AFIP for a specific " -"document type and POS Number as a reference for any possible issues on the " -"sequence synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." +msgstr "你亦可檢索 AFIP 中用於特定文件類型的最後一個號碼和 POS 號碼，作為 Odoo 和 AFIP 之間序列同步上，任何可能問題的參考。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Consult the last invoice number." -msgstr "Consult the last invoice number." +msgstr "查看最後的發票號碼。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:594 msgid "" @@ -17687,14 +19033,12 @@ msgid "" "populated based on the AFIP Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but " "the value can be changed if necessary." msgstr "" -"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the " -":guilabel:`Document Type` is now a required field. This value is auto-" -"populated based on the AFIP Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but " -"the value can be changed if necessary." +"視乎為供應商賬單選擇的採購日記賬，:guilabel:`文件類型` 現在是必填欄位。該值是根據發出人及客戶的 AFIP " +"責任類型自動填入，但如有需要，也可變更該值。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Changing journal and document type." -msgstr "Changing journal and document type." +msgstr "更改日記賬及文件類型。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:602 msgid "" @@ -17702,29 +19046,22 @@ msgid "" "the format will be validated automatically. However, in case the format is " "invalid, a user error will be displayed indicating the correct format that " "is expected." -msgstr "" -"The :guilabel:`Document Number` field needs to be registered manually and " -"the format will be validated automatically. However, in case the format is " -"invalid, a user error will be displayed indicating the correct format that " -"is expected." +msgstr ":guilabel:`文件號碼` 欄位需要手動註冊，格式將自動驗證。但是，如果格式無效，將顯示使用者錯誤，指出所需的正確格式。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Vendor bill document number." -msgstr "Vendor bill document number." +msgstr "供應商賬單文件編號。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:610 msgid "" "The vendor bill number is structured in the same way as the customer " "invoices, excepted that the document sequence is entered by the user using " "the following format: *Document Prefix - Letter - Document Number*." -msgstr "" -"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way as the customer " -"invoices, excepted that the document sequence is entered by the user using " -"the following format: *Document Prefix - Letter - Document Number*." +msgstr "供應商賬單號碼的結構, 與客戶發票的結構相同，不同的是用戶使用以下格式輸入單據順序: *文件字首 - 字母 - 文件編號* 。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:615 msgid "Validate vendor bill number in AFIP" -msgstr "Validate vendor bill number in AFIP" +msgstr "在 AFIP 中確認供應商賬單號碼" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:617 msgid "" @@ -17733,44 +19070,35 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinean Localization --> " "Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" msgstr "" -"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " -"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinean Localization --> " -"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" +"由於大多數公司都有內部控制措施, 以驗證供應商賬單是否與 AFIP 有效文件關聯，因此可在 :menuselection:`會計 --> 設定 --> " +"阿根廷本地化 --> 驗證 AFIP 文件` 中, 設置自動驗證，並考慮以下級別：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:621 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not available:` the verification is not done (this is the default" " value);" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Not available:` the verification is not done (this is the default" -" value);" +msgstr ":guilabel:`不可用`：不進行驗證（這是預設值）；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:622 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Available:` the verification is done. In case the number is not " "valid it, only displays a warning but still allows the vendor bill to be " "posted;" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Available:` the verification is done. In case the number is not " -"valid it, only displays a warning but still allows the vendor bill to be " -"posted;" +msgstr ":guilabel:`可用`：驗證已完成。如果該號碼無效，只會顯示警告，但仍允許過賬供應商賬單；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:624 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Required:` the verification is done and it does not allow the " "user to post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Required:` the verification is done and it does not allow the " -"user to post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." +msgstr ":guilabel:`必須`：驗證已完成，如果單據編號無效，則不允許使用者過賬供應商賬單。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Verify Vendor Bills validity in AFIP." -msgstr "Verify Vendor Bills validity in AFIP." +msgstr "在 AFIP 中驗證供應商賬單的有效性。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:632 msgid "Validate vendor bills in Odoo" -msgstr "Validate vendor bills in Odoo" +msgstr "在 Odoo 中驗證供應商賬單" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:634 msgid "" @@ -17778,57 +19106,48 @@ msgid "" "vendor bills inside of Odoo, labeled :guilabel:`Verify on AFIP`, which is " "located next to the :guilabel:`AFIP Authorization code` field." msgstr "" -"With the vendor validation settings enabled, a new button shows up on the " -"vendor bills inside of Odoo, labeled :guilabel:`Verify on AFIP`, which is " -"located next to the :guilabel:`AFIP Authorization code` field." +"啟用供應商驗證設定後，Odoo 內的供應商賬單上會顯示一個新按鈕，標記為 :guilabel:`在 AFIP 上驗證`，它位於 " +":guilabel:`AFIP 授權代碼` 欄位旁邊。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Verify on AFIP." -msgstr "Verify on AFIP." +msgstr "在 AFIP 上驗證。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:642 msgid "" "In case the vendor bill cannot be validated in AFIP, a value of " ":guilabel:`Rejected` will be displayed on the dashboard and the details of " "the invalidation will be added to the chatter." -msgstr "" -"In case the vendor bill cannot be validated in AFIP, a value of " -":guilabel:`Rejected` will be displayed on the dashboard and the details of " -"the invalidation will be added to the chatter." +msgstr "如果無法在 AFIP 中驗證供應商賬單，概覽畫面將顯示 :guilabel:`已拒絕` 的值，而無效的詳細資訊會新增至聊天視窗。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "AFIP authorization Rejected." -msgstr "AFIP authorization Rejected." +msgstr "AFIP 授權被「拒絕」。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:653 msgid "Untaxed concepts" -msgstr "Untaxed concepts" +msgstr "免稅項目概念" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:655 msgid "" "There are some transactions that include items that are not a part of the " "VAT base amount, such as fuel and gasoline invoices." -msgstr "" -"There are some transactions that include items that are not a part of the " -"VAT base amount, such as fuel and gasoline invoices." +msgstr "有些交易包含不屬於增值稅基本金額的項目，例如燃料及汽油發票。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:658 msgid "" "The vendor bill will be registered using one item for each product that is " "part of the VAT base amount, and an additional item to register the amount " "of the exempt concept." -msgstr "" -"The vendor bill will be registered using one item for each product that is " -"part of the VAT base amount, and an additional item to register the amount " -"of the exempt concept." +msgstr "登記供應商賬單時，每種屬於增值稅基本金額一部份的產品，只會登記一個項目，以及一個用於登記免稅概念金額的附加項目。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "VAT exempt." -msgstr "VAT exempt." +msgstr "豁免增值稅。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:666 msgid "Perception taxes" -msgstr "Perception taxes" +msgstr "預繳稅" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:668 msgid "" @@ -17838,11 +19157,8 @@ msgid "" "another for the perception. The perception default value is always " ":guilabel:`0.10`." msgstr "" -"The vendor bill will be registered using one item for each product that is " -"part of the VAT base amount, and the perception tax can be added in any of " -"the product lines. As a result, there will be one tax group for the VAT and " -"another for the perception. The perception default value is always " -":guilabel:`0.10`." +"登記供應商賬單時，每種屬於增值稅基本金額一部分的產品，只會登記一個項目，而預繳稅可以加入至任何產品資料行中。因此，將有一個稅組負責增值稅，另一個稅組負責預繳稅。預繳預設值必定是" +" :guilabel:`0.10`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:673 msgid "" @@ -17851,18 +19167,16 @@ msgid "" "amount. After the VAT perception amount has been set, the invoice can then " "be validated." msgstr "" -"To edit the VAT perception and set the correct amount, you should use the " -":guilabel:`Pencil` icon that is the next to the :guilabel:`Perception` " -"amount. After the VAT perception amount has been set, the invoice can then " -"be validated." +"要編輯增值稅預繳並設定正確的金額，你應該使用 :guilabel:`預繳` 金額旁邊的 :guilabel:`鉛筆` " +"圖示。設定增值稅預繳金額後，即可驗證發票。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Enter the perception amount." -msgstr "Enter the perception amount." +msgstr "輸入預繳金額。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:682 msgid "Check management" -msgstr "Check management" +msgstr "支票管理" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:684 msgid "" @@ -17870,49 +19184,42 @@ msgid "" "module, go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the module by its " "technical name `l10n_latam_check` and click the :guilabel:`Activate` button." msgstr "" -"To install the *Third Party and Deferred/Electronic Checks Management* " -"module, go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the module by its " -"technical name `l10n_latam_check` and click the :guilabel:`Activate` button." +"要安裝 *第三方及遞延/電子支票管理* 模組，請前往 :menuselection:`應用程式`，以技術名稱 `l10n_latam_check` " +"搜尋該模組，然後按一下 :guilabel:`啟動` 按鈕。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "l10n_latam_check module." -msgstr "l10n_latam_check module." +msgstr "l10n_latam_check 模組。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:692 msgid "" "This module enables the required configuration for journals and payments to:" -msgstr "" -"This module enables the required configuration for journals and payments to:" +msgstr "此模組可對日記賬及付款進行必要的配置：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:694 msgid "Create, manage, and control your different types of checks" -msgstr "Create, manage, and control your different types of checks" +msgstr "建立、管理及控制各類支票" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:695 msgid "Optimize the management of *own checks* and *third party checks*" -msgstr "Optimize the management of *own checks* and *third party checks*" +msgstr "優化 *自有支票* 及 *第三方支票* 管理" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:696 msgid "" "Have an easy and effective way to manage expiration dates from your own and " "third party checks" -msgstr "" -"Have an easy and effective way to manage expiration dates from your own and " -"third party checks" +msgstr "使用簡單有效的方法，管理你公司及第三方支票的到期日期" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:698 msgid "" "Once all the configurations are made for the Argentinian electronic invoice " "flow, it is also needed to complete certain configurations for the own " "checks and the third party checks flows." -msgstr "" -"Once all the configurations are made for the Argentinian electronic invoice " -"flow, it is also needed to complete certain configurations for the own " -"checks and the third party checks flows." +msgstr "阿根廷電子發票流程全部配置完成後，你還需要完成自有支票及第三方支票流程的部份配置。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:702 msgid "Own checks" -msgstr "Own checks" +msgstr "自有支票" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:704 msgid "" @@ -17920,9 +19227,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, selecting the " "bank journal, and opening the :guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tab." msgstr "" -"Configure the bank journal used to create your own checks by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, selecting the " -"bank journal, and opening the :guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tab." +"請配置用於建立你公司自己支票的銀行日記賬。方法是前往 :menuselection:`會計 --> 配置 --> " +"日記賬`，選擇要使用的銀行日記賬，然後開啟 :guilabel:`向外付款` 分頁。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:708 msgid "" @@ -17930,57 +19236,50 @@ msgid "" "not, click :guilabel:`Add a line` and type `Checks` under :guilabel:`Payment" " Method` to add them" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Checks` should be available as a :guilabel:`Payment Method`. If " -"not, click :guilabel:`Add a line` and type `Checks` under :guilabel:`Payment" -" Method` to add them" +":guilabel:`支票` 應作為可選用的 :guilabel:`付款方式` 提供。若未有此設定，請按一下 :guilabel:`加入資料行`，並在 " +":guilabel:`付款方式` 輸入 `支票`，以新增它們。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:710 msgid "Enable the :guilabel:`Use electronic and deferred checks` setting." -msgstr "Enable the :guilabel:`Use electronic and deferred checks` setting." +msgstr "啟用 :guilabel:`使用電子及遞延支票` 設定。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:713 msgid "" "This last configuration **disables** the printing ability but enables to:" -msgstr "" -"This last configuration **disables** the printing ability but enables to:" +msgstr "上述最後一項配置，會 **停用** 列印功能，但允許以下操作：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:715 msgid "Enter check numbers manually" -msgstr "Enter check numbers manually" +msgstr "手動輸入支票號碼" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:716 msgid "Adds a field to allocate the payment date of the check" -msgstr "Adds a field to allocate the payment date of the check" +msgstr "新增一個欄位，以編配支票的付款日期" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Bank journal configurations." -msgstr "Bank journal configurations." +msgstr "銀行日記賬配置。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:723 msgid "Management of own checks" -msgstr "Management of own checks" +msgstr "管理自有支票" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:725 msgid "" "Own checks can be created directly from the vendor bill. For this process, " "click on the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button." -msgstr "" -"Own checks can be created directly from the vendor bill. For this process, " -"click on the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button." +msgstr "你可直接從供應商賬單建立自己的支票。要執行此流程，按一下 :guilabel:`登記付款` 按鈕。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:728 msgid "" "On the payment registration modal, select the bank journal from which the " "payment is to be made and set the :guilabel:`Check Cash-In Date`, and the " ":guilabel:`Amount`." -msgstr "" -"On the payment registration modal, select the bank journal from which the " -"payment is to be made and set the :guilabel:`Check Cash-In Date`, and the " -":guilabel:`Amount`." +msgstr "在付款登記模型中，選擇支賬付款的銀行日記賬，並設定 :guilabel:`支票兌現日期` 及 :guilabel:`金額`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Payment pop-up window with own check options enabled." -msgstr "Payment pop-up window with own check options enabled." +msgstr "付款彈出視窗，當中啟用了自有支票的選項。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:736 msgid "" @@ -17988,9 +19287,8 @@ msgid "" "left blank or filled in with the current date. To manage deferred checks, " "the :guilabel:`Check Cash-In Date` must be set in the future." msgstr "" -"To manage current checks, the :guilabel:`Check Cash-In Date` field must be " -"left blank or filled in with the current date. To manage deferred checks, " -"the :guilabel:`Check Cash-In Date` must be set in the future." +"要管理當期支票，:guilabel:`支票兌現日期` 欄位必須留空, 或填寫當前日期。要管理遞延支票，:guilabel:`支票兌現日期` " +"欄位必須設置為未來日期。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:740 msgid "" @@ -17999,14 +19297,12 @@ msgid "" "the dates when checks need to be paid, the total quantity of checks, and the" " total amount paid in checks." msgstr "" -"To manage your existing own checks, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Vendors --> Own Checks`. This window shows critical information such as " -"the dates when checks need to be paid, the total quantity of checks, and the" -" total amount paid in checks." +"要管理現有的自有支票，請前往 :menuselection:`會計 --> 供應商 --> " +"自有支票`。此視窗會顯示關鍵資訊，例如需要支付支票的日期、支票總數量，以及支票支付總金額。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Own checks menu location." -msgstr "Own checks menu location." +msgstr "自有支票的選單位置。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:748 msgid "" @@ -18017,20 +19313,16 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`No Bank Matching` filter by clicking on the :guilabel:`X` " "symbol." msgstr "" -"It is important to note that the list is pre-filtered by checks that are " -"still *not reconciled* with a bank statement - that were not yet debited " -"from the bank - which can be verified with the :guilabel:`Is Matched with a " -"Bank Statement` field. If you want to see all of your own checks, delete the" -" :guilabel:`No Bank Matching` filter by clicking on the :guilabel:`X` " -"symbol." +"請注意，該清單是預先篩選 *尚未* 與銀行結單對賬的支票，即尚未從銀行扣款的支票。你可透過 :guilabel:`是否已與銀行結單配對` " +"欄位，驗證這點。如果想查看所有自己的支票，請按一下 :guilabel:`X` 符號，以刪除 :guilabel:`無銀行配對` 篩選器。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Own checks menu organization and filtering." -msgstr "Own checks menu organization and filtering." +msgstr "自有支票選單的整理及篩選方式。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:758 msgid "Cancel an own check" -msgstr "Cancel an own check" +msgstr "取消自有支票" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:760 msgid "" @@ -18040,19 +19332,17 @@ msgid "" "break the reconciliation with the vendor bills and the bank statements and " "leave the check in a **canceled** state." msgstr "" -"To cancel an own check created in Odoo, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Own Checks` and select the check " -"to be canceled, then click on the :guilabel:`Void Check` button. This will " -"break the reconciliation with the vendor bills and the bank statements and " -"leave the check in a **canceled** state." +"若要取消在 Odoo 中建立的自己的支票，請前往 :menuselection:`會計 --> 供應商 --> 自有支票` " +"並選擇要取消的支票，然後按一下 :guilabel:`作廢支票` 按鈕。此操作會打破供應商賬單與銀行結單之間的對賬狀態，並將支票狀態設為 **已取消**" +" 。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Empty Check button to cancel Own Checks" -msgstr "Empty Check button to cancel Own Checks" +msgstr "「清空支票」按鈕以取消自己的支票" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:770 msgid "Third party checks" -msgstr "Third party checks" +msgstr "第三方支票" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:772 msgid "" @@ -18061,43 +19351,37 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals` and create two " "new journals:" msgstr "" -"In order to register payments using third party checks, two specific " -"journals need to be configured. To do so, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals` and create two " -"new journals:" +"要使用第三方支票登記付款，需要配置兩個特定的日記賬。要執行此操作，請前往 :menuselection:`會計 --> 配置 --> 日記賬` " +"並建立兩個新日記賬：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:776 msgid "`Third Party Checks`" -msgstr "`Third Party Checks`" +msgstr "`第三方支票`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:777 msgid "`Rejected Third Party Checks`" -msgstr "`Rejected Third Party Checks`" +msgstr "`拒絕的第三方支票`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:780 msgid "" "You can manually create more journals if you have multiple points of sale " "and need journals for those." -msgstr "" -"You can manually create more journals if you have multiple points of sale " -"and need journals for those." +msgstr "如果你有多個銷售點，需要為這些銷售點建立日記賬，你可手動建立更多新的日記賬。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:783 msgid "" "To create the *Third Party Checks* journal, click the :guilabel:`New` button" " and configure the following:" -msgstr "" -"To create the *Third Party Checks* journal, click the :guilabel:`New` button" -" and configure the following:" +msgstr "要建立 *第三方支票* 日記賬，請按一下 :guilabel:`新增` 按鈕並進行以下配置：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:786 msgid "Type `Third Party Checks` as the :guilabel:`Journal Name`" -msgstr "Type `Third Party Checks` as the :guilabel:`Journal Name`" +msgstr "輸入 `第三方支票` 作為 :guilabel:`日記賬名稱`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:787 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:821 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Cash` as :guilabel:`Type`" -msgstr "Select :guilabel:`Cash` as :guilabel:`Type`" +msgstr "選擇 :guilabel:`現金` 作為 :guilabel:`類型`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:788 msgid "" @@ -18105,17 +19389,16 @@ msgid "" "`1.1.1.02.010 Cheques de Terceros`, input a :guilabel:`Short Code` of your " "choice, and select a :guilabel:`Currency`" msgstr "" -"In the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab, set :guilabel:`Cash Account`: to " -"`1.1.1.02.010 Cheques de Terceros`, input a :guilabel:`Short Code` of your " -"choice, and select a :guilabel:`Currency`" +"在 :guilabel:`日記賬記項` 分頁中，將 :guilabel:`現金賬戶` 設為 `1.1.1.02.010 Cheques de " +"Terceros(第三方支票)`，輸入選用的 :guilabel:`簡短代碼`，然後選擇 :guilabel:`貨幣`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Automatically created cash account." -msgstr "Automatically created cash account." +msgstr "自動建立的現金賬戶。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:795 msgid "The available payment methods are listed in the *payments* tabs:" -msgstr "The available payment methods are listed in the *payments* tabs:" +msgstr "可用付款方式會在 *付款* 分頁列出：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:797 msgid "" @@ -18123,9 +19406,8 @@ msgid "" " tab --> Add a line` and select :guilabel:`New Third Party Checks`. This " "method is used to create *new* third party checks." msgstr "" -"For new incoming third party checks, go to :menuselection:`Incoming Payments" -" tab --> Add a line` and select :guilabel:`New Third Party Checks`. This " -"method is used to create *new* third party checks." +"對於新收到的第三方支票，請前往 :menuselection:`收款分頁 --> 加入資料行` 並選擇 " +":guilabel:`新第三方支票`。此方法用於建立 *新的* 第三方支票。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:800 msgid "" @@ -18136,24 +19418,19 @@ msgid "" " vendor bills using already *existing* checks, as well as for internal " "transfers." msgstr "" -"For incoming and outgoing existing third party checks, go to " -":menuselection:`Incoming Payments tab --> Add a line` and select " -":guilabel:`Existing Third Party Checks`. Repeat the same step for the " -":guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tab. This method is used to receive and/or pay" -" vendor bills using already *existing* checks, as well as for internal " -"transfers." +"對於收款及向外付款的現有第三方支票，請前往 :menuselection:`收款分頁 --> 加入資料行` 並選擇 " +":guilabel:`現有第三方支票`。在 :guilabel:`向外付款` 分頁中，重複相同步驟。此方法用於使用 *現有* " +"支票收取及/或支付供應商賬單款項，以及用作內部轉賬。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:806 msgid "" "You can delete pre-existing payment methods appearing by default when " "configuring the third party checks journals." -msgstr "" -"You can delete pre-existing payment methods appearing by default when " -"configuring the third party checks journals." +msgstr "你可刪除在配置第三方支票日記賬時預設出現的已有付款方式。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Payment methods automatically created." -msgstr "Payment methods automatically created." +msgstr "自動建立的付款方式。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:813 msgid "" @@ -18162,22 +19439,17 @@ msgid "" "can be utilized to send checks rejected at the moment of collection or when " "coming from vendors when rejected." msgstr "" -"The *Rejected Third Party Checks* journal also needs to be created and/or " -"configured. This journal is used to manage rejected third party checks and " -"can be utilized to send checks rejected at the moment of collection or when " -"coming from vendors when rejected." +"還需要建立及/或配置 *拒絕的第三方支票* 日記賬。該日記賬用於管理被拒付的第三方支票，可用於發送兌現時被拒付的支票,或被拒付時來自供應商的支票。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:817 msgid "" "To create the *Rejected Third Party Checks* journal, click the " ":guilabel:`New` button and configure the following:" -msgstr "" -"To create the *Rejected Third Party Checks* journal, click the " -":guilabel:`New` button and configure the following:" +msgstr "要建立 *拒絕的第三方支票* 日記賬，按一下 :guilabel:`新增` 按鈕並進行以下配置：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:820 msgid "Type `Rejected Third Party Checks` as the :guilabel:`Journal Name`" -msgstr "Type `Rejected Third Party Checks` as the :guilabel:`Journal Name`" +msgstr "輸入 `拒絕的第三方支票` 作為 :guilabel:`日記賬名稱`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:822 msgid "" @@ -18185,17 +19457,16 @@ msgid "" "`1.1.1.01.002 Rejected Third Party Checks`, input a :guilabel:`Short Code` " "of your choice, and select a :guilabel:`Currency`" msgstr "" -"In the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab, set :guilabel:`Cash Account`: to " -"`1.1.1.01.002 Rejected Third Party Checks`, input a :guilabel:`Short Code` " -"of your choice, and select a :guilabel:`Currency`" +"在 :guilabel:`日記賬記項` 分頁中，將 :guilabel:`現金賬戶` 設為 `1.1.1.01.002 被拒絕的第三方支票`，輸入選用的" +" :guilabel:`簡短代碼`，然後選擇 :guilabel:`貨幣`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:826 msgid "Use the same payment methods as the *Third Party Checks* journal." -msgstr "Use the same payment methods as the *Third Party Checks* journal." +msgstr "使用與 *第三方支票* 日記賬相同的付款方式。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:829 msgid "New third party checks" -msgstr "New third party checks" +msgstr "新的第三方支票" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:831 msgid "" @@ -18203,9 +19474,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Register Payment` button. In the pop-up window, you must select " ":guilabel:`Third Party Checks` as journal for the payment registration." msgstr "" -"To register a *new* third party check for a customer invoice, click the " -":guilabel:`Register Payment` button. In the pop-up window, you must select " -":guilabel:`Third Party Checks` as journal for the payment registration." +"要為客戶發票登記 *新的* 第三方支票，請按一下 :guilabel:`登記付款` 按鈕。在彈出視窗中，你必須選擇 :guilabel:`第三方支票` " +"作為登記付款的日記賬。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:835 msgid "" @@ -18215,19 +19485,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Issuer Vat`, but this is automatically filled by the " "customer's VAT number related to the invoice." msgstr "" -"Select :guilabel:`New Third Party Checks` as :guilabel:`Payment Method`, and" -" fill in the :guilabel:`Check Number`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " -":guilabel:`Check Bank`. Optionally, you can manually add the " -":guilabel:`Check Issuer Vat`, but this is automatically filled by the " -"customer's VAT number related to the invoice." +"選擇 :guilabel:`新的第三方支票` 作為 :guilabel:`付款方式`，並填寫 " +":guilabel:`支票號碼`、:guilabel:`付款日期` 和 :guilabel:`支票銀行`。你可選擇手動加入 " +":guilabel:`支票發出者增值稅`，但系統會根據與發票相關的客戶增值稅號碼，自動填寫此項。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Payment pop-up window with New Third Party Check options enabled." -msgstr "Payment pop-up window with New Third Party Check options enabled." +msgstr "付款彈出視窗，當中啟用了新第三方支票選項。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:845 msgid "Existing third party checks" -msgstr "Existing third party checks" +msgstr "現有第三方支票" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:847 msgid "" @@ -18235,9 +19503,8 @@ msgid "" " Payment` button. In the pop-up window, you must select :guilabel:`Third " "Party Checks` as journal for the payment registration." msgstr "" -"To pay a vendor bill with an *existing* check, click the :guilabel:`Register" -" Payment` button. In the pop-up window, you must select :guilabel:`Third " -"Party Checks` as journal for the payment registration." +"要使用 *現有* 支票支付供應商賬單，請按一下 :guilabel:`登記付款` 按鈕。在彈出視窗中，你必須選擇 :guilabel:`第三方支票` " +"作為登記付款的日記賬。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:851 msgid "" @@ -18246,15 +19513,12 @@ msgid "" "shows all **available existing checks** to be used as payment for vendor " "bills." msgstr "" -"Select :guilabel:`Existing Third Party Checks` as :guilabel:`Payment " -"Method`, and select a check from the :guilabel:`Check` field. The field " -"shows all **available existing checks** to be used as payment for vendor " -"bills." +"選擇 :guilabel:`現有第三方支票` 作為 :guilabel:`付款方式`，並從 :guilabel:`支票` 欄位中選擇支票。該欄位顯示所有" +" **可用的現有支票** ，可用於支付供應商賬單。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Payment pop-up window with Existing Third Party Check options enabled." -msgstr "" -"Payment pop-up window with Existing Third Party Check options enabled." +msgstr "付款彈出視窗，當中啟用了現有第三方支票選項。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:859 msgid "" @@ -18263,10 +19527,7 @@ msgid "" "made to pay a customer invoice was later used as an existing third party " "check to pay a vendor bill." msgstr "" -"When an **existing third party check** is used, you can review the " -"operations related to it. For example, you can see if a third party check " -"made to pay a customer invoice was later used as an existing third party " -"check to pay a vendor bill." +"使用 **現有第三方支票** 時，可查看與之相關的操作。例如，可查看用於支付客戶發票的第三方支票，其後是否用作支付供應商賬單的現有第三方支票。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:863 msgid "" @@ -18276,45 +19537,38 @@ msgid "" " Journal` field, click on :guilabel:`=> Check Operations` to bring up the " "check's history and movements." msgstr "" -"To do so, either go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Third " -"Party Checks` or :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Own Checks` " -"depending on the case, and click on a check. In the :guilabel:`Check Current" -" Journal` field, click on :guilabel:`=> Check Operations` to bring up the " -"check's history and movements." +"要執行此操作，請根據情況所需，前往 :menuselection:`會計 --> 客戶 --> 第三方支票` 或者 :menuselection:`會計" +" --> 供應商 --> 自有支票`，然後按一下需要處理的支票。在 :guilabel:`支票目前日記賬` 欄位中，按一下 :guilabel:`=> " +"支票操作`，以顯示支票的操作歷程及變更。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Check Operations menu." -msgstr "Check Operations menu." +msgstr "支票操作選單。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:872 msgid "" "The menu also displays critical information related to these operations, " "such as:" -msgstr "" -"The menu also displays critical information related to these operations, " -"such as:" +msgstr "選單亦顯示與這些操作相關的重要資訊，例如：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:874 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Payment Type`, allowing to classify whether it is a payment " "*sent* to a vendor or a payment *received* from a customer" -msgstr "" -"The :guilabel:`Payment Type`, allowing to classify whether it is a payment " -"*sent* to a vendor or a payment *received* from a customer" +msgstr ":guilabel:`付款類型`，用於區別是向供應商 *發送* 的付款，還是從客戶 *收到* 的付款。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:876 msgid "The :guilabel:`Journal` in which the check is currently registered" -msgstr "The :guilabel:`Journal` in which the check is currently registered" +msgstr "目前用作登記支票的 :guilabel:`日記賬`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:877 msgid "" "The **partner** associated with the operation (either customer or vendor)." -msgstr "" -"The **partner** associated with the operation (either customer or vendor)." +msgstr "與操作相關的 **合作夥伴** （客戶或供應商）。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:882 msgid "Ecommerce electronic invoicing" -msgstr "Ecommerce electronic invoicing" +msgstr "電子商務電子發票" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:885 msgid "" @@ -18322,25 +19576,24 @@ msgid "" "(`l10n_ar_website_sale`) module to enable the following features and " "configurations:" msgstr "" -":ref:`Install ` the *Argentinian eCommerce* " -"(`l10n_ar_website_sale`) module to enable the following features and " -"configurations:" +":ref:`安裝 ` *阿根廷電子商務* (`l10n_ar_website_sale`) " +"模組，以啟用以下功能和配置：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:888 msgid "Clients being able to create online accounts for eCommerce purposes." -msgstr "Clients being able to create online accounts for eCommerce purposes." +msgstr "客戶能夠為電子商務用途，建立線上帳戶。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:889 msgid "Support for required fiscal fields in the eCommerce application." -msgstr "Support for required fiscal fields in the eCommerce application." +msgstr "支援電子商務應用程式中，所需的財務欄位。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:890 msgid "Receive payments for sale orders online." -msgstr "Receive payments for sale orders online." +msgstr "線上接收銷售訂單付款。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:891 msgid "Generate electronic documents from the eCommerce application." -msgstr "Generate electronic documents from the eCommerce application." +msgstr "從電子商務應用程式產生電子文件。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:896 msgid "" @@ -18348,13 +19601,12 @@ msgid "" " invoice ` flow, it is also necessary to " "complete certain configurations to integrate the eCommerce flow." msgstr "" -"Once all of the configurations are made for the Argentinian :ref:`electronic" -" invoice ` flow, it is also necessary to " -"complete certain configurations to integrate the eCommerce flow." +"完成對阿根廷 :ref:`電子發票 ` " +"流程進行所有配置後，還需要完成某些配置，以整合電子商務流程。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:901 msgid "Client account registration" -msgstr "Client account registration" +msgstr "客戶帳戶註冊" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:903 msgid "" @@ -18363,14 +19615,12 @@ msgid "" "<../../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout>` " "documentation." msgstr "" -"To configure your website for client accounts, follow the instructions in " -"the :doc:`checkout " -"<../../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout>` " -"documentation." +"要為客戶帳戶配置你的網站，請依照 :doc:`結賬 " +"<../../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout>` 使用說明的指示。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:907 msgid "Automatic invoice" -msgstr "Automatic invoice" +msgstr "自動發票" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:909 msgid "" @@ -18380,15 +19630,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Invoicing` section to automatically generate the required " "electronic documents when the online payment is confirmed." msgstr "" -"Configure your website to generate electronic documents in the sales process" -" by navigating to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and activating the :guilabel:`Automatic Invoice` feature in the " -":guilabel:`Invoicing` section to automatically generate the required " -"electronic documents when the online payment is confirmed." +"要將你的網站配置為在銷售過程中產生電子文件，可前往 :menuselection:`網站 --> 配置 --> 設定` 並啟動 " +":guilabel:`開立發票` 部分中的 :guilabel:`自動發票` 功能，便可在網上付款確認時，自動生成所需的電子文件。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Feature activated to invoice automatically." -msgstr "Feature activated to invoice automatically." +msgstr "啟動自動發票功能。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:918 msgid "" @@ -18396,12 +19643,11 @@ msgid "" "Invoice` feature to generate the document, a :doc:`payment provider " "<../payment_providers>` **must** be configured for the related website." msgstr "" -"Since an online payment needs to be confirmed for the :guilabel:`Automatic " -"Invoice` feature to generate the document, a :doc:`payment provider " -"<../payment_providers>` **must** be configured for the related website." +"由於 :guilabel:`自動發票` 功能需要確認網上付款才會生成文件，因此你 **必須** 為相關網站配置 :doc:`付款服務商 " +"<.../payment_providers>`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:923 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:267 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:181 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:270 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 @@ -18420,25 +19666,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and define " "the desired :guilabel:`Customer Taxes`." msgstr "" -"To allow your products to be invoiced when an online payment is confirmed, " -"navigate to the desired product from :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce " -"--> Products`. In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the " -":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and define " -"the desired :guilabel:`Customer Taxes`." +"要讓你的產品在確認網上付款時開立發票，請從 :menuselection:`網站 --> 電子商務 --> 產品` 找出所需產品。在 " +":guilabel:`一般資訊` 分頁中，將 :guilabel:`發票政策` 設為 :guilabel:`訂購數量`，並定義所需的 " +":guilabel:`客戶稅項`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:931 msgid "Invoicing flow for eCommerce" -msgstr "Invoicing flow for eCommerce" +msgstr "電子商務開立發票流程" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:933 msgid "" "Once the configurations mentioned above are all set, clients can complete " "the following required steps in the *Argentinian eCommerce* flow to input " "fiscal fields in the checkout process." -msgstr "" -"Once the configurations mentioned above are all set, clients can complete " -"the following required steps in the *Argentinian eCommerce* flow to input " -"fiscal fields in the checkout process." +msgstr "完成上述配置後，客戶便可完成以下 *阿根廷電子商務* 流程中必要的步驟，以在結賬過程中輸入財務欄位資料。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:936 msgid "" @@ -18446,13 +19687,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Country` field is set as `Argentina`. Inputting the fiscal data " "enables the purchase to conclude in the corresponding electronic document." msgstr "" -"Fiscal fields are available for input in the checkout process once the " -":guilabel:`Country` field is set as `Argentina`. Inputting the fiscal data " -"enables the purchase to conclude in the corresponding electronic document." +":guilabel:`國家/地區` 欄位設為 `阿根廷` 後，便可在結賬過程中輸入財務欄位資料。輸入財務數據後，購買流程便可在相應的電子文件中完成。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Fiscal required fields for electronic invoicing." -msgstr "Fiscal required fields for electronic invoicing." +msgstr "電子開立發票必填的財務欄位。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:944 msgid "" @@ -18460,38 +19699,36 @@ msgid "" "invoice is generated with the corresponding layout and fiscal stamps stated " "in the :ref:`Invoice printed report `." msgstr "" -"When the client makes a successful purchase and payment, the necessary " -"invoice is generated with the corresponding layout and fiscal stamps stated " -"in the :ref:`Invoice printed report `." +"客戶成功購買並付款後，將會生成必要的發票，並在 :ref:`發票列印報告 ` " +"中使用相應的版面設計及財務印章。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:949 msgid "" ":doc:`Client account creation " "<../../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout>`" msgstr "" -":doc:`Client account creation " -"<../../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout>`" +":doc:`建立客戶帳戶 <../../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:952 msgid "Liquidity product direct sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "流動性產品直銷" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:954 msgid "" "Liquidity product direct sales are used for sales involving third parties. " "For such sales, the seller and the proprietary company of the goods can each" " register their corresponding sales and purchases." -msgstr "" +msgstr "流動性產品直接銷售是用於涉及第三方的銷售。對於此類銷售，賣方和商品所有權公司可各自登記相應的銷售和採購。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:959 msgid "" ":ref:`Install ` the *Argentinian Electronic Invoicing* " "module (`l10n_ar_edi`) to use this feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`安裝 ` *阿根廷電子發票* 模組 (`l10n_ar_edi`) 以使用此功能。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:966 msgid "Purchase journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "採購日記賬" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:968 msgid "" @@ -18499,7 +19736,7 @@ msgid "" "document type *Liquidity Product*. This journal needs to be synchronized " "with the AFIP as it will be used to generate the liquidity product " "electronic document." -msgstr "" +msgstr "需要採購日記賬才可產生文件類型為 *流動性產品* 的電子供應商賬單。此日記賬需要與 AFIP 同步，用於產生流動性產品電子文件。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:972 msgid "" @@ -18508,22 +19745,24 @@ msgid "" " existing purchase journal or click the :guilabel:`New` button, and fill in " "the following required information:" msgstr "" +"若要修改現有的採購日記賬或建立新的日記賬，請前往 :menuselection:`會計 --> 配置 --> " +"日記賬`。然後，選擇現有的採購日記賬，或按一下 :guilabel:`新增` 按鈕，並填寫以下必填資訊：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:976 msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: select :guilabel:`Purchase`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`類型`：選擇 :guilabel:`採購`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:977 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use Documents`: check this field to to be able select the " "electronic document type." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`使用文件`：勾選此欄位可選擇電子文件/單據的類型。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:978 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Is AFIP POS`: check this field to be able to generate electronic " "documents." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`是 AFIP 銷售點`：勾選此欄位即可產生電子文件。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:979 msgid "" @@ -18531,12 +19770,14 @@ msgid "" "Service` from the drop-down menu in order to send the electronic document to" " AFIP via web service." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`AFIP 銷售點系統`：從下拉式選單中選擇 :guilabel:`電子發票 - 網絡服務`，以便透過網上服務將電子文件傳送至 " +"AFIP。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:981 msgid "" ":guilabel:`AFIP POS Number`: is the number configured in the AFIP to " "identify the operations related to this AFIP POS." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`AFIP 銷售點號碼`：是 AFIP 中配置的號碼，用於識別與該 AFIP POS 相關的操作。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:983 msgid "" @@ -18546,21 +19787,23 @@ msgid "" "AFIP will require the company to have one AFIP POS per location. This " "location will be printed in the invoice report." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`AFIP 銷售點地址`：為銷售點註冊的商業地址相關欄位，通常與公司地址相同。例如，如果一家公司擁有多間商店（財務地點），則 " +"AFIP 將要求該公司為每個地點都配備一個 AFIP 銷售點。該位置將列印在發票報告中。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "l10n_ar Purchase Journal Configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "l10n_ar 採購日記賬配置。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:993 msgid "Sales journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "銷售日記賬" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:995 msgid "" "A sales journal is needed to register the invoice when a product is sold to " "a third party that will then sell the same product. This journal will not be" " synced with AFIP as the invoice will not be electronic." -msgstr "" +msgstr "產品售出予第三方並隨後銷售相同產品時，需要使用銷售日記賬去登記發票。該日記賬不會與 AFIP 同步，因為相關發票不是電子的。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:999 msgid "" @@ -18569,32 +19812,34 @@ msgid "" "the sales journal or click the :guilabel:`New` button, and fill in the " "following required information:" msgstr "" +"若要修改現有的銷售日記賬或建立新的日記賬，請前往 :menuselection:`會計 --> 配置 --> 日記賬`。然後，選擇銷售日記賬，或按一下 " +":guilabel:`新增` 按鈕，並填寫以下必填資訊：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1003 msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: select :guilabel:`Sales`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`類型`：選擇 :guilabel:`銷售`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1004 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use Documents`: check this field on the journal to select the " "electronic document type (in this case the electronic invoice)." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`使用文件`：在日記賬選取此欄位，以選擇電子文件類型（在此情況下為電子發票）。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "l10n_ar Sales Journal Configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "l10n_ar 銷售日記賬配置。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1012 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:725 msgid "Invoicing flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "開立發票流程" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1014 msgid "" "Once the configurations are all set, the *Liquidity Product Vendor Bill* " "will be generated by the company that is selling the product on behalf of " "another party. For example, a distributor of a specific product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成配置全部設定後，代表另一方銷售產品的公司（例如產品經銷商）將會產生 *流動性產品供應商賬單* 。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1021 msgid "" @@ -18603,22 +19848,20 @@ msgid "" "navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Argentinean " "Reports`" msgstr "" -"As part of the localization installation, financial reporting for Argentina " -"was added to the :guilabel:`Accounting` dashboard. Access these reports by " -"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Argentinean " -"Reports`" +"作為本地化安裝的一部分，阿根廷的財務報告已加入至 :guilabel:`會計` 概覽畫面中。請前往 :menuselection:`會計 --> 報告 " +"--> 阿根廷報告` 存取這些報告。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Argentinean reports." -msgstr "Argentinean reports." +msgstr "阿根廷報告。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1030 msgid "VAT reports" -msgstr "VAT reports" +msgstr "增值稅報告" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1033 msgid "Sales VAT book" -msgstr "Sales VAT book" +msgstr "銷售增值稅賬簿" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1035 msgid "" @@ -18628,14 +19871,16 @@ msgid "" "BOOK (ZIP)` button at the top left, containing `.txt` files to upload to the" " AFIP portal." msgstr "" +"此報告記錄了所有銷售情況，作為會計記錄以確定增值稅（稅務借方）的基礎。可使用左上角的 :guilabel:`增值稅賬簿 (ZIP)` 按鈕，將 " +":guilabel:`銷售增值稅` 賬簿報告匯出為 `.zip` 檔案，當中包含要上載至 AFIP 門戶網站的 `.txt` 檔案。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Sales VAT book." -msgstr "Sales VAT book." +msgstr "銷售增值稅賬簿。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1045 msgid "Purchases VAT book" -msgstr "Purchases VAT book" +msgstr "採購增值稅賬簿" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1047 msgid "" @@ -18643,58 +19888,60 @@ msgid "" "using the :guilabel:`VAT BOOK (ZIP)` button at the top left, which contains " "`.txt` files to upload to the AFIP portal." msgstr "" +"可使用左上角的 :guilabel:`增值稅賬簿 (ZIP)` 按鈕，將 :guilabel:`採購增值稅` 賬簿報告，匯出為 `.zip` " +"檔案，當中包含要上載至 AFIP 門戶網站的 `.txt` 檔案。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Purchases VAT book." -msgstr "Purchases VAT book." +msgstr "採購增值稅賬簿。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1056 msgid "VAT summary" -msgstr "VAT summary" +msgstr "增值稅摘要" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1058 msgid "" "Pivot table designed to check the monthly VAT totals. This report is for " "internal use and is not sent to the AFIP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "資料樞紐分析表是設計作檢查每月增值稅總額之用。此報告只供內部使用，不會傳送至 AFIP。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "VAT Summary." -msgstr "VAT Summary." +msgstr "增值稅摘要。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1066 msgid "IIBB - Reports" -msgstr "IIBB - Reports" +msgstr "IIBB（營業稅）- 報告" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1069 msgid "IIBB - Sales by jurisdiction" -msgstr "IIBB - Sales by jurisdiction" +msgstr "IIBB - 按管轄區的銷售額" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1071 msgid "" "Pivot table where you can validate the gross income in each jurisdiction. " "Affidavit for the corresponding taxes to pay; and therefore, it is not sent " "to the AFIP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此資料樞紐分析表讓你驗證每個司法管轄區的總收入，亦作繳納相應稅款的宣誓書。因此，它不會傳送至 AFIP。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "IIBB Sales by jurisdiction." -msgstr "IIBB Sales by jurisdiction." +msgstr "IIBB 按管轄區的銷售額。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1079 msgid "IIBB - Purchases by jurisdiction" -msgstr "IIBB - Purchases by jurisdiction" +msgstr "IIBB - 按管轄區的採購額" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1081 msgid "" "Pivot table where you can validate the gross purchases in each jurisdiction." " Affidavit for the corresponding taxes to pay; and therefore, it is not sent" " to the AFIP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此資料樞紐分析表讓你驗證每個司法管轄區的總採購額，亦作繳納相應稅款的宣誓書。因此，它不會傳送至 AFIP。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "IIBB Purchases by jurisdiction." -msgstr "IIBB Purchases by jurisdiction." +msgstr "IIBB 按管轄區的採購額。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:3 msgid "Australia" @@ -18710,7 +19957,7 @@ msgstr "模組索引鍵" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:17 msgid ":guilabel:`Australia - Accounting`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Australia - Accounting`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`澳洲 - 會計`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:18 msgid "`l10n_au`" @@ -18723,14 +19970,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`ABA credit transfer` and the :guilabel:`Remittance Advice report`" " module." msgstr "" -"Installed by default when the Accounting :guilabel:`Fiscal Localization` " -"package is set to :guilabel:`Australia`. This module also installs the " -":guilabel:`ABA credit transfer` and the :guilabel:`Remittance Advice report`" -" module." +"在會計 :guilabel:`財政本地化` 套裝設為 :guilabel:`澳洲` 時預設安裝。本模組亦會安裝 :guilabel:`ABA 轉賬付款`" +" 及 :guilabel:`匯款通知報告` 模組。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:22 msgid ":guilabel:`Australian Reports - Accounting`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Australian Reports - Accounting`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`澳洲報告 - 會計`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:23 msgid "`l10n_au_reports`" @@ -18740,13 +19985,11 @@ msgstr "`l10n_au_reports`" msgid "" "Includes the :guilabel:`Taxable Payments Annual Reports (TPAR)` and the " ":guilabel:`BAS report`." -msgstr "" -"Includes the :guilabel:`Taxable Payments Annual Reports (TPAR)` and the " -":guilabel:`BAS report`." +msgstr "包括 :guilabel:`應課稅付款年度報告 (TPAR)` 及 :guilabel:`BAS 報告`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Australia - Payroll`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Australia - Payroll`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`澳洲 - 薪酬管理`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:27 msgid "`l10n_au_hr_payroll`" @@ -18754,11 +19997,11 @@ msgstr "`l10n_au_hr_payroll`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:28 msgid "Payroll localisation for Australia." -msgstr "Payroll localisation for Australia." +msgstr "為澳洲而設的薪酬本地化功能。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:29 msgid ":guilabel:`Australia - Payroll with Accounting`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Australia - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`澳洲 - 薪酬管理連會計`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:30 msgid "`l10n_au_hr_payroll_account`" @@ -18771,14 +20014,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Australian Reports - Accounting`; and :guilabel:`Australia - " "Payroll`." msgstr "" -"Installs the link between Australian payroll and accounting. The module also" -" installs the modules: :guilabel:`Australian - Accounting`; " -":guilabel:`Australian Reports - Accounting`; and :guilabel:`Australia - " -"Payroll`." +"安裝澳洲薪酬管理及會計功能之間的連結。該模組亦安裝以下模組：:guilabel:`澳洲 - 會計`、:guilabel:`澳洲報告 - " +"會計`、:guilabel:`澳洲 - 薪酬管理`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`Accounting Customer Statements`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Accounting Customer Statements`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`會計客戶報表`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:35 msgid "`l10n_account_customer_statements`" @@ -18788,9 +20029,7 @@ msgstr "`l10n_account_customer_statements`" msgid "" "Allows the management and sending of monthly customer statements from the " "partner ledger and the contact form. Also used in New Zealand." -msgstr "" -"Allows the management and sending of monthly customer statements from the " -"partner ledger and the contact form. Also used in New Zealand." +msgstr "允許從合作夥伴分類賬及聯絡表單中，管理和發送每月客戶報表。紐西蘭亦適用。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:38 msgid ":guilabel:`Employment Hero Australian Payroll`" @@ -18803,8 +20042,7 @@ msgstr "`l10n_au_keypay`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:40 msgid "" "Synchronises all pay runs from Employment Hero with Odoo’s journal entries." -msgstr "" -"Synchronises all pay runs from Employment Hero with Odoo’s journal entries." +msgstr "將 Employment Hero 的所有薪資運作，與 Odoo 的日記賬記項同步。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -18812,9 +20050,7 @@ msgid "" "Accounting** module. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Chart of Accounts` to access it." msgstr "" -"The Australian chart of accounts is included in the **Australia - " -"Accounting** module. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Chart of Accounts` to access it." +"澳洲會計賬目總表由 **澳洲 - 會計** 模組提供。請前往 :menuselection:`會計 --> 配置 --> 賬目總表` 存取。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:27 @@ -18825,7 +20061,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:56 msgid "Taxes and GST" -msgstr "Taxes and GST" +msgstr "稅項及 GST（商品及服務稅）" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -18833,43 +20069,35 @@ msgid "" "which can be accessed through :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " "BAS Report`." msgstr "" -"The default Australian taxes impact the :ref:`BAS Report `, " -"which can be accessed through :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " -"BAS Report`." +"預設的澳洲稅項會影響 :ref:`BAS 報告 `，你可在 :menuselection:`會計 --> 報告 --> " +"BAS 報告` 存取該報告。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:61 msgid "" "In Australia, the standard **Goods and Services Tax** (GST) rate is 10%, but" " different rates and exemptions exist for specific categories of goods and " "services." -msgstr "" -"In Australia, the standard **Goods and Services Tax** (GST) rate is 10%, but" -" different rates and exemptions exist for specific categories of goods and " -"services." +msgstr "澳洲的標準 **商品及服務稅** （GST）稅率為 10%，但指定類別的商品及服務有不同稅率或豁免。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst-1 msgid "Default GST of Australia" -msgstr "Default GST of Australia" +msgstr "澳洲預設商品及服務稅" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:68 msgid "Tax Mapping" -msgstr "稅金對應" +msgstr "稅項配對" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:70 msgid "" "Within the Australian localisation package, tax names encompass the tax rate" " as an integral part of their naming convention." -msgstr "" -"Within the Australian localisation package, tax names encompass the tax rate" -" as an integral part of their naming convention." +msgstr "在澳洲本地化功能中，稅項名稱會包括稅率，作為其命名慣例的組成部分。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:73 msgid "" "Despite the high amount of taxes in Odoo, these taxes are pretty similar " "(mostly 0% and 10%), with different tax grid variations for:" -msgstr "" -"Despite the high amount of taxes in Odoo, these taxes are pretty similar " -"(mostly 0% and 10%), with different tax grid variations for:" +msgstr "儘管 Odoo 內的稅額很高，但這些稅項其實非常相似（大部分為 0% 及 10%），當中稅務網格的變化如下：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:76 msgid "Goods" @@ -18896,20 +20124,20 @@ msgstr "商品" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:237 msgid "Services" -msgstr "服務介紹" +msgstr "服務" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:78 msgid "TPAR" -msgstr "TPAR" +msgstr "TPAR（應課稅付款年度報告）" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:79 msgid "TPAR without ABN" -msgstr "TPAR without ABN" +msgstr "TPAR（沒有 ABN）" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:79 msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../accounting/taxes>`" -msgstr ":doc:`Taxes <../accounting/taxes>`" +msgstr ":doc:`稅項 <../accounting/taxes>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -18921,13 +20149,9 @@ msgid "" " are used to record amounts withheld from subcontractors without an **ABN** " "for the **ATO**." msgstr "" -"Taxes including a **TPAR** mention impact not only the **BAS** report but " -"also the **TPAR** report. Businesses from certain industries need to report " -"payments made to subcontractors from relevant services during the financial " -"year. Odoo combines the use of taxes and fiscal positions to report these " -"payments on the **TPAR** report. Taxes with the mention **TPAR without ABN**" -" are used to record amounts withheld from subcontractors without an **ABN** " -"for the **ATO**." +"提及 **TPAR** 的稅項，不單會影響 **BAS** 報告，也會影響 **TPAR** " +"報告。某些行業的企業需要報告財政年度內，向相關服務分包商支付的款項。Odoo 結合使用稅務及財務規則，在 **TPAR** 報告上匯報這些付款。至於提及" +" **沒有 ABN** 的 TPAR 稅項，則用於記錄為 **ATO** （澳洲稅務局）預扣、沒有 **ABN** 的分包商的金額。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:91 msgid ":ref:`TPAR `" @@ -18935,19 +20159,19 @@ msgstr ":ref:`TPAR `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:93 msgid "Here are the taxes for Australia in Odoo 17." -msgstr "Here are the taxes for Australia in Odoo 17." +msgstr "以下是 Odoo 17 中的澳洲稅項。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:99 msgid "GST Name" -msgstr "GST Name" +msgstr "GST 名稱" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:101 msgid "GST Scope" -msgstr "GST Scope" +msgstr "GST 範圍" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:102 msgid "GST Type" -msgstr "GST Type" +msgstr "GST 類型" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:103 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:139 @@ -18958,7 +20182,7 @@ msgstr "10%" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:164 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:168 msgid "GST Purchases" -msgstr "GST Purchases" +msgstr "GST 採購" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:110 @@ -19008,7 +20232,7 @@ msgstr "10% INC" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:172 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:176 msgid "GST Inclusive Purchases" -msgstr "GST Inclusive Purchases" +msgstr "GST 包括採購" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:111 msgid "10% C" @@ -19018,7 +20242,7 @@ msgstr "10% C" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:180 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:184 msgid "Capital Purchases" -msgstr "Capital Purchases" +msgstr "資本採購" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:115 msgid "0% C" @@ -19026,7 +20250,7 @@ msgstr "0% C" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:116 msgid "Zero Rated Purch" -msgstr "Zero Rated Purch" +msgstr "零稅率採購" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:119 msgid "100% T EX" @@ -19036,7 +20260,7 @@ msgstr "100% T EX" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:200 msgid "Purchase (Taxable Imports) - Tax Paid Separately" -msgstr "Purchase (Taxable Imports) - Tax Paid Separately" +msgstr "採購（應課稅進口）- 分開繳稅" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:123 msgid "10% I" @@ -19046,7 +20270,7 @@ msgstr "10% I" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:204 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:208 msgid "Purchases for Input Taxed Sales" -msgstr "Purchases for Input Taxed Sales" +msgstr "進項課稅銷售之採購" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:127 msgid "10% P" @@ -19056,7 +20280,7 @@ msgstr "10% P" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:212 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:216 msgid "Purchases for Private use or not deductible" -msgstr "Purchases for Private use or not deductible" +msgstr "私人用途或不可扣除之採購" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:131 msgid "100% EX" @@ -19066,7 +20290,7 @@ msgstr "100% EX" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:220 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:224 msgid "GST Only on Imports" -msgstr "GST Only on Imports" +msgstr "只對進口項目徵收商品及服務稅" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:159 @@ -19077,15 +20301,15 @@ msgstr "10% Adj" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:228 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:232 msgid "Tax Adjustments (Purchases)" -msgstr "Tax Adjustments (Purchases)" +msgstr "稅務調整（採購）" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:140 msgid "GST Sales" -msgstr "GST Sales" +msgstr "GST 銷售" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:144 msgid "GST Inclusive Sales" -msgstr "GST Inclusive Sales" +msgstr "GST 包括銷售" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:147 msgid "0% EX" @@ -19093,7 +20317,7 @@ msgstr "0% EX" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:148 msgid "Zero Rated (Export) Sales" -msgstr "Zero Rated (Export) Sales" +msgstr "零稅率（出口）銷售" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:151 msgid "0% EXEMPT" @@ -19101,7 +20325,7 @@ msgstr "0% EXEMPT" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:152 msgid "Exempt Sales" -msgstr "Exempt Sales" +msgstr "豁免銷售" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:155 msgid "0% I" @@ -19109,11 +20333,11 @@ msgstr "0% I" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:156 msgid "Input Taxed Sales" -msgstr "Input Taxed Sales" +msgstr "進項課稅銷售" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:160 msgid "Tax Adjustments (Sales)" -msgstr "Tax Adjustments (Sales)" +msgstr "稅務調整（銷售）" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:163 msgid "10% TPAR" @@ -19145,7 +20369,7 @@ msgstr "0% C TPAR" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:188 msgid "Zero Rated Purch TPAR" -msgstr "Zero Rated Purch TPAR" +msgstr "零稅率採購 TPAR" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:191 msgid "0% C TPAR N ABN" @@ -19153,7 +20377,7 @@ msgstr "0% C TPAR N ABN" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:192 msgid "Zero Rated Purch TPAR without ABN" -msgstr "Zero Rated Purch TPAR without ABN" +msgstr "零稅率採購 TPAR（沒有 ABN）" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:195 msgid "100% T EX TPAR" @@ -19201,11 +20425,11 @@ msgstr "47% WH" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:236 msgid "Tax Withheld for Partners without ABN" -msgstr "Tax Withheld for Partners without ABN" +msgstr "為沒有 ABN 合作夥伴代扣的稅項" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:243 msgid "BAS report" -msgstr "BAS report" +msgstr "BAS 報告" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:245 msgid "" @@ -19215,23 +20439,20 @@ msgid "" "**Australian Taxation Office (ATO)**. With the Odoo **BAS** feature, " "businesses can report on the following:" msgstr "" -"The **Business Activity Statement (BAS)** report is a critical tax reporting" -" requirement for businesses registered for **Goods and Services Tax (GST)** " -"in Australia. The **BAS** is used to report and remit various taxes to the " -"**Australian Taxation Office (ATO)**. With the Odoo **BAS** feature, " -"businesses can report on the following:" +"對於在澳洲註冊繳納 **商品及服務稅（GST）** 的企業而言， **業務活動報告（BAS）** 是一項重要的稅務報告要求。 **BAS** 用於向 " +"**澳洲稅務局（ATO）** 報告及繳納各種稅款。使用 Odoo 的 **BAS** 功能後，企業可匯報以下內容：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:250 msgid "Goods and Services Tax (GST)" -msgstr "Goods and Services Tax (GST)" +msgstr "商品及服務稅（GST）" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:251 msgid "PAYG tax withheld" -msgstr "PAYG tax withheld" +msgstr "PAYG（現收現付）預扣稅" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst-1 msgid "BAS report in Odoo" -msgstr "BAS report in Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo 中的 BAS 報告" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:256 msgid "" @@ -19242,16 +20463,10 @@ msgid "" " ensures the **BAS** report is accurate and reflective of the business's " "financial activities." msgstr "" -"The taxes for GST are collected from the **tax grid**, which is pre-" -"configured in the system. The **tax grid** can also be manually set up for " -"any additional special GST. Once the tax for each account is set up, the " -"system automatically slots journal items into the correct tax category. This" -" ensures the **BAS** report is accurate and reflective of the business's " -"financial activities." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst-1 msgid "GST grids in Odoo" -msgstr "GST grids in Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo 中的 GST 網格" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:264 msgid "" @@ -19260,14 +20475,10 @@ msgid "" " ensures that all payroll-related withholding taxes are accurately captured " "and reflected within the report." msgstr "" -"In addition, the **BAS** report includes the **PAYG** tax withheld " -"components (**W1** to **W5**, then **summary, section 4**). This integration" -" ensures that all payroll-related withholding taxes are accurately captured " -"and reflected within the report." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst-1 msgid "PAYG Tax Withheld and Summary of BAS report in Odoo" -msgstr "PAYG Tax Withheld and Summary of BAS report in Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:271 msgid "" @@ -19276,18 +20487,14 @@ msgid "" "and more information on the calculation process for these taxes, please " "refer to the Payroll app documentation." msgstr "" -"The module incorporates built-in rules that facilitate the automatic " -"calculation of taxes for types **W1** to **W5**. For a detailed walkthrough " -"and more information on the calculation process for these taxes, please " -"refer to the Payroll app documentation." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:276 msgid ":ref:`Payroll `" -msgstr ":ref:`Payroll `" +msgstr ":ref:`薪酬管理 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:279 msgid "Closing the BAS report" -msgstr "Closing the BAS report" +msgstr "BAS 報告結算" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:281 msgid "" @@ -19297,23 +20504,16 @@ msgid "" "Also, the start date of the tax return period can be defined through the " "**period button** (marked by a calendar icon 📅)." msgstr "" -"When it is time to file the tax return with the **ATO**, click " -":guilabel:`Closing entry`. The tax return period can be configured in " -":menuselection:`configuration --> Settings --> Tax Return Periodicity`. " -"Also, the start date of the tax return period can be defined through the " -"**period button** (marked by a calendar icon 📅)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:287 msgid ":doc:`Year-end closing <../accounting/reporting/year_end>`" -msgstr ":doc:`Year-end closing <../accounting/reporting/year_end>`" +msgstr ":doc:`年底結算 <../accounting/reporting/year_end>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:290 msgid "" "Odoo uses the *calendar quarter* rather than the Australian FY quarter, " "which means **July to September is Q3 in Odoo**." msgstr "" -"Odoo uses the *calendar quarter* rather than the Australian FY quarter, " -"which means **July to September is Q3 in Odoo**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:293 msgid "" @@ -19321,9 +20521,6 @@ msgid "" "account** and **GST receivable account** need to be set. A notification pops" " up and redirects the user to tax group configurations." msgstr "" -"Before closing the entry for the first time, the default **GST payable " -"account** and **GST receivable account** need to be set. A notification pops" -" up and redirects the user to tax group configurations." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:297 msgid "" @@ -19331,13 +20528,10 @@ msgid "" "**BAS** report generates an accurate journal closing entry automatically, " "which balances out the GST balance with the GST clearing account." msgstr "" -"Once the **GST payable** and **GST receivable** accounts are set up, the " -"**BAS** report generates an accurate journal closing entry automatically, " -"which balances out the GST balance with the GST clearing account." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst-1 msgid "GST accounts for the BAS report in Odoo." -msgstr "GST accounts for the BAS report in Odoo." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:304 msgid "" @@ -19345,13 +20539,10 @@ msgid "" "tax clearing account defined on the tax group. The amount to be paid to or " "received from the **ATO** can be reconciled against a bank statement." msgstr "" -"The balance between **GST receivable** and **payable** is set against the " -"tax clearing account defined on the tax group. The amount to be paid to or " -"received from the **ATO** can be reconciled against a bank statement." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst-1 msgid "BAS tax payment." -msgstr "BAS tax payment." +msgstr "BAS 繳納稅款。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:312 msgid "" @@ -19362,16 +20553,10 @@ msgid "" "portal `_." msgstr "" -"The **BAS** report is not directly submitted to the **ATO**. Odoo helps you " -"automatically compute the necessary values in each section, with the " -"possibility to audit them to better understand the history behind these " -"numbers. Businesses can copy these values and enter them on the `ATO’s " -"portal `_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:320 msgid "TPAR report" -msgstr "TPAR report" +msgstr "TPAR 報告" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:322 msgid "" @@ -19384,14 +20569,6 @@ msgid "" "this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Taxable Payments" " Annual Reports (TPAR)`." msgstr "" -"Odoo allows businesses to report payments made to contractors or " -"subcontractors during the financial year. This is done by generating a " -":abbr:`TPAR (Taxable Payments Annual Report)`. If you are unsure your " -"business needs this report, refer to the documentation provided by the `ATO " -"`_. You can find " -"this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Taxable Payments" -" Annual Reports (TPAR)`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:331 msgid "" @@ -19399,13 +20576,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors`, select a your contractor and set a " ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` under the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab." msgstr "" -"Under :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers` or " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors`, select a your contractor and set a " -":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` under the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst-1 msgid "TPAR fiscal position" -msgstr "TPAR fiscal position" +msgstr "TPAR 財務規則" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:337 msgid "" @@ -19414,44 +20588,35 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Taxable Payments Annual Reports" " (TPAR)`." msgstr "" -"Upon billing a contact with a fiscal position set to :guilabel:`TPAR` or " -":guilabel:`TPAR without ABN`, the report is automatically generated in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Taxable Payments Annual Reports" -" (TPAR)`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:341 msgid "" "The report includes the **ABN**, **Total GST**, **Gross Paid**, and **Tax " "Withheld** from their **TPAR** subcontractors." msgstr "" -"The report includes the **ABN**, **Total GST**, **Gross Paid**, and **Tax " -"Withheld** from their **TPAR** subcontractors." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:344 msgid "**Total GST**: the total tax paid" -msgstr "**Total GST**: the total tax paid" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:345 msgid "" "**Gross Paid amounts**: shows after registering a payment for those bills" msgstr "" -"**Gross Paid amounts**: shows after registering a payment for those bills" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:346 msgid "" "**Tax Withheld**: shown if the subcontractor is registered with a fiscal " "position set to :guilabel:`TPAR without ABN`" msgstr "" -"**Tax Withheld**: shown if the subcontractor is registered with a fiscal " -"position set to :guilabel:`TPAR without ABN`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:349 msgid "The **TPAR** report can be exported to PDF, XLSX, and TPAR formats." -msgstr "The **TPAR** report can be exported to PDF, XLSX, and TPAR formats." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:354 msgid "Customer statements" -msgstr "Customer statements" +msgstr "客戶報表" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:356 msgid "" @@ -19459,17 +20624,14 @@ msgid "" " the company over a certain period, and overdue statement details. These " "statements can be sent out to customers by email." msgstr "" -"Customer statements allow customers to see their financial transactions with" -" the company over a certain period, and overdue statement details. These " -"statements can be sent out to customers by email." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst-1 msgid "Customer statement in Odoo." -msgstr "Customer statement in Odoo." +msgstr "Odoo 中的客戶報表。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:363 msgid "There are **two** ways for customers to download these statements." -msgstr "There are **two** ways for customers to download these statements." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:365 msgid "" @@ -19478,10 +20640,6 @@ msgid "" "**gear icon (⚙)**, and then :guilabel:`Print Customer Statements`. This " "prints out the statement from the beginning of the month to today's date." msgstr "" -"**From the contact form:** Customer statements are under " -":menuselection:`Customers --> Customers`. Select a customer, click the " -"**gear icon (⚙)**, and then :guilabel:`Print Customer Statements`. This " -"prints out the statement from the beginning of the month to today's date." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:370 msgid "" @@ -19491,19 +20649,14 @@ msgid "" "specify a date range in the **calendar menu (📅)** for the statement, hover " "over a partner, and click the :guilabel:`Customer Statements` tab." msgstr "" -"**From the partner ledger:** This option allows for more flexibility in " -"selecting a statement's start and end date. You can access it by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Partner Ledger`. From here, " -"specify a date range in the **calendar menu (📅)** for the statement, hover " -"over a partner, and click the :guilabel:`Customer Statements` tab." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst-1 msgid "Customer statement from partner ledger report in Odoo." -msgstr "Customer statement from partner ledger report in Odoo." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:381 msgid "Remittance advice" -msgstr "Remittance advice" +msgstr "匯款通知" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:383 msgid "" @@ -19512,18 +20665,14 @@ msgid "" " Payments`, selecting the payment(s), and clicking :menuselection:`Print -->" " Payment Receipt`." msgstr "" -"A remittance advice is a document used as proof of payment to a business. In" -" Odoo, it can be accessed by going to :menuselection:`Accounting ‣ Vendors ‣" -" Payments`, selecting the payment(s), and clicking :menuselection:`Print -->" -" Payment Receipt`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst-1 msgid "Remittance advice in Odoo." -msgstr "Remittance advice in Odoo." +msgstr "Odoo 中的匯款通知。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:393 msgid "E-Invoicing via Peppol" -msgstr "E-Invoicing via Peppol" +msgstr "以 Peppol 電子開立發票" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:395 msgid "" @@ -19533,15 +20682,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers` or :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Vendors`, select a partner, and click the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab." msgstr "" -"Odoo is compliant with Australia's and New Zealand's `PEPPOL requirements " -"`_. You can find " -"and set up **electronic invoicing** settings per partner under " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers` or :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Vendors`, select a partner, and click the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst-1 msgid "Peppol settings from a partner in Odoo." -msgstr "Peppol settings from a partner in Odoo." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:404 msgid "" @@ -19549,13 +20693,10 @@ msgid "" "will download a compliant XML file that can be manually uploaded to your " "PEPPOL network." msgstr "" -"Validating an invoice or credit note for a partner on the PEPPOL network " -"will download a compliant XML file that can be manually uploaded to your " -"PEPPOL network." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:410 msgid "ABA files for batch payments" -msgstr "ABA files for batch payments" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:415 msgid "" @@ -19564,10 +20705,6 @@ msgid "" "customers to facilitate bulk payment processing by uploading a single file " "from their business management software." msgstr "" -"An ABA file is a digital format developed by the `Australian Bankers' " -"Association `_. It is designed for business " -"customers to facilitate bulk payment processing by uploading a single file " -"from their business management software." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:419 msgid "" @@ -19575,9 +20712,6 @@ msgid "" "efficiency. This is achieved by consolidating numerous payments into one " "file for batch processing, which can be submitted to all Australian banks." msgstr "" -"The main advantage of using ABA files is to improve payment and matching " -"efficiency. This is achieved by consolidating numerous payments into one " -"file for batch processing, which can be submitted to all Australian banks." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:427 msgid "Settings" @@ -19589,13 +20723,10 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Setting --> Batch Payment` and enable :guilabel:`Allow " "Batch Payments`." msgstr "" -"To enable **batch payments**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Setting --> Batch Payment` and enable :guilabel:`Allow " -"Batch Payments`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:433 msgid "Bank journal" -msgstr "Bank journal" +msgstr "銀行日記賬" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:435 msgid "" @@ -19604,20 +20735,16 @@ msgid "" " tab, enter the :guilabel:`Account Number` and click :guilabel:`Create and " "edit`. In the pop-up window, fill in the following fields:" msgstr "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals` and " -"select the :guilabel:`Bank` journal type. In the :guilabel:`Journal Entries`" -" tab, enter the :guilabel:`Account Number` and click :guilabel:`Create and " -"edit`. In the pop-up window, fill in the following fields:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:440 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:477 msgid ":guilabel:`Bank`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Bank`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`銀行`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:441 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:478 msgid ":guilabel:`Account Holder Name`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Account Holder Name`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`賬戶持有人名稱`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:442 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:479 @@ -19626,55 +20753,47 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`BSB`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:443 msgid ":guilabel:`Account Holder`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Account Holder`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`賬戶持有人`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst-1 msgid "Account Number settings for ABA in Odoo." -msgstr "Account Number settings for ABA in Odoo." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:449 msgid "The :guilabel:`Send Money` field must be **enabled**." -msgstr "The :guilabel:`Send Money` field must be **enabled**." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:452 msgid "The :guilabel:`Currency` field is optional." -msgstr "The :guilabel:`Currency` field is optional." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:454 msgid "" "Go back to the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab and fill in the following " "fields related to the ABA:" msgstr "" -"Go back to the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab and fill in the following " -"fields related to the ABA:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:456 msgid ":guilabel:`BSB`: This field is auto-formatted from the bank account" -msgstr ":guilabel:`BSB`: This field is auto-formatted from the bank account" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:457 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Financial Institution Code`: The official 3-letter abbreviation " "of the financial institution (e.g., WBC for Westpac)" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Financial Institution Code`: The official 3-letter abbreviation " -"of the financial institution (e.g., WBC for Westpac)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:459 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Supplying User Name`: 6-digit number provided by your bank. " "Contact or check your bank website if you need to know." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Supplying User Name`: 6-digit number provided by your bank. " -"Contact or check your bank website if you need to know." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:463 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Include Self-Balancing Transactions`: Selecting this option adds " "an additional" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Include Self-Balancing Transactions`: Selecting this option adds " -"an additional" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:462 msgid "" @@ -19682,9 +20801,6 @@ msgid "" "financial institutions require when generating ABA files. Check with your " "bank to see if you need this option." msgstr "" -"\"self-balancing\" transaction to the end of the ABA file, which some " -"financial institutions require when generating ABA files. Check with your " -"bank to see if you need this option." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:465 msgid "" @@ -19692,13 +20808,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bank` type journal. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and select " ":guilabel:`ABA Credit Transfer` as the **payment method**." msgstr "" -"Then, go to the :guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tab on the same " -":guilabel:`Bank` type journal. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and select " -":guilabel:`ABA Credit Transfer` as the **payment method**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:469 msgid "Partners’ bank accounts" -msgstr "Partners’ bank accounts" +msgstr "合作夥伴的銀行賬戶" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:471 msgid "" @@ -19708,31 +20821,24 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting` tab, and under the :guilabel:`Bank Accounts` section," " click :guilabel:`Add a line` to fill in:" msgstr "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers` or " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Vendors` and select a partner for" -" whom you want to add banking information. Once selected, click the " -":guilabel:`Accounting` tab, and under the :guilabel:`Bank Accounts` section," -" click :guilabel:`Add a line` to fill in:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:476 msgid ":guilabel:`Account Number` of that partner" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Account Number` of that partner" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:480 msgid ":guilabel:`Accounter Holder`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Accounter Holder`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`賬戶持有人`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:481 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send Money` defines the bank account as *trusted*, which is " "essential for ABA files and must be enabled if to be used." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Send Money` defines the bank account as *trusted*, which is " -"essential for ABA files and must be enabled if to be used." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:485 msgid "Generate an ABA file" -msgstr "Generate an ABA file" +msgstr "產生 ABA 檔案" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:487 msgid "" @@ -19740,9 +20846,6 @@ msgid "" "from a purchase order). :guilabel:`Confirm` the bill and ensure the vendor’s" " banking information is set up correctly before registering a payment.." msgstr "" -"To generate an **ABA** file, :guilabel:`Create` a vendor bill (manually or " -"from a purchase order). :guilabel:`Confirm` the bill and ensure the vendor’s" -" banking information is set up correctly before registering a payment.." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:491 msgid "" @@ -19751,10 +20854,6 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Payment Method`, and select the right :guilabel:`Recipient Bank " "Account`." msgstr "" -"Next, click :guilabel:`Register Payment` in the pop-up window: select the " -":guilabel:`Bank` journal, select :guilabel:`ABA Credit Transfer` as " -":guilabel:`Payment Method`, and select the right :guilabel:`Recipient Bank " -"Account`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:495 msgid "" @@ -19764,11 +20863,8 @@ msgid "" "correct and finally :guilabel:`Validate`. Once validated, the ABA file " "becomes available in the **chatter** on the right." msgstr "" -"Once payments are confirmed, they appear in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Vendors --> Payments`. Tick the box of the payments to be included in the " -"batch, then click :guilabel:`Create Batch`. Verify all information is " -"correct and finally :guilabel:`Validate`. Once validated, the ABA file " -"becomes available in the **chatter** on the right." +"確認付款後，它們會在 :menuselection:`會計 --> 供應商 --> 付款` 中顯示。勾選要包含在批次中的付款，然後按一下 " +":guilabel:`建立批次`。驗證所有資訊是否正確後，選擇 :guilabel:`驗證`。驗證後，ABA 檔案會在右方的 **聊天視窗** 中可用。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:500 msgid "" @@ -19776,17 +20872,14 @@ msgid "" "appear in your bank feed at the following bank feed iteration. You will need" " to reconcile it against the **batch payment** made in Odoo." msgstr "" -"After uploading it to your bank’s portal, an ABA transaction line will " -"appear in your bank feed at the following bank feed iteration. You will need" -" to reconcile it against the **batch payment** made in Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:505 msgid ":doc:`Batch Payment <../accounting/payments/batch>`" -msgstr ":doc:`Batch Payment <../accounting/payments/batch>`" +msgstr ":doc:`大批付款 <../accounting/payments/batch>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:510 msgid "Buy Now, Pay Later solutions" -msgstr "Buy Now, Pay Later solutions" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:512 msgid "" @@ -19795,22 +20888,21 @@ msgid "" "`_ and `AsiaPay " "`_ payment providers." msgstr "" -"Buy Now, Pay Later solutions are popular payment methods for eShops in " -"Australia. Some of these solutions are available via the `Stripe " -"`_ and `AsiaPay " -"`_ payment providers." +"「先買後付」解決方案是頗受澳洲網上商店歡迎的付款方式。其中一些解決方案可透過 `Stripe `_ 及 `AsiaPay " +"`_ 付款服務商取得。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:517 msgid ":doc:`AsiaPay Payment Provider <../payment_providers/asiapay>`" -msgstr ":doc:`AsiaPay Payment Provider <../payment_providers/asiapay>`" +msgstr ":doc:`AsiaPay 付款服務商 <../payment_providers/asiapay>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:518 msgid ":doc:`Stripe Payment Provider <../payment_providers/stripe>`" -msgstr ":doc:`Stripe Payment Provider <../payment_providers/stripe>`" +msgstr ":doc:`Stripe 付款服務商 <../payment_providers/stripe>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:521 msgid "POS terminals for Australia" -msgstr "POS terminals for Australia" +msgstr "澳洲使用的 POS 銷售點終端機" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:523 msgid "" @@ -19818,9 +20910,8 @@ msgid "" "in Australia, you *must* have a **Stripe** terminal. Odoo supports the " "**EFTPOS** payment solution in Australia." msgstr "" -"If you wish to have a direct connection between Odoo and your PoS terminal " -"in Australia, you *must* have a **Stripe** terminal. Odoo supports the " -"**EFTPOS** payment solution in Australia." +"如果你希望在 Odoo 與你位於澳洲的銷售點終端機之間建立直接連線，你 *必須* 使用一部 **Stripe** 終端機。Odoo 支援澳洲的 " +"**EFTPOS** （銷售點電子資金轉賬）付款方案。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:527 msgid "" @@ -19828,42 +20919,42 @@ msgid "" "system. The only drawback of not using Stripe is that cashiers must manually" " enter the final payment amount on the terminal." msgstr "" -"You do not need a Stripe payment terminal to use Odoo as your main PoS " -"system. The only drawback of not using Stripe is that cashiers must manually" -" enter the final payment amount on the terminal." +"你並不需要 Stripe 付款終端機，即可使用 Odoo 作為你的主要 PoS 銷售點管理系統。不使用 Stripe " +"的唯一缺點，是收銀員必須在終端機上，手動輸入最終付款金額。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:532 msgid ":doc:`Stripe Odoo Payment Provider <../payment_providers/stripe>`" -msgstr ":doc:`Stripe Odoo Payment Provider <../payment_providers/stripe>`" +msgstr ":doc:`Stripe Odoo 付款服務商 <../payment_providers/stripe>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:533 msgid "" ":doc:`Stripe Odoo Payment Terminal " "`" msgstr "" -":doc:`Stripe Odoo Payment Terminal " +":doc:`Stripe Odoo 付款終端機 " "`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:534 msgid "`Stripe Dashboard `_" -msgstr "`Stripe Dashboard `_" +msgstr "`Stripe 概覽畫面 `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:535 msgid "`Stripe Terminal `_" -msgstr "`Stripe Terminal `_" +msgstr "`Stripe 終端機 `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:150 msgid "Payroll" -msgstr "Payroll" +msgstr "薪酬管理" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:543 msgid "Odoo is currently not compliant with STP Phase 2." -msgstr "Odoo is currently not compliant with STP Phase 2." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:546 msgid "Create your employees" -msgstr "Create your employees" +msgstr "建立你的員工" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:548 msgid "" @@ -19871,49 +20962,40 @@ msgid "" "**Employees** app and click :guilabel:`Create`. In the :guilabel:`HR " "Settings` tab, you can input the mandatory information:" msgstr "" -"To create an **employee form** and fill in mandatory information, go to the " -"**Employees** app and click :guilabel:`Create`. In the :guilabel:`HR " -"Settings` tab, you can input the mandatory information:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:552 msgid "" ":guilabel:`TFN Status`: if the employee provides a TFN, make sure to add it " "to the “TFN” field" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`TFN Status`: if the employee provides a TFN, make sure to add it " -"to the “TFN” field" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:553 msgid ":guilabel:`Non-resident`: if the employee is a foreign resident" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Non-resident`: if the employee is a foreign resident" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:554 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax-free Threshold`: if the employee is below or above the " "threshold" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Tax-free Threshold`: if the employee is below or above the " -"threshold" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:555 msgid "" ":guilabel:`HELP / STSL`: for all types of study and training support loans " "(e.g. HELP, VSL, SSL…)" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`HELP / STSL`: for all types of study and training support loans " -"(e.g. HELP, VSL, SSL…)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:556 msgid ":guilabel:`Medicare levy Deduction`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Medicare levy Deduction`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Medicare 醫療保險稅扣除`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:557 msgid ":guilabel:`Medicare levy Exemption`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Medicare levy Exemption`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Medicare 醫療保險稅豁免`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:558 msgid ":guilabel:`Withholding for Extra Pay`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Withholding for Extra Pay`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`額外工資的預扣額`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:559 msgid "..." @@ -19921,7 +21003,7 @@ msgstr "..." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:562 msgid "Manage Australian contracts" -msgstr "Manage Australian contracts" +msgstr "管理澳洲合約" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:564 msgid "" @@ -19929,25 +21011,18 @@ msgid "" "clicking the :guilabel:`Contracts` smart button or by going to " ":menuselection:`Employees --> Employees --> Contracts`." msgstr "" -"Once the employee form has been created, ensure the contract is enabled by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`Contracts` smart button or by going to " -":menuselection:`Employees --> Employees --> Contracts`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:569 msgid "" "Only one contract can be active simultaneously per employee, but an employee" " can be assigned consecutive contracts during their employment." msgstr "" -"Only one contract can be active simultaneously per employee, but an employee" -" can be assigned consecutive contracts during their employment." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:572 msgid "" "Contractual information related to Australia can be found in the following " "**three** places:" msgstr "" -"Contractual information related to Australia can be found in the following " -"**three** places:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:574 msgid "" @@ -19958,12 +21033,6 @@ msgid "" " by the Australian Taxation Office (ATO). Most contracts will fall under the" " following **three structures**:" msgstr "" -"Before assigning a salary amount, pay frequency, and other important details" -" to a contract, defining the **salary structure**, **start date**, and " -"**work entry** source is important. In Australia, a \"Salary Structure\" is " -"employed to specify the tax schedule applicable to that contract, as defined" -" by the Australian Taxation Office (ATO). Most contracts will fall under the" -" following **three structures**:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:580 msgid "" @@ -19971,9 +21040,6 @@ msgid "" "fall in this category; hence, this structure is assigned by default to all " "contracts." msgstr "" -"**Regular (Schedule 1)**: the great majority of Australian employees will " -"fall in this category; hence, this structure is assigned by default to all " -"contracts." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:582 msgid "" @@ -19981,21 +21047,16 @@ msgid "" "makers (WHMs), other taxes apply. For detailed information on these specific" " tax implications, refer to the documentation provided by the **ATO**." msgstr "" -"**Working holiday makers (Schedule 15)**. When employing working holiday " -"makers (WHMs), other taxes apply. For detailed information on these specific" -" tax implications, refer to the documentation provided by the **ATO**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:585 msgid "" "**No TFN**. Choose this structure if the employee hasn’t provided a **TFN** " "for over **28** days." msgstr "" -"**No TFN**. Choose this structure if the employee hasn’t provided a **TFN** " -"for over **28** days." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst-1 msgid "Employees form in Odoo Payroll." -msgstr "Employees form in Odoo Payroll." +msgstr "Odoo 薪酬管理中的員工表格。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:592 msgid "" @@ -20004,18 +21065,14 @@ msgid "" "should be performed before using them to pay employees in your production " "database. Send your feedback to au-feedback@mail.odoo.com." msgstr "" -"The structures **Horticulture/Shearing (Schedule 2)** and **Artists and " -"Performers (Schedule 3)** are only partially complete, and proper tests " -"should be performed before using them to pay employees in your production " -"database. Send your feedback to au-feedback@mail.odoo.com." +"請留意， **園藝/剪羊毛（附表 2）** 以及 **藝人及表演者（附表 3）** " +"只部分完成，使用它們向正式運行資料庫中的員工支付工資前，應進行適當的測試。請將你的意見傳送至 au-feedback@mail.odoo.com。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:596 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Work Entry Source` is also significant and defines how " "**working hours** and **days** are accounted for in the employee’s payslip." -msgstr "" -"The field :guilabel:`Work Entry Source` is also significant and defines how " -"**working hours** and **days** are accounted for in the employee’s payslip." +msgstr ":guilabel:`工作記項來源` 欄位也很重要，它定義員工工資單中的 **工時** 及 **工作天數** 是如何計算。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:599 msgid "" @@ -20027,29 +21084,21 @@ msgid "" "payslip will be automatically calculated to be 38 hours (5 * 7.36 hours) if " "no leave is taken." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: work entries are automatically generated based" -" on the employee’s working schedule, starting from the contract's start " -"date.. For example, let’s assume that an employee works 38 hours a week, and" -" their contract’s begins on January 1st. Today is January 16th, and the user" -" generates a pay run from January 14th to 20th. The working hours on the " -"payslip will be automatically calculated to be 38 hours (5 * 7.36 hours) if " -"no leave is taken." +":guilabel:`工作計劃`：工作記項是根據員工的工作計劃自動產生，從合約開始日期起計。例子：假設一名員工每週工作 38 小時，其合約從 1 月 1" +" 日開始。今天是 1 月 16 日，使用者想產生 1 月 14 至 20 日的薪酬。如果沒有其他休假，工資單上的工時會自動計算為 38 小時（5 × " +"7.36 小時）。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:604 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances`: The default working schedule is ignored, and work " "entries are only generated after clocking in and out of the attendance app." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Attendances`: The default working schedule is ignored, and work " -"entries are only generated after clocking in and out of the attendance app." +msgstr ":guilabel:`出席率`：會忽略預設的工作計劃，只會在使用考勤應用程式打卡上下班後，才會產生工作記項。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:606 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Planning`: The default working schedule is ignored, and work " "entries are generated from planning shifts only." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Planning`: The default working schedule is ignored, and work " -"entries are generated from planning shifts only." +msgstr ":guilabel:`規劃`：會忽略預設的工作計劃，只按已規劃班次產生工作記項。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:610 msgid "" @@ -20061,17 +21110,13 @@ msgid "" "can be manually imported for each period, and Odoo will separate the pay " "items and rates on the employee’s payslip." msgstr "" -"Additional configurations are necessary to ensure that Odoo’s payslips " -"automatically compute various **penalty rates** as defined by an **award " -"(overtime rate, public holiday rate, etc)**. To create these configurations," -" create new work-entry types for each penalty rate and then assign a penalty" -" rate in % to each. Once this one-time configuration is done, work entries " -"can be manually imported for each period, and Odoo will separate the pay " -"items and rates on the employee’s payslip." +"你亦需要進行額外的配置，以確保 Odoo 的工資單會自動計算以 **獎勵** 形式（例如加班費、有薪公眾假期等）所定義的各種 **罰款率** " +"。若要建立這些配置，請為每個罰款率建立新的工作記項類型，然後為每個類型指派一個罰款率（以 % " +"百分比為單位）。完成此項單次配置後，便可手動匯入每個工資期的工作記項，然後 Odoo 會在員工工資單上，分開列出薪資項目及薪酬率。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:618 msgid "Timesheets do not impact work entries in Odoo." -msgstr "Timesheets do not impact work entries in Odoo." +msgstr "工時表不會影響 Odoo 內的工作記項。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:620 msgid "" @@ -20079,9 +21124,6 @@ msgid "" "impacting the frequency of pay runs and the management of payslip rules in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -"The :guilabel:`Salary Information` tab contains a few essential fields " -"impacting the frequency of pay runs and the management of payslip rules in " -"Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:623 msgid "" @@ -20090,10 +21132,6 @@ msgid "" " Wage` type. For employees being paid hourly, make sure to define the " "correct **casual loading**." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Wage Type`: Select the :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` pay type for full-" -"time and part-time employees. For casual workers and other :guilabel:`Hourly" -" Wage` type. For employees being paid hourly, make sure to define the " -"correct **casual loading**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:626 msgid "" @@ -20101,9 +21139,6 @@ msgid "" "frequencies are accepted: **daily, weekly, bi-weekly (or fortnightly), " "monthly, and quarterly**." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: In Australia, only the following pay run " -"frequencies are accepted: **daily, weekly, bi-weekly (or fortnightly), " -"monthly, and quarterly**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:628 msgid "" @@ -20111,17 +21146,12 @@ msgid "" " pay frequency. On payslips, the corresponding annual and hourly rates will " "be automatically computed." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Wage` (/period): Assign a wage to the contract according to their" -" pay frequency. On payslips, the corresponding annual and hourly rates will " -"be automatically computed." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:632 msgid "" "For hourly workers, please note that the hourly wage should exclude casual " "loading." msgstr "" -"For hourly workers, please note that the hourly wage should exclude casual " -"loading." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:634 msgid "" @@ -20131,11 +21161,6 @@ msgid "" "information on this tab before moving forward with pay runs. This includes " "the following **four** fields which impact payslip computations:" msgstr "" -"The :guilabel:`Australia` tab. Most of the fields in this tab are used for " -"**Single Touch Payroll** (or **STP**) reporting, which requires a thorough " -"understanding of several details from an employee’s contract. Review the " -"information on this tab before moving forward with pay runs. This includes " -"the following **four** fields which impact payslip computations:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:639 msgid "" @@ -20146,12 +21171,6 @@ msgid "" "they were supposed to pay according to their salary structure and situation " "to a fixed 25%." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Withholding Variation`: use this field in case the employee’s " -"withholding must be varied upward or downward according to their " -"circumstances. E.g., if employee X benefits from a 25% withholding " -"variation, their percentage of tax withheld will vary from whatever amount " -"they were supposed to pay according to their salary structure and situation " -"to a fixed 25%." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:643 msgid "" @@ -20160,10 +21179,6 @@ msgid "" "17.5%) is added to any amount earned when taking annual or long service " "leaves." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Leave Loading`: if the employee benefits from a regular leave " -"loading, the value set in the field :guilabel:`Leave Loading Rate` (e.g., " -"17.5%) is added to any amount earned when taking annual or long service " -"leaves." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:646 msgid "" @@ -20175,13 +21190,6 @@ msgid "" "4,700 AUD, and 300 AUD will be added on top of their normal super " "contributions." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Salary Sacrifice Superannuation`: any amount added to this field " -"is deducted, per pay frequency, from the employee’s basic salary before the " -"computation of the gross salary. Then, this amount is added to the super " -"guarantee line of their payslip. E.g., if employee Y earns 5,000 AUD per " -"month and sacrifices 300 AUD to superannuation, their gross salary will be " -"4,700 AUD, and 300 AUD will be added on top of their normal super " -"contributions." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:651 msgid "" @@ -20189,9 +21197,6 @@ msgid "" "deducted, per pay frequency, from the employee’s basic salary before the " "computation of the gross salary." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Salary Sacrifice Other`: any amount added to this field is " -"deducted, per pay frequency, from the employee’s basic salary before the " -"computation of the gross salary." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:654 msgid "" @@ -20199,17 +21204,14 @@ msgid "" "the contract's status from \"New\" to \"Running\" to facilitate its use in " "pay runs." msgstr "" -"Once all important information has been entered, ensure the transition of " -"the contract's status from \"New\" to \"Running\" to facilitate its use in " -"pay runs." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst-1 msgid "\"Australia\" payroll tab in Odoo." -msgstr "\"Australia\" payroll tab in Odoo." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:661 msgid "Assign superannuation accounts" -msgstr "Assign superannuation accounts" +msgstr "分配退休金賬戶" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:663 msgid "" @@ -20219,11 +21221,6 @@ msgid "" "Fund`, :guilabel:`Member Since` date, and :guilabel:`TFN` number of the " "employee." msgstr "" -"Upon receipt of superannuation details from a new employee, ensure the " -"creation of a new account in :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " -"Super Accounts` to link it to the employee. Input the :guilabel:`Super " -"Fund`, :guilabel:`Member Since` date, and :guilabel:`TFN` number of the " -"employee." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:667 msgid "" @@ -20233,31 +21230,24 @@ msgid "" "(**APRA** or **SMSF**), **USI**, and **ESA**. Super funds can be created or " "imported in :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Super Funds`." msgstr "" -"Suppose the employee uses a superannuation fund that does not exist in the " -"database yet. In that case Odoo creates a new one and centralises basic " -"information about this fund, such as its **ABN**, **address**, type " -"(**APRA** or **SMSF**), **USI**, and **ESA**. Super funds can be created or " -"imported in :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Super Funds`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:673 msgid "Odoo is currently not **SuperStream-compliant**." -msgstr "Odoo is currently not **SuperStream-compliant**." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:676 msgid "Create pay runs with payslips" -msgstr "Create pay runs with payslips" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:678 msgid "" "Odoo can create pay runs in **two** ways: via **batch** or via " "**individual** payslips." msgstr "" -"Odoo can create pay runs in **two** ways: via **batch** or via " -"**individual** payslips." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:681 msgid "Create a batch of payslips" -msgstr "Create a batch of payslips" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:683 msgid "" @@ -20269,23 +21259,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Generate`. This method allows the creation of multiple payslips " "corresponding to each employee in a single batch." msgstr "" -"When preparing to generate employees’ draft payslips (e.g., at the end of " -"every week, fortnight, or month), navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll --> " -"Payslips --> Batches` and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the necessary info," -" click :guilabel:`Generate Payslips`, select the :guilabel:`Salary " -"Structure`, :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Employees`, and " -":guilabel:`Generate`. This method allows the creation of multiple payslips " -"corresponding to each employee in a single batch." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:690 msgid "Give the batch a name. (E.g., `2024 – Weekly W1`)" -msgstr "Give the batch a name. (E.g., `2024 – Weekly W1`)" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:691 msgid "" "Choose the pay run's start and end date. (E.g., 01/01/2024 to 07/01/2024)" msgstr "" -"Choose the pay run's start and end date. (E.g., 01/01/2024 to 07/01/2024)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:692 msgid "" @@ -20294,18 +21276,12 @@ msgid "" "are included. You can leave :guilabel:`Salary Structure` field blank as Odoo" " automatically selects the structure linked to each employee’s contract." msgstr "" -"Click on :guilabel:`Generate`. A pop-up window asks to confirm which " -"employees should be included in the batch. By default, all active employees " -"are included. You can leave :guilabel:`Salary Structure` field blank as Odoo" -" automatically selects the structure linked to each employee’s contract." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:696 msgid "" "The batch creates as many payslips as there are employees. There is no limit" " to the number of payslips created in a batch." msgstr "" -"The batch creates as many payslips as there are employees. There is no limit" -" to the number of payslips created in a batch." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:698 msgid "" @@ -20313,13 +21289,10 @@ msgid "" "have been generated, there is no need to manually compute payslip lines; " "Odoo does it for you." msgstr "" -"Verify important information on each payslip. After payslips from a batch " -"have been generated, there is no need to manually compute payslip lines; " -"Odoo does it for you." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:702 msgid "Create an individual payslip" -msgstr "Create an individual payslip" +msgstr "建立個別工資單" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:704 msgid "" @@ -20332,54 +21305,44 @@ msgid "" "11**), and **commissions and bonuses** (**ATO Schedule 5**). When generating" " an individual payslip, make sure to proceed with the following steps:" msgstr "" -"In cases where the pay run does not fall into the category of regular " -"payslips, the option exists to create a pay run dedicated to a single " -"employee. Go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Payslips --> All Payslips` and " -"click :guilabel:`New`. Employ this method when processing **one-time " -"payments** for employees, including **return-to-work** payments (**ATO " -"Schedule 4**), **employment termination** payments (**ATO Schedule 7 and " -"11**), and **commissions and bonuses** (**ATO Schedule 5**). When generating" -" an individual payslip, make sure to proceed with the following steps:" +"如果薪資運作不屬於正常薪資類別，可選擇建立專門用於單一員工的薪資運作。請前往 :menuselection:`薪酬管理 --> 工資單 --> " +"所有工資單`，然後按一下 :guilabel:`新增`。你可採用此方法，為員工處理 **單次付款** ，包括 **重返工作崗位** 付款（ **ATO " +"附表 4** ）、 **終止聘用** 付款（ **ATO 附表 7 及 11** ），以及 **佣金及獎金** （ **ATO 附表 5** " +"）。產生個別工資單時，請務必執行下列步驟：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:711 msgid "" "Select an :guilabel:`Employee`; their :guilabel:`Contract` will be filled " "out automatically" -msgstr "" -"Select an :guilabel:`Employee`; their :guilabel:`Contract` will be filled " -"out automatically" +msgstr "選擇 :guilabel:`員工`。系統將自動填入他們的 :guilabel:`合約`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:712 msgid "Add a pay :guilabel:`Period`" -msgstr "Add a pay :guilabel:`Period`" +msgstr "為支付的工資期設定 :guilabel:`期間`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:713 msgid "Select a salary :guilabel:`Structure` (e.g., return-to-work payment)" -msgstr "Select a salary :guilabel:`Structure` (e.g., return-to-work payment)" +msgstr "選擇薪資 :guilabel:`結構`（例如：重返工作崗位付款）" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:714 msgid "" "Unlike payslips generated from a batch, the payroll user must click the " ":guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button to generate payslip lines" -msgstr "" -"Unlike payslips generated from a batch, the payroll user must click the " -":guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button to generate payslip lines" +msgstr "與大批產生工資單不同，薪酬使用者必須按一下 :guilabel:`計算本表` 按鈕，才可產生工資單資料行。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst-1 msgid "One-time payments in Odoo Payroll." -msgstr "One-time payments in Odoo Payroll." +msgstr "Odoo 薪酬管理中的單次付款。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:721 msgid "Understand payslip features" -msgstr "Understand payslip features" +msgstr "理解工資單功能" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:723 msgid "" "The same features apply no matter how payslips are created (individually or " "via batch)." msgstr "" -"The same features apply no matter how payslips are created (individually or " -"via batch)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:725 msgid "" @@ -20388,10 +21351,6 @@ msgid "" "worked during the payslip period next to the corresponding total gross " "amount." msgstr "" -"Depending on how work entries are created, the :guilabel:`Worked Days & " -"Inputs` table automatically shows the number of days and hours the employee " -"worked during the payslip period next to the corresponding total gross " -"amount." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:730 msgid "" @@ -20399,13 +21358,10 @@ msgid "" "off**, in addition to custom **hourly penalty rates** (overtime, public " "holidays, etc.) which are automatically added to the table." msgstr "" -"There is one line per work entry type, meaning **paid** and **unpaid time-" -"off**, in addition to custom **hourly penalty rates** (overtime, public " -"holidays, etc.) which are automatically added to the table." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst-1 msgid "Worked days and hours in Payroll" -msgstr "Worked days and hours in Payroll" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:737 msgid "" @@ -20413,9 +21369,6 @@ msgid "" "**allowances** and **extra pay** items in the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` " "section." msgstr "" -"In the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` section, You can add entries such as " -"**allowances** and **extra pay** items in the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` " -"section." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:740 msgid "" @@ -20424,10 +21377,6 @@ msgid "" "Types`. Once created, tick the :guilabel:`Is an Allowance` checkbox for the " "involved allowances." msgstr "" -"To incorporate various **allowances** into an employee's payslip, create " -"**allowances** in :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Other Input " -"Types`. Once created, tick the :guilabel:`Is an Allowance` checkbox for the " -"involved allowances." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:745 msgid "" @@ -20436,10 +21385,6 @@ msgid "" "inputs table to manually add the total amount to be withheld across all " "allowances on that payslip." msgstr "" -"Withholding for allowances is not computed automatically. The payroll user " -"has to use the field :guilabel:`Withholding for allowance` under the other " -"inputs table to manually add the total amount to be withheld across all " -"allowances on that payslip." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:749 msgid "" @@ -20451,17 +21396,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Other Input Types` and create " "a new entry with the code **EXTRA**." msgstr "" -"**Extra pay** items are other inputs added to the **payslip’s gross** and, " -"as a result, to the **withholding amount**. An example lies in regular sales" -" commissions, taxed at the same rate as the regular salary (unlike " -"discretionary bonuses, which fall under the ATO’s Schedule 5 and its " -"corresponding salary structure). To configure such a custom pay item, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Other Input Types` and create " -"a new entry with the code **EXTRA**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst-1 msgid "Extra pay item input type" -msgstr "Extra pay item input type" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:759 msgid "" @@ -20470,60 +21408,47 @@ msgid "" "contract and salary structure. Here are a few guidelines to better " "understand the data." msgstr "" -"In the :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab, the payroll user can verify " -"whether all the pay rules have been computed correctly as per employee, " -"contract and salary structure. Here are a few guidelines to better " -"understand the data." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst-1 msgid "Salary computation in Odoo Payroll." -msgstr "Salary computation in Odoo Payroll." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:766 msgid "" "**Basic salary:** amount from which tax-deductible lines can be subtracted" msgstr "" -"**Basic salary:** amount from which tax-deductible lines can be subtracted" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:767 msgid "" "**Gross salary:** amount subject to the taxes defined by the salary " "structure" msgstr "" -"**Gross salary:** amount subject to the taxes defined by the salary " -"structure" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:768 msgid "**Withholding:** tax amount to be paid to the **ATO**" -msgstr "**Withholding:** tax amount to be paid to the **ATO**" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:769 msgid "**Net salary:** amount to be paid to the employee’s bank account" -msgstr "**Net salary:** amount to be paid to the employee’s bank account" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:770 msgid "" "**Superannuation Guarantee:** amount to be provisioned for quarterly " "payments to the employee’s super account" msgstr "" -"**Superannuation Guarantee:** amount to be provisioned for quarterly " -"payments to the employee’s super account" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:772 msgid "" "**Allowances & Extra pay items:** these lines will show if other inputs are " "added to the payslip." msgstr "" -"**Allowances & Extra pay items:** these lines will show if other inputs are " -"added to the payslip." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:773 msgid "" "**Other lines:** depending on the employee and contract specifics (Medicare," " child support, salary, sacrifice, etc.)" msgstr "" -"**Other lines:** depending on the employee and contract specifics (Medicare," -" child support, salary, sacrifice, etc.)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:776 msgid "" @@ -20532,14 +21457,11 @@ msgid "" "Note that in the case of a payslip batch, this accounting entry will sum up " "balances from all payslips." msgstr "" -"When satisfied with the payslip, click :guilabel:`Create Draft entry` to " -"generate a draft accounting journal entry that the accountant can review. " -"Note that in the case of a payslip batch, this accounting entry will sum up " -"balances from all payslips." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:308 msgid "Pay employees" -msgstr "Pay employees" +msgstr "支付員工" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:783 msgid "" @@ -20547,9 +21469,6 @@ msgid "" "pay their employees. The user can choose between **two** different **payment" " methods**." msgstr "" -"After a batch or a payslip’s journal entry has been posted, the company can " -"pay their employees. The user can choose between **two** different **payment" -" methods**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:786 msgid "" @@ -20561,21 +21480,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`ABA File`. It is possible to re-generate the ABA file after " "applying corrections to existing payslips." msgstr "" -"Pay the employee in batch via **ABA** files. This is **only** possible from " -"the **payslip batch** level. Ensure the batch’s journal entry has been " -"posted to generate the **ABA** file. From the batch form view, click " -":guilabel:`Create ABA File` and choose the desired bank journal. The newly " -"generated **ABA** file becomes available for download in the field " -":guilabel:`ABA File`. It is possible to re-generate the ABA file after " -"applying corrections to existing payslips." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:793 msgid "" "It is always possible to include an individual payslip into an existing " "batch in an **ABA** file." msgstr "" -"It is always possible to include an individual payslip into an existing " -"batch in an **ABA** file." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:797 msgid "" @@ -20583,9 +21493,6 @@ msgid "" "each employee’s bank account have been properly :ref:`configured " "`." msgstr "" -"An ABA file can only be generated if both the company’s bank account and " -"each employee’s bank account have been properly :ref:`configured " -"`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:800 msgid "" @@ -20596,16 +21503,10 @@ msgid "" "method, then later reconcile the payment with the corresponding bank " "statement." msgstr "" -"From the employee's payslip (:menuselection:`Payroll --> Payslips`), once " -"the payslip's journal entry has been posted, click :guilabel:`Register " -"Payment`. The process is the same as :doc:`paying vendor bills " -"<../accounting/payments>`: select the desired bank journal and payment " -"method, then later reconcile the payment with the corresponding bank " -"statement." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:806 msgid "One-time payments" -msgstr "One-time payments" +msgstr "單次付款" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:808 msgid "" @@ -20613,13 +21514,10 @@ msgid "" "Termination Payments** **(ETP)**, are processed only once and require a " "slightly different approach." msgstr "" -"Certain payments, such as **Return-to-Work** payments and **Employment " -"Termination Payments** **(ETP)**, are processed only once and require a " -"slightly different approach." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:812 msgid "Return-to-Work payments" -msgstr "Return-to-Work payments" +msgstr "重返工作崗位付款" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:814 msgid "" @@ -20631,21 +21529,14 @@ msgid "" " computes the **PAYG withholding**, the **net amount**, and the **super " "guarantee** corresponding to that payment." msgstr "" -"A **Return-to-Work** payment is a payment made to an employee to resume " -"working. To process one, create an individual payslip, select the employee, " -"and modify its **regular structure** to :guilabel:`Australia: Return to " -"work`. Then, add the **gross amount** of that payment in the " -":guilabel:`Other Inputs` section and compute the payslip. Odoo automatically" -" computes the **PAYG withholding**, the **net amount**, and the **super " -"guarantee** corresponding to that payment." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst-1 msgid "Return-to-work payment" -msgstr "Return-to-work payment" +msgstr "重返工作崗位付款" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:824 msgid "Termination payments" -msgstr "Termination payments" +msgstr "終止聘用付款" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:826 msgid "" @@ -20654,10 +21545,6 @@ msgid "" "automatically compute the final prorated salary of that employee for the " "current month." msgstr "" -"Before proceeding with the employee’s ETP, make sure that a **Contract End " -"Date** has been set on that employee’s contract so that Odoo can " -"automatically compute the final prorated salary of that employee for the " -"current month." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:830 msgid "" @@ -20666,22 +21553,16 @@ msgid "" "Odoo will automatically compute the prorated salary up to the final payslip " "date." msgstr "" -"First, create the final salary for that employee this month. To do so, " -"create an individual payslip. If the contract end date is set correctly, " -"Odoo will automatically compute the prorated salary up to the final payslip " -"date." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst-1 msgid "Termination payment worked days computation in Odoo." -msgstr "Termination payment worked days computation in Odoo." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:838 msgid "" "We recommend creating a batch on the fly for that payslip, in which the ETP " "is added as a second payslip of that same batch." msgstr "" -"We recommend creating a batch on the fly for that payslip, in which the ETP " -"is added as a second payslip of that same batch." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:841 msgid "" @@ -20690,34 +21571,26 @@ msgid "" "Payments`. Before computing the sheet, it is important to provide the " "payslip with termination details ." msgstr "" -"Create a second individual payslip and include it in the same batch. Change " -"the salary structure on that payslip to :guilabel:`Australia: Termination " -"Payments`. Before computing the sheet, it is important to provide the " -"payslip with termination details ." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst-1 msgid "Termination payment" -msgstr "Termination payment" +msgstr "終止聘用付款" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:848 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Genuine` or :guilabel:`Non-Genuine Redundancy`. This choice " "impacts the amounts and caps defined per **ETP** type." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Genuine` or :guilabel:`Non-Genuine Redundancy`. This choice " -"impacts the amounts and caps defined per **ETP** type." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:850 msgid "" "**ETP types**: see the full list of termination payment types in " ":guilabel:`Other Input Types` by filtering by `ETP Type is Set`." msgstr "" -"**ETP types**: see the full list of termination payment types in " -":guilabel:`Other Input Types` by filtering by `ETP Type is Set`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst-1 msgid "Payslip other inputs" -msgstr "Payslip other inputs" +msgstr "工資單其他輸入" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:856 msgid "" @@ -20728,16 +21601,10 @@ msgid "" "Once payment for both payslips is ready to be processed, an **ABA** file can" " be created directly from the batch." msgstr "" -"Add the relevant **ETP type** in the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` table of the " -"payslip, then compute the payslip. Odoo computes the **gross ETP**, the " -"**withholding**, the **unused leaves**, and the **net salary** according to " -"the rules defined on the **ETP**, the **employee**, and their **contract**. " -"Once payment for both payslips is ready to be processed, an **ABA** file can" -" be created directly from the batch." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:865 msgid "Employment Hero Australian Payroll" -msgstr "Employment Hero 澳洲薪酬管理" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:867 msgid "" @@ -20745,9 +21612,6 @@ msgid "" "`_, you can use our connector as an alternative" " payroll solution." msgstr "" -"If your business is already up and running with `Employment Hero " -"`_, you can use our connector as an alternative" -" payroll solution." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:870 msgid "" @@ -20756,22 +21620,16 @@ msgid "" "Hero to Odoo. Payroll administration is still done in Employment Hero. We " "only record the **journal entries** in Odoo." msgstr "" -"The Employment Hero module synchronises payslip accounting entries (e.g., " -"expenses, social charges, liabilities, taxes) automatically from Employment " -"Hero to Odoo. Payroll administration is still done in Employment Hero. We " -"only record the **journal entries** in Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:875 msgid "KeyPay was rebranded as **Employment Hero** in March 2023." -msgstr "KeyPay was rebranded as **Employment Hero** in March 2023." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:880 msgid "" ":ref:`Activate ` the :guilabel:`Employment Hero Australian " "Payroll` module (`l10n_au_keypay`)." msgstr "" -":ref:`Activate ` the :guilabel:`Employment Hero Australian " -"Payroll` module (`l10n_au_keypay`)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:882 msgid "" @@ -20779,119 +21637,101 @@ msgid "" " --> Configuration --> Settings`. More fields become visible after clicking " "on :guilabel:`Enable Employment Hero Integration`." msgstr "" -"Configure the **Employment Hero API** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" -" --> Configuration --> Settings`. More fields become visible after clicking " -"on :guilabel:`Enable Employment Hero Integration`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:0 msgid "" "Enabling Employment Hero Integration in Odoo Accounting displays new fields in the\n" "settings" msgstr "" -"Enabling Employment Hero Integration in Odoo Accounting displays new fields in the\n" -"settings" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:890 msgid "" "You can find the API Key in the :guilabel:`My Account` section of the " "Employment Hero platform." msgstr "" -"You can find the API Key in the :guilabel:`My Account` section of the " -"Employment Hero platform." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:0 msgid "\"Account Details\" section on the Employment Hero dashboard" -msgstr "\"Account Details\" section on the Employment Hero dashboard" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:895 msgid "" "The **Payroll URL** is pre-filled with `https://keypay.yourpayroll.com.au`." msgstr "" -"The **Payroll URL** is pre-filled with `https://keypay.yourpayroll.com.au`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:898 msgid "Do not change the **pre-filled Payroll URL**" -msgstr "Do not change the **pre-filled Payroll URL**" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:900 msgid "" "You can find the **Business ID** in the Employment Hero URL. (i.e., " "`189241`)" msgstr "" -"You can find the **Business ID** in the Employment Hero URL. (i.e., " -"`189241`)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:0 msgid "The Employment Hero \"Business ID\" number is in the URL" -msgstr "The Employment Hero \"Business ID\" number is in the URL" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:905 msgid "You can choose any Odoo journal to post the payslip entries." -msgstr "You can choose any Odoo journal to post the payslip entries." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:908 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:906 +msgid "" +"Configure the tax by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`. Create the necessary taxes for the Employment Hero payslip " +"entries. Fill in the tax code from **Employment Hero** in the " +":guilabel:`Matching Employment Hero Tax` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:911 msgid "How does the API work?" -msgstr "How does the API work?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:910 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:913 msgid "" "The API syncs the journal entries from Employment Hero to Odoo and leaves " "them in draft mode. The reference includes the Employment Hero payslip entry" " ID in brackets for the user to easily retrieve the same record in " "Employment Hero and Odoo." msgstr "" -"The API syncs the journal entries from Employment Hero to Odoo and leaves " -"them in draft mode. The reference includes the Employment Hero payslip entry" -" ID in brackets for the user to easily retrieve the same record in " -"Employment Hero and Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst-1 msgid "" "Example of a Employment Hero Journal Entry in Odoo Accounting (Australia)" msgstr "" -"Example of a Employment Hero Journal Entry in Odoo Accounting (Australia)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:920 msgid "" "By default, the synchronisation happens once per week. You can fetch the " "records manually by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Settings` and, in the :guilabel:`Enable Employment Hero Integration` " "option, click on :guilabel:`Fetch Payruns Manually`." msgstr "" -"By default, the synchronisation happens once per week. You can fetch the " -"records manually by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and, in the :guilabel:`Enable Employment Hero Integration` " -"option, click on :guilabel:`Fetch Payruns Manually`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:921 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:924 msgid "" "Employment Hero payslip entries also work based on double-entry bookkeeping." msgstr "" -"Employment Hero payslip entries also work based on double-entry bookkeeping." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:926 msgid "" "The accounts used by Employment Hero are defined in the section " ":guilabel:`Payroll settings`." msgstr "" -"The accounts used by Employment Hero are defined in the section " -":guilabel:`Payroll settings`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst-1 msgid "Chart of Accounts menu in Employment Hero" -msgstr "Chart of Accounts menu in Employment Hero" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:928 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:931 msgid "" "For the API to work, you need to create the same accounts as the default " "accounts of your Employment Hero business (**same name and same code**) in " "Odoo. You also need to choose the correct account types in Odoo to generate " "accurate financial reports." msgstr "" -"For the API to work, you need to create the same accounts as the default " -"accounts of your Employment Hero business (**same name and same code**) in " -"Odoo. You also need to choose the correct account types in Odoo to generate " -"accurate financial reports." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:3 msgid "Austria" @@ -21019,6 +21859,8 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Country`" msgstr ":guilabel:`國家/地區`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:325 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:292 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" @@ -22040,7 +22882,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:420 msgid "Cash discount" -msgstr "Cash discount" +msgstr "現金折扣" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:422 msgid "" @@ -22472,518 +23314,558 @@ msgstr "巴西" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:12 msgid "" "With the Brazilian localization, sales taxes can be automatically computed " -"and electronic invoices (NF-e) for goods can be sent using AvaTax (Avalara) " -"through |API| calls. Moreover, taxes for services can be configured." +"and electronic invoices for goods (NF-e) and services (NFS-e) can be sent " +"using AvaTax (Avalara) through |API| calls. Moreover, taxes for services can" +" be configured." msgstr "" -"With the Brazilian localization, sales taxes can be automatically computed " -"and electronic invoices (NF-e) for goods can be sent using AvaTax (Avalara) " -"through |API| calls. Moreover, taxes for services can be configured." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:16 msgid "" -"For the goods tax computation and electronic invoicing process, you need to " -"configure the :ref:`contacts `, :ref:`company " +"For the goods and services tax computation and electronic invoicing process," +" you need to configure the :ref:`contacts `, :ref:`company " "`, :ref:`products `, and :ref:`create an " -"account in Avatax ` need to be configured in the " -"general settings." +"account in AvaTax ` which needs to be configured in " +"the general settings." msgstr "" -"For the goods tax computation and electronic invoicing process, you need to " -"configure the :ref:`contacts `, :ref:`company " -"`, :ref:`products `, and :ref:`create an " -"account in Avatax ` need to be configured in the " -"general settings." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:21 msgid "" "For the services taxes, you can create and configure them from Odoo directly" " without computing them with AvaTax." -msgstr "" -"For the services taxes, you can create and configure them from Odoo directly" -" without computing them with AvaTax." +msgstr "對於服務稅，你可直接從 Odoo 建立和配置它們，而無需使用 AvaTax 進行計算。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:24 msgid "" "The localization also includes taxes and a chart of accounts template that " "can be modified if needed." -msgstr "" -"The localization also includes taxes and a chart of accounts template that " -"can be modified if needed." +msgstr "本地化套裝還包括稅項及會計賬目總表範本，可根據需要進行修改。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:33 msgid "" -"Install the :guilabel:`🇧🇷 Brazil` :ref:`fiscal localization package " -"` to get all the default accounting features " -"of the Brazilian localization, following the :abbr:`IFRS (International " -"Financial Reporting Standards)` rules." +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Brazilian localization:" msgstr "" -"Install the :guilabel:`🇧🇷 Brazil` :ref:`fiscal localization package " -"` to get all the default accounting features " -"of the Brazilian localization, following the :abbr:`IFRS (International " -"Financial Reporting Standards)` rules." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " -"app and search the name given to your company." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazilian - Accounting`" msgstr "" -"To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " -"app and search the name given to your company." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Company` option at the top of the page. Then, " -"configure the following fields:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_br`" msgstr "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Company` option at the top of the page. Then, " -"configure the following fields:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:245 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Name`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:246 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Address` (add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip" -" Code`, :guilabel:`Country`)." +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `, " +"which represents having the Generic Brazilian chart of accounts and Taxes, " +"together with document types and identification types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazil - Accounting Reports`" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Address` (add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip" -" Code`, :guilabel:`Country`)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:49 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street name, number, and any " -"additional address information." +msgid "`l10n_br_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:50 +msgid "Accounting reports for Brazil." msgstr "" -"In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street name, number, and any " -"additional address information." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:250 -msgid "In the :guilabel:`Street 2` field, enter the neighborhood." -msgstr "In the :guilabel:`Street 2` field, enter the neighborhood." +msgid ":guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` & :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil for Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:52 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax` & `l10n_br_avatax_services`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:252 -msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number` (:guilabel:`CNPJ`, :guilabel:`CPF`)." +msgid "Goods and Services tax computation through Avalara." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Identification Number` (:guilabel:`CNPJ`, :guilabel:`CPF`)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:253 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID` (associated with the identification type)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Tax ID` (associated with the identification type)." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Brazilian Accounting EDI` & :guilabel:`Brazilian Accounting EDI " +"for services`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:55 -msgid ":guilabel:`IE` (State registration)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`IE` (State registration)." +msgid "`l10n_br_edi` & `l10n_br_edi_services`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:56 -msgid ":guilabel:`IM` (Municipal registration)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`IM` (Municipal registration)." +msgid "" +"Provides electronic invoicing for goods and services for Brazil through " +"AvaTax." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:57 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code` (Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " -"add if applicable)." +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazil Pix QR codes`" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code` (Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " -"add if applicable)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:257 -msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Phone`." +msgid "`l10n_br_pix`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:258 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Email`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 -msgid "Company configuration." -msgstr "Company configuration." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` within the :guilabel:`Sales and" -" Purchase` tab:" +msgid "Implements Pix QR codes for Brazil." msgstr "" -"Configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` within the :guilabel:`Sales and" -" Purchase` tab:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:66 msgid "" -"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`Avatax Brazil `." -msgstr "" -"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`Avatax Brazil `." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:67 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime` (Federal Tax Regime)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Tax Regime` (Federal Tax Regime)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:68 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type` (indicates ICMS regime, Exempt status, or " -"Non-Taxpayer)." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type` (indicates ICMS regime, Exempt status, or " -"Non-Taxpayer)." +"To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " +"app and search the name given to your company." +msgstr "要設定你的公司資訊，請前往 :menuselection:`聯絡人` 應用程式，並搜尋為你公司指定的名稱。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:69 -msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`." +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Company` option at the top of the page. Then, " +"configure the following fields:" +msgstr "選擇頁面頂部的 :guilabel:`公司` 選項，然後配置以下欄位：" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1096 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`名稱`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:314 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip" +" Code`, :guilabel:`Country`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street name, number, and any " +"additional address information." +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`街道` 欄位中，輸入街道名稱、門牌號碼及其他地址資訊。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:318 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Street 2` field, enter the neighborhood." +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`街道第二行` 欄位中，輸入分區名稱。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:320 +msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`: :guilabel:`CNPJ` or :guilabel:`CPF`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:321 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: associated with the identification type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: State registration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: Municipal registration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " +"add if applicable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1097 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:293 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`電郵`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Company configuration." +msgstr "公司配置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` within the :guilabel:`Sales and" +" Purchase` tab:" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`銷售及採購` 分頁中，配置 :guilabel:`財務資訊`：" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`AvaTax Brazil `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:94 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: Federal Tax Regime" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: indicates :guilabel:`ICMS regime`, " +":guilabel:`Exempt status`, or :guilabel:`Non-Taxpayer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:97 +msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 msgid "Company fiscal configuration." -msgstr "Company fiscal configuration." +msgstr "公司財務配置。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:74 -msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact" -msgstr "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:347 msgid "" -"If you are a simplified regime, you need to configure the ICMS rate under " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> " -"Avatax Brazil`." +"Configure the following extra :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` if you are " +"going to issue NFS-e:" msgstr "" -"If you are a simplified regime, you need to configure the ICMS rate under " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> " -"Avatax Brazil`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 -msgid "Configure AvaTax integration" -msgstr "Configure AvaTax integration" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:350 msgid "" -"Avalara AvaTax is a tax calculation and electronic invoicing provider that " -"can be integrated in Odoo to automatically compute taxes by taking into " -"account the company, contact (customer), product, and transaction " -"information to retrieve the correct tax to be used and process the e-invoice" -" afterward with the government." +":guilabel:`COFINS Details`: :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with " +"rate 0%, Exempt, Suspended`" msgstr "" -"Avalara AvaTax is a tax calculation and electronic invoicing provider that " -"can be integrated in Odoo to automatically compute taxes by taking into " -"account the company, contact (customer), product, and transaction " -"information to retrieve the correct tax to be used and process the e-invoice" -" afterward with the government." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:107 msgid "" -"Using this integration requires :doc:`In-App-Purchases (IAPs) " -"<../../essentials/in_app_purchase>` to compute the taxes and to send the " -"electronic invoices. Whenever you compute taxes, an |API| call is made using" -" credits from your |IAP| credits balance." +":guilabel:`PIS Details` :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with rate " +"0%, Exempt, Suspended`" msgstr "" -"Using this integration requires :doc:`In-App-Purchases (IAPs) " -"<../../essentials/in_app_purchase>` to compute the taxes and to send the " -"electronic invoices. Whenever you compute taxes, an |API| call is made using" -" credits from your |IAP| credits balance." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:95 -msgid "Odoo is a certified partner of Avalara Brazil." -msgstr "Odoo is a certified partner of Avalara Brazil." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:100 -msgid "" -"To activate AvaTax in Odoo, you need to create an account. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, and in" -" the :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` section, add the administration email address" -" to be used for the AvaTax portal in the :guilabel:`Avatax Portal Email`, " -"and then click on :guilabel:`Create account`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:109 +msgid ":guilabel:`CSLL Taxable` If the company is subject to CSLL or not" msgstr "" -"To activate AvaTax in Odoo, you need to create an account. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, and in" -" the :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` section, add the administration email address" -" to be used for the AvaTax portal in the :guilabel:`Avatax Portal Email`, " -"and then click on :guilabel:`Create account`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:106 -msgid "" -"When **testing** an :guilabel:`Avatax Portal Email` integration in a testing" -" or sandbox database, use an alternate email address. It is **not** possible" -" to re-use the same email address on the production database." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Company fiscal configuration for NFSe." msgstr "" -"When **testing** an :guilabel:`Avatax Portal Email` integration in a testing" -" or sandbox database, use an alternate email address. It is **not** possible" -" to re-use the same email address on the production database." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:110 -msgid "" -"After you create the account from Odoo, you need to go to the Avalara Portal" -" to set up your password:" -msgstr "" -"After you create the account from Odoo, you need to go to the Avalara Portal" -" to set up your password:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Access the `Avalara portal `_." -msgstr "" -"Access the `Avalara portal `_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:114 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Meu primeiro acesso`." -msgstr "Click on :guilabel:`Meu primeiro acesso`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/Avatax account," -" and then click :guilabel:`Solicitar Senha`." +msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact." msgstr "" -"Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/Avatax account," -" and then click :guilabel:`Solicitar Senha`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:117 msgid "" -"You will receive an email with a token and a link to create your password. " -"Click on this link and copy-paste the token to allocate your desired " -"password." +"If you are a simplified regime, you need to configure the ICMS rate under " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> " +"AvaTax Brazil`." msgstr "" -"You will receive an email with a token and a link to create your password. " -"Click on this link and copy-paste the token to allocate your desired " -"password." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:123 +msgid "Configure AvaTax integration" +msgstr "配置 AvaTax 整合" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:125 msgid "" -"You can start using AvaTax in Odoo for tax computation **only** without " -"creating a password and accessing the Avalara portal in the Odoo database. " -"However, in order to use the electronic invoice service, you **must** access" -" the AvaTax portal and upload your certificate there." +"Avalara AvaTax is a tax calculation and electronic invoicing provider that " +"can be integrated in Odoo to automatically compute taxes by taking into " +"account the company, contact (customer), product, and transaction " +"information to retrieve the correct tax to be used and process the e-invoice" +" afterward with the government." msgstr "" -"You can start using AvaTax in Odoo for tax computation **only** without " -"creating a password and accessing the Avalara portal in the Odoo database. " -"However, in order to use the electronic invoice service, you **must** access" -" the AvaTax portal and upload your certificate there." +"Avalara AvaTax 是一個稅項計算及電子發票服務商，可以整合至 " +"Odoo，透過考慮公司、聯絡人（即客戶）、產品及交易資訊，自動計算稅項，從而找出要使用的正確稅項，然後處理向政府開立電子發票。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 -msgid "Avatax account configuration." -msgstr "Avatax account configuration." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:130 msgid "" -"You can transfer |API| credentials. Use this only when you have already " -"created an account in another Odoo instance and wish to reuse it." +"Using this integration requires :doc:`In-App-Purchases (IAPs) " +"<../../essentials/in_app_purchase>` to compute the taxes and to send the " +"electronic invoices. Whenever you compute taxes, send an electronic document" +" (NF-e, NFS-e, etc), or perform any electronic flow (NF-e Cancellation, " +"Correction letter, Invalidate invoice number range), an API call is made " +"using credits from your `IAP credits balance `_." msgstr "" -"You can transfer |API| credentials. Use this only when you have already " -"created an account in another Odoo instance and wish to reuse it." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:133 -msgid "A1 certificate upload" -msgstr "A1 certificate upload" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:135 -msgid "" -"In order to issue electronic invoices, a certificate needs to be uploaded to" -" the `AvaTax portal `_." -msgstr "" -"In order to issue electronic invoices, a certificate needs to be uploaded to" -" the `AvaTax portal `_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:137 +msgid "Odoo is a certified partner of Avalara Brazil." +msgstr "Odoo 是 Avalara 巴西的已認證合作夥伴。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:138 msgid "" -"The certificate will be synchronized with Odoo, as long as the external " -"identifier number in the AvaTax portal matches - without special characters " -"- with the CNPJ number, and the identification number (CNPJ) in Odoo matches" -" with the CNPJ in AvaTax." +"You can `buy IAP credit on odoo.com `_." msgstr "" -"The certificate will be synchronized with Odoo, as long as the external " -"identifier number in the AvaTax portal matches - without special characters " -"- with the CNPJ number, and the identification number (CNPJ) in Odoo matches" -" with the CNPJ in AvaTax." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:141 +msgid "Credential configuration" +msgstr "憑證配置" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:143 msgid "" -"The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " -"is installed by default as part of the data set included in the localization" -" module. The accounts are mapped automatically in their corresponding taxes," -" and the default account payable and account receivable fields." +"To activate AvaTax in Odoo, you need to create an account. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, and in" +" the :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` section, add the administration email address" +" to be used for the AvaTax portal in the :guilabel:`AvaTax Portal Email`, " +"and then click on :guilabel:`Create account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:149 +msgid "" +"When **testing** or **creating a production** :guilabel:`AvaTax Portal " +"Email` integration in a sandbox or production database, use a real email " +"address, as it is needed to log in to the Avalara Portal and set up the " +"certificates, whether you want to test or use it on production." msgstr "" -"The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " -"is installed by default as part of the data set included in the localization" -" module. The accounts are mapped automatically in their corresponding taxes," -" and the default account payable and account receivable fields." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:153 msgid "" -"The chart of accounts for Brazil is based on the SPED CoA, which gives a " -"baseline of the accounts needed in Brazil." +"There are two different Avalara Portals, one for testing and one for " +"production:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:155 +msgid "Sandbox: https://portal.sandbox.avalarabrasil.com.br/" msgstr "" -"The chart of accounts for Brazil is based on the SPED CoA, which gives a " -"baseline of the accounts needed in Brazil." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 -msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." -msgstr "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:161 -msgid "" -"In Brazil, a *series* number is linked to a sequence number range for " -"electronic invoices. The series number can be configured in Odoo on a sales " -"journal from the :guilabel:`Series` field. If more than one series is " -"needed, then a new sales journal will need to be created and a new series " -"number assigned to it for each series needed." +msgid "Production: https://portal.avalarabrasil.com.br/" msgstr "" -"In Brazil, a *series* number is linked to a sequence number range for " -"electronic invoices. The series number can be configured in Odoo on a sales " -"journal from the :guilabel:`Series` field. If more than one series is " -"needed, then a new sales journal will need to be created and a new series " -"number assigned to it for each series needed." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:158 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Use Documents` field needs to be selected. When issuing " -"electronic and non-electronic invoices, the :guilabel:`Type` field selects " -"the document type used when creating the invoice. The :guilabel:`Type` field" -" will only be displayed if the :guilabel:`Use Documents` field is selected " -"on the journal." +"When you create the account from Odoo, be sure to select the right " +"environment. Moreover, the email used to open the account cannot be used to " +"open another account. Save your :guilabel:`API ID` and :guilabel:`API Key` " +"when you create the account from Odoo." msgstr "" -"The :guilabel:`Use Documents` field needs to be selected. When issuing " -"electronic and non-electronic invoices, the :guilabel:`Type` field selects " -"the document type used when creating the invoice. The :guilabel:`Type` field" -" will only be displayed if the :guilabel:`Use Documents` field is selected " -"on the journal." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Transfer API Credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 +msgid "" +"After you create the account from Odoo, you need to go to the Avalara Portal" +" to set up your password:" +msgstr "在 Odoo 建立帳戶後，你需要前往 Avalara 門戶網站設定密碼：" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Access the `Avalara portal `_." +msgstr "進入 `Avalara 門戶網站 `_。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:169 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Meu primeiro acesso`." +msgstr "按一下 :guilabel:`Meu primeiro acesso`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/AvaTax account," +" and then click :guilabel:`Solicitar Senha`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:172 +msgid "" +"You will receive an email with a token and a link to create your password. " +"Click on this link and copy-paste the token to allocate your desired " +"password." +msgstr "你將會收到一封電子郵件，其中包括登入權杖及建立密碼的連結。按一下此連結，並複製及貼上該權杖，以設定你想使用的密碼。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:176 +msgid "" +"You can start using AvaTax in Odoo for tax computation **only** without " +"creating a password and accessing the Avalara portal in the Odoo database. " +"However, in order to use the electronic invoice service, you **must** access" +" the AvaTax portal and upload your certificate there." +msgstr "" +"若未建立密碼或在 Odoo 資料庫中存取 Avalara 門戶網站，你 **只可** 在 Odoo 內使用 AvaTax " +"進行稅項計算。不過，若要使用電子發票服務，你 **必須** 存取 AvaTax 門戶網站，並在該處上載你的登入憑證。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 -msgid "Journal configuration with the Use Documents? field checked." -msgstr "Journal configuration with the Use Documents? field checked." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:175 -msgid "" -"When creating the journal, ensure the field :guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note" -" Sequence` is unchecked, as in Brazil, sequences between invoices, credit " -"notes, and debit notes are shared per series number, which means per " -"journal." +msgid "AvaTax account configuration." msgstr "" -"When creating the journal, ensure the field :guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note" -" Sequence` is unchecked, as in Brazil, sequences between invoices, credit " -"notes, and debit notes are shared per series number, which means per " -"journal." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:184 msgid "" -"Taxes are automatically created when installing the Brazilian localization. " -"Taxes are already configured, and some of them are used by Avalara when " -"computing taxes on the sales order or invoice." -msgstr "" -"Taxes are automatically created when installing the Brazilian localization. " -"Taxes are already configured, and some of them are used by Avalara when " -"computing taxes on the sales order or invoice." +"You can transfer |API| credentials. Use this only when you have already " +"created an account in another Odoo instance and wish to reuse it." +msgstr "你可轉移 |API| 憑證。請只在你已於另一個 Odoo 安裝個體建立了帳戶，並希望重複使用時，才使用此選項。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:185 -msgid "" -"Taxes can be edited, or more taxes can be added. For example, some taxes " -"used for services need to be manually added and configured, as the rate may " -"differ depending on the city where you are offering the service." -msgstr "" -"Taxes can be edited, or more taxes can be added. For example, some taxes " -"used for services need to be manually added and configured, as the rate may " -"differ depending on the city where you are offering the service." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:188 +msgid "A1 certificate upload" +msgstr "上載 A1 證書" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:190 msgid "" -"Taxes attached to services are not computed by AvaTax. Only goods taxes are " -"computed." +"In order to issue electronic invoices, a certificate needs to be uploaded to" +" the `AvaTax portal `_." msgstr "" -"Taxes attached to services are not computed by AvaTax. Only goods taxes are " -"computed." +"要開立電子發票，你須將憑證上載至 `AvaTax 門戶網站 `_。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:193 msgid "" -"When configuring a tax used for a service that is included in the final " -"price (when the tax is not added or subtracted on top of the product price)," -" set the :guilabel:`Tax Computation` to :guilabel:`Percentage of Price Tax " -"Included`, and, on the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, check the " -":guilabel:`Included in Price` option." +"The certificate will be synchronized with Odoo, as long as the external " +"identifier number in the AvaTax portal matches - without special characters " +"- with the CNPJ number, and the identification number (CNPJ) in Odoo matches" +" with the CNPJ in AvaTax." msgstr "" -"When configuring a tax used for a service that is included in the final " -"price (when the tax is not added or subtracted on top of the product price)," -" set the :guilabel:`Tax Computation` to :guilabel:`Percentage of Price Tax " -"Included`, and, on the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, check the " -":guilabel:`Included in Price` option." +"只要 AvaTax 門戶網站中的外部識別碼與 CNPJ 號碼相符（不計特殊字元），而且 Odoo 中的識別號碼（CNPJ）與 AvaTax 中的 " +"CNPJ 相符，證書便會自動與 Odoo 同步。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 -msgid "Tax configuration." -msgstr "Tax configuration." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:198 +msgid "" +"To issue NFS-e, some cities require that you link the certificate within the" +" City Portal system before issuing NFS-e from Odoo." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:201 msgid "" -"Do not delete taxes, as they are used for the AvaTax tax computation. If " -"deleted, Odoo creates them again when used in an |SO| or invoice and " -"computing taxes with AvaTax, but the account used to register the tax needs " -"to be re-configured in the tax's :guilabel:`Definition` tab, under the " -":guilabel:`Distribution for invoices` and :guilabel:`Distribution for " -"refunds` sections." +"If you receive an error message from the city that says :guilabel:`Your " +"certificate is not linked to the user`, that means this process needs to be " +"done in the city portal." msgstr "" -"Do not delete taxes, as they are used for the AvaTax tax computation. If " -"deleted, Odoo creates them again when used in an |SO| or invoice and " -"computing taxes with AvaTax, but the account used to register the tax needs " -"to be re-configured in the tax's :guilabel:`Definition` tab, under the " -":guilabel:`Distribution for invoices` and :guilabel:`Distribution for " -"refunds` sections." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:207 -msgid ":doc:`Taxes functional documentation <../accounting/taxes>`" -msgstr ":doc:`Taxes functional documentation <../accounting/taxes>`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:210 msgid "" -"To use the AvaTax integration on sale orders and invoices, first specify the" -" following information on the product:" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " +"is installed by default as part of the data set included in the localization" +" module. The accounts are mapped automatically in their corresponding taxes," +" and the default account payable and account receivable fields." msgstr "" -"To use the AvaTax integration on sale orders and invoices, first specify the" -" following information on the product:" +":doc:`賬目總表 <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " +"預設會作為本地化模組所包含資料集的一部份去安裝。帳戶會自動配對至對應的稅項以及預設的應付款項及應收款項欄位。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:215 msgid "" -":guilabel:`CEST Code` (Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution)." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`CEST Code` (Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution)." +"The chart of accounts for Brazil is based on the SPED CoA, which gives a " +"baseline of the accounts needed in Brazil." +msgstr "巴西賬目總表是建基於 SPED 的賬目總表，它提供了巴西市場所需的基礎帳戶。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:218 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code` (Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code)." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code` (Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 +msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." +msgstr "你可根據公司的需求，新增或刪除帳戶。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:223 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Source of Origin` (Indicates the origin of the product, which can" -" be foreign or domestic, among other possible options depending on the " -"specific use case)." +"In Brazil, a *series* number is linked to a sequence number range for " +"electronic invoices. The series number can be configured in Odoo on a sales " +"journal from the :guilabel:`Series` field. If more than one series is " +"needed, then a new sales journal will need to be created and a new series " +"number assigned to it for each series needed." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Source of Origin` (Indicates the origin of the product, which can" -" be foreign or domestic, among other possible options depending on the " -"specific use case)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:221 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type` (Fiscal product type according to SPED " -"list table)." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type` (Fiscal product type according to SPED " -"list table)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:222 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Purpose of Use` (Specify the intended purpose of use for this " -"product)." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Purpose of Use` (Specify the intended purpose of use for this " -"product)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 -msgid "Product configuration." -msgstr "Product configuration." +"在巴西， *系列* 編號與電子發票的序號範圍相關聯。系列號碼可在 Odoo 內銷售日記賬的 :guilabel:`系列` " +"欄位設定。如果需要使用多個系列，便需要為所需的每個系列建立一個新的銷售日記賬，再向其分配一個新的系列號碼。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:228 msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Use Documents` field needs to be selected. When issuing " +"electronic and non-electronic invoices, the :guilabel:`Type` field selects " +"the document type used when creating the invoice. The :guilabel:`Type` field" +" will only be displayed if the :guilabel:`Use Documents` field is selected " +"on the journal." +msgstr "" +"需要選取 :guilabel:`使用文件` 欄位。開立電子或非電子發票時，:guilabel:`類型` " +"欄位會選擇建立發票時使用的文件類型。只有在日記賬選擇了 :guilabel:`使用文件` 欄位時，才會顯示 :guilabel:`類型` 欄位。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 +msgid "Journal configuration with the Use Documents? field checked." +msgstr "日記賬配置，當中選擇了「使用文件？」欄位。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 +msgid "" +"When creating the journal, ensure the field :guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note" +" Sequence` is unchecked, as in Brazil, sequences between invoices, credit " +"notes, and debit notes are shared per series number, which means per " +"journal." +msgstr "" +"建立日記賬時，請確保不要選取 :guilabel:`專用貸記單序列` " +"欄位，因為在巴西，發票、貸記單及借記單的序列，是按每個序列號碼（即每個日記賬）共用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:244 +msgid "" +"Taxes are automatically created when installing the Brazilian localization. " +"Taxes are already configured, and some of them are used by Avalara when " +"computing taxes on the sales order or invoice." +msgstr "安裝巴西本地化套裝時，會自動建立稅項。稅項已經配置，部份會在計算銷售訂單或發票稅項時，由 Avalara 使用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Taxes can be edited, or more taxes can be added. For example, some taxes " +"used for services need to be manually added and configured, as the rate may " +"differ depending on the city where you are offering the service." +msgstr "稅項可以編輯，也可加入更多稅項。例如，一些用於服務的稅項需要手動新增及配置，因為稅率可能會根據提供服務的城市而有所不同。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:252 +msgid "" +"If you decide to do service taxes manually, you won't be able to issue an " +"NFS-e. To electronically send an NFS-e, you need to compute taxes using " +"Avalara." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 +msgid "" +"Do not delete taxes, as they are used for the AvaTax tax computation. If " +"deleted, Odoo creates them again when used in an |SO| or invoice and " +"computing taxes with AvaTax, but the account used to register the tax needs " +"to be re-configured in the tax's :guilabel:`Definition` tab, under the " +":guilabel:`Distribution for invoices` and :guilabel:`Distribution for " +"refunds` sections." +msgstr "" +"請不要刪除稅項，因為它們會用於 AvaTax 稅項計算。如果刪除，Odoo 會在銷售訂單（|SO|）或發票使用這些稅項時，再次建立它們，並使用 " +"AvaTax 計算稅項。不過，你需要重新配置用作記錄稅項的賬戶，方法是在稅項的 :guilabel:`定義` 分頁內，在 " +":guilabel:`發票分配` 及 :guilabel:`退款分配` 部份下，執行此操作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:262 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes functional documentation <../accounting/taxes>`" +msgstr ":doc:`稅務功能使用說明 <../accounting/taxes>`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 +msgid "" +"To use the AvaTax integration on sale orders and invoices, first specify the" +" following information on the product depending on its intended use:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:273 +msgid "E-Invoice for goods (NF-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:275 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CEST Code`: Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code`: Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:277 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source of Origin`: Indicates the origin of the product, which can" +" be foreign or domestic, among other possible options depending on the " +"specific use case" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:279 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type`: Fiscal product type according to SPED " +"list table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:296 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Purpose of Use`: Specify the intended purpose of use for this " +"product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 +msgid "Product configuration." +msgstr "產品配置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:286 +msgid "" "Odoo automatically creates three products to be used for transportation " "costs associated with sales. These are named `Freight`, `Insurance`, and " "`Other Costs`. They are already configured, if more need to be created, " @@ -22991,14 +23873,31 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Type` `Service`, :guilabel:`Transportation Cost Type` " "`Insurance`, `Freight`, or `Other Costs`)." msgstr "" -"Odoo automatically creates three products to be used for transportation " -"costs associated with sales. These are named `Freight`, `Insurance`, and " -"`Other Costs`. They are already configured, if more need to be created, " -"duplicate and use the same configuration (configuration needed: " -":guilabel:`Product Type` `Service`, :guilabel:`Transportation Cost Type` " -"`Insurance`, `Freight`, or `Other Costs`)." +"Odoo 會自動建立三種產品，處理銷售相關的運輸成本，分別稱為 `運費`、`保險` 及 " +"`其他成本`。它們已經配置好，如果需要建立更多，可複製並使用相同的配置（所需配置為：:guilabel:`產品類型`、`服務`、:guilabel:`運輸成本類型`、`保險`、`運費`" +" 或 `其他成本`）。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:293 +msgid "E-Invoice for services (NFS-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Code Origin`: City Service Code where the provider is " +"registered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:298 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Codes`: City Service Code where the service will be " +"provided, if no code is added, the Origin City Code will be used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:300 +msgid ":guilabel:`Labor Assignment`: Defines if your services includes labor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:305 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:282 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:656 @@ -23006,397 +23905,359 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contacts" msgstr "聯絡人" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:307 msgid "" "Before using the integration, specify the following information on the " "contact:" -msgstr "" -"Before using the integration, specify the following information on the " -"contact:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:241 -msgid "General information about the contact:" -msgstr "General information about the contact:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Company` option for a contact with a tax ID (CNPJ), or" -" check :guilabel:`Individual` for a contact with a CPF." -msgstr "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Company` option for a contact with a tax ID (CNPJ), or" -" check :guilabel:`Individual` for a contact with a CPF." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:249 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street, number, and any extra " -"address information." -msgstr "" -"In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street, number, and any extra " -"address information." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:254 -msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number." -msgstr ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:255 -msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipal tax identification number." -msgstr ":guilabel:`IM`: municipal tax identification number." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 -msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number." -msgstr ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 -msgid "Contact configuration." -msgstr "Contact configuration." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:264 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`CPF`, :guilabel:`IE`, :guilabel:`IM`, and :guilabel:`SUFRAMA " -"code` fields are are hidden until the :guilabel:`Country` is set to " -"`Brazil`." -msgstr "" -"The :guilabel:`CPF`, :guilabel:`IE`, :guilabel:`IM`, and :guilabel:`SUFRAMA " -"code` fields are are hidden until the :guilabel:`Country` is set to " -"`Brazil`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:267 -msgid "" -"Fiscal information about the contact under the :guilabel:`Sales \\& " -"Purchase` tab:" -msgstr "" -"Fiscal information about the contact under the :guilabel:`Sales \\& " -"Purchase` tab:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Fiscal Position`: add the AvaTax fiscal position to automatically" -" compute taxes on sale orders and invoices automatically" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Fiscal Position`: add the AvaTax fiscal position to automatically" -" compute taxes on sale orders and invoices automatically" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:271 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: federal tax regime" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: federal tax regime" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:272 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: taxpayer type determines if the contact is " -"within the ICMS regime, if it is exempt, or if it is a non-taxpayer" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: taxpayer type determines if the contact is " -"within the ICMS regime, if it is exempt, or if it is a non-taxpayer" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:274 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`: list of main activity sectors of the " -"contact" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`: list of main activity sectors of the " -"contact" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 -msgid "Contact fiscal configuration." -msgstr "Contact fiscal configuration." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:282 -msgid "Fiscal positions" -msgstr "Fiscal positions" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:284 -msgid "" -"To compute taxes and send electronic invoices on sale orders and invoices, " -"both the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` and the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API`" -" options need to be enabled in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." -msgstr "" -"To compute taxes and send electronic invoices on sale orders and invoices, " -"both the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` and the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API`" -" options need to be enabled in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:288 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the contact or selected" -" when creating a sales order or an invoice." -msgstr "" -"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the contact or selected" -" when creating a sales order or an invoice." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 -msgid "Fiscal position configuration" -msgstr "Fiscal position configuration" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:355 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:311 -msgid "Workflows" -msgstr "Workflows" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 -msgid "" -"This section provides an overview of the actions that trigger `API calls " -"`_ for tax computation, and how to send " -"an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) for government validation." -msgstr "" -"This section provides an overview of the actions that trigger `API calls " -"`_ for tax computation, and how to send " -"an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) for government validation." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:302 -msgid "" -"Please note that each |API| call incurs a cost. Be mindful of the actions " -"that trigger these calls to manage costs effectively." -msgstr "" -"Please note that each |API| call incurs a cost. Be mindful of the actions " -"that trigger these calls to manage costs effectively." +msgstr "使用整合功能前，請為聯絡人設定以下資訊：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 -msgid "Tax calculations on quotations and sales orders" -msgstr "Tax calculations on quotations and sales orders" +msgid "General information about the contact:" +msgstr "有關聯絡人的一般資訊：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:311 msgid "" -"Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a quotation or sales order " -"automatically with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" +"Select the :guilabel:`Company` option for a contact with a tax ID (CNPJ), or" +" check :guilabel:`Individual` for a contact with a CPF." msgstr "" -"Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a quotation or sales order " -"automatically with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:314 -msgid "**Quotation confirmation**" -msgstr "**Quotation confirmation**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:315 -msgid "Confirm a quotation into a sales order." -msgstr "Confirm a quotation into a sales order." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:316 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:332 -msgid "**Manual trigger**" -msgstr "**Manual trigger**" +"對於擁有稅務識別碼（CNPJ）的聯絡人，請選擇 :guilabel:`公司` 選項；擁有 CPF 的聯絡人，則選取 :guilabel:`個人`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:317 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using Avatax`." -msgstr "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using Avatax`." +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street, number, and any extra " +"address information." +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`街道` 欄位中，輸入街道、門牌號碼及其他地址資訊。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:318 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:334 -msgid "**Preview**" -msgstr "**Preview**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:319 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:335 -msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Preview` button." -msgstr "Click on the :guilabel:`Preview` button." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:320 -msgid "**Email a quotation / sales order**" -msgstr "**Email a quotation / sales order**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:321 -msgid "Send a quotation or sales order to a customer via email." -msgstr "Send a quotation or sales order to a customer via email." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:324 -msgid "**Online quotation access**" -msgstr "**Online quotation access**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:323 -msgid "" -"When a customer accesses the quotation online (via the portal view), the " -"|API| call is triggered." +msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipal tax identification number" msgstr "" -"When a customer accesses the quotation online (via the portal view), the " -"|API| call is triggered." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:327 -msgid "Tax calculations on invoices" -msgstr "Tax calculations on invoices" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:329 -msgid "" -"Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a customer invoice automatically" -" with AvaTax any of the following ways:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:324 +msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number" msgstr "" -"Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a customer invoice automatically" -" with AvaTax any of the following ways:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:333 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." -msgstr "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Contact configuration." +msgstr "聯絡人配置。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 -msgid "**Online invoice access**" -msgstr "**Online invoice access**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:332 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`CPF`, :guilabel:`IE`, :guilabel:`IM`, and :guilabel:`SUFRAMA " +"code` fields are are hidden until the :guilabel:`Country` is set to " +"`Brazil`." +msgstr "" +"除非 :guilabel:`國家/地區` 設為 `巴西`，否則 " +":guilabel:`CPF`、:guilabel:`IE`、:guilabel:`IM` 及 :guilabel:`SUFRAMA 代碼` " +"欄位都不會顯示。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:335 +msgid "" +"Fiscal information about the contact under the :guilabel:`Sales \\& " +"Purchase` tab:" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`銷售及採購` 分頁下，有關聯絡人的財政資訊：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 msgid "" -"When a customer accesses the invoice online (via the portal view), the |API|" -" call is triggered." -msgstr "" -"When a customer accesses the invoice online (via the portal view), the |API|" -" call is triggered." +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position`: add the AvaTax fiscal position to automatically" +" compute taxes on sale orders and invoices automatically" +msgstr ":guilabel:`財務規則`：加入 AvaTax 財務規則，以自動計算銷售訂單及發票的稅項" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:339 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: federal tax regime" +msgstr ":guilabel:`稅制`：聯邦稅制" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:340 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` must be set to `Automatic Tax Mapping " -"(Avalara Brazil)` for any of these actions to compute taxes automatically." +":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: taxpayer type determines if the contact is " +"within the :guilabel:`ICMS regime`, :guilabel:`Exempt status`, or " +":guilabel:`Non-taxpayer`" msgstr "" -"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` must be set to `Automatic Tax Mapping " -"(Avalara Brazil)` for any of these actions to compute taxes automatically." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:342 msgid "" -":doc:`Fiscal positions (tax and account mapping) " -"<../accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" -msgstr "" -":doc:`Fiscal positions (tax and account mapping) " -"<../accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`: list of main activity sectors of the " +"contact" +msgstr ":guilabel:`主要活動行業`：聯絡人主要活動行業的清單" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Contact fiscal configuration." +msgstr "聯絡人財政配置。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:349 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 -msgid "Electronic documents" -msgstr "Electronic documents" +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`AvaTax Brazil `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PIS Details`: :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with rate " +"0%, Exempt, Suspended`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:354 -msgid "" -"To process an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e), the invoice needs to be " -"confirmed and taxes need to be computed by Avalara. Once that step is done, " -"click on the :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` button in the upper left corner, and" -" a pop-up will appear. Then click on :guilabel:`Process e-invoice` and any " -"of the other options - :guilabel:`Download` or :guilabel:`Email`. Finally, " -"click on :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` to process the invoice against the " -"government." +msgid ":guilabel:`CSLL Taxable`: If the company is subject to CSLL or not" msgstr "" -"To process an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e), the invoice needs to be " -"confirmed and taxes need to be computed by Avalara. Once that step is done, " -"click on the :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` button in the upper left corner, and" -" a pop-up will appear. Then click on :guilabel:`Process e-invoice` and any " -"of the other options - :guilabel:`Download` or :guilabel:`Email`. Finally, " -"click on :guilabel:`Send \\& Print` to process the invoice against the " -"government." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:360 -msgid "" -"Before sending the electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) some fields need to " -"be filled out on the invoice:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Contact fiscal configuration for NFSe." msgstr "" -"Before sending the electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) some fields need to " -"be filled out on the invoice:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:363 -msgid ":guilabel:`Customer` with all the customer information" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Customer` with all the customer information" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:362 +msgid "Fiscal positions" +msgstr "財務規則" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:364 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil` (how the invoice is planned to be paid)" +"To compute taxes and send electronic invoices on sale orders and invoices, " +"both the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` and the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API`" +" options need to be enabled in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil` (how the invoice is planned to be paid)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:365 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set as the :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping " -"(Avalara Brazil)`" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set as the :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping " -"(Avalara Brazil)`" +"要計算稅項並發送銷售訂單及發票的電子發票，需要在 :guilabel:`財務規則` 中，啟用 :guilabel:`自動偵測` 及 " +":guilabel:`使用 AvaTax API` 選項。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:368 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Document Type` set as :guilabel:`(55) Electronic Invoice (NF-e)`." -" This is the only" +"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the :ref:`contact " +"` or selected when creating a sales order or an invoice." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Document Type` set as :guilabel:`(55) Electronic Invoice (NF-e)`." -" This is the only" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:367 -msgid "" -"electronic document supported at the moment. Non-electronic invoices can be " -"registered, and other document types can be activated if needed" -msgstr "" -"electronic document supported at the moment. Non-electronic invoices can be " -"registered, and other document types can be activated if needed" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:370 -msgid "" -"There are some other optional fields that depend on the nature of the " -"transaction. These fields are not required, so no errors will appear from " -"the government if these optional fields are not populated for most cases:" -msgstr "" -"There are some other optional fields that depend on the nature of the " -"transaction. These fields are not required, so no errors will appear from " -"the government if these optional fields are not populated for most cases:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:374 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Freight Model` determines how the goods are planned to be " -"transported - domestic" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Freight Model` determines how the goods are planned to be " -"transported - domestic" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 +msgid "Fiscal position configuration" +msgstr "財務規則配置" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:311 +msgid "Workflows" +msgstr "工作流程" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:377 +msgid "" +"This section provides an overview of the actions that trigger `API calls " +"`_ for tax computation, along with " +"instructions on how to send electronic invoices for goods (NF-e) and " +"services (NFS-e) for government validation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:382 +msgid "" +"Please note that each |API| call incurs a cost. Be mindful of the actions " +"that trigger these calls to manage costs effectively." +msgstr "請注意，每次 |API| 呼叫都會產生費用。請留意觸發這些呼叫的操作，以有效管理成本。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:389 +msgid "Tax calculations on quotations and sales orders" +msgstr "報價單及銷售訂單的稅務計算" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:391 +msgid "" +"Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a quotation or sales order " +"automatically with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" +msgstr "你可透過下列任何方式觸發 |API| 呼叫，以使用 AvaTax 自動計算報價單或銷售訂單的稅項：" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:394 +msgid "**Quotation confirmation**" +msgstr "**確認報價單**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:395 +msgid "Confirm a quotation into a sales order." +msgstr "確認報價單，將之轉換為銷售訂單。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:412 +msgid "**Manual trigger**" +msgstr "**手動觸發**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:413 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." +msgstr "按一下 :guilabel:`使用 AvaTax 計算稅項`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:414 +msgid "**Preview**" +msgstr "**預覽**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:415 +msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +msgstr "按一下 :guilabel:`預覽` 按鈕。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:400 +msgid "**Email a quotation / sales order**" +msgstr "**以電郵發送報價單/銷售訂單**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:401 +msgid "Send a quotation or sales order to a customer via email." +msgstr "透過電子郵件，向客戶發送報價單或銷售訂單。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:404 +msgid "**Online quotation access**" +msgstr "**網上存取報價單**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:403 +msgid "" +"When a customer accesses the quotation online (via the portal view), the " +"|API| call is triggered." +msgstr "客戶在網上存取報價單時（經客戶頁面檢視畫面），會觸發 |API| 呼叫。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:407 +msgid "Tax calculations on invoices" +msgstr "發票稅項計算" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:409 +msgid "" +"Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a customer invoice automatically" +" with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:417 +msgid "**Online invoice access**" +msgstr "**網上存取發票**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:417 +msgid "" +"When a customer accesses the invoice online (via the portal view), the |API|" +" call is triggered." +msgstr "當客戶在線(通過門戶視圖)訪問發票時，就會觸發 |API| 調用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:420 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` must be set to `Automatic Tax Mapping " +"(Avalara Brazil)` for any of these actions to compute taxes automatically." +msgstr "必須將 :guilabel:`財務規則` 設為 `自動稅收映射(Avalara Brazil)`，這些操作才能自動計算稅款。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:424 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal positions (tax and account mapping) " +"<../accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +msgstr ":doc:`財務規則(稅收和賬戶映射) <../accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 +msgid "Electronic documents" +msgstr "電子文件" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:434 +msgid "" +"To process an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) or services (NFS-e), the " +"invoice needs to be confirmed and taxes need to be computed by Avalara. Once" +" that step is done, click on the :guilabel:`Send & Print` button in the " +"upper left corner. In the pop-up that appears, click on :guilabel:`Process " +"e-invoice` and any of the other options - :guilabel:`Download` or " +":guilabel:`Email`. Finally, click on :guilabel:`Send & Print` to process the" +" invoice with the government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:441 +msgid "" +"Before sending the electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) or services (NFS-e), " +"some fields need to be filled out on the invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:444 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`, with all the customer information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:578 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil`: how the invoice is planned to be paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:446 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set as the :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping " +"(Avalara Brazil)`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`財務規則` 設置為 :guilabel:`自動稅收映射(Avalara 巴西)` 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:447 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Type` set as :guilabel:`(55) Electronic Invoice (NF-e)` " +"or :guilabel:`(SE) Electronic Service Invoice (NFS-e)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:450 +msgid "" +"There are some other optional fields that depend on the nature of the " +"transaction. These fields are not required, so no errors will appear from " +"the government if these optional fields are not populated for most cases:" +msgstr "這些是根據交易性質而定的一些可選欄位。這些字段不是必填欄位，因此在大多數情況下，如果不填入這些可選欄位，不會顯示政府錯誤。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:454 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Freight Model` determines how the goods are planned to be " +"transported - domestic" +msgstr ":guilabel:`貨運模式`,決定了計劃運輸貨物的方式-國內運輸" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:455 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` determines who is doing the transportation" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` determines who is doing the transportation" +msgstr ":guilabel:`巴西運輸商`:決定由誰進行運輸" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Invoice information needed to process an electronic invoice." -msgstr "Invoice information needed to process an electronic invoice." +msgstr "處理電子發票所需的發票資訊。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Process electronic invoice pop-up in Odoo." -msgstr "Process electronic invoice pop-up in Odoo." +msgstr "在 Odoo 中處理電子發票彈出視窗。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:464 msgid "" "All of the fields available on the invoice used to issue an electronic " "invoice are also available on the sales order, if needed. When creating the " "first invoice, the field :guilabel:`Document Number` is displayed, allocated" " as the first number to be used sequentially for subsequent invoices." msgstr "" -"All of the fields available on the invoice used to issue an electronic " -"invoice are also available on the sales order, if needed. When creating the " -"first invoice, the field :guilabel:`Document Number` is displayed, allocated" -" as the first number to be used sequentially for subsequent invoices." +"如果需要，用於開立電子發票的發票上的所有欄位，也可在銷售訂單上使用。建立第一張發票時，會顯示 :guilabel:`文件號碼` " +"欄位，並將其分配為第一個編號, 在後續發票中按順序使用。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:470 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:595 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "Credit notes" msgstr "貸記單" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:472 msgid "" "If a sales return needs to be registered, then a credit note can be created " "in Odoo to be sent to the government for validation." +msgstr "如果需要登記銷售退貨，則可在 Odoo 中建立貸記單，發送給政府進行驗證。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:476 +msgid "" +"Credit notes are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." msgstr "" -"If a sales return needs to be registered, then a credit note can be created " -"in Odoo to be sent to the government for validation." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:479 msgid ":ref:`Issue a credit note `" -msgstr ":ref:`Issue a credit note `" +msgstr ":ref:`發出貸記單 `" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:482 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:594 msgid "Debit Notes" msgstr "借記單" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:484 msgid "" "If additional information needs to be included, or values need to be " "corrected that were not accurately provided in the original invoice, a debit" " note can be issued." -msgstr "" -"If additional information needs to be included, or values need to be " -"corrected that were not accurately provided in the original invoice, a debit" -" note can be issued." +msgstr "如果需要提供更多資訊，或需要更正原始發票中未準確提供的價值，可發出借記單。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:488 +msgid "" +"Debit notes are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:490 msgid "" "Only the products included in the original invoice can be part of the debit " "note. While changes can be made to the product's unit price or quantity, " @@ -23404,85 +24265,101 @@ msgid "" " is only to declare the amount that you want to add to the original invoice " "for the same or fewer products." msgstr "" -"Only the products included in the original invoice can be part of the debit " -"note. While changes can be made to the product's unit price or quantity, " -"products **cannot** be added to the debit note. The purpose of this document" -" is only to declare the amount that you want to add to the original invoice " -"for the same or fewer products." +"只有原始發票中包含的產品才能成為借記單的一部份。雖然可以更改產品單價或數量，但 **不可** " +"將產品加入至借記單中。本文件的目的僅是聲明您要向原始發票添加的金額, 用於相同數量或更少的產品。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:496 msgid ":ref:`Issue a debit note `" -msgstr ":ref:`Issue a debit note `" +msgstr ":ref:`發出借記單 `" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:499 msgid "Invoice cancellation" -msgstr "Invoice cancellation" +msgstr "取消發票" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:501 msgid "" "It is possible to cancel an electronic invoice that was validated by the " "government." -msgstr "" -"It is possible to cancel an electronic invoice that was validated by the " -"government." +msgstr "你可註銷已經由政府驗證的電子發票。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:504 msgid "" "Check whether the electronic invoice is still within the cancellation " "deadline, which may vary according to the legislation of each state." -msgstr "" -"Check whether the electronic invoice is still within the cancellation " -"deadline, which may vary according to the legislation of each state." +msgstr "檢查電子發票是否仍在取消期限內。各州/省的法律規定可能有所不同。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:422 -msgid "" -"This can be done in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request Cancel` and adding a" -" cancellation :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. If you want to " -"send this cancellation reason to the customer via email, activate the " -":guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:508 +msgid "E-invoices for goods (NF-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:510 +msgid "" +"Cancel an e-invoice for goods (NF-e) in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request " +"Cancel` and adding a cancellation :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that " +"appears. If you want to send this cancellation reason to the customer via " +"email, activate the :guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." msgstr "" -"This can be done in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request Cancel` and adding a" -" cancellation :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. If you want to " -"send this cancellation reason to the customer via email, activate the " -":guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Invoice cancellation reason in Odoo." -msgstr "Invoice cancellation reason in Odoo." +msgstr "Odoo 中的發票取消原因。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:518 +msgid "" +"This is an electronic cancellation, which means that Odoo will send a " +"request to the government to cancel the NF-e, and it will then consume one " +"|IAP| credit, as an |API| call occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:522 +msgid "E-invoices for services (NFS-e)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Cancel an e-invoice for services (NFS-e) in Odoo by clicking " +":guilabel:`Request Cancel`. In this case, there is no electronic " +"cancellation process, as not every city has this service available. The user" +" needs to manually cancel this NFS-e on the city portal. Once that step is " +"completed, they can request the cancellation in Odoo, which will cancel the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:530 msgid "Correction letter" -msgstr "Correction letter" +msgstr "更正信函" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:532 msgid "" -"A correction letter can be created and linked to an electronic invoice that " -"was validated by the government." +"A correction letter can be created and linked to an electronic invoice for " +"goods (NF-e) that was validated by the government." msgstr "" -"A correction letter can be created and linked to an electronic invoice that " -"was validated by the government." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:535 msgid "" "This can be done in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Correction Letter` and " "adding a correction :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. To send " "this correction reason to a customer via email, activate the " ":guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." msgstr "" -"This can be done in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Correction Letter` and " -"adding a correction :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. To send " -"this correction reason to a customer via email, activate the " -":guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." +"在 Odoo 中點擊 :guilabel:`更正信函` 並在彈出的窗口中，加入更正 :guilabel:`原因` " +"即可。要通過電子郵件將更正原因發送給客戶,請啟動 :guilabel:`電郵` 勾選方格。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Correction letter reason in Odoo." -msgstr "Correction letter reason in Odoo." +msgstr "Odoo 更正信函內的原因。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:543 +msgid "" +"Correction letters are only available for electronic invoices for goods " +"(NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:546 msgid "Invalidate invoice number range" -msgstr "Invalidate invoice number range" +msgstr "將發票號碼範圍設為無效" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:548 msgid "" "A range of sequences that are assigned to sales journals can be invalidated " "with the government if they are not currently used, **and** will not be used" @@ -23492,71 +24369,63 @@ msgid "" "Number` and :guilabel:`End Number` of the range that should be canceled, and" " enter an invalidation :guilabel:`Reason`." msgstr "" -"A range of sequences that are assigned to sales journals can be invalidated " -"with the government if they are not currently used, **and** will not be used" -" in the future. To do so, navigate to the journal, and click the " -":menuselection:`⚙️ (gear) icon --> Invalidate Number Range (BR)`. On the " -":guilabel:`Invalidate Number Range (BR)` wizard, add the :guilabel:`Initial " -"Number` and :guilabel:`End Number` of the range that should be canceled, and" -" enter an invalidation :guilabel:`Reason`." +"已分配予銷售日記賬的序號範圍，如果目前未有使用， **而且確定** 將來也不會使用，可通知政府將其設為無效。要執行此操作，請前往相關日記賬，按一下 " +":menuselection:`⚙️ （齒輪）圖示 --> 號碼範圍設為無效（巴西）`。在 :guilabel:`號碼範圍設為無效（巴西）` " +"精靈中，加入要取消範圍的 :guilabel:`起首編號` 及 :guilabel:`結束編號`，然後輸入設為失效的 :guilabel:`原因`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Number range invalidation selection in Odoo." -msgstr "Number range invalidation selection in Odoo." +msgstr "Odoo 中的號碼範圍設為無效選擇。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Number range invalidation wizard in Odoo." -msgstr "Number range invalidation wizard in Odoo." +msgstr "Odoo 中的號碼範圍設為無效精靈。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:562 +msgid "" +"Invalidate invoice number range documents are only available for electronic " +"invoices for goods (NF-e)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:566 msgid "" "The log of the canceled numbers along with the XML file are recorded in the " "chatter of the journal." -msgstr "" -"The log of the canceled numbers along with the XML file are recorded in the " -"chatter of the journal." +msgstr "被取消的編號以及 XML 文件，會記錄在日記賬的聊天視窗中。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:572 msgid "" "On the vendor bills side, when receiving an invoice from a supplier, you can" " encode the bill in Odoo by adding all the commercial information together " "with the same Brazilian specific information that is recorded on the " ":ref:`customer invoices `." msgstr "" -"On the vendor bills side, when receiving an invoice from a supplier, you can" -" encode the bill in Odoo by adding all the commercial information together " -"with the same Brazilian specific information that is recorded on the " -":ref:`customer invoices `." +"至於供應商賬單，收到供應商發票時，你可在 Odoo 內為賬單編碼，方法是將所有商業資訊，以及與 :ref:`客戶發票 " +"` 上的記錄相同的巴西市場適用資訊，一起加入至賬單中。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:576 msgid "These Brazilian specific fields are:" -msgstr "These Brazilian specific fields are:" +msgstr "所謂巴西市場適用資訊，相關欄位如下：" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:471 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil` (how the invoice is planned to be paid)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:579 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: used by your vendor" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil` (how the invoice is planned to be paid)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:472 -msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type` used by your vendor." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Document Type` used by your vendor." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:473 -msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number` (the invoice number from your supplier)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Document Number` (the invoice number from your supplier)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:474 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Freight Model` (how goods are planned to be transported - " -"domestic)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:580 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number`: the invoice number from your supplier" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Freight Model` (how goods are planned to be transported - " -"domestic)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:475 -msgid ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` (who is doing the transportation)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` (who is doing the transportation)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:581 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Freight Model`: **NF-e specific** how goods are planned to be " +"transported - domestic" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:582 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil`: **NF-e specific** who is doing the " +"transportation." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:3 msgid "Chile" @@ -23567,10 +24436,7 @@ msgid "" "Watch the two webinar recordings below for a general presentation of the " "localization, and search the playlist for tutorials to discover practical " "workflows while using Odoo in Chile." -msgstr "" -"Watch the two webinar recordings below for a general presentation of the " -"localization, and search the playlist for tutorials to discover practical " -"workflows while using Odoo in Chile." +msgstr "請觀看以下兩段網絡研討會錄影，了解本地化的總體介紹，以及搜尋播放列表中的教程，了解在智利使用 Odoo 時的實際工作流程。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:9 msgid "`Webinar: intro and demo `_." @@ -24103,7 +24969,7 @@ msgstr "Digital certificate configuration." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:565 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:237 msgid "Multicurrency" -msgstr "Multicurrency" +msgstr "多種貨幣" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:218 msgid "" @@ -24136,20 +25002,6 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Contacts` app to do so and fill in the following fields on a" " new or existing contact form." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1096 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`名稱`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1097 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:293 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`電郵`" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:97 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" @@ -24469,7 +25321,7 @@ msgstr "Default Account Payable" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:368 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:80 msgid "Default Account Receivable" -msgstr "Default Account Receivable" +msgstr "預設應收賬戶" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:369 msgid "Transfer Accounts" @@ -24509,7 +25361,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/taxes`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:394 msgid "Electronic invoice workflow" -msgstr "Electronic invoice workflow" +msgstr "電子發票工作流程" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:396 msgid "" @@ -24518,10 +25370,8 @@ msgid "" "explains how information is shared to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`, customers, and vendors." msgstr "" -"In the Chilean localization, the electronic invoice workflow includes " -"customer invoice issuance and vendor bill reception. The following diagram " -"explains how information is shared to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " -"Internos)`, customers, and vendors." +"在智利本地化中，電子發票工作流程包括開立客戶發票及收取供應商賬單。下圖說明相關資訊是如何向稅務機關（:abbr:`SII (Servicio de " +"Impuestos Internos)`）、客戶和供應商分享的。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 msgid "Diagram with Electronic invoice transactions." @@ -24602,11 +25452,10 @@ msgid "" "needed immediately, you can do it manually as well by following the " ":abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` status workflow:" msgstr "" -"The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` status is updated " -"automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that runs every day at night, " -"if the response from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` is " -"needed immediately, you can do it manually as well by following the " -":abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` status workflow:" +":abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` 狀態是由 Odoo " +"透過每天晚上運行的預定操作進行自動更新。若需要立即取得稅務機關（:abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " +"Internos)`）的回應，你也可以按照 :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` " +"狀態工作流程，手動執行：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 msgid "Transition of DTE status flow." @@ -24839,7 +25688,7 @@ msgstr "Invoice Commercial status updated to claimed." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:403 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:830 msgid "Common errors" -msgstr "Common errors" +msgstr "常見錯誤" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:553 msgid "" @@ -25321,13 +26170,10 @@ msgid "" "acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic purchase " "invoices." msgstr "" -"Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " -"` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " -"setting up master data, etc.), the electronic purchase invoices need their " -"own :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)`. Please refer to the :ref:`CAF " -"documentation ` to check the details on how to " -"acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic purchase " -"invoices." +"完成 :ref:`電子發票 ` 的所有配置後（例如, " +"上載有效的公司證書、設定主數據等），電子採購發票便需要有自己的 :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization " +"Code)`。有關如何取得電子採購發票 :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` 的詳細資料，請參閱 " +":ref:`CAF 使用說明 `。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:759 msgid "" @@ -25483,12 +26329,10 @@ msgid "" "` to check the details on how to acquire the " ":abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic Delivery Guides." msgstr "" -"Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " -"` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " -"setting up master data, etc.), delivery guides need their own :abbr:`CAFs " -"(Folio Authorization Code)`. Please refer to the :ref:`CAF documentation " -"` to check the details on how to acquire the " -":abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic Delivery Guides." +"完成 :ref:`電子發票 ` 的所有配置後（例如, " +"上載有效的公司證書、設定主數據等），送貨指示便需要有自己的 :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization " +"Code)`。有關如何取得電子送貨指示 :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` 的詳細資料，請參閱 " +":ref:`CAF 使用說明 `。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:819 msgid "" @@ -25679,12 +26523,10 @@ msgid "" "documentation ` to check the details on how to " "acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic receipts." msgstr "" -"Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " -"` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " -"setting up master data, etc.), electronic receipts need their own " -":abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)`. Please refer to the :ref:`CAF " -"documentation ` to check the details on how to " -"acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic receipts." +"完成 :ref:`電子發票 ` 的所有配置後（例如, " +"上載有效的公司證書、設定主數據等），電子收據便需要有自己的 :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization " +"Code)`。有關如何取得電子收據 :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` 的詳細資料，請參閱 :ref:`CAF" +" 使用說明 `。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:905 msgid "" @@ -25776,9 +26618,8 @@ msgid "" "validation>` for electronic invoices as the workflow for electronic receipt " "follows the same process." msgstr "" -"Please refer to the :ref:`DTE Workflow ` for electronic invoices as the workflow for electronic receipt " -"follows the same process." +"至於電子發票，請參閱 :ref:`DTE 工作流程 `，因為電子發票的工作流程相同。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:949 msgid "Electronic export of goods" @@ -25813,12 +26654,10 @@ msgid "" "documentation ` to check the details on how to " "acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic receipts." msgstr "" -"Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " -"` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " -"setting up master data, etc.), electronic exports of goods need their own " -":abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)`. Please refer to the :ref:`CAF " -"documentation ` to check the details on how to " -"acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic receipts." +"完成 :ref:`電子發票 ` 的所有配置後（例如, " +"上載有效的公司證書、設定主數據等），電子貨物出口單便需要有自己的 :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization " +"Code)`。有關如何取得電子收據 :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` 的詳細資料，請參閱 :ref:`CAF" +" 使用說明 `。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:965 msgid "" @@ -26992,7 +27831,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:257 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:398 msgid "Invoice validation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "發票驗證" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:308 msgid "" @@ -30866,12 +31705,71 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hong Kong" msgstr "香港" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:6 -msgid "Add FPS QR codes to invoices" -msgstr "新增轉數快二維碼至發票" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:8 msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get the latest " +"features of the Hong Kong localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:18 +msgid "`l10n_hk`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The base module to manage chart of accounting and localization for Hong " +"Kong." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:20 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:21 +msgid "`l10n_hk_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Enables :ref:`payroll ` specific localization features " +"for Odoo *Payroll* app. This module also installs :guilabel:`Hong Kong - " +"Payroll with Accounting` and :guilabel:`Documents - Hong Kong Payroll`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:26 +msgid "`l10n_hk_hr_payroll_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:27 +msgid "Installs the link between Hong Kong payroll and accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Documents - Hong Kong Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:29 +msgid "`documents_l10n_hk_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:30 +msgid "Integrates employee ir56 forms in the Odoo *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:33 +msgid "FPS QR codes on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:35 +msgid "" ":abbr:`FPS (Faster Payment System)` is a payment service platform that " "allows customers to make instant domestic payments to individuals and " "merchants in Hong Kong dollars or Renminbi via online and mobile banking." @@ -30879,110 +31777,1076 @@ msgstr "" "「轉數快」（:abbr:`FPS (Faster Payment System " "快速支付系統)`）是一個付款服務平台，讓客戶透過網絡及手機銀行，以港幣或人民幣向個人及商家進行即時本地付款。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:12 msgid "Activate QR codes" msgstr "啟動二維碼" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:42 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " -":guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` " -"feature." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under " +"the :guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, tick the checkbox beside the " +":guilabel:`QR Codes` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"前往 :menuselection:`會計 --> 配置 --> 設定`。在 :guilabel:`客戶付款` 部份，啟動 " -":guilabel:`二維碼` 功能。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:47 msgid "FPS bank account configuration" msgstr "轉數快銀行賬戶配置" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:49 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"select the bank account for which you want to activate FPS. Set the " -":guilabel:`Proxy Type` and fill in the :guilabel:`Proxy Value` field " -"depending on the type you chose." +"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts app --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts " +"section --> Bank Accounts`. Then select the bank account for FPS activation." +" Proceed to set the :guilabel:`Proxy Type` and fill in the :guilabel:`Proxy " +"Value` field, depending on the type chosen." msgstr "" -"前往 :menuselection:`聯絡人 --> 配置 --> 銀行賬戶` 並選擇你要啟動 FPS 轉數快的銀行賬戶。設定 " -":guilabel:`代理類型`，並根據你選擇的類型，填寫 :guilabel:`代理值` 欄位。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:53 msgid "" -"The account holder's country must be set to Hong Kong on its contact form." -msgstr "賬戶持有人在聯絡資料表格上的國家/地區欄位，必須設定為香港。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:27 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:27 -msgid "" -"You could also include the invoice number in the QR code by checking the " +"Remember to include the invoice number in the QR code, by ticking the " ":guilabel:`Include Reference` checkbox." -msgstr "你亦可勾選 :guilabel:`附帶參考` 方格，以將發票號碼納入二維碼中。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "FPS bank account configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The account holder's country **must** be set to `Hong Kong` on their contact" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/bank`" msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/bank`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:147 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:37 msgid "Bank journal configuration" msgstr "銀行日記賬配置" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:69 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the " -"bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " -":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Journals` and " +"open the bank journal. Then, fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` fields, located in the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." msgstr "" -"前往 :menuselection:`會計 --> 配置 --> 日記賬`，開啟銀行日記賬，然後在 :guilabel:`日記賬記項` 分頁中，填寫 " -":guilabel:`賬戶號碼` 及 :guilabel:`銀行` 資料。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 -msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration" -msgstr "銀行賬戶的日記賬配置" +msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:78 msgid "Issue invoices with FPS QR codes" msgstr "使用轉數快二維碼開立發票" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:158 msgid "" "When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" -" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to *EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code*." +" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to :guilabel:`EMV Merchant-Presented QR-" +"code`." msgstr "" -"建立新發票時，開啟 :guilabel:`其他資訊` 分頁，將 :guilabel:`付款二維碼` 選項設定為「*EMV 商家提供二維碼*」。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 -msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option" -msgstr "選擇 EMV 商家提供二維碼選項" +msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:87 msgid "" -"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " -"Odoo uses this field to generate the FPS QR code." -msgstr "確保 :guilabel:`收款銀行` 是你配置的銀行，因為 Odoo 會使用此欄位的資料，產生 FPS 轉數快 QR 二維碼。" +"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is configured, as Odoo uses this " +"field to generate the FPS QR code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Ensure the :guilabel:`Hong Kong - Payroll` (`l10n_hk_hr_payroll`) module is " +"installed before proceeding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:100 +msgid "Create employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Employees` app and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, " +"configure the following fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:105 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: :guilabel:`HK Standard 40 hours/week` option " +"**must** be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:109 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Surname, Given Name, Name in Chinese`: name of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:112 +msgid ":guilabel:`Private Address`: address of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:113 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bank Account Number`: employee's bank account number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Current Rental`: employee's rental records (if rental allowance " +"is applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Autopay Type`: :guilabel:`BBAN`, :guilabel:`SVID`, " +":guilabel:`EMAL`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Autopay Reference`: autopay reference number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Identification No`: HKID of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Gender`: gender of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:121 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Bank Account Number`, this account should be set as " +":guilabel:`Trusted` before further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:124 +msgid "" +"To achieve this, click on the right-arrow button next to :guilabel:`Bank " +"Account Number` field. Set the :guilabel:`Send Money` to :guilabel:`Trusted`" +" by clicking on the toggle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:128 +msgid "" +"To populate the :guilabel:`Current Rental`, click on the :guilabel:`History`" +" button. Then, click on :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the relevant details and " +"save the rental record. Upon saving the record, the rental contract " +":guilabel:`state` will be visible (at the top-right corner) and can be set " +"to :guilabel:`Running`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:133 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`HR Settings` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Volunteer Contribution Option`: select either :guilabel:`Only " +"Mandatory Contribution`, :guilabel:`With Fixed %VC`, or :guilabel:`Cap 5% " +"VC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:137 +msgid ":guilabel:`MPF Manulife Account`: account number, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:142 +msgid "Manage contracts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once the new employee has been created, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` " +"smart button on the employee record, or navigate to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Employees --> Contracts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Only **one** contract can be active simultaneously per employee, but an " +"employee can be assigned consecutive contracts during their employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:151 +msgid "The following are critical for setting up a contract:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: set as :guilabel:`CAP57: Hong Kong " +"Employee`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:154 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: start date of employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: set as :guilabel:`HK Standard 40 hours/week` " +"(from employee record)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select either :guilabel:`Working Schedule`, " +":guilabel:`Attendances` or :guilabel:`Planning`. This field determines how " +"the work entries are accounted for in the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:160 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: the work entries are generated automatically " +"based on the employee's working schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendances`: the work entries are generated based on the check-" +"in/out period logged in the *Attendances*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: the work entries are generated from planning shifts " +"only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:166 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Salary Information` tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` for Full-time or Part-" +"time employees, or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage` for employees who are paid " +"hourly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:170 +msgid ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: the frequency of payslip issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage`: :guilabel:`Monthly` or :guilabel:`Hourly` depending on the" +" :guilabel:`Wage Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internet Subscription`: this is an **optional** field to provide " +"additional internet allowance on top of the current salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:177 +msgid "Timesheets do **not** impact work entries in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Once all information has been setup, set the contract status to " +":guilabel:`Running` by clicking the :guilabel:`Running` button in the top-" +"right of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong employment contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:189 +msgid "Generate payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Once the employees, and their contracts, are configured, payslips can be " +"generated in the *Payroll* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides **four** different salary structures under CAP57 regulation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:196 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Employees Monthly Pay`: to process the monthly employee " +"salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice`: to process final payment upon " +"contract termination using :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:199 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Long Service Payment`: applicable to employees with more " +"than five years of service upon contract termination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CAP57: Severance Payment`: applicable to employees with more than" +" two years of service upon contract termination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Before running the payslips, the accounts used in the salary rule can be " +"adjusted by navigating to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> " +"Rules`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Salary Rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Odoo can create pay runs in two ways: via :ref:`batch " +"` or :ref:`individual " +"` payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:217 +msgid "Batch payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:219 +msgid "" +"This method of payslip generation is used for recurring payments, since " +"multiple employee payslips can be managed at once. Go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:514 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Batch Name` (e.g. `2024 - Jan`) and :guilabel:`Period` " +"(e.g. `01/01/2024` - `01/31/2024`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:225 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Generate Payslips`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Choose which :guilabel:`Salary Structure` to use for this batch. The " +"department filter allows the batch to only apply to a specific group of " +"employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:228 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Generate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:229 +msgid "A :guilabel:`Payslips` smart button is created automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` to generate a draft journal entry" +" found in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of each payslip. A " +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears asking :guilabel:`Are you " +"sure you want to proceed?`. Click :guilabel:`Ok` to create the journal " +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:238 +msgid "Individual payslips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:240 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> All Payslips`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:242 +msgid "" +"This method of payslip generation is commonly used to handle non-recurring " +"payments (e.g. :guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice`, " +":guilabel:`CAP57: Long Service Payment` or :guilabel:`CAP57: Severance " +"Payment`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Select an :guilabel:`Employee`. When selected, the :guilabel:`Contract` is " +"filled out automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:249 +msgid "Add a pay :guilabel:`Period`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Select a salary :guilabel:`Structure` (e.g. :guilabel:`CAP57: Employees " +"Monthly Pay`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Worked Days & Inputs` tab automatically compute the worked " +"days/hours and time off leaves that are applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Additional payslip items can be added at this time (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Commissions`, :guilabel:`Deductions`) under the :guilabel:`Other " +"Inputs` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button to generate the payslip lines. " +"This button updates the :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:259 +msgid "" +"If the work entry for an employee was amended, click the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Recompute Whole Sheet` to " +"refresh the payslip's :guilabel:`Worked Days & Inputs` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:263 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab shows the detailed breakdown of the " +"computation, based on the salary rules configured for each structure type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rent Allowance`: amount derived from the employee's active rental" +" record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Basic Salary`: amount of base salary provided (after rent " +"allowance deduction)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`713 Gross`: net payable amount considering *Commission*, " +"*Internet Allowance*, *Reimbursements*, *Back-pay*, *Deduction*, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:270 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`MPF Gross`: net payable amount from 713 gross after consideration" +" of additional allowances, deductions, and end-of-year payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:272 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Mandatory Contribution`: employee MPF Contribution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:273 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employer Mandatory Contribution`: employer MPF Contribution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gross`: net payable amount from MPF gross after consideration of " +"MPF deductions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:275 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Net Salary`: final payable amount to be paid to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:278 +msgid "" +"There are no MPF contributions for the first month. Both employee and " +"employer contribution starts on second month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Salary computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` section in :guilabel:`Worked Days & " +"Inputs` tab, there are additional manual input types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Back Pay`: additional salary payout can be included under this " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:289 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Commission`: the commission earned during the period can be " +"manually entered here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Global Deduction`: a lump-sum deduction from the entire payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:291 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Global Reimbursement`: a lump-sum reimbursement to the entire " +"payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:292 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referral Fee`: the additional bonus offered for any form of " +"business-related referral." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Moving Daily Wage`: to override the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily " +"Wage)` value used for leaves computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skip Rent Allowance`: if set, the rental allowance is excluded " +"from the current payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Average Monthly Salary`: to override the average monthly " +"salary used for end-of-year payment (rule is only applicable to payslips " +"generated in December)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lieu of Notice Period (Months)`: only applicable to " +":guilabel:`CAP57: Payment in Lieu of Notice` salary structure. By default, " +"the final payout is set as 1-month. Use the :guilabel:`Count` field under " +"the :guilabel:`Other Inputs` section to set a different notice period " +"duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:304 +msgid "" +"Once the payslips are ready, click on :guilabel:`Compute Sheet`, followed by" +" :guilabel:`Create Draft entry` to generate a draft journal entry found in " +"the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Once the draft journal entries have been posted, the company can now pay the" +" employees. The user can choose between **two** different *payment methods*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:313 +msgid "" +"From the employee's payslip (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> " +"All Payslips`), once the payslip's journal entry has been posted, click " +":guilabel:`Register Payment`. The process is the same as :doc:`paying vendor" +" bills <../accounting/payments>`. Select the desired bank journal and " +"payment method, then later reconcile the payment with the corresponding bank" +" statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:317 +msgid "" +"For batch payments (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`), " +"once all draft journal entries from the batch are confirmed, click " +":guilabel:`Mark as Paid` to post the payment journal entry. Then " +":doc:`create a payment <../accounting/payments>` in the *Accounting* app, " +"and reconcile accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:323 +msgid "Attendances and hourly wage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:325 +msgid "" +"To configure the contract for an employee paid hourly using the " +"*Attendances* app for hours tracking, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll " +"app --> Contracts --> Contracts`. Create a new :ref:`contract " +"`. It is important to remember to set the " +":guilabel:`Work Entry Source` as :guilabel:`Attendances`, and " +":guilabel:`Wage Type` as :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:331 +msgid "To record the hours logged by the employee using *Attendances* app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:333 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Attendances app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:334 +msgid "" +"The employee can check-in/out, via the kiosk mode and the time will be " +"logged automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:335 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Payroll app`, review the attendance work entries " +"generated from :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Work Entries --> Work " +"Entries`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:337 +msgid "" +"Next, generate the :ref:`payslips ` and process " +"the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Attendance Work Entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Attendance Payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:348 +msgid "Time Off with Payroll" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:350 +msgid "" +"The work entry types and time off types are fully integrated between the " +"*Time Off* and *Payroll* apps. There are several default time off types and " +"work entry types specific to Hong Kong which are installed automatically " +"along with the *Hong Kong - Payroll* module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types` " +"and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:356 +msgid "" +"There are two checkboxes to be considered when setting up the work entry " +"type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use 713`: Include this leave type as part of 713 computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:359 +msgid ":guilabel:`Non-full pay`: 80% of the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Work Entry Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:366 +msgid "" +":ref:`Creating and configuring work entry types `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:369 +msgid "Understanding 713 Ordinance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:371 +msgid "" +"The *Hong Kong - Payroll* module is compliant with 713 Ordinance which " +"relates to the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` computation to ensure fair " +"compensation for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:374 +msgid "The ADW computation is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:379 +msgid "Hong Kong ADW Formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:379 +msgid "" +":abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` equals the total wage in a 12-month period," +" minus the wages of non-full pay, divided by the total days in a 12-month " +"period minus the days of non-full pay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:383 +msgid "" +"For 418 compliance, there is no automated allocation of the *Statutory " +"Holiday* entitlement to the employees. As soon as 418 requirements are met, " +"manually allocate the leaves, via the *Time Off* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Before generating payslips, ensure the statuses are :guilabel:`Done` to " +"validate the outcome." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:393 +msgid "Period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:394 +msgid "Days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:395 +msgid "Wage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:396 +msgid "Commission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:398 +msgid "ADW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:399 +msgid "Leave Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:400 +msgid "Jan" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:415 +msgid "31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:409 +msgid "$20200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:405 +msgid "$651.61 ($20200/31)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:413 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:407 +msgid "Feb" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:408 +msgid "28" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:410 +msgid "$5000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:411 +msgid "$25200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:412 +msgid "$769.49 ($45400/59)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:414 +msgid "Mar (One Day Annual Leave)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:418 +msgid "$20324.33" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:419 +msgid "$730.27 ($65724.33/90)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:420 +msgid "$769.49" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:421 +msgid "Apr (One Day 80% Sick Leave)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:423 +msgid "$20117.56" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:427 +msgid "$584.22 ($730.27*0.8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:430 +msgid "Here is an example demonstrating the 713 logic:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:432 +msgid "" +"**Jan**: Generate a payslip with a monthly wage of $20200. The :abbr:`ADW " +"(Average Daily Wage)` is always computed on a cumulative basis of the " +"trailing 12-months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:434 +msgid "" +"**Feb**: Generate a similar payslip, but add an :guilabel:`Other Input Type`" +" for the :guilabel:`Commission`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Mar**: Apply for **one** full-paid annual leave in March. The salary " +"compensation for the leave taken is based on :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily " +"Wage)` thus far." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:0 +msgid "Hong Kong March 713." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:443 +msgid "" +"**Apr**: Apply for a 1-day non-full pay leave in April. Since this is a non-" +"full pay leave, the :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` is computed " +"accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:0 +msgid "Hong Kong April 713." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:451 +msgid "" +"The value of :abbr:`ADW (Average Daily Wage)` is computed in the backend, " +"and not be visible to the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:455 +msgid "" +"`HK 713 Ordinance " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:456 +msgid "" +"`HK 418 Ordinance `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:459 +msgid "Generate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:461 +msgid "" +"Before generating the below reports, setup the following in " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Payroll`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:464 +msgid "Configure the following in the :guilabel:`Accounting` section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:466 +msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`Payroll HSBC Autopay` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:468 +msgid ":guilabel:`Autopay Type`: Set as :guilabel:`H2H Submission`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:469 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Bank Account` to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:471 +msgid "Configure the following in the :guilabel:`HK Localization` section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:473 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employer's Name shows on reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:474 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employer's File Number`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:475 +msgid ":guilabel:`Manulife MPF Scheme`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Payroll Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:482 +msgid "IRD report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:484 +msgid "There are a total of **four** IRD reports available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:486 +msgid ":guilabel:`IR56B`: employer's Return of Remuneration and Pensions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:487 +msgid ":guilabel:`IR56E`: notification of Commencement of Employment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:488 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`IR56F`: notification of Ceasation of Employment (remaining in " +"HK)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:489 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`IR56G`: notification of Ceasation of Employment (departing from " +"HK permanently)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:491 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting`, and select one of the " +":guilabel:`IR56B/E/F/G Sheet` options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:495 +msgid "Fill in the relevant information for the IRD report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:496 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Populate`, and the :guilabel:`Eligible Employees` smart " +"button appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:497 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Employee Declarations` status is :guilabel:`Draft` and " +"changed to :guilabel:`Generated PDF` status once the schedule runs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:499 +msgid "Once the PDF is generated, the IRD form may be downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong IR56B report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:506 +msgid "" +"The scheduled action called *Payroll: Generate pdfs* can be manually " +"triggered. It is set by default to run the PDF generation monthly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:510 +msgid "Manulife MPF sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:512 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting --> Manulife MPF Sheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:515 +msgid "" +"Select the relevant :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Month`, and " +":guilabel:`Sequence No.`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:516 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create XLSX`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:517 +msgid "" +"The *Manulife MPF XLSX* file is then generated, and available for download." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong Manulife Sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Odoo will not be developing further reports for other MPF trustee as there " +"will soon be an eMPF platform setup by the local government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:528 +msgid "`eMPF `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:531 +msgid "HSBC autopay report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:533 +msgid "" +"If *HSBC Autopay* is selected as the batch payment method, click on " +":guilabel:`Create HSBC Autopay Report`, and fill in the mandatory fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 +msgid "Hong Kong HSBC Autopay wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:540 +msgid "" +"This creates an :file:`.apc` file format which can be uploaded to the HSCB " +"portal for processing." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:3 msgid "India" @@ -32143,7 +34007,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:505 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:212 msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "應收憑單" +msgstr "發票" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -32564,7 +34428,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:353 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:286 msgid "Document Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "文件類型" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:355 msgid "" @@ -35473,6 +37337,8 @@ msgid "" "The Peruvian localization has been improved and extended, in this version " "the next modules are available:" msgstr "" +"The Peruvian localization has been improved and extended, in this version " +"the next modules are available:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -35481,6 +37347,10 @@ msgid "" "Peru and under the SUNAT regulations and guidelines. The main elements " "included in this module are: Chart of account, taxes, document types." msgstr "" +"**l10n_pe**: Adds accounting features for the Peruvian localization, which " +"represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " +"Peru and under the SUNAT regulations and guidelines. The main elements " +"included in this module are: Chart of account, taxes, document types." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -35493,20 +37363,30 @@ msgid "" "on the `SUNAT Legislation " "`_." msgstr "" +"**l10n_pe_edi**: includes all technical and functional requirements to " +"generate and validate Electronic Invoice, based on the SUNAT specification " +"to create and process valid electronic documents, for more technical detail " +"you can access the `SUNAT EDI specifications " +"`_, that keeps track of new changes and " +"updates. The features of this module are based on the resolutions published " +"on the `SUNAT Legislation " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:30 msgid "`App Tour - Localización de Peru `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`App Tour - Localización de Peru `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:31 msgid "" "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru `_" msgstr "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:37 msgid "Install the Peruvian localization modules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Install the Peruvian localization modules" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -35514,16 +37394,21 @@ msgid "" " This module has a dependency with *Peru - Accounting*. In case this last " "one is not installed, Odoo installs it automatically within EDI." msgstr "" +"Go to *Apps* and search for Peru, then click Install in the module Peru EDI." +" This module has a dependency with *Peru - Accounting*. In case this last " +"one is not installed, Odoo installs it automatically within EDI." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "The \"Module\" filter is set on \"Peru\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "The \"Module\" filter is set on \"Peru\"" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:48 msgid "" "When you install a database from scratch selecting Peru as country, Odoo " "automatically installs the base module: Peru - Accounting." msgstr "" +"When you install a database from scratch selecting Peru as country, Odoo " +"automatically installs the base module: Peru - Accounting." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -35533,10 +37418,15 @@ msgid "" "by the SUNAT when companies register their RUC (Unique Contributor " "Registration):" msgstr "" +"In addition to the basic information in the Company, we need to set Peru as " +"the Country, this is essential for the Electronic Invoice to work properly. " +"The field **Address Type Code** represents the establishment code assigned " +"by the SUNAT when companies register their RUC (Unique Contributor " +"Registration):" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Company data for Peru including RUC and Address type code" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Company data for Peru including RUC and Address type code" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -35544,14 +37434,17 @@ msgid "" "value: 0000. Be aware that if an incorrect value is entered, the Electronic " "invoice validation might have errors." msgstr "" +"In case the Address type code is unknown, you can set it as the default " +"value: 0000. Be aware that if an incorrect value is entered, the Electronic " +"invoice validation might have errors." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:69 msgid "The NIF should be set following the RUC format." -msgstr "" +msgstr "The NIF should be set following the RUC format." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:73 msgid "Chart of Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "賬目總表" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -35559,10 +37452,13 @@ msgid "" "included in the localization module, the accounts are mapped automatically " "in:" msgstr "" +"The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " +"included in the localization module, the accounts are mapped automatically " +"in:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:79 msgid "Default Account Payable." -msgstr "" +msgstr "預設應付賬戶。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -35570,6 +37466,9 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`PCGE (Plan Contable General Empresarial)`, which is grouped in " "several categories and is compatible with NIIF accounting." msgstr "" +"The chart of accounts for Peru is based on the most updated version of the " +":abbr:`PCGE (Plan Contable General Empresarial)`, which is grouped in " +"several categories and is compatible with NIIF accounting." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:89 msgid "Accounting Settings" @@ -35582,45 +37481,56 @@ msgid "" " this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Peruvian " "Localization`." msgstr "" +"Once the modules are installed and the basic information of your company is " +"set, you need to configure the elements required for Electronic Invoice. For" +" this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Peruvian " +"Localization`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:96 msgid "Basic Concepts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "基本概念" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:98 msgid "Here are some terms that are essential on the Peruvian localization:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Here are some terms that are essential on the Peruvian localization:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:100 msgid "" "**EDI**: Electronic Data Interchange, which in this refers to the Electronic" " Invoice." msgstr "" +"**EDI**: Electronic Data Interchange, which in this refers to the Electronic" +" Invoice." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:101 msgid "" "**SUNAT**: is the organization that enforces customs and taxation in Peru." msgstr "" +"**SUNAT**: is the organization that enforces customs and taxation in Peru." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:102 msgid "" "**OSE**: Electronic Service Operator, `OSE SUNAT's definition " "`_." msgstr "" +"**OSE**: Electronic Service Operator, `OSE SUNAT's definition " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:104 msgid "**CDR**: Receipt certificate (Constancia de Recepción)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**CDR**: Receipt certificate (Constancia de Recepción)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:105 msgid "" "**SOL Credentials**: Sunat Operaciones en Línea. User and password are " "provided by the SUNAT and grant access to Online Operations systems." msgstr "" +"**SOL Credentials**: Sunat Operaciones en Línea. User and password are " +"provided by the SUNAT and grant access to Online Operations systems." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:110 msgid "Signature Provider" -msgstr "" +msgstr "簽名提供者" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -35629,66 +37539,78 @@ msgid "" "signing process and manage the SUNAT validation response. Odoo offers three " "options:" msgstr "" +"As part of the requirements for Electronic Invoice in Peru, your company " +"needs to select a Signature Provider that will take care of the document " +"signing process and manage the SUNAT validation response. Odoo offers three " +"options:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:116 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:123 msgid "IAP (Odoo In-App Purchase)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IAP（Odoo 應用程式內購買）" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:117 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:181 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Digiflow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Digiflow" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:118 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:197 msgid "SUNAT" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SUNAT" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:120 msgid "" "Please refer to the sections below to check the details and considerations " "for each option." msgstr "" +"Please refer to the sections below to check the details and considerations " +"for each option." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:125 msgid "" "This is the default and the suggested option, considering the digital " "ceritificate is included as part of the service." msgstr "" +"This is the default and the suggested option, considering the digital " +"ceritificate is included as part of the service." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "IAP option as signature providers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IAP option as signature providers" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:133 msgid "What is the IAP?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "甚麼是 IAP？" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:135 msgid "" "This is a signature service offered directly by Odoo, the service takes care" " of the next process:" msgstr "" +"This is a signature service offered directly by Odoo, the service takes care" +" of the next process:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:137 msgid "" "Provides the Electronic invoice Certificate, so you do not need to acquire " "one by yourself." msgstr "" +"Provides the Electronic invoice Certificate, so you do not need to acquire " +"one by yourself." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:138 msgid "Send the document to the OSE, in this case, Digiflow." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Send the document to the OSE, in this case, Digiflow." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:139 msgid "Receive the OSE validation and CDR." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Receive the OSE validation and CDR." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:142 msgid "How does it work?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "它是如何運作的？" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -35696,10 +37618,13 @@ msgid "" "Odoo provides 1000 credits for free in new databases. After these credits " "are consumed, you need to buy a Credit Package." msgstr "" +"The service requires Credits in order to process your electronic documents. " +"Odoo provides 1000 credits for free in new databases. After these credits " +"are consumed, you need to buy a Credit Package." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:149 msgid "Credits" -msgstr "" +msgstr "點數" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:149 msgid "EUR" @@ -35711,31 +37636,31 @@ msgstr "22" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:153 msgid "5000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "5000" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:153 msgid "110" -msgstr "" +msgstr "110" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:155 msgid "10,000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "10,000" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:155 msgid "220" -msgstr "" +msgstr "220" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:157 msgid "20,000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "20,000" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:157 msgid "440" -msgstr "" +msgstr "440" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:160 msgid "The credits are consumed per each document that is sent to the OSE." -msgstr "" +msgstr "The credits are consumed per each document that is sent to the OSE." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:163 msgid "" @@ -35744,16 +37669,22 @@ msgid "" " you verify all information is correct before sending your document to the " "OSE." msgstr "" +"If you have a validation error and the document needs to be sent one more " +"time, one additional credit will be charged. Therefore, it is paramount that" +" you verify all information is correct before sending your document to the " +"OSE." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:168 msgid "What do you need to do?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你需要做些什麼？" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:170 msgid "" "In Odoo, once your enterprise contract is activated and you start working in" " Production, you need to buy credits once the first 1000 are consumed." msgstr "" +"In Odoo, once your enterprise contract is activated and you start working in" +" Production, you need to buy credits once the first 1000 are consumed." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -35762,6 +37693,10 @@ msgid "" "process. For more information, please check `OSE Affiliation guide " "`_." msgstr "" +"As Digiflow is the OSE used in the IAP, you need to affiliate it as the " +"official OSE for your company on the SUNAT website. This is a simple " +"process. For more information, please check `OSE Affiliation guide " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -35769,6 +37704,9 @@ msgid "" " " "`_." msgstr "" +"Register Digiflow as the authorized PSE, please check `PSE Affiliation guide" +" " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:183 msgid "" @@ -35776,6 +37714,9 @@ msgid "" " you can send your document validation directly to Digiflow. In this case " "you need to consider:" msgstr "" +"This option can be used as an alternative, instead of using the IAP services" +" you can send your document validation directly to Digiflow. In this case " +"you need to consider:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:186 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:203 @@ -35785,16 +37726,22 @@ msgid "" "Ceritifcates " "`_." msgstr "" +"Buy your own digital Certificate: For more detail regarding the official " +"vendor list, and the process to acquire it, please refer to `SUNAT Digital " +"Ceritifcates " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:189 msgid "" "Sign a service agreement directly with `Digiflow " "`_." msgstr "" +"Sign a service agreement directly with `Digiflow " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:190 msgid "Provide your SOL credentials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Provide your SOL credentials." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:199 msgid "" @@ -35802,26 +37749,33 @@ msgid "" "to select this option in your configuration. In this case you need to " "consider: - Get the SUNAT Certification process accepted." msgstr "" +"In case your company wants to sign directly with the SUNAT, it is possible " +"to select this option in your configuration. In this case you need to " +"consider: - Get the SUNAT Certification process accepted." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:207 msgid "Provide you SOL credentials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Provide you SOL credentials." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:210 msgid "" "When using direct connection with the SUNAT, the SOL User must be set with " "the Company RUT + User Id. Example: ``20121888549JOHNSMITH``" msgstr "" +"When using direct connection with the SUNAT, the SOL User must be set with " +"the Company RUT + User Id. Example: ``20121888549JOHNSMITH``" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:214 msgid "Testing environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "測試環境" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:216 msgid "" "Odoo provides a testing environment that can be activated before your " "company goes into production." msgstr "" +"Odoo provides a testing environment that can be activated before your " +"company goes into production." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:218 msgid "" @@ -35829,12 +37783,17 @@ msgid "" "buy testing credits for your transactions as all of them are validated by " "default." msgstr "" +"When using the testing environment and the IAP signature, you don’t need to " +"buy testing credits for your transactions as all of them are validated by " +"default." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:222 msgid "" "By default the databases are set to work on production, make sure to enable " "the testing mode if needed." msgstr "" +"By default the databases are set to work on production, make sure to enable " +"the testing mode if needed." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:228 msgid "" @@ -35842,10 +37801,13 @@ msgid "" "signature, a digital certificate with the extension ``.pfx`` is required. " "Proceed to this section and load your file and password." msgstr "" +"In case you don’t use Odoo IAP, in order to generate the electronic invoice " +"signature, a digital certificate with the extension ``.pfx`` is required. " +"Proceed to this section and load your file and password." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "EDI Certificate wizard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "EDI 證書精靈" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:239 msgid "" @@ -35853,34 +37815,41 @@ msgid "" " Odoo can connect directly to its services and get the currency rate either " "automatically or manually." msgstr "" +"The official currency exchange rate in Peru is provided by the Bank of Peru." +" Odoo can connect directly to its services and get the currency rate either " +"automatically or manually." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Bank of Peru is displayed in Multicurrency Service option" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bank of Peru is displayed in Multicurrency Service option" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:246 msgid "" "Please refer to the next section in our documentation for more information " "about :doc:`multicurrencies <../accounting/get_started/multi_currency>`." msgstr "" +"Please refer to the next section in our documentation for more information " +"about :doc:`multicurrencies <../accounting/get_started/multi_currency>`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:252 msgid "Configure Master data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置主數據" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:257 msgid "" "As part of the localization module the taxes are created automatically with " "their related financial account and electronic invoice configuration." msgstr "" +"As part of the localization module the taxes are created automatically with " +"their related financial account and electronic invoice configuration." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "List of default taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "預設稅項清單" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:265 msgid "EDI Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "EDI 配置" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:267 msgid "" @@ -35888,30 +37857,37 @@ msgid "" "electronic invoice, the taxes created by default have this data included, " "but in case you create new taxes make sure you fill in the fields:" msgstr "" +"As part of the taxes configuration, there are three new fields required for " +"electronic invoice, the taxes created by default have this data included, " +"but in case you create new taxes make sure you fill in the fields:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Taxes EDI data for Peru" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Taxes EDI data for Peru" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:277 msgid "Fiscal Positions" -msgstr "財政狀況" +msgstr "財務規則" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:279 msgid "" "There are two main fiscal positions included by default when you install the" " Peruvian localization." msgstr "" +"There are two main fiscal positions included by default when you install the" +" Peruvian localization." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:281 msgid "" "**Extranjero - Exportación**: Set this fiscal position on customers for " "Exportation transactions." msgstr "" +"**Extranjero - Exportación**: Set this fiscal position on customers for " +"Exportation transactions." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:283 msgid "**Local Peru**: Set this fiscal position on local customers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Local Peru**: Set this fiscal position on local customers." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:288 msgid "" @@ -35920,6 +37896,10 @@ msgid "" "types, defined by the government fiscal authorities, in this case by the " "SUNAT." msgstr "" +"In some Latin American countries, including Peru, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " +"types, defined by the government fiscal authorities, in this case by the " +"SUNAT." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:292 msgid "" @@ -35928,28 +37908,38 @@ msgid "" "country on which the document is applicable;the data is created " "automatically when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type includes the " +"country on which the document is applicable;the data is created " +"automatically when the localization module is installed." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:296 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user does not need to fill anything on this view:" msgstr "" +"The information required for the document types is included by default so " +"the user does not need to fill anything on this view:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Document Type list" -msgstr "" +msgstr "文件類型清單" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:304 msgid "" "Currently the documents supported on customer invoices are: Invoice, Boleta," " Debit Note and Credit Note." msgstr "" +"Currently the documents supported on customer invoices are: Invoice, Boleta," +" Debit Note and Credit Note." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:310 msgid "" "When creating Sales Journals, the following information must be filled, in " "addition to the standard fields on the Journals:" msgstr "" +"When creating Sales Journals, the following information must be filled, in " +"addition to the standard fields on the Journals:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:314 msgid "Use Documents" @@ -35962,6 +37952,10 @@ msgid "" "related to the different set of document types available in Peru. By " "default, all the sales journals created use documents." msgstr "" +"This field is used to define if the journal uses Document Types. It is only " +"applicable to Purchase and Sales journals, which are the ones that can be " +"related to the different set of document types available in Peru. By " +"default, all the sales journals created use documents." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 msgid "Electronic Data Interchange" @@ -35972,20 +37966,24 @@ msgid "" "This section indicates which EDI workflow is used in the invoice, for Peru " "we must select “Peru UBL 2.1”." msgstr "" +"This section indicates which EDI workflow is used in the invoice, for Peru " +"we must select “Peru UBL 2.1”." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Journal EDI field" -msgstr "" +msgstr "日記賬 EDI 欄位" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:331 msgid "" "By default, the value Factur-X (FR) is always displayed, make sure you can " "uncheck it manually." msgstr "" +"By default, the value Factur-X (FR) is always displayed, make sure you can " +"uncheck it manually." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:337 msgid "Identification Type and VAT" -msgstr "" +msgstr "識別類型及增值稅" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:339 msgid "" @@ -35994,10 +37992,14 @@ msgid "" "essential for most transactions either on the sender company and in the " "customer, make sure you fill in this information in your records." msgstr "" +"As part of the Peruvian localization, the identification types defined by " +"the SUNAT are now available on the Partner form, this information is " +"essential for most transactions either on the sender company and in the " +"customer, make sure you fill in this information in your records." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Partner identification type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "合作夥伴識別類型" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:349 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:109 @@ -36010,10 +38012,13 @@ msgid "" "localization, the UNSPC Code on the product is a required value to be " "configured." msgstr "" +"Additional to the basic information in your products, for the Peruvian " +"localization, the UNSPC Code on the product is a required value to be " +"configured." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "UNSPC Code on products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "UNSPC Code on products" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:363 msgid "Customer invoice" @@ -36021,7 +38026,7 @@ msgstr "客戶發票" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:366 msgid "EDI Elements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "EDI 元素" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:368 msgid "" @@ -36031,16 +38036,23 @@ msgid "" "<../accounting/customer_invoices/overview>`, there are a couple of fields " "required as part of the Peru EDI:" msgstr "" +"Once you have configured your master data, the invoices can be created from " +"your sales order or manually. Additional to the basic invoice information " +"described on :doc:`our page about the invoicing process " +"<../accounting/customer_invoices/overview>`, there are a couple of fields " +"required as part of the Peru EDI:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:373 msgid "" "**Document type**: The default value is “Factura Electronica” but you can " "manually change the document type if needed and select Boleta for example." msgstr "" +"**Document type**: The default value is “Factura Electronica” but you can " +"manually change the document type if needed and select Boleta for example." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:0 msgid "Invoice document type field on invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "發票上的發票文件類型欄位" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:380 msgid "" @@ -36049,10 +38061,14 @@ msgid "" "another value can be selected manually when needed, for example Export of " "Goods." msgstr "" +"**Operation type**: This value is required for Electronic Invoice and " +"indicates the transaction type, the default value is “Internal Sale” but " +"another value can be selected manually when needed, for example Export of " +"Goods." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:0 msgid "Invoice operation type field on invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "發票上的發票操作類型欄位" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:388 msgid "" @@ -36062,10 +38078,15 @@ msgid "" "are associated with a default EDI affection reason, if needed you can " "manually select another one when creating the invoice." msgstr "" +"**EDI Affectation Reason**: In the invoice lines, additional to the Tax " +"there is a field “EDI Affectation Reason” that determines the tax scope " +"based on the SUNAT list that is displayed. All the taxes loaded by default " +"are associated with a default EDI affection reason, if needed you can " +"manually select another one when creating the invoice." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:0 msgid "Tax affectation reason in invoice line" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tax affectation reason in invoice line" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:400 msgid "" @@ -36074,21 +38095,27 @@ msgid "" "the Electronic invoice workflow to send it to the OSE and the SUNAT. The " "following message is displayed at the top of the invoice:" msgstr "" +"Once you check all the information in your invoice is correct, you can " +"proceed to validate it. This action registers the account move and triggers " +"the Electronic invoice workflow to send it to the OSE and the SUNAT. The " +"following message is displayed at the top of the invoice:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Sending of EDI Invoice in blue" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sending of EDI Invoice in blue" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:408 msgid "" "Asynchronous means that the document is not sent automatically after the " "invoice has been posted." msgstr "" +"Asynchronous means that the document is not sent automatically after the " +"invoice has been posted." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:411 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:505 msgid "Electronic Invoice Status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "電子發票狀態" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:413 msgid "" @@ -36096,10 +38123,13 @@ msgid "" "can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that runs every hour," " or the user can send it immediately by clicking on the button “Sent now”." msgstr "" +"**To be Sent**: Indicates the document is ready to be sent to the OSE, this " +"can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that runs every hour," +" or the user can send it immediately by clicking on the button “Sent now”." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Send EDI manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "手動傳送 EDI" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:421 msgid "" @@ -36107,10 +38137,13 @@ msgid "" "validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is downloaded and a message " "is logged in the chatter indicating the correct Government validation." msgstr "" +"**Sent**: Indicates the document was sent to the OSE and was successfully " +"validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is downloaded and a message " +"is logged in the chatter indicating the correct Government validation." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Message on chatter when the invoice is valid" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Message on chatter when the invoice is valid" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:429 msgid "" @@ -36118,6 +38151,9 @@ msgid "" " “To be sent” so the corrections can be made and the invoice can be sent " "again." msgstr "" +"In case there is a validation error the Electronic Invoice status remains in" +" “To be sent” so the corrections can be made and the invoice can be sent " +"again." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:433 msgid "" @@ -36125,10 +38161,13 @@ msgid "" " this sense if an error is detected on an invoice and you send it one more " "time, two credits are consumed in total." msgstr "" +"One credit is consumed each time that you send a document for validation, in" +" this sense if an error is detected on an invoice and you send it one more " +"time, two credits are consumed in total." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:438 msgid "Common Errors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "常見錯誤" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:440 msgid "" @@ -36136,10 +38175,13 @@ msgid "" "when this happens Odoo sends a message at the top of the invoice indicating " "the error details and in the most common cases a hint to fix the issue." msgstr "" +"There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the OSE or the SUNAT, " +"when this happens Odoo sends a message at the top of the invoice indicating " +"the error details and in the most common cases a hint to fix the issue." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:444 msgid "If a validation error is received, you have two options:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "If a validation error is received, you have two options:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:446 msgid "" @@ -36147,6 +38189,9 @@ msgid "" "taxes, you can simply apply the change on the record (example customer " "identification type) and once it is done click on the Retry button." msgstr "" +"In case the error is related to master data on the partner, customer or " +"taxes, you can simply apply the change on the record (example customer " +"identification type) and once it is done click on the Retry button." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:449 msgid "" @@ -36155,20 +38200,26 @@ msgid "" " to reset the invoice to Draft, apply the changes, and then send the invoice" " again to the SUNAT for another validation." msgstr "" +"If the error is related to some data recorded on the invoice directly " +"(Operation type, missing data on the invoice lines), the correct solution is" +" to reset the invoice to Draft, apply the changes, and then send the invoice" +" again to the SUNAT for another validation." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:0 msgid "List of common errors on invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "發票上常見錯誤列表" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:458 msgid "" "For more detail please refert to `Common errors in SUNAT " "`_." msgstr "" +"For more detail please refert to `Common errors in SUNAT " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:462 msgid "Invoice PDF Report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "發票 PDF 報告" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:464 msgid "" @@ -36176,6 +38227,9 @@ msgid "" "report can be printed. The report includes a QR code, indicating the invoice" " is a valid fiscal document." msgstr "" +"After the invoice is accepted and validated by the SUNAT, the invoice PDF " +"report can be printed. The report includes a QR code, indicating the invoice" +" is a valid fiscal document." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:472 msgid "IAP Credits" @@ -36187,6 +38241,9 @@ msgid "" "consumed in your production database, your company must buy new credits in " "order to process your transactions." msgstr "" +"Odoo’s Electronic IAP offers 1000 credits for free, after these credits are " +"consumed in your production database, your company must buy new credits in " +"order to process your transactions." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:477 msgid "" @@ -36194,25 +38251,30 @@ msgid "" "invoice indicating that additional credits are required, you can easily buy " "them by accessing the link provided in the message." msgstr "" +"Once you run out of credits a red label is displayed at the top of the " +"invoice indicating that additional credits are required, you can easily buy " +"them by accessing the link provided in the message." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Buying credits in the IAP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Buying credits in the IAP" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:485 msgid "" "In the IAP service includes packages with different pricing based on the " "number of credits. The price list in the IAP is always displayed in EUR." msgstr "" +"In the IAP service includes packages with different pricing based on the " +"number of credits. The price list in the IAP is always displayed in EUR." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:489 msgid "Special Use cases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "特殊使用情況" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:492 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:528 msgid "Cancellation process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "取消流程" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:494 msgid "" @@ -36221,14 +38283,18 @@ msgid "" "the SUNAT, the correct way to proceed is by clicking on the button Request " "Cancellation:" msgstr "" +"Some scenarios require an invoice cancellation, for example, when an invoice" +" was created by mistake. If the invoice was already sent and validated by " +"the SUNAT, the correct way to proceed is by clicking on the button Request " +"Cancellation:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Request invoice cancellation button" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要求取消發票按鈕" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:502 msgid "In order to cancel an invoice, please provide a cancellation Reason." -msgstr "" +msgstr "In order to cancel an invoice, please provide a cancellation Reason." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:507 msgid "" @@ -36238,10 +38304,15 @@ msgid "" "button “Send now”. Once it is sent, a cancellation ticket is created, as a " "result the next message and CDR File are logged in the chatter:" msgstr "" +"**To Cancel**: Indicates the cancellation request is ready to be sent to " +"the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that " +"runs every hour, or the user can send it immediately by clicking on the " +"button “Send now”. Once it is sent, a cancellation ticket is created, as a " +"result the next message and CDR File are logged in the chatter:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Cancellation CDR sent by the SUNAT" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cancellation CDR sent by the SUNAT" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:516 msgid "" @@ -36250,90 +38321,102 @@ msgid "" "downloaded and a message is logged in the chatter indicating the correct " "Government validation." msgstr "" +"**Cancelled**: Indicates the cancellation request was sent to the OSE and " +"was successfully validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is " +"downloaded and a message is logged in the chatter indicating the correct " +"Government validation." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "nvoice after cancellation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "取消後發票" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:525 msgid "One credit is consumed on each cancellation request." -msgstr "" +msgstr "One credit is consumed on each cancellation request." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:530 msgid "" "When creating exportation invoices, take into account the next " "considerations:" msgstr "" +"When creating exportation invoices, take into account the next " +"considerations:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:532 msgid "The Identification type on your customer must be Foreign ID." -msgstr "" +msgstr "The Identification type on your customer must be Foreign ID." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:533 msgid "Operation type in your invoice must be an Exportation one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Operation type in your invoice must be an Exportation one." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:534 msgid "The taxes included in the invoice lines should be EXP taxes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "The taxes included in the invoice lines should be EXP taxes." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Exportation invoices main data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "出口發票主數據" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:541 msgid "Advance Payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "提早付款" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:543 msgid "Create the advance payment Invoice and apply its related payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Create the advance payment Invoice and apply its related payment." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:544 msgid "Create the final invoice without considering the advance payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Create the final invoice without considering the advance payment." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:545 msgid "" "Create a credit note for the Final invoice with the advance payment amount." msgstr "" +"Create a credit note for the Final invoice with the advance payment amount." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:546 msgid "Reconcile the Credit note with the final invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reconcile the Credit note with the final invoice." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:547 msgid "" "The remaining balance on the final invoice should be paid with a regular " "payment transaction." msgstr "" +"The remaining balance on the final invoice should be paid with a regular " +"payment transaction." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:550 msgid "Detraction Invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "減值發票" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:552 msgid "" "When creating invoices that is subject to Detractions, take into account the" " next considerations:" msgstr "" +"When creating invoices that is subject to Detractions, take into account the" +" next considerations:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:554 msgid "" "All the products included in the invoice must have these fields configured:" msgstr "" +"All the products included in the invoice must have these fields configured:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:0 msgid "Detraction fields on products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "產品減值欄位" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:560 msgid "Operation type in your invoice must be ``1001``" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Operation type in your invoice must be ``1001``" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:0 msgid "Detraction code on invoices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "發票上的減值代碼。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:567 msgid "Credit Notes" @@ -36346,35 +38429,44 @@ msgid "" " a part of the Peruvian localization you need to prove a Credit Reason " "selecting one of the options in the list." msgstr "" +"When a correction or refund is needed over a validated invoice, a credit " +"note must be generated, for this just click on the button “Add Credit Note”," +" a part of the Peruvian localization you need to prove a Credit Reason " +"selecting one of the options in the list." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Add Credit Note from invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "從發票新增貸記單" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:578 msgid "" "When creating your first credit Note, select the Credit Method: Partial " "Refund, this allows you to define the credit note sequence." msgstr "" +"When creating your first credit Note, select the Credit Method: Partial " +"Refund, this allows you to define the credit note sequence." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:581 msgid "By default the Credit Note is set in the document type:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "By default the Credit Note is set in the document type:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Credit Note document type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "貸記單文件類型" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:587 msgid "" "To finish the workflow please follow the instructions on :doc:`our page " "about Credit Notes <../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>`." msgstr "" +"To finish the workflow please follow the instructions on :doc:`our page " +"about Credit Notes <../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:591 msgid "" "The EDI workflow for the Credit notes works in the same way as the invoices." msgstr "" +"The EDI workflow for the Credit notes works in the same way as the invoices." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:596 msgid "" @@ -36382,14 +38474,17 @@ msgid "" "existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " "button “Add Debit Note”." msgstr "" +"As part of the Peruvian localization, besides creating credit notes from an " +"existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " +"button “Add Debit Note”." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:599 msgid "By default the Debit Note is set in the document type." -msgstr "" +msgstr "By default the Debit Note is set in the document type." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:604 msgid "Electronic delivery guide 2.0" -msgstr "" +msgstr "電子送貨指示 2.0" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:606 msgid "" @@ -36399,6 +38494,11 @@ msgid "" "several configuration steps needed before you can successfully use this " "feature." msgstr "" +"The *Guía de Remisión Electrónica* (GRE) is an electronic document generated" +" by the shipper to support the transportation or transfer of goods from one " +"place to another, such as a warehouse or establishment. In Odoo, there are " +"several configuration steps needed before you can successfully use this " +"feature." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:611 msgid "" @@ -36407,10 +38507,14 @@ msgid "" "products, except those under the *Single Simplified Regime* (régimen único " "simplificado or RUS)." msgstr "" +"The use of the *guía de remisión electrónica* electronic document is " +"mandatory and required by |SUNAT| for taxpayers who need to transfer their " +"products, except those under the *Single Simplified Regime* (régimen único " +"simplificado or RUS)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:616 msgid "Delivery guide types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "送貨指示類型" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:619 msgid "Sender" @@ -36422,6 +38526,9 @@ msgid "" " rendered (including processing), goods are assigned for use, or goods are " "transferred between premises of the same company and others." msgstr "" +"The *Sender* delivery guide type is issued when a sale is made, a service is" +" rendered (including processing), goods are assigned for use, or goods are " +"transferred between premises of the same company and others." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:625 msgid "" @@ -36429,10 +38536,13 @@ msgid "" "at the beginning of the shipment. The sender delivery guide is supported in " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"This delivery guide is issued by the owner of the goods (i.e., the sender) " +"at the beginning of the shipment. The sender delivery guide is supported in " +"Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:629 msgid "`SUNAT guía de remisión `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`SUNAT guía de remisión `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:632 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:753 @@ -36444,26 +38554,32 @@ msgid "" "The *Carrier* delivery guide type justifies the transportation service the " "driver (or carrier) performs." msgstr "" +"The *Carrier* delivery guide type justifies the transportation service the " +"driver (or carrier) performs." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:637 msgid "" "This delivery guide is issued by the carrier and must be issued to each " "shipper when the shipment goes through public transport." msgstr "" +"This delivery guide is issued by the carrier and must be issued to each " +"shipper when the shipment goes through public transport." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:641 msgid "The carrier delivery guide is **not** supported in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "The carrier delivery guide is **not** supported in Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:644 msgid "" "`SUNAT guía de remisión transportista `_" msgstr "" +"`SUNAT guía de remisión transportista `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:648 msgid "Transportation types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "運輸類型" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:651 msgid "Private" @@ -36475,6 +38591,9 @@ msgid "" "goods using their own vehicles. In this case, a sender's delivery guide must" " be issued." msgstr "" +"The *Private* transportation type option is used when the owner transfers " +"goods using their own vehicles. In this case, a sender's delivery guide must" +" be issued." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:657 msgid "Public" @@ -36486,10 +38605,13 @@ msgid "" "moves the goods. In this case, two delivery guides must be issued: the " "sender's delivery guide and the carrier's delivery guide." msgstr "" +"The *Public* transportation type option is used when an external carrier " +"moves the goods. In this case, two delivery guides must be issued: the " +"sender's delivery guide and the carrier's delivery guide." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:664 msgid "Direct submission to SUNAT" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Direct submission to SUNAT" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:666 msgid "" @@ -36497,10 +38619,13 @@ msgid "" "to the |SUNAT|, regardless of the electronic document provider: IAP, " "Digiflow, or |SUNAT|." msgstr "" +"The creation of the |GRE| delivery guide in Odoo **must** be sent directly " +"to the |SUNAT|, regardless of the electronic document provider: IAP, " +"Digiflow, or |SUNAT|." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:670 msgid "Required information" -msgstr "" +msgstr "必須提供的資訊" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:672 msgid "" @@ -36509,32 +38634,42 @@ msgid "" "general configuration, it is necessary to add new credentials that you can " "retrieve from the |SUNAT| portal." msgstr "" +"Version 2.0 of the electronic delivery guide requires additional information" +" on the general configuration, vehicles, contacts, and products. In the " +"general configuration, it is necessary to add new credentials that you can " +"retrieve from the |SUNAT| portal." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:677 msgid "Cancellations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "取消" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:679 msgid "" "**Both** the sender and the carrier can cancel the electronic waybill as " "long as the following conditions are met:" msgstr "" +"**Both** the sender and the carrier can cancel the electronic waybill as " +"long as the following conditions are met:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:682 msgid "The shipment has not been initiated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "The shipment has not been initiated." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:683 msgid "" "If the shipment has been initiated, the receiver **must** be changed before " "reaching the final destination." msgstr "" +"If the shipment has been initiated, the receiver **must** be changed before " +"reaching the final destination." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:687 msgid "" "The |SUNAT| no longer uses the term \"Anula\", but now uses the term \"Dar " "de baja\" for cancellations." msgstr "" +"The |SUNAT| no longer uses the term \"Anula\", but now uses the term \"Dar " +"de baja\" for cancellations." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:691 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:107 @@ -36547,29 +38682,39 @@ msgid "" "delivery guides that were generated by mistake **will** be sent to the " "|SUNAT|." msgstr "" +"The |SUNAT| does not support a test environment. This means that any " +"delivery guides that were generated by mistake **will** be sent to the " +"|SUNAT|." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:696 msgid "" "If, by mistake, the waybill was created in this environment, it is necessary" " to delete it from the |SUNAT| portal." msgstr "" +"If, by mistake, the waybill was created in this environment, it is necessary" +" to delete it from the |SUNAT| portal." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:703 msgid "" "Electronic sender's |GRE| is currently the only supported type of waybill in" " Odoo." msgstr "" +"Electronic sender's |GRE| is currently the only supported type of waybill in" +" Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:704 msgid "" "The delivery guide is dependent on the Odoo *Inventory* app, the " ":guilabel:`l10n_pe_edi` and :guilabel:`l10n_pe` modules." msgstr "" +"The delivery guide is dependent on the Odoo *Inventory* app, the " +":guilabel:`l10n_pe_edi` and :guilabel:`l10n_pe` modules." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:706 msgid "" "A second user **must** be added for the creation of electronic documents." msgstr "" +"A second user **must** be added for the creation of electronic documents." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:708 msgid "" @@ -36578,6 +38723,10 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`install ` the :guilabel:`Peruvian - Electronic " "Delivery Note 2.0` module (`l10n_pe_edi_stock_20`)." msgstr "" +"After following the steps to configure the :ref:`electronic invoicing " +"` and the :ref:`master data `, " +":ref:`install ` the :guilabel:`Peruvian - Electronic " +"Delivery Note 2.0` module (`l10n_pe_edi_stock_20`)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:712 msgid "" @@ -36586,12 +38735,18 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" +"Next, you need to retrieve the *client ID* and *client secret* from |SUNAT|." +" To do so, follow the `manual de servicios web plataforma nueva GRE " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:717 msgid "" "In the |SUNAT| portal, it is important to have the correct access rights " "enabled, as they may differ from the user set for electronic invoicing." msgstr "" +"In the |SUNAT| portal, it is important to have the correct access rights " +"enabled, as they may differ from the user set for electronic invoicing." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:720 msgid "" @@ -36599,10 +38754,13 @@ msgid "" "settings from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> " "Peruvian Electronic Invoicing`." msgstr "" +"These credentials should be used to configure the delivery guide general " +"settings from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Peruvian Electronic Invoicing`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Example for the SUNAT Delivery Guide API section configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Example for the SUNAT Delivery Guide API section configuration." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:727 msgid "" @@ -36611,6 +38769,10 @@ msgid "" " the user selected when generating the |GRE| API credentials in the |SUNAT| " "portal." msgstr "" +"It is required to follow the format `RUC + UsuarioSol` (e.g., " +"`20557912879SOLUSER`) for the :guilabel:`Guide SOL User` field, depending on" +" the user selected when generating the |GRE| API credentials in the |SUNAT| " +"portal." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:732 msgid "Operator" @@ -36621,12 +38783,16 @@ msgid "" "The *operator* is the vehicle's driver in cases where the delivery guide is " "through *private* transport." msgstr "" +"The *operator* is the vehicle's driver in cases where the delivery guide is " +"through *private* transport." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:737 msgid "" "To create a new operator, navigate to :menuselection:`Contacts --> Create` " "and fill out the contact information." msgstr "" +"To create a new operator, navigate to :menuselection:`Contacts --> Create` " +"and fill out the contact information." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:740 msgid "" @@ -36634,40 +38800,47 @@ msgid "" "add the :guilabel:`Operator License` in the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab of " "the contact form." msgstr "" +"First, select :guilabel:`Individual` as the :guilabel:`Company Type`. Then, " +"add the :guilabel:`Operator License` in the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab of " +"the contact form." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:743 msgid "For the customer address, make sure the following fields are complete:" msgstr "" +"For the customer address, make sure the following fields are complete:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:745 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:766 msgid ":guilabel:`District`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`地區`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:746 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:767 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID` (:guilabel:`DNI`/:guilabel:`RUC`)" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`稅務識別碼`（:guilabel:`DNI`/:guilabel:`RUC`）" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:747 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:768 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID Number`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`稅務識別號碼`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Individual type operator configurations in the Contact form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Individual type operator configurations in the Contact form." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:755 msgid "" "The *carrier* is used when the delivery guide is through *public* transport." msgstr "" +"The *carrier* is used when the delivery guide is through *public* transport." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:757 msgid "" "To create a new carrier, navigate to :menuselection:`Contacts --> Create` " "and fill out the contact information." msgstr "" +"To create a new carrier, navigate to :menuselection:`Contacts --> Create` " +"and fill out the contact information." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:760 msgid "" @@ -36675,14 +38848,17 @@ msgid "" " the :guilabel:`MTC Registration Number`, :guilabel:`Authorization Issuing " "Entity`, and the :guilabel:`Authorization Number`." msgstr "" +"First, select :guilabel:`Company` as the :guilabel:`Company Type`. Then, add" +" the :guilabel:`MTC Registration Number`, :guilabel:`Authorization Issuing " +"Entity`, and the :guilabel:`Authorization Number`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:764 msgid "For the company address, make sure the following fields are complete:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "For the company address, make sure the following fields are complete:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Company type operator configurations in the Contact form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Company type operator configurations in the Contact form." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:774 msgid "Vehicles" @@ -36694,50 +38870,57 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuration --> Vehicles` and fill in the vehicle form with the " "information needed for the vehicle:" msgstr "" +"To configure the available vehicles, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Vehicles` and fill in the vehicle form with the " +"information needed for the vehicle:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:779 msgid ":guilabel:`Vehicle Name`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`車輛名稱`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:780 msgid ":guilabel:`License Plate`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`車牌號碼`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:781 msgid ":guilabel:`Is M1 or L?`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Is M1 or L?`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:782 msgid ":guilabel:`Special Authorization Issuing Entity`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Special Authorization Issuing Entity`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:783 msgid ":guilabel:`Authorization Number`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`授權號碼`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:784 msgid ":guilabel:`Default Operator`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`預設操作員`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:785 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`公司`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:788 msgid "" "It is important to check the :guilabel:`Is M1 or L?` checkbox if the vehicle" " has fewer than four wheels or fewer than eight seats." msgstr "" +"It is important to check the :guilabel:`Is M1 or L?` checkbox if the vehicle" +" has fewer than four wheels or fewer than eight seats." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Vehicle not selected as an M1 or L type with extra fields shown." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vehicle not selected as an M1 or L type with extra fields shown." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:797 msgid "" "To configure the available products, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Products` and open the product to be configured." msgstr "" +"To configure the available products, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Products` and open the product to be configured." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:800 msgid "" @@ -36745,10 +38928,13 @@ msgid "" "configured. The :guilabel:`Partida Arancelaria` (Tariff Item) field needs to" " be completed." msgstr "" +"Make sure that the applicable information in the product form is fully " +"configured. The :guilabel:`Partida Arancelaria` (Tariff Item) field needs to" +" be completed." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:804 msgid "Generating a GRE" -msgstr "" +msgstr "產生 GRE" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:806 msgid "" @@ -36756,34 +38942,41 @@ msgid "" "sure you complete the |GRE| fields on the top-right section of the transfer " "form for the fields:" msgstr "" +"Once the delivery from inventory is created during the sales workflow, make " +"sure you complete the |GRE| fields on the top-right section of the transfer " +"form for the fields:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:809 msgid ":guilabel:`Transport Type`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`運輸類型`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:810 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason for Transfer`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`轉移原因`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:811 msgid ":guilabel:`Departure start date`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`出發開始日期`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:813 msgid "" "It is also required to complete the :guilabel:`Vehicle` and " ":guilabel:`Operator` fields under the :guilabel:`Guia de Remision PE` tab." msgstr "" +"It is also required to complete the :guilabel:`Vehicle` and " +":guilabel:`Operator` fields under the :guilabel:`Guia de Remision PE` tab." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:816 msgid "" "The delivery transfer has to be marked as *Done* for the :guilabel:`Generar " "Guia de Remision` button to appear on the left menu of the transfer form." msgstr "" +"The delivery transfer has to be marked as *Done* for the :guilabel:`Generar " +"Guia de Remision` button to appear on the left menu of the transfer form." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Generar Guia de Remision button on a transfer form in the Done stage." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Generar Guia de Remision button on a transfer form in the Done stage." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:822 msgid "" @@ -36791,14 +38984,17 @@ msgid "" "file becomes available in the chatter. You can now print the delivery slip " "that shows the transfer details and the QR code validated by |SUNAT|." msgstr "" +"Once the transfer form is correctly validated by |SUNAT|, the generated XML " +"file becomes available in the chatter. You can now print the delivery slip " +"that shows the transfer details and the QR code validated by |SUNAT|." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Transfer details and QR code on generated delivery slip." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Transfer details and QR code on generated delivery slip." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:832 msgid "`Diferente prefijo para productos (T001 en algunos, T002 en otros)`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Diferente prefijo para productos (T001 en algunos, T002 en otros)`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:834 msgid "" @@ -36807,12 +39003,18 @@ msgid "" "be done for non-storable products. However, keep in mind that there will be " "no traceability." msgstr "" +"At the moment, Odoo does not support the automation of prefixes for " +"products. This can be done manually for each product output. This can also " +"be done for non-storable products. However, keep in mind that there will be " +"no traceability." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:837 msgid "" "`2325 - GrossWeightMeasure - El dato no cumple con el formato establecido " "\"Hace falta el campo\" \"Peso\"\" en el producto`" msgstr "" +"`2325 - GrossWeightMeasure - El dato no cumple con el formato establecido " +"\"Hace falta el campo\" \"Peso\"\" en el producto`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:840 msgid "" @@ -36821,12 +39023,18 @@ msgid "" " the weight on the product before creating the new waybill, or it will " "result in the same error." msgstr "" +"This error occurs when the weight on the product is set as `0.00`. To fix " +"this, you need to cancel the waybill and recreate it. Make sure that you fix" +" the weight on the product before creating the new waybill, or it will " +"result in the same error." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:843 msgid "" "`JSONDecodeError: Expecting value: line 1 column 1 (char 0) when creating a " "Delivery Guide`" msgstr "" +"`JSONDecodeError: Expecting value: line 1 column 1 (char 0) when creating a " +"Delivery Guide`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:845 msgid "" @@ -36834,33 +39042,43 @@ msgid "" "connection with the |SUNAT|; the SOL user must be established with the " "company RUT + user ID. For example `2012188549JOHNSMITH`." msgstr "" +"This error is typically generated due to SOL user issues. Verify the user's " +"connection with the |SUNAT|; the SOL user must be established with the " +"company RUT + user ID. For example `2012188549JOHNSMITH`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:848 msgid "" "`El número de documento relacionado al traslado de mercancía no cumple con " "el formato establecido: error: documento relacionado`" msgstr "" +"`El número de documento relacionado al traslado de mercancía no cumple con " +"el formato establecido: error: documento relacionado`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:851 msgid "" "The *Related Document Type* and *Related Document Number* fields only apply " "to invoices and receipts." msgstr "" +"The *Related Document Type* and *Related Document Number* fields only apply " +"to invoices and receipts." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:853 msgid "`400 Client error: Bad Request for URL`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`400 Client error: Bad Request for URL`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:855 msgid "" "This error is not solvable from Odoo; it is advised you reach out to the " "|SUNAT| and verify the user. It may be necessary to create a new user." msgstr "" +"This error is not solvable from Odoo; it is advised you reach out to the " +"|SUNAT| and verify the user. It may be necessary to create a new user." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:858 msgid "" "`Invalid content was found starting with element 'cac:BuyerCustomerParty'`" msgstr "" +"`Invalid content was found starting with element 'cac:BuyerCustomerParty'`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:860 msgid "" @@ -36870,10 +39088,15 @@ msgid "" " or *12 (others)* does not work in Odoo, since you should not have an empty " "or blank customer." msgstr "" +"This error occurs when the transfer reason is set as *other*. Please select " +"another option. Following to the official documentation of the |SUNAT|'s " +"waybill guide, the transfer reasons *03 (sale with shipment to third party)*" +" or *12 (others)* does not work in Odoo, since you should not have an empty " +"or blank customer." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:864 msgid "`Duda cliente: consumo de créditos IAP al usar GRE 2.0`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Duda cliente: consumo de créditos IAP al usar GRE 2.0`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:866 msgid "" @@ -36881,10 +39104,13 @@ msgid "" "does not go through the OSE, i.e., these documents are directly sent to the " "|SUNAT|." msgstr "" +"For live clients using IAP, no credit is consumed (in theory) because it " +"does not go through the OSE, i.e., these documents are directly sent to the " +"|SUNAT|." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:868 msgid "`Errores con formato credenciales GRE 2.0 (traceback error)`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Errores con formato credenciales GRE 2.0 (traceback error)`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:870 msgid "" @@ -36892,6 +39118,9 @@ msgid "" "the credentials are not correctly configured in the database. If this occurs" " on your database, please verify your credentials." msgstr "" +"Odoo currently throws an error with a traceback instead of a message that " +"the credentials are not correctly configured in the database. If this occurs" +" on your database, please verify your credentials." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:3 msgid "Philippines" @@ -37702,6 +39931,17 @@ msgid "" "online and mobile banking." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Customer Payments` section, activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` " +"feature." +msgstr "" +"前往 :menuselection:`會計 --> 配置 --> 設定`。在 :guilabel:`客戶付款` 部份，啟動 " +":guilabel:`二維碼` 功能。" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 msgid "PayNow bank account configuration" @@ -37720,10 +39960,47 @@ msgid "" "The account holder's country must be set to Singapore on its contact form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You could also include the invoice number in the QR code by checking the " +":guilabel:`Include Reference` checkbox." +msgstr "你亦可勾選 :guilabel:`附帶參考` 方格，以將發票號碼納入二維碼中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the " +"bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." +msgstr "" +"前往 :menuselection:`會計 --> 配置 --> 日記賬`，開啟銀行日記賬，然後在 :guilabel:`日記賬記項` 分頁中，填寫 " +":guilabel:`賬戶號碼` 及 :guilabel:`銀行` 資料。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 +msgid "Bank Account's journal configuration" +msgstr "銀行賬戶的日記賬配置" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:45 msgid "Issue invoices with PayNow QR codes" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" +" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to *EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code*." +msgstr "" +"建立新發票時，開啟 :guilabel:`其他資訊` 分頁，將 :guilabel:`付款二維碼` 選項設定為「*EMV 商家提供二維碼*」。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst-1 +msgid "Select EMV Merchant-Presented QR-code option" +msgstr "選擇 EMV 商家提供二維碼選項" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/singapore.rst:53 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " @@ -38613,13 +40890,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Issue invoices with PromptPay QR code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:158 -msgid "" -"When creating a new invoice, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and set the" -" :guilabel:`Payment QR-code` option to :guilabel:`EMV Merchant-Presented QR-" -"code`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:164 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as " @@ -42299,9 +44569,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:33 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` section, enter your Odoo database URL (e.g., " -"`https://example.odoo.com`) in the field :guilabel:`Invoices paid` and click" -" the :guilabel:`Test and save` button next to it." +"In the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` section, enter your Odoo database's URL, " +"followed by `/payment/xendit/webhook` (e.g., " +"`https://example.odoo.com/payment/xendit/webhook`) in the field " +":guilabel:`Invoices paid` and click the :guilabel:`Test and save` button " +"next to it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:40 diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 2825e2c78..54a219a39 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" @@ -1698,146 +1698,111 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:5 -msgid "Developer Mode (debug mode)" +msgid "Developer mode (debug mode)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:7 msgid "" -"The developer mode (or debug mode) unlocks access to extra and advanced " -"tools in Odoo. There are several ways to activate the developer mode: " -"through the :ref:`settings `, the " -":ref:`browser extension `, through" -" the :ref:`command palette ` or the" -" :ref:`URL `." +"The developer mode, also known as debug mode, unlocks access to advanced " +":ref:`tools and settings ` in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:17 -msgid "Activate through the Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:11 msgid "" -"The debug mode can be activated in the Odoo database settings. Go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Developer Tools` and click" -" on :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`. At least one application needs " -"to be installed for the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` section to appear in the" -" :guilabel:`Settings` module." +"Proceed with caution, as some developer tools and technical settings are " +"considered advanced and may have associated risks. Only use them if you " +"understand the implications and are confident in your actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of the debug options under settings in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:16 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with assets)` is used by developers;" -" :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with tests assets)` is used by " -"developers and testers." +"The developer mode is also available with :ref:`assets " +"`, which are used to debug JavaScript " +"code, and with :ref:`tests assets `, " +"which are used to run test tours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:23 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "啟用" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To activate it, open the :guilabel:`Settings` app, scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Developer Tools` section, and click :guilabel:`Activate the " +"developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:28 msgid "" "Once activated, the :guilabel:`Deactivate the developer mode` option becomes" " available." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 +msgid "Activating the developer mode in the Settings app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To activate the developer mode **from anywhere in the database**, add " +"`?debug=1` to the URL after `/web` (e.g., " +"`https://example.odoo.com/web?debug=1#action=menu&cids=1`). To deactivate " +"it, use `?debug=0` instead." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:37 -msgid "Activate through the browser extension" +msgid "" +"Use `?debug=assets` to activate the developer mode with assets and " +"`?debug=tests` to activate it with tests assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:41 msgid "" -"Within a web browser, navigate to the browser settings and extensions and " -"search for the `Odoo Debug` extension. Once the extension is installed, a " -"new icon will be shown on the browser's toolbar." +"Open the **command palette** by pressing `Ctrl + K` or `Cmd ⌘ + K`, then " +"type `debug` to activate the developer mode with assets or deactivate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:44 +msgid "Browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:46 msgid "" -"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " -"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" -" a single click." +"The `Odoo Debug `_ browser extension " +"adds an icon to toggle developer mode on or off from the browser's toolbar. " +"It is available on the `Chrome Web Store " +"`_ and `Firefox Add-ons " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:54 +msgid "Developer tools and technical menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once the developer mode is activated, the developer tools can be accessed by" +" clicking the :icon:`fa-bug` :guilabel:`(bug)` icon. The menu contains tools" +" useful for understanding or editing technical data, such as a view's field," +" filters, or actions. The options available depend on where the menu is " +"accessed from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "View of Odoo's debug icon in a Google Chrome toolbar." +msgid "Accessing the developer tools" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:53 -msgid "Activate through the command palette" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:64 msgid "" -"In Odoo, the command palette tool has a command to activate the debug mode. " -"First, open the command palette tool with the keyboard shortcut `ctrl+k` and" -" then type `debug`. A command will show up to activate the debug mode." +"Database administrators can access the technical menu from the " +":guilabel:`Settings` app. It contains advanced database settings, such as " +"ones related to the database structure, security, actions, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Command palette with debug command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:68 -msgid "Activate through the URL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The debug mode can also be activated by adding an extra query string to the " -"database's URL. In the URL, add `?debug=1` or `?debug=true` after `/web`. To" -" deactivate the debug mode, change the value to `?debug=0` instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a URL with the debug mode command added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Additional modes are available for developers: `?debug=assets` enables the " -":ref:`assets mode `, and " -"`?debug=tests` enables the :ref:`tests mode " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:86 -msgid "Locate the developer mode tools" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Once developer mode is activated, the developer mode tools can be accessed " -"from the :guilabel:`Open Developer Tools` button, the bug icon located in " -"the header of the Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a console page and the debug icon being shown in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:95 -msgid "" -"This menu contains additional tools that are useful to understand or edit " -"technical data, such as the views or actions of a page. On a page that has " -"filters, actions, and view options, the developer mode tools contain some " -"useful menu items such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:99 -msgid ":guilabel:`Edit Action`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:100 -msgid ":guilabel:`Manage Filters`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:101 -msgid "Edit the current view (e.g. Kanban, List, Graph, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:102 -msgid "See the :guilabel:`Fields View Get`" +msgid "Accessing the technical menu" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:5 @@ -2540,11 +2505,11 @@ msgid "" "is asked, enter `odoo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 msgid "Check the DMARC policy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:104 msgid "" "The Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance (DMARC) " "record is a protocol that unifies :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` and " @@ -2555,41 +2520,41 @@ msgid "" " and/or :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` check." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 msgid "DMARC: TXT record" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 msgid "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:116 msgid "" "There are three :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` policies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 msgid "`p=none`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:118 -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 msgid "`p=quarantine`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 msgid "`p=reject`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:123 msgid "" "`p=quarantine` and `p=reject` instruct the server that receives an email to " "quarantine that email or ignore it if the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy " "Framework)` and/or :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` check fails." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:127 msgid "" "If the domain name uses :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` and has defined one of these policies, the domain" @@ -2597,7 +2562,7 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:132 msgid "" "Yahoo or AOL are examples of email providers with a :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-" "based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` policy set to " @@ -2606,7 +2571,7 @@ msgid "" "their recipient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:137 msgid "" "`p=none` is used for the domain owner to receive reports about entities " "using their domain. It should not impact the deliverability if the " @@ -2614,7 +2579,7 @@ msgid "" "Conformance)` check fails." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:141 msgid "" ":abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` records are comprised of tags in the form of :abbr:`DNS " @@ -2629,181 +2594,181 @@ msgid "" " too restrictive." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:150 msgid "The following chart displays available tags:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 msgid "Tag Name" msgstr "標籤名稱" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 msgid "Purpose" msgstr "用途" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 msgid "Example" msgstr "範例" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 msgid "v" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 msgid "Protocol version" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 msgid "`v=DMARC1`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 msgid "pct" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 msgid "Percentage of messages subjected to filtering" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 msgid "`pct=20`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 msgid "ruf" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 msgid "Reporting URI for forensic reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 msgid "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 msgid "rua" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 msgid "Reporting URI of aggregate reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 msgid "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 msgid "p" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 msgid "Policy for organizational domain" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 msgid "sp" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 msgid "Policy for subdomains of the OD" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 msgid "`sp=reject`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 msgid "adkim" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 msgid "Alignment mode for DKIM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 msgid "`adkim=s`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 msgid "aspf" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:181 msgid "Alignment mode for SPF" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 msgid "`aspf=r`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:184 msgid "" "Check the :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` record of a domain name with a tool like `MXToolbox DMARC " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:188 msgid "" "`DMARC.org is another great resource to learn about DMARC records. " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 msgid "SPF, DKIM & DMARC documentation of common providers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:196 msgid "" "`OVH DNS " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 msgid "" "`OVH SPF `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 msgid "" "`GoDaddy TXT record `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 msgid "`GoDaddy SPF `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:200 msgid "" "`GoDaddy DKIM `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:201 msgid "" "`NameCheap " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 msgid "" "`CloudFlare DNS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:204 msgid "" "`Google Domains `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 msgid "" "`Azure DNS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:207 msgid "" "To fully test the configuration, use the `Mail-Tester `_ tool, which gives a full overview of the content and " @@ -2811,7 +2776,7 @@ msgid "" "records for other, lesser-known providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:212 msgid "" "`Using Mail-Tester to set SPF Records for specific carriers " "`_" @@ -7921,10 +7886,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 msgid "" "To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation " -"package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download " -"page `_. Next, install and setup the Odoo " -":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " -"start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +"package for Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download page " +"`_. Next, install and setup the Odoo :file:`.exe`" +" file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to start the " +"installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 @@ -8441,10 +8406,22 @@ msgid "" "Odoo uninstall guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:7 msgid "Devices" msgstr "設備" +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:21 +msgid "" +":doc:`Worldline payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:23 +msgid "" +":doc:`Ingenico payment terminal " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 msgid "Connect a camera" msgstr "" @@ -10037,9 +10014,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:126 msgid "" "On a form, navigate to any field, and hover over the field name. A box of " -"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Object`" -" name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be" -" added." +"backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Model` " +"name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be " +"added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:0 diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 188d6c661..369f29fc1 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-30 23:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Tony Ng, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" @@ -27,13 +27,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Human resources" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 msgid "Appraisals" msgstr "表現評核" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, the *Appraisals* application can be used to evaluate employee " "performance on a recurring basis. Managers can evaluate the performance of " @@ -42,28 +42,28 @@ msgid "" "desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:12 msgid "" "Appraisals give employees valuable feedback, including actionable goals to " "work toward, and measurable skills to improve upon. Additionally, appraisals" " may form the basis for raises, promotions, and other benefits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:16 msgid "" "Regular appraisals are good for both the employees and the company, since " "they can accurately measure performance based on company goals, and show " "employees where they need to improve." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:31 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "配置" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Configuration` menu in the *Appraisals* application is where " "the settings can be configured, feedback templates can be edited, " @@ -71,31 +71,32 @@ msgid "" "feedback can be stored, and goal tags can be viewed/created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 msgid "Settings" msgstr "設定" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:29 msgid "" "To access the *Settings* menu, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " "application --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 msgid "Feedback templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:35 msgid "" "Feedback templates are form outlines used during an employee appraisal. Any " "edits made to a template are, ultimately, reflected in the appraisals sent " "to employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:38 msgid "" "There are two default templates pre-configured in Odoo *Appraisals*: one for" " employee feedback, and one for manager feedback. Each contains several " @@ -103,25 +104,25 @@ msgid "" " the questions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:42 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`My work`, :guilabel:`My future`, and :guilabel:`My feelings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:45 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template` has the following sections: " ":guilabel:`Feedback`, :guilabel:`Evaluation`, and :guilabel:`Improvements`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:48 msgid "" "Any desired changes to the default feedback templates can be made by making " "changes directly in each template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:54 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Appraisals` section of the settings menu determines the " "frequency that appraisals are performed, and if it is possible to request " @@ -134,56 +135,56 @@ msgid "" "enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 msgid "Appraisals plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:66 msgid "" "By default, appraisals are pre-configured to be automatically created six " "months after an employee is hired, with a second appraisal exactly six " "months after that." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:69 msgid "" "Once those two initial appraisals have been completed in the employee's " "first year, following appraisals are only created once a year (every twelve " "months)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:72 msgid "" "To modify this schedule, change the number of months in the blank fields " "under the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:76 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section is modified, **all** empty " ":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Dates` are modified for **all** employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 msgid "360 feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:82 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option can be enabled to allow managers to " "request feedback from other employees using a different survey form, at any " "time, independent of the appraisal schedule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:85 msgid "" "Typically, managers ask for feedback from other people who work with an " "employee they manage. This includes the employee's various managers, peers, " "and direct reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:88 msgid "" "To view the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey, click the :guilabel:`→ Internal" " link` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`Default Template` field. The " @@ -191,13 +192,13 @@ msgid "" " can be made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:92 msgid "" "For more information on how to edit a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:96 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` form is a pre-configured survey within the " "*Surveys* application. In order to use the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option, " @@ -205,11 +206,11 @@ msgid "" " be installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 msgid "Evaluation scale" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:103 msgid "" "On each employee appraisal form, final rating options appear by default. To " "view and edit these options, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals " @@ -217,7 +218,7 @@ msgid "" "ratings in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:107 msgid "" "The pre-configured ratings are :guilabel:`Needs Improvement`, " ":guilabel:`Meets Expectations`, :guilabel:`Exceeds Expectations`, and " @@ -225,14 +226,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:111 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`New` button is clicked on the :guilabel:`Evaluation " "Scale` page, a blank line appears at the bottom of the list. Enter the name " "of the rating in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:114 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the ratings, click the :guilabel:`(six small gray " "boxes)` icon to the left of a rating, and drag the rating to the desired " @@ -245,7 +246,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:124 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` section displays information for all the " "surveys currently configured in the *Appraisals* application. To view the " @@ -257,55 +258,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list view of all available surveys in the Appraisals application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:132 msgid "" "Each appraisal (or survey) is presented in its own line on the " ":guilabel:`360 Feedback` page, along with various information related to " "that particular appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 msgid "Each appraisal includes the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:137 msgid ":guilabel:`Survey Name`: the name of the specific survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the employee responsible for the survey, including " "the month and year they were given that designation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Questions`: the number of questions in that particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Duration`: the average time a user spends completing the " "survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Registered`: the number of people who have been sent the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Completed`: the number of people who have completed the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:145 msgid "" "Each appraisal also has two buttons at the end of each line: a " ":guilabel:`Test` button and a :guilabel:`See Results` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:148 msgid "" "To see what an appraisal looks like for the end user (i.e. an employee), " "click the :guilabel:`Test` button, and the appraisal loads in a new browser " @@ -313,14 +314,14 @@ msgid "" "to enter any answers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:152 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`This is a Test Survey. → Edit " "Survey` at the top of the page to be taken to the detail form for that " "particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:155 msgid "" "To view the results from everyone who completed an appraisal, click the " ":guilabel:`See Results` button. This presents all the answers for the survey" @@ -329,13 +330,13 @@ msgid "" "each question are visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:160 msgid "" "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`→ Edit Survey` at the top of " "the page to be taken to the detail form for that particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:163 msgid "" "In addition to viewing the responses from past appraisals and surveys, new " "surveys can also be created from the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` page. Simply " @@ -343,123 +344,77 @@ msgid "" " survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:167 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a survey, refer to the " ":doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:171 msgid "" "In previous versions of Odoo, this section was referred to as " ":guilabel:`Surveys`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:172 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "標籤" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174 -msgid "" -"An additional feature of the *Appraisals* application is the ability to set " -":ref:`goals ` for employees. On each goal form, there is a" -" field to add tags. The available tags are pulled from a list that is " -"configured from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To view a list of all existing goal tags, and to create new tags, go to the " -":guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, by navigating to :menuselection:`Appraisals " -"application --> Configuration --> Tags`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:181 -msgid "All currently configured tags are presented in a list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:183 -msgid "" -"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " -"all tags need to be added from this list, or directly from the goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 -msgid "" -"To create a new tag from the :guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, click the " -":guilabel:`New` button, and a blank line appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the tag on the line. Then, press the enter key to save the" -" tag, and create a new blank line. Repeat this for all tags that need to be " -"added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:192 -msgid "The list of tags is automatically arranged in alphabetical order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:176 msgid "" "Navigate to the main *Appraisals* dashboard by opening the " ":guilabel:`Appraisals` application. The :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard is " "the default view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:179 msgid "" "To view the dashboard at any point in the application, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Appraisals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:182 msgid "" "All appraisals are displayed on the dashboard in a Kanban view, by default, " "with a list of groupings on the left side of the dashboard, including " ":guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Department`, and :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186 msgid "" "Click any grouping option to view appraisals for **only** the chosen " "selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189 msgid "" "Only groupings with multiple selections appear in the list. For example, if " "a database only has one company, the :guilabel:`Company` grouping does " "**not** appear, since there is no other company to select." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:193 msgid "Each appraisal card displays the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: the department the employee is associated with." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company the employee works for. This only appears " "in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date`: the date the appraisal was requested, or is scheduled for " "in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activities`: any activities that are scheduled for the appraisal," " such as :guilabel:`Meetings` or :guilabel:`Phone Calls.` If no activities " @@ -467,13 +422,13 @@ msgid "" "icon, located in the bottom-left corner of an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:204 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: the employee's manager, indicated by the profile icon " "in the bottom-right corner of an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:206 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status banner`: the status of the appraisal. A banner appears if " "an appraisal is marked as either :guilabel:`Canceled` or :guilabel:`Done`. " @@ -481,7 +436,7 @@ msgid "" "not been scheduled yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210 msgid "" "To view the details of any appraisal, click on the card to open the " "appraisal form." @@ -491,22 +446,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Appraisals dashboard with each appraisal in its own box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217 msgid "New appraisal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new appraisal, click the :guilabel:`New` button at the top of " "the :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard to load a blank appraisal form. Then, " "enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:222 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:223 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu. " "The manager is responsible for completing the :guilabel:`Manager's Feedback`" @@ -514,7 +469,7 @@ msgid "" "selected, if they have a manager set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appraisal Date`: the current date is automatically entered in " "this field. This field is automatically updated once the appraisal is " @@ -522,39 +477,39 @@ msgid "" "cancellation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu. This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have" " a department set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:233 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the employee's company from the drop-down menu. " "This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have a " "company set on their employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238 msgid "" "The only required fields for the appraisal form are the employee's " ":guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Manager`, and the :guilabel:`Company`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:241 msgid "" "Once the form is complete, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm " "the appraisal request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243 msgid "" "Once confirmed, the employee receives an email stating that an appraisal was" " requested, and is then prompted to schedule an appraisal date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:246 msgid "" "The status changes to :guilabel:`Confirmed`, and the :guilabel:`Employee's " "Feedback` section of the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab is grayed out. The " @@ -563,18 +518,18 @@ msgid "" "once the appraisal request is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251 msgid "" "If there are any existing appraisals for the employee, an " ":guilabel:`Appraisal` smart button appears at the top of the page, listing " "the total number of appraisals there are for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:255 msgid "Ask for feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:257 msgid "" "As part of the appraisal process, the manager can request feedback on an " "employee from anyone in the company. Feedback is usually requested from co-" @@ -583,43 +538,43 @@ msgid "" "manager's overall assessment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262 msgid "" "To request feedback, the appraisal **must** be confirmed. Once confirmed, an" " :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button appears at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:265 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button is clicked, an :guilabel:`Ask " "Feedback` email pop-up form appears, using the :guilabel:`Appraisal: Ask " "Feedback` email template, which sends the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:269 msgid "" "Enter the employees being asked to complete the survey in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field. Multiple employees may be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272 msgid "" "The email template has dynamic placeholders to personalize the message. Add " "any additional text to the email, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:275 msgid "If required, an :guilabel:`Answer Deadline` can be added, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:277 msgid "" "If any attachments are needed, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button, and" " a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the file(s), select them, then " "click :guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:280 msgid "When the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send.`" msgstr "" @@ -627,21 +582,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The email pop-up when requesting feedback from other employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:287 msgid "Appraisal form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:289 msgid "" "Once an appraisal is confirmed, the next steps are for the employee to fill " "out the self-assessment, after which the manager completes their assessment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:295 msgid "Employee's feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:297 msgid "" "To complete their portion of feedback, employees should navigate to the main" " :menuselection:`Appraisals application` dashboard, where the only entries " @@ -649,14 +604,14 @@ msgid "" "manage and have to provide manager feedback for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301 msgid "" "Click on the appraisal to open the appraisal form. Enter responses in the " ":guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` " "tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:304 msgid "" "When completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to Manager` toggle (the " "default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When clicked, the toggle " @@ -668,24 +623,24 @@ msgid "" "The feedback section for the employee with the toggle button highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:314 msgid "Manager's feedback" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316 msgid "" "After the employee has completed the :guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` " "section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab, it is time for the manager to " "fill out the :guilabel:`Manager's Feedback` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:320 msgid "" "The manager enters their responses in the fields in the :ref:`same manner as" " the employee `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:323 msgid "" "When the feedback section is completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to " "Employee` toggle (the default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When " @@ -698,11 +653,12 @@ msgid "" " highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:748 msgid "Skills tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:334 msgid "" "Part of an appraisal is evaluating an employee's skills, and tracking their " "progress over time. The :guilabel:`Skills` tab of the appraisal form auto-" @@ -710,32 +666,32 @@ msgid "" "<../hr/employees/new_employee>`, once an appraisal is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:338 msgid "" "Each skill is grouped with like skills, and the :guilabel:`Skill Level`, " ":guilabel:`Progress`, and :guilabel:`Justification` are displayed for each " "skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341 msgid "" "Update any skills, or add any new skills to the :guilabel:`Skills` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:343 msgid "" "If a skill level has increased, a reason for the improved rating can be " "entered into the :guilabel:`Justification` field, such as `took a fluency " "language test` or `received Javascript certification`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:347 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`Create a new employee ` document for " "detailed instructions on adding or updating a skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:350 msgid "" "After an appraisal is completed, and the skills have been updated, the next " "time an appraisal is confirmed, the updated skills populate the " @@ -746,11 +702,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The skills tab of an appraisal form, all filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:358 msgid "Private note tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:360 msgid "" "If managers want to leave notes that are only visible to other managers, " "they can be entered in the :guilabel:`Private Note` tab. The employee being " @@ -758,12 +714,12 @@ msgid "" "appear on their appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:386 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:520 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 msgid "Schedule a meeting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:367 msgid "" "Once both portions of an appraisal are completed (the :ref:`employee " "` and :ref:`manager Appraisals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:377 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, beneath the appraisal date on the " "desired appraisal card, and a :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window " @@ -791,47 +747,47 @@ msgid "" "activity form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Meeting` for the :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the drop-" "down menu. Doing so causes the form to change, so only the " ":guilabel:`Activity Type` and :guilabel:`Summary` fields appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:385 msgid "" "If scheduling an activity other than a meeting, such as a :guilabel:`Call` " "or a :guilabel:`To-Do`, the fields that appear on the :guilabel:`Schedule " "Activity` pop-up form change, accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:389 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon may appear as a number of different icons, " "depending on what, if any, scheduled activities are in place, and the color " "represents their corresponding due dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:392 msgid "" "If no activities are scheduled, that is represented by a gray :guilabel:`🕘 " "(clock)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:394 msgid "" "However, if a specific activity is scheduled, the icon may appear as a " ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon for a phone call, a :guilabel:`👥 (group of " "people)` icon for a meeting, and so on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:397 msgid "" "The color of the icon indicates the status; a green icon means an activity " "is scheduled in the future, and a red icon means the activity is past due." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:400 msgid "" "For more details on activities, refer to the :doc:`../essentials/activities`" " document." @@ -841,46 +797,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The appraisal cards with the various activity icons highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406 msgid "" "Enter a brief description in the :guilabel:`Summary` field of the " ":guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window, such as `Annual Appraisal for " "(Employee)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:409 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button. From the calendar page " "that appears, navigate to, and double-click on, the desired date and time " "for the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:412 msgid "" "Doing so opens a :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up form. From this pop-up form, " "make any desired modifications, such as designating a :guilabel:`Start` " "time, or giving a :guilabel:`Name` to the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:416 msgid "" "Add the appraisee in the :guilabel:`Attendees` section, and include anyone " "else who should be in the meeting, if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:419 msgid "" "To make the meeting a video call, instead of an in-person meeting, click " ":guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting`, and a :guilabel:`Videocall URL` link appears in " "the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:422 msgid "" "Once all the desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:424 msgid "" "The meeting now appears on the calendar, and the invited parties are " "informed, via email." @@ -892,183 +848,46 @@ msgid "" "appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:430 msgid "" "The other way to schedule a meeting is from the individual appraisal form. " "To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Appraisal application` " "dashboard, then click on an appraisal card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:433 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button, and the calendar loads." " Follow the same directions above to create the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:437 msgid "" -"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button says " +"If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button reads " ":guilabel:`No Meeting`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:463 -msgid "Goals" -msgstr "目標" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:465 -msgid "" -"The ability to set goals for employees to work toward is an important " -"feature of Odoo *Appraisals*. Goals are typically set during an appraisal, " -"so the employee knows what they need to work toward before their next " -"appraisal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:469 -msgid "" -"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> " -"Goals`. This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban " -"view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:472 -msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:474 -msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the name of the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:475 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee the goal is assigned to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 -msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:477 -msgid ":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Employee`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is assigned " -"to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:480 -msgid "" -"If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " -"corner of the goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 -msgid "" -"Every individual goal requires its own entry for each employee. If employees" -" have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the list. For " -"example, if both Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " -"appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " -"goal for Sara." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 -msgid "New goal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:495 -msgid "" -"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application -->" -" Goals`, and click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:498 -msgid "" -"Enter the information on the card. The information requested is all the same" -" information that appears on the :ref:`goal card ` in the " -"Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field and a " -":guilabel:`Description` tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:502 -msgid "" -"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field by default, and " -"the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" -" profile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:505 -msgid "" -"Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " -"useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst-1 -msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:513 -msgid "Completed goals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:515 -msgid "" -"When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " -"be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " -"dashboard, or from the individual goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:518 -msgid "" -"To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" -" the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the top-right of a goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:522 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon **only** appears when the mouse hovers " -"over the corner of a goal card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:525 -msgid "" -"Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " -"green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " -"card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:528 -msgid "" -"To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " -"open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " -"the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner " -"appears in the top-right corner of the goal form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:533 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:526 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:753 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:830 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "報告" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:442 msgid "" "The *Appraisals* application tracks two metrics across two different " "reports: an :ref:`appraisal analysis `, and a " ":ref:`skills evolution `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:448 msgid "Appraisal analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:450 msgid "" "To access the *Appraisal Analysis* report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Appraisal " @@ -1076,7 +895,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted in different colors to represent their status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:454 msgid "" "Appraisals in yellow are completed, appraisals in orange are in-progress " "(the appraisal is confirmed, but not completed), and appraisals in gray are " @@ -1084,13 +903,13 @@ msgid "" "been confirmed yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:458 msgid "" "The report displays the whole current year, by default, grouped by " "department." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:460 msgid "" "To change the calendar view presented, change the date settings in the top-" "left of the report. The options to display are :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -1098,13 +917,13 @@ msgid "" " move forward or backward in time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:464 msgid "" "At any point, click the :guilabel:`Today` button to present the calendar to " "include today's date in the view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:467 msgid "" "The report can have other filters and groupings set in the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top." @@ -1114,64 +933,64 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A report showing all the appraisals for the Appraisal Analysis report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476 msgid "Skills evolution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478 msgid "" "To access the *Skills Evolution* report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Skills Evolution`. " "This displays a report of all skills, grouped by employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:481 msgid "" "All the lines of the report are collapsed, by default. To view the details " "of a line, click on a line to expand the data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:484 msgid "Each skill has the following information listed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:486 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: name of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:487 msgid ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: the category the skill falls under." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:488 msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the specific, individual skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:489 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Level`: the level the employee had previously " "achieved for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:583 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Progress`: the previous percentage of competency " "achieved for the skill (based on the :guilabel:`Skill Level`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:585 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Skill Level`: the current level the employee has achieved" " for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:493 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Skill Progress`: the current percentage of competency " "achieved for the skill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:494 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Justification`: any notes entered on the skill explaining the " "progress." @@ -1181,11 +1000,182 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A report showing all the skills grouped by employee." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:501 +msgid ":doc:`appraisals/goals`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:3 +msgid "Goals" +msgstr "目標" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Appraisals* application allows managers to set goals for their " +"employees. That way, employees know what to work toward before their next " +"review." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`. " +"This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:13 +msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:15 +msgid ":guilabel:`Goal`: the name of the goal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:16 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the employee the goal is assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:17 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-clock-o` :guilabel:`(clock)` icon: displays the corresponding " +":doc:`activity icon <../../essentials/activities>` for the record. If no " +"activities are scheduled, the default icon is the :icon:`fa-clock-o` " +":guilabel:`(clock)`. If any activities have been scheduled, the icon " +"represents the activity scheduled soonest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:21 +msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal. The " +"options are :guilabel:`0%`, :guilabel:`25%`, :guilabel:`50%`, " +":guilabel:`75%`, or :guilabel:`100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee Icon`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is " +"assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right " +"corner of the goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 +msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every individual goal requires its own record for each employee. If multiple" +" employees have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For example, if Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards " +"appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` " +"goal for Sara." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:40 +msgid "New goal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals app --> Goals`," +" and click :guilabel:`New` top-left corner to open a blank goal form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Input the :guilabel:`Goal`, :guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Progress`, and " +":guilabel:`Deadline`, information on the goal card, as discussed in the " +":ref:`goal card ` section of this document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The information requested is all the same information that appears on the " +"goal card in the Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field " +"and a :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so " +"all tags need to be added. To add a tag, enter the name of the tag on the " +"line, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(tag)\"`. Repeat this for all tags that" +" need to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field, by default, and " +"the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee" +" profile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be " +"useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst-1 +msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:68 +msgid "Completed goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:70 +msgid "" +"When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can " +"be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` " +"dashboard, or from the individual goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on" +" the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon in the top-" +"right of a goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon **only** " +"appears when the mouse hovers over the top-right corner of a goal card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A " +"green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals/goals.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to " +"open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in " +"the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner " +"appears in the top-right corner of the goal form." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:5 msgid "Attendances" msgstr "考勤" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Attendances* application functions as a time clock. Employees are " "able to check in and out of work using a dedicated device in kiosk mode, " @@ -1195,56 +1185,55 @@ msgid "" " are working overtime, or checking out of work earlier than expected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:16 msgid "Access rights" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:18 msgid "" "It is important to understand how the different access rights affect what " -"users can access in the *Attendances* application." +"options and features users can access in the *Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21 msgid "" -"Every user in the database is always able to access their own information on" -" the dashboard and can check in and out directly from the database. Access " -"to all the other features is determined by access rights." +"Every user in the database is able to check in and out directly from the " +"database, without needing access to the *Attendances* application. " +"Additionally, all users can access their own attendance records from their " +"employee form in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Access to both the *Attendances* application, and the various features " +"within the application is determined by access rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:28 msgid "" "To see what access rights a user has, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Settings application --> Users & Companies: Users`, and " -"click on an individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by" -" default. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the " -"setting. For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to " -"leave the field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users & Companies: Users`, and click on an " +"individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by default. " +"Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the setting. " +"For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to leave the " +"field blank or select :guilabel:`Administrator`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:34 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Administrator` option is selected, the user has full " "access to the entire *Attendances* application, with no restrictions. They " -"can view all employee attendance records, enter kiosk mode from the " +"can view all employee attendance records, enter *Kiosk mMode* from the " "application, access all reporting metrics, and make modifications to the " -"settings." +"settings. If left blank, the user does **not** have access to the " +"*Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If left blank, the user can only view their own information on the " -"*Attendances* application dashboard and can view their own personal " -"attendance records under the reporting feature. All other attendance records" -" are hidden from view on the report. There is no access to either the kiosk " -"mode or the configuration menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:42 msgid "Approvers" msgstr "流程審批管理人" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:44 msgid "" "The **only** other scenario where different information may be accessible in" " the *Attendances* application is for approvers. If a user does *not* have " @@ -1257,7 +1246,7 @@ msgid "" "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:52 msgid "" "To see who the attendance approver is for an employee, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Employees application` and click on the specific employee. " @@ -1268,7 +1257,7 @@ msgid "" "reports, and make modifications to their records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:61 msgid "" "Few configurations are needed in the *Attendances* application. Determining " "how employees check in and out, defining how the kiosks function, and " @@ -1277,11 +1266,11 @@ msgid "" "Configuration` to access the configuration menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:67 msgid "Modes" msgstr "模式" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how an employee " "checks in when using a kiosk. Options are :guilabel:`Barcode/RFID`, " @@ -1289,31 +1278,31 @@ msgid "" "Selection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:76 msgid "" "The *Barcode* application **does not** need to be installed to use one of " "the Barcode/RFID settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances from Backend`: activate this selection to allow users" " to check in and out directly from the Odoo database. If this is not " "activated, users must use a kiosk to check in and out of work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:86 msgid "Kiosk settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:88 msgid "" "This section only needs to be configured if employees use kiosks for " "checking in and out. If kiosks are **not** being used, modifying any of " "these fields does **not** adversely affect the *Attendances* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode Source`: this setting appears **only** if either of the " "two Barcode/RFID selections were configured for the :ref:`Kiosk Mode " @@ -1322,7 +1311,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Front Camera`, or :guilabel:`Back Camera`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:96 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification`: activate this option if employees " "should use a unique PIN to check in. PINs are configured on each individual " @@ -1330,14 +1319,14 @@ msgid "" "documentation for more information on setting up PINs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Time`: set the duration (in seconds) the check in and " "check out confirmation screen remains on the kiosk before going back to the " "main check in screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:101 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendance Kiosk Url`: Odoo generates a unique web address (URL) " "to use a device as a kiosk without having to sign in to the Odoo database. " @@ -1345,7 +1334,7 @@ msgid "" " browser to present the Attendances application kiosk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:106 msgid "" "These kiosk URLs are **not** secured with any type of access code. Anyone " "who has the URL can access the Attendances application kiosk. If the URL is " @@ -1354,17 +1343,17 @@ msgid "" "generate a new URL and update the kiosk accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:112 msgid "Extra hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:114 msgid "" "This section specifies how extra time is calculated, including when extra " "time is counted and what time is not logged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count of Extra Hours`: enable this box to allow employees to log " "extra hours beyond their set working hours (sometimes referred to as " @@ -1372,14 +1361,14 @@ msgid "" "well. If this is not activated, no other configurations appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start From`: the current date is automatically entered in this " "field. If desired, click on this field and use the calendar selector to " "modify the start date on which extra hours are logged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Company`: enter the amount of time, in" " minutes, that is **not** counted towards an employee's overtime. When an " @@ -1387,7 +1376,7 @@ msgid "" "minutes, the extra time is **not** counted as overtime for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Employee`: enter the amount of time, " "in minutes, that an employee is given, that does **not** adversely affect " @@ -1397,33 +1386,33 @@ msgid "" "they are **not** penalized for their reduced hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:135 msgid "" "A company sets both of the :guilabel:`Tolerance` fields to `15` minutes, and" " the working hours for the entire company are set from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:138 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:00 AM, and checks out at 5:14 PM, the extra 14" " minutes are **not** counted towards their overtime." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:141 msgid "" "If an employee checks in at 9:05 AM, and checks out at 4:55 PM, even though " "they logged a total of 10 minutes less than their full working hours, they " "are **not** penalized for this discrepancy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Extra Hours`: activate this box to display the extra " "hours logged by an employee when they check out with a kiosk, or when a user" " checks out in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:149 msgid "" "Employees are still able to log overtime hours even if the :guilabel:`Count " "of Extra Hours` option is not activated. The difference is that when " @@ -1432,177 +1421,41 @@ msgid "" "hours>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:164 -msgid "Check in and out via the database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users who are logged into the " -"database to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " -"application, or use a kiosk. For some smaller companies, where every " -"employee is also a user, this feature may be useful." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:170 -msgid "" -"A user can check in and out on the main database dashboard, as well as in " -"any application. In the upper right corner of the top main menu, which is " -"always visible regardless of what application the user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴" -" (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is visible. Click on the " -"colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, enabling the user to check " -"in and/or out." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:180 -msgid "Check in" -msgstr "簽到" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:182 -msgid "" -"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " -"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` and the " -"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:190 -msgid "" -"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 -msgid "" -"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " -"their computer to access their location information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:197 -msgid "" -"If the user has not checked in and out already during the current work day, " -"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " -"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" -" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " -"appears beneath that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:202 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to check in. The :guilabel:`🔴 (red " -"circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget changes appearance" -" as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has checked in, by " -"changing the green :guilabel:`Check in ➡️` button to a yellow " -":guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:207 -msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:210 -msgid "Check out" -msgstr "簽出" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:212 -msgid "" -"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " -"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" -" populating the time field. Beneath that line, :guilabel:`HH:MM` is " -"displayed, indicating the hours and minutes that have elapsed since checking" -" in. As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes " -"that have passed since the user checked in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:218 -msgid "" -"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " -"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears in addition to " -"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The time displayed in both of " -"these fields are populated with the most recent check in time, and will " -"match. Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously " -"logged hours are displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 -msgid "" -"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " -"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " -"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that will " -"be logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:228 -msgid "" -"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " -":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button. The attendance widget updates again," -" displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the logged time, and the " -"yellow :guilabel:`Check out ➡️` button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check " -"in ➡️` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " -"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " -"user allows their computer to access this information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:242 -msgid "" -"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " -"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " -"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" -" appears on the dashboard, including check ins and check outs with no time " -"value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:157 msgid "Kiosk mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:159 msgid "" "Some companies may opt to use a dedicated device (a laptop or desktop PC, a " "tablet, or a mobile phone) for employees to check in and check out from. " "Kiosk mode is used for these scenarios." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:163 msgid "" "If users check in and out using either a badge or an RFID, then an " "accessible device in kiosk mode **must** be available to check in and check " "out using these two methods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 msgid "" "Entering kiosk mode is only available for users with specific :ref:`access " "rights `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:169 msgid "Kiosk mode can be activated in three different ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:171 msgid "" "Navigate to the :guilabel:`Attendances` application, and click " ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode` in the top menu. The device then enters kiosk mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:173 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click on the link in the " @@ -1610,7 +1463,7 @@ msgid "" " recommended to close the database tab to keep the database secure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:177 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. " "In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click :guilabel:`Copy` next to " @@ -1624,7 +1477,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:186 msgid "" "As a security measure, once a device is in kiosk mode, it is not possible to" " exit kiosk mode and go back into the database without signing back in. To " @@ -1633,11 +1486,11 @@ msgid "" "an extra layer of security, preventing anyone from accessing the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:192 msgid "Badge" msgstr "圖章" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:194 msgid "" "To check in or out using a badge, tap the :guilabel:`📷 (camera) Tap to scan`" " image in the center of the kiosk. Then, scan the barcode on the badge using" @@ -1653,11 +1506,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Attendances Kiosk view displaying the scan badge image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:206 msgid "RFID" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:208 msgid "" "To check in or out using an RFID key fob, simply scan the fob with an RFID " "reader. Once scanned, the employee is then either checked in or checked out," @@ -1665,11 +1518,11 @@ msgid "" "all the check in or check out information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:213 msgid "Manually" msgstr "手工" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:215 msgid "" "Users who do not have a scannable badge or an RFID fob can manually check in" " and out at a kiosk. Tap the :guilabel:`Identify Manually` button on the " @@ -1679,20 +1532,20 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`confirmation message ` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:221 msgid "" "When a large number of employees appear in the list, making scrolling " "inefficient, there are two ways to quickly find a specific person:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:224 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Search...`: tap on the :guilabel:`Search...` field and enter the " "person's name. As the name is typed in, the matching results are displayed " "on the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: to quickly filter the presented employees, tap on a " "department to display only those employees that are part of that department." @@ -1701,11 +1554,11 @@ msgid "" "part of the department, and is displayed when selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:232 msgid "PIN" msgstr "密碼" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:234 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification` option was activated in the " ":ref:`kiosk settings ` section of the " @@ -1713,7 +1566,7 @@ msgid "" "checking in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:238 msgid "" "After the employee is selected, a number pad appears with a message. When " "checking in, :guilabel:`(Employee) Welcome! Please enter your PIN to check " @@ -1722,7 +1575,7 @@ msgid "" "numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:243 msgid "" "Tap in the PIN using the number pad, then tap :guilabel:`OK` when done. The " "employee is then checked in or out, and a :ref:`confirmation message " @@ -1733,11 +1586,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pop-up that appears when prompted to enter a pin." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:253 msgid "Confirmation message" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:255 msgid "" "When an employee checks in or out, a confirmation message appears with all " "the check in or check out information. When checking in, a welcome message " @@ -1749,7 +1602,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262 msgid "" "When checking out, the screen displays a goodbye message, with the date and " "time of check out, and the total hours logged for the day. Beneath the " @@ -1761,12 +1614,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The goodbye message with all the employee's check out information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:681 msgid "Overview" msgstr "概覽" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:273 msgid "" "When entering the *Attendances* application, the :guilabel:`Overview` " "dashboard is presented, containing all the check in and check out " @@ -1777,11 +1630,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:280 msgid "Views" msgstr "瀏覽次數" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:282 msgid "" "To change the view from the default Gantt chart to a list view, click the " ":guilabel:`List` icon in the top right of the dashboard, beneath the user's " @@ -1789,7 +1642,7 @@ msgid "" "button, located next to the :guilabel:`List` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:286 msgid "" "The default view presents the current day's information. To present the " "information for the :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or " @@ -1803,7 +1656,7 @@ msgid "" "dashboard, presenting information containing the current day's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:295 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Day` view, the column for the current hour is highlighted " "in yellow. If the :guilabel:`Week` or :guilabel:`Month` view is selected, " @@ -1817,7 +1670,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:304 msgid "" "Any entries that have errors appear in red, indicating they need to be " "resolved by a user with the proper :ref:`access rights ` that need to be resolved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this filter has a drop-down to further select a " "specific time period. Select the desired time period from the options " "presented, a specific month, quarter, or year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:331 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Last 7 days`: this filter presents the attendance data for the " "last seven days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:332 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`: create a custom filter using the pop-up that " "appears when this is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:336 msgid "Groups" msgstr "群組" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:338 msgid "The default groups that can be selected are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:340 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check In`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing the" " following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -1908,13 +1761,13 @@ msgid "" " period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:344 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee`: this group presents the attendance data organized by " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:345 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing " "the following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " @@ -1923,7 +1776,7 @@ msgid "" "time period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:349 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`: this option displays a drop-down menu with a " "variety of options to group the attendance data by, including " @@ -1931,53 +1784,53 @@ msgid "" "Address`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:356 msgid "Attendance log details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:358 msgid "" "Odoo captures various time and location details when a user checks in and " "out. The specific details provided are determined by the method the user " "checked in and out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:361 msgid "" "To view the specific check in and/or check out details for an employee, " "click on an individual entry in the overview dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:364 msgid "" "A detailed attendance log for the user appears in a pop-up window. To close " "the detailed attendance log, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` button in " "the bottom-left corner of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:367 msgid "The detailed attendance log contains the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:370 msgid "Main details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:372 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the name of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:373 msgid ":guilabel:`Check In`: the date and time the employee checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:374 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Out`: the date and time the employee checked out. This only" " appears if the employee has checked out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:376 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Worked Hours`: the total amount of time the employee logged for " "the day, in an hour and minute format (HH:MM). This value calculates all the" @@ -1985,23 +1838,23 @@ msgid "" "multiple times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Extra Hours`: any extra hours the employee logged that is beyond " "their expected working hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:383 msgid "Check in/check out details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:385 msgid "" "The following information appears for both the :guilabel:`Check In` and " ":guilabel:`Check Out` sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:388 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: the method with which the attendance information was " "gathered. :guilabel:`Systray` is displayed if the employee logged in and out" @@ -2010,24 +1863,24 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`using an attendance kiosk `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:392 msgid "" ":guilabel:`IP Address`: the IP address for the computer the employee used to" " log in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:393 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browser`: the web browser the employee used to log in or out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:394 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Localization`: the city and country associated with the " "computer's IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:395 msgid "" ":guilabel:`GPS Coordinates`: the specific coordinates when the user logged " "in or out. To view the specific coordinates on a map, click the :guilabel:`→" @@ -2039,26 +1892,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The detailed information for an attendance entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:405 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/orders.rst:84 msgid "Errors" msgstr "錯誤" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:407 msgid "" "Entries that contain an error appear on the overview dashboard in red. In " "the :guilabel:`Gantt view`, the entry appears with a red background. If in " "the :guilabel:`List view`, the entry text appears in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:411 msgid "" "An error typically occurs when an employee has checked in but has not " "checked out within the last 24 hours, or when an employee has a check in and" " check out period spanning over 16 hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:414 msgid "" "To fix the error, the attendance entry must be modified or deleted. Click on" " the entry to reveal a pop-up containing the details for that particular " @@ -2075,27 +1928,27 @@ msgid "" "selector is shown, and the time selector is highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:426 msgid "" "When all the information on the pop-up is correct, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close`. When the entry no longer has an error, the entry appears in gray " "instead of red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:429 msgid "" "To delete an entry, click :guilabel:`Remove` on the pop-up instead of making" " modifications to the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:435 msgid "" "To view attendance reports, click :guilabel:`Reporting` in the top menu. The" " default report displays each employee's attendance information for the past" " 3 months, in a :guilabel:`Line Chart`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:438 msgid "" "The default view is a :guilabel:`Graph`. To view the data in a pivot table, " "click the :guilabel:`Pivot Table` button on the top right of the report. To " @@ -2103,14 +1956,14 @@ msgid "" "next to the :guilabel:`Pivot Table` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:442 msgid "" "To present different information, adjust the :ref:`filters and groups " "` in the same way as in the :guilabel:`Overview`" " dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:445 msgid "" "The data can be presented in either a :guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line" " Chart`, :guilabel:`Pie Chart`, :guilabel:`Stacked` chart, or in " @@ -2119,13 +1972,13 @@ msgid "" "chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:449 msgid "" "To change the :guilabel:`Measures`, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button " "and select the desired measure from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:452 msgid "" "The report can also be inserted into a spreadsheet. Click the " ":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button and a pop-up appears. Select the " @@ -2137,6 +1990,151 @@ msgid "" "The default report view, with all the optional view buttons highlighted." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:460 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/check_in_check_out`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:461 +msgid ":doc:`attendances/hardware`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:3 +msgid "Check in and out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users, who are logged into the " +"database, to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* " +"application, or use a kiosk. For smaller companies, where every employee is " +"also a user, this feature may be useful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A user can check in and/or out on the main database Odoo dashboard, or while" +" inside any application. To do so, in the upper-right corner of the top main" +" header menu, which is always visible regardless of what application the " +"user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is " +"visible. Click on the colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, " +"enabling the user to check in and/or out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:22 +msgid "Check in" +msgstr "簽到" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not " +"currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)`, and the " +"attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in` " +":icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the user checks in from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user, including the IP Address and GPS coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For the *Attendances* app to log the location details, the user must allow " +"their computer to access their location information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If the user has not already checked in and out during the current work day, " +"this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has " +"previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above" +" the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day " +"appears in that field, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button to check in. The " +":guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget " +"changes appearance, as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has" +" checked in, by changing the green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` " +"button to a yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:49 +msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:148 +msgid "Check out" +msgstr "簽出" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since HH:MM " +"(AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in" +" populating the time field. Beneath that line, the hours and minutes that " +"have elapsed since checking in are displayed in a :guilabel:`HH:MM` format. " +"As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes that " +"have passed since the user checked in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are " +"presented. A :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field appears, in addition to " +"the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` field. The times displayed in both of " +"these fields match, and are populated with the most recent check in time. " +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` field, the previously logged " +"time is displayed, in an :guilabel:`HH:MM` (hours:minutes) format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field " +"appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before HH:MM (AM/PM)` " +"and :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that is " +"logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:70 +msgid "" +"As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since HH:MM (AM/PM)` and " +":guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the " +"yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` button. The attendance " +"widget updates again, displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the " +"logged time, while the yellow :guilabel:`Check out` :icon:`fa-sign-out` " +"button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check in` :icon:`fa-sign-in` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When the user checks out from the database, the *Attendances* app logs the " +"location details for the user. This information is **only** logged if the " +"user allows their computer to access this information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/check_in_check_out.rst:85 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. " +"Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of " +"00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and" +" appears on the main *Attendances* dashboard, including check ins and check " +"outs with no time value." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Hardware" msgstr "硬件" @@ -2239,6 +2237,305 @@ msgid "" "departments." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:3 +msgid "Departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"All employees in the *Employees* app fall under specific departments within " +"a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:8 +msgid "Create new departments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To make a new department, navigate to :menuselection:`Employees app --> " +"Departments`, then click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left to reveal a blank " +"department form. Fill out the following information on the department form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The department for with all fields filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:18 +msgid ":guilabel:`Department Name`: enter a name for the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: using the drop-down menu, select the department " +"manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Parent Department`: if the new department is housed within " +"another department (has a parent department), select the parent department " +"using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates`: if employees in this department " +"require a specific appraisal form that is different from the default " +"appraisal form, tick the checkbox. If this option is activated, an " +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab appears below the form. This field " +"**only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " +"department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Survey`: using the drop-down menu, select the default " +"survey to use for the department when requesting feedback from employees. " +"This field **only** appears if the *Appraisals* app is installed, **and** " +"the *360 Feedback* option is enabled in the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the department. Click the default " +"white color box to display all the color options. Click on a color to select" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisal Templates` tab: this tab **only** appears if the " +":guilabel:`Custom Appraisal Templates` options is activated on the form. " +"Make any desired edits to the appraisal form. The appraisal form is used for" +" appraisals for all employees within this department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:36 +msgid "" +"After the form is completed, click the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon to manually save the changes. When saved, a " +":guilabel:`Department Organization` chart appears in the top-right of the " +"department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The form auto-saves while data is entered, however the :guilabel:`Department" +" Organization` chart does **not** appear until the form is manually saved. " +"If the form is not saved, the :guilabel:`Department Organization` chart is " +"visible upon opening the department card from the :guilabel:`Departments` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:47 +msgid "Refer to the :doc:`../appraisals` documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:50 +msgid "Departments dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured departments, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Departments`. All departments appear in a " +"Kanban view, by default, and are listed in alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The departments dashboard view with all the department cards in a Kanban " +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:175 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "看板檢視畫面" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each department has its own Kanban card on the main :guilabel:`Departments` " +":icon:`oi-view-kanban` :guilabel:`(Kanban)` dashboard view, that can display" +" the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:66 +msgid "Department name: the name of the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:67 +msgid "Company: the company the department is part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employees`: the number of employees within the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appraisals`: the number of appraisals scheduled for employees in " +"the department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Requests`: the number of unapproved time off requests " +"for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval ` . This **only** appears if there are requests to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allocation Requests`: the number of unapproved allocation " +"requests for employees in the department :ref:`awaiting approval " +"`. This **only** appears if there are requests " +"to approve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Applicants`: the number of :ref:`new applicants " +"` for a position in this department. This **only** appears " +"if there are new applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expense Reports`: the number of employees in the department with " +":ref:`open expense reports to approve `. This **only** " +"appears if there are any expense reports waiting for approval." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Absence`: the number of absences for the current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Color bar: the selected color for the department appears as a vertical bar " +"on the left side of the department card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click on an alert in a department card, such as :guilabel:`Time Off " +"Requests`, to reveal a list view of the requests to approve. This list " +"includes **all** open requests to approve, not just from the specific " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The default view for the :guilabel:`Departments` dashboard is a Kanban view." +" It is possible to view the departments in two other forms: a list view and " +"a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "列表顯示" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a list view, click the :icon:`fa-align-justify` " +":guilabel:`(list)` icon in the top-right corner. The departments appear in a" +" list view, which displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Employees`, " +":guilabel:`Parent Department`, and :guilabel:`Color` for each department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The departments are sorted alphabetically by :guilabel:`Department Name`, by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst-1 +msgid "The departments presented in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When in list view, departments can be managed in batch by selecting one or " +"multiple record's checkbox, then select the :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Actions` button to reveal a drop-down menu of actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:113 +msgid "Hierarchy view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To view the departments in a hierarchy view, click the :icon:`fa-share-alt " +"fa-rotate-90` :guilabel:`(hierarchy)` icon in the top-right corner. The " +"departments appear in an organizational chart format, with the highest-level" +" department at the top (typically :guilabel:`Management`), and all other " +"departments beneath it. All child departments of the first-level child " +"departments are folded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Each department card displays the :guilabel:`Department Name`, the " +":guilabel:`Manager` (and their profile image), the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Employees` in the department, and the ability to expand the department " +"(:guilabel:`Unfold`) if there are child departments beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Unfold` button on a department card to expand it. Once " +"expanded, the :guilabel:`Unfold` button changes to a :guilabel:`Fold` " +"button. To collapse the department, click the :guilabel:`Fold` button. Only " +"**one** department *per row* can be unfolded at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Click anywhere on a department card to open the department form. Click the " +":guilabel:`(#) Employees` smart button to view a list of all the employees " +"in that department, including all employees in the child departments beneath" +" it, organized by individual department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In the hierarchy view, if the :guilabel:`(2) Employees` button on the " +":guilabel:`Management` card is clicked (the highest-level department card), " +"**all** employees appear in a list view, grouped by department. This is " +"because **all** departments are children of the :guilabel:`Management` " +"department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`(3) Employees` button in the :guilabel:`Sales` department " +"card is clicked, the employees from the :guilabel:`Sales` department, as " +"well as its two child departments (:guilabel:`East Coast Territory` and " +":guilabel:`West Coat Territory`), appear in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "The departments presented in a hierarchy view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/departments.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The list view of employees for the department that was clicked, including all child\n" +"departments." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 msgid "New employees" msgstr "新員工" @@ -2313,7 +2610,6 @@ msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:736 msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "" @@ -2434,7 +2730,8 @@ msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:869 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "個人學經歷/技能" @@ -3673,7 +3970,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:398 msgid "Salary" msgstr "薪資" @@ -5038,10 +5335,6 @@ msgid "" "different ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:302 -msgid "List view" -msgstr "列表顯示" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:304 msgid "" "The default view of the service records is a list view. This presents all " @@ -5089,11 +5382,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The form automatically saves as data is entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:329 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 -msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "看板檢視畫面" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:331 msgid "" "To view services by their stage, click the :guilabel:`Kanban` button, which " @@ -5179,11 +5467,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:380 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:230 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:889 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:894 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "" @@ -5454,11 +5742,11 @@ msgid "" " pop-up windows close, and the activity now appears on the activity view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 msgid "Frontdesk" msgstr "前台" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:7 msgid "" "The Odoo *Frontdesk* application provides a way for visitors to check in to " "a building or location, and alert the person they are meeting about their " @@ -5466,24 +5754,24 @@ msgid "" "brought to them, while they wait." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:11 msgid "" "This application is ideal for businesses that do **not** have someone " "working at a reception desk, locations **without** a designated waiting area" " available to guests and visitors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:17 msgid "" "The first item to configure with the *Frontdesk* application is the station," " followed by any drink selections that might optionally be offered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 msgid "Stations" msgstr "工作站" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:23 msgid "" "In Odoo's *Frontdesk* application, a *Station* can be thought of as any " "location where someone can sign in and wait for an employee. This is " @@ -5491,35 +5779,35 @@ msgid "" "kiosk where visitors check in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:27 msgid "" "When setting up the *Frontdesk* application, a minimum of one station " "**must** be configured, but there is no limit to how many stations can be " "created and configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:30 msgid "" "To create a station, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Stations`, and click :guilabel:`New`. When clicked, a " "blank frontdesk form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Name`: enter a name for the specific frontdesk " "location. This should be short and easily identifiable, such as `Reception " "Desk` or `Main Lobby`. This field is required in order to create a station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:38 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsibles`: select the person (or persons) who are alerted " "when a visitor checks in using this specific frontdesk. Multiple selections " "can be entered. This field is required in order to create a station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kiosk URL`: this field auto-populates once the frontdesk form is " "saved, with at least the :guilabel:`Frontdesk Name` and " @@ -5527,46 +5815,45 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`(cloud with upward arrow)` icon, located at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:45 msgid "" "Once saved, a URL is generated in the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` field. This URL " "is one way the frontdesk kiosk is accessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:48 msgid "" "To access the kiosk, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at the end of the " "URL, and navigate to that URL in a web browser. This URL opens that specific" " station's frontdesk sign-in page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:52 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a frontdesk form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera" " with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:166 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:184 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to open a file explorer, navigate " "to the desired image/photo file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:58 msgid "" "The image selected for the station photo appears as the background image for" " the station kiosk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:61 msgid "Options tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Host Selection`: if the visitor is attending a meeting, this " "option allows the visitor to select the meeting host from a presented list, " @@ -5574,35 +5861,35 @@ msgid "" "detailed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Authenticate Guest`: if additional information is required when a" " guest checks in, enable this option, and select which of the following are " "required:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: select whether the guest's email address is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Phone`: select whether the guest's phone number is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Organization`: select whether the guest's organization is " ":guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not " "requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Theme`: select the color mode of the kiosk. Choose either " ":guilabel:`Light` or :guilabel:`Dark`. The :guilabel:`Light` selection " @@ -5610,7 +5897,7 @@ msgid "" "selection displays a dark gray and black background." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Self Check-In`: enable this option to present a check-in QR code " "on the kiosk. The QR code allows guests to check in using their mobile " @@ -5618,7 +5905,7 @@ msgid "" "kiosk with multiple guests checking in at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Offer Drinks`: enable this option to offer guests a drink upon " "check in. If this option is enabled, it is necessary to :ref:`configure the " @@ -5627,13 +5914,13 @@ msgid "" " are configured, select each drink to be offered using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:90 msgid "" "The following options are only visible in the :guilabel:`Options` tab if the" " :ref:`Host Selection ` option is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by email`: enable this option to have an email sent to the" " person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -5641,20 +5928,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Email Template` selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:97 msgid "" "To change the default email template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`Email Template` field, then select another email template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any edits to the " "template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:102 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by SMS`: enable this option to have an SMS (text) message " "sent to the person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an " @@ -5662,13 +5949,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Frontdesk SMS Template` selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:106 msgid "" "To change the default SMS template, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`SMS Template` field, and select another SMS template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:109 msgid "" "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal " "link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any desired edits to the" @@ -5676,7 +5963,7 @@ msgid "" "characters, which fits in 4 SMS (UNICODE) messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notify by Discuss`: this option is enabled by default when the " ":guilabel:`Host Selection` option is enabled. This option opens a *Discuss* " @@ -5684,28 +5971,28 @@ msgid "" "in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:116 msgid "" "When enabled, a default message appears for the person the guest is " "visiting. The *Discuss* application **must** be installed in order for this " "option to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:120 msgid "" "*Discuss* is installed by default when creating an Odoo database, and does " "not count towards billing. As long as the *Discuss* application is not " "intentionally uninstalled, the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option works." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:125 msgid "" "The default message format for the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option is: " "`(Frontdesk Station) Check-In: (Guest Name) (Guest Phone Number) " "(Organization) to meet (Name of employee).`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:128 msgid "" "An example of how that might appear in a *Discuss* message is: `Main Lobby " "Check-In: John Doe (123-555-1234) (Odoo, Inc.) to meet Marc Demo.`" @@ -5715,11 +6002,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Frontdesk station form with all the information filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 msgid "Side Message tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:138 msgid "" "Enter any desired text to appear on the station kiosk after a guest has " "checked in, such as a welcome greeting or any necessary instructions. The " @@ -5727,11 +6014,12 @@ msgid "" " a guest has completed the check-in process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:112 msgid "Drinks" msgstr "飲品" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:147 msgid "" "After a station is created, the next step is to configure the drinks to " "offer visitors, if desired. This step is **not** necessary or required for " @@ -5739,31 +6027,31 @@ msgid "" "drinks are offered to guests." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:151 msgid "" "To add a drink option, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Drinks`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a " "blank drink form to configure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 msgid "Enter the following information on the drink form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Drink Name`: type the name of the drink option in this field. " "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 msgid "" ":guilabel:`People to Notify`: use the drop-down menu in this field to select" " who is notified when the drink is selected. Multiple people can be entered " "in this field. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:159 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a numerical value in this field to indicate " "where in the list of drink options this specific option appears. The lower " @@ -5772,16 +6060,16 @@ msgid "" "first in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:163 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:181 msgid "" "To add an image/photo to a drink form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera " "with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:169 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:187 msgid "" "The image selected now appears in the picture field, and is set as the image" " for the drink." @@ -5791,156 +6079,237 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Drink form with the information filled out for an espresso." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:178 msgid "Station dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:192 +msgid "Kiosk setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " +"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " +"tablet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:197 +msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " +":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" +" a new browser tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " +"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" +" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " +"browser tab or window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " +"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " +"accessing the database when checking-in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" +" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " +":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " +"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " +"requests were made for each drink." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:220 +msgid "" +"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " +"other metrics, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`frontdesk/visitors`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:3 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "訪客" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:5 msgid "" -"To access a complete list of visitors that are currently checked in, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +"In the Odoo *Frontdesk* application, a *visitor* is defined as any non-" +"employee (e.g., repair person, job candidate, etc.). These visitors can be " +"logged upon arrival and departure for security purposes. This ensures an " +"accurate list of people on the premises." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:196 -msgid "" -"The visitors are listed in a list view, with the following details that were" -" entered when they checked in:" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:12 +msgid "Visitor list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To access a complete list of checked-in visitors, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:18 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Planned or Checked-In` and :guilabel:`Today` " "filters appear in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:21 +msgid "" +"All visitors are presented in a list view, with the following details that " +"were entered upon check in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:24 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the guest's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:25 msgid ":guilabel:`Visitor Company`: the company the guest represents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: the guest's phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206 -msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`: the drink the guest requested." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`\\*: the drink the guest requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:28 msgid ":guilabel:`Host`: who the guest is waiting to see." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:29 msgid ":guilabel:`CheckIn`: the date and time the guest checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Checkout`: the date and time the guest checked out. As mentioned," -" in the default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " +":guilabel:`Checkout`\\*: the date and time the guest checked out. In the " +"default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or " ":guilabel:`Planned` status are visible. Guests with check-out times are only" " visible if the :guilabel:`Today` filter is not active." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duration`: the amount of time the guest has been checked in for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`Station`: the location of where the guest checked in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: the status of the guest. The options are " ":guilabel:`Checked-In`, :guilabel:`Planned`, :guilabel:`Checked-Out`, or " -":guilabel:`Canceled`. In the default view, only guests with a " -":guilabel:`Checked-In` or :guilabel:`Planned` status are visible." +":guilabel:`Canceled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: the guest's email address." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`\\*: the guest's email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:39 msgid "" -"To the far right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page is " -"an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +"\\* These fields are not visible in the default :guilabel:`Visitor` list. " +"These must be enabled using the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` " +":guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon in the top-right of the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To the far-right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page, " +"there is an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:46 msgid "" "When a guest leaves, click the available :guilabel:`Check out` button to " "update the guest's record, and log the date and time they left." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:49 msgid "" "If a scheduled guest arrives, and they did not check in using the " "*Frontdesk* kiosk, they can be checked in here, by clicking the available " ":guilabel:`Check in` button to log the date and time they arrived." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:53 msgid "" -"Beside the untitled status column a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button appears," -" but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." +"Beside the untitled status column, a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " +"appears, but only if that particular visitor requested a drink." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:56 msgid "" "When their drink has been served, click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button " "to indicate the drink has been delivered to the guest. Once clicked, that " "button disappears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst-1 msgid "" "The full list of currently checked in visitors, with the drinks to be served" " highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:63 msgid "" "If any column is not visible, or if a visible column is preferred to be " -"hidden, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options (two horizontal lines with " -"dots)` icon, located at the end of the column name list." +"hidden, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(additional " +"options)` icon, located at the end of the column name list. Doing so, " +"reveals a reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or disable. A" +" :icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`(check)` icon indicates the column is visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Clicking that reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or " -"disable. A :guilabel:`✅ (checkmark)` icon indicates the column is visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:69 msgid "Planned visitors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:71 msgid "" -"If a guest is expected to arrive at a future date and time, it is possible " -"to enter their information into the *Frontdesk* application in advance." +"Enter expected guest information in advance by creating a planned guest in " +"the *Frontdesk* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:73 msgid "" "To create a planned guest, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Visitors --> New`. Then, enter the same information as any other " -":ref:`visitor `. The only required fields are the " -"visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the :guilabel:`Station` at which they are " -"expected to arrive." +"Visitors`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Then, enter the same information as " +"any other :ref:`visitor ` on the guest form that appears. " +"The only required fields are the visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Station` at which they are expected to arrive." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:79 msgid "" "If a guest is planned in advance, they must be checked in from the list on " "the :guilabel:`Visitors` page in the *Frontdesk* application " @@ -5949,96 +6318,71 @@ msgid "" " entry remains listed as :guilabel:`Planned`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:84 msgid "" -"Only when a planned guest is checked in inside the application's visitor " -"list, their :guilabel:`Planned` status changes to :guilabel:`Checked-In`." +"The :guilabel:`Planned` status of a planned guest **only** changes to " +":guilabel:`Checked-In` when they are checked in *inside* the application's " +":guilabel:`Visitors` list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:87 msgid "" "If a guest does check in using a kiosk, ensure all records are current, and " -"the list of currently on-site guests is correct. Be sure to check in and/or " -"check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly reflects who " -"is currently on the premises." +"the list of guests that are currently on-site is correct. Be sure to check " +"in and/or check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly " +"reflects who is currently on the premises." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:91 msgid "" "Ensure planned guests are informed that they should **not** check in using " "the kiosk if they are listed as a planned guest in advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:274 -msgid "Frontdesk flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is " -"recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a " -"tablet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:279 -msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:281 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the " -":guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in" -" a new browser tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:283 -msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, " -"and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at" -" the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new " -"browser tab or window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:288 -msgid "" -"It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after " -"navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor " -"accessing the database when checking-in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:95 msgid "Visitor flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:294 -msgid "" -"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a frontdesk kiosk, and " -"enter their information. The information requested is what was configured " -"for that specific frontdesk station. If any information is required, the " -"field displays a red asterisk (*). The visitor must enter the required " -"information in order to check in." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:98 +msgid "Visitor check in" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a :ref:`Frontdesk kiosk " +"`, and click :guilabel:`Check in`. The information " +"requested from the visitor is what was configured for that specific " +"*Frontdesk* station. If any information is required, the field displays a " +"red asterisk (\\*). The visitor **must** enter the required information in " +"order to check in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:105 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, the visitor taps the :guilabel:`Check " "In` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:108 msgid "" -"If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check " -"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: `Do " -"you want something to drink?`" +"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," +" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check " +"In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: " +":guilabel:`Do you want something to drink?`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:117 msgid "" "The visitor can tap either :guilabel:`Yes, please`, or :guilabel:`No, thank " "you`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:119 msgid "" "If they select :guilabel:`Yes, please`, a drink selection screen appears, " "and the pre-configured options are listed. The visitor then taps the desired" @@ -6046,47 +6390,46 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Nothing, thanks` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:123 msgid "" -"If a drink selection was made, a `Thank you for registering! Your drink is " -"on the way.` message appears." +"If a drink selection was made, a :guilabel:`Thank you for registering! Your " +"drink is on the way.` message appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:313 -msgid "" -"At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection," -" the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:127 +msgid "Notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:129 msgid "" "Once the visitor has checked in, the person they are visiting, and any other" -" users who were configured to be notified when checks ins occur at the " -"kiosk, are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a " -"*Discuss* chat, or any combination of those three options." +" users who were configured to be notified when check-ins occur at the kiosk," +" are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a *Discuss*" +" chat, or any combination of those three options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:133 msgid "" "If the visitor requested a drink, the user(s) configured as the " -":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified via the " -"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: `(Visitor Name) just " -"checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" +":guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified, via the " +"*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: :guilabel:`(Visitor " +"Name) just checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the drink has been delivered to the guest, the person who delivered the" " drink is responsible for marking the drink as delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:140 msgid "" "To mark a drink as delivered, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> " -"Stations --> (#) Drinks to serve` on the desired station card." +"Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#) " +"Drinks to serve`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:143 msgid "" "This opens a list of all the visitors checked in at that station, and are " "waiting for a drink. Click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button at the end of" @@ -6094,64 +6437,39 @@ msgid "" "their drink served, the visitor disappears from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:150 msgid "" "Once the visitor has completed their business, and has left the premises, it" " is important to check them out for accurate record keeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:153 msgid "" "To check visitors out properly, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app " -"--> Stations --> (#) On Site`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who" -" are currently checked-in at that station." +"--> Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#)" +" Drinks to serve`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who are " +"currently checked-in at that station." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:157 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Check Out` button near the end of the line for the " +"Click the :guilabel:`Check out` button near the end of the line for the " "visitor who left. Once they are marked as checked-out, the visitor " "disappears from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:161 msgid "" -"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important to" -" check out visitors for accurate record keeping." +"Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important " +"for *Frontdesk* users to check out visitors for accurate record keeping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:164 msgid "" "Always have an accurate list of who is on the premises at any given time. " "This is important for security purposes, and in the case of an emergency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:353 -msgid "" -"The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` " -"and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:355 -msgid "" -"To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app" -" --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: " -":guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:358 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, " -"for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total " -"requests were made for each drink." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:361 -msgid "" -"As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show " -"other metrics, as well." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:5 msgid "Lunch" msgstr "午餐" @@ -6659,7 +6977,7 @@ msgid "The category form, with the fields filled out for a Soup category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:280 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:701 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:392 msgid "Alerts" msgstr "警示" @@ -7876,13 +8194,20 @@ msgid "" "the changes are also reflected in the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To access contract templates, the *Salary Configurator* " +"(`hr_contract_salary`) module **must** be :ref:`installed " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "To view all the current contract templates in the database, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Contracts: Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Contract Templates` page, all current contract templates " "appear in a list view. To view the details of a contract template, click " @@ -7891,40 +8216,40 @@ msgid "" "contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" "To create a new contract template, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Then, " "enter the following information on the blank contract template form that " "appears:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Reference`: enter a brief description for the template. " "This should be clear and easily understood, as this name appears in the " "*Recruitment* application, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: select the desired working schedule the " "contract applies to from the drop-down menu. If a new working schedule is " "needed, create a :ref:`new working schedule `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select how the work entries are generated. " "Choices are either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: work entries are generated based on the " "selected working schedule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendances`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "attendance, as they are logged in the *Attendances* application. Refer to " @@ -7932,56 +8257,56 @@ msgid "" "on checking in and out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Planning`: work entries are generated based on the employee's " "planning in the *Planning* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select the :ref:`salary structure type " "` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the contract template applies " "to from the drop-down menu. If blank, the template applies to all " "departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Job Position`: select the :ref:`job position ` the contract template applies to from the drop-down menu. If " "blank, the template applies to all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 msgid ":guilabel:`Wage on Payroll`: enter the monthly wage in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Type`: select the type of contract from the drop-down " "menu. This list is the same as the :ref:`Employment Types " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: select the employee responsible for validating " "contracts, using this template, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`: select a default document that a" " new employee has to sign to accept an offer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template`: select a default document " "that a current employee has to sign to update their contract." @@ -7991,18 +8316,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new contract template form, with the fields filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 msgid "Salary information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or " ":guilabel:`Hourly Wage` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: using the drop-down menu, select how often the " "employee is paid. Options include :guilabel:`Annually`, :guilabel:`Semi-" @@ -8011,7 +8336,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Weekly`, or :guilabel:`Daily`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage`: enter the gross wage. The time period presented in this " "field is based on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Scheduled Pay` field. " @@ -8019,21 +8344,21 @@ msgid "" "*first*, since that entry updates this field automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:172 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)`: enter the total yearly cost the employee " "costs the employer. When this value is entered, the :guilabel:`Monthly Cost " "(Real)` is automatically updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Monthly Cost (Real)`: this field is **not** editable. The value " "is automatically populated after the :guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)` is " "entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:178 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Schedule Pay`, :guilabel:`Wage`, and :guilabel:`Yearly Cost " "(Real)` fields are all linked. If any of these fields are updated, the other" @@ -8046,60 +8371,60 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The salary information tab, with the fields filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 msgid "Pre-tax benefits and post-tax deductions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:190 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings set for the company, the entries " "presented in this section either vary, or may not appear at all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "For example, some entries may pertain to retirement accounts, health " "insurance benefits, and commuter benefits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:196 msgid "" "Enter the monetary amounts or percentages to specify how much of the " "employee's salary goes to the various benefits and/or deductions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "Employment types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:204 msgid "" "To view all the pre-configured employment types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll application --> Configuration --> Contracts: " "Employment Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:207 msgid "" "The employment types are presented in a list view on the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:209 msgid "" "The default employment types are :guilabel:`Permanent`, " ":guilabel:`Temporary`, :guilabel:`Seasonal`, :guilabel:`Interim`, " ":guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, and :guilabel:`Permanent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 msgid "" "To make a new employment type, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the " "upper-left corner, and a blank line appears at the bottom of the " ":guilabel:`Employment Types` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:215 msgid "" "On this new blank line, enter the name of the employment type in the " ":guilabel:`Name` column. If the employment type is country-specific, select " @@ -8108,7 +8433,7 @@ msgid "" " specific country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:220 msgid "" "To rearrange the order of the employment types, click the :guilabel:`six " "small gray boxes` icon to the left of the employment type :guilabel:`Name`, " @@ -8119,12 +8444,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The employment types in the database by default, in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -8132,15 +8457,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:238 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:241 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -8148,14 +8473,14 @@ msgid "" "automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work " "Entry Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:251 msgid "" "Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." @@ -8167,29 +8492,29 @@ msgid "" "code and color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 msgid "" "To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:730 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:43 msgid "General information section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: the name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:269 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: this code appears with the work entry type on " "timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " @@ -8197,7 +8522,7 @@ msgid "" "department for a code to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:272 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DMFA code`: this code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " "Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding :abbr:`DMFA (De " @@ -8208,50 +8533,50 @@ msgid "" "salaries paid to those employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 msgid "" ":guilabel:`External Code`: this code is used for exporting data to a third-" "party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used to determine " "the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: this code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " "payroll service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the particular work entry type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:285 msgid "Display in payslip section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rounding`: the rounding method selected determines how quantities" " on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: a timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:295 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -8261,11 +8586,11 @@ msgid "" "hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:301 msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: if the work entry is for work that " "is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " @@ -8274,39 +8599,39 @@ msgid "" " training, or volunteer work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:309 msgid "Valid for advantages section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: if the work entry should count towards a meal " "voucher, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:312 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: if the work entry should count towards " "representation fees, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: if the work entry should count " "towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:318 msgid "Time off options section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off`: check this box if the work entry type can be selected " "for a time off request, or entry, in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field " "appears. This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time" @@ -8314,14 +8639,14 @@ msgid "" "example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "A new type of time off can be entered in the field, if the listed types of " "time off in the drop-down menu do **not** display the type of time off " "needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: this is for Belgian-specific companies " "**only**, and does **not** appear for other localizations. Check this box if" @@ -8332,11 +8657,11 @@ msgid "" "year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:336 msgid "Reporting section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:338 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: if the work entry should be visible on the " "unforeseen absences report, check this box." @@ -8346,11 +8671,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:348 msgid "Working schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 msgid "" "To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " @@ -8358,21 +8683,21 @@ msgid "" "contracts and work entries are found in this list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 msgid "" "Working schedules are company-specific. Each company **must** identify each " "type of working schedule they use. If the database is created for only one " "company, the company column is not available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" "An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " "work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " "that uses the 40-hour standard work week." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "" "A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " "needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." @@ -8384,17 +8709,17 @@ msgid "" "the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "New working schedule" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:373 msgid "" "To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " "enter the information on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -8402,7 +8727,7 @@ msgid "" "times that apply to the new working time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:376 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:380 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -8411,16 +8736,16 @@ msgid "" "modified by typing in the time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:386 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:389 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top-left. This creates " "entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" @@ -8428,11 +8753,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New working schedule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:403 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -8442,7 +8767,7 @@ msgid "" "on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:411 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -8452,73 +8777,77 @@ msgid "" "structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:417 msgid "" "The different :guilabel:`Structure Types` can be seen by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure " -"Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary: Structure Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:420 msgid "" -"There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: " -":guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Worker`. Typically, :guilabel:`Employee`" -" is used for salaried employees, which is why the wage type is " -":guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is typically used for" -" employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +"Two default structure types are configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Employee` and" +" :guilabel:`Worker`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:422 +msgid "" +"Typically, :guilabel:`Employee` is used for salaried employees, which is why" +" the wage type is :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is " +"typically used for employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is " +":guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "New structure type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " "structure type form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 msgid "" "Proceed to enter information in the fields. Most fields are pre-populated, " "but all the fields can be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:441 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Structure Type`: enter the name for the new structure type, such " "as `Employee` or `Worker`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Country`: select the country that the new structure type applies " "to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:445 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select what type of wage the new structure type uses," " either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for salaried employees, who receive the same wage " "every pay period, select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:451 msgid "" "If the type is to be used for employees, who receive wages based on how many" " hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: select the typical pay schedule for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," @@ -8527,7 +8856,7 @@ msgid "" "indicates how often this specific type of structure is paid out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: select the default working hours for the " "new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " @@ -8538,13 +8867,13 @@ msgid "" "hours>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: type in the name for the regular pay " "structure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:463 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: select the default type of work entry " "the new structure type falls under from the drop-down menu. The default " @@ -8555,13 +8884,13 @@ msgid "" "Hours`, and :guilabel:`Long Term Time Off`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 msgid "" "To view all the options for the :guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`, click " "the :guilabel:`Search More..` button at the bottom of the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:472 msgid "" "Depending on the localization settings, this list may contain more options " "in addition to the default options." @@ -8572,11 +8901,11 @@ msgid "" "New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 msgid "New default working hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:484 msgid "" "To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " "in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " @@ -8586,14 +8915,14 @@ msgid "" "time. When the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: type in the name for the new default working hours. This " "should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " "Hours/Week`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that can use these new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " @@ -8601,7 +8930,7 @@ msgid "" " to have their own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:495 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: the average hours per day field is auto-" "populated, based on the working hours configured in the :guilabel:`Working " @@ -8609,13 +8938,13 @@ msgid "" "hours affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:499 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Timezone`: select the time zone to be used for the new default " "working hours from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:501 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: enter the number of hours per week an " "employee would need to work to be considered a full-time employee. " @@ -8624,7 +8953,7 @@ msgid "" "(full-time vs part-time)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:505 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Time Rate`: this percentage is auto-generated based on the " "entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" @@ -8634,7 +8963,7 @@ msgid "" "adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: this tab is where each day's specific working" " hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " @@ -8642,26 +8971,26 @@ msgid "" "with each day divided into three timed sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:513 msgid "" "Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening " "(13:00-17:00) hours configured, using a 24 hour time format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:516 msgid "" "To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field to adjust, and " "make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the specific case of " "the times, type in the desired time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:519 msgid "" "Keep in mind, working hours are company-specific, and cannot be shared " "between companies. Each company needs to have their own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "" "If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " "bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " @@ -8670,17 +8999,17 @@ msgid "" " be adjusted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 msgid "Structures" msgstr "結構" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:531 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -8688,13 +9017,13 @@ msgid "" "`Bonus`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:538 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:541 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " @@ -8705,7 +9034,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All available salary structures." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:548 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." @@ -8717,12 +9046,12 @@ msgid "" "Rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:551 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:556 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:261 msgid "Rules" msgstr "規則" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:558 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " "purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" @@ -8730,35 +9059,35 @@ msgid "" "the creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:562 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " "Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:565 msgid "" "To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " "the following information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 msgid "Top section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:571 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rule Name`: enter a name for the rule. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " "recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " @@ -8766,38 +9095,38 @@ msgid "" "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:577 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a number indicating when this rule is calculated" " in the sequence of all other rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:576 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Active`: enable this toggle, so the rule is available for use. " "Disable the toggle to hide the rule without deleting it in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:583 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Appears on payslip`: tick the checkbox to have the rule appear on" " employee payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:584 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Employer Cost Dashboard`: tick the checkbox to have the " "rule appear on the :guilabel:`Employer Cost` report, located on the " "*Payroll* app dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:586 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View on Payroll Reporting`: tick the checkbox to have the rule " "appear on payroll reports." @@ -8807,15 +9136,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 msgid "General tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:597 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "條件" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:599 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: select from the drop-down menu whether the " "rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always applies), a :guilabel:`Range` " @@ -8824,11 +9153,11 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:600 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:605 msgid "Computation" msgstr "計算" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:607 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: select from the drop-down menu whether the amount " "is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a :guilabel:`Percentage (%)`, or a " @@ -8836,54 +9165,54 @@ msgid "" "percentage, or Python code needs to be entered next. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:613 msgid "Company contribution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:615 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partner`: if another company financially contributes to this " "rule, select the company from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:614 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:810 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 msgid "Description tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:621 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the rule. " "This tab only appears in the rule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:625 msgid "Accounting tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:627 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Debit Account`: select the debit account from the drop-down menu " "the rule affects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Credit Account`: select the credit account from the drop-down " "menu the rule affects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:624 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:629 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not computed in net accountability`: tick the checkbox to delete " "the value of this rule in the `Net Salary` rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:633 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:636 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " @@ -8892,11 +9221,11 @@ msgid "" "has matured to more markets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:642 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:644 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " @@ -8910,14 +9239,14 @@ msgid "" "a payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 msgid "" "To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " ":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " "applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:658 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" " :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " @@ -8929,11 +9258,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new Input Type form filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:664 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:669 msgid "Salary attachment types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:671 msgid "" "Salary attachments, also thought of as \"wage garnishments\", are portions " "of earnings taken out of a payslip for something specific. Much like all " @@ -8941,7 +9270,7 @@ msgid "" "**must** be defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:675 msgid "" "To view the currently configured salary attachments, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Salary " @@ -8950,7 +9279,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Child Support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:679 msgid "" "To make a new type of salary attachment, click the :guilabel:`New` button. " "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Code` (used in the salary " @@ -8962,11 +9291,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new salary attachment form filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " "section of the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary " @@ -8976,7 +9306,7 @@ msgid "" "their salary package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:695 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -8985,11 +9315,11 @@ msgid "" "sees, and what is populated, as the applicant enters information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:701 msgid "Benefits" msgstr "優點" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:703 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain benefits " "set in Odoo, in addition to the salary, to make an offer more appealing " @@ -8997,7 +9327,7 @@ msgid "" " or internet, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:707 msgid "" "To view the benefits, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " "--> Salary Package Configurator: Benefits`. Benefits are grouped by " @@ -9009,7 +9339,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list view of all the benefits available for each structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:716 msgid "" "A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " "another labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " @@ -9017,7 +9347,7 @@ msgid "" "structure type has a meal voucher benefit available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:720 msgid "" "A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use the " "company car benefit, but cannot have meal vouchers. A person hired under the" @@ -9025,29 +9355,29 @@ msgid "" "available to them, not the use of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:724 msgid "" "To make a new benefit, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " "information in the fields on the blank benefits form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:722 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 msgid "The various fields for creating a benefit are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:732 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefits`: enter the name for the benefit. This field is " "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:733 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "benefit this is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of cost " "incurred by the company for this specific benefit. The default options are " @@ -9058,7 +9388,7 @@ msgid "" "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:739 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Related Type`: select from the drop-down menu what type of " "benefit it is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -9067,52 +9397,52 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:738 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the specific field" " on the contract the benefit appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select the specific field on the contract that the " "cost of the benefit is linked to, using the drop-down menu. If this field is" " left blank, the cost of the benefit is not computed in the employee budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:743 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:748 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Net Salary`: tick the checkbox if the benefit should " "impact the employee's net salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requested Documents`: select any document that is required to be " "submitted for this benefit, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:752 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mandatory Benefits`: using the drop-down menu, select the benefit" " that is required in order for this specific benefit to be offered to the " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:750 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 msgid "" "For example, a benefit for car insurance would populate `Company Car` in " "this field. This would allow the car insurance benefit to **only** be " "displayed if the employee has selected/enabled the benefit of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:758 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this benefit applies to. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:760 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select the metric that the benefit is granted, " "using the drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, " @@ -9123,17 +9453,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new benefit form filled out for an internet subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:768 msgid "Display section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:770 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show Name`: tick the checkbox to have the benefit name appear in " "the salary package configurator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:767 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: select from the drop-down menu how this benefit is" " displayed. The options are :guilabel:`Always Selected`, " @@ -9142,14 +9472,14 @@ msgid "" "This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 msgid "" "Depending on the selection made, additional configurations need to be made. " "For example, if :guilabel:`Radio Buttons` is selected, the individual radio " "buttons must be entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Icon`: an icon from the `Font Awesome 4 library " "`_ can be visible for this benefit. Enter" @@ -9157,43 +9487,43 @@ msgid "" "suitcase icon, the code `fa fa-suitcase` is entered on this line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hide Description`: tick the checkbox to hide the benefit " "description if the benefit is not selected by the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:784 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded`: if the benefit should be folded, or hidden, because it " "is dependant on another benefit selection, tick the checkbox. The following " "fields appear when this is active:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:782 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Label`: enter a name for the folded section of the benefit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:783 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:788 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold Res Field`: select the contract field this benefit is tied " "to using the drop-down menu. If this field is selected on the contract, then" " this benefit becomes visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:792 msgid "Activity section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the activity type" " that is automatically created when this benefit is selected by the " "employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:796 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation`: select when the activity is created, either " "when the :guilabel:`Employee signs his contract`, or when the " @@ -9201,7 +9531,7 @@ msgid "" "desired selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:794 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:799 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Creation Type`: select the parameters for when the " "activity is created, either :guilabel:`When the benefit is set` or " @@ -9209,47 +9539,47 @@ msgid "" " desired selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:802 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Assigned to`: select the user the activity is automatically " "assigned to, using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:143 msgid "Sign section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:808 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Template to Sign`: if the employee is required to sign a document" " when selecting this benefit, select the document template from the drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:806 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:811 msgid "" "For example, a benefit regarding the use of a company car may require the " "employee to sign a document acknowledging the company's car policies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:812 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 msgid "" "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the benefit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:815 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:820 msgid "Personal info" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:822 msgid "" "Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " "candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " "information, resume, work information, and documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:826 msgid "" "The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " "section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " @@ -9257,17 +9587,17 @@ msgid "" "hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:825 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:830 msgid "" "To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " "dashboard, and click on the employee's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:829 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:834 msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:836 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Personal Info` section lists all of the fields that are " "available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " @@ -9281,25 +9611,25 @@ msgid "" "enter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:839 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 msgid "" "To edit a personal info entry, select an entry from the list on the " ":guilabel:`Personal Info` page, and modify the personal info on the form " "that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:842 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 msgid "To create a new personal info entry, click the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:849 msgid "" "The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " "are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " ":guilabel:`Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:847 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:852 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down menu. " ":guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the :guilabel:`Bank" @@ -9307,7 +9637,7 @@ msgid "" "account, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:851 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from the drop-down menu that best " "describes what kind of personal information this entry is, and where it is " @@ -9316,13 +9646,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address` or :guilabel:`Personal Documents`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:861 msgid "" "The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " "Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:859 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:864 msgid "" "Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required` box makes the field mandatory on the " "employee's card. The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the " @@ -9335,50 +9665,50 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:871 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:876 msgid "" "The resumé section, housed within the salary package configurator section of" " the settings menu, is how salary information rules are configured when " "offering a position to potential employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:874 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:879 msgid "" "When an offer is sent to a prospective employee, the values for the offer " "are computed from these settings, and appear on the offer page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:877 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:882 msgid "" "To configure this section, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator: Resumé`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:885 msgid "" "By default, there are three :guilabel:`Salary Structure Types` pre-" "configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Worker`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " ":guilabel:`None`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:888 msgid "" "Each :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` has several rules configured. These " "affect how an offer is calculated using that particular :guilabel:`Salary " "Structure Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:886 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank " ":guilabel:`Contract Salary Resumé` form loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:891 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 msgid ":guilabel:`Information`: type in a name for this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:892 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:897 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: select the category this value is housed under, using " "the drop-down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Monthly Salary`, " @@ -9386,11 +9716,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:901 msgid "New categories can be made if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, then enter the name for the new category " "in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, select the :guilabel:`Periodicity` from" @@ -9399,23 +9729,23 @@ msgid "" "appears in the :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` rule list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:908 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Impacts Monthly Total`: tick the checkbox if this value is added " "in the monthly total calculation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:911 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select what kind of value this rule is, either " ":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Days`, or :guilabel:`Percent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency` is for a set monetary value, :guilabel:`Days` is for " "compensation in the form of time off, and :guilabel:`Percent` is for a " @@ -9423,13 +9753,13 @@ msgid "" "commissions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:912 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select which :guilabel:`Salary Structure " "Type` this rule is nested under, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:914 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:919 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Value Type`: select how the value is computed, using the drop-" "down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Fixed Value`, " @@ -9437,7 +9767,7 @@ msgid "" "Benefits Values`, and :guilabel:`Monthly Total`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:922 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: select the code this rule applies to from the drop-down " "menu." @@ -9448,23 +9778,23 @@ msgid "" "The net wage rule form filled out, with all the information for net pay." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:929 msgid "Jobs" msgstr "職位空缺" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:926 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:931 msgid "" "Since the *Payroll* application is responsible for paying employees for " "specific job positions, the complete list of job positions can be found in " "both the *Payroll* and *Recruitment* applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:937 #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:934 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:939 msgid "" "The job positions listed in the *Payroll* application are identical to the " "job positions listed in the *Recruitment* application. If a new job position" @@ -9472,13 +9802,13 @@ msgid "" "*Payroll* application, and vice versa." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:943 msgid "" "To view the job positions, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> " "Configuration --> Jobs: Job Positions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:941 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:946 msgid "" "A list of all the job positions appear, along with the corresponding " "department, on the :guilabel:`Job Position` page." @@ -9488,38 +9818,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list of all the job positions and corresponding departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 msgid "" "To create a new job description, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a job " "form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:955 msgid "" "Enter the information on the form for the new position. The information is " "identical as to the information entered when creating a new job position in " "the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:953 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 msgid "" "Refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation for more details" " on how to fill out this form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:957 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:962 msgid ":doc:`payroll/contracts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:958 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:963 msgid ":doc:`payroll/payslips`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:959 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:964 msgid ":doc:`payroll/work_entries`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:965 msgid ":doc:`payroll/reporting`" msgstr "" @@ -12193,8 +12523,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " "steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" " step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," -" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " -"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +" conducting an interview, or sending a job offer, for example. This process " +"is referred to as the 'applicant flow.'" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 @@ -12227,18 +12557,245 @@ msgid "" "positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " "` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " "stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " -"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes are " "visible on all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:37 msgid "" -"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +"Before creating a job position in Odoo, configure the necessary settings for" +" the *Recruitment* app. To view and edit the settings, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Settings`. After any " +"changes are made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the top-left corner " +"to save all the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:43 +msgid "Job posting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Job Posting` section of the *Recruitment* app settings has " +"only one selection to make. If job positions are to be posted to the " +"company's website, enable the :guilabel:`Online Posting` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Online Posting` is only available if the *Website* " +"application is also installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:53 +msgid "Recruitment process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recruitment process` section of the settings page specifies " +"what the database can and cannot do during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:59 +msgid "Send interview survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Odoo is capable of having a survey sent to an applicant to gather more " +"information about them. Surveys can be thought of as exams, or " +"questionnaires, and can be customized in various ways to provide the " +"recruitment team with valuable insights into the applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option to send surveys to " +"applicants. Once enabled, an :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Interview " +"Survey` internal link appears. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`Interview Survey` link to navigate to a list of all created " +"surveys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:70 +msgid "" +"This list includes all surveys that were created in the database, not just " +"surveys used in the *Recruitment* app. If no surveys have been created, the " +"surveys list displays a :guilabel:`No Survey Found` message, and presents " +"options to create a survey from several pre-configured survey templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:76 +msgid "" +"For more detailed information about surveys, refer to the :doc:`survey " +"essentials <../marketing/surveys/create>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Enabling the :guilabel:`Send Interview Survey` option will install the " +"*Surveys* application once the settings are saved, if it is not installed " +"already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:84 +msgid "Send SMS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:86 +msgid "" +"It is possible to send text messages to applicants directly through the " +"*Recruitment* app. To do so, enable the :guilabel:`Send SMS` option. This " +"option requires credits to use, which can be obtained by clicking the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` internal link that emerges " +"when the feature is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For more information, refer to the :doc:`SMS pricing and FAQs " +"<../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:98 +msgid "CV display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When applicants submit an application, one of the default required fields is" +" a resumé, or :abbr:`CV (curriculum vitae)`. All resumés are stored in the " +"*Documents* application, and are accessible on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:104 +msgid "" +"A resumé has the option to appear on the applicant's form, which can be " +"viewed by clicking on the applicant's card. The resumé appears on the right-" +"side of the screen. If this is not enabled, the resumé is accessed via a " +"link in the chatter, where it needs to be clicked to expand and view it, or " +"downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`CV Display` option to show the resumé on the " +"applicant's card by default, and in addition to the document link. When " +"enabled, the resumé appears on the right side of the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"For the resumé to appear on the right-side, the browser window must be in " +"full-screen mode (where the browser spans the entire screen)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the browser window is set to a size smaller than the entire width of the " +"screen (not full-screen), then the resumé does not appear on the right-side." +" Instead, the resumé appears in the :guilabel:`Files` section of the " +"chatter, below the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The resumé on an applicant's card, appearing on the right side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:128 +msgid "CV digitization (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:130 +msgid "" +"When an application is submitted using any of the available methods, such as" +" an online application submission, emailing a resume to the job position " +"alias, or creating an applicant record directly from the database, it is " +"possible to have Odoo extract the applicant's name, phone number, and email " +"address from the resumé and populate the applicant's form. To do so, enable " +"the :guilabel:`CV Digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:136 +msgid "" +"When enabled, additional options appear. Click on the corresponding radio " +"button to select one of the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not digitize`: this option turns off resumé digitization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize on demand only`: this option only digitizes resumes when" +" requested. A :guilabel:`Digitize document` buttons appears on applicant " +"cards. When clicked, the resumé is scanned and the applicant's card is " +"updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Digitize automatically`: this option automatically digitizes all " +"resumés when they are submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Beneath these options are two additional links. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-" +"right` :guilabel:`Buy credits` button to purchase credits for CV " +"digitization. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`View My Services` " +"to view a list of all current services, and their remaining credit balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:151 +msgid "" +"For more information on document digitization and :abbr:`IAP's (in-app " +"purchases)`, refer to the :doc:`In-app purchase (IAP) " +"<../essentials/in_app_purchase>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:155 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option for :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)`" +" at first may seem like a redundancy. It seems to be the same as disabling " +"the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`CV digitization (OCR)` option is enabled, a module is " +"installed so that resumés can be scanned. Disabling this option would " +"uninstall the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If at some point, there is a desire to temporarily stop digitizing resumés, " +"the :guilabel:`Do not digitize` option is selected. The reason this option " +"is available is so that the module is not uninstalled, allowing for " +"digitization to be enabled in the future by selecting one of the other two " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"When sending an offer to an applicant, an expiration date can be set on the " +"offer. Enter the number of days an offer is valid for in the " +":guilabel:`days` field. After the set amount of days has passed, if the " +"applicant has not accepted the offer, the offer is no longer available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To access the Kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " ":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " "opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " -"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " -"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " -"job position." +"Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` smart button on a job position " +"card to navigate to the Kanban view for all the applicants for that " +"particular job position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12246,119 +12803,130 @@ msgid "" "Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:186 msgid "" -"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"Inside the job application, the Kanban stages appear, with all the " "applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" -" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +" are currently in. There are six default stages in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:190 +msgid ":ref:`New `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:191 msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:194 msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:195 msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:197 msgid "" -"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " -"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " -"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " -"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " -"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default. Folded " +"columns appear gray, and the applicants in it are hidden from view. To " +"expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that column, click " +"anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and the column " +"expands, revealing the applicants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:206 msgid "" -"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " -"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, providing status " +"information for the applicant's in that specific stage. The status colors " +"are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:209 +msgid ":guilabel:`Green`: the applicant is ready to move to the next stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:210 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " -"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " -"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " -"stage." +":guilabel:`Red`: the applicant is blocked from moving to the next stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " -"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +":guilabel:`Gray`: the applicant is still in progress in the current stage " +"and is neither ready nor blocked from the next stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " -"which need to be scheduled." +"The status for each card is set manually. To set the status, click on the " +"small circle in the lower-left of the applicant card. A status pop-up window" +" appears. Click on the desired status for the applicant. The status dot on " +"the applicant card as well as the status bar updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The applicant card statuses, and status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:223 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " -"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " -"applicants currently in the stage." +"The names for the three status colors (`In Progress`, `Blocked`, and `Ready " +"for Next Stage`) :ref:`can be modified `, if " +"desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:229 msgid "Customize stages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:231 msgid "" "Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " "particular hiring steps of a business." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:235 msgid "New stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 msgid "" -"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " -"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " -"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" -" the screen to exit the new column creation." +"To create a new stage, click on :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Stage` and a new " +"column appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Stage " +"title` field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and " +"another new stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click" +" anywhere on the screen to exit the new stage creation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgid "The plus sign to click to add a new column to the Kanban stages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:249 msgid "Modify stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:251 msgid "" "To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " -":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " -"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " -"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " -"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " -"when done." +":icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side " +"of the stage. Click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon and a menu" +" appears. Then click on the :guilabel:`Edit` option. An :guilabel:`Edit: " +"(Stage)` form appears. Make any desired modifications to the form, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12367,40 +12935,39 @@ msgid "" "displays when clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 -msgid "Edit column form" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:265 +msgid "Edit stage form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:267 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " -"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" -" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +"The :guilabel:`Edit: (Stage)` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required field is the :guilabel:`Stage Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:272 msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " "drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " -"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"the stage, an email is automatically sent to the applicant using the " "selected template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " "(hidden) at all times in the default view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " "applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " @@ -12408,138 +12975,147 @@ msgid "" "is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:282 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " -"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " -"job positions can be selected." +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to specific job " +"positions, select the job positions from the drop-down menu. Multiple job " +"positions can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" " the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" " referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " ":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " -"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage. The *Referrals* app " +"must be installed in order to use this option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:289 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" -" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" -" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " -"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " -"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured status labels " +"(colored circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These " +"colors are displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the" +" applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the" +" label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " ":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " ":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" " any requirements of the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:298 msgid "Delete stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:300 msgid "" "If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," -" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." -" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " -"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " -":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " -":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` " +"icon appears. First, click on the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A " +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up warning appears, asking :guilabel:`Are you " +"sure you want to delete this column?` Click :guilabel:`Delete` to delete the" +" column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:307 msgid "" "If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " -"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" -" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" -" before deleting." +"up when attempting to delete the stage. The records currently in the stage " +"to need to be either deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage before" +" the stage can be deleted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:312 msgid "Email templates" msgstr "電子信件範本" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 msgid "" "To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " "templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " "use them are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " -"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " -"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " -"Interview` stage." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Applicant Acknowledgement`: this template is used to" +" let the applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`New` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:320 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " -"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " -"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Interest`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application caught the recruiter's attention, and " +"they have been shortlisted for either a phone call or an interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:323 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" -" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " -"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview`: this template is used to let " +"the applicant know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial " +"Qualification` stage and they will be contacted to set up an interview with " +"the recruiter. This email is automatically sent out once the applicant is in" +" the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:327 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" -" longer being considered for the position." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when " +"an applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the " +"position, and thanks them for their time and consideration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:330 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " -"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " -"configure their salary package." +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is " +"no longer being considered for the position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 msgid "" "Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" " business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " ":doc:`../general/companies/email_template` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:337 msgid "" -"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " -"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " -":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " -"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +"To manually send an email, click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send an email from the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:344 msgid "" -"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " -":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " -"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " -"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +"Click the :icon:`fa-expand` :guilabel:`(expand)` full composer icon in the " +"bottom right corner of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter. A " +":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window loads, with the " +":guilabel:`Recipients` and :guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The " +"applicant's email address is entered in the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and" +" the :guilabel:`Subject` is `(Job Position)`. The email body is empty by " +"default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:350 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the field next to " +":guilabel:`Load template` in the bottom section of the window. Select the " +"email template to use from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 msgid "" -"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " -":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " "Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " "information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" " the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " @@ -12547,47 +13123,55 @@ msgid "" "change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:359 msgid "" -"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " -"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " -"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" -" of available templates." +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model load. There are " +"other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not configured" +" for the recruitment application, they do not appear in the list of " +"available templates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 msgid "" -"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " -"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " -"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " -":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " -"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " -"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " -"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " -"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " -"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button" +" in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the :icon:`fa-" +"close` :guilabel:`(delete)` icon to the right of the attachment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:367 +msgid "" +"If any changes need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If " +"the edits should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved " +"as a new template. Click the :guilabel:`Save Template` button in the bottom." +" To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email is sent to the " +"applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 msgid "Stage flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:375 msgid "" "In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " -"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the Kanban view to the" " desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:379 msgid "" "To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " -"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " -"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " -"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"in the Kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted at the top, above the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 +msgid "" +"Click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " "indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " -"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " -"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +"Kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top-left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12596,104 +13180,137 @@ msgid "" "applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:233 -msgid "Initial qualification" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:643 +msgid "New" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:398 msgid "" "The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " "flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " "recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:402 msgid "" -"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " -"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " -"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " -"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " -":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " -"required when applying for a job position." +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`New` stage, whether submitted online" +" or if the applicant is manually entered by a recruiter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:405 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically populates the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`, the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile` number, and :guilabel:`LinkedIn " +"Profile` on the applicant's card. This information is required when applying" +" for a job position, by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If the website application form is modified, different fields may be " +"populated based on what information is requested on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:414 msgid "" "If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " -"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " -":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " -"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " -"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " -"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " -"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " -"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" -" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +"Introduction` section of the online application, it will populate in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:421 +msgid "" +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé would appear " +"in the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"*Documents* application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the left-" +"hand side. All recruitment documents are stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "" +"If the :ref:`CV Display ` option was enabled in the " +":ref:`Settings ` menu, the resumé appears on the " +"applicant's card, on the right-hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:431 msgid "Send interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:433 msgid "" "At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " "applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " "can be formatted in a variety of ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid "" +"The *Surveys* application is used to send these *interviews*, therefore the " +"*Surveys* application must be installed to send an interview to an " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 msgid "" "Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " "questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " -"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " -"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " -"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " -"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " -"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" -" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" -" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +"be formatted to suit each individual job positions needs. For more " +"information on creating and editing interview forms, refer to the " +":doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 +msgid "" +"A job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form" +" of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:450 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top-left of the " +"applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Send Interview` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Send an " +"interview` pop-up window appears, with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:458 msgid "" "In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" " the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" -" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " -"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " -"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " -"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " -":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, an " +":guilabel:`Edit:(Applicant)` pop-up window appears on top of the " +":guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window. Enter the email address in the " +":guilabel:`email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. Once the " +"applicant's information is saved, the :guilabel:`Edit: (Applicant)` closes " +"and the :guilabel:`Send an interview` pop-up window remains." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 msgid "" -"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " -"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " -"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +"Email templates use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the " +"applicant and the job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey" +" if more people should receive the email. If an email is in the database as " +"a contact, add that contact in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. If an email" +" should be sent to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they" +" should **not** be added as a contact, add their email in the " +":guilabel:`Additional emails` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:279 -msgid "" -"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " -"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " -"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " -"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " -"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:284 -msgid "" -"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " -"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " -"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " -"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " -"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " -"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " -"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1066 msgid "" "If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " "button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " @@ -12701,25 +13318,26 @@ msgid "" " and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:475 msgid "" "If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" " for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " "window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " -"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " -"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " -"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +"calendar selector appears. Use the :icon:`fa-chevron-left` " +":guilabel:`(left)` and :icon:`fa-chevron-right` :guilabel:`(right)` arrows " +"on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then click on " +"the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"The :guilabel:`Mail Template` field is pre-populated based on the " "configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" " drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " "template loads in the email body." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 msgid "" "To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " ":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." @@ -12731,11 +13349,11 @@ msgid "" "pre-configured template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:494 msgid "Refuse" msgstr "拒絕" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:496 msgid "" "At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " "the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" @@ -12744,95 +13362,265 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refuse`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " -"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " -":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " -"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " -"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " -"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " -"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" -" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " -"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " -"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " -"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Click the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reason` from the presented options. The default refuse " +"reasons in Odoo, and their corresponding email templates, are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:508 +msgid "Email Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:509 +msgid "Refusal Reason" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:510 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Refuse`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Language issues`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Role already fulfilled`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Duplicate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Spam`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:516 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment: Not interested anymore`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: don't like job`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: better offer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Refused by Applicant: salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "" +"Additional refusal reasons :ref:`can be created and existing ones can be " +"modified or deleted `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:525 msgid "" "Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " "which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " "example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " -"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" -" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"applicant's name appears anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the " +"email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " "the :doc:`../general/companies/email_template` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 msgid "" -"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " -"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," -" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " -"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" -" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" -" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +"After a :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` is selected, two fields appear below the " +"refusal reason: :guilabel:`Send Email` and :guilabel:`Email Template`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:534 msgid "" -"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"The applicant's email address automatically populates the :guilabel:`Send " +"Email` field; additional email recipients cannot be added. If an email " +"should **not** be sent to the applicant, uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:538 +msgid "" +"The email template associated with the refusal reason populates the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field. If a different email template is desired, " +"select a different template from the :guilabel:`Email Template` drop-down " +"menu. To view the email template, click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon " +"to the right of the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. The email template " +"loads in a :guilabel:`Open: Email Template` pop-up window, and can be " +"modified if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:545 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Refuse`. The " "refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " -"appears on the applicant's card." +"appears on the applicant's card in the top-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top-right " "corner in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 msgid "" "After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " -"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " -"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" -" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " -":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " -"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " -"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +"position's Kanban view. To view the refused applicants only, click the " +":guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the search box, then click " +":guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` section. All applicants " +"that have been refused for the job position appear, in the stage they were " +"when they were refused." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:558 +msgid "" +"To view all applicants that have been refused from all job positions, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All " +"Applications`. Click the :guilabel:`▼ Toggle Search Panel` button in the " +"search box, then click :guilabel:`Refused` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"section. All applications for all job positions are presented in a list " +"view, organized by stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "Create or modify refuse reasons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:569 +msgid "" +"To view all currently configured refuse reasons, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Settings --> Applications: Refuse " +"Reasons`. All the refuse reasons appear in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +"To create a new refuse reason, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" +"left corner. A blank line appears at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Description` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +"Type in the new refuse reason in the field. It is recommended to enter a " +"reason that is short and concise, such as `offer expired` or `withdrew " +"application`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, click on the field to reveal " +"a drop-down menu. Select an :guilabel:`Email Template` from the list to be " +"used when this refuse reason is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +"If a new :guilabel:`Email Template` is desired, type in the name for the new" +" template in the field. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` and a " +":guilabel:`Create Email Template` form pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the form and an email :guilabel:`Subject` in " +"the corresponding fields. Enter the email content in the :guilabel:`Content`" +" tab. Make any other desired modifications to the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the template and return to the " +":guilabel:`Refuse Reasons` list. The new template appears in the new refuse " +"reason :guilabel:`Email Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +"To make any modifications to a refuse reason, click on the line, and make " +"any desired changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:594 msgid "New applicant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:596 msgid "" "An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " "be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" -" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " -"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " -"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " -"button." +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online) an applicant " +"card can be easily added from the job position Kanban view in one of two " +"ways, using either the :ref:`quick add ` " +"button or the :ref:`New ` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 msgid "Quick add" msgstr "快速添加" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:607 msgid "" -"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " -"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " -"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"Quickly add a new applicant using the *quick add* button. If not already in " +"the job position Kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by " +"going to :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job " +"Positions`. Click the :guilabel:`(#) New Applications` button on the job " "position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " -"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " -":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +"small :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in the top-right of the " +":guilabel:`New` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:616 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application`: Enter the title for the card. Typically " +"this is the applicant's name and job position being applied to, for example:" +" `Laura Smith - HR Manager`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, " +"unless the :guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:671 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:623 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card appears in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:628 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`delete` icon or anywhere on the screen to " +"close the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 @@ -12841,104 +13629,60 @@ msgid "" "option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:383 -msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:645 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" -" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " -"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the *New* " +"button. If not already in the Kanban view for the job position to add an " +"applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard by going to " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> By Job Positions`. " +"Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left of the Kanban view " +"and a blank applicant form loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:389 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:434 -msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " -"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " -"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " -"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:396 -msgid "" -"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " -"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " -"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " -"the card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:400 -msgid "" -"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " -"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " -"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:407 -msgid "Create" -msgstr "建立" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:409 -msgid "" -"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " -":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " -"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," -" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " -"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:651 msgid "" "Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " "the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " "well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" " fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" " configurations, some fields may not be displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:662 msgid "Applicant section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:664 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" " the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " -"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " -"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +"position being applied to, for example: `John Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the Kanban view, unless the " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " -"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:672 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:673 msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:674 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`LinkedIn Profile`: enter the web address for the applicant's " +"personal profile on LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" " from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " @@ -12948,132 +13692,189 @@ msgid "" " high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:681 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" -" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " -":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:445 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " -"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: using the drop-down menu, select the people who " +"will conduct the interview(s). The selected people must have either " "*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " -"in order to appear on the drop-down." +"to appear in the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " "recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " "all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:687 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " -"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Evaluation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for the" +" applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " ":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:690 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source`: using the drop-down menu, select where the applicant " +"learned about the job position. The following options come pre-configured in" +" Odoo: :guilabel:`Search engine`, :guilabel:`Lead Recall`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Monster`, :guilabel:`Glassdoor`, and " +":guilabel:`Craigslist`. To add a new :guilabel:`Source`, type in the source," +" then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new source)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:695 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Medium`: using the drop-down menu, select the method, or " +":guilabel:`Medium`, for the :guilabel:`Source` that the applicant found the " +"job listing with. The pre-configured options are: :guilabel:`Banner`, " +":guilabel:`Direct`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Facebook`, " +":guilabel:`Google Adwords`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Phone`, " +":guilabel:`Television`, :guilabel:`Twitter` (now known as \"X\"), or " +":guilabel:`Website`. To add a new :guilabel:`Medium`, type in the medium, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new medium)\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:701 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " "job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " "the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " -"installed for this to appear." +"installed for this field to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:704 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: select the available start date for the applicant." +" To select a date, click on the field to reveal a calendar. Use the " +":guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrows on either side of the " +"month to navigate to the desired month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to" +" select the date. If no entry is selected that indicates the applicant is " +"ready to begin work immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:709 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, then click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 msgid "Job section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 msgid "" "The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " "long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" " possible, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " "to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:722 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " -"drop-down menu." +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job position is for using the " +"drop-down menu. This field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:726 msgid "Contract section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:728 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " "for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " "The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:731 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" -" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are requested by " +"the applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Expected Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:734 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" -" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " -"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " -"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +":guilabel:`Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are offered to the " +"applicant, enter it in the :guilabel:`Extra advantages...` field to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Proposed Salary` field. This should be short and " +"descriptive, such as `unlimited sick time` or `retirement plan`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:484 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " -"select the available start date for the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:742 msgid "Application summary tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 msgid "" "Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" " can be typed into this field." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +"Skills can be added to the applicant's card. To add a skill, follow the same" +" steps as outlined in the skills section of the :ref:`Create new employees " +"` document." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:760 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "" +"If an applicant seems to be a good potential candidate, they are moved to " +"the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage. This could be for a number of " +"reasons, such as they have the relevant experience, education, or " +"certifications the position requires." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:766 +msgid "" +"This stage is to quickly sort candidates that have potential, and those that" +" do not meet the requirements. No automatic actions, such as emails, are set" +" for this stage. This stage simply informs the recruitment team to " +"potentially set up a phone call or an interview with the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:773 msgid "First interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:775 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " "they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " -"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +"position Kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" " the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " "the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " "applicant's card." @@ -13081,155 +13882,176 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "" -"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"An applicant's card moves from one stage to another by using the click and " "drag method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:785 msgid "" -"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" -" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " -"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " -"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " -"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " -"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " -"the chatter." +"The :guilabel:`First Interview` stage can be modified so when the " +"applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an email is" +" automatically sent to the applicant stating an interview is requested. In " +"this pre-configured email template, a link to the recruiting team's calendar" +" appears, allowing the applicant to schedule their interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 msgid "" -"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " -"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " -"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " -"button at the top of the applicant's record." +":ref:`Edit ` the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, " +"and select the :guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` for the " +":guilabel:`Email Template` field, to automate this action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 msgid "" -"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " -":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " -":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " -"the applicant's card." +"An interview can be scheduled in one of two ways: either manually by the " +"recruitment team, or by the applicant themselves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:802 msgid "" -"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " -"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " -":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " -"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " -":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +"If the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage was modified to send the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment: Schedule Interview` email template when an applicant" +" reaches that stage, the applicant received a link to the recruitment team's" +" calendar, and can schedule the interview on their own. The recruitment " +"team's availability is reflected in the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +msgid "" +"If the interview needs to be scheduled by the recruitment team, they should " +"reach out to the applicant for a date and time that works. When a date and " +"time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and interviewer, the " +"interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, whether a phone or in-" +"person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button at the top of " +"the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button displays :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings are " +"currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage, this is the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:817 +msgid "" +"If there is one meeting already scheduled, the smart button displays " +":guilabel:`1 Meeting`, with the date of the upcoming meeting beneath it. If " +"more than one meeting is scheduled, the button displays :guilabel:`Next " +"Meeting`, with the date of the first upcoming meeting beneath it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:821 msgid "" "Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " "meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " "the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " "right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" " events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " -"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +"hidden. Only the checked attendees are visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:827 msgid "" -"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " -"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " -":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " -"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " -"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " -"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +"The default view is the :guilabel:`Week` view. To change the calendar view, " +"click the :guilabel:`Week` button, then select the desired view from the " +"drop-down menu. The other options are either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:831 +msgid "" +"An option to display or hide weekends is available. Click the " +":guilabel:`Week` button, then click :guilabel:`Show weekends` to deactivate " +"it (the default is to show weekends). If a check mark is next to " +":guilabel:`Show weekends`, weekends are visible. If there is no check mark, " +"weekends are hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:836 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed date range for the calendar, either use the " +":icon:`fa-arrow-left` :guilabel:`(left arrow)`, :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`(Right arrow)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, " +"or click on a date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed " +"calendar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:845 msgid "" -"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " -"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " -"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " -"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " -"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " -":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " -"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " -"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +"To add a meeting to the calendar when in the day or week view, click on the " +"start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, to select the date, " +"time, and the length of the meeting. A meeting can also be added in this " +"view by clicking on the day *and* the time slot the meeting is to take " +"place." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:850 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " -"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +"Both methods cause a :ref:`New Event ` pop up window" +" to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:564 -msgid "New event card" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:855 +msgid "New event pop-up window" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:857 msgid "" -"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " -"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " -"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " -"save the changes and create the meeting." +"Enter the information on the form. The only required fields to enter are the" +" :guilabel:`Meeting Title`, and the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` " +"fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to" +" save the changes and create the interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:861 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"The fields available to populate or modify on the :guilabel:`New Event` card" +" are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:863 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Title`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " "clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:866 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End`: select the start and end date and " +"times for the meeting. Click on one of the fields and a calendar pop-up " +"window appears. Select both the start and end date and times, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:869 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all-day interview, check the box. " +"If this box is checked, the :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` fields are" +" hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:871 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " "default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " "many other people as desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:578 -msgid "Meeting details tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:873 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting start time." +":guilabel:`Videocall URL`: if the meeting is virtual, or if there is a " +"virtual option available, click :guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting` and a URL is " +"automatically created for the meeting and populates the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:582 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " -"time for the meeting end time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:584 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " -":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " -"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " -"duration length." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:587 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " -"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " -":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " -"and end times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:590 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " -"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:876 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " "an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," @@ -13240,42 +14062,107 @@ msgid "" "instructions for each command to complete the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:598 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " -"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" -" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " -"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" -" via the selected option." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:884 +msgid "More options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:886 +msgid "" +"To add additional information to the meeting, click the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button in the lower-right corner of the pop-up window. Enter any of" +" the following additional fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:889 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length. The default length of a meeting is one hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:892 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. Several additional fields appear when this is " +"enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:896 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: using the drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:898 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings " +"repeat. The available options are :guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Yearly`, or :guilabel:`Custom`. If " +":guilabel:`Custom` is selected, a :guilabel:`Repeat Every` field appears " +"beneath it, along with another time frequency parameter (:guilabel:`Days`, " +":guilabel:`Weeks`, :guilabel:`Months`, or :guilabel:`Years`). Enter a number" +" in the blank field, then select the time period using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:904 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repeat on`: if :guilabel:`Weekly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Repeat on` field appears. Click on " +"the corresponding day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:906 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day of Month`: if :guilabel:`Monthly` is selected for the " +":guilabel:`Repeat` field, the :guilabel:`Day of Month` field appears. Using " +"the drop-down menu, select either :guilabel:`Date of month` or " +":guilabel:`Day of month`. If :guilabel:`Date of month` is selected, enter " +"the date the meeting repeats. If :guilabel:`Day of month` is selected, use " +"the drop-down menus to determine the frequency. Select either " +":guilabel:`First`, :guilabel:`Second`, :guilabel:`Third`, " +":guilabel:`Fourth`, or :guilabel:`Last` for the first drop-down menu, then " +"select the day (:guilabel:`Monday`, :guilabel:`Tuesday`, etc.) in the second" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:913 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Until`: using the drop-down menu, select when the meetings stop " +"repeating. The available options are :guilabel:`Number of repetitions`, " +":guilabel:`End date`, and :guilabel:`Forever`. If :guilabel:`Number of " +"repetitions` is selected, enter the number of total meetings to occur in the" +" blank field. If :guilabel:`End date` is selected, specify the date using " +"the calendar pop-up window, or type in a date in a XX/XX/XXXX format. " +":guilabel:`Forever` schedules meetings indefinitely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:920 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " -"in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:921 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " "menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:923 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " -"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " -":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " -"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +":guilabel:`Appointment`: if an appointment is associated with this meeting, " +"select it form the drop-down menu, or create a new appointment by typing in " +"the appointment name, then click :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. A " +":guilabel:`Create Appointment` form loads. Enter the information on the " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:613 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:927 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select if the organizer appears either " +":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Busy` for the duration of the meeting, " +"using the drop-down menu. Next, select the visibility of this meeting, using" +" the drop-down menu to the right of the first selection. Options are " ":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " "users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " ":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " @@ -13283,41 +14170,50 @@ msgid "" "the company database to see the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:934 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " -"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" -" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " -"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " -"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " -"attendees at the same time." +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:936 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Default " +"options include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`SMS Text Message`, each with a specific time period before the " +"event (hours, days, etc). The reminder chosen alerts the meeting " +"participants of the meeting via the selected option at the specified time. " +"Multiple reminders can be selected in this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:947 msgid "Send meeting to attendees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:949 msgid "" "Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " -"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message from the " +"expanded :guilabel:`Event Form` (what is seen when the :guilabel:`More " +"Options` button is clicked on in the event pop-up window)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:953 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " -"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " -"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" -" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " -"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " -"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " -"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " -"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " -"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +"To send the meeting via email, click the :icon:`fa-envelope` " +":guilabel:`Email` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact" +" Attendees` email configurator pop-up window appears. A pre-formatted email " +"using the default :guilabel:`Calendar: Event Update` email template " +"populates the email body field. The followers of the document (job " +"application), as well as the user who created the meeting are added as " +":guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's email address to the " +"list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make any other desired " +"changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button, navigate to the file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " ":guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" @@ -13326,39 +14222,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:647 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:966 msgid "" -"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " -"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " -"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " -"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." -" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " -"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " -":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :icon:`fa-mobile` " +":guilabel:`SMS` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS " +"Text Message` pop-up appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:655 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:969 msgid "" -"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " -":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " -"contacts with a valid phone number." +"At the top, a blue box appears if any attendees do not have valid mobile " +"numbers, and lists how many records are invalid. If a contact does not have " +"a valid mobile number listed, click :guilabel:`Close`, and edit the " +"attendee's record, then redo these steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:658 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:973 msgid "" -"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " -"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" -" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " -"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" -" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " -"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +"When no warning message appears, type in the message to be sent to the " +"attendees in the :guilabel:`Message` field. to add any emojis to the " +"message, click the :guilabel:`Add Emoji` icon on the right-side of the pop-" +"up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:977 +msgid "" +"Beneath the message field, the number of characters, as well as the amount " +"of text messages required to send the message (according to GSM7 criteria) " +"appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue` to have the text sent later, after " +"any other messages are scheduled, or click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the " +"message immediately." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:669 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:987 msgid "" "Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " "messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " @@ -13366,11 +14266,11 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`../essentials/in_app_purchase` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:994 msgid "Second interview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:996 msgid "" "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " "can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " @@ -13379,72 +14279,87 @@ msgid "" "Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1001 msgid "" "When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " -"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " -"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " -":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " -"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage. The " +"recruiter can now :ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the applicant, following the same process as the first " +"interview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1009 msgid "Contract proposal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1011 msgid "" "When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " "be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " "and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" -" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top-right of" " the individual applicant's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1016 msgid "" "The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," " click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " -"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " -"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " -"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " -"is set to `0.00`)." +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. Most fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position. If any necessary fields are blank, enter " +"the relevant information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:705 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1022 msgid "" "Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" "up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " "applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " -"not appear on the pop-up." +"*Fleet* application is not installed, any fields related to vehicles do not " +"appear on the pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1028 msgid "Universal fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1030 msgid "" "The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " "localization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1032 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " -"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: the template currently being used to populate" +" the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window. To modify the " +"template, click the :guilabel:`Internal link` icon to the right of the drop-" +"down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. A " +"different :guilabel:`Contract Template` can be selected using the drop-down " +"menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1037 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " -"applicant." +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the name of the :guilabel:`Job Position` being " +"offered to the applicant. The selections available in the drop-down menu " +"correspond to the :guilabel:`Job Positions` configured on the main " +"*Recruitment* dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1040 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the specific name of the position being offered to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1041 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the :guilabel:`Department` the job position falls " +"under." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1042 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " "default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" @@ -13453,109 +14368,50 @@ msgid "" "click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1046 msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1047 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " -"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " -"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " -"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," -" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" -" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " -"application." +":guilabel:`Link Expiration Date`: job offers are only valid for a specific " +"period of time. The default expiration date is 30 days. Modify the " +"expiration date, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:732 -msgid "" -"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " -"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:738 -msgid "" -"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " -"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " -"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" -" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:743 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" -" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " -"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " -"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:746 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " -"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" -" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:749 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " -"the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " -"that will be assigned to the applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:752 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " -"for the cafeteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " -"contract that is being offered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " -"sending." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1051 msgid "Send offer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1053 msgid "" -"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" -" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " -"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" -" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " -"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " -"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +"When the information is all updated, click :guilabel:`Send By Email` to send" +" the offer to the applicant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1056 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " -"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" -"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " -"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." -" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " -"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " -":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " -":guilabel:`Send`." +"If the applicant does not have an email address listed on their applicant " +"card, a warning appears in a red box at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up window, stating :guilabel:`The" +" applicant does not have a valid email set. The Offer Link won't be able to " +"be completed.` Click :guilabel:`Discard`, enter an email on the applicant's " +"card, then click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1062 +msgid "" +"An email pop-up window loads. The default :guilabel:`Recruitment: Your " +"Salary Package` email template is used, and the :guilabel:`Recipients`, " +":guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-populated based on the email " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1070 +msgid "Once the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1073 msgid "" "To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " "necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " @@ -13566,11 +14422,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1081 +msgid "Configure your package" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1083 +msgid "" +"The email template includes a :guilabel:`Configure your package` button. " +"This link takes the applicant to a webpage where they can modify the " +"proposed salary package, and enter their personal information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1087 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant is hired, the personal information entered on the webpage" +" is imported to their employee record, when created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1090 +msgid "" +"If applicable, the applicant can modify their salary package. This option is" +" not available for all localizations. Depending on where the company is " +"located, this option may not be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1093 +msgid "" +"Once all the information is completed, the applicant accepts the offer by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Review Contract & Sign` button to accept the " +"contract and sign it using the *Sign* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1100 msgid "Contract signed" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1102 msgid "" "Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " "step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " @@ -13581,16 +14468,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:796 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1109 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the Kanban view, but the " "card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:799 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1112 msgid "" "Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " -"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"green :guilabel:`HIRED` banner appears in the top-right of the applicant's " "card." msgstr "" @@ -13598,24 +14485,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1120 msgid "Create employee" msgstr "建立員工" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:809 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1122 msgid "" "Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " "record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " -"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"Employee` button in the top-left. An employee form appears, and any " "information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" " card appears in the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:1127 msgid "" "Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" -" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " -":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, the employee" +" record is saved in the *Employees* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:5 @@ -13883,107 +14770,108 @@ msgid "" "by-step instructions on how to create and configure a survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 msgid "Referrals" msgstr "推薦" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " -"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"regarding referrals is housed - from points earned, coworkers hired, and " "rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " -"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " -"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " -"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " -"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" -" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +"and then earn referral points as those people progress through the " +"recruitment pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be " +"exchanged for prizes. The *Referrals* application integrates with the " +"*Employees*, *Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be" +" installed in order for the *Referrals* application to function." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:14 msgid "" -"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " -"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " -"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +"The only configurations needed for the *Referrals* application *after* " +"installation are related to the :ref:`rewards `; " +"everything else is pre-configured when Odoo *Referrals* is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:18 msgid "" -"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " -"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " -"` and configurations menus. For more information on " -"users and access rights, refer to these documents: :doc:`../general/users` " -"and :doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +"Users with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the *Referrals* application. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Recruitment* application " +"have access to the :ref:`reporting ` and configurations" +" menus. For more information on users and access rights, refer to these " +"documents: :doc:`../general/users` and " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 msgid "Onboarding" msgstr "新手簡介" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:28 msgid "" "When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" "configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " -"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" -" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"each explaining the different parts of the *Referrals* application. At the " +"top of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " "onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " "Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " "text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 msgid "" "Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " "displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " "advance to the next slide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " "superheroes to save the day!`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " "or refer friends.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " "league!`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:46 msgid "" -"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the *Referrals* application is " "opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " "button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" " :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " -"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +"will begin again when the *Referrals* application is opened. Once the " ":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " -"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the *Referrals* " "application is opened from that point on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:53 msgid "" "At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " -"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main *Referrals* dashboard loads. If " ":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " -"opening the Referrals application." +"opening the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -13991,7 +14879,7 @@ msgid "" "An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:62 msgid "" "If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " "opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " @@ -14000,60 +14888,53 @@ msgid "" "screen appears instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:70 msgid "" "Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " -"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " -"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " -"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " -"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " -":guilabel:`Edit`." +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* application can " +"modify onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line " +"displays the text for the individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding" +" slide, click on an individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:76 msgid "" -"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " -"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " -"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " -"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " -"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " -"that particular company." +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` field. A " +":guilabel:`Company` may be selected, as well. However, if this field is " +"populated, that slide is *only* displayed for that particular company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:81 msgid "" -"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" -" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " -"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" -" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " -"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " -"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " -"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +"The :guilabel:`Company` field only appears when in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:83 msgid "" -"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +"The image can be modified, as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the " +"top-right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and " +":guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` " +"icon to change the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the " +"desired image, select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears" +" in the thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage " +"can)` icon, then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:94 msgid "" -"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " -"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " -"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " -"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " -":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " -"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +"The sequence in which the slides appear can be changed from the *Onboarding*" +" dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`(six small gray boxes)` icon to the left of" +" the the slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -14061,567 +14942,18 @@ msgid "" "The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:103 -msgid "Share job positions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:105 -msgid "" -"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " -"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " -"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " -"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:113 -msgid "View Jobs" -msgstr "查看工作職位" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:115 -msgid "" -"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " -":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " -"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" -"displayed on the card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:124 -msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:128 -msgid "" -"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " -"of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 -msgid "" -"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " -"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:134 -msgid "" -"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " -"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " -"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " -"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " -":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 -msgid "Refer friends" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:145 -msgid "" -"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " -"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " -"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " -"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:149 -msgid "" -"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " -"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:152 -msgid "" -"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " -"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " -"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " -"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" -" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " -"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " -"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " -"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 -msgid "Share a job" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:169 -msgid "" -"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " -"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" -" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " -"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " -"applicants in the Referrals application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 -msgid "Link" -msgstr "連結" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:181 -msgid "" -"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " -":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " -"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " -"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" -" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" -" prospective employee however desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:188 -msgid "Facebook" -msgstr "Facebook" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:190 -msgid "" -"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " -"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " -"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " -"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " -"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " -"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" -"in to Facebook first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" -" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" -" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " -"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " -"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " -"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " -"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " -":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " -"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " -"specific activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 -msgid "" -"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " -":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " -":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " -"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" -" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" -"highlighted, as are all the required settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 -msgid "Share to news feed or story" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:218 -msgid "" -"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " -":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " -"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " -":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " -"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," -" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " -"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" -" story, or both." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:225 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " -"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " -"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " -"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " -"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" -" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " -"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " -":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" -" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 -msgid "" -"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " -":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:236 -msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " -"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:242 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" -" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " -"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " -"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:246 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:275 -msgid "" -"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " -"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 -msgid "Share in a group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:251 -msgid "" -"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " -"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" -" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " -":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " -"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " -"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " -"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " -"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " -"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:264 -msgid "Share in an event" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:266 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " -":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " -"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:269 -msgid "" -"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " -"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " -"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" -" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " -"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " -"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 -msgid "Share in a private message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:280 -msgid "" -"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" -" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" -"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " -"Private Message`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:284 -msgid "" -"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " -"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " -"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " -"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " -"process for each friend to be added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:289 -msgid "" -"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " -"message` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:293 -msgid "X/Twitter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:295 -msgid "" -"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " -"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " -"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " -"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " -"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" -" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:301 -msgid "The default message is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:303 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" -" Position)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:305 -msgid "" -"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " -"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " -"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," -" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " -"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " -":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " -"X/Twitter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:312 -msgid "" -"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " -"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " -":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" -" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " -":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " -":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " -"restricts who can reply to the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 -msgid "" -"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " -"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " -"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " -"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:322 -msgid "" -"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" -" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " -"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 -msgid "" -"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" -" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" -"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:336 -msgid "LinkedIn" -msgstr "LinkedIn" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:338 -msgid "" -"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " -"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " -"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " -"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " -"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " -"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:344 -msgid "" -"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " -"message to an individual or group of individuals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 -msgid "Share in a post" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:350 -msgid "" -"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" -" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " -":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " -"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:354 -msgid "" -"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " -"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " -"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " -"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " -":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " -"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " -":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" -" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " -"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " -"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " -"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " -"right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:366 -msgid "" -"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " -"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " -"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " -"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " -":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " -":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " -"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " -"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" -" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " -"the far lower right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:375 -msgid "" -"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " -":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " -"post button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:383 -msgid "Send as private message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:385 -msgid "" -"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " -"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " -"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" -" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" -" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " -"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." -" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " -"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" -" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " -":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " -":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " -"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " -"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " -"browser tab to exit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 -msgid "Email a friend" -msgstr "向朋友傳送電郵" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:401 -msgid "" -"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " -"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " -"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" -" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " -"Mail` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:406 -msgid "" -"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " -"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" -" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " -"`Job for you`, but can be edited." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:410 -msgid "" -"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " -"appears is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:412 -msgid "`Hello,`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:414 -msgid "" -"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " -"interesting for you`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:416 -msgid "`See Job Offers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:418 -msgid "" -"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " -"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " -"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " -"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " -"message will be sent and the window will close." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:426 msgid "Hired referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:107 msgid "" "When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" " their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:110 msgid "" "After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," " instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " @@ -14629,21 +14961,21 @@ msgid "" "friend!` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 msgid "" "Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " -"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " -"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" -" an available avatar to select it." +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is grayed out, and " +"the name that the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. " +"Click on an available avatar to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:118 msgid "" -"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," -" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " -"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " -"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " -"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the *Referrals* " +"application, after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to " +"select another avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars " +"have been selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible." +" Mouse over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 @@ -14652,15 +14984,15 @@ msgid "" "chosen are greyed out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 msgid "Modify friends" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 msgid "" "Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " "` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " -"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"rights for the *Recruitment* application can make modifications to friends. " "The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " "avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " @@ -14669,17 +15001,17 @@ msgid "" " dogs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:138 msgid "" "To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" " an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " ":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " "friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" -" else in the Referrals application." +" else in the *Referrals* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " ":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " @@ -14688,65 +15020,66 @@ msgid "" "user's avatar when activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:148 msgid "" "If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " ":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " "replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" -" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " -"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click " ":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:474 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 msgid "" -"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " -"original information." +"The referral friend form automatically saves, but can be saved manually at " +"any time by clicking the *Save manually* option, represented by a " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel " +"any changes made, click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to " +"delete any changes, and revert to the original content." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A friend form in edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:482 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 msgid "" "It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " "background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " "about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " -"Referrals application." +"*Referrals* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:172 msgid "Referral points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:174 msgid "" "The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " -"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"rewards. On the main *Referrals* application dashboard, the top displays a " "summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " "the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " "available to spend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 msgid "" "To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" " the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:183 msgid "" "The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " "pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " @@ -14756,7 +15089,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 msgid "" "To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " ":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " @@ -14764,11 +15097,11 @@ msgid "" "category are displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:194 msgid "My referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 msgid "" "To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " ":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " @@ -14776,26 +15109,31 @@ msgid "" "card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:200 msgid "" -"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " -"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " -"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " -"the top right corner." +"A successful referral displays a green :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the top-" +"right corner of the card. Referrals that are in process display a purple " +":guilabel:`In Progress` banner in the top-right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 msgid "" -"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " -"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " -"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the subject/application " +"title (as it appears on the applicant card in the *Recruitment* app), the " +"name of the job position, the person responsible for filling the role " +"(recruiter), and the points earned. For referrals that have been hired, the " +"selected avatar also appears on the card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two referral cards, one hired and one in-progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:214 msgid "Points" msgstr "分" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 msgid "" "The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " "positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " @@ -14803,14 +15141,14 @@ msgid "" " *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:220 msgid "" "On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " "that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " "points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:224 msgid "" "Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " "points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " @@ -14818,108 +15156,109 @@ msgid "" " the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:229 msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:231 msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:232 msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:235 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 msgid "" "The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " -"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" -" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " -"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage are done in the " +"*Recruitment* application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment " +"` documentation to modify the points for each " +"stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:244 msgid "Rewards" msgstr "獎勵" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 msgid "Create rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 msgid "" -"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" -" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " -"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " -"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " -"information on the form:" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the " +"*Referrals* application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights " +"for the *Recruitment* application can create or modify rewards. To add " +"rewards, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> " +"Rewards`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and a reward form loads. Enter the " +"following information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:254 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +":guilabel:`Product Name`: enter the name as it should appear for the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" -" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " -"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" -" form." +":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" appears for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each company " +"needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the form. " +"This field only appears if in a multi-company environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:259 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: select the person who will be responsible for " "procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " -"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" -" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is bought in the *Referrals* " +"application, so they know when to deliver the reward to the recipient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:263 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +":guilabel:`Description`: type in the description for the reward. This will " "be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +":guilabel:`Photo`: add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " "page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " "(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " -"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" -" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +"(pencil)` icon, and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 msgid "" "The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " -":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +":guilabel:`Company` (if applicable), and :guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 msgid "" "It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " "cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " @@ -14927,31 +15266,31 @@ msgid "" "placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:595 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:283 msgid "Redeem rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 msgid "" "To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " "main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " "individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " -"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +"listed in the top-right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" " purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " "bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " "the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" " instead of a buy button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:292 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " -"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " -"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " -":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears, asking if the user is sure " +"they want to purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item," +" or :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:297 msgid "" "After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " "used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." @@ -14965,27 +15304,27 @@ msgid "" "many more reward points are needed to redeem." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:309 msgid "Levels" msgstr "等級" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:311 msgid "" -"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"The *Referrals* application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " "the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " "employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:315 msgid "" "Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" " are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " "participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 msgid "" -"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main *Referrals* " "application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " "X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " "indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " @@ -14994,13 +15333,13 @@ msgid "" "points still needed before they can level up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:636 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:325 msgid "Modify levels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:638 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " "modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " "--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " @@ -15009,48 +15348,58 @@ msgid "" "element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:334 msgid "" "To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " -"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form, then make " +"modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 msgid "" -"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." -" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" -" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " -"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" -" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " -"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +"Type in the name (or number) of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` " +"field. What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main " +"dashboard when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points " +"needed to reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points" +" needed to level up are the total accumulated points earned over the " +"lifetime of the employee, not additional points from the previous level that" +" must be earned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:654 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:343 msgid "" "If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" " to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " -"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " -"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to " "select it." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The level form saves automatically, but can be saved manually at any time by" +" clicking the *save manually* option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud " +"upload)` icon, located in the top-left corner. To cancel any changes made, " +"click the :guilabel:`✖️ (Discard all changes)` icon to delete any changes, " +"and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "A level form in edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:671 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:362 msgid "" "Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " -"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" -" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the " +"*Referrals* application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 msgid "Level up" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:369 msgid "" "Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " "user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " @@ -15059,7 +15408,7 @@ msgid "" "level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:374 msgid "" "Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " "text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" @@ -15067,7 +15416,7 @@ msgid "" "the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:687 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:378 msgid "" "Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" " the specified amount of points required." @@ -15079,16 +15428,16 @@ msgid "" "above their image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:387 msgid "" "Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " "accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " "to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:394 msgid "" -"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"In the *Referrals* application, it is possible to post a message, also " "referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " "information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " "banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " @@ -15096,85 +15445,86 @@ msgid "" "an :guilabel:`X`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 msgid "" "Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" " individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " "click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" " alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " -"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +"*Referrals* application for the first time in a new session." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:409 msgid "Create an alert" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " "application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " "information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date From`: the date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " "will be visible on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +":guilabel:`Date To`: the date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " "will be hidden from view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:420 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +":guilabel:`Company`: the current company populates this field by default. To" " modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " "from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " -"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"to everyone with access to the *Referrals* application. If a company is " "specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " -"Referrals application) will see the alert." +"*Referrals* application) will see the alert. This field only appears when in" +" a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +":guilabel:`Alert`: enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" " the alert banner on the main dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +":guilabel:`On Click`: there are three options for the alert. Click the radio" " button next to the desired selection. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:739 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:430 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: the alert only displays text, there is no link to" " click." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: the alert contains a link that when clicked, " "navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:433 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: the alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " "when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " "appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." msgstr "" @@ -15183,15 +15533,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:446 msgid "" -"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " -"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" -" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " -"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Recruitment* " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in *Referrals*. To access " +"the reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The" +" main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 msgid "" "In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " "many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " @@ -15201,7 +15551,7 @@ msgid "" "there are no referrals from that particular channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:457 msgid "" "The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " "includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " @@ -15210,7 +15560,7 @@ msgid "" "many points were given for refused applicants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:770 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:462 msgid "" "The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " "new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " @@ -15221,34 +15571,330 @@ msgid "" "in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 msgid "" "The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " -"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " -"option." +"needs to be installed to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:473 +msgid ":doc:`referrals/share_jobs`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:3 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo *Referrals*, users can earn referral points by sharing job positions" +" with potential applicants. Job positions can be shared in several ways, " +"through the :ref:`View Jobs ` button and the " +":ref:`Email A Friend ` button, located at the bottom " +"of the *Referrals* app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Sharing jobs can **only** occur after onboarding slides have been viewed or " +"skipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:16 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "查看工作職位" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main *Referrals* dashboard. This " +"presents all job positions, with each individual job presented with its own " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:27 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the *Job " +"Position* field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The number of :guilabel:`Open Positions` being recruited. This information " +"is taken from the *Expected New Employees* field of the *Recruitment* tab of" +" the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:33 +msgid "The points a user earns when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the *Job Position* tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions are visible in the *Referrals* app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`../recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:46 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Subject` and :guilabel:`Body` are populated using a default " +"template. The :guilabel:`Subject` `Job for you` is present, by default, but " +"can be modified, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position populates the *Job Position* " +"placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the email body is" +" an individualized tracking link to the specific job position listed on the " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When the prospective employee receives the email, the link sends them to the" +" job position page, where they can apply for the position, and the person " +"who referred them is tracked in the *Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:72 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Other than sending an email, job positions can be shared, via social media " +"platforms, and by tracking links to the job position. At the bottom of each " +"job position card are four icons, and corresponding tracking links, that can" +" be used to share the job position, keeping track of applicants in the " +"*Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:84 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "連結" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :icon:`fa-chain` :guilabel:`(link)` " +"icon above it. A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the " +"tracking link. Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is " +"copied, click the :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up window. Next," +" share the link with the prospective employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:93 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :icon:`fa-facebook` :guilabel:`(Facebook)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into Facebook, when the the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button is clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new " +"tab, with the link populated in the main body of the new post in a pop-up " +"window. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads, " +"instead, prompting the user to log-in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, then share the job " +"position using the available options in Facebook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:107 +msgid "X (formerly Twitter)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:109 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X. Click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`(X)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the user is already signed-in to X, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button" +" is clicked, an X page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready" +" to post, in a draft pop-up window. If the user is *not* already signed-in, " +"a sign-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to first sign-in to X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:117 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:119 +msgid "" +"`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job " +"Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message, then " +"share using the available options in X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:125 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "LinkedIn" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :icon:`fa-linkedin` :guilabel:`(LinkedIn)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the user is already logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button is clicked, a new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job " +"position at the top. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen" +" loads instead, prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:134 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual (or group of individuals)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message or " +"post, then share using the available options in LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:143 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "向朋友傳送電郵" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions, instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Referrals` main dashboard. Click the " +":guilabel:`Email a friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Send Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address in the :guilabel:`Email` field. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients by separating each email address with a comma " +"followed by a single space. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +":guilabel:`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The email :guilabel:`Body` is also populated with pre-configured text. The " +"text that appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:156 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:158 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you\\:`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:160 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:162 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of" +" all job positions currently being recruited for. Add any additional text " +"and make any edits to the message body, if necessary. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. This sends the message, and closes " +"the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 msgid "Time Off" msgstr "休假" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo's *Time Off* application serves as a centralized hub for all time-off-" "related information. This application manages requests, balances, " "allocations, approvals, and reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:10 msgid "" -"Users can :ref:`request time off `, and see an " -"overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " +"Users can :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`, and see" +" an overview of their requests and time off balances. Managers can " ":ref:`allocate time off ` to individuals, teams, or the " "whole company, and :ref:`approve time off requests `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:15 msgid "" "Detailed :ref:`reports ` can be run to see how much time" " off (and what kinds of time off) are being used, :ref:`accrual plans " @@ -15256,45 +15902,45 @@ msgid "" "` can be set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 msgid "" "Be advised, only users with specific access rights can see all aspects of " "the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 msgid "" "All users can access the :guilabel:`My Time Off` and :guilabel:`Overview` " "sections of the *Time Off* application. All other sections require specific " "access rights." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:26 msgid "" "To better understand how access rights affect the *Time Off* application, " "refer to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` document, specifically the " "section about configuring the work information tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to allocate time off to employees, and for employees to request and" " use their time off, the various time off types must be configured first, " "then allocated to employees (if allocation is required)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:40 msgid "Time off types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 msgid "" "To view the currently configured time off types, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. The time" " off types are presented in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:45 msgid "" "The *Time Off* application comes with four pre-configured time off types: " ":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, " @@ -15302,25 +15948,25 @@ msgid "" "needs or used as-is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:50 msgid "Create time off type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 msgid "" "To create a new time off type, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Time Off Types`. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` " "button to reveal a blank time off type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:55 msgid "" "Enter the name for the particular type of time off in the blank line at the " "top of the form, such as `Sick Time` or `Vacation`. Then, enter the " "following information on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:59 msgid "" "The only **required** fields on the time off type form are the name of the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, the :guilabel:`Take Time Off In`, and the " @@ -15328,23 +15974,23 @@ msgid "" " and :guilabel:`Allocation Requests` sections **must** be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:65 msgid "Time Off Requests section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select what specific kind of approval is required for " "the time off type. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No Validation`: no approvals are required when requesting this " "type of time off. The time off request is automatically approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Time Off Officer`: only the specified :ref:`Time Off Officer " "`, set on this form in the :guilabel:`Notified " @@ -15352,7 +15998,7 @@ msgid "" "option is selected by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver`: only the employee's specified approver " "for time off, which is set on the *Work Information* tab on the " @@ -15360,7 +16006,7 @@ msgid "" " time off request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver and Time Off Officer`: both the employee's" " :ref:`specified time off approver` and the " @@ -15368,11 +16014,11 @@ msgid "" "the time off request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:83 msgid "Allocation Requests section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Requires allocation`: if the time off must be allocated to " "employees, select :guilabel:`Yes`. If the time off can be requested without " @@ -15381,20 +16027,20 @@ msgid "" " form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee Requests`: select :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests " "Allowed` if the employee is able to request more time off than was " "allocated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:92 msgid "" "If employees should **not** be able to make requests for more time off than " "what was allocated, select the :guilabel:`Not Allowed` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:96 msgid "" "Ten days are allocated to the employee for this particular type of time off," " and the :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests Allowed` option is enabled. The " @@ -15403,81 +16049,81 @@ msgid "" "option is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 msgid "" "It is important to note that requesting additional time off does **not** " "guarantee that time off is granted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select the type of approvals required for the " "allocation of this particular time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approved by Time Off Officer` indicates the :ref:`Time Off " "Officer ` set on this form must approve the " "allocation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No validation needed` indicates that no approvals are required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:113 msgid "Configuration section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notified Time Off Officer`: select the person who is notified and" " responsible for approving requests and allocations for this specific type " "of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take Time Off in`: select the format the time off is requested in" " from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 msgid "The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: if time off can only be requested in full day increments (8" " hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:125 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: if time off can only be requested in half day " "increments (4 hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Hours`: if the time off can be taken in hourly increments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Deduct Extra Hours`: enable this option if the time off request " "should factor in any extra time accrued by the employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:134 msgid "" "If an employee works two extra hours for the week, and requests five hours " "of time off, the request would be for three hours, since the two extra " "worked hours are used first, and deducted from the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow To Attach Supporting Document`: enable this option to allow" " the employee to attach documents to the time off request. This is useful in" @@ -15485,7 +16131,7 @@ msgid "" "leave." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kind of Time Off`: select from the drop-down menu the type of " "time off this is, either :guilabel:`Worked Time` or :guilabel:`Absence`. " @@ -15494,7 +16140,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Absence` does not count toward any type of accrual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if multiple companies are created in the database, and " "this time off type only applies to one company, select the company from the " @@ -15503,11 +16149,11 @@ msgid "" "company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:151 msgid "Negative Cap section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:153 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option if employees are able to " "request more time off than they currently have, allowing a negative balance." @@ -15515,19 +16161,19 @@ msgid "" " enter the maximum amount of negative time allowed, in days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 msgid "" "Sara currently has three days of the time off type `Vacation`. She is " "planning a trip that requires five days of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 msgid "" "The `Vacation` time off type has the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option " "enabled, and the :guilabel:`Amount in Negative` is set to five." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:164 msgid "" "These settings allow Sara to submit a request for five days of the " "`Vacation` time off type. If approved, her `Vacation` time off balance will " @@ -15540,59 +16186,59 @@ msgid "" "off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:173 msgid "Payroll section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:175 msgid "" "If the time off type should create :doc:`../hr/payroll/work_entries` in the " "*Payroll* application, select the :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` from the drop-" "down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 msgid "Timesheets section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Timesheets` section only appears if the user is in developer " "mode. Refer to the :ref:`developer-mode` document for details on how to " "access the developer mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 msgid "" "When an employee takes time off, and is also using timesheets, Odoo creates " "entries in the *Timesheets* application for the time off. This section " "defines how they are entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:188 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Project`: select the project that the time off type entries " "appear in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:189 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Task`: select the task that appears in the timesheet for this " "time off type. The default options are: :guilabel:`Time Off`, " ":guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`Training`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 msgid "Display Option section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:195 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color to be used in the *Time Off* application " "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cover Image`: select an icon to be used in the *Time Off* " "application dashboard." @@ -15604,65 +16250,65 @@ msgid "" "off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:206 msgid "Accrual plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:208 msgid "" "Some time off is earned through an accrual plan, meaning that for every " "specified amount of time an employee works (hour, day, week, etc), they earn" " or *accrue* a specified amount of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:212 msgid "" "If an employee accrues a vacation day for every week they work, they would " "earn 0.2 vacation days for each hour they work. At the end of a forty hour " "work week, they would earn one whole vacation day (8 hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:217 msgid "Create accrual plan" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 msgid "" "To create a new accrual plan, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Accrual Plans`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, " "which reveals a blank accrual plan form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the accrual plan name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrued Gain Time`: select when the employee begins to accrue " "time off, either :guilabel:`At the start of the accrual period` or " ":guilabel:`At the end of the accrual period`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry-Over Time`: select when the employee received previously " "earned time. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the start of the year`: select this if the accrual rolls over " "on January 1 of the upcoming year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:232 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the allocation date`: select this if the accrual rolls over as" " soon as time is allocated to the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Other`: select this option if neither of the other two options " "are applicable. When selected, a :guilabel:`Carry-Over Date` field appears. " @@ -15670,14 +16316,14 @@ msgid "" "the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Based on worked time`: enable this option if time off accrual is " "determined by the employee's worked hours. Days **not** considered as worked" " time do **not** contribute to the accrual plan in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:241 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone Transition`: this selection determines when employees " "move up to a new milestone. If they qualify to change milestones in the " @@ -15686,14 +16332,14 @@ msgid "" "the current pay period)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Milestone Transition` field is **only** visible after a " "minimum of two :ref:`rules ` have been configured on the " "accrual plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:250 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the " "accrual plan applies to. If left blank, the accrual plan can be used for all" @@ -15704,43 +16350,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An accrual plan form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:263 msgid "" "Rules must be created in order for employees to accrue time off from the " "accrual plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New Milestone` button in the gray" " :guilabel:`Rules` section, and a :guilabel:`Create Milestone` modal form " "appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:268 msgid "Fill out the following fields on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee accrue`: select the parameters for earned time off in " "this section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 msgid "" "First, select either :guilabel:`Days` or :guilabel:`Hours` for the increment" " of accrued time using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 msgid "" "Next, enter the numerical amount of the selected parameter that is accrued. " "The numerical format is `X.XXXX`, so that partial days or hours can also be " "configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:278 msgid "" "Last, select how often the time is accrued using the drop-down menu. The " "default options are :guilabel:`Hourly`, :guilabel:`Daily`, " @@ -15748,64 +16394,64 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Twice a year`, and :guilabel:`Yearly`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 msgid "" "Depending on which option is selected, additional fields may appear. For " "example, if :guilabel:`Twice a month` is selected, two additional fields " "appear, to specify the two days of each month that the milestone occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cap accrued time`: if there is a maximum amount of days the " "employee can accrue with this plan, enable this option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 msgid "" "When enabled, two additional fields appear beneath it. Select the type of " "time period from the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Days` or " ":guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:291 msgid "" "Then, enter a numerical value in the field to specify the maximum amount of " "time that can be accrued." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:293 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Milestone reached`: enter the number and value of the time period" " that must pass before the employee starts to accumulate time off. The first" " value is numerical; enter a number in the first field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:297 msgid "" "Then, select the type of time period using the drop-down menu in the second " "field. The options are: :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Months`, or " ":guilabel:`Years`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over`: select how any unused time off is handled. The " "options are either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None. Accrued time reset to 0`: any unused time off is gone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:302 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All accrued time carried over`: all unused time off is rolled " "over to the next calendar year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carry over with a maximum`: unused time off is rolled over to the" " next calendar year, but there is a cap. An :guilabel:`Up to` field appears " @@ -15813,7 +16459,7 @@ msgid "" "roll over to the following year. Any time off beyond this parameter is lost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:309 msgid "" "Once the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the form " "and close the modal, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the form and " @@ -15824,72 +16470,72 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A milestone form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:320 msgid "Public holidays" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 msgid "" "To observe public or national holidays, and provide extra days off as " "holidays to employees, configure the observed *public holidays* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 msgid "" "It is important to configure these days in Odoo, so employees are aware of " "the days they have off, and do not request time off on days that are already" " set as a public holiday (non-working days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 msgid "" "Additionally, all public holidays configured in the *Time Off* app are also " "reflected in any app that uses working schedules, such as *Calendar*, " "*Planning*, *Manufacturing*, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:331 msgid "" "Due to Odoo's integration with other apps that use working schedules, it is " "considered best practice to ensure *all* public holidays are configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:335 msgid "Create public holiday" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 msgid "" "To create a public holiday, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Public Holidays`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:340 msgid "All currently configured public holidays appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:342 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a new line appears at the bottom of " "the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:341 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 msgid "Enter the following information on that new line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:346 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the holiday." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:347 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, the current company " "populates this field by default. It is not possible to edit this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:351 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company` field is hidden by default. To view this field, " "click the two dots in the top-right corner of the list, to the far-right of " @@ -15897,7 +16543,7 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:355 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday starts. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -15908,7 +16554,7 @@ msgid "" "company's time zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:360 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and " "time that the holiday ends. By default, this field is configured for the " @@ -15919,33 +16565,33 @@ msgid "" " zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 msgid "" "A company located in San Francisco operates from 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM, with an " "eight hour work day and one hour lunch break." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:370 msgid "" "For a user in New York, with a computer time zone set to Eastern Standard " "Time, a created public holiday displays a start time of 12:00 PM - 9:00 PM, " "accounting for the three hour time zone difference." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 msgid "" "Similarly, a user located in Los Angeles, with a computer time zone set to " "Pacific Standard Time, sees a public holiday time as 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: if the holiday should only apply to employees who" " have a specific set of working hours, select the working hours from the " "drop-down menu. If left blank, the holiday applies to all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:380 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: if using the *Payroll* application, this field " "defines how the :ref:`work entries ` for the holiday " @@ -15956,18 +16602,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The list of public holidays in the configuration menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:389 msgid "Mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 msgid "" "Some companies have special days where specific departments, or the entire " "staff, is required to be present, and time off is not allowed on those " "specific days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:394 msgid "" "These types of days are called *mandatory days* in Odoo. These can be " "configured to be company-wide, or department specific. When configured, " @@ -15975,35 +16621,35 @@ msgid "" "off requests for these mandatory days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:399 msgid "Create mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 msgid "" "No mandatory days are configured in Odoo by default. To create a mandatory " "day, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> " "Mandatory Days`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:404 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner, and a blank line " "appears in the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:408 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the mandatory day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, this field is visible, " "and the current company populates this field by default. Using the drop-down" " menu, select the company the mandatory day is for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:412 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Departments`: this column is hidden by default. First, click the " ":guilabel:`(optional columns)` icon in the top-right corner, next to " @@ -16011,33 +16657,33 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Departments` to reveal that column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 msgid "" "Next, select the desired departments from the drop-down menu. Multiple " "departments can be selected, and there is no limit to the amount of " "departments that can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:419 msgid "" "If this field is left blank, the mandatory day applies to the entire " "company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day starts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:421 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the calendar picker, select the date the " "mandatory day ends. If creating a single mandatory day, the end date should " "be the same as the start date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: if desired, select a color from the available presented " "options. If no color is desired, select the `No color` option, represented " @@ -16050,11 +16696,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Mandatory Days section with three configured days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:435 msgid "Allocate time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:437 msgid "" "Once time off types and accrual plans have been configured, the next step is" " to allocate, or give, time off to employees. This section is only visible " @@ -16062,44 +16708,44 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 msgid "" "To create a new allocation, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Management --> Allocations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:444 msgid "" "This presents a list of all current allocations, including their respective " "statuses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:446 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`New` to allocate time off, and a blank allocation form " "appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 msgid "" "After entering a name for the allocation on the first blank field of the " "form, enter the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:451 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of time" " off that is being allocated to the employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`: select either :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` or" " :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`. If the allocation is **not** based on an " "accrual plan, select :guilabel:`Regular Allocation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:456 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Plan`: if :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for " "the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, the :guilabel:`Accrual Plan` field appears." @@ -16108,7 +16754,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:460 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period/Start Date`: if :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` is" " selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, this field is labeled " @@ -16117,7 +16763,7 @@ msgid "" "Date`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:465 msgid "" "The current date populates the first date field by default. To select " "another date, click on the pre-populated date to reveal a popover calendar " @@ -16125,20 +16771,20 @@ msgid "" "the date to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:469 msgid "" "If the allocation expires, select the expiration date in the next date " "field. If the time off does *not* expire, leave the second date field blank." " `No Limit` appears in the field if no date is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:473 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation " "Type`, this second field is labeled :guilabel:`Run until`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time that is being allocated to " "the employees. This field displays the time in either :guilabel:`Hours` or " @@ -16146,7 +16792,7 @@ msgid "" "` is configured (in hours or days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:478 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how the allocation is " "assigned. This selection determines who receives the time off allocation. " @@ -16154,32 +16800,32 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Department`, or :guilabel:`By Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 msgid "" "Depending on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Mode`, this following field" " is labeled either: :guilabel:`Employees`, :guilabel:`Company`, " ":guilabel:`Department`, or :guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 msgid "" "Using the drop-down menu, indicate the specific employees, company, " "department, or employee tags who are receiving this time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 msgid "" "Multiple selections can be made for either :guilabel:`Employees` or " ":guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:490 msgid "" "Only one selection can be made for the :guilabel:`Company` or " ":guilabel:`Department`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:491 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: if any description or note is necessary to " "explain the time off allocation, enter it in this field at the bottom of the" @@ -16192,158 +16838,11 @@ msgid "" "granted to all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:499 -msgid "Request time off" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Once an employee has been allocated time off, a request to use the time off " -"can be submitted. Time off can be requested in one of two ways, either from " -"the :ref:`dashboard ` or from the :ref:`My Time Off " -"` view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:505 -msgid "" -"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " -"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " -"Off` list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:509 -msgid "" -"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " -"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" -" form appears in a modal. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` " -"list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:514 -msgid "" -"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " -"form:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:516 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " -"the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:517 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " -"two fields to populate, the start and end dates. Click on either date field " -"and a popover calendar appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 -msgid "" -"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " -"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " -"applicable)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:523 -msgid "" -"If the time off requested is for a single day, click on the start date, then" -" click the same date again for the end date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:526 -msgid "" -"When the correct dates are selected/highlighted, click the :guilabel:`Apply`" -" button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:528 -msgid "" -"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " -"field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 -msgid "" -"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" -" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:533 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, check this " -"box. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " -"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " -"day is being requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:537 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " -"day, check this box. A :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` field appears " -"beneath this option, if selected. Using the drop-down menu, select the start" -" and end time for the time off request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " -":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " -"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " -"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " -"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:545 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " -"should include any details that managers and approvers may need in order to " -"approve the request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:547 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachments of documents. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " -"appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:551 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the desired files to attach, select them, then click the " -":guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off request form." -" Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:554 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:604 -msgid "" -"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " -"request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:557 -msgid "" -"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " -"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " -"be saved manually at any time by clicking the *save manually* button, " -"represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " -"with the flu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:502 msgid "Request allocation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:504 msgid "" "If an employee has used all their time off, or is going to run out of time " "off, they can request an allocation for additional time. Allocations can be " @@ -16352,7 +16851,7 @@ msgid "" " view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:508 msgid "" "To create a new allocation request, click either the :guilabel:`New " "Allocation Request` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the " @@ -16360,7 +16859,7 @@ msgid "" "buttons open a new allocation request form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:513 msgid "" "Both :guilabel:`New` buttons open a :guilabel:`New Allocation` request form," " but when requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, the form appears in a " @@ -16368,20 +16867,20 @@ msgid "" "screen navigates to a new allocation request page, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:518 msgid "" "Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Allocation` request " "form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested for " "the allocation from the drop-down menu. After a selection is made, the title" " updates with the time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:522 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validity Period`: this field **only** appears if requesting an " "allocation with a time off type that has the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` " @@ -16390,18 +16889,18 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Take Time Off in` field is set to :guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:527 msgid "" "Using the calendar selector, select a start and end date the allocation is " "valid for. By default, the current date populates the first field, and " ":guilabel:`No Limit` populates the second field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 msgid "Adjust both of these dates, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:531 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation`: enter the amount of time being requested in this " "field. The format is presented in either days or hours, depending on how the" @@ -16409,14 +16908,21 @@ msgid "" "allocation request is updated to include the amount of time being requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:535 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: enter a description for the allocation request." " This should include any details that managers and approvers may need in " "order to approve the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:538 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:541 msgid "" "If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Allocations` list view, the" " information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " @@ -16430,11 +16936,11 @@ msgid "" "sick time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:553 msgid "Management" msgstr "管理" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:555 msgid "" "Time off and allocation requests typically undergo an approval process " "before being granted. Requests either need one or two approvals, if any, " @@ -16443,17 +16949,17 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:560 msgid "" "Only users who can approve allocation and time off requests have the " ":guilabel:`Management` section visible in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:566 msgid "Manage time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:568 msgid "" "To view time off requests that need approval, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Management --> Time Off`. The only time off" @@ -16462,7 +16968,7 @@ msgid "" "in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:573 msgid "" "The default filter in the :guilabel:`Time Off` list is `Waiting For Me`. " "This only presents time off requests that need to be approved for current " @@ -16470,7 +16976,7 @@ msgid "" " or :guilabel:`Second Approval`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:643 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:577 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented time off requests. Since only time off requests that need to be " @@ -16480,28 +16986,28 @@ msgid "" "appear on the left side of the screen, under :guilabel:`Departments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:584 msgid "" "If there are no requests that fall under one of the status options or " "departments, that status or department is **not** visible on the left-side " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:587 msgid "" "To display time off requests for specific departments only, click on the " ":guilabel:`Department` on the left-hand side. Only requests within the " "selected department are then presented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:656 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:657 msgid "" "The status column displays the status of each request, with the status " "highlighted in a specific color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:593 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` and :guilabel:`Second Approval` requests are " "highlighted in yellow and are the only ones that appear in the list by " @@ -16511,7 +17017,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:665 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:599 msgid "" "To approve a time off request, click the :guilabel:`👍 Approve` button at the" " end of the line. To validate a time off request that has already been " @@ -16526,7 +17032,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:608 msgid "" "For more details, click anywhere on the time off request line (except for " "the :guilabel:`👍 Approve`, :guilabel:`✔️ Validate`, and :guilabel:`✖️ " @@ -16534,24 +17040,24 @@ msgid "" "of the user, changes can be made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:612 msgid "" "To modify the request, make any desired changes to the form. All changes are" " automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:614 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Approve` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button " "to refuse the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:684 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:620 msgid "Manage allocations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:686 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:622 msgid "" "To view allocations that need approval, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off" " app --> Management --> Allocations`. The only allocations visible on this " @@ -16559,7 +17065,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:627 msgid "" "The default filters that are configured to be in place when navigating to " "the :guilabel:`Allocations` list are :guilabel:`My Team` and " @@ -16567,13 +17073,13 @@ msgid "" "team (who they manage) and active employees. Inactive users are not shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:632 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented allocation requests." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:635 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Status` options are :guilabel:`To Approve`, " ":guilabel:`Refused`, and :guilabel:`Approved`. Click on a specific " @@ -16581,14 +17087,14 @@ msgid "" "allocation requests, click :guilabel:`All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 msgid "" "It is also possible to display allocation requests by department. Click on " "the :guilabel:`Department` in the left side of the screen to only present " "allocations for that specific department." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:644 msgid "" "The groupings on the left side only present allocation requests that fall " "under the default filters of :guilabel:`My Team` and :guilabel:`Active " @@ -16596,34 +17102,34 @@ msgid "" "filters are presented on the left side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:712 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:648 msgid "" "For example, if there are no requests with a status of :guilabel:`To " "Submit`, that status option does not appear in the left-hand side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:651 msgid "" "All departments for the user's employees appear in the list. If there are no" " allocation requests that fall under that department matching the pre-" "configured filters, the list is blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:654 msgid "" "It is always possible to remove any of the pre-configured filters, by " "clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon on the specific filter to remove " "it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:660 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, " ":guilabel:`Approved` requests are highlighted in green, and the " ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:663 msgid "" "To approve an allocation request, click the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` button at" " the end of the line. To refuse a request, click the :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` " @@ -16635,28 +17141,28 @@ msgid "" "Allocations with the filter, groupings, and status sections highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:670 msgid "" "If more details are needed, click anywhere on the allocation request line " "(except for the :guilabel:`✔ Validate` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse` buttons) to" " view the request in detail." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:673 msgid "" "Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be made to the allocation " "request form that appears. To modify the request, make any desired changes " "to the form. All changes are automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:741 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:677 msgid "" "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Validate` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button" " to refuse the request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:683 msgid "" "To view a color-coded schedule of the user's time off, and/or of the team " "managed by them, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Overview`. " @@ -16664,7 +17170,7 @@ msgid "" "view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:687 msgid "" "To change the time period displayed, click on the :guilabel:`Month` button " "to reveal a drop-down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, " @@ -16672,7 +17178,7 @@ msgid "" "corresponding view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:691 msgid "" "To navigate forward or backward in time, in the selected increment " "(:guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, etc.), click the :guilabel:`← (left " @@ -16680,44 +17186,44 @@ msgid "" " that specified amount of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:695 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Month` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by" " one month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:697 msgid "" "To return to a view containing the current day, click the :guilabel:`Today` " "button at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:699 msgid "" "Team members are listed alphabetically on individual lines, and their " "requested time off, regardless of the status (*validated* or *to approve*), " "is visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:766 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:702 msgid "" "Each employee is color-coded. The employee's color is selected at random, " "and does *not* correspond to the type of time off they requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:705 msgid "" "The status of the time off is represented by the color detail of the " "request, either appearing solid (*validated*) or striped (*to approve*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:708 msgid "" "The number of days or hours requested is written on the request (if there is" " enough space)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:710 msgid "" "At the bottom of the calendar, in the :guilabel:`Total` line, a bar graph " "shows how many people are projected to be out on any given day. The number " @@ -16725,7 +17231,7 @@ msgid "" "highlighted days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:778 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:714 msgid "" "Click on a time off entry to view the details for the specific time off " "entry. The total number of hours or days are listed, along with the start " @@ -16737,21 +17243,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview of the user's team, with time off requests shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:787 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:723 msgid "My time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:725 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`My Time` section of the *Time Off* application contains the " "time off dashboard, as well as the user's time off requests and allocations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:795 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:731 msgid "Dashboard" msgstr "儀表板" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:733 msgid "" "All users have access to the time off dashboard, which is the default view " "in the *Time Off* application. The dashboard can also be accessed at any " @@ -16759,38 +17265,38 @@ msgid "" "My Time --> Dashboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:737 msgid "" "The current year is displayed, and the current day is highlighted in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:739 msgid "" "To change the view, click on the :guilabel:`Year` button to reveal a drop-" "down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, or " ":guilabel:`Month` to present the calendar in that corresponding view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:743 msgid "" "To change the presented dates, click the :guilabel:`← (left arrow)` or " ":guilabel:`→ (right arrow)` icons to the left of the :guilabel:`Year` " "button. The calendar view adjusts in increments of the presented view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:811 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:747 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Year` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by " "one year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:813 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:749 msgid "" "To change the view at any point to a view that includes the current date, " "click the :guilabel:`Today` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:816 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:752 msgid "" "Above the calendar view is a summary of the user's time off balances. Every " "time off type that has been allocated appears in its own summary box. Each " @@ -16799,7 +17305,7 @@ msgid "" "applicable)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:757 msgid "" "To view the full details of a time off balance, click the :guilabel:`? " "(question mark)` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`(DAYS/HOURS) AVAILABLE` " @@ -16813,7 +17319,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A view of the complete time off balance details in the popover window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:767 msgid "" "A user is also able to see how much time off they will have accrued in the " "future. On the right side of the time off summary blocks, there is a " @@ -16821,7 +17327,7 @@ msgid "" "selector popover appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:771 msgid "" "The current date is the default date selected. Navigate to the desired date," " and Odoo displays the time off balances the user will have on that date. " @@ -16830,14 +17336,14 @@ msgid "" "of the date field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:840 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:776 msgid "" "On the right side of the calendar, the various time off types are displayed," " with their corresponding colors. The :guilabel:`Legend` explains how the " "various statuses for time off requests are presented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:780 msgid "" "Time off that has been validated appears in a solid color (in the color " "specified in the :guilabel:`Time Off Type` section above the " @@ -16846,19 +17352,19 @@ msgid "" "line through the dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:849 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:785 msgid "" -"New time off requests can be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :ref:`New Time Off" -" ` modal appears." +"New time off requests can be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. Click the " +":guilabel:`New` button at the top of the dashboard, and a :doc:`New Time Off" +" <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:852 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:789 msgid "" -"New allocation requests can also be made from the dashboard. Click the " -":guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the dashboard to " -"request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation ` modal appears." +"New allocation requests can also be made from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Allocation Request` button at the top of the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard` to request more time off, and a :ref:`New Allocation " +"` modal appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 @@ -16867,56 +17373,56 @@ msgid "" "buttons highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:863 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:800 msgid "My time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:865 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:802 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`. Here, all time " "off requests, both past and present, appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:868 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:805 msgid "" "The list includes the following information for each request: the " ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Start Date`, " ":guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and the :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:872 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:809 msgid "" "A new time off request can be made from this view. Click the :guilabel:`New`" -" button to :ref:`request time off `." +" button to :doc:`request time off <../hr/time_off/request_time_off>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:878 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:815 msgid "My allocations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:817 msgid "" "To view a list of all the user's allocations, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Allocations`. All " "allocations and requested allocations appear in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:820 msgid "" "The information presented on the :guilabel:`My Allocations` page includes: " "the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Amount`, " ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`, and :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:824 msgid "" "A new allocation request can be made from this view, as well. Click the " ":guilabel:`New` button to :ref:`request an allocation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:895 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:832 msgid "" "The reporting feature allows users to view time off for their team, either " "by employee or type of time off. This allows users to see which employees " @@ -16924,7 +17430,7 @@ msgid "" "types are being used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:899 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:836 msgid "" "Any report can be added to a spreadsheet through the *Insert in Spreadsheet*" " button that appears in the top-left of a report. If the *Documents* " @@ -16932,31 +17438,31 @@ msgid "" "appears. If not, the report can be added to a *Dashboard*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:841 msgid "By employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:843 msgid "" "To view a report of employee time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Employee`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:846 msgid "" "The default report presents the current year's data in a list view, " "displaying all the employees in alphabetical order. Each employee's line is " "collapsed by default. To expand a line, click anywhere on the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:913 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:850 msgid "" "The view expands, and has the time off requests organized by time off type. " "Click anywhere on a time off type line to expand it, and view all the " "individual time off requests that fall under that type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:916 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:853 msgid "" "The information shown in the list includes: the :guilabel:`Employee` name, " ":guilabel:`Number of Days` off requested, the :guilabel:`Start Date`, " @@ -16967,7 +17473,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Report of time off, shown by each employee in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:924 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:861 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " @@ -16979,8 +17485,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The various other views highlighted, for the employee time off report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:933 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:870 msgid "" "When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " "particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports and their" @@ -16988,18 +17493,18 @@ msgid "" "documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:875 msgid "By type" msgstr "按類型" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:940 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:877 msgid "" "To view a list of all time off, organized by time off type, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Type`. This shows all time" " off requests in a default bar chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:943 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:880 msgid "" "Hover over a bar to view the :guilabel:`Duration (Days)` of that specific " "time off type." @@ -17011,13 +17516,13 @@ msgid "" "highlighted in a red box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:887 msgid "" "Click on a bar to go to a detailed list view of all the time off requests " "for that time off type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:952 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:889 msgid "" "Each request is listed, with the following information displayed: the " ":guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Request Type`, " @@ -17025,10 +17530,174 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:893 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways, as well. Click the corresponding " "button option in the top-right corner of the page to view the data in that " "way. The various options are a :guilabel:`Graph` (the default view), " ":guilabel:`List`, or :guilabel:`Pivot` table." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:897 +msgid "" +"When a selection has been made, additional options appear for that " +"particular selection. For more detailed information on the reports, and " +"their various options, refer to the :doc:`reporting " +"<../essentials/reporting>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:902 +msgid ":doc:`time_off/request_time_off`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Request time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once time off has been allocated to an employee, a request to use it can be " +"submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Time off can be requested in one of two ways: either from the main *Time " +"Off* application :guilabel:`Dashboard` (:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My " +"Time --> Dashboard`), or from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` dashboard view " +"(:menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time --> My Time Off`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To create a new request for time off, click the :guilabel:`New` button on " +"either the main *Time Off* :guilabel:`Dashboard` or the :guilabel:`My Time " +"Off` dashboard, in the default list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Both :guilabel:`New` buttons allow the user to request time off, but when " +"requested from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, a :guilabel:`New Time Off` request" +" form appears in a pop-up window. When requested from the :guilabel:`My Time" +" Off` list view, the screen navigates to a new time off request page, " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the :guilabel:`New Time Off` request " +"form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " +"the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off falls under. There are " +"two fields to populate: the start and end dates. Click on either date field " +"and a popover calendar appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and " +"end dates are circled, and the dates between them are highlighted (if " +"applicable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If only requesting time off for a single day, click on the start date, then " +"click the same date again for the end date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When the correct dates are selected, click the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The selected dates now populate the two portions of the :guilabel:`Dates` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If the selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured to have the time off" +" taken in hours, the following two fields also appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, tick this " +"checkbox. When this is selected, the second date field disappears, and is " +"replaced with a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the " +"day is being requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half " +"day, tick this checkbox. If selected, a :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` " +"field appears beneath this option. Using the drop-down menu, select the " +"start and end time for the time off request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the " +":guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is " +"modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off " +"requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on how the " +"selected :guilabel:`Time Off Type` is configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This " +"should include any details that managers and approvers may need to approve " +"the request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachment of documents. " +"Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the desired files that should be attached, select them, then " +"click The :guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off " +"request form. Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the request was created from the :guilabel:`Dashboard`, click the " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the information, and submit the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If the form was completed from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view, the " +"information is automatically saved as it is entered. However, the form can " +"be saved manually at any time by clicking the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` " +":guilabel:`(cloud upload)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off/request_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " +"with the flu." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 5ad6bdf77..6929d6d1a 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Tony Ng, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory & MRP" +msgid "Supply Chain" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 @@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:20 msgid "Location" msgstr "地點" @@ -1484,14 +1484,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:16 @@ -1506,16 +1508,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:26 @@ -3729,6 +3738,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:182 msgid "Manual" msgstr "手動" @@ -3805,12 +3816,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:214 msgid "" -"The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is four days," -" and the :ref:`purchase security lead time ` is one day." +"The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is " +"four days, and the :ref:`purchase security lead time " +"` is one day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:218 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` field of the reordering rule is set to " "zero, the product appears on the replenishment dashboard five days before " @@ -3823,34 +3834,34 @@ msgid "" "Feb 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:226 msgid "" "To see the product on the replenishment dashboard for the current date, " "February 20, set the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` to `7.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:229 msgid "" "To determine the amount of visibility days needed to see a product on the " "replenishment dashboard, subtract *today's date* from the *date the need " "appears* on the replenishment dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:232 msgid "Visibility~days = Need~appears~date - Today's~date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:237 msgid "" "Referring to the example above, today's date is February 20th, and the need " "for the product appears on February 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:240 msgid "(February 27 - February 20 = 7 days)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:242 msgid "" "Incorrectly setting the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` fewer than seven days in" " this case results in the need **not** appearing on the replenishment " @@ -3863,11 +3874,11 @@ msgid "" "days set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:252 msgid "Route" msgstr "路線" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:254 msgid "" "Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected under the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it is possible" @@ -3875,7 +3886,7 @@ msgid "" "the functionality of both routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:258 msgid "" "Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering " "rule. This is the route that the rule defaults to, if multiple are selected." @@ -3883,20 +3894,20 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:262 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Route` column is hidden on the " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:264 msgid "" "Reveal the :guilabel:`Route` column by selecting the :guilabel:`(slider)` " "icon to the far-right of the column titles, and checking the " ":guilabel:`Route` option from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:267 msgid "" "Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule, and a drop-down " "menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the " @@ -3907,7 +3918,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:275 msgid "" "If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set " "for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the selected route " @@ -4576,7 +4587,7 @@ msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:100 msgid "Assign serial numbers" msgstr "" @@ -4596,7 +4607,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr "" @@ -4623,56 +4634,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:21 -msgid "when closing a manufacturing order" +msgid "" +":doc:`during a manufacturing order " +"<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product>` for a " +"product tracked by lot/serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:24 msgid "when making an inventory adjustment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:32 msgid "" "Display the Detailed Operations smart button and bulleted list icon on a " "receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:32 msgid "" "Display the **Detailed Operations** smart button and bulleted list icon on a" " receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:37 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers to products, activate the :guilabel:`Lots and " "Serial Numbers` feature in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " "--> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:40 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of an item's product form, set the " ":guilabel:`Tracking` field to :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:44 msgid "" ":ref:`Enable serial numbers `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:45 msgid "" ":ref:`Track products by serial numbers " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:49 msgid "" "Next, enable creating new serial numbers by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:52 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, select the desired operation " "type (e.g. :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, or " @@ -4685,11 +4699,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show \"Create New\" option is selected on the Receipts operation type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:64 msgid "Detailed Operations" msgstr "詳細作業" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:66 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned to products when entering stock for the first" " time, from the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` page on the receipt. " @@ -4697,7 +4711,7 @@ msgid "" "Operations --> Receipts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:71 msgid "" "Serial numbers can **not** be assigned to products on a request for " "quotation (RfQ) or purchase order (PO) — **only** on a receipt." @@ -4707,13 +4721,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the purchase order and the Receipt smart button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:78 msgid "" "Screenshot of a \"Purchase Order\" with the \"Receipt\" smart button at the " "top." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:80 msgid "" "To record an item's serial number before receiving the item, follow the " "steps in the next sections to assign serial numbers, but do **not** click " @@ -4721,13 +4735,13 @@ msgid "" "from the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:84 msgid "" "Assign a single serial number to a product by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` smart button on a receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:87 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, manually type in the " "serial number for a single product." @@ -4737,13 +4751,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a line on the Detailed Operations page to assign serial numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:94 msgid "" "When finished, click the receipt's breadcrumbs, and the assigned serial " "numbers are automatically saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:102 msgid "" "To generate new serial numbers in a sequence, click the :guilabel:`+ (plus)`" " icon in the :ref:`product line `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:113 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` pop-up window. The " ":guilabel:`Number of SN` field is auto-filled based on the product quantity " @@ -4775,22 +4789,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show Assign Serial numbers pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:125 msgid "Stock move pop-up window" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:127 msgid "" "For various methods of assigning serial numbers in bulk, click the " ":guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the :ref:`product line " "` of a receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:132 msgid "Add a line" msgstr "加入資料行" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:134 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window that appears, manually " "input the serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." @@ -4800,11 +4814,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a line on the Stock move pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:142 msgid "Generate Serials" msgstr "產生序號" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:144 msgid "" "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Generate " "Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." @@ -4814,7 +4828,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show generate serials button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:151 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Generate Serial numbers` pop-up window, where " "the first serial number is entered in the :guilabel:`First SN` field to " @@ -4822,36 +4836,36 @@ msgid "" "entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:155 msgid "" "For more details on how to fill in this pop-up window, :ref:`refer to this " "section `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:159 msgid "Import Serials" msgstr "匯入序號" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:161 msgid "" "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Import " "Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:165 msgid "" "If the button is not visible, ensure the :guilabel:`Create New` option is " "selected in the :ref:`receipt's configuration page " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:168 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window. Enter each serial " "number on a separate line in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:172 msgid "" "Copy/paste serial numbers from an existing excel spreadsheet and add them to" " the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." @@ -4861,7 +4875,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show excel sheet to copy serial numbers from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:179 msgid "" "Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to add serial numbers to " "the list of products, and serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " @@ -4870,25 +4884,26 @@ msgid "" "option unchecked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:146 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Generate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:187 msgid "" "For a receipt with a :guilabel:`Demand` of `3.00` products, one product has " "already been assigned a serial number in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` " "pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:190 msgid "" "So, in the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window, two serial numbers, `124` " "and `125` are assigned to the remaining products by entering the following " "in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` input field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:199 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option is selected to add these two " "serial numbers **in addition** to the serial number, `123`, that has already" @@ -4930,7 +4945,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "" @@ -5002,6 +5017,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:343 msgid "Traceability" msgstr "追溯性" @@ -5457,6 +5473,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:189 msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" msgstr "" @@ -5488,17 +5505,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 msgid "Expiration alerts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 msgid "" "To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:251 msgid "" "Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " "Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " @@ -5506,14 +5523,14 @@ msgid "" "related to the products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:255 msgid "" "To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " "form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " "earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:259 msgid "" "After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " "Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " @@ -5521,14 +5538,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:263 msgid "" "To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " "are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" " :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:267 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." msgstr "" @@ -5538,486 +5555,593 @@ msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" +msgid "Lot numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:10 msgid "" -"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" -" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " -"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" -" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." +"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. They " +"typically represent a specific batch of products that were received, stored," +" shipped, or manufactured in-house." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:13 msgid "" -"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " -"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " -"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " -"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " -"lifecycles." +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products sharing common " +"properties, facilitating end-to-end traceability through their lifecycles." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:16 msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " -"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " -"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " -"expiration dates." +"Lots are useful for managing large quantities of manufactured or received " +"products, aiding in tracing items back to their group, particularly for " +"product recalls or :doc:`expiration dates `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:26 msgid "" -"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " -"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " -"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " -"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " -":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +"To track products using lots, enable the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature. Go" +" to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and tick the checkbox " +"next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 -msgid "Track products by lots" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`Tracking expiration dates `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:33 msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " -"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " -"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " -"and choose a product." +":ref:`Print GS1 barcodes for lots and serial numbers " +"`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:42 +msgid "Track by lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:44 msgid "" -"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " -"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " -":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " -"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, configure " +"individual products to be tracked using lots. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and choose a " +"product to configure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:48 msgid "" +"On the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, select the :guilabel:`By Lots` option in " +"the :guilabel:`Tracking` field. Now, new or existing lot numbers can be " +"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`expiration_dates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 +msgid "" "If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " -"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" -" lot numbers to the existing stock." +"serial numbers, a warning message appears. Use an :doc:`inventory adjustment" +" ` to assign lot numbers to existing products in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 -msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:65 +msgid "Assign lots for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:67 msgid "" -"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " -"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" -" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " -"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " -"automatically." +"Assign new lot numbers to :ref:`incoming goods " +"` on the receipt form. When " +"shipping :ref:`outgoing goods `, select products with specific lot numbers on the delivery order " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:75 +msgid "On receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Assigning new or existing lot numbers to incoming goods can be done directly" +" on receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To begin, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app to `create and confirm " +"`_ a |PO| for products tracked " +"by lot numbers. Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button that " +"appears at the top of the page to navigate to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to an existing receipt by going to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, clicking the :guilabel:`Receipts` Kanban " +"card, and choosing the desired receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number triggers an " +"error, indicating that a lot number **must** be assigned before validating " +"the receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:96 +msgid "" +"On the receipt form, on the product line in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, " +"select the |list| icon to the right of the product that is tracked by lot " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the bulleted list icon on the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, where the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` and :guilabel:`Quantity` are assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 +msgid "The two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **importing**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:109 +msgid "Manual assignment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"To manually assign lot numbers, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Input the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, :guilabel:`Store To` location for the lot, " +":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Destination Package`, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To assign multiple lot numbers, or store to multiple locations, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and type a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` for " +"additional quantities. Repeat until the total in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"column matches the :guilabel:`Demand` at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:125 +msgid "Import lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:127 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, click :guilabel:`Import " +"Serials/Lots`, then paste the bulk lot numbers, in the " +":guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on *Google* spreadsheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 +msgid "Lot numbers copied to the lot number line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Lot numbers pasted to the \"Lots/Serial numbers\" field, in the **Import " +"Lots** pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to generate *additional* " +"lot numbers in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window. To replace " +"the lot numbers in the list, leave the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option" +" unticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` on the receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:200 +msgid "" +":ref:`Traceability report for lot numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:157 +msgid "On delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Odoo makes it possible to specify which lot numbers for a product are chosen" +" for outgoing shipment on a delivery order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To begin, create or select an existing quotation from the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app. After confirming the |SO|, the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button becomes available. Click the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt form for " +"that specific |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to delivery orders by going to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`" +" kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button opens the the delivery order " +"form, where lot numbers are picked for delivery. In the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab, click the |list| icon to the right of the " +"product that is tracked by lot numbers. Clicking that icon reveals a " +":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, the chosen lot number and its storage location is " +"displayed in the :guilabel:`Pick From` column, with the with the full " +":guilabel:`Quantity` taken from that specific lot (if there is enough stock " +"in that particular lot)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:179 +msgid "" +"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " +":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:183 +msgid "" +"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " +"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It also " +"depends on the ordered quantity, and whether the lot's on-hand quantity is " +"enough to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Repeat the above steps to select enough lots to fulfill the " +":guilabel:`Demand`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. " +"Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button on the |DO| to deliver the " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Popup for source lot number on sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:203 +msgid "Lot management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Manage and view existing lot numbers for products in the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` dashboard by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:208 +msgid "" +"By default, lot numbers are grouped by product, and selecting the drop-down " +"menu for each product displays the existing lot numbers. Select a lot number" +" to :ref:`modify or add details ` " +"linked to the lot. Lot numbers can also be :ref:`created " +"` from this page, by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 +msgid "Show the \"Lot/Serial Number\" dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Display lot numbers, grouped by products, on the **Lot/Serial Number** " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 +msgid "Modify lot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Clicking a lot from the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` dashboard reveals a " +"separate page where additional information can be provided about the lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to follow " +"the most recent number. However, it can be edited, by clicking the line " +"under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and changing the generated " +"number to any desired one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:233 +msgid "On the lot number form, the following fields can be modified:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:235 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: change the lot number linked to the " +":guilabel:`Product`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:236 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internal Reference`: records an alternative lot/serial number " +"used within the warehouse that differs from the one used by the supplier " +"manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company where the lot number is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:239 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: add extra details about the lot or serial number in" +" this text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:242 +msgid "" +"On existing lots, the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"fields **cannot** be modified, as the lot numbers are linked with existing " +"stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the lot number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:250 +msgid ":doc:`Set expiration dates for lots `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:253 +msgid "Add property" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:255 +msgid "" +"To add custom fields to lots for enhanced traceability, there are two " +"methods of adding properties on a lot number form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon at the top-left of the page," +" then select :icon:`fa-cogs` :guilabel:`Add Properties` from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a Property` button, located below " +"the existing fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Name and :doc:`configure the new field " +"<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`. Once finished, enter the " +"property value in the new field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The new property, `Wood type`, is added. The value is recorded as `Cherry " +"wood`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Show the \"Add Properties\" button on a lot number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:273 +msgid "" +":doc:`Configuring custom properties " +"<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 +msgid "Reserve lot number for a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:280 +msgid "" +"To create a lot number for a product, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lot/Serial Numbers`, and " +"click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Creating a lot number reserves it for a product but **does not** assign it. " +"To assign lot numbers, refer to the section on :ref:`assigning lot numbers " +"on receipts `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:289 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " "follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " -"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " -"and changing the generated number." +"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field " +"on the lot form, and changing the generated number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:293 msgid "" "Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " "field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " "menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:72 -msgid "" -"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " -"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " -"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " -"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" -"website environment)." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:298 +msgid "The lot number, `000001`, is created for the product, `Drawer Black`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 -msgid "" -"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " -"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:83 -msgid "" -"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " -"button to save all changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:304 msgid "" "After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " -"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" -" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " -"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." +"product, the lot number is saved as an existing lot number linked to the " +"product, and can be selected when :ref:`assigning lot numbers to products on" +" a receipt `, or when making an " +"inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:310 msgid "" -"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " -"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " -"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" -" assigned to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:95 -msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " -"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " -"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " -"order form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:104 -msgid "Manage lots on receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " -"purchase order (PO)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:108 -msgid "" -"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " -"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 -msgid "" -"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " -"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " -"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " -"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " -"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " -"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " -":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " -"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " -"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" -"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " -":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " -"number being assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:133 -msgid "" -"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " -":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " -"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " -"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:137 -msgid "" -"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " -"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " -"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 -msgid "" -"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" -" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " -"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " -"quantity." +"After creating the lot number, `000001` appears as an option for `Drawer " +"Black` when assigning lot numbers on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` " +"page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 -msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgid "Show how to assign lot numbers on the Inventory Adjustment page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " -":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " -"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " -"the :guilabel:`Demand`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:155 -msgid "" -"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " -"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " -"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" -" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" -" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " -":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " -"entered in each of the lot number lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 -msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:168 -msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." -" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " -":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " -"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" -" assigned, and more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:174 -msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " -"sales order (SO)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:178 -msgid "" -"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " -"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:181 -msgid "" -"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" -" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " -"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:185 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" -" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " -":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:201 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " -"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 -msgid "" -"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " -"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " -":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " -"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:198 -msgid "" -"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " -"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" -" there is enough stock in that particular lot)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:202 -msgid "" -"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " -":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " -"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " -"total quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:207 -msgid "" -"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " -"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " -"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " -"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " -"lot to fulfill the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:213 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:215 -msgid "" -"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " -"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" -" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 -msgid "" -"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " -"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " -":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " -"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " -"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:228 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" -" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " -"the same lot number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:318 msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:320 msgid "" -"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " -"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " -"be used." +"By default, new lots can only be created when receiving products, and " +"existing lot numbers cannot be used. For sales orders, only existing lot " +"numbers can be utilized, and new ones cannot be created on the delivery " +"order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:237 -msgid "" -"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" -" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:324 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " "type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " -"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +"Operations Types`, and select the desired operation type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:328 msgid "" -"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " -"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " -"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" -" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " -":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" -" to save the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:249 -msgid "" -"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " -"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " -"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " -"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." +"On the operation type form, under the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"section, tick the :guilabel:`Create New` checkbox to enable new lot numbers " +"to be created during this operation type. Choose :guilabel:`Use Existing " +"ones` if only existing lot numbers can be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:337 msgid "" "For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " "useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" " warehouse receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:345 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " -"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " -"stored, and who (and when) it went to." +"entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from, when it arrived, where it" +" was stored, who it went to (and when)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:348 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:352 msgid "" "From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " "assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:355 msgid "" -"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " -"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " -":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " -"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." +"To group by lots, begin by removing any filters in the :guilabel:`Search...`" +" bar. Then, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(caret down)` icon to" +" open a drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` options," +" and :guilabel:`Favorites`. Under the :guilabel:`Group By` section, click " +"the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` option, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"Number` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:361 msgid "" -"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " -"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." +"Doing so reorganizes all the records on the page to display all existing " +"lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded to show all quantities of " +"products with that assigned number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:369 +msgid "Traceability report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To view a full stock moves report for a lot number, select the lot number " +"line from the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Number` dashboard. On the lot number " +"form, click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Show the Traceability Report for a lot, that displays the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:380 msgid ":doc:`differences`" msgstr "" @@ -6536,6 +6660,144 @@ msgid "" " packaging to the internal count of the product." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:3 +msgid "Reassign lot/serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Changing a product's tracking settings to use lots or serial numbers, " +"*after* storing products in Odoo without them, can lead to inconsistent " +"records. Follow this documentation to learn how to use an inventory " +"adjustment to assign lot or serial numbers to products that were not " +"originally assigned lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Warning message: products in stock have no lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This document outlines the process of using two inventory adjustments: one " +"to remove incorrect records *without* lot numbers, and another to save the " +"quantities *with* the lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`Set up and use lot numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Set up serial numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Use serial numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:24 +msgid "Change on-hand quantity to zero" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To change the product's settings to track by lots or serial numbers, begin " +"by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and select the intended product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, click the product's :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button to open the " +":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. In the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"column, change the value to zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If the product is stored in multiple locations, make sure the **total** on " +"hand quantity at **all** locations is zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Show the Inventory Adjustments model, highlighting the \"On Hand Quantity\" " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:41 +msgid "Change traceability setting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Return to the product form (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Products`), and switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, change the :guilabel:`Tracking` option " +"from :guilabel:`No Tracking` to :guilabel:`By Lots` or :guilabel:`By Unique " +"Serial Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 +msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:56 +msgid "Restore on-hand quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:58 +msgid "" +"After manually changing the on-hand quantity to zero and changing the " +":guilabel:`Tracking` setting to lots or serial numbers, restore the " +"quantities by clicking the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button from the desired" +" product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:62 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Update Quantity` page, because the on-hand quantity had " +"been previously changed to zero, a :guilabel:`No Stock On Hand` warning " +"appears on the page. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" +"left corner. Doing so reveals a new, modifiable line on the " +":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. Then, input a desired lot number in the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` to its original value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Fill in the \"Lot/Serial Number\" and \"On Hand Quantity\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To find the original quantity, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " +"accordingly, after assigning a new lot or serial number, click the " +":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon in the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` column. Then, click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` " +"button on the far-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 +msgid "Show the \"History\" button on the Inventory Adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The inventory adjustment that changed the on-hand quantity to zero is " +"displayed in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:0 +msgid "Show the history entry." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "" @@ -6665,6 +6927,12 @@ msgid "" "in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "" @@ -6849,6 +7117,12 @@ msgid "" "tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:197 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" @@ -6857,6 +7131,20 @@ msgid "" " appears." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " +"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:208 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " @@ -7211,6 +7499,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:80 msgid "Create purchase order" msgstr "" @@ -7482,12 +7772,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:160 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:161 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" msgstr "" @@ -7689,7 +7979,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:124 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" @@ -7870,8 +8160,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "Create a sales order" msgstr "" @@ -7933,7 +8221,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Print shipping labels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:8 msgid "" "Integrate Odoo with :doc:`third-party shipping carriers " "<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>` to automatically generate " @@ -7941,7 +8229,7 @@ msgid "" "numbers, and barcodes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:15 msgid "" "To generate labels for a third-party shipping carrier, first :doc:`install " "the third-party shipping connector " @@ -7958,36 +8246,83 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set the \"Get Rate and Create Shipment\" option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:33 +msgid "Labels for multi-step" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"For companies using :doc:`two " +"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or :doc:`three step " +"delivery <../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, labels can be " +"triggered to print after validating the picking or packing operation. To do " +"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations " +"Types`, and choose the desired operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Operation Type` configuration page, tick the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` checkbox. Enabling this feature ensures that the " +"third-party shipping label is printed upon validating this operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:45 +msgid "" +"For :doc:`two-step delivery " +"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, where products are " +"placed directly in packages during picking, companies can print shipping " +"labels during picking instead of delivery. Odoo allows users to enable the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` feature on the `Pick` operation itself to achieve " +"this flexibility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:0 +msgid "Enable the \"Print Label\" feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:55 msgid "Print tracking labels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:57 msgid "" -"Tracking labels are generated after the delivery order (DO) is validated." +"Tracking labels are printed when specific operations are validated. By " +"default, validating a delivery order (DO) generates a tracking label in the " +"chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:61 msgid "" -"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin on the " -":menuselection:`Sales app`, and proceed to the desired quotation to " -":ref:`add the shipping cost `, confirm the sales order, and validate the |DO|." +"For companies using two or three step delivery, refer to the :ref:`printing " +"labels for multi-step delivery ` section to learn how to print the label after validating a picking " +"or packing operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin in the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and proceed to the desired quotation or sales " +"order (SO). There, and :ref:`add the shipping cost " +"` to the order. Then, " +"navigate to the linked |DO| — or another operation type when using multi-" +"step delivery — to validate the operation and print the label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:71 msgid "" "If only the *Inventory* app is installed, create :abbr:`DOs (Delivery " -"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app , :ref:`add the " +"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, :ref:`add the " "third-party carrier ` in " "the :guilabel:`Carrier` field, and validate the |DO|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:79 msgid "Add shipping on quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:81 msgid "" "To generate a tracking label for an order, begin by creating a quotation in " ":menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`, clicking " @@ -7999,15 +8334,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the \"Add Shipping\" button on the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:89 msgid "" "In the resulting pop-up window, select the intended carrier from the " -":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. Clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` " -"displays the shipping cost for the customer, via the third-party carrier in " -"the :guilabel:`Cost` field." +":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Total Order " +"Weight` field is automatically populated, based on the :ref:`weight of " +"products in the order `. " +"Modify this field to overwrite the predicted weight, and use this weight to " +"estimate the cost of shipping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Get Rate` to display the shipping cost for the " +"customer, via the third-party carrier in the :guilabel:`Cost` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 msgid "" "If clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` results in an error, ensure the " ":ref:`warehouse's address ` are properly configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:102 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the cost to the quotation, which is listed as " "the :ref:`configured delivery product " @@ -8028,49 +8371,49 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show \"Get rate\" pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:112 msgid "" -"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, the shipping carrier is" -" specified in a delivery order's :guilabel:`Carrier` field of the " -":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." +"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, specify the " +":guilabel:`Carrier` by going to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, " +"navigating to the |DO|, and going to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:0 msgid "Show the \"Additional Info\" tab of a delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:123 msgid "Validate delivery order" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:125 msgid "" "On a delivery order form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab to" " ensure the third-party shipping carrier has been added to the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:129 msgid "" "If the *Sales* app is not installed, the third-party carrier is set in the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:132 msgid "" "After the items in the order have been packed, click :guilabel:`Validate` to" " get the shipping carrier's tracking number, and generate the shipping " "label." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:136 msgid "" "Create or select an existing delivery order by going to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and selecting the :guilabel:`Delivery " "Orders` card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:139 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` number is generated in the " ":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab of the delivery order. Click the " @@ -8078,7 +8421,7 @@ msgid "" "shipping carrier's website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:143 msgid "The tracking label is found in PDF format in the chatter." msgstr "" @@ -8086,14 +8429,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show generated shipping label in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:150 msgid "" "For multi-package shipping, one label is generated per package. Each label " "appears in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:157 msgid "Sample label generated from Odoo's shipping connector with FedEx." msgstr "" @@ -8280,11 +8623,282 @@ msgid "" "create the first backorder." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:3 +msgid "Printable delivery PDFs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automatically print delivery-related PDFs documents and labels in Odoo, " +"containing package recipient details, contents, or handling instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The following PDFs can be configured to print upon validating an *Inventory*" +" operation (e.g. receipt, picking, delivery orders, quality checks):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:11 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery slip `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`Return slip `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:13 +msgid "" +":ref:`Product labels of items in the order " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:14 +msgid "" +":ref:`Lot and serial number labels `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:15 +msgid "Carrier labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:16 +msgid "Export documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:17 +msgid "Package Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:18 +msgid "Package label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To automatically print these forms, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`, and select the desired " +"operation type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick each of the desired options available " +"in the :guilabel:`Print on Validation` section to download the PDF of those " +"selected documents automatically after validating the :guilabel:`Operation " +"Type`. For details on what each of the checkbox options do, jump to the " +"related section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Print on Validation* option in the \"Pick\" *Operation Type*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:36 +msgid "Delivery slip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A *delivery slip* contains recipient and package details, usually placed " +"inside (or attached to) the package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:42 +msgid ":ref:`Picking list `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`Tracking label `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:45 +msgid "" +"After :ref:`enabling the Delivery Slip setting " +"` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " +"configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " +"operation type downloads a PDF of the delivery slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The delivery slip shows products, quantities, the delivery order reference " +"number, and the total order weight." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Example delivery slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:58 +msgid "Return slip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Print a *return slip* to include in a delivery for customer return packages." +" It identifies the return, links to the sales order, and includes item " +"details and customer information. It can also include specific return " +"instructions for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:64 +msgid "" +"After :ref:`enabling the Return Slip setting " +"` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " +"configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " +"operation type downloads a PDF of the return slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The return slip displays the company's return address, along with barcodes " +"for both the order and the return operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 +msgid "Example return slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:77 +msgid "Product labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Print *product labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " +"information, such as product name, barcode, and price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"After navigating to the intended operation type (:menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`), in the :guilabel:`Hardware` " +"tab, tick the :guilabel:`Product Labels` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Print label as:` drop-down menu visible, where" +" each product label can be printed as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`2 x 7 with price`: PDF displays product name, barcode, and price," +" fitting two rows and seven columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 2 x 7 with price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 7 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price, " +"fitting four rows and seven columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 4 x 7 with price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12`: displays product name and barcode. Fits four rows and " +"twelve columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Example 4 x 12." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price. " +"Fits four rows and twelve columns of product labels per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels`: prints labels in the Zebra Programming Language " +"(ZPL) containing the product name and barcode. Readable for Zebra printers " +"to automatically print labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels with price`: prints labels in the :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " +"Programming Language)` containing the product name, barcode, and price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Product labels can be manually printed from any delivery order, by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Print Labels` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:128 +msgid "Lot/SN Labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Print *lot/SN labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " +"information, such as product name, lot or serial number, and the barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To automatically print this PDF, navigate to the intended operation type's " +"options page (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations" +" Types`). Then, in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick the :guilabel:`Lot/SN " +"Labels` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per lot/SN`: PDF with labels for unique lot/serial " +"numbers in the order, including product name, lot/serial number, and " +"barcode. Fits four rows and twelve columns per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 +msgid "Order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:150 +msgid "Labels for an order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per unit`: PDF with labels matching the quantity of " +"items, displaying the product name, lot/serial number, and barcode. Fits " +"four rows and twelve columns per page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per lot/SN`: prints labels in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " +"Programming Language)`, containing the product name, lot/serial number, and " +"barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per unit`: prints labels with the quantity of " +"items in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming Language)`, containing the product " +"name, lot/serial number, and barcode." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "Scheduled delivery dates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 msgid "" "Accurately forecasting delivery dates is vital for fulfilling customer " "expectations. In Odoo, the *Inventory* app allows for comprehensive lead " @@ -8292,11 +8906,11 @@ msgid "" "orders, deliveries, and receptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:15 msgid "Lead time types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:17 msgid "" "Different lead times for different operations can impact various stages of " "the order fulfillment process. Here's a summary of the types of lead times " @@ -8307,66 +8921,85 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show graphic of all lead times working together." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "" -":ref:`Customer lead time `: The default " -"time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is the " -"number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the date " -"the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as *delivery" -" lead time*." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:24 msgid "" -":ref:`Sales security lead time `: " -"moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of days. " -"This serves as a buffer to allow the team ample time to prepare the outgoing" -" shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " -"process." +":ref:`Customer lead time `: " +"default time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is" +" the number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the " +"date the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as " +"*delivery lead time*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:29 msgid "" -":ref:`Purchase lead time `: the number of " -"days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " +":ref:`Sales security lead time `: moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of " +"days. This serves as a buffer to allow ample time to prepare the outgoing " +"shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 +msgid "" +":ref:`Purchase lead time `: number" +" of days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " "products. It provides insight on the time it takes for products to arrive at" " the warehouse, facilitating effective scheduling and planning of supplier " "deliveries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:39 msgid "" -":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` by a " -"specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders earlier " -"mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products that are" -" set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment report* " -"earlier, according to the specified number of days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:40 -msgid "" -":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: the number " -"of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date of " -"confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in Odoo), " -"and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished good." +":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " +"by a specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders " +"earlier mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products " +"that are set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment " +"report* earlier, according to the specified number of days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:45 msgid "" -":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " -"forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with " -":ref:`replenish to order `, the " +":ref:`Days to Purchase `: " +"days needed for the vendor to receive a request for quotation (RFQ) and " +"confirm it. It advances the deadline to schedule a |RFQ| by a specified " +"number of days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:49 +msgid "" +":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: " +"number of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date " +"of confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in " +"Odoo), and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished" +" good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:54 +msgid "" +":ref:`Days to prepare manufacturing order " +"`: number of days " +"needed to replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the " +"product. Either set one directly on the bill of materials (BoM), or click " +"*Compute* to sum up purchase and manufacturing lead times of components in " +"the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:60 +msgid "" +":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing " +"Order)` forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with" +" :ref:`replenish to order `, the " "security lead time makes the need appear earlier on the replenishment " "report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:69 msgid "Sales lead times" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 msgid "" "Customer lead times and sales security lead times can be configured to " "automatically compute an *expected delivery date* on a :abbr:`SO (Sales " @@ -8374,14 +9007,14 @@ msgid "" "setting for shipments from the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:75 msgid "" "Odoo issues a warning message if the set delivery date is earlier than the " "expected date, as it may not be feasible to fulfill the order by that time, " "which would impact other warehouse operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:79 msgid "" "A :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` containing a `Coconut-scented candle` is " "confirmed on July 11th. The product has a customer lead time of 14 days, and" @@ -8394,17 +9027,17 @@ msgid "" "Set *Delivery Date* in a sales order. Enables delivery lead times feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:87 msgid "" "The following sections demonstrate how to automatically compute expected " "delivery dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:90 msgid "Customer lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:92 msgid "" "Set the customer lead time on each product form, by navigating to the " "products page. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> " @@ -8414,7 +9047,7 @@ msgid "" "order from start to finish." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 msgid "" "Set a 14-day customer lead time for the `Coconut-scented candle` by " "navigating to its product form. Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, type" @@ -8425,31 +9058,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set *Customer Lead Time* on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:109 msgid "Sales security lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:111 msgid "" "*Sales security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:114 msgid "" "On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " "heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales`, and " "click the checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. This security lead time is " "a buffer notifying the team to prepare for outgoing shipments earlier than " "the scheduled date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales` to `1.00` day, pushes " "the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of a delivery order (DO) forward by one day. " @@ -8464,11 +9097,11 @@ msgid "" "settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:131 msgid "Deliver several products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:133 msgid "" "For orders that include multiple products with different lead times, the " "lead times can be configured directly from the quotation itself. On a " @@ -8476,7 +9109,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Policy` to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`As soon as possible` to deliver products as soon as they are " "ready. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " @@ -8484,7 +9117,7 @@ msgid "" "products in the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`When all products are ready` to wait to fulfill the entire order " "at once. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " @@ -8496,14 +9129,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show *Shipping Policy* field in the *Other Info* tab of a quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:150 msgid "" "In a quotation containing 2 products, `Yoga mat` and `Resistance band,` the " "products have a lead time of 8 days and 5 days, respectively. Today's date " "is April 2nd." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:153 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Shipping Policy` is set to :guilabel:`As soon as " "possible`, the scheduled delivery date is 5 days from today: April 7th. On " @@ -8511,17 +9144,17 @@ msgid "" " the scheduled date to be 8 days from today: April 10th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:160 msgid "Purchase lead times" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 msgid "" "Automatically determining the dates on which to place orders from suppliers " "can help simplify the procurement process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 msgid "" "Odoo calculates the supplier shipment *receipt date*, and :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` deadline, based on the required date the product is needed" @@ -8530,7 +9163,7 @@ msgid "" "determine the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` deadline." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 msgid "" "This deadline is the date by which the order should be confirmed, in order " "to ensure timely arrival by the expected receipt date." @@ -8541,24 +9174,24 @@ msgid "" "Visualization of PO deadline and receipt date used with vendor lead times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:178 msgid "" ":ref:`PO scheduling with reordering rules " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:181 msgid "Vendor lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:183 msgid "" "To set a vendor lead time for orders arriving in the warehouse from a vendor" " location, begin by navigating to a product form through " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:186 msgid "" "Next, select the desired product, and switch to the :guilabel:`Purchase` " "tab. In the editable vendor pricelist, click the :guilabel:`Add a line` " @@ -8567,14 +9200,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:192 msgid "" "Multiple vendors and lead times can be added to the vendor pricelist. The " "default vendor and lead time selected will be the entry at the top of the " "list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:196 msgid "" "On the vendor pricelist of the product form, the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " "Time` for the selected vendor is set to `10 days.`" @@ -8584,7 +9217,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add delivery lead times to vendor pricelist on a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:203 msgid "" "By setting the vendor lead time, the expected arrival date of the item is " "automatically determined as the date of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " @@ -8593,7 +9226,7 @@ msgid "" "expected timeframe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 msgid "" "On a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` confirmed on July 11th, for a product " "configured with a 10-day vendor lead time, Odoo automatically sets the " @@ -8612,34 +9245,33 @@ msgid "" "Show expected *Scheduled Date* of arrival of the product from the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:225 msgid "Purchase security lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:227 msgid "" "*Purchase security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:230 msgid "" -"On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " -"heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`, and" -" click the checkbox to enable the feature." +"On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " +"heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in supplier " -"deliveries." +"deliveries. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:237 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase` to `2.00` days, " -"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by one day. In that " +"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by two days. In that " "case, if a product is initially scheduled to arrive on April 6th, with a " "two-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the receipt would be " "April 8th." @@ -8651,18 +9283,35 @@ msgid "" "Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 +msgid "Days to purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To set up the *days to purchase* lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Advanced " +"Scheduling` section, in the :guilabel:`Days to Purchase` field, specify the " +"number of days required for the vendor to confirm a |RFQ| after receiving it" +" from the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Show \"Days to Purchase\" configuration in the Settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 msgid "Manufacturing lead times" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:265 msgid "" "Lead times can help simplify the procurement process for consumable " "materials and components used in manufactured products with bills of " -"materials." +"materials (BoMs)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:268 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the deadline to " "begin the manufacturing process to complete the product by the scheduled " @@ -8676,43 +9325,54 @@ msgid "" "times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 msgid "Manufacturing lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:279 msgid "" -"Configure the manufacturing lead time directly on the product form, by " -"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products`, " -"and select the desired product." +"Manufacturing lead times for products are configured from a product's bill " +"of materials (BoM) form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:281 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product, specify the calendar days " -"needed to the manufacture the product in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead " -"Time` field." +"To add a lead time to a |BoM|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" +" --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM| to edit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:284 msgid "" -"Specify a 14-day :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead Time` for a product directly " -"in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product." +"On the |BoM| form, click the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. Change the value" +" (in days) in the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field to specify the calendar" +" days needed to manufacture the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 -msgid "" -"View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Manuf. Lead Time value specified on a product's Bill of Material form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:292 +msgid "" +"If the selected |BoM| is a multi-level |BoM|, the manufacturing lead times " +"of the components are added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 +msgid "" +"If the |BoM| product is subcontracted, the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` can " +"be used to determine the date at which components should be sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:298 msgid "" "Establish a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, based on the " "*expected delivery date*, indicated in the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field " "of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:301 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field on the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`, is" @@ -8720,31 +9380,32 @@ msgid "" "lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:305 msgid "" "This ensures the manufacturing process begins on time, in order to meet the " "delivery date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:307 msgid "" -"However, it's important to note that lead times are based on calendar days. " -"Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center capacity*" -" (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work center " -"simultaneously`)." +"However, it is important to note that lead times are based on calendar days." +" Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center " +"capacity* (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work " +"center simultaneously`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 -msgid ":ref:`Manufacturing planning `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 msgid "" -":ref:`Configure automatic MO scheduling with reordering rules " -"`" +":doc:`Manufacturing planning <../../../manufacturing/workflows/use_mps>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:313 +msgid "" +":doc:`Schedule MOs with reordering rules " +"<../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 msgid "" "A product's scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " "August 15th. The product requires 14 days to manufacture. So, the latest " @@ -8752,23 +9413,63 @@ msgid "" "date is August 1st." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:324 +msgid "Days to prepare manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Configure the days required to gather components to manufacture a product by" +" going to its |BoM|. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" +" Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:330 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab of the |BoM|, specify the calendar days" +" needed to obtain components of the product in the :guilabel:`Days to " +"prepare Manufacturing Order` field. Doing so creates |MOs| in advance, and " +"ensures there is enough time to either replenish components, or manufacture " +"semi-finished products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Compute`, located next to the :guilabel:`Days to prepare" +" Manufacturing Order` field, calculates the longest lead time among all the " +"components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:339 +msgid "" +"*Purchase security lead times* that impact this specific |BoM| are also " +"added to this value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:343 +msgid "" +"A |BoM| has two components, one has a manufacturing lead time of two days, " +"and the other has a purchase lead time of four days. The :guilabel:`Days to " +"prepare Manufacturing Order` is four days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:350 msgid "Manufacturing security lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:352 msgid "" "*Manufacturing security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the" -" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead " -"Time`, and click the checkbox to enable the feature." +" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security " +"Lead Time`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:356 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in the " -"manufacturing process." +"manufacturing process. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 @@ -8777,7 +9478,7 @@ msgid "" "settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:364 msgid "" "A product has a scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " "set for August 15th. The manufacturing lead time is 7 days, and " @@ -8787,37 +9488,37 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is August 5th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:371 msgid "Global example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:373 msgid "" "See the following example to understand how all the lead times work together" " to ensure timely order fulfillment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:376 msgid "**Sales security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:377 msgid "**Manufacturing security lead time**: 2 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:378 msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**: 3 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:379 msgid "**Purchase security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:380 msgid "**Vendor lead time**: 4 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:382 msgid "" "The customer places an order for a manufactured product on September 1st, " "and the scheduled delivery date from the warehouse is on September 20th. " @@ -8832,24 +9533,24 @@ msgid "" "operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:390 msgid "**September 1st**: Sales order created, confirmed by salesperson." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:392 msgid "" "**September 9th**: Deadline to order components to ensure they arrive in " "time when manufacturing begins (4-day supplier lead time)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:395 msgid "" "**September 13th**: Scheduled date of receipt for components. Initially, it " "was set to 9/14, but the 1-day purchase security lead time pushed the date " "earlier by 1 day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:398 msgid "" "**September 14th**: Deadline to begin manufacturing. Calculated by " "subtracting the manufacturing lead time of 3 days, and the manufacturing " @@ -8857,7 +9558,7 @@ msgid "" "19th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:402 msgid "" "**September 19th**: :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the delivery order form " "indicates the updated expected delivery date, which was originally set as " @@ -8865,7 +9566,7 @@ msgid "" "a day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:406 msgid "" "Odoo's replenishment planning maps a business' order fulfillment process, " "setting pre-determined deadlines and raw material order dates, including " @@ -8906,7 +9607,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings." msgstr "" @@ -9073,475 +9773,536 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in one step" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:11 msgid "" -"By default, incoming shipments are configured to be received directly into " -"stock, and outgoing shipments are configured to be delivered directly from " -"stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one " -"step receipts and deliveries." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " +"process in one step, by default. This means purchases will be received " +"directly into stock, and deliveries will be moved directly from stock to " +"customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:30 msgid "" -"Incoming and outgoing shipments do not need to be configured with the same " -"steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in " -"three steps." +"Incoming and outgoing shipments do **not** need to be configured with the " +"same amount of steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18 msgid "" -"In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and " -"deliveries." +"For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " +"received directly in one step, and delivered in three steps (pick + pack + " +"ship)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20 -msgid "Configure the warehouse" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To configure one-step receipts and deliveries for a warehouse, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and select " +"a warehouse to edit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:27 msgid "" -"If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they" -" can easily be set back to the one step setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`, and click on the desired warehouse to edit. Next, on the " -":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, under the :guilabel:`Shipments` " -"section, select :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)` for " -":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " -"step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)`, and set " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " +"step)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one " -"step." +msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to one-step on warehouse form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Since one-step receipt and delivery is the default for incoming and outgoing" +" shipments in Odoo, the *Multi-Step Routes* feature is *not* required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 +msgid "" +"However, for the :guilabel:`Shipments` settings to appear on a warehouse " +"form, the feature **must** be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick " +"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Doing so also activates the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` " +"feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:50 msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "直接接收產品(1步收貨)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "Create a purchase order" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When products are received in one step, they will move from the vendor " +"location to warehouse stock in the database immediately upon validation of a" +" purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:81 msgid "" -"On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making" -" a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, select (or create) a " -":guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` " -"to finalize the quote as a new purchase order." +"To create a |PO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank :guilabel:`Request for Quotation` (RfQ) " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:61 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " -"the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " -"receipt for the purchase order." +"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Supplier` field. Then, fill out the various " +"fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order." +msgid "Filled out new request for quotation form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 -msgid "Process the receipt" +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the |RfQ|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:94 msgid "" -"When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click " -":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This moves the |RfQ| to the " +":guilabel:`Purchase Order` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once the |PO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears at " +"the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse receipt " +"(WH/IN) form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ " -"(bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon " -"enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows " -"the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n" -"pop-up." +msgid "Receipt smart button on confirmed purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier " -"Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives " -"here, it will be available for manufacturing, sales, etc. Then, the status " -"of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the " -"reception process in one step." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 +msgid "Process receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:84 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " +"the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " +"validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validated warehouse receipt in Done stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Click back to the |PO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" +" the |PO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Received` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:99 msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "直接出貨(1步)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:101 msgid "" -"Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and " -"make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then select (or create) a " -":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down field, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order." +"When products are delivered in one step, they will move from warehouse stock" +" to the customer location in the database immediately upon validation of a " +"sales order (SO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:156 +msgid "Create sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:158 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " -"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " -"delivery order for the sales order." +"To create a |SO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales app`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank sales quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field. Then, fill out the various" +" fields on the sales quotation form, as necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed." +msgid "Filled out new sales quotation form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:117 msgid "" -"Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 -msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." +"Under the :guilabel:`Product` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:120 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:172 -msgid "Process the delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. This moves the quotation to the " +":guilabel:`Sales Order` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 msgid "" -"When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), " -"click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery." +"Once the |SO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears at " +"the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse delivery " +"(WH/OUT) form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the delivery order." +msgid "Delivery smart button on confirmed sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:207 +msgid "Process delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:133 msgid "" -"Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the " -":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers" -" location`. Then, the status of the document will change to " -":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step." +"From the warehouse delivery form, the products ordered by the customer can " +"be delivered from the warehouse. To deliver the products, change the value " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field to match the ordered quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Demand` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once validated, the delivery order " +"moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validated delivery order in Done stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click back to the |SO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" +" the |SO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Delivered` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:229 +msgid ":doc:`shipments_deliveries`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in two steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12 msgid "" -"Depending on a company's business processes, multiple steps may be needed " -"before receiving or shipping products. In the two-step receipt process, " -"products are received in an input area, then transferred to stock. Two-step " -"receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as " -"locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves." +"Depending on a company's needs, receiving and shipping products in and out " +"of the warehouse might require multi-step operations. In Odoo *Inventory*, " +"this can be done using *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the two-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, " +"then transferred to stock. This kind of process for incoming shipments might" +" be beneficial for warehouses with specific storage locations, such as " +"freezers and refrigerators, secured locked areas, or special aisles and " +"shelves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:19 msgid "" "Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and " "employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The " -"products are not available for further processing until they are transferred" -" into stock." +"products are *not* available for further processing, until they are " +"transferred into stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:23 msgid "" -"In the two-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order" -" are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and " -"brought to an output location before being shipped." +"In the two-step delivery process, products are first picked from their " +"respective location in the warehouse, then transferred to an output location" +" before being shipped to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:26 msgid "" -"One situation where this would be useful is when using either a :abbr:`FIFO " -"(First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO " -"(First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, where the products that are " -"being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration " -"date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" -" `, so the settings need to be changed" -" in order to utilize two-step receipts and deliveries. Incoming and outgoing" -" shipments do not need to be set to have the same steps. For example, " -"products can be received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the " -"following example, two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries." +"This might be beneficial for companies using a First In, First Out (FIFO), " +"Last In, First Out (LIFO), or First Expired, First Out (FEFO) removal " +"strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "Configure multi-step routes" +msgid "" +"For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " +"received in two steps (input + stock), and delivered in three steps (pick + " +"pack + ship)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:38 msgid "" -"First, make sure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` option is enabled in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " -":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save` " -"the changes." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " +"process in one step, by default. To change these settings, the *Multi-Step " +"Routes* feature must be enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and " -"deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`, and click on the warehouse to change the warehouse settings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Multi-Step Routes feature in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for" -" :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and " -"then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +"Next, configure a warehouse for two-step receipts and deliveries. Navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and " +"select a warehouse to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)`, " +"and set :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Send goods in output " +"and then deliver (2 steps)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to two-step on warehouse form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:62 msgid "" -"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two " -"steps." +"Selecting two-step receipts and deliveries automatically creates new *Input*" +" and *Output* warehouse locations in the database, named `WH/Input` and " +"`WH/Output`, respectively." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:65 msgid "" -"Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and " -"*output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and " -":guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard." -" To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations`, and select the :guilabel:`Location` to change. On the location " -"form, update the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any other changes (if " -"necessary)." +"To rename or edit these locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Locations`, and select the desired location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:66 -msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the location's form, change the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any " +"other necessary changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:72 +msgid "Process receipt in two steps (input + stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When products are received in two steps, they first move from the vendor " +"location to an input location. Then, they move from the input location to " +"warehouse stock in the database, upon validation of a purchase order (PO), " +"and a subsequent internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, fill out the various " +"fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out new Request for Quotation from vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery smart button for validated purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:105 msgid "" "For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step " -"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase " -"Order)` form may need to be specified as the correct *input location* " -"connected to the two-step warehouse, which can be done by selecting the " -"warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at" -" the end of the name." +"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the |PO| form **must** " +"be specified as the correct *input location* connected to the two-step " +"warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:109 msgid "" -"After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` " -"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` form. " -"Click it to reveal the new receipt (WH/IN) operation." +"This can be done by selecting the warehouse from the drop-down menu that " +"includes the `Receipts` label at the end of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:115 +msgid "" +"From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " +"the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " +"validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage, and the products" +" move to the :guilabel:`WH/Input` location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 -msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." +msgid "Receipt form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Once the purchase order is confirmed, a receipt is generated and ready to " -"process." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:128 +msgid "Process internal transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the " -":guilabel:`Receipts` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " -"dashboard. This reveals a list of all receipts to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` associated with the purchase order, then " -"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to " -":guilabel:`WH/Input`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Receipt form for product move to WH/Input." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:106 -msgid "Process the internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "" "Once the receipt is validated, an internal transfer is created and ready to " "process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:132 msgid "" -"Click back to the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` in the breadcrumbs, and " -"locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." +"To view the internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app`, and locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:135 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to reveal a list of all internal " -"transfers to process, and select the transfer associated with the previously" -" validated receipt." +"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " +"of all internal transfers to process, and select the transfer associated " +"with the previously validated receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:138 msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product " -"from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move " +"the product from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:141 msgid "" -"Once the transfer is validated, the product enters inventory and is " +"Once the transfer is validated, the products enter inventory, and are " "available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock." +msgid "Internal transfer form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:127 -msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:149 +msgid "Process delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:151 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " -":guilabel:`New`. Select (or create) a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:136 -msgid "" -"After confirming the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart " -"button will appear in the top, above the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal the associated " -"receipt." +"When products are delivered in two steps, they move from warehouse stock to " +"an output location. Then, they move from the output location to a customer " +"location in the database, upon validation of a picking order, and a " +"subsequent delivery order (DO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Delivery smart button on sales order form." +msgid "Filled out new sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168 msgid "" -"Sales order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " -"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " -"To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` Kanban card." +"Under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " +"select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:150 -msgid "Process the picking" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery smart button on validated sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:182 +msgid "Process picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 msgid "" "Once the sales order is confirmed, a picking order is generated and ready to" " process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:186 msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the " -":guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. " -"This reveals a list of all pickings to process." +"To complete the picking, navigate to the :guilabel:`Inventory app`, and " +"locate the :guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " +"dashboard. Alternatively, the picking order can also be accessed via the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:190 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, click the :guilabel:`# To " +"Process` button on the :guilabel:`Pick` task card. This reveals a list of " +"all pickings to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:193 msgid "" "Click on the picking (WH/PICK) operation associated with the sales order to " "reveal the picking order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Check Availability` on the picking order form. If the " -"product is in stock, Odoo automatically reserves the product. Quantities can" -" also be manually set by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " -"column to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Picking order form for products included in sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:200 msgid "" -"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking and move the " -"product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" +"Manually set the quantity by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"column, to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking, and move the" +" product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Once the picking is validated, a delivery order is created, and ready to " +"process. Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button on the sales order " +"form reveals the newly created delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, to view the delivery order, navigate back to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, via the breadcrumbs, and locate the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` task card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " +"of all delivery orders to process, and select the order associated with the " +"previously validated picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Picking operation form moving product to WH/Output." +msgid "Delivery order form for products ordered by customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:222 msgid "" -"Once the picking has been processed, the delivery order is generated, and " -"can be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Navigate back to the original sales order by going to :menuselection:`Sales " -"app`, and selecting the associated sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:179 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button now indicates there are two transfers." -" Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal each transfer tied to" -" this sales order: the completed picking, and the new delivery (WH/OUT) " -"operation. Click the delivery operation to open the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 -msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 -msgid "Delivery operation form moving product to customer location." +"To deliver the products, change the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field " +"to match the ordered quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:3 @@ -9611,6 +10372,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " @@ -9627,6 +10392,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "" @@ -11097,7 +11866,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo" +msgid "Sendcloud configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5 @@ -11141,16 +11910,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank" " account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping " -"rules or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " -"required." +"rules, or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " +"**required**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:174 msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:39 msgid "" "Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings" " --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse" @@ -11161,7 +11930,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:46 msgid "" "To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` " "is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field " @@ -11205,24 +11974,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:63 msgid "" "Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo" " configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:69 msgid "" "In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo " "Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:72 msgid "" "After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and " @@ -11232,7 +12001,7 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo StealthyWood`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:77 msgid "" "Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the " "shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public " @@ -11243,32 +12012,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:158 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86 -msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To ensure seamless Sendcloud integration with Odoo, :ref:`install " +"` and :ref:`link " +"` the Sendcloud shipping" +" connector to the Sendcloud account. Then, :ref:`configure Odoo fields " +"`, so Sendcloud can " +"accurately pull shipping data to generate labels." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +msgid "Install Sendcloud shipping module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 msgid "" "After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure" -" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " -"search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." +" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " +"search for the `Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:110 msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:112 msgid "" "Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The " @@ -11276,14 +12055,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:116 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once" " on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to " @@ -11291,69 +12070,69 @@ msgid "" "Methods`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 msgid "" "Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this " "shipping method or create a new product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:131 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:146 msgid "" "Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:135 msgid "" "After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the " "shipping products:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:137 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New " "Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping " "products` link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:139 msgid "" "Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries " "and returns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:140 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:143 msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:" msgstr "" @@ -11377,7 +12156,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`" " `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` " @@ -11416,7 +12195,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:169 msgid "" "Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a " "package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured " @@ -11424,20 +12203,64 @@ msgid "" " within 24 hours of creation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using " "test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used " "to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the " "creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment " -"settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`." +"settings can be toggled back and forth from their respective smart buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166 -msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:181 +msgid "Shipping information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 +msgid "" +"To use Sendcloud to generate shipping labels, the following information " +"**must** be filled out accurately and completely in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Customer information**: when creating a quotation, ensure the selected " +":guilabel:`Customer` has a valid phone number, email address, and shipping " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:189 +msgid "" +"To verify, select the :guilabel:`Customer` field to open their contact page." +" Here, add their shipping address in the :guilabel:`Contact` field, along " +"with their :guilabel:`Mobile` number and :guilabel:`Email` address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:193 +msgid "" +"**Product weight**: ensure all products in an order have a specified " +":guilabel:`Weight` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of their product form. " +"Refer to the :ref:`Product weight section " +"` of this article for " +"detailed instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +msgid "" +"**Warehouse address**: ensure the warehouse name and address in Odoo match " +"the :ref:`previously defined warehouse " +"` in the Sendcloud " +"setup. For details on warehouse configuration in Odoo, refer to the " +":ref:`warehouse configuration section " +"` of the third-party " +"shipping documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:204 +msgid "Generate labels with Sendcloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:206 msgid "" "When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud " "shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label " @@ -11445,41 +12268,41 @@ msgid "" "following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:205 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for " "returns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:212 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214 msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 msgid "" "When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the " "configured Sendcloud account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "常見問答" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 msgid "Shipment is too heavy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 msgid "" "If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, " "then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need " @@ -11487,7 +12310,7 @@ msgid "" "transfer and generate labels." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping " "methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will " @@ -11495,11 +12318,11 @@ msgid "" "order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 msgid "Personal carrier contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:237 msgid "" "Use custom prices from a direct carrier contract, via CSV upload, by first " "logging into Sendcloud, navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Carriers " @@ -11510,14 +12333,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:245 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Contract prices` section, click :guilabel:`Download " "CSV` and fill out the contract prices in the :guilabel:`price` column of the" " CSV file template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:249 msgid "" "Ensure the CSV file includes the correct prices to avoid any inaccuracies." msgstr "" @@ -11527,23 +12350,23 @@ msgid "" "Show sample contract CSV from Sendcloud, highlighting the price column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:255 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload` the completed CSV file to Sendcloud, then click " ":guilabel:`Save these prices`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:258 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to upload contract prices with carriers " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:262 msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:264 msgid "" "Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight " "of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* " @@ -11551,27 +12374,27 @@ msgid "" "transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:269 msgid "" "Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute" " the volumetric weight." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:273 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:277 msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:279 msgid "" -"First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by " -"the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " +"First, verify that the product being shipped has a weight that is supported " +"by the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " "destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier." " The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the " "carrier." @@ -11982,7 +12805,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:240 msgid "Cancellations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "取消" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:242 msgid "" @@ -12972,7 +13795,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:15 msgid "" -":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings `" +":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings " +"`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:17 @@ -15069,7 +15893,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:94 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:160 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is greater than the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **green**. If " @@ -15112,17 +15936,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Applying an inventory adjustment simultaneously creates a :doc:`stock move " +"line (SML) <../reporting/moves_history>` in the *Moves History* report for " +"traceability." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " "specified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:129 msgid "Count products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131 msgid "" "Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is " "complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory " @@ -15130,7 +15961,7 @@ msgid "" "product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135 msgid "" "On each product line, identify whether the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` column recorded in the database matches the newly-counted value. " @@ -15138,7 +15969,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Set` button (target icon) at the far right of the product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:139 msgid "" "Doing so copies the value from the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column over " "to the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and sets the value of the " @@ -15151,7 +15982,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148 msgid "" "If the newly-counted value for a given product does **not** match the value " "in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, instead of " @@ -15159,7 +15990,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152 msgid "" "To do so, click the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column on the " "specific inventory adjustment line for the product whose count is being " @@ -15167,7 +15998,7 @@ msgid "" "`0.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 msgid "" "To change this value, type in a new value that matches the real, newly-" "counted value. Then, click away from the line. Doing so saves the " @@ -15175,7 +16006,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:166 msgid "" "Subsequently, once applied, a move with the difference between the " ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is " @@ -15188,7 +16019,7 @@ msgid "" "moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:174 msgid "" "Sometimes a count occurs, but cannot be applied in the database right away. " "In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, " @@ -15198,11 +16029,11 @@ msgid "" "adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:181 msgid "Change inventory count frequency" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183 msgid "" "By default, the *scheduled date* for inventory adjustments are always " "scheduled for the 31st of December of the current year. However, for some " @@ -15210,7 +16041,7 @@ msgid "" "times. In such cases, the default scheduled date can be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:187 msgid "" "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " @@ -15224,43 +16055,43 @@ msgid "" " setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:195 msgid "" "To change the day, click the :guilabel:`31`, and change it to a day within " "the range `1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:198 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:117 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" "down menu, and select the desired month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:201 msgid "" "Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all " "changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:204 msgid "Plan big inventory counts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:206 msgid "" "To plan big inventory counts, such as a full count of everything currently " "in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->" " Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209 msgid "" "Then, select the desired products to be counted by clicking the checkbox on " "the far left of each product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:213 msgid "" "To request a count of **all** products currently in stock, click the " "checkbox at the very top of the table, in the header row next to the " @@ -15271,7 +16102,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221 msgid "" "Once all desired products have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Request a" " Count` button at the top of the page. This causes a :guilabel:`Request a " @@ -15279,21 +16110,21 @@ msgid "" "information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:225 msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:226 msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" " be accounted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the on-hand quantity of each product line blank," " select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To pre-fill the on-hand quantity of each " @@ -15301,17 +16132,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Set Current Value`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:232 msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 msgid "" "In the Odoo *Barcode* app, users can only view inventory counts that are " "assigned to **them**, and are scheduled for **today** or **earlier**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:239 msgid ":doc:`cycle_counts`" msgstr "" @@ -15320,228 +16151,286 @@ msgid "Create a second warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 msgid "" -"A *warehouse* is a physical building or space where items are stored. In " -"Odoo, it is possible to set up multiple warehouses and transfer stored items" -" between them." +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *warehouse* is a physical building or space where " +"items are stored. By default, each Odoo database has one warehouse already " +"pre-configured, with the address set as the company's address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:9 msgid "" -"By default, the Odoo platform has one warehouse that is already configured, " -"with the address set as the company's address. To create a second warehouse," -" select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, then click " -":guilabel:`Create` and configure the form as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:12 -msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code by which the warehouse is " -"referred to; the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is **WH**" +"However, it is possible to set up multiple additional warehouses, and " +"transfer stored items between them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:15 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse; this can be set as" -" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " -"vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:17 -msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The options below will only appear if the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " -"checkbox is enabled in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` under the" -" :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " -"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: select the routes that incoming and" -" outgoing shipments should follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:27 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " -"from this warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:28 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: allow for items to be manufactured in " -"this warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture`: select the route that should be followed when " -"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: check the box to allow for purchased products " -"to be delivered to the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:33 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Resupply From`: select warehouses that can be used to resupply " -"the warehouse being created" +"To create a second warehouse, the *Storage Locations* feature must be " +"enabled. To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, " +"tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and " +":guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "A filled out form for creating a new warehouse." +msgid "" +"Warning pop-up window for creating a second warehouse before enabling " +"Storage Locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:97 msgid "" -"Creating a second warehouse will automatically enable the *Storage " -"Locations* setting, which allows location tracking of products within a " -"warehouse. To toggle this setting, navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings` and click the checkbox under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " -"heading." +"Creating a second warehouse without first enabling the *Storage Locations* " +"feature triggers a :guilabel:`Warning` pop-up window. It indicates creating " +"a second warehouse automatically activates the *Storage Locations* setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:30 +msgid "Create new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:70 msgid "" -"After filling out the form, click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse " -"will be created." +"To create a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens a " +"blank warehouse creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:35 +msgid "Fill out the following fields as necessary:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code used to identify the warehouse," +" i.e. `WH2` (the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is `WH`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse. This can be set as" +" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " +"vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located. By default," +" this is set to the company's address in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Filled out warehouse name and address settings on warehouse creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:49 -msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, configure the warehouse's" +" main workflow in the :guilabel:`Shipments` section, and set available " +"replenishment methods in the :guilabel:`Resupply` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:54 msgid "" -"If a new warehouse is created that has existing inventory in it, the " -"inventory counts should be added to Odoo so that the stock listed in the " -"Odoo database reflects what is in the physical warehouse. To add inventory " -"to a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations -->" -" Inventory Adjustments`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`. The inventory " -"adjustment form can then be filled out as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:57 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: the name or code that the inventory " -"adjustment can be referred to by" +"The :guilabel:`Shipments` and :guilabel:`Resupply` sections only appear if " +"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` checkbox is enabled in " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " +"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Locations`: the location(s) where the inventory is stored; " -"include the new warehouse and any locations within it that inventory will be" -" added to" +"In the :guilabel:`Shipments` section, choose between one, two, or three-step" +" processes for both incoming and outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:61 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Products`: include all products that will be added to inventory " -"or leave blank to select any product during the next step" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:62 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Resupply` section, edit the following settings:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:64 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Include Exhausted Products`: include products with a quantity of " -"zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they " -"have no existing inventory" +":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractors`: enable this feature to coordinate with " +"vendors, and have components dropshipped directly to subcontractors for " +"manufacturing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:66 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date used by accounting teams for " -"bookkeeping related to the inventory" +":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " +"with goods from this warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:68 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the inventory; can be set as the " -"user's company or as a customer or vendor" +":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: when products are manufactured, they " +"can be delivered to this warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Counted Quantities`: choose whether the counted quantities for " -"products being added should default to stock on hand or zero; does not " -"affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing " -"inventory" +":guilabel:`Manufacture`: the route that should be followed when " +"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse. Choose from one, two, and three-" +"step production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: when products are purchased, they can be " +"delivered to this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resupply From`: Check the box next to the other warehouses from " +"which this warehouse can replenish products. If the current warehouse does " +"not have the stock, it can also pull products from these selected warehouses" +" in the database. Automatic resupply routes will be created accordingly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "A filled out form for an inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:77 msgid "" -"Once the form is properly configured, click on :guilabel:`Start Inventory` " -"to be taken to the next page where products can be added to the inventory " -"adjustment. Add a new product by clicking on :guilabel:`Create` and then " -"fill out the product line as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:81 -msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory" +"Filled out Warehouse Configuration tab settings on warehouse creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:82 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " -"the new warehouse; this can be set as the overall warehouse or a location " -"within the warehouse" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new warehouse's settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:84 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " -"serial number used to identify it" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:85 +msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:87 msgid "" -":guilabel:`On Hand`: the total quantity of the product stored in the " -"location for which inventory is being adjusted; this should be zero for a " -"new location or warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:88 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Counted`: the amount of the product that is being added to " -"inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:89 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the *On Hand* and *Counted* " -"values; this will automatically update to reflect the value entered in the " -":guilabel:`Counted` column" +"If a new warehouse is created to represent a real-world storage location " +"with existing stock, update the warehouse's stock using an inventory " +"adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:91 -msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for counting the product" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`count_products`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 -msgid "Include a line for each product being added to inventory." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To perform an inventory adjustment, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Operations --> Physical Inventory`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing" +" so adds a new line at the bottom of the list of inventory adjustments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:97 +msgid "Configure the line by filling out the following fields as necessary:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:99 msgid "" -"After adding all the products already stored in the new warehouse, click " -":guilabel:`Validate Inventory` to complete the inventory adjustment. The " -"values in the :guilabel:`On Hand` column will update to reflect those in the" -" :guilabel:`Counted` column and the products added will appear in the " -"inventory of the new warehouse." +":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " +"the new warehouse. This can be set as the overall warehouse, or a location " +"within the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " +"serial number used to identify it, if the product is tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the total quantity of the product stored in " +"the location for which inventory is being adjusted. For a new warehouse or " +"location where a count or a prior inventory adjustment has not taken place, " +"this should be set to `0.00`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure (UoM) used for counting the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: the amount of the product being added to " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the on-hand and counted " +"quantities. This automatically updates to reflect the value entered in the " +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date selected for the next inventory count " +"for this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`User`: the user who recorded the inventory adjustment in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out inventory adjustment line for product in new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once each line for the products being added to the new warehouse is " +"configured, click :guilabel:`Apply` on each line to apply the new inventory " +"counts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The values in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column update to reflect " +"those in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and the products added " +"appear in the new warehouse's stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:125 +msgid "" +"If products tracked using a lot number or serial number are added without " +"specifying the tracking number, a :guilabel:`Tracked Products in Inventory " +"Adjustment` pop-up window appears upon clicking :guilabel:`Apply` on that " +"product's line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The pop-up indicates tracked products were added, but the lots/serial " +"numbers were not defined. To apply the adjustment without the numbers, click" +" :guilabel:`Apply`. To add the numbers before applying, click " +":guilabel:`Discard`, and add the numbers. Then, once ready, click " +":guilabel:`Apply` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:0 +msgid "Tracked Products in Inventory Adjustment pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`warehouses_locations`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:3 @@ -15734,10 +16623,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once all necessary changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123 -msgid ":doc:`count_products`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`use_locations`" msgstr "" @@ -15850,46 +16735,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Scrap inventory" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:8 msgid "" -"In some cases, a product in inventory may be damaged or found to be " -"defective. If it is not possible to repair or return the product, Odoo " -"*Inventory* allows users to scrap it, ensuring that usable inventory counts " -"remain accurate." +"Sometimes, products in a company's warehouse stock might be found to be " +"damaged or defective, past the point of being reparable. If it is not " +"possible to repair the product, or return the product to a vendor, it can be" +" scrapped." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:12 msgid "" -"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " -"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." +"Odoo *Inventory* allows users to scrap inventory, designating goods or " +"materials that are no longer usable or sellable for disposal (or recycling)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:15 msgid "" -"To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`. Remove the " -":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display " -"virtual locations. Finally, select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` " -"location." +"Scrapping inventory in a database helps stock counts remain accurate, by " +"removing scrapped products from physical inventory, and placing it in a " +"virtual scrap location (*Virtual Locations/Scrap*)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:19 msgid "" -"By default, scrapping a product removes it from physical inventory, and " -"places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual Locations/Scrap*. A virtual " -"location is **not** a physical space, but rather a designation in Odoo that " -"is used to track items that are no longer in physical inventory." +"*Virtual locations* in Odoo are **not** real, physical spaces in a " +"warehouse. Rather, they are designated locations in a database that provide " +"tracking of items that shouldn't be counted in a physical inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:68 -msgid "Learn more" -msgstr "知道更多" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:25 msgid "" "For more information about virtual locations, see the documentation about " "the different types of :ref:`locations " @@ -15897,119 +16771,174 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:29 -msgid "Scrap from stock" +msgid "" +"To use locations in warehouse, including a virtual scrap location, the " +"*Storage Locations* feature must first be enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:32 msgid "" -"To scrap a product located in inventory, begin by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Scrap`. On the :guilabel:`Scrap" -" Orders` page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new scrap order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:35 -msgid "" -"On the scrap order, select the product being scrapped from the " -":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` field. The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the " -"location where the product is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` " -"defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be " -"changed by selecting a different location from their respective drop-down " -"menus." +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Tick the " +"checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` to enable the feature, and " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "A new scrap order." +msgid "Enabled Storage Locations setting in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:41 +msgid "Scrap from stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:43 msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to scrap the product. The on-hand " -"inventory count for the scrapped product updates to subtract the scrapped " -"quantity." +"To create a new scrap order (SP) for an in-stock product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Scrap`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a new |SP| form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:49 -msgid "Scrap from a receipt, transfer, or delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:46 msgid "" -"It is also possible to scrap products during the receipt, transfer, and " -"delivery operations. This can be necessary if any products are found to be " -"defective when receiving them into inventory, transferring them from one " -"location to another, or preparing them for delivery." +"Click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and select the " +"product that should be scrapped from inventory. In the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"field, change the value to the quantity of the product that should be " +"scrapped (by default, this value is set to `1.00`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To scrap a product during the receipt, transfer, or delivery operations, " -"begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app. On the " -":guilabel:`Overview` page, select the :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the" -" :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`, or " -":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, depending on the type of operation the " -"product is being scrapped from." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Filled out new scrap order form with product details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:54 msgid "" -"For the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card to appear on the " -":menuselection:`Overview` page of the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, the " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next " -"to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading." +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " +"is currently stored. The :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to the " +"designated scrap location (:guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`). Either of " +"these locations can be changed by selecting a different location from their " +"respective drop-down menus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If the scrapping is tied to a specific existing operation, specify the " +"operation in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company` field displays the company whose warehouse this " +"product belongs to. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " +"scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:66 msgid "" -"Alternatively, a list of all delivery orders, receipts, and transfers can be" -" viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> " -"Transfers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Next, open a delivery order, receipt, or transfer from the corresponding " -"page by clicking on it. A :guilabel:`Scrap` button appears at the top of the" -" page. Click it to open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the new |SP|. Once " +"validated, a :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button appears at the top of " +"the form. Click the smart button to view the details of the scrap operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "The scrap pop-up in the Inventory app." +msgid "Product Moves smart button on new scrap order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:75 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Scrap` button will only appear on a receipt that has been " -"validated. This is because Odoo only allows products to be scrapped once " -"they have been entered into inventory." +"To view the all-time total quantities of scrapped items, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Click the " +":guilabel:`x (remove)` button on the :guilabel:`Internal` filter in the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar, to display virtual locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window, select the product being scrapped " -"from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Then, enter the quantity in the" -" :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +"Select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` location. From the " +":guilabel:`Scrap` location's form, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` smart" +" button, at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " -"is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual" -" Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be changed by selecting a " -"different location from their respective drop-down menus." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:82 +msgid "A list of all scrapped products, and their quantities, is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:0 +msgid "Current Stock list of all scrapped products in virtual scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:89 +msgid "Scrap from an existing operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:91 msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the product. After doing so, the " -":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window disappears and a :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " -"button appears in the top right of the page. Click it to view all of the " -"scrap orders created from that operation." +"Scrap orders (SPs) can *also* be created from existing operations, such as " +"receipts, delivery orders, and internal transfers, before they are entered " +"into, or removed from, stock for an operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To scrap a product during an operation, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview`, " +"click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on an operation's task card (i.e. " +"the :guilabel:`Receipts` task card)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 -msgid "The Scraps smart button." +msgid "# To Process button on Receipts task card on Inventory Overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, select an operation to process from the resulting list of existing " +"orders. Doing so opens that operation's form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon, and select " +":guilabel:`Scrap` from the resulting drop-down menu. This opens a " +":guilabel:`Scrap Products` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Scrap Products pop-up window on operation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:113 +msgid "" +"From this pop-up window, click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product`" +" field, and select the products from the operation that should be scrapped. " +"Adjust the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Product` selected is tracked using a lot or serial number," +" a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial` field appears. Specify the tracking number in that" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` and :guilabel:`Scrap Location` can be " +"changed, if needed. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " +"scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Scrap Products`. A :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " +"button appears at the top of the operation form. Click this smart button to " +"view the details of all scrap orders created from this specific operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 +msgid "Scraps smart button showing all scrap orders from operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:3 @@ -16018,126 +16947,220 @@ msgstr "位置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:5 msgid "" -"A *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. This can be a shelf, " -"room, aisle, etc. There are three types of locations in Odoo:" +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. " +"This can be a shelf, room, aisle, rack, bin, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:8 msgid "" -"*Physical locations* are spaces within a warehouse owned by the user's " -"company. These can be a an area where items are stored like an aisle or " -"shelf, or an area where operations take place, like loading and unloading " -"bays." +"There are also external and virtual locations. For example, customer " +"locations, and locations specifically designated as \"virtual\", instead of " +"real, physical locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:11 msgid "" -"*Partner locations* are the same as physical locations except that they " -"exist within the warehouse of a customer or vendor." +"Locations allow for the storage of products in designated areas of the " +"warehouse, to help track inventory accurately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:17 msgid "" -"*Virtual locations* are locations that do not exist physically, but where " -"items that are not in inventory can be placed. These can be items that have " -"not yet entered inventory, like products that are on the way to a warehouse," -" or items that are no longer in inventory due to loss or other factors." +"To specify storage locations, the *Storage Locations* setting must be " +"enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"section. Tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` to enable " +"the feature, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In order to use locations, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be" -" enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, and enable " -"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:24 -msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Storage Location setting in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:26 msgid "" -"Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations --> Create`. The new location " -"form can then be configured as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location Name`: the name that will be used to reference the " -"location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:30 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Parent Location`: the location or warehouse that the new location" -" exists within" +"Once the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is enabled, two additional " +"internal link options appear below it: :guilabel:`Locations` and " +":guilabel:`Putaway Rules`. Click :guilabel:`Locations` to open a list of all" +" existing locations in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location Type`: choose the category that the location belongs to" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse that the location " -"is inside of" +msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:104 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: check this box to allow for " -"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: check this box to allow products to be " -"returned to this location" +"To create a new location inside a warehouse, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Doing so " +"opens a list of all existing locations. Click :guilabel:`New` to open a new " +"location creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:37 -msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode number assigned to the location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:108 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Removal Strategy`: the :doc:`strategy <../removal_strategies>` " -"for how items should be taken from inventory" +"In the :guilabel:`Location Name` field, assign a name for the new location. " +"In the :guilabel:`Parent Location` field, assign the location that this new " +"location exists in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 -msgid "The form for creating a new location." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:41 +msgid "" +"A new location `Gate 1` is created. Its parent location is `Dispatch Zone`. " +"In the :guilabel:`Parent Location` for `Gate 1`, select `Dispatch Zone`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:48 -msgid "Create location hierarchies" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, fill out the necessary " +"details for the new location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Location Type` field, select which type of location this " +"is. There are seven different types of locations to choose from:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:50 msgid "" -"The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" -" to exist within a warehouse or another location. Every location can serve " -"as a parent location, and every parent location can have multiple locations " -"within it, allowing for the creation of a virtually infinite hierarchical " -"structure." +":guilabel:`Vendor Location`: virtual location representing the source " +"location for products coming from vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:52 msgid "" -"Location hierarchy could be organized so that a shelf is located within an " -"aisle, which is located within a room, which is located within the overall " -"warehouse." +":guilabel:`View`: virtual location used to create a hierarchical structure " +"for a warehouse; aggregates its child locations. **Should not directly " +"contain products**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`Internal Location`: physical location inside a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:55 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer Location`: virtual location representing the destination" +" location for products sent to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Inventory Loss`: virtual location serving as a counterpart for " +"inventory operations. Used to correct stock levels of physical inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:59 msgid "" -"To create the location hierarchy in the example above, set the warehouse as " -"the parent of the room, the room as the parent of the aisle, and the aisle " -"as the parent of the shelf. This can be adapted to a hierarchy of any " -"magnitude." +":guilabel:`Production`: virtual counterpart location for production " +"operations. This location consumes components and produces finished " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transit Location`: counterpart location that should be used in " +"inter-company or inter-warehouse operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Additional Information section of new location creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Configure the remaining fields in the :guilabel:`Additional Information` " +"section as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose warehouse the location is inside of. " +"Leave this field blank if this location is shared between companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow for " +"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow products to " +"be returned to this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode assigned to the location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Replenish Location`: tick this checkbox to get all quantities to " +"replenish at this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Cyclic Counting` section, change the value in the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field from the default `0`, if " +"necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Cyclic Counting section of new location creation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When different than `0`, the inventory count dates for products stored at " +"this location are automatically set at the defined frequency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:90 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, in the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` " +"field, click the drop-down menu and select the :doc:`removal strategy " +"<../removal_strategies>` for how items should be removed from this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:97 +msgid "Create location hierarchies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" +" to exist within a warehouse, or below another location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Every location can serve as a parent location, and every parent location can" +" have multiple locations within it, allowing for the creation of a " +"hierarchical structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Location hierarchy could be organized so that a small refrigerator is " +"located on a specific shelf, which is located in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Location hierarchy of small refrigerator, on a shelf in a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To create the location hierarchy in the example above (`WH/Stock/Shelf " +"2/Small Refrigerator`), set the warehouse stock as the parent of the shelf, " +"and the shelf as the parent of the small refrigerator. This can be adapted " +"to a hierarchy of any magnitude." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:5 @@ -16875,6 +17898,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 +msgid "Process the receipt" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99 msgid "" "Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for " @@ -16972,147 +17999,160 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations" +msgid "Manage warehouses and locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:9 msgid "Warehouse" msgstr "倉庫" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:15 msgid "" -"In Odoo, a *warehouse* is the actual building/place in which a company's " -"items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user " -"can create moves between warehouses." +"Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo, and stock moves can be created " +"between warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:22 msgid "" -"A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a " -"sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). " -"Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible " -"to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can " -"be configured as needed under one warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:24 -msgid "There are three types of locations:" +"In Odoo *Inventory*, a *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. " +"This can be a shelf, room, aisle, rack, bin, etc. Locations allow for the " +"storage of products in designated areas of the warehouse, to help track " +"inventory accurately." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:26 msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading " -"areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc." +"A location is only part of *one* warehouse, and can **not** be linked to " +"multiple warehouses. As many locations can be configured as needed under one" +" warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:29 +msgid "There are three types of locations in Odoo *Inventory*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:31 msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only " -"difference being that they are not owned by the user's company." +"**Physical Locations**: internal locations within a single warehouse owned " +"by the company. This can include shipping and loading docks, aisles, " +"shelves, storage areas, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:33 msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory " -"Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse " -"(**Procurements**)." +"**Partner Locations**: external locations, such as designated spaces in a " +"customer or vendor's warehouse. They are similar to physical locations, but " +"they are **not** owned by the user's company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:36 msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be " -"structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the " -"organization of the warehouses." +"**Virtual Locations**: this type of location does not exist as a physical " +"space, but products can be \"stored\" here when they are not physically in " +"an inventory yet. *Inventory Loss* and *Procurements* are examples of " +"virtual locations, for products that are lost or in transit to the " +"warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:41 msgid "" -"To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" -" enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"Every location within a warehouse can serve as a parent location, and every " +"parent location can have multiple locations within it, allowing for the " +"creation of a hierarchical structure. This allows for more detailed levels " +"of analysis of the stock operations and the organization of the warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:48 +msgid "" +"For companies with one warehouse, no additional settings are required to " +"activate before editing the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:51 +msgid "" +"For companies with multiple warehouses, and to create locations within a " +"warehouse, the *Storage Locations* feature must be enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:54 msgid "" -"To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable " -":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check " -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes`." +"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Tick the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox to enable the feature, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:58 -msgid "Create a new warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " -"Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Storage Locations feature enabled in the Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:63 msgid "" -"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. " -"The short name is five characters maximum." +"To manage warehouse *routes*, such as two-and-three-step receipts and " +"deliveries, enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature from the *Inventory* app " +"settings, as well. For more on routes, see :doc:`use_routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:68 +msgid "Create a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Begin by assigning a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name`, and a :guilabel:`Short " +"Name`. The :guilabel:`Short Name` field is limited to a **five** character " +"maximum." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." +msgid "New warehouse creation form name configuration fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:81 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse " -"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first " -"letters of location]\"." +"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like `WH/[first " +"letters of location]`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:84 msgid "" -"Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations " -"related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently " -"created warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the " -":guilabel:`Locations` setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:85 -msgid "Create a new location" +"For example, a warehouse named `Warehouse #2` might have the " +":guilabel:`Short Name` `WH2` (the short name for the default warehouse in " +"Odoo is `WH`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:87 msgid "" -"To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " -"Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +"Once the warehouse is created, navigate back to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard. New operations for the newly created " +"warehouse are automatically generated there." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:90 msgid "" -"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`" -" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +"For more on creating new warehouses, see :doc:`create_a_second_warehouse`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." +msgid "" +"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfers for the new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:102 +msgid "Create a new location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:111 +msgid "For more on locations, see :doc:`use_locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "New warehouse location creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 msgid "Inventory valuation" msgstr "庫存估值" @@ -17453,7 +18493,7 @@ msgid "" "The Inventory Valuation fields are located on the Product Categories form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 msgid "" "Alternatively, automated inventory valuation is an integrated valuation " "method that updates the inventory value in real-time by creating journal " @@ -17461,7 +18501,7 @@ msgid "" "company's inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:26 msgid "" "Automated inventory valuation is a method recommended for expert " "accountants, given the extra steps involved in journal entry configuration. " @@ -17470,118 +18510,104 @@ msgid "" "basis depending on the needs and priorities of the business." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 msgid "Types of accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 msgid "" "Accounting entries will depend on the accounting mode: *Continental* or " "*Anglo-Saxon*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39 msgid "" "Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and " -"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Then, in the search bar, look for :guilabel:`Anglo-Saxon Accounting`, to see" +" if the feature is enabled. If it is **not** enabled, Continental accounting" +" mode is in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the Anglo-Saxon accounting mode feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 msgid "" "In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported " "when products are sold or delivered. This means that the cost of a good is " -"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. " -"*Interim Stock Accounts* are used for the input and output accounts, and are" -" both *Asset Accounts* in the balance sheet." +"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. So " +"for **manual** valuation method, set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to " +"`Stock Valuation` for the current asset type; for **automatic** valuation " +"method, set the the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to an *Expenses* or a *Cost " +"of Revenue* type (e.g. `Cost of Production`, `Cost of Goods Sold`, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 msgid "" "In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a " -"product is received into stock. Additionally, a single *Expense* account is " -"used for both input and output accounts in the balance sheet." +"product is received into stock. Because of this, the :guilabel:`Expense " +"Account` can be set to **either** *Expenses* or a *Cost of Revenue* type, " +"however, it is more commonly set to an *Expenses* account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 -msgid "Costing methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 msgid "" -"Below are the three costing methods that can be used in Odoo for inventory " -"valuation." +":ref:`Details about configuring Expense and Stock accounts " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Standard Price**: is the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the " -"product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used to " -"compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " -"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Average Cost (AVCO)**: calculates the valuation of a product based on the " -"average cost of that product, divided by the total number of available stock" -" on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and " -"constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**First In First Out (FIFO)**: tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing " -"items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to change the " -"valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the next good " -"sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next inventory " -"lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based on the " -"valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most accurate " -"inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it's highly " -"sensitive to input data and human error." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It's highly" -" recommended to consult an accountant first before making any adjustments " -"here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:78 -msgid "Configure automated inventory valuation in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:67 msgid "" "Make changes to inventory valuation options by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and " -"choose the category/categories where the automated valuation method should " -"apply." +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. In " +"the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` section, select the desired " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:72 msgid "" "It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product " "categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` heading are two labels: " -":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`. Pick the " -"desired :guilabel:`Costing Method` using the drop-down menu (e.g. " -":guilabel:`Standard`, :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`, or :guilabel:`First " -"In First Out (FIFO)`) and switch the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to " -":guilabel:`Automated`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 +msgid "Show inventory valuation configuration options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 -msgid "" -":ref:`Using the inventory " -"valuation`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +msgid "Costing method" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +msgid "" +"From the product category's configuration page, choose the desired " +":guilabel:`Costing Method`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Standard Price`: the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of " +"the product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used " +"to compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " +"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`: calculates the valuation of a product based" +" on the average cost of that product, divided by the total number of " +"available stock on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is " +"*dynamic*, and constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " "Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " @@ -17592,7 +18618,30 @@ msgid "" "validated purchase orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`: tracks the costs of incoming and " +"outgoing items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to " +"change the valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the " +"next good sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next " +"inventory lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based " +"on the valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most " +"accurate inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it is" +" highly sensitive to input data and human error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It is " +"highly recommended to consult an accountant first before making any " +"adjustments here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`using_inventory_valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " "that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " @@ -17603,21 +18652,122 @@ msgid "" "*Inventory Valuation* report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 msgid "" -"On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " -"appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " -"inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" +"Inventory valuation in Odoo can be set to be updated manually or " +"automatically. While *Expense* accounts apply to both, the *Stock Input* and" +" *Stock Output* accounts are only used for automated valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Refer to the :ref:`Expense ` and " +":ref:`Stock input/output ` sections for " +"details on configuring each account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +msgid "Expense account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To configure the *expense account*, go to the :guilabel:`Account Properties`" +" section of the intended product category (:menuselection:`Inventory app -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`). Then, choose an existing account " +"from the :guilabel:`Expense Account` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +msgid "" +"To ensure the chosen account is the correct :guilabel:`Type,` click the " +"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account. Then, set the account type " +"based on the information below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177 +msgid "Automated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +msgid "" +"In Anglo-Saxon accounting for automated inventory valuation, set the " +":guilabel:`Expense Account` to the `Expenses` account. Then, click the " +"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, choose :guilabel:`Expenses` or :guilabel:`Cost of " +"Revenue` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show **Expense Account** field, and external link icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To configure the :guilabel:`Expense Account`, choose :guilabel:`Stock " +"Valuation` from the field's drop-down menu. Verify the account's type by " +"clicking the |right arrow| icon, and then ensure the :guilabel:`Type` is " +":guilabel:`Current Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the **Expense Account** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +msgid "Continental" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to the :guilabel:`Expenses` or " +":guilabel:`Cost of Revenue` account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:190 +msgid "Stock input/output (automated only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:192 +msgid "" +"To configure the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and :guilabel:`Stock Output" +" Account`, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product" +" Categories` and select the desired product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field, select :guilabel:`Automated`. " +"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` section appear. " +"These accounts are defined as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " "products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: accounting journal where entries are " +"automatically posted when a product's inventory valuation changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -17626,7 +18776,7 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:207 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " @@ -17635,11 +18785,57 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:124 -msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:216 +msgid "" +"In Anglo-Saxon accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to *different* :guilabel:`Current " +"Assets` accounts. This way, delivering products and invoicing the customer " +"balance the *Stock Output* account, while receiving products and billing " +"vendors balance the *Stock Input* account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +msgid "" +"To modify the account type, go to the click the |right arrow| icon to the " +"right of the stock input/output account. In the pop-up window, choose " +":guilabel:`Current Assets` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Display account setup page, highlighting the **Type** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +msgid "" +"The *Stock Input* account is set to `Stock Interim (Received)`, a *Current " +"Asset* account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 +msgid "" +"In Continental accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to **the same** :guilabel:`Current " +"Assets` account. That way, one account can be balanced when items are bought" +" and sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:239 +msgid "" +"The stock input and output accounts are both set to `Stock Interim " +"(Received)`, a :guilabel:`Current Assets` account type. They can also be set" +" to the `Stock Interim (Delivered)`, as long as the input and output " +"accounts are assigned to the **same** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the Stock Input and Output accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 +msgid "Inventory valuation reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." " At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " @@ -17648,14 +18844,18 @@ msgid "" " at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 msgid "" "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " "all of the inventory on hand is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 msgid "" "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " "Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " @@ -17702,9 +18902,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 -msgid "" -":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " -"`" +msgid ":doc:`Set up inventory valuation `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:26 @@ -18153,10 +19351,6 @@ msgid "" "& Serial Numbers` to enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:115 msgid "" "Next, ensure the intended product is tracked by lots or serial numbers by " @@ -18171,7 +19365,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "After enabling the features, assign lot or serial numbers to products using " "an :doc:`inventory adjustment ` or " -"during :ref:`product reception `." +"during :ref:`product reception `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:126 @@ -19020,6 +20214,956 @@ msgid "" "The detailed operations shows which lots are being selected for the picking." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory aging report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The inventory aging report evaluates all items in stock, providing insights " +"into potentially sunken purchase costs and delays in profitability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Create customized pivot tables to analyze product, operation types, month, " +"or company breakdowns. This helps identify products in stock that are at " +"risk of passing their expiration or viability dates, or instances of " +"rot/decay for fast-expiring items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The *Reporting* menu in *Inventory* is only accessible to users with " +":doc:`admin access <../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To access the inventory aging report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Reporting --> Inventory Aging`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:24 +msgid "Navigate the inventory aging report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report displays a pivot table, " +"with the month in columns, and product category in rows. The default " +"filters, :guilabel:`Incoming` and :guilabel:`Has Remaining Qty`, show only " +"products from receipts, and are currently in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining Qty` displays the number of on-hand items, and " +":guilabel:`Remaining Value` displays the total cost of purchasing these " +"items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in each column " +"or row reveals options to expand the pivot table and show a detailed " +"breakdown of the :guilabel:`Remaining Qty` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` " +"by :guilabel:`Product`, :guilabel:`Product Category`, :guilabel:`Date`, or " +":guilabel:`Company`. Clicking the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` " +":guilabel:`(minus)` icon collapses it back to its previous state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:43 +msgid "Inventory aging report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Inventory aging report, showing each **Product** in rows and each reception " +"**Date** in columns, to better monitor products with fast expiration dates. " +"Each row shows the the total on-hand quantity and inventory valuation of " +"items purchased on each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Records in the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report are *stock valuation " +"layers* (SVLs), representing product moves that impact stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Inventory adjustments do **not** create |SVLs|; only items purchased from " +"vendors do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:71 +msgid "Generate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After learning how to :ref:`navigate the inventory aging report " +"`, it can be used to create and " +"share different reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Aging` report are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:63 +msgid "Rotating stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To create a report to identify items that have been in stock for a while, " +"follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Aging`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` " +":guilabel:`(caret down)` icon in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to see a " +"drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and " +":guilabel:`Favorite` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Product` under the :guilabel:`Group By` section. Doing so " +"expands the pivot table to show a product in each row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to the left of the " +"date column. Hover over :guilabel:`Date` from the drop-down menu and choose " +":guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, :guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +"or :guilabel:`Day`. Doing so expands the columns to show the " +":guilabel:`Remaining Qty` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` by the selected " +"time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For products that have a longer shelf life, choose longer time periods such " +"as :guilabel:`Month` or :guilabel:`Quarter` when expanding columns by " +":guilabel:`Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 +msgid "Pivot table, highlighting the plus icon to expand columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The report now displays the on-hand stock of items, and their total " +"purchasing cost, for each time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Inventory aging report, with the :guilabel:`Group By`: :guilabel:`Product` " +"option selected, and with the :guilabel:`Date` column set to " +":guilabel:`Day`. It gives insight into how much raw fish sashimi products " +"were purchased on each day, and how much it cost. This informs the business " +"owners how much stock is at risk of rotting in stock, per day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 +msgid "Inventory aging report, showing product row items and day columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:3 +msgid "Locations dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The *Locations* dashboard in the *Inventory* application provides an " +"overview of on-hand storage locations for company products. Use this report " +"to see where stock is stored, identify :ref:`misplaced items " +"`, or view past inventory to see " +"product locations on specific dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To access the locations report, the *Storage Locations* feature must be " +"enabled. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and click :guilabel:`Save`. Then, access the " +"locations dashboard by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:24 +msgid "Navigate the locations dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard lists all on-hand products " +"in stock (in the :guilabel:`Product` column), along with the following " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: current storage location. If a product is stored at " +"`Shelf 1` and `Shelf 2`, the product is listed twice, showing quantities at " +"each location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Package`: the package that the product is stored in, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: if the product has a lot or serial number, it" +" is specified here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: current quantity of products. Click the " +":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand " +"quantity <../inventory_management/count_products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reserved Quantity`: on-hand quantity reserved for operations, " +"such as pickings, delivery orders, or manufacturings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: the unit of measure of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Click the buttons to the right of each row item to access additional " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:42 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the" +" product, displaying information about the quantity and description of why " +"the product was moved from one location to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:47 +msgid "" +"View what the product is reserved for, by clicking the :icon:`fa-history` " +":guilabel:`History` button on the far-right of the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Moves History` page, remove the :icon:`fa-filter` " +":guilabel:`Done` filter. Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar to reveal filter options, and select the " +":guilabel:`To Do` filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Display *Moves History* page of to-do deliveries that reserved the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:58 +msgid "" +":icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering " +"rules <../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>` " +"page to replenish products at the specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In the upper-left corner of the page, click the the :guilabel:`New` button " +"to make an :doc:`inventory adjustment " +"<../inventory_management/count_products>` to record quantities of a certain " +"product at a specific :guilabel:`Location`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To view products, quantities, and their locations for a specified date, " +"click the :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button (also located in the upper-" +"left corner of the page). Select a date and time in the :guilabel:`Inventory" +" at Date` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After learning how to :ref:`navigate the locations dashboard " +"`, it can be used to create " +"and share different reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Locations` " +"dashboard are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:81 +msgid "Dead stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To get list of expired items, also referred to as *dead stock*, follow these" +" steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:143 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to" +" reveal a drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and " +":guilabel:`Favorite` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts` " +"option under the :guilabel:`Filters` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:91 +msgid "The report now displays a list of expired products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:94 +msgid "" +"This report can also be generated from the :ref:`Lot and Serials Numbers " +"` page, accessed by going to" +" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst-1 +msgid "Show a list of products whose expiration dates have exceeded today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:105 +msgid "Stranded inventory report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Businesses using multi-step flows in the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* " +"apps, may have *stranded* items, which are products not in their proper " +"storage locations, due to human error. Use this report to periodically check" +" transfer locations (e.g. *WH/Input*, *WH/Pre-Processing*) to ensure items " +"are moved to their intended storage locations, and accurately recorded in " +"the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To get a list of items that might be sitting idly in storage, follow these " +"steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, begin typing the name of the location " +"where products are intended to be moved to, such as `WH/Input`, or " +"`WH/Packing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Search Location for:` [location name] option from the " +"resulting drop-down menu that appears beneath the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show search result for the location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:124 +msgid "The report now displays a list of products at the transit location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Searching `Input` in :guilabel:`Location` shows a list of products at a " +"*WH/Input* location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The list shows `500` quantities of `Chicken`, which is alarming if not " +"refrigerated soon after reception. The stranded inventory report helps " +"identify items that have been idling in non-storage locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show items stored at a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:138 +msgid "Inventory discrepancy report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:140 +msgid "" +"To generate a report of items that have been moved since the last " +":doc:`inventory audit <../inventory_management/cycle_counts>`, follow these " +"steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Conflicts` option " +"from the :guilabel:`Filters` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The report now displays items whose quantities have changed since the last " +"cycle count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "Show items from the *Conflicts* filter in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` button to view inventory " +"transfers, including receipts and deliveries, that have occurred since the " +"inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show *Moves History*, showing a delivery that occurred after an inventory " +"adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:3 +msgid "Moves history dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Moves History* report in Odoo *Inventory* provides a detailed record of" +" product movements (containing past and current locations), lot numbers, and" +" reasons for movement. Reports can be generated for any time frame, making " +"this report essential for analyzing stock levels, monitoring inventory " +"turnover, and identifying any discrepancies in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The reporting feature is only accessible to users with :doc:`admin access " +"<../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Moves History`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst-1 +msgid "Display Moves History report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:23 +msgid "Navigate the moves history report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:25 +msgid "In the report, the columns represent:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: calendar date and time of the stock move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: description of the reason for the stock move or " +"quantity change, such as a receipt number (e.g. `WH/IN/00012`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product involved in the move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: specifies the lot or serial number of the " +"tracked product being moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:33 +msgid ":guilabel:`From`: source location of the moved product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`To`: destination location of the moved product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity`: number of products moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: unit of measure of the products moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: indicates the move status, which can be " +":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available` (ready for action), or " +":guilabel:`Partially Available` (insufficient quantities to complete the " +"operation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:66 +msgid "Search options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Use the following search options to customize the :guilabel:`Moves History` " +"report to display relevant information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:70 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Filters` section allows users to search among pre-made and " +"custom filters to find specific stock records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Do`: show stock move records that are in progress. This " +"includes lines with a :guilabel:`Status` column value of " +":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Partially Available`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Done`: completed stock moves, with a :guilabel:`Status` of " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Incoming`: displays move records from vendor locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:58 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Outgoing`: displays move records to customer locations, including" +" customer returns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Internal`: displays move records from one internal location to " +"another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturing`: shows records where products were produced from " +"the virtual, production :doc:`location " +"<../inventory_management/use_locations>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: select this drop-down menu to access various date filter " +"options and view stock moves from a specific month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last 30 Days`: show records that occurred in the last thirty " +"days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Last 3 Months`: show records from the last three months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:113 +msgid "Group By" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " +"groupings to the search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: group records by product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: group records by the three status types: " +":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available`, and :guilabel:`Partially " +"Available`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: group records by :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, or :guilabel:`Day`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transfers`: group records by operation number, e.g. " +"`WH/OUT/00012`, `WH/MO/00211`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: group records by source location (the :guilabel:`From`" +" column in this report)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: group records by product category. To configure these," +" go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: Product" +" Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Batch Transfer`: group records by :doc:`batch " +"<../advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:125 +msgid "Favorites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To save the current applied filters and groups, so the same information can " +"be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save current " +"search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " +"current view the default filter when opening the :guilabel:`Moves History` " +"report. Or tick the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option " +"available to other users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:134 +msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:137 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../essentials/search`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:3 +msgid "Stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the stock report in Odoo *Inventory* for a detailed list of all stored " +"products, including those reserved, purchased and in transit, as well as " +"those delivered to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Reporting --> Stock`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Show the stock report, accessible by going to Inventory > Reporting > Stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:19 +msgid "Navigate the stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:21 +msgid "" +"On the stock report, the left sidebar includes several groupings to narrow " +"down what is being shown. The default groupings are :guilabel:`Warehouses`," +" which filters products by specific warehouses, and :guilabel:`Category`, " +"which shows products within a selected product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Warehouse` grouping is only available when there are multiple" +" warehouses in the database. Refer to the " +":doc:`../inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse` documentation for " +"more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:30 +msgid "In the report itself, the columns represent:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:32 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unit Cost`: average inventory valuation per unit, adjusted based " +"on the cost to purchase and/or manufacture the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Value`: Total inventory valuation of the product, " +"calculated by multiplying unit cost by on-hand quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:39 +msgid "" +":ref:`Compute average cost inventory valuation per unit " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:40 +msgid "" +":doc:`Inventory valuation methods " +"<../inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand`: current quantity of products. Click the :icon:`fa-" +"pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand quantity " +"<../inventory_management/count_products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Free to Use`: on-hand quantity that are **not** reserved for " +"delivery or manufacturing orders, and are available to sell or use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Incoming`: items expected to arrive at the warehouse. Number of " +"products is based on quantities in confirmed purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Outgoing`: items expected to leave the warehouse or be consumed " +"in manufacturing orders. Number of products is based on quantities in " +"confirmed sales or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the product, " +"displaying information about the quantity and description of why the product" +" was moved from one location to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering rules " +"<../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>` page for " +"the product to create or manage methods of procuring the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Locations`: break down of on-hand quantity at multiple storage " +"locations. Only available when the product is stored in multiple locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forecast`: access the forecasted report to view on-hand, " +"incoming, and outgoing quantities. Report also contains links to confirmed " +"purchase, sales, or manufacturing orders. Only available when there are " +"confirmed sales, purchase, or manufacturing orders for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Published`: display products published on the website. Only " +"available with the *Website* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available in POS`: display products available through the *Point " +"of Sale* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available in Self`: display products available in self order " +"through the *Point of Sale* app. Appears in the search because the " +":guilabel:`Available in Self Order` checkbox was ticked in the " +":guilabel:`Point of Sale` section of a product form's :guilabel:`Sales` tab." +" The option is only available when the :guilabel:`Available in POS` checkbox" +" is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In the Sales tab of a product form, showing *Available in Self Order* " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not available in Self`: display products available in *PoS*, but " +"not available in self order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:91 +msgid "`Configure PoS products `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Sold`: display products that can be sold to customers. " +"Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Sold` checkbox is ticked" +" on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Purchased`: display products that can be bought from " +"vendors. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` " +"checkbox is ticked on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Recurring`: show subscription products, indicated by " +"ticking the :guilabel:`Recurring` checkbox on the product form. Only " +"available with the *Subscription* app activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Rented`: show products that can be loaned to customers for" +" a certain time. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Rented`" +" checkbox was ticked on the product form. Only available with the *Rental* " +"app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Subcontracted`: display products that can be produced by a" +" :doc:`third-party manufacturer " +"<../../../manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic>`. Available " +"only with the *Manufacturing* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be Expensed`: show items that can be expensed. Only available" +" with the *Expenses* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`../../product_management/product_tracking/type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " +"groupings to the search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Type`: group items by :doc:`product type " +"<../../product_management/product_tracking/type>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Category`: group items by product category. To configure " +"these, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: " +"Product Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`POS Product Category`: group items by :doc:`point of sale product" +" categories <../../../../sales/point_of_sale/configuration>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To save the current applied filters and groupbys, so the same information " +"can be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save " +"current search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " +"current view the default filter when opening the stock report. Or tick the " +":guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option available to other " +"users." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "保養" @@ -21575,11 +23719,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:94 +msgid "Learn more" +msgstr "知道更多" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:32 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to properly configure a new |BOM|, see the " -"documentation on :ref:`creating a bill of materials " -"`." +"documentation on :doc:`creating a bill of materials " +"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:35 @@ -21728,163 +23877,434 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bill of materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:9 msgid "" -"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " -"quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " -"It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines " -"needed to complete a production process." +"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) documents specific components, " +"along with their respective quantities, that are needed to produce or repair" +" a product. In Odoo, |BoMs| as blueprints for manufactured goods and kits, " +"and often include production operations and step-by-step guidelines, as " +"well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " -"linked to each product, so even product variants can have their own tailored" -" :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:15 +msgid "BoM setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:17 msgid "" -"Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " -"manufacturing process and save time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:18 -msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" +"To create a |BOM|, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> " +"Bills of Materials` and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" -"The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" -" or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " -"managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." +"Next, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type` to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " -":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " -"of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the " -":guilabel:`Product`." +"Then, specify :ref:`required components ` and, if necessary, define any :ref:`manufacturing operations " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:26 msgid "" -"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " -"product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." +"Individual |BOMs| can also be quickly accessed or created by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on any product form, as " +"accessible through the *Sales*, *Inventory*, and *Manufacturing* apps, as " +"well as through any internal links where a product is referenced (such as in" +" a field or a line item)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "Show BoM for a product, with components listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "BoM for `Drawer`, displaying the **Components** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:38 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/kit_shipping`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`../subcontracting/subcontracting_basic`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:44 +msgid "Components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:46 msgid "" -"For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" -" to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" -" to specify the various components that make up the production of the final " -"product and their respective quantities. New components can be created " -"quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created " -"beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> " -"Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)`." +"In the :guilabel:`Components` tab of a |BOM|, specify components used to " +"manufacture the product by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the " +":guilabel:`Components` drop-down menu, select from existing products or " +"create a new product by typing the name and selecting either the " +":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option to quickly add the line item, or the " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` option to add the component and continue to " +"its configuration form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." +msgid "Add a component by selecting it from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:43 -msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:56 msgid "" -":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " -"Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." +"Optionally, access additional fields by clicking the :icon:`oi-settings-" +"adjust` :guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon to the far-right of the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab. Tick the checkboxes for the following features " +"to enable these columns:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:60 msgid "" -"In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " -"the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " -"form." +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify which :doc:`product variant " +"<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>` each component is used in. " +"When the field is left blank, the component is used in all product variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:66 msgid "" -"The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " -"variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" -" :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master " -":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and " -"specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply " -"on Variants` column." +":guilabel:`Consumed in Operation`: specify the operation using the " +"component. Useful for determining :ref:`manufacturing readiness " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:62 -msgid "Set up operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:68 msgid "" -"Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" -" instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" -" this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Operations`." +":guilabel:`Manual Consumption`: tick the checkbox to force operators to " +"check the :guilabel:`Consumed` checkbox on a manufacturing order (MO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show a manufacturing order, highlighting the *Consumed* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:75 msgid "" -"Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " -":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " -"operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a " -"name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like " -"components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the " -":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that " -"variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +"Not doing so triggers the :guilabel:`Consumption Warning` error message, " +"where the consumed component quantity must be manually inputted. Otherwise, " +"the operation cannot be completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " -":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" -" new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing " -"Operations` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 -msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show the consumption warning error message." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:85 -msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" +msgid "Operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" -"A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " -"addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " -"the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)`." +"Add an *operation* to a |BOM| to specify instructions for production and " +"register time spent on an operation. To use this feature, first enable the " +"*Work Orders* feature by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the" +" :guilabel:`Work Orders` checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " -":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "\"Work Orders\" feature in the Settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:99 msgid "" -"Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " -"of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " -":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM " -"(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which " -"operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in " -"Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"Next, navigate to the |BOM| by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app " +"--> Products --> Bill of Materials` and selecting the desired |BOM|. To add " +"a new operation, go to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, and click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window, where the " +"various fields of the operation are configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: name of the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: select existing locations to perform the operation," +" or create a new work center by typing the name and selecting the " +":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify if this operation is only available " +"for certain product variants. If the operation applies to all product " +"variants, leave this field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Configuring BoMs for product variants " +"<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration Computation`: choose how time spent on the operation is " +"tracked. Opt for :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` to use the " +"operation's time tracker or :guilabel:`Set duration manually` if operators " +"can record and modify time themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Choosing the :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` option enables the " +":guilabel:`Based on last __ work orders` option, which automatically " +"estimates the time to complete this operation based on the last few " +"operations. Choosing :guilabel:`Set duration manually` enables the " +":guilabel:`Default Duration` field instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Duration`: estimated amount of time to complete the " +"operation; used for `planning manufacturing orders " +"`_ and determining `work center" +" availability `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company the |BOM| is available in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Include operation details in the :guilabel:`Work Sheet` tab. Choose " +":guilabel:`PDF` to attach a file or :guilabel:`Google Slide` with *public* " +"access to share a link. Select :guilabel:`Text` to type instructions in the " +":guilabel:`Description` text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Type `/` for a list of formatting options and features, including ChatGPT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show ChatGPT feature to generate instructions for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Fill out the Create Operations pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save \\& Close` to close the pop-up window. To add" +" more operations, click :guilabel:`Save & New` and repeat the same steps " +"above to configure another operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +"After creating an operation, click the :guilabel:`Copy Existing Operations` " +"button to choose an operation to duplicate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show Operation tab, highlighting the \"Copy Existing Operations\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:158 +msgid "Instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To add detailed instructions to operations, the *Quality* app must be " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add specific instructions to an existing operation by clicking the " +"operation's :icon:`fa-list-ul` :guilabel:`(list)` icon in the " +":guilabel:`Instructions` column. The number in the :guilabel:`Instructions` " +"column shows the number of existing detailed instructions there are for the " +"operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the Instructions column, and list icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:172 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Steps` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank " +"quality control point form where the new manufacturing step can be created. " +"Here, give the specific instruction a :guilabel:`Title` and set the " +":guilabel:`Type` to :guilabel:`Instructions`. In the " +":guilabel:`Instructions` tab of the form, write out the directions for the " +"step in the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Further customizations can be made here on this form, beyond ordinary " +"instructions, to also include specific types of quality control points that " +"carry specific (or complex) conditions. For more details about quality " +"control points refer the :doc:`Instruction check " +"<../../quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the page to add a quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:188 +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab contains more |BoM| configurations to " +"customize procurement, calculate costs, and define how components are " +"consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturing Readiness`: choosing :guilabel:`When components for" +" the 1st operation are available` shows the :guilabel:`Component Status` as " +"a **green** :guilabel:`Not Available`, when only the components that are " +"consumed in the first operation are in stock. This indicates that although " +"not all components are available, operators can at least begin with the " +"first operation. Choosing :guilabel:`When all components are available` " +"displays a **red** :guilabel:`Not Available` component status unless all " +"components are in available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Specify which operation consumes each component on the |BoM| in the " +":ref:`Manual Consumption field `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show the *Component Status* field on the manufacturing order dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:210 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Version`: displays the current |BoM| version, visible with the " +"Odoo *PLM* app installed for managing |BoM| changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:212 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Flexible Consumption`: specifies if components used can deviate " +"from the quantity defined on the |BoM|. Choose :guilabel:`Blocked` if " +"operators **must** adhere strictly to the |BoM| quantity. Otherwise, choose " +":guilabel:`Allowed` or :guilabel:`Allowed with Warning`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:215 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Routing`: select the preferred warehouse's manufacturing " +"operation type for products produced in multiple warehouses. If left blank, " +"this warehouse's `Manufacturing` operation type is used by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:218 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: select pre-created :doc:`analytic " +"distribution models " +"<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>` from the list " +"to automatically record the cost of manufacturing products in the chosen " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:221 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manuf Lead Time`: define the number of days needed to complete a " +"|MO| from the date of confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to prepare Manufacturing Order`: number of days needed to " +"replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +":doc:`Analytic distribution " +"<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:228 +msgid "" +":doc:`Lead times " +"<../../inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Miscellaneous* tab of the BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:236 +msgid "Add by-products to BoMs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:238 +msgid "" +"A *by-product* is a residual product that is created during production in " +"addition to the main product of a |BOM|. Unlike the primary product, there " +"can be more than one by-product on a |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To add by-products to a |BOM|, first enable the *By-Products* feature in " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`By-" +"Products` to enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "\"By Products\" feature in the settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, add by-products to a |BOM| by clicking the " +":guilabel:`By-products` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and fill in the " +":guilabel:`By-product`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Unit of " +"Measure`. Optionally, specify a :guilabel:`Produced in Operation` for the " +"by-product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The by-product, `Mush`, is created in the `Grind grapes` operation when " +"producing `Red Wine`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 +msgid "Show sample by-product in the BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 @@ -21923,18 +24343,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 +msgid "Lot/serial number tracking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The assignment of lots or serial numbers to newly manufactured products is " +"optional. To optionally :doc:`assign lots or serial numbers " +"<../../inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn>` to newly " +"manufactured products, go to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section in the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the :guilabel:`Tracking` field, select " +":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Doing so enables the *Lot/Serial Number* field on a manufacturing order, or " +"the *Register Production* instruction on a work order card in the *Shop " +"Floor* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 +msgid "\"Lot/Serial Number\" field on the MO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 +msgid "**Lot/Serial Number** field on the MO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Register Production** option to generate lot/serial number on a work order" +" card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:54 msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:56 msgid "" "Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " "manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" " manufacture a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " @@ -21947,14 +24403,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 msgid "" "On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." " In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" " produces." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 msgid "" "Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" " clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " @@ -21967,7 +24423,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:79 msgid "" "Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " "and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " @@ -21978,7 +24434,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:86 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " "setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " @@ -21990,14 +24446,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:96 msgid "" "The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " "allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " "exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " "For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " -"to :ref:`create a bill of materials `." +"to :doc:`create a bill of materials `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:3 @@ -23065,9 +25520,2036 @@ msgid "" "of the |MO| itself." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "Subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a " +"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" +" then sold by the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting " +"company and the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide " +"variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in" +" and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the " +"manufacturing themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:19 +msgid "" +"This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, " +"as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with " +"subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they " +"are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized " +"work to subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors " +"to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as " +"profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain " +"arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which " +"projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a " +"variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what" +" happens to finished products once they are manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " +":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst-1 +msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:62 +msgid "" +"With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in " +"Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:64 +msgid "" +"On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a " +"*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates" +" the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that" +" it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the " +"Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can " +"be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product " +"pages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:72 +msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:75 +msgid "Subcontracting workflows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference " +"between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully " +"responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the " +":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_basic` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " +"sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This " +"workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " +"purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to " +"the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the " +":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary " +"to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to" +" products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:94 +msgid "" +"In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are " +"to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:97 +msgid "" +"In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can " +"either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an " +"end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured" +" to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are " +"outlined in their respective documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:104 +msgid "Subcontracted product valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different " +"variables:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;" +" from here on referred to as `C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them " +"shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor" +" to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred " +"to as `x`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be " +"represented by the following equation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"P = C + M + S + D + x\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:124 +msgid "" +"It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will " +"include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not " +"dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost" +" of dropshipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Basic subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " +"certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " +"purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " +"the product's vendor to delivery the product to the purchasing company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For subcontracted products specifically, delivery lead times can be " +"configured to take into account the amount of time required for the " +"subcontractor to manufacture a product. Doing so allows the contracting " +"company to better predict the delivery dates of subcontracted products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Like all lead times in Odoo, lead times for subcontracted products are only " +"an estimate, and are based on how long actions are *expected* to take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " +"means that lead times should not be viewed as guarantees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`basic subcontracting ` workflow " +"to manufacture a product, a company is not responsible for supplying the " +"subcontractor with the necessary components. This means that the only " +"factors affecting the delivery date of a product are the amount of time it " +"takes the subcontractor to manufacture and deliver it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time that considers " +"both of these factors, the *Expected Arrival* date displayed on purchase " +"orders (POs) for the product more accurately reflects the amount of time " +"required for both manufacturing and delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 +msgid "Product delivery lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " +"subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has been added, enter the number of days it takes " +"them to manufacture and deliver the product, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead" +" Time` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Delivery Lead Time field for a subcontractor, on the Purchase tab of a " +"product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Multiple subcontractors can be added to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a " +"product's page, and a different :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` can be set " +"for each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:57 +msgid "Lead time workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 +msgid "" +"After setting a delivery lead time for a product's vendor, create an |RfQ| " +"by navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase " +"Orders`, and clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Specify the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the " +"product in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and " +"adding a quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once a product has been added, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field on the" +" |RfQ| auto-populates with a date that reflects the vendor's delivery lead " +"time, as specified on the product's page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If the date needs to be adjusted, click on the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` " +"field to open a calendar popover, and select the desired date. Make sure not" +" to choose a date sooner than the one that was auto-populated, unless the " +"subcontractor has confirmed that they are able to deliver the product by " +"that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` on the |RfQ| to turn it into a " +"|PO|. At this point, the subcontractor should begin manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, before delivering it to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Tricycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends requires three days to manufacture a tricycle, plus" +" an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " +"tricycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " +"two days for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:88 +msgid "" +"On May 3rd, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| to purchase one tricycle from Bike " +"Friends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date listed on the |PO| is May 8th, five " +"days after the :guilabel:`Confirmation Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Expected Arrival date on a PO for a subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Bike Friends begins manufacturing the tricycle on May 3rd — the day that the" +" |PO| is confirmed — and finishes on May 6th, three days later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The tricycle is then shipped to Mike's Bikes the same day, and they receive " +"it on May 8th, two days later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " +"certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " +"purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " +"the product's vendor to deliver the product to the purchasing company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Certain subcontracted products require the contracting company to supply the" +" subcontractor with manufacturing components. In this case, a *manufacturing" +" lead time* can be used, in addition to the delivery lead time, to generate " +"the date on which the subcontractor must receive the required components, in" +" order to manufacture the product and deliver it on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In cases where components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, an " +"additional delivery lead time can be set for each component. This should be " +"set to the amount of time it takes the vendor to deliver components to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once a delivery lead time has been set on a component, dropship orders for " +"the component display the date by which the order must be confirmed, so that" +" it can be dropshipped to the subcontractor by the date on which " +"manufacturing must begin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order " +"` route, a company is responsible for purchasing " +"the necessary components from a vendor, and having them dropshipped directly" +" to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 +msgid "" +"This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, it is also necessary " +"to consider how long it takes the component vendor to dropship the " +"components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:48 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a *delivery lead time*, specifying a " +"*manufacturing lead time* on the product's BoM, and assigning the vendor of " +"the components an additional *delivery lead time*, *Dropship Subcontractor* " +"orders for the product's components display the deadline for confirming a " +"dropship order to send the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " +":guilabel:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:61 +msgid "Product manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a BoM" +" from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 +msgid "" +"On the |BoM|, select the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the same number of days that was " +"entered in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` field of the |BoM|'s product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Manuf. Lead Time field on a product's BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 +msgid "" +"While not all of these days are actually used for manufacturing by the " +"subcontractor, setting the same number of days in each field tells Odoo that" +" the subcontractor must receive the components and begin production by the " +"start of the product's delivery lead time. This gives the subcontractor " +"enough time to both manufacture and deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 +msgid "Component delivery lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:92 +msgid "" +"From the product's BoM, navigate to each component by clicking on the " +"component in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and then clicking the " +":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` button to the right of the " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:96 +msgid "" +"On the product page for each component, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab." +" If the vendor has not already been added, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor has been added, enter the number of days it takes them to " +"dropship the product to the subcontractor, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " +"Time` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:104 +msgid "Dropship subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Create a request for quotation (RfQ) for the product by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`, and " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Specify the subcontractor in :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the product" +" in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, " +"selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and specifying a " +"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:113 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" +" time for the component vendor to dropship the components, and the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " +"auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " +"of the product. However, this does not consider the time it takes to " +"dropship the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:121 +msgid "" +"When purchasing a product subcontracted using the *Dropship Subcontractor on" +" Order* route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " +"extra time needed for the components to be delivered to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Since production does not begin until they receive the components, leaving " +"the date as is results in the finished product arriving *after* the date " +"listed on the |RfQ|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " +"so creates a second |RfQ| to purchase the components from the dropshipper, " +"and have them sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for " +"Quotation`, and select the |RfQ| that lists the dropshipper in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 +msgid "" +"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field lists the date on which" +" the subcontractor must receive the components, in order to deliver the " +"finished product by the *Expected Arrival* date listed on the subcontractor " +"|PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Order Deadline` field lists the latest date on which the " +"|RfQ| can be confirmed, in order for the dropshipper to deliver the " +"components to the subcontractor by the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|, and confirm " +"the purchase of the components from the dropshipper. Doing so causes a " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to appear at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to open the dropship order. This" +" order can also be accessed from the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button that " +"now appears on the subcontractor |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:149 +msgid "" +"After the dropshipper has delivered the components to the subcontractor, " +"click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the dropship order to " +"confirm that the subcontractor has received the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor receives the components, they begin manufacturing the" +" component, before delivering it to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Bicycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes must purchase the required components from vendor Bike World, " +"and have them dropshipped to Bike Friends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:164 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each bicycle, plus " +"an addition two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:167 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for bicycle" +" manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus two days " +"for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:170 +msgid "" +"On the bicycle's BoM, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days as " +"well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered to " +"the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:173 +msgid "" +"On the product pages for each of the bicycle's components, they assign Bike " +"World a delivery lead time of two days. This is the amount of time it takes " +"Bike World to dropship each component directly to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:177 +msgid "" +"On May 10th, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| for one bicycle, with an expected " +"delivery date of May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:180 +msgid "" +"The |RfQ| for purchasing the components from Bike World and having them " +"dropshipped to Bike Friends has an Expected Arrival date of May 12th, and a " +"Deadline of May 10th. The |RfQ| must be confirmed by the deadline in order " +"for Bike Friends to receive the components by the Expected Arrival date, " +"giving them enough time to deliver the finished bicycle to Mike's Bikes by " +"May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "The Order Deadline and Expected Arrival dates on a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes confirms the |RfQ| on May 10th, and Bike World delivers the " +"components to Bike Friends on May 12th. Bike Friends manufactures the " +"bicycle, and delivers it to Mike's Bikes on May 17th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply subcontracting lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " +"means that lead times should **not** be viewed as guarantees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When using the :doc:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order " +"` route, a company is responsible for supplying the" +" subcontractor with the necessary components. As a result, the subcontractor" +" cannot begin manufacturing until the components have been received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, the date they receive " +"the components must also be considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:39 +msgid "" +"By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time, and specifying " +"a manufacturing lead time on the product's bill of materials (BoM), " +"*Resupply Subcontractor* orders for the product's components display the " +"deadline by which the subcontractor must receive the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " +"subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a " +"|BoM| from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:80 +msgid "Resupply subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" +" time for the subcontractor to receive the components, manufacture the " +"product, and deliver it back to the subcontracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " +"auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " +"of the product. However, this does **not** consider the time it takes to " +"ship the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:98 +msgid "" +"When purchasing a product subcontracted using the Resupply Subcontractor on " +"Order route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " +"extra time needed for the components to be shipped to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " +"so causes a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to appear at the top of the " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to open the resupply " +"subcontractor order, which is the order created to send components to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Deadline` field on the resupply subcontractor order shows the" +" deadline for the subcontractor to receive the components, in order for them" +" to have enough time to manufacture and deliver the finished product by the " +"Expected Arrival date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field should display the latest date on which" +" components can be shipped, while still arriving to the subcontractor by the" +" :guilabel:`Deadline`. However, by default, the date displayed is the same " +"as the date in the :guilabel:`Deadline` field, and must be updated to take " +"into account the time required for shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field to open a calendar popover " +"from which a date can be selected. Select a date that allows for the " +"components to be delivered by the :guilabel:`Deadline` on the resupply " +"subcontractor order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:124 +msgid "" +"After the components are shipped, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at " +"the top of the order to confirm they have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " +"to produce units of their *Unicycle* product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes must supply Bike Friends with the necessary components for " +"manufacturing the unicycles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:137 +msgid "" +"On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each unicycle, plus" +" an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:140 +msgid "" +"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " +"unicycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " +"two days for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:143 +msgid "" +"On the unicycle's |BoM|, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days, " +"as well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered " +"to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 +msgid "" +"They confirm a |PO| for one unicycle, with an expected arrival date of May " +"30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The resupply subcontractor order for shipping the components to the " +"subcontractor shows a *Deadline* of May 25th. The subcontractor must receive" +" the components by this date, in order to have enough time to manufacture " +"the unicycle, and deliver it by May 30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:152 +msgid "" +"It takes Mike's Bikes two days to deliver the components, so they update the" +" *Scheduled Date* field on the resupply subcontractor order to May 23rd, two" +" days before the Deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Scheduled Date and Deadline fields on a resupply subcontractor order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Mike's Bikes ships the components to Bike Friends on the scheduled date of " +"May 23rd, and they arrive on the deadline of May 25th. This gives Bike " +"Friends enough time to manufacture the unicycle, and ship it back to Mike's " +"Bikes by the expected arrival date of May 30th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:3 +msgid "Basic subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a " +"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" +" then sold by the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the " +"necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to " +"worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic " +"subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-" +"subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that " +"subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted " +"products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be " +"manufactured by them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " +":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary" +" to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53 +msgid "Configure product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the " +"product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, " +"selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and " +"entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`" +" field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished " +"product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " +"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " +"subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83 +msgid "Configure BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " +"--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials " +"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` " +"option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the " +":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using" +" subcontracting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the " +"subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when " +"calculating the product's expected arrival date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:81 +msgid "" +"When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for " +"manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:86 +msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:88 +msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " +"|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a receipt order or a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, " +"**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" +" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " +"product is shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted " +"product is being purchased from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " +"with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer," +" or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process " +"starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169 +msgid "Create SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171 +msgid "" +"It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased" +" from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being " +"purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " +"Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a " +"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a" +" quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens" +" the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:128 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough " +"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates" +" a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193 +msgid "" +"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " +"end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is " +"enough stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197 +msgid "Process PO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:140 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to " +":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the " +"|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to " +"the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a " +"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the " +"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:153 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic " +"subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and " +"can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 +msgid "" +"A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " +"top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 +msgid "" +"PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " +"top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242 +msgid "Process receipt or dropship order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " +"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " +"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251 +msgid "" +"If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, " +"once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " +"Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the" +" :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the " +"receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter" +" the product into inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260 +msgid "Process dropship order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262 +msgid "" +"If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select" +" the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open " +"the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order " +"to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270 +msgid "Process delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " +"finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " +"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" +" the customer, and process the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " +"the product has been shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship to subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the" +" necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have " +"them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order " +"(PO) for that product is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " +"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and " +"*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve " +"dropshipping, they are used for different purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have " +"them shipped directly to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components " +"from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By " +"default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the " +"contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33 +msgid "" +"However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship " +"Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In " +"this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then " +"ships the finished product directly to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37 +msgid "" +"This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the " +":ref:`workflow section ` of" +" this doc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " +"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " +"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the " +"components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as " +"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in " +"the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the " +":guilabel:`Price` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that " +"determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been " +"manufactured by the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock " +"on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " +"subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73 +msgid "Configure bill of materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click " +"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " +"select the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the " +":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and" +" specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97 +msgid "Configure Components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " +"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " +"arrow)` button to the right of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106 +msgid "" +"On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add " +"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in " +"the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the" +" subcontractor, once they are purchased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the " +":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119 +msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " +"*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the" +" vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so " +"creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the " +"components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" +" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" +" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " +"product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " +"with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, " +"or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts " +"with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148 +msgid "Create an SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the " +"product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " +":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is " +"the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted " +"product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the " +"*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** " +"there is no stock of the product on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead " +"create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172 +msgid "" +"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " +"end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, " +"even if there is stock on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176 +msgid "Process subcontractor PO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178 +msgid "" +"If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`," +" and clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a" +" new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the " +":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* " +"|PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components" +" to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, " +"and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" +"button at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from " +"the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** " +"automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship " +"Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* " +"|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205 +msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. " +"Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` " +"field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after " +"confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212 +msgid "" +"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship " +"Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of" +" the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and " +"confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, " +"and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the " +"*subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" +"Dropship smart button at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227 +msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" +" *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, " +"respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the " +":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the " +"subcontractor has received the components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" +" *subcontractor* |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the " +"product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of" +" the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into " +"inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the" +" *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the " +":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship " +"order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the " +"product to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product " +"has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the " +"necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each " +"time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " +"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping" +" it to the end customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply " +"Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24 +msgid "" +"While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components " +"required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are " +"sourced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from " +"the warehouse of the contracting company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from " +"a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of " +"the subcontracting company and their subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36 +msgid "" +"See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of " +"the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " +"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " +"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of " +"materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`" +" tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the " +"subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68 +msgid "" +"This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other " +"elements, like the cost of the product's components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " +"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " +"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " +"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click " +"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " +"select the |BoM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107 +msgid "Configure components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " +"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " +"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " +"arrow)` button to the right of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116 +msgid "" +"On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and " +"select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the " +":guilabel:`Routes` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122 +msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to " +"purchase the product from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " +"so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a" +" dropship order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the " +"subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " +"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" +" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149 +msgid "" +"While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to " +"automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is " +"also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful " +"when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply " +"Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking" +" :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom " +"the components should be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` " +"drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the " +"components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` " +"to confirm that the order has been sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187 +msgid "" +"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough " +"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead" +" creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " +"using the stock in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199 +msgid "" +"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase " +"app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210 +msgid "" +"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a " +"subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically " +"created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " +":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the " +"required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed " +"from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top " +"of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 +msgid "" +"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n" +"buttons at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 +msgid "" +"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and " +"Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227 +msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the " +"subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " +"Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open" +" the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` " +"card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244 +msgid "" +"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " +"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " +"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272 +msgid "" +"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " +"finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " +"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" +" the customer, and process the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " +"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " +"the product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows.rst:5 msgid "Workflows" -msgstr "Workflows" +msgstr "工作流程" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3 msgid "Manufacturing backorders" @@ -23346,6 +27828,13 @@ msgid "" "only after closing the associated |MO|." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " +"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29 msgid "" "To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " @@ -23610,1355 +28099,6 @@ msgid "" "and *WH/MO/00010*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontracting overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:7 -msgid "" -"In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a " -"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" -" then sold by the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting " -"company and the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:13 -msgid "" -"For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide " -"variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in" -" and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the " -"manufacturing themselves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:17 -msgid "" -"This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, " -"as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with " -"subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they " -"are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized " -"work to subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:22 -msgid "" -"On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors " -"to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as " -"profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain " -"arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which " -"projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a " -"variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what" -" happens to finished products once they are manufactured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " -"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " -":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " -"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst-1 -msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:42 -msgid "" -"With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in " -"Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a " -"*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates" -" the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that" -" it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the " -"Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can " -"be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product " -"pages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:51 -msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:52 -msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:55 -msgid "Subcontracting workflows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:57 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference " -"between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully " -"responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the " -":doc:`subcontracting_basic` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " -"sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This " -"workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting_resupply` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " -"purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to " -"the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the " -":doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:69 -msgid "" -"In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary " -"to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to" -" products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are " -"to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can " -"either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an " -"end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured" -" to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are " -"outlined in their respective documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:83 -msgid "Subcontracted product valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different " -"variables:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;" -" from here on referred to as `C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "" -"The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them " -"shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:93 -msgid "" -"The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor" -" to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred " -"to as `x`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be " -"represented by the following equation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:100 -msgid "" -"P = C + M + S + D + x\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting.rst:103 -msgid "" -"It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will " -"include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not " -"dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost" -" of dropshipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:3 -msgid "Basic subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a " -"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" -" then sold by the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the " -"necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to " -"worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic " -"subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-" -"subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that " -"subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted " -"products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be " -"manufactured by them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" -" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " -":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " -"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary" -" to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53 -msgid "Configure product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " -"product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the " -"product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, " -"selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and " -"entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`" -" field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished " -"product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " -"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " -"subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83 -msgid "Configure BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " -"Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " -"--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92 -msgid "" -"For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials " -"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` " -"option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the " -":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using" -" subcontracting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " -":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the " -"subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when " -"calculating the product's expected arrival date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:81 -msgid "" -"When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the " -":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for " -"manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:86 -msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:88 -msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " -"|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a receipt order or a dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, " -"**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" -" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " -"product is shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138 -msgid "" -"The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted " -"product is being purchased from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " -"with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer," -" or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process " -"starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into " -"inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169 -msgid "Create SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:112 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171 -msgid "" -"It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased" -" from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being " -"purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next " -"step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175 -msgid "" -"To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " -"Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178 -msgid "" -"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a " -"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a" -" quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:123 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens" -" the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:128 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough " -"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates" -" a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:134 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193 -msgid "" -"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " -"end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is " -"enough stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197 -msgid "Process PO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:140 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to " -":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the " -"|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to " -"the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:145 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking " -":guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:148 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a " -"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the " -"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:153 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic " -"subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and " -"can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 -msgid "" -"A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " -"top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 -msgid "" -"PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " -"top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:164 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242 -msgid "Process receipt or dropship order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " -"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " -"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 -msgid "Process receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:173 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251 -msgid "" -"If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, " -"once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " -"Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:177 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the" -" :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the " -"receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter" -" the product into inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260 -msgid "Process dropship order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:184 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262 -msgid "" -"If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select" -" the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:187 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open " -"the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order " -"to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270 -msgid "Process delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " -"finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " -"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" -" the customer, and process the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic.rst:198 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " -"the product has been shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3 -msgid "Dropship to subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the" -" necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have " -"them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order " -"(PO) for that product is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " -"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23 -msgid "" -"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and " -"*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve " -"dropshipping, they are used for different purposes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have " -"them shipped directly to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components " -"from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By " -"default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the " -"contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33 -msgid "" -"However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship " -"Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In " -"this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then " -"ships the finished product directly to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37 -msgid "" -"This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the " -":ref:`workflow section ` of" -" this doc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " -"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " -":guilabel:`Operations` heading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " -"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the " -"components listed on the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " -"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as " -"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in " -"the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the " -":guilabel:`Price` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that " -"determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been " -"manufactured by the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock " -"on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " -"subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73 -msgid "Configure bill of materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click " -"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " -"select the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the " -":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a " -"line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and" -" specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97 -msgid "Configure Components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99 -msgid "" -"To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " -"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " -"arrow)` button to the right of the name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " -"component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106 -msgid "" -"On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add " -"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in " -"the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the" -" subcontractor, once they are purchased." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the " -":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " -"section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119 -msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121 -msgid "" -"The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " -"*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the" -" vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so " -"creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the " -"components to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" -" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" -" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " -"product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " -"with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, " -"or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts " -"with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148 -msgid "Create an SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the " -"product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in " -"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " -":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is " -"the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted " -"product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the " -"*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** " -"there is no stock of the product on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169 -msgid "" -"If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead " -"create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172 -msgid "" -"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " -"end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, " -"even if there is stock on-hand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176 -msgid "Process subcontractor PO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by" -" navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`," -" and clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " -":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a" -" new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the " -":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the " -":guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* " -"|PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components" -" to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, " -"and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" -"button at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198 -msgid "" -"In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from " -"the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** " -"automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201 -msgid "" -"Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship " -"Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* " -"|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205 -msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207 -msgid "" -"To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. " -"Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` " -"field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after " -"confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212 -msgid "" -"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship " -"Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of" -" the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and " -"confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, " -"and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the " -"*subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 -msgid "" -"A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" -"Dropship smart button at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227 -msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229 -msgid "" -"Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" -" *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, " -"respectively." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the " -":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the " -"subcontractor has received the components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" -" *subcontractor* |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the " -"product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of" -" the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into " -"inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the" -" *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the " -"receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the " -":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship " -"order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the " -"product to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product " -"has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3 -msgid "Resupply subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the " -"necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each " -"time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " -"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping" -" it to the end customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21 -msgid "" -"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply " -"Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24 -msgid "" -"While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components " -"required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are " -"sourced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from " -"the warehouse of the contracting company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from " -"a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of " -"the subcontracting company and their subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36 -msgid "" -"See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of " -"the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " -"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " -":guilabel:`Operations` heading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " -"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of " -"materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " -"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`" -" tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the " -"subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68 -msgid "" -"This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other " -"elements, like the cost of the product's components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74 -msgid "" -"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " -"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " -":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " -"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " -"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85 -msgid "" -"To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click " -"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " -"select the |BoM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107 -msgid "Configure components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109 -msgid "" -"To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " -"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " -"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " -"arrow)` button to the right of the name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116 -msgid "" -"On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and " -"select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the " -":guilabel:`Routes` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122 -msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124 -msgid "" -"The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to " -"purchase the product from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " -"so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a" -" dropship order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the " -"subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " -"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" -" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149 -msgid "" -"While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to " -"automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is " -"also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful " -"when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154 -msgid "" -"To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply " -"Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking" -" :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom " -"the components should be sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking " -":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` " -"drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the " -"components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` " -"to confirm that the order has been sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187 -msgid "" -"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough " -"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190 -msgid "" -"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead" -" creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " -"using the stock in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199 -msgid "" -"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase " -"app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210 -msgid "" -"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a " -"subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically " -"created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " -":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214 -msgid "" -"In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the " -"required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed " -"from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top " -"of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 -msgid "" -"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n" -"buttons at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 -msgid "" -"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and " -"Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227 -msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the " -"subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " -"Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open" -" the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to " -"confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the " -":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` " -"card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244 -msgid "" -"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " -"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " -"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272 -msgid "" -"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " -"finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " -"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" -" the customer, and process the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " -"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " -"the product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:3 msgid "Unbuild orders" msgstr "" @@ -25721,8 +28861,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:12 msgid "" "Utilize *engineering change orders* (*ECOs*) to track, implement, and revert" -" change versions made to products, and :ref:`bills of materials " -"`." +" change versions made to products, and :doc:`bills of materials " +"<../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:15 @@ -27161,6 +30301,354 @@ msgid "" "export it as an Excel file." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:3 +msgid "Procurement expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:12 +msgid "" +"With the *Purchase* application, users can monitor procurement expenses over" +" time. This report helps companies track and analyze spending, identify " +"cost-saving opportunities, and ensure efficient budget management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:17 +msgid "Create procurement expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To create a |per|, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " +"Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:22 +msgid "" +"By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` (POs) with a " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of Requests for " +"Quotation (RFQs) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent*, or *Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:25 +msgid "Add filters and groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the top-right, click the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot)` icon " +"to switch to pivot view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:32 +msgid "" +"While the |per| can also be :ref:`viewed ` as a " +":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " +":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`, " +"the pivot view provides the most detailed view of the data, and is the " +"recommended starting point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Remove any default filters from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. Then, click " +"the |caret| to open the drop-down menu that contains the " +":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and :guilabel:`Favorites` " +"columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Unless otherwise specified, the report displays data from both |RFQs| and " +"|POs|. This can be changed by selecting either :guilabel:`Requests for " +"Quotation` or :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a time frame to use for " +"comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " +"|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " +"Then, select :guilabel:`Product Category`, which is also located in the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The selections under the :guilabel:`Group By` heading can be altered, " +"depending on the needs of the individual company. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Product`, instead of :guilabel:`Product Category`, provides a " +"more in depth look at the performance of specific items, in place of an " +"entire category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading that " +"appears. These options are only available after the date range is selected " +"under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " +":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " +"as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " +"time period from the previous year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:60 +msgid "" +"While multiple time-based filters can be added at once, only one comparison " +"can be selected at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the procurement expenses\n" +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The filter for Q2, comparison for **Previous Period**, and group-by for " +"**Vendor** and **Product Category** were selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:68 +msgid "Add measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:70 +msgid "" +"After selecting the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group by`, and " +":guilabel:`Comparison` settings, click out of the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:82 +msgid "" +"By default, the report displays data with the following measures: " +":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " +":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " +"drop-down list of available measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click the following specific measures to include additional columns for the " +"procurement expenses report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total` and :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`: can include one or both " +"measures. These are included for overall spending analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:91 +msgid ":guilabel:`Average Cost`: included to evaluate cost efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to Confirm` and :guilabel:`Days to Receive`: used to assess " +"supplier performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Qty Ordered` and :guilabel:`Qty Received`: used to understand " +"order efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Qty Billed` and :guilabel:`Qty to be Billed`: used to track order" +" accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Additional measures can be included in the report, if desired, to provide " +"additional insights. For example, :guilabel:`Gross Weight` and " +":guilabel:`Volume` may be included for further logistics and management " +"analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:101 +msgid "" +"After selecting all necessary measures, click out of the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:85 +msgid "View results" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:108 +msgid "" +"After all of the filters and measures have been selected, the report " +"generates in the selected view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst-1 +msgid "A sample version of the procurement expenses report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " +"editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is **only** available if the " +"*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The |per| is also available in graph view. Click the :icon:`fa-area-chart` " +":guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view. Click the " +"corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a :icon:`fa-bar-" +"chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` :guilabel:`(line " +"chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:107 +msgid "To save this report as a *favorite*, see :ref:`search/favorites`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor costs report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With the *Purchase* application, users can track the fluctuation of vendor " +"costs over time. This allows users to identify the most expensive vendors, " +"and track seasonal changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:14 +msgid "Create vendor costs reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To create a vendor costs report, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase " +"app --> Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` " +"dashboard. By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of POs (Purchase Orders) with a " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of RFQs (Requests " +"for Quotation) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent, or *Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a date range to use for " +"comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " +":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " +"|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " +"Then, select :guilabel:`Product`, which is also located in the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Product` is **not** required for this report. However, " +"it is recommended, as it provides additional insight into the performance of" +" individual vendors. Additional selections can be made under the " +":guilabel:`Group by` heading as well, including :guilabel:`Product " +"Category`, :guilabel:`Status`, and :guilabel:`Purchase Representative`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To ensure the report is generated correctly, make sure that " +":guilabel:`Vendor` is the **first** selection made under the " +":guilabel:`Group By` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading. These " +"options are only available after the date range is selected under the " +":guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " +":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " +"as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " +"time period from the previous year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the " +"vendor costs report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:73 +msgid "" +"By default, the report displays with the following measures: " +":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " +":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " +"drop-down list of available measures. Click :guilabel:`Average Cost` to add " +"it to the report. Select any additional measures to add to the report, or " +"click on any of the already selected measures to remove them, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:80 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to run the report with at least :guilabel:`Average Cost`, " +":guilabel:`Total`, or :guilabel:`Untaxed Total` selected from the " +":guilabel:`Measures` list. Additional measures, such as :guilabel:`Days to " +"Receive`, can be added to provide additional insights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:87 +msgid "" +"After all of the :ref:`filters and measures have been selected " +"`, the report generates in the pivot " +"view. Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " +"editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is only available if the " +"*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A sample of a vendor costs report with the measures set as total and average" +" costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The vendor costs report is also available in *graph* view. Click the " +":icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view." +" Click the corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a " +":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " +":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5 msgid "Manage deals" msgstr "" @@ -28374,9 +31862,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51 msgid "" "To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> " -"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, check" -" the box next to :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and " -"bills`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, tick " +"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`3-way matching`, and click :guilabel:`Save` " +"to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56 @@ -28385,15 +31873,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 -msgid "Activated three-way matching feature in purchase settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:60 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:62 msgid "" "When products are received into a company's warehouse, receipts are created." " Once the company processes the received quantities, they can choose to " @@ -28402,11 +31886,11 @@ msgid "" "completed at different steps of the procurement process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:68 msgid "With the bill control policy set to ordered quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:70 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *ordered quantities*" " bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " @@ -28415,42 +31899,42 @@ msgid "" "Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:75 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new request for quotation (RFQ). Doing so reveals a blank " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 msgid "" "On the blank detail form, add a vendor to the :abbr:`RFQ (request for " "quotation)` in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the " ":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 msgid "" "Then, confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` button above the detail form. Doing so turns the " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a vendor bill for " "the purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:88 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button reveals the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill` page for the purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:91 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button to modify " "the bill, and add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field. If needed," @@ -28458,21 +31942,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 msgid "" "Next, confirm the bill by clicking the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *ordered quantities*, the draft bill" " can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:175 msgid "" "On the new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` number," " which can be used to match the bill with additional documents (such as the " @@ -28483,7 +31967,7 @@ msgid "" "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:108 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " @@ -28496,7 +31980,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Vendor bill form for ordered quantities control policy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:118 msgid "" "Each vendor bill provides the option to either :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " "or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note`. A *credit note* is typically issued when a " @@ -28505,11 +31989,11 @@ msgid "" "returned from the customer/buyer to the vendor or supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:124 msgid "With the bill control policy set to received quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:127 msgid "" "If the creation of a vendor bill is attempted without receiving any " "quantities of a product (while using the *received quantities* bill control " @@ -28517,7 +32001,7 @@ msgid "" "proceeding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *received " "quantities* bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " @@ -28526,38 +32010,38 @@ msgid "" "Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:136 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`. Doing so reveals a " "blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a bill for the " "purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:151 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Create Bill` before any products have been received will" -" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to appear. The :guilabel:`Purchase " -"Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity of the items " -"included on the order to create a vendor bill." +" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up message to appear. The " +":guilabel:`Purchase Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity" +" of the items included on the order to create a vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:159 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the warehouse " "receipt form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:161 msgid "" "On the warehouse receipt form, click :menuselection:`Validate --> Apply` to " "mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities. Then, navigate back to the " @@ -28565,7 +32049,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Bill` button on the purchase order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 msgid "" "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Draft Bill` for the purchase order. On the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and add a " @@ -28573,20 +32057,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:172 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *received quantities*, the draft " "bill can **only** be confirmed when at least some of the quantities are " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:181 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " @@ -28595,11 +32079,11 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:187 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills in Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:189 msgid "" "Vendor bills can also be created directly from the *Accounting* app, " "**without** having to create a purchase order first. To do this, go to " @@ -28607,7 +32091,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a blank vendor bill detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 msgid "" "On this blank vendor bill detail form, add a vendor in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " @@ -28617,27 +32101,27 @@ msgid "" "the bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:198 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view (or change) the " ":guilabel:`Account` journals that were populated based on the configuration " "on the corresponding :guilabel:`Vendor` and :guilabel:`Product` forms." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` to add" " credit or debit notes to the bill. Or, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` " "number (while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:205 msgid "" "Then, when ready, click :menuselection:`Register Payment --> Create Payment`" " to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 msgid "" "To tie the draft bill to an existing purchase order, click the drop-down " "menu next to :guilabel:`Auto-Complete`, and select a :abbr:`PO (purchase " @@ -28649,17 +32133,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Auto-complete drop-down list on draft vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:218 msgid "Batch billing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:220 msgid "" "Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 msgid "" "To do this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. " "Then, click the :guilabel:`checkbox` at the top left of the page, beside the" @@ -28668,7 +32152,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Draft` :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:227 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon to export, delete, or send" " & print the bills; click the :guilabel:`Print` icon to print the invoices " @@ -28676,7 +32160,7 @@ msgid "" "payments for multiple vendor bills at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Register Payment` is selected, a pop-up appears. In this " "pop-up window, select the appropriate journal in the :guilabel:`Journal` " @@ -28685,7 +32169,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Group Payments` on this pop-up, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:236 msgid "" "When ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button, which creates a " "list of journal entries on a separate page. This list of journal entries are" @@ -28693,19 +32177,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 -msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up." +msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:244 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Register Payment` option for vendor bills in batches will " "only work for journal entries whose :guilabel:`Status` is set to " ":guilabel:`Posted`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:252 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 +msgid ":doc:`control_bills`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5 @@ -29099,16 +32582,16 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" +msgid "Purchase units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" -" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " -"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " -"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " -"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." +" unit of measure than when it is sold. This can cause confusion between " +"sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to convert " +"measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your product once" +" and let Odoo handle the conversion." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 @@ -29215,21 +32698,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "" -"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." +"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, click into " +"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure Category` field and enter a name for the " +"category. Then, under the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:77 msgid "" "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" -" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" -" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" -" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " -"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " -"Odoo is always a multiple of this value." +" to other units of measure inside the category. Name the unit, and select " +"the units of measure category you just created. For the *Type*, select " +"*Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter the *Rounding " +"Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by Odoo is always a " +"multiple of this value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:83 msgid "" "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " "fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." @@ -29239,7 +32724,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "" "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " "appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " @@ -29251,35 +32736,31 @@ msgid "" "0.00001, set *Digits* to 5." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:97 msgid "" "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" " measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " "*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:101 msgid "" "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " "*Smaller*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:103 msgid "" "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " "second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " "than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:107 msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 -msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:109 msgid "" "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " "units of measure." diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 9bb4a5822..ae543b0e4 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Tony Ng, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Tony Ng, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -44,11 +44,11 @@ msgid "" "marketing-essentials-989?fullscreen=1>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:38 msgid "Email marketing dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:40 msgid "" "After installing the application, click the :menuselection:`Email Marketing`" " app icon from the main Odoo dashboard. Doing so reveals the main " @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the main dashboard of the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:47 msgid "" "In the search bar, the default filter of :guilabel:`My Mailings` is present " "to show all the mailings related to the current user. To remove that filter," @@ -67,101 +67,101 @@ msgid "" "bar. Doing so reveals all the mailings in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:51 msgid "" "The information on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard has four different " "view options, located in the upper-right corner as individual icons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:54 msgid "The view options, from left-to-right, are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:56 msgid ":ref:`List ` (default view)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:57 msgid ":ref:`Kanban `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:58 msgid ":ref:`Calendar `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:59 msgid ":ref:`Graph `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:61 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:733 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:736 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:420 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:145 msgid "List view" msgstr "列表顯示" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:66 msgid "" "The list view, represented by the :guilabel:`☰ (horizontal lines)` icon in " "the upper-right corner, is the default view of the :guilabel:`Mailings` " "dashboard in the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:69 msgid "" "While in list view, there are columns dedicated to different aspects of " "information related to the listed emails. Those columns are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:72 msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: the date the email was sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Subject`: the subject of the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the user who created the email, or the user who has" " been assigned to the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Sent`: how many times the email has been sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:77 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivered (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been " "successfully delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Opened (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been opened by " "the recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been clicked by" " the recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replied (%)`: percentage of sent emails that have been replied to" " by the recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: the status of the email (:guilabel:`Draft`, " ":guilabel:`In Queue`, or :guilabel:`Sent`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:84 msgid "" "To add or remove columns, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options (two " "horizontal lines with dots)` icon, located to the far-right of the column " @@ -169,13 +169,13 @@ msgid "" "options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:706 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:709 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:391 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "看板檢視畫面" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:93 msgid "" "The Kanban view, represented by the :guilabel:`(inverted bar graph)` icon, " "can be accessed in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Mailings` " @@ -187,50 +187,50 @@ msgid "" "Kanban view of the main dashboard of the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:100 msgid "" "While in Kanban view, the email information is displayed in the various " "stages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:102 msgid "" "The stages are: :guilabel:`Draft`, :guilabel:`In Queue`, " ":guilabel:`Sending`, and :guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Draft`: the email is still being written/created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`In Queue`: the email is scheduled to be sent at a later date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:106 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sending`: the email is currently being sent to its recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:107 msgid ":guilabel:`Sent`: the email has already been sent to its recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:109 msgid "" "In each stage, there are drag-and-drop cards representing the emails that " "have been created/sent, and the stage they are in represents the current " "status of that mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:112 msgid "" "Each card on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard provides key information " "related to that specific email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:115 msgid "" "When the cursor hovers over the upper-right corner of an email campaign " "card, a :guilabel:`⋮ (three vertical dots)` icon appears. When clicked, a " @@ -244,19 +244,19 @@ msgid "" "View of the three-dot drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:404 msgid "Calendar view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:129 msgid "" "The calendar view, represented by a :guilabel:`📆 (calendar)` icon, can be " "accessed in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in " "the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:132 msgid "" "While in calendar view, a monthly calendar (by default), shows when the " "mailings have been sent or are scheduled to be sent." @@ -267,26 +267,26 @@ msgid "" "Calendar view of the mailings dashboard in the Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:139 msgid "" "The current date is represented by a :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` icon over " "the date on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:141 msgid "" "To the right of the calendar, the options to filter the results by " ":guilabel:`Responsible` and/or :guilabel:`Status` are available, via " "checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:145 msgid "" "To hide the right sidebar, click the :guilabel:`(panel-right)` icon, located" " above the sidebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:147 msgid "" "In the top-left corner, above the calendar, the option to change the time " "period being displayed is available via a drop-down menu, which shows " @@ -296,35 +296,35 @@ msgid "" "default)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:152 msgid "" "Clicking any of those options changes the calendar display to reflect that " "desired amount of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:154 msgid "" "Clicking either :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` icon or :guilabel:`➡️ (right " "arrow)` icon changes the calendar to a previous or future time, depending on" " what is clicked, based on the chosen amount of time being represented." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:158 msgid "To jump back to the current date, click the :guilabel:`Today` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:163 msgid "Graph view" msgstr "圖表檢視模式" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:165 msgid "" "The graph view, represented by a :guilabel:`(line graph)` icon, can be " "accessed in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in " "the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:168 msgid "" "While in graph view, the status of the emails on the :guilabel:`Mailings` " "page is represented in a bar graph, but other graph view options can be " @@ -335,20 +335,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the Graph view appears in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:175 msgid "" "In the upper-left corner, above the graph, there is a :guilabel:`Measures` " "drop-down menu. When clicked, different filter options become available to " "further customize the graph views." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:178 msgid "" "Those :guilabel:`Measures` options are: :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage` " "and :guilabel:`Count` (default)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:181 msgid "" "To the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu is an " ":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button, if the *Documents* application is " @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ msgid "" "add the graph to a spreadsheet or dashboard becomes available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:185 msgid "" "Beside the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu and :guilabel:`Insert in " "Spreadsheet` button are different graph view options. From left-to-right, " @@ -364,17 +364,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`(line chart)`, and :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:190 msgid "" "Each graph view option provides its own series of additional view options, " "which appear to the right of the selected graph view option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:194 msgid "Search options" msgstr "搜尋選項" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:196 msgid "" "Regardless of the view chosen for the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in the " ":guilabel:`Email Marketing` app, the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group " @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ msgid "" "customize the information being displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:200 msgid "" "To access those options, click the :guilabel:`(downward arrow)` icon, " "located to the right of the search bar. Doing so reveals a drop-down mega " @@ -395,17 +395,17 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:207 msgid "" "These options provide various ways to specify and organize the information " "seen on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:212 msgid "Filters" msgstr "篩選" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:214 msgid "" "This section of the drop-down mega menu provides different ways to filter " "email results being shown on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in the " @@ -418,14 +418,14 @@ msgid "" "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:221 msgid "" "The options are: :guilabel:`My Mailings`, :guilabel:`Sent Date`, " ":guilabel:`A/B Tests`, :guilabel:`A/B Tests to review`, " ":guilabel:`Archived`, and :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:224 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` is selected, Odoo reveals a pop-up window, " "with three customizable fields to fill in, in order to create custom filter " @@ -437,11 +437,11 @@ msgid "" "Add custom filter pop-up window that appears in Odoo Email Marketing app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:232 msgid "Group By" msgstr "分組依據" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:234 msgid "" "This section of the drop-down mega menu provides different ways to group " "email results being shown on the :guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard in the " @@ -453,13 +453,13 @@ msgid "" "View of the Group By drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:241 msgid "" "Using this section, the data can be grouped by the messages' " ":guilabel:`Status`, or who it was :guilabel:`Sent By`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:244 msgid "" "There is also the option to group the data by :guilabel:`Sent Period`, which" " has its own sub-menu of options to choose from. The :guilabel:`Sent Period`" @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Week`, and :guilabel:`Day`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:248 msgid "" "If none of the above :guilabel:`Group By` options deliver the desired " "results, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` at the bottom of the " @@ -476,11 +476,11 @@ msgid "" " data that may be desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:253 msgid "Favorites" msgstr "最愛" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:255 msgid "" "This section provides the opportunity to save custom filters and/or " "groupings for future use. To utilize this section, click the :guilabel:`Save" @@ -493,31 +493,31 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:263 msgid "" "Give the favorited filter/grouping a title on the blank line above the " "checkboxes for :guilabel:`Default filter` and :guilabel:`Shared`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:266 msgid "" "Ticking the box for :guilabel:`Default filter` makes this favorited " "filter/grouping the default option. Ticking the box for :guilabel:`Shared` " "allows other users to see and use this favorited filter/grouping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:270 msgid "" "When all desired options are configured, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the " "filter/grouping in the :guilabel:`Favorites` section of the mega drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:274 msgid "Settings" msgstr "設定" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:276 msgid "" "To view and modify the *Email Marketing* settings, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ msgid "" "Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:283 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, there are four features available." msgstr "" @@ -537,23 +537,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the Settings page in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:289 msgid "The features are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:291 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns`: enables the option to manage mass mailing " "campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing`: allows recipients to " "blacklist themselves from future mailings during the unsubscribing process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dedicated Server`: provides the option to utilize a separate, " "dedicated server for mailings. When enabled, Odoo reveals a new field (and " @@ -561,24 +561,24 @@ msgid "" " for it to connect properly to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:297 msgid "" ":guilabel:`24H Stat Mailing Reports`: allows users to check how well " "mailings have performed a day after it has been sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:303 msgid "Create an email" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:305 msgid "" "To create an email, open the :menuselection:`Email Marketing` application, " "and click the :guilabel:`New` button in the upper-left corner of the " ":guilabel:`Mailings` dashboard page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:308 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`New` reveals a blank email form." msgstr "" @@ -586,38 +586,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of a blank email detail form in Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:314 msgid "" "On the email form, there are fields for the :ref:`Subject " "` and :ref:`Recipients " "` of the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:317 msgid "" "Beneath that, there are three tabs: :ref:`Mail Body " "`, :ref:`A/B Tests `, " "and :ref:`Settings `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:323 msgid "Subject" msgstr "主題" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:325 msgid "" "First, enter a :guilabel:`Subject` to the email. The :guilabel:`Subject` is " "visible in the recipients' inbox, allowing them to quickly see what the " "message is about." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:329 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Subject` field is mandatory. An email can **not** be sent " "without a :guilabel:`Subject`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:332 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`(smiley face with a plus sign)` icon at the end of the " ":guilabel:`Subject` field represents emojis that can be added to the " @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ msgid "" "emojis that can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:336 msgid "" "Beside the :guilabel:`(smiley face with a plus sign)` icon at the end of the" " :guilabel:`Subject` field is an empty :guilabel:`(star)` icon. When " @@ -634,11 +634,11 @@ msgid "" "future." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:344 msgid "Recipients" msgstr "接收者" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:346 msgid "" "Beneath the :guilabel:`Subject` field on the email form is the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field. In this field, select the recipients of the " @@ -646,30 +646,30 @@ msgid "" "clicking the field reveals a drop-down menu of other recipient options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:350 msgid "" "With the default :guilabel:`Mailing List` option selected, a specific " "mailing list **must** be chosen from the adjacent :guilabel:`Select mailing " "lists` field drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:354 msgid "" "More than one mailing list can be chosen from the :guilabel:`Select mailing " "lists` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:356 msgid "" "Odoo then sends the email to contacts on that specific mailing list(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:356 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:822 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:825 msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/mailing_lists`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:361 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Recipients` field is clicked, a drop-down menu of other " "options is revealed. Each option provides different ways Odoo can create a " @@ -681,26 +681,26 @@ msgid "" "View of recipients drop-down menu in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:368 msgid "" "Those options (excluding the default :guilabel:`Mailing List`) provide the " "option to create a more specified recipient filter, in an equation-like " "format, which appears beneath the :guilabel:`Recipients` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:372 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Recipients` field options, other than the default " ":guilabel:`Mailing List` option, are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:375 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: ties specifically to the *Contacts* app, and includes " "all the contacts entered in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:377 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Event Registration`: ties specifically to the *Events* app, and " "provides opportunities to interact with event registrants, in order to " @@ -708,14 +708,14 @@ msgid "" "valuable actions, such as post-event surveys, purchases, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:380 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`: ties specifically to records in the *CRM* " "application, which opens up a number of opportunities to influence sales or " "purchase decisions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:382 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mailing Contact`: ties specifically to the *Email Marketing* app," " and focuses on specific mailing contacts that have been entered in that " @@ -726,17 +726,17 @@ msgid "" "Contacts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:387 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sales Order`: ties specifically to the *Sales* app, and focuses " "on a specific sales orders in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:391 msgid "Add recipient filter" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:393 msgid "" "To add a more specific recipient filter to any :guilabel:`Recipient` option," " select any recipient option (other than :guilabel:`Mailing List`), and " @@ -745,14 +745,14 @@ msgid "" "formatted like an equation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:398 msgid "" "It is highly recommended that users implement detailed targeting criteria " "for the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. Typically, a single line of targeting " "logic is not sufficient enough for an email campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:402 msgid "" "While the :guilabel:`Mailing List` option is adequate for the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field, the :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity` and " @@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ msgid "" "criteria, which can be added on top of those seed sources." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:407 msgid "" "For example, with the :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity` option chosen in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field, users can add various custom criteria related " @@ -775,57 +775,57 @@ msgid "" "View of how recipient filters can be customized in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:416 msgid "" "To reveal the sub-menu options within the filter rule fields, click each " "field, and make the desired selections, until the preferred configuration " "has been achieved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:419 msgid "" "The number of :guilabel:`records` in the database that match the configured " "rule(s) are indicated beneath the configured filter rule(s), in green." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:427 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:191 msgid "" "Some sub-menu options in the first rule field allow for a second choice to " "provide even more specificity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:430 msgid "" "To the right of each rule, there are three additional options, represented " "by :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)`, :guilabel:`(sitemap)`, and :guilabel:`🗑️ " "(trash)` icons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:433 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon adds a new node (line) to the overall " "targeting logic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:434 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`(sitemap)` icon adds a branch to the node. A branch contains " "two additional, indented sub-nodes that are related to that specific rule, " "providing even more specificity to the parent line above it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:437 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon deletes a specific node (line) in the array " "of logic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:442 msgid "Mail Body tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:444 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab, there are a number of pre-configured " "message templates to choose from." @@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:451 msgid "" "Select the desired template, and proceed to modify every element of its " "design details with Odoo's drag-and-drop building blocks, which appear on " @@ -850,14 +850,14 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:455 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:458 msgid "" "The features on the sidebar used to create and customize emails are " "separated into three sections: :guilabel:`Blocks`, :guilabel:`Customize`, " "and :guilabel:`Design`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:461 msgid "" "Each building block provides unique features and professional design " "elements. To use a building block, drag-and-drop the desired block element " @@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ msgid "" " building block can be customized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:466 msgid "" "To build an email from the ground up, without any building block elements, " "select the :guilabel:`Plain Text` template. When selected, Odoo provides a " @@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ msgid "" "commands." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:471 msgid "" "When `/` is typed into the blank body of the email, while using a " ":guilabel:`Plain Text` template, a drop-down menu of various design elements" @@ -887,24 +887,24 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:482 msgid "A/B Tests tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:484 msgid "" "Initially, when the :guilabel:`A/B Tests` tab is opened on an email form, " "the only option available is :guilabel:`Allow A/B Testing`. This is **not** " "a required option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:487 msgid "" "If this option is enabled, recipients are only mailed *once* for the " "entirety of the campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:489 msgid "" "This allows the user to send different versions of the same mailing to " "randomly selected recipients to gauge the effectiveness of various designs, " @@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ msgid "" " sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:493 msgid "" "When the checkbox beside :guilabel:`Allow A/B Testing` is ticked, an " ":guilabel:`on (%)` field appears, in which the user determines the " @@ -920,70 +920,70 @@ msgid "" "current version of the mailing as part of the test." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:498 msgid "" "The default figure in the :guilabel:`on (%)` field is `10`, but that figure " "can be changed at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:501 msgid "Beneath that, two additional fields appear:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:503 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Winner Selection` field provides a drop-down menu of options," " wherein the user decides what criteria should be used to determine the " "\"winning\" version of the email tests that are sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:507 msgid "The options in the :guilabel:`Winner Selection` field are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manual`: allows the user to determine the \"winning\" version of " "the mailing. This option removes the :guilabel:`Send Final On` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:511 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Highest Open Rate` (default): the mailing with the highest open " "rate is determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:513 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Highest Click Rate`: the mailing with the highest click rate is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:515 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Highest Reply Rate`: the mailing with the highest reply rate is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:517 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Leads`: the mailing with the most leads generated is determined " "to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:516 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:519 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quotations`: the mailing with the most quotations generated is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:521 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Revenues`: the mailing with the most revenue generated is " "determined to be the \"winning\" version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:524 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Send Final On` field allows users to choose a date that is " "used to know *when* Odoo should determine the \"winning\" email, and " @@ -994,25 +994,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the A/B Tests tab in Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:532 msgid "" "To the right of those fields is a :guilabel:`Create an Alternative Version` " "button. When clicked, Odoo presents a new :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab for the " "user to create an alternate version of the email to test." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:539 msgid "Settings tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:541 msgid "" "The options present in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of the mail form are " "divided into two sections: :guilabel:`Email Content` and " ":guilabel:`Tracking`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:545 msgid "" "The options available in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab vary depending on if " "the *Mailing Campaigns* feature is activated in :menuselection:`Email " @@ -1020,7 +1020,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`email_marketing/mailing-campaigns` for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:549 msgid "" "Without the *Mailing Campaigns* feature activated, the :guilabel:`Settings` " "tab on the email form only contains the :guilabel:`Preview Text`, " @@ -1034,11 +1034,11 @@ msgid "" "activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:558 msgid "Email content" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:560 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preview Text`: allows the user to enter a preview sentence to " "encourage recipients to open the email. In most inboxes, this is displayed " @@ -1047,36 +1047,36 @@ msgid "" "available, as well, via the :guilabel:`(smiley face with a plus sign)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:564 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send From`: designate an email alias that displays as the sender " "of this particular email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:563 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:566 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Reply To`: designate an email alias to whom all the replies of " "this particular email are sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:565 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:568 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attach a file`: if any specific files are required (or helpful) " "for this email, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button, and upload the " "desired file(s) to the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:572 msgid "Tracking" msgstr "追蹤" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:574 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: designate a user in the database to be responsible " "for this particular email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:578 msgid "" "If the *Mailing Campaign* feature *is* activated, an additional " ":guilabel:`Campaign` field appears in the :guilabel:`Tracking` section of " @@ -1089,31 +1089,31 @@ msgid "" "activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:585 msgid "" "The additional :guilabel:`Campaign` field allows users to attach this " "particular email to a mailing campaign, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:585 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:588 msgid "" "If the desired campaign is not available in the initial drop-down menu, " "select :guilabel:`Search More` to reveal a complete list of all mailing " "campaigns in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:591 msgid "" "Or, type the name of the desired mailing campaign in the " ":guilabel:`Campaign` field, until Odoo reveals the desired campaign in the " "drop-down menu. Then, select the desired campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:595 msgid "Send, schedule, test" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:597 msgid "" "Once the mailing is finalized, the following options can be utilized, via " "buttons located in the upper-left corner of the email form: :ref:`Send " @@ -1121,11 +1121,11 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Test `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:604 msgid "Send" msgstr "傳送" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:603 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:606 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Send` button reveals a :guilabel:`Ready to unleash emails?` " "pop-up window." @@ -1137,18 +1137,18 @@ msgid "" "clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:609 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:612 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Send to all` button is clicked, Odoo sends the email to " "the desired recipients. Once Odoo has sent the mailing, the status changes " "to :guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:615 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:618 msgid "Schedule" msgstr "預約" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:617 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:620 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Schedule` button reveals a :guilabel:`When do you want to " "send your mailing?` pop-up window." @@ -1161,13 +1161,13 @@ msgid "" " is clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:624 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:627 msgid "" "In this pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Send on` field to reveal a " "calendar pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:630 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:633 msgid "" "From the calendar pop-up window, select the future date and time for Odoo to" " send this email. Then, click :guilabel:`✔️ Apply`. When a date and time are" @@ -1175,11 +1175,11 @@ msgid "" "mailing changes to :guilabel:`In Queue`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:640 msgid "Test" msgstr "測試" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:642 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Test` button reveals a :guilabel:`Test Mailing` pop-up " "window." @@ -1191,20 +1191,20 @@ msgid "" "clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:648 msgid "" "From this pop-up window, enter the email addresses of the contacts to whom " "Odoo should send this test email in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. " "Multiple contacts can be added in this field, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:649 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:652 msgid "" "Once all the desired email addresses have been entered in the " ":guilabel:`Recipients` field, click the :guilabel:`Send Test` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:656 msgid "" "By default, there's a daily limit applied for **all emails** sent throughout" " **all applications**. So, if there are remaining emails to be sent after a " @@ -1213,17 +1213,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Retry`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:661 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:664 msgid "Mailing campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:663 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:666 msgid "" "The *Email Marketing* application provides users with the ability to build " "mailing campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:665 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:668 msgid "" "In order to create and customize mailing campaigns, the *Mailing Campaigns* " "feature **must** be activated in the *Settings* page of the *Email " @@ -1236,13 +1236,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign feature setting in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:677 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature is activated, a new " ":guilabel:`Campaigns` menu option appears in the header." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:677 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:680 msgid "" "When that is clicked, Odoo reveals a separate :guilabel:`Campaigns` page, " "displaying all the mailing campaigns in the database, and the current stage " @@ -1253,19 +1253,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign page in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:688 msgid "" "This information can also be viewed in a list, by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ " "(horizontal lines)` icon in the upper-right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:691 msgid "" "Clicking any campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page reveals that " "campaign's form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:693 msgid "" "There are two different ways to create and customize campaigns in the *Email" " Marketing* application, either directly from the :ref:`Campaigns page " @@ -1273,24 +1273,24 @@ msgid "" "` on an email form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:697 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:700 msgid "Create mailing campaign (from campaigns page)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:699 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:702 msgid "" "When the *Mailing Campaigns* feature is activated, a new *Campaigns* option " "appears in the header of the *Email Marketing* application. Campaigns can be" " created directly on the *Campaigns* page in the *Email Marketing* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:706 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Campaigns " "--> New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:711 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`New` button is clicked in the default Kanban view on the" " :guilabel:`Campaigns` page, a Kanban card appears in the :guilabel:`New` " @@ -1301,42 +1301,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign pop-up kanban in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:718 msgid "" "New campaign cards can also be made by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " "sign)` at the top of any Kanban stage on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:721 msgid "" "When the new campaign Kanban card appears, the options to enter a " ":guilabel:`Campaign Name`, a :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` " "become readily available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:724 msgid "" "To add the campaign to the Kanban stage, click the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:726 msgid "To delete the campaign, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:728 msgid "" "To further customize the campaign, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, which " "reveals the campaign form for additional modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:732 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Campaign Name` **must** be entered in the Kanban card, in order" " for the :guilabel:`Edit` button to reveal the campaign form for further " "modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:735 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:738 msgid "" "To enter the list view on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page, click the " ":guilabel:`☰ (horizontal lines)` icon in the upper-right corner. Doing so " @@ -1347,7 +1347,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign page in list view in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:745 msgid "" "To create a campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page while in list view," " click the :guilabel:`New` button. Doing so reveals a blank campaign form." @@ -1357,13 +1357,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the blank campaign form in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:749 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:752 msgid "" "From this campaign form, a :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, a " ":guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:752 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:755 msgid "" "At the top of the form, various metric-related smart buttons can be seen " "that showcase specific analytics related to the campaign. Those smart " @@ -1371,23 +1371,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Opportunities`, and :guilabel:`Clicks`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:757 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:760 msgid "" "Once a :guilabel:`Campaign Name` is entered and saved, additional buttons " "appear at the top of the campaign form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:760 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:763 msgid "" "Those additional buttons are: :guilabel:`Send Mailing` and :guilabel:`Send " "SMS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:766 msgid "Campaign form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:768 msgid "" "On the campaign form (after clicking :guilabel:`Edit` from the Kanban card, " "or selecting an existing campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` page) there" @@ -1398,7 +1398,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign form in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:775 msgid "" "At the top of the form, various smart buttons can be seen that showcase " "specific analytics related to the campaign. Those smart buttons are: " @@ -1406,30 +1406,30 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Clicks`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:776 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:779 msgid "" "There are also buttons to :guilabel:`Send Mailing`, :guilabel:`Send SMS`, " ":guilabel:`Add Post`, and :guilabel:`Add Push` (push notification)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:780 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:783 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Send Mailing` and :guilabel:`Send SMS` buttons are not " "readily available, enter a :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, then save (either " "manually or automatically). Doing so reveals those buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:784 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:787 msgid "" "The status of the campaign can be viewed in the upper-right corner of the " "campaign form, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:792 msgid "Create mailing campaign (from settings tab)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:794 msgid "" "To create a new campaign from the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of a mailing " "form, click the :guilabel:`Campaign` field, and start typing the name of the" @@ -1442,13 +1442,13 @@ msgid "" "View of the mailing campaign creation in the Settings tab of an email form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:800 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:803 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Create` to add this new mailing campaign to the database, " "and modify its settings in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:806 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Create and Edit...` to add this new mailing campaign to " "the database, and reveal a :guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up window." @@ -1460,39 +1460,244 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:810 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:813 msgid "" "Here, the new mailing campaign can be further customized. Users can adjust " "the :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, assign a :guilabel:`Responsible`, and add " ":guilabel:`Tags`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:813 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:816 msgid "" "Buttons to :guilabel:`Add Post` or :guilabel:`Send Push` (push " "notifications) are also available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:815 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:818 msgid "" "There is also a status located in the upper-right corner of the " ":guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:818 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:821 msgid "" "When all modifications are ready to be finalized, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close`. To delete the entire campaign, click :guilabel:`Discard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:823 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:826 msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/unsubscriptions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:824 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:827 msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/lost_leads_email`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:828 +msgid ":doc:`email_marketing/analyze_metrics`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to properly understand the success or failure of an email marketing" +" campaign, it is necessary to monitor several key metrics. The insights " +"gained from these metrics can then be used to optimize future campaigns. " +"Odoo's *Email Marketing* application tracks several :ref:`key metrics " +"`, that can be interpreted to improve future " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:13 +msgid "View metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:15 +msgid "" +"After a mass mail has been sent, the results for that particular mailing are" +" displayed in multiple locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To access the metrics for an individual mailing, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Mailings`. Locate the specific " +"mailing in the list view, and use the column headings to view the results " +"for that mailing. Click on one of the mailings in the list to open the " +"record. At the top of the record, detailed metrics are displayed as smart " +"buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The smart buttons on a mass mailing, displaying the results of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Click on the smart buttons to see the recipient records for each metric." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:33 +msgid "Opened rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The *Opened* rate measures the percentage of emails opened by recipients " +"against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A high open rate may indicate that the subject line was timely, compelling, " +"and successfully prompted the recipients to view the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"A low open rate may indicate the subject line failed to capture the " +"recipients' interest. It could also indicate the email ended up in a spam or" +" junk folder due to having a poor sender reputation or failing to " +":doc:`configure the proper DNS records " +"<../../general/email_communication/email_domain>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:46 +msgid "Replied rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The *Replied* rate measures the percentage of recipients who responded to " +"the email directly against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:51 +msgid "" +"A high replied rate may indicate the email resonated with recipients, " +"prompting them to take action or provide feedback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:54 +msgid "" +"A low replied rate may suggest that the message lacked relevance or did not " +"contain a clear call to action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:58 +msgid "Clicked rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The *Clicked* through rate (CTR), measures the percentage of recipients who " +"clicked on a link within the email against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A high |CTR| may indicate the email content was relevant and appropriately " +"targeted. Recipients were motivated to click the links provided, and likely " +"found the content engaging." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:66 +msgid "" +"A low |CTR| may indicate issues with either the targeting, or the content " +"itself. Recipients may have been unmotivated by the calls to action, if " +"there were any, or the message itself may have been directed toward the " +"wrong audience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "Received rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The *Received* rate measures the percentage of emails that were successfully" +" delivered against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:76 +msgid "" +"A high received rate can indicate that the mailing list used is up to date " +"and the sender authentication is trusted by email providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:79 +msgid "" +"A low received rate may indicate issues either with the mailing list used " +"for the mailing or with the sender authentication. View the :ref:`email-" +"marketing/deliverability-issues` section for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:84 +msgid "Bounced rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The *Bounced* rate measures the percentage of emails that were " +"unsuccessfully delivered, against the total number of sent emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:89 +msgid "" +"A high bounce rate could indicate issues either with the mailing list used " +"for the mailing or with the sender authentication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:92 +msgid "" +"A low bounce rate may indicate that the mailing list used is up to date and " +"the sender authentication is trusted by email providers. View the " +":ref:`email-marketing/deliverability-issues` section for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:99 +msgid "Deliverability issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The following define possible reasons for a high bounce rate or low received" +" rate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Using a mailing list that contains outdated contact information, or " +"malformed email addresses are likely to result in a high bounce rate and/or " +"a low received rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Mailings sent using a *From* email address that differs from the sender's " +"domain are likely to bounce with certain email providers due to failing " +":ref:`DMARC authentication `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Failing to :doc:`configure the proper DNS records " +"<../../general/email_communication/email_domain>` can also result in a high " +"bounce rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:112 +msgid ":ref:`Mailing campaigns `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:113 +msgid ":doc:`Manage unsubscriptions `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/lost_leads_email.rst:3 msgid "Lost leads reactivation email" msgstr "" @@ -2834,6 +3039,835 @@ msgstr "活動" msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Events `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:3 +msgid "Create events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With the *Events* application, event organizers can create and configure in-" +"person or online-only events in Odoo. Each new event contains a number of " +"customizable options that are geared around specific event logistics, as " +"needed per event, such as ticket sales and registration desk, booths, " +"tracks, sponsors, rooms, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Events can be manually created from scratch or built off of pre-made " +"templates. Once launched, the *Events* application then integrates with the " +"*Website* app for the front-end promotion and registration of the event for " +"attendees, the *Sales* app for the purchasing ability of paid tickets, as " +"well the *CRM* application through customizable lead generation rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:16 +msgid "New event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To create a new event, begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Events " +"app` to land on the default :guilabel:`Events` dashboard, in the :icon:`oi-" +"view-kanban` :guilabel:`Kanban` view. From there, or alternatively from the " +":icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`List` or :icon:`fa-tasks` :guilabel:`Gantt` " +"views, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the upper-left corner of the " +"dashboard to open up a new event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "Typical event template in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If certain fields do not readily appear on the event form, that means an " +"additional application needs to be installed, or the database is not " +"operating in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For example, the :guilabel:`Twitter Wall` field **only** appears if the " +"*Social Marketing* app is installed, and the :guilabel:`Company` field " +"**only** appears if the database is working in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:36 +msgid "" +"These are just *additional* elements that can be used for an event. They are" +" **not** required to create, host, and manage an event with Odoo *Events*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:40 +msgid "Event form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:42 +msgid "" +"At the top of the event form are a series of smart buttons related to " +"various event metrics, which will autopopulate with pertinent data once " +"attendees begin to register, booths and sponsors sign on for the event, the " +"event takes place, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Beneath the smart buttons is the event form, which contains various fields " +"and clickable tabs that serve to configure the initial, necessary details of" +" the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:49 +msgid "The following are fields found on an event form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Event Name`: the title of the event. This field is **required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: when the event is scheduled to take place. This field is " +"auto-populated, but modifiable, and is **required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: the corresponding timezone related to the event. This " +"field is auto-populated, but modifiable, and is **required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Language`: designate a specific language for all event " +"communications to be translated into, if necessary. This field is blank, by " +"default, so if event-related communications are being sent to recipients who" +" speak a different language, be sure to configure this field properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Twitter Wall`: creates a separate page on the event website to " +"feature specific social posts on X (formerly Twitter) that contain pre-" +"determined desired elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To create and customize a :guilabel:`Twitter Wall`, type the name of the " +"desired wall into the field, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from " +"the resulting drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:66 +msgid "Doing so reveals :guilabel:`Create Twitter Wall` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:0 +msgid "The Twitter Wall pop-up window in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:72 +msgid "" +"From this window, enter a :guilabel:`Wall Name`. Then, select a certain word" +" or hashtag for Odoo to search for on X, like `#WoodWorkingExpo24`, for " +"example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Next, determine the :guilabel:`Type of tweets` Odoo should showcase with " +"that predetermined criteria. The choices in this field are: " +":guilabel:`Recent`, :guilabel:`Popular`, or :guilabel:`Mixed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Users also have the option to add a brief :guilabel:`Description` to the " +"wall, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the greyed-out, non-modifiable :guilabel:`Website URL` field will " +"autopopulate with the full URL needed to access the document through the " +"event website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:84 +msgid "" +"An image can also be added to the wall by clicking the :icon:`fa-pencil` " +":guilabel:`(pencil)` icon that appears when the cursor hovers over the " +":guilabel:`(camera)` placeholder image in the upper-right corner of the pop-" +"up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, from the resulting file explorer window, select the desired image to " +"be added to the wall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:91 +msgid "" +"This :guilabel:`Twitter Wall` field **only** appears on the event form if " +"the *Social Marketing* app is installed, and an X account has been added as " +"a stream on the application. To learn more, check out the :doc:`Social " +"marketing essentials <../social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials>` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Template`: choose a pre-configured event template from the " +"resulting drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Or, create a new one directly from this field, by typing in the name of the " +"new template, and selecting either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:101 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create` (which creates the template, and can be edited later) or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` (which creates the template, and reveals a " +"separate template page to configure the template in greater detail)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: add any corresponding tags to briefly describe the event " +"(e.g. `Online`, `Conference`, etc.). Multiple tags can be added per event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Tags can be displayed on events that are listed on the website by enabling " +"the *Show on Website* checkbox from :menuselection:`Events app --> " +"Configuration --> Event Tag Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: designate the organizer of the event (a company, " +"contact, or employee)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:113 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: designate a user in the database to be responsible " +"for this event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: designate which company in the database to which this " +"event is related. This field **only** appears if working in a multi-company " +"environment. This field is auto-populated, but modifiable, and is " +"**required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: choose to restrict the publishing of this event to a " +"specific website created in Odoo. If this field is left blank, the event can" +" be published on *all* websites in the database. To learn more, refer to the" +" :doc:`Multiple websites " +"<../../websites/website/configuration/multi_website>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Venue`: enter the pertinent event venue details in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Exhibition Map`: if desired, click the :guilabel:`Upload your " +"file` button to upload an image of the event venue map." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Registrations`: if this checkbox is ticked, a limit to the " +"amount of registrations is added to the event, and that desired limit amount" +" **must** be entered in the blank field before :guilabel:`Attendees`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge Dimension`: select a desired paper format dimension for " +"event badges. The options are: :guilabel:`A4 foldable`, :guilabel:`A6`, or " +":guilabel:`4 per sheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge Background`: if desired, click the :guilabel:`Upload your " +"file` button to upload a custom background image for event badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:132 +msgid "" +"When the above fields in the event form have been adequately filled in, move" +" on to the four tabs at the bottom of the event form for further " +"customization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Those tabs are: :ref:`Tickets `, :ref:`Communication " +"`, :ref:`Questions `, " +"and :ref:`Notes `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:142 +msgid "Tickets tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Create custom tickets (and ticket tiers) for events in the " +":guilabel:`Tickets` tab of an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "A typical tickets tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:150 +msgid "" +"To create a ticket, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Tickets` " +"tab. Then, enter a name for the ticket (e.g. `Basic Ticket` or `VIP`) in the" +" :guilabel:`Name` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:153 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Product` field, either select the pre-configured " +":guilabel:`Event Registration` product, or create a new one by typing in the" +" name of the new event registration product, and then select either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the resulting " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Upon installing Odoo *Events*, a new product type, *Event Ticket*, becomes " +"available on product forms (:menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> " +"Products`). In order for an event registration product to be selectable in " +"the *Tickets* tab, the event registration :guilabel:`Product Type` **must** " +"be set to :guilabel:`Event Ticket`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Existing event registration products can be modified directly from this " +"field, as well, by clicking the :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right " +"arrow)` icon, located beside the event registration product. Doing so " +"reveals that product's form. If the *Inventory* application is installed, " +"additional choices are available to customize for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Next, set the registration cost of the ticket in the :guilabel:`Price` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:173 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Price* defined on the event registration product's product form " +"sets the default cost of a ticket. Modifying the :guilabel:`Price` of a " +"ticket in the :guilabel:`Tickets` tab, sets a new registration cost of the " +"ticket for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Next, determine a :guilabel:`Sales Start` and :guilabel:`Sales End` date in " +"their respective fields. To do that, click into the blank field to reveal a " +"calendar popover. From there, select the desired date and time, then click " +":icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Then, if desired, designate a :guilabel:`Maximum` amount of that specific " +"ticket that can be sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:183 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Taken` column populates with the number of tickets that are " +"sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Optionally, in the :guilabel:`Color` column, add a custom color to " +"differentiate ticket badges. The selected color displays on ticket badges " +"when printed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To delete any tickets from the :guilabel:`Tickets` tab, click the :icon:`fa-" +"trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` icon on the corresponding line for the " +"ticket that should be deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:192 +msgid "" +"To add an optional :guilabel:`Description` column to the :guilabel:`Tickets`" +" tab, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(additional options)` " +"drop-down menu, located to the far-right of the column titles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Then, tick the checkbox beside :guilabel:`Description` from the resulting " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:198 +msgid "" +"When added, the option to add brief descriptions for each event ticket " +"appears, which can be used to inform attendees of any perks or amenities " +"that may coincide with specific ticket purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:204 +msgid "Communication tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:206 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Communication` tab of an event form, create various " +"marketing communications that can be scheduled to be sent at specific " +"intervals leading up to, and following, the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Typical communication tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:214 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo provides three separate pre-configured communications on " +"every new event form. One is an email sent after each registration to " +"confirm the purchase with the attendee. The other two are email event " +"reminders that are scheduled to be sent at different time intervals leading " +"up to the event to remind the recipient of the upcoming event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To add a communication in the :guilabel:`Communication` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, select the desired type of communication in " +"the :guilabel:`Send` field. The options are: :guilabel:`Mail`, " +":guilabel:`SMS`, :guilabel:`Social Post`, or :guilabel:`WhatsApp`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:223 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the number of communications that can be added in the " +":guilabel:`Communication` tab of an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:226 +msgid "" +"To delete a communication from the :guilabel:`Communication` tab, click the " +":icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` icon on the corresponding " +"communication line. Doing so removes the communication from the event " +"entirely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:231 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Social Post` option **only** appears if the *Social " +"Marketing* application is installed. The :guilabel:`WhatsApp` option " +"**only** appears if the *WhatsApp Integration* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:235 +msgid "" +":doc:`WhatsApp <../../productivity/whatsapp>` templates **cannot** be edited" +" during active configuration. A separate approval from *Meta* is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:239 +msgid "Mail" +msgstr "郵件" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:241 +msgid "" +"Select an existing email template from the :guilabel:`Template` drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:243 +msgid "" +"Next, define the :guilabel:`Interval`, :guilabel:`Unit`, and " +":guilabel:`Trigger` from their respective drop-down fields, letting Odoo " +"know when the communication should be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Unit` options are: :guilabel:`Immediately`, " +":guilabel:`Hours`, :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, and " +":guilabel:`Months`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Then, select an option from the :guilabel:`Trigger` drop-down menu. The " +"options are: :guilabel:`After each registration`, :guilabel:`Before the " +"event`, and :guilabel:`After the event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:252 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Sent` column populates with the number of sent " +"communications. And, beside the number are different icons that appear, " +"depending on the status of that particular communication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The status of *Running* is represented by a :icon:`fa-cogs` " +":guilabel:`(three gears)` icon. The status of *Sent* is represented by a " +":icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`(checkmark)` icon. And, the status of " +"*Scheduled* is represented by an :icon:`fa-hourglass-half` " +":guilabel:`(hourglass)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:260 +msgid "" +"To send a confirmation email an hour after an attendee registers for an " +"event, configure the following communication:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:263 +msgid ":guilabel:`Interval`: `1`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:264 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: :guilabel:`Hours`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:265 +msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: :guilabel:`After each registration`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Existing email templates can be modified directly from the " +":guilabel:`Template` drop-down menu, if necessary, by clicking the " +":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` icon next to the template " +"name. Doing so reveals a separate page where users can edit the " +":guilabel:`Content`, :guilabel:`Email Configuration`, and " +":guilabel:`Settings` of that particular email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:273 +msgid "" +"To view and manage all email templates, activate :ref:`developer-mode` and " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email: Email " +"Templates`. Modify with caution as email templates effect all communications" +" where the template is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:20 +msgid "Questions tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:282 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab of an event form, users can create brief " +"questionnaires for registrants to interact with, and respond to, after they " +"register for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:285 +msgid "" +"These questions can be focused on gathering basic information about the " +"attendee, learning about their preferences, expectations, and other things " +"of that nature. This information can also be used to create more detailed " +"reporting metrics, in addition to being utilized to create specific lead " +"generation rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "Typical questions tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:295 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo provides three questions in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab " +"for every event form. The default questions require the registrant(s) to " +"provide their :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Email`, and make it optional " +"to include their :guilabel:`Phone` number, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:299 +msgid "" +"The information gathered from the :guilabel:`Questions` tab can be found on " +"the :guilabel:`Attendees` dashboard, accessible via the :icon:`fa-users` " +":guilabel:`Attendees` smart button. Odoo populates individual records that " +"contain basic information about the registrant(s), as well as their " +"preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:304 +msgid "" +"To add a question in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Question` pop-up window. From " +"here, users can create and configure their question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Question pop-up window that appears in the Odoo Events " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:311 +msgid "" +"First, enter the question in the field at the top of the form. Then, decide " +"if the question should require a :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer` and/or if Odoo" +" should :guilabel:`Ask once per order`, by ticking their respective boxes, " +"if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Ask once per order` checkbox is ticked, the question will " +"only be asked once, and its value is propogated to every attendee in the " +"order (if multiple tickets are purchased at once). If the checkbox is *not* " +"ticked for this setting, Odoo will present the question for every attendee " +"that is connected to that registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:320 +msgid "Next, select a :guilabel:`Question Type` option:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:322 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Selection`: provide answer options to the question for " +"registrants to choose from. Selectable answer options can be managed in the " +":guilabel:`Answers` column at the bottom of the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:325 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Text Input`: lets the users enter a custom response to the " +"question in a text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:326 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter their " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:327 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter their" +" email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:328 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Phone`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter their" +" phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: provides registrants with a field for them to enter a " +"company they are associated with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:332 +msgid "" +"Once all the desired configurations have been entered, either click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the question, and return to the " +":guilabel:`Questions` tab on the event form, or click :guilabel:`Save & New`" +" to save the question and immediately create a new question on a new " +":guilabel:`Create Question` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:337 +msgid "" +"As questions are added to the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, the informative " +"columns showcase the configurations of each question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:340 +msgid "The informative columns are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:342 +msgid ":guilabel:`Title`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:343 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mandatory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:344 +msgid ":guilabel:`Once per Order`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:345 +msgid ":guilabel:`Type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:346 +msgid ":guilabel:`Answers` (if applicable)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:348 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Selection` and :guilabel:`Text Input` types, a :icon:`fa-bar-" +"chart` :guilabel:`Stats` button appears on the right side of the question " +"line. When clicked, Odoo reveals a separate page, showcasing the response " +"metrics to that specific question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:352 +msgid "" +"To delete any question from the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click the " +":icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` icon on the corresponding " +"question line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:355 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to the number of questions that can be added in the " +":guilabel:`Questions` tab of an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:361 +msgid "Notes tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:363 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Notes` tab of an event form, users can leave detailed " +"internal notes and/or event-related instructions/information for attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst-1 +msgid "Typical notes tab on an event form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:370 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Note` field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, users can leave " +"internal notes for other event employees, like \"to-do\" lists, contact " +"information, instructions, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:373 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Ticket Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, " +"users can leave specific instructions for people attending the event that " +"appear on the attendees ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:266 +msgid "Publish events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:379 +msgid "" +"Once all configurations and modifications are complete on the event form, it" +" is time to publish the event on the website. Doing so makes the event " +"visible to website visitors, and makes it possible for people to register " +"for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:383 +msgid "" +"To publish an event after all the customizations are complete, click the " +":icon:`fa-globe` :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button at the top of the " +"event form. Doing so reveals the event's web page, which can be customized " +"like any other web page on the site, via the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:388 +msgid "" +"To learn more about website design functionality and options, consult the " +":doc:`Building block <../../websites/website/web_design/building_blocks>` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:391 +msgid "" +"Once the event website is ready to be shared, click the red " +":guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch in the header menu, changing it to a " +"green :guilabel:`Published` switch. At this point, the event web page is " +"published, and viewable/accessible by all website visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:396 +msgid "Send event invites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:398 +msgid "" +"To send event invites to potential attendees, navigate to the desired event " +"form, via :menuselection:`Events app --> Events`, and click into the desired" +" event. Following this, click the :guilabel:`Invite` button in the upper-" +"left corner of the event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:402 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a blank email form to fill out, as desired. To learn more " +"about how to create and customize emails like this, refer to the " +":ref:`Create an email ` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:406 +msgid "" +"Proceed to create and customize an email message to send as an invite to " +"potential attendees. Remember to include a link to the registration page on " +"the event website, allowing interested recipients to quickly register." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Sending emails from Odoo is subject to a daily limit, which, by default, is " +"200. To learn more about daily limits, visit the " +":ref:`email_communication/daily_limit_mail` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:217 +msgid ":doc:`event_essentials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:416 +msgid ":doc:`track_manage_talks`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:3 msgid "Event essentials" msgstr "" @@ -3306,10 +4340,6 @@ msgid "" " all function the same way for both :guilabel:`Mailing Type` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:266 -msgid "Publish events" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:268 msgid "" "Until an event is published, it will remain hidden from public view on the " @@ -3341,6 +4371,424 @@ msgid "" "View of a website page and the option to publish the event in Odoo Events." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:3 +msgid "Event templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Events* application provides the ability to customize and " +"configure event templates, which can be used to expedite the event-creation " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:8 +msgid "" +"These templates can be created and personalized in the application, and then" +" selected from an event form, in order to quickly apply a series of settings" +" and elements to the new event, all of which can be further modified, if " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:13 +msgid "Event templates page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo *Events* application, event templates can quickly be created and" +" modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To begin, navigate to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Event" +" Templates`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Event Templates` page. Here, " +"find all the existing event templates in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "The Event Templates page in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo provides three pre-configured event templates: " +":guilabel:`Exhibition`, :guilabel:`Training`, and :guilabel:`Sport`, which " +"all have their own unique customizations applied to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To change how these event templates appear on the *Template* drop-down field" +" on an event form, drag-and-drop them into any desired order, using the " +":icon:`oi-draggable` :guilabel:`(draggable)` icon, located to the left of " +"each event template line on the :guilabel:`Event Templates` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To learn more about event forms, refer to the :doc:`create_events` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:37 +msgid "Create event template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:39 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to create and configure an event template in Odoo " +"*Events*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**On the dashboard**, by navigating to :menuselection:`Events app --> " +"Configuration --> Event Templates` and clicking the :guilabel:`New` button " +"in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank event template form that " +"can be customized in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**On an event form itself**. Start by typing the name of a new event " +"template in the *Template* field, and click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` " +"from the resulting drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a *Create Template* pop-" +"up window, featuring all the same configurable fields and elements found on " +"a standard event template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create \"[template name]\"` from the resulting drop-down" +" menu, via the *Template* field on an event form creates the event template " +"in the database, but does **not** present the user with the *Create " +"Template* pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The event template would have to be modified, by selecting it on the *Event " +"Templates* page (:menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Event " +"Templates`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:58 +msgid "Event template form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:60 +msgid "" +"All the fields on a standard :guilabel:`Event Template` form are *also* on " +"the *Create Template* pop-up window, accessible via the *Template* field on " +"an event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "A standard event template form in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Start by providing the event template with a name in the :guilabel:`Event " +"Template` field, located at the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Beneath that field, there is a series of selectable checkboxes, all of which" +" are related to how the event menu will be displayed on the event web page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website Submenu`: enables a submenu on the event's website. When " +"this checkbox is ticked, every other checkbox in this series is " +"automatically ticked, as well. Then, choose to untick (deselect) any of the " +"checkbox options, as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tracks Menu Item`: adds a submenu item to navigate to a page " +"displaying all planned tracks for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Track Proposals Menu Item`: adds a submenu item to navigate to a " +"page, in which visitors can fill out a form to propose a track (talk, " +"lecture, presentation, etc.) to happen during the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Booth Menu Item`: adds a submenu item that takes visitors to a " +"separate page, where an event booth can be purchased. Event booths can be " +"customized and configured in the :guilabel:`Booths` tab of the event " +"template form, from the *Booth Categories* page (:menuselection:`Events app " +"--> Configuration --> Booth Categories`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:87 +msgid "" +"First, users **must** create a booth product with the required *Event Booth*" +" option set as the :guilabel:`Product Type` on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Exhibitors Menu Item`: adds a submenu item that takes visitors to" +" a separate page, showcasing all the exhibitors related to that specific " +"event. Icons representing those exhibitors are also found on the footer of " +"every event-specific web page, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Community`: adds a submenu item allowing attendees to access pre-" +"configured virtual community rooms to meet with other attendees, and discuss" +" various topics related to the event. When this checkbox is ticked, the " +":guilabel:`Allow Room Creation` feature becomes available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allow Room Creation`: allow visitors to create community rooms of" +" their own." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Register Button`: adds a button at the end of the event submenu " +"that takes visitors to the event-specific registration page when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Once the desired checkboxes have been ticked, select an appropriate " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the event from the available drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, for organizational purposes, there is the option to add " +":guilabel:`Tags` to this event template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to :guilabel:`Limit Registrations` to this specific" +" event template by ticking that checkbox. If ticked, proceed to enter the " +"number of :guilabel:`Attendees` this template should be limited to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Beneath those general information fields at the top of the event template " +"form, there are five tabs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:112 +msgid ":ref:`Tickets `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:113 +msgid ":ref:`Communication `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:114 +msgid ":ref:`Booths `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:115 +msgid ":ref:`Questions `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:116 +msgid ":ref:`Notes `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:121 +msgid "Booths tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:123 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Booths` tab on an event template form is the only tab that " +"differentiates itself from a standard event form, where the other tabs " +"(:guilabel:`Tickets`, :guilabel:`Communication`, :guilabel:`Questions`, and " +":guilabel:`Notes`) are present and configured using the same process. For " +"more information about those tabs, refer to the :doc:`create_events` " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To create a booth or booth category, an event booth product **must** be " +"created in the database first, with the *Product Type* set to *Event Booth*." +" **Only** products with that specific configuration can be selected in the " +"required *Product* field of a booth or booth category form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Event booths can be created and customized in two ways in the Odoo *Events* " +"application. Either in the :guilabel:`Booths` tab of an event template form," +" or by navigating to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Booth " +"Categories`, and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To add a booth from the :guilabel:`Booths` tab of an event template form, " +"click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create " +"Booths` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "A Create Booths pop-up window in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Start by providing a :guilabel:`Name` for this booth in the corresponding " +"field at the top of the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Then, select an appropriate :guilabel:`Booth Category` from the drop-down " +"field below. Booth categories can be created and modified from the *Booth " +"Categories* page in the *Events* application, which is accessible by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Booth " +"Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:154 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Booth Category` can be created directly from this field on the " +":guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-up window. To accomplish that, type the name " +"of the new booth category in the :guilabel:`Booth Category` field, and " +"select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the " +"resulting drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` merely creates the category, which can (and " +"should be) customized at a later date. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and " +"edit...` reveals a new :guilabel:`Create Booth Category` pop-up window, from" +" which the category can be configured in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Booth Category pop-up window in the Odoo Events application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:167 +msgid "" +"From this pop-up window, proceed to name the :guilabel:`Booth Category`, " +"modify its :guilabel:`Booth Details` settings, configure its " +":guilabel:`Sponsorship` options (if applicable), and leave an optional " +":guilabel:`Description` to explain any pertinent details related to this " +"specific category of booths." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:172 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to add a photo/visual representation of the booth " +"category, via the :guilabel:`(camera)` icon in the upper-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:175 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The same configurations and options are available by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Booth Categories`, and " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Once the desired :guilabel:`Booth Category` is selected, the remaining " +"fields on the :guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-up window (:guilabel:`Currency`," +" :guilabel:`Product`, and :guilabel:`Price`) autopopulate, based on " +"information configured for that selected :guilabel:`Booth Category`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:186 +msgid "" +"These fields **cannot** be modified from the :guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-" +"up window. They can only be modified from the specific booth category form " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:189 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`" +" to save the booth, and return to the event template form. Or, click " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to save the booth, and start creating another booth " +"on a fresh :guilabel:`Create Booths` pop-up window. Click " +":guilabel:`Discard` to remove all changes, and return to the event template " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Once the booth has been saved, it appears in the :guilabel:`Booths` tab on " +"the event template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:197 +msgid "Use event templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Once an event template is complete, it is accessible on all event forms in " +"the Odoo *Events* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:202 +msgid "" +"To use an event template, navigate to the :menuselection:`Events app` and " +"click :guilabel:`New` to open a new event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:205 +msgid "" +"From the event form, click the :guilabel:`Template` field to reveal all the " +"existing event templates in the database. They appear in the same order as " +"they are listed in on the *Event Templates* page (:menuselection:`Events app" +" --> Configuration --> Event Templates`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Select the desired event template from the :guilabel:`Template` drop-down " +"field on the event form. Pre-configured settings automatically populate the " +"event form, saving time during the event creation process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Any of these pre-configured settings related to the selected event template " +"chosen in the :guilabel:`Template` field on an event form can be modified, " +"as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_templates.rst:218 +msgid ":doc:`create_events`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:3 msgid "Sell tickets" msgstr "" @@ -8778,11 +10226,6 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Options`, :guilabel:`Description`, and :guilabel:`End Message`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:20 -msgid "Questions tab" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:52 msgid "" "View, access, add, and/or delete questions and sections to the survey in the" diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index ff117703e..c4452b995 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Tony Ng, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" @@ -2214,15 +2214,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:36 msgid "" -"If you select a new workspace, existing documents aren't moved. Only newly " +"If you select a new workspace, existing documents are not moved. Only newly " "created documents will be found under the new workspace." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:42 msgid "Workspaces" msgstr "工作區" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:44 msgid "" "Workspaces are hierarchical folders having their own set of tags and " ":ref:`actions `. Default workspaces exist, but " @@ -2231,56 +2231,80 @@ msgid "" " fill in the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr ":guilabel:`名稱`" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Parent Workspace`: if you want to create a sub-workspace, select " "its :guilabel:`Parent Workspace`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:236 msgid "Tags" msgstr "標籤" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:56 msgid "" "Tags are used within workspaces to add a level of differentiation between " "documents. They are organized per category, and filters can be used to sort " "them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:59 msgid "" "Tags can be created from the :guilabel:`Tags` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a " "line`, create the :guilabel:`Tag Category`, and :guilabel:`Name` your tags." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:63 msgid "" "The tags of a parent workspace apply to the child workspaces automatically;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:64 msgid "" "Tags can be created and modified by going to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Tags`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:65 msgid "" "Tags can also be created or edited by clicking the gear icon :guilabel:`⚙` " "on the left menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:67 +msgid "" +"An **email alias** can be used to automatically send received documents to a" +" specific workspace based on the tag assigned. To create an email alias:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Select the tag and the corresponding workspace where the document should be " +"directed in the left column of your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Next to the :guilabel:`Upload` button, click the down arrow, and then click " +":guilabel:`Share`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In the new window, click :guilabel:`Download and Upload` and enter the email" +" alias where documents should be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:79 msgid "Access rights" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:81 msgid "" "To manage your workspace access rights, go to :menuselection:`Documents --> " "Configuration --> Workspaces`, open the workspace you want to edit, and go " @@ -2289,18 +2313,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Read Groups` that can only view the workspace's documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:87 msgid "Description" msgstr "說明" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:89 msgid "" "You can add descriptive information to your workspace by going to " ":menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration --> Workspaces`, opening the " "workspace you want to describe and going to the :guilabel:`Description` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:94 msgid "" "Workspaces can also be created and edited by clicking the gear icon " ":guilabel:`⚙` on the left menu." @@ -2310,40 +2334,39 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create sub-workspaces from the left menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:101 msgid "Documents management" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:103 msgid "" "When selecting or opening a document, the right panel displays different " "options. On the top, additional options might be available: " ":guilabel:`Download`, :guilabel:`Share`, :guilabel:`Replace`, " ":guilabel:`Lock` or :guilabel:`Split`. It is also possible to " -":guilabel:`Open chatter` or :guilabel:`Archive` the document." +":guilabel:`Open chatter` or use the :guilabel:`Move to trash` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst-1 msgid "right panel options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:112 msgid "" -"Then, you can modify the name of your file by clicking on " -":guilabel:`Document`. A :guilabel:`Contact` or an :guilabel:`Owner` can be " -"assigned. The related :guilabel:`Workspace` can be modified and it is " -"possible to access the related :guilabel:`Journal Entry` or add " -":guilabel:`Tags`." +"Then, you can modify the name of your file by clicking on :guilabel:`Name`. " +"A :guilabel:`Contact` or an :guilabel:`Owner` can be assigned. The related " +":guilabel:`Workspace` can be modified and it is possible to access the " +"related :guilabel:`Journal Entry` or add :guilabel:`Tags`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:117 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Contact` is the person related to the document and assigned " "to it. He can only view the document and not modify it. I.e.: an existing " "supplier in your database is the contact for their bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:120 msgid "" "The person who creates a document is, by default :guilabel:`Owner` of it and" " has complete rights to it. It is possible to replace the owner of a " @@ -2351,24 +2374,24 @@ msgid "" " in \"My Profile\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:124 msgid "" "Different :ref:`Actions ` are available at the " "bottom of the right panel, depending on the workspace where your document is" " stored." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:128 msgid "Split PDF documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:130 msgid "" "Select the PDF you want to split, and click the scissors icon. A new view " "displays all the pages of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:133 msgid "" "By default, each page of the document will be split when clicking " ":guilabel:`Split`. To remove a split between two pages, click on the " @@ -2379,34 +2402,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "split your documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:140 msgid "" "To merge documents from your dashboard, select them and click the scissors " "icon. Click on the scissors between the two documents and click " ":guilabel:`Split` to merge the documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:144 msgid "Additional features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:146 msgid "" "Select a workspace and click the arrow next to the :guilabel:`Upload` button" " to access additional features:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:150 msgid "Request" msgstr "請求" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:152 msgid "" "You can create \"missing documents\" and organize them as documents, to " "remind users to download them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:154 msgid "" "Select the workspace where the file should be stored, click " ":guilabel:`Upload`, then :guilabel:`Request`. Add the :guilabel:`Document " @@ -2418,24 +2441,24 @@ msgid "" "the workspace." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:161 msgid "When your document is available, click the placeholder to upload it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:163 msgid "" "You can see all missing documents by going to the **Activity** view and to " "the :guilabel:`Requested Document` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:167 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Activity` view, you can send a **reminder email** to " "users from whom you are expecting a document. Go to the :guilabel:`Requested" " Document` column, click on ⋮ and :guilabel:`Document Request: Reminder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:171 msgid "" "Click on a date to see the details of a specific request. You can update it " "by clicking on the pen icon, :guilabel:`Preview` the content of the reminder" @@ -2446,27 +2469,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "send a reminder email from the Activity view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:179 msgid "Add a link" msgstr "加入連結。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:181 msgid "" "To add a link to your documents dashboard, click on :guilabel:`Add a Link`, " "enter the :guilabel:`URL`, and :guilabel:`Name` it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:185 msgid "Share" msgstr "分享" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:187 msgid "" "You can create a share link to a document or all documents of a workspace. " "It allows anyone to download the file(s) or upload files to a workspace." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:190 msgid "" "To do so, select the workspace or the document and click the arrow next to " "the :guilabel:`Upload` button then :guilabel:`Share`. On the pop-up, the " @@ -2478,28 +2501,28 @@ msgid "" "Upload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:198 msgid "" "It is possible to only share one or more documents (without their workspace)" " by selecting them and clicking :guilabel:`Share`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:202 msgid "New spreadsheet" msgstr "新試算表" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:204 msgid "" "To create a new :doc:`spreadsheet `, click :guilabel:`New " "Spreadsheet`. You can select a :guilabel:`Blank spreadsheet` or an " ":doc:`existing template `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:210 msgid "Workflow actions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:212 msgid "" "Workflow actions help manage documents and overall business operations. " "These are automated actions that can be created and customized for each " @@ -2507,33 +2530,33 @@ msgid "" " add tags to a document, and process bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:216 msgid "" "These workflow actions appear on the right panel when a document meets the " "set criteria." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:219 msgid "Create workflow actions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:221 msgid "" "To create workflow actions, go to :menuselection:`Documents --> " "Configuration --> Actions` and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:225 msgid "" "An action applies to all **sub-workspaces** under the :guilabel:`Related " "Workspace` you selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:228 msgid "Set the conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:230 msgid "" "You can :guilabel:`Create` a new :guilabel:`Action` or edit an existing one." " You can define the :guilabel:`Action Name` and then set the conditions that" @@ -2541,23 +2564,23 @@ msgid "" "side panel when selecting a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:234 msgid "There are three basic types of conditions you can set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:236 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: you can use the :guilabel:`Contains` and :guilabel:`Does " -"not contain` conditions, meaning the files *must have* or *mustn't have* the" -" tags set here." +"not contain` conditions, meaning the files *must have* or *must not have* " +"the tags set here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:239 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: the files must be associated with the contact set here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:241 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Owner`: the files must be associated with the owner set here." msgstr "" @@ -2566,23 +2589,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a workflow action's basic condition in Odoo Documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:247 msgid "" -"If you don't set any conditions, the action button appears for all files " +"If you do not set any conditions, the action button appears for all files " "inside the selected workspace." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:251 msgid "Advanced condition type: domain" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:254 msgid "" "It is recommended to have some knowledge of Odoo development to configure " "*Domain* filters properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:257 msgid "" "The :ref:`developer mode ` needs to be activated to access " "the :guilabel:`Domain` condition from the :guilabel:`Actions` tab. Once " @@ -2590,7 +2613,7 @@ msgid "" "condition`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:261 msgid "" "To create a rule, you typically select a :guilabel:`field`, an " ":guilabel:`operator`, and a :guilabel:`value`. For example, if you want to " @@ -2603,7 +2626,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a workflow action's domain condition in Odoo Documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:269 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add New Rule` (plus icon) and :guilabel:`Add branch` to add" " conditions and sub-conditions. You can then specify if your rule should " @@ -2611,114 +2634,114 @@ msgid "" "rule directly using the :guilabel:`Code editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:274 msgid "Configure the actions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:276 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Actions` tab to set up your action. You can " "simultaneously:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:278 msgid "" "**Set Contact**: add a contact to the file, or replace an existing contact " "with a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:279 msgid "" "**Set Owner**: add an owner to the file, or replace an existing owner with a" " new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:280 msgid "**Move to Workspace**: move the file to any workspace." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:281 msgid "" "**Create**: create one of the following items attached to the file in your " "database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:283 msgid "" "**Link to record**: link the document to a record (i.e. link to a vehicle in" " Fleet);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:284 msgid "**Product template**: create a product you can edit directly;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:285 msgid "**Task**: create a Project task you can edit directly;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:286 msgid "**Signature PDF template**: create a new Sign template to send out;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:287 msgid "**PDF to sign**: create a PDF to sign;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:288 msgid "**Applicant**: create a new HR application you can edit directly;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:289 msgid "" "**Vendor bill**: create a vendor bill using OCR and AI to scrape information" " from the file content;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:291 msgid "" "**Customer invoice**: create a customer invoice using OCR and AI to scrape " "information from the file;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:293 msgid "" "**Vendor credit note**: create a vendor credit note using OCR and AI to " "scrape information from the file;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:295 msgid "" "**Credit note**: create a customer credit note using OCR and AI to scrape " "information from the file;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:297 msgid "" "**Miscellaneous Operations**: create a record in :guilabel:`Miscellaneous " "Operations` in Accounting;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:299 msgid "**Bank Statement**: create a Bank Statement in Finance;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:300 msgid "" "**Expense**: create an expense automatically based on a file's content." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:290 -msgid "**Set Tags**: add, remove, and replace any number of tags." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:302 +msgid "**Set Tags**: add, remove, and replace any number of tags;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:303 msgid "" "**Activities - Mark all as Done**: mark all activities linked to the file as" -" done." +" done;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:304 msgid "" "**Activities - Schedule Activity**: create a new activity linked to the file" " as configured in the action. You can choose to set the activity on the " @@ -2729,11 +2752,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a workflow action Odoo Documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:311 msgid "Digitize documents with AI and optical character recognition (OCR)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:313 msgid "" "Documents available in the Finance workspace can be digitized. Select the " "document to digitize, click :guilabel:`Create Bill`, :guilabel:`Create " @@ -2741,7 +2764,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send for Digitization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:318 msgid "" ":doc:`AI-powered document digitization " "<../finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization>`" diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 0a3b2ceec..8a6c097ba 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -4,18 +4,18 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# 敬雲 林 , 2024 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 +# 敬雲 林 , 2023 # Tony Ng, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Tony Ng, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:44 @@ -253,258 +253,282 @@ msgid "" "the top :guilabel:`Pipeline` page to view all opportunities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities" -msgstr "產生潛在客戶/銷售機會" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Two key ways to generate new leads or opportunities for your business are " -"through email aliases and website contact forms. Odoo automatically creates " -"leads in your CRM whenever someone sends a message to a Sales Team email " -"alias or fills out a contact form on your website." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:3 +msgid "Create leads (from email or manually)" msgstr "" -"要為生意創造新的潛在客戶或銷售機會，其中兩種關鍵方法是透過電郵別名，以及網站聯絡表單。每當有人向銷售團隊的電郵別名發送訊息，或在你的網站上填寫聯絡表單時，Odoo" -" 就會自動在你的客戶關係資料庫中，建立一名潛在客戶。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Leads can be added to the *CRM* app from custom email aliases, and by " +"manually creating new records. This is in addition to the leads and " +"opportunities created in the app through the :doc:`website contact form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:12 +msgid "" +"First, ensure the *Leads* feature is enabled in the database by navigating " +"to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:17 msgid "Configure email aliases" msgstr "配置電郵別名" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:19 msgid "" -"Each Sales Team can use its own unique email alias to generate " -"leads/opportunities. Any email sent to a Sales Team's email alias will " -"automatically create a lead (if leads are activated in your CRM settings) or" -" an opportunity in the pipeline for that particular team. Configure custom " -"email aliases on the configuration page for each Sales Team by navigating to" -" :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`." +"Each sales team has the option to create and utilize their own unique email " +"alias. When messages are sent to this address, a lead (or opportunity), is " +"created with the information from the message." msgstr "" -"每個銷售團隊都可以使用自己的獨特電郵別名，去產生潛在客戶/銷售機會。任何發送至銷售團隊電郵別名的電子郵件，都會自動為該特定團隊建立潛在客戶（前提是已在客戶關係應用程式的設定中，啟動了潛在客戶功能），或在團隊的管道中建立一個銷售機會。你可前往" -" :menuselection:`客戶關係應用程式 --> 配置 --> 銷售團隊`，在個別銷售團隊的配置頁面上，為團隊配置自訂電郵別名。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Configuring Sales Teams" -msgstr "配置銷售團隊" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:23 -msgid "Use Contact Forms on your website" -msgstr "在你的網站上使用聯絡表單" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:23 msgid "" -"By default, your website's *Contact Us* page displays Odoo's ready-to-use " -"Contact Form. Whenever someone submits this form, a lead or an opportunity " -"is generated in your database." +"To create or update a sales teams' email alias, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`. Click on a team " +"from the list to open the team's details page." msgstr "" -"預設情況下，你網站的 *聯絡我們* 頁面會顯示 Odoo " -"預設的即開即用聯絡表單。每當有網站訪客提交此表單時，系統會自動在你的資料庫中產生潛在客戶或銷售機會。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Default Contact Us page" -msgstr "預設的「聯絡我們」頁面" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The Contact Form can be activated or deactivated at any time by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Go to Website --> Customize --> Contact Form`." -msgstr "你可隨時啟用或停用這份聯絡表單。請前往 :menuselection:`網站 --> 前往網站 --> 自訂 --> 聯絡表單` 作設定。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Form toggle" -msgstr "聯絡表單切換" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:39 -msgid "" -"When the Form is deactivated, the *Contact Us* page simply displays a button" -" to email your company directly. Any email sent this way will generate a " -"lead/opportunity." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The sales team details page, focused on the email alias section." msgstr "" -"如果停用表單， *聯絡我們* 頁面會只顯示一個按鈕，按下會直接向你的公司發送電子郵件。以這種方式發送的所有電子郵件，都會產生潛在客戶/銷售機會。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Us Page using email" -msgstr "「聯絡我們」頁面運用電子郵件" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:30 msgid "" -"Choose which Sales Team or salesperson is automatically assigned to the " -"leads/opportunities created from the Contact Form by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Communication`." +"In the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field, enter a name for the email alias, or " +"edit the existing name. In the :guilabel:`Accept Emails From` field, use the" +" drop-down menu to choose who is allowed to send messages to this email " +"alias:" msgstr "" -"你可設定將聯絡表單建立的潛在客戶/銷售機會，自動指派給哪個銷售團隊或銷售人員。請前往 :menuselection:`網站 --> 配置 --> 設定 " -"--> 通訊` 作設定。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Contact Form settings" -msgstr "聯絡表單設定" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:55 -msgid "Customize Contact Forms" -msgstr "自訂聯絡表單" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Contact Forms can be customized for the specific information your team " -"needs, using the free *Form Builder* module." -msgstr "利用免費的 *表單構建工具* 模組，可根據你團隊需要的特定資訊，自訂聯絡表單。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The *Form Builder* module is installed automatically when a Form element is " -"added to a web page via the Website Builder. It can also be installed " -"manually from the :guilabel:`Apps` page." -msgstr "使用網站製作工具將表單元素新增至網頁時， *表單構建工具* 模組就會自動安裝。你亦可以從 :guilabel:`應用程式` 頁面手動安裝。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Form Builder building blocks" -msgstr "表單構建工具的內容方塊" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Forms can be created from scratch to serve a wide variety of purposes. " -"However, Odoo's default *Contact Us* page is designed to fit most users' " -"needs. Start with the default form and modify from there." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Everyone`: messages are accepted from any email address." msgstr "" -"表單可由零開始設計及建立，以配合不同用途。不過，Odoo 預設的 *聯絡我們* " -"頁面是為滿足大多數使用者的需求而設計；建議你可從預設表單開始，以它作為基礎再修改。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:73 -msgid "Edit Contact Form fields" -msgstr "編輯聯絡表單欄位" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:35 msgid "" -"In Edit mode on your website, click on any field to start editing it. The " -"following information can be edited for each field on the Contact Form:" -msgstr "在網站的編輯模式下，按一下任何欄位即可開始編輯。你可為聯絡表單的每個欄位，編輯以下資訊：" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:78 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Type`: Choose a custom field option or an existing field. " -"Examples include phone, file upload, language, etc." -msgstr ":guilabel:`類型`：選擇一個自訂欄位選項，或選用現有欄位。例如：電話號碼、檔案上載、語言等。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:80 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Input Type`: Determine the type of entry customers should input. " -"Available options are text,email, telephone, and URL." -msgstr ":guilabel:`輸入類型`：確定客戶應該輸入的記項的類型。可用選項包括：文字、電郵地址、電話，以及網址。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:82 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Input Placeholder`: Type in an example to guide users how to " -"input information where formatting is important, such as a phone number or " -"email address." -msgstr ":guilabel:`輸入位置佔位符`：輸入一個例子，指導使用者如何輸入比較着重格式的資料，例如電話號碼、電郵地址等。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:84 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Label Name`: Type in the display name to show users what " -"information is needed from them." -msgstr ":guilabel:`標籤名稱`：輸入顯示的標籤名稱，以向使用者顯示需要提供哪些資訊。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:86 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Label Position`: Choose the way the label is aligned with the " -"rest of the form. The label can be hidden, above the field, to the far left " -"of the field, or right adjusted and closer to the field." -msgstr ":guilabel:`標籤位置`：選擇標籤應如何與表單其餘內容對齊。標籤可以隱藏、置於欄位上方、欄位最左側，或向右調整至靠近欄位。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:89 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Required`: Toggle this option for information that you absolutely" -" need entered." -msgstr ":guilabel:`必填項目`：對於絕對需要輸入的資訊，可選用此選項。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:90 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hidden`: Toggle this option to hide the field without deleting " -"it." -msgstr ":guilabel:`隱藏`：選用此選項後，會隱藏欄位但不刪除它。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:91 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Shown on Mobile`: Toggle this option to show the field to users " -"on mobile devices." -msgstr ":guilabel:`流動裝置顯示`：選用此選項，會向使用流動裝置的使用者顯示該欄位。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 -msgid "Editable field options" -msgstr "可編輯欄位選項" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:97 -msgid "" -"By default, when a Form is submitted, it sends you an email with the " -"customer's inputted information. To have it automatically generate a " -"lead/opportunity instead, edit the Form and select :guilabel:`Create an " -"Opportunity` as the Action." +":guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`: only accepts messages from email " +"addresses associated with a a partner (contact or customer) record." msgstr "" -"預設情況下，網站訪客提交表單後，系統會向你發送一封電子郵件，內有客戶所輸入的資訊。若想將它設為自動產生潛在客戶/銷售機會，請編輯表單，選擇 " -":guilabel:`建立銷售機會` 作為動作。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:37 msgid "" -"If leads are activated in your CRM settings, selecting :guilabel:`Create an " -"Opportunity` generates a lead instead. To learn more about activating leads " -"in the CRM settings, head over to :doc:`convert`." +":guilabel:`Followers only`: only accepts messages from those who are " +"following a record related to the team, such as a lead or opportunity. " +"Messages are also accepted from team members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Authenticated Employees`: only accepts messages from email " +"addresses that are connected to a record in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:43 +msgid "Leads created from email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Leads created from email alias messages can be viewed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads`. Click a lead from the list to open it, " +"and view the details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The email received by the alias is added to the *chatter* thread for the " +"lead. The subject line of the message is added to the title field, and the " +":guilabel:`Email` field is updated with the contact's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The chatter thread of a newly created lead in the CRM app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If the *leads* feature is **not** enabled on the database, messages to the " +"email alias are added to the database as opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:64 +msgid "Manually create leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Leads can be added directly to the *CRM* app by manually creating a new " +"record. Navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads` to view a list of " +"existing leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Leads can also be added via the :doc:`Generate Leads ` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:72 +msgid "" +"At the top-left of the list, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank " +":guilabel:`Leads` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the first field of the new form, enter a title for the new lead. Next, " +"enter a :guilabel:`Contact Name`, and a :guilabel:`Company Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If a lead is :doc:`converted to an opportunity `, the " +":guilabel:`Company Name` field is used to either link this opportunity to an" +" existing customer, or to create a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:82 +msgid "Manually create opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To manually create an opportunity, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Sales --> My Pipeline`. At the top-left of the page, click :guilabel:`New` " +"to create a new opportunity Kanban card. In the " +":guilabel:`Organization/Contact` field, enter the name of the company the " +"opportunity is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Choose a name, and enter it in the :guilabel:`Opportunity` field. *This is a" +" required field.* When manually creating an opportunity, it is helpful to " +"add a name that relates to the details of the opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:93 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the opportunity is named `5 VP Chairs`. This " +"identifies the product the customer is interested in, as well as the " +"potential number of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:0 +msgid "An example of an opportunity in the CRM pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Enter the contact information for the opportunity in the :guilabel:`Email` " +"and :guilabel:`Phone` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:103 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Expected Revenue` field, enter an estimated value for the " +"opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The information in the :guilabel:`Expected Revenue` and priority fields can " +"be used to track performance for individual salespeople, and on a team " +"basis. See :doc:`../performance/expected_revenue_report` and " +":doc:`../track_leads/lead_scoring` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:111 +msgid "Then, use the |st-o| :guilabel:`(star)` icons to assign a priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:113 +msgid "|st-o| |st-o| |st-o|: low priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:114 +msgid "|st| |st-o| |st-o|: medium priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:115 +msgid "|st| |st| |st-o|: high priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:116 +msgid "|st| |st| |st|: very high priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Assigning a priority changes the order of leads in Kanban view, with higher " +"priority leads displayed first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once all the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Add`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/email_manual.rst-1 +msgid "The CRM pipeline with a newly created opportunity." msgstr "" -"如果在客戶關係設定中，已啟動潛在客戶功能，選擇 :guilabel:`建立銷售機會` " -"時會產生潛在客戶。想了解有關在客戶關係設定中啟動潛在客戶功能的更多資訊，請參閱 :doc:`convert`。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 msgid "Lead mining" msgstr "潛在客戶挖掘" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 msgid "" -"Lead mining is a feature that allows CRM users to generate new leads " +"*Lead mining* is a feature that allows *CRM* users to generate new leads " "directly into their Odoo database. To ensure lead qualification, lead mining" " output is determined by a variety of filtering criteria, such as the " "country, the company size, and the industry." msgstr "" -"Odoo 的「潛在客戶挖掘」功能，讓使用客戶關係應用程式的使用者，直接在自己的 Odoo " -"資料庫中，產生新的潛在客戶。為確保潛在客戶符合所需資格，潛在客戶挖掘的結果會經過各種篩選準則決定，例如國家/地區、公司規模、行業等。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:15 msgid "" -"To get started, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and activate :guilabel:`Lead Mining`." +"To get started, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`Lead Mining` checkbox to activate the " +"feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"要開始使用此功能，請前往 :menuselection:`客戶關係應用程式 --> 配置 --> 設定` ，然後啟動 " -":guilabel:`潛在客戶挖掘`。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "Activate lead mining in Odoo CRM settings." msgstr "在 Odoo 客戶關係應用程式的設定中，啟動潛在客戶挖掘。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:23 msgid "Generate leads" msgstr "產生潛在客戶" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:25 msgid "" -"After the :guilabel:`Lead Mining` setting is activated, a new button called " -":guilabel:`Generate Leads` is available to use in the :guilabel:`CRM` " -"pipeline. Lead mining requests are also available through " -":menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests`, or through " -":menuselection:`CRM --> Leads --> Leads` where the :guilabel:`Generate " -"Leads` button is also available." +"After the *Lead Mining* setting is activated, a new button called *Generate " +"Leads* is available to use in the upper-left corner of the *CRM* *Pipeline* " +"(:menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales --> My Pipeline`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Lead mining requests are also available through :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests`, or through :menuselection:`CRM app " +"--> Leads --> Leads`, where the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button is also " +"available." msgstr "" -"啟動 :guilabel:`潛在客戶挖掘` 功能後，:guilabel:`客戶關係應用程式` 管道中會有一個稱為 :guilabel:`產生潛在客戶` " -"的新按鈕可供使用。潛在客戶挖掘請求亦可透過 :menuselection:`客戶關係應用程式 --> 配置 --> 潛在客戶挖掘請求`，或 " -":menuselection:`客戶關係應用程式 --> 潛在客戶 --> 潛在客戶` 使用。在後者中，也可使用 :guilabel:`產生潛在客戶` " -"按鈕。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "The Generate Leads button to use the lead mining feature." msgstr "「產生潛在客戶」按鈕，按下可使用潛在客戶挖掘功能。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:37 msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button, and a window will appear " +"Click the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button, and a pop-up window appears, " "offering a variety of criteria by which to generate leads." -msgstr "按下 :guilabel:`產生潛在客戶` 按鈕後，會顯示一個視窗，提供生成潛在客戶可用的各種準則。" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -512,65 +536,67 @@ msgid "" "Odoo." msgstr "顯示選擇準則的彈出視窗，用於在 Odoo 中產生潛在客戶。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:44 msgid "" "Choose to generate leads for :guilabel:`Companies` to get company " -"information only, or choose :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` to get " -"company information as well as individual employee contact information. When" -" targeting :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts`, there is an option to " -"filter contacts based on :guilabel:`Role` or :guilabel:`Seniority`." +"information only, or choose |CC| to get company information and individual " +"employee contact information." msgstr "" -"你可選擇基於 :guilabel:`公司` 產生潛在客戶，以只獲取公司資料，或選擇 :guilabel:`公司及其聯絡人` " -"以獲取公司資訊及個人員工的聯絡資訊。若將目標設為 :guilabel:`公司及其聯絡人` 時，可選擇根據 :guilabel:`角色`（職能）或 " -":guilabel:`資歷` 篩選聯絡人。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:44 -msgid "Additional filtering options include:" -msgstr "其他篩選選項包括：" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Size`: filter leads based on the number of employees at the " -"company" -msgstr ":guilabel:`規模`：根據公司員工人數，篩選潛在客戶" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Countries`: filter leads based on the country (or countries) they" -" are located in" -msgstr ":guilabel:`國家/地區`：根據潛在客戶所在的國家/地區（或多個國家/地區）篩選潛在客戶" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:48 msgid "" -":guilabel:`States`: further filter leads based on the state they are located" -" in, if applicable" -msgstr ":guilabel:`州/省`：根據潛在客戶所在的州/省/縣/區（如適用），進一步篩選潛在客戶" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:49 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Industries`: filter leads based on the specific industry they " -"work in" -msgstr ":guilabel:`行業`：根據潛在客戶所屬的特定行業，篩選潛在客戶" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose which Sales Team the leads will be assigned " -"to" -msgstr ":guilabel:`銷售團隊`：選擇將潛在客戶分配給哪個銷售團隊" +"When targeting |CC|, additional options are available to filter contacts " +"based on :guilabel:`Role` or :guilabel:`Seniority`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Salesperson`: choose which person(s) on the Sales Team the leads " -"will be assigned to" -msgstr ":guilabel:`銷售人員`：選擇將潛在客戶分配給銷售團隊中的哪位/哪些銷售人員" +msgid "Additional filtering options include the following:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Countries`: filter leads based on the country (or countries) they" +" are located in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`States`: further filter leads based on the state in which they " +"are located, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Industries`: filter leads based on the specific industry they " +"work in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Filter on Size`: tick this checkbox to specify the number of " +"employees at the company. This generates a field labeled :guilabel:`Size`. " +"Fill in the blanks to create a range for the desired company size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose which Sales Team the leads will be assigned " +"to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson`: choose which member of the Sales Team the leads " +"will be assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:62 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Tags`: choose which tags are applied directly to the " -"leads once found" -msgstr ":guilabel:`預設標籤`：選擇找出潛在客戶後，直接套用至潛在客戶的標籤" +"leads once found." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 msgid "" "Make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulations when receiving contact " "information. Get more information about the General Data Protection " @@ -579,76 +605,347 @@ msgstr "" "接收這些聯絡資訊時，請務必了解最新的歐盟法規。請參閱 `Odoo GDPR 說明 " "`_，了解更多有關歐盟「通用資料保護規例」的資訊。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:69 +msgid "View leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +msgid "" +"After leads are generated, they are assigned to the designated salesperson " +"and team. To view additional information regarding the lead, select one from" +" the list, and click to open it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the chatter thread for the lead, additional information is provided. This" +" can include the number of employees, the technology used by the company, " +"the timezone, and direct contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 +msgid "The chatter thread of a newly generated lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Leads` are **not** enabled for the database, then leads are " +"generated as *opportunities*, and added to the pipeline for the designated " +"salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To enable the :guilabel:`Leads` feature, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:88 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "價目表" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:91 msgid "" -"Lead mining is an *In-App Purchase* feature and each generated lead costs " -"one credit." -msgstr "潛在客戶挖掘是一項 *應用程式內購買* （IAP）功能，產生的每名潛在客戶，都會花費 1 個點數。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Choosing to generate :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` costs one " -"additional credit for each contact generated." -msgstr "若選用 :guilabel:`公司及其聯絡人`，每名產生的聯絡人會收取額外 1 個點數。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:67 -msgid "" -"See here for full pricing information: `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP " -"`_." +"Lead mining is an *In-App Purchase* feature, and each generated lead costs " +"one :ref:`credit `." msgstr "" -"請參閱此處，以了解完整的定價資料：`潛在客戶生成 - Odoo IAP `_。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:95 msgid "" -"To buy credits, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Generating |CC| costs one additional credit for each contact generated. See " +"here for complete pricing information: `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Lead Generation` section, under the " -":guilabel:`Lead Mining` feature, click on :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." +":guilabel:`Lead Mining` feature, click :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." msgstr "" -"若要購買點數，請前往 :menuselection:`客戶關係應用程式 --> 配置 --> 設定`。在 :guilabel:`潛在客戶生成` 部份的 " -":guilabel:`潛在客戶挖掘` 功能下，按一下 :guilabel:`購買點數`。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 -msgid "Buy credits from the lead mining settings." -msgstr "從潛在客戶挖掘設定中購買點數。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:103 msgid "" "Credits may also be purchased by navigating to the :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> General Settings`. In the :guilabel:`In-App Purchases` section, under " -"the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` feature, click on :guilabel:`View My Services`." +"app`. In the :guilabel:`Contacts` section, under the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` " +"feature, click :guilabel:`View My Services`." msgstr "" -"你亦可在 :menuselection:`設定 --> 一般設定` 購買點數。請在 :guilabel:`應用程式內購買` 部份的 " -":guilabel:`Odoo IAP` 功能之下，按一下 :guilabel:`檢視我的服務`。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst-1 msgid "Buy credits in the Odoo IAP settings." msgstr "在 Odoo IAP 設定中購買點數。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:87 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:112 msgid "" "Enterprise Odoo users with a valid subscription get free credits to test " -":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` features before deciding to purchase more " -"credits for the database. This includes demo/training databases, educational" -" databases, and one-app-free databases." +"|IAP| features before purchasing more credits for the database. This " +"includes demo/training databases, educational databases, and one-app-free " +"databases." msgstr "" -"企業版 Odoo 用戶若有生效的服務計劃，將獲得免費點數，可測試 " -"IAP（應用程式內購買）功能，之後才決定是否為資料庫購買更多點數。此安排適用於：演示/訓練資料庫、教育資料庫，以及單一應用程式免費資料庫。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:3 +msgid "Create opportunities from web contact forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Adding a contact form to a website makes it easy to convert visitors into " +"leads and opportunities. After a visitor submits their information, an " +"opportunity can be created automatically, and assigned to a designated sales" +" team and salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:12 +msgid "Customize contact forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By default, the *Contact Us* page on an Odoo website displays a " +"preconfigured contact form. This form can be customized, as needed, to suit " +"the needs of a specific sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Website app --> Contact Us`, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit` in the top-right of the screen to open the web editor. " +"Click on the form building block in the body of the webpage to open the form" +" configuration settings on the right sidebar. The following options are " +"available to customize the contact form from the :guilabel:`From` section of" +" the right sidebar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst-1 +msgid "The form configuration settings on an Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Action`: the default action for a contact form is :guilabel:`Send" +" an Email`. Select :guilabel:`Create an Opportunity` from the drop-down list" +" to capture the information in the *CRM* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose a sales team from the drop-down menu that the" +" opportunities from this form should be assigned to. This field **only** " +"appears if the :guilabel:`Action` field is set to :guilabel:`Create an " +"Opportunity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson`: if the opportunities should be assigned to a " +"specific salesperson, select them from the drop-down menu. If no selection " +"is made in this field, the opportunities are assigned based on the team's " +"existing rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marked Fields`: use this field to alter how the form handles " +"marked fields. The default option is to treat marked fields as " +":guilabel:`Required`, which is the recommended setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mark Text`: choose how :guilabel:`Marked Fields` should be " +"identified. The default character is an asterisk (`*`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Labels Width`: use this field to alter the pixel width of the " +"labels, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Success`: select how the webpage reacts after a customer " +"successfully submits a form. :guilabel:`Nothing` keeps the customer on the " +"same screen, with the addition of a confirmation message that the form was " +"submitted successfully. :guilabel:`Redirect` sends the customer to a new " +"webpage, based on the address provided in the :guilabel:`URL` field below. " +":guilabel:`Show Message` replaces the form with a preconfigured message that" +" informs the customer someone should respond to them as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL`: if :guilabel:`Redirect` is selected in the :guilabel:`On " +"Success` field, enter the URL for the webpage, where customers should be " +"directed after successfully submitting a form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visibility`: use the drop-down menu to add any visibility " +"conditions for this field, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If *leads* are activated in *CRM* settings, selecting :guilabel:`Create an " +"Opportunity` generates a lead instead. To activate leads, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:57 +msgid "Customize contact form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In addition to the settings for the form, the settings for each field can be" +" customized, as well. With the web editor menu still open, click into a " +"field to open the :guilabel:`Field` configuration settings section on the " +"sidebar. The following options are available to customize a field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: choose a custom field option or an existing field type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input Type`: determine the type of information customers should " +"input. Available options are :guilabel:`Text`, :guilabel:`Email`, " +":guilabel:`Telephone`, or :guilabel:`Url`. The selection made in this field " +"limits the format that customers can use when entering information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Label`: enter the name for the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Position`: choose the way the label is aligned with the rest of " +"the form. The label can be hidden, above the field, to the left of the " +"field, or right adjusted and closer to the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: slide the toggle to add a description for the " +"field, which can provide additional instructions to customers. Click under " +"the field on the form to add the description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Placeholder`: enter an example to help users know how to input " +"information where formatting is important, such as a phone number or email " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Value`: enter a value to include in the form, by default," +" if the customer does not provide information in the field. *It is not " +"recommended to include a default value for required fields*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required`: slide the toggle to mark this field as required if it " +"**must** be filled in for every submission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visibility`: select when this field should be visible. Use the " +"button on the left to choose whether to show or hide this field on a desktop" +" users. Use the button on the right to choose whether to show or hide this " +"field to mobile users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`Animation`: select if this field should have any animation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst-1 +msgid "The field configuration settings on an Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:89 +msgid "View opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:91 +msgid "" +"After a customer submits a contact form, and an opportunity is created, it " +"is assigned based on the :ref:`form settings `. " +"To view opportunities, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales --> My " +"Pipeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If leads are activated on the database, contact form submissions are " +"generated as leads, not opportunities. To activate leads, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Leads` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads` to view the newly-created " +"leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:102 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`My Pipeline` dashboard, click on an opportunity card in " +"the Kanban view to open the opportunity record. The information submitted by" +" the customer is visible on the opportunity record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:107 +msgid "" +"As the contact form fields are customizable, the fields on the opportunity " +"record, where the form information is stored, varies accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the preconfigured contact form is used, the *Subject* field is added to " +"the :guilabel:`Title` field, and the content in the :guilabel:`Notes` field," +" which is labeled as :guilabel:`Your Question`, is added to the " +":guilabel:`Internal Notes` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../pipeline/manage_sales_teams`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`convert`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`../track_leads/lead_scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:118 +msgid ":ref:`Website forms `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 msgid "Create and send quotations" msgstr "建立及傳送報價" @@ -1095,20 +1392,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:12 msgid "" -"To install the *Gamification* module, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` " -"application. Click into the :guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top of the page" -" and remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter. Type `Gamification` to search." +"To install the *CRM Gamification* module, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Apps` application. Click into the :guilabel:`Search...` bar " +"at the top of the page and remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter. Type `CRM " +"Gamification` to search." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:16 msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Gamification` module is **not** already installed, click " -":guilabel:`Install`. After completing the installation, return to the " -":menuselection:`Apps` application and search for `Gamification` again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:20 -msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`CRM Gamification` module, click :guilabel:`Install`. This " "module features goals and challenges related to the *CRM* and *Sales* " "applications." @@ -1118,31 +1409,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the gamification module being installed in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:24 msgid "" -"If both the *CRM* and *Sales* apps are installed, the *CRM Gamification* " -"module is automatically installed on the database." +"If **both** the *CRM* and *Sales* apps are installed, the *CRM Gamification*" +" module is automatically installed on the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 msgid "" "To access the *Gamification Tools* menu, first enable :ref:`developer-mode`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:29 msgid "" "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Gamification Tools`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1 -msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings" +msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 msgid "Create badges" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 msgid "" "*Badges* are awarded to users when they have completed a challenge. " "Different badges can be awarded based on the type of task completed, and can" @@ -1150,7 +1441,7 @@ msgid "" "goal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:44 msgid "" "To view the existing badges, or create a new one, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." @@ -1160,7 +1451,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the badges page in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:52 msgid "" "Some badges can be awarded outside of challenges, as well. Select the Kanban" " card for the desired badge, then click :guilabel:`Grant`. This opens a " @@ -1168,30 +1459,30 @@ msgid "" " would you like to reward?` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:56 msgid "" "Add any additional information regarding why the user is receiving the " "reward in the field below, then click :guilabel:`Grant Badge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a new badge, click :guilabel:`New` at the top-left of the page to " "open a blank form. Enter a name for the :guilabel:`Badge`, followed by a " "description." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Allowance to Grant` field determines when a badge can be " "granted, and by whom:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:64 msgid ":guilabel:`Everyone`: this badge can be manually granted by any user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`A selected list of users`: this badge can only be granted by a " "select group of users. If this option is selected, it generates a new field," @@ -1199,7 +1490,7 @@ msgid "" "down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`People having some badges`: this badge can only be granted by " "users who have already been awarded a specific badge. If this option is " @@ -1208,13 +1499,13 @@ msgid "" " this badge to others." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No one, assigned through challenges`: this badge cannot be " "manually granted, it can only be awarded through challenges." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:75 msgid "" "To limit the number of badges a user can send, tick the :guilabel:`Monthly " "Limited Spending` checkbox. This sets a limit on the number of times a user " @@ -1226,32 +1517,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The details page for a new badge." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:87 msgid "Create a challenge" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:89 msgid "" "To create a challenge, navigate to to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Gamification Tools --> Challenges`. Click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left " "corner to open a blank challenge form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:92 msgid "At the top of the form, enter a :guilabel:`Challenge Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:95 msgid "Create assignment rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:97 msgid "" "To assign the challenge to specific users, one or more assignment rules must" " be utilized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:99 msgid "" "Click into the first field under :guilabel:`Assign Challenge to`, and select" " a parameter from the drop-down list to define the rule. Then, click into " @@ -1259,73 +1550,84 @@ msgid "" "third field to further define the parameter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:104 msgid "" "To include all users with permissions in the *Sales* app, create a rule with" -" the following parameters: - :guilabel:`Groups` - :guilabel:`is in` - " -"`Sales/User: Own Documents Only`" +" the following parameters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:107 +msgid ":guilabel:`Groups`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`is in`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:109 +msgid "`Sales/User: Own Documents Only`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:0 msgid "View of the assignation rules section of a Challenge form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:115 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Periodicity` field, select a time frame for goals to be " "automatically assessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:118 msgid "Add goals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:120 msgid "" "Challenges can be based on a single goal, or can include multiple goals with" " different targets. To add a goal to the challenge, click :guilabel:`Add a " "line` on the :guilabel:`Goals` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:123 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Goal Definition` field, choose a goal from the drop-down " "list. The :guilabel:`Condition` field automatically updates to reflect the " "condition set on the goal definition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:128 msgid "" "The *CRM Gamification* module contains preconfigured goals geared towards " "salesteams:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:130 msgid ":guilabel:`New Leads`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Time to Qualify a Lead`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:132 msgid ":guilabel:`Days to Close a Dead`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:133 msgid ":guilabel:`New Opportunities`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`New Sales Orders`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:136 msgid "" "Enter a :guilabel:`Target` for the goal based on the :guilabel:`Suffix`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:138 msgid "Repeat these steps for each additional goal." msgstr "" @@ -1333,25 +1635,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The goals tab of a challenge form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:145 msgid "Add rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:147 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Reward` tab. Choose the :ref:`badges ` to be awarded :guilabel:`For 1st User` and :guilabel:`For Every " "Succeeding User` by selecting them from the drop-down lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:152 msgid "" "Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " "of a running period, at the end date of a challenge, or when the challenge " "is manually closed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:155 msgid "" "After setup is complete, click the :guilabel:`Start Challenge` button at the" " top-left of the page to begin the challenge." @@ -1379,6 +1681,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Timezone`, and :guilabel:`Technologies Used`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Enterprise Odoo users with a valid subscription get free credits to test " +":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` features before deciding to purchase more " +"credits for the database. This includes demo/training databases, educational" +" databases, and one-app-free databases." +msgstr "" +"企業版 Odoo 用戶若有生效的服務計劃，將獲得免費點數，可測試 " +"IAP（應用程式內購買）功能，之後才決定是否為資料庫購買更多點數。此安排適用於：演示/訓練資料庫、教育資料庫，以及單一應用程式免費資料庫。" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:21 msgid "" "The *leads* feature **must** be activated in the *CRM* settings page in " @@ -4423,6 +4736,182 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:3 +msgid "Manage sales teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Teams* feature within Odoo's *CRM* app allows for the creation " +"and management of multiple sales teams, each with their own assignment " +"rules, invoicing targets, and roster of salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:9 +msgid "Create a sales team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To create a new sales team, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration " +"--> Sales Teams`, then click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the blank sales team form, enter a name in the :guilabel:`Sales Team` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:16 +msgid "Next, select a :guilabel:`Team Leader` from the drop-down list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Set an :guilabel:`Email Alias` to automatically generate a lead/opportunity " +"for this sales team whenever a message is sent to that unique email address." +" Choose whether to accept emails from :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`, :guilabel:`Followers Only`, or " +":guilabel:`Authenticated Employees`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Select a :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu to assign this team to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company` field is only visible in multi-company databases, " +"and is not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The settings page for a new sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If the *Sales* app is installed on the database, an :guilabel:`Invoicing " +"Target` field appears on the sales team form. This is the revenue target for" +" the current month. The amount entered in this field is used to populate the" +" invoicing progress bar on the :ref:`sales team dashboard `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:39 +msgid "Add sales team members" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To add team members, click :guilabel:`Add` under the :guilabel:`Members` tab" +" when editing the sales team's configuration page. This opens a " +":guilabel:`Create Sales Team Members` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Rule-Based Assignment` feature has **not** been enabled on" +" the *CRM* app's *Settings* page, clicking :guilabel:`Add` under the " +":guilabel:`Members` tab opens an :guilabel:`Add: Salespersons` pop-up " +"window. Tick the checkbox to the far-left of the salesperson to be added to " +"the team, then click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:0 +msgid "The Add: Salespersons pop-up window on a new sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Select a user from the :guilabel:`Salesperson` drop-down list to add them to" +" the team. To prevent this salesperson from being automatically assigned " +"leads, tick the :guilabel:`Skip auto assignment` checkbox. If this feature " +"is activated, the salesperson can still be assigned leads manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The Create Sales Team Members pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Leads (30 days)` field tracks how many leads the salesperson " +"has been assigned in the past thirty days for this team, and the maximum " +"number of leads they should be assigned. To edit the maximum number of leads" +" this salesperson can be assigned, enter that amount in the :guilabel:`Leads" +" (30 days)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:68 +msgid "" +":doc:`Assignment rules <../track_leads/lead_scoring>` can be configured for " +"individual salespeople using the :guilabel:`Domain` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when finished, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to " +"add additional members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:74 +msgid "Enable multi teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To allow salespeople to be assigned to more than one sales team, the *Multi " +"Teams* setting needs to be enabled. First, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`CRM` section, tick" +" the checkbox labeled :guilabel:`Multi Teams`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` " +"at the top-left of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The settings page of the CRM app with the Multi Teams setting enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:88 +msgid "Sales team dashboard" +msgstr "銷售團隊概覽畫面" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view the sales team dashboard, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales " +"--> Teams`. Any team the user is a member of appears in the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst-1 +msgid "The sales team dashboard in the CRM app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Each Kanban card gives an overview of the sales team's open opportunities, " +"quotations, sales orders, and expected revenue, as well as a bar graph of " +"new opportunities per week, and an invoicing progress bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Pipeline` button to go directly to that team's *CRM* " +"pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Click on the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon in " +"the top-right corner of the Kanban card to open a drop-down menu. Then, to " +"view or edit the team's settings, click :guilabel:`Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/manage_sales_teams.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../optimize/utilize_activities`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/merge_similar.rst:3 msgid "Merge similar leads and opportunities" msgstr "" @@ -4606,126 +5095,6 @@ msgid "" "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 -msgid "Multiple sales teams" -msgstr "管理多個銷售團隊" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Sales Teams* feature to manage several sales teams, departments, or" -" channels, each with their own unique sales processes." -msgstr "運用 *銷售團隊* 功能，可管理多個銷售團隊、部門或通路，當中每個團隊、部門或通路都可擁有自己的獨特銷售流程。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 -msgid "Create a new sales team" -msgstr "建立新的銷售團隊" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new sales team, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Sales Teams`, then click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" -"若要建立新的銷售團隊，請前往 :menuselection:`客戶關係應用程式 --> 配置 --> 銷售團隊`，然後按一下 " -":guilabel:`建立`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:15 -msgid "" -"On the creation page, set an :guilabel:`Email Alias` to automatically " -"generate a lead/opportunity for this sales team every time a message is sent" -" to that unique email address. Choose whether to accept emails from " -":guilabel:`Everyone`, :guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`, or " -":guilabel:`Followers Only`." -msgstr "" -"在建立頁面上，設定一個 " -":guilabel:`電郵別名`，每次有人向這個獨特電郵地址發送訊息時，系統便會自動為對應的銷售團隊，建立潛在客戶/銷售機會的資料。你可選擇接收來自 " -":guilabel:`所有人`、:guilabel:`已驗證合作夥伴` 或 :guilabel:`只限關注者` 的電子郵件。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Set an :guilabel:`Invoicing Target` if this team has specific monthly " -"revenue goals. Set a :guilabel:`Domain` to assign leads/opportunities to " -"this sales team based on specific filters, such as country, language, or " -"campaign." -msgstr "" -"如果團隊有特定的每月收入目標，你可設定一個 :guilabel:`開立發票目標`。可設立一個 " -":guilabel:`搜尋範圍`，根據特定篩選條件（例如國家/地區、語言、行銷活動等），向該銷售團隊分配潛在客戶/銷售機會。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Create a sales team in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "在 Odoo 客戶關係應用程式中建立銷售團隊。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:29 -msgid "Add members to a sales team" -msgstr "將成員加入銷售團隊" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To add team members, click :guilabel:`Add` under the :guilabel:`Members` tab" -" when editing the sales team's configuration page. Select a salesperson from" -" the drop-down menu or create new salesperson. Set a maximum number of leads" -" that can be assigned to this salesperson in a 30-day period to ensure that " -"they do not overwork." -msgstr "" -"若要新增團隊成員，請在編輯銷售團隊的配置頁面時，按一下 :guilabel:`成員` 分頁下的 " -":guilabel:`新增`。從下拉式選單中選擇銷售人員，或建立新的銷售人員。你可設定 30 " -"天內最多可分配給這位銷售人員的潛在客戶數量，以確保他們不會過勞。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Add a salesperson in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "在 Odoo 客戶關係應用程式中新增銷售人員。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 -msgid "" -"One person can be added as a team member or :guilabel:`Team Leader` to " -"multiple sales teams, allowing them to access all of the pipelines that they" -" need to." -msgstr "同一人可以加入成為多個銷售團隊的團隊成員或 :guilabel:`團隊負責人`，讓他們可存取需要用到的全部管道。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:44 -msgid "Sales team dashboard" -msgstr "銷售團隊概覽畫面" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 -msgid "" -"To view the sales team dashboard, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Sales --> " -"Teams`. Odoo users will see any teams that they are a part of as dashboard " -"tiles." -msgstr "" -"要查看銷售團隊概覽畫面，請前往 :menuselection:`客戶關係應用程式 --> 銷售 --> 團隊`。Odoo " -"使用者會在概覽畫面看到自己所屬的團隊，以圖塊顯示。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Each tile gives an overview of the sales team's open opportunities, " -"quotations, sales orders, and expected revenue, as well as a bar graph of " -"new opportunities per week and an invoicing progress bar." -msgstr "每個圖塊都會概述銷售團隊的開放銷售機會、報價、銷售訂單及預期收入，亦有每週新增銷售機會的棒形圖，以至開立發票的進度列。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "Sales team overview dashboard in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "Odoo 客戶關係應用程式中，銷售團隊的概覽畫面。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Click on the three dots in the corner of a tile to open a navigational menu " -"that lets users quickly view documents or reports, create new quotations or " -"opportunities, pick a color for this team, or access the team's " -"configuration page." -msgstr "" -"按一下圖塊一角的三個圓點，可開啟導覽選單，使用者可快速檢視文件或報表、建立新的報價單或銷售機會、為團隊選擇顯示顏色，以至存取該團隊的配置頁面。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Click the Three Dot Menu in Odoo CRM dashboard to view documents and create " -"opportunities." -msgstr "按一下 Odoo 客戶關係應用程式概覽畫面中的三圓點選單，可查看文件及建立銷售機會。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Click on the :guilabel:`Pipeline` button to go directly to that team's CRM " -"pipeline." -msgstr "按一下 :guilabel:`管道` 按鈕，以直接前往該團隊的客戶關係管理管道。" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:5 msgid "Assign and track leads" msgstr "" @@ -7058,7 +7427,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -7272,7 +7641,7 @@ msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` at the bottom of the screen to save changes." msgstr "按一下螢幕底部的 :guilabel:`儲存`，以儲存更改。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:72 @@ -7300,7 +7669,7 @@ msgstr "" "` 以及 :guilabel:`Adyen 商家帳戶`。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:96 @@ -7348,16 +7717,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 msgid "" -"Worldline payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " +"Ingenico payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:10 msgid "" -"Worldline is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " +"Ingenico is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " "Luxembourg." msgstr "" @@ -7374,31 +7741,54 @@ msgstr "連接一個物聯網盒子" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:20 msgid "" -"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"Connecting an Ingenico payment terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " "an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " "database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:26 -msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:25 +msgid "Configure the Lane/Desk/Move 5000 terminals for Ingenico BENELUX" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:27 msgid "" -"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " -"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." +"Press the function button (:guilabel:`F` on Lane/5000, :guilabel:`⦿` on " +"Desk/5000 and Move/5000)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Kassa menu --> Settings Menu` and enter the settings " +"password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Change Connection` and press :guilabel:`OK` on the next " +"screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, click on connection change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " -"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " -"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " -"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." +msgid "Select :guilabel:`TCP/IP` and :guilabel:`IP-address`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:32 +msgid "On the next screen, enter the IP address of your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Enter `9000` as port number and press :guilabel:`OK` on the next screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:35 +msgid "" +"At this point, the terminal restarts and should be displayed in your IoT Box" +" form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:43 msgid "" "Enable the payment terminal :ref:`in the application settings " "` and :doc:`create the related payment method " @@ -7408,7 +7798,7 @@ msgid "" "Device` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:57 msgid "" "In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " "Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " @@ -7417,26 +7807,26 @@ msgid "" "Successful*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:66 msgid "" "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " "retry to send the payment request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:69 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" " Odoo even if the connection between the terminal and Odoo has issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:75 msgid "" "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " "you the connection failed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:78 msgid "" "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " "of card that has been used and the transaction ID." @@ -7855,6 +8245,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Worldline" msgstr "Worldline" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Worldline payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Worldline is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and " +"Luxembourg." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo is compatible with Worldline terminals that use the CTEP protocol " @@ -8755,7 +9157,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:42 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:243 msgid "Multiple prices per product" msgstr "每個產品的多種價格" @@ -8800,7 +9202,7 @@ msgid "Setup form of a multiple prices pricelist" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:321 msgid "Advanced price rules" msgstr "" @@ -9013,7 +9415,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:41 msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "應收憑單" +msgstr "發票" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -10821,21 +11223,108 @@ msgid "" " usual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:71 +msgid "" +"As of February 19, 2024, in North American marketplaces, :abbr:`FBA " +"(Fulfilled by Amazon)` orders created with the *Amazon Connector*, do not " +"get the customer's name passed onto the sales/delivery order in Odoo. This " +"is due to the fact that Amazon now calculates, and remits, sales tax on " +"behalf of sellers. In other words, personally identifiable customer " +"information is not transmitted to the seller any longer, after a :abbr:`FBA " +"(Fulfilled by Amazon)` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 msgid "Supported marketplaces" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:75 -msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 msgid "" "If a marketplace is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, it's possible to" " :ref:`add a new marketplace `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:86 +msgid "**North America region**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Canada" +msgstr "加拿大" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Amazon.ca" +msgstr "Amazon.ca" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "墨西哥" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Amazon.com.mx" +msgstr "Amazon.com.mx" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:92 +msgid "US" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:92 +msgid "Amazon.com" +msgstr "Amazon.com" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:96 +msgid "**Europe region**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:98 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "德國" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:98 +msgid "Amazon.de" +msgstr "Amazon.de" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:100 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "西班牙" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:100 +msgid "Amazon.es" +msgstr "Amazon.es" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:102 +msgid "France" +msgstr "法國" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:102 +msgid "Amazon.fr" +msgstr "Amazon.fr" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:104 +msgid "UK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:104 +msgid "Amazon.co.uk" +msgstr "Amazon.co.uk" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:106 +msgid "Italy" +msgstr "意大利" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:106 +msgid "Amazon.it" +msgstr "Amazon.it" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:108 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "荷蘭" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:108 +msgid "Amazon.nl" +msgstr "Amazon.nl" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:30 @@ -10843,7 +11332,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:155 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:17 @@ -15616,7 +16105,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Loyalty Cards`: When making purchases, the customer accumulates " -"points to exchange for rewards on future orders." +"points to exchange for rewards on current and/or future orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:90 @@ -16322,7 +16811,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:337 msgid "" "Either option reveals the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, in which pricelists " "can be created and/or modified at any time." @@ -16333,13 +16822,27 @@ msgid "How the pricelists page looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:267 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " -"*Sales* and *eCommerce*." +"The order of the pricelists on the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page has an impact" +" on how they are applied. If several pricelists share the same criteria, " +"**only** the first listed pricelist is applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"For example, for two pricelists with different rules, but same criteria " +"(e.g., same website, same country), only the *first* pricelist in the list " +"is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " +"*Sales* and *eCommerce*. This pricelist is applied by default, if there are " +"no matching criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:64 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, either select the desired pricelist to" " edit, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new pricelist, which reveals a " @@ -16350,14 +16853,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the pricelist detail form looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:72 msgid "" "When creating a new pricelist, start by adding a name for the pricelist at " "the top of the form, in the blank field. Next, select which " ":guilabel:`Currency` should be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:75 msgid "" "Then, if working in a multi-company environment, select which company this " "pricelist should apply to in the :guilabel:`Company` field. If this field is" @@ -16365,11 +16868,11 @@ msgid "" "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:80 msgid "Price rules tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:82 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab functionality on a pricelist form varies " "depending on the :guilabel:`Pricelists` setting chosen: either " @@ -16377,25 +16880,25 @@ msgid "" "(discounts, formulas)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:86 msgid "" "However, the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab and :guilabel:`Configuration` " "tab are always the same, regardless of the chosen :guilabel:`Pricelists` " "setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:90 msgid "Price rules tab (multiple prices per product)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:92 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Multiple prices per product` setting activated, the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab on pricelist forms provides the option to add " "specific products, with a specific price, to a pricelist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96 msgid "" "To add a specific product and price to a pricelist form, click the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab, then click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the " @@ -16403,20 +16906,20 @@ msgid "" "specific price should be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 msgid "" "Next, if necessary, select a product variant under the :guilabel:`Variants` " "column (e.g. a specific product size, color, etc.). If no variants are " "selected, then this price will apply to all variants of the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104 msgid "" "If a minimum amount of the product must be purchased in order to apply the " "specific price, enter the amount under the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:107 msgid "" "To configure the price of the product for this specific pricelist, enter the" " desired amount under the :guilabel:`Price` column. Then, there is the " @@ -16424,56 +16927,56 @@ msgid "" "configured product price, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "" "To add another product line, click :guilabel:`Add a line` again, and repeat " "the process. There is no limit to how many products can be added in the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab of a pricelist form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:114 msgid "" "For more information, check out the following section: :ref:`Multiple prices" " per product `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:118 msgid "Price rules tab (advanced price rules)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` setting " "activated, the :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab on pricelist forms provides the " "option to configure detailed price rules based on formulas." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:124 msgid "" "Check out the :ref:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas) " "` section for detailed steps on how to add " "advanced price rules to a pricelist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 msgid "Time-based rules tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 msgid "" "Time-based rules are used specifically with :doc:`subscription products " "`. Be sure to check out the Odoo" " *Subscriptions* :doc:`documentation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:134 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab, the same functionality of the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab is present, with the only difference being that " "a repeating time period can be applied in the :guilabel:`Period` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:138 msgid "" "After a :guilabel:`Product` and potential :guilabel:`Variant` are selected " "in the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab, select the blank field in the " @@ -16481,7 +16984,7 @@ msgid "" "recurrence periods (e.g. `Monthly`, `Quarterly`, `Weekly`, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:142 msgid "" "New recurrence periods can also be directly created from this column, by " "typing in the new name for the :guilabel:`Period` and then selecting " @@ -16494,28 +16997,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Custom time period pop-up form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:151 msgid "" "From this :guilabel:`Create Period` pop-up form, add a :guilabel:`Name`, " ":guilabel:`Duration`, then a :guilabel:`Unit` (e.g. `Days`, `Weeks`, etc.). " "When finished, click :guilabel:`Save and Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:154 msgid "" "Lastly, add the desired price for this time-based rule in the " ":guilabel:`Price` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:157 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:160 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "配置分頁" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:162 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, there are a few options that can " "further customize the pricelist." @@ -16525,7 +17028,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuration tab on pricelist detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:169 msgid "" "From here, under the :guilabel:`Availability` section, in the " ":guilabel:`Country Groups` field, certain country groups can be added to the" @@ -16533,13 +17036,13 @@ msgid "" "this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:174 msgid "" "If no country is set for a customer, Odoo takes the first pricelist without " "any country group." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:176 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Website` section, there are a few options that can be " "configured. In the :guilabel:`Website` field, this pricelist can be applied " @@ -16547,7 +17050,7 @@ msgid "" "blank, the pricelist will be applied to all websites in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:181 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Selectable` checkbox to have this pricelist as a " "selectable option for customers to choose as they shop. If the " @@ -16555,7 +17058,7 @@ msgid "" "this pricelist for themselves as they shop." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:185 msgid "" "Lastly, there is the option to add an :guilabel:`E-commerce Promotional " "Code`. To add a code, type in the desired promo code that, when entered " @@ -16563,17 +17066,17 @@ msgid "" "the customer does not fall into the previously-specified criteria." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:190 msgid "Show discount percentage to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:192 msgid "" "With Odoo *Sales*, the option to show the public price *and* the computed " "discount percentage on the product catalog is available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:195 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Pricing` section, click the checkbox next " @@ -16581,7 +17084,7 @@ msgid "" "save all changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:199 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Discounts` feature, navigate to the " "pricelists page, either by clicking the :guilabel:`Pricelists` link from the" @@ -16589,7 +17092,7 @@ msgid "" "Products --> Pricelists`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:203 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, select the desired pricelist to edit. On" " the pricelist form, click into the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab. In the " @@ -16603,34 +17106,34 @@ msgid "" "Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:211 msgid "The options available in this section are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:213 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Discount included in the price`: shows the customer only the " "final price with the discount already included." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:215 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show public price & discount to the customer`: shows the customer" " the public price *and* the discount they're earning." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:219 msgid "Customer pricelist application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:221 msgid "" "While the default pricelist applied to any customer is the :guilabel:`Public" " Pricelist`, Odoo provides the opportunity to directly apply a different " "pricelist to customers on their contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:224 msgid "" "To do that, open the desired customer's contact form, either by navigating " "to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Customers` and selecting the " @@ -16642,7 +17145,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sample customer detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:232 msgid "" "On the desired customer's contact form, under the :guilabel:`Sales & " "Purchase` tab, in the :guilabel:`Sales` section, designate what pricelist " @@ -16654,7 +17157,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pricelist field in a customer detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:245 msgid "" "To apply several prices per individual product, select the " ":guilabel:`Multiple prices per product` option, after enabling the " @@ -16663,7 +17166,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:249 msgid "" "Next, apply pricelists to specific products using the product form. Navigate" " to the :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and select the " @@ -16672,7 +17175,7 @@ msgid "" "form on a separate page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:254 msgid "" "On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Extra Prices` smart button, " "located at the top of the form." @@ -16682,7 +17185,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the extra prices smart button appears in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:261 msgid "" "Doing so reveals a separate page displaying the :guilabel:`Price Rules` that" " are specific to that particular product. Here, price rules can be edited or" @@ -16693,20 +17196,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the extra price rules per product page appears in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:268 msgid "" "To create a new price rule for a product from this specific :guilabel:`Price" " Rules` page, click :guilabel:`New` to add a new, customizable row that has " "the desired product already populated in the :guilabel:`Applied On` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:272 msgid "" "Next, select which :guilabel:`Pricelist` this specific product price rule " "should apply to, via the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:276 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " +"*Sales* and *eCommerce*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:279 msgid "" "To create a new pricelist from this page, type in the desired name of the " "new pricelist in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column, then select " @@ -16716,13 +17225,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pricelists` page, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:285 msgid "" "After the desired pricelist is added to the row, designate a :guilabel:`Min." " Quantity` for the price rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:289 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` column is set to `2`, the new price in the " ":guilabel:`Price` column will be applied to orders of 2 or more products. " @@ -16731,14 +17240,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min. Quantity` of `2` products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:294 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired amount in the :guilabel:`Price` column. Then, if " "needed, enter a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End Date` for the " "product's price rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:297 msgid "" "And lastly, if working in a multi-company environment, select which company " "this price rule should be applied to in the :guilabel:`Company` field. " @@ -16746,19 +17255,19 @@ msgid "" "the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:301 msgid "" "Click away from the row to activate Odoo's auto-save capability, meaning " "that newly-created price rule is now ready to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:304 msgid "" "Proceed to add as many unique price rules per product as desired. There is " "no limit to how many price rules can be added per product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:307 msgid "" "With the price rule(s) in place for a specific product, customers who fall " "into those corresponding pricelists automatically see those new prices " @@ -16767,7 +17276,7 @@ msgid "" "product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:313 msgid "" "When a price rule/pricelist is added to a product via the :guilabel:`Extra " "Prices` smart button, it is also reflected on the pricelist itself. " @@ -16776,7 +17285,7 @@ msgid "" "smart button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:323 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` pricelist feature" " provides the option to set price change rules based on discounts and " @@ -16784,7 +17293,7 @@ msgid "" "the product's cost, or another pricelist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:327 msgid "" "To use advanced pricing rules, with discounts and formulas, select the " ":guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)` option, after " @@ -16793,7 +17302,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:332 msgid "" "After activating and saving that :guilabel:`Pricelists` feature, the " ":guilabel:`Settings` page reloads and, from here, either select the " @@ -16802,13 +17311,13 @@ msgid "" " Products --> Pricelists`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:340 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, select a desired pricelist to modify, " "or create a new pricelist by clicking the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:343 msgid "" "On the pricelist form, under the :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line` to add an advanced price rule. Doing so reveals a " @@ -16820,35 +17329,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the Create Pricelist Rules pop-up form looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:352 msgid "Price computation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:354 msgid "" "On this form, first choose one of the three :guilabel:`Computation` options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fixed Price`: the price computation is based on a fixed price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:357 msgid ":guilabel:`Discount`: the price computation is based on a discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:358 msgid ":guilabel:`Formula`: the price computation is based on a formula." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:361 msgid "" "Each :guilabel:`Computation` option reveals its own computation-specific " "fields on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:363 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Fixed Price` is selected, enter the desired price in the " ":guilabel:`Fixed Price` field below. If :guilabel:`Discount` is selected, " @@ -16856,7 +17365,7 @@ msgid "" " appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:367 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Formula` is selected, a number of configurable options appear." msgstr "" @@ -16865,7 +17374,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The various formula computation options present in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:373 msgid "" "To configure the :guilabel:`Formula` computation option, start by selecting " "an option from the :guilabel:`Based on` field: :guilabel:`Sales Price`, " @@ -16873,14 +17382,14 @@ msgid "" "advanced price rule formula will be based on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:377 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Discount` field, determine how much of a discount " "should be applied. It should be noted that a mark-up can be applied by " "setting a negative discount in this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:381 msgid "" "To formulate a 100% markup (or 2 times the cost of the product), with a $5 " "minimum margin, set the :guilabel:`Based on` field to :guilabel:`Cost`, the " @@ -16894,7 +17403,7 @@ msgid "" " Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:389 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` field, specify a fixed amount to add (or " "subtract) to the amount calculated with the discount. After that, enter a " @@ -16902,29 +17411,29 @@ msgid "" " sets the price so that it is a multiple of the value in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:394 msgid "Rounding is applied *after* the discount and *before* the surcharge." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:397 msgid "" "To have prices that end in 9.99, set the :guilabel:`Rounding Method` to `10`" " and the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` to `-0.01`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:400 msgid "" "Lastly, specify the minimum amount of margin over the base price in the " ":guilabel:`Margins` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:402 msgid "" "Once all formula-related configurations are complete, Odoo provides an " "example of the formula in a blue block to the right of the configurations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:406 msgid "" "To apply 20% discounts, with prices rounded up to 9.99, set the " ":guilabel:`Based on` field to :guilabel:`Sales Price`, the " @@ -16936,47 +17445,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a 20% discount with prices rounded to 9.99 in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:415 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "條件" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:417 msgid "" "At the bottom of the :guilabel:`Create Pricelist Rules` pop-up form is the " ":guilabel:`Conditions` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:420 msgid "" "Here, start by selecting one of the options in the :guilabel:`Apply On` " "field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:422 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All Products`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to all" " products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to" " a specific category of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:425 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to a " "specific product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:426 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to " "a specific product variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:429 msgid "" "If any of those options, apart from :guilabel:`All Products`, are selected, " "a new option-specific field appears, in which the specific " @@ -16984,31 +17493,31 @@ msgid "" "Variant` must be chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:433 msgid "" "Then, select a minimum quantity to be applied to the advanced pricelist rule" " in the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` field. Lastly, select a range of dates for" " the pricelist item validation in the :guilabel:`Validity` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:437 msgid "" "Once all configurations are complete, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " "to save the advanced pricelist rule, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to " "immediately create another advanced pricelist rule on a fresh form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:442 msgid "" "If a price rule is set for a particular product, and another one for its " "product category, Odoo takes the rule of the product itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:446 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:447 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management`" msgstr "" @@ -20740,7 +21249,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:406 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:107 msgid ":doc:`../subscriptions`" msgstr "" @@ -20749,7 +21258,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:407 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:183 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`plans`" msgstr "" @@ -20758,7 +21267,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:408 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:184 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`products`" msgstr "" @@ -22589,7 +23098,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:88 msgid "Create invoice" -msgstr "創建應收憑單" +msgstr "建立發票" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -22900,7 +23409,14 @@ msgid "" "initial subscription product in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The prorated amount is **only** applied to *Service* product types. It is " +"**not** applied to *Consumable* or *Storable* product types, even if the " +"message appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:75 msgid "" "From this new upsell quotation form, add new subscription products in the " ":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " @@ -22913,27 +23429,27 @@ msgid "" "Subscriptions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:82 msgid "" "Once the desired upsell subscription product(s) have been added, it can be " "sent to the customer for approval by clicking the :guilabel:`Send by Email` " "button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:86 msgid "" "When the quotation is confirmed by the customer, the upsell products are " "added to the initial subscription. Quotation prices are then prorated to the" " remaining time of the current invoicing period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:91 msgid "" "Before sending the new quotation to the customer, the unit price, taxes, and" " even discount can be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:94 msgid "" "Once the customer approves, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " "quotation, making it a sales order. When that's clicked, a :guilabel:`Sales " @@ -22941,7 +23457,7 @@ msgid "" " to this initial subscription order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:98 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Sales History` smart button is clicked, Odoo reveals a " "separate page containing a list of the related sales orders, clearly " diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index d2572ba89..9d535e3f3 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Tony Ng, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" @@ -232,11 +232,421 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Plan intervention from helpdesk tickets in Odoo Helpdesk" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:7 msgid "Helpdesk" msgstr "技術支援" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* is a ticketing-based customer support application. Multiple " +"teams can be configured and managed in one dashboard, each with their own " +"pipeline for tickets submitted by customers. Pipelines are organized in " +"customizable stages that enable teams to track, prioritize, and solve " +"customer issues quickly and efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:15 +msgid "Create a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To view or modify *Helpdesk* teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. To create a new team, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button in the top-left of the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "View of the Helpdesk teams page in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:25 +msgid "" +"On the blank Helpdesk team form, enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the new team. " +"Then, enter a description of the team in the field below the team name, if " +"desired. To change the company this team is assigned to, select it from the " +":guilabel:`Company` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The team description is published on the public facing :doc:`website form " +"`, where customers and portal users " +"submit tickets. The description included in this field should **not** " +"include any information that is for internal use only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:0 +msgid "" +"View of a Helpdesk team's website form displaying the team description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:40 +msgid "Visibility & Assignment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The *Visibility* settings alter which internal users and portal users have " +"access to this team and its tickets. The *Assignment* settings alter how " +"users are assigned to handle each ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:46 +msgid "Determine team visibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Visibility` section, select one of the following " +"options to determine who can view this team and its tickets:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invited internal users (private)`: internal users can access the " +"team and the tickets they are following. This access can be modified on each" +" ticket individually by adding or removing the user as a follower. Internal " +"users are considered *invited* once they are added as followers to an " +"individual ticket, or :ref:`to the team itself `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:55 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All internal users (company)`: all internal users can access the " +"team and all of its tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)`: all " +"internal users can access the team and all of its tickets. Portal users can " +"only access the tickets they are following." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:61 +msgid "" +"A `Customer Support` team, meant to handle general shipping and product " +"issues, would have the visibility set on :guilabel:`Invited portal users and" +" all internal users`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:64 +msgid "" +"At the same time, a `Financial Services` team handling tickets related to " +"accounting or tax information would only need to be visible to " +":guilabel:`Invited internal users`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A team's visibility can be altered after the initial configuration. However," +" if the team changes from public access to either private or company-only " +"access, portal users are removed as followers from both the team, and from " +"individual tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:75 +msgid "Follow all team's tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If a user should be notified about any updates regarding tickets for this " +"team, select their name from the :guilabel:`Followers` drop-down menu, " +"located in the :guilabel:`Follow All Team's Tickets` field. Multiple users " +"can be selected to follow a single team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:82 +msgid "" +"External contacts can be selected in the :guilabel:`Followers` field. If the" +" team's visibility is set to :guilabel:`Invited internal users (private)`, " +"followers are notified about updates to the team's tickets, but are **not** " +"able to view them in the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:87 +msgid "Automatically assign new tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:89 +msgid "" +"When tickets are received, they need to be assigned to a member of the team." +" This is done either manually on each ticket individually, or through " +":guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`. Check the :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`" +" checkbox to enable this feature for the team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a Helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the automatic assignment features in Odoo\n" +"Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:98 +msgid "" +"As soon as :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment` has been enabled, additional " +"fields appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Select one of the following assignment methods, based on how the workload " +"should be allocated across the team:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Each user is assigned an equal number of tickets`: tickets are " +"assigned to team members based on total ticket count, regardless of the " +"number of open or closed tickets they are currently assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Each user has an equal number of open tickets`: tickets are " +"assigned to team members based on how many open tickets they are currently " +"assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:110 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Each user is assigned an equal number of tickets` is " +"selected, the overall number of tickets assigned to team members is the " +"same, but it does **not** consider the current workload." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Each user has an equal number of open tickets` is selected, " +"it ensures a balanced workload among team members, as it takes the current " +"number of active tickets into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Finally, add the :guilabel:`Team Members` who are to be assigned tickets for" +" this team. Leave the field empty to include all employees who have the " +"proper assignments and access rights configured in their user account " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If an employee has time off scheduled in the *Time Off* application, they " +"are **not** assigned tickets during that time. If no employees are " +"available, the system looks ahead until there is a match." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:127 +msgid ":ref:`Manage users `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`Access rights <../general/users/access_rights>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:131 +msgid "Create or modify stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:133 +msgid "" +"*Stages* are used to organize the *Helpdesk* pipeline and track the progress" +" of tickets. Stages are customizable, and can be renamed to fit the needs of" +" each team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:137 +msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be activated to access the " +"stages menu. To activate developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Settings app " +"--> General Settings --> Developer Tools`, and click :guilabel:`Activate the" +" developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:141 +msgid "" +"To view or modify *Helpdesk* stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " +"Configuration --> Stages`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The default list view on the :guilabel:`Stages` page displays the stages " +"currently available in *Helpdesk*. They are listed in the order they appear " +"in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To change the order of the stages, click the :guilabel:`(six square)` icon, " +"to the left of the stage name, and drag it to the desired place on the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the stage list page emphasizing the buttons used to change the order the stages\n" +"appear in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Change the stage order on the Kanban view of a *Helpdesk* team's pipeline by" +" dragging and dropping individual columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click the :guilabel:`New` button at the top-left of " +"the stage list. Doing so reveals a blank stage form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Choose a :guilabel:`Name` for the new stage, and add a description, if " +"desired. Then, proceed to fill out the remaining fields following the steps " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "View of a stage's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:170 +msgid "Add email and SMS templates to stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When an :guilabel:`Email Template` is added to a stage, an email is " +"automatically sent to the customer when a ticket reaches that specific stage" +" in the pipeline. Likewise, adding an :guilabel:`SMS Template` triggers an " +"SMS text message to send to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:177 +msgid "" +"SMS Text Messaging is an :doc:`In-App Purchase (IAP) " +"` service that requires prepaid " +"credits to work. Refer to `SMS Pricing FAQ `_ for additional information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To select an existing email template, select it from the :guilabel:`Email " +"Template` field. Click on the :guilabel:`→ (Internal Link)` icon to the " +"right of the field to edit the chosen template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:184 +msgid "" +"To create a new template, click the field, and enter a title for the new " +"template. Then, select :guilabel:`Create and edit` from the drop-down menu " +"that appears, and complete the form details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Follow the same steps to select, edit, or create an :guilabel:`SMS " +"Template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "View of an SMS template setup page in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/companies/email_template`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:197 +msgid "Assign stages to a team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Make a selection in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk Teams` field on the " +":guilabel:`Stages` form. More than one team may be selected, since the same " +"stage can be assigned to multiple teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:203 +msgid "Fold a stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:205 +msgid "" +"By default, stages are unfolded in the Kanban view of either tickets " +"dashboard: :guilabel:`My Tickets` (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets " +"--> My Tickets`) or :guilabel:`All Tickets` (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app " +"--> Tickets --> All Tickets`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Tickets in an unfolded stage are visible in the pipeline under the stage " +"name, and are considered *open*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Stages can be configured to be folded in the Kanban view of a tickets page " +"(:guilabel:`My Tickets` or :guilabel:`All Tickets`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:215 +msgid "" +"The name of the folded stages are still visible, though the tickets in the " +"stage are no longer immediately visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:218 +msgid "" +"To fold a stage, check the :guilabel:`Folded in Kanban` box on the " +":guilabel:`Stages` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Tickets that reach a *folded* stage are considered *closed*. Closing a " +"ticket before the work is completed can result in reporting and " +"communication issues. This setting should **only** be enabled for stages " +"that are considered *closing* stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Stages can be temporarily folded in the Kanban view of the tickets pipeline," +" as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:227 +msgid "" +"View a specific team's pipeline by navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk " +"app`, and clicking the team's Kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Select a stage to fold temporarily, then click the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` " +"icon, and select :guilabel:`Fold`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Kanban view of a Helpdesk stage, with the temporary fold option emphasized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Manually folding a stage from the Kanban view is temporary and does **not** " +"close the tickets in the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:242 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Helpdesk `_" msgstr "" @@ -1097,7 +1507,7 @@ msgid "" "To view and enable the *Track & Bill Time* features on a *Helpdesk* team, " "first navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> " "Helpdesk Teams`. Then, select a team from the list, or create a :doc:`new " -"one <../overview/getting_started>`. This reveals a team's settings page." +"one <../../helpdesk>`. This reveals a team's settings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:31 @@ -1520,422 +1930,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview" msgstr "概覽" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo *Helpdesk* is a ticketing-based customer support application. Multiple " -"teams can be configured and managed in one dashboard, each with their own " -"pipeline for tickets submitted by customers. Pipelines are organized in " -"customizable stages that enable teams to track, prioritize, and solve " -"customer issues quickly and efficiently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:11 -msgid "Create a Helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To view or modify *Helpdesk* teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. To create a new team, click the " -":guilabel:`New` button in the top-left of the dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of the Helpdesk teams page in Odoo Helpdesk." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "" -"On the blank Helpdesk team form, enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the new team. " -"Then, enter a description of the team in the field below the team name, if " -"desired. To change the company this team is assigned to, select it from the " -":guilabel:`Company` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The team description is published on the public facing :doc:`website form " -"`, where customers and portal users submit tickets. The " -"description included in this field should **not** include any information " -"that is for internal use only." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:0 -msgid "" -"View of a Helpdesk team's website form displaying the team description." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:35 -msgid "Visibility & Assignment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The *Visibility* settings alter which internal users and portal users have " -"access to this team and its tickets. The *Assignment* settings alter how " -"users are assigned to handle each ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:41 -msgid "Determine team visibility" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Visibility` section, select one of the following " -"options to determine who can view this team and its tickets:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Invited internal users (private)`: internal users can access the " -"team and the tickets they are following. This access can be modified on each" -" ticket individually by adding or removing the user as a follower. Internal " -"users are considered *invited* once they are added as followers to an " -"individual ticket, or :ref:`to the team itself " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:50 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`All internal users (company)`: all internal users can access the " -"team and all of its tickets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:52 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)`: all " -"internal users can access the team and all of its tickets. Portal users can " -"only access the tickets they are following." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:56 -msgid "" -"A `Customer Support` team, meant to handle general shipping and product " -"issues, would have the visibility set on :guilabel:`Invited portal users and" -" all internal users`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:59 -msgid "" -"At the same time, a `Financial Services` team handling tickets related to " -"accounting or tax information would only need to be visible to " -":guilabel:`Invited internal users`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:63 -msgid "" -"A team's visibility can be altered after the initial configuration. However," -" if the team changes from public access to either private or company-only " -"access, portal users are removed as followers from both the team, and from " -"individual tickets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:70 -msgid "Follow all team's tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:72 -msgid "" -"If a user should be notified about any updates regarding tickets for this " -"team, select their name from the :guilabel:`Followers` drop-down menu, " -"located in the :guilabel:`Follow All Team's Tickets` field. Multiple users " -"can be selected to follow a single team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:77 -msgid "" -"External contacts can be selected in the :guilabel:`Followers` field. If the" -" team's visibility is set to :guilabel:`Invited internal users (private)`, " -"followers are notified about updates to the team's tickets, but are **not** " -"able to view them in the portal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:82 -msgid "Automatically assign new tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:84 -msgid "" -"When tickets are received, they need to be assigned to a member of the team." -" This is done either manually on each ticket individually, or through " -":guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`. Check the :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`" -" checkbox to enable this feature for the team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a Helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the automatic assignment features in Odoo\n" -"Helpdesk." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:93 -msgid "" -"As soon as :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment` has been enabled, additional " -"fields appear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Select one of the following assignment methods, based on how the workload " -"should be allocated across the team:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:98 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Each user is assigned an equal number of tickets`: tickets are " -"assigned to team members based on total ticket count, regardless of the " -"number of open or closed tickets they are currently assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:101 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Each user has an equal number of open tickets`: tickets are " -"assigned to team members based on how many open tickets they are currently " -"assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:105 -msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Each user is assigned an equal number of tickets` is " -"selected, the overall number of tickets assigned to team members is the " -"same, but it does **not** consider the current workload." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:109 -msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Each user has an equal number of open tickets` is selected, " -"it ensures a balanced workload among team members, as it takes the current " -"number of active tickets into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Finally, add the :guilabel:`Team Members` who are to be assigned tickets for" -" this team. Leave the field empty to include all employees who have the " -"proper assignments and access rights configured in their user account " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:117 -msgid "" -"If an employee has time off scheduled in the *Time Off* application, they " -"are **not** assigned tickets during that time. If no employees are " -"available, the system looks ahead until there is a match." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:122 -msgid ":ref:`Manage users `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid ":doc:`Access rights <../../../general/users/access_rights>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:126 -msgid "Create or modify stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:128 -msgid "" -"*Stages* are used to organize the *Helpdesk* pipeline and track the progress" -" of tickets. Stages are customizable, and can be renamed to fit the needs of" -" each team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:132 -msgid "" -":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be activated to access the " -"stages menu. To activate developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Settings app " -"--> General Settings --> Developer Tools`, and click :guilabel:`Activate the" -" developer mode`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:136 -msgid "" -"To view or modify *Helpdesk* stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " -"Configuration --> Stages`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:139 -msgid "" -"The default list view on the :guilabel:`Stages` page displays the stages " -"currently available in *Helpdesk*. They are listed in the order they appear " -"in the pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:142 -msgid "" -"To change the order of the stages, click the :guilabel:`(six square)` icon, " -"to the left of the stage name, and drag it to the desired place on the list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the stage list page emphasizing the buttons used to change the order the stages\n" -"appear in the list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Change the stage order on the Kanban view of a *Helpdesk* team's pipeline by" -" dragging and dropping individual columns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:154 -msgid "" -"To create a new stage, click the :guilabel:`New` button at the top-left of " -"the stage list. Doing so reveals a blank stage form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Choose a :guilabel:`Name` for the new stage, and add a description, if " -"desired. Then, proceed to fill out the remaining fields following the steps " -"below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of a stage's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:165 -msgid "Add email and SMS templates to stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:167 -msgid "" -"When an :guilabel:`Email Template` is added to a stage, an email is " -"automatically sent to the customer when a ticket reaches that specific stage" -" in the pipeline. Likewise, adding an :guilabel:`SMS Template` triggers an " -"SMS text message to send to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:172 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is an :doc:`In-App Purchase (IAP) " -"` service that requires prepaid " -"credits to work. Refer to `SMS Pricing FAQ `_ for additional information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:176 -msgid "" -"To select an existing email template, select it from the :guilabel:`Email " -"Template` field. Click on the :guilabel:`→ (Internal Link)` icon to the " -"right of the field to edit the chosen template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:179 -msgid "" -"To create a new template, click the field, and enter a title for the new " -"template. Then, select :guilabel:`Create and edit` from the drop-down menu " -"that appears, and complete the form details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Follow the same steps to select, edit, or create an :guilabel:`SMS " -"Template`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of an SMS template setup page in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/companies/email_template`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:192 -msgid "Assign stages to a team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Make a selection in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk Teams` field on the " -":guilabel:`Stages` form. More than one team may be selected, since the same " -"stage can be assigned to multiple teams." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:198 -msgid "Fold a stage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:200 -msgid "" -"By default, stages are unfolded in the Kanban view of either tickets " -"dashboard: :guilabel:`My Tickets` (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets " -"--> My Tickets`) or :guilabel:`All Tickets` (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app " -"--> Tickets --> All Tickets`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:204 -msgid "" -"Tickets in an unfolded stage are visible in the pipeline under the stage " -"name, and are considered *open*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:207 -msgid "" -"Stages can be configured to be folded in the Kanban view of a tickets page " -"(:guilabel:`My Tickets` or :guilabel:`All Tickets`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:210 -msgid "" -"The name of the folded stages are still visible, though the tickets in the " -"stage are no longer immediately visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:213 -msgid "" -"To fold a stage, check the :guilabel:`Folded in Kanban` box on the " -":guilabel:`Stages` form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Tickets that reach a *folded* stage are considered *closed*. Closing a " -"ticket before the work is completed can result in reporting and " -"communication issues. This setting should **only** be enabled for stages " -"that are considered *closing* stages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:220 -msgid "" -"Stages can be temporarily folded in the Kanban view of the tickets pipeline," -" as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:222 -msgid "" -"View a specific team's pipeline by navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk " -"app`, and clicking the team's Kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Select a stage to fold temporarily, then click the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` " -"icon, and select :guilabel:`Fold`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Kanban view of a Helpdesk stage, with the temporary fold option emphasized." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Manually folding a stage from the Kanban view is temporary and does **not** " -"close the tickets in the stage." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3 msgid "Help Center" msgstr "支援中心" @@ -1959,8 +1953,8 @@ msgid "" "To activate any *Help Center* features (*Forums*, *eLearning*, or " "*Knowledge*) on a *Helpdesk* team, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " "Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and select a team, or create a :doc:`new " -"one `. Verify the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team is set" -" to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)` in the " +"one <../../helpdesk>`. Verify the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team is set " +"to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)` in the " ":guilabel:`Visibility & Assignment` section." msgstr "" @@ -1987,7 +1981,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`Getting Started `" +msgid ":doc:`Helpdesk Overview <../../helpdesk>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:38 @@ -2014,7 +2008,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To enable the *Knowledge* feature on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " ":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one `." +"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one <../../helpdesk>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:54 @@ -2264,7 +2258,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To enable :guilabel:`Community Forums` on a *Helpdesk* team, start by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk " -"Teams` and select a team, or create a :doc:`new one `." +"Teams` and select a team, or create a :doc:`new one <../../helpdesk>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:197 @@ -2363,7 +2357,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To enable *eLearning* courses on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " ":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one `." +"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one <../../helpdesk>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:249 @@ -2546,21 +2540,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Asking customers to rate the support they received from a *Helpdesk* team " "provides an opportunity to gauge team performance and track customer " -"satisfaction. Ratings can be published to the portal, providing customers " +"satisfaction. Ratings can be published on the portal, providing customers " "with a general overview of the team's performance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 -msgid "Enable customer ratings on a Helpdesk team" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "Enable customer ratings on Helpdesk teams" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:14 msgid "" -"To enable *customer ratings* on a helpdesk team by going to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams`. Select a team from " -"the list and navigate to the settings page. Scroll to the " -":guilabel:`Performance` section, and check the box for :guilabel:`Customer " -"Ratings`." +"To enable *customer ratings* on a helpdesk team, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select a" +" team from the list and click on it to open the settings page. Scroll to the" +" :guilabel:`Performance` section, and tick the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst-1 @@ -2569,84 +2563,83 @@ msgid "" "in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:25 msgid "Set a ratings request email template on a stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:27 msgid "" "To automatically request ratings from customers once their tickets have " "closed, an email template should be added to the appropriate stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:30 msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` setting has been enabled on the team's" -" settings page, (see above) click the :guilabel:`Set an Email Template on " -"Stages` link. Select a stage from the list, or click :guilabel:`New` to " -"create a new stage." +"After the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` :ref:`setting has been enabled " +"` on the team's settings page, click the " +":guilabel:`Set an Email Template on Stages` link. Select a stage from the " +"list, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 msgid "" "Customers should only be asked to rate tickets once an issue has been " -"resolved and their ticket is closed. Therefore, a *ratings request* email " -"should only be added to a stage that is **folded** in the kanban, as tickets" +"resolved and their ticket is *closed*. Therefore, a *ratings request* email " +"should **only** be added to a stage that is folded in the Kanban, as tickets" " in a *folded stage* are considered closed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 msgid "" -"On the stage's settings page, select `Helpdesk: Ticket Rating Request` in " -"the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. This template has been pre-configured " -"with ratings customers can use to provide feedback. To view the template, " -"click the arrow button to the right of the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the template has been added to the stage, it will automatically send a " -"message when a ticket is moved to that stage. Customers will be asked to " -"rate the support they received with colored icons." +"On the stage's settings page, select the template, `Helpdesk: Ticket Rating " +"Request` in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. This template has been " +"preconfigured with ratings customers can use to provide feedback. To view " +"the template, click the arrow button to the right of the field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:43 +msgid "" +"After the template is added to the stage, it automatically sends a message " +"when a ticket is moved to that stage. Customers are then asked to rate the " +"support they received with colored icons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:46 msgid "*Green smiling face* - Satisfied" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:47 msgid "*Yellow neutral face* - Okay" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:48 msgid "*Red frowning face* - Dissatisfied" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a standard helpdesk customer review email template for Odoo " -"Helpdesk." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:50 msgid "" "After selecting a rating, customers are taken to a webpage where they can " -"provide specific written feedback to support their rating. Once a rating is " -"submitted, it is added to the chatter on the ticket." +"provide specific written feedback to support their rating. The rating is " +"then submitted, and the rating, as well as any additional comments, are " +"added to the chatter on the ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:55 msgid "" "Customer ratings can also be viewed through the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings`" -" report. To view this report, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting " -"--> Customer Ratings`." +" report. To view this report, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " +"Reporting --> Customer Ratings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/companies/email_template`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:62 msgid "Publish ratings on the customer portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:64 msgid "" "After enabling the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` setting, an option to " "publish ratings on the team's website appears. Enabling this setting " @@ -2655,23 +2648,26 @@ msgid "" "only statistics of the team's performance will be visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:70 msgid "" -"In order to display ratings on the customer portal, a team has to have their" -" visibility setting set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal " -"users`. This setting is found on the team's settings page under " -":guilabel:`Visibility`." +"To display ratings on the customer portal, a team **must** have their " +"visibility setting set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal " +"users (public)`. To enable this setting, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select a" +" team from the list and click on it to open the settings page. Scroll to the" +" :guilabel:`Visibility & Assignment` section, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users (public)` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:77 msgid "" -"Next, to publish the ratings, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Teams` and select a team. Scroll to " -":guilabel:`Performance` and enable :guilabel:`Publish this team's ratings on" -" your website`." +"Next, to publish the ratings, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app--> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and select a team. Scroll to " +":guilabel:`Performance` and tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Publish this " +"team's ratings on your website`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:81 msgid "" "To view the ratings for a team, a customer will log into the portal and " "navigate to one of their tickets. After clicking on the team name in the " @@ -2684,50 +2680,53 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the ratings performance overview from the customer portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:88 -msgid "Manually hide individual ratings" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Individual ratings can be manually hidden from the portal. This allows for " -"specific ratings to be kept out of the performance metrics that are shown to" -" customers." +msgid ":doc:`Portal access <../../../general/users/portal>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:93 +msgid "Manually hide individual ratings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Individual ratings can be manually hidden from the portal. This allows for " +"specific ratings to be kept out of the performance metrics shared with " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:98 msgid "" "To make a rating visible only to internal users, navigate to the page for a " "rating. This can be done in one of the following ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:101 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` and click" -" on one of the kanban cards for an individual rating." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` and " +"click on one of the Kanban cards for an individual rating." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:103 msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Tickets --> All Tickets` and remove" -" the :guilabel:`Open` filter from the search bar. Then filter by " +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app--> Tickets --> All Tickets` and " +"remove the :guilabel:`Open` filter from the search bar. Then filter by " ":guilabel:`Satisfied`, :guilabel:`Okay` and/or :guilabel:`Dissatisfied`. " "Select a ticket from the results. Click the :guilabel:`Rating` smart button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:108 msgid "" "Once on the rating details page, check the :guilabel:`Visible Internally " "Only` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:350 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets`" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports`" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`reports`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 @@ -2751,7 +2750,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, " "and choose an existing team, or click :guilabel:`New` to :doc:`create a new " -"team `." +"team <../../helpdesk>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:16 @@ -3358,6 +3357,10 @@ msgid "" "Level Agreement)` deadline." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:350 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:351 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" @@ -3370,49 +3373,49 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Reporting" msgstr "報告" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:8 msgid "" -"Odoo *Helpdesk* includes several reports that provide the opportunity to " -"track trends for customer support tickets, identify areas for improvement, " -"manage employee workloads, and confirm when customer expectations are met." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 -msgid "Available reports" +"Reports in Odoo *Helpdesk* provide the opportunity to manage employee " +"workloads, identify areas for improvement, and confirm if customer " +"expectations are being met." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 +msgid "Available reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 msgid "" "Details about the reports available in Odoo *Helpdesk* can be found below. " -"To view the different reports, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Reporting`." +"To view the different reports, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " +"Reporting`, and select one of the following: :guilabel:`Tickets Analysis`, " +":guilabel:`SLA Status Analysis`, or :guilabel:`Customer Ratings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:16 -msgid "Ticket Analysis" -msgstr "支援請求分析" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The *Ticket Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> " -"Ticket Analysis`) provides an overview of every customer support ticket in " -"the database. This includes the number of tickets assigned among teams and " -"individual users." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 +msgid "Tickets Analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:21 msgid "" -"This report is useful in identifying where teams are spending the most time," -" and helps determine if there is an uneven workload distribution among the " -"support staff. The default report counts the number of tickets per team and " -"groups them by stage." +"The *Tickets Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Reporting " +"--> Tickets Analysis`) provides an overview of every customer support ticket" +" in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"This report is useful for identifying where teams are spending the most " +"time, and helps determine if there is an uneven workload distribution among " +"the support staff. The default report counts the number of tickets per team " +"and groups them by stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 msgid "View of Ticket Analysis report default view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:32 msgid "" "Alternative measures can be selected to track where the most time is spent " "at different points in the workflow. To change the measures used for the " @@ -3421,197 +3424,158 @@ msgid "" "down menu:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Hours to Respond`: average number of working hours " "between a message sent from the customer and the response from the support " -"team. *This is does not include messages sent when the ticket was in a " -"folded stage*" +"team. *This does not include messages sent when the ticket was in a folded " +"stage.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:40 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hours Open`: number of hours between the date the ticket was " "created and the closed date. If there is no closed date on the ticket, the " -"current date is used. **This measure is not specific to working hours**" +"current date is used. **This measure is not specific to working hours.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hours Spent`: number of *Timesheet* hours logged on a ticket. " "*This measure is only available if Timesheets are enabled on a team, and the" -" current user has the access rights to view them*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:44 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the date on " -"which the ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team member" +" current user has the access rights to view them.*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:46 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date on " -"which the ticket was created and the date it was closed" +":guilabel:`Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the date the " +"ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team member." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hours to First Response`: number of working hours between the " -"date on which the ticket was received and the date one which the first " -"message was sent. *This does not include email sent automatically when a " -"ticket reaches a stage*" +":guilabel:`Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date the " +"ticket was created and the date it was closed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Hours to SLA Deadline`: number of working hours remaining to " -"reach the last :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` deadline on a ticket" +":guilabel:`Hours to First Response`: number of working hours between the " +"date the ticket was received and the date on which the first message was " +"sent. *This does not include email sent automatically when a ticket reaches " +"a stage.*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:53 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Rating /5`: number valued assigned to the rating received from a " -"customer (Dissatisfied = 1, Okay/Neutral = 3, Satisfied = 5)" +":guilabel:`Hours until SLA Deadline`: number of working hours remaining to " +"reach the last |SLA| deadline on a ticket." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:99 -msgid ":guilabel:`Count`: number of tickets in total" +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rating (/5)`: number out of five to represent customer feedback " +"(Dissatisfied = 1, Okay/Neutral = 3, Satisfied = 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining Hours on SO`: hours remaining on a linked sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Count`: number of tickets in total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:61 msgid "" "*Working hours* are calculated based on the default working calendar. To " "view or change the working calendar, go to the :menuselection:`Settings` " "application and select :menuselection:`Employees --> Company Working Hours`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:66 msgid "SLA Status Analysis" msgstr "SLA狀態分析" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:68 msgid "" -"The *SLA Status Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting -->" -" SLA Status Analysis`) tracks how quickly an SLA (Service Level Agreement) " -"is fulfilled, as well as the success rate of individual policies." +"The *SLA Status Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Reporting" +" --> SLA Status Analysis`) :ref:`analyzes the performance ` of individual SLA (Service Level Agreement) policies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:72 msgid "" -"By default, this report is filtered to show the number of :abbr:`SLAs " -"(Service Level Agreements)` failed, as well as the failure rate over the " -"last 30 days, grouped by team." +"By default, this report is filtered to show the number of |SLAs| failed, in " +"progress, and the number that have been successful. The results are grouped " +"by teams." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 msgid "View of Group by options of Ticket Analysis report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:79 msgid "" "To change the measures used for the report that is currently displayed, or " "to add more, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button, and select one or more " "options from the drop-down menu:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:82 msgid "" -":guilabel:`% of Failed SLA`: percentage of tickets that have failed at least" -" one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`" +":guilabel:`Number of SLA Failed`: number of tickets that have failed at " +"least one |SLA|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:83 msgid "" -":guilabel:`% of SLA in Progress`: percentage of tickets that have at least " -"one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` still in progress, and have not " -"failed any :abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:84 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`% of Successful SLA`: percentage of tickets where all :abbr:`SLAs" -" (Service Level Agreements)` have been successful" +":guilabel:`Rating (/5)`: number value representing customer feedback " +"(Dissatisfied = 1, Okay/Neutral = 3, Satisfied = 5)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:86 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Number of SLA Failed`: number of tickets that have failed at " -"least one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`" +":guilabel:`Working Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the " +"date the ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team member." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:88 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Number of SLA Successful`: number of tickets where all " -":abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)` have been successful" +":guilabel:`Working Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date" +" the ticket was created and the date it was closed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:90 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Number of SLA in Progress`: number of tickets that have at least " -"one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` still in progress, and have not " -"failed any :abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:93 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Working Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the " -"date on which the ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team " -"member" +":guilabel:`Working Hours to Reach SLA`: number of working hours between the " +"date the ticket was created and the date the |SLA| was satisfied." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:95 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Working Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date" -" on which the ticket was created and the date it was closed" +msgid ":doc:`Service Level Agreements (SLA) `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:97 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Working Hours to Reach SLA`: number of working hours between the " -"date on which the ticket was created and the date the :abbr:`SLA (Service " -"Level Agreement)` was satisfied" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:102 -msgid "" -"To see the number of tickets that were able to achieve the stated :abbr:`SLA" -" (Service Level Agreement)` objectives, and track the amount of time it took" -" to achieve those objectives, click :menuselection:`Measures --> Number of " -"SLA Successful` and :menuselection:`Measures --> Working Hours to Reach " -"SLA`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:107 -msgid "" -"To sort these results by the team members assigned to the tickets, select " -":menuselection:`Total --> Assigned to`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:111 -msgid "" -":doc:`Service Level Agreements (SLA) " -"`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:98 msgid "Customer Ratings" msgstr "客戶評級" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:100 msgid "" -"The *Customer Ratings* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting -- " -"Customer Ratings`) displays an overview of the ratings received on " +"The *Customer Ratings* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk app--> Reporting -->" +" Customer Ratings`) displays an overview of the ratings received on " "individual support tickets, as well as any additional comments submitted " "with the rating." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 -msgid "View of the kanban display in the Customer Ratings report." +msgid "View of the Kanban display in the Customer Ratings report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:108 msgid "" "Click on an individual rating to see additional details about the rating " "submitted by the customer, including a link to the original ticket." @@ -3621,89 +3585,88 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the details of an individual customer rating." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:116 msgid "" -"On the rating's details page, select the :guilabel:`Visible Internally Only`" -" option to hide the rating from the customer portal." +"On the rating's details page, tick the :guilabel:`Visible Internally Only` " +"checkbox to hide the rating from the customer portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:119 msgid "" -"The *Customer Ratings* report is displayed in a kanban view by default, but " +"The *Customer Ratings* report is displayed in a Kanban view by default, but " "can also be displayed in graph, list, or pivot view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:139 -msgid ":doc:`Ratings `" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`Ratings `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:126 msgid "View and filter options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:128 msgid "" "On any Odoo report, the view and filter options vary, depending on what data" " is being analyzed, measured, and grouped. See below for additional " "information on the available views for the *Helpdesk* reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:133 msgid "" "Only one measure may be selected at a time for graphs, but pivot tables can " "include multiple measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:153 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:141 msgid "Pivot view" msgstr "樞紐分析檢視模式" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:139 msgid "" "The *pivot* view presents data in an interactive manner. All three " "*Helpdesk* reports are available in pivot view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:142 msgid "" -"The pivot view can be accessed on any report by selecting the " -":guilabel:`grid icon` at the top right of the screen." +"The pivot view can be accessed on any report by selecting the :icon:`oi-" +"view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot)` icon at the top-right of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:151 msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:149 msgid "" -"To add a group to a row or column to the pivot view, click the :guilabel:`➕ " -"(plus sign)` next to :guilabel:`Total`, and then select one of the groups. " -"To remove one, click the :guilabel:`➖ (minus sign)` and de-select the " -"appropriate option." +"To add a group to a row or column to the pivot view, click the :icon:`fa-" +"plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon next to :guilabel:`Total`, and then " +"select one of the groups. To remove one, click the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o`" +" :guilabel:`(minus)` icon, and de-select the appropriate option." msgstr "" -"若要將分組新增至樞紐分析檢視畫面的列或欄，請按一下 :guilabel:`總計` 旁邊的 :guilabel:`➕ " -"（加號）`，然後選取其中一個分組。若要刪除分組，請按一下 :guilabel:`➖ （減號）` 並取消選擇要移除的選項。" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:170 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:173 msgid "Graph view" msgstr "圖表檢視模式" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:156 msgid "" "The *graph* view presents data in either a *bar*, *line*, or *pie* chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:158 msgid "" -"Switch to the graph view by selecting the :guilabel:`line chart icon` at the" -" top right of the screen. To switch between the different charts, select the" -" *related icon* at the top left of the chart, while in graph view." +"Switch to the graph view by selecting the :icon:`fa-area-chart` " +":guilabel:`(area chart)` icon at the top-right of the screen. To switch " +"between the different charts, select the *related icon* at the top-left of " +"the chart, while in graph view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:164 msgid "Bar chart" msgstr "棒形圖" @@ -3712,7 +3675,7 @@ msgstr "棒形圖" msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in bar view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:170 msgid "Line chart" msgstr "折線圖" @@ -3720,7 +3683,7 @@ msgstr "折線圖" msgid "View of the Customer Ratings report in line view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:176 msgid "Pie chart" msgstr "圓形圖" @@ -3728,58 +3691,69 @@ msgstr "圓形圖" msgid "View of the Ticket analysis report in pie chart view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:183 msgid "" "Both the *bar chart* and *line chart* can utilize the *stacked* view option." -" This presents two (or more) groups of data on top of each other, instead of" -" next to each other, making it easier to compare data." +" This presents two or more groups of data on top of each other, instead of " +"next to each other, making it easier to compare data. While viewing either a" +" bar chart or line chart, click the :icon:`fa-database` " +":guilabel:`(stacked)` icon to toggle the stacked view option on or off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:189 msgid "Save and share a favorite search" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:191 msgid "" "The *Favorites* feature found on *Helpdesk* reports allows users to save " -"their most commonly used filters without having to reconstruct them every " +"their most commonly used filters, without having to reconstruct them every " "time they are needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:194 msgid "" -"To create and save new *Favorites* on a report, follow the steps below:" +"To create and save a new *Favorites* configuration on a report, follow the " +"steps below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:196 msgid "" "Set the necessary parameters using the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group" " By` and :guilabel:`Measures` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:213 -msgid "Click :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:214 -msgid "Rename the search." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:198 msgid "" -"Select :guilabel:`Use by default` to have these filter settings " +"Click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(down)` icon next to the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar to open the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Favorites` heading, click :guilabel:`Save current " +"search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:201 +msgid "If desired, enter a new name for the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Default Filter` checkbox to have these filter settings " "automatically displayed when the report is opened. Otherwise, leave it " "blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:204 msgid "" -"Select :guilabel:`Share with all users` to make this filter available to all" -" other database users. If this box is not checked, it will only be available" -" to the user who creates it." +"Tick the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make this filter configuration " +"available to all other database users. If this checkbox is not ticked, only " +"the user who creates the filter can access it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:207 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to preserve the configuration for future use." msgstr "" @@ -3787,14 +3761,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the save favorites option in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:226 -msgid "" -":doc:`Start receiving tickets " -"`" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:214 +msgid ":doc:`Start receiving tickets `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:227 -msgid ":doc:`Odoo reporting `" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:215 +msgid ":doc:`Odoo reporting <../../../essentials/reporting>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 @@ -4032,11 +4004,11 @@ msgid "" "View of a ticket's form with a failing and passing SLA in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:133 msgid "Analyze SLA performance" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:135 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`SLA Status Analysis` report tracks how quickly an :abbr:`SLA " "(Service Level Agreement)` is fulfilled, as well as the performance of " @@ -4045,7 +4017,7 @@ msgid "" " Analysis`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:143 msgid "" "By default, the report displays in a :guilabel:`Pivot` view. Any :abbr:`SLA " "(Service Level Agreement)` policies in the database with tickets that failed" @@ -4053,20 +4025,20 @@ msgid "" "listed. By default, they are grouped by team and ticket count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:151 msgid "" "The pivot view aggregates data, which can be manipulated by adding measures " "and filters." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:153 msgid "" "To change the display, or add additional measurements, click the " ":guilabel:`Measures` button to reveal a drop-down menu of reporting " "criteria, and choose from the options available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:156 msgid "" "Whenever a measurement is picked, a :guilabel:`✔️ (checkmark)` icon appears " "in the drop-down menu to indicate that the measurement is included, and a " @@ -4078,7 +4050,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the available measures in the SLA status analysis report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:164 msgid "" "To add a group to a row or column, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` icon next " "to the policy name and then select one of the groups. To remove one, click " @@ -4090,7 +4062,7 @@ msgid "" "View of the available group by options in the SLA status analysis report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:175 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`SLA Status Analysis` report can also be viewed as a " ":guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line Chart`, or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`. " @@ -4099,17 +4071,17 @@ msgid "" "at the top-left of the graph." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:182 msgid "Bar Chart" msgstr "柱狀圖" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:188 msgid "" "A bar chart can deal with larger data sets and compare data across several " "categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:190 msgid "Line Chart" msgstr "線狀圖" @@ -4117,11 +4089,11 @@ msgstr "線狀圖" msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in line view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:196 msgid "A line chart can visualize data trends or changes over time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:198 msgid "Pie Chart" msgstr "圓餅圖" @@ -4129,11 +4101,11 @@ msgstr "圓餅圖" msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in pie chart view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:204 msgid "A pie chart compares data among a small number of categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:207 msgid "" "Both the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` and :guilabel:`Line Chart` views can be " ":guilabel:`Stacked` by selecting the :guilabel:`Stacked` icon. This displays" @@ -4145,11 +4117,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in bar view, stacked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:216 msgid "Cohort view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:218 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Cohort` view is used to track the changes in data over a " "period of time. To display the :guilabel:`SLA Status Analysis` report in a " @@ -4158,19 +4130,19 @@ msgid "" "next to the other view options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:227 msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in cohort view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:227 msgid "The cohort view examines the life cycle of data over time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:230 msgid ":ref:`Reporting views `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:231 msgid "" ":doc:`Allow customers to close their tickets " "`" diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 8f1884f44..31848786e 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -5,17 +5,17 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Tony Ng, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-30 09:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-31 09:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Tony Ng, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ msgid "eCommerce management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:124 msgid "Customer accounts" msgstr "" @@ -1447,7 +1447,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:147 msgid "Analytics" msgstr "分析" @@ -2450,8 +2450,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:168 msgid "" -"The file is then available after checkout in the **purchase order** section " -"found on the customer's portal." +"The file is then available after checkout in the :guilabel:`Sales Orders` " +"section, found on the customer's portal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:172 @@ -6025,7 +6025,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:156 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started`" +msgid ":doc:`../../services/helpdesk`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:161 @@ -7160,7 +7160,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:11 msgid "" "Each website can be designed and configured independently with its own " -":doc:`domain name `, theme, pages, menus, :doc:`languages " +":doc:`domain name `, :doc:`theme <../web_design/themes>`, " +":doc:`pages <../pages>`, :doc:`menus <../pages/menus>`, :doc:`languages " "`, :doc:`products <../../ecommerce/managing_products/products>`, " "assigned sales team, etc. They can also :ref:`share content and pages " "`." @@ -7181,7 +7182,7 @@ msgid "To create a new website, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:136 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" @@ -7238,21 +7239,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:55 msgid "" -"When you switch websites, you are redirected to the other website, to the " -"same page (URL) as the current one. If the page you are currently viewing " -"does not exist on the other website, you are redirected to a 404 error page." -" Once redirected, click :guilabel:`Create page` to create the page." +"When you switch websites, you are redirected to the homepage of the other " +"website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:0 -msgid "Create a page from a 404 error page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:58 msgid "Website-specific configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:60 msgid "" "Most website settings are website-specific, which means they can be " "enabled/disabled per website. To adapt the settings for a website, go to " @@ -7262,13 +7257,13 @@ msgid "" " for that specific website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:67 msgid "" "Websites are created with the default settings; the settings are not copied " "from one website to the other." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:69 msgid "" "In a :doc:`multi-company environment `, " "each website can be linked to a specific company in your database so that " @@ -7277,11 +7272,11 @@ msgid "" " the :guilabel:`Company` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:77 msgid "Content availability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:79 msgid "" "By default, pages, products, events, etc. created from the frontend (using " "the :guilabel:`+New` button) are only available on the website from which it" @@ -7297,39 +7292,39 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Website field in Forum form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:92 msgid "Records and features can be made available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:94 msgid "On all websites: leave the :guilabel:`Website` field empty;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:95 msgid "Only on one website: set the :guilabel:`Website` field accordingly;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:96 msgid "" "On some websites: in this case, you should duplicate the item and set the " ":guilabel:`Website` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:100 msgid "Website pages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:102 msgid "" "To modify the website on which a page is to be published, proceed as " "follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:104 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:105 msgid "" "Open the search panel and select the website on which the page is currently " "published." @@ -7339,34 +7334,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Display pages per website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:110 msgid "Tick the check box next to the page(s) you want to change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:111 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Website` field and select the website, or empty it to " "publish the page on all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:115 msgid "" "Each website must have its own homepage; you may not use the same homepage " "for several websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:118 msgid "eCommerce features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:120 msgid "" "eCommerce features such as products, eCommerce categories, pricelists, " "discounts, payment providers, etc. can be restricted to :ref:`a specific " "website `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:126 msgid "" "You can :doc:`allow your customers to use the same account " "<../../ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts>` on all of your " @@ -7374,41 +7369,41 @@ msgid "" "the website settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:131 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "價目表" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:133 msgid "" "Products can be priced differently based on the website using " ":ref:`pricelists `. The following configuration is " "required:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:137 msgid "" "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section and select the " ":guilabel:`Pricelists` option :guilabel:`Multiple prices per product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:139 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Pricelists` to define new pricelists or edit existing ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:140 msgid "" "Select the pricelist or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new one, then " "select the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and set the :guilabel:`Website` " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting.rst:5 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "報表" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:149 msgid "" "Each website has its own :ref:`analytics `. To switch " "between websites, click the buttons in the upper right corner." @@ -7418,11 +7413,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Switch websites in analytics" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:156 msgid "Other reporting data" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:158 msgid "" "Other reporting data such as eCommerce dashboard data, online sales analyses" " and visitors can be grouped by website if necessary. Open the search panel " @@ -7443,69 +7438,66 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Cloudflare Turnstile is recommended** as it is possible to add an " -"interactive check if the automated check fails. Also, Google reCAPTCHA v3 is" -" limited to `1 million assessments per month per domain " -"`_." +"We recommend using **Cloudflare Turnstile** as reCAPTCHA v3 may not be " +"compliant with local data protection regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:14 msgid "" "All pages using the :guilabel:`Form`, :guilabel:`Newsletter Block`, " ":guilabel:`Newsletter Popup` snippets, and the eCommerce :guilabel:`Extra " "Step During Checkout` form are protected by both tools." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:19 msgid "" "`Cloudflare Turnstile's documentation " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:20 msgid "" "`Google's reCAPTCHA v3 guide " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:25 msgid "Cloudflare Turnstile configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:28 msgid "On Cloudflare" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:30 msgid "" "`Create `_ a Cloudflare account or use " "an existing one and `log in `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:32 msgid "On the dashboard navigation sidebar, click :guilabel:`Turnstile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:33 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Turnstile Sites` page, click :guilabel:`Add Site`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:34 msgid "Add a :guilabel:`Site name` to identify it easily." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:35 msgid "" "Enter or select the website's :guilabel:`Domain` (e.g., *example.com* or " "*subdomain.example.com*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:36 msgid "Select a :guilabel:`Widget Mode`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:38 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Managed` mode is **recommended**, as visitors can be prompted" " to check a box confirming they are human if deemed necessary by Turnstile." @@ -7515,7 +7507,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Cloudflare Turnstile human verification widget" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:44 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Non-interactive` and :guilabel:`Invisible` modes, " "visitors are never prompted to interact. In :guilabel:`Non-interactive` " @@ -7523,7 +7515,7 @@ msgid "" "protects the form; however, the widget is not supported by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:49 msgid "" "If the Turnstile check fails, visitors are not able to submit the form, and " "the following error message is displayed:" @@ -7533,8 +7525,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Cloudflare Turnstile verification error message" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:28 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "按一下 :guilabel:`建立`。" @@ -7542,82 +7534,87 @@ msgstr "按一下 :guilabel:`建立`。" msgid "Adding a website to Cloudflare Turnstile" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:60 msgid "" "The generated keys are then displayed. Leave the page open for convenience, " "as copying the keys in Odoo is required next." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:111 msgid "On Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:66 msgid "" "From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " ":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`Cloudflare Turnstile` and click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:68 msgid "" "Open the Cloudflare Turnstile page, copy the :guilabel:`Site Key`, and paste" " it into the :guilabel:`CF Site Key` field in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:70 msgid "" "Open the Cloudflare Turnstile page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret Key`, and " "paste it into the :guilabel:`CF Secret Key` field in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:75 msgid "" "Navigate to Turnstile on your Cloudflare account to view the solve rates and" " access more settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:81 msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:85 -msgid "On Google" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:84 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 may not be compliant with local data protection regulations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:87 +msgid "On Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:89 msgid "" "Open `the reCAPTCHA website registration page " "`_. Log in or create a Google" " account if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:92 msgid "On the website registration page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:94 msgid "Give the website a :guilabel:`Label`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:95 msgid "Leave the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA type` on :guilabel:`Score based (v3)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:96 msgid "" "Enter one or more :guilabel:`Domains` (e.g., *example.com* or " "*subdomain.example.com*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:97 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform`, a project is automatically selected" " if one was already created with the logged-in Google account. If not, one " @@ -7625,11 +7622,11 @@ msgid "" "a project yourself or rename the automatically created project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:101 msgid "Agree to the terms of service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:102 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit`." msgstr "" @@ -7637,45 +7634,45 @@ msgstr "" msgid "reCAPTCHA website registration example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:107 msgid "" "A new page with the generated keys is then displayed. Leave it open for " "convenience, as copying the keys to Odoo is required next." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:113 msgid "" "From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " ":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:117 msgid "" "Do not disable the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` feature or uninstall the " ":guilabel:`Google reCAPTCHA integration` module, as many other modules would" " also be removed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:120 msgid "" "Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Site key`, and paste it " "into the :guilabel:`Site Key` field in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:122 msgid "" "Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret key`, and paste " "it into the :guilabel:`Secret Key` field in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:124 msgid "" "Change the default :guilabel:`Minimum score` (`0.50`) if necessary, using a " "value between `1.00` and `0.00`. The higher the threshold is, the more " "difficult it is to pass the reCAPTCHA, and vice versa." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:129 msgid "" "You can notify visitors that reCAPTCHA protects a form. To do so, open the " "website editor and navigate to the form. Then, click somewhere on the form, " @@ -7687,7 +7684,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "reCAPTCHA policy message displayed on a form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:138 msgid "" "If the reCAPTCHA check fails, the following error message is displayed:" msgstr "" @@ -7696,7 +7693,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Google reCAPTCHA verification error message" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/spam_protection.rst:144 msgid "" "Analytics and additional settings are available on `Google's reCAPTCHA " "administration page `_. For " @@ -8139,72 +8136,72 @@ msgid "" " and appearance to your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:12 msgid "" -"*Static* pages are pages that have stable content, such as the homepage. You" -" can manually create new ones, define their URL, adapt their " -":ref:`properties `, etc. *Dynamic* pages, on the " -"other hand, are generated dynamically. All pages generated automatically by " -"Odoo, for example when you install an app or module (e.g., `/shop` or " -"`/blog`) or publish a new product or blog post, are dynamic pages and are " -"therefore managed differently." +"**Static** pages have stable content, such as the homepage. You can manually" +" create new ones, define their URLs, adapt their :ref:`properties " +"`, etc. **Dynamic** pages, on the other hand, are " +"generated dynamically. All pages generated automatically by Odoo, for " +"example, when you install an app or module (e.g., `/shop` or `/blog`) or " +"publish a new product or blog post, are dynamic pages and are therefore " +"managed differently." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:19 msgid "Page creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:21 msgid "" "Website pages can be created from the **frontend** and the **backend**. To " "create a new website page, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:24 msgid "" "Either open the **Website** app, click :guilabel:`+ New` in the top-right " "corner, then select :guilabel:`Page`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:26 msgid "" "Or go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages` and click " ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:27 msgid "" -"Enter a :guilabel:`Page Title`; this title is used in the menu, as well as " -"in the page's URL." +"Enter a :guilabel:`Page Title`; this title is used in the menu and the " +"page's URL." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:29 msgid "" "Customize the page's content and appearance using the website builder, then " "click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:31 msgid ":ref:`Publish ` the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:34 msgid "" "Disable :guilabel:`Add to menu` if the page should not appear in the menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:37 msgid "Page management" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:42 msgid "Publishing/unpublishing pages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:44 msgid "" "Pages need to be published to make them accessible to website visitors. To " -"publish or unpublish a page, access it, then toggle the switch in the upper-" +"publish or unpublish a page, access it and toggle the switch in the upper-" "right corner from :guilabel:`Unpublished` to :guilabel:`Published`, or vice " "versa." msgstr "" @@ -8213,63 +8210,63 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Unpublished/Published toggle" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:52 msgid "It is also possible to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:54 msgid "" "publish/unpublish a page from the :ref:`page properties " "`, where you can define a publishing date and/or " "restrict the page's visibility if needed;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:56 msgid "" "publish/unpublish several pages at once: go to :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Site --> Pages`, select the pages, then, click :guilabel:`Action` and select" -" :guilabel:`Publish` or :guilabel:`Unpublish`." +"Site --> Pages`, select the pages, then click :guilabel:`Action` and select " +":guilabel:`Publish` or :guilabel:`Unpublish`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:61 msgid "Homepage" msgstr "主頁" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:63 msgid "" -"By default, when you create a website, Odoo creates a dedicated " -":guilabel:`Home` page, but you can define any website page as your homepage." -" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, " -"then, in the :guilabel:`Website info` section, define the URL of the desired" -" page in the field :guilabel:`Homepage URL` (e.g., `/shop`)." +"When you create a website, Odoo creates a dedicated :guilabel:`Home` page by" +" default, but you can define any website page as your homepage. To do so, go" +" to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, then, in the " +":guilabel:`Website info` section, define the URL of the desired page in the " +"field :guilabel:`Homepage URL` (e.g., `/shop`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:68 msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can define any static page as your homepage by going to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Properties`. Select the " -":guilabel:`Publish` tab and enable :guilabel:`Use as Homepage`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:73 -msgid "Page properties" +"Alternatively, you can define any :ref:`static page ` as " +"your homepage by going to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Properties`. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Publish` tab and enable :guilabel:`Use as Homepage`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To modify a static page's properties, access the page you wish to modify, " -"then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties`." +msgid "Page properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:78 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Name` tab allows you to:" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To modify a :ref:`static page's ` properties, access the " +"page you wish to modify, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:80 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Name` tab allows you to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:82 msgid "rename the page using the :guilabel:`Page Name` field;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:83 msgid "" "modify the :guilabel:`Page URL`. In this case, you can redirect the old URL " "to the new one if needed. To do so, enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old URL`, " @@ -8277,11 +8274,11 @@ msgid "" "redirection>`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`301 Moved permanently`: to redirect the page permanently;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`302 Moved temporarily`: to redirect the page temporarily." msgstr "" @@ -8289,76 +8286,76 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Redirect old URL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:93 msgid "" "You can further adapt the page's properties in the :guilabel:`Publish` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:95 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show in Top Menu`: Disable if you don't want the page to appear " "in the menu;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:96 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use as Homepage`: Enable if you want the page to be the homepage " "of your website;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:97 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Indexed`: Disable if you don't want the page to be shown in " "search engine results;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:98 msgid ":guilabel:`Published`: Enable to publish the page;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Publishing Date`: To publish the page at a specific moment, " "select the date, click the clock icon to set the time, then click the green " "check mark to validate your selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:101 msgid ":guilabel:`Visibility`: Select who can access the page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:103 msgid ":guilabel:`All`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Signed In`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Restricted Group`: Select the :doc:`user access group(s) " "` in the :guilabel:`Authorized " "group` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`With Password`: Enter the password in the :guilabel:`Password` " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:110 msgid "" "*Some* of these properties can also be modified from :menuselection:`Website" " --> Site --> Pages`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:113 msgid "Duplicating pages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:115 msgid "" "To duplicate a page, access the page, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> " "Properties` and click :guilabel:`Duplicate Page`. Enter a :guilabel:`Page " @@ -8367,21 +8364,21 @@ msgid "" "change its position using the :doc:`menu editor `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:123 msgid "Deleting pages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:125 msgid "To delete a page, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:127 msgid "" "Access the page, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties` and click " ":guilabel:`Delete Page`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:129 msgid "" "A pop-up window appears on the screen with all links referring to the page " "you want to delete, organized by category. To ensure website visitors don't " @@ -8391,131 +8388,137 @@ msgid "" "` for the deleted page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:134 msgid "" "Once you have updated the links (or set up a :ref:`redirection `), select the :guilabel:`I am sure about this` check box, then " "click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:138 -msgid "URL redirects" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Redirecting URLs consists in sending visitors and search engines to a URL " -"that is different from the one they originally requested. This technique is " -"used, for example, to prevent broken links when you :ref:`delete a page " -"`, :ref:`modify its URL `, or " -"move your site to a new :doc:`domain `. It can " -"also be used to improve :doc:`pages/seo`." +msgid "URL redirect mapping" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:142 +msgid "" +"URL redirect mapping consists in sending visitors and search engines to a " +"URL different from the one they initially requested. This technique is used," +" for example, to prevent broken links when you :ref:`delete a page " +"`, :ref:`modify its URL `, or " +"migrate your site from another platform to an Odoo :doc:`domain " +"`. It can also be used to improve " +":doc:`pages/seo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:148 msgid "" "To access existing URL redirections and create new ones, :doc:`activate the " "developer mode ` and go to " ":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Redirects`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:151 -msgid "" -"A record is added automatically every time you :ref:`modify a page's URL " -"` and enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old URL`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:153 -msgid "You can set up redirections for static and dynamic pages." +msgid "" +"A redirect record is added automatically every time you :ref:`modify a " +"page's URL ` and enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old " +"URL`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:155 msgid "" +"You can set up redirections for :ref:`static and dynamic pages " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:157 +msgid "" "To create a new redirection, click the :guilabel:`New` button, then fill in " "the fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:159 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name to identify the redirect." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:158 -msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: Select the type of redirection:" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:160 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`404 Not found`: visitors are redirected to a 404 error page when " -"they try to access the page." +msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: Select the type of redirection:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:162 msgid "" -":guilabel:`301 Moved Permanently`: for permanent redirections of static " -"pages; the new URL is shown in search engine results and the redirect is " -"cached by browsers." +":guilabel:`404 Not found`: visitors are redirected to a 404 error page when " +"they try to access an unpublished or deleted page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:164 msgid "" -":guilabel:`302 Moved Temporarily`: for short-term redirections, for example," -" if you are redesigning or updating the page. The new URL is neither cached " -"by browsers, nor shown in search engine results." +":guilabel:`301 Moved Permanently`: for permanent redirections of unpublished" +" or deleted :ref:`static pages `. The new URL is shown in" +" search engine results, and the redirect is cached by browsers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:167 msgid "" -":guilabel:`308 Redirect / Rewrite`: for permanent redirections of dynamic " -"pages; the new URL is shown in search engine results and the redirect is " -"cached by browsers. Use this redirect type to rename a dynamic page, for " -"example, if you wish to rename `/shop` into `/market`." +":guilabel:`302 Moved Temporarily`: for short-term redirections, for example," +" if you are redesigning or updating a page. The new URL is neither cached by" +" browsers nor shown in search engine results." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:170 msgid "" -":guilabel:`URL from`: Enter the URL to be redirected (e.g., `/about-the-" -"company`) or search for the desired dynamic page and select it from the " -"list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:173 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`URL to`: For 301, 302 and 308 redirects, enter the URL to be " -"redirected to. If you want to redirect to an external URL, make sure to " -"include the protocol (e.g., `https://`)." +":guilabel:`308 Redirect/Rewrite`: for permanent redirections of existing " +":ref:`dynamic pages `. The URL is renamed; the new name " +"is shown in search engine results and is cached by browsers. Use this " +"redirect type to rename a dynamic page, for example, if you wish to rename " +"`/shop` into `/market`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:175 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL from`: Enter the URL to be redirected (e.g., `/about-the-" +"company`) or search for the desired :ref:`dynamic page ` " +"and select it from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:177 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL to`: For 301, 302, and 308 redirects, enter the URL to be " +"redirected to. If you want to redirect to an external URL, include the " +"protocol (e.g., `https://`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:179 msgid ":guilabel:`Website`: Select a specific website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:180 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sequence`: to define the order in which redirections are " +":guilabel:`Sequence`: To define the order in which redirections are " "performed, e.g., in the case of redirect chains (i.e., a series of redirects" " where one URL is redirected to another one, which is itself further " "redirected to another URL)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:184 msgid "Toggle the :guilabel:`Activate` switch to deactivate the redirection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:187 msgid "" -"404, 301 and 302 redirections only work if the original page has been " +"404, 301, and 302 redirections are meant to migrate traffic from " ":ref:`unpublished ` or :ref:`deleted " -"`." +"` pages to *new* pages, while the 308 redirect is used " +"for *permanent* redirections of *existing* pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:192 msgid "" "`Google documentation on redirects and search " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:193 msgid ":doc:`pages/seo`" msgstr "" @@ -9260,36 +9263,46 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`GTM (Google Tag Manager)` is a tag management system that allows you " "to easily update measurement codes and related code fragments, collectively " "known as tags on your website or mobile app, directly through the code " -"injector. To use GTM, proceed as follows:" +"injector." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Google Tag Manager may not be compliant with local data protection " +"regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:142 +msgid "To use GTM, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:144 msgid "" "Create or sign in to a Google account by going to " "https://tagmanager.google.com/." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:146 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Accounts` tab, click :guilabel:`Create account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:148 msgid "" "Enter an :guilabel:`Account Name` and select the account's " ":guilabel:`Country`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:150 msgid "" "Enter your website's URL in the :guilabel:`Container name` field and select " "the :guilabel:`Target platform`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:153 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create` and agree to the Terms of Service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:155 msgid "" "Copy the `` and `` codes from the popup window. Then, go to your" " website, click :guilabel:`Edit`, go to the :guilabel:`Themes` tab, scroll " @@ -9301,7 +9314,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Install Google Tag Manager" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:164 msgid "" "The data is collected in the marketing tools used to monitor the website " "(e.g., Google Analytics, Plausible, Facebook Pixel), not in Odoo." @@ -9686,6 +9699,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/dynamic_content.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/inner_content.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -9844,6 +9858,59 @@ msgid "" "enter the code, replacing the code used to show the block's instructions." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:3 +msgid "Features" +msgstr "特色功能" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Features` :doc:`building blocks <../building_blocks>` allow " +"you to list multiple items next to each other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The :ref:`Table of Content ` and the :ref:`Call " +"to Action ` blocks are presented below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:20 +msgid "Table of content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Table of Content` block is used to list many different items " +"grouped under several headings. A clickable index is available to navigate " +"quickly between the different categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst-1 +msgid "The default Table of Content block" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:29 +msgid "Call to action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Call to Action` block is used to prompt visitors to take a " +"specific action, such as signing up for a newsletter or contacting you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst-1 +msgid "The default Call to Action block" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/features.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To change the button's link, select it, go to the :guilabel:`Customize` " +"tab's :guilabel:`Inline Text` section and replace `/contactus` with another " +"URL." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/inner_content.rst:3 msgid "Inner content" msgstr "文中項目" @@ -9912,10 +9979,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The default banner block" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:29 -msgid "Call to action" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/structure.rst:31 msgid "" "The call to action button encourages visitors to take a specific action, for"